i
^g>r
-^^
ICELANDIC-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
Hontron
HENRY FROWDE
V
OXFOBD UNIVERSITY PBESS WABEHOUSE
7 FATEBNOSTER BOW
^^^^
AN
ICELANDIC-ENGLISH DICTIONARY
BASED ON THE MS. COLLECTIONS OF
THE LATE RICHARD CLEASBY
ENLARGED AND COMPLETED
BY
GUDBRAND VIGFUSSON, M.A.
WITH AN INTRODUCTION AND LIFE OF RICHARD CLEASBY
BY GEORGE WEBBE DASENT, D.C.L.
rf0rir
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
M.DCCC.LXXIV.
^•'
^4,
i-7
Pp
C iT
ISJL,
-^\
ij)
a
PREFACE.
1 HIS work is a Dictionary of the Old Icelandic Language, or (as it may be called)
the Classical Language of the Scandinavian race.
The history of the preservation of this language in its ancient form is remarkable.
The Icelandic language, in old writers also called the Norse or the Danish {Norcena
or Donsk tunga), was spoken by the four great branches of the Scandinavian race who
peopled the countries abutting on the Baltic, the Norsemen or Northmen, Swedes, Danes,
and Goths (Norbmenn, Sviar, Danir, and Gautar), as well as by the inhabitants of those
parts of Northern Russia which were then known by the name of Gardar*.
At the beginning of the 9th century the growing population of these countries,
together with political changes and the naturally enterprising character of the people,
caused a great outward movement of the race. Under the leading of their chieftains
they set forth to seek for homes in other lands ; and thus the 9th century came to be
known by the name of the Age of the Vikings {Vikinga-Old). The stream of emigra-
tion increased in volume, as tidings of the successes of the first adventurers reached
the northern shores. The Swedes continued to press eastward into the countries
beyond the Baltic, while the Danes and 'Norsemen steered boldly to the south and
west, and chiefly to the shores of the British Isles.
Two main currents of this emigration by sea may be traced. First, the Danish,
which directed its course to the north-east of England, and at length occupied
that district so completely that it received the name of the Dena-lagu. The Saxon
Chronicle is the chief authority for this part of the subjectf ; the only old Icelandic
works which touch on it being the Egils Saga, which says that in the reign of Athelstan
almost every family of note in Northern England was Danish by the father's or the
mother's side ; and the Ragnars Saga, which professes to give an historical account
of the great Danish invasion, but is almost as mythical as the Iliad.
The second migration was Norse. These settlers gradually peopled the coasts
of Ireland, the Isle of Man, the Orkneys and Shetland, and the northern counties of
Scotland, Ross, Moray, and especially Caithness. In the year 852 a.d. the Norse
sea-king Olave the White reached Ireland with a large fleet, and founded a Norse
principality at Dublin : the foremost man among the Norsemen in Scotland was Earl
Sigurd, uncle of Gongu-Hrolf It is probable that to this same emigration must be
referred the conquest and occupation of Normandy.
* See the word Gardar in the Dictionary,
t The Saxon Chronicle under the year 787 states that in that year Danish ships first came to England.
The Annales Cambriae record the same fact with regard to Ireland under the year 795 : so also thp Irish Annals,
see Dr. Todd's Introduction to ' The War of the Gaedhill with the Gaill,' p. xxxii (Rolls' Ed.)
a 2
iv PREFACE.
With this stream of Norsemen the colonisation of Iceland also is closely connected.
That island had already been discovered by a Viking named Naddodd, who called it
Snowland [Sncsland) ; it was next seen by Gardar, a Swede, after whom it was named
Gardarsholm ; and lastly, the Viking Fldki gave it the name of Iceland, from seeing the
Isafjord covered with polar ice. But the first settlers were Ingolf, son of Orn, and his
foster-brother Leif, who set sail about a.d. 870, and reached Iceland ; they soon however
passed on to Ireland, whence after a few years they returned to Iceland, taking with
them some Irish slaves. The year 874 is fixed by the chroniclers as the date of this
final settlement. Leif was soon after murdered by his unwilling Irish colonists; Ingolf
remained alone and is regarded as the first settler in the island. About the same
time Harold Fair-hair had seized the throne of Norway, and, by the establishment of
despotic power, had become unbearable to the high-spirited and independent chiefs ;
and therefore the newly-discovered island, bleak and desolate as it was, offered a wel-
come home to men who had hitherto lived in the possession of equal and undisputed
rights. Again, the Norsemen in the British Isles became unsettled after the death of
King Thorstein, Olave the White's son (the Oistin Mac Amlabh of the Irish Annals),
in the year 874 a.d. ; and they seem from that time to have begun to migrate to Iceland.
Conspicuous among these emigrants was Queen AuSr DjiipauSga, King Olave's widow,
who set forth with almost all her kinsfolk and followers. It is probable that the number
of Norsemen who sailed from Ireland to Iceland was about equal to that of those who
had gone thither from Norway. They carried with them their families and such cultiva-
tion as they possessed. They spoke that form of the Scandinavian tongue which prevailed
on the western coast of Norway; and as time went on, while new dialects formed themselves
throughout Scandinavia, in Iceland the old tongue rose to the dignity of a literary language,
and thereby retained its original form. It has thus been preserved to our days ^''.
The first settlers formed an independent aristocracy, or republic, which continued
for nearly four hundred years. Up to the end of the loth century they held the heathen
faith and practised the rites of heathen worship : Christianity was accepted as the faith
of the island in the year 1000 a.d. Two centuries and a half after this change of faith
(a.d. 1262) the Icelanders made willing submission to the king of Norway, that is, as
has been said, about four hundred years after the first discovery of the island.
It was during this period that the Laws and Sagas of Iceland were written. Some
idea of the extent and variety of this literature may be formed from the compendious
account which is subjoined to this Preface. Tales of an historical and mythological
character were committed to writing, being for the most part narratives of the feats of
heroes abroad and at home, and belonging to the times before the year 1030 a.d., which
may fairly be called the patriarchal age of Icelandic history ; and in these tales, with
poems, laws, and documents of various kinds, the old Scandinavian tongue, as spoken and
written by the Icelanders in the period ranging from 900 to 1262 a.d., has been handed
* See the Landnama, the Laxdsela Saga, and the Irish Annals ; and, for details, Mr. Dasent's Paper in the
Oxford Essays for 1858, pp. 176 sqq., and his Introduction to 'The Story of Burnt Njal,' Edinburgh 1861.
I
PREFACE. V
^jdown to us in a form which may justly be called classical. In Sweden and Norway the
)ld Scandinavian tongue is preserved in writing only on the scanty Runic monuments.
The earliest Danish and Swedish written laws are believed not to be earlier than the
middle and end of the 13th century, by which time the common language in these lands
had already undergone great changes, although the modern Danish and Swedish were
not yet formed. In Norway, however, a considerable literature of the 13th century-
survives ; and the old language lasted longer there than in the sister countries. This
literature consists of laws, diplomas, homilies, and translations of French romances ;
and these works are quoted in this Dictionary together with the Icelandic. These
documents belong to the period embraced by the reign of King Hakon, a.d. 12 16-1263 J
but, though valuable, they do not make an original literature. Only in Iceland did
a living literature spring up and flourish ; there alone the language has been handed
down to us with unbroken tradition and monuments, from the first settlement of the
island to the present day.
It is believed that the present Dictionary will furnish not only a complete glossary
of the words used in this old classical literature, but also a full account of the forms and
inflexions of the verbs, with copious citations of passages in which each word occurs,
with references carefully verified, and explanations given whenever they seem to be
required ; and, at the same time, though the Dictionary is mainly intended for the
old authors, both in prose and poetry, it endeavours to embrace an account of the
whole language, old and new.
A few words must be added to explain the origin and history of the work.
Many years ago, Richard Cleasby projected a General Dictionary of the Old
Scandinavian Language; and in 1840 he left England to settle in Copenhagen, the
chief seat and centre of Scandinavian learning and the home of the best collection
of Icelandic MSS,, for the purpose of preparing himself for his work and of obtaining
the assistance of Icelandic students in collecting materials ; among these Mr. Konrad
Gislason s name ought especially to be mentioned. Mr. Cleasby was a man of inde-
pendent means, an excellent scholar, held in high esteem by foreign scholars, devoted to
his work, and shunning no labour to make it perfect. He reserved for himself the
old prose literature ; while Dr. Egilsson was engaged on the poetical vocabulary, towards
the expenses of which Mr. Cleasby promised to contribute, so that he may be said
to have been the chief promoter of that work also. The MS. of the Poetical Dic-
tionary was ready for publication in the year 1846. In the following year Mr. Cleasby
caused five words — bragb, btia, at (conjunction), af (preposition), and ok (conjunction)
— to be set up in type as specimens of the projected Prose Dictionary. These
he sent to several foreign friends, and among others to Jacob Grimm, who returned
a most kind and friendly answer, warmly approving of the plan as indicated in the
specimens, and adding many good wishes that Mr. Cleasby might have health and
life to complete the work. Unhappily these wishes were not to be realised. In the
-^^ b
Ti PREFACE.
autumn of the same year he was taken ill, but was in a fair way to recovery, when;
by resuming work too soon, he suffered a relapse. His illness took the form of typhus
fever, and he died insensible, without being able to make any arrangements respecting
his papers and collections.
Mr. Cleasby's heirs, anxious that his labours should not be thrown away, paid a
considerable sum of money to certain persons in Copenhagen, for the purpose of com-
pleting the book. But in 1854 came a demand for more money; and as it seemed
doubtful whether the work was likely to be finished in any reasonable time, and on
any reasonable terms, it was determined that the whole of the MSS. should be sent
to England. It seems, however, that none of Mr. Cleasby's original slips were Included
in the papers sent. These papers consist of rough transcripts, made after Mr. Cleasby's
death by various students in Copenhagen, whereas his original papers have not to
this day come over to England.
It is clear, from an examination of these transcripts, that scarcely any part of the
Dictionary, with the exception of the words sent to Grimm, had been completed during
Mr. Cleasby's lifetime or by him. The letters D, F, J, K, N, O, P, S, U, V, and H
(partially), were worked out after his death by the Copenhagen editors, but in such
a manner that it would have been much better to have had Mr. Cleasby's papers
in their original form. In his collections he appears to have been accustomed to
write out in full the references taken from MSS., while he made but a brief note by
page or otherwise of words drawn from printed books. This he probably did, both
to save labour and also because he may have looked forward to being able to complete
his book In England, where the printed editions, but not the MSS., would have been
within his reach. The editors have simply copied out these references, adding and
explaining little or nothing.
The MSS. In this state were placed at the disposal of the well-known Icelandic
scholar, Mr. G. Webbe Dasent, and In the year 1855 he proposed to the Delegates
of the Clarendon Press at Oxford to undertake the publication of the Dictionary under
the belief that the collections left by Mr. Cleasby would not require much revision
to fit them for publication. A specimen was set up in type, and Mr. Dasent himself
undertook to see the book through the Press.
The matter, however, remained In abeyance till the year 1864, when Mr. Dasent
a^ain brought it before the Delegates. They, having taken Into consideration the great
value of a complete and accurate Dictionary of the old classical Scandinavian language,
and the great Interest this language has for students of Old English, were persuaded
to renew their engagement with Mr. Dasent and to undertake the publication of
the work. Mr. Dasent consented, as before, to revise the proof-sheets, to correct the
English explanations and translations, and to add parallel words and usages from the
Old English and Scottish dialects. He also stated to the Delegates that the papers
were left In an Imperfect state, and asked them to grant a sum of money, for the
PREFACE. vii
purpose of securing the services of an Icelandic scholar in completing the work. This
was also agreed to; and Mr. Dasent, in the course of the same year, secured the
services of Mr. Gudbrand Vigfusson, a born Icelander, already well known for his
learning, and for his labours in the field of his native literature.
Mr. Vigfusson's report of the papers handed over by Mr. Cleasby's heirs shews
that they contained copious materials for a Dictionary, but required much labour and
research to work them into a form fit for publication. Mr. Cleasby's were the first
large and comprehensive collections ever made, and are particularly valuable in that
they were all taken from the documents themselves. The words of varied construction,
such as the chief Verbs and Prepositions, are very rich, and taken from the best writers.
But the words relating to Antiquities are left in a meagre condition ; and there are
many omissions of a kind which shew that Mr. Cleasby kept much of the matter in
his head, and intended carefully to revise the whole. He intended no doubt to have
worked out every word with the same conscientious accuracy which is shewn in the
completed articles, — a task which would have occupied years of labour; and had life
been granted him, it is certain he would have fulfilled this self-imposed task well and
thoroughly. These circumstances have rendered the business of completing the book
very arduous, and must account in a great measure for the delay which has occurred
in the publication of even a part of the work.
Unfortunately also, Mr. Dasent's incessant and various occupations have prevented
him from carrying his promised supervision beyond the first two sheets. The task
of revising the English part of the work has fallen into hands far less competent, not
only in respect to knowledge of the Scandinavian language and literature, but also in
respect to acquaintance with those archaic and provincial dialects of the British Isles,
which have special affinities to the Scandinavian tongue.
The Delegates however have reason to hope that a fuller account of Mr. Cleasby's
life and labours, as well as a general introduction to the whole work, will be written
by Mr. Dasent and prefixed to the Dictionary when it is completed.
Mr. Vigfusson takes this opportunity of acknowledging the help and advice he has
received from the officials at the British Museum and the Bodleian Library, and parti-
cularly to express his many obligations to the Rev. H. O. Coxe, librarian of the Bodleian.
He also desires to render his personal thanks to the following Icelandic scholars, —
Mr. Dasent, Dr. John Carlyle, Prof Konrad Maurer of Munich, Prof. C. R. linger
of Christiania, and last, not least, to his friend and countryman Mr. Jon Sigurdsson of
Copenhagen.
H. G. L.
Oxford, June lo, 1869.
b 2
The sources for the Icelandic part of this work are the following.
1. Mr. Cleasby's collections, which have in words, phrases, and references supplied about one-half of the
materials for the present work.
2. The Lexicon Poeticum, by Dr. Sveinbjorn Egilsson, born 1791, died 1852, a most excellent work, which
has served as a chief guide in references from the old poetical language.
3. Fritzner's Dictionary, by Johan Fritzner, a Norse clergyman, begun shortly after the year 1850, and
completed in 1867. It is a very rich and good collection, entirely independent of Mr. Cleasby,
and has afforded much valuable assistance throughout.
4. Bjorn Halldorsson's Dictionary, Icelandic and Latin. The author, an excellent Icelandic clergyman, was
born about 1715, and died 1794, and his work was published in 1814 by Rask, who also translated
the original renderings into Danish : it is well known from the fact that Grimm in his Grammar has
taken from it almost all his collection of the vocabulary of the Icelandic language.
5. Alt-Nordisches Glossar, by Theodor Mobius, 1866, a limited but independent collection, which has afforded
many happy references.
6. The Dictionary published in Copenhagen in i860 (Old-Nordisk Ordbog). This book has evidently been
compiled from Cleasby's papers in Copenhagen : it omits all references. It has been of some use,
as it has here and there shewn where words have been omitted in the transcripts now at Oxford.
7. Earlier Glossaries : a. Specimen Lexici Islandici, by MagnCis Olafsson, an Icelandic clergyman, died
1636, published under the name Specimen Lexici Runici in 1650 by the Danish scholar Ole Worm,
who also wrote it in the Runic character. This is the first Icelandic Glossary alphabetically
arranged, and contains from 1200 to 1500 words with references. Hence the word ' Runick,' as
applied to Icelandic, in Hickes and Johnson. p. Lexicon Islandicum, by Gudmundus Andreae,
an Icelander, died 1654, published by Resen in 1683; it derives all words from Hebrew: not very
interesting and without references. y- Monosyllaba Islandica, by Rugman, an Icelander, 1676;
it contains about 1400 such words. 8. Index Linguae Veteris Scytho-Scandicae sive Gothicae,
by Olaf Verelius, a Swedish scholar, died 1682, published by Rudbeck in 169 1; a fairly done
work, containing about ij2,ooo words with references from MSS. e. Lexicon Islandicum, a large
collection made by Jon Olafsson, born 1705, died 1779; it has not been pubHshed but is preserved
in MS. in Copenhagen and has therefore not been within reach, but illustrations from it are now and
then given from memory. \. Skyringar, by Pal Vidalin, died 1727; a commentary on obsolete
law terms, published at Reykjavik in 1854.
8. Indexes along with Editions, etc., e.g. the 12th volume of Fornmanna Sbgur: Lexicon Mythologicum,
by Finn Magnusen, affixed to the large edition of Saemundar Edda: Indexes to Njala, Gragas,
Annalar, etc. : Indexes along with Chrestomathies, e. g. Dieterich, a German scholar ; as also
Dieterich's Runic Glossary (Runen-schatz), 1844: Physical Index in the Itinerary or Travels of
Eggert Olafsson, Copenhagen 1772 : Index on Medical Terms in Felags-rit, 1789, 1790: Botanical
Index in Hjaltalin's Icelandic Botany, 1830: Indexes of Proper Names in Landnama, 1843; i^i
Fornmanna Sogur, vol. xii, and Flateyjar-bok, vol. iii; in Munch's Beskrivelse over Norge
(Geography of Norway), 1849.
9. Mr. Vigfusson's own collections and such additions and illustrations as he has been enabled to make
through his knowledge of his own mother-tongue.
The sources for the etymological part are chiefly the following.
Jacob Grimm, Deutsche Grammatik, a work which embraces all Teutonic languages.
For Gothic, the Glossary to Ulfilas, by Gabelenz and Loebe, 1843.
For Anglo-Saxon, Dr. Bosworth's Anglo-Saxon Dictionary; as also Grein's Poetical Glossary (Sprach-
schatz), 1 86 1 and 1864.
For Early English, the Ormulum, an old gospel paraphrase by Orm or Ormin (a Scandinavian name),
published by Dr. White in 1852; it affords many illustrations of Scandinavian words, but it is
chiefly curious for philological purposes because of the careful distinction it makes between short
and long vowels.
For Northern English and Scottish, Jamieson's Dictionary.
For Old Saxon, Schmcller's Glossary to Heliand, an Old Saxoij gospel hafmony, 1840.
For Old and Middle High German, Graff's Sprach-sehatz, and Mittelhoch-Ceutsches Worierbuch, 1854 sqq.
CLASSIFICATION OF WORKS AND AUTHORS
CITED IN THIS DICTIONARY.
N.B. — The authors of most of the Icelandic Sagas are. unknown; the works are therefore
cited, not the authors, even where they are known.
A. POETRY. — KviSa generally denotes a narrative poem ; mdl a poem in dialogue or didactic ; lj68, scingr a lay, song ; tal a genealogical,
drapa a laudatory heroic poem ; rima a rhyme or rhapsody.
I, Mythical Poems : — VOlu-spd, Hava-mdl (mythical-didactic), Giimnis-md,!, Vaf J>ni5ni8-m&l, Skimia-m&l, Alvis-m&l,
Loka-senna, Harbar38-lj63, Vegtams-kviSa, J>ryTns-kvi3a, Htmis-kviSa, Hyndlu-lj63, Forspjalls-ljdcJ
(mod.) 2. Poems in the form of a 'drapa,' but upon mythical subjects: — Haustldng, Hus-dr^pa, J>6r8-dr4pa,
Bagnars-kvifia.
II. Heroical :— Fdfnis-mal, Sigrdrffu-m&l, HamSis-mdl, Sigur3ar-kvi3a (in three poems), Gu3runar-kvi3a (in three poems),
Brynliildar-kviSa, Atla-kvi3a, Atla-mdl, V61uiidar-kvi3a, Bigs-mdl, Helga-kviQa Hj6rvar3s-sonar, Helga-
kviSa Hundings-bana (in two poems), HelreiS Brynhildar, Oddrunar-grd,tr, Gu3runar-hefna, Grotta-sdngr,
Gr6-galdr, FjSlsvinns-mil, Ynglinga-tal, Haleygja-tal, Bjarka-md.1, Getspeki Hei3rek8, and other poems in
Hervarar Saga, Darra3ar-lj63. Most of these poems (in I. II) are contained in the old collection commonly called Ssemundar
Edda : the various editions differ in the distribution of the verses ; in this Dictionary references are made to the edition of
Mobius, Leipzig i860; that of Sophus Bugge, Christiania 1867, has now superseded all former editions, and is cited in
special instances.
III. Historical : — H6fu3-lausn, Sona-torrek, Arinbjarnar-drfipa (all published in the Egils Saga), Hakonar-m&l (published in
Hkr. i), Vell-ekla, Darra3ar-lj63, Kekstefja. 2. Poems later than the middle of the 1 2th century : — Krdku-mdl (published
in Fas. i), Hugsvinns-mdl (paraphrase of Cato's Disticha), S61ar-lj63 (published along with Saemundar Edda), H4tta-tal
(published along with the Edda), Jomsvikinga-drapa, Islendinga-dripa, Merlinus-spd (an Icelandic metrical paraphrase
of Geoffrey of Monmouth), M;d.lshL^tta-kv£B3i (collection of proverbs in a MS. Cod. Reg. of Edda), Konxinga-tal (published
in Flateyjar-bok ii. 520 sqq.), Placidus-dr^pa, Harm-s61, Ijei3ar-visan, Liknar-braut (religious poems, edited by
Dr. Egilsson, published 1833 and 1844), Geisli (published in Fb. i. beginning), Gu3inundar-drd,pa (published in Bs. ii. 187 sqq.),
Ijilja or the Lily (published in^.E. ii. 398 sqq.), both poems of the 14th century. 3. Olafs-rima (published in Fb. i. 8
sqq.), Skald-Helga-rimur (published in Groul. Hist. Mind, ii), J>rymlur, VOlsungs-rimur (edited by Mobius), Skida-
rfma (a satirical poem of the 14th or 15th century), etc.
IV. Poets cited : — Bragi (9th century) ; Hornklofi, f>j6361fr Hvinverski (9th or 10th century) ; Egill, Kormakr, Eyvindp
Skftlda-spillir (all of the loth century) ; Hallfre3r (born 968, died 1008) ; Sighvatr, Arnorr (both of the iith century) ;
Einarr Skulason (12th century), etc.
B. LAWS. — The Icelanders and Norsemen first began to write their laws at the end of the nth and the beginning of the 12th century;
before that time all laws were oral.
I. Laws of the Icelandic Commonwealth : — Grdgds (vide that word), a collection of the laws of the Commonwealth, published
in two volumes by the Arna-Magnaean Legate, Copenhagen 1829. Parts or sections of the law are, Kristinna-laga-Jjdttr,
f)ingskapa-J)attr, Vig-sl63i, Bauga-tal, Tfundar-lSg, Landbrig3a-t)fittr, Arfa-Ji^ttr, Omaga-bdlkr, Festa-t)fi,ttr,
Ij6grettu-J)^ttr, Ij6gs6guinanns-J)4ttr, etc. These laws are chiefly contained in two private collections or MSS. of the 12th
century, called Konungs-bok (marked Grag. Kb.) and Sta3arh.61s-b6k (marked Grag. Sb.) ; the new edition (Copenhagen
1853) is a copy of the Konungs-bok; but the Arna-Magn. edition, which is cited in this Dictionary, is a compilation from both
MSS., having however Sta6arh61s-b6k as its groundwork. The Kristin-rettr f>orldks ok Ketils (K. |). K.) is cited from a
separate edition (Copenhagen 1775).
II. Laws of Norway contained in a collection in three volumes, called Norges Gamle Love (published by Munch and Keyser,
Christiania 1846, 1847). The 1st vol. is most frequently cited, and contains the laws of Norway previous to A. D. 1263 ; the
3rd vol. contains B^ttar-bsetr or Royal Writs, cited by the number. The GiiLaJ)ings-16g or Lands-16g, = the Code of
King Magnus (died 1281), is contained in the 2nd vol. of this collection, but is cited from a separate edition (Copenhagen iSl?)-
III. Icelandic Laws, given after the union with Norway: — Kristin-r6ttr Ama biskups (published at Copenhagen in I777)j
J£rn-si3a (Copenhagen 1847), the Law of Iceland from A. D. 1273-1280; J6ns-b6k (Holum 1709) is the Icelandic Code of
Laws of A. D. 1280 (still in use in Iceland),
C. HISTORIES OR TALES OF A MYTHICAL CHARACTER.
I, Edda or Snorra Edda: — In this Dictionary only the prose work of Snorri Sturluson (born 1 1 78, died 1241) is cited under this
name ; the poems of the so-called Stemundar Edda are all cited separately by their names (vide A). The Edda consists of three
parts, the Gylfa-ginning or Mythical Tales (pp. 1-44), Skaldskapar-mdl or the Poetical Arts and Diction (pp. 45-110),
Hdtta-tal (marked Edda Ht.) = a poem on the metres, and lastly, J>ulur or Rhymed Glossary of Synonymes (marked Edda Gl.)
The edition cited is that of Dr. Egilsson, Reykjavik (1848) in one vol.; the Arna-Magn. (1848 sqq.) in two vols, (the third is
still in the press) is now and then referred to. The Edda is chiefly preserved in three vellum MSS., the Konungs-bok (Kb.), the
Orms-bok (Ob.), and the Uppsala-bok (Ub.), which is published in the Arna-Magn. Ed. ii. 250-396. 2. The prose parts
of the Ssemundar Edda (here marked Saem.)
II. Mythical Sagas or Histories : — Fornaldar S6gur, a collection published in three volumes by Rafn, Copenhagen 1829, 1830 : the
1st vol. contains Hrolfs Saga Kraka (pp. 1-109), Volsvmga Saga (pp. 115-234, again published by Bugge, Christiania 1865),
Bagnars Saga (pp. 235-299 and 345-360), Sogu-brot or Skjoldunga Saga (a fragment, pp. 363-368), Hervarar Saga
(pp. 411-533), Norna-Gests Saga (pp. 319-342): the 2nd vol. contains Hdlfs Saga (pp. 25-60), Fri3l)j6fs Saga
(pp. 63-100 and 488-503), Orvar-Odds Saga (almost wholly fabulous) : the 3rd vol., Gautreks Saga (pp. 1-53) : the rest
are mere fables, and belong to G below. Heinings-J)attr, from the Flateyjar-bok, 3rd vol., partly cited from MSS. ; this tale
contains a myth parallel to that of William Tell. 2. Ynglinga Saga by Snorri Sturluson, containing lives of the mythical
kings of Sweden from Odin down to the historical time, cited from Heimskringla, 1st vol.
D. fSLENDINGA SOGUR OR HISTORIES referring to the ICELANDIC COMMONWEALTH and the time following the union with
Norway.
I. Sagas or Histories of the General History of Iceland : — Landndma or Landnfima-bok, a History of the Discovery and
Settlement of Iceland, originally written by Ari Fr66i (born 1067, died 1148), but worked out into its present form by Sturla
J>6r8arson (born J 2 14, died 1284); this important work is cited from the Copenhagen Ed. of 1843, where the figures are
X CLASSIFICATION OF WORKS AND AUTHORS
separated with a (•) ; the first figure marks ' a part' ({tattr), the second a chapter. Landnama (Hb.) denotes the text of the
vellum MS. Hauks-b6k. Landn4ma Mantissa means an appendix affixed to the book in the printed editions. Islendinga-bdk
by Ari Fr68i, from the Ed. of 1843 (published along with Landnama). Kristni Saga (Introduction of Christianity), cited
from Biskupa Sogur, vide below. Sttirlunga Saga or fslendinga Saga bin mikla by Sturla |>6r5arson, relates the history
of Iceland, especially of the 13th century up to the union with Norway, cited from the Ed. of 1817-1820, in four volumes; the
last volume however, containing the Arna biskups Saga, is quoted from the Biskupa Sogur below. The chjef MS. of this work
is in the British Museum, 11,137 ' the letter C after the figures denotes the vellum MS. Afna-Magn. X23, fasc, A.
II. Sagas or Lives of Men or Families referring to the Icelandic ' Saga time,' i. e. the loth century down to about A. D. 1030 or
1050, properly called fslendinga Sogur. 1. The Larger Sagas :— Njala or Nj&ls Saga, published at Copenhagen in 1772 ;
the Latin translation by Johnsonius, Copenhagen 1809 with Icelandic various readings, is cited now and then; cp. Burnt Njal
by Mr. Dasent. Laxdeela Saga, Copenhagen 1826; the later part of Laxdaela also exists in a better form in a vellum MS.
Arna-Magn. 309, but is not as yet published. Egils Saga or Egla, Copenhagen 1809. Eyrbyggja Saga or Eyrbyggja,
Ed. 1787, and Leipzig 1864, where the pages of the old Ed. are marked in the margin. 2. The Smaller Sagas: —
Ijjdsvetniaga Saga, Valla-Ljots Saga, Svarfdsela Saga, Beykdaela Saga, Viga-Glums Saga, all iive cited from the
octavo volume called IslendingaScigur, 2nd vol., Copenhagen 1 830: HarSar Saga(pp. i-ii8),H8ensa-J>6ris Saga(pp. 121-186),
Gunnlaugs Saga (pp. 189-276), HeiSarviga Saga (pp. 320-392), all four cited from the collection called fslendinga Sogur,
2nd vol., Copenhagen 1847: Gisla Saga Surssonar, Bjarnar Saga Hitdaela-kappa, Hrafnkels Saga, Droplaugar-
Sona Saga, Vdpnflrdinga Saga, |)orsteins Saga hvita, J>orsteins-J)4ttr Stangar-boggs, all seven cited from the small
editions, 1847, 1848 ; the chapters in Gisla Saga, when quoted, refer to the old edition, Holum 1756 : Kormaks Saga, edited
separately, Copenhagen 1832 : Vatnsdsela Saga (pp. 1-80) , Floamanna Saga (pp. 1 1 7-161), HallfreSar Saga (pp. 83-1 15),
all these three Sagas are published and cited from a collection called Forn-sogur, Leipzig i860: Bandamanna Saga,
H&varfiar Saga, Grettis Saga (an A after the figures denotes the vellum MS. Arna-Magn. 556 A), 6lkofra-J)dttr, all these
four Sagas are cited from the quarto volume Margfro&ir Sogu-^aettir, Holum 1756 (of Grettis Saga a new edition appeared in
1853, and of Havar&ar Saga in i860; of Bandamanna Saga an earlier and better text is preserved in a vellum MS. 2845 Royal
Libr. Copenhagen, cited Band. (MS.), but is not published) : Jjorfinns Saga Karls-efnis, cited from Gronland's Historiske
Mindesmserker i. 352-442, a part is also published in Antiquitates Americanae : f)orsteins Saga Sf3u-Hallssonar, cited
from Analecta, by Miibius, Leipzig i860, pp. 169-186 : Gull-J>6ris Saga by Maurer, Leipzig 1857, cited by the pages of
the MS. which are marked in the margin of the Ed. : Fostbrseflra Saga, Ed. 1822, new Ed. 1852 : Njar3vikinga Saga
or Gunnars-J)attr J>i3randa-bana, published at the end of Laxdaela, pp. 363-384: J>orvalds Saga Vi3f6rla, published in
Biskupa Sogur i. 33-50. Many of these Sagas were undoubtedly written in the 12th century, although preserved in later MSS. ;
some, although old, have been worked out into their present shape by historians of the 13th century (e.g. Eyrbyggja, Laxdaela,
and Njala); some few of them have only reached us in the more modern and artifi^al style of the 13th or 14th century.
III. Sagas or Lives of the Icelandic Bishops from A.D. 1056-1330, collected and edited under the title of Biskupa Sogur: —
Vol. i, Copenhagen 1858, contains Kristni Saga, pp. 1-32, vide above; Hungr-vaka or Lives of the First Five Bishops of
Skalholt, pp. 59-86; fjorlaks Saga, pp. 89-124, 263-332; Jons Saga, pp. 151-260; Pdls Saga, pp. 127-148; G-u3-
mundar Saga, pp. 407-618 ; Arna Saga, pp. 679-786 (bishop Arne died 1298) ; Laurentius Saga by Einar Hafli6ason,
the last Icelandic historian of the olden time, born 1307, died 1393, pp. 789-914 (bishop Laurentius died 1330); Kafns Saga
and Arons Saga are printed as an appendix, vol. i, pp. 639-676, 619-638. Vol. ii, pp. 1-230, contains another recension of
GuSmundar Saga, written by Abbot Arngrim, who died 1361 : the following pages (ii. 230 sqq.) are lives of the bishops of the
Reformation period.
IV. Annals : — f slenzkir Anndlar or Annals of Iceland, containing Konungs-ann^ll or Ann. Regii, an important vellum in Gamle
Kongel. Saml., 2087, 4to, published in Langebek's Script, rerr. Dan. vol.iii; cp. also the Hauks-anndill, Hola-anndll, Flateyjar-
anndll, LOgmanns-anndll, etc. A collection of Annals embracing the time from the settlement of Iceland up to A. D. 1430
was published at Copenhagen in 1847, and is cited by years.
V. Skrok-Sogur or Fabulous Sagas: — Bd,r3ar Saga, from Ed. Holum 1756, new Ed. i860; Viglundar Saga, Ed. 1756, new Ed.
i860; J>6r3ar Saga hre3u, Ed. 1756, new Ed. 1848, and i860 (partly); Kjalnesinga Saga, cited from fslendinga Sogur,
Ed. 1847; Kroka-Refs Saga, Ed. 1 756 ; Finnboga Saga, Ed. 1812, along with the old Ed. of Vatnsdaela : J>orsteins-t)attr
uxafots, Orms-J)&ttr Storolfssonar, J>orleifs-t>^ttr Jarlaskd,lds, all three in Fb. i. and in Fms. iii : Brandkrossa-J)^ttr,
Ed. 1847 : Bolla-J)dttr, published along with the Laxdaela: Stjornu-Odda Dramnr, Ed. 1780, new Ed. i860.
E. KONUNGA SOGUR OR LIVES OF KINGS, PRINCES, AND EARLS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES, etc.
I. Sagas or Lives of the Kings of Norway and Denmark, contained in a great collection published in twelve volumes, Copenhagen
1825-1837, under the title of Fornmanna S6giir : — Vols, i-v contain the lives of the kings of Norway from the end of the
9th century to A.D. 1030 : vol. vi contains Magnus Saga G63a and Haraldar Saga Har3rd,3a (died 1066) : vol. vii goes
down to A.D. 1176; the best text of both vols, vi and vii are contained in a great Icelandic MS. called Hulda (cited now and
then): vol. viii contains the Sverris Saga by Karl Aboti (Abbot Carle), who died 1213; the king Sverrir died 1202,:
vol. ix, pp. 229-535, and vol. x, pp. 1-154, contain Hikonar Saga by Sturla f)6r6arson, king Hacon died 1263 : vol. xi
contains the lives of the kings of Denmark, viz. Jomsvikinga Saga (pp. 1-162, a shorter recension of the Saga is preserved
in an Icelandic MS. at Stockholm, and cited from the Ed. 1824) ; Knjrtlinga Saga (pp. 179-402) = lives of the Danish kings
from king Canute down to the end of the 12th century: in the 10th vol. there are besides, Agrip (pp. 377-421), a com-
pendium of the lives of the kings of Norway; Olafs Saga Tryggvasonar by Oddr Munkr, who lived in the 12th century
(pp. 216-376), another recension of the same work is edited by Munch, Christiania 1853 (=*nd here marked 0. T.) : vol. xii
contains registers, etc. Heims-kringla, vols, i-iii, cited from the folio edition, Copenhagen 1 777-1783, contains the lives of
the kings of Norway in a text mostly identical with Fornmanna SiJgur vols, i-vii, and is therefore sparingly cited ; but the
Heimskringla alone gives the Ynglinga Saga, vide C. II : a new edition by Unger has been published, Christiania 1868. Codex
Frisianus, a vellum MS. of the Heimskringla, fasc. i, Christiania 1869. Olafs Saga Helga by Snorri Sturluson, who died
1241, cited O. H., Christiania 1853, is identical with Fornmanna Siigur vols, iv, v, and Heimskringla vol. ii, but contains the best
text of this Saga. Fagrskinna, Christiania 1847, contains a short history of the kings of Norway down to the end of the 12th
century. _ Morkinskinna, an old vellum containing the lives of king Harald HarSrsiai and the following kings, by C. R. Unger,
Christiania 1867. Ingvars Saga by Brocman, Stockholm 1762. Eymundar Saga, cited from Fb. ii. and Fms. v ; the Saga
is given in Antiquites Russes. (3lafs Saga Helga (O. H. L.), a legendary life of St. Olave, Christiania 1849. Flateyjar-b6k,
edited in three volumes, Christiania 1860-1868, contains the text of Fornmanna Sogur, besides many other things, and is often
cited (Fb.) Here may also be mentioned Skdlda-tal or Catalogue of Ancient Poets and Kings, published by MiJbius in his
Catalogus, Leipzig 1856; but again edited by Jon Sigurdsson in Edda iii. pp. 251-286 (still in the press).
II. Sagas referring to other countries : — Orkneyinga Saga, also called Jarla Saga, the Lives of the Earls of Orkney from the earliest
time down to the end of the 12th century, cited from the new edition of Mr. Dasent, not yet issued, the old Ed. A.D. 1780;
the whole Saga is given in the Flateyjar-bok. Magnus Saga Eyja-jarls, the Life of St.Magnus, Ed. 1780. Fsereyinga
Saga, the History of the Faro Islands, Copenhagen 1832, from the Flateyjar-b6k. Gr8enlendinga-J)^ttr or Einars-J)d,ttr
^\
CITED IN THIS DICTIONARY. xi
Solcka-Bonar, cited from Flateyjar-b6k iii. 445-454. J4tvar8ar Saga, the Life of Edward the Confessor, Ed. 1852, also
contained in Flateyjar-bok iii. 463-472. Osvalds Saga, the Life of King Oswald, Ed. 1854. Thomas Saga Erkibiskups,
the Life of Thomas a Becket, cited from a MS. 531 1 iu the British Museum, a transcript of an Icelandic vellum MS. called
Thomas-skinna ; another recension of this Saga is in an Icelandic MS. at Stockholm : it is now in the press under the care of
Unger, Christiania, whose edition is now and then cited (Thom. Ed.), vide e. g. gjafmildi. B6inveiga SOgur, edited in
Prover, pp. 108-386, is a paraphrase of Sallust's Bellum Jugurt. and Lucan's Pharsalia. Veraldar Saga, a short Universal
History, ' Sex Aetates Mundi,' cited from Prover, pp. 64-103. We may also here record the f>orfinns Saga (vide above, D. II. 2)
and ■Vinlands-J)4ttr, from Flateyjar-bok vol. i, wrongly inserted in the editions of the Heimskringla vol. i, published by Rafh
in Antiqmtates Americanae, Copenhagen, pp. 7-78 : these two Sagas refer to the discovery of America at the end of the
loth and the beginning of the lith centuries.
F. SACRED OR LEGENDARY LORE.
I. Stjorn or a Biblical Paraphrase of the Historical Books of the Old Testament by bishop Brand (died 1264), edited by Unger,
Christiania 1862 ; also sometimes called GySinga S6giir. The first part, pp. I-319, is a scholastic compilation from Genesis,
Exodus, Petrus Comestor, and the Speculum Historiale, and was composed about A.D. 1 300, but the whole work is now called
by the name of Stjorn.
II. Homilies, etc. — The Homilies and Sermons of St. Gregorys marked Greg. Homiliu-b6k or Book of Homilies, by Unger,
Christiania 1864, marked Horn. ; the ligures refer to the pages of the MS. Arna-Magn. 619, which are marked in the edition :
another old vellum MS. of Homilies at Stockholm (marked Hom. St.) is not published. Elucidarius, Ed. in Ann. for Nord.
Oldk. 1858 ; the figures mark the pages of the MS. noted in the edition.
III. Helgra-manna Sogur or Lives of Saints, etc. : — Barlaams Saga (by Joh. Damasc), Unger's Ed., Christiania 185 1 : Clemens
Saga (Clement Alexandr.) : Martinus Saga (St. Martin of Tours), from vellum MS. Arna-Magn. 645 : Blasius Saga
(St. Blaise), from vellum MS. Arna-Magn. 623 : Mariu Saga (Virgin Mary), from MS. Arna-Magn. 656 A. and other MSS., is
now edited by C. R. Unger, Christiania, and often cited both in the Grammar and Dictionary: Nidrstigningar Saga or
History of the Descent to Hell, a rendering of the later part of the Apocryphal Gospel of Nicodemus, from MSS. Arna-Magn.
645, pp. 102-110, and 623, pp. i-io : Andreas Saga, MS. Arna-Magn. 625 : Johannes Paga baptistae, MS. Arna-Magn.
623: Postula S6gur, from various MSS., Arna-Magn. 645, 656 C, etc.; a printed copy (Vi3cy 1836) is now and then used:
Theophilus, edited by Mr. Dasent, 1842, now again published as part of the Mar. Saga. Antonius Saga, Augustinus
8aga, Pdls Saga Postula, cited from Arna-Magn. 234 fol. Many other small legendary stories are besides cited (without
name) from the Arna-Magn. MSS. nos. 656, 655 (the Roman numerals denote parts or fasciculi), 623, 645, 677. Many of
these tales and homilies are preserved in very old MSS., and belong to the earliest stage of Icelandic literature.
O. ROMANCES OR FABLES, rendered mostly from French and Latin.
I. Historical Romances : — Alexanders Saga (from the Alexandreis of Philip Gautier), by Unger, Christiania 1848 : Karla-Magnils
Saga (Charlemagne), by Unger, Christiania i860 : |>iflreks Saga af Bern (Dieterich), by Unger, Christiania 1853 : Breta-
S6gur, the first part also called Trojvimanna S6gur, chiefly founded upon Geoffrey of Monmouth's Hist. Brit, and Dares
Phrygius, edited in Ann. for Nord. Oldk., Copenhagen 1848, 1849.
II. Mythical : — Artus-kappa S6gur, containing Parcevals Saga, Ivents Saga, Valvents Saga, MSttuls Saga, Erreks
Saga, cited from MS. 4859 in the British Museum : Elis Saga, Bserings Saga, Flovent Saga, Magus Saga, all four cited
from vellum MS. Arna-Magn. 580; the last is also at times quoted from an edition: Tristams Saga, in MS. Arna-Magn.
443, but only cited from Fritzner's Dictionary : Mirmants Saga, cited from MS. 4859 iu the British Museum : Bevus
Saga; Clarus Saga. p. Strengleikar or Lays of the Britons, edited by Unger, Christiania 1850.
III. Lyga-Sogur or Stories fabricated in Iceland : — The greater part of Fornaldar Sogur, 2nd and 3rd vols., vide above ; f>jalar-
Jons Saga, Konrdfls Saga Keisara Sonar, and many others.
H. WORKS OF A LEARNED OR SCHOLASTIC CHARACTER.
I, Philological: — Skdlda, a collection of three or four Icelandic philological treatises of the 12th to the 14th century, preserved in
one of the MSS. of the Edda (Orms-bok), and therefore usually published as an appendix to that book, and in many modern
works quoted under the name of Edda ; it is here cited under the name of Skalda. SkiUda is a traditionary name in Iceland,
although it is sometimes applied to the Skaldskapar-mal, vide C ; the earliest and by far the most interesting — perhaps the earliest
philological treatise in any Teutonic language — is that by Thorodd; it is contained in p. 160, 1. 27 to p. 169, 1. 18 in the edition
of Dr. Egilsson, Reykjavik 1849 (where these treatises are published under the name of Ritgjor3ir Tilheyrandi Snorra Edda), but
in the Ed. Arna-Magn. (Copenhagen 1852) ii. 10-43; the second treatise, probably from the later part of the 12th century,
pp. 169-173, Ed. Arna-Magn. ii. 44-60; the third treatise, an imitation of Donatus and Priscian, pp. 173-200, is written by
• ' Olafr Hvita-skald (died 1259), cp. Ed. Arna-Magn. ii. 62-189 ; the fourth treatise, pp. 200-212, is simply a continuation of the
third. 2. The Skaldskapar-mal of Snorri, the rhymed glossaries, and the metrical poem Hatta-tal with the commentary in
prose (vide C), may be reckoned in this class.
II. Skugg-sja or Konungs Skugg-sjd, i. e. Speculum Regale, a didactic scholastic work ; the Copenhagen Ed. of 1768 is cited here ;
a new edition appeared at Christiania in 1848. Anecdoton, a polemical treatise on ecclesiastical matters, published by
WerlauiT, Copenhagen 1815, and again in 1848, along with the Skugg-sja.
III. Arithmetical : — Kim-begla, a large collection of arithmetical treatises, etc., published at Copenhagen in 1780 ; the name Rimbegla,
however, refers properly only to the first part, viz. pp. 1-114 in this edition : this treatise is preserved in an Icelandic MS. of the
I2th century (no. 1812 Royal Libr. Copenhagen), and is so called by the author, whose name is unknown. Algorismus, a
treatise on Arithmetic by Hauk Erlendsson (died 1334), contained in the vellum MS. Hauks-bok, and edited by Munch in Ann.
for Nord. Oldk., Copenhagen 1848, pp. 353-375.
IV. Geographical : — A small collection is published under the title of Symbolae ad Geographiam Medii aevi, edited by Werlauff
in 182 1, especially containing a geographical sketch by the Icelandic abbot Nicholas (died 1161), called LeiSarvisir og Borga-skipan :
some things are also published in Antiquites Russes and Orientales, 1852 ; various fragments of this kind are contained in the
Hauks-bok. Some parts of the rhymed glossary in the Edda (C. I), e.g. names of rivers, islands, etc., belong to this class.
v. Medical: — Leekninga-bok, a MS. in the Ama-Magn. collection 434, i2mo; a small part pubhshed in Prover, pp. 471-474. The
chief source for medical citations, however, is a list of Icelandic names of diseases contained in the 9th andioth volumes of Felags-rit,
1789 and 1790, written by Svein Palsson (died 1840), and drawn from various old treatises on medical matters.
J. MALDAGAR, SKJOL, etc., i. e. DEEDS AND DIPLOMAS.
I. Icelandic : — Historia Ecolesiastica Islandiae by bishop Finn Jonsson, Finnus Johannaeus, published in four volumes, Copenhagen
1772-1778, contains a great number of writs and deeds referring to Icelandic church-history, which are cited in this Dictionary as
far as down to A.D. 1400: Diplomatarium Islandicum by Jon Sigurdssoii, Copenhagen 1857 sqq., contains deeds and Libri
Datici of the churches down to the union with Norway (about A. D. 1 263), but is not finished : deeds of the 14th century are therefore
xii CLASSIFICATION OF WORKS AND AUTHORS, ETC,
cited from MSS. in the Arna-Magn. collection marked Dipl., the Roman numerals denoting fasciculi : there are also cited collections
of Libri Datici of the 14th century, viz. P6trs-mdldagi, AuSunnar-mdldagi, Jons-mdldagi, and "Vilkins-m&ldagi, all
bearing the name of the bishops of the 14th century who made the collection, and cited from MSS. in the Arna-Magn.
II. Norse: — Diplomatarium TTorvagicum, in many volumes, by Unger and Lange, Christiania 1849 sqq. ; but as the language of
Norway was no longer in a pure state in the 14th and 15th centuries, this large collection is sparingly cited: BjSrgynjar
Kalfskinn, Boldts Jordebog, and Munkalif are all registers of properties of the Norse cloister, rarely cited.
K. RUNIC INSCRIPTIONS.
I. Gothic Runes, called by some Old Scandinavian Bunes ; they are identical with the Anglo-Saxon Runes, but older, and are
found only on the very oldest monuments: — The Golden Horn, dug up in Schleswig A.D, 1734, contains an inscription
probably of the 3rd or 4th century, explained by Munch and finally by Bugge ; The Bunic Stone at Tune in Norway, edited
and explained by" Munch, Christiania 1857, specially cited now and then in the introductions to the letters.
II. Common Scandinavian Runic Inscriptions : — The Swedish Stones, collected in Bautil, vide s. v. bautasteinn ; the figures mark
the number: Brocman's treatise upon the Runes at the end of Ingvars Saga, Stockholm 1762. 2. The Danish Ruiuc
Stones, edited by Thorsen, De Danske Eune-Mindes-mserker, Copenhagen 1864; Rafn's collection, Copenhagen 1856.
The Manx Stones are edited by Munch along with his edition of the Chronicon Manniae.
^er As to the authorship of these works, we can only briefly note that most of them are Icelandic, but parts Norwegian or Norse. Parts
of A, the whole of B. II, and part of B. Ill are Norse ; F and G are partly Norse and partly Icelandic ; H. II and J. II are Norse ; K Scandi-
navian ; the rest Icelandic. Some few MSS. under the other letters are Norse, e. g. Fagrskinna ; but the works are undoubtedly of Icelandic
origin. Again, many of the Norse laws are preserved in Icelandic MSS., and only one of the many MSS. of the Skugg-sja is Norse.
BY MODERN WORKS are understood the works from the Reformation to the present time, as opposed to the old literature, which may
be said to end about A.D. 1400; the following 100 or 150 years are almost blank, at least as far as prose is concerned. The first
specimen of modern Icelandic Hterature is the translation of the New Testament, A.D. 1540, then the rendering of hymns and
psalms into Icelandic, and the version of the whole Bible: the middle and latter part of the i6th century was entirely taken up
with these subjects. A fresh historical literature, annals and the like, first dawns at the end of that century. The 1 7th century is
especially rich in religious poetry ; the Sermons of Jon Vidalin belong to the beginning of the l8th ; essays of an economical or
political character begin at the middle or end of that century, and periodicals from A. D. 1 780. As for this Dictionary, it may be
briefly stated that, as to the old literature, every passage is as far as possible given with references ; while words and phrases from
the living Icelandic tongue, popular sayings, etc. are freely given, but generally without references. No Icelandic Dictionary can be
said to be complete that does not pay attention to the present language : the old literature, however rich, does not give the whole
language, but must be supplemented and illustrated by the living tongue. The differences in grammar are slight, and the transition
of forms regular and gradual, so the change is mostly visible in the vocabulary. But it should be noted that when a word or
phrase is given without reference, this means that no ancient reference was at hand : but it does not follow that it is modem ; this
can only be seen from the bearing of the word, e. g. whether it conveys a notion known to the ancients or not. Of modern works
.cited the following may be noted :
I. In Poetry, first, the flower of Icelandic poetry, old as well as modern, the Passiu-S&lmar or Fifty Passion Hymns by Hallgrim
Petrsson (born 1614, died 1674), finished 1660, published 1666, and since that time reprinted in thirty editions ; the former figure
marks the hymn, the latter the verse. The Hymns and Psalms of the Reformation are now and then cited from the Hymn-book
of 1619 (called Hola-bok, cited by its leaves), or the collection of 1742. 2. Of secular poems, Bunadar-b&lkr (marked
Bb.), composed 1764, by Eggert 6lafsson (born 1726, died 1768) ; this poem has always been a great favourite with the people in
Iceland: the first figure marks the divisions of the poem. A small collection, A.D. 1852, called Sn6t, containing small but
choice poems of different poets. p. Of rimur or modern rhapsodies, the iJlfars-rlmur are cited as the choicest specimen,
composed by |)orlak Gudbrandsson, who died in 1707; Tima-rima, a satirical poem of the beginning of the 1 8th century;
Ntiina-rimiir by Sigurd Breidfjord. y Njola, a philosophical poem by Bjorn Gunnlaugsson, published 1844; Hustafla, a
pedagogical poem by Jon Magnusson (born 1601), cited from the Ed. of 1774. 8. The Ballads or FornkvaeSi, 1854 sq.,
vide s. V. danz. «. Ditties and Songs, never published, but all the better recollected, — the choicest among them are those
attributed to Pal Vidalin (born 1666, died 1727), etc. etc. 3. The chief Poets are: — Hallgrimr Petrsson; Stefan Olafsson
(died 1688) ; Eggert Olafsson; Jon {jorlaksson (born 1744, died 1819), his poems are collected in two volumes, 1842 ; Benedikt
Grondal (born 1762, died 1825), his poems in a small collection, 1833; Sigurdr Petrsson (died 1827), his poems collected in
1844; Bjarni Thorarinsson (born 1787, died 1841), his poems published 1847 ; Jonas Hallgrimsson (born 1807, died 1846), his
poems published 1847; SigurSr Breidfjord (died 1846).
II. In Prose we must first mention, 1. mfia Testamenti, the New Testament, cited from the text of 1644, in Edd. of 1807
and 1813 (in no case is the new version, London 1866, cited, it being merely a paraphrase, and inaccurate) ; the text of 1644 here
cited is mainly founded on the original version of 1540, which has been duly reckoned among the noblest specimens of Icelandic
prose, especially in the Gospels; it is therefore frequently cited. Gamla Testamenti, the Old Testament, is cited more
sparingly. The earliest edition of the Bible (Holum 1584) is called GuSbrands-Biblia, i.e. the Bible of bishop Gudbrand; the
next edition (Hdlum 1644) '* called f>orldks-Biblia, i.e. the Bible of bishop Thorlak, and is a slightly emended text of that
of bishop Gudbrand. The fjorlaks-Biblia may be called the Icelandic textus receptus ; the edition of 1 746, called "Waisenhiis-
Biblia, is a reprint of it; as is also the edition of the British and Foreign Bible Society, 181 3. Whenever the Old Testament
is cited (and when Stjorn is not meant), the reference is to one of these three editions of the same version. p. Next
we have to notice the Sermons of bishop Jon Vidalin (born 1666, died 1720), called J6ns-b6k (not the Jons-bok above
mentioned, B. Ill) or Vidalins Postilla, a highly esteemed work ; the first edition is of 1 718, and ten or eleven editions have
since been published : perhaps no Icelandic book is so stocked with popular sayings and phrases of every kind. 2. Of secular
literature we have first to mention fslenzkar f)j63s6gur or Icelandic Stories and Legends by Jon Arnason, Leipzig 1862, 1864,
in two volumes ; some of them rendered into English by Messrs. Powell and Magnusson ; the Icelandic text, however, is always
cited. p. Kv61dv6kur, a popular book for children, in two vols. 1794 and 1796, by Hannes Finnsson. y. The publications
of the Icelandic Literary Society, B6kmenta-f61ag, founded A.D. 1816: Arbsekr or Annals of Iceland by Jon Espolin (died
1836), published 1821 sqq. : Safn or Contributions towards the History of Iceland, etc. etc. S. Piltr eg StiUka, a novel,
1850. «. The beautiful translation of the Odyssey by Sveinbjorn Egilsson, published under the name of Cdysseifs-kvseOi, in
small parts, to serve as school books during the years 18 29 -1844. {. Periodicals : — F61ags-rit, a periodical in fifteen volumes,
1780-1795, contains much that is valuable in Icelandic philology ; cp. also Nf F61ags-rit, a periodical of 1841 sqq. Apmann
& AlJ>ingi, a periodical of 1 829-1832. J>j636Ifr, a newspaper, Reykjavik 1848-1869.
Ample thanks are due to the excellent reader at the Clarendon Press, Mr. Pembrey, for his watchful attention to consistency in spelling
and accuracy in punctuation, especially in the Icelandic part of this Dictionary.
G. V.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS OF WORKS AND AUTHORS.
N. B. — The letters between ( ) refer to the Classification of Works and Authors,
A. A. = Antiquitates Americanae.
(E. II.)
Ad. = Arinbjarnar-drdpa. (A. III.)
Akv. = Atla-kvida. (A. II.)
Al. = Alexanders Saga. (G. I.)
Alg. = Algorismus. (H. III.)
AIni.= Alvis-miil. (A. I.)
Am. = Atla-mal. (A. II.)
Anal. = Analecta. (D. II.)
Andr. = Andreas Saga. (F. III.)
Anecd. = Anecdoton. (H. II.)
Ann.= fslenzkir Annular. (D. IV.)
Ant. S. = Antonius Saga. (F. III.)
Arna-Magn. or A. M. = Arna-Mag-
naeanus.
Arons S. = Arons Saga. (D. III.)
Art. = Artus-kappa Sogur. (G. II.)
Aug. = Augustinus Saga. (F. III.)
A. {>. = Arta-t)attr. (B. I.)
Agr. = Agrip. (E.I.)
Am. = Au6unnar-maIdagi. (J. I.)
Arna S. = Arna Saga. (D. III.)
Band. = Banda-mannaSaga.(D. II.)
Barl. = Barlaams Saga. (F. III.)
Baut. = Bautil. (K. II.)
Barft. = Biiraar Saga. (D. V.)
Bb. = BiinaOar-balkr.
Bev. = Bevus Saga. (G. II.)
Bjarn. = Bjarnar Saga. (D. II.)
Bjarni = Bjarni Thorarinson.
Bj()rn=:Bjoni Halldorsson.
B. K. = Bjijrgyajar Kalfskinn. (J.
II.)
Bkv. .= Brynhildar-kviSa. (A. II.)
Bias. = Blasius Saga. (F. III.)
Bin. = Biarka-nicil. (A. II.)
BoIdt = Boldt. (J. II.)
Boll. = Bolla-J)attr. (D. V.)
Brandkr. = Brandkrossa-Jxittr. (D.
V.)
Bret. = Brcta Sogur. (G. I.)
Brocm. =- Brocman. (K. II.)
Bs. = Biskupa Sogur. (D. III.)
Bt. = Bauga-tal. (B.I.)
Baer. = Baerings Saga. (G. II.)
Clar. = ClarusSaga. (G. II.)
Clem. = Clements Saga. (F. III.)
Darr. = Darra5ar-lj6a. (A. III.)
D. I. = Diplomatarium Islandicum.
(J. I-)
Dipl. = Diplomatarium. (J.I.)
D. N. = Diplomatarium Norvagi-
cum. (J. II.)
Dropl. = Droplaugar-sona Saga.
(D. II.)
Eb. = Eyrbvggja Saga, (D. II.)
Edda = Edda. (C.I.)
Eg. = EgilsSaga. (D. II.)
El.=ElisSaga. (G. II.)
Eluc. = Elucidarium. (F. II.)
Em. = Eiriks-mal. (A. III.)
Esp. = Esp61in Arbaekr Islands.
Fagrsk. = Fagrskinna. (E.I.)
Fas. = Fornaldar Sogur. (C. II.)
Fb. = Flateyjar-bok. (E. I.)
Fbr. = F6stbra;6ra Saga. (D. II.)
Fel. = Felags-rit.
Finnb. = Finnboga Saga. (D.V.)
Fkv. = Forn-kvaeSi.
Floam.S. = Floamanna Saga. (E. I.)
Flov. = Flovents Saga. (G. II.)
Fm. = Fafnis-mal. (A. II.)
Fms. = Fornmanna Sogur. (E. I.)
Fr. = Fritzner's Dictionary, 1867.
Frump. = Frumpartar.
Fs. = Forn-scigur. (D. II.) ■
Fstn. = Fjolsvinns-mal. (A. II.)
Fspl. = ForspjalIs-Ij66. (A. I.)
F.{>. = Festa-J)attr. (B.I.)
Faer. = Faereyinga Saga. (E. II.)
Gautr. = Gautreks Saga. (C. II.)
Gg. = Gr6galdr. (A. II.)
Gh. = Gu8runar-hefna. (A. II.)
Gisl. = Gisla Saga. (D. II.)
Gkv. = Gu6runar-kvi6a. (A. II.)
Glum. = Viga-Glums Saga. (D. II.)
Gm. = Grimnis-mal. (A. I.)
Grag. = Gragas. (B.I.)
Greg. = Gregory. (F. II.)
Grett. = Grettis Saga. (D. II.)
Grond. = Benedikt Grondal.
Gronl. Hist. Mind. = Griinlands
Historiskc Mindes-mxrker.
Gs. = Grotta-songr. (A. II.)
Gsp. = Getspeki Hei6reks. (A. II.)
Gu6m.S. = GuSmundarSaga. (D.
III.)
GuUJ). = Gull-|j6ris Saga. (D. II.)
Gylfag. = Gylfa-ginning. (C. I.)
Gt)l. = Gulatiings-10g. (B. II.)
Hallfr. S. = HalirreSar Saga. (D. II.)
Hallgr. = Hallgrimr Pctrsson.
H. Ann. = Hauks-annall. (D. IV.)
Kara. S. = Hardar Saga. (D. II.)
Har. S. Hard. = Haralds Saga Har6-
ra3a. (E. I.)
Haustl. = Haustlong. (A. I.)
Hak. S. = Hakonar Saga. (E. I.)
Halfs S. = Halfs Saga. (C. II.)
Hav. = Havar6ar Saga. (D. II.)
Hb. = Hauks-b6k. (H. IV.)
Hbl. = Harbar5s-lj6a. (A.I.)
Hd. = Hus-drapa. (A.I.)
Hdl. = Hyndlu-Ij66. (A. II.)
H5m. = Ham6is-mal. (A. II.)
H. E. = Historia Ecclesiastica Is-
landiae. (J. I.)
Hei&arv. S. or HeiS. S. = Hei5ar-
viga Saga. (D. II.)
HeIr. = HelreiaBrynhiIdar. (A. II.)
Hem. = Hemings-t)attr. (C. II.)
Hervar. S. = Hervarar Saga. (C. II.)
Hjalt.=HialtaHn,IcelandicBotany.
Hkm. = Hakonar-mal. (A. III.)
Hkr. = Heimskringla. (E. I.)
Hkv. = Helga-kviaa Hundings-
bana. (A. II.)
Hkv. Hjorv. = Helga-kviSa Hjiir-
varBssonar. (A. II.)
Hlt. = Haleygja-tal. (A. II.)
Hm. = Hava-mal. (A. I.)
Hom. = Homiliu-bok. (F. II.)
Hrafn. -^ Hrafnkels Saga. (D. II.)
HrolfsKr. S. = Hr61fs Saga Kraka.
(C. II.)
Hs. = Harm-sol. (A. III.)
Hsm. = Hugsvinns-mal. (A. III.)
Ht. = Hatta-tal. (C.I.)
Hung, or Hv. = Hungr-vaka. (D.
III.)
Hiist. = Hiis-tafla.
Hym. = Hymis-kviaa. (A. I.)
Haensa^. = Hxnsa-f)6ris Saga. (D.
II.)
Hofuai. = Hofuaiausn. (A. III.)
Itin. = Itinerarium or Travels of
Eggert (5lafsson, 1772.
Ivar Aasen = Ivar Aasen's Dic-
tionary, 1850.
lb. = Islendinga-b6k. (D.I.)
Id. = Islendinga-drapa. (A. III.)
Ingv. = Ingvars Saga. (E. I.)
Isl. f>j6as. = Islenzkar J>j6asogur.
Jatv. = Jatvardar Saga. (E. II.)
Jb. = J6ns-b6k. (B. HI.)
Jd.=:Jomsvikinga-drapa. (A, III.)
Jm. = J6ns-maldagi. (J.I.>
J6h. = Johannes Saga. (B". ill.)
Jomsv. S. or Jv. = Jomsvikinga
Saga. (E.I.)
Jonas = Jonas Hallgrimsson.
Jons S. = Jons Saga. (D. III.)
Jon {>orl. = Jon J>orlaksson.
Js.=Jarnsiaa. (B. III.)
Karl. = Karla-magniis Saga. (G. I.)
K. A. = Kristinn-r^ttr Arna bis-
kups. (B. III.)
Kb. = Konungs-bok. (B.I, C.I, etc.)
Kjaln. S. = Kjalnesinga Saga. (D.
V.)
Km. = Kraku-mal. (A. III.)
Knytl. = Knytlinga Saga. (E.I.)
Konr. = Konnias Saga. (G. III.)
Korm. = Kormaks Saga. (D. II.)
Kristni S. or Kr. S. = Kristui Saga.
(D. I. III.)
Kr6k. = Kr6kaRefsSaga. (D.V.)
K. |). K. = Kristinn-rettr J>orlaks
ok Ketils = Kristinna-laga-J)attr.
(B. I.)
Landn. = Landndma. (D.I.)
Laur. S. = Laurentius Saga. (D.III.)
Ld. = LaxdaEla Saga. (D. II.)
Lex. Mythol. = Lexicon Mytholo-
gicum.
L( :\. Poet. = Lexicon Poeticum by
bveinbjorn Egilsson, i860.
Lex. Run. = Lexicon Runicum.
Lil. = Lilja. (A. III.)
Ls. = Loka-senna. (A. I.)
Lv. = Ljosvetninga Saga. (D. II.)
Loekn. = Laekninga-bok. (H. V.)
Mag. = Magus Saga. (G. II.)
Magn.=MagnusSagajarls. (E.II.)
Magn. S. Goda = Magnus Saga
Goda. (E.I.)
Mar. = Mariu Saga. (F. III.)
Mart. = Martinus Saga. (F. III.)
Merl. = MerlinusSpa. (A. III.)
Mirm. = Mirmants Saga. (G. II.)
M. K. = Munkalif. (J. II.)
Mkv. = Malshatta-kvxai. (A. III.)
Mork, = Morkinskinna. (E.I.)
Mott. = Mottuls Saga. (G. I.)
N. G. L. = Norges GamIe Love.
(B.II.) '
Niarst. = NiSrstigningar Saga. (F.
III.)
Nj. = Njala. (D. II.)
Njara. = Njaravikinga Saga. (D.
II.) ,
Nj61a = Nj6Ia, the poem.
Norge's Beskriv. = Beskrivelse
Norge.
Noma G. S. = Norna-Gests Saga.
(C. II.)
N. T. = New Testament.
Ny Fol. = Ny Felags-rit.
Ob. = Orms-bok. (C.I.)
Od.=Odysseifs-kvaeai,prose,l829.
Odd. or S. Odd. = Stjornu-Odda
draumr. (D. V.)
Og. = Oddninar-gratr. (A. II.)
O. H. L. = Olafs Saga Helga Le-
gendaria. (E. I.)
Or. = 01afs-rima. (A. III.)
Orkn. = Orkneyinga Saga. (E. II.)
db. = dmaga-balkr. (B.I.)
0. H. = dlafs Saga Helga. (E. I.)
Osv. = 0svalds Saga. (E.II.)
0. T. = (5lafs Saga Trvggvasonar.
(E. I.)
Pass. = Passiu-Salmar.
Pals S. = Pals Saga. (D.III.)
Pd. = Placidus-drapa, (A. III.)
Pm. = Potrs-miildagi. (J.I.)
Post. = Postula Sogur. (F. III.)
Rafns. S. = Rafns Saga. (D. III.)
Ragn. S. = Ragnars Saga. (C. II.)
Rb. = Rimbegla. (H. III.)
Rd. = ReykdsEla Saga. (D. II.)
Rdtt. = R(5ttarba;tr. (B.II.)
Rm. = Rigsmal. (A. II.)
Rom. = Romverja Saga. (E. II.)
Safn = Safn til Stigu Islands.
Sb. = Staaarh61s-b6k. (B.I.)
Sd. = Svarfd:Ela Saga. (D. II.)
Sdm. = Sigrdrifu-nial. (A. II.)
Sig. Breiaf. = Sigurdr Breiafj6r8.
Sig. Pet. = Sigurdr Petrsson.
Skalda = Skalda. (H.I.)
Skald H. = Skald Helga-rimur. (A.
III.)
Skjold. = Skjoldunga Saga. (C. II.)
Skm. = Skirnis-mal. (A. I.)
Sks. = Konungs Skugg-sja. (H.II.)
Sksm. = Skiildskapar-mal. (C. I.)
Skv. = Siguraar-kviSa. (A. II.)
SI. or S61. = S61arlj6a. (A. HI.)
Snot = Snot, poems.
Stef. 61. = Stefan Olafsson.
Stell. = Stellu-rimur.
Stj. = Stj6rn. (F.I.)
Stor. = Sona-torrek. (A. III.)
Str. = Strengleikar. (G. II.)
Sturl. = Sturlunga Saga. (D. I.)
Sverr. S. = Sverris Saga. (E. I.)
Symb. = Symbolae. (H. IV.)
SaEm. = SxmundarEdda. (A, C.I.)
Th. = Theophilus. (F. III.)
Thoni. = Thomas Saga. (E. II.)
Tl. = Tiundar-log. (B.I.)
Tristr. = Tristrams Saga. (G. II.)
Ub. = Uppsala-b6k. (C.I.)
tjlf. = iJlfars-rimur.
Valla L. = Valla Ljots Saga. (D. II.)
Vapn. = VapnfiraingaSaga. (D.II.)
Vd.=VatnsdaEla Saga. (D.II.)
Ver. = Veraldar Saga. (E.II.)
Verel. = Verelius, Index.
Vh. = Vatnshyrna MS.
Vidal. = Vidalins-Postilla.
Vidal. Skyr. = Vidalin Skyringar.
Vigl. = Vig!undar Saga. (D.V.)
Vinl. J). = Vinlands-t)attr. (E. II.)
Vkv. = Volundar-kviSa. (A. II.)
Vm. = Vilkins-maldagi. (J.I.)
Vsl. = Vigsl6ai. (B.I.)
Vsp. = V6Iuspa. (A.I.)
Vtkv. = Vegtams-kviaa. (A.I.)
VJ)m. = Vaf {)ruanis-mal. (A. I.)
Vols. S. = Volsunga Saga. (C. II.)
Yngl. S. = Ynglinga Saga. (C. II.)
ft. = Ynglinga-tal. (A. II.)
J)d. = |j6rs-drapa. (A. I.)
f>iar. = |)iareks Saga. (G. I.)
|>jal. = ^jalar-J6ns Saga. (G. III.)
{)kv. = J>ryms-kviaa. (A. I.)
Jjorf. Karl. = fjorfinns Saga Karls-
efnis. (D.II.)
{>orl. S. = |)orlaks Saga. (D. III.)
|)orst. hv. = {>orsteins-{)attr hvita.
(D. II.)
{jorst. Siau H. = |>orsteins Saga
Siau Hallssonar. (D. II.)
|)orst. S., St. = |)orsteins-J)attr
Stangarhiiggs. (D. II.)
Jjorst. ux. = Jjorsteins-fiattr uxa-
fots. (D.V.)
{)6ra. = |j6raar Saga hreau. (D.V.)
|>. {>. = f ingskapa-J)attr. (B. I.)
Oik. = Olkofra-j)attr. (D. II.)
HV
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. SIGNS, ETC.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
absol. = absolute, abso-
lutely.
ace. = accusative.
act. = active.
A. D. = Anno Domini.
adj. = adjective.
adv. = adverb.
vlverb. = adverbially.
allit. = alliteration, al-
literative.
anatom. = anatomi-
cally.
OTT. X«7. = owaf A.€7o-
fJlfVOV.
A. S. = Anglo-Saxon.
astron. = astronomy,
astronomically.
begin. = beginning.
Bodl. = Bodleian.
Bohem. = Bohemian.
botan. = botanically.
Brit. Mus. = British
Museum.
ch. = chapter.
class. = classical.
Cod. or Cd. = Codex.
cognom. = cognomen.
collect. = collective.
compar.=comparative.
corapd,compds = com-
pound, compounds.
conj. = conjunction.
(jontr. = contracted.
corresp. = correspond-
ing.
cp. = compare.
Dan. = Danish.
dat. = dative.
decl. = declined.
def. = definite.
defect. = defective.
dep. = deponent.
De Professer = DeHerr
Professer by August
Corrodi, in the Zii-
rich idiom.
deriv. = derived.
diet. = dictionary.
dimin. = diminutive.
dissyl. = dissyllabic.
D. R. A. = Deutsche
Rechts - alterthiimer
by Grimm.
dub. = dubious,
eccl. = ecclesiastical.
Ed., Edd. = edition,
editions, edited.
E. Engl. Spec. ■= Early
English Specimens.
e.g. = exempli gratia.
ellipt. = elliptical, ellip-
tically.
Engl. = English.
esp. = especially.
etc. = et cetera.
etym. = etymology.
f. or fem. = feminine.
Fin. = Finnish.
for. = foreign.
Fr. = French in ety-
mologies.
Frank. = Frankish.
freq. = frequent, fre-
quently.
Fris. = Frisian.
Gael. = Gaelic.
gen. = genitive.
gener. = generally.
Germ. = German.
gl. or gloss. = glossary.
Goth. = Gothic.
Gr. = Greek.
gramm. = grammar.
Havn. = Havniensis.
Hel. = Heliand.
Icel. = Iceland, Ice-
lander, Icelanders,
Icelandic.
id. = idem, referring to
the passage quoted.
id. — idem, referring to
the translation.
i. e. = id est.
imperat. = imperative.
impers. = impersonal.
indecl. = indeclinable.
indef. = indefinite.
indie. = indicative.
infin. = infinitive.
inflex. = inflexive.
intens. = intensive.
intrans. = intransitive.
irreg. = irregular.
Ital. = Italian.
1. = line.
L. = Linnaeus.
Lat. = Latin.
I.e. = loco citato.
lit. = literally.
Lith. — Lithuanian.
Litt. = Littonian.
loc. = local, locally.
m. or masc. = mascu-
line.
medic. = medicine, me-
dically.
metaph. = metaphori-
cal, metaphorically.
metath. = metathesis.
meton. = metonomy,
metonomically.
metric. = metrically.
mid. H. G. = middle
High German.
mid. Lat. = middle
Latin.
milit. = military.
M. Lat. = Mediaeval
Latin.
mod. = modern.
monosyl. = monosylla-
bic.
MS., MSS. = manu-
script, manuscripts.
mythol. = mythology,
mythologically.
n. or neut. = neuter.
naut. = nautical.
navig. = navigation.
neg. = negative.
N.H.G.=New High
German.
no. = number.
nom. = nominative.
North. E. = Northern
English.
Norweg. = Norwegian.
obsol. = obsolete.
O. H. G. = Old High
German.
opp. = opposed.
Ormul. or Orm. = 0r-
mulum.
part. = participle.
partic. = particularly.
pass. = passive.
perh. = perhaps.
pers. = person.
pi. or plur. = plural.
poet. = poetically.
Pol. = Polish.
posit. = positive.
pr. or prop. = proper,
properly.
pref. = preface.
prep., prepp. = preposi-
tion, prepositions.
pres. = present.
pret. = preterite.
priv. = privative.
pr. n. = proper name.
prob. = probably.
pron. = pronoun.
proncd. = pronounced.
proverb. =proverbially.
pro vine. = provincial.
qs. = quasi.
q. v. = quod vide.
R. = Rimur.
recipr. = reciprocally.
redupl. = reduplicative.
reflex. = reflexive.
relat. = relative.
S. = Saga.
s. a, = sub anno.
Sansk. = Sanskrit.
Scandin. = Scandina-
via, Scandinavian.
Scot. = Scottish.
signif. — signification.
sing. = singular.
Slav. = Slavonic,
Span. = Spanish.
spec. = specially.
sq., sqq. = following.
subj. = subjunctive.
subst. = substantive.
suff. = suffix.
sup. = supine.
superl. = superlative.
s. V. = sub voce.
Swed. = Swedish.
temp. = temporal.
termin. = termination.
Teut. = Teutonic.
theol. = theological,
theologically.
trans. = transitive.
transl. = translation.
trisyl. = trisyllabic.
Ulf. = Ulfilas.
uncert. = uncertain.
unclass. = unclassical.
Ups. De la Gard. = De
la Garde's collection
of Icel. MSS. in Up-
sala.
V. = vide.
viz. = namely.
V. 1. = varia lectio.
Wolf. =Wolfenbuttel
t).==t)^ttr.
SIGNS, Etc.
= , equal or equivalent to, the same as.
[ ] , between these brackets stand etymological remarks and comparisons with cognate languages.
Words in capital letters are root words or important words.
The word Norse is generally used in a peculiar sense, namely, to mark the old Norwegian idiom (or MS.) as opposed to Icelandic proper.
Historical references referring to religion, customs, life, etc. are given in chapters, and under the special name of the Saga or work cited, vide
e. g. sub voce draumr and drapa ; the condition of the editions has, however, made it impossible to follow this rule throughout.
Philological references are given in pages.
In nouns the genitive termination is placed between the noun and gender, e. g. alda, u, = alda, gen. bldu ; biira, u, = bara, gen. baru, etc. ; bati,
a, = bati, gen. bata ; bogi, a, = bogi, gen. boga, etc. So also s, ar, jar, e. g. bekkr, s, = bekkr, gen. bekks ; bekkr, jar, = bekkr, gen,
bekkjar; belgr, jar, = belgr, gen, belgjar ; borg, ar, = borg, gen. borgar, etc.
Compounds of nouns formed from the genitive of the noun are regarded as double words, and printed at the end of the head noun in the
same paragraph, vide e. g. bekkr, bok, etc.
As to the marking of verbs the following is to be noticed : — a8, or d, 8, t, tt, following immediately after a verb, are the preterite
inflexions which characterise the verb ; aft indicates a trisyllabic preterite with a& as its characteristic, e. g. baka, a8, that is to say,
infin. baka, pret. bakaSi, sup. baka&, pres. baka : whereas d, 8, t, dd, tt, indicate a dissyllabic preterite, having the dental as charac-
teristic, e. g. brenna, d, that is to say, infin. brenna, pret. brenndi, sup. brennt, pres. brenni ; fseSa, dd, that is to say, infin. fseSa, pret.
faeddi, etc.; bsta, tt, = baEtta, pret. baetti, etc.; bsgja, 8, = baEgja, pret. baegdi, etc. Where the verb is somewhat irregular, the form is
given in full, e. g. berja, pret. bar8i. All verbs in this Dictionary not marked as above stated are strong, and the tenses are given in
extenso. The notation as above stated is adopted from Unger's Glossaries to his editions of Sagas, and has been lately used in Fritzner's
Dictionary.
The simple and accented vowels are separated ; thus a and a, i and i, o and 6, u and li, y and y stand each by themselves ; an exception,
however, is made with e, because it is rare and peculiar in pronunciation. Ang, ing, ung, yn^ are given with the simple unaccented
vowels, though they are frequently in the editions spelt with an acute (').
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
THE ALPHABET.
1 HE Icelandic alphabet (stafrof ) in popular use as taught to children
consists of the following letters (stafir) : —
a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, k, 1, m, n, o, p, q, r, s,
t, u (v), X, y, z, J), ae, 6,
the names of which may be learnt from two stanzas by Gunnar
Palsson in the Bama-gull : —
A , be, ce, de, e, eff, ge,
eptir kemur hd, i, kci,
ell, emm, etin, 6, einnig pe,
stla eg qu J)ar standi hja.
Err, ess, te, u eru par naest,
ex, ;}, zeta, porn, ce, i), —
allt stafrofiS er svo laest
i erendin {)essi litil tvo.
The vowels are pronounced long. This alphabet was, with some
additions, adopted from the Latin, and the p was added at the
end; and so late as the 17th century (in the Glossary of Magnus
(3lafsson, who died 1636, and in the Icel. Grammar of Runolf
Jonsson, who died 1654), ^^^ alphabet ends with p, <e and 0 being
attached to a and o ; Runolf calls the b ' o hrevissimutn.' At a later
time CE and b were detached from a 0, and put at the end ; but
not both of them at the same time, as Bjdrn Halldorsson ends his
Dictionary with <e. Gunnar Palsson, who wrote the first popular abc,
seems to be the man who, by his memorial stanzas, settled the alpha-
bet as it is now taught. The division into mutes, liquids, etc. is too
well known to be repeated. Neither are we here concerned with the
Runic alphabet ; there can be little doubt that this too was rudely
imitated from the Greek or Latin, perhaps from coins : Roman coins
of the 2nd and 3rd centuries of our era have been dug up in Scandi-
navian cairns and fens : foreign coined money was centuries in advance
of books, and in barbarous countries shewed the way to the art of
writing.
The vowels (hlj6&-stafir or less properly raddar-stafir) are, 1.
simple (short) — a, e, i, o, u,y, b. 2. diphthongal, either marked
with the acute ('), a, e, i, 6, u, y, or double letters, mi, ei, ey, <b (ce).
Thus in written Icel. all the vowels together are, a d,e 6, i i, o 6, u u,
y y, ce, b, the diphthongs a?/, ei, ey being included under a and e
respectively. In this Dictionary the simple and acute vowels are
treated under one head, but separately one after another; e.g. A in
pp. 2-36, A in pp. 36-48 ; these letters are widely different from
one another both as to sound and etymology ; a and a, o and 6,
i and i, for instance, being no more akin than a and ei, o and au, etc. ;
and therefore great confusion would arise from mixing them together.
The long vowels are chiefly due to contraction or absorption of con-
sonants, which in Icel. has been carried farther than in any other
Teutonic language, e.g. ar, atom, and a,T, year ; v'm, friend, and vin,
wine; dyr, door, and dyr, deer ; (ullr, full, and full, foul ; gob, god,
and g68r, good, etc.
To the consonants (samhlj66endr) were added in olden times the d
(e8), p (J)orn) ; and iu modern times j, about the end of the last
century; so that in Icel. writing all the consonants are, b, c, dd,f,
g, b,j, k, I, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, v, x, z, p, ( = twenty-one) ; and this
brings the whole alphabet to thirty-six letters : —
a a, b, c, d 3, e 6, f, g, h, i 1, j, k, 1, m, n, o 6,
p, q, r, s, t, u li, v, x, y y, z, J), se (ce), 6,
from which number we may subtract c, q as little in use, x, z as com-
pound letters, 6 as subordinate to d, ce and ce are treated as one letter,
and thirty remain ; au, ei, ey go along with a and e, each in its due
place, as zlsoja,jd,j6,jb,jtl.
There is a curious division of the alphabet by an old Icel. gram-
marian of the latter part of the 12th century (Skalda 169-173). He
draws five concentric circles : in the centre he places what he calls the
h6fu8-stafir (' head-staves,' initial letters), viz. h, q, v, p, which in Icel.
can only stand at the beginning of a syllable : in the next ring the
mal-stafir {^speech-staves' or common consonants), twelve in number,
which can stand both as final and initial : in the third ring the
hlj69-stafir (' voice-staves,'' vowels, still so called in Icel.), twelve in
number, among which he distinguishes between six simple and six
long vowels, the latter marked as at present with ' ; with them also he
counts the limingar (' clusters,' double vowels), ce, 00, cu, and lausa-klofar
{split letters), ei, ey, as well as ia, to, iu ; the vowel i he calls skiptingr
(a changeling) from its being sometimes a vowel, sometimes a conso-
nant : in the fourth ring are the capitals, which in MSS. are made to
serve for double consonants (e. g. kroS = kross) : lastly, in the fifth
ring, the undir-stafir (' under-staves,' sub-letUrs), 6, x, z, which in Icel.
can only be used as final.
Thorodd ({joroddr Gamlason, called Riinameistari or Rune-master)
is the oldest Icel. grammarian, and lived in the beginning of the 1 2th
century ; for a curious account of this remarkable man, a builder by
profession, see Bs. i. 235. He makes thirty-six vowels, nine of which
seem to be nasal, caused by the frequent dropping and agglutination
of n (in the infinitives, the weak nouns, etc.) ' These letters were
lost before writing began, but left a nasal sound so late as the begin-
ning of the 1 2th century. To the five Latin vowel characters he adds
cO, •&, 0, y. These nine vowels as well as the nasals he then doubles
by marking the long with an acute ('), and so they make thirty-six.
In writing and printing, oO, x, a are out of use, but occur frequently
in MSS.
Icel. prose literature extends over nearly eight centuries, and in the
course of that time the language lost some of its rich vowel system ;
besides the nasals we are able to trace seven distinct vowels as lost.
Four of them were lost at a very early time, perhaps in the 12th
century, viz. cO the umlaut of a (see p. i, B. 5) ; 0 or a», a vowel change
of 6 ; and the double e and b sound (see introduction to letter E) ; all
these four letters were lost about the same time, and so early that few
MSS. use them ; they are not noticed in this Dictionary, except now
and then for etymological purposes. Some three or four centuries
later, three other vowels vanished, viz. the y sound in all the three
letters y, y, ey, which became respectively = i, i, ei ; but the former
are still preserved in writing and printing. The MSS. down to the
Reformation make in most cases a sharp distinction between the i
andj* sound, as also the poets; yet one very ancient MS. of the 12th
century (Arna-Magn. 623, see Frump, pp. 42-48) is remarkable for
its confounding both letters. The same confusion is observable in
Anglo-Saxon; whereas in Denmark, Sweden, and Norway, the dis-
tinction of i and y is still strictly kept up. As for Icel. we suspect
that the change began in some remote district at an early time, until
many centuries later it was suddenly adopted throughout the whole
country.
The Icel. is not, in its pronunciation, a strongly accented language,
(the acutes, as stated above, are marks of diphthongs, not of accent,)
and is in this respect nearest in sound to the French. In modulation
the Icel. is in the main trochaic (- ^ | - u), and arsis and thesis follow
alternately one after another : secondly, all root syllables are accentu-
ated, but inflexive syllables have no accent, e. g. barna, handa, b66a,
har6an, fagra; in bisyllabic compounds both the root syllables are
accentuated, but Ae second with only a half accent, which we mark
by -, e.g. sam-band, hiig-bo5, as also in strong inflexions hke -andi,
-astr, e. g. eigandi, har6a5tan : if one of the words which form a com-
pound falls in the third syllable it is accentuated, e. g. bama-giill, bama-
gulli, handa-verk (but hand-verk), because in this case the arsis falls
on the third syllable which is a root : in trisyllabic words with bisyllabic
inflexion the^ third syllable is sounded -, e. g. lausnarinn, hiigg-
iinar, syngaSist, sannleikann, hentugast, truar-innar {fidei), na&ar-
innar, hof6ing-janna, and that even though the second syllable is a
root syllable, e. g. uppvakna3r, afsokiin : words like blcssunar|innar,
miskunar|innar, drottninga.r|innar, etc. are dactylic. Root and in-
flexion on the one hand and the trochaic flow on the other are felt
all along, mutually resisting or aiding one another as to the measure
of a syllable ; accordingly, whenever the arsis falls on v.. it becomes
^, if on ^ it becomes -. In the best Icel. poets half-accentuated syl-
lables may form full rhyme, by a poetical licence ; thus, in the Passiu-
Salmar more than eight score, and in BunaSar-balkr more than two
score of such rhymes are found, e. g.
Mig hefir Ijiifur Lausnarinn
leitt inn i naftar grasgarS sinn.
Huggun er manni monnum a8
miskun Gu8s hefir svo tilskikkaS.
I8ranin bli8kar aptur Gu8
ei ver&ur syndin tilreiknuS.
Bsenarlaus aldrei byrju8 se
burtfcir af J)inu heimile.
{>u veizt ei hvern J)u hittir J)ar
heldur en |)essir Gy8ingar.
{)vi hjarta8 mitt er helminga8,
hlakka eg til ad finna {)a8.
XVI
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
SUBSTANTIVES.
A. STRONG NOUNS, i. e. the more complex kind of Declension in which the gen. sing, ends in a Consonant.
Sing.
Plur.
rst Declension, gen. sing, -s, nom. pi. -ar.
NOM.
heim-r
himin-n
laekn-ir
Gen.
heim-s
himin-s
laekn-is
Dat,
heim-i
himn-i
laekn-i
Ace,
heim
himin
Ixkn-i
Nom.
heim-ar
himn-ar
laekn-ar
Gen.
heim-a
himn-a
laekn-a
Dat.
heim-um
himn-um
laekn-un
Acc,
heim-a
himn-a
Ijekn-a
Masculine.
2nd Declension, gen. sing, -ar, nom, pi, -ir.
fund-r bekk-r kott-r
fund-ar bekk-jar katt-ar
fund-i
fund
fund-ir
fund-a
fund-um
fund-i
bekk
bekk
bekk-ir
bekk-ja
bekk-jum
bekk-i
kett-i
kcitt
kett-ir
katt-a
kiitt-um
kott-u
3rd Declension, nom. pi. -r.
vetr
vetr-ar
vetr-i
vetr
vetr
vetr-a
vetr-um
vetr
cigend-r
eigand-a
eigund-um
eigend-r
Sing.
Plur.
1st Declension, gen. sing, -ar, nom. pi, -ir.
NoM,
ti&
Gen.
ti8-ar
DAT.
tia
Acc.
tia
NoM.
tia-ir
Gen.
tia-a
Dat.
tia-um
Acc.
tia-ir
Sing.
Plur.
hofn
sol
hafn-ar
s61-ar
hofn
s61-u
hofn
sol
hafn-ir
s61-ir
hafn-a
s61-a
hcifn-um
sol-um
hafn-ir
sol-ir
1st Declension, gen, sing, -s.
Feminine.
2nd Declension, gen. sing, and nom, pi. -ar.
nal
nal-ar
nal
nal
nal-ar
nal-a
nal-um
nal-ar
Neuter.
NoM,
skip
barn
nes
hogg
Gen,
skip-s
barn-s
nes-s
hiigg-s
Dat,
skip-i
barn-i
nes-i
hogg-vi
Acc,
skip
barn
nes
hogg
Nom.
skip
born
nes
hogg
Gen.
skip-a
barn-a
nes-ja
hogg-va
Dat.
skip-um
born-um
nes-jum
hogg-um
Acc.
skip
born
nes
hogg
fit
fit-jar
fit
fit
fit-jar
fit-ja
fit-jum
fit-jar
heia-r
heia-ar
heia-i
heia-i
heia-ar
heia-a
heia-um
heift-ar
3nd Declension.
klsSi
klaeai-s
klxdi
klaeai
klaeai
klaea-a
klaea-um
klceai
riki
riki-s
riki
riki
riki
rik-ja
rik-jum
riki
3rd Declension, nom. pi. -r.
eik
bok
eik-ar
bok-ar
eik
bok
eik
bok
eik-r
boek-r
eik-a
bok-a
eik-um
bok-um
eik-r
bcek-r
B. WEAK NOUNS, i. e. the simpler kind of Declension in which the gen. sing, ends in a Vowel.
SiNO.
Plur.
Mascul
'ne.
Nom.
tini-i
sted-i
Gen.]
Dat. I
tim-a
stea-ja
Acc, J
Nom.
tim-ar
stea-jar
Gen,
tim-a
stea-ja
Dat,
tim-um
stea-jum
Acc.
tim-a
stea-ja
tung-a
tung-u
tung-ur
tung-na
tung-um
tung-ur
Feminine.
ald-a
old-u
61d-ur
old-um
old-ur
ell-i
ell-i (unchanged)
no plur.
Neuter.
aug-a
hjart-a
aug-a (unchanged)
aug-u
aug-na
aug-um
aug-u
hj6rt-u
hjart-na
hj6rt-um
hj6rt-u
Strong Nouns. — Masculine.
Bemarks on the 1st Declension : I. heimr : words
of this form are found almost in every column of the Dictionary,
and are therefore usually only marked ' m.' 2. about half a
score of masculines have a characteristic v, which appears before a
vowel, hiir-r, hjor-r, bor-r (poet.), song-r, mii-r, sae-r, snja-r (sj6-r,
snjo-r), sor-var (poet., pi.) ; in dat. sing, hor-vi, . . . s6ng-vi, ma-vi,
sae-vi, snja-vi ; in pi. hiir-var, siing-var, snjo-var. The dat. in -vi is now
obsolete, but the pi. is still used. 3. remarks on the inflexion, o.
the nominative : -r assimilates with the final radicals /, n, s : in words
with long root vowel, al-1, gal-1, hval-1, hol-l, kj61-l, stol-l, fil-1, hael-1,
J)raEl-l, flein-n, stein-n, svein-n, bnin-n, diin-n, hiin-n, as-s, bas-s, las-s,
haus-s, hiiaus-s, meis-s, is-s, 6s-s, etc. In mod. ufage the inflex. -s in
lis-s . . . 6s-s is dropped, as is the -r after a radical r, in ar-r, aur-r,
hver-r, her-r, geir-r, leir-r, hor-r, mor-r, |>6r-r, hamar-r, and thus the
nom. becomes like the acc, as, bas, . . . ar, hver, hamar, etc. : — the r
is dropped, in words like afl, gafl, skafl, nagl, vagi, fugl, karl, jarl, jaxl,
lax, hrafn, stafn, ofn, stofn, ]porn, vagn, svefn, J)egn, geisl, gisl, hals,
fress, sess, foss, koss, kross, furs, dans, fans, angr, klungr, hungr, akr,
hafr, sigr, otr, liiar, hrdar, nadr, nykr, vear (wether), vikr, gr6ar, aldr,
Baldr, galdr, oldr, meldr, arSr, hl4tr, bolstr, austr, lestr, bakstr, mokstr,
apaldr. p. the genitive ; graut-r, skog-r, hofund-r have -ar in gen. as
the 2nd declension. y. the dative ; some words of this declension drop
the -i, but it is difficult to draw an exact line, as this use is rather a
licence than a law : — all the words in -leik-r, kaer-leik (cbaritati), inh-
leik (venustati), sann-leik (veritati); as also leik-r, fil-l, kil-1, skril-1,
(dat. fil, kil, skril), hrepp-r, lepp-r : words with long root vowel and a
final p or /, hof-r, hop-r, s6p-r : words with ei as root vowel, dat.
hleif, Hm. 51 (but hleif-i, 140); sveip, meis, sveig, dverg (but dvergi,
"i^t. 2), strak, snap, skap, bat and bat-i (scaphae) ; |j6r, kor, flor, bor,
hor, from {>6r-r, etc. ; daun (odori), dun, Bnin, hiin, miil, miir, diir,
etc., for dvin-i . . , diir-i, which are obsolete ; so also buk and biik-i, duk
and diik-i, mug and miig-i, reit and reit-i : those with a long vowel as
final, e. g. jo, sko, na, Frcy, J)ey, from j6-r . . . J)ey-r : — in masculines with
a characteristic v the old dat. form is -vi, whereas the mod. drops both
letters, thus dat. miir, hor, mii, snjo, for the old mor-vi, hor-vi, ma-vi,
snj6-vi. Nouns with the inflexive endings -itigr, -ungr seldom drop
the i, konung-i.biining-i : words with a radical r never, e. g. galdr-i, aldr-i,
not aldr, galdr : the proper names of this declension very seldom drop
it, e. g. {>orleif-i, Jjorlak-i, |>orleik-i : dag-r, dat, deg-i, but as pr, name
Dag, In old writers many of these apocopate forms begin to appear,
e, g, {>6r-i (the god) is only found in a single instance used by a poet
of the 8th century ; yet the decay of the dat, inflexion is a little
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
xvu
increasing, thoogh the use, ancient and modern, is in the main still the
same. II. himinn : the contraction in dat. sing, and plur.
is to be noted, and the assimilation in nom. ; hereto belong all masc.
with inflex. -inn, -unn, -arr, -urr, -ill, -ull : 1. -nn, aptan-n,
arin-n, drottin-n, himin-n, O&in-n, morgin-n. 2. -arr, hamar-r,
kamar-r, humar-r, jaSar-r, nafar-r, etc. : pr. names in -arr (the -ar in
these is etymologically different) are not contracted, e.g. Einar-r, dat.
Einar-i. 3. -urr, fjotur-r, totur-r, jcifur-r ; but not so the pr.
names, e. g. Gizur-r, dat. Gizur-i. 4. -//, bagal-1, ka&al-l, va6al-l,
bidil-1, ketil-1 (q. v.), lykil-1, jokul-1, ro8ul-I, sto3ul-l, sodul-1, mondul-1,
(ingul-l, J)ongul-l, etc. : even the pr. names are contracted, e. g. Egil-1,
dat. Agli ; Ketil-1, dat. Katli. III. Iseknir : hereto belong only a
score of common words used in prose writing, baetir, ein-ir, elr-ir, eud-ir,
eyr-ir, fell-ir, hell-ir, hers-ir, hirft-ir, kses-ir, kyll-ir, lutt-ir, Isekn-ir, miss-ir,
m«l-ir, moen-ir, nenn-ir, reyn-ir, skelm-ir, steyp-ir, verm-ir, vi6-ir, vis-ir,
l>err-ir : pr. names as, Grett-ir, Brest-ir, Bein-ir, Styrm-ir, Sverr-ir, Jjor-
ir, JEg-'iT : local names, Geys-ir, Keil-ir. 2. a great many (more than
a hundred) poet, and obsolete words. <JB» In mod. usage the declension
of these words is altered and the r is kept throughout, whereby nom.
dat. ace. sing, become alike, hell-ir, gen. helli-rs, dat. ace. hell-ir, pi.
hcll-rar,hell-ra, hell-rum, or laekn-irar, Isekn-ira, laekn-irum : — the words
with an inflex. -ari were originally, as shewn by Gothic bocar-eis, of
this declension, but now they are all weak masc, and the sole instances
left on record of the old inflexion are the gen. miitar-is by Sighvat,
and vartar-is, Landn. 197 (v. 1. 18) in a verse of the loth century.
Bemarks on the 2nd Declension : the words belonging
hereto are far less in number than those of the 1st, perhaps seven score
of simple nouns or thereabout, but they are often irregular, we shall
therefore try to give a list of them ; their marks, besides the plur. -ir,
are the freq. dropping of the dat. sing. -/, the ace. plur. -u, and the
characteristic i: I. fundr: skri6-r, stuld-r, sull-r, sult-r,
veg-r, fri3-r, kvi6-r (a womb), feld-r, ver6-r, brest-r, gest-r, rett-r,
kost-r, burd-r, skur8-r, J)ur&-r, fund-r, mund-r, gris-s,nu-r: — inflex. -aJr,
"udr, buna5-r, fognu6-r, hagna3-r, jofnu6-r, getna6-r, soknu3-r, dug-
na8-r, J)rifna8-r, skilna8-r, etc.: — sta8-r, brag-r, mat-r, sal-r, ham-r,
svan-r, val-r, sau8-r, 68-r, snu8-r, {)r6tt-r, bol-r, dug-r, hug-r, bug-r,
grun-r, mun-r, hlut-r, skut-r, vin-r, grip-r, glcep-r, ly'8-r, — in these words
the dat. -i is dropped, as also in compd nouns in -skap-r, gleSskap-r,
fiflskap-r, etc. : — pr. names in -rdr, -ndr, -kon have also -ar in gen.,
Bar8-r,|>6r3-r,Sigur8-r,{)rand-r,Eyvind-r,Geirro8-r, Sigro8-r, Hii-kon,
etc. : — in pi., pr. names of some people (countries or counties), Danir,
Frisir, Valir, Indir, Vindir, Lappir, Grikkir, Tyrkir, Kyrjalir, Kvenir,
Serkir, Vanir (the gods) : Eg8ir, Eynir, Haleygir, Mcerir, Sygnir, {>ilir,
|>rcendir (in Norway) : -dcelir, Lax-doelir, Vatns-doelir, etc. ^S" Irregu-
larities ; some of the words above have -s in gen. sing, like those of the
1st declension, e.g. hal-r, val-r, ham-r, svan-r, bol-r, dug-r, grun-r,
brest-r, gest-r, gris-s, glcep-r, 13^8-r, nu-r : — dal-r, hval-r, staf-r, mar-r,
hver-r, ref-r, sel-r, mel-r have now usually -ir in pi., but in olden times
they had -ar, and belonged to the 1st declension; they also drop the
-I in dat. sing. II. bekkr : with characteristic^', which appears
before a vowel in a score and a half of words ; be8-r, vef-r, bekk-r,
hrekk-r, stekk-r, flekk-r, leyg-r, eyk-r, reyk-r, legg-r, vegg-r, belg-r, elg-r,
merg-r, streng-r, J)veng-r, hrygg-r, drykk-r, hlykk-r, byl-r, hyl-r, ryf-r,
byr-r, hyr-r, styr-r, Icek-r, boe-r. 2. dreng-r, segg-r, stegg-r, etc.
have -s in gen. sing, f^ Almost all those above (with characteristic^')
also drop, the dat. -i in sing. 3. with characteristic v ; sj6-r, gen.
sjo-var, pi. sj6-ir. III. k6ttr : with an old ace. pi. in -u,
prob. caused by a characteristic u (cp. the Goth, aims, qvipus, tigus,
vabstus, valus), three score words : 1. with a plain root vowel ;
kvid-r {dictum), kvist-r, kvitt-r, li8-r, lim-r, lit-r, si8-r, smi8-r, stig-r,
tig-r, vi8-r, rettr (a fold), bur-r ; most of these words drop the -i in
dat. (Ii3, lim, lit, si8, smi8, stig). 2. with a change in the root
vowel, — b, a, e, liig-r, mog-r, v61-r, voll-r, vond-r, vor8-r, mor8-r,
sv6r8-r, biill-r, bork-r, knorr, gropt-r, orn, fliit-r, hott-r, knott-r,
kott-r, v6tt-r, kost-r, viixt-r, 16st-r, mokk-r, Ho8-r, H6r8-r, Snort-r,
spol-r (vide bring-spelir) : — jb, ja, i, bjiJrn, fjorS-r, hjort-r, kjiil-r,
mjo8-r, skjiild-r, Njor8-r (the god) : — a, a, ar-r, as-s, dratt-r, hatt-r,
matt-r, slatt-r, J)ra8-r, span-n, balk-r : — 6, ce, bog-r : — o, y, son-r :
the ace. pi. -u has been changed into -/, first, in jirr, ass, making aru,
asu, which changed to aeri, aesi, a change which took place very early,
and later in other words, which have now all got a regular ace. in -i
(limi, fir3i, ketti, hetti, syni, etc.) ; syni for sonu occurs even in old
MSS. ^" To bjorn (p. 66) add that when used as a pr. name it has
in mod. usage a gen., Bjiirn-s, not Bjarnar (e. g. SigurSr Bjornsson).
Bemarks on the 3rd Declension : I. ordinary sub-
stantives, 1. gen. -ar, mana8-r, pi. -r, mod. -I'r; fot-r, q. v. ; vetr,
fingr, q. V. 2. gen. -s, ma8-r, gen. mann-s, pi. menn (me8-r) ;
nagl, gen. nagl-s, pi. negl. , II. eigendr : the plur. of parti-
ciples, when used as subst., as gr4tend-r, fagnend-r, gefend-r : hereto
belong the plur. of bondi, frsendi, fjandi, q. v. Ill, the plur.
of fadir, bro8ir ma^ also be reckoned in this declension.
#S* The Icel. is the only one of all Teutonic languages, except
Gothic, that has preserved (up to the present day) the masc. inflexive
-r (Goth, -s) ; even in the earliest Anglo-Saxon it is dropped, and the
nom. sing, represents the naked root in the masculines as well as In
the feminines and neuters.
Feminine.
Bemarks on the Ist Declension: I. tid: almost
in every column or page of the Dictionary, and simply marked
' f.' II. hOfn: about four score words, with a in the root
vowel changed into b, caused by a hidden characteristic w, which
appears in dat. sing, of a few of them : 1. fonn, cinn, btinn, hogid,
hriinn, hviinn, sponn, cign, Icign, sogn, J)<)gn, driifn, hiifn, kiirf, miirk
{sylva), iJrk, Jiokk, Hlokk, viJmb, fonib, skomm, viJmm, kliipp,
lopp, iJsp, viist, oxl, mjolt, bjorg, bjork, tjiirn, GjiJll (mythol.), liift,
tro8, siig, kor, krcim, mcil ; and in mod. usage, diigg. logg, tix,
kvorn (kvern), q. v. 2. with -u in dat. sing. ; riidd, riind, striind,
iind (anima), jor8, hj6r8, htill, ^iiU, mjoU, miJrk {sylva), stong, tiing,
rcist. 3. -r in nom. pi. ; iJnd (n duck), miirk {mnrca), bond (dat.
hendi), riing, tiinn. 4. the following had in olden times -ar in
plur. and thus belonged to the 2nd declension, but changed into -ir at
an early date, so that this is the usual form in Editions of Sagas and the
sole form in mod. usage, — o. with a single final, rod, dtif, griif, gjof,
nof, tof, fjo3r, spjcir, sok, viik, dviil, fjiil, kvcil, lom, griin, nitin, ^on,
fiir, skor, kcis, nos, hvot. p. with double final, viirr, {liJrf, gjor8,
giirn. g5y" It is likely that at earlier times many more of these
words had the plur. -ar and dat. -u ; the -ar remained longest in
those with a single final, and the dat. -it in those having dd, nd, II, ng
as final ; dat. sak-u {culpae) occurs on Runic stones, and gjaf-u, dval-u,
etc. may also be supposed. III. sol : with a characteristic
w, which appears sometimes in dat. sing, alone, sometimes in both
dat. and ace. : 1. only in dat. in sal, van, sol, braut, laut, |)raut,
fold, mold, J)j68, grund, lund, mund, stund, und, ull, hur8, ur8, diigg
(irreg.), riidd, etc. (above) ; nott, night, in plur. naet-r (3rd declension) ;
ey dat. ey-ju, and egg dat. egg-ju belong to the 2nd declension :
mae-r, dat. mey-ju ; even riiddu (yocem). Pass. 19. 9, but that is a poet,
licence. 2. fem. pr. names ending in -bjorg, -laug, -run, -«>', -ey,
-leif, Ingi-bj(3rg, Gu8-bjorg, |>or-bjiirg, Vil-borg, As-laug, Gu8-laug,
Gu8-run, Sig-riin, Sig-ny, As-ny (gen. -ny'jar), fjor-ey, Gu8-leif, Ingi-
leif ; in names of foreign origin, Kristin, Katrin, Elin ; in all the pr.
names the -« fixedly remains (in the appellatives it is often dropped),
and this not only in dat. but as a common case for dat. and ace. 3.
feminines with the inflexive -ing, foe8-ing, eld-ing, drottn-ing, kerl-ing,
kenn-ing, {)ekk-ing, vir3-ing, send-ing, bygg-ing, uppstign-ing, sse-ing,
etc., so many that it would be in vain to try to record them all ; they
have -ar in plur. and thus belong to the 2nd declension : in mod. usage
many of them have the -u in common for dat. and ace, thus drottning-u
= reginae and reginam, kenning-u = doctrinae and doclrinam, foe8ing-u
= nativitatem and tiativitati, but this is very rare in old writers, yet
drottningu reginam (ace). Mar. 232, 304. p. in -ung, djiirf-ung,
hiirm-ung, laun-ung, etc., but only in dat. ; they have also -ar in plur.
Bemarks on the 2nd Declension : I. n6.1 : 1. the
feminines in -ing, -ung, vide above. 2. over two score simple
nouns, ar, al, nal, skal, tag, flaug, laug, rauf, dreif, kleif, veig, geil,
seil, hlein, rein, v^l, hei8, rim, sin, hlif, smiS, flik, kvi, for, brii
(q. v.), riin, lend, kvern, iix (the old form), alin: — with radical r,
gymbr, lifr, vinstr, vigr : — only in plur., leif-ar, hroer-ar, ger8-ar, herS-
ar, iifg-ar, aes-ar, hreys-ar, sli8r-ar, gjolln-ar, mei8m-ar (poiJt.) : hetero-
gene are, lim-ar, tal-ar (lim, tal in sing, are neut.): heteroclyte are,
lyg-ar, gorsim-ar (sing, indecl. weak fem.) 3. add the words rii8,
diif, etc. above recorded (1st declension II. 4). II. fit: over
a score of words, with characteristic _;', which appears before a vowel,
hel, skel, ben, eng, egg, dregg, ey, des, fles, il, vin (only in local names,
e.g. Bjiirg-vin), fit, klyf, lyf, nyt, dys, nau8syn, Frigg (the goddess),
fiski (q. v.), mae-r (q. v.), pi. mey-jar : — only in plur., ref-iar, sif-jar,
skef-jar, men-jar, skyn-jar, hre8-iar. 2. with characteristic v, or,
gen. sing. nom. plur. iir-var, stii8, bii3, diigg, gen. stii3-var, b68-var,
diigg-var; only in plur., giit-var (obsolete). g»^ Heterogene are the
local names in Norway ; in fem. plur., Holt-ar, Hiis-ar, Hiis-ar, Torg-
ar, Tiin-ar, f)orp-ar, Nes-jar (holt, hus, hris, torg, tiin, J)orp, nes are
all neut. appellatives), L6-ar, Les-jar, Vag-ar, Vin-jar, Kvild-ar, etc.,
see Munch's pref. (p. x) to Norge's Beskriv. III. heifir :
feminines with an inflex. -r in nom. and characteristic i, which has
caused a vowel change in most of them, and which appears in dat. ace.
sing. : 1. about a score of appellatives ; hei8-r, vei8-r, Hlei8-r,
erm-r, helg-r (a holiday), eyr-r, mer-r, rey8-r, bni8-r, byr8-r, fyll-r,
flceS-r, aE8-r {an eider-duck), se8-r {vena), my'r-r, v«tt-r, iix (qs. iix-r) ;
ky-r, ae-r, sy-r (q. v.), all three contr, in dat. and plur. ; the obsolete
l>y'-r. ryg-r, gy'g-r (pi. J)y'-jar, ryg-jar, gy'g-jar) :— in mod. usage the -r
has changed into -/, in hei8-i, vei3-i, erm-J, eyr-i, mer-i, byr8-i, fyll-i.
xvm
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR*
floe8-i, ox-i ; otherwise they retain the full declension and must not
be confounded with the indeclinable weak feminines gle5-i, ell-i, etc.
In the west of Icel. the -r is still in use in floe8-r, vei&-r, rey&-r
(steypi-rey8-r), and all over Icel. in ky-r, ae-r ; as also in bru8-r, only
here the -r is kept through all cases, so that the word has an indeclin-
able sing., cp. the use of this word in Isl. J>j63s. i. 340, 341 (omitted
s. V. p. 84). 2. a great many fern. pr. names : simple, Au5-r, Frl6-r,
GerS-r, Hild-r, {>ru3-r, Unn-r, UrS-r (mythol.) : compds, Sigri6-r,
Astri6-r, Gu5ri6-r, Jjuri6-r, Ragnhei8-r, Alfhei8-r, Hallger8-r, Ingi-
ger&-r, Valger8-r, J>orger8-r, Gunnhild-r, Ragnhild-r, Ingveld-r, |>6r-
hild-r, H61mfri8-r, etc.: those in -uSr, qs. -unnr, Steinun-n, Ingun-n,
I8un-n, {>6run-n: in -dis, As-dis, Her-dis, Vig-dis, |)6r-dis, Alf-dis,
dat. ace. disi (omitted s. v. p. 100), and by way of analogy the foreign
abbadis (a66ess), as if compounded with dis; foreign pr. names, Margr^t,
Elizabet, etc. : in pr. names the inflexive -r is in full use over Icel.,
so that Baugei8, Randi8, etc. in old MSS. are only Norwegianisms.
۩* The Icel. feminines in -r answer to Gothic -zs, and are different
from the Gothic feminines in -s, such as anst-s, alps ; of these latter
the Icel. nau8-r {need, decl. as ti3) is the sole remnant. It is worth
noticing that the Icel. feminine proper names have preserved and repre-
sent the oldest and fullest declension of feminines.
Bemaxks on the 3rd Declension, which contains about two
score words : 1. eik, steik, geit, greip, grind, gnit, kinn, kind (in
mod. usage), flik, spik, tik, vik, rit, mjolk, kverk (but in mod. usage
kverk-ar). 2. with changed vowel, bok, brok, gl68, n6t, rot, gat,
natt, tonn, hond, ond {anas) ,m'6xk, flo, klo, 16, ro, ta, gas, lus, miis, briin,
sto8, hnot ; plur. boek-r, gloe3-r, gaet-r, naet-r, tenn-r, hend-r, end-r, floe-r,
tsE-r, gaes-s, mys-s, bryn-n, ste8-r, hnet-r (but in present use, sto3-ir,
hnot-ir). ^gr" A very few of these words have also -r in nom. sing.,
viz. mjolk, mork, natt, vik; bcek-r from b6k also occurs, though
seldom ; rist-r from rist, Pass. 33. 4, is poiit. 3. to this class we
may refer the plur. dyr-r (q. v.), gen. dura ; the latter r is inflexive, and
the form analogous to ky-r from kii ; the plur. ky-r, ae-r (q. v.) 4.
to this declension may als« be referred the plur. of dottir, systir, m68ir,
although the r is here radical. ^' The monosyllabic feminines
with a iinal long vowel are contracted, a, bra, gja, Gna, Ija, la, kra,
ra, sla, skra, spa, J)ra ; as to the declension of these words vide a, p. 48,
and bra, p. 77 ; 16, Ey-gl6, sl6, st6, J)r6, dat. 16-m . . . ; asja (q. v.)
has no r in gen., nor trii, fni (q. v.) The root vowel of these words
is not changed, and accordingly they are classed with the 1st declen-
sion of feminines, but in a contracted form.
Neuter.
Kemarks on the Ist Declension : I. skip : forms like
this are regular, and occur throughout the book, simply marked
' n.' II. barn : to this belong neuters with a as root vowel,
which in plur. becomes o; a change due to a lost characteristic vowel in
neut. plur., answering to -a in Goth., -u in A. S. (cp. Lat. cornu) : as a
radical a is the only vowel which is affected by an inflexive u,the remains
of this inflexion are only found in the words with that root vowel ; these
words are many : 1. single words, ba8, bla3, va8, haf, vaf, flag, drag,
bak, flak, rak, tak, pak, skjal, far, skar, svar, glas, fat, gat, afl, tail, fall,
fjall, kail, band, grand, bar8, skar8, bjarg, bragS, flag3, nafn, safn, gagl,
hagl, tagl, agn, gagn, hald, vald, magn, lamb, mark, rann, happ, hapt,
skapt, hlass, gjald, spjall, spjald, tjald, hvarf, starf, barn, kast, ax, fax, sax,
vatn : — only in plur., log, glop, skop, rok : many have no plur. 2.
with an inflexive -ad, -al, etc., changed into n, her-a8, hundr-a8, for-a3,
68-al, plur. her-u&, hundr-u8, 68-ul : sum-ar (prop, a masc), plur.
sum-ur : gaman, dat. contr. gamni : h6fu8, dat. h6f8i. III.
nes : to this belong more than a score of words, with characteristic 7,
ge8, ve8, nef, stef, egg, hregg, skegg, el, sel, ben, fen, gren, men, ber,
sker, nes, flet, net, fley, grey, hey, ki8, rif, gil, J)il, fyl, kyn, ny. IV.
hdgg : to this belong a score of words, with characteristic v, hogg,
skrcik, kjot, bol, 61, fol, mjol, fjor, smjor, bygg, glygg, lyng, frae, Ix,
hrae, hey : only plur. sol. ^j* The dat. hogg-vi, kj6t-vi, bol-vi, smj6r-vi,
bygg-vi, frae-vi, hey-vi, etc. began to be uncommon even in old writers
and are in mod. usage sounded hogg-i, skrok-i, kj6t-i, etc., whereas in
plur. the V still remains, e. g. solva-fjara. For f6, kne, tre, see these
words.
Hemarks on the 2nd Declension, containing bisyllabic deri-
vative words with characteristic i. Most of these words are derivative
and with a changed vowel wherever possible. A great number are
declined like klae8-i, so that it is difficult to give a complete list of them,
e. g. frelsi (by misprint called fem., p. 172) ; in the Dictionary they are
simply marked 'n.' II. rfki: to this belong those with a final
g, h, which have j (the characteristic i) in gen. and dat. plur., e. g.
fylki, riki, siki, vigi, laegi, and many others.
Weak Nouns. — Masculine.
The original characteristic of weak nouns in- Teutonic languages is
the inflexive -n, of which in Icel. the sole remnant is the gen. plur. of"
the feminines and neuters.
Bemarks on this Declension : I. tlmi : forms like
this occur almost in every page of the Dictionary, and are simply
marked ' a, m.' II. stedi : to this belong only a few primitive
words with characteristic^*, as a8il-i, bryt-i, ste3-i, vil-i, ni8-i ; the poet,
and obsolete skyt-i, tygg-i ; poet. pr. names, Bel-i, I8-i, Skyl-i, |>ri8-i,
Vig-i ; compds in -skegg-i, eyjar-skeggjar ; names of people in -ver-jar,
Gaulver-jar, Oddaver-jar, and in mod. usage, |>j68ver-jar, Spanver-jar,
etc., cp. -varii in old Teutonic names in Latin writers : — compds in -ingi,
h6f8ing-i, hei8ing-i, kunning-i, foe&ing-i, banding-i, leysing-i, auming-i,
raening-i,Vaering-i,Skraeling-i,etc.,pl.h6f8ing-jar, etc.: m-yrkioi-virki,
ein-virki, spell-virki, etc., pi. einvirk-jar, Tyrki {a Turk, mod.), etc. : —
for le, gen. Ija (lea), and kle, gen. klea, see these words. There is
a curious inflexive -n left in pi. of the obsolete poet, words, brag-nar,
gum-nar, got-nar, from bragi, goti, gumi. ^- Some masculines have
a double declension, both strong and weak, hug-r and hug-i, hlut-r
and hlut-i, h61m-r and h61m-i, stall-r and stall-i, munn-r and munn-i,
gar3-r and gar8-i, odd-r and odd-i, ai3-r and ni8-i, drang-r and drang-i,
hnn-r and linn-i, likam-r and likam-i, glugg-r and glugg-i, -ingr and
-ingi ; all derivative words in -leikr have both forms, -letk-r and -leik-i;
cp. also pr. names as Orn and Arn-i, Bjorn and Bjarn-i, Finn-r and
Finn-i, Odd-r and Odd-i, Gisl and Gisl-i, Geir-r and Geir-i, etc.
Feminine.
Kemarks on the Ist Declension: I. tunga: this
form, marked ' u, f.' in the Dictionary, contains many hundreds of
appellatives, and several pr. names, Halla, Asa, {)6ra, Hall-dora, etc. :
frii (q. V.) is contracted ; so also trii-a, gen. tru ; the pr. names Gr6-a,
G6-a, gen. Gr6, G6. II. alda: to this belong all the
feminines with a as root vowel, cp. introduction to letter A : v61v-a,
a sibyl, gen. v61-u, pi. v61-ur. ^j- Only a few of the words of this
declension (little more than a score, or about two or three per cent, of
the whole) form a gen. plur. ; these are esp. the following, vaka, vika,
klukka, ekkja, rekkja, kirkja (gen. ekk-na . . . kirk-na), stiilka, tala,
vala, sala (salna. Mar. passim), kiila, sula, gata, gata, sata, varta, diifa,
J)ufa, rjiipa, rima, visa, hosa, messa, kelda, skylda ; kona has kven-na ;
the nom. of stjarna {a star) and skepna {a creature) may also serve for
gen. plur., skaparinn stjarna, creator stellarum, in a hymn : in some
few cases the gen. plur. is formed by adding the article to the nom.
sing., thus gy8ja-nna {dearum), gryfja-nna {fovearum) : in many
cases the gen. sing, is used collectively, thus Icel. say, oldu-gangr,
impetus undarum, — the words denoting wave, alda, bara, bylgja, are
all of this declension, and none of them have a proper gen. plur. ;
bylg-na is found (bylgna-gangr. Mar. 269), but ald-na, bar-na are
impossible forms, one might perhaps say alda-nna, bylgja-nna ; sogu-
b6k, liher historiarum ; the gen. sagn-a, bistoriarum (sagna-ritari),
is rarely used and is borrowed from sogn. Sometimes this deficiency
may become puzzling, chiefly in translating Latin into Icel. ; in original
writers it is not felt. In olden times the number of those words that
allowed of a gen. was still more hmited.
Bemarks on the Indeclinable Feminine : — with perhaps the
sole exception of aevi {life) and elli {age) all the words of this declen-
sion are derivatives from adjectives and formed by a change of vowel,
whenever the root vowel of the adjective is changeable ; almost all
these words are abstract (denoting quality), and so have no plural ; forms
like gle8i-r {ludi) or aefi-r {vitae) are quite exceptional and ungramma-
tical : 1. single nouns, about two score of words; gle8i,helgi (Ao//-
ness), ergi, leti, gremi, helti, speki, hugrekki, froe8i, mce8i, oe8i {fury),
haesi, kaeti, reiSi, feiti, bley3i, hreysti, veyki, hareysti, fylli, hylli, fy^si,
syki, birti, snilli, girni, teiti, hviti, orvi, mildi, blindi, atgorvi, hnoggvi,
myki: lygi and gorsimi in sing., but heteroclite in plur. 2.
derivatives ; -semi from adj. -samr, skyn-semi (very many) : compds
in -frcedi, -speki, but if prefixed as a double compd they take s,
thus e. g. froe8i-b6k, but gu8froe8is-b6k ; skynsemi {rationis), but
skynsemis-trii {Jides rationis, i. e. rationalismus) : -ni from adjec-
tives in -inn, e. g. hei8-ni, Krist-ni, hly8-ni, and many others : -skygni,
-sjni, e.g. glam-skygni, viS-s^ni: -gi from adj. -igr, e.g. grse8-gi,
kyn-gi ; -ydgi, har8-y8gi, etc. : -gli from adj. -gtdl, sann-sogli {vera-
citas) from sann-sogull {verax) : in -andi only a few, kve8-andi, hyggj-
andi, afr-endi, Ver8-andi (the Norn) : in local names, Skdni, Erri, Ylfi
(islands) : Ska8i (the goddess) is declined as masc.
Neuter.
Bemarks on this Declension : it contains, 1. six words
denoting parts of the body, auga, eyra, hjarta, lunga, nyra, eista. 2.
a few appellatives, almost obsolete, none of which form a gen. plur.,
bjiiga, okla, sima, leika, hno8a, viSbeina, vetta (in ekki vetta, no wigbt;
hvat-vetna, every wight).
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
xix
ADJECTIVES.
A. STRONG DECLENSION, as in Substantives, used of Adjectives, both positive and superlative, when indefinite.
Smo.
Plur.
Sma.
Plur.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
NOM.
ung-r
ung
ung-t
Gen.
ung-s
ung-rar
ung-s
Dat.
ung-um
ung-ri
ung-u
Ace.
ung-an
ung-a
ung-t
NoM.
ung-ir
ung-ar
ung
Gen.
ung-ra
in all genders
Dat.
ung-um
in all genders
Ace.
ung-a
ung-ar
ung
Mase.
Fern.
Neut.
NoM.
ny-r
ny^
ny-tt
Gen.
n^-s
ny-rrar
ny'-s
Dat.
ny'-jum
ny-rri
ny-ju
Ace.
ny-jan
ny-ja
ny-tt
NoM.
ny-ir
ny'-jar
ny
Gen.
ny-rra
in all genders
Dat.
ny-jum
in all genders
Ace.
ny-ja
ny-jar
ny
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
fagr
fogr
fagr-t
fagr-s
fagr-ar
fagr-s
fijgr-um
fagr-i
fcigr-um
fagr-an
fagr-a
fagr-t
fagr-ir
fagr-ar
fOgr
fagr-a
in all genders
fogr-um
in all genders
fagr-a
fagr-ar
The Article.
f(3gr
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
hin-n
hin
hi-t
hin-s
hin-nar
hin-s
hin-um
hin-ni
hin-u
hin-n
hin-a
hi-t
hin-ir
hin-ar
hin
hin-na
in all genders
hin-um
in all genders
hin-a
hin-a
hin
Mase.
Fern.
ha-vum in all genders
ha-va ha-var
Neut.
h&-r
h4
ha-tt
ha-s
hd-rrar
hd-s
ha-vum
hd-rri
ha-vum
hd-van
hi'i-va
hd-tt
ha-vir
hii-var
ha
ha-rra
n all genders
h4
Participial Adjectives in -inn.
Masc.
komin-n
komin-s
komn-um
komin-n
komn-ir
komin-na
komn-um
komn-a
Fern.
komn-ar
komin-nar
komin-ni
komn-a
komn-ar
in all genders
in all genders
komn-ar
Neut.
komi-t
komin-s
komn-u
komi-t
komi-n
komi-n
B. WEAK DECLENSION, used of Adjectives, both posit, and superl., when indef. ; and general in compar. and part. act. sing.
SlNQ.
Plur,
Positive (definite).
Comparative (def.
and indef.)
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
NoM.
Gen.]
ung-i
ung-a
ung-a
yng-ri
yng-ri
yng-ra
Dat. I
Ace. J
ung-a
ung-u
ung-a
yng-ra
yng-ri
yng-ra
NoM.]
Gen. I
ung-u
in all genders
yng-ri
in all genders
Ace. J
Dat.
ung-um
in all genders
yng-rura
in all genders
Superlative (definite).
Masc. Fern. Neut.
yng-sti yng-sta yng-sta
yng-sta yng-stu yng-sta
yng-StU in all genders
yng-Stum in ail genders
C. INDECLINABLE ADJECTIVES in -a and -/, see remarks below.
D. THE ARTICLE SUFFIXED TO NOUNS.
SlNQ.
Plue.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
NoM.
heimr-inn
ti3-in
skip-it
Gkn.
heims-ins
tiSar-innar
skips-ins
Dat.
heimi-num
ti8-inni
skipi-nu
Ace.
heim-inn
ti3-ina
skip-it
NoM.
heimar-nir
ti3ir-nar
skip-in
Gen.
heima-nna
ti5a-nna
skipa-nna
Dat.
heimu-num
ti3u-num
skipu-nilm
Ace.
heima-na
tiSir-nar
skip-in
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
timi-nn
tunga-n
elli-
n
auga-t
tima-ns
tungu-nnar
eili-
nnar
auga-ns
tima-num
tungu-nni
elli-
nni
auga-nu
tima-na
tungu-na
elli-
na
auga-t
timar-nir
tungur-nar
augu-n
tima-nna
tungna-nna
augna-nna
timun-um
tnngu-num
augun-um
tima-na
tungur-nar
augu-n
Bemarks on the Adjectives : I. the nom. masc. : —
the nom. -r is dropped in fagr (qs. fagr-r), magr, dapr, apr, vakr,
digr, vitr, bitr, itr, Hpr, snotr, forn, sykn, froekn, gjarn, frjals, \>utt,
hvass, hress : — it is assimilated in bein-n, ein-n, hrein-n, sein-n,
groen-n, kcen-n, -roen-n, vsen-n, br)Ti-n, fryn-n, syn-n, hal-1, heil-1,
veil-1, sael-1, ful-1, has-s, fiis-s, laes-s, laus-s, lj6s-s, vis-s, etc. ; inflexive,
litil-1, mikil-1, gamaI-1, vesal-1, forul-l, atal-1, spurul-1, {)6gul-l, heimil-1,
etc. 2. the nom. fem. sing, represents the root of the adjective
(ung, ny, ha) : — adjectives with a as root vowel change into o in
fem. sing, and neut. plur., e.g. all-r, oil, all-t ; marg-r, morg, marg-t ;
har&-r, hcirS, har-t ; hag-r, hog, hag-t ; fagr, fcigr, fagr-t ; stak-r, stcik,
stak-t ; van-r, vein, van-t ; hvass, hvoss, hvas-t ; varm-r, vorm, varm-t;
sam-r, siim, sam-t; tam-r, torn, tam-t : in the inflexive -a(jir, a is
changed into «, aldra8-r, fem.,oldru& ; gamla3-r, fem. gomlu8 ; gamal-1,
fem. giimul ; tala8-r, fem. toluS, etc., see introduction to letter A, p. i :
this change is all that remains of an obsolete characteristic w, answering
to the inflexive -k in Anglo-Saxon. 3. the nom. neut. sing, is formed
by adding -t to the root : — after a long root vowel -tt, e. g. hd-tt, mj6-tt,
ny-tt, gra-tt, hra-tt, sma-tt, etc. : — the t assimilates with a final 6, e. g.
nii3-r, breid-r, bli8-r, strid-r, fr68-r, god-r, 63-r, stri3-r ; in neut., mit-t,
breit-t, blit-t, strit-t, frot-t, got-t, 6t-t, etc. : — in long syllables with d
or d as final, the 6 is dropped, as in har3-r, stir3-r, lynd-r, doemd-r,
reynd-r ; in neut., har-t, stir-t, lyn-t, doem-t, reyn-t, qs. har3-t, etc. : —
the t is dropped in such words as reist-r, bratt-r ; in neut., reist,
bratt, etc. ; cp. the participles of the second weak conjugation : —
in the participles and adjectives in -adr, the 6 is dropped, e. g. elska8-r
(amatus), elska-t {amatum), but in mod. usage elska-8 ; and only the
change of vowel marks the distinction between fem. and neut., e. g.
tolu3 (dicta), but tala8 {dictum) : — in adjectives in -inn, the root n is
dropped before the neutral /, hi-t, hei3i-t, komi-t, Kristi-t, qs. hin-t,
hei3in-t, etc. 4. as to the cases, the inflexive -r in gen. and dat.
sing. fem. and gen. pi. is assimilated into n in the words in -inn, and
monosyllables in -nn with a long root vowel, thus, komin-na (q. v.),
vsen-na (yenustorum), v«n-ni (yenustae, dat.), v«n-aar {ytnustae, gea.).
XX
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
etc: into / in similar words, e.g. sxl-l, heil-1, gamal-I, sjel-lar, gamal-
lar (saell-rar, gamall-rar, etc. are faulty forms) ; mikil-li, magnae ;
litil-li, parvae, etc. : — it is dropped in those with radical r, vitra, sapi-
entium; fagri and fagrar, pulchrae : into s in words such as viss, e. g.
Vissa, certorum; but in mod. usage viss-ra and viss-ri, certae ; (fag-urri,
fag-urrar are not right, although now and then used in mod. writers) :
— the r is doubled after a long vowel, ha-rri altae, mjo-rra tenerarum,
at least in mod. usage ; old writers seem to have spelt and sounded
mj6-ra, mj6-ri, etc.: — the -ar and -um are contracted after a long
vowel, thus, bla-r caeruleas, bla-m caerulaeo. 5. contraction takes
place, o. in a few words in -igr, -ugr, au6-igr, bl6&-igr, u5-igr, gof-
igr, 6f-ugr, hof-igr, ofl-ugr, saur-igr, nau6-igr, m65-ugr, mal-ugr, lir-igr
(poet.), matt-igr ; they are contracted before an inflexive vowel, au8g-
an, au5g-ir, au6g-um, gofg-ir, u3g-ir, bl66g-ir, ofg-ir, hofg-ir . . . mattk-
ir, etc. ; in mod. usage the root is dissyllabic and not contracted, thus,
audugir, bl66ugir, hofugir . . . mattugir, etc. : even in old writers other
adjectives in -igr were not contracted, e.g. hr63igr, kriiptugr, skyldugr,
syndugr, siSugr, raSigr, — hr69igan, e. g. ra&igan (not raSgan), etc.,
both in old and mod. usage. p. in a few words in -//, gamall, vesall,
litill, mikill, hugall, J)ogull, etc. II. Mr : to this belong over
twenty words, with characteristic v, dygg-r, hrygg-r, stygg-r, gl6gg-r,
hnogg-r, sniigg-r, J)rong-r, 6ng-r, dokk-r, J)j6kk-r (Jiykk-r), kvik-r,
myrk-r, -yrk-r, rosk-r, losk-r, ol-r, fiil-r, or-r, gor-r, hos-s (obsolete), ha-r,
mj6-r, slj6-r (sloe-r) ; the v is freq. spelt with/in the words ha-r, mj6-r,
slj6-r, but not in the rest, see introduction to letter F. In mod. usage and
pronunciation this v or/has been mostly lost ; Icel. say ha-an, mj6-an,
fol-an, but it still lingers in the words ending in gg, ng, kk, rh, sk, as glogg-
van, ong-van, {jykk-van, rosk-van, etc. are current forms. III.
nfr: to this belong adjectives with characteristic^': only a few words re-
main with g, k as final, fraeg-r, hoeg-r, laeg-r, sloeg-r, \>xg-T, eyg-r, fleyg-r,
jrg-r, sek-r, rik-r, J)ekk-r, rsek-r, tcek-r ; in very old MSS. the forms fraeg-
jan, 3^g-jan, sek-jan, rik-jan, J)ekk-jan, etc. are almost universal, but
even in olden times the j was dropped in these words, and frseg-an,
sek-an, rik-an, etc. are now the sole forms. This declension therefore
is now only represented by mid-r {piedius) and by the words ending in
a vowel, ny-r, hly-r, -sae-r ; but that in pre-historical times this de-
clension was far more extensive is shewn by the many adjectives with
a changed root vowel (prob. caused by a lost 7), as dyr-r, hyr-r, lynd-r,
streym-r, vaen-n, sael-1, soet-r, skoe9-r, naem-r, hoef-r, mxr-r, kser-r, ber-r,
J)vcr-r. IV. kominn : to this belong all participles of the
strong verbs, and a great many adjectives ; with the exception of the
contraction it conforms to the article. For participles of weak verbs
of the 3rd conjugation see remarks on the verbs below.
Bemarks on the formation of the Degrees of Compari-
son : I. the compar. and superl. are, -ari, -astr, or -ri, -str,
thus, kaldr, compar. kald-ari, superl. kald-astr, fem. and neut. plur.
kold-ust ; hardr, harS-ari, harS-astr, fem. and neut. plur. h6r3-ust ;
frj&ls, frjals-ari, frjals-astr (frjdls-ust) : in adjectives with character-
istic 7 or V these letters reappear, gloggr, glogg-vari, glogg-vastr ; orr,
iJr-vari, iJr-vastr ; nyr, ny-jari, ny-jastr ; or it is contracted, mjor, mjo-
rri, mjo-str, but older are the forms mjo-vari, mjo-vastr. II.
the compar. is assimilated in adjectives in -nn, -II, vaen-n, vaen-ni, vaen-
str ; grcen-n, grcen-ni, grcen-str ; heil-1, heil-li, heil-str or heil-astr ; sxl-1,
szl-li, sael-str ; svipal-1, svipul-li. III. some few adjectives form
compar. and superl. by vowel change, ha-r, hae-ri, hae-str ; t'a-r, fae-ri,
fse-str; lag-r, laeg-ri, laeg-str ; lang-r, leng-ri, leng-str ; (fram), frem-ri,
frem-str; fagr, fegr-i, fegr-str; skamm-r, skem-ri, skem-str ; grann-r,
grenn-ri, grenn-str ; stor-r, stcer-ri, stoer-str ; sma-r, smae-ri, smae-str ;
ung-r, yng-ri, yng-str ; J)ung-r, Jiyng-ri, J)yng-str ; grunn-r, grynn-ri,
grynn-str : in mod. usage also, full-r, fyll-ri, fyll-str ; stutt-r, stytt-ri,
stytt-str ; J)unn-r, J)ynn-ri, J)ynn-str ; mjuk-r, myk-ri, myk-str ;
djup-r, dyp-ri, dyp-str ; Jjrong-r, J)reyng-ri, J)reyng-str, but also ]pr6ng-
vari, J)rong-vastr (older and better) ; svang-r, sveng-ri, sveng-str ;
magr, megr-i, megr-str, etc. ; but in old writers we often find full-
ari, fuU-astr, etc. IV. heterogene, as in other languages, are
g66-r, bet-ri, bez-tr ; il!-r, ver-ri, ver-str ; marg-r, flei-ri, fle-str ; litil-1,
min-ni, min-str ; mikil-1, mei-ri, me-str ; gamal-1, ell-ri, ell-str. V.
forming compar. and superl. from adverbs : 1. from local adverbs
denoting direction, austr, norSr, su3r, vestr, fram, aptr, rit, inn, of,
ni3r, fjarr, na-; in compar. and superl., eyst-ri (aust-ari), aust-astr;
nyr5-ri, nyr3-str ; synn-ri, synn-str; vest-ri, vest-astr ; frem-ri, frem-str ;
ept-ri, ept-str, or apt-ari, apt-astr ; yt-ri, yt-str (yztr) ; inn-ri (iS-ri),
inn-str; ef-ri (<)f-ri), ef-str (^Jf-str); ne6-ri, ne3-str ; fir-ri, fir-str ; nae-ri,
nae-str. 2. temp, adverbs, si6, fyrir ; si3-ari, si6-astr ; f)'r-ri, fyr-
str. 3. other adverbs, from heldr, sjaldan ; in compar. and superl.,
held-ri, hell-str ; sjaldn-ari, sjaldn-astr; hind-ri, hinn-str; oe6-ri, ce&-str;
$ka-ri, ska-str : only in compar., hceg-ri, the right; vin-stri, ibe left.
Remarks on the "Weak Declension : I. the positive
and the superlative have both strong and weak declension, according
as they are indefinite or definite in sense, whereas the comparative
has in either case only a weak declension. 2. the part, aet;
in -andi is declined as the comparative. II. the numerals
\)Tibi, fj6r6i, fimti, sexti, etc., the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, etc.;
have (old and mod.) only the weak declension ; J)ri6i with a cha=
racteristicy, t)ri3-ja, plur. J)ri3-ju, fj6r3-u, fimt-u. III. changed
in mod. usage, 1. the dat. plur. ■'um, which is almost always
used in good old MSS., is now lost, and dat. is like nom. : thus
Icel. say, hinum beztu monnum, betri monnum, ungu mcinnum ; in old
usage, beztum, betrum, yngrum, (Jon |>orkelsson, Hauks-bok, 1865,
p. 14, note 4.) The sole remnant in mod. usage of the old -um is the
compar. fleir-um (pluribus), which is still so pronounced, and often
used in Icel. writings. 2. the sing, has become indeclinable ; the
gen. dat. ace. masc. sing, -a in the compar. is now obsolete; Icel. say
yngri manns (junioris bominis) for the old yngra, dat. yngra manni,
mod. yngri manni ; yngra mann, mod. yngri mann. 3. the part,
act. sing. ; here also the gen. masc. sing, is altered ; vaxanda vinds
(vindi, vind), cresceiitis venti, into vaxandi vinds : the neut. -a is also
usually changed into -/, e.g. fall-anda forad into fall-andi forad (a
stumbling-block) .
Remarks on the Indeclinable Adjectives. They were ori-
ginally regular adjectives, which, though both definite and indefinite,
had only the weak declension ; and — perhaps in order to distinguish
them from other adjectives in definite forms — they have lost all
inflexion, and have no comparative or superlative ; they vary be-
tween the forms -/' and -a, andvan-i and andvan-a, originally express-
ing the distinction between masc, fem., and neut., but are, in
fact, used without regard to gender, one MS. has -a, another -i,
even in the same passage, e.g. Mar. 378 ; in mod. usage, -a is the
current form. These indeclinable words (in the Dictionary simply
marked ' adj.' or ' adj. indecl.') are very many, chiefly compound
words, e. g. in «/-, ein-, half-, full-, frum-, snm-, and for the latter
part, -vana, -gedja, -lagci, -stola, etc., e. g. af-laga, sjalf-krafa (-bjarga,
-rfi3a), ein-hama, ein-mana, ein-staka, ein-skipa, ein-huga, sam-huga,
sam-ra6a, or-vasa, full-ti3a, mid-aldra, gjaf-vaxta, frum-vaxta, ham-
stola, vit-stola, 63-fluga, flaum-osa, al-verkja, al-bata, al-dau6a, al-
eySa, a-skynja, ei3-rofa, far-flotta, 66a-mala, sundr-or&a, tvi-saga,
hungr-mor3a, stra-dau9a, afl-vana, matt-vana, and-vana, half-vita,
har3-brj6sta, hand-lama, fut-lama, gagn-drepa, hall-oka, las-bur8a :
single words are few, hlessa, hissa, klumsa, reisa, hugsi, jatsi, heitsi,
etc. In some cases it is difficult to say whether the word is to be
taken for a substantive or indeclinable adjective, e. g. ei8-rofi or ei8-
rofa, harm-dau3i, full-ti6i, J)ing-logi, na;sta-brae3ra.
Remarks on the Sufllxed Article. This is characteristic of
the Scandinavian languages, and still remains in modern Danish and
Swedish. It forms a double declension, with substantive and adjective
forms in the same word ; or rather it gives to a substantive the form
of an adjective. The inflexive -ar, -ir represent different genders for
substantive and for adjective, thus, all-ir dag-ar, omnes dies, masc,
but all-ar stund-ir, omnes horae, fem. The same rule applies to the
suffixed article, draumar-nir, but ti3ir-nar. The nouns of the 2nd
strong declension are so few that they scarcely affect this rule. In
very early times we may suppose that the Scandinavian language had
no suffixed article ; in the oldest poems it is rarely used ; in old prose
more rare than in modern prose ; and at the present time the article
is less used in Ic«l. than in any other living European language,
and is dispensed with in endless cases, where others must use it ; in
solemn style it is used less than in conversational. II. the
declension of the suffixed article : 1. the h is dropped throughout
(inn, in, it). 2. the root vowel of the article is dropped, if the
substantive ends with a vowel, and the final n + the inflexion is suffixed,
e. g. solu-nni, tungu-nni, for the vowel of the noun has always the pre-
ference, p. so also after the plur. -ar, -ir, -r, e. g. ti5ir-nar, draumar-
nir, vetr-nir, foetr-nir ; but not so after -ar, -r in gen. sing., e. g. ti3ar-
innar, fotar-ins, hafnar-innar, bokar-innar and boekr-innar, tov 0ip\ov,
whereby a distinction is kept between gen. sing, and nom. plur., e. g.
tiSar-innar temporis, but tiSir-nar tempora. Icel. say, m63ur-inni matri,
systur-inni sor'y: i, d6ttur-inni_/!7!'ae, as also moSur-innar matris, systur-
innar sororis, duttur-innar_;?/«ae; but contracted in fii&ur-num />a/ri,
br63ur-num/ra//-i, — fo&ur-inum, br63ur-inum may occur in old writers.
Mar., but is seldom used. -y. the masc. dat. -i is often dropped before
the article, but kept if without the article, e. g. draum'-num, saum'-
num, but draumi, saumi : it is difficult here to give a rule. 8. the
ace sing. fem. is in old writers contracted in such words as, siik-na
(causatn), iil-na (funem), etc., mod. siik-ina, al-ina, etc. €. the
vowel of the article is also dropped in the dat. of strong masc, as
bekkr of the 2nd declension (without -/), thus, reyk-num, bekk-num,
not reyk-inum, bekk-inum. 3. in dat. plur. the final m of the
noun is dropped, ti6u-num, — an older form ti5um-inum, temporihus,
occurs in early Swedish ; this -unum is always in mod. usage sounded
-onum (miinn-onum), as also in earlier rhyme, Pass. 9. 7.
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
XXI
PRONOUNS.
Personal (ist and 2nd pers.)
without gender.
Sing.
Dual.
Pum.
NoM. ek
Gen. min
Dat. m^r
Ace. mik
NoM. vit
Gen. okkar ykkar
NoM. v^r
Gen. var
Dat.]
Ace. I
■OSS
J)er
t)ik
Ijit (it)
ykkr
l)er (er)
ySar
ydr
Personal (3rd pers .) with gen der.
Masc.
han-n
han-s
hdn-um
han-n
Fetn. Neut.
hon (hun) [jat
hen-nar J)ess
hen-ni j)vi
han-a |>at
J)ei-r J)ae-r t)au
J)ei-rra in all genders
J)ei-m in all genders
J)u. J)ae-r {)au
Reflexive.
sm
s6r
sik
Demonstrative (sa, the, thai; |)essi, this).
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
sa (sja)
sii (sj&)
l,at
|)essi
)>essi
t)etta
J)ess
J)eir-rar
l)ess
^essa
t>essa-rar
l>essa
})eini
{)eir-ri
{)V1
l)ess-um
{)ess-ari
l)essu
t>ann
l,a
l)at
|>enna
t>e$sa
t)etu
J)ess-ir
J)ess-ar
Jiesst
1
t)essa-ra
J)ess-um
In all genders
in all genders
\ common for both demoiutratltres
J
J)ess-a
t)ess-ar
J)essi
Interrogative.
In plural sense (' who or which of many').
In dual sense {'who or which of two').
Indefinite (one, some one).
■ NoM. hver-r
Gen. hver-s
Dat. hver-jum
Ace. hver-n
NoM, hver-ir
Gen. hver-ra
Dat, hver-jum
Ace. hver-ja
Masc. Fern.
hver
hver-rar
hver-ri
hver-ja
hver-jar
in all genders
in all genders
hver-jar
Neut.
hver-t and hvat
hver-s
hver-ju
hver-t
hver
hver
Masc.
Fern.
Neut.
Masc.
Fein.
Neut.
It
hvdr-r
hvar
hvar-t
nokkur-r
nokkur
nokku-t
hviir-s
hviir-rar
hvar-s
nokkur-s
nokkur-rar
nokkur-s
hvar-um
hvdr-ri
hv4r-u
nokkur-um
nokkur-ri
nokkur-u
hvar-n
hvar-a
hvar-t
Hokkur-n
nokkur-a
nokku-t
hvar-ir
hvar-ar
hviir
nokkur-ir
nokkur-ar
nokkur
hvar-ra
in all genders
nokkur-ra
in all genders
hvdr-um
in all genders
nokkur-um
in all genders
hvar-a
hvar-ar
hvar
nokkur-a
nokkur-ar
nokkur
Numerals (itvo, both, three, four).
Masc. Fern. Neut.
NoM. tvei-r tvae-r tvau (tvci)
Gen. tve-ggja in all genders
Dat. tvei-m or tvei-mr in all genders
Ace. tva tvse-r tvau(tvo)
Masc. Fern.
ba3-ir ba5-ar
be-ggja in all genders
bii3-um in all genders
ba5-a ba5-ar
Neut.
bce3-i
boe5-i
Fern.
J)rj-ar
Neut.
Masc.
J)ri-r J)rj-ar Irj-u
J)ri-ggja in all genders
J)ri-m or J)ri-mr in all genders
J)rj-a J)rj-ar prj-u
Masc.
Fetn.
Neut.
fjogr
fj6r-ir fj6r-ar
fjiig-urra in ail genders
fjor-um in all genders
fjor-a fj6r-ar O^g^
Other Pronouns : I. the demonstrative hinn, hin, hitt
{the other one) is decHned like the article, only the neut. sing, with
-//. II. the possessive pronouns are, 1. minn, min, mitt
(tneus) ; J)inn, ^in, J)itt {tuus) : the reflex, sinn, sin, sitt {suus). 2.
in dual sense ; okkar-r, okkur, okkat {noster) ; ykkar-r, ykkur, ykkat
(yester). 3. in plur. sense ; var-r, var, var-t (noster) ; y6var-r,
y8ur, y5ar-t (yester) ; declined as nokkurr, but contracted, e. g. y6rir.
In mod. usage these possessives in plur. and dual sense are rare, and
instead of them the gen. of the personal okkar, ykkar, ySar is used as
indeclinable. III. for the pronouns sami (weak) idem, sjiilfr
ipse, neinn (ne einn) nulhis, einhverr every one, sumr some, engi no
one, annarr-hv4rr one of the two, alteruter, hvargi or hvarigr neither
of the two, neuter, hvarr-tveggja or hvarr-tveggi each, uterque (the
former part following the strong declension, the latter the weak),
J>vilikr and slikr such, talis, hvilikr as, gualis : see the Diction-
ary. IV. as relatives the old language has only the particles
er and sem, see the Dictionary, pp. 131, 132.
Hemarks : 1. personal and demonstrative ; in the mod. lan-
guage ek etc. have become eg, mig, {)ig, sig, viS, \>ib, vor ; and hon or
hon has become hiin : — in the neut. J)au is sounded J)aug, but seldom
spelt so : — old writers often use sja as a common nom. for masc. and
fern., sja ma8r, that man, and sja kona, that womati : — dat. fern. Jjessi =
{>essari is used in old writers : — dat. sing. masc. J)eim-a = J)eim, and dat.
sing. neut. J)vi-sa occur in old prose and poems ; in Runes, {)ansi =
J)enna. 2. interrogative and indefinite ; remains of an older declen-
sion are, hvat, what (still in full use) ; dat. hveim (poijt. and obsolete) ;
hvi, why ; hve, how, mod. also hversu ; the mod. hva3a is curious,
being indeclinable throughout: — old form nekkverr or nakkverr
(necquerr, naquarr in the MSS.) : in mod. usage nokkurr, but con-
tracted before a vowel, e.g. nokkr-ir, nokkr-um, etc.
Remarks on the Numerals : I. the cardinals ; the first
four are decHned, einn, tveir, etc.: the rest indeclinable, fimm, sex,
sjau (mod. sjo), atta, niu, tiu, ellifu, t61f, J)rettan, fjortan, fimmtan,
sextan, sjautjan (mod. sautjan), "atjan, nitjan, tuttugu (twenty), tuttugu
ok einn, etc., — the decades first and then the smaller numbers : but
with the even decades, from twenty onwards, the reverse is common
in Icel., — einn og tuttugu [one and twenty), ... tiu og tuttugu (' ten
and twenty'), . . . nitjan og tuttugu (' nineteen and twenty'), fjorutiu
(forty), einn og fjorutiu (one and forty), and so on to sixty, then
from sixty to eighty, from eighty to ' tenty' (tiu-ti)i = hundred), from
'tenty' to a hundred (i.e. the gross hundred, 120). Icel. children in
play, shepherds in counting their flocks, and fishermen in counting their
catch are sure to reckon in this way. From forty and upwards the
Danes say, tre-sinds-tyve (= three times twenty =three score) for Go, fir-
sinds-tyve ( =four score) for 80, and halv treds ( = three score viinus
a half score) for 50, halv fjerds (=four score minus a half score) for
70, halv f ems (= half the fifth score, i.e. five score minus a half) for
90 ; but not so in Sweden and Norway. The decades are in old
writers treated as independent words, and declined, J)rir tigir, dat. J)remr
tigum, ace. J)rja tigi, with a following genitive, e. g. fjora tigi manna
(quadraginta ' hominum'), etc.; in mod. usage indeclinable, J)rja-tiu,
fjiiru-tiu, fimm-tiu, sex-tiu, sjo-tiu, atta-tiu, niu-tiu, liu-tiu (' ten ten,' i.e.
one hundred), but usually hundraS ; both hundraS (hundred) and J)usund
(thousand) are in old writers (and freq. in mod.) declined and followed
by a genitive, e. g. piisund manna, tveim hundruSum skipa. II.
the ordinals ; fyrstr (q. v.), annarr (q. v.) : the rest only in the weak
declension, \>nbi, gen. dat. ace. J)ri5ja, plur. J)ri6ju indecl. ; fj6r-5i,
fimm-ti, set-ti, sjaun-di (mod. sj6un-di), iit-ti (mod, attun-di), niun-
di, tiun-di, ellef-ti, tolf-ti, J)rettan-di, fj6rtan-di, . . . tuttug-asti (twen-
tieth), pritug-asti, fertug-asti, . . . nitug-asti, hun-dra5-asti, . . . {)usund-
asti. III. distributives from i to 4 ; ein-ir (singuli), tvenn-
ir (bint), {)renn-ir (trini), fern-ir (quaterni), all as regular adjec-
tives. IV. multiplicatives, either tve-nnr (duplex), J)re-nnr
(triplex), fer-n (quadruplex) ; or with -faldr, ein-faldr, tvau-faldr (two-
fold), J)ri-faldr, fer-faldr, . . . att-faldr, ni-faldr, ti-faldr, . . . tvitug-
faldr, t)ritug-faldr, . . . hundra3-faldr, J)usund-faldr, all regular adjec-
tives. V. the adjectives in -tugr and -raSr, denoting aged,
measuring, for the decades, from twenty and upwards : o. -tugr,
for the decades, from 20 to 70, tvi-tugr, J)ri-tugr, fer-tugr, fimm-tugr,
sex-tugr, sjau-tugr. p. -roedr, for the decades, from 80 to 120, att-
roe3r, ni-rceftr, ti-roe3r (centenarius), tolf-roeSr (numbering 120), hence
tolf-roett hundra3 = i20, and ti-roett hundra3 = ioo. VI.
numeral adverbs, tvisvar = bis, J)rysvar = tris : the rest formed by sinni
or sinnum, times; fjorum-sinnum, /o?<r times = guater, etc.
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
VERBS.
A. WEAK VERBS, i. e. Verbs in which the Preterite is formed by adding a Termination : characterised by the final vowel of the pres. sing.
1st Conjugation,
2nd Conjugation,
3rd Conjugation, 1
4th Conjugation,
characteristic vowel a.
characteristic vowel t.
characteristic vowe
t is suppressed.
characteristic vowel I,
Indic. Pres. Sing.
I.
bo&-a
kall-a
dcem-i fylg-i
gle3
spyr
vak-i
dug-i
2.
bo8-ar
kall-ar
dcem-ir fylg-»r
gle3-r
spyr-r
vak-ir
dug-ir
3-
bo8-ar
kall-ar
doem-ir fylg-ir
gle8-r
spyr-r
vak-ir
dug-i r
Plur.
I.
bo8-um
koU-um
dcem-um fylg-jum
gle3-jum
spyr-jum
v6k-um
dug-um
3.
bo8-it
kall-it
doem-it fylg-it
gle3-it
spyr-it
vak-it
dug-it
3-
bo6-a
kall-a
dcem-a fylg-ja
gle3-ja
spyr-ja
vak-a
dug-a
Pret. Sing.
I.
bo8-a5a
kall-a8a
dcem-da fylg-da
glad-da
spur-8a
vak-ta
dug-8a
2.
bo8-a8ir
kall-a8ir
doem-dir fylg-dir
glad-dir
spur-8ir
vak-tir
dug-8ir
3-
bo8-a8i
kall-a8i
doem-di fylg-di
glad-di
spur-8i
vak-ti
dug-di
Plur.
I.
bo8-u8um
k611-u8um
doem-dum fylg-dum
glod-dum
spur-8uni
vok-tum
dug-8um
2.
bo8-u8ut
k611-u8ut
dcem-dut fylg-dut
glod-dut
spur-3ut
vok-tu8
dug-8ut
3-
bo8-u8u
koll-u8u
doem-du fylg-du
gl6d-du
spur-du
viik-tu
dug-8u
Imferat.
bo8-a
kall-a
deem fylg
gleS
spyr
vak (vak-i)
dug (dug-i)
SuBj. Pres. Sing.
I.
bo8-a
kall-a
doem-a fylg-ja
gle8-ja
spyr-ja
vak-a
dug-a
2.
bo8-ir
kall-ir
doem-ir fylg-ir
gle8-ir
spyr-ir
vak-ir
dug-ir
3-
bo8-i
kall-i
doem-i fylg-i
gle8-i
spyr-i
vak-i
dug-i
Plur.
I.
bo8-im
kall-im
doem-im fylg-im
gle3-im
spyr-im
vak-im
dug-im
2.
bo8-it
kall-it
doem-it fylg-it
gle3-it
sp)rr-it
vak-it
dug-it
3-
bo8-i
kall-i
doem-i fylg-i
gle3-i
spyr-i
vak-i
dug-i
Pret. Sing.
I.
bo8-a8a
kall-a8a
doem-da fylg-da
gled-da
spyr-8a
vek-ta
dyg-8a
2.
bo8-a8ir
kall-a8ir
doem-dir fylg-dir
gled-dir
spyr-8ir
vek-tir
dyg-8ir
3-
bo8-a8i
kall-a8i
doem-di fylg-di
gled-di
spyr-8i
vek-ti
dyg-8i
Plur.
I.
bo8-a8im
kall-a8im
doem-dim fylg-dim
gled-dim
spyr-3im
vek-tim
dyg-8im
2.
bo8-a8it
kall-a8it
dcem-dit fylg-dit
gled-dit
spyr-8it
vek-tid
dyg-8it
3-
bo8-a8i
kall-a8i
doem-di fylg-di
gled-di
spyr-3i
vek-ti
dyg-8i
Infin.
bo8-a
kall-a
doem-a fylg-ja
gle8-ja
spyr-ja
vak-a
dug-a
Part. Act.
bo8-andi
kall-andi
doem-andi fylg-jandi
gle8-jandi
spyr-jandi
vak-andi
dug-andi
Part. Pass. Masc
bo3-a8r
kall-a8r
doem-dr
glad-dr
spur-8r
vak-tr
Fem.
bo8-u8
koll-u8
doem-d
glod-d
spur-8
v6k-t
Neut. orl
Supine J
bo8a-t
kalla-t
dcem-t fylg-t
glat-t
spur-t
vaka-t
duga-t
B. STRONG VERBS, i. e. Verbs
in which the Preterite is formed by changing the Root Vowel (as found in
the Infin.)
I
St Class,
2nd Class,
3rd Class,
4th Class,
5th
Class,
6th Class,
change of radical e (f) into a, U,
i into ei, i.
jo into au, u.
a into d.
e into a, a
; into a, a, 0.
a into e;
au into jo.
Indic. Pres. Sing.
1.
brenn
ris
by'8
fer
gef
ber
graet
hleyp
2.
brenn-r
ris-s
by'8-r
fer-r
gef-r
ber-r
graet-r
hleyp-r
3-
brenn-r
ris-s
by8-r
fer-r
gef-r
ber-r
grast-r
hleyp-r
Plur.
I.
brenn-um
ris-um
bj68-um
for-um
gef-um
ber-um
grat-um
hlaup-um
2.
brenn-it
ris-it
bj68-it
far-it
gef-it
ber-it
grat-i3
hlaup-it
3-
brenn-a
ris-a
bj66-a
far-a
gef-a
ber-a
grat-a
hlaup-a
Pret. Sing.
1.
brann
reis
bau8
f6r
gaf
bar
gret
hljop
2.
brann-t
reis-t
baut-t
for-t
gaf-t
bar-t
gri^t-st
hlj6p-t
3-
brann
reis
bau8
for
gaf
bar
gret
hljop
Plur.
I.
brunn-um
ris-um
bu3-um
for-um
gaf-um
bar-um
gret-um
hlj6p-um
2.
brunn-ut
ris-ut
bu8-ut
for-ut
gaf-ut
bar-ut
gret-u8
hlj6p-ut
3-
brunn-u
ris-u
bu3-u
for-u
gaf-u
bar-u
gret-u
hlj6p-u
Imperat.
brenn
ris
bj68
far
gef
ber
grat
hlaup
Sub J. Pres. Sing.
I.
brenn-a
ris-a
bj68-a
far-a
gef-a
ber-a
grat-a
hlaup-a
2.
brenn-ir
ris-ir
bj68-ir
far-ir
gef-ir
ber-ir
grat-ir
hlaup-ir
3-
brenri-i
ris-i
bj68-i
far-i
gef-i
ber-i
grat-i
hlaup-i
Plur.
I.
brenu-im
ris-im
bj68-im
fer-im
gef-im
ber-im
grat-im
hlaup-im
2.
brenn-it
ris-it
bj68-it
far-it
gef-it
ber-it
grat-ir
hlaup-it
3-
brenn-i
ris-i
bj63-i
far-i
gef-i
ber-i
grat-i
hlaup-i
Pret. Sing.
I.
brynn-i
ris-a
by3-a
fcer-a
gaef-i
baer-i
gr^t-a
hlyp-a
2.
brynn-ir
ris-ir
by3-ir
foer-ir
gaef-ir
baer-ir
gret-ir
hlyp-ir
3-
brynn-i
ris-i
by8-i
foer-i
gaef-i
baer-i
gret-i
hlyp-i
Plur.
1.
brynn-im
ris-im
by3-im
fcer-im
gaef-im
baer-im
gr^t-im
hlyp-iin
2.
brynn-it
ris-it
by8-it
fqer-it
gaef-it
baer-it
gret-i8
hlyp-it
3-
brynn-i
ris-i
by8-i
foer-i
gaef-i
baer-i
gret-i
hlyp-i
Infin.
brenn-a
ris-a
bj63-a
far-a
gef-a
ber-a
grdt-a
hlaup-a
Part. Act.
brenn-andi
ris-andi
bj68-andi
far-andi
gef-andi
ber-andi
gr4t-andi
hlaup-andi
Part. Pass. Masc
brunn-inn
ris-inn
bo3-inn
far-inn
gef-inn
bor-inn
grat-inn
hlaup-inn
Fem.
brunn-in
ris-in
bo8-in
far-in
gef-in
bor-in
grat-in
hlaup-in
Neut. or|
Supine J
brunn-it
ris-it
bo8-it
far-it
gef-it
bor-it
grat-i6
hlaup-it
. OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
XXlll
O. IRIIEGULAR VERBS,
Indic. Pre$. Sing.
Plur.
era Pret. var (vas)
er-t var-t
er (es) var (vas)
er-um var-um
er-ut v4r-ut
er-u v4r»u
The Verb Sotitantivk.
Imperat. ver (ver-tu) Subj. Pres, s6 Pret. vaer-a
s^-r vser-ir
si vaer-i
verit {estate) s6-m voer-im
si-t vxr-it
i& vser-i
Infin. vcr-a Part. P<ks. vcr-it
Ten Verbs with Present in Preterite Form.
Indic. Pres. Sing.
Plur.
I.
2.
3-
I.
2.
3-
eig-um
eig-ut
eig-u
kna
kna-tt
kna
kneg-um
kneg-ut
kneg-u
ma
ma-tt
mi
meg-um
meg-ut
meg-u
skal
skal-t
skal
skul-um
skul-ut
skul-u
kann
kann-t
kann
kunn-um
kunn-ut
kunn-u
mun (mon)
mun-t
mun
mun-um
mun-ut
mun-u
man
man-t
man
mun-um
mun-it
mun-a
tart
t)arf-t
l»arf
{)urf-um
|)urf-ut
J)urf-u
ann
ann-t
ann
unn-um
unn-it
unn-a
veit
veiz-t
veit
vit-um
vit-u5
vit-u
Prtt. Sing.
I.
d-tta
as regular
kna-tta
weak verbs
ma-tta
kunn-a
mun-da
mun-da
|)urf.ta
unn-a
vis-«a
Imperat.
eig
kunn
mun
unn
vit
Subj. Pres. Sing.
I.
eig-a
as regular weak verbs
meg-a
skul-a
kunn-a
mun-a
mun-a
t)urf-a
unn-a
vit-a
Pret. Sing.
I.
SBtt-a knaett-a
as regular weak verbs
mxtt-a
skyl-da
kynn-a
m0n-da
myn-da
J)yrf-ta
ynn-a
vis-sa
Infin. Pres.
Pret.
eig-a
meg-a
skul-u
skyl-du
kunn-a
mun-u
mun-du
mun-a
t)urf-a
unn-a
vit-a
Part. Act.
eig-andi
meg-andi
kunn-andi
mun-andi
^urf-andi
unn-andi
vit-and
Part. Pass. Neut.
d-tt
md-tt
kunn-at
mun-at
burf-t
unn-t
vit-a8
Nine Verbs with the Preterite in -ra {4i).
Indic. Pres. Sing.
Plur.
3.
3-
roe-r
ro-a
groe-r
gr6-a
ssE-r
s&
gny-r
gnii-a
sny'-r
snu-a
fry's-s
frj6s-a
kys-s
kjos-a
slae-r
sla
veld-r
vald-a
Pret. Sing.
3-
(01
ro-ri
re-ri
gro-ri
gre-ri
so-ri
se-ri
gnii-ri
gne-ri
snii-ri
sne-ri
fro-ri
fre-ri
kj6-ri
ke-ri
slij-ri
sle-ri)
ol-li
Imperat.
i6
gro
sk
gnii
snu
frjos
kjos
sld
vald
Subj. Pressing.
3-
ro-ri
gr8-ri
s6-ri
gno-ri
sno-ri
fro-ri
kjo-ri
slo-ri
yll-i
Infin.
r<5-a
gr6-a
sa
gmi-a
smi-a
frj6s-a
kj6s-a
sla
vald-a
Part. Pass.
ro-inn
gro-inn
sa-inn
gnii-inn
smi-inn
fros-inn
kos-inn
sleg-inn
vald-it
D. VERBS WITH THE REFLEXIVE OR RECIPROCAL SUEFIX -sJt, -z, -st (-mk).
Part.
Prese
nt.
Preterite.
Indic.
Subj.
Indic.
Stibj.
Sing.
I.
kalla-sk
kalli-sk
kalla8i-sk
kalla5i-sk
2.
kalla-sk
kalli-sk
kalla6i-sk
kallaSi-sk
3-
kalla-sk
kalli-sk
kalla6i-sk
kalla6i-sk
Plur.
I.
kollu-mk
kalli-mk
k611u5u-mk
kalla5i-mk
2.
kalli-zk
kalli-zk
k611u6u-zk
kalla8i-zk
3-
kalla-sk
kalli-sk
kiiUudu-sk
kallaSi-sk
Pass. Neut.
kalla-zk, lat
i-zk, (gla8-zk
, gefi-zk. bori-zk
'J etc.
Present.
Preterite.
Indic.
Subj.
Indic.
Subj.
Ixzk
lati-sk
lezk
leti-sk
Ixzk
lati-sk
16zk
16ti-sk
leezk
lati-sk
lezk
14ti-sk
latu-mk
lati-mk
letu-mk
16ti-mk
lati-zk
lati-zk
letu-zk
leti-zk
lata-sk
lati-sk
letu-sk
14ti-sk
E. VERBS WITH THE NEGATIVE SUFFIX.
Indic.
Imperat.
Pres. Pret.
Sing. I. em-k-at var-k-at (vask-at)
a. ert-at-tu vart-at-tu
3. er-at(es-at) var-at (vas-at)
Plur. 3. eru-t varu-t
Pres. Pret.
skal-k-at skyldi-t
skalt-at-tu skyldir-a
skal-at skyldi-t
skulu-t skyldu-t
Pres. Pret.
mon-k-a mundi-t
mont-at-tu mundir-a
mon-at mundi-t
monu-t mundi-t
ver-at-tu {be not tbou !), lat-at-tu {let not tiou !), gr4t-at-tu {weep not tbou /), etc.
Pres.
hyk-k-at
hyggr-at
hyggr-at
hyggja-t
C 2
Pret.
atti-g-a
attir-a
atti-t
attu-t
XXIV
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
Weak Verbs.
Hemarks on the Ist Conjugation. To this belong four or
five hundred simple verbs, which in the Dictionary are marked ' a8,'
i. e. pret. -aSi ; they are, I. verbs with a primitive root vowel,
a, a, au, o, 6, u, u (except a few which are placed in the 4th conju-
gation), e. g. tala, baga, haga, skada, baka, stama, bana, svara, rasa,
tapa, hvata, rata, hata, glata, launa, fagna, banna, safna, anda, varna,
starfa, stoSa, loga, loka, losa, rota, h6ta, roma, hlj63a, sopa : verbs
with i as root vowel, esp. if before a single consonant, fri3a, skrifa,
kvika, lima, lina, skipa, hita, kvista ; some with i, ei, leita, reika, eisa,
geisa, smi3a, lika, etc. II. derivatives, 1. in -«a, inchoative
verbs, daf-na, kaf-na, har6-na, vak-na, bla-na, gra-na, fit-na, hvit-na,
vis-na, los-na, ro8-na, brot-na, bolg-na, fol-na, fii-na, dok-na, ves-na,
tr^-na, (a hundred words or more.) 2. in -ga, from adj. -igr,
chiefly in a causal sense, to make so and so, about a score of words,
au3-ga, bl66-ga, m66-ga, gof-ga, hel-ga, h'f-ga, nau3-ga, saur-ga, fjol-
ga, frj6v-ga, vin-gast, hold-gast, synd-ga, kvan-gask, hyr-ga, {)yf-ga :
in -]<a, denoting to become or make so and so, hae-kka, lae-kka, smse-
kka, fae-kka, grcen-ka, vaen-kast, dyp-ka, rym-ka, mjo-kka, brei6-ka,
sein-ka, vi6-ka, min-ka, bli6-ka, {)ur-ka, i5-ka, tiS-ka, t)rael-ka, which
follow the ist conjugation without regard to root vowel. 3. in
-sa, iteratives, glep-sa, hrif-sa, taf-sa, hram-sa, kjam-sa, ryg-sa, king-sa,
ving-sa, flak-sa, flang-sa, vind-sa, kal-sa ; with these may be reckoned
hug-sa (co^z'/are), hrein-sa: (these words also are few.) 4. in -ja,
a few words (perhaps thirty), ve6-ja, ste5-ja, stef-ja, egg-ja, gnegg-ja,
hrekk-ja, bel-ja, em-ja, gren-ja, her-ja, i8-ja, kvi6-ja, rif-ja, gil-ja, fit-ja,
vit-ja, klyf-ja, syf-ja, lyf-ja, byr-ja, bryn-ja, skyn-ja, syn-ja, dys-ja,
flys-ja, bryt-ja, a-ny-ja. 5. in -va, bol-va, mol-va, got-va, or-va,
etc., (a few words.) 6. in -la, a kind of diminutive, but rare,
ding-la (/o dangle), hond-la {captare), hvarf-la, song-la {to sing between
the teeth), skjat-la, vaet-la (/o drip, ooze), sving-la, trit-la, skurt-la {to
make a slight cut), fip-la, rup-la, hnup-la, grip-la, jap-la {to clip,
mumble with the teeth), tonn-last, gut-la, brut-la, oex-la, etc. 7.
in -ra, klif-ra, halt-ra, hli6-ra, (a few words, some of which are con-
versational.)
Kemarks on tlie 2nd Conjugation. To this belong several
hundred words, which in the Dictionary are marked variously ' d,
8, dd, t, tt,' according to the final root consonant ; in words like
foeSa, reiSa, the pret. are foed-di, reid-di ; so beita, bceta, pret. beit-ti,
bcet-ti : the d becomes 6 after a soft root consonant or a vowel, e. g.
rceg-ja, roeg-&i ; svcef-a, svoef-8i, etc. : it becomes / after hard con-
sonants, or s, reis-a, reis-ti ; leys-a, leys-ti, cp. introduction to letter
0> P- 93 (C- ni) : it is dropped and cannot be sounded in words
like skept-a, hept-a, fr^tta, geld-a, send-a, lend-a, ert-a, pret. skept-i,
fr6tt-i, send-i, lend-i, ert-i : in mod. usage a root d may even be changed
into /; Icel. often say, hert-i, ent-i, lent-i, synt-i, from her8-a, end-a,
lend-a, synd-a : in words with a double final consonant it is common to
drop one, thus kyss-a, kys-ti ; J)err-a, J)er-8i ; but // and nn are more
often (and properly) retained, as fell-di, fell-t, kenn-di, kenn-t, from
fell-a, kenn-a, better than fel-di, fel-t, ken-di, ken-t. II. to
this conjugation belong chiefly derivative verbs with a changed vowel
in the root, e, ey, y, cb, ce, e. g. brenna {to make burn), kenna {to
teach), gleyma, dreyma, boeta, grseta, grce8a, hysa, ly'sa, (several hun-
dred words.) In earlier times (in Gothic) these words had 3. charac-
teristic j and a primitive vowel, e.g. Goth, dom-jan, hatis-jan, = lce].
doem-a, heyr-a ; this 7 has in Icol. been preserved in verbs with a short
root vowel and a single final consonant (see the 3rd conjugation) ;
but in verbs with a diphthong or long vowel only if the final be^ or k,
or if they end in a vowel, e. g. blekk-ja, drekk-ja, sekk-ja, rekk-ja,
fekk-ja, telg-ja, velg-ja, eng-ja, deng-ja, leng-ja, feyk-ja, teyg-ja, heyg-
ja, beyg-ja, sleik-ja, steik-ja, rik-ja, berg-ja, J)resk-ja, baeg-ja, hceg-ja,
lag-ja, vaeg-ja, stygg-ja,dryg-ja, byrg-ja, syrg-ja, ryja.etc, (about a hun-
dred words, see the Dictionary) : fylgja is a specimen of these verbs.
A few verbs which now have -ja had in olden times -va, e. g. bygg-va,
styrk-va, stygg-va, hrygg-va are older forms than bygg-ja, styrk-ja,
hi'ygg-j*- Many verbs with i, ei as root vowel belong to this conju-
gation, not only derivatives, as leiSa, reisa, beita, from the strong verbs
li8a, risa, bita ; but also other words, as beina, greina, deila, glima,
tina, nita : also verbs with i before a double consonant, as spilla, villa,
dimma, inna, ginna, sinna, dirfa, firra, missa, hitta, flimta, skipta,
gista, hrista, and many others. Monosyllables as mk, bra, spa, stra,
f4 {pingere), gljd, klja, ^]k, hrja, tjti, etc. are contracted, but, in spite
of the root vowel, belong to this conjugation.
Kemarks on the 3rd Conjugation. To this belong about
ninety words : 1. about fifty verbs with e (a) for the root vowel,
gle8-ja, kve8-ja, ble3-ja, se8-ja, ske8-ja (obsolete), te8-ja, kef-ja, kref-
ja, svef-ja, tef-ja, vef-ja, seg-ja, l)eg-ja, hrek-ja, klek-ja, rek-ja, vek-ja,
l)ek-ja, dvel-ja, kvel-ja, sel-ja, tel-ja, vel-ja, frem-ja, grem-ja, hem-ja,
krem-ja, lem-ja, sem-ja, tera-ja, spen-ja, t»en-ja, ven-ja, glep-ja, lep-ja,
skep-ja, ber-ja, er-ja, fer-ja, mer-ja, ver^ja {defendere), ver-ja {induere),
et-ja, flet-ja, hvet-ja, let-ja, met-ja, set-ja, legg-ja, pret. bag-8i (obso-
lete, vide b«g-ja), skil-ja, J)il-ja, vil-ja. 2. about thirty verbs with y
(u) for the root vowel, bry8-ja, gny8-ja, ry3-ja, sny&-ja (obsolete), sty8-ja,
hygg-ja. ygg-ja, tygg-ja (mod., but old usage strong), kryf-ja, lyk-ja,
byl-ja, dyl-ja, hyl-ja, myl-ja, ^yl-]^, glym-ja, rym-ja, ym-ja, Jprym-ja
(obsolete), dyn-ja, dryn-ja, hryn-ja, styn-ja, smyr-ja, spyr-ja, jjyr-ja
(obsolete), fyr-va, pret. bus-ti (obsolete), pret. J)us-ti, flyt-ja. 3. a
few verbs with long root vowel, hey-ja,J)rey-ja, dy-ja,fly'-ja, gny-ja,kny-
ja, hly'-ja, ly'-ja, ty'-ja, which have monosyllabic pres. indie, hey-r, dy'-r,
fly'-r, and change even the vowel in pret., ha-8i {gessit), dii-Si, knu-&i ;
and in mod. usage also flu-8i, hlu-8i, lu-8i, but fly-8i, etc. in old writers :
— sel-ja and set-ja have unchanged pret. sel-di, set-ti ; skil-ja has skil-di ;
vil-ja, vil-di, part, vil-jat ; seg-ja and t^g-J* ^ bisyllabic pres. seg-i,
beg-i. II. special remarks : 1. the characteristic marks
are, a. the vowel change in pret. indie, (glad-di, spur-8i). p. the
vowel in pret. subj. (gled-di, spyr-8i). y. the monosyllabic pres.
indie, sing. (gle&, spyr). 8. the^' as characteristic ; only fyrva, an
obsolete word, has v. 2. a participle passive in -idr is used in
some of these verbs by old writers, especially poets, viz. a bisyllabic
form, as kraf-i8r, vaf-i5r, vak-i8r, tal-i8r, bar-i8r, hul-i8r, val-i8r, var-
i8r, tam-i8r, lag-iSr, skil-i8r, pil-i&r, fern. bar-i& . . . Iag-i8, neut. bar-
it .. . lag-it (see Lex. Poet.) : this -idr was in later times changed into
-inn in imitation of the strong verbs, which however is only used in
about thirty-four verbs (a third of the whole number), viz. kraf-inn,
kaf-inn, taf-inn, vaf-inn, hrak-inn, klak-inn, rak-inn, vak-inn, {)ak-inn,
dval-inn, kval-inn, tal-inn, val-inn, fram-inn, ham-inn, kram-inn, lam-
inn, sam-inn, tam-inn, J)an-inn, van-inn, bar-inn, mar-inn, var-inn, skil-
inn, kruf-inn, dul-inn, hul-inn, mul-inn, ^ul-inn, hrun-inn, kmi-inn,
ilu-inn, lu-inn (in old writers, kny-iSr, liy'-i8r), — almost the same
words in which the ancients had -idr : these forms begin to occur in
MSS. of the 13th or 14th century, e.g. dulin, Fb. i. 12, Fs. 97 (Ania-
Magn. 132); J)ilinn, Fbr. 44 new Ed.; barin, Ld. 152, (both from
Arna-Magn. 132); as a provincialism it is still older, and frequently
occurs in an old vellum MS. of Mar. S. (Arna-Magn. 655), Unger's
Edit.; framinn, Mar. 449 ; laginn, 465,484, 491 ; valin, 446; skilinn,
326; laminn, 637; samin, 491 ; vaninn, 398 ; barinn, 619; lagin,
633- CS* This -inn must not be confounded with the participles of
the strong conjugation ; for, a. in this weak -inn the n disappears
in the adjectival inflexion, e. g. plur. taldir, never talnir, whereas fallinn
makes fallnir. p. the weak nom. remains beside that in -inn, e. g.
hul-inn and hul-dr, {)ak-inn and J)ak-tr, vak-inn and vak-tr, flu-inn and
flu-8r. 7. the inflexive -inn can never be used in the other words of
this conjugation, e. g. glad-dr, never gla8-inn ; spur-8r, never spur-inn ;
skap-tr, never skap-inn. Some have no participle, as ble8ja, metja,
bylja, glymja, etc.
Remarks on the 4th Conjugation. To this belong only a
few verbs (thirty or upwards), but some of them are among the chief
verbs of the language, hafa, lafa, vaka, gana, gapa, mara, spara, stara,
hjara, blaka, flaka, blasa, Jirasa, kiira, stiira, lifa, lo8a, J)ola, skoUa, tolla,
{)ora, brosa, duga, luma, una, triia, grufa, ugga : in -ja, t)egja, segja,
seja (aSi), vilja (see above) ; under this also come soekja, pret. sotti ;
yrk-ja, pret. orti ; J)ykkja, pret. J)6tti ; a pret. {)atti from J)ekkja is
obsolete and poet. : — and to these may be added the weak preterites
of the verbs with strong preterite in present sense, vissi, atti, matti,
knatti, kunni, mundi, undi, skyldi ; as also verbs such as gora, old pres.
gor-r, mod. gori ; Ija {to lend), old pres. le-r, mod. Ijae-r ; na, pres. nai,
mod. nae, ga, q. v. II. special remarks : 1. the character-
istic marks are, o. the root vowel, according to which we should
expect them to follow the 1st conjugation, whereas they all have the
characteristic i of the second. p. in about twenty words the pret.
subj. is formed by vowel change from pret. indie, viz. hefSi, vekti,
sperSi, t)yldi, J)yr8i, dyg8i, tylldi, myndi, yndi, try5i, nse6i, gaeSi, seg8i,
J)eg6i, from pret. indie. hofSu, dug8u, . . . tru8u, n45u, ga8u ; as also
setti, maetti, knxtti, {)yrfti, kynni, from pret. indie, attu, mattu, knattu,
J)urftu,kunnu; J)oetti,soekti,yrkti,from J)6ttu,s6ttu,orktu; keypti from
kaupa {emere) is pret. subj. with the sense of pret. indie. •>(. some
have part. pass, in -at {-ad) like the Ist conjugation, vak-at, spar-at (in
old writers also spart), blak-at, blas-at, lo8-at, lif-at, toU-at, bros-at,
dug-at, un-at, tni-at, t>ag-at (from {)egja), sag-at (from segja, instead
of sagt) occurs in Merl. Spa; haf-at = haft, Vsp. 16; {)ol-at, J)or-at
are now the only forms, but J)olt, J)ort also occur in old writers ; vilj-at
from vilja, but vilt seems older, cp. also mun-at, vit-a8, kunn-at. 2.
the sole remains of a bisyllabic imperat. in -i (answering to the 1st
conjugation in -a) are the old imperatives vak-i I gap-i ! dug-i I lum-i !
ugg-i ! un-i ! see these words ; in mod. usage the sole instance left is
{)eg-i {tace) or ^egi-3u ! Many of the rest might, but for the primitive
root vowel, well be counted as regular verbs of the and conjugation.
This conjugation seems to answer most nearly to the 3rd Gothic con-
jugation of Grimm,
OUTLINES OP GRAMMAR.
XXV
Strong Verbs.
A List of the Strong Verbs : I. to the ist class belong
about fifty words, fiiina (fann, fundu, fundit), spinna, spinia, svimma
(obsolete), vinna (vann, unnu, unnit), binda (batt, bundu), hrinda
(hratt, hrundu), vinda (vatt, undu), springa (sprakk, sprungu), stinga
(stakk, stungu), brenna, renna, drekka, bregda (bra, brug&u), bresta,
bella, gnella, smella, skreppa, sleppa, ser8a, snerta, gnesta, delta,
spretta, svella, vella, svelta, velta, hvcrfa, sverfa, J)verra, verpa, ver6a :
with the root vowel e resolved into ja, gjalda (gait, guldu), gjalla,
skjalla, bjarga, skjalfa, hjalpa (halp, hulpu, hulpinn): with characteristic
;■ or V, hrokkva (hrokk, hrukku), kliikkva, stokkva, sokkva, sliingva,
Jjrtingva, svelgja, tyggja, hnciggva (defect.), syngja. ^nr" All those with
M, g, k for final have ;/ in part, pass., fundit, bundit, stungit, brunnit,
drukkit, brug5it, {)rungit, tuggit, sungit ; they have also i for root
vowel in infin., finna, etc., which is weakened into e in breg8a, drekka,
brenna, renna, — brig6a, drikka, brinna, rinna are the older forms, which
even occur in old poets : the rest have o in part., oltinn, sloppinn,
snortinn, brostinn, dottinn, goldinn, holpinn, . . . hrokkinn, stokkinn,
sokkinn, solginn : those with initial v drop it before u, o, y, svella,
sullu, sylli, soUinn ; . . . ver3a, ur3u, yr8i, ordinn ; vinna, unnu, ynni,
unninn. II. to the 2nd class belong about forty words, bi8a,
kvi8a, li3a (pati), li8a (labi), ri3a {eqnitare), ri3a {ungere), ri3a (qs.
vriSa, nectere),s\<b2i, skriSa, sni8a, svi8a, drifa, hrifa, klifa, rifa, svifa, \niz,
dvina (defect.), gina, hrina, hvina, skina, gripa, svipa (defect.), fisa, risa,
bita, drita, hnita (defect.), lita, rita, rista, skita, slita, hniga, niiga, siga,
stiga : with characteristic 7, blik-ja, svik-ja, vik-ja. 5^" Those with
final g have also e in pret., e.g. hneig and hne ; steig and ste ; also
vek and veik from vikja, but these forms are later. III. to the
3rd class belong about thirty-six words, bj68a,hnj68a,hrj68a (desolare),
rj68a, sj68a, frjosa, gjosa, hnjosa (defect.), hrjosa (defect.), kjosa, Ijosta,
brjota.fijota, gj6ta, hljota, hrjota (cadere), hrjota (siertere), nj6ta,skj6ta,
|)j6ta, J)rj6ta : — those with final/,/), g, k, have/it in infin., which seems
older, kljufa, krjufa, rjufa, drjiipa, krjupa, fljuga, Ijuga, sjiiga, smjiiga,
fjiika, rjiika, strjiika: with eliminated J, siipa, luka (and Ijiika), hita,
hniifa, amputare (defect.) fs* Those with final g have also an obso-
lete pret. in 0 (flo, 16, smo, so), but usually and in mod. usage regular,
flaug, etc.: frjosa and kjosa have a double pret., a regular fraus, hnaus,
and irregular frori, kori. IV. to the 4th class belong twenty-
six words, hla8a, va8a (68, va8it), vaxa (ox, vaxit), standa (st63,
sta8it), grafa, skafa, ala, gala, kala, mala, skapa, fara, draga, gnaga
(defect.), aka, skaka, taka : contracted in infin., fla, sla, J)va (qs. flaga,
slaga) : infin. with characteristic j, dey-ja, gey-ja, hef-ja, hlae-ja (hlo,
hlogu), kleg-ja (defect.), sver-ja (sor, svarit). gia* The verbs with final
g and k, either contracted or not, have e in part, pass., dreg-it, ek-it,
skek-it, fleg-it, sleg-it, pveg-it, hleg-it ; deyja has da-it. V. the
5th class falls into two divisions : 1. twenty words, kveSa, vega
(va, vagu), fregna (fra, fragu, fregit), gefa, leka, reka (persequi), reka
(qs. vreka, vlcisci), drepa, vera (vesa), lesa, eta, feta, freta, geta, meta :
infin. with characteristic _/', bi8-ja, ligg-ja (la, lagu, legit), J)igg-ja (J)a,
J)agu, J)egit), sit-ja, sja (sa, se8). 2. nine irregular words,
all having o in part, pass., vefa (of, ofu, ofit), fela (fal, falu, folgit),
stela (stal, stalu, stolit), nema (nam, namu, numit), bera, skera (skar,
skaru, skorit), tro3a (tra8, traSu, tro8it), sofa (svaf, svafu, sofit), koma
(kom, komu or kvamu, komit). In placing these words here we
follow the preterite ; according to the participle they might be put
in the 1st class. Grimm makes a separate class of them ; but for that
they are too few in number and too similar in inflexion to the 1st and
5th class. VI. the 6th class, originally reduplicated verbs, many
of which are still such in Gothic : 1. with e in pret., falda, halda,
falla, blanda, ganga (gekk, gengu, gengit), hanga (hekk, hengu, hangit),
fa (fekk, fengu, fengit), rii8a, bliisa, grata, lata, heita (hot, heitinn),
leika (lek, leikinn), biota (q. v.) 2. the verbs auka, ansa, hlaupa,
bua (q. v.), hiiggva (hjo, hjoggu, hoggit), sp^-ja (spjo, spiiit) ; defect,
bauta (p. 54).
Irregular Verbs.
Tlie Verb Substantive properly belongs to the 5th class of
strong verbs ; older forms are, pres. es, pret. vas, vas-t, vas, infin. vesa,
imperat. vesi, ves-tu, which forms are used in old poets and in the
very oldest MSS. (cp. Engl, was) ; er, var, vera, etc. are the mod.
forms ; er (swm) is mod. instead of em, which latter however is still
used in the N. T. and often in sacred writings, hymns, etc. ; mod.
Dan. and Swed. also have er, so that the Engl, alone have preserved
the true old form {am) : the Engl. plur. are is not Saxon but Scandin.-
Engl., and is not used even by Chaucer.
Verbs with. Present in Preterite Form : the first three
belong, although irregularly, to the 5th strong class, the next six
(skal, . . . ami) to the 1st class, and veit to the 2nd. The plur. 2nd
pers. munit, unnit, and 3rd pers, muna, unna, which are used in old
writings, shew that at early times this verb began to confuse the
preterite with the present forms ; in mod. usage this is carried farther,
and Icel. say, eigit and eiga, megiS and mega, kunni8 and kunna, J)urfi5
and J)urfa, viti8 and vita ; but the -u is still preserved in skulu8 and
skulu, munu8 and munu. Icel. distinguish between munu {^iWovat)
and muna {meminenmt). II. the infinitives skulu, munu are pro-
perly preterite infinitive forms ; whereas in the rest of these verbs the
-71 changed into -a, eiga, vita, etc. : another preterite infinitive (weak)
is preserved in skyl-du and myn-du, which are the sole preterite infini-
tive forms that have been preserved in prose, ^r In old poetry
there are about twenty instances of an obsolete pret. infinitive, which
conforms to 3rd pers. plur. pret. indie, just as the pres. infin. to the 3rd
pers. plur. pres. indie. ; especially in ace. with infin., hygg J)* st68u
{credo illos s(etisse), foru {ivisse), k6mu {venisse), fly8u {fugisse), etc.,
vide Lex. Poet., all of them obsolete and seldom used in prose, e. g.
vildo {voluisse), Mork. 168, 1. 20 ; only skyldu, myndu are frequent
in the Sagas and are used even to the present day. III. the
preterites are formed by inflexion and are weak ; exceptional however
are kunna, unna, vissa, being without d or t; in mod. usage Icel. say,
unnti {amavit), making a regular weak preterite of it, which form occurs
even in Fb. iii. 469 ; but we cannot say kunn-ti instead of kun-ni.
The Verbs with the Preterite in -ra : these verbs are pro-
perly strong verbs, and are so in kindred languages (A. S., O. H. G.,
Goth.) The pret. form is difficult to explain ; a reduplication might
explain the verbs having initial r or is before the root vowel, roa,
groa, frjosa, and sa (so-ri being qs. sci-si) ; and would even do for sla,
sniia : but gmia, kjosa remain unexplained, unless we admit that
they have been formed by analogy with the others, as also valda
(olli, qs. vo-voli). ^S" Kjosa, frjosa usually follow the 3rd strong class
(pret. kaus, fraus), and sla the 4th : sleri only occurs a few times
in old writers ; sa has in mod. sense become a regular weak verb (sa,
sa-8a, sa-8).
General Kemarks on the Strong and the Irregular Verbs :
these verbs all together amount to about two hundred and twenty,
but in the course of time some of them have become weak, and
even in old writers are so used : o. changed into the ist weak
conjugation, bjarga, hjalpa, feta, freta, fregna, rita (from rita), blika
(from blikja), dvina, klifa (from klifa), svipa (from svipa), gala, mala,
aka, skapa, falda, blanda, biota, klaegja. p. into the 2nd weak conju-
gation, snerta, slongva, J)rongva, rista, svelgja, sa {severe). y. into the
3rd weak conjugation, fela, tyggja, jDva, — in all about twenty-six verbs.
If we add half a score of words which are obsolete and defective, or
were so even in olden times, there remain not quite two hundred
strong verbs in full use. We may add fragmentary verbs, of which
only the part. pass, remains ; and to this class we may assign
the participial adjectives, bolginn {hiflatus), toginn {ductus, Germ.
gezogen), dofinn, boginn, hroSinn (pictus), sno8inn, rotinn, hokinn,
fuinn, liiinn, au8inn, snivinn {vi<p6fifvos obsolete and poet.), belonging
chiefly to the ist and 2nd class, and perhaps many besides. Grimm
reckons that in all the Teutonic languages together there are about
four hundred and fifty strong verbs, whole or fragmentary ; but
no single dialect has much more than half of that number. These
verbs belong to the earliest formation of words ; they are decreasing,
as no new strong verbs are ever spontaneously formed, whereas the
old die out or gradually take the weak forms. So also wrecks of
strong verbs are found here and there, and even modern languages
have by chance preserved words lost elsewhere, thus vrungu {torse-
runt) is an air. \ey. in one of the oldest Icel. poets ; but in this case
the English supplies the loss, as wring, wrung (whence wrong, prop.
= wry, opp. to right) are common enough. Most of the important
words of the language belong to the strong conjugation, and many of
them are treated at great length in the Dictionary ; whereas only a few
of the great verbs, such as gora, hafa, belong to the weak conjugation,
so that the strong conjugation has an importance far beyond the
number of its verbs. II. the formation of tenses in the strong
verbs is plain enough, o. the chief tenses, the pret. in sing, and
plur., the infin. and part, pass., are formed by way of ablaut (see
p. xxix), from which j3. the secondary tenses are formed by way
of umlaut (see p. xxviii), viz. the pres. sing, indie, from infin., e. g. byd
{jubeo) from bj68a {jubere) ; stend {sto) from standa {stare) ; el {alo)
from ala {alere) ; grset {jleo) from grata {flere), etc. : in plur. the
unchanged root vowel returns, bj63um (jubemus); stondum {stamus);
olum {alimus) ; gratum {flemus). y. in the same way the pret. subj,
is formed from pret. plur. indie, e. g. by3a {juberem) from bu3u {jttsse-
runt) ; cela {alerem) from 61u {aluerunt); brynna {ureretn) from brunnu
{usserunt) ; bsera {ferrem) from baru {tulerunt), etc. ^S* The character-
isticy and v reappear in pres. indie, plur. ; thus, from sitja {sedere), pres.
sing, sit {sedeo), but sitja {sedent); from hoggva {caedere), hogg{caedo),
but hoggva {caedunt) : in pres. subj. thej and v are kept through the
sing., as $\X.]3.{sedeam),'h'6ggva.{caedam),Q.tc. III. the weak verbs
are formed upon a later and quite different principle, viz. by suffixing the
XXVI
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
auxiliary verb to do, in a (reduplicated ?) form ded or did, whence the
mod. Engl, deed. Germ, that, Icel.ddd; thus heyT-6-a = Ibear-d or hear
did I. This is precisely analogous to the suffixing of the article, only
that the verbal suffixed preterite is much older (centuries older than
Ulfilas), and is common to all Teutonic languages, ancient and modern ;
whereas the suffixed article is of later date and is limited to the Scan-
dinavian branch. There probably was a time when the preterite of
weak verbs was expressed by a detached auxiliary did, as was common
in the English of former days and still remains to a certain extent.
The other tenses, future and pluperfect, are still expressed by auxiliaries
(mun, skal, vil, hafa) ; ek mun ganga, ibo ; ek hefi gengit, ivi ; ek
haf&a gengit, iveram. In mod. Icel. pres. indie, is used in future
sense (as in Gothic and to some extent in Engl.) ; as, hanii kemr aldrei,
be will never come ; hann kemr a morgun, be comes (i. e. will come)
to-morrow. The auxiliary verb mun is chiefly used in writing ; in
conversation it sounds stiff and affected : again, skal denotes necessity
or obligation, e. g. in a reply, eg skal gera ]pzb.
Modern Changes : generally these are very few, for special cases
see above and the single verbs in the Dictionary. There are two things
chiefly to be noted : 1. the ist pers. -a, in pret. indie, as well
as in pres. and pret. subj., is changed into -i, bo8a6i = bo3a8a {nunti-
avi), hefSi = hefSa {baberem), hafi = hafa (habeam). These mod. forms
began to appear in MSS. even of the 13th century; but the old form
still remains in some words in southern Icel., see the Dictionary, p. 2,
introduction to letter A (signif. C). 2. the plur. forms of the
subj. -im, -it, -i are in most cases changed into -um, -tit, -u, and con-
form to the indie, thus t61u5um {loqzteremur) instead of tala&im ;
tolum (loguamur) instead of talim ; but wherever the subj. is formed
by vowel change it remains, thus hefSum (haberemus) instead of
the old hefSim ; vaerum (essemtis) instead of vaerim (in indie. hofSum,
varum) ; as also haf6i [habni), but hefSi (baberem), so that in this case
distinction is kept up between indie, and subj. But the old subj. in-
flexion -i is still sounded in the 2nd and 3rd pers. in many dissyllabic
words, e.g. vaeriS (essetis), vseri (essent) are quite as freq. as vseruS,
vseru, whereas in the 1st pers. plur. Icel. say vaerum (essemtis), never
vserim. 3. in and pers. sing. pret. indie, of strong verbs, s has
been inserted throughout, thus, brann-st (ussisti), fann-st {invenisti),
kom-st (yenisti), hlj6p-st {cttc/trrisli), var-st (fuisti), bj6-st (paravisti),
etc., whereas the ancients said brann-t, hljop-t, etc. But even the
ancients inserted s with verbs having t as characteristic ; indeed it is
doubtful whether braut-t (fregisti), gret-t {flevisti) ever occur in old
writers ; in these words we meet with the s in rhymes, even in verses
of the middle of the lith century, e. g. bratiztu vi6 bragning n^zUn,
(5. H. 219 ; brauztv rhymes on mestiM, Fms. vi. 139 ; and so also the
MSS., e. g. veizt (nosti) not veit-t ; Iczt (fecisti) not 16t-t, etc.* 4. in
and pers. pres. indie, of strong verbs d is inserted in about a score of
verbs, viz. in strong verbs and in weak of the 3rd conjugation if they
have a final vowel or a final r, fer-5 {is), fae-r9 (capis), dey-r6 (moreris),
hlse-r6 {rides), slae-r& (feris), Tpvx-rb {lavas), sc-tb {vides), by-r& (paras),
sve-rft (Juras), rae-rS (remigas), gnj-rh (fricas), sny-r8 (vertis) ; weak,
ber-8 (feris), mer-5 (contundis), ver-6 (defendis), smyr-8 (imgis),
spyr-S (quaeris), ljxr-8 (commodas), fly-r8 (fttgis), ly-r3 (fatigas),
tx-rb (carpis lanam), instead of fer-r, dey-r, . . . ly-r, tae-r ; but this is
conversational and little used in writing : / is added in vil-t (vis, Engl.
wilt), for the old vil-1 ; both forms occur in very old MSS., e. g. Villt,
Mork. 57. 1. 15, 168. 1. 19, but vill 63. 1. 3 : er-t (es, Engl, thou art)
is common for old and mod. 5. for the weak participle in -inn
see p. xxiv. C«* Some MSS. (e. g. the Mar. S.) confound the 1st pers.
with the 3rd pers. pres. indie, and say, ek segir, heyrir, tekr, elskar,
as in mod. Swed. and Dan. ; TiAn.jeg siger, borer, tager, elsker, Swed.
sdger, borer, taker; cp. in vulgar Engl. I says, I hears, I takes, I
loves : this use has never prevailed in Icel., cither in speech or writing ;
and in MSS. it is simply a kind of Norwegianism.
Verbs with Suffix.
The Reflexive : these verbs are used in a reflexive or reciprocal
sense, but seldom as passive, and then in most cases only by way of
Latinism, the passive being usually expressed by the auxiliary verb
ver&a or vera ; thus elska (ainare), but |)au elskask, they love one
another; unda, to breathe, but andask, to breathe 'oneself,' to die,
expirare: the reflexive often gives a new turn to a verb, and
makes it, so to say, individual and personal ; see the Dictionary
passim. II. as to the form, 1. the inflexive -r (of the active
voice) is dropped, thus, bo9a-sk, qs. bo8ar-sk (nuntiaris). 2. the
inflexive -/ assimilates to the reflexive -s, and becomes -z, e. g. in the
and pers. plur., elskizk (amamini), eggizk (hortamini) ; {jeim haf5i
bo3azk (qs. bo3at-sk), as part. pass. neut. illis nuntiatnm fuit, but
bo8a-sk (nuntiantnr). 3. -sk, qs. sik (se), is the old form, and
kept in the oldest MSS. ; even sometimes -zp, but usually -2, -zt or
-zst (often in MSS. of the 14th century), thus boSa-z or bo8a-zt, the
former of which is common in MSS. ; the mod. is -st (bo8a-st), which
form is adopted in most Editions and is also found in some old MSS.,
e. g. in one of the handwritings of Hb. (see Antiqq. Americ. facsim.
iv). It is likely that the sound of -zp, -z, -zt, and -st was much the
same, and that they differed only in the spelling. III. originally
there were two suffixes, viz. -s^(i.e. sik, se) for the 2nd and 3rd pers., but
-mk (i. e. mlk, me) for the 1st pers. plur. ; this -mk is used in many good
old MSS. (and has generally been adopted in this Dictionary), but was,
from some confusion with -sk, changed into -mz or -mst ; the -mk may
be called the personal reflexive, i. e. the reflexive reflecting the speaker
himself. It is worthy of notice that the ancients seldom used ek (/)
along with -sk ; therefore— instead of saying ek J)ykki-sk (videor),
J)6tti-sk (videhar), ek andask, laetsk, efask, ottask — they said, ek j)ykkju-
mk (videor mihi), ek t)6ttu-mk (videbar miht), ek 6ndu-mk (morior),
ek latu-mk, ek efu-mk (dubito), ek 6ttu-mk (timeo), etc. ; and ek J)yk-
jumst, ek J)6ttumst are still in use. This usage is quite correct, and
the later common ek {lykki-sk is in fact nonsense, being literally ego
' sibi' videor; it no doubt arose from the fact that the sense of the
suffix was no longer perceived. 2. we may note also the old
poet, usage of joining the reflexive -mk to the 2nd and 3rd pers.,
but in a personal reflexive sense, as gongumk firr i\in\, flame ! begone
from me, Gm. i ; jotna vegir st68u-mk yfir ok undir, the ways of giants
stood over and under me, i.e. there were precipices above and below,
see the Dictionary, article ek, B. ^' It scarcely needs remark that
the w in this case belongs to the pronoun, not to the verbal inflexion,
and we are to write J)ykkju-mk, not J)ykkjum-k ; the inflexive -m is
dropped before -mk, just as -r before -sk.
The Negative : it is obsolete and only used in poetry, in laws,
old sayings, and the like ; from the poets about two hundred instances
have been collected — perhaps a hundred more might be gleaned — in
Lex. Poet. p. 2, and from prose in this Dictionary, pp. 2, 3. In
Unger's Edition of Morkinskinna (lately published), we read mun-
k-at, 50; mun-a, 37; er-a, 36, 52, 129, 186; vere-a (non esset),
37 : I. this suffix is chiefly used, 1. in the verb sub-
stantive and in the irregular verbs with pret. pres., esp. k, mun, skal,
which four verbs include nearly half the instances : in regular strong
verbs and some few verbs of the 3rd and 4th weak conjugation,
hafa, lifa, gora, etc. : very seldom in the 1st or 2nd weak conju-
gation, e.g. kallar-a (non vocas), Akv. 37; subj. sto8vi-g-a (non
sistetn), E.m.1^1 ; and once or twice in trisyllabic tenses. 2.
as to moods, it is freq. in indie, and imperat., but seldom in subj.,
where scarcely a score of instances are on record, e. g. verir-a, vaeri-a,
kve8ir-a, megi-t, ver8i-t, standi-t, renni-a, biti-a, se-t (non sit), etc. ;
and never in infin. 3. as to number and person, freq. in sing,
through all persons ; in plur. freq. in 3rd pers., but very rare in ist and
2nd ; forms such as vitum-a, munum-a, varum-a (nonfuimus), aettim-a
{non haberemus), or segit-a (ne dicatis), farit-a (ne ealis), each probably
occurs only once. 4. as to voice, it is rarely used with a re-
flexive; Jjottisk-a (non videbatur), komsk-a (non pervenit), kiimsk-at,
for8umk-a (noti evitamus), each occurs about once or twice ; erumk-a
(non est mihi), Stor. 17, Eg. 459 (in a verse). II. as to form,
-at and -a both occur, as skal-a and skal-at, mon-a and mon-at ;
-a is preferred when the next word begins with a consonant, -at
when it begins with a vowel ; but they are often used indiscri-
minately. 2. after a vowel inflexion the vowel of the suffix is
dropped, and -t (-6, -p) remains, as attu-8, vitu-8 (nescitis), eigu-t (non
habent), standa-t (non slant) ; yet in a few instances -a is used, but
the hiatus sounds ill, e.g. biti-a, renni-a, skri5i-a, all from Hkv. 2. 30,
31 ; vaeri-a, Mork. 37, Bkv. 8 ; koemi-a (non venial), Gs. 10 ; ur8u-a
(nonflebant), Gh. 3 : — in verbs with characteristic j it appears, thus
{)egj-at-tu (ne taceas), segj-at-tu {ne dicas), eggi-a (ne horteris), Sdm.
32 ; teygj-at, id. ; kvelj-at (kill not). Vol. 31 ; leti-at {7ie retineat), Skv.
3. 44 : — in verbs ending in a long vowel the a is not dropped, e. g.
kna-at (cannot), a-at {ought not), sa-at (saw not). 3. in Ist pers.
sing, the personal pronoun (-^ = ek) is inserted between the verb and
suffix, a-k-at, em-k-at, etc. : if the verb ends in gg an assimilation
takes place, hykk-at, qs. hygg-k-at (7 think not) ; likk-at, qs. ligg-k-at
(nonjaceo): after a long vowel the k is even doubled, e.g. se-kk-at
{7ion video), ma-kk-at (non debeo): the pronoun is even repeated, e. g.
nui-k-at ek, sa-k-at ek, etc. : — in weak dissyllabic forms the inserted
k becomes g, st68vi-g-a, or iterated st68vigak, bjargi-g-a, Hm. 151,
153 ; (note also that the inflex. -a of the 1st pers. is here turned into
-(, bjargi-g-a, not bjarga-g-a.) 4. in 2nd pers. sing, the personal
pronoun ^u is also iterated, the latter being assimilated, er-t-at-tu for
ert-at-Jui ; mon-t-a-ttu, but also mon-at-tu.
The Personal: 1. for -k in the 1st pers., see s. v. ek (B),
p. 1 24. 2. the 2nd pers. |)ii, thou, is suffixed, as -6ti, -du, -tu, or -«,
according to the final of the verb, a. imperat. bo8a-3u, doem-du,
gled-du, spyr-8u, vak-tu, dug-8u; brenn-du, ris-tu, bj6d-du, far-8u,
gef-8u, ber-8u, grat-tu, hlaup-tu ; ver-tu, eig-8u, mun-tu, mun-du,
uim-tu, vit-tu, r6-8u, gr6-3u, sa-3u, snu-6u, gnu-8u, kj6s-tu, sla-8u ;
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
3XV11
as also haf-8M, giir-Su, kom-dii (kon-du) come thou ! vil-tu, statt-u
stand thou ! bitt-u bind thou ! pres. bo8ar-5u, brennr-8u, ris-tu, bybi-
8u, . . . er-tu, att-u, kaniit-u, munt-u, veizt-u, etc.: pret. bo8a3ir-&u, ...
dug6ir-8u, braiint-u, bautt-u (bau8st-u), reist-u, gr^tst-u, hljopt-u,
hlj<3pst-u, etc. : subj. bo8a8ir-8u, . . . gleddir-8u, etc. : this usage is freq.
in old prose, and already occurs in even the oldest poems, but it hat
gained ground in mod. usage, and esp. in speech it has quite super-
seded the detached J)u ; the vowel is ambiguous, being sometimes
pronounced long(viltu), but usually short (viltu), in which latter case
it has become a full suffix.
ADVERBS, PARTICLES, etc.
Adverbs.
With Degrees df Comparison : I. the neut. sing, is
freq. used as positive, e.g. t)ung-t, heavily; skj6t-t, suddenly; flj6t-t,
brdt-t, 6t-t, 6r-t, stor-t, har-t, mjiik-t, lj6t-t, fagr-t, etc. 2. from
adjectives in -ligr is formed an adverb in -liga, skjot-liga, nk-Vigz, etc. :
in a ffew cases, especially in poetry, they are contracted -la, thus skjot-
la, 68-la, bral-la, etc. ; in prose in var-la, hardly, Lat. vix, but var-liga,
warily ; har8-la or har-Ia, very, but har8-la, harshly ; ar-Ia, early ; but
from var-la, har-la, ar-la no degrees of comparison are formed. 3.
a few end \n-a,\H-z,far andwide; snemm-a, ear/y ; IW-a., ill, badly ;
gorva, quite. 4. special forms, leng-i, Lat. diu, but lang-t, locally;
fjar-, far; ve\,well; sjaldan, seWom; si8, late; opt, often; mjok,
much; Utt, little; inn, m; tit, out; iram, onwards ; uptr, backwards;
niSr, down; upp, up; heim, home: of the quarters, austr, nor3r, su9r,
vestr. II. the formation of degrees of comparison is like that
of the adjectives, only that the inflexive -i, -a, -r is dropped ; as
skjot-t, conipar. skj6t-ar, superl. skjot-ast; flj6t-t, flj6t-ar, fljot-ast;
fagr-t, fegr, fegr-st ; skj6tlig-a, skj6tlig-ar, skjotlig-ast ; vi8-a, vi8-ar,
vi8-ast ; leng-i, leng-r, leng-st ; skamm-t, skem-r, skem-st ; (fjar), fir-r,
fir-st; vel, bet-r (wf/t'ws), bezt ; ill-a, ver-r, ver-st ; gcirva, gor-r (more
fully), gor-st ; sjald-an, sjaldn-ar, sjaldn-ast; snemm-a, snem-r, snem-
st; si8-r (Jess), sizt (least), but si8-ar {later), si9-ast (latest) ; opt, opt-
ar, opt-ast ; mjok, mei-r, me-st ; lit-t, mi8-r or minn-r (less, Lat. minus),
minn-5t; inn, inn-ar, inn-st; lit, lit-ar, ut-ast or yzt ; upp, of-ar, ef-st ;
niSr, ne8-ar (farther down), ne8-st ; aptr, apt-ar (farther behind), apt-
ast or ept-st ; austr, aust-ar, aust-ast ; norSr, nor8-ar, nor6-ast or nyr8-
st ; su8r, sunn-ar, sumi-ast, synn-st or sy8-st ; vestr, vest-ar, vest-ast :
without positive are, ska-r (better), ska-st; hand-ar (ulterius), hand-
ast ; held-r {rather), helzt ; fyr-r (prius), fyr-st ; hand-ar (ulterius), hand-
ast ; superl. hinn-st (hindermost). ^- Old writers usually spell -arr,
thus opt-arr, si8-arr, vi8-arr, etc., as also fyr-r, gor-r, in mod. usage opt-ar,
vi8-ar, fyr, gor. 2. the full adjectival comparative is frequently
made to serve as adverbial comparative, e.g. hse-ra, higher; Iseg-ra,
lower ; leng-ra in local sense, but leng-r in temp, sense ; skem-ra (local),
but skem-r (temp.) : — or both forms are used indiscriminately, as vi8-ar
and vi6-ara, skj6t-ar and skjot-ara, har3-ar and har8-ara. 3. if
following after the article the superlative conforms to the neut. sing, of
the weak declension, e. g. ri8a hit harSasta, to ride one's hardest; hit
skjotasta, fyrsta, si8asta, etc.
"Without Degrees of Oomparison : I. adverbs with
inflexions, 1. formed as genitive in -s, or -is, or -ar; ollungis, quite;
einungis, only ; lok-s, at last, or loks-ins, id. ; all-s, in all : formed
from nouns, as lei6, dagr ; heim-lei8is, homewards; stimu-leiSis, like-
wise; k-\t\hK, onwards; rak-lei8is, s/ra;^i&^; av-degis, early in the day ;
frarnvtB-is, furthermore ; utbyr8-is, overboard; innbyr8-is, inwardly;
6keyp-is, gratis; erlend-is, abroad; margsinn-is, optsinn-is, many a
titne ; umhverv-is or umberg-is, all around; jafn-fcetis, on equal
footing; and-soelis, against the sun; for-streymis, for-brekkis, for-
vi8ris ; tvi-vegis, twice, etc. ; — in -ar, from sta8r, allsta8-ar, every-
where ; sumsta8-ar, somewhere ; annars-sta8-ar, elsewhere ; einhvers-
sta8-ar, anywhere ; nokkurs-sta9-ar, id. ; marg-sta8-ar, in many places :
from konar (generis), kitid; eins-konar, annars-konar, of another
kind; nokkurs-konar, of any kind; alls-konar, hvers-konar, margs-
konai-; alls-kostar = alls-konar : so, many other words, innan-huss,
in-doors; utan-htiss, out-doors; utan-lands, abroad; and inn-fjarSa,
innan-lands, etc. 2. the ace. sing. masc. is often used adverbially,
as har8-an, swiftly ; bra8-an, suddenly ; riSa mikinn, to ride fast ;
this is properly an elliptical use, a noun being understood. 3.
in -um, properly a dative form, eink-um, especially ; fyrr-um, for-
merly; liing-um, all along; ti8-um, often; stund-um, sometimes;
for8-um, o/y ore; ii\i]-v.m, eagerly; 6b-\im, rapidly ; hmb-um, bye and
bye ; endrum og sinnum, now and then ; hoppum og glcippum, by haps
and gaps ; smam saman, by little and little : also from nouns, hriinn-
um and unnv6rp-um (Lat. undatim). 4. in -eg, from vegr, a
way; thus |)ann-ig, J)ann-og, thus and thither; hinn-ig, the other way,
hither ; hvem-ig, how ; einn-ig, also : the ancients often spell {)ann-
og, etc. ; in mod. usage t)ann-inn, hvern-inn, einn-inn ; hins-eg-inn
(the other way), qs. |)ann-iginn or j)ann-veginn, etc., from the noun
along with the article : the adverbs, b&8um-egin, on both sides ;
hvArum-egin, on what side; hinum-eginn, on the other side; ollum-
eginn, on all sides; herna-megin, on this side; formed from dat.
plur. and vegr, the oldest form is probably b48u-megum, both forms
being in dat. : 65ru-visi, otherwise. 5. in -an, denoting motion
from a place ; h^i-zn, hence ; \)zd-zn, thence ; hvib-m, whence ; si8-an,
since; und-an, before; fram-an, q. v. ; hand-an, /rowi beyond; ne8-
an, from beneath ; oi-zn, from above ; heim-an, /rom home; inn-an,
from the inner part ; ut-an, from outwards; norb-zn, from the north;
aust-an, sunn-an, vest-an, etc. : without the notion of motion, aS-an,
shortly, a little while ago; jafn-an, ^ evenly,' frequently ; sam-an, to-
gether, p. in -at, denoting motion to the place, hing-at or heg-at,
hither ; J)ang-at, thither , hver-t, whither. y. terminations denoting
rest in the place, her, here ; \)At, there; hvzr, where ; hvar-gi, nowhere ;
heim-a., at home : old poet, forms are heSra, /bere; '^a.bra, there. 8.
mod. forms suffixing a demonstrative particle -na, her-na, J)ar-na, tar-
na, this here(qs. J)at J)ar-na) : in -/, framm-i (q. v.), upp-i, ni8r-i. 6.
numeral adverbs, tvisvar, twice ; })rysvar, thrice, (spelt with y in good
old MSS.) II. special adverbs, ar, ear/y; ar-la, /rf.; J)egar, a<
once, hat. jam; svd, so, thus, and svo-na, id.; gaer, yesterday; J)a,
then ; mi, now, and nii-na, just now ; naer, when ; hve-naer, id. ; enn,
still; senn, soon; ella, else ; unz, until; ja, yes; nei, «o; aldrigi,
never; ae, ever; xtib, id.; ei and ey, id.; si, Lat. semper, only in
compounds and in the phrase, si og x,for ever and ever ; hvi, why ;
hve,how; hversu, id. ; allt^nd (mod.), n/ways; avail, id.; alla-jafna,
id.; einatt, repeatedly ; of, too; van, too little, used singly only in the
phrase, of ok van ; samt, together; sundr, asunder; amis, amiss; ymist,
indiscriminately ; i8ula, repeatedly, etc.
Adverbial Prefixes : 1. in positive and intensive sense,
especially with adjectives, al-, quite, al-, see Dictionary, p. 1 1 sqq. ;
all-, very ; au3-, easy ; afar-, greatly ; fjol-, frequently ; of-, too
(very freq.) ; ofr-, very, greatly : temp, si-, semper : i3-, often, again ;
ey- or ei-, ever- ; einka-, especially ; endr-, again ; frum-, origin-
ally. 2. in special sense, d&-, very; full-, quite; hdlf-, half;
jafn-, equally, in many words, etc. : only as prefixes, sam-, together,
Lat. con-, in many words ; er-, qs. el- (cp. Lat. ali-us), in er-leudr and
compds ; and-, against ; gagn-, id. ; g6r-, quite, altogether. 3.
in negative sense, li- or 6-, = Lat. in-, Engl, un-, in a great many words ;
the mod. form is o'-, e. g. 6-fagr, unfair, ugly ; un~ is the etymologi-
cally true form, which is preserved in German and English, as well as
in mod. Danish, Swedish, and Norse ; but that the Icel., even in the
1 2th century, had already changed u- into 6- is shewn by the spelling
of the earliest MSS., and from the statement in Skalda by the second
grammarian, who says that ' o- or u- changes the sense of a word,
as in satt (sooth), or 6-satt (untrue),' Skalda 1 71 ; but in the bulk of
MSS. of a later date, after the union with Norway, the w- prevailed,
and was henceforth adopted in the Editions, although the Icel. people
all along pronounced 6-, which also is the spelling in all modern books,
and might well be adopted in Editions too : mis- (cp. Engl, amiss),
differently, and also badly, in many compds : var-, scarcely, insuffi-
ciently: svi-, cp. svei, p. xxviii : van-, deficiency, 'wane:' tor-,=
Gr. Svs-, with difficulty, opp. to au8-: or-, = Lat. ex-, thus 6r-skipta
= expers, vr-endr = exanimis, etc.: for-, in a few words, cp. p. 182.
^° Words denoting wonder, a%ue are often used as adverbial prefixes
in an intensive sense, as geysi-, ae8i-, undra-, fjarska-, furSn-, oskapa-,
awfully, wonderfully ; see Dictionary.
Prepositions.
With dat. and ace, at, Lat. ad, only exceptionally with ace;
d, Lat. in, Engl. o«; fjT\i,for, before; eptir, after; i,in; undir,
under, beneath; yfir, over, above; vi3, with, = Lat. cum; me3,
id. 2. with dat., af, off, of; tT&,from; 6r, mod. fir, Lat. ex,
out of ; hj&, hat. juxta, = besides; m.6t, against ; gegn, «W. 3.
with ace, gegnum, through; fram, on, onwards; upp, up; ni3r,
down; of an, id.; um, Lat. de, per, old form of. 4. with gen.,
til, till, to; &n, without; milli or me3al, between. ^» The pre-
XXVUl
OUTLINES OP GRAMMAR.
positions a and i are in the MSS. usually joined to the following word,
thus aIandi = H landi, iriki = i riki. As to the syntactic use of pre-
positions, cUiptically and adverbially, see Dictionary. In poetry, even
in plain popular songs, hymns, epics, etc., a preposition can be put
after its case, e. g. birtust snjohvitum biining i, blessaQir englar lika,
Pass. 31. lo; himnum a = u himnuni, m tbe heavens; but scarcely,
unless before a pause at the end of a line.
CONJtnJCTlONS.
The chief of these are, ok, mod. og, attd, also ; n6, nor, Lat. neque ;
e3a or eflr, or, Lat. aut ; ellegar, id. ; en, but, Lat. sed, autem, vera ;
en (an), than, Lat. quam ; enda, and even, and then ; ef, //, Lat. si ;
nema, unless, but, Lat. 7iisi; lieldr, but, Lat. sed; sem, as, Lat. ut,
sicut; ]^, though, although, yet; ailB, because; hv&rt, whether, Lzt.
an ; J)vi, therefore : we may here add the enclitical particle of or um
(different from the prep, um), which is very much used in old poetry,
and now and then in laws and very old prose, e. g. hann of sa, be
saw ; er s^r of getr, who gets for himself, see Lex. Poet.
Compounds of adverbs, prepositions, and conjunctions are much
used : 1. prepositions and adverbs or double prepositions ; a
me8an, whilst, meanwhile; a undan, ahead; a eptir, behind; a milli
and a meftal, among, between; & ofan, to boot; a samt, together;
& moti, against; a fram, on, along; a-lengdar, afar; a si6an,
since; a vi&, alike: auk-heldr, still more; i frk, from, cp. Swed.
ifran; i sundr, asunder; i gegn, against; i hja, aside; i senn, in
one; i kring, around; undir eins, at once; at auk, to boot; at ofan,
from above; upp aptr, over again; kringum (qs. kring um), all
around; gegn-um, all through; yfir um (proncd. ufrum), across;
fyrrum, formerly ; framan af, in the beginning ; he6an af, henceforth ;
J)a8an af, thenceforth ; zWt a.i, for ever ; hingib til, hitherto ; ^angaS
til, until ; eptir a, after, (so avalt, for of allt) ; ofan a, insuper ; framan
4, in front ; ne8an a, beneath on ; aptan a, behind on : as also, ofan i,
down ; ne6an i, underneath, at the bottom ; framan i, in the face ;
aptan i, in tbe rear ; framan til, until ; austan til, nor8an til, sunnan
til, vestan til, etc.; a8 aptan, and aptan til, behind; fyrir fram,
beforehand; fyrir litan, except, etc., see e.g. fyrir and fram: — with
nouns, a vixl, alternately ; a laun, secretly ; a vit, towards ; a mis,
amiss ; a braut, abroad, away ; a ska, askance ; a vi8 ok dreif, scattered
abroad. 2. with a conjunction ; J)6 at or J)6-tt, although; sva
at (sv4-t), so that, Lat. ut ; J)vi at, for that, because ; hvart a6, whether;
efa8, «/; {yii en, La.t. priusquam ; kbven,id.; zt eigi, that not, lest ;
eins og, as ; a8 eins, only, barely ; J)egar er, Lat. simul ac ; si6an er,
Lat. postquam ; meSan er, Lat. dum ; hvart er, Lat. utrum ; hvar's,
wheresoever; hvegi ct, whosoever : in mod. usage, {)egar a6, si5an a8,
meftan a8, hvart a3, and many others. 3. adverbial phrases, e. g.
aft vtirmu spori {tepido vestigio), at once; um hael, ^turning the heel,'
in return ; af brag8i, af stundu, instantly ; aptr a bak, backwards ; um
Icid, by tbe way; eptir a5 hyggja, apropos, and many others.
Interjections and Exclamations.
To denote consent, j5 jfi or ya. jfi, yea yea I 6 j&, O yes ! jaur or
jur, bear I O. H. L. lo, 45, 69, Mirm. (jur) ; in mod. usage, jir j6r
or jur j6r, sounded almost like the Engl, bear bear! (it is doubtful
whether this Engl, exclamation has any connection with hear =
audire) : — half consent, jeeja, yea yea ! — denial, nei nei, 6 nei, 6
ekkf, ekki, O no ! — bitti nii, wait a bit! — loathing, bja, fusstim,
tftjie ! vei, Lat. vae, Engl, woe, whence the compd svei or svei per
(qs. se vei, woe be to thee .'), (a shepherd's shout, e. g. to a dog worrying
the sheep), or Lat. apage ! putt (Dan. pyt, Swed. pytt), pish, pshaw !
Mork. 138 : l)ey J)ey> ^nsb ! — hushing to sleep, etc., dillindd, kor-
rir6, bium bitun, bl bf (as in the rhyme, Bi, bi og blaka 1) — 116 h.6,
bo, boa ! a shepherd's cry in gathering his flock so as to make the fells
resound, hence the verb hoa ; trutt trutt, hott hott, hae bee ! the
shout in driving or leading horses ; tu tu tu tu, kus kus, bds b4s !
in milking or driving cows into the byre ; kis kis, puss puss (to a
cat) ; sep sep or h6p h6p (to a dog) ; rhrhrh ! in driving horses or
cattle out of a field, imitating the sound of a rattle, called zb siga : —
amazement, uss, sussu (qs. sva svii), sei sei, 4, eh ! — a cry of pain,
ai ai ! which form occurs in Saem. 1 18 and |3orf. Karl. 390, v.l., whence
the mod. m (proncd. like Engl, long i) ; this Icel. use is curious, as mod.
Swedes, Danes, and Norsemen, as well as Germans, all say au (proncd.
ow) ; from se comes the verb aeja, to cry; se ee, eei, heigh-ob ! avi,=
Germ, oh web, is foreign ; — exultation, hes hae, & a, aha ! — wonder,
delight, 6 61 — enquiry, hd, what? — chattering of the teeth from cold,
atatata, hutututu, Orkn. 326. 2. interjections imitating the
voice of birds or beasts, e. g. dirrindf (of the lark) ; there is a pretty
legend about this in Isl. |>j68s. ii. 2 ; krunk krunk (of the raven) ;
jnj4 mj6 (of the cat) ; gagg gagg (of the fox) ; kvi kvi kvi, cp.
f^^eilt fiywiu in the bird's song in Der Machandeiboom in Griraip'j
Miirchen ; tf ti ti, tih Till ! Bb. 3. 1 3 ; vi vi (of birds and ducks) ;
gagga-gagg (of a gull).
The St/FFixED Particles.
These are suffixed to nouns and verbs, but never used separately : I.
the nominal suffix -gi, originally a copula, akin to Lat. -que, and used
so in some words, but chiefly used in a negative sense, see Dictionary,
p. 199. II. the verbal negative suffix -a, -at, see p. xxvi.
The true explanation of this particle is found in the Gothic, which
makes frequent use of a suffixed particle -ub (esp. in verbs and also
in pronouns), to which the particle pan is freq, added in an indefinite
enclytical sense, almost as the Gr. U, thus vas-ub-pan, or assimi-
lated vas-up-pan = Gr. ^v Zi; skal-up-han = 5fT ydp; stop-ub-pan
= (laTrjKd bi ; nam-uh-pan = eXa/Se Se ; qvap-up-pan — (Ktye St ;
vesun-uh-pan — ^ffav St ; qvepun-ub-pan = iktfov ovv ; vitum-uh-
pan = oiSa/ifv 5e' ; vitaidedun-uh-pan = vaptriipovv Se ; bidjandans-
up-pan = vpoatvxonivoi 5« ; and even in passages where the Gr. text
has no particle, qvipid-uh = dirare (Mark xvi. 7). There can be
little doubt of the identity, by way of assimilation, of the Goth, -ub or
-up-pan and the Scandin. -a or -ap (-at). As to the sense, the difference
is that whereas in Gothic this suffix is used indefinitely or is almost
an affirmative copula, the Icel. is only used in a decidedly negative
sense. But the freedom in the use of the particles is greater than
in any other part of speech ; and the negative and affirmative fre-
quently take the place of one another in different dialects, e. g. -gi,
see above ; so eyvit etymologically = ow^A/, but in fact used = naught
(the etymological notice p. 1 36 is scarcely correct) ; or, on the other
hand, neinn or ne-einn, qs. none {n'one), but actually used = Lat.
ullus ; nokkurr, prop, from ne and hverr, = ne-quis, but in fact used
= aliquis; ein-gi, ein-igr are both used negatively = wone, and posi-
tively = any; Icel. mann-gi, Lat. nemo, is etymologically identical to
Engl, many; ei-manni, nobody, V^^m., is etymologically = Germ. ^e-
vtand = everybody ; the particle ei- is used both in a positive and nega-
tive sense ; vsetr, a wight, is positive, but is used negatively = naught.
As to the form, the Icel. -a answers to Goth, -ub, the Icel. / or jj to Goth.
p, whereas the -an is dropped. The double Goth, form -ub and
-uh-pan (-up-pan) also explains the puzzHng Icel. double form -a and
-ap {-at) ; the -a represents the -ub singly, the -ap the compd -ub-pan or
-up-pan. A further proof is that neither the Goth, nor the Icel. suffix
was used with nouns. In the 9th and loth centuries the negative
suffixed verb appears to have still been in full use among Icelanders
(at that time there were no books), else it could not have survived
in laws and old saws ; there are about four or five hundred instances,
three-fourths in poetry; it lingered on into the lith or even 12th
century, and then became obsolete ; in Norway, Sweden, and Den-
mark it seems to have disappeared much sooner, and has left no
traces. From Ulf. we see that in his days the Goths used the -ub
freely, though in a different sense. As a pronominal suffix the Gothic
-uh seems to remain in the Icel. word peim-a, Goth, paim-ub = illi ;
perhaps also in hvat-ta, what! Mork. 129 (exclam. indignantis) ; cp.
also the mod. hva9-a, who ? perhaps also in end-a = ^5e ; and lastly,
the demonstrative pronoun j)etta = Goth. ^a/-?/y& = Gr. tovto, but in
these cases the particle has not taken the negative sense (see
Grimm's Gr. iii. 24, 25 ; the explanation of the negative -at, as sug-
gested in iii. 718, from vaetr, is not admissible). ^5* A different kind
of negative is the particle ne before a verb, only in old poets, e. g.
Vsp., sol J)at ne vissi (thrice within a single stanza) ; in A. S. and
Early Engl, often prefixed to the verb, as nolde = n'wolde, nadde =
n'hadde, cp. Lat. nolo, nemo; in Icel. it remained in the adj. neinn
and nokkurr (see above), cp. also neita or nita, fiegare. In mod.
usage eigi or ekki has replaced almost all other negative particles.
To make it emphatic, nouns are added, ekki grand, not a grain ; ekki
vitund, not a whit; ekki hot, qs. ekki hvat, naught ; ekki ogn, not a
mite ; ekki augna-blik, not the twinkling ofan eye ; ekki fet, not a step :
and borrowed from French, ekki par, ne pas. Phrases of this kind are
of modern growth and were scarcely used by the ancients ; — ekki lyf,
Skv. 2, is dubious, if not corrupt. In sense the Icel. enclitical particle
of or um answers to the Goth, -ub, but is detached and placed before
the verb or noun : this particle, although a favourite with the old
poets (like the Homeric S' apcC), is obsolete, and in prose is only found
now and then in the oldest writers, in laws and the like. III.
the demonstrative suffix -na, in nii-na, J)ar-na, her-na, sva-na ; this
-na is akin to Lat. en, ecce (qs. en-ce), and is found in A. S. eno and
O. H. G. ino; cp. the Icel. exclamation ha-na, hana-nii ! It probably
explains the Icel. and Scandin. demonstrative pronoun hann (be),
hon (she), compared with Engl, be ; hann, hon being qs. ha-n, ho-n,
be there, she there, en tile, en ilia ! cp. also gaer-na = gaer, q. v. ; J)^r-
na, tibimet, Mork. 120. IV. a pronominal suffix -su, -sa
occurs in hver-su, bow; J)vi-sa, dat. neut. oi^zt; J)eim-sa, dat. masc,
frpm sa,
OUTLINES OP GRAMMAR,
XXIX
FORMATION OF WORDS.
Vowel Changes.
All changes of vowels are of two kinds, simple and complex : 1.
he simple is homogeneous and leaves the quantity of the vowel
maltered ; a short vowel is changed into a short, a long or a diph-
hong into a long or a diphthong ; this change is generally caused by
:haracteristic or inflexive letters, in Icel. especially by i (j) and w
v). 2. the complex is heterogeneous and affects the quantity of a
'owel, which is changed from a short into a long or diphthongal vowel ;
his change is generally produced by, a. agglutination, absorp-
ion, or the like ; or, p. by contraction of two syllables into one
e. g. reduplicated syllables contracted).
The Simple Foivel Changes.
The TJinlaut or Vowel Change was first traced out by Jacob
jrimm in his Grammar of i8 19 and 1822 ; it is of two kinds, A.
[he i- umlaut caused by a characteristic i ox j ; and, B. the u-
amlaut caused by a characteristic u or v.
A. The i- umlaut, whereby the primitive vowels
a, a, au, 0, 6, u, u, jo, jii, (0), are changed into
e, <E, ey, y, oe, y, y, y, (p).
rhe primitive vowels are thus changed into mixed vowels with an «-
sound ; short vowels change into short, and long or diphthongs into long
3r diphthongs. All the changed vowels have an a- or u- sound blended
with i, whence it follows that no change takes place within the i- class
itself, and i, i, ei are unchangeable (' unumlautbar,' as Grimm says) :
the characteristic : usually appears as_/', or has since been dropped in
most cases ; it can only be sounded, o. in dissyllabic words with a
short root syllable, i. e. a short vowel and a single final, thus tem-ja, ven-
ja, but tcema, vaena ; and, p. in long syllables with g, k, or a vowel as
final, without regard to the quantity of the root vowel, thus fylg-ja, hoeg-
ja, scEk-ja, dey-ja : in monosyllables it is apocopated throughout, e. g.
in nes, but nes-ja. Thousands of words are formed by way of umlaut,
but all words thus formed are derivatives, nouns as well as verbs : I.
roots and words formed by umlaut are, 1. verbs, the greatest part
of the 2nd weak conjugation, such as doema, geyma, heyra, kenna, at
least three hundred, to which add all those with inflexive -ja, in the 2nd
and 3rd conjugations and a few of the 1st, together about two hundred
verbs. We may take as a sample the transitive verbs which are formed
from, the strong intransitive verbs, all following the 2nd weak conju-
gation, and having for root vowel the pret. sing, of the strong verbs but
with changed vowel wherever the vowel is changeable ; about forty such
words are in use, formed from the 1st class, with pret. a, sprengja, drekk-
ja, brenna, renna, bella, sleppa, spretta, svelta, vella, velta, hverfa, J)verra,
skelfa, hrokkva, stokkva, sokkva : from the 2nd and 3rd classes, pret. ei,
mi, lei3a, rei&a, dreifa, hneigja, reisa, beita, bleikja ; geysa, fleyta, hreyta,
^eyta, dreypa, fieygja, smeygja, feykja, reykja : from the 4th class, pret.
6, oexa, foera, gcela, kcela, soera, hlcegja : from the 5th and 6th classes, pret.
«, a, etc., leggja, setja and sseta, svaefa ; fella, hengja, graeta, — all of them
causal, denoting to make one do so and so, e.g. brenna (brann), to hum,
but brenna (brenn-di), to consume by fire ; hverfa (hvarf), to disappear,
hverfa, 6, to turn; ri6a (rei6), to ride, reiSa, dd, to carry ; bita (beit),
to bite, beita, t, to cut, make bile; hniga (hneig), to sink, hneigja, 8, to
make to sink ; sofa, to sleep, svaefa, 6, to lull to sleep; falla (fell), to fall,
fella, d, to fell ; grata (grot), to greet (weep), graeta, tt, to make one greet ;
hanga (hekk), to bang (^intrans.), hengja, d, to hang (trans.), etc. 2.
nouns, adjectives ; those as ny-r, soet-r, counting perhaps a hundred
words : substantives, hundreds of derivatives, e. g. the neuters in -/, as
klaE&-i : all the weak feminines in -/, as gle3-i : the words of the 2nd
declension of strong masc. and fern., as bekkr, fit, hei6r : the masc. in
-ir, as laekn-ir : neuters, as nes ; — in short, all words marked as having
characteristic i orj : in the chief declension (the 1st), hundreds of words,
as been, prayer, from bon ; vaeta, wetness, from vatr ; or, 3. words
with nominal inflexions ; the feminines with inflexive -d (6, t, prop,
instead of -id), leng-d, length, from lang- ; hsE-5, height, from ha-r ;
dyp-t, depth, from djiip- : most feminines with inflexive -ska and -sla
(qs.-«ia,-js/a),bern-ska from barn, Islend-ska from Island, gaet-sla from
gat : masculines in -ingr and feminines in -ing, thus England, England,
but Englendingr, an Englishman ; laeg-ing, lowering, from lagr ; but
not in those in -ningr, -ning, e. g. brag-ningr, drott-ning (not drcettning),
as the « comes between the word and root vowel : masculines in -///,
ket-ill : diminutives in -lingr, bcek-lingr, libellus, from bok ; draep-lingr,
a ditty, from drapa, a poem. II. inflexions formed by way of
umlaut are, 1. verbs ; in about three hundred verbs the deriva-
tive tenses pres, indie, and pret. subj. are thus formed, vi^, all the strong
yerbs and the weak of the 3rd and partly those of the 4th conjugation
(see the tables and remarks on the verbs above). 2. nouns ;
the plur. in the 3rd strong declension, b6k, boek-r ; eigandi, eigcnd-r ;
br<S3-ir, brce8-r ; fa8-ir, fe&-r ; moft-ir, moe8-r; fot-r, foet-r ; miis, my's-s;
gds, gaes-s, — the -r or -s being here contracted instead of -ir. 3.
dissyllabic comparatives (and superlatives) of adjectives, in -ri, -str,
yng-ri, yng-str ; hae-ri, hse-str, etc.
(^ By observing the rules of the vowel change the reader will be
enabled to follow the derivative words recurring in the Dictionary,
e. g. glaSr and gle5i, far and faetta, au8r and eyOa, forn and fyrna, bot
and boeta, fuUr and fylla, fuss and fysa, Ijos and ly'sa. Lastly, we have
to notice that, 1. the ce (in MSS. spelt 0 and o") is obsolete in Icel.,
and the changes of a and 6 are sounded both alike, thus fotr, faeti (old
fceti); m66-ir, br65-ir, old plur. moe8-r, broe8-r; in Denmark, Sweden,
and Norway the distinction is retained, and has to be borne in mind for
the sake of the etymology. 2. the vowel change o into 0 is rare and
obsolete, and is now represented by e ; it takes place in very few words,
e. g. the comparative and superlative from of-, 0fri, 0fstr ; nor8r, n0r8ri :
the pres. indie. k0m-r from koma {to come), s0f-r from sofa (to sleep),
tr08-r from troSa {to tread) ; but commonly kem-r, tre8-r, sef-r : the
plur. of hnot (a nut), hn0t-r ; sto8 (a column), st08-r, but later hnet-r,
ste3-r ; this change is therefore in col. I put last, between ( ), and it
need not be heeded, and 0 and u may be said to have the same vowel
change.
B. The w- umlaut, whereby the primitive vowels
a, d, are changed into
6 (oO), e6.
Distinction is to be made between the change if caused by a charac-
teristic or an inflexive w ; I. the change by a characteristic u
takes place in the following instances, a. nouns, all masculines
as kottr : feminines as hofn : neuters as hiigg : neuter plurals as born
from barn : masculines as songr. p. adjectives, in fem. sing, and
neut. plur. in words as fagr : and through all genders in adjectives as
fol-r. y. verbs : those in -va (only a few). 2. the vowel change
a, <6 takes place in all similar instances, e. g. hdottr {modus) ; <oss {a
god) = ass; nJA — nkl {needle) ; mt = ar {an oar) ; mv =^ at {years) ; s<<Sr
= sar {wounds); fd6 = fa {few), fem. and neut.; hd6 = ha {high), fem.
and neut. ; but this change from a into J is now obsolete, and has
been lost for about seven centuries, whereas the change from a into o
is still in full use ; both are of common origin, and can only have
risen together and at a time when the inflexive -u was still suffixed
to all these words. Since that time it has been dropped in many
cases, but the vowel change has remained, in some forms throughout
all numbers and cases, whereas in others, as barn, hcifn, fagr, the primi-
tive vowel recurs before inflexive -ar, -ir, and the like ; the difference
is probably only one of time, the one being older and weak, the other
later and stronger. (^ The words in p. i, col. 3, lines 33, 24 from
the bottom are not quite exact, and ought to be worded thus, ' this
vowel change seems still to have been in full use in Icel. during the
nth and 1 2th centuries, being etc' II. the change caused by an
inflexive -u takes place in all words, nouns and verbs, having a as root
vowel, and -M,-2/r,-«OT for inflexion, cp. in the tables the verbs kalla, vaka,
and such nouns as hjarta, alda. Thus in born and in born-um the case
is different, the o in born is caused by a lost characteristic u, in born-
um it is caused by the inflexive -um; as also in gom-ul {prised) from
gamall. gis* The former change by a characteristic u was in olden
times common to all Scandinavians, whereas the latter seems to be solely
Icel. ; Swedes, Danes, and Norsemen said lond {terrae), but landum
{terris) ; btirn, but barnum ; as also gamul {prisca), not as the Icel.
gomul. It is to be borne in mind that a characteristic belongs to the
root, and has a stronger hold than an inflexive vowel, so that the former
may cause a change in the root vowel, though the latter does not. It
is also to be noticed that the inflexive vowel was not properly u, but
was in early times sounded and spelt o (land-om, kall-om, gam-ol). p.
in inflexive syllables ending in a the change usually becomes u, e. g.
hundruS, sumur, from hundra8, sumar; kollu8u, clamabant : in hard
or strong inflexions both forms are right, as in eigiindum and eigund-
um, hor86stum and horSustum ; in mod. usage the latter is more
current. III. the ancients seem to have had a third kind of
M change, viz. caused by a mixed i and «, which they spelt 0 or ey, as
the verbs hrokkva, diikkvan, stokkva were in MSS. sometimes spelt
hreyqua, steyqua, deyquan, qs. hranquian ; but this was confined to a
few words and is now obsolete.
There is also a peculiar Kesolution of the vowels i or e mtoja
(or _/'a). This is called 'breaking' (Grimm 'brechung'), and takes
piace ill some infinitives of strong verbs of the ist class, gjalda, etg.,
XXX
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
and in several nouns, e. g. hjalp, help ; cp. also berg and bjarg, fell
and fjall, gildi and gjald : in the feminines bjork, a birch; fjol, a deal-
board; h]oTg,belp; t'}6m,atarn; fjiibr, a feather (hnt also Mr); gjof,
a gift, from gefa, (ogive; gjor&, a girdle; j6r3, earth (see remarks on
the 1st strong fem. declension) ; in the seven masc. nouns, as fj6r3r, a
firth (see remarks on the 2nd strong masc. declension) : and in Sundry
other nouns, jarl, an earl, hjalm-r, a helmet; jaki, ice, jokuU, an
icicle; h]iiX2L, heart ; ]6tmm, a giant, i]'6\uxt, a fetter : in adjectives,
as bjartr bright, but birti brightness ; sjalfr, self; jafn, even ; gjam,
willing (and girni) ; snjallr and siiilli ; fjarr,_/hr, but firr, farther, and
firrask, /o rti/o/rf, whence fjar-ski, q. v. ; sjMan, seldom ; fjol, Germ.
viel, whence fjoldi, mtdtitude. gs^ These must be distinguished from
such words as fjandi, qs. fi-andi, a fiend ; sjandi, seeing, qs. si-andi ;
or in trjd, arborum; r}iiT,pecoris; — in all of which the^w is produced
by contraction ; as also from 70 oipi, in bj63a, Ijos, and similar words.
Tbe Complex and Heterogeneous Fonvel Changes.
Absorption and Contraction. A consonant is sometimes
absorbed by a preceding vowel, which then becomes long or diph-
thongal : 1. absorption of nasals, o. the inflexive -n in the
weak nouns and infinitives of verbs has been absorbed, but as all Icel.
inflexions (of cases and tenses) have short vowels, the end syllable has
not in this case become long, and the n has simply been dropped, leav-
ing at first a nasal sound, which afterwards disappeared : similar is the
contraction in the negative suffix (see p. xxvi). p. in roots, the
Scandinavian tongue commonly contracts the particles an-, in-, un-,
siH- {semper) into d, l, il (or d), ci ; J)a, Engl, then; mi. Germ, nun : — in
sundry other words, esp. before s, e.g.os-s = Germ.M«s; ks-s, deus; bas-s,
a byre; gki,agoose; a.st, love {for ans, bans, gatts, etc.) ; fm-s, willing,
from funs ; r4s, course, from renna, to run : vetr, winter : assimilation
has taken place in the preterite forms, as batt bound, vatt wound, hratt
pushed, qs. bandt, vandt, hrandt ; even ng, as in ceri, an obsolete form
for yngri, younger (qs. ongri) ; hestr, a horse, prob. = hengistr, Dan.
hingst ; in provinc. Dan. it is still pronounced as diphthong ^e/s/. 2.
absorption of gutturals before /; here also the / is doubled and the vowel
made long (by assimilation as well as absorption) in many words, e. g.
do-ttir, a daughter, Goth, danhtar ; no-tt, night; s6-tt, sickness, cp.
s]uk-T, sick ; (i-tta., octo, eight ; dro-tt (q. v.) ; \i6-tii, thought ; s6-tti,
sought ({)ykkja, soekja) ; sk-tt,, peace (cp. sikn) ; dra-ttr, draught;
slk-ttT, stroke ; mk-ttr, might; ha-ttr, »Jorfc ; xd-iix, right; sU-ilr, slight;
6-tti, fright ; i\6-tt\, flight ; J)e-ttr and |)jokkr, tight; fre-tta and
fregna, to ask ; vae-ttr, wight. Germ, wicht ; nita, to deny, cp. Germ.
nicbt ; vx-tt, weight ; h\a,-tT, laughter ; slktrz., to slaughter, etc.: even
before 6 in the feminine inflexion -ud, qs. hug&. p. at the
end of a syllable ; na-r, a corpse, Goth, nahs, cp. Lat. nec-s, = Gr.
viKvs; i-A-T,!,^^ paucus, Goth, fahs; {e, Goth, faihu, La.t. pecu ; n6,
Lat. nee, ne-que; fio, though. Germ, doch ; my, a gnat, cp. Germ.
mucke; lj6-s and Ijo-nii, light; |)j6, thigh: the strong verbal forms,
infin., s\k, Germ, schlagen ; iik,Jlay ; \>vk, to ivash, qs. slag, flag, {)vag :
the pret. and pres. forms, a, ought; ma, might; kna, can, from eiga,
mega ; as also slae and slo, hlse and hl6, laugh ; va, from vega ; la, from
liggja ; spa, to spae, but spakr, wise, cp. Lat. -spicio ; J)a, from piggja ;
fra, from fregna ; hjo, from htiggva ; bjo and byggja ; truaan-i tiyggja ;
triir, true, and tryggr, trusty ; Freyja and Frigg. The Scandinavian
languages have rejected all guttural sounds, and even in writing the
contraction is not marked, the change having taken place long before
writing began ; whereas in Engl., although the same phonetic change
has taken place, the old Saxon spelling is still kept, because the change
was of much later date (15th century?), when the old sound was fixed
in writing : but the Icel. spelling accords better with the sound. 3.
absorption of dentals ; only in a few cases, as nal, needle, Goth, napal;
v41, misery, A. S. vddl = begging or ambitus; hvarr {uter), from
hvaSarr (cp. Engl, whether); hvart, whether; £j6-rir, an older form is
preserved in the old Swed. county-name FjaQrundaland, the Fourth
land, cp. Lat. qtiatitor : Gormr is contr. from Go6-ormr (Guthrum of
the A. S. Chronicle) ; Hrolfr, Ralph, from Hro5ulfr, Rudolph. 4.
absorption of the semi-consonant v and the hke, as ny-r new, stil sotd,
Goth, savila ; and contr. in forms such as mey, maid, for mavi,
whence Goth. mavila = mcy-la-girl; ey, for avi ; hey, hay, for havi,
and many other words. 5. in Icel. (as in Latin) all monosyllables
ending in a vowel are long, therefore even the names of the letters of
the alphabet are sounded so, («, be, ce, not a, be, ce.)
The Ablaut, or Variation of Vo'welB, as Jacob Grimm calls it.
This variation is chiefly found in the strong verbs, esp. in the pret. tense ;
but also in nouns and adjectives : I. in those root words whose
strong verbs still exist, e. g. liS, troops, and leift, n way; rid, trembling, and
Ttib, riding ; sni6 and siieiS, as//cf ; grip and grcip, q. v. ; dn{,splafh,
and dre'il, spray ; ivif,tjirn,zndsvei{,ahelm; klif and kleif, ac/?^; ris,
rising, and reisa, to raise ; rit, a writ, and reitr, beds, a square ; bit, a bit,
and beit, bite, grazing; lit, a look, and leiti, a bill in tbe horizon ; blik.
blink, and hlcikr, pale ; vik, a nook, and vik, an inlet; ro3i, ruddiness,
inubr, red, zndi]6bT, ruddy ; Gotland Gautr, q. v.; not, nautn, wse, and
n]6tT,amate; klofi, a cleft, andkhui, a clove; rof and rauf, an//",- rok,
splash, and reykr (rauk), reek; flog and fiaug, flight ; sopi and saup, a
sip; grof (graf-), a grave, and grof, a ditch; hla8 and hl66, a structure;
gal, crowing, and gtSl, howling ; drep, a stroke, and drap, slaying ; eta,
a manger, and at, eating; geta and gat, getting; set and sat, a seat;
skeri, a cutter, and skari, a swathe, etc. II. in roots where
the verb is either lost, or only found in the cognate languages or
dialects (Goth., A. S., Engl.), the vowels a, 6, ce vary, hani, a cock,
and hcena (hon), a hen ; ein-man, solitude, and mcena, Lat. im-minere;
bati and bot, bettering ; dagr and doegr (dog), a day ; dalr and doeld,
a dale ; hagr and hoegr, easy ; skaSi and skce&r (sk65), scathe; net
and not, a net; kaf and kof, choking ; sok (sak), sake, and soekja
(sok), to seek; kraki, a twig, and krokr, a crook; haki, a hook,
hcekja, a crutch, and haka, a chin; sama and soema (somi), to beseem : —
irreg. variation of o, au, do3i, torpor, and dau3r, death ; dofi, numbness,
and daufr, deaf; fro3a and hzubr, froth ; sno3inn, shorn, and snau3r,
poor ; baugr, a ring, bogi, a bow, and bjiigr, crooked; bloti and blautr,
wet; losa, to loosett, and lauss, loose; lofa and leyfa (lauf), to praise ;
togi and taug, a string ; glufa and gljufr, a chasm; guma and geyma
(gaum), to heed; tamr, tame, and taumr, a bridle; gap, gap, and
gaupn, q. V. : — i, ei vary, hiti, heat, and heitr, hot; digna and deigr,
wet; sviti and sveiti, sweat; fita and ie\t\, fatness ; sill and sell, a
string ; gil and geil, a chasm, etc. III. in many cases there is
only one derived form, e.g. da (from deyja), a swoon; t)aga (from
J)iggja), acceptance ; nam (from nema), seizing ; kvama (from koma),
coming ; rei3r (from vri3a), wroth, prop, wry, distorted. It is worth
noticing that the intermediate classes of the strong verbs (the 2nd to
the 5th) gave rise to most words and forms, whereas in the 6th no nouns
were formed from the preterite, very few in the ist class : — for spuni
{spinning), bruni {burning), runi, sultr, fundr, sprunga, stunga, drykkr,
band, hjalp {help), hvarf — nouns related to the 1st class — are partly
irregular and not directly formed from the verb ; and faldr (a fold),
hald, fall, bland, gangr, hangi, fang, ra,3, blastr, gralr, lat, heit, leikr,
blot, auki, ansa, hlaup, bii, hogg — nouns related to the 6th class — seem
to be formed, not from the pret., but from the infinitive. Many words
throughout the language indicate ablaut and lost verbs, e. g. brei9-r,
broad; hvitr, white; hvQ\t\, ivh eat ; deili, distinction ; hrtinn, pure ;
heinn, straight ; leifa = Gr. AetTrtu (lifa, leif ) ; draumr, at/ream; naumr,
tight, etc. etc. But great caution is needed here ; the form of a word
is not sufficient to prove etymology, and in many cases the likeness is
only apparent; thus gnaga {to gnaw) and gnogr {enough), or bak
(back) and bok (a book) are not related, though skaSi and skce3r are.
In respect to umlaut the mere form of the word is in most cases con-
clusive ; but the ablaut, in many cases, requires examination, although
hundreds of words may still be explained by it.
^* It is interesting to compare the Latin irregular verbs with the
strong Teutonic verbs, especially those which are etymologically
related ; the pret. and pres. sing., Icel. and Lat., are the best tenses
for comparison : a. pres., Icel. et and edo, sit and sedeo, les and
lego, kem and venio, fel and se-pelio, hef and -cipio, ber and pario,
ek and ago, mel and molo, ve5 and vddo, dreg and traho, veg and
veho, stend and sto. p. pret., at and edi, satu and sedi, lasu and
legi, kvamu and veni, falu and se-peli, hof and cepi, baru and peperi,
ok and egi, mol and molui, 63 and va-si, drog and traxi (trah-si),
vog and vexi (veh-si), stob and steti. y. Latin words with inserted
m, n may be compared with the Icel. 2nd and 3rd classes, which are
only two branches of the same kind of words ; the i and the inserted _;'
in Icel. are a kind of equivalent to the inserted m, n in Latin ; thus
Icel. brjota braut and Lat. frango fregi, rjufa rauf and rumpo rupi,
miga meig and mingo minxi, sni3a snei3 and scindo scidi, J)j6ta J)aut
and tundo tutiidi, strjiika strauk and stringo strinxi, bita beit and
findo fidi : weak forms, sleikja and lingo, leifa and linquo, auka
jok and jungo junxi ; cp. also Goth, tiuhan tauh. Germ, ziehen zog,
and Lat. dnco duxi {duc-si) ; Icel. tja {to say) and Lat. dicere, and
many others.
In the Gothic the preterite is almost like the Icel., thus (compared
with table, p. xxii), Goth, brinnan, brann, brunnum; biudan, baup,
buptim; reisan, rais, risum ; faran, for, forum ; giban, gab, gebum
(Goth, e answers to Icel. a) : in case of reduplication the same vowel
is not repeated, but changed for the sake of euphony, thus gretan,
gaigrdt ; hlaupan, hlaihlaup (not gregret or hlaublaup) ; this accounts
tor the fact that the ablaut is heterogeneous, viz. does not change a
into «, n into Jt, etc., as in simple absorption (see above), but into a
different kind of vowel, e. g. fara, for ; geta, gatu ; bj65a, bau3, bu3u ;
falla, fell, etc. This, as well as a comparison with the Latin and
Greek irregular verbs, seems to shew that the strong verbs in the
Teutonic languages are akin to the irregular and reduplicated in Latin '
and Greek, although in a contracted form. The characteristic of
weak verbs is the formation of the preterite by inserting an auxiliary
I
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
XXXI
rerb between the root and inflexion, heyr-8-a (hear-d-I) ; the cha-
acteristic of strong verbs is the formation of the preterite by redu-
plication, which in most cases remains only in a contracted form,
rhere seems to be no other way of forming the preterite. In Gothic,
DUt of about 130 strong verbs, about 26 are still reduplicated, chiefly
belonging to the 6th class ; some few of the others, e. g. taka, to take,
ire reduplicated in Gothic.
(tu" The classes have here been arranged simply according to the
lumber of words in each; they might have been arranged as fol-
ows: a. those in which the long vowel remains through both
lumbers (the 4th and 6th classes). p. those in which it remains
inly in one number, that one being short (the 2nd, 3rd, and 5th). y.
those in which it is short in both numbers (the 1st class). That in
the 5th class the long vowel originally belonged to both sing, and
plur. is shewn by eta, pret. sing, at ; the short vowel in one or both
lumbers of the preterite is probably a corruption, though old, as it
!s so even in the Gothic. The ablaut belongs to the earliest stage of
the language, and the long vowels thus formed are far more ancient
than those caused by simple absorption ; centuries must have elapsed
between the formation, for instance, of the d in kt or sat and in ass or
itta, and long afterwards there was a distinction in the pronunciation,
the former being pure long vowels, whereas the latter retained a nasal
Dr guttural sound from the absorbed consonant. For the nasals see
Lyngbye in Tidskrift for Philol., Copenhagen, vol. ii.
In a few cases the Icel. has a long vowel, which is merely due to
phonetic causes : I. a, 0, and u are sounded and spelt long
jefore the double consonants If, Ik, Im, Ip, thus kalf-r, a calf; half-r,
half; sjalf-r, self; salm-r, a psalm ; halm-r, halm or straw ; malm-r
^Dan. and Swed. malm), metal ; lilf-r, a wolf; hjalpa, to help ; skjalfa,
'0 shudder; alpt, a swan; golf, a floor ; tolf, twelve; alka, an auk;
salkr, a halk ; ik\\d, a falcon ; folk, /o/i; m.]6\k, milk ; galgi, ^Z;e
vallows; bolga, olga, etc.; so also hals, qs. hals, a neck; frjals, qs.
TJals,_/ree. The true pronunciation only remains in skalf, skulfu, not
ikalf, skulfu. This was in fact the first step towards absorption of
the I as in other languages (e. g. Engl, auk, baum), but in Icel. it re-
Tiained incomplete. In popular Norse the old simple vowels are still
sounded (Ivar Aasen) as well as in modern Danish and Swedish, which
shews that this change is purely Icel. and must have taken place
ifter the separation from Norway ; yet it is old, as we see from old
MSS., Ann. Reg. of the end of the 13th century, that at that time
the present pronunciation was in use ; hardly any other MSS. distin-
guish between short and long vowels. II. in ing, ung, which
ire spelt and pronounced with a long vowel instead of a short, ing,
ung. In this Dictionary the long vowels a and u are kept in the former
:ase (alfr, 41mr, halmr), but in the latter case always the short, ing, ung,
tunga, not tiinga ; angi, not angi ; as also lengi, not leingi. $^ Again,
in a few instances a long vowel has passed into a short, viz. in the
possessive pronoun minn {)inn sinn, neuter mitt J)itt sitt, which the
indents wrote and pronounced minn ^inn sinn, mitt pitt sitt, cp. the
Goth, meins, Germ, mein, etc. ; even in MSS., as the Fb. (14th cen-
tury latter part), we find mijtt, i. e. mitt : the word illr, evil, ill, is
usually spelt so, but is still frequently pronounced illr, illt, which is the
true form, the long vowel being due to the contraction, cp. Germ.
ubel, Eng\. evil ; (Icel. say mer er ilt, not illt) : drottinn, drottning, and
drottna, instead of drottinn, drottning, and drottna ; gott for gott ;
[the Ann. Reg. spells drottning.) The distinction (by an acute) be-
tween a long and short vowel was a century ago resumed in Icel.
printed books, so as to follow the present pronunciation ; and since
etymology and comparison with foreign languages support this prac-
tice, with the few exceptions now mentioned, it has been retained in
modern Editions as well as in modern writing. p. the syllable
vd is in modern usage throughout changed into vo, sva svo, tva tvo,
vatr votr, van von, vapn vopn, etc., but the vowel change remains as
before, e. g. vaeta wetness, vsenta to expect, etc. ; hanum (him) is
changed into honum : ve sometimes changes into u or y, Sigur3r =
SigvarSr, dogurSr and dagver5r, yrkja from verk : or into ce, Svenskr
and Soenskr, Swedish; koemi and kvaemi, veniret; scefi and svaefi,
dormiret, etc. : this and other less important vowel changes are noticed
in the Dictionary, especially in the introduction to each letter.
Formation by <way of Inflexions.
Words are either formed from verbs or from nouns or roots.
A. From verbs: I. from the ist weak conjugation
feminines are formed by adding -« to the infinitive, bo8a-n, announce-
ment; skipa-n, order; hugga-n, comfort; skapa-n, creation; i&ra-n,
repentance; h.e\ga.-n, hallowing ; vitTi-ti, vision ; hrndTH-n, hindrance ;
talma-n, irf. ; jiita-n, confession ;' neita-n, denial ; hugsa.-n, thinking ;
hegba-n, conduct ; h\ess3.-n, blessing ; bolvz-n, cursing ; undra-n, admir-
ation; eh-n, doubting ; i']ij\g3i-n, multiplication ; \ifgz-n, calling to life ;
ho\dgn-a, incarnation; zth-n, opinion; pr4dika-n, a sermon ; prenta-n.
printing ; menta-n, breeding ; tapa-n, perdition ; kalla-n, vocation ;
vara-n, admonition ; sva.h-n, refreshing ; \2ngi-n, desire ; hreinsa-n,
purification ; saurga-n, pollution ; byrja-n, beginning ; dy'rka-n, v/or-
ship; hcUi-n, bettering ; lotm-n, rotting, decomposition; visna-n and
{6\nz-n, withering ; hnigna-n, decay; una-n, c*arm (4th conjugation),
etc. (^- In mod. usage the -an is often changed into -un, thus kollun
and kalian, i8run and i8ran, byrjun and byrjan, the later form being even
the more usual. This change freq. occurs even in very old MSS., e. g,
skemton, Mork. 72, 168; etlon, dmse, 10, 34; vingon, friendship,
166,178; eptir-leiton, see^m^, i68; flimton, rm/mg-, 28. II.
from the 2nd weak conjugation feminines are formed in -ing, which
is added to the root, doem-ing, judgment, damnation ; fylk-ing, a
rank or host; \eys-ing, loosening ; l:enn-ing, doctrine ; lik-ing, /«*e-
ness, parable ; virfl-ing, esteem ; hegn-ing and hirt-ing, chastisement ;
birt-ing, brightening, publication; J)ekk-ing, knowledge; Iseg-ing,
humiliation ; melt-ing, digestion ; send-ing, despatch ; legg-ing, lay-
ing; heist-mg, temptation ; {yW-hig, fulfilment ; hygg-ing, building ,'
rign-ing, pouring -with rain; foea-ing, birth; laer-ing, teaching;
soem-ing, beseeming; groeS-ing, healing; upp-froe9-ing, information;
tsel-ing and ginn-ing, deception ; a8greiii-ing, distinction ; menn-ing,
manliness; hring-ing, pealing; deil-ing, division; beyg-ing and
bntig-ing, injlexion ; hend-ing, beckoning ; lend-'mg, alighting ; end-
ing, finishing ; gevb-ing, hedging ; eld-ing, lighting; dn-ing, fulfil-
ment ; J)reyng-ing, pressing ; and a great many others : a few, as kerl-
ing a carling, J)renn-ing trinity, ein-ing unity, are formed from nouns,
as are also the masculines in -ingr ; Isekn-ing, healing, from laekna,
a&, is irregular or refers to a lost strong verb. ^^ The feminines
in -an and -ing are counted by hundreds. III. from the 3rd
weak conjugation and from the strong verbs, feminines are formed in
-ning : — from the 3rd weak, gla8-ning, gladdening ; kva5-ning, greet-
ing; szh-mng, filling ; \ai-nmg, entanglement ; hxzk-nmg, tossing ;
vak-ning, awakening ; tal-ning, counting ; sam-ning, agreement ; tam-
ning, taming; ar-ning, tilling; far-ning, passage; var-ning, ware;
hvAi-mng, exhortation ; set-ning, a position, thesis; \zg-n\ng, laying
down; s^\\-n\ng, understanding , discerning ; Tub-nmg, clearing ; stub-
ning, upholding ; smm-ning, smearing, anointing; $pm-nmg, speering,
asking ; flut-ning, carrying ; a-ning, baiting (seja), etc. p. from the
strong verbs, rit-ning, writing ; lot-ning, ' lonting,' veneration (liita) ;
get-ning, begetting ; kos-ning, election ; so5-ning, cooking ; les-ning,
gleaning; rkb-ning, rebuke {T&bz) ; frk-drag-n'mg, subtraction ; upp-
al-ning, breeding; hlut-tek-uing, partaking ; haf-ning, elevation (hefja);
upp-stig-ning, ascension (stiga) ; snii-ning, turning (sniia) ; mi-ning,
rubbing (gniia) : bii-ningr, dress (biia), is masc. : gor-ning, a deed (gora),
shews that this word has had a strong inflexion : j4t-ning, confession
(jata, tt), is irregular from the 3rd weak conjugation : drott-ning, a
7nistress, a qneen, is formed from drottinn, a lord, ^j- This « is
undoubtedly a remnant of the part. pass. In the case of the 3rd
weak conjugation, this formation is an evidence that the participles
in -inn were of early growth ; it is curious that feminines in -ning
were formed even from verbs in which that participle is not used, e. g.
gla6-ning, from gle6ja, see p. xxiv. Some of the above words are
in modern usage also masculine, e. g. barning and barningr, skilning
and skilningr, gorning and gorningr ; but the feminine is older and
more correct. 2. a few masculines in -na6r are also formed
from the same verbs, e. g. J)rif--na8r, thrift ({)rifa) ; snu-na5r, profit
(smia) ; bii-naSr, husbandry (biia) ; met-na8r, ambition (meta) ;
get-naSr, begetting (geta) ; skap-na8r, siS-a/ie (skapa); skil-nafir, de-
parting (skilja) : from other verbs, her-na3r, harrying, freebooting
(herja) ; as also kost-naSr, cost (kosta) ; spar-na6r, saving (spara) ;
tru-na8r, <n«if (trua) ; te-na8r, M/i (toeja) ; fe-nabr, cattle ; dug-na8r,
energy (duga) ; lif-na8r, living (lifa) : una8r, delight (una) ; verk-na8r,
working {yrk]a.} ; {6gn-ubT,joy ; ]o(n-ubT, equity ; hagn-zbr, comfort ;
sokn-u8r, sorrow (for a lost thing) ; s6fn-u3r, congregation ; v6rn-u8r,
caution ; arn-a8r, intercession ; |)j6f-na3r, theft ; (m4n-u8r, a month, is
different.) ^f Altogether different are the old words, hol-8r a hero, from-
u8r a promoter, grondu8r a destroyer; mj6t-u8r, A. S. meotod — ruler ;
these words are very few, mostly poetical, and are used in an active
sense, (see Grimm's Gr.iii. 241.) IV. feminines in -sla are formed
from the 2nd weak conjugation, skir-sla, ordeal; geym-sla, keeping ;
fce8-sla,/ooc?; kenn-sh, teaching; frceb-sh, information; eyb-s\a, spend-
ing; vig-sla, inauguration ; veyn-sla., experience ; gxt-sh, guardiftg,
keeping; gre'ib-sVi, payme7it ; veit-sla, banquet; hrxb-sla, fright; foer-
sh, shifting; neyt-sh, taking food ; boen-heyr-sla, ^ra«/; rei8-sla, lei8-
sla, her3-sla, hir8-sla, etc. ; often spelt with z, veizla, etc. V.
the monosyllabic feminines in -n are chiefly formed from the roots of
verbs, not from the infinitive ; heyr-n, bearing ; spur-n, speering, news;
skir-n, baptism ; eig-n, owning, possession ; s6g-n, a saw, saying, tale ;
'^og-n, silence ; vor-n, defence ; stj6r-n, sway ; s6k-n, prosecution ; fys-n,
desire; aub-n, voidness ; Kr-n, offerings ; heg-n, news; ib-n, activity ;
n]6s-n, espying ; lans-n,freedom ; lam-n, liberality ; gaup-n, a gowpen ;
s]6-n and sj-n, sight; ^]k-n, oppression; smk-n,disgrace ; bos-ti, begging ;
XXXll
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
lik-n, healing, mercy; og-n, awe, etc., but not very many; a few
are from adjectives, as feik-n immensity, tig-n lordship, from feikinn
immense, tiginn lordly : au5-na luck, stjar-na a star. VI. mascu-
lines in -dr {-tr) : 1. with a radical r; al-dr, age (ala) ; gal-dr,
spell (gala); hjal-dr, sound, battle (hjala) ; hh'i-tr, laughter; la-tr,
litter (liggja) ; ar-Sr, a plough (erja) ; gr6-&r, growth (groa) ; r6-6r,
rowing (roa) ; les-tr, gleaning, reading (lesa). 2. with in-
flexive r; stul-8r, the/t {steh) ; bur-8r, birth (herz) ; skur-6r, a cut
(skera) ; vor-5r, a warder (verja) ; J)ur-6r, wane (f)verra) ; griif-tr,
digging, burial (grafa) ; vox-tr, growth (vaxa) ; fnn-di, Jinding ; kos-tr,
ciose (kjosa) ; md-ttv, might ; J)va-ttr, n wash; dra-ttr, a draught;
sla-ttr (cp. Engl, slaughter), mowing; ha-ttr, mode (haga) ; snii-Sr
(snui), a twirl; hla.s-U, a blast : 6-tii, awe (og) ; fio-ni, /light {Ry']a) ;
f)6-tti, conceit (J)ykkja) ; skjalf-ti, trembling: cp. also kul-5i, cold;
fj61-3i, multitude; van-8i, custom; — which however are not formed
from verbs. VII. in -st, -sir, masc, fem., and neut. ; bak-str,
baking; rak-str, raking; rek-str, a drove; J)or-sti, thirst (purr);
trau-st, trust (from triia) ; fre-st, delay (from firra) ; ri-st, step, cp. Engl.
wrist; and rei-str, a serpent, poijt. (from vri3a, to writhe) ; ba-st (from
binda) ; flau-st (from fljota), etc.
B. From nouns and roots.
Masculines : I. with inflexive n, r, I, 1. in -inn,
'Unn, a few words; zpt-a.nn, evening ; jot-unn, a giant; him-inn, heaven;
drott-inn, a /orrf; morg-inn, worww^; ar-inn, hearth : in pr. names,
03-inn, Jjra-inn, etc.; Au3-unn. 2. in -7trr,-arr; i}6t-nrT, a fetter;
Y\b-MrT, wood-grouse; jof-urr, cp. Germ.cier; tcit-urr, /«//«rs ; kog-urr
and kong-urr, texture; ja3-arr, a rim; ham-arr, a hammer; hum-arr,
a lobster ; nzi-Tur, a gimlet ; goll-urr, q. v.; gag-arr, q. v. ; sum-arr, sww-
v.er (obsolete as inasc.) : in pr. names, Hjalm-arr, Ein-arr, B63v-arr,
Stein-arr, Ott-arr, Gunn-arr, Iv-arr, Agn-arr, Yngv-arr, Ragn-arr, Giz-
urr, Vi5-arr, Ulf-arr, etc. are of a different kind, viz. the latter part =
-bari or -here or -hard, thus Gunnzn = Gundehere ; EmaLir =Einhard.
^T The pr. names in -an are chiefly of Gaelic origin, thus Bek-an,
Kjart-an, Kalm-an, Kvar-an, Hnok-an, Kjar-an, Ky'l-an, Feil-an,
Bjol-an, Duf-an, Ko3r-an, Kamb-an, Lun-an, Trost-an, etc., see
Landn. 3. in -ull, -ill; jok-ull, an icicle; kogg-ull, articulus ;
Tod-\i\\,anedge; s6b-n\\, a saddle ; mond-u\l,axle-tree; skok-ull,as^q/I?;
J)(3ng-ull, a stalk of seaweed ; ong-ull, a hook ; ri3-ull, a detachment of
troops; bit-ull, a mouth-piece ; tig-ull, a brick, a square; seg-ull, a
magnet; stop-ull, a steeple; fer-ill, a track ; snig-ill, a snail ; lyk-ill,
n key; J)ist-ill, thistle; {\{-\\\, dandelion ; bi3-ill, a wooer; ket-ill, a
kettle; re(-\\\, tapestry ; hnyk-ill, a c/fw; skut-ill, a iar^oo?J ; dras-ill,
a charger, horse; heh-i\l, a herb ; smyr-iU, a hawk; dep-ill, a Wo/; hef-ill,
brails; hviri-\\\, the crown of the head : ioxc\g\\,tng-i\\, an angel; kynd-
ill, a candle. 5i>" Many of these were originally diminutives, but
most of them have lost that sense, as jcikull from jaki. p. in -all;
ka3-all, a chain; va3-all, shallow water ; kap-all, a horse. II.
a few diminutives in -lingr ; ket-lingr, a kitten; ki3-lingr, a kidling ;
yrm-lingr, L^t. vermicula; boek-lingr, Lzt. libellns ; ung-lingr, ay ou?ig-
ling, youth. HI. in -tmgr a.nd -ingr, -lingr : 1. patronymic
in plur. ; Nifl-ungar, Germ. Niebelung ; Vcils-ungar, Skjcild-ungar,
Skan-ungar, Kufl-ungar ; Gy6-ingar, j'ews ; Yng-lingar, Knyt-lingar: in
-/en</j>/^r,Grcen-lendingar,etc.: in -^/fro/n^ar, Vest-fir3ingar; Vik-ingar,
Vikings, etc. 2. in many potit. words ; siklingr, o91ingi , an ethel-
ing; mildingr; hildingr: in pr. names, ErI-ingr, Haer-ingr, etc. 3.
other words; kon-ungr, a king ; sit"]-ungi, a kins7nan {po'6t.) ; broe3r-
ungr and systr-ungr, a cousin ; na-ungr, a neighbour (eccl.) ; helm-ingr,
a half; fj6ra-ungr, the fourth part, a farthing ; fimt-ungr, the fifth part ;
sctt-ungr, the sixth part ; att-ungr, the eighth part ; vetr-ungr and geml-
ingr, a yearling ; hofr-ungr, a dolphin ; old-ungr, an elder ; bun-ingr,
dress; giirn-iugr, a deed ; skiifn-ungT, a shin-bone ; gdr-ungr, a jester ;
spek-ingr, a philosopher ; vitr-ingr, a wise man ; J)uml-ungr, an inch ;
graft-ungr, a bull: of boats, sexoer-ingr, six-oared; attoer-ingr, eight-
oared; ttincKi-ingr, ten-oared; hyrb-ingr, a ship of burden. IV.
in -ingi; hofb-ingi, a captain ; xit-ingi, a kinsman ; heib-ingi, a heathen ;
ha.nd-ingi, a prisoner ; fceb-ingi, a native ; \eys-ingi,a free man; raen-
ingi, a robber; morS-ingi, a tnurderer ; let-ingi, a lazy man; aum-
ingi, a poor ivretch ; ccr-iugi, a springal ; f,x,\-ingi, an epicurean ; Skr«l-
ingi, an Esquimaux ; kunn-ingi, a friend ; loem-ingi, a 6/rrf. V.
in -undr; hiif-undT, an author ; vol-undr, q. v. ; vis-undr, a 6«son : in
-u«/ (obsolete), arf-uni, an heir; sif-uni, Goih. siponeis, a disciple;
beim-uni, etc.. Lex. Poet. VI. in -ari, especially words such as
dom-ari, a doomster, judge ; les-ari, a reader; skrif-ari, rit-ari, a writer ;
iki^-zii, creator ; skiT-zri, baptist ; gjzf-mi, giver ; giceb-zri, healer ;
La\xsn-ari,Vte\s-an, Redeemer ; Kcis-avi, Kaiser ; miit-ari (poet.) ; vart-
ari; ridd-ari, a ^;n^'Z)/; staW-ari, stabularius ; kvaUzvi, tormenter : —
there are few of these words in old writers, but they have increased,
especially in nouns denoting business, leik-ari, a jester ; sko-ari, a shoe-
maker; vef-ari, a weaver; preiit-ari, a printer; songv-ari, a singer,
musician ; skinn-ari, sut-ari, bak-ari, fi61-ari, J)6f-ari, hatt-ari ; roea-ari,
on oarsman, — some of which occur in olden times : foreign, kjall-ari,
a cellar; salt-ari, a psalter: in ^ali, -U, a few words, a6i-li ; rang-ali, a
lobby; ikzxk-d.\i, tumtdt ; Uf-ali, trouble ; sz(-z]i, a sable ; kast-ali,
a castle : in -aldi, glop-aldi, digr-aldi, Tas-aldi, J)umb-aldi, leggj-aldi,
him-aldi, ribb-aldi, a very few words. VII. in -andi, active
participles; veg-andi, a slayer ; bu-andi or bon-di (hiis-bo-ndi, Engl.
husband); f]a-ndi, a/oe; hx-ndi, a kinsman ; and numberless parti-
ciples when used as substantives, e.g. grat-andi, weeper; eig-andi,
owner; fagn-endr, heyr-andi, etc. VIII. in -sz; vzn-si, dis-
grace; of-si, passion ; gzl-si, gaiety.
Feminines : I. in -d, -6, or -/, formed chiefly from adjec-
tives, and feminine also in cognate languages (e. g. old Germ, -ida) ; a
vowel change takes place wherever the root vowel is changeable ; the
d, d, and t are phonetical changes depending on the final letter. In this
way a great many feminines (more than a hundred) are formed, hse-ft,
height; dyp-b, depth ; vid-d, width; hrcid-d, breadth ; hng-d, length ;
fae-d, fewness; mcrg-3, multitude; stcer-6, size; t)yk-t, thickness;
'^yng-d, heaviness ; eif-b, inheritance ; grim-d, ferocity ; heW-d, whole-
ness; helf-t, a half; deil-d, a share; grein-d, distinction; frem-d,
q. V. ; scem-d, hotiour ; eilif-6, eternity; try g-b, fidelity ; hryg-3,
sorrow; sek-t, guilt; spek-t, wisdom; nek-t, tiakedness; hefn-d,
revenge; nefn-d, a committee; vern-d, protection ; gren-d, vicinity ;
vi\-d, willingness ; girn-d, desire ; did-b, daring ; dyt-b, glory ; \yg-b,
a lie; kyi-b,calmfiess; hvil-d,re5/; rcyn-d, experience ; ^ym-d, misery ;
deyf-8, numbness; leyn-d, secrecy; hxg-b, fame ; gnoeg-3, wealth;
hceg-&, ease ; V9eg-6, mercy ; m£eg-6, affinity ; vinsael-d, popularity ;
vaen-d, expectation; fegr-5, beauty; megr-3, meagreness; feig-3,
feyness; n\yk-b, i7ieekness : all in -sew-rf, skyn-sem-d, reason ; una8-
sem-d, delight; and many others formed from nouns and adjec-
tives indiscriminately, g^"* Of a different kind are hul-d, mystery ;
skul-d, debt; afun-d, envy; nan-d, neighbourhood ; vis-t, abiding; fret-t,
news; dyg-b, virtue ; gnot-t, abundatice ; s6t-t, sickness ; sxt-t, settle-
ment: and still more nat-t, night; rod-d, voice; and similar words,
which can be seen if compared with kindred languages (Germ.,
Saxon). II. in -ska, prop, -iska, and thus causing umlaut ; bern-
iki, childhood ; mx\-skz, eloquence ; gce6-ska, ^race ; gxx-ski, spite ;
g\eym-skz,forgetfulness ; iyrn-skz, age, decay ; vii-skz, wisdom; nienn-
ska, manhoodiznd in compds, ragmenn-ska, cowardice ; karlmenn-ska,
valorir ; gob-vatnnskdi, ge}itleness ; ill-mennska, cn/eZ/y; n-vn., sloth ;
var-m., 7?jea««ess, etc.) ; heim-ska, /oo//sA«ess; el-ska, /ove ; il-ska and
\a.nd-sk?i, evil passioji ; cer-ska, youth ; fifl-ska,/o//y ; dxl-skz, liberty ;
ti6-ska and ly6-ska, usage, custom ; koen-ska, craft : in names of people
or their tongues. En-ska, English; Scen-ska, Swedish; Grik-ska,
Greek ; Ir-ska, Irish : irreg. and without umlaut, in Val-ska, Welsh ;
Dan-ska, Danish; and mod. as in Ital-ska, Italian; Span-ska,
Spanish: in -eskja or -neskja, inserting «, forn-eskja, antiquity;
vitn-eskja, knowledge; flat-neskja, Jlaf land, plain, level ; mann-
eskja, a man (mod.) ; harS-neskja, harshness, harness. III.
indecl. fem. in -/, -gi, -ni, formed from adjectives ; hixb-i anger, from
bra3r 7^0/; mce6-i from m63r; hreyst-i iin/oi/r, from hraustr; helt-i
lameness, from haltr lame, etc., see p. xviii. IV. in -osta
{-usta), a few words ; orr-osta,_;?^7>/ (cp. Germ, ernsi) ; fulln-usta,/«/;f/-
ment ; holl-usta, io^wa^e; kmm-ustz, knowledge [Germ, kunst) ; \>]6n-
nstz, service {Gevm.dienst); {6r-ostz, headship ; unn-ustz, a spo?ise, (unn-
usti,m. a Zorer.) V. in-o«a, afew words; vib-iitta, abroad; kunn-
atta, knowledge; bar-atta, battle; veSr-atta, weather, temperature, (for-
atta, q. v., is different.) VI. in -ung; hcirm-ung, vexation ; laun-
nwg, secrecy; IzMi-ung, looseness; nzub-ung, constraint ; hiib-ung, indig-
nity; sundr-ung, scattering; verS-ung (poet.) , king's hojisehold. VII.
in -7t7id, a few words ; J)us-und, thousand; hor-und, Lat. C7ttis ; teg-und,
species, kind; of-und, spite; vit-und, knowledge ; ti-und, teind, tithe;
att-und, the eighth part, fja3r-und (obsolete) : in local names, as Sol-und,
Borg-und {B7irgundy), Eik-und ; J)us-und and hor-und are also used as
neut. 2. in -ynja, Lat. -ina, a very few words ; as-ynja, a goddess ;
for-ynja, an ogre; lilf-ynja and varg-ynja, a she-wolf, bip-ina : mod.
-i7ina, keisara-inna, is scarcely used, and is borrowed through Dan.
from Germ, and cannot therefore be called Icel. VIII. special ;
in -ingja, ham-ingja, hick : in -sa, heil-sa, health. IX. a kind
of diminutive; in -la, hris-la, a little twig; hynd-la, Lat. ca/iic7ila
(Mar. 494, v.l.) ; tvsevet-la, a ewe two years old: in -ka, stiil-ka, qs.
staul-ka (from stauli), a girl. ^a» Diflerent are hal-ka, slippi/iess ;
hla-ka, thaw; har-ka, hardness: as also -ga in moc3-gur, mother and
da7ighter. 2. in a few names of mares ; Miis-ka, a 7nouse-grey mare;
Briin-ka, Wac^; Rau&-ka, rec?; 'L]6s-kz, light : in -«a (and -«z masc),
also of horses, Skj6-na and Skj6-ni, pie-bald; Gra-na and Gra-ni,
grey : in -lin, cp. Germ, -lein, of cows, Hringa-lin, Randa-lin, etc.
Neuters : I. the derivated neuters in -i (see p. xviii) ; they
are formed from adjectives or from roots of words, as -leysi wa/it,
from -lauss; felzuss penniless, whence feleysi ' pe)i7tilessness ;' riki might,
kingdotn, from rikr mighty ; \yt\fa7ilt, from Ijotr ugly ; oeSi madness,
from 69r mad; gce&i goods, from g68r good; ire\s\freedo7n, from frjals
free ; agseti goodness, from iigaetr good. They sometimes have a coU
f
OUTLINES OP GRAMMAR.
XXXlll
active sense ; and in compounds any word may become neuter, regard-
less of its gender when simple, e. g. -berni from barn, a bairn ; -menni
"rem ma8r(st6r-menni,ung-menni, g63-menni,ill-menni) ; -gresi from
^ras, (ill-gresi weeds, bl6m-gresi_/?oii'ers) ; -neyti from nautr, (foru-neyti,
fellowship) ; al-pingi, but J)ing ; vald and veldi,/)ow/«r ; nafn and -nefni,
1 7iame ; stafn and stefni, n stem ; band and -bendi, a string ; gar9r and
•ger6i, a fence; bol and -boeli, a den; land and -lendi ; sa5 and sae&i,
\eed; lund and -lyndi, temper ; or6 and -yr6i, a word; fugl and -fygli,
% fowl ; munnr and -mynni, mouth; heisi a necktie, from hdls a
'leck ; vaetti /esft>no«>', from vuttr a witness; hall-xri a bad season,
famine, from ar a year; e&li and a3al, nature; — indeed any word
may thus be changed into neuter. 2. in -endi ; eyr-endi,
?rrand ; kvik-endi, a creature; heil-indi, health; vael-indi, gullet;
:hiefly only in plur., zs vis-'mdi, science ; hygg-endi, good sense; sann-
Indi, truth ; tib-indi, tidings ; Mk-'mdi, likelihood ; hlunn-endi, c«(fo«/-
ments; dyr-endi, costly things; T3.ng-'mdi, injustice ; Tott-'mdi, rights ;
\eib-'md\, tediousness ; ha.Tb-indi, a bad season ; siir-indi, sorewess; klok-
endi, shrewdness; fri3-endi, _/?«e things: in -erni, denoting ^m, cp.
U\{.faprein = TrdTpa and 701'fr*, breprahans = d5e\(poi, whence Engl.
brethren, cp. also Lat. -ernitas; fa9-erni, br63-erni, m6&-erni, father-
hood, etc. ; \ij6b-eTm, nationality (mod.) • lund-erni, te7nper ; lif-erni,
:onduct of life ; besides sal-erni, si6-erni (q.v.): in -el si, a very few
words, reyk-elsi, incense; fang-elsi; a prison; hrokk-elsi, a stone grig,
is prob. different: in -ildi, fifr-ildi, a butterfly ; {)ykk-ildi, callousness :
in -di, el-di, q. v. (ala) ; upp-el-di, educatioti : in -in, bynd-in, a sheaf;
i\d-\n, fruit : in -///, heim-ili, home. II. in -si (-sli); brig-sl,
rebuke; kyn-sl, prodigy ; smyx-s\, ointment ; \iyng-s\, heavi?iess ; boeg-sl,
fins, (bogr, a bow) ; eym-sl, sore?iess; oexl (qs. cek-sl, from vaxa), excres-
cence; skrim-sl, a monster; oer-sl, mad pranks, (oerr, mad); bei-sl, a
bridle; J)yrm-sl, /nercy; renn-sU, a watercourse. 2. in-s«; hcen-
in, poultry; rxk-sn, rags; fylg-sni, q. v. III. in -aZ, etc. ; 63-
il, a feud; me3-al, medicine (mod.); a3-al, nature: in -an, gam-an,
'<oy ; and a few other words but little used, e. g. 6-ar-an, a bad season ;
My i]-An, poison ; 6-kt-zn, offal of food : in -in, -n, nld-in, fruit ; meg-
in, main power; reg-in, gods; meg-n, power ; reg-n, rain; vat-n,
water: in -gin, kb-g\n, father and daughter; syst-kin, brother and
sister; mcE3-gin, mother and daughter: in -ad, her-a3, a county;
hundr-a3, hundred; for-a3, q.v.; h6f-u3, a head: in -aid, kaf-ald,
snow; fol-ald, a/oa/; ker-ald, a /«6 ; haf-ald, q. v. ; gim-ald, «« o/i«j-
ing; eisk-ald (poet.), i&ear/; rek-ald, o htcc^ : in -ar«, is-arn (poet.),
iron; ak-arn, an acorn; fo-arn, a crop; und-arn, afternoon: in -/,
hos-t, frost, from frjosa: in -ang, hun-ang, honey.
The following are to be regarded in the light of compds : I.
masculines in -leikr and -leiki; kaer-leikr, love; sann-leikr, truth;
heilag-leiki, holiness, (many words) : in -ddmr, -dcemi (n.), Engl, -dam.
Germ, -thum, helgi-domr, holidom; Kristin-domr, Christendom; hei3in-
domr, heathendom; mann-domr, manhood; laer-domr, learning; vis-
domr, wisdom; konung-domr, kingdom; jarl-domr, earldom, etc.:
in -skapr. Germ, -schaft, vin-skzpr, friendship; fjand-skapr, enmity;
{6\ag-sk?ipT, fellowship ; skald-skapr, /»oe/ry ; fifl-skapr, /oZ/y; grey-
skapr, meanness; grei3-skapr, readiness, etc. (several words) : in
-angr, leid-angr, levy; far-angr, baggage, etc. II. feminines
in -lid and -ydgi, contr. from hygS, cp. A. S. hygd; denoting tem-
per, mind, 61-u3, sincerity; ill-iid, spite; var-u3, heedfidness ; ast-u3,
love ; mann-u3, humanity ; har3-i'i3, hardness ; grimm-u3, cruelty ;
gx\inn--^bgi, shallow mind, gullibility ; har3-y3gi, etc. : different are
misk-unn, mercy ; vark-unn, excuse (from unna, cp. afund, envy) : in
-semi from -samr, miskun-semi, mercy, etc. III. neuters in
-cefi; z\ib-ce&, riches ; or-cefi, wilderness (only in plm.): in -ord, akin
to A.S. wyrth== weird = fate, gob-orb, priesthood; met-or8, dignity;
g]?Li-oxb, marriage; vit-orb, intelligence ; han-orb, deatbweird ; b6n-or3,
courting; lof-ord and heit-or3, />ro7?»'se; vktt-oxb, testimony ; leg-or3,
q. v., in many of which it is simply derived from or3 = tvord : in -IcBti,
from adjectives in -Idtr, r^tt-laeti, righteousness ; or-lxti, liberality, etc.
jfS" Masculines in -tfa^Z ; bar-dagi, 6a///e; ein-digi, term ; mal-dagi, a
deed; skil-dagi, condition: feminine pr. names in -unnr,-ny, Stein-
unnr, Ing-unn, Jjor-unn, Sae-unn, etc. ; Sig-ny, As-ny, |>6r-ny, etc. : in
-heidr or -eidr, -ridr, Ragn-ei3r, Sig-ri3r: masculine pr. names in
-mundr, -ndr, -dr, Gu3-mundr, |>ra-ndr, Eyv-indr, On-undr, Bar-3r
(qs. Bar-ro3r), f)6r-3r (qs. poT-iobr), and many others.
Adjectives. — They are either simple, as fag-r, g66-r, soet-r, or formed
by inflexion : I. in -ligr, Engl, -ly. Germ, -lich, in mod. usage
spelt and pronounced -ligr, counted by hundreds, a. twofold adjec-
tives, e.g. sein-ligr (seinn, slow, and -ligr); eilif-ligr, eternal; sael-ligr
(saell) ; grimm-ligr (grimmr), vitr-ligr, fagr-ligr, har3-ligr, fram-ligr,
spak-ligr, fr63-ligr, kat-ligr, hag-ligr, rang-ligr, hrein-ligr, g63-ligr, feig-
ligr,hlj63-ligr(hlj63r,s//w/),vaEn-ligr,J)ung-ligr; veik-ligr,weaWy; ung-
ligr, heil-ligr ; min-ligr, like myself, etc. p. with a binding vowel /
or u, most of which seem to be fcwmed from verbs ; vir3u-ligr, worthy
(vir3a) ; matu-ligr, deserved; kostu-Iigr, costly (kosta) ; skipu-ligr,
orderly (skipa) ; tigu-Jigr, magnificent; riku-ligr, rich, opulent; risu-ligr,
elevated, grand ; — often in mod. usage Spelt with ug, vir8ug-ligr, rikug-
ligr, etc. : with i, scemi-ligr, seeming (soema) ; oeski-ligr, desirable
(oeskja) ; hse3i-ligr, ridiculous (hae8a) ; cesi-ligr, violent (oesa) ; J)segi*
ligr, agreeable (^aegja) ; drengi-ligr, bold; senni-\igT, probable (sanna) ;
skyndi-ligr, sudden (skynda) ; neti-ligr, eatable (eta) ; hoefi-ligr, proper
(hoefa) ; hyggi-ligr,/>rK£/e«/(hyggja) ; skemti-ligr,amKS««^(skcmta) ;
girni-ligr and fysi-ligr, desirable (fysa) ; glaesi-ligr, splendid (glaesa) ;
leyni-ligr, a secret (leyna) ; heyri-ligr (heyra) ; ey8i-ligr, empty (ey8a) ;
heppi-ligr, /j/ci^",- gxti-ligr, crtj///oi« (gaeta) ; illi-ligr, «7/-/oo/i'x«^. y.
formed from nouns ; dyrd-ligr,^/or/ows,- And-Mgx, spiritual ; hold-ligr,
carnal; likam-ligr, bodily; verald-ligr, worldly; Gu8-ligr, godly;
dig-\igx, daily ; ii.x-\igx, yearly ; stund-Vigx, temporary ; sib-ligr, well-
bred ; mznn-ligr, manly ; gxin-Vigr, lucky ; elli-ligr, rr^ecf; Jirek-ligr,
stout; undar-ligr, wonderful; vig-ligr, martial; grdt-ligr, wailing;
hloeg-ligr, laughable; kvenn-Iigr, womanlike; karlmann-ligr, manly;
hof-ligr, moderate; hegom-ligr, vain: inserting s, yndis-ligr, charm-
ing. 8. with double inflexion ; heilag-ligr, holy ; vesal-ligr, wretched;
mikil-ligr,^ra«rf; gamal-ligr,oW-/ooA'j«o-; froekn-ligr,i'a//a«/; a3-daan-
ligx, wonderful; ymis-ligx, various; heimol-iigx, intimate. II. par-
ticipial adjectives : 1. as from strong verbs, a. participles of strong
verbs, in -inn. p. participial adjectives from lost verbs ; bog-inn,
bowed; tog-inn, stretched ; hxokk-inn, curled ; xot-inn, rotten; hok-inn,
stooping; lo8-inn, shaggy; las-inn, dilapidated; snoO-inn, shorn; fu-
inn, rotten; bolg-inn, bulged, swoln; lu-inn, weary ; solg-inn, gloat-
ing, y. sundry adjectives formed from verbs with a radical n; hei8-
inn, heathen; Kxist-inn,Christian; tig-inn, noble; feg-inn, fain; eig-inn,
own; oix-inn, ample ; yfx-inn, id.; op-inn, open. 8. with a single m;
jaf-n,et/e«; iox-n, old; g]zx-n, willing; ixxzk-n, valiant; syk-n, sackless ;
grcen-n, green (from groa). €. many adjectives denoting apt, given to,
or the like ; ib-inn, busy, sedulous ; hxb-inn, mocking ; hroes-inn, con-
ceited; xo^b-inn, talkative; kost-gxf-inn, painstaking ; hygg-inn, prudent ;
gxt-inn, watchful; skxyt-inn, funny ; hlyb-inn, obedient; \yg-\nn, menda-
cious; g\cym-inn, forgetful ; skreit-inn, untruthful; hxeyt-inn, fickle,
shifty; t'eim-inn, shy ; kim-inn, ironical ; gxett-inn,frowning ; bell-inn,
trickifig; xyn-inn, prying ; ii6tt-inn, enguiring ; hitt-inn, hitting ; styrf-
inn, peevish; s\ys-inn, hapless ; hepp-inn, happy, lucky ; ui-inn, rough ;
glim-inn, a nimble wrestler ; send-inn, sandy, etc. 2. as from
weak verbs: in -adr ; participles, tal-aSr, bo3-a3r, kall-aSr, etc.:
participial, aldr-a3r, aged; gaml-a8r, doted; vilj-a3r, willing; bless-
a8r, blessed ; b61v-a3r, cursed ; hug-a3r, daring ; olv-a3r, tipsy : in -Sr,
haer-Sr, hoary; laer-Br, learned; reyn-dr, experienced; eyg-8r, eyed;
grein-dr, clever, discerning : different is kal-dr, cold, etc. 3. parti-
ciples in -andi ; les-andi, able to read : often in a gerundial sense, 6^61-
andi, intolerable; ohaf-andi, unfit; over-andi ; oger-andi, impossible,
etc. : from those in -andi come the Engl, words in -ing, d being changed
into g. III. in -igr, -ugr, -agr ; in Goth. etc. all three forms are •
used indiscriminately ; in Icel. the ancients prefer -igr, the modern -w^r ,•
(-a^r remains only in heil-agr, holy, from heil-1) ; Tunb-igx, wealthy ;
matt-igr, mighty; bl68-igr, bloody; nau8-igr, unwilling; m68-igr,
moody; goi-Mgx, noble; bf-ugr, backward, inverse; hof-ngx, heavy; kunn-
igx, known; J)r6tt-ugr and ofl-ugr, s/ro«^; oxb-ugx, arduus ; gra8-igr,
greedy; vit-ugr, witty, clever; si3-ugr, well-bred; sto3-ugr, steady;
synd-ugr, sinful; ver8-ugr, worthy; minn-ugr, mindful; skyld-ugr,
dutiful; heipt-igr, hating; kropt-ugr, powerful; ra3-ugr, ready,
sagacious ; slott-ugr, wily ; leir-ugr, clayey ; mold-ugr and ryk-ugr,
dusty; snj6-ugr, snowy; hr63-ugr, exultant: in -udigr, -minded;
gximm-ubigx, fierce, etc. 2. simple forms, mostly poet., as spar-kar,
prophecying ; mein-gir, moaning, Lex. Poet. IV. in -ottr, O. H. G.
-oht, A. S. -iht. Germ, -icht; denoting colour, shape, etc. ; dumb-ottr,
dusky; sk]-6ttx, chequered; fxekn-ottx, f reckly ; xond-ottx, striped; flekk-
ottr, q.v.; skjold-ottr ; hxdnd-6ttx, brindled; drofn-ottr, q.v.; bild-ottr,
sokk-ottr, bles-ottr, gols-ottr, bleikal-ottr, moal-ottr, vind-ottr, etc., all of
colour: of shape, or, as Lat.-os?«, denoting a// oi/er, covered with; knott-
6ttr, ball-shaped ; tind-ottr, with peaks; h'dx-ottx, waved ; kringl-ottr,
round; hnoll-ottr, boll-ottr, ball-formed; hlykkj-ottr, crooked; got-ottr,
fill of holes, ragged; sk611-6ttr,6aW; koll-6ttr,i&w??zWe(cow); hruf-ottr,
rugged; hny'fl-ottr, etc. ; = Lat. -osus, hrukk-ottr, rugosus; bylj-ottr,
gusty; xe{']-6ttx, crafty ; go\dr-6ttx, a wily wizard; skei}-6ttx, full of
skerries; gox-ottx, poisoned; kyist-6ttx, knotty ; sok-6tt, having many
enemies, etc. etc. : — a rich harvest of such words is found in Hjaltalin's
Icel. Botany, rendering the Lat. technical terms in -osus. V. in
-all,-ull,-ill ; lit-i\l, little ; mik-iW, great, muckle ; gam-all, oW; ves-all,
poor : as a kind of iterative adjective, denoting frequency or tendency,
hverf-ull, shifty, changeable; svik-all, /a/se; gjof-ull, open-handed;
]p3g-al\, taciturn ; spux-ull, speer if ig, curious ; stop-M, shifting ; for-ull,
vagrant; smug-all, penetrating ; ror-ull, stumbling, tottering (of a
horse); zt-n\\, fierce ; hvik-nU, wavering ; gong-uU and reik-all, ram-
bling; hug-all, minding, observing; ris-ull, early rising; scig-ull, tell-
ing tales ; svip-all, shifty ; (these words are not very numerous.) giy In
mod. usage -z<//; J)og-ull = J)ag-all ; ot-xi\\,pert: but -a// is kept in gam-
all, ves-all, VI. in -samr ; hof-samr, thrifty ; skyn-samr, clever.
XXXIV
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
intelligent; feng-samr, q. V. ; lan-simr, lucky; sib-SAmr, upright, honest;
friS-samr, peaceful ; Hkn-samr and miskun-samr, merciful ; ro-samr,
calm; gTun-simv, suspicious; i6ju-samr, 6««y; atorku-samr, starf-samr,
bard-working ; voikun-simi, forbearing ; rcik-samr, officious ; gaman-
samr, merry ; ar8-samr, profitable ; and many others. VII. in
-skr. Germ, -scb, Engl, -isb; bern-skr, childish; m«l-skr, eloquent;
^T]6t-skT, stubborn; ni-ikr , stittgy ; bei-skr,6««er; dael-skr, eas^/; fifl-skr,
foolish; heim-skr, 5i7/y; brei-skr, 6nVrfe; va-skr, kar-skr, hor-skr, ro-
skr, vigorous ; {ri-skT, fresh : esp. in names of nations, Dan-skr, Danish;
Scen-skr, Swedish ; En-skr, English ; Ir-skr, Irish ; Skot-skr, Scottish ;
Val-skr, Welsh ; Gri-skr, Greek ; Finn-skr, Finnish ; Ger-skr, Russian ;
Bret-skr, British (i. e. Welsh) ; Gaut-skr, Gautish : in -eyskr, Suftr-
eyskr, Orkn-eyskr, Faer-eyskr, from Sudor, the Orkneys, the Faroes : in
-lend-skr, -lenzkr {-land), Is-lenzkr, Icelandic; Groen-lenzkr, Green-
landisb (but Gren-skr of the county in Norway) : in -dcel-skr (dalr) :
in -ver-skr (-verjar), Vik-verskr, |}j66-verskr (German), Rom-verskr
(Roman), formed from Vik-verjar, ^j66-verjar, Rom-verjar (Romans) :
in -neskr, Sax-neskr, Saxon ; Got-neskr, Gothic ; Frakk-neskr, Frank-
iab or French : — this n belongs to the noun, cp. Saxon, Gotnar, Lat.
Gothones : hence the mod. names (formed by a false analogy, since the
noun has no n), Russ-neskr, Russian; Pruss-neskr, Prussian, etc.:
in appellatives, him-neskr, heavenly (himinn) ; jarS-neskr, earthly
(irreg.) VIII. in-a««; cp. Goth. -««; O. H.G. -w; A. S.
-en ; in five words, esp. denoting the quarters of heaven, austr-oenn,
eastern ; nor-oenn, northern, Norse; su8r-cenn, southern, Scot. southron;
vestr-cenn, western: also aldr-cenn, aged; — in all these words the r
seems to belong to the root : ut-rcenn, haf-roenn, blowing from the
sea, are mod. words formed by analogy : ein-roenn, peculiar, odd, is
qs. ein-rynn ; but how can we explain fjall-rcenn in Kristni S. ch. 6 in
a verse of the year 998, unless this too is due to a false analogy ? IX.
adjectives in -Idtr, -mannered; dramb-latr, st(5r-latr ; mikil-latr,/>roMC?;
litil-latr, bumble; vand-latr, zealous; rett-latr, righteous; dr-latr,
liberal; fa-latr, silent, cold; {)akk-latr, thankful, etc.: in -leitr,
-faced, looking, fol-leitr, pale ; pykk-leitr, etc. : in -eygr, -eyed, fagr-
eygr, fair-eyed, etc. : in -lyndr, -mooded, tempered, god-lyndr, gentle;
i\l-[yndT, pettish ; gxk-lyndr, spiteful ; fjol-lyndr,_;fc^/e; fa-lyndr, weZaw-
choly; fljot-lyndr, hot-tempered; 6r-lyndr, liberal, etc. : in -kdrr, var-
karr, cautious; laun-karr, lurking: in -roedr, att-roeSr, ni-roe6r, ti-
rce3r, t61f-roe5r (see p. xxi), prob. akin to Goth, ga-rapj an — nume-
rare ; cp. also r68, a row : — these with several others may be regarded
as compounds.
Verbs. — The 1st and 4th weak conjugations, as also the strong,
consist of primitive words ; the 2nd and 3rd weak consist of deriva-
tives from nouns, adjectives, and preterites of strong verbs (see the
remarks on the umlaut) ; the exceptions are the verbs of the 1st with
inflexive syllables. Inflexions : I. in -na, denoting to become,
grow so and so; these words seem originally to be formed from
strong participles or adjectives in -inn, whence the n in the inflexion ;
and so they may serve as guides in tracing lost strong verbal in-
flexions : 1. where a participle or adjective in -inn exists ;
roS-na, to blush (ro6inn) ; vis-na, to wither (visinn) ; sof-na, to go to
sleep (sofinn) ; dof-na, to get benumbed (dofinn) ; vak-na, to awake
(vakinn) ; bog-na, to be bowed (boginn) ; klok-na, to be softened ;
drukk-na, to drown (drukkinn) ; ^rot-na, to come to an end (^rotinn) ;
stork-na, to be curdled (storkinn) ; brot-na, to break (brotinn ) ; rot-na,
to rot (rotinn) ; so9-na, to be cooked (so5-inn) ; hlot-nast, to fall to
one's lot (hlotinn) ; skri6-na, to slip (skri6inu) ; sviS-na, to be singed
(sviftinn) ; blik-na, to turn pale (blikja) ; slit-na, to be torn (slitinn) ;
rif-na, to be rent (rifinn) ; vik-na, to give way (vikinn) ; huip-na, to
ji/a«7 (hnip-inn) ; fii-na, ^o ro/ (fiiinn) ; bra6-na, i0 7ne//(bra9inn); tog-
na, to become leaky (toginn) ; bolg-na, to bulge, swell (bolginn) ; hnig-
na, to decay (hniginn) ; gis-na, to be ' geizened' (gisinn) ; las-na, to decay
(lasinn) ; sl6k-na, to be quenched; hang-na, to become hanginn. p.
where a lost participle can be suggested ; J)ag-na, to become silent ; gliip-
na, q. v. ; kvik-na, to be engendered ; hit-na, to become hot; fit-na, to
grow fat; d\g-nz, to get wet ; gli6-na,q.v.; do6-na,q.v.; los-na,/o^e/
loose; stik-na, to be roasted; J)or-na, to be dry (J)urr, Jjorrinn); lif-na, to
become alive; J)i3-na, hla-na, and J)a-na, to thaw; kaf-na, to be choked;
hja6-na, to wane. 2. formed from plain adjectives, perhaps by way
of analogy to the above; haib-nn, to bar den, grow hard {harbr); stirS-
na (stir6r, stiffs) ; J)ykk-na (l)ykkr, stout) ; sort-na, to become black
(svartr) ; hlj6&-na, to become silent (hlj66r) ; fol-na, to grow pale (folr) ;
gul-na, to grow yellow (gulr) ; ves-na, to grow worse (verri) ; bat-na,
to grow better (bati) ; bla-na, to grow bbie (blar) ; gra-na (grar, grey) ;
dokk-na, to darken (dtikkr, black) ; vcik-na, to get wet (viikvi); sur-na,
to get sour (surr) ; hvit-na, to whiten (hvitr) ; sar-na, to smart (sarr);
volg-na (volgr, lukewarm) ; gla6-na, to be gladdened (glaSr) ; meyr-na
(meyrr. Germ, murbe) ; hly-na, to get warm (hlyr) ; tre-na, to dry (\.r&, a
log) ; re-na, to sink, dwindle ; gild-na (gildr, stout) ^ 3. the sense is
different in such words as sam-na, to collect (saman) ; gam-na (gaman) ;
fag-na. /o r^/oice (feg-inn) ; sak-na, /o wiss ; Qn^-aa, to gain ; tig-na,
to honour (tiginn) : as also Krist-na,/o Christianize (Kristinn) ; dr6tt-na,
to rule (drottinn) ; var-na, to shun; spyr-na, to spurn, etc. II.
in -^a, from adjectives in -igr ; au8-ga, /o enrich (nubigr) ; hel-ga,
to hallow (heilagr) ; ra6-gast, to take counsel, see p. xxiv. 2. in
-ka, formed from adjectives, to become (and to make) so and so ; hsek-
ka, to heighten; laek-ka, to lower; faek-ka, to become few; dyp-ka, to
deepen; mm-k.^^, to lessen ; smxk-kn, to become smaller ; stoek-ka, io
become larger ; hrcib-kcL, to become broad ; vib-ka,, to widen ; mj6k-ka,
to make narrow; si9-ka, to become 'sid;' sein-ka, to make slow, etc.,
see p. xxiv ; some of these are also intrans., e. g. min-ka, to lessen and
to become less. III. in -sa and -ra, a kind of iterative verb
mentioned in p. xxiv. IV. in -la, id.
Pinal Kemarks on the Formation of Words. From the
roots fresh words branch out by means of prefixed or suffixed syllables ;
the ablaut is probably due to a prefix (reduplication), the umlaut to a
lost inflexion ; root vowels seem not to change of themselves, but
from some outward cause. Ablaut, umlaut, and inflexions are the
three chief agents in forming words. All three degrees of formation
may be found in a single word ; e. g. kann (knew) is a strong preterite,
formed by way of ablaut ; whence kenna, to teach, by umlaut ; whence
kenn-sla, teaching, by inflexion : or to take another example,— from
heil-1, whole, comes heil-agr, holy, whence hel-ga, to sanctify, whence
helgan (i. e. hel-g-a-n), where we have ablaut + threefold inflexion :
so also from son atonement, sacrifice (in sonar-goltr, sonar-dreyri,
sacrificial blood. Germ, suhne), is formed syn-9 (in old MSS. spelt
syn-J)), a siti, a thing to be atoned for, whence synd-ugr sinful, whence
syndg-a to si?i, whence syndga-n (syn-d-g-a-n) sinfulness. Yet beyond
son with its long vowel, as well as heill with its diphthong, lie primitive
words whence son and heill were formed by means of ablaut, and so in
many other cases. The growth of words is slow, and between the first
and last of these formations centuries elapsed ; — son is a heathen
word, synd and derivatives are Christian ; heill, heilagr, and helga are
heathen, whereas helgan is Christian. Many of the inflexions are the
latest, and from them were formed fresh words to express ideas un-
known in heathen times : such especially are most of the feminines
in -n and -ing (from verbs) of late growth, and but few of them
perhaps known to the men of the loth century (the Saga time) ;
some of the new words displaced older, e.g. hugga-n, comfort;
but likn is older : again, the umlaut belongs to the early, the ablaut
to the earliest stage of the language, — domr (doom), doema (deem),
daeming (deeming, damnation), represent the three steps. In some
instances the succession is different, and an inflexion comes between
ablaut and umlaut, thus J)urr dry, t)or-sti thirst, whence J)yr-str thirsty ;
groa to grow, gro-Sr growth, whence grceSa to heal, whence groe3-sla
healing; and many others.
Pet Names.
These are diminutives, and in compound names are chiefly formed
by a sort of contraction and by changing a strong declension into
a weak (usually in the latter, but sometimes in the former part of
the name), or by adding -si, -ka, or the like : I. girls ; Sigga
from Sig-riSr ; Gunna from Gu6-run ; Inga from Ing-unn, Ing-veldr ;
Imba from Ingi-bjorg; Gudda from Gud-ri6r; Manga from Mar-
gret ; Valka from Val-ger3r ; Ranka from Ragn-ei&r and Ragn-hildr ;
Joka from Jo-hanna ; Tobba from {jor-bj org; Sissa from Sig-t)ru6r;
Kata (Engl. Kate) from Katrin; Kitta from Kristin; Asta from
As-tri8r; |>ura from J)ur-i9r ; Dora from Hall-dora, etc. ; Disa from
Val-dis, Vig-dis, Her-dis, etc. ; Geira from Geir-laug ; Fri6a from
H61m-fri6r, etc. ; f>ruda from Jar-J)ru6r, Sig-J)ru8r ; Lauga from Gu3-
laug ; Asa from As-laug. II. boys ; Siggi from Sig-ur3r ; Gvendr
from Gu3-mundr ; Simbi from Sig-mundr ; Brynki from Bryn-jolfr ;
Steinki from Stein-grimr; Mangi from Magnus; Riinki from Rtin-olfr;
Sveinki from Sveinn ; Sebbi from Sig-bjurn, Svein-bjorn (rare) ; Erli from
Erl-indr (Erlingr) ; Gutti fromGuthormr,or rarely Gu3-brandr, — mi skal
hann Gutti (Guddi?) setja ofan, Safn ii.128 ; Kobbi from Jakob ; Valdi
from f>or-valdr ; Mundi or Asi from As-mundr, etc. ; Laki from J>or-
lakr ; Leifi from |>or-leifr ; Lafi from Olafr ; Eyvi from Eyj-olfr ; Keli
from |>or-kell ; Laugi from Gunn-laugr ; Tumi (Engl. Tommy) from
Thomas occurs in Icel. as an independent name about the middle of
the 1 2th century (Sturl.), and was probably borrowed from the English ;
Fiisi fromVig-fiis; Grimsi from Grimr ; Jonsi {lomjon (Engl. Johnny);
Bjorsi from Bjorn; Bensi from Benedikt. These names, and others
similar to them, are not of yesterday, but can be traced back even to
the heathen time ; many of the old names with weak declension in
-i and -a were probably originally pet names, e. g. Bjarni from Bjorn ;
Arni (Arne) from Orn ; Bersi from Bjorn ; Karli (Engl. Charley) from
Karl ; Jora from J6rei3r ; Ragna from compounds in Ragn-, Ragn-ei3r ;
Ingi and Inga from compounds in Ing-; Goddi (Laxd., cp. Germ.
Gotze) probably from compounds in Go3- (Gu3mundr) as the present
Gudda of girls ; Boddi (a name of the 8th century) from those in Bo3«
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
XXXV
(A. S. Beadu-) ; Da6i (occurs in an Icel. colonist family from the Bri-
tish Isles in the loth century) probably from Davift (Davy); Sebbi
and Ubbi occur on Swedish Runic stones ; Helgi (old form Holgi) from
1 l;i-leygr, Nj. ch. 94. Only a few instances in the Sagas bear directly
11 this subject; one is the dream of earl Hakon (year 994) of his
MHi Erling's death; ' nu er Ulli dau6r,' qs. Erli or Erlingr; cp. also
the name of Snorri Go5i from Snerrir, Eb. ch. 12. ^»» Of a similar
kind are At-li, Goth, att-ila. Lit. paterciilus ; Gam-li.
Compound Words.
Of these the Dictionary gives the best account ; when the former
part is an uninflected root word a hyphen is usually printed between
the component parts, with a few exceptions, such as words com-
pounded with particles like afar-, all-, fjiil-, full-, gagn-, etc.; and
some other words, as fe-, go&-, gull-, etc. Again, the Icel. has an
almost unlimited stock of compound words formed by means of the
genitive. Many of these are used both as compounds and as two
separate words, and are therefore given under the head of the prin-
cipal word, e. g. barn with barns- and barna- ; in these cases it depends
upon the genitive whether the alphabetical order is preserved or not ;
this is mostly the case in words like batr, bats-borS, but not so in
beSr, gen. bejjar-; or in beini, beina-; baula, baulu-. As compounds
are made from both gen. plur. and sing, they are sometimes double,
e. g. under the head barn, both barns- and barna-. But chiefly are to
be noticed words with the ti- umlaut, because a is the first and b the
last letter in the alphabet ; thus e. g. foSur- is the compound form of
faftir {father), and would if simple stand at the end of the letter,
whereas now it stands near the beginning, s. v. faSir ; as also bjarnar-
under bjom ; bjarkar- under bjork ; still greater is the leap in com-
pounds from words such as alda, a wave, gen. iildu- (p. 11) ; so also the
compounds from old {age), tJnd {soul), iirk {arch), om {eagle), oxi
{shoulder), which are aldar-, andar-, arkar-, amar-, axlar- ; but these
words are few. Icel. printing, in editions of Sagas as well as in modern
books, has no fixed rule as to the spelling of such compound words,
and often connects them in hundreds of cases where they are evidently
separate; in old writers, e.g. in Mar. S., musterisferft, ^owrwey '" /^«
temple,!^; freistnistormr, storm of temptation, ^a; uppstigningar-
sta6r, place of ascension, 588 ; snubbanarorSum, snubbing language,
567; uppsprettubrunnr, 27; stjornubokarmenn, astronomers, 30;
spektarJ)ogn, silence of wisdom, id.; umskurSarskirn, baptism of cir-
cumcision, 35 ; Austrvegskonungar, the kings of the East, id. ; vistar-
veizluna, giving shelter, Mork. 67, etc. ; and in mod. writers, e. g. in
the 4th hymn of the Passiu-Salmar, truarsjonin, the eye of faith;
dreyralsekir, brooks of blood; lausnargjald, ''lease-gild,' ransom; lifs-
seSarnar, life veins; Arkargluggi, window of the Ark; hrygftarskuggi,
the shadow of sorrow; solarbjarmi, the brightness of the sun; hrygft-
armyrkr, the darkness of grief ; svalavatn, the refreshing water;
reiSisproti, wrath's rod; svalalind, a refreshing well; hjartabl6&,
heart's blood, all spelt as one word, even without a hyphen between
them. Again, the old MSS. separate too much, or rather keep no
rule whatever. We have not thought of giving a full list of these and
similar words, for this would be impossible. From such words as
maSr, barn, fotr, hond, etc. hundreds of similar compounds may easily
be formed, most of which are in a grammatical sense rather sentences
than single words ; but many are given, especially from old writers.
For a native these things are of little moment ; but for the sake of
lexicography a more distinct and regular spelling is much needed.
REMARKS ON THE SPELLING IN VELLUM MSS.
A regular spelling has been adopted in most editions during the
last hundred years — before that time few editions had been issued ;
this spelling was fixed by Icel. scholars of that time, and was chiefly
founded upon the average spelling in the vellums, partly upon a few
noted MSS. (e.g. the Arna-Magn. 132 folio, and 66 folio), and with
reference to the living Icel. language. But of late many of the
oldest MSS. and fragments have been carefully and exactly printed.
A few hints are therefore needed to guide the reader how in these
cases to use the Dictionary, which in the main holds to the normal
spelling. The spelling varies much, not only in MSS. of different
times, but in the same MS. ; very few of them follow any fixed plan,
and the same word is difterently spelt even in the same line ; yet in
many particular instances the spelling is instructive, and even more
correct than the accepted orthography, and must not be left out of
sight by those who study the growth and history of the language.
A. In inflexions : I. vowels : — the MSS. use o and w as
well as e and i indiscriminately in declensions of nouns and verbs, the
oldest almost always 0 and e, as tungor, tongues ; oldor, waves ; timom,
times; bo5o3ot, kolloSom, gor3osk, etc. : e, i, as time, a time; elle, age ;
fuber, father ; timenn, the time ; bo8a&er, fylger, etc. : most MSS. (the
later) prefer «, and so it has come into the normal spelling ; for the use
of e, see introduction to that letter (signif. B), p. 1 14 : in inflexions, -oil,
-orr, -odr, -osta, -on, instead of-ull, -urr, -u6r, -usta, -un (see pp. xxxii,
xxxiii); as also in dat. pi. with the article, timonom, hondonom; the
pret.toloS, tfic^a; kollo3, i/oca/a; V.o\\ohova.,vocavimus : aXso -endi,-enn,
-ell, instead oi-indi, -inn, -ill. II. consonants : — the reflex, is in
very old MSS. spelt -sc {-zc or -sp), but in the usual way -z, -zt, -szt.
B. In root syllables : I. vowels: 1. long and short
vowels are usually not distinguished, except in very few MSS., e. g.
Ann. Reg., which MS. is of a like interest for Icel. in this respect, as
the Ormulum for Early English. Later MSS. began to distinguish by
doubling the long vowels, aa = d,ij = i,oo — 6,w='U, but mostly with-
out a fixed rule ; this way of spelling has remained in English, e. g.
Engl. /oo/= Icel. fot, blood =\i\6i) . At last the marking the long vowels
with an accent was resumed, as taught by Thorodd. 2. of
special letters, a. the spelling of b varies very much ; the ancients
had a double b sound (0 and co), but both were soon confounded, and
b was spelt indiscriminately in a sixfold or eightfold fashion, o, aj, au, av,
<o, <j) (born, byrn, baurn, bavrn, b<om, b<)rn), and was thus confounded
with several vowels, e. g. with the diphthong av, the o and 6, the <b and
o», e. g. rub may be = rau3 red or ro6 a row, log may be log a lowe or
log laws, lavg may be laug a bath or log laws, hdoU may be haell a heel
or holl a hall, etc. ; in print 0 was used for about two hundred years,
till at the beginning of this century it was replaced by the present o,
which was probably borrowed from the German. p. the e and a
were confounded, and in some few MSS. it is almost a rule, as the
Mork., the Njala (Arna-Magn. 468), the Kb. of Saem., and the frag-
ment Arna-Magn. 748, cp. e. g. the print of Baldrs Draumar in Sxm.
Edda by Mobius, pp. 255, 256; thus teki = toeki, seti = saEti, re3ur =
roe6ur, beta = bcEta, be = boe {a house), sekia = scekja, fela = foela, mela
= maela, and vice versS; g, <£, instead oi e, sgtti = setti, selli = elli, see
introduction to letter E, p. 1 1 3 ; cei-— ei freq. In the east of Icel. the
<2 and as were, up to the beginning of the i8th century, sounded not =
Engl, long i as they are at present, but as Germ, e or a, Engl, o, with
a protracted sound : many puns referring to this provincialism are
recorded by Jon Olafsson, e. g. the ditty, mer sti merin ( = maerin) Ijosa
i minni er, — the pun is in merr = a mare and maer = a maid being
sounded alike ; Hann Bersi minn i Be ! Hun er gengin a reSur med
honum, see Jon Olafsson, Essay on Icel. Orthography of the year 1756
(in MS.) The poet Stefan Olafsson, a native of the east of Icel. (died
1688), still rhymes bre^r (i. e. braekr) and \ekr { = stillai). It is likely
that the MSS. above named were written, if not composed, in the
east of Icel. In still earlier times this pronunciation was no doubt
universal, but not so six or seven hundred years ago. y- ^^^
Icel. (see p. xxix) confounded the two sounds cb (g) and ce (<o) ; yet for
a long time afterwards both characters g and <o were still used, but
upside down, without any regard to etymology, till at last the Roman ce
took the place in writing of both g and eO. 8. the ti and v were used
indiscriminately, e. g. tvngv = tungu, bvndv = bundu ; and, on the other
hand, ualld = valid, uera = vera, uit = vit, etc. «. the i served for i
andj (ior3 = j6r6) : ja is especially in very old MSS. often spelt ea, earn
= jarn (cp. Thorodd in Skalda) : in old poems thej always serves as 4
vowel in alUteration, which in mod. usage sounds harsh, though it may
be used ; but ia, to, etc. were, on the other hand, one syllable, and old
grammarians speak of z as a ' changeling,' being sometimes a vowel and
sometimes a consonant : it is likely that the pronunciation was similar
to ea in Engl, tears, fear, whereas in mod. Icel. usages before a vowel
is sounded as Engl._>' before a vowel. ?. in Norse MSS. ey is usually
spelt (fiy, h^yra., 0yra, = heyra, eyra, and is sounded thus in mod. Norse
dialects. i). many old Icel. MSS. confound^" and i in a few words and
forms, especially in the prepositions firir, ifir, = fyrir, yfir; the verbs skildi,
mindi (subj.), t)ikkir, = skyldi, myndi, J)ykkir ; minni = mynni {ostium)
and minnask = mynnask, ' to mouth,' to kiss ; kirkja = kyrkja, cp. Scot.
kirk; before ngv, as singva = syngja to sing, Ingvi=Yngvi, lingva =
lyngva, etc. : mikill and mykill, mickle, much : the inflex. -indi and
-yndi. 6. the ey is used in some few MSS. instead of 0 in such words
as seynir, seyni, = synir, syni ; geyrva = g0rva. i. the o instead of
the later m in a few words, but only in very old MSS., as god = gu&, goU
= gull, fogl = fugl, oxi = uxi, mon (the verb) = mun, cp. Engl. God, gold,
fowl, ox. K. the 0 and ce are in very old MSS. spelt to, e. g. keomr
XXXVl
OUTLmES OF GRAMMAR.
= k0mr (i. e. kemr), feo3a = foe3a. II. consonants : 1. a
radical / is almost always doubled before the dentals d or t without
regard to etymology ; the MSS. thus spell holld flesh, molld mould,
valid power, skalld poet, hallda to bold, hollt a bolt, kallt cold; but
not so if the d is inflexive and soft, e. g. skyl-8i, J)ol-3i, val-6i, hul-8i,
etc., from skulu, J)ola, velja, hylja ; as also gal-6r from gala, kul-3i
from kul, skul-& from skulu a debt, etc. This was no doubt due to
the / having in the former case been pronounced aspirate (as it still
is), similar to Welsh //, the / in hollt being sounded exactly as bl
at the beginning of syllables. p. the z instead of s was almost
always used after the double consonants (with a dental sound), //, tin,
nd. Id, dd, tt. It, nt, rd, and t, e. g. in the genitives gullz, munnz,
sandz, valdz, oddz, hattz, hoUtz or hollz, fantz, gar8z, knutz or
kniiz, as also in botz, vaz or vatz, from gull, munnr, . . . knutr, botn,
vatn ; in the common spelling gulls, munns, etc. : again, guls from
gulr, dais from dalr, etc. This is not a mere variation of spelling ; the
sibilant in the former cases was no doubt sounded as Engl, z, viz. with a
lisping sound ; the z sound is now lost in Icel., and s is spelt wherever it
is etymologically required. y- the j; instead oid{i) was used through-
out as final (inlaut, auslaut) in very old MSS., in later j!) and d indiscri-
minately, e. g. guj), orj), secj), dypj), = gu8, or5, sekt, dypt (qs. sek5,
dyp8) ; as also in inflexions, tocoj), vitoj), scoloj), hafij), = tokut, vitu8,
skulut, hafit ; in modern and better spelling t6ku&, vitu3, skulu3, hafi5,
etc., see introduction to letter D (signif. B), p. 93. 8. the qu = /iv
in imitating Latin MSS., e.g. quama, necquerr, qui5r, quiquan, qu0qua,
= kvama, nekkverr, kvi8r, kvikvan, kveykja, (kv very seldom occurs
in good old MSS.) ; perhaps the qu had a peculiar sound, Hke that
of the English queen; in mod. Icel. pronunciation there is only a
single ^ sound throughout : for the use of c, see Dictionary, p. 93. 2.
Norwegianisms, a. the spelling with v before u in verbal forms, as
vultu, vur3u, vorSinn, from velta, ver8a, = ultu, urfiu, orftinn; these
neither occur in very old MSS. nor in alliteration in old poets nor in
mod. pronunciation. p. the dropping of b before the liquids /, «, r,
and writing lutr, not, ringr, instead of hlutr a lot, hnot a nut, hringr
a ring; this dropping of the b seems to have come into fashion
with Icel. writers and transcribers after the union with Norway ; but
as early as the 15th century MSS. had resumed the old correct form,
which had never been lost, and which has been preserved in speech
as well as writing up to the present day, Icelanders being now the only
people of all the Teutonic races who have preserved this sound ; but
it is curious that the Icel. transcribers, having the b sound in their ears,
frequently blundered, and br, bn occur now and then, which never
happens with Norse transcribers ; there is, for example, no need of
any stronger evidence that Hauk Erlendsson (the writer of the vellum
Hauks-b6k) was a native Icelander, than that, although he tries to spell
in the Norse way, the b creeps in, see, for instance, facsimile I in Landn,
(fsl. i, Ed. 1843), where 1. 1 1 hrafnkels, but 1. 12 rafnkels. 3. for
many special usages see the introduction to each letter.
ICELANDIC GRAMMARS.
Ilun6lfr J6nsson (died 1654); he wrote in Latin the first Icelandic Grammar, Grammattcae Islandicae Ruditnenla, Copenhagen 1651 : it
was repubhshed by Hickes at Oxford in 1688, but with many misprints, and in his Thesaurus in 1703 : Hickes also made the index
of the words occurring in the book. This Grammar is formed upon the Latin principle, and is a useful book ; the author was an
Icelandic schoolman, rector of the College at Holar in Iceland, and a learned man.
J6n Magmisson (born 1664, died 1739, a brother to Ami Magniisson); his Grammatica Islandica (also in Latin) was never published,
but exists at Copenhagen in the author's autograph ; it is less interesting than the above.
Bask (Rasmus Kristian), the famous Danish linguist (bom 1787, died 1832), wrote three Icelandic Grammars: —
a. Veiledning til det Islandske Sprog, Copenhagen l8n (in Danish).
p. Anvisning til Isldndskan, written in Swedish and published at Stockholm in 1818; this is the best of the three which Rask wrote,
and it was rendered into English by Mr. Dasent in 1843.
•)/. Kortfattet Veiledning til det Old-nordiske eller Gamle Islandske Sprog, Copenhagen 1832 (in Danish), rendered into English
by B. Thorpe.
Orimm, Jacob (born 1785, died 1863), in his Deutsche Grammatik, first in 1819 in one volume, but recast in the great Teutonic
Grammar of 1822 sqq. ; the Icelandic paradigms are contained in vol. i, — the nouns, pp. 650-665 ; the adjectives, pp. 736-743;
the verbs, pp. 911-928 ; the formation of words etc. in the following volumes (ii-iv). The work of Grimm is rightly regarded as
the key-stone for the knowledge of Teutonic languages.
linger, C. B. (and P. A. Munch), Det Norske Sprogs Grammatik, Christiania 1847, chiefly founded on Grimm's work.
Halld6r PriSriksson, fslenzk Mdlmynda-lysing, Reykjavik 1861; a small book, but curious as being the only Icelandic Grammar
written in Icelandic.
Grammatical Essays on the sPEttma op MSS. : a. Frumpartar fslenzkrar Tungu by Konrad GIslason, Copenhagen 1846. p. The
Prefaces to the various Editions, especially in those edited within the last twenty years.
AN ALPHABETICAL LIST OF VERBS,
Including the Strong Verbs, the Irregular Verbs, and the Verbs of the 3rd and 4th Conjugation, cp. the
Paradigms, Gramm. pp. xxii-xxv. They contain almost all the chief Verbs in the language, as well as all the
Defective and Obsolete Verbs. The vowel changes (ablaut) in the Preterite and Participle forms are the most
important to bear in mind ; those of the Present and Subjunctive (umlaut) are secondary. The chief Verbs
are here marked with capitals or thick type.
Infin.
aka {to drive)
ala {to feed, beget)
auka {to eke, augment)
ausa {to sprinkle)
(bauta, to beat) defect.
belgja {to swell) defect.
bella {to bit) defect.
BEBA {to bear)
berja {to beat)
bidja {to beg)
binda {to bind)
bi3a {to bide, wait)
bita {to bite)
bjarga {to save)
bjofla {to bid)
(bjiiga, to bend) defect.
blanda {to blend)
bldsa {to blow)
ble8ja {to lop) defect.
blikja {to blink) defect.
bl6ta {to worship, sacrifice)
B BEGS A {to move, draw)
brenna {to burn)
bresta {to break)
brjota {to break)
brosa {to smile)
brugga {to brew) defect.
B'O'A {to abide, make ready)
f bylja {to resound) defect,
bysja {to gush) defect,
delta {to drop)
deyja {to die)
DRAG- A {to draw)
drekka {to drink)
drepa {to smite, kill)
drifa {to drive like spray)
drita {cacare)
drJTipa {to drip)
driipa {to droop)
drynja {to roar)
duga {to help)
dvelja {to dwell, delay)
dylja {to conceal)
dynja {to pair)
dyja {to shake)
EIGA {to own)
erja {to ear, plough)
eta {to eat)
etja (to goad)
falda {to fold, hood)
PALL A {to fall)
FAB, A {to fare, go)
FA. {to fetch)
fa {to polish)
fela {to hide)
ferja (to ferry)
feta {to step) defect,
FINNA {to find)
fisa {pedere) defect.
fjuka {to be driven by the wind)
flaka {to gape)
fla {to flay)
fletja {to slit)
flj6ta {to float)
Pres.
Plur.
Fret.
2nd Pers.
Plur.
Subj. Prel.
Part.
ek
okum
6k
oku
ceki
ekinn
el
olum
61
61u
cell
alinn
eyk
aukum
j6k
j6ku
jyki
aukinn
eys
ausum
bautu
j6s
josu
ey$i, jysi
ausinn
bautinn
bolginn
bellr
ball
berr
bar
bart
baru & hJiTU
baeri
borinn
berr
berjutn
bar6i
bordu
berai
barar, bart
bia
bi5jutn
baa
batt
baau
baedi
beainn
bind
batt
batzt
bundu
byndi
bundinn
bi8
beia
beitt
biau
biai
beaid
bit
belt
beizt
bitu
biti
bitinn
bergr
bjorgum
barg
bargt
burgu
byrgi
borginn
by6
bj6dum
bau5
bautt
budu
bugusk
byai
boainn
boginn
blend
blondum
blett
blezt
blendu
blandinn
blaes
blasum
bles
bl^st
blesu
bl^si
blasinn
ble3r
(bladdi)
blikir
bliku
bloet
blet
blezt
bletu
bleti
blotinn
bregS
bra
bratt
brugdu
brygdi
brugdinn
brenn
brann
brannt
brunnu
brynni
brunninn
brest
brast
brustu
brysti
brostinn
bryt
brj6tum
braut
brautt
brutu
bryti
brotinn
brosi
brosti
brosi
brosat
brugginn
by
buum
bjo
bjott
bjoggu
bjoggi
buinn,buit,bu6
byll
buiai
byss
busti
dett
datt
datzt
duttu
dytti
dottinn
dey
do
dott
do
doei
dainn
dreg
drogum
dro
drott
drogu
droegi
dreginn
drekk
drakk
drakkt
drukku
drykki
drukkinn
drep
drap
drapt
drapu
draepi
drepinn
drif
dreif
dreift
drifu
drifi
drifinn
dritr
dreit
dreizt
dritu
dritinn
dryp
drjiipum
draup
draupt
drupu
drypi
dropid
driipi
drupdi
(drypai)
drynr
drunai
dugi
dugdi
dygai
dugat
dvel
dveljum
dvaiai
dvoiau
dveldi
dvaiar, dvoia, dvalt
dyl
dyljum
duiai
dyiai
duiar, dult
dynr
dunai
dunid
dyr
(duum)
diiai
(dy'ai)
a, att
eigum
atti
attu & dOttu
aetti
attr, att, atzk
er
erjum
ardi
iSrbu
erai
arar
et
etum
at
azt
atu & dotu
aeti
etinn
et
etjum
atti
ottu
etti
att
feld
foldum
f^lt
feldu
feldi
faldinn
fell
folium
fell
fellt
fellu
f^Ui
fallinn
ferr
forum
for
fort
foru
fceri
farinn
fae
fam & fooni
fekk
fekkt
fengu
fengi
fenginn
fai
faai
fann
fel
fal
fait
falu «fe fdolu
faeli
folginn
ferr
fariJi
fat
(forau)
fatu
fardr
finn
fann
feis
fannt
fundu
fyndi
fundinn
fyk
fjukum
fauk
faukt
fuku
fyki
fokinn
flaki
flakdi
flakad
flae
flam
flo
flogu
floegi
fleginn
flet
flatti
flottu
fletti
flatU, flott, flatt
flyt
fljotum
flaut
flauzt
flutu
flyti
flotinn
XXXVlll
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
Infin.
Pres.
Plur.
Pret.
2nd Pers.
Plur.
Subj. Pret.
Part.
fljiiga {to fly)
fiyg
fljugum
flaug & flo
flugu
flygi
floginn
flytja {to flit)
flyt
flytjum
flutti
flytti
fluttr, ilutzk
fLfZB. {to flee)
fly
fiyjum
flo & flyfti
fl6
fly'Si
flyi8r, fitiinn
fregna {to ask, hear)
fregn
fr4
fratt
fr4gu & frdogu
fraegi
freginn
fremja {to further)
freni
fremjum
framSi
fromdu
fremSi
fram8r, fromd
freta {pedere) defect.
frat
frja {to love) defect.
frjdndi
frjosa {to freeze)
frys
frjosum
fraus
frusu
frysi & freri
frosinn & frorinn
fryja {to challenge)
fry'
frySi
fry'8
fyrva {to ebb) defect.
furSi (G
rag. ii. 187)
gala {to crow)
gel
golum
gol
gdlu
gceli
gali8
gana {to rush)
gam
gandi
ganat
GANGtA {to go)
geng
gongum
gekk
g^kkt
gengu
gengi
gengit
gapa {to gape)
gapi
gap8i
ga {to heed, mark)
gai
ga&i
gaeSi
ga8
GEFA {to give)
gef
gaf
gaft
gafu
gaefi
gefinn
geta {to get, guess)
get
gat
gazit
gatu & gootu
gaeti
geti8 & geta8
geyja {to bark)
gey-
go
g"
goei
gina (to gape)
gin
gein
gmu
gini
gini8
gjalda {to pay)
geld
gjoldum
gait
galxt
guldu
gyldi
goldinn
gjalla {to yell)
gell
gjollum
gall
gullu
gylli
gollid
gj6sa {to gush)
gy's
gjosum
gaus
gusu
gysi
gosinn
gjota {to cast young)
gy't
gaut
gutu
gyti
gotinn
gle6ja {to gladden)
glea
gledjum
gladdi
gloddu
gleddi
gladdr, glodd, glatt
glepja {to confound)
glep
glepjum
glap8i
glop&u
glepSi
glap5r "
glotta {to grin)
glotti
glotti
glott
glymja {to clash)
glymr
glum8i
glym&i
gnaga {to gnaw) defect.
gnegr
(gn^g)
gnapa {to jut out)
gnapi
gnap8i
gnopftu
gnella {to yell) defect.
gnall
gnullu
gnesta {to crack)
gnestr
gnast
gnustu
gniia {to rub)
gny
gmium
gnori &
gneri
gnori
gnuinn
gny6ja {to mnrmur) defect.
gnuddi
gnya {to sound) defect.
gnyr
gnu8i
grafa {to grave, dig)
gref
grofum
grof
groft
grofu
groefi
grafinn
grdta {to greet, weep)
graet
gratum
gr6t
gr^zt
gr^tu
greti
gratinn
gremja {to anger, provt^e)
gremr
gram8i
grom8u
gremSi
gripa {to grasp)
g"P
greip
greipt
gripu
gripi
gripinn
groa {to grow)
grce
grom
grori &
greri
grori
groiim
griifa (to grovel)
griifi
griifai
(gr^fSi)
gyggva {to quail) defect.
gyggvii
gugginn
GOKA, gj6ra, gera {to do)
gorr &
gori
gorSi, gj6r8i,& ger8i
g6r8i
gorr, gfirt, gorzk
HAFA (to have)
hefi
hofum
hafSi
h6f8u
hef8i
haf8r, hof8, haft
HALDA (to hold)
held
holdum
helt
helzt
heldu
held!
haldinn
hanga {to hang) .
hangi
hoiigum
hekk
hekkt
hengu
hengi
hanginn
ha (to vex)
hai
hadi
(hae8i)
hai8
HEFJA (to lift, heave, begin)
hef
hefjum
hof
hoft
hofu
hoefi
hafinn
HEITA (to be called, promise)
heit & heiti
het
hezt
hdtu
heti
heitian
hemja (to hem, restrain)
hem
hamSi
hami8
lieyja (to perform)
hey
haSi
(h£e8i)
hainn
hjalpa (to help)
helpr
hjalpum
halp
hulpu
hylpi
holpinn
lilaSa (to build up)
hlea
hlo&um
hl68
hlott
hl68u
hlceSi
hlaSinn
Maupa (to leap)
hieyp
hlaupum
hljop
hljopt
hljopu
hlypi, hloepi
hlaupinn
Mjota {to get allotted, must)
hlyt
hljotum
hlaut
hlauzt
hlutu
hlyti
hlotian
hlynija {to dash)
hlymr
hlum8i
hlyja (to shelter)
hiyr
hly'8i
hlu8i
lilseja {to laugh)
Ux
hiaejum
hlo
hlott
hlogu
hloegi
hlegid
hnlga (to sink)
hnig
hneig
hneigt
hnigu
hnigi
hniginn
hnipa (to droop, crouch) defect.
hnipinn
hnita (to strike against) defect.
hneit
hnitu
hniti
hnj68a (to rivet)
hny&
hnauS
hnautt
hnu8u
hno8inn
hnjosa (to sneeze)
hnyss
hnauss
hnufa (to chop) defect.
hnauf
hnoggva (to humble)
hnyggr
hnogg
hnugginn
horfa (to look)
horfi
horf8i
hyrf8i
horft
hrekja (to toss)
hrek
hrak8i
hr6k8u
hrekSi
hrak8r
hrinda (to push)
hrind
hratt
hratzt
hrundu
hryndi
hrundinn
hrifa (to grapple)
hrif
hreif
hreift
hrifu
hrifi
hrifinn
hrina {to squeal)
hrin
hrein
hrinu
hrini
hrini8
hrj63a (to rid, clear)
hry8
hrj68um
hrau8
hrautt
hru8u
hrySi
hro8inn
hrjosa (to shudder)
hry'ss
hraus
hrysi
hrjota (to rebound)
hry't
hrjotum
hraut
hrauzt
hrutu
hryti
hroti8
hrymja {to weaken)
hrumdi
hrynja {to fall into ruin)
hryn
hrundi
hryn8i
hrunid
hrSkkva {to recoil)
hrokk
hrokk
hrokkt
hrukku
hrykki
hrokkinn
hverfa {to rotate)
hverf
hvarf
hvarft
hurfu
hyrii
horfinn
hvetja {to whet)
hvet
hvetjum
hvatti
hvottu
hvetti
hvattr, hvott, hvatt
hvina (to whistle)
hvin
hvein
hvinu
(hvini8)
h-yggja (to think)
hygg
hyggjum
hug8i
hyg8i
hugt, hugzt
hylja (to hide)
hyl
hyljum
hulSi
hyl8i
hul8r, hult
OUTLINES OP GRAMMAR.
XXXIX
Infin.
Pres.
Plur.
Pret. 2nd Pers
. Plur.
Subj. Pret.
Part.
hOggva {to hew)
hogg
hoggiiin
hj()
hjott
bjoggu
hjoggi
hoggvinn
kala {to cool, freeze)
kell
kol
kulu
koeli
kalinii
kaupa (/o chaffer, buy)
kaupi
keypti
keypti
keyptr, keypzk
kefja {to submerge)
kef
kafdi
k6f8u
kaf8r
kjdsa {to choose)
kyss
kjosuni
kjuri & kaus
kuru & kusu
kjori
kjorinn & koiinu
kla {to claw, scratch)
kl£e
klo
klott
kleginn
klekja {to hatch)
klekr
klakSi
klok8u
klekdi
klakdr
klifa {to climb)
klif
kleif
klifu
klifi
kljufa {to cleave)
kly'f
kljiifuni
klauf
klufu
klyfi
klofinn
klyfja {to split)
klufai
kluf8r
klokkva {to sob) defect.
klokk
klukku
(knega, to be able) defect.
kna, kiiatt
knegum
knyjum
kn&tti
knattu&kndottu
knaetti
knyja {to knock)
kny
kniidi
kny8i
kniiinn
Kb MA {to come)
k^mr&kemr komutn
kom, komt
komu, kvamu
kcemi, kvacmi
kominn
krefja {to crave)
kref
krefjum
krafdi
krofSu
kref8i
krafdr, krofj
krei^a {to squeeze)
kreni
kremjum
kramSi
krom8u
krem8i
kram&r, krumS
kreppa {to clench) defect.
kroppinn
krjiipa {to creep)
kryp
krjupum
kraup, k
raupt
krupu
krypi
kropinn
kryfja {to embowel)
kryf
kryfjum
krufdi
kryf8i
krufdr
krysja {to crouch)
krusti
krytja {to murmur)
krutti
kr/ja {to swarm)
krii&i
(krj^Si)
(kru8)
KUNNA {to know, be able)
kann, kannt
kunnu
kunni
kynni
kunna8
KVEDA {to say)
kve8
kva8
kvatt
kva8u & k68u
kvaeSi
kve8inn
kveSja {to call on, request)
kve8
kvedjuni
kvaddi
kvoddu
kveddi
kvaddr, kvodd
kvelja {to torment)
kvel
kveljum
kval8i
kv618u
kveISi
kval6r, kviild
lafa {to dangle)
lafi
lofum
lafdi
lof8u
(lefSi)
lafat
LATA {to let)
last
latum & IdOtum
let
lezt
letu
leti
latinn
LEGGJA {to lay)
legg
leggjum
lag&i
16g8u
leg8i
lag8r, 16g8, iagt
leika {to play)
leik
Uk
lekt
l^ku
14ki
leikinn
leka {to leak)
lek
lak
lakt
laku
ia;ki
lekit
lemja {to thrash)
lem
lemjum
lamdi
lom8u
Iem5i
lam8r, loni8
lepja {to lap)
lep
lapdi
16p8u
lep8i
lapit
lesa {to gather, to read)
les
las
last
lasu
\xs\
lesinn
letja {to hold bach)
let
letjum
latti
lottu
letti
lattr, Icitt
LIFA {to live)
Hfi
lifdi
lifSu
lif8i
lifad
lilGGJA {to lie)
ligg
liggjum
14
latt
lagu & ld(5gu
laegi
legi8
Iif DA {to glide)
lid
lei8
leitt
li8u
li8i
li8inn
llta {to look)
lit
leit
ieizt
litu
liti
litinn
lj& (to lend)
I^
Ijam
l^&i
le6i
le8r,
Ijdsta {to strike)
lyst
Ijostum
laust
lustu
lysti
lostinn
Ijiiga {to lie)
ly'g
Ijiigum
laug&16
lott
lugu
lygi
loginn
io6a {to stick to)
loSi
loddi
loSat
luma {to keep)
lumi
(lumSi)
lumat
liika {to shut, end)
lyk
lukum
lauk
laukt
luku
.lyki
lokinn
iTita (to lout, stoop)
'yt
lutum
laut
lauzt
lutu
lyti
lotinn
lykja (to lock)
lyk
lykjum
luk8i
lyk8i
luk8r, lukt, iukzk
ly'ja (to beat soft)
ly
lyjum
lu3i
(ly8i)
luinn
mala {to grind)
(mel)
molum
mol
molu
moeli
malinn
mara (to be water-logged)
mari
morum
mardi
miirSu
mara8
ma (to blot)
mai
ma&i
ma3r, mazt
MEGA {may, to have might)
ma, matt
megum
matti
mattu&mdOttu
maetti
matt
merja (to crush)
merr
mar8i
m6r8u
merSi
mariSr, marinu
meta (to tax)
met
mat
mazt
matu & mdOtu
mseti
matinn
metja (to eat, consume) defect.
matti
miga {mingere)
mig
meig
meigt
migu
migi
migiS
muna (to remember)
man, mant
munum
mun8i
myii8i
muna8
MUNTT and monu {will, shall)
man, mant
munu, monu
mundi &
mondi
mondi &myndi
mylja (to crush)
myl
mul8i
m618i, myl8i
muI8r, mulinii
mygja (to destroy) defect.
mug8i
mcigSu
mi {to reach)
nai
na8i
naeSi
na8, nazk
NEMA (to take, learn)
nem
nam
namt
namu
naemi
numinn
njota (to enjoy)
nyt
njotum
naut
nauzt
nutum
nvti
notinn
RADA {to advise, rule)
rce8
ra3um
red
rett
re8u
r48i
ra6inn
reka {to drive)
rek
rekum
rak
rakt
raku & Tooku
raeki
rekinn
rekja (to unfold)
rek
rekjuni
rak8i
r6k8u
rek8i
rakSr, rokt, rakzt
renna {to run, flow) •
renn
rann
rannt
runnu
rynni
runninn
rfSa (to ride, swing)
ri8
rei8
reitt
ri8u
ri8i
ri8inn
riSa (to writhe, knit)
rid
rei8
reitt
ri8u
riSi
ridinn
rffa (to rive, tear)
rif
reif
reift
rifu
rifi
rifinn
rlsa (to rise)
ris
reis
reist
risu
risi
risinn
rlsta (to slash)
rist
reist
reist
ristu
risti
ristinn
rita (to trench, to write)
rit
reit
reizt
ritu
riti
ritinn
rj6da (to redden)
ry8
rj65um
rau8
rautt
ru8u
Ty8i
ro8inn
rjota (to roar, snore)
ryt
rjotum
raut
rauzt
rutu
ryti
roti8
rjiifa (to dissolve)
r^f
rjufum
rauf
rauft
rufu
ryfi
rofinn
rjiika (to reek, steam)
ryk
rjukum
rauk^
raukt
ruku
ryki
rokinn
roa (to row)
rce
rom & roum
rori & reri
rori & reri
roinn
ry3ja (to rid, clear away)
ryd
rydjum
ruddi
*
ryddi
ruddr, rutt, ruzt
rymja (to roar)
rymr
rum8i
■1
d2
xl
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
Iiifin.
Pres.
Plur.
Pret.
2nd Pers.
Plur.
Subj. Pret.
Part.
ryja (to plucli)
ry'r
nidi
(ry8i)
riiinn
sama {to beseem)
samir
sam&i
som&u
semdi
samat
Bit, (to sow)
saer & sair
sori &
seri
soru
sori
sainn
se8ja (to satiate)
seb
sedjum
saddi
soddu
seddi
saddr, sodd, satt
SEGJA (to say)
segi
segjum
sag&i
sog&u
seg&
sag8r, s6g3, sagt
selja {to sell) ,
&el
seljum
seldi
seldi
seldr, selt
semja (to compose)
sem
semjum
samdi
som5u
sem8i
sam3r, som6
ser&a (stuprare) defect.
sard
sorSinn
SETJA (to set)
set
setjum
setti
setti
settr, sezk
SITJA {to sit)
sit
sitjum
sat
satzt
satu & SdOtu
saeti
setinn
si8a {to work a charm)
sid
5ei&
siSu
sidit
siga {to sink)
sig
seig & seg
sigu
sigi
siginn
SJi. {to see)
s6
sjam & sjdom
sa
satt
sa & SaO
saei
senn (se3r), sesk
sj6da (to cook)
sya
sjoftum
saud
sautt
sudu
sy&i
sodinn
sjuga & suga {to suck)
sy'g
sjiigum
saug&
so sott
sugu
syg'
soginn
skafa {to scrape)
skef
skofum
skof
skoft
skofu
skoefi
skafinn ^
skaga {to jut out)
skagi
skogum
skag6i
sk6g6u
skagat
skaka {to shake)
skek
skokum
skok
skokt
skoku
skceki
skekinn
skapa {to shape, make)
(skep)
skopum
skop
skopu
ske6]a (to hurt)
skeSr
skaddi
skaddr, skodd, skatt
skepja {to shape)
skap&i
skapdr
skera {to cut)
skerr
skar
skart
skaru & skd6ru
skseri
skorinn
SKIL JA {to separate, understand)
skil
skiljum
skilSi
skil8i
skiiar, skilt, skilzk
skina {to shine)
skinn
skein
skeint
skinu
skini
skininn
skita {cacare)
skit
skeit
skitu
skitinn
skjalla {to clash)
skellr
skall
skallt
skullu
skylli
skollinn
skjdlfa (to shiver)
skelf
skjalfum
skalf
skalft
skulfu
skylfi
skolfit
skjdta {to shoot)
sk/t
skjotum
skaut
skauzt
skutu
skyti
skotinn
skolla (to dangle)
skolH
skolldi
skollat
skorta {to lack)
skorti
skorti
skyrti
skort
skreppa {to slip)
skrepp
skrapp
skrappt
skruppu
skryppi
skroppinn
skrida (to creep)
skriS
skrei6
skreitt
skri6u
skri8i
skri6inn
SKULU (shall)
skal, skall
skulu
skyldi
skyldi
sl4 (to smite)
slae
slam & sldom
slo
sl6tt
slogu
slcegi
sleginn
sleppa (to slip) -
slepp
slapp
slappt
sluppu
slyppi
sloppinn
sllta (to slit)
slit
sleit
sleizt
slitu
sliti
slitinn
slyngva and slimgva (to sling)
slyng
slaung
slungu
slyngvi
slunginn
slSkkva {to extinguish) defect.
slokk
slokinn
smella {to smack) defect.
smell
small
smjuga (to creep through)
smyg
smjiigum
smaug & smo
smugu
smygi
smoginn
smyrja (to anoint)
smyr
smyrjum
smurSi
smyrSi
smur3r
snerta (to touch)
snertr
snart
snarzt
snurtu
snyrti
snortinn
sniSa {to slice)
sni&
snei8
sneitt
sni3u
sni8i
sniflinn
snjoa {to snow) defect.
snyr
suiiinn
sniia {to turn)
sny
sniim
snori &
sneri
snoru
snori
sniiinn
snyfija {to snuff) defect.
snuddi
sofa {to sleep)
sofr & sefr sofum
svaf
svaft
svafu & sofu
svaefi
sofinn
s6a {to sacrifice) defect.
soit
spara {to spare)
spari
sporum
spar5i
sporSu
sper&i
sparat
sp4 {to spae, prophesy)
spai
spa&i
spad
spenja {to decoy)
spenr
spenjum
span5i
spondu
spen&i
spaniS, sponft
sperna {to spurn) defect.
spam
spinna (to spin)
spinn
spann
spannt
spunnu
spynni
spunninn
spretta (to spirt, spring)
sprettr
spratt
sprazt
spruttu
sprytti
sprottinn
springa (to spring, crack)
spring
sprakk
sprakkt
sprungu
spryngi
sprunginn
spyrja {to speer, ask)
spyr
spyrjum
spurdi
spyr6i
spurSr, spurt, sparzt
spyja (to spew)
spy
spiim
spjo
spjott
spjo
spyi
spu3
STANDA (to stand)
stend
stondum
st6&
stott
st66u
stce8i
staSit
stara (to stare)
stari
storum
starSi
st6r8u
ster6i
starat
steSja {to steady, stop) defect.
staddi
stoddu
staddr, stodd, statt
stela (to steal)
stel
stal
stalt
stalu & stdoiu
staeli
stolinn
stinga {to stick)
sting
^takk
stakkt
stungu
styngi
stunginn
stiga {to step)
stig
steig&st6stett
stigu
stigi
stiginn
stra {to strew)
strdi
stra8i
stra&
strjuka {to strike)
stry'k
strjiikum
strauk
straukt
struku
stryki
strokinn
stiipa (to stoop) defect.
stop6ir (?)
stiira {to mope) defect.
sturi
stur&i
styftja (to prop)
styS
stySjuni
studdi
styddi
studdr, stutt, stuzt
stynja (to groan)
styn
stynjum
stun6i
styn6i
stuni6
stdkkva (to leap)
stokk
stokk
stokkt
stukku
stykki
stokkinn
stipa (to sip)
sy'p
supum
saup
saupt
supu
sypi
sopinn
svedja {to glance off)
sveftr
svaddi
svoddu
svefja (to soothe)
svefr
svafdi
svof3u
svelgja (to swallow)
svelgr
svelgjum
svalg
svalgt
sulgu
sylgi
solginn
svelja (to swell)
svelr
sval8i
sv613u
svella (to swell)
svellr
svall
svallt
sullu
sylH
soUinn
svelta {to starve, die)
sveltr
svalt
svalzt
sultu
sylti
soltinn
sverfa {to file)
sverf
svarf
svarft
surfu
(syrfi)
sorfinn
sverja {to swear)
jver
sverjum
sor
sort
s6ru
soeri
svarinn
svimma {to swim)
svimm
svamm
summu
symmi
summit
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
xlt
Infin.
Pres.
Plur.
Fret.
2nd Pers.
Plur.
Suhj. Pret.
Part.
svi3a (/o singe)
svi3
svei3
sveitt
svi8u
sviSi
svi8inn
svifa {to rove, drift)
svif
sveif
svifu
svifi
svifit
svfkja {to betray)
svj'k
svikjuni
sveik
sveikt
sviku
sviki
svikinn
svipa {to swoop) defect.
svipr
sveip
svipinn (?)
syngja {to sing)
syng
syngjum
saung
saungt
sungu
syngi
sunginn
syja {to sew) defect.
s^5i or
sodi
sd8r
SCEKJA {to seek)
soeki
soekjum
sotti
soetti
sottr, sotzk
s6kkva {to sink)
sokk
sokk
sokkt
sukku
sykki
sokkinn
TAKA. {to take)
tek
tokum
t6k
tokt
toku
tceki
tckinn
te6ja {to dung)
ted
taddi
tiJddu
taddr,t<>dd,tatt
tefja {to delay)
tef
tefjum
tafSi
tof8u
tef8i
tafSr, tofS
telja {to tell, count)
tel
teljum
taiai
tol6u
tel&i
taldr, tijld, talt
temja {to tame)
tem
temjum
tamSi
t6m8u
tem8i
tam8r, toni8
tji {to shew)
t^
tj&fti
t^8r
(tjiiga, to draw) defect.
toginn
tolla {to hang fast)
tolli
tolldi
tolla8
treSja {to tread)
tre8 & Xx^bx
traddi
triiddu
traddr, triidd
trefja {to tear)
(trefr)
(trafSi)
trafidr
trega {to grieve)
tregr
tregfti
trega8
troda {to tread)
triiSr & tredr
traft
traSu & trcoSu
traedi
tro&inn
triia {to trow)
trui
triiSi
trySi
trua8
tyggja {to chew)
<ygg
tyggjum
togg&toggt tugai
tuggu
tygg'
tugginn
tfia, tceja, tjd {to avail, grant)
ty'r
ty8i & toe8i
"gga (to fear)
ugg'
ugg8i
yggS'
uggat
una {to rest)
uni
un8i
yn6i
unad
unna (/o ^ran<, love)
ann, aunt
unna
unni
ynni
unnat, mint
va3a (/o wade)
ve3
voSuni
68
(ott)
68u
oe8i
va8i8
vaka (/o wa^e, 6e awake)
vaki
vokum
vak8i
vok8u
vek8i
vaka8
valda {to wield, rule)
veld
voldum
voldi & olli
ylli & voldi
valdit
vara (/o be aware of)
vari
var8i
varat
vaxa (^0 wax)
vex
voxum
ox
oxt
oxu
yxi
vaxinn
vefa (<o weave)
vef
vaf iSc (J
f oft
ofu
vaefi, oefi
ofinn
vefja (/o wrap)
vef
vefjum
vaf8i
vofSu
vefSi
vafSr, vof8
vega (/o weigh, fight)
veg
va
vatt
vagu & VdOgii
vaegi
veginn
vekja (/o wa^g, rouse from sleep)
vek
vekjum
vak8i
v6k8u
vek8i
vak8r, vokt
velja (/o choose)
vel
veljum
val8i
vol8u
velSi
val8r, vol8
vella (/o 6o«7)
veil
vail
uUu
ylli
ollinn
velta (/o ro//)
velt
valt
valtzt
ultu
ylti
oltinn
venja {to accustom to)
ven
van8i
von3u
venSi
van8r, von8
VEBA & vesa {to be)
\ em & ert
( es, er
erum
var &
vas
vart &
vast
varu & vaoru
vseri
(pres. subj. se,
verit
s^r, sem, se8)
VERDA {to become)
ver&
varS
vart
ur8u
yr8i
or8inn
verja {to defend, clothe)
ver
varSi
vorSu
verSi
var8r
verpa {to warp, throw)
verp
varp
varpt
urpu
yrpi
orpina
VIIi JA {to ivill)
vil & vilja
viljum
vildi
vildi
vilja8
vinda {to wind wrong)
vind
vatt
vatzt
undu
yndi
undinn
vinna {to work)
vinn
vann
vannt
unnu
ynni
unninn
VITA {to wit, know)
veit, veizt
vitu
vissi
vissi
vita8
vfkja {to move)
vik
veik
veikt
viku
viki
vikinn
(vringa = to wring) defect.
ving = vri
ng (?), Grett.
(in a verse)
vrungu
ymja {to hem)
ymr
um8i
yrkja {to work, compose)
yrki
orti
yrti
ortr, ort, orzk
yja {to swarm) defect.
u8i
{)efja {to thicken) defect.
Jjaf&i
J)egja {to be silent)
{)egi
tegjum
t)ag&i
J)6g8u
J)eg8i
J,agat
J)ekja {to thatch) •
i)ek
pekjuin
t)ak8i
j)ok8u
J)ek8i
J)ak8r, J)6k8, J)akinii
J)ekkja {to know) defect.
patti &
t)ek8i
J)enja {to stretch)
{jen
J)enjum
J)an8i
{)6n8u
J)endi
J)an8r, J)on8
t)eyja {to thaw) defect.
ta
})iggja {to receive)
l>'gg
|)iggjum
J)a
{)att
pagu & t)<ogu
t>«gi
J)eginn
J)ilja {to board)
t)il8i
|)il8r
\>ibz {to melt) defect.
J)i8inn •
J)ja {to coerce)
tjai
{)ja8i
J)ja8r, J)jad, {)jazk
t)j6ta {to whistle)
tyt
J)j6tum
t)aut
^auzt
J)UtU
tyt>
J)otinn
J)ola {to thole, bear)
f)oli
t)ol8i
|)ol8i, l)yldi
|)olt, J)oIat
{)ora {to dare)
J)ori
J)ordi
{)ordi, J)yr8i
|)orat, {)ort
{)rasa {to talk big) defect.
|)rasi
|)ra {to long)
J)rai
^raSi
J)ra8r
I>rifa {to seize)
j^rif
J)reif
J)reift
Jjrifu
l)rifi
J)rifinn
J>rj6ta {to cease)
t>rytr
J)raut
({)rutu) •
j)ryti
J)rotinn
J)ruma {to sit fast)
|)rumi
J)rum8i
|)rongva, t)ryngja {to press, throng)
l>rong
t>rong
t)rungu
J)ryngvi
{)runginn
{>URFA {to need)
t)arf,J)arft J)urfu
J)urfti
j)yrfti
^urfat (Jiurt)
J)V& {to wash)
jjvae
{)vam
to
J)6tt
t)6gu
^vaegi
J)veginn
Jjverra {to wane)
{)verr
J)varr
{)urru
l>yrri
{)orrinn
f)YKKJA {to think, seem)
^ykkir
J)6tti
Jxetti
J)6tt, {)6tzk
^ylja {to recite)
{.yl
J)ul8i
f)yl8i
J)ulit
j)yrja {to rush) defect.
t)yrr
J)ur8i
jjysja {to rush) defect.
{)yss
l)usti
seja {to bail)
ae & ai
481
xdi
3,8 & ait
xlii
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
A LIST OF IRREGULAR FORMS.
ann, annt, from unna.
arfti, from erja.
atti, from etja.
fi, att, from eiga.
afti, ait, from aeja.
at, azt, atu, from eta.
ba3, ba3u, from biSja.
bar, baru, from bera.
barSi, from berja.
barg, from bjarga.
batt, batzt, from binda.
bau8, bautt, from bj63a.
beSi6, from biSja & bi8a.
beid, bi6u, from biSa.
beit, bitu, from bita.
bergr, from bjarga.
bittu, from binda.
bjo, bjoggu, bjuggu, from
biia.
blend, from blanda.
bles, from blasa.
blet, blett, from biota and
blanda.
blaes, from blasa.
boSinn, bu&u, from bjo&a.
borginn, from bjarga.
borinn, from bera.
brann, from brenna.
brast, brustu, from bresta.
braut, brotinn, from brjota.
bra, bryg&i, from breg5a.
brostinn, brysti, from
bresta.
brugSinn, from bregSa.
brunninn, from brenna.
bryt, bryti, from brjota.
bundinn, from binda.
byndi, from binda.
byrgi, from bjarga.
by, from bua.
byft, hybi, from bj63a.
bae3i, from bidja.
bseri, from bera.
datt, dottinn, from delta,
dainn, from deyja.
do, doei, from deyja.
drakk, from drekka.
drap, drapu, from drepa.
draup, dropi5, from drjiipa.
dreg, from draga.
dreginn, from draga.
dreif, drifinn, from drifa.
dro, drogu, from draga.
drukkinn, from drekka.
drundi, from drynja.
drykki, from drekka.
dryp, from drjupa.
droegi, from draga.
dulSi, dult, from dylja.
dunSi, from dynja.
duttu, from detta.
du8i, from dyja.
dvaldi, dvaliS, from dvelja.
dyg3i, from duga.
dytti, from detta.
doei, from deyja.
ek, from aka.
el, from ala.
em, er, eru, from vera,
eyk, from auka.
eys, from ausa.
fal, falu, from fela.
fann, from finna.
fat, fatu, from feta.
fauk, from fjuka.
fekk, fenginn, from fa.
feld, from falda.
fell, from falla.
fell, from falla.
ferr, from fara.
fi6r = finnr, from finna.
flatti, from fletja.
flaug, flo, from fljiiga.
flaut, flutu, from fljota.
floginn, from fljiiga.
flotinn, from fljota.
flo, fliiinn, from flyja.
flo, flogu, fleginn, from fla.
flutti, from flytja.
flyg, flygi, from fljiiga.
fly't, flyti, from fljota.
flse, from fla.
flcegi, from fla.
fokinn, from fjiika.
folginn, from fela,
for, foru, from fara.
fram5i, from fremja.
fraus, frusu, frosinn, fror-
inn, from frjosa.
fra, fnigu, from fregna.
frys, frysi, from frjosa.
fromd, from fremja.
fundinn, from Anna,
fyndi, from finna.
fyk, fyki, from fjuka.
fae, from fa.
foeli, from fela.
gaf, gafu, from gefa.
gakk, from ganga.
gall, from gjalJa.
gait, from gjalda.
gat, gatu, from geta.
gaus, gusu, from gjosa.
gaut, gotinn, from gjota.
gein, ginu, from gina.
gekk, gengu, gengit, from
ganga.
geld, from gjalda.
gellr, from gjalla.
geng, from ganga.
gladdi, glatt, from gleSja.
glap6i, from glepja.
gluniQi, from glymja.
glodd, from gle6ja.
gnast, gnustu, from gnesta.
gny, from gniia.
gnyr, from gmia.
gnori, gneri, from gmia.
goldinn,guldu,from gjalda.
goUid, gullu, from gjalla.
gosi&, gusu, from gjosa.
gotinn, gutu, from gjota.
go, from geyja.
gol, from gala.
gramfti, from gremja.
gref, from grafa.
gret, graet, from grata.
grof, from grafa.
groe, from groa.
groefi, from grafa.
grajt, from grata
grori,greri, groe, from gr6a.
gyldi, from gjalda.
gylli, from gjalla.
gyss, gysi, from gjosa.
gaeSi, from ga.
gaefi, from gefa.
gceli, from gala.
gjEti, from geta.
gora, gjora, =gera.
I. Verbal Forms.
halp, from hjalpa.
ham3i, from hemja.
ha&i, hai6, from heyja.
hefi, hef6i, from hafa.
hekk, hengu, from hanga.
held, from halda.
helpr, from hjalpa.
h^lt (held), from halda.
het, from heita.
hjo, hjoggu, htiggvinn,
from hoggva.
hlaut, hlutu, from hijota.
hle6, from hla6a.
hlegiS, from hlaeja.
hleyp, from hlaupa.
hljop, hlypi, hloepi, hlupu,
from hlaupa.
hlotinn, from hijota.
hlo, hlogu, from hlseja.
hl69, from hlaSa.
hlyt, from hijota.
hnau3, hnoSinn, from
hnj66a.
hnaus, from hnjosa.
hneig, hne, hniginn, from
hniga.
hneit, hnitu, from hnita.
hnugginn, from hnoggva.
hnys, from hnjosa.
holpinn, from hjalpa.
horfinn, from hverfa.
hof, from hefja.
hrak&i, from hrekja.
hratt, hritt, from hrinda.
hrau5, from hrj66a.
hraut, hrutu, hrotiS, from
hrjota.
hreif, hrifinn, from hrifa.
hrein, from hrina.
hro5inn, from hrj66a.
hrokkiS, hrukku, from
hrokkva.
hrundi, from hrynja.
hrundinn, from hrinda.
hryndi, from hrinda.
hry&, from hrjoSa.
hry's, from hrjosa.
hug3i, from hyggja.
hul&i, hult, from hylja.
hulpu, hylpi, from hjalpa.
hurfu, hyrfi, from hverfa.
hvatti, from hvelja.
hvein, from hvi'na.
hvott, from hvetja.
hcefi, from hefja.
h6f6, from hafa.
jok, jyki, from auka.
jos, jysi, from ausa.
kafdi, from kefja.
kann, from kunna.
kaus, from kjosa.
kell, from kala.
kemr, kij)mr, from koma.
keypti, from kaupa.
kjori, keyri, from kjosa.
klak&i, from klekja.
klauf, klufu, klofinn, from
kljiifa.
kleif, klifu, from klifa.
klo, kleginn, from kla.
klyf, klyfi, from kljiifa.
kna, knatti, from (knega).
knu8i,knuinn, from knjfja.
kosinn, from kjosa.
k68u, from kveSa.
kol, from kala.
komu, from koma.
kraf3i, from krefja.
kramSi, from kremja.
kraup, krupu, kropinn,
from krjupa.
kruffti, from kryfja.
kryp, krypi, from krjupa.
kvaS, kvaSu, from kveSa.
kvaddi, kvatt, from kveSja.
kval5i, from kvelja.
kvamu, kvaemi, kcemi,
from koma.
kvodd, from kve3ja.
kvol5, from kvelja.
kynni, from kunna.
kys, ky'si, from kjosa.
koeli, from kala.
Iag8i, lagt, from leggja.
lak, laku, from leka.
lamdi, from lemja.
Iap3i, from lepja.
las, lasu, from lesa.
latti, from letja.
laug, from Ijiiga.
lauk, from luka.
laust, from Ijosta.
laut, from luta.
la, latt, lagu, leginn, from
le, le3i, from Ija.
lek, from leika.
leiS, liSinn, from li6a.
leit, litu, litinn, from lita.
loginn, from Ijiiga.
lokinn, luku, from luka.
lostinn, lustu, from Ijdsta.
lotinn, lutu, from Iiita.
16, lott, from Ijiiga.
Iuk8i, from lykja.
liiinn, from lyja.
lyg, lygi, from Ijfiga.
lyk, lyki, from liika.
lyt, lyti, from luta.
laegi, from liggja.
laeki, from leka.
IsEt, from lata.
16g8, from leggja.
man, from muna, munu.
marSi, from merja.
mat, matu, from nteta.
ma, matti, maetti, from
mega,
meig, from miga.
mol, from mala.
mul3i, from mylja.
myndi, or mondi, from
munu.
moeli, from mala,
maetti, from mega,
nam, namu, from nema.
naut, nutu, notinn, nyt,
from njota.
numinn, from nema.
naemi, from nema.
ofinn, from vefa.
olli, from valda.
ollinn, from vella.
oltinn, from velta.
or&inn, from ver8a.
orpinn, from verpa.
orti, ort, from yrkja.
68, 68u, from va8a.
of, 6fu, from vefa.
ok, from aka.
61, from a!a.
6ru, from vera,
ox, 6xu, from vaxa.
rak, raku, from reka.
rak8i, from rekja.
rann, from renna.
rau8, ru8u, from rj68a.
rauf, rufu, from rjiifa.
rauk, ruku, from rjiika.
raut, rutu, from rjota.
re8, re8u, from ra8a.
reiS, ri8inn, from ri8a.
reif, rifinn, from rifa.
reis, risinn, from risa.
reist, rislu, from rista.
reit, ritinn, from rita.
ro, i. e. ero, from vera.
ro8inn, from rj68a.
rofinn, from rjiifa.
rokinn, from rjiika.
ruddi, rutt, from rySja.
runninn, from renna.
ry8, ry8i, from rjoSa.
ry'f, ryfi, from rjiifa.
ryk, ryki, from rjiika.
rce, from roa.
rae8, from ra8a.
rori, reri, from roa.
saddi, from se8ja.
sag8i, sagt, from segja.
sam3i, from semja.
sar3, from ser8a.
sat, satu, from sitja.
sau8, from sj68a.
saug & s6, from sjiiga.
saung, from syngja.
saup, from supa.
sa, salt, from sja.
se, ser, sem, se8, from vera.
s6, se8u, senn, from sja.
se8u, from syja.
sef, sof, from sofa,
seig & seg, sigu, from siga.
seri, sori, from sa.
seti3, from sitja.
skaddi, from skeSja.
skal, skalt, from skulu.
skalf, from skjalfa.
skall, from skjalla.
skap8i, from skepja.
skar, skaru, from skera.
skaut, from skjota.
skef, from skafa.
skein, skinu, skininn, from
skina.
skek, from skaka.
skekinn, from skaka.
skelf, from skjalfa.
skellr, from skjalla.
skorinn, from skera.
skotinn, from skjota.
skof, sk6fu, from skafa.
skok, from skaka.
sk6p, from skapa.
skrapp, skruppu, skropp-
inn, from skreppa.
skrei8, skri8u, from skri8a.
skulfu, skolfiS, from skjalfa.
skuUu, skoUiS, from
skjalla.
skutu, skyti, from skjota.
skyI8i, from skulu.
skylli, from skjalla.
skodd, from ske8ja.
slapp, sluppu, from sleppa.
i
I
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
aing, slungu, from slong-
va.
1 ginn, from s\&.
I it, slitu, slitinn, from
^lita.
■ppinn, from sleppa.
', slogu, from sla.
I , from sli'i.
i.ill, from smella.
iiaug, smo, smoginn, from
smjiiga.
iiurSi, from smyrja.
ivg, from smjiiga.
irt, snurtu, snyrti, snort-
inn, from snerta.
iviS, sni&inii, from sni8a.
v, from smia.
■ iri, sneri, from sniia.
v^inn, from si66a.
innn, from sjiiga.
kkinn, from sokkva.
igimi, from svelgja.
niun, from svella.
Uinn, from svelta.
pinn, from supa.
.irSinn, from serSa.
>orfinii, from sverfa.
x'r, soru, from sverja.
Hitti, sott, from scekja.
>pan6i, from spenja.
spann, from spinna.
spjo, from spyja.
rakk, sprungu, sprung-
inn, from springa.
pratt, spruttu, sprottinn,
from spretta.
-jiunninn, Irom spiima. ■
spurfti, spurt, from spyrja.
spon6, from spenja.
sta&iS, from standa.
stakk, from stinga.
stal, stalu, from stela,
stcig, ste, stigu, from stiga.
steiid, from standa.
stikk, from stinga.
stokkinn, from stokkva.
stolinn, from stela.
stoS, stoSu, from stauda.
strauk, struku, strokinn,
from strjuka.
stnddi, stutt, from stySja.
stukku, from stokkva.
stunSi, from stynja.
stoe6i, from standa.
stasli, from stela,
stodd, from ste5ja.
su&u, from sj69a.
sugu, from suga.
sukku, from sokkva.
sulgu, from svelgja.
sullu, from svella.
sultu, from svelta.
summu, from svimma.
sunginn, sungu, from
syngja.
supu, sypi, from siipa.
surfu, from sverfa.
svaf, svafu, svaefi, from sofa,
svalg, from svelgja.
svalt, from svelta.
svamm, from svimma.
svarf, surfu, from sverfa.
svarinn, from sverja.
svei6, svi5inn, from svi&a.
sveik, sviku, from svikja.
sykki, from sokkva.
sylgi, from svelgja.
syS, sy6i, from sjd8a.
sy'g, sygi, from sjiiga.
syp, sypi, from siipa.
saei, from sja.
soeri, from sverja.
saeti, from sitja.
sodd, from seSja.
siibr, from syja.
s6g8, from segja.
sori, from sii.
taddi, from tedja.
tafSi, from tefja,
tal&i, from telja.
tamdi, from temja.
t6, te&r, from tja.
tra3, tra8u, trseSi, from
tro&a.
tre&, from tro6a.
trySi, from triia.
trodd, from tre8ja.
toeki, from taka.
tofS, from tefja.
togg, tug8i, tugginn, from
tyggja.
told, from telja.
uUu, from velta.
ultu, from velta.
um5i, from ymja.
undu, undinn, from vinda.
unnu, unninn, from vinna.
ur8u, from ver6a.
urpu, from verpa.
uxu, from vaxa.
vaf, from vefa.
vaf9i, from vefja.
vakfti, from vekja.
valSi, from velja.
vail, from vella.
valt, from velta.
vanSi, from venja.
vann, from vinna.
var, varu, from vera.
var8, from ver8a.
varSi, from verja.
varp, from verpa,
vatt, from vinda.
va, vatt, vdgu, from vega.
ve5, from va5a.
veik, vikinn, from vikja.
veit, vitu, veizt, from vita.
veld, from valda,
vex, from vaxa.
vi6r = vinnr, from vinna.
vittu, from vinda.
voldi, from valda.
vaeri, from vera.
vof6, from vefja.
v6k8, from vekja.
yond, from venja.
yggi, from ugga.
yki, from auka.
ylli, from valda.
ylti, from velta.
ynfti, from una.
yndi, from vinda.
ynni, from unna & vinaa.
yr6i, from verSa.
yrpi, from verpa.
yxi, from vaxa.
J)ag6i, from J)egja.
J)ak&j, from t)ekja.
J)an8i, from ^enja.
J)arf, J)arft, from {>urfa.
J)aut, from {)j6ta.
Ilk, J>a.gu, from l^iggja.
J)orrinn, from ^verra.
j)Otinn, from })j6ta.
|)6, \>6gM, from J)v4.
{)6tti, f (^tt, from J)ykkja.
J)raut, {)rotinn, from |)rj6ta.
j)reif, ^rifu, from |)rifa.
j)ryt, from J)rj6ta.
\i\i\bi, from Jjylja.
J)urru, from {)verra.
{justi, from ^ysja.
^varr, {)urru, ^yrri, {)orr-
inn, from |)verra.
{)veginn, from ^vk.
^vx, from \>va.
{)yl8i, {)615i, from J)oIa.
{jyrfti, J)6r8i, from J)ora.
jjyrfti, from ])urfa.
{)yrri, from {)verra.
t)yti, from J)j6ta.
J)y't, from {)j6ta.
tsegi, from t)iggja.
J)oetti, from |)ykkja.
J)ok5, from j)ekja.
{>6nd, from {>enja.
ce6i, from va6a.
oeki, from aka.
oeli, from ala.
aeti, from eta.
aetti, from eiga.
or&u, from erja.
ottu, from etja.
cOttu = Attu, from eiga.
<otu = atu, from eta.
II. Nominal For 7ns.
..5rir, from annarr, other.
\^li, from Egill.
-liar, from ogn, chaff.
lar, from old, age.
uar, from oln or alin, ell.
-liar, from iind, breath, duck.
..iinar, from onn, labour.
rSar, from or8, tilling.
irkar, from ork, chest.
arnar, from orn, eagle.
aspar, from osp, asp.
aungan, aungva, etc., from eingi,
none.
aurar, from eyrir, ounce.
axar, from ox, axe.
axlar, from oxl, shoulder.
a & ana, from a, river.
a, from ser, ewe.
ar, from a, river.
ballar, from bollr, ball.
barkar, from borkr, bark.
beggja, from ba8ir, both.
birni, bjarnar, from bjijrn, hear.
bjargar, from bjorg, help.
bjorg, from bjarg, rock.
bjort, from bjartr, bright.
blitt, from blar, bhie.
blint, from blindr, blind.
blo8, from blaS, blade, leaf.
botz, from botn, bottom.
breitt, from breiSr, broad.
brynn, from briin, brotv.
br^r, from brii, bridge.
broeSr, from br65ir, brother.
broekr, from brok, breeches.
brog3, from brag6, exploit.
brott, from brattr, steep.
bviendr, from buandi,/raMW«rt.
baedi, from baSir, both.
boegi, from bogr, bow.
boejar, byjar, from beer, byr, town.
boekr, from bok, 600^.
baelki, from balkr, built, partition.
boendr, from hondi, franklin.
boetr, from bot, remedy.
bok, from bak, back.
bond, from band, bond.
hotb, from bar3, brim.
born, from barn, bairn, child.
degi, from dagr, day.
djorf, from djarfr, daring.
draetti, from drattr, pulling.
dura, from dyrr, door.
dvalar, from dvol, delay.
dypri, from djupr, deep.
dcetr, from dottir, daughter.
diigum, from dagr, day.
dogurSr = dagver&r, dinner.
dolum, from dalr, dale.
Dcinum, from Danir, Danes.
dopr, from dapr, dismal.
eitt, from einn, one.
elptr, from alpt, swan.
endr, from ond, diick.
erni, from orn, eagle.
eyjar, from ey, island.
fanna, from fSnn, snow.
farar, from for, journey.
fatt, from far,/eM/.
fedr, from {zb'n, father.
fegri, fegrstr, from fagr,/a/>.
firfti, from fjor3r,^r/i&.
firri, firstr, from fjarr, /ar.
fja8rar, from fjo&r, feather.
fjalar, from fjiil, deal.
fjar6ar, from fjor6r,jffr/i&.
fjar, from f^, cattle.
fjogur, from i]6rir,four.
fjoU, from fjall./e//.
flatar, fleti, from Roti, flat.
fleer, from Ho, flea.
flot, from Hiitr, fiat.
fremri, fremstr, fr. him, forward.
fritt, from fri6r, handsome.
fyllri, fyllstr, from fullr,/«//,
faeri, faestr, from ikT,few,
foetr, from fotr, /oo/,
foSur, from hb'iT, father.
fognu3r = fagnaftr, joy.
fogr, from fagr,/ajr.
foil, from fall, /a//,
for, from hr, footprint.
fost, from fastr,_;?rw.
fot, from fat, garment.
galtar, gelti, from goltr, hog.
garnir, from gom, gut.
gjafar, from gjof, gift.
gjar6ar, from gjcirS, girdle.
gjold, from gjald, payment.
gjorn, from gjarn, willing,
glatt, from glaSr, glad.
gloeSr, from gl66, embers.
gloft, from gla3r, glad.
gott, from goSr, good.
grafar, from grof, grave.
graftar, grefti,-from groftr, digging.
gratt, from grar, gray.
grynnri, grynnstr, from grunnr,
shallow.
gros, from gras, grass.
gaess, from g4s, goose.
gomul, from gamall, old.
gotu, from gata, path.
Ha8ar, Hedi, from Ho3r.
hafnar, from hofn, haven.
hallar, from holl, hall.
bandar, from bond, hand.
HarSar, HerSi, from Hor3r.
hattar, hetti, from hottr, hood.
hatt, from har, high.
heiliig, from heilagr, holy.
helgan, helgari, from heilagr, holy.
hendi, hendr, from bond, hand.
himni, from himinn, heaven.
hirti, from hjortr, hart.
hitt, from hinn, the.
hjardar, from hjord, herd.
hjortu, from hjarta, heart.
hlytt, from hly'r, warm.
hnotr, hnetr, from hnot, nut.
hratt, from hrar, raw.
hundru3, from huudrad, hundred.
hvannar, from hvonn, angelica.
hvoss, from hvass, sharp.
hvot, from hvatr, vigorous.
haeri, haestr, from har, high.
haetti, from haltr, mode.
hof, from haf, sea.
h6f5i, from hofud, head.
hog, from hagr, handy.
holl, from hallr, slant.
holt, from haltr, lame.
hopt, from hapt, bond.
hord, from harSr, hard.
jar3ar, from jorS, earth.
jofn, jomn, from jafn, jamn, even.
karar, from kor, bed of a bed-
ridden person.
xliv
OUTLINES OF GRAMMAR.
kastar, kesti, from kcistr, pile.
katli, from ketill, ketfle.
kattar, ketti, from kottr, cat.
kill, from kjolr, keel.
klja, from kle, weaver's weight.
knarrar, knerri, from kniirr, ship.
knjit, knjam, from kne, knee,
kramar, from krom, wasting sick-
ness.
ku, from kyr, cow.
kvalar, from kviil, torment.
kvenna, from kona, woman.
koku, from kaka, cake.
kold, from kaldr, cold.
kiill, from kail, call.
kolluS, from kalla&r, called.
laSar, from lo6, bidding.
laga, from log, law.
lagar, legi, from logr, water.
lanz, from land, land.
lasta, lesti, from lostr, fault.
latum, from laeti, manners.
ieitt, from leiftr, loathed.
litia, from litill, little.
Ija, from 1^, scythe. .
lukli, from lykill, key.
lyss, from lus, louse.
laegri, laegstr, from lagr, low.
loer, from 16, lark.
lomb, from lamb, lamb.
Icind, from land, land.
long, from langr, long.
magar, megi, from mogr, son.
malar, from miil, gravel.
manar, from mon, mane.
manna, manni, mannr, from maSr,
man.
mar9ar, merdi.from morbT, marten.
markar, from mork, mark, march.
mart, from margr, many.
mattkan, from mattigr, mighty.
megri, from magr, meager.
menn, meSr, from ma9r, man.
merkr, from mork, mark.
mey, mej'jar, from maer, maid.
mi&i, from mjo6r, mead.
mikit, from mikill, mickle.
mitt, from minn, mine.
mitt, from mi6r, middle.
mjaftar, from mjo6r, mead.
mjallar, from mjcill, snow.
mjott, from mjor, slim.
morni, from morginn, morning.
m6no8r=:ma.nu5r, month.
mu6r = munnr, mouth.
mykill = mikill, mickle.
myss, from miis, mouse.
moe8r, from moftir, mother.
maetti, from mattr, might.
m69ru, from maftra, madder.
mogn, from magn, might.
mogr, from magr, meagre.
morg, from margr, many.
mork, from mark, march, border.
mool, from mal, speech.
nasar, from niis, nostril.
nanari, from nainn, near.
nattar, from n6tt, night.
negl, from nagl, nail.
Nir8i, NjarSar, from Nj6r8r.
nytt, from ny'r, new.
naetr, from nott, night.
noetr, from not, net.
niifn, nomn, from nafn, namn,
name.
n6r8ri,ner8ri, = nyr5ri,wore«or//&.
orz, from or8, word.
ott, from 68r, enraged.
raSar, from ro8, row, series.
raddar, from rodd, voice.
randar, from rond, stripe.
rastar, from rost, mile.
rott, from r6r, resting.
rcer, from ro, nail.
roetr, from r6t, root.
rom, from rammr, strong, bitter.
rong, from rangr, wrong.
ronn, from rann, house.
TdO = ra, nook, yard.
sa3r = sannr, sooth.
sagar, from sog, saw, (to saw.)
sagnar, from sogn, saw, {to say.)
sakar, from siik, sake.
sannz, from sandr, sand.
satt, from sannr, sooth.
sitt, from sinn, suus.
sitt, from si8r, long.
skatt, from skar, open.
skemri, skemstr, from skammr,
short.
skildi, from skjoldr, shield.
skiiar, from skor, shoe.
skomm, from skammr, short.
skopt, from skapt, shaft, handle.
sk6pu8, from skapaSr, shaped.
sk6r8, from skarS, cleft.
slaett, from slaer, blunt.
slaetti, from slattr, smiting.
smaeri, smaestr, from smar, small.
snaEr = snj6r, snow.
spalar, speli, from spolr, rail.
spjold, from spjald, tablet.
spjoll, from spjall, spell.
spaeni, from spann, chip.
spok, from spakr, wise.
stangar, stengr, from stong, pole.
steSja, from ste8i, stithy.
strandar, strendr, from strond,
strand.
styttri, styztr, from stuttr, short.
stoeri, stoerstr, from storr, great,
stobi, steSr, from sto8, pillar.
sumur, from sumar, summer.
su, from sa, that.
sii, from sy'r, sow.
svar8ar,sver8i,from svor8r, sword.
sveppi, from svoppr, mushroom.
svi8r = svinnr, wise.
svor, from svar, answer.
syni, s(j>m, from sonr, son.
saett, from saer, seeing.
saevar, from saer, sea.
sogu, from saga, story.
solt, from saltr, salt.
solu, from sala, sale.
som, from samr, same.
sonn, from sannr, true.
SOX, from sax, sword.
Sadr = sar, sore, wound.
tafar, from tof, delay.
tangar, from tong, tongs.
tennr, te8r, tanna, from tonn,
tooth.
tjarnar, from tjorn, tarn.
tra5ar, from tr68, enclosure.
trja, trjam, from tre, tree.
trutt, from triir, true.
tugli, from tygill, strap.
tveggja, from tveir, two.
tvaer, tva, tvau, from tveir, two.
taer, from ta, toe.
to3u, from ta8a, hay.
tofl, from tail, same.
tolu, from tala, speech, tale.
t61u8, from tala8r, told, spoken.
torn, from tamr, tame.
t6pu8, from tapaSr, lost.
tosku, from taska, hag.
to6r = tar, tears.
vakar, from vok, hole.
valar, veli, from voir, stick.
vallar, velli, from v611r,^eW.
vambar, from vomb, wotnb.
vamma, from vomm,/aj///.
vandar, vendi, from vondr, wand.
vant, from vandr, difficult.
var8ar, ver8i, from vorSr, ward.
varnar, from vorn, defence.
varrar, from vorr, lip.
varrar, verri, from vorr, pnill.
vattar, vetti, from vottr, glove.
vatz, from vatn, water.
vaxtar, vexti, from voxtr, growth.
vand, from vandr, bad.
veraldar, from verold, world.
vesol, from vesall, wretched.
vilja, from vili, will.
vinz, from vindr, wind.
vitt, from viSr, wide.
v68, from va.b,ford.
voknud, from vaknaSr, awake.
voku, from vaka, waking.
void, from vald, power.
volu, from vala, knuckle.
von, from vanr, want.
vond, from vandr, difficult.
vor, from varr, ware.
vorSu, from var8a, beacon.
vorm, from varmr, warm.
vortu, from varta, wart.
voru, from vara, wares.
vcisk, from vaskr, valiant.
votn, from vatn, water.
Vd6n = va,n, hope.
VdOpn = vapn, weapon.
yngri, yngstr, from ungr, young.
yxn, from uxi, ox.
J)agnar, from J)6gn, silence.
|)akkar, from {)okk, thanks.
pau, J)aEr, from {)eir, they.
J)elli, from J)ollr, younger.
J)itt, from J)inn, thine.
{)ramar, {)remi, from J)r6mr, rim,
border.
J)rastar, J)resti, from {)rostr, thrush.
|)riggja, from J)rir, three.
J)rjar, {irju, from {)rir, three.
J)rae8i, from J)ra8r, thread.
{)vaetti, from J)vattr, wash.
J)yngri,|)yngstr, from ^ungT,heavy.
J)ynnri, J)ynnstr, from J)unnr, thin.
J)aetti, from J)attr, strand.
J)6k, from J)ak, thatch.
aerir, from arr, messenger.
aesir, from ass, god.
681i, from 68al, property.
o8rum, from annarr, other.
68u, from a8a, shell.
ofl, from afl, strength.
ogn, from agn, bait.
okrum, from akr, acre.
61dru8, from aldra8r, aged.
oldrum, from aldr, eld, age.
oldur, from alda, wave.
ommu, from amma, grandmother.
6ndu8, from andaSr, dear.
6ndur8r = ondverSr, opposed.
ongan, ongir, from einginn, none.
onnur, from annarr, other.
opnum, from aptan, evening.
6r81a, or31um, from 6ba.l, property.
org, from argr, mean.
orm, from armr, poor.
ormum, from armr, arm.
ornum, from arinn, hearth.
orvar, from or, arrow.
osku, from aska, ashes.
osnu, from asna, she-ass.
otul, from atall, dire.
ox, from ax, ear of com.
d6 = a, river.
06 = a, from aer, ewe.
ool = al, strap.
d6r = ar, oar.
dC)r = ar, years.
<orr = arr, messenger.
dOSs = ass, god.
d6st = ast, love.
I
INTRODUCTION.
The Dictionary projected by the late Richard Cleasby, and completed, remodelled,
and extended by Gudbrand Vigfusson, is now printed and published by the Delegates
of the Clarendon Press, and it only remains to point out briefly the advantages which
philology in general and English philology in particular will derive from a work on
which so much money and such persistent labour have been expended. And first
let it be said that the Delegates have well appreciated the importance of the object
by undertaking such a work. It is peculiarly fitting that a great Icelandic Dictionary
should be printed in England, and that the vocabulary of that noble tongue should
be rendered and explained in English. It is well known that the Icelandic language,
which has been preserved almost incorrupt in that remarkable island, has remained
for many centuries the depository of literary treasures the common property of all the
Scandinavian and Teutonic races, which would otherwise have perished, as they have
perished in Norway, Denmark, Sweden, Germany, and England. There was a time
when all these countries had a common mythology, when the royal race in each of
them traced its descent in varying genealogies up to Odin and the gods of Asgard.
Of that mythology, which may hold its own against any other that the world has
seen, all memory, as a systematic whole, has vanished from the medieval literature
of Teutonic Europe. With the introduction of Christianity the ancient gods had
been deposed and their places assigned to devils and witches. Here and there
a tradition, a popular tale, or a superstition bore testimony to what had been lost ;
and though in this century the skill and wisdom of the Grimms and their school
have shewn the world what power of restoration and reconstruction abides in intel-
ligent scholarship and laborious research, even the genius of the great master of
that school of criticism would have lost nine-tenths of its power had not faithful
Iceland preserved through the dark ages the two Eddas, which present to us in
features which cannot be mistaken, and in words which cannot die, the very form
and fashion of that wondrous edifice of mythology which our forefathers in the dawn
of time imagined to themselves as the temple at once of their gods and of the worship
due to them from all mankind on this middle earth. For man, according to their
system of belief, could have no existence but for those gqod and stalwart divinities,
who, frpm their abode in Asgard, were ever watchful to protect him and crush the
common foes of both, the loathly race of giants, or, in other words, the chaotic
natural powers. Any one, therefore, that desires to see what manner of men his
forefathers were in their relation to the gods, how they conceived their theogony, how
they imagined and constructed their cosmogony, must betake himself to the Eddas
as illustrated by the Sagas, and he will there find ample details on all those points,
e
xlvi INTRODUCTION.
while the Anglo-Saxon and Teutonic literatures only throw out vague hints and allu-
sions. As we read Beowulf and the Traveller's Song, for instance, we meet at every
step references to mythological stories and mythical events which «vould be utterly unin-
telligible were it not for the full light thrown upon them by the Icelandic literature.
But it is not in mythology alone that the Icelandic affords us help and sheds 1
a flood of light on ways which would otherwise be obscure and darksome. From
the Sagas we learn literally how our ancestors lived and moved and had their being.
And here let us point out that there are Sagas of all kinds. There are the mythical
Sagas, which deal of heroes, half gods and half men, who lived in the times when the
belief in the preternatural prevailed, and when the human was eked out with the divine
whenever man fell short of the occasion. These, too, next to the Eddas, are valuable
helps by which to reconstruct that old mythological edifice, but they are not by any
means the most interesting histories of their kind. Then there are the so-called
historical Sagas, lives, for the most part, of the Kings of Denmark or of Norway,
which sometimes exist in several recensions, the most famous of all being the Heims-
kringla, ascribed to Snorri Sturluson, who seems to have aimed at a critical arrange-
ment of the whole series. Such- Sagas as these, written at various periods by
scribes more or less fitted for the task they had undertaken, are ' evidently of very
varying authority, the most authentic of them being beyond doubt the Saga of
Swerrir, King of Norway, who flourished at the end of the 12th century. In its
way it is equal to Thucydides, and of it it may be said that the king was lucky in
finding such an historian, and the writer in finding such a king to chronicle. These
are still more valuable than the mythical Sagas, inasmuch as they are more full of
the blood and stronger with the bone and sinew of daily life. With the exception
of some incredible traits and occasional legends and superstitions inseparable from
the age which produced them, the Sagas of the Kings of Norway give a faithful
representation of the kings and earls of the time, as they ruled the Scandinavian
lands and lived as lords over their subjects, who, on their side, possessed rights
of which no king or noble could deprive them. These stories are filled with
adventures and expeditions, such as that of Harold Hardrada against England, or
of Magnus Barelegs against Scotland and Ireland, when they called out their levies
and sailed with twenty or thirty thousand men at their back, to harry and plunder
in the regions of the West. Not unlike these expeditions were those undertaken
to the East as Crusaders by King Sigurd of Norway and Earl Rognvald of Orkney,
the accounts of which are full of daring deeds on sea and land. And yet, although
these Sagas are filled with the might and glory of kings and jarls, they are thickly
sown with the brave deeds and outspoken utterances of sturdy freemen, and of those
allodial owners of land which belonged to them in their own right, who did not scruple,
if the king wronged them, to resist him, and even to defy him to the death. Such
a man was Sveinki Steinarsson, who would only answer the messengers of King
Magnus Barelegs in biting proverbs when they came to demand his submission, and
at last made them fly home in deep disgrace.
INTRODUCTION. , xlvii
Besides these tnere is still another series of Sagas. Those relating to events in
ilie lives of Icelanders at home and abroad. These are the most interesting, because
ey are the most truthful of all. The Sagas of gods and heroes are mythical,
. i together out of our horizon, and deal with supernatural beings which do not breathe
our common air. In those elevated mythological regions respiration is impeded, and
we only half live ; the gods and heroes have it too much their own way, and we are
nazed rather than sympathetic. In the lives of the kings, again, it requires an effort
of the imagination to raise ourselves to the level of their daily life, rough and rude as
often was. We are more at our ease than when we are witnesses of the wanderings
of Odin and the feats of Thor, but still we are not quite at our ease, and feel as
many a stranger must have felt in the halls of Harold Hardrada and Magnus Barelegs.
It is with the every-day life of the Icelanders that we feel ourselves thoroughly at
home. In the hall of the gallant Gunnar at Lithend, or with the peaceful and law-skilled
Xjal at Bergthorshvol, we meet men who think and act as men of noble minds and
ntle hearts have ever acted, and will never cease to act so long as human nature
remains the same. Gisli the generous outlaw and Snorri the worldly-wise priest, Mord
Valgardson the wily traitor and Hallgerda the overbearing hateful wife, are characters
true for all time, whose works and ways are but eminent examples of our common
humanity, and at once arouse our sympathy or our antipathy. It is this great store
of Sagas relating to daily life in an age eminently poetic and attractive that forms
the wealth of the medieval vernacular literature of Iceland. It may be said to begin
with Landndma, the Doomsday-Book of the colonisation of Iceland in the 9th century,
and it extends down to the Sturlunga Saga in the 14th century, ending with that,
perhaps the most interesting of all the Sagas, and thus bringing down the domestic
history of the island to *^ the day when ft lost its independence. No other country in
Europe possesses an ancient vernacular literature to be compared with this ; and if to
this be added the translations and adaptations from the cycle of Romance literature,
and the homilies and works of religious edification, as well as those on physical and
moral science, of which Iceland possesses her full share, we shall see that, whether in a
literary or in a philological point of view, no literature in Europe in the Middle Ages
can compete in interest with that of Iceland. It is not certainly in forma pauperis
that she appears at the bar of the tribunal of learning.
Nor should it be forgotten that the early customs and laws of Iceland are of great
importance for England. While our jurists have wearied themselves in tracing at home
the origin of many of the institutions now peculiar to England, and while our legal anti-
quaries have fathered trial by jury, the bulwark of Englishmen's rights, on King Alfred,
the source of that mode of trial, as well as of our special demurrers and other sub-,
tleties of pleading, is to be found in Iceland, where, as early as the loth century,
a form of trial almost exactly answering to that in which our juries de vicineto played
a part in the 13th century, may be seen in full vigour as described in the famous
trial of the Burners in Njala.
There can be little doubt that this form of trial and these legal subtleties are
e 2
xlviii INTRODUCTION.
due in great part to a Northern influence in the Danelagh, or Scandinavianized
portion of England, which at the time of the Conquest may be roughly reckoned at
half the kingdom. It may be objected indeed that these institutions came in with the
Normans ; but unfortunately for this theory, the form of trial prevalent in Normandy
was not, as in Iceland, trial by jury, but that by compurgation, or witnesses brought
forward by the accused to swear that he did not do or was not capable of doing the
deed laid at his door. And it is very remarkable that this trial by compurgation was
also that common in Norway itself, as well as in all the Teutonic races ; thus it existed
in England among the Anglo-Saxons, and it came from Norway into Normandy along
with the followers of Rollo, and thence it went with them into England. But in the
Danelagh it found the form of trial peculiar to Iceland, and which had been developed
in that island alone. This was a process not in general by compurgation, but before
judges by witnesses to the fact, who made up the well-known kviSr of the Sagas. After
the Conquest, in that general scramble of tongues and local institutions which took place
among the native populations which the Normans, had subdued, this form of trial held
its own in the Danelagh, and ultimately asserted its supremacy over the compurgations
both of the Saxons and the Normans, and thus we find it formally recognised as the
law of the land at the end of the 13th century. * From the analogy of the Icelandic
customs,' says Mr. Vigfusson under the word kvi^r, ' it can be inferred with certainty
that along with the invasions of the Danes and Norsemen, the judgment by verdict
was also transplanted to English ground ; for the settlers of England were kith and
kin to those of Iceland, carrying with them the same laws and customs.' The difference
between the Scandinavian lands and England being that while the institution was never
developed in Norway, and only struck faint root in the ' Sandema?id' and ' namd' of
the Danish and Swedish laws, and while it languished and dfed out in Iceland itself
with the fall of the Commonwealth towards the end of the 13th century, it grew more
and more naturalised in England under the rule of the Normans, supplanting all other
forms of trial between man and man, until England came to be considered the ' classical
land of trial by jury.'
From whatever point of view, therefore, we consider the relations which exist
between England and Iceland, whether from that of primaeval affinity and a com-
munity of race, religion, and law, or from that of connexion by commerce, immigra-
tion, or conquest, we shall find the two languages and peoples so closely bound
together, that whatever throws light on the beliefs, institutions, and customs of the one,
must necessarily illustrate and explain those of the other. Nor should it be forgotten
that in the loth and nth centuries the Icelanders were foremost in the history of the
time. They were at once the most learned and the boldest and most adventurous
of men. From Iceland they pushed on to Greenland and America, and their ships
swarmed in commerce or in viking voyages on all the seas. At the courts of kings
and earls, whether Norwegian, Danish, Swedish, or Anglo-Saxon, they were welcome
guests, for though none were more dreaded as foes, none were more greeted as friends
for their gifts of wit and song. Thus we find Egil Skallagrimsson playing a great part,
INTRODUCTION. ^ xlix
both as a warrior and a skald, at the court of the Anglo-Saxon King Athelstane, whose
relations with the mighty King Harold Fair-hair, the founder of the Norwegian
monarchy, was such that he fostered his son Hacon the Good, who thenceforth was
known in the history of the North as Hacon Athelstane's foster-child. But where
such mighty men as Egil came we may be sure that many others of lesser mark
followed, and that when Eric Bloodyaxe held the North of England as a fief from
Athelstane, he had many Icelanders in his train. As time wore on, and the Danish
invasions under Sweyn and Canute followed, there was a still further infusion of
Northern life into the North of England, until, as we have seen before, the Dane-
lagh, or that portion of England in which the Northmen lived, as they lived at
home, under their own laws and customs, stretched itself over half the kingdom.
We have already seen something of the effect which these had on the laws of England,
and how trial by jury first rose in the Danelagh, and then spread over the whole land ;
but the presence of the Northern element in the country shewed itself in other ways
besides those of law. The language of the North of England, and especially the dialect
called Lowland Scotch, was full, and to this day is full, of words and expressions
which can only be explained by the help of the Icelandic as the representative of
the old Northern language spoken by the Scandinavian settlers in England. When
the Streoneshalch of the Anglo-Saxons was called Whitby by the Danish invaders,
and when Northworthige became Deoraby, our Derby, the new names were full of
meaning to the Danes and meaningless to the old possessors. ' The town on the
white cliff' was a name that spoke at once to Scandinavian sea-rovers as they neared
that part of the Yorkshire coast to which they gave the name of Kliflbnd or Cleve-
land ; and in the case of Derby, ' the town of deer,' the town near the wooded hills full
of beasts and game, spoke more forcibly to the feelings of a race that equalled the Anglo-
Saxons in their love of vert and venison than the old name ; derived from the position
of the town towards the North. It is scarcely necessary to repeat the fact, now so
well known, that this final by of names of places in England is the invariable sign of
Scandinavian settlement and possession. It was a local termination unknown to the
Anglo-Saxons, but so common among one of the Northern races, that the towns and
places to which they gave it may be traced by hundreds on the map of England.
Rugby is about the farthest south that we find it ; but Tenby in South Wales shews
that when the Northmen settled on the remotest parts of the sea-coast they left their
mark there as well as in the very heart of the country.
Besides these names of places, very many modern English words shew early
Northern influence ; and even in Anglo-Saxon times the language was so blended
with Scandinavian words that there were often double expressions for the same thing.
One of the most common of these is egg, not originally an Anglo-Saxon, but a pure
Scandinavian form, which, existing at first side by side with its old English equivalent,
has at last thrown it entirely out, much in the same way as in certain counties the
English rat has been eradicated by its Norwegian cousin. The story told by Caxton in
his Eneydos throws light on the gradual progress of this word south. A traveller was
1 INTRODUCTION.
at an inn at one of the Forelands, probably the South, in Kent, and asked for eggs,
but was answered by the landlady that she knew no French ; and it then came out
that what he in London called eggs, she in Kent called 'eyrenl for in that part of
England the old Anglo-Saxon word still lingered. Like traces of Scandinavian influ-
ence may be found in the form are of the verb substantive, which, in the three persons
of the present plural, has expelled the old Anglo-Saxon ' syndonl a form akin to the
German ' seyn! But perhaps the most remarkable instances of the displacement of old
Anglo-Saxon words by their Scandinavian equivalents are 'law', which, even in the time of
Edgar, had begun to throw out the old Anglo-Saxon 'csw' and ''doinl and the two verbs to
'take' and to 'calll which are now in every man's mouth, but which long sounded strange
to English ears. For ages the Anglo-Saxon forms ' clepe' and ' nim held their own, but
now the first is only just understood in archaic poetry, while the last is utterly obsolete.
The same maybe asserted of 'cast', 'samel 'skill! 'skin,' 'score,' and numberless others.
Enough has now been said to shew both the general and particular importance
of the study of Icelandic for English philologists. Mythology, laws, customs, litera-
ture, the names of places, and even the every-day vocabulary of life cannot be
thoroughly understood except by comparison with those of the North as preserved
in the language and literature of Iceland. For the interest of English therefore the
projection and publication of an Icelandic-English Dictionary on a large scale needs
no justification, for it is simply the greatest help to English philology that has ever
been undertaken and completed. When we possess an Anglo-Saxon Dictionary of
the same proportions and authority we shall be better able to say what the Anglo-
Saxon language really was in its earliest stage, what it afterwards became when
a great infusion of Scandinavian words was thrown into it, and what it was as it
degenerated into semi-Saxon after the Conquest. But while it is so important for
England that she should possess this Icelandic-English Dictionary, it may easily be
shewn that it is no less advantageous for the world at large that English should be
the language into which the Icelandic is rendered and explained. It would, for
instance, be little gain to the literary world if there had been an Icelandic-Danish
or Icelandic-Norse or Icelandic-Swedish Dictionary. In any of those cases the lan-
guage of a small people would have been the exponent of a language and literature
which for its beauty and richness is worthy of being known to the greatest possible
number of readers. From this point of view no language, not even German itself,
could supply the place of English, which is already the mother-tongue of half the
civilised earth, and in days to come will fill a still ampler space on the surface of the
globe. In India, Australia, and, though last not least, America ; wherever the English
tongue is spoken and the Anglo-Saxon race has taken its stubborn root, it will be
possible for scholars to avail themselves of this great treasure — ^a Thesaurus in every
sense of the word, which, had it been explained and rendered in a Scandinavian
tongue, would have remained to all but a few a sealed book.
Nor let it be for a moment supposed that any of the dialects we have named
lie in reality any closer to the Icelandic than the English itself. No philologer would
INTRODUCTION. li
deny for an instant the importance of the labours of scholars in both the modern
Danish and Norwegian ; but those languages as vehicles of expression have suffered
so much from the infusion of German words and from the adoption and assimilation
of German forms and phrases, that it is often far more difficult to give the meaning
of an Icelandic word or phrase in them than in English. The Swedish has remained
more faithful to her old form of speech so far as the vocabulary is concerned, and her
literature is the noblest of all the sister languages. Tegner and Geijer are names in
poetry and history of European importance ; but with all the richness of* her store of
words, from immemorial time Sweden has held herself aloof from the rest of the Scan-
dinavian tongues and has remained distant, though closely cognate. Of all the kindred
tongues, English, and that form of English which is called Lowland Scotch, has remained
nearest in form, feeling, and often in vocabulary to the Icelandic. As for German and
French, with all their richness and facility, they cannot dispute the claims of English in
this particular respect ; and this no doubt is owing, besides the natural and spiritual
affinity existing between English and Icelandic, to the flexibility of the former tongue,
which enables her to make foreign words more thoroughly her own than any other
language. The Danish, the Swedish, and the German, if we may be allowed the expres-
sion, swallow many foreign words, but they seem to want the power to digest and
assimilate them. They remain, so to speak, sticking in their throats for ages, while the
English has long since made them part and parcel of her own flesh and blood. The
courage of the Delegates of the Oxford Press in undertaking this work, and the care
and time bestowed on printing it, will meet with their reward in the undoubted fact that
they have not only given to the world one of the greatest helps to comparative philology
that has ever appeared, but that this Dictionary is peculiarly a work to be published
in England and by a great English University. Oxford now possesses a work on
Northern philology which may be matched with the labours of Rask and Petersen in
Denmark, with those of Munch and Keyser and Unger and Aasen in Norway, with
those of Schlyter, the Nestor of Early Northern Jurisprudence, and Klemming in
Sweden, and with those of Maurer, Juris Islandici peritissimus, in Germany ; and in
this Dictionary she holds out a sure light to every student of Northern literature.
After these general remarks we proceed to consider this particular Dictionary, and
to shew that it is worthy of being the interpreter of a language so rich, and of a literature
so noble. It is no less strange than true that, till very recent times, never was language
worse off for helps and appliances by which it might be learnt than this very Icelandic.
The works of earlier scholars, among the chief of which are the Glossary of Junius, the
Thesaurus of Hickes, and Yhr^s Lexicon Suio-Gotkicum, were so antiquated and imperfect
as rather to mislead than assist the student. As to more modern works, any one who
has had to learn Icelandic by the feeble light afl'orded by Bjorn Halldorsson's Lexicon,
published in two volumes at Copenhagen in 1814, or aided by the various Glossaries
annexed to Editions of the 5agas, will feel, when he consults this Oxford Dictionary,
that the days before its appearance were indeed the dark ages of Icelandic philology,
and be ever grateful to the Delegates of the University Press for undertaking and
Hi INTRODUCTION.
publishing this sure guide. The history of the book, for books have histories just aS
much as men, has already been partly told in the Preface. Projected by Richard Cleasby,
whose name should never be mentioned by Icelandic scholars without pious respect,
it was supposed to be about to be published, when death cut short his days and arrested
the progress of the work, which scholars like Grimm and Schmeller anxiously expected.
No one perhaps, both by his knowledge of the Teutonic dialects and by his inde- I
fatigable love of his subject, was better fitted than Richard Cleasby to carry out his ■
great plan of printing a Dictionary of the Icelandic language, as exhibited by quota-
tions drawn from the prose literature of Iceland in that golden age which ended with
the 14th century. At the same time Dr. Egilsson was busy with his Dictionary of the
Poetic Diction of Iceland, so that between these two works no want or desire of the
philologist would have been left unsupplied. Dr. Egilsson's work has been published
for many years, but the Dictionary which Cleasby projected has only just seen the light.
It is due in this place to declare that the heirs of the deceased, when the hand and head
which should have superintended the completion of his work were cold in death, were
equal to the emergency. They determined that the work should not be abandoned, and
advanced a large sum of money for its completion. It has already been mentioned
in the Preface that when the MS. was transmitted to England it was found to be in
such an unsatisfactory condition that in the end it had to be entirely rewritten and
remodelled. This most responsible duty was ultimately undertaken in the year 1866
by Mr. Gudbrand Vigfusson, then one of the first, as he is now undoubtedly the first,
of Icelandic philologers.
Many years after the transmission of the MS., and when the first part of the
Dictionary had been published and the second and third were far advanced towards
completion, Mr. Cleasby's own materials were returned from Copenhagen and handed
over to the writer. Acting on his own discretion, he determined that it would be
most unfair to Mr. Vigfusson to interrupt him by new matter, which might have
been of great assistance at an earlier period, but which could only have been an
encumbrance to him when his labours were drawing to an end. Two boxes, which
contained what may be called Mr. Cleasby's literary remains, were left unopened till the
Dictionary was completed and the last sheet had gone to press. On the 25th of
August last they were opened by Dr. Dasent and Mr. Vigfusson, and were found to
contain three volumes in folio ; in one of which were entered, in Mr. Cleasby's own
hand, the principal verbs of the language, 112 in number, and filling 500 written
pages*"'. In a second volume, 84 nouns, particles, and pronouns are contained, filling
* These verbs are auka, setla, bei^a, beita, bera, bi^ja, binda, blta, bjd^a, blanda, bliJsa, bseta, bregma,
brjota, byggja, bua, deila, draga, drepa, dvelja, eiga, ey«a, falla, fara, f^, fela, fella, festa, faera, ganga, gbra, gefa, geta,
grei^a, greina, hafa, halda, hefja, hefna, hrifa, kalla, kaupa, kenna, kjdsa, koma, kunna, kve^a, kve^ja, lata, leggja,
lei^a, leika, leita, li^a, Ifta, Ijosta, liika, lysa, msela, mega, munu, nema, ra^a, rei^a, reka, rekja, renna, renna
(trans.), reyna, ri^a, roa, ry^ja, segja, selja, semja, setja, sitja, sj^, skera, slcilja, skipa, skipta, skjdta, skora, sl^,
sHta, snua, ssekja, spenna, spretta, standa, stilla, stinga, stiga, taka, tala, tj^ (tseja, tyja), {(ykkja, var^a, vaxa, vega,'
veita, vera, ver^a, verja, verpa, vilja, vinna, vita, vikja.
INTRODUCTION. Hit
230 written pages*. In the third volume were entered the prepositions to the number
of 44, filling 160 written pages f; added to which it appears, from pencil marks and notes,
that it was the intention of the writer to enter into the volume several important
verbs and substantives not to be found in the first volume. These three volumes are
estimated by Mr. Vigfusson to contain about 15,000 quotations, written out at length
and posted most methodically and neatly, like entries in a ledger, the references
being double to book and chapter, and page and line. These volumes are written
in a bold running hand, and the correctness of the spelling and accentuation of
Icelandic words shews the writer's thorough mastery over the language. Besides
the beautiful writing in ink, there are frequent pencil marks and marginal notes in
a fine English hand. These notes often contain valuable remarks, though all in
a rough state, and affording rather hints and suggestions as to the plan of the
Glossary. Besides, there are frequent renderings of Icelandic words into Latin as
well as English. It has been a pious duty to print specimens of these remarks on
pp. cv-cviii, where will be found Cleasby's entries under the word mdl, to which
has been added, for purposes of comparison, the same word as it appeared in the
Copenhagen transcripts based on these very materials of the lamented philologer|.
The remainder of the Cleasby collections in the boxes consisted of slips, on
each of which was entered a single Icelandic word, followed by quotations and
references, for the most part in a very elementary state. About half the writing on
these slips is that of Cleasby, who seems to have extended and completed the work
first begun in rough by his amanuenses. In one respect these slips, rude and incom-
plete as they are, contrast very favourably with the Copenhagen transcripts. The
quotations in them are written out in full, and the references are to chapter, page,
* These words are the nouns alin, brag^, bor^, braut, dagr, efni, eyrir, fall, fang, fotr, for, gar^r, grein, gripr,
hlutr, hugr, hundra^, hiis, hofu^, hond, kostr, lag, lei^, ma%r, mbrk, m^l, m^na'^r, megin, munr, nott, or^,
penningr, ra^, sok, sta^r, stafr, stokkr, stund, {)ing, van, vegr, vi^r, orendi, ortug : and the pronouns, adverbs,
particles, and adjectives — at, ert = er, en or enn (conj.), her, heldr, ok, nema, sva, ]par, \k, Y>, j^dtt, upp, uppi;
allr, annarr, einn, eingi, hann, hinn, hv£rr, hv^rrtveggja, hverr, hvarrgi, hverrgi, nakkvarr ( =nekkverr), sa, sem,
s^r-hverr, J)essi ; far, fullr, go^r, har^r, hdr, lllr, lauss, litill, mikill, viss.
t These prepositions are af, at, H, an, eptir, fjarr fjarri, fra, fyrir, gagnvart, gegn, gegnum, handa, hj^,
1, innan, kring, me^, me^al, megin, mi^il, milli millim, mot, moti mots, naer ngerri, of, or or or, sakar sokum, til,
um, um-fram, um-hverfis, undan, undir, upp-^, uppi, ur, titan, yfir, vegna, vi^, — about 44 in 160 written pages.
From pencil marks it is clear that Cleasby intended to insert the verbs bi^a, finna, flytja, hlaupa, hoggva, kasta,
kosta, leysa, leita, skulu ; as also the words land, li^, mjok. Of this volume Cleasby left a foul copy also in his
own hand, being a rough outline, while the fair copy contains a more careful, though still very elementary,
arrangement of his materials. All these words are entered in no order, but evidently just "as each word occurred
to him ; but on the fly-leaves Mr. Cleasby has drawn up an alphabetical list of the words contained in each
volume. From this we are enabled to see the alphabetical order he intended to follow in the Dictionary. He
distinguishes short and long vowels as in this present Dictionary : but, besides, he puts '6 after a (thus divorcing
a and ^), thus, a, a, '6, b, c . . .\ p hs: places after / (as in Icelandic-German Glossaries) ; and (b and (s he
inserts respectively under a and 0, as ae, oe. — G. V.
X In the Copenhagen transcripts important words have been omitted, no doubt from carelessness: thus
there is no verb luka and no preposition milli ; luka is in Cleasby's volume represented by 60 references, in the
present Dictionary there are some 65, of course only partly the same as in Cleasby. — G. V.
liv INTRODUCTION.
and line. In another particular, the care taken by Cleasby in quotation and reference
was remarkable, In cases where several Sagas are contained in one volume; such,
for instance, as the Islendlnga Sogur (of 1830), he is not content to quote the collective
volume, but Invariably specifies the particular Saga from which the quotation Is made.
If this excellent rule had been observed in the Copenhagen transcripts, immense
labour would have been spared to Mr. Vigfusspn, who has returned to Cleasby's
method, though in ignorance that he was pursuing the plan of the originator of the
Dictionary. The references and quotations In these slips may be roughly estimated
at 50,000. They contain the rest of the Icelandic vocables, the 240 words already
mentioned as entered In the three volumes being omitted.
Even from a glance at these, his own materials, Cleasby stands out as a clear-
sighted ready worker. Some time before his death he had printed a specimen of his
Glossary, a portion of which will be found appended to the Memoir which follows this
Introduction. So far as we can judge from these materials, it is plain that he intended
to complete the work on the same scale ; and It is very satisfactory to see that in one or
two cases of doubtful etymology his views as now revealed are Identical with those of the
philologer to whom the laborious task of restoring order to his collections has devolved'"".
Such is the nature of the literary remains of Cleasby now restored to his native land,
* Thus, on the slip which contains the Icelandic word rost, a mile, he has entered in pencil * rest,' shewing
that he was aware of the identity between the Icelandic and the English words, though their modern senses are
different. So again, under the word eingi, he has drawn up in parallel columns the various forms of the word,
thus striving to arrange them methodically. Under pessi Cleasby notes a Runic form, but adds in pencil that
such forms are 'not otherwise included in this Dictionary;' and then he adds 'it would appear as if the
lengthened form (^essari etc.) arose from a desire to avoid so many cases terminating in J>essi, ^essa, etc. ;
perhaps annarr was taken as a model for the new form.' His subdivisions are very precise, though perhaps
a little too formal and old-fashioned; thus he draws up the verbs in aciivae zxid passivae formae, having pro-
bably adopted the expression from German Dictionaries. * Tropical' is the term he uses for the 'metaphorical'
of the present Dictionary, in which the example set by Liddell and Scott has been followed. Under go^i,
lei^, ^ing, Cleasby has begun collecting a few historical names; thus we notice, — under lei^, Hvamms-lei^,
pver^r-lei^. Band.: under ^ing, Borgundar- or Borgar-]>ing, Fms. vi. 233; Ho'rnboru-^ing, ix. 269; Rauma-
J)ing, 247, Ann. 12 14 (in Norway); Lambaness-^ing, Dropl. (in Iceland).
The word eyrendi or 0rendi, an errand, Mr. Cleasby has arranged as follows: — ' 1. intervallum respirandi,
2. siropha, 3. oratio, 4. negoiium! But in an inserted slip of paper he has reconsidered the matter. ' This word,'
he says, ' in its present form appears derived from br = Sr = out of, and bnd, andi = breath, in the same manner as
the adjective or-endr = exanimatus (sic), with which may be compared i-endr = alive, which likewise well accords
with the signification No. i. Nos. 2 and 3 might also perhaps be possibly explained as extension of the same
signification, though they may also belong to what follows. But,' Mr. Cleasby adds, ' its more frequent use in the
signification of affair or business, an errand (^o. 4), and especially the passage 677. 35^ [see ^rr, line 8], leave
no doubt also of its original connection with drr, a messenger, G. aims, A. S. cerend, O. H. G. arunti, which the
frequent use of -indi rather than -endi also favours. It is not improbable that originally there were two distinct
words, which later, after a correct feeling of their origin had been lost, became confounded.' He then says,
' ^rendi as head- form, and all to be altered ; drr probably lengthened from arr, Goth, airus, cBendi, arunti.'
Whence it appears that Cleasby intended to arrange the etymology of the word afresh, and in the same way as it
now stands in this Dictionary. Eyrendi, qs. or-endi, out of breath, is an old popular, home-made Icelandic
etymology, which probably originated from the well-known passage in the Edda of Thor's drinking the sea dry
until he became short of his 'eyrendi.' But nevertheless it is only a false etymology, as is borne out by com-
parison with the form the word takes in the sister languages (A. S., O. H. G.) To put ' intervallum respirandi'
INTRODUCTION. Iv
together with many valuable works from his library, nearly twenty years after his
Dictionary was said to have been completed. Better far would it have been had they
been restored on his death. As it was, a hard fate neither permitted him to com-
plete worthily the great work which he had sketched out in these volumes, nor suffered
the threads which had fallen from his hands to be taken up by those who were com-
petent to unravel them till many years after his decease.
I From the thankless task of contemplating the short-comings of others, it is
grateful to turn to the part which Mr. Vigfusson has had in this undertaking.
With the most praiseworthy determination, neither turning to the right nor to the
left, he has pursued his course and fulfilled his task unflinchingly for seven years,
during which he has resided in Oxford. Those only who, like the writer, were
acquainted with the Cleasby transcripts as they came from Copenhagen, can tell how
far more meritorious and scientific the printed Dictionary is than those undigested
collections. Mr. Vigfusson might have been contented with restoring order and in
imparting life and spirit into the rude mass which had been handed over to him ; but in
reality he did much more. He has embodied into the work the materials to be found
in the Poetic Dictionary of Dr. Egilsson, and he has also largely availed himself of
the quotations and references in the excellent Icelandic -Norse Dictionary of Fritzner,
as well as the greater part of the Glossary of Mobius. Added to which he has
sought words and phrases and proverbs from very many glossaries too numerous to
mention. The result has been that as the Oxford Dictionary now appears, about
one-third of the references has been derived from the Cleasby transcripts, which were
originally meant to illustrate, as we have already said, the golden age of prose Icelandic
literature. Thus it is that we find copious quotations in them from sjich classical works
as Njala, Gragds, and the Laxdaela and Egils Sagas. Besides these, the following list
will pretty nearly exhaust the works quoted in the Cleasby collections, and from these
the quotations were less copious : — the Hei^arviga Saga, Hrafnkels Saga, V^pnfirSinga
Saga, Ljosvetninga Saga, Viga-Gliims Saga, Glsla Saga, FostbrseSra Saga, Bjarnar
Saga Hitdaela-kappa, Gunnlaugs Saga, Bandamanna Saga, Grettis Saga, the Sturlunga,
Arna Biskups Saga, and the Sagas of some other Bishops extending to about
one-third of the first volume of the Biskupa Sogur. So far as the Laws are con-
cerned, besides the Gragas, quotations are made from the first and part of the second
volume of Norges Gamle Love and the two Kristinrettir. Besides the domestic Sagas
of Iceland mentioned above, quotations and references were made from and to the
Fornmanna Sogur, the Fornaldar Sogur, and from the Skuggsja, the Snorra Edda, and
the Saemunds Edda and Skalda, so far as the prose diction was concerned. In addition
to these, copious use was made of some moral and biblical treatises and paraphrases,
such as Stj6rn and the Homilies, now printed, but then quoted from the MSS. 226, 619,
as the head sense is to take the word by the wrong end. In Iceland all notion of the true origin of eyrendi
became lost; arr, a messenger, being an obsolete poetical word, unknown except in the bad sense of an imp,
devil, evil spirit, — a remnant, we believe, of Biblical sentences like Matth. xxv. 41, where, in the Icelandic version,
drr happens to be used, whence the bad sense clung to the word even when detached and alone. — G. V.
Ivi INTRODUCTION.
and 677 in the Arna-Magnaean collection, as well as the Sagas and legends contained
in the MSS. Nos. 623, 645, 655, and 656 in that collection*. In what may be called the
translations and adaptations from the Romance cycle, references and quotations were
made from the Alexanders Saga and the Strengleikar, as well as from the Flovents
Saga, the Elis Saga, the Bserings Saga, under the common head of Arn. M. 580, a MS.
which has not as yet been printed. These, with a few Deeds out of Finn Jonsson's
Historia Ecclesiastica, vol. i. and ii. reaching down to the year 1400, and some of the
Maldagar or Agreements of various monasteries in Iceland, complete the list of works
made use of in Cleasby's own materials and in the transcripts made from them at
Copenhagen after his death.
That they were quotations from a great body of works belonging to the best
age of Icelandic literature cannot be contested, but it is also undeniable that a mass
of works of the greatest importance to the philology of the language were entirely
omitted. It must ever be remembered that a Dictionary has to deal with words,
and not with literature, except as affording a matrix, so to speak, from which words
may be extracted. A very ignoble author may thus afford a very precious word ;
and a Dictionary, in the true sense of the word, must open her doors to all her
children of whatever age, whether of high or low degree, alike. Based on this
principle, we find that this Dictionary, besides embodying the whole vocabulary Of
the poetic language, includes not only very many words contained in the modern
language of Iceland, but also numberless quotations from Sagas and writings alto-
gether ignored in the Cleasby transcripts. Not to speak of particular MSS., such
as the Codex Regius, the Flateyjarb6k, and Morkinskinna, we shall find a whole host
of works quoted, ^o which reference is never made in Cleasby's collections. Such are
the Barlaams Saga, the Legendary Olafs Saga, the Fagrskinna, the Tristrams Saga, the
R6mverja Saga, the Parcevals Saga, the Ivents Saga, the Thomas Saga Erkibiskups,
the Jatvardar Saga, the Karlamagniis Saga, the Pi^reks Saga, the Saga of f'orstein the
son of Sidu-Hall, and several others. Besides these, the end of the second volume and
the whole of the third volume of Norges Gamle Love, the Diplomatarium No'rvagicum,
the remaining Sagas of the Bishops, and the Runic Inscriptions have been left unnoticed
in the Cleasby transcripts. If we add to this that the quotations from such standard
works as Landnama, Eyrbyggja, Vatnsdsela, the Fldamanna Saga, the Rafns Saga, the
Laurentius Saga, the Arons Saga, the Kristni Saga, the Islendingab6k, the Orkneyinga
Saga, the Mariu Saga, and many others were very scanty and imperfect, — and if we con-
sider that no extracts were made from the ancient poetical literature, not even from the
rhymed names of trees, fishes, birds, and nautical words, etc., in the Edda (Edda Gl.) ;
that there were no quotations from any prose work after a. d. 1400 or 1350; nor from
any work of the time of the Reformation downwards ; and that no regard was had to
the modern living language, which in every nation remains a true Lexicographical Cor-
nucopia,— we must confess that a large field of unexplored country remained to cover.
* Nearly all these vellum fragments — in Cleasby's life -time mere black and torn shreds — have now been
published in the Marlu Sogur and the Postula Sogur by the learned industry of C. R. Unger in Christiania.
INTRODUCTION. Ivii
But besides this extended field of reference and quotation, Mr. Vigfusson has
done much more than improve and arrange the Cleasby transcripts. So far as can
be ascertained from the printed specimen, it was Cleasby's intention to pay particular
attention to the etymology of the Icelandic language, and this intention has been
followed in the new Dictionary, though there was scarcely a trace of etymology in
the transcripts. At the head of the account of each word its etymology and affiliation
with other tongues are given, and this information will be found to be both ample
and reliable. There may be, as there must always be, differences of opinion as to
the etymology of certain words — for the region of etymology contains some of the
darkest paths to be found in the realm of philology. But in every case the
etymologies here given are scientific and reasonable, which cannot be said of most
Dictionaries. In a word, they are free from that wildness and extravagance which
have so often brought this branch of philology into disrepute, and on the whole
are stamped with a modesty and forbearance which speak loudly for the good sense
and discretion of their author. Under another point of view this Dictionary presents
a feature never seen, or at least far less prominently seen in other Dictionaries.
This feature may be called the literary life of important Icelandic words. It con-
tains an exhaustive collection of Icelandic proverbs, which are, as it were, the marrow
of the language; and whenever a word occurs which has played a great part in the
laws or literature or history of the Northern races, the fullest account of it is given.
If the reader will refer to such natural words as ' Nott,' * Sol,' and * Sumar,' such law
terms as ' Lyritr,' ' M^l,' ' Mot,' and ' ?ing,' such mythological compounds as * Miispell '
and ' Ragna-rok,' such religious and social words as ' Baugr,' ' Bauta-steinn,' ' Go^i,' and
* LogmaSr,' and to words of reckoning, such as ' Fimmt,' 'Tigr,' ' HundraS,' and
' l^iisund,' he will find not only an exact etymological account of each, but a whole
history of the word in the various relations which it bore to the development of religious,
social, and political feeling in the Icelandic Commonwealth. These instances have been
taken almost at random, but what is true of them is true also of hundreds of words in
this Dictionary, which in this characteristic is matchless of its kind.
And now nearly all has been said that could be said of the origin, progress,
and completion of this Icelandic Dictionary. The writer, who has watched over it,
so to speak, from its birth, and who has been, as it were, a second father to it
ever since the untimely death of its natural parent, cannot but feel a glow of exulta-
tion as he beholds it issuing from the press in all the maturity and fulness which
it at one time seemed hopeless that it could ever assume. In it the English student
now possesses a key to that rich store of knowledge which the early literature of
Iceland possesses. He may read the Eddas and the Sagas, which contain sources of
delight and treasures of learning such as no other language but that of Iceland can
furnish. But when he wanders through these fresh pastures, and his heart warms as he
reads the mighty deeds of the gods and heroes, of the kings and earls and simple
yeomen of the North, let him not forget to honour those to whom honour is due. The
time and trouble bestowed upon this work would have been of little avail had it not
iviii INTRODUCTION.
found a hearty welcome from the Delegates of the Oxford Press. To those Dele-
gates past and present, to the Bishop of Chester and Dean of Christ Church in par-
ticular, the thanks of all lovers of Northern learning are due for having so generously
fostered this Icelandic Dictionary, and made it a child of this famous University.
To no one has the Dictionary been more indebted than to the Dean of Christ
Church, so far as advice with respect to the English is concerned ; but this acknowledgment
really represents very feebly the services rendered by Dr. Liddell to the work. From the
very first, not only did its general superintendence devolve on him, but for the whole
time during which it was passing through the press, his assistance was invaluable, in cor-
recting the English, in adding to the philological character of the work, and in suggesting
alterations and improvements. In the autumn of 1870, indeed when the serious respon-
sibilities of the Vice-Chancellorship were added to his other duties. Dr. Liddell was unable
to bestow so much time on this labour ; it then fell to Mr. Kitchin, who had also revised the
sheets from the beginning, to supply his place, but to the very last every sheet as it
was printed was first submitted to the Dean, then passed on with his suggestions
to Mr. Kitchin, and finally settled by him with Mr. Vigfusson. For such constant
and laborious care the thanks of all Icelandic scholars are due to Dr. Liddell and
Mr. Kitchin, as without their supervision and advice the English portion of the work
could not have attained its present excellence. In another point too the experience of
the Dean of Christ Church was specially valuable; this was in the arrangement and
simplification of what may be called the mechanical part of the Dictionary. The eye
and hand so practised by the toil of preparing successive editions of Liddell and
Scott's Greek Dictionary stood this Icelandic follower in good stead ; and it may be
affirmed without fear of contradiction that in no city or university in the world has the
art and science of printing and publishing a Dictionary with the utmost economy of
space, and at the same time with such distinct and beautiful typography, been carried
to a greater pitch of perfection than at the University Press in Oxford.
To another well-known name in Oxford Mr. Vigfusson has been indebted for
much valuable information and assistance. The Icelandic language is full of seafaring
terms, as befits the speech of those hardy seamen who swarmed in early times on every
sea in Europe. Throughout the whole literature it may be said that there is a whole-
some smack of the salt sea, and mast and sail and rope and pump fill many a page in the
Sagas of the North. When these sea terms had to be rendered into English there was
but one in Oxford to whom Mr. Vigfusson could betake himself This was Dr. Henry
Acland, whose knowledge of the seafaring terms of England is as exact as his medical
skill. To him, to Mr. Kitchin, to Mr. Coxe, and to many others in Oxford, Mr. Vigfusson
desires through the writer to express his thanks for the help rendered on these and many
other points, as well as for the uniform kindness with which they welcomed the stranger
to Oxford, and relieved to the utmost of their power the monotony inevitably attending
the execution of such work as that in which he was engaged. It will be a recompense to
him for the labour which he has bestowed on this Dictionary, if it should be the means
of attracting the attention of students in England to the literature of Iceland. Nor,
INTRODUCTION. lix
though the wealth of the language lies in the early Sagas, is it to be supposed that the
Icelandic of later days is not worthy of being known. In no portion of the world,
in proportion to its population, has there been such continuous literary life as in that
distant isle. Still more would he feel himself rewarded if his labours should be the
means of restoring her Old Bible to Iceland. It would be for the good of all, and
even for the beginner in Icelandic if he could find a sure stay to his first footsteps
in the grand old Icelandic translation of the Bible by Bishop Gudbrand of the year
1584, which may compare with our own Authorised Version for purity and strength;
but this version has, most unhappily for Iceland, been replaced in recent years by
a paraphrastic translation, which it should be the aim of all true friends of piety and
learning to discourage and disclaim. Were that pure and faithful version restored
to its rightful position, the first footsteps of the student would be far more sure, and,
strengthened by that literal translation, he might proceed to the Sagas and the Eddas,
when he will certainly not regret the time and trouble spent in learning the language,
especially when the time has been shortened and the labour lightened by the help of
this Dictionary.
Nor, finally, should it be forgotten that even without its aid many Englishmen
have become students of Icelandic. The late Sir Edmund Head, too early lost to these
and other studies, Mr. Garnett of the British Museum, and Principal Barclay of Glasgow,
were all of thern in their day sound scholars in the language ; Dr. Carlyle, in Edinburgh,
is also well acquainted with Icelandic ; and here in Oxford it will be enough to mention
one living instance in the Right Hon. Robert Lowe, who, instead of burning his books,
like too many of his contemporaries, when he turned his mind to politics, found time
to enter into new fields of learning, and to possess them. To few Englishmen has it
been granted to attain to such mastery both over the language of Iceland and the spirit
of her people and literature. Nor can this Introduction be more fitly closed than by
quoting an epigram by that skilful hand, and repeating in this University the greeting
with which he addresses that island so smitten with snow-storms, so veiled in mist, so
seamed with volcanic fire, so shaken by earthquakes as never Delos was shaken ;
and yet, in spite of all this, so mighty in the indomitable spirit of her sons, so subtle
and far-sighted in her laws, and so free and independent for centuries against the tyranny
of Norwegian kings : —
Xaipe Kot kv i/e(f)iXT)(n kuI kv vK^dS^crcn ^apecais
Kal TTvpl Kai (Teia-jJL0i9 vrjae o-aXivo/xii/T]'
iuOdSe yap ^aa-iXfjos vTrip^iov v^piv dXv^as
Srjixos ^Yirep^opecov^ ttovtov kir ka-^aTifj^
avrdpKrj ^LOTOv Oeicov r epeOiarfiaTa Movcrcou
Kal Oiafjioijs dyj/fjs evpev eXev6epLrj9.
GEORGE WEBBE DASENT.
October 15, 1873.
'RICHARD CLEASBY.
Richard Cleasby was born on the 30th of November in the year 1797; the son
of Stephen Cleasby of Craig House in Westmoreland, descended from a Yorkshire
family of that name, derived from a village in that county, the by in the termination
of which is a sure proof of original Scandinavian extraction. His mother was a
daughter of George John of Penzance ; and during the latter portion of their lives
his parents lived at No. 3, Cornwall Terrace, Regent's Park, London. Mr. Stephen
Cleasby was in business in the City as a Russia broker, and was altogether in affluent
circumstances. He had one daughter, Mary, afterwards Mrs. Jones ; and three sons :
Richard, the eldest ; Anthony, of Trinity College, Cambridge, who was Third Wrangler,
and in the First Class of the Classical Tripos in 1827, now Sir Anthony Cleasby, and
one of the Barons of the Court of Exchequer ; Stephen, a third brother, who came
between the two, died in November, 1835, and the intelligence of his death called forth
a remarkable letter from Richard to Anthony in December of that year. It seems
to have been the determination of Mr. Stephen Cleasby that his eldest son should
be associated with him in pursuits in which he took a just pride ; and so it was that
Richard Cleasby was neither at a Public School nor one of the Universities ; but, after
a sound classical education at a school in the neighbourhood of London, where he
gained a love of learning which was the foundation of that philological knowledge for
which he was afterwards so well known, he entered his father's counting-house at the
early age of fifteen, and for a while seemed entirely devoted to commercial pursuits.
The regular and industrious habits engrafted in him and both his brothers by the
example of the father, whom they all loved and respected, coupled with great natural
ability, would have made success certain in any sphere of life ; but of him it may be
said, that while his hand was on the desk in the City, his heart was away among his
books in his library at home ; his tastes for literary and philological knowledge grew
with his growth and strengthened with his strength, until, as the drudgery of the
merchant's office became irksome to him, he gave up business in the year 1824, and
obtained his father's consent to reside abroad on an ample allowance, that he might
devote himself entirely to his literary labours. One great advantage he had over many
scholars. They are often tied and tethered, as it were, to one field, through want of
means to change their abode, and so are apt to grow one-sided and undeveloped in all
aspects but one. The case of Richard Cleasby was altogether different. He had both
the power to roam, and the will to make his flitting from one city or country to another
a means, not of idle amusement, but of advancement in sound learning and fruitful
study. He was not one of those butterflies which pass from flower to flower, and gain
nothing at the end of the day but death ; but rather like the bee, which seems to spend
its time in the same way, and yet returns to the hive laden with honey. Thus, shortly
after leaving England, Richard Cleasby took up his residence at Geneva, where he
f
Ixii RICHARD CLEASBY.
stayed a while to practise himself in French, and then crossed the Alps into Italy,
where he settled down at Florence, and spent more than two years in the study of
the ancient languages, and of Italian, in which he acquired such mastery as both to
speak and write it with fluency and elegance, as draughts of letters in Italian still
remaining among his correspondence abundantly testify. About the year 1830 he
recrossed the Alps, and established himself at Munich, where he worked indefatigably
both at philology and philosophy under Schelling, then the great master of the tran-
scendental school, who had caught the torch of thought as it fell from the dying
hand of* Kant. In philology, Massmann and Schmeller, well known as the author
of the Dictionary on the Dialects of Bavaria, were his teachers; but in the first
period of his residence at Munich, philosophy rather than philology seems to have been
the object which he had in view, and the earlier volumes of the copious Diaries which he
kept from this time to his death, and which are now before the writer of this notice, are
full of notes of Schelling's lectures, who possessed a greater power of fascinating his
pupils even than his great rival, Hegel himself. But though he worked faithfully and
laboriously at his philosophy, that regular practical mind was not one to sink itself
altogether in cobweb speculations on German metaphysics. Philology afforded
him a firmer footing, and, having once taken his stand on that rock of learning, he
clung to it to the end. For several years he remained abroad, deaf to the entreaties
of his friends to return home, pursuing his favourite study in all parts of Germany,
which he visited now on foot, and now on horseback, until there was no district to which
he had not penetrated, and no dialect over which he had not attained a mastery. His
acquirements in this respect were well know^n to the great German scholars, now dead
and gone. Schmeller, his old teacher, had the greatest respect for his judgment, as
is shewn by his letters among Richard Cleasby's correspondence ; and Jacob Grimm
told the writer, in the year 1 844, that no one knew the dialects of Germany, as a whole,
more profoundly than Cleasby. * Some of us,' he said, ' know one or two dialects better,
but Richard Cleasby knows them all, as his leisure and means have allowed him to
traverse the country in every direction and make them his own.'
But though thus laborious in the pursuit of knowledge, it must not be supposed
that Richard Cleasby was a mere bookworm. The same Diaries which attest his
unwearying efforts to acquire knowledge are filled with passages which prove his keen
enjoyment of society and his delight in the natural beauties of the countries in which
he was from time to time a sojourner. He was never so happy as when, after months
of patient study, he broke away with some congenial companion from Leipzig or
Dresden, or from Munich, the capital of his choice, to take a pedestrian tour in Saxon
Switzerland or in the Bavarian Tyrol. In later years, after he had settled down in
Denmark, he sought relaxation from his philological labours in the smiling neighbour-
hood of Copenhagen, and, as he is careful to note the fall of the first winter's snow and
the pinching cold of Yule, so in the early spring the first chirping of the chafifinch and
the coming of the welcome swallow are not lost upon him. With literary men his
acquaintance both in Germany and the North was most extensive, and it may safely
!4-7- RICHARD CLEASBY. 1
Xlll
sal that there was no learned man in either country whom he had not seen and
">w. Most of his friends, both at home and abroad, have now ceased to Hve, but
1, 1 England, it will be sufficient to mention the names of Sir John Shaw Lefevre
] lenry Reeve to prove that, though he was best known to foreigners, there were
r vmting those among his own countrymen who yet survive to appreciate his worth.
\v lid take volumes to exhaust the notices of men and manners and science that
-h be drawn from twelve thick volumes of Diaries ; but the following extracts from
n and from his letters will at once present a sketch of Richard Cleasby's life,
d iiew what manner of man he was. The first years of his foreign pilgrimage must
nssed over lightly. Thus, though in the years 1824, 1825, and 1826 he was in
il and Switzerland, we only pause at the 21st of March in the last year to note his
KG on entering Rome :
[ entered the city standing, and with my head uncovered, a feeble tribute to the memory of
rcat writers and men of all descriptions whom she nursed. I had Byron in my hand, and felt
' ;rce of his beautiful line —
" Oh Rome, my country, city of the soul ! " '
On the 1 8th of May he makes the following entry :
Wrote a very long letter to my father in answer to his, telling him that, as far as my present
Iiligs went, I had no idea of returning to business ; that I was in a few days about to leave
omce for Carlsbad by the Tyrol .... and that I should require a letter either on Dresden or
iizig.'
This is the first mention of his many visits to Carlsbad, rendered necessary by
lomatism and an affection of the liver, which seemed to yield to no other treatment.
On the 7th of June we find him for the first time at Munich, and on the i6th at
aisbad, consulting Dr. Leo, and confessing that the place would be much more
i^seable if he could speak German. On the 22nd of July he left Carlsbad 'without
jret,' and went by way of Prague to Dresden, where he paid due homage to the
icures, of which he seems to have been an excellent judge. On the 12th of August
ideft Dresden for Berlin, arriving on the 13th. He did not make a very long stay ia
Prussian capital, for on the 19th he was at Leipzig, and on the 21st attended
icture in Latin on Theocritus, by Hermann, the famous Greek Professor, of whom
11 entry in the Diary gives us the following glimpse :
' Hermann lectured in Latin, in which language indeed almost the whole business of the
iversity of Leipzig is carried on. . . . There were about 70 young men present, a sadly raffish-
icing set ; Hermann himself, with a stand-up collar, blue coat, and woollen winter-looking
stcoat, had all the appearance of a little mechanic — a man one would expect to see at a turning-
chine.'
On the 22nd he left for Dresden, where he determined to learn German, and for
it purpose settled at Tharandt, about ten miles from the capital, in the house of the
rgyman, a charming man named Prietsch. This was on the 29th of August, where he
lyed, delighted with his master and the neighbourhood, till the 30th of February,
men a letter from Florence induced him to recross the Alps. At Florence he stayed
1 the 5th of April, 1827; receiving there the news of his brother Anthony's success
f2
Ixii RICHARD CLEASBY.
stayed a while to practise himself in French, and then crossed the Alps into Italy,
where he settled down at Florence, and spent more than two years in the study of
the ancient languages, and of Italian, in which he acquired such mastery as both to
speak and write it with fluency and elegance, as draughts of letters in Italian still
remaining among his correspondence abundantly testify. About the year 1830 he
recrossed the Alps, and established himself at Munich, where he worked indefatigably
both at philology and philosophy under Schelling, then the great master of the tran-
scendental school, who had caught the torch of thought as it fell from the dying
hand of* Kant. In philology, Massmann and Schmeller, well known as the author
of the Dictionary on the Dialects of Bavaria, were his teachers ; but in the first
period of his residence at Munich, philosophy rather than philology seems to have been
the object which he had in view, and the earlier volumes of the copious Diaries which he
kept from this time to his death, and which are now before the writer of this notice, are
full of notes of Schelling's lectures, who possessed a greater power of fascinating his
pupils even than his great rival, Hegel himself. But though he worked faithfully and
laboriously at his philosophy, that regular practical mind was not one to sink itself
altogether in cobweb speculations on German metaphysics. Philology afforded
him a firmer footing, and, having once taken his stand on that rock of learning, he
clung to it to the end. For several years he remained abroad, deaf to the entreaties
of his friends to return home, pursuing his favourite study in all parts of Germany,
which he visited now on foot, and now on horseback, until there was no district to which
he had not penetrated, and no dialect over which he had not attained a mastery. His
acquirements in this respect were well known to the great German scholars, now dead
and gone. Schmeller, his old teacher, had the greatest respect for his judgment, as
is shewn by his letters among Richard Cleasby's correspondence ; and Jacob Grimm
told the writer, in the year 1 844, that no one knew the dialects of Germany, as a whole,
more profoundly than Cleasby. ' Some of us,' he said, ' know one or two dialects better,
but Richard Cleasby knows them all, as his leisure and means have allowed him to
traverse the country in every direction and make them his own.'
But though thus laborious in the pursuit of knowledge, it must not be supposed
that Richard Cleasby was a mere bookworm. The same Diaries which attest his
unwearying efforts to acquire knowledge are filled with passages which prove his keen
enjoyment of society and his delight in the natural beauties of the countries in which
he was from time to time a sojourner. He was never so happy as when, after months
of patient study, he broke away with some congenial companion from Leipzig or
Dresden, or from Munich, the capital of his choice, to take a pedestrian tour in Saxon
Switzerland or in the Bavarian Tyrol. In later years, after he had settled down in
Denmark, he sought relaxation from his philological labours in the smiling neighbour-
hood of Copenhagen, and, as he is careful to note the fall of the first winter's snow and
the pinching cold of Yule, so in the early spring the first chirping of the chaffinch and
the coming of the welcome swallow are not lost upon him. With literary men his
acquaintance both in Germany and the North was most extensive, and it may safely
1824-27. RICHARD CLEASBY. 1
xiu
be said that there was no learned man in either country whom he had not seen and
known. Most of his friends, both at home and abroad, have now ceased to Hve, but
still, in England, it will be sufficient to mention the names of Sir John Shaw Lefevre
and Henry Reeve to prove that, though he was best known to foreigners, there were
not wanting those among his own countrymen who yet survive to appreciate his worth.
It would take volumes to exhaust the notices of men and manners and science that
might be drawn from twelve thick volumes of Diaries ; but the following extracts from
them and from his letters will at once present a sketch of Richard Cleasby's life,
and shew what manner of man he was. The first years of his foreign pilgrimage must
be passed over lightly. Thus, though in the years 1824, 1825, and 1826 he was in
Italy and Switzerland, we only pause at the 21st of March in the last year to note his
words on entering Rome :
' I entered the city standing, and with my head uncovered, a feeble tribute to the memory of
the great writers and men of all descriptions whom she nursed. I had Byron in my hand, and felt
the force of his beautiful line —
" Oh Rome, my country, city of the soul ! " '
On the 1 8th of May he makes the following entry :
' Wrote a very long letter to my father in answer to his, telling him that, as far as my present
feelings went, I had no idea of returning to business ; that I was in a few days about to leave
Florence for Carlsbad by the Tyrol .... and that I should require a letter either on Dresden or
Leipzig.'
This is the first mention of his many visits to Carlsbad, rendered necessary by
rheumatism and an affection of the liver, which seemed to yield to no other treatment.
On the 7th of June we find him for the first time at Munich, and on the i6th at
Carlsbad, consulting Dr. Leo, and confessing that the place would be much more
agreeable if he could speak German. On the 22nd of July he left Carlsbad 'without
regret,' and went by way of Prague to Dresden, where he paid due homage to the
pictures, of which he seems to have been an excellent judge. On the 12th of August
he left Dresden for Berlin, arriving on the 13th. He did not make a very long stay ia
the Prussian capital, for on the 19th he was at Leipzig, and on the 21st attended
a lecture in Latin on Theocritus, by Hermann, the famous Greek Professor, of whom
an entry in the Diary gives us the following glimpse :
' Hermann lectured in Latin, in which language indeed almost the whole business of the
University of Leipzig is carried on. . . . There were about 70 young men present, a sadly raffish-
looking set ; Hermann himself, with a stand-up collar, blue coat, and woollen winter-looking
waistcoat, had all the appearance of a little mechanic — a man one would expect to see at a turning-
machine.'
On the 22nd he left for Dresden, where he determined to learn German, and for
that purpose settled at Tharandt, about ten miles from the capital, in the house of the
clergyman, a charming man named Prietsch. This was on the 29th of August, where he
stayed, delighted with his master and the neighbourhood, till the 30th of February,
when a letter from Florence induced him to recross the Alps. At Florence he stayed
till the 5th of April, 1827; receiving there the news of his brother Anthony's succes!^
f2
Ixiv RICHARD CLEASBY. 1827-29.
at Cambridge, and also a letter as to his mother's health, which induced him to return
at once to England. With all his generosity, of which these Diaries contain many
proofs, he was not the man to submit to imposition, and in this journey at Dijon he
makes the following entry :
' Had the clerk of the diligence up before the Judge de Paix, and, for insolence relative to the
mistake with my portmanteau, made him pay the expenses of my detention here, 24 francs ; got
my portmanteau and went to Paris by diligence.'
On arriving in London he found that his return had been caused by a false alarm.
After spending two months in London, and seeing in particular the Stafford and
Grosvenor galleries, Cleasby took 'a very feehng parting from his parents, and left
London for Liverpool and Dublin.' Passengers who now cross from Liverpool to
Dublin and find the voyage long, may be consoled at finding that it then took 56 houi:s
to make the passage. On the 1 5th of August he left Dublin for Bordeaux, where he
arrived on the 19th. On the morning of the 20th he notes :
* The moment I went out I felt enamoured with the fine Southern climate. Oh, such a change
from Albion's and Erin's shores ! '
From Bordeaux he made his way back to Italy, visiting Naples and the South,
returning to Rome for the winter. There he stayed till the i8th of March, 1828, on
which day he notes :
' I left Rome with Dr. Bromfield in the carriage of a vetturino, in which were an actress, a
dancer, a Bolognese mezzo-litterato, two canaries, a parcel, and at times a poodle-dog, though he
was in general outside ; and proceeded to Ronciglione, where we slept, and ought to have supped,
if there had been anything to eat.'
He was now on his way to Vienna, vi4 Trieste, seeing Pola and its amphitheatre
on the road. On the 12th of April he was in Vienna, and on the 22nd he left it for
Dresden, where he arrived on the 24th, and went immediately to his old quarters with
the clergyman at Tharandt ; but after staying there not quite a month, he was seized
with a complicated attack of liver and rheumatism, which reduced him *to an almost
total privation of the use of his limbs, being unable to walk without a stick, in much
pain and scarcely able to stand upright.' In this condition it was not wonderful that
* Carlsbad was considered essential to his recovery,' and that we find him there again
on the I St of June. On the 7th of July he left that bath, and after staying till the
30th of July in Dresden, diligently learning German, in which he now became proficient,
he started for home on that day, reaching London on the 1 2th of October.
The object of this visit to England was to pass the winter in Edinburgh in the
study of Scotch metaphysics. There he attended Sir William Hamilton's lectures, as
well as those of Professor Wilson, Dr. Chalmers, and Professors Pillans, Leslie, and
Ritchie. The first he considered not a very pleasing lecturer, though a man of great
erudition and information. Dr. Chalmers reminded him of the pictures of Luther, and
his vast powers of eloquence and argument quite enchanted him. With all these, as well
as with Jeffrey, Cleasby became intimate. On the ist of April, 1829, his work in Edin-
burgh was at an end, and he thus sums up his experiences :
i829, 30. RICHARD GLEASBY. Ixv
* I cannot take leave of Edinburgh without the expression of my extreme satisfaction as to the
manner in which I have passed this winter. My leading object was to attend the Moral Philosophy
Class and get some insight into the Scotch philosophy and metaphysics. Wilson, though a clever
and amiable man, is not, I think, exactly calculated for the Chair he fills. He has a great deal of
talent, but it is of a poetical cast ; his imagination seems to hold the reins. I cannot, however, but
say that he made from time to time some very good and genuine observations displaying con-
siderable insight into human nature, especially as to the passions. His appearance is very
commanding, and the index of his mind ; it resembles much more an Apollo than a Socrates. . . .
As to Wilson's political economy, I regret to say he had neglected to get up the subject ; and
certainly, upon the whole, cut but a poor figure, often coming before us quite unprepared. . . .
Chalmers and Leslie seem to be the great lights. ... I consider Edinburgh a most desirable
residence ; it has almost all the advantages of a capital without the follies and excesses.'
On the 2nd of April he left Edinburgh with his friend Forbes, a son of Lord
Medwyn, on a visit to Abbotsford. He was delighted, as so many were, with
Sir Walter Scott, and left him on the 4th, copying, before he went, the following epitaph
in Melrose Churchyard :
' The earth goeth on the earth glistering like gold,
The earth goeth to the earth sooner than it wold ;
The earth buildeth on the earth castles and towers,
The earth sayeth to the earth, all shall be ours.'
On the nth of April he was at his father's house in Cornwall Terrace, Regent's
Park, having taken a peep at the family property in Westmoreland on his way south.
Fortified with his Scotch metaphysics, he was now ready to face German philo-
sophy. On the 25th of April he left London, and on the 8th of May was back at
Dresden and Tharandt. After studying steadily till the middle of August, on the
2 1 St of that month he started on a tour in Poland, from which he returned on the
1 6th of September, highly pleased with his journey, but still more delighted to be back
* in delightful Saxony.' In Dresden he remained till the year was out, entering in his
Diary on the 31st of December the following note :
' Since my return from Poland I have been diligently occupied in the study of history,
especially German.'
The years 1830, 1831, and 1832 were spent for the most part by Cleasby in
Germany in the earnest pursuit of knowledge. At Dresden he remained during the
early part of 1830, continuing his German studies, with occasional outbreaks for re-
creation. Thus, on the 8th of March, he sets out for a pedestrian tour to Leipzig,
distant about 55 English miles, which he and his friends accomplished in two days.
On the nth he attended a lecture in philosophy by Professor Krug, and
* Was not a, little surprised to see him mount the desk in regular cavalry spurs, which rang so
as he came in that I thought a dragoon had entered the room. He is a man, I suppose, towards
60 years old, his physiognomy serious, his delivery clear and impressive, perhaps a little too
mannered. At eleven o'clock I heard the animated little Greek professor Hermann, likewise
towards 60 years old, who also lectured in spurs and a drab great-coat. He speaks an easy clear
Latin. The Agememnon of ^schylus was the subject, and he appeared to illustrate it ably. I
heard Wachsmuth on Universal History, a man 40 or 45 years old : he maintained a constant smile,
almost a laugh, was full of wit in his remarks, and so restless that he could scarcely remain a
Ixiv RICHARD CLEASBY. 1827-29.
at Cambridge, and also a letter as to his mother's health, which induced him to return
at once to England. With all his generosity, of which these Diaries contain many
proofs, he was not the man to submit to imposition, and in this journey at Dijon he
makes the following entry :
' Had the clerk of the diligence up before the Judge de Paix, and, for insolence relative to the
mistake with my portmanteau, made him pay the expenses of my detention here, 24 francs ; got
my portmanteau and went to Paris by diligence.'
On arriving in London he found that his return had been caused by a false alarm.
After spending two months in London, and seeing in particular the Stafford and
Grosvenor galleries, Cleasby took 'a very feeHng parting from his parents, and left
London for Liverpool and Dublin.' Passengers who now cross from Liverpool to
Dublin and find the voyage long, may be consoled at finding that it then took 56 hours
to make the passage. On the 1 5th of August he left Dublin for Bordeaux, where he
arrived on the 19th. On the morning of the 20th he notes :
* The moment I went out I felt enamoured with the fine Southern climate. Oh, such a change
from Albion's and Erin's shores ! '
From Bordeaux he made his way back to Italy, visiting Naples and the South,
returning to Rome for the winter. There he stayed till the i8th of March, 1828, on
which day he notes :
' I left Rome with Dr. Bromfield in the carriage of a vetturino, in which were an actress, a
dancer, a Bolognese mezzo-litterato, two canaries, a parcel, and at times a poodle-dog, though he
was in general outside ; and proceeded to Ronciglione, where we slept, and ought to have supped,
if there had been anything to eat.'
He was now on his way to Vienna, vi4 Trieste, seeing Pola and its amphitheatre
on the road. On the 12th of April he was in Vienna, and on the 22nd he left it for
Dresden, where he arrived on the 24th, and went immediately to his old quarters with
the clergyman at Tharandt ; but after staying there not quite a month, he was seized
with a complicated attack of liver and rheumatism, which reduced him 'to an almost
total privation of the use of his limbs, being unable to walk without a stick, in much
pain and scarcely able to stand upright.' In this condition it was not wonderful that
* Carlsbad was considered essential to his recovery,' and that we find him there again
on the I St of June. On the 7th of July he left that bath, and after staying till the
30th of July in Dresden, diligently learning German, in which he now became proficient,
he started for home on that day, reaching London on the 1 2th of October.
The -object of this visit to England was to pass the winter in Edinburgh in the
study of Scotch metaphysics. There he attended Sir William Hamilton's lectures, as
well as those of Professor Wilson, Dr. Chalmers, and Professors Pillans, Leslie, and
Ritchie. The first he considered not a very pleasing lecturer, though a man of great
erudition and information. Dr. Chalmers reminded him of the pictures of Luther, and
his vast powers of eloquence and argument quite enchanted him. With all these, as well
as with Jeffrey, Cleasby became intimate. On the ist of April, 1829, his work in Edin-
burgh was at an end, and he thus sums up his experiences :
i829, 30. RICHARD CLEASBY. Ixv
* I cannot take leave of Edinburgh without the expression of my extreme satisfaction as to the
manner in which I have passed this winter. My leading object was to attend the Moral Philosophy
Class and get some insight into the Scotch philosophy and metaphysics. Wilson, though a clever
and amiable man, is not, I think, exactly calculated for the Chair he fills. He has a great deal of
talent, but it is of a poetical cast ; his imagination seems to hold the reins. I cannot, however, but
say that he made from time to time some very good and genuine observations displaying con-
siderable insight into human nature, especially as to the passions. His appearance is very
commanding, and the index of his mind ; it resembles much more an Apollo than a Socrates. . . .
As to Wilson's political economy, I regret to say he had neglected to get up the subject ; and
certainly, upon the whole, cut but a poor figure, often coming before us quite unprepared. . . .
Chalmers and Leslie seem to be the great lights. ... I consider Edinburgh a most desirable
residence ; it has almost all the advantages of a capital without the follies and excesses.'
On the 2nd of April he left Edinburgh with his friend Forbes, a son of Lord
Medwyn, on a visit to Abbotsford. He was delighted, as so many were, with
Sir Walter Scott, and left him on the 4th, copying, before he went, the following epitaph
in Melrose Churchyard :
' The earth goeth on the earth glistering like gold,
The earth goeth to the earth sooner than it wold ;
The earth buildeth on the earth castles and towers,
The earth sayeth to the earth, all shall be ours.'
On the nth of April he was at his father's house in Cornwall Terrace, Regent's
Park, having taken a peep at the family property in Westmoreland on his way south.
Fortified with his Scotch metaphysics, he was now ready to face German philo-
sophy. On the 25th of April he left London, and on the 8th of May was back at
Dresden and Tharandt. After studying steadily till the middle of August, on the
2 1 St of that month he started on a tour in Poland, from which he returned on the
1 6th of September, highly pleased with his journey, but still more delighted to be back
' in delightful Saxony.' In Dresden he remained till the year was out, entering in his
Diary on the 31st of December the following note :
' Since my return from Poland I have been diligently occupied in the study of history,
especially German.'
The years 1830, 1831, and 1832 were spent for the most part by Cleasby in
Germany in the earnest pursuit of knowledge. At Dresden he remained during the
early part of 1830, continuing his German studies, with occasional outbreaks for re-
creation. Thus, on the 8th of March, he sets out for a pedestrian tour to Leipzig,
distant about 55 English miles, which he and his friends accomplished in two days.
On the nth he attended a lecture in philosophy by Professor Krug, and
* Was not a little surprised to see him mount the desk in regular cavalry spurs, which rang so
as he came in that I thought a dragoon had entered the room. He is a man, I suppose, towards
60 years old, his physiognomy serious, his delivery clear and impressive, perhaps a little too
mannered. At eleven o'clock I heard the animated little Greek professor Hermann, likewise
towards 60 years old, who also lectured in spurs and a drab great-coat. He speaks an easy clear
Latin, The Agememnon of ^schylus was the subject, and he appeared to illustrate it ably. I
heard Wachsmuth on Universal History, a man 40 or 45 years old : he maintained a constant smile,
almost a laugh, was full of wit in his remarks, and so restless that he could scarcely remain a
Ixvi RICHARD CLEASBY. 1830.
minute in the same position. Had his French pronunciation been more perfect I should rather
have taken him for a Frenchman than a German. After that I went and saw the " Convict," as it is
called ; this is an immense old hall, in which 300 or 400 poor hungry students, mostly theologians,
are fed twice a day at Government cost ; mid-day they get meat and vegetables, in the evening a
soup, and what they call a " brei," i. e. a sort of porridge, and each a loaf about the size of an
English twopenny loaf.'
On the 15th of March he was back at Dresden, by Eilwagen, v^here he resumed
his studies. On the 5th of May his friend Professor Chalybseus took him to see Tieck
and to hear him read, as he was in the habit of doing every Sunday evening to a select
circle of twenty or thirty persons. On the 15th he set off with the same friend for a
pedestrian tour in Saxon Switzerland, and on the 1 7th he quitted Dresden with much
regret. He was now on his way home again, passing by Cassell, Gottingen, Brunswick,
Hamburg, Bremen, and Holland, taking the steamer for London at Rotterdam, and
arriving on the 14th of June. In England Cleasby stayed till the outbreak of the
French Revolution in that year; as soon as it was thought safe to visit France, he
crossed on the 17th of August from Brighton to Dieppe, and made his way by Rouen
to Paris. There he was surprised to see no traces of any recent tumult or excitement.
The only thing unusual which he seems to have remarked was the utter absence of
priests in the streets. On the 1 7th of August he left Paris for Nancy and Strasburg,
and, crossing the Rhine, arrived at Leipzig on the 4th of September, just in time to see
a little riot in the streets, in which, while the troops remained inactive, the populace
entered the houses of obnoxious persons and destroyed their furniture. On the 5th
Cleasby notes :
' The police establishment ceased yesterday to exist, and all military interference seems to be
forbidden.'
On the 6th he left Leipzig, and travelled to Munich by way of Baireuth and
Nuremberg, and on the 12th he reached the Bavarian capital, which ever after he
considered his head-quarters in Germany, and to which, in his latest years, he fondly
imagined that he should return after he had finished his labours in the North. His
first friend in Munich was the eccentric Hoffmann, who shewed him all the lions which
he had not already seen, and introduced him to many literary men. By this time
Cleasby was a very good German scholar, and he began at once to attend Schelling's
lectures on Philosophy, and to study Old German under Massmann and Schmeller,
with the last of whom he contracted a lasting friendship. On the i6th of November
he notes :
' I heard yesterday Professor Schelling deliver his introductory lecture to the course he intends
reading this season on the Philosophy of Mythology, in which he expressed the deepest regret at
the declining state of the Gymnasia, i. e. the schools where the youths are prepared for the
universities. ... He received a treble " Lebe Hoch " on appearing, and was much moved in reading
the first part of his lecture.'
On the 29th of December he writes :
' There had been a little row with a few tipsy students on Christmas Eve, which the Govern-
ment foolishly made a great fuss about, and pretended to see in it a Revolution, so that the military
31. ' RICHARD CLEASBY. IxvH
I ve been ordered out, and the National Guard placed on duty at once. Several people were hacked
!)out by the Cuirassiers, and the University ordered to be closed for two months; however, this
as been countermanded. The absurd conduct of the King and Government on this occasion is
nough to make any one desire a change in the order of things.'
On the 5th of January, 1 831, he notes :
• I dined with a large party of Professors, who met to-day and celebrated Schelling's birthday,
)ut " Deutscher Ernst " was too leading an ingredient in the assembly, and it went off heavily. He
s 56 years old.'
On the 3rd of March the first mention occurs of Schmeller's name : ' Walked with
Schmeller to Hesloe, and dined there.' On the ist of May he does not omit to
ncntion the annual festival of tapping the ' Bock' beer, which he found admirable at
he price of a penny a pint. On the 2nd he notes :
* Schelling commenced his lectures for the summer half-year, continuing the Philosophy of
\l)^thology. Oken did the same, but said, as only 4 or 5 had inscribed their names, he should not
oatinue to lecture unless all those present, about 30 or 40, did the same ; the subject is Natural
1 i story. The students here, many from poverty, many from shabbiness, are excessively shy about
raying the fees,'
Later on in his Diaries he mentions the fact that he found Ranke and other
professors at Berlin lecturing to very scanty classes.
On the 8th of May he notes that his physician, Dr. Walther, had recommended a
lew cure for his old ailments : this was a Kr'duter-Kur , or herbal course of medicine,
iccording to which he would have to drink, every morning before breakfast, half a pint
of a decoction of dandelion and other herbs. But the end of this Krduter-Kur and of
the many Trauben and Molken-Kurs which he underwent was that he was ordered again
to Carlsbad, where we find him drinking the waters on the 12th of June, on which
occasion Cleasby notes : ' Found there were 13 English here.' On the i8th of July he
left Carlsbad, and was back at Munich on the 24th, whence he wrote to his father,
telling him that he had made up his mind to go to Greece with Thiersch ; for then all
the world in Bavaria, it must be remembered, were mad to go with King Otho to his
new kingdom. But preparatory to this expedition, which, had it been carried out,
might have changed the whole tenor of his life, Cleasby set off on the 20th of August
with Constantin Hofler, a young German, for the Tyrol, Switzerland, and Upper Italy.
The reason why the trip to Greece was abandoned is given in the following letter to
his mother :
'Zurich, Sept. i^th, 1831. — My dear mother, I wrote my dear father at the beginning of the
month from Tyrol, expressive of my disappointment at being prevented visiting Greece, from the
numerous difficulties of quarantine etc. occasioned by cholera morbus in the north and south, and
plague in the east. ... It was, notwithstanding, with great reluctance that I relinquished my plan
. . . ., for I confess that after the manner in which my life has been employed for some time past,
I look upon a visit to classical Greece as a great desideratum. We bachelors with a literary turn
of mind are in our way like the good folks in the City, — the more we have, the more we want ; but
still the circle of my perambulations is nearly completed, and I look forward to setting myself down
permanently by your side at no very distant period, but wish, if possible, not to have to come home
in the mean time, in order to avoid those terrible parting scenes which have been more than once
so painful.'
Ixviii RICHARD CLEASBY. 1831-33
1
Then he goes on to describe how he had consoled his disappointment at not seeing
Greece by a tour through the Tyrol, Switzerland, and the Italian Lakes, and says his L
address till further advices will still be Munich.
On the 27th of October he returned to his old quarters in that city, and on the
I St of November dined with Dr. Martins, Professor of Botany, where he
* Heard the famous amateur piano-player, Mendelsohn, quite a young man .... he executed
some sonatas of Beethoven in a style perfectly wonderful.'
On the 2nd he resumed his Greek with Joseph Miiller, and on the 22nd of
November he notes :
' We began to-day with Professor Schmeller to read the Anglo-Saxon version of the Gospel of
St. Matthew belonging to the 7th century, to be continued every Wednesday.'
At Munich he remained hard at work till the 23rd of April, 1832, when he started
with Louis Halm for a pedestrian tour to Gastein and Salzburg, returning on the 9th of
May, and almost immediately set off for England, vi^ Frankfort and the Rhine, where
we find him, in London, on the 20th of that month. Nothing particular occurred on
this visit to England, except that his horrible Krauter-Kur followed him home, for we
find him taking every morning half a pint of a mixture of dandelion, ground-ivy, and
white horehound, prepared by a herbalist In Covent Garden. At the same time he
procured from Dr. Bandinel, of the Bodleian Library, a copy of the Anno Lied for his
friend Baron Lassberg. On the 4th of June he was off again for Germany, and on the
24th of the month was back at the everlasting Carlsbad drinking the Sprtidel. On the
29th of July his cure was over, and he was at Munich attending Schelling's lectures.
On the 1 5th of August Cleasby notes :
' Schelling closed his lectures on the Philosophy of Revelation, completing, with his Philosophy
of Mythology, an entire and perfect course. I gave a crown dollar (4$-. 6d?.) towards a serenade for
him this evening.'
On the 30th of the month Cleasby set off for a lengthened tour in the Austrian
Tyrol, Styria, and the Upper Engadine, from whence he returned on the 5th of October.
Philosophy rather than Philology seems still his favourite study ; his Diary is full of
Schelling's lectures, and on the 29th of November he writes :
^Schelling told me to-day, that during the troubles of the war in Germany, when there was
scarcely any telling what might be the result, he had formed a plan for going to England to give
instruction in the Latin language, having excogitated a method by which to teach it in half the
usual time.'
On the 6th of December he notes :
' Otto, the second son of the King of Bavaria, King of Greece, left Munich this morning to take
possession of his new kingdom.'
In Munich Cleasby remained till the year turned and spring came again, and on the
22nd of April, 1833, he set off on a lengthened tour through Austria and Hungary, in
which latter country he was treated with marked distinction by Graf Mailath and
Pyrker the Archbishop of Erlau. Having covered an immensity of ground, he was
back at Munich on the 26th of May. On the 8th of June he wrote to his father, saying
1833. RICHARD CLEASBY. Ixi
IX
that he should return to England by way of Carlsbad, Dresden, Berlin, Westphalia, and
Holland. The loth of that month was a day of leave-taking at Munich, where Cleasby
had now concluded the studies which he deemed necessary to repair a neglected edu-
cation. On that day he dined with his friend Martins —
' Whose general kindness, together with the agreeable society of his excellent wife and three
charming little daughters, have had a great share in causing me to leave Munich with so much
regret. My excellent friend Schmeller was likewise there, a sterling character of a sort at present
fare in the extreme.'
On the 19th he was again at Carlsbad, drinking steadily. There, on the 8th of
July, he notes :
' I received a packet from Andreas Schmeller of Munich, containing, as a present, his Mund-
arten Baierns, and other works.'
It was at this visit that he made the acquaintance of Bishop Tegner, who talked
philosophy with him, and urged him to visit Sweden, and especially Vexio, where his
see was. It is evident also, from later letters to Schmeller, that the two friends had
discussed this Scandinavian expedition, which, besides visiting Tegner, had in view
the famous Codex Argenteus at Upsala. On the 6th of August Cleasby reached
Berlin, and presented letters of introduction to Von Raumer, Professor Ehrenberg,
Graff the Old German philologer, Lachmann, and Boeckh. On the 7th he heard
Lachmann lecture on the Niebelungen at 8 a.m. ; at 11, Ranke, Professor of History,
the class consisting of only four persons besides himself. By all these celebrities, and
especially by Ehrenberg, Graff, and Ranke, Cleasby was courteously received and hos-
pitably entertained, and on the 1 6th left for Magdeburg, taking with him the impression
that Berlin and her inhabitants, as compared with Munich and South Germany, might
be described as ' vornehm und traurig.' From Magdeburg he passed into the Hartz
country, and on the 22nd ascended the Brocken. On Sunday the 25th he was at Got-
tingen, where he found the students ' very rough and unpolished in their manners,' and
the University much reduced in number, having sunk from 1500 to 850, chiefly in con-
sequence of the political troubles of 1831. Here comes a very interesting entry in the
Diary :
* I presented Schmeller's letter to Jacob Grimm, the librarian, and was received in the most
friendly manner. He seems an excellently amiable, mild, good creature, perfectly wrapped up in his
grammatical enquiries. He invited me to pass the evening with "him and his brother William, who
is married, and an uncommonly animated jovial fellow. They both live in the same house, and in
such harmony and community that one might almost imagine the children were common property.
William read us a sort of farce written in the Frankfort dialect, depicting the "malheurs" of a
rich Frankfort tradesman on a holiday jaunt on Sunday. It was very droll, and he read it
admirably.'
On the 27th Cleasby left Gottingen, making his way through Westphalia to the
Rhine. At Bonn he called one morning on A. W. Schlegel, and found he was in his
bath. In the afternoon he called again, and observed —
' A great effeminacy of manner about him. He is a vast crier out against the system of the
English Universities, seemed dissatisfied that the geologist Buckland and the like should be D.D.'s
in holy orders, and that on the other hand a good classic and a tory was all that was required of a
Ixx RICHARD CLEASBY. 1833,34.
bishop ; then found fault with the fixed salaries of professors, when all got alike, whether superior
or not ; and said professors were like players, the best went where they got the most money.'
On the 1 8th of September Cleasby crossed from Ostend to Dover, and arrived in
London the following day, where he made the following entries in his Diary :
* Sept. i()th, 1833. — After returning yesterday evening from the Continent with a view to make
some lengthened stay in England after my long peregrinations^ I got on to the coach this morning
at Dover, about 8 o'clock, for London, and arrived about 5 P.M. in Cornwall Terrace, where I found
my father, mother, and sister in excellent health. Stephen came from the City later in the evening
in his accustomed steadiness of garb, and Anthony was in Yorkshire occupied as a revising barrister.
I cannot say that I approached without some misgivings the over-grown Metropolis, — the head and
centre of all ceaseless toiling after wealth and endless striving after rank and consequence, the
matchless emporium of smoke and fog, — for after the many quiet winters passed in philosophical
research, and the tranquillity of literary pursuit in the less aspiring circles of German capitals,
I feared that the rush and bustle and ambitious contendings of the great city would be sadly at
variance with the tendency of my feelings and the whole tenor of my mind.'
'Oct. \2th, 1833. — Paid Mr. Henry Reeve a visit at No. 3, Well Walk, Hampstead, and pre-
sented him with a Bocksbeutel tobacco-bag. I bought for him in Pesth two Debrecziner pipes,
for which he paid me my disbursement of five shillings.'
* March 1st, 1834. — Dined with Reeve at Hampstead,' and on the 4th 'wrote to Schmeller, and
begged Martius would remember me to Schelling, and say I should have long ago written him if
" Herr Reeve mir nicht gesagt hatte, er stande mit ihm in Briefwechsel und hatte ihm iiber den
hiesigen Standpunkt der Philosophie benachrichtiget ; ich kann nicht sagen, dass die Deutsche
Schule sehr schnellen Fortschritt macht. Die Englander begeben sich in das Transcendentale
erstaunlich langsam." '
On the 22nd of March, 1834, he is in Oxford, on which day he says,
* I accompanied Mr. Thorpe (Benjamin), the Anglo-Saxon scholar, to the Clarendon Press,
which is an enormous building, where various works in Greek, Latin, and English were in course of
printing by hand-presses, there being no machines at present ; but what most surprised me was the
enormous room, I think above 200 feet long, in which nothing but Bibles and Prayer Books are
printed : there seemed to be 70 or 80 men or more hard at work, and yet all they could do from
morning till night is scarcely capable of meeting the demand.'
As yet he knows nothing of Icelandic, and is uncertain whether he will go to
the North. Thorpe begs him if he went to Denmark to bring him a copy of ' Hervara
Saga, edit. Rafen!
On the 31st of March, 1834, he wrote a long letter in German to his friend
Schmeller in Munich, giving an account of the collation of certain Latin MSS. in
Oxford. In it he says :
'Vielleicht kann ich diesen FriihHng die Wahlfahrt nach Scandinavien nicht machen ; dann
komme ich wahrscheinlich nach Carlsbad.'
However, this doubt was solved in the affirmative, for on the 14th of May he left
London by steamer for Hamburg, and on the 21st he paid his first visit to Copenhagen
by steamer from Travemlinde through the Danish Isles, and is ' much struck by the
width of the streets and spaciousness of the large open squares and the general large
scale of the houses.' Here his banker, Herr Brandt,
'Informed' him 'on the 23rd that such was the abundance of wheat from the total absence of
export that the price had fallen below that of rye, so that the common people were beginning to ask
1834. RICHARD CLEASBY, 1
XXI
after wheaten bread . . . . ; had not the Russian corn crops failed last season there is no saying what
would have been the price of grain.'
On the 24th of May he set off for Elsinore, where he makes the following entry in
his Diary, shewing how much he had yet to learn in Northern philology :
•Helsing-oer from the corner of land being in the shape of an ear ; thus, formerly the Sound
•was called Ore-sund.'
Thence he crossed to Helsingborg in twenty-six minutes, and, landing in Sweden,
at once fell into the agonies of their paper money :
*Got 100 dollar note, about ;^8, changed into smaller money, for which I got a bundle of
Shabby rags fitter in bulk to put under one's arm than into one's pocket.'
The cheapness of Swedish posting was, however, much to his mind, and with
great courage he made his way to Stockholm posting, though quite ignorant of the
language, and finding no one who could speak German. At Vexio he stopped to
respond to the invitation of Tegner, the great Swedish poet, whom he had met at
Carlsbad the year before, and who had warmly besought him to visit him at his
episcopal residence ; but to his disappointment he adds,
' I found him so depressed in spirits and suffering in body that he seemed to have forgotten
all his promises about Schelling's philosophy, etc., complained of being too unwell to attend the
Diet at Stockholm, where he ought to have been, and let me leave Vexio without paying me any
other attention than giving me a cup of coffee and giving me one of the teachers of the gymnasium
as an interpreter.'
At Stockholm Cleasby arrived on this his first visit on the 30th of May, and was
much struck, as every one must be, with the beauty of the city and its lovely * Djur-
gard,' or park. After making several acquaintances, whom after intimacy ripened into
friends, he left on the 8th for Upsala, and admired the quaint old wooden town, the
grand cathedral, and the library. In it was contained the great object of his admira-
tion, the Gothic Gospels of Ulphilas, with which he was to be better acquainted in
later years. In this his first visit he remarks that Professor Schroder, the chief
•librarian, though he received him with remarkable civility and attention, could not
conceal his anxiety when his visitor took the Codex Argenteus in his hand. On this
occasion there was no question of a collation of the manuscript. In fact, it appears
from sundry entries in the Diary as to linseed, rape, corn, etc., that this Northern visit
of Cleasby was as much commercial as literary. After visiting the iron districts, Cleasby
returned to Stockholm and crossed the country to Norway, starting from Stockholm on
the 1 8th of June, and reaching the Norwegian capital on the 23rd, and finding, as he
crossed the frontier, how very much dearer posting was in the one country than in the
other. After seeing a little of the country round Christiania, Cleasby went by steamer
to Gottenburg, which he reached on the ist of July, and having made some commercial
enquiries, and seen a little of the neighbourhood, he returned to Copenhagen on the
loth of that month. Here he notes :
'After seeing the, other Northern capitals I was struck with surprise at seeing Copenhagen
again, which has all the solidity and traffic and shop conveniences of the largest German capitals,
and is, I think, more varied and picturesque than most of them.'
Ixxii RICHARD CLEASBY. 1834,35.
On the 1 2th of July he took his first lesson in Danish, and set himself seriously to
work to'-acquire the language, as well as to drink the imitation Carlsbad waters, which
were now so necessary to his existence.
At Copenhagen or in its neighbourhood Cleasby remained for nearly a year, only
leaving it for a month in the autumn to take a grape-cure on the Rhine ; on the return
from which he visited the Grimms at Cassel, when Jacob gave him a letter of intro-
duction to Finn Magnusen, which he delivered on the 27th of October, making the
following entry :
' I delivered Grimm's parcel to Finn Magnusen, whom I found in a very brown-studious
looking room and mood ; but he was very obliging. He has all the appearance of a dry
" Gelehrter." '
On the 24th of November Cleasby moved from the Hotel Royale, where he had
hitherto stayed, into lodgings in the Kongens Nytorv. On the 12th of December he
dined with Ohlenschlager, ' who,' he says, ' at my instigation, and with some assistance
from me in English, translated part of Moore's Lallah Rookh.' On a former occasion,
in making the poet's acquaintance, Cleasby says of him :
' Ohlenschlager is an exceedingly jovial, open-hearted man, but with more of the sensualist in
his look than of the poet of deep feeling. His conversation is light, and even almost flimsy at
times He related to me that he had applied to Sir Walter Scott about publishing one of his
romances in England, which had been very well received in Denmark and Germany, and wished to
have ;^ioo for the copyright; but Sir Walter wrote back to say there was no entrepreneurs for
foreign novels. It was before Sir Walter's misfortunes, and Ohlenschlager seemed to think he
ought to have sent him the ^100, as a sum of no kind of consequence to him and of much assist-
ance to a fellow-poet. Such is the generous open nature of Ohlenschlager's disposition, that I doubt
not he would have done it under similar circumstances ; but in this he belongs no doubt to the few,
and not to the many.'
On the 25th of February, 1835, Cleasby looked out for lodgings for a month or so
at Roeskilde, ' in order to read in quietude,' and, having found them, went thither on the
3rd of March. On the 2nd occurs the first mention of Rafn's name in the Diary, thus :
' Paid Mr. Rafn, the Secretary of the Nordiske Oldskrift Selskab, the fee on becoming a
member, being 25 specie dollars. I was elected on the 31st of January. Rafn and Finn Mag-
nusen were proposer and seconder.'
On the 3rd of April he returned from Roeskilde, and on the 23rd started for Lund
in Scania, in Sweden, at which University he spent about a month learning Swedish, as
he had already learnt Danish, and becoming intimate with the Professors Reuterdahl,
Agardh, and, though last not least, Nilson, so well known for his geological and ethno-
logical writings. On the loth of June Cleasby left Copenhagen for his annual visit to
Carlsbad, by way of Stettin, Berlin, and Dresden, reaching it on the 15th, He had not
intended to return home this year, but at the close of his cure he received such an
alarming letter from his brother Anthony as to his brother Stephen's health that he
came home immediately, arriving in London on the 22nd of July. His brother was
then at Malvern, being threatened with consumption. He found him better than he
had expected, and, after staying in England till the 25th of September, left for Germany
and Dresden, where he arrived on the 5th of October, and he went into lodgings
1835-37- RICHARD CLEASBY. Ixxiii
for the winter. Early in November he heard of his brother Stephen's death, which is
thus commemorated in his Diary :
' November id^th. — This is the severest day with which it has as yet pleased Providence to visit
me. I lost my dear and much-loved brother Stephen. He died at- Cheltenham between 7 and
8 A.M. Mtiltis ille bonis ^ etc!
Further on he describes this bereavement as
• A loss quite irreparable ; a rapid decline tore him away from us, a visitor which all former
circumstances of his life and of the family never led us to dream of. He himself has made a
change for the better ; it is his mourning relations who suffer. He was in his thirty-seventh
year.' ,
Later, on the 15th of December, Cleasby wrote a long letter to his brother
Anthony, in which he says :
' The loss of such a brother cannot be repaired, but we must seek by all possible unity and
mutual approximation in desire and deed, and by clinging closely to each other, to close up as
far as possible the cruel gap which the envious Giant has made in our ranks; not unreminded
by what has happened of the uncertainty of the period during which it may be granted to us
to range in the already diminished space of fraternal love and friendship.'
Whether it were that the death of.his brother gave his mind a more. serious turn,
it is plain from the Diary that Richard Cleasby studied divinity and associated with
clergymen during this winter. His friends, the Hof-Prediger Franke and the Ober-
Hof-Prediger Ammon, were those whose society he most sought in Dresden ; nor did
he forget to visit his old friend Pastor Prietsch at Tharandt. On the 3rd of January,
1836, he left Dresden for Leipzig, where he had many friends; but the religious turn
of his mind is best shewn by the following little entry on the nth of January :
'Took a young man of the name of Stegman to assist me in an attentive reading of the
Bible.'
Old Professor Hermann was still alive, and Cleasby gave him a memorandum
which Thiersch had left with him at Munich in 1833. At Leipzig he stayed
engaged in his theological studies till the i8th of May, when he went leisurely home
by Jena, the Odenwald, Heidelberg, the Rhine, and the Moselle. Treves and Luxem-
burg were duly visited, and on the 8th of June he crossed to Dover. In the winter
his brother Anthony had married Miss Fawkes. On the 3rd of July is the following
entry :
' Dr. Lappenberg of Hamburgh, Bronsted of Copenhagen, and the Librarian Falkenstein of
Dresden dined with us, and met Reeve.'
On the 27th of August Cleasby left Dover for Ostend. On the 19th of September
we find him at Munich :
' This town, to which so many agreeable recollections are attached, as well as regards the
acquisition of knowledge as that of sincere friends.'
Here he went into lodgings in the house of his friend Professor Martins, and
on the 14th of October began reading Moeso-Gothic with his friend Professor Schmeller.
At Munich he remained till May, 1837, hard at work; and early in that month took a
tour in the Bavarian Tyrol, during which he stayed at Kreuth to take a whey (molken)
Ixxiv RICHARD CLEASBY. 1837-39.
cure. On the 3rd of July he returned to Munich, 'very well satisfied with the effects
of the molken/ On the 2nd of September he set off with his friend Schmeller on
a tour through Switzerland, returning on the 24th of the month, and making good use
of the journey in studying the dialects. He now resumed his Old German and Philo-
logical studies, but a' report of his mother's ill-health took him to England for a
fortnight. He found his mother better than he expected, and on the 5th of December
he was back at Munich. The winter of 1837-38 now passed away, and the spring
found him still at work. We only pause to note that on the 27th of January, 1838,
he writes, ' Was at a ball at Staatsrath Maurer's,' Konrad Maurer's father, and
Schmeller's trusty friend. Then he again drinks the molken at Kreuth, climbs the
Bavarian hills, and returns to England in July. On the ii3th he was present at a
dinner in Guildhall, to congratulate the Queen on her coronation. There he sees
' The Duke de Nemours, a nice, amiable-looking, blonde youth ; Soult, a broad, tough-looking
warrior, a good deal knocked about, but still hale and firm. Sebastiani's countenance is
intelligent. Esterhazy, Schwartzenberg, Stroganoff, Putbus, Spanish and Portuguese grandees,
etc., excited less interest, but the splendid diamonds on the sabre of the first-mentioned could
not escape notice. Wellington, Peel, Melbourne, Sir J. Graham, Stanley, little Lord John Russell,
and the massive pair, O'Connell and Hume, with numerous other contrasts, sat peaceably and
apparently well-pleased side by side.'
After a visit to the patrimonial acres in Westmoreland he departed for Germany
on the 25th of August, and reached Munich by way of Augsburg and Nuremberg,
carrying with him some facsimiles of Old German MSS. for his friend Schmeller. He
still takes lessons in Greek and German philology. In these studies he again passed
the winter of 1838-39.
On the 1 3th of February he wrote to his father to say that he thought of leaving
Munich about the end of the month by Leipzig to Hamburg, and thence to Denmark
and St. Petersburg. On the ist of March, 1839, stands an entry like many others in
these volumes :
' Made Joseph Miiller, Orientalist, a present of a hundred gulden, to forward the publication
of a work he is preparing for the press.'
Now he buys a britschka for his journey, and extra strong shoes and boots^
acquires statistical works on Russia, packs up his books and sends them to Gotta to
take care of, and departs on the 2nd on his travels. At Leipzig, on the 6th of March,
he gave Dr. Cruzius a hundred dollars, fifty in his own name, and fifty in that of
his friend Vipan,
'For the five exiled Gottingen professors. Two of the seven, Ewald and Gervinus, forego
their shares.'
Three of the five were his friends Dahlmann and Jacob and William Grimm.
At Halle, of which he says, ' A more narrow-cornering, dirty, wretched-built town
I scarcely recollect,' he saw Professor Leo,
'Who, though terribly pugnacious and bitterly persecuting with his pen, is a lively and
very agreeable person in conversation. We immediately got on to the subject of his Anglo-
Saxon Lesebuch, when he quite agreed to my suggestions as to certain passages.'
1839. RICHARD CLEASBY. Ixxv
On the 8th he was at Berlin, struck more than ever with its imposing appearance —
* Munich is quite a village to it.' His friend Raumer was in Italy, but he saw Graff,
and found him, * as usual, complaining, but he brightened up when I talked of con-
sulting him as to some passages in Ottfried's Christ' Then follows the discussion,
at the end of which Graff remarked that the passages were the more' difficult because
they were nearly all of them dVal Xey6/xem. On the 12th he reached Hamburg, and,
after seeing Lappenberg, went on slowly to Copenhagen, lingering in Schleswig and
Jutland more than a month, and accurately observing the dialects and the people.
On the 4th of May he reached the Danish capital, and called on his friends. On
the 6th he went with Professor Thiele to the Museum of Sculpture and saw Thor-
waldsen, who had been absent in Italy on his former visits :
'Among the sculptures there is his own bust, by himself, some twenty years younger, a
magnificent countenance. On expressing my strong desire to see him, Thiele was so kind as
to go in to him and announce me, though he had let his servant know he was not very well
this morning ; and I believe I should not have seen him but for my being able to speak Danish,
for immediately on my going in he received me most cordially, and his first words were,
" J^g horer at de taler Dansk.'^ I passed about three-quarters of an hour with him alone, and I
never recollect having more enjoyment in the same time. There is earnestness and great depth
of expression in his countenance, with great placidness and serenity. He talked little, but moved
slowly about in his silk dressing-gown, letting fall every now and then a remark either voluntarily
or in answer to some observation of mine upon a picture or a piece of sculpture. He seemed,
as far as I could judge, to be very favourably impressed as to England, and dwelt especially
upon the merits of one or two pictures he has, painted by Englishmen. ... He said he wished
to see England, but feared, from the great number of very kind friends he had there, he should
be detained too long, and his years reminded him that his time was growing short. I saw
in his studio numerous works, partly now in execution, especially reliefs of the " Triumph of
Alexander," and a colossal and most noble figure, just modelled, representing Ocean, which is to
form part of a group. ... I left him with the impression of having been in the company of a
great man. There is something half sacred about his still, pensive manner, with his white hair
and figure a little bent forward.'
Cleasby had now made up his mind more clearly as to his Northern journey. On
the same day he wrote to his father that he was going first to Stockholm, and then to
Upsala, to stay there fourteen da}%. After that he should go to Petersburg, by way
of Riga and Reval. On the 7th of May he left Copenhagen by steamer for Malmoe in
Scania. From Malmoe he posted in his carriage to Calmar, and thence to Stockholm,
which he reached on the i6th. Cleasby was now better fitted to enjoy Sweden than on
his former visit in 1834. He knew the language, and had letters to many literary men
from his friends in Copenhagen. Dr. Hildebrand, the archivarius and great Anglo-Saxon
numismatist, took him to the Library, and put him in the way of obtaining some facsimiles
and transcripts from Icelandic Sagas of the Romance cycle for Lady Charlotte Guest.
Having put this in train, Cleasby turned to the main object of his visit — the inspection
and collation of the Codex Argenteus at Upsala. He was fortunate in finding his friend
Dr. Reuterdahl, of Lund, in Stockholm, who gave him a letter to the chief librarian
Schroder, a man who was known, for his difficulty of access, by the nickname of * Inga-
lunda ;' * Certainly not,' or ' Not by any means,' that being the word with which he usually
Ixxvi RICHARD CLEASBY. 1839.
met applicants who desired to avail themselves of the literary treasures under his care.
Fortified with this letter, Cleasby presented himself at Upsala on the 19th of May, and
saw Schroder, whom he calls 'an obliging, friendly man.' He made no objection to the
collation of the MS. with Gabelentz and Lobe's edition, and, while he went to Stock-
holm, confided Cleasby to the care of the under-librarian Afzelius, with whom he spent
the morning of the 20th in trying to find his ^
' Colleague Fant, who was said to have the key of the glass case in which the Codex Argen-
teus is kept. It looked as if I should have to wait Schroder's return from Stockholm.'
So the 20th was lost, but on the 21st Cleasby notes :
* This morning I was rejoiced to find that the valuable key was found. ... I accordingly
accompanied Afzelius to the Library, but partly because it was more convenient for him to sit at
home than come to the Library and sit there while I was at work, and partly, as he said, because he
could there ask me questions as to English, which language he was reading and desirous of my
help, he determined upon taking out the Codex and carrying it to his house, where I was to have
leave to work before and after noon; and indeed I began at 10 o'clock A.M. and remained till
1 o'clock, and then went again at 4 and remained till 7.'
Next day, and every day, he worked at the Codex, but on the 22nd he saw Geijer
the historian, who had been absent on his former visit ; and this is his account of a
very remarkable man :
' Passed the evening with Geijer, who speaks a little English. There is nothing striking in his
outward appearance or manner ; nor is he especially conversant, though, after being with him a
time, he becomes more so ; but there is a good deal of inward thought in him, and perceptible in
his countenance.'
At Upsala he also saw Tullberg, a young Sanskrit Professor. He complained of
the little interest taken in Sanskrit by the students, but this, he added,
' Was less to be wondered at, for he had seen Bopp with not more than half-a-dozen hearers at
Berlin, Rosen with only four or five in London, and Wilson with not more in Oxford.'
On the 28th Cleasby notes :
' Spent the evening with Geijer ; as pleasant a one as I ever passed. He was in good humour,
and communicative, which is not always the case, and is a man decidedly of the first order. On
my departure he presented me with a monthly periodical, which he edits, containing a notice of
Lockhart's Life of Walter Scott, and I think there has scarcely anywhere been set a more inter-
esting and touching monument to the memory of this good and great man. . . . Besides being
perhaps the first historian of the day, Geijer is a poet of a very high order, and a musical com-
poser of great merit.'
On the 1st of June Cleasby's labours on the Codex Argenteus were concluded for
the present, and he speaks in high praise of the text as he found it in the edition of
Gabelentz and Lobe, though it is now superseded by Professor Upstrom's splendid
facsimile edition. On the same day he received a number of letters of introduction from
his father to influential persons in Russia. On his return to Stockholm he saw the
magnificent collection of Northern antiquities in the royal palace, and especially the
Anglo-Saxon coins and those some of the rarest ; a proof, if any were wanting, that
among the Northern Vikings there must have been many Swedes who, on their return
from the West, buried their treasure in the earth.
S39. RICHARD CLEASBY. 1
XXVll
On the 4th of June Cleasby left Stockholm for Finnlandand Russia, on which
journey we forbear to dwell, except to say that wherever he went he saw everything and
(Very person of any importance to whom he could get access. On the 19th of July he
returned to Stockholm. There he found the facsimiles for Lady Charlotte Guest were
ready ; and having inspected the Icelandic MSS. in the Royal Library, and made the
acquaintance of Mr. George Stephens, the translator of Frithiof 's Saga, then resident in
Stockholm and an ardent collector of popular tales, but now Professor at Copenhagen,
and a great authority on Runes, one of the most obliging and learned of men, he hired
a servant for a journey to Norway, and set out on his expedition by way of Upsala.
His object was, as we know, to complete his collation of the Codex Argenteus — but
alas ! the fates were against him, as the following entry in his Diary shews :
' July 29//^, 1839. — I 1^^^ Stockholm for Upsala. The librarian, Schroder, was not there, — the
second one, Afzelius, took me to the library, but could not find the key, precisely as on the last
occasion, and I am inclined to think the reason was that he would not find it, which prevented
my looking at the first 16 pages of the Codex Argenteus, which I wished to do, to see the state
of the leaves, and also p. 118, to see how the Latin Gloss was written at the beginning of Luke's
Evangelium.'
Thence he passed through the Swedish mining districts, and, passing on to Dale-
carlia, was delighted, as all must be, with the primitive people who dwell along the banks
of the two Dal Elvs and round the shores of the lovely Siljan Lake. Crossing the
fells called the Kjolen or Keel, he came down by Veradal on Drontheim, very nearly by
the same route which St. Olaf took when he went to meet his death at Sticklastad.
At Drontheim he passed several pleasant days with Rector Bugge, and left it on the
loth of August for the South, crossing the Dovre Fjeld, and then turning up by
Romsdale and Gudbrandsdale to Christiania, which he reached on the i6th, and thought
not to be compared to Drontheim. Having renewed his acquaintance with Keyser,
Professor of History in the University there, he left Christiania on the i8th for
Gottenburg, by way of Drammen, following the route which he had taken in 1834.
On the 23rd he reached Copenhagen, and thus reviews his Swedish and Russian tour :
' I thus finished, very much to my satisfaction, a most agreeable and, at the same time, instruc-
tive tour, in which I learned much as to the state of the countries I visited, which, doubtless, is not
to be acquired from books. I was everywhere received with great kindness, and all facilities were
given me for the attainment of the objects I had in view, with the sole exception of Petersburg,
where I cannot but allow that the literary introductions I had were but coldly responded to.'
After a little tour among the smaller Danish Isles, during which he was amazed
at the prosperity and ease of the peasantry, he left Copenhagen on the 9th of September
for England, meaning to go by steamer from Hamburg, but the vessel having broken
down at the mouth of the Elbe, he left her, and went home by Lower Germany and
Friesland, and embarked at Ostend on the 13th of that month for London. His return
had been hastened by the intelligence of his father's failing health ; but this, it seems,
was a false alarm. After seeing friends, writing to Dr. Bowring, and giving him an
account of the Romance literature in Icelandic in the Royal Library at Stockholm, and
enclosing the facsimiles which Lady Charlotte Guest was anxious to have for her edition
g
Ixxviii RICHARD CLEASBY. 1839.
of the Mabinoglon, he sailed on the i6th of October for Rotterdam, and, making the
acquaintance of Dr. Bosworth, then chaplain in that city, and editor of an Anglo-Saxon
Dictionary, he returned through Holland and Friesland, stopping on his way at
Deventer to see the great Frisian scholar, Dr. Halbertsma :
' A somewhat rigid-looking man, who seemed, in silence, keeping his wife — quite a model of a
Dutch frow — and his two children company We talked upon Frisian He is about a work on
the language, a complete Dictionary, which I encouraged him to make haste with. He has no
doubt collected such stores as no other man possesses ; but I am in general a little afraid of the
speculative nature of his philology, for on my asking him what he considered was the derivation of
the name of the Frisians, he said it was the same word as Persians, — the^ becomes/, etc., etc., but
I asked him for some connecting links.'
Stopping at Hamburg to see Lappenberg the historian, and at Kiel to have
a chat with his good friend Chalybaeus, who had taught him Speculative Theology
at Dresden, and was now professor in the same branch of study in the Holstein
University, he passed on by Eckernforde and Schleswig into that land of the Angeln
of which so much was heard in the Schleswig- Holstein controversy, which in those
happy days had hardly begun to lift its horrid head. At Gelting, in the heart of that
distrfct, Cleasby stayed a few days, and made up his mind that
' The basis of the population of Angeln is Danish, mixed, no doubt, a great deal with German
settlers, but whose language was obliged to give way to the predominant one ; the names of the
towns, localities, and inhabitants seem a sufficient proof of this, and I am much inclined to doubt
whether the name of the country, " Angle," has anything to do with the Angles who went over to
England with the Saxons, and who sat at the mouth of the Saal or the Elbe, according to the
testimony of Ptolemy.'
On the 29th of October he was back at Copenhagen, and was busy greeting his
old friends in that capital, among whom were Professor Molbech, Finn Magnusen,
Ohlenschlager the poet, Bronsted, and Rafn.
Now his Diary is full of his arrangements for taking lodgings, hiring and buying
furniture, preparatory to a lengthened stay in Copenhagen. He was gradually settling
down more and more to Northern studies. Just about this time the old King of
Denmark, Frederick VI, died after a long reign, and was succeeded by his son,
Christian VIII; but Cleasby is more occupied with his books than the royal death
and funeral, on which occasion the population of Copenhagen * evinced a curiosity and
love of sight-seeing ' which * astonished ' him :
' I took the Danes,' he says, ' for a more staid and solid people ; high and low, lords and ser-
vants, cookmaids and .shoeblacks, all have been up to see these sights — that is, the lying-in-state.'
But Cleasby cares for none of these things. On the 5th of November, nearly a
month before the old king died, comes the following entry in his Diary : — * 4 degrees
heat,' — he was always most exact in noting the state of the weather, — ' began to read
Icelandic — Saemund's Edda — with a native Icelander, Giselsen.' This is the first
mention of Konrad Gislason, and for some time longer he is to Cleasby in his Diaries
•Giselsen,' and not Gislason. With him' he reads four times a week. But he was
soon to feel that reading Icelandic in those days was to read a language without a
1840. RICHARD CLEASBY. Ixxix
I )ictionary, for that of Bjorn Haldorsen was little help. On the loth of January, 1840,
tomes this entry : — * Talked with Rafn about editing an Icelandic Dictionary.' And
oil the 1 2th of February we find him writing to his friend Kemble, the well-known
Anglo-Saxon scholar:
' I am up to my chin in Islandicis, and doing what I can to promote the preparation of a
od sound old Northern Lexicon, and so get this, for so late in the 19th century, unaccountable
and most scandalous blank filled up in this grand branch of Teutonic development; but there are
many difficulties.'
And to Arfwedson, the librarian at Stockholm, on the 26th of February in Danish,
\\ hich he wrote fluently, if not always correctly :
' J eg har tilbragt vinteren her totus in Islandicis og havde naesten i sinn at tage op til dem
en i sommer.'
On the 1 8th of April stands, 'Bought four reams of paper, 5 dalers per ream.' And on the
-,ih, ' Sent three reams of paper to Konrad Giselsen in preparation for the Dictionary of the
Icelandic Language I intend to edit' And on the 22nd, 'Paid Konrad Giselsen this day 8 daler
for instruction this month, and 50 daler for work to be undertaken by him, exclusively for me,
relative to an Icelandic Dictionary I intend to publish. The 50 daler are regarded as a payment
at the rate of 50 daler per month, from this day till the ist of June, and he gave me an acknow-
ledgment in writing.'
And accordingly we find among Cleasby's papers the following :
'Jeg har faaet i dag Kjobenhavn den 22 April 1840 af Herr Richard Cleasby Halvtresindstyve
Kigsbank Daler Dansk, som belonning indtil den forste dag of naestkommende Juni, for et Arbed
jeg har paataget mig at udraette udelukkende for bans Brug, angaaende en Ord-bog han agter at
give ud paa Islandsk og et eller flere andre sprog. — KONRAD GiSLASON.'
After which entry follow similar acknowledgments from Mr. Gislason and Cleasby's
other Icelandic amanuenses, down to that sad entry of the 6th of September, 1847,
when he paid Mr. Fridriksson 20 dollars.
Having started his amanuensis, Cleasby left for home on the same day for a
month, again passing through Hanover and Holland, and taking the steamer from
Antwerp to London, where he arrived on the 4th of May, and found all well at
home. On his way he had met his father, and assisted him on some business matters
which had rendered his presence in Antwerp necessary. After visiting friends, and
especially Kemble, then settled at Addlestone, under the Hog's Back, Cleasby left for
Copenhagen on the 24th of May, loaded as usual with letters from his literary friends in
England to scholars abroad. He again took the route by Rotterdam and Lower
Germany, and reached Hamburgh on the 29th, whence he wrote the following letter
to his old friend Schmeller, on the subject of his Icelandic undertaking :
' Bei meiner Riickkehr (nach Copenhagen) wand ich mich mit vielem Fleiss dem Islandischen
zu, und fand bald den grossen Mangel der ohne Zweifel die Hauptursache ist des versaumten
Studiums dieser herrlichen Sprache, namlich der Mangel an Hiilfsmitteln, und besonders an einem
brauchbaren Lexicon ; denn Bjorn Haldorson's ist so gut wie keiner. Da ich nun mich iiber die
Aussicht fiir die Zukunft erkundigte, fand ich, dass zwei Manner in Iceland hatten seit 20 Jahren,
der eine an ein poetisches, der andere an ein prosaisches Worterbuch gearbeitet ; und begierig unge-
fahr den Zustand ihrer Arbeit zu kennen, Hess ich nach Iceland schreiben, und erfuhr, dass das
poetische Werk so vorwarts geschritten war, dass die letzte Revision und das Fertigmachen zum
g2
Ixxx RICHARD CLEASBY. 1840.
Druck in ungefahr einem Jahr gcschehen konnten, falls der Verfasser nicht zu sehr mit anderer
Arbeit pressirt wurde, welches ich auch erfuhr wie ich friiher in Correspondenz mit der "Old
Nordisches Selskabet " — unter uns gesagt fur ihren wahren Zweck auf das anpassendste constituirt I
und administrirt was sich nur denken kann — gewesen war. Da ich nun nicht wiinschte diesem zu
nahe zu treten, so besuchte ich den Secretair Rafn, und durch dringende Zumuthung und das
Versprechen von Unterstiitzung wenn nothwendig, bewog ich ihn an den Verfasser zu schreiben ihm
ein passendes Honorar anzubieten, und den Druck des Werkes entweder fiir die Gesellschaft allein
Oder in Verbindung mit mir zu ubernehmen ; so dass ich hoffe, dass wir bald um diese ohne Zweifel
treffliche Arbeit werden reicher werden, was, wenn ich nicht sehr entschieden dazwischen getreten
ware, ware Gott weiss wie lange unvollendet geblieben.
' Was das prosaische Werk angeht ^, so scheint es als eine Art Thesaurus angelegt zu sein, von
grossem Umfang, umfassend alte und neue Sprach-Dialecte, Redensarten, u. s. w. ; aber ohne alle
Ansicht der Vollendung in der Lebenszeit des Verfassers, der schon etwas bei Jahren ist, und ein
bischen der Sache miide zu sein scheint, und es nicht unwahrscheinlich erst in seinem Testament
jemanden zur Ausgabe iibermachen wird. Diese aber ist eine so weite Aussicht, und die Sache
scheint mir so dringend Noth zu thun, dass ich mich beinahe entschlossen habe mich selbst an ein pro-
saisches Lexicon zu machen ; nicht Thesaurus-artig, aber von brauchbarem Umfange, und die alte
Skandinavische Sprache umfassend von den friihesten Denkmalern bis ungefahr zum a.d. 1400, mit
Englischer Ubersetzung ; ein Werk dessen Schwierigkeiten, wenn ordentlich vollfuhrt und dem
jetzigen philologischen Standpunkt entsprechend, mir nicht verborgen ist ; aber mit redlichen Willen
und fleissiger Arbeit ich doch denke in ungefahr 3 Jahren zu Stande gebracht werden konnte ; und
es wiirde mir eine grosse Befriedigung gewahren, wenn ich fiir die vielen, sehr vielen, lehrreichen,
beherzigenden, angenehmen Stunden die ich, und besonders in Miinchen, zugebracht habe in dem
Studium der Germanischen Sprachkunde, dadurch meine Dankbarkeit an den Tag zu legen, dass
ich eben diesem Studium einen griindlichen und niitzlichen Beitrag brachte, und einen Mangel
abhulfe der gewiss mit jedem Jahr muss mehr und mehr gefiihlt werden, und ich bitte Sie, sagen
Sie mir in einem recht baldigen Briefe ihre Meinung iiber dieses m,ein Beginnen.'
On the ist of June he was back at Copenhagen, and
* Found Giselsen employed with his friend in writing out Icelandic words for my Dic-
tionary, but not much above half way through the alphabet, he having found the job much longer
than he expected.'
On the 3rd of that month he
'Went into splendidly roomy lodgings, No. 14, Gammel Strand, .... three fine front rooms, a
back room and entrance hall, furnished, and with attendance, for 22 dollars a month.' And on the
4th he * bought two reams more of paper for 10 dollars, and sent them to Giselsen.' And, again,
on the 22nd, 'bought another ream of paper, and paid 5 dollars 3 marks for it, and sent it to
Giselsen.'
On the 24th he wrote as follows to Kemble :
' Finn Magnusen has read your treatise on Anglo-Saxon Runes, and trembled ; he says you
have been sadly hard upon him ; I told him you were an earnest " Forscher" I am hard at work
upon the foundations of the edifice I told you at Addlestone I had an intention of rearing. I find
them, I rather regret to say, covering a good deal more ground than I expected, but hope they will
prove all the better for the superstructure ; every day convinces me more and more that " Zeit und
Muth" on a large scale, will be among the leadingly necessary implements.'
On the same day he wrote thus to Mr. John Shaw Lefevre :
* My dear Sir, — The making your personal acquaintance during my last stay in London was a
. source of great gratification to me ; to find a man like yourself, under so heavy a weight of public
* This refers to the Lexicographical collection of the late Dr. Hallgrim Scheving, of Bessestad in Iceland.
i
;40. RICHARD CLEASBY.
ixxxi
iMisiness, seeking recreation in the extension of the wide range of your knowledge, is not less
.ittractive than rare, and truly encouraging. The circumstance of your having directed your
attention to these parts made it the more interesting to me, for a native partiality for the
Scandinavian North, — a sort, as it were, of veneration for the primitivi Penates, — has induced me
l<! devote much time to its vulgar, as well as its more archaic literature, and which will, I hope, end
enabling me to facilitate to my countrymen the acquirement of the knowledge of a great store of
interesting matter — interesting not only in itself, but also as intimately bound up with the early
manners, institutions, and destinies of our own ancestry.'
On the same day we find the following entry : * Received a most agreeable letter
from my valued friend Schmeller in Munich.' This was in answer to his letter of the
29th of May, and the following is an extract from it :
' Wie sehr uns alle das was Sie zum Besten der Nordischen Sprachkunde zu thun im Begrifife
sind, erfreue, brauche ich Ihnen nicht erst zu sagen. Dacht' ich doch oft wie Schade es ware, wenn
so viel beharrlicher, griindlicher, wahrhaft ausserordentlicher Fleiss, auf diesen noch so vernachliis-
sigten Theil des Sprachstudiums, verwendet, nicht auch zur Hiilfe, zum Segen fiir andere ausschla-
gen sollte. Schon die edelmiithige Dazwischenkunft durch die Sie die endliche Herausgabe des
poetischen Worterbuchs fordern, wird Ihnen den bleibenden Dank aller Freunde der Germanischen
Zunge sichern, Noch weit mehr aber wird dieses der Fall seyn, wenn Sie dem tagtaglich bitterer
gefiihlten Bediirfnissen nach einem wahrhaft brauchbaren prosaischen Handlexicon der alteren Nord-
sprache entgegen zu kommen, Ihre eigene Kraft und Miihe daran setzen. Die Aufgabe ist freylich
kein Kinderspiel. Es wollen dazu nicht bios alle bereits vorhandenen Vorarbeiten, sondern auch
samtliche sowohl gedruckte als handschriftliche Literaturstiicke durchgelesen und methodisch ex-
cerpiert seyn. Hiefur aber werden Sie hiilfreiche Amanuensen finden. Einem klaren, umsichtigen,
ausharrenden Geiste wird keine Aufgabe zu schwer. Sollten mehr als die drei Jahre dariiber
hingehen, so wiirde mich die Liebe zu demselben Zweig des Wissens dafiir trosten miissen, so lange
ohne das hertzlich gewunschte Wiedersehen zu seyn.
' Bleiben Sie eingedenk
* Ihres
'J. A. Schmeller.'
On the 3rd of July he enters :
' Yesterday Etatsraad Rafn brought me from Egilsson in Iceland a specimen of his poetical
Icelandic Dictionary, which had been from negligence lying at the Icelandic merchant Knutsen's 14
days. . . . As a ship was to sail again for Iceland to-morrow morning, by which it was to be
returned to Egilsson, I had only an hour or two to look through it. I told Rafn I thought the work
upon the whole good, but that it appeared to me much too prolix, there being also an immense
number of prose words. I therefore recommended his writing back, that (ist)he should leave out
all the prose words which occurred with no other meaning than what they have in prose : (2nd)
that he should not give more than one citation in full for one meaning of a word, but at all events
only mention the place where it besides occurred in that sense : (3rd) that he should not regard the
modern language as his norm, which he seemed to have done at the beginning of letters, giving a
list of how the words were written or pronounced, hodiernis vocabulis. If this was done it might
shorten the work a third.'
On the 31st of July we find him paying Gislason 40 dollars 'for his labours for the
month of July relating to the Icelandic Dictionary which I propose editing ;' and a day or
two afterwards he writes to his sister that he thinks of leaving Copenhagen for Carlsbad
on the 17th of August, and being back about the end of September. On the i8th of
August he started for a little walking excursion with a young Icelandic ' Candidat Juris,*
Pjeturson, taking with them the Hrafnkels Saga to read on the way — the first mention
of Pjeturson, one of his amanuenses, whom he took the next year with him to Germany
Ixxxli RICHARD CLEASBY. ^ 1840.
and England, and with whom he was in constant communication for some years. Al
this time the Dictionary was progressing, and on the nth of August he ' paid the book-
binder Lerche 3 dollars i mark and 8 sk. for bookbinding and pasteboard cases for
letters for my Icelandic Dictionary.' On the 1 7th he paid Gislason 40 dollars * as re-
muneration for the month of August,' and left for Carlsbad by the steamer for Trave-
miinde. He took the way by Schwerin, Perleburg, and Spandau to Berlin, which he
reached on the 20th, and called on Lachmann and Graff, to consult with them as to
his Dictionary, finding the latter ill in bed, and then set off for Leipzig, where he arrived
on the 2 1st, and on the 22nd was at Carlsbad, where he began drinking and bathing
with great assiduity, swallowing as much as three glasses of the Miihlbrunn and eight
of the Spriidel a day, and amusing himself with translating the Hrafnkels Saga into
English. Here he notes that on the 28th of August he received a letter from Schmeller,
and on the loth of September was gladdened by * a visit from my good friend Schmeller
from Munich, whom I was glad to see again in good health and spirits, with a scarcely
perceptible alteration externally, and none internally ; the subject of the Icelandic Dic-
tionary was, of course, largely discussed, and we walked after dinner to Eich.'
The next two days were occupied in shewing Schmeller the lions of the place and
neighbourhood, and here he notes :
' It was interesting too with Schmeller to remark his attention to dialects in any villages we
passed through yesterday or to-day^ and the result was that quite up to and in Carlsbad, and I
suppose one may say the whole valley of the Eger up to the Saxon border, the dialect is decidedly
that of the Upper Palatinate (Ober-Pfalz) and not Saxon.'
On the 1 2th Schmeller departed for Toeplitz, and on the 23rd Cleasby took leave
of his English friends at that bath, among whom were Mr. Senior and Mr. Charles
Villiers ' of Corn-Law fame,' and left Carlsbad, which he had often before visited, with
the following remarks :
' I cannot notice my departure from Carlsbad without saying that, upon the whole, I was more
delighted with the various beauties of its environs than on any former occasion ; nor was I other-
wise than satisfied with the immediate operation of the waters — God give that the permanent etfect
may not be less beneficial.'
On the 24th he wrote in German from Leipzig to Gislason at Copenhagen, telling
him that he should be home in about eight days, and nothing doubting that he had
been 'recht fleissig.' As for himself, he had not been 'unthatig,' 'und sehe mit
grossem Vergntigen einem arbeitsamen Winter entgegen.' On the 26th he was at
Cassell, where the brothers Grimm then were, having, as is well known, been expelled
for their political opinions, by the King of Hanover, from Gottingen. Here he
tells us :
*I immediately paid Jacob Grimm a visit, whom I rejoiced to find looking, as I thought,
younger and better than when I saw him six years ago ; he received me most cordially : and in the
afternoon I went again and passed two or three hours with him, discussing various points as to the
old Scandinavian language.'
On the 27th he writes :
*I passed the forenoon with Jacob Grimm, entering widely into detail as to a variety of
1840. RICHARD CLEASBY. Ixxxiii
orthographical points relating to the old Scandinavian language, and found him most amiably
communicative. In the afternoon I returned and took a walk with him, and enjoyed from an
eminence on the brink of the town a beautiful prospect.'
On the 28th he says :
' Passed the forenoon again with Jacob Grimm, and dined with, I suppose I must say, William
Grimm, as he is the married man with the family to whom the manage more especially belongs,
though Jacob lives with them.'
And on the 29th :
' I had again the satisfaction of passing my forenoon with J. Grimm, and witnessing his acute-
ness, his fulness of candour, and voidness of all pedantry and pretentiousness. I shewed him what
I had done at Upsala touching the Codex Argenteus, with which he seemed much pleased, and
noted some points. ... I took tea with the Grimms in the evening, and, after a couple of hours'
chat, left them reluctantly at 9 o'clock. Nothing can be more delightful than the truly
fraternal relation in which these brothers live to one another; one soul seems to animate them
both, although their individual characters appear to me not a little subjectively different. All
their concerns seem to be mutual, one can scarcely perceive to which of them the mhiage, the wife^
the children, belong ; indeed she, when speaking of them both, makes use of the expression " meine
Mdnnerl'' which in truth, in a circle where there could be a shadow of doubt as to its purity, would
sound somewhat equivocal. Jacob seems to have got over the Gottingen affair better than his
brother ; he is more hasty, but once fairly expectorated, is more easily reconciled again ; it seems
to prey more on William, who altogether seems to me to have less elasticity, less vigour of
character ; he broods more over it ; indeed, though doubtless an excellently sterling man, yet there
seems to me a little more sarcasm and more form about him than about his brother, in whom there
is really something of infantine simplicity of manner. I do not know that I ever passed three or
four days more to my mind than those at Cassell, where so much of the instructive was mixed with
the agreeable.'
On the 6th of October he was back at Copenhagen, returning by Hanover, Ham-
burg, and Kiel ; and the day after his return there is the usual entry :
* Paid K. Gislason 40 dollars as remuneration for the month of September.'
On the 14th of October we find the following entry :
'A meeting took place this evening at Etatsraad Rafn^s rooms, at 7 o'clock, and ended at
10 o'clock, where himself, Etatsraad Finn Magnusen, Registrator Petersen, the two Arna Magnaean
stipendiaries Sivertsen and Gislason, and myself were present, to discuss the orthographical rules to
be observed in the edition of the Islendinga Sogur about to be published by the Old Nordisk
Selskabet, wherein it was agreed to adhere to the orthography observed by Rask in the 7th vol.
of the Fornmanna Sogur, excepting that, — ist, that the circumflex " over the class of words hanum,
vapn, varum, sva, etc., should be exchanged for an acute accent, the same as that used for the
long a in general ; 2nd, that the two diphthongs a and oe should be distinguished from one another ;
3rd, that where the root has a double consonant this should always be written, even where a third
consonant follows — as " brennda " from at brenna, not " brenda," and " allt " from allr, not " alt,"
etc. ; 4th, that the acute accent shall be discontinued over the a, ?', and u in -ang, -ing, and -ung.'
On the 1 6th of the same month he writes in Danish to Finn Magnusen, as head of
the Arna Magnsean Commission :
' Jeg har alrede opholdt mig i nogen Tid i Kjobenhavn og have i Sind at blive her endnu i laengere
Tid, for at kunne affatte en Ordbog i det gamle islandske Sprog. For ret at kunne udfore dette Arbed,
er det mig magtpaaliggende med Hensyn isaer til Retskrivning at have Membraner ved Haanden
til fornodent Eftersyn. Jeg tager mig derfor den aerbodige Frihed at bede de^ Kongelige Com-
Ixxxiv RICHARD CLEASBY. 1840,41.
mission om gunstig Tilladelse til at erholde til Laans og Afbenyttelse i Huset af de Arna Magnaeanske
Membraner fra en til to ad Gangen, da jeg skal vaere ansvarlig for samme (og) drage den yderstc
Omhue for deres vedborlige Conservation medens de ere i min Vserge.'
The purport of this letter being to obtain from the Commission the loan, in his
lodgings, of certain MSS. in that splendid collection, which he proposed to borrow two
or three at a time. It need scarcely be said that the Commission complied with the
foreigner's request with a liberality which, alas ! seldom or never has its parallel in
English libraries.
On the 9th of November he writes : ' P. G. Thorsen, under-librarian of the Uni-
versity Library, drank tea with me : a nice unassuming young man.' This is the
Thorsen now so well known as the writer on Runic stones. On the 30th he paid
Gislason 40 dollars for the month of November, and ' the carpenter Mohring for a
polished wooden stand for the boxes containing my Icelandic Alphabet, 8 dollars.'
On the 22nd of December we find the following entry: ' Thank God the shortest
day is past. Took Gislason and his friend Petersen to dine with me at the Skydeban,
and we drank a toast to Balder and one to Iceland's prosperity.'
Oh the 31st of December he paid Gislason 40 dollars for the month of December.
The winter of 1841 was very cold in the North; the Sound was frozen over, so
that sledges came over from Sweden. On the 1 3th of February Cleasby writes :
' Yesterday evening a movement took place in the ice in the Sound, so that to-day a ship or
two came up to Copenhagen — after its having been firmly frozen over between five and six weeks.'
A few days before he had remarked ' the first solitary song of a chaffinch.' On
the 1 8th of March Cleasby received a polite letter from the Arna Magnsean Com-
mission, accompanied by a present of several works printed at their expense.
' The signatures to the letter were Orsted, Wehrlauff, Engletoft, F. Magnusen, Rafn, and
Kolderup Rosenvinge, all of whom I thanked.'
On the 2 1 St he writes: 'Dined with Kolderup Rosenvinge; met the Stifts-Probst Tryge and
the young Professor of Philosophy, Martensen, and had a famous dose of philosopho-theological
discussion interestingly conducted. The Probst rather accusing Protestantism of a degree of one-
sidedness, and thinking that there were points in Catholicismus which it might adopt ; and that
perhaps a sort of union might be accomplished. The philosopher, on the contrary, arguing correctly
that irenical attempts were altogether vain with the Catholic Church.'
During these months the payments of 40 dollars to Gislason continue, and on the
29th Cleasby writes :
' On the evening of the 29th of March, in consequence of a note from Etatsraad Rafn of the
25th inst., a meeting took place at his dwelling, consisting of the same persons as that on the 14th
of October, which see ; viz. Finn Magnusen, Professor Petersen, Gislason, Sivertsen, Rafn, and
myself, on the subject of the orthography to be used in the edition of Islendinga Saga about to be
edited by the Old Nordisk Selskabet. The letter from Rafn was accompanied with two proof-
sheets of Ari Frodi's Islendinga-book, and the commencement of the Landnama-book, to my utter
astonishment printed totally at variance with the agreement which had been entered into at the
meeting of the 14th of October ; the Islendinga-book especially, after no kind of system whatever,
with the retention of certain forms and rejection of others of the MS., of the most capricious nature ;
which is the more blameworthy, as a precise copy of this MS. is to be given which will satisfy
every want of learned research ; and the other might have been printed in conformity with the rest
S4I. RICHARD CLEASBY. . ' Ixxxv
the series, for the better understanding of the other class of readers. But even in the Landnama-
)ok the circumflex over words like hanum, var, vapn^ etc., is retained ; the accent also over ang, ing^
.iiid ung, and with the greatest difficulty the separation of ^ and ce has been retained ; but it appears
uncertain if it will be done in future volumes. I, at the meeting, expressed my greatest dissatis-
faction at this variance from the agreement entered into, and Petersen, Gislason and myself, and
V. Magnusen after hearing my grounds, decidedly acquiesced in the abolition of the circumflex over
/.'dmim, vdr, svd, and the like ; also that of the ' over ang, wg, and tmg, and in the separation of (S
Mid or. Sivertsen was almost silent on the subject, but, even reckoning him with Rafn, we were four*
;ainst two ; notwithstanding which Rafn has refused to make any alteration. As to cs and ce, he
-cemed at one time to admit the chief objection to separating them was their incapacity to correctly
distinguish them, and indeed shewed throughout the whole argument the greatest ignorance of the
nrst principles of the language.'
On the 2 7th of April he wrote thus to Kemble :
' I have been toiling very hard in the Icelandic field all this winter, and am not a little
exhausted. The further I get from the beginning the further I seem to be from the end ; but
ill time I suppose the perspective will change. I expect to leave this in a fortnight or three weeks
for Germany, and shall, I think, very likely be in England towards the beginning of July.'
On the same day he wrote to Mr. John Shaw Lefevre :
* As to the Icelandic Opus, I have been toiling incessantly since I wrote you last, grubbing
away at the foundations ; but it is a slow operation ; indeed the further I get from the beginning
the more I think the end seems to recede ; a quality which, at ten or twelve years of age, one
would doubtless have hailed with joy in a plum-cake, but which in a pursuit like the one in question
is not so attractive ; one is involuntarily reminded of the Will o' the Wisp. To judge from the
basement, of which portions here and there are beginning to be visible above the ground, I fear
the edifice in point of extent much exceeds what I at first expected.'
Then, passing to poHtics, that being the time of the Turco-Egyptian quarrel with
France, he says :
' Denmark partakes, with the whole world besides, of that disquieting sensation of envy occasioned
by the unrivalled position England occupies, her gigantic power, and her unexampled successes ;
the radiance which surrounds her is too bright for a weak vision ; eyes of such a class are unable to
even gaze at it without smarting, and this annoys their possessor. I cannot, however, doubt that
every sensible and impartial man must be rejoiced at the result of the whole affair — a bold and
straightforward, decided course crowned with success — veering and truckling and cunning by- views
completely put to the rout ! If the French would however but have seen their error, and acknow-
ledged it, and profited by it for the future, the injury sustained by them would have been
comparatively trifling ; but instead of this they seek to mask the truth, and attempt to glory in
their error ; still further deceiving themselves with, as it were, the celebration of a sort of triumph in
their fortification of Paris ; a measure which I regard as the commencement of a new epoch for that
unstable nation, and one decidedly of " decadence." The Icelandic labours have exhausted me not
a little, and I am looking to my departure from this place in two or three weeks for Germany.'
On the 4th of May he notes :
' Paid N. C. Moller for bookbinding nine dollars ; seven dollars of it for the two books for my
Icelandic Dictionary.'
On the loth he says :
' Universal fast-day. The only day in the year that one has no new bread ; the bakers getting
a night's rest.'
On the 1 7th of May he left Copenhagen for Lubeck, but before he went he sent
Ixxxvi • . RICHARD CLEASBY. 1841
* the cases in which my Dictionary-papers stand to Serena d' Acqueria,' an intimate
friend.
On this occasion Cleasby took with him as his companion a young Icelander,
Brynjolfr Pjeturson, whom he occasionally calls Petersen in the Danish form, a law-
student, and clerk in the Chamber of Accounts, in whom he seems to have taken
great interest, and to whom he did the honours, and shewed the lions of Germany
*and England. The travellers we need scarcely say were bound for Carlsbad, and
took the route by Dessau, Halle, Leipzig, and Dresden, staying in each sufficient
time to examine and admire their natural and artistic beauties. On the 26th of
May they reached Carlsbad, where the cure as usual consisted in bathing and drinking
for a month or more. In the midst of it, on the 12th of June, Cleasby wrote to his
father to say that he should ' come home about that day month, and bring a young
Icelander with him, but not remain more than a fortnight.' On the ist of July the
travellers left Carlsbad, Cleasby for Toeplitz, to remain three weeks, and take twenty
baths in the Neu-Bad, and then to pay a visit to his friend Count Thun-Hohenstein,
at his magnificent seat at Tetschen, while the Icelander went on to Prague. Both these
objects having been accomplished, they met again at Prague, where Cleasby, by the
introduction of Count Thun, made the acquaintance of the Sclavonic historians Palacsky
and Saffaric, who received him most kindly and imparted very valuable statistics as
to the various Sclavonic nationalities and their languages. Before he left Toeplitz, as
he was wandering through Prince Clary's woods, he came upon some of that grand
seigneur's foresters, who told him an anecdote which illustrates very well the relation
then existing between landlord and peasant :
' Prince Clary had,' he says, ' in the heat of sport trespassed with his dogs on a piece of
oats belonging to one of the peasants here, which the peasant warmly resented ; and though the
Prince immediately expressed his readiness to make the damage good, and even more, still
continued turbulent and offensive ; upon which one of these foresters, to use his own term, " hat
ihn ordenilich geblescht," a provincialism expressing about the same as gepriigelt ; and the other
related how the peasant was for two days hardly able to move from the damage he received ; he
added further, " it was not to be supposed that the Prince would have his sport spoilt for a little bit,
of oats." '
From Prague Cleasby and Pjeturson went to Frankfort, and going down the
Rhine to Rotterdam, took the steamer for London, which they reached on the 5th of
August. While he had been absent his only sister, Mary, had been married to
Mr. Jones of the Crown Office.
On the 1 3th of August we find the following entry :
' Dined at Dolly's with Pjeturson, whose praise of the beefsteak was unbounded.'
And on the 22nd : j
'Walked with Pjeturson over Primrose Hill, up on to Hampstead Heath. He was charmed
with the situation and views.'
On another day he took his Icelandic friend a walk round part of Streatham by
Beulah Spa, and through Norwood home again to Brixton Hill — 'a most charming
!84i. • RICHARD CLEASBY. Ixxxvii
ramble;' and on another by steamer up to Richmond, and then ascended the hill,
ihoiigh they were disappointed in the view owing to the clouds and rain.
On the 8th of September the two friends set off by Great Western Railway to
Oxford, or rather to Steventon, accomplishing the remaining lo miles by coach. They
were up betimes, starting at 6 a.m., and reaching the University by a quarter past 9.
There they saw the Bodleian, the fine hall at Christ Church, and many gardens.
'Nothing struck us upon the whole more than the back of Magdalen College, the beautiful
^reen open space between a newly-erected Gothic side and an elder one in plain modern style, with
tlie park on one side abounding in the grandest elms and plenty of deer, and the walks and meadows
<n\ the other.'
The same day they left by coach for Cheltenham, and on the following returned by
rail from Birmingham to London.
The next ten days of September were devoted to shewing Pjeturson the wonders
of London, and among others the British Museum, where, among the Icelandic MSS.,
he notes No. 11,127 ^^ the Additional MSS., 'a very middling copy of Sturlunga;' but
this is a mistake, as the MS. in question contains the best text of the Saga known. On
the 22nd Cleasby saw Pjeturson safe on board the * Countess of Lonsdale' steamer for
Hamburg, and on taking leave of him says he was
' In all respects satisfied with his conduct during the whole of his sojourn both abroad
and at home in my company, in which time he sorted the whole of the words which I wrote
into the two large volumes for the Icelandic Dictionary, and also carefully went through Njdll and
took a list of all the words contained therein.'
On the 22nd he ' penned a circular for his father, to be sent round to his connexion,
informing them of his intending to retire from' business on the 29th inst.' On the
6th of October comes the following entry :
' Visited Copeland,' the famous surgeon, * who, after my laying open to him my complaint, told
me what I knew and had long felt, that my nervous system was in a very deranged state, and that it
would take a long course of medicine to get it right again ; and began by ordering me sarsaparilla
twice a day, with a little potash and manna.'
On the 1 5th he saw Copeland again, who now ordered him blue-pill and colocynth,
and on the 26th calomel and senna and magnesia. But these were minor evils. On
the 28th his mother was seized with paralysis, which deprived her of speech, and
though she rallied a little and lingered through the month of November, she died
on the 8th of December, surrounded by her family, by whom she was most tenderly
loved.
' We all deplored in tears the loss of an excellent wife, a most affectionate mother, and a good,
kind, and upright woman. She was born,' he adds, ' on the 25th of July, 1768, and therefore in her
74th year.'
On the 14th she was buried in the burial-ground of the old church of St. Maryle-
bone.
* Where,' says her, son, * my poor mother's remains were placed upon those of my brother
Stephen, who had been deposited there in 1835 in a dry vault which runs under the street. In
addition to my present severe bereavement, I was not a little affected at seeing for the first time
Ixxxviii RICHARD CLEASBY. -1841,424
the coffin of my lamented brother, who was so cruelly snatched away from us in the very prime
of life.'
All this time Copeland was treating him, and at last, seeing his prescriptions did
little good, advised him to consult a physician. This he accordingly did, and called in
Dr. Seymour, who agreed with Copeland that ' a singing in his head and a numbness in
his left leg would end in paralysis,' but completely differed with him as to the means to
be taken to arrest the evil.
' He said immedia^te bleeding was necessary, and ordered me to lose 12 or 14 oz. pf blood from
the arm ; placed in prospect my losing some more by cupping next week, and gave hopes of a final
complete recovery. I was bled, and lost about 19 oz. from the right arm.'
After such drastic treatment it is not surprising that Cleasby's entries in his
Diaries for the rest of December, 1841, and the first ten days of January, 1842, are
limited to notices of the weather and the frost, which was very hard for England. On
the loth of that month he wrote to Pjeturson, announcing his mother's death and the
probability of his longer stay in England. As to Icelandic, he writes :
' Hvad De sige med Hensyn til Sivertsens Reise til Sverge er meget tilfredsstillende, thi hvis
Byttet er ikke saa stort dog er det af megen Vigtighed at vide at man har, hvad der kan haves ; om
de to fortrinlige Codices of Riddersagaerne i Stockholm viste Jeg alrede, thi da jeg ophold mig i
denne By i 1839, lod jeg gjore nogle Fac-similes derfra for en Dame i Wallis der udgiver visse
Keltiske Sagaer som behandle de samme gjenstande ; fra den vigtige Pergament Codex imperial
Octav angaaende gudelige Ting og deslige haaber jeg i det mindste nogen Berigelse for Sproget, og
vist ikke liden Fornoielse vil det skaffe mig at naermere omtale og undersoge disse Ting med vor
Ven Gislason og Dem. Det glaedede mig meget at hore so gode Efterretninger om Gislasons
Helbred og saa at han var beskaeftigt ved at conferere Haandskrifterne af Snorro ; denne Anmodning
paa Selskabets Side viser dets Onske at den nye Udgave skal node en udvalgt Text ; der er blott
tilbage at onske at det vilde hore paa ham ved Hensyn til Orthographien ; naar han er faerdig
dermed, i Fald der ikke proponeres ham noget andet umittelbart Arbeide, (sic) vil det vaere mig kjaert
at han igjen tager fat paa Laesning of nogle utrykkede Haandskrifter som Gretli, visse Maldagar etc.
hvilke vi omtalte forend jeg forlod Kjobenhavn, og jeg bede Dem at berette mig om naar han taenker
omtrent at vaere i Stand til at begynde, og jeg vil arrangere Penge-remiser igjennem Brandt eller
noget andet Hus indtil jeg selv viser mig igjen i Kjobenhavn i Foraaret.'
After this letter, shewing the liveliest interest in Icelandic study, it is sad to read
that on the 24th of January Dr. Seymour ordered him to be cupped. ' Mr. Watkins,
of Saville Row, took 1 5 oz. of blood from the back of my neck, at half-past 9 o'clock
P.M.' A little later Copeland calls and orders his left leg to be bandaged with ' eight
yards of middle-breadth stocking-roller.'
On the 1 6th of February it is a relief to find Cleasby leaving London to visit his
friend Robertson, Rector of Shorwell in the Isle of Wight. On the 28th he returns
to town, delighted with his excursion, and writes as follows to Pjeturson :
' Det glaedede mig at hore at vor Ven Gislason for faerdig med Snorro, og som jeg anseef
det for bans Fordeel at han beskaeftiges paa Regjerings vei, finder jeg mig gjserne i det Tab
af en Deel af hans Tienster, og dess lettere som De tilbyder Deres, og siger at De vil gaae ham^
til Haande og anvende nogle Timer dagligen ; og jeg svarer ikke andet end at jeg onsker at
De ville begge begynde saa umittelbart som det er Dem behageligt, vaelgende af de Haandskrifter som
jeg njEvnde i mit sidste (brev) i saadan Orden son det kan synes Dem raadligst; paa Excerpten-maade
42.
RICHARD CLEASBY. Ixxxix
1 an det ikke vaere nodvendigt at jeg siger Dem noget, ti Dc kcnne desangaaende noiaktigt min
i'l.m og mine Onske. Jeg haaber inden omtrent en Maaned at vore i Stand til at skrive og sige
I )cm tcmmeligt bestemt Tiden naar De kan vente at see mig igjen ibland mine Danskc Vcnner.
hi; bar beskzeftiget mig meget, saa meget som Helbreden hartilladt det, med Snorro og Fornmanna-
L^^ur ogsaa med Islendinga (sogur) og Vatnsdaela og jeg haaber forend jeg tager bort igjen jeg
jbkal have sorgfaltigt gjennemgaaet en anseelig Portion.'
We now find him, in better health, dining with Henry Reeve at i6 Chester Square,
and running down to see Kemble at Addlestone. On the 5th of April he set off with
his father on an expedition to look at the family property in Westmoreland, which, what
with leases and repairs and tythe squabbles, seems to have been a perpetual trouble.
While Richard Cleasby was enquiring into all these things and struggling to reduce
them to order, his father spent the morning of the 1 3th of April
' Searching the registers at the clergyman's, the result of which was its appearing probable
that our family came over to Stainmoor from Yorkshire somewhat before the middle of the
seventeenth century.'
On the same day they left Westmoreland to return home, starting from Brough
in a post-chaise, and ' crossing bleak Stainmoor, with a shower of hail to conduct us
out of Westmoreland.' That night they got to Barnard's Castle, and the next day,
about four miles from Darlington, on the Yorkshire side of the Tees, ' saw the little
village of Cleasby, with its beautiful land running down to the river.'
On the 15th of April they were back in town again. For the next few days he
buys presents of cutlery and creature comforts for his friends at Copenhagen, and
on the 23rd he embarked in the 'Neptune' for Hamburg. In that city he stayed
a day, leaving it on the 24th, and reaching Copenhagen on the 27th. As soon as
he returned he resumed his labour at the Dictionary, and his two amanuenses are
now Pjeturson and Gislason, who each receive twenty dollars a month for four hours'
work a-day. On the 3rd of May he begins taking his 'juice of spring herbs' again ;
and on the i8th left Copenhagen for Germany, making before leaving the following
entry in his Diary :
' Left Copenhagen. Left with Gislason Preposition-book, also Verb-book ; also the two books,
one of Njall etc. begun by Pjeturson, the other my own extracts * ; also fourteen bundles, A to G
of the slips with words upon them ; also paid him twenty dollars for this month of May, and was
not a little surprised, when offering to pay him for June, to find that he talked of going to Sweden
for the summer, which, and his remaining silent upon up to this moment, appeared very strange, and
quite contrary to what I thought was understood between us. ... I sent to Captain Roder a
deal case containing my two folio books containing Skeleton of the Icelandic Dictionary f.'
He was now bound for Marienbad, as a change from Carlsbad. On the 25th of
May he reached his 'beloved Munich,' and immediately called on the Martius's, 'my
cherished friends, whom I found in even increased domestic felicity, from the delightful
promise with which the daughters have grown or are growing up.' Next he called
* These two books have not as yet been returned from Copenhagen.
t These two ' skeleton books ' are probably the same as those which Cleasby elsewhere] calls ' control
books;' they have not been returned from Copenhagen.
xc
RICHARD CLEASBY. 1842.
on Schmeller and Professor Joseph Miiller, who told him all that had passed since
he was last there ; * almost all, I regret to say, of a most discouraging nature ; especially
the arbitrary conduct of the king as respects the *' Academie der Wissenschaften," in
arrogating to himself the appointment of the President, who had hitherto always been
chosen by the Society; and other acts of violence.' He called on his old friend, Minist-
Rath Holler, 'who almost shed tears at seeing me.' Accompanied by Schmeller he
then saw the new Library, and was shocked to find it built mostly of fir, and about
to be heated by hot air. On the 28th he left Munich for Ratisbon, ' pleased in the
extreme with his very hearty reception by his old friends,' and ' longing for the time
when the situation of his 'Scandinavian labours will allow of his 'transplanting his
head-quarters to Munich : though,' he adds, * the clearness and intenseness of the light
of the Munich atmosphere has always struck me, yet I think I never remarked it
so strongly, compared with other places where I have resided, as during this visit.'
Not for him clearly was Munich, even under the ' violent' Ludwig, what it was to
Gustavus Adolphus — 'a golden saddle on an ass's back.'
On the 30th he reached Marienbad, just across the Austrian frontier. There
for a month he drinks the Kreutz-Brunn, and bathes in the Schlammbad, that is to
say, ' in a bath of turf or peat, of about hasty-pudding consistency, at a heat of from
twenty-eight to. twenty-nine degrees, in which one remains half an hour ; and then,
to cleanse oneself, enters a simple water-bath for about ten minutes.' In these
pursuits he remained till the 30th of June, when he left Marienbad, ' upon the whole
very well pleased with ' his ' residence there.' During his stay he found time to think
of Icelandic, and to write the following letter to Pjeturson :
' 1842, June loth. — J eg bad Gislason, i Tilfaeldet at han skulde komme til at reise at over-
levere Dem de Verb & Praeposition-Register saa vel som de to Lister af excerpirte Ord hvilke jeg
efterlod med ham, at bede Dem at fortsaette Laesning hvor harm skulde have ophort ; ok Hensynet
med dette Brev er at forandre denne Bestemmelse og tilkjendegive Dem mit Onske at De saa
snart som De faae det skal begynde at laese de to Binde af Sturlunga og fortsaette denne Laesning
med Anvendelsen af saa megen Tid som De kann disponere over indtil min Tilbagekomst, hvilken
vill finde Sted i den forste Haelfte af naeste Maaned. De ere allerede tilstraekkeligt i Besiddelsen
af min Plan med Hensyn til den Maade paa hvilken denne Laesning skal udfores og jeg bedei
Dem at anvende stor Precision og ikke overgaa Ord som er ikke endnu tagne : hvor de i d
trykte Bind finde steder over deres Rigtighed de tvivle, kann De gjore en liden Bemaerkning,
og saa kann jeg sammenligne dem med Haandskriftene i Kjobenhavn ; i det Tilfaelde Gislason er
bleven i Byen vaer saa god at sige ham, at jeg onsker Sturlunga laest for (fra?) de Haandskrifter
om hvilke vi talte, jeg haaber siltigst mitte (sic) naesten Maaneds (sic) at traeffe dem vel og munter
i Kjobenhavn og forbliver imidlertid, deres hengivne Ven
•Richard Cleasby.'
On leaving Marienbad he went to Leipzig, and thence to Berlin, which he reached
on the 2nd of July. He called immediately on Jacob Grimm, who gave him letters to
Kosegarten in Greifswald, and to Professor Hegel, son of the {:)hilosopher, in Rostock.
After a chat with Raumer, he called on his old instructor Schelling, who had been called
to Berlin by the king, ' whom,' Cleasby says, ' I found looking on the whole lively and
well. He said he had every reason to be satisfied here, but still I thought did not
842. RICHARD CLEASBY.
xci
em able altogether to relinquish the idea of returning to Munich, and I thought this
seemed still more the case with his wife and daughters.' On the 3rd he left Berlin for
the Mark and Pomerania, visiting Greifswald and Stralsund, with both of which he was
nnich pleased. At the latter he saw outside the Rathhaus door 'a flat stone in form of
a grave-stone, on which Charles XII slept during the siege of Stralsund in 171 5; a
luird bed enough.' On the 8th of July he left for Ystad in Sweden by steamer, and
in fifteen hours from Stralsund was back in Copenhagen, where he found, to his great
satisfaction, that Gislason had remained working during his absence, and not gone to
Sweden at all. The next day he paid him 40 dollars for the month of June. He now
took lodgings for the winter at No. 52, Vesterbro, opposite the entrance to Fredberg's
AUee, from July to the Flitting Day in April, for eight guineas, and settled down to work.
On the 6th of September he determined to explore Jutland thoroughly, and started
laden with letters of recommendation to various residents in that interesting part of
Denmark. Before he left he notes that he 'left Pjeturson in charge of his 'rooms,
52 Vesterbro, giving him permission to use' his 'bed and remain there till' his ' return.
I also,' he adds, ' gave Gislason leave to take out his bed and be there if he chose.*
On the 26th of September he returned to Copenhagen, ' delighted with ' his ' little tour,
having most satisfactorily attained the object for which it was undertaken.' He found
his lodgings as he had left them, his Icelandic secretaries not having made use of his
permission to be there. Awaiting him was a letter from Mr. John Shaw Lefevre,
relating to a proposition of Laing, the Swedish and Norwegian traveller, to publish a
work on the Sagas ; which he answered on the 28th as follows :
' I did not receive your letter of the 1st Inst, till yesterday, on my return from a three weeks'
excursion into the provinces, and cannot allow a day to pass without thanking you for your kind-
ness in thinking of me and my labours, and for your desire that the latter should not be interfered
with by another and later hand ; and I will in return proceed to state, without further preface,
according to your request, the more especial field of my Northern toils. My first object is to publish
a Lexicon of the ancient Scandinavian language, as preserved to us chiefly in Icelandic, but also in
small part in Norwegian remains, with an English and Latin translation. Not an inconsiderable
part of these remains have been printed and published, but generally not satisfactorily, and with a
very uncritical treatment of the text, especially when regard is had to the position which this branch
of philological study now occupies ; a considerable portion exists only in MSS., and it is my inten-
tion to embrace all we possess, from the earliest documents down to about the close of the 14th or
beginning of the 15th century, about which period the language ceases to retain its ancient form
and texture, influenced by the modern Danish and Norwegian dialects, which, as well as Swedish —
though no doubt each had from olden time some dialectical peculiarities of its own — had long been
more and more separating themselves from the common stock and forming a character proper to
themselves. This period will embrace the Laws, Civil and Ecclesiastical, Snorro's History, the
whole of the Sagas not of later origin than the said period, a considerable collection of legends, a
number of writings of religious or ascetic character, the Younger Edda, some treatises of calendaric
(sic) character, and a few pieces on other subjects. The very extensive and careful study necessary
to such a compilation can scarcely have failed to make me intimately acquainted with the whole
Saga-world, and a future translation of some of them, not without commentary, has not been foreign
to my intentions ; indeed, I did think of giving two or three smaller ones last year, and commenced
with the translation of one, but found the Lexicon extending into a work of such circumference,
that I saw, if I divided my strength, no moderate term would see it finished. Having said thus
xcii RICHARD CLEASBY. 1842,4:
much, I cannot but add that I reserve to myself the liberty of dealing with the whole subject, botl
as regards remarks and translation — anything I did in the latter I should especially be desirous
accompanying with a critically correct text as far as existing documents allow — in such a manner
as may most accord with the future course of my studies ; but I cannot at the same time for a
moment on this account seek to interfere with Mr. Laing's entering the field, which is an open and
public one, and elucidating the theme after his own views, which may possibly in some respects
differ from mine, and may probably cast a new and valuable light on the subject, since he has been
so successful in his treatment of modern Norway and Sweden.'
Truly an admirable letter. As for Mr. Laing's venture on the Sagas, it only came
to translating the Heimskringla from the Norwegian translation of Aall. With all his
merits, Mr. Laing was no Icelandic scholar, and though Cleasby was, we know that his
whole undivided strength was unequal during his lifetime to finish his Dictionary.
For some reason, Cleasby on the 15th of October relet his lodgings in Vesterbro,
and moved into others, 4, Gammel Strand, where he remained the winter over, workirtg
away at the Dictionary with his two secretaries, taking walks with them and other of
his friends in the hours of relaxation, and very often asking them out to dine with him
in the suburbs. It was about this time that Gislason's eyes began to fail. On the
26th of November Cleasby wrote to his father to say that * the hard weather, and my
leading amanuensis being threatened with blindness and not able to write so much,
threw more labour on me, and made it difficult for me to fix the time of my return.'
As yet, however, Gislason worked on with Pjeturson, and the monthly payments of
20 dollars each continue. On the 8th of December we find the following entry,
enclosed in deep black lines : ' Anniversary of a day of severe bereavement.' On that
day, the year before, he had lost his mother. On the 22nd, the day after the shortest
day, he enters, ' Took my two amanuenses, Gislason and Pjeturson, to dine at Fredericks-
berg, and drank Balder's health in commemoration of the recommencement of the
reign of light.' On the 3TSt comes the usual entry of 20 dollars each to those two
Icelanders,
On the 2nd of January, 1843, ^^ P^i^ Moller, the stationer, six dollars four
marks for 'a book for inserting substantives' and 'cut slips of paper,' and on the
nth, 'to the same for a book for the words u — jafn, all, at, n;^;' but, strange to say,
he has omitted to enter the amount. On the 27th he notes : ' The half-yearly meeting
of the Nordisk Oldskrift Selskab : the Crown Prince' — the late King of Denmark — ' pre-
sided, and cut a much better figure than I expected from what general report says
of him. He took a good deal of interest in the thing, and was sometimes smart'
Shortly before this he had written to his brother Anthony that he could not come horne
for the Athenaeum election, but hoped he should be elected ; and on the 2 7th he heard
from him that his election had taken place. On the loth of March he enters : ' My
amanuensis Gislason entered the Fredericks Hospital to-day, to put himself under
the care of Dr. Moller for his eyes.' On the 8th of April he lent Pjeturson 50 dollars.
It had been very cold that year, and it was not till the 26th of April that he notes
the coming of the first swallow. On the ist of May he paid Gislason 20 dollars
^or this month of May, previous to his departure ; and on the 3rd left two cases at
;43. RICHARD CLEASBY.
XCIU
the University Library, one with slips, and the other with some slips and the verb,
preposition, and substantive-books. 'Paid Pjeturson lo dollars further in addition
to the 50 he received of me as loan, which is considered as payment for his labours
for April, May, and June. I also gave him 20 dollars, which he was to convey to
Gislason, not as payment for June labours, but, as I told him, together with the
20 dollars he received on the ist instant, he was to apply as he pleased, without regard
to any occupation for me, but for the improvement of his health.' On the evening
of the same day he started for Malmoe and Travemtinde, whence he went to Berlin
via Rostock, delivering his letter to Professor Hegel, whom he describes as ' a very
agreeable and obliging young man,' and admiring the memorial to Marshal Blucher.
At Berlin, which he reached on the 8th of May, he paid the Grimms a visit, and
' was sorry to find Jacob so unwell from the remains of the gripjpe, as to be forbid
to speak or lecture for the present.' On leaving Berlin he again passed through Hialle,
the town of his detestation, at which, as usual, he flings a stone in passing : ' Halle
has always appeared to me the ugliest, least liveable town I know, and appeared so
this time in an almost increased degree.' On the nth of May he reached Marienbad,
and for a month was immersed in Schlammbiider and drenched with Kreutz-Brimn ;
but on the 20th, after seven glasses of Kreutz-Brunn, comes an ominous entry : ' I
have been plagued with a rather severe catarrh since my arrival, which has prevented
my following up my Schlamm Baths.' On the 28th he had a letter from his father
complaining of illness. On the 8th of June he wrote to him to say he should not
be home before the autumn. On the nth of June he left Marienbad for the North,
taking a round by Coburg and Magdeburg, from which city he descended the Elbe
to Hamburg. There, as usual, he saw Lappenberg, and thence returned to Copenhagen
by way of the west coast of Holstein and Schleswig. On the 26th of June he had
made his way round to Flensburg, where He took steamer for Copenhagen, and arrived
on the morning of the 2 7th. * On my arrival,' he says, ' I found Gislason still in
the same state as to his eyes, and that Pjeturson, pressed by office business, had
made much less progress in Sturlunga than I expected.' In the Danish capital Cleasby
stayed till the 4th of September, superintending the progress of his Dictionary, which
always slackened when he left it to others. As Gislason's eyes were still bad, we
find the following entry on the 31st of August: * Paid Gislason 20 dollars for this
month, and paid to a friend of his, B. Thorlacius, who read aloud to him, for the
months of July and August, 40 dollars ; together 60 dollars.' On the 4th of September
he wrote to Anthony, ' and told him I was but poorly, going to Sweden, and should
endeavour wtien I came home to make some stay.' On the 5th he left for Sweden,
his object being to collate the Icelandic MSS. in that country. On this occasion
he posted up the country, only taking the steamer at Norrkoping for Stockholm,
where he arrived on the loth of September. On the nth he went to his friends
Hildebrand and Arfwedson, now chief-librarian, who at once put him in the way to effect
his object. For several days he worked in the Royal Library from 11 a.m. to 2 p.m.,
passing the rest of the day in admiring Stockholm, and, above all, its beautiful Djurgard;
h
1
XCIV
RICHARD CLEASBY. 1843.
On the 15th he went to Upsala, to see his old friend Schroder, and inspected this time,
not the Codex Argenteus, but the Icelandic MSS. in that library, of which, as well
as those in the Royal Library at Stockholm, there are many pages of collation and
comment in the Diary. On the i6th he enters : * I passed the evening with Geijer,
and find, though age has in the last four years made considerable external impression,
yet his mind is as fresh and genial as even' On the i8th he was back at Stockholm,
and ' went to the library, and saw a very curious little Erse MS., of a few pages only,
which Sir W. Betham has pronounced to be poetry, and of the 8th century. There
is a curious Old English medical MS. of the T4th century, also one of the court rolls
and records of the reign of Edward the Third, and a beautifully-written and preserved
MS. on parchment, in Old French, being a History of the World ... in which the
Anglo-Saxon-English kings are treated very fully, and no doubt a work of English
birth. Mr. Stephens has had the merit of discovering these objects. Drank tea and
passed the evening with Mr. Hildebrand, the best specimen of the Swedish " Gelehrte"
I have seen ; really a sound, serious person, and zealous in his department. Mr. Stephens
gave me a memorandum, begging me to make inquiry among Icelanders at Copenhagen
as to any Folk-Sagor, Barn-Sagor, Folk-Visor, Barn-Visor, Vagg-Visor, and Folk-Gator,
etc. ; and of any with melodies ; also as to Danska and Norrska Folk-Visor and Folk-
Sagor from 1500 to 1800.'
After making the acquaintance of Dr. Retzius, the ethnologist, and seeing his
collection of skulls, Cleasby left Stockholm on the 21st of September, and reached
Calmar by steamer on the 22nd. Thence he posted to Malmoe, stopping at a
parsonage called Hoby on the way, to inspect the celebrated stone called ' Runamo,'
on which Finn Magnusen had read many Runes which no one else could decipher :
Nilson of Lund and Berzelius, as ' Naturforskare,' having, on the other hand, declared
the marks on the trapp rock to be the work of nature. After this inspection Cleasby
was not disposed to offer any decided opinion upon so short a survey, and left the
spot admiring Finn Magnusen's ' extreme boldness in making out of them a long
Runic inscription.' Before leaving the parsonage Cleasby heard a piece of superstition
which shewed the state of mind of the middling agricultural class. ' A bonde (farmer)
came to arrange for the clergyman's marrying him, and after all was settled, hastened
back to remind him on no account to publish the banns when the moon was on the
wane, but when it was increasing, — the expressions he made use of were '' ny'' and
''neSany At Lund Cleasby stopped to inspect some Icelandic MSS. which Professor
Schlyter, the veteran editor of the Ancient Laws of Sweden, had borrowed from the
Royal Library at Stockholm, and found very few of them of such an age and character
as to be worthy his attention ; besides which they had been fully collated by Professor
Keyser. On the 27th of September he crossed from Malmoe to Copenhagen in two
hours, where he found all in statu quo, ' pleased to get back again to the seat of my
labours, but at the same time satisfied to the last degree with my three weeks' trip.'
Cleasby now settled down to work, and it appears from a letter to his father,
written on the i8th of December, that he did -not intend to return home before the
3,44. RICHARD CLEASBY.
xcv
(Idle of March, 1844. In the meantime he had gone on swimmingly with his
dictionary, and as Gislason's health was still weak and Pjeturson's not much better,
11 the 4th of November a young man of the name of Brynjolfr Snorrason, an
lander, was engaged to assist; and after that the payments of 20 dollars are
iilarly made monthly to the three amanuenses. So the year passed on, and on
iic 22nd of December we have the usual entry, 'Took Gislason and Pjeturson to
line with me at Fredericksberg, and drank Balder's health in commemoration of
he reign of darkness having again given way to that of light;' but on the 25th
le received an unwelcome letter from Anthony, stating that his father's health
vas precarious ; and on the 29th another, speaking so unfavourably of his state
hat Cleasby determined to leave for London immediately. He was just in time
o catch the last steamer of the season for Kiel, and departed that day, having first
)acked up all his papers and sent most of them to the University Library, and the
wo control books and remaining slips to his friend Capt. Roder. Before he went he
)aid up his amanuenses for December, and two of them in advance for January. On
he 6th of January, 1844, he reached London, — having travelled extra post through Lower
jermany, and by rail from Cologne, — where he happily found his father much better than
le had been or than he expected to find him. On the 27th of the month he wrote to
J'jeturson, telling him that though he found his father better, his health was so weak that
le might have to stay a month or two in England. He hoped, however, to return to
openhagen, ' Saa snart vi skrive Martz,' and to be ready to set to work again. In the
neantime he hoped both Pjeturson's and Gislason's health would mend, and that they
vould be prepared to work during the coming spring and summer. As for himself, he
vas doing what little work he could in London. Soon after this letter his father's health
;omewhat mended, and Cleasby determined to return to Copenhagen for a while. On
he 5th of March, ' after taking an affectionate leave of my dear father, who, though very
veak, appeared a good deal better than he had been, and after having received assur-
nces from Dr. Arnott that there was no danger at present,' Cleasby started for Dover,
md took the steamer for Ostend. In spite of the ice, which was thick on the Belts, he
■cached Copenhagen on the 15th, and immediately pays his amanuenses as usual. On
he 28th he wrote to his father to say that he should be back by the middle of April.
)n the 29th he enters : ' Thorwaldsen died suddenly this evening at the theatre during the
)verture ;' and on the 30th, ' Thorwaldsen's funeral took place to-day. The king, queen,
nd whole royal family attended at the service, and 7000 or 8000 persons at least
bllowed in the procession. That may be said of him which can be said of few, that he
las not left his like behind him.'
All this time the winter had been very severe, and it was not till the 9th of April
hat the ice which filled up the harbour of Copenhagen moved off. On the 15th
~^leasby wrote to his father that he should leave on the 22 nd. On the i6th he writes :
Rafn sent me the first part of ^ to f of Egilsson's MSS. of the Poetic Dictionary, 699
>ides in 4to;' and on the 20th, 'had a conversation with Rafn to-day concerning
gilsson's Poetic Dictionary, and told him I thought 500 or 600 dollars would be fair
h 2
xcvi RICHARD CLEASBY. 1844.
honor ar, for the work, and that I had no objection to go as far as 300 dollars towardsl
its coming out, provided it was printed in connexion with mine, and so reduced that the
two together should form a key to the whole [language ?], and words partly prosal with- ,
out poetical signification be not taken up in his,'
On the 22nd he paid up his three amanuenses; Gislason 20 dollars, Snorrason
the same, and Pjeturson 10, 'for what little he has done this month; leaving
12 packets of slips, %, i, and / inclusive, with Snorrason for him to work upon
during my absence, with various MSS. ;' and departed for Kiel and England, which
he reached on the ist of May, only to find his father very poorly. In truth it
was now plain that the poor old man's days were numbered ; a chronic disease
of the bladder had got so inveterate that surgical skill could only prolong but not
save his life. With the exception of a flying visit to Copenhagen, which began
on the 26th of June and ended on the 8th of July, Cleasby stayed with his father
to the last. Before he left London he wrote to Pjeturson on the 9th of June to
say that he was coming for a few days, and in the meantime begged him to look after
Snorrason and see how he was getting on in his work, and to write at once to say how
he himself was, and whether Gislason was in Copenhagen. As Sir Benjamin Brodie on
the 9th of June said that his father was in no immediate danger, the flying visit took
place, as has been said. During the five days he was in Copenhagen he paid up his
amanuenses and settled his accounts. On the 4th of July he writes : ' I leave behind in
Copenhagen 22 packets of slips in the care of Pjeturson and Snorrason, viz. 5 packets
of H ; I of I, I, J ; 3 of K ; 2 of L ; 2 of M ; i of N ; i of O, 6, GE, and P ; i of R ; and
6 of S.' At the same time he wrote full instructions to his two amanuenses ; Gislason's
name is now wanting, and is explained by the following entry of the same day : ' I gave-
Pjeturson 60 dollars to be sent to Gislason to the Bath Kreischa, if he thought fit, in;
order that he might have the full benefit of September there if his own means would nott
carry him so far. I also gave Pjeturson for himself in advance, for work that might bef
done in my absence, 20 dollars ; and paid Pjeturson, for Snorrason, 20 dollars in advance.'*
On the same day he left Copenhagen, and, as has been said, was back in London|
on the 8th, finding his father ' a shade better.'
All that month the old man lingered, and it was not till the 31st of August that he-^,
sank under his disease. His deathbed, like that of his wife, was cheered by the tender-<
ness of his children. After the last scene, Richard Cleasby lay down for an hour or,
two, and on returning to his father's room ' found him stretched out upon the bed in,
which he died, covered over with a white sheet, with a little bunch of flowering sprigs :
of jasmine placed on his chest, gathered out. of the litde garden at the back of the,-
house.' On the 7th he writes : * The last ceremony was this day performed over my'
poor father's remains in the burial-ground of Paddington. The coffin was placed on-
that of my mother, who herself lies upon that of poor Stephen, in one of the vaults^
Then a last adieu was said to our much-lamented parent.' -t
On the 4th of September, as soon as the first shock was over, Cleasby had written,,
as follows to Pjeturson : !
44. RICHARD CLEASBY. xcvii
' Deres gode Bref af a/ ult. fand mig i den dybeste Bedrovelse, ti min kjaere Faders lange Lidelser
t.j^ en Ende den 31 Aug., kl. 5, formiddag, til hvilken Tid det behagede Forsynet at berove mig
Diiii naermeste Slsegtning og ielteste (sic) og beste Vcn ! jeg maa soge Understottelsc under dette
li uirde Slag i den trostende Tanke at jeg ved min Naervaerclse og uafladelige Opmaerksomheder
hidrog alt mueligt til at lindre den tunge Prove hann gik igjennem, og i den kjaerlige Medlidelse
Condolence of mine Venner ; Gud alene er den som vced hvad er det Beste !
' Det bar gjort mig meget ondt at hore saa daarlige Efterretninger om Snorrason, alligevel er
(K t ikke meget andet end hvad vi var besorget om forleden Host, naar De huske, en Reise op til
Island var anseet som nodvendigt for Ham, indtil i Vinterens Lob hann blev saa hurtigt ok uvaentet
l)cdrei jeg haaber dog hann vil komme sig snarere end De synes formode. Den andre (sic) unge
A lands Indvielse bliver om saa nodvendigere.
* Saa snart visse AfTairer ere arrangerede, hvilke vil nodvendigt kraeve min forste Opmaerksom-
hcd har jeg i sind at reise til Kjobenhavn og haaber ved min Ankomst at hore bedre Efterretning
oin Gislasons Oien hvilket jeg taenker vil sandsynligt folge en bedre Tilstand af den almindelige
Sundhed ; det vil vaere ijieget vigtigt at hann yde den Tjeneste hann kann i den kommende Vinter.
. . . Haabende inden temmelig kort Tid at see Dem igjen jeg forbliver Deres hengivne
' R. Cleasby.'
The death of his father plunged Cleasby into business, and it was some time before
he could think of his Icelandic Dictionary in the pressure of family affairs. He had to
o o hither and thither, to Brighton and to Westmoreland, where, as far as we can discern,
the family property came to him ; and what with executorships and business letters,
it was long before he could see his way. It is amusing, however, to see how strong his
water-drinking propensity was, for on his return from Westmoreland, in September 1 844,
we find him stopping at Harrogate to drink its abominable sulphur spring, which he
confesses did him little good. At last, on the 2nd of October, he broke away from
London, laden with presents for his Copenhagen friends, in which city he arrived on the
7th. There he ' found all in order at ' his ' lodgings, 159 Gammel Strand, but that
unfortunately very little had been done in the Icelandic, Snorrason having been ill
again, and Pjeturson had very little time ; Gislason not yet returned from his water-
cure.' Under these circumstances it was necessary to engage other assistance, and so
on the 23rd of November we find this entry : ' Snorrason left off to-day writing into the
slips, and it was agreed that the money he had had, 40 dollars in June and August,
should be considered as his payment up to this time.' On the 25th of the same month
we read, * An Icelander, Fridriksson — who had for Gislason written out the words out
of the Collection of Fragments, No. 655, and assisted Snorrason latterly in writing them
into the slips — came to-day and began to write them on in my rooms, commencing
with S.'
So the year came to an end, which, if it brought him an increase of means, added
much to the burden of his correspondence. His Diaries are now full of notices on
letters of business, and his time for Icelandic must have been much straitened. Still
he went bravely on, and his new amanuensis seems to be the best he had. This
year the 22nd of December passes over without that annual party to drink ' Balder's
health.' The night was now drawing near from which there was to be no return
of light. Before the year was out he was called home by business, and on the
-28th of December he paid up Fridriksson, Pjeturson, and Thorlacius, set them
XCVlll
RICHARD CLEASBY. 1845
worlc to do, left some of his MS. of the Dictionary in Copenhagen, and had some^
sent to him in England. On the 3rd of January, 1845, he was again in London, and
for the next three months entirely engrossed by business. The winter of 1845 was
unusually prolonged both in the North and in England, and so late as the i8th of
March Cleasby noticed persons skating on the water in the Regent's Park, before the
house in Cornwall Terrace. Shortly after, the house having been sold, he is busy
moving his father's wine and chattels to No. 5, Harley Place, Harley Street, as to which
he notes on the 28th of March : ' After having had two or three days of dislocation and
transportation of chattels, once in a man's life is often enough to move.' Poor man,
that was his first and last moving in England !
On the 2nd of April he embarked for Hamburg, and on the 8th reached
Copenhagen. As soon as he arrived Thorlacius and Snorrason came to work
again, and Gislason and Pjeturson also assisted. On the loth of June he set off
for an excursion to Danzig, embarking first for Stettin. Having seen Danzig and
Marienburg, with its grand old castle of the Deutscher Ritter, he returned by way
of Berlin, where he saw the two Grimms, ' who were both brisk and well, and seem
satisfied with Berlin. In the evening,' he writes, * I went to Professor Ehrenberg's,
where Berzelius from Stockholm was one of the guests ; altogether an agreeable
assembly of " Gelehrte." I called also on Schelling, who, though 70 years of age,
seemed little altered.' On the 21st of June he was back at Copenhagen in time to
witness the arrival of the Swedish and Norwegian students, who visited Denmark in
a body, and amused the inhabitants with demonstrations in favour of an United
Scandinavia.
On the 4th of July, 1845, he says: 'I was weighed at Tivoli, a place of entertainment just
outside the gates of Copenhagen, and found to be equal to 148 lbs. Danish weight, which is
somewhat heavier than English ; I think about 1 1 st. 8 lb. English.' On the 8th of August
he 'accompanied Christian Lange, a Norwegian, who is here taking copies of old Norwegian
diplomas, to the Office of the Archives, where he shewed me a large number of the first and
some of the second half of the fourteenth century, which he had copied, which were in great
part in perfectly pure old language, like Gula-pings Log or Skuggsja, the orthography of the
vowels, as usual, very varied.'
On the 15th he paid Fridriksson twenty dollars 'for work from the 15th of
June till this day;' on the 22nd he paid Thorlacius the same sum for the same
purpose; and on the 25th 'made Dr. Egilsson's acquaintance ; he called on me to-day.'
On the 28th he left Copenhagen and went by steam to Kiel, and embarked at Ham-
burg, arriving in London on the 31st of August, the anniversary of his father's
death, which he enters in his Diary as an ' anniversary of a day of severe bereavement,'
and surrounds it with deep black lines.
He had now, as we have seen, sold the old house in Cornwall Terrace and taken
5 Harley Place, at the top of Harley Street, into which his books and effects had been
moved. He notes on the nth September that he 'found all in very nice order
there.'
After travelling in England, partly for business and partly for pleasure, he left
1845,46. RICHARD CLEASBY.
XCIX
I'^ngland again in September, and returned to Copenhagen on the 12th of October,
having passed some days in Schleswig, where he observes :
' Heard throughout Schleswig that the Dano-German question as to language has rather
increased than diminished in heat and difficulty of solution.'
He was now living at 159 Gammel Strand, where he 'found all in order to
receive him.' On this occasion he returned loaded with creature comforts for his
Danish friends, and on the loth of October he distributed to them; but finding that
the authorities of the town had overcharged him for the tax on his horse, he
' Wrote to the magistracy on the 14th, begging them to rectify their demand for tax
11 my horse from ten dollars, yearly charge as a foreign horse, to two dollars, the proper tax
lor a Danish one, which he is.'
On the 1 6th he was delighted at hearing Jenny Lind for the first time; and, after
expressing his admiration in warm terms, he adds :
' Such was the rage to get a seat in the theatre to hear her, that people stood last week in
the most horrid storm and rain all the night through, from the time of the theatrical performance
closing at ten o'clock at night till eleven o'clock the next morning, when the doors were opened
again for the disposal of tickets. Those costing a dollar were easily sold at five or six dollars !!'
For the rest of the year 1845 he worked steadily on with his amanuenses, paying
them regularly for their work. On the very last day of the year he dined with his
friend Ellis, the English clergyman, and on his way back ' heard everywhere the firing
which here begins on New- Year's Eve as soon as it gets dark. It is a sort of com-
pliment in this country to fire off a pistol or two before folks' windows ! Every land
has its customs!' With January, 1846, his health seemed to fail him, and he went
to consult a Dr. Bendz, who prescribed leeches and herb-tea and physic, and advised him
not to drink too much cold water in the morning; and for some time after this the
recurrence of the name of Bendz in the Diary shews that Cleasby was still in his
hands. On the 6th of April he left for England, having paid Fridriksson 20 dollars
' for work to be done for me, of which I gave him particulars, during my absence.'
On the 9th he reached London, and was soon deep in business. On the 14th, however,
he 'had a visit from Sir Benjamin Brodie, before whom I laid my complaints of the
three past months,' and accordingly had to take blue-pill and senna. His property
at Brighton and in Westmoreland, besides some house-property at Chelsea, were an
endless trouble to him. After struggling with his tenants and agents for the rest of
that month and all the next, he left Dover for Ostend on the 31st of May, on his
way to Marienbad, which he reached on the 5th of June. There it is the same old
story of Kreutz-Brunn and Schlammbader for a month. On the 8th of July he left it,
and went by way of Magdeburg to Wolfenbiittel, to inspect the Icelandic MSS. there,
which he collated. Thence he returned to England, reaching it on the 15th of the
month. As soon as he got back he rushed down to Brighton, on hearing that his
next-door neighbour was building up a wall behind his premises. On the 27th of July,
1 846, he writes :
' Went to Brown, Great Russell Street ; ordered finally a slab to be erected to my father's
c RICHARD CLEASBY. ' 1846,47.
memory, to cost ^23, and ;^i per 100 for the letters the inscription may contain. Told him to]
chalk the plan in Marylebone Church, which he said he would do, and apply to my sister for the ,
inscription etc. when wanted.'
After this came letter on letter on business, but on the 28th he left for Hamburg,
and reached Copenhagen on the ist of August. On the loth he took part in a ' Gilde,'
or banquet, given to his old friend Geijer, * and was sorry to see him both mentally
and bodily sadly altered since' his 'visit to Upsala in September 1843.' On the 9th
of September he wrote to the Manager of the Hotel d'Angleterre at Frankfort-on-
the-Maine to keep a room ready for him on the 24th ; and on the 1 7th he set
off to be present at the meeting of Germanische Sprack tend Geschickts - Forscker,
which was to be held at Frankfort. On the 25th he reached that city, having done
a little grape-cure by the way, and soon found out the Grimms. He was most
cordially received, and Invited to the meeting, attended by about 150 professors and
jurists and as many spectators. There he met most of his old friends, Schmeller,
Massmann, Dahlmann, Pertz, and others, of whom Dahlmann read a paper in his section,
'shewing that the English jury is of Scandinavian, and not of Anglo-Saxon origin.'
The meeting was followed by a dinner, of which Cleasby tells that * it was bad, noisy,
and cold; but, worst of all, that froward Professor Massmann must needs propose
my health after some few others had been given, but when no mention had yet been
made of names like Grimm and Schmeller. It annoyed me exceedingly ; however, there
was nothing left for it but to return thanks, and I did so ; ending with proposing the
health of the Grimms, the heroes of modern Sprack-Forsckmig — which was upon the
whole, perhaps, getting out of it as well as I could.' When the sittings of the sections
were over, on the 28th Cleasby says : ' Saw the two Grimms this morning, and con-
versed with them on various points as to the Dictionary, and shall note some of their
remarks.' On the same day he had ' a final hour-and-a-half's conversation with Schmeller,'
and * shewed him part of my substantive etc. book of the Dictionary.' The same night
Cleasby left Frankfort, and returned to Copenhagen, reaching It on the 4th of October.
After his return he worked on steadily with his Dictionary; but he now has 'a
spasmodic cough,' for which he called In Bendz, who gave him a ' tinctura 'pectoralis
and some herb-tea.' At the end of November Bendz was called in again, to attend
him for a carbuncle, which kept him in-doors for some days, and led to six visits from
the doctor; and so, with failing health but still full of work, the year 1846 came
to an end.
The first days of January, 1847, ^1*^ filled with letters written to England on
business and family matters. On the 28th he notes: 'At a meeting of the Society
of Northern Antiquaries this evening the subject of Egllsson's Poetic Lexicon was
brought under discussion. It was stated that I had given 150 dollars towards the
^honorar. and the Society 150 dollars, and that 800 dollars had been regarded as
.what he — Egllsson — should have. Some members found that too little, and the Society
agreed to pay him 500 dollars, at 100 dollars per annum. Finn Magnusen moved
that the thanks of the Society should be publicly given to me for forwarding the
S47. RICHARD CLEASBY.
ci
work ; and all persons turned towards me to thank me/ Then come entries of business
1( Iters till the 31st of March, when Cleasby wrote to his sister to say that he should
1 )C home between the 8th and the 20th of April. Accordingly he paid up his amanu-
( nses and his doctor, and to Professor Rafn 100 dollars more in addition to the 150
In; had already paid towards Egilsson*s Dictionary. On the 8th of April he writes:
' Before leaving ordered my box of slips and that containing the two "control books"
U) be sent to Captain Roder^s, and left 20 dollars with Fridriksson for this month,
and left him a variety of things to be done in my absence.' On the 15th he returned
to England, and was soon as much occupied as ever with business. He had, however,
taken a specimen of his Dictionary with him ; and on the loth of May he writes : ' Took
back to-day to Taylor's the proof of the first four pages of my Icelandic Prose Dic-
tionary, which I had set up on trial *. There was, unluckily, a great deal to correct,
their not understanding the language making it impossible to know where words ought
to be divided at the end of a line ; and not being used to my writing also no doubt
does something.' On the 1 2th he went down to consult his friend Kemble at his cottage
near Rickmansworth, who 'expressed himself highly pleased at the appearance of the
l)roof.' On the i6th he was off to Germany, to try a new bath. This time it was
towards Homburg, then only a rising watering-place, that he turned his steps. He
had better have returned to Carlsbad or Marienbad, for his cure at Homburg did
him little good, though he left it delighted with the scenery. On the i6th of June
he returned to England for his last visit. On the 17th he wrote to Copenhagen, to
announce his speedy return, and in particular to Fridriksson, stating that he should
l)c back at the end of the month, and that he hoped he would have got a good deal
of the work ready which he left him in April, and be ready ' til videre Anvendelse
af Flid ; ' and to tell Gislason of the time of his return, and to greet him and
Pjeturson heartily. On the 19th he paid Messrs. Taylor £$ iSs. for the six sides
of the Icelandic Dictionary printed as an ' ensample.' During the few next days he
packed up his deeds and effects, and left them in safe custody till his return — which
was never to happen ; and on the 23rd set off in the steamer ' Wilberforce' for Hamburg.
On the 26th he reached Copenhagen, and drove at once to No. 40B, Gamle Kongens
Gade, 2 Sal., which he had taken in April for the three months ending October ist,
paying for them 75 dollars in advance. He came out as usual bringing presents
to his friends, and, amongst others, to Mr. Ellis, the British Chaplain, with whom
he was very intimate. In stopping at Hamburg he had enclosed proofs of the
specimen of the Dictionary both to Jacob Grimm and Schmeller ; but he now found
on reaching Copenhagen that he had brought none of the second and third sheets for
himself. He therefore wrote on the 27th of June to Grimm, begging him to be good
enough to send him the two sheets ' containing the end of ^ and a^ — bragd^ bua, and ok.'
Cleasby seems to have spent the month of July hopefully enough, in riding and walking
with his friends in the beautiful neighbourhood of the Danish capital ; and on the 7th
* A specimen of these is printed at the end of this Memoir.
cii RICHARD CLEASBY. 1847.
he writes to Thorpe to say that N. M. Petersen the historian was quite willing that
he — Thorpe — should translate one of his works into English; and he pays his
amanuenses regularly and keeps them to work. On the 28th of July he received the
following charming letter from Jacob Grimm as to his Dictionary, on returning the
proofs as desired :
'Wie werden Sie, verehrter Freund, mein langes Schweigen auf ihre giitige Mittheilung
sich erklart haben ? Es hat folgende leidige Ursache : Bald nachdem Ihr erster Brief eingetrofifen
war, gerieth unser ganzes Haus in die .lebhafteste Unruhe, aus der es sich noch nicht erholt hat.
Meine gute Schwagerin, die Sie, so viel ich weiss, personlich kennen, war nach Jena gereist, um
einen dortigen Arzt fiir die krankelnde Tochter zu gebrauchen. Nun aber erkrankte sie selbst
aufs gefahrlichste. Nachdem wir einige Tage in Angst geschwebt hatten, reiste mein Bruder auch
fort, um ihr beizustehen. Die Gefahr scheint zwar verschwunden, aber wir miissen doch noch
in bestandiger Sorge sein.
' In solcher lage verliert man alle Arbeitsfahigkeit, und thut nur noch einzelne Geschafte
mechanisch ab. Jetzt, beim genauen Wiederlesen Ihres zweiten Briefes, sehe ich, dass Ihnen an
schnelle Riicksendung der Druckbogen gelegen war, und erschrecke sie versaumt zu haben.
Also folgen die Bogen nunmehr augenblicklich, ohne dass ich Zeit oder rechten Sinn dafiir hatte,
mich iiber Ihre schone Arbeit im einzelnen auszulassen. Mein Trost ist, dass Sie keines Raths
von anderen bediirfen ; alles innere und aussere scheint aufs beste bedacht und gerathen. Der
Himmel lasse Ihnen alles gelingen. — Ihr herzlich ergebener Freund,
'Berlin, 22 Juli, 1847.' 'J--^^. Grimm.'
But on the ist of August a change took place. On that day he writes : * Dr.
Bendz stethoscoped me to-day, my cough, hoarseness, etc. continuing ; pronounced lungs
sound, but said my chest was weak ; prescribed a large plaster called Manus Dei, and
a draft of senega, to take a table-spoonful four times a day.' On the 2nd he notes,
* put on the plaster this evening before going to bed.' He still, however, works some
hours every day, and takes little excursions into the country. On the 24th of August
he enters the arrival of a man now very distinguished in the North : ' Unger from
Christiania drank tea with me.'
After this he is full of home business again, and writes a letter to Anthony on
the 30th, enclosing letters to his agents, and at the end, ' Said I was a little better ; I
the monster plaster had stilled but not taken away the cough, and especially worked well
with the nightly perspiration, which had become only occasional and not so violent.'
On the same day he notes : ' Paid Gislason 10 dollars, with 20 last month equals
30 for two months.' On the 2nd of September he paid Fridriksson ' 10 dollars
on account for this month.' On the 4th he enters : ' Received as a present by
Mr. C. R. Unger, from him and the other editor, Mr. C. Lange, Diplomatarium
Norvegicum, ist vol. Christiania, 1847. 4to.' On the 5th he received his last letter
of business from his agent in England ; and on the 6th stands the last entry in these
Diaries : ' Paid Fridriksson remaining 10 dollars, making 20 for this month. Answered
Miles' — the agent's — letter of 28th ult. as at back of same.' So end his Diaries : the
little that is left to tell of his life must be drawn from the letters of his friend Mr. Ellis,
the English chaplain, to his sorrowing family.
But indeed there is little more to tell. On the 7th of September, having been,
1847. RICHARD CLEASBY.
cm
as has been shewn, under medical care for an affection of the chest, he was seized with
a slight fever, at first supposed to be of a rheumatic character, but which towards the
end of the month rapidly passed into a low typhoid type. On Monday, the 27th,
though confined to his bed, he 'dictated in a firm voice and collected manner' a
letter to his brother, in which he said that he was in no danger, but that time was
needful for his recovery. Complaints were made of his treatment; but upon this
subject it is now needless to enter. It is enough to say that he grew rapidly worse
and never rallied. On Wednesday, the 6th of October, at 10 a.m., he had finished his
mortal course. His relations had no opportunity of being with him in his last moments,
for they never heard of his danger till they received the intelligence of his death. On
the 14th of October his remains were deposited in a vault below the church of St.
Peter, where they still remain.
So passed away the spirit of Richard Cleasby, one of the most indefatigable
students that ever lived. If he were fortunate in the circumstances of his life, he was
surely most unhappy in his death, — snatched away just as the mechanical part of his
labours was drawing to a close, but before he could bring his philological power to bear
upon the mass of materials which he had collected. His methodical and yet poetic
mind, his far-sighted and yej; microscopic eye, will no longer note day by day the
last penny of his expenses and the very spot where he took his friends to dine,
side by side with entries full of a lively interest in philology, literature, and art, and
of delight at the smiling face of nature as she revives at the soft breath of spring.
For him the first chaffinch will chirp in vain, the earliest swallow twitter, and the
beech and willow burst out into tender green. He is gone like Balder to the
realm of night, never to return. It is poor compensation for the cessation of an
existence so full of spirit and work to reflect that at the same time came rest and
peace ; that all that weary trouble which wealth brought with it was over for ever ;
that no letters on business from London or Westmoreland would now pursue him ;
that his life-long chase after health at German Baths was at an end ; and that as he
passed from city to city surgeons and physicians would no longer torture and torment
him. These were but accidents, and, though troublesome, Richard Cleasby bore them
like a man, in the firm faith that the task which he had set himself to do would still
be fulfilled. It has been at last fulfilled, but not in the way which either Cleasby or
his heirs at first proposed. As soon as the first shock caused by his unlooked-for death
had passed over, the question arose, what was to be done with the Dictionary, which
it was well known he had been on the very eve of publishing ? The greatest interest
in the subject was naturally shewn in Copenhagen, and Mr. Anthony Cleasby received
a message from the Crown Prince, as President of the Society of Northern Antiquaries,
expressing his 'deeply-felt sympathy at his decease, and' his 'desire that the work might
be completed to which he had devoted himself with such zeal and perseverance for
so many years,' After mature deliberation it was resolved that the MS. should be
completed at Copenhagen, under the care of a committee of three — two of whom were
M. Krieger, the well-known statesman and antagonist of Prince Bismark; and M. Konrad
1
civ RICHARD CLEASBY. 1847.
Gislason, Cleasby's chief amanuensis, on whom devolved the literary direction of the
work. For this purpose the heirs of Richard Cleasby devoted several hundred pounds
to erect what they naturally regarded as the best monument to his memory. In
the meantime the writer had succeeded in interesting the Delegates of the Oxford
University Press in favour of the work, which, when completed, was to be edited by
him and printed at the expense of the University. But when the MS. of the Dictionary
was forwarded after several years from Copenhagen, so far was it from being in a
fit state for publication, that, after struggling with it for some years, he found it necessary
to call in other assistance to complete the work. This he was fortunate enough to
find in Mr. Gudbrand Vigfusson, then one of the Stipendiaries in the Arna Magnaean
Library at Copenhagen, an institution which has done so much for Icelandic scholarship.
After inspecting the materials placed at his disposal, Mr. Vigfusson found them so
crude and in such an unsatisfactory state, that he resolved on rewriting and remodelling
the whole. This Herculean task he has now completed, and in so doing has raised
a monument to his own scholarship as well as one to the memory of Richard Cleasby.
It is needless to say more of these Copenhagen transcripts in this place. Their nature
has been sufficiently explained and exposed in the Introduction. It is enough here
to point at them and pass by. The Dictionary as it now stands is far more the work
of Vigfusson than of Cleasby; but if the dead take heed of aught here below, it
must be a consolation to the spirit of Richard Cleasby to know that the work which
he so boldly projected has at last been worthily completed, though by other hands;
and if there be speech or language in those mansions, the solemn words of Hdvamal
will ring through them :
' Deyr f6, deyja fraendr ;
Deyr sjalfr it sama ;
En orS-sti'rr deyr aldregi
Hveim s6r g6^an getr.'
SPECIMENS.
L— SPECIMEN OF MR. CLEASBY'S MS. WORKED OUT BY HIMSELF.
s, pi. n., pi. m<oI, Gr. ^J). 30, i. 83" Cod. B, lb. 41. ii. 318"*
\, Isl. S. i. 374*; mol, Norske Love 335^. Two leading signi-
;s characterise this word, each of which present a number of
isions. 1. speech, cp. msela, to speak. 2. measure, cp. mxla,
incai^ure.
I. Leading signification.
a.—factiUas voces articulatas proferendi, loqtiela, a speech. Bors synir
ku upp trein, skopuSu af menn, . . . gaf hinn fyrsti ond ok Jif . . . ^riSi
■ 11. malit ok heyrn ok sjon, Sn. E. gg. c. 9. 10'*. aldri hrseSumsk ek
i5 er J)U gofgar, J)viat J)au hafa ekki mal, Fms. i. 97'". J)rongdi
ittarfari konungsins, at hann missti malsins, x. 148". {)a spur6i
jiuingrinn ef Sigvaldi hefSi mal sitt, xi. 102'^'. hefi ek marga vega
itaS mala vi8 hana ok hefi ek aldri fengit or6 af henni, Laxd. c. 12.
o'". Jieir gl6tu8u einnar tungu niali er for6um vildu stopul smi&a
gi'gn Gu8i {speech in one language). No. 677. 19'*. fieir menn er a
hands h6fu8 ok hafa gau8 fyrir mal {latrattis pro loquela), Rimb.
i. 3y. 347*. J)eir hafa eigi manns rodd ne mal, voice or speech, Rimb.
i. 45. 348^*. honocentaurus hefir tvenn m*ol, voices, organs, manners
^ sj'eech, 673. A. 47^
b. — sermo, oratio, verba, hvart eru J)eir Steinarr ok Onundr h^r, sva at
eir iiiegi skilja mal mitt, Eg. c. 86. 735*. hvart er Flosi sva naer, at hann
legi heyra mal mitt, Nj. 129. 200''. ver eigi naer honum en mal nemi,
ins. iv. 28*". J)er er mikit fyrir mali, v. 325''. var hann snjallr i
ali ok talaSr vel a Jiingi, ix. 535''. skilr J)u nokkut her manna mal?
Limindis egir : eigi heldr enn fugla kli5. Fas. ii. 512^". sumiim gefsk
i;ila ^y&ing, No. 677. 20^. skaldskapr var honum sva tiltaekr sem
ana maelti af tungu fram sem annat mal, other speech, i. e. prose, Fms.
/. 374^, cf. 91, var. 5. engi var sva vitr hja, at snjallara mal {sermo,
ratio) myndi fram bera, Fms. vii. 158'^°. eigi man ]pat sva skjott radask,
■gir Jjorsteinn ok tok annat mal, Gunnl. c. 5. 70^. engi haf&i hon or&
in I'yrr en Gestr lauk sinu maii, Laxd. c. 33. 130''. ok er Olafr lauk
luu mali, pa, var g68r romr gerr, 27. 106'". en er hann haf8i petta
■i.elt fylldisk J)egar mal bans, was fulfilled, came to pass, MS. 623. 42*.
lau eru upphcif af mali minu (of a sermon), Isl. S. i. 385*^ bar Gi^urr
lar .1 mikit mal, at hann mundi J)vi auSveldliga a lei3 koma, bisisted
niicb, Fms. X. 93"*. fi^rfu J)er firi J)vi at . . . syna fyrir nier 611 J)au mal
'k athsefi er hafa J)arf fyrir konungi, expressions, modes of expressions,
ks. 301^ — Cod. 61*. 29 : pi., ^4 svarar drottinn var me8 malum David
iropheta, in the words of David, No. 619. 31^. In specie, colloquium,
egar er J)eir fundu menn at mali, Fms. i. 204^ mselti hann jafnan fyrst
i<5 NorBmenn ef {jeir vildu hafa mal bans, audients hos ham, -paven, vii.
141 '. Olvir hnufa var me8 konungi ok kom opt a mal vi3 konung, Eg.
14. 106^. hann lag8isk niSr ok skaut fyrir loku, engi J)or5i at krefja
aaim mals, 81. 6oi^^ {)6rdis gekk til mals vi8 Egil, 89. 764^^. si8an
;ttiu J)au maliiiu (var. talinu), Nj. c. 6. lO^ ^egar er hvarir na mali
ra st68 Atli upp ok maelti, 5. 8'*. In specie, responsum, hann
v; J)a mals um vi8 Asger8i, hverju Jjat gegiidi. Eg. c. 83. 703''.
iionnum {likkir hun svara furSu storliga ok spyrja hana mals um,
til svor J)essi skulu koma, S. i. Har. Harf. 3. 77*, cf. Fms. i. 3*.
hann mal af J)eim, ok spurSu J)au hversu bardaginn hef8i gengit,
ii. 525^^. Sermonis argumentum, judicium (de aliqua re) verbis
'um, t)at var mal manna at henni hafi allt verit ilia gefit, J)at er etc.,
. 154. 268'^ {jat var mal manna um J)a fjorolf ok Bar8, at t)eir
tc, Eg. c. 8. 39*^ t)at er mal manna at eigi hali meiri skcirungr
;it i Noregi, Fms. vii. 150''. ok hofSu menn at mali, at {)at sumar
i)ti)u Marcus-menn byr hvert er J)eir vildu, SOi*- allir menn hijfdu a
i;iili er (3laf sa, hversu friSr ma8r hann var, Laxd. c. 22. 88^*. Nar-
■•■:ti'>, mi er })ar til mals at taka er |)orkell Eyjolfsson sitr i biii sinu,
iN<]. c. 74. 314^'. jarlarnir Urgu-J)rj(kr ok Brimeskjarr er fyrr var
■ 111') i J)essu mali, Fms. xi. 41^. Proverbium, saying, J)at er fornt mal,
i ! ■.sna skal at betr verSi, Fms. x. 261*. Runce incises vel sententiceJ
hafSi kroka-spjot i hendi haugtekit ok mal 1, (the runes were
legible? or of important signification?), Laxd. car. 78". nu eru tekin
GrasiSu brot, ok gcirir {>orgrimr {)ar af spjot . . . mal v6ru f, ok foert f
hepti spannar-langt, (i.e. faert spjot i hepti), Gisl. Cod. 1 13*, cf. mala
sax, Fas. i. 514'*. Unus integer sensus, logice — a complete period, her
er mAl fullt i hverju visu-or8i, Sn. E. brh. 86. 234*. h6r er tvau mill full
kumin i hverju visu-or8i, 85. 233'''*. ok er sa visu-helmingr ei elligar
rdttr at mali, 91. 235". The mode {either with an usual or artificial
term) of appellation in poetry (as, for instance, that a man be called
' ma8r,' or be called ' skjald-tre,' or the like) ; tvenn eru kyn })au er
greina skaldskap allan : hver tvenn ? mal ok haettir, hvert maltak er
haft til skaldskapar? J)renn er etc., Sn. E. skm. i. 93''. {)a J)ykkja
nygiirvingar vel kve8nar ef J)at mal er upp er tekit haldi of alia visu-
leng8, Sn. E. brh. 82. 230". J)eir amaeltu skaldskapnum Sighvats, ok
koUuSu at hann hefSi eigi r^tt ort at mali, Fms. v. 209^ cf. bragar-mal,
Sn. brh. 84. 232 (a poetical . . .). Lingua, idioma, er J)u lastr eigi
{)urfa i varu mali J)essa niu raddar-stafi, Sn. E. lat. c. 3. 277'''*. msel J)u
mi vi8 mik girzkt mal. No. 677. 75'''. Haraldi var mjok stirt um nor-
rcent mal, Fms. vii. 165*. Postulatum, demand, assertion, Hakon
konungr haf3i skra lati8 allar Eyjar fyrir vestan Skotland {)aEr sem hann
kalladi s^r, en Skota-konungr haf8i nefiit J)aer sem hann vildi eigi lausar
lata, ... en um aSra hluti var skamt milli mals konunga, en ^6 gekk
eigi saettin saman, Fms. x. 132'. (ok mi81um sva mal a midli J)eirra) at
hvarir tveggju hafi nakkvat sins mals, Isl. S. i. 12^". hann festi jarnburft
at sva skyldi sanna mal bans, Fms. vii. 230'*. hefir hann i marga staSi
mikit til sins mals, 221*". hafa her hvarir tveggju mikit til sins mals,
Nj. c. 56. 88^. J)a skal sa J)eirra hafa sitt mal er ei8 vill at vinna, Gr. i.
Kb. 3. 393*. J)eir skulu domendr sitt mal hafa er fleiri eru saman J)ar,
29. 430". Gunnlaugr skal fyrr flytja fyrir, {)viat hanum eirir verr ef
hann hefir eigi sitt mal, Gunnl. 9. iio'^. {)essi eru fiau daemi er syna
hit sama mal, (i. e. at gu8 g6r8i brig8 a skipa8um domi), Sks. Cod.
Ii8». 17. Pactum, slipulatio, agreement, stipulation, condition, enda
a J)at at halda med J)eim . . . nema J)au vili annat mal a gora, Gr. i. f J).
23. 336^*; and 22. 335*. mi bregSr hann (gri8ma8r) mali, vi8 fieiri
menn, i. {)^. 56. 148^^ en ek skal lauss allra mala ef hann kemr eigi {)a
ut, Gunnl. c. 5. So'', cf. 9. n6". Effatum, mandatum, sa er . . . fyr-
litr m,a\ Gu8s ok seining laga. No. 677^*. sa er elskar mik mun halda
mal min, 1 7^*. Diversce formulcs processuaricB, . . . decisio, effatum etc.,
enda er eigi heimting til malsins, Gr. i. Kb. c. 81. 497**. skulut mal
bans standask um pa sok, Gr. i. \ip. c. 2 1 . 64'*. enda er sva sem {)eir
maeli eigi J)eim malum, nema Jjeir vinni ei8a at, ii. lb. 46. 342^, cf. 21.
25. skulu J)eirra manna mal standask . . . hvar J>ess er J)eir taka eigi af
alj)ingis-mali, Gr. i. umb. 31. 296^*. enn er sa hlutr i logum er J)u hefir
eigi kennt m6r, Jpat er at festa nier konu, J>orsteinn segir : J)at er litid
mal, ok kendi honum atferli, Gunnl. c. 4. 54'. hann skal segja i annat
sinn fram sokina, ok fara sva ollu mali um, sem hann hafi a8r ekki um
maelt, Gr. i. pp. c. 12. 40^^*. kveSr Ottarr jarl J)ings, ok maelti pe'nw
malum a {)inginu, at Hakon jarl skyldi heita vargr i veum, Fms. xi. 40^.
ef hann kve6r sva at, ok haf8i i mali sinu ' heilt ra8 ok heimilt,' en eigi
ella, Gr. i. fj). 7. 317'^
Negotium, res, status. 1. negotium et res simili sensu, {>6r61fr
ba8 Olvi byrja mal sitt. Eg. c. 16. 62^*. Svertingr gekk a konungs fund
ok flutti mal sitt, Laxd. 41. 180^*. hann fann pafann, ok tok hann J)ar
lausn af honum allra sinna mala (of all he had committed), Orkn, 21.
86. ok muntii mi ver8a m^r at triia til malanna J)inna allra, Fms. xi.
104^*, cf. Nj. c. 6. ro". sitr hann J)ar mi at malum sinum vi8 vegsemd,
xi. 4*. vit leitu8um ekki fyrst J)essa mala vi8 Brynjolf, E. c. 9. 40*.
{)ikki mer mi vandask malit er ek hefi a8r ra8it bru81aup mitt, Nj. 2.
4^*. takit er mi hofSingja J)ann er ySr pikkn bezt til fallinn, J)vi at ein-
hverr mun J)urfa at vera fyrir mdlinn, 124. 19a''. ef nia8r handsalar
mainii satt ... ok skilja J)eir J)at mal eigi gorr enn sva (the matter, affair,
almost stipulation), Gr. i. pp. 50. 136'. vii ek {ivi heita, at eiga sidan
allt mitt mal undir y8r f6stbroe8rum. Fas. 2. 532'^. en {)essi ma8r er
CVl
SPECIMEN OF MR. CLEASBY'S DICTIONARY.
keisari haf3i verit gjorSi slikt af sinu mali sem hafSi hann aSr raedt,
Fms. vi. 73, var. 3 (^of sin Sag). {)vi hverr hann vill leggjask i at i8ka
J)etta mai, {)a hlytr hann etc. (huic materia incumbere), Rimb. ii. 90.
312'. eingi maSr a annat inal at deila i kirkju nema biSja fyrir ser ok
oUu Kristnu folki, No. 619. 34^. Negotium nuptiale, Austma3rinn
heldr nu a malinu vi3 bonda, sva at Flosi var hja, Nj. c. 149. 259'". en er
J)etta m41 var vi& Jorunni roedt, J)a svarar hiin etc., Laxd. c. 9. 22''. ek
skal fara a fund Burizlafs konungs ok vitja malanna fyrir bond okkra
beggja, Fms. xi. 104'°. {)6 16zk hann enn tala niundu malit fyrir hans
bond. Fas. i. 364*. en sva er mal meS vexti at fatt hefir verit etc., Lvs.
c. 14. 43*. sva er mal me6 grenni, at etc. (of tenderness), Fas. iii. 59*".
The use below carried further and generalized ? mun honum J)6 eigi
miklu J)ikkja launadr uxinn ... at ek hitta hann ef honnm {jikkir mali
skipta, Eg. c. 87. 742**- hann kveftsk ok engu mali J)ikkja skipta,
HeiSv. C.I. 282^'. J)6tti henni allmiklu mali skipta, S. ii. 61. Helg.
c. 31. 33*. um J)a hluti er mer J)ikkja miklu mali skipta, Fms. xi.
213'*. ef hanum Jjoetti mali var8a, VV, 12. 260^ ef y5r Jjoetti nokkuru
mali var&a um hans vinattu, S. ii. <3\. Helg. c. 135. 229^. en {)a skiptir
eigi mali hver gogn J)a fara a lengr, Gr. i. J)J). 13. 43*. um t)at er J)u
kvaddir J)ess kviSar er eigi atti mali at skipta um vig Au961fs, Nj. c. 56.
87^. 2. res, status, la ek J)a i voggu er J)aer (sc. vcilvur) skyldu
tala um mitt mal, Fas. i. 340". faSir minn for vestr til Irlands, ok er
J)at vitaS hver stortiSendi gerSusk um hans mal, Fms. vii. 124^'. vit
forum kynliga me3 okkr um malin segir Hrappr, Nj. c. 87. 130^*. allt
var {)at annat mal segir Hallr, er varut J)a vi'grei3ir, hafit er mi of
mikit at gert, Nj. 147. 256^. ekki eru J)au efni um vart mal, Jjviat ek se
at bo3ar eru a bae3i bor9, Laxd. c. 21. 76^ en fio skalt J)u sva um
{)itt mal hugsa, ef {)etta berr saman, at etc., Nj. c. 55. 85^'. em ek J)a.
J)egar skildr vi6 J)in mal . . . kvad hann at heimilu skiljask vi3 sin mal ef
hann ryfi saettina {partes), Fms. xi. 396. 19 seqq. {)eir foru a konungs
fund, ok toluQu mal Islendinga {cause, part), Fms. x. 296. 29. er mal
hans stendr i sva miklum haska, No. 655. xxxii. i''. Causa, lis, actio,
ct fortasse, injuria delictum saepius usurpatur promiscue cum ' sok.' sokn
skal fara fyrr fram hvers mals enn vorn, Gr. i. J)J). 18. 59^. ek . . . seg
{)at Gu3i, at ek mun sva foera mal 611 fram her at feransdomi etc., 48.
I35\ cf. Nj. 64. 99'' ubi = sok 1. 5 ; et Gr. i. fj). 46. 361*1. ^k skal
{)eim er med mal ferr . . . rett at taka til soknar etc., Kb. 72. 490"*, cf.
f J). 134. 348". har3ra3r vi3 livini sina enn tillaga g63r hinna stoerri
mala, NJ. c. i. 2^'^. Gunnarr scekir mal J)etta a J)ingi, hann kvaddi
bua til mals, 24.. 361", cf. Gr. i. umb. 32. 297'^. Rutr nefndi vatta ok
sag3i unytt malit, Nj. 24. 36'*. Njall . . . kve3sk borgit munu geta
malinu ok scikinni, (as well the form as the action itself), 36'*. J)eir
vani . . . lagamenn miklir . . . t)eir veittu Gizuri hvita at hverju mali, c. 56.
86", J)eir . . . letu {)at standa fyrir kvi3bur3i um mal Au3ulfs at a3ili
var 1 Noregi, 87'^ ef sa madr andask er sok hefir selda eda til buna,
J)a er hann er adili, ok pa hverfr mal ^zt undir hans erfingja, Gr. i. JjJ).
55. 142*. sa ri3r sidast, segir Kari, at ek vil eigi drepa . . . hanum hefir
farit J)6 bezt i malum varum ^dr, Nj. c. 146. 254'^. ok hefir sa sok er
hann hefir mal 4 hondum, Gr. i. {){>. 10. 38'. veit hann vanir leyndni .
mala me3 {)eim . . . eru eigi J)a sakarnar settri enn a3r, fj). 47. S^flH
J)riggja alj)inga mal eru t)etta allt, Gr. i. f J). 32. 346'^ ef hann vilfll
ens meira mals fcera, ok skal hann stefna, etc., Gr. i. Kb. 29. 430"
sama mal a br63ir samnicedr, G{)1. m. eb. 7. 240. ok ef kona a Jjani
hluta mals, Krr. 9. 17. 124. Fere insimulatio, reatus, stefndi SigurJi
konungr J)a ping, ... ok bad Sigur3 Hranason svara par malum fyrir sik,
Fms. vii. 130'^ ok mun pa verda svarat mali pvi, Nj. c. 64. 99*,
Njall . . . spur3i alia hina beztu menn . . . hvert mal peim poetti Gunnarr
eiga a peim nofnum fyrir fjorradin, c. 70. 105^*. pa eru peir var3ir
mali ef peir fa pann bjargkviS, Gr. i. pp. 16. 54^. versk hann pa miUimi.
fp. 7. 317^*. en pau ur malinu ef f)6r61fr hittisk ei par, Laxd. c. 15,
44-'*. ?en um xii mana3i stendr peirra mal, Gr. i. pp. 55- 143'-.
compounds, lis, Vestfjar3a-mal, = process tilhorende Vestfir3ir, Stu. A B.
c. 53. ii. 81^". Boejarhogna-mal, angaaende Baejarhogni, Gu3m. 19''-*.
Ashildar-mal, angaaends Ashildr, 103^*. XL. marka-mal, Gpl. 185".
II. Leading signification.
a. — mensura, fimm alna er hatt mal hans, Fms. vi. 429^*. at peir
hafi jammiklir menn verit pa er peir gengu undir mal, Laxd. c. 41.
I78i*and Fms. ii. 79'*. hann lag3i mal vi3 oil en stoerstu tre, baeS.
bita ok staflaegjur etc., Laxd. c. 74. 316'^. ef malit gengi saman
pa er optarr vseri reynt etc., Korm. c. 3. 8. hann lypttr honum 6r
s631inum ok kastar honum mals-leng3 fra ser a leik-voUinn sva at 1
sundr ganga iii rifin i hanum. No. 580*. 71 7- Tempus {facere alt-
quid), time, fitting time, point of time, period (mael or mel), en hus-
bondi sa sveri um, er hann haf3i inni sitt, at hann var par pa n6tt ok li
pvi mali, Norske love 309^^ skipverjum potti mal or hafi, er a li6i;
var mjok sumarit, LN B. p. iii. c. 12. 156^' ( = Isl. S''. i. 206^*). fara
si3an ni3r priSja sinni, par til er Kjartani pikkir allt mal upp, S. i. 01
Tryggv. 88. 297^. par til er Njall talar at monnum vaeri niiil at lysri
sokum sinum, Nj. c. 97. 149^'. pa minnti biskup konung a, at ma!
vaeri at ganga at sofa, Fms. ii. . , . 138*^. ok er mal at ver farim tii
Austreyjar, it is high time, Faer. c. 55. 255. mal er at leita at hestum
varum, Kor. c. 19. 182. konungr spurdi ef pegar vaeri mal at rida, Fms.
ii. 139". ok er allt mal at aettvig pessi takisk af, Laxd. c. 59. 258-.
? pa metask kvi3r peirra sem pa at i mal yr3i borinn kviSrinn {iti dtu
time? or=i dom ?), Gr. i. pp, c. 16. 54^^. 2, tempus prandend:
et ccenandi ? {morning and evening meal-time), ef hanum er eigi dcild:
matr at malum, Gr. i. pp. 56. 194*. ok ala pa hvara tveggju i eitt ma
ef riimheilagt er (cf. 1. 23 i tvo mal), Gr. i. umb. 30. 293^^. Cod. A. ei.
sty'rimenn skulu fceSa pa i tvau mal, (Cod. B.) Gr. ii. Skmf. 2. 400-'.
ok oxa parf hann (sc. ormrinn) i mal. Fas. i. 238''. biskups efni vildi
ok lata gefa fatoekum monnum mat i tvo mal, Stu. p. 3. c. 13. i». 216".
pat er ok mitt ra3, p6 pat se at fyrra mali, at menn snaedi nokkut ok
drekki, though before the meal {meal)-time, Fms. viii. 381, var. 18 (al.
var. i fyrra lagi).
b. — quarta pars anni, i misseri eru mal tvau, en i mali eru manuSir
prir, Rb. i. c. 3. 6". manu3r iii. Ann. No. 415. ^.
(Finis, being altogether about 180 references in seven somewhat closely-written pages in Mr. Cleasby's volume.)
2.— THE SAME WORD IN THE COPENHAGEN TRANSCRIPTS
{^Transmitted to England in 18 54, /rom which Mr. Vig/usson had to work).
mdl, n.. A) speech, 1) speech, power of expressing thoughts by words :
Sn Fms. i 97, x 148. Rb. 347, 348. jieir glotuau einnar tungu mah
{speech in one language), er for3um vildu stopul snii3a i gegn gu3i, 677
p. 19. — b) voice, organ of speech: Honocentaurus hefir tvenn m. {tvr.
mol), 673 p. 47. — c) language, tongue, idiom: Fms. vii 165. Mael pti
vi3 mik gerzkt m., 677 p. 75. Sn. 161. Sumum (gefsk) mala py3ing,
677 P- 20. — 2) speech, talk, verbal utterance: Eg. 735. Nj. 200. Fms.
iv 28, 374 (lit. other speech = prose), vii 158, ix 535. Fas. ii 512. Ld.
106,130. En er hann hafSi petta maelt, fylldisk m. hans, 623 p. 43.
{>4 svarar drottinn viirr me3 malum Davids propheta {in the words of
David), 619 p. 31. (hann) bar mikit m. a, at {he) insisted much : Fms.
X 93. — b) expression, mode of expression, form of a language { = Lat.
effatvm): Sks. 301. Grag. i 40, 317. Fms. xi 40. — c) colloquy, dis-
course : Nj. 10. Eg. 106, 601, 764. Fms. i 204. Ef peir vildu hafa hans
m. if they wished bis audience: Fms. vii 241. — Espec, answer, reply:
Eg. 703. Hkr. i 77. Fas. iii 525. — 3) anything told, spoken, or written:
{>at var m. manna it was told, Nj. 268. Eg. 29. Fms. vii 150. hafa'
(a) mali to speak of, make mention of: Fms. vii 301. Ld. 88. — narratia:
relation: Ld. 314. Fms. xi 41. — b) appointment,judgment, decision: Griid
i 69, 296, ii 342. — c) assertion, demand: Isl. i 12. Fms. vii 221, 23c
Nj. 58. Grag. i 393. Isl. ii 237. — d) agreement, stipulation, condition.
Grag. i 148, 336. isl. ii 217. — e) command, commandment . . .: Sa er ,
litr . . . m. gu3s ok setning laga, 677 p. i. Sa er elskar mik mun halda I
m. min, 677 p. 17. — f) proverb, saying: Fms. x 261. — g) a comphlt
period : Sn. 124, 125. — h) the mode of appellation {either with an vsv-.-
or artificial term) in poetry: Sn. 49, 123. Fms. v 209. — i) en"--"'
Runes or Runic words : Ld. 78. NO. viii 18. — B) something to be ?).
or transacted, i) business, affair : Engi ma3r ea annat m. at
kirkju, nema bi3ja fyrir s6r ok ollu kristnu folki, 619 p. 34. Eg. 62, 40. j
Ld. 180. Fms. xi 104. Fas. ii 532. Nj. 192. — Espec, affair, business of \
courtship : Nj. 259. Ld. 22. Fas. i 364. Fms. xi 104.— b) matter, affair
Nj. 4. Rb. 312. Grag. i 136 {stipulation?).— sv& er m. me3 vexti //
SPECIMEN OF MR. CLEASBY'S DICTIONARY.
evil
r is this, of that condition : I. 43. Fas. iii 59. — var pat annat m. it
another affair : Nj. 256. — e-t skiptir (varSar) mali (miklu, litlu or
like) a thing is of importance: Eg. 742. Hkr. ii 32, 207. Fnis. xi
. 1. 260. — skiptir {)a eigi mali then it is indifferent: Grag. i 43. —
i eigi mali at skipta a thing is not relating to : Nj. 87. — c) state,
tmstance, condition: Fas. i 340. Fms. vii 124. Ld. 76. Nj. 85. En
ans stendr i sva mikluin haska, 655 xxxii p. I. — d) cause: Fms. x
xi 396. Grag. i 143. — 2) cause, process, action: Grag. i 38, 59,
362. Nj. 2, 36, 86, 87, 254. — the form of an action: Nj. 36. — b)
/ right, right of inheritance : GJ)1. 240. — c) charge, indictment, com-
it, accusation: Grag. i 54, 317. Nj. 99. Ld. 44. Fms. vii 130. —
guilt ( = Lat. reatus) : Grug. i 430. Nj. 105. — C) measure, 1) of local
character, a) measure, dimension (height, longitude) : Korm. 8. Fms.
vi 429. — b) measure, that by which anything is nuasured : Ld. 178,
2,16.— Also it seems to have been used in notion of a certain measure;
cfr. malslengd. — 2) of temporal character, a) time, period, point of time :
Ngl. i 309, 240.— b) time, fitting time: Isl. i 206. Nj. 149. Fms. ii 138,
139. t)at trm.,zi it is high time: FaEr.25£. Korm.182.Ld. 258— c) nUal
{morning and evening with regard to milking of cattle, sheep, twice a
day): Grag. ii 230, 231. Cf. i II, B, i, «.— d) meal time (also with
regard to morning and evening) : Grag. i 149.-31 fyrra mali before the
usual (meal) time: Fms. viii 381 (var.).—t) quarter (of a year): Rb. 6.
J.B, — This word is (with very few exceptions) a fair specimen of the Copenhagen transcripts for the whole of the letters A B, E G, L M,
R, T, p, JE, 6, and for the half or two-thirds of H. See the Preface, p. vi.— G. V.
II.— A SPECIMEN OF MR. CLEASBY'S VERBS. THE VERB *FAV
It leaving out all references, only shewing the frame-work or model on which Mr. Cleasby worked out his verbs,
[le references given by Mr. Cleasby are about no.
, — fsE, fongum* (sic), fekk, fengum, fenginn, v. a. et n.
Forma activa — sensus activus.
to get, receive, obtain, take, procure, as well willingly as without
consent.
to get, receive, take, willingly as something desired, accipere, nan-
cum ace. : at ek munda litid braud fa e3r anaan mat, Fms. x.
(References follow.)
im genitive :
■ir bor6usk vi8 lands-menn ok fengu J)ar fjar mikils, Nj. 89. 137'*.
ildr konungr f^kk J)eirrar konu er Ragnhildr het, Fms. i. 4'^ Nj.
24". (More references follow.)
to get, receive, without one's consent, or something disagreeable,
ished, or which comes upon a person. (References follow.)
3. with the signification to procure, provide. (References follow.)
This verb is also used in the signification ' to be able ' to accomplish
(posse), in connexion with the participle preterite ... fa e-n veiddan . . .
with the participle omitted. (References follow.)
(absolute) without subject, i. e. ' madr ' understood, vapn sva g68 at
eigi fser onnur slik, Nj. 30. 44'.
B. sensus neuter,
impersonal. (References.)
C. sensus activa (sic), with the signification to deliver, make over,
give, etc., tradere. (References.)
II. Forma passiva. i. recipr. signification (references). 2. reflect.
signification (references). 3. passive signification (references). 4. par-
ticiple adjective (references).
* Thus by a slip of the pen for fam, mod. fauin.
II.— A SPECIMEN OF MR. CLEASBY'S PRINTED MATTER. THE WORD 'AT.'
AT
. conj. (G. {)atei. A. S. J)SEt. Ohg. daz). It is also sometimes found
ood MSS. written a&. — ut, quod, and as relative pron. qui, quae,
1.
that, to.
of consecutive character — that, hann var sva mikill lagama5r at
r ^ottu logligir domar nema hann vseri i. Nj . i , i . harit . . . sva mikit
It tok ofan a belti. I, 2^^. sva kom of siSir J)vi mali, at Sigvaldi
undan. Fms. xi. 95. — also without a preceding sva. Baringr var
:inn eptir hanum, at hann komst fyrr i borgina en hann fengi nu,6
im. 580 a. 15^*. so that he got into, C/e. skyrtunnar dugnaSr
i konungssynni, at hann sakaSi ekki. Fas. iii. 441.
where design, intention is expressed — that = in order that, frest {)U
mdan valdi Serkja at oil veraldarbyggSin viti at \)u einn er drottinn.
1-37- {)eir...skaru fyrir pa melinn, at {)eir daei eigi af sulti. Nj.
265. fyrsti lutr bokarinnar er Kristind6ms-b61kr, at menn skill
iliga tni vera grundvoU ok upphaf allra go&a verka. Gul. M.
viii.
connecting two propositions — that, fiat var einhverju sinni, at
culdr haf6i vinabo8. Nj. I, 2. J)at var a palmdrottinsdag at Olafr
ngr gekk liti um straeti. Fms. ii. 244. vilda ek at J)u re5iz austr
rdu. Nj. 38, 57. ef sva kann at verSa, ad J)eir lati siga ok renni
1. Fms. xi. 94. — used in connexion — a. with J)6, signifying toge-
although. — svarar hann {)6 rett at hann svari sva. Grag. {)s.
23. J)6 er rett at nyta hann, at hann se fyrir skorinn.
AT
Krist. g. 32, 134. gef J)ii mer, po at uver8ugri...at geta son. Stj.
315. {)6 at nokkururrf monnum synist {)etta med freku sett...J)avilj
um ver gjarna ei6a vinna. Fms. vi. 21. — also without {jii, in the same
signification, eigi mundi hon pk meirr hvata gongunni, at hon hraeddiz
bana sinn. Sn. Ed. 99. 12. 12^^ — b. with J)vi, signifying together, be-
cause.— J)vi t)egi ek, at ek undrumst hvfe mikil ognarraust, &c. Fms. iii.
201. J)vi er Jessa getit at fjat J)6tti vera rausn mikil. Laxd. 19, 68*.
J)vi at allir voru gerviligir synir hans. id. J)vi at af ijirottum ver3r ma8r
fr68r. Skuggs. 243 b. 3*. 20. — but as p6 and J)vi (which see) are often
used alone in this signification, without at, this latter has something of a
superfluous character; this is much more decidedly the case in — c. of
modern appearance after ef. ef at Jni laggr hint J)inn vi6 Jietta. Lj(')sv.
14, 45. — also in relative propositions, see B. 4. — d. it is used elliptically
at the beginning of a proposition in forensic language, a preceding phrase
or formula being left out, or to be understood, as, it is decreed, the law
ordains, or the like. — at J)eir skulu me8 vattorS J)a sok scekja. Grag. {)s.
22. i. 65^". ef sok kcimr a hendr Jjeim manni er i dom er nefndr, at
hanum er rhtt hvart sem hann vill, at verja sok J)a e3a, &c. 21, 64^. 28,
79*'. 38, 106^. — e. used also with a pret. participle, where the personal
pron. and auxiliary verb are left out. — mi hefi ek gort sem {)u beiddist,
at lokit upp me5 (noccorum) nokkurum orOum fyrir f)fer hvi ormrinn
maelti. Skuggs. 243 b. 109 a'^ i. e. at ek hefi lokit upp. \>{i hafa t)eir
me6 {)essu efni sky'ringar gorvar, at hugleitt hverr grundvollr e3a hvert
efni hefir, &c. id. 113a. 2. i.e. at J)eir hafa hugleitt. nu hefir gu6
CVUl
SPECIMEN OF MR. CLEASBY'S DICTIONARY.
AT
|)at hefnt er hann hefir heitit pfer, at sent i hendr fier livin J)inn. id.
147 a. b. /. e. at hann hefir sent.
4. used before an infinitive — to. mikit mant J)u J)urfa fram at leggja
me3 honum. Nj. 2, 3". hafa J)eir J)6 yrit at vinna. Fms. xi. 95^'. ok
var6 nu vi6 a& snuast ok veita vorn. 96^. after certain verbs, as kunna,
lata, mega, munu, skulu, {)ykkja, vilja ; when used as incomplete ones
before the infinitive of another verb, it is left out before this infinitive.
{)eir er mildh'ga kunnu styra gu&s hj6r3. 619. 37'®. sva hygginn at
hann kunni fyrir sokum ra&a. Grag. vs. 37. ii. 75^^'. Gunnarr mun af
|)vi lata vaxa 6J)okka vi8 {jik. Nj. 71. 107^ J)eir Hvamverjar letu fara
ordum, at, &c. Laxd. 16. 50'''. let hun {)ar fjandskap i moti koma.
16. 50'*. litlar sogur megu ganga fra hesti minuni. Nj. 58. 90'''. i
alluni lutum J)eim er J)ry5a ma g65an hofSingja. Fms. x. 230. J)ar man
vera Gunnarr fraendi J)inn. Nj. 54, 85. J)at mundi jorunn systir min
aetla. 180^^. ek veit {jann mann er kunna man. Gu3m. 13''". mi skalt
J)ii deyja. Nj. 42, 64. skyldi Unnr sitja |)rja vetr i festum. 2, 4^*.
Sveinn...J)ikki J)at tja at hann for eigi haldit tign sinni. Fms. xi. 86'.
fyrir sakastaSi J)a er hann J)6tti a eiga. Nj. 106, 166. hann J)ottiz jata
{)vi. Nj. 81, 121. mi vil ek spyrja ydr hvat phr skp. 23. 35. GuSriin
kvaSst vildu vita hvat pen vildu at hafast. Laxd. 48, 216. — /3. It is also
sometimes the case with eiga and ganga. mo3ur sina a ma9r fyrst fram
fcera. Grag. ii. i. i. 232*. J)a a J)ann kvi& enskis meta — J)S. 18. i. 59'*.
but 1. 26. a J)at enskis at meta, er konungr var sofa genginn, var
sveinninn eptir i hoUinni. Fms. vi. 6. and on the whole not uncommon in
both constructions. — y. %oitb the verbs hijota and ver5a, when used in the
signification, must, and placed after the infinitive of the other verb (when
placed before it, ^t is retained : see hijota and verSa) — her mantu vera
hijota. Nj. 86, 129. en fara hlytr \>u me3 mer til Jomsborgar. Fms. i.
159^*. Jjat munu {)eir ok vita verSa. Fostb. 9, 32. en vita ver3 ek,
hvar til t)etta heyrir. Fms. ii. 146*^. but cases also occur where ver3a is
placed first. \)6 ver5r ma5r eptir mann lifa. Fas. ii. 552. hann man
ver3a soekja. Fms. viii. 19. — b. as an exception it is sometimes found
retained, ok ef sva kann at verda. Fms. xi. 94. hvart sem hann vill
AT
at verja sok J)a, e3a, &c. Grag. {)S. 21, i. 64. fyrr viljum ver (inga
koronu at bera, en nokkut ofrelsi a oss at taka. Fms. x. 12. — c. it is also
occasionally left out where it should be used. J)essa hati6 liigtaka, 'pk er
gud gefr oss, finnast a prestastefnu. Dipl. ii. 14'". tak log af laeknis-
grasi...ok gef hanum drekka. 655. xxx. i*. — 2. it sometimes expresses'
intention, design — to = in order to. Oxurr bau3 t)eim inn i biiSina at
drekka. Nj. 2,4. J)enna myrginn gekk Kolr...i borg at kaupa silfr.
158, 280. (hann) sendi riddara sina me& J)eim at vorveita ( = var8-'
veita) J)aEr. 623, 45^.
B. used relatively — as the indecl. relat. pron. er is sometimes used for.
at, ive also find at sometimes used far er. *:
1. causative — sirice, because, hann skal...maEla sva: at ek fceri y8r:
{sc. omaga) at J)fer erut 1 einuni hrepp allir. Grag. li. 8. i. 260'^. as, in
that, because you all inhabit the same district, eigi er kynligt at Skarp-
heSinn se hraustr, at J)at er mselt at fj6r6ungi breg6i til fostrs. Nj. 42,
64. since it is said — these approach nearly to at = {)vi at, with J)vi
left out.
2. temporal — as, when, jafnan er mer J)a verra i hug er ek ferr a
braut J)a8an, enn ^a at ek kem. Gretl. Cod. 165*'. sem ek kva6 \)k at
ek lysta. Nj. 142, 233. J)ar til at ver vitum hvart fundr varr mun verda,
ok bonda. Fms. v. 53. '
3. as a relative pronoun — who, which, en engi mun sa, at minnisa-
mara mun vera um penna atbur8...enn mer. Laxd. 55, 242. GuSriin er
komin gegnt rekkju Jjeirri, at Kjartan var vanr at liggja i. 46, 202.
svh mikil sem J)au bl6tnaut at stcerst ver9a. Fms. ii. 214.
4. used superfiuously in relative propositions. me8 fullkommun avexti
...hverr at ^ekkr ok J)aegiligr mun ver6a hinum hasstum himnakonungi.
Fms. V. 159. Olafr konungr spur5i Onund konung hvern styrk at hann
mundi fa honum. 44. allir kirkjus6knarmenn, J)eir sem at foerir eru til,
skulu koma til soknarkirkju. Hist. ii. 82. ek undrumst hve mikil
ognarraust at liggr i ^er. Fms. iii. 201. mi mun ek segja, y6r |)vi at ek
em Nornagestr kallaSr. Fas. i. 340''. wherefore I am.
<^ in attu, which see — enclitically for at Jju, Fms. xi. 66-81.
A-A
A is the first letter in all the alphabets of Phenician extraction. The
Runic alphabet, being confused and arbitrary, makes the sole exception
to this rule.
A. Pronunciation : it is either simple (a) or diphthongal («'). The
simple a is pronounced long or short ; when long it is sounded like the
long Italian a as in padre, or as in Engl, father ; when short, like the short
Italian a as in cambio, or as in Engl, marry. The a — though in grammars
commonly called a long vowel — is phonetically diphthongal (o + w), and
sounds like Engl, ou or oui : Engl, thou and Icel. pd, now and nd, have
almost the same sound. Again a and d have, like all other vowels, diph-
thongs or simple, a deep, full chest-sound if followed by a single consonant,
or by more than one weak consonant (a liquid followed by a media).
They sound short if followed by two or more strong consonants (a double
mute or liquid) : thus the a and a sound long in tal, sermo; sat, sedebat;
man, mancipium ; tal, dohts ; ar, remits ; sat, sessio ; hatr, odium ; har5r,
durus; ki\dT,frigidus; v^ndr, difficilis; t^mdr, domitus, etc. But short
in h^tt, pileum ; hitt,modum; m^nn, homitiem ; h^nn, interdictum ; hall,
Jubricus ; \i&\U frigidum ; x^mX, acidum ; h^ri, durum; \^nt, assuetum,
etc. ; the consonants shortening the sound of the preceding vowel. The
a is also short in all endings, verbal or nominal, talS, talSr, tal3Sii, dixi;
taiast, dicitur; vakS, vigilia; fagran, pidchrum, etc. Etymologically a
distinction must be made between the primitive d, as in satu (sedebant),
atu (edebant), gatu (poterant), and the d produced by suppressing
consonants ; either nasals, as in a, ast, ass, bass, gas, = an, anst,
ans, bans, gans; or gutturals, h, g, k, as in a (^aqua), sa (yidebat), la
{jacebat), ma (debet), natt (nox), drattr (tractus), and a great many
others ; or labials, v, /, as in a = af, air = afr, har but hafan ; or dentals,
as in nal (acus) [Goth, nepla, Engl, needle^, val (ambitus, mendicitas)
[A.S. vddl], etc. In very early times there was no doubt an audible
distinction between these two kinds of a, which however is not observed
even by the earliest poets, those of the lOth century. The marking of
the diphthongal vowels with an acute accent is due to the Icelandic
philologist Thorodd (circa 1080-1140), and was probably an imitation
of Anglo-Saxon. The circumflex, applied by Jacob Grimm, is unknown
to Icel. authors of whatever age. Thorodd, in his treatise on the vowels
(Sk41da, pp. 160 sqq.), distinguishes between three kinds of vowels, viz.
short, long (i.e. diphthongal), and nasal. The long ones he proposes
to mark with an acute ('); the nasals by a dot above the line (•). The
vowels of his alphabet are thirty-six in number. According to his rule we
should have to write, af (e*), at (est/5), a (in). No doubt the a was also
nasal in the verbs and the weak nouns, koma ( = koman), auga (gen.);
and also when followed by an «, e. g. vanr {assuefacttis). The distinctive
marking of the nasals never came into practice, and their proper sound
also disappeared ; neither is this distinction observed by the poets in their
rhymes. The marking of the diphthongal vowels — either the primitive
vowels or those formed by agglutination — by an acute accent, according
to the rule of Thorodd, is indeed used in a very few old Icel. parchment
fragments of the 12th century. The only MS. of any considerable length
which strictly observes this distinction is the Ann. Reg. Isl. 2087. 4*>.
Royal Libr. Copenhagen, written in Icel. at the end of the 13th century.
In the great bulk of MSB. both kinds of vowels are treated alike, as
in Latin. About the middle of the 14th century the doubling of vowels,
especially that of aa (fl^) = d, came into use, and was employed through
more than three centuries, until about 177° '^he Icelanders resumed the
spelling of Thorodd, marking diphthongal vowels by an acute accent,
but following the rules of modem pronunciation. The diphthong au —
in Norse freq. spelt ou — has at present in Icel. a peculiar sound, answering
to dti or eu in German, and nearly to Engl. oi. The Norse pronunciation
is different and perhaps more genuine.
B. Changes. I. a changes into e, a into ce: this change —
a part of a more general transformation, by Grimm termed umlaut,
* vowel-change' — is common to all the Teutonic idioms, except the
Gothic (v. letter E and JE). II. a changes into o (co), & into eo;
this transformation is peculiar to the Scandinavian branch, esp. the
Icelandic idiom, where it is carried on to the fullest extent — in old
Swedish and Danish its use was scanty and limited. It takes
place, 1. in monosyllabic nouns with a for their radical vowel, a.
feminines, old, periodus; iind, anima; ork, area; for, iter; hiill, aula;
hond, manus ; sok, causa, etc. p. adjectives in fern. sing, and in neut.
pi., 611, /o/a; fogr, pulchra ; h6Tb,dura; h<j\t,clauda; siinn, vera; from
allr, etc. y. in plur. neut., bond, vinculo; biirn, rticva; lond, terrae ;
from band, etc. 8. in singular masculines with a suppressed u in
the root, hjcirtr, cervus; fjorSr, sinus; bjorn, ursus; 6rn, aquila,
etc. 2. in dissyllables a radical a, when followed by a final u {-u,
-ur, -um, etc.), in Icel. constantly changes into o, — ollum, cunctis;
monnum, bominibus; ktiUum, vocamus ; vokum, vigiliis and vigilamus;
vokur, vigiliae, etc. Danes and Swedes here retained the a; so did a
great part of Norway. The change only prevailed in the west of
Norway and the whole of Iceland. Some Norse MSS. therefore con-
stantly keep a in those cases, e. g. Cd. Ups. De la Gard. 8 (Ed. C. R.
Unger, 1849), which spells allum, cunctis; hafuS, caput; jafur, rex;
andverSr, adversus; afund, invidia, etc. (v. Pref. viii.) Other Norse MSS.
spell a and o promiscuously ; allum or ollum, kallum or kollum. In Icel.
this change prevailed about the year looo. Even at the end of the loth
century we still frequently meet with rhymes such as bar3 — jar5u, J)ang —
langu, etc. 3. a in inflexions, in penultimate syllables, if followed by
u, changes into u (or o) ; thus keisurum, caesaribus; vitrurum, sapienti-
oribus; horSurum, durioribus; h6r6ustum, durissimis: pret. pi., skopuSu,
creabant; tiSWAn, dicebant ; orrusia, pugnam. In part. pass. fem. sing, and
neut. pi., skopud, creata ; toIu&, dicta ; tijpub, perdita. Neut. pi. in words,
as sumur, aestates; herub, pagi. This change is peculiar to Iceland, and is
altogether strange to Norse MSS., where we constantly find such forms
as setla6u, putabant; gnagaSu, mordebant ; auka9u, augebant; skapad,
creata; kallaS, dicta; skaparum, tapa6um, agaetastum, harftarum, skin-
andum ; kunnastu, artem, etc. This difference, as it frequently oc-
curred at early times, soon gave the Icel. idiom a peculiar and strange
sound, — amarunt would, in Icelandic, be omurunt. Norse phrases — as
meS bsenum ok fastu (fiistu) haf^u (hofSu) me3 ser vaxljos, ok dyrkaSu
(dy'rku5u) J)a hselgu hati3 me& fastu (fostu) ok vaktu (vijktu) ^ar um
nottina meS margum (morgum) a6rum (66rum) vanfaerum mannum
(monnum), O. H. L. 87 — sound uncouth and strange to Icel. ears ;
and so no doubt did the Icel. vowel transformations to Norse
ears. 4. endings in -an, -all, e. g. feminines in -an, as hugsan,
setlan, iSran, frequently change into -un, — hugsun, aetlun, i8run, and are
now always used so : gamall, vetus, f. gomul ; einsamall, solus, f. ein-
somul. In modern Norse, gomol, eismol (Ivar Aasen) ; atall, atrox ;
otull, strenuus; svikall, perfidus, and svikull ; J)rifna8r, mundities, and
J)rifnu8r, etc. 5. in the cases correlative to II. 1, 2, the d in its
turn changes into a vowel, by Thorodd marked J; this vowel change
seems to have been settled about the beginning of the nth century, and
prevailed in Iceland during the 12th, being constantly employed in MSS.
of that time ; about the end of that century, however, and the beginning
of the next, it fell off, and at last became extinct. Its phonetical value,
therefore, cannot now be precisely stated : it no doubt had an interme-
diate sound between a and 6, such as o (co) has between a and o. Thorodd
proposed to mark the short 'umlaut' b hy ,c; and the vowel change of a
by oo (in the MSS. however commonly written p). Instances : fem.,
eo, amnis ; eost, amor ; c6\, funis ; eor, remits ; leog, lignum ; skr<<5, libel-
lus; S(i6n,pax; Sc6l, anima; iiool, acus; Vcon, spes: masc, hrfjttr, modus;
^vJbT,filum; ^tXr, funis; meJttr, ws; ass, deus; con, nuntius : neut.
pi., ScOT, vulnera; trfJr, daKpva; md&\, dicta; Xdob, consilia; vrf5r, vera:
adj. fem. and neut., kdJt, Iceta; id6,pauca; sma6,parva; hJ, alta; frf>m,
paucis ; hoom, altis : verbs, ScO, videbant (but sa, videbat) ; g<otu, capie-
bant; ootu, edebant (but at, edebat), etc.: v. Frump. 26-28: e.g. sar
(vulnus) veitti ma8r m^r eitt (unum), s«or miirg (multa vulnera) veitta
ek hanum, Skalda (Thorodd), 162; d>l ( = 61, cerevisia) er drykkr, ,61 er
band (vinculum), id. 163; tungan er malinu Voon ( = v6n, assuefacta), en
at t6nnunum er bitsins v<on (morsus exspectatio), id. : frequently in the
Gragas, lysa sar sitt (vulnus) e8r sA (vulnera) ef fleiri eru, Kb. i. 151 ;
Scor en minni (vulnera leviora), 170; en meire s«or (graviora), 174;
si6an essA e8a ben voru lyst, 175 ; engi Soor (nulla vulnera), itOi, and
xab, 176, 177 ; mal, ii. 51 ; v»or, 158, etc
B
A.
C. Other Changes: — in modem Icel. the old syllabic vd has
changed into vo; v6 of the 14th century being an intermediate form : thus
von, spes; votr, madidus; vor, ver ; vorr, noster ; vo3i, periculum; koma,
adventus ; voru, erant, etc. : so also the a in the dat. hanum, illi, now
honum, which is also employed in the editions of old writings ; komu =
kvamu = kv(jmu, veniebant, etc. In Norway a was often changed into ce
in the pronominal and adverbial forms ; as haena, illam ; \xx, ^aenn, J)aet,
ibi, ilium, ilhid; hence originate the mod. Dan. hende, der, den, del;
in some Norse dialects even still dar, dat. The short a in endings
in mod. Dan. changed into e (ce), e. g. komme, uge, talede, Icel. koma,
vika ; whereas the Swedes still preserve the simple a, which makes their
language more euphonious than the mod. Dan. In most districts of Icel.
an a before ng, nk, has changed into i., thus langr (longits), strangr
(durus), krankr {aegrotus) are spelt langr, krankr, etc. In the west
of Iceland however we still say langr, strangr, etc., which is the pure old
form. The -a becomes long when followed by If, bn, Ip, thus alfr, genius;
alpt, cy^raws ; halCr, dimidius ; kalfr, w'/?//?« ; sjalfr, ipse; this is very old :
the fem. hoolf, dimidia, which occurs in the 1 2th century, points to
an a, not a; jd=ja in hjalpa, skjalfa, etc. The lengthening before Im
is later, — almr, ulmns; halmr, calamus; salmr, psalmus; hjalmr, ga-
lea ; malmr, metallum, etc. In all these cases the a is not etymological.
Also before In in the plur. of alin, alnar not alnar: Ik, alka = alka, alca;
balkr = balkr ; falki = falki, /a/co ; hals = hals; frjals = frjals ; jarn = jarn;
skald = skald ; v. those words ; aarni, dat. of arinn, v. that word : the
proper name Arni, properly Ami : abbati, abbas, aboti : Adam, on the
contrary, changed into Adam ; Maria into Maria, Mary. The old spell-
ing is still kept in mariatla, motacilla pectore albo, etc. In the 1st pers.
pret. indie, and in the pres. and pret. conj. we have a changed into i, e.g.
tala8a to tala&i, locuttis stim ; sagSa, dixi, vilda, vohii, hafSa, habui, to
sag&i, vildi, haf9i : in the 1st pers. pres. and pret. conj., hef6a, haberem,
hafa, babeam, to hefSi, hafi. These forms occur as early as the begin-
ning of the 13th century (e. g. in the Hulda, Cd. A. M. 66, fol. = Fms.
vi. and vii). ■• In the south of Iceland however (Reykjavik, the Ames
and Gullbringusysla) the old forms are still frequently heard in bisyllabic
preterites, esp. ek vilda, sagSa, haf5a, and are also employed in writing
by natives of those districts.
D. a answers to Goth, a; A. S. ea (a, a) ; allr, totus; Goth, alls;
A. S. eall : the primitive & to Goth, e, satu, Goth, setun, sedebani; grata,
gretan, lacrymari ; lata, Ictan; vapn,vepn, arwa; vagr, v(igs,Jluctiis. The
Icel. secondary &, on the contrary, must in the kindred Teutonic idioms be
sought for under a vowel plus a consonant, such as an, ah, or the like.
A. S. (E commonly answers to Icel. d., lata, A. S. l<stan ; da3, A. S. d(£& ; J)ra6r,
A.S. \>r(E^, Engl, thread; m41 (Kaipos), A. S. mcel, cp. Engl. meal. The
A. S. a, on the contrary, etymologically answers to Icel. ei. The diphthong
au answers to Goth, au, A. S. ed, — rau6r, Goth, rauds, A. S. rea%, Engl.
red. In English the a seems at very early times to have assumed its
present ambiguous sound ; this we may infer from A. S. words introduced
into Icelandic. The river Thames in Icel. is spelt, as it is still pronounced
in England, as Tems, which form occurs in a poem of the year 1016.
E. The Runic character for a was in the Gothic and Anglo-Saxon
Runes (so termed by P. A. Munch) |^ [A. S. p'] ; so in the Golden
horn, on the stone in Thune in Norway (Ed. by P. A. Munch, 1857),
and in the Bracteats. The Saxons called it 8s = ass, deus. In the
Runes it was the fourth letter in the first group (fu{)ork). The Scandi-
navians in their Runes used this character for o, and calied it oss,
ostium, probably misled by the A. S. pronunciation of the homely word
6ss. This character, however, occurs only a few times in the common
Runes, which in its stead used the A. S. Rune j, ger, annona, which is
the fourth Rune in the second group (hnias, A.S. hnijs), called according
to the northern pronunciation dr, annona: this letter, -| or -f*, has the
form, as well as the name and place, of the A. S.j, <|>.
A
-A or -AT or -T, a negative sufBx to verbs, peculiar to Iceland and
a part, at least, of Norway. Occurs frequently in old Icelandic poetry
and laws, so as almost to form a complete negative voice. In the ist
pers. a personal pronoun k (g) = ek is inserted before the negative suffix, in
the 2nd pers. a / or tt. As a rule the pron. is thus repeated ; ma-k-at-ek,
MOW possum ; se-k-at-ek, non video ; hef-k-at-ek, non habeo ; skal-k-at-ek ;
vil-k-at-ek, nolo ; mon-k-at-ek, non ero, etc. : 2nd pers. skal-t-at-tu ;
mon-t-at-tu ; gaf-t-at-tu, non dabas : and after a long vowel a tt, matt-at-
tu, satt-at-tu ; so almost invariably in all monosyllabic verbal forms ; but
not so in bisyllabic ones, mattir-a-J)u, non poteras : yet in some instances
in the ist pers. a pronominal g is inserted, e.g. bjargi-g-a-k, verbally
servem ego non ego ; hoggvi-g-a-k, ?ton caedam ; sto3vi-g-a-k, qvin
sistam; vildi-g-a-k, nolui; haf6i-g-a-k, non habui; matti-g-a-k, non
potui; gordi-g-a-k, 7ton feci : if the verb has gg as final radical con-
sonants, they change into hk, e. g. J)ikk-at-ek = {)igg-k-at-ek, nolo
^
^ accipere. In the 3rd pers. a and at or t are used indifferently, t being
particularly suffixed to bisyllabic verbal flexions ending in a vowel, in
order to avoid an hiatus, — skal-at or skal-a, non erit; but skolo-t, non
sunto : forms with an hiatus, however, occur, — biti-a, non mordat ; renni-a,
ne currat; skri3i-a, id.; leti-a, ne retardet; vaeri-a, ne esset; ur6u-a,
non erant; but biti-t, renni-t, skri6i-t, ur6u-t are more current forms:
V. Lex. Poet. The negative suffix is almost peculiar to indie, conj.,
and imperat. moods ; the neg. infin. hardly occurs. Nothing analogous to
this form is to be found in any South-Teutonic idiom ; neither do there
remain any traces of its having been used in Sweden or Denmark.
A single exception is the Runic verse on a stone monument in Oland,
an old Danish province, now Swedish, where however the inscriptions
may proceed from a Norse or Icel. hand. The Runic inscriptions run
thus, sa'r aigi flo, ivho did not fly, old Icel. 'flo-at,' Baut. 11 69. Neither
does it occur in any Norse prose monuments (laws) : but its use may yet be
inferred from its occurrence in Norse poets of the loth century, e. g. the
poets Eyvind and Thiodolf; some of which instances, however, may
be due to their being transmitted through Icel. oral tradition. In
Bragi Gamli (9th century) it occurs twice or thrice ; in the Haustlong
four times, in Ynglingatal four times, in Hakonarmal once (aU Norse poems
of the loth century). In Icel. the suffixed negation was in full force
through the whole of the loth century. A slight difference in idioms,
however, may be observed : Voluspa, e. g., prefers the negation by ni
(using vas-at only once, verse 3). In the old Havamal the suffix
abounds (being used thirty-five times), see the verses 6, 10, il, 18,
26, 29, 30, 34, 37-39, 49, 51, 52, 68, 74, 88, Ii3-ii5> 126-128, 130,
134, 136, 147, 149, 151, 153, 159. In Skirnismal, Harbar3slj6&,
Lokasenna— all these poems probably composed by the same author,
and not before the loth century — about thirty times, viz. Hbl. 3, 4,
8, 14, 26, 35, 56; Skm. 5, 18, 22; Ls. 15, 16, 18, 25, 28, 30, 36, 42,
47, 49, 56, 60, 62. Egil (born circa 900, died circa 990) abounds in the
use of the suffixed neg. (he most commonly avails himself of -at, -gi, or
ne); so, too, does Hallfred (born circa 968, died 1008), Einar Skalaglam
in Vellekla (circa 940-995), and Thorarin in the MahliSingavisur (com-
posed in the year 981) ; and in the few epigrams relating to the introduc-
tion of Christianity in Icel. (995-1000) there occur mon-k-a5-ek, tek-
k-at-ek, vil-k-at-ek, hlif6i-t, mon-a, es-a; cp. the Kristni S. and Njala,
From this time, however, its use becomes more rare. Sighvat (born circa
995, died 1040) still makes a frequent but not exclusive use of it. Sub-
sequent poets use it now and then as an epic form, until it disappeared
almost entirely in poetry at the middle or end of the 13th century.
In the S61arlj63 there is not a single instance. The verses of some of our
Sagas are probably later than the Sagas themselves; the greatest part
of the V61sungakvi3ur are scarcely older than the nth century. In all
these -at and conj. eigi are used indifferently. In prose the laws continued
to employ the old forms long after they were abolished in common prose.
The suffixed verbal negation was used, a. in the delivering of the oath
in the Icel. Courts, esp. the Fifth Court, instituted about the year 1004; and
it seems to have been used through the whole of the Icel. Commonwealth
(till the year 1272). The oath of the Fifth (High) Court, as preserved in
the Gragas, runs in the f st pers., hefca ek f6 borit i dom {)enna til lifts m^r
um scik J)essa, ok ek monka bjoSa, hefka ek fundit, ok monka ek finnaj
hvarki til laga no 61aga, p. 79; and again p. 81, only different as to ek
hefka, ek monka (new Ed.) : 3rd pers., hefirat hann fe borit i dom pennJ
ok monat hann bj63a, ok hefirat hann fundit, ok monatJijjBn finna,
80, 81 ; cp. also 82, and Nj. 1. c. ch. 145, where it is interesting to
observe that the author confounds the ist and 3rd persons, a sign of
decay in grammatical form. p. the Speaker (16gs6guma5r), in publicly
reciting and explaining the law, and speaking in the name of the law»
from the Hill of Laws (logberg), frequently employed the old form, esp»
in the legal words of command es and skal (yet seldom in plur.) : erat
in the dictatorial phrases, erat skyldr (skylt), non esto obligatus ; erat land-
eigandi skyldr, Grag. (Kb.) i. 17 ; erat hinn skyldr, 21 ; yngri ma6r era
skyldr at fasta, 35 ; enda erat honum J)a skylt at . . . , 48 ; erat J>at sakar
spell, 127 ; era hinn J)a skyldr at lysa, 154 ; erat hann framar skyldr «ak-
ra6a, 216; ok erat hann skyldr at abyrgjask Jiat fe, 238; ok erat hanii
skyldr, id. ; ok erat sakar aSili ella skyldr, ii. 74 ; erat hinn skyldr vi& at
taka, 142 ; erat manni skylt at taka bufe, 143 ; enda erat heimting til
fjar J)ess, 169 ; era hann J)a skyldr at taka vi6 i 66ru f^ nema hann vili»
209 ; ok erat J)eim skylt at tiunda fe sitt, 2 1 1 ; ok erat hann skyldr at
gjalda tiund af J)vi, 212 ; erat kirkjudrottinn J)a skyldr, 228 ; ef hand
erat landeigandi, i. 136. Skalat: skalat madr eiga fe uborit, i. 23;
skalat honum J)at ver3a optar en um sinn, 55; skalat ma3r ry3ja vi8
sjalfan sik, 62 ; skalat hann Jjat sva dvelja, 68 ; skalat hann til vefangs
ganga, 71 ; skalat a6ilja i stefnuvaetti hafa, 127; ok skala hann gjalda
fyrir J)at, 135; ok skalat hann me9 sok fara, 171 ; enda skalat hann
fleirum baugum boeta, 199; skalat hann skilja felagit, 240 ; skalat hann
meiri skuld eiga en, ii. 4 ; skalat {)eim me3an a brott skipta, 5 ; skalat
hann logvillr ver3a, sva, 34 ; skalat hon at heldr varSveita J)at fe, 59 ;
skalat enn sami ma6r J)ar lengr vera, 71 ; ok skala honum boeta J)at, 79;
skalat fyl telja, S9 ; skalat hann banna -fiskfiir, 1 23 f skalat hann loga
ABBiVDIS— AF.
3
j.vf i'l cngi veg, 158; skalat drepa |)ii menn, 167; skalat svA skipta
niicldi, 173; skalat inaftr rci6ast vi9 fjurSuugi visu, 183. Plur. :
■ lilt nieim andvitni bera ok h6r A Jjingi, i. 68; skolut mal haiis
idast, 71 ; skolut J)eir faeri til vefangs ganga en, 75, etc. etc. Other
uices are rare: tekrat |)ar fe er cigi cr til (a proverb), i. 9; ok um
i< iiiit J)at til sakbota, ok of telrat J)i'v til sakbota {it does not count), 178 ;
Lt lianii villat {will not) lysa sar sitt, 51 ; ok rseftrat hann iiSruni nionnum
a hcndr ]panu liinaga, 248 ; raedrat sd sinum oniogutn a hendr, ii. 18 ; verSrat
lioiium at sakarspelli and verSrat honum J)at at s., i. 63 ; verSrat honuni
J .It at sakarvorn, 149 ; komrat hann ()6ru vi6, ii. 141 ; J)arfat hann bi6a til
jicss, i. 70 ; ok skilrat hann fra a5ra aura, ii. 141, i. 136. Reflexive form :
kiiniskat hann til heimtingar uni J)at fe, be loses the claim to the money, ii.
180, etc. All these instances are taken from the Kb. (Ed. 1 853). Remarkable
is ;ilso the ambiguity in the oath of Glum (see Sir Edm. Head, Viga-Glum,
pp. 102, 103, note. I.e.), who, instead of the plain common formal oath —
\ :isk-at-ek t)ar, vak-at-ek fiar, rau6k-at-ek J)ar odd ok egg — said, vask
.11 {jar, vuk at J)ar, rau5k at J)ar. He inverted the sense by dropping the
iiitcrinediate pronominal ek between the verb and })ar, and pronouncing
- ' instead of - u. It further occurs in some few proverbs : varat af
vniu, sleikSi um pvoru, Fs. 159; veldrat sa er varir, Nj. 61 (now com-
iiKinly ekki veldr sa er v., so in Grett.); erat hera at borgnara t)6tt hoena
Imi skjiild, Fms. vii. 116 ; era hlums vant kva6 refr, dro horpu a isi, 19:
al^o in some phrases, referred to as verba ipsissima from the heathen age —
ii.it vinum lift Ingimundar, Fs. 39; erat sja draumr minni, Ld. 128.
'J'horodd employs it twice or thrice: ^y'l at ek sekk-a |)ess meiri J)orf,
because I do not see any more reason for this, Skulda 167; kannka ek
til [jess meiri ra3 en litil, / do not hiow, id.; mona (will not) min mona
{my mammy) v'lb mik gcira verst hjona, 163. In sacred translations of the
12th century it occurs now and then. In the Homilies and Dialogues
ot (iregory the Great : monatJ)u i J)vi fl66i ver&a, thou shalt not; esa J)at
uiidarligt \i6tt, it is not to be wondered at; hann mattia sofna, he could not
sleep; moncaj) ek banna, I shall not mind, Greg. 5^' 53 ; vasat kail heyrt a
stra;tuni, was not. Post. 645. 84; mi mona fri&ir menn her koma, NiSrst.
623. 7- In later writers as an archaism; a few times in the Al. (MS.
A. M. 519), 3, 5, 6, 44, 108 ; and about as many times in the MS. Eir-
spcnnill (A. M. 47, fol.) [Etymon uncertain; that at is the right form
may be inferred from the assimilation in at-tu, and the anastrophe in /,
though the reason for the frequent dropping of the t is still unexplained.
The coincidence with the Scottish dinna, canna is quite accidental.]
abbadis, f. abbess, Hkr. iii. 398, Fms. vii. 239, GJ)1. 365.
abbast, a8, dep. ( = amast), to be incensed at, vex, molest; a-vi6 e-t,
Ckin. 50, Fms. vii. 166; a-uppa e-t, Nj. 194.
abbindi = af-bindi, n. tenesmus, Hm. 140; cp. F^l. ix. 185, where it is
spelt afbendi.
AD = at, v. that word. a3- in compds, v. at-. -a3, suff. neg., v. -a.
ADA, u, f. (and compd 63u-skel, f.) a. mytulus testa planiuscula,
a shell. p. fem. pr. n., Edda.
ADAL, [O. H. G. adal, genus; cp. also A. S. ^Sele, nobilis; Old Engl.
and Scot, ethel ; Germ, edel ; e61a- and e6al- came from mod. Dan. into Icel.
a9all, nobility. It does not occur in old writings in this sense.] I. n.
nature, disposition, inborn native quality, used only in poetry ; j69s a.,
cbildish,'ft. 13 ; osnotrs a.b^\, foolish, insipid, Hm. 106 ; args a., dastardly,
Ls. 23, 24 ; drengs a., noble. Km. 23 ; odyggs a., bad, Hsm. 19. 2. in
the sense of offspring; a5ul Njar6ar (where it is n. pi.?), the gods, the
offspring of Njord, Hallfred in a poem, vide Fs. 59. II. used in a
■'ii-at many compds, chief-, head-. a3al-akkeri, n. sheet-anchor, Fms.
-X. 1 30 : p. metaph., Bs. i. 756. a3al-bj6rr, s, \i\.prime beaver skin,
Eb. (in a verse). a3al-boriim, part., v. oSalborinn. a3al-b61, n.
a manor-house, farm inhabited by its master, opp. to tenant farms, Grag.
(Kb.) ii. 150; also the name of a farm, Hrafn. 4. a3al-festr, f., v.
ala6sfestr. a3al-fylking, f. main force, main body, Hkr. ii. 361.
a3al-haf, n. the main, Fms. iv. 177. a3al-hend.a, u, f., v. alhenda.
a3al-]ieiiding, f. full, complete rhymes, such as all — hall, opp. to skot-
hending, q. v., Edda (Ht.) a3al-liendr, adj. verse in full rhyme, Edda,
id. . a3al-kelda, u, f. chief well, Karl. 442. a3al-kirkja, ju, f. chief
part of a church, viz. choir and nave, opp. to forkirkja, Sturl. ii. 59.
adalliga, adv. completely, thoroughly; a. dau9r, quite dead, 656 C. 31,
Fms. ii. 313 ; a. gamall, quite old, iii. 171. a3al-mein, n. great pain,
Fms. vi. (in a verse). a3al-inerki, n. the head-standard, Pr. 1 7 7. a3al-
ritning, f. chief writing, Sks. 13. a3al-skali, a, m. the chief apart-
ment of a skali, the hall, as distinguished from a forhiis, Eb. 43. a3al-
tr^, n. trtmli of a tree ; eigi munu kvistir betri en a. (a proverb), Fms. iv.
33. a3al-troU, n. downright ogre. Fas. iii. 179. a3al-tiilkr, s, m.
chief advocate, Bs. i. 445. a3al-tupt, f. esp. in pi. ir = 66als-toptir,
the ground on which a manor-house is built, toft of an allodial farm
(Norse), flytja hiis af a5alt6ptum, remove it, N. G.L. i. 379.
a3ild, older form a3ll3, pi. ir, f. [root adal], v. the following word
adili. It doubtless originally meant chiefdom, headship, but it only
occurs in the limited legal sense of xhief-prosecutorship or defendantship,
and this only, as it seems, in Icel. not in Norse law. It is a standing
Vord in the loel, codeg and histories of the Commonwealth. It became
■■"•''■ • ' •■ ■" ^
obsolete after the year 1272, and does not occur in the codes Jb. or Js.
In early times there were no public prosecutions or lawsuits; the aSild
devolved together with the erfS {heirship) on the principal male heir,
if of age ; erfft and adild go together, the first as a right, the last as aa
incumbent duty, like an English trusteeship ; til erfftar ok adildar, Eb.
ch. 38. In the year 993 a law was passed to the effect that male heirs
under sixteen years of age should be exempted from a8ild, neither should
heiresses ever be aSili. In such cases the aftiid devolved on the next
male heir above sixteen years of age, who then got a fee for executing
this duty, Bs. i. 675. The aSild also could be undertaken by a delegate,
called at fara me6 handselda siik, siik handscld, viirn handseld, fara mc&
sok, carry on a suit, etc., v. Gragas Vs. ch.35, (of aSild in a case of man-
slaughter,) and in many other places ; Eb. ch. 38, Bs. i. 675 (Rs. in fine),
Bjarn. (in fine), Njala, and many others : v. Dasent, Introd. to Burnt Njal.
compd: a3il3ar-ina3r, m. =a8ili, Sturl. iii. 240, Orkn. 212.
a3ili, ja, m. the chief-defendant or prosecutor in an Icel. lawsuit in the
time of the Commonwealth. It seems to have meant originally head,
chieftain, princeps. A standing word in the Gragas and the Sagas. As to
the form, the older one is that which preserves the j in the terminations,
gen. dat. ace. a8ilja, plur. -jar, ace. -ja, dat. -jum. The GragAs constantly
employs this forni. The Njala and some of the Sagas drop the_/ and write
a5ila etc. In the Gragas aSilja seems to occur as an indecl. word — at
least four times in the Kb. — used as nom. pi. : but as -ar in old MSB. is
frequently marked by a single ' a' with a little stroke (a), this may be a
misinterpretation. The indeclinable form occurs in the Kb. (f>. |).) 25
and 109 (only preserved in the Kb.); Kb. 147, 170 has a8ilja, where the
Sb. has in both passages aSiljar : cp. however gu&sifja and -braeftra. There
is a distinction between a s6knar-a3ili or sakar-a8ili, /»roiec«/or, and avarnar-
a8ili, defendant. Either with gen. or prep, at, varnar-a., s6knar-a., sakar-a, ;
or inversely, a. sakar, a. vamar, a. frumsakar, Kb. 42, 124; a. mals, 126;
a. vigsakar, in a case of manslaughter, 167; or vigsakar a. (often);
a. fesakar, in a lawsuit about compensation, 123; a. legorftssakar, case of
legor6, 194 : with at, varnir J^aer er hann er aSili at, i 75 ; a5ili at legorSs
sekt, App. iv. 46, Gr4g. Kb. 15, 211 ; cp. also § 58, p. 103: hann er
a3ili at sok, bae6i saekjandi ok seljandi, chief-plaintiff, either for carrying
it on himself or by a delegate, Kb. 208. In the case of a delegate being
the a6ili, the challenge of jurors and judges on account of relationship was
to be made in respect to the chief a8ili, not the delegate, Kb. 127.
AF, prep, often used ellipticaDy by dropping the case, or even merely
adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl, of, off; Hel. ab ; Germ, ab ; Gr. wno ;
Lat. a, ab.'\ With dat. denoting a motion a loco ; one of the three prepp.
af, 6r,frd, corresponding to those i?i loco — a, i, vid, and adlocum — a, i, at.
It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco — a, or in locum — til, whilst or
answers more to i ; -but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or i. It
ranges between or and/ra, generally denoting the idea /row the surface of,
while or mezns from the inner part, zndfrdfro7n the outer part or border.
The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by or that
from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af f jalli, but or of a valley, dale ;
a/"Englandi, but or Daiimork, as mork implies the notion of a deep wood,
forest. The wind blows «/landi, but a ship sets sa.i\ frd landi ; frd landi also
means a distance from: afhendi, of z glove, ring ; orhendi, of whatever has
been kept in the hand (correl. to d hendi and i hendi). On the other hand
af is more general, whilst /ra and or are of a more special character; frd
denoting a departure, or an impulse or force ; a member goes home af t)ingi,
whereas or may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of seces-
sion or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed. ; the traveller goes af landi, the
exile or landi: taka e-t afe-m is to take a thing out of one's hand, that
of taka frd e-m to remove out of one's sight, etc. In general af answers
to Engl, of, off, or to out of, and frd to fro77i : the Lat. prepp. ab, de,
and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule or may
answer to ex, n/sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among;
with, by; on accomit of, by means of, because of, concerni?ig, in respect of
A. Loc. I. WITH MOTION, off,from : 1. prop, corresp.
to &, a. konungr dro gullhring af hendi ser (but a hendi), Ld. 32 ;
Hoskuldr Isetr bera farm af skipi, imload the ship (but bera farm a skip),
id. ; var tekit af hestum {)eirra, they were unsaddled, Nj, 4 ; Gunnarr haf&i
farit heiman af bae sinum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljop af
hesti sinum, jumped off his horse (but hi. d hest), 83; hlaupa, stokkva af
baki, id., 112, 264; Gunnarr sky'tr til bans af boganum, from the bow,
where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96 ; flyja af fundinum, to fly
from off the battle-field, 102; ri6a af |)rihyrningshalsum, 206; ut af
Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan or Danmork ok af Saxlandi, 560 ; ganga af
motinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130 ; af {)eirra fundi reis Maria upp
ok for, 625. 85 ; Flosi kasta6i af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him
(butkasta d sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fot afhonum, of a load, burden,
Edda 58 ; land J)at er hann fiskSi af,from which he setofftofish,Grkg.\.is^i,
is irregular, /r« would suit better; slita af baki e-s,from off one's back,
ii. 9 ; bera af bordi, to clear the table, Nj. 75. p. where it more nearly
answers to i; J)eir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja % haf),
Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but * or til O.), 131 ; {)eim Agli
forst vel ok komu af hafi i BorgarfiorS, Eg. 392 ; hann var utlagi {ovt-
■' ■ • ^ .■■■•... B 2 ■ ■ ' -
4
AF.
lowed) af Norcgi, where or would be more regular, 344 ; af Islandi, of a
traveller, Fms. x. 3 ; biia her af bii&um rikjunuin, to take a levy from, 5 1 ;
hinir beztu baendr or Nor61endingafj6r6ungi ok af Suiuileudingafj6r6ungi,
the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr g»5kk af
litsuSri at ger&inu, /row south-west. Stud. ii. 219; prestar af hvaru-
tveggja biskupsdaemi, /rofn either diocess, Dipl. ii. 1 1 ; verSa tekinn af
heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 2i; gruflar hon af laeknum,
scrambles out 0/ the brook, Isl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfSi af horninu i einum
drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop
outofit. Eg. 557; brottu af herbuSunum, Fms. x. 343. -y- of things more
or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yjir or urn; lata ^eir '^tgzx
af ser tjoldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg.
a6i ; kyrtillinn rifnaSi af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen
body, 602 ; hann hafdi leyst af ser skua sina, he untied his shoes (but
binda d sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slita hann af ser, throw him off, of one
clinging to one's body, 747 ; tok Gisli Jja af ser vapnin, took off his
arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kapu, Nj. 143;
far {)u eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541 ; J)a xtladi SigurSr at fara af bryn-
junni, id. ; J)a var SkarphoQinn flettr af kltedunum, Nj. 209 : now
more usually fara or klae6um, fotum, exuere, to undress. 8. con-
nected with lit; fiistudaginn for lit herrinn af borginni, marched out of the
town, Nj. 274 ; ganga lit af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now tit ur,
Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af J)eirri jor5unni, of something impregnated
with the earth, Lxkn. 402. «. more closely corresponding Xofrd, being
in such cases a Latinism (now _/ra) ; bref af pafa, a pope's bull, Fms. x. 6 ;
rit af hanum, letter from him, 623. 52 ; bref af Magnusi konungi, a letter
from king Magnus, Bs. i. 7 1 2 ; fariS {)er a brautu af mer i eilifan eld, Horn.
143 ; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43. f. denoting an uninterrupted
continuity, in such phrases as land af landi, from land to land. Eg. 343, Fas.
ii- 539 ; skip af skipi,yrow ship to ship, Fms. v. 10 ; brann hvat af o6ru, one
after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128 ; brandr
af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56 ; hverr
af o6rum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at 66rum, Eb. 272,
a8o (where at in both passages). 2. metaph., at ganga af e-m
dau6um, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants ;
en hann segiz bani bins ef hann gekk af dau6um manni, Grag. ii. 88,
Hkr. i.327; undr {)ykir mor er broQir J)inn vildi eigi taka af J)er starf
J)etta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77 ; J)egnar hans gliiddust
af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380 ; at koma |)eim manni af ser er
settr var a fe hans, to get rid of, Ld. 5a ; vii ek J)ii vinnir af per skuldina,
work off the debt, Njar6. .^66; reka af ser, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann
d J)a sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we
shall never get rid of. Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64;
taka e-n af lifi, to kill. Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lifdogum, Fms. vii. 204;
ek mun na lijgum af J)vi mali, get the benefit of the law in this case.
Eg. 468; muntu enga ssett af mer fa, no peace at my hand, 414; risa
af dau5a, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142 ; gu6 bxtti honum J)6 af J)essi
sott, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390 ; vakna af sy'n, draumi, svefni,
to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. i, Gisl. 34, Eb. 193,
Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af ser etc.,
e.g. syna e-t af ser, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18 ;
gera mikit af ser, to shew great prowess, Isl. ii. 368 ; ef J)u gerir eigi meira
af J)er um a&ra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 3 2 ; Svip-
dagr haf&i mikit af ser gtrt, fought bravely. Fas. i. 41 ; goSr (illr) af ser,
good (bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjalfum ser, proud, bold,
stout, Nj. 15; agatastr ma5r af sjalfum ser, the greatest hero, Bret.:
goftr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7 ; but, on the contrary, af ser kominn,
ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as
in Bs. 1.488 = Sturl. I.e.; af ser kominn af maeSi can also be said of a
man fallen off from what he used to be ; kominn af fotum fram, off his
legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse). II. with-
out MOTION : 1. denoting direction from, but at the same time
continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing pro-
ceeds,/row; tengja skip hvart fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a
line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. iii ; sva at J)eir toku lit af borSum,
mtted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49 ; stjarna ok af sem
skaft, of a comet, ix. 482 ; liika upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a
horse, Grag. ii. 264; hon svarar af sinu saeti sem silpt af baru. Fas. i.
186 ; |)ar er sja matti utan af firSi, af J)j631ei3, that might be seen from
the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64 ; J)a mun
hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160 ;
gengr ][)ar af MeSalfellsstrcind, projects from, juts out, of a promontory,
Ld. 10. 2. denoting direction alone ; upp af vikinni st66 borg mikil,
a burg inland from the inlet. Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed
inward from the benches in the hall, Isl. ii. 262 ; kapella upp af konungs
herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr st66 af landi, the windstood
off the land, Bar6. 166. p. metaph., standa af e-u, vide VL 4. -y.
ellipt., halladi af norSr, of the channel, north of a spot. Boll. 348 ; also,
austr af, su3r af, vestr af, etc. 3. denoting absence; {)ingheyendr
skulu eigi vera um nott af J)ingi (away from the meeting), e&r lengr,
\>a, eru J)eir af fingi {awa^r from the meeting) ef Jieir eru or (^out of)
J)ingmarki, Grag. i. 25 ; vera um nott af varj)ingi, 1 15 ; me5an hann er
af landi he6an, abroad, 150. p. metaph., gud hvildi af iillum verkum
sinum a sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3. 4. denoting
distance ; J)at er komit af {)j6Slei6, out of the high road, remote. Eg. 369 ;
af J)j66braut, Grag. ii. 264, i. 15 ; Otradalr (a farm) var mjok af vegi,far
out of the way, Hav. 53.
B. Temp, past, from, out of, beyond: 1. of a person's age,
in the sense of having past a period of life; af omaga aldri, of age, able
to support oneself, Grag. i. 243 ; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having
past the prime of life. Eg. 202 ; litid af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74;
ek em mi af lettasta skeiSi, no longer in the prime of life, Hav.
40. 2. of a part or period o( time, past ; eigi si6ar en nott er af
^ingi, a night of the session past, Grag. i. loi ; fia er sjau vikur eru af
sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182 ; tiu vikur af sumri, lb. 10;
var mikit af nott, much of the night was past, Hav. 41 ; mikid af vetri,
mtich of the winter was past. Fas. ii. 186 ; ]f)riSjungr af nott, a third of the
night past, Fms. x. 160 ; stund af degi, etc. ; tveir mano3r af sumri, Gpl.
103. 3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragjij
at once; af tomi, at leisure, at ease; af nyju, again; af skyndingu,
speedily ; af braSungu, in a hurry, etc.
iC. In various other relations : I. denoting the passage or
transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from. 1. where a
thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object ; {)iggia
lid af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26 ; taka traust af e-m, to receive sup-
port, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243 ; taka mala af e-m, to be in one's pay, of
a soldier, Eg. 266 ; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282 ; ver8a
viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130 ; taka vid stik af manni
(a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grag. i. 142 ; hafa umboS af e-m,
to be another's deputy, ii. 374 ; vera go&s (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve
good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads fra), Fs. 45 ; afla matar
af eyjum, to derive supplies front, Eb. 12. 2. where an object is
taken by force : a. prop, out of a person's hand ; J)u skalt hnykkja
smiSit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32 ; cp. taka, J)rifa, svipta
e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from. p. metaph. of a person's deprival of
anything in general ; hann tok af J)er koimna, carried thy wife off, Nj.
33 ; tok Gunnarr af J)er sa&land {)itt, robbed thee of seedland, 103 ; taka af
honum tignina, to depose, degrade him. Eg. 271 ; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry
off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29 ; drepa menn af e-m, for one,'
slay one's man. Eg. 417 ; fell J)ar lid mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind'S
people fell then, 261. y. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga),
hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi ; sja af e-u, to lose, miss; var sv4
astii&igt me3 {)eim, at hvargi fiottist mega af o6rum sjA, neither oj
them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194 ; sva er morg vi3 ver
sinn vaer, at varla um ser hon af honum naer, Skalda 163. 3. de-
noting/or/e/rt/re ; J)a eru J)eir utlagir, ok af go3or3i sinu, have forfeited
their priesthood, Grag. i. 24 ; telja hann af raSunum fjar sins alls, to
oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; ver3a af kaupi, to bt
off the bargain, Edda 26; J)a skalt {)u af allri fjarheimtunni, /or/ej7 a/i
the claim, Nj. 15 ; ek skal stefna J)er af konunni, summon thee to for-
feit, a case of divorce, id. ; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has for-
feited the suit, Grag. i. 381. p. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited,
Grag. i. 140. II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off,
of, Lat. de ; hoggva bond, hofuS, fot af e-um, to cut one's hand, head, foot
off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674 ; hoggva spjot af skapti, to sever the blade from
the shaft, 264 ; hann let J)a ekki hafa af foSurarfi sinum, nothing oj
their patrimony. Eg. 25 ; vii ek at J)u takir sHkt sem J)er likar af varningi,
take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4 ; at J)u eignist slikt af fe okkru
sem J)u vill, 94. p. ellipt., en mi hofum ver kjiirit, en J)at er af kross-
inum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89 ; {j6r3r gaf Skolm fraenda sinum af landnami
sinu, a part of, Landn. 21 1 ; haf3i hann J)at af hans eigu er hann vildi,
Sturl. ii. 169; par la forkr einn ok brotiS af endanum, the point broken
off, Hav. 24, Sturl. i. 169. y. absol. off; belt hann hiindina af, pat
sem mi heitir lilfliSr, bit the band off, Edda 1 7 ; fauk af hofu6it, the bead
flew off, Nj.97; jafnt er sem per synist, af er fotrinn, the foot is off,
id. ; af bae3i eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29. 2. with the notion 0/"=
among; mestr skorungr af konum a Nor5rl6ndum, the greatest heroine,
in the North, Fms. i. 1 16 ; hinn efniligasti ma3r af ungum monnum 1 Aust-
fjorftum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njar6. 364 ; af
(among) tillum hirSmonnum virSi konungr mest skald sin. Eg. 27 ; ef hann
vildi nokkura kaupa af pessum konum, Ld. 30 ; or liggr par liti a vegginum,
ok er su af peirra orum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115. p. from,
among, belonging to; gu3 kaus hana af oUum konum ser til m68ur,
of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27. y. metaph., kunna mikit (litid) af
e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skaldskap, is more cunning
of poetry than any one else, Edda 1 7. 8. absol. out of, before, in prefer*
ence to all others ; Gunnarr bau8 per g68 bo8, en pii vildir eingi af taki^
you would choose none of them, Nj. 77 ; ra8a e-t af, to decide ; p6 mun fa8ir
minn mestu af ra3a, all depends upon him, Ld. 2 2 ; konungr kve8st pvi
TnunduhddT zf tru^, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. l)^ ; var honum
ekki vildara af van, he could expect nothing better, 364. 3. with thel
i additional sense of instrumentality, wilb ; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a sbipi
AF— AFARILLA.
It/ilh, Eg. 364; hlaSa miirg skip af komi, load many ships with corn,'
Knis. xi. 8 ; klyfja tva hesta af mat, Nj. 74 ; var vdgrinii skipaSr af
lierskipuni, the bay was covered with war ships, 1 34 ; fylla ker af glodum,
f// // with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heimiiin af sinu kyni, to fill the
world with his offspring, Ver. 3. III. denoting the substance of
kvhich a thing is made, of; used indifferently with or, though vr be more
frequent ; J)eir gerSu af honum jtir&ina, af bl63i hans saeinn ok votnin,
of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir ; the poem
Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses or in this sense, just as in modem Icelandic,
Edda 5 ; sva skildu ^eir, at allir hlutir vaeri smidadir af nokkru efni,
147 (pref.); hiisit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber. Eg.
233; hjoltin voru afguUi, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese,
but in the verse 1. c. or osti, Fms. vi. 253 ; Hnklaefti af Icrepti, linen, Sks.
287. 2. metaph. in the phrases, gora e-t af e-u {to dispose of),
irerfta zi (become of), hvat hefir J)u giirt af Gunnari, what bast thou done
with Gunnar? NjarS. 376; hvat af motrinum er or&it, what has become
^fit? of a lost thing, Ld. 208 ; hverfr Ospakr u hurt, sva eigi vita menn
hvat af honum er ordit, what has become of him? Band. 5. IV. de-
noting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode : 1. parentage, of,
^rom, used indifferently with/m; ok eru af J)eim komnir Gilsbekkingar,
ieseendfrom them, but a little below — fra honum eru komnir Sturlungar,
£b. 338, cp. afkvaemi ; af aett Hor&akara, Fms. i. 287 ; kominn af Troj-
imonnum, xi. 416 ; af Asa-aett (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I. p. metaph.,
irera af Gu6i (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9 ; illr avoxtr af illri
■6t, Fms. ii. 48 ; Asia er koUuS af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name
'irom, Stj. 67 ; af honum er bragr kalladr skaldskapr, called after his name,
Sdda 17. 2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandi-
tavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grag. ii. 73 ; hvaftan af
(indum, whence, native of what country ? Isl. p. especially denoting
I man's abode, and answering to a and i, the name of the farm (or
M)untry) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish
)ersons of the same name; Hallr af Si8u, Nj. 189 ; Erlingr af Straumey,
»73 ; AstriSr af Djuparbakka, 39 ; Guunarr af HliSarenda (more usual
r4); Jjorir haklangr konungr af OgSum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.;
f, 6t and fra. V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling,
:tc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive : 1. by,
he Old Engl, of; as, ek em sendr hinga6 af StarkaSi ok sonum hans,
ent hither by, Nj. 94 ; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257 ; \i6 at al{)y6a
'seri skirS af kennimcinnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira vir&r af
nonnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; astsaell af landsmonnum, beloved, lb.
[6; vinsaell af monnum, Nj. 102; i allg66u yfirlaeti af Jjeim fe6gum,
hospitably treated by them. Eg. 170; var J)a nokkut drukkiS af alj)j63,
here was somewhat hard drinking of the people. Stud. iii. 329; mun
rat ekki upp tekiS af Jieim scikudolgum minum, they will not clutch
tt that, Nj. 257; ef sva. vaeri i hendr {)cr buit af m(ir, if I had so made
'verything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; J)a var3 farsett um af fo6ur
lans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154. 2. it is now also
ometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. rita&, J)ytt af e-m,
oriUen, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old
vriters. VI. denoting cause, ground, reason : 1, origin-
iHng from, on account of, by reason of; af fraeiidsemis sokum, for
rittsbip's sake, Grag. ii. 72 ; omali af averkum, speechless from wounds,
[7; af manna voldum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a
:rime, Nj. 76 ; af fortolum Halls, through his pleading, 255 ; af
LStsxld hans ok af tcilum J)eirra Saemundar, by his poptdarity and the
'loquence of S., lb. 16; af ra&um Haralds konungs, by his contriving,
!<andii. 157; libyg&r af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr.
. 5. p. adverbially, af J)vi, therefore, Nj. 78 ; af hvi, whyf 686
^. 9 ; J)a. verSr bondi heiftinn af barni sinu, viz. if he does not cause his
:hild to be christened, K.Jj.K. 20. 2. denoting instrumentality, by
neans of; af sinu fe, by one's own means, Grag. i. 293 ; framfaera e-n af
■erkum sinum, by means of one's own labour, K.J>.K. 42 ; draga saman
iu6 af sokum, ok vaelum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. i ; af sinum
cosbiadi, at his own expense, Hkr. i. 217. p. absol., hiin fellir a mik
Iropa sva heita at ek brenn af 611, Ld. 328 ; hann fekk af hina mestu
aemd, derived great honour from it, Nj. 88; elli sotti a hendr honum
iVa at hann lag6ist i rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld.54; komast
indan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58 ; spinna garn af rokki,
pin off a wheel (now, spinna a rokk), from a notion of instrumentality,
»r because of the thread being spun out(?), Eb. 92. 3. denoting
jroceeding, originating from ; lysti af hiindum hennar, her hands spread
leams of light, Edda 2 2 ; allir heimar lystust {were illuminated) af henni,
d. ; en er lysti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; litt var
y'st af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46 ; pa tok at myrkja
- if nott, the 'mirk-time' of night began to set in. Eg. 230; tok ])a briitt
It myrkva af nott, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230. 4. metaph.,
•tanda, leiSa, hljotast af, to be caused by, result from ; opt hlytst illt af
■cvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women's gossip (a proverb),
jisl. 15, 98 ; at af J)eim mundi mikit mein ok uhapp standa, be caused by,
Sdda 18 ; kenna kulda af ra8um e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42 ; J)6 mun
\i'T hljotast af margs mant\s bani, Nj. 90, Q, in adverbial phrases,
denoting state of mind; af mikilli ae&i, tn fury, Nj. 116; af m6b, in
great emotion, F'ms. xi. 221 ; af ahyggju, with concern, i. 186 ; af letta,
frankly, iii. 91 ; af viti, collectedly, Griig. ii. 27 ; af heilu, sincerely. Eg.
46 ; af fari, in rage ; af aeSru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse) ; af setning, com-
posedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187 ; af mikilli fraegS, gallantly. Fas. i. 261 ;
af ollu afli, with all might, Grag. ii. 41 ; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse) ;
af triinaSi, confidently, Grag. i. 400. VII. denoting regard to,
of, concerning, in respect of, as regards : 1. with verbs, denoting
to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de ; Dioscorides segir af grasi
J)vi, speaks of, 655 xxx. «; ; er menn spurSu af landinu, inquired about it,
Landn. 30; hafa njosn af e-u, Nj. 104; er J)at skjotast J)ar af at segja.
Eg. 546, Band. 8. p. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvart pir se nokkut
af kunnigt hversu for me6 okkr, whether you know anything about,
how, Nj. 33 ; halda skola af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i.
19 (sounds like a Latinism) ; en ek gerSa J)ik sem mestan mann af
iiilu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj.
78, 2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, goSr af e-u, denoting
disposition or character in respect to; allra manna mildastr af fe, very
liberal, open-handed, Fms. vii. 197 ; mildr af gulli, i. 33 ; g63r af griftum,
merciful, Al. 33 ; illr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53 ; fastr af drykk,
close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125 ; gat J)ess Hildigunnr at J)u mundir
g68r af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj.90, cp. au6igr
at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases ; cp. also the phrase
af s^r above, p. 4, col.i, 11. 50 sqq. VIII. periphrasis of a genitive
(rare); provincialis af (ilium Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x.76; vera af hinum
mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, he on bad terms with, ix. 220 ;
af hendi, af halfu e-s, on one's behalf, v. those words. IX. in
adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljoSi, silently; v. those
words. p. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially,
nearly in the signification off, away ; hann ba& ^a, roa af fjorSinn, pass
the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502 ; var J)a af
farit J)at sem skerjottast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142 ; ok er J)eir
hofdu af fjorSung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10 : skina af, to clear
up, of the sky, Eb. 152 ; hence in common language, skina af ser, when
the sun breaks forth : sofa af nottina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98 ; lei6 af
nottin, the night past away, Nj. 53 ; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time. Band.
8 ; drepa af, to kill ; lata af, to slaughter, kill off. y. in exclamations ; af
tjoldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i.420, Fms. ix.49. 8. in the phrases,
J)ar af, thence; her af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144 ;
now, a fram, on, advance. X. it often refers to a whole sentence
or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to her, hvar, J)ar, but also re-
dundantly tOjhvaSan, he&an, J)a&an, whence, hence, thence. 2. the
preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially,
and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit af borSinu, the cloth was taken
off from the table, Nj. 1 76 ; Gu6 J)errir af {off, away) hvert tar af {from)
augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his
saints, 655 xx. vii. 1 7 ; skal J)6 fyrst baetr af liika af fe veganda, pay off,
from, G^l. 160, the last a/ may be omitted — var J)a af bori6 borSinu —
and the prep, thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some
of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep, hvar, her, f)ar being placed
behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e.g.
OSS er J)ar mikit af sagt au& J)eim, we have been told much about these
riches. Band. 24 ; er {)at skjotast J)ar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546 ;
J)aSan af veit ek, thence I infer, know, Fms. i. 97. XI. it is
moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned
above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragd, afbrig8i ; draga af, to detract,
deduct, hence afdrattr ; veita ekki af, to be hard with ; ganga af, to be left,
hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af
tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, knovj about (vide VII).
D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made be-
tween : I. af privativtun, denoting diminution, want, deduction,
loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-,
ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following compds, such as
segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rxkja, colere, but afraekja, ttegligere ;
aflaga, contra legem ; skapligr, norinalis, afskapligr, deformis ; afvik,
recessus ; afhus, afhellir, afdalr, etc. II. af intensivtun, ety-
mologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e.g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja,
inebrietas; afbrydi, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus,
etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be con-
tracted into o, esp. before a labial /, m, v, e. g. a fram = af fram ;
abry&i = af bry&i ; avoxtr = afvoxtr ; aburSr = af burSr ; avita = afvita (?).
In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel ; auvir5iligr
or 6vir6iligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.
afa, u, f. overbearing. Am. i, Ls. 3, Bk. 2, 3i, = afaryr8i.
afar- and avar- [cp. Ulf. afar = ynTo., oiriao); Germ, aber, esp. in com-
pounds : v. Grimm Gr. ii. 709], only used as a prefix in compounds, very
much, very. Now often pronounced aefar, which form occurs esp. in MSS. of
the 14th and 15th centuries, e.g. Fms. i. 150, xi. 249, Isl. ii. 131 ; cp. also
sefr, adj. iracundus. compds : afar-audigr, adj. very rich. Lex. Poet.
afar-breiSr, adj. very broad, Edda 10. afar-fagr, adj. very fair, Edda
(Ub.)36o. afar-hreiiux, adj. vfr>c/ean, Lex. Poet, afar-illa, adv.vfry
6
AFA^KAUP^APHLUTR.
badly, Hkr. i. 226. afar-kaup, n. hard bargain, Sturl. (in a verse),
afar-kostir, m. pi. hard condition, Eg. 14, 353, Hkr. i. 144, Ld. 222.
afarkosta-laust, n. adj. on fair terms, Jb. 361, Sturl. ii. 79. afar-
ligr, adj. immense, huge, Nj. 183, v. 1. afar-litill, adj. very small,
Merl. 2. 46. afar-menni, n. an overpowering man, Orkii. 256 old
Ed., Landn. 124, Isl. ii. 190. afar-or3, n. overbearing words, Bs, ii. 9.
afar-st6rr, adj. big. Lex. Poet. afar-ssetr, adj. very sweet, Sks. 534.
afar-u3igr, adj. [hug3], overbearing, of violent temper. Fins. vii. 20.
afar-vel, adv. very well, Hkr. i. 204, Isl. ii. 140; cp. ofa. afar-yrdi,
ii. = afarorS, Orkn. 274. afar-J)iingr, adj. heavy, Edda (Ht.) 46.
af-au3it, part. pass. ; ver5a a. e-s, to fail, have bad luck, Gisl. 61.
af-dt = ofat, over-eating, gluttony, gormandizing.
af-blomgadr, part. pass. ' off-bloomed,' deflowered, 655 xxxii. 3.
af-bo3, n. threats, high words, Fms. x. 199 ; ofbo&, n., is used oi panic,
fear, agony, and as a prefix in compds of bo6s = exceedingly. So i\o\f the
modem verb ofbjoSa, mostly used impers., e-m ofby&r, to be shocked at, etc.
af-bragd, n. used of persons, a superior, excellent person ; hann var a. i
vizku sinni, wonderfully clever, Fms. x. 397; a. annarra manna, man of
mark, vi. 144. 2. gen. afbragfts is now frequently used as a prefix
to nouns to express something surpassing — a. fagr, g66r, fri6r, etc. — a.
vxnWikr, surpassing beauty, St], ig^. compd : afbragSs-maSr, m.
a great man, Fms. x. 293 (where spelt abb-).
afbragSliga, adv. surpassingly, Fas. i. 220.
afbragSligr, adj. surpassing, Eb. 256, Fms. ix. 535, x. 230 (where
spelt abb-), xi. 335.
af-brig3 and rarely afbrigSi, n. — the compound afbrig3ar-tr^ points
to a fem. — deviation, transgression, offence, (cp. breg6a af, to deviate from,)
esp. in pi., {)eir soku6u hann um nokkuS afbrig5 J)inga sinna, Post. 645.
97 ; saettarof ok afbrig5 vi6 gu5, trespasses, 671. i ; afbrigS, wrongs, Ld.
66 ; i afbrigSum bo&or6a Gu3s, transgressiofis against the commandments
of God, 671.3; |>6r5r afsakar sik um 611 afbrigSi viS J)ik, for having
wronged tbee,StnTl.n. I ;i2, Fms. vii. 24, Isl. ii. 201. compd: afbrigSar-
tr6, n. tree of transgression, NiSrst. 623. 7.
af-brot, n. pi. trespasses, sin, K. A. 36, Fms. xi. 443 ; very frequent in
religious writings after the Reformation.
af-brug3ning, f. deviation from, 656 B. 'j.
af-bru3igr and 6bru3igr, zA]. jealoiis, Str. 5, 75 ; v. the following.
af-br^3a, dd, [af- intens. and bru5r, sponsa\ to be jealous, also contracted
dbr^3a; J)eir vandlaeta ok afbry3a sem karldyrin eru borin, Stj. 94.
af-br^3i and contr. d,bry3i, n. (now ohso\.) jealousy ; en er Sisinnus sa
Clemens pafa standa hja konu sinni, J)a viltist hugr hans mjok af mikilli
ilsku ok afbry6i, Clem. 41,42, Fms. i. 9, Yt. Il; in all the«e places spelt
with af-, but abry'&i is more common, and occurs Hkr. i. 1 1 1 ; in the poem
Gkv. 1. 10 — hon aegSi mer af abry6i — it is used of the jealousy of a wife
to her husband.
af-btir3r, m. (also spelt abb-), odds, balance, bias, S7(ccess (cp. bera af,
to prevail) ; kva6 honum eigi annat vsenna til afburSar, in order to get the
better of it, Sd.i66; sa hann at engi var5 afbur6rinn, they fought 'aequo
Marte,' Sturl. ii. 74 ; hann aetla5i ser afburS, he meant to keep the odds in his
own band, Isl. ii. 450 ; skal mi fara i haustviking, ok vilda ek, at hon yr6i
eigi me8 minnum afburSum, less glorious, Orkn. 464. II. gen.
sing, and pi. afbtir3ar-, a-, freq. used as a prefix in some compds with
the notion of gloriously, with distinction. afbur3ar-digr, adj. very
thick, J)i&r. 24. afbtir3a-fr8eknligr, adj. very gallant, Isl. ii. 369. af-
burSar-jdra, n. excellent iron, Fms. x. 173. afbur3ar-ma3r, m. a
man of mark, Rb. 316, Orkn. 474, Grett. 133, Finnb. 318. afbur3ar-
mikill, adj. conspicuous, Fms. v. 181. afburSar-skip, n. a fine ship.
Fas. iii. 106. afbur3ar-vel, adv. very well, Hkr. ii. 265, Fms. ix.
515. afbur3ar-V8enn, adj. very fine. Fas. i. 182.
af-bu3, f. an 'off-booth,' side-booth, apartment, Korm. 116.
af-dalr, m. an ' off-dale,' remote valley ; freq. in tales and rhymes of
hidden valleys, esp. in pi., e. g. Hva& het hundr karls er i afdolum bjo, in a
nursery rhyme, K. f). K. 38, Fms. v. 183.
af-deilingr, m. part, portion, share, Bs. i. 881.
af-drattr, m. [draga af, to detract^ diminution, deduction, Ann. 1358
(of duties, fines), Dipl. i. 7, Jm. 135 =cos?s. p. in arithmetic, subtrac-
tion, Alg. 358, now fradragning.
af-drif, n. pi. [drifa], destiny, fate; bam likligt til storra afdrifa, a bairn
likely to grow into a great man, Fms. iii. 112 (of an exposed child) ; Jiykir
m(5r litil okkur a. ver8a munu, inglorious life, Faer. 53. It is now also
used o{ final fate, end. 2. offspring, Stj. 191.
af-drykkja, u, f. over-drinking, driinkenness, = ofdrykkja. [af- intens.]
af-eggja, a6, to dissuade, (as we might say ' to egg off), Fms. ix. 352.
af-eira, 6, to curtail, deprive of, with dat. of the thing ; a. pa sinni saemd,
to disgrace them, Bxr. 3 ; riddaradumi, to degrade from knighthood, 4.
af-eista, t, to castrate, Bs. ii. 118.
af-ejrringr, m.an animal, sheep with cro/»/>crf ears, Bs.i. 7 23, Sturl. iii. 47 ;
also afejrra, b, to cut the ears off, and afeyrt, n. adj. a mark on sheep.
af-faU, n. diminution, discount, falling off, in the phrase, selja e-t meS
affollum, to sell at a discount, Sd. 189.
af-fangadagr, v. atfangadagr, day preceding a feast.
af-fara, v. aftor.
af-fari, adj. who deviates, trespasses, Fms. viii. 237, v. 1.
af-fe3rast, a9, dep. to fall short of his father, to degenerate, Fms. xi. 413.
af-feldr, m. the spoon ofHela, Edda 231.
af-ferma, d and 6, [farmr], to unload a ship, Fas. ii. 448.
af-flutning, f. and afflutningr, m. disparaging, depreciation, Bs. i. 714.
af-flytja, fiutta, to disparage, Fms. x. 41, Grett. 100 A.
af-for, ar, f. departure, in the following compds : affara-dagr an(i
aflfarar-dagr, m. the last day of a feast, esp. of Yule or the like ; a. j^lar
Twelfth-night, opp. to affanga-dagr = at-fangadagr, Christmas Eve, Hkr
iii. 304, Fbr. 139, Fms. vii. 272 ; a. veizlunnar, Bs. i. 287, Fms. iii. 121
aflfara-kveld, n. the last evening of a feast, Fms. xi. 424.
af-gamall, adj. [af- intens.?], very old, decrepid from age, Nj. 190 ; a
karl, Fms. ii. 182, Sks. 92.
af-ganga, u, f. surplus, Fms. iii. 208, v. 1. II. deviation, digres
sion, Skalda 203. compd : afgongu-dagr, m. = affaradagr, day q
departure. Fas. iii. 600.
af-gangr, s, m. surplus, store, Ver. 17, Dipl. v. 10, Fms. iv. 236
K. f>. K. 163, in the phrase, me5 afgongum, to spare, Fms. iii. loiS
afgangs, gen. used adverbially, over, to spare, 1. c, v. 1. II. deceau
death [ganga af, to die]. Fas. iii. 596.
af-gelja, u, f. [gala, cp. hegilja], chattering, Edda 1 10.
af-gipt, f. [gefa af], tribute, K. A. 170. II. indulgence, abso,
lution, Bs. i. 712, H. E. i. 523, Dipl. i. 5. compds : afgiptar-br6i
n. letter of indulgence, Bs. i. 699. afgiptar-f6, n. a Norse law term
escheatahle property, N.G. L. i. 324.
af-gjald, n. tribute, Vm. 78 (freq.)
af-gjam, adj. eager to be off, flying away, in the proverb, afgjarnt veriS
ofundarfe. Fas. ii. 332 ; cp. afsaell.
af-gj6f, f. = afgipt, K. A. 170, 174, H.E. 1.430.
af-glapa, a9, [cp. glepja], an Icel. law term, to disturb or break the peat
of a court or public meeting, by violence, crowding, shouting, brawling, f,
the like ; ef menn tro9ast sva mjok at logr^ttu fyrir iinnkost, e6r gora ]
hrang pat edr hareysti, at fyrir pvi afglapast mal manna, ok var9ar \
f]6rbaugsgar6, Grag. i. 5 ; ef varying ver3r afglapat, at eigi megu m>
lukast, 105 ; ef menn afglapa g6r3 allir peir er til voru teknir, i. 495.
af-glapan and afglopun, f. [v. the preceding word], used of rioting c
brawling in a court or at a meeting, to break the law or the peace ; it
also used of any illegal steps to stop the course of law, so that the plea-
ings are interrupted, and there is a flaw in the procedure, v. pingsafglopi-
frequent in the Gragas and the Sagas ; it was liable to the lesser outlaw;
V. above : bribery and false witness seem to be counted as pingsafglopi;
in Nj. 150, and were to be challenged to the High Court, Lv. 12, ,3
Nj., Grag., esp. in the {>. |>- etc. : v. Dasent, Introd. to Burnt Njal.
af-glapi, a, m. an oaf, fool, simpleton, Fms. i. 156, Ld. 34, Sd. 14,
compd : afglapa-or3, n. words of a fool, in the proverb, limaet eru afglap;
orS, ' a fool's word is nothing worth' — now umaet eru omagaorS — Boll. 352
af-greizla, u, i. payment, contribution, Vm. 141.
af-gu3liga, adv. imgodly, N. G. L. i. 376, v. 1. = 6gu61iga.
af-g8ezla, u, f. taking care of, H. E. i. 396, uncert. read.
af-g5ra, b,to offend, do amiss, transgress, Nj.254, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 301
af-g6r3, f. transgression, offence, mostly in pi., trespasses in a religioi
sense, Sks. 601, Hkr. iii. 225.
af-g6rvi, v. atgiirfi.
af-ballinn, false read. = ofjarlar, Vail. L. 206, v. 1.
af-h.allr, adj. sloping downward. Eg. 277.
af-liaugr, m. a side-mound, Isl. ii. 46.
af-hef3, f. [hef9, possessio], ousting, D.N. iv. 881,
af-hegna, d, to enclose, hedge, D. N. iii. 774.
af-heima, gen. pi. n. [heima], fro77i home, out of doors, abroad; fit
til afheima, to go abroad, opp. to at heimili, at hoine, N. G. L. i. 158,
af-helgast, a6, dep. to become unholy, to be profaned, Sks. 782 B.
af-heUir, m. side-cave, Fms. iii. 570, Fas. ii. 152, Brandkr. 62.
af-henda, d and t, to hand over, Lv. 6, Dipl. ii. 14, 16 ; a. skuld, tofi
a debt, V4pn. 41 ; a. heit, to pay a vow, Bs. i. 121.
af-h.ending, ■ f. a metrical term, a subdivision of the samhenda, wfe
the final assonance of a verse is repeated in the next one, e. g. seini^reci
gefr seima | seimorx . . . , Edda (Ht. 47 and 24). In mod. Icel. mefti
afhenda is quite different, viz. a short metre in only two lines.
af-bendis, adv. off one's hand, N. G. L. i. 180.
af-hendr, adj. out of one's hand, in the phrase, segja e-n ser afhendl
to give one up, of a client or the like ; leitt er mer at segja pik afhendK
pvi at pat hefi ek aldri gert ef ek hefi vi9 manni tekit, Fs. 34, Fms. I
51 (of the poet Hallfred and king Olaf). II. n. afhent imp*
e-m er e-t afhent, unfit for, unable to, Fms. viii. 21.
af-beyranidi, part. act. 07tt of hearing, absent, Grag. ii. 143
af-heyris, adv. 07it of hearing, opp. to aheyris, Bs. i. 'J'ji.
af-hla3ning, f. 7mloading, N.G. L. i. 410.
af-hlaup, n. S7trplus, Fms. iv. 336; til afhlaups, to spare, Alg.
compd : afhlaups-kom, n. sTtrplus corn, Gpl. 352.
af-hlutr, m. share ofa thine;, v. fjur-afhlutr.
\
AFHLYDAST— AFLEITR.
af-UySast, dd, to disobey, D.N. ii. 173.
uf-lirapi, a, m. offscourings, outcasts, (an an. \(y., — aflirak being now
: ok ixbi haun ser einum & hendr af hrapa hans, Grdg. i. 294 (of the
juences of harbouring a vagabond),
al-hrofl, n. destruction, v. afra&, Fas. iii. 169.
af-huga, adj. ind. averse, having turned one's mind from ; verfla a. e-u or
5 e-t, to forget, mind no more, Isl. ii. 274, Stj. 202,Fs. 47, Bs. i. 78, 655 xi. 3.
af-hugast, a5, dep. gov. dat. to forget, Fms. viii. 252; part, afhugaftr
6 t;-t = afhuga, having put it out of one's mind, ii. 336.
af-hiis, n. out-house, side-apartment, Eb. 10.
af-h.varf, n. [hverfa], a diversion, turning aside, Hm. 33, in which pas-
age it is opp. to gagnvegr, the straight path, Ld. 204.
af-h^3a, dd, to scourge thoroughly, 'hide,' Grett. 135, Sturl. iii. 295.
af-h6f5a, a&, to behead, Fms. i. 217, Stj. 464.
af-h6gg, n. a law term, 'off-hewing,' mutilation, maiining, N. G. L. i.
70, Bs. i. 675, H.E. i. 237. II. chips, splinters, Fms. ii. 290.
AFI, a, m. [cp. Lat. avus, Ulf. avd^nafifia, and aba = d.fqp, w'r],
randfather: it is now frequent, but occurs very rarely in old writers,
/ho almost always use m66urfa8ir or fo3urfa6ir. Yet it occurs in the
oem Rm. 16 — afi ok amma — and VJ)m. 29, where it = fo6urfa6ir. It
> curious to observe that in the poem Skm. — whence it is again transferred
ito the Grogaldr — it is used in the sense of a boy or a son ; cp. as an
lustration of this use the Norse phrase — D. N. iv. 848 — afi eptir afa ==
on after father, man after matt in uninterrupted succession, in accord-
nce to the Gothic aba; Edda 108, Fms. iv. 288, vi. 346, xi. 6. We
Iso say lang-afi, great-grandfather, and langamma, great-grandmother.
OMPD : afa-systir, f. great aunt, Landn. 317.
af-kaup, n. bad bargain, Fms. v. 255.
af-k£raligr, v. afkarligr.
af-karligr, adj. = afkarr. Lex. Poet.; now freq. afkdralegr, adj. and
lega, adv. of manners, odd, like a madman.
af-kdrr, adj. [af- intens. ; karr does not occur ; cp. the modern kari,
: gale, tempest, (poet.)], strange, prodigious; er her nokkut afkart
uni, of a giant pulling a bear out of his den by the ears. Fas. ii. 237 ;
I occurs repeatedly in Lex. Poet. = very strong, remarkable ; afkarr songr,
Uscordant song, of shouting, Akv. 38 ; cp. launkarr.
af-kleyfi, n. in the compd af kleyfls-orS, n. a metric, term, a superfluous
vord, syllable, in a verse, an enclitic syllable preceding the hofu6stafr in a
'erse. compd : afkleyfls-samstafa, u, f. syllaba hypermetra, Edda (Ht,)
37-
af-kl8e3a, dd, to undress, Stj. 194. p. reflex, to undress oneself. Eg.
.20, Fms. x. 294.
af-komandi, part, descendant, Hkr. iii. 170.
af-kvsemi, n. [kvdm], 'off-coming,' offspring, in a collect, sense, Fms.
. 212, Hkr. i. 325, Orkn. 142, Stj. 39. compd : afkvaeniis-inadr,
n. descendant, Stj. 39, 160.
af-kymi, a, m. nook, Isl. ii. 471 (paper MS.) ; kymi, id., is now freq.
AFL, s, m. hearth of a forge, Edda 69, 70, Stj. 312, Fms. viii. 8 ; in
•"f.G.L. i. 328 it seems to mean hearth (in general).
afi, ni. [Grimm mentions an O. H. G. aval; abal is a dub. aw. \ey. in A. S.
)oetry, Ormul. avelt], strength, esp. physical /orce; afreksmaSr at afli ok
iraedi. Eg. i; styrkr at afli, Fms. i. 19; ramr at afli, 155; fullkominn
.t afli ok hyggju, bodily and mental vigour, Ld. 256; stillt J)u f>6
'el aflinu, at |)u verSir eigi kendr, Nj. 32 ; hafa afl til e-s, be a match
or, be able to do, GJil. 41 1. p. virttte; afl dauftfaerandi grasa, virtue
f poisonous herbs, 623. 26. 2. metaph. strength, power, might,
rh. 19. 3. a law term, /orce, validity; daemdu ver J)etta bo6 Bjarna
ilogligt ok ekki afl hafa, void, Dipl. iii. 3. 4. a law term,
najority, odds, in the phrase, ok skal afl ra6a, plurima vota valeant;
:f gerSarmenn (umpires) verSa eigi asattir ok skal a. ra6a, Grag. i. 493;
ni ver5a fj6r6ungsmenn eigi asattir, J)a skal afl ra8a me6 J)eim, i. i,
-p. 44, 531 (where it is used of a jury) ; en ef J)eir ver3a eigi asattir er 1
ogrettu sitja hvat J)eir vilja lofa eSr i log lei6a, J)a skolu J)eir rySja
ogrettu (viz. divide) ok skal ra6a a. me6 J)eim, Nj. 150. 5. force,
liolence; taka me& afli, Stj. 430; bj66a e-m afl, Bs. ii. 106. compds :
ifls-muiir, m. odds, superiority of strength, esp. in the phrase, kenna
ifismunar, where there is a short struggle, the one being soon overcome,
b. 182, Eg. 508, Hkr. i. 286 : p. kenna aflsmuna = kosta afls, to exert
meself to the utmost; var6 hann at kenna a. {to exert the whole of his
•trength) a6r hann kaemi honum undir, Eb. 172. afls-raun = aflraun.
AFLA, a5, [cp. Swed. afvel, breed, stock: Dan. zvling, farming ; avls-
^aard, fartn ; faareavl, qvaegavl, breed of sheep or cattle. In Norse (mod.)
ivle is to harvest; Swed. afla, to beget. In the Icel. verb afla the idea of
Woducing or gathering prevails, whereas the nouns branch off; the
weak afli chiefly denotes produce, m^ans, stores, resources, troops, forces ;
the strong one — afl — force alone. Yet such phrases as ramr at afli indi-
cate something besides the mere notion of strength. In the mod. Scandin.
idioms — Dan., Swed., Norse — there ar-e no traces left of the idea of 'force ;'
cp. the Lat. opes and copiae. The Icel, spelling and pronunciation with hi
(abl) is modern, perhaps from the time of the Reformation : cp. the words
efla etc. with a changed vowel. The root is 0P-, as shewn in Lat. ope,
' ^pes, the o being changed into a ?]. 1. with gen. of the thing, to gain,
acquire, earn, procure ; vandara at gaeta fengins fjar en afla {)ess (a proverb);
J)a bjoggu t)eir skip ok ciflu&u manna til, got men to man it. Eg. 1 70. p.
the phrase, afla ser fjar ok fraegSar, to earn fame and wealth, of young
heroes going sea-roving ; foru um sumarit i vikhig ok tifluSu si'r fj4r.
Eg. 4 ; afla ser fjar ok frama, Fs. 5 ; fjar ok virftingar, id. ; hann hafSi aflat
ser fjar {made money) i holmgiingum. Eg. 49 ; afladi |)essi bardagi honum
mikillar fraegSar, brought him great fame, Fms. ii. 307 ; kom honum
i hug, at honum mundi mikillar framkvaemdar afla, bring him great ad-
vantage, Eb. 112. 2. as a law term, to cause, inflict a wound; ef
ma5r aflar einum bl68s e8r bens af heiptugri hendi, N. G. L. i. 38 7. II.
with ace, mostly in unclassical writers, but now rare, to earn; aflafti hann
J)ar fe mikit, Fms. vii. 80 ; aflandi {)ann thesaur er, 655 xxxii. i ; hafit dr
ok mikit i aflat, Al. 159; mun ek til hafa atferS ok eljun at afla mer
annan vi8, to contrive, Ld. 318, where, however, the excellent vellum
MS. A.M.309,4to, has gen. — annars vi5ar — more classically, as the Saga
in other passages uses the gen., e. g. afla ser manna ok hrossa, to procure
horses and men, 1. c. little below. p. reflex., e-m aflask e-t, gains,
Fb. 163. Y. absol., njot sem J)u hefir aflat, of ill-earned means,
Nj.37. 8. part, aflandi, Njar8. 366. 2. now used absol. /oj(?s2>,
always with ace. ; a standing phrase in Icel., the ace. only being used in
that particular connection. III. with dat. in the sense of to
perform, manage, he able to; hann aflaSi bratt mikilli vinnu, ok var
hagr vel, Fms. i. 289 ; fyr mun hann {)vi afla en ek fara honum hcifud
mitt, it will sooner happen, Fms. iv. 291, where the Hkr. reads orka ; bau8
lit leiSangri, sem honum J)6tti landit mestu mega afla, to the utmost that
the country cotdd produce, F"ms. x. 118; ekki aflar hann J)vi at standa i
moti y8r, he is not man enough to stand against you. Fas. iii. 138.
af-lag, n. [leggja afj, gen. aflags. I. used as adv. = afgangs,
sparingly. Fas. iii. 477. In modern Icel. hafa afliigum or aflcigu, to have to
spare. II. slaughtering of cattle, killing off; leggja af margan
funa8 . . . minti biskup enn a um afliigin, the slaughtering, Bs. i. 913.
af-laga, adv. unlawfully, Grag. i. 473, ii. 367, GJ)1. 294, 432, 473,
Hkr. ii. 246, Al. 153 ; ganga a., Stj. 430. 2. now used in the sense
to be out of joint, things going wrong.
af-lagliga, adv. = aflogliga, 655 xxxii. 4.
aflan and oflun, f. gain, acquisition, Hkr. ii. 218, Sks. 233. compd :
6fl.unar-madr, m. a good steward, Sturl. iii. 130.
af-langr, adj. oblong, Ann. year I414; formed from the Lat. (?), now
common.
af-lausu, f., Lat. absolutio. 1. some small release, ransom, com-
pensation, Sturl. iii. 142, 239 ; gjora a. um e-t, to relieve, release oneself in
regard to a thing ; Olafr konungr maelti, ' Framar hefir ^li ^k gert um
vigin a Graenlandi, en fiskimaSrinn kallar a. vera fiskinnar ; J)vi at hann
kallast leysa sik, ef hann dregr fisk fyrir sik, enn annan fyrir skip sitt,
{)ri8ja fyrir ongul, fjorSa fyrir va8,' king Olaf said, ' Thou hast done more
then in the matter of manslayings in Greenland, than tvhat the fisherman
calls the ransom of his fishing ; for he says that he has freed himself {of
his fishing), if he draws {up) a fish for himself, but another for his boat,
a third for his angle, a fourth for his line,' (this way of reckoning their
catch is still common with fishermen in many parts of England and Scot-
land), Fbr. 154: cp. a stanza in a Scottish ballad, 'I launched my boat
in Largo Bay, | And fishes caught I three ; | One for wad and one for
hook, I And one was left for me.' 2. eccles. = absolution, K. A. 226,
Hom. 137, Grett. 162, Fms. x. 18.
af-l^t, n. leaving off, relinquishing ; a. synda, Stj. 567, Sks. 612 B ; an
aflati, used adverb, incessantly, 625, p. 77, Th. 20. p. remission, par-
don; aflat misgorninga, Hom. 160 ; a. synda, 159. compd: afldts-
korn, n. surplus corn, store corn, GJ)1. 352, v. 1. aflaupskorn.
af-Mtr, adj. negligent, lazy, Hom. 152.
af-lei3ing, f. 'off-leading:' 1. now generally used in the pi.
consequences, result; 2. in old writers, on the contrary, it seldom
occurs, and then in a peculiar sense. So Sturl. iii. 128, goSar afleiSingar
eru me8 e-m, they are on good terms, things go on pretty well between
them. 3. metric, continuation; her er hinn fyrri visuhelmingr
leiddr af J)eirri visu, er a8r var kve8in ok fylgir J)at malsorS, er afleiSing
{continuation) er kolluS, Edda (Ht.) 126.
af-lei3ingr, s, m., skilja goSan aflei8ing, used adverb, to part on friendly
terms, Sturl. iii. 134 : cp. the preceding word, 128 ; both passages are taken
from the J)orgi]s S. Skar8a, to which the phrase seems to be peculiar.
af-lei3is, adv. 1. loc. astray, out of the path, Sd. 146, 655
xvii. 4. 2. metaph., faera a., to pervert, Stj. 227, 519 ; Jjeir lugu a
okkr, en J)U ixvh'n: or8 J)eirra a., you perverted their words, Bs. i. 7, Gliim^
327 ; Smia e-m a., to seduce, Andr. 625. 75. p. impers., e-u ^okar a.,
turfis out wrong, Bs. i. 340.
af-leifar, f. pi. scraps, remnants, leavings, Stj. 383, Bs. i. 237; f.
bxisafleifar, Grag. i. 299.
af-leitinn, adj. = afleitr, of odd appearance. Fas. ii. 329.
af-leitliga, a.dY. perversely, Stj. 55 ; ilia ok a., 173.
af-leitligr, adj. = afleitr, /erf erse, deformed, Stj. 274, Al. 96.
af-leitr, adj. [lita, cp. also -leitr in compounds], strange, hideous; neut.,
8
AFLENDIS— AFRtEKJA.
hversu afleitt (how disgusting) oss virSist uni Jjeirra hattu, Hks. iii.435 ;
hversu afleitir (stupid) oss synast Jjeirra haettir, Fnis. vii. 296, 1. c. ; ^eir
fyrirlita ok halda alia sau6ahir&a sem afleita, odd, peculiar, Stj. 293 ;
afleitt e8r eligt, vile, i Sam. xv. 9. p. abandoned, the /ace turned from,
deserted by, with dat. ; afleita hamingjunni, luckless, Stj. 421. Ruth i. 12.
af-lendis, adv. = erlendis, abroad, N.G. L. i. 244.
af-lendr, zd], far from land, in open sea, Bs. ii. 47.
af-letja, latti, to dissuade: a. with infin., Bs. i. 39. p. with ace,
aflatti harm nijok fyrir scr fer6ina, Fms. ix, 437. y. or with an ace.
of the person and gen. of the thing ; a. e-n e-s, v. letja.
af-16tta, tt, to cease, Fr.
af-l^ttr, prompt, ready, v. oflettr.
afl-f&tt, n. adj. short 0/ strength; ver3a a., to fail in strength, Fms. i.
55. »'• 150-
afl-gr6f, f. [afl, m.], hole below the forge, cinder-pit, or a water-pit
wherein to cool the iron (?) ; cp. Vkv. 22, Jjiftr. 72.
afl-hella, u, f. hearth-stone in a forge ; er hann haf8i J)au (viz. the
bones) niSrgrafit undir sina aflhellu, {jidr. 95.
afli, a, m. I. means, acquisition, gain, produce, stores, fruits ;
afli ok herfang, Fms. ii. io6 ; haf6i {)6rir einn forrad J)ess liSs ok sva
afla J)ess alls er verSr i ferSinni, iv. 297 ; eignir . . . nie6 oUum afla ok
avexti, increase and interest, K. A. 54. 2. now used, a. partic.
of fishing stores, fishing, and p. gener. of provisions and stores of any
kind. II. metaph. : 1. might, power ; hafa afla til eingis,
have might or rneansfor nothing, be unable to do anything, to be power-
less, Nj. 27. 2. forces, troops, body, Lat. copiae, opes; Asgrimr
sagSi {)at mikinn afla, great support, Nj. 210; en {)at sy'nist mer J)6
raSligast at bi5ja ser li3s, J)viat })eir draga afla at y6r, they gather forces
against you, 222; munu ver skjott eiga af honum van hins mesta
\ifriSar ef hann faer nokkurn afla, troops, resources, Fms. i. 188 ; at herja
a J)a feSga me& allmikinn afla, strong body, 184; ok er hirS Sverris
konungs six, at aflinn Magmiss konungs (the main body) fly'8i allr, viii.
119. coMPDS : afla-br6g3, n. pi. [bragS], stores offish, A. A. 276.
afla-fitt, n. adj. = aflfatt, Fms. iii. 133. afla-fe, n. acquired property,
N.G.L. i. 448. afla-litill, adj. having little power, Finnb. 320 (compar.
aflaminni). afla-maflr, m.pmverful, strong, Lv. 1 2, 109. afla-mikill,
adj. opp. to aflalitill, powerful, strong, Ld. ; har3gj6rr ok aflamikill, Bs. i.
635 ; var Saemundr aflamestr, the strongest in men, Sturl. ii. 44 : p.
( = aflmikill), used of physical strength, Stj. Judg. iii. 29 ; verSa menn eigi
asattir hvarr sterkari er, en J)6 setla flestir Gisla aflameira ( = aflmeira),
Gisl. 26. afla-munr, m. odds, Sturl. ; at etja vi6 aflamuninn, to fight
against odds, Al. no. afla-skortr, m. shortcoming in power, opp.
to aflamunr, Bs. i. 525. afla-stund, {.fishing season, Bs. ii. 179.
af-lima, adj. ind., ver5a e-m a., to be cut off, separated from. Post. 95,
Am. 26.
af-lima, a5, /o ' off-limb,' to dismember, maim, mutilate, Js. 3 7, Ann. 1342.
af-liman, f. ' off-limbing,' mutilation, Bs. ii. 75.
afl-lauss, adj. weak, strengthless, a medical term, palsied, paralytic,
Bs. i. 351.
afl-leysi, n. palsy, v. Fel. ix.
afl-litill, adj. weak, Fms. ii. 201, vii. 208.
afl-mikill, adj. of great strength, Sturl. i. 23, Fms. i. 261.
af-lofa, zb, to refuse, Fr.
a,fl-raun, f. trial (proof) of strength ; in plur. bodily exercises ; Skall?.-
grimr hendi mikit gaman at aflraunum ok leikum. Eg. 187; er J)at
flestra manna setlan, at Grettir hafi verit sterkastr herlandsmanna, si5an
teir 91'.'"'' °^ fjoralfr 16g5u af aflraunir, Grett. 133; J)6tti J)etta mikil a.,
Fms. iii. 210, Finnb. 374: cp. afisraun.
afl-skortr, m. failing of strength, Fms. ii. 149.
aflugp:, adj. strong, v. oflugr.
afl-vani, adj. ind. deficient in strength; ver3a a., to succumb; taka J)eir
fang, ok verar Gunnarr mjok a., Fms. ii. 75 (in wrestling) ; enda varS hann
a. fyrir li3s sakir, was overpowered, got the worst of it, Isl. ii. 172;
Eustachius sa sik aflvani (ace.) 1 moti J)eim, 655 x. p. 2.
afl-v03vi, a, m. [vodvi, a muscle], the biceps muscle, Sturl. 51, Ld. 220,
Fas. ii. 344.
af-lttgliga, adv. = aflaga, unlawfully, D.N. i. 80, Stj. 154,
af-md, a, to ' mow off,' to blot out, destroy, Fms. ii. 238, Stj. 208, 346.
af-mdn, f. [af, md], degradation, shame, v. the following.
af-mdna, ad, = afmii, to degrade, pollute.
af-mdna3r, part, polluted, defiled, Rb. 332.
af-mynda, ad, to deform ; dep. afmyndask, to be deformed, Fas. I. 425
(paper MS.) ; the word is now very freq.
af-moe3ing, f. [m6air], right of weaning lambs, by taking them from the
mother; kirkja a lamba a. (perhaps v/rongly for afmaearing) 1 Miilvikr-
hiifSa, Vm. 164.
af-ndm, n. gener. taking away, removal, Stj. 2 Sam. iv. 11. p. esp.
in the phrase, at afuami, of something reserved, before the division of
spoil, property, or inheritance ; now, taka af oskiptu, Dan. forlods,
Grkg. i. 330, 336, Jb. 289 (Ed. af ndmi) ; konungr skildi hafa ur
hlutskipti tn^jung vifl li3smenn, en umfram at afnumi bjorskinn oil ok
l|
safala, Eg. 57. 2. metaph. privation, loss; ok hann verSr at skaSa
Jjeim miJnnum nokkrum, er oss mun J)ykkja a. i. Eg. 114, Fms. vii.
244. COMPDS : afndms-f^, n. a law term, share, which is reserved before
the division of property, spoil, inheritance, or the like. Eg. 240, Fms. iv.
28. afndins-griprj m. something reserved or set aside, Fms. x. 214.
af-nefja, aa, to cut off one's nose, Str. 35.
af-neita, ad and tt, and afnita, tt, now always afneita, aa, to deny,
re/use; with dat., hefir afneitaa tiltekinni trii, Fms. iii. 166; eigi vii ek
J)vi afneita, refuse, Fs. 11 ; ek afneitta eigi bans orasending, Stj. i Kings
XX. 7 ; en er hann afneitti eigi mea ollu (refused not), pa baau peir harm
J)vi meir, Grett. 146. 2. absol. afnita; en ^ar es Jcikull br66ir
minn laust J)ik hcigg, J)at skaltii hafa botalaust, J)vi at |)U afnittir \k er
J)er voru bo&nar, Fs. 57.
af-neiting, f. denial, renunciation, Th. 17.
af-neyzla, u, f. use, consumption; a. skogarins, Fs. 1 25, Nj. 78 ; a. fjar
(pi.), Jb. 404 A, B (Ed. ofneyzlur).
afr, V. afr, buttermilk.
af-ra3, afrdS, afro3, and afhro3, n. (Fas. iii. 169), [cp. Swed.
afrad; from roa, rud, fundus, ager{^)~\. I. prop, a Norse and
Swedish law term, tribute, ground tax, payable to the king ; a. ok landaur;
N.G.L. i. 257, D.N. iii. 408. So also in Vsp. 27, hvart skyldu sk;
a. gjalda, where it is opp. to gildi, league. II. metaph. los\
damage, 1. in the phrase, gjalda a., to pay a heavy fine, suffer a great
loss; en J)at a. munu ver gjalda, at margir munu eigi kunna fra at segja
hvarir sigrast, there will be so heavy a loss in men, such a havoc in killed,
Nj. 197 (where most MSS. read afroa, some afraa, Ed. afraua) ; tolu6u
J)eir opt um malaferlin, sagBi Flosi, at {)eir hefBi mikit a. goldit J)egar,
254 (MSS. afraa, afroa, and afhrod) ; Lytingr mun J)ykjast aar mikit a.
goldit hafa i lati braeara sinna, 155 (MSS. afraa, afroa, and afhrod), Fms.
X. 324. 2. in the phrase, gora mikit a., to make a great havoc;
gorai hann mikit afhroa i sinni vorn,^re«/s/aMg-^/er, Fas. iii.169: cp.Lex.
Poet. 3. advice, Vtkv. 5 ; the verse is spurious and the meaning false.
afra3s-kollr, m. cognom., Germ. ' steuerkopf,' cp. nefgildi, Engl, poll-
tax, V. the preceding.
af-reizla, u, f. = afgreizla, outlay, payment. Am. 13.
af-rek, n. [af- intens.], a deed of prowess, a deed of derring do ; margir
lofuau mjok afrek Egils, ok sigr J)ann sem hann vann, Fms. xi. 234;
vinna afrek, Fs. 6 ; ekki a. gerSi hann meira i Noregi, Fagrsk. 94 ; hann
l(5t ok giira J)ar i Niaarosi naust baeai morg, ok sva stur, at afrek var i,
grand, magnificent, Hkr. iii. 268. compds : afreks-gripr, n. a
splendid object, a thing of price, Ld. 144. afreks-ina3r, m. a valiant
man ; a. at afli ok araeai. Eg. i ; en J)at hefi ek spurt, at h.\rb bans er
skipua afreksmonnum einum, heroes, 19, 84; a. um voxt ear afl, Isl. ii.
190. afreks-verk, n. valiant deed, Fser. 51, Al. 30.
af-reka, aa, to achieve, perform; munu J)cr mikit afreka, Lv. 33 ; hvat
J)eir hofau afrekat, Fas. iii. 221 ; a. vel, to succeed, Btira. 175.
af-remma, u, f. [ramr], restriction, encumbrance, obligation; su er a.
mear Jjessum tillogum, at prestr skal vera at heimilishiisi ok s)Tiga
allar heimilistiair, Am. 37.
afrendi, f. [afrendr], strength, prowess, valour, Hym. 28.
afrendr, adj. [frequently or almost constantly spelt afreyndr, as if
from 'af-' intens. and ' raun,' of great prowess; but the derivation from
' afr- = afar-' and ' -endi or -indi' is better]. I. in the phrase, a. at
adi, very strong, valiant,Fms. ii. 87, Finnb. 254; compar. afrendari,Fms.x.
32 1 , Fs. 33, 48 (where the MS. 'Vh. spells afreyndr, so also does the Fb. i. 341,
etc.) II. absol. without adding at afli, Lv.ioi (where written afreyndr).
af-r^ttr, m. and afrett, f. (now always f. ; cp. rett), [probably akin to
reka, viz. afrekt, contr. afrott], compascuum, common pasture; it is now
prop, used of mountain pastures, whither the cattle (sheep) are driven in
the summer in order to graze during July and August, and again col-
lected and driven down in the autumn (Sept.) ; in Norway called almen-
ningr. I. masc, thus defined, en J)at er afrettr, er ij menn eigu
saman ear fieiri, hverngi hlut sem hverr J)eirra a 1, Grag. ii. 303, 330 ;
i afrett J)ann, er, i. 397, ii. 303; afrettu, ace. pi., ii. 301, Jb. 198 A,
K. fj. K. 90, Oik. 37; halfan afrett, Vm. 29. II. f. afrettinni (dat.),
Grag. (Kb.) ii. 301, 325 A; gen. afrettar (gender uncert.), 303 A; afrtJttin,
id.. Cod. A ; afrett (dat. f. ?), Isl. ii. 330, Hav. 39 ; afrettum, dat. pi. (gen-
der uncert.). Boll. 336. compds : afrettar- domr, m. court held for
deciding causes concerning common pasture, Grag. ii. 323. afr§tta-
menn, m. pi. owners or partners in common pasture, Grag. ii. 331.
af-ro3, V. afraa.
af-rog, n. excuse, justification, Str. 71.
af-ru3ningr, m. [rydja], clearing off, defence, repeal, Pr. 425.
af-rtmi, a, m. [runi, renna], deviation; metsiph. sin, trespasses ; unibot
ok iaran afruna (gen.), 125. 174; idrun fyrir gorva afruna (ace. pi.), id.;
tiirfelling er hann hefir fyrir afruna Jja, er veraa i J)essa heims hfi, id.
184. p. injury, offence, D. N. iii. 367 (Fr.)
afr-yT3i, n. = afaryrai, insolent words.
af-r8e3i, n. [af- intens. and rad], absolute rule, D. N. ii. 336 several
times (Fr.)
af-reekja, t and 5, to neglect, contemn, H. E. i, 257 ; reflex. afr«kjast, in
AFSAKA— AFi'OKKA.
9
If signification, o. with dat., a. logunum, to break, neglect the law,
. ^. p. with ace. (now always so), a. sitt hofu<^merki, Karl. 189, y.
Icert. dat. or ace, a. Gu8s hlydni, Edda (pref.) 144, Stj. 241. 8. with at
(I a following infin., GJ)1. 183 ; konungar afraektust at sitja at Uppsiilum,
'; Hkr. ii. 97. «. absol., Fms. vii. 221, 188, GJ)1. 506.
- ika, a9, to excuse, exculpate, K. A. 230, Stj. 37. p. pass, afsak-
f, to be {stand) excused, K. A. 226, Stj. 125.
[f-sakan and afs6k\ui, f. a ' begging off,' excuse, exculpation, K. A.
8, Stj. 152. coMPD : afsakanar-ord, n. pi. excuses, Stj.
if-saki, a, m. excuse, 623. 60.
f-sanna, a&, to refute, prove to be false {' unsootb'), 655 xvii. I,
f-si5, n. seed-corn, N. G. L. i. 240.
f-segja, sag6i, to resign, renounce; a. ser e-t, Barl. 210. Now used
the sense of to refuse, deny.
f-setja, setti, to depose, put down, v. the following,
f-setning, f. and afsetningr, m. deposition, {off-setting, cp. Scot. ' aff-
,' Jam., which means dismissal, the act of putting away), H.E.u.'ji^,C)2^.
f-8i3a, adj. ini immoral, of loose manners, Griig. i. 138.
f-sifja, ad, [sifjar], a law term, to cut off from one's 'sib,' alienate
im one's family, renounce ; gefa mii ma3r vingjafir at ser lifanda, hest
a yxn, vapn e3a J)vilika gripi, ok afsifjar (Cod. A reads afsitjar, but
ubtless wrongly) hann ser \>6 at sex skynsiimum monnuni fiyki eigi
"svik gor vi& erfingja, Jb. 163, D.N. i. 141, Pa! Vidal. p. 84. The
)rd appears to be a Norse law term, and does not occur in the laws of
2 Icel. Commonwealth, but came into use with the code Jb.
f-8l3a, adv. aside, apart, Krok. 56.
f-skapligr, adj. [skapligr], misshapen, monstrous, huge, shocking;
afelli, shocking accident, Stj. 90; herfiligr ok a., 655 xiii. A. i ; a. ok
lannligt, Stj. 272 ; a. limenska, Fms. ii. 225, K. A. (App.) 230.
f-skei3is, adv. astray, H.E. i. 252, 655 xi. 3, Horn. 99.
f-skipan, f. deposition, dismissal, D.N. (Fr.)
f-skipta, adj. ind. cut off, from an inheritance or the like, Lat. expers;
the phrase, vera gorr a., to be wronged, Hrafn. 14.
f-skipti, n. pi. dealing with, intercourse, (cp. the phrase, skipta ser af
1, to meddle with, care about) ; ok eingi a. veita heiSnum go6um, Fms.ii.
0 ; ef hann veitir ser engi a., does not deal with, Griig. ii. 1 2 1 . compds :
Hkipta-lauss, adj. heedless, careless, having nothing to do with, Fb. i.
2, afskipta-litill, adj. caring little about, Fms. vii. 181, Orkn. 142.
Iskipta-samr, adj. tneddling, partaking, v. uafskiptasamr.
f-skiptinn, adj. meddling, partaking, Ld. 66.
f-skiptr, part. = afskipta, wronged, cheated. Fas. iii. 619. Metaph.
Id of, having no interest in, Stj. 155, I95.
f-skirrandi, participial noun, [skirrast], an offscouring, outcast; lei5i
r J)enna a. ut or borginni, 656 C. 33.
f-skrd.inliga, adv. hideously, Horn. 155.
f-skr&mligr, adj. [af- intens.; skramr means a giant; skrimsl, a mon-
•r; cp. Engl, to scream'\, hideous, monstrous; a. illvirki, a sacrilege,
; A. 222 : also spelt askramligr and askramliga, Al. 142, Horn. 155.
f-skrsemi, n. a monster, v. the following.
'f-skrsemiliga, adv. hideously : a. of a scream ; ])a let lit a stoSli a.,
'Med piteously, of a ghost, Hkr. ii. 3 1 2, Eb. 320, of the bellowing of
iiad bull. p. of a monstrous shape ; {)raellinn (of a ghost) retti inn
|fu8it, ok syndist honum a. mikit, Grett. 83 new Ed. y. metaph.,
!:ast a., to be shocked at, Stj. 10 1.
f-skur3r, ar, m. a chip, lappet, Dipl. iii. 3.
f-skyld, f. a law term, due, obligation, encumbrance, several times in
5 Cartularies and deeds of gift, in the phrase, sii er a. J)essa fjar, D. I. i.
3, etc. ; me6 J)essi a. fara J)essir fjarhlutir, 282, Vm. 108 : cp. the still
3re freq. phrase, sii er afvinna, cp. afvinna.
f-sni3, n. a lappet, snip, Pr. 412.
if-sni3ning, f. snipping off. afsniSningar-jSrn, n. a chopper, Fr.
f-sni3is, adv. cut through, across, Bs. i. 388.
.f-spraki, a, m. [cp. A.S. sprecan; Germ, sprecheri], rumour, hearsay;
ikon jarl hafSi fengit afspraka nokkurn (perh. better in two words),
IS. i. 187.
.f-springr, m., Al. 11, Hkr. iii. 277, Edda (pref.) 146, and various
her forms; afsprengr, m. and afspringi, n., GJ)1. 47, Fms. viii. 237,
s. 46 B, Stj. 63, Orkn. 176 ; the form now usual is afsprengi, n., Fms.
217, Fas. ii. 391, Bret. 112. 1. gener. offspring, progeny, v. the
otations above. 2. in pi. used of the produce of the earth, Sks. 48 B
ire). 3. metaph.: o. a band, a detached part of a body;
ttist Hrafn {)egar vita, at J)essi a. mundi vera af ferS J)eirra J>orgils, that
s detachment must be from the host of Thorgils and his followers, Sturl.
• 274. p. a branch, ramification; ok er mikil van, at J)ar ver6i
kkurr a. {offshoot) af J)essum ofriSi a Limafir5i, Fms. xi. 13. y.
mour, «o</ee, = afspraki ; fa nokkurn a. um e-t, Fms. viii. 160.
.f-spurn, f. a ' speering of,' news, notice, Fms. i. 187,
f-8p;^tr, part, spit out of, deprived of, Anecd. 42.
f-standa, st65, [Germ, abstehen], to cede, part with, Sturl. i. 164,
1. miSla, Fms. iii. 208.
if-8tigr, s, m. by-path, Fs. 5, F»r. I02, r
af-stlifa, a8, or afstffa, 5, to lop, prune, of trees ; a, vi3, N. G. L. i.
350, Lex. Poet., v. stiifr.
af-stuka, u, f. side-nook, 655 xxxii. 4; a side-room in a temple. Fas.
iii. 213 ; now stiika is almost always used of a sacristy.
af-svar, n. refusal, in pi. in the phrase, veita e-u afsviJr, to refuse,
Ld. 114, Fas. i. 444, Fbr. 1 20.
af-svara, a3, to deny, refuse. Fas. i. 528 ; with dat. of pars, and thing,
Sturl. iii. 180.
af-sviptr, part, stripped; with dat., afsviptr |)inni asjonu, cut off from
thy countenance, Stj. 228. Gen. xlviii. 11, Sks. 342, H. E. i. 457.
af-s^is, adv. out of sight, Vtns. viii. 344.
af-s8Bll, adj. luckless, in the proverb, a. verfir annars glys jafnan, (another
version of the proverb is quoted s. v. afgjarn), coveted wealth, which is
eagerly looked for by another, is luckless, difficult to keep safe, Stj. 78.
af-tak, n. 1. gener. taking away, B. K. 108. 2. 'taking
off' {Shaksi).), slaying, executing ; hvat hann vill bjoSa fyrir a. Geirsteins,
compensation for the slaughter of G., Fms. vii. 360 ; en a. hans {slaying)
segja eigi allir einum hajtti, x. 390 ; me6 aftaki Clafs, by slaying him,
195 ; um manna aftok, executions, GJ)1. 137 : cp. aftaka, and taka af, to
execute, behead. 3. in pi. commonly used of, a. JIat denial, in
such phrases as, hafa aftok um e-t, to deny flatly. In some compds this
signification can be traced, as in aftaka-minni, Fms. i. 139. p. it is also
now used in many compds of whatever is excessive, above all measitre,
e.g. aftaka-veSr, a hurricane. compds: aftaks-skj61dr, m. a huge
shield. Fas. i. 415. aftaka-maSr, m. a detertnined, obstinate person ;
hon var a. mikill um {)etta mal, he was very stubborn in this case, Hkr. ii. 74.
aftaka-minni, adj. compar. less obstinate, more pliable; st63 konungr i
fyrstu fast a moti, en drottning var allt aftakaminni, the king at first stood
fast against it, but the queen was all along less stubborn, Fms. i. 139.
af-taka, u, f. = aftak : 1. gener. loss, privation ; a. ok missa, of a
personal loss by death, Edda 37. 2. death by violent means, slaughter;
til aftiiku manna e6r fe upp at Xzkz, for the cutting off of men or the con-
fiscation of their goods. Eg. 73> 252 ; hann haf3i verit at aftijku fjorkels
f6stra, Fms. vii. 201, Orkn. 22 old Ed. Formerly there were no public
executions in Icel., except the stoning of wizards or witches, Ld. ch. 98,
Eb. ch. 20, Vd. ch. 26 ; and the hanging of thieves, Fbr. ch. 19, Eb. 1. c.
Now, however, used in the sense of public execution, and in various
compds, e.g. aft6ku-sta3r, m. place of execution, etc.
af-tekja, u, f. dues, collections, revenues, or the like ; til forrae3is ok
allra aftekna (gen. pi.), Bs. i. 692 ; abii6 ok a. sta6anna, 7-evenue, 752.
af-tekning, f. taking away, a grammatical term, an apostrophe,
Skalda 182.
af-tekt, f. = aftekja, Fms. v. 274, xi. 44I, Bs. i. 68.
af-telja, tal3i, to dissuade, Fms. x. 27.
af-tigna, a9, now antigna, v. andtigna, to disgrace, Sks. 225.
af-trii, f. unbelief, heresy, Orkn. 1 88.
af-triiast, a3, dep. to fall into unbelief, Bs. ii. 181.
af-tsekiligt, n. adj. advisable, feasible, [cp. taka e-t af, to decide for'],
Fms. viii. 348.
af-tflekt, n. adj. blamable; er J)at ok aetlun min at fatt muni vera
aftsekt um y8ra skapsmuni, / 'ettle' that there will be little blameworthy
about your turn of mind, Fms. v. 341,
af-t88nia, 6, to ' toom' off, to empty, Fr.
afugr, backwards, going the wrong way, v. iifugr.
afund, envy, v. ofund.
af-tindinn, adj. cross, uncivil.
afusa, gratitude, pleasure, v. aufusa.
af-vega, adv. [afvegar, Bs. ii. 92], off the way, astray, Sd. 149. Metaph,
in moral sense ; leiSa a., to mislead; ganga a., to go astray.
af-vega3r, part, misled. Mar.
af-vegis = afvega, astray, Skalda 203.
af-velta, adj. [the Scot, awald or await], cast, used of cattle, sheep,
or horses that have fallen on the back and are unable to rise, Hav. 44.
af-vensla, u, f. expenses, outlay; aubrxbi {means) mbu bratt eigi mikil,
en afvenslur {»6ttu varla me6 mikilli stillingu, Bs. i. 136.
af-vik, n. a creek, recess, Stj. 195 ; metaph. a hiding-place, f>ibr. 137.
af-vikinn, part, secluded, retired; a. sta5r = afvik.
af-vinna, u, f. encumbrance, due, fees, outgoings, = afskyld. Freq. in
deeds of gift, e.g. D. I. i. 203, 266 ; J)a lagu ongar gjafir til sta3arins, en a.
var3 ongu minni, then no gifts came in to the see, but the outlay was in
nothing less, Bs. i. 84 ; J)a gor&ust fjarhagir lihaegir i SkAlahoIti, ur3u
afvinnur miklar {great outgoings) en tillcig {incomings) eingin, Bs. i. 99.
af-vir3a, 6 and t, to despise, Barl. several times.
af-vir3iligr, adj. worthless, poor, despicable, Barl. 7S> I54> v. auvir3iligr
and au5v., which are the Icel. forms.
af-vir5ing, f., contr. d,vir3ing, disrepute, disgrace, fault, Bs. ii. 187.
af-V8enn, adj. unexpected. Fas. ii. 552.
af-v6xtr, m. ' off-wax,' i. e. decrease, N. G. L. i. 214 ; opp. to avoxtr,
af-J)erra, 3, and mod. a3, to wipe off; metaph. to expunge, Stj. 142.
af-J)Okka, a&, in the phrase, a. e-t fyrir e-m, to throw discredit on,
run down, set against, Fms. ii. 145 ; hann atti fdtt vi3 jarl, en affjokkaSi
10
API»VATTU— AKRTIUND.
heldr fyrir peim fyrir 68rum monnum, be had little to do with the earl,
but rather ran them, down before other men, Orkn. 378.
af-l)vfi.ttr, m. a washing off, ablution, Fr.
af-seta, u, f. [af and eta], prop, a voracious beast, a glutton, a great
bully; 6r langfeSgar erut garpar miklir ok afaetor, Fms. xi. ill ; sterkir
menn ok afetur niiklar, iii. 143. It is perhaps identical with the present
ofeti, n. a vile thing, offscouring.
AGG, n. brawl, strife, now freq.
AGI, a, m. [A.S. oga; Dan. ave; Engl, awe: cp. Ulf. a^/s, n., and
perh. ayos or a-fos], gener. awe, terror ; J)a, skelfr j6r& oil i aga miklum,
then all the earth quakes in great awe, Horn. lOO ; agi ok otti, awe and
terror, Fms. vi. 442. p. metaph. turbulence, uproar, disorder, esp. in
the phrase, agi ok ufri6r, uproar and war, Fms. ii. 24I, vi. 298, 430 y.
awe, respect; var eigi sa aunarr konungr, er monnum staeSi af jafnmikill agi
af fyrir vizku sakir, there was not another king who inspired his men with so
jnuch awe for bis wits' sake, Fms. x. 406 ; Gu&s a.., fear of God, Sks. 354,
667. 8. discipline, constraint, now freq. in this sense ; i seskunni meSan
hann er undir aga, Sks. 26. II. moisture, wet, now freq., cp. vatn-
sagi. Also a verb aga, a6, to chastise, is now freq. compds: aga-sam-
ligr, adj. unruly, Fms. vii. 274. aga-samr, adj. turbulent, in uproar;
agasamt mun J)a ver5a i hera&inu, ef allir Jjorlaks synir eru drepnir, there
will be uproar in the district if all Tborlak's sons are slain, Eb. 230.
AGN, n. bait, Barl. 123, NiSrst. 623. 3. There is now in many
cases a distinction between agn, bait for foxes and land animals, and
beita, bait for fish; but in the poem Hym. 18, 22, at least, agn is used of
fishing ; ganga a agnid is to nibble or take the bait : cp. egna.
agn-hald, n. a barb of a book.
agn-sax, n. fishing knife, with which bait for fish is cut, Edda 36,
Nj. 19 (arnsax is a false reading). Fas. i. 489.
agn-ui, a, m. the barb of a hook for keeping on the agn ; skal a. vera a
hverjum {)orni, Sks. 419 (B. reads agnor).
agn-6r, f. a barbed hook, Sks. 89 new Ed.
AKA, ok, oku, ekit ; pres. ek. It also occurs in a weak form, a6,
Fagrsk. 104, which form is now perhaps the most common. [Neither
Ulf. nor Hel. use this word, which appears also to be alien to the South-
Teut. idioms. The Germans say fahren ; the English to drive, carry ;
cp. Engl. _yo^e. In Latin, however, agere; Gr. ayuv.^^ Gener. to move,
drive, transport, carry : 1. to drive in harness in a sledge or other
vehicle (where the vehicle is in dat.), as also the animal driven ; bryggjur
sva brei6ar, at aka mdtti vognum k vixl, ' briggs' (i.e. wharfs or piers, cp.
' Filey Brigg') so broad, that wains might meet and pass each other, Hkr.
ii. 1 1 ; gott er heilum vagni heim at aka, 'tis good to drive home with a
whole wain, to get home safe and sound, cp. Horace solve senescentem,
Orkn. 464, Al. 61 ; |>6rr a hafra tva, ok rei5 {)a er hann ekr, in which he
drives, Edda 14, Ob. adds i (viz. rei& J)4 er h. ekr i), which may be the
genuine reading. p. with the prep, i ; Freyr ok ok i kerru me5 gelti,
Edda 38. -y- absol. to drive, i. e. travel by driving ; J)eir oku upp a land.
Eg. 543 ; f6ni J)eir 1 sleSann ok oku nottina alia, drove the whole night,
Fms. iv. 317. With the road taken in ace. ; aka lirgar brantir, Rm. 36 ;
budu hennar ok heim oku (dat. henni being understood), carrying a bride
home, 37. 20. II. to carry or cart a load, (to lead, in the north of
England) : — in Iceland, where vehicles are rare, it may perhaps now and
then be used of carrying on horseback. The load carried is commonly
in dat. or ace. : a. ace. : aka saman hey, to cart hay, Eb. 150 ; saman
6k hann heyit, Isl. ii. 330 ; hann ok saman alia to6u sina, Landn. 94 ; J)a
tekr GisU eyki tva, ok ekr fe sitt til skogar, Gisl. 1 21 ; but absol., ok ekr
til skogar meS fjarhlut sinn, 1. c. 36 ; J)a 16t konungr aka til haugsins vist
ok drykk, then the king let meat and drink be carted to the ' how' (barrow),
Fms. X. 186; vill hann hiisit or sta6 faera, ok vill hann aka J)at, carry it
away, Grag. ii. 257; likin varu ekin i sleSa, carried in a sledge, Bs. i.
144. p. dat. more freq., as now; hann ok heyjum sinum a oxnum,
carried bis bay on oxen, Fbr. 43 new Ed. ; einn ok skarni a hola, carted
dung alone on the fields, Nj. 67, Rd. 277. y. with the animals in dat.,
{jorolfr let aka {)rennum eykjum um daginn, with three yoke of oxen, Eb. 1 5 2 ;
or with the prep, a, ri6r ^6r3r hesti peim er hann haf3i ekit a um aptaninn,
Isl. ii. 331, Fbr. 43 ; ef ma6r ekr e6r berr klyfjar a, leads or carries on
packsaddles, Grag. i. 441. 8. absol., {)at mun ek til finna, at hann ok
eigi i skegg ser, that he did not cart it on his own beard, Nj. 67. «.
^zTt.,ek'mnnxi, a yoked, tamed ox, Vm. 152. III. used by sailors,
in the phrase, aka segli, to trim the sail; aka seglum at endiltingum
skipum, Fms. vii. 94 ; ba5 hann J)a aka skjott seglunum, ok vikja ut i
sund nokkut, 13 1. In mod. Icel. metaph., aka seglum eptir vindi, to set
one's sail after (with) the wind, to act according to circumstances ; cp.
aktaumar. IV. metaph. in a great many proverbs and phrases, e. g.
aka heilum vagni heim, v. above ; aka hoUu fyrir e-m, to get the worst of
it, Ld. 206 ; aka undan (milit.), to retire, retreat slowly in a battle ; oku J)eir
Erlingr undan ofan meS garSinum, Fms. vii. 317; akast undan (reflex.), id.,
278; J)eir oku&ust undan ok t6ku a skogana, they took to the woods, Fagrsk.
1 74 (where the weak form is used) ; sumir NorSmenn oku undan a haeli
ofan me6 sj6num, x. 139 : aka e-m 4 bug, the figure probably taken from
the ranks in a battle, to make one give way, repel, en ef Ammonite aka^ akr-tfund, f. tithe paid on arable land (Norse), N.G. L. i. 391
^6ra,bug,if they be too strong for thee, St]. ^12. 2Sam.x. ii,Mkv. 7;i
metaph., aka bug a e-n, id.; mun oss {)at til Birkibeinum, at J)eir aki a os
engan bug, to stand firm, with unbroken ranks, Fms. viii. 412.
used impers., e-m a ekki or a3 aka, of one who has always bad luck, pro
bably ellipt., or steini or the like being understood ; cp. Gisl. 54, the phrase
J)ykir ekki or steini hefja, in the same sense, the figure being taken from :
stone clogging the wheels ; ok hann af ser fjotrinum, threw it off by rubbing
Fas. ii. 573 ; Jja ekr Oddr s6r J)ar at, creeps, rolls himself thither, of a fet
tered prisoner, id. ; the mod. phrase, a6 aka ser, is to shrug the shoulders as
mark of displeasure : aka 6r ongum, ex angustiis, to clear one's way, get at
of a scrape, Bjarn. 52 ; aka 1 moinn, to strive against, a cant phrase. Im
pers. in the phrase, e-m verBr nxr ekit, is almost run over, has a narrm
escape, var5 honum sva naer ekit at hann hleypti inn i kirkju, he was so bar
driven that he ran into the church, Fms. ix, 485 ; hart ekr at e-m, to
great straits, ok er {jorri kemr, J)a ekr hart at monnum, they were presse
hard, Isl. ii. 132 ; ekr nu mjok at, / am hard pressed, Gisl. 52 ; er honur
J)6tti at s^r aka, when death drew near, of a dying man, Grett. 119 i>
Reflex,, e-m ekst e-t i tauma, to be thwarted in a thin^ where the figur
is taken from trimming the sail when the sheet is foul, Fms. xi. 121. I
later Icelandic there is a verb akka, a6, to heap together, a. e-u samai
no doubt a corruption from aka with a double radical consonant, a car
word. Aka is at present a rare word, and is, at least in common speed
used in a weak form, akar instead of ekr ; akaSi = ok ; akat = ekit.
AKAKN, n. \lJ\f. akran = Kapnos ; Engl, acorn; Germ, ecker ; Dai
agern'\, acorn, Edda 30 and Gl.
ak-braut, n. carriage road, Hkr. ii. 253, Faer, 102, vide Fb. i. 144,
ak-fseri, n. driving gear, carriage and harness, Fms. iii. 206, Nj. 153.
AKKSRI, n. [no doubt, like Engl, atichor, of foreign origin ; cp. G
dyKvpa ; Lat. ancora. It occurs, however, in a verse as early as the yes
996], ankeri, Lv. 99, is a corrupt form from a paper MS., so is also atker
Hkr. i. 31 1 ; Hggja um akkeri, to lie at anchor, Fbr. 52 ; leggjast um a.,
cast anchor, Fms. iv. 301 ; heimta upp a., to weigh anchor, 302 ; a. hri
vi6, the anchor holds, Ld. 21, Grag. ii. 397, Jb. 397, Eg. 129, Fms. vi
264, ix. 44, X. 136, Hkr. i. 311, Lv. 99, Fas. i. 511, 515. Metaph.,;
vanar, anchor of hope, 677.17. compds: akkeris-fleinn, m. tl
fluke, palm of an anchor, Fms. ix. 387, Orkn. 362. akkeris-lausi
adj. without an anchor, Ann. 1 347. akkeris-lsBgi, n. anchorag
Jb. 396. akkeris-s4t, f. id., Grag. ii. 402, 408. akkeris-stokki
m. an atichor-stock, Orkn. 362. akkeris-strengr, m. an anchor-rop
cable, Fms. ii. 10. akkeris-sseti, n. anchorage, Jb. 397 B.
AKKOBDA, a5, [for. word], to accord, Rb. 446.
AKR, rs, pi. rar, [Ulf. airs; A.S.cBcer; Engl, acre; Germ, acker
Lat. ager ; Gr. dypos], arable land, groimd for tillage: a. opp. 1
engi, a meadow; cp. the law term, J)ar er hvarki se a. ne engi, Grag.
123, Hrafn. 21. p. opp. to tiin, the ^ town' or enclosed homefiela
bleikir akrar en slegin tun, the corn-fields are white to harvest and tl
'town,' i. e. the ' infield,' is mown, Nj. 112 ; helgi tuns ok akra ok engj;
Bs. i. 719 ; te5ja akra, Rm. 12. 2. metaph. the crop; J)eir hiifSu ni8
broti& akra hans alia, destroyed all the crop in the fields, Fms. v. 50 ; 0
er hann ob rugakrinn fuUvaxinn, J)a tok doggskorinn a sver&inu akrir
uppstandanda, and when he (Sigurd Fafnir's bane) strode through tl
full-waxen rye-field, the tip of his sword's sheath just touched the upstani
ing ears, Fas. i. 173; sa hinn g66i akr (crop) er upp rann af ^tini him
g66u jor&, Hom. 68. P. name of several farms. compds : akrj
dvoxtr, m. produce of the fields, Ver. i. akra-ger3i, n. a 'fieli
garth,' enclosure of arable land, N.G.L. i. 22. akra-karl, m. cognon
'Acre-carle,' Lv. 40. akra-spillir, m. cognom. destroyer of field
Glum. 333, Fas. ii. 362, better askaspillir, q. v.
akr-dai, n. (?), wild gourds; veit ek eigi hvat J)at heitir (adds tij
translator) J)at var J)vi likast sem a., Stj. 615. 2 Kings iv. 39.
akr-deili, n. a plot of arable land, D. N. ii. 123 (Fr.)
akr-ger3i, n. enclosttre of arable land, Fms. vii. 178.
akr-g6r3, f. agriculture, akrg6r3ar-ina3r, m. ploughman, Nj. 54,
akr-lisena, u, f.a J/JeW-AeWj'yj/az'/, opp. to hei3arha;na or lynghaens, Stj .29
akri, a, m. a bird, Edda (Gl.)
akr-karl, m. a 'field-carle,' ploughman or reaper, Stj. 2 73, 441, El. 4, 19
akr-kdl, n. 'Jield-kale,' potherbs, Stj. 615. 2 Kings iv. 39.
akr-land, n. land for tillage, Grag. ii. 258, D.I. i. 268, Bs. i. 34!
Fms. iii. 18. akrlands-deild, f. division of a field, Grag. ii. 260.
akr-lengd, f. a field's length (now in Icel. tunlengd, i. e. a short di
tance) ; sva at a. var i milli J)eirra, so that there was a field's length betwet
them, Bev. 14 (Norse).
akr-ina3r, m. ploughman, tiller of ground, Fms. vi. 187.
akr-neyttr, part, used as arable land, tilled, Sks. 630, v. 1.
akr-pl6gsma3r, m. ploughman, Stj. 255.
akr-rein, f. a strip of arable land, D.N. ii. 561.
akr-skipti, n. a division of afield, Fms. xi.441.
akr-skur3r, ar, m. reaping. akrskur3ar-raa3r, m. a reaper. Si
Ruth ii. 2 1 (young men).
akr-stira, u, f.field-sorrel, Hom. 82, 83.
AKRVERK— ALDIN.
11
akr-verk, n. field-work, harvest-worJi, Bret. 6, Fms. vi. 187, Stj. Ruth ii.'
ikrverks-madr, ni. ploughman, tiller of the ground, Ver. 5. Gen. iv. 2.
ak-st611, m. probably a chair on wheels or castors; Ketilbjorn sat a akstdli
njiik vi& pall, in the banquet at Flugumyri in the year 1 253, Sturl. iii. 182.
AKTA, a&, [for. word, which therefore does not observe the contrac-
tion into a, which is the rule with genuine words ; it appears esp. in
.■ccl. writers and annalists at the end of the 13th and 14th centuries,
Arna b. S., K. A., Stj., the Norse GJ)1., etc. : cp. A. S. eabtan ; Hel.
ihton, censere, considerare ; Germ, acbten ; mid. Lat. actare, determi-
nare et actare, Du Cange in a letter of the year 1284.] I. to
number, tax, value, take a census; akta frilkift, Stj. 2 Sam. xxiv. 10;
f6ru \)e'iT vi3a um land ok oktuftu visaeyri konungs, taxed, Bs. i. 707 ;
nu byggir ma8r dyrra en vandi hefir a verit, akti (tax) J)vi fremr dyrra ok
fremr til leidangrs ok landvarnar, he shall be taxed in due proportion,
Gt'- 337- 2- ^° examine, enquire; akti8 inniliga oil J)au leyni sem
hann ma i felast, to take diligent heed of all the lurking-places, Stj. 479.
I Sam. xxiii. 23 ; aktift ^6 khr, and look, that, id. 2 Kings x. 23 ; hann
akta6i eptir {looked after) um eignir staSarins, Bs. i. 778. 3. to
devote attention to, study ; hann aktaSi mjok bokligar listir, Bs. i. 666,
680. II. a law term, esp. in the Arna b. S., to debate, discuss ift
parliament; mi er J)etta var aktaQ (debated) gengu menn til liigr^ttu, Bs. i.
719 ; var ^a. gengit til logrdttu, ok lesit br6f konungs ok drottningar ok
akta& (stated) af leikmanna hendi hversu prestar hiifdu af st63um gengit,
735 ; liigbok oktud 6, alj)ingi, the code of law debated at the althing,
H. Ann. 419. 19. Now only used in the sense of to care for, feel respect
for, but a rare and unclassical Danism.
ak-tamr, adj. tame under the yoke ; griSungr a., Grdg. ii. 122.
aktan, f. [Germ, achtung], heed, consideration, H.E. i. 410.
ak-taumr, m. esp. in pi. ar, lifies (taumar) to trim (aka) the sail, dis-
tinguished from hofu6bendur, the stays of the mast, perhaps the braces of
a sail (used by Egilsson to transl. {nrtpai in Od. 5. 260), {jorarinn styr&i
ok haf^i aktaumana um herdar ser, j)viat J)rongt var a skipinu, had the
braces round his shoulders, because the boat was blocked up with goods, Ld.
56; the phrase, sitja 1 aktaumum, to manage the sail; ef ek sigh me&
landi fram, ok sit ek i aktaumum, J)a skal engi sriekkja tvitugsessa sigla
fjrrir mer, e6a ek vilja svipta (reef the sail) fyr en J)eir, Fms. v. 337 ; reiSi
slitna8i, sva at hxbi g6kk 1 sundr hofiiSbendur ok aktaumar. Fas. iii. 118 ;
reki segl ofan,en a.allir slitni, 204; slitnu9u hofuSbendur ok aktaumar, Baer.
5, Edda (Gl.) That the braces were generally two may be inferred from
the words vi8 aktaum hvarntveggja half mork, N. G. L. i. 199. 2.
metaph., sitja i aktaumum, to have the whole management of a thing;
mun ydr J)at eigi greitt ganga ef J)er erut einir i aktaumum, if you are
alone in the management of it, Isl. ii. 49 ; einir um hituna is now used in
the same sense. (The Engl, yoke-lines, as aktaumar is sometimes inter-
preted (as in the Lat. transl. of the Ld.), are now called stjorntaumar.
Aktaumr is obsolete. See ' Stones of Scotland,' tab. liv. sqq.)
AIj- [A.S. eal-; Engl, all, al-; Germ, all-], a prefix to a great many
nouns and participles, but only a few verbs, denoting thoroughly, quite,
perfectly, completely, answering to Lat. omni- and Gr. nav- or wavro-. If
followed by z u or v it sometimes changes into ii/, e.g. oliiS, benignitas;
olvaerS, laetitia : olteiti, hilaritas, is irregular, instead of alteiti. The
prefixed particle al- differs from all-, which answers to hzt. per-, A.S.
call-, Engl, very ; v. the following compds.
AIiA, 61, olu, ali8 ; pres. el, [Ulf. a single time uses the partic. alans =
kvrpt<p6(i(vos, and twice a weak verb alij)s = ainvros, a fading. The
word seems alien to other Teut. idioms, but in Lat. we find alere; cp. the
Shetland word alie, to nourish?^ Gener. to give birth to, nourish, support,
etc. I. to bear, esp. of the mother ; but also of both parents ; rarely
of the father alone, to beget: born olu pau, they begat children, Rm. 12 ; J)at
bam er fiau ala skal eigi arf taka, Grag. i. 178 : of the father alone, enda
eru born J)au eigi arfgeng, er hann elr vi8 J)eirri konu, which he begets by
that woman, 181 ; but esp. of the mother, to bear, give birth to; job 61
Amma, Rm. 7; |)6ra 61 barn um sumarit. Eg. 166, Fms. iv.32, i. 14; hon far
eigi alit barnit. Fas. i. 118. p. metaph. to produce, give rise to; en mi
elr hverr J)essara stafa niu annan staf undir ser, Skalda 162. 2. pass.
to be born, begotten ; born J)au 611 er alin eru fyrir j61, who are born, N.G.L.
'• 377 ! the phrase, alnir ok libornir, born and unborn, present and future
generations, has now become aldir ok obornir ; eigu J)au bom er J)ar alask
(who are born there) at taka arf lit hingat, Grag. i. 181; barn hvert skal
faera til kirkju sem alit er, every child that is born, K.f>.K. i ; ef barn elsk
sva naer paskum, is born, 16. p. of animals (rarely), Justus heitir fora8,
J)at elsk (is engendered) i kvi6i eins dyrs, 655 xxx. 4. II. to
nourish, support, Lat. alere : 1. esp. to bring up, of children ; the
Christian Jus Eccl., in opposition to the heathen custom of exposing chil-
dren, begins with the words, ala skal barn hvert er borit verSr, every child
that is born shall be brought up, K. A. ch. I . p. adding the particle upp ;
skal eigi upp ala, heldr skal lit bera bam {)etta, this bairn shall not be brought
up, but rather be borne out (i. e. exposed to perish), Finnb. 112. 2.
to feed, give food to, harbour, entertain ; ala gest ok ganganda, ^<es^s ;
ala J)urfamenn, the poor, D.L in deeds of gift ; en sa ma6r er Jiar byr skal ala
menn alia ^a, er hann hyggr til g63s at alnir s6, be shall harbour them, D.L ,
i. 169 ; ala hvern at 6sekju er vill,/o harbour, 300; Gu8 elr gesti (a proverb),
God pays for the guests, Bs. i. 247; sott elr sjukan,/«;fr is the food of the
sick; utanhrepps gongunienn skal enga ala, ok eigi gefa mat, hvarki meira
n6 miima, gangrels of an outlying district shall none of them be harboured,
nor have meat given them, neither more nor less, GrAg. i. 293, 1 1 7. p.
of animals, to nourish, breed; eiini smasau8 er hann 61 heima i hiisi sinu,
one pet lamb which he had reared at home in his own bouse, Stj. 516;
segir allaliligan, ok kva8 verSa mundu agaeta naut ef upp vseri alinn, of a
live calf, Eb. 318. 2. pass, to be brought up, educated; olusk (grew
up) i sett J)ar, aestir kappar (or were born), Hdl. 18 ; alask upp, to be brought
up ; hence uppeldi, n. III. metaph. in such phrases as, ala aldr
sinn, vitam degere, to pass one's days, Bdr8. 165 : the phrase, ala e-t eptir
e-m, to give one encouragement in a thing, bring one up in, esp. in a bad
sense; 61 hann eptir engum manni 6da8ir, Joh. 625.93: ala a mdl, to
persist in, urge on a thing; karl elr a mali8 (begs bard) at Gunnar mundi
til bans fara, Sd. 172, Isl. ii. 133, 163 : — the present phrase is, a8 ala e-t
vi8 e-n, to bear a grudge against ; and in a negative sense, ala ekki,
to let bygones be bygones: ala 6nn fyrir, to provide for : a. ofiind, sorg,
um e-t, to grudge, feel pang (poet.), etc.
alaSs-festr, ar, f. [obsolete aladr, alimentum, "^t. 13, v.l.], alaw term in
the Icel. Commonwealth, viz. the eighth part of the sum fjorbaugr (life-
money), amotinting to an ounce, a fee to be paid by a convict in the Court
of Execution (feransd6mr) ; if a convict, liable to the lesser outlawry,
failed in paying oft" the alaSsfestr, he thereby became a complete outlaw,
lialandi ; hence the name life-money or blood-money. It is thus defined :
J)ar skal gjaldast mork logaura at f6ransd6mi, go8a |)eim er feransd6minn
nefndi; J)at fe heitir fjorbaugr, en einn eyrir (ounce) J>ess fjar heitir a. ef
J)at fe (the ala8sf. or the whole fjorb.?) gelzt eigi, \>a, ver8i hann skogar-
maSr uaell, Grag. i. 88 ; mi gelzt fjorbaugr ok a. J)a skal daema sva sek8arfe
bans sem sk6garmanns, 132: Njala uses the less classic form, a3alfestr
(per metath.), Nj. 240 ; cp. Johnsonius (Lat. transl.), p. 529, note 8.
al-ati3n, f. devastation, pibr. 233.
al-au3r, adj. altogether waste, Bret. 1 68.
al-bata and al-bati, adj. ind. completely cured, quite well, Isl. ii. 469.
al-berr, adj., now allsberr, quite bare, stark-naked, metaph. manifest,
Sturl. iii. 118.
al-bitinn, adj. part, bitten all over, Rd. 298.
al-bjartr, adj. quite bright, brilliant, Eluc. 10, Fas. i. 663.
al-blindr, adj. stone-blind. Post. 745. 87.
al-bl63ugr, adj. all-bloody, Nj. 62, Fms. i. 121, Isl. ii. 271.
al-bogi = alnbogi, elbow, v. olnbogi and olbogi.
al-brei3r, adj. of the frdl breadth of stuff; a. lerept, Jb. 348.
al-brotinn, adj. part, all-broken, shattered, Fms. ii. 246.
al-bryTija3r, part, cased in mail, Hkr. ii. 26, Fms. vii. 45, Fas. i. 91.
al-biia, bj6, to fit out, furnish or equip completely, at albua kirkju,
N. G. L. i. 387 ; but spec, in part, albtiinn, completely equipped, esp. of
ships hound for sea [where bound is a cormption of boun, the old English
and Scottish equivalent of buinn. Thus a ship is hound for sea or outward
bound or homeward boimd, when she is completely fitted and furnished
for either voyage ; windbound is a different word, where bound is the
past part, of bind. Agaui, a bride is bo7m when she has her wedding
dress on ; v. below, bua and buask, which last answers to busk'] : mi by'st
hann lit til Islands, ok er J)eir v6ru albunir, Nj. 10 ; ok er Bjom var a.
ok byrr rann a, Eg. 158, 194: a. sem til bardaga, all-armed for the battle,
Fms. xi. 22. p. in the phrase, a. e-s, quite ready, willing to do a
thing; hann kvadst {jess a., Nj. 100, Eg. 74 : also with infin., a. at ganga
he8an, ready to part, Fms. vii. 243.
al-biiinn, ready, v. the preceding word.
al-byg3r, part, completely inhabited, taken into possession, esp. used of the
colonisation of Iceland ; |>orbjom surr kom lit at albygSu landi, after the
colonisation was finished, Landn. 142, several times, Hrafn. .S, Eg. 191, etc.
ALDA, u, f. a wave, freq. as a synonyme to bylgja, bara, etc. ; it is
esp. used of rollers, thus undiralda means the rollers in open sea in calm
weather, Edda (Gl.) 2. metaph. in the phrase, skil ek, hva8an a.
sja rennr undan (whence this wave rolls), hafa mer J)a8an jafiian kold
raS komi3, veit ek at {)etta eru raS Snorra go3a, of deep, well-planned
schemes, Ld. 284. Now used in many compds : oldu-gangr, m. unruly
sea; oldu-stokkr, m. bulwarks of a ship, etc.
alda- and aldar-, v. old, time, period; (poet. = people.)
al-daTi3i and aldau3a, adj. ind. dead and gone, extinct, of families,
races, esp. in the iieg. phrase, vera enn ekki a., to be still in full vigour;
ok 6ru (vkra) eigi J)eir a., Isl. ii. 310 ; eptir dau8a Haralds var a. hin forna
gett Danakonunga, died out with king H., Fms. xi. 206 ; aldau8a eru J)&
Mosfellingar ef er Sigfiissynir skulu8 raena J)a, Nj. 73 ; ella eru mjok a.
vdrir foreldrar, Fms. vi. 37 ; opt finn ek J)at, at mer er a. Magnus
konungr, / often feel that for me king M. is dead and gone, Hkr. iii. 107.
coMPD : aldau3a-arfr, m. a law term, an inheritance to which there is
no heir alive, G{)1. 282, N.G. L. i. 49 ; cp. Hkv. Hjorv. 1 1, where aldau8ra-
arfr is a mis-reading ; the meaning of the passage hyggsk a. ra8a is, that
he would destroy them to the last man.
ALDIN, n., dat. aldini, [Dan. olden ; a Scandinavian radical word (?)
12
ALDINSGARDR— ALGYLDR.
not found in Ulf.], gtncr . fruit of trees, including apples, nuts, acorns, and'
sometimes berries ; gras ok aldin ok jar8ar livcixtr allr, herbs, fruits, and
earth's produce, K. {>. K. 138; korni ok ollu aldini (dat.), K. A. 178;
J)a. ver8r J)egar eitr i (illu aldini a {>vi tre, Rb. 358. It originally meant
wild fruits, nuts and acorns ; hafSi hann enga aSra faeSu en aldin skogar
ok vatn, Horn, 105 ; af korninu vex rot, en viindr af rotinni, en af vendi
a., 677. 14 ; lesa a., to gather nuts, acorns, Dropl. 5 ; liskapligt er at taka
a. af tr^nu fyr en fullvaxi5 er, unripe fruit, Al. 18; epli stor ok fik-
tr^s aldin, great apples and the fruit of Jig-trees, Stj. 325. Numb. xiii.
23- P- of garden fruit; allt J)at a. er menn vcrja meS gorSum e8r
gaezlu, GJ)1. 544 ; akr einn harla g68r Id til kirkjunnar, ox J)ar it bezta
aldini, the Jinest fruits, Fms. xi. 440. y. metaph., blezaft se a. kviSar
J)ins, the fruit of thy womb, Horn. 30. Luke i. 42. compd : aldins-
garSr, m. a fruit-garden, orchard, GJ)1. 543.
aldin-berandi, part, bearing fruit, Sks. 630.
aldin-falda, u, f. a lady with an old-fashioned head-dress, Rm. 2.
aldin-gardr, m. garden, orchard, Lat. hortus; vingarSa, akra ok
aldingarSa, Stj. 441. 1 Sam. viii. 14, where aldingarSa answers to olive-
yards, Fms. iii. 194.
aldini, /n</V, v. aldin.
aldin-lauss, adj. without fruit, sterile, barren; a. tre, Greg. 48.
aldinn, adj. [Engl, old; Germ, alt; Ulf. alpeis ==^ apxaios]. In Icel.
only po(3t. The Scandinavians say gamall in the posit., but in compar. and
superl. ellri, elztr, from another root aid: it very seldom appears in prose
authors : v. Lex. Poijt. ; Sks. 630 ; cp. aldraenn.
aldin-skdgr, ar, m. wood of fruit-trees, Stj. Judg. xv. 5, where vin-
garftar, olivatre ok aldinskogar answer to the Engl, vineyards and olives.
aldin-tr6, n. fruit-tree, Stj. 68.
aldin-viflr, ar, m. fruit-trees, a poet, paraphrase, Fms. ix. 265, Sks. 105.
ALDR, rs, pi. rar, m. [Ulf. alps = aiwv or Lat. aevutn; Engl, old;
Germ, alter^, age, life, period, old age, everlasting time. 1. age, life-
time, Lat. vita, aetas ; hniginn at aldri, stricken in years. Eg. 187 ; hniginn
a aldr, advanced in years, Orkn. 216; ungr at aldri, in youth, Fms. iii.
90; a lettasta aldri, in the prime of life, v. 71 ; a gamals aldri, old, iii.
71 ; a tvitugs, J)ritugs aldri, etc. ; half^ritugr at aldri, twenty-five years
of age. Eg. 84 ; vera sva aldrs kominn, at that titne of life, Fs. 4 ; hafa
aldr til e-s, to he so old, be of age, Fms. i. 30 ; ala aldr, to live, v. ala, Fs.
146 ; allan aldr, during the whole of one's life, Ver. 45 ; lifa langan a., to
enjoy a long life, Nj. 252. 2. old age, senectus ; aldri orpinn, de-
crepid, lit. overwhelmed by age, Fms. iv. 233, xi. 21 ; vera vi8 aldr, to be
advanced in years. 3. manns aldr is now Mied.= generation; lifa
marga manns aldra, to outlive many generations : sometimes denoting a
period of thirty to thirty-three years. 4. seculum, aevum, an age,
period; the time from the creation of the world is divided into six such
ages (aldrar) in Rb. 134: cp. old. 5. eternity; in the phrase, um
aldr, /or ever and ever ; mun ek engan mann um aldr (tio man ever) virfta
framar en Eystein konung, me8an ek lifi, as long as I live, Fms. vii. 147,
Th. 25 ; af aldri, from times of yore, D.N. ii. 501 ; um aldr ok aefi, for
ever and ever, GJ)1. 251, N. G. L. i. 41.
aldraSr, adj. elderly, Fms. i. 70, 655 xiv. B. I ; oldru5 kona, Greg. 27,
aldr-bot, {.fame, honour. Lex. PoiJt.
aldr-dagar, m. pi. everlasting life; um ^.,for ever and ever, Vsp. 63.
aldr-fremd, f. everlasting honour, Eluc. 5 1 .
aldri qs. aldri-gi, [dat. from aldr and the negative nominal suffix
-gi ; Dan. aldrig'], with dropped neg. suffix ; the modern form is aldrei ;
unusual Norse forms, with an n or t paragogical, aldregin, aldregit :
aldregin, N.G. L. i. 8, Sks. 192, 202 B, Hom. ii. 150, Stj. 62 (in MS.
A.M. 227. Ed. aldri), O.H.L. 17, 79, and several times; aldregit, N.G. L.
i. 356. The mod. Icel. form with ei indicates a contraction ; the old aldri
no doubt was sounded as aldri with a final diphthong, which was later (in
the 15th century) changed into ei. The contr. form aldri occurs over and
over again in the Sagas, the complete aldregi or aldrigi is more rare, but
occurs in Grag. i. 220 A, 321 A, ii. 167, etc.; aldrei appears now and then
in the Edd. and in MSS. of the 15th century, but hardly earlier. I.
never, nunquam: 1. temp., mun J)ik a. konur skorta, Isl. ii. 250;
koma aldregi til Noregs sidan, Nj. 9 ; ver6r henni Jiat aldregi rett, Grag.
ii. 214; ella Hggr feit aldregi, in nowise, i. 220; sii scik fyrnist aldregi,
361 ; ok skal aldregi i land koma si&an, ii. 167. 2. loc. (rare),
mork var sva J)ykk upp fra tungunni at aldri {nowhere') var rj63r i ( =
hvergi), Sd. 170. II. ever, unquam, after a preceding negative,
appears twice in the Vols. kviSur ; en Atli kve6st eigi vilja mund aldregi
(eigi aldregi = never), Og. 23 ; hndkat ek af J)vi til hjalpar J)er, at {)u vserir
J)ess ver5 aldregi (now, nokkurn tima), not that thou ever hadst deserved it,
II. p. following a comparative, without the strict notion of negation ;
verr en a. fyr, worse than ever before, Stj. 404 ; framar en a. fyr, 1. c. Cod. A ;
meiri vesold en aBr hafSi hann aldregi J)olat, ^rea/er 7nisery than be ever be-
fore had undergone, Barl. 1 96. III. aldr' = aldri = semper ; aldr' hefi
ek frett ..., I have always heard tell that . . . , in a verse in Orkn. 304.
aldr-lag, n. laying down of life, death, destruction, a poet, word, in
the phrase, ver5a e-m at aldrlagi, to bring to one's life's end, Fms, viii.
J08, Al. 106 ; esp. in pi. aldrlog, etdtium, Bret, 5^, 66, 67.
aldr-lok, n. pi. close of life, death, Hkv. 2. 10.
aldr-mdli, a, m. tenure for lijh, D. N., unknown in Icel., Dan. livsfceste.
aldr-nari, a, m. [A. S. ealdornere, nutritor wVae], poiit. name oi Jire,
Vsp. 57, Edda (Gl.)
aldr-ninar, f. pi. life-runes, charms for preserving life, Rm. 40.
aldr-sattr, adj. on terms of peace for ever, D. N. in a law phrase, a. ok
aefinsattr, Fr.
aldr-slit, n. pi. death, in the phrase, til aldrslita, ad urnam, Sturl. iii.
253-
aldr-stamr (perh. aldrscamr), adj.=/ey, only in Akv. 42.
aldr-tili, a, m. [cp. as to the last part. Germ, ziel], death, loss oj
life, exitium ; rather poet. ; or in prose only used in emphatic phrases ;
hefir J)6 lokit sumum st66um me8 aldrtila, has ended fatally, Fms. viii.
153 ; setla ek J)aEr lyktir munu a ver8a, at ver munim a. hijota af })eini
konungi, he will prove fatal to our family. Eg. 19 ; mun ek J)anga8 s«kja
heldr yndi en a. (an alliterative phrase), Bret. 36 ; lidaemi ok a., 38 : — the
words. Acts ix. !,'■ breathing out threatenings and slaughter,' are in the
Icel. translation of the year 1540 rendered ' Saul bles ogn og aldrtila.'
aldr-tj6n, n. loss of life, Lex. Poet.
aldr-tregi, a, m. deadly sorrow; etr ser aldrtrega, Hm. 19.
ald-r8enn, adj. elderly, aged (rare). Lex. Poet. ; hinn aldraeni maSr,
Fms. vi. 65, but a little below aldra6r; a. kona, Bs. i. 201, v. 1. oldrud.
aldur-ina3r, m. alderman [A. S. ealdorman'], Pd. 13.
al-dyggiliga, adv. truly, with perfect fidelity, Hom. 135,
al-dyggr, zd]. faithful, Barl. 5.
al-dseli, adj. very easy to treat, Jv. 24, Mag. 115.
al-dsell, adj. easy to deal with, gentle, Grett. 108 ; A and B daell.
al-eiga, u, f. a person's entire property, GJ)1. 543, Hkr. ii. 344, iii. 14T,
Bs. ii. 66. COMPD : aleigu-mdl, n. a suit involving a person's whole
property, GJ)1. 550: — so also aleigu-s6k, f., Hkr. ii. 163.
al-ey3a, u, f. devastation, esp. by fire and sword ; gora aley3u, to turn
into a wilderness, Fms. xi. 42, Hkr. iii. 141.
al-ey3a, adj. ind. altogether waste, empty, void of people ; a. af miinnum,
Hkr. i. 98, ii. 197 ; brennir ok giirir a. landit, burns and makes the land
an titter waste, Hkr. i. 39 ; sumir lagu liti a fjoUum, svil at a. v6ru ba:irnir
eptir, so7ne lay out on the fells, so that the dwellings were utterly empty
and wasted behind them, Sturl. iii. 75.
al-ey6a, dd, to devastate, Karl. 370.
al-fa3ir, m. father of all, a name of Odin, v. alfoSur.
al-far, n., better difar [all], channel, B. K. 119.
al-fari, adj. ind., now alfarinn; in phrases like fara, koma alfari, to start,
set off for good and all, Fms. iii. 92, Bret. 80, Fas. i. 249 ; ri6a 1 brott a.,
Nj. 112, Bs. i. 481 ; koma til skips a., Grag. ii. 75. [Probably an obso-
lete dat. from alfar.]
al-farinn, adj. part, worn out, very far gone, Stj. 201, of the kine of
Pharaoh, ^ ill-favoured and lean-fleshed,' Gen. xli. 3. p. now = alfari.
al-feginn, adj. very glad {'fain'). Lex. PoiJt.
al-feigr, adj. very 'fey,' i.e. in extravagant spirits, in the frame of mind
which betokens speedy death, a. augu. Eg. in a verse.
alfr, alfheimr, etc., elves etc., v. alfr etc.
al-framr, adj. (poiit.) excellent. Lex. Poet.
al-fri3r, adj. very fair. Lex. Poet,
al-frjdls, adj. quite free, Sks. 621.
al-frj6va3r, part, in full flower. Lex. PoiJt.
alft, f. stvan, v. dipt.
al-fullr, adj. quite full, Greg. 26.
al-fuinn, adj. quite rotten, Fms. vi. 164.
al-fserr, adj. quite fit, quite good, Vm. 177, v. cilforr.
al-feert, n. of weather, _;?/ /or travelling, Sd. = fiert.
al-f63r, m. father of all, the name of Odin as the supreme god in Scan-
dinavian mythology, Edda i. 37 (Ed. Havn.) Now used (theol.) of God.
al-gangsi and algangsa, adj. ind. quite common, current, Sks. 199,
208 B.
al-geldr, adj. part, qvite gelded, of cattle, Grag. i. 503. p. now
also=:^m>j«- no milk.
al-gildi, n. a law term, full value, GJ)1. 392. compd : algildis-vitni*
n. a law term, laivfid testimony, competent witness; defin., N.G.L. i. 211.
al-gildr, adj. offidl value, in a verse in Fs. 94 ; now common, opp. to
hdlfgildr, of half value, or ogildr, valueless.
al-gjafi, prob. a false reading, N. G. L. i. 347 = frjdlsgjafi.
al-gjafta, adj. ind. stall-fed, of cattle, Isl. ii. 38.
al-gleymingr, m. [glaumr], great glee, great mirth, in the phrase, sld
a algleyming, to be in great glee, to be very merry, Sturl. iii. 123. The
Icel. now say, zb komast i algleyming, to run high, to the highest point.
al-g63r, adj. />er/ec//y^oorf, now used of God. p. albeztr kostr, iy
far the best match (Germ, allerbester), Ld. 88.
al-grdr, adj. quite grey, f)orf. Karl. 424.
al-gr6inn, adj. ^zn. perfectly healed, Eluc. 57.
al-grsenn, adj. quite green, flourishing. Lex. Poet.
al-gullinn, adj. (poet.) all-golden, Hym. 8,
^ al-gyldr, adj. all-gilt, Vm. 52.
ALGORA— ALLAIliEDILIGA.
13
al-gora, 8, to JInisb, of buildings, Hkr. iii. l8o, Ld. 114. Mctaph. to
fulfil, Fms. iii. 49, Horn. 8, Stj. 18. Reflex, to become completed. Post.
656 B. II. Part, algdrr, perfect; perfectam fortitudinem is rendered by
algorvan styrkleik, thorough strength, Fms. viii. (pref.), i. 96, Sks. 44,
274, Stj. 563, 1 14 ; hi6 algorvasta, 677. 7.
al-g6rlega, adv. altogether, quite, Yms. ii. 42, Greg. 34, etc.
al-g6rleikr, now algdrlegleikr, s, m. (thcol.) perfecttiess, perfection,
Stj. 21, Fms. X. 337, Rb. 316.
al-gdrr, adj. ^d.n. perfect, finished, v. algora.
al-gdrvi, f. I. perfection, maturity, Stj. 376, Horn. 25. II.
full dress [v. giirvi, dress'], Sks. 298.
al-heidinn, adj. altogether heathen; landit {Iceland) var a. user hundr-
a5i vetra, the land was utterly heathen tiear a hundred (i. e. one hundred
and twenty) winters, Landn. 322.
al-heilagr, adj. all-hallowed, N. G. L. i. 141.
al-heill, adj. 1. completely whole, entire, Lat. integer, Stj. 439.
1 Sam. vii. 9 {wholly), Sks. 604, translation from Lat. individua. 2.
perfectly healthy, safe and sound, Fms. xi. 38, ii. 232, Magn. 516.
al-lieilsa, u, f. complete restoration to health, 15s. i. 313, v.l.
al-henda, u, f. a metrical term, a subdivision of drottkvaett, a metre
having two rhymed couplets in every line ; if one of these be half rhyme it
is called a. hin minni {tht minor alhenda), if both be full rhymes it is a.
meiri {complete alhenda), Edda (Ht.) 132, Sturl. ii. 56 : thus bard-mxAz
vard Skuli is a complete alhenda.
al-hending, f. = alhenda.
al-hendr, adj. used of a metre in alhenda, Edda 133; drapa alhend,
Sturl. ii. 56.
al-hnepptr, adj. part, (metric.) an apocopate (hneppt) species of the
metre drottkvaett with masculine rhymes, v. hnept and halfhnept. Thus
defined, Edda (Ht.), verse 78 ; it is called alhneppt, where all the rhymes
are masculine ; but halfhneppt, where feminines and masculines are used
alternately.
al-hreinn, adj. quite pure, clean, Hom. 107.
al-huga and dlh.uga or oluga, by eliding the b and changing the
vowel through the following u, adj. ind. [hugr], whole-hearted, in fidl
earnest, Sturl. iii. 272, v. 1. ; olhuga <ost, sincere love, Greg. 17.
al-hugat, alugat, or alogat, n. part, in real earnest, whole-hearted,
having made one's tnind up; ef J)(5r er J)at alhugat, if thou be in earnest,
Nj. 49 ; fo6ur bans var alogat at drepa David, bis father's heart was set
on slaying David, Stj. 473. i Sam. xx. 33. p. used substantively,
serious matters; blanda hegoma vi6 alhugat (now alvara), to blend trifies
with serious things. y. adverb, steadfastly, earnestly ; iSrast a., to repent
sincerely, Hom. 166; en ef \>u ser at alogat {really) tekr fe J)itt at vaxa,
Sks. 34, 339 ; J)a er hann alogat tisekr, really guiltless, 6'j'j. 9.
al-hugi and alogi, a, m. earnest; J)etta er a. minn en engi hegomi, 7
am in full earnest, Isl. ii. 214; hvart er ^essa leita6 me& alhuga, in
earnest, Eb. 130; er hitt heldr a. minn, / am determined, Fms. ii. 94;
meft enum mesta alhuga, with the most steadfast will, Hkr. i. 258, Fms.
viii. 186, Bs. i. 732.
al-hugligr, adj. sincere ; ekki J)6tti m^r <3lafr fraendi y4rr a., metbougbt
lour kinsman Olafwas not quite sincere, Sturl. i. 81.
al-hungra3r, adj. part, very much an-hungered, Barl. 200.
al-husa, a8, to ' bouse,' roof in, Fms. x. 153.
al-hvitr, adj. quite white, Fms. xi. 16, Stj. 260.
al-h^sa, t, = alhiisa. Part. alh.:^st, when all the buildings are finished,
in a complete state, Sturl. i. 68.
al-h^si, n. farm-btiildings, homestead, Gisl. 38, Bs. i. I44, Fas. iii. 15.
al-h.8eg3, f. perfect ease, Sturl. i. 56, v. 1. and dub.
i al-heegr, adj. perfectly easy, smooth; a. tungubrag3, a smooth, glib
Itongue, Skdlda 170, Fas. ii. 65.
I ali-, used of household or tame animals in some compds : ali-bj6m, m.
a tame bear, Gr4g. ii. 118, cp. Fms. vi. 297-307, Bs. i. 61. ali-d^,
n. a domestic animal, cattle; alidy'r J)at sem ver kollum biismala, house-
lamb, Stj. 18, Finnb. 226, of a tame bear. ali-fe, n.fatlings, Matth.
xxii. 4, in the transl. of 1540. ali-fiskr, m. fish fattened in a stew or
pond, in the local name Alifiskalsekr, m. the brook of fattened trout, GJ)1.
ali-fugl and -fogl, m. tame fowl, Stj. 560, ^i6r. 79 ; oxn min ok
alifoglar, Greg. 43. Matth. I.e. ali-gas, f. a fattened goose, Fms. vi.
347. ali-karl, m. a nickname, cp. in familiar language fat carle,
Sturl. i. 123. ali-saudr, m. a pet sheep, Stj. 516. 2 Sam. xii. 3.
ALIN, f. A dissyllabic form alun appears in old poetry, v. Lex. Poet.
In early prose writers a monosyllabic form 61n prevails in nom. dat. ace.
.sing., D. L i. 310. 1. 22 (MS. of the year 1275), 314. 1. 16 (MS. year
^250)1311,312.1. 16, 313.1. 7,89. 1. 1. Nom.pl., a. the old, ainar ; p.
the later, alnir : the former in -ar, in D. I. i. 309 (a MS. of the year 1 2 75),
310-312 (MS. year 1370), 313, 316. 1. 19, 318. 1. 15. The pi. in -ir,
D. L i. 89 sqq., in MSS. of the 13th and 14th centuries. In the con-
tracted form aln- the simple radical vowel soon became a diphthongal d,
viz. alnar, alnir, alnum, alna, and is -at present so spelt and pronounced.
We find an acute accent indeed in alna (gen. pi.), D. I. i. 313. 1. 25 (MS.
year 1375), and dinar, id. 1. 7 ; dlnom, 1» a8 ; olnum with changed vowel,
N. G. L. i. 323 (in an Icel. transcript). The present declension is, nom.
ace. alin, gen. alnar ; pi. nom. ace. alnir, gen. alna, dat. alnum. I.
properly the arm from the elbow to the end of the middle finger [Gr. wXtvrf,
Lat. ulna, cp. A.S. el-boga, Engl, el-bow, etc.] ; almost obsolete, but still
found in the words iilbogi qs.oln-bogi, ^ elbow,' and iilf-li8r,prop.uln-or iiln-
liftr, wrist, commonly pronounced unl-li6r [false etymol., v. Edda, p. 17] ;
cp. Isl. {>j68s. ii. 19, where tungl {lund) and unl- rhyme. Freq. in poetry in
such compounds as alun-leygr, -brandr, iilun-grjot, alnar-gim, alin-leygr, the
standing poet, name of gold and gems being ignis or lapis cubiti. II.
mostly metaph. : 1. an ell, [Ulf. aleina ; A. S. eln ; Engl, ell ; O. H. G.
elina ; Dan. alen ; Lat. ulna, cp. cubituni] ; the finger, arm, foot were
the original standards for measure. The primitive ell measured the length
from the elbow to the point of the second finger, and answered to about
half a yard Engl. = 18 inches. The Icel. ell before the year 1 200 measured
just half a yard. About this year, by a law of bishop Paul, the ell was
doubled into a stika, a stika being precisely = two ells = an Engl, ell of
that time. To prevent the use of bad measure, a just and lawful stika
(yard) was marked on the walls of the churches, esp. that at Thingvellir,
as an authorised standard. Pals S. ch.9, Bs. i. 135, D.I.i. 309, 316, Jb. Kb.
26 ; ensk lerept tveggja alna, English linen of two ells measttre, id.; J)at er
maelt, at at graftar kirkju hverri skal maela stiku lengd, J)a er r6tt se at hafa
til alna mils, ok megi menn |)ar til ganga ef a skilr um alnar, 309. During
the whole of the 15th century the Icel. trade was mainly in British hands ;
thus the Engl, double ell probably prevailed till the end of the 15th or be-
ginning of the 1 6th century. The Hanse Towns ell= 21-^15- inches was
then introduced, and abolished in the year 1776, when the Dan. ell= 24
inches came into use. At present the Hanse Towns ell is called Islenzk
alin {Icel. ell), and the original half-yard ell is quite obsolete ; cp. Jon Sigur8s-
son in D. I. i. 306-308, and Pal Vidal. s. v. alin. 2. a unit of value,
viz. an ell (half-yard measure) of woollen stuff (va6mal) ; the vaSmal (Hal-
liwell wadmal, Engl, woadmal, Orkn. and Shetl. wadmaal and vadmel)
was in Icel. the common medium of payment, whence an ell became the
standard unit of value or property, whether in land or chattels ; 120 ells
make a hundred, v. that word. In D.I. i. 316 we are told that, about
the year 1 200, three ells were equal in value to one ounce of ordinary
silver, whence the expression J)riggja alna eyrir (a common phrase during
the 13th century). The value of the ell of va5mal, however, varied
greatly; during the llth and 12th centuries six ells made an ounce, D.I.
i. 88. In Norway we find mentioned niu, ellifu alna aurar (nine, eleven
ells to an ounce). In Grag. (Kb.) ii. 192, § 245, it is said that, about the
year looo, four ells in Icel. made an ounce, and so on ; vide Dasent,
Essay in 2nd vol. of Burnt Njal., and Pal Vidal. s. v. alin. compds:
dlnar-borS, n. a board an ell long, N. G. L. i. lOO. alnar-breiSr,
adj. an ell broad. Fas. ii. llS. alnar-kefli, n. a stafi an ell long,
Grag. ii. 339, Ld. 318. dlnar-langr, adj. ell-long, Grag. ii. 359.
d.lnar-tiund, f. tithe of the value of an ell, K. A. 100. &lnar-vir8i,
n. equal in value to an ell, K. A. 194. dliia>B5k, f. action for bad
measure, Grag. i. 472.
al-jafn, adj. quite equal, 6'j'j. 12, 655 A. 3.
al-jd.ma3r, adj. part, shod all round, shod on all four feet, Mag. 5.
alka, alca, the awk, v. alka.
al-keypt, n. part, dearly bought, in a metaph. sense, Fms. ix. 302, Eb.
266, Glum. 365, = fullkeypt.
al-kirkja, u, f. a parish church, Pm. 41.
al-kl8e3na3r, m. a full suit of clothes,!^]. 73, Eg. 518, Bs. i.655,876.
al-kristinn, adj. completely christianised, Fms. i. 279, Hkr. i. 259.
al-kri8tna3r, part, id., Hkr. ii. 178, Fms. x. 273.
al-kunna, adj. ind. a. of a thing or event, notorious, universally
known; sem a. er orSit, Fms. xi. 201 ; en sem vinatta J)eirra gor&ist a.,
but when their friendship was noised abroad, Uki. ii. 281. p. ofaperson,
knowing, fully informed ; unz a., until I know the whole, Vtkv. 8, 10, 12.
al-kunnigr, adj. notorious, Hkr. iii. 26, Stj. Gen. iv. 10, 655 xxxi. i,
Fms. vii. 5, Hkr. ii. 328.
al-ktmnr, adj. id., Fms. v. 40.
al-kyxra, adj. ind. completely calm, tranquil, Fms. xi. 72.
A-LL- may in old writers be prefixed to almost every adjective and
adverb in an intensive sense, like Engl, very, Lat. per-, Gr. 81a-, ^a-.
In common talk and modern writings it is rare (except after a nega-
tive), and denotes something below the average, viz. tolerably, pretty
well, not very well; but in the Sagas, something capital, exceeding.
In high style it may perhaps be used in the old sense, e. g. allfagrt Ijos
OSS birtist bratt, a transl. of the Ambrosian hymn, Aurora lucis rutilat.
The instances in old writers are nearly endless, e. g. all-annt, n. adj.
very eager, Fms. ii. 41 ; ironically, 150. all-apr, adj. very sore,
very harsh, v. apr. all-au3s6ttligt, n. adj. very easy, Fs. 40. aJl-
au3veldliga, adv. very easily, Fms. iv. 129. all-au3veldligr, adj.
very easy, Fms. v. 331. all-au3veldr, adj. id., Fbr. 158: neut. as
adv., Hkr. ii. 76. all-igsetr, adj. very famous, Fms. ii. 76. all-
^byggjusamliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very careful, Fms. vi. 184. all-
dkafliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very hot, impetuous, Hkr. i. 234, ii. 32.
all-dkaft, adj. wry fast, Nj. 1 96. all-^reediliga, adv. very likely, Far.
14
ALLAR^DISLITILL— ALLMIKILMANNLIGA.
183. all-fir8B3islitill, adj. very timid, Fms. vi. 217. all-£stu3ligt,
n. adj. very hearty, intimate, Fms. ii. 20. all-banveenn, adj. very
likely to prove mortal, Orkn. 148. all-beinn, adj. very hospitable,
Fms. ii. 84, Eb. 2S6: neut. as adv., Far. 259. all-beiskr, adj. very
harsh, bitter, Sturl. iii. 167. all-bert, n. adj. very manifest. Lex.
Poet. all-bitr, adj. very biting, sharp, Sks. 548. all-bitrligr, adj.
of a very sharp appearance, Vigl. 20. all-bjartr, adj. very bright,
Fms. viii. 361. all-bjugr, adj. very much bent, curved, Olkofr. 39.
all-bldr, adj. very blue, Gliim. 394. all-bli3liga, adv. and -ligr,
adj. very blithely, kindly, Faer. 132. all-bli3r, adj. very mild, amia-
ble, Sd. 158, Fms. i. 202. all-bra3g6rr, adj. very soon mature, Eb.
16. all-brd3liga, adv. and -ligr, adj. wry i&as///y, Orkn. 72. all-
brdidr, adj. very hot-headed, Njar6. 370 : neut. as adv. very soon, Fms.
xi. 51 : dat. pi. all-br^3iun, as adv. very suddenly, 139. all-bros-
ligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very funny, laughable, Fms. iii. 1 13. all-
dasigr, adj. very sltdggish. Lex. PoiJt. all-digr, adj, very big, stout;
meUph. puffed up, Nj. 236. all-djarfliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very
boldly, Fms. ii. 313, Orkn. 102. all-djupsettr, adj. very deep,
thoughtfid, Bret. 158. all-drengiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very bold,
gallant, Lv. no. all-drsemt, n. adj. very boastfidly, from dramb,
superbia, (the modern word is draemt = slowly, sluggishly) ; J)eir letu a. yfir
scr, boasted, Sturl. ii. 56. MS. Mus. Brit. II27; Cod. A. M. has allvajnt,
prob. wrongly. all-dyggr, adj. very doughty, Lex. Poet. all-
d^r, adj. very dear, Fms. iii. 159. all-eiguligr, adj. very worth
having, Sd. 146. all-eina (theol.), a Gu& alleina (a hymn), alone:
Hkr. iii. 339 (in a spurious chapter). all-einar3liga, adv. and -ligr,
adj. very sincere, candid, open, Ld. 334. all-eldiligr and -elliligr,
adj. of a very aged appearance, Fms. iii. 125. all-fagr, adj. very bright,
fair, Orkn. 296 old Ed. : neut. as adv. very fairly, Sturl. i. 72. all-fast,
n. adj. very firmly, steadfastly, Eb. 290, Faer. 259. all-fastor3r, adj.
very 'wordfast,'' very true to his word, Fms. vii. 120. all-falatr, adj.
very taciturn, close. Fas. iii. 408. all-faliga, adv. on very cold terms,
Sturl. iii. 298. aU-f^m^ligr, adj. very close, of very few words, Fms.
iii. 85, iv. 366. all-f&mennr, ^.d]. followed by very few people, Sturl.
ii. 122, Magn. 386. all-far, adj. very few. Eg. 512, Ld. 272, Isl. ii.
356: neut. on very cold terms, Fms. xi. 55. all-f£r8e3iim, adj. of
very few words, Fms. iv. 312. all-feginn, adj. very '■fain,' glad. Eg.
240, Ld. 330. all-feginsamliga, adv. very 'fain,' gladly, 'Eg. 27.
all-feiglig^r, adj. havi?ig the mark of death very plaui on one's face, v.
feigr, Sturl. iii. 234. all-feitr, adj. very fat, Fms. x. 303, all-
ferliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very rudely, Fms. iv. 263. all-f^mikill,
adj. very costly, Ld. 298. all-fjarri, adv. very far, far from, metaph.,
Hkr. ii. 246 ; eigi a., not improper, Fbr. 15. all-fjartekit, part, very
far-fetched, Skalda 166. all-fj61gan, adj. ace. very numerous (does
not exist in nom.), Sks. 138 A. all-fjolkunnigr, adj. very deeply
versed in sorcery, Fms. ii. 17:;, Fas. i. 412. all-f jolmeSr and -mennr,
id']. followed, attended by very many people, much frequented. Eg. 724, 188,
Hkr. i. 215: n. sing, in very great numbers, Fms. i. ^6. all-fjolrsett,
n. adj. very heedful, much talked of, Nj. 109. all-forsj^ll, adj. very
prudent, Horn. 115. all-framr, adj. very famous. Lex. Poet. ; very far
forward, Grett.i6i A. all-frekliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very daringly,
impudently. Fas. i. 24. all-frekr, adj. too eager, too daring, Fms. vii.
164. aXl-fTiSii^B,, zAv. in very great peace, Ltx.'Poei. all-fri3r,
adj. very beautiful. Eg. 23, Hkr. i. 225, ii. 354, Fms. i. 2. all-frjdls,
adj. very free, independent, v. alfrjals. all-fr63ligr, adj. and -liga,
adv. very wise, learned, Sks. 306 B. aU-fr63r, adj. very learned, Sks.
30. all-frsegr, adj. very famous, Fms. ii. 324, Hkr. i. 232, ii. 187,
Ld. 122. all-frsekiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj., and all-frsekn, adj. and
-liga, adv. very bold, boldly, Isl. ii. 267, Hkr. i. 239, Fms. i. 121. all-
fuss, adj. and -liga, adv. very eager, eagerly. Eg. 488, Fms. xi. 89.
all-f:^siligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very desirable. Eg. 19, 46S. all-
folr, adj. very pale. Lex. Poet. aU-gagnsamr, adj. very profitable,
gainful, Isl. ii. 56. all-gamall, adj. very old, Hkr. i. 34. all-
gegniliga and -gegnliga, adv. very fittingly, Sturl. ii. 63. all-
gemsmikill, adj. very wanton, frolicsome, Sturl. ii. 57. all-gerla
and -gorvUigr, v. -gorla, -gorviligr. all-gestrisinn, adj. very hos-
pitable, Huv. 40. all-geysilegr, adj. and -liga, adv. very impetuous,
Fms. X. 81. all-gildliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. with a very grand air,
Grett. 121. all-gildr, adj. very grand. Lex. Poiit. all-giptusam-
liga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very lucky, Fms. x. 53. all-gla3liga, adv.
and -ligr, adj. very joyfully , joyful, Fms. iii. 143, Lv. 55. all-gla3r,
adj. very joyful. Eg. 163, Ld. 176. all-gleymr, adj. very gleeful,
mirthful, in high spirits, [glaumr], ver3a a. vi& e-t, Sturl. iii. 152, Eb. 36.
all-glsBsiliga, adj. and -ligr, adv. very shiny, Eb. 34, Fas. iii. 626, Fms.
ix. 430. all-gl6ggS8er, adj. very transparent, clearly visible, metaph.,
J>orf. Karl. 380. all-gloggt, n. adj. very exactly, Hkr. iii. 253, Fas.
iii. 13. all-g63inannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very kindly, kind,
Mag. 6. aU-g63r, adj. very good, Nj. 222, Eg. 36, 198. all-
grei3liga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very easy, easily, Eb. 268 : neut. as adv., Eb.
Lc. aU-grimmliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very grimly, fiercely. Fas. iii.
414. all-griminr, adj. very cruel, fierce, Hkr. iii. 167. all-gruu-
'samliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very suspiciously, Isl. ii. 364. aH
g6fugr, adj. very distinguished. Eg. 598, Bs. i. 60. all-gorla, adf
very clearly, precisely, Hkr. iii. 133, Fms. xi. 15. all-gorviligr, adj
very stout, manly, Fms. ii. 28. all-liagstae3r, adj. with a very fair wind
Sturl. iii. 109. all-har3ligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very hard, stern, Fa»
i. 382. all-h.ar3r, adj. very bard, stern, Fms. i. 177 : n. sing, severely
Nj. 165, Grag. i. 261. all-Mskasamligr, adj. and -liga, adv. ver
hazardous, Fms. v. 1 35. all-liei3inn, a.d'}. quite heathen, Fs. 89 (in a verse)
all-heilagr, adj. very sacred. Lex. Poet. all-heimskliga, adv. am
-ligr, adj. very foolish, frantic, Hkr. ii. 190, Fas. iii. 293. all-heimskr
adj. very silly, sttipid. Eg. 376, Grett. 159. all-beppinn, adj. ver
lucky, happy. Lex. Poet. all-lier3iinikill, adj. very broad-shouldered
Eg- 3°5' aU-hennannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very martial, Fmj
xi. 233. all-bjaldijugr, adj. very gossipping, chattering, Lv. 57
neut. as adv., Vapn. 10. all-bogliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very gently
Fms. xi. 240, vi. 274. all-holeitr and -Mleitr, adj. very sublime
Hom. 23. all-bor and -bdr, adj. very high, tall, v. -har. all
bratt, n. adj. in all speed. Lex. Poet. all-hraustliga, adv. and -ligr
adj. very bravely, Fms. viii. 289, Eb. 34. all-hraustr, adj. very valia
Fms. viii. 267. all-breystimannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. vt,^
valiantly, Fms. xi. 95. all-hrumliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very in
firmly from age. Fas. ii. 91. all-brseddr, adj. very much afraid, Fbi
94. all-hi8B3irm, adj. very timid, Fms. vi. 155. all-hugsjiikr
adj. very grieved, heart-sick, Hkr. i. 243, Fms. vi. 133. all-hvass
adj. of the wind, blowing very sharp, Fms. ix. 20, Lex. Poet. all-hyggi
ligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very carefully. Fas. iii. 610. all-h^rliga
adv. and -ligr, adj. very blandly, with a very bright face. Fas. iii. 63''
all-li8e3iligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very ridiculous, Finnb. 312. all
bseldreginn, adj. walking very tnuch on one's heels, dragging the heet
very much in walking, of an aged or beggarly person, Band. 9. all
hcegliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very softly, meekly, Fms. xi. 389. all
hoelinn, adj. very bragging, Lex. Poiit. all-i3inri, adj. very diligei,
laborious, Bs. i. 278. all-ilia, adv. and -illr, adj. very badly, ba
wicked, Nj. 242, cp. ilia ; ill-willed. Eg. 542: compar., vera allver um, to
worse off, Nj. 221 (Ed. allvant); angry, Lv. 145 ; disgraceful. Eg. 23;
unfortunate, Sturl. ii. 47. all-jafniyndr, adj. very calm, even-tei
pered, Frns. vi. 287. all-kaldr, adj. very coW, Vapn. 21. all
kappsamliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. with very much zeal, liberally, Hki
i. 271 ; veita a., of hospitality, Ld. 292 ; maela a., frankly, peremptorih
296. all-kappsamr, adj. very eager, vehement. Eg. 187. all
karlmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very manfully, Fms. x. 141. all
kaupmannliga, adv. in a very businesslike, tradesmanlike way, Fms. v
255. all-katligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very /7/«ray, Grett. 112. all
kd,tr, adj. very joyful, Nj. 18, Eg. 44, 332. all-keppinn, ac^. ver
snappish. Lex. Poet. all-kerskiligr and -keskiligr, adj. and -liga
adv. very sarcastic, biting, Sturl. ii. 196. all-klokr, adj. very shrewa
Hkr. iii. 317. all-kndliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very stoutly, vigorously
Rd. 312. all-kostgseflliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very earnestly, in 1
very painstaking way, Stj. all-kostigr, adj. very excellent. Lex. Poi-i
all-kvikldtr, adj. very quick, lively, Ld. 2 70. all-kynliga, adv. an
-ligr, adj. very strangely, strange, Isl. ii. 58, Fms. ii. 227, Grett. i6c
all-kyrrligr, adj. very quiet, tranquil, Hav. 49. all-kaerr, adj. ver
dear, beloved. Eg. 139, Fms. i. 48 ; very fond of, Hkr. i. 194 : neut., Ft
116, of mutual love. all-langr, adj. very /o«^, Hav. 49. all
laust, n. adj. very loosely, Fms. xi. 103. all-ld,gr, adj. very low, shor
of stature, Fbr. 68. all-lengi, adv. very long, K. Jj. K. 158. all
l^ttbrunn, adj. of very brightened, cheerful countenance, Ld. 94. all
l^ttiliga, adv. very lightly. Fas. iii. 612. all-16ttm8elt, n. adj., ver
a. um e-t, to speak in a very lively way, Fms. iv. 261. all-16ttr, ad
very light (in weight). Fas. iii. 487. all-lfkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. i
very agreeable, courteous terms. Fas. i. 84. all-likligr, adj. very likeh
Fas. ii. 247, Sks. 669. all-likr, adj. very like. Fas. iii. 579, Sd. i6c
Korm. 142. all-iltiKjSrligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very puny, prop, hai
ing little life in one, Hav. 54. all-litill, adj. very little, Faer. 268 : 1
sing. all-Htt, as adv. very little, Nj. 108, 1 30, Korm. 1 72; poorly, Grett. 1 1 '■
all-lyginn, adj. very given to lying, Fbr. 157. all-makligr, adj. an
-liga, adv. very deserving, fitting, Sturl. iii. 127, Bjarn. 22. all-mann
f d-tt, n. adj . with very few people, Gisl. 3 1 . all-mannhsettr, adj . very dan
gerous. Fas. iii. 34. all-maiinsk8B3r, adj. very full of manskathe . ver
murderous, Fms.ii. 51 2. all-mannvaenligr, adj. a very promising man
Fms. iv. 254. all-mannv8Bnn, adj. a man of very great promise, Hkr. i
182. all-margliga, adv.i/er>'q^ai/)', Sturl. iii.27. all-margmselti
part, very talkative, Sturl. ii. 179. all-margr, adj. very mimerous, y
very many, Nj. 32, Grag. ii. 1 76, Sks. 328, GJ)1. 329. all-margrsett, i
adj. part, very much spoken of, Fms. viii. 275. all-mdlugr, adj. vei\
loquacious, Hkr. iii. 152, 655 xi. 2. all-indttfarinn, adj. very muc
worn out, with very little strength left. Fas. ii. 356. all-mdttlitLU
adj. very weak, Fms. i. 1 59. all-meginlauss, adj. very void ofstrengtl
Fms. xi. T03. all-mikilfengligr, adj. very high and mighty, very irn
posing, Fs. all-mikill, adj. very great, Isl. ii. 269, Nj. 193, Eg. 2(;
,39 : neut. as adv. greatly, Fms. i,. 24, vii, ilo.. aJl-miiilmaanliga
ALLMISJAFN— ALLf»RONGR.
15
iv. very nobly, Sturl. i. 33. all-misjafn, adj. very variously, un-
ivourahly, in such phrases as, niaela a. uni c-t, there were very different
Tories about the matter, leggja a. til, ganga a. imdir, taka a. a. Kg. 242,
Ikr. ii. 122, Fms. i. 86, vii. 110, Ld. 166. all-mj6r, adj. very slim,
'ender, narrow, Hkr. iii. 117, GJ)1. 173. all-mjOk, adv. very much,
Ij. 134, Ld. 196, Eg. 19 ; fellu ^a a. nienn, in very great numbers, Fms.
173. all-myrkr, adj. very dark, Fnis. ix. 23. all-maediliga,
dv. with very great effort, heavily, Fms. ix. 16. all-naufligr, adj.
lid -liga, adv. very reluctant, unwilling, Grett. 153; a. staddr, danger-
udy, Fms. v. 212. all-n&inn, adj. very near, nearly related, Sks.
30. all-ndttf6rull, adj. very tnuch given to wandering by night,
,ex. Poiit. all-nlflskdrr, adj. of a poet, given to mocking, satirical
erse, [niS and skald (?)], Fms. ii. 7. all-n6g, adv. very abundantly,
d. 182. all-nsBr, adv. very near, Fms. vii. 289; metaph., lagfti a.
t, pretty nearly, well-nigh, Fs., Sks. 684 B. all-nserri, adv. very near,
d. 202, Fas. iii. 339. all-opt, adv. very often, Anecd. 38, G^l. 169.
ll-orflMtt, n. adj. in the phrase, gcira a. um, to be very short of words
s <o, Bjam. 31. aU-6gurligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very frightful,
dda 41. all-61inliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very furiously. Fas. iii.
46, BarS. 177. all-ottalaust, n. adj. with very little to fear. Eg.
71, V. 1. all-ramskipaSr, adj. part, very strongly manned, Fms. iii.
3. all-rauSr, adj. very red, Ld. 182. all-rd3ligr, adj. very ex-
edient, advisable, Grett. 145. all-rei3iligr, adj. looking very wrath-
•d, Fms. iv. 161. all-reiflr, adj. fery tvroth, angry, Edda 57, Nj. 135,
g. 139. aU-rfkmannligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very grand, pomp-
us, magnificent, Fms. i. 2 1 3. all-rikr, adj. very powerful, Fms. i. 1 1 5.
11-r^liga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very feebly, puny, Fbr. 28. all-rosk-
ga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very smart, brisk, Fms. viii. 317. all-sann-
gr, adj. and -liga, adv. very likely, ^ soothlike,' Fms. iv. 270. all-
littgjarnliga, adv and -ligr, adj. very placable, of mild disposition,
url. iii. 288. all-seinn, adj. very slow, Bs. i. 192: neut. as adv.
'ou'ly, Grett. 15 1 A. all-sigrssell, adj. very victorious, having very
')od luck in war, Hkr. i. 28. all-skammr, adj. very short, very scant,
■ ]. 264 : neut. substantively, a very short way, Finnb. 324 ; short distance,
nis. iv. 329. all-skapliga, adv. very fittingly, properly, Grett. 120.
ll-skapvserr, adj. of a very gentle, meek disposition, Sturl. all-skap-
ungt, n. adj., vera a., to be in a very gloomy, depressed state of mind,
ins. iv. 26. all-skarpr, adj. very sharp. Lex. Poijt. all-skeinu-
eettr, adj. very dangerous, vulnerable, Sturl. ii. 139. all-skemti-
gr, adj. very amusing, Sturl. ii. 77. all-skillitill, adj. very slow-
•ffc!, dull, Sturl. i. 89. all-skjallkaenliga, adv. [skjalla, to flatter'],
inxingly, Grett. 131 A. all-skjott, n. adj. as adv. very soon,
./>. all-skrautligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very smart, splendid,
as. n. 366, Mag. II. all-skygn, adj. very sharp-sighted, Hrafn. 33.
U-skyldr, adj. bound to, very obligatory; n&xt. — bonnden duty, Sks.
84; deserved, GJ)1. 61 : p. nearly related, near akin, Fms. xi. 75.
11-skyndiliga, adv. very quickly. Bias. 40. all-skynsamliga, adv.
ery judiciously, Sturl. iii. 161. all-skyrugr, adj. all curd-besprent,
irett. 107 A. all-skoruliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very frankly,
oldly, dignified, Sturl. iii. 39, Fms. ix. 5, Ld. 94 C, 226, Bs. i. all-
Ij&liga, adv. very slotvly, sluggishly, Grett. loi A. all-smdr, adj.
ery sfnall, Fms. v. 55, xi. 61. all-snarpliga, adv. and -ligr, adj.
ery sharply, smartly, Fms. viii. 346. all-snarpr, adj. very sharp,
ms. i. 38, Nj. 246. all-snemma, adv. very early, Fms. ii. 223.
ll-snjallr, adj. very shrewd, clever, Fms. viii. 367. all-snuSula,
dv. very quickly. Lex. Poet. all-sneefr, adj. very brisk, id. all-
nSfurmannligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very brisk and energetic looking,
r a man, Fms. xi. 79. all-spakliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very mildly,
loderately, wisely, Hkr. ii. 41. all-spakr, adj. very gentle, wise,
ms. vi. 298. all-stars:^n, adj. who stares very hard at a thing,
taking fixedly upon, Fms. vi. 203. all-sterkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj.
ery briskly, strongly, Ld. 158, Fas. iii. 612. all-sterkr, adj. very
frong, Hkr. i. 238, Eg. 285; Isl. ii. 461 {very veheiiient) ; as a pr. name,
ms. iii. 183. all-stilliliga, adv. very calmly, in a very composed
lanner, Ld. 318. all-stir3r, adj. very stiff, Hav. 46. all-stor-
oggr, adj. dealing very hard blows, Fms. i. 171. all-st6rliga, adv.
ery haughtily, Hkr. ii. 63, Ld. 168. all-stormaniiliga, adv. and
ligr, adj. very munificently, nobly. Fas. iii. 45 ; haughtily, Sd. 146. all-
t6rorSr, adj. using very big words. Eg. 340, Ld. 38 {very boisterous).
ll-storr, a.d]. very great, metaph. big, puffed up, Ld.3 1 8 ; dat. all-storum,
s adv. very largely, Edda 32. all-strangr, adj. very rapid. Lex.
'oot. aU-styggr, adj. very ill-humoured, cross, Grett. 103 A. all-
tyrkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very stoutly, Stj. 402. all-styrkr, adj.
ery strong, Fms. i. 177. all-svangr, adj. very hungry. Lex. Poet,
ll-svinnliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very wisely, prtidently, wise. Fas. i.
5. ii. 266. all-ssettfuss, adj. very placable, peace-loving, very will-
ig to accept an atonement, Sturl. iii. 19. all-scemiliga, adv. and
ligr, adj. very seemly, decorous, honourable, Hkr. i. 215, Isl. ii. 163.
11-tiginn, adj. very princely. Lex. Poet. all-tillitsamr, adj. very
'idulgent, lenient, JjorS. 12. all-tidrsett, n. adj. very much talked of,
lucb spoken af^ Eg._99, Sturl. i. 199. all-tiflvirkr» adj. very qrdck at
work, Fms. xi. 377, all-torfyndr, adj. very hard to find, Fms. vii.
356. all-torfeert, n. adj. very hard to pass, cross. Eg. 546. all-
tors6tt, n. adj. part, very difficult to reach. Eg. 546. all-tortryggi-
liga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very suspiciously, Sturl. ii. 47. aU-torveld-
ligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very difficult, Str. all-trau3r, adj. very
slow, unwilling, Fms. xi. 39. all-tregr, adj. very tardy, Faer. II4,
Barft. 178. all-trtir, adj. very true, Fms. vi. 377. all-tryggr,
adj. very trusty, Hkr. iii. 167. all-tvitugr, false reading, instead of eigi
alls t., not quite twenty, Sturl. i. 181. all-tindarligr, adj. and -liga,
adv. very odd, wonderful, Fms. ii. 150. all-ungr, adj. very young.
Eg. 268, Fms. i. 14, Ld. 274. all-iibeinskeyttr, adj. shooting very
badly, Fms. ii. 103. all-libli3r, adj. very harsh, unkind. Fas. ii.
all-ubragdligr, adj. very ill-looking, Sturl. iii. 234. all-ildaell, adj.
very spiteful, untractable, Sturl. i. 99. all-ufagr, adj. very ugly, metaph.,
Fms. iii. 154. all-ufimliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very awkwardly. Fas.
ii. 543. all-uframliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very backward, shy, timid,
Fbr. 38 C. all-ufri3r, adj. i/ery M^/y, Fms. xi. 227. all-Tifr^nn,
adj. very sullen, 'frowning,' sour. Eg. 525. all-TofrsBgr, adj. very in-
glorious, Fms. iv. 259. allriaglaSr, adj. very gloomy, sad, Hkr. iii.
379. all-ulieegr, adj. very difficult. Eg. 227. all-uhofSingligr,
adj. very low-looking, very plebeian, Finnb. 222. all-uk&tr, adj. very
sorrowful, Edda 35, Eg. 223, Fms. i. 37. all-Tikn6r, adj. very weak
of frame, Grett. 119 A, very badly knit; Bs. i. 461 (of boys). all-
ukontmgligr, adj. very unkingly, Fms. viii. 158. all-iakuiiiiigr, adj.
quite unknown, Isl. ii. 412. all-ulifligr, adj. very unlikely to live, Hkr.
ii. 200. all-ulikliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very unlikely, Gisl. 24, Sd.
123, Finnb. 310. all-ulikr, adj. very unlike, Gliim. 364. all-
■dlyginn, adj. not at all given to lie, truthful, Fbr. 157. all-uindttu-
liga, adv. and -ligr, adj. weakly, very weak, tender, Fms. iv. 318. all-
uraSinn, adj. part, very 'unready' (cp. Ethelred the 'unready'), u7ide-
cided, Lv.g. all-ur&dliga, adv. very unadvisedly, rashly, Odd. 12
old Ed. all-usannligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very untruthful, unjust;
also, unlikely, Fms. vii. 141. all-us&ttfuss, adj. very implacable, un-
willing to come to terms, Sturl. iii. 275. all-uskyldr, adj. very strange
to, not at all bound to.... Eg. 10. all-iispakr, adj. very unruly,
Sturl. ii. 61. all-usvd.ss, adj. very uncomfortable, of weather, cold and
rainy, Bs. i. 509. all-iis^n, adj. very uncertain, doubtful. Glum.
358, Sturl. i. 105. all-usseligr, adj. of very poor, wretched appearance,
NiSrst. 109. all-Tivinsaell, adj. very unpoptilar, Fms. iv. 369, Fas. iii.
520. all-uvisliga, adv. very unwisely, Ni8rst. 6. all-iivsenliga,
adv. and -ligr, adj. of very unfavourable prospect. Fas. ii. 266 ; n. adj. very
unpromising, Grett. I48 A. all-uvsenn, adj. very ugly. Fas. i. 234;
very unpromising, unfavourable, Isl. ii. 225 : neut. as adv. unfavourably,
Fms. xi. 134. all-uj)arfr, adj. very unthrifty, very unprofitable, some-
thing that had better be prevented. Eg. 576, Hkr. ii. 245. all-vand-
litr, adj. very difficult, hard to please, Fms. vi. 387. all-vandliga,
adv. with very great pains, exactly, carefully, Sks. 658 B. all-vant, n.
adj., vera a. um e-t, to be in a very great strait, Nj. 221. all-varfaerr,
adj. very careful, solicitous. Eg. 63. all-vaskligr, adj. and -liga, adv.
very brisk, smart, gallant, Hkr. i. 104 ; compar.v.alvaskhgr. all-vaskr,
adj. very brisk, gallant, Fms. viii. 226. all-vdndr, adj. very bad, of
clothes, much worn, Pm. Ii. all-vd.pndjarfr, adj. very bold, daring
in arms, Hkr. iii. 63. all-ve3rliti5, n. adj. very calm, with little
wind, Fms. vi. 360. all-vegliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very grand,
princely, nobly, Fms. i. 20, Eg. 332, Hkr. i. 15. all-vel, adv. very well,
Nj. 12, Eg. 78, 198; compar. albetr, V. alvel. all-vesall, adj. r«7/z///_y,
wretched, Nj. 97. all-vesalliga, adv. very wretchedly , Oik. 35. aU-
vesalmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. id., Isl. ii. 416. all-vessell, adj.
very miserable, base, vile, Nj. 97. all-vingjarnliga, adv. and -ligr,
adj. very friendly, amicable, Sturl. ii. 168. aU-vingott, n. adj. on-
very friendly terms, Fbr. 129. all-vinssell, adj. very popular, used of
a man blessed with many friends, Fms. i. 184, ii. 44, Orkn. 104 old Ed.
all-vir3uligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very worthy, dignified, Fms. x. 84,
Bs. i. 83. all-vitr, adj. very wise, Sks. 29 B (superl.) all-vitrliga,
adv. very wisely. Fas. ii. 66. all-vi3a and all-vitt, n. adj. very widely,
Hkr. iii. 141, Lex. Poet. all-vigliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. in a very
warlike manner, Fms. ix. 488, Fas. ii. 112. all-vigmannliga, adv.
very martially. Fas. iii. 150. all-vigin63r, adj. quite wearied out with
fighting, Introd. to HelgakviSa (Saem.) all-viss, adj. very wise, sure,
Sks. 520, Lex. Poet. : neut. to a dead certainty, Lex. Poet. all-vsen-
liga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very promising, handsome, Ghim. 349, Fms. v.
260, Fbr. 114. all-vsenn, adj. id., Clem. 24, Bs. i. 340 : neut., J)ykja
a. um, to be in high spirits, Isl. ii. 361 ; make much of, Fms. ii. 76 ; as adv.
favourably, Fms. iv. 19a. all-vorpuligr, adj. of a very stout, stately
frame, Hkr. ii. 254. all-v6xtuligr, adj. very tall, of large growth.
Fas. iii. 627. all-{)akkligr, zd]. very pretty, — ^lekkiligT, Lex. Poet.
all-J)akksainliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very thaiikfully, Fms. i. 120, Ld.
298. all-J)arfliga, adv. very thriftily, very pressingly ; biSja a., to beg
very hard, Edda 45. all-J)arfr, adj. very thrifty. Lex. Poet. all-
J)ettr, adj. very crowded, cp. Lex. Poet. all-l)rekligr, adj. of a very
^robust frame, Hkr. ii, a. , all-J)r6ngr, ^dj. as ueut. in. 0. very great
16
ALLi'UNGLIGA— ALLSHERJAR.
crowd, Edda 24. all-J)Ungliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very hard, unwill-
ing, reluctant, Sturl. ii. 120 ; taka a. a e-m, to be very hard upon, Mag. I.
all-l)ungr, adj. very unfavourable, Hkr. ii. 358 ; hostile, badly disposed
towards, Eb. 108, Eg. 332 ; J)ykja a., to dislike, Fnis. viii. 44I ; a. or8, to
blame, Sturl. ii. 62. all-J)ykkr, adj. very thick, Fas. i. 339: n. sing.
as adv. thickly, Fms. vii. 70 (of great numbers slain on the battle-field).
all-sefr, adj. very furious, wrath, Isl. ii. 258, Lv. 60, Fas. i. 404. all-
eegiligr, adj. very terrible. Drop!. 18. all-sestr, adj. very incited,
vehement, Nj. 231. all-6ror3r, adj. very quick-tongued, frank, out-
spoken. Eg. 340. all-6ruggliga, adv. very steadfastly, very firmly,
Grett. 153 A. all-6ruggr, adj, very unflinching, Bs. i. 624.
all-fodr, m. father of all, Edda 2, 6, 13 (a name of Odin), v. alfciSr.
al-lj6ss, adj. quite light; dagr a., broad daylight. Eg. 219; n. sing.,
vera alljost, in broad daylight, Grett. 95 A, 112 A, Fms. ix. 35, Sturl.
ii. 108 ; metaph. qtiite clear, Sks. 490.
al-lo3inn, adj. very hairy, shaggy all over, Fms. iii. 125.
al-lokit, n. part., a. allri van, when all hope is gone, Bs. i. 198.
ALXjB, till, allt, and alt, adj. [Ulf. alls = 7rds, anas, 6\os ; A.S. eall ;
Engl, and Germ. all].
A. In sing, as adj. or substantively, cunctus, totus, omnis: I.
all, entire, the whole ; hon a allan arf eptir mik, she has all my heritage
after me, Nj. 3 ; um alia fiingsafgliipun, every kind of J)., 150 ; gaf hann
{)at allt, all, loi ; at oUum hluta, in totum, Grag. i. 245 ; allr heilagr domr,
the whole body of Christians, ii. 165 ; a ollu fivi mali, Fms. vii. 311; allu
folki, the whole people, x. 273 ; hvitr allr, white all over, 655 xxxii. 21 ;
bii allt, the whole estate, Grag. i. 244 ; fyrir allt dagsljos, before any dawn
of light, Horn. 41 : with the addition of saman = airas, — Icel. now in fem.
sing, and n. pi. say till somun, and even n. sing, allt samant ; in old writers
saman is indecl., — the whole. Germ. sdtn7ntlich, zusammen ; allt saman feit,
the whole amount, entire, Grag. ii. 148 ; {)enna herna5 allan saman, all
together, Fms. i. 144 ; fyrir allan saman 6jafna& Jiann, Sd. 157. Metaph.
in the phrase, at vera ekki allr J)ar sem hann er senn (seSr), of persons of
deep, shrewd characters, not to be seen through, but also with a feeling
of something 'uncanny' about them, Fms. xi. 157 (a familiar phrase);
ekki er 611 nott liti enn, sag6i draugrinn, the night is not all over yet, said
the ghost, 'the Ides are not past' (a proverb), v. Isl. JjjoOs. 2. all,
entire, full; allan halfan manu&, for the entire fortnight, Nj. 7 ; {jar til
er Kjartani ])ykir allt mal upp, ufitil Kjartan thought it was high time,
of one nearly (or) well-nigh drowned, Hkr. i. 286. II. metaph.
past, gone, dead, extinct; perh. ellipt., vera allr i brottu, quite gone,
Eb. 112 new Ed.; var Hrappr J)a allr 1 brottu, Nj. 132; then by an
ellipsis of 'brottu,' or the like, allr s\m^\y =past, gone: a. past, of
time ; seg J)ii sva fremi fra {)vi er J)essi dagr er allr, when this day is past,
Nj. 96, Fms. ii. 38, 301 ; var J)a 611 J)eirra vinatta, their friendship was all
gone, Fms. ix. 428 ; allt er mi mitt megin, my strength is gone, exhausted,
Str. p. dead; {ja er Geirmundr var allr, gone, dead, Landn. (Hb.) 124 ;
siz Gunnarr at Hlidarenda var allr, si>ice G. of Lithend was dead and
gone (v. 1. to lezt), Nj. 142 ; sem faSir J)eirra vaeri allr, after his death, Stj.
127 ; J)a er Noi var allr, 66 ; en sem hann var allr, 100 ; eptir J)at er Sara
var 611, after all Sara's days were over, 139, 140, 405; a vegum allr
hygg ek at at ek verda munu, that I shall perish on the way, Gg. verse
5 ; me6 ^v\ at J)u ert gamlaSr mjok, J)a munu ^eir eigi lit koma fyr en J)u
ert allr, Hav. 57 ; still freq. in Swed., e.g. blifwa all af bekumring, be worn
out with sorrow ; vinet blev z\t,fell short; tiden er 2\\,past. III. used
almost adverbially, when it may be translated by all, quite, just, e?itirely;
klofnafti hann allr i sundr, was all cloven asunder, Nj. 205 ; er sa mi allr
einn i J)inu liSi er mi hefir eigi h6fu5s, ok hinn, er {)a. eggiaSi hins versta
verks er eigi var frani komit, where it seems, however, rather to mean one
and the savie ... or the very same .. ., thus, and he is 7iow o?te and the same
man in thy band, who has now lost his head, and he who then egged thee
on to the worst work when it was still undone, or the very same . . . who,
Nj. 213 ; vii ek at su gorS haldist 611, in all its parts, 256 ; kvaSu Orn
allan villast, that he was all bewildered, Ld. 74. IV. neut. sing,
used as a subst. in the sense of all, everything, in every respect; ok for
sva me6 611u, sem . . ., acted in everything as . . ., Nj. 14, Ld. 54 ; ok
lat sem \>u J)ykist {)ar allt eiga, that you depend upon him in all, Fms. xi.
113 ; eigi er enn {jeirra allt, they have not yet altogether won the game,
Nj. 335 : i alls vesold, in all misery, Ver. 4; alls mest, most of all, espe-
cially, Fms. ii. 137 C, Fs. 89 (in a verse) ; in mod. usage, allra mest, cp.
below. The neut. with a gen. ; allt missera, all the year round, Hom.
73 ; allt annars, all the rest, Grag. ii. 141 ; at ollu annars, in all other
respects, K. |>. K. 98 ; J)a var allt (all, everybody) viS J)a hrtett. Fas. i.
338. In the phrases, at ollu, in all respects, Fms. i. 21, Grag. i. 431 ;
ef hann 4 eigi at ollu framfaershma, if he be not the sole supporter, 275 :
ureyndr at ollu, untried in every way, Nj. 90 ; cp. Engl, not at all, prop.
not in every respect, analogous to never, prop, not always : fyrir alls sakir,
in every respect, Gnig. ii. 47, Fas. i. 252 : 1 611u, in everything, Nj. 90,
228: me8 611u, wholly, quite, dau5r me5 ollu, quite dead, 153; neita
me8 ollu, to refuse outright, Fms. i. 35, 232, Boll. 342 : um allt, in respect
of everything, Nj. 89; hence comes the adverb avalt, ever = o{ allt
allt, prop, in every respect, v. avalt. V. the neut. sing, allt is uscd^tbe Lord of Hosts. It is esp. used as an adv. in some political and
as an adv., right up to, as far as, all the way ; Brynjolfr gengr allt at 1
close to him, Nj. 58; komu allt at baenum, 79; allt at bii&ardyrunumj
right up to the very door of the booth, 247 ; allt nor9r um Sta8, all along
north, round Cape Stad, Fms. vii. 7; su6r allt 1 Englands haf, iv. 329;
verit allt lit i Miklagar3, as far out as Constantinople, ii. 7, iv. 250, 25;
allt ii klofa, Bar9. 171. 2. everywhere, in all places; at riki Eireks
konungs mundi allt yfir standa i Eyjunum, might stretch over the whole 0/
the Islands, Eg. 405 ; Sigr63r var konungr allt um Jjraendalog, over all
Drontheim, Fms. i. 19 ; bjoggu par allt fyrir J)ingmenn Runolfs go8a, the
liegemen of R. the priest were in every house, ii. 234 ( = i hverju hiisi, Bs. i.
20) ; allt nordr um Rogaland, all the way north over the whole of R., Fms.
iv. 251 ; voru svirar allt gulli biinir, all overlaid with gold, vi. 308 ; hafid
sva allt kesjurnar fyrir, at ekki megi & ganga, hold your spears every-
where (all along the line) straight before you, that they (the enemy) may ml
come up to you, 413 ; allt undir innviSuna ok stafnana, vii. 82. 3,
nearly = Lat. jam, soon, already ; voru allt komin fyrir hann br6f, warrants
of arrest were already in his way, Fms. vii. 207 ; var allt skipat liSinu til
fylkingar, the troops were at once drawn up in array, 295 ; en allt hug&um
ver {still we thought) at fara me3 spekt um J)essi heru3. Boll. 346. 4.
temp, all through, until; allt til J6nsv6ku, Ann. 1295 ; allt um daga Hak-
onar konungs, all through the reign of king Hacon, Bs. i. 731' 5. in
phrases such as, allt at einu, all one, all in the same way, Fms. i. 113. In
Icel. at present allt a5 einu means all the same : allt eins, nevertheless ; ek
sella J)6 utan a. eins, Isl. ii. 216 ; hann neitaSi allt eins at . . ., refused all
the same, Dipl. iii. 13; allt eins hraustliga, not the less manly, Fms. xi. 443.
The mod. Icel. use is a little different, namely = as, in similes =yW as;
allt eins og bl6mstri6 eina (a simile), _;ms/ as the flower, the initial words
of the famous hymn by Hallgrim. 6. by adding ' of =far too . . .,
miich too . . ., Karl. 301 (now freq.) 7. with a comparative, much,
far, Fms. vi. 45 (freq.) VI. neut. gen. alls [cp. Ulf. allis= o\ws;
A.S. ealles], used as an adv., esp. before a negative (ekki, hvergi), noi
a bit, not at all, no how, by no means ; J)eir ug6u alls ekki at ser, they
were not a bit afraid, Nj. 252 ; hraeSumst ver hann mi alls ekki, we do
not care a bit for him, 260; a h61mg6ngu er vandi en alls ekki {nom
at all) a einvigi, Korm. 84 ; en junkherra Eirikr J)6ttist ekki hafa, ok
kalla9i sik Eirik alls ekki (cp. Engl, lackland), Fms. x. 160; alls hvergi
skal sok koma undir enn {)ri6ja mann, no how, in no case, by no means,
Grag. i. 144: sometimes without a negative following it; aer alls geldar,
ewes qinte barren, Grag. i. 502 ; hafrar alls geldir, id. ; alls vesall, alto-
gether wretched, Nj. 124; alls mjok staerist hann mi, very much, Stj.; a,
mest, especially, Fs. 89, Fms. ii. 137. In connection with numbers, in all,
in the whole; tolf voru fiau alls a skipi, twelve were they all told in the
ship, Ld. 142 ; tiu Islenzkir menn alls, 164; alls forust niu menu, the
slain were nine in all, Isl. ii. 385 ; ver8a alls sarir J)rir e6a fleiri, Grag. ii.
10; alls manu6, a full month, i. 163 ; Jieir ala eitt bam alls a aefi sinni,
Rb. 346. p. with addition of ' til' or 'of =/ar/oo nn/ci; allsoflengi,
far too long a time, Fms. i. 140 ; hefnd alls til litil, much too little, vi. 35.
B. In pi. allir, allar, 611, as adj. or substantively : 1. used absol.
all; {)eir gengu lit allir, all men, altogether, Nj.80; Siftan bjoggust J)eii
heiman allir, 212; Gunnarr rei6 ok {)eir allir, 48 ; hvikit {)er allir, 78,
etc. 2. as adj., alia h6f6ingja, all the chiefs, Nj. 213 ; or 611um fj6r8-
ungum a landinu, all the quarters of the land, 222 ; at vitni gu5s ok allra
heilagra manna, all the saints, Grag. ii. 22 ; i allum orrostum, in all the
battles, Fms. x. 273; Josep ok allir bans ellifu braeSr, Stj., etc. 3. by
adding a5rir, flestir, etc. ; allir a9rir, all other, every one else, Nj. 89, Fms.
xi. 135 : flestir allir, nearly all, the greatest part of, v. flestr ; in mod. use
flestallir, flest being indecl. : allir saman, altogether, Nj. 80. 4.
adverb., Gregorius hafdi eigi 611 f)6gr hundruS, ttot all, not quite, four
hundred, Fms. vii. 255. 5. used ellipt., allir (everybody) vildu leit.)
{)er vegs, Nj. 78. 6. gen. pi. allra, when followed by superl. neut
adj. or adv., of all things, all the more; en mi {jyki mer pat allra synst
er . . ., all the more likely, as . . ., Ld. 34 ; allra helzt er peir heyra, par-
ticularly now when they hear, Fms. ix. 330 ; allra helzt ef hann fellr meir
all the rather, if. . ., Grag. ii. 8 ; allra sizt, least of all, 686 B. 2 ; ba
sii kemr til pess allra mest, especially, Hom. 149 : very freq. at present ;
Icel., and used nearly as Engl, very, e.g. allra bezt, the very best; a. haest,
ne5st, fyrst, the very highest, lowest, foremost, etc.
C. alls is used as a prefix to several nouns in the gen., in order tc
express something common, general, universal. compds : aUs-endis
or alls-hendis, adv. — scarcely to be derived from 'bond' — in every
respect, quite, thoroughly, used almost exclusively in connection with aj
preceding negative, eigi, eingi, or the like, and giving additional force tc
the negation ; er pat hugboS mitt, at ver berim eigi a. gaefu til um viii
skipti, it is my foreboding, that we shall not carry luck with tis to thi
very end of our dealings, Ld. 160; eigi til allsendis, id.. Eg. 75 ; pat ei
reynt at eingi maSr heldr sinum prifnadi til allsendis, it is proved that nc
man holds his thriving thoroughly, Fms. i. 295. alls-Mttar, adv.
[hattr], of every sort, kind; a. kurteysi, thoroughly good 7nanners, Fms.
i. 17 (freq.) alls-herjar, an old, obsolete gen. from herr; Drottim
Sabaoth is in the Icel. transl. of the Bible rendered by Drottinn Allsherjar
ALLSHERJARBUD— ALR.
17
rms, denoting something general, public, common. allsherjar-buS,
the booth in the parliament (alj)ingi) belonging to the allsherjargo&i.
; site is fixed, Sturl. ii. 44, 126 (referring to events in the year 1215).
Isherjar-domr, m. a doom of the supreme court, a lawful public sen-
ice, judgfnent of the full court; J)er rufu6 allsherjardom, violated lawftd
Igrnent, the law of the land, Fms. iv. 205. allshei^ar-f6, n. public
operty, a domain, lb. ch. 3, viz. the ground of the Icel. aij)ingi. alls-
rjar-go3i, a, m. (v. go&i), the supreme priest, pontifex maximus. As
; al{)ingi (q. v.) was within the jurisdiction of the great temple (hof)
Kjalarnes, the keeper or priest of that temple — the descendant of its
inder Thorstcin Ingolfsson — had the title of supreme priest, and opened
,' aljjingi during the heathen age. At the introduction of Christianity
is office remained with the supreme priest, who retained his name ; and
, and not the bishop of Skalholt, opened the alj)ing every year;
rsteinn Ingolfsson let setja fyrstr manna {)ing a Kjalarnesi aSr al{)ingi
r sett, ok fylgir J)ar enn {still, viz. in the 13th century) sokum J)ess J)vi
3or5i (viz. the priesthood of Kjalarnes, aliter allsherjar goSorS) alj)ingis
Igun, Landn. 336 (the text as found in the Melabok), Landn. 39, {>6r6.
(Ed. i860), and Landn. Mantissa. allsher jar-lid, n. public troops,
my (Norse), Fms. x. 411, allsherjar-lySr, pi. ir, m. the people,
nmonalty, Hkr. iii. 194. allsherjar -16g, n. ^\. public law, statute
u of the land, in the phrase, at alj)ingis miili ok allsherjar logum, Nj.
, 87. allsherjar-J)ing, n. general assembly, Fms. i. 224. In Icel.
present allsherjar- is prefixed to a great many other words in order to
jress what is public, general, universal. alls-konar [Old Engl.alkyn'],
)p. an obsolete gen. from a masc. konr : o. as adj. ind. of every
d; a. fanga, Eg. 65 ; a. ar, good season in all respects, Hkr. i. 1 5 : p.
d simply as adv. ; hinn agaetasti a., in every respect, Fms. xi. 157 (rare).
s-kostar, adv. [kostr], in all respects, quite, altogether; a. ilia, bad
Icr, Ld. 232 ; J)ykjast mi a. hafa unninn mikinn sigr {a full victory),
i. 147; frjals ok a. geymandi, to be observed in every respect,
.'.. ^o; hann lofa3i a., made a full allowance, Bs. i. alls-kyns,
. [kyn] = allskonar, Fms. x. 380. 11. 2, 25, where it is spelt alls-
is. alls-sta3ar, adv. [staOr], freq. alstaSar or allsta3ar in a
jle word, everywhere, ubique ; cp. margstaSar, in many places; sum-
Jar, «'« some places; einhversstaSar, somewhere; nokkurssta&ar, any-
'ire; allsta6ar ^arsem, Fms. ii. 81, x. 182. Metaph. in every way (rare);
nun ek gera at {jinu skapi, nema J)ar, in everything, except that . . ., Nj.
alls-valdandi, part. [A.S. ealwalda'], ' all-ivielding,' of God,
Ynighty, Dipl. iv. 8, Fms. i. 121, Bs. several times. allra-h.aiida
kllskonar, a mod. word. allra-heilagra in compds, a. messa, -dagr,
rkja, All-Saints' -day, -church, Bs., K. A., Fms., etc.
LLS and als, conj. [Ulf. allis=yap; Engl, as, contT. — als ; cp. the
isecutive als in Grimm D. W. sub voce, col. 257 sqq.], as, while, since;
f!]. in Lex. Poet, in old poets, less freq. in old prose writers, rare in the
f sics of the 13th century : used four times in the treatise of Thorodd, —
i liana sjalfr er hebreskr stafr, Skalda 167 ; alls v6t erum einnar tungu,
]( ; alls engi grein er enn a gor, 162 ; alls J)eir hiifSu a3r allir eitt hlj66,
-and as often in the old HeiSarv. S. — alls J)ii ert g63r drengr kall-
, Isl. ii. 366 ; alls Bar3i var eigi bitr a febaetr, 386 ; alls J)u rekr
erendi, 483 ; alls {)u hefir \>6 her til nokkorar asja aetla3, Ld. 42 ; alls
r mattu ekki sinum vilja fram koma, Boll. 348 ; alls hann triiir mer
Fs. (Hallfr. S.) 90 : alls ^u hefir J)6 a3r giptu til min sott, Fms. v. 254 ;
{)eir hof3u fritt lid, viii. 362 . With the addition of 'er' (at); en
alls er J)u ert sva J)rahaldr a J)inu m^li, Fms. i. 305 ; alls ef ek reyni,
..,asl...,u. 262, (Grag. i. 142 is a false reading = allt), Fas. ii. 283 :
h addition of ' J)6,' alls \>6 hefir J)etta med meirum fadaemum gengiS,
Jr en hvert annara, ^a, vil ek . . . , but considering that .. ., Band. 32 new
; cp. Lex. Poet.
l-ti3, adv. at all times. Fas. i. 505 (paper MS.), freq. in mod. use.
-liisigr, adj. all-lousy, Fbr. 156.
\-'VBl6.,n.absolute power. allvalds-komiiigr,m . sovereign,Yms.x.^*]?i .
1-valdr, pi. ar, m. = alvaldr (poet, word), sovereign king. Lex. Poet.,
432 ; heilir allvaldar ba3ir, a poetical salute, Fms. vi. 195 ; mikil er
I aun (a proverb), 'tis hard to strive against the powerful, Lv. III.
lyngis, quite, altogether, v. oUungis.
-manna-, gen. pi. from an obsolete almenn [cp. Alemanni], a prefix
ome nouns, denoting general, common, universal, Ad. 21. Freq. now
eel., e. g. almanna-romr, m. public opinion, in the proverb, sjaldan lygr
vox populi vox Dei. compds : almanna-bygS, f. an inhabited
ntry. Fas. iii. 3. almanna-gj£, f. local name of the great lava rift
c to the al{)ing, where all the people met; vide Nj. 244, Sturl. i. 206,
almanna-leifl, f. a public road, Lv. 29. almanna-lof, n.
f all, Nj. 251. almanna-skript, f. general confession, Hom.
almanna-stofa, u, f. the common hall, a large room in the Icel.
s of the I2th and 13th centuries ; opp. to litla stofa, Sturl. ii. 153,
■ 1^4, 198; it seems to be identical with skali. almanna-tal, n.
c i.mon reckoning, lb. 18 : p. (Norse), general censjts, with a view to
Eving a levy, N.G.L. i. 98 ; Fr. = almanna{)ing. almanna-vegr,
ri t high road, Nj. 261, Fms. ii. 99, = J)j63vegr, J)j(331ei3. almanna-
1 %, n. (Norse), a public meeting, — aiding, Fr,
al-mittigr, adj. [A.S. ealmeathig; Hcl. ala-; Germ, allmiichtig'],
almighty, seems to be a Christian (ecd.) word, translated from the Latin
omnipotens; but the phrase 'hinn almattki liss' in th» heathen oath (used
of Thor) implies its use in very early times. The old form is contracted
before -ir, -ar, -an, -um, etc., and changes g into k; almattkan, -kir, -kum
(now almattugan, -ugir, -ugum, through all cases), v. mattigr : used of
God, Fms. i. 231, Eluc. 10, Sks. 305, etc. : heathen use, Landn. 258, cp.
P- 33.5-
al-mdttr, ar, m., dat. -msetti, almightiness, omnipotence (eccl.), of
God, 671. 3 ; sinn almcDtt (ace), Isl. i. (Hom.) 386, Fms. J. 236, 655 vi.
2 ; vide almaetti, n.
al-menni, n. the people, public, Fr. (Norse).
al-menniliga, adv. generally, H. E. i. 465, K. A. 80.
al-menniligr, adj. [Germ, allgemein], general, common, rare in old
writers, Stj. ; a. (catholic) tni, Mar. 656 B. 8, 623. 18 ; a. Jiing, concilium
oecumenicum, Rb. 338 ; a. Kristni, 390, 208, GJ)1., etc, Freq. in mod. Icel.,
= common, good, real.
al-menning, f. and almenningr, m. I. in Icel. almost always
fem. in the sense oi fundus communis, ager compascuus, common land,
belonging to a whole ' fj6r3ungr' (quarter) of the country, and thus wider
than the mod. ' afr6tt.' It still remains in the local name of the deserts
round Cape Horn at the north-west point of Icel., cp. Fbr. and Landn.
124; cp. also the passage in lb. ch. 3. The word is now seldom used
except of wastes belonging to nobody : {)at er almenning er fjordungs
menn eigu allir saman, Grag. ii. 392-394, Js. 107, lb. ch. 3, Grag. ii.
345> 352, 359, 385, K. {>.K. 26, Fbr. 41, Landn. 124, in all those cases
fem. II. masc. (Norse), [cp. Swed. almiinning, />a5c«?/»i, and Germ,
almeinde, via publica or ager compascuus, Grimm R. A. p. 498], common
or public pasture (answering nearly to the Icel. afr^tt), where cattle are
grazed during the summer months, cp. the Norse setr, Icel. sel : rarely
used in Icel. writers. In (3. H., ch. I14, used of Grimsey, an island off
the north coast of Iceland, G^l. 450, Jb. 299, 31 1. 2. the high-street,
in a Norse town, N.G.L. ii. 241. 3. the people, the public in general,
common now in Icel. in this sense, Stj. 292, 493, Fbr. 194; almennings
matr, common food, Bs. ii. 5, 179. 4. a levy, conscription ; fullr, allr,
halfr a., a full, half levy of men and ships; fullr a. in Norway meant a
levy of one in every seven male adults, N. G. L. ii. 199, Fms. iv. 142, i.
165, D.I. i. 66 (of the milit. duties of Icelanders when residing in Norway).
Metaph. (as a phrase) in Nj. 207, of raising the country, the institution
being unknown in the Icel. Commonwealth. compds : almennings-
br^f, n. a proclamation, Sturl. iii. 29. almenrdngs-drykkja, u, f.
a public banquet, Bs. i. 108. almennings-far, n. a public ferry, GJ)1.
415. almennings-mork, f. a /kW/c /ores/, GJ)1. 454. almenn-
ings-strseti, n. a public street, Grett. 1 58 A. almennings-tollr, m. a
pitblic toll, tax, 1 26 C. 1 73 (?). almennings-vegr, m. a public way.
al-mennr, adj. common, public, Grett. 115, where MSS. A and B have
almaelt. Now freq.
ALMH, elm-tree, v. almr.
almusa, u, f. = olmusa, aZms, [Scot, almous. Germ. aZmosen,(«A.«7;/xo<rwi;.)]
al-miigi, a, and almugr, s, m., at present the first form is always
used [cp. miigi and miigr, Dan. almue, plebs], prop, the commons, people ;
konungrinn ok almuginn, kirig and commons, Stj. ; eigi vissi almuginn
(people in general) hvat fram for 1 sottinni, Bs. i. 74 ; almiigrinn (the
people) geystist, Bret. 37, 94 ; allvinsaelir vi3 almiigann, having very many
friends amotig the commonalty, Fms. i. 184. p. now in lce^.= plebs,
the masses, opp. to the higher classes ; so in many compds, e. g. almuga-
nia3r, m,, almiaga-legr, adj., etc.
al-maeli, n. what all people say, a common saying, general report; J)at er
a. at ... , all people say, agree that . . ., Fms. xi. 326, Hkr. iii. 398 ; J)at voru
almseli um dalinn, at .... Sd. 155, Ld. 332. p. a saying, proverb ; {)at
er a. (common saying) at menn sj63i {)au ra3, er Jieir hafa lengi i hug
ser, Hom. 83 ; J)6tt almaelit sanna3ist, at m63urbraedrum verdi menu
likastir, though the saying proved sooth, that men are likest to their uncles
by the mother's side, Isl. ii. 29.
al-masltr, adj. part, spoken by all, what all say; esp. in the phrase,
almselt ti3indi, news; spyrjast almxltra ti3inda, what news? Nj. 227, Ld.
80, Fms. xi. 118 (a standing phrase). p. of a child that has learnt to
talk; en J)a er sveinninn var tvaevetr, J)a rann hann einn saman ok var a.
sem fjiigra vetra gomul biirn, but when the boy was tivo years old, then be
ran alone and could say everything as well as bairns of four years, Ld. 34,
(altalandi is the word now used.)
al-msetti, n. omnipotence, Skalda 161 ; esp. theol., now more freq. than
the masc. almattr.
al-naktr, adj. part, quite naked, Rd. 295 ; now alnakinn.
aln-bogi, a, m. = olbogi, elbow, Edda 1 10.
al-n^, adj. quite new, Fms. viii. 61, Grag. i. 491.
al-Oga3r, adj. quite in ear««s/, = alhugadr.
ALPT, sivan, v. alpt.
ALU, s, m. pi. ir, awl, Edda 71. p. in the phrase, ' leika a als oddi,*
skjalfa fiutti hiisit, sem a als oddi li'ki (MS. allsoUa), the house quivered,
as if it were balanced on the point of an awl, Fas. i. 89 ; the Icel. now use
C
18
ALRAUDR— ALI-INGI.
the phrase, a3 leika s'l als oddi, of the excitement produced by joy, to he
merry, in high spirits, full of life and vigour, (cp. the Engl, to be On pins
and needles.) *
al-rau3r, adj. quite red, Rd. 298.
al-r&Sinn, adj. part, quite determined, Fnis. viii. 145. .,
al-rinn, adj. utterly plundered ; J)eir munu gorvir fyrst ahanir er nsestir
em, tsl. ii. 93 (dub.)
al-rejmdr, ^2ltI. fully proved, Fms, xi.441, Mirm. 74.
alri, elder-tree, v. elri.
.al-roskinn, adj. quite grown tip, Fms. i. 5, Ld. 256.
al-rotinn, adj. all rotten, Stj. Exod. xvi. 20.
al-rsemdr, adj. part. a. neut. rumoured of all, of bad news ; a.
er, all people say, Nj. 76, Fms. vii. 1 13, Stj. p. in mod. Icel. both masc.
and fern, in a bad sense, e. g. a. ]pj6fr, a noted thief.
al-sag3r, adj. part, spoken of by all, Fms. ii. 50.
al-satt, f. in the phrases, sattr alsattum, completely reconciled, atoned
with a full atonement, Dipl. ii. 1 1 ; saettast alsattum, Grag. ii. 141.
al-sdttr, ^6^]. fully reconciled, Nj. 120, Boll. 362.
al-sekr, adj. a law term, an utter felon, an outlaw of the greater degree,
= sk6garmaar, opp. to fj6rbaugsma3r, Nj. 240, Hrafn. 18, Grag. i. 463.
al-si3a, adj. ind. [si6r,/a//A], en er Kristni var a., but when the Christian
faith was universally accepted, Hkr. ii. 97 ; en J)6 Kristnin vxri mi a. J)a
. . ., Grett. 150 (the old Ed. wrongly a landi).
al-skipaSr, adj. part. fully manned: a. of a ship; skiita, tvitug-
sessa, langskip a., Nj. 280, Eg. 13, Fms. iv. 70, Hkr. i. 176. p. a law
term, bekkr, pallr a., full court, Grag. i. 7. 7. of a bench in a banquet-
hall, quite full. Eg. 43.
al-skjalda5r, adj. part, lined, covered with shields: a. of ships
lined with shields along the bulwarks from stem to stem, as a ship of war,
Landn. 156, Sturl. iii. 61. p. of troops in full armour, Sturl. ii. 47.
al-skrifa3r, adj. part, written all over, of vellum, Th. 76.
al-skyldr, adj. quite binding, Sks. 636.
al-slitinn, adj. part, quite ragged, worn out, Vm. 161.
al-slikr, adj. quite the same, Fms. iv. 157.
al-sini3a3r, part, completely built, Fms. xi. 436.
al-snotr, adj. all-wise, Hm. 54 : very clever, Jikv. 26, 28.
al-spakr, adj. all-wise, cognom., Eg. 466.
al-sta3ar, everywhere, v. alls-sta8ar, sub allr.
al-styf3r, part, a metre in masculine rhymes (styfa), Edda (Ht.) 134.
Masculine final rhymes are called styft.
al-st^fingr, m. an animal with close-cropped ears; he who marked
sheep in this way was liable to the lesser outlawry, unless it were publicly
announced in the logretta, Grag. i. 426.
al-svartr, adj. quite black, Nj. 80.
al-sveittr, adj. all-sweaty, Al. 22.
al-sveitugr, adj. reeking with sweat, now kofsveittr, Gisl. 137.
al-sykn, adj. a law term, altogether free, released from all punishment,
Grag. ii. 160.
al-s^kna, u, f. complete immunity from punishment, pardon, Grag. i. 359.
al-ssett, f. complete reconciliation, Nj. loi, Js. 40, B.K. 126.
ALTARI, n. and rarely altara, n. or altari, a, m. ; mod. heteroclite
altari, n. pi. olturu ; the forms -eri, -era [altare] also appear : — an altar, a Chris-
tian word, the altar in heathen temples being called 'stallr,' Nj. 279, K. A.
a8, 208, Stj. freq.; altaris, 625. 84 ; altari ^in, 655 xxiii. 2 ; altari (nom.
pi.), xiv B. 2, Pm. 47 : masc, altara (ace.) fim alna langan . . ., but ^at
(neut.) skal me6 eiri biia, a little below, altarans (gen.), altarann (nom.
sing.), altaris (gen. neut.), altarit (neut. nom.), Stj. 307, 308, indifferently
neut. or masc, Symb. 24; alteri, 1812. 17; altera (dat. neut.), 655 iii.
2, 623. 54. coMPDs : altaris-blsDJa, u, f. an altar-cloth. Am. 33, Vm.
37, B. K. 83 ; altara-blaeja, D. I. i. 404. altaris-bok, f. an altar-book,
Vm. 6, Dipl. v. 18. altaris-brfk, f. an altar-piece, Vm. 12. altaris-
buna3r, m. altar-furniture, H.E. i. 489. altaris-dagr, m. anniver-
sary of the foundation of an altar, H. E. i. 310. altaris-dukr, m. an
altar-cloth, Vm. r, D.I. i. 244. altaris-forn, f. a victim o^ered on
an altar. Mart. 122. altaris-golf, n. the floor round an altar, N.G.L.
i. 160. altaris-hom, n. the horn of an altar, Fms. xi. 444. altaris-
htis, n. a chapel, Bs. ii. 80. altaris-klsedi, n. an altar-cloth, Hkr. iii.
81, D. I. i. 266 ; altara-, Fms. iii. 28, Vm. i. altaris-likneski, n. a«
image placed on an altar,'Pm.6i. altaris-messa, u, f. 7nass at an altar,
Bs. ii. 81. &\taTis-p\&ta,u,{. a candlestick, Pm.g^. altaris-skra,
f. an altar-book, Pm. 109. altaris-sta3r, m. the place where an altar
stands. Eg. 768. altaris-steinn, m. an altar-slab, D.I. i. 266, 443,
K. A. 28, Vm. 31, Am. 55, Pm. 106. altaris-stika, u, f. a candlestick
for an altar, Vm. 3. altaris-J)j6nusta, u, f. altar-service, 655 xxxii. i .
al-tiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. civilly, Bs. i. 812.
altingis = al^ingis, adv. [{)ing, res'], quite, altogether ^Vm. 24.
al-tjalda3r, adj. part, hutig with tapestry all round, Fms. xi. 17, Sturl.
iii. 193, Hav. 52.
al-uga3r, sincere, v. alhugaSr.
al-ti3, f. and in old writers almost constantly 61u3 (with changed
sincerity, freq. in mod. Icel. in this sense. But in old writers prop, usei
of hospitality, in such phrases as, taka viS e-m me8 6., to give a hearty re
ception to, Ld. 196, Faer. 156, Fs. 15 ; veita me8 o., to give hospitable treat
ment, Fms. vi. 1 20. p. affection ; hann gaf mer hringinn me8 mikilli o
Fms. ii. 1 7 1 ; sakir gaezku J)eirrar ok aliiSar (affectioti) er Gu6 haf3i viS Abra
ham, /or the sake of that kindness and love which God had toward Abra
ham,Yer. 78; BjiJrn spyr ti6inda heldr tomliga af engri a., coolly, Bjarr
53. Mod. also alu3liga, adv. heartily; alu3ligr, adj. kind, hearty
COMPDS : alu3ar-ina3r, m. devoted friend, Fms. vi. 34. alilSar
vinr, m. sincere friend, Hkr. ii. 210, Ver. 15 ; 61u8arvinr, Fms. iv. 387.
al-valdr, almighty; alvald, omnipotence; v. allv-.
al-vara, u, f. [appears neitKer in Engl, nor Germ. ; Dan. alvor']. ]
seriousness, earnestness; Gunnarr segir s6t J)at alvoru, Nj. 49, Jjorst. Stanj
50; ahyggjusamliga ok me8 mikilli a., with much earnestness, Fms. i. 141
taka e-t fyrir a., to take it in earnest, x. 77 ; vissa ek eigi at J)er var
vi6 at taka, that you were in earnest. Band; 3. 2. affection = a\u
(not used at present in that sense) ; hverigir logSu fulla alvoru til annarr;
Bs. i. 288 ; elskulig a. til e-s, hearty love, Fms. iii. 63 ; me3 alvoru 0
bli&u, 144 ; er oil hans a. (inclination) til Olafs konungs, vi. 3a. compdi
alv5ru-liga, adv. earnestly, Fms. ii. 21 1. alvoru-ligr, adj. earnes
devoted; a. vinatta, Fms. ii. 144. alvSru-samligr, adj. earnest loo)
ing, devoted; a. J)j6nosta, Fms. i. 261.
al-varliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), seriously, earnestly, 655 xxxii. 21.
intimately, devotedly ; fagna e-m a., to receive heartily, Grett. 98 A
al-vaskligr, m. brisk, martial, Ld. 196, (Ed. allvaskligr.)
al-vaxinn, adj. part, quite grown up, Ld. 132.
al-v&pna3r, adj. part, in full armour. Eg. 422, 460, Fms. i. 81.
al-vdtr, adj. thoroughly wet, Fser. 184, Fbr. 23, K. |). K. 10.
al-vel = allvell, adv. very well ; albetr at ser, of much better appearanc
Ld. 332, Glum. 353 : so the vellum MS. A.M. 132 in both these passages
al-vepni = alvaepni,y7//Z armour.
al-verki and alverkja, adj. ind. aching, feeling pains all over t
body [cp. the Scot, wark and werk and the provincial Engl, wark in tl
sense of ache, racking pain"], Fms. v. 223, Bs. i. 615.
al-virkr and alyrkr, adj. [verk], a. dagr, a working day, opp. to a ho
day, N. G. L. i. 429, 153 ; cp. virkr.
al-vista, adj. ind. paralysed, Fel. ix. 186.
al-vitr, adj. all-wise, now partic. used of God, Clem. 33 ; superl. alvif
astr, of greatest wisdom, used of a man of science, Sturl. i. 167. MS. Br
Mus. 1 1 27.
al-vsenn, ad], fair.
al-vsepni, n. [vapn], complete arms; hafa a.,^o be in full armotir, ful
armed, Nj. 93, 107, Eg. 46, 74, 88 ; me& z., fully armed, lb. ch. 7.
al-vser3, f., almost constantly 61v8er3 (the change of vowel being cauS'
by the following v), Bs. i. 593. 1. 19, even spelt olbaerS, probably akin wi
alvara ; hospitality, hearty reception, good treatment; taka vi6 e-m me6 i
Fms. xi. 52, 27, Fas. iii. 79 ; var J)ar uppi oil 6. af Grims hendi, i. 17:
bj65a honum me8 allri 6., kindness, hospitality, W. t^io; cp. also Bs.
1. c, where full er olbaerS ollum means there is open house; the word
now obsolete.
al-vserliga and 6lv8Drliga, adv. hospitably, tsl. ii. 348.
al-yrkr, adj., a. dagr, a working day, v. alvirkr.
al-J)akinn, adj. part, thatched all over, Fms. i. 89 ; older form -i8r.
al-J)i]ja3r, adj. part., old form -J)il3r, completely wainscotted, Sturl, i
193 : the vellum MS. has -J)il5ir, the Ed. -J)ilja6ir.
al-J)ingi, n. [t)ing], mod. form alj)ing, by dropping the inflective
the gen., however, still remains unchanged, alj)ingis. The parliament
general asseinbly of the Icel. Commonwealth, invested with the suprei
legislative and judicial power, consisting of the legislative logretta (q. v
and the courts, v. domr, fimtardomr, fjorSungsdomar ; v. also go
go8or8, logsogumaSr, logsaga, logberg, and many other words referring
the constitution and functions of the al^ingi. It was founded by Ulfl;
about A.D. 930, lb. ch. 3 ; and reformed by Thord Gellir A.D. 964, w
instituted the courts and carried out the political divisions of Icel. ir
go5or8, fjorSungar, and J)ing, ch. 5. In the years 1272 and 1281 t
alj)ing, to some extent, changed its old forms, in order to comply w»
the new state of things. In the year 1800 it was abolished altogeth
A kind of parliament, under the old name aljiingi, was again establish
in the year 1843, and sat at Reykjavik. Before the year 930 a gene
assembly was held in Kjalarnes, whence it was removed under the uas
of alj)ingi to the river Oxara, near to the mountain Armannsfell. T
much-debated passage in HaensaJ). S. ch. 14 — en {)ingit var J)a utt
Armannsfelli — therefore simply means that the events referred to hi
pened after the removal of the KjalarnesJ)ing. The parliament at fi
met on the Thursday beginning the tenth week of the summer, whf
fell between the nth and the 17th of June; by a law of the year 9
its opening was deferred to the next following Thursday, between 1
1 8th 'and 24th of June, old style; after the union with Norway,
after A.D. 1272 or 1281, the time of meeting was further deferredi
June 29 ; July 2 (Vis. B. V. M.) is hence called {ling-Mariumessa. 1
'vowel), aly3, Clem. 43, [a contracted form from al-hugd, -hugr],a^c;;ow, I parliament lasted for a fortnight; the last day ot the session, cAB
ALJ>INGISDOMR--ANDBLASINN.
19
ilak, because the weapons having been laid aside during the session
again taken (cp. Kngl. wapentake), thus fell on the first or second
Wednesday in July. As to the rules of the al{)ingi, vide esp. the first chapter
if the f).{j. Grag. (Kb.) i. p. 38 sqq. The most eventful years in the history
if the alj)ingi are, A. D. 930 (foundation), 964 (reform), 1000 (introduction
af Christianity), 1004 (institution of the Fifth Court), 1024 (repudiation
)f the attempt of the king of Norway to annex Iceland), 1096 (introduc-
tion of tithes), 1 1 17 (first codification of laws), 1 262-1 264 (submission to
[he king of Norway), 1272 and 1281 (new codes introduced). In the year
1238 there was no alj)ing held because of civil disturbances, eytt alj)ingi
)k {x'jttu J)at lidsemi, Ann.s.a., Gr4g. (p. p.) Islend. b6k, Kristni S., Njala,
^turl., Arna b. S., O. H. (1853), ch. 1 14; of modern writers, vide esp.
Maurer, Entsteh. des Isl. Staates; Dasent, Iiitrod. to Burnt Njal ; some
jf the Introductions by Jon Sigur8sson in D.I., esp. that to the Gamli
jiittniaii of the year 1 262. compds : alj)ingi8-d6nir, m. the court of
ustice in the a., Grag. i. 87, 130. alj)ingis-f6r, f. a journey to the
I., Js. 6. alj)ingis-helgun, f. hallowing, inauguration of the a., cp.
lUsherjar go6i, Landn. 336. alJ)ingis-lof, n. permission, leave given
iy parliament; ef . . . ssttist k vig fyrir a. fram, against the rules of the
unlawfully, Grag. ii. 173. alt>ingis-inal, n. parliamentary rules,
Proceedings of parliament; ef J)eir taka eigi af alj)ingismali, do not in-
"ringe the parliamentary rules, Grag. i. 103 : in the legal phrase, at
JJ)ingismali r^ttu ok allsherjar logum, where the first rather denotes the
orm, the last the substance of the law. alj)ingis-nefna, u, f. nomi-
lation to the legislative body and the courts, including domnefna and
ijgrettuskipan, Grag. i, 5 ; cp. lb. ch. 5. alj)ingis-rei3, f. a journey
0 the a., Nj. 100, Grag. ii. 78. alj)ingis-sdtt, f. an agreement entered
nto at the a. alj)ingissd,ttar-hald, n. the keeping of such an agree-
ment, Gnig. i. 217, Sturl.i. 66. alj)mgis-sekt, f. a conviction in the
ourts. alj)ingissektar-hald, n., Sturl. i. 66 (seems to be a false
eading) ; v. the preceding word.
al-^ingis = olliingis or iildungis, quite, altogether, D.N. (not Icel.)
al-l)j69, f. rare and obsolete = alj)y'&a, the commons. Ad. verse 17,
onatorr. 9, 15 ; a. manna, Sturl. iii. 229, 125, Fms. vii. 240.
'al-J)ykkr, adj. quite thick, foggy, Stj. I Kings xviii. 45.
al-J)^6a, u, f. the public, people ; sva at a. vissi, Sd. 167 ; sag5i {)ii allri
l{i\'Ju, told all people. Eg. 271. p. people assembled in a body; er J)at
.fuarsta6r minn til allrar alj)y6u, all the assembled comtnons, Nj. 189,
nis. i. 33. Y- 1 alj)y6u lifi, in common life, 655 xxi. 3. With gen., a.
uiiiiKi = oil a., everybody, the overwhelming majority, bulk of people assem-
'fi!. Eg. 193, where it is used of the household; a. manna var a brott
iriii, nearly all people had left, 220 ; a, manna ger6u (pi.) g66an rom at
1:1 !i bans, the whole meeting cheered his speech, Fms. vii. 242. It is
>w almost solely used of the tommon people, allt folk, bjeSi rika menn
teal thy) ok al^y8u, Fms. v. 113 ; cp. alj)y6is-f61k. compds : alt>y3u-
rykkja, u, f. a common banquet, Sturl. ii. 245. alj)y9u-lei3, f. a
"A mad. Eg. 579, Bjam. 49. alJ)^3u-lof, n. popularity, general
. Hkr. iii. 31. alj)'^3u-nia5r, m. a working man,Yd.i'j2 old Ed.,
iy instead of alj)y6a manna, Fs. 67. alj)^3u-indl, n. common,
■•itral report, J)at er a. at, Hkr. iii. 34. all)^3u-skap, n., in the
lira^c, vera ekki vi& a., to be unpopular, livinsEell ok litt vi& a., Fs. 63.
ilj)y9u-ta], n. reckoning, common calculation, lb. ch. 7, Rb. 18. al-
y9u-v£pn, n. common weapons. Fas. iii. 620. alj)^3ii-vegr, m.
' public road, Sturl. i. 36, Hkr. iii. 54. alj)y3u-vir3mg, f. public
inlan, cojtsensus popularis, Bs. i. 158. alj>y3u-'vitni, n. universal tes-
;n<my, Sks. 12. alJ)^3u-J)yss, m. a general tumult, Bs. i.46, Hom.46.
al-J)y3ask, dd, dep. in the phrase, a. til e-s, to incline towards, attach
leselfto, Fms. vi. 135.
il-l)y3i, n. = alj)y6a, and alj)f3is-f61k, id., Bs. i. 805.
:il-J>^3ligr, adj. common, general; a. ma5r = menskr ma6r, a common
an, Fas. ii. 251 ; i alj)y81igri rae8u, common parlance, Skalda 185; hitt
eri al{)y51egra (more plain), at segja, 208 ; a. fyrir sakir si8fer8is, of plain
anners, Finnb. 298.
il-J)8egr, adj. [l)iggja], quite acceptable, pleasant to, Hom. 75.
xl-sestr, adj. part, excited, stirred up, Sks. 230.
A.MA, a5, to vex, annoy, molest; with dat. of the person, eigi skuluS J)er
Ruth, Stj. 423, Fms. i. 244. p. dep. (more freq.), amast vi6 e-n, to
inoy, molest, in order to get rid of one, Landn. 66, Nj. 130, 199, v. I.;
nu6ust liSsmenn Htt vi6 hana, Fms. v. 305, vii. 166, Fs. 32 ; at hann
'"•"^i eigi a. vi8 (object to) hygb bans, Sd. 139: absol. ^o dislike, 'N],
ami, a, m. vexation, annoyance, is now used in the phrase, a5 vera
-il ama, to become a cause of vexation to : ama-samr, adj. and ama-
)ini, f. bad humour ; cp. also iimurligr, distressing ; amatligr, loathsome.
imallera, a&, to enamel (Ft. word emailler), Fms. xi. 427, Vm. 152,
>5-
imathysti, a, m. amethyst (for. word), Str.
imatligr or fim^tligr, adj. loathsome, hideous (freq, at the present
y), Hkv. I. 38.
imban, f., ambana, a&, and ambun, ambuna, recompense (Norse) ;
ombun, ombuna.
A-MBATT, pi. ir, f. [cp. Uif. andtahts=dtdKovos, {nrrjpfTris ; A.S.,
ambight; Hel. ambaht, servitium ; O. H. G. ampahl; hence the mod. Germ.
amt, Dan. embede, Icel. embcetti; the mod. Rom. ambassador, ambassade
are of the same stock ; Ital. ambasciadore, nuntius ; cp. Caes. Bell. Gall. 6.
15 — circum se ambactos clientesque hahent, v. Diez on this root. The
Icel. am- is an assimilated form from and-"], a bondwoman, handmaid;
{jraell eSr a., Grag. ii. 152, 156 (where the older form amb6tt), N. G. L.
i. 76 ; konungs a., freq. of a royal concubine, Fms. i. 14, Fagrsk. ch. ai :
cp. embsetta and embjetti. Cp. also mod. ambaga, u, f. an awkward
person; ambdguligr, adj. and ambdgu-skapr, m. clumsy manners,
perh. all of them related to ambott. compds : ainbd,ttar-bam, n.
childofan a., Fms. i. 72. ambdttar-d6ttir, f. daughter of an a., Eg.
345. ambdttarligr, adj. vile, like an a., Fas. i. 244. amb&ttar-
m6t, n. expression of an a. , Fas. i. 147. amb&ttar-BOnr, m. son of an
a., Gr/ig. i. 363, Ld. 70, 98. ambd,tta-fang, n. a term of contempt,
a woman's tussle, as it were between two bondswomen, Sd. i6a (of
wrestling).
ainb-h6f3i, a, m. a nickname of uncertain signification, Egilsson sup-
poses that of bi-ceps : most probably amb- denotes some animal ; cp.
Hjart-h()f8i, Hart-head, and Orkn-h6f8i, Seal-bead, Sturl. i. 35 (in a verse).
amboS, n. utensils, v. andbod.
AMLODI, a, m. 1. the true name of the mythical prince of
Denmark, Amlethus of Saxo, Hamlet of Shakespeare. 2. now used
metaph. of an imbecile, weak person, one of weak bodily frame, wanting
in strength or briskness, unable to do his work, not up to the mark.
It is used in phrases such as, J)u ert mesti AniloSi, what a great A . you are,
i.e. poor, weak fellow. In a poem of the loth century (Edda 67), the sea-
shore is called the flour-bin of Amlode (meldr-li8 Aml68a, navis farinae
Amlodii), the sand being the flour, the sea the mill: which recals the
words of Hamlet in Saxo, — ' sabulum perinde ac farra aspicere jussus
eadem albicantibus maris procellis permolita esse respondit.' From this
poem it may be inferred that in the loth century the tale of Hamlet was
told in Icel., and in a shape much like that given it by Saxo about 250
years later. Did not Saxo (as he mentions in his preface) write his story
from the oral tradition of Icelanders? In Iceland this tale was lost, together
with the Skjiildunga Saga. The Icel. Ambales Saga MS. in the Brit. Mus.
is a modern composition of the 17th century. compds now in freq.
use : aml63aligr, adj. imbecile; ainl63a-skapr, m., or ainl63a-h4ttr,
imbecility ; also ainl63ast, dep. Torfaeus, in his Series Reg. Dan. p. 302,
quotes an old Swedish rhyme running thus : ' Tha slog konungen handom
samman | och log fast och gorde afl^ gamman | rett some han vore en
Amblode | then sig intet godt forstode,' where it means a fool, simpleton,
denoting a mental imbecility. [Perhaps the A.S. homola is cognate;
thus in the Laws of King Alfred, ' Gif he hine on bismor to homolan
bescire,' if he in mockery shave his (a churl's) bead like a fool, which
Lambarde renders morionis in morem : see Thorpe's Anc. Laws ii. Gloss.
sub voce, and cp. the quotation from Weber's Metrical Romances ii. 340.]
AMMA, u, f. [cp. afi], grandmother ; now in freq. use, but rarely in
the Sagas, which use fo8ur-m68ir and m68ur-m68ir, Hym. 7, Rm. 16,
Edda 109, Nj. 119, Ld. 328. In compds, 6mmu.-br63ir, ommu-
systir, etc. ; lang-amraa, u, f. is a great-grandmother. [In Germ^
amme means a nurse.'\
ampli, a, m. and hSmpull, s, m. [ampulla], a jug, Vm. 6, 47, Dipl. iii. 4,
B.K. 31. coMPD : ompuls-brot, n. rt/ofoi&errf, Pm. 93.
amra, a8, to bowl piteously, Fs. 45 (of cats) ; cp. omurligr, piteous, and
omruligr, adj. id.
amstr, n. [cp. Germ. amsteig=palearium'], a rick, Orkn. 448, an ait,
key. : amstr now means toil : cp. amstrast, a8, to toil.
AN, conj. than, Lat. quam, is the old form, and constantly ilsed in
MSS. of the 1 2th century, instead of ' en' or ' enn,' q. v.
ANA, a8, to rush on, now freq.
AND-, a prefixed prep. [Ulf. uses a separate prep, and; A.S. and-;
Germ, ant-, ent-, empf- ; it exists' in Engl, in an-swer; Lat. ante-; Gr.
avri-'\, denoting whatever is opposite, against, towards, and metaph.
hostile, adverse ; freq. spelt and pronounced an- or ann- ; it is used in a
great many compds, v. below. If followed by v, the a changes into o,
e. g. 6ndver8r, adversus; in andvir8i,/in2e, however, the a is unchanged.
ANDA, a8, [Ulf. has us-anan = iiarvtiv ; cp. Gr. avf/ws, wind, and
Lat. animus, ajiima, spirit, breath : the Germans say geist, spirit, and
athmen, spirare : Ulf. translates m/evpa by ahma, vovs by aha; Hel.
spiritus by gest and athom, whence Germ, athmen : cp. Swed. and, Snde,
spiritus, spirare.'] I, act. to breathe, and of the wind, to waft;
meSan \ien megu anda ok upp standa, Bs. i. 224, Karl. 95 ; |>6r8r andar
mi handan, Sturl. i. 21 (in a verse). II. dep. andast, to breathe
one's last, expire ; MorSr Gigja tok sott ok andaSist, Fiddle Mord ' took
sick' and breathed his last, Nj. 29 ; en ef sva ferr at ek ondumk, but if it
fares so that I die. Eg. 127 ; \>zt hefir andast fa8ir minn. Fas. iii. 619.
Part. andaSr, dead; hon var ^a onduS, had breathed ber last, Ld. 16;
jarlinn vai J)a a., Fms. i. 149-
anda- and andar-, the compds belonging to ond, anima, and iind, a
duck, V. sub voce ond.
and-bld£inn, adj. part, [ond], inflated, Sk41da 169.
C 2
20
ANDDYRI— ANDVANA.
and-dyri and anndyri, n. [Lat. atrium; from ond, atrium, q.v.], a^in the phrase, a6 ver8a a,, to come to words with, Rd. 300, Ko:
porch; hyn dro hann fram yfir dymar ok sva i anddyrit, Grett. 140,
Nj. 140, Fms. ii. 148, Bs. i. 804.
and-fang, n. esp. pi. [Germ, empfang], reception, hospitality, VJ)m. 8.
and-fselur, f. pi. [ond], ' the horrors,' in the phrase, vakna me6 and-
fselum, of one suddenly awakening from a bad dream, or from being
frightened when asleep. Fas. iii. 256, Fel. ix. 188.
and-fsetingr, s, m. [and-], transl. of Antipodes in Pliny, Stj. 94. Now
used in the mod. sense of Antipodes ; also in the phrase, sofa andfaetis, or
andfaeting, of two sleeping in a bed ' heads and heels.'
and-hlaup, n. suffocation. Eg. 553.
and-hvalr, s, m. balaena rostrata, now called andarnefja, u, f., Edda
(Gl.), Sks. 123 A.
and-hsDli, n. mofistrosity, absurdity ; medic, the heels being in the place
of the toes, Fel. ix. 188. andhselisligr, adj. absurd.
andi, a, m. 1. prop, breath, breathing ; af anda fisksins, Edda
19 ; cp. hverr andalauss lifir, who lives without breathing, in the Riddles
of Gestumblindi, Fas. i. 482 ; af anda hans, Greg. 20, Sks. 41 B ; andi er
Ingimundar, ekki g66r a bekkinn, of foul breath, Sturl. i. 2 1 (in a verse). 2.
a current of air ; andi handar J)innar, air caused by the waving of the
hand, 623. 33: now freq. of a soft breeze. 3. (gramm.) aspiration;
linr, snarpr a., Skalda 175, 179. II. metaph. and of Christian
origin, spirit. In the Icel. translation of the N. T. andi answers to mxvixa,
sal to ^vxh (cp- Luke i. 46, 47) ; GuS skapaSi likamann ok andann. Mar.
656 ; taki ^er vi5 likamanum en Drottinn viS andanum, id. ; gjalda Gu3i
sinn anda. Mar. 39 (Fr.) ; hjarta, andi ok vizka, id. In some of these cases
it may answer to i/'vx'7» but the mod. use is more strict : as a rule there is
a distinction between ' ond,' f anima, and ' andi,' m. animus, yet in some
cases both are used indifferently, thus Luke xxiii. 46 is translated by ' andi,'
yet ' ond' is more freq., Pass. 44. 21, 45. i. 2. spirit, spiritual being
(ond is never used in this sense) ; John iv. 24, Gu6 er andi, and, tilbi6ja i
znda,fVTrveviMaTi. 3. /i^^oZy Gj&os/, Nj. 164, Rb. 80. A.angels;
J)esshattar eldr brennir andana, Stj. 41. 5. in a profane sense;
alfr e6a a.. Fas. i. 313. 6. spiritual gift; i krapti ok i anda Heliae,
Hom. 104. Luke i. 17, Sks. 565. compds : anda-gipt, f. inspiration,
gift of the Holy Ghost, Fms. iv. 48. anda-kast, n. breathing. Fas.
iii. 348. andaliga, adv.5p/nVwa//y, = andliga, Fms. v, 230. anda-
ligr, adj. spiritual, = ?indi\\gr, Stj. 8, Dipl. ii. 11.
and-kostr = annkostr, purpose.
and-langr, m. (poet.) name of one of the heavens, Edda(Gl.)
and-lauss, adj. [ond], breathless, lifeless, exanimis; a. hlutir, Eluc. 9.
and-Mt, n. [ond, anima; lat, damnum], 'loss of breath,' death; J)a er
J)u fregn a. mitt, 623. 43 ; a. Magmiss konungs, Gizurar biskups, etc.,
Bs. i. 65, 70, Eg. 119, 367. p. the last gasp, the very moment of
death; J)a var konungr naer andlati, Hkr. i. 160; var hann pa beint i
andlati, Fms. vi. 230 ; ok er hann fann at nser dro at andlati hans, his
last moments drew near, viii. 446 : andlat has the notion of a quiet,
easy death ; liflat, a violent death ; but both are only used in a dignified
sense. compds : andld.ts-dagr, m. day of death, Bs. i. 466. and-
Idts-dsegr, n. id., 686 B. andldts-sorg, f. grief for a death, Stj. 196.
andld.ts-ti3, f. and -timi, a, m. time of death, Greg. 78, Stj. 9.
andliga, adv. spiritually, Sks. 614, 649, Stj. 27, 34, Hom. 57.
andligr, adj. [Hel. translates spiritualis by giistlic, Germ, geistlich,
Ulf. wtvfiaTiKus by ahmeins], spiritual; in the N.T. TTy-ev/xaTiKos is
translated by andligr, i Cor. xv. 44 : a. fagnaSr, 656 C ; a. herklae6i,
656 A. ii. 18; a. skilning, Greg. 23; a. lif, Skalda 199; biskup hefir
andligt vald til andligra hluta, a bishop has spiritual power in spiritual
things (opp. to veraldligr, KofffUKos), GJ)1. 73 ; andlig skirn, Hom. 52.
and-lit, n. and armlit, [and-, adversus, and lita ; Ulf. andavleizns =
■npoaamov ; A. S. andvlite ; Germ, antlitz], a face, coutitenance ; a andliti
J)eirra, 623. 61; sa ek annlit J)itt, id., Nj. 16; J)angat horfi anlit er
hnakki skyldi, N. G. L. i. 12; Hom. 7 renders in faciem by i andliti.
Metaph. auglit is used as more dignified ; i augliti Gu&s (not andliti),
ivimiov rov Qeov, in the eyes or sight of God. compds : andlits-
bjOrg, f. visor, Sks. 406. andlits-farinn, adj. in the phrase, vel
a., affair, well-formed featt^res, better in two words (andliti farinn),
Sturl. iii. 178 C. andlits-mein, n. cancer in the face, Sturl. ii. 185.
andlits-sk6p, n. pi. lineaments of the face, N. G. L. i. 339 ; vel andlits
skiipum, of well-formed features, Fms. viii. 238.
and-marki, ann-, and an-, a, m. [and-, mark], a fault, flaw, blemish;
okostir c9r andmarkar, Grag. i. 313 ; ef annmarkar {)eir ver6a a biifenu,
429; J)u leyndir arunarka a honum, Nj. 8. p. metaph. in moral sense,
trespasses; i3ran annmarka, 625.90; used as a nickname, Gisl. 32.
compds: annmarka-fullr, adj. full of faults, Fms, vi. ilo. aiin-
marka-lauss, a.d]. faultless, Grag. i. 287.
and-m&ligr, adj. contentious, quarrelsome, Fms. ii. 154, Magn. 448.
and-m83li, n. contradiction, 4. 35.
and-nes, n. and annes, [and-, nes], a promontory or point of land,
Hkr. i. 313, Fms. viii. 147, Far. 83.
and-orSa, adj. ind. [cp. Ulf. andavaurd; Germ, antwort], the Icel.
use svar or andsvar (Engl, answer) in this sense ; andorSa only appears
^on^
no (rare).
and-6f, n. prob. = and-J)6f, prop, a paddling with the oars, so as to
bring the boat to lie against wind and stream. Metaph., via nokkura
andofi, after a somewhat hard struggle, Fbr. 84. 2. a division in a
ship, fremsta rum i skipi kallast a., Fel. ix. 3.
and-ramr, adj. (andremina, u, f.) having foul breath, Sturl. i. 20,
ANDKAIl, m. pi. [Ivar Aasen aander], snow shoes, in sing. prob.
ondurr, cp. the compds 6ndor-di3 and 6ndor-go5, used of the goddess
Ska6i, in the Edda ; found only in Norway, where the word is still in use ;
in Icel. only remaining in the proverb snaeliga snuggir kva6u Finnar, 4ttu
andra fala, Fms. vii. 20, of a silly act, to sell one's snow shoes just when
it begins to snow. Prob. a Finnish word ; v. ski&.
and-r£, f. [contr. = anddrag (?), mod. word], breath, in the phrase, £
somu a., at the very same breath, instantly.
and-r63i, a, and andr63r, rs, m. the later form more freq. [and-,
Toz], pulling against stream and wind; Einarr atti gildan andr66a, E. hada
hard pull, Fms. vi. 379, v. 1. androSr ; roa androSa, vii. 310, (androftr, Hkr.
iii. 440) ; {)eir toku mikinn androSa, they had a hard pull, Fms. viii. 438,
v.l. androSr ; ok er J)a sem J)eir hafi andr65a, Greg. 31; taka andr66ra (ace.
pL), Fms. viii. 131, Hkr. iii. 440: cp. the proverb biSendr eigu byr en
braSir androSa, those who bide have a fair wind, those who are hasty a
foul, festina lente, 'more haste worse speed;' the last part is omitted in
old writers when quoting this proverb.
and-saka, a8, (annsaka, Bret. 162), [A. S. andsiic'], to accuse, with ace,
Al. 23 ; hann andsakafti (repritJtanded) sveinana har31iga, Sturl. iii. 123.
and-skoti and annskoti, a, m. [and-, adversus; skjota, skoti], prop.
an opponent, adversary, one who ' shoots from the opposite ranks ;' a.
Iy8s vdrs ok laga varra, 655 xvi. B ; ^eh h6f5u heyrt at andskotar J)eirra
vildi verja ])eim vigi J)ingv611inn, they had heard that their adversaries
woidd heep them by a fight from the parliament field, lb. ch. 7 ; eigi mun
ek vera i andskota flokki moti honum, Fms. v. 269. 2. metaph. a
fiend, devil, transl. of Satan, now only used in that sense and in swearing;
mi hefir a. fundit faeri a at freista y&var. Post. 656 ; far i brott a., i»to76
Soram, 146 ; a. ok J)eir englar er eptir honum hurfu, Ver. i ; dokvir J)ik,
anskoti (voc), 623. 31, Hom. 108, 109, K. A. 20. compd : and-
skota-flokkr, m. a band of enemies, Fms. v. 269, Grag. ii. 19.
and-spilli and andspjall, n. colloquy, discourse, Skm. 11, 12.
and-spsenis, adv., a. moti e-m,just opposite, the metaph. being taken
from a target (spann), Snot 127.
and-stefna, d, to stem against. Fas. iii. 50 (rare),
and-streymi, n. prop, against the tide or current; metaph. adversity, Fr.
and-streymr, adj. running against stream ; metaph. difficult, cross; Sig-
hvatr var heldr a. um eptirmalin, hard to come to terms with, Sturl. ii. 42 ;
andstreym orlog, ill-fate, Al. 69 ; kva& Svein jafnan andstreyman verithafa
J)eim fraendum, bad always set his face against, Orkn. 390.
and-styg3, f. disgust; vera a. af e-u (now, at e-u), dislike, Rom. 265.
and-styggilig:r, adj. odious, abominable, Hkr. iii. 273.
and-styggr, adj. id., Hom. 102, 623. 31, Sks. 539.
and-svar and annsvar, n. [A. S. andsvaru ; Hel. uses andvordi ai
andvordian = respondere ; Ulf. andavaurd], an 'answer,' response, but
old writers esp. a decision; vera skjotr i andsvorum, prompt in decu
Fms. i. 277 ; sag3ist til hans hafa vikit um ansvarit, put the case under
decision, vi. 354; munu vit tala fleira a6r ek veita J)vi andsvcir, beft
decide, Ld. 80; in N. G. L. i. 86 it seems to mean protest, interventii
used of the echo in Al. 35. compd : andsvara-madr, m. a law t(
a respondent, defender, Jb. 30.
and-svara and annsvara, a5, to answer; J)a annsvarar konun
Fms. xi. 56, rare, and in a more formal sense than the simple verb
svara. p. answer, to be responsible for ; sem ek vii a. fyrir Gu6i, as I
will answer before God, GJ)1. 66 ; v. anza or ansa.
and-syptir, m. [ond, anima, or and-?], sobbing, sighing, hysterical
fit, Hom. 121; [Engl, sob ; Germ, seufzen.]
and-S8elis, in common talk andhselis, adv. [sol], against the course of
the sun (cp. the Scot. ' widdershins,' that is, going against the sunshine o'
the sun's light, a direction universally considered both in England ai
Scotland to be most unlucky; see the quot. in Jamieson sub voce), 1~
ii. 154, Rb. 134; esp. used of witches and 'uncanny' appearances; \
gekk tifugt um hiisit ok a., it went backwards about the house and again
the sun's course, Eb. 268, Gisl. 33, cp. Fs. (Vd.) 43, 59 ; hon gekk oti:
a. um treit, ok haf6i J)ar yfir morg riim ummaeli, Grett. 151. p. ansaci
or andhaelis is used of everything that goes backwards, wrong, ox perversely ;
cp. andaerr and andaeris.
and-vaka, u, f. sleeplessness, dypvirvia, caused by care or grief, Fm-
i. 82; mostly used in pi. p. medic, agrypnia, Fel. ix. 189, Bs.
251. y. wakefultiess, Horn. 108. In the Mafhli6. visur, Eb. ch. 19.
andvaka unda = a sword, the ' awakener' of wounds; (cp. vekja bl63.)
and-vaki, adj. ind. sleepless, now andvaka; liggja a., to lie awake, A!.
71, Barl. 10, Mag. 80.
and-vana and andvani, adj. ind., and now andvanr, adj. I
[and- and vanr, solitus], destitute, wanting; with gen., a. litu, hfs a., au5.^
ANDVARDA— ANKAUR.
SI
: alls gamans a., Hkv. 2. 31, Viils. kviSur, Lex. Poet.; alls a. nema
s ok vesaldar, Fms. iii. 95 ; a. heilsu, Magn. 512 ; alls a., of the beggar
zarus, Greg. 24 ; a. J)eirrar J)j6nustu, in want of. Post. 656 B ; inargs a.,
et. 174; a. eigna varra, having lost our lands, 208. II. [pnd,
imd], now = exanimis ; andvaua lik, a lifeless corpse. Pass. 4. 23.
nd-var3a, a8, to band over [cp. Dan. overantvorde^, rare, Fr.
nd-vari, a, m. I. afisb of prey, gurnard, Lat. miluus, Edda
1.); the name of the gurnard-shaped dwarf, Edda 72 ; the owner of a
al ring, hence called andvara-nautr : cp. Skv. 1.2, Andvari ek heiti
. margan hefi ek fors um farit. II. in mod. usage, a soft breeze,
d metaph. watchfulness, vigilance, in such phrases as, hafa andvara a ser,
ss. 15.6: andvara-lauss, adj. i&eerf/ess; andvara-leysi, f. mostly in
heol. sense, etc. compd : andvara-gestr, m. an unwelcome guest,
the phrase, vera e-m a., Fbr. 7. 24 new Ed. (now freq.)
nd-varp, n. the act of heaving a sob, sigh, 655 xx. 4, Sks. 39, 688.
i<\. in theol. writers. Pass. 40. 7.
nd-varpa, a&, to sob, sigh, breathe deeply, Fms. x, 338, Horn. 155,
225 (freq.)
nd-varpan, f. sobbing, Horn. 124, Stj. 149.
ad-vegi, throne, v. ondvegi.
ndverSr, adverse, v. ondverSr.
ad-viflri, n. [vc6r], head wind, Fbr. 67, Eg. 87, Fms. i. 203.
ad-vir3i, n. [ver6], worth, equivalent, value, price; Jia skal {»at kaup
iga aptr en hinn hafi a. sitt, G{)1. 491 ; haf J)u mi allt saman, skikkjuna
a., Lv. 50; allt a. hvalsins, the whole value of, Greg. ii. 375 ; hann
;r t)ar a moti ofdrykkjuna ok hennar a., reward, Fms. viii. 251.
Qd-virki and annvirki, n. [onn, labour (?) ; cp. old Germ, ant-
'h = machind]. I. in Icel. writers esp. used of hay and hay-
cks; ef eldr kemr i hiis manns e8r a., K. Jj. K. 78, 82 ; faera, reiSa a.,
:arry into the barn, Grdg. ii. 122, Lv. 21 1 ; nema fe gangi i akr, engi,
lur edr a., Grag. ii. 299 ; nautafjoldi var kominn i tiin ok vildi brjota
. . . throw down the cocks. Glum. 342, Boll. 336 ; sendi tJlfarr menn upp
.41sinn at sja um a. sitt J)at er J)ar st66 ; cp. little below, storsaeti, large
is, Eb. 152. II. in Norway more generally used oi crop, tillage,
^ricultural implements; gar5 J)ann sem um a. (barley ricks f) stendr,
III. 381 ; ef menn brenna a. manna, N.G.L. i. 244 ; a. (produce) manna
liitki sem er, 251, Jb. 312 ; {)a skal hann J)ar etja ollu sinu a. a, 357 ;
f arkcist, timbr, grindr, sleSa e8r onnur a., implements (some MSS. read
! bo6), 258, V. 1. Metaph., legit hafa mer a. naer garSi, en at berjast
V |)ik fyrir sakleysi, business more urgent than to . . ., Grett. no A.
id-vitni, n. a law term. I. Icel. contradictory testimony, such
t was contrary to law. Thus defined : pat er a. er menn bera gegn J)vi
s 1 aiir er borit, vaetti i gegn kviS, e8r kvi3r i gegn vaetti, sva at eigi
I hvarttveggja rett vera, Grdg. i. 59, 60 ; it was liable to the lesser out-
1 rv. skolud menn a. bera ok her a J)ingi, en ef menn bera, ok var8ar
J utleg8, enda a Jjat einskis at meta, id. ; en ef menn bera J)at a. var&ar
J fjorbaugsgarb, ii. 272 ; bera J)etr a. gaiurmm, false witness against the
^is, 655 xiii. B. I. II. Norse, where it appears to mean contra-
I'.ory testimony, such as was usually admissible; ok koma eigi a. moti,
1 G. L. ii. 89, V. 1. ; sva er ef einn ber vitni me5 manni sem engi beri, en
t ir sem tiu, ef maSr uggir eigi a. m6ti, if one bears witness for a man it is
ii'bough no man bore witness for him, but two are as good as ten, if a man
t\h not fear that contradictory evidence will be brought against him, 150.
lid-vigr, adj. in the phrase, vera e-m a., a match for . . ., as good a
rdsman as . . .; hann var eigi meirr enn a. einum J)eirra braeSra, Fms.
65 ; sagSi Gellir sik fleirum monnum a. en einum, Bs. i. 649.
id-yrdi, n. pi. [v. andorSa], objection, Sks. 76.
ad-sefa, S, [v. andof ; Ivar Aasen andova and andov], a boating term,
'mddle against tide, current^ and wind, so as to prevent the boat from
ting astern ; J)a fell a stormr sva mikill, at {)eir fengu eigi betr en
had nothing better than to lay to, Sturl. ii. 121; the vellum
. rongly andhaett. 2. metaph. in the corrupt form andaepta,
f ■<7>/y feebly against; with dat., ekki er J)ess geti8 at |j6r3r andaepti
Jjsari visu, Th. returned no reply to this libel, Sturl. i. 22. Now absol.
i'speak in a disjointed way, to ejaculate; andaepti skald upp lir m68u,
f n eru feigs giitur ; skilja skcip, skamt er a6 landi, brosir bakki mot,
rhymed incoherent words of a poet in the act of sinking beneath
waves, vide Espol. Isl. Arb. the year 1 823, SigurSr Brei8fjor5 in a
m in the Smamunir.
id-8eris, adv. [ar, remus"], crossly, perversely, a figure taken from pull-
Lex. Poet. ; freq. in the corrupt form andhselis.
id-serligr, adj. cross, odd. Lex. Poet. ; now andliselislegr.
ig, n. sweet savour, fragrance ; me6 una8 ok ang, Bs. ii. 10.
NGA, a8, [Norse aanga; Swed. anga"], to give out a sweet scent,
ur; ilmr angar mjok saetliga, Mar. Fr. ; now freq.
agan, f. sweet odour ; angan Friggjar, the love of Frigga, Vsp. 54 ;
le MSS. read angantyr, the sweetheart, husband of Frigga.
agi, a, m. [Norse angle']. I. sweet odour; J;)vilikan ilm ok
:a sem cedrus, Stj. 73, etc. II. [cp. A. S. anga = aculeus,
'lulus'], a spine or prickle, in the phrase, J)etta mal hefir anga, has a
g, is not good to touch, Bs. ii. 52. Now often used in pi. and used of
a sprout, fibre in fruits or plants; metaph. a spoilt boy is called angi, 'a
pickle :' as to the root, cp. onguU, hamus, and the English angle : angilja,
u, f. is, according to Bjijm, one of the bones of a fish.
angist, f. [Lat. angustia; Fr. angoisse; Engl, anguish; Germ, angst"],
anguish, esp. in theol. writers, Stj. 31, 51, 55, 106, 114. compds :
angistar-dr, n. a year of misery, Stj. angistar-neyd, f. distress, Stj.
angistar-timi, a, m. an hour of pain, Stj.
angistast, a8 (?), dep. to be vexed, Stj. 121.
ANGR, m. (now always n., Pass, i . 4, and so Bs. i. 1 95) ; gen. rs, [cp.Engl.
anger, Lat. angor.] I. grief, sorrow ; jjann angr, Baer. I a ; upp a minn
a. ok ska8a, Stj. 215; minn harm ok a., Baer. 14 ; me8 margskonar angri,
Fms. X. 401; sorgeBra., Hav. 51; ekki angr(s), Hkv. Hjiirv. 10. II.
in Norse local names freq. = bay, firth, e.g. Staf-angr, Har8-angr, etc. etc.
(never in Icel.): kaupangr in Norway means a town, village, sinus mer-
catorius, [cp. the English ' Chipping' in Chipping Norton, Chipping Ongar,
etc., and in London, ' Cheapside,'] these places being situated at the
bottom of the firths : fjor8r hardly ever occurs in local names in Norway,
but always angr ; cp. the pun on angr, moeror, and angr, sinus. Fas. ii,
91. The word is obsolete in the historical age and scarcely appears as
a pure appellative, Edda (Gl.), Fms. xii, Munch's Map and Geogr. of
Norway. [Root probably Lat. ang- in ango, angustus, angiportus.]
angra, a8, to anger, grieve, vex, with ace, Fms. xi.393 ; mik hefir angra5
hungr ok frost, Fms. ii. 59 : with dat., hvart sem mer a. reykr e8a bruni,
Nj. 201, Stj. 21 : impers. to be grieved, a. honum mjiik. Fas. ii. 296;
more freq. with ace, Finnb. 234, Bs. i. 289 ; mik angrar mart hvaS,
Hallgrim. p. reflex., angrask, to be angered; a. af e-u, to take
offence at, Bs. i. 280; vi& e-t, Fas. iii. 364. -y. part, angradr, used
as adj. sorrowful, angry; rei8r ok a.. El. 14; pronounced angra6r, con-
cerned; in the phrase, gtira ser angratt, um, to feel a pang, Gisl. 85.
angran, f. sorrow. Fas. iii. 364.
angr-fullr, 2.d].f7tll of care, Str. 55.
angr-gapi, a, m. a rude, silly fool, [the French gobemouche], Bs. i. 806,
Mag. 64 (Ed.) ; sem a. at svara folsku tignum monnum, Sturl. iii. 138.
angr-lauss, zdj. free from care, Lat. securus, Hkv. 2. 45.
angr-ligr, adj. sad, Bs. ii. 163.
angr-lj63, n. ^\. funeral songs, dirges, neniae, Hkv. 2. 44.
angr-ljnadi, n. [lund], concern, low spirits, Gisl. 85.
angr-maeSask, dd, dep. to be in low spirits, Fr.
angr-samligr, adj. and angr-samliga, adv. sorrowful, soirowfully,
Stj. 655 xxxii.
angr-samt, adj./?/// of grief , depressed, downcast, Stj., Barl., Vapn. 17 ;
neut., e-m er a., to be in low spirits, Fms. viii. 29. p. troublesome, Stj.
(of gnats).
angr-semd and angrsemi, f. grief. Mar., Ver. 2.
angr-vseri, f. dejection, Hkr. iii. 253; now also angr-veer, adj. dejected.
angr-8e3i, f. moody temper, sullenness, Fr.
an-konn, f. [and-kenna], a flaw, fa?dt, = ^nmarlii, only as gen. pi. in
the COMPDS ankanna-fullr, adj./?/// of faults, Sks. 76 new Ed., v.l.
ankanna-laust, n. adj. a law term, uncontested, used of an inheritance
or possession where there is no legal claimant ; skal hann eignast a. allt
Noregs konungs veldi, he shall hold as his own all the power of Norway's
king without a rival, Fagrsk. 97 ; Magnus konungr hafSi ^k riki einn-
saman ok a., i. e. there were no pretenders, Fms. x. 413.
ann- in several compds, v. and-.
ANNA, a8, [onn, labor; Ivar Aasen anna: the root is not found in
Goth.] I. act. but rare ; with dat. in the sense to be able to do ;
eg anna J)vi ekki, / cannot manage that : absol., geldingar sva holdir, at
J)eir anni a degi ofan i Odda, ellipt. = anni at ganga, that they can walk,
Vm. 28. II. dep. freq. : 1. with ace, a. a law term ;
in cases involving support, to take care, provide for, to support; J)a skal
m68irin J)au born annast, Grag. i. 240 ; a. limaga, 243, 294 ; a. sik, to
support oneself, F'ms. vi. 204 ; limegS, Rd. 234. p. more generally to take
care of; mal J)etta mun ek a.. Glum. 358. y. to engage in battle ; tveir
skyldi annast einnhvern {)eirra ; J)eir Bar8i ok Steinn skyldi a. Ketil briisa,
Isl. (Hvs.) ii. 356. 2. a. um e-t, to be busy about, trouble oneself about ;
a. um matreiSu, to cook, Nj. 75 ; hann a. ekki um bii, Gliim. 342, 359.
annarligr, adj. strange, alien, Stj. 188; metaph., Skalda 193.
ANNAim, (innur, annat, adj. ; pi. aSrir ; gen. pi. annarra ; dat. sing. f.
annarri, [Ulf. anpar ; A. S. oi)ar ; Engl, other ; Germ, andere ; Swed.
andra and annan : in Icel. assimilated, and, if followed by an r, the nn
changes into 6.] I. = erfpos, alter : 1. one of two, the other ;
tveir formenn J)eirra, het annarr, the one of them, Fms. ix. 372 ; sa er af
68rum ber, he that gets the better of it, Nj. 15 ; a. augat, Fms. ii. 61 ; a
o5rum faeti, Bs. i. 387, Edda 42 ; annarri hendi...,en annarri, with the
one hand . . ., with the other, Eb. 250, 238 ; a a8ra hcind, on the one side,
Grag. i. 432, Nj. 50; a. kne, Bs. i. 680; til annarrar handar, Nj. 50;
annarr — annarr, one— other; gullkross a oSrum en ari af gulli a o8rum,
Fms, X. 15. Peculiar is the phrase, vi8 annan, J)ri8ja, £j6r8a . . . mann, =
being two, three, four .. .altogether ; vi8 znnzn, oneself and one besides,
Eb. 60 ; cp. tjie Greek: rplrop ■fjiuraXavTov, two talents and a half. Germ.
,andertbalb. 2, secundus, a cardinal number, the second; sa ma8r
22
ANNARSKONAR— APALDR.
var J)ar a. Islenzkr, Fms. xi.139; i annat sum, for the second time,
lb. ch. I, 9; a. vetr aldrs bans, Bs. i. 415; hoggr hann i)egar annat
(viz. hogg), a second blow. Stud. ii. 118. p. the 7text following, Lat.
proximtis; a o6ru hausti, the next autumn, Isl. ii. 228; onnur misseri,
the following year, Bs. i. 437, 417; a. suinar eptir, 415, Fms. i. 237.
Metaph. the second, next in value or rank, or the like ; annat mest hof i
Noregi, the next greatest temple, Nj. 129 ; a. mestr hofSingi, the next in
power, Isl. ii. 202 ; fjohnennast t)ing, annat eptir brennu Nj41s, the fullest
parliament next to that after the burning of N., 259 ; vitrastr logmanna
annarr en Skapti, the wisest speaker next after S., Bs. i. 28 ; a. mestr maSr i
Danmcirk, the next greatest man, Fms. xi. 51; aixnat bezt riki, v. 297;
var annarr sterkastr er het Freysteinn, the next strongest champion, Eb.
156 ; mestrar natturu a. en J)orsteinn, Fs. 74, Fms. iv. 58. II. =
dWos, alius, one of many, other, both in sing, and pi. ; hon lek a golfinu vi3
a5rar meyjar, Nj. 2 ; mart var me6 henni annara kvenna, i.e. many women
besides, 50 ; jafnt sekr sem a9rir menn, as guilty as anybody else, Grag. i.
432 ; einginn annarra Kmits manna, none besides, Fms. x. 192 ; ef J)eir gerSi
lond sin helgari cnn aSrar jarSir, . . . than all other grounds, Eb. 20 ; er J>6r61fr
hafSi tigna& uni fram adra sta6i, .. .more than any other place, id.; kalla J)4
jorS mi eigi helgari enn a6ra, id. ; tok Bcirkr |)ann kost er hann hafSi o6rum
aetlad, 40 ; {jorarinn vann ei8 ... ok tin menn aQrir, Th. and ten men be-
sides, 48 ; J)eir J)6ttiist fyrir 68rum monnum, . . . over all other people, 20 ;
g68r drengr um fram alia menn a8ra, 30 ; af eyjum ok 65ru sjofangi, other
produce of the sea, 12 ; hann skal tva menn nefna a8ra en sik, . . . besides
himself, Grag. i. 57; hann var cirvari af fe enn nokkurr annarr, . ..than
anybody else, Bret. ; jafnt sem annat fiilgufe, as any other money, Grag. i.
432. 2. other, different, in the proverb, ol er annarr ma6r, ale
(a drunken man) is another 7nan, is not the true fnan, never mind what
he says, Grett. 98 ; the proverb is also used reversely, 61 er innri {the inner)
ma8r, ' in vino Veritas :' anna& er gsefa ok gorfuleiki, luck and achieve-
ments are two things (a proverb) ; onnur var J)a aefi, viz. the reverse of what
it is now (a proverb), Grett. 94 (in a verse); aetla ek J)ik annan mann en J)u
segir, Fms. xi. 192 ; hafi J)(5r Danir heldr til annars goit, you deserve some-
thing different, worse than that, id. ; var6 J)a annan veg, otherwise, Hkr. ii.
7 ; Bjorn var6 J)ess viss at {)au h6f6u annan atriinaS, . . . different religion,
Eb. 12. 3. like ol dXXoi, reliqiii, the rest, the remains ; J)a er eigi sagt
hversu 66rum var skipaS, Nj. 50 ; at hond b. se fyrir innan n., en annarr
likami bans {the rest of his body) fyrir utan, 1812. 18. III. re-
peated in comparative clauses : annarr — aimarr, or connected with einn,
hvarr, hverr, ymsir : gokk annarr af 69rum at biQja hann, alitis ex alio,
one after another, Bs. i. 128 ; hverja nott aSra sem a6ra, every night in
turn, Mag. 2 ; annat var or& Finns har8ara enn annat, every word of
Finn was harder than that which went before it, of a climax, Fms. v. 207 :
einn — annarr, alitis atque alius, one and another, various ; eina hluti ok
a5ra, Stj. 81 ; einar aflei5ingar ok a&rar, Barl. 36; einir ok a8rir, various,
Stj. 3; ef ma8r telr sva, at hann var einn e5r annarr {that he was any-
body, this or that man, viz. if he does not give the name precisely), ok er
hinn eigi J)d skyldr at risa or domi, Grag. i. 28 : ymsir — a8rir, in turn,
now this, flow the other ; ymsir eiga hogg i annars gar9 (a proverb) ; heita a
helga menn, ok nefna ymsa ok a8ra {now one, now atiother). Mar. 35 : J)agu
J)essir riddarar veizlur ymsir at 66rum, gave banquets one to another in turn,
id. ; faer&u ymsir a8ra ni6r, now one was under water and now the other, of
two men struggling whilst swimming, Fms. ii. 269 : hvarr — annan, hverir — •
a9ra, each other; maeltu hvarir vel fyrir o9rum ; hotu hvarir cSruni atforum :
of a rapid succession, hvert vandrse9i kom a bak 69ru, misfortunes never
come singly, but one on the bach of the other, Fr. ; vi9 Jiau ti9indi ur9u allir
gla9ir ok sag9i hverr 69rum, one told the news to another, man to man,
Fms. i. 21 ; Jjottust hvarirtveggju meira vald at hafa i borginni en a9rir, 655
xvii. i; hvarirtveggja — a9rir, dAXijAots, mutually, reciprocally ; skulu mi h.
ganga til ok veita 69rum gri9, Nj . 1 90. IV. annat, n. used as a subst. ;
t)etta sem annat, as other things. Fas. i. 517; skaltu eigi J)ora annat, en,
Nj. 74 ; ef eigi baeri a. til, 7inless something happened, Bs. i. 350 : at ollu
annars, in everything else, Grag. ii. 141, K. J>. K. 98 : annars simply used
adverb. = else = ella ; now very freq. but very rare in old writers ; stendr a.
riki J)itt 1 mikilli haettu. Fas. i. 459, from a paper MS. and in a text most
likely interpolated in the 1 7th century. compds : annars-konar,
gen. as adv. of another kind, Hkr. i. 148. annars-kostar, adv. else,
otherwise ; hvart er hann vill . . . e9r a. vill hann, either he should prefer
...,K. A. 58. annars-staSar, adv. elsewhere, in other places; sem
a., as in other similar cases, Grag. i. 228. annara-vegar, adv. on
the other hand, Fms. viii. 228, those on the opposite side. annarra-
gen. pi. is used in annarra-brseSra, -brseSri, pi. fourth cousins, Grag.
i. 285, ii. 172; cp. D.I. i. 185; V. naesta-braE9ra = /i&/Vc? cousins, J)ri9ja-
hrxbia. =Jifth cousijis.
annarr-liv&rr (or in two words), adj. pron. in dual sense, [A. S. o\)ar-
bvelSar'], Lat. alteruter, either, one of the two ; with gen., annan hvern J)eirra
sona Skallagrims, Eg. 256 ; vaentir mik at a9ra hvara (ace. sing, fem.,
now a9ra hverja) skipan taki bratt, Fms. viii. 444. Dual, a9rir hvarir, in
a collect, sense, either party, Sd. 138 ; neut. used as adv., anna9hvart —
e6a, either — or (Lat. aut — aut), Fms. i. 127, Skiilda 171, Nj, 190.
annarr-hverr, adj. pron. every other alternately; annan hvern dag,
Fms. iv. 81, Symb. 57; annathvert or9, every other {second) word,
33, Fas. i. 527 : at 69ruhverju, used as adv., every now and then. Eg,
Sturl. i. 82, Hkr. ii. 292.
annarr-tveggja and annarr-tveggi, adj. or used adverbially, [-tvi
is a gen. form, -tveggi a nom.], plur. (dual) a9rirtveggju, dat.
-jum ; in other cases tveggja, tveggi are indecl. : — one of twain, eiiSff
annattveggja J)eirra, Grag. i. 236; ok er annattveggja til, at vera her
hinn er annarr, there is choice of two, either to stay here, or . . ., Fms. •■■'
143, N. G. L. i. 117 ; ef annarrtveggi hefir haldit 69rum, Grag. i. 29: w
gen., a. J)eirra, either of them, 149: dual, either of two sides, en {)a
|)eir skildir er a8rirtveggju eru lengra i burt komnir en cirdrag, but thei
are they farted when either of the twain is come farther away than m
arrow's flight, of combatants on the battle-field, Grag. ii. 19 : nt;
annattveggja, used as adv.; annattveggja — e9r, either — or; a. vestna
batna, Clem. 50. The word is rare in old writers, and is now quite uu
of use ; as adv. anna9hvort — e9a, either — or, is used.
annarsligr = annarligr ; annarsta3ar, elsewhere, v. annarssta9ar.
AinrALL, s,m. [Lat. annalis\a?i annal, record, chronological register
Bs.i.789,415.13. It sometimes, esp. in deeds, appears to mtan histories v
general (cp. Lat. annales) ; annalar a tolf bokum norrasnir, Vm. in a d:
of the 14th century, where it probably means Sagas: fr69ir annalar
visindabaekr, histories, Pr. 402, Al. 29. The true old Icel. annaUsts a
in the year 1430, and were again resumed in the middle of the l'^
century.
ann-bo3, n. pi., rare in sing., proncd. amboS, [old Swed. ambud; I
Aasen ambo', from onn, labor {^)\ agricultural implements, tools; .
nokkur, Dipl. v. 18, Jb. 258.
ann-fetlar, m. pi. a sword belt or shield belt, = handfetlar, Lex. Poet.
ann-fri3r, ar, m. [onn], ^work-peace,' work-truce, commonly duri
April and May, the time when there were to be no lawsuits (Nor^
N. G. L. iii. 19, 94, 95.
ann-kostr, m., also spelt Sndkostr and onnkostr [onn], used 0
in the adverbial phrase, fyrir annkost (onn-ond-kost), wilfully, on purp'
Fms. viii. 367 ; en J)6 hafa ek fyrir iimikost (o« purpose) sva rita6, Sk;i
164; en J)at er illvirki, er ma9r vill spilla fe manna fyrir 6., Grai
5, 130, 416, ii. 93, 94. •
ann-kvista, t, ( = ann-kosta?), to take care (onn) of Grag. ii. 25
ctTT. \€7. spelt anqmsta ; the word is somewhat doubtful. |
ann-laust, n. adj. easily, without toil. Lex. Poet. |
ann-rikt, n. adj. and annriki, n., eiga a., to be very busy, Rd. 283.
ann-samligr, adj. toilsome, laborious, Sks. 549, 550.
ann-samt, n. adj. in the phrase, eiga a., to be busy, Rd. 283 : v.l.
angrsamt, yj/ZZ of cares, Fms. viii. 29.
ann-seni3, f. business, trouble, concern ; fa a. af e-u and bera a. f}
e-u, to be troubled, concerned about, Bs. i. 686, 690.
annt, n. adj. [onn], hi such phrases as, vera a. um e-t, to be busy, co'
cerned, eager, anxious about, Hkr. i. 115; mcirgum var a. heini, w:
were eager to get home, Fms. xi. 278 ; hvi miui honum sva a. at h'
mik, why is he so eager? Eg. 742 ; ekki er a. um J)at, it is not press:
Sd. 174; Hanefr kvad ser a. um daga {had so much to do) sva at h.
matti J)a eigi at vera, Rd. 241 ; vera annt til e-s, to be in a very gr^^
hurry, eager for, Fms. ii. 150, 41. Compar. annara, in impers. p'
to be more eager, Fms. ii. 38 ; mer er ekki a. at vita forlog min en
koma, Fs. 19. Superl., vera annast til e-s, to be most eager, Fms. iii
without prep., hvat er nu annt minum eingasyni, what hath my di
son at heart ? Gg. 2 .
antifona, u, f. antiphon (Gr. word), Hom. 137.
anti-kristr, m. Anti-Christ, Hom. 132, 71.
antvar3a, a9, to handover (Germ, word), H.E. i. 435, in a Norse deei
anugr, adj., commonly onugr, cross, uncivil, froward; also 5nHf
lyndi, i. freaks, ill-temper.
anz, n. reply, now freq. in common language, v. following word.
anza, a9, contr. form = andsvara, to pay attention to, take notice <■■
with dat., (J)eim) sem hon a. minnr ok vanraekir, cares less about, Stj. c
81,195. 2. to reply, answer (now freq.); a. e-u and til es; 1
mun fur9a, ef nokkurr a. til, where it means to reply, but without t
notion of speaking, Fms, i. 194; Oddr anza9i ok heldr stutt, where
seems to mean to return a greeting, but silently by signs, Fb. i. 25
konungr a. J)vi ekki, a reply to a letter, Fms. ix. 339 ; hann sat kyrr .
a. engu, Bar9. 180 ; Mirmant heyr9i til rae9u hennar ok a. fa, Mirm. 69.
apa, a9, ]Y.\\^.toape; Germ, cff'en = deludere'], to mock, make spa
of; margan hefir au9r apat (a proverb), ' atiri sacra fames,' SI. 34, «
Hm. 74 : pass., apask at e-u, to become the fool of, SI. 62. Now,
e-t epter, to mock or imitate as an ape: also, a. e-n litiir, to pervert on
words ifi a mocking way.
apaldr, rs, m. pi. rar, [O.H.G. aphaltra; A.S. apuldre; Dan. ahiu-
Swed. apel], doubtless a southern word, the inflective syllable dr bein
a mutilation of ' tre,' arbor, a word now almost extinct in German;
(for a homely, common word such as ' tr^' could not have been c
rupted in the native tongue) ; — apaldr thus, etymologically as well ■
properly, means an apple-tree; fruits and fruit-trees were doubtle
APALDRSGARDR— APTRHVARP.
2a,
orted into Scandinavia from abroad ; the word appears only iu the later
lie poems, such as the Hkv. Hjiirv. 6; the verses in Sdni. 5 are in a dif-
;it metre from the rest of the poem, and probably interpolated. Fas.
o ; epli a apaldri, Sks. 106 ; tveir apaldar (with the radical r dropped),
iii. 60; apaldrs fliir, Karl, aoo, 311: as the etymological sense in
transmuted word soon got lost, a fresh pleonastic compound was
e, viz. apaldrs-tro. compds : apaldrs-garflr, m. [Dan. abild-
rd], orchard of apple-trees, {>i3r., D.N. apaldrs-klubba, u, f.
made of an a., El. 22. apaldrs-tr6, n. apple-tree, {)i3r. 58.
al-grdr, adj. dapple-gray, i. e. apple-gray, having the streaky colour
n apple (cp. Fr. pomtnele), of a horse, Nj. 274, Katl. 426, Landn. 93
ere it is used of a river horse) ; of an ox, uxi a. at ht, Ld. 120.
?I, a, m. [A.S. apa; Erse apa; Bohem. op; Germ, ajfe ; all of
1 dropping the initial guttural tenuis : Sanskr. i:apf\, an ape. It
;ars in early times in the metaph. sense of a fool in the old poem Hm.
even in a proverb ; so also in the poems Fm. 1 1 and Gm. 34, vide Lex.
L A giant is in Edda (Gl.) called api, no doubt because of the stupid
ire of the giants. Apavatn, a farm in Icel., probably got its name
1 a' nickname of one of the settlers, at the end of the 9th century.
l^m. 20 a giant is called attrunur apa, the kinsman of apes. The
age in the Hm. verse 74 appears to be corrupt, and ought to be
ired thus, margr verSr af aurum api, the fool of earthly things, cp. the
age in SI. 34, margan hefir au3r apat, which is another version of the
same proverb. It is esp. used in the connection, osvinns-api or
Sra-api, a baboon, big fool, Gm. 1. c, Fm. 1. c. ; (the passage in Hm.
ought perhaps to be restored to osvinns-apa or osvinnra-apa in a
le word ; the sense is no doubt the same in all these passages.) Rare
Id prose in the proper sense of ape, vide however 673. 55. compd :
mynd, n.form of an ape, Th. 76.
?LI, a, m. in Edda (Gl.), a. an ox, or p. a horse, hackney : apli
rding to Bjorn s.v. means the embryo of animals, e. g. apla-k^lfr
apla-lamb, n. abortive lamb or calf; apalgengr, adj. a hackney, a
tyh goer. Bjiirn also mentions apalgryti, n. aspretum, (an unknown
|! dubious word.)
I pella and appellera, a&, to cite, summon to the pope (eccles. Lat.),
i . ix. 339, 486 (v. 1.), X. 99, Bs. i. 776, K. A. 218.
PB, adj. gen. rs (and thus not akin to api), cold, sharp, chilly; en
sta hriS, sharp fighting, O. T. 59 ; sterkastr ok aprastr vi& at eiga,
worst to deal with, |>i3r. 183; enda voru allopr tilbrigSin {cold,
Ignant), 89 ; J)vi foru ver aprir, we feel sad, chilly, a verse written in
7, Lex. Poet. : a word quite obsolete. (Bjorn however mentions it as
'ing word.) Mod. Icel. napr, adj. nearly in the same sense, cold,
y, of weather ; cold, spiteful, snappish, of temper : nepja, u, f. a chill,
■ing cold: nepringr, m. id. : [are these words identical (?).]
rligr, adj. cold, chilly, of weather; a. ve3r, Vapn. 11. MS.
PTAN and aftan, s, m., dat. aptni, pi. aptnar, sometimes spelt apni
apnar, [Hel. aband; Germ, abend; Engl, even, evening ; in Ulf. we
find andanabti = Gr. oi//e, ci//ta ; Swed. afton, Dan. aften, — as it is often
:], evening ; not very freq. in prose, where kveld is the common word,
op. meant the time from 3 till 9 o'clock, like the Old English ' even ;'
aptan {middle-eve) is 6 o'clock ; at 9 o'clock the night sets in,
■ttnii'tl : a distinction is made between aptan and kveld, einn aptan at
li, (tn afternoon when the kveld {twilight) sets in, Edda 35 : but gener.
i:. urn aptaninn siS er myrkt var or3it, Fms. iv. 308, viii. 228, xi.
aptni, 623. 55, Fms. viii. 201, Grag. i. 146 ; of aptna (apna),
224; a ciptnum, Bjarn. 23; miSraptan, Hrafn. 9, Nj. 153;
[US bi3r oframs sok, a laggard's suit bides till even (a proverb).
tan and aftan, adv. prop. /rom behind, behind, opp. to framan ; augu
tmakka, N. G.L. i. 339 ; a. a milli her3a, Vigl. 26 ; J)a greip hann a.
r hendr honum {from behind). Eg. 747 ; hala sem leo, ok gadd i a., . ..
>e tip of the tail, Al. 168 : now aptan i is opp. to framan i. II,
a., as prep, with ace, behind, opp. to fyrir framan; ek hjo varginn
iidr fyrir a. boguna, / hewed the wolf in sunder, just behind the
i^rs, Nj. 9.5 ; standa fyrir a., to stand behind. Fas. ii. 516. |3. a. at,
dat.; ganga, koma a. at 6-m, to approach from behind.
tan-drykkja, u, f. a?i evening carouse, Pr. 419.
tan-langt, n. adj. even-long, all the evening, Karl. 95.
tan-sksera, u, f. twilight, Lat. crepusculum (cp. morginskaera, dawn,
>ra), Sighvat (in a verse).
tan-stjarna, u, f. the evening star, Al. 54, Stj. 93 ; now kveld-
na.
tan-86ngr, m. even-song, evening service, Fms. vii. 152, K.{).K. 58.
tari and aptastr, compar. and superl. latter, posterior, and last, v.
, epztr.
tarla and aptarliga, adv. behind, far in the rear. Lex. Poiit. (freq.)
itna, a3, to become evening; Jiartil at aptnaSi, Fms. iii. 181. Dep.,
ptnaSisk, Greg. 51 ; now kvelda.
?TB and aftr (aptar, N. G. L. i. 347), adv., compar. aptar, superl.
St, [Ulf. ajtra = ir6.\iv'], the spelling with p is borne out by the Gr.
I. Loc. back, back again : 1. with motion, con-
ed with verbs denoting to go or move, such as fara, ganga, konia, lei33,
senda. sniia, ssekja, etc., where aptr almost answers to Lat. re-, remittere,
reducere, reverti . . .; gefa a., reddere ; bera a., refellere ; kalla a., revo-
care; reka a., repellere : a. hverfr lygi ^k er siinnu ma;tir (a proverb), a
lie turns back when it meets truth, Bs. i. 639. ' aptr' implies a notion
a loco or in locum, ' eptir' that of remaining in loco; thus skila a. mean*
remittere; skilja eptir, relinquere; taka a., recipere, in a bad sense; taka
eptir, animum attendere; fara a., re dire ; vera e., remanere, etc.; fara,
sniia, koma, senda, sakja, hverfa a., Nj. 260, 281, Fms. x. 395, iv. 300,
Edda 30, Eg. 271, Eb. 4, Fs. 6 ; feera a., to repay, N. G. L. i. 20 ; sniiast
a., Laekn. 472. Without actual motion, — as of sounds; J)eir heyrSu a. i
rj63rit op, they heard shouting behind them, Fms. iv. 300 ; iiti skal eigi
prestr ganga sva langt fra kirkju at hann heyri eigi klokkur hljod
aftar ( = aftr), be shall not go out of the sound of the bells, N. G. L.
i. 347. p. backwards; fram ok a., to and fro (freq.); rei5 hann
su3r aptr, rode back again, Nj. 29 ; aptr 4 bak, sttpine, bent or turned
back. Eg. 380 ; J)eir settu hnakka a bak ser a., bent their necks backwards
in order to be able to see, Edda 30 ; skrei3ast a. af hestinum, to slip
down backwards from the croup of a horse, to dismount, Fs. 65. y
connected with many verbs such as, lata, liika a., to close, shut, opp. 10
lata, luka upp, Faer. 264, Eg. 7, Landn. 162 ; in a reverse sense to Lat.
recludere, reserere, rescindere, resolvere. 2. without motion — aptan,
the hind part, the back of anything ; J)at er ma&r fram {superne), en dyr a.,
the fore part a man, the hind part a beast, 673. 2 ; si3an lag3i hann at
tennrnar a. vi3 huppinn, he caught the hip with his teeth, Vigl. 21. The
English aft when used of a ship ; ba!3i a. ok fram, stern arid stem (of
a ship), Fms. ix. 310 ; SigurSr sat a. a kistunni, sate aft on the stern-chest,
vii. 201 ; a. ok frammi, of the parts of the body (of a seal), Sks. 179.
Compar. aptarr, farther back, Fms. vi. 76. II. Temp, again,
■n&KLV, iterum : this use of the word, general as it is at present^
hardly appears in old writers ; they seem to have had no special expres-
sion for again, but instead of it said sidan, enn, or used a periphrase, a
nyja leik, 63ru sinni, annat sinn, or some other substitute. It is, how-
ever, very freq. in Goth. afira = 7rd\ip, Swed. ater, Dan. alter; some
passages in the Sagas come near to the mod. use, e. g. baeta a., restituere,
to give back (but not temp.) ; segja fri3i a., to recal, N. G. L. i. 103 ;
hann maelti at engi mundi J)ann fald a. falda. El. 20, uncertain whether
loc. {backward) or iterum, most likely the former. It is now used in a
great many compounds, answering to Lat. re-, cp. also endr.
aptra, ad, to take back, hinder, withdraw; with dat., a. fer3 sinni, tQ
desist from, delay, Fms. x. 17 ; fjorgrimr bad {)a ni3r setjast, ok skal eigi
bo3i a., i. e. you shall be welcome as before. Valla L. 2 1 7 ; eigi mun ek a. mer
{hesitate) at J)essu, Grett. 116 A ; hversu |)eir optru3u ser J)a er J)eir komu
a {lingit, how they hesitated, wavered, withdrew, Bs. i. 741, Flor. 7 : now
a. e-u is to hinder, prohibit.
aptran and optrun, f. a revoking, renouncing, keeping back, 655 xxvii.
aptr-bati, adj. ind. convalescent, on the road to recovery, Al. 150,
Korm. 220 : now used as a masc. (-bati, a, m.), vera i aptrbata, to begetting
better. Fas. iii. 524.
aptr-beidiligr, adj. reciprocal, Skalda 195.
aptr-borinn, adj. part, regenerate, born again; Jiars hon aptrborin
aldri ver3i, the sense is doubtful, it seems to mean = endrborin, regenerate ;
it Will suit the context only if we suppose that suicides could not be born
again; they certainly could walk again, v. aptrganga. Hogni seems to
fear that, if she died a natural death, Brynhilda would perhaps be endrborin,
Skv. 3. 44.
aptr-byggi, ja, m., esp. in pi. stern-sitters (opp. to frambyggjar) in a
ship of war, Fms. ii. 312, Hkr. iii. 243.
aptr-dr^ttr, m. the undertow, outward suck of the tide, Barl. 130.
aptr-drepa, u, f. relapse, shock, adversity ; niedan J)cir vissu ser cnga
van a., Bs. i. 752, Finnb. 312.
aptr-elding, f. = elding, dawning. Anal. 193.
aptr-fer3 and aptr-for, f. return. Eg. 279.
aptr-fsersla, u, f. bringing back, GJ)1. 361.
aptr-ganga, u, f. [ganga aptr], a ghost, apparition, the French reve-
nant; about this superstition vide Isl. f)j63s. i. 222-317, Grett. ch. 34—
37 (the ghost Glam), Eb. ch. 34, 50-55, 63 (Thorolf Bsgifot), Ld. ch.
17, Sd. ch. 17-22, 30 (Klaufi), Hav. 41, F16am. ch. 28, etc. etc.
aptr-gangr, m. = aptrganga, Grett. ch. 78 new Ed.
aptr-gjald, n. repayment, Bs. i. 734.
aptr-hald, n. a checking, holding back. compd : aptrhalds-maSr,
m. who impedes a thing, Bs. i. 733.
aptr-hlaup, n. a hurling back, recoil, Fs. 158.
aptr-hnekking, f. a bending backwards, metaph., Fms. ix. 509.
aptr-kryggr, m. the chine, the lower part of the back, of a slaughtered
animal, Dipl. vi.
aptr-hvarf, n. a turning back, return, Sturl. ii, 16 ; illr aftrhvarfs, dis-
inclined to face the enemy again, Fms. vii. 325. p. relapse, Fms. ii. 47,
where it is used of apostasy. Since the Reformation always used by
theologians in a good sense, repentance, turning away from sin; iSran ok
a, are freq. used together, i3ran being repentance, the internal condition,
aptrhvarf the movement away from sin, or the repentance put into act.
24
APTRKALL— AUI.
4
aptr-kall, n. withdrawal, recalling, Fr.
aptr-kast, n. a hurling back, repulse, Stj. 288.
aptr-kemba, u, f. one whose hair is combed bach, Finiib. 2 50.
aptr-kvdma and later form aptrkoma, u, f. return, coining back,
Sks. 550 B ; Fms. xi. 31a, a vellum MS. of the end of the isth century,
has aptrkoma.
aptr-kvsemt, n. adj. return from exile, used substantively as a law
term in the phrase, eiga (eigi) a., of a temporary or lifelong exile ; J)at
varSar skoggang . . . eigi eigi a. nema lof biskupa ok Icigrettumanna faist
framar, . . . not to be suffered to return from exile unless the leave of the
bishops and the legislature be first got, Grag. i. 347 : in a gener. sense, synist
mer scm engum varum se a., ef hans er eigi hefnt, it seems to me that not
one of us can shew his face again, if he be not revenged, Gliim. 332.
aptr-lausn, f. redemption, ransom, Horn. 118; a law term, right of
redeeming, GJ)1. 304 : hence compd aptrlau8nar-j6r3, f. land which is
redeemable, N. G. L. i. 344.
aptr-inj6r, adj. tapering behind, Edda 40 (of the salmon's tail).
aptr-mundr, m. [munr], in the phrase, vera a. at e-u, to want a thing
back again. Fas. iii. 278.
aptr-reka and aptr-reki, adj. ind. (navig.), ver5r a., to be driven back
by stress of weather, Landn. 148, Bs. i. 76, Grag. i. 274; a. skip, Ann.
1347, Bs. Laur. S.
aptr-rekstr, rs, m. a driving back, repidse, Grag. ii. 230 (of cattle
grazing).
aptr-sj4, f. regret, longing, v. eptirsja.
aptr-velting, f. recoil, rolling back, Stj. 49.
ap-ynja, u, f. [old Swed. epin], a she-ape, Stj. 68, 95, Sks. 115.
AH, n. (qs. ar6 ?), an atom in a sunbeam, mote, Germ. sonnenstHubchen,
vide Vidal. Post. 276 (Ed. 1829), Njola.
arda, u, f. medic, scabrum, a little wart.
ardga, a9, to make upright, and arSigr, adj. erect, arduus, v. 6r9-.
AG£>H, rs, m. [Lat. aratrum; Gael, arad; cp. erja, Ulf. arjan, arare ;
A. S. erian ; Old Engl, ear, etc. ; in Norse ar or al is a small plough], a sort
oi plough, probably different in size and shape from plogr, which is a later
word, of foreign stamp, as are all that have p for their initial letter. The
poem Rm. distinguishes between both, gora ar3r (ace.) and keyra plog, 19.
The first colonisers of Iceland used ar6r, as shewn by Landn. 35 (relating
events of the year 875) ; hann atti einn oxa, ok let hann J)raelana draga
ar&rinn ; eykr fyrir plogi e9r ar8ri {plough or ard), N.G.L.ii. 115; ef ma6r
stel jarni af arSri e&r plogi, id. ; hciggva ma mafir ser til plogs e9r ar6s (gen.
dropping the radical r), id.; draga ar3r, Al. 52; ar6ri (dat.), Karl. 471, Mar.
(Fr.), Stj. : um allt J)at er miklu varSar er betri sigandi ar9r en svifandi
(emend, of Dr. Hallgrim Scheving), a proverb, better a slow but deep trench-
ing plough than a quick and shallow one, Bs. i. 139 ; the old ar6r v/as pro-
bably bulky and heavy. 2. metaph. in Icel. at present arSr (gen. arSs,
ardar. Snot 90), as well as plogr, means gain, produce, profit: arflsamr,
adj. profitable. compd : ar3s-geldingr, m. a plough-ox, Fms. vii. 2 1 .
ar3r-f6r, f. a plough-fiirrow, trench, Stj. 593, i Kings xviii. 32.
arSr-gangr, m. a coulter, goad, N. G. L. iii. 198.
ar3r-j&rn, n. a cotdter, ox goad, Stj. 386, Judges iii. 31.
ar3r-oxi, a, m. a plough-ox, Grag. i. 502, Jb. 346.
arfa, u, f. [Ulf. arbio], an heiress, N. G. L. i. 191 (rare).
arf-borinn, adj. part., prop, a legitimate son or datcghter, Fms. i. 86 ;
defined, sa er a. er kominn er til alls r6ttar, N. G. L. ii. 211. Freq. spelt
arborinn by suppressing the /(so N. G. L. ii. 50), and used in Norse law
oi a freeman, v. the quotation above from N.G. L., which clearly shews
the identity of the two words), i. 171 ; algildis vitni tveggja manna ar-
borinna ok skilvaenna, ii. 211 : the alliterated phrase alnir ok arbornir
(the phrase aldir og obomir may be a corruption from krh. ^,freeborn
and freebred, 310. The passage in Stor. verse 2 is in Lex. Poiit. ex-
plained by olim ablatus ; the poet probably meant to say genuine, pure,
in a metaph. sense, of the true poetic beverage, not the adulterated one,
mentioned in the Edda 49 ; the cup from the right cask.
arf-gengr, adj. entitled to inherit, legitimate heir, Grag. i. 1 78, Eg. 345.
arfl, a, m. [Ulf. arbia; O. H. G. arpis, erpo; Germ, erbe; Hel. abaro
•=filius ; A. S. eafora, afora per metath.], an heir, heiress (and poet, a son
in gener.) : with gen. pers., arfar veganda, his heirs, GJ)1. 131 ; J)ar nast var
C3sk hennar a., her heiress, heir to her property, Ld. 58; Gu9ri9r ok
|>orger5r logligir arfar {heiresses) Solva, Dipl. v. i : with gen. of the thing,
er hann ^a a. hvarsttveggja, heir of both things, Grag. i. 221 ; a. o9ala, G^l.
294; a. at e-u, heir to a property, Sturl. ii. 197. Not freq., erfingi being
the common word. II. an ox, bull, Edda (Gl.), vide arfr.
ARFI, sometimes spelt arbi, a, m. chickweed, alsine media; arfa-
8d,ta, u, f. a weed rick, Nj. 194.
arflngi, ja, m. an heir. Eg. (in a verse), vide erfingi.
arf-kaup, n. sum paid for inheritance, Grag. i. 200.
arf-lei3a, dd, to adopt as an i&«>, = settlei&a, Jb. 144 A.
arf-lei3ing, f. adoption, Ann. 1271.
arf-nyti, ja, m. (poet.) an heir, Eb. (in a verse),
ABPR, s, m. [Ulf. arbi, neut. ; A. S. yrfe^ It originally meant cattle,
fecus, pecunia, as may be inferred from the A.S. orf=pecus, cattle, and yrfe
— opes; Uel. arf and urf; OrmuL errfe ; v. Ihre, Glossar., andGrimmR.A.
p. 467. Edda (Gl.) also mentions an arfi or arfr, bos, v. above. I.
inheritance, patrimony; taka arf eptir e-n, Grag. i. 170, 178; hon 4
allan arf eptir mik, is my sole heir, Nj. 3, Eb. 162, GJ)1. 252. H.
a bull, V. above. compds : arfs-skipti, n. and arfs-sokn, f., v. arf-
below, GJ)1. 267, Grag. i. 170. arfa-J)dttr, m. section of law treating
of inheritance, Grag. i. 1 70.
arf-ran, n. injustice, cheating in matters of inheritance, Hav. 52.
arf-rsening, f. id., Mar. 656.
arf-rseningr, m. one stripped of his inheritance, Al. 105.
arf-sal, n. cession of right of inheritance, Grag. i. 205, 225, 227, (cp.
branderfS, Dzn.Jledfore, mod. Icel. profenta, and gefa profentu sina); a
law term, to hand over one's own property to another man on condition of
getting succour and support for life. In the time of the Commonwealth,
arfsal had a political sense, and was a sort of ' clientela ;' the chiefs caused
rich persons, freedmen, and monied men of low birth to bequeath them all
their wealth, and in return supported them in lawsuits during life. Such
is the case in Vapn. 13, Hxnsa{)6r. S. ch. 7, Eb. ch. 31 ; eptir })at hand-
sala3i Ulfarr (a wealthy freedman) Arnkatli fe sitt allt, ok ger3ist hann
(viz. Arnkell) ]pa, varna8arma9r {protector) tJlfars : v. also {)6r5. S., hann
bjo a landi Skeggja ok haf9i gorzt arfsalsma9r hans {his client), i^o: it
was humiliating ; engar matti hann (the bishop) olmusur gefa af likamlegri
eign, heldr var hann haldinn sem arfsalsmaSr, Sturl. ii. 119. To the
chiefs in olden times it was a source of wealth and influence, often in a
unfair way. compds : arfsals-nia3r, m., v. above, arfsals-m^ldag
a, m. a deed concerning arfsal, Grag. i. 227.
arf-skipti, n. sharing o/arfr, Grag. i. 172, G\)\. 266, Fas. iii. 39.
arf-skot, n. fraud, cheating in matters of inheritance, Eb. 178, Grag. i.
202, 203, 267.
arf-s6kn, f. a suit in a case ofzxh, G^l. 263.
arf-stoll, m. an hereditary throne. Eg. (in a verse).
arf-svik, n. p\. fraud, cheating in matters o/arfr, Eb. 1 78, G{)1. 254, 29J,
arf-svipting, f. disinheriting, cheating in matters o/arfr, Stj. 425.
arf-tak, n. and arf-taka, u, f. the act of receiving arfsal ; taka e-n arftaki,
Grag. i. 267, 268, 187, 229. compd : arftoku-maSr, m. an heir, suc-
cessor to an inheritance, Grag. i. 62, Sturl. i. 98, Fms. v. 53.
arf-takari, a, m. and arf-taki, a, m. = arftokuma5r, Jb. 148 A, N.G.L.
i. 234, Bad. 199.
arf-tekinn, adj. part, taken by inheritance, Fms. xi. 306.
arf-tekja, u, f. = arftaka, Grag. i. 219. compd : arftekju-land, n.
land taken by inheritance, patrimony, Fms. i. 1 1 7.
arf-taeki, n. = arftaka, Stj. 232.
arf-tsekr, adj. = arfgengr. Eg. 343.
arfiini, a, m. [an old obsol. form], an heir, Edda I08 and in the compd
skaporfoni (the vowel change is caused by the following 0), legal heir, q.v.
arf-vd,n, f. hereditary expectancy, Grag. i. 200, Jb. 177, Sturl. i. 94.
arf-v6r3r, m. [A. S.yrfeveard; Hel. erbivard], (poet.) an heir. Lex. Poet.
arf-J)egi, ja, m. [cp. Ulf. arbinumja'], (poet.) an heir. Id. 28.
arga-fas, n. [argr, craven, and fas = flas by dropping the / (?) ; flas,
means praecipitatio, and flasa, a9, precipitare, which are common won
this etymology is confirmed by the spelling of the word in G\>\. l!
where some of the MSS. have/aas or fias, the last is perh. a false n
ing = fias ; fas, n. gait, manner, is a modern word : v. Pal Vidal
Skyr. ; his etymology, however, is doubtless bad], a law term, a ft
a coivardly assault, an aiming at one's body and drawing deadly wea^ _
without carrying the threat into effect, termed ' a coward's assault;' in
Icel. it was punishable by fj6rbaugsgar6r, cp. Grag. ; ef ma9r mundar til
manns ok stciQvar sjalfr, ok var9ar fjcirbaugsgarS, ok a hinn eigi vigt 1
gegn {the injured party rnust not kill the offender on the spot) skal stefea
heiman ok kve6ja til niu heimilisbiia {)ess a J)ingi er sottr er, Vsl. ch. 90-
ef ma9r hleypr at manni, ok heldr hann ser sjalfr; J)at er a. ok er f ^
sektalaust {liable to no punishment, only a dishonourable act; so tl;
Norse law), N. G. L. i. 164, GJ)!. 188.
arga-skattr, m. an abusive word, a dog's tax, Olkofr. 36.
arg-hola, u, f. scortum, Hb. 31 (1865).
ARGR, adj. [Paul Diac. inertem et inutilem et vulgari verbo ' argn'
6. 24; A.S. earg, ignavus; the Scottish arch or argh, v. Jamieson sub
voce ; and the mod. Engl, arch, archness; Germ, arg ; Gr. dp7os], emai-
ctdate, effeminate, an abusive term ; hefir J)u born borit, ok hug3a ek
J)at args a6al, Ls. 24 ; mik munu aesir argan kalla, ef ek bindast la
bni3arlini, J)kv. 17: it is more abusive than thrall, cp. the prove:';
Jjraellinn hefnir en argr aldri, a thrall takes revenge, but not the a., Gret:
92 ; and, argr er sa sem engu verst (a proverb), he is truly an ' argr' wi ■
does fiot defend himself; argr and ragr are synonymous, vide the Grdg.
J)au eru or6 Jprjii er skoggang var3a oil, ef ma6r kallar mann ragau e'
stro9inn e3r sorSinn, ii. 147. 2. metaph. a wretch, craven, coward,
org vaettr, Fas. ii. 254, Fs. 147: cp. ergi and liargr.
arg-skapr, m. cotvardice, cowardliness, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse).
arg-vltugr, adj. infamous, (cant.)
ARI, a, m. [Ulf. ara; O. H.G. aro; cp. Germ. adler=edel-aro; cp.
also the lengthened Icel. form orn, A.S. earn, Engl, earri], an eagle, rare and
ARAHREIDR— AT.
Itl^
ill poetry; om is the common word; Horn. 89, Stj. 71, Al. 160.
, ., Ciloss. Royal Libr. Old Coll. Copenh. 1813 aquila is translated by
, . coMPD : ara-hreiSr, n. an eyrie, nest of an eagle, Fagrsk. 146.
^1 is also a common pr. name.
rin-domr, m.gossip,'judgtnenlat the bearth-side,'l{om.; now palldomr.
• rin-eldr, m. hearth-fire, Lzt. focus; J)eir eru a., there are three hearths
{ a Norse dwelling), G\)\. 376.
jrin-elja, u, f. a concubine if kept at home, med. Lzt. focaria ; the sense
^'ined in N. G. L. i. 356, 16 (Norse).
rin-grreypr, adj. occurs thrice in poetry as an epithet of the benches
I hall and of a helmet, encompassing the hearth, or shaped as an eagle's
if, Akv. I, 3, 17.
rin-haukr, m. a chimney-sitter, an old man ; in the phrase, attraeSr er
k eldaskilri, an octogenarian is an a. and a poker. Lex. Run.
rin-hella, u, f. [Norse aarhelle or aarstadhyll, the pavement around
hearth^, hearthstone ; i a. fiar i stofunni, Bs. i. 680. Now in Icel. used
nursery tales of treasures or the like hidden under the arinhella.
^INN, s, m., dat. aarni= ami, Fs. 42, Rm. 2, [a word still freq. in
nmark and in Norway; Dan. arne, arnested; Norse aarstad, Ivar
sen : in Icel. it is very rare], a hearth, Fs. (Vd.) 42 ; kom ma6r um
:tina ok tok glaeSr af arni, Sturl. ii. loi ; |)rja vissa ek elda {fires),
a vissa ek arna (^hearth-stones), Gh. 10; maeli malts af arni hverjum,
. three for each farm (cp. arineldar, G^l. 376), Hkr. ii. 384, Fms. x.
?, V. loi. 2. as a law term, used in the phrase, fara eldi ok
j, to remove one's homestead, fire and hearth together, Grag. ii. 253, 334
here iarni is a corrupt reading). Now in Icel. eldsto. 3. metaph.
elevated balcony, pavement, story, scaffold; stafir fjorir st66u upp ok
ur upp 1 milli, ok var par a. ii, Fms. viii. 429 ; i mi5ju hiisinu var a.
r (raised floor) ... en uppi a arninum var saeng mikil, v. 339, Karl.
3, Stj. 308. p. of a ship, a hatchway, Edda (Gl.) compds : arins-
m, n. chimney-piece, chimney-corner ; hann ii mold at taka sem 1 logum
naelt, taka at arinshornum fjorum ok i ondvegis saeti, of an act of con-
ance, N. G. L. i. 96, cp. Eb. ch. 4, Landn. 254 : arinn is symbolical of
sacredness of home, just as stalli is of a temple, or an altar of a
irch : the phrase, at drekka at arinshomi, Hkr. i. 43, reminds one of
large chimney-corners in old English farms. arins-jdrn, n. iron
\ inging to a hearth, a poker, used in ordeals (jarnbur3r) ; karlmaSr
s 1 ganga til arinsjarns en kona til ketiltaks, the man shall betake him
t'he poker and the woman shall grasp the kettle, N. G. L. i. 389.
'BKA, a3, to limp, hobble, of a sluggish gait ; lata arka at au3nu, to let
liters take their own course, slow and sure like fate, Nj.jSS). v. I., Am. 96.
pka- or arkar-, what belongs to a chest, v. ork.
L'ma, u, f. misery {dn. \ey.). Mart. 123 ; Martinus sii cirmu a h^ranum ;
r V, sja aumr a e-m, to feel pity for : cp. Germ, arm (poor, wretched),
.'m-baugr, m. an artnlet, Ls. 13.
■m-brysti, n. [Engl, armbrust; old Dan. arburst"], a cross bow. Fas.
i 03 (for. word).
'm-fylking, f. a wing (armr) of an army, Fms. x. 403 ; more freq.
I vingar armr.
i.'mingi, ja, m., in Norse sense, a poor fellow, Hom. 1 1 7, 1 19 : in Icel.
t retch.
'm-leggr, jar, and s, m. the arm, lacertus ; hann fekk hvergi sveigt
lis armleggi, Grett. 61 ; ofan eptir a. mjok at iilnboga, Sturl. i. 71,
5 lib. 25, Stj. 265. Exod. vi. I {with a strong hand), Anecd. 4 (where it
' pp. to handleggr, the fore arm). Sometimes armleggr and handleggr are
d indifferently; ek mun bera {)ik a handlegg mcr, I will carry thee on my
>i; but below, ok bar J)aer i vinstra a. ser, Grett. ch. 67, Karl. 517.
•mliga, adv. and -ligr, zd], pitifully, Fms. iv. 56, Gkv. 3. 11.
BMB, s, m. [Lat. artnus; Ulf. arms; Engl. ar7n; A. S. earm;
m. arm']. 1. Lat. brachium in general, the arm from the shoulder
the wrist ; sometimes also used partic. of the upper arm or fore arm ;
context only can decide. It is rare in Icel. ; in prose armleggr and
dleggr are more common ; but it is often used in dignified style or in
etaph. sense ; undir brynstnkuna i arminn, lacertus (?), Fms. viii. 387 ;
Ihringr a armi, in the wrist. Odd. 18 ; J)a lysti af hondum hennar
'li lopt ok log, Edda 22, where the corresponding passage of the poem
n. reads armar, armar lysa, her arms beamed, spread light. p. poet,
ases ; sofa e-m ii armi, leggja arma um, to embrace, cp. Germ. U77i-
■len ; koma a arm e-m, of a woman marrying, to come into one's em-
ces, Fms. xi. 100, Lex. Poiit. Rings and bracelets are poet, called
ilog, armblik, armlinnr, armsol, armsvell, the light, snake, ice of the arm.
urist; armr solbrunninn, the sunburnt arms, Rm. 10. 2. metaph. the
'g of a body, opp. to its centre ; armar lithafsins, the arms of the ocean
the bays and firths, Rb. 466; armar krossins, Hom. 103; a wing
a house or building, Sturl. ii. 50; borgar armr, the flanks of a castle,
s. v. 280; the ends, extremities of a wave, Bs. ii. 50; the yard-arm,
g. 6 ; esp. used of the wings of a host in battle (fylkingar armr), i
lan arm fylkingar, Fms. i. 169, 170, vi. 406, 413, Faer. 81 ; in a sea-
it, of the line of ships, Fms. vi. 315 ; the ends of a bed, sofa upp i
linn, opp. to til fota ; and in many other cases.
.BMB, adj. [Ulf. arms ; A. S. earm ; Germ, arni], never occurs in the
sense of Lat, inops, but only metaph, (as in Goth.), viz. : 1. Norse,
poor, in a good sense (as in Germ.) ; J)5er armu sk\uT,poor souls, Hom. 144 ;
su, armi imbr, poor fellow, 118. 2. Icel. in a bad sense, wretched,
wicked, nearly always used so, where armr is an abusive, aumr a benevolent
term : used in swearing, at fara, vera, manna armastr ; J)ii maelti hann til
Sigvalda, at hann skyldi fara m, a., Fms, xi. 141 ; en allir maeltu, at
Egill skyldi fara allra manna a.. Eg. 699 ; enn armi Bjarngrimr, the wretch,
scoundrel Bjarngrim, Faer. 239 ; viii van arma, the accursed witch, Fms,
iii. 214 ; {)etta arma naut. Fas. iii. 498 ; orm vaettr, Gkv. i. 22, |jkv, 29,
Sdm. 23, Og. 32 ; en arma kerling, the vile old witch, Grett. 154, Fas, i.
60 ; Inn armi, in exclamations, the wretch I
arm-skapa3r, adj. part. [A.S. earmsceapen], poor, miserable, mis-
shapen, Hom. 114, 107 (Norse).
arm-vitugr, adj. (in Mart. 123 spelt harmv.), charitable, compassionate;
Gliimr er a. ok vel skapi farinn, Rd. 308 ; er hann litt a., bard-hearted,
Sturl. iii. 209 ; a. vi& fataekja riienn, Bs. i. 356,
ar-meeda, u, f. (qs. or-mae3a), distress, toil. Fas. i. 405, Bs, i, 849,
arnar-, belonging to an eagle, v. orn,
arning, f. [erja, arare], earing, tillage, ploughing, Bs, i, 350, 732, 1 7,
am-sugr, m. (an Sir. My.) periphr. from the poem Haustlong, the 'sough*
(Scot.) or rushing sound caused by the flight of an eagle (orn), Edda 16,
ABB, n. [Sanskr. arus, Engl, and Scot, arr], a scar, v. orr.
ars, m. podex, (later by metath. rass, Bs. i. 504, 1. 2, etc.), Sturl. ii,
17, 39 C; ekki er {)at sem annarr small, engi er skaptr fyrir a, aptr
hali, not like other cattle, having no fail, in a libel of the year 12 13,
Sturl. ii. 17. COMPD : ars-g6rn, f. gitt of the anus, Nj. rass.
ABTA, u, f. a bird, = Swed. arta, anas querquedula Linn., Edda (Gl.)
articulera, a3, to articulate (Lat. word), Stj.
asalabia, u, f. an animal, perh, the sable ; mjiikt skinn af dyri {)vi er
a. heitir, Baer. 19,
ASI, a, m. hurry (mod, word) ; cp, yss and os,
ASKA, u, f. [a common Teut. word], ashes, lit. and metaph., Fms.
i. 9, Stj. 208; mold ok aska, Nj.161, 208; dust eitt ok a., 655 xi. 3 :
pi. oskum, Stj. 74 (transl. from Latin). compds : 6sku-baka3r,
part, baked in ashes, Stj. 393. Judg. vii. dsku-dagr, m. Ash-Wed-
nesday, Fms. viii : also 6sku-63insd.agr, Stj. 40. 6sku-dreifflr,
part, besprinkled with ashes, Sturl. ii. 186. Csku-djnigja, u, f. a heap
of ashes. Fas. iii. 217. 6sku-fall, n. a fall of ashes (from a volcano),
Ann. 1 300. 6sku-f61r, adj. ashy-pale, pale as ashes, Mag. 4, Osku-
haugr, m. a heap of ashes, Eb. 94. 6sku-st6, f, ash-pit.
ask-limar, f, pi, branches ofan ash, Hkv. 2. 48.
ask-maSr, m. [A. S. dscmen, vide Adam Brem. below], a viking, pirate,
a cognom., Eg., Fms., Hkr.
ASKB, s, m, [A. S. dsc, whence many Engl, local names ; Germ, esche],
an ash,fraxinus, Edda (Gl.) ; a. ygdrasils, Edda 10, 1 1, Pr. 431. 2.
anything made of ash : a. a spear, prop, ashen spear shaft (cp. Svpv
fiiiXivov, tiJuixeXiijs), |)i3r. 304, Edda (Gl.) p. a small ship, a bark
(built of ash, cp. dopv, abies) ; en J)eir sigla hurt a einum aski, Fas. ii.
206, i. 421 : it appears only two or three times in Icel. prose writers ;
hence may be explained the name of ascmanni, viking, pirate, in Adam
Brem. ch. 212 [A.S. ciscmen], cp. askniaSr. y. a small vessel of wood
(freq. in Icel., and used instead of deep plates, often with a cover (asklok) in
carved work) ; storir askar fullir af skyri. Eg. 549, 550 ; cp. kyrnu-askr,
skyr-askr. 8. a Norse measure for liquids, equal to four bowls, or sixteen
justur,GJ)l. 525, N.G.L.i. 328,11. E.i. 396, Fms. vii. 203. compds: aska-
smiSr, m. ship-wright (vide $.), Eg. 102. aska-spillir, m. a ship-spoiler,
i. e. a pirate, a cognom., Gliim., Landn. ; v.l. akraspillir, less correctly,
askraki, a, m. probably a Finnish word ; bjor (beaver), savala {sable)
ok askraka (?), S07ne animal with precious fir. Eg. 57 ; an air, \ey.
askran, f. [askrast, to shudder, Ivar Aasen], horror, v. afskr-, B. K. 107.
ask-vi3r, ar, m, ash-tree, Str. 17.
asna, u, f., Lat. asina, a she-ass, Stj. 183. compd : Osnuligr, adj., '6,
steinn, 655. Matth. xviii. 6, transl, of ovinhs \ldos, the upper jnillstone.
ASNI, a, m., Lat. asinus, an ass. Mart. 131, Fas. iii. 416, Band. 12,=
aselhes, 1812. 16. compds: asna-ladfnQin. donkey-head, St]. asna-
kj^lki, a, m. jawbone ofan ass, Stj., Greg. 48.
aspiciens-bok, f. a service-book, Vm. 6, 1 1 7, 139, Am. 35, Pm,, D, I,, etc.
aspiciens-skra, f. id., Pm. 104, 75, etc.
ASSA, u, f. (qs. arnsa), an eagle.
AT and a3, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as
an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = irpus and Trapa, A.S. iit; Engl, at; Hel. ad =
apud; O.H.G. az ; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan. ; in
more freq. use in Engl, than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:
— the mod, pronunciation and spelling is a3 (ap) ; this form is very old,
and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e.g.ap,62^.6o; yet
in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes,
e. g. jiifurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja/rt/, Egill : Sighvat also makes it rhyme
with a /. The verse by Thorodd — J)ar vastu at er fja3r klse&i6 j)vat
(Skiilda 162) — is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an
aspirate (ad), and say that J)va6 is = J)va = J)va3i, lavabat; it may be that
by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is
26
AT.
I
' bvat' simply the A. S. Jjvat, secutt ? The Icelanders still, however, keep
the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before b, v, or the liquids /, r,
thus — atyr8a, atorka, athiJfn, athugi, athvarf, athlaegi ; atvinna, atvik ;
atlaga, atliftanSi (slope), atrial, atreiS, atr63r : but aBdjupr, a5finsla
{critic), aSferd, aftkoma, aSsokn, aSsiigr (crowding), aSgaezla. In some
words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvaeSi not aftkv- ; atburSr,
but a8buna8r; aShjiikran not athjiikran; atgorvi not a3gorfi. At, to,
towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to* after.
Mostly with dat. ; rarely with ace. ; and sometimes ellipt. — by dropping
the words 'home,' 'house,' or the like — with gen.
WITH DAT.
A. Loc. I. WITH MOTION ; gener. the motion to the borders,
limits of an object, and thus opp. to fra : 1. towards, against, with
or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting
motion (verba movendi et eundi), e.g. fara, ganga, koma, liita, sniia,
r^tta at ... ; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards
S., Nj. 77, Fins. xi. loa ; sendima3rinn sneri (turned) hjiiltum sver5sins
at konungi, towards the king, i. 15 ; hann sneri egginni at Asgrimi,
turned the edge towards yl ., Nj. 2 20 ; retta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over,
Ld. 132 ; ganga at, to step towards, Isl. ii. 259. 2. denoting proximity,
close up to, up to; Brynjolfr gengr . . . allt at honum, B. goes quite up to
him, Nj. 58 ; Gunnarr kom {)angat at J)eim orunum, G. reached them even
there with his arrows, 115; ]peir komust aldri at honum, they could never
get near him, to close quarters, id. ; rei9 ma5r at J)eim (up to them), 274 ;
t)eir hiifSu rakit sporin allt at (right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9 ; komu
|)eir at sjo fram, came down to the sea. Bard. 180. 3. without refer-
ence to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms.
viii. 358 ; rifta at dyrum. Boll. 344; hiaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at,
Fms! vii. 218, viii. 358 ; af sjdfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of
the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6 ; visa olmum hundi at manni, to
set a fierce hound at a man, Grag. ii. 118 ; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low.
Eg. 426, Nj. 117 ; hniga at jorSu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to
die, Njar5. 378 ; ganga at domi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff,
defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.) 4. denoting a motion along,
into, upon; ganga at straeti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms.
vii. 39 ; at isi, on the ice, Skalda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112
new Ed. (a is perh. wrong) ; mattu menu ganga {)ar yfir at skipum einum,
of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378 ; at hof^um, at nam, to trample
on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poet. ; at 4m, along the rivers ; at
merkiosum, at the river's mouth, Grag. ii. 355 ; at endilongu baki, all
along its back, Sks. 1 00. 5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault;
renna at, hiaupa at, ganga, fara, ri9a, saekja, at e-m, (v. those words),
whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atftir, atreiS, atsokn, etc. 0.
metaph., kom at ^dm svefnhofgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp.
of weather, in the impers. phrase, hr]9, ve8r, vind, storm gorir at e-m,
to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like ; gorSi |)a at Jieim
{)oku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bar9. 171. 6. denot-
ing around, of clothing or the like ; bregSa skikkju at hof6i ser, to wrap
his cloak over his head, Ld. 62 ; vefja motri at hof&i s6r, to wrap a s?iood
round her bead, 188 ; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on;
sauma at hondum s^r, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453 ; kyrtill sva J)r6ngr sem
saumaftr vaeri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214 ; vafit
at vandum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id. ; hosa strengd fast at
beini, of tight hose. Eg. 602 ; hann sveipar at ser i8runum ok skyrtunni,
be gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gisl. 71 ; laz at
si8u, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight. Eg. 602. j3. of burying ;
bera grjot at einum, to heap stones upon the body. Eg. 719 I var giir at
J)eim dys or grjoti, Ld. 152 ; gtira kistu at liki, to make a coffin for a body,
Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142. y. of summoning troops or followers;
stefna at ser inonnum, to summon rnen to him, Nj. 104 ; stefna at sor li6i.
Eg. 270 ; kippa miinnum at s^r, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64. 7.
denoting a business, engagement ; ri8a at hrossum, at sau8um, to go look-
ing after horses, watching sheep, Gliim. 362, Nj. 75 ; fara at fe, to go to seek
for sheep, Ld. 240 ; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at vei6um,
a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling ; at dyrum, a-sbooting ; at liski, a-fish-
ing; at veiftiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn.4l6(in a verse), Nj. 25 ; fara at land-
skuldum, to go a-collecting rents. Eg. 516 ; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing
with Finns, 41 ; at f6f6ngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78 ; ganga at beina,
to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266 ;
hitta e-n at nau&synjuin, on tnatters of business ; at mali, to speak with
one, etc., Fms. xi. loi ; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga
at lifti s(5r, to go suing for help, Grag. ii. 384. p. of festivals ; sniia, fa
at bloti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or
the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70 ; koma at hendi, to happen,
befal ; ganga at sinu, to come by one's own, to take it, Ld. 208 ; Egill
drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to
bim. Eg. 210 ; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Hav. 46. 8.
denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad .. .,
to look or lie towards ; horf8i botninn at hof8anum, the bight of the bay
looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn, 35 ; also, skeiftgata liggr
at laeknum, leads to the brook, Isl. ii. 339 ; 6, t)ami arminn er vissi at
^sjanum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sar
J)au er horft hof3u at Knuti konungi, xi. 309. p. even connected with
verbs denoting motion ; Gilsareyrr gengr austan at Fljotinu, G. extends,
projects to F.from the east, Hrafn. 25 ; hja sundi J)vi, er at gengr J)ingst6(S!
inni, Fms. xi. 85. II. without motion ; denoting presence at,
near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa,
vera,..; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K.f>. K. 16, Ld. 328, Isl.ij]
270, Sks. 36; vera at skala, at hiisi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at
landi, Fms. i. 82 ; at skipi, on shipboard, Grag. i. 209, 215 ; at iildri, cu
a banquet, inter pocula ; at ati, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii.
169, 170; at samforum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dorai,
in a court; standa (to take one's stand) nor8an, sunnan, austan, vestan at
domi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj. ; at J)ingi, present
at the parliament, Grag. i. 142 ; at logbergi, on the hill of laws, 17, Nj.;
at baki e-m, at the back of. 2. denoting presence, partaking in;
sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241 ; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a
banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70 : a law term, vera at vigi, to be an acces-
sory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100 ; vera at e-u simply means to be about, he
busy in, Fms. iv. 237 ; standa at mali, to stand by one in a case, Grag. ii,
165, Nj. 214; vera at fostri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2 ; sitja at hegoma,
to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smi6, to be at one's work,
J>6r6. 62 : now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at. 3. the
law term vinna ei6 at e-u has a double meaning : o. vinna ei3 at b6k,
at baugi, to make oath upon the book by laying the hand upon it, Landn.
258, Grag., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ' vi5' is
now used in this sense. p. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath,
to swear to, Grag. i. 9, 327. y. the law phrase, nefna vatta at e-u, 0/
summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like ; nefna vatta at benjum,
to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grag. ; at gor5, Eg,
738 ; at svorum, Grag. i. 19 : this summoning of witnesses served in old
lawsuits the same purpose as modem pleadings and depositions ; every
step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or
declaration. 4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kval-
ararnir er at v6ru at pina hann, who were tormenting him ; J)ar varstu
zt, you were there present, Skalda 162 ; at varum {)ar, Gisl. (in a verse):
as a law term 'vera at' means to be guilty. Glum. 388 ; vartattu at {»ar.
Eg. (in a verse) ; hence the ambiguity of Glum's oath, vask at J)3r, I was
there present: var J)ar at kona nokkur (was there busy) at binda s:
manna, Fms. v. 91 ; hann var at ok smi6a3i skot, Rd. 313 ; voru Varbeli'
at (about) at taka af, J)au log . . ., Fms. ix. 512 ; ek var at ok vafk.
was about weaving, xi. 49 ; J)eir hof&u verit at J)rju sumur, they had be,
busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.) ; koma at, come in, :
arrive unexpectedly ; Gunnarr kom at i J)vi, G. came in at that moment .
hva&an komtii mi at, whence did you come ? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200. 5.
denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person ; konuii:
at Danmcirk ok Noregi, king of. . ., Fms. i. 119, xi. 281 ; konungr, jar
at ciUum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., lb. 3, 13, Landn. 25 ; konuii:
at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but i or yfir Englandi, Eg. 263 : cp. tl
phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; ...
Jomi, Fms. xi. 74 : used of a bishop ; biskup at Holum, bishop ofHolar, lb.
18, 19 ; but biskup i Skalaholti, 19 : at Romi, at Rome, Fbr. 198. 6.
in denoting a man's abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, 1. 27), the prep, 'at' is ust
where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is ther.^
fore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, groi
or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a tempit
Landn. 198 ; at Borg (a castle), 67 ; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. co:
stantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Halsi (a bill), Fms. xi. 22; ;.
Bjargi, Grett.90 ; Halsum, Landn. 143 ; at A (river), 296, 268 ; at Baegis
212 ; Gilja, 332 ; Myrka, 211 ; Vatnsa, id. ; fivera, Gliim. 323 ; at Fo;
(a 'force' or waterfall), Landn. 73 ; at Laskjamoti (waters-meeting), 33:
at Hlidarenda (end of the lithe or bill), at Berg{)6rshvaH, Nj. ; at Luiu;
(a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep, 'a' is now usi
in most of these cases, e. g. a A, a Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Halsi, etc. |3
particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the aboo
of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsiilum, at Haugi, AlreksstoSun
at Hlo6um, Landn., Fms. y. konungr Idt kalla at stofudyrum, the kin.
made a call at the hall door. Eg. 88 ; {)eir kollu6u at herberginu, thr
called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475. 7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp.
connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (■
festivals or the like) at one's home; at Mar8ar, Nj. 4 ; at bans, 74 ; {)iug-
festi at {)ess boanda, Grag. i. 152 ; at sin, at one's own home. Eg. 371.
K. f>. K. 62 ; hafa ndttstaS at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Ei
603 ; at Ranar, at Ran's, i. e. at Ran's bouse, of drowned men who belon
to the queen of the sea. Ran, Eb. 274 ; at bins heilaga Olafs konungs, (.
St. Olave's church, Fms. vi. 63 : cp. ad Veneris, ds KifjLwvos.
B. Temp. I. at, denoting a point or period of time; ■■'^
upphafi, at first, in the beginnings Ld. 104 ; at lyktum, at siSustu, a;
lokum, a^ last; at lesti, at last. Lex. Poet., more freq. a lesti ; at skilnaSi.
at parting, at last. Band. 3 ; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly. Eg. 267.
D.I. i. 635; zX. s\\m{, as yet, at present ; ztny]\i, anew, of present time; at
<ii^i\x,for ever and ever; at skommvi, soon, shortly, Isl.ii.272, v.l. II.
AT.
27
cry moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term;'
■; the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day;
II, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Palmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at
., at Easter; at (3lafsvoku, on St. Olave's eve, 2gtb 0/ July,
it vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter
(iriig. i. 151 ; at sumarnialum, at vetrnattum ; at TvinianaSi,
n the Double month (August) begins, Ld. ■256, Gn'ig. i. 152 ; at
idi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at \>vi meh, at that time; at eindaga, at
term, 395 ; at eyk&, at 4 o'clock p. m., I98 ; at ondverSri aefi Abra-
[ns, Ver. 11 ; at sitmi, tiow at once, Fnis. vi. 71 ; at o6ruhverju, every
0 and then. p. where the point of time is marked by some event ;
|)ingi, at the meeting of parliament (i8th to the 24th of June), Ld.
s; at f^ransdomi, at the court of execution, Gr4g. i. 133, 133; at
glausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at
armiilum, e3r at eiginor&i, at betrothal or nuptials, 1 74 ; at skilnaSi,
m they parted, Nj. 106 (above) ; at oUum minnum, at the general
nking of the toasts. Eg. 253 ; at fjoru, at the ebb; at flae&um, atflood-
3, Ems. viii. 306, Orkn. 428 ; at hriirum, at an inquest, Grdg. i. 50
. ii. 141, 389) ; at sokum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, tiow, as yet, v.
t word. III. elHpt., or adding ' komanda' or ' er kemr,' of the
are time : 1. eUipt., komanda or the like being understood,
h reference to the seasons of the year ; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti,
vari, next summer, winter..., Isl. ii. 242; at miSju sumri, at
at Midsummer, next year. Fas. i. 516; at miftjum vetri. Ems. iv.
]. 2. adding 'komanda' or ' er kemr;' at ari komanda, Bar8.
J ; at vari er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6. IV. used with an absolute
. and with a pres. part. : 1. with pres. part. ; at morni komanda,
the coming morrow. Ems. i. 263 ; at ser lifanda, se vivo, in his life
e, Grag. ii. 202 ; at {)eim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234;
jllum asjandum, in the sight of all. Ems. x. 329 ; at uvitanda konungi,
nesciente, without bis knowledge, 227; at aheyranda hofSingjanum,
be chief's hearing, 235. 2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl.
ol.) ; at hrcejum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grag. ii. 87 ; at
)um domum ok fiistu J)ingi, during the session, the courts being set, i.
|, ; at liSnum sex vlkum, after six weeks past. Band. 13; at sva biinu,
goru, sva komnu, sva niaeltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo
'0, dicta, etc.), v. those words; at ureyndu, without trial, without put-
f one to the test, Ld. 76 ; at honum ondu3um, illo morttio. 3.
pt. without ' at ;' eu j)essum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has
1 done, Eb. 132. V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion ;
j6r5um gildum, the fences being strong, GJ)1. 387 ; at viirmu spori, at
e, whilst the trail is warm ; at livorum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld.
J ; at J)essu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55 ; at ilium
:i, to have a narrow escape, now vi& illan leik. Ems. ix. 473 ; at J)vi,
t granted, Grag. ii. 33 : at J)vi, at J)essu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj.
2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another ;
;rr at 66rum, annarr ma&r at o5rum, aSrir at o3rum ; eina konu at
larri. Eg. 91, Ems. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
C. Metaph. and in various cases : I. denoting a transforma-
1 or change into, to, with the notion of destruction ; brenna at osku,
kbldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed. Ems. i. 105,
ia 3, Sturl. ii. 51 : with the notion of transformation or transfiguration,
such phrases as, verSa at e-u, gora e-t at e-u, to turn it into : a. by
pell; ver6a at ormi, to become a snake. Ems. xi. 158; at flugdrekum,
llj). 7 ; ur6u {)au bond at jarni, Edda 40. p. by a natural process it
often be translated by an ace. or by as; gora e-n at urSarmanni, to
ke him an outlaw. Eg. 728 ; graeSa e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so
to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244 : in the law
ns, sar giirist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal,
ig., Nj. ; verSa at Ijugvaetti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grag. i. 44 ;
da at saett, to turn i?ito reconciliation. Ems. i. 13 ; gora e-t at rei6i-
lum, to take offence at, Es. 20 ; at nyjum ti6indum, to tell as news, Nj.
; ver5a fatt at orSum, to be spari?ig of words, 18 ; kveftr (sva) at or8i,
speak, utter, 10; ver3a at prifnaSi, to get on well. Ems. vii. 196:
1181, at ska8a, to be a help or hurt to 07ie; at bana, to cause one's death,
223, Eg. 21, Grag. ii. 29 : at undrum, at hiatri, to become a wonder,
aughitig-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553. II. denoting capacity, where
nay be translated merely by as or for ; gefa at Jolagjof, to give for a
rist7nas-box. Eg. 516; at gjiif, /or a present ; at erf8, at lani, launum,
nil inheritance, a loan ; at kaupum ok solum, for buying and selling,
223, Grag. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil
der ; at sakbotum, at ni8gjoldum, as a compensation, weregeld,
i. 171, Hkr. ii. 168 ; taka at gislingu, to take as an hostage, Edda
^1 e-n at vin, at ovin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga
H'l at eingavin, 'tis ill to have a thrall for one's bosom friend (a proverb),
I 77 ; faeda, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but
ta at dottur cannot be said); hafa miittul at yfirhiifn. Ems. vii. 201 ;
3a niikkut at manni (monnum), to turn out to be a worthy man ; ver3a
ji at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268. 2.
such phrases as, ver8a at or8um, to come to words, Nj. 26 ; var
J: at erindum, Eg. 148 ; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur (dues) from,
Ems. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at alitum, lo take it into consideration,
Nj.3. III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole
or the like ; voru at honum (viz. the sword) hjolt gullbiiin, the sword was
ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330 ; unig6r8 at (belonging to) sverfti,
Es. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mor er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf
moor belonging to the land. Grig. ii. 338: sva at eigi brotnaSi nokkuS
at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worvi, Ems. x. 356 ;
hvatki er mei8ir at skipinu e8r at rei8inu e8r at vi3um, damage done
/o..., Grag. ii. 403; lesta (to injure) hiis at 14sum, vi8 e8r torfi,
110; cf land hefir batna8 at hiisum, if the land has been bettered as to
its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, giira at e-u, to repair: hanila8r at
hiindum e8r fotum, mainud as to hands or feet. Eg. 14; heill at hondum
en hrumr at fotum, sound in band, palsied in foot. Ems. vii. 12 ; lykili at
skra, a key belonging, Jitting, to the latch; hur8 at hiisi ; a key ' gengr
at ' ( fits) skra ; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which
a thing is held or to which it belongs, by ; fa, taka at . . . , /o grasp by ..,;
{)U t6kt vi& sver3i bans at hjiiltunum, ^om took it by the hilt. Ems. i. 15;
draga lit bjorninn at hlustum, to pull out the hear by the ears, Eas. ii. 237 ;
at fotum, by the feet. Ems. viii. 363 ; mxla {to measure) at hrygg ok at
jaSri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grdg. i. 498 ; kasta e-m at
h6f8i, headforemost, Nj. 84 ; kjosa e-n at fotum, by the feet alone, Edda
46 ; hefja fraendsemi at brae8rum, e8a at systkynum, to reckon kinship by
the brother's or the sister's side, Grag. i. 28; kj6sa at afli, at dlitum, by
strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following. IV,
in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to ; auSigr at fe, wealthy
of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at rei3, the best racehorses,
186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vaenn (fagr) at
aliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61 ; kvenna vaenst at asjonu ok vits-
munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fuUkominn at
hyggju, 18 ; um fram a8ra menu at vinsaeldum ok harSfengi, of surpass-
ing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30. 2. a law term, of challenging
jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ry8ja (to challenge)
at maeg8um, gu8sifjum, fraendsemi, hrorum . . . ; at lei8arlengd, on account
of distance, Grag. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.) 3. in arithm. denoting /ro-
portion; at helmingi, J)ri8jungi, fj6r3ungi, tiunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse,
quadrante, for the half, third . . .part; mdttr skal at magni (a proverb),
might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236 ; J)u munt vera at \)vi mikill
fraE3inia3r a kvaE8i, in the same proportion, as great. Ems. vi. 391, iii.
41 ; at e-s hluta, at . . . leiti, for one's part, in turn, as far as one is con-
cerned, Grag. i. 322, Eg. 309, Ems. iii. 26 (freq.) ; at 63rum kosti, in the
other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at iillu, iingu, in all (no) respects ;
at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly ; at flestu, mestu, chiefly. 4. as
a paraphrase of a genitive; fa8ir, m63ir at barni ( = barns); aSili at
sok ( = sakar a.) ; mor8ingi at barni ( = barns), fa3erni at barni (barns) ;
illvirki at fe manna (cp. Lat._/e/o de se), ni8rfall at scikum (saka), land-
gangr at fiskum (fiska). Ems. iv. 274, Grag. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340,
K.|>.K. 112, Nj. 21. 5. the phrase 'at ser,' of himself or in
himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle giirr, and with the
adverbs vel, ilia, or the like ; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments,
character . . . ; vaen kona, kurteis ok vel at s(5r, an accomplished, well-bred,
gifted lady, Nj. i ; vitr ma3r ok vel at ser, a wise man and thorottgbly
good in feeling and bearing, 5 ; {ni ert maSr vaskr ok vel at J)er, 49 ;
gerr at ser, accomplished, 5 1 ; bezt at ser gorr, the finest, best bred man,
39, Ld, 124; en J)6 er hann sva vel at ser, so generous, Nj. 77 ; J)eir
h6f3ingjar er sva voru vel at ser, so noble-minded, 198, Ems. i. 160: the
phrase ' at ser ' is now only used of knowledge, thus ma8r vel a8 s^r
means clever, a man of great knowledge ; ilia a3 ser, a blockhead. 6.
denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like ; hvitr,
svartr, grar, rau8r ... at lit, white, sivarthy, gray, red . . .of colour, Bjarn.
55, 28, Isl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, litill, at staerB, vexti, tall, small of
size, etc. ; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age ;
tvitugr, f)ritugr ... at aldri, twenty, thirty . . . years of age (freq.) :
of animals ; kyr at fyrsta, o3rum . . . kalfi, a cow having calved once,
twice . . ., Jb. 346 : value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t nt
mork, at a mark, N.G. L. i. 352 ; ok er eyririnn at mork, amounts
to a mark, of the value of money, Grag. i. 392 ; ver8r ^k at halfri
mcirk vaSniala eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500. p. metaph. pf
value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda
at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem,
to care or not to care for (freq.) : geta e-s at g63u, illu, iingu, to mention
one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently . . . (freq.), prop, in connection
with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at
draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to he paid to dreams,
Sturl. ii. 217; brag3 er at J)a bami8 finnr, it goes too far, when even a
child takes offence (a proverb) ; hvat er at {)vi, what does it mean ? Nj. 1 1 ;
hvert t)at skip er voxtr er at, atiy ship of mark, i. e. however small, Ems.
xi. 20. V. denoting the source of a thing : 1. source of infor-
mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga
frae3i at |>uri3i, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet
of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person) ; Ari
nam at {>orgeiri afra8skoll, Hkr. (pref.) ; nema kuonattu at e-m, used of
28
AT.
a pupil, Fms. i. 8 ; nema fraeSi at e-m, xi. 396. 2. of receiving,
acquiring, buying, from ; l)iggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his
hands, Nj. 51 ; lif, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to
buy it from, Landn. 72, lb. 11, (now af is more freq. in this sense);
geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one's hands, itnpetrare; J)eirra
manna er J)eir megu fiat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grag. i.
i; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money),
279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj.
73; saekja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; saekja heilraeSi ok traust at
e-m, 98 ; leiga e-t at e-m (now af ), to borrow, Grag. ii. 334 ; eiga e-t
(f6, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399 : metaph. to deserve
of one, Nj. 1 13 ; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138 ; hafa veg,
virSing, styrk, at, to derive hotiour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44,
Bar8. 174; gagn, to be of tise, Ld. 216; mein, talma, mischief, disad-
vantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546 ; otta, awe, Nj. 68. VI. denoting
conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fomum si5,
Fms. i. 112 ; at sogn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on bis authority, 55 ; at
ra&i allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Isl. ii. 259, Ld. 62 ; at logum,
at landslogum, by the law of the land, Grag., Nj. ; at likindum, in all
likelihood, Ld. 272; at skopum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama
haetti, in the very same manner, Grag. i. 90 ; at vanum, as was to be ex-
pected, Nj. 255 ; at leyfi e-s, by one's leave. Eg. 35 ; lilofi, Grag. ii. 215 ;
at osk, vilja e-s, as one likes . . . ; at mun, id. (poet.) ; at solu, happily
(^following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137 ; at J)vi sem . . ., as to
infer from . . ., Nj. 124 : ' fara, lata, ganga at' denotes to yield, agree to,
to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368. VII. in
phrases nearly or quite adverbial ; groa, vera graeddr, at heilu, to be quite
healed. Bard. 167, Eb. 148 ; bita at snoggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6 ;
at J)urru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilongu, all along. Fas. ii;
vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i.
171 ; at visu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjalsu, yreeZy, 308 ; at liku,
at somu, equally, all the same, Horn. 80, Nj. 267 ; at rongu, wrongly,
686 B. 2 ; at hofi, temperately. Lex. Poet. ; at mun, at ra3i, at marki, to a
great extent; at hringum, titterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389 ; at einu,
yet, Orkn. 358 ; sva at einu, {)vi at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, never-
theless. VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and ad-
jectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ' the,' so much the more,
all the more; 'at' heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita y6r iillum,
where it may be translated by so 7nuch the more to two, as I would
willingly grant it to all of you ; hon gret at meir, she grat (wept) the
more. Eg. 483 ; {)ykir oss at likara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6 ; J)ess
at har&ari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C ; sva at hinn se bana at naer,
Grag. ii. 1 1 7 ; at auSnara, at holpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 1 1 6 B ;
J)ess at meiri, Fms. v. 64 ; auvir9isma8r at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139 ; ma5r at
vaskari, id. ; at feigri, any the more fey. Km. 2 2 ; ma6r at verri, all the worse,
Nj. 168 ; ok er ' at' firr . . . , at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest . . .
ut, Eg. 60. p. following after a negation ; eigi at si6r, no less, Nj. i6o,
Ld. 146 ; eigi ... at meiri maSr, any better. Eg. 425, 489 ; erat hera at borg-
nara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, tio less for that,
Edda (pref.) 146 ; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50 ; ekki at verri drengr,
tiot a bit worse for that, Ld. 42 ; er mer ekki son minn at baettari, fiott ,
216; at eigi vissi at nser, any more, Fas. iii. 74. IX. following
many words : 1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire,
attend, seek, e.g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gaeta,
geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to en-
quire, a6gaezla, athugi, attention, etc. p. verbs denoting laughter, play,
joy, game, cp. the Engl, to play at . . .,to laugh at ...; hlaeja, brosa at e-u,
to laugh, smile at it; leika (s^r) at e-u, to play at; l)ykja gaman at, to
enjoy ; hsefta, gcira gys at . . ., to make sport at . . . y. verbs denoting
assistance, help ; standa, veita, vinna, hjalpa at ; hence atsto&, atvinna,
atverk : — mode, proceeding ; fara at, to proceed, hence atfor and atferli :
— compliance ; lata, fara at e-u, v. above : — fault ; e-t er at e-u, there is
some fault in it, Fms. x. 418 ; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98 :
— care, attendance ; hjukra at, hlyja at, v. these words: — gathering, col-
lecting; draga, reida, flytja, fa at, congerere : — engagement, arrival, etc.;
saekja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to
arrive : gcira at, to repair : lesta at, to impair (v. above) ; finna at, to
criticise (mod.) ; telja at, id. : bera at, to happen; kve&a at e-m, to address
one, 625.15, (kve&a at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child
to utter (read) whole syllables) ; falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.) :
metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one ; Jjreyngja, her6a at, to press
hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjosa at, kolna at,
to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things :
also of the seasons themselves ; hausta, vetra a3, when the season really
sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ' sumra at' cannot be used, yet we may say
* vara a8' when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild. 8. in num-
berless other cases which may partly be seen below. 2. connected
ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; nor8an, austan,
sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east...; utan at, innan at, from
the outside or inside. 3. with adjectives (but rarely), e.g. kaerr, elskr,
virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m ; v. these words.
' WITH ACC.
Temp. : Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in pr
writers, who use eptir ; nema reisi ni6r at ni5 ( = ma8r eptir mann), in i
cession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71 ; in prose, at \)At,posthac, deina
Fms. X. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 2.
28, 30, 35 ; sonr a at taka arf at f63ur sinn, has to take the inheritam
after his father, Grag. i. 170 new Ed. ; eiga feransdom at e-n, Grag. i. 85
at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 38 2 ; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ougl
to be restored, gr6t ok at 06, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gol
for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely lo'
sense; at land, Grag. (Sb.) ii. 211, is probably corrupt ; at hond = a. htini
Grag. (Sb.) i. 135 ; at mot = at moti, v. this word.
^^ In compounds (v. below) at- or a5- answers in turn to Lat. ac
or in- or con- ; atdrattr e. g. denotes collecting ; atkoma is adventus :
may also answer to Lat. ob-, in aihrnbr — accidence, but might also b
compared with Lat. occurrere.
AT and a3, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth, du; A.S. and Eng
to; Germ. zm]. Except in the case of a few verbs ' at' is always place
immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable pai
of the verb. I. it is used either, 1, as a simple mark of th
infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. i
ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or, 2. in an obje<
tive sense when following such verbs as bjoda seg]a ..., to invite, con.
mand .. .; hann bau6 J)eim at ganga, at sitja, he bade, ordered them t
go, sit, or the like ; or as gefa and fa ; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to gii
one to drink or to eat, etc. etc. p. with the additional notion of inter
tion, esp. when following verba cogitandi ; hann aetlaSi, haf6i i hyggju a
fara, he had it in his mind to go (where 'to go' is the real object t
aetla3i and hafdi i hyggju). 3. answering to the Gr. iva, denotin
intention, design, in order to ; hann gekk i borg at kaupa silfr, in orde
to buy, Nj. 280 ; hann sendi riddara sina meS J)eim at varSveita J)aer, 62;
45 : in order to make the phrase more plain, ' sva' and ' til' are frequentl
added, esp. in mod. writers, 'sva at' and contr. 'svat' (the last however i
rare), 'til at' and 'til J)ess at,' etc. II. in the earher times th
infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remai
that cannot be followed by ' at ;' these verbs are almost the same in Ice
as in Engl. : a. the auxihary verbs vil, mun (/ze\Aw), skal ; as in Eng
to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil gangs
/ will go ; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) / mun go ; ek skal gora t)at,
shall do that, etc. p. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or ma
do, I dare say ; sva hygginn at hann kunni fyrir stikum ra6a, Grag. ii. 75
i oUu er pry3a ma g63an h6f6ingja, Nj. 90 ; vera ma, // may be ; vera kan;
J)at, id.: kunnu, however, takes ' at' whenever it means to know, and esp. i:
common language in phrases such as, J)a3 kann a9 vera, but vera kann J)a1
V. above. 7. lata, biSja, as in Engl, to let, to bid; hann let (ba3) Jja fara
he let (bade) them go. 8. {)ykkja, J)ykjast, to seem ; hann pykir vera, h
is thought to he : reflex., hann J)ykist vera, sibi videtur : impers., mer J)yki
vera, mihi videtur, in all cases without ' at.' So also freq. the verbs hugsa
hyggja, aetla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking
but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ' at ;
thus hann aetla5i, hug9i, ^k vera goOa menu, he thought them to be, ace. c
inf. ; but aetlaSi at fara, meant to go, etc. «. the verbs denoting /.
see, hear; sja, lita, horfa a . . . (videre) ; heyra, audire, as in Engl. / sai
them come, I heard him tell, ek sa J)a koma, ek heyr3i hann tala. {
sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga ; hann gekk steikja, he wen
to roast, Vkv. 9 ; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal
moSur sina a ma3r fyrst fram faera (better at faera), Grag. i. 232
a |)ann kvi3 einskis meta, 59 ; but at meta, id. 1. 24 ; ra3a, nema
gora . . . , freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs
e. g. nam hann ser Hogna hvetja at riinum, Skv. 3. 43. t\. hljota am
ver3a, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl, be must go), an(
when placed after the infin. of another verb ; her muntu vera hljota
Nj.129; but hljota at vera: fara hlytr {)u, Fms. i. 159; but J)u hlyt
at fara : ver3a vita, ii. 146 ; but ver3a at vita : hann man ver3;
saekja, J)6 ver3r ( = skal) ma3r eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii
552, are exceptional cases. 0. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg'
suffix '-at,' freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive
where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poet
Exceptional cases; hvart sem hann vill 'at' verja pa sok, e3a, whatevei
be chooses, either, Grag. i. 64 ; fyrr viljum ver enga koronu at bera, er
nokkut ofrelsi a, oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than . . .
Fms. X. 1 2 ; the context is peculiar, and the ' at' purposely added. It ma)
be left out ellipt. ; e. g. J)a er gu3 gefr oss finnast ( = at finnast), Dipl. ii
14 ; gef honum drekka ( = at drekka), Pr. 470 ; but mostly in unclassica
writers, in deeds, or the like, written hastily and in an abrupt style.
AT and a3, conj. \Go\h.patei='6Ti ; A. S. ]>dt; Engl, that; Germ, dass,
the Ormul. and Scot, at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson ; in al
South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental : the Scandinavian idioms
form an exception, having all dropped this consonant ; Swed. at, Dan. ai\
In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 1 6th century) was chiefly based upoB
that of Luther ; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations ol
AT— ATFOR.
29
that time were also derived from Germany ; therefore the germanised form
ba6 frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol.
authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jon Vidalin, the
greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his
thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form ; but it never
took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect.
After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes
the form e3, hver e&, hverir ed, hva6 e&, J)ar eS. Before the prep, pu
(/«), p changes into t, and is spelt in a single word ath'i, which is freq. in
some MS.; — now, however, pronounced a66u, aSfieir, a86i5..., = a8
bii .... with the soft Engl, th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to
the relat. pron. qui. I. that, relative to sva, to denote proportion,
;ree, so..., that, Lat. tarn, tantus, tot...,ut; sva mikill lagamaSr,
at ..., so great a lawyer, that . . ., Nj. i ; hari6 svA mikit, at {)at , 2 ;
sva kom um si6ir J)vi mali, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that ..., Fms. xi.
05, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without sva ; Baeringr var til
seinn eptir honum, at hann . . . ( = sva at), Baer. 15 ; hlif&i honum, at hann
saka6i ekki, Fas. iii. 441. II. it is used, 1. with indie, in a
narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. on, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases
as, it came to pass, happened that . . .; J)at var einhverju sinni, at Hiiskuldr
haf6i vinaboS, Nj. 2; J)at var a palmdrottinsdag, at Olafr konungr gekk lit
um strsEti.Fms.ii. 244. 2. with subj. answering to Lat. ace. with infin.,
to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at J)u
leftist, / wished that you would, Nj. 57. p. or in an oblique sentence,
i, answering to ita ut ...; ef sva kann ver3a at {)eir lati ...,ifit may be so that
they might . . ., Fms. xi. 94. y. with a subj. denoting design, answering
to Gr. iva or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at 611 veraldar byg6in viti,
ut sciat totus orbis, Stj. ; J)eir skaru fyrir J)a melinn, at J)eir daei eigi af sulti,
vt ne fame perirent, Nj. 265 ; fyrsti hlutr bokarinnar er Kristindomsbalkr,
at menn skili, in order that men may understand, GJ)1. p. viii. III.
Jused in connection with conjunctions, 1. esp. J)6, ^vi, sva; \)6 at
Jfreq. contr. J)6tt; svat is rare and obsolete. a. J)6at, J)6tt (North. E.
J* tbof), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam
J (very freq.) ; J)6at nokkurum mcinnum synist {)etta me3 freku sett . . . |)a
jjviljum ver, Fms. vi. 21 : phrases as, gef J)u mer fio at liverSugri, etsi iti-
dignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin :
sometimes ellipt. without ' J)6,' eigi mundi hon \k meir hvata gongu sinni,
at ( = J)6at) hon hraeddist bana sinn, PMda 7. Nj- 64 : ' J)6' and ' at' sepa-
rated, svarar hann JxS rett, at hann svari sva, Grag. i. 23 ; J)6 er rett at
I nyta, at hann se fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl, ye/ — though, Lat. attamen
, — etsi, K. {). K. p. J)vi at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indie. ; J)vi
ij at allir voru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68 ; |)vi at af ij)r6ttum ver&r ma3r
;, fr66r, Sks. 16 : separated, J)vi J)egi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201 ; J)vi
er |)essa geti6, at |)at J)6tti, it is 7nentioned because .. ., Ld. 68. 7. sva
at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; gratrinn kom upp, sva at eingi matti 66rum
segja, Edda 37 : separated, so . . . that, sva lisvast at ..., so bad weather,
that, Bs. i. 339, etc. 2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after rela-
tives; hver at = hverr, quis; {)vi at = J)vi, igitur ; hverr at })ekkr ok
Jiaegiligr mun verSa, Fms. v. 159 ; hvern styrk at hann mundi fa, 44 ; ek
undrumst hve mikil ognarraust at liggr i J)er, iii. 201 ; J)vi at ek matti eigi
J)ar vera elligar, J)vi at J)ar var kristni vel haldin. Fas. i. 340. TV.
as a relat. conj. : 1, temp, when, Lat. qmmi; jafnan er (est) mer J)a
verra er (quum) ek fer a braut J)a8an, en J)a at (quum) ek kem, Grett. 150
A ; J)ar til at ver vitum, //// we know, Fms. v. 52 ; J)a at ek lysta ( = {>a er),
when, Nj. 233. 2. siftce, because ; ek faeri ySr (hann), at per eru6 i
einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grag. i.
260 ; eigi er kynlegt at {though) Skarphe6inn s6 hraustr, at {jat er maelt
at ... , because (since) it is a saying that , Nj. 64. V. in mod.
writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef a6 = ef,
si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), me5an a& = meftan, dum ; nema a6, nisi ;
fyrst a8 = fyrst, quoniam ; eptir a8, si6an a6, postquam ; hvart a6 = hvart,
Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, J)a er um er daemt eina siik,
at pa eigu peir aptr at ganga i dominn, Grag. i. 79 ; ef ping ber a hina helgu
viku, at pat a eigi fyrir peim malum at standa, 106 ; pat er ok, at peir skulu
reifa mal manna, 64 ; at peir skulu me6 vattord pa sok saekja, 65 : in all
these cases ' at' is either superfluous or, which is more Hkely, of an ellipt.
nature, 'the law decrees' or 'it is decreed' being understood. The pas-
sages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit ( = at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt
( = at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
AT and a3, an indecl. relat. pronoun \lJlf.patei = os, bs av, oaris, offirtp,
olos, etc. ; Engl, that, Ormul. at"], with the initial letter dropped, as in the
conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl, at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun,
e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson : ' I drede that his gret wassalage, | And
his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhile full litil wend.' | ' His
mestyr speryt quhat tithings at he saw.' — Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel.
'er' (the relat. pronoun) and 'at' are used indifferently, so that where
one MS. reads ' er,' another reads ' at,' and vice versa ; this may easily be
seen by looking at the MSS. ; yet as a rule ' er' is much more freq. used.
In mod. writers 'at' is freq. turned into ' eS,' esp. as a superfluous particle
after the relative pron. hverr (hver e8, hva& e&, hverir e6, etc.), or the
demonstr. sa (sa e6, peir e3, hinir e3, etc.) : — who, which, that, enn bezta
grip at (which) haf6i til Islands komifi, Ld. 202 ; en engi mun sa at (cut)
minnisamara mun vera, 242 ; sem blotnaut at (quae) staerst verfla, Fms.
iii. 214; pau ti8endi, at mer paetti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
AT, n. collision (poiit.) ; odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears,
HiifuSl. 8. p. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at
and etja.
AT, the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.
ata, u, f. an obscure word, and probably a corrupt reading ; nu skytr
ma8r a hval i atu ok hnekkir Gu8s gafu, N. G. L. i. 59.
ata, aft, to stain, defile, smear; likpra Naaman skal atast a pik ok
pina aett, Stj. 618. 2 Kings vi. 27 (now freq.)
atall, (itul, atalt, adj. [at, n. ; Ormul. attel = turpis], fierce, Lat. atrox ;
otul iLugu, fierce, piercing eyes, Hkv. 1.3; petta folk er atalt ok illt, Hkr.
iii. 313 ; otul, amatUg, fierce and loathsome, used of a witch, Hkv. i. 38 :
Atli ek heiti, a. skal ek p^r vera, where the poet plays on the likeness
between the pr. name Atli and the adj. atall, my name is 'Savage;'
savage shall I prove to thee, Hkv. Hjorv. 15. At the present day, freq.
in the changed form 6tull, in a good sense, brisk, strenuous.
atan or 6tun, f. defiling.
atatata, an onomatopoiitic interj., imitating the chattering of the teeth
through cold, Orkn. 326 (in a verse).
at-bemi, a, m. assistance, support, Fms. vi. 66 ; vera i a. mc5 e-m, to
assist one. Fas. i. 265.
at-bot, f. repair (now a6gj6r8), Vm. 4, Dipl. ii. 13.
at-b\ir8r, ar, m. pi. ir, [bera at, accidere.^ 1. a chance, hap, acci-
dent; ver6r sa a., it so happened, Nj. 54, Vupn. 49; af (me8) atbur8,
accidentally, perchance, Mart. 126, El. 5, 9, Mar. 656 ii. 16 ; me8 hverjum
atbur8um, how, by what chance f Rom. 287, Eluc. 12 ; slikt kalla ek a. en
eigi jartein, such things I call an accident but not a miracle, Sturl. ii. 54 ; fyrir
a. sakir hreysti hans, because of his valour, Skalda 189, Sks. 147. 2.
esp. in pi., events, matters, circumstances ; drap Bar8ar ok pa atburSi er par
h6f8u or8it. Bard's death and the events that had happened. Eg. 222 ; Olafr
sag8i honum alia atbur8i um sitt mal, O. told him minutely how bis matters
stood, Hkr. i. 193 ; paer sem skyra i hverjum atbur8um menn fella a sik
fullkomi8*bann, under what circumstances . . ., H.E. i. 462.
at-buna3r, ar, m. attention, care, especially of funeral rites ; veita a.
dau8um monnum, to lay out dead bodies. Eg. 34, v. 1. 2. now gener.
accommodation or assistance in all that regards domestic life, esp. cloth-
ing ; g68r, illr a.
at-djup and atd^i, n. deep water close to shore, Hav. 48.
at-djupt, n. adj. id., 623. 45 ; superl. aBdjupast, Fms. xi. 70.
at-drd.ttr, ar, m. pi. draettir, [draga at], provisions, supplies for house-
hold use ; hafdi hann a. at peirra biii, he supplied their household, Hav.
39 ; atdraettir ok litvegar, means and provisions, Fms. xi. 423 ; a. af
fiskum, Hrafn. 22. p. metaph. support, H.E. i. 244. compu :
atdrdtta-ina3r, m., mikill a., a good housekeeper, Eb. 26.
at-dugna3r, m. [at-duga, to assist~\, assistance. Fas. ii. 296.
at-eggjan, f. egging on, instigation, Al. 5.
at-fall, n. [falla at], ' on-f all, ' = of the fiood-tide, Ld. 56, Orkn. 428.
at-fang, n. [fa at, to provide], only in pi., provisions, victuals, Bs. 1,
130. Esp. used with dagr, or kveld, of the eve of great festivals, and
partic. that of Yule : atfanga-dagr, pronounced afifanga-, m., a. Jola,
Yide Eve, Christmas Eve, Grett. 97, 140, Fms. ii. 37, Isl. ii. 232, Orkn. 186
old Ed., where the new Ed. p. 242 reads atfangs- (in sing.), which is very
rare, J)6r8. 1 1, atfangadags-kveld, n. Christmas Eve, Bard. 1 76. at-
fanga-ina3r, m. = atdrattama8r, Grett. 119 A.
at-fara-, v. atfcir.
at-fer3, f. (neut. 655 xxxii.) o. aggression, incursion, in a hostile
sense, Fms. ix. 11, v. 1. p. more freq. in a good sense, exertion, acti-
vity, Fs. 4 ; vikjast eptir atferSum enna fyrri fraenda pinna, to imitate their
good deeds, id. ; atfer8 ok eljun, energy, Ld. 318. y. a law term, exe-
cution; me8 domrofum ok atfer8um, Gpl. 183. 8. behaviour, pro-
ceeding, conduct; hverja a. ver skulum hafa, Nj. 194, Rb. 390, Sks. 239,
655 xxxii. 2 ; — now freq. in the last sense. compds : atfer3ar-leysi,
n. idleness, inactivity, helplessness, Faer. 232, 544. 23. atfer3ar-nia3r,
m. a skilful man, Bs. i. 639.
atfer3-ligr, zd].fit or manly, Fms. viii. 53, v. 1.
at-ferii, n. [ferill], action, proceeding, used esp. as a law term, proceed-
ing, procedure; me8 enu sama a., Grag. ii. 405 : plur. skal sa shk atferli
hafa 611 um lysingar sem a8r er tint, 27, H.E. ii. 75. p. method; pa
eru m6rg a. jafnrett til pess, Rb. 38. y. hann spur8ist fyrir um a.
h(3ra8smanna, what they were doing, Grett. 1 23 A. 8. gramm., a. parta
(modi partiu?n orationis) eru tolf, Skalda 185.
at-flutning, f. (now -ingr, m.), purveyance, supply, in plur., Eg. 275,
Fms. ii. 68, viii. 179.
at-fylgi, n. and atfylgja, u, f. help, backing, support, Fms. ii. 105, Stj.
384, Horn. 139, Fms. x. 60, v. 1.
at-feersla, u, f. exertion, courage, K. {>. K. 94 (rare). compd : at-
f8erslu-ina3r, m. a man of vigour, Bret. 12, 155.
at-for, ar, f. 1. prop, a going to; as a Norse law term, execution,
domr ok atfor, Gpl. 361, 389 : mod. Dan. adf<erd, cp. atfer8, 7. 2. in
30
ATFARARDOMR— ATORKUSEMI.
I
Icel. commonly of an onslaught or armed aggression, Fms. i. 54, Nj. 92,
93, 99, 113, Sturl. iii. 237, Ann. 1252. 3. tnelbod = Aiferb, Fms. ii.
328. COMPOS : atfarar-ddmr, m. sentence of execution for payment,
G{)1., N. G. L. i. 154. atfarar-J)ing, n. court 0/ execution, MS. 302,
1 7 2 (Norse). atfara-laust, n. adj . quiet, with no act 0/ violence between
tivo hostile parties, Eb. 244, Sturl. ii. 40.
at-ganga, u, f. 1. attack in a fight, onslaught, Fms. i. 36, Nj. 36,
Lv. 13, Bret. 6. 2, peaceful help, Fms. xi. 86, Nj. 99, Isl. ii. 210.
coMPD : atgCngu-mikill, adj. unruly, quarrelsome, aggressive, Fs. 41 .
at-gangr, m. 1. fighting, combat, aggression, Isl. ii. 268, Korm.
242 : injury, violence, = agangr, Fms. vi. 239. 2. help, co-operation,
Grett. 157, 162, Vigl. 19. 3. now, redress, recovery of a claim.
COMPD : atgangs-miklll, zd.]. = energetic, Grett. 129 A.
at-geirr, m. (false spelling arngeirr), a bill or halberd, undoubtedly a
foreign weapon, rarely mentioned in the Sagas, but famous as the favourite
weapon of Gunnar of Hli&arendi ; mentioned besides in Sks. 392, Landn.
163, Eb. 120, Fmi. iii. loo, v. 249, Fas. iii. 462, but esp. Nj. 44, 45, 84,
95, 97, 108, 114, 119: in the Nj. used generally of thrusting, but also of
hewing ; Hogni hjo i sundr spiot skapti6 me6 atgeirinum, en rekr atgeirinn
i gegnum hann, H. hewed in sunder the spearshaft with the bill, and drives
the bill through him, Nj. 1 19 ; in Landn. 163 mentioned as a javelin.
at-gengiligr, adj. acceptable, inviting, Bs. i. 372.
at-gerfl, atgervi, atgeyrS, v. atg6r&, -gorvi.
at-g8ezla, u, f. superintendance, care, caution, Sturl. iii. 58 (now freq.)
atgorS, f. 1. plur. measures, steps taken; litlar atg6r6ir, small
measures, Isl. ii. 355, Fs. 4 ; var eigi vaent til atger&a, few expedients,
Grett. 124. 2. repair of a building or the like (now freq.), Dipl. v.
145. p. a surgical operation, medical help, Bs. i. 108, 6i8, 644 : Sturl.
i. 43 is a bad reading. compds : atgSrfla-lauss, adj. helpless, lazy,
inactive, Al. 25 : neut., atgorSarlaust er um e-t, no steps are taken, Fms.
vi. 38. atgdrda-maSr, m. a ready man, El. 15, Sturl. ii. 127.
atgSrfiar-mikill, adj. active, Nj. 56.
at-g6rvi, atgerfl, atgjSrfl, f. ; neut., Fms. x. 293 C. [gorr at s^r,
accomplished] ; endowments, accomplishments derived from good training
added to natural gifts ; in olden times esp. those of an athletic or physical
kind ; friSleik, voxt, afl, ok alia a., beauty, stature, strength, and all accom-
plishrnents whatever. Eg. 29, Fbr. 56, Fms. vi. 5, 268, i. 30, viii. 140,
X. 293 ; at ij)r6ttum, a. ok vinsaeld, Hkr. i. 212 : of spiritual qualities and
character (rare in old writers), af Gu3s g65gipt ok sjalfs sins a. gofgastr
ma6r a Islandi, Bs. i. (Hv.) 70; at laerdomi, vitrleik ok a., 130. Pals S.
COMPD : atgdrvi-maSr, and more freq. atg6rvis-ina3r, m. a man of
great (physical) accomplishments, Fms. i. 17, Eg. 685 (where it is used of
a young promising poet), 22, Ld. 12 ; used of an artist, Isl. ii. 171 : a. um
marga hluti, man of great capacity, 191 ; used of a musician, Grett. 158.
at-hald, n. constraint, coercion, restraint, Fbr. 2, Fms. xi. 228.
at-hjukan (now aShjtikruii), f. [hjuka at e-m], heed, attention, care
in the most tender sense of that word, e. g. that of a mother to her sick
child ; attention to a sick, frozen, shipwrecked, or destitute person, Fms.
viii. 444, Finnb. 234, v. 1.
at-hlaup, n. onslaught, assault, Fms. viii. 35, Bjarn. 37 ; i einu a., in
one rush in a battle, Ld. 64 ; veita manni a. eSr sar, violence or wound,
K. A. 48 ; tokst mi t)egar a., a hand to hand fight, GullJ). 12.
at-hlatr, m. [hlsegja at], a laughing-stock, Fms. ii. 182.
at-hleegi, n. ridicule, mockery; me& a. ok skom, ridicule and shame,
Fms. X. 279 ; ef a. er vert, if it be ridicule, vi. 208 ; a. edr umannan, a
laughing-stock and a vjretch, Sturl. iii. 240.
at-hlsegiligr, adj. ridiculous. Band. 13.
at-liuga, ad, to heed, bethink oneself, pay attention to, consider; a. sik,
to take heed, Sturl. iv. 75 in a mod. MS. ; cp. Bs. i. 744 (now freq.)
at-hugall, adj. heedful, careful, Sturl. iii. 125, Sks. 296.
at-hugi, a, m. heed, care, attention, consideration, Hom. 52 ; af oUum a.,
carefully. Post. 656 B ; hi& elzta (bam) hefir ekki a. hit minsta, the
eldest bairn has no head on his shoulders. El. 19, Sks. 482 ; me8 a. ok
ahyggju, with care and concern, Fms. x. 281. compds : athuga-lauss,
adj. heedless. athuga-leysi, n. heedlessness, Stj. 6, Fas. i. 245 ; hlytr
jafiian illt af a., ' Don't care' comes ever to a bad end (a proverb), Grett.
118 A. athugaliga, adv. attentively, Sks. 360. athuga-lftill,
adj. little careful, heedless, Bs. i. 190. athuga-samliga, adv. and
-ligr, adj. attentively, attentive, Sks. 600, 360, 6, 472. athuga-samr,
adj. heedful, attentive, Hom. 58, Fms. viii. 447. atliuga-verSr, adj.
worthy of attention, Fms. x. 2 76.
at-hvarf, n. [hverfa at, to turn towards] : a. in the phrase, gora
e-m a., to pay one compliments, pay attention to, Bs. i. 801 ; hann er vel
vi8 {)orm68 ok gorfti meir at athvarfi vi6 hanji, he treated Th. respectfully
or cultivated his friendship, Fbr. 119; Sighvatr giir&i at athvarfi um sendi-
menn konungs, ok spurSi J)a margra tidenda, he communicated with them
ot paid them visits, attended to them, Hkr. ii. 214. p. athvarf is now
freq. in the sense of shelter, refuge.
at-hygli, f [athugall], heedfulness, attention; me& a., Sks. i, 445 B,
564, Fms. vi. 446, (now used as neut.)
at-hyllast, t, dep. (qs. athyglast), to lean towards, he on the side of, ^
do homage to; with ace, af J)vi skolu v6r a. [)enna engll i beonte
varum, to cultivate bis friendship, Hom. A. M. 237. 7 ; at a. ok saekja ^
at dma6ar or8i, 655 xiii. B. 4, Bs. i. 202 ; xtlum ver J)ann y6varn at i
er mestan gcirir varn soma, take his part, who . . ., Fms. v. 273.
at-h.8efi (not athcefi, vide Sks. B., which carefully distinguishes betwej
CB and a), n. conduct, behaviour ; a. kristinna manna, their rites, senrit
Fms. ii. 37, cp. Ld. 174; i oUu sinu a., conduct, proceeding, Fms. xi. jl
viii. 253 : manners, ceremonies, Sks. 301 ; konunga a., royal manner
Hom. : J)etta hefir verit a. (instinct) J)essa skrimsls, Sks. : deeds, doings; ak>
mi J)ar standa fyrst um a. {jcirra, Mag. 11. Now freq. in a theol. senses
at-hsefiligr, ad], fit, fitting, due. Eg. 103, Finnb. 228.
at-h6fn, f. [hafast at, to commit], conduct, behaviour, business; hvi
er hann haf5i fr6tt um a. Skota konungs, his doings and whereabouts. El
271 ; fengin var J)eim onnur a., occupation, Fbr. 19 ; ganga til skripta 0
segja sinar athafnir, to go to shrift and confess his behaviour, Fms. i. 301
i athofnum margir, en sumir i kaupfer6um, Orkn. 298 ; er bat
likligt at J)u fylgir {)ar eptir J)inni a., (ironically) that you will go you
own foolish way, Fs. 4. compds : athafnar-lauss, adj. inactive, Fm
iii. 128, 154. athafnar-leysi, n. /wcrcriwVy. athafnar-ma3r an
ath.afna-, m. a busy enterprising man, Hkr. ii. 255, Faer. 209. In a ba
sense, a laughing-stock ; gora e-n at athafnarmanni, to make a butt of bin.
Sturl. i. 24, 181, this last sense seems to be peculiar to the first and secon
part (J)attr) of the Sturl., which were not written by Sturla himself, but b
an unknown author.
at-kall, n. demand, call, request, solicitation, Bs. i. 735, Al. 64, Ver. 48,
at-kast, n. a casting in one's teeth, a rebuke, reproach, Mag. 65.
at-keri, anchor, v. akkeri.
at-kvama, and later form adkoma or atkoma, u, f. arrival, Ld. 78
Fms. vi. 239; metaph. (ted.) pain, visitation, Hom. 68, I2i. Now use
in many compds : a5koinu-ma3r, m. a guest, etc.
at-kv8e3i, n. [kve8a at or8i]. I. a technical phrase, esp. ii
law ; sva skal saekja at oUu um fjartokuna, sem J)j6fsok fyrir utan a.
the proceeding is all the same with the exception of the technical terms
Grag. ii. 190 ; at J)eim atkvaeSum er Helgi hafSi 1 stefnu vi8 J)ik, theexprei
sions used by Helgi in summonitig thee. Boll. 354. p. a word, expres
sion in general ; fat er J)rifalt a., mannvit, siftgaeJi ok hseverska, Sks. 47,
303 ; en J)6 ver maelim alia J)essa hluti me8 breiSu a.,«« broad, general ten
Anecd. 21, {ji6r. I.- y "ow used gramm. for a syllable, and in mai '
compds such as, eins atkvaBdis or6, a monosyllable ; tveggja, Jiriggja . .
atkvaeSa..., etc., a dissyllable, etc.: 'kve6a at' also means to colh
the letters into syllables, used of children when they begin to spell. (
writers use atkvseSi differently in a grammatical sense, viz. = pronunciati'r
sound, now framburftr ; J)eir stafir megu hafa tveggja samhljodenda a., hveri
einn, Skalda (Thorodd) 165 ; eins stafs a. ; a. nafns hvers J)eirra ; J)a ei
fat a. hans i hverju mali sem eptir lifir nafnsins (in the last passage = /
name of the letter), 168. II. a decision, sentence, almost alwa
in plur.; beid hann {)inna atkvaeSa, Nj. 78 ; var J)vi vikit til atkva'
{decision) MarSar, 207 ; bi5a atkvaeSa Magmiss konungs um alog ■
pyntingar, Fms. vi. 192 : sing., var J)at biskups a., his decision, v. 10
hvi gegnir {)etta a. (sentence) jarl, rangliga dsemir J)u, 656 B ; |)inu b(
ok a., command and decisive vote, Stj. 203 ; af atkvaeSi gu3anna, by the:
decree, Edda 9, Bret. 53. p. now a law term = i/o<e, and in a great
many compds: atkvae5a-grei3sla, division; atkvae6a-fj61di, votes; a.
munr, majority, etc. III. a decree of fate, a spell, charm, in a
supernatural sense, = akvae5i ; af forlogum ok a. ramra hluta, Fs. 23 ;
konungr sagSi uhaegt at gora vi6 atkvseaum, .. .to resist charms (MS. ak-
vedni, where it is uncertain whether the reading is akv- or a/kv-) ; a.
Finnunnar, the spell of the Finnish witch, 22 ; sva mikil a. (pi.) ok ilska
fylg6i Jiessum alogum. Fas. i. 404, iii. 239, Fms. x. 172. compds:
atkvseSa-lauss, adj. [kveSa at, to be important], unimportant, of no
consequence. Fas. ii. 242. atkv8e3a-ina3r, m. a man of weighty
utterance, of importance, Fms. xi. 223. atkv883a-inikill, adj. 0/
weight, note, authority, Nj. 51.
atla, a8, to ' ettle,' intend, purpose, Bret. 144 ; so according to the modem
pronunciation of aetla, q. v.
at-laga, u, f. an attack in a sea fight, of the act of laying ships alongside;'
skipa til a., Fms. i. 169, iv. 103 ; h6r6 a., hard fight, xi. 133, Hkr. ii. 273,
Nj. 125, Sturl. iii. 63, etc. : more rarely of an attack on land, Fms. vii.
244, Al. 122, Isl. ii. 83, Bret. 50. p. an advance, landing, without
notion of fight, Fms. ix. 430. compds : atl6gu-flokkr, m. the name
of a poem describing a battle by sea, Sturl. iii. 63. atl6gu-skip, n. a
ship engaged in battle, Fms. viii. 382.
at-lat, n. [lata at e-u, to comply with], compliance, Hom. 47 ; synda i.,
indulgence in sin, Greg. 31. Now, atlseti, n. and atlot, n. pi. treatment;
gott atlaeti, kindness; ill atlot, harshness, esp. in respect to children.
at-lega, u, f. shelter for sheep and cattle on the common pastures ; hag-
beit a vetrum ok a. fe sinu at selinu, Dipl. v. 4 (rare).
at-mseli, n. abuse, offensive language, Bs. ii. 181.
atoma, u, f. an atom, Rb. 114 ; a weight, subdivision of an ounce, 532. 1.
B,t-OT^a, u, f. energy, activity. compds : atorku-maSr, m. aw acrfiU!
7nan. atorku-samr, adj. active. atorku-semi, f. activity.
ATRAS— AUDMJUKLIGA.
31
It-rds, f. nn on-rush, charge, attack, Fms. vlii. 413, v. ArAs.
|t-rci3, f. (niilit.) a riding at, a charge of horse, Fms. vi. 417, in the
ion of the battle at Stamford Jkidge : Hkr. iii. 162 has AreiS, but
ISS. atreid, vii. 57. p. the act of riding at or over, Nj. 21 ; esp.
tne translation of French romances of tilting in tournamen/s, Str. (freq.)
siPD : atrei3ar-dss, m. a quintain pole, at which to ride a-tilt, El. 15.
t-rekandi, m. pressing efforts, exertions; sva mikill a. var giirr um
dna, the search was carried on so thoroughly. Band. 4 C ; cp. reki.
t-renna, u, f. a slip. compd : atrennu-lykkja, u, f. a running
■»t, a noose, Fms. vi. 368.
fe-ri0, now atri3i, n. 1. = atreiS, movement, in the phrase, hann
AM allt eitt atri6it, he did both things at once, in the twinkling of an
!, Grett. 95 new Ed. 2. a gramm. term in the compd atrids-
rtlf, f. probably «= dcrvj'SeToj', Edda (Ht.) 124, cp. Ed. Havn. ii. 154,
SkAlda 193 ; atriS would thus mean a word, sentence. It is now very
q. in the form atriSi, n. in a metaph. sense, the chief point in a sentence,
a part, paragraph, and used in many compds. Atriflr, m. is one of
! poet, names of Odin, the wise (?).
t-r68r, rs, m. a rowing at, i. e. an attach made (by a ship) with oars,
IS, ii. 310, Hkr. ii. 272, etc. p. gener. rowing towards, Jb. 308.
t-samr, adj. [at, n.], quarrelsome, an S.ir. \fy., Fms. iv. 205 ; cp. Hkr.
l.c.
t-seta, u, f. a royal residence; hafa a., to reside, used especially of
igs, Fms. i. 23, X. 209, Hkr. i. 63, Eg. 170, Nj. 5, etc.
t-8etr, rs, n. id., vide konungs-atsetr.
t-skiljanligr, adj. [Dan. adskellig'], various, different, Karl. 206, (an
ilass. word.)
t-8kilnadr, ar, m., in mod. Icel. = parting, separation. p. discord,
ett. 88 ; A, B, C, however, have askilnaSr.
t-86kn, f. [saekja at], onslaught, attack, Fms. i. 64, Nj. lOO, etc. p.
throng of guests or visitors seeking hospitality ; fong voru litil en a.
kill, Bs. i. 63 (now freq.) y. in popular superstition, the foreboding
% guest's arrival; sleep, drowsiness, or the like, caused, as people believe,
the fylgja or ' fetch ' of the guest, his sure forerunner ; the Icelanders
ak of a good, agreeable adsokn, or a bad, disagreeable one ; a man may
;kja vel e8r ilia a6,' as he is an agreeable guest or not. Only a ' fey '
.n's fylgja follows after him. Vide Isl. f)j68s. i. 354 sqq. compd :
i6knar-raa3r, m. aggressor, Fs. 70.
t-spurning, f. [spyrja at], ' speering' at, inquiry, in the phrase, lei&a
pumingum, which ought, however, to be in two words, Fb. i. 216.
t-stada, u, f., now aostod, n. a standing by, backing, support, Bs. i.
6. p. earnest request. Mar. (Fr.)
fc-Btu3ning, f. and -ingr, m. [stySja at], support. Fas. i. 24.
t-S&gr, m. prop, pressure [siigr] caused by crowding; now freq. in the
rase, gora a. a5 e-m, to mob one. p. the phrase, bora frekan atsiig
I e-t (where the metaphor is taken from boring), to deal harshly with,
ru through to the marrow, Orkn. 144 : cp. Fms. vii. '29.
fc-8vif, n. incident, bearing, Sks. 682. p. medic, lipothymia, afaint-
'^ fit, swoon, Fel. ix. 185 ; cp. a6 svifa yfir e-n, to be taken in a ft, Sturl.
286.
t-tu, by assimilation = at J)u, that thou, freq. e. g, in the Orkn. new Ed.
t-tonn, f. [at, n.], a tusk. Fas. i. 366.
t-veizla, u, f. [veita at], assistance, Fms. x. 60, v. 1.
t-verknadr, m. work, especially in haymaking ; |j6rgunnu var aetlaS
'^r til atverknaSar, to toss and dry it, Eb. 26 : now, vinna at heyi,
t for drying.
t-vik, n. [vikja at], mostly in plur. details, particulars ; in the phrases,
|;ir atvikum, according to the circumstances of each case, GJ)1. 403 ; atvik
•"■ the particulars of a case, Sks. 663 ; me8 atvikum, circumstanti-
apter and verse. Fas. iii. 330: in Stj. 179 it seems to mean ges-
II. an onset, prob. only another way of spelling atvigi,
G. L. ii. 65 ; at ek geta eigi hefnt J)essa atviks er mer er gort, that
annot get this affront avenged which has been done me, Grett. 151 A.
t-vinna, u, f. means of subsistence, support, Grag. i. 294, Jb. 151, Faer.
,Stj. 143, 291,623.41,656 A, 655. 20, Clem. 56, Jb. 151, Fms. v. 239:
our, occupation, Anecd. 20, Sks. 603, (now very freq.) compd :
vinnu-lauss, adj. without means of subsistence, Fms. ii. 97.
t-vist, f. [vesa at], presence, esp. as a law term, opp. to an alibi, the
' of being present at a crime : the law distinguishes between ra6 (plot-
g), tilfor (partaking), and a. (presence), GrAg. ii. 37 ; vera i atsokn
a., to be present and a partaker in the onslaught, Nj. 100. p. transl.
the Lat. assiduitas, 677. 12.
t-vigi, n. onset, onslaught, N. G. L. ii. 65, cp. i. 126, Fas. ii. 244.
t-yrSi, n. pi. abusive words, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 154.
1-UD-, adverbial prefix to a great many adjectives, adverbs, and parti-
les, seldom to subst. nouns, [not found in Ulf. ; A. S. ea'S-, as in e.1,'5-
du, humilitas, and also as a separate adj. eMe,facilis; Old Engl. ' eath,'
iieath,' for 'easy,' 'uneasy;' Hel. 63 and obi, facilis, un65i, difficilis'],
y, opp. to tor-. To this ' aud' and not to ' old' may perhaps be re-
red some of the compds of aud and awd in Scottish and provincial
glisb. Thus ' audie ' in Scotch means an easy careless fellow ; ' aud
farand,' or * auld farand,' may both mean easy going : v. the words in
Jamieson and the Craven Glossary.
auda, u, f. desolation, pibr. 2.
au8-be3inn, adj. part. [A. S. eic^bede'], easily persuaded to do a thing,
with gen. of the thing. Eg. 17, 467.
au3-b8Dttr, adj. part, easily compensated for, Gliim. (in a verse),
au3-eggja3r, adj. part, easily egged on to do, with gen., Fms. v. 63.
au3-fenginn, adj. part, easy to get, Fs. 62, Grett. 113 A, Mag, i, where
it is spelt au6u- ; cp. torn- = tor-.
au8-fengr, adj. id., Hym. 18 ; a. var 118, 655 xxviii, Fms. v. 274.
au3-fundinn, adj. part, easy to find, in promptu, Hkr. ii. Ill ; neut.
used metaph. easy to perceive, clear. Eg. 54, Ld. 194, v. 1.
au3-fyndr, adj. an older form, id., used only as neut. easily perceived,
clear ; {)at var a., at . . ., it could easily be seen, that . . ., Ld. 194.
au3ga, aft, [Ulf. aupagjan = nanapiC^tiv ; A. S. ea^gjan = beatum facere"],
to enrich, Bs. i. 320, Stj. 68 ; reflex., hafSi Noregr mikit au8gast, N. had
grown very wealthy, Fms. vi. 448 : — to make happy, cr alia elskar ok
au8gar, i. 281, Th. 77.
au3-gengr, adj. easy to pass; sti'gr a., 677. 5.
au3-ginntr, adj. part, easily cheated, credulous. Lex. Poijt.
au3-g8etligr, adj. easy to get, common, Fms. i. 261.
au3-g8ett, n. adj. easy to ^e/, = au8fundit. Lex. Foot., Hb. 6 (1865).
au3-g6rr and later form au3-g6r3r, adj. part, easily done. Fas. i. 74.
au3-heyTt, n. adj. part, easily heard, clear, evident, Ld. 266.
au3igr and au3ugr, adj. [Ulf. aupags= fiaKiptos, aupagei, f. =/Mt«a-
Pi<t/m6s ; Hel. odag = beatus, dives ; A. S. ea'Sig, beatus, opulentus ; O. H. G.
otag'], contracted before an initial vowel into au8gan, au8gir, auSgum ;
uncontr. form auSigan = auSgan, Fms. i. 112, etc. ; now used uncontracted
throughout, auSugir, au8ugar, etc. ; rich, opulent ; rikr ok z., powerful
and opulent. Eg. 22, 83 ; at fe, wealthy. Fas. i. 49, Isl. ii. 323, Nj. 16, Post.
656 C ; skip mikit ok a., with a rich lading, Fms. xi. 238 ; a. at kvikfe,
Ld. 96; superl. au8gastr. Eg. 25, Isl. ii. 124; England er auSgast at
lausafe allra Nor8rlanda, Fms. xi. 203.
AUDIT, n. part, of an obsolete verb analogous to auka (' ablaut' au —
j6 — au), [cp. Swed. ode, fatum; au8na, luck; au8r, opes, etc.], used
in many phrases, and often answering to the Gr. aHaa, vcnpuntvov, with dat.
pers. and gen. of the thing; e-m er, ver8r, auSit e-s, it falls to one's Idt; lilik-
ligt er at oss ver8i Jjeirrar hamingju a., it is unlikely that this good fortune is
destined for us, Eg. 107 ; koma mun til min feigSin . . ., ef mor ver8r J)ess
a., if that be ordained for me, Nj. 103 ; J)6 at mer verSi lifs a., though life
may be granted to me, Fms. i. 47 ; konungr let grae8a menn sina sem lifs
var a., those whose lot it was to live, who were not mortally wounded. Eg.
34 ; hafSi J)eim or8it sigrs a., had won the day. Eg. 86 ; var J)eim eigi
eriSngja a., to them was no heir granted by fate, 625. 83 : with 'at' and
an infin., mun oss eigi a. ver8a at fa J)vilikan, Fms. x. 339 : absol., hafi
peir gagn er a. er, let them gain the day to whom the god of battles grants
it, xi. 66 : with the addition of til ;' ek aetla okkr litt til astafunda a. hafa
orSit, we have had bad luck in love, 310: a'a3iiiii, masc. appears twice
or thrice in poetry, au8ins fjar, means possessed, Skv. 3. 37 : in prose in
Al. 2 1 (by Bishop Brand), lata au8ins bi8a, to submit to fate, to be uncon-
cerned; even in compar., hvart hyggit or manni nokkuru at au8nara
(any more chance), at hann fai kniita J)essa leysta, of the Gordian knot,
19, at auSnu, v. au8na [cp. A.S. e^den, datus, concessus; Hel. odan,
genitus, natus : cp. also j68, proles, a word perhaps of the same root.]
au3-kendr, adj. part, easy to ' ken' or recognise, of distinguished appear-
ance, Al. 21, Fms. i. 44.
au3-kenni, n. ( = einkenni), mark, distinction, Karl. 180.
au3-kenniligr, adj. = au8kendr, Hrafn. 13.
au.3-kenning, f. a clear mark, sure sign, Sturl. i. 70. MS. A. M. 122 B ;
aminning suits better, so the Ed. and Brit. Mus. 11,127.
au3-keyptr, adj. part, easily bought, cheap, Hkr. iii. 246.
au3-kj6rinii, adj. part, easily chosen, easy to decide betweeti, Sd. 170.
au3-kumall, adj. (now vi8kvaemr), very touchy, tender, sensitive; a. ok
lasmeyrr, of a snake's belly, easy to wound, Stj. 98; ongvaer (depressed}
ok auSkumul, (fem.) touchy, Bs. i. 323 ; a. i skapi, irritable, 353.
au3-kvisi, v. aukvisi.
au3-kv8B3r, adj. easily talked over, easily moved, obsequious, pliable;
eptirlatr ok a., N. G. L. ii. 400 ; ertii ok eigi a. (hard to move) til fylg8ar,
Grett. 122 new Ed. = au8be8inn.
au3-kymli, f. [au8kumall], touchiness, sensitiveness; a. konunnar, a
woman's touchiness or weakness, 623. 36.
au3-kyfingr, m. [kiifa, accumulare'], poet, a heaper up of riches, a
wealthy man, a Croesus; orr madr er a., Edda 107 ; in prose in Sturl. i.
38, Al. 5 ; rfkismenn ok a., Post. 656 C. 30.
au3-lag3r, adj. part, wealthy, whence au81eg8, Lex. Poet.
au3-lattr, adj. part, docile, easily kept in check. Glum. 396 (in a verse).
au.3-lAtinn, adj. [hit, manners'], of easy affable manners, Str. 36.
au3-leg3, f. easy circumstances, wealth, Bs. i. (Laur. S.) 836 ; now freq.
au3-ligr, adj. happy, lucky, Fms. vi. 420 (in a verse).
au3-ina3r, m. a wealthy man, Fms. ii. 21, Isl. ii. 385, 125.
au3-mjlakliga, adv. and -ligr, ad'j.humbly, Bs. i. 7 73, Grett. 207 new Ed.
32
AUDMJUKR— AUFUSA.
au9-mjukr, adj. humble, meelt, compar, au3mjukari, Sturl. i. 45 ; a.
iSran, devoted repentance, H.E. i. 510.
au3-inuna3r, adj. part, easily remembered, not to be forgotten, Fms. vi.
249, V. 1.
auS-m^kja, t and 8, to humble; a. sik, to bumble oneself, Bs. i. 854.
au3-ni^kt, f. meehiess, humility, Fms. viii. 54, v. 1. ; now freq. in thcol.
writers.
au5ii, f. [au8r, adj.], a wilderness, desert; au6n Sinai, Stj. 300. p.
land which has no owner or is waste, uninhabited ; byg9ust J)a margar
audnir vi8a, tnany ivide wastes were then peopled. Eg. 1 5 ; alia au3n
landsins, Fms. i. 5, viii. 33, Greg. 33 : the au9n was claimed as a royal
domain; konungr 4 her a. alia i landi, Fms. xi. 225 ; um J)aer au3nir er
menu vilja byggja, J)a skal sa ra6a er a. a, the owner of the waste, N. G. L.
1. 125 : different from dXn\c\\nmgr,compascwtm or common. 2. more
Specially a deserted farm or habitation; sabaerhet siSan a HrappstoSum,
|)ar er mi a., Ld. 24: liggja i a., to lie waste, 96, Grag. ii. 214, cp.
278. 3. destruction ; au8n borgarinnar (viz. Jerusalem), Greg. 40,
Rb. 332, Ver. 43, Sd. 179 (where au3nu, f.) ; riki mitt stendr mjcik til
au6nar, is in a state of desolation, Fms. xi. 320, Bret. 68 : insolvency,
titter poverty, Grag. i. 62. compds : auSnar-lxiis, n. deserted huts, on
mountains or in deserts, Grag. ii. 158. au3nar-6flal, n. impoverished
estates, Sks. 333. au3nar-sel, n. deserted shielings, Orkn. 458.
au3na, u, f. desolation, Sd. 1 79, bad reading.
au3na, u, f. [au3it], fortune, and then, like dxaa, good luck, one's
good star, happiness, (cp. heill, hamingja, gaefa, all of them feminines, —
good luck personified as a female guardian), in the phrase, a. raeSr, rules;
au&na nmn J)vi ra3a, Fate must settle that, Nj. 46, Lv. 65 ; rae3r a. lifi (a
proverb), Orkn. 28 ; arka at au3nu (or perh. better dat.from au5inn), v. arka,
Nj. 185, v. 1. ; at au3nu, zdv. prosperously, SI. 25 ; blanda ligiptu vi9 a.,
Fms. ii. 61 ; me6 au6nu J)eirri at Jjorkatli var lengra lifs au3it, by that good
fortune which destined Thorkelfor a longer life, Orkn. 18 (50). Cp. the
Craven word aund in the expression I's aund to'ot, ' I am ordained to
it, it is my fate.' compds: au3nu-lauss, adj. luckless. Fas. ii. 240.
au3nu-leysi, n. /// fate. au3ini-leysingi, a, m. a luckless man.
au3nu-ma3r, m. a lucky man, luck's favourite, GuUJ). 28, Ld. 40, Fas.
i. 340. au3iiu-samliga, 2l&v. fortunately, Finnb. 344.
au3iLa, a9, impers. to be ordained by fate; ef honum au5na&i eigi aptr
at koma, if it was not ordained by fate that he should come back, Fms. ix.
350; sem au&nar, as luck decides, Fb. i. 160, Fas. iii. 601, Lv. 30: with
gen., ef Gu3 vill at J)ess au8ni, that it shall succeed, Bs. i. 159, v. 1., J)at is
less correct : now freq. in a dep. form, e-m auSnast, one is successful, with
following infin.
auS-nsemiligr, adj. [nema], easy to learn, teachable, Sks. 16.
au3-n8emr, adj. easily learned, soon got by heart, Sks. 247 B ; au5naem
er ill Danska, bad Danish is soon learnt (a proverb) ; auSnaemast J)6 hi3
vonda er, Pass. 22. 10.
au.3-pr6fa3r, adj. part, easily proved, Laur. S. MS. 180. 85.
AUDE, f. [Swed. ode, fatu7ii], fate, destiny, only used in poetry in the
phrase, fa au3ar, to die, tsl. ii. 389 (in a verse) ; haga til au5ar, to avail
towards one's happiness, Gis\. 59 (in a verse). Au3r is also a fem. pr. name.
AUDR, adj. [Uli. aups = epr]iJ.os ; O.H.G. odi; ]ie\.odi = inanis: cp.
A.S. ydan and edan, vastare ; Germ, ode and oden: the root is rare in
A. S. and lost in Engl.] : — empty, void, desert, desolate ; hiisin voru au3,
tminhabited, Ld. 96 ; koma at au3u landi, of the first colonists when
coming to Iceland, Landn. 316, opp. to 'koma at bygSu laadi,' or 'land
numid ;' au3 bu3. Eg. 727 ; au3 bor3,f o/(iq/"c?e/eM(fers, of ships that have
lost their men in fight, Fms. ii. 329; au& skip ( = hro3in), all the crew
being slain or put to flight, Hkr. iii. 126. p. metaph., au3r at yndi,
cheerless, distressed, Stj. 421 ; sitja au3um hondum, now used oi being idle :
in the Ad. 22, me3 a. hendr means empty-handed, without gifts ; so also
in Stj. 437. 1 Sam. vi. 3, answering to ' empty' in the Engl. text.
AUDB., s, and poet, ar, m. [Goth, auds = fj.aKapia is suggested; it
only appears in Ulf. in compds or derivatives, audags adj. beatus, auda-
gei f. beatitudo, audagian, beare ; A.S. edd, n. means opes; Hel. od=
bonum, possessio : it is probably akin to 63al ; cp. z\so feudal (A.S.feoh==
fee), alodial^ : — riches, wealth, opulence; au3 fjar (only in ace), abtindance,
is a freq. phrase ; also, au3 landa ok fjar, Edda 15 ; oss er J)ar mikit af sagt
au3 J)eim, Band. 8, Fms. ii. 80, 623. 21; draga saman aud, id. In
proverbs, margan hefir au3r apat ; auSrinn er valtastr vina, wealth is the
Jicklest of friends, Hm. 77, etc.
au3-r&3inn, adj. easily to 'read' or explain. Fas. iii. 561. p. easy
to manage, v. uaudra3inn.
au3-rd.3r, adj. easily guided, pliable, yielding, Bs. i. 265.
au3r8e3i, n. pi. means, property, wealth, Bs. i. I46, 129, 136 (where it
— iticome), 158,68 (where the gen. au3ra3a = au3r8e3a), Stj. 345, Horn.
68, Fms. iv. Ill ; not very freq., au3aefi is a more current word.
au3-8agt, part, easily told.
au3-salr, m. treasury (poiit.), Fsm. 7.
au3-s6nn, part., now au3s63r (cp. however Pass. 6. 4, 7)> easily seen,
evident, Hrafn. 13, K. A. 214.
au3-skeptr, part, (in a proverb), Ad. 21, eigi eru a, almanna spjor, // is
'not easy to make shafts to nil people's spear heads, 1. e. to act so that j
shall be pleased, cp. Hm. 127 ; au3-skaef (as given in the Skalda, wh|
this line is cited) may be a better reading = not easily carved or made i
as to suit everybody.
au3-skilligr, adj. easy to distinguish, understand, Skdlda 167.
au3-8k8e3r, adj. part, easily injured. Eg. 770 ; delicate, tender, Stj. 345
Deut. xxviii. 56, Bs. i. 353.
aTi3-snuit, n. part, easily turned, Hkr. ii. 271.
au3-s6ttligr, adj. easy to perform, an easy task, Fms. xi. 282.
au3-s6ttr, part, easily won, easy to win ; mal a.. Eg. 38, 200, in bot
cases of a happy suitor ; a. land, land lightly won, Fms. iii. 49 ; au3s6t1
til hxniL, pliable, yielding, Al. 4 : eigi a., tiot easily matched. Valla L. 205.
au3-sveipr (and now also au3sveipinn, whence auSsveipni, f.)
3iA]. pliable, yielding, now esp. used oi good, obedient children, Bs.
au3-syna, d, to shew, exhibit, Bs. i. 274; ma J)at vel auSsynast, to b
seen, Stj. 13.
au3-syniligr, adj. evident, and -liga, adv. clearly, Fms. i. 142, St;
14, 26.
au3-syning, f. show, exhibition, Skalda 199. transl. of Lat. demonstra
tio ; H.E. i. ^I'j. proof, demonstration.
au3-synn, adj. easily seen, clear; hon var si3an kollu3 Delos sva sen
a., Stj. 87, 250 : neut. = evident, Horn. 154, Eg. 736, Fms. i. 72.
au3-s8eligr, adj. id., Fms. vii. 148.
au3-S8er, adj., neut. au3saett, fem. au3sae, easily seen, clear, Bjarn. 63
Fms. X. 175, 655 xi. I : metaph. clear, evident, Magn. 436, 625. 174
neut. evident, Fms. i. 42, Hrafn. 13 : compar. auSsaerri, more conspicuout
Fms. ii. 322 : superl. auSsaestr, Ld. 236 ; au3saeust, P'ms. iv. 321.
au3-trua, adj. ind. credulojis. Lex. Poet, (freq.)
au3-tryggi, f. ind., now au3tryggni, f. credtdity, Gisl. 62.
au3-tryggr, adj. credulous, Stj. 199. Grett. 130 A, Fms. viii. 447.
au3-van, n. bad luck. Lex. Poet.
au3-vandr, adj. very painstaking in doing one's duties, Bs. i. 141, a-
an. Xfy.
au3-van, f. expectancy of fortunes (poiJt.), Lex. Poet.
au3-veld.a, d, to take lightly, make easy, Orkn. ch. 68.
au3-veldi, n. easiness, facility, Hom. 7. transl. of Lat. facidtas; mei
a., as adv. easily, Fms. vii. 116, Karl. 131, 142 : au3velda-verk, n. a,
easy task, Grett. 127 new Ed,
au3-veldliga and -velliga, adv. easily, lightly, Fms. i. 87, Stj. 99, Hkt
i. 200 ; taka a. a e-u, to make light of a thing, Fms. xi. 1 24 : compai
-ligar, i. 262, Stj. 130.
au3-veldligr and -velligr, adj. easy, Stj. 8, 356. Josh. vii. 2.
au3-veldr, adj. easy. Eg. 39 : superl. -veldastr, Ld. 14 ; metaph. co>n
pliant, Bs. i. 256, Sturl. i. etc.
au3-viiir, m. (poet.) a charitable friend [A. S. ea^vine'] ; in the ol<
poets freq. spelt otvin, v. Lex. Poet. p. as a pr. name Au3uim ; th'
etymology in Hkr. i. 1 2 is bad ; and so is also the popular etymology o
this word = none, fr. au3r, vacuus.
au3-vir3iligr, etc., v. auvirS-.
au3-vita3, n. part, easy to know, clear, evident, Ld. 78, Finnb. 232
now often adv. = clearly, to be sure.
au3-vist, n. adj. sure, certain, Karl. 181.
au3-J)eystr, adj. part, easy to make flow, Stor. 2 (dub. passage).
au3-J)rifligr, adj. [probably = or -J)rifligr, fr. or- priv. and J)rifligr
robust, strong^, feeble, weakly, Isl. ii. 456, Fb. i. 275 (of weak frame).
au3-8efl. qs. au36fi, n. pi. ['au3r,' opes, and ' of ;' = ofa-fe, q. v. ; Lat
opes], opidence, abundance, wealth, riches, in the Grag. freq. = weans o,
subsistence, emoluments, i. 269, 277 (twice), ii. 213, cp. lb. 16, where i
means emohiments : in the proper sense wealth, Hkr. i. 13, where it mean;
gold and treasures, Sks. 334, 442 ; veg ok a., power and wealth, Greg
23 ; himnesk a., Joh. 21 ; jarSlig a., Greg. 32. Matth. vi. 19, 20 ; morf
a., Eluc. 53, Hom. 151, etc.
aiifl, interj. [a for. word ; Germ, au web"], woe ! alas ! used with dat., a
mer. Mar. 167 ; ace, a. mik, 175; absol., 147 : after the Reformatior
' avi' and ' 6 vei' occur, or ' vei' alone.
aiifusa, u, f., in Norse MSS. spelt afusa, Dipl. i. 3; avusa, Str. 27, 54]
Sks. 775 B; afuusa, N.G. L. i. 446. In Icel. always spelt with au, av
or o, by changing the vowel, cifusa, aufusa, (3. H. 155, where, hoW'
ever, some MSS. have aufussa, avfusa, Fms. viii. 39, 250; tifusa, Fs
123 ; ofusa, 677. 3, Band. 6 ; ofussa, Bs. i. 481 : the change of vowel ii
caused by the following f {v). The word is now quite obsolete, and it!
etymology is somewhat uncertain ; it may be qs. a-fiiss, or af-fuss, ar
' af-' intens. and ' fiiss,' willing, this last suggestion would best suit th«
Norse form. Its sense is thanks, gratitude, satisfactioft, pleasure, and ii
almost exclusively used either as a supplement to 'J)okk' or in sucl-
phrases as, kunna e-m au., or e-m er au. ii e-u, to be pleased, gratified with ,
J)akka me3 mikilli a., to thank heartily, Str. 27 ; ef y3r er j)ar nokkur a ;
a, if it be any pleasure to you, Fms. ix. 495 ; kunna e-m au. e-s, or witJ;|
'at,' to be thankful, Fb. ii. 257, Eg. Ill, (3.H. 56, Fms. viii. 1. c, Bs. i I
481, H.E. i. 432, Eg. 522, Sturl. iii. 125, Faer. 209, 677. 3; leggja alj
moti J)okk ok au., 0. H. 155; viljum ver au, gefa J)eim godum
AUFUSUGESTR~AUK.
33
fimnnum, we will thank them, Fms. vlii. 250 ; var monnum mikil ii. k pvf,
'^nuch pleased by it, Fs. 123 ; hafa 1 moti J)okk ok ii., Band. 19 new Ed.
roMi'Ds : aufusu-gestr, m. a welcome guest. Valla L. 217, Sturl. i. 178.
iii(iisu-or3, II. thanks, Gisl. lOO, aufusu-svipr, m. friendly mien;
: vii.t a ser au., Fs. 14.
I au-fiiss, adj. in a verse by Amur, perhaps akin to the above, meaning
'fager, Orkn. 1 26 : vide, however, Lex. Poet. s. v. ofur.
AUQ-A, n., gen. pi. augna, [Lat. oculus, a dimin. of an obsolete ocus;
< ir. miiOaK/Mos (Boeot. uKTa\fji6s) ; Sanskr. aksba : the word is common to
krit with the Slavonic, Greek, Roman, and Teutonic idioms: Goth.
.■ Germ, aw^e; A. S. edge; Engl, ^^e; Scot.ee; Swed. o^a; Dan.
tc. Grimm s. v. suggests a relationship to Lat. acies, acutus, etc.
letter n appears in the plur. of the mod. northern languages ; the
:ls say ' cigon,' ocw/», the Danes ' cijne ;' with the article 'iigonen'
iiui ' iijnene ;' Old Engl. ' eyne ;' Scot, 'een']: — an eye It is used
:; Iccl. in a great many proverbs, e.g. betr sjt'i augu en auga, 'two
see better than one,' i. e. it is good to yield to advice : referring to
uiiir auga meSan a ser, the eye is pleased whilst it can behold (viz.
bject of its affection). Fas. i. 125, cp. Viils. rim. 4. 189; eigi leyna
ef ann kona manni, the eyes cannot bide it, if a wotnan love a
.. i.e. they tell their own tale, Isl. ii. 251. This pretty proverb is an
i7T. Key. 1. c. and is now out of use ; it is no doubt taken from a poem in a
': iitkvaett metre, (old proverbs have alliteration, but neither rhymes nor
iuce, rhyming proverbs are of a comparatively late date): medic,
I r sii heill er i augun verkir, Fbr. 75 ; sa drepr opt fzti (slips) er
>nna missir, Bs. i. 742 ; h^tt er einu anganu nema vel fari, he who
■ily one eye to lose will take care of it (comm.) ; husbondans auga
i nLZt, the master's eye sees best; glogt er gests augat, a guest's eye
s sharp ; mtirg eru dags augu, the day has many eyes, i. e. what is to be
ii(iiicii must not be done in broad daylight, Hm. 81 : niiib er nef augum,
be nose is near akin to the eyes (tua res agitur paries quum proximus
rdct), Nj. 21 ; opt ver3r slikt a sae, kvad selr, var skotinn i auga, this
f.'en happens at sea, quoth the seal, when he was shot in the eye, of
lie who is in a scrape, Fms. viii. 402. In many phrases, at unna (to
ire) e-m sem augum i hofSi ser, as one's own eye-balls, Nj. 217 ; J)6tti
II r slokt it ssetasta Ijos augna minna, by bis death the sweetest light of
•ly eyes was quenched, 187: hvert grsetr \)\i nu SkarpheSinn? eigi er
at segir SkarpheSinn, en hitt er satt at siirnar i augum, the eyes stnart
^oni smoke, 200 : renna, lita augum, to seek with the eyes, to look upon :
: is used in various connections, renna, lita astaraugum, vanaraugum,
inaraugum, triiaraugum, ofundaraugum, girndarauga, with eyes of love,
ope, friendship, faith, envy, desire : maena a. denotes an upward or pray-
ic; look ; stara, fixed ; horfa, attentive ; lygna, blundskaka, stupid or
low; blina, glapa, gona, vacant or silly ; skima, wandering ; hvessa augu,
threatening look; leiSa e-n a., to measure one with the eyes; gjota, or
kii'ita hornauga, or skjota a. i skjalg, to throw a side glance of dislike or
'l-u>ill; gjota augum is always in a bad sense; renna, lita mostly in a
)Otl sense: gefa e-u auga, octdum adjicere alicui; hafa auga a e-u, to
eep an eye on it; segja e-m e-t i augu upp, to one's face, Orkn. 454; at
n'^vm, adverb, with open eyes, Hcrvar. S. (in a verse), etc. As regards
arious movements of the eyes ; Ijuka upp augum, to open the eyes ; lata
ptr augun, to shut the eyes; draga auga i pung, to draw the eye into a
urse. i. e. shut one eye; depla augum, to blink ; at drepa titlinga (Germ.
ii'^cln, blinzen), to wink, to kill tits with the suppressed glances of the
'■ ^'168arauga, a suffusion on the eye, hypospbagma ; kyraugz, proptosis ;
■ auga, a beam in the eye ; skjalgr, Lat. limus ; sky, albugo ; tekinn
:,'nanna, with sunken eyes, etc., Fel. ix. 192; a. bresta, in death:
II I styrur i augum, to have prickles in the eyes, when the eyes ache for
'I'lt of sleep: vatna nuisum, 'to water mice,' used esp. of children weep-
lently and trying to hide their tears. As to the look or expression
eyes there are sundry metaph. phrases, e. g. hafa fekroka i augum,
re wrinkles at the corners of the eyes, of a shrewd money getting
■ , Fms. ii. 84, cp. Orkn. 330, 188, where krokauga is a cognom. ;
..la-kroka, one insinuating with the fair sex; hafa aegishjalm i augum
a metaphor of one with a piercing, commanding eye, an old mythical
■nil for the magical power of the eye, v. Grimm's D. Mythol. under
pgishjalmr : vera mjott a milli augnanna, the distance between the eyes
fing short, is a popular saying, denoting a close, stingy man, hence
\ n;r means close : e-m vex e-t i augu (now augum), to shrink
//"om, of a thing waxing and growing before one's eyes so that
>ic dares not face it. As to the shape, colour, etc. of the eye, vide
le adj. ' eygr' or ' eyg5r' in its many compds. Lastly we may mention
le belief, that when the water in baptism touches the eyes, the child
thereby in future life prevented from seeing ghosts or goblins, vide
c words lifreskr and skygn. No spell can touch the human eye ;
hann sa augu hans (that of Loki in the shape of a bird), J)a grunaSi
the giant) at ma8r mundi vera, Edda 60 ; 1 ^essum bimi ]pykist hon
■una augu Bjarnar konungs sonar. Fas. i. 51, vide Isl. {)j63s. II.
leton. and metaph. auga is used in a great many connections : o.
itron. ; |)jaza augu, the eyes of the giant Tbiazi, is a constellation, probably
le Dioscuri, Castor and Pollux; the story is told in the Edda 47, cp.
HarbarSsljoS 19; (Snorri attributes it to Odin, the poem to Thor.) p.
botan., auga == Lat. gemma, Hjalt. 38 ; kattarauga, cat's eye, is the
flower forget-me-not. y. the spots that form the numbers on dice,
M''g"' 530- 8. the bole in a millstone; kvarnarauga, Edda 79, 221,
Hkr. i. 121 : the opening into which an axe handle is fastened, Sturl.
ii. 91 : a pit full of water, Fs. 45 : nalarauga, a needle's eye : vindauga,
wind's eye or window (which orig. had no glass in it), A. S. eag-dura
(eye-door) ; also gluggi, q. v. : gleraugu, spectacles. t. anatom., the
pan of the bip joint, v. augnakari, Fms. iii. 392 : gagnaugu, temples. {.
hafsauga, the bottom of the ocean, in the popular phrase, fara lit i hafsauga,
descendere ad tartara. tj. poet, the sun is called heimsauga, dagsauga,
Jonas 119. COMPDS either with sing, auga or pi. augna; in the latter
case mod. usage sometimes drops the connecting vowel a, e.g. augn-
dapr, augn-depra, augn-fagr, etc. auga-bragd (augna-), n. the
twinkling of an eye, Hm. 77 J ^ ^'"u a., in the twinkling of an eye, Ver. 32,
Edda (pref.) 146, Sks. 559, Rb. 56S : a glance, look, snart a., Fms. ii.
174 ; mikit a., v. 335 ; lifagrligt a., Fs. 43 ; hafa a. af e-u, to cast a look
at, Fbr. 49, Fms. xi. 424 : in the phrase, at hafa e-n (or verfta)
at augabragSi, metaph. to tuake fport of, to mock, deride, gaze at, Stj.
627, 567, Hm. 5, 29. auga-briin, f. the eye-brow. auga-staflr,
m. an eye-mark; hafa a. a e-u, to mark with the eye. auga-steinn
(augna-), m. tbeeye-ball, Hkr.iii. 365, Fms. v. 152. augna-bending,
f. a warning glance, Pr. 452. augna-blik, n. mod. = augnabragS, s.
augna-b61ga, u, f. ophthalmia. augna-brd, f. the eye-lid, D.N. i. 2 16.
augna-fagr and aug-fagr, adj. fair-eyed. Fas. ii. 365, Fms. v. 200.
augna-fro, f. a plant, eye-bright, eupbrasia, also augna-gras, Hjalt. 231 .
augna-free, n. lychnis alpina. augna-gaman, n. a sport, delight
for the eyes to gaze at, Ld. 202, Bier. 17, Fsm. 5 {love, tweetbeart).
augna-grom, n. (medic.) a spot in the eye; metaph., ekki a., no mere
speck, of whatever can easily be seen. augna-hdr, n. an eye-lash.
augna-livarinr, m. the eye-lid. augna-hvfta, u, f. albugo. aug-
na-karl, n. the pan of the bip joint; slita or slitna or augnakoUunum,
Fas. iii. 392. augna-kast, n. a wild glance. Earl. 167. augna-
kla5i, a, m. psoropbthalmi. augna-krokr, n. the corner of the eye.
augna-lag, n. a look, Ld. 154. augna-lok, n. 'eye-covers,' eye-lids.
augna-mein, n. a disease of the eye. augna-mjorkvi, a, m. dimness
of the eye, Pr. 471. augna-rd3, n. expression of the eye. augna-
skot, n. a look askance, G\>\. 286, Fs. 44 (of cats). augna-slim,
n. glaucoma. augna-staSr, m. the socket of the eye, Magn. 532.
augna-sveinn, m. a lad leading a blind man, Str. 46. augn-tepra,
u, {. bippus. augna-topt, {. the socket of the eye. augna- verkr,
m.pain in the eye, Hkr. ii. 257, Bs. i. 451, Pr. 471, Bjarn. 58. augna-
vik, n. pi. = augnakrokr. augna- J)ungi, a, m. heaviness of the eye,
Hkr. ii. 257.
aug-dapr, adj. weak-sighted, Fms. ii. 8 : augdepra, u, f. amblyopiOr
Fel. ix. 191.
aug-lit, n. a face, countenance ; fyrir a. alls lyfts, Stj. 326 ; fyrir Gu8s a.,
before the face of God, Orkn. 1 70 ; i a. postulans, 623. 25, Ver. 7. Gen. vii.
1 (' before me') ; fyrir konungs a., Sks. 283. Now much used, esp. theol.
aug-ljos, n. 'eye light,' in the phrase, koma i a., to appear, Fas. i. 80.
aug-lj6ss, adj. clear, manifest, Fms. i. 229, Hkr. ii. 225.
aug-l^sa, t, to make known, manifest: subst. auglysing, f.
aug-sjdndi, part, seeing ocularily. Mart. 117.
aug-stirr, adj. blear-eyed, Stj. 1 71 (of Leah) : sureygr is more freq.
aug'S^, f. sight; koma i a. e-m, to appear before him, Eg. 458, 623.
12; i a. e-m, in the face of. Bias. 46.
aug-syna, d, to shew, Fms. v. 200.
aug-syniligr, adj. and -liga, adv. evident, visible, GJ)1. 42.
AUK, adv. [cp. Goth, auk, freq. used by Ulf. as translation of Gr.
yap ; jab auk = Kai yap ; A.S.edc; Engl, c^e; Germ. omc^]. I.
it originally was a noun = augmentum, but this form only remains in the
adverbial phrase, at auk, to boot, besides, Bs. i. 317 (freq.): adverbially
and without 'at,' besides; hundraft manna ok auk kappar hans, a hun-
dred men and eke his champions. Fas. i. 77 ; J)riggja marka fe, en konungr
{lat er auk er, the surplus, N. G. L. i. 350: cp. also such phrases as,
auk Jjess at, besides that; auk heldr, v. heldr. II. as a conj.
also, Lat. etiam, occurs in very old prose, and in poetry ; sva mun
ek auk bletza J)a konu es \>u. baSsk fyr, 655 ix. B. 2 (MS. of the 12th
century), Hkr. ii. 370 (in a poem of Sighvat); this form, however, is
very rare, as the word soon passed into ok, q. v. III. used to
head a sentence, nearly as Lat. deinde, deinceps, the Hebrew ^, or
the like ; the Ormulum uses ac in the same way ; in MSS. it is usually
spelt ok ; but it may be seen from poetic assonances that it was pro-
nounced auk, e. g. auk und jofri fraeknum ; hitt var auk at eykir, Vellekla,
Hkr. i. 216: auk at jdrna leiki. Lex. Poet.; it is sometimes even
spelt so, e.g. auk naer aptni skaltu (53inn koma, Hm. 97, Hkr. i. 29,
v.l. ; it is also freq. in the Cod. Fris. of the Hkr. This use of 'auk' or
' ok' is esp. freq. in old narrative poems such as the Ynglingatal (where it
occurs about thirty-five times), in the Haleygjatal (about six times), and
the Vellekla (about ten times) : vide ok. IV. simply for ok, and,
as spelt on some Runic stones, but seldom, if ever, in written documents.
D
34
AUKA— AURR.
AUKA, j6k, joku (mod. jnku), aukit [Lztaugere; GT.aij^uv; Ulf.
aukan; A.S. eacan or ecan; Engl, to ecbe or eke; O.H. G. auhoti];
pres. ind. eyk; subj. eyki or yki, mod. jyki. A weak form (aukar,
aukaSi, aukat) also occurs, esp. in Norse, and (as a Norwegianism) in
Icel. writers, esp. after the year 1260, e. g. aukaSu, augehant, Barl. 138 ;
auka6ist, augebatur, aukaSi, aiigebat, Barl. 180, Fms. i. 140, 184, x. 2I
(MSS. aukuSu or auka8i, and some even joku), Rom. 234 ; subj. aukaSist,
augeretur, Fms. vii. 158 in three Icel. vellum MSS. ; only one has ykist, the
strong genuine form. Pres. aukar, auget, and aukast, augetur, instead of
eykr, eykst, Stj. 32 : part, aukat ( = aukit), O. H.L. 46; auku8, aucta,
Fms. X. 236. Even Snorri in the Edda has aukaSist, p. 3, both in the
vellum MSS. Ob. and Kb., — a form which is thoroughly unclassical ;
the poets use the strong form, and so Ari, who has j6kk = j6k ek, in the
preface to lb. ; — so also the great bulk of the classical literature. Since
the Reformation the strong form is the only one used either in speaking
or writing. I. Lat. augere, to augment, increase, with ace, eykr
hann J)ar sett sina, Fms. iii. 82 ; jok Njall ekki hjon sin, Nj. 59 ; hot hann
J)eim at auka vir6ing {jcirra. Eg. 33 ; J)essi or& joku mjok sok Adams,
Sks. 542 ; jok nafn hans, Horn. 51, Nj. 33 ; var J)asi8an auku8 ( = aukin)
veizlan, Fms. x. 236 : absol., J)at halft er eykr, that half which is over
and above, Js. 75 : in the phrase, aukanda ferr um e-t, a thing is in-
creasing, Nj. 139. II. Lat. addere, to add to the whole of a
thing ; with the thing added in the dat., ok jokk ( = j6k ek) J)vi es mer
var6 si8an kunnara, lb. (pref.) : impers., jok miklu vi6, increased greatly,
Ld. 54 ; J)a eykst enn ellefu nottum vi8, eleven nights are still added, Rb.
28 : followed by ' vi8,' auka e-u vi8 e-t, to add to it, Nj. 41 ; ' til' is rare
and unclassical, and seems almost a Danism, as ' foie til,' J)etta til aukist,
Vm. 7 : auka synd (dat.) a synd (ace.) ofan, to heap sin upon sin, Stj.
2 74 : aukast or8um vi8, to come to words, speak. Eg. ch. 58, v. 1. (rare) ;
ef ^u eykr or8i, if thou say'st a word more. Lex. Poet. p. with ace. (a
rare and unclassical Latinism), auka ny vandr8e8i ( = nyjum vandraeSum)
k hin fornu, Bs. i. 751. y. impers. in the phrase, aukar a, it in-
creases, Rom. 234. III. to surpass, exceed; t)at er eykr sex
aura, J)a a konungr h&lft J)at er eykr, if it exceeds six ounces, the king
takes half the excess, N. G. L. i. 281, Js. § 71 ; en arma8r taki J)at er
aukit er, what is over and above, N. G. L. i. 165. Esp. used adverbially
in the part. pass, aukit, aukin, more than, above, of numbers ; aukin {)rju
hundru8 manna, three hundred men well told. Eg. 530, Fms. ix. 524, v.l. ;
me8 aukit hundra8 manna, x. 184, Ld. 196 ; aukin half vaett, Grett. 141
new Ed. p. in the phrases, {)at er (eigi) aukat (aukit), it is no exag-
geration, Jd. verse 22, the Ed. in Fms. xi. 169 has ' aria' (a false reading) ;
J)at er aukat, O. H. L. 1. c. ; or8um auki8, exaggerated, Thom. 73-
atikan, f. increase, K. A. 20.
auki, a, m. eke [A.S. eaca; Old Engl. and. Scot, eke or e«^], increase,
addition; Abram tok ^ann auka nafns sins, Ver. 14 ; a. ofundar ok hatrs,
Stj. 192 : cp. also in the phrase, ver8a at moldar auka, to become dust, to
die, in a verse in the Hervar. S. Fas. i. 580 ; cp. maSr er moldu samr,
man is but dust, SI. 47 ; and another proverb, lauki er liti8 gaeft til auka,
used by Sighvat (Lex. Poet.), the leek needs but little care to grow ; sars-
auki, pain, Mirm. 47 ; Danmerkr auki is a poet, name of Zealand used by
Bragi, Edda i : the phrase, i miklum auka, in a huge, colossal shape,
Gliim. 345 (in a verse) ; hence perhaps comes the popular phrase, a3 fserast
i aukana (or haukana), to exert to the utmost one's bodily strength, Glamr
faer8ist i alia auka (of one wrestling), Grett. 114 A, (Ed. 1853 has faerSist i
aukana.) 2. metaph. seed, germs, thou hast given me no seed, Stj.
III. Gen. XV. 2 ; esp. the sperm of whales, amber, Sks. 137. p. pro-
duce of the earth, Barl. 193, 200. -y. interest of capital, N. G. L. ii.
380 ; vide aauki, sarsauki, sakauki, i. 187. compds : auka>dagr, m.
' eke-day,' dies intercalaris, Rb. 488. auka-hlutr, m. in the phrase,
at aukahlut, to boot, Horn. 129. avika-nafn, n. 'eke-name,' nickname,
or additional name, Sks. 272. auka-smifli, n. a superfluous thing,
a mere appendix, Fms. ii. 359. auka-tungl, n. intercalary moon,
Rb. 116. auka-verk, n. by-work, Bs. i. 326. auka-vika, u, f.
' eke-week' intercalary week, v. hlaupar.
auk-nafn, n. = aukanafn, ' eke-name.'
arLk-nefna, d, to nickname, Landn. 243.
auk-nefni, n. 'eke-natne,' a nickname: a. a defamatory name,
punishable with the lesser outlawry, Grag. ii. 146. p. in a less strong
sense ; hann var svartr a, har ok horund, ok J)vi J)6tti honum a. gefit er
hann var Birtingr kallaSr, he was swarth of hair and skin, and for that
it seemed a nickname was given him when he was called ' Brighting,' Fms.
vii. 157 : Helgi atti kenningar nafn, ok var kalla8r hviti ; ok var {)at eigi
a., J)vi at hann var vaenn ma8r ok vel haer8r, hvitr 4 har, Helgi had a stir-
name {in a good sense), and was called ' White ;' and that was no nick-
name, for he was a handsome man and well-haired, white of hair, Fbr.
80 : J)u hyggr at ek muna vilja giptast einum bastar8i, — eigi em ek
bastar8r nema at a., of William the Conqueror, Fb. iii. 464. In old times,
esp. at the time of the colonisation of Iceland, such nicknames were in
freq. use, as may be seen from the index in the Landnama ; they gradu-
ally went out of use, but still occur now and then throughout the whole
of the Saga period in Icel. down to the 14th century.
aukning, f.. Old Engl. ' eeking,' increase, Stj. 100, 176, Sks. 137.
au-kvisi, a, m. [prop. au8-kvisi, from au8, easy, and kveistinn, toucl
cp. kveisa, f. ulcus, dolor'] ; in old writers it is spelt with au or ai
and sometimes with a double k, okkvisi, Bs. i. 497 vellum MS. A.N
499 ; au8kvisi, Ld. 236 C and the vellum MS. A. M. 122 A to Sturl. i
8 ; aukvisi, MS. 122 B ; O.H. (Ed. 1853) reads aucvisi ; it means a weakl
irritable, touchy person. Used esp. in the proverb, einn er au. aetts
hvenar, cp. the Engl, there is a black sheep in every flock, Hkr. ii. 23S
mun ek son minn lata heita Gizur ; litt hafa J)eir aukvisar verit i Haul
daela aett er sva hafa heiti8 her til, Sturl. ii. 8, at the birth of earl Gizu
[The name Gizur was a famous name in this family, Gizur hviti, Gizx
biskup, Gizur Hallsson, etc.]
AULANDI, an indecl. adj., qs. al-landi, an air. Xey. in the provei
Nj. 10, illt er peim er au. er alinn. [The root is prob. al- (Lat. alius
land, cp. A.S. ellend or elland (Hel. elilendi), alietius, peregrinus; 01
Engl, alyant; O.H.G. alilanta (whence N. H. G. elend, wjser) : there
in Icel. also a form erlendr, prob. a corruption for ellendr. This root
quite lost in the Scandin. idioms with the single exception of the provei
mentioned above, and the altered form er-.] The MSS. of the Nj. 1.
differ ; some of them have a lilandi in two words, in terra mala ; Johi
sonius has not made out the meaning ; the proper sense seems to be ex\
ubique infelix. In olden times peregrinus and miser were synonymou
the first in a proper, the last in a metaphorical sense : so the Lat. host
( = hospes) passed into the sense of enemy. The spelling with o (oland
ought perhaps to be preferred, although the change of vowel cannot I
easily accounted for.
auli, a, m. a dunce, aulaligr adj., aula-skapr m., aulast dep., etc., t
not occur, as it seems, in old writers ; prop, a slug (?) ; cp. Ivar Aas«
s. vv. aula, auling.
aum-hjartaSr, adj. tender-hearted, charitable, Stj. 547, Hom. 109.
aumindi, n. painful feeling from a wound or the like, Fel. ix. 192.
aumingi, ja, m. a wretch, in Icel. in a compassionate sense ; Gu8s i
655 xxxii. 15, Bs. i. 74, Hom. 87.
aumka, a8, to bewail, to complain, esp. in the impers. phrase, a. sik,
feel compassion for, Baer. 11, Al, 10, Rom. 182, Bret. 98, Fagrsk. ch. 34
now freq. used in reflex., aumkast yfir e-t, to pity.
aumkan, f. lamentation, wailing. El. 10.
aumleikr, m. misery, Stj. 428, Bs. i. 321; now also used of the soi
feeling of a wound or the like, v. aumr.
aumligr, adj. and -liga, adv. [A.S. earmlic'], poorly, wretched, Grel
161, Fms. i. 138, V. 218, Sturl. ii. 13, Baer. 4, Magn. 432, H. E. iii. 366
aum-neglur, more correctly anneglur, cp. the Engl, agnail, hangnai
or naugnail, Fel. ix. 192 ; the lunula unguium is in Icel. called anneglu
and so is the skin round the finger-nail, id.
AUMR, adj. [Ulf. has arms = miser; Dan. and Swed. owz], seems wil
all its compounds to be a Scandin. word. It originally probably meai
sore, aching, touchy, tender. In mod. Icel. it is sometimes used in tb
sense, in Dan. and Swed. only = sore, and metaph. terider. 2. metap'.
poorly, miserable, unhappy ; styrkstii, aumr, strengthen thyself, wretch
man, Orkn. 153, Hom. 15, 16, Th. 6, 16: in a bad sense = armr, Fm
ix. 414.
atun-staddr, adj. part, in a poor, wretched state, Stj. 475.
AUNGK, adj. pron., Lat. nullus, none, v. engi, enginn.
AUNGR, adj. narrow, Lat. angustus, v. ongr.
aung-vit, n., medic, lipothymia, a fainting-fit, ¥&. ix. 193.
AITIIAR, m. pi. money, aura- in compds, v. eyrir.
aur-bor3, n. the second plank from the keel of a boat, Vellekla ar
Edda (Gl.)
a\xr-falr, s, m. [aurr, lutum, fair], the spike at the butt-end of a spea
Gr. ffavpojTTjp ; jpeir settu niSr aurfalina er J)eir st68u ok studdust v:
spjot sin, Fms. i. 280 ; siSan maeldi hann grundvoU hiisgorSarinnar fjrr
f)6rhalli me8 aurfalnum a spjoti sinu, ii. 230 ; Abner sneri spjotinn
hendi ser ok lag8i aurfalnum framan i kvi8inn, Stj. 497, 2 Sam. ii. i
(in Engl. Vers. ' the hinder end of the spear'). Art. 105. p. used <
an arrow, Fb. iii. 406.
aiir-g&ti, a, m. [qs. 6r-gati, or- and geta], a tit-bit, good cheer, goa
treatment, a rare and now obsolete word ; mun ekki af sparat, at vei"
OSS allan {)ann a. er til er, Fms. xi. 341 ; um tilfong veizlunnar, sem be:
biiandi allan a.. Mar. 97 ; af J)eim orgata sem hon haf3i framast fbng t:
655 xxxi. 2.
aurigr, adj., only in the contr. forms aurgan (ace), aurgu (dat.), claye
muddy, Vsp. 31, Ls. 48 ; cp. urigr, madidus.
AURR, s, m., prop, wet clay or loam, but also in Eggert Itin. p. <■
of a sort of clay, cp. Ivar Aasen s. v. aur. In A.S. ear is humus;
the Alvismal one of the names of the earth is aurr (kalla aur uppregi"
In the Voluspa the purling water of the well of Urda is called aun
hence the paraphrase in the Edda, ^xx taka hvern dag vatn i brunninuni
ok me8 aurinn {the clay, hunnis) er Hggr um brunninn, ok ansa upp yi
askinn. Elsewhere used simply of mud, wet soil, aurr etr iljar en ofa(
kuldi, Gs. 15 ; auri trodd und joa fotum, Gh. 16 ; ok vi8 aur aegir hjamj
bragnings burs of blandinn var8, his brains were mixed with the mm
AURRIDI—AUSTRRUM.
80
Vt. 1 6; Surr ok saurr, mud and dirt, Ann. 1362 ; hylja auri, humo con-
dere, in a verse in the Korm. S.
aurriSi, 6rri3i, mod. virriSi, a, m. salnio trittta, salmon-trout, YdX.
i. 1 1 ; salmo squamis argenteis, maculis nigris bninneo cinctis, pinna
pectorali punctvlis sex notata, Eggert Itin. p. 595 : deriv. from orr, celer,
and -ri6i, or from aurr (?) ; the Norse form aure "indicates a diphthong,
Gbl. 421, Edda (Gl.) compds : aurrifla-bekkr, m. a ' beck' full of
trout. Bolt. atuTi3a-fl8ki, f. trout-fishing. Bolt. auiriSa-net, n.
a trout-net, Gisl. 104. aurrifla-vatn, n. a water stocked with trout.
Bolt.
aur-sk6r, m. (prop. ' mud-shoe'), a horse shoe, an air. X€7. in the story
Fnis. iii. a 10, each of the shoes weighing l| lb. The story is a pendant
to that told of king Augustus of Poland and the blacksmith,
avir-skrida, u, f. a land slip, avalanche, Fbr. 84, Fs. 59.
avirvandils-t£ (aurvantA, Ub.), f. Aurvandil's toe, probably the star
Rigcl in Orion, v. Edda 59.
AUSA, jos, josu (mod. jusu), ausit; pres. ind. eyss ; subj. eysi or ysi,
mod. jysi (bauriret), cp. Lat. haurio, baus-it; not found in Goth, or in
Germ. I. to sprinkle, with dat, of the liquid, and the object
ace. or with a prep. ; J)aer taka hvern dag vatn i brunninum, ok ausa
(viz. \y\) upp yfir askinn, . . .pour it over the ash-boughs, Edda 1 1 ; ef ma9r
eyss eldi {fire, embers), Grag. ii. 128; a. sild or netjum, to empty the
nets of the herrings, GJ)1. 427 : a. lit, to pour out, f6, Grett. 126. 2,
ausa moldu, to sprinkle with mould, bury; hl63u J)eir at grjoti ok josu at
moldu. Eg. 300; er hann h6f8u moldu ausit, Bjarn. 11 ; salr ausinn
moldu, his chamber sprinkled with mould (poet.), Hervar. S. ; ausinn
haugi, '^t. 26. p. ausa vatni is a standing phrase for a sort of baptism
used in the last centuries, at least, of the heathen age. The child when
bom was sprinkled with water and named, yet without the intervention
of a priest ; this rite is mentioned as early as in the Havamal, one of
the very oldest mythological didactic poems on record, where it is
attributed even to Odin ; ef ek skal t)egn ungan verpa vatni a, if I am to
throw water on a young thane, 159; Josu vatni Jarl letu heita, J6S 61
Edda josu vatni, horvi svartan, hetu {)rael, Rm. 7, 31 ; sa var si&r gofigra
manna, at vanda menn mjok til at ausa vatni ok gefa nafn ; . . . Sigurftr
jarl jos sveininn vatni ok kalla&i Hakon, Hkr. i. I18 ; Eirikr ok Gunn-
hildr attu son er Haraldr konungr jos vatni ok gaf nafn sitt, 122 ; eptir
am daginn jos Hakon konungr |)ann svein vatni ok gaf nafn sitt, 135,
Fras. i. 66, xi. 3 ; faeddi {jora sveinbarn ok var Grimr nefndr er vatni var
;iusinn, Eb. 26 ; enn attu J)au Skallagrimr son, sa var vatni ausinn ok
lafn gefit ok kalla8r Egill, Eg. 146, 147, 166, Ld. 108, Gisl. 32 (of Snorre
Gode) ; and so in many instances from Icel., Norway, and the Orkneys,
all of them of the heathen age. The Christian term is skira, q. v. 3.
metaph. of scolding or abuse; hropi ok rogi ef J)U eyss k hoU regin,
Ls. 4 ; ausa sauri a e-n, to bespatter with foul language, ausask sauri
'\ (recipr.), Bjarn. 33 ; a. e-m e-u i augu upp, to throw in one's face. Eg.
576 ; hann jos upp {poured out) {)ar fyrir aljiyftu oUum glaepum fo8ur sins,
Mart. 80 ; um verka Jjann er hverr jos a annan, Bjarn. 42. II.
ii a horse, to kick or lash out with his hinder feet, opp. to prjona, to rear
ip and strike with the fore feet ; hestrinn tok at fry'sa, blasa ok ausa,
reg. 49 ; at merrin eysi, Sturl. ii. 40 C. III. to pump, esp. a ship,
yith the ship in ace. ; HallfreSr jos at sinum hlut, Fs. 113, Grett. 95 A,
Fbr. 173, N.G. L. i. 102 : a. bat sinn, to make water, Fms. vii. 331.
ausa, u, f. a ladle, ekki er sopi6 kali8 J)6 i ausuna se komit (a proverb),
nany a slip 'twixt the cup and the lip, Grett. 132, |)6r8. 51.
aus-ker, n. = austr-ker, Shetl. auskerrie, a scoop, v. Jamieson Suppl.
ub voce, Fs. 147.
ausli, V. auvisli.
austan, adv. [A.S. eastan; Hel. ostan'], from the east. Eg. 183, Eb.
1 : of the direction of the wind (cp. vestan, sunnan, norSan), used with
ceding prep, a, a vestan, austan . . ., blowing from west, east.. ., Bs.
p. fyrir a. used as a prep, with ace. east of; fyrir a. mitt haf,
lirag. ch. 85, p. 142 new Ed., Nj. 36, 81, Eg. lOO, Landn. 228. y.
vith gen. in phrases like austan lands, a. fjar3ar, cp. nor5an, sunnan,
estan, Hkr. iii. 201. compds : austan-fer3, f. a journey from the
nst, Fms. vii. 128. austan-fjar3ar, gen. loci, used as adverb, in
he east of the firth, Hkr. ii. 295, Fms. i. 278, iv. 37. austan-gola,
L, f. a light breeze from the east, Sturl. iii. 59 (Ed. austraen). austan-
cvima, u, f. arrival from the east, Fms. vi. 23. austan-maflr, m.
I man from the east. Old Engl, easterling, Sturl. iii. 248. austan-
ijor, m. the east sea, nickname of a man, Fms. ix. 316. austan-
reflr, rs, m. an easterly gale, Rb. 438. austaii-ver3r, adj. eastern
cp. norSan-, sunnan-, vestan-ver8r), Landn. 25, Stj. 75, A. A. 286.
lustan-vindr, m. an east wind, Sks. 38, cp. norSan-, vestan-, sunnan-
indr.
austarliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. easterly, Fms. xi. 389.
austastr, superl. easternmost, v. eystri.
austflrSingr, m., esp. in pi. an eastfirther, one from the east of Iceland,
Iturl. ii. 158. compds: austflr3inga-bu3, f., v. b\i&. aust-
ir5inga-d6nir, m. the court for the east quarter, v. domr. aust-
ir8inga-Q6r3iingr, m. the east quarter of Iceland, v. fjorSungr. ,
aust-lir3ir, m. pi. the east firths of Iceland, opp. to vcstfirSir, Landn.
au8t-flrzkr, adj. one from the east firths in Ice!., Nj. 54, Lv. 57.
aust-f6r, f. = austrfor.
aust-ker, n. a scoop, bucket, v. auss-ker.
aust-kylfir, m. pi. easterlings, cp. Kylfingar, an old Russian popula-
tion, Kolbiager, east of the Baltic ; in a poem of Homklofi, Fagrsk. 9.
aust-lsBgr, adj. easterly, of the wind.
aust-ma3r, m., pi. austmenn, in Icel. and in the northern part of the
British Islands a standing name of those who came from the Scandi-
navian continent, esp. Norse merchants, vide the old Irish chronicles,
and the Sagas, passim. The English used ' easterling' in the same sense,
and sterling is an abbreviation of the word from the coin which the
'easterlings' brought with them in trade. Eyvindr austmaSr, Landn.,
Nj. 81, Eg. 744, Isl. ii. fga, 128, Sturl. ii. 47, Lv. 33, Valla L. 316,
Landn. 36, 290, 305, Eb. 104, 196, etc. In the Norse G^\. 450 it is used
of Swedes in Norway: austmanna-skelflr, m. ' skelper' {conqueror,
terror) of the east men, a nickname, Landn. 305.
aust-marr, m. the east sea,^ the east Baltic (Estmere of king Alfred,
Oros. Ed. Bosworth, p. 22), Yt. 18.
aust-mal, n. = austrmal, N. G. L. i. 335.
aust-mdrk, f. the east mark, i. e. the east, "tt. 4.
AITSTR, rs, m. [A.S. and Engl, east; Hel. ostar; Germ. o.<;^ osten],
the east; sol i austri, Grag. ii. 224, Rb. 93, Landn. 276 ; or austri, Sturl. ii.
25. 2. as adv. towards east, eastward, Nj. i5i,Eg. 72,Grag.i.96, 189.
austr, rs and rar, m. [ausa], the act of drawing water in buckets,
pumping; v. daeluaustr and byttuaustr, Grett. ch. 19; standa i austri,
to toil hard at the pump. Fas. ii. 520, Sturl. iii. 68 ; til austrar, Grett.
94 B. p. the water pumped or to be pumped, bilge water, Gr. dvrXos,
Sturl. iii. 67, 68 ; skipid fullt af austri, full of bilge water, Fb. ii. 204
(Fbr.), Finnb. 234; standa 1 a., v. above. compd : austrs-ker,
austker (N.G. L. i. 59), a scoop, pump-bucket {c^. ausker), G|)l. 424.
austr-ilfa, v. austrhalfa.
austr-&tt and -sett, f. eastern region, east; i austr., towards east, in
eastern direction, Fms. ii. 49, x. 267, Sks. 38. 655 xiv. B. I.
austr-biti, a, m. a cross-beam nearest the pumping-place in a ship,
Fs. 153.
austr-fer3 and austr-f6r, f. voyage to the east, esp, to Russia or the
east Baltic, Fb. i. 130, Ls. 60, the last passage in a mythical sense.
COMPDS : austrfarar-knorr, m. a vessel bound for the Baltic, Fms. vii.
256. austrfarar-skip, n. id., Fms. viii. 61, Orkn. 274 old Ed.,
where the new Ed. 334 has litfararskip, a ship bound for the Mediter-
ranean (better).
austr-hdlfa, u, f. [Hel. ostarhalba — oriens'], ohen spelt -^a by drop-
ping the h; the east, in old writers freq. of the Austria of the peace of
Verdun, A. D. 843, including the Baltic and the east of Europe ; some-
times also of the true east; um GarSariki {Russia Minor) ok vi8a um
a. heims, Fms. i. 96 ; 1 GorSum austr ok austrhulfunni, x. 275; 1 a,
heims eru J)rju Indialond, A. A. 283 ; Licinius lag8i undir sik vi3a a..
Bias. 37; Adam ok Eva byg8u siSan i a. J)ar sem Hebron heitir, Ver.
5, Stj. 67, 43 : now used in Icel. = Asia, Vestrhalfa = ^mencfl, SuSrhalfa
= Africa, NorSrhalfa = Europe, Eyjaalfa = Australia. compds : austr-
hdlfu-1^3r, m. people of the east, Stj. 392, Judges vi. 33. austr-
halfu-J)j63, f. id., Stj. 389.
austr-kendr, adj. part, eastern, of wind, Bs. i. 388.
austrligr, adj. eastern, Stj. 336.
austr-16nd, n. pi. the east, orient, the eastern part of Europe, in old
writers often synonymous to Austr-halfa, and opp. to NorSrlond, Scandi-
navia ; Su8rlond, So7itb Germany, etc. ; Vestrlond, the British Islands,
Normandy, Bretagne, etc.. Post. 656 C. 39, Fms. ii. 183, Post. 645. 102,
Hkr. i. 134 in a poem of the loth century used of Russia ; cp. Brocm. loi.
austr-m&l, n. (navig.), the pumping-watch, the crew being told off
two and two, to hand the buckets up, one of them standing in the bilge
water down below and the other on deck, vide the Fbr. 131, Grett.
ch. 19 ; en hverr J)eirra manna er si8ar kemr en a. komi til bans, {)a
er hann sekr niu ertogum, N. G. L. i. 335 [ausmaal, bilge water, Ivar
Aasen].
austr-oka, a8, [austr], to lavish, squander, with dat. an air. \(y. as it
seems, Fas. iii. 198, 302, where a. f^ sinu; cp. Gr. avrXio).
austr-riki, n. the eastern empire, esp. the east of Europe (Russia,
Austria, sometimes also including Turkey of the present time) ; the term
is often vague, and synonymous to Austrvegr, Austrliind, or referring to the
Germany of the year 843 ; (the mod. sense is = Austria) ; Ivarr vi5fa8mi
eigna8ist allt Danaveldi, ok mikinn hluta Saxlands ok allt A., Hkr.
Yngl. S. ch. 45, Fms. vi. 8 ; Constantinopolis er ae8st borga 1 A., Ver. 49 ;
J>eodosius inn mikli var sex vetr konungr i A., 50 ; Licinius het konungr
i A., Bias. 37, in these last passages = <Xe eastern empire (of Rome); \ik
er ek (viz. king David) lif8a ok vask konungr kalla8r i A. {in the east),
NiSrst. 4, cp. Baut. nos. 780, 979.
austr-riim, n. the part of a vessel's hold near the stern where the pump
is, Hkr. i. 82, Stj. 57, Fbr. 158, Edda 35 ; an aft and fore pumping-
place (eptra ok fremra austrnim) is mentioned Fms. viii. 139.
D 2
36
AUSTRTROG— A.
avistr-trog, n. a scoop, bucket.
austr-vegr, s, ni. (he eastern way, east, esp, Russia, Wenden, the east
Baltic ; fara i Austrvcg is a standing phrase for trading or piratical expedi-
tions in the Bahic, opp. to viking or vestr-viking, which only refer to
expeditions to the British Islands, Normandy, Brittany, etc. ; austr-viking,
Landn. 221, is a false reading; hann var farmaOr mikill (H61mgar3s-fari)
ok kaupma6r; for opt i Austrveg (Baltic), Landn. 169, Nj. 41, Eg. 228,
Fms. freq., vide vol. xii, s. v. In the Edda fara 1 A. is a standing phrase for
the expeditions of Thor against giants, {jorr var farinn i A. at berja troll,
26, cp. Ls. 59, where a. means the eastern region of heaven. Sometimes
it is used of (he eas( in general, Ver. 9, Rb. 412, 623. 13, Baut. no. 813.
coMPDs : austrvegs-konungar, m. pi. (he three kings or Magi (' wise
men') from the east, Stj. 16 ; a king of Russia, Fms. x. 397. austr-
vegs-ina3r, m. an inhabitant 0/ Austrvegir, Hkr. i. 44.
austr-sett, v. austratt.
aust-rcena, u, f. eastern breeze.
aust-rcBnn, adj. [Hel. ostroni; A, S. easterne; cp. norrsenn, suSraenn],
eastern, of the wind ; a. gola, eastern breeze, Sturl. iii. 59 ; vindr, Orkn.
(in a verse) ; vi6r, timber from Norway or Scandinavia, Grag. i. 149, the
Eistland tymmer of the old Scotch inventories (Jamieson, Suppl. s. v.) ;
Austraenir menn, Norseinen in Iceland, Fms. ix. 276 ; as a nickname, Eb.
12, and Landn. The name denotes the inhabitants of the Scandinavian
continent as opp. to the British Islands and Iceland.
aust-skota, u, f. = austrsker, Grag. ii. 171 ; Isl. ii. 382 spelt ausskota.
au-vir8 and auvirfli, mod. au3vir3i, n. [af, off, and ver&, value ; the
change of letter caused by the following v; a purely Icel. form, the
Norse being 'afv-;' the mod. Icel. form is au6-v., as if it were to be
derived from au3- and ver6] : 1. a worthless wretch, a laggard,
bungler ; sel \i\i upp, auvirSit, knalegar byttumar. Bungler ! hand thou
up stoutly the buckets, Fbr. 131 ; hygg ek at eingi nia6r eigi jafnmikil
a. at frxndum sem ek, Hrafn. 11; ver8a at a., Bret. 163, Sturl. i.
73. 2. a law term, damage, anything impairing the value of a
thing ; hann abyrgist vi6 {)eim auvirSum er J)at faer af J)vi skaSa, Grag.
i. 431. COMPDS : auvir3s-ma9r, m. a wretch, laggard, 655, vide
Sturl. ii. 139, Faer. 74, |>orf. Karl. 426. auvir3s-skapr, m. naughti-
ness, GullJ). 13.
au-vir3ast, d, to become worthless. Eg. 103, Gliim. 377 C. 2.
in the act. to think unworthy, disparage, Barl. 21, 57, 123, 190, Mar.
83 : seldom used except in Norse writers, and consequently spelt with
an ' af- :' in reflex, sense, Stj. 483.
au-vir3liga, Norse afvir3-, and mod. Icel, au3vir3il-, adv. despica-
bly, Sturl. iii. 220, Fs. 71.
au-vir3ligr, etc., adj. worthless. Fas. i. 87, Bret. 31, 72, Sturl. iii. 225,
Barl. 75 ; at skurBarskirn se afvir6ihg (indigna) Kristnum monnum, 159.
au-visli, and contr. ausli and usli, a, m. ; etym. uncertain, ausli,
GJ)1. 385 A; usli, N. G. L. i. 246, Fms. i. 202, viii. 341, xi. 35, Edda
(Gl.) In the Grag. auvisH, spelt with au or av ; in the Ed. of 1829
sometimes with o where the MSS. have au : I. a law term,
damages, Lat. damnum ; bseta auvisla is a standing law term for to pay
compensation for damages done, the amount of which was to be fixed
by a jury ; baeta skal hann a. a fjortan nottum sem biiar fimm vir6a,
Grag. i. 383, 418, ii. 229, 121, 223 (Ed. 1853), 225 (twice) : hence au-
vislabot. In Norse law, gjalda a., GJ)1. 384; abyrgi honum garftinn
ok allan ausla J)ann er, 385 A ; bei6a usla botar, N.G.L. i. 246. II.
metaph. hurt, injury in general ; mondi {)eim J)a ekki vera gjort til au-
visla, Ld. 76 ; ok er J)at J)6 likast, at fiii setir eigi undan ollum avvisla
(^thou wilt not get off unscathed), ef J)u tekr eigi vi&, Fms. iii.
144. 2. devastation, Fms. xi. 81 : esp. by fire and sword in the
alliterative phrase, eldr {fire') ok usli ; fara me6 eld ok usla, i. 202 ; heldr
en par leki yfir eldr ok usli, viii. 341 ; J)4 giirSi a mikit regn, ok slokSi
J)ann eld vandliga, sva at menn mattu fia {legar fara yfir usla pann inn
niikla {embers and ruins), xi. 35. In the Edda (Gl.) usli is recorded as
one of the sixty names of fire : cp. also the mod. verb osla, to plunge
through : auvisli is now an obsolete word, usli a common word, gjcira
usla, to desolate, in the metaph. sense. compds : auvisla-bot and
usla-bot (N. G. L. i. 246), f. a law term, compensation ^xed by a jury of
Jive, cp. above ; distinction is made between a. hin meiri and hin minni,
first rate or second rate compensation, Grag. ii. 344 : in pi. 225 : ausla-
gjald and usla-gjald, n. compensation, G^)!. 387.
AX, n. [Goth, aks, cp. Goth, asans — harvest'], an ear of corn, Stj. 201,
Thom. 98.
axar-, v. ox, an axe.
ax-helma, u, f. a blade of corn, ear and stetit, Stj. 422, Ruth ii. 2
(Engl. Vers. ' ears of corn').
ax-korn, n. an ear of corn, Edda (Ub.) ii. 283.
axla, a6, to shoulder, Fms. iii. 228.
axlar-, v. iixl, shoulder.
axl-byr3r, f. a shoulder-load, Orkn. 346, Grett. 177 new Ed.
axl-h.dr, adj. shoulder high, Js. lOi.
axull, m., V. (ixull, axis, an axle-tree.
ay, interj. dolendi, ay mer veslugri, Mar. Fr.
<S>
A
A, &, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth, ana;
Engl, on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed.
In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases,
e. g. ' along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone,
askew, aside, astray, awry,' etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in
its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ' o boke,
o land, o life, o slaepe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,' etc., v. the glossary ;
and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers, of Bible)
and asleep ; A. S. a-butan and ofi-butan (about) ; agen and ongean (again,
against); on bcec, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is
more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in
numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a-
as well as the 0- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north
of England o- are in reality remains of this very a pronounced au or ow,
which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of Eng-
land. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects aftei
the Conquest, the Scandinavian form a or a won the day in many case;
to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have
representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon
see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII ; with ace. C. I. and VI. The prep, c
denotes the surface or outside ; 4 and or the inside ; at, til, and frd
nearness measured to or from an object : a thus answers to the Gr. ini
the Lat. iti includes d and i together.]
With dat. and ace. : in the first case with the notion of remaining
on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl. ; in the last with the notion o
motion to the place, = Lat. in with ace.
WITH DAT.
A. Log. I. generally on, upon; a golfi, on the floor
Nj. 2 ; a hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225 ; a palli, 50; a steini
108; a vegg, 115 ; a sja ok a landi, on sea and land. In some in
stances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, bu
in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus 'a bok' merely
denotes the letters, the penmanship, 'i' the contents of a book; mod
usage, however, prefers ' i,' lesa i bok, but stafr a bok. Old writers 01
the other hand ; a bokum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, bu
i Aldafars bok, 23 {in the book De Mensura Temporum, by Bede)
cp. Grag. i. 76, where a is a false reading instead of at; a brefi, th
contents of a letter : of clothing or arms, mitr a hof^i, sver8 a hli8
mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404 ; hafa lykil a ser, 01
one's person, 655 xxvii. 22 ; mottull a tyglum, a mantle banging on (i. c
fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201 : a fiingi means to be present at a meeting
i J)ingi, to abide within a jurisdiction ; a himni, a jor8u, on (Engl, in
heaven and earth, e.g. in the Lord's Prayer, but i helviti, in hell; :
Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode) ; a bati, a skipi denote crew an,
cargo, ' i' the timber or materials of which a ship is built. Eg. 385 ; ver
i stafni a skipi, 177: a skogi, to be abroad in a wood (of a huntei
robber, deer) ; but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber),
skogi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. i. Glum. 330, Landn. 173 ;
morkinni, Fms. i. 8, but i mork, of a farm ; a firSinum means lying i
a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), J)xr eyjar liggj
a Brei8afir3i, Ld. 36 ; but i firdi, living in a district named Firth ;
landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386. II. d is commonly used in connec
tion with the pr. names or countries terminating in ' land,' Engl, in,
Englandi, Irlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vinland
Graenalandi, Islandi, Hulogalandi, Rogalandi, Jotlandi, Frakklandi, Hjali
landi, Jamtalandi, Hvitramannalandi, Nor6rlondum, etc., vide Landn. an
the index to Fms. xii. In old writers i is here very rare, in moder
authors more frequent ; taste and the context in many instances decide 1
An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ' a Eng i
landi,' ruling over, but to live ' i Englandi,' or ' a Englandi ;' the rule i
the last case not being quite fixed. 2. in connection with othe
names of countries : a Maeri, Vcirs, Og8um, Fjolum, all districts of Noi
wa)', V. Landn.; a Myrum (in Icel.), a Finnmork, Landn., a Fjoni (
Danish island) ; but i Danmork, Svipj68 (a SviJ)j68u is poet., G:
13). 3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes an
spaces (not too high, because then 'at' must be used), such as ' sta5'
vollr, bol, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,' etc. ; a Veggjum, Landn. 69 ;
Holmlatri, id. : those ending in ' -sta3r,' a Geirmundarsto&um, |)6ri.'
sto6um, Jar81angssto3um . . ., Landn.: '-vollr,' a Mo6ruv611um : a Fil
jum (the farm) i Stor6 (the island), i Fenhring (the island) a Aski (th
farm), Landn., Eg. : '-nes' sometimes takes a, sometimes i (in moc
usage always ' i'), a Nesi, Eb. 14, or i Krossnesi, 30 ; in the last case th!
notion of island, vrjaos, prevails : so also, ' £jor3r,' as, J)eir borSust a Vigra;
fir&i (of a fight on the ice), Landn. loi, but orusta i Hafrsfir3i, 122
with ' -baer,' d is used in the sense of 3. farm or estate, hon sa a e-m b;
mikit hiis ok fagrt, Edda 22 ; ' i bae' means within doors, of the buildings
with ' Baer' as pr. name Landn. uses ' i,' 71, 160, 257, 309, 332. 4,
denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regardin
A.
37
the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase
in Icel. ; sol a gjuhainri, when the sufi is on the crag of the Rift, Gn'ig. i.
26, cp. Glum. 387 ; so, brii u ti, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 1 79, Hrafn.
20 ; taka hiis u e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head,
Fms. i. II. III. a is sometimes used in old writers where we
should now expect an ace, esp. in the phrase, leggja sver6i (or the like)
& e-m, or u e-m miSjum, to stab. Eg. 2x6, Gisl. 106, Band. 14 ; Jxv stakk
Starkaftr sprotanum a konungi, then Starlead stabbed the king with the
wand. Fas. iii. 34 ; bita k kampi (vor), to bite the lips, as a token of
pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68 ; taka a e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of
it, V. taka ; fa a e-u, id. (poet.) ; leggja hendr a (better at) si6um, in
wrestling, Fms. x. 331 ; koma a uvart a e-m, to come on one unawares,
ix. 407 (rare). •
B. Temp, of a particular point or period oftime,a^o«,m; I.
gener. denoting during, in the course of; 4 nott, degi, naetr{)eli . . . , Bs.
i. 139; or spec, adding a pron. or an adject., a ngesta sumri, the next
summer; a J)vi ari, {)ingi, misseri, hausti, vari, sumri . . ., during, in that
year . . . , Bs. i. 679, etc. ; a J)rem sumrum, in the course of three summers,
Grag. i. 218; a J)rem varum, Fms. ii. II4; a halfs manaSar fresti,
within half a month's delay, Nj. 99 ; a tvitugs, sextugs . . . aldri, a barns,
gamals aldri, etc., at the age of. . ., v. aldr : a dogum e-s, in the days
of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229. II.
used of affixed recurrent period or season ; a varum, sumrum, haustum,
vetrum, a kveldum, every spring, sujnmer . . ., in the evenings. Eg. 711,
Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292 : with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat.
ter in anno, um sinn a manuSi, ari, once a month, once a year, where the
Engl, a is not the article but the preposition, Grag. i. 89. III.
of duration ; a degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48 ; a sjau nottum.
Bard. 166; a ])vi meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grag. i.
259. IV. connected with the seasons (a vetri, sumri, vari,
hausti), 'a' denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, sitmmer,
autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances 'a' denotes the past,
' at ' the future, ' i ' the present ; thus i vetri in old writers means this
winter; a vetri, last winter ; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon,
m, to, with, towards, against: I. denoting object, in respect of,
against, almost periphrastically ; dvelja a na3um e-s, under one's protec-
tion, Fms. i. 74 ; hafa metna& a e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a
thing, 127. 2. denoting a personal relation, in; baeta e-t a e-m, to
make amends, i.e. to one personally ; misgora e-t a e-m, to indict wrong
on one; hafa elsku (hatr) a e-m, to bear love {hatred) to one, Fms. ix.
242 ; hefna sin a e-m, to take revenge on one's person, on any one; rjiifa
saett a e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against
his person, Nj. 103 ; hafa sar a ser, loi ; sja a e-m, to read on or in one's
face; ser hanu a hverjum manni hvart til |)in er vel e8r ilia, 106; var
J)at bratt au6se6 a hennar hcigum, at . . . , «V could soott be seen in all her
doings, that . . ., Ld. 2 2. 3. also generally to shew signs of a thing;
syna faleika a ser, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14 ; taka vel,
ilia, litt, a e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id. ; finna 4 ser, to
feel in oneself; fann litt a honum, hvart ..., it coidd hardly be seen in his
face, whether . . ., Eb. 42 ; likindi eru a, it is likely, Ld. 172 ; gora kost
a e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178 ; eiga vald a e-u, to have power
over . . ., Nj. 10. IT. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability ; er
fimtardomsmal a J)eim, to be subject ^o . . ., Nj. 231 ; the phrase, hafa e-t
a hendi, or vera a hendi e-m, on one's hands, of work or duty to be done ;
eindagi a fe, term, pay day, Grag. i. 140 ; omagi (skylda, afvinna) a fe, of
fl burden or encumbrance, D. L and Grag. in several passages. III.
with a personal pronoun, ser, mcr, honum . . ., denoting personal appear-
ance, temper, character, look, or the like ; vera l)ungr, lettr ... a ser, to be
heavy or light, either bodily or mentally ; J)ungr a ser, corpulent, Sturl.
i. 112 ; katr ok lettr a ser, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152 ; J)at
brag5 haf6i hann a ser, he looked as if, . . . the expression of his face was as
though . . ., Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa a ser svip, bragS, x.h\, si&, of
one's manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like ;
skjotr (seinn) ii fseti, speedy {slow) of foot, Nj. 258. IV. as a peri-
phrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of
the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head . . .
are hardly ever used, but h6fu8, eyru, har, nef, munnr, hendr, faetr ... a
mer ; so ' i' is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein . . . i mer ; the
eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun i honum : also without the
possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brj6sti5 4 e-m,
one's breast, Nj, 95, Edda 15 ; siirnar i augum, it smarts in my eyes, my
eyes smart, Nj. 202 ; kvi&inn a ser, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, F'ms. vi. 350 ;
hendr a henni, her hands, Gisl. (in a verse) ; i vcirunum a honum, on his
lips. Band. 14; ristin a honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141 ; harSr i tungu,
sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. I14); kalt (heitt) a fingrum, htindum,
fotum . . ., cold {warm) in the fingers, hands, feet .. ., i.e. with cold
fingers, etc. ; cp. also the phrase, verSa visa (or&) a munni, of extempor-
ising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas ; fastr a fotum, /as/ by the leg,
of a bondsman, Nj. 27 : of the whole body, dila fundu J)eir a honum, 209.
The pers. pron, is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible),
and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta
hvi svo hryggist J)ii, as a translation of ' warumb betrxibst du dich mein
Herz?' the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartaft
i mer, SI. 43, 44 : hjartaft mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as
by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a meta-
phorical sense ; the heart proper is ' i mer,' not ' mitt.' 2. of other
things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole,
e.g. dyrr 4 husi = husdyrr, at the house-doors; tuni 4 kirkju = kirkju
turn ; stafn, skutr, segl, arar ... a skipi, the stem, stern, sail .. .of a ship,
Fms. ix. 135 ; blod 4 lauk, 4 tre . . ., leaves of a leek, of a tree . . ., Fas.
i. 469 ; egg 4 sver6i = sverSs egg ; stafr a bok ; kjiilr 4 bok, and in end-
less other instances. V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, ox a-, by
means of; afla fj4r 4 holmgiingum, to make money a-duelling, by means
of duels. Eg. 498 ; 4 verkum sinum, to subsist on one's own work, NjarS.
366 : as a law term, sekjast a e-ju, to be convicted upon . . ., Grag. i. 1 23 ;
sekst ma8r J)ar a sinu eigini {a 7nan is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af
t)eim manni er heimild (possessio) heiir til, ii. 191 ; falla a verkum sinum,
to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above ; fella e-n a brag6i, by a sleight in
wrestling; komast undan 4 flotta, to escape by flight. Eg. u ; 4 hlaupi,
by one's feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168 ; lifa a e-u, to feed on ; bcrgja a e-u, to
taste of a thing; svala ser a e-u, to quench the thirst on. VI. with
subst. numerals ; a J)ri&ja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about
twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; 4 66ru hundra6i skipa, /row one to two hun-
dred sail strong, Fms. x. 126 ; 4 niunda tigi, between eighty and ninety
years of age. Eg. 764, v. above : used as prep., a hendi, on one's band,
i.e. bound to do it, v. hcind. VII. in more or less adverbial
phrases it may often be translated in Engl, by a participle and a- pre-
fixed; a. lopti, aloft ; &hoti,afioat; alifi, alive; a verbgingi, a-begging ;
4 brautu, away; a baki, a-back, behind, past; 4 milli, a-tween; 4 laun,
alone, secretly ; 4 launungu, id.; 4 moti, against; a enda, at an end,
gone; 4 huldu, hidden; fara a hseli, to go a-heel, i.e. backwards, Fms.
vii. 70 ; — but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl, partic.
with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., 4 flugi, a-flying
in the air, Nj. 79; vera a gangi, a-going; a ferli, to be about; a leiki,
a-playing, Fms. i. 78 ; 4 sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27 ; 4 ver5i, a-watcbing, x.
201 ; a hrakningi, a-wandering ; a reiki, a-wavering ; a skjalfi, a-shiver-
ing ; 4-hleri, a-Ustening ; a tali, a-talking, Isl. ii. 200; 4 hlaupi, a-run-
ning, Hkr. ii. 268; 4 verki, a-working ; a veiSum, a-hunting ; a fiski,
a-fishing; 4 beit, grazing : and as a law term it even means in flagranti,
N. G. L. i. 348. VIII. used absolutely without a case in refer-
ence to the air or the weather, where 'a' is almost redundant; poka
var a mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267 ; ni5amyrkr var a, pitch dark-
ness came on. Eg. 210; allhvast a norSan, a very strong breeze from
the north, F"ms. ix. 20; Jja var 4 norfiraent, a north wind came on, 42,
Ld. 56; hvaSan sem 4 tr,from whatever point the wind is; var a hri8
ve6rs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282 ; gordi a regn, rain came on, Fms.
vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
WITH ACC.
A. Loc. I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. con-
nected with verbs of motion, going, or the like ; hann gekk a bergsnos.
Eg. 389; 4 hamar, Fas. ii. 517. 2. in phrases denoting direction;
liggja a utbor3a, lyi7ig on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354 ; a annat bor6
skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; a baeSi bor3, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124,
Ld. 56 ; a tvaer hliSar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73i Isl. ii- 159 ; a hli6, side-
wards; lit a hli&, Nj. 262, Edda 44; a a6ra bond henni, Nj. 50, Ld.
46; hiiggva 4 tvaer hendr, to hew or strike right a?id left. Is], ii. 368,
Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383. 3. upp a, upon; hann tok augu
Jjjaza ok kasta&i upp a himin, Edda 47 : with vert)s denoting to look,
see, horfa, sja, lita, etc. ; hann rak skygnur a land, he cast glances towards
the land, Ld. 154. II. denoting direction with or without the
idea of arriving : 1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or
thrust, stcfna a fotinn, Nj. 84; spj6ti3 stefuir a hann midjan, 205 : of
the wind, gekk ve6rit a vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28 ; sigla
4 haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39 : with ' ut' added. Eg.
390, Fms. x. 349. 2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the in-
tervening space being traversed ; spj6ti6 kom 4 mi8jan skjiildinn. Eg.
379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp 4 land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to
reach, taka ofan 4 belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down
to the belt, Nj. 2 ; ofan a bringu, 48 ; a J)a ofan, 91. III. with-
out reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting
to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind ;
hann kastar honum a viillinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91 ; hlaupa a skip
sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43 ; 4 hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75 ;
a lend hestinum, Nj:'9i ; hann gengr a saftland sitt, he walks on to
his fields, 82 : on, upon, komast a fxtr, to get upon one's legs, 92 ;
ganga a land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga a ^ing, vii. 242, Grag.
(often) ; a skog, a merkr ok skoga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi.
118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara 4 Finnmork, to go travelling in Finmark,
Fms. i. 8 ; koma, fara 4 bae, to arrive at the farm-house ; koma a veginn,
Eg. 578 ; stiga a bat, skip, to go on board, 158 ; hann gekk uppt a borg,
be went up to the burg (castle), 717 ; en er {)eir komu 4 loptri6i6, 236 j
38
K.
hrinda skipum 4 vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58 ;
reka austr a haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145 ; ri8a ofan a, to
ride down or over, Nj. 82. IV. in some cases the ace. is used
where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or bear,
in such phrases as, \ieii sa boba. niikinu inn a fjorftinn, they saw great
breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the ace. being due perhaps
to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124;
s4 t)eir folkit a land, they saw the people in the direction of land. Fas. ii. 5 1 7 :
in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench
is freq. in the ace. where the dat. would now be used ; konungr var J)ar a
land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is
conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46 ; sitja a miajan
bekk, to he seated on the middle bench, 50 ; skyldi konungs saeti vera a
t)ann bekk . . . annat ondvegi var a hinn uae3ra pall ; hann setti konuiigs
hasaeti a miftjan {jverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. 1. c, Sturl. iii.
l8a ; eru vida fjallbygdir upp a morkina, in the mark or forest. Eg.
58; var J)ar miirk mikil a land upp, 229; mannsafna6r er a land upp
(viewed from the sea), Ld. 76 ; stdll var settr a motiS, Fas. i. 58 ; bei6a
fars 4 skip, to beg a passage, Grag. i. 90. V. denoting parts
of the body ; bita e-n a barka, to bite one in the throat, Isl. ii. 447 ;
skera 4 h41s, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156 ; brjota e-n a hals, to
break any one's neck; brjota e-n a bak, to break any one's back, Fms.
vii. 1 19 ; kalinn 4 kni, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3. VI.
denoting round; lata reipi a hals hesti, round his horse's neck, 623. 33 ;
leggja s65ul a best, Nj. 83 ; and ellipt., leggja a, to saddle; brei5a feld a
htifud s6r, to wrap a cloak over bis head, 164 ; reyta a sik mosa, to
gather moss to cover oneself with, 267 ; spenna hring a hond, a fingr.
Eg. 300. VII. denoting a burden ; stela mat a tva hesta,
hey 4 fimt4n hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74 : metaph.,
kjosa feigd 4 menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death,
£dda 22.
B. Temp. I. of a period of time, at, to ; 4 morgun, to-
morrow (i morgun now means the past morning, the mornittg of to-day),
Isl. ii. 333. II. if connected with the word day, ' a' is now used
before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day,. or the like ;
4 Laugardag, 4 Sunnudag ...,on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sun-
day, a-Monday, etc. ; 4 Joladaginn, Paskadaginn, on Ytde and Easter-day ;
but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Joladaginn . . . ,
by dropping the prep. ' 4,' Fms. viii. 397, Gr4g. i. 18. III. connected
with ' dagr' with the definite article suffixed, ' 4' denotes a fixed, recurring
period or season, i/i ; 4 daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn,
Grett. 91 A. IV. connected with 'evening, morning, the
seasons,' with the article ; 4 kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14 ; a sumarit,
every summer, Vd, 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum ; a haust,
every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of a haustin or a haustum) ;
4 vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; 4 varit, every spring, Gf)l. 347 ; the
sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage
prefers the plur. ; 4 naetrnar, by night, Nj. 210; 4 v4rin, Eg. 710; 4
sumrin, haustin, 4 morgnana, in the morning (4 morgin, sing., means to-
morrow) ; 4 kveldin, in the everting, only ' dagr' is used in sing., v. above
(4 daginn, not 4 dagana) ; but elliptically and by dropping the article,
Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nott og dag, vetr sumar vor og
haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned. V. denot-
ing duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri a sinn
dag, never during one's life ; aldri 4 mina daga, never in my life, Bjarn.
8, where a possess, pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase
is very rare. Such phrases as, 4 J)anii dag, that day, and a J)enna dag,
Stj. 12, 655 XXX. 2. 20, are unclassical. VI. a dag without
article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar a dag, twice
a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers
are not on record. VII. denoting a movement onward in time,
such as, li8id 4 ncStt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vctr, var, haust (or
n6ttina, daginn . . .), j61, p4ska, fcistu, or the like,/ar on in the night,
day . . ., Edda 33 ; er 4 lei6 vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the
winter wore on, Nj. 126 ; cp. 41i8inn : also in the phrase, hniginn a inn
efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
C. Metaph. and in various relations : I. somewhat meta-
phorically, denoting an act only (not the place) ; fara 4 fund, 4 vit
e-s, to call for one. Eg. 140 ; koma a raeSu vi8 e-n, to come to a parley
with, to speak, 173 ; ganga 4 tal, Nj. 103 ; skora 4 h61m, to challenge to
a duel on an island; koma 4 gri8, to enter into a service, to be domiciled,
Gr4g. i. 151 ; fara 4 veiftar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8. p. generally
denoting on, upon, in, to; bj68a voxtu 4 f^it, to offer interest on the
money, Gr4g. i. 198 ; ganga 4 berhogg, to come to blows, v. berhogg; fa
4 e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79 ; ganga a v4pn e-s, to
throw oneself on an enemy's weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310;
ganga 4 lagift, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed
through one so as to get near one's foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last
chance; bera fe 4 e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62 ; bera 61 4 e-n, to make drunk.
Fas. i. 13; sniiinn 4 e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammaelast a e-t.
1
:dda ij^
to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda it.
Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga a mala, to serve for pay as i^\
soldier, Nj. 121 ; ganga a vald e-s, to put oneself iti his power, 2673B
ganga a saett, to break an agreement ; vega 4 veittar tryg5ir, to brea^\
truce, Grag. ii. 169. II. denoting in regard to, in respect
to: 1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like;
hvitr, jarpr, dokkr ... 4 h4r, having white, brown, or dark . . . hair, tjL
ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr 4 bnin ok bra, dark of brow and eyebroifi
dokkr 4 horund, id., etc. 2. denoting skill, dexterity ; hagr a tr^, 4
good carpenter; hagr 4 jarn, malm, smi6ar ...,an expert worker in inm,
metals.... Eg. 4; fimr 4 boga, good at the bow: also used of mat*
tership in science or arts, meistari a horpuslatt, a master in striking df.
harp. Fas. iii. 220; fraeSimaSr a kvse8i, knowing mmiy poems by bearL
Fms. vi. 391 ; frae8ima8r 4 Iandn4mss6gur ok forna frae8i, a leamn
scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Erode), Isl. ii. 189 ; mikift|
ij)r6tt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148 ; but dat. in the phrase, kuiwt
(vel) 4 skiSum, to be a cutmitig skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 1 20. 3. ieasl^
ing dimensions ; 4 hseS, lengd, breidd, dypt . . ., in the heighth, lengA,
breadth, depth . . ., Eg. 277 ; a hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (sqwn^
miles) ; a annan veg, on the one side, Grag. i. 89. p. the phraw^
4 sik, in regard to oneself, vel (ilia) 4 sik kominn, of a fine (ugly) c^
pearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74. III. denoting instrumentality;
bjargast a sinar hendr, to live on the work of one's ow7i hands, (a sinar
spytur is a mod. phrase in the same sense) ; (vega) a skalir, pundara, to
weigh in scales, Grag. ii. 370; at hann hef6i tva pundara, ok hefSi
4 hinn meira keypt en 4 hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales,
a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 9 1 ; a simi
kostnaS, at one's own expense ; nefna e-n a nafn, by name, Grag. i. 17,
etc. The Icel. also say, spinna 4 rokk, snseldu, to spin on or with a
rock or distaff; mala a kvern, to grind in a ' querne,' where Edda 73
uses dat. ; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika a hlj66faeri, horpu,
gigju . . . ; in the old usage, leika hiirpu , Stj. 458. IV. denot-
ing the manner or way of doing : 1. a {)essa lund, in this wise, Grag.
ii. 22 ; 4 marga vega, a alia, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i.
114; 4 sitt hof, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 1 36, where the context
shews that the expression answers to the Lat. fnutatis mutandis; k
|>y8ersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288. 2. esp. of language;
maela, rita a e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue ; 4 Irsku, in Irish,
Ld. 76 ; Norraenu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35 ; a Danska tungu, in
Danish, i.e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grag. i. 18; 4 Vara
tungu, i.e. in Icelandic, iSi; rita 4 Norraena tungu, to write in Noru,
Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59 : — at present, dat. is sometimes used. 3. HI
some phrases the ace. is used instead of the dat. ; hann syndi 4 sik milDt
gaman, Fms. x. 329 ; hann let ekki 4 sik finna, he shewed no sign ofui^
tion, Nj. Ill ; skaltu onga f41eika a J)ik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14. V.
used in a distributive sense ; skal mcirk kaupa gaezlu 4 kii, e5i oxa fim
vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grag. i. 147 ; alin 4 hvert hross,
442 ; a mann, per man (now freq.) : cp. also a dag above, lit. B. VI.
connected with nouns, 1. prepositional ; 4 hendr (with dat.),
against; 4 hxla, at heel, close behind; 4 bak, at back, i.e. past, after; a
vit (with gen.), towards. 2. adverbially ; a braut, away, abroad; a
vixl, in turns; a mis, amiss; a vi5 ok dreif, a-wide and a-^rift, i.e.
dispersedly. 3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.;
a eptir, after, behind; a undan, in fro?it of; 4 me6al, 4 milli, a?iwng;
4 mot, against; a vi&, about, alike; 4 fr4 (cp. Swed. ifran),from (rare);
4 fyrir= fyrir, Haustl. i ; 4 hja, beside (rare) ; 4 fram, a-head, forwards;
a samt, together ; 4valt = of allt, always : following a prep., upp a, tipon ;
ni5r a, down upon ; ofan a, eptir a, post eventum, (temp.) 4 eptir is loc,
id., etc. VII, connected with many transitive verbs, answering
to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically
for an objective case. The prep, generally follows after the verb, instead
of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl, on, to ; heita
kalla, hropa a, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hly5a a, to hearken to, listen to;
hyggja, hugsa a, to think on; minna a, to remind; sj4, lita, horfa, itara,
maena, glapa, koma auga . . . k, to look on; girnast 4, to wish for ; trua
4, to believe on ; skora 4, to call on any one to come out, challenge ; ksera
a, to accuse; heilsa a, to greet; herja, ganga, ri5a, hlaupa, ra8a ... a, io
fall on, attack, cp. agangr, areiS, ahlaup ; Ijiiga a, to tell lies of, ta
slander; telja a, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa ... 4, to pour,
throw on; ri&a, bera, dreifa a, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta a, to fall
short of; ala 4, to plead, beg; leggja 4, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle
on ; haetta a, to venture on ; gizka a, to guess at ; kve6a a, to fix on, etc. :
in a reciprocal sense, haldast a, of mutual strife ; sendast 4, to excbangi
presents; skrifast a, to correspond (mod.) ; kallast a, to shout mutually ;
standast 4, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
a, interj. denoting wonder, doubt, or the like, eh.
A, f. [Lat. aqua ; Goth, ahva ; Hel. aha ; A. S. ea ; O. H. G. aba, om;
cp. Germ, ach and aue ; Fr. eau, eaux ; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of
places ; Swed.-Dan. a ; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only »
single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word] : — a river. Th«
to agree upon, Nj. 86; saettast, ver&a sattr a e-t, in the same sense, 1 old form in nom. dat, ace. sing, is <o, v. the introduction to A, page h
i^— Afallsdomr.
39
333 sq., where rfJen, <6 (ace), and dim ; so also Greg. 677 ; the
"ragni. of Grag. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda
)ld form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ctina (ace), (but two hnes
, 4na), i oonni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in
b. and Sb. of the Grag., e.g. ii. 266, 267 : gen. sing, ar; nom. pi.
en. a contracted, dat. km, obsolete form <om ; Edda 43, Eg. 80,
33, 185 : proverbs, at osi skal a stemma, answering to the Lat.
Ipiis obsta, Edda 60 ; her kemr a til saefar, here the river runs into
>.a, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite
g of old poems ; it is recorded in the Hiisdrapa and the Norflseta-
, V. Edda 96, Skalda 198 ; cp. the common saying, oil viitn renna til
, • all waters run into the sea.' Rivers with glacier water are in
ailed Hvita, White river, or Jokulsa : Hita, Hot river, from a hot
r, opp. to Kalda, v. Landn. : others take a name from the fish in
as Laxa, Lax or Salmon river (freq.) ; OrriSa a, etc. : a tributary
is |)vera, etc. : ar in the Njala often means the great rivers Olfusa
>j6rsa in the south of Iceland. Ain helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr.
is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsa= Thames;
, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) I16, 117,
iaing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
ix-&il, m. the bed of a river, Hkr. iii. 117. Sr-bakki, a,
e hank of a river, Ld. 132, Nj. 234. fi,r-brot, n. inundation of
T, Bs. ii. 37 ; at present used of a shallow ford in a river. &r-
, n. a pool in a river, Bs. i. 331. ar-farvegr, m. a water-course,
53. dr-fors, m. a waterfall 01 force, Barl. 190. dr-gljufr,
hasm of a river, Fms. viii. 51, Faer. 62. dr-hlutr, m. one's por-
<fa river, as regards fishing rights, Fms. x. 489, Sturl. i. 202. &r-
n and dr-megn, n. the main stream of a river, Stj. 251. ^r-
li, n. the mouth of a river, Fms. ix. 381. dr-ni6t and d-m6t,
waters-meet,' Lat. confluentia, H. E. i. 1 29". dr-6ss, m. the ' oyce'
lUth of a river. Eg. 99, 1 29, 229 ; whence the corrupt local name of
)anish town Aarhuus, Fms. xi. 208. dr-reki, a, m. drift, the
And flotsam (of fish, timber, etc.) in a river, Jm. 25. &T-
imr, m. the current in a river, Fms. vii. 257, 260. ar-strond,
strand of a river, Stj. 268,673. 53. dr-va3, n. afordofa river,
54. ^-vegr = arfarvegr, Fas. i. 533. dr-v6xtr, m. the swell-
""a river, Fms. i. 286.
iM, a, m. increase, Bs. i. 182. p. interest of money, K. A. 208,
|L.ii. 381.
istr, rs, m. out-pouring, foul language, Sturl. i. 21.
iarning, f. a thrashing, flogging, = h!iTsmib, Sturl. iii. 237.
ati, a, m. profit, gain, Fms. xi. 441 (now freq.)
srging, f. a tasting, Barl. 72.
Bri, a, m. an accuser, prosecutor (bera a, accusare), Jb. 252 A;
)rse law term.)
Brseiui, f. a disposition to accuse, Hom. 86.
ISsinn, part, inspired, transl. from Lat. ; a. af Heilogum Anda, Fms.
3, Hom. 12.
IdiSning, f. a breathing upon; me& eldr a., 656 C. 33, Rb. 438 :
m. aspiration, Skalda 1 75, 1 79, 180 ; theol. inspiration, Fms. x. 371.
l&str, rs, m., dat. ablsestri, a breathing upon, Fms. x. 210 ; theol. in-
'io«,«i. 164, V. 2 1 7, Eluc. 4 ; medic, pustula lahiorum, Fel. ix. 184.
61, n. a manor-bouse, ^zh'aXhoX, B. K. 40.
6t, f. used only in pi. abaetr, of improvements, esp. on a farm or
a. jarSar, D. N., D.I. i. 199. compd : db6ta-vant, n. adj.
•■oming, imperfect, Hkr. ii. 89, Sturl. i. 162.
<5TI, a, m. [Lat. abbas, from Hebr. a66a], an abbot. abbati,
1 form is nearer to the Lat., is rare, but occurs, 655 iii, 656 A, i.
om. 237. 1. The Icel. form aboti answers to the Engl, abbot, Fms.
J, Bs. i. ii. freq., Sks., etc. compds : abota-domr, m. and
a-dsBini, n. an abbey, 655 xxxii, Bs. i. 831. abota-laust, n.
without an abbot, vacant, Ann. 1393. dbota-sonr, m. son of
bbot, Bs. i. 679. dbota-st^tt, f. and -stettr, m. the rank,
ty of an abbot, Ann. 1325. 6.b6ta-stofa, u, f. the abbot's par-
Vm. dbota-sseti, n. the seat of an abbot, 655* xxxii. ^bota-
, n. the power, dignity of an abbot, Ann. 1345.
reifla, u, f. a covering, counterpane, Korm. 206, Stj. 304.
reizl, n. a bed-covering, quilt, Str. 5, 22, Vm. 93, — in the last pas-
of a winding-sheet or pall; a. kapa, Vm. 67.
ru3igr, abrySa, &bvf6i, jealous, jealousy, v. afbr-.
rysttir, f. pL, v. afr-.
ur3r, ar, m. a charge (bera a, accusare) ; var5i mik eigi Jpess aburSar,
ii. 57, Rd. 236. p. medic, salve, ointment (bera a, to smear), Bs.
3. y. pomp or bravery in dress (berast a, to puff oneself up), in
JMPDS ^burSar-klseSi, n. fine clothes, showy dress, Baer. 5. 6.
)rse load: dburSar-bestr, m. a />aci-^orse, = klyfja hestr.
'3ar-nia3r, m. a dressy, showy person, a dandy, Fms. iv. 255,
. 208. dbur3ar-inikill, adj. puffed up, showy, Ld. 248.
•Sar-samligr and d,bur3ar-sainr, adj. id., Sks. 452, 437.
u3, f. [bua a], an abode or residence on an estate or farm, tenancy ;
. . & annars manns land til abudar {as a tenant), Grag. ii. 253 ; a,
<£>.
®
jarSar {possession) heimilar tekju, GJ)I. 339; en ef land spillist 1 it. hans,
during his tenancy, K. p. K. 170 ; |)4 oftlast hann leigu (rent) en hinn a.
(tenancy), N. G. L. i. 94 : whatever refers to the right and duties of a
tenant, landskyld ok alia d. jar8ar, Jb. 210, 346, 167. compds:
6,bTi3ar-ma3r, m. inhabitant, Stj. 368. 6b<i3ar-skylda, u, f. duties
of a tenant, Jb. 211.
6-bi3jia3r, ar, m, = &bu&, N. G. L. i. 240.
&-hyTgd, f. responsibility, liability, weight; leggja sina a. &, Grkg. i.
208 ; eiga i k., to have at stake. Band. 18 new Ed.,N. G. L. i. 223, Ld. 58 ;
lands a., Grag. ii. 248 ; vera i a. um e-t, to answer for, Fms. xi. 82, Sks.
762 : pi. ahyrgbir, pledges, Baer. 11, 686 B. 5. coi^Ds : dbjrrgSar-
hluti, a, m. and -hlutr, ar, m. an object, step involving risk and respon-
sibility, Nj. 199. dbyTg3ar-Iauss, adj. free from risk, Fms. x.
368 ; eigi me8 ollu a., i. e. a weighty, serious step, no trifling matter,
Sturl. iii. 234. abyrg3ar-rd3, n. a step involving risk, Nj. 164,
Post. 656 B. dbyrg3ar-samligr, adj. momentous, important, Sks.
452-
^-byrgja, 8, 1. in the act. form (very rare), to answer for;
a. e-m e-t, GJ)1. 385 ; a. e-t a hendi e-m, to place a thing for security
in a person's bands; hann k. J)au k hendi J6hanni postula, 655 ix.
A. 2. as a dep. ; abyrgjast (very freq.), to answer for, take care
of, GJ)1. 190, Grag. i. 140 ; hverr skal sik sjalfr a., 256, ii. 119, Fms. vi.
361 ; a. e-t vi8 e-u, Grag. i. 410 ; sa maSr abyrgist vapn er upp festir,
ii. 95 ; hverr abyrgist |)at {warrants) m68ir, at goSraSr ver3i, ek mun
abyrgjast (/ will warrant) at eigi mun heimskr ver8a, Fms. iv. 83.
d-byrgja, u, f. = abyrg8 (very rare); halda e-u abyrgju, to be respon-
sible for, Grag. ii. 335, 399.
d-byli, n. = abu8, freq. at present and in several compds, as, db^lis-
j6r3, a tenant farm; &b^lis-ma3r, a tenant, etc.
d-bseli, n. = abu8, H.E. i. 495.
Ad AN, adv. [cp. Ulf. apn — iviavT6s, Gal. iv. 10, and atapni, id.], a
little before, a little while ago, erewhile; Kolr for fra seli a., Nj. 55 ; a.
er vit skildum, Lv. 34 ; slikt sem a. tal8a ek, as I said just above (of the
Speaker reading the law in the logr^tta), Grag. i. 49, ii. 242 ; mi a.,
just now, 656 C. 39.
d3r, adv. [cp. Hel. adro = mane], ere, already, soon ; er ek hefi a. {soon)
ra8it bruUaup mitt, Nj. 4; er Gu8 hafSi a. bannat, Sks. 533 ; ok voru
J)eir J)vi a. {already) heim komnir, Eg. 222 ; at mi se laegra i horninu
en a., than before, Edda 32 ; litlu a., a little while ago, Fms. viii. 130;
t)ar sem ek em a. {already) i fuUri rei8i Gu8s, Sks. 533. 2. a. en,
Lat. prius quam, ante quam: o. with subj.; a. en {)eir gengi, Fms.
xi. 13 ; a. en i biskups gar8 falli, N. G. L. i. 145. p. with indie. ; var
eigi langt a. en byg8in tok vi8. Eg. 229. y- ^^^ simply = a3r en;
^eir hofSu skamma hri8 seti8, a. J)ar kom Gunnhildr, they had sat a
short while ere G. came thither, Nj. 6; en a. hann reiS heiman, 52 ; en
t)at var svipstund ein a. {till) stofan brann, Eg. 240 ; en a8r hann let
setja soguna saman, Sturl. iii. 306.
d-dreif, n. a splashing, the spray, Sks. 147.
fi-dreifing, f. a sprinkling upon, Stj. 78.
d-drykkir, m. pi. a 'sea' or wave dashing over a ship, Sks. 231.
a-drykkja, u, f. [drekka a], prop, a drinking to, pledging, esp. used
in the phrase, at sitja fyrir adrykkju e-s ; — a custom of the olden time.
The master of the house, for instance, chose one of his guests as his
' cup-fellow,' seated him over against himself in the hall, drank to him,
and then sent the cup across the hall to him, so that they both drank
of it by turns. This was deemed a mark of honour. Thus, Egill
sat fyrir adrykkju Arinbjarnar, Egil sate over against Arinbjorn as
his cup-mate. Eg. 253 ; skal hann sitja fyrir a. minni i kveld, in the
pretty story of king Harold and the blind skald Stuf, Fms. vi. 391 ;
cp. annat iindvegi var a hinn aeSra pall gegnt konungi, skyldi J)ar
sitja hinn aeSsti ra3gjafi {the king's highest councillor) konungs fyrir
hans a. ok potti J)at mest virSing at sitja fyrir konungs a., 439 ; sat
Gizurr fyrir a. konungs innarr enn lendir menn, Bs. i. 19. See also,
the description of the banquet in Flugumyri on the 19th Oct. in the
year 1253, — drukku ^eir af einu silfrkeri ok mintust vi8 jafnan ura
daginn J)a er hvorr drakk til annars, Sturl. iii. 183. compd :
ddrykkju-ker, u, f. a ' loving-cup,' or ' grace-cup,' Vigl. 1 7.
d-eggjan, f. egging on, instigation, Hkr. i. 102, Fms. i. 139 ; af a. e-s,
Landn. 214, Orkn. 416, Isl.ii. 340, Fms. x. 379. compd: deggjanar-
fifl, n. a fool or tool egged on by another; hafa e-n at a., Sturl. i. 81, to
use one to snatch the chestnuts out of the fire; cp. the Engl, cat's-paw.
a-fall, n. ' on-fall,' esp. 1. a nautical term, of a 'sea' dash-
ing over a ship, Bs. i. 422, Korm. 180, Nj. 267, Sks. 227, Fs. 113,
153; hence the phrase, liggja undir afollum, of one in danger at
sea. 2. a law term, the laying on of a fine or the like ; a. sekSar,
Grag. i. 138. p. a condemnatory sentence in an Icel. court; ef |)eir
vilja a. daema . . . v^r daemum a. honum, Grag. i. 67, 71, of the formula
for summing up and delivering a sentence in court. 3. metaph. and
theol. = afelli, a visitation, calamity, 623. 19, Magn. 470, H.E. i. 236.
COMPD : dfalls-ddmr, m. a sentence of condemnation, doom, Clem. 50,
Eluc. 39, 655 xviii. 3 Corin. xi. 29, Stj. 265 {visitation).
40
^FANO— AHALD.
I
d-fang, n. (dfangi, m., Grig. i. 433), [fa A, to grasp], a grasping,
seizing, laying hands upon, esp. of rough handling; hana hl6 nijok mot
afangi manna, Fms. vi. 203 ; var6 hann fyrir miklu spotti ok afangi,
209. 2. a law term, a mulct, fine, incurred by illegal seizure of
another man's goods ; ef ma5r hleypr a bak hrossi manns lilofat, {jat
var6ar sex aura a., if a 7nan jumps on the hack of another man's horse
without leave, that is visited with a fine of six ounces, Grag. i. 432, G^l.
520 ; hvatki skip er tckr skal sitt a. gjalda hverr . . ., a. a ma6r a hrossi
sinu hvart er hann ekr e3r ri5r, N. G. L. i. 45 ; at hann hafi ri6it hrossi
manns um J)rja baei . . . var&ar skoggang ok dfanga (where it is used
masc. ace. pi.) meS, Grag., vide above.
d-fangi, a betting-place, v. ai-fangi.
a-fastr, adj. made fast, fastened to, joined to ; ef hapt er a. hrossi,
Grag. i. 436 ; eldhiisit var a. utibiirinu, Nj. 75 ; Jjaer {the cotnets) eru
k. himni, Rb. 478 : metaph., andligum hlutum iifastar, connected with,
H.E. i. 511.
d-fatt, n. adj. defective, faulty, Nj. 49, Barl. 74 : with gen., mikils er
»., H.E. i. 244.
d-felli, n. a hardship, shock, calamity ; J)at a. (spell) haffti legit a pvi
foiki, at hver kona faeddi dau6an frumburd sinn er hon 61, Mar. 656 ;
afskaplig a., Stj. 90 (also of a spell) ; J)reynging ok a., 1 21 ; med hversu
miklu a. (injustice) SigurSr konungr vildi heimta J)etta mal af honum, Hkr.
iii. 257 ; standa undir a., to be under great hardship, Fms. iv. 146, vi. 147 ;
me5 miklu a. (of insanity), vii. 150; ^eir voru sex vetr i J>essu a., viz.
in bondage, x. 225 ; hvert a. jarl hafSi veitt honum, what penalties the
earl had laid upon him, Orkn. 284, Fms. iv. 310. p. damnation,
condemnation, = iif3]l; mi vil ek at J)u smiir cigi sva skjott malinu til
fi,fellis honum. Band. 4. compd : dfellis-domr, m. condemnation,
Grag. Introd. clxviii, Gj)l. 174.
d-fenginn, adj. part, [fii a, to lay hold on, to intoxicate'], intoxicating,
used of drinks, cp. the Engl, ^stinging ale;' mjo6r, Edda 76; drykkr,
Fms. viii. 447 ; vin, Stj. 409, Joh. 84.
d-fengr, adj. now more freq., id., Hkr. i. 244, Bar5. 174.
df-ergja, u, f. (qs. af-ergja, af- intens. ?), eagerness, and -ligr, adj. im-
petuous.
d-flog, n. pi. [fljiigast a], a brawl, fighting, Fms. vi. 361.
d-flutningr, m., Vm. 157, of right o{ laying up fish.
d-form, n. a design, purpose, H.E. ii. 167, in a deed of the 14th cen-
tury, (Lat. word.)
d-forma, a8, prop, to form, mould; steina sem a5r hofBu {)eir aformat,
Stj. 562, I Kings V. 17 ('hewn stones'). In mod. usage only metaph. to
design, perform. Fas. iii. 449 ; verSu ver at a. (design) ok rxSa, Fms.
vii. 89 ; a. um e-t, ^vi mundi hann {)etta hafa vakit, at hann mundi
a. vilja um gleSina, . . . carry it out, vi. 342, Pass. 7. 2.
Apr (perh. better afr), m. [the r belongs to the root, cp. dir, f.
pi.] 1. a beverage. Eg. 204, translated by Magnaeus by sorbitio
avenacea, a sort of common ale brewed of oats ; this explanation is con-
firmed by the Harbar6slj66, verse 2, where Thor says, at ek i hvild a.9r
ek heiman for sildr ok afra (ace. pi.), saSr em ek enn ^ess ; the single
vellum MS. (Cod. Reg.) here reads hafra. In the Eg. 1. c, the Cod.
Wolf, reads afra, the Cod. A. M. 132 afr, ace. sing. : cp. the passage Ls. 3,
where joll seems to be the Scot, yill (v. Burns' Country Lassie), and afo
in Cod. Reg. a false spelling for afr, — jiiU ok afr faeri ek asa sonum,
ok blend ek Jyeim sva meini mjo& : dfir, pronounced dir, now means
buttermilk (used in Icel. instead of common beer) : cp. also abrystur, f. pi.
curds of cow's milk in the first week after the cow has calved; the milk
is cooked and eaten warm and deemed a great dainty ; opt eru heitar
abrestur. Snot 299 (Ed. 1 865) ; probably qs. afr ystr.
d-fram, adv. a. loc. with the face downward, forward ; idW hann a.,
on the face, Nj. 253, Vd. 52, Grett. 99 new Ed. p. temp, along,
forward (rare) ; hann er mi me6 jarli suniarit ii., he is now with the earl
till late in the summer, Finnb. 274. y. further on; komst aldri lengra
a. fyrir honum um skaldskapinn, he never got any further on with his
poem, Fms. iii. 102; heldu ^eir a. Iei5ina, they held forward on their
way, 0. T. 31. In mod. usage freq. with verbs denoting to go, move;
halda, ganga . . . afram, to go on.
d-frd = otfra = fra, /row, cp. Swed. ifran.
d-fr^a, 6, to reprove, blame; afry ek ^6 engan (better engum) y5ar,
Fas. i. 103.
d-fr:^a, u, f. reproach, scolding, Bs. i. 622.
d-f;fsa and af:^si, f. 1. = aufusa, gratification, q. v. 2. in
mod. •aszge = exhortation, and df^sa, t, to exhort, k. e-n til e-s.
d-feera, 6, to reproach, Fms. v. 90.
d-fseri, n. a law term ; thus defined, af tveir menn fella einn vi6 jor8u,
J)d skal annarr {)eirra baeta rott, J)vi at J)at ver6r a. at logum, where it
seems to mean unfair dealing, shame, N. G. L. i. 309.
d-ganga, u, f. task-work, forced labour, the French cort't'«, = atverk,
q. V. ; hon (the church) a tveggja manna a. a hval i Kjolsvik, Vm. I55 ;
veita e-m a., D.N. ii. 133.
d-gangr, m. aggression, invasion; fyrir a. Skota ok Dana, Eg. 267,
Fms. i. 224, iii. 143, Eg. 337. compps: &s^,n^9-va.air,m, an aggressive
dgangs-sami', adj. aggressive, Fs. 9, Fms. vl.
man, Lv. 79, Stj. 65.
102, Sks. 208.
d-gau5, n. [geyja a], barking, metaph. foul language, Gisl. 53; cp,
J)a geyr hon a J)a, 139.
d-gengiligr, zA]. plausible ; gor6i hann J)etta a. fyrir Hxringi, Grett.
149 A, mod. a5gengiligt.
d-gengt, n. adj. trodden, beaten, of a place or path, Finnb. 336;
metaph., e-m verfir a., to be trodden upon; hon byggir her i miSri
fraendleifS sinni, ok ver8r henni J)vi her ekki a., Stj. 613. 2 Kings iv. 13.
The mod. use of the phrase e-m ver3r a. is to succeed or make progress
in a thing.
d-gildi, n. value of a ewe (ser), Vm. 159, Pm. 40.
d-gildr, adj. of a ewe's value, Grag. i. 502 ; cp. kugildi and kiigildr.
d-girnast, d and t, dep. to lust after, in a bad sense, with an ace, Fms.
i. 76, 223, Orkn. 38 ; with an inf., Orkn. 6 old Ed.
d-girnd, f. in old writers always for greed of power or passion
generally : a. ambition, Sks. 113 B, Fms. ix. 460 ; a. ok ofsi, greed
and insolence, viii. 195, Stj. 143, 145, 146. p. passion ; agirndar-logi,
Rb. 424; ii. blindleiki, blind passion (in love), H.E. i. 505, 655 xxx ;
thirst for revenge, Sks. 739. y. since the Reformation it has been
exclusively used of avarice or greed of gain ; in old writers the signi-
fication is more general ; we, however, find ti. fjar, Horn. 68 ; hann haf5i
dregit undir sik Finnskattinn me5 a., Fms. vii. 129.
d-gimdligr, adj. passionate, Sks. 720 B.
d-girni, f. ; used as neut.. Mar. 91, O. H. L. 22 : a. = agirnd, ambi-
tion ; mikit ii., great ambition, O. H. L. 1. c, Sks. 343. p. cupidity ; a.
manna lofs, Hom. 83 ; li. tits ok drykkju, 53 ; fjar, 25, 623. 20; a. fjar
ok metnaSar, Edda (pref.) I44, 145.
d-gjarn, adj. ambitious; er eru6 agjarnir heima 1 hera8i ok ranglatir,
ambitious and wrongful, Nj. 223, Orkn. 38, 66 ; a. ok fegjarn, ambitious
and covetous, Fms. xi. 294, Hkr. ii. 146; a. til rikis, iii. 174; a. til
fjar, covetous, Fms. xi. 440, Orkn. 66 : dauntless, fierce, kappar agjarnir
ok 6hr9Eddir,_/?erce and fearless champions, Fms. ,x. 179 ; hogvserir i frifti
sem lamb, en i ufri6i ii. (fierce) sem leon, viii. 253. The use since the
Reformation is solely that of avaricious, greedy after money.
d-gjarnliga, adv. insolently, Sks. 450 B.
d-gjarnligr, adj. insolent; ii. riin, Sks. 336, 509 B, 715.
d-g63i, a, m. gain, profit, benefit, D. I. i. 476, Isl. ii. 432 (freq.)
COMPD : dg63a-hlutr, ar, m. a profitable share, Grag. ii. 359.
d-grip, n. [gripa a, to touch], in the phrase, litill agripum, S7nall of
size, D. N. iv. 99. p. at present agrip means a compendium, abridge-
ment, epitome.
d-gseta, tt, to laud, praise highly, Ld. 220, Fms. vi. 71.
d-gseti, n. renown, glory, excellence ; gijra e-t til iigaetis ser, as a glory to
himself, Fms. xi. 72, 109 ; reyna a. e-s, to put one on his trial, 142 ; J)d i
hyggr at engu 68ru en akafa einum ok ii., orily bent upon rushing on and
shewing one's prowess, 389; vegr ok ii., fame and glory. Fas. i. 140,
Sks. 241. In pi. glorious deeds; mikil li. voru sogh fra Gunnari, Nj. 41 :
in the phrase, gora e-t at agxtum, to laud, praise highly, Fms. viii. 139,
vii. 147 : in the proverb, hefir hverr til sins agaetis nokku6, every one's
fame rests upon some deed of his own, no one gets his fame for naught,
the context implies, and thou hast done what will make thee famous,
116. 2. in coMPDs dgeetis- and dgseta- are prefixed to a gre
many words, esp. in mod. use, to express something capital, excellen
dgseta-skjotr, adj. very swift, Fms. vii. 169; agaeta-vel, adv. exci
lently luell, Nj. 218: and even to substantives, e.g. dgseta-gripr ad
dgsetis-gripr, m. a capital thing, Fms. ix. 416, x. 254, Ld. 202;
agseta-naut, n. a fine ox, Eb. 318; dgeetis-maSr, m. a great man,
Landn. 324, Fms. vii. 102, xi. 329. ft
d-gsetingr, m. a goodly man, O. H. L. 55 (rare). H
d-gsetliga, adv. capitally, Fms. i. 136, vi. 307, Boll. 346, Sks. 623.
d-gsetligr, adj. excellent, goodly, Fms. ii. 300, x. 223, 231, xi. 396,
Sks. 622, Hom. 132, Ver. 42.
d-gsetr, adj. [v. the words above, from a- intens. and geta — gat —
gtitu, to get and to record ; the old etymology in glossaries of the last
century from the Greek ayados cannot be admitted], famous, goodly, J
excellent; a. maSr um allt land, Nj. 106; a. at afli, Edda 19; agaetir
gimsteinar, precious stones, Fms. i. 15; ii. skjiildr. Eg. 705; compar.,
mun hann ver5a agaetari (more famous) en allir |)inir fraendr, Fms. i.
256 ; superl., agaetaztr, Nj. 282, Eg. 311; iigaeztr, contr., Edda 5, lb. 14,
Fms. vii. 95, Greg. 53. In the Landn. ' ma&r ligaetr' is freq. used in a
peculiar sense, viz. a noble man, nearly synonymous to gjeOingr in the
Orkneys, or hersir in Norway, e.g. 143, 149, 169, 190, 198, 201, 203,
279, 281, 308, 312 ; hersir ti., 173, etc. ; cp. also Kristni S. ch. I.
d-g6r3, f. gain, profit, - avoxtr ; til solu ok ii., for sale and profit,
Bs. i. 426.
d-hald, n,, prop, laying hand on: 1. used esp. in pi. ahold =
brawl, fight, Eb. 152, Fas. i. 92 ; verSa a. me6 monnum, they came to a
tussle, Sturl. iii. 262, Bs. i.635 ; the phrase, hafa eingi ahold vi6 e-m, to have
no power of resistance, to have so great odds against one that there is no
chance, Eg. 261 : hence comes probably the popular phrase, dhold eru um
gh{.
']
A'HANKAST— A'KVIDR.
41
c-t, when matters are pretty nearly equal. 2. sing, very rare, to
itf'p back ; veita e-ni a., Ni3rst. 3. p. veita, giira d. um e-t, to claim
the right of holding; hann giirSi k. um Halland, be claimed H., Fms. x. 70,
V. I. ; honum fiotti leikdomrinn meira a. hafa k kirkjum en klerkdomrinn,
. . . had a stronger claim or title, Bs. i. 750, 696, Yms. x. 393.
a-hankast, ad, dep. [hiink, a hank or coit], in the phrase, e-m d.,
ijiie gets the worst of it. But it is twisted to another sense in the dream
of king Harold, Fms. vi. 312. Shortly before the battle at the river Niz,
the king dreamt that king Sweyn pulled the hank of rope out of his
hand, — re6u svii flestir at Sveinn mundi fa J)at er |)eir keptust um, J)a
nuclti Hakon jarl : vera ma at svii. se, en vsenna {)yki mer at Sveini
konungi muni dhankast, most men read it so that S. would win the prize
of contest, then said earl H. : well that may be so, but it seetns more likely
to me that king S. will be caught.
&-heit, n. mostly or always in pi. vows to a god, saint, or the like,
invocations, Hkr. i. 14, ii. 386; hon (the goddess Freyja) er nakvaemust
iniinnum til aheita, Edda 16, Bs. i. 134. p. sing, in a peculiar sense ; meir
afiiau6syn en afuheiti, more of impulse than asa/rceroK', Magn.534.
a-henda, d, to lay bands upon, seize; fiinia ok a., Grag. ii. 311 : part,
pass, dheudr, as adj. within reach; t)eir voru sva langt komnir at J)eir
urSu eigi ahendir, . . . out of reach, Sturl. ii. 185, Eg. 160 ; J)au ur8u d.,
they were seized, Ld. 152.
4-heyrandi, part, within hearing, present, Grag. ii. 143, Fms. i. 248.
d-heyriliga, adv. worth hearing, Fms. i. 74.
d-heyriligr, adj. worth hearing, well sounding, Nj. 77, Fms. i. 14I ;
I'l. orb, fine words, Orkn. 454.
a-heyris, adv. within bearing, Bs. i. 77'^-
d-heyrsi and d-heyrsla, adj. ind., verda e-s a., to get to bear, bear
the rumour of, Sturl. i. 22, Orkn. 278, Fms. ii. 295.
d-lilaup, n. mostly in pi. onsets, onfalls, attacks; veita e-m k..
Eg. 284 ; vi& ahlaupum (incursions) Dana, B'ms. i. 28 ; at eigi veitti
hann J)au a. i hrxbi sinni, at geig saetti. Post. 686 B. p. a carnal
assault, Stj. 71 : metaph., meft sva storum ahlaupum, so impetuously, Fms.
ix. 252. compd: &hlanpa.-ma6r, m. a hot-headed, impetuous person,
Korm. 8, |j6r5. 43 : now used of a man that works by fits and starts,
not steadily.
d-hleypinn, adj. rash, Sks. 383, 437.
d-hly3ast, dd, dep. to listen or give ear to ; k. vi3 e-t, to agree with, Fs.
141 ; en er J)eir fundu at hann vildi eigi a. vi6 fraendr sina, when they
found that be turned a deaf ear to bis kinsmen, Eb. 7 new Ed., v. 1.,
perhaps the right reading, v. 631ast.
d-hl^5inn, nd]. giving a willing ear, listening readily ; ekki a., obstinate,
self-willed, Fms. vi. 431 ; a. um fjkniJkuT, greedy of gain, vii. 209, where,
however, the Morkinsk. (p. 337) reads, a. um fortiilur, easy to persuade,
which suits the context better ; a. til grimleiks, Fms. x. 380, Thom. 28.
d-hrin, n. [hrina a, of spells], used in the compd ahrins-or3, n. pi.,
tsp. of spells that come true, in the phrase, verSa at ahrinsorSum, spells
ox prophecies that prove true, JjorS. 81, Fas. ii. 432.
d-hugi, a, m., prop, intention, mind; med J)eim a. at . . ., transl. of Lat.
intentio, Hom. 80, 655 xxiii ; ok mi segir hann (ilium hver fyriraetlun hans
(honum?) eriahuga, . . .what be is minded to do, Isl. ii. 355. p. eager-
ness, impulse of the mind (now freq. in that sense) ; ekki skortir ykkr a.,
Nj- 137. Y- ^'i'nd, opinion; eigi er \>vi at leyna, hverr minn a. er um
{)etta, ek hygg . . ., Faer. 199. 8. care, solicitude, ~khygg}z, Fms. ii.
1 46. coMPDs: dhuga-fullr, adj. /z/// o/crtr^, Fs. 98. dhuga-
lltill, adj. slow, Fms. iv. 77. dhuga-maSr, m. an eager, aspiring
man, Bs. i. 686. dhtiga-mikill, adj. eager, vigorous, Fms. viii. 266.
dhuga-samt, n. adj. being concerned about, Bs. i. 824. dhuga-
verdr, adj. causing concern, Sturl. i. 106 {serious, momentous).
d-hyggja, u, f. care, concern, Hrafn. 12 ; bera a. fyrir, to be concerned
about, G^l. 44 ; faer J)at honum mikillar a. ok rei&i, concern and anger,
Nj. 1 74, Bret. 24 : pi. cares, Hakon haf3i sva miklar ahyggjur um vetrinn,
at hann lag3ist i rekkju, Fms. i. 82. compds : dhyggju-fullr, adj.
full of care, anxious, Fms. ii. 225, x. 249, Bias. 35. dhyggju-lauss,
adj. unconcerned, Rb. 312. dhyggju-mikill, adj. anxious, Bs. i.
328, Band. 8. dhyggju-samligr, adj. and -liga, adv. with concern,
gravely, anxiously, Fms. i. 141, Sturl. ii. 78, 136. dhyggju-samr,
adj. anxious, careful, 655 xiii, 656 B. 7, Sturl. iii. 234. dhyggju-
svipr, m. a grave, anxious face, Fms. vi. 239, vii. 30. dhyggju-
yflrbragS, n. id., Fms. vi. 32.
d-hyggjast, a8, a. um e-t, to be anxious about, Stj. 443, Rom. 307.
d-heetta, u, f. risk, Vd. 144 old Ed. ; cp. Fs. 57 ; (now freq.)
d-hdfn, f. the freight or loading of a ship. Fas. ii. 511 : used to express
a kind of tonnage; tiu skippund i lest, tolf lestir i a., 732. 16 : luggage,
J^'-S??' 394.408: cp.Pal Vidal. s. v.
d-hdgg, f. slaughter of a ewe, Sturl. i. 69, 70 C, Ed. serhogg.
Al, a, m. [cp. afi and Lat. avus"], great-grandfather, answering to
edda, great-grandmother (at present in Icel. langafi and langamma), Rm.
2 ; foftur e6r afa, k. er hinn J)ri3i, Edda 208. In Saem. 118 ai seems to
be an exclamatio dolentis, gorottr er drykkrinn, ai ! unless ai be here =
»i in the sense of father ; cp. the reply of Sigmund, lattu grOn sia, sonr.
In mod. poetry dar In pi. is used in the serisc of ancestors; kit dar
faeddust aa (gen. pi.) vorra, Bjarni 71, Eggert (Bb.) I. 20.
di-fangr, s, m. ; aifangi (dat.), Grag. (Kb.) 160, and difang (ace),
Isl. I.e., follow the old declension (so as to distinguish the dat. and ace.
sing.); difangi, a, m., Fb. ii. 340; mod. dfangi, Grett. 29 new Ed.,
Fb. i. 165, [aeja, to bait, and vangr, campus; as to the /, cp. vetfangr =
vetvangr, and hjorfangr = hjorvangr; Pal Vidal. derives it from fanga,
to take'] : — a resting-place ; a aifongum, Grag. i. 441 ; taka hest sinn a
difiingum, ii. 44 ; taka aifang (ace. sing.), Isl. ii. 482 ; in the extracts from
the last part of the HeiSarv. S. MS. wrongly spelt atfang (at = di) ; hof3u
J)eir dvol nokkura a aifanga, Fb. ii. I.e., Jb. 272. In mod. use dfangi
means a day's journey, the way made between two halting places, cp.
araOixiis ; hence the phrase, ' i tveim, J)remr . . . dfongum,' to make a
journey in two, three . . . stages : — the compd dfanga-stadr, m., is used =
aifangr in the old sense; but 'stadr' is redundant, as the syllable ' fangr'
already denotes place.
di-f63r, n. fodder for baiting, provender, Jb. 430, Stj. 214. Gen. xlii. 27.
d-kafast, a5, dep. to be eager, vehement; a. d e-t, Fser. 262 (cp, Fb.
ii. 40), Fms. xi. 20 : absol., Bret. 14, 60.
d-kafi, a, m. [akafr], eagerness, vehemence; ])d gorSist svd mikill d. d, at
. . ., it went to such an excess, that . . ., Nj. 62, Fms. i. 35, xi. 389 ; mej a.
miklum, vehemently. Eg. 457 ; i likafa, adverbially, eagerly, impetuously,
Nj. 70, Fms. xi. 117. 2. the gen. akafa is prefixed, a. to a
great many adjectives, in the sense of a high degree, very, e. g. a. reiSr,
furious, Fms. vii. 32, x. 173 ; a. fjiilmennr, very numerous, Isl. ii. 171 ;
a. fiigr, beautiful (of Helena), Ver. 25. p. to some substantives ;
a. drifa, a heavy snow drift, Sturl. iii. 20 ; a. ma5r, an eager, hot, pushing
man, Eg. 3, Fms. i. 19, vii. 257, Grett. 100 A : in this case the akafa
may nearly be regarded as an indecl. adjective.
d-kafleikr, m. eagerness, vehemence, Fms. x. 324.
d-kafliga, adv. vehemently, impetuously; of motion, such as riding,
sailing ; fara a., to rush on, Fms. ix. 366 ; sem akafligast, in great speed,
at a great rate. Eg. 160, 602 ; also, bi3ja a., to pray fervently. 2.
very, Faer. 238, Fms. x. 308, Ld. 222.
d-kafligr, adj. hot, vehement; a. bardagi, orosta, styrjold, Fms. x. 308,
656 B. 10.
d-kaflyndi, n. a hot, impetuous temper, Hkr. ii. 237.
d-kaflyndr, adj. impetuous, Fms. viii. 447.
d-kafr, adj. [cp. A.S. czf, promptus, velox, and ' d-' intens., cp. af D. II.],
vehement, fiery ; a. bardagi, a hot fight, Fms. xi. 95 : of whatever is at its
highest point, J)enna dag var veizlan (the banquet) allra akcifust, 331;
vellan sem akofust, Nj. 247 : ardent, sva var akaft um vinattu J)eirra, at
. . ., 151 : neut. as adv., kalla akaft a Bar3, to pray to B. fervently, Bar8.
169 ; ri6a sem akafast, to ride at a furious rate. Eg. 602 ; buast sem a.,
86 ; en J)eir er eptir Agli voru sottu akaft, . . . pulled bard, 362.
d-kall, n. a calling upon, invocation ; a. a nafn Gu3s, 656 B. 10, Sks.
310, Bs. i. 180. p. clamour, shouting ; af orSum ^eirra ok akalli, Fms.
xi. 117, Orkn. 344 old Ed., new Ed. 402 reads kail : esp. a war cry, Fms.
ix. 510. 2. a claim, demand; veita a. til e-s. Eg. 470, Hkr. ii. 195,
Fms. ix. 433, xi. 324, Orkn. 20 old Ed.; cp. new Ed. 54, Korm. 110.
COMPD : dkalls-lauss, adj. a law Xtrm, free from encumbrance, Vm. 11.
d-kals, n. an importunate, urgent request, Fms. ii. 268, vi. 239.
d-kast, n. a throwing upon, casting at, Sks. 410 : metaph. an assault,
a. djofla, Hom. 14: plur. taunts, Sturl. i. 21. compd: dkasta-samr,
adj. taunting, Gliim. 364.
d-kastan, f. casting upon, Js. 42.
d-kef3, f. = akafi ; vsegilega en eigi me5 a., Fms. vi. 29, vii, 18, x. 237,
K. A. 202, Sks. 154. COMPD : dkefdar-ord, n. rash language. Mar.
d-kenning, f. 1. in the phrase, hafa a. e-s or af e-u, to have a
smack ofz thing, to savour of, Bs. i. 134. 2. a slight reprimand,
(kenna a., to feel sore) ; gora e-m a., to administer a slight reprimand.
Stud. i. 70, Bs. i. 341, in the last passage it is used as masc.
d-keypi, n. the right of pre-emption, a law term, Fr.
d-klaga, a5, to accuse, (mod. word.)
a-klagan and dklOgun, f. an accusation, charge, Bs. i. 856.
d-kl8e3i, n. a carpet, covering, Pm. 109.
d-knoyki, n. hurt, metaph. shame, Konr. MS.
d-kufottr, adj. spherical, Sks. 630 B ; cp. avalr.
d-kuran, a doubtful reading. Eg. 47, v. 1. for aj)jan, bondage : dkioTUr,
f. pi., means in mod. usage reprimands : in the phrase, veita e-m a., to
scold, esp. of reprimands given to a youth or child.
d-kvdma, mod. dkoma, u, f. 1. coming, arrival ; lifriflar a.,
visitation of war, Stj. 561. 2. but esp. a hurt received from a blow,
a wound, = kverki, Nj. 99, Fms. ii. 67, G{)1. 168 : medic, of a disease of
the skin, an eruption, Fel. ix. 186, esp. on the lips, v. ablastr.
d-kve3a, kvaS, to fix; part. &kve6inn, _fixed, Orkn. 10; d. orb,
marked, pointed words, Bjarn. 57, Fbr. 72, 73.
d-kve3ja, kvaddi, = dkve3a, Bs. i. 773; dkveddi is perhaps only a
misspelling for dkvae5i.
d-kvi3r, m. a verdict against, perhaps to be read bera a kviSu (ace,
I pi.) separately, Bs. i. 439.
42
Kkvjeqi—Klit.
d-kvse3i, n. 1. an uttered opinion ; mun ek nii segja ySr hvat mitt
a. er, Nj. 189, Sturl. i. 65 C ; Ed. atkvaeSi (better) : a command, Stj. 312,
208; me6 a,kvae6um, expressly, Sks. 235: cp. atkvse5i. 2. in
popular tales and superstition it is specially used of spells or charms :
cp. hzt. fatutn from /an; cp. also atkvaeSi : the mod. use prefers ukvxbi
in this sense, hence dkveeSa-skdld, n. a spell-skald, a poet whose
words have a magical power, also called kraptaskald ; v. Isl. |)j6Ss. i,
where many such poets are mentioned ; indeed any poet of mark was
believed to possess the power to spell-bind with his verses; cp. the
tales about Orpheus. compds : dkv8e3is-teigr, m. a piece of field to
be mowed in a day, a mower's day's work (in mod. usage called dags-
latta), Fms. iii. 207. dkv8e3is-verk, n. piece-work; {)at er titt a
Islandi at hafa a., J)ykjast J)eir J)a komnir til hvildar eptir erviSi sitt er
verki er lokit, Fms. v. 203, Jb. 374.
d-kynnis, adv. on a visit, Sd. 158.
d-kaera, 9, to accuse, (mod. word.)
d-ksera, u, f. a charge, accusation, Bs. i. 852. compds: dkseru-
lauss, adj. undisputed, Finnb. 356 ; blameless, Stj. 523. dksBru-
maSr, m. an accuser, Stj. 42.
d-ksersla, u, f. = akaera, Fr. dkserslu-lauss = akaerulauss, id.
AL, f., old form nom. dat. ace. sing, col ; 61 heitir drykkr, en rfjl er
band, Skalda (Thorodd) 163: gen. sing, and nom. pi. alar; (the mod.
form is 61, keeping the 6 throughout all the cases ; gen. pi. olar) : — a strap,
esp. of leather ; al long, Fms. vi. 378, Edda 29, Sks. 1 79: a proverb, sjaldan
er bagi a8 bandi e3r byrdi a& 61. j3. esp. the leather straps for fasten-
ing a cloak, etc. to the saddle, = slagalar, Orkn. 12, Bjarn. 68, Fbr, 57
new Ed. 7. a bridle, rein ; beislit fanst J)egar ok var komit a alna,
Bs. i. 314, note 2. compds: dlar-endi, a, m. the end of a leather
strap, Edda 29. dlar-reipi, n. a rope of leather, etc.
d-lag, n. and dlaga, u, f. [leggja a] ; in some cases, esp. dat. pi., it is
often difficult to decide to which of these two forms a case may belong ;
they are therefore best taken together. In the neut. pi. the notion of
spell, in the fem. pi. that of tax, burden, hardship prevails. In sing, both
of them are very much alike in sense. I. fem. pi. a tax, burden,
burdensome impost; sag5i at baendr vildi eigi hafa frekari alog (alogur?)
af konungi en forn log staeSi til, Fms. xi. 2 24 ; undan J)essum hans
alogum , . . liggja undir slikum alogum, tyranny, yoke, Bar&. ch. 2 ; gangit
til ok hyggit at landsmenn, at ganga undir ska ttgj afar Olafs konungs ok
allar alogur, burdens, taxes, Fms. iv, 282, in the famous speech of Einar
Jjverxing, (3. H. ch. 134; bad jarl vaegja monnum um alogur, Fms. iv.
216; jarl helt me9 freku oUum alogum, Orkn. 40; hvdrt mun konungr
sa ekki kunna hof um alogur ok hardleiki vi& menn, Fms. vi. 37;
J>6rsteinn kva& ekki um at leita, at |)6r6r kaemist undan neinum alogum,
burdens, oppressive conditions, Bjarn. 72. 2. a law term, an addi-
tional _/?«e; me6 alogum ok leigum, duties and rents, Grag. i. 260 ; binda
alogum, to charge, 384; halfa fimtu mork alaga, a fine of three marks,
391. 3. metaph. in plur. and in the phrase, i alogum, in straits, at a
pinch, if needful, Vm. 18 ; vitr ma3r ok agaetr i oUum alogum, a wise
and good man in all difficulties, Fs. 120. 4. a metric, term, addi-
tion, suppletnent; pat er annat leyfi hattanna at hafa i drottkvaeSum
haetti eitt or3 e9a tvau me9 al6gum, cp. alagshattr below, Edda
124. 5. theol. a visitation, scourge, Stj. 106, 647. 2 Kings xxi.
13 (answering to plummet in the Engl, transl.) ; sing, in both in-
stances. II. neut. pi. alog, spells, imprecations. In liie fairy tales
of Icel. 'vera i alogum' is a standing phrase for being spell-bound, esp.
for being transformed into the shape of animals, or even of lifeless objects ;
leggja a., to bind by spells, cp. Isl. |>j65s. by Jon Arnason; var \>vi likast
sem i fornum sogum er sagt, {)a er konunga born ur6u fyrir stjiipmae^ra
dlogum (v. 1. skopum), Fms. viii. 18 (Fb. ii. 539) ; hon lystr til hans me6
ulfs hanzka ok segir at hann skyldi ver6a at einum hidbirni, ok aldri
skaltii. 6r J)essum al6gum fara, Fas. (Vols. S.) i. 50, 404 : sing, (very
rare), J)at er alag mitt, at J)at skip skal aldri heilt af hafi koma er her
liggr ut, Landn. 250. At present always in pi., cp. forlog, orlog, olog.
compds: dlags-bsetr, f. pi. a kind of fine, N. G. L. i. 311. dlags-
hdttr, m. a kind of metre, the first syllable of the following line com-
pleting the sentence, e.g. Iskalda skar ek 61du [ eik; Edda (Ht.) 129.
dlogu-laust, n. a.d]. free from imposts.
dlar-, &la-, v. sub voce all and al.
d-lasa, a6, to blame, with dat. of the person.
d-lasan and dlosvm, f., and dlas, n. a reprimand, rebuke, Vigl. 25.
il-belti, n. a leathern belt, Stj. 606.
&l-bormn, adj. part, [albera], measured with a thong or cord, of a field,
N. G. L. i. 43. In Icel. called va6bera and va6borinn.
fil-biir3r, m. mensuration with a line, N. G. L. i. 43, = vaSburSr.
d-lei3is, adv. on the right path, opp. to afleiSis ; (lei5) sniia e-m a.,
metaph., 655 xiii. B ; snii J)eim a. er J)u hefir a9r vilta, id. p. forwards,
onwards; f6ru a. til skipa, Fms. i. 136; sniia ferd a., to go ofi (now,
halda afram), Korm. 232, K. p. K. 94 B : metaph., koma e-u a., to bring
a thing about, Hkr. i. 169, iii. 104; koma e-u til a., id.. Fas. i. 45 (cor-
rupt reading) ; sniia e-u a., to improve, Bs. i. 488 ; vikja a. meS e-m, to
side with, SturU iii. 91,
d-leikni, f. a pertness, Grett. 139 (Ed.)
d-Ieikr, m. [leika a], a trick, Grett. 139 C.
d-leiksi, adj. ind. who had got the worst of the game, Bret.
d-leita3r, part, assailed, Stj. 255.
d-leiting, f. = aleitni, Fr.
d-leitinn, adj. pettish, Fms. ii. 120, Orkn. 308.
a-leitligr, adj. reprehensible, Greg. 26.
d-leitni, f. a pettish disposition, Fms. vii. 165, Sturl. ii. 228, Fs. 8 ; eigi
fyrir a. sakar heldr g68vilja, Al. 129, 153 ; spott J)6r5ar ok a., invectives,
Bjarn. 3, Joh. 623. 19.
d-lengdar, adv. along; engum fridi heit ek {)er a., Fms. iii. 156 ; eigi
vildi hann vist hans {)ar a., he should not be staying along there, i. e. there,
Grett. 1 29 A, Sturl. iii. 42. p. now used loc. far off, aloof, Lzt. procul.
d-lengr, adv. [cp. Engl, along'] , continuously ; pessi illvirki skyldi eigi
a. lihefnd vera, Bs. i. 533 ; a. er, as soon as; a. er goSar koma i setr
sinar, J)a . . ., Grag. i. 8 ; a. er hann er sextan vetra, 197 ; a. sva senj
J)eir eru biinir, in turn as soon as they are ready, 61,
dlfa, v. halfa, region.
alfkona, u, f. a female elf. Fas. i. 32, Baer. 2, Art. 146.
dlf-kunnigr, adj. akin to the elves, Fm. 13.
ALFR, s, m. [A.S. celf munt-celfen, sce-celfen, wudu-adfen, etc. ; Engl.
elf, elves, in Shakespeare ouphes are ' fairies ;' Germ, alb and elfen, Erl- in
Erlkonig (Gothe) is, according to Grimm, a corrupt form from the
Danish Ellekonge qs. Elver-konge] ; in the west of Icel. also pronounced
albr : I. mythically, an elf, fairy ; the Edda distinguishes between
Ljosalfar, the elves of light, and D6kkalfar, of darkness (the last not else-
where mentioned either in mod. fairy tales or in old writers), 12; the
Elves and Ases are fellow gods, and form a favourite alliteration in the old
mythical poems, e. g. Vsp. 53, Hm. 144, 161, Gm. 4, Ls. 2, 13, f)kv. 7,
Skm. 7, 17, Sdm. 18. In the Alvismal Elves and Dwarfs are clearly distin-
guished as different. The abode of the elves in the Edda is Alf heimar,
fairy land, and their king the god Frey (the god of light), Edda 12;
see the poem Gm. 12, Alfheim Frey gafu i ardaga tivar at tannfe. In
the fairy tales the Elves haunt the hills, hence their name Huldufolk,
hidden people : respecting their origin, life, and customs, v. Isl. f)j63s. i. i
sqq. In old writers the Elves are rarely mentioned ; but that the same tales
were told as at present is clear ; — Hallr maelti, hvi brosir fiii mi ? |j6rhallr
svarar, af pvi brosir ek, at margr hoU opnast ok hvert kvikindi byr sinn
bagga bae3i sma ok stor, ok gera fardaga (a foreboding of the introduc-
tion of Christianity), Fms. ii. 197, cp. landvaettir ; alfamenn, elves, Bs. i.
417, Fas. i. 313, 96 ; holl einn er her skamt i brott er alfar bxia i, Km.
216: dlfrek, in the phrase, ganga alfreka, cacare, means dirt, excre-
ments, driving the elves away through contamination, Eb. 12, cp. Landn.
97, Fms. iv. 308, Bar3. ch. 4: alfroSvilI, elfin beam or light, a poet
name of the sun ; dlfavakir, elf-holes, the small rotten holes in the ice
in spring-time in which the elves go a fishing ; the white stripes in the
sea in calm weather are the wakes of elfin fishing boats, etc. : medic.
dlfabruni is an eruption in the face, Fel. ix. 186 : Ivar Aasen mentions
' alvgust, alveblaastr, alveld,' the breath, fire of elves (cp. St. Vitus' dance
or St. Anthony's fire) ; ' alvskot,' a sort of cancer in the bone : — greeti
alfa, elfin tears, H3m. i, is dubious ; it may mean some flower with dew-
drops glittering in the morning sun, vide s. v. glystamr {glee-steaming).
Jamieson speaks of an elf's cup, but elf tears are not noticed elsewhere ;
cp. Edda 39. In Sweden, where the worship of Frey prevailed, sacrifices,
alfa-blot, were made to the elves, st63 hiisfreyja i dyrum ok ba3 hann
{the guest) eigi |)ar innkoma, segir at J)au aetti alfa bl6t, Hkr. ii. 124
(referring to the year 1018), cp. Korm. ch. 22. 2. metaph.,
as the elves had the power to bewitch men, a silly, vacant person is
in Icel. called alfr ; hence difalegr, silly ; alfaskapr and dlfahattr, silly
behaviour. II. in historical sense, the Norse district situated
between the two great rivers Raumelfr and Gautelfr {Albis Raumaruvi,
et Gotbarum) was in the mythical times called Alfheimar, and its in-
habitants Alfar, Fas. i. 413, 384, 387, Fb. i. 23, vide also P. A. Munch,
Beskrivelse over Norge, p. 7. For the compds v. above,
alfrek, n., alfr63ull, m., v. above.
a-li3inii, adj. part. /ar-spe«/, of time; dagr, Grett. 99 A ; sumar, Orkn.
448, Ld. 14.
d-lit, n. [lita a], prop, a view : I. aspect, appearance, esp. that ol"
a person's face, gait, etc. ; vaenn at aliti, fair, gentle of aspect, Nj. 30;
fagr alitum, Edda 5, Eluc. 35, Baer. 7 : of other animate or inanimate ob-
jects, dokkr alits, black of aspect, Fms. vi. 229 ; eigi rettr alits, crooked,
not straight (of a broken leg), Bs. i. 743 ; smi3i fagrt aliti, Horn. 1 28 : the
whole form, shape, hvert a. sem hann hefdi, Fms. xi. 433 ; hann hafSi
ymsa manna a. e5a kykvenda. Post. 656 C. 26. II. of a mind,
a view, thought, consideration, reflection ; me9 aliti ra3smanna, Fms. vii.
139 ; me3 skjotu aliti, at a glance, Sks. 3 : esp. in pL, J)u ferr me3 g63uni
vilja en eigi me3 nogum alitum, iticonsiderately, Lv. 38 ; meir me3 akefS
en alitum, Stj. 454. Horn. 24 ; gjora e-t at alitum, to take a matter into
{favourable) consideration, Nj. 3, Lv. 16. 2. in mod. use, opinion:
does not occur in old writers (H. E. i. 244 it means authority), where
, there is always some additional notion of reflectiou, consideration.
ALITALEYSI— i^NAUD.
43
mpds such as almenuings-&lit, n., public opinion, are of mod.
e. p. it is now also used in the sense of reputation ; vera i niiklu
lu) dHti. COMPDS : dlita-leysi, n. absence of reflection. Fas. iii. 91.
ba-litill, adj. inconsiderate. Fas. ii. 388. dlita-mdl, u. pi., gjcira
at iilitanialum = gora at uUtuni, v. above, Lv. 16.
litliga, adv. civilly (but not heartily) ; tok hann J)eini a., be received
m pretty well, Fms. x. 132 ; for allt a. me6 ^eim en eigi sem J)a, er
>ast var, ix. 454, Bjarn. 8. 2. in the present usage, considerably,
I high amount, etc.
•litligr, adj., Lat. consideratus, Horn. 28. 2. considerable, re-
ntable, (mod.)
•litning, f. = dlit. Thorn. 259.
■Ifkr, adj. like, resembling, Sks. 164 : d-lika, adv. alike, nearly as.
Ijotr, III. [Ijotr, deformis], gen. s and ar, dat. aljoti ; a law term, a
ous bodily injury that leaves marks, wilfully inflicted; only once,
ig. ii. 146, used of a libellous speech ; aljotsraS is the intention to in-
t alj6t, and is distinguished from fjcirraS (against one's life), sarrad,
I dreprad, Grag. ii. 127, 117, 146; aljotr e6r bani, i. 497; alj6tsra&,
well as fjcirraS, if carried out in action, was liable to the greater out-
ry (ii. 127), but aljotr, in speech, only to the lesser, and this too even if
charge proved to be true ; ef ma6r bregSr manni brigslum, ok maelir
t, t)(')tt hann segi satt, ok var3ar fjorbaugsgarS, ii. 146; an intended
itsraS, if not carried into effect, was also only liable to the lesser out-
ry, 127 : every one was to be brought to trial for the actual, not the
jnded injury ; as, vice versa, a man was tried for murder, if the wound
ved mortal (ben), though he only intended to inflict a blow (drep) or
und (sar), 117; cp. also i. 493. compds : dlj6ts-eyrir, s, m. a
for a., N.G. L. i. 171 (for cutting one's nose off). dlj6ts-rd.3,
)1., Grag., v. above.
LKA, u, f. aw auk, alca L., Edda (Gl.) : d.lku-tmgi, a, m. a young
■, Fs. 147 : metaph. a long neck, in the phrase, teygja alkuna (cant).
LL, m, I. an eel, Lat. anguilla. Km. 236, Edda (Gl.), 655
;. 2, Stj. 69. II. a deep narrow cbamiel in sea or river ; eru
t)eir einir alar til lands er ek get vaSit, Fms. iii. 60 ; J)eir 16g6u lit a
n (in a harbour) ok lagu J)ar um strengi, Sturl. i. 224; djiipir eru
mds alar, of the channel of the Atlantic between Norway and Iceland,
iroverb touching the giantess who tried to wade from Norway to
and, Isl. {>j66s. III. in names of horses, or adjectives denot-
the colour of a horse, ' al ' means a coloured stripe along the back,
. in m6-al-6ttr, brown striped, bleik-al-6ttr, yellow striped; Kingala
|{. Bleikalingr are names of horses, referring to their colour. IV.
art of seed, Edda (Gl.) ; cp. Ivar Aasen, aal, a sprout, and aala, aal-
ne, to sprout, of potatoes. compds : dla-fiski, f. flshing for eels,
N. dla-gardr, m, an eel-pond, stew for eels, D. N. dla-vei3r, f.
\fisbing, G{)1. 421. ala-virki, n. a pond for eel flshing, GJ)1. 421.
.ma, u, f., gener. a prong, fluke of an anchor, or the like, as cognom.,
s. v. 63 : — properly perh. a branch of an elm.
jn-bogi, a, m. a sort of bow, cross-bow. Lex. Poet.
i.LMR, m. [Lat. ulmus; Engl, elm ; Germ, ulme^, an elm, Edda (Gl.),
i|rl. 310: metaph. a bow. Lex. Poet.
I.m-sveigr, m. an elm-twig. Fas. i. 271.
jn-tre, n. an elm-tree, Karl. 166.
m-viSr, m. id.
past qs. aplast, dep. to totter, v. apli.
LPTj more correctly dlft, f. the common Icel, word for swan, Lat.
ilnus ; svan is only poet. ; all local names in which the swan appears,
< a those of the end of the 9th century, use 'alpt,' not 'svan,' Alpta-fjorSr,
- 1-. -iny'ri, v. the local index to the Landn. ; Svansholl comes from a
i per name Svan. Probably akin to Lat. albus; the t is fern, inflexion ;
p, instead of/, a mere change of letter ; cp. the proverb, t)egar hrafninn
3r hvitr en alptin svort, of things that never will happen : pi. alptir,
ictimes, esp. in Norse, elptr or elftr; the change of the original a
I. to a (alft) is of early date, Grag. ii. 338, 346, Eg. 132, Landn. 57;
11 these passages pi. alptir; but elptr, Jb. 217, 309. Respecting the
thical origin of the swan, v. Edda 1 2 ; they are the sacred birds at
well of Urda. compds : d,lptar-h.ainr, m. the skin of a swan. Fas.
73- dlptar-llki, n. the shape of a swan. Fas. ii. 375, etc.
pt-vei3r, f. catching wild swans, Landn. 270, Vm. 69; alptveiSar
,68.
reip, n. a strap of leather, Dipl. v. 18 ; vide al.
•liitr, adj. louting forwards, stooping, Thom. 20I.
lygi, n. slander, Gliim. 340, Faer. 203.
lykkja, u, f. the loop (lykkja) in the letter a, Skalda 171.
lykt, f. issue, decision, G]p\. 23. compds : iilyktar-ddiiir, m.
'nal doom or judgment, Sks. 668. dlyktar-or3, n. the last word,
Peroration, Eg. 356, Hkr. ii. 215, Fms. vii. 116. dlyktar-vitui,
1 conclusive testimony, defined in G{)1. 476.
lykta, aS, to conclude, (mod. word.)
lyktan, f. conclusion, flnal decision,' Sturl. iii. 179.
teegja, adj. ind. at heat, of a mare, Grag. i. 427.
MA, u, f. (and 4uiu-s6tt, f.) erysipelas, Sturl. ii. 116; in common
talk corrupted into heimakona or heimakoma. 2. poet, a giantess,
Edda (Gl.); hence the play of words in the sa)ang, gengin er gygr or firti
en harSsperra aptr komin, gone is the giantess (erysipelas), but a worse
(sceloturbe) has come after. 3. a tub, awme. Germ. abm. 4.
in Norse mod. dialects the larva is called aama (v. Ivar Aasen) ; and
diuu-ina3kr, spelt ^nu-madkr, a kind of maggot, lumbricus terrestris,
is probably rightly referred to this. Fel. ix. states that it has this name
from its being used to cure erysipelas,
d-mdlga, aS, to beg or claim gently, GJ)!, 370.
dm-dtligr, adj. loathsome, piteous, Fms. v. 165, of piteously crying ;
Fas. ii. 149, of an ogress; Finnb. 218, Baer. 7.
dm-dttigr, adj. [cp. old Germ. amabtig = infirmus'], contr. dmatkir,
amattkar, etc., used in poetry as an epithet of witches and giants, prob.
in the same sense as amatligr, Vsp. 8, Hkv. Hjiir. 1 7. Egilsson translates
by praepotens, which seems scarcely right,
d-minna, t, to admonish.
&-Tninning, f. warning, admonition, reproof; a8r nienn urSu til a. vid
hann um J)etta mal, . . . reminded him, called it into bis recollection, Fms.
xi. 286, Sks. 335 ; fjandans a., instigation, Fms. viii. 54 ; heilsusamligar a.,
vi. 281; Gu6s a., Ver. 6, Stj. 116; var J)6 mcirg a. {many foreboding
symptoms) a6r {)essa lund for ... ; goSrar aminningar, beatae memoriae
(rare), H. E. i. 5 14. compds : diuinningar-iua3r, m. monitor, Fms. v.
125. dminningar-orS, n. warnings, Fms. vi. 44. dminningar-
visa, u, f. a song commemorating deeds of prowess, etc., Hkr. ii. 345.
Amu, adj. occurs twice or thrice in poetry (by Arnor and in a verse in
Bs. i. 41 1), seems to mean black or loathsome; i amu blofti and am hrae,
loathsome blood and carcases of the slain, Orkn. 70, Fms. vi. 55 ; akin
with amatligr. Egilsson omits the word. Metaph. of a giant, the loath-
some, Edda (Gl.)
d-munr, adj. [a- intens. and munr, mens], eager, only in poetry; a.
augu, piercing, greedy eyes, Vkv. 1 6 ; and a. e-m, eager for revenge, in a
bad sense, Hkv. 1. 9. compd : dmuns-aurar, m. pi. additional pay-
ment [munr, difference'], D. N. (Fr.)
a-msela, t, to blame; a. e-m fyrir e-t. Eg. 164, Nj. 14, Hkr. ii. 285,
Orkn. 430 : part. fi,m8elandi, as subst., a reprover. Post. 645. 61.
d,-in8eli, n. blame, reproof, Nj. 33, 183, Isl. ii. 338, Fs. 40, El. 22.
compds : amselis-laust, n. adj. blameless. Oik. 37, Isl. ii. 54. amselis-
or3, n. reproof, Valla L. 2 1 8. dmselis-samt, n. adj. shameful, Sturl. ii.
131, Hrafn. 1 1. dmselis-skor, f. [cp. the Engl, score], a dub. word at-
tached to an account of numbers in Edda 108 ; atta bera a., a short (not full)
score (?). d.ni8elis-ver3r, adj. blamable, Gliim. 369, Fms. ii. 182.
An, prep. [Goth. «n?/i& ; Hel. and O.H.G. a«o; Germ, obne; Gr. aceu],
without: the oldest form in MSS. is 6n, Eluc. 25, Greg. Dial, (freq.),
655 xxvii. 2, Fms. xi. ill, 153; aon, Hom. 19 sqq.; the common
form is an ; with gen. dat. and ace. ; at present only with gen. I.
with gen., J)ess mattu Gautar ilia an vera, Hkr. ii. 70. 0. H. 49 has ' J)at ;'
an manna valda, Fms. iii. 98 ; a. allra afarkosta, x. 7 ; msettim ver vel
J)ess an vera, tsl. ii. 339 ; in the proverb, an er ills gengis nema heiman
hafi, Gisl. 63, but an er illt gengi (ace), 149, Nj. 27, Isl. ii. 142, I.e.;
an allra klseSa, Al. 171 ; An allrar vaegSar, Sks. 229; on lasta synda,
Eluc. 25. II. with dat., esp. in translations or eccles. writings,
perh. in imitation of the Lat., and now quite out of use ; esp. in
the phrase, an e-s ra8i, without {against) one's will, Nj. 38, Bjarn. 'Ji,
Korm. 142, Fms. xi. 153, ill ; on g65um verkum, Greg. 13 ; an aflati,
incessantly, Bs. i. 97 ; on domi, Eluc. 39 ; sannr ok on gildingi, 655
xxvii. 2. III. with ace, esp. freq. in the Grag., kn er illt gengi,
V. above; J)a skal hann an vera li&it, Grag. i. 276; an ra6 liigra&anda,
334 ; hann mun J>ik ekki J)ykjast mega an vera, Fms. vii. 26 ; an allan
verma, Sks. 210; an alia fiserS, 522 B; on likamligan breyskleik, ok on
dom, Eluc. 38 ; an leyfi, without leave, Fms. vii. 141. IV. ellipt.
without case, or adverbially, hvatki es betra es at hafa en on at vera
{to be without), 677. 8 ; J)au er monnum {)ykir betr at hafa en an at vera,
GJ)1. 379 ; eiga vilja heldr en on vera J)at hit mjallhvita man, Alvm. 7 :
ace. with inf., an vi6 lost at Ufa, sine culpa, vivere, Hm. 68 ; used sub-
stantively, in the proverb, alls ani {omniutn expers) ver5r sa er einskis
bi?ir, SI. 28 : Egilsson also, on Hdl. 23, suggests a form to, n. ; but the
passage (the poem is only left in the Fb.) is no doubt a corrupt one.
Probably ' ani omi' is a corruption from Arngrimi (amgmi, the lower
part of the g being blotted out: Arngrimi | oni bornir | (oflgir?)
synir ] ok Eyfuru, or the like).
An and On, a mythical king of Sweden, hence dna-s6tt, f. painless
sickness from age, decrepid old age; t)at er siSan kiilluS a. ef maSr deyr
verklauss af elli, Hkr. i. 35 : the word is mentioned in Fel. ix. s. v., but
it only occurs 1. c. as an air. Key., and seems even there to be a paraphrase
of the wording in the poem, knatti endr | at Uppsolum | anas6tt | On of
standa, ^t. 13 ; even in the time of Snorri the word was prob. not in use
in Icel. 2. the hero of the An's Saga, a romance of the 14th or
15th century. Fas. ii. 323-362 ; hence dni, a, m., means a fool, lubber.
toalegr, adj. clownish; and dnaskapr, m. clownisbness, etc.
a-uau3, f. bondage, oppression; 4. ok |)rsElkun, Fms. x. 224, v. 75 : in
J pi. anau6ir, imposts, x, 399, 416, 129 {grievances), Sks. 61 (where sing.)
44
ANAUDAEOK— ARNA.
coMPDs: &n&VLS&V'6k, n. yoke of oppression, St'}. i68. finau3ar-vist,
f. a life of oppression, bondage, 655 viii. 4.
d-nau3ga, a6, to oppress, Js. 13, G\>]. 44.
d-nau3igr, adj. oppressed, enslaved, Hkr. i. 40, Grag, ii. 292, N. G. L.
i, 341, Sks. 463.
d-nefna, d, to appoint, name, Jb. 161 B, Fms. i. 199, ix. 330.
d-netjast, a6, dep. to be entangled in a net; metaph., a. e-u, Bs. i. 141.
d-ney3a, dd, to force, subject, Sks. 621 B.
&-ning, f. [aeja, lii-], resting, baiting, Grag. ii. 233.
dn-6tt, n. adj. a pun (v. An 2), a lot of Ans, Fas. ii. 431.
&-nyt, f. ewe's milk, = xmyt, Landn. 197.
d-n^'a, 8 or a8, to renew, Sturl. iii. 39.
d-nsBgja, u, f. pleasure, satisfaction, formed as the Germ, vergnugen ;
mod. word, not occurring in old writers.
d-ueegja, 8, impers., prop, to be enough, and so to content, satisfy; eptir
J)vi seni oss anaegir, Dipl. v. 9 : part. dnsegSr is now in Icel. used as an
zi). pleased, content.
jS.B, n. [Goth.^er; A. S. gear; Engl, year; Germ, jahr; the Scandin.
idioms all drop the_/, as in ungr,^ow«^,- cp. also the Gr. wpa ; Lat. bora ;
Ulf. renders not only (tos but also sometimes fcatpos and xp^^°^ ^Y
;er]. I. a_year, = Lat. annus, divided into twelve lunar months,
each of 30 days, with four intercalary days, thus making 364 days ; as
the year was reckoned about the middle of the loth century (the original
calculation probably only reckoned 360 days, and made up the difference
by irregular intercalary months). About the year 960 Thorstein Surt
introduced the sumarauki (intercalary week), to be inserted every seventh
year, thus bringing the year up to 365 days. After the introduction of
Christianity (A.D. looo) the sumarauki was made to harmonize with
the Julian calendar; but from A.D. 1700 with the Gregorian calendar;
V. the words sumarauki, hlaupar, manu9r, vika, etc., lb. ch. 4, Rb. 6, Fms.
i. 67 ; telja arum, to count the time by years, Vsp. 6 ; i ari, used adverb.,
at present, as yet, O. H. 41, 42 (in a verse). II. = Lat. annona,
plenty, abundance, fruitfulness ; the phrase, fri3r ok ar, Fms. vii. 174,
Hkr. Yngl. ch. 8-12 ; ar ok fessela, Hkr. 1. c. ; '^k var ar um 611 lond, id. ;
16tu hlada skip morg af korni ok annarri gaezku, ok flytja sva ar i Dan-
morku, Fms. xi. 8, Sks. 323, Fas. i. 526, Horn. 68; gott ar, Eg. 39;
bk'ita til ars, Fms. i. 34. III. the name of the Rune -| (a), Skalda
1 76 ; in the A. S. and Goth. Runes the^' has the namej'er, gUr, according
to the Germ, and Engl, pronunciation of this word; vide p. 2, col. 1.
COMPDS : dra-tal, n. and dra-tala, u, f. nujnber of years; fimtugr at
aratali, Stj. no, Rb. 484, Mar. 656 A. i. 29; hann (Ari Frodi) hafSi
aratal fyrst til J)ess er Kristni kom a Island, en si5an allt til sinna daga,
Hkr. (pref.), seems to mean that Ari in respect of chronology divided his
Islendingabok into two periods, that before and that after the intro-
duction of Christianity;. Stj. 112 (periode). drs-bot, f. = arb6t,
Bs. i. 343, q. V.
Ar, adv. I. Lat. olim [Ulf. air = im\ai; Engl, ^lore], used
nearly as a substantive followed by a gen., but only in poetry ; in the
phrase, ar var alda, in times of yore, in principio, Vsp. 3, Hkv. 2. I :
also, ar var J)az ( = J)at es), the beginning of some of the mythical and
heroical poems, Skv. 3. i, Gkv. I. i ; cp. ardagar. II. Lat. mane
[A. S. ar; O. H.G. er; cp. Gr. ■^pi-, Engl, early, Icel. aria], rare, (the
prolonged form aria is freq.) ; it, however, still exists in the Icel. com-
mon phrase, me8 morgunsarinu (spelt and proncd. in a single word),
primo diluculo ; elsewhere poet, or in laws, ar of morgm, early of a
morning, Ubm. verse i, Grag. ii. 280 ; risa ar, to rise early, Hm. 58, 59 ;
ar no um naetr, Hkv. 2. 34, etc.; i ar, adverb. = eflr/y, Isl. ii. (Haensa
|)6r. S.) l6l ; snemma i ar, Ld. 46, MS., where the Ed. um morgininn
i ar. Fas. i. 503 : it also sometimes means /or ever, sva at ar Hy'mir ekki
niaelti,/or an age he did not utter a word, remained silent as if stupefied,
Hym. 25, Lex. Poet. ; ara {)iifu a skaltu ar sitja, Skm. 27 ; cp. the mod.
phrase, ar ok si5 og allan tiS, early and late and always. In compds =
Lat. matutinus.
A.B,, f. [A. S. dr; Engl, oar; Swed. are'], an oar, old form of nom.,
dat., ace. sing, cor ; dat. coru or aru, Eb. 60 new Ed., but commonly ar ;
pi. arar. Eg. 221, 360, Fms. viii. 189, 417 : metaph. in the phrases, koma
eigi ar sinni fyrir borft, to be under restraint, esp. in a bad sense, of one
who cannot run as fast as he likes, Eb. 170; vera ii arum e-s = undir ara
burSi e-s, v. below ; draga iirar um e-t, to contend about a thing, the
metaphor taken from a rowing match, Faer. 159 ; taka djiipt i arinni, to
dip too deep, overdo a thing. compds : ara-bur3r, m. the movement
of the oars, in the phrase, vera undir araburSi e-s, to be in one's boat, i.e.
under one's protection, esp. as regards alimentation or support, Hrafn. 30 ;
raSast undir arabur5 e-s, to become one's client, Ld. 140. dra-gangr,
m. splashing of oars. Fas. ii. 1 14. ara-lag (drar-), n. the time of
rowing, e.g. seint, fljott a., a slow, quick, stroke ; kunna a., to he able to
handle an oar, JjorS. (Ed. i860), ch. 4. drar-hlumr, m. the handle
of an oar. Glum. 395, Sturl. iii. 68. drar-Mutr, m. a piece of an oar,
Gliim. I.e. drar-stubbi, a, m. the stump of an oar, Isl. ii. 83.
drar-tog, n. a stroke with the oar. drar.tr6, n. the wood for making
9ars, Pm. 138,
"S
dr-, v. the compds of a, a river.
ar-angr, rs, m. [kT = annona], gener. a year, season, = u.Tkrb ', also
produce of the earth brought forth in a year (season), which is at
sent in the east of Icel. called arsali, v. arferS ; skapa6ist arangrinn
spasogu Joseps, 655 vii. 4; ok at liSnum J)eim vetrum tok a. at spilhst,
Gl)l. 77; mun batna a. sem varar, Jjorf. Karl. (A. A.) in : the mod.
use is only metaph., effect, result; so e. g. drangrs-laust, n. adj. with-
out effect, to no effect.
d-rds, f. assault, attack, Fms. i. 6^, ix. 372.
dr-borinn, v. arfborinn: Egilsson renders f/piyivda by arborin (in
his transl. of the Odyssey).
dr-bot, f. improvement of the season (kr = annona), Fms. i. 74, Bs. i.
137, Hkr. ii. 103 : fem., surname, Landn.
dr-buinn, part, ready early, Sks. 2 2 1 B.
dr-byll, adj. dwelling in abundance, plentiful, Fms. v. 314.
dr-dagar, m . pi. [A. S. geardagas], i ardaga, in days of yore, Ls. 25 (poet.)
dr-degis, adv. early in the day. Eg. 2, Grag. i. 143.
d-rei3, f. a charge of cavalry, Hkr. iii. 162, Fms. vii. 56: an invasion
of horsemen, x. 413 : at present a law term, a visitation or inspection by
sworn franklins as umpires, esp. in matters about boundaries.
d-reitingr, m. [reita. Germ, reizen], inducement, Finnb. 310.
d-reitinn, adj. grasping after, Ld. 318, v. 1. : now in Icel. pettttb;
and dreitni, f. pettishness.
d-renniligr, adj., in the phrase, eigi a., hard or unpleasant to face,
d-rey3r, f. [a ace. of ser, and reydr], salmo laevis femina, Fel. i. 13,
Landn. 313.
dr6tti, n. [and dretta, tt], a thin wedge used to prevent a nail from
getting loose, cp. Ivar Aasen.
dr-fer3, f., mod. drfer3i, n. season, annona, Fms. i. 51, 86, ix. 51 ;
arfer3 mun af taka um alia Danmork, i.e. there will be famine, xi. 7;
g63 a., Stj. 420 ; engi a., Grett. 137 A.
dr-fljotr, adj. ' oar-fleet,' of a rowing vessel, Fms. vii. 382, Hkr. iii. 94.
dr-gali, a, m. ' the early crying^ i. e. perh. chanticleer, used in the proverb
eldist argaUnn mi, of king Harold, Fms. vi. 251.
dr-gaUi, a, m. failure of crop, Sks. 321, 323. drgalla-lauss, adj.
free from such failure , fertile , Sks. 322.
dr-gangr, m.a>'ear'sco«rse,seaso/j,Fms.xi.44i,Thom.85; margantiina
i Jjessum a., 655 xxxii : in mod. usage, a year's voluine, of a periodical,
dr-gjam, adj. eager for a good harvest (poet.), "it. 5.
dr-go3, m. god of plenty, the god Frey, Edda 55.
dr-g8ezka, u, f. a good season, Thom. 83.
dr-hjalmr, m. an helmet of brass, A. S. ar = eir, Hkm. 3.
d-ri3a, u, f. a smearing, rubbing, [riba. a], medic, Bs. i. 61 1.
drla, adv. [qs. arliga], early, Lat. mane, Fms. iii. 217, v. 285, Stj. 208,
Hom. 86 : with gen., aria dags, Fms. x. 218, Pass. 15. 17. p. in tinus
of yore, Sks. 498, 518.
dr-langt, n. adj. and dr-lengis, adv. during the whole year, D.N.
dr-liga, adv. I. [ar, annus], yearly, Fms. ii. 454, x. 183, Vm.
12. II. = aria, early, Hkv. 1. 16. 2. [ar, annona], in
phrase, fa arliga ver&ar, to take a hearty meal, Hm. 32 ; cp. Sigh vat, Oi
216, where it seems to mean briskly.
ar-ligr, adj. 1. annual, Thom. 24. 2. in the phrase, arli]
hrosar J)u ver6inum, thou hast enjoyed a hearty meal, Hbl. 33 ; the
is now used in the sense of well fed, well looking.
dr-ina3r, m. [arr, nuntius, or ar, annona], a steward, esp. of ro\
estates in Denmark, Sweden, and Norway, also of the earls' estates in tl
Orkneys. As Icel. had neither earls nor kings, it is very rare, perhaps
air. \ey. in Landn. 124 (of the stewards of Geirmund heljarskinn). >
Norway the armenn of the king were often persons of low birth, a;
looked upon with hatred and disrespect by the free noblemen of tl
country, cp. e.g. (3.H. 113, 120 (synonymous with konungs{)rsEll),Eb.c
2 ; the armenn were a sort of royal policemen and tax gatherers, Fms. \
261, Orkn. 444, Eg. 79, 466, G^l. 1 2 (where it is different from syslumaSr
erkibiskups a., N. G. L. i. 175. compd : drmanns-r^ttr, m. /As rrt;
of an a., i.e. the fine to be paid for molesting an armaSr, N.G.L. i. 70- i
dr-inana3r, m. a year-month, i.e. a month, Stj. 320. 'j
dr-menning, f. [armaSr], stewardship, the office or the province,
Orkn. 444, Fms. iv. 268 ; syslur ok a., Hkr. i. 303.
dr-morgia, adv. [A. S. cennorgen], early to-morrow. Am. 85.
drna, a8, I. [A. S. yrnan, pret. am, proficisci; cp. Icel. ar
eyrendi, etc.], as a neut. verb, only in poetry and very rare, to goforwar-
urgar brautir a. ^u aptr he5an, Fsm. 2, Gg. 7, Fms. iv. 282, vi. 259; hve'
l)ann er hingad arnar, whoever comes here, Sighvat, C H. 82. I^
[A.S. earnian, to earn; Germ, erndten], act. verb with ace. a:
gen. : 1. with ace. to earn, get, Lat. impetrare ; hvat ]^\i arnaSir
Jcitunheima, Skm. 40 ; hon . . . spur6i, hvat hann arnar, . . . what he he.,.
gained, how he had sped (of a wooer), Lv. 33 ; a. vel, to make a gooa^
bargain, Fms. vi. 345 : reflex., pykir vel arnast hafa, they had made (i\
good bargain, Bret. 40. 2. with gen. of the thing, to intercede for \
pray; a. e-m g68s, to pray for good to one, bless him; a. e-m ik, ft
curse one, Fas. iii. 439 ; lifs, to intercede for one's life, Magn. 53».r
A'RNADR— i^SMODR.
45
, Stnrl. ii. 224 ; var \)^t flcstra manna tillaga, at h. Gizuri kvan-
. . . to favour him, to give bim the bride, Fms. iv. 33 ; a. e-s
,'0 intercede for one with God (of Christ and the saints), Bs. i.
, in., theol. intercession, Th. 7. compds : fimafiar-madr, m. an
r, esp. of Christ and the saints, Magn. 504. drna3ar-or3,
.,,.,:sion, K.f).K.76, Grag. ii. 166, Bs. i.l8l.
,];in and -un, f. intercession, ^amzbr, Fms. vi. 352, Bs. i. 180, Fbr.
O55 xii, Ver. 22, 625. 81.
andi, part, an intercessor, Fms. x. 318, Horn. 149.
uemi, n. a Norse law term, perh. qs. ornaemi [nema], indemnity ; a.
culdafar, N. G. L. i. 177, cp. 182.
a (arovi), a, m. a Norse law term ; of doubtiiil origin, perh. akin
if and orsefi, an aged witness, a freeborn man, born and bred in the
rt, who must have been at least twenty years of age at the death of
ther. He was produced as a witness (as an old document in modern
) in lawsuits about local questions as to possession of landed property,
1 mod. Icel. usage the witness of ' gamlir menn') ; thus defined, — ^a
[lann fram fara 63alsvitni sin, arova J)rj('i, J)a er tvitugir voru J)a er
^eirra varS dau5r, N. G. L. i. 87, (ok oSalbornir i J)vi fylki, add.
898) ; skal hann setja J)ar dom sinn ok kveftja hann jar&ar jafnt sem
^r vaeri, ok leida {produce) arova sina {)ar ok 611 vitni, sem hinn
aeri, N. G. L. i. 94.
SI B, m. [Ulf. «!>»«, • Hel. ct*m; A.S. tcr; c^ActX.eyrindi, k.S.cerend,
errand], a messenger; old gen. arar (as asar from ass); dat. aeri
xi. 144); ace. pi. aru, Hkv. i. 3i, Og. 25, Greg. 35, later ara ;
pi. serir, Pd. 35 (l2th century), later arar, v. Lex. Poet. : very rare
bsolete in prose, except in a bad sense, but freq. in old poetry : also
in the sense of a servant, Lat. minister, famulus ; konungs arr, Gu5s
ex. Poet. ; Asu arr, Yt. 25. 2. theol., in pi.: a. the angels;
'orir anda aru sina, Greg. 35 ; engla sveitir, {)at eru aerir ok hofu8-
id. p. evil spirits ; now almost exclusively used in this sense ;
nn ok hans arar, Fms. vii. 37 ; satan me& sinum drum, ii. 137 ; cp.
viti, ar (dat.) og alf, oldin tniSi sii. Snot 140. y. used of the
er eleven, aerir eru ellefu, Edda 108.
adj., Lat. matutinus; at arum degi, Hom. 1 21. Cp. ar (adv.) IL
isull, adj. one who rises early, Fms. vi. 241.
ialr and arsali, a, m. [a foreign word, introduced from Britain],
ms hangings of a bed, Eb. 262, Edda 18 (arsali) ; arsal allan, Gkv.
; allan arsala, Js. 78 ; an obsolete word. II. in the east of
irsali [ar, annona, and selja] means annual produce, the stores or
of a year,
ioiax, z6.]. fertile, Vtr.i'j.
ii^inn, part, early sewed, Hm. 87.
c sima, n. metal wire. Eg. (in a verse). Cp. A. S. ar.
Mkyld, (.yearly rent, D.N. iii. 195 (Fr.)
t jBeli (and firsseld), f. a blessing on the year, plenty ; svd var mikil
iltdanar, so great was the plenty during his reign, Fagrsk. 2.
, isell, adj. happy or blest in the year, fortunate as to season, an epithet
■cing ; good or bad seasons were put on the king's account, cp. Fms.
■ xi. 294; g6&rhof6ingi oka., i. 198; a. ok vinsaell, Fagrsk. 3, Bret.
I allra konunga arsselstr, Fms. x. 175.
. :al, n. tale or reckoning by years, V{)m. 23, 25.
.: all, a, m. the year-teller, i. e. the moon (poet.), the heathen year
i lunar, Alvm. 15.
k'ekja, u, {.yearly rent, D.N. iv. 231 (Fr.)
.:;i3, n. the anniversary of a man's death, Bs. i. 139, Fms. v. 121, ix.
, Bret. 70, Bias. 51. compds: arti3ar-dagr, m. id., Vm. 116.
iar-hald, n. an anniversary mass, B. K. 8, 25. arti3ar-8krd,
' obituary, Vm. 4, Am. 45 ; some of the Icel. obituaries are published
K. at the end of the ist vol. and in Langeb. Scriptt. Rer. Dan.
. 7akr, adj. (and firvekni, f. mod.), early awake, early rising, Lv.
, ks. 19 : the name of one of the horses of the Sun, Edda, Gm. 37.
fc vsenligr, adj. promising a good season, Sks. 335.
ij<r83nn, adj. id., Fms. i. 93, ii. 76.
k|B3a, dd, to dare, have the courage to do, to attack, cp. ra8a a„ Sturl.
56.
ibe3i, n. courage, daring,pluck. Eg. i, Korm. 242, Al. 9, Nj. 258, Isl.
5 : attack, veita e-m a., to attack, Hom. 113. compds : dr8e3is-
. , acij. daring. Fas. i. 119. 6.r8e3is-!litill, adj. of small courage,
^ ii. 79. dr8e3is-ma3r, m. a bold man, Grett. 141 A, Fbr. 149.
■ Sis-mikill, adj. daring, Sturl. iii. 21, Rd. 285. d,r8e3is-raun,
J o/ 0/ courage, pluck, Fms. vi. 166. d,r8e3is-snarr, adj. of great
' iff, Al. 9.
ysBftiligr, adj. and -liga, adv. [ra5a, to guess], likely, probable, Gliim.
lOisl. 60, Clem. 28. p. daring, dangerous. Fas. iii. 165. y. ekki
Piligt = ekki arenniligt, not easy to face, Fms. viii. 64.
seSirm, adj. daring, Sks. 299.
, a5, a mod. sea term, to move the yard of a sail.
ika, a8, to accuse, censure; with ace, Fms. ii. 174, Bs. i. 786, Stj.
H. E. i. 500. .
&-sakan and dsOkun, f. a charge, censure, Fms. ii. 225, H.E. i. 404.
coMPus : dsakanar-efni, n. a matter for censure, Th. 77. dsakanar-
or3, n. a word of reprimand, Stj. 500.
d-sakari, a, m. an accuser, Th. 76.
d-samt, adv. along with : 1. loc, in the phrase, vera a., to be to-
gether (now saman), esp. of married people, Sturl. 199, P'ms. i. 198, cp.
Skm. 7. p. koma a., to agree, (in mod. usage, koma vel, ilia, saman,
to be on good, bad terms) ; t)at kom litt a., they disagreed, Fms. iv.
369 ; J)au komu vel a., they lived happily together, of married people, Nj.
25, (in mod. usage, {)eim kom vel saman) ; komu allar rae5ur d. med
J)eim, Eg. 750 ; svd sem J)eim kemr a. (impers.), as is agreed on by
them, Jb. 116.
d-sannast, dep. to prove true, (mod. word.)
d-sau3r, ar, m. a ewe, Dipl. v. 10, Hrafn. 6, 8, Vm. 9.
a-sdld, n. a sprinkling, metaph. of a snow storm, Sturl. iii. 20.
d-sdttr, adj. part, agreed upon, Edda 10, Grag. i. i.
ds-brii, f. the bridge of the Ases, the rainbow, Edda.
ds-drengr, m. a pillar (drengr, a short pillar), N. G. L. ii. 283.
as-endi, a, m. the end of a beam, Ld. 280.
d-seta, u, f. a sitting upon, settlement, esp. = dbuft, tenure of a farm, Bs. i.
730. dsetu-gar3r,m.(Icel.dby'lisj6r8),aft«an/'s/arw;,D.N. iv.58i(Fr.)
d-setning, f. a putting on, laying on ; a. stolunnar, the investment of. ..,
Fms. iii. 168 : in mod. usage, masc. dsetningr, />j/r/>osf , design; and also
dsetja, tt, to design.
ds-gar3r, m. the residence of the gods (^Ases), Edda ; also the name of a
farm in the west of Icel. : the mod. Norse ' aasgaardsreid ' is a corruption
from the Swed. aska, thunder.
ds-grindr, f. pi. the rails surrounding the dsgarSr, Edda 46.
d-sigling, f. a sailing upon, G^l. 518, N. G. L. i. 65, ii. 283.
d-sjd (old form asjo, Niftrst. 5, Hom. 35), f., gen. dsjd, the mod. gen.
dsjdr seems only to occur in late or even paper MSS. I. a look-
i?ig after, help, protection; aetla til asjd, to hope for it, Lv. 75, Ld. 42,
Fms. i. 289 ; bi6ja e-n dsjd, to ask one for help, protection, Nj. 26 (Ed.
asjdr prob. wrongly) ; saekja e-n til dsjd, to seek one's help, Bs. i. 82 (dsjdr
the paper MSS.) p. superintendence, inspection ; me3 spekirdSum ok
a., Fms. X. 178 ; me& a. Magniiss konungs, Js. 23, Hom. 35. II.
one's look, appearance, shape, Fms. i. 97 ; i manns dsjo, in the shape of
man, Ni&rst. 5 ( = dsynd). compd : dsjd-mdl, n. pi. a matter worthy
of consideration, Isl. ii. 159, Band. 15.
d-sjaligr, adj. handsome, pretty, Isl. ii. 208, Art. 98.
d-sj6n, f. superintendence, inspection, Js. 46 ; gen. dsj6nar, used as
adv. = eye's view ( = sj6nhending), in a straight direction, Vm. 135.
d-sj6na (dsjdna older form, Ld. 122, Ni8rst. 6), u, f. one's look, aspect,
countenance ; likami Njals ok d., Nj. 208 ; kvenna vaenst baeSi at dsjdnu
(appearance) ok vitsmunum, Ld. 123 ; greppligr i d., ugly looking, Fms.
i. 155 ; yfirbrag3 ok d., 216, Greg. 45. p. form, shape; i J)raels asjonu
{in form like a slave) festr a kross, Ni8rst. 6 ; andi Drottins i diifu a.,
inform like a dove, 686 B. 13; engill 1 eldligri d., Hom. 81, Eluc.
17. 7. = Lat. persona; eigi skallu lita d. i domi, Hom. 19 {non
accipies personam injudicio).
d-skelling, f. [skella d, to chide], chiding, Ni8rst. 6.
a-skilna3r, m. [skilja d, to disagree], discord. Fas. iii. 335, B. K. 131,
Stj. 13, 8. p. separation [skilja, to part], Stj. 130.
d-skoran, f. (dskora, u, f., Fagrsk. 171, bad reading?), an earnest
request, challenge, Nj. 258, Fs. 22, Boll. 342.
d-skot (dskaut, Sks. 416; dskeyti, Thom. 83), n. a shot at, only
used in pi. ; at menn fdi eigi mein af dskotum J)eirra, by their heavy fire
(of arrows), Fms. viii. 201 ; svd mikil a., at menn megi eigi i vigskorSum
vera, so hard shooting that .... Sks. 1. c.
ds-kunnigr, adj. akin to the gods, Fm. 13.
d-sktir3r, ar, m. carving, in wood or stone, Bs. i. 680. p. carving
of meat, (mod.)
d-skynja, adj. ind., in the phrase, ver3a e-s a., used in old writers in
the sense to learn, of arts or knowledge, a. ij)r6tta, Faer. 46, Fms. ii.
270, Sks. 25, 53, 573 ; with dat., Fb. i. 462 : now only used of news, to
bear, be aware ; not of learning, sensu propria.
d-skynjandi, part, id., Barl. 24.
ds-lakr, m., poet, a cock, Edda (Gl.) : a pr. name, Fms., Landn.
d-sldttr, m. an attack; a. djiifuls, Hom. 68 ; mod. a feeler, a vague
proposition.
ds-lidar, m. pi. [Ii8i, a champion], the champion of the Ases, Skm. 34.
ds-megin (dsmegn, Edda 15, 29), n. gener. the divine strength of the
Ases, but esp. used of Thor in the phrases, at faerast i d., vaxa a., neyta
a., when he displayed his strength as a god by grasping the hammer
Mjolnir, by putting on the gloves, or the girdle (megingjarSar, q. v.),
Edda 15, 60, 61, Hym. 31.
ds-megir, m. pl. = dsli8ar, Vtkv. 7.
ds-m63r, m. the divine strength of Thor, shewn in his wrath by
thunder and lightning ; J)vi naest sd hann eldingar ok J)rumur storar ; sa
hann J)d J>6r i dsm68i, Edda 58 : the proper name |>orm66r is equivalent
to asmoSr, cp. Landn. 307 (the verse).
46
ASOKN— ASYNIS.
a-s6kn, f. an impetuous unreasonable desire after a thing, (common
word.)
^-spyrna, u, f. a pressing against with the feet, Grett. (in a verse).
6s-rfki, n. the power of the Ases, Kristni S. Bs. lo.
Ass, m. [Ulf. ans — ZoK6s; cp. Lat. asser, a pole], gen. 4ss, dat. asi,
later as, pi. asar, ace. asa : 1. a pole, a main rafter, yard; a.
of a house ; selit var giirt um einn as, ok stoftu lit af asendarnir, Ld. aSo,
Nj. 1 15, 202 ; drengja vi8 asa langa (ace. pi.), Fms. vii. 54, Sks. 425, Pm.
II, Dipl. iii. 8, Horn. 95 ; sofa undir sotkum asi, Hkr. i. 43; cp. Caes.
Bell. Gall. i. ch. 36, Fs. 62 : in buildings ass gener. means the main beam,
running along the house, opp. to bitar, fivertre, a cross-beam, v. msenirass,
briinass, etc. : the beams of a bridge, Fms. ix. 5 1 2 ; in a ship, beitiass, a
yard of a sail : also simply called ass, ^t. 23, Fs. 1 1 3 ; vindass, a windlass
(i.e. windle-ass, winding-pole). 2. metaph. a rocky ridge, Lzt. jugu7n.
Eg. 576, Fms. viii. 176. As and Asar are freq. local names in Iceland and
Norway. compd : dss-stubbi, a, m. the stump of a beam, Sd. 125.
Ass, m. [that the word existed in Goth, may be inferred from the
words of Jornandes — Gothi proceres suos quasi qui fortunS, vincebant non
pares homines sed semideos, id est Anses, vocavere. The word appears
in the Engl, names Osborn, Oswald, etc. In old German pr. names with
n, e. g. Ansgar, A. S. Oscar : Grimm suggests a kinship between ass,
pole, and ass, deus; but this is uncertain. In Icel. at least no such
notion exists, and the inflexions of the two words differ. The old gen.
asar is always used in the poems of the loth century, Korm. 22 (in a
verse), etc. ; dat. aesi, in the oath of Glum (388), later as ; nom. pi.
aesir ; ace. pi. asu (in old poetry), sesi (in prose). The old declension
is analogous to arr; perhaps the Goth, form was sounded ansus; it
certainly was sounded different from ans, So«os] : — the Ases, gods, either
the old heathen gods in general, or esp. the older branch, opp. to the new
one, the di ascripti, the Vanir, q. v., Edda 13 sqq. p. the sing, is used
particularly of the different gods, e. g. of Odin ; olverk Asar, the brew-
ing of the As (viz. Odin), i. e. poetry, Korm. 208 (in a verse) ; of Loki,
Bragi, etc. ; but Kar (^ox^v it is used of Thor, e. g. in the heathen
oaths, segi ek J)at iEsi (where it does not mean Odin), Gliim. 388 ;
Freyr ok NjorSr ok hinn almatki Ass, Landn. (Hb.) 258 : in Swed. aska
means lightning, thunder, qs. as-ekja, the driving of the As, viz. Thor :
ass as a prefix to pr. names also seems to refer to Thor, not Odin, e. g.
Asbj6rn = J)orbj6rn, Asm68r = J>orm69r (Landn. 307 in a verse). In
Scandinavian pr. names ass before the liquid r assumes a t, and becomes
ast ( AstriSr, not AsriSr ; Astra&r = AsraSr) ; and sometimes even before
an /, Astlakr = Aslakr, Fb. i. 190; Astleifr = Asleifr, Fms. xi. (Knytl. S.)
coMPDS : dsa-gisling, f. hostage of the Ases, Edda 15. ^sa-heiti,
n. a name of the Ases, Edda (Gl.) Asa-J>6rr, m. Thor the As '■par
excellence! Edda 14, Hbl. 52. asa-sett, f. the race of Ases, Edda 7.
dss, m. [a French word], the ace at dice, in the game kvatra, q. v., Sturl.
ii. 95, Orkn. 200 : mod. also the ace in cards.
AST, f., old form tdst, [Ulf. ansts = xapis ; A. S. est or cest; O. H. G.
anst; old Fr. enst ; cp. unna (ann), to love] : — love, affection; mikla ast
heiir {jii synt vi5 mik. Eg. 603 ; fella ast til e-s, to feel love to, Sturl. i.
194, Fms. X. 420; likamleg ast, 656 A. ii. 15, Ver. 47 : with the article,
astin, or astin min, my dear, darling, pet, love, a term of endearment
used by husband to wife or parents to child ; her er mi astin min, Sighvatr
bondi, Sturl. ii. 78. p. in pi. love between man and woman, the affection
between man and wife; vel er um astir okkar, sagSi hon, Nj. 26 ; takast
J)ar astir miklar, Ld. 94 (of a newly-wedded pair), 298 : love of a woman,
|)a maelti Frigg, ok spurfti hverr sa vseri me8 Asum er eignast vildi astir
hennar ok hylli, Edda 37 : metaph. the white spots on the tiails are called
astir, since one will have as many lovers as there are spots, Isl. f)j6&s.,
Fel. ix ; vide elska, which is a more common word. compds : dsta-
fundr, m. = astarfundr. Lex. Poet. dsta-lauss, adj. loveless. Heir. 5.
astar-andi, a, m. spirit of love, H. E. i. 470. dstar-angr, m. grief
from love, StT. e^e,. dstar-atlot, n. pl. = astarh6t. astar-augu, n.
pi. loving eyes, v. auga ; renna, lita astaraugum til e-s, to look with loving
eyes, Fms. xi. 227, Isl. ii. 199. 6star-d.kef3, f. passion, Str. dstar-
band, n. band of love, 656 C. 3 7 d,star-brimi, a, m. fervent love, Flov.
36. astar-bruni, a, m. ardent love, Stj. dstar-eldr, m.fire of love,
Bs. i. 763, Greg. 19. dstar-fimdr, m. affectionate meeting, Fms. xi.
310. dstar-gyflja, u, f. the goddess of love (Venus), Edda (pref.)
149, Al. 6. dstar-harmr, m. grief from love, Stj. 4. dstar-
hirting, f. chastisement of love, 671 C. astar-hiti, a, m. passion,
Greg. 19. fi8tar-h6t, n. pi. the shewing kindness and love. Pass. 12.
33 (sing.) dstar-hugi, a, and -hugr, ar, m. love, affection, Bs. i. 446,
Fms. i. 34, Stj. 126. dstar-hygli, f. [hugall], devotion, Bs. i. 48.
fistar-ilmr, m. sweetness of love, Str. dstar-kve3ja, u, f. hearty
greeting, Sturl. ii, 185, dstar-kveikja, u, f. a kindler of love, Al.
57- ^star-logi, a, m. ^awe 0//0W, Hom. 67. astar-mark, n.
token of love, Greg. 46. dstar-or3, n. pi. words of love; mxla astar
orSum til e-s, to speak in words breathing love, 655 xxxi. dstar-
pallr, m. step of love, 656 A. i. 10. dstar-rei3i, f. anger from love,
Sks. 672. &8tar-samband, n. hand of love, Stj. dstar-sigr,
m. victory of love, Str. dstar-sastleikr, m. sweetness of love, Hom.
13. astar-vfirktum, f. compassion, sympathy, Greg. 72.
Tekka, u, f. the dew of love (poet.), Hom. 68. astar-verk, n. chi
Sks. 672, Magn. 468. dstar-vel, f. Ars Amatoria, of Ovid so
Str. 6. dstar-vili, ja, m. desire, passion, Str. 27. dstar-vsengr ~
wing of love, Hom. 48. dstar-J)j6nusta, u, f. service of love, Hom.
Fms. ii. 42. astar- J)okki, a, m. affection for, inclination, of a lovi;
pair, Fms. ii. 99, Faer. 63. astar-8e3i, n.fury of love, Baer. 7.
dr-stada, u, f. [standa a], an insisting upon, Ann. 1392, Thorn. 37.
d-stand, n. state, (mod. word.)
dst-blindr, adj. blind from love. Lex. Poet.
dst-bundinn, part, in bonds of love, Str. 36, 55. ^
fi-stemma (co'stemma), u, f. damming a river, D. I. i. 280. *
dst-folginn, part, beloved, dear to one's heart, warmly beloved) ■„
e-m, Fms. vi. 45, xi. 3.
d.st-f6str, rs, m. love to a foster-child, (also used metaph.) in phras
such as, leggja a. vi6 e-n, to foster with love, as a pet child, Fms. iii.qc
fae5a e-n astfostri, to breed one up with fatherly care, x. 218.
dst-gj6f, f., theol. grace, gift; a. Heilags Anda, Skalda 210, Skv. i. -
Andr. 63; in pi., Magn. 514.
dst-go3i, a, m. a darling, good genius; hann J)6tti oUum miiii'
he (viz. bishop Paul) was endeared to all hearts, Bs. i. 137 : the
reads dstgodi, endearment, which seems less correct, v. goSi : gddi
the sense of good genius is still in use in the ditty to the Icel. gan
' go5a-tafl' (heima rae& 'eg go9a minn).
dst-hollr, adj. affectionate, Sks. 687 B.
dst-liuga3r, adj. part, dearly loving, Njar5. 380.
d-stig, n. a treading upon, Sks. 400, 540: a step, 629.
dst-igr, adj., contr. forms astgir, astgar, etc., dear, lovely, Vsp. 17.
dst-kynni, n. a hearty welcome. Am. 14.
dst-kserr, adj. dearly beloved.
d.st-lauss, adj. loveless, heartless, = kstaX^LUSs, Hom. 43.
dst-leysi, n. wa?it of love, u7ikindness, Hrafn. 5.
ast-menn, m. pi. dearly beloved friends, Sturl. i. 183, Hkr. iii. 250,
Stj. 237, Bias. 44.
dst-mser, f. a darling girl, sweetheart, Flov. 28.
ast-ra3, n. kind {wise) advice, Fms. ii. 12 (ironically), Skalda 164
Hom. 108, Hym. 30.
6-stri3a, u, f. passion, (mod. word.)
dst-riki, n.paternal love ; in the phrase, ekki haf3i hann a. mikit af foJt
sinum, i. e. he was no pet child, Fms. iii. 205, Ld. 132 ; a. Drottins,655 v.a.
d.st-rfkr, ad), full of love; a. Fa8ir, of God, Mar. 3, 24.
ast-samliga, adv. (and -ligr, adj.), affectionately, Hkr. iii. 250, Fms.
ix. 434, Fas. i.91, 655 xxvii. 25, Sks. 12, Sturl. i. 183, Hom. i, Stj.
fist-samr, adj. id., Hom, 58, Sks. 12.
6iSt-sem3, f. love, affection, Hkr. iii. 261, Fms. x. 409 : astsemflt^
rd,3, n. = astra8, Sks. 16, Anecd. 30: astsem3ar-verk, n. a work of Um,
Sks. 673 : dstseni3ar-vinatta, u, f. loving friendship, Sks. 741.
ast-snau3r, adj. without love. Lex. Poet.
dst-S8eld, f. the being loved by all, popularity, lb. 16.
dst-S8Bll, adj. beloved by all, popular, lb. 16, Fms. xi. 317.
a-stunda, a8, to study, take pains with, H.E. i. 504, 514.
d-stvindan, f. pains, care, devotion, Fms. i. 219; hafa a. (inclination'
til Gu6s, Baer. 12 ; til illra hluta, Stj. 55, Sks. 349, 655 xxxii, Thorn. 335.
68t-u3, f. [properly ^stlili3, Clem. 40, contr. from HSt-hug9, fror
hugr or hyg5, cp. ohi8, J)veni8, har8u8, kind, stubborn, hard disposition
V. A. S. hydig], love, affection, Rb. 390. compds: 6stu3ar-fir89iid-
semi, f. affectionate kinship, Sturl. ii. 81. astu3ar-vinr, m. a dmr
friend, Fms. vi. 198, v.l. aldavinr, a dear old friend.
dst-u3igr, adj. loving. Eg. 702, Fms. i. 55 : as neut., astu6igt erflll
e-m, they are on friendly terms, Ld. 236.
dst-u3ligr, adj. lovely, Fms. vi. 19, Bs. i. 74, Sturl. i. 3 : as nenfc,Ai
er meS e-m, to be on terms of love. Lax. 162.
dst-vina, u, f. a dear {female) friend, Thom. 14.
ast-vin&tta, u, f. intimate friendship. Eg. 728.
6st-vinr, ar, m. a dear friend; {jorolfr gekk til frettar vi8 f)6r astvii'.
sinn, Eb. 8, Fms. i. 58, Thom. 10.
dst-J)okki, a, m. = astar|)okki, Fms. vi. 341.
a-stseSi, n. [standa a], no doubt a bad reading. Eg. 304 : cp. dstsefla,
u, f. (a mod. word), argument, reason.
As-ynja, u, f. a goddess, the fern, of Ass; i^lsir ok Asynjur, Vtkv. i.
Edda 21.
i.-afD., f. countenance, presence ; kasta e-m burt fra sinni a., Stj. 651:
appearance, shape, Hom. 155; dat. pi. used as adv., hversu var hann
asynum, how did he look? Hom. 91 ; agaetr at Ktt ok a.., fair of race and
noble, Hkr. i, 2I4 : gen. sing, used as adv., minna asynar, apparently '«-"
Grsig. ii. 29. 2. metaph. a view, opinion; me9 rangri a., Sks. 344-
i.-sfna, 6, to shew, Fms. v. 345,
4-s^d, f. = asyn, and dat. pi. and gen. sing, used in the same wayj »•
above, Fms. i. loi, v. 345, x. 228, Fs. 4, Ld. 82 : metaph, the face, rf
the earth, Stj. 29, 276.
i>-staiB, adv. apparently, Sturl. i. i, Fms, x. 284,
ASYNT—i^VERK.
47
fnt, n. adj. [sja a], to be seen, visible; ef eigl ver3r a., if no marks
le blow) can be seen, Grag. ii. 15; ^at er d., evident, Sks. 185.
ekni, n. (dssekinn, adj. vexatious], vexation, Finnb. 24O.
elast, d, dep. (asxlni, f.), a. e-ii, to covet another man.
etni, f. [sitja], tarrying long, Isl. ii. 440 (of a tiresome guest).
, n. [eta, jit, edere, A. S. cit], the act of eating, in the phrase, at
ok at ati, inter bibendum et edendum, Grag. ii. 1 70, N. G. L. i. 29 ;
drykkja. Fas. ii. 552, Orkn. 200 ; at ok atvinna, Stj. 143 : of beasts,
lafnadi Atinu, the cow {being sick) would not eat, Bs. i. 194.
, u, f. 1. food to eat, but only of beasts, a prey, carcase; hub
ta, of a slaughtered beast, N. G. L. i. 246 ; sva er J)ar ekki J)rot
lar atu (for seals), Sks. 176; J)ar stu& iilfr i dtu, Jd. 31. 2.
g68r atu, ^good eating,' Sks. 136, 137. 3. medic, a cancer,
Itu-mein, n. id., Fel. ix. 190; the old word is eta, q. v. compd :
}gff&, n. a law term, eatable things stolen, Grag. ii. 192.
Lk, n. (dtaka, u, f., Hom. 17), [taka A], touching: gen. ataks, soft,
etc. to the feeling; sva a. sem skinn, FIov. 31, Magn. 522 : medic.
ing, V. laeknishendr, Stj. 248 : pi. grips, atiJk ok sviptingar, in
ling. Fas. iii. 503, Fms. xi. 442.
ila, u, f. [telja a, incusare,^, a rebuke, reprimand, N. G. L. i. 309;
n pi., Fms. V. 103, ix. 384, Hkr. ii. 6, Faer. 218 : &t01u-laust, n.
ndisputed, Jb. 251.
1, n. [cp. liatan], an eatable, N. G. L. i. 19.
ikja, u, f. (dtekt, f., Fbr. 151, Thorn. 273), prop, touching ; in pi.
h. disposition for or against a thing, liking or disliking, Bjarn. 54
aka vel, ilia a e-u).
kning, f. touching, Stj. 35.
rekr, adj. greedy, voracious, Hkv. 2. 4I.
,drni, f. greediness of food, Hom. 72, and dtgjarn, adj. greedy.
n, older form dttjdn, as shewn by assonances such as, dttykn
dr sdttix, Fms. vi. 159, in a verse of the middle of the nth cen-
[Swed. adertan; Dan. atten; Engl, eighteen ; Germ, achtzebnl: —
•en, Edda 108, Hkr. ii. 289, N. G.L. i. 114.
indi, older form attjdndi, eighteenth, Hom. 164, N. G. L. i. 348.
Ii n-sessa, u, f. [cp. tvitug-, ^ritugsessa], a ship having eighteen row-
kmches, Fms. ix. 257, xi. 56.
po3, n. (^tro3i, a, m., Hom. 95), a treading upon, Magn. 468:
S|)h. intrusion, Hom. 95.
|<ina8r, ar, m. [trua a], belief, creed, religion; fom a., the old
I-)en) faith, Nj. 156, Fms. v. 69, K. A. 62, Joh. 623. 18, Eb. 12 :
ia8ar-ma3r, m. a believer, [triimaSr], Andr. 66.
T, f. a family, race, v. sett and compds.
T and sett, f., pi. attir and settir [Germ. acht= Lat. ager, praedium,
1] and obsolete word in Germ.], plaga caeli, quarter; just as quarter
I to the number four, so dtt seems to refer to eight : att properly
5 that part of the horizon which subtends an arc traversed by the sun
course of three hours ; thus defined, — me6an sol veltist um atta aettir,
;4 ; ok |)at eru J)a J)rjar stundir dags er sol veltist um eina sett, id. ;
imes of the eight attir are, litnorSr a., tiorth-west ; norSr a., north;
jor8r a., north-east; austr a., east; landsu9r a., south-east; suSr a.,
,- utsu6r a., south-west; vestr a., west; four of which (the compounds)
I ibdivisions ; att is therefore freq. used of the four only, Loki gorSi
lis ok fjorar dyrr, at hann matti sja or husinu i allar attir, to all
four) sides, Edda 39 : or it is used generally, /row? all sides, J)a drifr
or oUum attum, Edda 40; drifa J)eir til or oUum attum ( = hva8-
i), Hkr. i. 33 ; norftraett, Edda 4, 23 ; hence a mod. verb dtta, a5 ;
, to find the true quarter, to set oneself right, cp. Fr. s'orienter.
)S : dtta-skipan, f. a division of the att, Sks. 37. dtta-skipti,
atta-viltr, adj. bewildered.
TA, card, number [Sansk. as)[><a«; Goih.ahtati; Gx.oktw; Lat.
A.S. eahta; Germ, achtl, eight, Landn. 73, Edda 108.
:ndi and attundi, old form dtti, ord. number eighth, Lat. octavus ;
> linn) atta mann, Landn. 304 ; halfr atti tcigr, Clem. 47 ; atti dagr
jFms. iii. 137, Rb. 8, K. A. 152, 218. The form attandi occurs early,
1 Norse writers, N. G. L. i. 10, 348, 350, Sks. 692 B : in Icel. writers
:hanged vowel attundi, which is now the current form, Mar. 656 A. i,
ii. 286, where the old vellum MS. 6. H. 173 has atta.
r- (the compd form of sett, a family), v. aett.
i-tigir (mod. attatm as an indecl. single word), eighty, Landn.
Edda 108; vide tigr,
tugasti, the eightieth, Sturl. ii. 156 C, = attugandi, q. v.
bogi and settbogi, a, m. lineage, Landn. 357, Eluc. 26, Stj. 425,
287, Post. 686 B. 14.
feSmingr, m. measuring eight fathoms, Vm. 80, Am. 60.
bagi, a, m. one's native place, hotne, country, where one is bred and
i 4tthaga sinum, Ld. 40, Fs. 61 : freq. in pi.
bymdr, adj. octagonal, Alg. 368.
jorS and settjord, f. = atthagi, IsL ii. 186, A. A. 252: in mod.
Lat. patria, and always in the form aett-.
konr, m., poet, kindred, 'it. 21.
leggr and settleggr, m. lineage, Stj. 44.
6tt-lera, adj. degenerate, v. aettlera.
fitt-msBlt, n. adj. name of a metre, a verse containing eight lines, each
being a separate sentence, Edda (Ht.) 125.
5tt-ni8r, m. kindred, Hym. 9.
dtt-mnnr, m., poet, kindred, Hym. 20.
dtt-rseflr, adj. [for the numbers twenty to seventy the Icel. say tvitugr,
. . . sjautugr ; but for eighty to one hundred and twenty, dttraeftr, niraedr,
tiraeSr, tolfrae&r]. 1. temp, numbering eighty years of age, (half-
attraeSr, that of seventy-six to eighty) ; a. karl, an octogenarian, Ld. 150.
Eighty years of age is the terminus ultimus in the eyes of the law ; an
octogenarian is no lawful witness ; he cannot dispose of land or priest-
hood (go8or8) without the consent of his heir ; if he marries without the
consent of his lawful heir, children begotten of that marriage are not to
inherit his property, etc. ; ef ma8r kvangast er a. er e8r ellri, etc., Grkg. i.
1 78 ; d. ma3r n{i ellri skal hvarki selja land ne gorflorS undan erfingja sinum,
nema hann megi eigi eiga fyrir skuld, 224 ; ef maSr nefnir vatta . . . mann
tolf vetra gamlan e8r ellra . . . attroftan e8r yngra, ii. 20. 2. loc.
measuring eighty fathoms (ells . . .) in height, breadth, depth . . . : also of a
ship with eighty oars [cp. Germ, ruder']. Eg. 599, Vm. 108 ; vide Attaerr.
6tt-stafr, m., poiit. kindred, Hkv. i. 54.
d,ttugandi = dtta tugasti, Stj. (MS. 227), col. 510.
dttungr, m. I. [atta], the eighth part of a whole, either as to
measure or number ; cp. fj6r5ungr, J)ri&jungr, etc., Rb. 488 ; a. manna,
N. G. L. i. 5 : as a Norse law term, a division of the country with regard to
the levy in ships, GJ)1. 91, N.G.L. i. 135. II. [att or xtt, familia'],
poiit. kindred, kinsman; Freys a., the poem Hit., Edda 13, T?t. 13, 14,
Al. 98 (esp. in pi.), v. Lex. Poet. : dttungs-kirkja, u, f. a church belong-
ing to an attungr (in Norway), N. G. L. i. 8.
att-vlsi and settvlsi, f. genealogical knowledge or science, Skalda 161,
169, Bar8. 164, Bs. i. 91, Fms. vii. 102 ; the attvisi formed a part of the
old education, and is the groundwork of the old Icel. historiography,
esp. of the Landnama.
att-seringr, m. aw eight-oared boat (now proncd. attahringr), Vm. 109.
dtt-serr, adj. [ar, remus], having eight oars, Eg. 142, 600 A.
dt-vagl, m. a glutton. Germ, freszbaucb.
d-valr, adj. round, sloping, semi-rotundus ; cp. sivalr, rotundus [from
voir or from oval (?)] ; it seems not to occur in old writers.
fiv-alt and avallt, adv. always, Lat. semper, originally of-allt (from
allr) = in all ; but as early as the 1 2th century it was sounded as ofvalt or
dvalt, which may be seen from this word being used in alliteration to v in
poems of that time, J)ars a valt er i/isir bjo, Kt. 16 ; vestu a valt at trausti,
Harmsol verse 59 ; styrktu of t/alt til i^erka, Leiftarv. 34 (the MS. reads
avalt) : even Hallgrim in the 1 7th century says, wst a fait J)eim f ana
halt I f inna, lesa ok i6ja. In MSS. it is not unfreq. spelt ofvalt, as a single
word, e. g. Bs. i. 150-200 ; yet in very early times the word seems to have
assumed the present form avalt, proncd. a-valt, as if from a and valr : ofalt,
of allt, Orkn. 90, Fms. v. 205, Fbr. 77, 87, Faer. 22 : ofvalt, Eluc. 3, Bs. i.
349, Fms. v. 160: avalt or avallt, freq. in the old miracle book, — Bs. i.335,
343, 344, 345, 351, Hom. MS. Holm. p. 3, Hom. (MS. 619), 129, Grag.
(Kb.) 116, Landn. 86, Fms. xi. 112, etc. etc., — through all the Sagas and
down to the present day : cp. the mod. alltaf (per metath.), adv. always.
a-vani, a, m. habits, (mod. word.)
d-vant, n. adj. in the phrase, e-s er a., wanted, needed, missed, Ld. 26,
Hkr. ii. 34, Korm. 92.
d-var3r, adj. [from a- intens. and verja, part. vari5r, contr. var8r, pro-
tectus], an interesting old word ; with dat., a. e-m, protected by one, but
only used of a man in relation to the gods, in the phrase, goSum avardr,
a client or darling of the gods, used as early as by Egil, Ad. 20, and also
three or four times in prose ; at hann mundi Frey (dat.) sva a. fyrir
blotin, at hann mundi eigi vilja at freri a milli J)eirra, Gisl. 32 ; skilja
J)eir at J)eir eru mjek avar8ir go8unum, Rom. 292 ; so also of God, ef
hann vaeri sva a. Gu&i, sem hann setlaQi, Bs. i. 464.
d-varp,n.(cp.verpa tolu a,/o count) : 1. a computation, calc7/lation,m
round numbers ; J)at var a. manna, at fyrir Nor8nesi mundi eigi faera falla
en prjii hundru5 manna, Fms.viii. 143, x. 64, 139; kallaSrekki vaennmaSr
at avarpi flestra manna, in the suggestion, account of most people, Bs. i.
72. 2. in mod. usage, an address, accosting,LTLt.allocutio; and avarpa,
a8, to address, Lat. alloqui; cp. the old phrase, verpa orSi a e-n, alloqui.
d-vaxta, a&, to make to wax greater, make productive : of money, a. fe,
toputoutto interest, Nj. iii : pass, -ask, to increase, Fms. i. 137, Stj. 12.
a-vaxtan, f. a making productive, Stj. 212.
dvaxt-lauss, adj. unproductive, barren, Al. 50.
d-vaxtsamligr, adj. (and -liga, adv.), productive, Hom. 10.
dvaxt-samr, nd]. productive, Stj. 77, 94: metaph., H. E. i. 513.
d-vdn, f. (now dvsenlngr, m.), a faint expectation or bint; segja e-m
a. e-s, to give some hint about it, Grag. ii. 244,
a-vei3r, f. river fishery, D. I. i. 280.
d-verk, n. I. as a law term, a blow (drep) ; thus defined, — J)at
er drep annat er a. heitir ef maSr lystr mann svd at bldtt eftr rautt ver8r
eptir, e6r J)rutnar horund e8r stokkr undan hold, e8r hrytr or munni e8r
or nosum e8r undaft noglum, Grag. ii. 15 ; the lesser sort of drep (blow).
48
AVERKI— B.
14; but in general use averk includes every bodily lesion, a collective
expression for wounds and blows (sar and drep) ; lysa Soor e&r drep ok
kvefta a hver a. eru, i. 35 ; bau6 hiiskarlinn honum i moti oxi ok a.,
Bs. i. 341, vide averki below. II. in pi. work in a household;
gijra briiar ok vinna pau ti., Grag. ii. 277: of unlawful work, e.g.
cutting trees in another man's forest ; ver3r hann J)a litlagr J)rem miJrkum
ok sex aura a., ef hann veit eigi, at J)eir eigu ba&ir, 292.
d-verki, a, m. I. a law term, lesion in general, produced by
a weapon or any deadly instrument, more general than the neut. ; lysi
ek mer il bond allan J)ann averka; . . . sar, ef at sarum giirist; vig, ef at vigi
gorist, Grag. ii. 32, Nj. 86, F«r. 223, Stud. i. 148. II. (Norse) the
plant of a household, produce of a farm ; landskyld heimilar 166 (Lat.
fundus) ok allan averka J)ann er 1 kaup |)eirra kom, . ..as agreed upon
between landlord and tenant, G{)1. 329 ; skipta giirOum eptir jarSarhofn
(Lit. fundus) ok ollum averka (including buildings, fences, crop, etc.),
380 ; skal hann loggar6 gora ... ok vinna J)ann averka a landi bins J)ar
er hvarki se akr ne eng, 277. p. unlawful ; utlegd ok sex aura dverki,
Grag. ii. 296 ; hvervetna J)ar sem ma8r hittir a. i mork sinni, {)a skal
hann burt taka at osekju, G'p\. 368. compds : 6verka-b6t, f. cotn-
pensationfor an averki (II. /3.), GJ)1. 363. dverka-drep, n. a stroke,
blow producing averki (I.), Grag. ii. 16. averka-madr, m. a per-
petrator of an averki (I.), Grag. ii. 13. dverka-m^l, n. an action
concerning averki (I.), Griig. ii. 96, Nj. lOO.
^.-viSris, mod. dvedra (aveflrasamr, adj.), adv. on the weather side,
Fnis. viii. 340, 346, 378.
d-vinna, vann, to win, viake profit, v. vinna a.
d-vinningr, m. profit, gain, Fms. xi. 437, Gpl. 212.
d-vinnt, n. adj. a naval term, prob. from the phrase, vinda a e-n, to
turn upon one in a rowing race, or of giving way in a sea-fight ; ef
Orminum skal J)vi lengra fram leggja sem hann er lengri en onnur skip,
J)a mun a. um soxin, . . . then they in the bow will have a hard pull, -will be
bard put to it, Fms. ii. 308, Thorn. 17, 58 ; J)a gor8ist {jeim a. er nsestir
lagu, their ranks begun to give way, Sturl. iii. 66 (of a sea-fight) ; aitla ek
J)at mund er ek renn fra Haraldi unga, at ySr afburSarmonnum mun a.
J)ykkja eptir at standa, Orkn. 474.
a-vir3ing, f. blame, fault.
a-vist, f. abode, =k\3nh, Bs. i. 725.
d-vita, adj. ind. in the phrase, ver8a e-s a., to become aware of, learn,
Andr. 621;, 80, Fms. x. 171 ; a. mannvits e6r ij)rutta, Sks. 26.
d-vittill, m. a law term, the indicia of a thing ; skuli J)eir rannsaka
allt ; ok sva gora J)eir, ok finna J)ar ongan avitcil (ace), Fser. 186 ; grunar
hann mi, at kerling muni hafa fengit nokkurn (MS. wrongly nokkura,
ace. fem.) avital, hverr maSr hann er. Thorn. 158.
d-viga, adj. ind. in the phrase, ver6a a., of a chief on whose side most
people are killed in a battle, in respect to the pairing off of the slain in
the lawsuit that followed ; J)at voru log {la, J)ar at (Jn the case that) menn
fellu jafnmargir, at J)at skyldi kalla jamvegit {they should be paired off,
no compensation, or ' wergeld,' should be paid, and no suit begun), pott
manna munr pxtti vera ; en peir er a. urSu skyldi kjosa mann til eptir
hvern mseli skyldi. Glum. 383 ; vide Sir Edm. Head, p. 93.
d-visa, a&, to point at, indicate. Lex. Poet.
d-visan, f. an intimation, indication, Stj. 78 (of instinct), Fas. iii. 541 ;
epitaphium pat er a., 732. 15.
d-vit, [viti], n. pi., dvitan, f., Thom. 246, Th. 19 (mod. dvitur, f. pi.),
a reprimand, rebuke, castigation ; avita,gen.pl.,Fser. 23; bera avit(acc.pl.),
Sks. 541 , Hkr. ii. 200, Hom. 43. compds : dvita-laust, n. adj. blameless,
Sks. 802, Hom. 160. dvita-samligr and dvit-samligr, adj. blamable,
Sks. 5 77- ikVit-BoaafZA]. chiding, severe, zealous, Bs.i.392,Greg.64.
d-vita, a5,'/o chide, rebuke; a. e-n, Fs. 58 ; a. e-n um e-t, Fms. x. 372,
Landn. 51 ; a. e-t (ace. of the thing), Bs. i. 766 : pass., Hom. 84.
d-veeni, n. (dvaeningr, m.) = avan, Gpl. 51.
d-v6xtr, ar, m., dat. avexti, ace. pi. avoxtu (mod. avexti), prop. ' on-
wax,' ' on-growtb,' i. e. fruit, produce, growth, Stj. 35, Fms. ix. 365 ;
metaph., a. kvidar pins, 65.«; xiii. p. metaph. interest, rent [cp. Gr.
tokos'], Grag. i. 195 ; verja fo til avaxtar, Fms. v. 194, 159, iii. 18 : gain,
Bs. i. 141. COMPDS : dvaxtar-lauss, adj. unproductive, Grag. i. 173,
Fms. X. 221. dvaxtar-tiund, f. a Norse law term, a sort of income
tax, opp. to hofuStiund ; mi er hverr maSr skyldr at giira tiund sa er fjar
ma afla, bae3i h. (^tithe on capital) ok a. {tithe on interest), N. G. L. i. 346.
d-{)ekkr, adj. similar, Fms. ii. 264, xi. 6, Vsp. 39.
d-J)6tti, n. or dj>6ttr, ar, m. a law term in the compd d^6ttis-or3
or dJ>6ttar-or3, n. defamatory language, invective, liable to the lesser
outlawry, Gnig. (Sb.) ii. 143, Valla L. 204.
d-J)jd, 6, to oppress. Eg. 8, Fms. i. 21.
d-l)jdn, f. oppression, tyranny, oppressive rule. Eg. 14, 47, Fms. v. 26:
servitude, heavy burdens{=u.l6g\ii),v'n. 75, x.4i6(where apjiinar, pi.), Sks.
79, v.l. (coercion). compd : d^janar-ok, n. the yoke of tyranny, Al. 7.
d-J)r8Btni, f. mutual strife, Stj. MS. 227, col. 491.
d-J)yngd, f. exaction, oppression, Js.13.
d-J)yTigja, d, a. e-m, to oppress one.
6-J)yng8li, n. 0 burden, (mod. word.)
B
B (be) is the second letter. In the Phenician (Hebrew) alphabet the
three middle mutes, b,g, d, etc., follow in unbroken order after a. In the
Greek the same order is kept; in Latin, and hence in all European
alphabets, a confusion arose, first, by giving to the ^ (the old Greek
gamma) the value of k (c), and thereby throwing g out of its origimi
place : secondly, by placing e and F (identical in form with f, the old
Greek digamma) immediately after the d ; thus, instead of the old Greek
(and Hebrew) a, b, g, d, e, f, we got a, b, c, d, e, f g, etc. In the
old Slavonian alphabet v (vidil) was inserted between the b and jj
(Grimm Introd. to lit. B). In the old Runic alphabet the order became
still more disjointed ; the common rude Scandinavian Runes have no
special g or d, and their b is put between / and /, nearly at th^ end of
the alphabet (.../, b, I, m, y). In all the others b kept its place at the
head of the consonants, immediately after a, which stands first in almott
all alphabets.
A. Among the vowels a begins more words than any other vowd:
it contains the three great prepositions, af, at, and a, which, with
their compounds, along with those of al- and all-, make up more than
half the extent of the letter ; it abounds in compound words, but is
comparatively poor in primitive root words. Again, b is in extent only
surpassed by the consonants b and 5 ; in regard to the number of root
words it is equal to them all, if not the foremost. It is scanty in com-
pounds, has no prepositions, but contains the roots of several large
families of words, as, for instance, the three great verbs, bera, bregSa,
and bua ; besides many of secondary extent, as binda, bi9a, bi3ja, etc.;
and a great number of nouns. The extent of b is greatly reduced by the
fact, that the Scandinavian idioms have no prefix be-, which in the Ger-
man swells the vocabulary by thousands (in Grimm it takes up about
300 pages) ; the modern Swedes and Danes have during the last few
centuries introduced a great many of these from modern German; the
Icel. have up to the present time kept their tongue pure from this inno-
vation, except in two or three words, such as betala or bitala {to pay).
befala or bifala {to com7nend), behalda or bihalda {to keep), which may,
since the Reformation, be found in theol. writers ; the absence of the
prefix be- is indeed one of the chief characteristics of the Icel. as
opposed to the German ; the English, influenced by the northern idiom,
has to a great extent cut off this be-, which abounds in A. S. (v. Bos-
worth, A. S. Dictionary, where about 600 such words are recorded);
even in the Ormulum only about thirty such words are found ; in South-
English they are more frequent, but are gradually disappearing. Again, i
represents p in Scandinavian roots ; for probably all words and syllaUcs
beginning with p are of foreign extraction; and the same is pro-
bably the case in German and English, and all the branches of the
Teutonic (vide Grimm D. G. iii. 414) ; whereas, in Greek and Latin,
p is the chief letter, containing about a seventh of the vocabulary, while
b contains from one seventieth to one ninetieth only. It might even be
suggested that the words beginning with b in Greek and Latin are (a»
those with p in the Teutonic) either aliens, onomatopoetics, profitt-
cialisms, or even cant words.
B. Pronunciation. — The b is in Icel. sounded exactly as a
English : I. as initial it is an agreeable sound in all the branches
of the Teutonic, especially in the combinations br and bl, as in ' bread,
brother, bride, bloom, blithe, blood, bless,' etc. etc. The Greek and
Roman, on the other hand, disliked the initial b sound ; but the dit
ference seems to be addressed to the eye rather than the ear, as the » in
modern Greek is sounded exactly as Icel. b, whilst P is sounded as Icel,
v; thus the Greek /St'crcw in Icel. rendered phonetically by visundr, but
emffKonos (biskup, bishop) is in all Teutonic dialects rendered by b, not
p, probably because the Greek ir had exactly this sound. II. but
although agreeable as the initial to a syllable, yet as a middle or final letter
b in Icel. sounds uncouth and common, and is sparingly used : 1-
after a vowel, or between two vowels, b is never sounded in Icel. as in
modern German geben, haben, laub, leben, leib, lieb ; in all those cases
the Icel. spells with an/, sounded as a v. Ulfilas frequently uses 6, e.g.
graban, haban, saban, iba, gabei, etc. ; yet in many cases he vacillates,
e. g. giban, graban, geban, grobun, tvalib, but gaf and grof, etc. So
gahalaiban on the Gothic-Runic stone in Tune, but hlaifs, Ulf., Luke vi,
48. The Greek and Latin abound in the use of the b {bb) in the middle
of syllables and inflexions (-6ms, -bills, -bo) : in Icel. only a double h may
be tolerated, but only in onomatopoijtic or uncouth words, as babbi {p<i
of a baby), bobbi (a scrape), stubbi (Germ, stumpf), lubbi (Germ, lump),
nabbi {a knob), krabbi {a crab), gabb, babbl, babbla, etc. ; cp. si'nilar
words in English. 2. joined to a consonant ; o. in old Swedish 0
is inserted between m and r or m and / (as in mod. Greek fip and /*A. are
sounded /xjSp and jx0\), e. g. Swed. domber, komber, warmber, hambri,
gamblar = lce\. domr, komr {venlt), varmr, hamri, gamlar: Swed. iumhl
and k/ibl (Icel. kuml, monumentum) are used indifferently. Even in
lold Icel. poems we find sumbl = suml, symposium, simbli = simli, Edda i.
B— BADMR.
49
[Ed. Havn.) : mp is only found in adopted words, as in kempa
'jerm. kafnpf), lampi (Lat. lampas), and is almost assimilated
>/i (kappi) : mb is tolerated in a few words, such as umb, lamb,
dumbr, kambr, vcimb, tinibr, gymbr, strambr, klcimbr ; cp. the
lamb, comb, timber, womb, where the h is not pronounced (except
word timber) ; in limb, numb the b is not organic (cp. Iccl. limr,
in) ; it occurs also in a few diminutive pet names of children,
= Sigmundr, Imba= Ingibjorg. In the l6th and 17th centuries the
ins used much to write mb or mp before d or /, as sambt or sampt
cwn), Jiombt or kotnpt (venit) ; but this spelling again became
te. p. the modern High German spells and pronounces rb and
rben, horb, halb, halb, etc., where the middle High German has
d Iw, korw, kaltv ; the modern Scandinavian idioms here spell and
ince rf. If, or rv, Iv, e. g. Dan. kalv, Swed. kalf, vitulus ; the Icel.
with/, arfi, kalfr, but pronounces _/" like v. Yet in Icel. rb, lb are
in a few old MSS., especially the chief MS. (A. M. folio 107) of the
ama, and now and then in the Sturlunga and Edda : nay, even to
vn time a few people from western Icel. speak so, and some authors
rk use it in their writings, such as the lexicographer Bjorn Hall-
ii, e. g. albr, kalbr, halbr, sjalbr, silbr, lilbr, kolbr, orb, arbi, karbi,
= alfr, etc.; only the word ulbiiS, qs. ulfu&, is used all over
y.fi and/w are in mod. Icel. usage pronounced bl and bn, skafl,
fli, = skabl, tabl, nabli ; nafn, hofn, safn, nefna, = nabn, hobn, sabn,
; without regard whether the radical consonant be / or m, as in
id safn, qs. namn and samn. This pronunciation^ is in Icel. purely
1, no traces thereof are found in old vellum MSS. ; the modern
., Danes, and Norse pronounce either mn (the Swedes spell vm
Icel. use/n or bn) or vl (Dan.),_^ (Swed.) 8./^ is in Icel. com-
pronounced as bd, e.g. hafSi, hefd, sof9u = hab6i, heb6, sobftu ;
few people in the west still preserve the old and genuine pro-
;ion vcl (havdu, sovdu, not bab6u, sobSu), even in the phrase, ef
fu), proncd. ebSii. The prefixed particles of- and af- are often in
n speech sounded as ob-, ab-, if prefixed to a word beginning
or even m, /, e. g. ofbo8, afburSr, afbindi, aflagi, afman, as obbo6,
Hm. 138; abbii&, Korm. 116; abburSr, Fms. x. 321 ; ablag,
gef mcr, lofa mer, proncd. gebmer or gemmer, lobmcr or lommer
hi, permitte mihi) ; af mer (a me), proncd. abmer or ammcr ; but
common language, and never spelt so; cp. Sunnan Postur, A.D.
. 180, note **. e. b — 7n in marbendi!l = marmennill.
According to Grimm's Law of Interchange (' Lautverschiebung'),
lace the mute consonants in a triangle thus :
* k t
/\
andinavian and Saxon -Teutonic form of a Greek-Latin root
to be sought for under the next letter following the course
in; thus the Greek-Latin y(^) answers to Icel. and Teutonic
Greek-Latin b (13), on the other hand, to Teutonic p. Few
Jresent so many connections, as our b (initial) does to the Greek-
either in whole families or single words ; some of the instances are
many clear: (pdXay^, cp. Icel. balkr; (pap, Lut. far, cp. barr;
<pdpos, Lat. forare, cp. bora ; (papvy^, cp. barki ; (p60os, ^o^e'ai,
<pipoj, (popio), Lat. fero, cp. bera, borinn ; (popros, cp. byrdr ;
i<l>vyov, Lzt.fiigio, cp. beygja, boginn, bugr; (prjyos, hzt.fdgus,
beyki ; (pKiyoa, <pKv^, Lat. fulgere, fulgur, cp. blik, blika ;
^zt.Jldre, cp. blasa, bolginn, hzt.foUis, cp. belgr ; (p\oyp.6s, Lat.
Worn ; (povij, (povos, <p(V-, cp. bani, ben ; (popfios, cp. barmr ;
, (ppaaaw, cp. borg, byrgja ; (ppd^co, <ppaSri, cp. birta ; (ppar-qp,
%ter, cp. broSir ; (ppiap, cp. brunnr ; (f>pia(io}, cp. brattr (brant),
6<ppvs, cp. bra; (ppvyavov, <ppvyw, cp. bruk; (pvco, hzt.fio,fui,
bjo, Engl, to be, and the particle be- (v. Grimm s. v. be- and
<pvK\oy, Lat. folium, cp. bla5 ; (pujya), Lat. focus, cp. baka :
er the Lit. fdcio, -flcio, cp. byggja ; fastigiian, cp. bust ; favilla,
ferio, cp. berja ; ferox,fcrus, cp. ber-, h]6xn;fervere, cp. brenna ;
oedus, cp. binda ; findo,fldi, cp. bita, belt ; fldgellum, cp. blaka ;
cp. breg8a ; flucttis, cp. bylgja ; fodio, cp. bauta, Engl, to beat;
cp. botn ; fors, forte, cp. ' bur3r ' in ' at bur&r ;' frango, fregi,
cp. breki, brak, brjota ; fraus (fraudis), cp. brjota, braut ; fruges,
cp. bjork ; fulcio, cp. biilki ; fremo, cp. brim ; frenum, cp. beisl,
idle; frons (frondis), cp. brum ; — even /rows (frontis) might be
;d to Icel. brandr and brattr, cp. such phrases zsfrontati lapides;
1, fdma, cp. boS, bo6a, etc. The Greek (pi\os, <piXfiv might
identical to our bl- in bliSr. The change is irregular in words
hzt. pangere, Icel. banga ; petere = h\h]?L; parcere = \)]zxgz;
■borgr ; ■nrjyq, cp. bekkr ; probably owing to some link being
p. in words imported either from Greek or Roman idioms the
mes remains unchanged ; as the Byz. Greek (peyyaptov is fengari,
11.); sometimes the common rule is reversed, and the Latin or
becomes b, as episcopus — biskup ; leopardus = hlebarSr, Old Engl, ,
libbard; amptdla = ho\\i ; cp. also Germ./i/a/z = Icel.blettr ; zgi'm,plank
is in the west of Icel. sounded blanki : on the other hand, Latin words
such as bracca, burgus are probably of Teutonic or Celtic origin. y-
the old High German carried this interchange of consonants still farther ;
but in modern High German this interchange remains only in the series
of dental mutes : in the 6 and g series of mutes only a few words remain,
as Germ, pracbt (qs. bracbt), cp. Engl, bright; Germ, pf and, cp. Engl.
bond; otherwise the modern Germans (High and Low) have, just as the
English have, their braut, bruder, trod, and butter, not as in old times,
priit, etc.
D. In the Runic inscriptions the b is either formed as B, so in the
old Gothic stone in Tune, or more commonly and more rudely as ^ in
the Scandinavian monuments ; both forms clearly originate from the
Greek-Roman. The Runic name was in A.S. beorc, i.e. a birch, Lat.
betula; 'beorc byS bleda hks . . .,' the A.S. Runic Poem. The Scan-
dinavian name is, curiously enough — instead of bjtirk, f. a birch, as we
should expect — bjarkan, n. ; the name is in the old Norse Runic Poem
denoted by the phrase, bjarkan er lauf graenst lima, the b. has the greenest
leaves, cp. also Skalda 177: both form and gender are strange and
uncouth, and point to some foreign source ; we do not know the Gothic
name for it, neither is the Gothic word for the birch (betula) on record,
but analogously to airpa, hairda, Icel. jor5, hjorS, bjiirk would in
Gothic be sounded bairca, f. ; the Scandinavian form of the name points
evidently to the Gothic, as a corruption from that language, — a fresh
evidence to the hypothesis of the late historian P. A. Munch, and in
concord with the notion of Jornandes, about the abode of the Goths in
Scandinavia at early times. Thorodd (Skalda 166) intended to use 6
as a sign for the single letter, B for a double b, and thus wrote uBi =
ubbi ; but this spelling was never agreed to.
babbl, n., babilja, u, f. a babble; babbla, a&, to babble.
BAD, n. [in Goth, probably bap, but the word is not preserved ; A. S.
bd^, pi. ba'^o; Engl, bath; Germ, bad; cp. also Lat. balneum, qs. bad-
neum (?) ; Grimm even suggests a kinship to the Gr. PdirTcn] : — bath,
bathing. In Icel. the v/ord is not very freq., and sounds even now some-
what foreign ; laug, lauga, q. v., being the familiar Icel. words ; thus in
the N. T. Titus iii. 5. is rendered by endrgetningar laug; local names
referring to public bathing at hot springs always bear the name of laug,
never ba&, e.g. Laugar, Laugarnes, Laugardalr, Laugarvatn, etc. The
time of bathing, as borne out by many passages in the Sturl. and Bs., was
after supper, just before going to bed ; a special room, ba&stofa (bath-
room), is freq. mentioned as belonging to Icel. farms of that time.
Bathing in the morning seems not to have been usual ; even the pas-
sages Sturl. ii. 121, 125 may refer to late hours. This custom seems
peculiar and repugnant to the simple sanitary rules commonly observed
by people of antiquity. It is, however, to be borne in mind that the
chief substantial meal of the ancient Scandinavians was in the forenoon,
dagver3r ; nattver5r (supper) was light, and is rarely mentioned. Besides
the word bad for the late bath in the Sturl. and Bs., baSstofa is the bath-
room ; si3 um kveldit, i J)ann tima er {)eir J)6r3r ok Einarr aetluSu at ganga
til ba3s, Sturl. iii. 42 ; um kveldit er hann var genginn til svefns, ok J)eir
til bads er pat likadi, ii. 117, 246, iii. Ill ; t)at var si3 um kveldit ok
voru menn mettir (after supper) en Ormr bondi var til ba3s farinn, ok
var lit at ganga til ba3stofunnar, Bs. i. 536 ; eptir malti3ina (supper) um
kveldit reikadi biskupinn um ba3fer3ir (during bathing time) um golf, ok
sidan for hann i saeng sina, 849 ; hence the phrase, skaltu hafa mjiikt
bad fyrir mjuka rekkju, a good bathing before going to bed, of one to
be burnt alive. Eg. 239. In Norway bathing in the forenoon is men-
tioned ; laugardags morguninn vildu li3smenn ra3a i bxinn, en konungr
vildi enn at J)eir bi3i J)ar til er flestir vaeri i ba3stofum. Ems. viii. 176 ;
snemma annan dag vikunnar . . ., and a little below, eptir {)at toku J)eir
ba3, vii. 34, iii. 171; J)a gengr |>ettleifr til ba3stofu, kembir ser ok
• Jjvaer, eptir J)at skoedir hann sik, ok vapnar, f>i3r. 129, v. 1. ; Icel. hann
kom J)ar fyrir dag (before daybreak), var J)6r3r J)a i ba3stofu, Sturl.
ii. 121, 125; vide Eb. 134, Stj. 272. compds : ba3-fer3, f. time
for bathing, Bs. i. 84Q. bad-Iiiis, n. a bathing-house, G. H. M. ii.
128 (false reading), vide Fs. 149, 183. ba3-kSpa, u, f. a bathing-cloak,
Sturl. ii. 117. bad-kona, u, f. a female bathing attendant, N. G. L.
iii. 15. ba3-stofa, u, f. (v. above), a bath-room, Eb. I.e., Bs. i.
I.e., f>i3r. I.e., Fms. viii. I.e., Sturl. ii. 121, 167, iii. 25, 102, 176, 198.
ba3stofu-gluggr, m. a window in a b., Eb. 1. c, Sturl. 1. c. In Icel.
the bathing-room (baSstofa) used to be in the rear of the houses, cp.
Sturl. ii. 198. The modern sense of ba3stofa is sitting-room, probably
from its being in modern dwellings placed where the old bathing-room
used to be. The etymology of Jon Olafsson (Icel. Diet. MS.), ba3stofa
= bakstofa, is bad. In old writers baSstofa never occurs in this modern
sense, but it is used so in the Dropl. Saga Major : — a closet, room, in
writers of the i6th century, Bs. ii. 244, 256, 504, Safn. 77, 92, 95, 96.
ba3ast, a3, dep. (rare), to bathe, Fms. iii. 171 ; m common Icel. act.,
ba3a hiindum, to gesticulate, fight with the arms, as in bathing.
BADMR, m. [Goth, bagms; A.S. bea?n, cp. Engl, hornbeam ; Germ.
^baum], a tree, only used in poetry, v. Lex. Poet., never in prose or
50
BAGALL— BALDRSBEA.
common language, and alien to all Scandin. idioms : it seems prop, to
be used of the branches of a tree (in flower) ; har b., the high tree, Vsp.
l8 ; a berki skal J)aer rista ok a baSmi vi8ar, Sdm. ii (referring to the
lim-ninar). Even used metaph.=^re/«iMW, sfnws; er j)a V^a ok Vilja
I letztu J)er Vidris kvaen ] baSa i baSm um teki&, when thou tookest both
of them into thy arms, embraced them both, Ls. 26 ; vaxi J)er a ba8mi
(^bosom) barr, Hkv. Hjorv. 16. Cp. hr66rba3mr (barmr is a bad reading),
Vtkv. 8, a fatal twig.
BAGALL, m. [Lat. baculus'], an episcopal staff, crozier, Fms. i. 233,
iii. 168, Bs. i. 42, Vm. 68.
bagga, a&, to hinder, with dat.
BAGGI, a, m. [Engl, bag, baggage; Germ, pack, gepdck'], a bag,
pack, bimdle, Edda 29, Eg. 218, Fms. ii. 197, Fas. ii. 516.
bagi, a, m. inconvenience; baga-legr, adj. inconvenient.
bagladr, part. [cp. bagr, begla], broken, maimed. Fas. iii. 195-
bagr, adj. [cp. bagr], awkward, clumsy, clownish, opp. to hagr, q. v..
Fas. iii. 195 : baga, u, f., in mod. usage means a plain common ditty;
bSgiiligr and ambdguligr, adj., means awkward.
BAK, n. [A. S. bdc], Lat. tergum, back. Eg. 218, Edda 29, 30, Hkr.
i. 337: in metaph. phrases, bera sok a baki, to be guilty, GJ)1. 539 >
leggja bley6ior& a bak e-m, to load, charge one with being a coward. Fas.
ii. 530 ; hafa morg ar a baki, to ' carry a weight of years,' Isl. ii. 456 : of
horseback, lettr a baki, Sturl. ii. 195 ; fara a bak, to mount ; stiga af baki,
to dismount. Eg. 397, Grag. ii. 95 : in other relations, as adv., at hur8ar-
baki, behind the door; at hiisa-baki, at the back of the houses ; a& fjalla-baki,
behind the mountains : handar-bak, the back of the hand. 2. a bak or
a baki used as a prep, or as an adv. ; a bak (ace.) if denoting motion, a
baki (dat.) if without motion : a. loc. behind, at the back of; a baki
husunum, Hav. 49, Nj. 28 ; at baki J)eim, at their back. Eg. 91, Nj. 261,
362, 84, Eg. 583; Hriitr kve6st t)at aetla, at hans skyldi litt a bak
at leita, he should not be found in the rear, Ld. 278; berr a baki,
unbacked, helpless, in the proverb, Nj. 265, Grett. 154: metaph., ganga
a bak e-u, or3um, heitum . . ., to elude, evade one's pledged word, Fms.
ii. 209, tsl. ii. 382 ; gora e-t a baki e-m, in one's absence, behind one's back,
N.G. L. i. 20; a bak aptr ( = aptr a bak), backward; falla a b. a., Eb.
240, Nj. 9, Eg. 397, Hav. 48 new Ed. ; til baks, better til baka, to back,
Sturl. ii. 203; brjota a bak, prop, to break one's back, Fms. viii. 119;
to break, subdue, and also to make void, annul; brjota a bak Romverja,
to ' break the back' of the R., defeat them, 625. 65 ; Hei8rekr vildi oil ra8
f68ur sins a bak brjota. Fas. i. 528. p. temp, with d.2Lt. past, after;
a bak Jolum, after Yule, Fms. viii. 60 ; a b. Jonsvoku, ix. 7 : metaph.,
HeSinn kvaSst eigi hir8a hvat er a bak kaemi, H. said he did not care
for what came after. Fas. i. 402 ; muntu eigi vera mot Njali, hvat sem
a b. kemr, Nj. 193.
baka, a8, [Gr. (pur^uv, cp. also the Lat. /ocms; A.S. bacan; Engl, to
hake; Germ, backen^ I. prop, to bake; b. brau8, N. G. L. i.
349; b. ok sj68a, to bake and cook, GJ)1. 376. In Icel. steikja is to
roast; baka, to bake; but in mod. usage steikja may also be used of
baking on embers, opp. to baka, baking in a pan or oven ; elda ofn til
brau8s ok b., Hom. 1 13 ; b. i ofni. Fas. i. 244 ; people say in Icel. steikja
koku (on embers), but baka brau8. 2. metaph. and esp. in the
reflex, bakast, to bake, i. e. to warm and rub the body and limbs, at a
large open fire in the evening after day-work ; v. bakeldr and bakstreldr ;
V. also the classical passages, Grett. ch. 16, 80, Fms. xi. 63, 64 (Jomsv.
ch. 21), Orkn. ch. 34, 89, 105, Hkr. iii. 458. In Icel. the same fire
was made for cooking and warming the body, Isl. ii. 394, Eb. ch. 54, 55 ;
hence the phrase, hvart skal mi bua til sey8is (is a fire to be made for
cooking) . . . sva skal Jpat vera, ok skaltii eigi {)urfa heitara at baka, it
shall be hot enough for thee to bake, Nj. 199 (the rendering of Johnsonius
is not quite exact) ; skaltii eigi bei8ast at baka heitara en ek mun
kynda. Eg. 239 : used of bathing, baka8ist hann lengi i lauginni, Grett.
ch. 80, MS. Cod. Upsal. This ' baking' the body in the late evening before
going to bed was a great pastime for the old Scandinavians, and seems
to have been used instead of bathing; yet in later times (12th and 13th
centuries) in Icel. at least bathing (v. above) came into use instead of it.
In the whole of Sturl. or Bs. no passage occurs analogous to Grett. 1. c. or
Jomsv. S. p. bondi bakar a ba8ar kinnr, blushed, Bs. ii. 42 ; J)anneg seni
til bakat er, as things stand, Orkn. 428 ; bakaSi Helgi fotinn, H. baked
the (broken) leg, Bs. i. 425 ; vide eldr. y. (mod.) to cause, inflict; b.
e-m ofund, hatr, ovild (always in a bad sense) : af-baka means to distort,
pervert. II. to put the back to, e. g. a boat, in floating it, (mod.)
bakari, a, m. a baker, Stj. 200. bakara-meistari, a, m. a master-
baker, Stj. 201.
bak-bor5i, a, m, (bakborS, n., Jb. 407 A), [Dutch baakbord], the
larboard side of a ship, opp. to stjomborSi, Fb. i. 22, Jb. I.e., Fms.
vii. 12, Orkn. 8.
bak-brj6ta, braut, to violate, transgress, B. K. 108.
bak-byr3ingar, m. pi. the crew on the larboard side, opp. to stjorn-
byr8ingar, Fms. viii. 224.
bak-byrflr, f. a burden to carry on the back, Isl. ii. 364
bai-eldr and bakstreldr, m. an evening fire to bake the body a?id limbs i grasa hvitast). Perhaps the eye-bright or euphrasy.
at (v. baka) ; sitja vi8 bakelda, Fs. 4, Orkn. 112, 74, Korm. 236
91 : metaph., baendr skulu eiga van bakelda, they shall get it hot eno
Fms. viii. 201 ; gora e-m illan bakeld, 383, ix. 410. bakelda-hr:
n. pi. rubbing the back at a b., Grett. 1. c. A. As the evening bakeld
are not mentioned in the Sturl., it may be that bathing had put them o
of use because of the scarcity of fuel.
bak-fall, n. falling backwards. Fas. iii. 569 : esp. in pi. in the phrase, r
bakfollum, to take a long pull with the oars, i. 215 : milit. attack fro
behind =ha.iis\a.g, Fms. viii. 1 15, ix. 405.
bak-fer3, f. mounting on horseback, Grett. 91 A.
bak-ferla, a8, [ferill], prop, to step backwards ; J)at (viz. the word at
synir 6fga8, bakferla8 (read backwards) nafnit Eva, 655 xxvii. i
break, annul; b. ofbeldi e-s, Stj. 233; at b. J)at allt er Domitianus hai
bo8it, 623. 13 ; rjiifa ok b., to break and make void, Sturl. i. 171 C.
bak-hlutr, m. the hind part, Stj. 253, Fs. 48.
bak-hold, n. pi. the flesh on the back of cattle, Grett, 91.
bak-hverfask, 8, reflex, to turn one's back upon, abandon. Eg. 20, v
bak-jarl, m., milit. a foe attacking in the rear, Sturl. iii. 66, Karl. 16
bakki, a , m. [Engl, and Germ, bank'] , a bank of a river, water, chasm, eti
arbakki, sjavarbakki, marbakki, flaeSarbakki, Gisl. 54 ; sikisbakki, gji
bakki ; vit eptir ainni ef Hakon staeSi a bakkanum, Fms. vi. 282, ix. 4c
Nj. 158, 224 : Tempsar b., banks of the Thames, Fms. v. (in a verse).
an eminence, ridge, bank ; gengu J)eir a land ok komu undir bakka eir
Dropl. 5 ; hann settist undir b. i hrisrunni, Bjam. 15 ; cp. skotbakki, bu
on which the target is placed ; setja spiin i bakka, to put up a target, Fn
ii. 271. p. heavy clouds in the horizon. 3. [ = bak], the back
a knife, sword, or the like, opp. to edge ; bla8 skilr bakka ok egg, Jon;
Grett. no new Ed. compds : bakka-fullr, adj. full to the bat.
brim-full; bera i b. laekinn, a proverb, cp. Lat. ligna in silvam fen
and Engl, to carry coals to Newcastle. bakka-kolfr, m., prob.
bird-bolt, thick arrow without a point, to be shot from a cross-bow, Fn
iii. 18. bakka-stokkar, m. pi. the stocks on which a ship is but
GJ)1. 80, Hkr. i. 293.
bak-klseQi, n. tapestry, Hkr. iii. 437.
bak-lengja, u, f. the dark stripe along the back of cattle, Grett. 9
Eg. 149, V. 1.
bak-maligr (and bakmill), adj. backbiting, Hom. 34, 656 B. i.
bak-mselgi, f. and bakmseli, n. backbiting, Hom. 86 ; liable to t
lesser outlawry, Grag. ii. 145. w
bak-rauf, f. anus, a cognom., Fms. vii. 21.
bak-sarr, adj. a horse with a sore back, Lv. 58.
bak-sig, n., medic, exania, F41. ix.
bak-skiki, a, m. a back flap, a cognom., Bjarn. 12.
bak-skyrta, u, f. the back flap of a skirt, Fms. vii. 21.
bak-slag, n. a back-stroke, attack in rear, Fms. viii. 399.
bak-sletta, u, f. and bakslettr, m., Al. 27, 44; ace. pi. bakslett
90 : milit. an attack in rear, Fms. viii. 319, ix. 357 : drawback, at ret
J)ann bakslett, Al. 1. c.
bak-spyrna, d, to spurn or kick against; N. T. of 1540 (Acts ix.
Trpos KtvTpa XaKTi^iiv is rendered by b. moti broddunum.
bak-stakkr, m. the back part of a cloak. Fas. ii. 343.
bakstr, rs, m. baking, Fms. ix. 530 : baked bread, pund b., B. K. 8
esp. wafer, Bs. ii. 15 : a poultice, fomentation, i. 786 : warming, heatin
ii. 10. coMPDS : bakstr-brau3, n. baked bread, B. K. 89. bakst
bu5kr, m. a box in which wafers were kept, Pm. 5. bakstr-eld
v. bakeldr. bakstr-lnis, n. a bake-house, Fms. ix. 531. bakst
j^rn, n. an iron plate for baking sacramental wafers, Vm. 15, 3
bakstr-kona, u, f. a female baker, N.G. L. iii. 15. bakstr-muni
laug, f. a vessel in which wafers were kept, Dipl. iii. 4. bakst
sveinn, m. a baker boy, N. G. L. iii. 15.
bak-verkr, m., medic, a pain in the back, lumbago, Nj. 130, Fel. ix.
bak-verpast, 8 and t, dep., b. vi8 e-m, to turn the back to, set at de^
ance, Stj. 362, 431, 449, Eg. 20.
bak-J)ufa, u, f. a horse block.
BAL, n. vagina, in poems of the 15th century.
bala, d and a8, to drudge, live hard, (cant word.) ;
baldakin, and bad forms baldrsskinn (the skin of Balder .') ai
baldskin [from Baldak, i. e. Bagdad], a baldaquin, canopy, Bs.^ i. 171
803, Sturl. iii. 306, Fms. x. 87, Dipl. v. 18, Vm. 52, 97, 117, Am. 4
Hb. 544, 22. COMPDS : baldrskinns-hokull, m., literally a surpli
of b.. Am. 87. baldrskinns-kfipa, u, f. a cape ofb.. Am. 15.
baldinn, adj. [A.S. beald], untractable, unruly, Grett. 90 A, Fms. J
445 ; cp. bellinn, ballr, ofbeldi.
B ALDB,, rs, m. [A. S. haXAor, priticeps, seems to be a different root fro
the Goth, balps, A. S. bald, which answers to the Icel. ball- or bald- wit
out r], prop. = L,a.t. prittceps, the best, foremost ; in compds as mann-balc
her-baldr, folk-baldr. p. meton. the god Balder, because of his nob
disposition, Edda. Baldrs-bra, f. Balder's eye-brow, botan. cotm
foetida, Ivar Aasen ballebraa and baldurbraa, pyrethrum inodorut.
Edda 15 ; the B. is there called the fairest and whitest of all flowers (all:
BALDRAST— BARD.
5i
baldrast and ballrast, a8, dep. [cp. Germ. poltern ; Ivar Aascn baldra.
Hire ballra = strepere], to make a clatter; J)eir sneru hestunum ok biild-
I udust seni peir vaeri uraSnir hvart J)eir skyldi riSa, Sturl. iii. 279 : adding
wman, J)eir boUruftust saman, Iiigv. 34.
baldrekr, m. (for. word), a belt, baldrick. Lex. Poet.
BAIjI, a, m. a soft grassy bank, esp. if sloping down to the shore,
Grett. 116 A.
BAXjIjB, adj. [Goth. ba^)s, audax, may be supposed from Jornandes,
pb audaciam virtutis baltha, id est audax, iiomen inter suos acceperat,
109 ; Ulf. renders napprjaia by bal{)is, f., and balj)jan is aitdere ; in Icel.
the Ip (Itb) becomes //; A.S. beald, audax ; Engl, bold] : — bard, stubborn :
only used in poetry, and not in quite a good sense, as an epithet of a
giant, Hym. 1 7 ; boll ra6, telling, fatal schemes, Horn. 27 ; ballir draumar,
bad, deadly dreams, Vtkv. i ; ballr dolgr, Haustl. ; boll j)ra, heavy grief,
Ls. 39, etc., vide Lex. Poet. [So old German names, Bald, Leo-pold, etc.]
BAIiSAM, m. (now always n.), a balsam, Bs. i. 143, (for. word.)
bans, a&, [bani ; Gr. root (^^j/w], to kill, with dat., ef griSungr banar
manni, Grag. ii. 122, Rb. 370, Fms. iii. 124; b. s^r sjalfr, to commit
suicide, Ver. 40; metaph., Hom. 17.
BAND, n. pi. bond, [binda ; Ulf. ba?idi, f. Zianos; O.U.G. pfand,
whence the mod. Dzn. pant; N. H. G. band; Engl, band and bond; Dan.
baandJ] I. prop, in sing, afiy kind of band; mjott band, a
tbin cord, Edda 20, Grag. ii. 119. p. a yarn of wool, v. bandvetl-
ingar. y. metaph. a bond, obligation ; lausn ok b. allra vandamala,
fms. V. 248, Bs. i. 689. II. in pi. also, 1. bonds, fetters,
Lat. vincula ; i biindum, in vinculis, Bs. i. 190, Fms. ii. 87, 625. 95 : theol.,
synda bond, 656 A ; likams bond, Bias. 40. 2. a bond, confederacy ;
ganga i bond ok ei8, to enter into a bond and oath, Band. 22; cp.
bjonaband, marriage ; handaband, a shaking of bands, etc. 3.
poet, the gods, cp. hapt ; of providence ruling and uniting the world,
Hkm. 10 ; banda v6, the temples, Hkr. i. 204 ; at mun banda, at the will
of the gods, 210 ; vera manu bond i landi, the gods (i. e. lares tutelares)
are present in the land, Bs. i. 10 ; gram reki bond af londum, Eg. (in a
yerse) ; biota bond, to worship the gods ; vinr banda, the friend of the
gods; bond ollu \>vi, the gods ruled it, Haustl. ; vide Lex. Poet., all the
instances being taken from heathen poems. Egilsson suggests a refer-
ence to the imprisoning of the three gods, Odin, Haenir, and Loki, men-
tioned Edda 72 ; but bond is that which binds, not is bound ; (band
means vinculum not vinclus.) 4. metric, a kind of intricate intercalary
burden (klofastef). This seems to be the meaning in the word Banda-
drapa, where the burden consists of five intercalary lines occurring
in sets of three verses | Dregr land at mun banda || Eirikr und sik
4;eira | ve&rmildr ok semr hildi || gunnbli&r ok v6b siSan | jarl go5v6r8u
hjarli ; but as this metrical term is nowhere else recorded, the name of
the poem may have come from the word 'banda' (gen. pi. deorum),
Hkr. i. 210 sqq. compds : banda-dagr, m. vincula Petri, the 1st of
August, Fms. vi. 222. banda-menn, m. pi. confederates. Band. 5,
and many other modern compds. bauda-riki, n. (mod.) the United
States. banda-^ing, n. the late German Bund, etc.
banda, a8, [cp. Ulf. bandvian = (rij/iati/etj', and bandva, vexillum;
Germ, banner; is probably alien to binda], to make a sign with the
hand, esp. in the phrase, b. mod, to drive back sheep ox flocks, Hav. 41,
Fas. ii. 124, V, 1. The chief MSS., however, spell bannaSi ; the word is
at present freq., but only in the above phrase, or gener. to remonstrate
slightly against as by waving the hand; v. benda.
bandingi, ja, m. a prisoner, Stj. 200, Fms. vi. 16, 623. 25.
band-vetlingr, m. a knitted woollen glove, Fms. iii. 176; and baud-
vottr, id., a horse's name, Gisl. 19.
BANG, n. hammering, Sturl. iii. 256; mod. also banga, a3, [Scot.
and North. E. to bang~\, to hammer.
bang-hagr, adj. knowing a little how to tise the hammer, Sturl. ii. 195.
BANI, a, m. [Ulf. banja = ir\7]yr); A.S. bana ; Engl, bane; O. H. G.
bano ; v. ben below]. I. bane, death, natural or violent (properly
violent) ; Egill tok sott J)a er hann leiddi til bana. Eg. 767 ; lostinn oru
til bana, Fms. i. 118 ; kominn at bana, sinking fast, of a sick person, vii.
166. II. a bane, and so = bana-ma8r, a slayer; fjogurra
manna b., Nj. 8, Grag. ii. 88, Ld. 326 ; pi., N. G. L. i. 163 : the phrase,
verSa e-m at bana, to slay one, may refer to L or II : poet, fire is called
bani viSar, the bane of wood, and bani Halfs, the bane of king Half, Yt. 6;
the winter is bani orma, the bane of worms, etc.. Lex. Poet. compds:
bana-bl63, n. blood shed in death, Stj. 432. bana-dagr, m. the
day of death. Fas. i. 52. bana-drykkr, m. a baneful potion, poison,
Fms. i. 18. bana-dsegr, n. = banadagr (freq.). Fas. i. 160. bana-
h3gg, n. a death-blow, mortal wound, Nj. 8, Eg. 193. bana-
kringla, u, f. vertebra colli, atlas (in animals). bana-lag, n.
stabbing to death, Sturl. iii. 62. bana-madr, m. a slayer, Fms. i.
215. bana-or3, n. death, in the phrase, bera b. af e-m, to put one to
death, slay in fight, Edda 42 ; betra J)ykir mer fraendi at t)iggia b. af J)cr
en veita {)er J)at, Ld. 222, Bs. i. 106; kenna e-m b., to charge one with
slaying one, N. G. L. i. 306. bana-rdd, n. pi. the planning a person's
death, a law term, Grag. ii. 1 16; eigi reS ek honum b., Nj. 21 ; sla
banaradum vift e-n, Ld. 218. bana-sir, n. a mortal wound, Nj. 9,
Eg. 258. bana-skot, n. a wor/a/ si>o/, J b. 324. bana-86tt, f.
death-sickness, the last sickness, Jb. 192, Isl. ii. 38, GuliJ). 11. Bs. i. 426.
bana-spj6t, n. pi. in the poiit. phrase, berast banaspjotum eptir, to bt
deadly enemies, Gliim. 354, Hkr. iii. 76. bana-seeng, f. the death-bed.
bana-s5k, f. a deed worthy of death, Fms. i. 199. bana-tUreefii, n. a
mortal attack. Fas. i. 406. bana-Jj^fa, u, f., in the phrase, drepa fotum
i banaj)ufu, to stumble against a fatal mound. Anal. 179, Hdl. a8.
banlaga-rdfl, n. = banara8, Str. 14.
B ANN, n. [cp. Ulf bandva ; Hel. bann, mandatum ; Engl, ban ; Germ.
bann ; A. S. geban ; mid. Lat. bannu7n~\, prob. of foreign origin : 1.
eccles. excommunication, interdict; minna b. (excommunicatio minor), |)at
sem forbo5 er kallat a Norrsenu, K. A. 226 (App.) ; meira b. {excommuni-
catio major), Ann. A.D. 1255 ; England i banni, id. A.D. 1208 ; Bs., H. E.
several times. 2. in secular sense, prohibition of trade or intercourse ;
leggja b. fyrir mjol e8r vtiru, N. G. L. i. 204, 103; cp. farbann, forbid-
ding ships to set sail. 3. gener. a protest, prohibition, in phrases,
bo6 ok b., GJ)1. 76 ; lof ne b., Eg. 349 ; leggja b. fyrir, to prohibit, Isi.
ii. 265. 4. = bannan, a curse, swearing. The notion oi jurisdic-
tion common in Germany (v. Grimm) is unknown in the Scandin. idioms ;
yet the Laufds' Edda, Ed. A. M. i. 586, v. 1. 14, has bann as one of
the names of the earth, cp. the O. H. G. banz, regio. The passage Gisl.
16, nattlangt ne lengra banni, is an air. Key. and probably corrupt, = 4
lengr or the like ; lengra banni might, however, be equivalent to lengra
meli, bann here denoting spatium temporis, a while. compds : banns-
atkvaedi, n. a sentence of excommunication, H. E. i. 465. banns-
afell and -dfelli, n. the condemnation of excommunication, H. E. ii. 70.
banns-domr, m. a ban-doom, sentence of excommunication, H. E. ii.
74. banns-mdl, n. a case liable to excommunication, H. E. i. 254.
banns-pina, u, f. the punishment of excommunication, H. E. i. 477.
banns-spj6t, n. a spear of excommunication, H. E. ii. 77. banns-
verk, n. an act liable to excommunication, H. E. i. 390.
banna, a&, [A.S. bannan =jubere ; Germ, bannen ; mid. Lat. bannire], to
forbid, hinder, prohibit (freq.) ; b. e-m e-t, or with infin., Fms. i. 254,
Nj. 157, Ld. 256, Orkn. 4; b. fiskifor, Grag. ii. 350, N.G.L. i. 117. 2.
to curse, [Scot, ban], with dat., Stj. 37: with ace, Hom. 31, Stj. 199,
Post. 656 A, ii. 12 : reflex., bannast um, to swear, Sturl. ii. 126, Fms.
viii. 174. 3. = banda, to stop, drive back; harm sa troll vi8 dna,
J)at b. honum, ok vildi taka hann, Fas, ii. 124.
bannan, f. swearing, Bs. ii. 134. bannanar-or3, n. id., Stj. 153.
bann-b61a, u, f. a bull of excommunication, Anecd. 8.
bann-fsera, 8, to place under ban, K. A. 134, Sturl. ii. 3.
bann-setja, tt, id., K. A. 64, Sturl. ii. 3, H. E. i. 471 ; part. pass, under
ban, accursed. Fas. iii. 423, Stj. 417.
bann-setning, f an excommunication, Sturl. ii. 3. bannsetningar-
sver9, n. the sword of excommunication, H.E.
bann-syngja, song, to pronounce the ban of excommunication, Fms.
ix. 486.
ban-or3, n. = banaorS, Fms. x. 400, Bret. 76.
ban-v8eni, f., medic, prognosis mortis, F&. ix.
ban-vsenligr, adj. mortal, deadly, Bret. 56, Edda 154.
ban-vaenn, adj. deadly. Eg. 34. 2. medic, deadly sick, just before
death ; ok er dro at J)vi at hann (the sick) var b., when all hope of life
was gone. Eg. 1 26, Fms. i. 86 ; snerist um allt sarit sva at Grettir gordist
b., Grett. 153.
BABAB, mod. bonir, f. pi. [A.S. bar; Hel. bara; Engl, bier and
barrow; Lat. feretrum], a hand-bier; borinn 1 borum um fjallit, Fms.
vii. 9, Bs. i. 352 : sometimes to be carried on horseback (by two horses),
baru J)eir Gu8mund i borum su8r til Hvitar, . . . baramar hrutu ofan,
Bs. i. 508 (Sturl. ii. 49 C spells barir) : esp. the funeral bier, hearse, to
be carried on horseback, lag8i J)egar kistuna i bunar barar, 655 xxii, Fms.
X. 149 ; maeddust hestarnir undir borunum, Finnb. 322, cp. likborur ; now
also liggja a natrjam (natre) in hke sense. The sing, in D. N. i. no. 70
is perh. a bad reading.
bar-axla3r, adj. part, high-shouldered, with sharp prominent shoulder
bones, Fms. vii. 321.
bar-atta, u, f. [North. E. barett obsolete], gener. a fight, contest : o.
a row, GJ)1. 176. p. a fight, battle. Fas. i. 26. y. now freq., esp.=
strife, contest. compds : bardttu-ma3r, m. a warrior, {)i8r. 67.
barittu-samr, adj. troublesome, Barl. 137.
barberr, m. (for. word), a barber, N. G. L. iii. no. 1 5.
BABD, n. [identical in etymology but not in sense to Lat. barba,
Engl, beard. Germ, bart; the Scandin. dialects all call the beard skegg;
Swed. skdgg; Dan. skjceg ; bar8 in the sense of barba is quite alien from
the Scandin. idioms; the passages, Edda 109 (skegg heitir bar8) and
hoggva borSum i gras. Id. 12, a poem of the end of the 13th century,
are isolated instances : bart in Dan. is a mod. word] : — Lat. ora,
margo : a. a brim of a helmet or hat (hjalmbar8, hattbar8). Fas. iii.
341. fi. the verge, edge of a hill (holtbar8, tunbar8, brekkubard,
holbarS, etc.), freq. in local names of farms in Icel. y. the wing or
side fin of some fishes, e. g. whales, cp. barShvalr ; of flat fishes, raja
E 2
5%
BARDA— BARNGETNADR.
pastinaca (skotubarS), 8. the beale or armed prow of ships, esp. ships
of war, [cp. A. S. barda, a beaked ship] ; so horded, of a horse in armour ;
hence Bar6i or Ji'irnbarSi is the name of a sort of ram in olden times,
e. g. the famous Jarnbar9i {Iron Ram) of earl Eric, described, Fms. ii.
310; cp. also Fb. i. 280: the stem, Gr. artipr}, Jb. 398; roa fyrir bar8
e-m, to thwart one, GJ)1. 519, Eg. 386, Fms. vii. 195 ; skulu ver binda
akkeri fyrir bar5 hverju skipi, xi. 66, ii. 273, Lex. Poet. €. several
compds are used in Icel. referring to parts of the head, e. g. hokubarS,
kinnbarS, kjalkabar6, ora genae, maxillae, but without any notion of
• beard,' cp. Isid. granos et cinnabar Gothorum, 19. 23 ; the cinnabar and
the present Icel. kinnabar5 seem to be etymologically identical.
bar3a, u, f. a kind of axe (barbata), Edda (Gl.)
bar-dagi, a, m., prop, a ' battle day,' cp. eindagi, maldagi, skil-
dagi : 1. a law term, a beating, flogging, thrashing ; ef ma3r lystr
mann J)rju hiigg eSr J)rim fleiri, J)at heitir b. fullr, N. G. L. i. 73, Grag.
ii. 155, Post. 656 B, Bias. 42. 2. a fight, battle (very freq.) =
orrosta, Eg. 745, Nj. 45, etc. : metaph. a calamity, scourge (theol.),
Sks. 112, 328, Fms. V. 214, Bs. i. 70. compds: bardaga-frest, n.
delay of battle, Al. 24. bardaga-fyst, f. eagerness to give battle,
Al. 24. bardaga-gjarn, adj. eager for battle, Stj. 230. bardaga-
gud, n. a god of battle. Mars, Al. 33. bardaga-gySja, u, f. a
goddess of battle, Bellona, Al. 41. bardaga-laust, n. adj. without
battle, Al. 14. bardaga-list, f. the art of war, Stj. 45, Al. 4. bar-
daga-lykt, f. the close of a battle, Al. 5. bardaga-ma3r, m. a
warrior, Fms. vi. 56, Stj. 456. bardaga-stef, n. and bardaga-
stefna, u, f. a term, fixed meeting for a fight, Al. 54, Fms. ix. 488.
bar3-h.valr, m. a sort of whale, Sks. 124, Edda (Gl.)
bar3i, a, m. a ship, a sort of ram, v. above, Fms. ii. 310, Edda (Gl.) p.
a sort offish (Germ, bartfisch), Edda (Gl.) y. a shield, Edda (Gl.)
bard-mikill, adj. with a great barb (5.), epithet of a ship, Hkr. iii. 268.
bar-efli, n. a club, (common word.)
bar-eyskr, zd]. from Barra, one of the Hebrides, Grett.
BARKI, a, m. [Gr. (pdpvy^ ; alien from the South -Teut. idioms?], the
windpipe, weazand. Eg. 508, Fas. i. 131, Fms. i. 217, vii. 191, Nj. 156 :
metaph. the stem of a boat; cp. hals, sviri. compds : barka-kyli, n.
Adam's apple, Bs.i.382. \>&v^&-\dk.,i\. epiglottis. barka-op,n. ^/o/ris.
BARKI, a, m., mid. Lat. barca, a sort of small ship (for. word), Fms.
vii. 82. barka-bazi, a, m., a cognom., Sturl.
bark-lauss, adj. without bark (borkr). Lex. Poet.
BAKLAK, n. (for. word), barley, Edda (Gl.) ; the Icel. common
word is bygg, Dan. byg, Swed. bjugg.
bar-lorar, m. wailing, coinplaining, v. lomr.
bann-fagr, adj. with fine sides, epithet of a ship. Lex. Poet,
barmi, a, m., poiit. a brother, prop; /ra/fr geminus, not qs. a.5iK<p6s,
vide the following word, Lex. Poiit.
BARMR, m. [Gr. ^op/xos ;cp. Ulf. barms = k6\itos and aTTjOos;
O.H.G. param; Htl. bann ; A. S. barm; all in the sense oi gremium,:
this sense, however, is entirely unknown to old Icel. writers, who only
apply the word in like sense as barO, namely, Engl, brim ; Lat. era] : — a
brim : a. the brim of a vessel (fotubarmr, pottbarmr, etc.), Bs. ii. 173 ;
hence barma-ftillr, adj. or fullr a barma,/«// to the brim; the rim of a
bell, Pm. 106. p. also the edge of a brook or well (laekjarbarmr, brunn-
barmr) : a chasm (gjarbarmr). y. the border of the shore ; eybarmr, ora
insulae, Hervar. S. (in a verse) ; vikrbarmr ; also used in many local names
of farms in Icel. 8. the wing of anything; lyptingarbarmr, the gunwale
of the stern ; kastalabarmr (wing of a castle), Orkn. (in a verse) ; barmr
hvarma, the edge of the eye-lids. Lex. Poet. «. the flaps of a thing ;
reif hann allan i sundr ok kasta6i biirmunum a eldinn, Fms. iv. 339
(rare if not an an. key.) {. the notion of gremium, bosom, only
appears after the Reformation, and even then rare ; cp. the bosom of a
coat, e. g. geyma e-t a barmi ser ; haegri, vinstri b., etc. ; stinga hendinni
i sinn eigin barm, Exod. iv. 6. barma, a9, b. ser, to lament, is also a
mod. word. Germ, barmen qs. bearmen ; vide, however, baSmr.
barm-tog, n. a rope for contracting the nets during fishing, Ivar Aasen
barma, G^l. 427.
BARN, n. pi. bom, [Ulf. barn; O.H.G. parn; A.S. beam; Scot,
and North. E. bairn; cp. bera and hat. partre] : — a bairn, child, baby.
This word, which in olden time was common to all the Teut. idioms,
was lost in Germany as early as the 13th century (Grimm, s. v.); in
the South of England it went out of use at an early time, and was
replaced by 'child;' even theOrmulum uses barn only four times, else always
' child.' In North. E. bairn is still a household word, and freq. in popular
Scottish writers. Burns, Walter Scott, etc. In the whole of Scandinavia it
is in full and exclusive use ; the Germ. ' kind' is in Icel. entirely unknown
in this sense, v. the funny story Isl. |5J66. ii. 535 ; (' kind' in common Icel.
means a sheep.) In Danish barn is the only word which, like the Icel.,
changes the radical vowel in pi. into ii (bijrn). Proverbs referring to
barn ; barniS vex en brokin ekki ; J)etta ver6r aldri barn i brok ; bra8 er
barnslundin (barnaeskan) ; nema bi3rn hvad a bae cr titt ; allir hafa bcirnin
veriS ; J)vi laera biirnin maliS a6 J)a5 er fyrir ^eim haft ; tvisvar ver6r
gamall madrinn barn; brag& er at ]^a, baruiS finnr; snemma taka btirn
til meina; GuS gefr bjorg meS barni, cp. Eggert (Bb.) i, 14; sex bom,
daetr {)rjar ok J)rja sonu, Nj. 30, Isl. ii. 198, Vsp. 36; eiga J)rja sonu
barna, Fms. xi. 43 ; og svikjast urn ad eiga born, F^ggert (Bb.) 1.14; vera
nieS barni, to be with child, Fms. ii. 212, i. 57, 68, Isl. ii. 197; fara
me6 barni, to go with child, Nj. 130; fra blautu barni, frotn a child,
Fms. iii. 155 ; unni honum hvert barn, every child, i.e. every living creature,
loved him, i. 1 7 ; hvert mannsbarn, every man : metaph. (rare), offspring,
Ni&rst. 10: barn, barniQ gott, born, barniS mitt {tIkvov, TtKvd) is with
many a favourite term of endearment in talking with another, Latum li8a
og bi5a, born. Pal Vid. in a popular ditty : eptirlaetisbarn, a pet, spoilt
child; olbogabarn, a hard-treated child ; oskabarn, a child of adoption ;
sveinbarn, a boy ; meybarn, a girl ; ungbarn, a baby. compds : bama-
b6rn, n. pi. grand-children, Grag. i. 185. barna-eign, f. procreation
of children, v. barneign. barna-fseri, n. the phrase, ekki b., no task
for children, J>6r6. 97 (i860). barna-gaman, n. child's play. El. i,
barna-karl, m. child's friend, nickname of an old pirate ; hann var
vikingr mikill, hann let eigi henda bcirn a spjotsoddum sem J)a var
vikingum titt, ]pvi var hann b. kallaSr, he was a great pirate, but he did
not spit babies as pirates then ttsed to do, wherefore he was called b.,
Landn. 308 ; in mod. usage, one who has many childreti, mesti b.
barna-kensla, u, {.fathering a child ttpon one (kenna e-m barn), N.G.L.
i. 410 : mod. trai?iing children in a school. barna-leikr, m. a child's
play, Grett. 107 A, vide barnleikr. barna-messa, u, f., now barna-
dagr, m. Holy Innocents' Day, Dec. 28, N. G. L. i. 377. barna-
mold, f. argilla apyra, also called Petrs mold, argilla St. Petri, Eggert
Itin. p. 125. barna-mosi, a, m., botan. sphagnum cymbi folium, Hjalt.
barna-skap, n. in the phrase, hafa ekki b., to be no baby, Fs. 138.
barna-spil, n. a childish play, Fas. i. 88 paper MS. ; spil is a Germ. for.
word. haxna-vipr, n. childish trifles, gewgaws, Ld. 122. bama-
J)d.ttr, m. the section of law concerning infants, baptism, etc., in the Icel.
Jus. Eccl., K.|>.K. 8. barns-aldr, m. childhood, Eg. 118, F'ms. ii. 267.
barns-bein, n. in the phrase, fra blautu b., v. above, Al. 71. barns-
farir, f. pi. in the phrase, deyja af barnsforum, to die in childbed.
barns-full, zd]. pregnant, Pr. 185, — a rude phrase ; Icel. now say, kalffuU
kyr, but not barnsfuU kona. barns-fyigja, u, f., medic, secundinae, a
baby's caul, Bjorn. barns-gratr, m. the cry of a baby, Fms. x. 218.
barns-hafandi, part, pregnant, Jb. 1 14. barns-hiufa, u, f. a baby's
cap, D.N. hsirns-lik, u. a baby's corpse, Hkv. in. iS^. barns-mdl,
n. babble. El. 15. barns-skirsl, f. infant baptism, N.G.L. i. 131
(Norse). barns-sott, f. =j69s6tt, the pains of childbirth, Bs. i. 327.
barns-utkast, n. and barns-iitburSr, m. exposure of infants, N. G. L,
i. 303. barns-verk, n. child's work, Fms. ix. 35.
barna, a6, to get with child, Nj. 98 : metaph. in the phrase, a8 barn*
soguna, to interrupt a tale while being told.
barn-aldr, m. childhood, Hkr. ii. 35.
barn-alinn, part, native, Bs. i. 808.
barn-beri, a, m. pregnant, with child, N.G.L. i. 317.
barn-bur9r, ar, m. childbearing, childbirth, Grag. i. 375.
barn-bser, f. capable of bearing children, opp. libyrja, Grag. i. 323,
Stj. 89: pregnant, Grag. i. 294.
bam-domr, m. childhood, Stj. 195, 25, 655 xxx. 21.
barn-eign, f. getting children, Stj. 196 : metaph. children, fur8u ilia
gat Loki, Edda 20 ; vera or b., to he past childbearing.
barn-eskja, u, f. [Goth. barniski~\, childhood, Hom. 12-2.
barn-fa3ir, m. a child's alleged father, H.E. ii. ill. barna-
m63ir was in popish times the name for a priest's concubine.
barn-fostr, n. ' bairn-fostering,' a kind of adoption in olden times ;
at bj65a e-m b., to offer h. to ajiother man, is a standing custom in the
Sagas ; men of wealth, but of low birth, in order to get security for
their property, offered barnfostr to noblemen, as in Ld. ch. 16 and ch.
aS.Haensa |)6r. S. (tsl. ii. 125), Har8. S. ch. 9 (Isl. ii. 23) ; or it was done
as a matter of policy, it being regarded as a homage to be the foster-
father of another man's son ; J)vi at sa er mselt at sa se litignari sem
o&rum fostrar barn, Fms. i. 16; ok er sa kalla6r se minni ma&r, er
o6rum fostrar barn, Ld. 108 ; thus Jon Loptsson offered b. to the
young Snorri, in order to soothe the wounded pride of his father Sturla, ,
Sturl. i. 106 ; Ari Frodi was fostered by Hall i Haukadal, lb. ; Njal "
offered to adopt as a son the young Hoskuld, in order to atone for the
slaying of his father, Nj. ch. 95 ; cp. also the interesting story of the
kings Harold and Athelstan and the young Hacon, Fms. i. 1. c. : as a
matter of friendship, Ld. 144, Bs. i. 73, 74, Sturl. i. 223, Ld. 25, and
many other instances. compd : barnfostr-laun, n. pi. a reward,
fee for b., N. G. L. i. 91.
barn-fostra, u, f. a foster-mother of a child. Mar. ; now a fturse.
barn-fostri, a, m. a foster-father. Eg. 401, Isl. ii. 144.
barn-fulga, u, f. (now in Icel. me9gjof), pay for the maintenance of a
child, N.G.L. i. 30.
barn-fseddr, adj. part, native, Bs. i. 80 ; borinn ok b., born and bred.
barn-f8e3i, n. nativity ; eiga b., to be a jtative, Fr.
barn-getna3r, m. the procreation of children, Grag. i. 349, Greg. 29:
pregnancy, Stj. 514.
3.
\
BARNGODR— BAUGR.
53
barn-goflr, ad], fond of children.
b:irn-g8Blnr, f. pi. hdling sotmds, nursery rhymes. Fas. ii. 234.
barningr, ni. [berja], thrashing, v. lamabaniing : now, 'thrashing the
u-ntcr' i. c. hard pulling against wind and tide,
barn-lauss, adj.cMrf/ess.Eg. 318, Grag. i. 185, Landn. i. 304, Hkr.i.99.
bnrn-leikar, ni. pi. child's play ; leika barnleikum, of play-fellows, Bs.
i. 4 1 7, 473, Yms. vi. 403, Sturl. i. 62.
barn-leysi, n. the being childless, Stj. 428, Mar. 656.
barn-ligr, adj. childish, Sks. 153.
barn-ina3r, ni. the bearer of a baby to be christened; J)ar u at ala
liknieiin ok barnmenn, Vm. 77.
barn-skikkja, u, f. a child's cloal; Sturl. iii. 278.
barn-skirn, f. the christening of infants, K. {>. K. 14. bornskimar-
or5, n. [>\. formula in b., 655 xi.
barn-sseng, f. childbed, H.E. i. 492.
barn-teitr, adj. glad as a child, Hym, 2.
bani-ungr, adj. very young, youthful, Fnis. ii. 98, Mirm. 31.
barn-iimagi, a, ni. a?i orphan child, Grug. i. 305.
barn-iimegfl, f. minority, Grag. i. 305.
barn-8e3i, n. childishness, Fel. 12. 56, transl. of Iliad ix. 49I.
barn-8Dska, u, f. childhood. Eg. 116, Grug. ii. 392, Fnis. i. 4, x. 273 ;
hraJ er b., the youth is impatient, a proverb, cp. Am. 75.
BARR, n. [Norse and Swed. barr means the needles of the fir or pine,
opp. to ' lauf ' 01 leaves of the ash, elm ; cp. barlind, taxus baccata, and
li,.rsk6gr, ' needle-wood,' i. t. fir-wood, Ivar Aasea]. I. the needles
(ir spines of a fir-tree ; the word is wrongly applied by Snorri, Edda il,
who speaks of the 'barr' of an ash; — Icel. has no trees. In Hm. 50
(Ncirse poem ?) it is correctly used of a pine, hrcirnar J)dll er stendr J)orpi
X. hlyrat henni bcirkr ne b., Hkv. Hjcirv. 16, Edda li. 11. = barley,
Scot, and North. E. bear, A. S. here, is four-rowed barley, a coarse kind ;
bigg in North. E. and Scot, is six-rowed barley, also a coarse kind : cp.
till- Bigg-mnTket,' a street in Newcastle-upon-Tyne : barlog, sweet wort,
u.ide of barley, Ivar Aasen] ; bygg heitir me& mcinnum, en barr meS
^o6um, men call it ' bygg,' but gods ' bear,' which shews that barr sounded
oreign, and that bygg was the common word, Alvm. 33 ; Edda (Gl.) 231
las b. under sadsheiti, v. Lex. Poet. Common phrases in Icel., as bera
;kki sitt barr, of one who will never again bear leaves or flourish, metaph.
roin a withered tree : so Persarum vigui rege beatior is rendered, lifs
nins blomgaSra bar, en buSlungs Persa var, Snot 129. barlegr, adj.
lignrous, well-looking.
barr, adj. ready (paratus), Jd. 13 : strong, vigorous. Lex. Poet.
barr-hadda3r, adj. barley-haired, poet, epithet of the earth, Lex. Poet.
barri, a, m. a grove, Skm. 39.
bar-skeptr, adj. high-shafted, of an axe ; brei56x b., Bs. i. 658.
bar-skogr, m. needle-wood.
bar-snii3, f. thrashing, flogging, Bs. i. 792, Grag. i. 456 : pi. fight,
■ow. lb. 12, Grag. ii. 114.
BARtJN, m. [for. word, mid. Lat. baro; A.S. beornas'], a baron ; heita
leir hersar eSr lendir menn i Danskri tungu, greifar i Saxlandi, en bar-
■nar i Englandi, Edda 93, Thorn., Art. ; the title was introduced into
\ 01 way by king Magnus, A. D. 1 2 77, vide Ann. s.a., GJ)1. 51 2. bariina-
jiafn, n. the title ofb., Ann. I.e.
I barunia, u, f. a barony, Thom. 36.
I bar-vi3r, m. the wood of the fir, D.N. (Fr.) iii. 473.
I bar-vi3ri, n. a beating storm, Sturl. iii. 127.
basinn, m. [for. word], basin xylinuvi, a tree, Edda (Gl.) ii. 256.
BASMIB, f. pi. an Hir. Xcf. in a verse in Hervar. S. (Ed. 1847), p. 56 ;
)au6 ek |)er broSir basmir 6sker6ar, fe ok fjold meiSma ; a dub. word,
p. Cierm. besem, Engl, besom ; mod. Germ, besen. North Germ, besemer,
3aii. bismer (Icel. reizla), which are all connected. Ivar Aasen records
; Norse word basm or basma; the Norse basm means twenty threads of
he warp {basm here means loom ?) : — the Ed. in Fas. i. 207 gives a wrong
pelling, oskir tvaer (qs. oskertar), and skips the word basmir.
bassi, a, m. a bear. Lex. Poet.
BAST, n. ; besti (V'kv. 12) seems to be a dat. masc. from bSstr ; in
lerm. the word is freq. used masc. ; the passage 1. c. is perh. to be restored
hus — ^eir er af letu besti (tiliae) byr sima {annulos), who did pull the
ings from the cord? (cp. v. 8) ; [Engl., A.S., and Germ, bast^ : — bast,
be inner bark of the lime-tree; bast at binda, Rm. 9 ; bast ne band, GJ)1.
;86, N. G. L. i. 59 ; sa peir a bast bauga dregna, Vkv. 7.
basta, a3, to bind into a parcel, D.N. ii. 560 (Fr.), Fms. v. 301.
ba8tar3r, m. bastard, appears for the first time as the cognom. of
Villiam the Conqueror. The etymon is dubious ; Grimm suggests a
candinavian origin ; but this is very doubtful ; the word never occurs
:i Scandinavian writers before the time of William, sounds very like
foreign word, is rarely used, and hardly understood by common people
1 Icel.; neither does it occur in A.S. norO.H. G. ; so that Adam of
tremen says, iste Willelmus quern Franci bastardum vocant ; whence
lie word seems to come from some southern source ; cp. the Jatv. S. (Ed.
852), and Fl. iii. 463 sqq. ; the MS. Holm, spells bastar6r, the Fb. bast-
ardr.
1 163. 3. a kind of cloth, in deeds of the 14th and 15th centuries,
Vm. 46, 136, D.N. ii. 165.
bastari, a, m. a bastbinder, D.N. ii. 346.
bast-bleikr, adj. pale as bast, Fms. vii. 269, v. I.
bastl, n. turmoil; bastla, a6, to turmoil.
bast-ltaa, u, f. a cord of bast. Eg. 579.
bast-taug, f. a tie or cord of bast. Eg. 579, v. I.
bast-vesall, adj. = bastbleikr, Karl. 167.
bast-6x, f., prob. a false reading. Fas. ii. 177, v. 1. bdtcix.
BATI, a, m. improvement, advantage, Fs. 155, Grett. 113 A, Fas. ii.
247, Grag. (Kb.) i. 160. bata-vdn, f. hope of convalescence, recovery
of health, cp. Grilg. I.e. ; cp. also 4bati, gain.
batna, aS, [v. bati ; Ulf. gabatnan], to improve, get better, Nj. 52, Grag.
i. 206. 2. impers. medic, term ; e-m batnar, one recovers, Fms. iv.
369, V. 22 ; the disease is added in gen., e-m b. sins meins, sjiikleika,
sottar, Bs. i. 343, Hkr. ii. 312, Eb. 280: at present also with nom. :
proverb, batnanda manni er bezt a& lifa.
batnadr, ar, m. improvement, 623.15, Horn. 50, 134, Hkr. ii 178:
convalescence, Grag. ii. 45.
batnan, f. id.. Lex. Poiit.
baug-bot, f. a law term, compensation (v. baugr II.), Grag. ii. 173.
baug-bsetandi, pi. -endr, part, a law term, those who have to pay the
baugr (II.) ; opp. to baug{)iggendr, the receivers, Grag. ii. 172.
baug-ei3r, m. the oath upon the sacred temple ring in heathen times;
b. 06inn hygg ek at unnit hafi, hvat skal hans trygBum triia, Hm. no;
cp. the phrase, vinna ei6 at baugi, v. baugr below ; the baugeiSr of heathen
times answers to the Christian bokeidr and vinna ei6 at bok, to swear,
laying the hand upon the Gospel.
baug-gildi, n. a law term, the ' weregild ' to be paid to the ' agnates' of
the slain ; opp. to nefgildi, the same atnount to be paid to the ' cognates;'
defined, Grag. (Bt.) ii. 176, N. G. L. i. 186: metaph. agnatic relation-
ship, vera or b. c3r nefgildi, lifa i b. etc., to be an agnate or a cognate, id.
bauggildis-menn, ni. pi. agitates, who are bound to pay and receive the
bauggildi, Grag. ii. 180.
baug-gildingr, m. = bauggildismaSr, cp. nefgildingr, Grag. ii. 178.
baug-gildr, nd]. payable, fit to pay as bauggildi, N. G. L. i. 176.
BAUG-B, m. [the root bjiig — baug — bog; A.S. beHg; O.H.G. pouc
= armilla ; lost in N. H. G. and in Engl.] I. a ring, armlet, esp,
in olden times to be worn on the wrist plain, without stones : o. the
sacred temple ring (stallahringr) on the altar in heathen temples ; all oaths
were to be made by laying the hand upon the temple ring ; at sacrificial
banquets it was to be dipped in the blood, and was to be worn by the
priest at all meetings. The ring was either of gold or silver, open
(motlaus), its weight varying between two, three, and twenty ounces (the
last is the reading of Eb. new Ed. p. 6, v. 1., the classical passages in the
Sagas are — Eb. 1. c. (and cp. 44), Gliim. 388, Landn. (Hb.) 258, JjorS. S.
94 (Ed. i860) ; cp. also the note at the end of the new Ed. of Eb., referring
to an interesting essay of the Norse Prof. Holmboe upon the matter,
Christiania, A.D. 1864. p. baugr is at present in Icel. used of a
spiral ring without a stone (e. g. a wedding ring) ; the third finger is
called baugfingr, transl. from Lat. digitus annuli, for the wearing of
wedding rings is not in use in Icel. (unless as a Dan. imitation), Icel.
also say einbaugr, tvibaugr, a single or double spiral ring. II.
metaph. in olden times, before minted gold or silver came into use, the
metals were rolled up in spiral-formed rings, and pieces cut off and
weighed were used as a medium of payment ; hence, in old times,
baugr simply means money, used in the poets in numberless compounds ;
hringum hreytti, hjo sundr baug, Rm. 35 ; cp. baugbroti, baugskyndir,
baugskati, baughati, one who breaks, throws, hates gold, epithets of princes,
etc., V. Lex. Poet. A. S. poetry abounds in epithets such as, beaggeafa,
dator auri ; the Heliand speaks of ' w^ncfew ^o/c?.' In the law the /fly-
ment of weregild is particularly called baugr, v. the compounds: baugatal
is the Icel. section of law treating of the weregild, Grag. ii. 171-188;
hofuSbaugr, logbaugr (a legal baug, lawful payment). In the Norse
law vide esp. N.G.L. i. 74 sqq., 184 sqq. 2. the painted circle on the
round shield (clypeus) ; a fornum skjoldum var titt at skrifa rcind J)a er
b. var kalla6r, ok er vi3 {)ann baug skildir kendir, Edda 87, Eg. 699;
often embellished with scenes from the mythical age. Some poems are
preserved or on record, describing such shields, two Berudrapur by Egil
(bera, a shield), Haustlong by Thjodolf, Ragnarsdrapa by Bragi Gamli
(of the 9th and loth centuries). Some of these poems were among the
chief sources used by Snorri in composing the Edda. The shield is metaph.
called baugr, Edda (Gl.) 3. afish-hook; man eigi {)ii draga Leviathan
a iingli e9r bora ki3r hans meS baugi (very rare, if not an an. >^(y.). Post.
686 C. 2. 4. the phrase, eiga (kost) a baugi, to have {a single) chance
left; J)6tti {lat vera et mesta haetturad at berjast, en sa mun a baugi, ef eigi
er saezt, there will be no other chance jinless we come to terms, Sturl. iii. 244 ;
J)vi munt eiga slikan a baugi bratt, thou wilt soon have the very same chance
(viz. death), the turn will come to thee, Nj. 58 ; nu mun ek eiga J)ann a
baugi, at . . ., there tvill be no other chance for me, than . . ., Orkn. 46 ; cp.
2. name of a sword, Fms. vii. 297, referring to A. D.^ einbeygdr kostr, dira tiecessilas, ^S ; kvaSst |)a heldr vilja Hggja hj^
64
BAUGABEOT— BA'SS.
henni, ef sk vaeri k baugi, if there were no other cbanct. Fas. ii. 150. The
explanation of this metaphor is doubtful, cp. Vkv. verses 5 and 7 (?), or
is the metaphor taken from the weregild ? 5. baugr also occurs
in mod. usage in many compds, astron. and mathem., spor-baugr, the
ecliptic ; h°isbaugr, a meridian. compds : bauga-brot, n. pi. cut
ojf pieces of baugr, bad money. Band. 12. bauga-maSr, m.=
bauggildisma6r, N.G. L. i. 81, 82, 186. bauga-tal, n. the section
of law about weregild, Grag. ii. 1 71-188 : p. fixing of the weregild,
Grag. i. 158. baugs-helgi, i. personal sacredness, (one's death to be
atoned for by a weregild) ; Jjraell d b. 4 s6r ef hann fylgir drottni sinum
til {)ings . . ., N.G. L. i. 70.
baug-rei8, f. a law term, an official inspection (in Norway) to measure
the breadth of the highway, defined, GJ)1. 412-414.
baug-rygr, jar, f. pi. ir, a law term, an only daughter entitled to
receive and pay weregild, in default of heirs male. The Norse law
defines thus, ef hon er einbemi, ok til arfs komin, J)ar til er hon sezt
k bru8st61, .. .up to her wedding day, N. G. L. i. 184, 92 : the Icel. law
does not limit the right to her marrying ; sii er kona ein er baeSi skal
baugi baeta ok baug taka, ef hon er einbemi, en sii kona heitir b.,
en hon er dottir hins dau&a, Grag. ii. 183.
baug-^ak, n. [^ekja baug], a law term, ' baug-covering,' i. e. the
supplemental payment to be added in due proportion to the amount of
weregild (baugr), defined, Grag. ii. 1 71, 1 72 ; hence ' at baugj)aki' metaph.
means in addition, to boot; ^a kom at honum siSan at b. brotfallit, he
was taken with fits of epilepsy to boot, Bs. i. 336.
baug-J>iggjandi, pi. -endr, part, a receiver of weregild.
BAUKA, a8, [Swed. bbka'], prop, to dig, to rummage; hann b. til
fiskanna, viz. in order to steal them, Grett. 137 ; aldri skal ek i belginn
bauka, says the giant in the tale, Isl. JjjoSs. ii. 458.
BAUXiA, u, f. a cow, Bs. i. 635. compds : baulu-fall, n. the
carcase of a slaughtered cow, Bs. i. 593. baulu-f6tr, m. cow's foot,
cognom., Sturl. iii. 71 ; mod. batila, a6, to low.
BAITN, f. [A. S. bean, cp. Lat. faba'], a bean, GJ)1. 544, Rb. 394.
bavma-logr, m. bean-broth, Karl. 452.
bausn, f. the fore fins of a shark, Bjorn.
B AUTA, the remnant of an obsolete strong verb analogous to hlaupa —
hljop, [A. S. ieatoK; ; Engl.fcea/; Germ. botzen, pulsare^,tohunt, beat ; bautu,
1st pers. pi. pres. indie, Fms. v. 83 (O. H. 1853 spells bavtu) ; sva bavtu
v^r bjomuna, so do we beat (chase) the bears, Gs. 13 : part. pass, bautinn,
beaten, slain. Lex. Poet. s. v. sver&bautinn ; Farbauti, beater of ships, is
the name of the giant father of Loki ; hylbauti, beater of the waves, a
ship, Edda (Gl.) ; cp. Swed. bauter, strings for catching birds, Ihre.
bauta-steinn, Snorri (Hkr.) constantly uses the pi. form, but
bautaSarsteinn, Fagrsk. 19, and bautarsteinn, Hm. 72 ; m. the stone
monuments of the olden age, esp. in Sweden and Denmark ; the Havamal
1. c. (sjaldan bautarsteinar standa brautu naer, nema reisi ni&r at ni6) tells
us that these stones used to be placed along the high roads, like the sepul-
chral monuments of old Rome ; cp. the standing phrase on the Swedish-
Runic stones — her skal standa steinn ' naer brautu ;' or, ma eigi ' brautar-
kuml ' (a road monument) betra ver6a ; the high roads of old Sweden
seem to have been lined with these monumental stones ; even at the
present time, after the destruction of many centuries, the Swedish-Runic
stones (of the nth and 12th centuries) are counted by thousands. A
great collection was made and drawings executed during the 17th
century (Buraeus, etc.), but only published A.D. 1750, under the name
of Bautil. The etymology of this word is much contested ; some
render it by ' stones of the slain' (bauta, to slay), but this is contradicted
by the passage in Hm. 1. c. and by the inscriptions themselves. The
bauta stones were simply monuments erected by the piety of kindred
and friends without any respect to sex or manner of death, either in war,
on sea, or through sickness ; some were even erected to the memory
of living persons. They were usually tombstones ; but many of them
are memorial stones for men that died in foreign lands, Greece, Russia,
the British Islands, etc. Neither is Snorri right in saying (Hkr. pref.)
that the bautasteinar belonged to the old burning age (brunaold), and
were replaced by the cairns (haugar) in the subsequent cairn age
(haugaold) — J)a skyldi brenna alia dauda menn ok reisa eptir bauta-
steina, en siSan er Freyr haf3i heyg8r verit at Uppsolum J)a gor&u
margir hofSingjar eigi si6r hauga en bautasteina. Sviar toku lik bans ok
var hann brendr vid a J)a er Skiita heitir, J)ar voru settir bautasteinar
bans, Hkr. Yngl. ch. 1 7 — the passage in Havamal and the monuments
refute this statement. The great bulk of the Scandinavian bauta stones
seem to be of the i ith and even 1 2th century. In Icel. no stones of that
time are on record : var hann J)a h6r heygSr skamt fra baenum, ok settir
upp bautasteinar, J)eir er enn standa her, Hkr. i. 269 ; havir bautasteinar
standa hja haugi Egils ullserks, 153, — where Fagrsk. reads, i J)au skip
var lagSr i valrinn, ok orpnir |)ar haugar utan at ; ^ar stendr ok bautaSar-
steinn ( = bautarsteinn in Hm.?) bar sem Egill fdll, p. 19 ; — en eptir alia
J)a menn er nokkut mannsmot var at, skyldi reisa bautasteina, ok helzt
s& siftr lengi si&an, Hkr. Yngl. ch. 8. It is worth remarking that the
in the above passages, viz. once in the old film., once in the Fagrsk.,
four times in the Hkr., whence it has passed over to modern writers.
The word is most probably only a corruption from brautarsteinai,
lapides viae, (by dropping the r) ; cp. the analogous Swedish word,
brautarkuml, monumentum viae, which occurs in the inscriptions
themselves.
BADIB, adj. pron. dual, gen. beggja, neut. bae6i rarely, (Norse);
ba3i, gen. baSra, sometimes occur in MSS. of the 14th century, but
both of them are Norse forms, [Goth, bai, baiops; A. S. ba ; Engl, both;
Germ, beide; cp. also Gr. afjupa), Lat. ambo'\: — both, Nj. 82, Sturl.
iii. 314, Eg. 257, Grag. i. 368, N.G. L. i. 33, tsl. ii. 348, Fms. x.
118, etc. etc.
BA.GI, a, m. (not bagi), an adversary, Stor. 23, Lex. Poet.
bdgindi, n. pi. distress, difficulties. •
b^liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), adversely, Yig]. 30.
b6.g-lviiidr, adj. ill-disposed, bad-tempered. Lex. Poet.
bdgr, adj. uneasy; honum ver8r bag hiindin. Fas. iii. 370: eiga bagt
is now in Icel. to be poor, hard up : bdg-staddr, adj. distressed.
b^gr, m. [cp. Hel. bagan — contendere, and Icel. baegja below], contest,
strife, in such phrases as, fara i bag, to come athwart; for i bag me8
J)eim, they came across, Bjarn. 28 ; i baga (pi.), Bs. i. 622 ; brjota bag vid
e-m, to make a struggle against, Al. 49 ; Pall postuli braut J)ar helzt b4gf
vid avalt er o3rum ]^6tti torveldast. Post. 656 C. 24, Fms. viii.42 ; koma
i baga vi6, to come into strife or collision with.
bdg-ra3r, adj. difficult to deal with, Fms. ii. II.
bd.g-r8ekr, adj. difficult to drive, of geese, Grett. 90.
BAKN, n. for. word [A.S. been; O. H.G. pauhati], a beacon, v,
sigrbakn : bakn now means a big, monstrous thing.
b^kna, a9, [A. S. becnan'], to beckon ; J)eir baknuSu vapnunum til
J)eirra Hakonar, Fms. vii. 276, xi. 366.
BALi, n. [old Scot, bale, i. e. a beacon-fagot. Lay of Last Minstrel 3.
27 note]. I. aflame, Nj. 199, Ld. 100, Stj. 45 (freq.) II.
Lat. rogus, a pyre, funeral pile ; hlaSa b., rogum struere, Eb. 314, 264;
Fms. V. 328, esp. for burning dead bodies ; a funeral pile in the old
heathendom, til brands e3r bals, an old law term, ad urnam, N. G. L. L
50 : the phrase, vega e-n a bal, or, bera a bal, to carry to the pyre,
Vkv. 14, cp. VJ)m. 54, Fas. i. (Hervar. S.) 487 ; graphical description of
those funerals, vide Edda 37, 38 (Baldrsbrenna), Fas. i. (Vols. S.) 204;
cp. 333, Hkr. Yngl. S. ch. 27 ; cp. also the funeral of the mythical king
Sigurd Ring, recorded by Arngrim Laerde in his Supplementum ad Com-'
pendium Hist. Norv. MS. (composed A.D. 1597), probably taken from
a lost leaf of Skjoldunga Saga (Sogubrot), and mentioned by Munch,
Norske Folks Hist. i. 274: mod. of a foaming wind, wrath, etc.—
b^lviSri, n. and ballivass, bdlreiSr, adj., etc.
bdl-for, f. a funeral, Edda 37.
b^l-ger3, f. id., Edda (Ub.) 288 (Ed. 1852).
bftlki, a, m., v. the following word.
BALKB, old form bcJlkr, Grag., dat. baelki, N. G. L. i. 399, ace. jd,
brfilku or balku. Lex. Poet. [A. S. biilc'], a balk, partition [cp. naval bulk'
heads] ; b. um pveran hellinn, of a cross wall, Fms. iii. 217, Fas. ii. 333,
Grett. 140 ; sa studdi hondunum a balkinn, of a balk of wood acres*
the door, Orkn. TI2. p. a low wall in a stall or house, N.G. L. i«
.^99. 2. metaph. a law term, a section in a code of law ; Jjjofa ballcr,
Kristindoms b., etc., criminal, ecclesiastical law ..., Giag., Jb. "jf.
a body, a host, in compds as fraendbalkr, asttbalkr, herbalkr ; syndiit
honum uarenniligr b. J)eirra, of a host in line of battle, Bs. i. 667;
a pr. name. compds : b^lkar-brot, n. the breaking a fence, crib, GJJ.
350, 391. b^lkar-lag, n. a sort of metre (from a pr. name Balkr),
Edda (Ht.) 142.
BABA, u, f. [berja?], a wave, billow, v. alda ; as a rule bara denotes
the smaller waves caused by the wind (on the surface of larger
billows), alda the rollers or swell, Bs. ii. 82, Fas. i. 186, Fms. x. 324 (of
a breaker = bo6i), Gkv. i. 7 : the proverb, sigla milli skers ok baru, cp,
ifiter Scyllam et Charybdin, Fms. ii. 268, Fb. iii. 402 ; sjaldan er ein
baran stok, there is seldom a single billow: of misfortune, cp. Aesch.
Prom. 1015 KaKwv rpiKVfiia, cp. also Isl. {>j6&s. i. 660. |3. metaph.
of undulations or rough stripes on the surface of a thing, e. g. the crust
of a cheese, Fs. 146 ; a scull, cp. Eg. 769 : baruskel, f. cardia testa
cordata pectinata, a shell, Eggert Itin. p. loio. compds: b&ru-fall,
n. a swell at sea, Al. 50. b^ru-skel, f., v. above. bdxu-skot, n.
waves from a fresh breeze, wrinkling the surface of the sea, Hkr. i. 59.
bdru-stonnr, m. an unruly sea, Stj. 89. b&:u-st6rr, adj. the waves
running high, Bs. ii. 82, Fas. i. 72 ; vide mot-bara, objection.
b&r-6ttr, adj. waved, of a skull. Eg. 769.
bdsa, aft, = bsesa, to drive cattle into a stall, Gisl. 104.
b&s-hella, u, f. a stone wall between two stalls in a cowhouse,
Grett. 112.
BASS, m. [Ulf. bansts = aTro&-qK-q; A.S. bos; Engl, provincial boose;
Germ, banse'], a boose or stall in a cowhouse; kyr a basi, binda ku a bas,
etc., Bjarn. 32, Bs. i. 171 ; a cow and a bas go together, e.g. in the
word * bautasteinn' never occurs out of Icel. literature, and there only! nursery rhyme lulling children to sleep; sofi, soii...selr i &]k.,,\ifc *
Bii^SUNA--BEINI.
b5
■ttr 1 buri . . . , cp. the Engl, in the cow's boose, Bosworth s. v. ; bas,
11 interj. exclam. for driving cows into stall : also used in Icel. of
titrmed in rocks, e.g. at the foot of a waterfall; in local names,
I iitsendar, etc. : the phrase, hafa s6r markaSan bas, to have one's
rse of life marked out, Isl. f>j68s. i. 538 ; einginn veit ser xtiadan bAs
laganna solli, no one knows what boose is kept for him in the turmoil
'he fates, Grond. 194; vide bjambass.
ASITNA, u, f. (for. word), bassoon. Fas. ii. 51 1.
&t-festr, f. a rope by which a boat is made fast, Jb. 398, 655 xvii.
It-lauss, adj. and b&tleysi, n. being without a boat, Eb. 142, Jb.
(t-madr, m. a boatman, Hkr. iii. 128, Ems. vi. 320.
A.TR, m. [a Scandin. and Low Germ, word used in A.S., Engl.,
tch, but alien to O. H. G. and middle H. G. ; even Luther (v. Grimm
) never uses the word ; it was later introduced into mod. High Germ.,
has a foreign sound there, (Engl. / answers to High Germ, z) ; the
rd is in Germ, borrowed from Dutch or English] : — a boat, either
mall open fishing vessel or a ship-boat. In Icel. only small boats
called so, those of two or four oars ; an eight-oared boat is a
ip,' Eg. 121, 373, Eb. 142, Nj. 122, Jb. 398, Bs. i. 422, 423: in
ases, ausa bat sinn, Ems. vii. 331 ; sja fyrir bati sinum, to go
's own course, to mind one's own business, Sturl. iii. 247 : allitera-
1, eiga byg6 i bdti, metaph., Bs. i. 422. compds: bdts-borfl,
'he side of a boat, Sturl. i. 119. bdts-farmr, m. a boat's freight,
a. 1342.
&t-Btafn, m. a boat's prow. Ems. viii. 223.
eH, n. a bed in a garden, (mod. and rare, cp. reitr.)
ed-dtikr, m. a bed-covering, Dipl. iii. 4.
8^a, u, f., poet, a wife, bed-fellow. Lex. Poet.
e8-m&l, n. pi. a curtain lecture, Hm. 85.
EDB, jar, m. pi. ir, [Ulf. badi; Hel. bed; A. S. bedd; Engl, bed ;
nn. bett], a bed; in Icel. saeng is the common word, be8r poet, and
; in the N. T. icpafiParov is always rendered by saeng (tak saeng
a og gakk, Mark ii. 9) ; beSr is used in alliterative phrases, e. g. be&r
blaeja, Jb. 28 ; i beSjum e6r bolstrum, N. G. L. i. 351 ; deila be5 ok
)u, (piXoTrjTi Kal fvv§, Od. v. 126 ; and mostly in the sense of bolster ;
it nam i be6inum staSar, Ld. 140, Gisl. 114: the sea-shore is poet.
ed saevar-beSir (sofa ek ne matta'k saevarbedjum a, Edda 16 (in a
se) ; hvil-be8r, a resting bed, Akv. 30 ; risa upp vi6 be5, to lift the
ly against the pilloiu, Bkv. 2. 23 : the conjugal bed, bj66a a bed, Ls.
; sitja 6, be9, Gh. 19; ganga 4 be5 e-m, to marry, i^: pi., sofa a
)jum, Hm. 96, 100 : metaph. a swelling sea, lau3r var lagt i be6i
c. pi.), Fms. vi. 180 (in a verse); cp. skybolstrar, ^bolster-clouds,'
\}vy piles of cloud. compds : be3jar-d^a, u, f. a feather-bed,
1. 177. be3jar-ver, n. a bolster case, Dipl. 4.
e3-vina, u, f. = bedja. Lex. Poet.
egla, u, f. [bagr], a bungle; sem b. hja fogru smiSi, hence the name
I nbegia, Rb. (pref.)
iEIDA, dd, [cp. A.S. beade; Old Engl, bead-roll, bidding-prayer,
am; biSja, baS, be6i6, Lat. orare, and biSa, beid, be6it, Lat.
•?.] I. to ask, beg, with the notion of right; almost
! ;i uiw term, to request [but bi6ja, orare] ; b. e-n e-s, or b. e-m {for
j,') e-s; beiSa grida Baldri, Edda 36, Gs. verse 2; bei8a s6r bjarg-
iSar bua sina fimm, Grag. i. 113, 275 ; b. sonar b6ta, Nj. 21 ; b. e-s
e-m, Fms. i. 47 : with ace, in the law term, b. 16gbei5ing, to make a
vful request, Grag. (freq.) ; ef hann vill eigi ei& vinna J)a er hann er
ddr {requested) ^k ver6r hann sekr um pat tolf morkum, J)a er hann
ddr {requested) er hann er beSinn {asked), K. p. K. 146 : adding lit,
e-s lit, to request the payment of a right, etc., GJ)1. 375 ! b- til ^"^i 'o
•uest, 656 B. p. reflex., beiSast, to request on one's own behalf; h. laga,
. 76; fars, Grag. i. 90; gri3a, Fms. viii. 423, x. 172, Nj. 10, 76, Eg.
9, Fms. i. II : in active sense. Land. 293 ; beiftast lit rettar sins, to
im as one's right, GJ)1. 187 : with infin., Grag. i. 489 : with ' at' and a
>j., Fms. i. 12, Grag. i. 7. II. [Dan. bede], as a hunting term,
hunt, chase; b. bjornu, to hunt bears: part, beiddr and beiflr,
r'ed about, Gisl. 112 ; hann kva6 sveininn hafa veriS ilia beiddan, Fs.
Mirm. 39 : the phrase by Kormak, sa er bindr beidan (i. e. beiddan)
n, seems to mean one who pinions the young hunted bear, viz. as if it
re sheep or cattle, Edda 96 (in a verse), symbolical of the earl Sigurd,
nighty Nimrod, who surpassed the wild deer in strength and swiftness ;
i6r ( = beiddr) for ek heiman at biSja J)in Gu3run, Am. 90, seems to
an hunted by love, amore captus : the verse of Kormak, — bands man
beiSa rindi, fascinating, charming woman {?), by whom the poet is
ide prisoner in love ; cp. the poet, compds bei3i-hl6kk, bei3i-sif,
i3i-rindr, all epithets of women, Lex. Poet., v. beita.
ei3ing and bei3ning (Mar. Fr.), f. request, demand. El. 11 : waiting,
is. viii. 151 (dub. reading).
'ei3ni, f. a request, demand, Fms. i. 208 ; pi., 655 iii. 4 ; holds b., carnal
t, Horn. 17, 25 {Ldii. petnlantia).
ei3sla, u, f. a request, demand, Sturl. iii. 231, Sks. 772. beidslu-
i8r, m. a person asking, Sks. 776, Anecd, 88.
BETGR or beygr, m. fear; hafa b. af e-m (freq.): — ^beigudr, m.
an athlete, one who inspires fear {?), Edda.
BZjIMAB, ni. pi. [etym. uncertain], poijt. men, heroes, the followers
of king Beimi, according to Edda 109 ; it is more likely that it is a rela-
tion to Engl, beam, beaming, and means illustrious. Lex. Poet.
BEIN, n. a word common to the Teut. idioms and peculiar to them ;
[the Goth, word is not on record, as Luke xxiv. 39 and John xix. 36 are
lost in Ulf.; A. S. ban; Engl, bone; Germ, bein; Swed.-Dan. ben {been).
Sansk., Gr., Lat., and the Slav, languages agree in a totally different
root; Sansk. as/i&2; Gr. bariov; Lat. os; the Slav, branch all with an
initial c, cp. the Lat. cosla. Vide Grimm (s. v.), who suggests a rela-
tion to Gr. Paivu ; but the native Icel. words beinn, rectus, and beina,
promovere, are more likely roots ; the original sense might thus be crus,
Gr. aniXot, but Lat. os the secondary one] : — a bone. I. spec.
the leg from the knee to the foot; freq. in Swed. and Qan., but very
rare and nearly obsolete in Icel., where leggr is the common word ;
hosa strengd at beini. Eg. 602, Fms. x. 331 ; kalfar 4 beinum fram,
N. G. L. i. 339. II. gener. = Lat. os, a bone, but originally
the bones with marrow (Germ, knochen), as may be inferred from the
passages, {)a er mergund ef b. er i sundr til mergjar, J)at er mergr er i,
Grag. ii. II, i. 442, Fms. vii. I18, Viipn. 21, Fas. i. 66, Vigl. 20; st6r
bein i andliti, with a strongly-marked, high-boned face. Band. 7, whence
storbeinottr, q. v. ; viSbeina, a collar-bone ; hofuSbein, pi. head-bones,
the scull around the temples and the forehead ; er gamlir grisir skyldu
halda mer at hofuftbeinum, Grett. (in a verse) ; strjiika hofu8beinin ;
malbein, os loquendi, a small bone in the head ; hence the phrase, lata
malbeinid ganga, of one talking incessantly and foolishly : metaph.
in phrases, lata ganga me8 beini, to deal blows to the very marrow,
deal severely, Ld. 230; hafa bein i hendi (the Danes say, have been
i ncEsen), to have a boned hand, i. e. strength and power, Hrafii. 10, Al.
29. 2. pi. relics, remains {ashes) ; the phrase, bera bein, to repose,
rest, be buried ; far J)u lit til Islands, jjar mun J)(5r auSit verSa beinin at
bera, Grett. 148, Nj. 201 ; ok iSrast mi a8 aptr hvarf a5 bera b. bla vi6
hrjostr, Bjarni, 57 : — of the relics of saints, Bs. 468, 469 ; hence beina-
fsersla, u, f. removal of boties {translatio) ; in the Catholic age, when
churches were removed, the churchyard was dug up and the bones removed
also, vide Eb. (in fine), Bjarn. 19, K. J>. K. 40, Eg. (in fine). compds :
beina-vatn, n. water in which relics have been washed, Bs. ii. 173. Fel.
ix. records many medic, terms ; beina-grind, f. a skeleton ; bein-dta,
u, f. necrosis, caries ossium ; bein-brot, n.fractura ossium, Lv. 68, Grag.
ii. 17; bein-krSm, f. rachitis; bein-kveisa, u, f. osteocopus; bein-
sulLr, m. sarcostosis ; bein-verkir, m. pi. lassitudo febrilis dolorosa
universalis, Gisl. 48, cp. Pel. ix. As a poiit. circumlocution, the stone is
foldar bein, bone of the earth; saevarbein, bone of the sea. Hit., Edda (Ht.)
19, 23 ; cp. the Gr. myth of Deucalion.
beina, d. I. to stretch out, to put into motion ; b. Aug, of birds,
to stretch the wings for flight, Edda 13, Orkn. 28 ; b. skri9, of a serpent,
Stj. 98 ; b. raust, to lift up the voice, speak lotid, Gisl. 57. II.
metaph. to promote, forward ; b. for (fer6) e-s, to help one forwards,
Fms. vi. 63, Grag. i. 343, Bret. 38 ; b. til me6 e-m, to lend one help ; ek
vii b. til me& per baenum minum, / will assist thee in my prayers, Bs. i.
472 ; b. e-u til e-s, to contribute to a thing ; pessu vii ek b. til brennu
pinnar, Fb. i. 355; b. at me8 e-m, to help, assist one; hlauptii h^r lit,
ok mun ek b. at me5 per, Nj. 201 ; b. at e-u, to lend a hand to, Bjarn.
64 ; b. fyrir e-m, to entertain, of alms or hospitable treatment (whence
beini) ; b. fyrir fdtaekum. Post. 656 B.
bein-brjota, braut, to break one's bones. Barb. 167.
bein-brot, n. the fracture of bone, v. above.
bein-fastr, adj., b. sar, a wound to the bone, Sturl. ii. 222, 655 xi.
bein-fiskr, m., v. beitfiskr.
bein-gjald, n. a law term, compensation for a lesion of bone, N.G.L.
i. 172.
bein-gr6inn, part, healed {of a bone fracture). Fas. ii. 295.
bein-lidkall, m. squalus maximus.
bein-hinna, u, f. periosteum.
bein-h.6gg, n. a blow injuring the bone, opp. to sv68u sar, Sturl. i. 13.
beini, m. help, but exclusively used of hospitable entertainment, kind
treatment, hospitality ; vinna, veita, e-m beina, Eb. 268 ; pykir y8r eigi
sa b. beztr, at y3r se bor8 sett ok gefinn nattverSr ok si8an fari p^r
at sofa. Eg. 548 ; ofgorr er beininn, too much trottble taken, too much
attendance, Lv. 38 (Ed. badly 'beinan'); hofSu par blidan beina, Fms.
ii. 248, iv. 336; mikit er mi um beina pinn, what hospitable treatment!
Isl. ii. 155, Bjarn. 53-55, Fas. i. 79: ganga um beina, to wait upon
the guests, in old times (as at present in Icel.) an honourable task ; in
great banquets the lady or daughter of the house, assisted by servants,
did this office ; J>6rhildr (the daughter) g{'kk um beina, ok baru pxr
Bergpora (the mother) mat a bor8, Nj. 50, cp. Lv. 1. c, Fms. xi. 52 ; Hit
(the hospitable giantess) gekk um b., Bar8. 1 74 ; J)i8randi (the son of
the house) gekk um beina, Fms. ii. 194; — but it is added, * because be
was humble and meek,' for it was not regarded as fit work for a man ; cp.
p4 er konur gengu um b. um dagver8, Sturl. i. 132. compds : beina-
56
BEINAMADR— BEKKR.
bot, f. accommodation, comfort for guests ; Jjar var morgu viS slegit til
b., 625. 96 ; sag6i at honum ^aetti J)at mest b. at eldr vaeri kveyktr fyrir
honum, Fas. i. 230 ; {)ar var jafnau nytt mjiil haft til beinabotar, Stud.
i. 23. beina-maflr, ni. a promoter, H. E. ii. 93. beina-spell,
n. spoiling of the comfort of the guests, Bs. i. 313, Sturl. i. 22. beina-
J>'urfi, adj. ind. in need of hospitable treatment. Fas. iii. 373.
bein-knuta, u, f. a joint bone, Bs. ii. 82.
bein-kross, 11. a cross of bone, Magn. 512.
bein-lauss, adj. without bone. Fas. i. 251.
bein-lei3is, adv. directly. Fas. iii. 444.
bein-leiki, a, m. hospitable treatment, Lv. 5, Eg. 577» F^s. i. 77-
BEINM", adj., compar. beinni, superl. beinstr or beinastr. I. Gr.
opOos, Lat. rectus, opp. to wry or curved, in a straight line; b. ras, a
straight course, Sks. 217; beinstr vegr, the straigbtest, shortest way, Fms.
ix. 361, Bs. ii. 132 (very freq.) : iieut. beint, beinast, used as adv.
straight; sem beinst a J)a, Eg. 386; sva beint, straight on, 742 : _/«s<,
pit kom mer beint (just) i hug, Fms. vi. 213, 369, 371 ; b. sextigi skipa,
precisely sixty ships, xi. 114; nii beint, just now, iv. 327 ; var hann J)a
beint i zndUiti, just breathed his last, vi. 230. 2. metaph. hospitable;
Dagstyggr tok vi6 honum forkunnar vel, ok var viS hann hinn beinasti,
Sturl. ii. 125 ; varla naSu J)eir at stiga af baki, sva var bondi beinn vi6
J)a, Isl. ii. 155; Bjiirn var allbeinn vi& hann um kveldit, Fms. ii. 84;
var kerling hin beinasta i ollu, Fas. iii. 394 : also as epithet of the inn
or house, ^ar er sva beint (such hospitality), at varla J)ykkja ]peir hafa
komit i beinna sta6, in a more hospitable house, i. 77 ; svafu af J)a
nott, ok voru J)eir i allbeinum sta8, Eb. 268. II. [bein, ems'],
in compds, berbeinn, bare-legged, Hbl. 6 : as a cognom. of king Magnus
from the dress of the Highlanders assumed by him, Fms.vii; harSbeinn,
bard-legged, cognom., Ld. ; mjobeinn, tape-legged, a nickname, Landn. ;
Kolbeinn, pr. name, blacJi-legged ; hvitbeinn, white-legged, pr. name,
Landn., etc. etc.
BEINN, m. ebony, Edda (Gl.), v. basinn.
bein-serkr, m., medic. ' bone-jack,' an abnormal growth, by which the
under part of the thorax (the lower ribs) is attached to the spine ; as
a cognom.. Fas. iii. 326; cp. Bjorn s. v.
bein-skeyti, n. a straight-shooting, good shot, Fms. vii. 120, v. 337,
viii. 140, V. 1.
bein-skeyttr, adj. straight-shooting, a good shot, Fms. ii. 320.
bein-st6rr, adj. big-boned, Sturl. i. 8.
bein-stokkiill, m. a sprinkle (stiikkull) of bone. Am. 105.
bein-vaxinn, part, straight-groivn, tall and slim.
bein-veggr, m. a wedge of bone, A. A. 270.
bein-verkr, v. bein.
bein-viSi, n. and beinviSr, m. ebony, Sks. 90, Baer. 16; Lat. ilex.
bein-vi3ir, m. salix arbuscula, Hjalt.
bein-voxtr, m. bone-growth, bonyness; litill (mikill) beinviixtum, of
small (big) frame, Bs. i. 328.
beiska and beiskja, u, f. bitterness, harshness, sourness, Sks. 532 B.
beiskaldi, a, m., Lat. acerbus, a nickname, Sturl.
beiskleiki, a, and beiskleikr, s, m. bitterness, harshness, sourness;
Marat, J)at er b., Stj. 290, Rb. 336 of sulphur: metaph. acrimony, b. i
brjosti. Post. 656 C ; hjartans b. ; bitr b., Stj. 51, 421, Sks. 730 B, Magn.
502, Bs. i. 743.
beiskliga, adv., esp. in the phrase, grata b., to weep bitterly, Fms. x.
367, Th. 6, the Icel. transl. of Luke xxii. 62 ; grenja {to howl) b., Fms.
X. 256 : bitterly, grimly, bera sik b. her i moti, Stj. 143.
beiskligr, adj. bitter.
BEISKK, adj. [Dan. beedsk; Swed. besk; it is always spelt with s
(not z) in the MSS., and cannot therefore well be traced to bita, qs.
beitskr] : — bitter, sour, acrid; salt vatn ok b., Stj. 93 ; beiskar siirur, bitter
herbs, 279. Exod. xii. 8 ; b. drykkr; amara, J)at er b. at voru mali, 421,
625. 70, Sks. 539: metaph. bitter, Th. 6: exasperated, grim, angry,
smalama3r sag5i HallgerSi vigit ; hon vard beisk vi6, Nj. 60, Al. 122.
BEISL, n. a bridle, freq. in old vellum MSS. spelt beils, Fs. 128, 62,
Fms. X. 86, xi. 256 C ; with z, beizl or mod. beizli, Sks. 84, 87 new Ed.,
N. G.L. ii. 115, Grett. 122, Fms. viii. 52, v.l., Fas. ii. 508; beisl (with
s), Karl. 4, Grag. i. 439 (Kb. and Sb.), Stj. 206, Nj. 33, Fms. x. 86,
Flov. 26, etc. The word is not to be derived from bita ; this may with
certainty be inferred from comparison with the other Teut. idioms, and
even in the Roman tongues we find r after the first letter : A. S. bridle
and bridels; O. H. G. brittill ; Dutch bridel ; Engl bridle ; these forms
seem to point to the hzt. frenum ; the Scandin. idioms seem to have
elided the r ; Swed. betsel; Dan. bidsel; Icel. beils and beisl or beizl ; many
words referring to horse taming and racing are not genuine Scandinavian,
but of foreign extraction ; so is sod7ill, saddle, derived from A. S. saiSol,
Lat. sedile. compds : beisl-dl, f. bridle-rein, Flov. beisl-hringr,
m. bridle-ring, Fs. 62. beisl-tamr, adj. used to the bridle, Grag. i.
439. beisl-tatunar, m. pi. bridle-reins, Fms. xi. 256, Sturl. iii. 3x4 ;
cp. bituU.
beisla, a5, to bridle, Stj. 206,
[in England the rector of a parish is said to have ' the bite' of the
churchyard.] compds : beitar-land, n. a pasture latid. beitar-
maSr, m. owner of a pasture, Grag. ii. 286, Jb. 245. beitar-tollr,
m. a toll or fee for pasturage. II. poet, a ship. Lex. Poet.
BEIT, f. a plate of metal mounted on the brim, e. g. of a drinking
horn, the carved metal plate on an old-fashioned saddle, Fms. iii. 190;!
skalir me6 gyltum beitum, B. K. 84, Bs. ii. 244 ; cp. Caes. Bell. Gall. 6.
28 (Germani urorum cornua) a labris argento circumcludunt.
beita, u, f. bait, Bs. ii. 179, Hym. 17, Edda 38 ; now esp. for fish, and
used in many compds, e. g. beitu-fjara, u, f. the shore where shell-fish
for bait are gathered ; beitu-lauss, adj. ; beitu-leysi, n., etc.
BEITA, tt, [v. bita, beit, mordere], prop, mordere facere. I. to
graze, feed sheep and cattle; the animals in dat., b. svinum, Grag. ii.
231; nautum. Eg. 721 : the pasture in ace, b. haga, Grag. ii. 224,
225; engi, 228; afrett, 302, 329; land, 329, Eg. 721 : absol., Grag.ii.
249 : with ' i' and dat., b. i skogi, 299 : ' i' with ace, b. svinum i land
annars manns, 231 : b. upp land (ace), to spoil the pasture by grazing,
lay it bare; beittust Jia upp allar engjar, Eg. 712 : with dat., b. upp {to
consume) engjum ok heyjum, Fms. vi. 104. II. to handle,
manage a {cutting) instrument ; with dat., b. skutli, a harpoon, Fbr. 144;
sver5i, a sword, Fms. viii. 96, xi. 270; vapnum, 289. III. a
nautical term, to cruise, prop, to let the ship 'bite' the wind; undu J)eir
segl sin ok beittu lit at Njorvasundum allfagran byr, Orkn. 356; beita
J)eir i brott fra landinu, Ld. 76 ; fengu J)eir beitt fyrir Skotland, they
sailed round, weathered S., Eg. 405 ; beittu J)a sem J)verast austr fyrir
landit, 161 ; b. undir veBrit, to tack, Fb. i. 511 ; b. i haf lit, Orkn.
402 : metaph., var9 jafnan Jjeirra hlutr betri, er til bans hnigu, en hiuiw
er fra beittu, who steered away from him, Fms. viii. 47. IV
a hunting term, to hunt (cp. beiSa), the deer in ace, the dogs or
hawks in dat.; b. e-n hundum, to set hounds on him; konungr sag8i
at hann skyldi afklx5a, ok b. hundum til bana, Fms. ii. 173, x. 326:
beita haukum, to chase with hawks. Fas. i-. 175: to chase, svii beitur
ver bjornuna, Hkr. ii. 369 MS. B, vide bauta ; hann . . . hafdi beitt fimi
tronur, he had caught five cranes, Fagrsk. 77, where Hkr. 1. e has ' veitt :
sva beitu ver bjarnuna a mtirkinni norSr, sagSi hann, O. H. L. 70, c;
above; verSr Salomon konungr varr at dyr hans eru beitt, |ji8r. 231
J)eir beita J)ar mart dyr, hjortu ok bjcirnu ok hindr, 232 : metaph. ai,
reflex., b. e-m, s6g3u Jieir mundu eigi J)eim birni beitast, at deila uiu
mal hans vi& ofreflismenn slika, they said they woidd not hunt that bear,
Oik. 34 : metaph., b. e-n brogOum, velum, velraeSum . . . , to bunt one
down with tricks or schemes; fiykist fier mi allmjiik hafa komizt fyrir
mik i viti, ok beittan br6g6um i J)essu, Isl. ii. 164 ; velum, 623 ; liloguni,
Sks. 22; illu, Fas. i. 208: recipr., vi6 hcifum opt brogSum beizt, ...
schemed against each other, Fms. xi. 263 ; stundum beittust J)au vel-
roeSum, i. 57. p. to bait; the bait in dat., the angle in ace V.
to yoke to, of horse or cattle for a vehicle, the cattle almost always in ace. ;
J)a voru yxn fyrir sle6a beittir, Eb. 172 ; bjo ser vagn ok beitti best, Fms.
X. 373, Gkv. 2. 18; ok beittu fyrir tva sterka yxn, Eb. 176, Grett. il?.
Stj. 206 : with dat., b. hestum, vagni, to drive; but ace, beittu, SigurSr,
hinn blakka mar, S. saddle thy black steed, Ghv. 18: metaph., b. e-n
fyrir e-t, to put one at the head of it, Sks. 710 : reflex., beitast fyrir e-t, /o
lead a cause, to manage it, Ld. 196, Fms. viii. 22, Hkr. ii. 168. VI.
to hammer iron or metal into plates, v. beit, f.
beit-flskr, m.fish to be caught with bait, in the phrase, bita maetti b.
ef at borSi vaeri dreginn, Fbr. 180, Gisl. 135 reads beinfiskr, no doubt
wrongly : the proverb denotes a fine game, one played with slight trouble.
beiti, n. pasturage, Fbr. 65 (1852).
beiti, n., botan. erica vulgaris, heather, ling, commonly beiti-lyng,
Hm. 140.
beiti-dss, m., naut. term, a sail-yard, Fms. ii. 230, iii. 26, Hkr. i. 59.
beitill, m. (v. goibeitill), botan. equisetum arvense, mare's tail, Hjalt
belting, f. grazing, Grag. ii. 224, GuU^. 19, Landn. 289, Ld. 148.
beitinga-mdl, n. a lawsuit about right of grazing or pasturage, Landn.
287, (Ed. betting, badly.)
beiti-teigr, m. a tract of pasturage, Grag. ii. 227, 246.-
beit-lostinn, part, mounted with a metal rim, B. K. 84, D. N. i. 537
(of a book).
beit-stokkr, m., cognom., Fms. viii. 327.
beittr, adj. sharp, cutting { = bitr), of cutting instruments, Eg. 746 (freq.)
bekkjast, 6 and t, dep. to envy one, in the phrase, b. til vi6 e-n, to
seek a quarrel with, Grett. 1 27; the metaphor from guests (beggars)
elbowing one another ofl:"the benches, cp. Hm. 31.
bekkju-nautr, m. a bench-fellow, Fms. ii. 48.
bekk-kl8e3i, n. the covering of a bench, Fms. vii. 307, Js. 78.
BEKKK, jar, m. pi. ir, gen. pi. ja, dat. jum, [A.S. bene; Engl.
bench, bank; Germ, bank; Dan. bcenk ; Icel. per assimil. kk ; the Span.
batico is of Teut. origin]: — a bench, esp. of the long benches in an
old hall used instead of chairs ; the north side of a hall (that looking
towards the sun) was called aE3ri bekkr, the upper bench (Gl. 337, Ld.
294) ; the southern side iiae6ri bekkr, the lower {inferior) bench, Nj. 3J
SEIT, n. 1. pasturage.Qxkg. ii. 224, 263, 286; (\\)t\X, graiing : ^Ee,. 547, Fms. iv, 439, xi, 70, Ghim, 336, Ld. l.e; thus sitja a enn
BEKKJARBOT— BERJAMOR.
57
5ra or liaeSra bekk is a standing phrase : the placing of the benches
itfercd in Icel. and Norway, and in each country at various times ; as
:gards the Icel. custom vide Nj. ch. 34, Sturj. i. 20, 21, the banquet
t Reykholar, A.D. 1120, ii. 182, the nuptials at P'lugumy'ri, Lv. ch.
3, Ld. ch. 68, Gunnl. S. ch. 11, Isl. ii. 250, cp. Nj. 220: a ba5a
^kki, on both sides of the hall, Isl. ii. 348, cp. Gisl. 41 (in a verse),
tc. : as to foreign (Norse) customs, vide esp. Fagrsk. ch. 216, cp. Fms.
390, xi. (Jonisv. S.) 70, Ghim. ch. 6, Orkn. ch. 70, Stud. ii. 1 26 ;
e more minutely under the words ski'ili, cindvegi, pallr, etc. ; breifta,
ra bekki, is to strew or cover the benches in preparing for a feast or
edding ; bekki brei&i (imper. pi., MS. breifta), dress the benches ! Alvm.
;" bekki at stra, Em. verse I ; standit upp jiJtnar ok strait bekki, {>kv.
brynjum um bekki stra.6, the benches {wainscots ?) covered with coats of
ail, Gm. 44 : in these phrases bekkir seems to be a collective name for
le hall, the walls of which were covered with tapestry, the floor with
raw, as in the Old Engl, halls. The passage Vtkv. 10 — hveim eru bekkir
lugum sdnir — is dubious (striidir ?) ; bxia bekki, to dress the benches ;
Baldrs feflr bekki biina veit ek at sumblum. Km. 25 ; breitt var a,
kki, bru6r sat a stol, Isl. J>j66s. ii. 466 ; vide bru6arbekkr. compds :
ekkjar-b6t, f. the pride of a bench, a bride, cognom., Landn. bekk-
,r-gj5f, f. 'bench-gift,' an old custom to offer a gift to the bride whilst
e sate on the bride's bench at the wedding festival, Ld. 188, cp. Fms. ii.
J3, and in many passages in Fritzner from D. N. it seems to be syno-
mous with linfe (lin, a veil), as the bride's face on the wedding day was
;iled ; ganga und lini is a poet, phrase used of the bride on the bridal
;nch, yet Fms. x. 313, linfc e5a b. 2. as a law term, cp. Engl.
neb ; the benches in the Icigretta in Icel. were, however, usually called
illr, V. the Grag. 3. the coloured stripes in a piece of stuff.
BIjKKH, s, and jar, m. [North. E. beck ; Germ, bach ; Dan. bcek ; Swed.
i.cli], a rivulet, brook. In Icel. the word is only poet, and very rare ;
e common word even in local names of the loth century is laekr (Laekjar-
igr, -OSS, etc.) ; Siikkva-bekkr, Edda, is a mythical and pre-Icel.
me; in prose bekkr may occur as a Norse idiom, Fms. vi. 164, 335,
i. 8, 217, Jb. 268, or in Norse laws as in GJ)1. 418. At present it is
jrdly understood in Icel. and looked upon as a Danism. The phrase —
r er (brei6r) bekkr a milli, there is a beck between, of two persons sepa-
ited so as to be out of each other's reach — may be a single exception ;
irhaps the metaphor is taken from some popular belief like that re-
jrded in the Lay of the Last Minstrel, note to 3. 13, and in Burns'
iim o' Shanter — ' a running stream they dare na cross ;' some hint of
■like belief in Icel. might be in Isl. fjjoSs. i. 356. It is now and then
led in poetry, as, yfir um Kedrons breiSan bekk. Pass. 1. 15. compds :
jkkjar-kvern, f. a water-mill, B. K. 45 (Norse). bekkjar-rds,
the bed of a beck, Stj. MS. col. 138.
iekk-skrautu3r, m. (cp. bekkjarbot), the pride of the bench, epithet
Bragi, Ls. 15.
iekk-s6gn, f., poet, the people seated in a hall, Gisl. (in a verse).
)ekk-J)ili, n. the wainscoted walls of a hall, Em. i.
3EKIII, a, m. a ram. Lex. Poet. ; in prose in the form, brjota
kkrann, to break the ram's neck, Grett. 149 : now also bekra, a6, to
'at, Dan. brcEge (rare).
jielg-bera, u, f. a ' wallet-bearer,' a beggar, wretch, in swearing ; vandar
jlgberur, wretches! Nj. 142, v. 1., or a monster, v. the following word.
lelg-borinn, part, a monster child, without any trace of face, N.G.L.
3.^9-
.lelgja, 3, [Hel. belgan, ird inflart], to inflate, puff out, Fms. iii. 201,
|ial. 200 ; b. augun, to goggle, Bar6. 171 : to drink as a cow.
3ELG-K, jar, m. pi. ir, [Lat. /o//«s ; Ulf. balgs = uffKus ; A. S. biilg;
Itch balg ; Engl, belly] : — the skin, taken off whole (of a quadruped ;
iiir is the skin of a bird, hams that of a snake), nauts-belgr, katt-belgr,
s-belgr, melrakka-belgr, hafr-belgr, Grag. i. 500, 501, Fas. ii. 516 (of
)ear), Edda 73 (otter) : they were used as bags, in which to carry flour
ijolbelgr), butter (smjorbelgr), liquids (vinbelgr), curds (skyrbelgr),
rbs (jafnabelgr), or the like, (bulgos Galli saccules scorteos appel-
t, Festus) ; i laupum e5a belgjum, GJ)1. 492, cp. Grett. 107, and the
my taunt in Fms. xi. 157 — veri6 get ek hafa nokkura J)a er JyaSan
iiui hafa boriS raufottara belginn (i. e. more of scars and wounds)
sva sem J)u heiir borit, J)vi at mer J)ykir sja bezt til fallinn at geyma
iveitimjol, the rebuke of a lady to her sweetheart on his having
i out of battle with whole skin fit to keep flour in it, cp. also Nj.
[ . 2. bellows (smi6ju-belgr), Edda 70, f>i3r. 91. 3. the curved
rt of a letter of the alphabet, Skalda 1 77. II. metaph., letibelgr,
lazy fellow, Fel. 12. 53: belgr also denotes a withered, dry old man
ith a skin like parchment), with the notion of wisdom, cp. the pro-
i>, opt or skorpum belg skilin or& koma, and, a little above, opt er gott
L er gamlir kve6a, Hm. 135 ; bol vantii bro&ir er J)u {)ann belg leystir,
c or J)eim (J)urrum ?) belg boll ra3 koma, . . . deep schemes often come out
an old skin, H6m, 27 : the proverb, hafa skal ra,3 J)6 or refsbelg komi,
■« good advice, even if coming from an old fox-skin I GuUJ). ch. 18.
5ple say in Icel. lesa, tala, laera i belg, to read, talk, learn in a bag, to
^ or8abelgr, Isl. {>j68s. ii. 479 ; cp. Asbjornsen, Norse Tales, New Coll. Chr.
1856. 2. hoiVin. gluma, Hjalt.
beli, a, m. belly, a cognom.. Fas. i. 347 : botan. legumen.
beli, n. dat. bellowing ; me6 beli ok oskri. Fas. iii. 413.
belja, a3, to bellow, Viipn. 21, Hkr. i. 319, Eb. 320.
beljan, f. bellowing, lowing, Grett. 112, Bser. 19.
BELLA, ball, a defect, strong verb [cp. Lat. pello, Gr. waAAw,], to
bit, hurt, tell upon; with dat., ekki ma ofeigum bella, i.e. one not fated
to die is proof against all shots, Isl. ii. 305 ; tolf berserkjum, J)eim er
{)eir aetlu6u, at ekki mundi b.. Fas. iii. 140, 149 ; ok xtluSu ser ekki b.
mundu, Ver. 10 ; ball J)er mi, Bofi {did it strike thee ?)... Ball vist, sagfti
haim, ok ball hvergi meir en J)u hugdir, Eb. 340 ; t)ykir nii sem {teim
muni ekki b., Sturl. iii. 237.
bella, d, [A.S. healdjan; Hel. beldjan], to deal with one in a certain
way, esp. of unfair dealing; with dat., hvar viti nienn sliku bellt vi&
konungmann, who did ever see a king thus dealt with. Eg. 415; hvat
skal ek gcira vi& biskup, er sliku hefir bellt, . . . who has dared to deal thus,
Orkn. 252 ; hver . . . mun hafa J)essu bellt, at brjota gu6 varn Bal, Stj.
391. Judges vi. 99; but more freq. in poetry, bella svikum, to deal in
treason, Hallfre3 ; lygi, |)kv. 10 ; brag&i, Am. 55 ; b. glaumi, gle3i, to be
in high spirits, Gkv. 2. 29 ; cp. mod. bralla, a3, brellur, f. pi. tricks.
belli-bragd, n. knavish dealing, a trick, Grett. 91, |>orst. hv. 46.
bellinn (mod. brellinn), adj. trickish, Grett. 22 new Ed.
bell-visi, f. trickishness, Finnb. 294.
BELTI, n. [Lat. balteus; Engl. beW], a belt, esp. a belt of metal
(silver) or embroidered, esp. belonging to a woman, Ld. 284, Sturl. iii.
189, Nj. 1, 24 : belonging to a man, with a knife fastened to it, Fs. loi,
Fms. iv. 27 ; knif ok belli ok voru fiat g63ir gripir, Gisl. 54, Fms. ix.
25, Fb. ii. 8, Nj. 91. coMPDS : belta-drdttr, m. a game, two boxers
tied together with one girdle, also in use in Sweden : hence a close
struggle, Fms. viii. 181 . beltis-piiss, m. a belt-pocket, GullJ). 47, Sturl.
1. c. Art. 70. beltis-sta3r, m. the belt-waist, Gisl. 71, Fms. iv. 56.
In poetry the sea is called the belt of islands or of the earth. 2. Belti,
Mare Balticum, is derived from the Lithuanian baltas = albus. 3.
astron. a zone, himinbelti, hitabelti, kuldabelti.
BEN", jar, f. pi. jar (neut., N.G.L. i. 387; stor ben, ace. pi. n., Gisl.
(in a verse), v. bani above. I. a luound ; as a law term, esp. a
mortal wound (cp. bani) ; thus defined, skal Scor lysa, en ben ef at bana
verSr, Grag. ii. 18, 29, 70; benjar a hinum dauda manni, 28; sva skal
nefna vatta at siirum sem at benjum, 30 ; and in the compds, benja-
lysing, f. a sort of coroner's inquest upon a slain man, Grag. ii. 29 ;
benja-vdttr, m. a sort of coroner's jury, defined in Grag. ii. 28 — J)eir
eigu at bera, hve margar benjar eru, they have to give a verdict how many
mortal wounds there are ; en buakvi6r {the jury) hverir sannir eru at ;
benja-vsetti, n. the verdict of a benjavattr, Grag. id. II. yet
commonly ' ben' means a small bleeding wound ; J)eirri bloSgri ben, er
Otkell veitti mer averka, Nj.87, Sd. 139, Fs. 144, in the last passage,
however, of a mortal wound. It is now medic, the wound produced
by letting blood. In old poetry it is used in a great many compds.
bend, f. = ben, N.G.L. i.159, 166.
benda, u, f. a bundle, GJ)1. 492 : now metaph. entanglement. 2. a
bond, tie, v. hofu6benda : naut. term, a stay.
benda, d, later t, [Goth. bandvian~\, to beckon, give a sign with the
bands OT eyes: with dat., hann bendi J)eim at fylgja ser, Horn. 1 13,
K. f>. K. 37, Orkn. 426 : metaph. to forebode, betoken, Horn. 137, Skalda
170, Stj. 101 : with ace. of the thing, Akv. 8.
benda, d, mod. t, [band], Lat. curvare, to bend; b. sverS um kne ser,
Fms. X. 213 ; benda boga, to bend a bow, Grag. ii. 21, Fas. ii. 88, 330;
b. upp, Nj. 107; benda hlifar, Rm. 39; pToh. = 'La.i.fIectere, nectere, to
join, as in mod. usage, b. tunnu, to hoop a tub : recipr., bendast ii um e-t,
to strive, contest about, Fms. viii. 39 1 , v. 1. : metaph. to give away, Al. 44.
bendi, n. a cord, Fms. iii. 209.
bendill, m., dimin. a small cord, string, Edda 23I. 2. a sort of
seed, Edda (Gl.)
bending, f., Lat. nutus, a sign, token, Rb. 348, Fms. i. 10 ; bo3 ok b.,
Stj. 36 : foreboding, betokeni?ig, Fms. vii. 195, Ld. 260.
benja, a3, to wound mortally, Fm. 25.
ben-lauss, ?id]. free from wounds, N.G.L. i. 357.
ben-rogn, n. an air. \ey., Nj. 107 (cp. the verse, p. I18), bloody rain,
a prodigy, foreboding, slaughter, plague, or like events, cp. Eb. ch. 51,
Dl. verse i.
benzl, n. a bow in a bent state; taka boga af benzlum, to unbend a
bow, Str. 44.
BEE., n., gen. pi. berja, dat. jum, [Goth. 6ast; A.S.beria; Genn.
beere ; cp. also the A.S. basu] : — a berry, almost always in pi., Grag. ii.
347; lesa ber, to gather berries, Jb. 310, Bs. i. 135: — distinguished,
vinber, the vine-berry, grape ; esp. of Icel. sorts, blaber, the bleaberry, bil-
berry,whortleberry ; 2.bi[\>\&htr,Vaccinium myrtillus; )<.xxk.\\)ex ,empetrum ;
einirber, juniperus; hrutaber, rubus saxatilis; jarSarber, strawberry ;
sortuber or mulningr, arbutus, Hjalt. compds : berja-hrat, n. the
d or talk on foolishly, or to learn by rote; cp, the tale about the Is^owe in a berry, beiga-mor, m. baccetum; fara a, b., to go a-black
58
BERJAVIN— BERA.
beija-vln, n. berry-wine (cp. Engl, gooseberry-, elderberry- jh. svivirSing, x. 333 : absol., potti honum mikit vig Kjartans, en J)6 t>^
hann drengilega, he bore it manftilly, Ld. 226; er J)at livizka, at b. «'
slikt, not to bear or put up with, Gliim. 327 ; b. harm, to grieve, Fms.
berrying.
wine), Bs. i. 135.
BUBA, u, f. I. [bjorn], a she-bear, Lat. ttrsa; the primitive
root ' ber' remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), bjorn
(q. V.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9 : in many
Icel. local names, Beru-fjor6r, -vik, from Polar bears ; fem. names, Bera,
Hallbera, etc., Landn. II. a shield, poet., the proverb, baugr er
a beru saemstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.). Lex. Poet., Edda (Gl.) ;
hence names of poems Beru-drapa, Eg.
bera, a&, [berr, nudus^, to make bare, Lat. nudare; hon berafti likam
sinn, Bret. 2 2 : impers., berar halsinn (ace), the neck became bare, Bs. i. 624.
SSB.A, bar, baru, borit, pres. berr, — poet, forms with the suffixed
negative ; 3rd pers. sing. pres. indie, berrat, Hm. 10 ; 3rd pers. sing. pret.
barat, Vellekla ; 1st pers. sing, barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek,
Hs. 8 ; 2nd pers. sing, bartattu ; 3rd pers. pi. barut, etc., v. Lex. Poet.
\Gx. ((>ipiiv; Lzi. ferre; UlLbairan; A.S. beran ; Germ, gebdren ; Eng\.
bear; Swed. b'dra; Dan. b(Bre\
A. 'L-ai. ferre, portare : I. prop, with a sense of motion,
to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with
ace, Egil tok mj66drekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi scr, Eg. -237 ;
bar hann heim hris, Rm. 9 ; konungr let bera inn kistur tvaer, baru tveir
menn hverja. Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32;
bera (farm) a skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182 ; toku alia osku ok baru a a
(amnem) ut, 623. 36 ; ok bar {)at (carried it) i kerald, 43, K. f>. K. 92 ;
b. mat a bor8, i stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af
bor6i, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc. 2.
Lat. gesture, f err e, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja
dyr er konungr haf6i borit, Eg. 318 ; b. koronu, to wear the crown, Fms.
x. 16 ; atgeir, Nj. 119 ; vapn, 209 : metaph., b. aegishjalm, to inspire fear
and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30,
38, Fms. V. 64, vi. 413 ; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle,
vi. 406. 3. b. e-t a hesti (aburSr), to carry on horseback ; Au8unn
bar mat a hesti, Grett. 107 ; ok bar hris a hesti, 76 new Ed. ; J)eir baru
asjauhestum, gSnewEd. II. without a sense of motion : 1.
to give birth to; [the root of bam, 6a?>« ; byrja, incipere; hurbr, partus;
and hmT,fllius: cp. Lzt. parere ; also Gr. <pipeiv, Lat. ferre, of child-
bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ' ala' and 'faeSa' are used
of women ; but ' bera,' of cows and sheep ; hence sau5bur5r, casting
0/ lambs, kyrburdr; a cow is snembaer, sidbaer, Jolabaer, calves early,
late, at Vule time, etc. ; var ekki van at hon {the cow) mundi b. fyr en
um varit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kyr hafSi borit kalf, Bjarn. 32 ; bar hvarr-
tveggi sau6rinn sinn bur5, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of
men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, arborinn,
endrborinn, frjalsborinn, go&borinn, holdborinn, hersborinn, konung-
borinn, 66alborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, liborinn, J)rgel-
borinn, etc. ; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa J)ann soma, sem
ek em til borinn, . . . entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102 ; hann hafSi blindr
verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2 : esp. borinn e-m,
born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, H5m. 2, Gs. 9, V{)m. 25, Stor. 16,
Vkv. 1 5 ; borinn fra e-m, Hdl. 24 : the other tenses are in theol. prose
used of Christ, hans blezaSa son er virftist at lata berast hinga& i
heim af sinni blezaSri m63ur, Fms. i. 281 ; otherwise only in poetry,
eina dottur (ace.) berr alfroSull (viz. the sun, regarded as tlie mother),
VJ)m. 47 ; hann Gjalp um bar, hann Greip um bar . . ., Hdl. 36 : borit
(sup.), Hkv. I.I. p. of trees, flowers ; b. avoxt, blom . . .,to bear fruit,
flower . . . (freq.) ; bar aldinviSrinn tvennan bloma, Fms. ix. 265 ; cp.
the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr. 2. denoting to load, with ace.
of the person and dat. of the thing : a. in prop, sense ; hann haf6i
borit sik mjiik vapnum, be had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy
armour, Sturl. iii. 250. p. but mostly in a metaph. sense ; b. e-n
ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrli&i, ofriki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome,
oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grag. i. loi, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr.
ii. 371, GJ)1. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers.
badly) ; b. e-n raSum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296 ; b. e-n malum,
to bear him down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj.151 ; b. e-n bjori, to
make drunk, Vkv. 26 : medic, borinn verkjum, sott, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5 ;
bcilvi, Gg. 2 : borne down, feeling heavy pains; {)ess er borin van, no hope,
all hope is gone, Ld. 250 ; borinn sok, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324,
H. E. i. 561 ; bra3um borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. iii ; b.
fe, gull a e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i.e. to bribe one, Nj. 62 ; borinn
baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5 ; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase,
b. f6 i dom, to bribe a court, Griig., Nj. 240. 3. to bear, support,
sustain, Lat. sustinere, tolerare, ferre : o. properly, of a ship, horse,
vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing ; Jjeir hl68u bae8i skipin sem bor8
baru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302; — a ship 'berr' (carries) such
and such a weight ; but ' tekr' (takes) denotes a measure of fluids. p.
metaph. to sustain, support; dreif {)annig sva mikill mannfjoldi at landit
fi^kk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56 ; but metaph. to bear up against, endure,
support grief, sorrow, etc., syndist ollum at Gu6 hefSi naer aetlad hvat
hann mimdi b. mega, Bs. i. 139 ; bi8r hann friSar ok {)ykist ekki mega b.
reidi hans, Fms. iii. 80 : the phrase, b, harm sinn i hljoSi, to suffer silently ;
425 : in the phrases, b. sik, b. af s^r, berask, berask vel (ilia, litt), to
bear otieself to bear up against misfortune ; Gu8ninu J)6tti mikit frafall
borkels, en \d bar hon skoruliga af ser, she bore her bravely up, Ld.
326-328; lezt hafa spurt at ekkjan baeri vel af ser harmana, Eb.
88; berask af; hversu bersk Au8r af um br65urdau8ann ? Qoow does
she bear itf) ; h6n bersk af litt (she is much borne down) ok J)ykir mikit,
Gisl. 24 ; mun oss vandara gort en o8rum at ver berim oss vel (Lat.
for titer ferre), Nj. 197; engi ma6r hefSi J)ar jamvel borit sik, none had
borne himself so feoW/y, Sturl. iii. 132 ; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up
against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17 ; b. sik beiskliga (sorely), Stj. 143 ;
b. sik litt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61 ; b. sik at gora e-t, to do one's best,
try a thing. III. in law terms or modes of procedure : 1.
bera jarn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. jarnbur6r,
skirsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with
Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen
ordeals ' holmganga,' and ' ganga undir jarSarmen,' v. this word. In
Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternit\
of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hak. IS
ch. 14, 41-45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jomsv. S.) ch. il, Grett
ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in
Norway A.D. 1247. In Icel. it is very rarely mentioned, vide how-
ever Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147,
and Grag. i. 341, 361 ; it seems to have been very seldom used there.
(the passage in Grett. S. 1. c. refers to Norway.) 2. bera lit (henc^
litburSr, q.v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimn
R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, i;
was a lawful act, but seldom exercised ; the chief passages on record
are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok J)at var {)a siftvandi nokkurr, er land var allt
alhei5it, at J)eir menn er felitlir voru, en st68 6meg8 mjok til handa l(5tu
lit bera born sin, ok J)6tti J)6 ilia gort avalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Har3. S. ch.
8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Jjorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S.
ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance) ; cp. Jomsv. S. ch. I. On the introduction
of Christianity into Icel. A.D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eat-
ing of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain m
force, lb. ch. 9 ; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place imme-
diately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind what-
ever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shewn to
the father, who had to fix its name ; exposure, after any of these acts,
was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.) ; v. also
a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus
Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning,
ala skal barn hvert er borit ver8r, i.e. all children, if not of monstrous shape,
shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363. p. b. lit (now more usual,
hefja lit. Am. loo), to carry out for burial ; vera erf5r ok lit borinn. Odd.
20; var hann heyg6r, ok ut borinn at fornum si8, Fb. i. 123; b. a bal,
to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in.
the old heathen time. Fas. i. 487 (in a verse) ; var hon borin a balit ok
slegit i eldi, Edda 38.
B. Various and metaph. cases. I. denoting motion : 1..
' bera ' is in the Grag. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by tt
jury (biiar), either ' bera' absol. or adding kvi3 (verdict) • bera a e-n, or.
b. kvi5 a e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty ; bera af e-m, or
b. af e-m kviSinn, to give a verdict for ; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t,
to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vaetti, also simply means ft
testify, to witness, Nj. Ill, cp. kvi5bur9r (delivering of verdict), vitniv.
burSr (bearing witness), Grag. ii. 28 ; eigi eigu biiar (jurors) enn at b.
um J)at hvat log eru a landi h(5r, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to
decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl, maxim, that jurors hare
only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grag. (Kb.) ch. 85 >
eigi eru biiar skildir at b. um hvatvetna ; um engi mal eigu J)eir at skilja,
J)au er erlendis (abroad) hafa gorzt, id. ; the form in delivering the
verdict — hofiim v6r (the jurors), or&it a eitt sattir, berum a kviSburdiqn, ]
berum hann sannan at siikinni, Nj. 238, Grag. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; 1
annat sinn baru J)eir a Flosa kvi&inn, id.; b. annattveggja af e8r a; b.
undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kviS i hag (for), Grag. i. 55; b.'
lysingar vaetti, Nj. 87 ; b. vitni ok vaetti, 28, 43, 44 ; b. Ijiigvitni, to bear
false witness, GrAg. i. 28 ; b. orb, to bear witness to a speech, 43 ; ben
fraendsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147 -
reflex., berask or vaetti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to
bear witness or to give a verdict, 44 : berask in a pass, sense, to be proved
by evidence, ef vanefni b. pess manns er a bond var lyst, Grag. i. 257;
nema jafhmaeli berisk, 229 ; {)6tt J)er berisk J)at fa8erni er J)u segir, Fms.
vii. 164; hann kva8st aetla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be
able to get evidence for, Fs. 46. p. gener. and not as a law term ;
b. a, b. a hendr, to charge; h. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95 ; eigi erum ,
vor {)essa valdir er J)u berr a oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 25l»
Th. 78 ; b. e-m a brynn, to throw in one's face, to accuse, Greg. 51 ; b. !
af s^r, to deny; eigi mun ek af m^r b., at . . . («o« diffitebor), Nj. 271 »'
BERA.
59
)tt vitni, to give one a good . . ., II ; b. e-m vel (ilia) soguna,
favourable (unfavourable') witness of one, 271. 2. to bear
' of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding
, .)r6, orSsending, eyrindi, bofi, sogu, njosii, fr6tt . . ., or by adding
■:]•., b. fram, fra, upp, fyrir; b. kveftju, to bring a greeting, cotnpli-
\ t, Ki;. 127 ; b. erindi (sin) fyrir e-n, to plead one's case before one, or
i':ll one's errand, 472, 473 ; b. njosn, to apprise, Nj. 131 ; b. fram, to
Iver (a speech), tala6i jungherra Magnus hit fyrsta erindi {M. made
nfirst speech in public), ok fanst monnum mikit um hversu libernsliga
ill var borit, Fms. x. 53 ; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to
tounce, hence ' framburSr,' prontmciation) ; niun ek J)at mi fram b.,
•all now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37 ; b. fra, to attest, relate with
>hasis; xnk t)at fra b., Dropl. 21 ; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell,
t slik lygi s6 upp boriu fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him. Eg.
Jmet (viz. charges) ur5u engar upp bornar (produced) vi8 Riit, Nj.
berr Sigtryggr J)egar upp erindi sin (cp. Germ, offenbaren), 271, Ld.
; b. upp gatu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 41 1, Fas. i. 464 ; b.
r, to plead as an excuse ; b. saman rd6 sin, or the like, to consult,
91 ; eyddist J)at ra6, er J)eir baru saman, which they bad designed,
t. 656 A. ii ; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession,
Ti. 124, 655 XX. II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory
>e, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title ; b.
1, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction ; tignar nafn, haulds
1, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bonda nafn, Fms. i. 1 7,
278, xi. 44, GJ)1. 106 : in a more metaph. sense, denoting endow-
its, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gaefu, hamingju, au6nu til
to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc. ; at |>6r61fr mundi eigi
ndis gaefu til b. um vinattu vi6 Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164,
t8 ; lihamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnattu a (yfir) e-t, to bring wit,
wledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7 ; hence vel (ilia)
borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit. Eg. 51 ; vel hyggjandi borinn,
? endowed with reason, Grag. ii ; b. hug, traust, araedi, Jjor, til e-s, to
a courage, confidence . . .to do a thing, GullJ). 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band.
b. dhyggju, onn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b.
elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one ; b. hatr, to hate : b. svort
u, to have dark eyes, poet., Korm. (in a verse) ; b. snart hjarta, Horn,
vant er J)at af sja hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his
■t, Orkn. 474 ; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart. Lex. Poet.,
etc. ; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, hzt. festinare,
s. viii. 57. 2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away,
>y off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the
ory from or in . . .; hann haf5i borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er
;star-hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi.
• ; bera banaorft af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor ; {)6rr
: banaorS af Mi6gar5sormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400 : it seems properly
mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man ; ver&at sva rik
p, at Regin skyli mitt banor8 bera, Fm. 39 ; b. hserra, Ixgra hlut,
bear off the higher or the lower lot,' i. e. to get the best or the worst
It, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi.
; b. efra, haerra skjold, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory,
194, Lex. Poet. ; b. hatt (lagt) h6fu6it, to bear the head high (low),
to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91 ; but also, b. halann bratt (lagt),
oek up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant
loto mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried;
Jjii til Islands, par mun Jper au6iS verSa beinin at b., Grett. 91 A ; en
biygg ek at J)U munir h^r b. beinin i Norftralfunni, Orkn. 142 ; b. fyrir
&, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; ver6r |36rhalli mi fyrir
5 borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fser. 234 ; b. brj(3st fyrir e-m,
i>« the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263 : also, b. hond
r hofud ser, metaph. to put one's hand before one's head, i. e. to defend
ielf; b. aegishjdlm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16,
A. L 2. III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp.
ur8r, yfirburSr), to excel, surpass ; eigi sa hvarttveggja feit er af o5rum
r, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15 ; en J)6 bar BoUi af, B. surpassed all
rest, Ld. 330 ; pat mannval bar eigi minnr af 68rum monnum um
leik, afl ok fraeknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af o8rum skipum, Fms. ii.
1 ; at hinn litlendi skal yfir b. (outdo) pann sem Enskir kalla meistara,
431 : b. til, to apply, try if it fits ; en er peir baru til (viz. shoes to
hoof of a horse), pa var sem hsefSi hestinum, ix. 55 ; bera til hvern
11 at 66rum at portinu, Thom. I41 ; b. e-t vi8, to try it on (hence
3ur8r, experiment, effort) : h. um, to wind round, as a cable roijnd a
or the like, Nj. 115; pa bar hann pa festi um sik, made' it fast
nd his body, Fms. ix. 219 ; ' b. e-t undir e-n' is to consult one, ellipt.,
undir dom e-s; 'b. e-t fyrir' is to feign, use as excuse: h. a, i, to
or, anoint; b. vatn i augu s(5r, Rb. 354 ; b. tjoru i hofuS ser, Nj. 181,
tn. 70, 73, cp. abur&r ; b. gull, silfr, a, to ornament with gold or silver,
114, Finnb. 258 : is now also used = /o </m«^, b. a voU ; b. vapn a e-n,
Jttack one with sharp weapons. Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334 : b. eld at, to set
to, Nj. 122; b. fjotur (bond) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms.
72, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bond berask at e-m, a law term, the
fence bears against one; b. af s^r, to parry off; GyrSr berr af s4r lagit,
G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 4a I ; cp. A, II. 3. 0. TV. reflex.,
berask mikit 4 (cp. Aburftr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. Hti8 A, to bear
oneself humbly ; hann var hinn kiitasti ok barst 4 mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii.
219, Eb. 258; b. litid a, Clem. 35 ; l&ta af berask, to die; Ottarr vill
skipa til um fjarfar sitt a&r hann lati af b., Fms. ii. 1 2 : berask fyrir, to
abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; her munu vit I4ta fyrir b..
Fas. iii. 471 ; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk
hann pat fyrir at sja aldregi konur, Greg. 53 ; at nj6sna um hvat hann
baerist fyrir, to inquire into what hewas about, Fms. iv. 184, Vigl. 19. p.
recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjot eptir, to seek for one another's life,
Gliim. 354 : b. vapn a, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii.
53- 7- pass., sar berask a e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to
get wounds and give way, Nj. : — berask vi8, to be prevented, not to do ;
ok mi 16t Almattugr Gu8 vi6 berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented
the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144 ; en mer paetti gott ef vi8 baerist,
sva at hon kaemi eigi til pin, vi. 210, vii. 219 ; ok var p4 biiit at hann
mundi pegar lata hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann 16t pat vi& berask,
he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35 ; pvi at monnum potti sem
pannig mundi helzt lihaefa vi3 berask, that mischief would thus be best
prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
C. Impers. : — with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp,
sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening
suddenly or by chance : I. with ace. it bears or carries one to a
place, i. e. one happens to come ; the proverb, alia (ace.) berr at sama
brunni, all come to the same well (end'), Lat. omnes una manet nox ; bar
hann pa ofan gegnt Ozuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite
to O., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25 : esp. of ships or sailors ; mi berr sva til
(happens) herra, at ver komum eigi fram ferftinni, berr oss (ape.) til Islands
e8r annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms.
iv. 176; pa (ace. pi.) bar su8r i haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 1 24. p.
as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) lit kniittinn, the ball rolls
out, Gisl. 26, cp. p. 1 10 where it is transit. ; berr Gisli ok lit knottinn,
vide Vigl. ch. II, Grett.ch. i7,Vd.ch.37, Hallfr.S.ch.2. y Skarphe6in
(ace.) bar nu at peim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. I44 ; bar at
Hroaldi pegar allan skjoldinn, the shield was dashed against H.'s body,
198; ok skyldu saeta honum, ef hann (ace.) baeri par at, if he should
perchance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406 ; e-n berr yfir, it bears one,
i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding ; pottist vita, at
hann (ace.) mundi fljotara yfir bera ef hann ri6i en gengi, that he would
get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7 ; hann (ace.) bar skjott
yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194 ; e-n berr undan,
escapes. 2. also with ace. followed by prepp. vi3, saman, jafnframt,
hja, of bodies coinciding or covering one another : loc, er jafnframt ber
jadrana tungls ok solar, if the orb of the moon and stin cover each other,
Rb. 34 ; pat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (ace.) berr jafht a milium var
ok solar (i.e. in a moon eclipse), 108 ; ber nokkut ja8ar (ace.) pess hja
solar jaSri, 34 ; Gunnarr ser at rau8an kyrtil (ace.) bar vi8 glugginn, G.
sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 1 14 ; bar fyrir utan pat
skip vapnabur8 (ace.) hei8ingja (gen. pi.), the missiles of the heathens
passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232 ;
hvergi bar skugga (ace.) a, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118 ; pan gat
sem helzt matti nokkut 3rfir pa skugga bera af skoginum, where they were
shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239 ; e-t berr fram (hatt), a
body is prominent, Lat. eminet ; Olafr konungr st65 1 lyptingunni, bar
hann (ace.) hatt mjok, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308 ; b. yfir,
potti mjok bera hlj63 (ace.) par yfir er Olafr sat, the sound was heard
over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21 ; b. a milli, something comes between;
leiti (ace.) bar a milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263 : metaph., e-m berr
e-t a milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1. ; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirbur8r,
vision), of a vision or the like ; mart (ace.) berr mi fyrir augu m^r,
ek se . . ., many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt
pat er fyrir hann haf3i borit, i. e. all the dream, 195 ; eina nott berr
fyrir hann i svefni mikla syn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiSi (ace.) berr i
hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one's lot; h^f
baeri vei3i i hendr mi, here would be a game, Nj. 252 ; e-t berr undan
(a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one's oppor-
tunity ; vel vaeri pa ... at pa vei8i (ace.) bxri eigi undan, that this game
should not go amiss, 69 ; en ef petta (ace.) berr undan, if this breaks
down, 63 ; hon bad hann pa drepa einhvern manna bans, heldr en
allt (ace.) baeri undan, rather than that all should go amiss. Eg. 258 :
absol., pyki mer ilia, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljuni ver
ekki at undan beri zt . . ., we will by no means miss it . . ., Fms. viii. 309,
v.l. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjarhlutr sa er dtt haf3i Ari, bar undan
Gu8mundi) is hardly correct, fjarhlut pann would run better, cp. bera
undir, as a law term, below. II. adding prepp. ; b. vi8, at, til, at
hendi, at moti, til handa . . ., to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere,
with dat. of the person, (v. atburSr, vi8bur8r, tilbur8r) ; engi hlut skyldi
pann at b., no such thing should happen as . . ., Fms. xi. 76 ; sva bar at
einn vetr, it befell, x. 201 ; pat hefir nu vist at hendi borit, er . . ., Nj.
174 ; p6 petta vandrse8i (ace.) hafi mi borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7 ;
,b. til handa, id., Sks. 327 ; bar honum svd til, so it befell bim, Fms. xi.
60
BERA—BERJA.
425; at honum baeri engan va&aligan hint til a veginum, that nothing'
dangerous should be/all him on the way, Stj. 212 ; bxri J)at J)a svii vid,
at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that . . ., 102 ; fat bar vi&
at Hiigni kom, 169, 172, 82 ; rauu (ace.) berr a, it is proved by the fact,
event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185. 2. temp., e-t berr a, it happens to fall
on ; ef J)ing (ace.) ber a hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the
holy week (Whitsun), Grag. i. 106 ; ef Crucis messu (ace.) berr a Drottins
dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei sva optarr a
oldinui, 78 ; {)at er mi berr oss naest, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii.
182 : b. i moti, to happen exactly at a time ; J)etta (ace.) bar i m6ti at
henna sama dag anda6ist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468 ; b. saman, id. ; bar
J)at saman, at J)u, var Gunnarr at segja brennusoguna,7MS< when G. tvas
about telling the story, Nj. 269. 3. metaph. of agreement or separa-
tion; en J)at (ace.) J)ykir mjcik saman b. ok \iessi frasiign, Fms. x. 276 :
with dat., bar oUum sogum vel saman, all the records agreed well together,
Nj. 100, V. 1. ; berr nu enn 1 sundr meS J)eim, Bjarna ok |>orkat!i at sinni,
B. and Th. missed each other, Vapn. 25. 4. denoting cause ; e-t (ace.)
berr til . . ., causes a thing; aetluSu \>zt J)4 allir, at pzt mundi til bera, that
that was the reason, Nj. 75 ; at J)at beri til skilna3ar okkars, that this will
make us to part (divorce), 261 ; konungr spur6i, hvat til bajri ligleSi hans,
what was the cause of bis grief? Fms. vi. 355 ; J)at berr til tunglhlaups,
Rb. 32. p. meiri van at bratt beri J)at (ace.) til bota, at herviliga
steypi hans riki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264 ;
fjorir eru feir hlutir er menn (ace.) berr i sett li landi Mr, there are four
cases under which people may be adopted, Grag. i.361. y. e-t berr
undir e-u, falls to a person's lot; hon a arf at taka J)egar er undir hana
berr, in her turn, 1 79 ; mikla erfd (ace.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.) ; berr
yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. fra, id. (fraburSr) ; herjimikill
sva at {)at (ace.) bar fra J)vi sem a5rir menn. Eg. 305 ; er sagt, at t)at
baeri fra hve vel {)eir mailtu, it was extraordinary how well they did
speak, Jb. 1 1 ; bar ^zt mest fra hversu ilia hann var lima6r, but above
all, how . . ., (3. H. 74. 5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form ;
e-t berr braftum, happens of a sudden ; berr J)etta (ace.) mi allbrd6um,
Fms. xi. 139 ; cp. vera braSum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above) ;
berr storum, staerrum, it matters a great deal; aetla ek staerrum b.
hin lagabrotin (ace.), they are much more important, matter more, vii.
305 ; var {)at g66r kostr, sva at storum bar, xi. 50 ; hefir oss or3it
svii mikil vanhyggja, at storu berr, an enormous blunder, Gisl. 51 ;
sva langa lei3, at storu bar. Fas. i. 116; J)at berr storum, hversu mer
boknast vel J)eirra athaefi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their
service, i.e. / do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr J)at allsmam
hversu vel mer likar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296. p. with
dat., it is fitting, becoming ; sva mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til
at hafa eptir lijgum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10 ; berr til
handa, it falls to otie's lot, v. above, Grag. i. 93. III. answer-
ing to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, ilia, with infinit. ;
e-m berr, it beseems, becoines one; berr J)at ekki n6 stendr J)vihkum
h6fu5fe6r, at falsa, Stj. 132 ; berr y8r (dat.) vel, herra, at sjii, sannindi
a {)essu mali, Fms. ix. 326 ; sag6i, at {)at bar eigi Kristnum monnum, at
saera Gu6, x. 22 ; J)a, si6u at mer beri vel, Sks. 353 B : used absol., berr
vel, ilia, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper ; at-
haefi J)at er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282 ; f)at fykir ok eigi ilia
bera, at ma&r hafi svart skinn til hosna, i.e. it suits pretty well, 301 : in
case of a pers. pron. in ace. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes per-
sonal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda
(not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty ; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) y8r
(ace.) ber til J)ess at lata jail einn raSa, Fms. i. 52 : also leaving the dat.
out, skylda berr til at vera forsjama5r meft honum, vii. 280 ; eigi berr
her til liviska min, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135. IV.
when the reflex, inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers.
character and is turned from ace. into nom., e. g. ])ar (J)at ?) mun
hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv.
34; cp. hugarburftr, /awcy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir
^etta (nom.) vel i moti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104 ; ef sva har6-
liga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, G{)1. 55 ; barsk sii
uhamingja (nom.) til a Islandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the
passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar J)a lihamingju . . . ;
{)at (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir varir (nom.) hafa
at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256 ; J)at barsk at a einhverju sumri.
Eg. 154; bxrist at um siftir at allr J)ingheimrinn ber6ist, 765, cp. berast
vid, berask fyrir above (B. V.) : berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked
about; var ^ess van, at fylkingar mundu berast i hergiingunni, that they
would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74 ; Hrolfr gckk at ram-
liga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, J)ar til er
hann fell. Fas. iii. ■253 ; barst JokuU allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrest-
ling), Isl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189 : vide B. IV.
D. In mod. usage the strong bera — bar is also used in impersonal
phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a
negative preceding, e.g. ekki bar (ber) a J)vi, it could {can) not be
seen
and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instanr
previous to the Reformation ; the use is certainly of late date, a
affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong ; the reverse
more freq. the case. |
ber-bakt, n. adj., ri6a b., to ride bare-back, i. e. without saddle]]
Gliim. 362.
ber-beinn, adj. bare-legged, Fms. vii. 63, Harbl. 5.
ber-brynja3r, part, without coat of mail, Sd. 146, Bs. i. 541.
ber-dreymr, now berdreyminn, adj. [draumr], having 'bare' (i.ej
clear, true) dreams as to the future, v. Isl. j3J66s. ii. 91, Isl. ii. 91, J'bj
iii. 447, Gisl. 41.
berendi, n. = berfo, N.G. L. i. 70, 225. Ij
hev-f6, n. a female animal, opp. to gra6f<5, Grag. i. 426, Jb. 431.
ber-fjall, n. 1. [ber=bjorn and ipW, fell = penis'], a bear-sh
Vkv. 10 (2). 2. [berr, nudus, and f]z\\,fell = mons'], a bare fell
rocky hill, (now freq.)
ber-fsettr, adj. bare-footed, bare-legged, Bs. i. 83, Hkr. ii. 259, Fm-
vii. 63, X. 331. compd: berfsettu-brseSr, m. pi. a minorite, bare'
footed friar, Ann. 1265.
BEBG, n. [Ulf. bairga=fi opftvr]; A.S.biorh; Germ, berg; Dan
bjcerg ; Swed. berg ; cp. bjarg and borg, in Swed. and Dan. berg mean '
a mountain gener., = leel. fjall ; in Icel. berg is a special name] :— r
rock, elevated rocky ground, as in logberg ; vadberg, a rock on the short
where the angler stands ; moberg, a clay soil, saxtim terrestri-arenacenn
fuscum, Eggert Itin. ; J)ursaberg is a sort of whetstone, cp. Edda 58; aiii'
heinberg, hone-stone, id. ; silfrberg, silver-ore, Stj. ; ii bergi, on a rock 0
rocky platform. p. a rock, boulder; var6 b. eitt undir hcifdi honum'
Flov. 31. -y. a precipice =b]oYg; framan 1 bergi, Fms. vii. Si, Eg'
581, Hkr. i. 151 ; meitilberg.
berg-bui, a, m. a berg-dweller, i.e. n giant, Landn. 171, Bar9. 164.
berg-danir, m. pi. the Danes, (inhabitants) of rocks, giants, Hym. 17.
berg-hamarr, m. a rocky projection, Horn. 117.
berg-hJifl, f. the side or slope of a b., Fms. viii. 57, = Icel. fjallshliS.
berg-h6gg, n. a qtiarry, fjjal. 8 ; cp. berhiigg.
bergi-biti, a, m. a bit to taste, Sturl. ii. 132.
bergiligr, adj. inviting to taste, Sks. 528.
berging (bergning, Eluc. 20), f. tasting, taste, Stj. 292, Horn. 53
Magn. 486, Eluc. 54.
bergisamligr, adj. = bergiligr, Sks. 528.
BERGrJA, &, [A. S. beorgan; hzt. gustare'], to taste; with dat., j[j'
gunna vildi ongum mat b., Th. would taste no food, Eb. 262 ; b. olvi, Ls. •
J)eir berg5u engu nema snjo, Fms. viii. 52, 303, Stj. 268, Andr. 70;
Gu6s holdi ok bl66i, in the holy supper, 655 xviii; b. dau5a, to ta-
death. Post. 656 C, Fb. i. 323 ; fa margir sjiikir menn heilsu, er b., //
drink, Fms. i. 232, iii. 12, Hom. 82 ; b. ii e-u, Stj. 39, Fas. i. 246;
af, Sks. 106, Bias. 43; cp. bjarga, bjargast vi6 e-t, e.g. Eb. 244, i.^
204, Clem. 26, Fs. 174.
berg-mal, n. an echo, also called dvergmal. berg-mdla, a&, to echo.
berg-rifa, u, f. a fissure in a rock, Symb. 56.
berg-risi, a, m. [cp. berga-troll in the Norse tales], a hill-giant, Hkr,
i. 229 ; hrimjjursar ok bergrisar, Edda 10, 15 ; hon (GerSr) var b. aetlar,
22 ; mikit folk hrimj)ursa ok bergrisar, 38, Gs. 9, 25.
berg-skor, f. pi. ar, [cp. Scot. scaur~\, a chasm in a rocky hill, Hkr. 2.
20, Fms. vii. 202, Stj. 450. i Sam. xiii. 6.
berg-snos, f. [from snos = a projection, GullJ). 50, ch. 4, not nos,
nasus], a rocky projection. Eg. 389, GullJ). 8, I.e., Fas. i. 156 spelt berg-
nos, Saem. 131.
berg-tollr, m. a rock-toll, paid for catching fowl thereon, Sturl. iii.
225.
berg-v6r3r, m. a watch, look-out for rocks and cliffs ; halda b., Jb. 407.
ber-bendr, adj. bare-handed.
ber-h6f3i, berh.6f6a or berh.5fSa3r, adj. bare-headed, Stat. 299.
ber-li6gg, n. [berr, nudus,oT rather = bergh6gg, metaph. for a quarr:
in the phrase, ganga ii (i) b. vi6 e-n, metaph. to make open fight, ih
rudely with, Fms. xi. 248, Ld. 142 ; Joann gekk a b. at banna, St. Jo
interdicted openly, 625. 93, in all those passages 'a:' in mod. usage '
so Greg. 80, Sturl. ii. 61, fjorst. Sidu-H. 7.
hevili, m. a barrel for fluids (for. word), Stj. 367. \
BERJA, barSi, pres. berr ; sup. bart, barzt, O. H. L. 24, Bret. 48, 6i
Fms. viii. 214, 215, xi. 16, and later barit, barizt ; part. fem. bar;
Am. 84; bar6r, fem. borS, Sturl. iii. 154 ; mod. barinn ; either for;
may now be used : [Lat. ferio. The word is not found in Ulf., and seem>
to be unknown in Germ, and Engl. ; it is lost in mod. Dan.] !•'
act. to strike, beat, smite, with ace., Fms. vii. 227, Eg. 582: as a
punishment, b. hu6 af e-m, to scourge one, N. G. L. i. 85 : to thrasb to |
death, 341; b. grjoti, to stone, of witches. Am. 84, Ld. 152, Eb. 98, j
Gisl. 34: to castigate, b. til batnaSar, Hkr. ii. 178; cp. the sayings,
einginn ver6r obarinn biskup, and, vera barSr til bxkr, Bs. i. 410 ; b. j
steinum i andlit e-m, to throw stones in one's face, 623. 31 ; b. e-u
__ , a& a engu baeri, lata ekki a bera (to keep tight), etc. All these I saman vapnum, sverSum, skjiildum, knefum, to dash weapons ... against
phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, a&, nudare,Liacb other, Fms. vii, 804; b, gull, (q beat gold, x. Jo6; sem barit gull|
BERKJA— BETRI.
61
rateti gold, fsl. ii. 2o6 ; b. korn, to thresh corn, Magn. 520:
■ li. to chide, scold, b. e-n illyr6uni, f'lvituni, Nj. 64, Horn. 35 : — with
ll'iit,' to knock, rap, strike, h. a hurS, a. dyrr (or at dyrum), to rap,
k at a door, Th. 6 ; b. ser a brjost, to smite on one's breast, in
itance, Fms. v. 122 ; b. at hurSu, Sturl. iii. 153 ; b. til e-s, a e-m, to
one a thrashing, Dropl. 23 ; cr \>u a konuni bar6ir, Hbl. 38 ; hjartaS
i undir siSuniu, to beat, of the heart, Str. 6 (but hjartsh'ittr, throbbing
e heart), in mod. use reflex., hjarta6 bcrst, hjartafl bardist 1 brjosti
, Pass. 2. 12: in the phrase, b. 1 brestina, to cry off a bargain, the
phor is taken from hammering the fissure of a ring or the like, in
r to hide the fault, Nj. 32. II. reflex., berjask, [cp. Fr. se
e; Germ, sicb schlagen'], to fight, Lat. pngnare. Boll. 360, Rd. 296,
X. 86, Isl. ii. 267, Fas. i. 255, lb. 1 1 : of a duel, ok J)at me5, at vit
ik her a J)inginu, Eg. 351 ; b. vi6 e-n, to fight with, Fms. xi. 86 ;
e-t, Lat. oppngnare, a borgina, i. 103, vii. 93, Stj. (freq.), seems to
Latinism ; b. til e-s, to fight for a thing; at b. til Englands, to
le England, Isl. ii. 241, v. 1. ; b. orrostu, Lat. pugnam pugnare,
vii. 79 : of the fighting of eagles, Isl. ii. 195. III. impers.,
dat., it dashes against; skyja grjoti barSi i augu J)eim, the hailstones
?d in their eyes, Jd. 31 ; honum bar6i vi6 rafit kirkjunnar, he dashed
nst the roof, Bs. i. 804 ; J)eim barSi sanian, they dashed against each
, id.
iilKJA, t, to bark, bluster; with dat., b. yfire-u, Al. 24 ; er oss hefir
i sumar berkt, Hkr. iii. 386 ; hefir J)u stort berkt vi& oss, Fms. xi.
cp. barki, digrbarkliga.]
'-kykvendi, n. a she-beast, Fms. xi. 94.
ij'-kyrtladr, adj. without cloak, wearing the kyrtill only, Fms. ii. 29.
l-leggjaflr and berleggr, adj. bare-legged, Fms. vii. 63, x. 415.
)i-ligr, adj. and berliga, adv. I. [berr, nudus], open, mani-
iom. 134 ; adv. openly, Fms. iv. 234, ix. 447, Isl. ii. 317 ; compar.,
.46. II. [berr, bacca'], fruitful, Stj. 15,
■lings-dss, m. [from Swed. biirling, a pole, bar], a pole; b. J)rettan
langr, Fms. iii. 227, air. \fy.. I.e., [cp. berling, in Engl, carpentry,
ross rafter of a roof.]
•-mdlugr and bermdll, adj. bare-spoken, outspoken, Fms. x. 420.
'-meelgi, f. bare-speech, freedom of speech, Fms. vi. 178.
•-mseli, n. pi. = bermaelgi, Fms. ix. 333, Hkr. iii. 77.
'-msBltr, part. = bermalugr, Fms. xi. 53, Hkr. iii. 97.
liska, u, f. [barn], childhood, childishness; proverb, bra6ge& er
kan, Fms. vi. 220; vera i b., Nj. 30, Fms. vii. 199, Sks. 596.
Ds: bemsku-bragd, n. a boyish trick, Grett. 92, Sturl. iii. 124.
isku-madr, m. a youth, childiih person, Hkr. ii. 156.
'nskligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), childish, Fms. v. 245, Sks. 553, 153,
1.434-
'nskr, adj. [Ulf. barnisks'], childish, Fms. i. 22, vii. 237, ix. 249,
• 5°-
} -or3r, adj.= bermall.
- RR, adj. [A.S. bar; Engl, bare; Germ, bar; Slav, bos; Litt.
.<■ Goth word is not on record, but was prob. sounded basus ;
il form is b-s, not b-r, and it is consequently different from Lat.
tj (^lu aperio), or hcv^, ferre, v. Grimm s. v.] : — Lat. nudus, bare,
( /; albrynjaSr sva at ekki var bert nema augun, Fms. vii. 45 ; beran
. ista9, Nj. 9; undir berum himni, under the bare sky, in open air,
Vio, Karl. 544 ; a beru svae&i, in open field; ber sverS, naked swords,
1 i. 266; ri6a berum hestum = berbakt, Dl. il. 2. metaph.
I /, unprotected, Grag. ii. 8 ; berr er hverr a baki nema s(5r broSur eigi
ovcrb), Nj. 265. p. uncovered, open, clear, manifest ; segja me5
■: 11 or6um, in clear words, Stj. 447 ; ver3a berr at e-u, to be convicted
hiii^, 656 A, 25 ; berar jartegnir, Fms. ii. 221 ; goran sik beran at
'■f7v Openly, mostly in a bad sense, xi. 55 ; voru berastir 1 J)vi
the Th. were most undisguised in it, Hkr. ii. 5 7 j gor* bert,
ik,_ known, lay bare, Fms. i. 32, vii. 195.
3 -serkr, s, m., pi. ir: [the etymology of this word has been much
' ' : some — upon the authority of Snorri, hans menn foru ' bryn-
Hkr. i. II — derive it from 'berr' {bare) and 'serkr' [cp. sark,
-hiri] ; but this etymology is inadmissible, because ' serkr' is a
t an adj.: others derive it from 'berr' (Germ. bdr=ursus),
^reatly to be preferred, for in olden ages athletes and champions
• ear hides of bears, wolves, and reindeer (as skins of lions in
.). hence the names Bjalfi, Bjarnhe&inn, tJlfhe6inn, (heSinn,
,) — ' pellibus aut parvis rhenonum tegimentis utuntur,' Caes. Bell.
vi. 22: even the old poets understood the name so, as may be
in the poem of Hornklofi (beginning of loth century), a dialogue
Ben a Valkyrja and a raven, where the Valkyrja says, at berserkja
vii ek J)ik spyrja, to which the raven replies, IJlfho5nar heita, they
billed Wolfcoats, cp. the Vd. ch. 9 ; J)eir berserkir er Ulfh65nar voru
&ir, J)eir hufSu vargstakka (coats of wild beasts) fyrir brynjur, Fs.
-a ' bear-sark,' ' bear-coat,' i. e. a wild warrior or champion of the
en age ; twelve berserkers are mentioned as the chief followers of
il kings of antiquity, e. g. of the Dan. king Rolf Krake, Edda 82 ;
.'d. king, Gautr. S. Fas. iii. 36 ; king Adils, Hrolf. Kr. S, ch. 16 sqq. ;
Harald Harfagri, Eg. ch. 9, Grett. ch. 2,Vd. I.e. (Hornklofi, v. above);
the twelve sons of Arngrim, Hervar. S. ch. 3-5, Hdl. 22, 23; the two
berserkers sent as a present by king Eric at Upsala to earl Hakon of
Norway, and by him presented to an Icel. nobleman, Eb. ch. 25. In
battle the berserkers were subject to fits of frenzy, called beraerks-
gangr {furor bersercicus, cp. the phrase, ganga berserksgang), when they
howled like wild beasts, foamed at the mouth and gnawed the iron rim
of their shields ; during these fits they were, according to popular belief,
proof against steel and fire, and made great havoc in the ranks of the
enemy ; but when the fever abated they were weak and tame. A
graphical description of the 'furor bersercicus' is found in the Sagas,
Yngl. S. ch.6, Hcrvar.S. 1. c. Eg. ch. 27,67, Grett. ch.42, Eb. ch. 25, Nj.
ch. 104, Kristni S. ch. 2, 8 (Vd. ch. 46) ; cp. also a passage in the poem
oi Hornklofi — grenjuftu berserkir, | guftr var J)eim a sinnum, | emjaftu
Ulfhe6nar | ok isarn gmiSu — which lines recall to the mind Roman
descriptions of the Cimbric war-cry. In the Icel. Jus Eccles. the ber-
scrksgangr, as connected with the heathen age, is liable to the lesser
outlawry, K. Jj. K. 78 ; it is mentioned as a sort of possession in Vd. ch,
37, and as healed by a vow to God. In the Dropl. S. Major (in MS.)
it is medically described as a disease (v. the whole extract in the essay
' De furore Bersercico,' Kristni S. old Ed. in calce) ; but this Saga is
modern, probably of the first part of the 17th century. The description
of these champions has a rather mythical character. A somewhat dif-
ferent sort of berserker is also recorded in Norway as existing in gangs
of professional bullies, roaming about from house to house, challenging
husbandmen to 'holmgang' {duel), extorting ransom (leysa sik af holmi),
and, in case of victory, carrying off" wives, sisters, or daughters ; but in
most cases the damsel is happily rescued by some travelling Icelander,
who fights and kills the berserker. The most curious passages are Gliim.
ch. 4, 6, Gisl. ch. i (cp. Sir Edm. Head's and Mr. Dasent's remarks in
the prefaces), Grett. ch. 21, 42, Eg. ch. 67, Floam. S. ch. 15, 17 ; accord-
ing to Grett. ch. 21, these banditti were made outlaws by earl Eric,
A.D. 1012. It is worth noticing that no berserker is described as a
native of Icel. ; the historians are anxious to state that those who ap-
peared in Icel. (Nj., Eb., Kr. S. 1. c.) were born Norse (or Swedes), and they
were looked upon with fear and execration. That men of the heathen age
were taken with fits of the ' furor athleticus' is recorded in the case of
Thorir in the Vd., the old Kveldulf in Eg., and proved by the fact that the
law set a penalty upon it. Berserkr now and then occurs as a nickname,
Gliim. 378. The author of the Yngl. S. attributes the berserksgangr to
Odin and his followers, but this is a sheer misinterpretation, or perhaps the
whole passage is a rude paraphrase of Hm. 149 sqq. In the old Hbl. 37
berserkr and giant are used synonymously. The berserkers are the repre-
sentatives of mere brute force, and it therefore sounds almost blasphemous,
when the Norse Barl. S. speaks of Gu6s berserkr (a ' bear-coat' or cham-
pion of God), (Jesus Kristr gleymdi eigi holmgongu sins berserks), 54,
197. With the introduction of Christianity this championship disappeared
altogether.
bersi, a, m. a bear, Grett. 101 A, Fas. ii. 517, Sd. 165, Finnb. 246 : the
phrase, at taka s«5r bersa-leyfi, to take bear's leave, i.e. to ask nobody (cp.
'to take French leave'): freq. as a nom. pr., and hence in Icel. local
names.
ber-skjalda3r, adj. bare of shield, i. e. without a shield, Nj. 97.
ber-svsefli, n. an open field.
ber-syndugr, adj. (theol.), a sinner, publicans and ' sinners,' Greg. 33,
Post. 656, H.E.i. 585.
ber-sogli, f. [bersogTill, adj.], a free, frank speech; hence ber-
soglis-visTxr, f. pi., name of a poem by Sighvat, Fms. vi. 38 sq.
ber-yrdi, n. y>1. plain-speaking, Fms. vii. 161.
BETE, adv., compar. to vel ; and BEIZT, elder form bazt, superl.,
better, best: 1. compar., er betr er, luckily, happily, Fms. ix. 409,
Ld. 22; b. J)aEtti mer, / would rather, Nj. 17; vanu betr, Lat. spe
vielius, Fms. ii. loi ; b. ligort, better not to do, Ld. 59 ; hafa b., to get
the better of it, Fb. i. 174 : adding gen., J)ess b., er . . ., so much the better
. . ., Sks. 426: denoting quantity, more, leggit fram b. hit mikla skipit,
advance it farther, better on, Fms. ii. 307 ; engi ma3r tok b. en i oxl honum,
V. 67 ; b. en tuttugu menn, ix. 339 ; j)rju hundruS ok J)rir tigir ok sex
b., to boot, Rb. 88 ; ekki mattu sumir menn b. en fa sta3ist, i. c. they
could do no more, were just able to keep up against him, Fms. xi. 136 ; ef
haim orkar b., if he can do more, Grag. (Kb.) ch. 12S; mi ma hann
b., but if he is able to do more . . ., id. 2. superl., bazt biiiS, best
equipped, Fas. ii. 523; with a gen., bezt allra manna. Eg. 34; manna
bezt, Nj. 147; kvcnna bezt haerS, Landn. 151 ; bazt at baSir vaeri, cp.
Germ. a77i besten, am liebsten, soonest. Eg. 256.
betra, a8, to better, itnprove, Ld. ro6 ; betrask, to become better, Fms.
iii. 160: impers., ef eigi betra3ist um, Rd. 277; ^^t\x sog3u, at konungi
betraSist mjok, that the king was much better, Fms. ix. 215.
betran, f. a bettering, improving, esp. in theol., Fms. vi. 317, Stj. 158 :
alliter., bot ok betran.
betr-fe3rungr, m. a man better than his father, Fms. vi. 286.
BETRI, betra, compar., and BEZTB, baztr, batztr, the superl.
62
BEYGJA— BINDA.
to ' g68r,' which serves as the posit. : — in the compar. the primitive a
becomes e; thus old poets of the beginning of the lith century, as
Sighvat, rhyme betri — setrs ; the old form batri however occurs, 655 xx. 4:
in the super!, the a was kept till the end of the 12th century. Sighvat
rhymes, last — bazti ; old vellum MSS. now and then still spell with a
(bazt, baztr . . .), Glum. 371, Hei3. S. Isl. ii. 324, Grag. ii. 165, 252, Fms.
xi. 214, 220, Hm. 13, 26,47, Hkv. Hjorv. 39, Lb. i2,Pd. ii,"i?t. 27, 625,
42, Fms. X. (Agrip) 418 ; baj)ztra (baztra), gen. pi., 398, 401 (but betj)t,
385) ; bazta (ace), Eluc. 36 : sing. fern, and neut. pi. bozt, with a changed
vowel, bozt heill, n. pi., Skv. 2.19; boztu (boJ)tu), pi., Fms. x. 401,
403, 415 : it is spelt with z, tz (in Agrip even pt), or zt, in mod. spelling
often s, as in mod. Engl., and pronounced at present as an s, [Goth, batizo,
superl. batisto ; A. S. batra and betsta, besta ; Engl, better and best ; Germ.
besser and beste^ : — better, best; meira ok betra, Nj. 45, 193 ; betri, Dipl.
V. 18 ; beztr kostr, Nj. i. Eg. 25 ; beztr bondi, Ld. 22. p. kind, friendly
towards one ; withdat.,er honum hafdi baztr verit, 625. 42 ; er mer hefir
beztr verit, Fms. vii. 2 74 : er J)cr fyrir Jivi bezt ...,it is best for thee, thou
doest best to accept it, Nj. 225 ; J)vi at J)inn hlutr ma eigi verSa betri en
g66r, 256; betra byr ok bli&ara, 625. 4: with gen., medan bezt er
sumars, during the best part of the summer, Sks. 29, etc. etc., v. g63r.
beygja, S, [baugr], to bend, bow, Fms. ii. 108, iii. 210, x. 174:
metaph., b. e-m krok, to make it crooked for one, the metaphor taken
from a game or from wrestling, Ld. 40.
beygla, u, f. to dint, of plate, metal, etc., Sturl. ii. 221.
BEYKI, n. beech-wood ; beykir, m. a cooper, v. bu5kr.
beyla, u, f. a hump, Lat. gibbus, swelling, Bjorn, cp. Snot 98.
besrrsta and beysta, t, [old Dan. bdrste; Swed. bosta], to bruise, beat;
b. korn, to thresh, Fms. xi. 272 ; the alliterated phrases, berja ok b., to
flog, Horn. 119; b. ok bita, Grag. ii. 118; b. bakfollum, to ptdl hard,
beat the waves with the oars. Am. 35.
beysti, n. [Swed. b'6ste\ a ham., gammon of bacon, {jiSr. 222.
beytill, m., v. goibeytill, equisetum hiemale, a cognom., Landn.
beztr, baztr, bezt, bazt, v. betri and betr.
BIBLIA, and old form BIBLA, u, f. the Bible, Am. (Hb.) 10.
BID, n. pi. [A. S. bid^, a biding, waiting, delay; skcimm bi5, Al.
118 : patience, mikit megu biSin (a proverb), 119, 623. 60; vera g68r
i bi9um, to be patient and forbearing, Bs. i. 141 ; liggja a bi8 (bidum ?),
to bide the events, Fms. x. 407: in mod. usage fern, sing., lifiS manns
hart fram hleypr, hefir J)a9 enga bi&, Hallgr.
bida, a6, to bide a bit, Stj. 298, Bs. ii. 123 : with gen. ( = bi8a), ok
bi6u5u J)eirra, Fagrsk. 138, Nj. (Lat.) no note k, 135 note o.
bi9an, f. = bi&, H. E. ii. 80.
bi3-angr and biSvangr, m. a biding, delay, Fms. ix. 259, v.l.
biSill, m., dat. bi81i, pi. biSlar, a wooer, suitor, Fms. ii. 8.
BID JA, bad, ba8u, be&it ; pres. biS ; imperat. biS and biddu ; poet,
forms with suff. neg. 1st pers. pres. bidkat ek, Gisl. (in a verse): [Ulf.
bidian = aireiv, fpaiTav ; A. S. biddian; Old Engl.Wof, bede (in bedes-man),
and 'to bid one's beads;' Germ. bitte?i, beten; cp. Lat. petere'] : — to beg;
with gen. of the thing, dat. of the person ; or in old writers with infin.
without the particle 'at;' or 'at' with a subj. : a. with infin., Jarl
bad \a. drepa hann, . . . ba6 hann gefa Hallfre6i gri5, Fms. iii. 25 ; hann
ba8 alia bi3a, Nj. 196; ba8 J)a heila hittast, Eg. 22, Fms. vii. 351;
Skapti baft Gizur (ace.) sitja, Nj. 226; Flosi ba6 alia menn koma, Nj.
196, Hdl. 2 ; inn bi8 J)u hann ganga, Skm. 16, Ls. 16 ; b. e-n vera heilan,
valere jubere, Gm. 3, Hkv. I, 2: still so in the (5r. 65 (bi8r ek (5laf
bjarga mer) of the end of the 14th century; mod. usage prefers to add
the ' at,' yet Hallgrimr uses both, e. g. hann ba& Petr me5 hryggri lund,
hja s^r vaka um eina stund, Pass. 4. 6 ; but, Gu& bi5 eg mi a6 gefa mer
na8, id. p. with 'at' and a subj., b. viljum ver J)ik, at |)u ser, Nj.
226, Jb. 17 : without ' at,' Pass. 6. 13, 3. 12. y with gen., b. matar,
Grag. i. 261; er J)er J)ess ekki biSjanda, Eg. 423; b. liSs, h6veizlu,
foruneytis, brautargengis, Nj. 226, 223, Isl. ii. 322 ; bxnar, Fms. iv. 12 ;
b. e-m lifs, griSa, g68s, bols, to beg for the life . . . of one, Hav. 39, Fms.
iii. 25, Edda 38, Hm. 127; b. fyrir e-m, to beg, pray for one, Nj. 55 ; b.
e-n til e-s, to request one to do a thing, Grag. i. 450, Fms. v. 34 : spec, to
court (a lady), propose, with gen. as object of the thing and person here
coincide, b. konu, b. ser konu, Eg. 5, Nj. 2, Rm. 37. 2. to pray (to
God), absol., hann ba8 a J)essa lund. Bias. 41 ; b. til Gu8s, Sks. 308,
Fms. iii. 48 ; b. baen sinni (dat.), to pray one's prayer, 655 xvi, Hom.
114; b. baen sina, id., Bias. 50. p. reflex., biSjask fyrir, to say one's
prayers, Nj. 196; er sva ba8st fyrir at krossi, Landn. 45, 623. 34,
Orkn. 5 1 ; biSjast undan, to excuse oneself, beg pardon, Fms. vii.
351 : the reflex, may resume the infin. sign ' at,' and even an active may
do so, if used as a substitute for a reflex., e.g. bi8r {>6r61fr at fara norSr
a Halogaland, Tb. asked for furlough to go to H., Eg. 35.
bid-lund (and biSlyndi, Hom, 26. transl. of Lat. longanimitas), f.
forbearance, patience, Hom. 97, Stj. 52, Pass. 8. 13, 15, 15. 13. compds :
bi3limdar-g63r, zA]. forbearing, Fb. ii. 261. bifllundar-mdl, n.
a thing that can bide, as to which there is no hurry, Grett. 150.
bi3-Stund, f. (biSstoll, Bs. i. 292 is prob. a false reading), biding a
bit, Bs. i. 292, 704, Fms. viii. 15 1, Thorn. 104,
I
BIFAST, 8, mod. a8, dep. [Gr. rpeP-, <j>60os, cp. Lzt. paveo, fehn
A. S. beofan ; Germ. bebe7{\, to shake, to tremble : 1. in old writers 01
dep., bif8isk, pkv. 13, Hkv. 23, |>d. 17 ; bifa8ist, Gisl. 60, Grett. ii
to fear, en J)6 bifast aldri hjarta8, Al. 80. 2. in mod. usage al
act. to move, of something very heavy, with dat., e.g. eg gat ek
bifa8 J)vi, I could not move it.
bifr, m., in the compd libifr, m. dislike, in the phrase, e-m er ii.
e-u, one feels a dislike to. compd : bifr-staup, n. a cup, Eb. (in
verse).
bifra, u, f. [A. S. beber, befer'], a beaver (?), a cognom., Fms.
bif-rost, f., the poet, mythical name of the rainbow, Edda 8, (t
tremtda) ; but Gm. 44 and Fm. 15 read bilrost.
bifu-koUa (byfltik-, Safn i.95), u, f. leontodon taraxacum, Hjalt. 254
BIK, n. [L2it. pix ; Gr. iriaaa; A.S.pic; Engl, pitch ; Germ, pea
a for. word], pitch, Stj. 46 ; svartr sem. b., Nj. 195, Orkn. 350, Rb. 35
COMPD : bik-svartr, adj. black as pitch.
bika, a8, to pitch, Stj. 58, Ver. 8.
BIKAHB, m. [Hel. bicere; Engl, beaker; Scot, bicker; Gerr
becher ; Dan. bceger, cp. Gr. fiiKos; Ital. bicchiere~\, a beaker, la
drinking cup, Dipl. v. t8 : hotan. peria?ithium, Hjalt.
BIEKJA, u, f. a bitch; J)ann grant gaf hann blau8iun hundum
maelti, J)at er makligt at bikkjur eti Jjor, Fms. ii. 163 : as an abusive tt
Fs. 54, Fas. i. 39 ; so in mod. Icel. a bad horse is called. comi
bikkju-hvelpr, m. a bitch's whelp, Fms. ix. 513. bikkju-sonr,
son of a b.. Fas. iii. 607. bikkju-stakkr, m. the skin of a b., i.
iii. 417 : all of these used as terms of abuse.
bikya, 8, t, [bikka, to roll, Ivar Aasen], to plunge into water; hai
bikSi i sjoinn, he pltenged overboard, Fms. x. 329 ; bikti ser lit af borSin
ii. 183 ; cp. Lapp, puokljet = to plunge.
Bill, n., temp, a moment, twinkling of an eye; i {)vi bili, Nj. 115 ; !
bil, that very moment, Stj. 149,157, Fms. i. 45. p. loc, Lat. /;/
vallum, an open space left; b. er J)arna, Fas. ii. 67 ; or8in standa eiga j
(namely in writing), en {)6 bil a milli, an Icel. rhyme. y- the poet
compds such as biltrauSr, bilstyggr, bilgronduSr . . ., (all of them epit
of a hero, fearless, dauntless,) point to an obsolete sense of the w
failure, fear, giving way, or the like; cp. bilbugr, bilgjam, and the \
bila ; cp. also timabil, a period; millibil, distance; dagmalabil, hadegi
bil, nonbil, etc., 7tine o'clock, fidl day-time, noon-time, etc, I
fem. pr. name of a goddess. Lex. Poet.
bila, a8, pres. bil (instead of hilar). Fas. ii. 76 (in a verse), to fan
J>6rr vill fyrir engan mun bila at koma til einvigis, Th. will not fail 1
meet, Edda 57 ; fjorsteinn kvaS J)at eigi mundu at bila, Th. said that
should not fail, he should not fail in doing so, Lv. 33 : with dat., fiestui
hilar araE8it, a proverb, Fms. ii. 31 (Ld. 170), Rd. 260. 2. impers
e-n hilar (ace), Finnb. 338 (in mod. usage impers. throughout), to breai
crack, J)a er skipit hljop af stokkunum, {)a bilaSi i skarir nokkurar, F-
viii. 196; rei8i b., Grag. ii. 295; b. at e-u, id., GJ)1. 369; bil stt.
arma, my strong arms fail. Fas. ii. 1. c.
bil-bugr (bilsbugr. Fas. iii. 150), m. failing of heart; in the phr;
lata engan bilbug a ser sja (finna), to stand firm, shew no sign offeui
Fms. viii. 412, Grett. 124, Fas. iii. 150, Karl. 233 ; fa b. a e-m, to tbrm
one back, Karl. 80.
bil-eygr, adj. a nickname of Odin, of unsteady eyes, Edda (Gl.)
bil-gjarn, adj., occurs only in the compd ubilgjarn, overbearing.
bil-rost, f. via tremtda, the rainbow, v. bifrost.
bil-skirnir, m. the heavenly abode of Thor, from the flashing of Ugh
Edda.
bilt, prob. an old n. part, from bila ; only used in the phrase, e-m verS
bilt, to be amazed, astonished; en J)a er sagt, at {)6r (dat.) var8 bilt eini
sinni at sla hann, the first time that Thor's heart failed him, Edda 29 ; var(
{)eim bilt, Korm. 40, Nj. 169.
bimbult (now proncd. bumbult), n. adj., only in the phrase, e-D
ver8r b., to feel uneasy, Gisl. 33, of a witch (freq., but regarded as :
slang word), mer er half bumbult . . .
BINDA, batt, 2nd pers. bazt, pi. bundu, bundit ; pres. bind ; 3rd peni
reflex, bizt ; imperat. bind, bind J)u ; 2nd pers. bittii, bitt {)u, Fm. 4:
[Goth., A. S., Hel. bindan ; Engl.bind; Germ, binden ; Sv/ed. binda, ^
pers. bandt; in Icel. by assimilation batt; bant, however, Hb. 20, ^
(1865)] : — to bind: I. prop, to bind in fetters, (cp. bond, vinculo \
bandingi, prisoner), Hom. 119, Fms. xi. 146, GJ)1. 179 : 1. to tie\
fasten, tie up, b. hest, Nj. 83 ; naut, Ld. 98, Bs. i. 171 ; b. hund, Grag.iij
1 19 ; b. vi8 e-t, to fasten to ; b. stein vi8 hals e-m, 655 xxviii ; b. blseju viij
stong, Fms. ix. 358 ; b. sko, J)vengi, to tie the shoes, Nj. 143, {)orst. St. 53 1
Orkn. 430: to bind in parcels, to pack up, h. varning, Fms. iii. 91, ix!
241 (a pun) ; b. hey, to truss hay for carting, Nj. 74 ; klyf, Grett. 123
b. at, til, to bind round a sack, parcel, Fms. i. 10 ; to bind a book
(band, bindi, volume, are mod. phrases), Dipl. i. 5, 9, ii. 13. P
medic, to bind wounds, to bind up, h. sar, Eg. 33, Bs. i. 639, Fms. i. 4<i
(cp. Germ, verbinden) ; h. um, of fomentation, Str. 4. 72 : metaph i
phrase, eiga um sart at b., to have a sore wound to bind up, one feelin|t
sore ; hefir margr hloti8 um sart at b. fyrir mer, i. e. I have inflicted deef
BINDANDI— BITI.
63
century are contained in the Bs., published 1 858, and of the later bishops in
the Biskupa Ann&lar (from A. D. 1606), published in Safn til Sogu Islands,
vol. i. and Bs. ii, and cp. farther the Biskupa«fi, by the Icel. historian Jon
Halldorsson (died A.D. 1736), and the Hist. Eccl. (H. E.), by Finn Jonsson
(Finnus Johannseus, son of the above-mentioned Jon Halldorsson).
During two hundred years of the commonwealth till the middle of
the 13th century, the bishops of Skalholt and Holar were elected by
the people or by the magnates, usually (at least the bishops of Skal-
holt) in parHament and in the logretta (the legislative council), vide the
Hungrv. ch. 2 (valinn til b. af allri al|)y8u k Islandi), ch. 5, 7, 13, 16,
Sturl. 2, ch. 26, Kristni S. ch. 12, lb. ch. 10, |>orl. S. ch. 9, Puis. S. ch. 2,
Gu3m. S. ch. 40, Jons S. ch. 7 {\)a, kaus Gizurr biskup J6n prest Ogmundar-
son mea samjjykki allra laerSra manna ok literSra i Norftlendinga
fjorSungi). Magnus Gizurarson (died A. D. 1 237) was the last popularly
elected bishop of Skalholt ; bishop Gudmund (died A.D. 1237) the last of
Holar ; after that time bishops were imposed by the king of Norway or
the archbishop. compds : biskupa-biiaingr, m. episcopal apparel,
Sturl. i. 221. biskupa-fundr, m. a synod of bishops, Fms. x. 7.
biskupa-t>^ttr, m. the section in the Icel. Jus Eccl. referring to the
bishops, K. |). K. 60. biskupa-J)mg, n. a council of bishops, Bs. i,
713, H. E. i. 456. biskups-brimnr, m. a well consecrated by bishop
Gudmund, else called Gvendarbrunnar, Bs. biskups-biir, n. a
' bishop' s-bower,' chamber for a bishop, Sturl. ii. 66. biskups-domr,
m. a diocese, 7ms. vii.173, xi. 229, lb. 16, Pr. 107 : «/)Kco/>a/e, Fms. i. 1 1 8.
biskups-dottir, f. a bishop's daughter, Sturl. i. 207. biskups-dffimi,
n. an episcopal see, Sturl. i. 204, iii. 1 24 : the episcopal office, 23, Bs. i. 66,
etc. biskups-efni, n. bishop-elect, Bs. i, cp. ii. 339. biskups-frsendi,
m. a relative of a bishop, Sturl. ii. 222. biskups-garSr, m. a bishop's
manor, Fms. ix. 47. biskups-gisting, f. the duty of entertaining the
bishop on his visitation, Vm. 23. biskups-kjdr, 11. pi. the election of
a bishop, Bs. i. 476. biskups-kosning, f. id., Sturl. i. 33, Fms. viii.
118, v.l. biskups-lauss, adj. without a bishop, Fb. iii. 445, Ann.
1 2 10. biskups-maSr, m. one in the service of a bishop, Fms. ix.
317. biskups-mark, n. the sign of a bishop; pa, ger5i Sabinus b.
yfir dukinum ok drakk sva, orciggr (a false reading = kross-mark?), Greg.
50. biskups-magr, m. a brother-in-law of a bishop, Fms. ix. 312,
v.l. biskups-messa, u, f. a mass celebrated by a bishop, Bs. i. 131.
biskups-mitr, n. a bishop's mitre, Sturl. ii. 32. biskups-nafn, n.
the title of a bishop, Fms. x. 11. biskups-riki, n. a bishopric, diocese,
Ann. (Hb.) 19, Fms. xi. 229, Sturl. ii. 15. biskups-sekt, f. ajine to
be paid by a bishop, N. G. L. i. 350. biskups-skattr, m. a duty to be
paid to the bishop in Norway, D. N. (Fr.) biskups-skip, a bishop's ship :
the bishops had a special licence for trading ; about this matter, vide the"
Arna b. S. Laur. S. in Bs. and some of the deeds in D. I. ; the two sees
in Icel. had each of them a ship engaged in trade, Fms. ix. 309, v. 1. ; vide
a treatise by Maurer written in Icel., Ny Fel. xxii. 105 sqq. biskups-
skriifli, a, m. an episcopal ornament, Fms. ix. 38. biskups-sonr, m.
the son of a bishop, Sturl. i. 123, Fms. x. 17. biskups-stafr, rn. a
bishop's staff, Bs. i. 143. biskups-stofa, u, f. a bishop's study, Dipl.
ii. II. biskups-stoll, m. an episcopal seat, bishopric, Jb. 16, K. A.
96, Fms. X. 409. biskups-s^sla, u, f. a diocese, episcopate, Fms.
vii. 172. biskups-tign, f. episcopal dignity, Bs. i. 62, 655 iii, Sks.
802, Sturl. i. 45. biskups-tivmd, f. the tithe to be paid to the bishop in
Iceland, v. the statute of A.D. 1096, D.I. i, fb., K. |). K. 150 (ch. 39),
K. A. 96. biskup stitindar-mal, n. a lawstut relating to the bishop,
H. E. ii. 185.. biskups-vatn, n. tvater consecrated by bishop Gudmtind,
^s. i. 535. biskups-veldi, n. episcopal power, Pr. 106. biskups-
vfgsla, u, f. the consecration of a bishop, Fms. viii. 297, Bs. i.6i.
biskupa, a6, to confirm, Horn. 99 ; biskup er skyldr at b. born, K. {>. K.
62; Gu8mundr biskup biskupaSi hann tvaevetran, Sturl. iii. 122 ; tok
Ghimr skim ok var biskupa6r i banasott af Kol biskupi, Gliim. 397 :
now in Icel. called a& ferma or staSfesta or even kristna born,
biskupan, f. confirmation; ferming er sumir kalla b., K. A. 20, ch. 3.
biskupligr, adj. episcopal; b. embaetti, Stj. 556, Sks. 781, 655 xxxii.
{not fit for a bishop.)
BISMARI, a, m. [for. word; Germ, besem, besen; Dan. bismer; v.
Grimm s. v.], a steelyard, GJ)1. 526, Dipl. iii. 4. compd: bismara-
pund, n. a sort of pound, N. G. L. iii. 166.
bissa, u, f., Lat. byss^is, a stuff, Baer. 2 1 .
bistr, adj. [Swed. bister\, angry, hnitting one's brows, Sturl. iv. 82, v. 1.,
cp. Bs. i. 750, Pass. 21. 1.
BIT, n. bite, Lat. morsus; at tonnunum er bitsins van, Skalda 163 : of
cutting instruments, sax vsenligt til bits, Fs. 6 : of insects, mybit, bite of
gnats, Rd. 295 ; bit flugdy'ra, 655 xxx; d)n-bit, a fox killing lambs, Bs.
ii. 137. p. pasture = beit, N.G. L. i. 246.
bita, a6, to divide (a ship) with cross-beams (biti) ; skip prennum bitum
lit bita6, Sturl. iii. 61. p. to cut food, meat into bits.
bit-bein, n., cp. Engl, bone of contention; hafa riki {)essi lengi at
ofimd orSit ok bitbeinum, Faer. 230.
biti, a, m. 1. a bit, mouthful (cp. munnbiti) ; konungr at nokkura
Reykjavik. Biographies of ten of the bishops of the lith to the 14th i bita af hrosslifr, Fms. i. 37, Jatv. 26, Rd. 283: in the phrase, bidja
Ills on many, Nj. 54 : the proverb, bezt er um heilt at b., or eiga um
lit b., to bind a sound limb, i. e. to be safe arid sound ; J)ykir mer
um heilt at b., / think to keep my limbs unhurt, to run no risk,
vii. 263. 2. with a notion of impediment; b. skjiild sinn, to
i^de the shield; metaph., bundin (closed, shut) skjaldborg, Sks.
II. metaph. to bind, make obligatory ; leysa ok b., of the
Fms. X. 1 1 : to make, contract a league, friendship, affinity, wedding,
vship, oath, or the like ; b. raS, to resolve, Ld. 4, Eg. 30 ; samfelag,
. inattu, ei3, tengdir, hjiiskap, Fms. i. 53, iv. 15, 20, xo8, 210, ix.
■J- 633, K. A. no: absol. with a following infin., binda (Jix) peir
at hittast i akveSnum sta8, Isl. ii. I47. III. reflex, to
engage oneself, enter a league; leikmenn hof8u saman bundizt at
i a kirkjueignir, Bs. i. 733 ; bindask (b. sik) i e-u, to engage in a
: J)6tt hann vaeri bundinn i slikum hlutum, 655 ; at b. sik i verald-
;;irfi, id.; hann bazt i \i\\, at syslumenn ySrir skyldu eigi koma a
ina. Eg. 71 ; em ek J)6 eigi J)essa biiinn, nema fleiri bindist, unless
people bind themselves, enter the league, Faer. 25, Valla L. 216;
^l i banns atkvseSi, H.E. i. 465 ; binda sik undir e-t, with a fol-
,; infin. to hind oneself to do, Vm. 25 ; b. sik vi5 e-t, id., N. G. L.
: bindask e-m a hendi, to bind oneself to serve another, esp. of the
r of great personages ; b. a hcndi konungum, Fms. xi. 203, x. 215,
681, Orkn. 422 ; bindast fyrir e-u, to place oneself at the head of
lertaking, to head, Hkr. iii. 40; Ongull vildi b. fyrir um atfor vi8
!. Grett. 147 A. 2. with gen., bindask e-s, to refrain from a
: eigi bazt hann ferligra or6a, i. e. he did not refrain from bad lan-
:< '^ e, 655. 1 2 ; b. tara (only negative), to refrain from bursti?ig into tears,
ni>. ii. 32; hlatrs, Sks. 118; b. vi5 e-t, z(f., El. 21 ; b. af e-u, Stj. 56.
bindandi and bindendi, f. (nowneut., Thom. 68), abstinence, Stj. 147,
J5. 186, Fms. i. 226, Hom. 17. compds : bindendis-timi, a, m.
time of abstinence. bindandis-lif, n. a life ofh., Stj. 147, 655 xiii.
indandis-madr, m. an ascetic, Bs. ii. 146 ; mod. a teetotaler.
biudi, n. a sheaf, = bundin, N. G. L. i. 330 ; mod. a volume, (cp. Germ.
and.)
BINGR, m. a bed, bolster, Korm. (in a verse), prop, a heap of corn
r the like, (Scot, bing,) Nj. 153; vide Lex. Poet,
birgflir, f. pi. stores, provisions, Sturl. ii. 225, Faer. 53, Fas. ii. 423.
birgiligr, adj. well provided, Bs. i. 355.
BIRGJA, 8, to furnish, provide ; skal ek vist b. hann at nokkuru,
Jj. 73 ; segir Sigur8r, at hann mun b. J)a me8 nokkuru moti, Faer. 237 ;
aiiu birgSi J)a ok um biife, Ld. 144; mi vii ek b. bii Jpitt at malnytu i
niKir, Hrafn. 9. [In the Edd. sometimes wrongly spelt with y, as it is
uito different from byrgja, to enclose.']
birgr, adj. [O. H. G. birig, fertilis ; unbirig, sterilis : sometimes in Edd.
TO! i^ly spelt byrgr: this form however occurs Bs. i. 868, MS. the end
f the 15th century] : — provided, well furnished ; b. at kosti, Grett. 127 A,
(i. 170; viltu selja mer augun? {)a er ek verr b. eptir. Fas. iii. 384.
BIRKI, n. collect. = bjork, birch, in compds : birki-raptr, m. a rafter
f hirch-wood, Isl. ii. 153. birki-vi3r, m. birch-wood, Grag. ii. 355.
birkja, t, to bark, strip; b. vi8, Jb. 235, Stj. 177; cp. Gkv. 2. 12,
irkinn vi8r ( = birki vi8r?), Fms. viii. 33; b. best, to flay a horse.
BIRNA, u, f. a she-bear, Stj. 530, Fs. 26, Magn. 476 : astron., Rb.
fiS ; b. er ver kollum vagn, 1812. 16. birnu-gsetir, m. the name
f one of the constellations, 1812. 18.
BIRTA, t, [Ulf. bairhtian'], to illuminate, brighten, Stj. 15 ; b. syn, 655
XX ; b. blinda, id. 2. impers., ^okunni birtir af, the fog lifted, Hrafn.
: to brighten with gilding or colouring, a ship, J)a var birt allt hlyrit,
p. hlyrbjartr and hlyrbirt skip, Fms. iv. 277. 3. metaph. to en-
ghten; birta hjortu var, Hom. 67, Rb. 390 : to make illustrious, Skalda
04. p. to reveal, manifest, Fms. iv. 132, viii. loi : with dat., birti
anil odst sinni, x. 418. Y- reflex, to appear; birtist J)a ska8i feirra,
nis. vii. 189, V. 344, Stj. 198, Ann. 1243; b. e-m, Fms. i. 142.
birti, f. and mod. birta, u, f. [Goth, bairhti], brightness, light, the
Id form birti is used Luke ii. 9, in the N. T. of 1540, and the Bible of
^S.i. and still kept in the nth Ed. of Vidal. (1829); otherwise birta,
S. 19, 41. 10; birta also occurs Stj. 81, Fb. i. 122 ; but otherwise
!i old writers; birti ok fegrS, Fms. v. 344, x. 347; birti aegis, the
0//. Kdda 69 ; tunglsins birti, Stj. 26, Fms. i. 77.
birting, f. brightness, Sks. 26, 656 A : metaph. manifestation, revela-
I'h. 76, Stj. 378, Barl. 199 : vision, 655 xxxii. 2. day-break.
: birtingar-ti3, f. time of revelation, Hom. 63.
.ju Lingr, m. a fish, trutta albicolor, Edda (Gl.) : a nickname, Fms. vii.
57 : pi. illustrious men. Eg. (in a verse).
BISKUP, m., in very old MSS. spelt with y and o (byskop), but
>nly in the MSS. contracted 'bp,' so that the spelling is doubtful;
iscop (with /) occurs Bs. i. 356, byscop in the old fragm. i. 391-
biskup is the common form in the Edd. and at present, vide Bs. i.
94;
, Sturl. S., lb. [Gr. kniffKotros ; A. S. biscop; Engl, bishop; Germ.
iscbof] : — a bishop. Icel. had two sees, one at Skalholt, erected A.D.
056; the other at Holar, in the North, erected A.D. 1 106. They
/ere united at the end of the last century, and the see removed to
64
BITILL— BJAEGA.
I
bitum, to go begging, Grag. i. 278. 2. an eye-tooth r^jaxl, q.v.,
[Swed. betarl; eru vcr ok sva gamlir, ok sva bitar upp komnir, i.e. we are
no longer babies, have got our eye-teeth, Fms. viii. 325. 3. a cross-
beam, girder in a house, Ld. 316, GJ)1. 346: in a ship, Lat. transtrttm,
Fms. ix. 44, Sturl. iii, 61.
bitill and bitull, m., dat. bitli, the bit of a bridle, Stj. 84, 397, Hkr.
i. 27, Hkv. 2. 34, Akv. 30, Fms. iv. 75, Hkr. ii. 31.
bitlingr, m. a bit, morsel; the proverb, vi&a koma Hallger8i bitlingar,
cp. Nj. ch. 48; stela bitlingum, to steal trifles, Sturl. i. 61, v. 1. ; bera
bitlinga fra bor5i, as a beggar. Fas. ii. (in a verse).
bitr, rs, adj. biting, sharp, Korm. 80, Eg. 465, Fins. ii. 255.
bitra, u, f. bitterness, a cognom., Landn.
bitrligr, adj. sharp, Korm. 80, Fbr. 58 : metaph., f si. ii. (in a verse).
bit-sott, f. contagious disease, poet., ^t. 17.
bit-yrSi and bitr3rr3i, n. pi. taunts, N. G. L. i. 223.
bi, bi, and bium, bium, interj. hdlaby !
BIDA, beid, bi6u, beSit ; pres. bid ; imperat. bi3, 2nd pcrs. bi6J)u, biddu,
\\J\{. beidan ; A.S. bidan; Eng\. bide ; O.E.G. bitan]: — tobide. I.
to bide, wait for : with gen., b. e-s, to wait for one. Eg. ■274 ; skal slikra
manna at visu vel b., such men are worth waiting for, i. e. they are not
to be had at once, Fms. ii. 34 ; the phrase, biSa sinnar stundar, to bide
one's time : with hc3an, J)a5an, to wait, stand waiting, hib {)u he&an,
unz ek kem, 656 C. 35 ; t)aaan bei6 J)engill, Ilkv. 1.22: also, b. e-s
or staS, Lex. Poet. The old writers constantly use a notion ' a loco,'
^adan, heSan, or sta&, where the mod. usage is hor, J)ar, ' in loco :'
absol., Fms. x. 37, Nj. 3. II. to abide, suffer, undergo, Lat.
pati : with ace, b. harm, Nj. 250 ; skaSa, Grag. i. 459, 656 C ; amxli,
to be blamed, Nj. 133 ; bana, dau5a, hel, to abide death . . ., to die, Hm.
19, Fms. vi. 114; osigr, to abide defeat, be defeated; sva skal bol bsta
at bi&a annat meira (a proverb), P'b. ii. 336, Al. 57 : sometimes in a
good sense, bi8a elli, to last to a great age, 656 A ; b. enga ro, to feel
no peace, be uneasy. Eg. 403 ; b. ekki (seint) baetr e-s, of an irreparable
loss, Isl. ii. 172. III. impers., e-t (ace.) bi6r, there abides, i. e.
exists, is to be had, with a preceding negative ; hvarki bi6r J)ar baru no
vindsblae, there is felt neither wave nor blast, Stj. 78 ; bei9 engrai ^ann er
ra5a kynni, there was none that cordd make it out, 2 2 ; varia bei9 brau5
e6r {xbu, was not to be had, 212; slaegastr af ollum \ieim kvikendum er til
bi3r a jar5riki, 34. Gen. iii. i. IV. part. pi. biflendr, v. androSi.
biSandi, f. a biding, waiting, delay, Fms. ii. 216.
bi-fala, a3, [Germ, befeblen'], to recommend, com77iand, Bs. i. 145 note
7, from paper MS., v. Introd. p. 48.
. bildr, m., and bflda, u, f. an axe, Edda (Gl.) ; an instrument for bleed-
ing : bfld-spor, n. a scar as from a b., Bs. i. 367. 2. a sheep with
spotted cheeks : bild-ottr, adj. (sheep) spotted on the cheeks, Rd. 240.
bfld-6r, f. a blunt arrow, a bolt,, Fms. ii. 320, x. 362.
bi-lifl, n. [A.S. biliofd], luxury, Al. 17, 34, 45.
bi-standa, st63, [Goth, bistandan; Germ, beistehen"], (for. word), to
assist, Stj. MS. 227, col. 102.
bisvmdr, m. (for. word), a besant (Byzantius), a coin. El. 2.
BITA, beit, bitu, bitiS ; pres. bit ; imperat. bit, 2nd pers. bittii ; poet,
forms with the negative, beitat. Eg. (in a verse) ; subj. bitia, Hkv. 2. 31,
[Ulf. heitan ; Engl, bite ; Germ, beizen'] : — to bite, Lat. viordere : I.
properly, 1. with the teeth. Eg. 508, N. G. L. i. 351 ; b. menn (of
a dog), Grag. ii. 119; b. skar& or. Eg. 605: of a horse, N.G. L. i.
392 : foxes killing sheep, Bs. ii. 138, N.G.L. ii. 34 (wolf) : — to sting,
of wasps, gnats, Landn. 146. 2. of grazing animals; b. gras,
lauf, skog, Grag. ii. 229, (hence beit, pasture); hvar hestar pinir bitu
gras, Fs. 57: absol. to graze, Karl. 71. 3. of sharp instruments,
weapons (vapnbitinn) ; engir voru osarir nema J)eir er eigi bitu jam,
except those luhom iron could not bite. Eg. 33 ; sver3it beit ekki, did not
cut, Nj. 45, Edda 7 ; Ijarnir bita, 48 ; fotrinn brotna6i en eigi beit, the
iiuord did not cut but broke the leg, Bjarn. 66. p. e-m bitr, one's
weapon {scythe) cuts well, bites; allt bitu honum annan veg vapnin. Eg.
93. 4. of a ship, to cruise; her er skip . . . er ver kollum bita
{bite the wind) allra skipa bezt, the best sail, Fs. 27 : impers., beit J)eim
eigi fyrir Reykjanes, they could not clear cape R., Landn. 30. 5.
in fishing, to bite, take the bait; bitr vel a um daginn, the fishes did bite,
Ld. 40 ; bita maetti beitfiskr, q. v. 6. bita a vorrinni, to bite the
lip as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 68 ; hann haf6i biti6 a kampinum,
had bitten the beard, 209. II. metaph. : a. of frost, cold,
sickness, and the like. p. to bite, sting, hurt; hvat mun oss heldr b.
orS bans, why should his speech sting 7ts any more ? Grett. 95 A ; eigi
veil ek prestr, nema or3in {)in hafi biti6, thy words have hit, Fms. vii.
39. 7. as a law term ; sekt, sok bitr, the guilt strikes the convict,
when brought home to him, hence sakbitinn, guilty ; J)a menn er hvar-
tveggja hafa biti6, log, rcttindi ok sva domar, convicted in the face of
law and justice, Sks. 655 B; um J)au mal sem sekt bitr, i.e. unlawful
cases, liable to punishment, K. A. 148 ; um J)at er sekt bitr, Grett. 133 A
(new Ed. 1853), Sks. 655. 8. b. a e-n, to cut deep, affect, make an
impression upo?i ; the phrase, lata ekki a sig b., to stand proof against
all ; {)etta let Kjartau a sik b„ K. felt pain from it, Ld. 204 ; lattu jpetta i esp. in cold or hunger ; Oddr bargst vel a fjallinu (in snow storm), Sturl
ekki & J)ik b., do not mind it, id. ; rennr ^it o3rum opt mjok 1 brjost,
er a suma bitr ekki (of the conscience), 655 xi. €. et bitr fyrir,
something ' bites off,' i. e. is decisive, makes a thing impossible or out of
question ; Jjat annat {the other reason) er J)6 bitr skjotara, which is still
more decided against it, Fms. ii. 266 ; J)eir kva3ust ^enna kost eigi vilja,
ok kvadu J)at tvennt til vera er fyrir beit, two decided obstacles, reasons
against it, Sturl. iii. 47 ; ]pu ert miklu oeri ma3r at aldri, en sva at v^r
hafim her liigtekna 1 Jomsborg, ok bitr fiat fyrir, that puts it out of ques-
tion, makes it i?npossible, Fms. x. 93 ; f>orgilsi J)ykir mi Jjetta ra3 mega
fyrir bita, Th. thought this wotdd be qiiite sufficient, — fyrir hlita would
here be better,^ — Ld. 264; J)eir hof3u jafnan minna hlut or malum, J)6
{)etta biti mi fyrir, they always got the wo/st of it, though this was a
thorough beating. Fas. i. 144 ; ({)at er) logmanni ok liigrettumonnum
J)ykir fyrir b., seems a decisive proof, cuts the case off at once, N. G. L. ii.
21 ; b. e-m at fullu, to prove fatal to, tell fully upon; hafa mik mi at
fullu biti3 bans rii3, Fs. 8 ; Njiils bita ra3in, a proverb quoted by Arngrini
in Brevis Comment., written A.D. 1593, denoting the sagacity of Njal's
schemes ; beit J)etta ra3, it was effective, Fs. 153 ; e-m bitr vi3 at horfa,
Band. 7 C, is no doubt a false reading, = bydr, which is the reading 1. c. of the
vellum MS. 2845, vide bj63a. III. recipr. of horse fight, Rd. 298.
bi-tala, be-tala, a3, to pay, (mod.) ; cp. Germ, bezahlen.
bj a, interj. _;?e.' hia, to defile.
bjaga3r, part, wry, deformed, cp. bagr. bjag-leitr, adj. ugly, de-
formed. Fas. ii. 149.
bjalla, u, f. a bell, certainly an Engl, word imported into Icel. along
with Christianity ; bjiiUu gaetir, the keeper of the bell, is a nickname
given by the heathen Icel. to a missionary, A.D. 998, Kristni S. (in a
verse); hann vig3i klukkur ok bjollur, Bs. i. 65, Fms. i. 233 : bjalla is
now esp. used of small bells, e. g. on the horns of sheep, but klukka of
a church bell ; cp. dynbjalla, Grett.
bjannak, n. an a-n. \(y. ; J)at var hiittr bans ef hann (viz. Odin) sendi
menn sina til orrostu e3r a8rar sendifarar, at hann lag3i a3r hendr i hcifud
J)eim ok gaf J)eim bjannak, trii3u J)eir at pk mundi vel farast, l^ngl. S.
ch. II; it is commonly interpreted as benedictio, but it is no doubt the
Scot, bannock, from Gael, banagh, an oat-cake; cp. La.t. panis. The
whole passage in the Hkr. points to Christian rites and ideas brought
into the pagan North, but which are here attributed to Odin, (cp. the
breaking of bread and the Eucharist.) I
B JAKG, n. [Ulf. bairgabei = r) opuv-q ; A. S. beorg; Germ, berg ; lost '
in Engl.], rocks, precipices : 1. neut. pi. bjorg, precipices (in a collect.
sense), esp. on the sea-side, cp. flugabjcirg, sjofarbjorg, hamrabjorg; preci-
pices covered with gulls and sea fowls arc called bjarg, e. g. Latrabjarg,
|>(jrisbjorg, mostly in pi., Bs. ii. ill, Fms. 275, Orkn. 312. 2. sing.
rock; bjargit haf3i nyligi sprungit fni einum hellismunna, Fms. i. 230;
vatn or bjargi, water out of a rock, 655 xii, Nj. 264, Fas. ii. 29. p. in
sing, it chiefly means an immense stone (cp. heljarbjarg), a boulder; hann
hefir faert Jjat bjarg i hellisdyrnar, at ekki ma i hellinn komast, Fms. iii.
223; einn stein sva mikinn sem bjarg vaeri, Gisl. 31 ; hve stor bjorg
(pi.) at sa hestr dro, Edda 26 ; at sva ungr ma3r skyldi hefja sva stort
bjarg, Grett. 93.
BJARGA,barg,burgu,borgit; pres. bergr,pl.bji5rgum; imperat. bjarg;
pret. subj. byrga : in mod. use after the Reformation this verb is constantl
used weak, bjarga, a3, pres. bjargar, pret. bjargat ; the only remnant
the old is the sup. borgit, etc. In Norway this weak form occurs ver
early, e.g. bjargar, servat, Horn. 17; in Icel. the weak seldom occu:
before the 15th century; bjarga3ist, Fs. 143, and bjargat (sup.) = borgii
Lv. II, are probably due to these passages being left in paper MSS
the weak bjargaBi, however, occurs in a vellum MS. of the 15th c
tury, {)orf. Karl. 388; 1st pers. pres. bjarga, Fms. xi. 150 (MS. 13th'
century) seems to be a Norse idiom, [Goth, bairgan ; Hel. bergan ; A. S.
beargan ; cp. birgr] : — to save, help ; with dat., bergr hverjum sem eigi er
feigr (a proverb), Sturl. iii. 220; sa er oldum bergr, who saves mankind,
viz. against the giants, i. e. Thor, Hym. 22 ; nema |>orgeirr byrgi honum,
Rd. 295 : absol., Gud barg {by God's grace) er konungrinn var3 eigi
stirr, Fms. v. 268 : in theol. sense, vildu J)eir eigi smiast til min at ek
byrga |)eim, 656 C. 23, Hom. 1. c. : impers., e-m er borgit, is saved,
comes safe and sound out of danger, Fser. 178, Hkv. Hjorv. 29. 2.
a law term ; b. siik, mali, to find a point of defence; hann bergr J)eini
kosti sokinni, at . . ., Grag. i. 40 ; bergsk hann vi3 bjargkvi3inn, he is
free by virtue of the verdict, 36 ; borgit mun mi ver3a at liigum, i. e.
there will be some means of putting it right, Lv. 11, Nj. 36. 3.
special phrases ; b. skipshofn, to pick tip the shipwrecked, |jorf. Karl.
I.e., Fms. xi.412 ; skipi, to haul a ship out of the reach of tides and
waves, Grag. ii. 385 ; hval, to drag a dead whale ashore, GJ)1. 461 :
to help labouring women (v. bjargriinar), Sdm. 9 ; b. nam (v. nabjargir),
to render the last service to a dead body, 33 ; b. kiim, to attend cows
casting calf, Bjarn. 32; b. biife, to milk ewes, N. G. L. i. 10; b.
brokum, cacare, Fms. xi. 150. II. recipr. of mutual help;
bjargast at allir saman, to be saved all in cotnmon, Hkr. ii.
347. III. reflex., bjargask vel, to behave well, keep the heart up.
BJARGAURAR—BJODA.
65
5. ( )rkn. 324, of one shipwrecked ; b. liti, of cattle, to graze, N. G. L.
.;; ; b. sjalfr, to gain one's bread, Grag. i. 294; b. a siiiar hendr
jLytur), to support oneself with one's own hands, Fms. ii. 159 : of food
drink, cp. bergja ; Snorri go6i faiiii, at nafiii haiis bargst litt vid
inn, that he got on slowly eating the cheese, Eb. 244 ; hann spurSi,
I hanu byrgist svii litt (v. 1. mata6ist svi'i seint), . . . why he ate so
wly, id.; ver6i J)i';r mi at bjargast vi6 slikt scm til er, yon must put
with what you can get. Germ, fur lieb nehnien. Eg. 204 ; hon ba6
ir J)£Er matar ok burgust |)iEr vid J)at, Clem. 26 ; hou bjargaSist
bargst) litt vid |)ii faeflu er til var, she could hardly eat the food they
i (v. 1. hjukaftist), Fs. 174. Part, borginn, used as adj. and even in
npar. ; impers., erat hera (hi'ri — hegri = duck) at borgnara {)6tt hsena
i skjiild, the drake is none the better off though a hen shield him,
taph. of a craven, Fs. 174, Fms. vii. 116: [Early Engl. /o borrow = to
e, ' who borrowed Susanna out of wo,' Sir Guy of Warwick,]
jarg-aurar, m. pl. = bjargalnir, Mag. 160.
iarg-ilnir, f. pi. means enough for support, bjargdlna-madr, m. a
l-to-do man.
iarg-festr, f. a rope or cord used to save men, Vm. 44.
iarg-hagr, adj. a dexterous carpenter or sviith for household work,
im. 355 ; cp. Sturl. ii. 195.
jarg-hdgg, n. = bergh6gg, hewing rocks to make a road, Ba,r8. 166.
iarg-kvidr, m. a law term, a verdict of acquittal given by five neigh-
rsfor the defendant, proving an alibi or the like, and produced during
trial ; the b. seems to be, in its strict sense, synonymous with heimilis-
8r or heimiskviSr, q. v., cp. Griig. i. 60, 61, where it is defined;
ni biiar skulu skilja um bjargkvi3u alia, heimilis-biiar J)ess manns
6ttr er, nema . . ., vide also 48, 49, 53, 55, 56, etc.
axg-leysi,n. starvation, destittitioti, Grag. i. 238, GJjl. 272, Band. 43.
axg-T&6, n. pi. a law term, help or shelter given to an outlaw, in the
ise, lialandi, ura6andi ollum bjargra6um, Grag. ii. 162, etc., Nj. 40.
arg-rifa, u, f. a rift in a rock. Eg. 390, Stj.450.
arg-runar, f. pi. runes for helping women in labour, Sdm. 9.
larg-Tfgr, jar, f. pi. ir, a Norse law term, a female witness in a case
laternity, defined, N.G. L. i. 358.
arg-rseSi, n. and bjargrsedisvegir, m. pi. means for support.
arg-skora, u, f. a scaur or scar on a hill. Anal. 177, Ann. 1403, Hkr.
533-
args-madr, m. a hard-working man, Bs. i. 309.
turg-snds, f. = bergsnos, a crag. Fas. i. 324, Eg. 389, v. I.
arg-vel, adv. well enough, Fms. viii. 68, 126, v. 1.
■urg-vaettr, f. (in mod. usage m.), [bjarg, ynons, or bjarga, servare~\,
iping friendly sprite, a good genius, answering to the Christian good
el; according to the heathen belief, the country, esp. hills and
intains, were inhabited by such beings ; hi the northern creed the
gvaetter are generally a kind of giant of the gentler kind : in mod.
;e, a supporter, helper in need; muntu ver6a mer hinn mesti (masc.)
Fas. ii. 438, vellum MS. of 15th century; en mesta (fem.) b., Bar3.
, new Ed. 12.
urg-J>rota, adj. destitute of means to live.
TAB.KAiN', n. the Runic letter B, Skalda, v. Introduction.
TAKKEY-, in the word bjarkeyjar-r^ttr, m. town-law, used as
)sedto landslog or landsrettr, county-law, Sks. 22 ; sokin veit til lands-
en eigi til bjarkeyjarrettar, Fms. vii. 130 ; vide N. G. L. i. 303-336.
an illustration of this curious word, that the Danes at present call a
ce ' birkedommer,' and the district ' birk ;' cp. local names, as in
len, — in Bircha civitate regia, Johann. Magnus 542 (Ed. 1554) '
as Birchensis, 556 ; in Bircha civitate tum maxima, 541 ; in Norway,
key is one of the northern islands, whence the famous Norse family
keyingar took their name ; v. Munch, the pref. to Norge's Beskrivelse.
1. uncertain ; hedged in with birch (?).
"A.HMI, a, m. the beaming or radiance of light, not the light itself;
-bjarmi, dags-bjarmi ; very freq. in mod. usage ; no instances from
writers are on record ; akin to bn'mi, bjartr, etc. II. pi.
tiar (and Bjarmaland n., bjarmskr adj.), name of a people or tribe
le Russian empire, the Perms of the present day ; vide K. Alfred's
ius i. I, 14 sq., 0. H. ch. 122, Fas. ii. 51 1 sqq.
mar-, v. bjiim.
Jm-b&ss, m. a pit for catching bears, GJ)1. 457; used proverb.,
i. 335-
TO-d;^i, and mod. bjamdyr, n. a bear, Fms. vi. 298, Nj. 35, Fs.
48, 182.
m-eggjan, f. the egging a bear on to fight, a Norse law term, of a
r[iZ provocation, N. G. L. i. 74.
t rn-feldr, m. a bear's fell, bear-skin cloak, Vm. 91, Pm. 120, Jm. 28.
-fell, n. id.,Ym. 22, Am. 81.
-gj61d, n. pi. ' bear-gild,' reward for killing a hear, Fs. 150.
trn-hunn, m. a young bear, |)6r5. 17 (Ed. i860).
rn-igtill, m. echinus terrestris urseus, Rb. 348, Hb. 29 (Ed. 1865).
rn.-61pa, u, f. an outer jacket of bear-skin, Korm. 11 4.
rn-skinn, n. a bear-skin, B. K. 83, Ld. 114, Korm. 112. ,
^ bjarn-staka, u, f. a bear-skin, Edda (pref.) 151.
bjarn-svifla, u, f. a large knife for killing bears, Eb. 298, Fas. iii. 546.
bjam-veidar, f. pi. bear-hunting, N. G. L. i. 46.
bjarn-ylr, s, m. bear's warmth, the vital warmth of an ice-bear; it
was believed in Icel. (vide Isl. {jjoSs. i. 610) that a child born on the
hide of an ice-bear would be proof against frost and cold ; people hardy
against cold are therefore said * to have bear's warmth' (bjarnyl), vide
Hav. 39.
bjart-eygr and -eyg8r, adj. bright-eyed, Fms. iv. 38, Bs. i. 66, Hkr.
iii. 184, 6. H. 245.
bjart-hadda5r, adj. a fair-haired lady. Lex. Poiit.
bjart-leikr, m. brightness, Hom. 60, Rb. 336, Fms. i. 228, Magn. 468.
bjart-leitr, adj. of bright countenance, bright-looking, Fms, v. 319.
bjart-liga, adv. (and -ligr, adj.), clearly, Stj. 26.
bjart-litaSr, adj. = bjartleitr, Hkv. Hjiirv. 27.
BJAKTH, adj. [Ulf. 6a/r/s = 8^Ao« ; h.^.beorht; Eng\. bright; Hel.
berht; in Icel. per metath. bjartr ; cp. birti, etc.], 6n^i&/; Lat. c/arws is
rendered by bjartr, Clar. 128; bjart lj6s, Fms. i. 96 ; bjart tunglskin,
Nj. 118; solskin, Fms. ii. 300; ve8r, i. 128: of hue, complexion, b.
likami, Hkr. iii. 179, Nj. 308; bond, Bb. 3. 20. 2. metaph. illus-
trious; me6 b. sigri, Fms. x. 253 ; in a moral sense, Stj. 141.
bjart-vi3ri, n. bright weather, BdrS. 175.
BJALFI, bj&lbi, a, m. a fur, skin, Fms. v. 207, 236; esp. in the
compds hrein-bjalfi, geit-bjalbi, flug-bjalbi, Haustl. 12. Etym. uncertain,
perh. a Slav. word. 2. used as a pr. name, Landn.
BJAIiKI, a, m. [Hel. balco; Swed. and Dan. bjelke; Germ, balke ;
prob. akin to balkr], a balk, beam, GJ)1. i. 346.
BJ(5DA, bau8, bu3u, boSit; pres. by3 ; pret. subj. by3a ; pret. sing,
with the suffixed negative, bau8at, Edda 90 (in a verse) ; the obsolete
middle form bu6umk, mihi obtulit, nobis obtulerunt, occurs in Egil
HofuSl. 2 ; [\J\f. biudan ; A.S.biodan; Engl, bid; Germ, bieten ; Swed.
biuda; Dan. byde'\ : — Lat. offerre, proferre, with dat. of the person, ace.
of the thing : I. to bid, offer ; J)eir hofSu bo5it honum laun,
they had offered him rewards, Fms. i. 12 ; J>orsteinn baud at gefa Gunn-
laugi hestinn, Isl. ii. 213; b. gri&, to offer pardon, Fms. i. 181; J)eir
bu3u at gefa upp borgina, ix. 41 ; baud hann l)eim, at gcira alia baendr
65alborna, i. 20; by6r, at hann muni gorast bans ma8r, xi. 232 ; en ek
by8 J)er J)6, at synir minir ri&i me9 J)er, Nj. 93 ; Irar bu&u sik undir bans
vald, Fms. x. 131. 2. reflex, to offer oneself, volunteer one's service;
bu5usk honum J)ar menn til fylgSar, Fms. ix. 4 ; mun ek mi til |)ess
bj68ask i sumar a i)ingi, Ld. 104, Sks. 510 ; J)eim er J)a bySsk, Grag. i.
284 ; {)6roddr baudsk til J)eirrar farar, Hkr. ii. 247 ; ef ^n by8sk i ^vi,
Fms. xi. 121. 3. metaph., b. 6fri6, ojofnud, rangindi, liSsmun, of
ill usage, Ld. 148, Rb. 4 18; b. e-m rangt, to treat one unjiistly, Hom.
155 : with an adverb, b. e-m sxmiliga, to treat one in seemly sort, Ld.
66 ; b. a bo8 e-s, to outbid one, N. G. L. iii. no. 49. II. to bid,
invite, cp. bo6, a banquet; prob. ellipt., hospitality or the like being
understood ; Ozurr bau5 J)eim inn i bu6ina at drekka, Nj. 4 ; heim vii
ek b. J)er i sumar, 93 ; honum var bo3it til bofts, 50 ; hann baud J)a J)egar
^ar at vera Gizuri Hallssyni, Bs. i. 128; gekk BarSr moti honum ok
fagnaSi honum, ok baud honum J)ar at vera. Eg. 23 ; b. monnum til bo8s,
to bid guests to a banquet, wedding, or the like, Ld. 104. III.
to bid, order, Lat. imperare, cp. bo8, bidding ; sem log bu8u, as the law
prescribed, Fms. i. 81 ; sva bau8 oss Gu3, Post. 645. 88 ; b. af landi, to
order one out of the land, make him an outlaw, Fms. vii. 20 ; b. af embaetti,
to depose, Sturl. ii. 119; b. lit, a Norse milit. term, to call out, levy, cp.
litboS, a levy ; h. ut leiSangri, b. lit h8i, skipum, to levy troops, ships,
Fms. i. 12, 61, vi. 219, 251,400, x. 118, Eg. 31, cp. N. G. L. i. ii ; b. e-m
erendi, to commit a thing to one's charge, Fms. vii. 103 ; b. varna8 a e-u,
or b. til varnanar, to forbid, xi. 94, Edda 59 : with prepp., b. e-m um (cp.
umboS, charge), to delegate to one, commit to one's charge; {leim manni
er biskup hefir um boSit, at nefna vatta, K. fj. K. 64 ; J)ess manns er
biskup bau8 um at taka vi8 fo J)vi, K. A. 96, Sks. 460 B ; hann keypti
til handa fjorkatli {)a hluti er hann hafdi um bo8it, the things that he
had given charge about, Grett. 102 A ; Hermundr bau8 mi um Vermundi,
at vera fyrir sina bond, Rd. 251. 2. ecd. to proclaim, announce, esp.
as rendering of mid. Lzt. praedicare ; b. si8, trii, Kristni, to proclaim,
preach a new religion, Nj. 156, 158, Fms. i. 32 ; b. messudag, sunnudag,
to proclaim a holy day, N. G. L. i. 348. IV. of a mental state,
to bode, forebode ; e-m by8r hugr (cp. hugbo8, foreboding), one's heart
bodes, Fms. v. 38, 24, Eg. 21 ; mer bySr J)at eitt i skap (my heart bodes),
at J)U ver3ir meira styrandi en mi ertu, Bs. i. 468 ; mer bySr J)at fyrir,
which makes vie forbode, Fms. ii. 193 ; e-m by8r hugr vi3 (whence vi8-
bj68r, dislike), to abhor, dislike; er honum hafdi lengi hugr vi8 bo8it,
Bs. i. 128. 2. impers., mer by8r avallt hita (ace.) er ek kem i J)eirra
flokk, a boding comes over me, i. e. I feel uneasy, whenever ..., Fms. iii.
189; mer baud otta (ace), I felt a thrilling, Bs. i. 410; b. uj)ekt, to
loathe, Grett. ill A; b. ^ekt, to feel pleasi4re ; bau8 J)eim mikla J)ekt er
J)eir sa likit, Bs. i. 208 : the phrase, e-m by3r vi8 at horfa, of a frame of
mind, to be so and so minded; miklir eru J)er fraendr bor8i, ef y8r by8r
sva vi8 at horfa, Band. 7 (MS. 2845). p. the phrase, J)at by'8r, it
F
66
BJODR— BLAKKFJALLR.
I
beseems, becomes', eptir J)at fer veizla fram, eptir J)vi sem bySr, as is due, '
Fms. X. 15, Fb. I.e. has byrjaSi ; sem by&r um svii agaetan hof&ingja,
Fms. X. 149. V. with prepp. ; b. fram, Lat. proferre, to prodtice;
b. fram vitni, io produce a witness, Eg. 472 ; me5 fram boftnum fegjcifum,
Sturl. iii. 232 ; b. upp, b. af hendi, to give up, leave off; Jja bySr hann
upp hornit, gives up the horn, will not drink more, Edda 32 ; b. undan, a
law term, to lay claim to ; er pii kostr at b. undan fieim manni varS-
veizluna fjiirins, Grag. i. 196 ; eigi skal undan manni b., a6r undir mann
kemr feit, id. ; cp. the following chapter, which treats ' um undan-bo6
fjar;' mi eru ])eir menn sva Jjrir, at eigi by3r undan fjarvar5veizluna,
viz. who are privileged guardians of the property of a minor, viz. father,
brother, mother, and who cannot be outbidden, 192 ; b. vi6, a trade
term, to make a bid; b. viS tvenn ver3, to bid double, Ld. 146 ; ek by&
J)er jafnmorg st66hross vi6, id. ; at J)u byOir Ruti br66ur J)inum saemi-
liga, 66 ; kaupa sva jor3 sem a&rir menn b. vi&, N.G.L. i. 95 : b. fyrir is
now more usual. VI. part. pass. boSinn used as an adj., esp. in the
alliterative phrase, vera bo5inn ok biiinn til e-s, to be ready and willing
to do a thing, to be at one's service; skulu ver braeSr vera biinir ok
bo6nir til J)ess sem J)er viiit okkr til nyta. Eg. 50 ; til J)ess skal ek
boSinn ok buinn at ganga at J)eim malum fyrir J)ina bond, Ld. 292.
B J(3DE, m. ; as the word is used masc. in A. S. as well as in Ulf., we
have in Haustl. 5 to alter brei6u bj66i into breiSum bj66i ; [Ulf. binds
= rponrt^a ; A. S. bead; Hel. biod ; O.H. G. biudj] I. Lat. 7nensa,
a table, Rm. 4, 28, 29, Haustl. 1. c. II. soil, ground, cp. the
Fr. plateau ; a Engla bj69, on English ground, H6fu61. 2 ; a8r Bors synir
bj63um um yp5u, Vsp. 4.
bjoSr, m. [bjoSa], poet, one who invites. Lex. Poet ; cp. also compds
such as vi6-bj66r, disgtist, from bj66a vi9.
bjor-blandinn, part, mixed with beer. El. 21.
B JORR, m. [O. H. G. pior or bior ; Low Germ, and mod. Germ, hier ;
Fris. biar; A.S. bior; Engl, beer^, no doubt a word of German extrac-
tion, 61 (oldr), ale, being the familiar word used in prose : — bjor hardly
ever occurs, vide however Hkr. iii. 447, Bk. 48, 89, 96 (Norse) ; and is a
foreign word, as is indicated even by the expression in the Alvismal — 61
heitir me5 monnum, en me6 Asum bjor, ale it is called by men, by gods
beer : bjor however is very current in poetry, but the more popular
poems, such as the Havamal, only speak of 61 or oldr, Hm. 11, 13, 65,
80, 132, 138.
BJOBR, m. \Lzt. fiber ; A. S. beo/arl, a beaver, esp. the beaver's skin.
Eg. 71, in the phrase, b. ok savali. 2. a triangular cttt off piece of
skin, [cp. provincial Swed. bjaur^ ; '{jat eru bjurar J)eir er menn sni6a
or skom sinum fyrir tam e6r hael, Edda 42 ; still used in Icel. in that
sense. II. metaph. a small piece of land (an air. \fy. as it seems) ;
bjor 14 onuminn fyrir austan Fljot, Landn. 284.
B JORR, m., must be diiTerent from the preceding word, synonymous
with brjost^ili, a wall in a house, a party wall, but also in the 13th and
14th centuries freq. a costly tapestry used in halls at festivals and in
churches ; hrindum hallar bjori, let us break down the wall of the hall,
Halfs S. Fas. ii. (in a verse) ; eingi var bjorrinn milli husanna, there was
tio partition between the houses, Sturl. iii. 1 77; gengu J)eir i stofuna, var
hon vel tj61du6 ok upp settir bjorar, 229; annarr hlutrinn stokk utar i
bjorinn, sva at Jjar var6 fastr, Hav. 40. p. of a movable screen be-
tween choir and nave, of cloth or costly stuff, different from tjold {hang-
ings) and reflar ; hann let Atla prest penta allt raefr innan, ok sva allan
bjorinn, Bs. i. 132 ; kirkja a tj61d umhverfis sik me& tvennum bjorum,
Vm. 153; kirkja tj6Idu8 saemiligum tjoldum ok J)rir bjorar, 171, D.I.
i.402 ; bjorr framan um kor, tjold um alia kirkju, Pm. 103 ; b. slitinn
blamerktr yfir altari, 108, Bs. ii. 476, 322 ; vide bj6rj)ili.
bj6r-sala, u, f. beer-keeping, N. G. L. iii. (Fr.)
bjor-salr, m. a beer-hall (A.S. beor-sele),'Vsp. 41.
bjor-skinn, n. a beaver-skin. Eg. 55, 57, Fms. x. 379.
bjor-tappr, m. a tapster, beer-house keeper, N.G.L. iii. 13.
bj6r-tj61d, n. /a/)«^ry, = bjorr, Vm. 135 : b. um songhiis, id.
bjor-tunna, u, f. a beer-tun, barrel of beer, Bs. i. 389.
bjor-verpiU, m. a beer-cask, Jb. 378.
bj6r-J)ili, n. a party M/a/Z, = bjorr; b. var i milli ok voru gluggar a,
Vapn. Ny Pel. xxi. 124, Bs. ii. 322, v. 1.
bjuga, n. (pi. bjiigu), a sausage, v. m6rbjuga, Bs. i. 357, 810.
bjiig-leikr, m. crookedness, MS. 18 12. 18.
bjiig-leitr, adj. of crooked countenance {?iose), Rb. 344-
bjug-nefja3r, adj. with a hooked nose, Fms. i. 155.
BJXJGR, adj. bowed, hooked, crooked, bent; faetr lagu bjiigir vi5
lendar, Hom. 114; me& bjiigum pornum, Sks. 419; hann var b. a baki,
he sat bent or bowed (from age) on horseback, Fs. 183 ; b. i vexti. Eg. 710 ;
me5 bjiigum bring, Sks. 198, Rb. 344, Band. 9 : metaph., hvart er y5r
J)ykir bjiigt e6r beint (MS. bratt), whether it seems to you crooked or
straight, i. e. whether you like it or not, Fms. viii. 436 ; cp. boginn,
baugr, etc.
■ bjugr, s, m., medic, Lat. tumor ; in many compds : fkyr-hjugr, scor-
buticus, 'En^. scorbutic ; vind-bjiigr, tumor aereus; vatns-bjiigr, tumor
oedematosus, Fel. ix. 197.
B JORG-, f., gen. bjargar [v. bjarga], help, deliverance, out 0/ need ot
danger, e.g. feeding the hungry, saving one's life; unlawful 'bjorg'is
that of giving help to an outlaw, who is ' vira6andi oUum bjargra9um,
one on whom no help must be bestowed, neither food, shelter, noi
ferry ; Grag. in several passages, and there commonly used in plur
(bjargir) when in this particular sense ; it was liable to a heavy punish
ment, and the case was to be summoned before the Fifth Court, Grag
f>. |j. ch. 25, Ld. 42. p. logmxt bjorg, a lawful point of defence ii
pleading in the Court (v. bjarga s6k), Grag. i. 73. 2. means of sub
sistence, stores, provisions, food ; fjogurra (atta) missera b., Grag. i. 197
286. 3. a freq. pr. name of a woman, Ingibj6rg, {>orbj6rg, Gu6bj6rg
etc. ; in Swed.-Dan. ' -borg,' as in Ingeborg, etc. compds : bjargar
lauss, adj. starving. bjargar-leysi, n. = bjarg-leysi. Band. 15
bjargar-vist, f. serving for food and clothing, Hrafn. 6; cp. bjargrsej
(above).
BJORK, f., gen. bjarkar, [A. S. beorc ; Swed. bjork; Dan. and Scoi
birk; Engl, birch; Germ, birke ; Lat. betula ; v. birki], a birch, Edd
(Gl.), Bs. ii. 5, Jb. 236. In compds bjarkar-.
B JORN, m., gen. bjarnar ; dat. birni, pi. n. birnir ; ace. bjornu, mo(
birni, [an enlarged form, cp. Goth, biari, by which word Ulf. renders th
Gr. Orjpiov, Titus i. 12; A.S. bera; Engl, bear; Germ, bdr ; but Swe(
and Dan. bjorn'\ : — a bear ; hvita-bjorn, the white bear or ice-bear ; an
sk6g-bj6rn, hi5-bj6rn, vi8-bj6rn, the black bear or wood-bear. Germ, walti
bar ; the ice-bear was unknown in Europe till the discovery of Icelar
at the end of the 9th, and Greenland at the end of the 10th centur
The very first ice-bear was brought to Europe by Ingimund the 0
as a gift to the king of Norway about A/D. 900, Landn., Fs. (Vd
27; Isleif, the first bishop of Iceland, also brought one as a preset
to the German emperor about A.D. 1050, Bs. i. 61, Hv. ch. 2; c
the little story of Audun in Fms. vi. 297-307, Sks. 186, Sturl. iii. 8
Grag. ii. 181, Am. 17, where a hvitabjorn is mentioned, Fs. (Floam.S
148; as to the black bear, vide esp. Grett. ch. 23, Finnb. ch. 11, Ghii
ch. 3, Fas. i. 50 ; cp. an interesting paper, ' Waldbar und Wasserba
by Konrad Maurer, upon this subject. Bj6rn and Bjami are freq. -
names; also in compd names, J)orbj6m, Asbjorn; and as a pi
Bjarngrimr, BjarnheQinn, etc. ; vide Landn. (Gl.) compds: bjarriL
broddr, m., botan. nartheticum, Hjalt. 166. bjamar-hamr, m. / 1
hide, shape of a bear. Fas. i. 53. bjamar-ha3, n. a black bear's la;^
N.G.L. i. 35. bjarnar -hold, n. the flesh of a bear. Fas. i. 51
bjarnar-lirammr, m. a bear's paw, Rb. 382, Ver. 26. bjarnal
sl&tr, n. meat of a slaughtered bear. Fas. i. 54 : botan., Ivar Aasen recor 1
bjonnabaer, rubtts caesius; bjonnakamb, osmunda spicans ; bjonnmon
polytrichum commune. For popular tales of the bear vide Isl. J>j68s.
608-611. I
BLAD, n. [A.S. bldd; Germ, blatt; Hel. blad. Ulf. renders the C
<pv\Kov by laufs, Engl, leaf, Icel. lazif. The Engl, say a blade of i:
or corn, a leaf oi a tree ; and so, in Icel., herbs or plants have bla6, '.
lauf] : — a leaf; bl6& J)ess grass er . . . heitir, Pr. 472; bl68 a la
Hervar. S. (in a verse) : metaph. a veil, sva er mer sem hangi b. fv
auga, Fms. iii. 126. 2. of leaf-like objects, a leaf in a book, G'
blatt, (never lauf, cp. bla3si8a, u, f. a page), Rb. 210, Isl. ii. 460: ■
painted diptych or the like, J)ar eru bl63 tvau pentu5, Pm. 103. |3
skirt of a kirtle (skaut), Stj. 481, Eb. 226, Orkn. 474: Icel. now
kjol-laf, the skirt of a coat. -y- '^ blade, in various connections : th
part of a thing, the blade of an oar, arar-bla6, N. G. L. i. 59 : of a rui
Fms. ix. 503 ; knifs-bla6, the blade of a knife, Bs. i. 385 : a sw >
blade is in mod. usage called ' blad,' but in old writers brandr ; spon-'
the mouth-piece of a spoon ; her&ar-bla6, the shoulder-blade, etc. Bt
bladka, u, f., e.g. horbla6ka, menyanthes: h6fbla6ka, caltha pabi^
but rjupnalauf, dryas, Hjalt. : bladkr, m. in eyrna-bla5kr, ear-lap.
bla3ra, a8, prob. an onomatopoetic word, like Lat. blaterare, ^
blether. Germ, plaudern, in the phrase, b. tungunni, to talk thick, Ii
115 ; tungan var liti ok bla6ra&i, Fbr. 77 new Ed. ; hann bla3ra9i ti
unni ok vildi vi& leita at maela, Fms. v. 152 : metaph. to utter inu
culate sounds, bleat, as a sheep, bladr, n. nonsense.
bla3ra, u, f. a bladder, Pr. 472 : a blain, watery swelling, Stj. 2
Bs. i. 182. bl63ru-s6tt, f. a stone in the bladder, Pr. 475.
BLAK, n. a slap; fyrir piistr (a buffet) fjorar merkr, fyrir blak
slap) tvser merkr (as a fine), G]pl. 177, 187.
blaka, a3, to slap, Ann. 1394. 2. neut. to wave, flutter, of
wings of birds, b. vaengjum, to flutter with the wings, Stj. 74: "'
leaves on a tree moved by a soft breeze, lauf viSarins blakaSu haBC
Barl. 16 1 ; austan blakar laufi3 a J)ann linda, Fornkv. 129; blakir i
{)ari um hnakka, Fms. vi. 376 (in a verse). In mod. usage, blat
a& or t, is freq. used of leaves, of the flaring of a light, Ijos blak;
skari, the flame flutters on the wick; hence metaph., ondin blaktir a '.-.
Snot 128; blaktir ond a brjosti, I2i : the phrase, blaktir ekki h
h6f3i, not a hair moves on one's head.
blaka, u, f. a veil of silk. Fas. iii. 337 ; a pan. Mar. 153 : now aU
blaSka, v. above s. v. bla8.
blakk-fjallr, adj. black-skinned, epithet of a wood-bear, Akv. n
BLAKKR— BLAMiER.
67
Iplakkr, m. (for. word), a sort of measure, N.G. L. i. 324.
tlakkr, m., poet, a horse, cp. Blanka, the mythical hor.se of Thideric
>ietrich) of Bern, Lex. Poet.
iJiAKKB, adj. [A. S. blac; Engl, black; O.U.G.plak: in Icel.
irtr, as in A. S. and other kindred tongues swart, etc., represent!! the
iUniger; while blakkr corresponds to the Lzt. ater, dead or dusky
leJH], in poetry used as an epithet of wolves, etc.. Lex. Poiit., in prose
is very rare. Fas. iii. 592 ; hence blekkja, to defraud: the mod. Icel.
Jc, n. ink, Swed. blak, Dan. blmk, come from blakkr, corresponding to
it. atramentum, Str. 63 (blez), Pr. 474. II. = bleikr, pale;
ikkr hestr, Ghv. 18 (perh. corrupt for bleikr, pale, cp. fcilvan jo, Hkv.
47), the colour of death ; to dream of riding on a pale horse forebodes
ath, Bjarni 136 ; on a red horse a bloody death, Fs. (Vd.) 67.
blakra, a&, [blakra, Ivar Aasen, to shake, of leaves], to blink; b.
. Horn. 89; now blakta, a6, e.g. b. augum, to move the eyes,
-0 used of the beating of the heart; hon fann a6 hjartad blakt-
the story of the Beauty and the Beast (Skr}'msli6 GoSa), Kvoldv.
: blakra vaengjum = blakta vsengjum, to flutter with the wings,
S ; of sails, Clf. 3. 14.
il, n. in the adverbial phrase, i bland, among, Dan. i blandt, Bs. i.
!J. 231, Matth. xiii. 25, (rare in mod. usage.)
JLiANDA, in early Icel. poetry and prose a strong verb; pres. 1st
■v Mend, Ls. 3 ; 3rd pers. blendr, Grilg. ii. 389 ; reflex, blendsk, Symb.
ret. 1st pers. blett, Am. 79, Greg. 50; reflex, blezk, Orkn. 104
crse from about A. D. 1046) ; pi. blendu, blendum, Ls. 9, Greg.
ia 47 ; reflex, blendusk, Hkm. 8 ; subj. reflex, blendisk. Mart.
hmdinn (freq.), Sdm., "^t., etc., vide Lex. Poet., Sk41da 164; but
.., 13th century and later the weak form (blanda, a3) prevailed
ill tenses except the part, pass., where the old blandinn = blanda3r
\ still be used, though the weak is more common; imperat.
. Pr. 471, 472, N. G. L. i. 12 ; pres. blandar, 13; part. blanda6r,
,49, Pr. 470, 472 (MS. about A.D. 1250), [Ulf. blandan, a
'.i.yl. verb; A.S. bland; Engl, blend; O.H.G. blantan; lost in
11. G.; Swed. blanda']: — to blend, mix, the beverage in ace, the
ingredient in dat. ; b. mjo6 (drykk), eitri, meiiii, Greg. I.e.;
ig ok BarOr blondu5u J)a drykkinn olyfjani, Eg. 210: adding
itiS (ace. instead of dat.) ver&r ok vi3 blandit, Skalda 164;
blandin vi& upsa-gall, Pr. 1. c. ; J)ar fellr Jordan i gegnum, ok
eigi {does not blend) vi6 viitnin, Symb. 1. c. ; tak skogar siiru ok
imperat.) vid fornt vin, Pr. 1. c. ; b. me6, id., Rb. 164 ; b. saman,
together, Pr. 1. c. II. metaph. to mix together, of fellow-
■ \' ,T association, but partic. used of carnal intercourse, cp. the Gr.
fPji'ai, Lat. misceri; b. motuneyti (dat.) viS e-n, to eat together with
<\ N.G. L. I.e.; blandask i samfelagi, to associate with. Mart. I.e.;
■ inegum eigi hjalp ne heilsu af GuSi fa, nema ver blandimk vi& bans
1 >, 6 25. 181; J)eir blondu6usk J)a meir vi6 mannfolk enn mi, they had more
.ercnurse with. Fas. i. 391 : to have carnal intercourse, var skal eingi
1 ndask vi5 biife, N. G. L. i. 18; J)at f611 i hordomum, ok blondu6usk
I {i;cr konur er af heiSnum J)j65um voru, Sks. 588. III. part.
Indian is used as an adj. with the notion mixed, mingled, bad, of
character, manner; Helgi var blandinn mjok {had a mixed,
I creed), hann tni&i a Krist, en het a |>6r til har6rae6a ok
t'.iVA, Landn. 206; J)u ert ma6r vaskr ok vel at J)er (thou art bold
li hrave), en hon er blandin mjok, but she is a womati of mixed report,
:, 49.
ilanda, u, f. a«y viixture of two fluids, Fs. 145 (of watery blood) ;
l|t esp. a beverage of hot whey mixed up with water, Vm. 60, Fms. ix.
,3. Blanda also is the local name of a stream of glacier water in the
1 th (if Icel., V. Landn. p. metaph. the name of a book, tniscellanea ;
I skra . . . heita B., {)vi at saman er blandad skyldu tali ok
I, Rb. 4, V. 1., in MS. Am. 625, 4to. bl6ndu-horn, n. a cup of
I una, a cognom., Landn. 278.
jlandan, f. mixing, N. G. L. i. 153.
laaa, t ; sup. blasad, [Engl, blaze], of places, in the phrase, b. vi5, to
full and open before the eye (mod.)
Iau3-huga3r, adj. soft of heart, cowardly, Fbr. loS.
laud-klseddr, part, soft-clad, b. mann, a rendering of Matth. xi. 8,
nan clothed in soft raiment, 625. 95.
Iau3-liga, adv. and -ligr, adj. cowardly, Hkr. iii. 162.
tLAUDB, adj. [A. S. 6/«dSe; Scot, blate = bashful, shy ; Hel. blotbi ;
— '-'Ifide ; cp. Goth, blaupjan = aKvpovv, and Hel. blodan = inflrmare],
rly means soft, weak, Lat. mollis, Gr. (JuKaKos, and is opposed to
risk, vigorous; hence the proverb, far er hvatr er hriJrask tekr, ef i
lui er blau5r, Fm. 6, cp. Fms. viii. 49. p. metaph. blau9r means
e, hvatr masculine, but only used of animals, dogs, cats, fishes ;
I X = hseingr = sa/mo mas; bleySa, u, f., is a dam, and metaph. a
.• blau8r is a term of abuse, a bitch, coward; hafi hendr a (hund-
.Jd. p. 149) ok drepi J)6tt b. se, take the dog and kill it, though
hitch, Gisl. 63; blauftir hundar, Fms. ii. 163, xi. lo. 2.
L^t-ii., HallgerSr maelti vi6 Gurmar, jafnkomit er a me3 ykkr, er
irttveggi er blau8r (a taunt addressed to the beardless Njal), Nj. 59;
bi6 mi ef J)ii ert eigi b., Nj. 205, cp. Skr. 114, 496, in the last passage
used = blautr ; blauftir eru ver mi orSnir, Niftrst. 6.
blaut-bam, n. a baby, in the phrase, fra blautbarns bcini = blautu
barns beini, Barl. 41.
blaut-fiskr, m. a fresh fish, cod, Bs. i. 853.
blaut-holdr, adj. having soft, smooth flesh; mxr b., Karl. 479.
blaut-hugaflr, zi]. faint, soft-minded, Gliim. 309.
blaut-leikr, m. effeminacy, Stj. 345.
blaut-lendr, adj. soft, moist-soiled, Fms. v, ■230.
blaut-liga, adv. and -ligr, z.A]. faintly, effeminate, Stj. 362 ; b, kossar,
417 ; b. kvae5i, soft, amorous ditties, Bs. i. 237.
BLAUTB, adj. [A. S. bleat = miser ; Germ, blozs = nudus ; Scot, blait
'=nudus (Jamieson) ; Dan. blod; Swed. blodig = soft ; the Dan. and Swed.
blott, blotted, = stripped, are borrowed from Germ.; Ivar Aasen distin-
guishes between blau — shy, and blaut = wet, damp; blaudr and blautr are
no doubt only variations of the same word]. I. soft, Lat. mollis,
in a good sense ; this sense of the word remains only in a few compds,
V. above, and in a few phrases, e.g. fra blautu barns beini, /rom baby-
hood, Fms. iii. 155, Magn. 522, Al. 71 ; b. fiskr, fresh {soft) fish, Bs. i.
853, opp. to hardr {dried) fiskr; in Swed., however, it means soaked
fish : in poetry, b. saeing, a soft bed, Gisl. (in a verse) : of stuffs, but
only in less classical writers or translated romances ; b. purpuri, Bret.
32 ; ler^pt, Sks. 400 A ; diinn. Mart. 1 26 ; blautir vindar, soft breezes,
Sks. 214 B: a single exception is, Edda 19, fjciturinn var sicttr ok b.
sem silkiraema, soft and smooth as silk lace. 2. = blauftr, faint,
imbecile; blautir menu, Al. 34, Fas. i. 161 : a paraphrasis of blau8r in
Fm. 6. II. but commonly metaph. = soa^erf, wet, miry, [cp.
Swed. blot, and the phrase, lagga sit hufuud i blot, to beat one's brains :
cp. also bleyta, mud; bloti, thaw; blotna, to melt]; J)ar voru vellir
blautir, \>vi at regn hofSu verit. Eg. 528; keldur blautar, 266; J)eir
fengu ekki blautt um Valbjamar-vollu, Bs. i. 509, etc. ; cp. Scot, and
North. E. soft road, soft weather, = wet, Scott's Black Dwarf, ch.
3 note.
bid, f., pi. blar, an air. \(y. in a verse Isl. ii. 233, where it seems to
mean the billows, blue waves. Ivar Aasen records 'blaa' a Norse term
for the blue horizon; cp. the Icel. phrase, lit i blainn (as from blar, m.),
ifito the blue, of what is thrown away, words spoken without need or end.
In the east of Icel. bla means a meadow covered with snow half melted
away, Erik Jonsson, Diet. s. v.
bla-ber, n. pi., botan., Lat. vaccinium, as a cognom., Ann. 1393 ," a3al-
blaber, vaccinium myrtillus, the bleaberry, Hjalt.
bld-bruna3r, adj. dark blue coloured, of stuff, Bs. i. 506.
bla-djiip, n. the blue sea, i.e. deep, open sea, Bs. ii. 179, 181.
bld-eygr and -eyg3r, adj. blue-eyed, Nj. 29, Fms. vii. loi, Hkr. iii.
250.
bla-fastr, adj. very strong, Karl. 551.
bld--fdinn, adj. with a blue polish [fa, to paint], Sks., Rm. 36.
bld-feldr, m. a cloak of blue fur, N. G. L. i. 75.
bla-fjalla3r, adj. blue-black, epithet of the raven, Landn. (in a verse).
blfi-goma, u, f. labrus luscus.
bld.-gras, n. a sort of geranium, the g. pratense.
bld-gr^ti, n. blue hard stones rolled in the surf, Eggert Itin. § 477.
bld-hattr, m. scabiosa, Ivar Aasen ; a cognom., Sturl. ii. 207.
bld.-hvitr, adj. white-blue, Gh. 4.
bla-kaldr, adj. blue-cold, of purling water or iron, cp. the phrase,
berja fram blakalt, hammering the iron cold, of obstinate, dogged
reasoning.
bld-kdpa, u, f. a blue cape or cloak. bldkSpu-madr, m. a blue cloaked
man, Gisl. 37.
bld-kinn, f. with a blue {black) chin, Landn. 20i.
bldz-klvikka, u, f., botan. campanula rotundi-folia, Hjalt.
bld-klseddr, part, blue-clad, Fms. iii. 116.
bla-leitr, adj. blue-faced, Karl. 5.
bid-lenzkr, adj. Ethiopian, from Blaland, n. Ethiopia, Nigritia, and
North-west Africa in general; Blalendingar, m. pi. Ethiopians; cp. 625.
625, Al. 51, Rb. 568, Stj. 253, 254.
bla-ina3r, m. a black man, negro, i.e. an Ethiopian, Al. 51, Orkn.
364 (referring to A.D. II52), distinguished from the Saracens and
Arabians ; three ' blumenn' were sent as a present to the German
emperor Frederic the Second, Fms. x. 3 : in romances blamenn are men-
tioned as a kind of 'berserkers,' q. v., Finnb. ch. 16, Kjalnes. S. ch. 15 ;
cp. Scott's Ivanhoe, note B.
bldman, f. the livid colour of a bruise, Stj. 46. Gen. iv. 23.
bla-mengdr and -inengja3r, part, blue-mingled, Dipl. i. 168.
bl6-merktr, part, marked, variegated with blue, Vm. 149, 153.
bld-maer, f. [moerr = moor, cp. landamseri, borders, Caes. Bell. Gall,
vi. ch. 23], the blue moor, an aw. \ey. in the Norse poet Eyvind
Skaldaspillir as an epithet of the sea about A.D. 960, Hkr. i. 154; cp.
Landn. 54, which reads borSmaerar, and attributes the verse to another
poet. "The word is still in use in Norway in the popular phrase, ut aa
blaamyra ; vide Ivar Aasen s. v. blaamyr, the sea.
F 3
68
BLi^NA— BLIK.
bldna, a8, to become black; livid, Nj. 203 (iron in fire) ; Hkr. i. 103 (of
a plague-stricken corpse), Fms, ii. 42.
BXjAH, adj., fern, bla, neut. bliitt, [Scot, bla, which has the Icel. sense
of dark Hue, livid : cp. A.S.bleov ; 'Eixgl. blue ; Germ, blaii ; Swed.-Dan.
bla: cp. also A. S. bleo = colour], prop. Lat. lividus; of the colour of
lead, Snot 231 ; blar seni Hel, cp. Engl, black as death, i;b. 314, cp. Edda
13 ; of the livid colour caused by a blow, in the alliterative phrase, blar
ok bl68ugr, Korm. 108 ; sarir e6a lostnir sva blatt e3r rautt se eptir, Grag.
ii. 13 : blar is the colour of mourning, tjalda blam reflum, Fnis. xi. 17;
falda bli'i, to wrap the head in black, Isl. ii. 351 (in a verse) ; cp. kolblar,
RlilmaSr, etc, ; blar logi, a pale ' lowe,' of a witch's flame, GulIJ). 5 : of
cloths; miittull, Nj. 24; kapa, 255; k3'rtill, 184; nuirk, stripes, Ld.
244. p. meUph. foolish, insipid ; cp. blaheimskr ; hann er ekki blar
innan, a popular phrase, be is no goose.
bla-rendr, adj. [rijnd], blue-striped ; braekr, Nj. 184.
BLASA, bles, blesu, blasit ; pres. blass, [Ulf. blesan, a redupl. verb;
Germ, blasen ; Swed.blasa; cp. Engl, blow (blast) ; A.S.blavan; Lat.
flare^ I. to blow, Lai. JIare, of the wind; the naut. alliterative
phrase, blasandi byrr, a fresh breeze, Fms. vii. 287; vindrinn blses og
J)U heyrir hans Jjyt, John iii. 8. 2. act. to blow a trumpet, sound
an alarm, with dat. of the people and the instrument, the act of blow-
ing in ace; b. Iu8ri, Fms. vii. 287; var blasinn herblastr, sounded
an alarm, ix. 358 ; b. liSi (troops) til ofangaungu, Orkn. 350, Bret.
46 ; b. til stefnu, to a meeting, Fms. vii. 286 ; konungr lot b. olium
miinnum or bxnum, ix. 304; b. til t)ings, viii. 210; til hcraOstefnu, ix.
255i V. 1. : absol., J)a ba5 hann b., sound the attack, viii. 403. p. to
blow the bellows; blastu (imperat.) meir, Landn. 270 (in a verse), Edda
69, 70. y. to melt, cast, the metal in ace. ; hann bles fyrstr manna
rauda a tslandi, ok var h^in af J)vi kallaSr Rau5abjoni, Landn. 71, cp.
Sks. 163 ; b. gullmalm, Bret. 4 ; sumir blesu ok steyptu af malmi Gu5s
h'kneski, Barl. 139; sem af gloanda jarni J)vi er akafliga er blasit i eldi,
Fms. viii. 8 ; yxn tveir or eiri blasnir (cast), Bret. 32. 8. to swell,
blow up; lett sem belgr blasinn, Fms. x. 308. II. to breathe,
Lat. spirare ; sva sem audi blaesk af munni, Eluc. 4 : to blow with the
m07tth, hann bles i kross yfir drykk sinum, Fs. 103 ; bless hann a J)a og
sag6i, me9-taki6 peir Heilagan Anda, John xx. 22 ; b. vi8, to draw a
deep breath; hon bles vi3 ok svarar, Clem. 50 ; jarl bles J)a vi& mseSiliga,
Fs. 10, Magn. 444 : to sigh, of a sick man, Gisl. 47 ; b. hatt vi8, Bjarn.
24 : without ' vi6,' Sturl. i. 20 ; b. eitri, eldi (of serpents or dragons), to
snort, Edda 42 ; of a horse, Greg. 49. 2. theol. to inspire; Gub
bles sinum anda (dat.) i brjost honum, Fms. i. 142, 199 ; Gu& bles henni
J)vi i brjost, Stj. 160 (cp. innblastr). 3. b. moti e-m, to conspire
against one, Fms. vii. 164 : in the phrase, ' to blow not a hair off one's
head,' Jarl maelti, at eingi skyldi b. har af hofSi Sveini, no one should dare
to make a hair move on his head, Orkn. 252. III. impers. : 1.
medic, to ' boulne,' swell, from sickness, wounds . . . , the wound or swollen
limb in ace. ; hann svall sva akafliga, at allan bles kvi&inn, Bs. i. 319 ; sar
Grims var6 ilia, ok bles upp fotinn, Dropl. 36, Grett. 153; hann bles
allan, Bs. i. 116. 2. of land, to be laid bare, stripped of the turf hy
wind; hafSi blasit hauginn ok la silfriS bert, Fms. iv. 57. 3. in
supine, and partic. the personal construction reappears ; a OrmarsstoSum
J)ar sem er blasiS allt, where all is stripped, barren, Landn. 280 ; meltorfa
blasin mjok, stripped, barren, Hrafn. 27: medic, hin haegri geirvartan
var blasin upp, 655 xxxii. 10 ; hans hiirund var allt blasit. Fas. i. 286,
Rb. 374; syndist fotrinn blasinn ok kolblar, Grett. 152.
bld,-sauina9r, part, blue-embroidered, Pm. 12.
bla-silfr, n. bad silver, opp. to skirt silfr ; J)rim tigum sinna skal b.
vega moti guUi, tiu sinnum skirt silfr moti gulli, 732. 16: the propor-
tion of bad to pure silver is thus as three to one.
bld,-si3a, u, f., cp. grasiSa, a cognom., Isl. ii. 52.
bM-stafaSr, adj. blue-striped ; segl. b., Fms. x. 345.
bld-stjarna, u, f. the blue star, i. e. Hesperus, Snot 131.
bldstr, rs, m., dat. blxstri, blaesti, Horn. 47; pi. blastrar: 1. to
blast, Sks. 213. 2. breath; b. af lopti, Eluc. 19; malit gorisk af
blsestrinum, Skalda 1 70 : the blast of a trumpet, Fms. ix. 30 : hissing of
serpents, breathing of whales (hvala blastr), GullJ). 8 : blowing a bellows,
YAda. 70. 3. medic, swelling, mortification, Nj. 209, Dropl. 36, Bs.
i. 182. coMPDs: blastr-belgr, m. a W/oi</5, Karl. 18. bMstr-
hol, n. the blow-hole of a whale. blastr-horn (blastrarhorn), n. a
trumpet, horn, 655. 8, Rb. 372. bl&str-jflrn, n. blast iron, cast, not
wrought, Grag. i. 501, Jb. 345. blastr-samr, adj. windy, Sks. 41.
bldstr-svalr, adj. cold blowing, Sks. 41, v. 1.
bla-t6nn, f. a cognom. having a blue, black tusk, Fas. ii. 390.
ble3ja, a8, [blad], prop, to prune, lop trees and plants, Bs. ii. 165,
N.G.L. i. 24I ; esp. in the metaph. phrase, b. af, to destroy, kill off one
by one; mun hann sva setla at b. hir&ina, Fms. ii. 55, vii. 36, Fs. 96.
blegSr, m. [bleyg and bloyg, Ivar Aasen; Gtxm. pflock ; Engl, jft/wg-],
a plug, Krok. 56, where in pi.
bleik-dl6ttr, adj., bleikdlingr, m., and bleikila, f. a dun horse with
a dark stripe down the back, Nj. Si, Sturl. ii. 145, Grett. 91.
bleik-Mrr, adj. auburn, Hkr, iii. ^74, Fms. vii, loi.
bleik-hvitr, adj. of yellowish white colour, Hkr. iii. 250.
bleikja and bleika, u, f. chalk paint; draga me5 bleiku, Hkr. ii. 341,
P'ms. iv. 96. 2. salmo levis, Fel. i. II.
bleikja, t, 8, [Swed. bleka; Germ, bleicben], to bleach; b. lerept, /o
bleach linen. Fas. ii. 71 : in the phrase, b. hadda (cp. haddblik), of ladies,
to wash and comb the hair, Edda 75.
BLEIKB, adj. [A. S. Mac or blcBc; Engl, bleached and bleak; Swed.
blek ; Germ, bleich and blass] : — pale, wan, of the colour of gold, Fms. v.
345 ; of bad silver, Grag. i. 500 ; of fruits, Stj. 161 ; of ripe barley fields,
b. akrar, Nj. 112, and N. T. John iv. 35, a rendering of \(vk6s in the
Gr. ; of animals, a fawn-coloured horses is in Icel. called Bleikr, m., a
mare Bleik, f., Flov. 33, Vigl. ; an ox, Vapn. 21 ; of hair, auburn, Faer.
156; bleikt har, the fair locks of a baby, Rm. 31, where 'bleak and
bright' are alliterative; Homer's ^avBos is in Icel. rendered by bleik-
hiirr. 2. = Lnt. pallidus, the colour of ashes, pale from fright, loss
of blood, or emotion, Fms. i. 216 ; fiskbleikr, pale as a fish, vii. 269 ; b.
sem hzst, pale as bast, etc.: of the moonshine, Sks. 627: the colour of
death, J)vi ligg ek b. i briiki, of a corpse mouldering at the bottom of
the sea, Fms. vi. 376.
blek, n. ink, v. under ' blakkr.' blek-horn, n. an ink-horn, Th. 76.
blekkiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. [blakkr], delusively. Mar., Al. 36.
blekking, f. delusion, fraud, H. E. i. 506, Fms. x. 207, Hkr. iii.
112.
blekkja, t, a8, [blakkr], to impose upon, Stj. 335, Fms. i. 215, Hkr. ii.
317, Magn. 466.
blendingr, m. a blending, mixture. 2. metaph. a being half
man and half giant, not a downright giant (troll) ; b. en ekki full-
komit troll. Fas. iii. 179 ; b. ^urs einn, Grett. 135.
BIiEjSI, a, m. and blesottr, adj. the blaze or white star on a borse'i
forehead, and as a pr. name of the horse himself, Landn. 70, Fms. vi. 414.
BLESTE. and blesmseltr, adj. lisping, Skalda 170, Sturl. i. 60,
Barl. 15.
BLETTB, s, m., pi. ir, [Engl, blot; Dan. plet], loc. a spot, blot, Fms,
iii. 123 in a paper MS., the vellum MS. Fb. i. 228 reads ' flekkr :' blot,
mjok grandvarr af blettum, without stain, blotless, 655 xxxii. 19 : nov»
much used in a loc. sense, a spot.
bley3a, u, f. [blauSr], a craven, Hkr. i. 338.
bleySask, dep. to lose heart as a craven, Fms. vi. 312: impers. with
dat., viii. 137.
bleySi, f. cowardice, Fms. ii. 306 : softness, in a good sense (rare), Sks
496 B. coMPDs : bley3i-ina3r, m. a coward, Nj. 54, Fms. vi. 260
bley3i-inannligr, adj. cowardly, Fms. ii. 69. bleySi-mark, n
a mark of cowardice, Tistr. bley3i-ord, n. a charge of cowardice
Fas. ii. 530 ; leggja b. a bak e-m, Grett. 102.
bleyta, u, f. [blautr], mud, Clem. 35 : mire, Hrafn. 27 (freq.)
bleyta, tt, to soak, moisten ; b. hu8, a hide, Fas. i. 289 ; leir, clay, Bret
106. 2. to soften, Greg. 38, 655 v. B (rare in that sense).
bleyti, n. soaking.
BLEZA, bletza, mod. blessa, a8, [A. S. bletzian; Engl, bless; akii
to blot, biota, denoting worship]: — to bless; an English word, whid
came to Icel. and Norway along with the Gospel ; in Norway it neve
took root, and soon died out, and is at present unknown in Scandinavia
whilst in Icel. it grew from a term of worship into a household word 0
endearment and affection ; the guest or traveller is met with a ' Gu8 bles
\>'\g,' God bless thee, in reply to his greeting, ' her se Gu8,' when enterin
a house ; it is also the reply to one returning thanks. The Norsemai
Swede, and Dane say, ' Gud signe dig' (cp. Germ, segnen), whilst ' signs
(signare) in Icel. usage only means to make the sign of the cross. Blez|
is used as a standing epithet of the sun, blessu8 solin, the blessed sun
so also the alliterative phrase, blessa8 barni8, the blessed bairn ; blessaS
blessu8, in addressing, cp. Engl, bless you ! In old writers it answers ;
Lat. benedicere : a. with ace, Stj. 28, 655 ix, ' benedictus' J)y3ir 1
xxi, Fms. i. 230, K. A. 120. p. with dat., rare and now unusuai
Gu8 b. fiskum ok fuglum, Stj. 18, Eluc. 40, Bias. 40; blessuS ertii
medal kvenna, N. T. Luke i. 28. 2. reflex, to give good luc
succeed.
blezan, f. a blessing, benediction, Bs. i. 563 ; bliss, Hom, 13, Greg. 71
coMPD : blezanar-andi, a, m. spirit of b., Stj. 242.
blezing, f. id., 655 viii. 2.
Bill AT, a kind of stuff, (for. word). El. 21, Str. 12, 79.
BLIK, n. [cp. Germ, blick and blitz; Engl, blink (in ice-blink, tl
gleam of distant ice-fields), and blaze], gleam, sheen, Scot, glint. La
nitor; barach J)y8ir b. e8r brjanda, Stj. 389. The original notion ■
fulgor is alien to Icel.; even augnablik, q. v., is of Dan. and Gerr
extraction ; a dead-calm sea is in Danish havblik and blikstille. but
Icel. blaeja-logn. The gleam of metal (shields) is called blik, Edda I
(poet.) : of the sky, Brei8ablik is the heavenly abode of the god Bak
Gm. 12. 2. bleaching, Dan. bleg ; blaejur a bliki. Fas. ii. (in;
verse); lerept a bliki, N.G.L. i. 381. 3. hadd-blik, Ed.
77- II- (for. word), the vizor on a helmet, in writers of the 14
and 15th centuries, Fas. iii. 229, Ann. 1393.
BLIKA—BLODSPYJA.
69
lika, u, f. light clouds foreboding storms, such as the Engl, call
mre's tails,' (regn-blika, vind-blika), hence the saying, e-m lizt ekki a
kuna, when matters look threatening; freq. in mod. usage, though no
tance is on record in old writers. 2. medic, pallor, Dan. blegesot,
20I.
lika, ad, and blfkja, bleik, bliku, an old obsolete poet, form, of
lich only remain the forms, 3rd pers. pi. pret. bliku, /j//g'efrnn/,Vkv. 6,
s. i. 186 (in a verse) : infin., blikja, Hkr. i. 96 (in a ver.'e) ; 3rd pers. pi.
s. blikja, /?^/^fw/, Gn'ig. ii. 170, in an old law form; part, blikjanda,
da 231, [LzX.fulgere; Germ, blicken, cp. blitzen ; Engl, to blink'] : — to
am, twinkle, Lat. micare ; the stars ' blika,' the sun ' skin ;' used of arms,
Idir bliku J)eirra vi6 hinn skarda mana, Vkv. 1. c. ; bliku reift er Regin
i, Fas. 1. c. ; a baki letu blikja (of the shields), Hkr. 1. c. ; skildir blika
1 Rau8askri5um, Nj. 143, cp. Grag. ii. 170; blikuSu t)ar skildir vid,
724; blika vifl solu, Fbr. 156; blikjanda (part.) bol, gleaming bale,
the hall ofHela, Eddal.c.
lik-hvitr, adj. white-gleaming, of a shield. Lex. Poet,
liki, a, m. a drake ; andar-bliki, aeSar-bliki, etc.
likna, aS, [bleikr], to become pale. Ems. ii. 240, iv. 166, Flov. 41.
likra, ad, [Ivar Aasen blikra, to flutter'], to blink; inipers. with dat.,
3st hann eigi hirda J)6 bonda blikradi nokkut til hvat fyrir vaeri
bloskradi,/e/^ a shudder), Grett. 100 A (rare).
inda, ad, [Ulf. blitidjan], to blind, deprive of sight. Ems. v. 268, vii.
, Stj. 619 : metaph. to deceive. Ems. ii. 46, v. 217, G^l. 215.
iindi, f. indecl., mod. blindni, blindness, Stj. 620, Greg. 35 :
taph.. Bias. 47 : snjo-blinda, u, f. snow-blindness ; natt-blinda, «yc/a-
a; dag-blinda, hemeralopia. Eel.
indingr, m. a blind or hidden peg, of pegs used to pin planks together
eways, serving the same purpose as tongue and groove, Edda 232.
indleikr, m. blindness. Ems. ii. 241, Stj. 122 : metaph., H.E. i.462.
LINDK, adj. [Ulf. bltnds ; A.S. and Engl, blind; O.U.G. plint;
m. blind ; common to all Teut. idioms, whilst Gr. TV(p\os and Lat.
■us are of different roots] : — blind; blindr borinn, born blind, Nj.
, Ems. vi. 389 : proverb, misjafnir eru blinds manns bitar : metaph.,
1 gen., mjiik er mannfolkit blint ens sanna um forlogin, blind as to
fate, Al. 23 : neut. as adv., dark, ekki er J)at blint hvers ^li eggjar,
iv. 133 ; Einarr let ser J)at blint vera, i. e. said that he kneio nothing
ut it, viii. 10 ; Grettir segir at {jeim var blint til J)ess at setla, a blind
ter for them to guess at, Grett. 148 A : a thick storm is called ' blind-
;' (but the Icel. call thick darkness ' niSa-myrkr,' Dan. bcelgmorke') ;
Germans call blind what is hidden and cannot be seen ; this is rare in
, yet blind-sker, a hidden skerry (rock) in the sea; cp. also blindingr. / bl63-flekkr, m. a fleck or stain of blood, Eb. 24a.
i3a, u, f. [Ulf. bleipei], literally blitheness, but in usage gentleness,
ce, of a woman; alia blidu \6t hon uppi vid mik, Nj. 18 ; hofst pa
at nyju b. (friendly intercourse) med ^eim magum. Ems. ix. 450 : in
1. usage, balminess of the air : fair words, blandishment, Sks. 540.
pd: bliflu-bragfl, n. a token of grace, caressing, Stj. 90, Ems. vii.
: in a less good sense, of outward shew, F'as. iii. 151, 209.
i3ask, ad, dep. = blidkask. Thorn. 183.
"liSka, ad, to render ' blithe,' caress, coax, Ld. 286 : reflex., Stj. 142.
lidkan, f. caressing, Stj. 1S6.
'i3leikr and -leiki, m. mildness, balminess, of the air. Ems. x. 336,
^ p,36 : blatidishment. Pass. 31. 10.
liSleitr, adj. ofjnild countenance. Ems. xi. 215, v.l.
li^liga, adv. and -ligr, adj. blithely, graciously; taka, fagna e-m b.,
•i .[, Sks. 370, Ems. vii. 107, ix. 411.
]t3-lunda9r and -lyndr, adj. of gentle disposition, Magn. 474.
Ii3-lyndi, n. gentle disposition.
:i3-la3ti, n. caressing, Bs. i. I40, Greg. 51.
1.3-m8eli, n. fair words, blandishments. Ems. x. 307, i. 109, Pass. 6.6.
I|3-m8eltr, adj. bland, Sturl. ii. 189, Fins. xi. 215, vii. 239.
iUlDE., adj. [Tllf. bleips, o'lKTipnoiy, misericors ; and bleipi, olKTtpfi6i ;
" 'I'-nn, olKTfipuv; A.S. bliSe ; Engl, blithe; Hel. blithi = clams,
—in usage, mild, gentle, soft; blidr is a word of endearment, but
ii)tes the outward expression of mildness in the eyes, look, voice,
:;is a bad sense, bland, fawning, enticing: alliterative proverb,
KEtandi hcind ; b. ok J)ekkr, Bs. i. 131 ; b. ord. Ems. x. 292 ;
itr, Eg. 45 ; blid ok eptirmal, mild and charming, of a wife, Nj.
the air, blitt vedr, mild, balmy. Ems. ii. 76, vi. 378: metaph.,
stritt, whether it pleases or not, in fine weather or fo7d, Sturl. i.
rir blidu \\k stridu, neither by fair nor foul means, 625. 95:
V, eigi blid baksletta, Al. 90 ; e-m er blidara, 'tis more pleasant
'ine is better pleased. Ems. x. 353.
kapr, ar, m. mildness, kindness, friendly terms. Ems. i. 102;
"skap, m. friendly terms. Eg. 740, Stj. 192.
ve3r and bli3vi5ri, n. mild weather, 655 xii. 3, Thom. 167.
Ijfl-yr3i, n. blandishment, Sks. 530, Ems. x. 292.
]LjIFA, [Germ, bleiben; akin to leife, q. v.], to remain; this word
' cu from Luther's Bible into Icel., and is used by theol. writers;
. is never used, but pret. pi. blifu. Pass. 50. 4,
*i-iGJA,5,[Swed.6/(^« = ro^flz#,s/ar#],^o^a«,- b.auguin,Mirm.7o.i blo3-spyja, u, f. a spitting ofbhod, fs, 153, Ann. 1393,
bligr, m. staring, gazing, a cognom., Eb.
blina, d, to stare, gaze, [cp. A. S. blin.]
blistra, u, f. the mouth-piece of bellows, Vm. 177,
Blif STRA, ad, to whistle, Eb. i. 553, Fas. iii. 337, Bret. 26 : the
phrase, b. i spor e-m, prob. a hunting term, to run whistling after one,
Korm. 62, Ems. viii. 60. 2. of snakes, to hiss, Fr.
blfstran, f. (blfstr, n.), whistling. Mar. 61, Konr. 58 (Fr.) : the mod.
phrase, standa 4 blistri, to be swoln like bellows, is curious, and indicates
a relation between bliisa and blistra.
bljugr, adj. [Swed. blyg], bashful, shy, modest. Pass. 16. i\{peniteni).
blossi, a, m. a flame, Dan. bluss, (mod.). Pass. 3. 3.
BLOTI, a, m. [blautr], a thaw, melting of snow (freq.)
blotna, ad, to become moist or soft: metaph. to lose courage; blotnar
hann eigi vid pat, Isl. ii. 330, Ems. viii. 137.
BLOD, n. [Ulf blop, common to all Teut. idioms] : — the blood, Lat.
sanguis ; ' dreyri ' is cruor ; ' hlaut,' q. v., is bloodshed in sacrifice, cp. Eb.
ch. 4, Nj. 107, Eb. 242, Fms. i. 46; nema, lata (mod. taka) b., to take,
let blood (blodlat), vii. 269, Grag. ii. 133; ganga blodi, to have a
hemorrhage, Bs. i. 337 : the phrase, blanda blodi saman, to mix blood
together, Ls. 9, refers to the old heathen rite of entering foster-brother-
ship, defined in Gisl. 11, Fbr. 7, Eb. ii. 93, Fas. iii. 376: metaph. offspring,
Stj. 47; h]zrt-h\6b, heart's blood; da.ubz-h\6b, life-blood, gore : metaph.
compound words are rare. In poets ' blood of Quasir' means poetry ; the
blood of the giant Ymir, the sea, vide Edda 47, 5. Eel. ix. 198, 199,
records many medic, compounds, blodfall and bl6dlat, menorrhagia;
blodhella, congestio ad viscera; blc'jdkyli, ulcus; blodmiga, baematuria;
blodnasir, f. pi. epistaxis; blodras, hemorrhagia ; blodsott, dysenteria;
blodhraekjur, haemoptysis ; blodspyja, haematemesis, etc. Other compds :
bl63a-bru3gumi, a, m., Stj. 42. Exod. iv. 25, the 'bloody husband'
of the Engl. text. bl63s-akr, m. the field of blood, Matth. xxvii. 8.
bl63s-litr, m. blood-colour, C56. 6, Eb. 26. bl638-peningar, m.
pi. the price of blood, Matth. xxvii. 6. bl6ds-tithelliiig, f. a shed-
ding of blood. Fas. i. 73.
bl63-band, n., mostly in pi. a bandage to stop bleeding, Bs. i. 625, 376.
bl63-bogi, a, m. a gush of blood, Nj. 210, Fms. vi. 419, Sd. 178.
bl63-drefjar, f. pi. spatterings of blood, Grett. ill A.
bl63-drekkr, m. one who drinks blood. Fas. iii. 573 : epithet of a fox.
bl63-dropi, a, m. a drop of blood, Bs. i. 45, Ems. i. 270.
bl63-drykkja, u, f. drink of blood, Thom. 150.
bl63-fall, n. and bl63falls-s6tt, f. bloody flux, dysentery, Bs, i. 317.
ii. 108, 618.
bl63-fors, m. a gush of blood, Nj. 244.
bl63-fvillr, ad), full of blood, Fbr. 12.
bl63ga, ad, to make bleed, Nj. 82 : reflex, to become bloody, Str. 78.
bl63i, a, m., poet, a brother, consanguineus, Edda (Gl.), Haustl. 14.
bl63igr, adj., contr. blodgir, -gum, etc. ; in mod. usage uncontracted
through all cases, and so it is freq. in old writers, e. g. blodigan (ace),
Bjarn. 50 vellum MS.; blodugri (dat. f.), Gn'ig. ii. 192 : bloody, Nj. 19,
Isl. ii. 271, etc.
bl63-k^ll, m. a blood-bag; metaph. a blood-sucker, a leech, Fms. ii. 31 7.
bl63-lauss, adj. (bl63leysi, n.), bloodless, Str. 5.
bl63-lat, n. loss of blood, Hkr. ii. 24: medic, blood-letting, bleeding,
Fms. vii. 269, Str. 28, N. G. L. iii. 15.
bl63-ld,tinn, part, having blood let, bled, Bs. i. 848, Str. 27.
bl63-lifr, ar, f. pi. clotted blood, Nj. 171.
bl63-ligr, adj. bloody, Stj. 161.
bl63-litr = blodslitr, Landn. 335.
bl63-leekr, jar, m. a river of blood, Fms. vi. 407.
bl63-rQa3kr, m. a maggot bred in putrefying blood, Stj. 91.
bl63-inikill, nd]. plethoric. ,
bl63-n8etr, f. pi. bloody nights; it may originally have been a law
term, the night next after a murder or homicide ; in the proverb, blod-
n?etr eru hverjum bradastar, i. e. the thirst for revenge rises highest during
the bloody nights, Ghim. 344, Es. 39, Bs. i. 142.
bl63-rau3r, adj. blood-red, Fms. i. 217, Art. 120.
bl63-ras, f. a ' blood-rush,' hemorrhagia, Ld. 140, Fms. x. 395, Pr. 473 :
mod. also circulation of blood.
bl63-refill, m. the point of a sivord, Nj. 246, Eg. 216, 306, Hkr. i.
70 ; a curious word ; does refill here mean a snake f cp. refil-stigar, semita
serpentis; cp. also Korm. ch. 9.
bl63-rei3r, adj. very wrath. Ems. iv. 182.
bl63-risa, adj. ind. [Germ, blutrise = saucius, cruentus], bruised and
bloody, Eb. 46 ; in the alliterative phrase, blar ok b., blue and bloody
from blows, Grett. I47, Stj. 91 : as to the root, cp. hilr-ramr, the outside,
but hold-rosa, u, f. a tanner's term, the inside of a skin; vet blodrisa in
the MSS. is not spelt with a y.
bl63-segi and blodslgi, a, m. a clot of blood, Bs. i, 334, Fas. iii. 296.
bl63-skuld, f. blood-guilt. Pass. 2. 10, 25. 7.
bl63-s6tt, f. monthly courses, Stj. 318, 256: dysenteria. Eel. ix. 109.
70
BLODSTJARNA— BLOTPRESTR.
bl63-3tjarna, u, f. the bloody star, prob. Mars, Eb. no.
blofl-stokkinn, part. (mod. blod-storkinn, stark with blood), gory
all over, Bs. i. 626, Ni8rst. 3.
bldfl-straurar, m. a stream of blood. Fas. i. 499.
bl63-sveiti, a, m. a bloody sweat. Pass. 2. 12 (Luke xxii. 44).
blofl-tjorn, f. a pool of blood, Eb. 200.
bl63-vaka, u, f. [vekja bl66, cp. vokvi, m. fluid], a law term, the letting
blood flow ; sva hart at b. yr8i, Bs. i. 871.
bl68-varmr, adj. blood-warm, warm as blood, Karl. 240.
bl63-8Br, f. a sheep (ewe) fit for slaughter, Fms. xi. 36.
bl63-8esar, f. pi. (v. aesar), a bad reading instead of bl66naetr, Bs. i. 142.
bl63-6rn, m. ' blood eagle,' in the phrase ' rista b.,' to cut a blood
eagle, a cruel method of putting to death in the heathen times, prac-
tised, as it seems, only on the slayer of one's father if taken alive in a
battle : the ribs were cut in the shape of an eagle and the lungs pulled
through the opening, a sort of vivisection described in Orkn. ch. 8,
Fas. i. 293, 364 (Ragn. S.) : so king Ella was put to death by the sons
of Ragnar Lodbrok, Fms. iii. 225 : it is called a sacrifice to Odin of the
victim, cp. the phrase, ok gaf hann (56ni til sigrs ser, Orkn. 1. c. ; the
old rite ' marka geirsoddi,' q. v., is analogous, not identical ; cp. also upon
the subject Grimm D. R. A., and Hm. 139.
bl63-6x and -ex, f. bloody axe, a cognom. of king Eric, Fms.
BL<5M, n. [Ulf. bloma, Matth. vi. 28; Engl, bloom; Germ, blume ;
A.S. blosma, Engl, blossom, answers to blomstr, qs. Lat. ^os. The Icel.
has not the primitive verb. Hel. bloan; Germ, bluheti] : — a bloom,
blossom, flower ; hvit blom k grasi, El. 24; lauf ok blom ok aldin, 19;
gras ok blom, flowers, Edda 145 (pref.), Fms. v. 345 ; ^otti honum a
einum kvistinum fegrst b., Bar&. 164; ekki {)6tti henni blomit (^the
bloom or blossom on the tree) sva mikit a vera sem hon vildi, Isl. ii. 14 ;
k6r(!)na af dyrligum blomum, Bret. compds : bldma-mikill, adj.
ricb-blossoming, BarS. 1. c. blom-berandi, part, bloom-bearing, Stj.
14. bl6in-beranligr, adj. id., Fms. iii. 174.
bldnigan, f. bloomitig, flourishing, Stj. 29.
bl6inganligr, adj. blooming, Bs. ii. 183.
bl6ingast, aS, dep. to flourish, Magn. 502, Sks. 610 : part. bl6nig-
a3r, adj. which has blossom upon it, Fms. xi. 9.
bldmi, a, m. [Ulf. bloma, m., Matth. vi. 28 ; v. blom]. 1. pi. blooms,
blossoms, flowers ; J)ar hrcirna aldri fagrir blomar, Clem. 40; hafa rau&a
bloma (ace. pi.), 655 xiv; allskonar fagra bloma, Fms. x. 241 ; heilir
bl6mar, flores integri, Magn. 468 ; this use is now rare. 2. sing.
blooming; J)at tr6 stendr avalt si3an me8 bloma, in full bloom, 656
A. 23. 3. esp. metaph./w// bloom, prosperity ; st66 hagr hans me6
hinum mesta bloma, Isl. ii. 14, Band. 2, Fms. v. 346 ; i bloma aldrs sins
(xsku bl6mi), in the bloom of life, viii. 29, vii. 108 {with blooming face) ;
a {)eirra veldi var b. mjok langa hri&, Ver. 45, Sks. 758. 4. the yolk
in an egg ; the phrase ' lifa sem blomi i eggi,' to live like the yolk in an
egg, i. e. to live in perfect comfort.
bl6instr, rs, m. bloom, blossom ; allan akrsins blomstr, Stj. 29 ; saetan
b., Sks. 630 B, 499 ; ' flos' is rendered by b., Stj. (pref.) : in writers since
the Reformation always neut. ; allt eins og blomstriS eina, and gloandi
blomstrift fritt, Hallgrimr, Sn6t 45 ; blom and blomstr are synonymous,
but blomi in common usage is metaph. =prosperity.
BIjOHAK, a, m. [cp. Dan. blar, the refuse of flax, and the phrase, at
kaste een blar i ojnene, to throw dust in one's eyes'], in Icei. only used in
the metaph. phrase, at gora e-t i blora vi6 e-n, to commit an ofl^ence
behind another person so that suspicion falls upon him : and bl6ra-nia3r,
m., en ef sva ver8r sem mer er grunr a at, dottir |)in se me6 barni, J)a
era J)ar fair bloramenn, ok vil ek ganga vi6 fa8erni. Fas. iii. 344.
BLOT, n. [Ulf. renders Karpeia and aiPacXfxa by blutifiassus, cp. also
A. S. compd words such as blotmonad] : — gener. worship, and worship
including sacrifice, spec, a sacrificial feast or bajiquet, used freq. in pi.
when in general sense ; the feasts were, esp. the three great annual feasts,
when the winter set in (Oct.), at Yule time and mid-winter (Dec. or Jan.),
and when the summer began (April), 0. H. ch. 94-96, Hkr. i. 139 sqq.,
Hak. S. G. ch. xvi sqq., and the verse of Kormak, Haifit ma8r ask ne eski,
id., Hkr. (0. T.) i. 272, Fms. x. (O.T.) ch. 50, Fas. (Hervar.S.) i. 531,
512. Hervar. S. the last chapter, Eb. ch. 10, Eg. 257, Fb. i. 22 ; at Upp-
siilum voru blot sva mikil i J)ann tima, at hvergi hafa verit meiri a
Norftrlondum, Fas. i. 255; J)ann vetr fekk Ingolfr at bloti miklu ok
leitadi ser heilla um forliig sin, Landn. 33, cp. Hym. i, Vsp. 62 ; J)ar voru
a8r blot ok hiirgar, Bs. i. 20 (Kr. S.), Fms. i. 131, Eb. 4; there are men-
tioned alfa-blot, disa-blot, etc. 2. blot, or more correctly blceti, n.
an idol, amulet, engi ma6r skal hafa i husum sinum, stalla, vit e8r blot
(bloeti) ... mi ef blot (blceti) er funnit i hiisi laslausu, mat-blot (dough
idol) e8r leir-bl6t (clay idol) gort i mannsliki af leiri e8r deigi, j)a . . .,
N.G.L. i. 383, 389; cp. Fs. (Hallfr. S.) 97. II. metaph. in
Christian times the name of the heathen worship became odious, and blot
came to mean swearing, cursing, freq. in Sturl. and Bs., and in mod.
usage, Sturl. ii. 106, 152, iii. lox, Fs. (Vd.) 36, Gisl. The terms for
swearing in the heathen times were ' troll, gramir,' etc., q. v.
BLOTA, in old use a strong (and originally a redupl.) verb, biota —
blet — bletu — blotinn ; pres. bloet, and with the suffixed negative bloetka
(7 worship not), Stor. 22 (the Ed. wrongly blotka, without change of
vowel); this form also occurs K. f>. K. (Kb.) ch. 7, the Ed. 1853 has
wrongly bloet(a)r, but a few lines below blotar (weak), probably altered
from blcEtr; pret. sing, blet, Hkr. (Yngl.) 56, 269; pi. bletu, 56; subj.
bletim, 623. 61 ; imperat. blott, Am. 75 ; part, blotinn, and sup. bloti5 are
freq., Hkr. i. 34, 35, 239, Landn. 47, Fas. i. 255 : more freq. weak,
biota, a8 ; pres. blotar, blotast, Fas. i. 87, Fbr. 78 ; pret. bl6ta8i, Landn.
224, 291, 322, Bs. i. 6 (Kr. S.), Nj. 272, Gisl. 140, Faer. 272, Fas. i.
463, 531, Bret., Fms. ii. 263, Hkr. i. 34, 35, Isl. ii. 109, Fs. 50 ; only
the weak sup. and part, are rare in old writers ; bl6tu8, Hom. 153 (Norse);
bl6ta& (sup.), Bs. i. 5 (paper transcript): [Ulf. blotan (redupl. verb) =
\aTpfveiV, Oi^tadai, cp. gupbloteins ^irap&KKrjais, gupblostreis = 6(o.
at^rjs; A.S. blotan = immolare; O.H.G. l?loza?i ; the root is probably
akin to bletsian, Engl, to bless] : — gener. to worship, to worship with saeti-
fice; with ace. of the being worshipped, but dat. of the object sacrificed;
thus b. hof, lund, fors, go6, alfa, vaettir, to worship temple, grove, forct,
gods, elves, beitigs ; but b. monnum, praelum, kvikendum, to sacrifice with
men, thralls, beasts, i. e. to sacrifice, slay them : also used absol. : %,
with ace. or absol. to worship ; skal Jjorolfr b. ok leita heilla J)eim hrxiiik,
Eg. 257, 623. 61, Landn. 40, Hkr. i. 34 sqq., Fs. 41 ; heiSnar vaettir, Nj,
272, Faer. 139, cp. Bret. 84, 94, Landn. 36, lb. ch. 7, Bs. i. 25 ; b. til friftw;
sigrs, langlifis, ars, byrjar, to make a sacrifice for peace, victory, longUfi,
good season, fair wind, Hkr. i. 239, 34, 56, ii. 97, Fs. 1 73 : of the worship
of natural objects, at Gilja st66 steinn (a stone), er (ace.) J)eir fraendr hofSu
bl6ta5, Bs. i. 5, Har3.S. Isl.ii. 109 ; hann blotaSi lundinn, he worshipped dx
grove (cp. Tacitus, sacrum ne7nus), Landn. 224; hann blotaSi forsinn, 391:
worship of men (rare), Grims sonar J)ess er blotinn var dau5r fyrir J)okka-
saeld ok kalladr Kamban, 47, Fb. ii. 7; J)au voru bae6i bl6tu8, Edda 83:
b. hof, in the phrase, hei6nir menn hof b., Grag., Isl. ii. 381 ; blot erots
ok kvidjat, at v^r skulum eigi b. hei6it goS, ne hauga ne horga, N.G.L.
i. 18 : worship of animals, Ogvaldr konungr blet kii eina, Hkr. i. 269, Fa$.
i. 255. p. with dat. (extremely rare) ; blotar hann einum golt (sic!
prob. corrupt = einn (ace.) golt. Fas. i. 187 a paper transcript. II
with dat. to sacrifice; sacrifices of men are recorded, Hkr. i. 34, 35, f''
239, Gisl. 14O, Eb. I.e., Fas. i. 452 (Hervar. S.) : slaves and crimina
were esp. sacrificed, thus representing the executions of modern time
hei&ingjar biota enum verstum monnum, ok hrinda {leim fyrir bjorg <
hamra . . . ; enir heiSnu menn hofSu J)a stefnu, ok toku Jiat ra6 at b. tveii;.
monnum or hverjum fj6r8ungi, Bs. i. (Kr. S.) 23 : captives, O. H. ch. 131;
kom J)at asamt me6 ^eim at hafa HallfreS til biota, Fs. 102 ; b. {)rsrfuin,
Fms. X. 323 ; b. monnum ok fe, Fs. (Vd.) 50, Am. 75, Fms. i. 174 : a tort
of self-immolation is recorded Fb. ii. 72. III. to curse, stf ear, vide
blot II ; with dat. or absol., hann blotar hestunum, Fbr. 78 ; eigi kriJi
ek J)vi ]p6tt biskup bloti mer e8r banni, Bs. i. 708 ; blotud verS J)u, Horn.
153 : reflex, blotask, to go about swearing, Fms. viii. 294 : vide Maoftfi
Bekehr. ii. 195 sqq.
blotan, f. sacrificing, 62^. 57. II. cursing, swearing, Fms. viii. IJJ.
bl6t-ati3igr, adj. rich in sacrifices; b. hof. Mart. 116.
bl6t-ba3, n. a sacrificial bath, Post. 138.
blot-biskup, m. a heathen priest, Bret. 34 (Laocoon), Fms. x. 3*3.
bl6t-bolli, a, m. a sacrificial bowl, Fms. ii. 309.
blot-domr, m. idolatry, Stj. 106.
blot-drykkja, u, f. a sacrificial feast, Fms. x. 393, cp. Eg. 257.
bl6t-fe, n. a sacred or accursed thing, Stj. 363 (Josh. vii. n), Edda 83.
bl6t-go3i, a, m. a heathen priest. Post. 656 B. 10, Hkr. i. 8.
bl6t-gr6f, f. a sacrificial den in which to kill the victim, Fs. 49, fp.
bl6t-gu3, m. a heathen god, Fms. ii. 76.
bl6t-gy3ja, u, f. a heathen priestess, Hkr. i. 8.
blot-haugr, m. a sacrificial mound or cairn, cp. N. G. L. i. 18} <fc-
fined Fms. v. 164 ; about cairns of that kind among the Perms (Bjanfflur), 1 1
vide Fms. iv. 299, cp. also Hkr. i. 16.
bldt-hiis, n. a heathen house of worship, sometimes less than the 'hof,'
used like Christian chapels for private worship, Fms. ii. 263, Isl. ii. 109
a temple in general, Stj. 391.
bl6t-jarl, m. a surname of the heathen earl Hacon, Fms. ii. I23.
bl6t-kdlfr, m. the golden calf, Stj. 312.
blot-kelda, u, f. afe?i near the heathen temples, in which animals (>
men) were killed by drowning, Isl. (Kjaln. S.) ii. 404.
bl6t-kl8e3i, n. garments used at sacrifices, Fs. 42.
bl6t-kona, u, f. = bl6tgy6ja, Stj. 428.
bl6t-luiidr, m. a sacred grove, Fms. xi. 382, Stj. 39I, cp. Landn. 222
bl6t-ma3r, m. a heathen worshipper, Bret. 57, Eg. 179, Fms. i. 294
263, Andr. 65.
blot-matr, m. the meat of the victims, Hkr. i. 139.
blot-naut, n. an ox worshipped and enchanted, Hkr. i. 269, Fms. iii
132, Fas. i. 255 ; hence in mod. use a mad bull is called bl6tneyti
1- 2. a bull to be sacrificed, a heathen sacrifice connected with tn
old holmgang, q.v.. Eg. 506, cp. Korm. 212, 214, Gisl, 80.
bl6t-neyti, id.. Fas. i. 425. j
bI6t-prestr, tii. a heathen priest, Sks. 575. I'^
BLOTRISI— BODSKAPR.
71
t-risi, a, m. an enchanted champion (?), &Tr.\('f., Korm. 242.
t-skapr, ni. idolatry, heathen worship, sacrifice, Fms. i. 31, xi. 134,
650, N.G. L. i. 351 : things belonging to worship, Stj. 391, Fagrsk.
Fms. V. 239.
5t-sk6gr, m. = bI6tlundr, Stj. 650, Rom. 199.
3t-spdnn, m. divining rods or chips used at sacrifices, cp. Tacitus
m. ch. X, and Amm. Marc. xxxi. 2. in the phrase, fella blot-spdn,
OS sortidicos jactare ; J)a feldi hann b. ok vitradist sva, at hann
di hafa dagriid at berjast, Fagrsk. 40, in the passage of Vellekla (the
ce of the narrative) the poet uses the word tcinn lautar, qs. hlautar-
1, the rod of the sacrificial blood, cp. the phrase, kjosa hlaut-vi&, Vsp.
and hrista teina, W^m. i ; pa feldi Onundr blotspan til, at hann
di verSa viss . . ., Landn. 193; siSan var feldr blotspann, ok gekk
frottin, at . . ., Fas. i. 526, 452 (Hervar. S.)
3t-sta3r, m. a place of heathen sacrifice, Horn. 175, Hkr. i. 6, Fms.
yO, Fagrsk. 29.
3t-stallr, m. a heathen altar, Stj. 391.
5t-tr6, n. a sacred tree. Mart. TI5.
5t-trygill, m. [trog], a sacrificial trough, Fs. 108.
3t-veizla, u, f. a sacrificial banquet, Hkr. i. 139, Fms. i. 35, iv. 337.
it-vi3r, m. = blotlundr, Greg. 80.
5t-villa, u, f. a heathen heresy, Fms. x. 243.
Jt-v6llr, m. a bewitched field ; eigi munu ver mi optar ganga appa
nn, Fms. viii. 157.
inda, ad, to doze ; eta blundandi, Edda 72 ; cp. mod. ganga blindandi,
) blinking, half asleep ; b. augum, to shut the eyes, Bs. ii. 481.
jUNDR, m. sleep, dozing: slumber, a nickname, Landn. 80.
md-skaka, a6, to blink with the eyes, Stj. 81.
ind-staflr, m. pi. rods causing sleep, in the phrase, breg8a blund-
.m, to awake, Sdm. 3 ; cp. stinga svefnporn, Isl. {)j65s.
rgd, f. [bljugr], shame, Grett. 1 59 A, Vigl. 20. compd : blygSar-
s, adj. (-leysi, n.), blameless, Grett. 161 A.
'gda, 6, to put to shame. Fas. iii. 655, Fms. iii. 89. j3. reflex, to
bamed, Sks. 494 ; = bley&ast, to lose heart. Fas. iii. 41 1 ; b. sin, to be
^med, to repent, (mod.)
I 'gSan, f. shame, disgrace, nakedness. Pass. 24. 3. compd : blygS-
I r-laus8, adj. (-leysi, n.), impudent.
I .'gjast, 3, = blygSast, Sks. 494, v. 1.
I jYS, n. [Dan. blus], a torch, Dipl. iii. 4, Bs. i. 804.
!j"^, n. [Germ. 6/«; O.U.G. pli; Lzt. plumbum'], lead; siikkva
Ib., Bias. 49, Dipl. v. 18. compds : bl^-band, n. a leaden band,
. X. 172. bl^-kleppr, m. a plummet, Rb. 472. bl^-ligr,
leaden, 732. 11. bl^-skeyti, n. a leaden missile, Stj. 74, Pr.
|bl:^-steyptr, part, cast in lead, Sks. 392. bl^-stika, u, f.
iden candlestick, Vm. 38. bl:^-stokkr, m. a leaden box, Sd. 191.
lijjungr, adj. heavy as lead.
|ir-J)ekja, J)ak6i, to thatch, i.e. roof, with lead, Bs. i. 235.
SieSa, dd, to bleed, to flow, of blood, Pr. 473 ; blaeddu nasar hans
li-nasir), Bs. i. 521 : impers., e-m blaeSir, one loses blood, Grag. ii. 11,
' . iii. 113, Sd. 139, Eb. 242: absol., laust hana i andlitiS sva at
di, Nj. 18 : metaph. phrase, e-m blaeSir e-t i augu, it bleeds into one's
i. e. one is amazed at a thing.
eja, u, f. [cp. Germ, blege = limbus, proh. derived from A.S.bleob =
tr; prob. an Engl, word, cp. Enskar blaejur, Eb. 256] : — a fine,
ired cloth ; hon hafSi knytt um sik blaeju, ok voru i miirk bla, Ld.
: a burial sheet. Am. loi, Gkv. 1. 13, Grag. i. 207 : the cover of a
Gg- 7' ■25> Rm. 20, Bb. 1. 12, Eb. 1. c. : cover of an altar table, Vm.
3ipl. iii. 4 : poet., hildar b., a shield, the b. of the must = the sail, etc. :
a veil. COMPDS : blseju-endi, a, m. the end of a h., Ld. 1. c.
ju-horn, n. the corner of a b., Ld. 246. blseju-hvalr, m. [Germ.
I J, a kifid of whale, alburnus, Edda (Gl.)
jjSiR, m. [cp. Engl, to blare], a gentle breeze, puff of air, esp. with a
3n of warmth ; b. hitans, Edda 4 ; kenna blae {to feel a draft) a andliti
Clem. 35 ; vinds blaer, Stj. 78 ; J)a kom kaldr blaer (a cold stream of
iSkutu or jar&husinu, Rb. 319 : poiit. the blue sky, the pure air, undir
himins bli&an. Pass. 25. 10; blaerinn hyrnar vi6 daegriS hvert^ Bb.
^. 2. in mod. usage metaph. the air, character of a speech, writ-
er the like ; sogu-blaer, frasagnar-blaer, rit-blaer. II. a ram,
I (Gl.), hence blcesma.
esma, adj. ind. [blaer, a ram], a ewe or goat at beat, Grag. i. 427,
1] 212, Stj. 178 ; cp. yxna of a cow, breyma of a cat, roe5a of a sow.
Ipkku-ina3r, m. [blakkr], a blackamoor, sometimes a negro, (mod.)
IjjOKU-MENM", m. pi. Walachians, and BlOkumanna-land,
^'{achia, Fms. v. 283 ; hann sviku Blakumenn i litfaru, Broc. Runstone,
^ jOSKRA, aS, to blench: 1. absol., hann bra s6r eigi vi& ne
I i-xibi, Fms. vii. 157 ; hygg at vandlega hvart ek b. nokkut, xi. 150,
t;o also J6msv.47, and Fb. i. 198. 2. e-m bloskrar — ok ba6 J)a at
Sua hvart honum bloskra&i nokkuS, Sturl. iii. 43 — ought perhaps to
e iiann ;' the mod. use is constant, * e-m b.,' one blenches, is shocked
t tiing.
BOBBI, a, m. a snail-shell, Eggert Itin., hence metaph. puzzle, in
the phrase, komast i bobba, to gel into a puzzle.
BOD, n. [Ulf. buzns; Germ. bote,gebot; cp. bj63a]. 1. a bid,
offer; konungr baud {offered) at fa Gunnari kvanfaiig ok riki mikit . . .
Gunnarr JjakkaSi konungi boS sitt, Nj. 46 ; bj66a bod fyrir e-n, to make
bids or offers for one, Lv. 25, Vigl. 28 ; hvat er i bofti, what is the
bidding? metaph. from an auction, O. H. L. 71. 2. a feast, wedding,
banquet, to which the guests are ' bidden ;' veizlan for vel frani, en er
boSi var lokit, when the feast was past, Nj. 25 ; foru J)eir allir til boSsins,
the wedding feast, Fms. xi. 106 ; skyldi hob "vera at MarSar, Nj. 4 ; hafa
e-n i bo6i sinu, to entertain at one's feast, Fms. i. 40; haust-bo5, Gisl.
27. 3. [A. S. bebod], a bidding, commandment, Fms. ii. 30, 168,
xi. 246; bo5 ok bann, v. bann. p. the right of redemption, a Norse
law term; skal sa oftalsmaSr er bo6i er naestr brigft upp hefja, GJ)!.
294; ok sva eigu J)aer boS a jordum jafnt scm karlar, N. G. L. i. 93^
94, 237. 4. a message; giira e-m bod, to call for one, N.G. L.
i. 60. p. metaph. and a law term, a summons, being an arrow, axe,
or the like sent to call people to battle or council, as symbolical of the
speed to be used, or of the punishment to be inflicted, if the summons be
not obeyed ; cp. heror ; so the Swed. budsticka or budkafie, (till tings, till
tings, budkaflen gar kring borg och dal ! Tegner), and the fiery cross in the
Lady of the Lake. In Icel., at least in the west part, a small wooden axe
is still sent from farm to farm to summon people to the mantals-thing in
the spring ; vide GJ)1. 433 sqq., Jb. 180, and the compds bodburftr, boftfall,
bo8skur5r, bo61ei&, etc. compds : bo3s-ina8r, m. a guest at a feast,
wedding, Nj. 11, Fms. ii. 193. bo3s-vdttr, m. a witness to a hob,
4. 0, N. G. L. i. 237. bods-vitni, n. id., N. G. L. ii. 99, v. I.
bo3a, a&, 1. to announce, proclaim, esp. as rendering of the eccl.
hzi. praedicare, to preach the Gospel, as a missionary ; b. Kristni, to preach
Christianity, Nj. 157 ; trii, 158, Fms. x. 298, H. E. i. 510 ; sjii3, eg bo8a
ySr mikinn f6gnu5, Luke ii. 10. p. hon bo5a6i {>angbrandi heiSni, Nj.
160. 2. to bid, order, with dat.; 16t hann b. a sinn fund oUum
oldungum, Stj. 649 ; hann bo6a6i saman morgu stormenni, Bs. i. 470 ;
konungr boSa6i honum a sinn fund, the king bade him come, Fser.
131 ; b. e-n af londum, to outlaw one, bid him off the land, Fms. vii. 17,
11. 3. to bode, signify; hvat petta mundi bo6a, Eb. 270; e-m b.
e-t, be has a foreboding of it ; mundi par til draga sem honum hafSi
fyrir bo8at. Eg. 75 : impers., e-m bo3ar otta, one feels uneasy, Sturl. i.
109, where Bs. i. 410 spells bjoda otta (better).
boda, u, f. = bo&, a command, N. G. L. i. 237.
bo3an, f. annoimcement ; h. dagr Mariu, the feast of the Annunciation,
the 2nd of July, Mar.: preaching, proclaiming, 623. Ii.
bo3-bur3r, m. a carrying of the hob, 4. 0, GJ)1. 432, 436, Jb. 180.
bo3-fall, n. dropping the hob, 4. )3, Gpl. 435, Jb. 182.
bo3-fasta, u, f. a fast ordered by the canonical law, H.E. i. 393.
bo3-fer3, f. the course of a hob, 4. )3, H.E. i. 393.
bo3-greizla, u, f. = bo8bur8r, Jb. 184, Gpl. 437 B; vide boSreizla.
bo3i, a, m. 1. [vide bo3 4, cp. A.S. boda], a messenger, used in
poetry ; b. hildar, the messenger of war. Lex. Poet. : in prose, Thom. 5, and
in compds such as sendi-bo8i, a messenger, {yrk-hobi, a for eboder. 2.
esp. as a nautical term, a breaker ' boding' hidden rocks ; peir undruSust
mjok penna atburS, er b. fell i logni, par er engi ma8r vissi, at b. hef6i fallit
fyrr, ok djvip var undir, Magn. 488, Fms. ix. 415, x. 324, xi. 10, Eg. 161,
Bs. i, 420, Grag. ii. 385 : the phrase, vera sem b. a skeri, like a breaker
on a skerry (rock), of a hot-tempered man, never at rest. compds :
bo3a-fall, n. the dash of breakers, Fas. iii. 506. bo3a-sl6d, f. the
surf of breakers, Orkn. 322.
bo3-leggja, lag8i, to offer for sale, Gpl. 302, v. 1.
bo3-lei3, f. a law term, the due course of a hob [4. ^8] from bouse to
house, defined in Gpl. 432, N. G. L. i. 348, Jb. 181 : in the phrase, fara
(retta) b., to go from, house to house in due course, skipping none : perhaps
the true reading Nj. 1 85 is, fara bo8Iei& til budar ; some MSS. have bonleiS.
bo3-ligr, adj. fit to be offered, Hav. 55.
BODN, f. [cp. A.S. byden = dolium, Icel. bydna ; Norse bidna, Ivar
Aasen], one of the three vessels in which the poet, mead was kept, Edda
47, etc., hence poetry is called the wave of the hobn. Lex. Poet.
bo3-or3, n. order, bidding; Gu6s b., Hom. 34, Ver. 25, Bs. i. 67,
Magn. 448 : as a law term, an ordinance, K. A. 192 ; —penance in eccl.
sense, K. J>. K. 26 : in mod. usage, esp. the Ten Commandments (Tiu-laga-
bo&or&, or with the article, BodorSin), Sks. 671, cp. Pr. 437, where they
are termed ' Laga-or3.' compds : bo3or3a-breytni, f. alteration of a
b., Bs. i. 545. bo3or3a-brot, n. 6r£acj& o/a b., Fms. vii. 108. bo3-
or3a-ina3r, m. a public officer, N, G, L. i. 409.
bo3-reizla, u, f. = bo8greizla.
bo3-rlfr, adj./a«V bidding, Fms. iii. I22 (poet.)
bo3-seti (be5-seti, N.G.L. i. 315), a, m. a dub. Norse term, the benches
in a law-court (?), the bar (?) ; hverr peirra manna er gengr fjTir boSseta (ace.
pi.) fram, nema hann eigi at saekja e8r verja, s4 er sekr niu ertogum viS
konung ok bsejarmenn, N. G. L. i. 323, 315 ; beftseti, qs. bekkseti (?).
bo3-skapr, m. a bidding, ordinance, Stj. 82, H. E. i. 471, 677. 6, Fms.
ii, 61. II. in mod. usage, announcement.
7^
BODSKURDR— BORDPRYDI.
1
bo3-skur3r, m. [skera bo3, to carve a hob, 4. /3], a message, summons
to a meeting, N. G. L. i. 153.
bo3-sletta (bo3-slotti, a, m., GJ)I. 200), also bo3-flenna, u, f. an
intruder at a feast, an uninvited guest, Jb. no.
bo3-8l63, f. = boaieid, Jb. i8x.
bo3-st611, m., in the phrase, hafa e-t a bo&stolum, to put a thing out
for sale.
BOGI, a, m. [A. S. boga; Engl, bow; Germ, bogen^, a bow, Nj.
several times ; skjota af boga, 29, 96 ; benda b.. Fas. ii. 88, Landn. 288,
Fms. ii. 32i,iii. 228 ; alm-bogi, hand-bogi, las-bogi, y-bogi, q. v. 2.
metaph. an arch, vault, Sks. 116: the rainbow, Stj. 62: metaph., bera
m41 or boga, to disentangle a case, Sks. 654; himin-bogi, the sky;
bloS-bogi, a gush of blood; regn-bogi, a rainbow; oln-bogi, ati elbow.
coMPDs : boga-dreginn, adj. bow-shaped, curved. boga-Ii&ls, m. the
tip of a bow, xuhere the string is fastened, Al. 142, Fas. ii. 88. boga-
list, f. archery, now used metaph. boga-mynd, f. the form of a bow.
Fas. i. 271. boga-skot, n. bow-shot, shooting with a bow, Fms. ii.
169. boga-strengr, m. a bow-string, Nj. 1 15, 136. boga-vdpn,
n. a bow, Fms. viii. 184, v. 1.
boginn, adj. bent, bowed, curved, Al. 8 ; prop, a part, from a lost strong
verb bjiigan ; cp. Goth. bjngan^Kd/jtnTdv.
bog-ma3r, m. a bowman, archer, P'as. i. 382, Ingv. 34, Lv. 63, Faer. 56,
Fms. vi. 413. bogmanns-nierki,n.the zodiacal s[gn,Arcitenens,Rh.io2.
bog-mannliga, adv. bowmanlike, Fms. ii. 450.
bogna, a3, to become curved, bent, Hkr. ii. 365, Flov. 34 : to give way,
Fms. viii. 403, Al. 57.
bogra, a6, to creep along bowed or stooping ; Jja born bograr (creeps)
hann inn, Fas. i. 393 ; bogra fyrir e-m, to bow before one, {>orst. St. 53.
bog-sterkr, -stsrrkr, adj. stark or strong at the bow, Hkr. iii. 264.
bog-sveigir, m. bow-swayer, a, nickname. Fas. ii.
BOKKI, a, m., means probably a he-goat, [cp. Germ, bock ; Dan. bukk ;
Engl, buck'], a familiar mode of address ; Hottr heiti ek, bokki saell, and,
skaltu mi bana mcr, bokki, my good fellow, ' old buck,' Fas. i. 66 ; muntii
festa, bokki, tindinn i kambi minum (the old woman addressing the
bishop), Fb. iii. 446 : staerri bokkar, bigger men, 352, vide stor-bokki.
bokkr, m. a buck. Lex. Poet.
bola, ad, prop, to fell trees, to cut through the body (boir). Fas. i.
106. II. [boli, a bult], to bully; h. e-n lit, to push one out, as
a bull with the horns : reflex, bolast, a wrestling term, of two wrestlers
pushing or butting at one another with their heads.
boldang^ n. a sort of thick linen, (for. word.)
bol-fimligr, adj. slender, agile of body. Fas. iii. 372.
bol-hllf, f. a covering for the body, opp. to the helmet, Bs. i. 667.
BOLI, a, m. a bull. Boll. 336, Edda 99, Isl, ii. 26; in Icel. esp. of a
bull-calf, bola-k6.1fr, etc.
bol-jdm = bolox(?), Ingv. 13.
bol-kl8e3i, n. pi. garments {coat, waistcoat) for the body, Grett. 147 A.
BOLLI, a, m. [A.S. 6o//a], a bowl, Stj. 310, Rm. 4 ; blotbolli, a
measure = | ask, G^l. 525 : a pr. name, Ld.
BOIiR and buir, m. the bole or trunk of a tree, Sks. 555 B. 2.
metaph. the trunk of a body, N. G. L. i. 80, Nj. 275, Fms. x. 213, Eb,
244, Anec. 4 : the phrase, ganga milli bols ok hofu5s a e-m, to go through
between one's trunk and head, i. e. to knock one quite dead, deal severely
with, Ld. 244, Eb. 240. 3. an old-fashioned waistcoat.
bolungr, v. bulungr.
bol-v6xtr, m. the growth, form of the body; vel at bolvexti, a well-
grown, stout man, Bs. i. 66, Fas. iii. 605.
bol-<Jx, f. [Swed. bolyxa], a pole-axe; in present usage opp. to skaroxi,
a carpenter's axe, Stj. 401. Judg. ix. 48, Fms. ix. 357, Fbr. 179, Thom.
343. Ingv- 24, Vapn.
boppa, aa, to wave up and down, onomatopoctic and common.
BOPS, n. an onomatopoctic word, [Germ, bumbs'], bump or plump;
mikit fall, sva at b. kva6 i skrokkinum, {>6r6. 16, p. the faint bark
of a dog : also bopsa, a5.
bora, u, f. a bore-hole, Grett. 125, 133, Fas. i. 393, Vm. 65. compd :
boru-foli, a, m. a Norse law term, a stolen article put into an innocent
man's house ; even if officers ransacked a house without having their
persons searched, and find something, ^k er b. ok liggr ekki biianda vi8,
then it is h. and the farmer is free, N. G. L. i. 255.
BOBA,aa, [Lat./)rar«; A.S.borian; Engl.bore; O . H . G . poran], to
bore, to bore holes in, Fms. ix. 447, Ld. 116, Edda 48, 49, Eb. 182, D. L i.
243 : metaph., b. atsiig at e-u, to do a thing thoroughly, v. atsiigr : reflex.,
borast fram, to press one's way through a crowd, Fms. v. 180, Fb. ii. 112.
BOED, n. [IJK.baurd, in fotttbaurd = vnoiroSiov ; Hel. bord=margo;
A. S. bor^ ; Engl, board]. 1. a board, plank, Lat. tabula ; tok hann
J)& bora ok lausa vibu, ok rak um {)vera stofuna, Grett. I40, N.G.L. i.
^°°.' ..P" °^^ *^'P' '^^ *"^* (<^P- starboard, larboard) ; hiiggr hann J)a
tveim hiindum bora (sides) skiitunnar, ok gengu i sundr bordin (the planks)
um tvau riim, Nj. 19; J)eir Erlingr hjuggu raufar i dromundinum, sumar
1 kafi niari, en sumar uppi a boraunum, Fms. vii. 232, Nj. 42 ; hence the
nautical phrases, a bora, on each side ; d tvau bord, {\ bxbi bor&, on both
'sides, Eg. 171 ; meb endilongum borSum, Fms. ii. 273, Eg. 122 ; leggja
bora via bora = sibyrda, to lay a ship alongside of another, so as to board
Fas. ii. 534 ; bera skip bordi, to make the bulwarks rise, Fms. ii. 218 ; fvTJr
bora, overboard. Eg. 1 24, Fms. xi. 140 ; a borai, on land, Jb. 327 ; bor5 a
stj6rn = stj6rn-borai, the starboard side, GJ)1. 518. The planks in a ship's
side have different names, e. g. aur-bora, skaut-bora, sol-bora. 2,
metaph. phrases, at vera mikill (litill, nokkur) borai, to be of a high (or
lowly) bearing, metaphor from a ship floating high out of, or deep iir
the sea. Eg. 8, Sturl. iii. 196 : veraa (allr) fyrir hoib borinn, to be (quite)
thrown overboard, i.e. ill-used, Eb. 126, Faer. 234; veraa allr fytir
borai, id.. Oik. 35 ; bans hlutr mundi eigi fyrir horb vera borinn, id., Ri
239 ; e-n brestr a hoibi, to fail, be beaten (metaphor from rowing), Fms.
ix. 507 ; taka skamt fra horbi, to fall short, Lv. 45 ; ganga at horbi yij
e-n, to come to terms, yield, submit, Bs. i. 889 ; gekk Egill tregt at borJi
um J)etta mal, E. was bard, unyielding, 696 ; hverigum skyldi lihsett,
nema peir gengi at borai via hann, imless they came to terms with him,
727, 778 ; a annaa bora, on the other hand; hzxbr maar a annat borS
a hard one to pull against, Fms. xi. 39 : but also on the other hand,
otherwise, else ; hann vildi mea engu moti kalla a Jjormoa ser til bjargar,
p6 at hann fcUi ofan a annaa horb, though he tvas sure to tumble dotm
otherwise (i. e. unless he called), Fbr. 88 ; hence freq. in mod. usage, e.g.
ef eg a annaa bora gori {)aa, i. e. if I do it at all : navig., ganga til bor6s,
a bora, to go to one's business, Fagrsk. 167, Bara. 166. 3. [A.S.
bord = labrum], the margin between the rim of a vessel and the liquid;
er mi gott berandi bora a horninu, Edda 32 ; hence, fjiJru-bora, the short
between high and low water, vide 33, 34 ; cp. the saying, fuUt skal
frcimum bera, J)6 skal bord a vera, i. e. it is clownish to bring a cup full to
the brim, and, fullt skal fiintum bera og ekkert bora a vera. II. a
board, table, Lat. mensa ; risa fra borai, to rise from the board, from table,
Rm. 17, or simply and ellipt. risa, 30; bora is freq. used in pi., as in the
old halls small tables were set at meal time, and removed after the meal;
hence phrases, bora (pi.) ofan (upp) tekin, the tables being removed, cp.
Virgil's mensisque remotis, Nj. 176, Fms. i. 41, iv. 265, v. 126, Bs. i.
854, Eg. 408 ; til J)ess er bora foru brott, 551 ; setjast undir bord (pi.),
to sit down; sitja undir borauni, to be at table, Nj. 68, Eb. 306; ganga
undir drykkju bora, Fms. iii. 93 ; koma undir horb (ace. pi.), 96 ; ganga
til borBa, iv. 114, 129; koma til bords (sing.), 202, cp. 0. H. 86, Fms.
iv. 246; sitja yfir boraum, iii. 155, iv. 113; sitja yfir matborai, v. 126.
viii. 212 ; sitja yfir horb (ace. pi.), id., Bs. i. 843 : the rhyming phrase,
vera J)ar at oral, sem hann er ekki at bordi, vide Safn i. 91. It was
the custom for kings or princes to give audience or receive poets whibt
sitting at table, Fms. vi. 195, Eg. ch. 63. p. 7naintenance at table (cp.
Engl, board and lodging) ; vera a bordi mea e-m, B. K. 1 24, D. N. (Fr.):
of a chess-board, Bs. i. 635. compds : bor3a-rQmir, m. difference in
the height of ships (in battle), Fms. viii. 292, cp. 288. borSa-viti, n.
pi. a ' board-fee,' sconce, cp. viti, Fms. iii. 155. bor3s-tilgangr, m,
going to table, Fms. iii. 155.
bor5a, ad, to sit at table, eat, dine. Fas. iii. 319.
bor3-buna3r, m. table-service. Eg. 94, Fms. i. 292, iv. 262, Orkn. 236L
bor3-diskr, m. a plate. Fas. iii. 222, vide diskr; (now freq.)
bor3-dTikr,m.a/a6/e-c/o^/b,Nj.i76,Hkr.ii.i89,cp.Fms.vi.322,Rm.a8,
bor3-fastr, adj. maintained at one's table, Sks. 259.
bor3-fj61, f. a plank, Sturl. ii. 109.
bor3-f8Bri, n. , in the phrase, taka ser borafaeri, = ganga til borSs, vidfl
above, Grag. ii, 119. V
bor3-gestr, m. a guest at table.
bor3-liald, n. one's ' board,' fare, Edda 33, Hkr. ii. 36, Thom. 68.
bor3-h.dr, adj. a ship rising high, Fms. ii. 314, Orkn. 362.
bor3-h-(is, n. a room where the plate is kept, Dipl. iii. 4, v. 18, Sturi.
iii. 191 C.
bor3-li8e3, f. the height of a ship out of the water. Fas. iii. 260.
BOBDI, a, m. [cp. Engl, border; O. H. G. porto; Germ, borii;
prob. akin to horb] : — a border, Lat. limbus ; byrda ii borda (ace), to
embroider, Gkv. 2.16; bregda boraa, to leave off embroidering, 17 ; rekja
borda, to embroider. Heir, i, Og. 18 ; b. ok hannyrair, Fas. i. 430, 523; ,
kona sat via borda, a lady sat embroidering, Fms. ii. 148 ; sla borfta, to
embroider. Fas. i. 113 ; cp. borda skogul, gn<i, etc., a potit. circumlocu-
tion of a lady, Lex. Poet. : tapestry, b. fimtigi alna, Dipl. iii. 4, Pm. 10,
Bs. i. 77 : of the tapestry of a church, esp. the choir, Nj. 6. 2. poet
a shield. Lex. Poet.
bor3-ker, n. a cup at table, loving-cup, Hkr. iii. 181 ; b. er va 4tta
merkr, Bs. i. 76.
bor3-kista, u, f. a box for keeping the table-service in, D.N. (Fr.)
bor3-knifr, m. a table-knife, Ann. 1339.
bor3-lei3angr, m. a levy commuted for victuals (Norse), D.N. (Fr.)
bor3-l8egr, adj., b. vidr, timber Jit for cutting into planks, Vm. 176.
bor3-ma3r, m. a table-companion, Sks. 263.
bor3-mikm, m. = borahar, Fms. ii. 50, Hkr. i. 238.
bor3-prestr, m. a ' board-priest,' who says grace at a bishop's t«He»
Bs. ii. 129.
bor3-pr^3i, n. the ornaments of a table, Fas. iii. 374.
BORDSALMR—BdK.
73
ji'S-sdlmi', m. a ^board-psalm,' grace, Bb. 1. 15 (Mark xiv. 26).
■u-(5-siflir, m. pi. rjiles^ for behaviour at table.
ir(3-skutill, m. a small movable table, Bs. i. 537, Mar.
)r5-stokkr, m. the bulwarks of a ship, Grett. 125.
u-O-stoll, m. a chair used at table, D.N.
■>rd-sveinn, m. a butler, waiter, Mag. 66; cp. skutilsveinn.
■iri5-tafl, n. a chess-board, Sturl. ii. 184, v. 1.
ir5-vegr, m. = bor8stokkr, Bs. ii. 50, 179, Mar.
ir(5-vers, m. = bor3sulmr, N.G. L. i. 406.
icVvi3r, m. boards, planks, Fms. viii. 374, D.N.
reVjjak, n. a 'thatch' or covering 0/ planks, Hkr. ii. II.
I'r3-J)ekja, J)akti, to cover with planks, Fms. v. 331.
1 r3-J)ili, n. the sides of a ship, Gkv. i. 7.
; )KG-, ar, f., pi. ir, [Ulf. baurgs^iroXis, and once Nehem. vii. 2 =
) antellum; A.S. burg, burb, byrig, = 7irbs and arx ; Eng], borough
I burgh; O. H. G. puruc, pure; late Lat. burgus; Ital. borgo ; Fr.
ig; cp. Gr. irvpyos ; the radical sense appears in byrgja, to enclose ; cp.
berg, a bill, and bjarga, to save, defend. Borg thus partly answers
3wn (properly an enclosure) ; and also includes the notion of Lat. arx,
dxpoiroKts, a castle. Old towns were usually built around a hill,
:h was specially a burg ; the name is very freq. in old Teut. names
)wns.] I. a small dome-shaped hill, hence the Icel. names of
IS built near to such hills, v. Landn. (Gl.) Hel. once uses the word in
sense, 81 ; v. the Glossary of Schmeller ; brann J)a Borgarhraun, J)ar
baerinn sem mi er borgin (viz. the volcanic hill Eld-borg), Landn. 78 ;
^m upp a borgina (^the hill) ok tolum J)ar, Isl. ii. 216 ; er borgin er
kend, Landn. 127; Borgar-holt, -hraun, -dalr, -hcifn, -fjorSr, -laekr,
ir; Arnarbaelis-borg, Eld-borg (above) in the west of Icel. It may
aestioned, whether those names are derived simply from the hill on
:h they stand (berg, bjarg), or whether such hills took their name
I old fortifications built upon them : the latter is more likely, but no
•mation is on record, and at present ' borg' only conveys the notion of
ill ;' cp. holar, borgir og hseSir, all synonymous, Niim. 2. 99. II.
ill, fortification, castle; en fyrir innan 4 jor3unni gor5u J)eir borg
'/) umhverfis fyrir 6fri3i jotna ... ok k61Iu6u J)a borg Mi8gar6, Edda
p. also the tale of the giant, 25, 26 ; borg Asa, Vsp. 28 ; peir hijfflu
steinvegg fyrir framan hellismunnann, ok h6f5u ser J)at allt fyrir borg
ter, fortification), Fms. vii. 81 ; hann let gora b. a sunnanverSu
hxfi {Murrey), Orkn. 10, 310, 312, 396, Fms. i. 124, xi. 393, Eg.
the famous Moussaburg in Shetland, cp. Orkn. 398. III.
y, esp. a great one, as London, Hkr. ii. 10; Lisbon, iii. 234; York,
; Dublin, Nj. 274; Constantinople, Fms. vii. 94 ; Nineveh, Sks.
; Zion, Hom. 107, etc. This sense of the word, however, is bor-
d from the South -Teut. or Engl. In Scandin. unfortified towns have
ox -by as a suffix ; and the termin. -by marks towns founded by the
es in North. E. compds : borgar-armr, m. the arm, wing of
■/, Fms. v. 280. borgar-greifi, a, m. a borojigh-reeve, bur-grave
;!.), Stj. borgar-g6r5, f. the building of a fort, Edda 26, Fms.
180. borgar-hlid, n. the gate of a fort, Edda 26, Stj. 350, Hkr.
7, Ver. 25. borgar-hreysi, n. the ruins of a fort, Karl. loi.
gar-klettr, m. a rock on which a fort is built, Fms. viii. 284.
gar-kona, u, f. a townswoman, Stj. 426. borgar-li3, n. a gar-
w, Ver. 96. borgar-lim, n. lime for building a fort, Bret. 106.
• gar-1^3r, m. townsfolk, Fms. viii. 416, v.l. borgar-maSr, m.
wnsman, citizen. Eg. 244, Fms. i. 103, Sks. 649, mostly in pi., Lat.
)ivis is rendered by b., Hom. 17. borgar-raiigr, m. the mob of
y. Fas. i. 4. borgar-mtirr, m. a city-wall, Stj. 352. borgar-
i , m. city-manners, urbanity, Clem. 27- borgar-smi3, f. the
' ''"'.? °f^ '0""* (/o''0' ^^}-' <^P- Edda 28. borgar-sta3r, m. the
I fa town, Edda 152. borgar-veggr, m. thewall of a fort (town),
' 1. 376, Fms. i. 104, Hkr. i. 217, Ver. 24. Borgar-^ing, n. the
th political subdivision ({)ing) of Norway, founded by St. Olave, cp.
..L. 23, and Munch's Geography of Norway. borga-skipan, f.
eographical) list of cities, Symb. 32.
rga, a8, [Engl, to borrow and bargain; Germ, borgen; related to
ja and bjarga; O.H.G. por gen only means parcere, spondere, not
lare. In Icel. the word is of foreign origin; the indigenous expres-
• are, lana, Ija, to lend; gjalda, to pay; seija, ve8ja, to bail, etc.;
viird only occurs in later and theol. writers]: — to bail; vii ek b.
Arna biskup meS minum peningum, Bs. i. 770 (thrice) : now obso-
in this sense. 2. to pay, as in Matth. xviii. 25 ; but in old
ers this sense hardly occurs.
rgan, borgun, f. bail, security, Bs. i. 749, 770, Dipl. v. 14, Stj.
•D : borgaiiar-ina3r, m. a bailsman, Bs. i. 770, Jb. 112, Band. 33
Ed.
Irgari, a, m. [for. word; Germ, burger; Dan. terser], a citizen,
L. iii. 144 ; rare and hardly before A.D. 1280. compd : borgara-
r, m. civic rights, id.
rg-firzkr, adj. one from the district Borgarfjorftr, Landn.
rg-hli3, f. = borgarhliS, Edda 30, Bret. 94.
rgiu-modi, a, m., poet, name of the raven, bold of mood, Lex. Poet.
borgin-or5r, adj. cautious in words, reticent, reserved ( = or8varr),
Fms. vi. 208 : at present b. and borgin-mannligr, adj., mean vain-
glorious, braggart.
borr, m. (com. bor-jdrn, n.), a borer; st6rvi8ar-borr, skipa-borr, Od.
ix. 384 : metaph. the pipe of a marrow-bone. Eg. (in a verse). II.
a less correct form of borr, q. v.
BOSSI, a, m. [Swed. buss; cp. Germ, burscb'], a boy, fellow; occurs once
in the Jomsv. S., Fms. xi. (in a verse), from A.D. 994. It is still in use
in Icel. in the compd word hvata-buss, a boyish fellow who is always in
a bustle; hence also hvatabuss-legr, adj. hurried.
BOTH", m. [Lzt. fund7is ; A. S. botm; Engl, bottom; Hel. bodm;
Germ, boden ; Swed. botten ; Dan. bund'\ : — the bottom ; of a vessel, tunnu-
botn, kistu-botn, etc., Nj. 133, Sturl. ii. 107, Hkr. ii. 245 : the bottom of
other things, e.g. of a haycock, Eb. 324; marar-botn, the bottom of the
sea. p. the head of a bay, firth, lake, dale, or the like ; fjarftar-botn,
vatns-botn, vags-botn, dals-botn : Botn is a local name in Icel., Fms. xi,
125 : in pi. even = bays, mi er at segja hvat mots gengr vi8 Grscnaland
or botnum {)eim er fyrir eru nefndir, MS. A. M. 294 ; Hafs-botnar, Trolla-
botnar, the Polar Sea between Greenland and Norway; the ancients
fancied that these bays were the abode of the giants.
botn-hola, u, f. a pit; in the phrase, at vera kominn 1 botnholu, to
have got into a hole, i. e. into a scrape, metaphor from fox-hunting, Sturl.
ii. 62, Fms. viii. 186.
bdand-, v. biiand-.
B(5PI, a, m. [Germ, bube, buberl, spitzbube, v. Grimm], a knave, rogue,
in Icel. only in a bad sense ; cp. the rhyming phrase, {)j6far og bofar,
thieves and knaves; no reference from old writers is on record (though
it is common enough at the present day), except that in Eb. it is used
as a nickname, Freysteinn Bofi ; in Swed. it occurs as a pr. name, Baut.
1478, 1483.
bog-limir, m. pi., poijt. = arms. Lex. Poet.
b6g-lina, u, f. bow-line, Edda (Gl.)
BOGB, m., old ace. pi. bogu, Nj. 95, Fms. v. 163, etc.: mod. boga ;
old dat. bsegi. Hit., Vkv. 31, Stj. 249, [A.S. W^; Dan. boug ; Engl, bow
of a ship; and in Old Engl, bowres are the muscles of the shoulder']: —
the shoulder of an animal, (armr of a man) ; a hinum hsegra bseginum,
Stj. 249 ; ek hj6 varginn i sundr fyrir aptan boguna, Nj. 1. c, Fms. 1. c. ;
laer uxans tvau ok ba8a bogana, the shoulder-piece of the ox (the Ob.
boguna), Edda 45 ; cp. bcegsli or baexli, the shoulder of a whale or dragon,
V. Lex. Poet. : — the bow of a ship, v. boglina above. 2. mod.
metaph. of the side of a person or thing; a hinn, J)ann boginn, oti this,
on that side; k b48a boga, on both sides, etc.
B<5K, ar, f. [Lat._/a^7«; Gr. <^?77<5s; h.S. boc ; En^. beech ; Germ.
buche (fem.); Swed. bok ; Dan. boge, etc.]: — a beech, Edda (Gl.), Lex.
Poiit. Owing to the absence of trees in Icel., the word rarely occurs ;
moreover the collect, beyki, n., is more freq.
BOK, gen. bokar, but also in old writers bxkr, pi. baekr, [Ulf. renders
by buca the Gr. Pi0Kos, ypafx/Mara, kmaroX-q, etc.; A. S. 6<>c; Engl.
book; Germ. 6«cA (neut.) ; Swed. io^; Dan. io^: the identity between
bok fagus and bok liber seems certain ; the gender is in all Scandinavian
idioms the same ; modern German has made a distinction in using buche
fem., buch neut. ; both are akin to the Gr.-Lat. fagus, tprjyos ; cp. also
the analogy with Gr. 0i0\os and Lat. liber {book and bark) : bok-staft"
also properly means a beech-twig, and then a letter. In old times, before
the invention of parchment, the bark of trees was used for writing on] :
— a book. I. the earliest notion, however, of a ' book' in Scandin.
is that of a precious stuff, a textile fabric with figures, or perhaps characters,
woven in it ; it occurs three or four times in old poems in this sense ;
bok ok blaeja, bjartar vaSir, Skv. 3. 47 ; bskr (bekr) J)inar enar blahvitu
ofnar volundum (of bed-sheets f), H6m. 7, Gh. 4 : bok-riinar, Sdm. 19,
may refer to this ; or is it = rmies engraven on beech-wood f II.
a book in the proper sense. Icel. say, rita and setja saman bok (sogu),
to write and compose a book {story) ; old writers prfefer saying, rita ' a '
bok (dat. or ace.) instead of ' 1,' perhaps bearing in mind that the earliest
writings were on scrolls, or even on stones or wooden slabs — barbarn
fraxineis pingQtur rutia tabellis ; they also prefer to use the plur. instead
of sing, without regard to volumes (as in Engl, writings) ; J)a& finst
rita5 a bokum, Fms. i. 157; a bokum Ara prests bins Fro&a, iii. 106;
historia ecclesiarum a tveim (sjau) bokum, Dipl. v. 18 ; a bokum er sagt,
Landn. (pref.) ; a bokum Enskum, id. ; a bok {)essi (ace.) let ek rita
fornar frasagnir, Hkr. (pref.) ; but sva segir i bok {)eirri sem Edda heitir,
Skalda 222 ; J)a hluti sem frammi standa i bok J)essi, 159 ; svii sem hann
(viz. Ari) hefir sjalfr ritaS i sinum bokum, (5.H. 188; J)eir er Styrmir
reiknar i sinni bok, Fb. ii. 68 ; her fj'rr 1 bokinni. III. a book,
i. e. a story, history (Saga), since in Icel. histories were the favourite
books ; cp. Islendinga-bok, Konunga-bok, bok Styrmis ; Landnama-bok ;
baekr Jjser er Snorri setti saman, Sturl. ii. 123. It is used of the Gospel in
the law phrases, sem biiar virSa vi5 bok, vinna ei& at bok (bokar-eiSr),
of a verdict given or an oath taken by laying the hand upon the Gospel,
Gnig. ({>.{>.) several times; as the Engl, phrase 'to swear on the book'
is common: of a code (of law) = Jyns-byk, after A.D. 1272 or 1281,
74
BOKAGULL— BONDAHLUTE.
Bs. i. 720, 723, vide Ann. those years ; hafa bok even means to bold tbe^lair or lying place of beasts or cattle ; bol and kvia-bol, the place
book, i.e. to bold tbe office of logniadr {law-man, judge) \ J>6r8r Narfa
son hafSi bok, Ann. (Hoi.) A. D. 1304 ; a bokarinnar vegna, on the part of
tbe book, i.e. tbe law, D.N. ii. 492. Mod. phrases : skrifa, rita, semja bok,
to write it; lesa i bok, to read it; but syngja 4 bok, to sing from a book ;
fletta b6k, to turn over tbe leaves; lita, blaSa, i bok, to peruse, look into
a book (hann litr aldrei i bok, be never looks into a book) ; lesa b6k ofan i
kjolinn, to read a book carefully, v. lesa bok spjaldanna i milli, to read it
from end to end: — s41ma-b6k, flokka-bok, a bymn-book; kvse&a-bok,
Ij66a-b6k, a book of poems ; sogu-b6k, of histories; \'6g-hok, of laws ;
Guds or&a-bok, God's word-book, a religious book: — also of MSS.,
Flateyjar-bok (Cod. Flateyensis), Orms-bok, Uppsala-bok, Konungs-bok,
Sta8arfells-b6k, Skdlholts-bok, etc. : — phrases relating to books : t)a& er
allt 4 eina bokina laert, all learnt from tbe same book, i. e. all of one piece
(esp. denoting one-sidedness) ; blindr er boklauss niaSr, blind is a bookless
man; laera utan-bokar, to learn without book, by heart; bokvit, 'book-
wit,' knowledge got from books ; mannvit, mother-wit, common sense ; allra
manna vit er minna en J)eirra er af bokum taka mannvit sitt, Sks. 22 : —
also, setja e-n til baekr, to set one to book, i. e. put one to school in order
to make him priest ; berja e-n til baekr, to thrash one to the book, i. e.
into learning, Bs. i ; a book has spjiild, boards ; kjol, keel, back ; sni3, cut;
brot, size. compds : b6ka-gull, n. gold for gilding books, Vm. 117.
b6ka-g&rd, f. the transcription (or writing) of books, Bs. i. 168. b6ka-
kista, u, f. a book-box, Bs. i. 423, D.I. i. 402, Vm. 71. b6ka-
lectari, a, m. a reading-desk, lectern, Vm. 91 . b6ka-list, f. book-lore,
learning, scholarship, Bs. i. 1 27. b6kar-bla6, n. a leaf of a book. Mar.
b6kar-b6t, f. an appendix to a book, 1812. 72. bokar-eidr, m. an
oath upon tbe Gospel, Dipl. ii. 2. b6kar-ei3stafr, m. the wording
of a b., D.N. bokar-lag, n. a lawful prize fixed in the code, Dipl.
V. 5. bdkar-skejrting, f. a written deed, GJ)1. 225. bokar-skra,
f. an old scroll. Am. 100. b6kar-st611, m. a reading-desk, Vm. 22, 9.
b6kar-tak, n. the touching the Gospel in taking an oath, D. N. bokar-
Vitni, n. witness upon the Gospel, G\i\. 400, Jb. 276, D.N. boka-
skdpr, m. book-shelves, (mod.) boka-steinn, m. paint to illuminate
MSS., Bs. i. 341. b6ka-stokkr, m. a book-case, Pm. 112.
b6ka, ad, to affirm by oath on the book (Gospel), Gfil. 151 ; bokaSr
ei8r, vitni, = b6karei&r, D.N. i. 81, ii. 230 : mod. to record, register.
b6k-fell, n. [A. S. bocfell], ' book-skin,' parchment, vellum, Skalda 165,
Vm. 12, Dipl. V. 18: an A. S. word, as writing materials were imported
from abroad.
b6k-fr63r, adj. book-wise, learned, Barl. lag.
bdk-freeSi, f. book-knowledge, Stj. 46, Bs. i. 138, Barl. 12.
b6k-lilada, u, f. a library, (mod.)
b6k-lauss, adj. (bok-leysi, n.), book-less, void of learning, Bs. ii.
125, Mar. 145 ; = utanb6kar, Clem. 60.
bok -lest, f. [lesa], a legend of the saints, N. G. L. i. 347.
b6k-ligr, adj. bookish, literary, Bs. i. 680.
b6k-list, f. book-lore, learning, Stj. 84, Sks. 16.
b6k-lj6st, n. adj. so bright that one cannot see to read, Ann. 1341.
bok-lserSr, part, book-learned, Horn. 160 : tbe clergy, Grag. ii. 165.
bok-mdl, n. tbe book language, learned language, i. e. Latin, Horn.
138 ; en at b6kmali (in Latin) ver6a oil hmidru6 tirse6, Sks. 57, Rb. 54,
516; Heilagt b., the Holy Scriptures, Str. ; blot J)au sem fyrirboSin eru
at b6kniali, i. e. in the canon of the church, N.G. L. i. 351.
bdk-mdnudr, m. a calendar tnontb, Clem. 22.
b6k-n4m, n. (bok-nsBim, Bs. i. 793), book-training, learning; setja
e-n til b., Bs. i. 793 ; vera at b., to be a-reading, opp. to at riti, a-writing,
91, 265.
b6k-ninar, v. bok.
b6k-saga, u, f. a written narrative; hly6a bok sogum, Bs. i. 108.
b6k-setja, setti, to conmiit to writing, Sks. 6.
b6k-8kygn, adj. sharp-sighted at reading a book, Sturl. ii. 185.
b6k-speki, f. book-wisdom, Greg. 17.
b6k-stafr, m. [Hel. bocstabo ; A. S. bocstcev ; Germ, bucbstabe], a letter
of the alphabet, Skalda 168, Horn. i.
b6k-s6gn, f. =b6ksaga, Stj. 6.
b6k-tal, n. a ' book-tale,' written computation, Rb. 4.
b6k-vit, n. ' book-wit,' learning, erudition, Bs. i. 793, Acts xxvi. 24.
b6k-vl8S, adj. ' book-wise,' a scholar, Landn. 13, Bs. i. 65, (a cognom.)
BOIj, n. [A. S. botl and bolt, byld, = aedes, mansio ; cp. bytlian = aedifi-
care; Engl, to build. In Scandin. contracted in the same way as nal for
nadal : h'61 and boll are very freq. in Dan. local names, and even mark
the line of Scandin. settlements] : — ' built.' i. e. reclaimed and cultivated
land, a farm, abode, esp. in Norway, where bol answers to Icel. jor&,
Xy^n.gard; the value of the Norse farms is denoted by merkr-bol, eyris-
b61, or the like; taka boli, to take a farm, GJil. 328, 354. In Icel. this
sense is almost obsolete, and only remains in such words as, bol-staSr, bol-
festa ; in local names as, Hor3u-b61, SaE-b61, Lauga-bol, B61-sta8r, BreiSa-
b61-stadr ; in such phrases as, a byg&u boli (opp. to wilderness), hvergi a
bygftu boli, i. e. nowb!?re, nowhere among men ; and in a few law passages,
Grig. ii. 379, Fms. x. 153. Otherwise, iii Icel. bol and bseli denote (be
sheep and cows are penned; baela f^, to pen sheep during the night,
a den. Eg. 41, Fas. iii. 345, cp. Edda 74 {the lair of a serpent); t^
sumir heyhjalma nokkura ok gcirQu ser af bol, a bed of bay, Fms. vii. ]■(■
liggja i bolinu, to lie a-bed, of a lazy fellow ; cp. baeli.
B6liA,u,f.aWa«n, W«/«r(cp.EngI.6o27),Stj.272,Mar.655xxxii. a.
small pox, Ann. 1349 : also bolna-sott, f., Ann. 1 3 10, 1347.
bola, aS, impers,, b. a e-u, to be Just visible.
BOLA, u, f. the boss on a shield, a for. word, perhaps the Lat. bulla
Valla L. 213.
bol-festa, u, f. abode, GJ)1. 354 : in the phrase, taka sur b., to abidt,
bolginn, part, of a lost strong verb, swoln. Fas. iii. 307 ; b. sem natt,
Bs. i. 644 : metaph. swollen with anger, reiSi b., b. ilsku, Mar. ; so, b.af
reiSi, Fas. iii. 630 ; cp. bylgja, belgr.
bolgna, a6, [Engl. ' boulne,' Levins Manipul.], to ' boulne,' grow sunOm,
Mar. : metaph., 655 xi. 2.
b61-g6ltr, m. a pig kept in the homestead, Nj. 109, v.l.
b61-skapr, m. household, D. N. (Fr.)
b61-sta3r, m. a homestead; hon a J)ar bolstaSi mikla, Edda, where
Ed. A.D. 1848 has busta6i, which is a more household Icel. word ; h&lfim
b., half the farm, Grag. i. 396, ii. 222 A. compd : b61sta3ar-g<Jir4,
f. the building a homestead. Eg. 130.
BOLSTB, rs, {K.'S). bolster ; Gaim.. polster\ a 60/s/er, N.G.L.i.jjj,
362, Am. 6, Gkv. 1. 15 : rare and poet., metaph. in pi. piles of cltuA,
Bjarni 59 ; also sky-bolstrar.
B(3N", f. [A.S. betie; Engl, boon, in Chaucer 6o«e], a petition, F«.L
408, Ann. 1418; cp. baen. compds ; b6nar-ma3r, m. a beggar-
man, H.E. ii. 585. b6na-vetr, m. begging winter, Ann. I.e.
BONDI, a, m. : older form buandi, or even boandi, pi. biiendtor
boendr; gen. biianda, boanda ; dat. buondum, boondum, Edda 28, Giig.L
37°) 371. O. H. 203, 209-211, 215, Nj. 14, 220; biianda (gen. ^),
211, 212, 215-217, 220; biiondum, 219; boandi, Grag. i. 1 14, 15 J,
187, 377, Nj. 52 ; but the common Icel. form is bondi, pi. baendr; gen.
dat. pi. in old writers either bonda, bondum, or as at present keeping the
ce throughout all plur. cases (baenda, (gen.) baendum) : properly a part,
act. from biia (turned into a noun subst., cp. fraendi, fjandi), A. S. bim;
Germ, bauer, and therefore originally a tiller of tbe ground, husbandnum,
but it always involved the sense of ownership, and included all ownen cf
land {oT bu, q. v.), from the petty freeholder to the fra?iklin, and esp. ^
class represented by the yeoman of England generally or the statesman of
Westmoreland and Cumberland : hence it came to mean the master of
tbe house, A. S. botid and husbond, Engl, husband. I. a husband-
mati. The law distinguishes between a gri&-ma6r a labourer, biiSseta-
ma&r a cottager, and a buandi or bondi a man who has land and stodt.
In the Icel. Commonwealth only the b. (but neither cottager or laboiHer)
could act as judge or neighbour who gave witness in acquittal of acdfrit
(cp. J)ingheyjandi) ; the gri6ma&r could only partly be admitted to the
tylptarkviSr, not to the buakvi6r, Grag. i. 35, 114; ek ry9 pessa tv4
menn or kvi6bur6inum fyrir J)a sok, at Jjeir eru bu6setu-menn en eigi
baendr, Nj. 236; cp. I.e. below, where the distinction between both is
defined. The Norse law, on the other hand, distinguishes between hosir
or lendir menn (barons) and buandi, cp. the interesting passage Fms. ri.
279 (ver5r mer \>a, lends manns nafn ekki at vir6ingu ; mi vil ek heWr
heita bondi sem ek a sett til) ; the Norse hauldr- or 66als-b6ndi neirly
answers to the Engl, 'yeoman.' In the more despotic Norway and Den-
mark, as in continental Europe, ' bondi' became a word of contesopt,
denoting the common, low people, opp. to the king and his ' men'(hil4).
the royal officers, etc. ; just as the Engl, boor degenerated from A.S.
gebur. Germ, bauer, Dutch boer; and in mod. Dan. bunder means ^Ws.
a boor; such is the use of bondi in the Fms., esp. Sverr. S. and Hak.S.
In the Icel. Commonwealth the word has a good sense, and is often used
of the foremost men — Sighvatr bondi, Sturl, ii. 78 ; Rafn bondi (i.e.
Sveinbjarnarsson), Bs. i. Rafn. S. several times ; Riitr talaSi \)& til MarJar,
hugsa J)u sva um bondi (Mord Gigja), Nj. 3 ; optar heiir J)u glaJan
verit, bondi, en mi, 174 (of Flosi) ; Njall bondi, id.; Jjorsteinn bdndi,
lUugi bondi, Gunnl. S. Isl. ii ; Bjorn bondi, Safn i. 657; Bjorn b^J*
Einarsson (Jorsalafari), Aim. 1393; Ari bondi, Da6i bondi, Bs. ii.474»
505 ; it is only opp. to the clerks (clergy) or knights, etc. This M&A
of the word (a franklin) still prevails in the mind of Icelanders. *
a husband, A. S. husbond; eigi var skegglauss fjorvaldr boandi fjinn, Nj.
52, Grag. i. 371, 377, Fms. i. 149 ; hja hvilu biianda |)ins, Nj. 14. [The
learned Icel. clergyman Eyjulf on Vellir (died A.D. 1747) has writteB
a short essay upon the word bondi, Icel. MSS. Bodl. no. 71.] c<»«Wl
— (in mod. use always baenda- if pi., bonda- if sing.) — b6nda-bani, a,
m. a slayer of a bondi, Fms. vi. 104. bonda-bol, n. (bonda-bsff,
m.), a farm, Grett. 96 A. b6nda-d6ttir, f. a bondi's daughter. Eg.
24, Snot 18. b6nda-ei3r, m. a bondi's oath, GJ)1.67. bonda-fer,
n. a hondVs ferry-boat, Hkr. ii. 292. b6nda-fe, n. a provincial fum,
G^\. II. b6nda-f61k, n. a class 0/ baendr, Fms. vii. 293. b6nd»-
fylking (biianda-), f. a host 0/ baendr, Fms. viii. 126. bdnda-heW,
^m, an army o/bandr, Fms. i. 162. b6ada-lilutr, m. -= bondatiund.
BdNDAHUS— BRAGAFULL.
7S
bonda-hus, n. a hvuiii's bouse, K.J>. K. 26. bdnda-hvfla,
^oudi's bed. El. 9. bonda-kirkja (biianda-), u, f. the church
■ig to the bondi in Thingvalla, where the parhament was held ;
anda-kirkjugarSr, ni. the churchyard to that church, vide Nj.
g. This church was erected about the middle of the nth century,
istni S., Fms. vi. 266. bdnda-kona, u, f. a good wife of a bondi,
I. bonda-laus, adj. /&Ks6a7«c?-/ess, T^;rfow«rf, Stj.420. bonda-
, f. the burial place of baendr, N. G. L. i. 368. b6nda-li3,
idaherr, Fms. ii. 48. b6nda-ligr, adj.farmer-like. bdnda-
m. a crowd, host 0/ baendr, P'ms. xi. 248. bonda-nafn, n. the
itle o/bondi, F"ms. vi. 279, GJ)1. 106. b6nda-r6ttr (biianda-),
■igbt of a bondi, Fms. ix. 135. b6nda-safna3r (-samnaflr)
amiigr, Hkr. ii. 307, Fms. vii. 320. b6nda-skapr, m. the state
aendr, opp. to the clergy, Bs. i. 590. b6nda-son, m. the son
idi. Eg. 232. b6nda-tala, u, f., vera i b., to be told or counted
baendr. Fas. ii. 326. bdnda-tfund, f. tithe to be paid by baendr,
4. bdnda-ungi, a,m. a_yo7^«g^b6ndi, Hkr. iii. 275. bdnda-
the elite 0/ baendr; var {)a gott b., there were choice baendr to be
Sturl. i. 130, Landn. 236. bonda-eett, f. a bondi's extraction,
. 278.
eifl, f. a begging path ; in the phrase, fara b., to go begging from
) bouse, Nj. 185 : in mod. use, fara bonarveg (a3 e-m) is to enter-
however bo51ei&.
jr8, f. wooing, courtship; hefja b. vi6, to woo; si6an hof {)6r61fr
sitt vi6 Sigurd ok bad SigriSar dottur hans, Eg. 38, 97 ; vekja b.,
Nj. 17, coMPDs : l)6noTds-f6T,{. a wooing journey ; fara b.,
■wooing, Nj. 16. bonorfls-m^l, n. the business of wooing, Ld.
s to wooing and courtship in old times, cp. Ld. ch. 7, 23, 68, Nj.
), 13, 27, 33, 98, Gunnl. S. ch. 5, 9, Haensa |>. S. ch. 10, Glum.
Lv. ch. 5, Hard. S. ch. 3, Eb. ch. 28, 41, Vd. ch. 3, 12, Korm S.
lisl. 9, Hallfr. S. ch. 4, Bs. i. 53-56 (the story of bishop Isleif),
ch. 5, Stud. i. 197, 198, 200, 206-208 (the two sisters there), etc.
sating of the parliament, where people from all parts of the island
athered together, was a golden opportunity for ' b6nor6 ' (v. the
s above). 2. = begging, Gisl. 85.
, ar, f., pi. baetr, [Ulf. bota ; A. S. bot; Engl, boot, booty, to boot;
i. puoz ; Germ, b'usse ; akin to bati, better, etc.] : — bettering,
anient : 1. a cure, remedy, mental as well as bodily, from
s, loss, sorrow, etc.; fa bot e-s, meina, Fms. vii. 251, ix. 427,
C75 ; allra meina bot ; vinna e-m b., to comfort one, Landn. 212 ;
bota, to amend, Fms. xi. 236 ; berja . . . e-n til obota is to beat . . .
bathe never recovers from it. 2. as a law term, almost always
ttonement, compensation, and esp. = mann-baetr, weregild, cp. vigs-
ak-baetr, etc., Fms. vii. 36, Hrafn. 4, 9, Eb. 106, Isl. ii. 272, and
ess cases in Grag. (VI.) and Nj. : baetr and mann-gjold are often
discriminately, e. g. tvennum botum, or tvennum manngjoldum, a
weregild; cp. also the phrase, halda uppi b6tum, to discharge, pay
the sing, is rare in this sense, Nj. 58, Grag. ii. 182. 3. in
hrases as, e-t berr til bota (impers.), it is a comfort, satisfac-
j. 58, Fms. X. 264 ; (mikilla) bota vant, very shortcoming, Ld.
4. a patch, of an old torn garment ; enginn setr bot af nyju
i. gamalt fat, Matth. ix. 17; svort bot var milli herSa honum,
i. 230. COMPDS : bota-lauss, adj. a law term, ' bootless,'
no redress; hafa sar botalaust, Rd. 269: irreparable, Fms.
Horn. 121. bota-maSr, m. a law term, a man who has to
'baetr' for hurt or damage suffered, Ann. 1372, G\il. 160; hence
a9r, exlex, an outlaw, who has forfeited his right to 'baetr.'
rerSr, adj. worth redress, Fbr. 33.
I, a, m. [Fr. botte ; a for. word], a boot, Nj. 190, Fms. vii. 186,
.. iii. 13.
eysi, n. ; lemja e-n til b. = til obota above, Grett. 154.
iama, 3, to make better, repair, Grag. i. 123, ii. 335.
mrfl (-J)arfa), adj. ind. needing 'baetr' or satisfaction, Fms. vii.
turl. iii. 123.
1, a3, of the northern lights, to flicker, Bjarni 69.
-GD, n. [cp. breg6a]. I. the fundamental notion is that of
en motion : 1. temp, a while, moment, cp. auga-brag6 ; in
. phrases, af bragSi, at once, Hrafn. 17, Gs. 18, Am. 2 ; af (a)
lu bragSi, shortly, Fms. vi. 272, viii. 236, 348 ; i fyrsta brag&i, the
me (rare), GJ)1. 532, Js. 129; skams bragds, gen. used as adv.
, in a short time, Bs. i. 336, 337, Fms. viii. 348, v. 1. ; cp. 'at a
* in a brayd,' Engl. Ballads. 2. loc. a quick jnovement; vi3-
(cp. breg6a vi6), knifs-bragS (cp. bregSa sver&i), a slash with a
3. metaph. in many phrases, ver8a fyrri (skjotari) at bragSi,
53s, to make the first move; Jpeir hafa or3it fyrri at b. at stefna en
i. 241, Bs. ii. 106 ; sva at J)u verdir skjotari at b. at veida J)enna
, Fms. i. 206, ix. 288 ; vera i brag3i me3 e-m, to lend one a help-
nd, mostly in something uncanny, "Gisl. 5, Bs. i. 722; snarast i
me3 e-m, id., Ld. 254 ; taka e-t bragds, til brag3s or brag3, to
me step to get clear out of difficulties, Nj. 263, 199, Fms. ix. 407,
75 new Ed. ; j^at var b. {step, issue) Atia, at hann hljop . . . , Hav. 53 ;
uvitrligt b., a foolish step, Nj. 78 ; karlmannligt b., a manly issue, 194 ;
gott b., Fs. 39 ; uheyriligt b., anw«iearrf-o//Wn^, Finnb. 213. II.
[breg3a A. HI], a 'braid,' knot, stitch, chiefly in pi.; hekla saumud
611 brogdum, a cloak braided or stitched all over, Fms. ii. 70 ; fagu5
briigSum, all broidered, v. 345, Bret. 34; ristu-bragd, a scratched cha-
racter. 2. in wrestling, brag8 or briigd is the technical phrase for
wrestlers' tricks or sleights; mjaSmar-bragS, leggjar-bragft, hael-bragS,
klof-bragd . . ., the 'bragd' of the hip, leg, heel . . ., Edda 33; [fang-
bragS, wrestling], hence many wrestling terms, fella e-n a sj41fs sins bragSi,
to throw one on his own brag3. 3. gen. a trick, scheme, device,
[A. S. br(Eg'S, brad; Engl, braid = cunning, Shakesp.], chiefly in pi., meft
ymsum brogdum, margskyns br6g3, Fas. i. 274, Fms. x. 237; brogS i
tafli, a trick in the game, a proverb, when things go not by fair means,
Bs. ii. 318 ; ferr at fornum brogdum, in the old way, Grett. 79 new Ed.:
but also sing., s^r konungr mi bragd hans allt, Fms. xi. 106; hafdi hann
sva sett bragdit, x. 305, Eg. 196 (a trick) ; ek mun flnna bragd {)ar til,
at Kristni mun vid gangast a Islandi, Hkr. i. 290 ; bragd hitta J)eir mi i,
Lv. 82. p. with a notion of deceit, a trick, crafty scheme; med
brogdum, with tricks, Hkr. ii ; biia yfir brogdum, to brood over wiles.
Fas. i. 290 ; hafa briigd undir bninum, to have craft under one's eye-
brows, look crafty. Band. 2 ; undir skauti, under one's cloak, id., Bs. i.
730 ; beita e-n brogdum, metaphor from hunting, to deal craftily with
one, Rm. 42, isl. ii. 164; hafa briigd vid e-n, Njard. 382, 378; vera
forn i brogdum, old in craft, of witchcraft, Isl. ii. 399 : hence such
phrases as, bragda-karl, a crafty fellow, Grett. 161 ; bragda-refr, a cunning
fox ; brogdottr, crafty, etc. In Swed. ' bragder' means an exploit, action,
whilst the Icel. implies some notion of subtlety or craft ; yet cp. phrases
as, stor hrogb, great exploits, Fb. ii. 299; hreysti-brogd, hetju-br6gd,^rert^
deeds, (above L 3.) III. [bregda C ; cp. A. S. breed, Engl, breatbl,
countenance, look, expression; hun hefir hviti ok b. viirt My'ramanna,
Isl. ii. 201, V. 1. ; J)annig er bragd a J)er, at |)u munir fas svifast, thou
lookest as if. . ., cp. briigd undir bninum above, Fms. ii. 51 ; heilagleiks
b., to look like a saint, Bs. i. 152 ; ^at b. hafdi hann a ser sem, Ld. 24;
ekki hefir ]pu b. a J)er sem herlenzkir menn, Fms. x. 227 ; ^annig ertu i
bragdi sem . . ., thou lookest as if. . ., Isl. ii. 149; med illu bragdi, ill-
looking, Sturl. i. 170 ; med hyru, glodu b., Bs. ii. 505 ; med beztu bragdi,
stern. Pass. 21. 1; med hryggu bragdi, with gloomy look; med betra
bragdi, in a better mood, Nj. n ; bleydi-mannligr i b., cowardly, Fms. ii.
69 : metaph., Sturla gordi {jat bragd a, at hann hefdi fundit . . .,S. put that
face on a thing, Sturl. n.i'j6. TV. [herg]^, gustare], taste ; vatns-
bragd, beisku-bragd, bitter taste, of water ; 6-brag3, a bad flavour,
etc. 2. {^ = hra.gr], mode, fashion; in vinnu-brogd, z^orim^; hand-
bragd, handicraft ; lat-bragd, manners; tniar-brogd, pi. religion, mode
of faith ; afla-bri)gd, mode of gaining one's livelihood, etc. : very freq. in
mod. usage, but in old writers no instance bearing clearly upon the sub-
ject is on record ; cp. however the phrase, bragd er at e-u, a thing is
palpable, tangible : litid bragd mun ^ar at (/'/ must be very slight) ef J)u
finnr ekki, Ld. 136 ; aerit b. mun at J)vi, Nj. 58 ; gordist J)ar at sva mikit
b., it went so far that . . ., Fms. i. 187, Grett. 158 new Ed.
bragSa, ad, I. = braga, of light, Sks. 202 B. II. [Engl.
to breathe], to give signs of life, of a new-born babe, of one swooning or
dying ; ^a faeddi hon barnit, ok fanst eigi lif med, ok her eptir bragdadi
fyrir brjostinu, i.e. the infant began to draw breath, Bs. i. 618, ii. 33;
J)at bragdar sem kvikt er, Jjidr. 114. III. to taste = \>erg]2L, freq.
in mod. usage.
brag3-alr, m. a brad-awl, used in Icel. for producing fire, bragdals-
eldr, m. fire produced by a b., Bs. i. 616 ; hann tok b. milium tveggja
trj6, ii. 176.
bragQ-illr, adj. ill-looking, Fms. x. 174.
bragfl-lauss, adj. (-leysi, f., medic, pallor), pale, insipid.
bragS-ligr, adj. expedient, Karl. 451 : mod. well-looking.
bragS-mikill, adj. expressive looking, Sturl. iii. 129.
bragS-samr, adj. crafty. El.
bragfl-visi, f. craft, subtlety, Edda 1 10.
brag3-visligr (and -viss), adj. cunning, Fms. ii. 140.
BBAGGA, ad, [Engl, brag], to throw off sloth, Bb. I. 24.
Bragi, a, m. the god of poetry Bragi, also a pr. name : in pi. bragnar,
poiit. heroes, men, Edda, Lex. Poet. ; cp. A. S. brego=princeps.
BBAGR, ar, m. [akin to bragd, braga, bragi, etc.] I. best, fore-
most; b. kvenna, best of women, Skv. 2. 15 ; Asa b., best of Ases, Skm.
34 ; b. karla edr kvenna, Edda 1 7 : only used in poetry or poiit. lan-
guage, cp. the A. S. brego (princeps) Egypta, Nor^manna, Israelita,
Gumena, Engla, etc. : — hence the compd bragar-fuU or braga-fuU,
n. a toasting cup, to be drunk esp. at funeral feasts ; it seems properly to
mean the king's toast (cp. BTZgi= princeps), i.e. the toast in the memory
of the deceased king or earl, which was to be drunk first ; the heir to
the throne rose to drink this toast, and while doing so put his feet on the
footstool of his seat and made a solemn vow (stiga d stokk ok strengja
heit) ; he then for the first time took his father's seat, and the other guests
in their turn made similar vows. For a graphic description of this heathen
sacred custom, vide Yngl. S. Hkr, i. 49, Hervar. S. Fas. i. 417 and 515,
76
BRAGARBOT— BRAUTARGENGI.
Hkv.Hjorv.32,Ragn.S.Fas.i.345. It is likely that the b. was mostly used "I" BRASS (cp. brasaSr, Fms. viii ; brasi, ix. 8), ni. [cp. Gerra.inB
at funeral banquets, though the passages in the Ragn. and Hervar. S. (cp
also Haensa{). S. ch. 1 2) seem to imply its use at other festivals, as weddings ;
cp. also the description of the funeral banquet, Hkr. i. 231, where ' minni
bans ' {the toast of the dead king) answers to bragarfull ; cp. also the
funeral banquet recorded in Jomsvik. S., where the Danish king Sweyn
made the vow 'at bragarfulli' to conquer England within three winters.
This is said to have been the prelude to the great Danish invasion A.D.
994, Fagrsk. 44, and Hkr. to 1. c. The best MSS. prefer the reading
bragar- (from bragr, princeps), not braga-. II. nearly like Lat.
mos, a fashion, habit of life, in conipds as, ba;jar-bragr, heimilis-bragr,
hibyla-bragr, Aowse ///e; sveitar-bragr, country life; bonda-bragr, _yeo?na«
life; herads-bragr, lands-bragr, etc. Icel. say good or bad baejarbragr,
Bb. 1. 15. III. poetry; gcfr hann (viz. Odin) brag skaldum,
Hdl. 5, Edda 1 7 : in mod. usage chiefly melody or metre. compos :
bragar-b6t, f. a sort of metre, Edda 130 : mod. palinode. bragar-
frseSi, {.prosody, Icel. Choral Book (i860), pref. 7. bragar-laun,
n. pi. a gift for a poem dedicated to a king or great person, Eg. 318, Isl.
ii. 323, 230 (Gunnl. S.), etc. bragar-md,!, n. pi. poetical diction,
Edda 124; of using obsolete poiit. forms, Skalda 189.
BBAE, n. [Ulf. brakja = -nd\r]; A. S. and Hel. ge-brcec; cp. Lat.
fragor], a creaking noise, Hkr. iii, 139, Bard. 160, Fms. ii. lOO.
braka, afl, [cp. Ulf. 6r/^a« = KA.a»'; A.S. brecan; Engl, to break ; Lat.
frangere] : — to creak, of timber, Horn. 155, Fs. 132, Gisl. 31, Fas. ii. 76.
brakan, f. a creaking, Fms. iv. 57.
BRAKUN, m. [Engl, word], a broker, Fms. v. 183; O. H. L. 56
reads brakkamir.
BBAIiIjA, a5, to trick, job; hvat er J)a8 sem born ei b., Jon. |)orl.
BBAMIi, n. (bramla, a3), a crash, Safn i. 93, Isl. Arb. v. ch. 128.
BRAIfA, u, f. a freq. name of a cow, [brana =juvenca, cited by Du
Cange from old Spanish Latin deeds ; it probably came into Spain with
the Goths.] br6nu-gr6s, n. pi., botan. Satyriitm Albidum ; in Icel.
lore this flower plays the same part as the German alraun or English
mandrake; the b. are also called ' Friggjar-gras' (Frigg = Freyja, the
goddess of love), and ' elsku-gras,' flower of love, as it is thought to
create love between man and woman, Isl. f>j()6s. i. 648. Gen. xxx. 14.
branda, u, f. a little trout : the Manks call the salmon braddan.
brand-erf3, f. a Norse law term, originating from the heathen age
when dead bodies were still burnt, vide arfsal, a sort of clientela, giving
life-long support to a man ; ' til brands e8r bills,' i. e. ad 7trnam, and
inheriting him when dead ; defined N. G. L. i. 50.
brand-g&s, f. anas tadorna, Edda (Gl.)
brand-krossottr, adj. brindled-brown with a white cross on the fore-
head (of an ox). Brand. 59 ; cp. brdndottr, a brindled ox.
BRANDR, m. I. [cp. brenua, to burn; A.S. brartd (rare)],
a brand, firebrand; even used synonymous with ' hearth,' as in the Old
Engl, saying, ' este {dear) buith '{are) oun brondes,' E. Engl. Specimens ;
b. af brandi brenn, Hm. 56 ; at brondum, at the fire-side, 2, Nj. 195, 201 ;
hvarfa ek blindr of branda, id.. Eg. 759 ; cp. eldi-brandr. 2. [cp. Dan.
brand. Germ, brand}, aflame ; til brands, ad urnam, N.G.L. i. 50 (rare) ;
surtar-brandr,7V/; v. brand-erf&. II. [A.S. brond, Beow. verse
1454; Scot, brand =ensis; cp. to brandish], the blade of a sword; brast
t)at (viz. the sword) undir hjahinu, ok for b. grenjandi niOr i ana, Fas.
ii. 484, Korm. 82, Eb. 238, Fms. i. 17, Bs. ii. 12 ; viga-braudr, a war-
brand, a tneteor. III. a freq. pr. name of a man. Brand.
B. On ships, the raised prow and poop, ship's beak, (svi'ri and
brandr seem to be used synonymously, Konr. S. 1. c.) ; fellr brattr breki
brondum haerri, the waves rise high above the ' brandar,' Skv. 3. 17;
brandar af knerri {a b. on a merchant-ship), Grett. 90 new Ed., Fms. ix.
304 ; hann tok um skipstafninn ; en menn bans toku af hendr bans, \ivi
at brafl var eigi af brandinum (sing, of the ' high prow' of a ship), viii.
217 ; leiddist mer fyrir Jjorsbjorgum, er brandarnir a skipum Bagla st63u
i augu mer, 372, 247 ; gyltir brandar ok hofu6, Konr., where some MSS.
• hotu6 ok svirar.' 2. ships' beaks used as ornaments over the chief
door of dwellings, always in pi.; af knerri J)eim eru brandar ve&rspair
fyrir dyrum, before {above?) the door, Landn. 231, cp. Grett. 1 16, where
it can be seen that the b. were two, one at each side of the door ; hann
s» fatahnigu a brondum, heaps of clothes on the b., 179 ; b. akafliga hafir
fyrir hollinni sva at J)eir gna»f&u yfir bust hennar (b. exceeding high over
the door so that they rose above the gable), gyltir voru knappar a ofan-
ver6um brondunum, Konr. S. : these doors are hence called branda-
dyrr, Sturl. ii. 106, iii. 200, 218.
brand-reifl, f. [A. S. brandreda], a grate, Stj. 310, 315, Exod. xxx. 3,
xxxvii. 26, Mar. 50 ; steikja a b., to roast on a grate. Mar. (Fr.)
brand-8kj61d6ttr, adj. of cattle, brindled, red and white spotted.
brand-stokkr, m. a dub. an. \(y. a high trunk of a tree in the middle of
the hall of the mythical king Viilsung, Fas. i. 1 19 ; Vr. 142 reads botstokk.
branga, u, f. an air. \(y. and dub., HSm. 21 : cp. old Germ. brane =
pracht. *
brasa, a8, to braze (Shakesp.), to harden in the fire : cp. brSsur, f. pi. in
the mctapb. phrase, eiga i brosum, tq be always in tie fire, always quarrelling.
= epulae; Swcd. brasa; Dan. brase = to roast ; Eng\. to braze], a ettL
an ciir. \iy., Am. 59.
brasta, a3, [Germ, brasten], to bluster. Band. 8.
bratt-gengni, f. skill in climbing, Fms. ii. 275.
bratt-gengr, adj. skilful in climbing, Fms. ii. 169 : steep, Greg.fij;
bratt-leitr, adj. with projecting forehead, Fb. i. 540.
BUATTB,, zd]. [A.S. brant, bront; Swtd. brant; North. E. 6ran/aad
brent], steep, of hills, etc. ; brott brekka, a ' brent' hill, Hrafn. 20 ; banr
high waves, Sks. 40 : mctaph., bera bratt halann, metaphor from ciVk
to carry the tail high (in mod. usage vera brattr), opp. to laegja halaui,
to droop the tail, Isl. ii. 330, cp. Hkv. Hjorv. 20 ; reynt hefi ek fti
brattara, cp. Lat. graviora passus, I have been in a worse plight. Am.
56; einatt hefi ek brattara att, Grett. 133; mdr hefir opt boJi?-
brattara, id., etc., — a metaphor from mountaineers.
bratt-steinn, m. a stone column, Hym. 29.
BRAUD, n. [A.S. bread; Eng\. bread; Germ, brod; Dan. '
This word, which at present has become a household word in all br,
of the Teutonic, was in early times unknown in its present sense.
constantly renders apros as well as ipeofiiov by hlaibs; Engl, loaf; A.S.
hlaf; the old A.S. poetry also has hlaf, and the old heaihen ScaDdin.
poems only hleifr, Hm. 40, 51, Rm. 4, 28. In Engl, also, the words
lord, lady, — A. S. hlafvord, hlafdige, which properly mean loaf-uarder,
loaf-maid, — bear out the remark, that in the heathen age when those
words were formed, bread, in the sense of panis, was not in use in
England; in old A.S. the word is only used in the compd beo^--' '
of the honeycomb (Gr. K-qpiov), cp. Engl, bee-bread; O. H. G. h
Germ, bienenbrod ; and this seems to be the original sense of the ^
The passage in which doubtless the Goths used ' brand,' Luke xxiv. 42
— the only passage of the N. T. where Krjpiov occurs — is lost in Ulf.
Down to the 9th century this word had not its present sense in any Tern,
dialect, but was, as it seems, in all of them used of the honeycomb only.
The IceL calls thyme ' bra6-bjorg' or ' bro3-bjc)rg' {sweet food?) ; cp.tlie
Lat. ' redolentque thj'mo fragrantia mella ;' the root of 'brau6' is perhap;
akin to the Lat. 'fragrare.' The transition from the sense of honey-
comb to that of bread is obscure : in present usage the ' bread' denotes
the substance, ' loaf the shape ; b. ok smjor. Eg. 204 ; b. ok kal, Mar.;
heilagt b., Horn. 137; the Icel. N. T. (freq.) 2. /oorf, hence
metaph. living, esp. a parsonage, (mod.) The cures in Icel. are diyided
into J)inga-brau3 and beneficia.
braud-bakstr, m. bread-baking, Greg. 55.
brau9-diskr, m. a bread-plate, Post. 686 B.
braufl-gorS, f. bread-making, Stj. 44 1.
brauS-hleifr, m. a loaf of bread, Greg. 57, Orkn. 1 16.
brau3-j^rn, n. a ' bread-iron,' Scot, and North. E. girdle, D.N.
brauS-kass, n. a bread-basket, Fms. ii. 164.
brau3-inoli, a, m. a crutnb of bread, Stj. 155.
brau.5-ofn, m. a bread-oven, H.E. i. 394, N.G.L. ii. 354.
brau3-skifa, u, f. a slice of bread, Andr. 68.
brau.3-skorpa, u, f. a bread-crust.
brau3-snei3, f. = brau3skifa.
brau3-sufl, n. spice eaten with bread. Anal. 180.
brauk, n., braukan, f. cracking, Konr. 30, Mag. 5 ; cp. brak.
BRAUT, f., dat. brautu, pi. ir, [a purely Scandin. word, formed
from brjuta, braut, as Engl, road from Ital. rotta, via rupta] : — a road
cut through rocks, forests, or the like, and distinguished from vegr,
stigr, gata {path, track); Onundr konungr let brjota vegu um niarkif
ok myrar ok fjallvegu, fyrir J)vi var hann Braut-Onundr kallaSr, Hkr.
i. 46 ; rySja b., to cut a road, Isl. ii. 400 ; braut . . . eigi breiftari en
giitu breidd. Eg. 582. II. as adv. away, either with or without
the prep, 'a' or ' 1,' a braut or a brautu, which is the oldest fottn;
but the common form in the old writers is brot, or with a double conso-
nant, brott ; later by metath. burt, burtu [Dan.-Swed. bort], which
are the mod. forms, but not found in very early MSS. : it occurs in »
verse in the Skalda— rei3 Brynhildar broSir | 'bort' sa er hug w
' skorti :' — braut, brautu ; braut hvarf or sal saeta, Korm. (in a verse),
Hm. 88 ; J)raut, fer ek einn a brautu, Grett. (in a verse) ; in the Grig,
freq., esp. in the old fragment Ed. A.D. 1852, pp. 19-26, where Kb.
reads brott ; the Miracle-book, Bs. i. 333 sqq., constantly gives braut; w
also 0. H. vellum of the middle of the 13th century : brott, Eg. 633, Nj.
132, Grag. i. 275 : burt, burtu, in MSS. of the 15th century; the .MSS. freq.
use an abbreviated spelling Ft (" denoting ro and or), so that it is diffi-
cult to see whether it is to be read brot or burt or bort. It is used with
or without notion of motion; the ace. forms braut, brott, burt, originiHy
denote going away; the dat. brautu, burtu, being away; but in con.-
mon use both are used indiscriminately ; J)at var brott fra o6rum hiisum,
/«'■ off from other houses. Eg. 203 ; vera rekinn brott (braut), to be driven
away, Nj. 132 ; fara braut, to go away, Fms. x. 216; af landi brott,
Grag. i. 275, 331, 145, 258, 264, cp. also Nj. 10, 14, 26, 52, 196, Fms.
ix. 431, Eg. 319, 370, and endless instances. compds: brautar-
(^gengi, n. a Im term, help, furtberawe, tsl. ii. 322, Ld. 26 {advaatt^
BllAUTAllMOT— BREGMA.
n
brautar-mot, n. pi. a meeting of roads, Gnig. ii. 1 14 ; cp.
ut, a high road; vetrar-braut, via lactea, etc. brautar-tak,
term, bail, security, N. G. L. i. 44.
- in compels, v. brott.
Lngi, a, m. a beggar, tramp, Hbl. 6, Fms. ii. 73 : the proverb,
1 brautingja eriiidi, the tramp cannot afford delay. Fas. ii. 262,
2 { the poor had in old times to go from house to house ; cp.
xzhr, foru-ma5r ; therefore misery and tramping are synonymous,
dr, miseria ; cp.A.S. vcedl — ambitus : — not till the establishment of
nity were poor-rates and other legal provisions made for the poor.
f. [Ulf. braw; A. S. brcev ; Engl, brow; Germ, braii], an eye-lid;
n. sing.), Edda 15 ; bnir (noni. pi.), 6 ; bri'im (dat. pi.), V^m. 41 ;
I. pi.), Ad. 5 ; cp. Baldrs-bri'i, Gull-bra, Isl. {>j(')6s. : in poetry the
called bra-tungi, -mani, -sol, -geisli, moon-, sun-beam of the broiu ;
; bra-regn, -drift, rain of the brow; the head hr&.-'voWx, field of
', etc.. Lex. Poet.
0, f. [A.S. brad; Germ. brat'\, meat, raw flesh, esp. venison;
ri'i6 (a law term), raw meat, Gn'ig. ii. 192, N. G. L. i. 82 ; brytja
0 chop into steaks, Fb. i. 321 : pi. metaph. prey of beasts, varmar
ikv. 2.41, Fas. i. 209; villi-braS, venison; val-bra6, black spots
ice. II. s61-bra9, sun-burning.
D, n. tar, pitch, Fms. viii. 217, Anecd.6o, Vm. 21, Sks. 28, Krok.
a undir braftinu, Fser. 195.
D, f. (broj), Bs. i. 341), denoting haste (cp. braSr), but only
adverb, phrases, i brii8, at the moment, Sturl. i. 58, Ld. 302, Bs.
i5 ok lengSar (mod. i brad og lengd), now and ever, Fms. i.
II. in many compds, meaning rash, sudden, hot. compds :
)Ugr, m. in the phrases, gora, vinda brii&a-bug at e-u, to hasten
thing, without a moment's delay, Grett. 98. br&Sa-fanga,
1 as adv. at once, in great haste, Fms. iv. 230. brd3a-s6tt, f.
Uness, a plague, B'ms. vii. 155, Jiitv. 26 : chiefly of cattle, mur-
498. brd3a-J)eyr, m. a rapid thaw. Eg. 766.
hjorg (commonly proncd. bl63-berg, n.), f. thyme, Hjalt., Bjorn.
Iau3i, a, m. a sudden death, Hom. 12.
Iau3r, adj. dead in a mome?it, in the phrase, ver3a b., to die
, Ver. 47, Fms. i. 18, Isl. ii. 45, 59, Stj. 196.
ndis, adv. of a sudden, Ld. 192, Fms. viii. 199.
ari, adj., ver5a b., to travel in haste, Krok. 59.
lleginn, adj. exceeding glad, Fms. xi. 256.
Saigligr (-feigr), adj. rushing to death, Fs. 74.
Iiengis = bra6afangs, Fms. xi. 35, Orkn. 28 old Ed.
!|3ngr, adj. hot, hasty, Fms. vi. 109.
I;e3r, adj. hot-tempered, Fms. vi. 220, 195.
i;5rr, adj. early ripe, of a young man, Fms. vii. Ill, xi. 328.
orviligr, adj. of early promise, Gliim. 338.
isettligr, adj. most dangerous, Lv. 59.
Ijfirit, n. part, hastily chosen, Sturl. iii. 15 1.
I(;vaddr, part, suddenly 'called;' ver6a b., to die suddenly.
iauss, adj. not pitched, Hkr. ii. 281.
iitinn, part. = bra6dau3r, Fms. xi. 444.
itr, adj. eager, impatient, Bs. i. 172.
"iga (br^3la, brilla), adv. soon, hastily, at once, Sks. 596,
i. 12, Fms. x. 419, i. 29: quickly, ii. 180, Hkr. i. ill : rashly,
2, Sks. 775.
Lti3, n. part, [lita], gcira b. a e-t, to look (too) hastily at a thing,
284, Fbr. 141.
yndr, adj. hot-tetnpered, Anecd. 48.
seti, n. impatience, Bb. 3. 29.
aselt, n. part, hastily spoken. Eg. 251.
I, ab, to melt, of snow, etc., Fms. iii. 193, Rb. 356.
r3r, adj. hasty of speech, Lv. 85, Bjarn. 14.
)Il, adj., neut. bratt, [Swed. brad; Dan. brad; cp. bra&], sudden,
le allit. law phrase, b. bani, a sudden, violent death, Nj. 99, Fms.
ks. 585 (of suicide) ; b. atbur6r, a sudden accident, Fms. x. 328 :
hot-tempered, eager, rash, brad er barn-seskan (a proverb). Am.
>arns-hugir, id., Bev. Fr. ; b. i skaplyndi, Nj. 16, Hm. 21 ; J)u
& hiilzi b. {too eager, too rash), i t)essu mali, V4pn. 13 ; b. ok
sh and headlong, Fms. ix. •245 ; b. hestr, a fiery horse, Bs. i.
II. bratt, bra&um, and bra3an used adverb., soon, shortly ;
att drukkinn einmenningr, Eg. 551 ; bratt fanst J)at a, it could
ien that . . ., 147 ; vanu braSara (Lat. spe citius), (mod., vonum
soon, in a very short time, Fms. xi. 115 ; sem bra6ast, as soon
e, the sooner the better. Eg. 534: the phrase, e-t berr bra&um
m) at, a thing happens of a sudden, with the notion of surprise,
ollum fellusk hendr (i. e. were startled), at braSan bar at, as it
uddenly, Hkr. ii. 152, cp. Orkn. 50.
i3inn, part, suddenly or rashly decided, Fms. ii. 25, Faer. 236;
, sudden news, Fms. v. 289 ; bra&rakinn. Lex. Poet., seems only
Dad reading = bra6raj)inn, the lower part of the p having been
d.
>i3r, adj. very wrathful, Barl. 35.
bri3-ra53i, n. rashness, Fs. 53; glappaverk ok b., 184, Fms. ii. 25.
br&3-siima3r, adj. hot-tempered, Nj. (Lat. Vers.) 2 19, v.l. (mod. word.)
br&3-sjukr, adj. taken suddenly ill, Fms. vi. I04.
br&3-skapa3r, adj. part. 0/ hasty disposition, Sturl, iii, 123, Nj. 219,
V. 1., Fas. iii. 520 : mod. skap-braSr, hot-tempered.
bril3-8keyti, n. rashness, Sks. 250, Karl. 495.
brd3-skeytligr, adj. rash, Str. 9.
brd3-8keyttr, adj. rash, Fms. vi. 109, Isl. ii. 316, Karl. 341, 343.
hT&b-sfnn, adj. soon seen, Fr.
brd,3ung, f. hurry, O. H. L. 19 : gen. bra6ungar, as adv. of a sudden,
Fms. xi. 70 ; af braSungu, at a moment's notice, 27.
brd3-J)roska (-a3r), adj. early ripe, early grown (J)roski, growth),
Finnb. 2 2 2, v.l., Fs. 126.
BRAK, f., Engl, brake (v. Johnson), a tanner's implement, in the form
of a horsc-shoc, for rubbing leather, Eggert Itin. 339 : a nickname. Eg.
brdka, a6, in the phrase, braka&r reyr, a bruised reed, Isaiah xlii. 3.
BREDI, a, m. [Norse brcs], a glacier, common in Norway, where the
glaciers arc called 'bra;er' or ' fonn ;' in Icel. an aTr.Xcy., Fas. (Vols. S.)
i. 116.
BREF, n. [for. word, from Lat. breve, like Engl, and Germ, brief;
Dan. brev'l, in Icel. proncd. with a long e, br6f : — a letter, written deed,
rescript, etc. Letter-writing is never mentioned in the true Icel. Sagas
before the end of the old Saga time, about A. D. 1015. Brcf occurs for the
first time as a sort of dispatch in the negotiation between Norway and
Sweden A. D. 1018; let |)au fara aptr me& brefum Jieim er Ingigerftr
konungs dottir ok J)au Hjalti sendu jarli ok Ingibjiirgu, (3. H. ch. 71 ; bref
ok innsigli Engla konungs (viz. king Canute, A. D. 1024), ch. 120 : a royal
letter is also mentioned Bjarn. 13 (of St. Olave, A. D. 1014-1030). The
earliest Icel. deeds on record are of the end of the 1 1 th century ; in the D. I.,
Sturl., and Bs. (12th and 13th centuries) letters of every kind, public and
private, are freq. mentioned, vide D. I. by Jon Sigurdsson, Bs. i. 478-481,
etc., Fms. vii-x, Sturl. freq. [In the Saga time, ' or6 ok jartegnir,' words
and tokens, is a standing phrase; the 'token' commonly was a ring;
the instances are many, e.g. Ld. ch. 41, 42, Bjarn. 7, Gunnl. S. ; cp.
the interesting passage in the mythical Akv. verse 8, where the sister ties
one hair of a wolf in the ring — har fann ek heiSingja ridit i bring raudan
— as a warning token ; cp. also the story of the coin used as a token in
Gisl. ch. 8. In the old Sagas even runes are hardly mentioned as a medium
of writing ; but v. rune.] compds : br6fa-b6k, f. a register-book,
N. G. L. ii. 409. br^fa-brot, n. breach of ordinances, H.E. i. 422,
Bs. i. 706. br^fa-gord, f. letter-writing, Bs. i. 475, Fms. ix. 260.
br6fa-ina3r, m. a letter-carrier, public courier, Fms. ix. 30. br6fa-
sveinn, m. a letter-boy, Fms. ix. 467.
br^fa, a3, to give a brief account of, Fms. ii. 257, Al. 66.
brefer, n. breviary, Dipl. v. 18, Vm. 8.
br6f-lauss, adj. briefless, without a written document, Th. 78.
bref-sending, brefa-sending, f. a sending of letters, Fms. viii. iii.
bref-setning, f. the composition of a letter, Fms. viii. 298.
BREGD A, pret. sing, bra, 2nd pers. bratt, later brast ; pi. brug5u, sup.
brug8it; pres. bregS ; pret. subj. brygQi; reflex, {sk, z, st), pret. brask,
braz, or brast, pi. brugSusk, etc. : poiit. with the neg. sufF. bra-at, brask-at,
Orkn. 78, Fms. vi. 51.
A. Act. with dat. I. [A.S. hregdan, brcsdan; Old Engl.
and Scot, to brade or braid; cp. brag3 throughout] : — to move
swiftly: 1. of a weapon, to draw, brandish; b. sverSi, to draw the
sword, Gisl. 55, Nj. 28, Ld. 222, Korm. 82 sqq., Fms. i. 44, ii. 306, vi.
313, Eg. 306, 505 ; sver3 brugSit, a drawn sword, 746; cp. the allitera-
tive phrase in Old Engl. Ballads, ' the bright browne ( = brugSinn) sword :'
absol., breg3 (imperat.), Korm. 1. c. : b. knifi, to slash with a knife. Am. 59 ;
b. flotu sver6i, to turn it round in the hand, Fms. vii. 157; saxi, Bs. i. 629 :
even of a thrust, b. spjoti, Gliim. 344. 2. of the limbs or parts of
the body, to move qidckly ; b. hendi, fingri, K. {>. K. 10, Fms. vi. 122;
b. augum sundr, to open the eyes, iii. 57, cp. ' he bradde open his eyen
two,' Engl. Ballads ; b. fotum, Nj. 253 ; b. fseti, in wrestling ; b. gronum, to
draw up the lips, 199, Fms. v. 220. 3. of other objects ; b. skipi, to
turn the ship (rare), Fms. viii. 145, Eb. 324 ; b. e-m a eintal, einmaeli, to take
one apart, Fms..vi. II, Oik. 35 ; b. ser sjukum, to feign sickness, Fagrsk.
ch. 51 ; bregSa ser in mod. usage means to make a short visit, go or come
for a moment; eg bra mer sntiggvast til , etc. 4. adding prepp. ;
b. upp ; b. upp hendi, hondum, to hold up the hand, Fms. i. 167 ; b. upp
glofa, 206, Eb. 326 : b. e-m a lopt, to lift aloft. Eg. 122, Nj. 108 ; b. e-u
undan, to put a thing out of the way, to bide it. Fas. i. 6 ; undir, Sturl. ii.
221, Ld. 222, Eb. 230 : b. e-u viS (b. vid skildi), to ward off with . . .,
Vapn. 5 ; but chiefly metaph. to put forth as an example, to laud, wonder
at, etc. ; J)inum drengskap skal ek vi3 b., Nj. 18 ; t)essum mun ek viS b.
Aslaugar orunum. Fas. i. 257 ; mi mun ek J)vi vi3 b. (/ will speak loud),
at ek hefi eigi fyr na6 vi6 {)ik at tala, Lv. 53 : b. e-u a, to give out, pre-
tend; hann brji a J)vi at hann mundi ri3a vestr til MidfjarSar, Sturl. iii.
197, Fms. viii. 59, x. 322. |3. to deviate from, disregard; ver hofum
brug6it af ra5um |)inum, Fser. 50, Nj. 13, 109, Isl. ii. 198, Grag. i. 359 ;
b. af marki, to alter the mark, 397. 5. to turn, alter, change; b. lit,
78
BREGDA— BREKKA.
litum, to change colour, to turn pale, ttc^ Fms. ii. 7, Vi'gl. 24 ; b. ser vi8
e-t, to alter one's mien, shew signs of pain, amotion, or the like, Nj. I16 ;
b. e-m i (or b. a sik) e-s liki, to turn one (by spdl) into another shape,
^ret. 13; at \>u brattt)t'r i merar liki, Oik, 37 ; hann bra a sik ymissa dyra
liki, Edda (pref.) 149. II. to break up or ojf. leave off, give up;
b. biii, to give up one's household, Gn'ig. i. 153, Eg. 116, 704 ; b. tjoldum,
to break up, strike the tents, Fms. iv. 302 ; b. samvist, to part, leave
off living together, ii. 295 ; b. radahag, to break off an engagement, esp.
wedding, 1 1 ; b. bo6i, to countermand a /east, 194 ; b. kaupi, to break off
a bargain, Nj. 51, Rd. 251 ; b. syslu, to leave off working, Fms. vi. 349 ;
b. svefni, bluiidi, to awake, Sdm. 2 ; smatt breg&r slikt svefni milium, Lv.
53 ; b. tali, to break off talking, Vapn. 22 ; b. orustu, to break off the battle,
Bret. : esp. freq. in poetry, b. hungri, fostu, sulti, to break or quell the
hunger (of the wolf) ; b. gle6i ; b. lift, fjorvi, to put to death, etc.. Lex.
Poet. 2. to break faith, promise, or the like ; b. mali, Grag. i. 148 ;
tninaSi, Nj. 141 ; brugftid var oUu sattmali, Hkr. ii. 121 ; b. heiti, Alvm.
3 : absol., ef boandi breg3r vi6 gri6mann {breaks a bargain), Grag. i.
153. 3. reflex., bregdask e-m (or absol.), to deceive, fail, in faith or
friendship ; Gunnarr kvaftsk aldri skyldu b. Njali ne sonum bans, Nj.
57 ; breg3sk \)U oss mi eigi, do not deceive us, Fms. vi. 1 7 ; vant er J)6 at
vita hverir m6r eru tniir ef feSrnir b., ii. 1 1 ; en {)eim brask framhlaupit,
i. e. they failed in the onslaught, vii. 298 ; J)at mun eigi breg8ask, that can-
not fail. Fas. ii. 526, Rb. 50 ; fair munu J)eir, at einord sinni haldi, er slikir
brugSusk vid oss, Fms. v. 36, Grett. 26 new Ed. III. [A. S.
brcedan, to braid, broider'], to 'braid,' knot, bind, the band, string being
in dat. ; hann breg&r i fiskinn 66rum enda, he braided the one end in the
fish, Finnb. 220 ; hon bra harinu undir belti ser, she braided her hair
under her belt ; (hann) bra (untied) brokabelti sinu. Fas. i. 47 ; er })eir
hof3u brugdid ka&li um, wound a cable round it, Fms. x. 53; hefir
strengrinn brugSizk littat af fotum honum, the rope had loosened off' his
feet, xi. 152 : but also simply and with ace, b. bragft, to braid a braid,
knit a knot. Eg. (in a verse) ; b. raS, to weave a plot, (cp. Gr. pdirreiv,
Lat. suere), Edda (in a verse) ; in the proper sense fletta and riSa, q. v.,
are more usual. 2. in wrestling ; b. e-m, the antagonist in dat., the
trick in ace, b. e-m brag8 (hael-krok, sveiflu, etc.) 3. recipr., of
mutual strife ; bregdask brogSum, to play one another tricks ; b. brigzlum,
to scold one another, Grag. ii. 1 46; b. frumhlaupum, of mutual aggres-
sion, 13, 48 ; breg&ask um e-t, to contest a thing, 66, cp. i. 34. 4.
part., brugSinn vi6 e-t, acquainted with a thing; munu6 J)it bratt brug5nir
vi& meira, i. e. you will soon have greater matters to deal with, Fs. 84 ;
hann er vi6 hvarttveggja b., he is well versed in both, Gisl. 51. IV.
metaph. to upbraid, blame, with dat. of the person and thing ; far bregQr
hinu betra, ef hann veit hit verra (a proverb), Nj. 227 ; {>6r3r bligr bra
honum \>vi {Thord threw it in his face), a |)6rsnesJ)ingi, at..., Landn.
loi ; Kalfr bra mer J)vi i dag, Fms. vi. 105 ; b. e-m brizglum, Nj. 227.
B. Neut. or absol. without a case, of swift, sudden motion. I.
b. a e-t, as, b. a leik, gaman, etc., to start or begin sporting, playing ;
Kimbi bra a gaman, K. took it playfully, i. e. laughed at it, Landn. 10 1 ;
b. a gamanmal, Fms. xi. 151 ; J)eir brugdu a glimu ok a glens, they started
wresding and playing, Ld. 220; bregSr hann (viz. the horse) a leik, the
horse broke into play, ran away, Fms. xi. 280 ; Gliimr svaraSi vel en
bra J)(') a sitt ra9. Glum gave a gentle answer, but went on in his own
way, Nj. 26, Fas. i. 250: the phrase, hcind bregSr a venju, the hand
is ready for its old work, Edda (Ht.) verse 26, cp. Nj. ch. 78 (in a
verse). 2. b. vi6, to start off, set about a thing without delay, at a
moment's notice, may in Engl, often be rendered by at once or the like ;
bra hann viS skjott ok for, he started off at once and went, Fms. i. 158 ;
J)eir brugSu vid skjott, ok var5 l)eim mjok vi9 felmt, i. e. they took to
their heels in a great fright, Nj. 105 ; |)eir brugau vib skjott, ok fara
t)aaan, 107; bregdr hon vi5 ok hleypr. Grett. 25 new Ed., Bjarn. 60;
hrossit bregSr mi vi6 hart, id. ; en er Clafr spur6i, at f)orsteinn haf3i
skjott vi5 brugSit, ok hafdi mikit fjolmenni, Ld. 2 28. p. b. til e-s, ^d, bra
Ingimundr til utanfer5ar, Ingimund started to go abroad, Sturl. i. 1 1 7 ;
b. til Graenlands ferdar, Fb. i. 430. II. reflex, to make a sudden
motion with the body; Rtitr briisk skjott vi3 undan hogginu, Nj. 28, 129 ;
b. via fast, to turn sharply, 58, 97 ; bregSsk ( = bregar) jarl mi vi& skjott
ok ferr, the earl started at once, Fms. xi. 1 1 ; hann brask aldregi vi6 {he
remained motionless) er {)eir pindu haim, heldr en J)eir lysti a stokk edr
stein, vii. 227. 2. metaph. and of a circumlocutory character; eigi
Jwetti mer ra3id, hvart ek niunda svti, skjott a boS brugSisk hafa, ef . . ., /
am not sure whether I should have been so hasty in bidding you, if. . ,,
Isl. ii. 156; bregSask a beina via e-n, to shew hospitality towards, Fms.
viii. 69, cp. bregda ser above. p. b. yfir, to exceed; heyra J)eir sva
mikinn guy at yfir briisk, they heard an awful crash, Mag. 6 ; {)a bnisk
J)at J)6 ytir jafnau {it surpassed) er konungr talaai, Fms. x. 322, yet these
last two instances may be better read ' barst,' vide bera C. IV ; bregdask
likunnr, reidr . . . via e-t, to be startled at the novelty of a thing, v. 258 ;
b. reiar via, to get excited, angry at a thing, etc.
C. Impers. I. the phrase, e-m breg3r vi& e-t, of strong
emotions, fear, anger, or the like ; bra J)eim mjok via, er J)au sfi. hann
inn ganga, it startled them much, when they saw him come in, Nj. 68 ;
Flosa brk sv4 vi8, at hann var 1 andliti stundum sem bloS, 177 ; en MM
f6stru Melkorku mest viS J)essi tiaindi, i.e. this news most affected Ud-
korka's nurse, Ld. 82 ; aldri hefi ek mannsbloa sea, ok veit ek eigi hn
mer bregdr via, I wot not how it will touch me, Nj. 59 ; bra honum $»a
via, at hann gerdi folvan i andliti ... ok ^ann veg bra honum opt din
{he was oft since then taken in such fits), J)a er vigahugr var 4 honum,
Glum. 342 ; en via hoggit bra Glsesi sva at . . ., Eb. 324 ; Jjorkell spnrij
ef honum hefdi brugait nokkut via J)essa syslu. — Ekki sjam v& U
brugait hafa via J)etta, en J)6 syndist mer J)er aar brugdit, Fmj. li.
148. p. bregda i briin, to be amazed, shocked, Fms. i. 214; b&tui
Guarunu mjok i briin um atbura J)enna allan saman, Ld. 326, Nj. ii-
J)at hlsEgir mik at {)eim mun i briin b., 239 ; mi bregdr monnum i brit
mjok {people were very much startled), J)vi at margir hofdu a8r em
frett af haft, Band. 7. II. with prepp. vi8, til, i, af; of appear-
ances, kynligu, undarliga bregdr via, it has a weird look, looks uncmns.
of visions, dreams, or the like ; en J)6 bregdr mi kynligu via, nndin
J)ykir mer mi gaflaait hvart-tveggja undan hiisinu, Isl. ii. 352,Nj. 62,
197, Gisl. 83 ; mi bregar undrum via, id., Fms. i. 292. m,
e-m bregSr til e-s, one person turns out like another, cp. the Danish 'at
slsegte en paa ;' J)at er maelt at fjordungi bregdi til fostrs, the foslering
makes the fourth part of the man, Nj. 64; en ]pvi bregar mer til foreWris
mins, in that I am like my father, Hkr. iii. 223 ; er J)at likast, at J)er bregJi
meir i J)raela aettina en {jveraeinga, it is too likely, that thou wilt show tbystlj
rather to be kith and kin to the thrall's house than to that of Tbivercdnear.
Fb. i. 434 ; b. til bernsku, to be childish, Al. 3. p. bregSr af vexfi
hans fra iidrum selum, his shape differs from that of any other seals, St.
41 new Ed. (afbrigdi). IV. to cease; e-u bregOr, it ceases; sva
hart ... at nyt (dat.) bregai, {to drive the ewes) so fast that they fml
{to give milk), Grag. ii. 231 ; J)essu tali bregdr aldri '( = J)etta tal bregzk
aldri), this calculation can never fail, Rb. 536; veSrattu (dat.) bra eigi
there was no change in the weather, Grett. 91 ; skini solar bra, them
grew dim, Geisli 19 ; fjorvi feigra bra, the life of the 'feys' came torn
end (poet.), Fms. vi. 316 (in a verse); bra fiistu, hungri, lilfe, ata,
the hunger of wolf and eagle was abated, is a freq. phrase with tht
poets. V. of a sudden appearance ; klaaa (dat.) bra a hvamuna,
the eye-lids itched, Fms. v. 96 : of light passing swiftly by, J)ii bra Ijonu
af LogafjoUum, Hkv. 1. 15 ; Ijosi bregdr fyrir, a light passes before tbeeyi;
mey bra mer fyrir hvarma steina, a maid passed before my eyes, Snot li;.
J)ar via ugg (dat.) at J)rjotum bra, i, e. the rogues were taken by fear, ijo.
brei3, f. = breiaa.
breiSa, dd, [Ulf. braidjan; Germ, breitenl, to 'broaden,' unfold; h.
feld a hofua ser, to spread a cloak on the head, Nj. 164; b. lit, A)/a,v
out for drying, Sd. 179, Ld. 290, Fbr. 17, chiefly of hay; b. vol! and !•.
hey a voll, Jb. 193 ; b. e-t yfir e-n, to cover one in a thing, chiefly of the
bed-clothes, Nj. 20, Fms. viii. 237 ; b. lit hendr, to stretch out the bani\
vii. 250, Th. 9; b. fadm, irf., Rm. 16, Pass. 34. 2 ; b. bord (mod.,b. iborJi.
to lay the cloth on the table, Bs. ii. 42.
brei3a, u, f. a drift, flock, of snow, hay, or the like ; also fjar-brdJa, c
flock of white sheep ; abreiaa, a cover, etc.
breiQ-bselingr, m. a nickname, a man from BreidabolstaS, Sturl.
breidd, f. [Goth, braidei], breadth, Alg. 372, Grag. i. 498, Symb.22.
Fms. X. 272 : metaph., Skalda 175.
brei3-d8elskr, adj. /row Broaddale in Iceland, Landn., Nj.
Brei3-fir3ingr, m. a man from Broadflrth in Iceland, Nj., Landn., etc.
brei3-flrzkr, adj. belonging to, a native of Broadflrth, Landn., etc.
brei3ka, aa, to grow broad, Krok. 52.
brei3-leiki (-leikr), a, m. breadth, Stj. 56.
brei3-leitr, adj. broad of face, aspect, Hkr. ii. 405, Grett. 90 A.
BREIDR, adj. neut. breitt, [Ulf. braids; Scot, brade; A.S. '
Engl, broad; Germ, breit'], broad, Ld. 276, Nj. 35, 91, Grdg. ■
Fms. iv. 42, vi. 297 ; fjorar b. ok langr, Eb. 8 ; breida stofa, b. bn
broad chamber, Dipl. iii. 4, v. 2. p. a breiaan, adv. in breadth.
viii. 416, X. 13 : neut. as adv., standa breitt, to spread over a wide -,
Edda 10.
brei3-vaxinn, part, broad-framed, stout, Grett. 89.
brei3-6x, f. [old Dan. breth oxa; Germ, breitaxt; A.S. brad «■
broad axe, N. G. L. i. loi, Fms. ix. 33, Isl. ii. 210, v.L, Bret. 84. '•
36, Orkn. 360 ; ' brand-ox,' Ed. 1. c, is a false reading.
BHEE, n. a law term, a fraudulent purchase of land, liable to the
lesser outlawry, Grag. ii. 24I, 242 : hence the proverb, sa hafi b. e
beidist, let him have b. that bids for it, i. e. volenti non fit injuria, Grett.
135 new Ed., Fas. iii. 202. 2. pi. freaks, chiefly of children; »<*
barna J)inna brekum skalt | brosa ei no skemtan halt, Hiist. 49.
breka, aa, to keep asking, of importunate requests, Fms. vi. 246: th«
proverb, latum barn hafa Jiat er brekar, |jidr. 51, no: neut., b. til ^-S-
Al. 114.
BREKAKT, n. [Gael. braecan = tartan'], a stitched bed cover.
brek-bo3, n. a fraudulent bidding (of land), Grtig. ii. 242.
breki, a, m., poet, a breaker, Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet.
BEEKKA, u, f. [Swed. and Engl, brink], a slope, Orkn. 244. Eg- 1^'
Gisl. 33, Gliim. 395 ; b. briin, the edge of a slope, Sturl. ii. 75 ; hvel, SkJ. ^-
BREKKUBRUN— BRIGDA.
79
local names in led. : as a law tenn, the hill where public meet-
;re held and laws promulgated, etc., hence the phrase, leiSa i
to proclaim a bondsman free ; ef J)raeli er gefit frelsi, ok or hann
Idr i Icig edr b., Gn'ig. i. 358. compds : brekku-brun, v. above,
ii-megin, n. strength to climb the crest of a hill.
laust, n. adj./raudless, Gnig. i. 137, 200.
T&5, n. pi. a law term, an attempt at fraudulent acquisition (v.
luni. 347, Boll. 352.
sekd, f. a law term, a fraudulent, mock outlawry in order to dis-
from pleading his case, defined Griig. i. 121.
visi, f. an importunate request, Ld. 134.
u, f. a trick; vei8i-brella, a ruse, brellinn, adj. = bellinn.
;la, a3, to distort, = heygl^. Fas. iii.
ETNA, an old obsol. form brinna ; pret. brann, •2nd pers. brant,
ranst ; pi. brunnu ; sup. brunnit ; pres. brenn, 3rd pers. brennr ;
r, Grag. ii. 295, Fms. vii. 20 (in a verse) ; breim (dropping the
56 ; with the neg. suffix, brennr-at (now urit), 153, [Ulf. brinnan ;
•■nan ; Early Engl, to ' brenn ;' Germ, brennen ; the strong form is
obsolete in Germ.] : — to burn : 1. of a light ; J)eir J)6ttust
Ijos b., Nj. n8, Fas. i. 340 ; hraelog brunnu (blazed) af vapnum
5s. i. 509 : of a candle, to burn out, eigi lengr en kerti ftat brennr,
41, 342; cp. Fms. viii. 276. 2. to be consumed by fire ;
n var brunninn, Fms. xi. 420 ; mi breSr viSara en hann vildi, the
ads wider than he would, Grag. 1. c. p. of a volcano ; er her
raunit, er mi stiindu vor a, Bs. i. 22; brann ^a Borgarhraun,
78, Ann. several times. y. b. upp, to be burnt up, Griig. i. 459,
42 ; b. inni, to perish by fire, G^l. 252, Nj. 198, 200. 8. to
ms. xi. 288. €. to be scolded, Eb. 198 ; skulu grunir grautar
J)eir er J)u brant, 200. 3. metaph. in the phrase, e-t or e-s
ennr vi6, one's lot or portion of meat gets burnt in the cooking,
the worst of it ; broth 'brennr viS,' is burnt; ortu baendr fiegar
rdagann (they made an otidaught), en ]p6 brann bratt J)eirra hlutr
it grew soon too hot fsrioSfftf-Sjui^ iv . 250; Sigur6r kva6 sitt
vi& brenna, quoth Sigurd, he would get the worst of it, i. e. it
ever do, Faer. 236 : the phrase, e-t brennr fyrir, or e-t rautt brennr
bright hopes, rautt mun fyrir b. ok til virOingar smia, Fs. 68 ;
I nokkut fyrir b. er fier komit heim, Fas. iii. 81.
d, with ace. to burn ; b. bal, to burn or light a balefire,
S. (in a verse). 2. to destroy by fire, devastate, Fms. xi.
n. 1329, 1289 ; b. upp, to burn up, Eg. 49 ; b. e-n inni, to burn
e, Nj. 115, Grag. ii. 128, Landn. 215, v. 1. 3. medic, to
(of hot iron), Grag. ii. 133; b. e-m dila, to burn spots on one's back,
edic), Bs. i. 644. p. metaph. to brand one's back ; eigi J)urfu
t haelast vi& oss Nor8menn, margan dila hofum ver brent ]peim
, Hkr. iii. 148 ; b. e-m illan dila, id., Fbr. I90 (in a verse). -y.
to burn, i. e. make charcoal (cp. charcoal-burner), Grag. i.
8. part., brennt silfr, gull = skirt silfr, gull, pure silver, gold,
172, 152 ; eyrir brendr ( = eyrir brands silfrs), mork brend, Fms.
Hkr. iii. 12 ; b. gull, Fms. xi. 77.
a, u, i.fire, burning, Grag. ii. 129, Nj. 158, 199 ; Njals brenna,
tils brenna, etc., Ann. 962, loio: the burning of a dead
Ida 38 ( = balfor). p. astron., according to Finn Magnusson
ythol.) Sirius is called Loka brenna, the conflagration of Loki,
to the end of the world. compds: brennu-maSr, m. an
ry, Nj. 203. brennu-mdl, n. action for fire, Nj. 210.
saga, u, f. a tale of a fire, Nj. 269. brennu-staflr, m. the
here afire has been, Grag. ii. 128. brennu-sumar, n. a
of fires, Sturl. i. 165. brennu-vargr, m. a law term, an
ry (outlawed), defined N. G. L. i. 46, Sturl. iii. 261.
audi, m.fire, Fms. i. 63 (in a verse).
ir, m. id., Edda (Gl.)
i-steinii (brennu-steinn, brenna-steinn), m. brimstone,
Sks. 391; Icel. sulphur mentioned in the 12th and 13th cen-
rna b. S., D. I., H. E., etc. ; b. logi, a stdphur lowe ox flam£, Rb.
vatn, a sulphur well, Stj. 91 ; b. pefr, a smell of brimstone, id.
5TA, pret. brast, pi. brustu ; part, brostinn ; pres. brest, [A. S.
per metath. ; Engl. /o 6«rs/,- Germ, bersten ; Swed. brista ; Dan.
—to burst, be rent; jorSin brast (the earth burst) undir hesti
. 158; steinninn brast, the rock was rent, Bs. i. 5. p. to
tb a crash; brast ^k boginn i tva hluti, Hkr. i. 342, Gisl.
str rong, the rib of a barrel creaks, Jb. 398 : the hoops of a
esta (burst), Fs. 132 ; skulfu Kind, en brustu bond (of a tub),
1. 2. to crash, of the sound alone ; hofarnir brustu i vegg-
he hoofs dashed against the wall, Grett. 25 new Ed. ; hvat brast
tiatt, Hkr. i. 342 ; pii brast strengr li skipi, then twanged the bow-
n the ship, Fms. i. 182 ; brestandi bogi, the twanging bow, Hm.
p. to burst forth, of a stream, avalanche, or the like ; brestr 1165,
alanche, Gisl. 33 ; skri&a brast, id., Fms. v. 250; bl6& brestr tit,
I bursts out, from a blow, N.G. L. i; 342. y. a miht. term,
gtr, the ranks break inflight, when the host is seized by panic;
flotti i li6i Flosa, Nj. 246 ; er meginflottinii brast, Fms. viii. 229 ;^
brast \>{i. flotti 4 Vindum, xi. 333 ; bardagi brestr, the battle bursts out,
begins, (rare and as it seems fitr. \(y.). Fas. i. 34. 8. b. or b. a, to
hurst or break out, a storm, gale, cp. Bs. i, 78 (vide however s. v. bera
C. IV) : b. or b. ut, to ebb, but only of the first turning of the tide,
Bb. 2. 15 ; augu b., the eyes break in death, v. auga ; hence helbrostid
auga. II. impers., c-n (ace.) brestr e-t (ace), one lacks, falls
short of; brast Sigridi (ace.) fimm tigi hundrada, Dipl. v. 3 ; ef oss brestr
a borSi, if we fall short, get the worst of it, Fms. ix. 507 ; eigi brestr mik
iiraeSi, Fs. 62 ; a miS J)au er aldri mun fisk (Ed. wrongly fiskr) b., Biird.
169; ef eitt orS (ace.) brysti, Fms. iv. 71 ; hann vissi J)essa sina aetlan
brostna (frustrated), Bs. i. 289 ; J)at mun aldri b., that will never fail,
Grett. 24 new Ed. ; hamingjuna brestr, Fms. vi. 155 (Ed. hamingjan).
brestr, m. pi. ir, (old ace. pi. brestu, Jd. 25), an outburst, crash, Eb.
230, of a blow against a metal ring ; steinarnir komu saman, ok var3 J)ar
vi6 b. har, Gliim. 375 (cp. heraSs-brestr, va-brestr), Fms. xi. 6, 7, Fbr.
148, Hkr. i. 342 ; her-brestr, the crash produced by a sort of powder (cp.
Albertus Magnus), Bs. i. 798, 799 ; i j^eim eldi leku laus bjorg stor sem
kol a afli, sva at i J)eirra samkomu ur3u brestir sva storir, at heyrfti nor8r
um land (of a volcano), 803 ; miitti heyra stora bresti, i. e. the clash of
spears, Flov. 33. II. a chink, fissure, esp. in jewellery; b. a gulli,
Vkv. 25, cp. 24; voru gimsteinar sva heilir at eigi var b. a J)eim, Job.
623. 20 ; kom mer J)a i hug, at b. haf6i verit a hringnum, . . . fleiri
brestina, Ld. 126; cp. the phrase, berja i brestina, v. berja, to cry off a
bargain, Nj. 32. 2. metaph. a crack, chink; bresti er i J)eim ra6a-
hag hafa verit, Ld. 128. p. want, loss; hvert abati e6r b. i varS, Fms.
xi. 441 ; J)ar eptir fylgir b. bus, Bb. i. 12 ; hybyla-brestr, domestic misfor-
tune, Gisl. 79. III. a rattle (hrossa-brestr).
bretta, tt, [brattr], to turn upwards; h. halann, Hkv. Hjorv. 20; cp.
bera halann bratt: in mod. use of the clothes, sleeves, etc., to fold up;
b. nefi&, bryrnar : hence bretttir, f. pi. comical contortions of the face.
breyma, used as adj. ind., b. kottr, a she-cat at heat.
breysk-leikr (-leiki), m. weakness of body, Stj. 21 : in moral sense,
Magn. 504, K. A. 200.
BREYSKR, adj. (akin to brjosk), properly brittle; b. leirpottr,
a brittle earthen pot, Sks. 543 ; kerin b., Stell. i. 72 : chiefly metaph. in
moral sense, weak, infirm ; andinn er fiis, en holdiS er b., Matth. xxvi. 41,
Stj. 55, 248, Sks. 688. 13 : in mod. writing often spelt with i.
BB.EYTA, tt, [braut, via], to alter, change: breg3a implies the
notion of breach, breyta simply denotes change : with dat. ; b. farveg (of
a river), to form a new chantiel, Grag. i. 350, Nj. 4, Ld. 158, Fms. ii.
158, Fb. i. 292 ; flestar {>j63ir {)urfa at b. (transform) nafni hans til sinnar
tungu, Edda 14; J)a voru snjovar miklir ok breyttir (changed, become
impassable) vegir allir. Eg. 543, Rb. 262 (where the ace. is wrong). p.
reflex., hafa J)au ekki breyzk si6an, they have not changed since, Fms.
viii. 5. Y- '0 vary; b. hattum, to vary the metre, Edda 121 ; b. hari
sinu, to dress the hair, Greg. 45 ; b. malum, to speak rhetorically, dress one's
words, Fms. vi. 392 ; rettr ok b., plain and artificial, Edda 1 20 ; libreyttr,
plain. II. metaph., absol. without ease, to conduct oneself, act, do,
behave; ef vi3 breytum sva, if we do so, Nj. 202, Isl. ii. 181, Fms. i. 150 ;
b. eptir e-m, to imitate, Symb. 15 ; b. til e-s, to attempt, Gnig. ii.
94. 2. in mod. use chiefly in moral sense, to behave, conduct oneself;
b. vel, ilia, kristilega, cp. breytni, N. T., Vidal., Pass.
breyti-liga, adv. strangely, ¥s. 42, Korm. 54, Lv. 77, Fms. vi. 374.
breyti-ligr, adj. strange, Sturl. iii. 302.
breyting, f. change, N. G. L. i. 382.
breytinn, adj. variable. Post. 645. 90.
breytni, f. change; gora b. a um e-t, to make an alteration in a thing.
Fas. iii. 155, Mag. 5, Fs. 98; b. i klxbnabi, fashion, N. G. L. iii. 262 :
new fashion, Grag. i. 338 ; ny-breytni, Snot 68 ; hann kva3st eigi nenna
enn um sinn at hafa J)essa b., he said that he was not yet minded to, viz.
to be baptized, Fs. 77, Nj. 13 (shape, nature). 2. in mod. usage
chiefly moral conduct, acting ; eptir-breytni, imitation.
Brezkr, adj. Welsh, Fms., etc. ; mod. British.
BRIGD, f. [bregSa A. U], a law term, "-jus retrahendi,' a right to re-
claim, chiefly of landed property ; eiga b. til lands ; fyrnist J)a. eigi brigSin,
then the right of reclamation will not be lost, Grag. ii. 202 sqq. ; cp. Land-
bng& and Landbrig8a-J)attr, one of the sections of the law ; cp. also
6&als-brig& (Norse), vide GJ)1. 295 sqq. : also brig3 a domi, change of a
doom or sentence, Sks. 588 B : kaupa e-t i brigS vi3 annan, to purchase a
thing already bought by another man, Rd. 252 ; engi brig8 (neut. ace.
pi. enga ?) mun ek her ii giira, where brig3 nearly means protest, Fms.
ii. 25. 2. gener. breaking, breach; vimittu-brigd, breach of friend-
ship, fickleness, Hm. 83. compd : brig3ar-ina3r, m. a law term,
one whose lands are escheated, but may be redeemed, Grdg. ii. 253,
Gj^l. 290.
brigfla, 3, (mod. a3), [breg3a], a law term, to escheat; with ace, b.
land, lond, Grag. ii. 202 sqq. ; b. e-m frelsi, to abrogate, i. 203 ; b. fe (of
the forfeiture of a deposit), 183. In the Norse sense, vide GJ)1. 295 sqq.,
Jb. 188 sqq., Dipl. v. 16. 2. with dat. (irreg.), b. jcirSu, GJ)1. 300 :
to make void, b. domi, 23; b. sattmali, Stj. 382 : part. brig3andi =
brig3arma3r, Grag. ii. 204.
80
BEIGDI— BRJOTA.
brigSi, n. = brig8, Anecd. 14, Mk. 144: cp. conipds lit-brig5i, gloam-
ing; vebr-hngbi, change o/iveatber; af-brig5i, etc.
brigfli-ligr (brig3ligr), adj. and -liga, adv. variable, Stj. 1 17, Sks.
203, 627 B, 677. 8, 2.
brigd-kaup, 11. a void bargain, because of another man having a prior
right of purchase, N. G. L. iii. 177.
brig3-lyndi, i. fickleness, Hkr. iii. 273.
brig3-lyiidr, a.d]. fickle, Sturl. iii. 123.
brigfl-mseli, n. breach 0/ promise, Korni. 56, Fnis. vii. 305.
brigdr, 3.d]. faithless, fickle, Hm. 90, 125 ; brigt (unsafe) ^yki mer at
triia {>randi, ¥xt. 226.
brig3-r8B3i, n. fickleness, a whimsy, Edda 1 10 (new Ed. i. 544, note 26).
brig3-ull, adj. variable, fickle, unsafe. Fas. iii. 456.
brig3-verpi, n. a cast in another man's fishery, Gfil. 426.
brigzla, aS, (derived from brigd and breg6a), to upbraid, with dat. of
the person and thing; b. oss J)vi, at ver . . ., Fms. ii. 227 ; honum se J)vi
brigzlat, that it be throwtt in his teeth, Fser. loo, Al. 2 : with ace. of the
thing (rare), Stj. 42, Anecd. 30: in mod. use, b. e-m um e-t, Mar. 153
(Fr.) : absol., b. e-m ok haeSa, Mar. 1. c. II. medic, of broken
bones (brixla saman) when they are only rudely healed.
brigzli and brigzl, n., chiefly in pi. blame, sha?ne, Stj. 176. Gen. xxx.
23 ; b. ok i'llygi, Hom. 76, Fms. i. 270, ii. 6q ; eilift b., everlasting shame,
X. 222 ; fsera e-m e-t i brigzli, to throto a thing in one's teeth, Lv. 59;
hafaatbrigzlum,Nj. 223 ; brigzla-lauss, blameless, Fms. viii.136. II.
medic, callificatio ossimn, the callus left after bone-fractures.
brigzl-yr3i, n. pi. words of blame, Nj. 223, v. 1.
BHIM, n. [A. S. brim — aestus^, surf, Faer. 174, Eg. 99; bo5ar ok b.,
Grag. ii. 385 ; sker ok b., Eg. 161, Landn. 84, 276, Hkr. i. 228. p.
potjt. the sea.
brim-gangr, m. the dashing of surf , Ann. 13 1 2.
brim-hlj63, n. the roar of surf .
brimill, m. pi. lar, \bremol, Ivar Aasen], phoca fetida mas, also
called brim-selr = utselr, a big sort of seal, HofuQl. 5: Brimils-gja, a
local name.
brim-lauss, adj. (-leysa, u, f.), surfiess, calm, N. G. L. i. 139.
brim-orri, a, m. anas nigra, a duck, Edda (Gl.)
brim-rot, n. furious suif.
brim-saltr, adj. salt as the sea.
brim-sorfinn, part, (rocks) surf-worn. Eg. 142.
brim-steinn, m. brimstone (?), a nickname, Fms. ix.
brim-stormr, m. a gale raising surf, Stj. 26, 89.
brim-tog, n. a rope used to tug a boat through the surf, GJ)1.
427.
BRIIvrGrA, u, f., Lat. sternum, the chest (brjost, pectus), Nj. 24, Eb.
182, Eg. 719 : the phrase, e-m skytr skelk i briogu, one gets frightened.
Eg. 49, Fb. i. 418. p, the breast-piece, brisket, Stj. 310. Exod. xxx. 27,
= bringu-kollr. y. metaph. a soft grassy slope, hence GuU-bringur,
the golden slopes, whence Gullbringu sysla in Icel. compds : bringu-
bein, n. the breast-bone, Finnb. 256. bringu-brei3r, adj. broad-
chested, Ld. 296, Sturl. ii. 133. bringu-kollr, v. above. bringu-
s^r, n. a wound in the chest, Sturl. ii. 138, Ld. 140. bringu-teinar,
m. pl. = bringspalir. Fas. iii. 392.
bring-spelir, m. pi. (mod. bringspalir, Isl. ii. 55, 447, or bring-
smalir, f. pi.), the ' breast-rails, breast-bars,' the brisket or part where
the lower ribs are joined with the cartilago ensiformis (the h;rtespone of
Chaucer), Isl. 1. c, Fms. ii. 151, GullJ). 21 ; bringspolum (dat.), Grag. ii.
16; bringspolu (ace), Gisl. 106; bringspala (gen.), Sturl. i. 140; bring-
speli (ace), Grett. 123 new Ed.: often in such phrases as, finna til (to
feel pain) fyrir bringspolunum ; [cp. Fr. espalier^
brinni, a, m. aflame, Haustl. 13.
BRIS, n., medic, schirrus, gristle. Eel. ix. 208 : the phrase, bita a
brisinu, metaphor from a gristly piece of meat.
BRfK, f., gen. ar, pi. brikr, [Engl, brick; Fr. brique; Swed. bricka;
Dan. brikke = cbess-tnan in a game], properly a square tablet, e. g. altaris-
brik, an altar-piece, Vm. 10, Bs. ii. 487 : in the Sagas often of a low
screen between the pillars (stafir), separating the bedrooms (hvilurum)
from the chief room, GJ)1. 345, Fms. v. 339, Sturl. ii. 228, iii. 219, Korm.
182 : — in mod. usage brik means a small tablet with carved work, one at
the foot and one at the head of a bed, (hof6a-brik, fota-brik.) p. in
Norway (Ivar Aasen) used of a small table placed at the door ; in this
sense it seems to be used Bs. i. (Laur. S.) 854. compds : brikar-
buningr, m. and brikar-kl8e3i, brikar-tjald, n. covering for a tablet,
D. I. i. 268, Vm. 10, 24. brikar-nef, n. a 7iickname, Bs. i.
brimi, a, m.fire, poiit., Edda (Gl.) : brimir, m., poet, a sword. Lex.
Poet. : a mythic, abode, Vsp. 43.
brji, 8, (cp. braga), to flicker, Stj. 389, |>i6r. 1 14; brjandi birti, Bs. ii.
(in a verse), brjdndi, part, flickering, Stj. 389.
bijdl, n. showy trifles, in a poem of A.D. 1410 ; cp. or5a-brjal, showy
words.
brj^la, a&, to flutter; to confound, disorder: reflex., Orkn. 204 old Ed.
(mod. word), brjdladr, part. 07ie deranged of mind.
BEJ(5SK, n. [Swed. and Dan. hrusli], gristle, cartilage, Fas. i.
bein eSa b., Grag. ii. 12, 120.
BRJ(3ST, n. (brysti, provinc. Icel.), [Ulf. brusts, f. pi. = o'T^eos and
anXa-yx^o.'' A.S. breost; Engl, breast ; H el. 6r/os/, n. pi. ; Swed. 6ros/-
Dan. bryst, n. ; Germ, brust, f.] : — the breast ; h. ok kviSr, Eg. 5 79, Nj. 05 •
ond i brjosti, K.Jj.K. 26 ; Lat. uber, a woman's breast, in pi., fae9a bam a
hrjosti, feed a bairn at the breast, Bs. i. 666, Str. 18, Stj. 429 : mod. chiefly
in pi. = Lat. mammae; hafa barn si brjostum; brjosta-mjolk, milk from
the breast; brjosta-mein, medic, ulcus or abscessus mammarum, Fel. ix.
202 ; brjosta-verkr, mastody?na (of women), id. II. with the
ancients the breast was thought to be the abode of the mind, as wdl
as of feeling, hence it is poet, called hug-borg, mun-strond, rei5 rynis,
minnis knorr, etc., the castle, strand, wain, ship of mind, of thought, 0/
memory, etc., vide Lex. Poet., Edda 105, Hofu31. i, Stor. 18; thus brjojt
freq. metaph. means feeling, temper, disposition ; hafa ekki b. til e-s, to
have no heart for it; kenna i brjosti um e-n, to '■feel in the breast' Jor
one, feel compassion for ; mun hann vera J)ralyndr sem fa&ir hans, en
hafa brjost verra, a harder heart, Sturl. iii. 144, Bs. ii. 70, 41 ; lata eiei
allt fyrir brjosti brenna, of a hardy, daring man ; e-m rennr i brjost, of a
light slumber, esp. of one sick. p. the front, of a wave, Bs. i. 484; b,
fylkingar, of a line. Eg. 268, Fms. v. 77. y. metaph. the breast-work
or protector of one; b. ok hlifskjoldr, Horn. 95 ; bera (vera) b. fyrir e-ra,
to be one's defender, to shield one, Fms. vii. 263, x. 235 ; the phrase, vinna
ei9 fyrir brjosti e-s, on one's behalf, GJ)1. 484.
brjost-afl, n. strength of chest, Sks. 372.
brjost-barn, n. a child at the breast, Stj. 227, Fs. 154,
bijost-bjorg, f. a breast-plate, Sks. 406.
brj6st-brag3, n. compassion, Barl. 4.
brj6st-biana3r, m. a breast ornament, brooch, Js. 78.
bi^ost-drekkr, m. = brj6stbarn, Grag. i. 240.
brjost-fast, n. zd]. fixed in the heart, Fms. xi. 433.
brjost-festa, t, to fix in mind, Barl. 142.
brj6st-fri3r, m. peace of mind, 655 xxvii. 16.
brj6st-gj6r3, f. a saddle-girth, Stj. 397. Judg. viii. 26, Lv. 82.
brj6st-g63r, adj. (brj6st-g8e3i, n. pi.), tender-hearted.
brjost-heill, adj. having a sound chest, Fbr. 94, Mar. 655 xxxii.
brjost-kringla, u, f. a ' breast-disk,' brooch, Vkv. 24, 34. 1
brjost-leysi, n. heart-sinking, prostration, Bs. i. 387.
brjost-miegin, n. strength of mind or heart, Bs. i. 238, Mag. 88.
brjost-miikill, adj. broad-chested, Sks. 227 (of waves),
brjost-milkingr, m. a suckling, Matth. xxi. 16,
brj6st-rei3r, adj. enraged, JjiSr. i r6.
brjost-reip, n. a breast-rope, girdle, a nickname, Orkn.
brjost-stofa, u, f. a front room, D. N. (Fr.)
brjost-sullr, m. a tubercle in the lungs, Greg. 74.
brj6st-svi3i, a, m. heartburn. Fas. iii. 392, Fel. ix.
brjost-veiki, n. (bijost-veikr, adj.), chest-disease, Fel. ix.
brjost- veiU, adj. having a delicate chest.
brjost-vit, n. mother-wit, Bs. i. 164, Pass. 44. 17.
brjost-vitra, u, f. id., Bs. ii. 11.
brj6st-J)ili, n. = bj6rj)ili, a front wall, Sturl. ii. 66, Hom. 94.
brjost- J)ungt, n. adj., Bs. i. 644,(-J)yiigsli and -J)reyngsli, n.), asthma.
BB.JOTA, pret. braut ; 2nd pers. brautt is obsolete ; commonly brauzt
or brauztu, (3. H. 24 (in a verse), Fms. vi. 139 (in a verse of A.D. 1050);
pi. brutu ; sup. brotiS ; pres. bryt : [this word does not occur in Ulf.
and is unknown in Germ. ; the A. S. has breatan, breotan, but rarely
and in the sense to destroy, demolish: but the Scandin. dialects all
have it; Swed. bryta; Dan. bryde ; whereas the Goth, braican. Germ.
brechen, Engl, break are unknown to the Scandin. idioms. Du Cange
records a Latin-Spanish britare = destruere ; it is therefore likely that ^
it came into Spain with the Goths, although Ulfilas does not use it] :—
to break; with ace, Nj. 64, Bs. i. 346 ; {)eir brutu ba9a fotleggi 1
honum, Hom. 115; sumir brutu (htirt) hendr sinar, sumir faetr, Bs. i.
10; ef ma6r bry'tr tennr or hofSi manns, Grag. ii. II ; hvarz J)at
er hoggit, e9r brotiS, cut or broken, id. ; J)eir komu vi6 sker ok br;itu
styri, Fms. ix. 307 ; J>orm66r kva6 betra at roa minna ok brjota ekki,
Grett. ch. 50 : phrases as, b. a bak, to break the back, Fms. vii. 119; «
hals, the neck, Vigl. 21 ; b. i hjoli (hveli), to break on the wheel, of
capital punishment, Fms. xi. 372, Hom. 147; i {)eim bring stendr |)6rs
steinn, er {)eir menn voru brotnir um (on which the men were broken) er
til biota voru hafSir, Eb. 26. 2. denoting to destroy, demolish; h.
skurSgoS, Fms. x. 277, Bs. i. 10; {)eir hofSu broti5 hof en kristnaS
land, Fms. i. 32 ; Valgar9r braut krossa fyrir MerSi ok 611 heiliig
takn, Nj. 167. p. b. skip, to shipwreck (skip-brot) ; brutu {)ar skipit
allt i span, Nj. 282, Ld. 8, Landn. 149 : absol., hon kom a VikarsskwJ,
ok braut J)ar, 110: mi er a (a river) brytr af annars manns iandi,
Gt)l. 419; cp. land-brot. . 3. adding prepp. ; niSr, sundr, af, upp,
to break down, asunder, off, or the like ; sa er ni6r braut alia Jerusalem,
673- 51 ; b. niSr blotskap, Fms. iii. 165, viii. (pref.) ; brutu pa Baglar
af bnina, B. broke the bridge off, x. 33 1 ; b. sundr, ix. 48 2 ; b. upp, to
breakup; J)eir brutu upp J)ilit, Eg. 235; J)eir brutu upp biir hans (of
BIIJOTR— BROTTIILAUP.
81
irs), 593 ; b. upp. kirkju, Fnis. ix. 12 ; b. upp hliS, to break up a
K.p. K. 84. p. b. upp, to break up a package, unpack ; brj^tr
mi upp gersemar siiiar, Faer. 6 : — as a uaut. term, b. upp means to
out victuals for the mess, Dan. bakke op ; jarl ok bans mean b. upp
ok setjast til niatar, Fms. xi. 147 : milit., b. upp vapn means to take
prepare for battle (in a sea fight) ; brjota upp vi'ipn sin ok berjask,
85; menn brutu upp uni annan oil vapn, Fms. vi. 313 (in a
y. b. or b. saman, to fold (clothes or the like) ; b. sundr, to
I, Nj. 171 '• in mod. usage also b. bri^f, to fold a letter (hence brot,
lote the size of a book) ; b. upp brcf, to break a letter open, Barl.
b. bla6, to fold doivn a leaf in a book, etc. ; b. tit, to break {a
el) through, Landn. 65 (of a river) ; J)a var tit brotinn ossinn,
315. 4. various metaph. phrases; b. bag vi6, to fight, w.
Fas. i. 43; b. odd af oflscti sinu, to break the point off one's pride,
•nble oneself, Nj. 94 (where to disgrace oneself) ; b. straum fyrir
} break the stream for one, metaphor from a post or rock in a
1, to bear the brunt of battle, Orkn. 344 ; b. bekrann, vide bekri,
5. metaph. to break, violate, log, rett, etc. ; mun ek J)6
ffir J)inar sakir brjota login ne konungs tignina, e8a svil lands-
1, Fms. iv. 263 ; en J)L'r, konungr, brutu6 log a Agli, yoji broke the
t Egil's case. Eg. 416, Fms. x. 401 ; at {)u brjotir log J)in, xi. 93 ;
kyldi annars ra6 brjota, Bret.; b. a bak, to infringe, Fas. i. 528
»g-brot, laga-brot) ; b. af vid e-n, to wrong one, iii. 551 : in theol.
H.E. i. 460 (vide af-brot, mis-brot, crime, sin): absol. to trans-
brjota J)au ok baefti, ok giira hordom, K. A. 134. p. denoting
to force, co7npel ; b. menn til Kristni, Ld. 1 78, Fms. i. 142; til
Fs. 98 ; til hly6ni, to force to submission ; allt landsfolk var undir
riki J)eirra, all people were brought under their ride, Fms. iv. 64 ;
I hernaSi ok brytr undir sik vikinga. Odd. 22 ; b. konu til svefnis,
term, violare, Grag. i. 338. II. reflex., with prepp. i, or,
:, vi&, or adv. braut ; brjotask, to break in, out, etc. ; hann brauzk i
Hrolfs Knaka, Landn. 169; brjotumk ver \>{i burt or hiisinu, to
out of the house, Fas. i. 88; brjotask a, to break in upon, press ;
brauzk a hurOina, Onund tried to break iu the door, Fs. loi,
ii. 187 ; b. fram, to break forth, Bb. ; b. milli, to break out bcttveen,
634 ; b. lit, to break out, esp. in the metaph. sense of plague,
fire, or the like ; er lit bryzk vokvi ok lihreinindi, Greg. 22 (ut-
hreaking out, eruption) ; b. uni, to make a hard struggle (e. g.
fettered or pinioned) ; J)vi har5ara er hann brauzk um, Edda 20 ;
einn brauzk um i viik, Fs. 146; af ofrgangi elds J)ess er um
(rages) i grundvollum laudsins, Sks. 151 ; b. vi6 e-t, to struggle
) hard against; |)eir brutusk vi& skoga e&r stora steina, of en-
Derserkers, Fas. i. 515 : metaph. to fight hard against, hann brauzk
5inn ly'6, Fms. xi. 396 ; b. vi9 ofrefli, to fight against odds, Isl. ii.
bsol. to strive hard, Stj. 411 ; Hiikoni jarli var ekki mikit um at
borgargorSina, Haco did not care to exert himself much about
the burg, Fms. ix. 46 : with dat., b. vi5 e-u, to fight against (in
ense) ; b. vifl gaefu sinni, to break with one's good luck, iv. 233 ;
forlogunum, to struggle against fate, Fs. 20 ; b. i c-u, to be busy,
neself in a thing ; eigi ^arftii i ]pessu at brjotask lengr, i.e. give
ms. iii. 102 ; \>vi at J)essi ma8r Olafr bryzk i miklu ofrefli, this
Have struggles against great odds, iv. 77. 2. recipr., {)eir
sva naer, at brutusk ararnar fyrir, that they broke one another's
ms. viii. 216. III. impers. in a pass, sense; skipit (ace.)
span, the ship rvas broken to pieces, Ld. 142 ; skip J>angbrands
ustr vi6 BiilandshofSa, Nj. 162 ; tok lit skip f>angbrands ok braut
Bs. i. 15 : of a house, or the like, destroyed by wind or wave,
lit kirkju (ace), the church was blow?t down, 30 : the phrase,
(ace.) brytr a skeri, the stream is broken against a skerry (rock) ;
inn braut a iixlinni, the stream broke against his shoulders, Grett.
enew Ed.), the old Ed. straumrinn — not so well ; la (ace.) brytr, the
aks, abates, Edda (Ht. verse 78). IV. part, brotinn, broken ;
X ok brotin, Hkr. i. 343 : as adj. in such compds as fot-brotinn,
rotinn, hals-brotinn, hrygg-brotinn, etc., with broken leg, wing, etc.
r, m. one that breaks, a destroyer, mostly in compds or poet.,
7, Lex. Poet.
D, n. [Engl, broth; Germ. brod'\, broth: still used in the east of
)ccurs in the compd word bro8-gygr, a broth-cook, in a verse in the
Edda, and wrongly explained in Lex. Poet, to be = brau5-gy'gr.
i-geiri, a, m. a spear-formed piece (geiri, ^oar) of land, Dipl. iv.
;tt. 89, new Ed. brot- wrongly.
i-hdgg, n. a blow from a pike, Fms. ix. 528.
DDB, m. [A.S. brord; O.H.G. brort; Goth, hrozds is sug-
, a spike. Eg. 285. p. a kind of shaft, freq. in Lex. Poet.,
i. 211, Fas. ii. 118 ; handbogi (cross-bow) mcb tvennum tylptum
N.G. L. ii. 427; iirfa skeptra (shafts) eftr brodda, i. 202. y-
of an insect, Griind. 46 : metaph., dau3i, hvar er j^inn b., I Cor.
8. of the spikes in a sharped horse-shoe or other shoe, mann-
, ice-shoes, |jorst. Hv. 46, Eb. 238, 240, Acts ix. 5 ; in a moun-
s staff (Alpenstock), Bar6. 1 70. 2. metaph. [cp. O. H. G.
=ordo'], milit. the front (point) of a column or body of men, opp.
to hali, the rear; b. fylkingar and fylkingar broddr, Al. 56, 32 ; cp.
ferSar-broddr, farar-broddr, Ld. 96, of a train of cattle and sheep. p.
the phrase, vera i broddi lifsins, to be in the prime of life, Al. 29. y. the
milk of cows and ewes immediately after calving and lambing. 8,
botan. a spike on a plant.
brodd-skot, n. a shot with a shaft (b.), Fms. viii. 359, ix. 528.
brodd-spjot, n. a pike in the form of a bayonet. Fas. ii. 29.
brodd-stong, f. a (mountaineer' s) pole with an iron spike. Valla L. 2 1 2.
brodd-6r, f. a shaft, = hToddr, Fas. ii. 344.
BROK, n. bad, black grass; hence Brok-ey, an island, Landn.; cp.
broki, a, m. a nickname, Fms. ix.
brokkari, a, m. [brocaritis — a cart, Du Cange], prop, a cart-horse,
hence a trotter, Karl. 48 ; from brokk, n. a trot; brokka, ad, to trot;
freq. but of foreign origin.
BEOKKR, m., prop, a badger (?), [Germ., Scot., and Old Engl.
brock.'] p. the name of a dwarf, Edda. 2. a trotter, of a horse.
BROSA, brosti ; pres. brosi; sup. irreg. brosat, — to smile; {k'i brosti
Riitr, Nj. 35, Fms. ii. 197 ; b. at e-u, to smile at a thing ; at J)vi brosi ek,
at . . ., id., {>6r6. 26, Orkn. 374, Fms. v. 178 ; b. viS, to smile in reply ;
GnSriin leit vi& honum ok brosti vi6, Ld. 246, Fms. vi. 359 ; b. litinn
J)ann, Lat. subridere, iv. loi.
brosa, u, f. so in old writers, in mod. usage always bros, n., — a smile :
in the phrase, msela, svara, me3 (vi5) brosu, to reply with a smile; vi5
brosu, Sturl. ii. 195 ; me5 brosu, Orkn. 464.
bros-leitr, adj. of smiling face, Jjjal. 18.
bros-ligr, adj. comical, Sturl. i. 24, Fms. iii. 113.
BROSMA,u,f.j^rtc??« wzo7io/>/ery^«z/s, a fish, Norse brosme, f"dda(Gl.)
BROT, n. [brjota, cp. O.H.G, broti -fragilitas'], gencr. a broken
piece, fragment : 1. esp. in pi., gimsteina brot, 623. 20, 544. 39 ;
brota-silfr, old silver broken to be recast; mi eru tckin Grasidu brot,
Gisl. 18; gullhringrinn stiikk i tvii hluti, ok J)a er ek hugSa at brot-
unum..., Ld. 126 ; trogs brotin, 655 xxi ; brutu ^ar i Vikinni ok aetluSu
at giira ser skip or brotunum (a wrecked ship), Grett. 88 : in the compds
um-brot, fjor-brot, a hard struggle, convulsions, agony ; land-brot, deso-
lation of land by sea or rivers. 2. metaph. only in pi. violation; laga-
brot, breach of law ; mis-brot, af-brot, transgression, freq. in theol. writers :
arithm./rflc//o«s ; tuga-brot, decimals, etc. 3. sing, breaking, bein-brot,
q. V. ; sigla til brots, to run ashore under ftdl sail. Eg. 405 (skips-brot) ;
cp. haugs-brot, hrygg-brot. p. a fragment; sogu-brot, the fragment
of a tale, story ; h6]i.aT-hTot, the fragment of a MS. and the like. y.
a shallow place in a river, a firth, where the stream breaks and widens,
Griig. ii. 346. 8. medic, in the phrase, falla brot, to have an epileptic
fit; for the etymology see brotfall below: it is not qs. braut (away)
because it is constantly spelt with an o, even in MSS. that give ' braut' con-
stantly, e. g. the Miracle-book, Bs. i. 332-356 ; hann fell i brot, ok vissi
f)a ekki til sin liingum, 335, 336: a skin eruption (lit-brot). €. a sort
oi sledge of felled trees = broti ; let hann Jia faera undir hann brot (a lever?)
ok viS |)etta komu J)eir honum upp or dysinni, Eb. 315, Mar. 89 (Fr.)
brot-fall, n. [Ormul. bropp-fall], an epileptic ft ; the spelling in the
Ormulum shews the true etymology, viz. br65-fall or braS-fall, a sudden
fall ; brot- is an etymologizing blunder, 544. 39 ; fell sveinninn ni6r ok
hafSi brotfall, 655 xxx ; hann g6r3i ser orar, ok let sem hann felli i
brotfall, Landn. (Hb.) 214, Bs. i. 335, 317, 120, where spelt brottfall.
COMPD : brotfalls-sott, f. id., Fms. v. 213, Bs. i, 317.
brot-feldr, adj. epileptic, Karl. 547.
brot-hlj65, n. a crashing sound.
brot-heettr, adj. brittle; h. gler, brittle glass.
broti, a, m. trees felled in a wood and left lying, Fms. vii. 3 20 ; J)rong-
var merkr ok brota stora, viii. 31, 60, ix. 357.
brot-ligr, adj. guilty, Fms. xi. 444, Jb. 55, 1 12, 339.
brotna, a&, [brotinn], to be broken, Lzt.frangi, Nj. 19, K. {>. K. 54,
Fms. iv. 263 ; b. i span, to be broken to pieces. Eg. 405. This word is
used instead of pass, to brjota.
brotning, f. breaking, Horn. 137 ; rendering of Gr. K\dffis, Acts ii. 42.
BROTT- [vide braut II] : — aivay, in many compds.
brott-biiningr, m. preparation for departure, Isl. ii. 59, Fms. ix. 128.
brott-fer3, f. an away-going, departure, Fms. i. 69, Griig^ i. 274, Sks.
337' Fs. 7, Eg. 750. brottfer3ar-61, n. a parting banqtiet, Hkr. i. 216.
brott-flutning(mod. -ingr, m.), ^.carrying off, Grett. 88, Fms. viii. 251.
brott-fiisliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), eager to depart, Hkr. ii. 100.
brott-fiiss, adj. eager to depart, Fms. xi. 128.
brott-fysi, f. eagerness to come away, Fb. i. 188.
brott-f8ersla, u, f. transportation, Griig. ii. 358, 379, Jb. 219.
brott-for, f. = brottfer6. Eg. 587, Fms. ix. 129, Grag. i. 151,
COMPDS : brottfarar-leyfi, n. leave to go away, vacation, Orkn. 60,
Hkr. ii. 158. brottfarar-6l, n. = brottferSarol, Fms. i. 58.
brott-ganga, u, f. departure, Fms. v. 183.
brott-gangr, m. = brottganga. p. a law term, divorce, Ld. 134 (spelt
brautgangr). brottgangs-sok, f. a divorce-case,
brott-hald, n. a going away, Fms. vii. 197.
1 brott-hlaup, n. a running away, Fms. iv. 265, Eg. 422.
^ G
82
BROTTHVARF— BRUNDR.
brott-hvarf, n. disappearance, Fms. ix. 341.
brott-hofn, f. law term, a taking off, Giag. i. 217, 332, 420.
brott-kvima, u, f. a going away, Fms. ii. 298.
brott-laga, u, f., naut. a retiring, after battle, opp. to atlaga, Fms.
ii. 297.
brott-reiS, f. a riding away, Sturl. iii. 25.
brott-rekstr, rs, m. a driving away, expulsion, Stj. 43.
brott-sending, f. a sending away, Stj. 41.
brott-sigling, f. a sailing away, Fms. ii. 95.
brott-songr, m. divine service performed out of the curate's own
parish, Bs., Sturl., D. I.
brott-taka, u, f. (-tekning, f.), a taking away, Ann. 12 18.
brott-taekiligr, adj. removable, Stj. 4.
brott-varp, n. a throwing away, Sks. 388.
brott-vist, f. (-vera, u, f.), a being away, absence, Fms. vii. 48.
br63erni, n. brotherhood, Lzt. fraternitas, Bs. ii. 72, Mar. 24 (Fr.)
BR6DIII, gen. dat. ace. broSur; pi. nom. ace. brseftr, gen. braeSra,
dat. brae3rum : in mod. common usage irregular forms occur, as gen. sing.
br6&urs ; nom. sing., and gen. dat. ace. are also sometimes confounded,
esp. in keeping the nom. form broair through all cases, or even the reverse
(but rarely) in taking br68ur as a nom. ; another irregularity is ace. pi.
with the article, brttaur-nar instead of brae6ur-na, which latter form only
survives in writing, the former in speaking. There is besides an obsolete
poetical monosyllabic form brceSr, in nom. dat. ace. sing, and nom. ace.
pi. ; gen. sing. braeSrs ; cp. such rhymes as brceSr — oeSri, in a verse of
Einar Skiilason (died about 11 70); brgeSr (dat.) Sinfjcitla, Hkv. 2. 8,
as nom. sing., Fagrsk. 54, v. 1. (in a verse), etc., cp. Lex. Poet. This
form is very rare in prose, vide however Nj., Lat. Vers. Johnsonius, 204,
333. V. 1., and a few times in Stj., e.g. sins braeSr, sinn braeSr, 160; it
seems to be a Norse form, but occurs now and then in Icel. poetry even
of the 15th century, e.g. brae3r nom. sing, rhymes with rae9r. Skald H.
3. II, G. H. M. ii.482, but is quite strange to the spoken language : [Gr.
<t>pdTr]p; Lzt. /rater; Goth, bropar; A.S.bro^ar; Engl, brother ; Germ.
bruder; Swed.-Dan. broder, pi. brodre']: — a brother: proverbs referring
to this word — saman er brx6ra eign bezt at sja, Gisl. 1 7 ; einginn er annars
br66ir i leik ; m69ur-braE&rum verSa menn likastir, Bs. i. 134 : a distinc-
tion is made between b. samfeSri or sammse6ri, a brother having the same
father or mother, Grag. i. 170 sqq. : in mod. usage more usual al-br66ir,
brother on both sides; half-br66ir, a half-brother; b. skilgetinn,/ra/er
germanus; m66ur-br66ir, a mother's brother; f65ur-br66ir, a father's
brother, nncle; afa-br66ir, a grand-uncle on the father's side; ommu-
br68ir, a grand-uncle on the mother's side ; tengda-br68ir, a brother-
in-law : in familiar talk an uncle is called ' brother,' and an aunt ' sister.'
The ties of brotherhood were most sacred with the old Scandinavians ; a
brotherless man was a sort of orphan, cp. the proverb, berr er hverr a
baki nema ser br68ur eigi ; to revenge a brother's slaughter was a sacred
duty ; mi toku J)eir J)etta fastmaelum, at hvarr J)eirra skal hefna annars
e8r eptir maela, sva sem ^eir se sambornir brae8r, Bjarn. 58 : the word
bro&urbani signifies a deadly foe, with whom there can be no truce,
Hm. 88, Sdm. 35, Skm. 16, Hdl. 28 ; instances from the Sagas, Dropl. S.
(in fine), HeiSarv. S. ch. 22 sqq., Grett. S. eh. 50, 92 sqq.. Eg. ch. 23, Ld.
ch. 53 sqq., etc. The same feeling extended to foster-brotherhood, after
the rite of blending blood has been performed ; see the graphical descrip-
tions in Fbr. S. (the latter part of the Saga), Gisl. eh. 14 sqq., etc. The
universal peace of Fr66i in the mythical age is thus described, that ' no
one will draw the sword even if he finds his brother's slayer bound,' Gs.
verse 6 ; of the slaughter preceding and foreboding the Ragnarok (the
end of the world) it is said, that brothers will fight and put one another
to death, Vsp. 46. II. metaph. : 1. in a heathen sense ; fost-
br66ir, foster-brother, q. v. ; ei8-br66ir, svara-br65ir, ' oath-brother ;' leik-
br66ir, play-brother, play-fellow : concerning foster-brothership, v. esp.
Gisl. II, Fbr., Fas. iii. 375 sqq., Hervar. S., Nj. 39, Ls. 9, the phrase,
blanda blo&i saman. 2. in a Christian sense, brother, brethren,
N. T., H.E., Bs. p. a brother, friar; Svortu-brae6r, Blacltfriars ;
BerfsEttu-br2e8r, q. v. ; Kors-brae&r, Fratres Canonici, Bs., etc. compds :
I. sing., br63ur-arfr, m. a brother's inheritance, Orkn. 96, Fms. ix.
444. br63ur-bani, a, m. a brother's bane, fratricide, Ld. 236, Fms. iii.
2 1 , vide above. br63ur-baugr, m. weregild due to the brother, N. G. L.
i. 74. br63ur-bl63, n. o6ro/^er's6/oo(f, Stj. 42. Gen. iv. 10. br63ur-
bsetr, f. pi. weregild for a brother, Lv. 89. br63ur-dau3i, a, m.
a brother's death, Gisl. 34. br63ur-deild, f. =br63urhluti, Fr.
I)r63ur-d6ttir, f. a brother's daughter, niece, Grag. i. 170, Nj. 177 ;
bru6urd6ttur son, a brother's son, N. G. L. i. 76. br63ur-drdp, n. the
slaying of a brother, Stj. 43, Fms. v. 290. br63ur-gildr, adj. equal
in right (inheritance) to a brother, Fr. br63iir-gj61d, n. pi. =br66ur-
bxtr. Eg. 312. br63ur-hefnd, f. revenge for the slaying of a brother,
Sturl. ii. 68. br63ur-hluti, a, m. the share (as to weregild or inherit-
ance) of a brother, Gnig. ii. 175. br63ur-kona, u, f. a brother's
wife, K. A. 142. br63ur-kv&n, f. id., N. G. L. i. 170. br63ur-
168, n. a brother's share of inheritance. brdSiir-son, m. a brother's
son, nepheto, Nj. 122, Grag. i. 171, G]pl. 239, 240; br68ursoaa-baugr,,
' Grag. ii. 1 79. II. pi., brseSra-bani, v. brofturbani, Fbr.
braeSra-blSr, n. a friar's bower in a monastery, Dipl. v. 18. breec
bSrn, n. pi. cousins (agnate), G^l. 245. br8e3ra-d8etr, f. pi.
(of brothers), GJ)1. 246. br8e3ra-eign, f. property of brothers, G
brsedra-garSr, m. a ' brothers-yard,' monastery, D. N. br8e3ri!
n. fellowship of brethren, in heathen sense = fostbraeSralag, Hkr. iii
of friars, H.E., D.L; brotherhood. Pass. 9. 6. brae3ra-mar
astron., the Gemini, Pr. 477. br8e3ra-skd,li, a, m. an apartmem
friars, Vm. 109. brseSra-skipti, n. division of inheritatice an,
brothers, Hkr. iii. 52, Fas. i. 512. brseSra-synir, m. pi. cousins
brothers), GJ)1. 53.
br63ur-ligr, adj. brotherly, Fms. ii. 21, Hom. 26.
BBOK, pi. braekr, [Lat. braca, only in pi.] ; this word is of '
origin, and identical with the Gaelic braecan = tartan : I. -
or party-coloured cloth, from Gaelic breac = versicolor. Roman \'
oppose the Celtic 'braca' to the Roman 'toga;' Gallia Bracata, T
Gaul, and Gallia Togata ; ' versicolore sagulo, bracas, tegmen barba
indutus,' Tac. Hist. 2, 20, where it exactly answers to the Scot, tat
the national dress of Celts ; a similar sense remains in the Icel. na
lang-brok, a surname to a lady because of her tall stature, Nj., Lan
ha-brok, the poet, name of the hawk, from his chequered plumap"
Gm. 44 ; lo8-br6k, the name of the famous mythical Danish
shaggy coat, though the reason for the name is otherwise gi\
Ragn. S. ch. I ; the name of the Danish flag of war Dannebrr
Dana-brok, pannus Danicus. II. breeches, Scot, breek
sing, denoting one leg; fotinn ok brokina, Eb. 242 ; ok let hani:
laust kneit i brokinni, Fms. vii. 170: pi. skyrtu gyr6a i braekr.
39, Ld. 136, Stj. 63. Gen. ix. 22, Fbr. 160, Fms. xi. 150, Vaj
leista-braekr, breeches with the socks fixed to them, Eb. 1. c. ; bli'ii
(blue-striped) braekr, Nj. 184; the lesser outlawry might be inflicu
law on a woman wearing breeches, v. the curious passage in Ld. 1. (
35 ; the passage, berbeinn {)u stendr ok hefir brautingja giirvi, 1
Jiii hafir braekr J)inar, bare-legged thou standest, in beggarly attire,
out even thy breeches on, Hbl. 6 — the poet probably knew the Hit'
dress ; cp. also the story of king Magnus of Norway (died A. D. ] ;
hann hafdi mjok J)a siSu um klaeda buna&, sem titt var i Vestrli
(viz. Scotland), ok margir bans menn, at '{jeir gengu berleggjaSir,
stutta kyrtla ok sva yfirhafnir, ok kolluSu margir menn hann B<
e6r Berfaett, Fms. vii. 63 : proverbs, barni6 vex, en brokin ekk
bairti grows, but the breeks not, advice to mothers making the firs'
of breeks for a boy, not to make them too tight; J)etta ver6r aldi
i brok, this will never be a bairn in breeks, 1. e. this will nevt
coMPDS : broka-belti, n. a breeches belt, to keep them up, Sks
Fas. i. 47, Sturl. iii. 190. broka-vaSmil, n. cloth or stuff for \
246. brokar-sott, f. nymphomania, Fel. ix. 203.
brok-lauss, adj. breekless, Fms. viii. 448.
brok-lindi, a, m. a girdle (lindi) to keep up the b., Fbr. 160, Ld.
bru3ningr, m. [brySja], hard had food. Snot 216.
brug3ning, f. (m., Stj. 1. e., v. 1.), [breg6a], breach, violation, S^
6.s6 A, Skaldai83.
brugg, n. brewing, N. G. L. iii. 197. 2. metaph. macbitta
schetning. Mar. 52, Thom. 37.
BRUG-GA, a6, [Germ, brauen; A. S. brewan; Engl, brew;
brygge; Swed. brygga^: — to brew, but rare in this sense, the c
word being heita or gora 61, to heat or make ale; cp. 61-hita, 51-
cooking, making ale. 2. metaph. with dat. to trouble, confo
b. sattmali, Stj. 652 : more often with ace, 610: to concoct, schem
a bad sense, freq.)
brugginn, part, brewed, an air. \ey., Vtkv. 7 (b. mjoSr) : the sole
of a strong verb answering to the A. S. breovan, brav, and the old <
strong verb.
bruggu-kanna, u, f. a brewing can, Fr.
bruggu-ketill, m. a brewing kettle, Fr.
brullaup, v. bru5kaup.
BRUM, I. neut. a bud, Lat. gemma ; ^k hit fyrst
brum at J)rutna um varit 4 tillum aldinvi3i til laufs, Sks. 10,;
bruminu, Bs. ii. 165; birki-brum, a birch-bnd, Eyvind (in a v
Lex. Poet. II. metaph. and masc. spring, only in the p
ondverSan brum (ace.), in the early spring time, Sighvat (in a v.
i ondverSan brum J)inna daga, Bs. ii. 7. p. a motnent, in the ]
i J)enna (sama) brum ; i f enna brum kom Hringr Dagsson, is
description of the battle at Stiklastad, O. H. 218, cp. Fms.
(where v. 1. tima) ; ' i J)essu bruni,' Fms. ix. 24, is certainly :i
spelling for ' i J)enna brum :' cp. also the compd word nyja-bruiU, n<
newfangledness.
brumaSr, part, budded. Lex. Poet.
brtma, a3, to advance with the speed of fire ; b. fram, of a sta.
in the heat of battle, Mag. 2 : of .ships advancing under full sail.
viii. 131, 188 : freq. in mod. usage, Helius rann upp af J)vi fagra \
og brunaSi fram a |)a8 eirsterka himinhvolf, Od. iii. i, Bb. 3. 18.
^ brundr, m. [Germ. brunft\, semen animalium, Stj. 45. bi''
BRUNI— BRrJDKAUP.
83
5, f. ibe time ivben the ewes are blfesina (in Icel. usually the month
December), Bs. i. 873, Vm. 80.
SBtJNI, a, ni. [cp. Ulf. brunsts; Engl, to burn, burning], burning,
at- solar-bruni, Hkr. i. 5 ; Jja er hiisit tok at falla ofan af bruria {from
'fire), Orkn. 458 ; reykr e3r b., Nj. 201, Sks. 197. p. a barren heath
burnt lava-field as a local name in the west of Icel. 2. metaph.
niming passion, mostly in bad sense ; b. ofundar, of envy, P'ms. ii. 140 ;
la b., of lust, K. A. 104 ; but also triiar b., fire of faith (but rarely),
IS. V. 239 : medic, caustic, 655 xi. 2. compds : bruna-belti,
the torrid zone. brtma-domr, m. a sentence to be burnt, Stj. 46.
una-flekkr, m. a burnt fleck (spot), Fms. xi. 38. brvina-hraun,
a burnt lava-field, Biird. 179. bruna-vegr = brunabclti, Sks. 197.
una-t)efr, m. a smell of burning, 656 B. Bruna-61d, f. the Burning-
e,'\.t. the heathen time xuhen the dead were 67<r«/, preceding the Hauga-old
nim-age) according to Snorri, Hkr. pref. ; at ver munim hafna atrtinaSi
uin l)eim er fe3r varir hafa haft fyrir oss, ok allt foreldri, fyrst um
iina-old, oksiftan um Hauga-old, i. 141 : the ' Burning-age' is in Scandin.
-historical; relics are only found in the mythological time (v. above
. bal) and in law phrases and old sayings, such as branderfd, q. v.,
brands ok bals, v. brandr : ' brendr' is synonymous to 'dead' in the
Hm, ; at kveldi skal dag leyfa, konu er brcnd er, praise no wife till
is '■burnt' (i.e. buried), 70; and blindr er betri en brendr se, nytr
iigi nas, better to be blind than burnt, i. e. better blind tha/i dead and
■led, 80 ; but it does not follow that burning was used at the time
tn the poem was composed ; the saying had become proverbial.
runn-lsekr, m. a brooklet coming from a spring, = baejarlsekr, Grag.
, Jb. 247, Isl. ii. 91, Fms. ii. 201.
runn-migi, a, m. ' mingens in puteum,' a kind of hobgoblin who
luted the wells, Halfs S. ch. 5. Fas. ii. 29, mentioned only here, and
cnown to the present Icel. legends : — name of the fox, Edda (Gl.) ; cp.
proverb, skomm hundum, skitu refar i brunn karls, shame on the
■nds, the foxes defiled the carl's burn, Fms. vii. 21.
RUNNB. (old form bru3r), m. [Ulf. bruntia; A.S. bcerne ; Scot.
[ North. E. b7trn ; O. H. G. brunno ; Germ, brunn, all of them weak
ns, differing from the Scandin.-Icel. brunnr ; Dan. brbnd; Swed. brunn] :
r spring, well; the well was common to all, high and low, hence
proverbs, (allir) eiga sama til brunns a6 bera, i. e. {all) have the same
ds, wants, wishes, or the like ; allt ber a5 sama brunni, all turn to the
leuiell, all bear the same way, Grett. 137 ; seint aS byrgja brunninn er
ii6 er i dottiS, it is too late to shut the well when the bairn hasfalleii in ;
the Engl, proverb, ' It is useless to lock the stable door when the steed
tolen.' In mythol., the brunnr of Mimer (Edda 10, ll) is the well
.visdom, for a draught of which Odin pawned his eye ; probably sym-
ical of the sun sinking into the sea ; the pit Hvergelmir (Edda 3)
wers to the Gr. Tartarus; Stj. 612, Fms. ii. 83 : the word may also
used of running water, though this is not usual in Icel., where dis-
;tion is made between brunnr and Isekr, Grag. ii. 289, vide brunn-
r. 2. metaph. a spring, fountain ; b. hita (the sun), A. A. 5 ;
f. theol. of God, Christ, b. gaezku, miskunnar . . . , Greg. 33; me6
niii GuSlegrar spek6ar, 673 A. 49; b. maelsku, Eluc. 56.
:umi-vaka, u, f. a third horn in the forehead of an ox with which he
ned the ice during winter to get at the water ; hit fjorSa horn st66 or
i, ok ni8r fyrir augu honum, J)at var b. bans, Ld. 120.
•unn-vatn, n. spring-ivater, Bs. ii. 177.
runn-vigsla, u, f. consecration of wells, Bs. i. 450, cp. Isl. J3J66.
rutla (brutl, n., brutlan, f.), a5, [brytja] : — to waste, spend, esp.
:rifles; prop, to chop.
BTJ, gen. briiar; nom. pi. bruar, Grag. i. 149, ii. 277, Eg. 529;
r, Bs. i. 65 (Hungrvaka), is a bad spelling, cp. Landn. 332 (Mantissa) ;
li. pi. bry'r, which last form never occurs in old writers ; dat. sing.
. gen. pi. briia, dat. brum: [A.S. brycg and bricg ; Scot, brigg ;
■m.brucke; Dan. bro; cp. bryggja] : — a bridge, Sturl. i. 244, 255,
), iii. 24. In early times bridges, as well as ferries, roads, and hos-
'Is, were works of charity, erected for the soul's health ; hence the
les saelu-hiis {hospital), saelu-bru (soul-bridge). In the Swedish-Runic
ies such bridges are often mentioned, built by pious kinsmen for the
Is of the dead, Baut. 41, 97, 119, 124, 146, 559, 796, 829, 1112,
The Icel. Libri Datici of the 12th century speak of sheltering the
T and the traveller, making roads, ferries, churches, and bridges, as
harge upon donations (salu-gjafir) ; jjat fo {)arf eigi til tiundar at telja,
ii9r er til GuSs J)akka gefit, hvart sem ^at er til kirkna lagit e9r
:i, e5r til saelu-skipa, K. p. K. 142, cp. D. I. i. 279, 402. compds :
iar-fundr, m. the battle at the Bridge, Sturl. ii. 256 (A.D. 1242).
iaa:-g6r3, f. bridge-making, Grag. ii. 266. bruar-spor5r, m.
■r8r, the tail of a fish], tete-de-pont, Germ, bruckenkopf, whereas the
;• takes the metaphor from fi.shes touching the banks with their tails,
246, Bs. i. 17.
'ua, a6, to bridge over, Fms. i. 123 : metaph., Sks. 788.
■'ufla, u, f a doll, puppet, Fms. xi. 309 ; st61-bru5a (literally chair-bride),
pillar in carved work on the side of an old-fashioned chair ; in Fbr. 98
head of Thor was carved on the chair ; Grinia kona Gamla atti stol
' einn mikinn, en a briiaum stolsins var skorinn {)6rr, ok var {)at mikit
likneski, cp. the classical passage Eb. ch. 4 ; var har hennar bundit vi8
st61bru8urnar, BarS. 175 (in the vellum MS. distinctly brud^nar) : a dis-
tinction in form and inflexion is always made between bru8r, a bride, and
hvuhd., puppet; hence the .saying, 'to sit like a bniSa,' i.e. motionless,
not stirring a limb ; blaum skryddr skruSa, skikkanlegri en bn'iSa, more
quiet than a b., Sig. Pet. 229 ; the sense of ndprj and vviupt) in Greek is
analogous.
brud-bekkr, m. the bride's bench ; in old wedding feasts the bride and
bridesmaids were seated on the bride's bench, the bride in the middle ; the
ladies were seated on the pallr or |)verpallr (the dais or ladies' bench),
turning their faces to look down the hall ; the bnidbekkr was the seat
of honour, and the central part of the dais ; cp. the phrase, bru3r sat ' a
mi6jum palli,' i.e. 'a briiabekk,' Ld. 296, Sd. 151, Lv. 37, Isl. ii. 350,
Nj. 50 ; vide bekkr, pp. 56, 57.
brud-f6, n. a bride's fee; cp. the 'duty to the priest and clerk' in
the Engl, service ; the bride's fee is mentioned in the beautiful heathen
poem {jrymskviSa (our chief authority in these matters), 29, 32 ; where
it is a fee or gift of the bride to the giant maid. It seems to be a fee
paid by the guests for attendance and waiting. Unfortunately there is
a lacuna in verse 29, the last part of which refers to the bekkjargjof (vide
57) ; the poem is only left in a single MS. and the text cannot be restored.
It is curious that {>kv. 32 calls this {ee ' shillings,' cp. Germ, braut schilling
(Grimm) ; it shews that the bride's fee was paid in small pieces of
money.
bru8-fer3 and briifl-for, f. a bride's journey, Landn. 304, cp. P's. 1 24,
Rd. 255, Fms. iv. 180, Eg. 701, Grag. i. 441 A ; as a rule the bride-
groom was to carry his bride home, or she was carried home to him,
and the wedding feast was held at the house and at the cost of the
• bridegroom or his parents. The bride came attended and followed by
her bridesmaids, friends, and kinsmen, sometimes a host of men ; hence
originate the words briidferS, bru6f6r, and perhaps even bru5hlaup,
etc. ' Dress the hall ! now the bride is to turn homeward with me,'
says the bridegroom-dwarf in the beginning of the poem Alvismal ;
so the bride Freyja travels to the wedding at the giant's, |>kv., cp.
Rm. 37 ; — ba5u hennar, ok heim oku, giptu Karli, gekk hon und lini,
Ld. ch. 7, Nj. ch. 34, Har6. S. ch. 4, Sturl. iii. 181 sqq. In some cases,
to shew deference to the father of the bride, the feast might be held at
his house, Nj. ch. 2 (skyldi hob vera at Mar6ar), ch. 10, 14, Lv. ch. 12 ;
cp. the curious case, Sturl. i. 226. In Icel., where there were no inns, the
law ordered that a bride and bridegroom, when on the bride's journey,
had the same right as members of parliament on their journey to the par-
liament ; every farmer was bound to shelter at least six of the party, sup-
posing that the bride or bridegroom was among the number, K. f>. K. 94.
One who turned them out was liable to the lesser outlawry, Grag. i. 441. «
bniS-gumi, a, m. [Ulf. uses brupfaps, not brupguma ; A. S. bryd-
guma; Hd. brudigomo ; O.E..G. prutigomo ; Germ, brdutigatn ; Dan.
brudgom; Swed. brudgumme ; from briiSr, a bride, and gumi, a man =
Lat. homo ; the Engl, inserts a spurious r, bridegroom] :■ — a ' bride's
man,' bridegroom; sva sem gumi er kallaSr i bru6f6r, Edda 107, Grag. i.
175. Nj. 25, Sturl. iii. 182, Isl. ii. 250. compd : brii3guina-rei3,
f. a ' bridegroom's ride ;' at weddings the bridegroom, as the host, had
to meet his guests (boSsmenn) a quarter of a mile from his house ; here
he entertained them in tents, where they remained and enjoyed themselves
till evening ; when darkness began to set in, the party rode home in
a procession drawn up two and two ; this was called briiSguma-reid.
The last bridegroom's ride on record in Icel. was that of Eggert
Olafsson, just a hundred years ago, at his wedding at Reykholt in the
autumn of 1767 A. D. A minute description of this last Icel. b. exists in
a MS. (in the possession of Maurer, in Munich). An interesting treatise
upon the wedding feasts in Icel. in the Middle Ages, down to the i8th
century, is among the Icel. MSS. in the Bodleian Library, no. 130.
brla3-hj6n, n. pi. the wedding pair.
bru3-livila, u, f. a bridal bed (lectus nuptialis), Bret.
brij.3-kaup and brul-laup, n. a wedding feast, bridal ; these two
words are identical in sense, but different in etymology ; bru3kaup,
prop, bride's bargain, refers to the old notion, that marriage was a bargain
or purchase, not that the bride was bought herself, but the word refers
to the exchange of mundr (by the bridegroom) and heimanfylgja (by
the bride's father), vide these words ; hence the allit. phrase, mey mundi
keypt, and mundr and mey (' mund' and maid) ; again, brullaup,
[qs. bru6-hlaup, bride's leap, cp. Germ, brautlatif, M. H. G. brutlouf
Swed. brbllopp, Dan. bryllup; Grimm mentions an A.S. brydlop (not
found in Grein's Glossary or Bosworth's A. S. Dictionary) ; the full form
bru&hlaup scarcely occurs in very old MSS., it is found in the Jatv. S.
MS. A.D. 1360, but only assimilated, Grag. i. 303, 311, 1. i] refers
either to the bride's journey = bni6f6r, or to some bridal procession on
the wedding day, probably the first ; but in fact both words are only used
of the wedding feast, the Engl. ' bridal,' A. S. bryd-eala. At the wedding
feast the contract, though agreed upon at the espousals (festar), was to be
read ; to make a lawful ' bruSkaup' there must be at least six guests — {)a
G 2
84
BRUDKAUPSPERD— BRYGGJA.
er brullaiip gert at liiguin, cf logniSandi fastnar konu, eiida so sex mcnn
at bruUaupi et faesta, ok gangi bniSguniiiin i Ijosi i sama saeing komi,
Grag. i. 175 ; ra&a b., to fix the wedding day, Nj. 4 ; vera at brullaupi,
Ld. 70; drekka b., to drink, i.e. hold, a wedding, 16, Fms. iv. 196;
koma til b., Sturl. iii. 182 ; gcira b., Fms. i. 150; gora b. til, to wed.
Eg. 160, Landn. 243; veita b., Eb. 140: as to the time of wedding,
vide Grag. i. 311. compds : bru3kaups-fer3, f. = bru8fer3, Sturl.
iii. 177. bni3kaups-g6r3, f. holding a wedding, Fs. 21, K. {j. K.
114, N.G. L. i. 16. bru9kaups-kl8e3i, n. a tuedding-garment,
Matth. xxii. 11. bni3kaups-kostr, m. the cost of a wedding,
D. N. iv. 1 74. bru3kaups-stefna, u, f. a ivedding meeting, wed-
ding feast, Nj. 40, Fms. ii. 49, vi. 395. bru3kaups-veizla, u, f. a
wedding feast, Fms. vii. 278, ix. 345, Hkr. iii. 404. bru3kaups-
vitni, n. a marriage-witness, GJ)1. 224.
bru3-kona, u, f. a bridesmaid; hafi harm (viz. the bridegroom) briiS-
menn, en hon (the bride) bni6-konur, N. G. L. i. 27 ; J)a skal haiin (the
bridegroom) sitja milium bru6manna, en hon (the bride) milium bru6-
kveiiiia, ii. 305.
bru3-ma3r, m. a bridegroom's man, N. G. L. i. 27 : collect, the brides-
men and bridesmaids when on a bride's journey, Grag. i. 436, Eg. 20 1,
Rd. 270.
bru3-niessa, u, f. the marriage-service, H. E. i. 527.
BRtJDK, f., dat. ace. briiai ; pi. briiftir : [Ulf. renders the Gr. vvixcprj
by brups, Matth. x. 35 (where the Gr. word means nurtts) ; John iii. 29
(where it means bride) is lost in Ulf., but no doubt 'brums' was also
used there; A.S. bryde ; Engl, bride; O.H.G. prut; Germ, brant;
Dan.-Svved. brud'\: — a bride; Germans use'braut' in the sense of be-
trothed, but Icel. call a girl festar-mey {betrothed) from the espousal
till she sets out for the wedding journey, when she becomes ' bride ;' in
mod. usage the word only applies to the wedding day ; konur skipu5u
pall, ok var bru5rin dopr, Nj. 11 ; sat HallgerSr a palli, ok var bruftrin
allkat, 18; var bru6rin i fiir med {)eim, 50; briiSr sat a miSjum palli,
en til annarrar handar {>orger5r dottir hennar, 51 ; bru3r sat a mi6jan
pall ok |>orlaug a. a5ra ok Geirlaug a a5ra (the ladies' seat of honour
was nearest to the bride on her right and left hand), Lv. 37 ; konur satu
k palli, ok sat Helga hin Fagra naest bru6inni, Isl. ii. 251. p. in a
wider sense, the bridesmaids ( = bruSkonur) sitting on the ' bride's
bench' are called brides; sat f)a JjorgerSr (Ed. and MSS. wrongly {jor-
halla) me3al brii9a, then Thorgerda was seated among the ' brides,' i. e.
on the bride's bench, being herself bride, Nj. 51 ; cp. also J>kv. 25, hvar
sattu 'bru6ir' (ace. pi.) bita hvassara? Answ., saka ek bnidir bita en
breiSara : in poetry, girls, maids in general, Lex. Poet. : metaph. and
theol., b. Gu6s, b. Kristi = /^e church, H.E., Vidal., etc. compds:
bru3ar-bekkr, m. = bru6bekkr. bru3ar-efni, n. a bride to be,
bride-elect, Bar9. 1 75. bru3ar-gangr, m. the bridal procession ; both
the procession to and from the church (first the maids and women, then
the ladies, and the bride, as the chief person, last) ; and again, the pro-
cession of the bride and ladies from the bride's room (bni&arhus) into the
hall, where the men were assembled with the bridegroom. After grace had
been said, both in the stofa, to the men, and in the bride's-bower, to the
ladies, two dishes were served; a toast, called Heilags Anda skal or
Heilags Anda minni {Holy Ghost's toast), perhaps a continuation of the
heathen Bragarfull, was then given ; at this signal the marshal (si6ama9r)
went up to the bride's room and summoned the brides (ladies) to come
down to the stofa and join the men ; this was the second procession.
The bride then sat on the bride's chair, and every one took his lady, and
the feast went on in common. This custom is obsolete, but the word
remains; a slow, stately walk, with an air of importance in measured
steps, is called in Icel. a ' bride's tvallc' like that of brides on a wedding
day ; [cp. Germ. brautgangP^ bru3ar-hus, n. a bride's chamber, the
room where the bride and ladies were seated at a wedding during the morn-
ing and the beginning of the wedding feast, 625. 167. bru3ar-lin, n.
the bride's veil; the bride was veiled during the wedding, and according
to f>kv. 19 she took the veil when she set out for the ' bru6f6r.' This
was the only time in life when a woman was veiled, hence ganga und lini,
to walk under veil, to be veiled, is synonymous with to wed, marry ; giptu
Kadi, gekk hon und lini, Rm. 37 ; setjask und ripti, id., 20 ; bundu \€\x
Jjor \k bru8ar lini, J>kv. 191, 15 ; laut und linu, lysti at kyssa, he (viz. the
bridegroom) louted under the veil, him list to Mss, 2"] ; Giidnin (the bride)
sat innar a ^verpalli, ok {)ar konur hja henni, ok haf6i lin a hofSi, i. e.
she sat wearing a veil, Ld. 296. bruSar-stoll, m. the bride's chair,
N.G.L. i. 184.
BE.TJK, n. dried heaps of sea-weed, Bs. i. 527, Sturl. ii. 69, Njar8. 380,
Fms. vi. 376 (in a verse) : metaph. big words, Grett. 101 C.
BRUKA, a5, [cp. Lzt. frRgi,frux,fructus,frm; A.S. brncan; Germ.
hrauchen; Dm\. bruge ; Svftd. bruke, borrowed from Germ.]: — to use,
with ace, borrowed from Germ, through Dan.; it seems not to have
come into use before the 1 7th century ; it never occurs in the Icel. N. T.,
and even not in Pass.; in Vidalin (died A. D. 1720) it is used now and
then; and at present, although used in common talk, it is avoided in
writing. It is curious that the language has no special expression for to ^
use, Lat. uti (hafa, beita neyta, or other words indirectly beariui
sense are used); derived forms — as brukandi, brukanligp,
obrukanligr, adj. unfit, useless — are used, but sound ill. br(
f. ?/se, is preferred for briik, n., Dan. brug = use, etc.
BRTJN, f., old pi. bry'nn, mod. bryr ; the old form remains i
phrase, bera e-m e-t a bryn (qs. brynn) : — eye-brow (brA = eye-lid).
xi. 274; kom {the blow) a briinina, ok hljop hon ofan fyrir aug;
bindr upp briinina, {>orst. St. 49 ; or briinunum ofan nefi5,
368; skegg ok brynn, Stj. 318; bra e8r bruna, Edda 109.
reference to frames of mind ; to lift the eye-brows denoting a pi
able state ; to drop them, a moody frame ; in phrases, bregSa i
(brynn ?), to be amazed, v. bregSa ; lypta bninum, to lift the eye-i
to be glad, cheerftd, Fs. 18; hof {)a upp brun (impers.), their
cleared, Bs. i. 637, Eg. 55 ; siga la;tr J)u brynn fyrir brar, cp. the
to knit the brows, Hkv. Hjorv. 19 ; er hann sa at J>6rr let siga bi
ofan fyrir augun, Edda 28 ; hleypa briinum, id., Eg. 305, henc
brynn, glad; J)ung-brynn, moody; briin-olvi, id.; hafa brcigS
briinum, to look wicanny. Band. ; vera (so and so) undir bnin at 1
look so and so, esp. in an uncanny sense, Nj. 55, Orkn. 284; b''
e-t ii brynn (vide bera B. I. )3), Greg. 51, Rd. 241. II.
the brow of a fell, moor, etc. (fjalls-bnin, heidar-briin, veggjai
is-briin, the edge of ice ; a framanverSri briininni, efstu briininni,
mountain edge, Sturl. i. 84 : the first beam of day in the sky (dag-
litil briin af degi ; lands-bnin, the ' lands-brow,' i. e. the first si;'
mountain above the water. compds : bruna-bein, n. pi. //
of the brow, Sturl. i. 180, Hei8arv. S. (in a verse). bruna-rr
adj. heavy-browed. Eg. 304. bruna-si3r, adj. having long ovo
ing brows. Eg. 304, v. 1. briina-skur3r, m. cutting the hair tt
across the brows (as in the later Roman time), Ld. 272.
BRtJIf, f. a kindof stuff ox tapestry (for. word), Vm. 24, 31, \\(
Pm. 25, Bs. i. 762.
bruna3r, adj. (dark) coloured, Fms. viii. 217, Sks. 286.
briin-dss, m. the wall-plate, i. e. the beam (ass) along the edge \
of the walls on which the cross-beams rest, Nj. 114, 202, Bs. i. 8c
brun-gras, n. ' brown-grass,' probably Iceland moss, Finnb. 2 \
= bronugros, q. v. (?)
brIin-hvTtr, adj. white-browed, epithet of a fair lady, Hym. 8.
briin-klukka, u, f. ' brown-bell,' name of an insect found in st; ;
pools, Eggert Itin. § 600.
bnin-moalottr, adj. (a horse) of tnouse-grey colour with a blacl
down the back, Hrafn. 5.
BRtJNN, adj. [A.S. brun; Germ, brauti], brown, Hkr. iii. 8:
iii. 336; bnin klsedi, black dress, of the dress of a divine, Bs. i 1)
'svartr' is never used of a horse, but briinn, dark-brown, wheren
is jarpr, Nj. 167, Grett. 122 A, Bs. i. 670, cp. Sturl. ii. 32 ; a blai
is called Briinn, a mare Briinka ; dcikk-briinn, rau8-brunn, darl^
red-brown, etc. The word is not much in use.
brun-8i3r, adj. = briinasi8r, with overhanging brows, {>i5r. 179.
brun-61vi, adj. a word spelt in different ways, found in about 1
passages. brunSlr, Bjarn. 62 ; briinvolvi, Fb. i. 186; brunvai:
357; briincilvi, Fms. xi. 114; briinolfr, Jomsv. S. 32 (Ed. i8j :
frowning, with a wolfish brow, look, [from briin and lilfr, a wolf.
BRTJSI, a, m. a buck, he-goat, Edda (Gl.) : name of a giant, F
214. In Norway (I var Aasen), a lock of hair on the forehead of
is called ' bruse.' In Icel. a. an earthen jar, to keep wine or s:
(cp. Scot, greybeard, Scott's Monastery, ch. 9), no doubt froi;
being in the shape of a bearded head. This has given rise to tht
little poem of Hallgrim called Skeggkarlsvisur, Skyldir eruni vi6
karl tveir, a comparison between Man and Greybeard (Skeggkarl-
carle); cp. leir-briisi = brusi; flot-briisi, Hym. 26. ^.abird,cf,
maximus, called so in the north of Icel., but else heimbrini. Egg'
§ SS^- !!• ^ pr- name of a man, Landn.
briiskr, m. a ' brush,' tuft of hair, crest of a helmet, etc.
bru-steinn, m. pavement, Eb. 120.
brydda, dd, [broddr], to prick, point : a. to sharp or ro7tgb r
in shoeing him, Hm. 89 : to spit, pin, Sturl. iii. 85 G. p. '
the point; sva langt sem bsenar-krossinn a Saevarlandi bryddir
Melshonii, of a v\evf,juit shewing the point, Dipl. iii. 1 1 : metaph. /'
torment, Str. 25 ; b. a illu, 6jafna9i, to shew, utter, evil, injustice,
to line a garment, (akin to bor&, bor6i.)
brydding, f. lining, N. G. L. iii. no. 2 and 10, D. N., freq. in moi;
bry3ja, u, f. a sort of trough, Stj. 1 78. Gen. xxx. 38. II.
woman, a hag, v. the following word.
BRYDJA, bruddi, brutt, no doubt qs. brytja, prop, to chop n
teeth, used of chewing biscuits or other hard brittle food; cp. pro
Ital. rotta, which is used in the very same sense, from Lat. rupij
bry8ja comes from brjota, brytja.
BRYGGJA, u, f. [v. brii, Scot, brlgg'], a pier, landing-stage,
way. Eg. 75, 530, Hkr. ii. 11, Ld. 190, Fms. i. 158, ix. 478, 503, a
The piers were movable, and were carried about in trading ships ;
such phrases as, skjota bryggjum (skut-bryggja), to shoot out tbegan «
BRYGGJUBUD— BUKLARAFETILL.
85
embarking or loading the ship, 2. seldom = bridge, D. I. i. 404. '
Kiiglish local names, Stanfur6ii-bryggja, Lunduiia-bryggja, Stamford-
ige, London-bridge, Hkr., Fms. vi. compds : bryggju-bu3, f.
ier-sbop, N. G. L. iii. no. 49. bryggju-fotr, m. the head {end) of
ier, a cognoni., Fms. bryggju-ker, n. a tub at the pier, Fms. x.
5. bryggju-lsegi, n. a lying with the gangway shot out, Grag. i.
Hkr. ii. 213. bryggju-mangari, a, ni. a ' bridge-monger,' sbop-
Cer at a landing-pier, N. G. L. iii. bryggju-sporflr, in. the end,
d of a pier, Griig. i. 92, Eg. 121, Fms. iv. 41.
(^n-brok, f. war-breeches, Sks. 405.
ryn-glofi, a, m. a war-glove, gauntlet, N. G. L. i. 247, El., Karl., etc.
ryn-hattr and -hOttr, m. and -hetta, u, f. a war-bat, Al. 78, Karl.
h 239-
ryn-hosa, u, i. war-hose, greaves, Stj.46i,Sks. 405.1 Sam. xvu. 6.
RYNJA, u, f. [Ulf. 6>7«/o; A.S. burn; Hd.bry-nio; O.H.G.brimja;
:d. brynja ; Dan. brynie^ : — a coat of mail, in olden times woven of
;s (hringa-brynja, ring-mail), hence in poetry called hring-skyrta, a
in-mail sark or shirt, with epithets such as ' iron sewed, knit, woven,'
the like, Lex. Poi't.: the breast-plate, spanga-brynja (Fms.vii. 264, viii.
^588), is of later date, viz. of the time of the Crusades and the following
S vide Fms. i. 43, ii. 309, iv. 65, vi. 410, 41 1, vii. 45, 46, viii. 403,
137, v.l. etc. etc., Bs. i. 526, 528, 624. compds : brynju-bitr,
mail-biter, name of a sword, Sturl. brynju-b6nd, u. pi. cords
fasten the b., Karl. brynju-liattr and -lietta = brynhattr.
-nju-hdlsbjSrg, f. a hauberk. brynju-hringr, m. the ring of a
[■ of mail. Fas. i. 197. brynju-lauss, adj. without a coat of mail,
\mered, Sturl. ii. 146, Fms. vi. 416 (in a verse). brynju-meistari,
ji. a smith of a b., N. G. L. ii. 246. brynju-rokkr, ni. a coat
j rm. rocli] of mail, Kark
jmja, a&, to cover with a coat of mail, Rom. 219; mostly in part. pass.
njadr, wearing a coat of mail, Fms. v. 161, Orkn. 148 : reflex, to
hn a coat of mail. El. 103.
jm-klixngr, m. a sort of weapon, = LsLt. lupus, Sks. 419.
jra-knifr, m. a war-knife, dirk, Sks. 406.
lyn-koUa, u, f. = mid. Lat. collare, a collar of mail, Fms. viii. 404.
ynna, t, [brunnr], to water cattle, with dat. of the beasts ; b. nautum,
lida 163, Dropl. 34.
:ni-8takkr, m. a mail-jacket, Faer. no, Lv. 107.
'/n-stilka, u, f. a mail-sleeve, Fms. ii. 323, viii. 387.
7n-tr611, n. a sort of halberd, Ld. 148, Valla L. 208, Eg. 121, 122,
y.K. 170, Thom. 343, Stj. 461. I Sam. xvii. 7, where the translator
;i of the spear of Goliah — slikt er mi kallat b.
.(Ti-tvari, a, m. a sort of halberd, probably synonymous to bryn-
li, defined in Eg. 285, Fas. iii. 387.
jlYTI, old gen. brytja, mod. bryta, m. [A.S. hrytta = villicus;
iipan. bryde'], a steward, bailiff. This word occurs twice or thrice in
books, of the bailiffs, of private farms, Nj. 201, Jjorf. S. Karl. 408,
47; also of the two bishops' bailiffs, Bs. i. 247, 477, 839, 848,
e bryti is inferior to radsmaSr, a steward, and denotes the head-
trer in the bishop's homestead. In Denmark it was more in use,
treatise of N. M. Petersen (' Bonde og Bryde') upon the subject,
ill Ann. for Nord. Oldk. 1847 ; even used in Denmark as a pr. name,
teuiard, Stewart in the Brit. Isles, Hkr. i. 228; bryta eSr hinum
1 manni er i bae er staddr, GJ)1. 428 : the bryti was in Norway the
■bondsman, tveir ^raelar, J)j6nn ok bryti, N. G. L. i. 70, 36.
^tja, a&, [brjota-brotinn ; A.S. bryttjan = to deal out'], to chop, esp.
iitcher's meat, Isl. ii. 337 ; sva brytju ver grisina, Sd. 163 ; b. biife,
0, Stj. 41 1. Judg. xiv. 6 (as he would have ' rent' a kid) ; b. ni6r, to
'own, as a carcase, Fms. vii. 123 ; b. mat, to chop vieat, viii. 221.
1 'tjan, f. chopping, Grdg. i. 148, 466.
't-skdlm, f. a chopper, Gisl. 80.
't-trog, n. a butcher's trough, {)ryml. 3. 60.
na, d, [brua], to whet, sharpen, ' bring to an edge ;' b. Ija, knif, sverS,
St a scythe, knife, sword, Edda 48, Isl. ii. 348, Fs. 62. p. naut. to
a boat or ship half a-shore, put her on the ' edge ' of the sea-board ;
P skipi, Nj. 19, Fs. 145, 147, Fms. viii. 333, v.l. 2. metaph.
s; on, incite, Al. 33.
na, u, f whetting; mowers call 'bryna' the amount of mowing
before the scythe wants whetting again.
Tii, n. a whetstone, Isl. ii. 348, Fas. iii. 43, 44. 2. metaph.
(rendering of the Lat. incitamenta gulae), Rom. 306.
Tiing, f. a whetting, sharpening, esp. metaph. egging on, sharpening ;
"rst um y5r sonu miiia, J)urli {)er bryningina, Ld. 240; segir, at
,)cir teki& bryningunni, Hkr. ii. 239.
"'igr, adj. = brynn.
*Tin, adj. [brun], prop, 'edged;' but. only used metaph. prompt,
; cf bryn fefong laegi fyrir, ready means, Fms. iv. 298 ; bryn mala-
an evident, plain case, Ld. 66, Gisl. 119, 123; bryn sok, a just,
f cause, Sturl. iii. 237 ; bryn viirn, a clear case of defence. Band. 15
bry at erindi, a pressing errand, business ; brynn byrr, a straight.
having such or such a brow, in compds, Jjung-brynn, I^tt-bry'nn, sam-
bry'nn, q. v.
br8e3a, dd, [bra5], to tnelt, Sks. 145 ; b. jjikul, snjo, is, Fms. iii. 180,
ix. 355' K. A. 6; b. lysi, to make oil. 2. metaph. to hurry; mi
seinkaSa ek, en \)u brseddir heldr, / tarried, but you hurried, Dropl.
25. 3. [bra&, n.], to tar, pitch; b. hiis, skip, timbr, kirkju, etc.,
Fms. i. 291, v. 331, Vm. 62, Eg. 90, N.G. L. ii. 247, GJ)1. 81.
brseSi, f. [bruSr], anger, ire, temper, Eliic. 41 ; i hrxbi, in a passion,
Fms. vii. 130, Pass. 8. 14; meb braefti, with ire, Stj. 153. brsBfii-
mseli, n. pi. angry language, Sks. 25.
breeflrunga, u, f. [broSir], a female first cousin, Grug. i. 346, Fms,
vii. 274, Post. 656 A. ii. 15.
brffidrungr, m. [broftir], a first cousin (agnate), Gr&g. i, 171, ii, 172 ;
also = brxdrunga ; hon var braeSrungr, she was first cousin, Asny'jar, Grett.
87. COMPDS : br8e3rungs-barn, n. child of a first cousin, G^l. 244.
breeSrtings- and breeSrtinga-baugr, m. the share ofweregild due to
first cousins, N. G. L. i. 75, Grag. ii. 185.
braekja, u, f. a brackish, bad taste, brsekir, m. a cognom., Landn.
brseklingar, m. pi. [brok], ' breechlings,' a nickname of the Irish,
Morkinsk. (Fr.)
brsDkta, t, [Dan. brcege ; Ivar Aasen, brceka, brakta], to bleat; b. sem
geit, to bleat like a she-goat, Fbr. 212 (rare).
brsela, d, [Fr. brtller], to burn, in the allit. phrase, brenna ok brsela.
brsela, u, f. thick smoke and fire ( = svaEla).
brogflottr, adj. [bragS], crafty, cunning. Eg. 283, Gliim. 379, Hav. 56,
br6g5u-ligr, adj. cunning-looking, Mag. 7.
BROLTA, t, [bratl and bratla, Ivar Aasen], to tumble about (as a cow
in a bog), Ld. 328, Nj. 27, Jomsv.S. (Ed. 1S24), p. 38 (breylti) ; Fms. xi.
129 has a false reading breysti, br61t, n. a tumbling about.
brOrr, m. [A.S. brcer'], a briar, Haustl. 14; the explanation given in
Lex. Poet, is scarcely right.
BROSK, n. a noise, crackling, Eb. 97 new Ed. note I.
br6stuliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), in the phrase, lata b., to brag, Sturl. i.
140 C, [cp. braska = /o twist, Ivar Aasen.]
budda, u, f. a purse, (mod.)
BUDKR, bauSkr, Art. 7, mod. contr. baukr, m. [a for. word
derived from Gr. dvoBrjKr] ; mid. Lat. apotheca ; Ital. bottega ; Fr. bou-
tique; O. H.G. buttick ; mod. Germ, bottich; hence Germ, bottcher,
Dan. budker, mod. Icel. beykir = a cooper]: — a box, originally a box to
keep herbs and balsams in; tva bu9ka me5 balsamum, Bs. i. 872, Mar.
43; budkr nokkurr er hiisfreyja atti. Glum. 378, Stj. 215: Bauka-
Jon, Pillbox -John, was a nickname given to a bishop in Icel. for having
made money by dealing in medicine-boxes ; kolludu ovinir bans hann
Bauka-Jon, s6g6u hann hafa selt i sma-baukum, J)at er hann leti sem
vseri dyrindi nokkur, Espol. Arb. 16S5 ; hence prob. bauka, q. v.
coMPD : bauka-grdss, n. pi. herbs kept in a box, Str.
buSlungr, m. a king, poet., Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poi?t.
buffeit, n. [Engl, bttffet], a buffet, Gisl. 27.
bufifeita, tt, (for. word), to buffet, Bser. 20, Mar. 60.
buga, a&, to bow; in fishing for trout with nets people in Icel. sa}',
buga fyrir, to draw the net round; but mostly used metaph. and in
compds, vfir-buga, to bow down, subdue; 3rd pers. pret. reflex, bugusk,
from an obsolete strong verb bjiiga, baug, occurs in Eyvind, bugusk almar,
bows were bent, Fms. i. 49.
bug3a, u, f. a bow or bent, of a serpent's coil.
BUGR, m. pi. ir, a bowing, winding; so Icel. call the bight or bend of
a river, brook, creek, or the like; renna i bugum, to fiow in bights,
hence ar-bugr, laekjar-bugr : the bight (inside) pf a ring, finger, bow-string,
etc. ; i bug hringinum. Eg. 306 ; b. fingranna, Sturl. i. 189 ; gripa i bug
snaErum, poet, to grip the bight of the bow-string, Jd. 27: the scythe
has J)j6-bugr, q. v. : the concave side of the sails, sa af landi i bug allra
seglanna, Fms. vii. 94 : a curve, disorder, of a line of men or ships (in
battle), rotta J)ann bug, er a var orSinn flotanum, i. 174; hence the
phrase, aka e-m a bug, vide aka ; vinda (giira) braSa-bug a3 e-u, to rnake
haste, Grett. 98 A : a bug, Scot, abeigh (aloof), Ulf. 3. 27 ; mein-bugir,
iinpedimetits. p. cotivexity; h. jar9ar, Rb. 468, unusual in this sense.
bugt, n. bowing, servile homage ; bugta, a8, to make matty bows.
Snot 163. p. a bight, bay, Dan. bugt (for. and rare). Y- l^ougbtes,
Spencer] = bugSa, Fms. iii. 190, or false reading = beit (?).
BUKKR, m. [A.S. bucca; Engl, buck; Germ, bock; Swed.-Dan.
biM; cp. bokki] : — a he-goat, rare; hafr is the common word, Stj. 177,
O.H. i5:=Lat. aries, a battering ram, Al. 89. compds: bukka-
bl66, n. the blood of he-goats, 544. 39- bukka-skinn, n. the skin
of he-goats, Sks. 184. bukka-vara, u, f. id., Bs. ii. 177, Sks. 184.
bukk-ram, n. a bitck-ram, ram, Vm. 124, Dipl. iii. 4 (a for. word).
COMPD : bukkrams-h6kull, m. the scapular of a ram, Vm. 70.
BUKL, n. [mid. Lat. bucula], the boss of a shield, Al. 40, (a for. word.)
btiklari, a, m. [Fr. bouclier], a buckler, shield, Sks. 374, Eg. 202,
Fms. viii. 170, 317, ix. 533, Fas.i. 179, Sturl. ii. 44, 221, etc, compds:
buklara-b61a, u, f. the boss of a buckler, Sturl. i, 196. biiklara-
86
BULLA— BtA.
bulla, a&, to boil up; b. og sj68a; cp. Lat. ebullire : metaph. to chat,
talk nonsense, and bvill, n. tionsense ; — all mod.
bulla,u, i.tbesbaftin a churn ox pump. bullu-f6tr,m.a pr.naine.Grett.
bulungr, m., proncd. budlungr, [bolr, bulr], a pile of logs, fire-wood,
Stj. 593, Isl. ii. 417.
bumba, u, f. [onomatopoetic, cp. Engl, bomb, to boom, etc.], a drum,
Stj. 289, Sks., Al., Karl., Fas. iii, etc. 2. the belly of a tub, kettle, or
any big jar ; ketil-bumba, Od. viii. 436.
BUNA, u, f. [akin to ben], a stream of purling water ; laekjar-buna,
vatns-buna : btinu-lsekr, m. a purling brook, Jonas 137 ; bl68-buna =
blodbogi. 2. one with the stocking hanging down his leg, ungar-
tered; a cognom. (Bjorn buna), Landn.
buna, a6, to gush out, of blood, water-spring, etc.
BXJNDIN, n., mod. byndini. Pass. 17. 27, [binda], a sheaf, bundle,
Stj. 192. Gen. xxxvii. 7, Greg. 40; korn-bundin,rt sheaf of corn, Blanda MS.
bunga, u, f. elevation, convexity.
bunki, a, m. a heap, pile, v. biilki.
bunungr, m. a sort of whale, Edda (Gl.)
burdeiga, a3, (a for. word ; vide burt), to tilt, J>i6r.
BURDR, ar, m. pi. ir, [Engl, birth; Hel.giburd; Germ, gebnrt; cp.
bera A. II] : — birth, esp. of the birth of Christ ; fra GuSs, Drottins,
Krists burdi, Bs. i. 112, 145, 158, 173; fra hinga&-bur3i Christi, id.,
64, 75, 79, 85 ; til burSar Christi, Rb. 84 : of men, sott bur6ar = j6&s6tt,
labours, K. A. 104. 2. of domestic animals, calving, lambing, hence
sau3-bur6r, the lambing-time ; J)eim kiim er bezt biiast til bur6ar, Bs. i.
194. 3. birth, the thing born, an embryo; Fillinn gengr tvo ar
me5 burSinum, Stj. 70 ; at {)8er (viz. the ewes) skyldi sinn bur& geta, 1 78 ;
fae8a sinn bur&, 97 ; me3 konum leysisk bur&r (abort), Bs. i. 79S. 4.
in pi. birth, extraction; hei6inn at bur6unj (MS. sing.), heathen by birth,
Ver. 40; burdir ok aett, kith and kin, Fms. i. 83 ; er ekki er til Noregs
kominn fyrir bur5a sakir, ix. 389 ; Hakon jarl haf6i burSi til J)ess, at
halda f68urleif& sinni, ok hafa jarlsnafn, i. 223; J)ykkjumk ek hafa til
{)ess burfti ok fraenda styrk. Eg. 474 ; hence in mod. usage bur3ir means
one's ^physique,' strength ; burSamaSr mikill, a mighty strong man ; hafa
litla burSi, to have little strength ; yfir-burSir, superior strength (cp. bera
yfir), and afburdir,q.v. 11. the bearing oi\\mbs,ho6.y; lima-bur6r,
fota-burSr, hofu3-bur5r. III. [bera C], the conipds at-bur3r, vi9-
burSr, til-bur8r, bap, accident; fyrir-bur6r, vision. TV. answer-
ing to bera A. I, vide byrSr, and compds like {'i-bur3r. p. saman-
burSr, comparison. compds : burfla-munr, m. distance of birth, Fs.
125. burdar-dagr, m. a birthday, Horn. 106 ; b. Mariu, the nativity
of the Virgin Mary, Rb.8. burflar-maflr, m. a bearer, Fms. i. 271.
burSar-sveinn, m. an errand-boy, Fms. vii. 222. burflar-timi, a,
m. birth-time, Stj. 97; natal hour, loi.
burSugr, adj. [Germ, ge-bilrtig], of high birth, Grett. 161 A, Stj. 238
(unclass.)
biurgeiss, m. [Fr. bourgeois; Chaucer burgeis; a for. word, of Teut.
origin, from burg'] : — a burgess. Fas. iii. 358 : in mod. usage, a big man.
buris, m. (a for. word), borax, N. G. L, iii.
burkni, a, m. [Scot, bracken or breckan, cp. Engl, brake^, the common
fern, Hjalt.
BURR, m., gen. ar, pi. ir, a son, akin to bera and barn, but poet.,
being used in prose only in allit. phrases such as, eigi buri vi8 bonda
sinum, Stj. 428 ; seni burr e6r br63ir, Fms. xi. 75 ; attu bcim og buru
(ace. pi.) grofu raetr og muru is a standing peroration of Icel. nursery
tales, Isl. |)jo8s. ii. 319, vide Lex. Poet.: else in prose only used in the
weak form in the compd words tvi-buri, twins; J)ri-buri, three at a birth,
(in modem statistics even fleir-buri.)
BURST, f. I. [A. S. byrst; Germ, borste ; Swed. bosta], a bristle,
Hb. (1865) 22 ; but also of a hog's back and bristles, Edda 70 ; cp. GuUin-
bursti. Gold-bristle, the mythical hog of the god Frey ; Fas. i. 532 (of
the sonargiiltr, the sacred hog) ; Fms. v. 165 : the phrase, draga bust or
nefi e-m, to draw a bristle out of one's nose, to cheat, gull one. Oik. 36,
does not occur anywhere else that we know of; the Engl, say, 'to lead
one by the nose,' in much the same sense. II. metaph. the gable
of a house (hiis-burst), Hkr. iii. 14 (of a shrine). Mar. 106, Konr. 67 ; og
gogginn a bustinni brynir (of a raven sitting on the top of a house and
whetting his bill), Sig. Brei&fjord. compds : bursta-kollr, m. bristle-
scalp, a nickname, Nj. 181. burstar-hdr, n. bristly hair. Fas. i. 105.
bvirsti, a, m. a brush, Dipl. v. 18 : — from bursta, aS, to brush.
burst-fgull, m. a hedge-hog, Thom. 145, 147 ; vide bjarnigull.
BURT-, V. brott-.
BURT, [Ital. bagordo ; Fr. bobourt; bord in Chaucer ; vide Du Cange
s.v. bobordicuni], in the phrase, ri8a burt, to ride a tilt; hence burt-
reiS, f. a tilt, tournament, Baer. 1 7, Fas. ii. 295, Karl., ftiOr., etc.; freq. in
romances. compds : burtreidar-maSr, m. a tilter, Mag. 8, Fas. iii.
241. bvirtrei3ar-vdpn, n. a tilt-weapon, Fas. ii. 281. burt-
stdng, f. a lance for tilting, Mag. 8, Fas. iii. 369, Karl., etc.
busi, a, in. a bad, clumsy knife.
BUSSEL, n. fa for. wordV a cask, bushel. Art. no.
T BUSTL, n. bustle, Isl. ii. 59, Snot 217; of a fish splashing i
water, Bb. 2. 28 : bustla, a5, to bustle, splash about in the water.
BUTTR and butraldi, a cognom., Dipl. v. 26, Fbr. : short, cp.
Dan. butted.
BUZ A, u, f. [a for. word; mid. Lat. bussa; O. H. G. buzo; I
buise ; Engl, herring-buss'], a sort of merchant-ship, Fms. vii. 289, ix
xi. 425 ; freq. in the Ann. of the 14th century ; it occurs first A.D.
then 1299: in the 14th century, during the Hanseatic trade with
nearly every ship was called buza, vide Ann. compd : buzu-sk
= buza, Ann. 1251, etc., Hkr. iii. 118.
BTJ, n. [iie\.bu = domicilium; O.H. G. bti; mod. Germ. bau = ti
cultivation ; Hel. also uses beo or beu, — seges, cp. also Teut. bojiwt — i
in Schmeller Heliand Glossary : — the root of this word will be
more closely under the radical form biia ; here it is sufficient to n
that ' bii' is an apocopate form, qs. ' bug' or 'bugg;' the root re
unaltered in the branch to which Icel. bygg, byggja, and other
belong] : — a house; bii and bae (byr) are twins from the same root (
bser is the house, bii the household; the Gr. oIhos (foiKos) em
both ; t)eir eta upp bii mitt, Od. i. 251 ; bi&la til m68ur minnar oj
biii hennar, 248 ; bu mitt er a forum, iv. 318 ; gott bii, ix. 35 ;
upp bii bans botalaust, xvi. 431 ; svo hann er faer um a5 veita
forst66u, xix. 161 ; hiis og biijorS, og g63an kvennkost, xiv. 64
Prose Translation by Egilsson. In the Northern countries 'bii' i
the notion of living upon the produce of the earth ; in Norway and
Icel. that of living on the ' milk' (malnyta) of kine, ewes, or she-
J)at er bii, er maSr hefir malnytan smala, it is ' bii ' if a man has a
ing stock, Grag. i. 158 ; the old Hm. says, a 'bii,' however small ii
better to have than not to have ; and then explains, ' though the
but two she-goats and a cottage thatched with shingle, yet it is
than begging;' Icel. saying, sveltr sau81aust bii, i.e. a sheepless hot
starves : 'bii' also means the stores and stock of a household ; gora
reisa bii, to set up in life, have one's own hearth, Bs. i. 127, Bb. ;
Sturl. i. 197, Eb. 40 ; breg6a biii, to give up farming or household
vid biii, to take to a farm, Sturl. i. 198 ; eiga bii vi6 e-n, to s
household with one, 200; raSask til biis, id.; fara biii, to remov
household, flit, 225 ; hafa bu, hafa rausnar-bii, 226 ; eiga bii, iii. J
137: allit. phrases, born og bii, Bs. ii. 498; bondi er bii-st61pi,
lan^stolpi, the ' bondi' is the stay of the ' bii,' the ' bii' is the stay
land; biia biii sinu. Fas. iii. 31 2 ; bvia umegSar-biii, to have a bectvy
hold (many children), K. J>. K. 90 ; hafa kyr ok aer a biii, Nj. 236 :
keeping, in the phrase, eiga einkis i bii at biSja, to have plenty ofever_
Bs. i. 131, 132 ; bsE^i {)arf i biiit mjol ok skreift, Nj. 18: bonu,
rei8 Hrutr heim til biis sins, 4; a biii, adv. at home, Fms. iv. 2gl
82. 2. estates; konungs-hu, royal demesnes ; {jar er bii ban
Eg. 42, 43, Landn. 124, fara milU biia sinna, to go from one e.
another, id.; eiga bii, to own an estate. 3. the stock in afam
sumir lagu liti a fjollum me5 bii sin, Sturl. iii. 75 ; drepa ni8r bii,!
bii, taka upp bii, to kill or destroy one's stock, Fms. ix. 473, I
compds: biis-afleifar, f. pi. remains of stores, Grag. i. 299.
buMutir, m. pi. implements of husbandry, Grag. i. 200, 220, 221
iii. 14, Bs. i, D. I. (freq.) biis-efni, n. pi. household goods, i
197. bus-far, n. =biifar, Bs. i. 477. bus-forr£9, n. pi. n
ment of household affairs, Sturl. i. 131, Grett. 107. bus-gagn=b
Jb. 166. bus-h.agr, m. the state, condition of a 'bii,' Fas.
bus-lilutir = busbuhlutir, Hrafn. 22. bus-haegindi, n. pi. e
able income derived from a 'bii,' Bs. i. 688, Hrafn. 22. bii*
n. movables of a household, Grag. ii. 339 A, 249, where biisk«
obsolete and dubious word. bus-tilskipan, f. the settling of a
bold, Fms. ii. 68. bus-umsvif, n. pi. the care, troubles of
business. Band. ii. bus-umsysla, u, f. the management of a *l
22, Eg. 333, 334, Band. I.e.
B'O'A, pret. sing, bjo, 2nd pers. bjott, mod. bjost ; plur. bjoggu,
and mod. bjuggu, or even buggu ; sup. biiit, biii8, and (rarely)
bu6 ; part, biiinn ; pret. subj. bjoggi, mod. byggi or bjyggi ; pn
indie, by ; pi. biim, mod. biium : reflex, forms bysk orby'st, bj6sk<
bjiiggusk, biiisk, etc. : poet, forms with suffixed negative bj6-at, Skr
an obsolete pret. bjoggi = bjo, Fms. ix. 440 (in a verse); bjoj
bjosk, Horn. 118. [Biia is originally a reduplicated and contraoj
answering to Goth, biian, of which the pret. may have been ]
by buan Ulf. renders Gr. o'lKtiv, icaroiKfiv ; Hel. buan — babitarel
bauen; Swed. and Dan. ho. The Icel. distinguishes betwi
strong neut. and originally redupl. verb biia, and the transit, as
^yggj*> <!• V- '• bwa seems to be kindred to Gr. (pvo), f<pv<Ta (cp
bhu, bhavami, Lit. fui); byggja to La.t. fdcio, cp. Swed.-Dan.
Scot, and North. E. to 'big,' i.e. to build; cp. Lat. aedificare
care : again, the coincidence in sense with the Gr. oTkos, oIk€
vicus, is no less striking, cp. the references s.v. bu above. Bi
root word, is one of the most interesting words in the Scandin. t
bii, baer, bygg, byg5, byggja, etc., all belong to this family: itsui
the North F.
ffn hll\ and
BtJA.
Sf
A. Neuter, lo live, abide, dwell, = Gt. o\k(iv, Lat. babitare ;
,u synd sem i m(5r byr, Rom. vii. 17, 20; i m^r, |)at er i minu holdi,
:.yr ekki gott, 18 ; hanii sem byr i Ijosiiiu, I Tim. vi. i6; fyrir Heilagaii
^nda sem i oss byr, 2 Tim. i. 14 ; Latift Christs orS rikulega biia medal
I'ftar, Col. iii. 16; ^k trii . . . sem khx fyr bjo i J)inni iimmu Loide,
2 Tim. i. 5 ; t)at hit g66a sem i oss byr, 14 ; hann sem byr i lj6sinu,
:>ar einginn kanii til aft komast, i Tim. vi. 16; hence ibu6, living in,
■tc. ; in many of those passages some Edd. of N. T. use byggja, but biia
;uits better : of a temporary abode, hann bjo i tjoldum, he abode in
'ents, Fms. x. 413. 2. a naut. term; {)eir bjuggu J)ar um nottina,
bey stayed, cast anchor during the flight, Fms. vii. 3 : on board ship, to
bave one's berth, sa ma&r bj6 a skipi naest Haraldi er het Lo6inn, 166;
ngi madr skyldi bua a J)essu skipi yngri en tvitugr, x. 321. 3.
0 live together as man and wife; henui hagar a8 b. vi& hann, i Cor. vii.
2; hagar honum hja henni a5 b., 13; b. me6 hiisfni sinni, Stj.47; b.
18; Kelgi prestr bjo vi& konu J)a, er Jjordis het (of concubinage), Sturl.
. 141 ; but bua saman, of wedded life, K. A. 134. 4. b. fyrir, to
e present in the place ; at Selt)6rir muni fyrir b. i hverju holti, Fms. iv.
:6o : recipr., sjor ok skogr bjoggusk i grend, Skalda 202, Baruch. 5.
sp. (v. bii) to have a household, cattle, sheep, and milk ; hence biiandi,
ondi, bar, and bii ; biia vi& malnytu (milk), ok hafa kyr ok aer at biii,
Jj. 236, Grag. i. 168, 335 ; b. biii (dat.), 153, K.f>.K. 90 ; biia biii sinu,
■) 'big one's ain biggin,' have one's own homestead. p. absol., meSan
111 vilt b., so long as thou wilt keep house, Hrafn. 9 ; b. vel, ilia, to be a
ood (bad) housekeeper ; vaeiit er aS kunna vel a5 biia, Bb. 3. i ; Salomon
ongur kunni a5 b., 100 ; fara a8 b., to begin housekeeping, 2.6; b. a
irSu, to keep a farm, gefa J)eim 63ul sin er a bjoggu, Fms. i. 21. y
lia a . . ., at . . ., i . . ., with the name of the place added, to live at or in
place ; haim bjo k Velli (the farm) a RangarvoUum (the county), Nj. i ;
loskuldr bjo a HciskuldstoSum, 2 ; hann bjo at Varmalaek, 22 ; hann bjo
ndir Felli, 16; Gunnarr bjo at Hlidarenda, 29; Njall bjo at BergJ)6rs-
v41i, 30, 38, 147, 162, 164, 173, 174, 213, Landn. 39-41, and in num-
erless passages ; Eb., Ld., Eg., Sturl., Bs., Isl. ii, etc. (very freq.) : also b.
brjosti, skapi, huga e-m, to be, dwell in one's mind, with the notion of
)oted conviction or determination, fiess hins mikla ahuga, er J)er byr i
rj6sti, Fms. iv. 80 ; ^vi er mer hefir lengi i skapi biiit, 78 ; ekki muntu
ynask fyrir m^r, veit ek hvat i byr skapinu, Lv. 16. II.
letaph. and with prepp. ; b. um e-t, or b. yfir e-u, almost in an uncanny
jOse, to brood over hidden schemes, designs, resentment, or the like ;
lia um hverfan hug, to be of a fickle mind, Skv. 3. 39 ; b. eigi um heilt,
; brood over something against one, to be insincere, Fms. xi. 365 ; b. um
<oll, to brood over some deceit, id.; b. um grun, to be suspicious, ii. 87 :
1 good sense, b. um eitt lunderni, to be of one mind, Jb. 17 ; b. um J)rek,
ag, to have a bold heart. Lex. Poet. : b. i or undir e-u, to be at the bottom
fa thing; en i J)essu vinattu merki bjoggu enn fleiri hlutir, (3.H. 125;
lart bjrr i J)okunni (a proverb), many thitigs bide in the mist ; en J)at b.
lest undir ferd Aka, at ... , Fms. xi. 45 ; {)6ttusk eigi vita hvat undir
lyndi b., Nj. 62 : b. yfir e-u, to brood over something, conceal; (ormrinn)
i6 yfir eitri, i.e. the stiake was venomous, Fms. vi. 351 : the saying, litill
likr byr yfir miklu viti, little bidk hides mickle wit, Al. ; b. yfir fiaerS ok
('lum, to brood over falsehood and deceit, id.; b. yfir brtigftum. Fas. i.
90 : b. undir, vi6 e-t, to live under or with a thing, to bide, put up with ;
iga undir slikum ofsa at b., to have to put up with such insolence, Fms. xi.
48; at hart mun J)ykkja undir at b., Nj. 90, loi ; ok mun eigi vi9 {)at
lega b., i.e. it will be too hard to bide, 164 ; J)vi at baendr mattu eigi
i8 hitt b., Fms. xi. 224. III. in a half active sense; b. at e-u,
T b. e-u (with dat.), to treat; J)eir hof8u spurt hvern veg Jjorolfr haf6i
uit at herbergjum J)eirra, how Th. had used their premises. Eg. 85 ; J)eir
joggu biii sem J)eim lika8i (where with dat.), i. e. they treated it recklessly,
is. i. 544 ; Haraldr jarl for til biis Sveins, ok bjo pa heldr lispakliga
omum hans, Orkn. 424 (in all passages in bad sense) : biia vel saman, to
ve well together, be friendly, Fms. xi. 312 ; hence sam-biiS, living to-
etber; h. viS e-n, to treat one so and so; sdrt byr J)U vi8 mik, ^ora,
'mu treatest me sorely, vii. 203.
B. Active, to make ready: the sense and form here reminds
ne of the Gr. ■noiuv : [this sense is much used in Old Engl., esp. the
art. bone, boon, or boun, ready, (' boun to go,' Chaucer, etc.) ; in later
ngl. ' boun' was corrupted into ' bound,' in such naut. phrases as bound
n»" a port, etc. : from this part, the ballad writers formed a fresh verb,
'' boun, 'busk ye, boun ye ;' ' busk' is a remnant of the old reflex, biiask,
e Dasent, Burnt Njal, pref. xvi. note, and cp. below III.] I. to
'laie ready, 'boun,' for a journey ; b. fer8, for sina ; and as a naut. term,
'• skip, to make ready for sea ; bjoggu Jieir fer9 sina, Fms. ix. 453 ; en er
leir v6ru bunir, Nj. 122 ; ok voru J)a mjok brott biinir, they were ' boun'
w sea, Fms. vii. loi ; bjo hann skip sitt, Nj. 128; en skip er broti5,
vi at eigi er i for biianda a ]pvi sumri, i. e. ship unfit to go to sea, Grag.
92 ; b. sik til gongu, to be ' boun' for a walk, Ld. 46 ; b. sik at keyra,
5 make one ready for . . ., Nj. 91. p. as a law term, b. sok, mal, or
dding til, b. til siik, mal a hendr e-m, to take out a summons against one,
^gtn a lawsuit; h. mal i dom, of the preliminaries to a lawsuit, hence
lalatilbuniugr, in numberless cases in the Gragas and Sagas. y. gene- ^
' rally to prepare, make ; b. smyrsl, to make ointments, Rb. 82. 2. =
Old Engl, to boun, i.e. to dress, equip; b. sik, lo dress; sva biiimi, so
dressed, Fms. xi. 272; hence biiningr, dress (freq.); vel buinn, well-
dressed, Nj. 3, Isl. ii. 434; spari-biiinn, in holiday dress; ilia biiinn, ill-
dressed ; sidan bjo hon bana sem hon kunni, she dressed her as well as
she could, Finnb. 258 ; b. be8, rekkjur, to make a bed. Eg. 236 ; b. upp
hvilur, id., Nj. 168 ; b. iindvegi, hiis, to make a high seat, dress a bouse
for a feast, 175, (hiis-bunadr, hiis-biiningr, tapestry); biia borft, to
dress the table, (bor5 biinaSr, table-service) ; b. stofu, Fms. iv. 75. p.
biia til veizlu, to make 'boun' (prepare) for a feast. Eg. 38, Fms. vii. 307 ;
b. til sey3is, to make the fire ' boun' for cooking, Nj. 199 ; b. til vetrsetu,
to make ' boun' for a winter abode, Fms. x. 42 ; til-biia, and fyrir-b., to
prepare; eg fer heSan a6 til-b. ybi staS, John xiv. 3; eignizt JmS riki
sem ydr var til-biiift fra upphafi veraldar, Matth. xxv. 34. y. b. um
e-t, in mod. use with the notion of packing up, to make into a bundle, of
parcels, letters, etc. ; hence um-biiningr and um-biiftir, a packing, pack-
ing-cover; b. um riim, hvilu, to make a bed ; biia um e-n, to make one's
bed ; var biiift um J)a {)6rodd 1 seti, ok logSusk peir til svefns, Th.'s bed
was made on the benches, and they went to sleep, O. H. 153 ; skaltii mi sj4
hvar vit leggumk nidr, ok hversu ek bj? um okkr (of the dying Njal),
Nj. 2or ; er m6r sagt at hann hafi ilia um biiit, of a dead body, 51 ; J)eir
hofflu (sva) um sik biiit (they had covered themselves so) at \)k matti eigi
sja, 261 ; kva&u mi Gu8riinu eiga at biia um rau8a skcir Bolla, said that
G. would have to comb B.'s (her husband's) bloody head, Ld. 244 ; biia
svk um at aldri miitti vokna, pack it up so that it cannot get wet, Fms.
vii. 225 ; |j6r61fr let setja upp skip ok um biia, he had the ship laid up
and fenced it round (for the winter), Eg. 199 ; b. um andvirki, to fence
and thatch hay-ricks, Grag. ii. 335 : metaph. to manage, preserve a thing,
Fms. ix. 52 ; aumlega biiinn, in a piteous state, Hom. 115. 3. to
ornament, esp. with metals or artificial work of any kind, of clothes laced
with gold; kyrtill hladbiiinn, Isl. ii. 434, Nj. 48, Vm. 129: of gloves,
B. K. 84 : of a belt with stones or artificial work, Fms. xi. 271 : of a
drinking-horn, D. N. (Fr.) ; but esp. of a weapon, sword, or the like,
enamelled with gold or silver (gull-biiinn, silfr-biiinn) ; biiin guUi ok silfri,
Fms. i. 15 ; biiinn knifr, xi. 271 ; vapn biiit mjok, much ornamented, ii.
256> iv. 77, 130, Eb. 226, 228. p. part., biiinn at e-u, or vel buinn,
metaph. endowed with, well endowed; at flestum i J)r6ttum vel biiirm,
Nj. 61, Fms. X. 295 ; at au8 vel biiinn, wealthy, 410 ; vel biiinn at hreysti
ok allri atgorvi. Eg. 82; bezt at viti biiinn, Fms. xi. 51. II.
particular use of the part. pass, 'boun,' ready, willing; margir munu
biinir at kaupa, ready, willing to buy, Fms. vi. 218; hann kva8sk J)ess
fyrir longu biiinn, Ld. 66, Fms. iii. 123; nefna vatta at J)eir eru biinir
(ready) at leysa kvi8 pann af hendi, Grag. i. 54 ; voni allir til J)ess biinir,
Fms. xi. 360 : compar., engir menn sy'na sik biinari (more willing) til
liSveizlu, Sturl. i. 103 : the allit. phrase, vera bo8inn og biiinn til e-s,
vide bj68a VI: denoting fitted, adapted, ek em gamall, ok litt b. at
(little fit to) hefna sona minna, Nj. 200; J)6tt ek se verr til b. en hann
fyrir vanheilsu sakir, Fms. vii. 275 ; eiga vi8 biii8 (mod. vera vi8 biiinn),
to keep oneself ready, to be on one's guard, Bs. i. 537. 2. on
the point of doing, about to do so and so; hann var biiinn til falls, be
was just about to tumble, Fms. x. 314 ; en aSr {)eir komu var bui8 til
hins mesta va8a, ix. 444, v. 1. p. neut. biii8 is used almost adverbially,
oti the point of, just about to; ok biiiS vi8 skipbroti, Isl. ii. 245 ; biiid
vi3 va8a miklum, Fms. ix. 310; sag8i at J)a var biiit vi8 geig mikinn
me8 {)eim fe8gum, Eg. 158 : this is rare and obsolete in mod. usage; and
the Icel. now say, liggja vi8 m^r la vi8 a8 detta, where an old writer
would have said, ek var biiinn at detta ; the sense would else be ambi-
guous, as biiinn, vera biiinn, in mod. usage means to have done; 6g er
biiinn a8 eta, / have done eating ; vera biiinn a8 e-u (a work, business
of any kind), to have do?ie with it; also absol., eg er biiinn, / have done;
thus e. g. vera b. a8 kaupa, fyrir longu b., b. at grae8a, leysa, etc., in
mod. sense means to have done, done long ago ; only by adding prepp.
vi8, til (vera vi8 biiinn, til biiinn) the part, resumes its old sense : on
the other hand, biiinn in the sense of having done hardly ever occurs
in old writers. -y. biiS (biii8) is even used adverbially = way be, may
happen; with subj. with or without 'at,' bu8, sva s6 til aetlaS, may be,
it will come so to happen, Nj. II4; bu8, dragi til J)ess sem vera vill,
185; bii3, eigi fari fjarri J)vi sem J)ii gazt til, id., Ed. Johns. 508, notec;
bu8, sva J)ykki sem ek gripa guUi vi8 J)a, 9, note 3 ; bu8, eigi hendi hann
slik ligipta annat sinn, 42 ; bii8, ek lata annars viti at varna8i ver8a, 106 ;
bii8, v^r J)urfim enn hlifanna, Sturl. ii. 137 (vellum MSS. ; um ri8, Ed.,
quite without sense), cp. also Eb. 27 new Ed. : in mod. usage it is freq. to
say, J)a8 er biii8, vel biii8, albiiiS, etc., it is likely, most likely that ... 8.
sva biiit, adverbially, and proncd. as if one word, as matters stand, or
even temp, at present, as yet ; eigi mun hly8a sva biiit, i. e. it will not do
' so done,' i. e. something else must be done. Eg. 507 ; eigi munu {)^r fa
at unnit sva biii8, i. e. not as yet, Fms. vii. 270 ; stendr far mi sva biiit
(i. e. unchanged), um hri8, xi. 81 ; en berjask eigi svo biiit, notfigbt as yet,
Nj. 229 ; segja Eyjolfi til sva buins, they tell Eyolf the state of things, viz.
that nothing had been done, Gisl. 41 ; J)eir skildu vi8 sva biiit ; J)eir logSu
fr4 vi8 svd biiid, implying 'vain effort,' Germ. ' unverrichteter Sache,'
88
BUANDI— Btri.
Isl. ii, Hkr. i. T,4o: at svii biinu, adverbially, ns yet, at present; hanu
kvaSsk eigi fy'sask til Islands at sv4 biiiiu, Nj. 123, Fms. xi. 131 ; t)enna
draum segjuni ver enguru mauni at sva biiiiu, this dream we will not tell to
anybody as yet, Nj. 2 1 2 ; en at sva biinu tjar ekki. Fas. i. 364. III.
reflex, to ' houn' or ' busk' oneself, make oneself ready, equip oneself ; geiigu
menu J)a a skip sin, ok bjoggusk sem hvatligast, Fms. v. 15 : adding the
infinitive of a verb as predicate, bj6sk hann at fara nor8r til {)randheims,
Eg. 18 ; or ellipt., where bi'iask thus denotes the act itself, mi bysk hann
lit til Islands, i. e. be ' busked' him to go . . ., Nj. 10 ; bjoggusk pen fost-
braeSr i herna5, they went on a free-booting trip, Landn. 31 ; seg Agli at
{)eir biiisk J)a6an finimtan, 94 ; or adding another verb denoting the act,
in the same tense, bjosk Haraldr konungr lir J>randheimi me3 skipali6i, ok
for suSr a Maeri, he ' busked' him . . . , and went south. Eg. 7 : the journey
added in gen., biiask ferSar sinnar, Fms. i. 3 ; buask menn fer6a sinna,
Ld. 177. p. denoting intention, hidden or not put into action; for sa
kurr, at Skuli byggisk a land upp, Fms. ix. 483. 2. to prepare for
a thing; biiask vi6 bo6i, veizlu, etc., Nj. 10, Korm. 10; b. (vel, kristi-
lega) vi& dau3a sinum, andlati sinu, (eccl.) to prepare for one's death, Fs.
80, Bs. i. 74; biiask vi8 vetri, to provide for the winter, get store in, Fms.
xi. 415 ; b. vid lifriSi, vii. 23. p. to be on one's guard, take steps to
prevent a thing ; mi ri6a her livinir t)inir at J)er ; skaltu sva vi& biiask,
i.e. be sure of that, make up thy mind, Nj. 264; biistu sva vi3, skal hann
kveda, at . . ., Gnig. ii. 244. y. such phrases as, biiask um = bua um
sik, to make one's own bed, encamp, make oneself comfortable, Nj. 259 ;
tjolduSu biiSir ok bjoggusk vel um, 219; var horS ve6ratta, sva at ekki
niatti liti um biiask, Fms. x. 13, Ld. 348 ; in the last passage the verb is
deponent. 3. metaph., b. vi6 e-u, to expect, freq. in mod. usage ; in
phrases, pib er ekki vi5 aft biiast, it cannot be expected; biiast vi8 e-ni,
to expect a guest, or the like. p. to intend, think about ; eg byst vi5 a3
koma, I hope to come ; eg bjost aldrei vi3 J)vi, I never hoped for that, it never
entered my mind, and in numberless cases. 4. passive (very rare and
not classical) ; um kveldit er matr bjosk = er m. var biiinn, Fms. ix. 364.
bfiandi, a, m. = b6ndi, q. v.
buand-karl, m. a farmer ; b. e9r J)orpari, Fms. ii. 48, Eg. 49.
buand-ligr, aA]. yeomanlike, sturdy, stout, Ld. 274.
buand-maQr, m. = buandi, Grag. i. 479, 480, Fms. v. 77.
BXJD, f. 1. [Engl, booth ; Germ, btide ; Da.n. bod : not from biia],
a booth, shop; farmanna bii6ir, mercha?its' booths; setja bii&ir. Eg. 163;
hafa biiSir ii landi, Griig. i. 91, the booths in the harbour being but tem-
porary and being removed as soon as the ship went to sea. p. specially
used of the temporary abodes in the Icel. parliament, where, as the meeting
only lasted two weeks a year, the booths remained empty the rest of tne year ;
hence tjalda {to dress) btiSir, viz. during the session for the use of its owner.
But every go6i (priest) and every family had their own 'booth,' which also
took their names from a single man or ruling family, e. g. Allsherjar b., Sturl.
ii. 44; Snorra b., 125 ; b. Skapta, Nj. 226; b. HafliSa, Sturl. i. 44: from
families or districts, Olfusinga b., Nj. 181 ; Mo5ruvellinga b., 1S2, 247;
Skagfir6inga b., 182 ; Jiiklanianna b., Sturl. ii. 158; Austfirftinga b., 158,
159; Saurbaeinga b., 82 ; Dalamanna b., Nj. 48; Mosfellinga b., 164;
Rangseinga b., 48, 180 ; Ljosvetninga b., 183, 223 ; NorSlendinga b., 228;
VatnslirBinga b., 248 ; Vestfir3inga b., Bs. i. 21 ; Svinfellinga b., Lv. 18 ;
SkarSverja b., Sturl. i. 199, etc.: other names, Byrgis-biid, 31 ; Gryta, ii.
45; Dilkr, 158; ValhoU, 126; HlaS-biia, 82, Nj. 244; Virkis-biia, 247.
As the aljjing was a public meeting, other booths are also mentioned, e. g.
Trii5a biidir, booths of Jugglers, Troubadours, Grag. ii. 84 ; OlbiiS, an
Ale-booth, beer-shop, Sturl. ii. 125; Siitara biiS, a Souter's (cobbler's)
booth, Gnig. ii. 84 ; Sver3-skri5a b., a Tanner's booth, id. ; and Gon-
gumanna bu8ir, Beggars' booths, a troop of beggars being an appendage
to any old feast or public meeting, cp. Gisl. 54-56 : the law (Gragiis)
forbade the sheltering of beggars at the parliament, but in vain ; see num-
berless passages referring to al{)ing or fj6r8ungsj)ing, esp. Grag. p. {>., Nj.,
Sturl., Gisl. 1. c, Korm. S., Kristni S. A short treatise, called ' Catastasis
of Booths,' composed about A. D. 1 700, is mentioned in Dasent's Burnt
Njal ; but it is the mere work of a scholar, not founded upon tradition.
As hub is opposed to bii, as a temporary abode to a permanent fixed
one, so biiSsetuma&r (biift-seta), a cottager, is opposed to bundi ; fara
budum is to change one's abode, Hkr. ii. 1 10. y. in eccl., Tjald-bii8
is the Tabernacle. II. esp. in compds, i-bu&, living in ; sam-bii8,
living together; vas-bii8, a cold berth, i.e. wet and cold; hafa harSa,
kalda bii6, to have a hard, cold abode, Fms. x. 158 (belongs perh. to L)
COMPDS : bTi3ar-dv61, f. dwelling in a booth, Sturl. i. 147. bu3ar-
dyr, n. pi. door of a booth, Lv. 11, Nj. 37, 165, Eb. 196, Grag. i. 31.
bti3ar-g6gn, n. pi. implements of a booth, Griig. ii. 399, 402. biidar-
liainarr, m. a pier or rock for embarking, Eb. 196. bu3ar-ketill,
m. a booth-kettle, Eb. 196. bu3ai*-kvi3r, m. a law term, a sort of
verdict given by the inmates of a booth at the parliament, a kind of
biiakvi8r, defined in Gnig. ii. 84, 85, where it is laid down that the in-
mates of the booths of shopkeepers, jugglers, and beggars cannot be sum-
moned to serve on a jury, nor the dwellers in a booth which has not at
least five inmates (five being a minimum in a jury). bu3ar-lifl, n.
(be inmdtes of a booth, Sturl. i. 32. blidar-madr, m. an inmate of a
booth, Fxr. 222. biiSar-nagli, a, m. a hooth-peg, Stj. 388. Judge
bu3ar-rurQ, n. lodging in a booth, Grag. i. 24, ii. 55, Lv. 93. bliC
setumaSr, m. = bii8setuma8r, Nj. 236. bii3ar-sta3r, m. a 600/i-s/a
N. G. L. i. 342. bli3ar-sund, n. a passage, lane between two boo
Band. 5, Grett. 115. bu3ar-t6pt, f. the walls of a (deserted) boi
without thatch, Rb. 274, Nj. 166, Isl. ii. 194. bu3ar-veggr, m. j
wall of a booth, Ld. 290, Eg. 724. bu3ar-virki, n. a fortificar
round a booth, Sturl. ii. 126, cp. Virkisbii5. bu.3ar-vist, f. a lod_
in a booth, Lv. II. bu3ar-v6r3r or bu3ar-ver3r, m. [ver8r = cv
the cooking and stewardship in a vessel, work which the crew was b
to do in turn day by day ; cooking and dairy work was thought unwf
to be the sole business of a man, and therefore the sailors were obligcL
take it turn about, cp. Eb. 194, 196, 220: — metaph. meat, meal, t\
hafSa ek J)ina ve8ra . . . mer til bii8arvar8ar, the rams of thy flock I h\
not eaten, Stj. 181. Gen. xxxi. 38 ; lofa mer at biia J)er biiSarvorS
me set a morsel of bread before thee,' in the Engl. V., Stj. 493. i
xxviii. 22 ; ru,8a til b., to prepare for a meal, Fms. v. 287, viii. 3.,
honum {)6tti J)ar gott til blaut-fisks ok bu8arvar8ar, Bs. i. 853, D. N
311, ii. 16, Fas. ii. 209.
bii-deigja, u, f. a dairy-maid; cp. deigja ; (Norse.)
bu3-fastr, adj. living in a booth, Gnig. i. 32.
bii-drift, f. a drove of cattle, D.N.
bTi3-seta, u, f. living in a cottage. compd : bii3setu-ma3r,
cottager, answering to 'husmand' in Norway, or biiandi bondi in ',
Nj. 236, Grag. i. 294; vide bondi above.
bu3u-nautr, m. a fellow inmate of a booth, Grag. i. 34, 35.
bu-eyrir, m. value in stock, D. N. |
bii-fang, n. domestic necessaries, K. A. 176.
bii-far, n. household condition, Sturl. i. 216, Bs. i. 477.
bu-fellir, m. a failing of stock, starvation of stock, Bs. i. 743.
bii-ferli, n. household, in the phrase, fara biiferli, or b. sinu, to 1
change one's household and home ; Olafr for J)anga8 b. sinu, Eg,
Fms. iii. 107 : esp. live stock, Hallsteinn for hit efra me8 biiferli, (i
12 ; hafSi hann meS ser skulda-liB {people, family) ok b. {stock), Ki
but sometimes the word is evidently used masc, an emigrant, inoi\
one's household, cp. R6m-ferlar ; en biiferla (v.l. biiferlar) eigu uta
fara J)eir er omiigum sinum megu vorS um veita, Grag. ii. 409.
bu-ferski, n. = biiskerfi, Grag. ii. 339 B.
bii-fe, n. live stock, esp. the 7nilch kine, Dipl. v. 28, Gnig. i. 414, ^
ii. 301, Jb. 192, Eg. 532. compds: bufjar-eyrir, m. = biieyrir, Gi
i. 428. bufjar-ferQ, f. = budrift, D.N. bufj£r-f63r, n./oci/
cattle, Fms. V. 219. bufjdr-gangr, m. = buf]arhagi, Grsig. i. 4
biif jar-gildr, adj. a being in proper condition, of cattle, D.N. btifj
h.agar, m. pi. the pasture fields on an estate, esp. the home-pastw\
closes, used daily for the home cattle, and opp. to afrettr, q. v.; 1.
the phrase in Nj., ri8a upp or b., denoting a pale of about three or .
miles, 34 ; i b., within the pale of the b., Gliim. 355, Eb. 54. bufj
h.agr, m. the condition of stock, Vapn. 30. buijd.r-h.ald, n. the A<
ing of stock, Gnig. i. 427. bufjar-lauss, adj. living without sti
Grag. i. 294. bufjfi,r-leiga, u, f. the rent of stock, Gp\. 62. biifj
matr, m. food for cattle, stores of fodder, P"ms. x. 400.
bii-felag, w. fellowship in housekeeping, Fb. ii. 340.
bu-fsersla, u, f. a removing of one's household, Landn. 207.
bii-gagn, n. household utensils, B.K. 20.
bu.-gar5r, m. a farm, esp. a big one, Fms. iii. 85, 251, xi. 422. ,
bu-gor3, f. the making a household, Sturl. ii. 21, Bs. i. 658.
bu-hlif3, f. a sparing of provender, Fms. v. 306.
bu.-lilutr = busbiihlutr above.
bu-boldr, m. a thriving householder.
BlJl, a, m. [biia]. I. a dweller, inhabitant, only in compds
haug-biii, hellis-biii, berg-biii, a dweller in cairns, caves, rocks, of a gl
or a giant ; ein-biii, an anchorite, a bachelor ; himin-biii, an iidmbitan:
heaven, an angel; lands-biii, Lat. incola; nti-biii, a neighbour; i-biii
inn-biii, incola. Snot 71 ; stafn-biii, q.v. II. a ?ieighbo7ir^n6b
kom Steinn at mali vi8 f>orbjorn biia sinn, Krok. 36 ; vi3 B<ir3r biii mi
Nj. 203 ; J)au syndu biium sinum iiJ)okkasvip, Fs. 31 ; Steinolfr b. hs
Landn. 269 ; cp. biii-sifjar, biii-graSungr, biii-ma6r (below), rare in 1
sense. 2. hence a law term in the Icel. Commonwealth, a neigbh>
acting as juror; the law distinguishes between neighbours of place 1
person ; as, vetfangs-biiar, neighbours of the place where (e. g.) a in
slaughter was committed ; or tieigbbours either of defendant or plaim
e. g. heimilis-biiar, home-neighbours, opposed to domstaSar-biiar, Gt
ii. 405, and {)ingvallar-buar, neighbotirs of court or parliametit:
number of the neighbours summoned was various ; in slight cases, *!
as compensation for damage or the like, they were commonly 1
— sem biiar fimm meta ; in cases liable to outlawry they were usu£
nine, Grag. ii. 345 ; the verdict of the neighbour is called kviftr,
sitmmoning kvo8, and kve6ja biia, to siimmoii neighbours; the ca
esp. in the Gragas and Njala are almost numberless. The stand
Icel. law phrase 'sem buar meta' reminds one of the English nM
^of fixing compensation by jury. According to Konrad Maurer,
BUAKVIDBURDll— BYGG.
89
ry IS of Scandinavian origin, and first appears in English law along
,ih the Normans after the Conquest ; but this does not preclude an
rlier usage in the Scandinavian parts of England. In the old Danish
w they were called 'naevnd,' in Sweden ' niinid ;' cp. esp. Nj. ch. 142
1. and Gnig. Jj. p. and Vigsl66i. The classical reference for this
jtitution, (jri'ig. i. 167, Kb. ch. 85, is quoted p. 58 s. v. bera B. 1. i.
iMPDs: bua-kvi3bur3r, ni. = biiakvi8r, Grag., Nj. bua-kvi5r,
. a verdict of neighbours, opp. to tylptarkvi6r, q. v., Nj., Grag. btia-
/63, f. (t sumtnottiitg 0/ neighbours, Grag. ii. 52. bua-vir3ing, f.
nxing compensation by verdict of neighbours, Grag. ii. 343. III.
pr. name of a man, Jomsv. S. ; mod. Dan. ^ Boye' or 'Boy,' hence the
od. Icel. Bogi, Fe3ga-<efi, 27.
)ui-gri3ungr, m. a neighbour's bull, Vapn. 46.
)ui-ma3r, m. a neighbour-tnan, Sturl. i. 82 C, 167.
)U-j6r3, f. a farm, estate.
)U-karl, m. = biiandkarl, Fms. v. 186, vi. 139.
)U-kot, n. a cottage, Hkr. iii. 131.
B'd'KB, m. [Hel. buc = alveus; Germ, bauch'], the tnmk, body. Eg.
,9 ; esp. the trunk without the head, Nj. 123, Fms. i. 218, Bs. i. 625.
iii-lag, n. joint housekeeping, Sturl. i. 64, 75-
iii-land, n. [Hel. buland = arvum], borne land, Grag. ii. 31 5 , 324, Jb. 5 1.
iii-lauss, adj, having no ' bii,' opp. to biiandi, D.N. ii. 14, Jb. 12.
lU-leiga, u, f. rent of a ' bii,' H.E. i. 394.
itHiKl, a, m., in mod. spelling bunki, heap [cp. a ship's bimh'] ; this
m occurs in the Hrokkinsk., a MS. of the 15th century, vide the refer-
ees below ; [cp. Engl, bulk, in the naut. phrase, to break bulk or begin
land a cargo'] : — the cargo or freight of a ship ; the allit. phrase, binda
-ka, to bind bulk, shut the hold, just when the ship is bound for sea, and
sa b., to break bulk, when in harbour ; fyrir framan or aptan bulka, the
was, namely, in the middle of the ship, Fms. vi. 108, 378, 381, N.G.L.
,40, 371, Eb. 196, Griig. i. 209, Nj. 134, Fms. ix. 145, 468, Bs. i. 422,
r. 53. coMPDs : bialka-brun, f. the edge of the b. as it stood out
the ship, Jb. 398, 407, Fbr. 62 new Ed., where a sailor kept the look
::, Sturl. iii. 106. biilka-stokkar, m. pi. the bulwark fencing the
ki in the middle of the ship, ICdda (Gl.) In mod. usage, bulkast,
to be bulky ; blilka-legr, adj. bulky.
d-ma3r, m. a husbandmati ; g66r, mikill b., a good householder,
\lled husbandman. Band. 8, Finnb. 334.
ju-missa, u, f. loss in stock, GJ)1. 389.
^a3r, m., gen. ar, [bua.] I. household, housekeeping, Bs. i.
; reisa buna& = reisa bii, Sturl, iii. 106; faera b. sinn = fara biiferli, to
[ve one's household, Jb. 288; buna9ar-ma&r = buma5r, O.H.L. 30;
liiaSai-baikr, the name of the section in the code of law Jb. answering
the Landbrig&a J)attr of the Grag., treating of household matters; and
:nod. times the name of the very famous poem (of Eggert Olafsson), the
1. 'Georgics' (marked Bb. in this Diet.) II. dress, equipment,
biiningr, Skalda 181, Fms. iv. 75, xi. 331 ; but esp. with the notion of
laments in gold, silver, tapestry, Nj. 131, Eg. 701 (of a shield) ; altaris
kr glitaSr me5 bnna6i. Am. 95. p. baggage, luggage, Bjarn.
■y. a getting ' boun' (ready) for sea; in the naut. term, halda a
iiaSi sinum, Fms. ii. 254.
linask, ad, dep., in the phrase, e-m b. vel, ilia, one has good, bad,
k in his business as bondi.
u-nautn, f., in the phrase, til h. , for household use,Vm. ^6, D.I. i.419.
liningr, m. [biia], dress, clothing, attire; hvers dags b., every day
■ss, K.J>.K. 140; opp. to spari b., Sunday dress; karlmanns b., a
n's dress ; kvennmanns b., a woman's dress, etc., Nj. 190. p. equip-
nt, of a ship ; rei6i ok b., Fms. v. 103 : the dressing and arrange-
ntofa table, B]am. 2"^. y. ornaments, laces, N], i^8, v. \. compds:
nings-bot, f. dress-improveme?it, a piece of new or smart attire, Ld.
Fas. ii. 329. bunings-lauss, adj. ivithout ornament, Pm. 65.
nings-munr, m. difference in apparel, Sturl. ii. 94.
u-nyt, f. the milk of sheep and cattle, on a farm also more usually
ed malnyt or malnyta, Jb. 375, Hkr. i. no.
li-prestr, m. a curate-farmer, Vm. 59.
\i'B.,ii.[yit\.bur — habitaculum; A.S.bur; Engl. bower; Scot, and
rth. E.byre; Germ, bauer], a word common to all Teut. idioms, and
the most of them denoting a chamber ; this sense only occurs a few
les in some of the old poems, esp. the Vols. kviSur, and even only as
allit. phrase, Brynhildr i biiri, Og. 18; bjiirt i biiri, Gkv. 2. 1 : in
se now and then in translations of foreign romances. El. 22. 2.
Icel. only in the sense of larder, pantry (the North. E. and Scot, byre
oui-stall) ; this sense is very old, and occurs in Hallfred, Fs. 89,
ere biiri (not bru8i) is the right reading, as the rhyme shews —
seri ek brag, fyrir ' biiri ;' skellr mi lass fyrir biirin {)eirra Reykdael-
la, Bs. i. 512, 601, Ld. 242 ; defined, biir ^at er konur hafa matreiSu
5r!ig. i. 459. p. a house where stores are kept =nti-huT, Nj. 74;
^' called skemma. In Icel. a game, in which children try to force open
s closed hand, is called a& fara i biir e-s, to get into one's larder.
i-rakki, a, m. a shepherd's dog.
X'T&d, n. household vianagement, Nj. 51, Grag. \, 333. ,
bti-rdn, n. a law term, a kind of burglary, theft, to the amount of
three cows at least, or three cows.' value; defined N. G. L. i. 180 : nietaph.
damage, Bs. i. 350.
bur-brot, n. the breaking into a pantry, Sturl.
bur-dyrr, n. pi. a pantry-door, Bs. i. 601.
bur-hilla, u, f. a pantry-shelf Gliim. 367.
bur-hringr, m. the door ring of a biirhurd, D. N.
bur-hundr, m. a pantry-dog, Fs. 89.
bur-h.ur3, f. the door of a ' biir,' G^l. 344.
bTori, a, m. and bur-hvalr, ni. a sort of whale, physiter macrocephalua
Sks. 1 2 7 B : fbr a popular superstition as to this whale v. Isl. |>j68s. i. 629.
bli-risna, u, f. the keeping open-house, Sturl. i. 194.
bur-lykill, m. a pantry-key, Sturl. iii. 7.
bur-rakki, a, ni. = biirhundr, Ld. 112.
bii-sifjar [qs. bui-sifjar, from biii, a neighbour'], f. pi. relation be-
tween neighbours; g66ar b., a good neighbourhood, Karl. 536 ; the
phrase, veita e-m illar, J)ungar b., to be a bad neighbour, aggressive. Eg.
7_^o, Fms. iii. 222 ; mil vera at {id batni b. okkar, Fs. 31.
bu-skapr, m. household life, state of life as ' bcindi,' D.N. ; cp. the say-
ing biJl er b., hryg6 er hjiiskapr, illt er einlifi, og a5 iillu er nokkud.
bii-skj61a, u, f. a pail for measuring milk, Jb. 375.
bii-skortr, m. the failure of stores, Nj. 18.
bu-skylft, n. adj. ; eiga b., to have an expensive household, Sturl. i. 136.
bii-slit, n., inbTaslits-ina3r,m. a 'hondi' without bomestead,G^\.^^o.
bu-sl63, f. cattle and chattels, household gear.
bii-smali, a, m. sheep and cattle, sometimes also including horses;
naut ok sau&i ok annan b., Fs. 26 ; esp. the milch cattle, Ld. 96, where it
is opp. to barren cattle, Fms. i. 151 ; vide small.
bii-sorg, commonly proncd. buk-sorg, f. care for worldly affairs, esp,
in a bad sense ; thirst for gain.
bu-sta3r (b6sta3r, Grag. ii. 222), m. a dwelling, abode, Fs. 317
taka sor b., to fix one's abode. Eg. 127, Landn. 37, 56, Nj. 173.
bu-stj6rn, f. management of household affairs, Eb. 204.
bii-styra, u, f. a female housekeeper, GullJ). 13, Hav. 39.
bu-s^sla, u, f. household business, Gliim. 335, Isl. ii. 68; bus;^slu-
ina3r = biimaSr, Eg. 2.
BtJTR, m. a log of wood, blita, a6, to cut logs of wood.
bu-verk, n. dairy work in the morning and evening, milking, churn-
ing, and the like, Fs. 72 ; vinna heima b. me& moSur sinni (as a taunt).
Fas. iii. 595; hence biiverka, a6, to do the dairy work; bdverka-
timi, a, m. the time, inorning and eve?ting, when dairy work is to be done :
in the Grag. i. 147 biiverk means generally every kind of household work,
but esp. the lower part of it.
bu-J)egn, m. a husbandtnati, in allit. phrases, baendr ok b., Fms. i. 33,
Sks. 603; illr b., a bad husbandman, Fms. i. 69, where it is used in a
morally bad sense; elsewhere a bad householder, vi. I02, Skalda 203.
BYG-D, f. [bua, byggja]. I. gener. habitation : 1. a settling
one's abode, colonisation ; Islands b., colonisation of Iceland, lb. (begin.) ;
Graenlands b., id. 2. residence, abode; var J)eirra b. ekki vinsael,
Ld. 136; the phrase, fara byg&, or bygSum, to remove one's house and
ho77ie, change one's abode, Grag. i. 457, Nj. 25, 151 ; fiera b. sina, to
remove. Fas. ii. 281 ; banna, lofa e-m byg9, to forbid or allow one's resi-
dence, Grag. I.e. ; hitta b. e-s, abode, home, Band. 10: metaph., Horn.
16. II. inhabited land, opp. to libygSir, deserts ; but also opp. to
mountains, wild woods, and the like, where there are no buma?t dwell-
ings : bygO thus denotes the dwellings and the whole cultivated neighbour-
hood; thus in old Greenland there was Eystri and Vestri byg6, the
Eastern and Western colony, and libygSir, deserts, viz. the whole Eastern
side of this polar land, cp. Landn. 105, Antt. Amer., and Griinl. Hist.
Mind, i-iii. In Norway distinction is made between byg5ir and sxtr,
Fms. i. 5. Icel. say, snjor ofan i b., when the mountains are covered with
snow, but the lowland, the inhabited shore, and the bottom of the dales
are free ; i Noregi er litil b. ok {)6 sundrlaus, i. e. Norway is thinly peopled,
Fms. iv. 140, viii. 200, 202, 203, Eg. 68, 229, Orkn. 8: spec. = county
= ht5ra8, i b. J)eirri er Heggin heitir, Fms. ix. 232 ; b. |)eirri erStnind heitir,
358 ; heima i bygSum, GJ)1. 34 ; miklar byg5ir {great inhabited dis-
tricts) voru inn i landit, Fms. i. 226. compds : byg3ar-fl.eygr, adj.
rt/moured through the hygb, Jb. 161. byg3ar-f61k, n. the people of a
neighbourhood, Fms. ii. 88. byg3ar-lag, n. a district, neighbourhood,
county, Grett. loi A, Jb. 223, Fs. 50. byg3arlags-ma3r, m. a neigh-
bour, Stj. 197. byg3ar-land, n. land in possession or to be taken
into possession, Stj. 74. byg3ar-leyii, n. leave to settle, Fs. 31,
Valla L. 208, Grag. i. 457. byg3ar-ly5r, m. the people of a land,
Bs. ii. 80. byg3ar-inenn, ni. pi. id., Fs. 31, Stj. 649, Dipl. v. 19,
Fms. i. 226, etc. byg3ar-r6inr, m. a rumour going about in the
?teighbourhood, Krok. 34. byg3ar-stefna, u, f. a meeting of the
jieighbourhood, D.N.
byg3-fleygr, byg3-fleyttr, = bygSarfleygr, N.G.L. i. 389.
BYGG, n. [Scot, and North. E. bigg; Swed. bjugg; Dan. byg ; Ivar
Aasen bygg ; derived from byggja] : — barley, a common word over all
Scandinavia, cp. Aim. 33, Edda (Gl.), Stj. 99, Bs. ii.5, 532. 5 ; vide barr II,
90
BYGGBRAUD— BYRJA.
^
bygg-brauS, n. barley-hread, 655 xxi. 4.
bygg-hjalmr, m. a barley-rick, Magn. 516.
bygg-hlaSa, 11, f. a barley-barn, Stj. 344.
bygg-hleifr, ni. a barley-loaf, Stj. 393, Rb. 82.
bygg-hus, n. a barley-barn, Orkn. 196.
byggi or byggvi, m. an inhabitant, obsolete, but in compds as Eyr-
byggjar, stafn-byggjar, fram-byggjar, aptr-byggjar, etc.
byggi-ligr, adj. habitable, Hkr. i. 108.
bygging, f. habitation, colonisation, Landn. 24, v. I., Stj. 176. 2.
tenancy, letting ottt land for rent, H.E. i. 495 : in compds, byggingar-
br6f, b. skilmali, an agreement between tenant and landlord. p. build-
ings or houses, Matth. xxiv. i ; scarcely occurs in old writers in this sense ;
cp. Dan. bygning, Scot, and North. E. biggin, ^building.
BYGGJA, older form byggva, &, [for the etymology v. biia], gener.
to inhabit, settle, people, always in a transitive sense — not neut. as biia —
but often used absol. or ellipt., land being understood : a. to settle
as a colonist; Hrollaugr byg6i austr a Si6u, Ketilbjorn byg&i su6r at
Mosfelli, Au8r byg&i vestr i Brei8afir6i, Helgi bygSi norSr i EyjafirSi,
all these instances referring to the first settlers of Icel., lb. ch. \, 1 ;
en J)at vas es hann tok byggva landit, id. ; sumar {)at er J)eir Ingolfr
foru at b. Island, the siwimer before Ingolf settled in Iceland, ch. 6 ;
Ingolfr . . . byg5i fyrstr landit, i. e. Ingolf was the first settler, id. ; so
in numberless instances, esp. of the lb. and Landn., e.g. Landn. 42,
334, Eb. 8, Hrafn. 4, Eg. 99, 100 ; eptir N6a-fl66 lifSu atta menn
J)eir er heiminn bygSu {peopled), Edda (pref.) p. to inhabit, live
in a country ; {)esskonar J)j6& es Vinland hefir bygt, lb. ch. 6 ; {)a er
landit haf3i sex tigi vetra bygt verit, Landn. 321 ; Jjeir b. Jiat hera&
a Vindlandi er Re heitir, Fms. xi. 378, H.E. i. 494, Bret. 100: allit.
phrases, A bygSu boli, i.e. among men, where men live; byg&r bol-
stabr, possessed land, Gra.g. ii. 214: the proverb, me& logum skal land
byggja, with laws shall man build land, i. e. latv builds (makes) lands
and home ; and some add, en me6 ologum ey3a ; eySa {to lay waste) and
byggja are thus opposed to one another, Nj. 106 ; b. bae, to settle on a
farm ; segi ek af J)vi fyrst hversu baerinn hefir bygzk i Skalaholti . . .
Ketilbjorn bygSi |)ann bse fyrstr er i Skalaholti heitir, Bs. i. 60 ; hann
byg&i bx J)ann er i Eyju heitir, Gisl. 91, where it does not mean to build
bouses, as in the mod. use of this phrase, but to settle, Lat. inhabi-
tare. y. in more special or law phrases, to dwell in, occupy ; b. saeng,
to keep one's bed, sleep. Fas. i. 314 ; b. eina saeng, of married people, Fms.
ii. 134 ; b. me& e-m, to cohabit, Stj. 176 ; b. hoU, to occupy a hall, Fms.
vi. 147, X. 236 ; b. a skipum, undir tjoldum, to live aboard ship, in tents,
vii. 138 ; b. hdlfrymi, a naut. term, viii. 199 ; metaph., ef Gu& byggvir i
J)eim, Eluc. 52, cp. also the references from the N. T. above under biia,
where most of the Icel. Edd. use byggja. 2. to build a house, ship,
or the like, [Scot, and North. E. to big; Dan. bygge; Swed. bygga] :
this sense, common over all Scandinavia and North Britain, seems not
to occur in Icel. writers before the 15th century or the end of the 14th,
but is freq. at the present time; it occurs in the Ann. 1401, 1405, etc.
Old writers always say, reisa or gora hiis, skip . . ., not byggja. 3.
reflex, to be inhabited; Island bygSisk fyrst or Noregi, lb. ch. I ; Graen-
land fansk ok bygftisk af Islandi, ch. 6 ; hundra&i ara fyrr en Island
byg&isk af NorSmonnum, Landn. (pref.) ; en a&r Island byg6isk, id. ;
t)a er Island fansk ok byg&isk af Noregi, id. II. [Goth, bugjan,
by which Ulf. renders orfopa^dv, and once -noiXiiv, which is elsewhere ren-
dered hyfrabugjan; A.S. bycgean; Engl, buy; Hel. buggeatt]: — to let
out, esp. land or cottage ; konungr mii b. almenning hverjum sem hann
vili, GJ)1. 453 ; ef umbo&sma&r konungs byggir jar&ar (ace.) konungs
. . . J)vi at sva skal konungs jarSir b. sem um a&rar jar&ir skill i logum,
336 ; mi byggir ma&r dy'rra {lets out at a higher rent) en vandi hefir a
verit, 337 ; Ingimundr byg&i ^t\m Hrolleifi baeinn i Asi, Fs. 34 ; er J)eir
byg&u Icind sin eftr toku ser hju, Grtig. i. 445 ; hann tok mikit af land-
ni'imi Una, ok byg&i J)at {parcelled it out) fraendum sinum, Landn. 244 ;
byggja e-m ut, to expel a tenant; b. e-m inn, to settle a tenant on one's
estate. 2. more properly, to lend money at interest; {)at er ok ef
menn b. dautt fe, e&r krefja framar af J)eim hlutum er menn Ija, en inn-
staeSa, K. A. 204 ; engi skal b. dautt fe a leigu, Bs. i. 684 ; um okr, er
menn b. dautt f(5, H. E. i. 459 ; Riitr . . . byg&i allt feit, R. put all the
money oui at interest, Nj. 11. 3. the peculiar eccl. law phrase of
the forbidden degrees ; b. sifjar, fraendsemi, to marry into such or such
degree; this phrase may refer to buying (cp. bni&kaup), or to cohabita-
tion ; J)at er nymaeli, at jafn-nait skal b. sifjar ok fraendsemi at fimta manni
hvart, i.e. intermaniage in the fifth degree is allowed, according to the
decision of the council of Lateran, A. D. 12 15, Gr4g. i. 304; fraendsemi
er eigi byggjandi, i.e. is forbidden, 307, 308, 321, N.G. L. i. 350;
en {lat var bannat meS Asum at b. sva nait at fraendsemi, Hkr. Yngl.
ch. 4. III. part, as subst.
bygg-mjSl, n. barley-meal, G^\. 100.
byggiiing = bygging, D. N. (freq.), Fr.
bygg-8&5, n. barley-seed, N. G. L. i. 385.
byggvandi, byggjandi, pi. byggendr, byggvendr, inhabitants, mostly
in poetry, Stj, 399, Haustl. 10.
byggvi-ligr = byggiligr.
by gill, m. [Germ. biiigeT], a stirrup, GJ)1. 359.
bygsla, u, f. = bygging, D. N.
BYLGJA, u, f. [cp. Dan. bolge, Swed. bolja, akin to bdlginn, belgi
a billow, Stj. 27, Fs. 142, etc.
bylja, buldi, pres. bylr, old byll, to resound, roar, of a gale; byll
iillum fjoUum, Al. 35 ; buldi i homrunum. Fas. i. 425 ; freq. in mod. use.
bylj6ttr, zdj. g^isty, Bs. i. 138.
BYLR, m. pi. bylir, gen. sing, byljar or rarely byls, a squall, gust
wind; kom b. a hiisit, Gisl. 22 ; j)a er bylirnir komu, when the sgua
passed over, Fms. viii. 52.
bylta, u, f. a heavy fall, Grond. 147 ; bylting, f. a revolution; a;
bylta, t, with dat. to overthrow.
byr3a, 8, I. [bor&i], to embroider, Gkv. 2. 16. ]
[bor&], to board, in compds = si-byr&a, inn-byrfta, to pull on board; |)yk
byrt, Fms. viii. 139.
byr3a, u, f. a large trough, Stj. MS. 127, Ed. 178 reads brySju
N.G.L. i. 255, B. K. 52.
byrfli, n. the board, i. e. side, of a ship, Edda (GL), Jb. 147.
byrSingr, m. [old Dan. byrthing, from byrdr], a ship of burth
merchant-ship. Eg. 53, Nj. 281, Faer. 12, 195, 196, Fms. iv. 255, \
283, 286, 310, viii. 208, 274, 372, ix. 18, 44, 46, 299, 470, X. 25,
430, etc. ; this is the genuine Scandin. word, wilst kjoll, kuggr, karfi (q.
are all of foreign origin. compds: byr3ings-ma3r, m. a mercba
seaman, Faer. 4, Fms. ix. 18. byr3ings-segl, n. the sail 0/
byr&ingr, Fms. iv. 259.
byrflr (mod. byrSi), f., gen. ar, pi. ar, mod. ir, [bera A. I] : — a burth
Nj. 19, Edda 74, Fas. ii. 514, Fms. v. 22, vi. 153, Fb. i. 74; hver ei
mun sina byr&i bera, Gal. vi. 5. p. metaph. a burthen, task, Fms.
330; hafi sa {)a byrSi er hann bindr ser sjalfum, 671. i.
byrgi, n. [borg ; A.S. byrgen = sepulcru7n], an enclosure, fence, 1
132 ; helvitis byrgi, the gates of hell, Stj. 420, Post. 656 C. 6 : metap
b. hugar = hugborg, the breast, Horn. 148. compds : byrgis-kona,
f. fl concubine, N.G.L. i. 327 (where spelt birg-), Bs. i. 663. byrg
skapr, m. concubinatus, Fms. iii. 145.
byrging, f. a shutting up, Grag. ii. no.
bsrrgja, &, [borg ; cp. A. S. byrgjan, byrian ; Engl, to bury'\ : — to ch
shut; h. dyrr e&r vindaugu, Grag. ii. 286 ; byrgja hiis, Grett. 91 n
Ed. ; HallfreSr byrg&i husit, Fms. ii. 83 ; b. sinn munn, to shut one's moi
Bs. i. 786; i byrg&um kvi&i sinnar mo&ur, 655 xxvii. 10: metap
byrgft syndum, overwhelmed with sins, Greg. 41. 2. adding pre
aptr, inn, to shut ; Grettir byrgSi aptr htisit, Grett. 1. c. MS. A ; b. a
gar&, to shut a fence, Grag. ii. 283 ; b. aptr hli& a gar&i, id., Jb. 243 ;
mann inni i hiisum, to shut a man up in a house, Grag. ii. no, Sks. i.
hvarki byrgSr n6 bundinn, 656 C. 32. 3. metaph. to hide, veil, of
face of God, the sun, or the like ; solin J)vi Ijoma sinn fekk byrgt, P;
44. 1 ; himna-lj6si& var honum byrgt, 3. 2 ; byrg ^ig eigi fyrir minni gt
bei&ni, Ps. Iv. 2. 4. the phrase, b. e-n inni, to shut one i?i, outu
alia menn byrgir J)u inni fyrir vitsmuna sakir, Fms. x. 247, xi. 31 ; b.
liti, to leave one outside in the cold, and metaph. to prevent, preclude ;
liti va&a, to prevent mishap, x. 418, Sks. 44, Mar. 656 A. 18 ; byrg
hrae&sluna, Al. 25. 5. reflex.. Fas. ii. 281. II. [borj
reflex, byrgjask, to be answerable for, vide abyrgjask.
-byrja in compd libyrja.
BYRJA, a&, [Swed. borja; lost in Dan., which has replaced it
begynde ; Germ, beginnen ; and probably also extinct in the mod. Nt
dialects, vide Ivar Aasen, who seems not to have heard the word ; it is;
full use in Icel. and is a purely Scandin. word; the root is the part, pi
of bera A. II] : — to begin. I. in the phrase, b. mal e-s, to plead 0.
cause, O. H. L. 5 ; ek skal byrja {support) J)itt mal, sem ek kann, Fs.
Fms. ii. 65 ; hann byrja&i hennar mal vi& (5laf konung, x. 310; n
einum hundra&s-hof8ingja {)eim er byrjaSi mal hans, Post. 645. 96 ; h
J)u fram byrjat {>itt erindi, 655 xxx. 13, Al. 159 : this sense, howevei
rare and obsolete. II. to begin ; b. ferS, to begin one's jouri
to start, Edda i, Fms. iv. 232, Eg. 106, Ld. 162 ; b. rae&u, to begin a spe^
Sks. 238 ; b. e-t upp, to begin, Bs. i. 825 : reflex., Rb. 210 : the wor
not very freq. in old writers, who prefer the word hefja, incipere, hence u
haf, beginning ; in mod. writers hefja is rather archaic, but byrja in full '
and is used both as act., impers., and reflex. ; Icel. say, sagan byrjar, siig'
byrjar, and sagan byrjast, all in the same sense. III. [bera A. |.
mostly in pass, to be begotten, Lat. suscipi; Elias af hjiiskap byrja&r, G;!-
16 ; ii t)eim manu8um er barn var byrja8, Grag. i. 340; ii jpeirri si|'
nott sem hann byrja8isk, Stj. 1 76 ; sem {)au hittusk afjallinu Brynhildij;
Sigur8r ok hon (viz. the daughter Aslaug) var byrju8. Fas. i. 257 : h f
ertu bra8r a8 byrja J)ann er bein hefir engin, 250 (in a verse). J ■
impers. with dat. : 1. [bera C. Ill], to behove, beseem, be due; '
konungs-syni byrjar, Fms. i. 81 ; hann gefr salu varri sHkan nuitt sem hcji
byrjar, Hom. 157 ; sva byrja&i {behoved) Christo a& li8a, Luke xxiv. ,;
t)at byrjar mer meir at hiySa Gu&i en monnum, 623. il ; sem a8iljai 1
byrja&i, Grag. i. 394; sem {jeim byrja8i at manntali, i.e. in due projf
Ltion to their number, ii. 381 ; sem byrjar {as it behoves) hly8nuni symj^^
BYRJUN— BiEN.
9t
i-ptirlatum, Sks. 12 ; er helzt byrjar kaupmiinnum at hafa, 52. 2,
byrr], the phrase, e-m byrjar vel, ilia, one gets a /air, foul, wind ; {)eim
■lyrjaSi vel. Eg. 69 ; honuni byrjafti vel, 78, Eb. 8 ; byrjafli J)eim vel um
iiaustia, Fnis. iv. 293; J)eim byrjadi ilia, Eg. 158.
byrjiin, f. beginning.
byrla, a8, [A. S. byreljan and byrljan; whence the word is probably
i)orTowed] : — to wait upon, with dat., esp. to hand the ale at a banquet,
[answering to bera til, Fs. 121); st65 t^ar upp SnjofriS dottir Svasa, ok
Dyrla&i ker mjaSar fullt konungi, Fms. x. 379, Hkr. i. 102 ; hann setti
iiinan niann til at b. s(5r. Post. 656 C. 32 : rnetaph., hann byrlar optliga
^•itr sinnar slaegSar mannkyninu, Fms. ii. 137 : to Jill the cup, si&an byrlar
lann i hornin. Fas. ii. 550 : in mod. use, to mix a beverage, esp. in bad
ense, by putting poison in it.
byrlari, a, m. [A. S. byrele'], a cup-bearer, Fms. i. 291.
byr-lei3i, n. a favourable course, Fms. x. 291, Sks. 175.
byr-lettr, a.d]. gently blowing, Hkr. ii. 143.
byr-leysa, u, f. lack of fair wind, or afoul wind, Ann. 1392.
byrli, a, m. = byrlari, Fms. x. 302.
byr-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), promising a fair wind; {)vi at ekki er byr-
iigt, Sd. 174, in the phrase, blasa byrlega, to blow fair for one ; ekki b.
Iraumr, a bad dream. Fas. i. 14.
byr-litill, adj. of a light {hut fair) breeze, Fms. iv. 297.
BYRR, gen. byrjar, nom. pi. byrir, ace. byri : [Swed.-Dan. bar; cp.
jsage of Gr. ovpios] : — a fair wind; it is freq. used in pi., esp. in the
mpers. phrase, e-m gefr vel byri (ace. pi.), one gets a fair luind, rarely,
ind less correct, byr (ace. sing.), Nj. 10, Vupn. 9, but sing. Nj. 4, Eg.
)% ; byri gefr hann brognum, Hdl. 3 ; me8 hinum beztum byrjum, Bs. i.
781 ; bi6a byrjar, Fms. i. 131 ; liggja til byrjar, to lie by for a fair wind,
ig. 183 ; byrr rennr a, a fair breeze begins to blow ; ^k rann a byrr ok
igldu {)eir, Nj. 135, Eg. 158; J)A fell byrrinn, Eb. 8; J)a tok byrr at
'axa. Eg. 390: allit. naut. phrases, blasandi byrr, bli&r byrr, beggja
kauta byrr ; hagstseSr byrr, fagr byrr, haegr, oSr byrr, Hm. 89 ; hra8-
)yri, etc. : also metaph., hafa goftan, mikinn, litinn byrr, to be well, much,
ittle favoured : in poetry in many compds, byrjar drosuU, the horse of the
vind, a ship ; byr-skiS, byr-rann, a ship ; byrr always denotes the wind
m the sea. b3n:'jar-gol, n. a fair breeze, Fms. ix. 21.
byrsta, t, [bursti], to furnish with bristles or spikes, Sks. 418 ; gulli byrstr,
Pas. i. 184. 2. metaph. the phrase, b. sik or byrstask, to raise the
'iristles, to shew anger, Fms. ii. 174, Finnb. 248, Pass. 26. i.
byr-seell, adj. having good luck, fair wind, Fms. x. 314.
byr-vsenligr, byrvsenn, adj. promising a fair wind, Orkn. 332,
Fins. ii. 5.
BYSJA, [Dan. buse ; Swed. busa = to gush^, to gush, a defect, verb,
)ccurs only twice or thrice, viz. in pres. sing, byss, 0. H. (in a verse),
,)usti (pret. sing.), gushed, of blood, Hkv. 2.8; of tears, Edda (append.)
217 : the infin. never occurs, and the word is never used in prose.
bya8a,u, f. [La.t. pyxis'], a box,Vm. 1 17, D.N. : mod. a gun {Germ, bilchse).
bjrtna, a&, [botn], to come to the bottom, Krok. 20 new Ed. : metaph.,
. a e-m, to tell on or against one.
BYTTA, u, f. [Dan. bbttel, a pail, small tub, K.f.. K. 82, Stj. 444,
Fms. X. 54, Jm. 29, N. G. L. i. 327 : of the bucket for baling a ship with,
Fbr. 131, Grett. 95 ; hence byttu-austr, the old mode of pumping is
(iefiiied, Fbr. and Grett. 1. c.
byxa, t, to box, Bev. Fr. ; byxing, f. boxing, Finnb. 344 (Engl. word).
B"?, n. [Lat. apis; the Goth, word is not on record ; A. S. beo ; Engl.
bee; 0. Yi.G. pia ; Germ, biene, and older form beie, Grimm i. 1367;
Swed.-Dan. bf] : — a bee ; the spelling in Icel. with y is fixed by long usage,
nd by a rhyme in the H6fu61., Jcifurr sveigfti y | flugu unda by, where y
(a bow) and by (bees) rhyme ; because perhaps an etymology from bi'i
Hoated before the mind, from the social habits of bees, Barl. 86 ; the
simple by is quite obsolete in Icel. which only uses the compd,
b^-fluga, u, f. a ' bee-fly,' bee, Edda 12, Stj. 91, 210, etc. ; b:^-flygi,
1. id., Bs. i. 210, Stj. 411.
b^ur, f. pi. the feet, with a notion of awkwardness ; retta byfur, to
'tretch the legs out in a?i awkward manner ; {)ar la Kolfinnr son hennar,
jk retti byfur hcilzti langar, tsl. ii. 416: the passage Od. ix. 298 —
TavvaaoLfjiivos hicL fi-qXccv — Egilsson in his rhymed translation renders
;jraphically, ok me6al bufjar byfur r6tti.
b^li, n. [b61], an abode, mostly in compds, a-byli, etc.
hfU, adj. [bol], living, in compds, ar-byll, har8-byll, J)ung-byll.
b^, v. bser. ij^A..
b^-skip, n. the ship of the bees, the air, sky, poet., HofuSl. 17 (dub.)
B^SN", n. [cp. A. S. bysen, bisen, which means example, whilst the
icel. word means] a wonder, a strange arid portentous thing ; commonly
used in pi., ur8u hverskonar bysn, 625. 42 ; J)ar sem J)essi by'sn (ace. pi.)
bar fyrir, Fms. xi. 1 3 ; ]f)etta eru stor bysn, 64 ; slikt eru banvaen b^sn.
Fas. iii. 13 (in a verse) ; sing., Fms. Xi. 10, 64: in mod. use fem. sing.,
Fb. i. 212, Pr. 76, 91; bysna-ve3r,^or^e///owsK'ea//?)er, Fms. iii. 137; bysna-
vetr, a winter of portents, when many ghosts and goblins were about, Bs.,
Sturl. i. 115; bysna-sumar, in the same sense, Ann. 1203. In mod. use
Germ, ziemlicb; bysna-vel, b. g65r, langr, fljotr, pretty well, pretty good,
etc. : in early writers the sense is much stronger.
b^sna, a8, to portend, bode ; J)etta bysnar tjon ok sorg, Karl. 492 ; the
proverb, bysna skal til batnaSar, i. e. things must be worse before they
are better. Old Engl, 'when bale is highest, bote is nighest,' Fms. v. 199,
(spelt bisna, O. H. L.) ; er bysna skal at bctr ver8i, x. 261.
b^ta, tt, [biitr], to deal out, give, with dat. of the thing ; bytti Hrafn
silfrinu. Fas. iii. 256 : esp. byta lit, or lit byta, to give alms, Hebr. xiii.
16, Gal. vi. 6. p. to exchange, Dan. bytte ; byttum vi8 jcirdum okkar,
Dipl. i. 12, H. E. i. 561.
b^i, n. exchange, barter, Krok. 65 ; bating, f. spending, Ann. 1 408.
BJEDI, [v. ba8ir, where in p. 54, col. 2, 1. 7, the words 'rarely Norse'
should be struck out], used adverbially, both, Scot. ' baitb,' with conjunc-
tions connecting two parts of a sentence : o. bx8i ... ok, both . . . and;
hxbi vitr ok framgjarn, both wise and bold, Nj. 6 ; b. bldr'ok digr, Fms'.
vii. 163 ; vitandi hxbi gott ok illt, knowing both good and evil, Stj'. 145.
Gen. iii. 5 ; b. fyrir sina hond ok annarra, Bs. i. 129 ; b. at viti ok at o8ru,
127 ; b. at laerdomi, vitrleik, ok atgiirvi, in learning, wisdom, and accom-
plishments, 130 (where the subdivision after bae8i is triple) ; b. lond ok
kvikfe, Isl. ii. 61 ; mun nu vera rofit baE8i biilkinn ok annat, Fms. vi.
381 ; b»8i var at hann kunni betr en flestir menn a8rir, ok hafSi betri
faeri a . . . , Bs. i. 1 29 ; sometimes in inverse order, ok . . . bxbi ; hh og &
himnum bae8i. Pass. 24. 7; fagrt ok fatitt b., Horn. 117; undruSu ok
hormu8u b., 120. p. bse8i . . . enda, where the latter part of the sen-
tence, beginning with ' enda,' is of a somewhat disjunctive character, and
can scarcely be literally rendered into English ; it may denote irony or
displeasure or the like, e. g. J)a8 er b. hann er vitr, enda veit hann af J)vi,
i. e. he is clever, no doubt, and knows it; b. er mi, jarl, at ek a y8r
margan soma at launa, enda vili J)er mi hafa mik i hina mestu h^ttu, //
is true enough, my lord, that I have received many good things from you,
but now you put me in the greatest danger, i. e. you seem to intend to make
me pay for it, Fb. i. 193 : or it denotes that the one part of a sentence
follows as a matter of course from the other, or gives the hidden reason ;
b. mundi vera at engi mundi t)ora at etja, enda mundi engi hafa best sv4
g68an, i. e. no one would dare to charge him, as there would hardly be
any who bad so good a horse, Nj. 89.
^bsegi-fotr, m. [bagr], ' lame-foot,' a cognom., Eb. ; Egilsson renders
diJupiyvTieis (Od. viii. 349) by bsegi-fotr.
bseging, f. thwarting, Finnb. 344.
bseginn, adj. cross-grained, Fms. iii. 95 ; baegni, f. peevishness; or8-
bseginn, q. v. ; mein-baeginn, pettish.
bsegja, 8, (an old pret. bag8i, Haustl. 18), [bagr], with dat. to make one
give way, push one back; troU-konan baegir honum til fjallsins, Bs. i.464;
b. skipi or laegi, to push the ship from her moorings, Fms. vii. 114; b.
vist sinni, to change one's abode, remove, Eb. 252 ; J)eim bsEg8i ve8r, of
foul wind, Eg. 245 ; honum baeg8i ve8r, ok bar hann til eyja {)eirra er
Syllingar heita, the weather drove him from his course, and he was carried
to the islands called Scilly, Fms. i. 145. p. absol. to hinder; ef eigi
b. nau8synjar, Grag. i. 446. 2. metaph. to treat harshly, oppress
ofie, Bs. i. 550. 3. reflex, with the prep. vi8 ; b. vi8 e-n, to quarrel ;
{)a vill hann eigi vi8 ^k baegjask, Ld. 56 ; \k var vi8 enga at baegjask
(none to dispute against) nema i moti Gu8s vilja vaeri, Bs. i. 128. p.
baegjask til e-s, to contend about a thing, but with the notion of unfair
play; betra er at vasgjask til virSingar en b. til st6r-vandr»8a, Fms.
vii. 25. -y. impers., bsegSisk honum sva vi8, at . . ., things went so
crookedly for him, that . . ., Grett. MS.
bseki, V. beyki ; bseki-skdgr, m. a beech-wood, Fms. xi. 224.
bseklingr, m. [bok], a ' bookling,' little book, Lat. libellus, Bs. i. 59.
bsela, d, I. [bal], to burn = braela, in the allit. phrase brenna ok b.,
671. 4, Fms. iv. 142, vi. 176; vide braela, Fas. i.4. II. [bol]. to
pen sheep and cattle during the night ; reflex., dyr baelask i beim sto8um,
Greg. 68.
baeli, n. [bol], 1, in the Norse sense, a farm, dwelling, = hj\\,
GJ)1. 452. 2. in the Icel. sense, a den. Fas. ii. 231, of a vulture's nest ;
amar-baeli, an eyry, a freq. local name of farms in Icel., Landn. ; dreka-
baeli, orms-baeli, a dragon's lair, serpent's den, Edda ; even used of the lair
of an outlaw, Grett. 132 (Grettis-baeli), Ld. 250.
B-ffiN" and bon, f. [bi8ja], prayer, request, boon ; these two words are
nearly identical in form, and sometimes used indiscriminately as to sense ;
but in most cases they are diflTerent, baen having a deeper sense, prayer,
bon, request, booti ; we may say bi8ja e-n bonar, and bi8ja e-n baenar, but
the sense is different ; only baen can be used of prayer to God ; gora e-t at
baen e-s, Fs. 38 ; er sii baen allra vdr, a.t . . .,we all beg, that . . ., Eg. 28 ;
skaltii veita mer baen J)a er ek mun bi8ja J)ik, Nj. 26; fella baen at e-m,
to pray one earnestly, Isl. ii. 305. p. prayer to God, often in plur. ; vera
a baenum, to be at prayers ; hon var liingum um naetr at kirkju a baenunt
sinum, Ld. 328 ; hann hellir lit baenir fyrir domstol Krists, Hom. 13, 156 ;
baen ok olmusugjafir, Bs. i. 370, Pass. 4. 22, 44. 17 : the phrase, vera e-m
g68r (illr) beena (gen. pi.), to turn the ear (or a deaf ear) to one's prayers,
Hom. (St.) 95 ; ver mer mi sva baena, sem J)u vilt at Gu8 so f)(5r a d6ms-
degi, Orkn, 174; Drottinleg bxn, the Lord's Prayer ; kve\d-hxn, evening
93
BiENAFULLTING— BOSTL.
prayer; morgnn-boen, morning prayer ; lesa ba-nlr sinar,/o say one'sprayers,
etc. COMPOS : ba8na-fullting, f. support of prayers, Fms. vi. 114.
baena-hald, 11. a holding 0/ prayers, Landii. iii, G{)1. 41 ; bsenahalds-
maftr, a vian who prays to God, a religious man, Bs. i. 72, Horn. 154.
bsena-lius, n. a chapel, Grag. i. 459, Bs. i. 646 ; b. tollr, 647 : a house
of prayer, Matth. xxi. 13. beena-staflr, m. entreaty, intercession,
prayer; J)at er b. niinu til allrar alj)y'du, Nj. 189; ek KtlaSa, at J)er
muiidud lata standa minii b. um einn iiiann, P'nis. vi. loi ; giJra e-t fyrir
baeiiastad e-s, to do a thing because of one's intercession or prayer, Lv. 1 3 :
STtpplication, Bs. i. 740 ; me6 beztu manna raSi ok b., GJ)!. 13. bsenar-
br6f, n. a letter of entreaty, Ann. 1330; bonar-brtif, 1392. beenar-
ord, n. p\. prayers, entreaties, Fs. 10, Fms. ii. 235, Sks. 515.
basna, d, to pray, entreat one ; baendi hann til at hann skyldi, Fms. x.
387 ; prestr sa. er baendr er, requested, K. J). K. 8, 40 ; J)vi sella ek at senda
hann til keisarans sem hann bsendi (asked) sjalfr, Post. 645. 98, cp. Acts
XXV. 25 ; grat-bsena, to pray ' greeting,' i. e. with tears. p. bsena sik,
(in mod. use) to cover the face with the hands in prayer.
bsen-heyra, 8, esp. theol. to hear one's prayer, N. T.
been -bus = baenahiis, Pm. 41, Dipl. iii. 1, iv. 9, Vm. 78.
baen-rsekinn, adj. diligent in prayer, Hkr. ii. 191.
"BJEB,, boer, or b^, gen. baejar or byjar; gen. biar also occurs, esp.
in Norse MSS. of the 14th century, Fb., but is rare and unclassical ; pi.
-ir, gen. -ja, dat. -jum. In Icel. people say bser ; in Norway b'6 ; in Swed.
and Dan. (always with y) by ; the root word being biia, bvi : this word
is very freq. in local names of towns and villages throughout the whole
of Scandinavia ; and wherever the Scandinavian tribes settled the name
by or bo went along with them. In the map of Northern England the
use of this word marks out the limits and extent of the Norse immigra-
tion, e. g. the name Kirkby or Kirby ; about twenty or thirty such are
found in English maps of the Northern and Midland Counties, denot-
ing churches built by the Norse or Danish settlers, as Whitby, Grimsby,
etc., cp. Kirkjubaer in Icel. In Denmark and Sweden local names
ending in -by are almost numberless. I. a town, village, this is the
Norse, Swed., and Dan. notion ; J)eir brenna byi at koldum kolum,
Fms. xi. 122; til baejarins (of NiSaros), vii. 30; of Bergen, viii. 360,
438 ; Tunsberg, ix. 361 ; of the town residence of the earl of Orkney,
Nj. 267 : allit., borgir ok baei, castles and towns, Ann. 1349, etc.
etc. ; baejar-biskup, a town-bishop, Fms. vii. 32 ; baejar-prestr, a totvn-
priest, D.N.; baejar-logmaSr, a town-pistice, id.; bajjar-ly'Sr, baejar-li5,
baejar-menn, towns-people, Fms. viii. 38, 160, 210, Eg. 240, Bs. i. 78 ;
baejar-brenna, the burning of a town, Fms. x. 30; baejar-byg8, a town-dis-
trict,yiii. 247; baejar-gjald, a /ow«-ra/e, N.G.L. i.328; baejar-sy'sla, a rtw«-
office, Fms. vi. 109 ; baejar-starf, id., Hkr. iii. 441 ; baejar-seta, dwelling
in town, Ld. 73, Isl. ii. 392. II. a farm, landed estate, this is the
Icel. notion, as that country has no towns ; baer in Icel. answers to the
Germ, 'hof,' Norweg. ' bol,' Dan. 'gaard,' denoting a farm, or farm-
yard and buildings, or both together ; hence the phrase, reisa, gora, setja
bse, efna til baejar, to build the farmstead, Eb. 10, 26, 254, Ld. 96, 98,
Fs. 26, Landn. 126, 127, Eg. 131, Gisl. 8, 28, Bs. i. 26, f)orst. hv. 35 ;
byggja bae, Bs. i. 60; the phrase, baer heitir . . ., a farm is called so
and so, Isl. ii. 322, 323, 325, Ann. 1300, Hrafn. 22, Dropl. 5 ; the allit.
phrase, biia a bas . . . , |3orst. hv. 37 ; the passages are numberless, and
'baer' has almost become synonymous with 'house and ho)iie;' and as it
specially means ' the farm-buildings,' Icel. also say innan-bsejar, in-doors;
utan-baejar, out-of-doors; i bae, within doors; milli baejar ok stoSuIs, K. {>. K.
78 ; milli baeja ; bae fra bae,/ro?n house to house; a bae og af bae, at home and
abroad : things belonging to a baer, baejar-dyr, the doors (f the houses,
the chief entrance ; bsejar-hurS (jantia) ; baejar-veggr, the wall of the
houses ; baejar-bust, the gable of the houses; baejar-laekr, the home-spring,
well; baejar-hla6, the premises ; hxjar-stvtt, the pavetJient in the front of
the bouses ; baejar-lei6, a furlong, a short distance as between two ' baeir;'
baejar-sund, /irtssa^e between the houses; baejar-hiis, the homestead, opp.
to fjiir-hus, etc., where cattle is kept, or barns and the like ; fram-baer,
the front part of the houses ; torf-bacr, timbr-baer, a ' baer ' built of tiirf
or timber : phrases denoting the 'baer' as hearth and home, hor se Gu6 i
bae, God be in this house, a form of greeting, cp. Luke x. 5 ; baejar-bragr,
the customs or life in a house ; nema biirn hva& a bx er titt (a proverb).
bsera, &, [bera, baru], to move, stir, esp. reflex, to stir a limb, Bb.
3. 31 ; enginn sa bans varir baerast, wo one saw his lips move.
beeri-ligr, adj. Jit, see/nly, Stj. 141.
bserr, adj. due, entitled to, cp. Germ, geb'uhrend ; the proverb, b. er
hverr at ra6a sinu, every one has a right to dispose of bis own property,
Isl. ii. 145 ; vera b. at daema um e-t, to be a jit judge in a matter (a
proverb); unbecoming, Yt. II.
bsesa, t, [bass], = basa, to drive cattle into stall, Gisl. 20 ; the saying,
fyrr a gomlum uxanum at b. en kalfinum, Fms. vi. 28.
bsesingr, m., prop, one born in a bass (q. v.) ; hence, as a law term, the
child of an outlawed mother; {)at barn er ok eigi arfgengt {that child is also
not entitled to inheritance), er su kona getr er sek er orSin skogarmaSr,
J)6-at hon geti vi8 bonda sinum usekjum, ok heitir sii maSr baesingr,
Qrag. i. 178. Is not the name Bastard, which first occurs as the sur-
name of the Conqueror, simply a Norman corruption of this Scandin. la\
term ? The sou of an outlawed father was called vargdropi, q. v. 2
poet, the name of a sword, Edda (Gl.)
B^TA, tt, [bot; \JU. b6jan — ui<pe\irv; Hel. botian; A.S. hetan
O. H. G. buzan ; Germ, bllssen'] : — to better, improve, amend, also /
restore, repair, Nj. 163, G^I. 411 ; b. aptr, to restore, Grag. ii. 336; t
upp, to restore, atone for, Fms. ix. 43 ; b. at e-u, to repair, 367 ; baeta rai
sitt, to better one's condition, to 7tiarry, Nj. 2 : theol. to better one's life
Gu6 baetti honuni af J)essi sott, God restored him to health, Fms. ix. 391
with gen. of the sickness, O. H. L. 84. p. to metid, put a patch on 1
garment. 2. reflex., e-m baitisk, one gets better, is restored t
health; at fo6ur bans baettisk helstriS, Landn. 146: absol., bxttisl
honum J)egar, he got better at once, Bs. i. 318, 319, 325 : with gen.
baettisk Biia augna-verkjarins, Isl. ii. 428 (rare) ; cp. heilsu-bot, recover
of health. II. a law term, to pay weregild, the person slaii
in ace, the money in dat. ; Hrafnkell baetti engan mann fe, i. e. H. pai(
no weregild whomsoever he slew, Hrafn. 4; ek vii engan mann fe b.
9 ; Styrr va mcirg vig, en baetti engin (viz. vig), S. slew many men
but paid for none, Eb. 54; baeta J)4 menu alia er J)ar k'-tusk e8r fyri
sarum ur6u, 98 ; b. sakir (ace.) fe (dat.), Grag. ii. 169 : the allii
law term, b. baugum, to pay weregild, 174: the amount of monc
in ace. to pay out, baet heldr fe J)at er J)u ert sakaSr vi3 hann, Fms
iii. 22 ; ok a hann eigi J)at at b., he has not to pay that, Grag. ii
168; b. ofundar bot, G^l. 358 : part, baettr, Eb. 98, 246. 2
metaph. to redress, adjust ; b. vi8 e-n, or b. yfir vi6 e-n, to give on
redress, make good a wrong inflicted ; hefir J)u yfir baett vi6 mik un
J)etta braSraedi, Fms. ii. 25, xi.434: also used in a religious sense, skalti
b. vi& Gu&, er J)u hefir sva mjok gengit af tru J)inni, ii. 213 (yfir-bot
repentance) ; b. sal, or b. fyrir sal sinni, to do for the health of the sout
iv. 63, Fb. i. 34.15, Bs. i. 642 (in a verse) ; b. um e-t, to mahe a thin^
better (um-bot, bettering, improvement), Orkn. 442 : reflex., ekki baetisl
um, matters grow worse, Fms. ii. 53 ; b. vi3, to add to (vi5-but, addi
tion), Hav. 45. 3. part. pass, used as adj. in compar. ; ok er eig
at baettra, J)6tt . . ., things are no better, though . . ., Fms. vii. 36 ; J)yki
mer Olafr ekki at baettari, J)6tt . . ., i. e. it is no redress for Olave's death
though . . ., Fas. ii. 410; er mer ekki sonr minn at baettari J)6tt Bolli s
drepinn, my son's death is 7ione the 7nore atoned for though B. is slaiii
Ld. 226. 4. part. act. as noun ; bcetandi, pi. -endr, a law term, on
who has to pay weregild, Grag. ii. 1 74, etc.
B.^XIj, mod. bsexli, n. [bogr], the shoulder (Lat. armus) of a dragon
whale, shark, or the like, Fms. vi. 351, Bret. 544. 16, GuU^. 7.
BOD, f., gen. biiSvar, [A.S. beadit], a battle, only in poetry, in whicl
it is used in a great many compds ; hence come the pr. names Bo&van
Bo&vildr, Bo5m65r, vide Lex. Poet.
bSSull, m., dat. bciftli, [Dan. boddel], an executioner, (mod. word.)
boSvask, a8, dep. to rave, H6m. 21.
BOGGR, m., dat. boggvi, an obsol. word, a bag ; breiSr b., a big bag, ii
a metaph. sense, Glum, (in a verse) : the dimin. boggull, m. a small bag, i
in freq. use as a nickname. Am. S. Bs. i. bogla, a3, to shrivel, v. bagla.
BOIj, n., dat. bolvi, gen. pi. bolva, [cp. Goth, balva-vesei and balvein
= Pacravos, KoXaats ; A.S.balew; Engl, bale ; Hal. baht ; O.H.G. balv
lost in mod. Germ, and Dan.] : — bale, misfortune ; allit. phrases, bii
and bot, '■bale' and '■bote;' bolva baetr, Stor. 22; t)egar bol er haest e
bot naest, ' when bale is best, bote is nest,' Morris, E. Engl. Spec. 100
sva skal bcil baeta at bi8a annat meira (a proverb), Grett. 123, Fbr. 193
bol er buskapr (a proverb).
bol-bsen, f. imprecation, Sks. 435, Anecd. 10.
b61-fengi, f. malice, O. H. L. 32.
b611-6ttr, adj. ball-shaped, Sks. 634 ; b. eggskurn, Stj. 12 ; b. mann:
hiifuS, Fms. V. 343, Rb. 466.
BOLLB, m., gen. ballar, dat. beUi, [Engl, ball; O. H.G. balla]:—i
ball, globe : the ball, in the game of cricket, Gisl. 26 (in a verse, A. D
963), but hardly ever used, kniittr being the common word : a globe, Al
18 ; b. jarSar, Sks. 205 B ; b. solar, id., v. 1. : the front of a phalanx, bell
svinfylktar fylkingar, 384 B : a small body of men, L^it. globus, Fms. viii
406, where some MSS. read bjiillr, probably to avoid the ambiguity: i
peak, tnountain, in the local name Ballar-a, a farm in the west of Iceland
Eb. 2. anatom. the glans penis, Grag. ii. 16.
bolva, a3, [Ulf. balvjan = Paaavi^tiv'], to curse, with dat. or absol.
Stj. 37, 199, Sks. 539, 549, Horn. 33. p. to swear, Sturl. iii. 239
bdlv, n. swearing, (mod.)
bolvan, f. a curse, Stj. 37, 483 : swearing, Faer. 239, Hom. 86.
b61--viss, adj. [Ulf. balva-vesei, Hel. balu-veso, = diabolus], ^bale-viise,
detestable, Hbl. 23: a nickname, Hkv.
B(JRGB, m. [Dutch and Germ, barg ; Engl, barrow"], a barrow-bog
Hd., Lex. Poet.
BOBKR, m., gen. barkar, dat. berki, bark, Stj. 177, Pr. 473, Am. 17
borku (ace. pi.), N. G. L. i. 242 : a pr. name of a man, Landn.
b6rr, m. a kind of tree, Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet. II. a son = burr.
bSruSr, m., poet, an ox, Edda (Gl.)
^ bOstl, f., pi. bostlar, arrows, Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet.
C— D.
C
C (ce), the third letter, has all along been waning in Icel. The early
ijothic Runes (Golden horn) use < for k, e.g. /^< for ek, ego; the
later common Rimes have no c. The Anglo-Saxon Runes follow the
(}othic, and use c for k, as cen, a torch.
A. Spelling. — The rule given by the first Icel. grammarian,
Thorodd (A.D. I140), is curious; he says that he will follow the Scots
II using c with all the vowels, as in Latin, and then makes c serve
instead of k; but, though in other cases he makes the small capitals
icrve for double consonants, e.g. uBi, brar, meN, haLar, dtJG, = ubbi,
iratt, menu, etc,, he admits k to mark a double c, and spells soc sake,
lut siik sank; lycia to shut, but lykja a knot; vaca to wake, but vaka
<agari ; becia to thatch, but J)ekia to know. Thorodd gives as his reason
hat other consonants have different shapes as small' or capital, but c is
iniform, whereas he says that k suits well for a double c, being a Greek
etter itself, and having a shape similar to a double c, namely, |( ; this
;■ or double c he calls ecc, but the single c he calls ce, Skalda 108. The
econd grammarian (about the end of the 12th century) only admits c
IS a final letter, ranking with d, z, or x, which are never used as initials :
;I1 these letters he calls ' sub-letters ;' he thus writes karl, kona, kunna,
'Ut voc, siJc, tac. Such were the grammatical rules, but in practice they
vere never strictly followed. As the Anglo-Saxon, in imitation of the
.atin, used c throughout for k, so the earliest Icel. MSB., influenced by
he Anglo-Saxon or by MSS. written in Britain, made free use of it, and
■ and c appear indiscriminately ; k is more frequent, but c is often used
letween two vowels or after a vowel, e. g. taca, lecu, vica, hoc, etc. etc.
11 such cases, t and c (k) can often hardly be distinguished ; and read-
igs can sometimes be restored by bearing this in mind, e. g. in Bjarn. S.
all our MSS. come from a single vellum MS.) the passage ' Ictu heim at
mdinu' should be read 'Iccu (leku) honum landmunir,' 16; 'sattvarr'
i 'sacvarr,' i.e. sakvarr, 51 ; cp. also such readings as bikdaelir instead
f Hitdxlir, GuUJ). 3; drickin = dritkinn, id. In Ad. 20 it is uncertain
hether we are to read veclinga- or vetlinga-tiJs, probably the former.
B. Foreign words. — Throughout the Middle Ages the spelling
emaiaed unsettled, but k gained ground, and at the time of the Refor-
lation, when printing began, c was only kept to mark the double k,
k (cut on one face), and in foreign proper names ; but it was not
dmitted in appellatives svi(;h as kirkja, klaustr, klerkr, kor, kross, kalkr
r kaleikr, church (Scot, kirk), cloister, clericals, choir, cross, calix, etc., or
I kista, kastali, kerti, keisari, kser, kaerleiki, kyndill, korona or knina,
urteisi, kumpan, kompas, kapituli, cista, castellum, cera, caesar (as
ppell.), cams, caritas, candela, corona, courtesy, company, compass,
bapter. All words of that kind are spelt as if they were indigenous,
"he name of Christ is usually in editions of the N. T. and Vidal. spelt
^hristus or Christur, but is always sounded as a native word Kristr or
aistur, gen. Krists, dat. Kristi; in modern books it is also spelt so, and
Imost always in hymns and rhymes, ancient as well as modern, e. g.
triSsmenn J)a hofftu krossfest Krist \ skiptu i sta6i {jora. fyrst. Pass. 36. 1,
9. 1, 3, 10. 1, 14. 1, 15. 3, 16. I, 49. 4; Postula kjori Kristur \>Tyk, 41 ;
triSsnienn Krist lir kapu faerSu, 30. i ; Framandi ma6r msetti Kristi \ her
iii finna hvern J)a3 lystir, 30. 6, 46. 12. Icel. also spell Kristinn, Kristi-
gr, Christian ; kristna, to christen, etc. p. in the middle of syllables
for c is also used in words of foreign origin, Paskar = Pascha, Pass-
ver; dreki = Jraco; leikmenn = /a2«; Sikley or Sikiley = 5'/«7za ; Grik-
nd or Grikkland = Greece. In modern books of the last fifty years
(• is turned into kk ; and even C in proper names is rendered by K,
vcept where it is sounded as S ; thus Icel. spell Caesar, Cicero, Cyprus ;
)r Sesar, Sisero, Syprus, Silisia — although even this may be seen in
rint of the last ten or twenty years — is a strange novelty. There
but one exception, viz. the proper name Cecilia, which, ever since
le Reformation, has been spelt and pronounced Sesselja; where,
owever, the name occurs in old writers, e. g. the Sturl. i. 52 C, it is
ways spelt in the Latin form. Latin and foreign words are spelt with
in some MSS. communis-bok, f. a missal, Vm. 52. con-
urrentis-old, f. dies concurrentes, Kb. crucis-messa = kross-
essa, K. |j. K.
^" A digraph ch = k\s at times found in MSS., as michill = mikill,
C is used in nearly all MSS. to mark 1 00; the Arabian figures,
owever, occur for the first time in the Hauks-bok and the chief MSS.
theNjala (all of them MSS. of from the end of the 13th to the be-
nning of the 14th century), but were again disused till about the time
! the Reformation, when they came into use along with print. An
verted c (5) is sometimes in very early MSS. used as an abbreviation
r con (kon), thus ougr = konungr, 5a = kona, •5or = konor = konur ;
-nee the curious blunder in the old Ed. of Pals. S., Bs. i. 140, viz. that
bishop had to take charge of womefi and clergy instead of choir and
er^y, the word c6r of the MSS. being mistaken for 5or (konor). In
ISS. of the 15th century c above the line is used as an abbreviation,
g. ta=taka, t"r = tekr, mill = mikill, etc.
D
D (do) is the fourth letter of the alphabet ; it is also written D 6 (ei).
The Gothic Runes have a .special sign for the d, ^ or DO , namely, a
double D turned together ; this d is found on the Runic stone at Tune,
the Golden horn, and the Bracteats. The reason why this character was
used seems to have been that the Latin d ^ was already employed to
mark the th sound (p), which docs not exist in Latin. The Anglo-
Saxon Runes follow the Gothic; again, the conmion Scandinavian Runes
have no d, but use the tenuis t, to mark both d and /.
A. Pronunciation, etc. — The Icel. has a double d sound, one hard
(fl?) and one soft (d commonly called 'stungiS {cut) do'); the hard d is
sounded as the Engl. (' in dale, day, dim, dark; the soft d as the soft
Engl, th in father, mother, brother, but is only used as a final or medial,
though it occurs now and then in early MSS. to mark this sound at the
beginning of words, e. g. 6ar, Sinn, 8egar, but very rarely.
B. Spelling. — In very early Icel. MSS. the soft d in the middle or
end of words was represented by p {th) ; thus we read, bloj), faj)ir,
moJ)ir, guj), orj), cymj), sekj), dypj), etc., blood ... depth, etc. Even
Thorodd does not know the form d, which was borrowed from the
A. S. at the end of the 12th century, and was made to serve for the soft
th sound in the middle or end of words, p being only used at the begin-
ning of syllables ; but the old spelling with p in the middle and at the
end of syllables long struggled against the Anglo-Saxon 'S, and most old
vellum MSS. use 6 and /> indiscriminately (bloj) and blo6) ; some use p as
a rule, e.g. Cod. Upsaf. (Ub.) of the Edda, written about A.D. 1300,
Ed. Arna-Magn. ii. 250 sqq. At the beginning of the 14th century d
prevailed, but again lost its sway, and gave place to d, which marks
both the hard and soft d sound in all MSS. from about A.D. 1350 sqq.
Thenceforward 6 was unknown in Icel. print or writing till it was
resumed in the Ed. of Njala A.D. 1772 (cp. also the introduction to the
Syntagma de Baptismo, A. D. 1770), and was finally introduced by Rask
in common Icel. writing about the beginning of this century ; yet many
old people still keep on writing d throughout (fadir, modir). On the other
hand, Norse (Norwegian) MSS. (laws) never use a middle or final ^; and
such words as o{)r, goJ)r in a MS. are a sure mark of its Icel. origin.
C. Changes : I. assimilation : 1. dd change into dd,
as in the feminines breidd, vidd, sidd, from breiSr, viSr, siSr ; pret. beiddi,
leiddi, raeddi, haeddi, hlyddi, etc., from beiSa, raeSa, hly3a, etc. 2.
dt into tt, adj. neut., gott, ott, bratt, leitt, from go&r, 68r, braSr,
leiSr. 3. the Goth, zd. Germ, and F^ngl. rd, into dd in words
such as rodd = Goth. razda; oddr = Gerni. ort; hodd = Engl. hoard,
Goth, huzd; gaddr = Goth. gazds, etc. Those words, however, are
few in number. II. the initial J!> of a pronoun, if suffixed to the
verb, changes into d or d, and even t, e.g. far-6u, gor-3u, sja-6u, fa-8u,
bii-6u, = far J)u (imperat.), etc.; kalla-8u, tala-&u, = kalla j)u, tala {)u ;
or kon-du, leid-du, bid-du, syn-du, sen-du, =:kom J)u, lei6 J)vi, etc. ; or /,
hal-tu, vil-tu, skal-tu, ben-tu, hlj6t-tu, = hald \>u, vilt J)u, skalt \>u,
bend Jjii, hljot \>u ; and even so the plur. or dual — komi-6iS, haldi-
3i6, 8etli-&i8, vili8-i&, gori-8er, gangi-3er, = komi {)i6 . . . gangi J)cr; or
following conjunctions, efa8-8u = ef a5 J)u, siSan-8u = siSan J)ri, aSren-
3ix = a5r en J)u. III. change of d into 6: 1. d, whether
radical or inflexive, is spelt and pronounced d after a vowel and an r or/,
g, c. g. bl6&, J)j68, biSja, lei&, nauS, hxb, briiSr, bse3i, borS, or&, garSr,
fer&, gor8, bragft, lag3i, hsEg3, haf5i, hiifSum {capitibus), etc. This is
without regard to etymology, e.g. Goth. piuda {gens) zndpjup {honum)
are equally pronounced and spelt ' J)j6S ;' Goth, daups and deds, Icel.
dau6i and da8 ; Goth, gup {deus) and gods {bonus), Icel. gu&, g68r ;
GoXh.fadar, brupar, Icel. fa6ir, broSir, cp. Germ, vater, mutter, but
bruder ; Goth, vaurd and gards, Icel. or6, gar&r; Engl, burden and
birth, Icel. byr&r, burSr, etc. Again, in some parts of western Icel. rd,
gd, and/d are pronounced as rd, gd,fd, ord, Sigurd, gerdu {fac), bragd
(with a soft g, but hard d), hafdi (with a soft /and hard d) ; marks of
this may be found in old MSS., e. g. Cod. Reg. (Kb.) of Ssem. Edda. 2.
an inflexive d is sounded and spelt d : o. after k, p, e. g. in pret. of
verbs, steyp&i, gleyp8i, klip8i, dnip&i, gap3i, glapSi, steikSi, rik8i, sekSi,
hrokSi, hnej'kSi, blek&i, vak6i, blak3i, etc., from steypa, klipa, dnipa,
gapa, glepja, steikja, rikja, sekja, hriikkva, hneykja, blekkja, vekja, or
vaka, etc. ; and feminines, sek8, eyk&, dyp3, etc. p. after the liquids
I, m, n in analogous cases, val6i, dul6i, hul8i, deil3i, and daemfti, s.Tem6i,
dreym3i, geymSi, sam3i, framSi, and vanfti, bren&i, etc., from dylja, deila,
dreyma, semja, venja, brenna, etc. ; feminines or nouns, saemS, fremd,
vanfti {use), ynSi {delight), anSi {breath), syn9 {sin) : these forms are
used constantly in very old MSS. (12th century, and into the 13th) ; but
then they changed — 16, md, nd into Id, md, nd, and kd, p6 into kt, pt,
etc. Y- ^^^^^ * (only on Runic stones ; even the earliest Icel. MSS.
spell St), e. g. rais{)i = reisti from reisa. In MSS. of the middle of that cen-
tury, such as the 6. H., Cod. Reg. of the Eddas and Gragas, the old forms
are still the rule, but the modem occur now and then ; the Gragas in
nineteen cases out of twenty spells sek8 {culpa), but at times also ' sckt ;'
94
DADRA— DAGR.
M, pd were first abolished ; the liquids kept the soft d till the end of the
century, and ld,^md, nd is still the rule in the Hauksbok ; though even the
chief vellum MS. of the Njala (Arna-Magn. no.468) almost constantly uses
the modern Id, md, nd. As to kt and pt, the case is peculiar ; in early
times the Icel. pronounced dypd or d^p^ etc. exactly as the English at pre-
sent pronounce depth ; but as the Icel. does not allow the concurrence of
two different tenues, the modern pt and kt are only addressed to the eye ;
in fact, when 6 became /, the/) and k were at once changed into /and g.
The Icel. at present says dyft, segt, just as he spells September, October,
but is forced to pronounce ' Seft-,' ' Ogt-.' The spelling in old MSS.
gives sometimes a clear evidence as to the etymology of some contested
words, e. g. the spelling eyk& (q. v.) clearly shews that the word is not
akin to Lat. octo, but is derived from auka (angere), because else it
would have been formed like nott, atta, dottir, Lat. 7toct-, octo, Gr.
OvydTTjp ; so an8i, syn6, shew that the d in both cases is inflexive, not
radical, and that an, syn are the roots, cp. Gr. avf/xos and Germ, suhnen ;
but when editors or transcribers of Icel. MSS. — and even patriotic imi-
tators of the old style — have extended the d to radical Id, nd, and write
land, ban8, hon8, val8, etc., they go too far and trespass against the law
of the language. It is true that 'land' is in Icel. MSS. spelt 't8,' but
the stroke is a mark of abbreviation, not of a soft d.
D. Interchange (vide p. 49) : I. between Greek, Latin,
and Scandinavian there are but few words to record, 6v'faTr]p = A6ti\x,
Brjp = dyT, 0vpa = dyrr, Oavaros and Ovr}aKW = A-k and deyja, 0€os = diar,
flaAA.os = dalr {arcus), and perhaps 6va} = Aomr; Lat. trtmcus = drnngT,
trabere = draga. II. between High German on the one hand,
and Low German with Scandinavian on the other hand, a regular inter-
change has taken place analogous to that between Latin-Greek and
Teutonic; viz. Scandin.-Engl. d, t, p answer to H.G. /, z, d, e.g. Icel.
dagr, Eng\. day ^H.G. tag; Icel. temja, Engl, /awe = H.G. zdhtnen;
led. ping, Engl, thing = }i.G. ding.
g^ In very early Icel. MSS. we find the old Latin form d, which
sometimes occurs in the Kb. of the Saem. Edda, but it is commonly d,
whence d is formed by putting a stroke on the upper part, A. S. ^ ; this
shews that the 6 is in form a d, not a. p (th) ; vide more on this subject
in the introduction to p : Thorodd calls the capital D edd, the d de.
dadra, a3, d. rounni, dat. to wheedle.
dafi, a, m. or dafar, f. pi. a dub. word, a shaft (?), Akv. 4, 14.
dafla, a&, and damla, with dat. to dabble with the oar, up and down,
metaph. from churning, Krok. 59 C. damla, u, f., is used of a small
roll of butter just taken from the churn, {)a9 er ekki fyrsta damlan sem
{)u faer5, Brunn, Isl. Jjj68s. ii. 124.
dafna, ad, to thrive well, a nursery term, used of babies. dafnan, f.
thriving; d6fnunar-barn, etc.
daga, a&, to dawn ; eptir um morguninn er trautt var daga6. Eg. 360 ;
J)egar er hann sa at dagafti, Fms. v. 21 ; hvern daganda dag, Mar. (Fr.) :
impers., e-n dagar uppi, day dawns upoji one, in the tales, said of hob-
goblins, dwarfs, and giants, uppi ertu mi dvergr um daga&r, nu skinn
sol i sali. Aim. 36, cp. Hkv. Hjorv. 29, 30; en Bar5daelingar segja hana
(ace. the giantess) hafi dagat uppi {)a J)au glimdu, Grett. 141 : single
stone pillars are freq. said in Icel. to be giants or witches turned into
stone on being caught by daylight, and are called Karl, Kerling, vide
Isl.|}j68s. i. 207 sqq.
dagan, dogim (deging, Sturl. i. 83 C), f. dawn, daybreak; i dagan,
Edda 24 ; en er kom at d., 29 ; litlu fyrir d., 30, O. H. L. 51 ; um morg-
uninn I d., Fms. ix. 258 ; i dogun. Eg. 261 ; i ondverSa d., Sturl. ii. 249.
dag-drykkja, u, f. a morning-draught, which was taken after the
dagverdr, Orkn. 276, Fas. iii. 42.
dag-far, n. a ' day-fare,' journey, used in dat. in the phrase, fara dagfari
ok nattfari, to travel day and night, Fms. i. 203 ; hann haf8i farit norSan
dagfari, in a single day's journey, ix. 513. 2. mod. and theol. the
'journey of life,' daily course, conduct; hence dagfars-g63r, adj. good
and gentle.
dag-fasta, u, f. fasting by day, K. p. K. 106, Horn. 73.
dag-fatt, n. adj., in the phrase, ver8a d., to lose the daylight, to be over-
taken by night, Fms. xi. 142, Rb. 376, Ver. 24.
dag-fer3, dag-f6r, f. a day's journey, Symb. 15, Fms. xi. 440, Stj. 65.
dag-ganga, u, f. a day's walk. Fas. iii. 643.
dag-geisli, a, m. a day-beam, Bjarn. 46, name given to a lady-love.
dag-langr, adj. [A. S. dcsglang'], all day long ; d. erfifti, toil all day long,
Sks. 42 ; daglangt, all this day long, for this day, P^g. 485, Fms. ii. 268.
dag-lat, n. pi. day-dreams, vide dreyma.
dag-leid, f. a day's journey, Fms. vii, no, Hkr. i. 45 ; fara fuUum
dagleiftum, Grag. i. 48.
dag-lengis, adv. all day long, Korm. (in a verse), Karl. 481.
dag-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), daily, Fms. ix. 407, Sks. 42, Dipl. iii. 14,
H.E. i. 432, Vm. 139.
dag-mdl, n. (vide dagr), prop. ' day-meal,' one of the divisions of the
day, usually about 8 or 9 o'clock a.m. ; the Lat. bora tertia is rendered
by ' er \h kiillum dagmal,' which we call d., Hom. 142; enn er ekki
li8it af dagmalum, Hom» (St.) 10. Acts ii. 15 ; in Gliim. 342 we are told
that the young Glum was very lazy, and lay in bed till day-meal everj
morning, cp. also 343 ; Hrafn. 28 and O. H. L. 18 — a einum morni mill
rismala ok dagmtlla — where distinction is made between rismal {rising
time) and dagmal, so as to make a separate dagsmark (q. v.) of each 0
them; and again, a distinction is made between 'midday' and dagmal,
Isl. ii. 334. The dagmal is thus midway between 'rising' and 'mid-
day,' which accords well with the present use. The word is synonymoui
with dagver8armal, breakfa&t-time, and denotes the hour when the ancienl
Icel. used to take their chief meal, opposed to ndttmal, night-7neal 01
supper-time, Fms. viii. 330; even the MSS. use dagmal and dagverSar-
mal indiscriminately; cp. also Sturl. iii. 4 C; Rb. 452 says that at fuU
moon the ebb takes place ' at dagmalum.' To put the dagmal at 7.3c
A.M., as Pal Vidalin does, seems neither to acccord with the present us«
nor the passage in Glum or the eccl. hora tertia, whicK was the nearest
hour answering to the Icel. calculation of the day. In Fb. i. 539 it ii
said that the sun set at ' eyk6' (i. e. half-past three o'clock), but rose ai
' dagmal,' which puts the dagmal at 8.30 a.m. compds : dagmila.
sta3r, m. the place of d. in the horizon, Fb. i. dagmdla-tid, f
morning terce, 625. 176.
dag-messa, u, f. day-mass, mor?iing terce, Hom. 41.
D AG-B, m., irreg. dat. degi, pi. dagar : [the kindred word dcegr with ;
vowel change from 6 (dog) indicates a lost root verb analogous to ala
61, cp. dalr and daelir ; this word is common to all Teutonic dialects
Goth. c?a^s; A.S.dag; Engl. Jay; Swed.-Dan. c?a^,- Germ, tag; thi
Lat. dies seems to be identical, although no interchange has taken place]
— a day ; in different senses : 1. the natural day : — sayings referrin|
to the day, at kveldi skal dag leyfa, at eventide shall the day be praised
Hm. 80 ; allir dagar eiga kveld um si&ir ; morg eru dags augu, vidi
auga ; enginn dagr til enda tryggr, no day can be trusted till its end; all
dagr til stefnu, Grag. i. 395, 443, is a law phrase, — for summoning wa
lawful only if performed during the day ; this phrase is also used metapb
= ' plenty of time ' or the like : popular phrases as to the daylight ar
many — dagr rennr, or rennr upp, and kemr upp, the day rises, Bm. i
dagr i austri, day in the east, where the daylight first appears ; dagsbrun
'day's brow,' is the first streak of daylight, the metaphor taken from th
human face; lysir af degi, it brightens from the day, i.e. daylight i
appearing; dagr Ijomar, the day gleams ; fyrir d?ig, before day; mot
degi, undir dag, about daybreak ; komi& at degi, id., Fms. viii. 398
dagr a lopti, day in the sky ; aria, snemma dags, early in the morning
Pass. 15. 17 ; dagr um allt lopt, etc. ; albjartr dagr, habjartr d., full da)
broad daylight; hsestr dagr, high day; ond-verbv d., the early day=
forenoon. Am. 50 ; mi8r dagr, midday, Grag. i. 413, 446, Sks. 217, 219
aliftinn dagr, late in the day. Fas. i. 313 ; hallandi dagr, declining day;
kveldi dags, si8 dags, late in the day, Fms. i. 69. In the evening the da
is said to set, hence dag-sett, dag-setr, and dagr setzt ; in tales, ghosts an
spirits come out with nightfall, but dare not face the day ; singing merr
songs after nightfall is not safe, J)a8 kallast ekki Kristnum leyft a9 kvefl
J)egar dagsett er, a ditty ; Syrpuvers er mestr galdr er i folginn, ok eigi e
lofat at kve6a eptir dagsetr. Fas. iii. 206, Isl. |>j68s. ii. 7, 8 : the dayligl
is symbolical of what is true or clear as day, hence the word dagsanna, c
satt sem dagr, q. v. 2. of different days ;. i dag, to-day, Grag. i. I<
18, Nj. 36, Ld. 76, Fms. vi. 151 ; i gxr-dug, yesterday ; i fyrra dag, theda
before yesterday, Hav. 50; i hinni-fyrra dag, the third day ; annars dag
Vigl. 23, Pass. 50. 1 ; hindra dags, the hinder day, the day after to-mot
row, Hm. 109 ; dag eptir dag, day after day, Hkr. ii. 313 ; dag fra deg
from day to day, Fms. ii. 230 ; hvern dag fra o8rum, id., Fms. viii. 182
annan dag fra o&rum, id.. Eg. 277 ; um daginn, during the day; a dogunun
the other day ; nott ok dag, night and day ; liSlangan dag, the ' life-Ion^
day ; dogunum optar, more times than there are days, i. e. over and ovi
again, Fms. x. 433 ; a deyjanda degi, on one's day of death, Gr4g.
402. p. regn-dagr, a rainy day ; solskins-dagr, a sunny day; srnna
dagr, a summer day ; vetrar-dagr, a winter day ; hatiSis-dagr, a feast da)
fegins-dagr, a day of joy ; doms-dagr, the day of doom, judgment day, G
82, Fms. viii. 98 ; hamingju-dagr, heilla-dagr, a day of happiness ; gle8
dagr, id.; bru8kaups-dagr, bridal-day; bur8ar-dagr, a birthday. 3. ;
pi. days in the sense of times; a8rir dagar, Fms. i. 216; ek setla8a ekl
at J)essir dagar mundu ver8a, sem mi eru orSnir, Nj. 171 ; g68ir daga
happy days, Fms. xi. 286, 270; sja aldrei glaSan dag ^sing.), never
see glad days. p. a e-s dogum, um e-s daga eptir e-s daga, esp.
the lifetime or reign of kings, Fms. ; but in Icel. also used of the loj
s6guma8r, Jb. repeatedly ; vera a dogum, to be alive ; eptir minn da
' after my day,' i. e. when I am dead. y. calendar days, e. g. Hvit
dagar, the White days, i.e. Whitsuntide; Hunda-dagar, the Dog day
Banda-dngT, Vincula Petri; HofuS-dagr, Decap. Johannis ; Geisla-dag
Epiphany ; Imbru-dagar, Ember days ; Gang-dagar, ' Ganging days,' R
gation days; Dyri-dagr, Corpus Christi; etc. 4. of the weelj
days ; the old names being Sunnu-d. or Drottins-d., Mana-d., Ty's-(|
(38ins-d., |j6rs-d., Frja-d., Laugar-d. or f>vatt-d. It is hard to understaij
how the Icel. should be the one Teut. people that have disused the oi
names of the week-days ; but so it was, vide Jons S. ch. 24; fyrir baij
hann at eigna daga vitrum monnum hei8num, sva sem at kalla Tyrsd:;
DAGATAL— DAN.
95
linsdag, e8r J>6rsdag, ok svA urn alia vikudaga, etc., Bs. i. 237, cp. 165.
lus bishop John (died A. D. 1121) caused them to name the days as
church (iocs (Feria secunda, etc.) ; viz. Jjri6i-d. or |>riSju-d., Third-
=sTuesday, Rb. 44, K. |j. K. 100, Is), ii. 345; Fimti-d., Fifth-day
Thursday, Rb. 42, Gnlg. i. 146, 464, 372, ii. 248, Nj. 274; Fiistu-d.,
\st-day — Friday ; Mi3viku-d., Midweek-day = Wednesday, was bor-
ved from the Germ. Mittwoch ; throughout the 12th and 13th cen-
es, however, the old and new names were used indiscriminately. The
I'stion arises whether even the old names were not imported from
oad (England) ; certainly the Icel. of heathen times did not reckon by
eks ; even the word week (vika) is probably of eccl. Latin origin
:es, recurrences). It is curious that the Scandinavian form of Friday,
Icel. Frjadagr, mod. Swed.-Dan. Fredag, is A. S. in form ; ' Frja-,'
-e-,' can hardly be explained but from A. S. Fred-, and would be an
gular transition from the Norse form Frey. The transition of ja
) mod. Swed.-Dan. e is quite regular, whereas Icel. ey (in Frey)
uld require the mod. Swed.-Dan. '6 or u sound. Names of week-
s are only mentioned in Icel. poems of the ilth century (Arnor,
hvat) ; but at the time of bishop John the reckoning by weeks was
bably not fully established, and the names of the days were still new
the people. 5. the day is in Icel. divided according to the posi-
1 of the sun above the horizon ; these fixed traditional marks are
ed dags-mdrk, day-marks, and are substitutes for the hours of
darn times, viz. ris-m41 or miftr-morgun, dag-mal, h4-degi, mifl-degi
ni9-mundi, non, mi&r-aptan, natt-mal, vide these words. The middle
ifof two day-marks is called jafn-narri-badum, in modern pronunciation
iu-ba3u, equally-near-both, the day-marks following in the genitive ;
s in Icel. a man asks, hva& er fram or6i6, tvhat is the time f and the
y is, jofnuba3u mi6smorguns og dagmala, half-way between mid-morn-
and day-meal, or stund til {to) dagmala ; hallandi dagmal, or stund af
s/) dagmalum ; jofnu-ba8u hadegis og dagmala, about ten or half-
' ten o'clock, etc. Those day-marks are traditional in every farm, and
ly of them no doubt date from the earliest settling of the country,
pecting the division of the day, vide Pal Vidal. s.v. Allr dagr til
lu, Finnus Johann., Horologium Island., EyktamiJrk Islenzk (pub-
id at the end of the Rb.), and a recent essay of Finn Magnus-
II. denoting a term, but only in compounds, dagi, a, m.,
re the weak form is used, cp. ein-dagi, mal-dagi, bar-dagi, skil-
i. III. as a pr. name, Dagr, (freq.) ; in this sense the dat. is
;,not Degi, cp. 03inn le6i Dag (dat.) geirs sins, Saem. 114. compds :
: ;a-tal, n. a tale of days, Rb. 48. dags-brun, v. above. dags-
sfi, f. hallowedness of the day, Sturl. i. 29. dags-ljos, n. daylight,
366. dags-mark, v. above. dags-megin, n., at dags magni,
ull day, 623. 30. dags-munr, m. a day's difference; sva at d.
i, i. e. day by day, Stj.
g-T&6, n. \_A.S. dagr ed= daybreak], this word is rarely used. Eg.
174, Fms. i. 131 ; in the last passage it is borrowed from the poem
ekia, (where it seems to be used in the A. S. sense ; the poet speaks
sortilege, and appears to say that the sortilege told him to fight at
ireak, then he would gain the day) ; the passages in prose, however,
1 to take the word in the sense of early, in good time.
g-riki, n. (dag-rfkt, n. adj., N.G. L. i. 342, 343, v. 1.), in the
) se, baeta sem d. er til, of the breach of a Sunday or a holy day, to pay
I rding to ' the day's might,' i. e. according to the time of the day at
I :h the breach is committed, N. G. L. i. 342, 343, 348, 349 ; or does
f ean ' the canonical importance' of the day (Fr.) ?
]g-r63r, m. a day's rowing, A. A. 272.
g-sanna, u, f. trne as day, Nj. 73, Faer. 169, Fas. i. 24, cp. Eb. 60.
g-setr (dag-s&tr, Sturl. iii. 185 C), n. 'day-setting,' nightfall; um
d naer dagsetri, Landn. 285 ; i d., Fms. v. 331, ix. 345 ; leid til dag-
, Grett. Ill ; d. skeid, Fms. ix. 383. dag-sett, n. adj. id., Hav.
vide dagr.
g-sigling, f. a day's sailing, jot^rney by sea, Rb. 482.
3-skemt, f. a day's amusement, games, telling stories, or the like,
i. 63 C, (dagskemta, gen. pi.)
;-skjarr, adj. 'day-scared,' shunning daylight, poet, epithet of a
f, Tft. 2.
;-sl4tta, u, f. a day's mowing, an Icel. acre field, measuring 900
re fathoms (Icel. fathom = about 2 yards), to be mown by a single
in a day, Dipl. v. 28, Isl. ii. 349.
-stingr, m. the 'day-sting,' daybreak, Greg. 57' (rare.)
?-stjama, u, f. the morning star, Lucifer, Al. 161, SI. 39.
?-stvind, f. day time, a whole day, K.{>.K. 6; dagstundar Lei3, a
' (i.e. meeting) lasting a day, Grag. i. 122 : — elsewhere dagstund
s an hour in the day time = stund dags.
5-st8eddr, Ad].^xed as to the day, Thom. 56, Fms. xi. 445.
?-ti8, f. [A. S. dagtid~\, day-service, 673. 60, 625. 177, Sks. 19.
veizla, u, f. help to win the c/^y, = li3veizla, Fas. iii. 336.
?-ver3r and d6g-ur3r, m., gen. ar, pi. ir, [Dan. dai/re], ' day-
the chief meal of the old Scandinavians, taken in the forenoon at
supper; corresponding as to time with the mod. Engl, breakfast, as to
the nature of the meal with the Engl, dinner. The old Scandinavians
used to take a hearty meal before going to their work ; cp. Tac. Germ.
22. An early and a hearty meal were synonymous words (vide arlegr) ;
the old Havamdl advises men to go to the meeting ' washed and with
full stomach' (J)veginn ok mettr), but never to mind how bad their dress,
shoes, or horse may be ; and repeats the advice to take ' an early meal '
even before visiting a friend, 32, cp. Hbl. 3. Several places in Icel. took
their name from the settlers taking their first ' day-meal,' e. g. Dog-
ur6ar-nes, D6gur3ar-a, Landn. 1 10, ill, cp. also Gisl. 12. "The Gr.
Shttvov is rendered by dagver5r, Greg. 43. Matth. xxii. 4; but in the
Icel. N.T. of 1540 sq. SefnToc is constantly rendered by kveld-maltift ;
eta dogurd, Landn. I.e., Nj. 175, Gisl. I.e.; sitja yfir dagver&i. Eg. 564,
577, Isl. ii. 336, Fms. iv. 337, ix. 30; dogurSar borfl, a day-meal table,
in the phrase, sitja at dogurSar borfti, to sit at table, Fms. i. 40, vi. 41 1,
Hkr. i. 153, iii. 157; dogurSar-mdl and dogurSarmal-skeiS, the day-meal
time, time of the day-meal, Fms. viii. 330, v. 1. ; um morguninn at dag-
ver3ar miili, 443, Eg. 564, Edda 24, Horn. 91 (in pi.), O. H. L. 19.
coMPD : dagverdar-drykkja, f. = dagdrykkja, the drinking after dag-
ver8r, Fas. iii. 530, Mag. 3.
dag-villr, adj. ' day-wild,' i. e. not knowing what day it is, K. A. 190,
N.G.L. i. 342.
dag-v6xtr, m. daily growth; in the phrase, vaxa dagviixtum, to wax
day by day, Finnb. 216, Eb. 318.
dag-J)iiig, n. and dag-J>ingan, f. a conference, Ann. 1391 ; vera i d.
vi8 e-n, Fms. iii. 201, Bs. i. 882, freq. in Thom.
dag-l>inga, a3, to hold conference with one, D. N., Thom. (freq.)
dala, a5, to be dented; dala6i ekki ne sprakk, Eg. 769, cp. Fas. iii.
12 (the verse).
dal-biii (dalbyggi, Sd. 214), a, m. a dweller in a dale, Grett. 141 A.
dal-byg3, f. a dale-country, Stj. 380, Hkr. ii. 8.
dal-land, n. dale-ground, Grag. ii. 257.
DALiXiB, m. a small tub, esp. for milk or curds ; baeSi byttur og dallar,
Od. ix. 222, Snot 99.
dalmatika, u, f. a dalmatic, Stj., Fms. iii. 168, Vm. 2, 123.
DALR, s, m., old pi. dalar, ace. dala, Vsp. 19, 42, Hkv. i. 46; the
Sturl. C still uses the phrase, vestr i Dala ; the mod. form (but also used
in old writers) is dalir, ace. dali, Hkv. Hjcirv. 28 ; old dat. sing, dali,
Hallr i Haukadali, lb. 14, 17; i |jj6rsardali, i Ornolfsdali, 8, Hbl. 17;
mod. dal ; dali became obsolete even in old writers, except the earliest,
as Ari : [Ulf. dais = <pdpay( , Luke iii. 10, and Podvvou, vi. 39 ; A. S. dcel ;
Engl, dale ; Germ, tal (thai) ; cp. also Goth, dalap = kcltu, and dala above ;
up og dal, up hill and down dale, is an old Dan. phrase] : — a dale ; allit.
phrase, djiipir dalir, deep dales, Hbl. 1. c. ; dali diiggotta, bedewed dales,
Hkv. 1. c. ; the proverbial saying, lata dal mseta holi, let dale meet hill,
' diamond cut diamond,' Ld. 134, Fms. iv. 225 : dalr is used of a dent
or hole in a skull, dalr er i hnakka. Fas. iii. 1. c. (in a verse) : the word
is much used in local names, Fagri-dalr, Fair-dale ; Brei&-dalr, Broad-
dale ; Djupi-dalr, Deep-dale; |3ver-dalr, Cross-dale; Langi-dalr, Lang-
dale; Jokul-dalr, Glacier-dale, (cp.Langdale, Borrodale, Wensleydale, etc.
in North. E.) ; ' Dale' is a freq. name of dale counties, Brei3afjar6ar-dalir,
or Dalir simply, Landn.: Icel. speak of Dala-menn, 'Dales-men' (as in
Engl, lake district) ; dala-fifl, a dale-fool, one brought up in a mean or
despised dale. Fas. iii. 1 sqq. : the parts of a dale are distinguished, dals-
botn, the botto?n of a dale, ii. 19; dals-oxl, the shoulder of a dale; dals-
briin, the brow, edge of a dale; dals-hli3ar, the sides, slopes of a dale ; dala-
drog, n. pi. the head of a dale ; dals-mynni, the mouth of a dale, Fms. viii.
5 7 ; dals-barmr, the ' dale-rim,' = dals-briin ; dals-eyrar, the gravel beds
spread by a stream over a dale, etc. : — in poetry, snakes are called dale-
fishes, dal-rey6r, dal-fiskr, dal-ginna, etc., Lex. Poet. [It is interesting
to notice that patronymic words derived from ' dale' are not formed with
an e (vowel change of a), but an a, a (vowel change of 6), Lax-doelir,
Vatns-doelir, Hauk-doelir, Hit-dcelir, Syr-dcell, Svarf-doelir . . ., the men
from Lax(ar)dalr, Vatnsdal, Haukadal, Hitardal, etc. ; cp. the mod.
Norse Dolen = man from a dale ; this points to an obsolete root word
analogous to •ala, 61, bati, bot ; vide the glossaries of names to the
Sagas, esp. that to the Landn.] II. a dollar (mod.) = Germ.
Joachims-thaler, Joachims-thal being the place where the first dollars
were coined.
dalr, m., gen. dalar, poet, a bow. Lex. Poet. ; this word has a difl^erent
inflexion, and seems to be of a different root from the above ; hence in
poetry the hand is called dal-nau3, the iieed of {force applied to) the bow,
and dal-tong, as the bow is bent by the hand.
dal-verpi, n. a little dale, Nj. 132, Fms. vi. 136, Al. 41.
damma, u, f. [domina], a dame, Fr. (for. and rare) ; hence in mod.
use madama, madame.
daminr, m. a dam, D.N. compds: damm-stokkr, m. a sluice.
damm-stseSi, n. a dam-yard, D.N. (for. and rare).
dampr, danpr, m. [Germ, dampf}, steam, (mod. word.) 2. a pr.
name, Rm., Yngl. S.
me of dagmal, opp. to natf urSr or nattverSr (mod. Dan. nadver), ^ ^ dan, m. [dominus], sir, D. N. ; hence comes perhaps the mod. Icel. word
96
DANSKR— DAtlDDAGU.
of-dan, J)a6 er mer ofdan, 'tis too great a honour /or me; else the word
is quite out of use.
Danskr, adj., Danir, pi. Danes; Dan-mSrk, f. Denmark, i.e. the
mark, march, or border of the Danes ; Dana-veldi, ii. the Danish empire ;
Dana-virki, n. the Danish wall, and many conipds, vide Fms. xi. This
adj. requires special notice, because of the phrase Dcinsk tunga (the Danish
tongue), the earliest recorded name of the conmion Scandinavian tongue.
It must be borne in mind that the ' Danish' of the old Saga times applies
not to the nation, but to the empire. According to the researches of
the late historian P. A. Munch, the ancient Danish empire, at least at
times, extended over almost all the countries bordering on the Skagerac
(Vik) ; hence a Dane became in Engl, synonymous with a Scandinavian ;
the language spoken by the Scandinavians was called Danish ; and
' Donsk tunga' is even used to denote Scandinavian extraction in the
widest extent, vide Sighvat in Fms. iv. 73, Eg. ch. 51, Griig. ii. *]!, 72.
During the nth and 12th centuries the name was much in use, but as
the Danish hegemony in Scandinavia grew weaker, the name became
obsolete, and Icel. writers of the 13th and 14th centuries began to use
the name ' Norraena,' Norse tongue, from Norway their own mother
country, and the nearest akin to Icel. in customs and idiom. ' Swedish'
never occurs, because Icel. had little intercourse with that country,
although the Scandinavian tongue was spoken there perhaps in a more
antique form than in the sister countries. In the ifith century, when
almost all connection with Scandinavia was broken oft' for nearly a cen-
tury, the Norraena in its turn became an obsolete word, and was replaced
by the present word ' Icelandic,' which kept its ground, because the lan-
guage in the mean time underwent great changes on the Scandinavian
continent. The Reformation, the translation of the Old and New Tes-
taments into Icelandic (Oddr Gotskalksson, called the Wise, translated
and published the N. T. in 1540, and bishop Gudbrand the whole Bible
in 1584), a fresh growth of religious literature, hymns, sermons, and
poetry (Hallgrimr Pdtrsson, Jon Vidalin), the regeneration of the old
literature in the 17th and i8th centuries (Brj'njolfr Sveinsson, Arni
Magmisson, |jorm66r Torfason), — all this put an end to the phrases
Donsk tunga and Norraena ; and the last phrase is only used to denote
obsolete grammatical forms or phrases, as opposed to the forms and
phrases of the living language. The translators of the Bible often saj'
' vort Islenzkt mal,' our Icelandic tongue, or ' vort m63ur miil,' our
7nother tongue; m68ur-mi'ili6 mitt. Pass. 35. 9. The phrase ' Dtinsk
tunga' has given rise to a great many polemical antiquarian essays: the
last and the best, by which this question may be regarded as settled, is
that by Jon Sigurdsson in the preface to Lex. Poiit. ; cp. also that of
Pal Vidalin in Skyr. s. v., also published in Latin at the end of the old
Ed. of Gunnl. Saga, 1775.
DANZ, mod. dans, n. a word of for. origin ; [cp. mid. Lat. dansare ;
Fr. danser ; Ital. danzare ; Engl, dance ; Germ, tatiz, tanzen.l This word
is certainly not Teutonic, but of Roman or perhaps Breton origin : the Icel.
or Scandin. have no genuine word for dancing, — leika means ' to play ' in
general : the word itself (danza, danz, etc.) never occurs in the old Sagas
or poetry, though popular amusements of every kind are described there ;
but about the end of the nth century, when the Sagas of the bishops
(Bs.) begin, we find dance in full use, accompanied by songs which are
described as loose and amorous : the classical passage is Jons S. (A. D.
II06-II21), ch. 13. Bs. i. 165, 166, and cp. Jons S. by Gunnlaug, ch.
24. Bs. i. 237 — Leikr sa var kaer miinnum a6r en hinn heilagi Jon var6
biskup, at kveSa skyldi karlma6r til konu i danz blautlig kvseSi ok raegilig;
ok kona til karlmanns mansongs visur; {)enna leik let hann af taka ok
bannaSi styrkliga ; mansongs kvae3i vildi hann eigi heyra ne kve3a lata,
en {)6 fekk hann J)vi eigi af komi6 med ollu. Some have thought that
this refers to mythical (Eddie) poetry, but without reason and against
the literal sense of the passage ; the heathen heroic poems were certainly
never used to accompany a dance ; their flow and metre are a suificient
proof of that. In the Sturl. (Hist, of the 1 2th and 13th century) dancing
is mentioned over and over again ; and danz is used of popular ballads or
songs of a satirical character (as those in Percy's ballads) ; flimt (loose
song) and danz are synonymous words ; the Sturl. has b*y chance pre-
served two ditties (one of A. D. 1 221, running thus — Loptr liggr i Eyjum,
bitr lunda bein | Saemundr er a heiSum, etr berin ein, Sturl. ii. 62, and
one referring to the year 1264 — Minar eru sorgirnar {)ungar sem bly,
Sturl. iii. 317) sufficient to shew the flow and metre, which are exactly the
same as those of the mod. ballads, collected in the west of Icel. (Ogr)
in the 17th century under the name of Fornkva55i, Old Songs, and now
edited by Jon Sigurdsson and Svend Grundtvig. Danz and Fornkvae6i
arc both of the same kind, and also identical with Engl, ballads, Dan.
kxmpeviser. There are passages in Sturl. and Bs. referring to this sub-
ject— faerdu Breiftbaelingar Lopt i flimtun ok gor5u um hann danza
marga, ok margskonar spott annat, Sturl. ii. 57, cp. 62 ; Danza-Bergr, the
nickname of a man (Sturl. ii), prob. for composing comic songs ; danza-
giirS, composing cotnic songs; fylgSar-menn Kolbeins foru me8 danza-
gor3, ... en er Brandr var5 varr vi6 flimtan J)eirra, iii. 80 ; ^k hrokti
|>dr5r hestinn undir siir, ok kva5 danz {jcnna vi6 raust, 317. p. o.
'i
\vake, Arna S. ch. 2 ; in Sturl. i. 23 ; at the banquet in Reykholar, n
the guests amused themselves by dancing, wrestling, and story-telling {\
var sleginn danz 1 stofu, ii. 1 1 7 ; i Vi3vik var gleSi mikil ok gott at vet
J)at var einn Drottins dag at J)ar var danz mikill ; kom J)ar til fjoldi mann
ok riSr hann i Vi6vik til danz, ok var fiar at leik ; ok da5u menn mj^
danz hans, iii. 258, 259 f honum var kostr a bodinn hvat til gamans sky
hafa, sogur e3a danz um kveldit, 281 ; — the last reference refers to the a:
of January, 1258, which fell on a Sunday (or wake-day) : in ballads a
tales of the Middle Ages the word is freq. : — note the allit. phrase, dansi
dunar, Isl. J)j63s. ii. 8: the phrases, stiga danz; ganga i danz; briiS)
danz, dansinn heyra ; dans vill hun heyra, Fkv. ii. 7. Many of the bur^
to the mod. Icel. ballads are of great beauty, and no doubt many cento
older than the ballads to which they are affixed ; they refer to lost \tf
melancholy, merriment, etc., e. g. Blitt laetur veroldin, folnar fogr fold | lat
er siSan mitt var yndi3 lagt i mold, i. 74 ; Ut ert J)u vi& a?ginn bl4, eg
her a Drongum, | kalla eg longum, kalla eg til J)in longum ; Skin k sfc
sol og sumari6 friSa, | dynur i velli er drengir 1 burtu ri3a, no ; Un|
leit eg hofmann 1 fogrum runni, | skal eg i hlj66i dilla J)eim mer uni
Austan blakar laufiS a J)ann linda, 129; Fagrar heyr&a eg raddiri
vi6 Niflunga heim ; Fagrt syngr svanrinn um sumarlanga ti6, | ^a n-
list aS leika sor min liljan fri&, ii. 5 2 ; Einum unna eg manninum, a mec
J)a3 var, | J)6 hlaut eg minn harm a& bera i leyndum sta3, 94 ; Svanr
vi3a, svanurinn syngr vi3a, 22; Utan eptir firSinum, sigla fagrar flev
sa er enginn gla3ur eptir annan {)reyr, no; Svo er mer illt og angrsa
J)vi veldur J)u, ] mig langar ekki i lundinn me6 J)a jungfrii, Espol. A
1549. The earliest ballads seem to have been devoted to these subjc
only ; of the two earliest specimens quoted in the Sturl. (above), on
satirical, the other melancholy ; the historical ballads seem to be of 1;
growth : the bishops discountenanced the wakes and dancing (Bs. 1,
Sturl. iii), but in vain : and no more telling proof can be given of
drooping spirits of Icel. in the last century, than that dancing and wa
ceased, after having been a popular amusement for seven hundred ye
Eggert Clafsson in his poems still speaks of wakes, as an eyewitnc!
in the west of Icel. (Vestfir6ir) they lasted longer, but even there they c
out about the time that Percy's ballads were published in F^ngland. 1
FornkvicSi or songs are the only Icel. poetry which often dispenses v
the law of alliteration, which in other cases is the light and life of I
poetry ; vide also hofma6r, viki-vakar, etc. In the 15th century the rii
(metrical paraphrases of romances) were used as an accompanimen' ;
the danz, holdar danza harla snart, ef heyrist visan min ; hence origin;!
the name man-songr (niaid-song), minne-satig, which forms the ini'
duction to every rima or rhapsody ; the metre and time of the rimur \
exactly those of ballads and well suited for dancing. An Icel. MS. of !;
1 7th century, containing about seventy Icel. Fornkvaefti, is in the F
Mus. no. 11,177 ; and another MS., containing about twenty such soi ,
is in the Bodl. Libr. no. 130.
danza, mod. dansa, a3, to dance, Sks. 705, not in Sturl. and Bs., \ >
use the phrase sla danz; the verb danza occurs for the first time iu ':
ballads and rimur — Ekki er dagr enn, vel d. vifin, Fkv. ii. 102.
danz-leikr, m. dancing, Sturl. i. 23.
dapi, a, m. a pool, Ivar Aasen : a nickname, Fms. viii.
DAPR, adj., gen. rs, of a person, downcast, sad, Nj. n, Isl. ii, "ajl
272, Band. 9 : of an object, dreary, d. dagr. Am. 58 ; d. naetr, SI.
dopr heimkynni, Hbl. 4, Fms. x. 214: the proverb, fyrr er d. en daill
one droops before one dies, i.e. as long as there is life there is £0 1
daprt bcil. Pass. 44. 3 ; dopr dau9ans pina, Bs. ii. 501 ; diipr augu, » [
eyes, Vidal. i. 25 ; augn-dapr, weak-eyed; hence depra or augn-deiB
weak sight : a faint flame of a light is also called daprt, tvo dopur
sitt log, Jon Jjorl. i. 146.
dapra, a3, to become faint, in swimming; e-m daprar sund, he begin,*
sink, NjarS. 374; more usually dep. daprask, Fbr. 160, Fas. iii. 508.
dapr-eygr, adj. weak-sighted, Bjarn. 63.
dapr-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), disfnal, sad; hnipin ok d., Isl. ii. ii';
kona d., a dreary looking woman, Sturl. ii. 212 ; d. tisjona, a sad /d,
Fms. i. 262 ; d. draumar, dismal dreams, vi. 404.
darka, a6, to walk heavily, to trample, (a cant term.)
DARRADR, m., gen. a'r, [A. S. dearod ; Engl, dart; Fr. dard; S\< .
dart']: — a dart, Hkm. 2 (in the best MSS.), cp. Dl., where vefr darr.rr
simply means the web of spears; the common form in poetry is darr .
pi. dorr, vide Lex. Poiit., in mod. poetry dor, m., IJlf. i. 16, 4. 47 •
61 ; the word is probably foreign and never occurs in prose. I '
sort of peg, Edda (Gl.)
dasask, a5, [Swed. dasa], to become weary and exhausted, from I'l
or bodily exertion, Bs. i. 442, Fser. 185, Fms. ii. 98, Orkn. (in a vei ,
Sturl. iii. 20, O. H.L. 16; dasaSr, exhausted, weary, Ld. 380, Fas. ii. .
Fms. viii. 55, Bb. 3. 24.
DASI, a, m. (dasinn, adj.. Lex. Poiit.), a lazy fellow, Edda ((1
Fms. vi. (in a verse).
datta, a5, to sink, of the heart, Fbr. 37, vide detta. '
dau3-dagi,a,m. a mode of death, Isl. ii. 220, Lv. 68, Fas. i. 88, Greg. '•
dau3-dagr — dau5adagr, Bs. i. 643
DAUDDRUKKINN—DAll.
97
3,u3-drukkinn, part, dead-drunk, Fms. xi. io8, Orkn. 420.
iu3-f8erandi, part, death-bringing, 623. 26, Greg. 14.
iufl-hrseddr, zdj. frightened to death.
^XJDI, a, ni. [Ulf. dattpns—Oavaros; A.S. rfea'5 ; Engl, death; Germ.
; Swed. and Dan. d'6d] : — death ; the word is used in the strong form
ill Tent, dialects from Gothic to English, but in Icel. it is weak, even
the earliest writers ; though traces of a strong form (dau3r, s or ar)
found in the phrase til dauds {to death) and in compds, as mann-dau&r ;
also Hni. 69, where dau&r seems to be a substantive not an adjective :
;rsk. 139 also writes dau6ar-or6 instead of dau&a or6 ; an old song, Edda
has Dvalins dau&s-drykkr = dau3a-drykkr, i.e. the death-drink of the
irf; the strong form also remains in such words as dau3-dagi, dau6-
•ddr, dau5-yfli, daud-ligr, dauS-vana, which could not possibly be forms
•:i weak dau5i, Nj. 198 ; at dau3a kominn, Fms. i. 32 ; d. for a hann,
27; the references are numberless, though heathen proverbs and say-
- prefer to use ' hel ' or ' feigS,' which were more antique, whereas daudi
ills Christian ideas, or sometimes denotes the manner of death. 2.
iic. mortification. compds : d.au3a-bl63, n. ' death-blood,' gore,
ix. dau3a-b6nd, n. pi. death-bonds, Greg. 48. dau3a-dagr,
ieath's day, Nj. 109, Stj. 168. dau3a-dd, n. a death swoon. dau3a-
nr, ni. death's doom, Sks. 736. dau3a-drep, n. plague, Stj. 437,
dauda-drukkinn, adj. dead-drunk, Fms. ix. 22. dau3a-
kkr, ni. a deadly draught, Fms. i. 8. dau3a-dyrr, f. gates of
dau3a-d8emdr, adj. doomed to death, Bs. i. 222. dau3a-
ga, u, f. rt ' death-fetch,' an apparition boding one's death, Nj. 62, v. 1. ;
fylgja. dau3a-hr8eddT = dauShraeddr. dau3a-kv61, f. the
h-pang. Mar. dau3a-leit, f. searching for one as if dead. dau3a-
, ni. colour of death, 623. 61. dau3a-ma3r, m. a man doomed
'ie, Fms. vii. 33 ; hafa e-n at dauSamanni, 656 A. I. 25, Eg. 416.
3a-mark, -merki, id, n. a sign of death (opp. to lifs-mark), medic.
y or the like, Nj. 1 54, 656 C. 32 ; a type of death, Horn. 108. dau3a-
n, n. death-sickness, Bs. i. 616. dau3a-or3 (v. 1. and better dau3a-
r, f., from yr3r = ur3r, weird, fate), n. death, '■death-weird,' Yt. 8.
8a-r^3, n. "■ death-rede,' fatal counsel, Gisl. 35. dau3a-r6g, n.
Vy slander, Landn. 281. Dau3a-sj6r, m. the Dead Sea, Rb., Symb.
8a-8kattr, m. tribute of death, Ni6rst. 6. dau3a-skellr, m. a
b-hlow, Bs. ii. 148. dau3a-skuld, n. the debt of nature, 655 xxxii.
dau3a-slag, n. = dauSaskellr, Stj. 280. dau3a-slig, n. deadly
a disease of horses, Bs. i. 389. dau3a-snara, u, f. snare of
0, Horn. 144. dau3a-steytr, m. [Dan. s/tic?], = dau3aslag, Bs.
82. dau3a-stri3, n. the death-struggle. dau3a-stund,
?bour of death, Al. 163. dau3a-svefn, n. a deadly swoon, fatal
, as of one fated to die. Fas. iii. 608 : medic, catalepsis, also called
fi, Pel. X. 43. dau3a-s6k, f. a cause for death, a deed deserving
b, Fms. i. 48, iii. 20, vi. 383. dau3a-tdkn, n. a token of death,
66, cp. II. XX. 226. dau3a-teygjur, f. pi. the death-spasms,
\. dau3a-Titleg3, f. penalty of death, Sturl. ii. 2. dau3a-
t, n. a work deservijig death, Isl. ii. 413.
u8-leikr, m. mortality, Stj. 21, Greg. 17.
a3-ligr, adj. deadly, Sks. 533, Hom. 52, Stj. 92, K. A. 202, Fms.
37-
aSr, adj. [Ulf. daups; A.S. dead; Engl, dead; Germ, todt ; Dan.
: — dead, Grag. i. 140, Nj. 19 ; the phrase, ver3a d.; to become dead,
to die, 238, Jb. ch. 3, Am, 98 ; d. ver6r hverr (a proverb), Fs. 114
verse) ; falla niSr d., Fms. viii. 55 : metaph. eccl., 623. 32, Hom. 79,
xiv. A; dau& triia, Greg. 13, James ii. 17, Pass. 4. 23. 2. in-
(jio/e, in the law phrase dautt fe, K. A. 204. p. medic, dead, of a
3. compds denoting maimer of death, sae-dauSr, vapn-dau3r,
i daudr ; sjalf-dau3r, of sheep or cattle, = svidda, q. v. : again, half-dau3r,
I dead; al-dau3r, quite dead; stein-dau3r, stone-dead; the old writers
I r to use anda6r or latinn, and in mod. use dainn is a gentler term, used
M deceased friend ; dau6r sounds rude and is scarcely used except of
f^als; in like manner Germ, say abgelebt.
i8-v£na, adj. ind., and dau3-v8enii, adj., medic, sinking fast, when
ope of life is left, Grett. 155, Fms. vi. 31, H.E. i. 480.
a8-yfli, n. (cp. Goth, daupublis = tiridavaTios, i Cor. iv. 9), a car-
M lifeless thing, Stj. 317 (Lev. xi. 38).
pif-heyrask, 3, dep., d. vid e-t, to turn a deaf ear to, Fms. xi. 134,
*' "■ 374-
if-heyr3r, adj. one who turns a deaf ear to, 655 xxxi, Fms. vi. 30.
Jfingi, a, m. a drone, sluggard.
■'' 'Qikr, m. deafness, sloth, Fas. i. 7.
gr, adj. (-liga, adv.), 'deaf-like,' lonely, dull, Eg. 202, 762, Lv.
vi. 404 {dis7nal).
■'R, adj.[Gr. Ti/i^Aos; GoxYi. datibs — Tre-nctipaiyiivos, Mark viii. 17;
'".• Engl. Jea/; Germ, taub; Sv/ed. dif; Da.u.dov']: — deaf, 62^.
vii. 22 : allit. phrase, daufr ok dumbi, deaf and dumb, Stj. 207;
er ekki maelir, d. sa er ekki htyrir, K. A. 56 ; blindr e3r d.,
: Hom. 120. 2. metaph., Bs. i. 728. p. {mod.) witho7a
liaufligr.
lAii-mikiU, adj. stinking, Bs. ii, 23.
DAUNN, m. [Goth. dauns = 6(rnr]; cp. Swed.-Dan, rf«;is/ ; O. H. G.
datms'] : — a smell, esp. a bad smell, Anecd. 8; illr d., Rb. 352 ; opp. to
ilmr {stveet smell), 623. 22 ; in Bb. 3. 27 used in a good sense.
daiinsa or daunsna (mod. diinsna), a&, to smell al, sniff at, esp. of
cattle ; gokk Glxsir (an ox) at honum ok daunsiia&i um hann, Eb. 320,
daun-semd, f. = daunn. Mar.
dauss, m. [mid.H. G. tils; Fr. deux], the dice; kasta daus, to cast a
die, Sturl. ii. 95. II. the rump, of cattle, Fas. ii. 510, cp. diif.
DA, n. [the root word of deyja, daudr]. 1. catalepsy; Icel. say,
liggja 1 dai or sem i dai, to lie motionless, without stirring a limb and
without feeling pain ; hann vissi |)a ekki til sin longum, ok J)<>tti ^k setti
haiHi laegi i dai, Bs. i. 336, Fas. ii. 335 ; falla i da, to fall into a senseless
state, Bs. i. 451. 2. it is medic, used of the relieving swoon, like
the sleep which follows after strong paroxysms, ¥6\. ix. 204 ; it is different
from aungvit {swoon) or brotfall {epilepsy).
d£, 3, to admire, be charmed at, a word akin to the preceding, denoting
a sense of fascination, a kind of entrancement (cp. dilr) ; with ace, da e-t,
da3u menn mjok danz bans, Sturl. iii. 259 ; da3u J)at allir, 625. 96, Koiir.
59 (Fr.); but esp. and in present usage only dep., dast (mod. da3st) a5
e-u, Fms. ii. 192, xi. 429.
di,- is esp. in mod. use prefixed to a great many adjectives and adverbs,
denoting very ; dd-g63r, very good; d6.-vel, very well; dd-V8Dnn,
da-fallegr, v. below; da-fagr, very handsome; d^-Iftill, in the west
of Icel. pronounced dulti3, dulitill, very little.
DAD, f. [Ulf. di^ds, in missdeds, = irapa0a(ns. Germ, missethat, Engl,
misdeed; A.S.da'd; Engl, deed ; O.H.G. tat; mod. Germ, that ; Dan.
daad] : — deed ; allit. phrase, drygja da3, to do a daring deed, Sturl.
iii. 7» 10 ; da3 ok drengskapr. Band. 10 ; cp. the compds 6-dsB3i, a mis-
deed; for-daeSa, an evil-doer; the adverbial phrase, af sjiilfs-dadmn, of
one's own accord. p. valour ; ef nokkur da3 er i J)er, Fms. xi. 86,
623. 49 ; the word is not much in use, or merely poet, in compds as
dd,3-frainr, dd,3-flnir, di3-gjarn, da3-g6fugr, da3-kunnr, da3-
mildr, dd3-rakkr, dd3-sterkr, dd3-s8ell, da3-vandr, etc., all of
them ' epitheta ornantia,' bold, valiant. Lex. Poijt., but none of them
can be used in prose without affectation.
dd3i, a, m. a dainty. Snot 216.
da3-lauss,adj. ' deedless,' hibberly,Ld. 2^6,Lv. ^^: impotefit, ¥e\.ix. 20^.
da3-leysi, f. meamtess, impotency, Grett. 131.
da3-leysingi, a, m. rt good-for-naught, {faineant), a lubber, Sturl. iii. 1 35.
dd,3-rakkr, adj. bold, Sks. 358.
da3-seini, da3-samliga, v. da-semi, etc.
dd3-vandr, adj. virtuous, Sks. 486.
da-fallegr, adj. very pretty. Fas. iii. 3, v. 1.
d^indis-, pretty, rather, as an adverb, prefix to adjectives and adverbs.
d&inn (v. deyja), dead, deceased, (freq.) p. masc. the name of a
dwarf, Edda (Gl.) : cp. Djan. daane = to swoon.
da-la, adv. very, quite; ekki d., not qtdte, Bjarn. 42.
da-leikar, m. pi. (prop, charms), intimacy, Nj. 103.
di-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), [Dan. daarlig'], had; d. tre, Stj. 24; d.
deyning, bad smell, 51 ; d. fer3, Ld. 324 ; d. kostr, Fms. i. 202 ; d. daemi,
Sks. 481 : wretched (of a person), Magn. 494, Stj. 157, 473.
DAXjKH, m. [cp. mod. Germ, dolch, which word does not appear in
Germ, till the i6th century (Grimm) ; Bohem. and Pol. tulich ; mod. Dan.
dolk] : — the pin in the cloaks (feldr) of the ancients, whence also called
feldar-dalkr. Glum. ch. 8, Korm. ch. 25, Fms. i. 180, Gisl. 55, Hkr. Hak. S.
Goda ch. 18 ; cp. also the verse I.e., where the poet calls it feldar-stingr,
cloak-pin, cp. Tac. Germ. ch. 17. 2. the vertebrae of a fish's tail :
it is a child's game in Icel. to hold it up and ask, hvad eru margar arar a.
bor3i undir spor3i ? whilst the other has to guess how many joints there are,
cp. the Ital. game morra, Lat. ' micare digitis.' p. a column in a book.
dalpa, V. dafla.
d£-l8eti, n. fondness, intimacy.
daina3r, zd]. flavoured, Sks. 164,
ddmgast (proncd. ddngast), a3, to get seasoned: metaph. to thrive ;
hence, damgan, ddngun, f. thriving; dSnguligr, adj., etc.
ddm-goSr, adj. well-flavoured, N. G. L. ii. 419.
DAMR, m. [perh. akin to the Germ. dampf\, flavour ; gordi sidan af
dam ekki g63an, Bs. i. 340 ; illr d., Konr. 57 ; the phrase, draga dam af
e-u, to take a {bad) flavour from a thing ; hver dregr dam af sinuni sessu-
nautum : Icel. also use a verb dima, a3, in the phrase, e-m damar ekki
e-t, i.e. to dislike, to loathe; a filthy person is called 6-damr, etc.
dfin'ar-, a gen. form from d& or dainn, in d&nar-arfr, m. a law term,
inheritance from one deceased, Hkr. iii. 222 ; ddnar-bu, n. estate of one
deceased; d^nar-dagr, m. or ddnar-dsegr, n. day, hour of death, Fms.
i. 219, Hs. verse 44 (where it nearly means the manner of death) ; ddnar-
fe, n. property of a person deceased, Griig. i. 209, Fms. vi. 392, cp. Dan.
dannefce, but in a different sense, oi property which is claimed by no one,
and therefore falls to the king.
DAB, n. scoff; in the allit. phrase, draga d. at e-m, to make game of
one, Hkr. iii. 203 ; gys og dar. Pass. 14. 2.
d^, adj. [da], scarcely used except i* the neut. datt, in various phrases ;
H
DARA— DELI.
e-m verS dAtt (or datt um e-t), numbness comes to one, one is benumbed,
623. 10 ; vi8 J)au ti&endi var5 honum sv4 d. sem hann vaeri steini lostinn,
at those tidings he was as ' dumbfounded ' as if he had been struck by a
stone, Bs. i. 471. p. in phrases denoting a charm or fascination exer-
cised over another, always of uncertain and fugitive nature (cp. da, 8) ;
gora s6r d4tt vi6 e-n (v. da-leikar), to become very familiar with one, Korm.
38 ; sva var datt me& J)eim at ... , they so charmed one another that . . . ,
Nj. 151 ; \k var nu i datt efni komit, i. e. they came to he close friends,
Sd. 138; var6 monnum datt um {)at, people were much charmed by it,
Bjarn. 9, 20, cp. Hm. 50. 7. dAr gleynisku-svefn, a benumbing sleep
of forgetfulness. Pass. 4. II.
dixa, a8, to mock, make sport of, with ace. Fas. i. 9, Stj, 22, 165, 199,
Grett. 139.
ddri, a, m. [Gemi. tor or thor ; Dan. daare'], a fool, hiffoon, Fms. ix.
272; dd,ra-sainlegr, 3.6]. foolish, Stj. 269; ddra-skapr and dd,ru-
skapr, m. mockery. Fas. ii. 337, Grett. 108 A, 144.
dd-sama, aS, to admire, Fms. vi. 57, Magn. 504; dasamandi, part.,
Fms. V. 239, Mar. 39 ; this word and the following are by mod. theol.
writers much used of God, the grace of God.
dd-samligr, adj. (-liga, adv., Bs. i. 305), wonderful, glorious, Fms. x.
234, iv. 71 ; d. takn, Bs. i. 325, Magn. 504, 532, Clem. 46.
d&-semd and dd-semi, f. glory, grace. Mar. 33, 68, Post. 188. dfi-
sem3ar-verk, n. work of glory ; mikil eru dasem6ar verkin Drottins,
great are the glorious works of the Lord, cp. Ps. cxi. 2.
dd-vsenn, adj. very pretty, Faer. 157, Fas. ii, 343.
deging, f. dawn, Eluc, Sturl. i. 83 C.
deig, n. [Ulf. daigs, m. = (pvpafin ; A. S. dag; Engl, dough ; Germ, teig ;
Swed. deg^ -.—dough, Ann. 1337, Matth. xiii. 33, i Cor. v. 6-8, Gal. v. 9 ;
the earliest trace of this word is the Goth, deigan, a strong verb by which
Ulf. renders the Gr. irXAafffiv, as also offrpaKivos by the part, digans,
ir\6.fffta by gadik in Rom. ix. 20, and kirXaadr] by gadigans in i Tim. ii. 1 3 :
to this family belong the following Icel. words, deigr {moist), deigja, digna,
deigla, digull, the fundamental notion being plasticity : vide the following.
deigja, u, f. a dairy-maid; this word is the humble mother of the Engl.
lady, qs. la-dy (vide p. 76, s. v. brau8), A. S. hlaf-dige = bread-maid; cp.
Norse bii-deigja (q. v.), Chaucer's dey (a matter dey), and West Engl.
day- (or dey-) house, a dairy. The deigja in old Sforse farms was the
chief maid.'but still a bondwoman, N. G. L. i. 70, H. E. i. 510 ; oil ertii d.
dritin, Ls. 56, where it is curiously enough addressed to the daughter of
Byggvir (hygg = barley), a handmaid of the gods ; deigja seems to mean
a baker-woTnan, and the word no doubt is akin to deig, dough, and Goth,
deigan, to knead, the same person being originally both dairy-woman and
baker to the farm : in Icel. the word is never used, but it survives in the
Norse bu-deia, sceter-deia, agtar-deia, reid-deia (Ivar Aasen), and Swed.
deja, = a dairy-maid.
deigja, u, f. wetness, damp.
deigla, u, f. a crucible. Germ, tiegel, v. digull.
deigr, adj. ' doughy,' damp, wet; Icel. say, vera d. i faetrna, to be wettish,
less than v4tr, wet, and more than rakr, damp. p. soft, of steel, and
metaph. timid; d. brandr, Eb. 238, |ji8r. 79 ; deigan skal deigum bjoSa
(proverb), Hav. 40, Fms. i. 143 (in a verse), iii. 193, Pr. 173.
deigull = digull, m. ; deigtil-m.6r, m. a sort of clay.
DSIIjA, d, [Goth, dailjan and ga-dailjan — fitpi^eiv, fieraSiSSvai,
Siaipfiv, etc. ; A. S. dcelan ; Engl, to deal ; Germ, theilen ; O. H. G. tail-
jan ; Swed. dela ; Dan. delei\ I. with ace. (never dat.), to deal,
divide; the phrase, vilja bae&i kjosa ok deila, W// both choose and deal, of
unfair dealing, a metaphor taken from partners, e. g. fishermen, where one
makes the division into shares (deilir), and the others choose (kjosa) the
shares they like best, Ld. 38 ; deildr hlutr, a dealt lot, i.e. share dealt or
allotted to one, Grag. i. 243 ; d. e-m e-t, to allot one a thing, to deal out
to one, ii. 294 ; deila dogur&, d. mat (in mod. usage skamta), to deal
out portions of food in a household, Isl. ii. 337 ; ser at J)ar var manni matr
deildr, Gisl. 47 ; ^n kunnir aldregi d. monnimi mat, Ls. 46 ; J)a er ma&r
& brot heitinn ef honum er eigi deildr matr a malum, Grag. i. 149 ; cp.
the proverb, djarfr er hver um deildan ver&; d. fe, Skm. 22 ; d. bauga,
Rm. 20 ; d. e-t ut, to deal out, give, Fms. xi. 434. 2. of places, to
divide, bound; fir&ir deila, the firths are the boundaries, Grag. ii. -217;
vatnsfoll (rivers) A. til sjavar. Eg. 131 ; sva vitt sem vatnsfcill deila til
sjavar, Landn. 57, K.|). K. 34. p. used impers. as it seems; deilir
nor8r vatnsfoUum, Isl. ii. 345 ; fjoU J)au er vatnsfoll deilir af milli heraSa,
the fells that divide the waters, form the water-shed, between the counties,
Grag. i. 432 ; J)ar er vikr deilir, Hit. 3. metaph. to distinguish, dis-
cern; eptir J)at sa sol, ok mattu J)a d. a:ttir, after that the sun broke forth,
and they could discern the airts (of heaven), Fb. i. 431, Fms. iv. 38;
deila liti, to discern colours (lit-deili), hence the proverb, eigi deilir litr
kosti (ace. pi.), colour (i. e. look, appearance) is no sure test, Nj. 78 :
metaph., d. vig, to act as umpire in a fight, tourney, or the like, Ls. 2 2 ;
we ought perh. to read deila (not bera) tilt me8 tveim, 38. 4. various
phrases, deili ser illan hlut af, to deal onself a bad share in, to deal badly
in a thing, Ld. 15^ : the phrase, e-t deilir mali (impers.), it goes for a great
deed, is of great importance, Hs. 65, mod. usage skipta nuili, miklu, etc. :
'•)
th
d. mal, to deal with a thing, Horn. 34 ; d. m&l e-s, to deal speech,\
cuss or confer with one, 0. H. 82 (in a verse) ; d. e-n malum, to d^A
speak, confer, with one, Kr6k. 36 C ; d. or8speki vi8 e-n, to dea 1. 1
contend in learning with one, VJ)m. 55 ; ninar, Rm. 42 ; eiga v
at d., to have to deal with a thing, Fms. viii. 288 : the phrase, ^
brotum, to deal piecemeal with a case, take a partial or false viej
thing, or is the metaphor taken from bad payment (in bauga-brot, .
Eb. 184; J)eir hafa eigi deilt J)etta mal brotum, i.e. they have a
thoroughly, have not been mistaken, Konr. 52: to share in a thi
knif ok kjotstykki, to share knife and meat, Grag., Isl. ii. 48;
phrase, d. hug, to ' deal one's mitid,' pay attention to, with a not
deep concern and affiictioti ; heil vertii Svafa, hug skaltii d., thy hem
thou cleave, Hkv. Hjorv. 40; deildusk hugir, sva at hiiskarlar h^ldi
vatni, their minds were so distraught, that the house-carles could .
forbear weeping, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; hence a hardened man i?
Utill skapdeildar ma3r, (Hugdeila, mind's concern, is the name of a
of the 1 7th century) : at J)eir deildi enga uhaefu, that they should J
dealing outrageously, Fms. i. 22 ; d. heiptir, to deal hatred, t
(poet.), Hkv. I. 41 : d. afli, ofriki vi8 e-n, to deal harshly and ovi
ingly with one, Fms. i. 34 ; d. illyrSum, ill-deildum, to chide, abi,
another, Hav. 37, Ld. 158. II. neut. to be at feud, qt.
the saying, sjaldan veldr einn {)egar tveir deila ; deili grom vi8 J)ig
r. 43 ; ek ba8 flog8 d. vi8 {)au, Sighvat: d. til e-s, to quarrel for a
Eg. 510: d. upp a e-n, to complain of one, Stj. 294. Exod. xvii. 2,
chide ye with me?' p. impers., ef i J)at deilir, // there be dis^
that point, Grag. ii. 125 ; ef i deilir meS J)eim, if they dissent, i. 58.
d. um e-t, to contend about a thing, as a law term ; J)eir deildu {the'
lawsuit) um jar8ir, Fms. iv. 201 ; J)eir deildu um landaskipti, 31c
deildu um land pzt er var . . . , Landn. 125 ; J)eir deildu um leysingja-a ;
lOi : metaph., d.\iinsta.{n,to come toaclosefight, Orkn.2^2. 111.
reflex, to spread, branch off; vatnsfoll deilask milli hera8a, Grag. i ii;
sva vi8a sem hon (i. e. Christianity) deilisk um heim, Horn. 49. | :
me8an mer deilisk lifit til, as long as life be dealt (i. e. granted) m to
viii. 205 ; e-t deilisk af, a thing comes to pass, Hkr. iii. 55 (in a
kcilluSu J)eir, at lengi mundi viirn deilask af liti, that a long defenci
be dealt out, i. e. there would be a long struggle, Sturl. i. 59, cp. th<
af dailjan = to pay off; hugr deilisk (vide above) ; J)at mun oss
deilask, it will cost us dear. Am. 19.
deila, u, f. disagreement, a contest, often as a law term, law
(laga-deila, J)ing-deila), Nj. 90, Fms. i. 68, iv. 1 19, 198, vi. 136, vi
Sturl. i. 105, Eg. 367, Rd. 304, Ld. 204. compds : deilu-
adj. quarrelsome, |j6r8. 59. deilu-mdl, n. a quarrel, Stur
deilu-vsenligr, adj. likely to lead to a quarrel. Eg. 725.
deild (deilj), deil3), f. a deal, dole, share, Edda 147 ; fara at deil In,
be parcelled out, Orkn. 88, Isl. ii. 337 (a portion of meat) ; gcira d., ' "■
a dole, N. G. L. i. 142 ; the phrase, fa iUt or deildum, to get a bat
be worsted, Sighvat (in a verse). 2. dealings ; harSar deild
dealings, Fbr. (in a verse) ; sannar deildir, just dealings, Lex
ill-deildir, ill dealings ; grip-deildir, dealings of a robber, robbery
deild, temper. 3. seldom used oi fighting with weapons (N.
64), but freq. of a lawsuit (J)ing-deild), Nj. 138, 141, 86, 36, Y
Fms. vi. 361, viii. 268, GJ)1. 475 : the parliamentary phrase, leg
i deild, to 'lay a case under division' in court (cp. leggja mal i ;
phrase which recalls to mind the English parliamentary phrases ' d -
and ' divide,' Sturl. i. 59 ; leggja mal til deildar, id., Laxd. 204 (J
deilu). p. cp. also local names, Deildar-tunga, -hvammr, -hjalli, !
Sturl. -y. in Icel. a boundary river is often called Deild or Di
Deildar-laekr, etc. ; or of other boundary places, Deildar-li
etc. 8. metaph., i a8ra d., ^ri8ju d., etc., secondly, thirdly, i
9, 21. COMPDS : deildar-arfr, m. inheritance in shares, Grag
deildar-li3, n. a strong body of men, so that some can be (/i
reserve, Fms. v. 14. deUdar-maSr, v. daeldarma8r. j
deili, n. pi. marks, whereby to discern one thing (person) from a the
s4 J)6 611 d. a honum, all his features were visible. Fas. i. 20
metaph. phrase, kunna, vita, deili a e-u (e-m), to know the mm
thing {man), i. e. to know it so as to discern it from another thin
611 d. a, to know exactly ; vita eingi d. a, to know ?tothing about, J
Fas. ii. 113, Fms. v. 316.
deili-ker, n. a cup, Js. 78, cp. N. G. L. i. 211.
deiling, f. division, dealing.
deilir, m. a dealer. Lex. Poet. : arithm. divisor.
deili-steinn, m. a ' mark-stone,' land-mark, D. N.
deUl, m. [Germ. /i&«7 ; Goth, dails; Eng\. deal; Swed.-Da: '
D. N. ; this word never occurs in old writers, and can scared
be in use at present. Icel. use the fem. deild and deila, vide
dekr, n. [mid. Lat. dicra], ten hides, B. K. 1 25. 2. [decf.
flirtation, Jinery.
dekret, n. a decree (Lat. word), Bs. i. ArnaS. !
dekstra, a8, to coax for one ; in phrases as, vertu ekki a8 d. ]m. <
hann vill lata d. sig (of spoilt children).
deli, a, m. a dog, (cant word.)
DELLINGE— DIMMA.
99
Delluigr,qs.deglingr,m.[dagr],2)flys/m^,thefi»thcroftheSun,Edda.
demant, m. diamond, (mod.)
demba, d, with dat. to pour out.
demba, u, f. « pourinj^ shower. p. a mist ( = dumba), Ivar Aasen.
demma, u, f. [damnir], to dam, 1^. N. ; denmizig, f. damming, id.
denging (dengfl, Grag. ii. 338), f. the whetting a scythe by bamnur-
ing the edge, Gr4g. i. 200.
dengir, m. one who whets, a cognom., Fnis. x. 219.
deng^a, d, [Swed, ddnga'j, to hammer and so whet a scythe; d. Ija,
Grag. ii. 211.
dengsla, u, f. = denging.
dentinn, adj. dainty, Sndt (Stef. Ol.) 212.
depill, ni., dat. depli, [depil = a pond, little pool, from dapi — a pool,
Ivar Aasen], a spot, dot; hvitr, svartr d., O. H. L. 59 : a dog with spots
over the eyes is also called depill.
depla, a3, d. augum, to blink with the eyes.
depra, u, f. [dapr], vide aug-depra or augn-tepra, p. 33.
der, 11. the peak or shade of a cap.
des, f., gen. desjar, pi. desjar, = Scot. and North. E. dass or dess (a bay-
rick), cp. also Gael, dais ; menn eru vi8 heygarS J)inn ok reyna desjamar,
Boll. 348; hey-des, a hay-dass, Bs. 54, Sturl. i. 83, 196: it exists in
local names as Dcsjar-my'ri in the east, Des-ey in the west of Icel.
dea, n. [cp. Swed. desman^ musk, in the conipd des-b.iis, n. a smelling
box for ladies to wear on the neck, of gold or ivory.
DETTA, pret. datt, 2nd pers. dazt, pi. duttu ; part, dottinn ; pres.
dett; pret. subj. dytti : — to drop, fall ; d. niSr dau3r, to drop down dmd,
Fms. iii. 13a ; of a bird when shot, 179 ; J)eir toku brandana jafnskjott
sem ofan duttu, Nj. 201 ; spjotift datt or hendi. El. 91 ; duttu J)aer ofan,
they tumbled down. Fas. ii. 84 ; draga J)a stundum upp, en lata stunduni
d., Karl. 161 : to drop, die suddenly, sau3fena5r datt ni3r unnviirpum i
raegrS, Bs. i. 873 ; t)au hafa mi nidr dottid i hor, the cattle dropped down
from starvation, 875 : to sink, of the heart, Fbr. 108 : metaph., lif dettr
or e-m, the life drops out of one, Fms. iii. 214: denoting to come on sud-
denly, dauSinn dettr a, Al. 90 ; lattu ni3r d., engu er nytt, drop it, it is
all false, Fs. 159: the phrases, e-m dettr e-t i hug, a thing drops into
one's mind, i. e. one recollects it suddenly ; d. ofan yfir e-n, to be over-
whelmed, amazed; d. i stafi, to fall in pieces (as a tub without hoops), to
be amazed : cp. datta, dotta.
dett-hendr, adj. a kind of metre, Edda 124, 129 : cp. Ht. 29.
dettr, m. the sound of a heavy body falling; heyra dett, Fms. iv. 168.
dett-yr3i, n. dropping unregarded words, Mirm.
DBYD A, dd, [v. dau6r ; Ulf. daupjan ; Germ, toden ; Swed. doda'] : —
to kill, put to death, with ace, Ld. 54, Nj. 158, Fms. ii. 270 : allit., deySa
ilium dau5a, to put to an ill death, Clem. 57 ; draepr ok deydandi, a law
term, Germ, vogelfrei, G|)l. 137 ; draepr ok deySr, N.G.L. i. 351 : metaph.
(theol.), Fms. ii. 238 ; d. sik, to mortify one's lusts, Bs. i. 167.
DEYFA, 3, [v. daufr ; UK. ga-daubjan ; Germ, betduben ; Dan.rfove;
Swed. d'6fva'\ : — to make blunt; d. sver6, vapn, eggjar (of weapons blunted
by the look of a wizard), Korm. 220, Gisl. 80, Isl. ii. 225 ; J)aer er d.
sverS ok sefa, Sdm. 27, Eg. 509 (in a verse), Dropl. 36, Hni. 149, where
this power is attributed to Odin himself. 2. to ' deave' (Scot, and
North. E.), i.e. stupefy; medic, d. hond. Fas. iii. 396 : metaph. to soothe
or stupefy, d. sakar, to soothe, Ghv. 2. 23 ; d. sefa, Sdm. 1. c. II.
= Goth. daupjan. Germ. taufen, = to dip; d. i vatn, to dip in water,
N. G. L. i. 339, 378, V. 1. ; vide dyfa.
deyffl, f. (deyfa, u, f.), [Ulf. daubipa], deafness, N. G. L. i. 228 ;
numbness, having no savour.
DEYJA, pret. do, 2nd pers. dott, later dost, pi. do, mod. dou ; part,
dainn; pres. dey, 2nd pers. deyr (in mod. familiar use deyrd) ; pret. subj.
daei ; in the south of Icel. people say dae6i, inserting a spurious 6 ; old
poems with neg. suffix, deyr-at, do-at ; a weak pret. form dey5i (died)
occurs in the Ann. 1400-1430, and was much used in biographies of
later centuries, but is borrowed from Dan. dode, unclassical and unknown
m the spoken tongue ; Icel. always say do : [the root is akin to d<i, q. v.,
Or. fleb'OTos, etc. ; Ulf. uses a part, divans, by which he sometimes ren-
ders the Or. OvtjtSs, (pOapros ; undivans = aOAvaros, d(j)9apTOS ; undivanei
= aSai'aa'ca ; but the Gr. BvijaKeiv he renders not by divan but by ga-
mltan; Hel. uses dojan, but rarely; the A. S. seems not to know the
word, but uses sviltan, whereas in Icel. svelta means to starve, die of
hunger; the Engl, perhaps borrowed the verb to die from the Scandin.,
whereas to starve (used by Chaucer = Germ, sterben) now means to die of
;''^'* or cold'\: — to die; deyr fe, deyja fraendr, Hm. 76; hann do af
623. 27 ; er j^at sogn manna, af hon hafi af J)vi dait, Korm. 164;
do or sarum, Fs. 120; {)eir do allir, Landn. 294; do J)ar undir
"■ naut, Bs. i. 320 ; hann do litlu si9arr, Fms. i. 108 ; J)at attu eptir
crfiSast er, ok {)at er at d., Nj. 56 ; betra er at d. me3 ssEm3 en lifa
liitS skomm, Orkn. 28 : the proverb, deyja ver6r hverr um sinn, omnes
vna manet nox : the allit. phrase, ddeyjanda degi, Ld. 106, Grag. ii.
J07, Hkr. iii. 50 : eccl., dau&a deyja. Gen. iii. 3, Matth. xv. 4, 'let him
die the death,' Engl. A.V. ; d. g63um, ilium dau3a, to die a good, had death,
«tc.: it sometimes has in it a curious sense of motion, hann kaus at d. i.
Mxlifell, Landn. 19a ; ^\r Seljwrir fraendr d6 1 J)6risbjorg, 78 ; tnifti at
hann mundi deyja i fjallit, Eb. 7 new Ed., v.l., where it means to die
(i. e. pass by death) into the fell, i. e. they believed that after death they
would pass into the fell ; cp. hinnig deyja or Helju halir, VJ)ni. 43. p.
medic, to die, of a limb, Pr. 239. y "f inanimate things ; dainn arfr,
a law phrase, a dead inheritance, i.e. left to the heir, GJ)1. 263; hence
danar-f(j, danar-arfr, q. v.
DEYNA, d, [daunn], to stink, 544. 39, Horn, 151, 623. 22, Stj. 91
deyning, f. a stink, bad smell, Stj. 51.
digla, aft, to drip, prop, of a running at the nose (v. digull), Sd. 168 :
to drip, of wet clothes hung out, Konr. 32.
digna, a3, to become moist (deigr) : to lose temper (ot steel), Nj. 303:
metaph. to lose heart, Karl. 390, 0. T. 20, F16v. 44, Fas. iii. 540, G. H. M.
ii. 712.
DIO-B, adj., neut. digrt, [the Goth, probably had an adj. digrs; Ulf.
renders dSpdnjs by digrei; Swed. diger ; the Germ, dick is different, and
answers to Icel. J)jokkr, J)ykkr] : — stout, big; a pole is digr, a wall
J)ykkr : the phrase, d. sem naut, big as an ox, Eb. 3 14 ; har ok d., Anal.
79; d. fotr, Nj. 219; Olafr Digri, Olave the Fat, O. H. ; er kalfi var
digrastr, Nj. 247; digrt men {monile), Fms. vi. 271; fair langr ok digr.
Eg. 285 ; digrir fjcitrar, Sks. 457 ; (hon) gekk digr me6 tveim, she was
big with twins, Str. 16. p. irregularly = J)ykkr ; d. panzari, Sturl. ii. 59 ;
d. ok feit nautssiSa, a thick side of bacon, Fms. ii. 139. 2. metaph.,
gora sik digran, to puff oneself out, Bs. i. 719, Karl. 197 ; digr or8, big
words, threats, Isl. ii. 330, Bs. i. 758. p. gramm. deep, of a tune,
sound, Skalda 177, fsl. ii. 467, v.l.
digrask, a&, to grow big, of a pregnant woman, Fms. xi. 53 ; d. i
ger3um, id., Bar6. 173, Fb. i. 157 : metaph. to make oneself big, d. ok
dramba, Th. 11.
digr-barkliga, adv. ' big-throated,' haughtily, Finnb. 252, Bs. i. 764.
digr-beinn, adj. big-legged, Fms. iv. 28.
dig^rfl, f. bigness, stoutness (cp. lengd, hae3, breidd, t)ykt), Fms. iii. 209.
digr-hdlsaflr, adj. = hals-digr, big-necked, hibr. 18.
digr-leikr, m. (-leiki, a, m.), bigness, Edda 20, Ann. 1345, Bs. ii.
167, 173: aspiration, Skalda 180.
digr-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), big, boastful, Bs. i. 728, Eg. 711, v. 1.
digr-nefjaSr, adj. = nef-digr, big-nosed, Sturl. iii. ill C.
digr-yr3i, n. pi. big words, Stj. 461.
DIK, n. a run, leap; taka dik (taka undir sig d.), to take a spring,
Bs. ii. 143 : the word is probably foreign, but root uncertain; hence
comes mid-dik, n., pronounced mid-bik, the middle of a thing; hiin
(i. e. the Reformation) hefir upphafit illt og efnislaust, mi5-diki5 mata-
laust, og endann afskaplegan, Bs. ii. 313, a pastoral letter of the old
popish bishop Ogmund, A. D. 1 539.
dika, a5, to run, (mod.)
dikt, n. composition in Latin, Latinu-dikt, Fms. iii. 163, Bs. i. 869, ii.
121 ; ^at njfja dikt, 77 : songva-dikt, cotnposition ofsofigs, SorlaR. I. 5.
DIKTA, a3, [Lat. dictare], to compose in Latin; Gunnlaugr munkr
er Latinu soguna dikta6 hefir, Bs. i. 215, 786; dikta ok skrifa brof a
Latinu ; bref skrifa3 ok dikta3, 798 ; d. baekr, 79 ; d. vers, 655 xxxii.
17 ; d. roksemdir, Bs. i. 786 : in old writers dikta is only used of Latin
(not Icel.) compositions, but as these compositions were in an affected and
artificial style, the word also got the sense oi fiction, cp. Germ, dichten,
dichter — a poet, dichtung = poetry ; mod. Dan. digter; Eng\. ditty ; in
Icel. mostly with the notion of falsehood, not as in Germ, and mod. Dan.
oi fancy. 2. to romance, lie; logit e3r diktad, Stj. 40; diktaSu
J)ar andsviir pan er eigi voru sonn, 248 ; menn hug6u J)etta ra9 diktaft
(feigned), Bs. i. 757 ; sem fjandinn hafSi diktaft. Mar. (Fr.); Dora J)u
lezt dikta lj66, dari Jjig serhver ma3r, Vidal. (a ditty).
diktan, f. composition in Latin, Bs. i. 798.
diktr, m. a poem (rare), seldom used but as a name of several legendary
poems of the 15th and i6th century, Ceciliu-d., etc.
dilk-f6, n. ewes together with their lambs, Bs. i. 719-
DILKB., m. a sucking lamb, Grett. 137, f>orst. St. 51, Grag. i. 4l7t
ii. 307, in the last passage also of sucking pigs, calves or kids; kviga (a
' quey ' or young cow) me8 tva dilka, Isl. ii. 401 ; in Icel. households the
lambs are separated from the mother in June, this is called ' faera fra,' the
time ' frafaerur,' the lamb ' frafaeru-lamb ;' the lambs that are left with
the mother all the summer are called 'dilkar' as opp. to 'frafaeru-
lamb.' 2. metaph. the small folds all round a great sheepfold. p.
the phrase, e-t dregr dilk eptir ser, it brings trouble in its train.
dilk-sau3r, m. a sheep with a lamb, Grag. i. 418.
dilk-aer, f. a ewe with a lamb, Grag. ii. 304.
dilla, a8, with dat. to trill, lull; dillandi rcidd, a sweet voice : dillindo,
interj. lullaby: dillari, a, m. a triller, of the nightingale; hjartans 1^
danspipu dillarinn, Jon {>orl. i. 131.
dimma, d, (but dimmaSisk, Fb. i. 91 ; dimmat, part.. Mar.) : — to be-
come dim ; neut. or impers., um kveldit er d. tok, when it began to
grow dark, Fms. viii. 305 ; dimmir af nott, the night darkens, iii. 135 :
also of clouds, to grow dark (of a gale, storm) ; Jia hvesti ok dimdi i
fjbr8inn, Espol. Arb. 1 768.
H 2
100
DIMMA— DJOFULL.
dimma, u, f. dimness, darkness, esp. of clouds, nightfall ; segliS bar i
fjaraar-dimmuna, Espol. Arb. 1. c. : metaph. glooin. Pass. 4. 1 1 ; the
phrase, dinimu dregr a e-t, it becomes clouded, looks threatening, Band. 10.
dimin-hlj65r, adj. = dimmradda6r, Fas. ii. 231.
DIMMR, adj. [A. S. and Engl. dit?i], dim, dark, dusky; d. ok dokt
sky, a dim and dark sky, Fms. xi. 136 ; ver8a dimt fyrir auguni, to see
dimly, esp. of sudden changes from darkness to light, iii. 217; var dimt
hit ne6ra, dark beloiv, Hav. 40 ; d. himin, Matth. xvi. 3 ; harla dimt var
af nott, Pass. 11. 1 ; dimm nott, a dark night; d. stigr, a dim path, Fms.
i. 140 ; dimt el, a dark storm, tJlf. 7. 63 ; d. regn. Lex. Poet. ; d. dreki,
the dusky dragon, Vsp. 66. p. of voice, hollow, Isl. ii. 467 ; vide the
following word.
dimin-radda3r, adj. deep-voiced, Grett. III.
dimm-vi3ri, n. dark, cloudy weather.
dindill, m. the tail of a seal.
dingla, aS, to dangle ; dingvQl, m. a small spider, cp. dor-dingull.
dirfa, 8, (vide djarfr), to dare, always with the reflex, pronoun
separated or suffixed, dirfask or d. sik, with infin. to dare, Fms. xi. 54,
Isl. ii. 331 ; d. sik til e-s, to take a thing to heart, Al. 88, 656 A. I. 36 :
reflex., dirfask, to dare; baendr dirf8usk mjok vi& Birkibeina, became
bold, impudent, Fms. ix. 408 ; er {)eir dirfSusk at hafa me8 hondum hans
pislar-mark, vii. 195 ; engi ma6r dirf6isk at kveSja J)ess, i. 83, K. A. 114 ;
dirfask i e-u, t>a dirf&umk ek i rae8u ok spurningum, / grew more bold in
speech, Sks. 5.
dirffl, f. boldness, often with the notion of impudence, arrogance. Eg. 47,
Ghim. 309, Fms. iv. 161, xi. 54, Post. 645. 71 ; of-dirf5, impudence.
dirfska, u, f. = dirfd; of-dirfska, temerity.
DISKK, m. [a for. word ; from Gr. SiffKos ; Lat. discus ; A. S. and Hel.
disc; Engl, desk and disk ; Germ, tisch]: — a plate; Jjii voru ongir diskar,
Isl. (HeiSarv. S.) ii. 337, O.H.L. 36, Fms. i. 259, Bs. i. 475 ; silfr-d.,
gull-d., silver and gold plate are mentioned as a present given to a king,
0. H. 154, cp. Fb. iii. 332 ; both the words used in this sense, diskr and
skutill (Lat. scutellum. Germ, schussel) are of for. origin ; cp. also Rm. 4,
29 : in the earliest times small movable tables also served as plates.
dispensera, a5, to dispense (Lat. word), H. E. i. 510.
dispenseran, f. dispensing, Stj., Bs.
disputa, disputera, aS, to dispute (Lat. word), Stj.
diametr, n. diameter (Gr. word), 73^- 7-
Df AR, m. pi. [the Icel. has two words, but both of them poetical and
obsolete, viz. diar answering, by the law of Interchange, to Gr. Oeos (Icel.
rf=Gr. 6), and tivar, by the same law, to Lat. deus (Icel. t= Lat. d) ;
cp. Sansk. devas, Gr. deios, Lat. dlvus, Ital. dio, Fr. dieu~\ : — gods or
priests; this word occurs only twice, Yngl. S. ch. 2 — J)at var J)ar si8r, at
tolf hofgoSar voru feQstir, skyldu J)eir rii6a fyrir blotum ok domum manna
i milli ; Jiat eru diar kallaSir e8r drottnar, — where diar means not the gods
themselves but the priests; and by the old poet Kormak in an obscure
periphrasis, in a poem addressed to the staunch heathen earl Sigurd ; Snorri
(Edda 96), in quoting Kormak, takes the word to mean gods ; but the
version given in Yngl. S. seems more likely ; the diar of the Yngl. S. were
probably analogous to the Icel. go6i, from go8 (detis). The age of Kor-
mak shews that the word was probably not borrowed from the Latin.
digtdl, m. [deig]. I. the mucus of the nose: d. er horr, Edda
(Lauf.), Lex. Poet. ; hence hor-digull, Fas. ii. 149 ; mod. hor-dingull, as
if it were from dingla. II. [Swed.-Dan. digel ; Germ. tiegeV], a
crucible; hence poet., gold is called digul-farmr, digul-snjor, -jokuU, the
load, snow, icicle of the crucible. Lex. Poiit.
DfKI and dik, n. [Germ, teich'], a dike, ditch. Eg. 529-531, Hkr.
iii. 154, Jb. 245, Grett. 161, Fms. iii. 1 87, vi. 406, O. H. 21 (in a verse),
Orkn. 452 ; dikis-bokki, a, m. an eel, poet., Kormak.
Df LI, a, m. a spot, mark ; allo6in nema d. undir vinstri hendi, Fms. iii.
125. p. esp. medic, b. dila, to biirn with caustic; this operation
was in olden times performed (caustic being unknown) with a pointed
hot iron, and is described in an interesting passage in Bs. i. 379, cp. also
Rafns S. ch. 4, Bs. i. 644, Nj. 209. y. a brand (on thieves), esp. on
the back (v. brenna) ; fyrr skulu gronir grautar-dilarnir a halsi {ler, J)eir
er ^li brant . . . en ek myna gipta J)er systur mina, Eb. 210, Hkr. iii. 148,
Fbr. 190; vide brenna.
Df S, f., pi. disir, and an older but obsolete form j6-dis, which remains
in the earliest poems, jodis {the sister of) lilfs ok Nara = //e/a, Yt. 7 ;
but Loga dis, the sister of Logi, 9 ; cp. Edda 109 : it also remains in
the Icel. fern. pr. name Jodis, — the explanation given in Skalda 183
(from jor, equns, and dis) has no philological value, being only the poet's
fancy: {\\t\. idis = virgo ; A. S. ides; Grimm ingeniously suggests that
the Idistaviso in Tacitus may be corrupt for Idisiaviso, the virgin-
mead, from idis and wso = Germ, wiese.'] I. a sister, "Yt. I.e.;
heitir ok systir, dis, jodis, a sister is called dis and jodis, Edda 109 ;
dis skjoldunga, the sister of kings, Bkv. 14. II. generally a
goddess or priestess {"f), a female guardian-angel, who follows every
man from his birth, and only leaves him in the hour of death, cp.
the very interesting passages, Hallfr. S. Fs. 114, |)orst. Si&u H. Anal. 184,
185, Gisl., Fms. ii. 192-195 (cp. Nj. 148) ; hence the phrase, ek kveS
Taflima or3nar |)er disir, the disir have left thee, thou art a lost
Am. 26; cp. also the phrase, heillum horfinn. 2. pocit. a
general. Lex. Poet. 3. freq. in Icel. as a fern. pr. name, in coir,
J6-dis, Her-dis, Val-dis, Vig-dis, Hjor-dis, etc. compds : disa-b
n. a sacrifice to the disir. Eg. 205, Yngl. S. ch. 33. disa-salr, m
temple of the disir, Yngl. S. ch. 33, Hervar. S. Fas. i. 454. disa-sk
n. the ' disir-Scald,' surname of a heathen Icel. poet who compos
poem in honour of the disir, Edda, Skaldat.
divisera, a8, to distribute (Lat. word), Stj. 42, 80.
djarf-leikr, m. (-leiki, a, m.), courage, Edda 16, Fs. 6, |ji3r. 27
djarf-ligr, adj. bold, daring, Fb. i. 380, 445. djarf-liga, adv., ]
i. 27, ix. 302, Nj. 48, Ld. 214.
djarf-mannligr (djarfa-nxannligr), adj. daring, Bar8. 164.
djarf-mseltr, adj. bold-spoken, Nj. 6, Fms. xi. 53.
DJABFE, adj. [cp. dirfa above; Hd. derbi or derui = audax,
probus; mod. High Germ, derb = hard is a different word, answerir
A.S. \>eorf, and originally meant unleavened {pi bread); kindreds
are, Engl, dare, daring, Gr. Oappiiv'] : — bold, daring, but also in a
sense, aiidacious, impudent; d. i orrustum, bold in battle, Edda 16
ok dularfullr, impudent and arrogant, Fms. i. 75 ; at Olafr digri m
eigi sva d. vera at ..., so foolishly daring, iv. 107 ; mi ver eigi s
sva d., at J)u talir ossemilig orS vi6 Harald, be not so presumptuous
speak unseeming words to Harold, vii. 168; firna djorf kona erti
heimsk, impudent and foolish, xi. 54 ; djarfastr {boldest) ok bezt hu;
Edda 16 ; vig-djarfr, sokn-djarfr, hug-djarfr, valiant; u-djarfr, shy.
djarf-tsekr, adj. bold in taking, Stj. 422 (of Ruth gleaning).
djakn, m. (djakni, a, m., Sturl. i. 180 C), the Lat. diaconus, a dec
Dip]. V. 22, Bs., K. A., K. p. K., Vm., etc.
djdisn, n. a diadem, D.N. i. 321, 590, etc. (freq. in mod. use); ]
a foreign word, though the root is uncertain.
djiip, n. the deep; i djupum vatna, in the depths of the waters,
628 ; mikit djup {a great gulf) a milli vor staSfest, Luke xvi.
at eigi svelgi oss djiipit, 655 xxxii; djup arinnar, the channel in a ;
Fas. i. 151. p. the deep sea off the shore is called djiip; ka
hann oxinni fyrir borft a djvipi. Eg. 196 ; si8an byr Agnarr sik til ok J
i djiipit. Fas. i. 27 : the fishers distinguish between grunn-mi6 and 1 >
mi6, vide mi6 ; Icel. also say, hundraS, sextigi . . . fa8ma djtip : a largi ly
may be called djiip, e.g. Isafjar6ar-djup, Landn. 147 ; sjavar-djiip,
djiip, the main ; hann 16t grafa lit d. (a ' deep,' i. e. chanfiel) vi5 Skelja;
F'ms. X. 153. Y- metaph., eilift d., 656 B. 9 : eccl. used of Go
miskumiar, gaezku, depth of mercy, grace, etc. ; cp. dypt, dypi. |
djup-au3igr or -u3igr, adj. the cognom. of Auda, Landn. ; it prol jiy
means the wise, deep.
djiip-fyndni, f. ^deep-finding,' wit, ingenuity. Pass. 21. 3.
fiindiiui, part. ' deep-found,' ingenious, Kroka Refs R. 4. 2.
djup-liugsaflr, adj. de^-musing, Sturl. ii. 202.
djiip-hyggja, u, f. (-hyggni, f.), sagacity, Fagrsk. 32.
djup-leiki (-leikr), a, m. depth, Magn. 514, Karl. 394.
djup-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), deep, deeply, Sks. 552.
DJtJPE, adj., compar. djupari, super!, djupastr; djiipust, Greg 1*
djupari (fem.). Eg. 99; djiipara, Ld. 78; djiipastan, Edda 34; djiij
Hom. 144 ; but in mod. use more freq. dy'pri, dypstr : [Goth, djups;
AndHeL diop; Engl, deep; Gtxm.tief; Swed. djtip; Dan. rfy6]: — de,
water; d. vatn, Grag. ii.131 ; d. tjorn, Greg. 62 ; i hinn djiipa sae, Edc
Sturl. ii. 202 ; djiip a. Eg. 99 : of other things, a dale, pit, etc., djiipr
Fms. i. 210, Edda 34; dokkva dala ok djiipa, 38 ; djiipar grafir (/>//«)
d ).
I
426 ; d. pyttr, Hom. 144 : of a vessel (the ark), 625. 7 ; djiipt sar, a '.p
sore, i. e. wound, Dropl. 29 ; d. hottr, a deep hat, coming down ove le
eyes, Fms. viii. 368 ; d. hver, a deep kettle, Hy'm. 5. p. neut. as v.
deep, deeply ; bitu hvelin djiipt i jorftina, Al. 140. 2. metap Id.
takn, Hom. 1 34 : heavy, severe, d. laun, 100 : the phrase, leggjask djii [to
dive deep, Nj. 102 : in mod. usage freq. in a metaph. sense, deep, profoi ;.
djiip-rdQigr and -raSr, adj. deep-counselling, |)i8r. 135, Fagrsk. ,.
djup-rsedi, n. deep-scheming, Fagrsk. 32, v. 1. j
djiip-settr, adj. deep, deep-laid; d. ra8, Magn. 466, Fas. iii. 2lJ;d.
or3, Stj. 4 ; d. ma6r, a deep man, Fms. xi. 44.
djup-skygn, adj. (-skygni, f.), deep-seeing.
djiip-ssei, f. the seeing deep, profoundness, Stj. 560.
djup-sser (-seeligr), adj. seeing deep, penetrating, Eb. 224, Sks. 6
djup-iiaigr, adj. [A. S. deop-hydig], deep-minded.
djiip-vitr, adj. deeply wise, Orkn. 230, Fas. iii. 53.
D JdPITLIi, m., dat. djofli, pi. lar ; [Gr. dia^oXos ; eccl. Lat. diah s
A.S. deofol ; Engl, devil ; Germ, teuf el ; Swed. djefvul ; Dan. <//'< /;
the nearest to the Icel. is the A. S. form, which shews that the rd
came from England with Christianity ; of course in the old Saga ar
the word was almost unknown; the evil spirits of the heathens J'
trolls and giants]: — a devil, Nj. 273, Fms. ii. 184; but in Bs., i'v
viii. sqq., the legendary Sagas, etc. it is freq. enough : as a term of a/t
Sturl. ii. 115, Fms. viii. 95, 368, ix. 50; djofla-blot (vide blot), I r-
115 ; djiifla-mot, meeting of d., Greg. 51 ; djofuls-kraptr, devil's > fU
diabolical power, Fms. x. 283, Fas. i. 254.
DJOFULLIGR— BdMSTAURR.
101
dj6fVil-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), devilish, 623. 24, 625. 72, Fms. x. 289,
C)0, Barl. 149, Mar. 60.
(Ij6ful-63r, adj. ' devil-ivud,' possessed, Orkn. 518, Clem. 51, N. T.
djSfiil-aerr, adj. = djoful6dr, Mar. 656 B. 7.
djOrfung, f. [djarfr], boldness, in a good sense, Fms. iv. 1 33, Pass. 40.
-: impudence, Vms. ii. 184, H.E. i. 503 : cp. dirfS, dirfska.
DOBI. a, ni. [dauSr], deadness, insensibility.
Joflka, u, f. tlie bird tringa fusca, laekJar-duSra, Pel. i. 17, Edda (Gl.)
.lofl-na, a5, to become insensible. Anal. 196.
ioflr-kvisa, u, f. a kind of bird, Edda (Gl.)
iofl, a, m. [daufr], medic, torpor, in the hands, feet, etc., — handar-dofi,
ta-dofi ; as to the art, stein-dofi, anaesthesia ; niila-dofi, ^needle-torpor^
ins and needles,' Pel. ix. 205, 206 : nietaph. torpor, numbness, Stj. 97,
om. 108.
lofinn, adj. dead, of a limb ; d. er mix fotr minn, Vapn. 2 1 : metaph.
owsy, [Dan. doven'], Al. 71.
lo&a, a&, [Goth, daubnan ; Swed. domnd], to become dead, of limbs ;
fiiaBi hiindin, Fms. vi. 203, Stj. 296, 297 : of water, flat, Sks. 165 :
staph, the phrase, dofnar yfir e-u, the matter begins to die out, people
ase to talk about it, Fms. x. 301, Bs. i. 348, Band. 4; hugr dofnar,
■ mind gets heavy, Brandkr. 60.
lOgg, n. a pillow (?), in the phrase, a& sitja upp vi6 dogg, to lie half erect
bed, leaning the head upon a high pillow.
okk, dokka, u, f. a windlass, Fms. x. 53.
oparr, m., and doppa, u, f. a boss of metal, JjiSr. III, Karl. 550 (in
addle) ; of earrings, D. N. i. 321 : (the last word is freq.)
or-digull (dordingull), m. a small spider ; araneus totus ater splen-
:s,filo deynissorio, Eggert Itin. 609 ; also called iisk\-k.zr\, fisher-carle ;
• word is no doubt to be spelt dorg-dfgull, i.e. angling spider; for
'.mlar lore as to the dordigull vide Isl. J>j65s. ii. 547, 548 : the small
Jer's web is called hogomi, q. v.
org, f. an angler's tackle, rod and line, etc., for trout or small fish ;
r rem tveir a bati meS dorgar sinar at smti-fiski, Sa;m. Gm. (introd.),
;j2 ; land-dorgar, the land of dorg, the sea, Edda 66 ; dorgar-skot, a
1 of fishing implement, D. N. iii. 201 ; cp. dorga.
jorga, a3, to fish with a dorg : in mod. use dorg is only used of fishing
lough holes in the ice ; metaph, Icel. also say, d. vi6 e-t, to go angling
I a thing, go dangling after it.
iorma, a&, [Lat. dormire\ to doze.
amikar, m. pi. [from Doornik in Flanders], a kind of water-tight
n/s, Jon fjorl.
orri, a, m. a wether.
3tta, a5, (dott, n.), to nod from sleep ; dottr, m. a jiodder, Hav. 44.
|51g (dolg), n. [A. S. dolg = vidnus; O. H.G. tolg'], direful enmity,
'jj' in poetry in compds, as dolg-brandr, -eisa, -Ijos, the fire, embers,
iit of the d., = sword; dolg-liS, the ale of the d., i. e. blood ; dolg-linnr,
)| d. snake, i.e. spear; dolg-svala, the battle-swallow, i.e. the shaft;
jjing wounds are called dolg-spor, Hkv. 2. 40.
)lg-ligr, zd]. fiendish, Finnb. 326.
')lg-ma3r, ni. = d61gr, Hkv. 2. 49 (Ed. dolgar maer).
OLGR (dolgr), m. [Ulf. renders XP*<"^*'^*'''''7*' Luke vii. 41, by
^isskula; and Saveiarrjs, id. , hy dulgahnitja']: — a fiend; dau5ir dolgar,
fis, Hkv. 2. 49 — ver6a oflgari allir a nottuni dau3ir dulgar maer, en
daga Ijosa — used synonymous to 'devil,' djiifull, Fms. iii. 200, vi. 143,
72 (of a giant) ; J)ar sat dolgr i hiisaeti, mikill ok illiligr (of witches),
. ii. 184; svartir dolgar, Karl. 525 ; sog6u at sa d. vaeri kominn i
dina er {)eim {)xtti eigi daell viSfangs, Grett. 127 ; siJku-dolgr, a cri-
(il; vide dylgja.
)li, a, m. [dole, Ivar Aasen ; cp. Engl, dult], a drudge, Edda (Gl.)
)lpr, m. a sort of dress, Edda (Gl.) 232.
ilpimgr, m. the larva of a caterpillar, Bjorn.
imandi, a, m., pi. domendr, [A. S. demend], a judge. Fas. ii. 32, Grag.
?.65, 79, Nj., N. G. L. i. ii. Eg. ch. 57, Stj. 378 sqq. ; as to the Icel. judges
rsp.Grag. {). |j. ch. 1, 6, and numberless passages in the laws and Sagas.
>mari, a, m. [Dan. dommer ; Swed. domare], a judge, this is the com-
ifomiinsteadofdomandi, Edda93, K. A. 202, Sks. 472 B, Pass. 27. 5,
10; d6mara-sa3ti, n.^W^wera^-sea/, Sks.48oB; Domara-bok, f. //je
n of Judges : used besides in many compds, lands-domari, ci/e/^/wrf^e, of
te, Matth. xxvii. 27, Pass. 25. i ; yfir-domari, undir-domari, etc.
im-f^, n. a fee or payment fioeed by sentence, D. N.
'm-festa, u, f. submitting to subpoena, N. G. L. i. 2 2, 221.
'm-flogi, a, m. a law term, a runaway from court, used either of the
tiff or judge if they do not appear in court, or quit the court, or
1 rise in court, without leave ; in which case the judge forfeits his
. and the plaintift' his case ; defined N. G. L. i. 23, 220.
m-hringr, m. '■doom-ring,' 'judgment-ring;' (cp. also ve-biind, the
ed bounds or bar) : the courts of heattien times were surrounded by
domhringr, about a bow-shot from the centre where the benches
• placed ; no evil-doer might enter this hallowed ring, or commit an
of violence within it ; if he did so, he was called a vargr i veum
M« in Sanctis) ; the Engl. law term ' bar ' answers to this old word, cp. ^
Gr. SpvipaicTot, Lat. cancelli ; the Goth, staua, -^ court and judge, properly
means a staff, bar; the bar was, according to Eg. i.e., a pole of hazel-
wood, hesli-stengr : classical passages referring to this, — ^zx ser enn dom-
hring J)ann, er menn voru daemdir i til blots, 1 J>eim hring stendr {j6rs
steinn, etc., Eb. ch. 10; J)ar stendr enn |36rs steimi ...ok |)ar 'hj4'
(better) er sa domhringr er (m which) menn skyldi til blots daema, Landn.
98: another classical passage is Eg. ch. 57 beginning; cp. also Fas. iii.
Gautr. S. ch. 7, Edda 10, though the ' ring ' is not expressly mentioned in
these last two passages : hann gengr 1 domhringinii ok setzk nidr. Band.
6 ; en |)eir eigu at risa or dominum ok sitja i domhring innan meSan
um J)a scik er daemt, Grag. i. 78, cp. 1 7, 26 : in early heathen times this
sacred circle was formed by a ring of stones, cp. dom-steinar : no doubt
some of the so-called Celtic or Druidical stone circles are relics of these
public courts, e. g. the Stones of Stennis in the Orkneys ; cp. Scott's last
note to the Pirate, referring to this subject : even in later times, when
the thing was obsolete, the name still remained.
dom-hus, n. the ' house of doom,' court-house, Sks. 784 ; the idea is
foreign, though the word is native : the old courts and meetings were
always held in the open air.
d6iii-kirkja, u, f. [Germ, dom-kirche, from Lat. domus'], a cathedral,
(mod.)
dom-leggja, lagSi, a law term, to lay before a court, Dipl. iii. 13.
ddm-nefna, u, f. the nomination of judges in the Icel. court, described
in lb. ch. 5 ; in parliament the goSar (priests) had the right to appoint
the judges, Grag. i. 25 ; J)eir (viz. the priests) skyldu domnefnur eiga a
{)ingum, Fms. iii. 106.
D<5MR, m. [Goth, doms, which occurs once, but not in Ulf., who
only uses the word in compds, and renders Kpiais and Kpiirfs by staita ;
A. S. dom; Engl, doom and the termin. -dom; O. H. G. torn; known in
Germ, only from the termin. -turn (-thum)']. I. a court of judgment,
the body of judges, or the 'court' itself; the Icel. law of the Common-
wealth distinguishes between several bodies of judges ; in parliament
there were Fj6r3ungs-d6mar, ' Quarter Courts,' one for each of the poli-
tical quarters of the country, Brei5fir6inga-d. or Vestfir6inga-d. for the
West, Rangaeinga-d. for the South, Eyfir6inga-d. or Nor61endinga-d. for
the North, and Austfir3inga-d. for the East ; these courts were instituted
by Thord Gellir A.D. 964: at a later date a fifth High Court, called
Fimtar-domr, the Fifth Court, was erected about A.D. 1004; vide Nj.
ch. 98, lb. ch. 8, Grag., esp. p.p. in the first chapters, and many passages
in the Sagas, esp. Nj., Sturl. ; and of mod. authors, Konrad Maurer in his
essay. Die Entstehung des Icel. Staates, Ed. 1852, Dasent's Introd. to
Burnt Njal ; — the treatise of Maurer is an indispensable guide in matters
of the Fimtar-domr. There are other courts on record, e. g. dyra-domr,
a court at the door of the defendant, vide Eb. ch. 18 and N. G. L. ; mi
skal dom setja fyrir durum verjanda, en eigi a bak hiisi ; haim (viz. the
plaintiff) skal setja dom sinn eigi naer husi en sva, at verjandi (the defender)
megi setja sinn dom milli dura ok doms bans ok aka hlassi vi6ar milli
doms ok dura (vide daema), N. G. L. i. 22 : technical law-phrases as to the
courts, setja dom, to set the court, let the judges take their seats; domar
fara lit, the coitrts 'fare out,' i. e. open ; faera lit dom, duma-iitfaersla, i. e.
the opening of the courts, Grtig. i. 27, — the judges went out in a body in
procession and took their seats ; rySja dom, to challenge the court, Nj. ;
ganga at dorni, to go into court ; nefna dom, to Jiame the judges (doni-
nefna) ; sitja i domi, to sit in court; nuil ferr i dom, a case goes into
court; hleypa upp domi, to break up the court by force ; bera ft'? i dom,
to bribe the court; doms-afglapan, vide afglapan; — for all these phrases,
vide Grag., p. p. in the first chapters, Nj., esp. ch. 1,40 sqq.. Eg. ch. 57,
N. G. L. i, G{)1. This sense is now almost obsolete, but it remains in
the Manx demster and Scot, doomster. II. doom, judgttienf, sen-
tence, and this may be the original sense ; d6ms-atkvse3i, doms-orS,
and doms-uppsaga mean doom, sentence, as pronounced by the pre-
siding judge, Nj., H.E. ii. 115, Sks. 159, Band. 6, Gnig. i. 3, 83 ; doma-
dagr, doomsday, the day of judgment ; Norna-domr, the doom of the
Norns, their weird, fate, "?t. 23, Fm. Ii ; skapa-domr, id. p. judg-
ment, opinion. III. denoting state, condition, age, in words such
as hei9in-d6mr, Kristin-domr, the heathen. Christian age, faith; konung-
domr, a kingdom ; biskups-domr, a bishopric, etc. ; hefja or heiSnum domi,
to lift out of heathendom, baptize, Sighvat. 2. helgir domar, relics, Bs.,
H.E., Grag. ii. 165, Fms. i. 230, v. 143, GJ)1. 70: — but helgidomr. Old
Engl, halidom. Germ, heiligthum : leyndr d., mystery, fivarqpiov of the
N. T. ; leynda doma himnarikis, Matth. xiii. n ; ^enna leyndan dom,
Rom. xi. 25 ; sjaid, a& eg segi ydr leyndan dom, i Cor. xv- 51. 3.
in many compds = Engl. -afow,-/boorf,-i&farf; Gnb-doxax, Godhead; mann-
domr, manhood, etc.
dom-rof, n. disregard of judgment, Grag. i. 87, cp. G^\. 21.
dom-ruSning, f. a challenging of judges, Grag. i. 27.
dom-seta, u, f. sitting in court, judgment, Sks. 638, 641.
dom-setning, f. opening the court, N. G. L. i. 220.
dom-staSr, m. coitrt, tribunal, Grag. i. 448, ii. 405, Edda 10.
d6in-staurr, m. a co^irt bar, properly court rails, but used in N. G. L. 1.
220 of select men who stand outside and pronounce an opinion on the case.
103
D6MSTEFNA— DRAGA.
d6m-stefna (-stemna), u, f. a citing, summoning, Grag. i. 448.
dom-steinar, m. pi. ' court-stones,' court-ring, Sturl. i. 3 1 , vide domhringr.
dom-stoll, m. the judgment-seat, John xix. 13, Sks. 622, 637, Horn.
46, Fms. X. 443.
d6m-s8Bti, n. = d6mst<511, Sks. 488, 606.
d6m-s£etr, adj., in the phrases, vera d., N. G. L. i. 84; eiga domssett,
to be qualified to sit in a court, a lawful judge, Grag. i. 64.
d6in-varzla, u, f. guarding a court, Grag. i. 65 . d6mv6rzlu-ma9r,
m. a man who guards the court, a javelin-man, Grag. 1. c.
D6NI,a,m. (and compds d6na-legr, -skapr, -hattr) ; this is a college
word, by which the students of the old colleges at Skalholt and Holar called
outsiders as opposed to collegians, like the Philister of Germ, universities :
it is still used : from Span, don, through the E. Engl, done, (' In )>i dysch
sette not \>i spone, 7io]>er on \>e brynke, as unlernyd done,' = einsog 61aer5r
doni, as an illiterate clown (used mockingly), Bodl. Ashm. MSS. no. 61,
about A. D. 1500, Boke of Curtesy, E. Engl. Text Society, 1868.)
d6s, f. [cp. Engl, dose, Dan. daase], a small box, snuff-box, (mod. v^ford.)
d6t, n. [North. E. doit^, trumpery, trifles, (cant word.)
DOTTIB, f., gen, dat. ace. dottur, plur. dcetr, later daetr or daetur ; gen.
dsetra, dat. d«trum ; the Icel. keeps a single t throughout in the plur.,
whereas Swed. and Dan. have dottre ; daettr also occurs in Sks. B. (a Norse
MS.), and at least once or twice in poetry, cp. the rhyme, iEgis dsettr
ok tsttu, Edda (Ed. A.M.) i. 324; and Hies dicttr, Skalda 198: [Gr.
0vydTT]p; \J\{. daughtar ; A.S.doghtor; l.x\g\. daughter ; Swed. dotter;
Dan. datter; O. H. G. tohtar ; Germ, tocbter; the Greek has a short v,
and the Goth, has att, answering to Gr. o ; the diphthongal 6 and the
double t in the Scandin. is only caused by the suppression of the middle
consonant gh] : — a daughter; hann atti dottur eina er Unnr het, Nj. i;
|)6ra d6ttir SigurSar Orms i auga ; J)orger3r dottir fiorsteins ens RauSa,
2 ; Hoskuldr atti ser dottur er HallgerSr h6t, id. ; er illt at eiga daSlausa
sonu, ok vist a;tla ek y5r til t)ess betr felda at J)er vxrit daetr f69urs
yavars ok vxrit giptar, Ld. 236; gott skaplyndi hef6it J)er J)a fengit, ef
{)er vaerit dxtr einhvers bonda, 216 ; mi veit ek at pu ert d. en ekki sonr,
er J)U ^orir eigi at verja fraendr J)ina, Hav. 43. If suffixed to a name, -dottir
denotes a woman, -son a man, e.g. fiorsteinn Egils-son, but his sister
{>orger3r Egils-dottir ; Halldorr Olafs-son, but Halld6ra Olafs- dottir, vide
the Index of Names to Landn., the Sagas, etc. : this custom, in early
times common to all Teut. people, is still in almost exclusive use in Tcel.,
where a lady keeps her name all her life, whether married or not : einga-
dottir, only daughter; sonar-dottir, son's daughter; dottur-dottir, a
daughter's daughter, a granddaughter, Grag. i. 171 ; d6ttur-ma6r, a son-
in-law. Germ, eidam, Fms. ix. 240, Grag. i. 175 : the waves are poet,
called Ranar-daetr, Hl^s-daetr, j^gis-daetr, the daughters of Ran, etc.,
Edda : the Earth is daughter of Onar, and, on the mother's side, of Night,
Edda ; the Sun is daughter of Mundil-fari, 7. 2. Dotta is a fem.
pr. name in Denmark, prob. akin to daughter, Fms. vi. •
drabba, a&, (drabb, n., drabbari, a, m.), to ' drab,' to dirty.
draf, n. draff, husks, N. G. L. iii. nos. 2, 8, Luke xv. 16.
drafa, aS, to talk thick; J)a8 drafa6i i honum, of a drunken person.
drafa, f>i6r. 116, v. 1., 205, 289, from the M.H. G. drabe or darabe,=
thereby, which the Icel. translator did not understand.
drafl, n. tattle. Fas. iii. 423.
drafli, a, m. curdled milk when cooked, Grett. (in a verse) ; rau3-seyddr
d., a red-cooked d., a dainty.
drafna, aS, d. sundr, to become rotten as draff. Fas. iii. 325, 451.
drag, n. [draga], in compds as in drag, a bow-shot, of distance : spec, a
soft slope or valley, i hverri laut og dragi, Arm. ii. 94 : in pi. drog, the
watercourse down a valley, dals-drcig, dala-drog ; Gljufrar-drog, Pm. 46 ;
Kalfadals-drog, id. ; fjalla-drog. p. sing, the iron rim on the keel of a
boat or a sledge; the metaph. phrase, leggja drag undir e-t, to lay the
keel u?ider a thing, i. e. to encourage it, Eb. 20. y. a titling, in erma-
drog, Bev. 16 (Fr.) 8. Icel. also say, leggja drog fyrir e-t, to lay a drag
{net) for a thing, i. e. to take some preparatory steps for a thing. e.
metric, term, a supernumerary, additional line to a stanza, Edda (Ht.)
124, Fms. vi. 347.
draga, u, f., vide drogur.
DRAQ-A, pret. dro, pi. dr6gu ; part, dreginn ; pres. dreg ; pret. subj.
dragi : [Lat. trabere ; Ulf. dragan, but only once or twice, = (maaipevtiv
in 2 Tim. iv. 3; Hel. dragan =portare, ferre (freq.) ; A. S. dragan;
Germ, tragen ; the Engl, distinguishes between to drag and draw, whence
the derived words to draggle, trail, drawl; Swed. draga; the Danes
have drage, but nearly obliterated except in the special sense to travel,
— otherwise they have trcskke, formed from the mod. Germ. tragen'\ : —
to draw, drag, carry, pull.
A. Act., whh ace. I. to drag, carry, pull; hann dro pau 611
lit, Nj. 131 ; djiifla \ia er y3r mimu d. til eilifra kvala, 273 ; d. heim vi5,
to drag the logs home, 53 ; d. sau3i, to pick sheep out of a fold, Bs. i. 646,
Eb. 106 ; d. skip fram, to launch a ship ; d. upp, to draw her up, drag
her ashore, Grag. ii. 433 ; dro {jorgils eptir ser fiskinn, Fs. 129 ; Egill
dro at ser skipit, E. pulled the ship close up to himself. Eg. 22I, 306;
dr6 hann J)a af grunninu, Fms. vii. 264 ; hann haf6i dregit {pulled) hott 1 order to make the light fainter or stronger ; d. e-n til e-s, to dr'
5o.
siftan yfir hjalm. Eg. 375, cp. Ad. 3 ; d. fdt, skoklaedi af e-m, to dratj
clothes, shoes ; ^k var dregin af (stripped off) hosa likinu, Fms. viii. '.
dro hann hana a bond ser, he pulled it on his hand. Eg. 378 ; d. hri
bond ser, to put a ring on one's hand, 306 ; (hann) tok gullhrin^
dro {pzdled) a bloSrefiiinn, id. : phrases, er vi& ramman reip at d., '
pull a rope against the strong man, i. e. to cope with the mighty, Fm
107, Nj. 10, — the metaphor from a game ; d. arar, to pull the oars,
ii. 180, Grett. 125 A: absol. to pull, ok drogu skjott eptir, they
pulled up to them, Gull^. 24, Krok. 52 : metaph., um margar ij)r6tti
hann fast eptir Olafi, in many accomplishments he pressed hard
Olave, Fms. iii. 17 : d. boga, to draw the bow, x. 362, but more
benda (bend) boga : d., or d. upp segl, to hoist the sails. Eg. 93, Fni
21, X. 349, Orkn. 260 : d. fiska, or simply draga (Luke v. 7), to fish
a hook, to pull up fish with a line (hence fisk-drattr, drattr, fish
Fms. iv. 89, Hym. 21, 23, Fs. 129, Landn. 36, Fas. ii. 31 ; d. dratt,
V. 4; d. net, to fish with a drag-net; also absol., draga a (on or in)
river), to drag a river; hence the metaphor, d. langa not at e-u, =
longae ambages, Nj. 139: d. steina, to grind in a hand-mill, S!
Gs. 15: d. bust 6r nefi e-m, vide bust; d. anda, to draw breath
ondina um barkann, id., (andar-drattr, drawing breath) ; d. tonn, to ^
a tooth. 2. phrases mostly metaph.; d. seim, prop, to draw
metaph. to read or talk with a drawling tone; d. nasir af e-u, to i^..
a thing, isl. ii. 136 ; d. dam af e-u, to draw flavour from ; draga dat! ai
e-u, or d. e-t til daemis, to draw an exatnple from a thing, Stj. i |;p
Nj. 65 ; d. J)y3u e3r samrse&i til e-s, to draw towards, feel sym
for, Sks. 358 ; d. grun a e-t, to suspect, Sturl. ; d. spott, skaup, gy;
at e-u, to hold a thing up to ridicule, Bs. i. 647 ; d. a sik dul ok d: ib,
to assume the air of . . ., 655 xi. 3 ; d. a sik ofbeldi ok dramb, Fms. vi
d. e-n a talar, to deceive one, metaphor from leading into a trap, ;
xii. 17 ; d. vel at e-m, to deceive one, draw a person into wiles, Nj,
Skv. I. 33 ; d. a vetr, to get one's sheep and cattle through the w
Hrafnkell dr6 a vetr kalf ok kiS hin firstu misseri, Hrafn. 22, cp. (
anbinden, and in mod. Icel. usage setja a vetr ; d. nafn af e-m, to
derive the name from, Eb. 126 (App.) new Ed. ; the phrase, (hann :
ekki) fleiri ar yfir hofu6 d., more years should not pass over his hei
must die, |j6r6. II. to draw a picture ; kross let ham j . ;
enni a oUum hjalmum me& bleiku, Fms. iv. 96 ; J)a dro Tjorvi lit [ski
J)eirra a kamarsvegg, Landn. 247 ; var dregit a skjoldinn leo me8 ' •
Ld. 78, Pr. 428 ; i pann tima sem hann dregr (draws) klae&a-foUi
folds). Mar. (Fr.) : d. til stafs (mod.), to draw the letters, of childre ,
trying to write ; d. fj66r yfir e-t, a metaph. phrase, to draw a pen cl'Oi
through, to hide, cloak a thing : gramm. to mark a vowel with a strA,—
a long vowel opp. to a short one is thus called ' dreginn ;' hlj66stafi
tvenna grein, at fieir se styttir (short) eSa dregnir (drawn, markec
a stroke), ok er J)vi betr dregit yfir J)ann staf er seint skal at kve6:i.g
ari Ari, er er-, minu minni, Skalda 171 : to measure, in the pises
draga kvar8a vi5 va3mal, Grag. i. 497, 498 ; draga lerept, N. G' '
323. III. to line clothes, etc. ; treyja var dregin utan ok inn
rau3u silki, Flov. 19. IV. metaph. to delay ; dro hann sva sit
at ... , Sturl. iii. 13 ; hann dro um J)at engan hint, he made no subte
Hkr. ii. 157 ; Halldorr dro pa heldr fyrir J)eim, H. then delayed th
Ld. 322 ; vil ek ekki lengr d. J)etta fyrir |[)er, 284 ; vil ek J)essi sv
lata d. fyrir mer lengr, Eb. 130. V. with prepp. af, at, a.
fra, saman, sundr, etc., answering to the Lat. attrahere, abstrahere, f
here, detrahere, distrahere, contrahere, etc. ; d. at 116, to collect troc
saman her, id.. Eg. 172, 269, Nj. 127 ; d. at fong, to collect store!
259 : metaph., J)a dr6 at honum sottin, the sickness drew nearer to).', i
grew worse, Grett. 119; d. af e-m, to take off, to disparage a person \ m-
vi. 287 ; d. af vi& e-n, ok mun heSan af ekki af dregit vi3 oss, w
not be neglected, stinted, Bjarn. 54 : mathem. term, to subtract, Rt
d. fram, to bring forward, promote ; d. fram firaela, Fms. x. 421, i? !54
Eg. 254; skil ek Jiat, at {>at man mina kosti her fram d. (it i\ b.
my greatest help here), at ^vi att ekki vald a mer; d. fram kaup<|i, ''
make money, Fms. vi. 8 ; d. saman, to draw together, collect, join, >■ ii
18, Nj. 65, 76 ; d. sundr, to draw asunder, disjoin ; d. e-t a, to in •"!<
(a-drattr) drag eigi a pat, Sturl. iii. no; d. undan, to escape;
segli vi& ok dr6gu undan, Fms. iv. 20 r ; mi laegir segl peirra ok 1
nii undan oss, v. 1 1 : metaph. to delay, Uspakr dro po undan allt ti
Nj. 272 ; hir6in sd petta at sva mjok var undan dregit, Fms. i
(undan-drattr, delay) ; hvi dregr pxi undan at bj63a mer til |iin.
326, Fms. ix. 251, Pass. 16. 13 : mathem., d. rot undan, to extract
Alg. 366 ; d. upp, to draw a picture (upp-drattr, a drawing) ; to [
Edda I ; to pull out of the snow. Eg. 546 ; d, lit, to extract, dn
655 xxxii. 2 ; d. undir sik, to draw under oneself, to embezzle. J
Fms. vii. 128; d. upp akkeri, to weigh anchor, Jb. 403 ; d. upp
hoist sail, vide above ; Ijos brann i stofunni ok var dregit upp, !
142 ; par brann Ijos ok var dregit upp, en myrkt hit neSra, ii. 2,
er miinnum var i saeti skipat v6ru log upp dregin i stofunni, ii
herbergis sveinarnir drogu upp skri31j6sin, Fas. iii. 530, cp. Gisl. 2 i^,;
— in the old halls the lamps (torches) were hoisted up and dc 1, 'i
DRAGA-^DRAUGR.
103
■jwards a thing; mikit dregr mik til |)es$, Fs. 9; engi ofkseti dregr
lik til bessarar ferSar, i. e. it is tiot by my own choice that I undertake
his journey, Fms. ix. 352 ; slikt dro haiin til vinsaeidar, this furthered him
•I poptdarity, vii. 175, Sks. 443 B ; niun haiin slikt til d., it will move,
■itluence him, Nj. 2 10; ef hanu draegi ekki til, if he was not concerned,
J4. 2. draga til is used absol. or ellipt., denoting the course of fate, and
lany of the following phrases are almost inipers. ; neina til verra dragi,
nless matters turn out worse, Nj. 175 ; biid, dragi til J)ess sem vera vill,
it. fata evenient, 185; ef honuni vill J)etta til dauda d., if this draw
t bis death, prove fatal to him, 103, Grett. 114; Jiat samband J)eirra er
eini dregr baSum til bana, which will be fatal to both of them, Nj. 135 ;
Ilia varft l)at frani at koma sem til dro, Isl. ii. 26,^ ; sagSi Kveldiilfr at
\ (then) nuindi ^ar til draga sem honum haf6i fyrir boSat, Eg. 75 ; dr6
vanda nic& {)eim Riiti ok Unni, it was the old story over again, Nj.
> ; dr6 til vanda um tal t)eirra, 129; at her nmndi til mikillar ugiptu
aea uni kaup J)essi, that mickle mischief would arise from this bargain,
d; dro {)a enn til sundrpykkju me6 J)eim Svium, the old feud with the
wedes began over again, Fms. x. 161 ; ok er livist til hvers um dregr,
i. 6; sva er J)at, segir Runolfr, ef ekki dregr til, unless some unforeseen
mgs happen, Nj. 75 ; hon kva6 eigi lilikligt at til mikils draegi um, Isl.
, 19 ; J)a dro mi til hvurttveggja, Bret. ; hence til-drijg, n. pi. cause.
B. Impers. 1. of clouds, shade, darkness, to be drawn before
thing as a veil ; dimmu (ace.) J)ykir a draga ra6it Odds, it looked as if
loom were drawing- over Odd's affairs. Band. 10; ok er i tok at draga
aiririiar (ace), it began to draw into showers, i. e. clouds began to
Uber, Fms. iii. 206 : often ellipt., hratt stundum fyrir en stundum dro fra,
iouds'\ drew sometimes over, sotnetimes off, of the moon wading through
em, Grett. 114; dregr fyrir sol, [a veil~\ draws over the sun, he is hid
clouds; sky vonarleysu dopur drjiigum dro fyrir mina gle3i-s61, Bb. 2. 9 ;
egr a gle6i biskups, [clouds^ drew over the bishop's gladness, it was
' !. Bs. ii. 79; eclipsis heitir er fyrir dregr sol e9r tungl, it is called
-e when [a veiQ draws over the sun or moon, 1812. 4 ; tunglskin
I ijuat, en stundum dro fyrir, the viootishine was clear, and in turn [a
ii] drew over it, Nj. 1 18 ; J)a sa liti6 af tungli Ijost ok dro ymist til e9r
i, Isl. ii. 463 ; {)at gerSisk, at a dregr tunglit, ok ver&r eclipsis, Al.
\, 2. in various connections ; dro y6r (ace.) undir hrakningina, en
s (ace.) undan, you were drawn into a thrashing (i. e. got otie), but we
imped, Nj. 141 ; hann (ace.) dro undan sem nau6uligast, he had a nar-
itt» escape, Fms. ix. 392 : absol., a noun or personal pronoun in ace.
;ing understood, Htt dro enn undan viS |)ik, there was little power of
■awing out of thy reach, i. e. thy blow did its work right well, Nj. 199,
55 ; hvdrki dro sundr ne saman me6 J)eim, of two running a dead
;at : metaph. phrases, mun annarsstaSar meira sl66a (ace.) draga,
ere will be elsewhere a greater trial left, i. e. the consequences will be
II worse elsewhere, 54 ; saman dro hugi J)eirra, their hearts were
■awn together, of a loving pair, BarS. 271 ; saman dro kaupmala med
tim, they struck a bargain, literally the bargain was drawn tight, Nj.
); hann hreinsar J)at skjott J)6at nokkut im (ace.) hafi a oss dregit af
raneyti (although we have been a little infected by the contact with)
inarlegs si9fer6is, Fms. ii. 261 ; allt slafr (ace.) dro af Hafri, i. e. H.
came quite mute, Grett. (in a verse) : in a temp, sense, til J)ess er dro at
gi, till the day drew nigh, Fms. x. 138 ; J)a er dro at mi8ri nott, Grett.
}0; \k er dregr at Jolum, Yule drew nigh, Fbr. 138 ; dregr at hjaldri,
e battle-hour draws nigh, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; dro at J)vi (the time
ew nigh), at hann var banvaenn. Eg. 126 : of sickness, hunger, or the
vc, to sink, be overcome by, sva dregr at mer af elli, svengd ok J)orsta,
, Fms. iii. 96 ; nu ^ykki mer sem fast dragi at J)er, thou art sinking
is/, Fas. ii. 221 ; ok er loki& var kvae6inu dregr at Oddi fast, O. was
iking fast, 321 : of other things, tok J)a at d. fast at heyjum bans, his
ock was very low, Fms. iii. 208 ; |)oku dregr upp, a fog draws on,
■^s, 97 (in a verse), but ok taki sii Jjoka (nom.) fyrir at d. nor6rlj6sit,
ks. an (better J)a {)oku, ace.)
C. Reflex, to draw oneself, move ; ef menn dragask til foruneytis
irra (Join them) ube6it, Grag. ii. 270 ; Sigvaldi dregsk ut fra flotanum,
. draws away from the fleet, Fms. xi. 140 ; ofmjok dragask lendir menn
am, i. e. the barons drew far too forward, vii. 22 ; hyski drosk a flotta,
<ey drew away to flight, P^ms. vi. (in a verse) ; skei8r drogusk at vigi,
<e ships drew on to battle, iii. 4 (in a verse) ; dragask undir = draga
idir sik, to take a thing to oneself, Grag. ii. 150 ; dragask a hendr e-m,
r6gusk opt {)eir menn a hendr honum er uskilamenn voru, Sturl. i. 136 ;
tagask e-n a hendr, hann kva3 J)ess enga van, at hann draegisk J)a a
'■ndr, ii. 120; dragask aptr a lei&, to remain behind, Rb. 108 ; dragask
t, to recede, of the tide, 438 ; dragask saman, to draw back, draw
^getter, be collected, Fms. i. 25, Bs. i. 134; e-m dragask penningar,
ms. vi. 9 ; d. undan, to be delayed, x. 251 ; the phrase, herr, li5 dregsk
•m, the troops draw together, of a levy, i. 94, vii. 176, Eg. 277;
ragask a legg, to grow up, Hkr. iii. 108 ; sem aldr bans ok vitsmunir
rogusk fram, increased, Fms. vi. 7; ^egav honum drosk aldr, when he
'ew up, Fs. 9 ; dragask k legg, to grow into a man ; dragask vi& e-t, to
'■come discouraged, Fms. viii. 65 ; d. vel, ilia, to do well, ill, Fs. 146 :
he toorn out, exhausted, dr6sk jia H6it mjok af kulda, Sturl. iii. 20;
driSsk hestr bans, ii. 75 : part, dreginn, draum, pinched, starved, hestar
mjiJk dregnir, Fms. ix. 276 ; giirflisk f<;naflr dreginn mjok, drawn, thin,
iii. 208 ; st6ft J)ar i heykleggi einn ok dregit at ollu megin, a tapering
hayrick, Hav. 53 : of sickness, Herra Andres lagdisk sjiikr, ok er hann
var dreginn mjok, Fms. ix. 276. p. recipr., |)au drogusk um cinn
gullhring, they fought, pulled. Fas. iii. 387. From the reflex, probably
originates, by dropping the reflex, suffix, the mod. Swed. and Dan. at
draga = to go, esp. of troops or a body of men ; in old writers the active
form hardly ever occurs in this sense (the reading drogu in the verse
Fms. iii. 4 is no doubt false) ; and in mod. usage it is equally unknown
in Icel., except maybe in allit. phrases as, e. g. lit 4 djupi6 hann Oddr
dro, Snot 229 new Ed.; to Icel. ears draga in this sense sounds strange;
even the reflex, form is seldom used in a dignified sense ; vide the refer-
ences above.
draga, u, f., only in pi. driigur, timber carried on horseback and trailing
along the ground, Gliim. 368 ; dragna-hross, a dray-horse, 369 ; metric.
term, a sort of anadiplosis, when a stanza begins with the last word of
the preceding one, Edda (Ht.) 126, Skalda 191.
dragi, a, m. a trail or long line of laden horses or carts, Bjarn. 36 : cp.
heim-dragi, a loiterer. Lex. Poet.
drag-kyrtill, m. a trailing kirtle or gown, Fms. vi. 440, viii. 336.
drag-loka, u, f. a bolt; metaph. a loiterer, Finnb. 300.
drag-mall, adj. drawling. Fas. i. 382.
dragna, ad, [Engl, draiti], intrans. to drag, trail along. Fas. iii. 525,
Sturl. ii. 49 ; Ski6i d. eptir, Sd. 169 ; hann dragnar siSan heim at biirinu,
Hav. 54 ; haf3i losna6 annarr J)vengrinn, ok dragna6i skiifrinn, Eb. 220;
reflex.. Fas. ii. 497.
drag-n&l, f. a bodkin. Fas. iii. 6a i.
drag-net, n. a drag-net, opp. to lag-net, a laying-net.
drag-reip, n. a ^draw-rope,' halyard, Bs. i. 276, Edda (GI.), Fms. vi.
303-
dragsa, a8, = dragna, Karl. 147, 554.
drag-sf3r, adj. trailing behind, of a gown. Eg. 702.
dralla, a8, (drall, n.), qs. dragla, to loiter, (slang word.)
DSAMB, n. I. prop, a roll of fat on the neck of fat men or
beasts, hnakka-dramb, hnakka-drembi, cp. drambr, m. a knot in char-
coal or logwood; hence II. metaph. arrogance, Nj.47 ; ofbeldi
ok dramb, Fms. vii. 20. p. pomp, Fms. x. 232 : drambs-fvillr, adj.
arrogant, Hom. 1 5 1 , Fms. x. 2 2 2 : dramb s-madr, m. a haughty, pompous
person, Fms. x. 254, Hkr. ii. 288.
dramba, a8, to be haughty, pompous, F16v. 29, Hom. 135 ; d. 1 virdingu,
656 C. II ; d. yfir e-m, Greg. 22, Nidrst. 7 ; d. yfir s6r, to boast. Fas. i.
36 ; d. i moti e-u, Fms. xi. 11.
dramb-hoBiir, f. pi. a sort of ' court-breeches,' Fms. vi. 440.
dramb-lauss, adj. (-leysi, n.), unpresuming, Bs. i. 275.
dramb-ldtr, adj. haughty, Greg. 24, Hom. 7, Fas. i. 89, Luke i. 51,
Pass. 35. 7.
dramb-lseti, n. pride, Fas. i. 18, Str. 81.
dramb -samliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), haughtily, Hkr. iii. 244, Sks. 451.
dramb-samr, adj. haughty, Sks. 701, Fas. i. 49, Pass. 2I. 7.
dramb-semi, f. haughtiness, H. E. i. 519, Al. 153.
dramb-visi, f. = drambsemi, Str. 82.
dramb-viss, adj. = drambsamr, Hom. 152, Karl. 135.
dramb-yrSi, n. pi. haughty language, Sks. 558.
DRANGR, m. a lonely up-standing rock, Dipl. v. 23 ; kletta-drangr,
fjall-drangr, etc., freq. in Icel., vide Eggert Itin. 497 : many places take
their names from these basalt rocks, Drangar (pi.), Drang-ey, Dranga-
vik, Dranga-jokuU, etc. ; in popular lore these rocks were thought to be
giants turned into stones, Isl. |jj68s.
drang-steinn, m. = drangr, Greg. 62, Bs. i. 346, Mar. 93 (Fr.)
drasa, u, f. [dros], prattle ; drosu ok lygi, Anecd. 14; drosur (pi.) ok
hegomlig or&, 78 ; hence the mod. drosla or drusla, u, f. a vulgar ditty.
drasill, drSsull, m., poet, a horse, cp. Ygg-drasill, vide Lex. Poet.
dratta, a8, (qs. dragta), to trail or walk like a cow. Fas. ii. 128, i. 484 :
Homer's flXiirovs is rendered by drattandi.
draug-hentr, n. adj. a sort of metre, Edda (Ht.) 137 ; a supernumerary
syllable being added to every line, this syllable seems to have been called
draugr, a plug or log.
DBAUGB, m. [Lat. truncus is perhaps akin] : I. a dry log,
Edda (Gl.) ; this sense, however, only occurs in old poets, in compds such
as el-draugr, ben-d., hirSi-d., her-d., 68al-d., j6-d., gervi-d., in poetical
circumlocutions of a man, cp. Edda 68, 85. II. metaph. in prose
(as it is now used), a ghost, spirit, esp. the dead inhabitant of a cairn was
called draugr, Ld. 326, Fms. iii. 200, Bs. i. 256, Stj. 492. i Sam. xxviii.
15, Rom. 186, 217, Orkn. 2io(in a verse). Fas. (Hervar.S.) i. 436-438,
Hkv. 2. 49, fsl. (HarS.S.) ii. 47 (in a verse) ; it also occurs in the verse
on the Runic stone in Schonen, quoted and explained in Rafn Antiq.
Orient. 178, but it is uncertain whether it is here used in the first or
second sense. p. a sluggard, a drone who walks about as a ghost ;
draugs-ligr, adj. ; drauga-skapr, m. ; draugast, ad, to walk about
like a ghost. y. metric, vide draughentr above. compds : drauga«
104
BRAUGAFE— DREKKA.
drottinn, m. the lord of ghosts, is one of the names of Odin, Hkr. i. II.'
drauga-fe, n. hoards in cairns or tojubs, Fas. ii. 368. drauga-
gangr, ni. a gang of ghosts. drauga-s6gvir, f. pi. ghost stories in
nursery tales, for a collection of such, vide Isl. JsjoSs. i. 222-354.
draum-kona, u, f. a 'dream-woman,' a spirit in dreams, Gisl. 41,
|>orst. Si8u H. 185.
draum-maSr, m. a man who appears to another in a dream, Fms. ii.
230, viii. 107 : a dreamer, Stj. 193. Gen. xxxvii. 19.
draiim-orar, f. pi. (now m. pL), dream-phantasies. Fas. iii. 79-
DRAUMR, m. [A.S. dremn; Hel. drom ; Engl, dream; Swed.-Dan.
drum ; Germ, tranm ; Matth. i. and ii, and by a singular mishap Matth.
xxvii. 19, are lost in Ulf., so that we are unable to say how he rendered
the Gr. ovap : — the A. S. uses dream only in the sense of70_y, music, and
dreamer = a harper, musician, and expresses draumr, Engl, dream, by
sveofnas, — even the Ormul. has drcem = a sound ; so that the Engl, dream
seems to have got its present sense from the Scandin. On the other
hand, the Scandin. have dream in the proper sense in their earliest poems
of the heathen age, ballir draumar, Vtkv. i ; Hvat er |)at drauma, Em. I ;
it is used so by Bragi Gamli (9th century), Edda 78 (in a verse) ; cp.
draum-^ing, Hkv. 2. 48, whilst the A. S. sense of song is entirely strange to
Icel. : it is true that svefnar (pi.) now and then occurs in old poets = Lat.
somnium, but this may be either from A. S. influence or only as a poetical
synonyme. Which of the two senses is the primitive and which the
metaph.?] : — a dream. Many old sayings refer to draumr, — vakandi d.,
a day dream, waking dream, like the Gr. vwap ; von er vakandi draumr,
iope is a waking dream, or von er vakanda manns d. ; ekki er mark at
draumum, dreams are not worth ?ioticing, Sturl. ii. 217 ; opt er Ijotr d.
fyrir litlu, Bs. ii. 225. Icel. say, marka drauma, to believe in dreams,
Sturl. ii. 131 ; segja e-m draum, to tell one's dream to another, Nj. 35 ;
ra5a draum, to read {interpret') a dream, Fms. iv. 381, x. 270, xi. 3;
draumr rsetisk, the dream proves true, or (rarely) draum (ace.) raesir, id.,
Bret. ; vakna vi6 vtindan (eigi g66an) draum, to wake from a had dream,
of a sudden, violent awakening, Fms. iii. 125, ix. 339, Stj. 394. Judg. viii.
21, 22 ; vakna af draumi, to waken from a dream; dreyma draum, to
dream a dream; lata e-n njota draums, to let one enjoy his dream, tiot
wake him : gen. draums is used adverb, in the phrase, e-m er draums, one
is benu7nbed, dreamy; stod hann upp ok fylg5i englinum, ok hugSi ser
draums vera. Post. 656 c ; draums kve6 ek J)er vera, Hkv. Hjorv. 19; J)6tti
honum sjalfum sem draums hefdi honum verit, O. H. L. 81 ; hence comes
the mod. e-m er drums, of stupid insensibility. Passages referring to
dreams — Hkr. Halfd. S. ch. 7, Am. 14. 25, Edda 36, lb. ch. 4, Nj. ch. 134,
Ld. ch. 33, Gunnl. S. ch. 2, 13, Har6. S. ch. 6, Lv. ch. 21 (very interesting),
Gisl. ch. 13, 24 sqq., Gliim. ch. 9, 21, fjorst. Si6u H., Vapn. 21, Bjarn. 49,
Fbr. ch. 16, 37, {>orl. S. ch. 7, Sturl. i. 200, 225, ii. 9, 99, 190, 206-216,
iii. 251-254, 272, Rafns S. ch. 7, 14, Laur. S. ch. 2, 65, Sverr. S. ch. i, 2,
5, 42, Fms. vi. 199, 225, 312, 403, 404, vii. 162, Jomsv. S. ch. 2, etc. etc.
coMPDs : drauma-maSr, m. a great dreamer, Gisl. 41. drauma-
rd,3ning, f. the reading of dreams, Anal. 177. drauma-skrimsl, n.
a dream monster , phantasm, Fas. ii. 414. drauma-vetr, m., Gisl. 63.
draum-skrok, n. a drea7n phantasm, Ld. 122.
draum-spakr, adj. skilled in interpreting dreams, Fms. vi. 361.
draum-speki, f. skill in interpreting dreams, Fms. iv. 30.
draum-spekingr, m. a skilful interpreter of dreams, Stj. 491. i Sam.
xxviii. 3.
draum-stoli, adj. (cp. vit-stola), a 'dream-stolen' man, i.e. one loho
never dreams, — the ancients thought this a disease ; J)at er ekki manns
e61i at hann dreynii aldri, Fms. vi. 199, cp. also Hkr. i. 71.
drauin-t)ing, n. dream-meeting, poet, sleep, Hkv. 2. 49.
DRAK, f. (draka, u, f., Thom. I.e., mod. rdk, f.), a streak; la eptir
ein bl6&-drak i lereptinu, . . . fagra heilsu barnsins ok bl66-drakina, Bs. ii.
170; hafSi hann J)a bloSras merkiligasta, at ein draka (drak) gekk af
haegra veg hanns kinnis i skakk um J)vert andlitiS a vinstri kinninni, ok
me& ^vi sama marki vitra5ist hann si6an mcirgum miinnum, Thom. 356 ;
ein rau6 blo&drog, MS. Holm. no. 17 (Fr.), vide drog: rak is at present
a very freq. word in Icel., but is hardly found in old writers ; the identity
of these two words cannot be doubted.
drap, n. [drepa], slaughter. Eg. 222, Fms. v. 235, etc. ; mann-drap,
maft-slaughter, homicide.
DRAPA, u, f. a heroic, laudatory poem; this word is probably
derived from drepa, to strike, i. e. to strike the chords of an instrument,
vide drepa A. I, as poems were at early times accompanied by instru-
mental music : the dnipas were usually composed in the so-called ' drott-
kvaett' metre, q. v., and were much in fashion from the loth to the 12th
or even to the 13th century, but esp. flourished at the end of the loth
and during the nth ; the earliest poems of this kind on record are of the
end of the 9th century : even poems in honour of gods, Christ, the holy
cross, saints, etc. are called drapur if composed in the proper metre ;
but most of them are in honour of kings, earls, princes, or eminent men,
vide Skaldatal. A drapa usually consisted of three parts, upp-haf intro-
duction, stef or stefjamal the burden or middle part interpolated with
artificial bvrdens, whence the name stefja-drapa, and lastly slaemr or
=5
peroration; according to the length, a drapa is tvitug or a po
twenty stanzas, sextug or sixty stanzas, and so on ; it is called erfi-
if in praise of a deceased man, mansongs-drapa (Germ, minne-sar.l'
addressed to a lady-love, etc. ; as to metre, we have tog-drapa, hryr n('
drapa, etc. ; drapa is sometimes distinguished from flokkr, a less 1
tory and shorter poem without burdens, Fms. vi. 391 ; hvi ortir ^i\
um" konunginn, e6r J)6tti per hann ekki drapunnar verQr, Isl. ii. 23;
the classical passage Knytl. S. ch. 19. Passages in the Sagas referri
the delivery of these poems are very numerous, e. g. Gunnl. S. ch.-t;
Eg. ch. 62, 63 (H()fu5-lausn), 80 (Sonatorek and Arinbjarnar-d.), 81 (jni
drapa), Ld. ch. 29 (Hiis-drapa), Hallfr. S. ch. 6, li, Bjarn. 6, 39, in-
iii. 65, V. 173-175, Knytl. S. I.e., O.H.L. ch. 60, 61, Har. S.
(Fms. vi.) ch. 24, 66, no (the interesting story of Stuf the E
Skaldat. 252, 268, Fb. iii. 241, 242, Hkr. i. 185, 186; the last on i
is Sturl. iii. 303-306, referring to A. D. 1263, cp. also Sturl. ii. 56 ;
of these poems derive their name from the king or person in ^
honour they were composed, e. g. Olafs-d., Kniits-d. (king Ca
Eiriks-d., etc., vide Fms. xii, s. v. kvxbi, or J6msvikinga-d., lslen(
d., the name of a laudatory poem addressed to the Icelandic peopl
referring to other subjects, as Vell-ekla (want of gold), Hafger3in
Landn. 106, or Kross-d., Ro&a-d. {the Holy Rood), etc. Mythical (
are, e. g. Ragnars-d., Haustlong, Hiis-d. compds : drdpu-mdl
lawstntfor a d., viz. a love song (mansongs-d.), which songs were f
den, Fs. 87. drapu-stufr, m. a nickname for a poetaster, Landn. ]
drdp-gjarn, adj. blood-thirsty, Sks. 89.
drd.p-ve3r, n. a furious, destructive gale, Lv. 59-
DRATTR, m., gen. ar, dat. draetti, pi. drsettir, ace. drattu and (jtl.
[draga, cp. Engl, draught^ : — ptdling, Jm. I : metaph. hesitation, F |. ,\
1 1 : a draught, of fishing (fiski-drattr), but esp. of a drag-net, Luke [4.
DIlEGrG-, f., gen. sing, and nom. pi. dreggjar, dregs, lees ; {)eir ogi
skuludreggjarnaraf supa, Ps. Ixxv. 8, Fas. ii. 26: metaph., N.G. L. i.
dregill, m., dimin., dat. dregli, a ribbon, Nj. 214, Hkr. i. 320,
20, O. H.L. 65, H. E. ii. 113 ; dregla-li6 = dreglat 116, soldiers deci
with ribbons, Fb. ii. 337, — a reference to the custom of neophyte: itic
baptism wearing a white ribbon round their heads.
dregla, a6, to lace, furnish with a ribbon, Sturl. iii. 218.
dreif, f. scattering; a dreif, id.; a vi6 ok dreif, scattered a\
Grcind. 166. 2. a chain; haukr bundinn i gull-dreifum, and 1
inn komst hvergi Jjviat dreifarnar heldu honum. El. (Fr.)
DREIF A, 6, [Ulf. draibja?i; v. drifa], to scatter, disperse, witl
dreifSu J)eir {la ollu li6inu, Nj. 207, Hkr. i. 250; er pu dreifd
mjok fra per fjolmenni J)vi er . . ., Fms. vii. 182 : metaph. to div
hug e-s, Horn. 38 : with the notion of violence, to scatter. Post. 6j v
14 : /o strew, tak duft ok dreif a sarit, Prciver 471 : to sprinkle, d. (tiii
Fms. i. 262, Isl. ii. 403, Barl. 185: adding ace. of the person, 'e-
bl66i, to bedabble with blood. Am. 19 ; ok dreifir J)a me9r bloSin :
78. p. with ace. to disperse, dissolve ; dreifSum vcr Gu9s uvini
655 xxxii ; voru dreifS oil bein bans, 623. 33 (very rarely). JI
reflex, to be spread out. Eg. 530 ; of the branches of a tree, Edda ic
dreifask (gramm.), words are derived from, Skalda 205.
dreifing, f. scattering, diffusing, Stj. 244, H. E. i. 500.
dreift, n. adj. ' adrift,' scattered, in the phrase, fara d., of troc
march in loose order, Fms. i. 71, v. 56 ; dreifara, viii. 213.
dreita, tt, [drita], in the phrase, d. e-n inni, to lock ofie up so the. t
forced to do his business within doors (a disgrace), Sturl. i. 198, Ld. 20
DREKI, a, m. [from the Gr. SpoKcoi/ ; hzt. draco; A.S.draca;
drache; Engl, dragon; Swed. drake; Dan. drage'] : — a dragon, A
656 A, GullJ). ch. 4 ; this word, which undoubtedly is of f
origin, is however very old ; it occurs in Vsp. 65 (there is no rea
suspect the genuineness of this verse) ; it is most freq. used by p(
the 10th and nth centuries, and is especially used of ships of wai
ing a dragon's head as beaks, Fms. ii. 179, 182, 217, 303, iv. 354, ^
vi. 314, 360, vii. 51, 109, 248, x. 36, 77, 204-206, xi. 45, 375
the constellation Scorpion, Rb. 408. 2. naut. a small a
coMPDs : dreka-liamr, m. the slough of a dragon, Fas. ii. 378. d
Ii6fu3, n. a dragon's head as a ship's beak. Eg. 42, Hkr. iii. 94. d
liki, n. the shape of a dragon, Niftrst. i. dreka-merki, n. the i '■
a dragon, Karl. 35 1 ; the constellation Scorpio is also called Spor8- '
merki. The language distinguishes between flug-dreki, the flying a i
of the tales, and spor9-dreki, a tailed dragott, i.e. a scorpion.
drekka, u, f. drink, beverage, Edda 48 : a banquet, N. G. L. i. 9 ■(
13 ; cp. ^gis-drekka, the banquet at Migir, Edda.
DREKKA, pret. drakk, pi. drukku ; sup. drukkit ; pres. drekk
subj. drykki; [Ulf. drigkan; A.S. drinkan ; Engl, drink; O
trinkan; M.H.G. trinken; Dzn. drikke ; Swed. dricka'] : — to dri
beverage or feast in ace. ; d. mjo5, Hm. 18 ; mungat, 61, Fms. vii 1 •
Hm. 82; d. full, minni {a toast). Eg. 552, Fms. vi. 442; d. hc[.
drain, drink off a horn, a cup, Hkr. i. 35; si6an tok KolskeggiU
eina af mi5i fulla ok drakk, Nj. 43 ; d. drykk, to drink a draught i
xi. 233 ; eptir J)at tok Jjorir kalkann ok drakk af tva drykki, Gu .
{ni skalt d. af tva drykki, id. ; d. brjost (ace), to suck (v. brjost-drk
Pi
*
DREKKHLADINN— DREPA.
105
Mar. ()^(> A. ■23, cp. G\)\. 504. p. to hold a feast, the feast in
ace; li. J"l' ''"'*'• ^'- i°0' tagrsl^- 4 (in the poem of Hornklofi) ; d.
veizlu, Nj. II ; d. brullaup, Fms. xi. 88 ; d. erfi, Nj. 167. Y- denot-
ine the mode of drinking ; d. ein-menuing, to drink one to one, Eg.
rci; d. tvi-nienning, to drink two to tiuo, id.; d. fast, to drink bard,
Eb. 184; d. limaelt, to drink without measure (cp. nial-drykkja), Fms.
iii. 18 ; d. til e-s, to drink to a person. Eg. 552, Sturl. iii. 305, Bs. i. 848,
708 ; d. li e-n, id., Fms. iv. 333, vi. 442 (cp. a-drykkja) ; d. e-n af
stokici, to drink one under the table, iv. 167 ; d. fra scr vit, to drink one's
wits away, ix. 339, Hm. 11 ; the allit. phrase, d. ok daema, to drink and
chatter, Rm. 29: adding the prepp. af, or, to drink off a cup; d. af
dvra hornum, Fms. vi. 442, Eg. 206, 207 : absol. to drink, hold a feast.
Eg. 43. 8. impers. (vide a-drykkir) of a ship, to ship a sea, metaph., Al.
130. €. recipr., drekkask a, to drink to one another, Hkr. ii. 249,
N. G. L. i. -21 1, Js. 78. 2. part. pass, drukkinn, drunken, tipsy, Eb.
154, Fms. i. 59, Eg. 552.
drekk-hla3inn, part. ' drench-loaden,' a ship laden till she sinks.
drekkja, t and b, [Ulf. dragkjan; Engl, drench'], to drown, with dat.,
Edda (pref.) 144, Fms. iii. 28, Fas. ii. 35 : metaph. to swamp, Fms. x. 395 :
with ace, Horn. 154 (rarely) : reflex, to be submerged, Fms. xi. 66.
drembi-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), haughtily, Fms. vi. 155, x. 237, Nj.
78, Fas. i. 39 ; cp. rembiligr.
drengi-liga, adv. brave, bravely, Korm. 238, Nj. 180, 258, Ld. 206.
drengi-ligr, adj. brave, valiant, Ld. 272, Fms. vii. 105, xi. 57:
getierous, vi. 96, Nj. 73, Boll. 348.
drengja, d, a naut. term, to bind fast, haul taut to a pole (drengr) ;
taka akkeri ok d. vi5 ftsa, Fms. vii. 54 ; d. me8 koSlum, 82.
dreng-leysi, n. want of generosity, unvianliness, Stj. 396.
dreng-lundadr and -lyndr, adj. noble-minded, Hkr. i. 327, Nj. 30,
Fms. ii. 220; hogvaerr ok drenglyndr, gentle-minded and high-minded,
Nj. 30 (of Njal).
dreng-maSr, m. a bachelor, opp. to bondi, N. G. L. i. 21, 98 : a stout
doughty man. Lex. Poet.
dreng-mannliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), bravely, doughtily, Nj. 78, v. 1.
dreng-menska, u, f. boldness. Fas. i. 404.
DBENGB, m., pi. ir, gen. drengs, pi. drengir, on Runic stones drengjar ;
this is a most curious word, and exclusively Scandinavian ; it occurs in the
A. S. poem Byrnoth, but is there undoubtedly borrowed from the Danes, as
this poem is not very old. 1. the earliest form was probably drangr, q. v.,
a rock or pillar, which sense still remains in Edda (Gl.) and in the compd
4s-drengr, cp. Ivar Aasen; it also remains in the verb drengja. 2. it
then metaphorically came to denote a young munarried man, a bachelor,
1A. S bagestald, N. H. G. hagestolz ; drengir heita ungir menn ok biilausir,
Edda 107 ; ungr d., a youth, 623. 22, Post. 656 C. 32, Edda 35 ; drengr,
a youth, Stj. 409 ; hverrar aettar ertu d., 465 ; (hence the mod. Dan.
sense of a boy) ; far-d., a sailor. 3. hence came the usual sense, a
bold, valiant, worthy man, and in this sense it is most freq. in all periods
1 of the language. Drengr is a standing word in the Swed. and Dan.
ic monuments, goSr drengr, drengr har6a g66r, denoting a good,
>'. gallant man, a bold and gentle heart; lagSi J)a hverr fram
kip sem d. var ok skap hafdi til, Fms. vi. 315 ; drengir heita vaskir
u ok batnandi, Edda 107 ; hraustr d., a galla?it d., Ld. 50 ; d. fullr,
^•ijf, out-spoken man, Isl. ii. 363 ; gcifuligr d., Baer. 12 ; d. g65r, tioble-
riinded; au6igr at fe ok d. g63r, Fms. vi. 356 ; hann var enn bezti d. ok
''<ma3r um allt, Ld. 100; drengr g69r ok iiriggr i ollu, Nj. 30; ekki
! mt-r J)ii sterkr, en drengr ertii goSr, thou art tiot strojig, but thou art
od fellow, Lv. 109 ; drengs dad, a ' derring do,' the deed of a drengr,
90 (in a verse) : also used of a lady, kvennskorungr mikill ok d.
' ok nokkut skaphcirS, Nj.30 (of Bergthora) ; allra kvenna grimmust
kaphorSust ok (but) d. g63r J)ar sem vel skyldi vera, 147 (of Hildi-
■0 : the phrases, litill d., a small dreng, or d. at verri, denoting a
i; raced man, Nj. 68; at kalla pik ekki at verra dreng, to call thee
a dreng none the less for that, Ld. 42 ; drengir en eigi daSleysingjar,
'drengs' and tio lubbers, Sturl. iii. 135 ; drengr and niSingr are opposed,
N. G. L. ii. 420 : at Hallger6r yr8i peim mestr drengr, greatest helper,
prop, Nj. 76 ; at J)u maettir drengrinn af ver6a sem beztr, that thou
coutdst get the greatest credit from it, Gisl. 48 : the phrase, hafa dreng
1 scrk, to have a man (i.e. a stout, bold heart) in one's sark, in one's
breast, Fms. ix. 381 : in addressing, g66r d., my dear fellow. Eg. 407 :
cp. ' et quod ipsi in posterum vocareutur Drenges,' Du Cange (in a letter
f f William the Conqueror). compds : drengja-moSir, f. a mother of
M, a cognom., Hdl. 18. drengja-val, n. chosen, gallant men. Fas.
'.304. drengs-a3al, n. /i&e «a/«re o/rt d., Km. 23. drengs-
, f. what makes a man the better A., Fms. ii. 276, vi. 107, Karl. 120.
ags-brag3, n. the deed of a d., brave deed, Sturl. ii. 84.
ong-skapr, m., gen. ar, courage, high-mindedness ; the phrase, falla
' drengskap, to fall sword in hand, Fms. ii. 42 ; vit ok d., xi. 1 1 2 ;
I me6 drengskap, opp. to lifa me8 skomm, v. 136; J)inum drengskap
•iliness) skal ek vi6 breg&a, Nj. 13 : allit., daS ok d. ; med litlum
"gskap, cowardly, Fms. viii. 29 ; ma {)at verda til drengskapar, Isl. ii.
iJ5(j6; drengskapar-raun, trial of A., Sturl. ii. C2.
drep, n. [A.S. drepe; Germ, treff], a smart, blow; the legal bearing
of this word is defined Gnig. Vsl. ch. 10-13 ! wound and ' drep' are distin-
guished— J)at ero sar er Jjar blaedir sem a kom, en drep ef annars-staaar
blaeSir, ch. 51, cp. N. G. L. i. 69, 164, Eb. ch. 33 : trail, vide diigg. 2.
slaying, killing, = drap, Grdg. Vsl. ch. u i . 3. plague, pest, = drep-
sott, Stj. 546, Bret. 46, Sks. 731 B : a malignant disease, N. G. L. i. 145 ;
metaph., Al. 86. 4. medic, mortification, gangrene, Fms. iii. 184.
ix. 36, Bs. i. 346, Fel. ix. 207.
DREPA, pret. drap, 2nd pers. drapt, mod. drapst, pi. drapu ; pret. subj.
drspi ; part, drepit ; pres. drep ; with the suff. neg. pret. drap-a, Orkn. :
[A. S. t/re/flw ; Y)zn. drcebe ; Swed.driipa; O.H.G. trefan ; mod. Germ.
Ireffen, whence the mod. Dan. treffe, in the sense to hit; Ulf. uses dahan
and stautjan, but never dripan ; in Engl, the word is lost.]
A. With acc, or absol. hogg (a blow) or the like being under<
stood, to strike, beat : I. act. of music, to strike the chords, (cp.
phrases such as, slu danz, to strike up for a dance ; slagr is battle and poem,
TroUa-slagr and Gy'gjar-slagr are names of poems) ; hann tok hiJrpu sina
ok drap strengi (struck the strings) til slags, Stj. 458 (hence driipa, a song) ;
d. e-n vendi, to strike with a rod, Skm. 26 : to knock, d. a dyrr, or d.
hiigg a dyrr, to knock at a door, Nj. 150; siSan gengu J)au heim baefti
ok dnipu a dyrr, 153; drapu ]par a dyrr, Sturl. iii. 154: metaph., d. k
e-t, to touch slightly on a matter ; d. botn or keraldi, to knock the bottom
out of a jar, Fms. xi. 34; d. jam, to beat iron (a blacksmith's term)
with a sledge-hammer, Grett. 129, cp. drep-sleggja. 2. esp. with the
sense of violence, to knock, strike; afalHt hafSi drepit hann inn i batinn,
Bs. i. 422 ; at eigi drepir {)ii mik i djiip, that thou knockest me not into the
deep. Post. 656 B.9; herSa klett drep ek J)6r halsi af, Ls. 57. p. as
a law term, to smite, strike ; ef maSr drepr {smites) mann, ok var3ar J)at
skoggang, Grag. ii. n6; eigu menn eigi at standa fyrir J)eira manni er
drepit hefir annan, id. ; ef maSr drepr mann sva at bein brotna, 14; mi
vaenisk sa maSr J)vi er drap, at . . ., 15 ; J)at er drep ef bein brotna, ok
ver8r sa uaell till doms er drepit hefir, 16 ; mi vaenisk hinn J)vi, at hann
hafi drepit hann, 19. y. the phrases, d. e-n til heljar, Grag. ii.
161, or d. til dau9s, to smite to death; Josiia drap til dauda alia
J)j66 Anakim, Stj. 456; d. i hel, id., Hbl. 27; hence 3. metaph.
or ellipt. to kill, put to death, cp. Lat. caedere, Engl, smite; eigi er
manni skylt at d. skogarmann, J)6tt . . ., Grag. ii. 162 ; skulu ver mi fara
at honum ok d. hann, Nj. 205 ; t)ar varft ilia meS J)eim J)vi at Asgrimr
drap Gaut, 39 ; til J)ess at d. Grim, Eg. 114; toku J)eir af eignum jarla
konungs en drapu suma, Fms. i. 6 ; er drepit hafdi fostra hans . . . , eigi haefir
at d. sva fri9an svein . . ., d. skyldi hvern mann er mann lidaemSan va, 80;
konung drapum fyrstan. Am. 97 ; drap hann {stJiote with the hammer)
hina oldnu jotna systur, {>kv. 32 ; d. matti Freyr hann me& hendi
sinni, Edda 23. p. in a game (of chess), to take a piece ; {)ti drap
jarl af honum riddara, Fms. iv. 366 ; tafisins er hann haf8i drepit, vi. 29 ;
Hvitserkr helt tofl einni er hann haf6i drepit. Fas. i. 285. y. adding
prepp. af, ni6r, to slaughter, kill off; {)6tt hirSmenn J)inir sc drepnir ni6r
sem svin, Fms. vii. 243 : d. af, to slaughter (cattle) ; yxni fimm, ok d. af,
Isl. ii. 330 ; Itittu mik d. af {)enna lyS, Post. 656 B. 9. 4. metaph.
phrases ; d. e-m skuta, to taunt, charge one with ; afelli J)at er konungr
drap OSS skuta um, Fms. iv. 310 ; hjarta drepr stall, the heart knocks as it
were against a block of stone from fear, Hkr. ii. 360, Orkn., Fbr. 36 (hence
stall-draept hjarta, a ' block-beating' faint heart) : d. upp eld, to strike fire,
Fms. iv. 338 : d. sik or droma, to throw off the fetter, Edda 19 : d. e-t undir
sik, to knock or drag down, skaltii standa hja er fjandi sa drepr mik undir
sik, Grett. 1 26, loi A : d. sloS, to make a slot or sleuth {trail) ; d. kyrtlarnir
sloSina, the cloaks trailed along the ground so as to leave a track, Gisl. 154 :
to trail or make a track of droves or deer. Lex. Pot^t. : d. e-t lit, to divulge a
thing (in a bad sense), Fms. vi. 208 ; d. yfir e-t, to hide, suppress, drap hann
bratt yfir {he soon mastered) harm sinn, Bs. i. 140 (hence yfir-drep, hypo-
crisy, i. e. cloaking). II. reflex., drepask, to perish, die, esp. of
beasts ; fe hans drapsk aldrei af megrS ok drephri&um, Eb. 150 ; drapsk allt
hans folk, Fms. v. 250. 2. recipr. to put one another to death; J)a
drepask braeSr fyrir agirni sakar, Edda 40 ; mi drepask menn {smite one
another), e3r saerask e3r vegask, Grag. ii. 92 ; ef menn d. um naetr, Fms.
vii. 296 ; er sjalfir barusk vapn a ok drapusk, viii. 53 ; en er bsendr fundu
at Jjeir drapusk sjalfir, 68 ; drepask ni3r a leid fram, Ld. 238 ; drepask
menn fyrir, to kill one another's tnen, Fms. vii. 177 > gordisk af J)vi
fjandskapr me6 J)eim Steinolfi svii at {)eir drapusk J)ar (menn ?) fyrir, GullJ).
14. III. impers., drepr honum aldregi sky (acc.) i augu, his eyes
never get clouded, of the eagle flying in the face of the sun, Horn. 47 ;
ofrkappit (acc.) drepr fyrir {)eim {their high spirits break down) J)egar
hamingjan brestr, Fms. vi. 155 ; drap J)6 heldr i fyrir honum, he rather
grew worse, i. e. his eyes grew weaker, Bjam. 59 ; mi drepr or hlj63 (acc.)
fyrst or konunginum, the king became silent at once, Fms. xi. I15 ; stall
drepr or hjarta e-s, Fbr. 36 (vide above, L 4) ; ofan drap flaugina (acc),
the flaug was knocked down, Bs. i.422 ; regn drepr i gognum e-t, the rain
beats through the thatch or cover, Fagrsk. 123 (in a verse). p. in
mod. usage, drepa is even used in the sense to drip ( = drjiipa), e.g. pak,
hiis drepr, the thatch, house lets water through.
JL B, With DAT. : 1, d^noXin^ gentle movement ; m mwy Qz%t%
106
DREPHRID— DRfTA.
the dat. seems to be only instrumental : 1. of the limbs ; hendi drap
a kampa, be put bis band to his beard, H8m. 21 ; d. faeti (fotum), to
stumble, prop, to strike with the foot, Nj. 1 1 2, Fas. ii. 558, Bs. i. 742, Horn.
no, Grett. 120; d. faeti i e-t, to stumble against, 103; d. faeti vi& e-t,
id., Fas. ii. 558 ; d. hofSi, to droop, nod with the head; drap i gras hiifSi,
(the horse) drooped with the bead, let it/all, Gkv. 2.5; d. ni6r hofSi, id.,
Nj. 32 ; Egill sat sva opt, at hann drap hofSinu niSr i feld sinn (from
sorrow), Eg. 322, O. H. L. 45 (for shame) ; d. iingri i munn S(Sr, to put
the finger into the mouth, Edda 74 ; fingri drap i munninn sinn (of a
child), the words of a ditty ; d. hendi til e-s, or vi6 e-m, to give one a
slap with the hand (inst. dat.), Nj. 27 ; hence metaph., d. hendi vi8 e-u,
to wave away with the band, to refuse a kind offer, Bs. i. 636 ; d. hendi
vi6 bo6nu guUi, Al. 75 : the phrase, d. hendi vi8 soma sinum, cp. Al.
162. 2. to tuck up the sleeves or skirts of a garment; d. skautum
(upp), Fms. vii. 297; hann hafSi drepit upp skautunum, Lv. 85 ; hann
haf6i drepit upp fyrir bl68unum undir beltiS, Eb. 226 ; Sigur5r drap bl63-
unum undir belli ser, Orkn. 474 ; d. hari undir belti s6r, to tuck the
hair under the belt (of a lady), harit tok ofan a bringuna ok drap hon
(viz. J)vi) undir belti ser, Nj. 24 ; haf6i har sva mikit, at hann drap
undir belti s6r, 272. II. to dip; d. skeggi i BreidafjorS nidr, to
dip th^ beard in the Breidafiord, i. e. to be drowned, Ld. 316 ; d. hendi,
or fingri i vatn, to dip the hand, finger into water (vide above) ; d.
barni i vatn, to dip a baby into water, i. e. to baptize, K. Jj. K. 10 : the
phrase, d. fleski i kal, to dip bacon into kale broth. Fas. iii. 381 ; mi
taka J)eir hafrstiikur tvaer, ok d. J)eim i syrukerin, Gisl. 7. p. the phrase,
d. e-u, of wax, lime, butter, or the like, to daub, plaster, fill up with ;
J)u skalt taka vax ok d. J)vi i eyru forunauta J)inna, Od. xii. 77; si&an
drap eg |)vi i eyru a ollum skipverjum, i77 '< vaxi6 er eg haf3i drepi6
i eyru ^eim, 200 ; d. smjori i flat, to fill a box with butter. y.
metaph. phrases; d. dul a e-t, to throw a veil over, Hkr. ii. 140, in mod.
usage, draga dulur a e-t : the phrase, d. i skor8in (the tongue understood),
to talk indistinctly, from loss of teeth ; d. or&i, domi a e-t, to talk, reason,
judge of a thing, Fms. ix. 500 ; d. huldu a, to hide, cloak, keep secret, xi.
106 : d. e-u a dreif, prop, to ' throw adrift,' throw aside, i. e. think little
qf a thing, fiessu var a dreif drepit, it was bushed up, Orkn. 248 ; a6r
hafSi mjok verit a dreif drepit um mal Bjarnar {there had been much
mystery about Bjorn), hvart hann var lifs e8r eigi, sag6i annarr J)at logit,
en annarr sag&i satt, i. e. no one knew anything for certain, Bjarn. 20 ;
en eigi var6 visan k dreif drepin {the song was not thrown aside or kept
secret) ok kom til eyrna Birni, 32 ; drapu ollu a dreif um f)essa fyriraetlan,
hushed it all up. Eg. 49 : d. i egg e-u, prop, to bate the edge of a thing,
to titrn a deaf ear to, Orkn. 188, metaphor from blunting the edge of a
weapon. 8. d. e-u ni8r, to suppress a thing (unjustly) ; d. niSr konungs
retti, N. G. L. i. 73; d. ni8r saemd e-s, to pidl down a person's reputa-
tion. Boll. 346 ; d. ni6r illu or8i, to keep down a bad report, suppress it,
Nj. 21 ; d. niSr mali, to quash a lawsuit, 33 ; drepit sva ni6r herorinni,
Fms. iv. 207. «. d. glaumi, gle&i, teiti e-s, to spoil one's joy. Lex.
Poet. ; d. kosti e-s, to destroy one's happiness. Am. 69 : impers., drap J)a
bratt kosti, the cheer was soon gone, Rni. 98.
drep-liri5, f. a killing snow storm, Eb. 150.
drepill, m., in kuatt-drepill, a hat, in the game of cricket.
drep-rfi.3, n. pi. a law term (cp. alj6ts-ra8, sar-ra8, bana-ra8, fj6r-ra6),
an intended affray or assault, Grag. ii. 116, 117, Vsl. ch. 75.
drep-sainlig:r, adj. deadly, destructive, Stj. 71.
drep-sleggja, u, f. a sledge-hammer. Eg. 272.
drep-sott, f. a plague, pest, Ver. 21, Rb. 478.
drep-s6ttr, part, plague-stricken, Bs. ii. 33.
drettingr, m. [dratta], a loiterer, a cognom., Sturl. i. 89.
DREYMA, d and 8, poet, obsol. pret. reflex, dreymdumk ; [draumr ;
A.S. dry7nan = psallere ; Hd. drdmian=jubilari ; Engl, dream; Germ.
tr'dtimeji; Da.i\. driimme ; Swed. dromma] : — to dream; in Icel. impers.
and with a double ace, that of the dreamer and the dream or person
appearing ; thus, mik dreymdi draum, mik dreymdi mann, etc. ; J)at
dreymdi mik, Nj. 95 ; hvat hefir J)ik dreymt, id. ; hinn veg d. mik |)6,
53; hann kva8 sik dreymt hafa Hakon jarl (ace), 122; dreymt hefir
mik mart i vetr, Ld. 126 ; enn dreymdi hiinn enn J)ri8ja draum, Fms. xi.
8 ; or poet., draum dreymdumk = draum dreymdi mik, I dreamt a dream,
Bjarn. 49 ; or with ' at' with subj., hann (ace.) dreym8i {)at, at hann vaeri
at logbergi, lb. ch. 4, cp. 385 : konung dreymdi aldri, the king never had
a dream, Hkr. i. 171 ; the phrase, at dreyma fyrir dagl4tunum, esp. of
light merry dreams at daybreak, which people in Icel. consider a sign of
good health, Fel. ix. p. pers., the appearance in nom., (rare), sa ma8r
(nom.) dreymir mik jafnan, Fs. 98 ; dreymdi Svein {jorr heldr ofryniligr,
Fms. ii. 162 ; t>at er fyrir eldi er jarn (nom. pi.) dreyma, Gkv. 2. 38 ; um
vetrinn voru dreymdir draumar margir, Bs. i. 497 ; vide draumr.
DREYPA, t and 8, [drjupa, draup], to drop, put a drop of fluid,
wine, medicine, etc., into the mouth of one sfck, fainting, and the
like, the fluid in dat. ; d. e-u a e-t, or i munn em ; hann dreypir vig8u
vatni i munn henni, Bs. i. 199 ; at hann dreypi vatni a tungu nn'na,
Greg. 23. Luke xvi. 24; d. vini a e-n (of fainting), Fas. iii. 508, 571 ;
haan dreypti a konuna (tar til at hon raknadi vid, ii. 151 : to dip, at haua
dreypi i vatn enum minsta fingri sinum, Greg, 22. Luke xvi. 24, w ri
the N. T. of 1540 sqq. has, at hann ' drepi'hinu fremsta sinsfingrsi vat
dreyra, 8, to bleed, ooze (of blood from a slight wound), always ..
or neut. ; fjotti mer dreyra or hlutunum, Ld. 126; ok dreyr8i or
unum, Fb. i. 67; eigi dreyrSi or hvirflinum, Fms. ii. 272; hann 1
lofa ser krossmark sva at dreyr8i, so that blood flowed, v. 185;
dreyrt bl68, new-hied blood, J>i3r. 199.
dreyr-blandinn, part, hletit, mixed with blood. Lex. Poet.
dreyr-fd,3r (-far), part, blood-stained, Hkv. Hjorv. 9, Lex. Poiit.
dreyT-gjarn, adj. blood-thirsty, dreary, Al. 31.
DBEYEI and dr0ri, a, m. [as to the root, cp. Goth, drjusan,
draus, = to drop, fall, a verb analogous to frjosa, fraus, and frori ;
strong verb is lost in the Icel., only the weak dreyra is used ; A. S. drt
gore; O. H. G. /ror; — are A.S. dreorig, Eng\. dreary, from the
root, in a metaph. sense ?] : — blood, esp. gore, properly blood O'
out of the wound; vekja e-m dreyra, to bleed one, Fms. vii. 145
vokva |)eir ser bl68, ok lata renna saman dreyra sinn, Gisl. 11 ; ni
d., human blood, Fms. xi. 233; the phrase, rau8r sem dreyri, = ci
rau8r, red as blood, i. e. dark red, v. 1 27 ; rau8r d., Vsp. 33 : aUit., er
etr hold mitt ok drekkr dreyra minn, 625. 195 ; dreyrinn dund:
blood gushed. Pass. 23. 3 : poet, phrases, dais d., jar8ar d., the blc
the dales, earth, rivers. Lex. Poet. ; Kvasis d., the blood of K., poetry, 1
coMPD : dreyra-runninn, part, spattered with blood, Fms. vii. 89.
dreyrigr, dreyrugr (dr^rigr, "f t. 5, 1 1), adj. [cp. Engl, dreary, (
traurig'] : — bloody, gory ; uncontr., dreyruga, Al. 41 ; dreyruga hiifu,
64, 151 ; dreyrugra benja, Bragi : contr., dreyrgan maeki, Yt. 1 1 ; dr^
steina, Sb. 58 ; dreyrgra darra, Jd. 9.
dreyr-rau3r, adj. blood-red. Eg. 113, Fms. vii. 145. \
drejn'-staflr, m. pi. dreary, bloody runes, SI. 40.
DREYSSA, a8, [drussi], d. sik, to vaunt oneself foolishly. Pass. i.
DRIP, n. [drifa], driven snow; hvitt sem d., Fms. iv. 372, v. 1.
foaming sea, sjor var hvitr fyrir drifi, Bs. ii. 116. compds : d
stormr, m., drifa-veflr, n. a strong storm.
drif-hvitr and drift-hvitr, adj. white as driven snow, Karl.
naut., leggja til drifs, to lie adrift.
drift, dript, f. a snow-drift; J)ar var snjar i driptum, Sturl.
hvitt sem drift, white as driven snow, C H. 170.
DRIT, n. (mod. dritr, m.), [Engl, dirt, cp. drita], dirt, esp. wt
fugla-d., dufna-d., Stj. 620. 2 Kings vi. 25 ; si8an tekr hann fii
J>i8r. 79, V. 1. : local names, Drit-sker, Eb. ch. 4; Drit-vik, Bu,
nicknames, Drit-kinn, GuUJ). ; Drit-lj68, Fms. ix; Drit-loki, Sturl. i
DRIFA, pret. dreif, pi. drifu ; pres. drif; pret. subj. drifi;
drifinn: \\J\i. dreiban = kK^aW(iv; A.S. drtfan; Engl, drive; O.
triban ; mod. Germ, treiben ; Swed. drifua ; Dan. drive, all in a trai :
sense = ^0 drive.^ I. to drive like spray, either pers. or in»..
with dat. or even neut. ; J)a kemr afall mikit ... ok dreif yfir bii.iin
Bs. i. 422 ; lau3ri dreif a lypting litan, the spray drove over the op
Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; hence metaph. phrases, lata yfir d., to lei nf.
before wind and wave, Isl. ii. 461 : or even reflex., lata yfir rir'
drifask, to let drive or drift away, let go, give in ; ran ok litlegSir rrt
manna er eigi letu fyrir drifask, Fb. i. 70 ; J)at dugir a enga lei8. at ;nr
lati yfir drifask, Bs. ii. 51 ; ok er ^6 J)at ra8, at lata eigi fyrir d sk
Karl. 386, 45 2 : allit. phrase, drifa a dagana, e. g. mart hefir drifit a d:
many things {splashes) have happened; drifinn doggu, besprent wit,
Vtkv. 5 : naut., roa drifanda, to pull so that the spray splashes aboh
bard, Fms. viii. 263, 431 : to drift, of a snow storm or the like, tr
drifandum kvistum, a tree with the branches fodl of snow, Sks. 49 ; v(||vai
drifanda, it snowed, Sturl. iii. 50, 0. H. 85 ; J)egar dreif i Loginn krcj nu,
there fell soft snow in the Lake, i.e. it began to sleet, Fms. v. 19 {la
na
ew,
mil
leZ
^d
' '
drifr snaer or ollum attum, Edda 40 : metaph. of missiles, to sbo
flakes of snow, borgarmenn lata {)egar d. skot a ^a, Al. 1 1 ; lata
vapn a J)a, Fb. i. 135. II. neut. to crowd, throng; \>k dri
mannfjoldi mikill til strandar, a great crowd msbed down to the sho
76 ; t6ku menn J)a at d. brott fra hertoganum, the men began to dese,
away) from the duke, Fms. ix. 531 ; dreif allt folk a bans fund, all
rushed to see him, i. 21, iv. 105 ; d. a dyrr, to rush to the door
19. III. to perform; eiga e-t at d., to have a thing tope
G{)1. 15, 16 ; en i annan sta8 a ek at d. mikinn vanda, / am in
strait, Fms. i. 221 ; d. leik, to play. Fas. i. 37 : the sense to dri
expel, so common in all other Teut. dialects, hardly occurs in old v
and sounds foreign even now ; the proverb, me8 illu skal illt lit dr
sig, to exert oneself, etc., (cant phrases.)
drifa, u, f. a fall of snow, sleet; fjiik ok d., Bs. i. 185 ; veSr va
ok d., Fms. v. 341 ; skotvapn flugu sva t)ykt sem d., i. 45 ; um
gor8i a drifu-el blautt, Orkn. 414; kom |)4 drifii-^l mikit, ok
myrkt, Fms. ix. 23.
drlli, n. a petty heap of peat or the like, hence metaph. drfldin
petty ; drfldni, f. pettiness.
DRfTA, pret. dreit, dritu, dritinn, to dirty, cacare; hann s6g?|l>eir
drita a alia j)a er vi3 hann 4ttu af hr6pi sinu, Sturl. ii. 39 ; pat
dritin, dirty, Ls. 56.
far
Ld,
run
)pU
kv.
m,
ard
tut,
rs,
kal)-
dj.
DRJOLI— DRUSSt.
107
dij61i, a, m. a drone, (cant word.)
dij6iii, a, in. an ox, Edda (Gl.) II. [Swed. drdnare'\, a drone.
drj\ig-deildr, part, substantial, Sturl. i. i66.
drjug-genginn, part, taking long to walk or pass, of a road, Lex. Poet.
drjiig-latr, adj. wanton.
dijiig-liga, dr:^g-liga, adv. with an air of importance ; lata d., Fms.
ii.145. Nj. 76-
dij6g-ligr, adj. substantial, solid, Sks. 382.
drjug-mseltr, adj. long-winded in speaking, Greg. 39 : neut., Vigl. 24.
DBJTJGRj adj., compar. drjugari, superl. drjiigastr ; in mod. use more
freq. drygri, drygstr, solid, substantial ; the phrase, verSa drjugari or drjiig-
astr, to get the better or best 0/ it, to prove the better (of two champions) ;
vard borir {)eirra drjugari, B4r6. 170 ; J)u, Kari, munt {jeim oiium drjugari
verfta, tbou, K., wilt outdo them all, Nj. 171 ; hvarir J)ar mundi drjugari
verfta, Ld. 222 ; {)6tti J)eim, sem hann myndi drjiigastr, Bar&. 170 ; hverr
yftir drjiigastr (strongest) er hof6ingjanna, Isl. ii. 165, Grett. 151. p.
the neut. drjiigt and drjiigum is used as adv. in great numbers, much ;
Kolskeggr vii drjiigt menu, Kolskegg slew men in numbers, Nj. 108;
baftan af muntu d. spekjask, 677. 12 ; vegr Gunnarr drjiigum menn, Nj.
06; la J)a drjiigum i fyrir J)eim, Hrafn. 27 : almost, nearly, drjiigum allr,
almost all, Fms. ix. 318 ; drjiigum allra manna virSing, Bret. 38 ; drjiigum
hverr bondi, Landn. (Mant.) 330 ; drjiigum dauftr af kulda, Fms. ix. 467 :
drjtigan (ace. masc.) as adv., id., Fb. i. 304, Karl. 246, 181 (Fr.) : the
proverb, \izt er drjiigt sem drypr, i.e. many drops make a flood; J)ar var
drjiigt manna, a good many people, Bs. i. 536. 2. substantial, last-
ing, rich, ample, [Swed. dryg, Dan. droj], in compds as, drjiig-virkr,
vinnu-d., one who works slowly btit surely ; ra5a-d., hamingju-d., etc. p.
saving, blanda agnar vi3 brand, ... til pess at \ia, se drjugari faezlan en
a3r, Sks. 321 ; til Jjess at rit ver6i minna, ok bokfell drjiigara, i. e. to
save parchment, Skalda 168 ; at jafndrjiig ver6i sagan ok John, that the
story shall last as long as Yule, Fms. vi. 355.
DBJTJPA, pret. draup, pi. drupu ; subj. drypi ; sup. dropit ; pres.
dryp ; [Engl, drip ; Germ, traufen ; Dan. dryppe\ ; — to drip ; bl68 drypr,
Fraj. x. 366; drupu ^k or bl66dropar, 625.98; sva at bra5na8i ok
draup, Edda 4 : absol., Jja sveittisk roftan helga, sva at draup a altarit
ofan, Fms. viii. 247 ; f>6r61fr kva8 d. smjor af hverju strai, Landn.
31. p. to let in rain, of houses or things not water-tight; (ill hladan
draup, Fms. ix. 234; ok toku hiisin at drjiipa, Gisl. 22.
drokr, m., one MS. wrongly dirokr, [cp. Dan. drog, Engl, drudge], a
drudge, Edda (Gl.)
drolla, a5, [drjoli]. Old Engl, to droil, i. e. loiter, (cant word.)
dropi, a, m. [A. S. dropa ; Engl, drop ; Swed. droppe ; Germ, tropfen ;
Y)M\. draabe], a drop, Ld. 328, H.E. i. 488. compds: dropa-lauss,
adj. water-tight, GJ)1. 331. dropa-riim, n. a dripping-place, from the
eaves, GJ)1. 433. dropa-tal, n., i dropa-tali, in drops, drop by drop.
dros, f. [A. S. dreas ; Ulf. drus = ■rrTuais ; Swed. drosse — a heap of corn ;
cp. also the Dan. drysse], dross, poet., in the compd alm-dros, the dross
of the bow, the arrows. Lex. Poet.
dr6g, f. (drogi, a, m., Edda (Ub.) 277), = drak, Rb. 478, 480; sask
dnig a himni bjort sem tungl, Ann. 1334; bl68-dr6g, a streak 0/ blood.
Thorn. (Fr.) 2. a jade.
dromi, a, m. [cp. Swed. drum = thrums'], the fetter by which the Fenrir
(Wo//) wm fettered, Edda 19; used in the phrase, keyra i dr6ma, to
tie ' neck and heels;' Drottinn i droma keyrSr, Pass. 6. lO ; keyi&i hann
saman i droma, tJlf. 7. 134.
dromundr, m. a kind of ship of war (for. word), [Gr. Sponuy; mid.
Lat. dromon; O. H.G. drahemond], Orkn. 358 sqq., Fms. vii. 2: a
nickname, Grett.
dr68, f. [cp. Ital. druda = a sweetheart], poet, a girl; drosir heita |)SEr
er kyrlatar eru, Edda 108, Fas. iii. 618, Al. 70, 15 J.
DHOTT, f. I. the sill or beam above a door, also a door-post
(dyra-drutt). II. household, people, V\m. 24, (inn-drott, sal-
drott. Lex. Poet.) ; dyggvar drottir, good, trusty people, Vsp. 63 ; dverga
d., the dwarf-people, 9; d. Irskrar J)i66ar, the Irish people; Engla d.,
English persons, etc.. Lex. Poet. ; oil drott, all people, Hkv. 2. 48 :
tuieniy people make a drott,- Edda 108. 2. esp. the king's body-
guard; cp. Goth, ga-drauhts, by which word Ulf. renders the Gr.
' (TrpoTi{uT7/s {drjugan, pret. drauh = ffTpartvuv) ; A. S. drigbt; the Scan-
'" dinavian drott thus answers to the comitatus of Tacitus, Germ. ch. 13, 14,
in the Saga time called ' hir3.' Drott is obsolete in prose, but occurs in
Ukr.Yngl.S. ch. 20, — 45r voru {)eir (viz. the kings) drottnar kalladir, en
ir J)eirra drottningar, en dr6tt hir&sveitin : poet., vig-drott, her-d.,
'^-d., hjalm-d., etc., warriors. III. a fern. pr. name, Yngl. S.
cli. 20 ; cp. dros.
drdtta, a6, d. e-u at e-m, to bring to one's door-post, i. e. impute to one.
dl6ttm-hollr, zd]. faithful to one's master, Fms. vi. 401.
dpfittin-lauss, adj. without a master, Fms. iii. 13.
dp6ttin-ligr, adj. ior£?-/2'/te,o//i[>eZ,orrf, Bs.i. 171, Stj. ; Drottinlegbaen,
1^ Lord's Prayer, Mar., Horn. 26; d. daemi, 656 A. 24.
dr6ttiiin, mod. drottinn, but in old poetry always rhymed with an
5.e. g. fl6ttstyggr — dr6ttni, Sighvat ; dat. dr6ttni or drottni, pi. dr6ttnar
or drottnar, etc. ; [A.S. drighten; Hei. drubtin =^ dominus] : — the master
of a ' drdtt ' or household, a lord, master : the proverb, dy'rt er drottint
ord, e.g. strong is the master's word, Bs. i. 484, Al. 128, Ld. 312 ; Jjrsell
e&a d., Hom. 29 ; Josep fekk sva mikla vir&ing af dr6ttni linum, 625. 16,
Grag. ii. 86 ; {)rja drottna atti hann i J)essi herleiftingu, Fms. x. 224 ; eigi
er J)r8Bllinn xbri enn drottininn. Post. 656. 37, cp. John xv. 20 ; en |)6 eta
hundar af molum J)eim sem detta af borSum drottna J)eirra, Matth. xv. 27 ;
verit hly'8ugir ySrum likamligum drottnum, B^phes. vi. 5 : in mod. usage
this sense remains in prose in the compd lAnar-dr6ttinn, q. v. p. old
name for a king, Hkr. Yngl. S. ch. 20 (vide drott). y. as a name of
heathen priests ; J)at em diar kalladir e8r dr6ttnar, Hkr. Yngl. S.ch. 2. 2.
the Lord, which also is the standing phrase in mod. usage, in the Bible,
sermons, hymns, ever since the Reformation ; lofa6r s(^ Drottinn, Nj. 165 ;
af miskun Drottins, Mar. 656 A. 6; greiSit Drdttins giitur, 625. 90;
Christr Drottinn, Grag. ii. 167 ; an gr4ts var Dr6ttinn faeddr, Rb. 333 ;
Drottinn sagSi minum Drottni, Matth. xxii. 44 ; elska skaltii Drottinn
Gu& J)inn, 37 ; Dr6ttinn Gu6 Abrahams, Luke xx. 37, xxiv. 34; hefi eg
eigi se& Drottinn vorn Jesum Christum, eru6 J)6r ekki mitt verk i Drottni ?
I Cor. ix. I, 5, 14, X. 31, 22, 26, 28, 30, xi. 10, 19, 22, 25, 26, 28, 31,
xii. 3, 5, etc. etc. compds : Drottins-dagr, m. the Lord's day, K. {>. K.
68, Rb. 113, 655 iii, Sturl. iii. 37, 159, 226, Nj. 165 ; Drottinsdaga hald,
hallowing the Lord's day, Nj. 165 ; Drottinsdags nott, Saturday night, ig^ ;
Drottinsdaga vei8r, K. {>. K. 85. Drottins-kveld, n. Sunday even-
ing, Fms. ix. 19. Drottins-myrgin, m. Sunday morning, Sturl. iii.
37. Drottins-nott, f. Sunday night, Fms. vii. 187.
dr6ttin-svik, n. pi. treason towards a lord or master, Hkr. ii. 132,
Sks. 571, Hom. 23 (Judas).
drottin-svikari (-sviki), a, m. a traitor to bis master, Nj. 260,
K.A. 60.
drott-kvseSr, adj. (-kvseSl, n.), in the heroic metre, the metre used in
the drapas (q. v.) or poems which were recited before a king and the
king's men (drott), whence the name probably comes ; drottkvsedr is
opp. to kvi8u-hattr, the epic, narrative metre, and lj66a-hattr, the metre
of didactic poems or poems in the form of dialogues, Edda (Ht.)
dr6tt-l&t, f. adj. beloved by the household, gentle, epithet of a queen.
Am. 10.
drott-megir, m. pi. men, people, VJ)m. 11, 12.
drottna or drottna, a8, [Ulf. drauhtinvn = aTfxiT(vfa6at], to ride,
govern, bold sway ; d. yfir e-m, to rule over one, Stj. 396, Fms. viii. 242 :
with dat., fio laetr hann J)at eigi d. huga sinum, Greg. 32 ; at oss drottni eigi
dau&i si3an, Nidrst. 8 ; fyllit jorftina, stjornit henni ok drottnid, Stj. 21.
drottnan or drottnan, f. sway, rule, 625. 5, Stj. 20, H.E. i. 502 ;
drottnunar-gjarn, adj. ambitious; drottnunar-gimi, f. ambition.
dr6ttnari, a, m. a ruler, Stj. 20.
drdttning and drottning, f. a mistress; ^raell sa er vegr at dr6ttni
(master) sinum e8r drottningu (mistress), Grag. ii. 86 (vide above) ; ef
J)raell ver6r sekr sk6garma8r um vig drottins sins e&r drotmingar, 161 ;
drottning hans girntisk hann, Ver. 16. Gen. xxxix. 7 ; this sense is quite
obsolete except in old law phrases and translations. 2. a queen,
common to all Scandinavians, Swed. drotning, Dan. dronning, whereas
drottinn = ^j«^ is obsolete, Hkr. Yngl. S. ch. 20, Fms. i. 99, vi.439, ^^^•
468 ; the instances are endless. compds : drottningar-efni, n. a
future queen. Fas. iii. 456. drottningar-maSr, m. a queen's husband,
a prince consort, Nj. 5, v.i. drottningar-nafn, n. the title of queen,
Fms. i. loi.
drdtt-seti, a, m. a steward at the king's table; this word occurs in
various forms throughout the Saxon parts of Germany, Holland, Belgium,
Friesland, Brabant, etc. Du Cange records a ' drossardus Brabantiae ;' it
is in mid. Lat. spelt drossatus. Germ, and Saxon drost, land-drost, reichs-
drost (drozerus regni), Fris. drusta, vide Grimm ; the Dutch prefer the
form drossardus: in the court of the king of Norway the office of
dr6ttseti is not heard of before the beginning of the 12th century (the
passage Bs. i. 37 is monkish and of late composition), and is there a
kind of head-cook or steward at the king's table, who was to be elected
from the king's skutilsveinar ; d. spur3i hvat til matar skyldi biia, the d.
asked the king what meat they should dress, Fms. vii. 159 (about A.D*
I125), ix. 249, X. 147; d. ok skenkjari, N. G. L. ii. 413, 415; cp. also
Hirdskra (N.G. L. I.e.) ch. 26, Fms. x. loo refers to the drost of the
German emperor. In the 14th century the dr6ttseti became a high
officer in Sweden and Denmark. The derivation from drott and seti (seti
can only mean a sitter, not one who makes to sit, cp. land-seti, a land-
sitter, a tenant) is dubious ; the Norse word may be an etymologising
imitation of the mid. Lat. drossatus.
drukna, a6, [drukkinn, drekka], to be drowned, Nj. 59.
druknan, f. being drowned, death by drowning, Ld. 58, Orkn. 246^
Ann. 1260, 1026.
driunbr, m. a log of dry or rotten wood, Fms. viii. 184; drumba, u,
f. a cognom., Rm.
drungi, a, m., medic, heaviness, fulness in the head, drunga-legr, adj.
drunur, f. pi. [drynja], a rattling, thundering, Dan. dron.
drussi, a, m. a drone ; {jii d. (a^pav), i Cor. xv. 36.
108
DRtJPA—DUGLAUSS.
DRTJPA, t or a, to droop (from sorrow), different from drjupa, to^hoxTowed from Low Germ. In old Icel. no instance happens to
drip; driipa is in Icel. an almost obsolete word, in old poets and
writers esp. used in a metaph. sense ; at the death of a dear person,
the country, hills, mountains are said to droop; sva drupir mi Dan-
mork, sem dauSr se Kmitr sonr minn, Fms. i. Ii8; sva \>6ni dnipa
Island eptir frafall Gizurar biskups, sem Romaborgar riki eptir frafall
Gregorii pafa, Bs. i. 71 ; Ari prestr hinn Fro&i segir hve mjcik vart land
dnip&i eptir frafall Gizurar biskups, 145 ; sta6rinn i Skalhoiti driipti
mjok eptir frafall bins saela |jorlaks biskups, 301 ; drupir Hof8i dau3r
er |)engill, hlaeja hli&ar vi8 Hallsteini, Landn. 224 (in a verse); hnipSi
drott ok drupdi fold, Lex. Poet. ; drupir orn yfir, Gm. 10; Vinga mei5r
{the gallows) drupir a nesi. Hit. ; en Skxrei6 i Skirings-sal of brynjalfs
beinum drupir, ^t. 1 2 ; bans mun drap um dnipa, dy'rmennis mcr kenna,
Sighvat ; knattu hvarms af harmi hmipgnipur mer d., my head drooped
from grief. Eg. (in a verse) ; driip&u dolgarar, the swords drooped (to
drink blood), Hkm. 2 : in mod. usage drjiipa and dnipa are confounded,
avi, hve ma eg aumr {jraell, angraSr niSr drjupa, Pass. 41. 4.
dnapr, m. drooping spirits, coldness; ok J)6 at J)ar hefSi orSit nokkurr
d. me8 {)eim, ]pa . . ., Fms. xi. 76.
drykk-fatt, n. adj. short of drink, Hkr. iii. 117.
drykkja, u, f. [drukkinn], a drinking-bout, carousal, banquet; sitja
vi& drykkju. Eg. 88 ; var veizla hin bezta, ok d. mikil inni 1 stofunni,
205 ; at J)eim veizlum er drykkjur voru, Bs. i. 394 ; matmala i milli ef
eigi voru alj)y5u-drykkjur, a public banquet, 1. c. ; gora d., to make a
banquet, Og. 27; J)a var ar mikit ok drykkjur miklar, O. H. 71; J)ar
var til-d. ok fast drukkit, Eb. 184, cp. Floam. S. ch. 2 ; taka til drykkju,
to take to drinking, Fms. ii. 266 ; drykkja (banquet) skyldi vera at hvarra-
tveggja, Gisl. 27; toku menu til drykkju um kveldit, 28; hafa sam-
d., to have a carouse, Grett. ch. 8 ; Jola bo6 ok sam-drykkjur, (3. H. ch.
95> cp. 33, 34, 131, Eg. ch. II, 44; a-drykkja, q. v., Har. S. Har9r. ch.
23, Fms. vii. 203, cp. Orkn. ch. 33, 34, 70, loi, 104, Sverr. S. ch. 36,
98, 103, 104, Fagrsk. ch. 11, 219, 220: the ancients drank hard, 'diem
noctemque continuare potando nuUi probrum,' Tac. Germ. ch. 11 : with
kings the drinking (dag-drykkja, q. v.) began immediately after the
day-meal, vide the references above ; the words of Tacitus, ' turn (viz.
after breakfast) ad negotia, nee minus saepe ad convivia, procedunt
armati,' 1. c, are therefore true enough, Edda (Gg.) ch. 39, 46 ; the
phrase, preyta drykkju (cp. kapp-d., a drinking match), Edda 32. The
Icelanders of the Saga time seem to have been of much more abstemious
habits than their Norse kinsmen of the same time, and drinking is scarcely
mentioned but at public banquets ; the Sturlunga time is worse, but only
those who had been abroad are mentioned as strong drinkers (cp. Arons S.
ch. 19) ; cp. also a treatise of the end of the 12th century, named De
profectione Danorum, ch. 1 1 — ' in cunctis illius regni (i. e. Norway) civi-
tatibus uniformis consuetudo sed vitiosa inolevit, scilicet jugis ebrietas,'
etc. 2. = beverage = drykkr (rare), Egill ba8 fa ser drykkju, Eg. 107.
coMPDs: drykkju-borS, n. a drinking-table, Fms. xi. 2. drykkju-
fdng, n. pi. drinkables, Sturl. iii. 289. dry kkju-lf till, adj. sober, Bs.
i. 275. drykkju-maSr, m. a great drinker, Fms. vii. 175, viii. 238,
Edda 32. drykkju-m&l, n. drinking at t7ieal ti?iie,Ai\!i\. igs^. Fas. ii. 266.
drykkju-riitr, m. a drunkard. drykkju-skapr, m. hard drinking,
drunkenness, Fms. iii. 191, Ann. 1389. drykkju-skali, a, m. a banquet
hall, Orkn. 244, Fms. i. 299. drykkju-stofa, u, f. - drykkjuskiili,
Fms. vii. 147, Eg. 553. drykkju-stutr, m. a drinking-can, Bs. i. 877.
drykkja, 3r, part, drunk, Rb. iii. 384, Karl.
drykk-langr, adj., in the phrase, drykklanga stund, just a moment, a
measure of time whilst one drinks a draught.
drykk-lauss, adj. (-leysi, f.), without drink, Bs. i. 822, Finnb. 234,
K. A. 34.
drykkr, jar, m., pi. ir, [A.S. drinc ; I^ngl. drink; Germ, trunk ; Dan.
drik'\ : — drink, beverage, Fms. xi. 108, 233 ; eiga drykk ok sess vi& e-n.
Eg. 95: a draught, Edda 32, 48; hvat hafa Einherjar at drykk? 24;
vatns-d., a draught of water, id.; svala-d., J)orsta-d., a thirst-draught ;
muntu mi eigi sparask til eins drykkjar, one draught more, 32 ; fireyta
k drykkinn, to take a deep draught, id. ; drekka i tveimr, Jjremr . . .
drykkjum, to drain in two, three . . . draughts, id. ; undarliga mundi
mer J)ykkja ef J)vilikir drykkir vaeri sva litlir kallaftir, id. p. sonr
whey, proncd. dxtikkr, Krok. 64 ; freq. in western Icel. compds :
drykkjar-boUi, a, m. a drinking-bowl. Mart. 119. drykkjar-
f6ng, n. pi. drinkables. drykkjar-horn, n. a drinking-horn, Fr.
drykkjar-ker, n. a drinking-cup, Greg. 50, Sks. 725, Stj. 486.
drykkjar-kostr, m. drinking cheer, Vm. 56.
drykk-s8ell, adj. lucky in drink or brewing, Bs. 108.
dryllr, m. a nickname, Fms. i; drylla, u, f.. Snot 184; also spelt
with M, proluvies alvi, (vulgar.)
drymba, u, f. a kind of stockings (?), Art. (Parcevals S.)
DRYNJA, drundi, pres. dryn, to roar. This root word is common
to Goth., Scandin., Fris., and Dutch; for Ulf. drunjus = <p06YYOS, Rom.
X. 18, is a sufficient proof; in Swed. we have drona, and dron neut. ;
Dan. drone and dron ; Dutch dreunen ; North. E. to drone, as a cow ;
Fris. drone; the mod. High Germ. drOhnen was, in the 17th century,
I
I
record, except dryn-rann in Gsp. 23. Fas. i. 480; in mod. usage's*
freq. enough, and the absence in old writers seems to be accideijl;
draugr dimmr og magr, drundi i bjorgum undir, Snot 226, a ditt
Stefan Olafsson ; drynja and dynja are different in sense, drynja dc:
roaring, dyn]a. gushing ; ^a heyrSi hilmir hatt vi6 kletta drafnar di
dunur ^ungar, oi the roaring surf, Od. (poet.) v. 401.
drynr, m. pi. [Dan. and Swed. dron'], roaring ; drunur, f., vide al
dryn-rann, n., poet. ' the roaring inn ofdrink,^ a drinking-horn, Fa;
drysil-, dusil-, a term of contempt, paltry, in the compds dr;
djofull, m. a petty, paltry devil, devilkin, Fms. iii. 201, in the am
ghost story, opp. to the big inmates of hell. drysil-hross f
dusil-), n. a paltry horse, Isl. iii. 333. drysil-menni, n. a pc
petty man, Edda (Gl.)
DR'Y'G JA, 6, [drjiigr ; A. S. dreogan = to endure ; North. E. and
to dree = to endure, suffer] : — to commit, perpetrate, mostly in a bad s(
d. synd, to commit a sin, K. A. 202 ; d. glaep, id. ; d. hordom, to co,
whoredom, Sks. 340 ; pii skalt ekki hordom d., thou shalt not co
whoredom ; d. misraeSu vi6 konu, id., Grag. i. 338 ; d. hernad, to p.
ii. 79 ; d.ilsku, Orkn. 32 : it is a standing phrase in eccl. or sacred wr
N. T., Pass., Vidal. : in a good sense only in a few phrases as the all
da5, Sturl. iii. 7; or in poets or bad old prose ; orliSgd., A.'&.orleg dre
(cp. the North. E. to dree one's weird=to abide one's fate), to try
luck, Vkv. I, cp. also the Germ, tales, in die welt gehen ; d. hlySni,
675 ; d. mannliga natturu, to pay the debt of nature, 447 ; d. e-s la,
to comply with one's wishes, Bser. 14, — the last three passages ar<|»d
prose. p. to make to keep longer, to lengthen, Bs. ii. 173, Bb. 3.
draegr, adj. that which can be pulled against.
drsemt, n. adj. [from draumrr], slowly, (3sv.
drseplingr, m.,dimin. [drapa], apaltry drapa, Hkr.ii.82, Fms.xi. :
dreepr, adj. who may be killed with impunity, N. G. L. i. 82, Grag. .,
Nj. III.
DROFK", f., gen. drafnar, pi. drafnir, [akin to drefjar], spots^ s
like spots ; hence dr6fn6ttr, adj. spotted; rau8-d., bla-d., etc., red-,
spotted; poet, the foaming sea is called drofn, Edda.
dr6sla, a6, to roam about; cp. drasill, drosall.
dubba (dybba), a6, (for. word), to dub a knight; mi hefir Jjii d;
mik til riddara, Bser. 5, 18, Fms. x. 109, Karl. 193: to arm, dresi
464. 1 Sam. xvii. 38 ; upp dubba6r, dressed in full dress, Finnb. 221
sik, to trim oneself, Fms. vi. 208.
dubban, f. diibbi?ig a knight, Karl. 222.
dubl (dufl), n. double, Alg. 366 (mathem.) p. gambling, GJ)1
Grett. (in a verse). II. naut. a buoy.
dubla, dufla, a6, [dubla = a coin, Du Cange], to gamble, GJ)1.
dublari, a, m. a gambler, Rom. 161. I
DUGA, pret. dug&i ; pres. dugi ; sup. dugat ; imperat. dugi J)U, W.
dug6u ; [A. S. dugan ; Scot, and North. E. to dow ; O. H. G. tiigan ; ( "
taiigen; Dzn. due; Swed.duga; Engl, rfo, in phrases such as, that wil
— to help, aid, with dat. ; dugi J)ii mer Hvita-Kristr, Fs. lOl ; d. frae
sinum, Post. 658 C. 19 ; ok vill eigi d. henni, will not support her, <jig-
i. 368 ; hann dug3i heiSnum miinnum, 655 iii. 4 : with the notion . lo,
suffice, f)at er J)er man d., which will do for thee, Nj. 13 ; hefir o
dugat J)essi litninaSr, this faith has done well for us, Fms. i. 34 ;
{)at d. minum hesti, it will do for my horse, Mag. : the proverb, f
sva illt at einu-gi dugi, cp. the Engl. ' 'tis an ill wind that blows n(
good,' Al. 46, Hm. 134; mun J)er eigi {)at d. at sofa her, it wii
do (is not safe) for thee to sleep here, Fms. v. 307: adding prepp
at, til, to succour, lend help, en Gisli for at d. {)eim vi5, Gisl. 2
J)eir mi at J)eim monnum er lifs var van, Finnb. 316, cp. at-dug
hon dugir eigi verr til enn einhverr karlma6r, Fb. i. 533 : impers,
dugir e-t, it does well, beseems, becomes ; hon dugir mer ilia (vel),
(Fr.), Hkv. I. 45 ; \>6 myndi m(5r enn vel d. (it would do well for
ef ek fengja at drekka, Isl. ii. 369. p. absol. or even nca* .':
prowess, do otie's best ; dugi J)u enn, help ! Fms. ii. 75 ; dugSi
matti, every one did his best, viii. 139; dugi mi hverr sem drcii.,r
mundi \>{i eigi naudsyn at d. sem drengilegast, ix. 509 : denoting ift
force, vel si5a6ir menn ok jafnan vel dugat, honest men and who hav ye^
done well. Eg. 96 ; d. i })urft e-s, Hom. 47. y. to suffice. '
enough ; ef J)itt aedi dugir, if thy wit does suffice,V^m. 20, 2.: . ^
d., if the witnesses do, i. e.fail not, N. G. L. i. 136 ; dug&i ve&r it 1 ta.
the weather did well.
dugandi- or dugandis-, as a prefix to nouns, denoting dougbt\ <i-
maSr (dugand-maSr, Fms. viii. 104), a doughty man, Dipl. i. 3, < Oi-
456, Rd. 260, Rom. 137.
dugan-ligr, adj. doughty, 'tt.15.
DUGGA, u, f. a 'dogger,' small (Dutch or Engl.) fishing I'tvfi.
1413, where it is reported that thirty English ' fiski-duggur' came f
about Icel. that summer ; (hence the Engl. Dogger-bank) : — dugg£
m. the crew of a dugga, D. N. ii. 65 1 . 2. a lazy dogged fellow, '" •
(Gl.), Trist. (Fr.)
J dug-lauss, adj. (-leysi, n.), good for nothing, fxirS. 47 (Ed, 18 ).
DUGNADll— DVALA.
109
dugnaflr, ar, m, doughtiness, valour, aid, assistance; biSja e-n ser
iignadar, to ask one's help, 655 v. I, Isl. ii. 262, 293 ; veita e-m dugnaS,
( give help to one, Fms. v. 259 : skyrtiinnar d., the virtue of the kirtle,
as. iii. 441 : "' P'- Greg. compds : dugnaSar-maSr, m. an aider,
ilp in need, 656 A, Fms. vi. 118, Fas. iii. 181 : a honest hard-working
tan (mod.) dugnaflar-stigr, ni. the path 0/ virtue, Horn. 14.
dugr, ni. pi. ir, [North. E. dow~\, doughtiness, strength of soul and body,
ins. viii. 41 1 ; aldri er d. i J)(5r, thou art good for nothing, Grctt. 24
.w Ed.
DTJL, f. [(iy'jaj- I- prop, concealment, in phrases, meft dul,
cretly, BarS. 168 ; drepa dul u e-t, to conceal, Hkr. ii. 140 ; and in the
jMPDS dulax-bunaSr, m. a disguise, Fms. vi. 61 ; dular-kufl, m. a
tak used for a disguise, Grett. 139 A. II. metaph. self-conceit,
ide, in phrases as, dul ok vil, pride and wilfulness, Skalda 163, SI. 34 ;
la ser bi'i dul, to be so conceited, Finnb. 282 ; setlask mikla dul, Fas. ii.
:i ; dul ok dramb, 655 xi. 3 ; mikinn dul (masc), porb. MS. (wrongly) :
c phrase, ganga fram i dul, to go forth in one's conceit, Hm. 78, (mod.,
nga fram i {)eirri dulunni) : proverb, ma5r verSr daelskr af dul, conceit
i*« an envious, moody titan, Hm. 56 ; dul J)in, Band. (MS.) 13.
lula, u, f. a worn strip of cloth.
lula, 8, (cp. dylja), a law term, to deny, with gen., N. G. L. i. 93, 94,
0: with subj., Js. 77 : absol., 83.
iul-ei8r and dular-eiflr, m. [Swed. duls-ed'], a law term, an oath of
nial, G{)1. 199, Js. 58.
:ul-h6ttr, ni. a disguise-hood, hood used for a disguise, Fms. x. 383 ;
', ek dulhiitt (MS. wrongly djarfhiitt) uni dokkva skiir, Ad. 3.
lul-klaeSi, n. disgidse, Fas. ii. 441.
ul-kofri, a, m. = dulhottr, (v. kofri.)
iulnadr, m. = dul, Fr.
ulr, adj. silent, close; the phrase, ganga duls e-s, to be unaware of a
lig', Fms. v. 265.
I ul-remmi, f. stubborn self-conceit, Sks. 5 36 B. dul-rsena, u, f. id., v. 1.
ul-samr, adj. self-conceited, Stj. 122.
!ul8i, a, m., poet, a diuarf, Yt. 2.
iul-vigi, n. a law term, secret manslaughter, = l!Lun-\ig, not so strong
inurder, GJ)1. 150.
jumba, u, f, a mist; cp. the mod. dumbungr, m. a dark, misty,
omy sky. dumbungs-veSr, m. gloomy iveather. In the east of
. dumba is the bran of oats when ground, Fel. ii. 155 ; in Edda (Gl.)
iis even mentioned as a sort of seed; hann (the wizard) hristi einn
ica, ok {)ar or fj'kr ein dumba svort {black powder like mist) . . . bles
j or vindi miklum moti dumbunni, sva at hon faiik aptr i augu a
I ms iDimnum, sva J)eir ur&u Jjegar blindir. Fas. iii. 338. dvimbr, m.
also occurs as a name of a giant, the misty; the Polar Sea is called
I mbs-haf =</!)« Misty, Foggy Sea, cp. Bar6. ch. 1 ; cp. also Gr. rvipos,
1^, which probably are kindred words.
Lunbi, adj. dumb; dauf ok dumba skur3go6, Stj. 207, K. A. 56.
imbottr, adj. of dark misty colour (of cows).
;UMBB,adj. [Ulf. (/7m!fc = «cu</)($s; A.S.dumb; Engl, dumb; O.H.G.
.Ii6 ; Germ, dum = stupid, whence Dan. dtwi ; Gr. rv(j>\6s and Tv<pos are
tired words, the fundamental notion being dusty, clouded'] : — dumb,
i C. 34 ; dumbir ok daufir, 623. 57 : gramm. a mute letter, Skalda 1 76.
Vorway dumme or domme means a peg inside doors or gates.
impa, a5, [Ivar Aasen dump = a gust; Dan. djwipe'], to thump, Lv.
'j(air. X67.)
UNA, a9, (cp. dynja), to thunder, give a hollow rushing sound; dunar
iloginum, Edda 30 ; sva skal danzinn duna, Isl. {)j68s. (of dancing).
jina, esp. pi. dunur, f. a rushing, thundering noise, Eb. i74> Fms. iii.
; hence the Dan. tor-den, qs. Thor-don, the din ofThor, i. e. thunder,
•'j.'oscd to be the noise of the god Thor in his wain,
rnda, af), to dally, Bb. i. 9.
in-henda, u, f. (-bendr, adj.), a sort of metre, having four anadi-
es, Edda (Ht.) 124, 128.
am, m. a band, gang, drove ; ganga i e-m duni, to march in one band,
1. iii. 185 C; sau5a-dunn, a drove of sheep, Sd. 164: a number of
is called dunn, Edda 108.
inna, u, f. the wild duck, Edda (Gl.), cp. Engl. dun.
UPT, m., better duft, [it properly means the powder of flowers or
like; so dijft in Germ, means a sweet smell as from flowers; in old
ers duft is rare, dust (q. v.) freq. ; in mod. use dust is almost obso-
and as these two words can hardly be distinguished in old MSS.
'■re // and st look like one another), the transcribers have often sub-
ted duft, where the old MS. has dust : again, dufta (a verb) is never
i. but only dusta : duft is probably a foreign South-Teutonic word ;
Swedish uses only the more homely sounding anga, vide angi] : —
<ier; d. okaska,Stj. 204, Sks. 2ii,Magn. 448: boUn. pollen ; dupt-
i, a, m. the stamen of a flower ; dupt-knappr, m. the anther ; dupt-
8r, m. the filament, Hjalt.
•ra-, v. dyrr.
Jgr, m. [dvergr], a sulky fellow, durgs-legr, adj. sulky.
'Jfna-legr, adj. sulky, rude, durna-skapr, m., etc. ^
dumir, m. a dwarf, Yt. 2 : metaph. a sulky man.
diirtr, m. = durgr. durts-legr, adj. sulky, rude.
dur-v6r<Jr, m. a door-keeper, ¥,g. 409, Fms. ii. 160.
dusil-, V. drysil-.
dusla, aS, to bustle, be busy, NjarS. 368, (cant word.)
DUST, n. [A.S. dust; Engl, dust], dust, Fms. v. 82, 334, xi. 12, Stj.
336. Num. xxiii. 10, Greg. 98: flowers ground to dust, Pr. 471, 472,
474. 475-
dust, n. [Dan. dyst; Swed. dust], a tilt; halt eitt d. meS mik, Karl.
72 ; d. ok tumimcnt, Fr.
dusta, a&, to dust.
dustera, aS, to tilt, fight, Bev. (Fr.)
dusti, a, m. a grain of dust; engi d. saurs, 656 A. ii. 8.
duda, a3, to swathe (in clothes).
diifli, a, m. swaddling clothes.
DtJFA, u, f., gen. pi. diifna ; [Goth, dubo; A.S. duva ; Engl, dove;
Y>zn. due ; Swed. dufva; O.H.G. tuba; Germ, tauhe]: — a dove, Stj.
Ill, Horn. 57, 65, Al. 168: as a term of affection, wy rfoi/e. 2. poiit. a
wave, one of the daughters of Ran, Edda. compds : dufu-ligr, adj.
dove-like, 655 xxxii. 7. dufu-nef, n. a cognom. ' dove-neb,' dove-beak,
Landn. dtifu-ungi, a, m. the young of a dove. Mar. 656, Stj. 317.
duka, a8, to cover with a cloth. Fas. iii. 187, 373.
diik-lauss, adj. without a cloth, Pm. 108.
DtJKH, m. [Engl, duck; Swed. duk ; Dan. dug; Germ, tuch] : — any
cloth or texture, Bar6. 160; va6ma,ls-d., Hn-d., etc., a cloak of wadmal,
linen, etc. : a carpet, Fms. ix. 219 : tapestry hi a church, fimm diika ok
tva J)ar i biina, annarr me5 rautt silki, Vm. 77, vide altaris-dukr, 20: a
neck-kerchief oi a lady, diikr a halsi, Rm. 16. p. a table-cloth (bor5-
diikr) ; as to the ancient Scandin. custom of covering the table with a cloth,
vide esp. Nj. ch. 117, Bs. i. 475, Gu3m. S. ch. 43 ; and for still earlier
times the old heathen poem Rm., where M66ir, the yeoman's good-wife,
covers the table with a ' marked' (i. e. stitched) white linen cloth, 28 ;
whilst Edda, the old bondman's good-wife, puts the food on an un-
covered table (verse 4) ; by a mishap the transcriber of Ob. (the only
MS. wherein this poem is preserved) has skipped over a verse in the
second line of verse 17, so that we are unable to s3y how Amma, the
husbandman's good-wife, dressed her table : the proverb, eptir duk og
disk, \.t. post festum. y. a towel; at banquets a servant went round
to the guests in turn bearing a basin and a towel on the shoulder, Lv.
ch. 13; to be served first was a mark of honour; cp. also Nj. I.e.,
Har. S. Har6r. ch. 79 (the Danish king and the old woman): a napkin.
Bias. 45, 655 xvii. 5 : belonging to the priest's vestment, Pm. 133; d. ok
corporale, Vm. 154, Stj. Gen. xxiv. 65 (a veil).
diik-slitr, n. rags of a d., Vm. 77.
dun-be3r, m. a bed of down-clothes, D. N. (Fr.)
dun-grind, f. a frame whereon to clean eider-down.
diin-hsegindi, n. a pillow or bolster of down, D. N.
dun-kl8e3i, n. pi. bedclothes of eider-down, Js. 78, Sturl. iii. 108, Bs,
i. 802.
DUNN (d^nn. Mart. 126), m. [Dutch dune; Engl, down: Swed.
and Dan. dun; Germ, daun is prob. of Saxon or Dutch origin, as the
d remains unchanged] : — down ; taka diin ok d^na, N. G. L. i. 334 ;
esp. used of bedclothes of down ; the word occurs in the old heathen
poem Gs., sofi hann a diini, 5 ; blautasti d.. Mart. 1. c; a diini ok a gu3-
vefi, Fms. x. 379 ; vottu (pillows) diins fulla, a verse of Hornklofi. In
Icel. 'dun' is chiefly used of eider-down, which word is undoubtedly of
Icel. origin, Fr. edre-don. Germ, eder-don or eider-daun ; the syllable er
is the Icel. gen. aeSar-diin, from nom. aeSr (the name of the eider duck),
ace. ae3i, gen. aeSar. The eider-down, now so important as an article
of trade, is never mentioned in old Icel. writers or laws; they only
speak of the eggs (egg-ver). The English, during their trade with Icel.
in the 15th century, seem first to have brought the name and article into
foreign markets. At first it was bought in a rough state ; Bogi Bene-
diktsson in FeSga-aefi 11 records that a certain Jon i Brokey (bom
1584), after having been in England, was the first who taught the Icel.
to clean the down — var hann lika sa fyrsti her vestra sem tok a3 hreinsa
aeSar-diin .... en a5r (i. e. during the English and Hanseatic trade in Icel.)
seldist 6hreinsa3r dun eptir Bua-logum. Icel. say, hreinsa diin, hrsela
dun. The Danes say, have dun pa hagen, to have down on the chin.
dun-tekja, u, f. gathering eider-down.
dura, a5, to nap, Skalda 163.
DTJRB, m. a nap, sbtmber, Hom. 1 16, O. H. L. 80 : in mod. usage in
such phrases as, milli diira ; sofa goSan, vseran, dur.
DTJS (dos, Bjorn), n. [Norse duus], a lull, dead calm, in the proverb,
opt komr seSiregn or diisi, a lull is often followed by a heavy shower,
Eb. (in a verse).
dusa, u, f. a sugar-teat for babies to suck.
dusa, a6, prob. to doze, Og. 18.
dvala, u, f. [Dan. dvale],== dvol, Fr.
dvala, a6, to delay, with dat.; at dvala ekki forinni, Fms. xi. 22;
ef er dvalit ferSinni, 115; dvalar hann ekki brotfer5inni, Fb. ii. 147;
110
DVALSAMR— DYMBILDAGAR.
muna nu Helgi hjor|)ing (hjorjjingi or -J)ingum, better) dvala, Hkv. i. 49 :
with infin., Kjartan bad J)a ekki dvala, Ld. 176.
dval-samr, adj. dilatory, Stj. 132 ; e-m verSr dvalsamt, one is delayed,
Greg. 80, Fbr. 136.
DVEL JA, dvaldi, dval8i ; pres. dvel ; part, dval&r, dvalinn ; sup.
dvalit: [^K.S.dveljan; Engl, dwell; O.H.G. tvelan; Svfed. dvdljas ; Dan.
dvceW] : — to ' dwell,' delay, with ace. ; d. for, fer5, to keep hack, delay,
Grag. ii. 385, Isl. ii. 266 ; J>vi dvalSa ek dau5a J)inn, Bias. 47 ; d. dom
(a law term), to defer judgment, Grag. i. 67; d. ra& fyrir konu, to put
ojff a woman's marriage, 307 ; at J)at dveli gardlagit, ii. 332 ; gatu {)eir
hann eptir dvalit, they managed to keep him hack, Fms. vii. 169 ; d. e-n
fra e-u, to keep one from doing a thing, Jb. 380 ; dvelr mik engi hlutr, at
ek geng ekki , i. e. / will go at once, Fms. ii. 37 : the proverb, mart
um dvelr J)ann er um morgin sefr, Hm. 58 : absol., dvaldi {)at fyrir fer8
J)eirra, that caused delay, Njard. 374. 2. in neut. sense = dveljask,
to tarry, cp. Engl, to dwell on a thing ; ok vildu eigi dvelja, ok eigi bi8a
(Dlafs konungs, Fms. iv. 118. 3. with ace. of time, to wait, abide;
konungr dvaldi mestan hluta sumars a Halogalandi, Fms. iv. 233 ; d.
af stundir, to kill time, Band. 8 ; d. stund e-s, to hold one up, Karl.
(52. II. reflex, to stop oneself, i.e. to stay, make a stay; myndi
|)ar dveljask um hri6, Nj. 122; ok er J)eir h6f6u t)ar dvalisk til J)ess
er . . ., Eg. 28 ; dvaldisk {jar um hri8, 59 ; ok er konungr hafSr dvalsk
J)ar um hrift, Fms. viii. 428 : d. at e-u, to tarry over a thing, D. I. i.
223. 2. the phrase, e-dvelsk, one is kept, loses time by a thing;
dvaldisk Jjeim J)ar lengi, Eg. 230 ; dvaldisk {leim {)ar at J)vi, in (doing)
that they lost much time, Nj. 241. 3. with pass, notion ; sa dagr mun
dveljask, that day will not soon come, will come late, Ld. 174 ; dveljask
munu stundirnar, the hours will be taken up, it will take many hours, it
will grow late before all is told, Edda 15; ef {)at dvelsk, at ek koma
eigi hingat, if I should be hindered from coming, Fms. xi. 51: to tarry,
er ek hefi sva lengi dvalisk at saekja y8varn fund, Ld. 32.
DVERGR, m. [A. S. dveorg ; Engl, dwarf ; Germ, (hreg.) zwerg ;
Swed. dverg'\ : — a dwarf; about the genesis of the dwarfs vide Vsp. 6-16,
Edda 9 : in mod. Icel. lore dwarfs disappear, but remain in local names,
as Dverga-steinn, cp. the Dwarfy Stone in Scott's Pirate, and in several
words and phrases : from the belief that the dwarfs lived in rocks, an
echo is called dverg-mdl, n. (-mdli, m.), dwarf-talk, Al. 35, 37, Fas.
iii. 369 ; and dverg-m^la, a3, to echo : from the skill of the dwarfs in
metal-working, a skilful man is called dverg-h.agr, adj. {skilled as a
dwarf), or dvergr, a dwarf in bis art; dverga-sini3i, n. dwarfs-
work, i. e. all works of rare art, such as the famous or enchanted swords
of antiquity, Hervar S. ch. 2, Fas. i. 514, ii. 463-466 (Asmund. S.), Gisl.
80 : crystal and prismatic stones are in Norway called either dwarfs-work
or ' dwarf y-stones' as people believe that they are worked out by the
dwarfs in the depths of the earth : botan., dverga-soleyg, f. ranunculus
glacialis, Hjalt. p. from its dwarfed shape, a dog without a tail is in
Icel. called dvergr or dverg-hundr, m., Clar. : short pillars which sup-
port the beams and rafters in a house are called ' dvergar ;' this sense
occurs as early as Horn. (St.) 65, and is still in use in some parts of Icel. :
the four dwarfs. East, West, North, South, are in the Edda the bearers of
heaven, Edda 5. y. ornaments in a lady's dress worn on the shoulder
are called ' dvergar,' Rm. 16 ; smokkr a bringu, diikr a halsi, dvergar a
oxlum, prob. a kind of brooch. For compds vide nbove.
DVINA or dvina (in old writers even dvena), a3, [North. E.
dwynel, to dwindle, pine away ; J)a dvenar tomr ma6r, Horn. 26 ; dvinar
allr J)roti (of a tumor), Sks. 235 ; let hann eigi dvina kve3andina, Fms.
V. 1 74 ; J)a6an i fra sog3u menn at dvinaSi li5veizla Saemundar vi5 Jjor-
grim, Sturl. i. 171; gorir mi eigi at dvina vi&, it will not do to saunter, Karl.
380; dvina munda ek lata ferSina, / would let the travelling cease,
Fs. 172 ; heit dvinu9u Heina, their bragging dwindled away. Lex. Poet.
In early times this word was probably sounded with an i (short), which
may be inferred from the form dvena ; and the word was rather common,
and occurs rarely. In later times it was ennobled by the frequent use
made of it in Pass., and with altered inflexion, viz. an i throughout,
the pres. indie, either strong, dvin, or weak, dvinar; thus, her J)egar
mannlig hjalpin dvin. Pass. 44. 1 2 ; gorvoll J)a heimsins gleSin dvin,
41. 8; J)a sefin lifsins dvin, 36.10; but holds megn og kraptr dvinar,
44. 1 ; dvinar og dregst i hie, 47. 4 : infin., sjon og heyrn tekr a6 dvina,
41. 10.
dv61, f., gen. dvalar, old pi. dvalar, mod. dvalir, [cp. ' dwelling' = delay,
Engl. Ballads], a short stay, stop; dvalir ok nattsta8i, Stj. 294; eiga
dvol, to stop, Nj. 181; afhvarf manna ok dvalar (ace. pi.), Ld. 204;
meSan {)essi dvcil (pause) var, Fms. xi. 135 : delay, iv. 179; bera til
dvala, to cause delay. Fas. iii. 543 : — used once as neut. pi., ur3u dvol
daegra. Am. 102. p. gramm. quantity, Skalda 175.
dyorill or dyrSill, m. a nickname, seems to mean a tail, =^mod.
dindill, Fms. i. i86, ii. 253, 279; cp. da&ra, to wheedle.
HYGD, f. [A. S. dugit^ = doughtiness, valour ; O. H. G. tugad; Germ.
tugend; Swed. dygd; Dan. dyd^ : — virtue, probity, only used in a moral
metaph. sense ; the original sense (from duga, q. v.) of valour, strength,
which prevails in the A. S., is quite obsolete; trna e-m til dygdar um e-t,,
'/o trust in one's integrity, Fs. 121 (of a judge) ; fyrir sakir J)innar d
probity, Fms. vi. 58 ; li5 ok d. (help and faithful service) gods dreng^
fyrir sina dyg3, for his faithfulness, vii. 158. p. in mod. eccl. \
the Lat. virtus is rendered by dyg5, Vidal., Pass., etc. ; 6-dyg3, u
ness. y. virtue, of an inanimate thing, of a tree, Stj. 256. co
dygSar-lauss, adj. wicked, K. A. 230 : bad, 24. dyg3ar-le:,
faithlessness, wickedness, Stj. 487, Bs. i. 40. dygflar-maflr,
trusty man, Grett. 147 A. dyg3ar-verk, n. faithful work. Mar
dugr, dugnaSr.
dygdugr, adj. ' doughty,' faithful, trusty; d. J)j6nusta, Fas. i. 9
ma3r, Grett. 143 A, Th. 1 2 : efficient, having virtue in them, of inar
things, Stj. 99, 215. p. in mod. eccl. writers, virtuous, good.
dyggiligr, ad], faithful, Stj. 198.
dygg-leikr, m. faithfulness, H.E. ii. 66, Fms. viii. 29.
dyggliga and dyggiliga, adv. faithfully, trustily, Stj. 9, 152,
iii. 115, 138, Bs. i. 40.
dyggr, adj., mostly with v if followed by a vowel, e.g. dyggvar, dys
superl. dyggvastr, compar. dyggvari, but sometimes the v is dropp
faithful, trusty ; dyggvar drottir, worthy, good people, Vsp. 63 ;
triir, Fms. x. 233 ; d. ok drengileg me3fer3, vi. 96 ; dyggra ok di
manna, Stj. 121 ; enn dyggvasti hirdmaSr, Magn. 484; reynda el:
enn dyggvasta i ollum hlutuni, Fms. i. 69 ; dyggvastr ok drottin-h
Hkr. iii. 150; but dyggastr, Fms. vi. 401, 1. e. ; \i-dy ggv, faithh
mod. usage esp. as epithet of a faithful servant, d. J)j6n, dygt hju ; <
hjii, a bad servant, etc. : of inanimate things, dyggir avextir, Stj.
DYKR (mod. dynkr, with an inserted n), m. a cracking, s?it
noise ; var6 af J)vi d. mikill, it gave a great crack, Grett. 96 A, c
Ed.; heyr3u ^t\r dyki mikla, Bar9. 32 new Ed.; mikill dykr, I
dunur ok dynki, Fas. iii. 412 (paper MS.) ; var6 pat sva mikill dyt
nauts-buk flegnum vaeri kastad ni3r a golfit, Eb. 220 (new Ec
dynkr, Grett. 178 new Ed.
dyl-diikr, m. a veil, B. K. 83.
dylgjiir, f. pi. [dolgr], suppressed enmity, finding vent in menace)
ings, and the like; voru J)a dylgjur miklar me3 J)eim, Eb. 22;
dylgjur miklar J)at er eptir var J)ingsins, Band. 13; voru J)a >
miklar milium J)eirra allra, Sturl. i. 196.
DYLJA, pret. duldi and dul8i, part, duldr, duliSr, Fms. ii. 97 ;
Fb. i. 11 (Hdl. 7), Fs. 97 (MS. Arna-Magn. no. 132) ; [Swed. dolja
dolgel : — to conceal, hide, with ace. of the person, gen. of the thii
cealed ; d. e-s, to disavow, deny, dissemble ; sella ek J)vi alia (Jia
kunna at dylja J)essa ra6a, they can hardly deny it. Eg. 49 ; {)6rir d'
ekki, 1 73 ; Eysteinn duldi ok J)eirra or&a fyrir sik, E. said he had ttei
such a thing, Fms. ix. 329 ; J)6 duldu J)eir ekki illvirkja sinna, they
not their guilt, confessed it, Sks. 583 : with following subj., en alii
at ne eitt vissi til Hrapps, all dissembled, Nj. 133 ; en ef umbo3sma
(disavows), at hann hafi vi3 umbo3i teki3, GJ)1. 375. II. rt
conceal, hide oneself; ok kendi bratt . . . J)6 at hann dyldisk, Fms. i
ok fekk hann sva dulzk fyrir honum, at eigi vissi jarl . . . , /&e hid him
thoughts) so well, that .... viii. 16 ; at |)at se flugumenn, ok viii
(disguise themselves) undir miinka buna3i, vi. 188. 2. met;
vi3 e-t, to conceal for oneself; {)urfu ver eigi at dyljask vi3, at.,
v. I ; megu J)eir ]pa eigi vi3 dyljask, at ek hefi drepit hann, Grett. :
en Sveinn duldisk vi3 J)at, S. shrank from believing it, Orkn. 298
dyljumk ek vi3 (7 don't disavow) skuldleika okkra, Ld. 40 ; en ■
dylsk vi3 (disavows) Jjingfesti J)ess manns, Grag. i. 23; triiit J)e
me3an J)er megit vi3 dyljask, believe it not as long as you can disc,'-
i. e. till you get full evidence, Fms. ix. 477 : dyljask i e-u ; Eirikr k
J)arf nu ekki at d. i pvi, at . . ., king E. cannot conceal it for i
that .. ., Eg. 424, {ji3r. 1 18, 191, 196. III. part. pass., the
vera (ganga) duli3r (duldr, dulinn) e-s, or vera d. at e-u, to be w
to be kept in ignorance of a thing; hefir hon veri3 alls Jjessa dul'
33 ; en at J)U gangir lengr duli3r J)ess er skylt er at vita, than tl
shouldest be longer ignorant of things which all people ought A
Edda 13 ; veit engi sett mina, ok ganga J)ess allir duldir, Fms. v
dulin ertii Hyndla, H., thou art mistaken, Hdl. 7 ; ok ertu o
dulinn at honum, herra, thou, my lord, art too much mistaken (Ac
i.e. trustest him too well, Fs. 97, cp. Fms. ii. 57: the phrase,
gengr, dult, is hidden, kept secret.
dylma, d, [Dan. dulme] ; d. yfir e-t, to be careless or indifferet
a thing, Fr. ; dylminn, part, careless, indifferent, Stj. 122.
dymbil-dagar, m. pi. the 'dmnb-bell days,' i.e. the three day
Easter; hence dymbildaga-vika, u, f. [Swed. dymmel-veeka
dimmel-uge']. Passion week, Bs. i. 71, Fms. x. 72, H. E. i. 491, StuJ
during the dymbildagar the bells in Icel. were rung with a wooden
called dymbill, m. ; a dymbill is often mentioned among the inv
of Icel. churches of the 14th century, e. g. kirkja a dymbil, A'
it is, however, likely that the word dymbill itself is simply dc:
the Engl, dumb-bell, as in the Roman church the bells wen :
muffled in the Passion week : Bjorn (Lex.) mentions that in t!
before his time people used to strike the time to a dance with t
It was also an old Icel. custom that the father of a house inflictt :
S;
?J«
tout
(J
D
DYMBILNOTT— DfRKA.
Ill
nhastisement on his children and household on Good Friday for the sins
i)f the past year, gently or strongly as they had been obedient or not ;
hence the popular phrase, li8r a6 dimbildogum, or koma dymbildagar, =
the dimmel-dnys are nigh, i. e. the day of reckoning will surely come ; cp.
H.E. iv. i8o, i8i (note).
dyTnbiI-n6tt, f. the three nights next be/ore Easter, Vm. 144.
dyn-bjalla, u, f. a tinkling bell, Grett. 129.
dyndr, adj. = dunhendr, Bs. ii. 103 (in a verse).
DYNGJA, u, f. a lady's bower, in old Icel. dwellings. Eg. 159, Nj.
66, Bjam. 68, Rd. 270, Korm. 10, Fs. 88, Gisl. 15 ; in those passages
it is different from ' stofa,' and seems to have been a detached apart-
ment: [as to the root, cp. A. S. dyng, O. H.G. time, Engl, dungeon; —
the common sense prob. being that both the bower and (be dungeon were
secluded chambers in the inner part of the house or castle] : — Trolla-
(lp£rjur, a mountain in Icel., a bower of giantesses. 2. a heap,
■Jung, Dan. dynge, (mod.)
DTNJA, dundi ; pres. dyn, duni6 ; [cp. A.S. (fy««a«,- Engl, rfm; the
Icel. word is irregular in regard to the interchange of consonants ; for
:he Lat. tonare, Engl, thunder, Germ, donner would properly answer to
Icel. {)ynja, a word which does not exist] : — to gush, shower, pour, of
ain, with the additional notion of sound ; dundi akaft regn or lopti, Stj.
194. I Kings xviii. 45 ; of blood, bl66 er dundi or sarum Drottins, 656
\. I. 31, Pass. 23. 3; dundi J)a bl68it um hann allan, Nj. 176: of air
juivering and earth quaking, Haustl. 14, Vtkv. 3 : of rain and storm,
teypi-dogg giir&i, ok vatnsfl66i6 kom, og vindar blesu og dundu a, hiisinu,
Vlatth. vii. 25, 27 ; dynjandi logi, T^t. 6, Mar. 2. metaph. to pour,
[bower, like hail ; Otkell laetr J)egar d. stefnuna, O. let the summons shower
[ioum, Nj. 176: of weapons, dundu a pa vapnin, the weapons showered
\,pon them, Fms. viii. 126 ; spjotin dundu a J)eim, xi. 334 : the phrase,
|iynja a, of misfortune; eigi var mer van, at skj6tara mundi a dynja,
! ii. 125 ; hvat sem a dynr, whatever so happens. 3. metaph. also of
lien, ft) pour on or march in a body with a din; dundu jarlar undan,
I ex. Poet. ; dynja i bi)&, to march to battle, Sighvat; dynja |)eir J)a fram
■ {lingit, Lv. 31 ; konungs menn dynja J)egar a haela {)eim, Al. Ii.
I dynr, m. pi. ir, [A. S. dyti ; Engl, din ; Swed. dan ; Dan. don^, a din ;
iigi d. ver&r af hlaupi kattarins, noiseless are the cat's steps, Edda 19;
|nyr e8a |)rymr, dynr e6a dunr, Sk41da 169; d. ok brestr, Baer. 15 :
rtarching as troops, ri5a mikinn dyn, to ride with mickle din (of horsemen
! illoping), Isl. ii. 333 : the phrase, koma e-m dyn fyrir dyrr, to make a
i'Jn before one's door, take one by surprise, Fms. viii. 60, 189 ; gera sem
iiestan dyn, to make the greatest noise, 403 : in pi., heyrSi Gangleri dyni
likla, Edda 44.
idyn->«kot, n. a shot making a din, but harmless, Fms. v. 198.
dynta, t, to dint.
dyntr, m., dynta, f., dyntill, m. a dint, a cognom., Fms. ; vide dyttr.
dyrgja, u, f [durgr], a dwarf woman, a hag, f>jal. Jon. 17.
dyrgja, 9, to fish with a dorg, = dorga, Jji6r. 91.
jdyri-geett, f a door-frame, Sd. 158, Odd. 16.
.dyri-stafr (mod. djrru-), m. a door-post, Stj. 279. Exod. xii. 7, Sd.
1^3, Grett. 121, Ver. 21, Sturl. ii. 49.
jDYEB, n. or f. pL, in mod. usage always fern., and often so in old
Iriters; sometimes even in old MSS. : neut. with the article ; dyrrin with
double r (or dyrin, Eb. 42 new Ed., Stj. 520, Edda, 29, Nj. 198) : fern,
vmar; aSrar dyrr, Fms. iv. 220, 221; dyrr byrgdar, Stj. 40 ; einar
vr, Sturl. i. 189; dyr opnar, id. (but dyrin, id., one line below, perhaps
rongly by the transcriber) : in most cases, however, the gender of
! gen. and dat. cannot be discerned : there is hardly any instance
its neuter use if joined to an adjective ; thus, in Njala we read, gengu
;ir J)a inn allir ok skipu3usk 1 dyrrin (neut.) ; but only four lines below,
nokkurar vaeri laundyrr a : hversu margar dyrr eru a Valholl e&a hversu
(irar, Edda 25 ; but settisk f)6rr i dyrrin, 29 : in oW writers the gen. and
it. are spelt with u, dura, durum, and that they were so pronounced may
: seen from Skalda 163 — ]?egar gestrinn kveftr 'dura,' J)h, skyldi eigi
uidinn 'dura;' cp. also Grag. ii. 194, Fms. iv. 221, viii. 161, Gm. 23,
iirl. iii. 218, Edda 25, Landn. 231 ; but dyra, dyrum, Isl. ii. 342 (rare) :
mod. usage y throughout (spelt dyra, dyrum, proncd. as i) : — [Gr.
'/w; Goth, daur, neut., and daurn, fern.; A.S. duru; Old Engl, dore
OW rfoor) ; Dan. (for; Swed. dorr; Germ, thure ; the root vowel is
ort in Gr. and Goth, as well as the Scandin.] : — a door, viz. the open-
g (hurft is Lit. janua) ; karl-dyrr, branda-d., liti-d., leyni-d., and-d.,
3ahTis-d., Sturl. iii. 218 ; synztu-d., id. ; liti-dyrr enar sy9ri, 185 ; su6r-
H', 186; sy9ri-d., 190 ; skala-d. nyrSri, 187; kvenna-skala-d., 188 ; i
im dyrum er skalar msettusk, 189; and-dyri hit sy9ra, 218; sund-d.
= sn8r-dyr?), ii. 106; stofu-d., 181 ; dyrshofu9s-d., i. 106, a door over
iich a stag's head is placed. compds : dura-domr, m., vide domr.
Jraigaetti = dyrigaetti. dura-stafr = dyristafr. dura-sto3, f. a
or-post, N. G. L. i. 55. dura-umbuningr, m. a door-frame, Grett.
4 A. dura-veggr, m. a door-jamb, Sturl. i. 178. dvira-v6r3r,
0 door-keeper, Sks. 289. dyra-drott, f. a door-sill, vide drott.
iyr-8ki3, n. = dyrigaetti (?), D, N.
^YS, f., gen. sing. nom. pi. dysjar, [Dan. dijs and rfyssc], a cairn, less
than haugr, Ld. 153, Eb. 172, 176, Dropl. 9, Fai. i. 438 (in a verte),
Hbl. 45, p6rb. 73 ; kumbl-dys, Gg. i.
dysja, aS, [Dan. dysse = to bide], to bury in a cairn, heap stonti ovtr a
witch, criminal, or the like, never used of a proper burying, Eb. 172,
Grett. 112, Fms. v. 222, Landn. 107.
dytta, tt, [Engl. t/««/], to meddle: recipr., ^r hofSut til dytzt, Stj.
510 : in mod. usage, dytta a9 e-u, to varnish.
dyttr, m. a dint, a nickname, Fms. ii. 67 ; hnakka-d., a ' neck-dint,'
i. e. a shot by a bolt in the nape of the neck, Orkn. 416 (in a verse) ; the
hnakka-dyz of the MS. is=dytts, as vaz = vatns, braz = bratt$.
D"^, n. a bog, Sturl. iii. 50, G{)1. 393, R6m. 259.
d;^bliza, d^fliza, u, f. a dark dungeon, Al. 94, Fms. i. 358, iii. 89,
vi. 164, Eluc. 12, 42, Sks. 467, f>iar. 63, Grett. 158, Fagrsk. ill : [no
doubt a foreign word, perhaps from ' diabolus' = /fce dungeon of bell.]
D^F A, b, [cp. Goth. daupjan = 0arrTiCf IV ; O.H.G. taufjan ; Germ.
taufen ; Dan. dobe ; A. S. dyppan, akin to djupr ; cp. also diifa, a billow ;
all these words are akin, but the Engl, dive is the same word] : — to dip,
with dat.; d. e-m i vatn, to dip one into water, Horn. 139, K.A. 6, cp.
N. (j. L. i. 339 ; d. sdr, to dive : the word is now freq., but rare in old
writers, who preferred drepa ; in Germ. etc. it is only used in the sense
of christening = baptizare, prop, to dip into water, but never so in the
Icel., which renders baptize by skira.
d^a, u, f. dipping in.
©"^JA (mod. diia), diiSi, to shake, quiver, of spears or the like ; d,
frokkur, dorr, to shake spears, fight, Rm. 32, Fms. vi. (in a verse); d.
skor, to shake the locks, J)kv. i ; hann dii&i spjotiS inn i dyrnar, Sturl. iii.
218, Ld. 278 : in mod. usage, |)a8 diiir undir, of boggy ground that shakes
under the feet.
d^na, u, f. [diinn], a down-bed, feather-bed, a pillow or bolster, Fms.
iii. 125, vi. 279, ix. 26, x. 186, Dipl. iii. 4, Bs. ii. 167, Lex. Poet. 2.
boggy ground, Dropl. 26, v. 1.
dyna, S, to cover, belay with down, N. G. L. i. 334.
dypi, n. [djupr; Ulf. diupei ; Germ, tiefe], depth.
dypka, a9, to become deeper, deepen.
d^pt (and d^3), f. [Goth, djupipa], depth, Clem. 33, Bs. i. 209.
D"^E, n. [Gr. 6-qp; Ulf. djus = dr)piov, Mark i. 13, i Cor. xv. 32;
A.S. deor ; Engl, deer; Germ, thier ; Swed.-Dan. dyr~\: — an animal,
beast: a. excluding birds, dyr ok fuglar, Edda 144 (pref.) ; fuglar, dyr
e9r saekvikindi, Skalda 1 70 ; dyrum {wild beasts) eSa fuglum, Grag. ii.
89. p. used of wild beasts, as bears, Nj. 35, Grett. loi, Gliim. 330, Fs.
146 (bjarn-dyra) : in Icel. esp. the fox, Dropl. 27, Bs. ii. 137, the fox being
there the only beast of prey, hence dyr-bit ; uarga-dyr, the lion ; villi-d.,
a wild beast. y. used esp. of hunting deer, the deer of the forest, as
in Engl, deer, the hart, etc., Hkv. 2. 36, N. G. L. i. 46, Str. 3, Fas. iii. 4,
f>i8r. 228-238 ; hrem-d., the reindeer ; T3.ub-d., the red deer. compds:
d^a-bogi, a, m. a trap to catch foxes. d^a-gar3r, m. a yard or in-
closure to catch wild beasts, G{)1. 456. d^a-gr6f, f. a pit to catch wild
beasts, GJ)1. 456, 45 7. dyra-kj6t, n. the flesh of animals, Stj. 8. dyra-
rodd, f. the voice of beasts, Skalda 1 70. d^a-skinn, n. the skin of
wild beasts, Fas. iii. 1 24. d;^a-vei3ar, f. pi. deer-hunting, |)i8r. 1. c,
655 X. 2, G\)\. 447. d^s-beigr, m. a beast's skin, Fas. ii. 518 (of a
bear). d^s-horn, n. a deer's horn used for a drinking cup. Eg. 306,
307, 551, Edda 82. dyrs-h6fu3, n. the head of a deer, Sturl. i. 106.
dyr-bit, n. ' deer-bite,' of the worrying of lambs by a fox, Bs. i. 587.
DYRD, f. [Engl, dearth], glory; himinrikis d., the glory of heaven,
Fms. V. 143, 230, Fser. 137, 625. 163, Fms. v. 216 {a glorious miracle):
in pi., 623. 32, Eluc. 47 ; tom d., vain-glory, 655 xxvi. 3 : in N. T. and
eccl. writers since the Reformation this word is much in use ; the do^a
of the N. T. is usually rendered by dyr9. compds : dyT3ar-dagr,
m. a day of glory, Horn. 90, Fms. ii. 14.2. dyr3ar-fullr, a.d}. full
of glory, Fms. ii. 199, vii. 89. D^3ar-konungr, m. the King of
Glory (Christ), Ni9rst. 4. d^3ar-k6r6na, u, f. a crown of glory,
Magn. 502, Pass. 25. 11. dyT3ar-ina3r, m. a glorious man, Hkr.
iii. 250, Bs. i. 90. d^3ar-saniliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. glorious,
Stj. 288, 655 xxxii. 17, Fms. iv. 32, Stj. 34. d^dar-staSr, m. a
glorious place, Ver. 3. d^3ar-86ngr, m. a song of glory.
d^-gildr, adj. dearly paid for, Fms. vi. 106.
dyr-gripr, m. a jewel, treasure, a thing of great value. Eg. 4, 55, 179.
Orkn. 354.
d^-hundr, m. a deer-hound, esp. a fox-hound, Eb. 216.
dyrka (and d^3ka), a3, with ace. to worship, Stj. 103 : to glorify,
Ver. 6; d. Drottinn Gu8 J)inn, Stj. 458; d. Guds orS, 655 C. 15; d.
kenning postulanna, 14 : to celebrate, d. {)enna dag, Horn. 8 : to exalt,
mi er tiS Drottinn, su er J)u d. oss ambattir J)inar, Bias. 47; ek em Gu&
sa er \\k dyrkaSa'k, ok mun ek enn d. J)ik, 50 ; hann d^rkafti valaSan,
Greg. 24 ; d. e-n meS e-u, Fms. x. 315 ; d. e-n, to pray one reverentially;
hon kastar scr fram a golfit, dyrka&i hann, sva segjandi, Stj. 522. 2 Sam.
xiv. 4; hence the common Icel. phrase, vertu ekki a8 d. hann, don't
beg {coax) him. 2. reflex, to magnify oneself; J)a mundu Gydingar
dyrkask i sjalfum ser, Stj. 392 ; hir8 eigi J)ii maSr at d. i krafti J)inum,
thou tnan, glory not in thy strength, Hom, 8 ; sa er dyrkask, kva8 Paulus
112
DfRKAN— D^MI.
postuli, dyrkisk hann me6 Gu&i, 23 : in pass, sense, Fms. xi. 41 5 ; dyrkaSisk '
})oIinmseai rettU'itra, Horn. 49 ; verit or J)olinm6&ir litla stund, at er
dyrkisk, 623. 32. In N. T. and mod. cccl. writers the Gr. So^a^tiv is
sometimes rendered by dyrka, e.g. Matth. v. 16.
d^kan, f. worship, adoration, 623. II ; veita go6um d., 655. i : in
pi., Stj. 54: glorifying, dyrkan andar ok likama, 50; afguSa-d., skur6-
go3a-d., idolatry.
d;^r-kdlfr, m. a deer-calf, Hkv. 2. 36.
dyr-kdlkr, m. a dub. reading (of a horse), Ghim. 356.
dyr-keyptr, part, dearly bought, Fbr. 56 new Ed.
d^r-lag3r, part, dearly rated, Ld. 30.
dyr-leikr, m. (-leiki, a, m.), dearness, Dipl. ii. 5.
dyr-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), glorious, Fms. iv. 82, vii. 85, x. 223, xi.
51, Eg. 478 ; d. veizla, Bs. i. 133 ; d. matrad, 139.
d^lingr (d^Slingr, Horn. 115, Bs. i. 202, Fms. i. 227), m. [A. S.
deurling; Engl, darlitig] : — a saint, holy man; Gu&s d., Ver. i, Fms. iv.
227, 232, V. 214, Bs. i. (freq.)
dyr-mennl, n. a glorious man. Lex. Poet.
dyr-msetr, adj. precious, Stj. 180, 204, Fas. i. 455, Sks. 183.
D"!^RB, adj., compar. dyrri, superl. dy'rstr, mod. more freq. dy'rari,
dyrastr; dyroztum, Fb. i. 211 : [Ulf. does not use this word, but renders
(VTiyios etc. by reiks or svers; A. S. deore; Engl, dear; Dan. and Swed.
dyr; O. H. G. tiuri; Germ, theuer] : — dear : 1. of price, of such
and such a price: referring to the weregild, at sa ma6r so vel dyrr,
Hrafn. 9 ; fesaett sva mikla, at engi ma9r hafi dyrri verit her a landi
enn Hciskuldr, i.e. that there has never before been paid so high a
weregild as for Hoskuld, Nj. 189 ; munu J)at margir setla at hann muni
dyrstr gerr af J)eim monnum er her hafa latizt, 250 ; dyrr mundi HafliSi
allr, Sturl. i. 47 : of other things, ek met hana dyrra en a8rar, I put her
at a higher price than the rest, Ld. 30 ; hversu dyr skal sja kona, how
much is she to cost f id. ; kaupa dy'ru ver3i, to buy dearly, at a high price ;
J)er eru6 dy'ru ver5i keyptir, i Cor. vi. 20. 2. precious, costly ;
bokina dy'ru, Fms. vii. 156; skjoldinn J)ann inn dyra, Eg. 698; enn
Dy'ri dagr, vide dagr, Ann. 1373, Mar. 96; eigi var annarr (gripr) dyrri
i Noregi, Fas. ii. 65 ; {)vi betr sem gull er dy'rra en silfr, Ld. 126 ; dyrar
hallir, lordly halls, Rm. 45 ; eim dyri mjiiSr, the nectar, the godly mead,
viz. the poetical mead of the gods, Hm. 106; hence dy'r-gripr, a
jewel. p. as a metrical term ; enn Dy'ri hiittr, the artificial metre, Edda
131 ; hence the phrase, kve9a dyrt, to write in an artificial metre; dyrr
bragr, bragar-hattr, an artificial air, time, opp. to a plain one. 7.
6-dyrr, common. Lex. Poet., mod. cheap ; f]61-d., glorious, and many other
po(?t. compds : the proverb, dyrt er drottins or5, vide drottinn. 8. of high
worth, worthy ; en dyra drottning Maria, Mar. 18 ; Abraham er kalla6r
dy'rstr (the worthiest) allra hofuSfeSra, Ver. 1 2 ; skatna dyrstr, the best of
men, Edda, Ht. 82 ; Jon Loptsson, er dyrstr ma&r er a landi J)essu, Sturl.
i. 105 ; at J)vi er at gxta vi5 hversu dyran mann {noble, ivorthy mati)
{)ii att malaferli, 33 ; af hinum dyrustum hof6ingjum, Fb. 1. c. : dyrr is
not used in Icel. in the exact Engl, sense of beloved.
dyr-skinn, n. a deer-skin, N. G. L. iii. ch. 47.
d^-ti3, n. a time of dearth, famine, N.T.
dSBgi-ligr, adj. [Dan. deilig],fair, (mod. and rare.)
dsegn (dcegn), n. [Swed. dygn; Dan. c?dg-«], = daegr, q. v., N. G. L. i.
335, Skalda 190; this form is very rare.
]D.ffiGR (dcegr), n. [dagr; in Dan. dogn means the natural day = 2^
hours, and answers to Icel. solar-hringr, whereas IceL daegr usually means
both night and day, so that one day makes two daegr] : hence dsegra-
mot or dsegra-skipti, n., denotes the twilight in morning and evening,
Hom. 41, Sks. 218; i degi dsegr tvau, i daegri stundir tolf, in a day
two daegr, in a daegr twelve hours, Rb. 6 ; ^au (Day and Night) skulu
ri&a <4 hverjum tveim daegrum umhverfis jtirSina, Edda 7 ; tuttugu
ok fjorar stundir skulu vera i tveimr daegrum, Sks. 54 ; hann sigldi a
atta daegrum til J)ess er hann tok Eyjar a Islandi, and below, ek skild-
umk fyrir fjorum nottum (viz. Sunday to Thursday) vi6 Olaf konung
Haraldsson, Fms. iv. 280 ; J)eir voru ^t]\i daegr i leitinni, Nj. 265 ; a
hverju daegri, Griig. ii. 169; a daegrinu, 360; tvau daegr, Fb. i. 539;
{irjii d.,431 ; skipti J)at morgum daegrum, id. : — in all these passages the
sense seems clearly to be as above. 2. in some few cases it seems to be
used of the astronomical day = 24 hours, or the Danish diign ; such is the
case with the interesting passage Landn. i. ch. i ; the journey between
Iceland and Ireland is here reckoned as five daegr, between Norway and
Iceland seven, between Iceland and Greenland four, and to the deserts of
Greenland (the east coast) one, etc. : sjau da;gra sigling, fjogra d. sigling,
fimm daegra haf, i.e. a sail of six, four, five daegr, Landn. 25, 26.
COMPDS : dsegra-far, n. the division of day and night, Sks. 26, Fms. iv.
381. dsegra-stytting, f., in the phrase, til daegra styttingar, to shorten
the time, of pastime, Fas. iii. 39. deegra-tal, n. ' day-tale," calculatioti
of time, Rb. 488 : sam-daegris (sam-doegnis, O. H. L. 86), adv. the same
day ; also sam-daegrs : jafn-daegr or jafn-daegri, equinoctial time.
dsegr-sigling, f. a day's sail, Landn. 26.
dsel (doel), f. [dak, dol], a little dale, Nj. 253, Sd, 1 73, Sturl. ii. 100 C ;
of fjalldala ok daelar, Greg. 59.
' dsela, u, f. I. a small dale, Sturl. ii. 100 (Ed.) II.
term, a cotitrivance to serve the purpose of a ship's pump, Edda
hence deelu-austr, m. emptying a ship by a daela, Fbr. 131, Grettjl
deelu-ker, n. a kind of bucket : harm ba9 J)raelinn faera ser i d. |) f
hann kallaSi sjo, Landn. 251; hence the metaph. phrase, lata dajta
ganga, to pour out incessantly, chatter without ceasing, Grett. 98. |he
ancients cannot well have known the pump ; but as daelu-austr is d
guished from byttu-austr, where the buckets were handed up, so
seems to have been a kind oi groove through which the bilge watei: ,is
made to run out into the sea instead of emptying every bucket by Itd-
ing it overboard : in Norse dola means a groove-formed trough, ear, a
trench, and the like, D.N. iv. 751, Ivar Aasen s. v. daela, p. 75.
dseld, f. = dael, Fms. x. 319.
daeld, f. [a], gentleness, in the compd dseldar-maSr (deildar-mlir,
v. 1.), m. a gentle, easy man, Ld. 68, 276. |
dselir (dsell, sing.), m. pi. dales-men, O. H. L. 23; mostly in coi '
as Lax-daelir, Vatns-daelir, Sy'r-daelir, Svarf-daelir, Fljots-daelir, etc., tht
from Laxeydale, Waterdale, etc.
deell, zdi). gentle, familiar, forbearing ; this word is no doubt ak
deila (qs. deill), i. e. one who is easy ' to deal with ;' vertu mi dael (i. e
peace, be gentle) me6an ek em brautu, Nj. 52 ; ekki J)6tta ek mi daell h
I was not good to deal with at home, Fms. xi. 51 ; ekki d. viSfans^
easy to deal with, Grett. 127 ; daell (easy, affable) oUu lands folki, (j;ii.
184; engum J)6tti dselt at segja konungi hersogu, Fms. i. 41 ; fier
eigi sva daelt {easy) at taka Sigur6 jarl af lifdogum sem at drepa ki '
kalf, 53 ; \>6tti J)eim daella at taka J)at er flaut laust, vi. 262 ; J)6
sem daelst mundi til at kalla, er ungr konungr re6 fyrir riki, Eg. .^
the phrases, gora ser daelt vi6 e-n, to put oneself on a free, familiar \ot-
ing towards one; |>6r8r g6r5i ser d. vi6 \>iu |jorvald ok Gu9ninr,d.
1 34 ; ek mun mi gera mer daelt um ra5agor9 vi5 \iik, I will ta
liberty to give thee straightforward advice, Nj. 216 ; hann gor9i s(
J)a daelt, Grett. 144 ; mun daelt vi5 mik t)ykja, ef J)u ert eigi i for, the
pay me little heed, unless thou art with vie, Lv. 37 ; Jjotti vera spot
ok grar vi6 alia J)a er honum {)6tti ser daelt vi6, rude and taunting a^ t'l;-
all whom he thought his match to deal with, Bjarn. 3 : proverb, dl er
heima hvat, at home anything will do, Hm. 5.
dael-leikr, m. (-leiki, a, m.), familiarity, often with the noti
over great freedom, easy dealing; mjok kennir mi dxlleika at
hendi . . . er sva vandr diikr er undir diski Jiinum, Bs. i. 475 ; fyri
leika sakir, Sks. 553 ; til ^eirra dtelleika, 482 ; gor allt i daelleikum v
make no ceremony with us (the king's words to his host), Fms. vi.
hann (Moses) var sva i daelleikum viS Gu9, M. was in such fun:,
with God, Ver. 23 : affability, condescensioti, mildi ok daelleika, Fii ia
535, V. 1. (of a duke) ; u-dx\\, overbearing ; inn-dxW, delightful. <
dsellig-leikr (-leiki), m. = daelleikr, Sks. 482, 553, v.l., Sturl. i. 2rl
dsel-ligr, adj. [hence-Dun. deilig'], genteel, fine to look at, Edda. 58. p.
= dsi\\, familiar, Al. 33.
deelska, u, i. familiarity. p. idle talk, nonsense, Edda 1 10, Karl. 7.
dselskr, adj. [6], belonging to a dale, mostly in compds : Breid-d fcr.
from Broaddale, Sturl. i. 112 C. p. [Engl, didl], moody, dull;
daelskr af dul, Hm. 56; d., folskr, ijnpertine?it, foolish, Fms. iv. 20:
DJSMA, d or ft, [domr ; Ulf. dumian; A. S. deman ; Engl, dee
in demster); O.H..G. tomjan; lost in mod. Germ. ; Swed. domtu a ;
dijmme^ : — a law term, to give judgment, pass sentence; d. mal. /■
judgment in a case, Nj. 56, Eg. 41 7 ; hvat sem at daema er, {)or.-;t. ^
let daema vornina, caused judgment to be given on the part of the defet
reference to a curious Norse custom, by which both plaintiff and
pleaded before diiTerent courts, which had finally to adjust th
according to rules varying with the circumstances), Nj. 240 ; •
pass sentence, Fms. xi. 246 ; d. rangan dom, Sks. 109 B : the
in ace, d. fe, utleg9ir, sek6, to pass sentence to a fine, outlawry.
etc., Grag. i. 320 ; utleg9ir J)aer er a alf)ingi eru daem5ar, 3 :
daemask a heimili J)ess er sottr er, 320; a \>(i at daemask feii p
then the money is to pass (by sentence) to theju, 378; daema ciiu
fe, to fix a term for payment, 3 ; d. log, to pass a lawful sentence
xi. 224; d. af, to make void, Sks. 11 : d. um e-t, to judge 0/ i
625. 60: with ace. of the person, d. e-n sk(Sgarmann, to pr(-
an outlaw, Nj. 240; d. syknan, sekan, etc.: adding dat. of t'n ;
d. e-m e-t, to adjudge a thing to ofie ; d. e-m fe, or the like ; ei i.
e-m dom, to deal a sentence out to one, Fms. xi. I.e. : adding p: >
fo af e-m, to give judgment against his claim, Bs. ii. 91 ; i i;
usually, d. e-n af e-u, to declare one to have forfeited ; the in • •
Grag., N. G. L., and the Sagas are almost endless. p. to ' deen:
opinion, judge. 11. to chatter, talk, mostly in poetry; i ;
allit. phrase, drekka ok d., vide Lex. Poet, and drekka ; en er f)t ;
J)essa hluti at d., when they were talking of those things, 623. ^~ .
dsemi, n., usually in pi., [domr.] 1. on example, ciir:
daemi, a hard fate, Hkv. 2. 2 ; ulfa d., the case {doings) ofwol;
30 ; kvenna d., womanish example, behaving like a woman, Jjoi -:
at mer ver6i vargsins d.. Band. (MS.) 35 : in plur., forn daen
foreldra siima (cp. the Geim. weistbilmer, altertbumer), old ..
D.EMAFArr— E.
113
;loms of their forefathers, Fagrsk, ch. 219; Jjcssi daemi (i.e. verses) oil'
I kve6in uni t>eiina atburd, Mork. 114; J)6 hafa incirg daemi or8i6
)meskiu, many things have happened in olden times, O. H. 73 (margs
Fms. iv. 172, less correctly), cp. daenii-saga ; spekingr at viti ok at
ii froSr, logum ok dsEmuiii {old lore, tales), mannfraB6i ok aettfrsefti,
IS. vii. 102 ; Ari prcstr hiiin Fr66i, or niorg d. spakleg hefir saman tiild,
i 145. cP- ^'^^ Barl. 47, 73,112; hence fa-daemi, an unexampled,
•■lentous thing; eins daemi, in the proverb, eins daemin eru vest, viz.
ingular, ttnexampled fate is the worst : used even of pictures, a story
■resented by drawing, Pni. 122 : gramm. a citation, proof, mi skal lata
vra daemin, now let us hear the proofs, Edda 49 ; J)essi daemi (those
erences) ok nog iinnur, Anccd. 6, 15, 18, 21 ; draga daemi af bokum,
s 468. p. example, generally; djarfari en d. eru til, Fms. iv. 311 ;
a dsemi til e-s, Rom. '234; umfram d., or daemum, unexampled, por-
•tous, Stj. 143, Fms. i. 214, viii. 52 ; sva sem til daemis at taka, to take
example. Mar. 40, Bs. ii. 1 16 ; hence the mod. adverb, til daemis (com-
ulv written short t. A. — e.g.), for example; sem d. finnask, Fagrsk.
o, Barl. 50 ; meir en til daema, beyond example, Stj. 87, 167, 1 79. y-
■mple for imitation (eptir-daemi, example) ; eptir d»mum Kristinna
iiina, Fms. v. 319 ; eptir J)immi daemum, NiSrst. 4 ; d. daemi af e-u,
taie example by it, Greg. 134. 2. judgment, only in compds
siiilf-dsenii, rctt-daemi,7f«//<:f, etc. compds : deema-fdtt, n. adj.
mst unexat?ipled. dsema-froSr, adj. wise in old lore, Fms. iv. 89.
Mna-laus8, adj. unexampled, Stj. 391. deema-maSr, m. a man to
imitated, Greg. 12.
seming, i. judgment, Grag. i. ■aSS, Skalda 211.
tsmi-saga, u, f. a fable, parable; in old cccl. translations, the parable
the N. T. is rendered by ' daemisaga,' Greg. 22 ; but in mod. versions
\ writers since 1540 a distinction is made, and daemisogur are fables,
;. of Aesop, Reynard, or the like ; whereas the parables of the N. T. are
led ' eptir-liking ;' heyrit mik ok mina daemisogu, Stj. 399. Judges ix. 7 :
(oWsaw, Fms. vii. 102, v.l. : fl/>rofer6, Stj. 560. 1 Kings iv. 32, (rare.)
liemi-stoll, m. the judgiiient seat, 623. 12, 13, 73, 625. 79.
jiesa, t, to litter a deep groan, Sturl. ii. 154 : reflex, to lose breath from
luustion, Sks. 231 : part, daestr, exhausted, breathless, Grett. 98.
r6F, f., pi. dafar, the rump, Scot, doup; her yfir skipunum uppi maettusk
(in ok hofu6it dyrsins (of a bear), Fas. ii. 172, while 510 has dausin ;
Norse dov = rutnp, Ivar Aasen. 2. a kind of spear, Edda (Gl.),
i\'. 4, 14. II- [cp. dafna, and Swed. dafven = 7noist^, suck (?)
i melaph. rest, in the poet, phrase, vaer dof, sweet rest ; milli Belindar
jsfa-kulna hxiib heii eg J)cr vaera dof, Grcind. 67; hreppa vaera dof,
\et rest {of one dead), Fe3ga-aefi, 83 (in a verse).
lOQG, f., old gen. dciggvar, Korm., Sks. 606, Fms. ii. 278, mod.
. gar; old pi. doggvar, Vsp. 19, VJ)m. 45 ; mod. daggir, Sks. 40 ; dat.
^!. doggu, Vtkv. 5, 656 A. 18 : [A. S. deaw ; Engl, dew; Germ, thau ;
1). and Swed. rf?/^] : — dew ; nktt-dijgg, night-dew ; morgun-dogg, morn-
;-(/«£', Vpm. 45, Hkv. Hjiirv. 28. compd : (mod. daggar-, old
'i?gvar-), doggvar-drep, n. a dew-track, Fms. ii. 1. c.
iigg-fall, n. dew-fall, Stj. 17.
)gg-litr, adj. dew-besprinkled, Hkv. 2. 41.
jjggottr, adj. bedewed, Hkv. I. 46.
jigg-skor, m. [Swed. dopsko'], the tip or chape of a sheath, etc., Fas. i.
j.. Guilt). 47, Gisl. 115.
])gg-sl63, f. the slot or track left in the dew, Gisl. 67.
jiggva, a9 or 8, to bedew ; pres. doggvar, Stj. 73, 397 ; hon doggvaSi,
tj Drottins, 655 xxxi. 2 ; a morni hverjum dciggvir hann jor5ina af
«dropum sinum, Edda 7 ; dogg8u andlit sin i tarum, 623. 58 ; d. hjcirtu
i|iiia, Skalda 210, Hom. 45.
jiggvan, f. bedewing, Stj. 14.
JBglingr, m., poet, a king, descendant of king Dag, Edda 105, Hdl.
I 2. mockingly, a draggle-tail, Sturl. i. 62.
igtin, dQgvirSr, v. dagan, dagver5r.
l>kk, d6ka, f. [dock], a pit, pool, G]?!. 393, Mart. 107.
ikk-blar, adj. dark blue, Sturl. ii. 212.
•kk-bninaSr, adj. dark brown, Fas. i. 172.
jikk-grsenn, adj. dark green, Stj. 62.
jikk-Mrr, adj. dark haired, Hkr. iii. 281.
jikk-jarpr, adj. dark aubtirn, Ld. 274.
|'kk-lita3r, adj. dark coloured, Sturl. ii. 212, Fms. vii. 239.
•kkna, a8, to darken, Fms. i. 216, x. 284, Fas. iii. 12.
DKKB, adj., ace. diikkvan etc., with v inserted, [Swed.-Dan. durikel],
^, Rb. 108 ; sky diikt ok dimt, Fms. xi. 136 ; diikkvir hjalmar, vi.
; diikkt yfirbragB, i. 97; d. a har, dark of hair, Nj. 39; dokkvan
la, Sks. 229: compar., dokkvara Ijos, 203; diikkvir viliustigar,
. i. 138.
'kk-rau8r, adj. dark red, f)i8r. 178.
kkva, 8, to darken; eigi doktusk augu bans, Stj. 348. Deut. xxxiv.
i)!i er diikkvir skilning, 656 C. 33 : iiiipers., dokkvir J)ik, andskoti,
'hou in darkness ? 623. 31 ; dag (ace.) dokSi, the day darkened, Skalda
» verse).
kkvi, a, m. a dark spot, Fas. iii. 560.
E (a), the fifth letter, is in the old Gothic and Anglo-Saxon Runes
represented by M, being in Anglo-Saxon called ' eoh ;' the conmioii
Scandinavian Runes have no character for e, but mark it cither ia or i,
and, still later, |, with a knob in the middle (' stunginn Iss' 4).
A. Pronunciation, etc.— The Icel. e is sounded as English a in
sarne, take, and in modern printed books is only used in radical syllables
without regard to etymology; but there is sufficient evidence that in
early times in Icel. the e had a double sound, one long, like the Italian
e or English a (long), the other short, like e in English wet. These two
sounds are etymologically different; the first is of comparatively late
growth and derived from a by vowel change or otherwise ; it is there-
fore in kindred languages (Swed., Germ.) often spelt ii, so as to indicate
its origin from the mother-letter a : the other e is much older, nearly
akin to i, being related to that letter as o to u. Grimm suggests that e
is derived from i as o from 7/ (only admitting a, i, u as primitive vowels),
but in the Icel. at least e and o are in spelling as old as i or u, and seem
to be primitive. The Runes in Tune and on the Golden horn have special
marks for e and o. At the time of Ari and Thorodd the two seem to
have been distinguished in Icel. The latter grammarian uses a special sign
for each ; he proposes to represent the long sound (Engl, a) by ae (com-
monly g), adding (as he says) the bight of a to the body of e, to express
a sound intermediate between d and e; he therefore would have written
t<ek (/ take), v<«nja, t-emja {to tame), but e8r, en, ef, etc., Skalda 161-
163 ; in the unique vellum MS. (and in Edd.) the characters are not given
correctly, as transcriber and editors did not fully understand the bearing
of the author's words. About 700 years later, Jacob Grimm (without
knowing the Icel. grammarian or the spelling of MSS. not then edited)
recalled the old double e sound to life, guided by the analogy of other
Teutonic languages. He proposed to represent a (the g of Thorodd) by e,
and the genuine e by e. He (Gram. i. 28 1-284) <^rew out a list of words
founded on the supposed etymology, and kept this distinction wherever
he spelt Icel. words. It is curious to observe the difference between
Grimm's artificial list of words and the phonetic'spelling in some MSS. ;
there are especially two MSS., both of them Norse, which are remarkable
for their distinction of the two sounds, the long e being spelt with
<B, the short with e : these MSS. are the O. H. L., published from a
vellum MS. Ups. De la Gard. no. 8, written in Norway at the beginning
of the 13th century, and edited by C. R. Unger ; the second, small frag-
ments of Norse law MSS., published in N.G. L. ii. 501-515 and i. 339
sqq. Some words compiled from them are as follow : I. <e : the
verbs, baerja, blaekkja, xrja, aeggja, faerja, haengja, glae8ja, haefja, haerja {to
harry), kvae8ja, laeggja, saegja, saelja, saetja, straengja, vae8ja {to bail), vaerja,
etc. ; baenda, braenna (braendi), braesta, aefla, aefna (Swed. dmna), faella {to
fell), fraegna, gaegna, haemna ( = haefna), hvaerfa {to turn), kaenna, msetta,
naemna (Swed. ndmna), raenna (to let run), raefsa, spaenna, staenuia (stafn),
taelja, vaEr8a {to become), vaerka, vaekra (vakr), J)vserra : nouns, baen, a
wound (but ben, N. G. L. iii. 388) ; baer, a berry ; bae8r, a bed; baelgr ;
baersaerkr; hx\t\, a belt; daepill ; draengr, a w/a« ; draegg ; xkk.]2i,awidow ;
aendi, end; se\dv, fire; xmni ( = aefni = Swed. dmtta); aembsetti (Germ,
amt); aeldri (in for-xldn, forefathers, Germ, dltern) ; aelja, a concubine;
aerendi, an errand; aeraendr, exanimis; aengill, an angel; aermr, a sleeve
(armr) ; aervi, aerfingi, aerf8 (arfr) ; aenni, the forehead; aertog (a coin) ;
aeng, a meadow (ang = rt sweet smell); ^rlingr (a pr. name); aerki-,
Engl, arch- {apxt-) ; aervedi, toil, and aerve8r, toilsome; aegg, an edge;
fse8gar (fa8ir) ; faelmtr (falma) ; faer8 (fara) ; fraelsi (frjals) ; hael, hell;
haelviti ; haella,a s/o«e; haellir, a cat/c; haerra, a /orrf; haerr, /roops ; haer-
bu8ir ; haerna8r ; haeraS, a county (but hera8 in N. G. L. i. 344 sqq.) ;
haerSar, shoulders ; kaefli (Swed. kafle) ; kaer, ajar ; kaelda (kaldr), a well ;
kxtiW, a kettle ; faetill ; kv3e\d, evening ; kvxrk, the throat ; \xggr, a leg;
maerki, a mark ; maerg8 (margr) ; maegii, maegin, main ; maerr, a mare ;
uaef, nose; naess, a tiess; raefill, tapestry ; rxkkja, a bed; sxkt, sake;
skaegg, beard; skaellibrogS ; skaepna, a creature (skapa, Dan. skcebne);
svaer8, a sword; saenna, sound; vaefr, weaving; vaerk (but verk better,
N. G. L. i. 339 sqq., cp. virkr) ; vaestr, the west; vael, a trick; vaetr, the
winter (but vittr or vitr better, N. G. L. ii. 509) ; vaer (in sel-vaer) ; vaer8r,
a meal; Jjaengill, a/rmg-; ^xk^)2L, thatch ; \>xgn, thane; JEnglund, England ;
i^nskr, English; ^nglaendingar, the English {Angli) ; Taemps, the
Thames, etc.: datives, daegi, haendi, vaendi, vaelli, haetti (hottr), baelki
(balkr): adjectives, compar. and superl., fraemri, frxmstr; skaemri,
skaemstr; aeldri, aelztr; laengri, laengstr; baetri, bxztr; vaerri, vaerstr ;
hxldri, haelztr : sxki, guilty; vxrbr, due; faeginn; hx\gi,holy; hxxr, bare;
staerkr, stark, etc. : prepositions, haenni, haennar (hann) ; tvaeggja, duorum ;
hvaerr, who ; aenginn, none ; xkki, nothing (but also engi, which is better),
etc.: particles, xhk, after ; vxl, well; xlligar, or: inflexive syllables,
-sxmd (-samr) ; -xndi ; -spxki, wisdom, etc.: the diphthongs «j and «y =
ei and ey, Ixita, bxita, hxyra, xyra, etc. II. e : the pronouns and
particles, e8a, or ; ek, «^o; e\m, still; en, but; sem, which; e{,if; meb,
with; mebzn, while : mebah between; nema, ;««; snemnia, rar/y; cr.
I
114
E— EDDA.
is, and em, are ; em, lam; Tpessi, this; ^ettz, thai; sex, six; sek, mek,
J)ek, sometimes instead of sik, mik, J)ik : nouns, elgr, an elk; sef, sib;
brekka, brink; vebr, weather ; nevi, a kinsman (Lzt. nepos) ; nevi, a
neave,Jist; segl, a sail (cp. segla) ; vetr, a wight; selr, a seal; net, a
net; nes, a ness; el, a gale; messa, a mass (Lat. missa) ; hestr, a horse;
prestr, a priest; Jjegn (O. H. L. 47); vegr, a way, honour; sel and setr,
shielings ; verold, the world; vesold, fnisery : verbs, gera, to ' gar,' to do ;
drepa., to kill ; hetz,tobear; hrestn, to bi^rst ; geiz, to give ; geta, to get ;
meta, to measure ; kve&a, to say ; drekka, to drink ; stela, to steal ; vera,
to be ; mega, must; nema, to take ; eta, to eat; vega, to weigh ; reka, to
drive; skerz, to cut : participles and supines from Jiiggja, liggja, bi3ja,
sitja, {)egit, legit, beSit, seti6 : preterites as, hengu, gengu, fengu (Germ.
gingen,Jingen') ; greru, reru, sneru (from groa, roa, sniia) : e if sounded
as e, e. g. het, bles, let, r6ttr, lettr ; even in the words, her, here ; mer,
s^r, J)6r, mihi, sibi, tibi ; ne6an (ni6r), hegat { = huc); h^dan, hence:
adjectives, mestr, flestr, {)rennr, etc. : inflexions, -legr, -ly ; -lega, -ly ;
-neskja, -neskr (cp. Germ, -isch') ; in the articles or the verbal inflexions,
-en, -et, -er, -esk, etc. The e is often used against the etymology, as
dreki, dragon ; menn, men (from ma5r). In some other Norse MSS. the
two sounds are marked, but so inaccurately that they are almost useless,
e.g. the chief MS. of the Barl. S. ; but in other MSS. there is hardly an
attempt at distinction. The list above is mainly but not strictly in
accordance with the etymology, as phonetical peculiarities come in ; yet
the etymology is the groundwork, modified by the final consonants :
both old spelling and modern pronunciation are of value in finding a
word's etymology, e. g. the spelling draengr indicates that it comes from
drangr ; haerad and haer, troops (but her, here), shew that haeraS (h6ra&)
is to be derived from haerr (herr), exercitus, and not from her (her), etc.
The Icel. idiom soon lost the short e sound in radical syllables, and the
long e sound (like the Italian e) prevailed throughout ; there was then
no more need for two signs, and e prevailed, without regard to ety-
mology. Some few MSS., however, are curious for using cb almost
throughout in radical syllables, and thus distinguish between the e in
roots and the e in inflexions (vide B below) ; as an example see the Arna-
Magn. no. 748, containing an abridgement of the Edda and Skalda and
poems pubHshed in the edition of 1852, vol. ii. pp. 397-494; cp. also
VegtamskviSa, published by Mobius in Saem. Edda, pp. 255, 256, from
the same MS. ; this MS. uses ce in radical syllables, but e or i in inflexions.
It is clear that when this MS. was written (at the latter part of the 13th
century) the Icel. pronunciation was already the same as at present. In
some other MSS. e and ce, and e and g now and then appear mixed up,
till at last the thing was settled in accordance with the living tongue, so
that the spelling and sound went on together, and ce (or f) was only used
to mark the diphthong; vide introduction to M.
B. Spelling of e and / in inflexions. — The Germans, Swedes, Danes,
English, and Dutch all express the i sound in inflexional syllables by e,
not i, as in 'En^. father, mother, brother, taken, bidden, hidden, heaven,
kettle ; or in Germ., e. g. hatte, mochte, sollte, lange, bruder, mutter,
soltest, himmel, etc. : in the earliest times of Icel. literature also it is
almost certain that e was used throughout : Ari probably signed his name
Are (en ek heiter Are, lb. fine) : Thorodd, too, seems to have followed
the same rule, as we may infer from several things in his treatise, e. g.
the words framer and fro, mer, which would be unintelligible unless we
suppose him to have written framer, not framir : even the name of
Snorri is twice spelt Snorre in the Reykholts-maldagi, probably written
by one of his clerks. Some old vellum fragments may be found with
the e only ; but even in the oldest extant, i is used now and then. The
reason is clear, viz. that the Icel. never admits the long e in inflexive
syllables, and in roots it never admits the short e, consequently the
same sign would not do both for roots and inflexions; hende, velle,
gefe have each two vowel sounds; therefore the short i was admitted
in inflexions ; yet in most MSS. both e and i are used indiscriminately,
e. g. faflir and fa6er, timi and time, manni and manne, kominn and
konienn, komiS and komet, hondin and hiinden, fjallit and fjallet ; even
those that use i admit e if following 6 or d, e.g. vi6e, bae3e, Ii6e,
lande, but fjalli, vatni. As the spelling was partly influenced from abroad,
the e even gained ground, and at the time of the Reformation, when
printing became common, it was reassumed throughout, and remained so
for nearly 230 years, when (about A. D. 1770-1780) t was reinstated and
e expelled in all inflexions, as being inconsistent with the spelling and
ambiguous ; but the sound has undoubtedly remained unchanged from
the time of Ari up to the present time : the English father, mother,
German vater, mutter, and \ct\.fabir are, as to the inflexion, sounded
exactly alike.
C. Interchange of e and i. — The adjectival syllable -ligr, -liga, is in
MSS. spelt either -ligr or -legr ; in modern pronunciation and spelling
always -legr, -lega (Engl. -ly). p. in a few root words e has taken the
place of J, as in verdr, qs. vir3r (food) ; brenna, qs. brinna ; J)remr and
J>rimr; tvenna and tvinna ; ef, efa, efi, = if, ifa, ifi ; einbirni and einberni
{born) : e has taken the place of 0 in such words as hnetr (nuts) from
hnot, older form hnotr : so also ig e61i and iSaii ; efri efstr from ofri tifstr :
e and the derived ja make different words, as berg and bjarg, f a
fjall, bergr and bjargar, etc.
D. Diphthongs: I. ei answers to Goth, ai, A.S. a.
ei, Engl, o (oa or the like) ; in Danish frequently expressed by
Swedish and Northern English the diphthong is turned into a plain ,
which, however, represent the same sound : Goth, stains, A. S. stan
sten. North. E. stane. The o sound is English-Saxon ; the a sound I
Scandinavian ; thus the forms, home, bone, oak, oath, broad, one, ou,
none, no, may be called English-Saxon, from A.S. ham, ban, e;
North. E. and Scottish harne, bane, aik, aith, braid, ain, mair, nm
be called English-Scandinavian : cp. Swed. hem, ben, ek, ed, bred, ei
heimr, bein, eik, eidr, breidr, einn, meir, neinn, net; cp. also Icei
Swed. blek. North. E. Make, etc. The Runic stones mark the ei w;
or i simply, e. g. stin or stain. Old Norse and Icel. MSS. frequc.
ei give cei. II. ey is in modern usage sounded as ei, ai
distinguished in writing; in old times a distinction was made ii
between ei and ey. Norse MSS. almost always spell dy, and in '.
it is to the present time sounded accordingly, e. g. i'lyra, = Ice
sounded nearly as in English toil : the ey is properly a vowel ch
au : ey frequently answers to an English e (ea) sound, as heyra, /
eyra, ear; dreyma, to dream; leysa, to lease. In very old M.'~
lb. (ai in the Ed. is a wrong reading from a/ in the MS.), au an
even spelt alike (cu or au), though sounded diiferently. In soni
ey is also used where it is not etymological, viz. instead of 0 oro,
words as hreyqva, seyqva, steyqva, deyqvan, greyri, geyra, seyni,
hrokva, sokva, . . . greri or grori, syni, e. g. the Cod. Reg. of Saen
the Rafns S. Bs. i. 639 sqq.
E. e is sounded almost as English _ye (or_ya) ; it is produced,
by an absorption of consonants, in words as rettr, lettr, ^ettr, sett
retta, cp. Germ, recht, Engl, right; Germ, leicht, Engl, light: c
kne, tre, hl6, se (Icel. fe = Engl./ec, Goih.faihu, hut. pecus), etc.
by a lost reduplication in the preterites, fell, gret, re5, let, bles, hv
h6kk, lek, fekk, from falla, grata, etc. ; in some old MSS. t
replaced by ie, e.g. in the Hulda Arna-Magn. no. 66 fol. we rei r.
liet, hiet, griet, gieck, liek, cp. mod. Germ. Jiel, hiess, Hess, etc. ; pe ips
these cases e was sounded a little differently, almost as a bisyllable.
in such words as the pronouns ver, J)er or er (you), mer, ser, J)t'
the particles her (here), heSan (hence), hera6, vel, el. 4
sounded after g and k, and often spelt ie in MSS., gieta, giefa, kier iei
this sound is, however, better attributed to g and k being aspir
Thorodd and the earliest MSS. e is marked with ' just like the ot
or diphthongal vowels ; but the accent was subsequently remove
and e are undistinguished in most MSS.: again, in the 1.5th
transcribers began to write ie or ee (mier or meer). In printed b
to about 1770 the ie prevailed, then e, and lastly (about 1786) r
5th and 6th vols, of Pel.) : e is an innovation of Rask, and is
many, but mattr, drattr, and rettr, slettr, etc. are etymological
tical, though the sound of e is somewhat peculiar: the spellings'
a novelty, and being etymologically wrong (except in 2 above) i .ot
be recommended.
Ebreskr, adj. Hebrew, Skalda 161, 167, Stj. 26. Ebresk f. '
Hebrew tongue, Ver. Ii, Ann. (H.) 14.
e3, a particle, vide er.
e6al-, noble, in compds, borrowed from Germ, and rare.
EDDA, u, f. a great-grandmother, Rm. 2,4; m66ir (mother) 1 dt (
amma (grandmother), ]pnd]z edda (the third is edda), Edda i(> tl
sense is obsolete. II. metaph. the name of the book Edda '
by Snorri Sturluson, and containing old mythological lore and
artificial rules for verse making. The ancients only applic i ■'
to the work of Snorri ; it is uncertain whether he himself
it occurs for the first time in the inscription to one of the i\'
viz. the Ub., written about fifty or sixty years after Snorri's
J)essi heitir Edda, hann hefir saman setta Snorri Sturluson-
hjetti sem her er skipat (viz. consisting of three parts, (i
Skald.skaparmal, and Hattatal), Edda ii. 250 (Ed. Arna-Magn
i bok J)eirri er Edda heitir, at sa ma6r sem Mg\r het spur6i By .
632 (MS. of the 14th century) ; hann (viz. Snorri) samansetti Ido.
put together the Edda, Ann. 1241 (in a paper MS., but probably fk'
As the Skaldskaparmal (Ars Poetica) forms the chief part of tl'l
teaching the old artificial poetical circumlocutions (kenningar), "
terms and diction, and the mythical tales on which they were n
the Edda became a sort of handbook of poets, and therefo, <
gradually to mean the ancient artificial poetry as opposed to the j'
plain poetry contained in hymns and sacred poems; it, howev ji
applies to alliteration or other principles of Icel. poetry : reglur 1
rules of Edda, Gd. (by Arngrim) verse 2, Lil. 96, Nikulas d. ,
list, the art of Edda, Gd. (by Arni) 79 ; — all poems of the 14th
The poets of the 15th century frequently mention the Edda in t
duction to their Rimur or Rhapsodies, a favourite kind of poetr
and the following time, Reinalds R. i. I, Ans R. 7. 1, Sturl
Sigur&ar {xigla R. 5. 4, Rimur af 111 Verra og Vest, 4, 3, Jarln
EDIK— EPLA.
115
1 ;, II- 3. Dinus R. 1. 4, Konra5s R. 7. 5 ; — all these in vellum and
greater part of them belonging to the 15th century. Poets of the
th century (before i6i2),Rollants R.9. 6, 12. i, Pontus R.(by Magnus
mli, died 1591), Valdimars R., Ester R. 2. 2, 6. 3, Sy'raks R. i. 2, 6. 2,
bias R.I- 2 ; from the first half of the 17th century, Grett. R., Flores R.
. Q 2, Kroka Refs R. I. 7, Lykla Petrs R. 4. 2, 12. i, ApoUonius R.
•'FloventsR.6. 3, SjiiMeistaraR. I. 7, 2.1, 3.8; — all in MS. In these
I many other references, the poets speak of the art, skill, rules, or, if
V are in that mood, the obscure puerilities and empty phrases of the
'la the artificial phraseology as taught and expounded by Snorri ; and
crever the name occurs (previous to the year 1643) it only refers to
,rri's book, and such is still the use of the word in Icel. ; hence compd
•ds such as Eddu-lauss, adj. void of Eddie art; Eddu-borinn, part.
(ryfull of Eddie phrases ; Eddu-kenningar, f. pi. Eddie circumlo-
o«s Kotlu Draumr 85, e. g. when the head is called the ' sword of
mdal,' the sword the 'fire or torch of Odin,' etc.; Eddu-kendr =
iuborinn ; Eddu-bagr, adj. a bungler in the Eddie art, etc. The Icel.
lopBrynjolf Sveinsson in the year 1643 discovered the old mythological
ms, and, led by a fanciful and erroneous suggestion, he gave to that
k the name of Ssemundar Edda, the Edda of Saemund ; hence originate
modern terms the Old or Poetical and New or Prose Edda ; in foreign
ers Eddie has been ever since used in the sense of plain and artless
ry, such as is contained in these poems, opposed to the artificial,
ch they call Scaldic (Skald being Icel. for a poet) ; but this has no
idation in old writers or tradition. Further explanation of this subject
' be seen in Ersch and Gruber's Encyclopedia, s. v. Graagaas.
!)IK, n. [from Lat. acidum or acetum; A. S. eced ; Germ, essig ;
. ediiil : — vinegar (qs. acidum vini) ; tlie word is modern in Icel.,
7 borrowed from Danish, and probably first used in Matth. xxvii.
148 ; edik galli blanda5, Pass. 33. i, 2.
i;)LA (eyola, O.H. L. 27), u, f. [old Swed. ydbla], a viper, Hkr.
a-, in compds [from Germ, edel-, Dan. <Bdel-'\, noble. Pass. 48. 6, (rare
mod.)
;)LI, n., akin to and derived from 68al, q. v. ; old MSS. also always
he form 03li (ey51i, D.I. I.e.), Fms. x. 301, Hom. 47, 118, Greg. 48,
i.L. 86, Eluc. 16, Hkr. i. 225, Hbl. 9, Bs. i. 335, 342 ; e61i is more
em, but 691i is still preserved : 1. nature ; mannligt e., human
Ire or character, 623. 19, Eb. 1 10, Fms. x. 301 ; natturligt e., human
■Mon, Mag. (Fr.) ; vera i e. sinu, to be in one's own nature or frame
il/«rf, Fs. 59; eptir e., natural, ordinary, Fms. iii.118; moti e., against
\\re, extraordinary ; meS likindum ok e., Edda 69 ; undrudusk er jordin
iJy'rin ok fuglarnir hof3u saman e. i sumum hlulum, 144 (pref.) ; e31i
' ;ra {naturd) are used synonymously, id. ; engla o91i, the nature
Eluc. 16 ; arnar i)51i, the eagle's nature, Hom. 47 ; allt mann-
V . >,u.i. Greg. 48 ; 66rlez ( = 661is) skepna, O. H. L. 86. 2. birth,
t'.in, extraction, in the alliterative phrases, aett ok o81i, Fms. i. 149 ;
II var Valskr (Welsh) at sett ok e&li, vii. 56; Danskr at oftli, Danish
Mgin, Hom. 118 ; nafn ok 661i, name and family, Hbl. 9 : the phrase,
1 1 da-o91i, /or ever and ever, D. I. i. 266 : in mod. usage, fra alda o81i,
5 '. the birth of time, from the beginning, only used of ' past time ;'
iban. ' fi:a Arildstid' is probably a corruption of the same phrase. 3.
'I'yo, Lat./eft/s, Mar. 156. compds : efllis-frsefli, f. physic, (mod.)
s-heettir, m. pi. constitution, Bb. 2. 14. e3lis-skapan, n. and
s-skepna, u, f. one's nature, Fms. v. 216, Hom. 123.
i-borinn, part, noble-born, well-born, Hkr. ii. 135.
i-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), natural, proper.
ingr, m. = iiSlingr, poet, an ' etheling.'
vina, adj., probably corrupt, as a viper (7), Hdl. 45.
IR or e8a, which is the more freq. form in mod. use, conj., [Goth.
a; A. S. o'S'Se; Engl, or; Germ, orfer] : — or; joining two nouns,
i, or adjectives, hold e5r bl68, heitr e6a kaldr, illr e8a g63r, etc., esp.
the pronouns anna8hvart, hvart, either ; hera6sektir e. utanferSir,
89; slikr vetr e8a verri, Isl. ii. 138; kaupmenn e. formenn, Fms. i.
i Bldlandi e8r Arabia, Bb. 468; kirkjum e8r klaustrum, H.E. i.
i skogum e6r i 66rum fylsnum, Fms. iv. 384; skjota e. kasta,
iggra e. leggja, Sks. 430 ; fyrr e. siQar, sooner or later, Hkr. ii.
p. in comparison of two unlike things, the two things are cou-
th the disjunctive e6a instead of the copulative ok, where the
use and, e. g. the proverb, sitt er hva6, gaefa e8r giirfuleiki,
■ :fference between luck and wit; er liglikt at hafa me8 ser g68a
hrausta e8r einhleypinga, tsl. ii- 325 ; lilikr er J)essi e8a hinn
^^ unlike and the first one. Mar. (Fr.) ; mun nokkut allikt,
Bersa e8r stuldir |)6rarins, i.e. can one compare the valour
the tbievishness ofThorarin? Korm. 142. -y. after a com-
r even, sooner ; ek em eigi verri riddari en Salomon konungr,
ru betri, I am no worse a knight than king S., nay, rather some-
r. Jji8r. 161 ; eigi siSr, . . . e8r nokkrum mun heldr, not less,
a little more, Barl. 97 : otherwise, else, = el\z, lykt skal land-
I -;i fyrir sumarmal, eSr..., N. G. L. ii. 106 (rare): ellipt. = enn,
*'|meta hvart J)au se meiri, e8r hennar fong se, Js. 61. 8. denoting
a query, exclamation, abrupt sentence, or the like, at Engl, or, what,
but; ek heiti AuSgisl, e8r ertii HallfreSr, my name is A., or art thou
Hallfredl Fms. ii. 80; ek heiti Onundr, . . . eSa hvert setli J)it at fara,
but whither do you think of going 7 81 ; nii vil ek gera at skapi J)inu, eSr
hvar skulum vit k leita ? Nj. 3 ; sag8i, at l)eir mundi vera ijienn 5t6rl4tir,
e8r hvat J)eir mundi fyrir atlask.Eg. 17; e8r me8 hverjum f6rstu norflan?
Finnb. 256; vitu8 ^r enn, e8r hvat? Vsp. 22, 31, 38, 39.
e3r, adv. still, yet, older form instead of ' eim," only in poetry ; c8r of
ser, one still has to see, i. e. the next thing is . . ., Haustl. 14 ; st68 eSr i
hausi, stood, i.e. remains, still in his head, 19.
EF, A. neut. subst., older form if, Barl. 1 14, 1 24, Hkv. I.e., Vellekia
I.e., Hkv. Hjorv. 33 : — doubt, used in plur., hver se if, what doubt can
there bet Vellekia : it still remains in the phrase, m6r er til efs, / doubt;
en J)ar sem ef er &, wherever it is doubtful, K. A. 28 ; hvervetna J)ar sem
ef er k nokkuru mali, 204 ; ekki er til efs, at J)eir menn ri8a at grindhli8i,
// cannot be doubted, that..., Lv. 19; saemilig til efs, dubiously good,
rather bad, Vm. 55 ; utan ef, without doubt, Fms. vii. 37, Stj. 421 ; fyrir
utan allt ef, H.E. i. 519, Barl. I.e.
B. conj. [Goth, ibai; A. S. and Scot, gif; Engl, if; O.H.G. ipu;
Germ, ob ; lost in Swed. and Dan.] : — :/, in case; en ef J)it eigit erfingja,
Nj. 3 ; ef eigi (unless) vaeri jafnhuga8r sem ek em, 264 ; ef J)u att {)rjar
orrostur vi8 Magnus konung, Fms. vi. 1 78 ; ef hann er varmr, // be is
warm, 655 xxx. i : very freq. as a law term = in case that, Grdg., N. G. L. ;
en ef J)eir gjalda eigi, J)a, i. 127; en ef (MS. en) ^eir vilja eigi festa,
id. p. in poetry often with subj. (as in Engl.); inn J)u bj68, ef Eirikr se,
if it be Eric, bid him come in, Em. i ; nalgastu mik, ef J)u megir, if thou
may' St, Gm. 53 ; vega J)u gakk, ef J)u rei8r s^r, if thou be wroth, Ls. 15 ;
ef Gunnars missi, Akv. 11 ; ef hann at y3r lygi. Am. 31 ; ef ser geta
maetti, Hm. 4 ; heilindi sitt ef ma8r hafa nai (better than ndir), 67 : ellipt.
passages where 'if is omitted, but the subj. retained, v. Lex. Poet. ; sk6r
er skapa8r ilia e8r skapt se rangt ( = ef skapt se rangt), Hm. 127; but
indie, sometimes occurs, ef hann freginn erat, 30 ; ef J)itt aeSi dugir (indie.)
ok J)u VafJ)ru8nir vitir (subj.), VJ)m. 20 : in prose the subj. is rare, and
only in peculiar cases, e. g. mi munu ver a J)a haettu leggja, ef (if, i. e.
granted, supposed that) ek ra8a ok binda ek vi8 hann vinattu, Fms. iv.
82; okbijeta um {)at, ef konunginum hafi yfirgefizt, xi. 283 ; J)at var h4ttr
Erlings, ef livinir hanskaemi fyrir hann, vii. 319; enskotiS a {ja, ef J)eir faeri
naer meginlandi, viii. 419 ; ef ek lifi ok mega'k xkhz, Edda 34. II.
if, whether. Germ, ob, with indie, or subj. ; sj4 mi, ef Jakob leysir hann
af J)essum bondum, 655 xxx. 3 ; J)a spyrr Frigg, ef sii kona vissi, then
Frigg asks, if the woman knew, Edda 37; hann kom opt k xnk\ vi8
konung, ef hann mundi vilja baeta J)6r61f, Eg. 106 ; Egill spur8i, ef hann
vildi upp or grofinni, 234; at Bolverki J)eir spur3u, ef hann vaeri me8
bondum kominn, Hm. 109 ; hitt vil ek fyrst vita, ef J)u fr63r ser, V{)m.
6 ; vittu ef J)u hjalpir, see if thou canst help, Og. 5 : — this sense is now
obsolete, and 'hvart' (hvort) is used instead.
efa, a3, in old writers usually spelt with i, ifa; efa occurs in Nj. 207,
Hkr. ii. 326, Sks. 153, Stj. 256, Fms. ii. 42, iii. 115, vi. 184, Al. 43,
Grett. 110 A, Bs. ii. 169, etc.; in mod. usage always with e: — to doubt,
with ace.; engi ifar fiat, Fms. x. 319: the phrase, efa sik, to hesitate,
Grett. 1. c. ; skulu J)er eigi e. y8r (doubt), at ... , Nj. 307 : used as neut.
to feel a doubt, ifi J)er nokkut, at, Fms. v. 38, Hkr. I.e., 623. 33; ifa
(efa) um e-t, to doubt about a thing, Hkr. i. 223, Grag. ii. 47, Fms. ii.
283, V. 37, vi. 184. 2. reflex., efask (ifask) i e-u, to doubt or hesi-
tate in a thing; i J)vi ma engi ma3r ifask, at . . ., Sks. 272 B; ekki
efumk ek i "^vi, 153, Stj. 1. c. ; Freysteinn efa8isk i, hvart . . ., F. was in
doubt, whether ..., Fms. iii. I15 ; J)6r efisk i um J)eirra almatt, ii.42 : efask
um e-t, to doubt about a thing, x. 392 ; hvart ifisk ^r um ok hr£e3isk,
Ni8rst. 2. p. absol. to doubt, hesitate, Str. 22 ; statt upp ok ifask alls
ekki, Hom. 119. y. with gen., efask e-s, to change one's mind in a
matter, Grag. i. 312, 313.
efan, ifan, f. (almost always with i; efan, H. E. 1. c), doubt, hesitation,
Barl. 149, H.E. i. 396, Baer. 14, Hom. 23. compd: efanar-lauss,
adj. undoubted, Stj., 655 xxvii. 2 : neut. as adv. undoubtedly, Fms. ix. 347.
El. 2, Str. 35, K.A. 202.
efan-laust, n. adj. undoubtedly, Hom. 15 (spelt ifan-).
efan-leikr, m. doubtfidness, Skalda 188.
efan-ligr (ifan-ligr), adj. doubtful, Skalda 188, Ld. 58, Fms. x. 317,
369 (in the last two passages spelt with i).
efl, a, m., in old writers almost always ifl: — doubt, Greg. 37, Fms. iii.
8, X. 392, Hkr. i. 223 ; vera ifa, to be in doubt. Mar. 17 ; enn er eptir
ifi i hug minum, 623. 26; an ifa (efa), without doubt, Fms. x. 336,
Skalda 210: suspicion, Fms. x. 260. compds: efa-lauss (ifa-
lauss), adj. undoubted, clear, Nj. 87: neut. as adv. undoubtedly. Grag.
ii. 189. efa-lausligr, adj. id., Bs. i. 263. efa-samr, ifafl-samr,
efa3-sainligr, adj. doubtftd, Al. 5, Stj. 172. efa-samliga, adv.
doubtfully, Bs. ii. 153. efa-semS and efa-semi, f. doubt, Bs. i. 272.
efa-s5k, f. a doubtful case, Grag. i. 73.
EFJA, u, f. [Swed. a^a\ mud, ooze, Fms. vi. 164, Hrafn. 26.
EPIiA, d, [afl and afli], to strengthen : 1. act., a. to make
strong, build; efl a veggi. to build wall*. 655 xxv. I; letu J)cir efla at
!16
EFLAUSS— EGG.
I
nyju Danavirki, they restored the Danish wall, Fms. i. 121. p. to found,
raise, endow ; efla staS, kirkju, to endow or raise a church, bishopric.
Bad. 65, Fms. iv. Iio ; e. bii, to set up one's house. Band. (MS.) 3 : milit.,
e. her, lift, to raise troops, Fms. v. 279; e. flokk, to raise a party, 140;
e. 6fri6, to raise a rebellion, malte war, xi. 268 : e. e-n, to aid, side
with one, in a fight or lawsuit ; efldi Dofri hann si6an til rikis i Noregi,
BarS. 164; ok hct honum lidveizlu sinni at hann skyldi e. Steinar, Eg.
722; e. e-n til rangs nials, to help one in a wrong case, Js. 8; Danir
h6f3u J)a herrana eflt upp a Sviariki, Fms. x. 50 ; ba& liftit e. sik, Fagrsk.
ch. 179. y. to perform solemnly ; e. heit, to make a vow, Gisl. 90 ;
e. blot, to perform a sacrifice, Nj. 158 ; e. at brullaupi, to hold a wedding,
Fms. ix. 21 : poet., e. da6 (da5 eflir, a hero); e. tafl, to play a game,
Orkn. (in a verse). Lex. Poet. 8. neut. to be able ; sem ver eflum ok
orkum, Stj. 149; sem \>u eflir ok orkar, jJ., 186, (rare.) II.
reflex, to grow strong; hversu staSiinn hefir eflzk ok magnask, Bs. i. 59 ;
hann fann at motsto&umenn hans eMxisk, grew strong ; eflask at her,
li8i, to gather, raise troops, Gisl. 7, Fms. i. 199, vii. 23 ; si6an var efldr
{raised) flokkr 1 moti honum, iv. 140 : eflask til rikis, to win a kingdom,
get a kingdom by force of arms. Barb. 165: eflask vi6 e-n (poet.) =
maegjask, to tnarry into one's family, Hdl. 15.
ef-lauss and if-lauss, adj. undoubted, Greg. 25, Mart. 1 21, Fas. ii. 539.
efling, f. growth, increase in strength and wealth, Bret., Greg. 43 :
strength, help, assistance, Ghim. 346, 347, Ld. 88, Hkr.iii. 185, Mork. 1 28.
eflir, m. a helper, promoter. Lex. Poet.
EFNA, d, (a&, Nj. 189, Fms. ix. 453, xi. 286), [Swed. amna; A.S.
efnan, eefnan, = to perform^ : — to perforin, chiefly to fulfil a vow or the
terms agreed upon ; e. or& sin, to keep one's word, Fms. i. 4 ; J)at efndi
Gunnarr, Nj. 45 ; J)at skal ek e. sem ek het J)ar um, Fms. i. 217 ; e. ssett,
to fulfil an agreement, Nj. 258 : (5lafr efnir vel vi5 ambattina, Olave
behaved well to the handmaid, Ld. 156. p. reflex, to turn out so and
so, come to a certain issue ; efndisk ^at ok vel, Nj. 72 ; J)at efnask (better
efnisk) opt ilia, it comes to a bad end, 189. II. efna, a&, to pre-
pare for a thing, make arrangements ; ekki er J)ess geti6 at hann efnaSi
til um fegjaldit, Fms. xi. 286 ; hann efna6i })ar til vetrsetu, x. i ; J)eir
efuuSu til vetrsetu i Oslo, ix. 453 ; par haf&i dlafr konungr efnat til
kaupstadar, king O. had there founded a town, iv. 93 ; efna6i (5lafr
konungr J)a til agaetrar veizlu, king O. itiade a great feast, ii. 133 ; peir
Ingjaldr efna J)ar sei8, Ingjald made a great sacrifice, feast, Fs. 19.
efna3r, adj. rich, having ample means.
efndi, i. fulfilment oi 2. pledge, promise, Sturl. iii.170, Fms.vi.29, vii. 12 1.
EFNI, n. [Swed. 'amne=- stuff, materia, and XivM. avne =■ achievement\ :
— a stuff, originally like Lat. materia, timber; and so the stiff or material
out of which a thing is wrought; au6sksef mser3ar e., Ad. 16; at allir
hlutir vxri smi3a5ir af nokkru efni, that all things were wrought (created)
of some stuff, Edda 147 (pref.) ; skapa af engu efni, to create from nothing
(of God), Fms. i. 304 ; efni (materials) til garSbota, Grag. ii. 263, Sks.
287 (of a cloth) ; ek em gorr af listyrku efni, I am made of frail stuff,
543, Barl. 140, Stj. 17, 67 ; smi6ar-efni, materials ; efni-tre, a block, tree ;
efni i Ija, orf, etc., or of any piece fitted as materials. p. in a per-
sonal sense ; manns-efni, a promising young man ; karls-efni, a thorough
man, a nickname, Landn. ; the proverb, engi veit hvar ssels manns efni
sitr, of youths of whom no one can tell what mav be hidden in them ;
J)egns e. = manns-efni, Stor. 11 ; gott manns-e., gott bonda-e., promising
to be an able man ; and on the other hand, ony'tt, illt manns-e., ifi whom
there is nothing. y. merely in temp, sense, applied to persons designate
OT elect; kon\ings-e., a crown prince ; hiskups-e., a bishop-elect ; bru&ar-
e., a bride-elect; konu-e., one's future wife. 8. a subject, of a story,
book, or the like, Lzi. argumoittwi, plot ; yrkis e., Id. 1 1 ; e. kvaeda, a plot,
subject for poetry ; sogu-e., a subject for tales or history; in old writers it
rarely occurs exactly in this sense : the contents of a written thing, brefs-e.,
efni i bok; hence efnis-laust, adj. void, empty writing; efnis-leysa,
u, f. emptiness in writing; Bjorn hafSi ort Aim um |)6r&, en J)au v6ru
J)ar efni i, at . . ., but that was the subject of the poem, that . . ., Bjarn.
42 ; t)6tti mcinnum J)ar mikit um, hversu mikil efni J)ar voru til seld,
i. e. people thought the tale interesting, Ld. 200 ; eigi meS sonnu efni,
falsely, with untrue statements, Sturl. iii. 305 ; hvart efni J)eir hcifdu i
um rogit, bow they had made (mixed) their lies up. Eg. 59 ; meir en efni
se til seld, i. e. (related) more than what was true, the tale was overdone,
Bs. i. 137; talarafsama efni (s?/6;ec/) sem fyrrum, Fms. ix, 252. 2.
metaph. a matter, affair; til sanninda um sagt e., Dipl. i. 8 ; segir konungi
fra ollu J)essu e., Sturl. i. 3 ; er \zt merkjanda i J)essu e., Rb. 250 ; fatt
er betr lati& enn efni eru til (a proverb), few things are reported better
than they really are. Band. 2 ; fyrir hvert efni, /or this reason. p. a
cause, reason; latask baSir af ]^vi e., both died from this cause, Isl. ii.
197; mea hverju e. Sturla hefSi Jjessa fiir gort, what was the reason
ofS.'s doing sof Sturl. ii. 132 ; gleSi e., sorgar e., matter of joy, sorrow,
etc. : the proverb, en hvert mal, er ma5r skal daema, verSr at Hta a
tilgiira meS efnum (causes). Eg. 417; fyrir {)at efni (for that reason)
keypti hann landit, Hrafn. 22, H.E. i. 471 ; en J)etta efni (cause) fundu
Jjeir til, Sks. 311. y. a state, condition, affair; Riitr sagfti allt e. sitt,
Nj. 4 ; i uvaent efni, a hopeless state, Band. (MS.) 13, Isl. ii. 225 ; ek veit
^ eigi gorla efni Gunnlaugs, I know not how Gtmlaug's matters statu
Helgi kvaS eigi {)at efni i, at lata lausan J)j6f fjolkunnigan, H. si
it would never do, to let a thief and wizard go, Sturl. i. 62 ; ef J
efni, if that be so, Grag. i. 76 ; sor, hvers efni i eru, he saw how
stood. Band. (MS.) 11; sagSi hver efni 1 voru, said how matteri
Nj. 99 ; mer Jiykir sem malum varum se komiS i linytt efni,
150; munu ill efni i, some mischief may have happened, Fs. 144
J)ungt e., Karl. 402, Bs. i. 815 ; e-t gengr, kemr sva til efnis, haj
and so. Mar. (Fr.) ; skipta sitt lif i betra e., to repent, id. ; bera til
happen, Pt. ^10. 3. p\ur. means, ability ; minni nytjamenn af
efnum en hann, Sturl. i. 126; eptir sinum efnum, to the best
ability, Hom. 1 23 ; ok bjoggusk um eptir J)eim efnum sem J)eir h
Orkn. 360 ; sjai J)er nokkuS raa (possibility) e6r efni var (meant
grunar mik, at |>6r61fr muni eigi gdrr kunna at sja efni sin, i. e
thai Tb. will overrate his own ineans, power. Eg. 76 ; J)a vaeri Jjat
i voru mali, it would be a chance for us, Fms. ix. 239 ; par vd
efni onnur, there was no other chance, xi. 144 ; mi eru pess eigi
that be impossible, Grag. ii. 140 ; her eru engin efni til pess at e
svikja hann, i. e. / will by no means deceive him, it is out of the
that I should do so. Eg. 60. p. in mod. usage, means, property
coMPDs: efna-fseS, f. want of means, Bs. i. 457. efna-lai^
wanting means. efha-leysi, n. want of means, Hrafn. 5.
litill, zd].poor; vera vel vi6 efni, to be a well-to-do man.
skortr, m. shortness of means, Bs. i. 525.
efni-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), hopeful, promising, e. g. of a y
39, Eg. 147, 599, Fms. i. 17, V. 263, Orkn. 202; efniligt raft
issue, Fms. xi. 21 ; sog3u allt hit efniligasta, made a fiatterin^K
ix. 488 ; ekki efniligt, not advisable, Sturl. i. 186. >
efni-mark, n. a sign, 732. 17.
efning, f. keeping ( = efnd), Grag. i. 316.
efni-tre, n. a block, timber, Gisl. 146, Fas. ii. 210, Stj. 618, M(
EFBI, compar.; EPSTR, superl.; older form 6fri, Hki
0. H. ch. 248 (in a verse), Greg. 42, N. G. L. i. 10, 384, lb. 5, He
ofstr, Fms. x. 394, 686 C. 2, Ls. 50, 51, Hbl. 18, Edda 115, i:
compar. and superl. without the positive [as Lat. superior, supre
vTTfpTfpos^, but formed from the root syllable 'of-,' cp. ofar, v
old MSS. therefore mostly spell with ii, a vowel change of 0 ; 1
form, as well as that of most MSS., is with e, efri, efstr, Am
23 : I. the upper, higher ; the phrase, bera efra skjiild.
the higher shield, i.e. carry the day, Fms. x. 394 (MS. sir' :
nebri — upper, at Mosfelli enu ofra, lb. 5 : the adverb, pi;
denoting the upper or inland road, opp. to the shore; allt 1 ;; 1
Eg. 58; sumir foru it efra til |)rihyrnings-halsa, Nj. 207; hilTra
Upplond, Fms. i. 22 : by land, opp. to the sea, Hkr. ii. 8 : of ' i'
part of a building, opp. to fremri or the part nearest the door
in the air, opp. to the earth, Sks. 115: superl. efstr, the hind:
libr, the hindermost joint, 623. 32 : neut. efst as adv. highest ?
most, efst a stolpanum, 655 xxv. 2. p. metaph. superior. <
ollum ofri er, Greg. 43. II. the latter, last part :
a efra aldri, in the decline of life, Eg. 4 ; inn ofri, the latter, opf
N.G. L. i. 342; efri hluti sumars, in the decline of summer,
Olafs-messa hin ofri ( = si8ari), the latter (i.e. second) day of
(viz. Aug. 3), opp. to Olafs-messa fyrri (July 29), N. G. L. i.
domr, the last judgtnent, Stj. 58; iifsti domr, id., 686 I.e.; e
the last week of Lent = the Passion week, Orkn. 386, Mar. 78 ;
Paska, the last day in Easter, N. G. L. i. 348 ; efsta baen, the la
623. 50 ; peim gef ek erni efstum braSir, Fas. i. 429 (in a ver :
sinni, /or the last time, 227; po ver ritim hana ofri en a8ij 1
116. 2. loc, where aptari and aptastr or eptri and eptsjKei
common words ; fyrstr and efstr are opposed, foremost and last, 1* rai
Ls. I.e.; sa fyrstr er efstr gekk inn, Grag. i. 32. j
EFSA, t, [cp. Swed. ef sing = thrum, stumpy, to cut; e. e-m sl|",'o 1
one's head off, Sighvat, (aw. A.«7.) j \
egSir, m., poet, an eagle. ,l|
Egdskr, adj. /row Ag6ir, a county in Norway, Fms., Landn'
EG-G, n. [A.S. dg ; Engl, egg; Swed. dgg ; Dan. ceg ; Ger
egg. Eg. 152, Grag. ii. 346 ; arnar-e., seSar-e., alptar-e., hrafns-i ijtf"
kriu-e., etc., an eagle's egg, eider duck's, swan's, raven's, d(^% «*'
also, hiiggorms egg, a snake's egg : eggja-hvita, f. the white cyn <■?;
eggja-rauda, f. or eggja-blomi, m. the yolk; verpa eggjuni. '- '
liggja a eggjum, to sit on eggs, brood; koma, skri&a or eggi, < i
to come out of the egg, Fagrsk. 4 (in a verse) : an egg is !,'i 1
stropa6 half-hatched, ungaS hatched; vind-egg, a wind-egg.
fiil-egg, a rotten egg; vera lostinn fiilu eggi, proverb of a sa
Oh
1 e
I vi;
t>r-
»'1-
looking fellow that looks as if one had pelted him with rotten ■> "'
39 (in a verse); fuUt hus matar og finnast hvergi dyrnar ■■m"^^
describing an egg; but fuUt hus drykkjar og finnast hvergi d}:^ »• '
berry : eggja-fata, f. a bucket in which to gather eggs : eggj ipl'*!
an 'egg-cake,' omelet: eggja-leit, f. a gathering of eggs, etC; ,
EG-G, f., gen. sing, and nom. pi. eggjar, old dat. eggju, iW- ^6
[Lat. fla«; A.S.ecg; Er\g\. edge; Hd. eggja ; lost in Ger;»Sw<
EGGBITINN-^EIDSIFJAR.
117
L. Dan. ag] : — an edge, Eg. l8i, 183, Nj. I36 : the phrase, meft oddi
eEKJu, u/i)b point and edge, i.e. by force of arms, with might and
n, 0. H. ch. 33, Griig. ii. 13, Nj. 149, 635. 34 ; oddr ok egg, ' cut and
usl' Horn. 33; drepa 1 egg, to blunt: as the old swords of the Scan-
luvi'ans were double-edged (only the sax had a single edge), egg is freq.
d in pi. ; takattu a eggjuni, eitr er 1 ba8um, touch not the edges, poison
n both of them. Fas. i. 522 (in a verse) ; the phrase, deyfa eggjar, vide
rfa: the sword is in poetry called eggjum-skarpr, m. with sharp
t«; and the blade, tongue of the hilt. Lex. Poiit. ; sverSs-eggjar, sword
]res- knifs-egg, oxar-egg, the edge of a knife, axe. 2. metaph.,
lls-egg, the ridge of a mountain, Hkr. ii. 44 ; reisa a egg, to set (a
\ne) on its edge, opp. to the flat side, Edda 40 : eggja-broddr, m. an
[red spike, Fms. x. 355.
Igg-bitinn, part, bitten, smitten by an edge, Bs. i. 644.
gg-dau8r, adj. slain by the edge of the sword. Lex. Poet,
■gg-elningr, adj. having an ell-long edge (of a scythe), Grag. i, 501.
gg-farvegr, ni. the print of an edge, porb. 54 new Ed,
gg.frdnn, adj. sharp-edged. Lex. Poet.
Igg-hvass, adj. sharp. Lex. Poijt.
Igging, f. an egging on; eggingar-fffl, n., v.l. for eggjunar-fifl,
.52.
^ggja, a8, to egg on, incite, goad, with ace. of the person, gen. of the
!iig; (e. e-n e-s), er J)a eggjaSi hins vesta verks, Nj. 213; allmjok
intu eggjaflr hafa verit J)essa verks, Fs. 8 ; e. Ii8, a milit. term, to
'ourage, cheer troops just before battle, Fms. v. 73 : proverb, illt er at
'jbilgjaman, 'tis not good to egg on an overbearing man, Grett. 91 ;
U-n 4 e-t, to egg one on to do a thing, Nj. 21, Pass. 22. 9 : absol., er
grata a annari stundu er eggja a annari, fjorst. St. 52. 2. reflex.,
I at eggjask, to yield to another's egging on ; eigi mun konungr lata at
;jask um (ill ni5ingsverk J)in, Eg. 415; Haraldr konungr \&i at eggjask,
15. zi. 23 ; eggjask upp a e-n, to thrust oneself upon one, provoke one,
;n. 120: recipr. to egg one another on in a battle, eggju5usk mi fast
irirtveggju, Nj. 245.
■.•gjan (eggjtin), f. an egging on, Fms. v. 75, vii. 260, Eg. 473, 623.
I coMPDs : eggjunar-fifl, n. a fool, a cat's paw, Nj. 52; vide
ijingar-fifl. eggjunar-or3, n. pi. egging words, Fms. ii. 290, viii. 219.
fgjari, a, ni. an egger on, inciter, Barl. 52.
tg-leikr, m., poot. the play of edges, battle, Gkv. 2. 31.
fg-m68r, adj., poet, epithet of the slain in a battle-field; e. valr,
twj by the sword, H8m. 31, Gm. 53 ; no doubt from ma, to mow, not
II m68r, weary.
;g-skum, n. (mod. egg-sktirmr, m.), an egg-shell, Edda 12, Stj. 10.
!g-8l6ttr, adj. ' edge-plain,' i.e. quite plain, of a meadow to be mown.
5g-8teinn, m. an edged, sharp stone, Edda (Ub.) 290.
,'g-teiim, m. ' edge-rim,' one of the two rims running along the ancient
.irds, with a hollow between them ; blanadr ' annarr' eggteinninn, Nj.
;; sva at fal ba8a eggteina, the blade sank so deep that both edge-rims
rt' bidden, 125, Isl. ii. 55, Fas. ii. 415 ; ritaS gullstofum fram eptir egg-
'lum, of the sword of Charlemagne, Karl. 178.
j;g-tl8, n. ' egg-tide,' the egg-season (May), Edda 103.
!;g.ver, n. ' egg-field,' a place where the eggs of wild fowl are gathered
ijuantities (cp. sel-ver, sild-ver, alpta-ver), Grag. ii. 263, 338, Jb. 217,
; 42: gathering eggs — vzrp, Bs. i. 350; eggvers-h61mi = varpholmi,
'.1.
';g-v61r, m. the slope on the edge (as of scissors), Fbr. 142, Bs. ii. 94.
;g-t)Uimr, adj. thin-edged; e. ox, Ann. 1362.
gipzkr, adj. Egyptian; Egiptaland, n. Egypt, Al., Fms., etc.
GNA, d, [agn], to bait, with dat. of the bait, Edda 154, Hy'm. 22 :
prey for which the bait is set either in ace, e. orri.Sa, to bait for trout,
^.vat; e. vei8i, to set bait for the prey, Sturl. i. 18 ; or in mod. use, e.
r fisk: even used, e. neti (better ace), to cast a net, Fms. ii. 140 ; e.
^rur, gildru. Mar. passim; egnd snara, Grett. (in a verse). 2.
aph. to provoke, Sks. 232, Fas. i. 39 ; reiSi Drottins J)a uppegnd er,
>. 40. 3.
jning, f. = eggjan ; egningar-kviSr, m. a kind of verdict, v. kviSr.
I and ey (cp. also se), adv. [cp. Gr. aiuv ; Lat. aevnm; Goth. aivs =
Ttity, everlasting time : hence are derived the O. H. G. eva, A. S. cb,
eo, in the metaph. sense of law (the law being symbolical of what is
tlasting), which word still remains in the mod. Germ, ehe = marriage ;
:nce the mod. Germ, echt^ genuine, mod. Dan. cegte, mod. Icel. ekta,
■ (Grimm)] : — ever; the phrase, ei ok ei, or ey ok ey,for ever and
■; gott ey giimlum miinnum, gott ey ungum miJnnum, Landn. 45 ;
'igis muntu hafa J)au ei ok ei, Hom. 15, Al. 120; hans riki stendr
>k ei, 160; Gu8s ei lifanda. Bias. 43: the proverbs, ey ser til gyldis
f, Hm. 146; ey getr kvikr ki'i, 69; ey lysir mon af mari, VJ)m. 12 ;
3a8 hon halda, Hkv. 1.4; ey var mer tyja, Akv. 27 ; lifa ey, Hm. 15,
er ok ey c8a ei J)at er aldregi {)rytr, Skalda 172 ; ei at vera, 677. 3 ;
lins sama var ey at aetla, Bs. i. 108. II. [Dan. ei, Swed. ej'], not
not, properly a contraction from ei-gi, in the MSS. freq. spelt e or
ei is often used in mod. writers, but not in speech ; it is also used now
■ then in Edd, of old writers, though it is doubtful whether it is there
*
genume. 2. ey in a negative sense ; ey mannl, «o man, \^m. 55 ;
vide eyvit.
EID, n. an isthmus, neck of land; m]6tt e., Eg. 129; rastarlangt ei8,
Fms. ix. 402 ; hence the names of places, Satiris-ei8, the Mull of Canlire,
Orkn. 152 ; Skalp-ei8, Scalpa (in Orkney), 244; Ei8ar (a farm), Ei8a-
skogr (in Sweden), Ei8a-fjor8r, Ei8s-berg, Ei8s-v4gr, EiSs-voUr (in Nor-
way), E\d = Aith (in Shetland).
EIDA, u, f. [Ulf. aipei; Finn, aiti], a mother, Edda 108 ; an obsolete
word, which only occurs once or twice in old poetry ; perhaps akin to
edda, q. v.
ei3-br63ir, m. an oath-brother, confederate, Fms. ix. 294, Baer. 16 :
metaph., arnar e., the oath-brother of the eagle, the raven, F'agrsk 4 (in a
verse).
ei3-bundinn, part, bound by oath, Hkr. iii. 26.
eifl-byggjar, m. pi. inhabitants of an isthmus, Fms. viii. 194.
eid-fall, n. a law term, failing in one's oath, Grag. ii. 22, Gliim. 387,
K. b. K. 146.
eio-falli, a, m. one who fails in an oath, N. G. L. i. 431.
eid-faera, 8, a law term, to charge one with a thing by an oath, Grag. i,
244, 245, Sturl. iii. 98, (in a case of alimentation.)
eid-fsering and eid-fsersla, f. charging by an oath, Grag. i. 235, 244,
245-
eid-fesTT, adj. able, competent to take an oath, Fb. i. 555.
ei3-hjdlp, f. a Norse law term, 'oath-help,' metaph. last help, issue;
sva er, segir Jj6rarinn, ok er ]p6 nokkur i ei8hjalpin. Band. (MS.) 16,
H.E. i. 467, v.l.
eid-laust, n. adj. without an oath, K. p. K. 72.
EIBE, m. [Ulf. ai/;s; A. S. «« ; Engl. oa/A; ^oith. E. aith ; Swed.
ed; Dan. eed ; Germ. e/</] : — an oath; vinna ei8, but also sverja ei8, to
take an oath, to swear. Glum. 387, Nj. 36, Grag., Sdm. 23 ; ganga til ei8a,
to proceed to the taking an oath, Nj., Grag. ; ei8ar, or8 ok saeri, Vsp. 30 ;
fuUr e., a full, just oath, Grett. 161 ; rjiifa ei8, to break an oath (ei8-rofi) ;
perjury is mein-saeri, rarely mein-ei8r (Swed.-Dan. men-ed. Germ, mein-
eid) ; eiSar usxut, false, equivocal oaths, Sks. 358; hence the proverb,
litis skyldi i ei8i lisaert, with the notion that few oaths can bear a close
scrutiny, Grett. 161 ; truna8ar-e., hoUustu-e., an oath of fealty, allegi-
ance: cp. the curious passages in Sturl. i. 66 and iii. 2, 3; dyr ei8r, a
solemn oath; saluhjalpar-e., sverja dyran saluhjalpar-eid, to swear an oath
of salvation (i.e. as I wish to be saved). In the Norse law a man was
discharged upon the joint oath of himself and a certain number of men
{oath-helpers, compurgators, or oath-volunteers) ; oaths therefore are
distinguished by the number of compurgators, — in grave cases of felony
(treason etc.), tylptar-e., an oath of twelve; in slighter cases of felony,
settar-e., an oath of six, (in N. G. L. i. 56, ch. 133, 'vj a hvara hiind' is
clearly a false reading instead of ' iij,' three on each side, cp. Jb. J>b. ch.
20) ; grimu-ei3r, a mask oath, a kind of settar-e. ; l3^ittar-e., an oath of
three; and lastly, ein-ei8i or eins-ei8i, an oath of one, admissible only in
slight cases, e. g. a debt not above an ounce ; whence the old law pro-
verb, eigi ver8r einn eiSr alia, a single oath is no evidence for all {cases),
Sighvat, Fms. iv. 375, v.l., Bjarn. 22, Nj. 13: other kinds of oaths,
dular-e., ati oath of denial ; jafna8ar-e., an oath of equity, for a man in
paying his fine had to take an oath that, if he were plaintiff" himself, he
would think the decision a fair one; vide N.G. L. i. 56, 254-256, 394,
Jb. and Js. in many passages. In the Icel. law of the Commonwealth,
oaths of compurgators are hardly mentioned, the kvi8r or verdict of
neighbours taking their place; the passage Glum. ch. 24, 25 is almost
unique and of an extraordinary character, cp. Sir Edmund Head's remarks
on these passages in his notes to the Saga, p. 119, cp. also Sturl. iii. 2 ;
but after the union with Norway the Norse procedure was partly intro-
duced into Icel. ; yet the Js. ch. 49 tries to guard against the abuse of
oaths of compurgators, which led men to swear to a fact they did not
know. As to the Icel. Commonwealth, it is chiefly to be noticed that
any one who had to perform a public duty (log-skil) in court or parlia-
ment, as judge, pleader, neighbour, witness, etc., had to take an oath
that he would perform his duty according to right and law (baug-ei8r
ring-oath, b6k-ei8r gospel-oath, Itig-eiSr lawful-oath), the wording of
which oath is preserved in Landn. (Mantissa) 335, cp. {j6r8. S. (Ed.
i860) p. 94, Band. (MS.) compds : ei3a-brig3i, n. breach of oath.
Band. 6. ei3a-fulltmg, n. an oath help. Fas. ii. 204. ei3a-koniir,
f. pi. women as compurgators, Grett. 161. ei3a-li3, n. men ready to
take an oath. Eg. 503, referring to Norway, the men elected to an oath of
twelve. ei3a-mai, n. an oath affair, Sturl. iii. 2. ei3a-sekt, f. a fine
for an {unlawful) oath, N. G. L. i. 21 1. ei3a-tak, n. giving security
for an oath, bail, N. G. L. i. 314, 321. , II. a pr. name, Landn.
ei3-rof, n. breach of an oath, perjury, K. A. 148.
ei3-rofi (ei3-rofa), a, m. a perjurer, violater of an oath, Fms. viii,
387, K. A. 148, N.G.L. i. 152, 429, Edda 43.
' Ei3-sifjar, m. pi. ' Oath-sibs,' the name of n confederation of kinglets in
southern Norway: whence the name Ei3sifja-16g, m. pi. a collection of
laws in N. G. L. i. The word is differently spelt, Hei8sifjar, HeiSsaevi,
etc. But the syllable ei3- may be derived from ei8, an istbvius, because
118
EIDSPJALL— EIGA.
I
their parliament was held on an isthmus, Eid, now called Eidsvold ; vide
Munch.
eid-spjall, n. delivery of an oath, in the Icel. law phrase, hlyda til ei3-
spjalls e-s, to listen to one's oath, Nj., Grag. i. 39, 76, etc.
eid-stafa, aft, to say the oath formula for another to repeat, D.N.
eid-stafr, m. the form or wording of an oath; sverja. me8 J)essum
eiSstaf, G]pl. 7, Fms. vi. 53, viii. 150, x. 418.
eid-svari, a, m. a confederate, one bound by oath, Nj. 193 : a liegeman
bound by a hoUustu-e., Orkn. 106, Fms. v. 44 (Hkr. ii. 333).
ei5-88Brr, adj. such that it may be sworn to, absolutely true, Eg. 347 (in
a Terse, MS. ; Ed. au6saert).
eid-uuning, f. the taking an oath, Grdg. i. 57.
eiS-vandr, adj. ' oath-fast,' religious as to an oath. Lex. Poet.
eifl-varr, adj. cautious {conscientious) as to an oath, Isl. ii. 98.
eiS-vinniiig, f. = eiSunning, K. |). K. 156.
ei3-V8Btti, n. testimony on oath, Jb. 448.
EIG-A, pret. atti ; pret. subj. aetti, pres. eigi ; pres. ind. a, 2nd pers. att
(irreg. eigr, Dipl. v. 24), pi. eigum, 3rd pers. pi. old form eigu, mod. eiga ;
imperat. eig and eig5u ; sup. att; with suffixed neg. pres. ind. ist pers.
A'k-at, 2nd pers. att-attu ; pret. subj. aettim-a : [Gr. ex'"' Goth, aigan;
A. S. agan ; Hel. egan ; O. H. G. eigan ; Swed. dga ; Dan. eje ; Engl, to
owe and own, of which the former etymologically answers to ' eiga,' the
latter to ' eigna '] : — to have, possess.
A. Act. I. denoting ownership, to possess : 1. in a
proper sense; allt J)at g6z sem J)eir eiga eSr eigandi verSa, D.N. i. 80;
hann eigr halfa j6r5ina, Dipl. v. 24; Bjorn hljop J)a a skiitu er hann atti,
Eb. 6; Starka&r atti hest goSan, Nj. 89; ^au attu gnott i bui, 257;
h6n 4 allan arf eptir mik, 3 ; atti hon au9 fjar, Ld. 20 ; ef annarr ma8r
ferr me8 go6or6 en sa er a, Grag. i. 159 ; annat vapnit, ok a J)at {jorbjorn,
en Jjorgautr a J)etta, Isl. ii. 34I ; eignir J)asr er fa5ir hans haf6i att, Eb.
4; i riki J)vi er Dana konungar hofSu att J)ar lengi, Fms. xi. 301, Rb.
494, Eb. 54, 118, 2,^6, 328, Sturl. ii. 60, Eg. 118 ; e. saman, to own in
common, Grag. i. 199 ; ef tveir menn eigo bii saman, ii. 44 ; e. skuld (at
e-m), to be in debt, Engl, to owe; en ef hann atti engar skuldir, if he owed
no debts, i. 128 ; par til atti honum (owed him) meistari f)orgeirr ok J)a
mork, D. N. iv. 288 (Fr.) ; e. fe undir e-m, to be one's creditor, Nj. loi ;
in mod. usage, e. fe hja e-m, or ellipt., e. hja e-m. 2. in a special
sense ; a. eiga konu, to have her to wife ; hann atti Gro, Eb. 16 ; hann
atti Ynghvildi, 3 ; {)orgerSr er (ace.) atti Vigfiiss, . . . GeirriSr er (ace.)
4tti |>6r6Ifr, 18; hann gekk at eiga ^oru, be married Thora, id.;
J>uri6i haf6i hann a&r 4tta, Thorida had been his first wife, 42 ; enga
vil ek J)essa e., / will not marry any of these, Nj. 22 ; Bjorn atti J)a konu
er Valgerdr h^t, 213, 257; fadir Hrodnyjar er atti |>orsteinn, Landn.
90 ; Asdisi atti siSar Skiili, S. was A.'s second husband, 88 ; {jorger6r er
atti Onundr sj6ni, 89 ; Vigdis er atti |jorbj6rn enn digri, 87 ; Arn{)ru6r
er atti |j6rir hersir, 66; HungerS er atti Svertingr, 61, 86, and in num-
berless passages : old writers hardly ever say that the wife owns her hus-
band— the passages in Edda 109 (vide elja) and Nj. 52 (til litils kemr mer
at eiga hinn vaskasta mann a Islandi) are extraordinary — owing to the
primitive notion of the husband's 'jus possessionis' (cp. bnidkaup) ; but
in mod. usage ' eiga' is used indiscriminately of both wife and husband ;
Icel. even say, in a recipr. sense, eigast, to own one another, to be married;
J)au 4ttust, they married; hann vildi ekki at J)au attist, hann banna6i
J)eim a8 eigast, he forbade them to marry : — to the ancients such a phrase
was almost unknown, and occurs for the first time in K. A. 1 14. p. eiga
bom, to have children, of both parents ; attu J)au Jofridr tiu born, J. and
her husband had ten bairns. Eg. 708 ; hann atti dottur eina er Unnr het,
Nj. I ; J)au |)orsteinn ok Unnr attu son er Steinn het, Eb. 10, Nj. 91, 257 ;
4ttu {)au |)6rhildr J)rja sonu, 30 ; e. m68ur, f69ur, to have a mother,
father, Eb. 98 ; vaenti ek ok, at J)u eigir illan fo3ur, id. y. the phrase,
e. heima, to have a home; J)eir attu heima austr i Mijrk, Nj. 55 ; J)vi at
ek tek eigi heim i kveld, J)ar sem ek a heima lit a tslandi, 275 ; in mod.
usage = to live, abide, in regard to place, cp. the questions put to a stranger,
hva8 heitir maSrinn? hvar 4ttu heima? used in a wider sense than
biia. 8. eiga s^r, to have, cp. ' havde sig' in Dan. ballads ; Hiiskuldr
4tti s^r dottur er Hallger6r h^t, Nj. 3 ; ef hann a ser i va veru, Hm. 25,
(freq. in mod. use.) 3. without strict notion of possession ; e. vini,
6vini, to have friends, enemies, Nj. loi ; hverja U6veizlu skal ek J)ar e. er
t)u ert, what help can I reckon upon from thee? 100; e. van e-s, to have
hope of a thing, to reckon upon, 210; e. til, to have left; ekki eigu it
annat til {there is nothing left for you) nema at biftja postulann, Joh.
623. 22 : in mod. usage e. til means to own, to have left; hann a ekkert
til, he is void of means, needy ; eiga g65a kosti fjar, to be in good cir-
cumstances, Isl. ii. 322 ; e. vald a e-u, to have within one's power, Nj. 265 :
the phrase, e. hlut at e-u, or e. hlut i e-u, to have a share, be concerned
with; eptir {)at 4tti hann hlut at vi8 motstodumenn Gunnars, loi, 120 ;
J)ar er J)u aettir hlut at, where thou ivast concerned, 119 ; mik uggir at her
muni eigi gaefu-menn hlut i e., I79 : hence ellipt., e. i e-u, to be engaged
in, chiefly of strife, adversity, or the like ; thus, e. i striSi, fataekt, barattu,
to live, be deep in struggle, want, battle, etc. II. denoting duty,
right, due, obligation : 1. to be bound, etc. ; t)eir menu er fylgS attu
me& konungi, the men who owed following to (i. e. luere bound to
the king's person, Fms. vii. 240 ; a ek J)ar fyrir at sja, 7 am bona
to that. Eg. 318; Tylptar-kvi6r atti um at skilja, Eb. 48; J)eir
hvart Njali Jjaetti nokkut e. at lysa vigsok Gunnars, Nj. 117; 1
Sigvaldi, now is thy turn, now ought thou, Fms. xi. 109, Fs. 121
eigu {rnen ought) at spyrja at J)ingfesti, Grag. i. 19; |)4 a Jku
einskis meta, that verdict ought to be void, 59 ; ef sa ma3r a (c
lit h^r er omagann a {who ought) fram at faera, 270 ; mi hafa J)e
jammarga sem J)eir eigu, as many as they ought to have, ii. 270
a maSr fe sitt, . . . J)a a hann J)at at tiunda, . . . J)a a hann at g<
gjafir, i. 202 : — 'eiga' and 'skal' are often in the law used inc
nately, but properly ' ought' states the moral, ' shall' the legal ob!
— elska skalt Jju f66ur J)inn og m63ur, J)u skalt ekki stela, wh<
would be misplaced; sometimes it is merely permissive, gefa
vingjafir at ser lifanda, ef hann vill, a man ' may' whilst in life beq
his friends, if he will, id. ; maSr a at gefa barni sinu laungetnu t
ef hann vill, fyrir ra& skaparfa sinna, en eigi meira nema erfingjs
man ' may ' bequeath to the amount of twelve ounces to his tlU
child without leave of the lawful heir, etc., 203; ef J)at a til at
that is to happen, Fas. i. n. 2. denoting claim, right, to
entitled to, chiefly in law phrases ; e. dom, sakir, to own the cast
the lawful prosecutor ; ok a sa {jeirra sakir, er . . ., Grag. i. 10 ;
{)eir eigi at logum, or if they be not entitled to it, 94; e. mal a
have a charge against one, Nj. 105 ; e. rett a e-u, to own a right,
rett a a henni, who has a right to her, K. A. 16; J)eir s6g6u
potti slikr ma&r mikinn r^tt a ser e., such a man had a strong
claim to redress, Nj. 105 ; hence the phrase, eiga ongan rett a s( ^
cannot claim redress for personal injury ; J)a eigu J)eir eigi rett 4
they have no claim to redress whatever, Grag. i. 261 ; e. sok, sj
a e-u, to have a charge against ; J)at er hann 4tti ongva sok a,
saka-sta3i J)a er hann Jjotti a eiga, i66 ; kalla Vermund eigi (mo/
selja sik, said V. had no right to sell them, Eb. 116: hence
usage, eiga denotes what is Jit and right, J)u att ekki a8 gora
ought not; eg aetti ekki, / ought not: in old writers eiga ii
strictly used in this sense, but denotes the legal rather than tl
right. p. eiga fe at e-m (mod. e. hja e-m), to be one's creditor
90, 405, Band. 1 C: metaph. to deserve from one, ok attu anna
Nj. 113; e. gjafir at e-m, 213; in a bad sense, kvaSusk niiJ
{>r4ni, they had much against Thrain, 138. y. the law phrase, e. \
faert, to have the right to return, of a temporary exile, Nj. 251 :
skyli eigi e. faert lit hingat, Grag. i. 119; ok a eigi pingreit
allowed to go to the parliament, n.!"]; e, vigt, Grag., etc. II
ing dealings or transactions between men (in a meeting, fight,
the like), to keep, hold; J)aetti mer ra61iga at ver aettim eiim fir
Nj. 150; e. orrustu vi& e-n, to fight a battle, Fms. i. 5, Eg. 7;
vi6 e-n, to exchange blows, 297 ; e. vapna-vi3skipti, id., Fms. ii.
handsol at e-u, to shake hands, make a bargain, x. 248 ; e. r4II'
to consult, hold a conference with, Nj. 127 ; e. tal vi8 e-n, to sp
verse with one, 129 ; e. mal vi6 e-n, id., Grag. i. 10 ; e. fund, /
meeting, Nj. 158 ; e. J)ing, samkvamu, stefnu, to hold a meeting,
{)etta haust attu menn rett (a kind of meeting) fjolmenna, Eb.
kaupstefnu, to bold a market, exchange, 56 ; e. feransdom, Gr4
e. gott saman, to live well together, in peace and goodwill, L(
illt vi& e-n, to deal ill with, quarrel with, Nj. 98 ; e. biiisifjar.
intercourse with neighbours, Njar6. 366 ; e. drykkju vi5 e-n, A
'cup-mate,' Eg. 253 ; e. vi6 e-n, to deal with one; ekki a ek
pik, this is no business between thee and me, Nj. 93 ; gott vile
alia menn e., I would live in goodwill with all, 47 ; e. vi& e-n
one; eigum ver ekki vi6 J)a elligar (in a hostile sense), else I
provoke them, 42 ; e6r hvart vili it Helgi e. vi6 Lyting einn f
hans ba6a, 154; bratt fundu J)eir, at peir 4ttu J)ar eigi vi6 sii
Ld. 64 ; Gliimr kvaft hann ekki J)urfa at e. vi6 sik, G. said b
need to meddle with him, Gliim. 338 ; e. um a6 vera, to he «
ekki er vi5 menn um at e., Nj. 97; J)ar sem viS vini mina <
e., where my friends are concerned, 52 ; vi5 faeri er J)a um at c
er einn, there are fewer to deal with, to fight, if K. be alone,
brogSotta attu nu um, Fms. v. 263 ; aetla ek at oss mun l^ttai
e. um vi8 Svein einn, iv. 80 ; Sveinn svarar, at J)eir attu vi8 ofrj
e., that they had to deal with odds, 165. p. almost as an
verb ; e. skilt (skilit), to have stipulated; hafa gripina sv4 sem
skilt, Fms. vi. 160; l)at atta ek skilit vi8 {)ik, ii. 93 ; sem E
skilt, iv. 31 ; e. maelt, of oral agreement ; sem vit attum mselt D t
xi. 40 ; J)a vil ek J)at maelt e., 1 24 : in mod. usage e. skilit B
deserve, eg 4 ekki J)etta skilit af her, etc. y. sometimes used i
geta ; vi8 J)vi atti Biii eigi gert, B. could not guard against tba
117, cp. xi. 109 : — also, e. bagt, to be in a strait, poor, sickly; «
to have at one's disposal, Eb. 254. IV. to have to do;
leifr eigi {not) e. at J)vi at spotta, Eb. 224; e. hendr sinar at
have to defend one's own bands, to act in self-defence, Nj. 4/
varlauna8, to stand in debt to one, 181 ; e. um vandrxSi at hi
in a strait, Eb. 108 ; e. erindi, to have an errand to run, 250;
..'
EIGA— EILIGR.
119
;tu um bctta at tala, tvhen they had to talk, were talking, of Ibis, Stj.
jl ; e. rikis at gaeta, to have the care of the kingdom, Nj. 126 ; ea J)6 a
i hverki at telja viS J)ik rnaeg6ir ne fraejidsemi, i. e. / am no relation to
lee, 213; ok aetti J)eir vi& amian at deila fyrst, ill ; e. mikid at vinna,
I be much engaged, bard at work, 97 ; e. e-t eptir, to have left a thing
'idone, 56; e. for, ferS, to have a journey to take, 11, 12 ; hann atti J)ar
at heinita, 261 ; e. eptir mikit at mxia, 88. 2. metaph. in the
irases, e. niikit (litid) ' at' ser, or ' undir' ser, to have inticb (or little) in
US power ; niargir menu, {)eir er mikit J)6ttusk at ser e., bturi. i. 64;
,r bii vid marga menn, svd at ^li eigir allt undir J)er, go with many men,
I that thou bast the whole jnatter in thy hands, Ld. 250; en avait atta
c nokkud undir nier, Vigl. 33 ; kann vera at hann eigi mikit undir ser,
as. i. 37 ; eigum heidr undir oss {better keep it in our own hands), en
inga i greipar J)eim maeSginum, Fs. 37 ; sem ]peir, er ekki eigu undir
r, who are helpless and weak, {)orst. St. 55 ; e. J)ykisk hann nokkut
idir s6r, i. e. he bears himself very proudly, Grett. 122 ; J)etta ra6 vil ek
idir sonuni niinum e., I will leave the matter in my sons' hands. Valla L.
32 ; e. lif sitt undir e-m, to have one's life in another's hands, Grett. 154 ;
un ek nil senda eptir monnum, ok e. eigi undir ojiifnuSi hans, and
list him not, no: hence in mod. usage, e. undir e-u, to risk; eg J)ori
;ki a& e. undir J)vi, / dare not risk it : e. saman, to have or own
common ; the saying, J)a6 a ekki saman nema nafniS, // has nothing
it the name in common ; rautt gull ok bleikt gull a ekki saman nema
it'n eitt, Fms. v. 346 : the proverb, {)eygi a saman gamalt og ungt.
If. 3. 44; e. skap saman, to agree well; kemr \>\i J)er J)vi vel vi6
allgerdi, at it eigit meir skap saman, you are quite of o?ie mind, Nj. 66 ;
jji veit ek hvart vi6 eigum heill saman, I know not whether we shall
ive luck, i. e. whether we shall live happy, together, 3. p. to deal
itb one another (sam-eign) ; er v^r skulum sva niiklu ugaefu saman e.,
lUtoe are to have so much mischief between us, Nj. 201 ; e. e-t yfir hofSi,
have a thing hanging over one's head, Sks. 742. V. to agree
ith, loft, to suit one : 1. with ace, J)a6 a ekki vi6 mig, it suits
..' not, it agrees not with me. 2. with dat., medic, to agree, heal,
a sickness in dat., thus the proverb, margt a vid miirgu, cp. ' similia
ailibus curantur,' Vidal. ii. 109. 3. absol. to apply to; at hann
yldi eigi triia lagimi manni rau3skeggju6um, J)vi at meistarinn atti
;tta, the description suited to the master, Fms. xi. 433 ; J)at muntu aetla,
ek rauna e. hinn bleika uxann, that the dun ox means me, Vapn. 21.
B. Refxex., in a reciprocal sense, in the phrase, eigask vi6, to deal
ith one another, chiefly to fight; en er pdr hofSu langa hri5 vi& atzk,
!i«n they had fought a long time, Eb. 238, 74 ; eigask vi6 deildir, to be
'raved in strife, 246 ; attusk {)eir hoggva-vi6skipti vi6, they came to a
J.'t, Fms. i. 38 ; attusk J)eir fa hogg vi5, aSr . . . , they had a short
e/ore...,Eg. 297; fatt attusk J)eir vid {>j6st61fr ok {jorvaldr,
hostolf and Thorwald had little to do with one another, kept aloof from
ch other, Nj. 18 ; var mi kyrt J)ann dag, sva at peir attusk ekki vi5,
at day passed quietly, so that they came not to a quarrel, 222. p. to
arry, vide above (A. I. 2).
Jiga, u, f. ownership, property; \>(i er af hans e., Grag. ii. 304, GJ)1.
[2; alia eigu sina (al-eiga), Nj. 11 ; eiga i eigunni (mod. eigu sinni),
ouin, possess, Fms. vii. 156, 280; kasta eigu sinni a, to take in posses-
^"' ^g- 335- coMPD : eigu-ligr, adj. worth having, precious, Fms.
294, V. 260, Sks. 696, Sturl. i. 2.
Jigandi, pi. eigendr, pzn. possessor, owner, Grag. i. 419, 420, 623. 21.
Ji-gi, sometimes (though rarely) egi, or even contracted ei, adv. (vide
2'P-I17) ; [the negative eigi is particular to the Scandin., mod. Dan.
, Swed. ej] : — not. Old Icel. writers usually make a distinction between
:ki, neut. zi]. = mdlum, nihil, and eigi, non ; but in mod. usage ekki
IS, as adv., taken the place of eigi (whilst ekkert is used as the neut. adj.),
g. ekki go6r, ekki vel, where the oldest writers use eigi g68r, eigi vel;
■'S use of ekki is, however, very old and freq. used, e. g. in the Njala,
id even in as old a vellum MS. as the Miracle-book (Bs. i) ; in most
•ses ekki and eigi are difficult to distinguish, because of the contraction
MSS. (vide ei) ; editors commonly print eigi : — that old poets used
&, not ekki, may be seen from rhymes such as eigi var8 ens ^gja, Fms.
■ 420 : vide the negative -gi.
sigin, n. [Ult. aigin = oicria^, one's own, of property ; sitt eigin, his own,
.'• 448; girnask annars eigins, Hom. 54, Fms. ix. 453, v. 1., Grag. ii.
; I (rare), vide eign. II. a seed, Edda (Gi.) ; cp. the Norse lend
ejende = the first sprouts of com, Ivar Aasen.
3igin-b6ndi, m. otie's own husband, K. A. 122, 655 xxxi. 3.
?igiii-bru8r, f. one's own bride. Lex. Poet.
iigin-bygS, f. one's own county, Fms. ii. 185.
iigin-dottir, f. one's own daughter, Stj. 516.
"igin-gipt, f. part, one's own wife, H.E. ii. ill.
aigin-giptask, dep. to marry, Bs. ii. 167.
5igin-girnd and eigin-girni, f. selfishness, Stj. 134, Fas. i. 396.
Jigin-gjarnligr and eigin-gjarn, adj. selfish, Sks. 528.
>igin-hlisfrfi, f. one's own housewife, Stj. 251.
-igiii-kona, u, f. one's own wife. Eg. 342, Grag. i. 376, K. A. 122,
'«• vii. 306, X. 265, Sturl. ii, 197.
eigin-kvingafir and eigin-kveentr, part, lawfully married, 671 B.
17, Sturl. i. 226.
eigin-kyn, n. ' own-kind,' peculiarity, Stj. 33.
eigin-leikr (-leiki), m. peculiarity, quality, Skilda 1 74.
eigin-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv. properly), one's own, Fms. v. 232, x. 230,
Magn. 496, K. A. 432 : gramm., e. nafn, a proper name, Sk41da 185.
eigin-maflr, m. one's own wedded husband, K. A. 136, Titus i. 6.
eiginn, adj. \_A.S.agen; Engl, own; North. E. a«« ; Germ, eigen;
Swed. -Dan. egen"] : — own, one's own; this word is in mod. usage indecl.
in case and number, only marking the gender, e. g. min, mimiar, minum
eigin..., but mitt eigift, etc.; old writers use a full declension, til
eiginnar konu, K. A. no; eigna konu, Str. 20; sinum eignum broftur,
Hom. 158 ; spyju sina eigna, 1 59 ; i sinu eignu fostrlandi, Stj. 103 ; fyrir
sinum eignum sonum, 240; hafa at eignum manni, one's own husband,
Fagrsk. 10; eiginnar konu barn, 13.
eigin-ord, n. as a law term, ownership, possession. Grig. i. 41 7, ii. 259,
C H . 98 ; fa at eiginor8i, to get into possession. Eg. 511. 2. metaph.
a wedding, betrothal, Korm. 74, Grag. i. 162, 174, 310, Vigl. 20.
eigizL-spusa, f. = eiginkona, Str., (for. word.)
eigin-tunga, u, f. one's own native tongue, Edda 153 (pref.)
eig^n, f. property, possession, patrimony ; riki J)essu er ek kalla mina
eign, Fms. i. 201 ; fa til eignar, to get, Stj. 484; kasta sinni eign a e-t,
to take into possession, Fms. iv. 238, Eg. 466. p. chiefly in pi. estates,
landed property, opp. to lausafe or movable ; hann atti eignir i Vik austr.
Eg. 466, K. A. 84 : sing., en ef eign (a landed estate) er i J)egngildi, GJ)1.
131; eignir e3a lausaf^, N.G.L. i. 121; eignir er hann tekr, 122.
coMPDs : eigna-lauss, adj. without estates, Fagrsk. 33. eignar-
biir, n. one's own barn, N.G.L. i. 383. eignar-hluti, m. private
share, property, Dipl. ii. 6 : part of an estate, Bs. i. 762. eig^nar-jdrd,
f. a patrimony, landed inheritance, Bs. ii. II. eignar-kona, f. = eigin-
kona, Fms. X. 152, K. A. 136. eignar-l^flr, m. one's own people, Stj.
eignar-lyrittr, m., vide lyrittr, Grag. ii. 204. eignar-madr, m. an
owner, possessor, Jb. 371, Dipl. v. 9. eignar-mark, n. a mark of
ownership (on cattle), Jb. 1 21 . eignar-nafn, n. a proper name, Stj. 258,
Fms. xi. 444. eignar-skipti, n. [mod. Dan. mageskifte'], exchange
of land, Jb. 192, D. N. eignar-vitni (-vsetti), n. a witness of owner-
ship, Jb. 191.
eigna, a6 ; e. e-m e-t, to attribute to one, Stj. 25, Grett. 147 A, Fms.
v. 277 : to dedicate, natne after one, mikit hof ok eignat {>6r, i. 294;
kirkju ok e. hinum helga Kolumba, Landn. 43 ; eigna daga vitrum
monnum hei6num, Bs. i. 237 ; eigna ser, to declare a thing to be oue's own
property ; fe minu ok eignir ykkr Helgu, say that you and Helga are the
owners, Nj. 257 ; e. ser land, to take land into one's own hands, Fms. v.
168 : the proverb, ser eignar smalamadr fe, J)6 enga eigi hann kiudina, the
shepherd calls the flock his own, though he owns not a sheep. 2.
reflex, to get, become the owner of, Grag. i. 4, Nj. 94, Fms. i. 28, iv. 79,
Edda 145 (pref.): part, eignadr, having possession, Fms. iv. 23, v. 1.
ei-g63r, adj. ^ever-good,' dear, beloved, a nickname, Fms.
eigra, a6, to walk heavily, denoting pain from age or debility. Fas. ii.
130 (in a verse), now freq.
eigu-ligr (eigur-ligr, Barl. 205), vide eiga.
£jIK, gen. eikar, pi. eikr, [O. H. G. eik ; Germ, eiche; A. S. ac; Engl.
oak; North. E. aiJt ; Swed. e^; Dan. c^] : — a« oai, Skalda 151. 2.
used in Icel. (where are no trees) in the general sense of tree, Lat. arbor;
and wherever found it is a sure test of Icel. authorship ; brotna eikrnar
fyrir J)vi, Fb. i. 133; i skog vi3 eik eina, Fs. 69; hann reist a honum
kviSinn ok leiddi hann um eik, Nj. 275, Fms. xi. 9, 12 (Jomsv. S.), (an
'oak' with apples); atuhverjaraSrar J)vi eikrnar meS skyndi, Niim. 2.98 ;
' saepius ventis agitatur ingens pinus' (of Horace) is by Stefan Olafsson
rendered, opt vindar ' eik' J)ja ef a8 hiin er mjog ha. Snot 87 : but in the
oldest proverbs the sense is probably that of oak, e. g. pat hefir eik er af
annari skefr, cp. one man's meat, another man's poison, Hbl. 22, Grett.
53 new Ed. ; or, J)a ver3r eik at faga sem undir skal bua. Eg. 520 ; — this
last proverb seems to refer to an old custom of building houses under an
old oak as a holy tree.
eiki, n. oak timber. Lex. Poet.
eiki-£.ss, m. an oaken beam. El. 12.
eiki-kylfa, f. an oaken club. Lex. Poet.
eiki-kostr, m. a pile of oak-wood, Gh. 20.
eikinn, adj. savage (of a bull), freq. in mod. use ; in Skm. 17, 18 it is
used of wild-fire. II. oaken, Edda i. 430 (in a verse).
eiki-sk6gr, m. an oak-shaw, oak-wood, Fms. vi. 426, xi. 224.
eiki-stobbi, a, m. the stump of an oak, F16v.
eiki-stokkr, m. an oak'Stock, Fms. vii. 37-
eiki-siila, u, f. an oaken column, Rom. 148.
eiki-tindadr, part, with oaken pegs, Sks. 418.
eiki-viSr, m. an oak-wood, Sks. 415.
eiki-v6ndr, m. a twig of an oak-tree, Sks. 416.
EIKJA, u, f. [eikja, Ivar Aasen], a small ferry-boat, Hbl. 7, Fms. iv.
185, viii. 37, N. G. L. i. 239, 243 ; for Bs. i. 674 vide eykr.
ei-ligr, adj. eternal, 677. 2, 3, (rare.)
120
EILIFD—EINGI.
ei-lif8, f. everlasting life, eternity. Mar., (freq. in mod. use.)
ei-lifl, ii. = eilif&, Barl. 76, 93.
ei-lifleikr, m. eternity, Stj. 8.
ei-lifliga, adv. to eternity, Fms. i. 202, Fb. i. 322, Eluc. 3, Fser. 137,
655 xxxii. 10, N.T.
ei-llfligr, adj. everlasting, eternal, N. T,
ei-lifr, adj. everlasting, eternal, 625. 188, Fms. i. 75, K. A. 228, N.T. ;
at eilifu, /or ever and ever, Ni&rst. 8, Hkr. i. 19.
ei-litill, adj. 'ever-little,' very little.
!EIMB, m. and eimi, a, m. [this word may be akin to O. H. G. dtam ;
Germ, atbem ; Fris. ethma, adema, omnia ; A. S. adtn, — a Scandin. con-
tracted form would be sounded eim ; Dan. em ; Norse <Em, Ivar Aasen] :
— reek, vapour, from fire or embers, different to gufa, steam from boil-
ing; eimr ok reykr, Stj. 58; e. ok aldrnari, vapour and ^re,'Vsp. 57;
eim hratt, vapour gushed out, Orkn. (in a verse) ; eimr skaut hrimi, the
vapour sent forth soot. Lex. PoiJt. : when the poets (Edda Gl.) caW fire
eimr, this can only be in a metaphorical sense ; the sword is poet, called
eimnir, ni. reeking (with blood). p. in mod. usage eimr is also used
of sound, a faint sound, tune ; fyrir siJnglistar sxtan eim, Bb. I. 4.
ei-muni (and ey-muni), a, m. an ever-memorable thing; pat er {)eim
eimuni, they will never forget, Fms. iv. 249 ; J)at man {)er eymuni, thou
wilt never forget it, Bjarn. 25 (in a verse) ; eymuni hinn mikli (name of a
very severe winter), Ann. 1291. p. nickname of a Dan. king, the ever-
beloved, Fms. xi ; vide ein-muni.
eim-yrja, u, f. [Dun. ammer; Ivar Aasen «Vnor], embers; in allit.
phrases, eldr ok e., Fms. iii. 180, Fas. ii. 75 (in a verse), or eisa ok e. ; hann
var borinn i eimyrju, Greg. 57; akin to eimr, qs. eim-myrja, a quantity
of eimr, q. v.
EIN- in compds denoting only, or only one in an intensive sense, vide
the following words.
ein-angr, m., Lat. angustiae, a narrow passage: metaph. a great
strait; the proverb, margr verSr vaskr i einangrinum, pott litt so vaskir
pess a milli, many a man is bold in perils, though . . ., Eb. 60 ; litilleitinn
{unprovoking) en iiruggr i einangri, but bold if put in a strait, Grett. 1 20.
ein-angn^a, a5, to put one in a strait, drive into a corner, Stj. 71.
einar3-liga, ndv. firmly, Fms. ix. 509, v. 1. : heartily, 625. 195; vel
ok e., well and heartily, Fms. x. 35 ; eigi mjok e., not very heartily, 99.
einar3-ligr, ^d].firm, trusty looking, Fms. ii. 39.
ein-ardr (qs. ein-har&r), adj._;frw, and metaph. honest, sincere; einor6
tru, firm belief, Horn. 38, 159 ; roskr ma9r ok e., a bold and trusty man,
Nj. 223 ; e. ok skelegr,_;frm and undau/ited, Sturl. iii. 217 ; djarfr ok e.,
daring and bold, Fms. iv. 204: faithful, trusty, ix. 256, opposed to tvi-
drsEgr. II. single; einorS saeng, a single bed, D.N. ii. 94 (Fr.) ;
baeta einor8um retti, to pay a single fine, N.G. L. i. 69, 71, — this sense
is Norse and obsolete and rarely occurs in Icel. writers ; einart pak, a
single thatch, Ld. 280 ; en hann slitr af ser bondin eigi seinna en ein-
arSan vef, Stj. 416. Judges xiv. 12 {'like a thread,' A.V.)
einart, mod. einatt, or even einlagt, adv. incessantly; gekk annarr
ma&r lit en annarr inn einart, one went out and another in incessantly,
Fms. iv. 261; sitja einart vi6 drykk, xi. 366; maerin gr^t einart, the
girl ' grat sore,' kept on weeping. Eg. 481 ; fylgja e., to follow on one's
heels, 371 ; Ogmundr var e. {always) meb Karli, Sd. 171 ; sottusk e. i
akafa, Isl. ii. 268 ; hann ferr einart {straight, directly) til himna-rikis, Hom.
159 ; boginn ma eigi e. uppi vera, a bow must not be ever bent, 623. 19 ;
la J)6 allr herrinn Dana ok Svia einart i skotmaU, Fms. ii. 313.
ein-asta, adv. only, solely, Sks. 439: in mod. usage also adj. indecl.
ein-bakaSr, part, once-baked, Stj. 279.
ein-bani, a, m., poet, the only, i.e. the great, slayer, Hym. 22, Hkm. 3.
ein-baugr, m. a single ring, opp. to tvi-baugr, a double ring.
ein-beittr, adj. resolute.
ein-bemi, mod. ein-birni, n. [barn], the only bairn, only heir, Grag.
ii. 183, Eg. 25, 83.
ein-berr, adj. sheer, pure.
ein-beygdr, part. (cp. baugr II, 4), in the phrase, e. kostr, dire neces-
sity, only chance, Hkr. ii. 172, Orkn. 58.
ein-bjargi (ein-bjarga), adj. able to help oneself Bs. i. 328.
ein-bregfla, bra, to braid a single knot.
ein-brei3r, adj. of a single breadth, half a yard broad, of stuff, opp.
to tvi-breiflr, N. G. L. iii. H4.
ein-bui, a, m. a single dweller. Eg. 109.
ein-bsBli (ein-b^li), n. [bol], a single household, opp. to tvi-b^Ii, Fms.
iv. 93, Fagrsk. 57.
ein-daga, a6, to fix a day for pay or the like, with ace. ; e. fe, ping,
bruUaup, etc., Grag. i. 102, 266, 391, Gpl. 212.
ein-dagi, a, m. a term for pay or any other duty to be done, Griig. i.
3, 383, Fms. V. 278, N.G.L. i. 7, 27, 83.
ein-dreginn, part., e. vili, decided, firm will.
ein-dreegni, f. (ein-drsegr, adj.), unanimity, harmony, Ephe3. iv. 3.
ein-dsell, mod. and more freq. inn-dsell, adj., prop, very easy: metaph.
agreeable. Fas. ii. 492 ; vide inndaell.
ein-deemi, n. a law term, the right ta be an (ibsoltite, so!t umpire or
judge in a case, Sturl. ii. 2, Ems. ii. 1 1, 0. H. L. 36 ; cp. sjalf-dsemi.
a single example, Sks. 649 : an unexampled thing, cp. the prove:
daemin eru verst, Grett. 93 A, vide daemi ; cp. also endemi.
ein-eggjaSr, part, one-edged, Stj. 383.
ein-ei3i, n. (eins-eiSr, m., K. A. 150, Gpl. 25), a single oat
ei6r), Gpl. 196, 361, K. {>. K. 42, Jb. 119, 120, 123, 126, 443, pa
ein-eigis, adv. with sole ownership, D. N.
ein-eign, f. sole ownership, D.N.
ein-elti, n. the singling one out.
ein-eyg3r (ein-eygr), adj. one-eyed, Bar5. 178, Fas. i. 379.
ein-falda, a6, to ' single,' address with ' thou,' Sks. 303.
ein-faldleikr (ein-faldleiki), m. simplicity, Stj. 34, 44, Hom
ein-faldliga, adv. simply, Stj. 60, K. A. 224: specially, sing
Skalda 190, Alg. 354.
ein-faldligr, adj. simple, singular, Skalda 190.
ein-faldr, adj., prop, having ' one fold,' Lat. simplex, simple,
Vm. 135 : metaph. si7nple , plain, of men or things, Bs. ii. 39, 147
49, Hkr. iii. 97, Fas. i. 76 : simple, silly, (mod.)
ein-farir, f. pi. walking alone, Hkr. ii. 106 ; fara einfiirum,
notion of melancholy, (freq.)
ein-feldr, part, [fella], resolute, bent on one thing, tsl. ii. 36.
ein-fyndr, adj. as finder entitled to the whole, N. G. L. ii. 146, 1
or belonging only to the finder, id. 1. 13, 14.
ein-fserr, adj. able to do for otieself Fas. ii. 113, Gliim. 344.
ein-fsetingr, m. a one-legged man, Rb. 344, cp. fjorf. Karl. 43,
ein-fsettr, adj. one-legged, Grett. 87.
EINGA- [from einigr ; Ulf. ainaha ; A. S. imga ; Germ, einig^
single ; only used in compds : einga-barn, n. an only bairn, Ba
f>iar. 130, Sturl. ii. 197, Baer. 14. einga-bru3r, f. the only
bride. Lex. Poet, (the Church, the bride of Christ). einga-dd
an only daughter. Fas. i. (in a verse), Stj. 407. Judges xi. 34, |ji?
Fas. i. 76. einga-drottinn, m. the only Lord, Hom. 74. |tfe£
sau3r, m. an otily sheep, Stj. 516. 2 Sam. xii.4. einga-sonr |i. n
only son. Mar. 43, Gg. 2, Karl. 209. einga-vinr, m. an only i'ewi
bosom friend, Nj. 77. In mod. usage einka- (q. v.) is used ins d i
einga-, which is an obsolete form; and even in old MSS. both
occur, e.g. Stj. (1. c), v. 1. ; f>iar. 130 spells 'einka-,' and it even
in old vellums as 623, p. 41 ; einka-sonr, Luke vii. 12.
ein-ganga, u, f. = einfarar, N.G.L. iii. 36 : eingiingu, as adv.
ein-getinn, part., eccl. only begotten, Clem. 40, Sks. 604 (01 C
EINGI, einginn, in old writers more freq. spelt ' eng' (which
with the mod. pronunciation), engi, enginn, qs. einn-gi from eii
and the negative suffix -gi -.—none.
A. The forms vary greatly : 1. the adjective is declin | ar
the suffix left indeclinable ; obsolete forms are, dat. eino-gi or ■••
{nulli), aegishjalmr bergr einugi, Fm. 17; einugi feti framar, ikj
further, Ls. i ; sva illr at einugi dugi, Hm. 134; in old laws, t
svarar einugi, Grag. ({>.{>.) i. 22; ace. sing, engi, engi mann, '-
37; engi friS, Hm. 15; engi jotun (ace), Vpm. 2 ; engi eyjars
Fas. i. 433 (in a verse) ; also in prose, engi mann, O. H. 68 ; en; i
33' 34 ; engi lidsamnaa, 36, Mork. passim ; engi knut fekk han
ok engi alarendann hreift, Edda 29. 2. the -gi changes :
adjective termination -igr ; gen. sing. fem. einigrar, Hom. 22, Po '
73 ; dat. sing. fem. einigri, Hom. 1 7 ; ace. sing. fem. einiga. Fas
(in a verse) ; nom. pi. einigir, Jd. i ; fem. einigar, Grag. i. 354 ;
einigra. Post. 73 ; dat. einigum : this obsolete declension is chiefly
the sense oi any, vide below. 3. declined as the pronom. ad
or nekverr ( = nokkur) ; dat. sing. fem. engarri ; gen. pi. aungvarr
ix. 46, Stj. 70 ; dat. sing. fem. aungvarri, Mork. 187 ; hereto bcKn
the mod. neut. sing, ekkert. 4. the word is declined as the adi.
with a final v ; nom. fem. sing, ong sorg {no sorrow), Hm. 94 ; non
ongr or aungr, Skv. 2. 26, Nj. 117 (in a verse), Fms.vi.42 (Sighvat
(Vellekla), etc. 5. adding -nn, -ft to the negative suffix, thus c
fem. eingin, neut. pi. eingin (or enginn, engin) ; in the other case
disappears. Out of these various and fragmentary forms spn
normal form in old and modern writings, which is chiefly maiU- i
4, and 5 : old writers prefer nom. engi or eingi, but modern onl^
einginn or enginn ; gen. sing. masc. neut. eingis, einskis or eiiikis '
Griig. i. 163 ; einskis, 25 C), engis or eingis. Eg. 74, 714, 655 \x
einkis, Fms. x. 409 : in mod. usage einskis and einkis are both i
but eingis obsolete: neut. sing, ekki assimilated = eit-ki or eit
mod. usage ekkert, a form clearly originating from 3 above, but
however, never occurs in old MSS., — Fms. iii. 75, Landn. (Man!
Gpl. 343 (cp- N.G.L. ii. no), are all paper MSS., — and onl\ u
then in those from the end of the 15th century, but is commc \
that time; the N.T. in the Ed. of "1540 spelt ekkirt : in the .i
old writers mostly use eingi or engi alike for masc. and fem. (einu;
eingi kona), whereas modern writers only use einginn, eingin (
madr, eingin kona) ; this form also occurs in old MSS., thoiig;h
e. g. engin hafdi pess ga6, Stj. 6 ; ehiginn karlmaSr, 206 ; eingin a
Fms. V. 318; eingin hey, Isl.ii, 138 ; chieflv in MSS, of the 14th i.
II
EINGIRNI— EINMALL.
121
(!enturies : ace. stng. masc. engan or iiiigan is in MSS. much commoner
than eiiigi (engi), see above, e. g. engan hiiska, Fms. ii. 322 ; fyrir engan
niun, G{)1. 532, etc. : in the other cases the spelHng and pronunciation are
at variance. Editions and mod. writers usually spell engra, cngrar, engri,
eiieum, engu, engan, enga, engir, engar, but these forms are pronounced
throughout with 0 or au, iingra, iingrar, iingri, ongum or ongvum, iingu
or tingvu, (ingan or iingvan, cinga or (ingva, ongir or ongvir, ongar or
tingvar ; that this is no mod. innovation is amply borne out by some of
the best vellum MSS., e. g. Arna-Magn. 46S, O. H., Fb., Mork. ; ongum
inanni, Nj. 82 ; iingri nmnud, 10 ; tjngvar sakir, 94 ; iinga farskapi, 52 ;
aiiiigu vxtta, Stj. 208 ; iingvan ^ef, 7 ; iingu nytr, Fb. i. 284, 365 ; iingvan
h!ut, 166; iJngum, 25; aungum varum braedra, 63; avngir, O.H. 184;
ongva, 146; iJngu, 184 (freq.) ; avnga menn, Isl. ii. 349 (Hei6. S. MS.
Holm.); ongvir diskar, 337 ; iingum, Griig. i. 27; avngver menn, Bs. i.
337 (Miracle-book) ; iingom, 346, 347 ; iinga bjiirg, 349 ; en ser iingu
at una, Hm. 95, Mork. passim, etc. : these forms are clearly derived from
4 above. [The word is exclusively Scandin. ; 'Dz.n. ingen, ntvii. intet ;
Swed. ingen, inga, intet ; Ivar Aasen ingjen, neut. iukje.']
B. The sense: I. 'tiot one;' used as adj. with a subst.
none, no, not any ; J)eir vissu ser eingis otta van. Eg. 74 ; man hann
einigrar ( = ongrar) iimbunar vaetta af Gu6i, Post. 73, and in numberless
cases. 2. used absol. (Lat. nemo) as subst. none, naught; ekki
cr mer at eigna af J)essu verki, Fms. ii. lOI ; enda virOask einkis vaetti
j)au er })eir bera, Qfag. i. 25 ; enginn konungs manna, Fms. i. 104; ok
let {)u ekki {naught) hafa af f(35urarfi sinum. Eg. 25 ; eingi Jjeirra, Skalda
165; fur hann var enskis iirvsent, Isl. ii. 326 ; en svarar engu, Ld. 202 ;
at ongu,/or naught, Fms. iv. 317 ; iingum J)eim er siftarr kemr, Griig. i.
j7; j^a ska! enga veifla, tione of them, ii. 338; engi einn, nofie, Fms. v.
239; seni engin veil fyrri gert hafa verit, K.A. 28; ekki skorti |)a
(ekkert, Ed. from paper MS.), Fms. iii. 75. p. neut. ekki with gen. pi.
II a personal sense, ekki manna, ' nought of me7i,' = engir menn or enginn
\mih\, no man, not a single man, O.H.; ekki vaetta, nought, Fms. viii.
I 8; iingu vaetta, nought (dat.), xi. 90 ; ekki skipa, not a single ship,
j; to. (freq. in old writers): einskis-konar, adv. in nowise, Sks. 713:
jsmgan-veginn, adv. noways. 3. neut. ekki is freq. used as
idv. = eigi, q. v., Edda 20, Fms. ii. 81, vii. 120, xi. 22, Grag. i. 206, Eg.
|; 23. II. any ; this sense is rare and obsolete, and probably also
!.tyn;ologically different from the preceding (cp. A. S. anig) : a. after
!i negative ; a hon eigi at selja fjarheimtingar sinar, ne sakar einigar,
hag. i. 354; er eigi saurgisk i einigri Hkams lihreinsun, Hom. 17 ; hvat
■em engi segir, |)i6r. 178; aldregi skalt J)u pat heyra ne engi annarra,
|I28; aldri fyrr i engri herfer6, 29; ma eigi t)ar fyrri undir bua eingi sa
\:x tempraSan bolstad vill hafa, Sks. 45 new Ed. ; no iJnnur eingi, Skalda
Thorodd) 165 ; J)vi at hann ma hvarki vaxa ne {)verra, no a engi veg
kapask i sinu at kvaeSi, 166; eigi skal ma9r gildra i niijrku annars til
■inigra dyra, N. G. L. i. 242. p. after a comparative; prettvisari
n ekki annat kvikendi, Mar. ; {)i8ari ok fegri en engi maSr annarr, Stj.
124; saemilegri en engan tima fyrr haf6i hann verit, 196; um J)at fram
= tramar) en engi bans fraenda hefir haft fyr hanum, Fagrsk. II.
ein-gimi, n. [garn], single-threaded yarn.
ein-hagi and ein-agi, a, m. a piece of ladies' dress, Edda (Gl.), Bjarn.
,2 (in a verse).
I ein-hama and ein-hamr, adj. ' one-shaped,' as equivalent in the phrase
igi e., ' 7iot single-shaped,' a werewolf; it is also used with berserkr, q. v. ;
em hattr er J)eirra manna sem eigi eru einhamir . . . er af J)eini gengr
erserks-gangrinn, Eb. 136; |>randr var kallaSr eigi e. {Thrand was
bought to be a werewolf), me6an hann var heiSinn, en \ik tok af ilestum
riJllskap er skir6ir voru, 306 ; {)ykkir sem hann hafi eigi si6an dyggilega
verit, Fb. i. 260 ; J)vi at Jni ert eigi e., Isl. ii. 29 : without a preceding
igi (less correctly), at hann hair sterkastr ma3r verit . . . sa er e. hefir
trit, i.e. of those who were not berserkers, Fb. i. 524, Fas. ii. 261 ; cp.
amr, hamramr, hamremi, hamask, etc.
ein-hendis, adv. straight, ojf-hand, Bs. i. 13 (in a verse),
ein-hendr, adj. single-handed, Edda 17, Landn. 186.
Ein-herjar, m. pi. the ' only' or great champions, the dead warriors in
'»lhalla; about this mythological word vide Edda (Gg.) 23-25, Em. i,
1km. i6, Gm. 23, V'Jini. 40, 41 : sing. voc. einheri, thou great champion !
ofThor), Ls. 60: the name Einarr is properly = einheri ; cp. einarSr
old, einiirS valour, all kindred words.
ein-hjal, n. secret gossip, 0. T. 2.
ein-hleypi, n., einhleypis-maflr, m. = einhleypingr, Gjpl. 94.
oin-hleypingr, m. one who goes alone, hence a vagabond or person
'itbout hearth or ho7ne (cp. Scot, landlouper), Hrafn. 13 ; e. fclausir,
'J; 398- Judges ix. 4 (' vain and light persons,' A. V.)
ein-hleypr, adj. a single man without fixed household, unmarried, K.A.
20. N. G. L. i. 142 ; opp. to biiandi, 26.
em-hlitr, adj. [hlita], trusting to oneself alone, self-confident, not need-
's the help of another; vera ser e. i e-u, Eb. 90, Orkn. 283 ; lata ser
t einhlitt, to think it enough, rest satisfied, Fms. iv. 78 ; J)at var maelt
• hon leti mik eigi einhlitan, it was said that she was untrue to me (a
'Phemism), Sturl. i. 44 ; sva mundi ][)a, ef hon hefSi bonda sinn einhlitan
gjiirt, Drop]. 9; vera e. um e-t, to have to decide a thing; eigi em ck e,
um sviir t)essa mals, ok vil ek radask um vi8 m66ur hemiar, Isl, ii. 159,
ein-hugsa, a5, to make up one's mind. Vs. 18.
ein-hverfa, 6, to decide upon, determine, with ace, Fms. v. 39.
ein-hverfr, adj. determined, Sturl. i. 213.
ein-hverr, v. einn.
ein-hyrndr, adj. having one born, Stj. 69.
ein-hyrningr, m. ' one-horn,' a unicorn, Karl. 386.
ein-hsefr, adj. only fit for one thing.
einigr, v. eingi.
eining, f. unity, Hom. 55, Ver. 46, Fms. i. 281, Sks. 604.
EINIB, m. [Swed. en], juniper, Edda (Gl.), Stj. 396, Hjalt. einir-ber,
n. berries of the juniper , Hjalt. einir-lauf, n. leaves of the juniper, BjiJrn.
ein-jd,riiiingr, m. all of one piece of iron, e. g. a knife, Krok. 40.
einka, ad, to appoint for a peculiar use ; hann einkaSi til t)ess eitt hiis,
Sks. 622 ; hlutr einkaSr kirkjunni, H.H i. 258 ; ok var J)ar til einka&r
Gu3mundr prestr, Bs. i. 452 : to dedicate, Karl. 301.
EINKA- (rarely einkar-), in compds denoting, I. special,
personal, particular : einka-gj6f, f. a special gift, Lex.Poi^t. einka-
gri3, n. special truce, N. G. L. i. 417. einka-gripr, m. a special
family heir-loom. Glum. 339 ; bae&i runar ok e., runes and tokens, Fms.
vi. 274. einka-hlutr, m. a special, particular, personal thing, 625.
195. einka-jartein, f. a special token, Skalda 167. einka-leyfi,
n. a law term, an especial leave, Grag. i. 364, ii. 49 r, 492 : (mod.) a
privilege. einka-lof, n. id., Grag. i. 6. einka-lsekning, f. an
especial remedy, Hom. einka-ma3r, m. a person of special rank,
a dignitary, Sks. 271, N. G.L. i. 4. einka-m&l, n. pi. a special,
personal agreement, treaty. Eg. 37, Fagrsk. 179, Fms. i. 23, ii. 290;
binda saett ei6um ok einka-malum, vii. 282 : a privilege, e. ok rettar-
baetr, Bs. i. 699, Js. 47, Jatv. 8. einkar-eSli (einka-Sflli), n.
especial nature, Skalda 171, 677. 3. einkar-nafn, n. a special name,
proper name, Edda 108. einka-skriptargangr, m. a special con-
fession, Hom. 74. einka-ssela, u, f. happiness, beatitude, Greg. 18.
einka-vinr, m. a particular friend, BarS. 173, Nj. 77, v. I., Orkn. 448,
(vide einga-vinr.) II. only : einka-dottir, -barn, -sonr, etc.,
vide einga- above.
einkan-liga, adv. especially, particularly, Fms. i. 20, 191, K.A. 216,
230, Bs. i. 771.
einkan-ligr, adj. especial, Stj. 6, H.E. i. 502, 655 xxxii. 8: extra-
ordinary, Bs. ii. 18, 159, 170.
ein-kanna, a5, = einka, to attribute, N. G.L. ii.
ein-kanna- in einkanna-hlutr, m. an especial thing, Fms. vii. 120,
einkar- prefixed to adjectives or adverbs = Scot, unco = specially, greatly,
very; e. vel, very well, Fms. xi. 18 ; e. fagr, very fine, beautiful, ii. 300;
e. skjott, with great speed. Eg. 354 ; e. trau5r, very unwilling, Fms. xi.
98 ; e. mjiik, very much, viii. 186 ; e. litill, very small, Fbr. 99 new Ed. :
cp. Lex. Poet., (very freq. in mod. use.)
ein-kenna, d, to mark, signalise, Stj. Josh. ii. 18, Hkr. iii. 264, v. 1.
ein-kenniligr, adj. especial, particular, Str. 3, 39.
ein-kenning, f. distinction, Karl. 288.
ein-kili, m. [cp. Swed. kela; Dan. kjale = to fondle], a fondling, Edda
(Gl.); hence einkilju-legr, zdj. fondled, spoilt, Bjiirn.
ein-kleyfr, adj. clear, unequivocal, Hkr. iii. 203, v.l.
einkum, dat. used as adv. ' unco,' chiefly, especially, Landn. 282, Fms.
xi. 25, viii. 102, Fs. 21, K.f). K. 162. 2. = einkar, very; e. go&,
Hom. Ill; e.vel,655 XXX. 7; e.liti8,Sks.i88; e.bezt, Mork. 79. 3.
particularly, Fms. xi. 45, 127.
ein-kunn, f. a mark, sign, Grag. i. 414, 415, ii. 303, Hkr. iii. 364,
ein-kunna, a3, =einkenna, Grag. ii. 345.
ein-kynna, t, = einkenna, esp. of marking sheep or cattle, to brand or
mark their ears, Grag. i. 414, 415, ii. 303, 348.
ein-lagi, adj., vera, gerask e. um e-t, to act alone in a thing, Ld. 266,
Fms. iv. 87.
ein-ldt, n. pi. 'letting alone,' deserting one's wife, Grag. i. 178.
ein-leikit, part, neut., in the phrase, J)a8 er ekki e., of an uncanny
thing, not by fair means.
ein-leitr, adj. singular, odd, particular. Mar.
ein-litr, adj. of one colour, Stj. 45, H.E. i. 492, Rd. 251.
ein-lyndr, adj. odd, strange, stubborn, Nj. 184, Sks. 435,
ein-lsegni, f. sincerity, earnestness.
ein-lsegr and einlseg-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), sincere.
ein-lseti, n. = einlat, Hkr. i. 245.
ein-man, n. solitude, in the phrase, i einmani ; mi ef ma6r byr 1 ein-
mani i)6rum miinnum fjarri, in solitude, far from other men, N. G. L. i.
340 ; mi er ma6r staddr i einmani, 343.
ein-mani (ein-mana), adj. solitary, alone, lonely; e. sva langt fr&
i36rum miinnum. Fas. i. 48, iii. 237 : with the notion of a helpless, orphan
state, Jjottisk hann mi mjiJk e., left alone, Nj. 260 ; J>ar J)u ert komina
her e. (single-handed), Fbr. 154 ; ungr ok e., young and friendless, Fms.
viii. 3 ; hversu e. (how bereft) margir fara, SI. 48.
ein-mW, adj. one-sided in speech, Skalda 164.
122
EINMANUSR— EINNIG.
ein.m£nu8r, m. the ' single montb,' i.e. the last month of the winter, ^einna, joined with a superlative, is used adverbially, c. beztr, e. fljot r,
thirty days long, beginning on the Tuesday between the 9th and 1 5th of
March (old style), Grag. i. 166, Edda 103, Rb. 516. compd : ein-
nid,nadar-sainkvaina, u, f. a meeting held (in northern and eastern
Icel.) at the beginning of the Einmanad, mentioned in Sturl. iii. 311, Lv.
65, Vapn. (Ny Fel. xxi. 124), Jb. 301, Fs. 67.
ein-nienningr,m.,drekk;a e.,/o toss off a bumper at one draught,Eg.^^i.
ein-mitt, n. adj. as a.dv. just, exactly.
ein-muna, adj. ' alone remembered' memorable, always in a good
sense; e. bli3r, exceedingly mild; e. ythx,Jine weather, cp. eimuni.
ein-munaligr, qs. ein-manaligr, adj. lonely.
ein-maeli, n. private talk or conference. Eg. 54, 741, Nj. 10, Sks. 363,
Fms. i. 204, iv. 1 23, 303 : common talk, var t)at allra manna e., Fagrsk. 1 79.
ein-mseling, f. = einmaelt. Mar. 155.
ein-mselis, adv. once a day, N. G. L. ii. 359.
ein-mselt, n. adj. [mkl = meal'\, one meal a day ; eta, matask e., Fms.
viii. 447 ; fasta e., K. p. K. 102.
ein-mseltr, part, spoken by all, Fms. ix. 501, Eg. 514, Eb. 310.
EINN, adj., pi. einir, ace. sing, einn, but also einan, esp. in the sense
al-eiuan etc.; [Gr. eT$, 'iv; Lat. iinus, and early Lat. oinos ; Ulf. ains;
A. S. an; Engl, one, in E.Engl, proncd. like stone, bone; Scot, ane ;
Swed. en ; Dan. ee«] : — one.
A. Cardinal number, one; einn, tveir, \>nT ..., opp. to ba&ir, fleiri,
etc. ; einum eSr fleirum, Gr4g. i. 108 ; eina sok eSr fleiri, 78 ; unnu badir
eins verk. Fas. i. 515 ; einum ok einum, one by one, ii. 252 ; tveir menn
vedmaeltu um einn grip, Griig. i. 41 2. 2. in old poems it is used as an
ordinal number ; Vib hetu eina, a6ra Verdandi, Vsp. 20 ; seg8u {)at it
eina . . ., opp. to {)at it annat, V^m. 20; hjalp heitir eitt, help ranks first,
Hm. 147, Vkv. 2 ; but this use is quite obsolete. 3. with the
notion of sameness, otte and the same (unus et idem) ; i einu hiisi, in the
same house, Grag. ii. 42 ; ein ero log um, hvart sem ero naut e6r sau&ir,
i. 422 ; allt a eina lei&, all one way, Fms. ii. 315 ; til einnar gistingar
ba&ir, vii. 274; i einu brjosti. Aim. 36; allr einn, the very same, Nj.
213. II. indefinite, a, an, a certain one; einn vetr, a winter, Fms.
i. 57; einn dag, x. il. Fas. i. 514; eitt kveld, Ld. 38; einn hinn versti
ma&r, Faer. 91 ; BreiSlingr einn, a man from Broaddale, Sturl. ii. 249;
einn vinr f)6ris, a certain friend of Thorir, Fms. vi. 277: einn as the
indefinite article is hardly found in old writers ; and though it is freq. in
the Bible, sermons, hymns, etc., since the Reformation, it was no doubt
borrowed from the German, and has never been naturalised. p. about,
before numbers ; ein tvau hundrud vaSmala, about two hundred pieces, Sks.
30 ; einar fimm {>usudir, about three thousand, Al. 1 1 1, — obsolete, in mod.
usage herum-bil or the like. III. alone, Gr. ixovos, Lat. solus, used
both in sing, and plur. ; GuSnin skyldi ein raSa, Ld. 132 ; Hallr tok einn
upp fang, 38 ; lata einan, to let alone ; lattu mig Drottinn einan ekki.
Pass. 34. II; as a law term, to let one's wife alone, ^a let hann eina
Gudriinu, Fms. x. 324 (cp. einlat) ; Gunnarr mundi vera einn heima, Nj.
113; sja einn hlutr, that one thing only, 112; pau ein tiSendi (plur.), only
such 7iews, 242. p. if put after the noun, einn denotes, only, but,
sheer, and is almost adverb. ; segja J)etta prett einn, a mere trick, Sturl. ii.
249; raufar einar, all in holes, Nj. 176; ur&u bor&in i bl66i einu, the
tables were bedabbled with blood all over, 270, (5.H. 116; oil or&in at
hvolum einum, all turned into whales. Fas. i. 372 ; gabb eitt ok ha&,
sheer mockery, Sks. 247 ; or6 ein, mere words, Nj. 123 ; igangs-klaeSi ein,
Eg. 76 ; vin eitt, wine only, Gm. 19 ; heiptyrdi ein, Fm. 9 ; hamingjur
einar, V^m. 49; ofsamenn einir, Ld. 158; ]^a nott eina, /or that one
night, N. G. L. i. 240 : also after an adj., Iiti6 eina, only a little, Stj. 1 77 ;
J)at eina, er hann aetti sjalfr. Eg. 47, Fms. v. 303 ; nema g66s eina,
naught but good. Eg. 63 ; fatt eiti, few only, but few ; vilt eitt, but what
is agreeable, Hm. 125; mikit eitt skala manni gefa, a proverb, 'small
gifts shew great love,' 5 1 ; sa einn, ei . . .,he only, who . . ., 17 ; satt eitt,
sooth only, Fm. 9 ; the sense differs according as the adj. is placed before
or after the noun, einn Gu&, the One God; but, GuS einn, God only,
none but God. IV. plur. in a distributive sense, single ; ein
gjold, a single weregild, opp. to tvenn, J)renn, fern, double, triple, quadru-
ple, Grag. ii. 232 ; thus Icel. say, einir sokkar, skor, vetlingar, a pair
of socks, shoes, gloves ; einar braekr, a pair of breeches ; also with nouns
which have only plur., e. g. ein, tvenn, {)reini J61, one, two, three Christ-
masses {Yules) ; einar (tveimar) dyrr, a single . . . door ; eina Paska, one
Easter. V. gen. pi. einna is used in an intensive sense ; einna
manna bezt, best of all single men, Fms. ix. 258; i mesta lagi einna
manna, ybrewos^ of all single men, Bjarn. 65 ; fatt er sva einna hluta, at
iirvaent se at hitti annat slikt, (3. H. 75. p. ellipt., manna, hluta, or
the like being omitted, einna becomes almost an adverbial phrase, by far,
exceedingly ; at engi viti einna miklogi gorr ( = einna manna), that no
one (no single man) shall know it much better, Grag. i. 2 ; einna verst,
by far the worst, Orkn. 162, Nj. 38 ; einna sizt, by far the least, least of
all, Fms. i. 37 ; einna mest ver8r, Ld. 8; er einna var rikastr, who was
the mightiest of all, Fms. i. 297 ; engan rett einna meir kunnan at giira
( = einna r6tta meir), Sks. 22; engi er einna hvatastr ( = e. manna),
there is none so mighty but be may find bis match, Hm. 63 : ia mod. usage
8:
the best, the fleetest, but in a somewhat depreciatory sense. [
used adverb.: 1. gen. sing, eins, a. enis ok, as, as if; ein k
vaeri hann meS oUu ottalauss, Hkr. iii. 275 ; allt eins ok (Just as) ral jr
metja me5 tungu, Stj. 392. p. likewise, in the same way; mikill ]
var {)at er Jjaer sog5u eins ba&ar, Landn. (Hb.) 320 ; this use of ei
very rare in old writers, but freq. in mod. use ; in the spoken languai
least ' eins '( = as) has almost replaced the old 'sem.' y.only; er ek
46r spurn til eins, Fms. iv. 139 (rare). 8. at eins, only, but, Gri
235 ; vel at eins, ironically, well enough, Ld. 248 ; eigi at eins, not •
Fms. i. 266; meS sinum at eins kostna3i, vii. 184; ^vi at eins, only in
case, Nj. 228 ; J)ar at eins, Isl. ii. 400 ; allt eins, not the less for that,
in mod. use, just as (vide allr A. V. 5). 2. dat. at einu = at (
lidauSr at einu, Ld. 242 ; |)vi at einu = J)vi at eins, Fms. iv. 195 ; ^
einu er r6tt . . ., Grag. i. 164 ; sva at einu, id., Nj. 103 ; sa eykr s;
sinar at einu, he but adds to bis sins, Hom. 157; allt at einu, al
same, Isl. ii. 216, v. 1. : af J)Vi einu, only because, Mork. 140.
B. Joined to another pronominal adj. or adv.: I. 1':
tiverr, adj. pron., in old writers usually in two words and with a d
declension (see below), but now and then (and in mod. usage alwa}, ,.
a single word, einn being indecl. ; einhverja (ace. f.), Hbl. 30 ; einhvcjm
(dat. sing.), Hm. 122, Fms. x. 71 ; einhverjo hera5i, Al. 98, Nj. 2 ;ja-
hverra (gen.), Fms. iv. 75! einhverir (nom. pi.), viii. 202; einJM,
einhverir, etc. : the form eins-hverr is peculiar, keemng the gen. ii [cl
through all the cases, nom. einshverr, N. G. L. i. 6 ; ace. einshverjs
156, 655 xxxii. 18, GJ)1. 135 ; dat. einshverjum, Stj. 22, 442, 448
form seems to be chiefly Norse, is very rare in old writers, and now
obsolete ; neut. sing, eitthvert, Vm. 73, or eitthvat, Stj. 442, the
usage makes a distinction, and uses eitthvert only as adj., eitthv
subst. : 1. each one, each single one ; ma6r er einn hverr, Edda
^aer eru sva margar, at ein hver ma vel endask, Eg. 414 ; <3r J)eirra fjor lip
sem or einum hverjum o8rum, lb. ch. 5 ; skal einn hverr (each)
nefna ser vatta, Grag. i. 74 ; jafnmikinn arf sem einn hverr {each,
bans, Sturl. ii. 77 ; fatt er sva herra einhverra hluta, of any single .
Fms. iv. 175. p. joined to a superl. it strengthens the sense ; ag;
ma&r einn hverr, one of the very first men, Nj. 282 ; vinsaelastr ho
einhverr, highly popular, Fms. vii. 4; einhver drengilegust viir
515. 2. in an indefinite sense, some, somebody, a certain one;
hvert riki, Sks. 350 ; eina hverja nott, some night, 686 B. 4 ; eit
sinn, once, sometime, Sturl. i. 77, Nj. 79 ; einhverju sinni, id., 2 ; ein
dag, some day, Fms. v. 177, Isl. ii. 212 ; eina hverja J)essa ti&, aboi
time, N.G. L. i. 355; til einnar hverrar stefnu, to so7ne meeting,
354; eins-hverja hluti, Stj. 156; me5 eins-hverjum sveini, 442 ; at c
minna vert, at hlySa prests-messu nyvigds hinni fyrstu, heldr en bi
messu einhverri, Bs. i. 131. p. used as subst. ; einn hverr \ un 1
anna, Fms. i. 34; einn hvern manna bans, Eg. 258 ; einhverr i hv
dal, Ld. 258, Nj. 192. y. einliver-stadar (eins-hver-sta6ar,
vii. 84), adv. somewhere, Grett. 130, Fms. iv. 57, Sd. 181. tl
einn-saman, adj. ' one together' (vide einsamall), i. e. quite t ie
ma6rinn lifir ekki af einu-saman brau&i, Matth. iv. 4 ; me& einni-
sinni syn, me6 einni-saman sinni {)efan, Stj. 93; ef litlegSir fara
saman, if it be solely a matter of outlay {fine), Grag. i. 103 ; ef {);
eitt-saman, ii. 10 : of a woman, vera eigi ein-saman, to be not ah
be with a child, Fms. iii. 109. III. with other words; eii
ymissir, 'one and sundry,' various, mixed, Stj. 88, 204; eina hli
ymissa, Fb. i. 191. p. hverr ok einn, ' each and one,' every one, t
H. E. i. 393, Rb. 492 ; fyrir hvern mun ok einn. Fas. i. 396. 1
ok ser-hverr, one and all. S. einn s6r, apart, for oneself.
Muspells-synir hafa einir ser fylking, Edda 41 ; einn ser, sole, l
308 ; s^r einir, Sturl. ii. 53 : metaph. singular, peculiar, ein var 1
i ly&sku, Fs. 30. €. ser-hverr, adj. every one, q. v. : eins-konai
of one kind, Skalda 165 ; mod. indef. of a certain kind, a kind <f:
kostar, adv. particularly, Isl. ii. 322, Mork. 81. J. n6 einn, ;;
none; in old writers usually so, but now and then contracted
(q. v.), and in mod. usage always so ; ne eina sek&, Grag. i. 136 :
lihreint, Stj. 409; ne einu sirrtii, not once, Fms. xi. 13; ne < ^
single thing, 112 ; ne eina herfer&, vii. 28. ■»]. fair einir, r .
in mod. usage in one word,'nom. faeinir, dat. faeinum, ger.
ein-stakr, single, q. v. : al-ehm, alone, q. v. : ein-mana, q. \
ifjbvos) : einum-megin, adv. on one side, Nj. 248 (vide vegr ;.
ein-nefna, d, to appoint specially, Grag. i. 1 1 .
einn-ig (einn-eg, einn-og, einn-ug), in mod. pronunciat' u
MSS. of the 15th century einninn or eiimeginn (qs. eim; .
adv. [from einn and vegr, qs. einn veg ; cp. hvernig, how ; {)ai '
hinnig, otherwise^ : — in the same way, likewise, also ; the subsi
still seen in the phrase, a einneg, in the same m.antier, 686 B. i
(St.) 64; ek vii sja hvernog J)u markar J)inn hlut, at eigi t^ ^
einnog ba&ir, Hkr. iii. 59; eigi J)6tti iillum einnug, Isl. ii. 3,-:
Svartsson einnig {likewise), Sturl. i. 103 ; einneginn Olver, 0. li
Fas. iii. 470 ; fylgir honum ok einninn sa kappi, Fas. i. 419 ; ie' t
einninn syngja i kirkju, Bs. (Laur. S.)
EINNiETTR— EIRINN.
128
ein-n»ttr, adj. one night old, Sturl. i. 174, Hm. 85.
ein-riflit, sup., hafa e., to have resolved, made up one's mind, Greg,
60, Eg. 424, Fms. ii. 266, v. 44, Orkn. 34 : masc, Mork. 84.
ein-r43r, adj. self-willed, Ld. 314, Fms. xi. 246, Fas. ii. 113, Bjarn. 70.
ein-reikull, adj. straying alone, Bs. i. 243.
ein-rendr, part, having a single stripe (of cloth), Nj. ijCi, v. 1.
Ein-rifli, a, m., pr. name, also Eind-ridi, mod. IndriSi, but freq. in
good MSS. spelt ein-, Mork., 0. H., Orkn. ; it properly means the great
rider. p. nickname of Thor the god of thunder from his driving in
the clouds, Edda (Gl.) ; cp. reid, thunder.
ein-rum, n. a privy ; i einriimi, privately.
ein-raeSi, n. self-will, obstinacy, Fms. ii. 254, Ld. 4, 188, Mork. 83.
ein-r»iiligr, adj. singular, strange, odd, Fms. vi. 217.
ein-rsenn, adj. of singular temper, self-willed. Fig. 573, Fms. ii. 154,
iii. ao2, Bs. i. 144, in the last passage probably a false reading, = einvaenn.
ein-samall, adj., einsomui, einsamalt, pi. einsamlir, etc., alone, rarely,
in old writers, who use einn saman in two words, and it only occurs in
later MSS., Fas. i. 91, iii. 469 (paper MSS.)
ein-seta, u, f. hermitage, Horn. 26, Mart. 125. compds: einsetu-
kona, u, f. a female anchorite, Bs. i. 478, Ld. 332, Hkr. i. 316. ein-
setu-lif, n. and einsetu-lifnaSr, m. the life of an anchorite, Bs. i. 204,
Stj. 154, 158. einsetu-maSr, m. a« awci&onVe, Fms. i. 145. ein-
getu-munkr, m. a hermit, Greg. 70, 655 iii. 4.
ein-setja, setti ; e. ser, to resolve firmly.
ein-skapau, f. the right to fix one's own terms, Orkn. 214, Fms. xi. 24.
I ein-skepta, u, f. stuff woven with a single Aveft, a hind of flannel.
I ein-skilt, n. adj. talten aside for a private purpose, (Fr.)
'[ ein-skipa, adj. with a single ship, Fms. ii. 5, vii. 214, ix. 499.
\ ein-skirr, adj. quite clear ; e. veSr, Njar6. 374.
t ein-skjaldar, gen. as adv. under one shield, acting together, Fms. ix. 249.
i ein-skora, a6 ; e. hug sinn, to make one's mind up, Baer. 1 1 .
I ein-skeerligr, a.d].pure; e. rtidd, a pure voice, Thom. 151.
' ein-skserr, adj. /»wre; t. nkb, pure grace.
\ ein-skopudr, m. a sole judge or umpire. Lex. Poet.
i eina-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), alone, by oneself, Sks. 2 : singly, Fms. i.
I 139, Stj. 184: especial, Magn. 512 : gramm. singular, Skalda 185, 191.
I ein-staka, adj. single, isolated (with the notion oifew, now and then,
j here and there); e. vig, Fms. xi. 99 ; e. slog ok skeinur, Hav. 50 ; e. kossar,
I Fb. i. 304 ; e. visur, extemporised ditties (hence staka, a ditty), Fbr. 69.
' ein-stakr, adj.= einstaka. j3. mod. famous, notorious, chiefly in a
I bad sense ; e. armingi, sviSingr, |)j6fr, galdramadr, etc.
I ein-stapi, a, m. a hind of fern, pteris aquilina, Str. 45.
ein-stigi, a, m. a single path, so narrow that only one can pass, Eg.
I 576, 577, 583, Fser. 267, Rd. 246, 247, Fms. ii. no, viii.49.
! Qm.-stveiigia,,A,toresolvefirmly, Fms. iii. 49: reflex. /o^row ftoW,ix.50.
j «ai-sitBbiasv,m. an orphaned {bereft) person. einsteeSings-skapr,
m. a state of bereavement.
I ein-staedr, adj. left alone, bereaved, widowed, H&m. 5.
ein-ff^iin, adj. = eineygr, one-eyed. Fas. i. 41, Fms. ii. 138, x. 301. p.
at einsynu, clearly, evidently, Hom. 5.
ein-seett, n. adj. evident, what clearly ought to be done ; e-t er e., i. e.
that and nothing else is to be done ; ok er {)er e. at J)j6na eigi lengr fjanda,
fms. ii. 39, 124, vi. 154, 242, vii. 19, 25, 27, Boll. 342, Orkn. 408.
ein-tal, n. private conversation, Nj. 103, Fms. i. 205, iv. 145, 308, vi.
II, vii. 103, Mork. 176.
ein-talat, part., verSa e-t um e-t, to speak of nothing but that, Isl. ii. 245.
ein-teiti, adj. quite merry, in high spirits. Eg. 526; Fms. iv. 167.
ein-t6mi, adj. at one's ease, undisturbed, Orkn. 266.
ein-tomis, adv. alone.
eiii-t6mr, adj. sole, alone, sheer.
ein-trjfeungr, m. made of one piece of wood, Karl. 96, v. 1.
ein-vala, adj. ind. chosen, excellent (Lat. egregius) ; e. kappi, a great
champion, Stj. 512 ; e. ker, a chosen vessel, of a saint, Orkn. 226, Bs. ii.
148; e. 113, chosen, picked troops, Faer. 79, Stj. 480; e. maSr, a choice
man. Bias. 37; e. riddari, a fine horseman, Stj. 450.
ein-vald, n. monarchy, sovereignty, Stj. 499 ; koma einvaldi a landit,
to make the country (i. e. the Icel. Commonwealth) submit to the monarch,
fms. ix. 435 ; tiundi vetr einvalds hans, the tenth year of his reign, x. 161.
COMPDS : einvalds-]i6f3ingi, a, m. a monarch, Ann. 492. einvalds-
konungr, m. an absolute king, Fms. i. 4, Eg. 6, 1 18, 263. einvalds-
riki, n. an empire, Stj. 576, Fms. i. 19.
etn-valdi, a, m. and ein-valdr, s, m. a nionarch, Fms. i. 2, iv. 126,
Eg; 6, Fb. i. 40.
em-valinn = einvala, Bs. ii. 70, 183.
ein-veldi, n. = einvald.
ein-ver3ugr, adj. = einvir8uligr, (Fr.)
ein-vili, a, m. self-will, Fms. x. 418.
ein-virding, f. one's own choice, Bs. ii. 46, H. E. i. 523.
ein-virSis, adv. in partictdar. Mar. 49, 139.
ein-vir3uliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), especially, Lv. 37, H.E. i. 518.
em-virki, also ein-yrki, a, m, [verk], a single worker, one who works
single-handed, a poor husbandman that has no servants ; the einyrki is
reckoned partly as b6ndi, and not cottager ; he could serve as a neigh-
bour (bui) in case of his property amounting to two cows' value per head
of his household (wife and children), Grag. i. 145, defined in ii. 42, 43:
the Norse sense of the word, GJ)!. 438, cp. Jb. r84: in N.G. L. i. 199
distinction is made between baendr, einhleypingar, and cinyrkjar.
ein-vist, f. in the phrase, vera einvistum, to live alone, 625. 88, Bs.
ii. 45.
ein-vigi, n. [A. S. anvig], a single combat; distinction is made between
the holmganga (q. v.) and einvigi, the rules of einvigi being plain, cp. the
curious passage in Korm. 84 ; Edda 18, Nj. 33, Fms. vii. 229. compo :
einvigis-madr, m. one who fights in single combat, Fms. x. 88.
ein-voldugr, adj. absolute, Ys. 17.
ein-vsenn, adj. [van] : medic, liggja e., to lie in a hopeless state, to be
sinking fast, Bs. i. 353 ; hon hafdi aldri orftit einvaenni, her life bad never
been in greater danger, id. ; fylgdi bx8i svefnleysi ok matleysi, ok |)6tti
hann J)a einvaenn vera, and they thought he was in a hopeless state, 144,
(Ed. einraenn, which no doubt is a misspelling in the MS.)
ein-v6rfluin, adv. specially, D. N., Sks. 787.
ein-l)ykkr, adj. (ein-J>ykkni, f.), stubborn, self-^villed, Fb. i. 543,
ein-8eri, n. [ar], a term of one year, D.N.
ein-serr, adj. lasting one year, D.N.
ein-8eti, n. pi. ; eta einaetum, to eat ' off-band,' Gliim. 340, cp. Edm.
Head's Transl. 24.
ein-SrS, mod. einurS (Norse form einard), f. [einarSr], frankness,
boldness, fairness ; vit ok e., Fms. ix. 333 ; ef j^ti vilt heldr trtia lygi . . .
en e., rather to believe a lie than simple truth. Eg. 63 ; e. ok vinutta,
frankness and friendship, Isl. ii. 234; J)a, munu ^er setla, at s4 muni
eigi e. til hafa vi& at ganga, that he has not the fairness (boldness) to
confess, Ld. 172, Fms. ii. 32 ; mi vilju ver sy'na e. varrar frasagnar, we
will shew the fairness of our story, viii. 48. ^. faith, fidelity; at engi
skjoplisk i einurSinni (fidelity) vi3 annan, (3. H. 61 ; aS landfolkit mundi
smiit fra einordinni vi3 konung, 177; fair munu mi vera i Noregi J)eir
er einor3 sinni haldi mi vi3 mik, 194. y- '" fiiod. usage, einurd means
frankness, as opp. to shyness; thus einardar-lauss, adj.=Si&_y." ein-
ar3ar-leysi, n. shyness: einar3ar-lftill, adj. rather shy, whereas in old
writers these words man faithless or irresolute; verSa einarSar fatt, to
fail in courage, Nj. 208; einarSar-lauss, wavering, Al. 71, Sks. 357,
N. G. L. ii. 420 : eiiiar3ar-ina3r, m. a stedfast, trusty man, Sturl. ii. 64 :
eiiiar3ar-8kortr, m. = einur3arleysi, Nj. 208, v. 1.
EIR, m. [Lat. aes; Goth, a/z; A.S. dr; Eng\. ore ; O.H.G.er;
Hel. erin; Germ, erz] : — brass, Stj. 340, 656. 7, Greg. 80, Hkr. i. 265,
Fms. X. 284. COMPDS denoting brazen, of brass : eir-altari, m. a
brazen altar, Stj. eir-baugr, m. a brazen ring, Fb. i. 370. eir-
hestr, m. a brazen horse, Merl. eir-hjd.linr, n. a brazen helmet, Stj.
461. eir-ketill, m. a brass kettle, Grag. i. 504, Eg. 396. eir-
kross, m. a brazen cross, Vm. 49. eir-kyrtill, m. a brazen cloak
(used for torment), Bias. 46, 655. 14. eir-lampi, a, m. a brass
lamp, Jm. 2. eix-ormr, m. a brazen serpent, Stj. 333. Numb. xxi. 9.
eir-penningr, m. a penny of brass. Post. 645. 78. eir-skj6ldr, m.
a brazen shield, St'f. 461. 1 Sam. xvii. 6. eir-stolpi, a, m. a pillar of
brass, Stj. 564. eir-teinn, m. a wire of brass, Fms. ii. 129. eir-
uxi, a, m. an ox of brass (image), Stj. 2 Kings, xvi. 17.
EIH, f. peace, clemency ; this word occurs several times in old poetry
(Kormak), but not in prose, cp. Lex. Poet., and in compds : eirar-samr
(eir-samr), adj. mild; eirar-lauss and eirar-vanr, adj. merciless,
martial. II. one of the heathen goddesses, Edda.
eira, 3, [A.S. arian=parcere'\, to spare, with dat.; hafa allir hlutir
unnit eida at e. Baldri {not to hurt Balder), Edda 37 ; hann eir3i ongu
hvarki i or3um n<5 verkum, he spared naught either in word or work,
Nj. 184, Fms. vii. 312; at J)eir skyldu e. konum ok kirkjum, spare
women and chyrches, Sturl. iii. 40 ; e. undan e-u, to yield; hofum ver
lengi undan eirt fjandskap ydrum, Ld. 204; kva3 hann J)a ekki mundu
tja at letja sik, kvadsk lengi hafa undan eirt, Fms. vii. 244 ; ok meir
J)ykjumk ver undan eira, Sturl. i. 72 ; eptir {jctta ri3a beir Ogmundr
i brott, ok eirir hann undan J)a enn fyrst, iii. 103. p. impers., e-m
eirir e-t ilia, it displeases one, i. e. to feel ill at rest with a thing ; ilia
eir3i mer fall {)itt, Flov. 29 ; Eiriki konungi eir3i J)etta storilla, Fms. i.
19 ; honum eirir ilia ef hann hefir eigi sitt mal, Isl. ii. 236 ; Bergi eir3i hit
versta, Fs. 53; eira vel (ironically), to be well pleased, meira efni hefir
hann til eldingar en honum megi vel eira inni at vera, 45 : to do for one,
vitum hve oss eiri ol J)at er Bar3r of signdi, let us see how Bard's draught
will agree with us. Eg. ch. 44 (in a verse) ; Egill fann, at honum mundi
ekki sv4 biiit eira, E. felt that this would not do. Eg. 552. In mod.
usage, eira means to feel at rest ( = una), of a man or beast who is rest-
less or runs from one place to another, — it is said ' hann eirir hvergi,' be
can nowhere rest; the other senses are obsolete.
eira, u, f. res/, = eir3.
eir3, f. clemency, mercy, Fms. ix. 36, v. 1., Hkr. iii. 257, GullJ). 48,
O. H. L. 40. 2. mod. rest, quietness; pi. li-eirdir, uproar, tumult.
eirinu, zd.). forbearing, Bs. i. 766 ; <i-eirinn, overbearing, mod. restless. .
I
124
EIRLIGR— EKKILL.
eir-ligr, aJj. brazen, Stj. 377.
!EjISA, u, f. [Swed. iissia; Norse ma and esja], glowing embers, Edda
(Gl.), esp. in the allit. phrase, eisa ok eimyrja.
eisa, aS, in the phrase, e. eldum, to shower down embers, Fas. ii. 469 :
poet., gaiiga eisandi, /o go dashing through the waves, of a ship, Hkv. 1 . 2 ;
lata skei&r e., id., Sighvat ; vargr hafs eisar, the sea-wolf (the ship) goes
dashing, Edda (in a verse); eisandi ubr, foaming waves, Bs. i. 483 (in a
verse), vide Lex. Poet.
eiskald, n.,poet./iej&ear/, Edda (GL), Lex. Poiit.: inpl.,eisk61d,Fm.2 7.
eiskra, a8, to roar or foam, rage ; gekk hon litar ok innar eptir
golfinu eiskrandi, Isl. ii. 338 ; gorvir at eiskra, enraged, H6m. 1 1 ; hann
eiskraSi J)a mjiik ok helt vi5 berserksgang, Fas. i. 524; eiskraSi siit i
berserkjununi, 425 : in mod. usage, J)a6 iskrar i honum, it roars within
bitn, of suppressed rage.
EISTA, n., gen. pi. eistna, a testicle, Sturl. ii. 182, Fas. ii. 342, Bs. i.
615, Fb. ii. 161 ; sels-eista, a nickname, Fbr.
EITILIi, m. a nodule in stone, iron, or the like ; hence the saying,
har3r sem e., ^ hard as a flint,' poet, name of a giant, Edda (Gl.)
eitla, a6, in the phrase, eitla augum, 'to set the face as a flint,' Sks. 230 B.
EITK, n., gen. eitrs, [A. S. a^or; O.H.G. eitar ; Din.cedder; Old
Engl, atter-cop ; the spider is in A. S. ator-coppa, whence Dan. adder-kop
= cup of poison"] : — poison, Baer. 15, Fms. vi. 166, viii. 303, Edda 155
(pref.), Al. 49, Fas. i. 522 (in a verse).
eitra, a3, to poison, Ann. 1360: part. eitra3r, empoisoned.
eitr-a, f. a poisonous streatn, Edda 42.
eitr-blanda5r (eitr-blandinn), \>Art. poisoned, Rb. 358.
eitr-blastr, m. inflammation from poisoti, Bs. ii. 95, 157.
eitr-bolginn, part, swoln with poison, Greg. 79.
eitr-dalr, m. dales with rivers of poison, Vsp. 42.
eitr-drep, n. deadly poison, mortification, Stj. 97.
eitr-dropi, a, m. a drop of poison, Vsp. 44.
eitr-drykkr, m. a poisoned draught, Fas. iii. 392.
eitr-eggja3r, part, having a poisoned edge, Fms. iii. 78.
eitr-fdr, adj. glittering (of poison), venomous (of snakes), Edda (Gl.)
eitr-fluga, f. a venomous insect, Bs. ii. 183.
eitr-fullr, zd].full of poison, Magn. 470.
eitr-her3r, part, tempered in poison (of steel), Bret.
eitr-kaldr, adj. deadly cold. Lex. PoiJt.
eitr-kveisa, f. venomous sore, a nickname, Fms.
eitr-kvikendi, n. a poisonous animal, Sks. 88, Stj. 253, Al. i, 623. 26.
eitr-kvikja, u, {. poisonous yeast, Edda 3.
eitr-ligr, nd]. poisonous, Stj. 91.
eitr-ina3kr, m. a venomous maggot, Stj. 97.
eitr-na3ra, a, u, f. a poisonotis adder.
eitr-ormr, m. a viper, Stj. 37, 96, Rb. 344, Fms. vi. 164.
eitr-tandra3r, adj. = eitrfar, Al. 168.
EK, pers. pron., mod. eg, proncd. 6g or jeg; eg occurs as early as in
MSS. of the 15th century, Arna-Magn. 556 A ; jak, Fms. x. 287, cp. the
mod. Swed. form and the mod. Icel. jeg ; old poets make it rhyme with
elc, as, Halldorr ok ek \ hofum engi prelc, Korm. 154 (in a verse), cp.
Ld. 108 : [Ulf. ih, but ek on the Golden horn and on the stone in Tune ;
A. S. /c; Engl. 7; Germ. »ci; old Swed. ja^, mod. ja^f; Dan.^'eg-; cp.
Lat. ego, Gr. iyii]: — I, Nj. 10, 30, 132, etc. 2. in poetry and
old prose a pronominal 'k or 'g is suffixed to the verb ; em'k biiinn annan
i at nefna, Grag. i. 103 ; ek em'k, 623. 56, Bias. 41, Mork. 89, 94, 99,
104, Vt)m. 8, Ls. 14, Ad. I, Post. 645. 33 ; jok'k, '7 ehed' {added),
lb. (pref.) ; vas'k J)ar fjortan vetr, ch. 9 ; ^Ja. er ek var'k a baenum. Bias.
40, Hm. 12; ek baft'k. Post. 645. 54; ek kom'k, Skm. 18: ek sit'k,
Mork. 168 ; ek finn'k, 141 ; ek nam'k, 73 ; sA'k, 75 ; ek se'k (video),
103,168, Fms. xi. no; mun'k-at ek, Mork. 50; sva ek vind'k, Hm.
156; ok rit'k li J)essa lund, Skalda (Thorodd) 166; sja'k {sim), Mork.
183 : ^ before It becomes by assimilation k, e. g. hyk'k = hygg'k, Skm. 5 :
the pronominal k is inserted between the suffixed negative and the verb,
ek skal'k-a, hef'k-a, mon'k-a, sa'k-a, ma'k-a, veit'k-a, or skal'k-a ek,
hef'k-a ek, etc. : even a double k after a diphthong, sia'kk (sim), Mork.
89, 134, but chiefly in poetry with the suffixed negative, e. g. ek se'kk-a :
this form is obsolete, whereas the suffixed g (or It) in bisyllables or after
a vowel is more freq. ; sva at ek fae'k eigi leyzt mik, Edda 20 ; er ek
vilda'g helzt, Fms. xi. 146 ; eigi munda'k triia, Edda 32 ; ef ek lifi ok
mega'k ra6a, 34 ; J)a, hafda'k bundit med gresjarni, id. ; sem tinga fraeg&
muna'k af hljota, 20 ; synda'k baeSi J)eim ok Saemundi, lb. (pref.) ; fa
er ek var heima heyrSa'k sagt, Edda 81 ; er ek aeva kenni'g, Hm. 164 ;
draums aetli'g {)er, Hdl. 7 ; J)or6a'g, Ad. 1 ; raeka'g, maetta'g, Stor. 8 ; sky't
ek ok rse'k (rae'g, v.l.), Fms. vi. 170 (in a verse); likara at ek vitja'g
hingat t)essa heita, Eg. 319; naeSa'k (or naeSa'g), if I could reach, Eb.
70 (in a verse); at ek nemni J)a menn alia ok beiSi'g, Grag. ii. 317;
vilja'k, 7 will, Ht. i ; J)viat ek aetla'g, 0. H. 59 ; ok niida'k sva ollu riki
l)eirra, 74 ; J)viat ek tnii'k yhx bezt, 88 ; ek setta'k, Mork. 62 ; flytta'k,
94; geri'k, heyrBa'k, 36; maeli'g, 39; ek vetti'g, 175; tefli'g, 186;
setta'g, lagda'g, id. ; vilda'g, 193; vide Lex. Poet, and the word '-at'
[p. 2] ; sometimes a double pronoun occurs, g and 1<, mwtti'g-a'k, Og. 32 ;
'bjargi'g-a'k, Hm. 153; sto5vi'g-a'k, 151; hversu ek ma'k, Fhis. vi
vide Lex. Poet, and Frump. 228 sqq.
B. Dat. and acc. are from a different root: — dat. in€r, [Ulf.)|
Germ, mir; lost in Dan.], Nj. 10, etc. etc. ; acc. mik, mod. mig, w
form occurs even in MSS. at the beginning of the 14th century, Ig,
Hauks-bok : mek occurs now and then in MSS., e. g. O. H. L., N. G
Sks. B, else it is rare and obsolete, Al. 42, 0. H. 107, [Ulf. mik;
mec ; Engl, me; Germ, mich ; Dan. mig.~\ As the word is so comi
we shall only mention the use of mik which is special to the Sc;
navian tongue, viz. its use as a verbal suffix. The ancients had a d(
form for the reflexive; for ist pers. -mk, i.e. mik suffixed to the ph
the verb ; for the 3rd pers. -sk, i. e. sik suffixed to sing, and plur. a'
thus, ek (ver) pykkjumk, 7 {we) seem to myself {ourselves) ; but
J)ykkisk, he seems to himself; {)eir J)ykkjask, they seem to themselves :
-mk was later changed into -wz, or -mst of editions and mod. use ; bui
is a grammatical decay, as if both -mst and -st (J)ykjumst and pykist) .
from the same reflex, sik. 1. the subject may be another pers(
thing (plur. or sing.) and the personal pronoun mik suffixed as object X'
verb, a kind of middle voice found in very old poems, and where it o
freq. it is a test of antiquity ; in prose it is quite obsolete : jiitna
stodum'k yfir ok undir, the ways of giants (i. e. precipices) stood (
and beneath me, Hm. 106 ; er log6um'k arm yfir, the lass who lai<
arms round me, 108 ; mogr hetum'k fogru, my son promised me
Egil ; hilmir bu6um'k 166 (acc), the king gave me leave, i. e, badt
sing, Hofu61. 2 ; lilfs bagi gafum'k ij)r6tt, the wolf's foe {Odin)
me the art {poetry), Stor. 23 ; Ragnarr gafum'k rei3ar mana, R. gai
the shield, Bragi ; J)at erum'k synt, it is shewn to me, id. ; stcindum'k
fyiir yndi, the lass blights my joy, Kormak ; hugr tjaSum'k, coi4
helped me, Egil ; snertum'k harmr vi3 hjarta, grief touches me to the I
Landn. ; stondum'k til hjarta hjorr, the sword pierces me to the I
Fm. I ; feldr brennum'k, my cloak catches fire, Gm. i ; draum dre;|5-
um'k, 7 dreamed a dream; grimt varum'k hli6, the gap {breach]\as
terrible to me, Stor. 6 ; half van fellum'k, half my hope failed me, \k-
feldar-drapa ; heiftnir rekkar hnekSum'k, the heathen men turned mi lit,
Sighvat ; disir hvottum'k at, the ' disir' hooted us, H6m. 29 ; gumi ; &-
um'k at vigi, the man made us fight, id. ; lyst varum'k, it list me,
74 : very common is erum'k, 'tis to me {us) ; erum'k van, 7 {we) he,
expect; mjiik erum'k tregt tungu at hraera, 'tis hard for me to moi
tongue, i. e. the tongue cleaves to my mouth, Stor. i, I7» Ad. 16.
sometimes oneself is the subject, freq. in prose and poetry, either in dep<
verbs or as reflex, or recipr. ; at vit skilim'k sattir, 0. H. 119; a
komim'k, that we shall come, 85 ; finnum'k her {)a, 108 ; ef ver iinni
III ; ek skildum'k vi5 (3laf konung, 126 ; ef ek komum'k i braut,
sigrom'k, if I gain the victory, 206; aeSrom'k, 214; ef ek ondum'lij'"7
die. Eg. 127 ; ek berum'k, 7 bear myself, Grag. ii. 57, Mork. passim jek
fiykkjum'k, J)6ttum'k, ra&um'k, latum'k, setjum'k, bj68um'k, skildi k,
kveljum'k, etc., = ek J)ykisk, J)6ttisk, raeSsk, laetsk, setsk, by6sk, ski k
kvelsk, etc. : even at the present day the forms eg J)ykjumst, J)6tt
are often used in writing ; in other words the suffix -rnst {-mk) is al •
obsolete. p. the obsolete interjection er mik = 7 am; vel er k,
well is me { = ' bless me !'), O. H. L. 71 ; ae er mik, ah me ! 64 ; ker er
mik, 7 am known, 66 : with a reflex, notion, hvat er mik at J)vi,
is that to me 7 Skv. i. 28 ; er mik |)at undir frett ]>e\xn, that is my r
for asking, Grag. i. 19 : — this ' er mik ' is clearly the remains of th n^
erum'k.
O. Dual and pujr. also from a different root: 1. dual It,
mod. vi3, a Norse form mit also occurs, Al. 170, 171, [cp. m/,iar
Aasen] : — we two; gen. and dat. from a different root, okkaijnd
okkr, [cp. Goth, iggqis; A. S. inc and incer ; O. H. G. inch and int\r:
Ivar Aasen dikke and dykk]: — our. 2. plur.: o. nom |&"
and vser, the last form now obsolete, [Goth, veis; A.S. and Engli";
Germ, wir; Dan. w] : — we. p. gen. var, mod. vor. Eg. 524, jas.
viii. 213, 398, etc. 7. dat. and acc. oss, [Goth, uns (acc), ^"
(dat.); A.S. ws; Germ, wns; Swed. oss; Dan. os] : — us: it need
be noticed that in mod. familiar usage the dual — vi9, okkr, okkar
taken the place of the plural, ver, oss; but that in written 1 k
forms ver, oss are still in freq. use, except in light or familiar st i^
writers, on the other hand, made a clear distinction both in spied
writing.
EKJA, u, f. [aka], a carting, carrying in a cart; toku Jia sum ii'
ekju, en sumir hl65u heyinu, Eb. 260 ; cp. Swed. aska, vide ass [p !']•
coMPD : ekju-vegr, m. a cart-road, D. N. |
EKKI, a, m. [akin to ongr, Lat. angustus"], as a medic, term, c w-
vulsive sobbing, caused by the repression of tears, Fel. ix. 208, Hkv. ■?,
Skv. I. 20, Gisl. 64 (in a verse), Rafns S. (in a verse). Am. 44, Mk
(in a verse of Sighvat), Stor. 2, where we ought to read, fivi at
stendr hofugligr i (not 'or') hyggju sta8, because a heavy -so '
oppresses, stipes my breast; angrs ok ekka, Stj. 428, (freq.)
ekki, adv. not, vide eingi.
ekkill, m. a widower, akin to the preceding ; freq. in mod. use ; '»*
no reference from an old writer is on record seems to be a jre
EKKJA—ELDSGOUN.
125
accident. II- poet. name of a sea-king, Edda (Gl.) : botan.,
Ekkilsjurt, Achillaea L., Bb. 3. 75.
ekkja> u, t'. [Swed. enka and Dan. enke shew that the root consonants are
nk • this word is peculiar to the Scandin. tongue ; even Ulf. renders xqpa
by vidovo, which is the Lat. vidua'] : — a widow, Griig. i. 108, 306, Bias.
21 Bs. ii. 161, Fas. i. 223. compds : ekkju-bunaflr, m. widow's
weeds, Stj. 197. ekkju-domr, m. widowhood, Stj. 197. ekkju-
nafn "• " widow's name, widowhood. Fas. i. 223, Am. 98 (MS. ekkiu-
iiam clearly a false reading = nanin). ekkju-skapr, m. widowhood,
Kms. X. 433. ekkju-sonr, m. a widow's son, 656 A. ii. In Edda
108 there is a distinction between haell, a widow whose husband is slain,
and ekkia, ihe widow of one who died a natural death; haell is merely a
poet, word and obsolete, but ekkja is in full use. In old poetry ekkja is
used = a lass, girl, cp. Lapp, altka = hit. mulier ; cp. also Lex.Poiit.
ekla, u, i. dearth, want, Sks. 218, v. 1. ; Vell-ekla, Dearth of Gold, the
name of a poem, Hkr. ; suml-e., scarcity of drink, Eg. (in a verse) : the
word is rare in old writers, but still in use in Icel., e. g. hey-e., scarcity of
hay; matar-e., dearth of meat; vinnu-folks-e., scarcity of servants.
ekla, adv. scarcely; ^eir Helgi toku e. til matar um kveldit, konungr
spur8i hviirt J)eir vaeri sjukir, Fms. v. 317 {air. Key.)
EKBA, u, f. [from akr, p. 10], an acre, corn-field, Landn. 1 25, AI.52,
N.G.L. i. 217, Stj. 400. Judges ix. 32.
ektar- and ekta-, [Germ, echt], adj. genuine, mod. (vide ei). p.
wedded; taka til ekta, to marry : chiefly used in compds, ekta-maSr,
m. a husband; ekta-skapr, m. matrimony, etc.; ektar-kona, u, f.
<i wedded wife, occurs in D. N. i. 591, (mod.)
fiL, n., spelt iel, Edda (Kb.) 72, Fms. xi. 136 ; el, Horn. 109 ; gen. dat. pi.
ela.clum ; mod. elja, eljum, inserting^'; [cp. Dan. ilingl : — a snow-shower;
the proverb, (ill el linna um siSir, every 'el' comes to an end; el eitt
mun vera, ok skyldi langt til annars sliks, Nj. 200 ; J)a gorSi el mikit ok
illviftri, Fms. i. 175; elum ok hreggi, x. 135, xi. 136, 137; drifu-el,
Orkn. 414; medan el dr6 a, 396; i eli einnar stundar, 656 B. 12 ; el
augna (poijt.), tears, Edda 72. p. metaph. a shock, uproar, Horn. 109 :
a hot fight, ok verSr et harSasta el, Fms. xi. 32. elja-drOg, n. pi. (qs.
^Ija-drog, f. ?), streaks of snow-showers seen far off, etc.
elda, d, mod. also aS, [eldr], to light, kindle a fire, with dat. of the
fuel; e. vifti, Grag. ii. 211, 338; ef {)eir e. gorSum, grindum e8r and-
virki, GJil. 422 : absol., at ver eldim lisparliga i Hvammi, Sturl. i. 67 : to
beat, warm, ^k skulu J)eir e^iis at manntali, Jb. 225 ; e. ofn, Hkr. iii.
115: metaph., elda hug e-s^o kindle one's mind, Hom. 107; ek skal
yJJra hu8 e. knaliga me6 klungrum (make you smart), Stj. 395 ; e.
vita, to kindle a beacon, Orkn. 364 ; en J)6 eldi her lengi af me9 J)eim
brseSrum, the spark of resentment was long felt among the brothers, Lv.
34; e. jarn, to forge iron, Rkv. : the phrase, elda gratt silfr, to be bad
friends, is a metaphor taken from smelting drossy silver that cannot
stand the fire ; J)eir Storolfr eldu longum gratt silfr, en stundum voru
nie6 l)eim bliSskapir, Fb. i. 522. 2. to cook, or gener. to expose to
a light fire. II. reflex, to be kindled; ma vera at eldisk her langr
6j)okki af, it may be that long ill-feeling will be kindled therefrom, Lv. 50.
eldask, d, [aldr], to grow old; eldisk argalinn mi, Fms. vi. 251 ; er
J)a, tok mjok at eldask, viii. 108 ; hann tekr mi at eldask (MS. oldask)
mjok, xi. 51; ek finn at ek eldumk, en J)verr kraptrinn, Orkn. 464;
{)eir hrymask eigi ne eldask, Rb. 346. p. part, eldr, old, worn by
age; Gisli kvadsk eldr vera mjok fra ufri8i, Sturl. iii. 10: equivocal is
the phrase, eldir at radum ok at J)rotum komnir (in the dream of king
Sverrir), Fms. viii. 108, cp. Orkn. ch. 34. y. impers. in the phrase, nott
(ace.) eldir, the night grows oW(cp. elding) ; ja er nott eldir. Fas. i. 147.
eld-baka3r, part, baked on embers, Stj. 595. I Kings xix. 6.
eld-beri, a, m. a brasier, lantern, H.E. ii. 107, Pm. 26, 73, Jm. 12,
Vm. 164; eldbera-ker, id., Pm. 106.
j eld-borg, f. a volcanic crag, vide borg.
j eld-bnmi, a, m.fire, conflagration, D.N.
eld-b611r, m. afire-ball, Dipl. v. 18.
eld-fimr, adj. inflammable, easily catching fire, Sks. 437.
eld-fjall, n. afire-bill, volcano.
eld-faeri, n. pi. an apparatus for striking fire, tinder-box, Jb. I45.
eld-gamall, adj. [from Dan. aldgammel = lce\. elli-gamall], s^one old,
(mod. word.)
eld-gleeringar, f. pi. 'fire-glare,' seen in darkness.
eld-gos, n. 'fire-gush,' a volcanic eruption.
eld-gr6f and eld-grof, f. a 'fire-groove,' tsl. ii. 405, 41 7, Eb. 272, v. 1.
eld-g^gr, m. a crater.
eld-gfign, n. pi. cooking-vessels, D. N.
eld-heitr, adj. hot as fire.
eld-hraun, n. a 'fire-field,' lava-field.
eld-hds (elda-hiis, Eg. 397, 603, Sturl. iii. 219, G\i\. 344), n. the
fire-bouse,' i. e. the hall or parlour, one of the chief rooms in ancient
dwellings, where the fire was kept up, used synonymously with elda-
skali, but opp. to stofa, the ladies' room ; stofa, eldhus, biir, Grag. i. 459 ;
stofu-hur8, biir-hurS, eldahus-hur&, G^l. 344, H. E. i. 495 ; eldhus eSr
stofur, Grag. i. 468; ganga milli stofu ok cldhiiss, Fbr. 164; cp. Gisl.^
14. 15. 97. (Mant.) 334, Eb. ch. 52, vide new Ed. 98, v. I. i, 3, 4 ; gekk
{)orgerar ^egar inn i eldahiis, Eg. 603 ; cidhuss dyrr, Lv. 89, Ld. 54,
Sturl. iii. 218, 219 ; eldhiiss-skot, n. id., cp. Eg. 397 ; eldhiis-hurfl,
{.the hurdle of an e., N.G.L. i. 38, GJ)!. i.e.; eldhus-fifl, n. a 'fire-
side fool,' an idiot who sits all day by the fire. Fas. ii. 114 ; in Sturl. iii.
219 eldahiis and skali seem to be used differently. p. it may also be
used of any room having a hearth and fire, eldahiis . . . var {)at brott fni
(iftrum hiisum, Eg. 203 ; and even of a kitchen, 238, cp. Nj. 75. In mod.
usage eldhus only means a kitchen.
eldi (elj)i, Grag.), n. [zh'], feeding, maintenance, Gr4g. i. II7, 143 : the
person maintained, 236: in mod. usage esp. of keeping another's lambs,
sheep, in winter, hence lambs-eldi, ' lambs-keep,' an obligation on every
householder to feed a lamb for the priest in winter; elda-skildagi, ni.
the time when the lambs are sent back (middle of May) ; the phrase, skila
lir eldum, to send back {lambs) : eldis-hestr, m. a horse kept in stall,
opp. to litigangs-hestr. 2. a thing born; mislit eldi, Stj. 179. Gen.
xxxi. 8 ; e. pat er fram fer af kviSi konunnar, 6.56 B. 7 ; skaltii J)iggja
pat af Gu8i at hann gefi per gott eldi. Mar. 3, 6, 19 ; komask fra e. sinu,
to be delivered of a child. Fas. iii. 276; cp. upp-eldi, breeding.
eldi-brandr, m. fire-wood, fuel, Grag. ii. 261, Fms. ii. 82, viii. 358,
V.I., Fbr. 97: afire-brand, Stj. 402, Fs. 45, |>i8r. 332, Grett. 1 17:
metaph.. Post. 645. 84.
eldi-ligr, adj. elderly. Fas. i. 120, Mag. 5.
elding, {.firing, fuel, Scot, eliding, Grag. ii. 338, 358, Fs. 45 ; eldingar-
steinar, (bituminous ?) stones to make afire, Karl. 18 : smelting metals, gull
er stenzk e., gold which resists the heat of the crucible, Grag. i. 501 ; cp.
elda gratt silfr. II. lightning, also in plur., Fms. x. 30, xi. 136,
F'as. i. 372, Sks. 229, Stj. 300, Al. 41 ; eldinga-flug, n. a fiash of
lightning, Rb. 102 : eldinga-mdnadr, m. the lightning month, id.
elding, f. [aldr], the ' eld' or old age of the night, the last or third part
of the night; allt fra eldingu ok til miSs aptans, Hrafn. 7 ; vakti |>orhiIdr
upp sina menn pegar i elding, Fms. ii. 231 ; 1 elding nsetr, vii. 214 ; komu
1 elding naetr a Ja6ar, O.H. 117. The ancients divided the night into
three equal parts, of which the last was called either otta (q. v.) or elding,
(pa er pri5jungr lifir naetr, i.e. where the third part of the night is left) :
the mod. usage is, pa5 er farid a3 elda aptr, it begins to rekindle ; and
aptr-elding, rekindling, as though 'daybreak' were from fire 'eldr;' but
in old writers 'aptr' is never joined to these words (Anal. 193 is taken
from a paper MS., cp. Fb. iii. 405, 1. 6) ; the phrase elding ' nsetr' also
shews that the word refers not to daylight, but to night, and means the
last part of the night, opp. to midnight, nii8-naetti.
eldi-ski3, m. a log of fire-wood, Fs. 6, {>i6r. 262 ; loganda e., afire-
brand, Stj. 413.
eldi-stokkr, m. a log of fire-wood, Gliim, 338.
eldi-torf, n. turf for firing, Isl. ii. 112, Dipl. v. 23, Bs. ii. 135.
eldi-vi3r, m. fire-wood, Fms. ii. 82, vii. 97, K. |). K. 90 : but, as Icel.
is barren of trees, eldivi8r means fuel in general, peat, etc., Orkn. 16 ;
torf-skurft sva sem hann parf til Mwibar, digging peat for fuel, Vm.
compds: el6ivi5ar-f&tt, n. zd]. wanting fuel, Fhi.g'j. eldiviSar-
lauss, adj. short of fuel. eldiviSar-leysi, n. want of fire-wood
(fuel), Fms. vi. 146, Stj. 150. eldividar-stika, u, f. a stick of fire-
wood, Stj. 268.
eld-ker, n. = eldberi. Am. 5.
eld-kn6ttr, m. afire-ball.
eld-kveykja, u, f. kindling fire, Nj. 194 : metaph., 625. 74, Mork. 7.
eld-ligr (elligr, Al. 65), adv. fiery, of fire, Greg. 19, NiSrst. 6, F'as.
iii. 414, Sks. 208, Rb. 442, Stj. 98.
eld-neyti, n.fuel, Gpl. 369.
eld-nsBinr, adj. easily catching fire, Sks. 427, Fms. xi. 34, Mork. 7.
ELDB, m., gen. ellds, also spelt ellz, [a word that may be taken as a
test of Scandin. races; Dan. ild ; Swed. did; for the Teut. nations use
the word feuer, fire, which is wanting in Scandin., though used by old
Icel. poets, who probably borrowed it from A.S. ; on the other hand,
Ulf. constantly renders nvp by fon, Icel. funi, q. v. ; in A. S. poetry and
in Hel. died = incendiary occurs a few times, and dlan = Lat. urere
(Grein and Schmeller) ; Rask suggests a Finn, origin] •.—fire. In cold
climates fire and life go together ; hence the proverb, eldr er beztr me6
y'ta sonum, ok solar syn, fire is best among the sons of men, and the
sight of the sun, Hm. 67 : in reference to the healing power of fire, eldr
tekr vi& iotium, fire consumes (cures) fevers, 138 ; sa er eldrinn heitastr
er a sjalfuni brennr, Grett. 136 new Ed.: allit., e. no jarn./re nor iron,
Edda 82 ; hvarki egg ne eld, 162 ; eldr (sparks of fire) hraut or sver8uni
peirra, Flov. 29 ; e. potti af hrjota er vapnin komu saman, Sturl. iii.
187, vide Fms. i. 292, vi. 153, vii. 338 (MS. ell), viii. 74, 202, x. 29, Nj.
74, Eluc. 19, 625. 178. p. the eruption of a volcano, Bs. i. 803, 804 ;
]zTd-ddT, 'earth-fire,' subterranean fire. compds: elds-bnmi, a, m.
burning of fire, Si), elds-daunn, m. swe/Z o/yfre, Finnb. 242. elds-
gangr, m. the raging of fire, Fms. i. 128, x. 29, Sturl. iii. 132, Bs. i. 327,
Orkn. 368, 458, Sks. 141. elds-gl6r, n. glare of fire. Fas. iii. 471.
elds-gneisti, a, m. a spark of fire, Greg. 74. elds-golf, n. a hearth-
floor, N. G. L. i. 356. elds-g6gn, n, pi. materials for firing, Vm.
126
ELDSHITI— ELLIFU.
177. eldfl-hiti, a, m. fiery beat, Fms. x. 379. elds-kveykja, f.
= eldkveik:ja, Greg. 77. elds-litr, n. orbs of fire, Nj. 194, Rb. 336.
elds-liki, n. a likeness, shape of fire, Clem. 30, Rb. 388. elds-ljos,
w. fire-light, Fms. ix. 49. elds-logi, a, m. afinme, Stj. 414. elds-
matr, n.food of fire, Th. 19. elds-neyti, n. pl.fuel. Band. 10, Fms.
ix. 339, Fas. i. 84. elds-stolpi, a, m. a /)?7/ar o//fre, Stj. 326. elds-
uppkvdma, u, f. the eruption of a volcano, Laiidii. 269, Bs. i. 148, 498.
elds-velar, f. yl.fire devices, Flov. 43. elds-vimr, m. fire-whims,'
flickering fire, of the aurora borealis, fire-gleam, Sks. 203. elds-
virki, n. a tinder-box, Fms. vii. 225, Orkn, 208, Band. 30. II.
esp. in plur. a fire on the hearth ; the proverbs, vi8 eld skal 61 drekka,
by the fireside shall thou drink ale, Hm. 82; allir eldar brenna lit um
si9ir, all fires {beacons'} burn out at last (of the death of an aged man) :
allit., eldr a arni (vide arinn). In the old halls in Scandinavia an oblong
hearth was built in the middle of the hall, and the fires kindled were
called langeldar, long fires, with an opening in the thatch called Ijori for
a chimney ; the benches in the hall were ranged on both sides of the
langeldar, vide Edda 82 (the hall of king Adils) ; hence the phrase,
bera 61 um eld, to hand the ale round the fire, viz. to one's cup fellow on
the opposite bench, Fagrsk. ch. 219, Grett. ch. 10, new Ed. p. 23 ; elda-
skalar v6ru storir a baejum, satu menn vi6 langelda a optnum, J)a. voru
bor6 sett fyrir menn fyrir (innan MS. Holm.), svafu menn upp (ut MS.
Holm.) fra eldunum, Kristni S. ch. 2 ; J)a voru gorvir eldar storir eptir
endil6ngum skalanum, sem i J)ann tima var titt, at drekka 61 vi3 eld, Bs.
i- 42 ; cp. Orkn., eldar voru 4 golfinu, on the floor, ch. 18, where the fire
seems to have been made in a pit (vide eldgrof) in the middle of the
floor, cp. also kipti honum upp at pallinum, vide bakeldr : again, at the
evening and morning meals people gathered round the ^meal-fires' (mal-
eldar), hence the phrases, sitja vi6 elda, to sit at the flre ; voru g6rfir
maleldar hvert kveld i elda-skala sem si8r var til, satu menn longum vi8
eldana a6r menn gengu til matar, Eb. ch. 52 : maleldr, the ' meal-fire' or
the small fire, is distinguished from langeldr, the great fire, 276 ; J)at var
i J)ann tima er fieir Snorri satu vid malelda (yfir malbor&i, v. 1.), ch. 26 ;
h6f3u menn or&it vatir ok voru gorvir maleldar (langeldar, v. 1.), Nj. ch. 8 ;
ok er skalabuinn var mettr sat hann vi5 eld, Fs. 6 ; snyr at dyrum, er
menn satu vi6 langelda {in the evening), Korm. ch. 15 ; um kveldit er
menn satu vi8 elda, Orkn. 448 : the phrase, sitja milli elda, to sit between
two fires, to be in a strait, vide Gm. compds : elda-lilis, n., vide eldhus.
elda-skali, a, m. = eldhus, Eb. 1. c, Grett. 1. c, cp. Eb. 1 70 ; einn laugar-
aptan sat Helga i elda-skala, Isl. ii. 274; hafSi hann lagzt ni6r i elda-
skala eptir dagverS, Gisl. 97 ; {jrandr haf6i lati6 gora elda mikla i elda-
skala, Faer. 183; ekki lag3isk Ormr i elda-skala, Fb. i. 521, Eg. 238.
elda-skdra, u, f. (elda-sk^ri, a, m.. Lex. Run.), a 'fire-rake,' poker,
Nj. 236. elds-g6r3, f. making fire, Fs. 45. III. a beacon,
bale-fire, Gs. 18. IV. in old poetry the fire of wounds or of
Odin = weapons, the fire of the sea = gold; hauga-eldar, magical fire in
old cairns; maur-ildi, a glow-worm; hrsevar-eldr, a Will o' the wisp,
ignis fatuus. V. as a prefix to pr. names, Eid-grimr, Eld-jarn,
Eld-ri8, etc. : in names of places it denotes volcanic ground, Eld-borg,
eld-fjall, eld-gja, etc.
eld-rau3r, zd]. fiery-red.
eld-sokn, {.fetching fire, Grett. 89.
eld-stokkr, m. a burning beam, Nj. 202.
eld-sto, f., pi. stoar, a 'fire-stove,' hearth, Bar8. 2 new Ed., Nj. 236, Fb.
iii. 446, Fas. ii. 1 1 5, Mork. 9 ; sitja vi6 eldsto mo&ur sinnar, Fs. 6.
eld-slirr, adj. hot as fire, of vinegar or the like.
eld-ssetr, adj. always sitting by the fireside, as a spoilt boy; Oddr var
eldsstr i aesku ok seinlegr ok kalla6r kolbitr, Landn. 235 (Hb.) ; Grimr
var mikill ok eldsaetr, ok J)6tti vera naer afglapi, GullJ). 14, Krok. 33
(Ed. eldseti). Fas. ii. 112 (Ed. eldsaetinn).
eld-tinna, u, f. afiint stone. Fas. i. 447.
ELFB, f., gen. elfar, ace. dat. elfi, a pr. name of the three rivers called
Elbe, Lat. Albis, viz. Gaut-Elfr, the Elb of the Gauis (a Scandin. people)
= the River Gotha of the present time ; Sax-E., the Elb of the Saxons,
the Elbe; Raum-E., the Elb of the Raums (a people in Norway), i. e. the
present Glommen and Wormen, Baer. 3, Nj. 42, Fms. i. 6, ii. 128, iii. 40,
iv. 121, ix. 350, 393, 401, x. 292 : Elfar-bakki, the bank of one of these
Elbes, Baer. 3, Fms. ix. 269, 274; Elfinar-bakki, Fms. i. 19:;, of the
river Ochil in Scotland, is a fdlse reading = Ekkjals-bakki, vide Orkn. 12.
COMPDS : Elfar-grimar, m. pi. dwellers on the banks of the Gotha,
Fms. vii. 17, 19, 321. Elfar-kvislir, f. pi. the arms of the Gotha,
Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, ix. 274 ; used of the mouths of the Nile, Edda 148 (pref.)
Elfar-sker, n. pi. the Skerries at the mouth of the Gotha, Fms., Fas. ;
cp. alfr, p. 42. 2. meton. used of any great river, (rare in Icel. but
freq. in mod. Dan.)
Elfskr, adj. a dweller on one of the Elbe rivers, Landn., Fms. ii. 252.
elgja, 6, to belch.
ELGR, m., gen. elgs or elgjar, [Lat. alces; O. H. G. elah ; Engl. elk~\,
an elk, GJ)1.449, Fms. viii. 31, Fas. i. 54; elgja-gr6f, {.an elk pit, z hunt-
ing term, D.N. ; elgja-veidr, {.hunting elks, 0^1.4^8; elgjar-galgi, a,
m., poet. ' elks-gallow,' the ice, as elks were hunted on the ice, Stor. j f, ; L eleven ; Germ. eilf; Sv/ed.elfva; Dzn. elleve: — 'lif is an obsolete vd.
I
but some explain the phrase = tree, cp. Caes. Bell. Gall. vi. 2 7.
deep pools of half-melted ice; akin to olga, ylgr.
elg-skogr, m. a forest with elks, G^l. 449.
eligr, adj. [Swed. elig'], vile, Horn. 151 ; e. ambatt, a poor handm,
Stj. 484. I Sam. XXV. 24; afleitt e8r ehkt, vile and refuse, 456. iS
XV. 9 ; illr ok e., Hb. 31 : it is probably akin to el-. Germ, elend, '
aulandi, p. 34.
Eli-vd,gar, m. pi. the Ice-waves, a mythol. name, Edda.
EXiJA, u, f. a concubine, as opp. to a wedded wife ; this word is ei
akin to eljan in the sense o{ zeal, jealousy, or to the word eligr, as tj
women were often captives of war and handmaids; cp. the casi
Melkorka, Ld., cp. also Gen. xxi. 10 : — the word is defined in E
109, — J)ser konur eru eljur, er einn mann eigu, those women are ca
' eljur,' who are wives of one man ; stattii upp or binginum fra elju mi
Nj. 153; en elja hennar gorSi henni jafnan skapraun, Stj. 428. i S
i. 6 (' and her adversary also provoked her sore,' of the two wive
Elkanah) ; systur konu ^innar skaltii eigi taka til elju hennar, Stj. ;
Lev. xviii. 18: in poetry the earth is called the elja of Rinda, on
Odin's wives, Fms. vi. (in a verse) : this word points to the remc
time ; the sole passage where it occurs in an Icel. hist, work is
(above), where it is wrongly used, the wedded wife being called the
by the concubine ; cp. arin-elja.
ELJAN, f. (in mod. usage elja, u, f.), [Ulf. aljan = ^fj\os ; cp. 1
ellian; Hel. ellan'j, endurance, energy; eljun ok styrk annarra ma
Fms. vii. 228 ; heilsu ok eljun, 277 ; afl ok eljun. Fas. i. (in a vet
atferS ok eljun, Ld. 318 ; ok fari ^zr e. eptir ok 611 tilrae6i, F
COMPDS : eljanar-lauss, adj. [ellennlcess, Ormul], weak, feeble, Al.
Fbr. 157. eljunar-leysi, n. weakness, want of energy, Fms. iv. :
eljunar-maSr, m. an energetic man, Fms. iv. 163, viii. 447. ( n
mod. usage elju-lauss, adj. ,elju-leysi,n., with the notion o{impatie
hann hefir enga elju a e-u, he is too restless to perform anything.
eljara-gletta, u, f. [cp. elja], pertness, sauciness, Sky'r. 53 (pref.)
Elj-Ti3nir, m. the hall of Hela, Edda (Gl.)
61-kaldr, adj. ice-cold, epithet of a stream, '^t. 23.
ELLA, adv., in Norse laws freq. ellar, and so in Fms. vi. 214, vii
115, etc. ; in mod. Icel. usage ellegar ; elligar, O. H., Grag., M(
passim, etc., which seems to be the original form, qs. ell-vegar, ' 0,
ways,' cp. |)ann-ig, hinn-ig, einn-ig ; ella, though it is the usual 1
in the MSS., would be an apocopated foia^ the r being dropt: [. li.
elles; Engl, else; Swed. eljest; cp. Lat. altus, Gr. aA\os] : — else, 0, '■-
wise; er ySr mi annat-hvart til at leggja i brott t)egar, ella biiisk
vi8 sem skjotast, Nj. 44 ; en {)ann J)eirra e. er rettari er, Grag. i.
en ella jamt sker6a sem at skuldadomi, 84 ; ella liggr a J)er viti, Fm; \r.
27 ; hann het vinattu sinni ef J)essu vildi jata en elligar afarkostum, C \.
141 ; ella man ek 14ta drepa J)ik, Nj. 74; e8a — ella, or — else, Fms
196 (in a verse) ; e6a heit hvers manns niSingr ella, or else be callec
' nithing' of every man, Nj. 176; e8a drepit hann ella, Fms. xi. 100;
stokki hann af eignum sinum ellar, vii. 17.
ELLI, f. indecl. [Dan. celde"], ' eld,' old age; the saying, oUum
elli a kne komit, old age has brought all on their knees, cp. the tal
Edda 33, 34, where the old giantess Elli wrestles with Thor, whem
poetry she is called ' the antagonist of Thor,' Eg. (in a verse) ; engi
sa ordit . . . , at eigi komi ellin 611um til falls, Edda 34 ; fyrir elli sr
Eg. 107; eigi er J)at si6r en elli .. .,Nj. 171. compds: elli-be
m., in the mythol. phrase, kasta e., to cast the ' slough of age,' I
young again, Mag. 3, (freq.) elli-bjugr, adj. bowed down
age, Mag. elli-dagar, m. pi. old days, Stj. 190, Sks. 458. (
dau3r, adj. dead {dying) from old age, Nj. 58, Fms. i. 117, Edd:
elli-domr, m. old age, Stj. 192. elli-gamall, adj. exceeding
Stj. 190, Sks. 92, Al. 3. elli-gl6p, n. pi. dotage fro^n old age, F
421. elli-hamr = ellibelgr (of serpents shedding their slough), StjiB.
elli-hrumr, adj. tottering from old age, Stj. 432. elli-liSBruj^.
pi. the hoariness of age, Stj. 214. elli-karl, m. an old carle, ,'1-
164. elli-lyf, f. medicine to bar old age, elixir vitae, (mytlj),
Haustl. 9, cp. Edda 63. elli-in63r, adj. worn, weary from age, L&i,
Landn. 117. elli-sjiikr, adj. sjc^/ro?« a^e, f)i8r. 30. elli-stolf.
the stay of old age. eU.i-tib,{. time of old age, Horn. 1^. elli-va|r,
n. pi. wavering from age, decrepitude, Bret. 162 (of king Lear) ; ii:ig-
756 (the verse), the old poet said, vals hefi'k vafur elli = elli-vafur;|>e
comparison with the passage in Bret, is decisive, and the explanaticjin
Lex. Poet. s. v. vafur is undoubtedly wrong. elli-vam, n. the bei j «
dotard, Bret. 162. elli-J)Okki, a, m. looking old; hratt hon aM
elHJ)okka, Stj. 627. 2 Kings ix. 30 (of the old queen Jezebel).
elli3i, a, m. a kind of ship with a high poop, Edda (Gl.), Fas. > ■
hence Elli3a-ey, f. the name of an island, from its resemblance to 1 sf
old-fashioned ships, Landn., Eb. ; Elli3i, a, m. a farm, Korm.; Elll-
Grimr, m., pr. name of a man, Landn., Nj.
ellifti, mod. ellefti, ord. numb, the eleventh, Landn. 199, Fm; '
412.
ellifu, mod.ellefu, ord. numb., the Goth, ainlif; A. S. ellefne; \\^-
ELLIGR— EN.
127
denoting ten, so that ' eleven, twelve' are formed just like thirteen, four-
teen, etc.
61-ligr, adj. [61], stormy, Vapn. 51.
ellri (eldri), compar. elder, and ellstr (eldstr), superl. eldest; vide
ganiall.
elma, u. f. [almr], a branch, twig. Mar. 183.
-eln, adj. in compds, tvi-e., J)ri-e., etc., tiuo, three . . . ells long.
elna, a5, [cp. Goth, aljanon; A.S. elnjan = aemulart], to wax, grow,
a medic, term, in the phrases, sott elnar a hendr e-ni, the fever grows
upon one's hands, i. e. becomes worse ; en sott elnaSi a hendr Gizuri
biskupi, Bs. i. 69 ; J)a einadi sott a hendr Kveldulfi, en er dro at J)vi at
hann var banvsenn, etc.. Eg. 126 ; e-m elnar sott, id.; ok elnar honum
56ttin, Band. 14; en Lopthsenu elnafti sottin (of a woman in labour),
Fas. ii. 162 ; sott elnaSi vi6 Lopthsenu, 504.
olptr, f. = Alpt, a swan, Str. 52, 62, etc.
elrir, m., and elri, n. the alder-tree, Lat. alnus, A. S. alor, aler. Germ.
erk, Edda (01.), 0. H. 250, Fbr. 10.
elska, a9, to love, love dearly, with ace. ; elska9r sem sa er framast
elska&i sannan Gu8, Fs. 80 ; konungr elskaSi Hakon meir en nokkurn
annan mann, Fms. i.17; Birkibeinar elskuSu J)vi meir sveiniini, sem...,
ix. 344; halt vel tni J)ina ok elska Gu8, ii. 255 ; Hrafnkell elskaSi ekki
annat go3 meir enn Fray, Hrafn. 4 ; kona J)ess hins rika nianns elska6i
Joseph, Sks. 455 ; hann sa at Gu& elskaSi David (ace), 708 ; ok er sva
auSr svti sem hann er elskaSr til, 442. 2. reflex., elskask at e-m, to
^rowfond of; |>orkell var lengi meS jarlinum ok elska6isk at honum,
Fms. iv. 217 ('elskaSi' at jarli, act., 0. H. 93, is scarcely right). p.
recipr. to love one another; hof8u Jjau J6n elskask fr4 barnaesku, Bs. i.
282 ; J)essir ungu menn elskask sin i milium mjok hjartanliga, 655 xxxii.
20. Icel. have a playful rhyme referring to lovers, running thus — elskar
hann (hun) mig, | af ollu hjarta, | ofrheitt j| harla litiS | og ekki neitt,
vhich calls to mind the scene in Gothe's Faust, where Gretchen plucks
)ff Aie petals of the flower with the words, liebt mich — nicht — liebt
nich — nicht.
J ELSKA, u, f. (telska, Barl. 6, O. H.L.), [this word is peculiar to the
j icandin. races ; it is probably derived from el and an inflexive sJi, and
iroperly means storm, whence mctaph. passion ; the Swedes and Danes
jiave not the single word, but dlskog and elskov, qs. elsk-hogr; Icel.
ilskhugi or elskogi] : — love; me3 Gu8s elsku ok naungs, Horn. 48;
lafa elsku a e-m, to love one, Bs. i. 36 ; mikia elsku haf6i jarl a konungs
jyni, Fms. ix. 242 ; vit hiifum lengi saman haldit okkarri elsku, vii. 140 ;
I m mikla ast sem \>n hefir a hinum digra manni ok elsku vi5 hann lagt,
jv. 182. coMPDs : elsku-band, n. a bond of love. Mar. elsku-
bragfi, r . a deed of love. Mar. 2 20. elsku-fullr, adj .full of love, Barl.
179. el8ku-ge3, n. a /own^ ^t«c?/zess, Pass. 30. II. elsku-gras,
ii. love's flower, vide bronugros s. v. brana, p. 76. elsku-lauss, adj.
i'weless, and elsku-leysi, n. want of love. Lex. Poet. elsku-merki,
ji. a love token. elsku-semi, f. lovingness. elsku- v£ttr, m. a
iwe token. Elska never occurs as a verb or noun in old heathen poets ;
imor is the first poet on record who uses it ; old writers prefer using
St; with Christianity, and esp. since the Reformation, it gained ground;
TajTOj' of the N. T. is usually rendered by elska (/o love) and dycnrr] by
Iska (love) or ksrleiki (charity) ; so, mann-elska, humanity, kindness.
elskandi, part, a lover, Greg. 30.
elskan-liga, adv. lovingly, 655 xxxii. 17.
elskan-ligr, adj. beloved, N. T.
elskari, a, m. a lover, Barl. 88, 187, Karl. 545, Mar. 197, (rare.)
elsk-hugi or elsk-ogi, a, m. [Swed. dlskog ; Dan. elskov'\, love, Edda
I ; vinattu ok elskhuga, Stj. 8 ; astu8 ok e., 130, Bev. 8 (Fr.) ; elskugi
«lskugi), Barl. 6 : a sweetheart, minn saeti herra ok dgaetr elskugi (^my
\>ve), Fb. i. 514.
elskr, adj., in the phrase, e. at e-m, fondly attached to one, fond of
'le, of the attachment of children, or to children ; hann var elskr at
gli, be loved the boy Egil, Eg. 187; Egill (the father) unni honum
'ikit, var Bii&varr (the child) ok e. at honum, 599 : also used of
limals, ok sva elskir hvarr at o6rum, at hvarr rami eptir o6rum, two
eeds that never left one another, Nj. 81 ; hann (the ox) er mjiik elskr
m^r, Fms. iii. 132 ; hence mann-elskr, of pet lambs or tamed animals
>ut never used of cats, dogs, or animals that are constant companions of
Jn) ; heinia-e., home-loving, one who never leaves the hearth, Fs. 4.
3l8ku-liga, adv. lovingly, heartily, Fms. i. 140.
slsku-ligr, adj. loving ; e. alvara, warm affection, Fms. iii. 63, K. A. 22 :
3»*, beloved, J)itt e. andlit, 655 xxxii. 7 ; e. sonr, Th. 7 ; var henni mjok
Fms. i. 81 ; oyaTT-qTos of the N. T. is usually rendered by elskuligr.
51-8klir, f. a sjiow-shower, Sks. 227.
SLTA, t, to chase, with ace. ; J)eir eltu einn hjcirt, Flov. 27 ; elta dyr
spori, Barl. 199; e. sau8i, to rnti after sheep, in order to fetch them
"*. Nj. 27, Korm. 28 (in a verse); eltu J>jalfa, Hbl. 39; j)eir hofSu
■ af skipum Tryggva konung, they had driven king T.from his ships,
'IS- i- 37 ; Styrkarr elti \k su5r i Karmsund, ix. 54 ; hljopu upland upp
■ eltu |)4, iv. 304, GullJ). 2 1 ; e. iixn me8 vendi, to drive cattle with a
arf, Karl. 471. ^. rt^ex. to pursue one eagerly ; eltask eptir e-m.
Fms. ix. 305: Icel. now say, eltask vi8 e-n, e.g. of catching a horse,
sheep, when grazing wild in an open field. II. to knead, work;
elta leir, to mix lime, Stj. 247, cp. Exod. i. 14. 2. a tanner's term ';
e. skinn, to tan a hide, i. e. rub, scratch it, so as to make it soft ; ck ska I
y8ra hu8 elta me8 klungrum, Stj. 395. Judges viii. 7 ; elt skinn, tanned
bide; oelt skinn, rough hide, (freq.) 3. = velta, to overthrow, in
the Runic phrase, at rita sa varj)! es ailti stain Jjansi t^z hej)an dragi,
Rafn 18S, 194.
elfcing, f., chiefly in pi. pursuing, chasing, Fms. vii. 128, 294, Fs.
50. II. botan., proncd. elking, [Swed. iUtgras'], spearwort,
equisetum vulgare, arvense, Bjiirn.
eltur, f. p\. pursuing, Fms. vii. 407, viii. 406, R6m. 276.
Embla (in Ub. spelt Emla), u, f. a mythol. word, which only occurs
in Vsp. 17 ; and hence in Edda (where it is said that the gods found two
lifeless trees, the askr (ash) and the embla ; of the ash they made man,
of the embla woman), it is a question what kind of tree the embla was ;
some suggest a metathesis, qs. emla from almr, elm, but the compound
emblu-askr, in one of Egil's poems, seems to shew that the embla was in
some way related to the ash.
embsetta, tt, mod. a8, to attend, wait upon, with dat. ; e. gestum, to
wait upon guests; kann vera at Gu6 y3varr sd a malstefnu, eftr eigi
gestum at e., Stj. 593. i Kings xviii. 27; eigi samneytti hon, heldr e.
hon, she ate not with the people, but waited on them, 655 xxxi A. 3 ; e.
fe, to serve the cattle, to milk, Isl. ii. 334, 482. 2. eccl. to say mass,
to celebrate the eucharist, D. N. p. in mod. usage since the Reforma-
tion, to officiate as a clergyman.
embeetti (einbu8, Anecd. 38), n. [Germ, amt; Dan. embede; as to
the root vide ambatt, p. 19], service, office; bjo&a e-m af e., to depose
one from office, Bs. i. 550 ; Gu6s e., Hom. 121, 160, Stj. 613. 2 Kings iv.
13 ; mikit e., hard work, a great task, Hom. 153 ; veita e-m e., to serve
one, Fms. viii. 332, 406 ; bindask i e-s e., to enter one's service, Sks. 357 ;
fremja e., to perform a service, Bs. i. 426; Gu61igt e., holy service, Fms.
ii. 198; heilagt skirnar e., holy baptism, i. 148: officiating at mass,
D.N. 2. in mod. use, a. divine service, answering to 'mass'
in the Roman church ; fyrir, eptir e., before, after service. fi. in a
secular sense, [Germ, amt, Dan. embede^, a public office. compds :
embsettis-feBrr, adj. able to perform one's duties, Ann. 1332. em-
bsettis-gorS, f. officiating (of a clergyman), Bs. i. 811. embsettis-
lauss, adv. holding no office (of a priest), Sturl. ii. 118. embeettis-
maflr, m. a minister (priest), Hom. 1 19, Sks. 162, Fms. v. I46: in mod.
use, embaettismaSr, -lauss, etc. ( = Germ. beamter, Dan. embedsman)
mean an officer, chiefly in a secular sense.
emendera, a6, to amend (Lat. word), Fb. i. 517.
EMJA, a5, to howl, Fms. vi. 150, x. 383, Fas. i. 213, 656 B. 10,
Fagrsk. 8.
emjan, f. bowling, Fs. 44.
EN", disjunctive conj. ; in MSS. spelt either en or enn, [a particle
peculiar to the Scandin. ; in Danish men ; in Swedish both men, an, and
endast ; Norse enn and also men, Ivar Aasen] : — but ; en ef hann hefir,
Jia..., but if he has, then..., Grag. i. 261 ; en ef menn gefa J)eim
mat, id. ; en heima mun ek sitja, but I will stay at home, Fms. vi. loo ;
en fjoldi fell, but a great many fell. Fas. ii. 514; eyrum hlyftir en
augum skoSar, Hm. 7 ; en ekki eigu annarra manna orS, Grag. i. 84, 99,
171; en Ski6blaSnir skipa, en joa Sleipnir, en hunda garmr, Gm. 44;
en or sveita sjar, en or beinum bjorg, VJjm. 21 ; and passim. It is even
used with a slight conjunctive sense ; {)ykki mer sem J)vi muni lihasgt
saman at koma, kappi {)inu ok dirf& 'en' skaplyndi konungs, methinks
it will be hard to make the two things go together, thy vehemence and
rashness 'and' {on the other band) the temper of the king. Eg. 521 ; ek
kann raSum Gunnhildar 'en' kappsemd Egils, / know the devices of
Gi/nnhilda ' and' (on the other band) Egil's eagerness, 257 : used in nar-
ratives to begin a sentence, merely denoting the progress of the tale,
much the same as ' and,' cp. the use of auk III, p. 33 ; thus in "^t. some
verses begin with ' en,' — En dagskjarr . . ., 2, 3, 14, 23 ; En Gunnlaugr
griniman tam&i. Hit. ; En Hroalds a hofuSbaftmi, Ad. 19, without any
disjunctive notion.
EN, temporal adv., better spelt enn, [prob. akin to endr and eftr,
q. v.] : — yet, still; Jiti hefir enn eigi (not yet) heyrSa kenning Drottins,
Mar. 656 A. ii. 14; vildi hann enn sva, Fms. i. II ; at hann mundi enn
sva gora, vi. 100 ; J)a rikir hann enn fyrir mik, Al. 29 ; til betri tima en
(than) enn (still) er kominn, Sks. 596 B. 2. before a comparative ;
enn siSarr, still later, N. G. L. i. 94; enn betr, still better; enn fyrr,
still later ; enn verri, still worse ; enn xbri, still worthier ; enn haerri, still
higher; enn firr, still further off; enn naer, still nearer; enn heldr, still
more, Sks. 304 : separated from the comparative, enn v6ru fleiri daetr
Haralds, the daughters of H. were still more, i. e. H. bad more daughters
yet, Fms. i. 5. p. curious is the use of en (usually spelt in or inn)
in old poems, viz. before a comparative, where in prose the 'en' can
be left out without impairing the sense; thus, helt-a in lengr nimi,
be kept not his place longer, i. e. ran away. Am. 58 ; raft en lengr dvelja,
to delay no longer, 61 ; menn in salli, a happier man, Skv. 3. 18 ; n6 in
128
EN— ENDA.
nisBtri maegd, worthier affinity, id.; manii in harSara s= har&ara mann, a'
hardier man, Hbl. 14; iiema J)U in snotrari ser, unless thou art wiser,
VJ)m. 7; drekka iu meira mjiiS, to drink more mead; bi'ta en breiftara,
to bite broader, i.e. eat with better appetite, pkv. 25 ; t)ars J)aEtti skald
iu verri, where poets were kept in less honour, Jomsv. S. (in a verse) ; ne
in heldr, neither; no hests in heldr, neither for his horse; Hm. 60; ne in
heldr hug&ir sem var Hcigni, neither are ye minded as H., Gh. 3, Sdm.
36, Hkv. I. 12, Skv. I. 21: in prose, eigi in heldr aetla ek, J)at...,
neither do I think, that . . ., Nj. 219. 3. to boot, further, moreover;
boliJxar ok enn ambo& nokkur, pole-axes and some tools to boot, Dipl. v.
18 ; ok J)at enn, at, atid that still more, that, Rom. 302 ; Ingibjorg het
enn dottir Haralds, Ingeburg was further Harold's daughter, Fnis. i. 5.
EN" or enn, conj., written an in very old MSS., e. g. Horn., Greg.,
Eluc, but in the great bulk of MSS. en is the standing form, both
ancient and modern ; [formed by anacope, by dropping the initial p ;
Vli.panuh; A.S. \>anne; Engl than; Uel.than; O.H. G.danna; Germ.
dann, but here almost replaced by ' als ;* Swed. iinn; Dan. end; Norse
enn, Ivar Aasen; the anacope is entirely Scandin.] : — than, Lat. quam;
heldr fa8ir an m66ir, more father than mother, Eluc. 5 ; bjartari an sol,
brighter than the sun, 45, 52 ; meira an aSrir, more than others, Greg.
51; vi8ara an aSr, wider than before, id.; betr an J)egja, better than
being silent, 96 ; aeSri an J)etta, Eluc. 5 1 ; annat an annat, one thing
rather than another, 50 ; Ijosara an mi, 44 ; heldr an ver, 1 7 ; annat an
dau3an, 15; meira an Gu5, 13 ; fyran, 6; annat an |)u ert, 59 ; framarr
an J)eir hafa, id. ; framar an vesa, 60 ; heldr an faeri e6r fleiri, Horn. 45 ;
heldr an, 63 ; betra er J)agat an maelt, 96 ; helgari an annarra manna,
126; framar an sin, 135, etc.; cp. Frump. 158-163: 'en' however
occurs in Hom. 126. II. the form ' en' (or ' enn') occurs passim,
Grag. i. 173, ii. 13, Al. 29, Sks. 596 B, N.G. L. i. 32, etc. etc.
({JS* The particle en differs in sense when placed before or after the
comparative; if before, it means still; if after, than; thus, fyrr enn, a3r
enn, before, Lat. priusquam, but enn fyrr, still earlier, sooner; enn heldr,
still more, but heldr enn, rather than ; enn betr, still better, but betr enn,
better than; enn si&ar, still later, but siSar enn, later than, etc. Again,
there is a difference of sense, when neither en is a comparative ; eu ef,
but if; ef enn, if still, etc.
EN is now and then in MSS., esp. Norse, used = er, ef, q. v., but this is
a mere peculiarity or false spelling : 1. when ; mer vorum i hja en
(= er) t>eir, when they, D. N. i. 271 ; til J)ess en = til Jjess er, St. 2.
as a relat. particle, which ; sii hin rika frii en {which), Str. ; mina dottur
en allra meyja er fegrst, my daughter who is the fairest of all luoinen,
{>i6r. 249; af J)vi en hann hefir fingit, Al. 145; sa otti en, 107; en
sungin er, which is sung, Hom. 41 ; but hviirt en er, whether, N. G. L. i.
349. 3. = ef, if, [cp. Old Engl, an'] ; saelar vseri salurnar, en paer
vissi, if they knew, Al. 114; en {)eir vildi = ef J)eir vildi, 118; en ver
faerim = ef ver faerim, 1 20, esp. freq. in D. N. (vide Fr.) Very rare in Icel.
writings or good MSS., e. g. en ek hefi me8 Gu6s miskunn (i. e. er ek
hefi), as I have, because I have, Bs. i. 59, Hung. ch. i ; vide er.
ENDA, a copul. conj. with a slight notion of cause or even disjunc-
tion : [the use of this copulative is commonly regarded as a test word to
distinguish the Scandin. and the Saxon-Germ. ; the A. S. ende, Engl, and,
Hel. end. Germ, und being represented by Scandin. auk, ok, or og:
whereas the disjunctive particle is in Scandin. en, enn, or even enda,
answering to the Engl., A.S., and Germ, aber, but; the Gothic is
neutral, unless JaA, by which Ulf. renders Kai, hc=^auh, ok: — this differ-
ence, however, is more apparent than real; for the Icel. 'enda' is pro-
bably identical with the Germ, and Saxon und, and: in most passages
it has a distinct copulative sense, but with something more than this] : —
and,ttc. I. with subj., a standing phrase in the law, connecting
the latter clause of a conditional premiss, if so and so, and if . . ., and
again if. . .; or it may be rendered, and in case that, and supposing
that, or the like. The following references will make it plainer ; ef
goftinn er um sottr, enda hafi hann 69rum manni i hond selt . . ., J)a skal
hann ok sekja . . ., if a suit lies against the priest, ' and' he has named a
proxy, then the suit lies also against him (viz. the proxy), Grag. i.
95 ; ef skip hverfr ok se eigi til spurt a J)rim vetrum, enda se spurt ef
beim liJndum ollum er var tunga er a, {)a — , if a ship disappears without
being heard of for three years, 'and' inquiry has been made from all
the countries where ' our tongue' is spoken, then . . . , 218 ; ef go&inn gerr
eigi nemna fcransdom, enda se hann at logum beiddr . . . , pa varSar go5-
anum fjorbaugsgarS, if the priest name not the court of fersln, ' a?id'
has been lawfully requested thereto, then he is liable to the lesser outlawry,
94 ; nil heiir ma5r sveinbarn fram faert i xsku, enda ver6i sa ma5r veginn
si6an, pa ... , if a man has brought a boy up in his youth, ' and in case
that' he {the boy) be slain, then .. ., 281 ; ef ma8r faerir meybarn fram . . .,
enda beri sva at . . . , ok {then) skal sa maSr . . . , id. ; ef menn selja omaga
sinn af landi he&an, ok eigi vid ver5i, enda ver6i peir omagar faerSir lit
hingat si8an, pa . . ., 274 ; hvervetna pess er vegnar sakir standa libaettar
a milli manna, enda vili menn saettask a pau mal . . ., pa . . . . ii. 20 ; ef sa
maSr var veginn er a {who has) vist me& konu, enda se par pingheyandi
nokkurr . . . , pa . . . , 74 ; pat voru log, ef praelar vaeri drepnir i'yni mauui,
enda {and in case that) vaeri eigi faer8 praelsgjcildin fyrir hina pri6ju'i|
pa . . ., Eg. 723, cp. Eb. 222 ; pott maSr fseri fram ellri mann, kar *
konu, i barnaesku, enda {and in case that) berisk rettarfar siSan u;
menn, pa skal..., 281; ef pii porir, enda ser pii nokkut at niai
thou darest, 'and supposing that' thou art something of a man, J
170; segja ma ek honum tiftendin ef pii vilt, enda vekir pii hann,
supposing that' thou wilt awake him, Fms. iv. 170 ; en peir eru skiln; r
menn rettir er me8 hvarigum foru heiman visir vitendr, enda {and , «'
vildi peir sva skilja pii, Grag. ii. 1 14; enda fylgi peir hvarigum 1 1
{supposing they), id. ; hvat til berr er pii veizt liorSna hluti, enda s'
eigi spama6r, supposing that thou art a prophet, Fms. i. 333.
rarely with indie. ; ef kona elr born me3 oheimilum manni, enda gei
fe um, hon a eigi . . ., Eb. 225. II. even, even if, usually
indie. ; kona a sakir paer allar ef hiin vill rei5ask vi3, enda komi \ei,
if) eigi fram loforSit, Grag. i. 338 : in single sentences, pa skal In
segja biium sinum til, enda a pingi, even in parliament, ii. 351:
phrase, e. sva {even so), eigi pau handsiJl hennar at haldask, enda s\
er, i. 334; enda er p6 rett vir3ing peirra, ef..., a?id their taxa'i
even {also) lawful, if. .., 209 : in mod. usage very freq. in this
{ — even). III. denoting that a thing follows from the pri
and consequently, and of course, and then, or the like, and for
freq. in prose with indie. ; man ek eigi optar heimta petta fe,
verSa per aldri at lidi siQan, / shall not call for this debt any
' and also' lend thee help never more, Vapn. 18 ; ef peir eru eigi flc
fimm, enda eigi faeri, if they are not more than five, and also no.
GreT,g. i. 38 ; enda eigu menn pa at taka annan logsogumann ef vilja
they shall then elect another speaker if they choose, 4 ; enda skului
pa leysa pik, and then of cotirse we shall loose thee, Edda 20 ; \
honum skoggang, enda ver8r hann par oheilagr, and of course c
even, and to boot, Grag. ii. 114; skal hann segja til pess a mlia-
motum, enda var3ar honum pa eigi vi6 log, i. 343 ; a sa sok er osi
ii, enda verSr sa jamt sekr um nautnina sem aSrir menn, 432 ; pa Uik
pii hvarr er vill, enda skal 16gsoguma8r . . ., 10; enda a hann kl at
segja logleigor a feit, ef hann vill pat heldr, 217 ; triii ek honum ' '
betr en {than) 65rum, enda skal ek pessu raSa, and besides I luiL
this myself. Eg. 731 ; synisk pat jafnan at ek em fegjarn, end:
sva enn, it is well known that I am a money-loving man, ana
will be too in this case, Nj. 102 ; bei3 ek af pvi pinna atkva:9a
mun (ilium pat bezt gegna, / waited for thy decision, and {as) lb,
be the best for all of us, 78; er pat ok likast at per saekit nuii
enda munu peir svii verja, and so will they do in their turn, 2 zj :
ger8r var fengsom ok storlynd, enda {and on the other hand) kallafti
alls pess er aQrir attu i ntind, 18; mikit ma konungs gaefa un
hluti, enda mun mikill frami fiisk i ferSinni ef vel tekst, Fmj. i\
Olver var malsnjallr ok maldjarfr, e. var hann vitr ma6r, 235 ; 1..
mun ek halda til pess at pii brjotir log pin, enda eru pau eigi i tin,
ef. . ., neither are they broken, if . . ., Fb. i. 173, Mork. 81. 2. :h :>.
notion of disjunction, and yet; eigi nenni ek at hafa pat samaii, a
Hiigna, enda drepa br66ur hans, I camiot bear to do both, help
and yet kill his brother, Nj. 145 ; er per toldut Graenland vera vi
land, enda er pat p6 fullt af joklum ok frosti, that you call Grc
a mild climate, and yet it is fidl of frost and ice, Sks. 209 B.
ellipt. in an abrupt sentence, without a preceding premiss ; enda t
oxi pina, and now take thy axe (implying that I can no longer j
thee), Nj. 58 ; enda parf her mikils vi6, 94 ; ma5rinn segir, end
hofu8it af bolnum, the man continued, — 7iay, the head flew off th.
Ld. 290: even in some passages one MS. uses ' enda,' another ' •■\
skorti mi ekki, enda var drengilega eptir sott (ok var drengilega i ;
V. 1.), Fms. viii. 357 ; cp. Fb. iii. 258, 1. 16, and Mork. 7, 1. 15 : t law
sometimes uses ' ok' exactly in the sense of enda, ef ma8r selr oma isiiisi
af landi brott, ' ok' ver8i hinn aptrreki er vi5 tok, pa . . ., Gnig. i. jg-
ENDA, d, (enda, a6, Fs. 8, Ld. 50, Bs. i. 865 ; mod. usage distin:jBhes
between enda a6, to end, finish, and enda t, to fulfil)'. — to end, b\%to
an end; ok endi par lif sitt, Fms. i. 297; af rtiSinn ok enda6r, F|.c, ;
endaSir sinu valdi, Bs. i. 865. 2. metaph. to bring to an endfd/U,
perform a promise or the like ; pii sy'slu er hann endi eigi, work wibhe
did not perform, Grag. ii. 267 ; potti Heinreki biskupi Gizurr eijpda
vi5 konung pat sem hann hafSi heiti5, Fms. x. 51 ; enda peir jtrtr
Pall postuli maelti, Hom. 135 ; heiir pii komit ok ent pat er pii !»lif.
Ni6rst. 8. II. reflex, to end, come to an end; reiSi m llflins
endisk a einu augabragdi, 656 A. ii. 1 7 ; er svii hefjask upp W
endask, 656 B. 3 ; pa endisk sii enn mikli hcifdingskapr Dana kc|BK*'
Fms. xi. 205 ; paer endask ok byrjask jafnfram iivalt, Rb. 232. .2-
to last out; ok endisk pa allt a sumar fram, Nj. 18 ; me6an mer (l|sk
fong til, Eg. 66; en honum endisk eigi til pess lif, Bs. i. 77;JR*^
veizlor endusk eigi fyrir fjolmennis sakir, Hkr. ii. 92; ok end pi*"
petta h6ti lengst, Gisl. 50 ; meOan ek endumk til, as long as I U\A^-
live, Fms. iv. 292. 3. to end well, do; enda mun pat fiim t|i|i™
vel endask at synja mer maegSar, Isl. ii. 215 ; ek veit, at pat ma H""
eigi endask, ef . . ., Rd. 31 1 ; ok cinguni skyldi o6runi hans kappi^flzk
,hafa petta nema per, Fas. i. 104; segir honum eigi ella endask p^^'
ENDEMI— ENGLAFYLKI.
129
■ns. iv. 143- 111. impers. in the phrase, sogu endar, endar Jjar
.m fra honum, it ends the tale, i. e. the tale is ended, Ld. 50 : in mod.
ige Icel. can say, saga endar, siigu endar, and saga endast, here the
ry ends.
jndemi and endimi, n. pi. an abomination, scandal, shame, esp. in
xlamations ; se undr ok endemi ! Ni3rst. 6 ; ok {)ykir nauSsyn, at
vi verfti J)au e. i, Fms. xi. 27 ; nu eru slikt niikil e., vii. 36; heyr &
idemi, bear the abomination! /or shame! heyra a firn ok e., 21, ii.
1; heyr a e., segir Hallgerftr, ^u gerir J)ik g66an, Nj. 74; vissum v^r
m vanir slikra vela ok endema. Bias. 46 ; morg e. toku menn ]p4 til
inur, Bs. i. 63 ; her lystr i e., segir hann, Fms. xi. 94. endemis-
aflr, m.a monster, Fs. 38. The etym. is doubtful, either = ein-dsemi,
bat is unexampled, or rather from damr and the prefix and-; endemi
ilways used in a very bad sense ; the passage Fms. v. 206 — veiztu ef
u e. (=wonder) eru sonn, at konungrinn so heilagr hja okkr — is an
ception and perhaps incorrect.
3NDI, a, m., and endir, s, m. [Ulf. andeis = T(\os ; A. S. ende; Engl.
1/; O.H.G. enti; Germ, ende ; Sv/ed. iinde ; Dan. ende"]: — the end,
nclusion; as in the proverbs, endirinn skyldi i upphafi skoda, Lat.
idquid incipias respicefinem ; allt er gott ef endirinn er g68r, all's well
It ends well ; sja fyrir enda a e-u, to see the end of a thing (how it
II end) ; gdra fyrir enda a e-u (a weaver's term), to bring to an end,
ett. 100 new Ed. ; leysa e-m illan (g65an) enda (a weaver's term), to
ing to an ill (good) end, Korm. 164 (in a verse); mun einn endir
'Sir vera urn J)a ugiptu, it will all come to one end, Gisl. 82 ; binda
da a e-t, to fulfil, finish. Snot 169 ; gora enda a, to bring to an end,
pi. i. 6 ; vera a enda, to be at an end, Fms. xi. 427 (to be at one's wit's
■I) ; standask a endum, Nj. 1 1 1 ; allt me8 endum, adv. from end to end,
X. Poet. ; til annars endans, Nj. 176; 68rum endanum. Eg. 91 ; dyrr
:>a9uin endum, Fms. iv. 220; at sinum enda hvarir, Grag. ii. 48; til
la jarftar, 656 B. 4; endanum (with the article), 655 xxxii ; til enda,
the end of life, Nj. 39 ; endir likams, Hom. 103 ; upphaf ok endir,
I); engi endir, 157 ; her skal mi ok endir a verfta, it shall come to an
!., Nj. 145 ; sa varS endir a, at ... , that was the end of it, that ..., Fas.
514; annarr endir hersins, Fms. ix. 353; hinn ne8ri endir, Sks. 167 B.
!ffD8: enda-dagr, m. (enda-dsegr, n.), the last day, day of death,
'is. viii. 93, X. 388, Sks. 355, Fas. i. 223. euda-fjol, f. a gable
I/, Pr. 413. endBi-}s.'nxjAv,m. the ' end-hnot,' final issue. enda-
ji88, adj. endless, Fms. v. 343, Sks. 617, Hom. 87. enda-lok, n.
i and enda-lykt, f. the end, conclusion, Finnb. 248, Fbr. 29, Hom.
J2, Fms. iii. 163, v. 343, Stj. 20, 49. enda-mark, n. the end, limit,
E. ii. 70, Fms. v. 343. enda-merki, n. id., D. N. enda-mjorr,
I. thin at the end, tapering, in the phrase, lata eigi ver6a endamjott
\ e-n, to treat one well to the end; Icel. say, e-t ver8r enda-sleppt, n.
! . itbas an abrupt end, etc. enda-J>arinr, m. the great gut, Pr. 473.
hdi-land, n. borders, confines, Stj. 406, 531, 546.
!idi-langr, adj. ' end-long,' from one end to another; eptir endilangri
Irkinni, Eg. 58 ; me8 endilongum bekkjum, along the benches, Nj. 220 ;
jiga fyrir endilangan Noreg, 368, Fms. iv. 319, Grett.97 : as adverb.
ases, 'endwise,' opp. to ' across,' at endilongum skipum, Fms. vii. 94 ;
I endilangan, Stj. 290 ; um endilangt, Bs. i. 644 ; at endilongu, El. 32.
idi-lauss, adj. endless, Hom. 87.
jidi-leysa, u, f. nonsense, 'without end or aim,' Fms. vi, 375.
jidi-liga, adv. finally, Stj. 225, Fms. ix. 355, v. I.
iidi-ligr, ad], final, Stj. Iio, Dipl. ii. ii, Bs. i. 8.
Iidi-lok, n. pi. the end, conclusion, 625. 172.
idi-mark, n. esp. pi. a boundary, confine, Grag. ii. 166, Hom. 48,
-75> 345. Sks. 338, Dipl. ii. 4, Pm. 92 : a limit, end, Hom. 52, Skalda
), G^l. 44, Sks. 272 B, Fms. ii. 89, H.E. i. 466.
idi-merki, n. (and endi-mOrk, f.) = endimark, Sks. 207, 338 B.
iding, f. ending, termination, Fms. v. 225, Vigl. 16.
idir, v. endi.
id-langt, adj. = endilangr, Grag. ii. 257, Vkv. 7.
NDB, adv. [cp. Lat. ante]. I. in times of yore, erst, formerly,
re; very freq. in old poetry. Am. I, Ad. 3, "5?t. 12, 13, Eg. 751 (in a
>«), vide Lex. Poet. ; in prose very rare, or only in the phrase, endr
r longu, a long time ago. Fas. iii. 250, 347 ; cp. e8r. 2. in the
ises, endr annan veg en endr = now one way, now another, 677- 2 ; endr
iinnum, mod. endrum og sinnum, from time to time, now and then, Sks.
> ; endr ok stundum, id., 703 B. endra-nser and endrar-nser, adv.
>lber times, otherwise ; baeSi fia ok endra-naer, Bs. i. 533 ; sem jafnan
ra-nser, as always else, 526, 538 ; sem avalt endrar-naer. Fas. ii. 144 ;
num sama haetti sem e., Rb. 28 ; en J)at er endra-naer, at . . ., but else,
'.. ., Fms. viii. 410. II. again; sva kom <53ins son endr at
>n, |)kv. 32. Mostly as prefix to nouns and verbs, answering to Lat.
chiefly in a biblical and theological sense, esp. after the Reformation,
idr-borinn, part, born again, Saem. 1.18, Sturl. iii. 269, Fas. iii. 68.
idr-b6t, f. making good again, repentance, Hom. 41.
I'dr-bua, bj6, to restore, 655 xiii B. 3.
idr-bsBta, tt, to repair, restore, 671. 3, 655 A. 13 : reflex., 625. 69,
Mi. 212, Greg. 34, Stj. 53, aa8, 632.
endr-b8eting, f. restitution, restoration, Stj. 53, 632, 635. 69.
endr-bsetingr, m. a thing repaired, patchwork, N. G. L. i. 75.
endr-f6m, f. an offering, presenting again, Stj. 49.
endr-fdma, a8, to offer, present again, Stj. 49.
endr-f8e8a, dd, to regenerate, Hom. 154, i Peter i. 3.
endr-feefling, f. regeneration, Matth. xix. 28.
endr-gefendr, part, those who give again, Hm. 40.
endr-geta, gat, to bear (give birth to) again ; sonu l)ina sem Heiliig
Kristni endrgat, 623. 28; endrgetinn fyrir vatn ok Hclgan Anda, Hom.
55, Fms. iii. 166 ; endrgetinn af vatni ok Helgum Anda, Hom. 3 : reflex.
to be born again. Post. 656 B. 11, Ni8rst. 104.
endr-getna3r, m. the being born again, Ni8rst. 104.
endr-getning, f. = endrgetna8r, 655 vi. 2, Titus iii. 5.
endr-gjalda, gait, to reward. Mar. 175, Bs. ii. 25, Rom. xii. 19.
endr-gjaldari, a, m. a rewarder, Heb. xi. 6.
endr-grseSa, dd, to heal again, Barl. 148.
endr-gOra, 8, to restore, reconstruct, K. A. 28.
endr-hreinsa, a8, to purify again, Hom. (St.)
endr-hrsera, 8, to move again, Barl. 130.
endr-kaupa, t, to redeem, 2 Peter ii. i.
endr-laginn, part, replaced, Skv. 3. 65.
endr-lausn, f. redemption, Luke xxi. 28, i Cor. i. 30; this and the
following two words were scarcely used before the Reformation.
Endr-lausnari, a, m. the Redeemer, Job xix. 25, etc.
endr-leysa, t, to redeem, Matth. xvi. 26, Luke xxiv. 21.
endr-lifna, a8, to come to life again, Stj. 221, Greg. 58, Luke xv. 32.
endr-lffga, a8, to call to life again, Stj. 30.
endr-lifgan, f. a refreshing, revival. Acts iii. 19.
endr-minnask, t, dep. to remember, call to mind, Stj. 23, 40, 51.
endr-minning, f. remembrance, recollection, Hom. 9, Skalda 204.
endr-mseSing, f. tribulation, Stj. 49.
endr-msela, t, to repeat, Matth. vii. 2.
endr-meeling, n. repetition, Sturl. iii. 71 C.
endr-n^ja, a8, to renew, repeat, Fms. ix. 248, 499, Jb. 156, K. A. 28 :
impers., Eb. 278 : reflex, to grow again, Str.
endr-n^ung, f. renovation, renewing, Titus iii. 5.
endr-neera, 8, to refresh, Matth. xi. 28, Rom. xv. 32, 2 Cor. vii. 13.
endr-nsering, f. refreshing.
endr-reisa, t, to raise again, Fms. x. 276.
endr-rj63a, adj. ind. downcast, forlorn ; Ketill kva8 {)a mjok e., K.
said that they were much cast down, disheartened. Fas. ii. 16, Fspl. 12 ; it
occurs only in these two passages, see a note of Dr. Scheving to Fspl,
1. c, where he says that the word still survives in the east of Icel.
endr-semja, sam8i, to recompose, renew, Bs. i. 735.
endr-skapa, a8, to create aneiu, Eluc. 52, Str. 52.
endr-skikka, a8, to restore. Acts iii. 31.
endr-taka, tok, to retake, Stj. 29.
endr-tryggja, 8, to reconcile, Bs. i. 686.
endr-vinda, vatt, to turn back (of things), Orkn. 202.
endr-J)dga, u, f. retribution, Hm. 4.
ENG, f., pi. engjar, (spelt aeng, O. H. L.), [Dan. eng; Swed. dng;
A. S. ing, found in local names in North. E., as Tngs, Broad Ing] :—
a meadow; opp. to akr, in the allit. phrase, akr ne eng, Grag. i. 407,
Hrafn. 21, GJ)1. 136, 360, K. J). K. 90; i enginni, Stj. 193; veitti hann
Iskinn a eng sina, Landn. 145 ; halfs manaSar eng, half a month's
meadow-land, Dipl. ii. 12 : in pi. engjar is in Icel. used of the outlying
lands, opp. to tun, the home-field, and hagi, the pasturage, vide Grett. ch.
50 ; engjar manna, Grag. ii. 264 ; J)6tt fe gangi i engjar, 233 : used in
many compds : engja-brig3, f. the escheatage of an eng, Grag. ii. 377.
engja-grasnautn, f. right of grazing, making bay in the eng, Vm. 48.
engja-hey, n. hay of the eng, = ut-hey, ' out-field hay,' opp. to ta8a, bay
from the well-manured homefield. engja-merki, m. ynarks, borders
of the eng, Grag. ii. 219. engja-skipti, n. division of the eng, Grag.
ii. 259. engja-sldttr, m. the time of mowing the eng, in August,
opp. to tuna-slattr, mowing of the home-field, in July. engja-vinna,
f. and engja-verk, n. making bay in the eng. engja-v6xtr, m.
meadow-produce, Jb. 146.
engi, n. (=eng), meadow-land, a meadow, Grag. i. 123, ii. 264, Hav.
51. COMPDS : engis-li6fn, f. />oss«s»o« 0/ a wModoo', Grag. ii. 274.
engis-l^, m. a scythe to mow a meadow, Korm. 4 (in a verse), (engissler,
MS.) ; this seems to be the correct reading of the passage. eiigia«
madr, m. the owner of a meadow, Grag. ii. 289.
engi-biii, a, m. a neighbour who has to appear in an engidomr.
engi-dalr, m. a meadow-valley, Stj. 163.
engi-domr (or engja-domr), m. a court to decide the possession of ct
meadow, sitting on the spot, Grag. (L. {>. ch. 17) ii. 269 sqq.
ENOILXi, m. [Gr. afiiKos ; Lat. eccl. angelus : hence in the Teut.
dialects, Goth, aggilus; A.S. and Germ, engel ; Engl, angel]: — an
angel, Rb. 78, Nj. 157, 625. 4, N. T., Pass., Vidal., etc. ; englar, hofuS-
englar, veldis-englar, Hom. 133 ; engils andlit, 623. 55. compds : engla-
fylki, n. a host of angels, Stj., Hom. 133, Fms. v. 340, Mar. 656 A. 8.
130
EN&LALI©— EPTIB,.
engla-Hfl, n. a host of angels, Greg. 37, Horn. 49, 154. engla-Uf,^ wait for a thing; vaka e. e-m, to sit up waiting for one, but val; y{
n. life of angels, Horn. x6. engla,-mj6l, rx. ' angel-meal,' i.e. manna, ''^'
Stj.145. engla-sveit, f. a host of angels, Horn. 154. engla-
B^, f. a vision of angels, 625. 84.
engil-ligr, adj. angelical, Stj. 4, Ni8rst. 4.
Engilskr, adj. English, D.N. (freq. but mod., vide Enskr).
engi-mark, n. the boundary of a meadov/, Grag. ii. 233, 287.
engi-skipti, n. = engja-skipti ; engiskiptis-bui, m. = engi-bui, Grig,
li. 276.
engi-spretta, u, f. [Swed. grdssboppa ; Dan. grcesboppe'], a grass-
hopper, locust, Matth. iii. 4, Exod. x.
engi-teigr, m. a piece of meadow-land, Grag. ii. 259, Eg. 745» ^m. 15.
engi-verk, n. meadow «/ori, Eb. 150; = engja-slattr; urn e., during
the time of mowing the meadows, Grag. i. 149, K. |>. K. 136.
engi-v6xtr, m. meadow-produce, Grag. ii. 287.
engja, 6, [Gr. ayxo); Lat. ango; Germ, engen], to press tight, com-
press; engdr (vexed) me& ufri8i, Str. : with dat., h6n engvir honum
(makes him anxious, vexes him), ok angrar, id. : the mod. phrase, engja
sig (or engjask), Swed. wrida sig, = to writhe with pain, chiefly used of
a worm.
engja, u, f. and enging, f. [Germ, enge"], narrowness (rare) : medic,
gam-engja, constriction of the bowels.
eng-liga, adv. narrowly; vera e. staddr, to be in a strait, Str.
Englis-madr (Engils-ina3r), m. an Englishman, Fms. v, Fas. iii. 354.
ENGR, adj. [Lat. angustus; Goth, aggvus; A.S.enge; Germ, eng"],
narrow, close ; i engri gsezlu, in close watch, Str. ; vide ongr.
enn, art. the, =h\nn.
enn, v. en.
enna, adv. [en with a demonstrative -nd], in the phrase, eigi enna, not
yet or not forsooth! Gliim. 378, Fms. vi. 360, viii. 119.
ENNI, n. [a word peculiar to the Scandin. ; Swed. anne, but usually
in mod. Swed. and Dan. />an«a or pande ; root uncertain] : — the forehead;
J)6 spratt honum sveiti 1 enni, Nj. 68, Pr. 471 ; urn J)vert ennit, Fro.s. i.
178 : also brow, metaph. a steep crag, precipice, Landn., Eb.
enni-brattr, adj. having a straight forehead, Sd. 146.
enni-breifir, adj. having a broad forehead, Eg. 304, Fms. v. 238.
enni-diikr, m. a fillet worn round the head by heathen priests at sacri-
ficial ceremonies, Lat. vittae, Kormak (a-w. \ey.)
enni-le3r, n. the skin of the forehead of animals. Fas. i. 80.
enni-snaudr, adj. having a low forehead, Fms. vii. 343.
enni-spsenir,, m. pi. [cp. Swed. dnnespan = head-wreath, ornament'^,
carved work, such as dragon-heads on old ships of war, both fore and
aft, Fms. V. 304, vi. 120, viii. 197, Orkn. 332, Fas. iii. 113.
enni-svell, n. boulders of ice, Sturl. i. 61.
Enska, u, f. the English tongue, Skalda 161.
ENSKK, adj. English, Grag. i. 504, Eg. 517; Enskir menn, m.
Englishmen, Fms., Orkn., Hkr.
EPJA, u, f. [apr], chilliness, Bjorn.
EPIil.n. [A. S. «/)/)«/; Engl apple; Swed. ap/e; D&n.ceble; O. H. G.
aphol; mod. Germ. ap/eZ]: — a« a/)/>/e, Fms. xi. 9, Rb. 346 ; it occurs even
in old poems, Skm. 19, 20 ; cp. Edda 17, the apples of Idunna, of which
the gods ate and became young again, cp. also Vols. S. ch. 2 ; Heljar e.,
the apple of death, Isl. ii. 351 (in a verse). compde : epla-6,t, n. eating
of an apple, Stj. 40. epla-garSr, m. [Dan. abildgaard'\, an 'apple-
yard,' orchard, G\)\. 144, Vigl. 17. epla-kyn, n. 'apple-kind,' Stj.
175. epla-8t6ng, f. an apple-stalk, a cognom., Fms. viii.
epli-berandi, part, apple-bearing, Stj. 14.
epl6ttr, adj. = apal-grar, q.v., Karl. 306, 334.
EPTIB, better spelt eftir, in common pronunciation ettir, a prep,
with dat. and ace. and also used as adv. or ellipt. without a case ; an
6lder form ept or eft only occurs in poetry, Skm. 39, 41, Y^t. 2, Edda 91
(in a verse) ; ept vig, Hkr. i. 349 (in a verse), iii. 50 (Amor) ; [cp.
Goth, afar; Runic stone in Tune, after; A. S. aft; Engl, after, aft;
Swed.-Dan. efter'] : — after.
A. WITH DAT., Loc. ; with verbs denoting following, pursuing,
or the like ; hann rei6 e. J)eim, Eg. 149 ; hann bar merkit eptir honum,
he bore the standard after him, 297 ; roa e. peim, to pull after them, Ld.
118 ; J)egar e. Kara, on the heels of Kari, Nj. 202 ; varS ekki e. honum
gengit, none went after him, 2 70. p. with the notion to fetch ; senda
e. e-m, to send after one, Eb. 22, Nj. 78, Fms. i. 2 ; ri&a i Hornafjor6 e.
ft y8ru, ride to H. after your things, Nj. 63. y. ellipt., viljum ver
eigi e. fara, we will not follow after them, Eb. 242 ; ek mun hlaupa t)egar
e., Nj. 202. 2. metaph., a. with verbs denoting to look, stara,
lita, sjd, ga, horfa, maena, etc. e. e-u, to stare, look after a thing while
departing, Isl. ii. 261 : leita, spyrja, fretta etc. e. e-u, to ask, ' speer,' seek
after a thing, Nj. 75, Eg. 155, 686, Fms. i. 71, x. 148, etc. p. segja
e. e-m, to tell tales, report behind one's back in a bad sense, 623. 62 ; ^6
at ek seg6a eigi ohapp eptir tengda-monnum minum, Sturl. i. 66 ; sj4 e.
c-u, to look after, miss a thing, Nj. 75 ; leggja hug e. e-u, to mitid a thing,
Isl. ii. 426 ; taka e., to mind, mark a thing; ganga e. e-u, to retain a thing,
Fms.Jt,5, -y verbs denoting to expect; bi3a, vanta e. e-u, to expect,
e-m, to sit up nursing or watching one, cp. Fas. ii. 535.
denoting along, in the direction of a track, road, or the like; 'ir
halsinum, down the bill, Fms. iii. 192 ; lit e. fir3i, stood out alo\ tl
firth, i. 37; innar e. hoUinni, Nj. 270; upp e. dal, Eb. 232; ( a
dalnum, Nj. 34; ofan e. eyrunum, 143; upp e. eyrunum, 85; h
bu9inni, 165 ; lit e. J)vertrdnu, 202 ; ofan e. reykinum, Eb. 23^
e. Skeidum, 224; inn e. Alptafir&i, id.; innar e. isum, 236; inn e
316; ut e. isnum, 236; ut e. Hafsbotnum, Orkn. i ; e. endilongi
one end to another, Fms. x. 16 ; e. mi6ju, along the middle, vii. 89.
metaph. after, according to ; e. J)vi sem vera aetti, Ld. 66 ; e. si8
ok logum, Fms. i. 81 ; e. J)inum fortolum, ii. 32 ; hann leiddisk
tolum hennar, he was led by her persuasion, v. 30 ; gekk allt e. J)
Hallr haffti sagt, Nj. 256; g6kk allt e. J)vi sem honum haf3i vitra
all turned out as he had dreamed, Fms. ii. 231 ; e. minni visan, i. 71
denoting proportion, comparison ; J)6 eigi e. {)vi sem faSir bans
not like his father. Eg. 702 ; fatt manna e. t)vi sem hann var \i
men in comparison to what he used to have, Sturl. ii. 253 ; Jjat var o
J)ar faeri a8rar e., people said that the rest was of one piece, Ld. 1 68
with verbs denoting imitation, indulgence, longing after, etc. ;
holdi sinu, to live after the flesh, Hom. 25 ; lifa e. Gu8i, 73 ; lifit
follow after me. Bias. 45 ; lata e. e-m, to indulge one ; maela e.
take one's part, Nj. 26; breyta e. e-m, to imitate; daema e. e-m,
a sentence for one, 150 ; fylgja e. e-m, to follow after one, N. T. ;
e. e-m, to mimic one's voice and gesture, as a juggler; mun ek u
gera sem J)6r gerit fyrir, / will do after just as you do before, I 9-
hann maelti e. (he repeated the words) ok stefndi rangt, 35 ; leika
to follow one's lead; telja e., to grudge ; langa e., to long afte
xxii. 15. 6. kalla, heita e. e-m, to naine a child after one;
Hakon eptir foSur sinum H&koni, Fms. i. 14 ; kalla6r e. My'r
m68ur-fo6ur sinum, Ld. 108 : Icel. now make a distinction, heita i . .
a e-m, of a living person, and heita e. e-m, of one deceased. |II
denoting behind; fundusk e. {)eim Irskar baekr, Irish books wet
which they had left behind, Landn. (pref.), Fms. xi. 410; dr:
blindan e. s6r, vi. 323 ; bera e-t e. s6r, to drag behind one; hann
s4r hestinn, he led the horse after him. Eg. 766. p. as an ad'
eigi hins verra e. van er slikt ferr fyrir, what worse can come aft,
such things went before f Nj. 34. 2. but chiefly ellipt. or '.
lata e., to leave behind, Sturl. i. 60; sitja e., to sit, stay behind,
66 ; bi8a e., to stay behind; vera e., Grett. 36 new Ed., Bs. i. 21
e., to stay behind, remain, be left, Fms. ii. 231, vi. 248; dvelja;
delay, stop, Sturl. ii. 253 ; leggja e., to lay behind, but liggja <
behind, i. e. be left, Karl. 439 ; eiga e., to have to do, Nj. 56 ;
ver8r e., if naught remain behind, Rb. 126 ; skammt get ek e. piijra
/ guess that little is left of thy life, Nj. 182 ; t)au bjoggu |)ar , tl
remained, stayed there. 25.
B. WITH ACC, TEMP.a/ifer; vetri e. fall Olafs, Eb. (fine) ?-•
vetrum e. drap Eadmundar konungs . . . , vetrum e. andlat Grego
bur8 Christi, lb. 18; e. fall jarls. Eg. 297; e. verk J)essi, Nj. !
immediately after, var kom e. vetr, spring came after winter, 1
hvem dag e. annan, one day after another, Hom. 158 ; ar e. ar, y,
year, Rb. 292 ; dag e. dag, day after day, Fms. ii. 231 ; e. ^: or
J)etta, after that, Lat. deinde, deinceps, Nj. 151, Eb. 58, Bs. i. 5, < eti
e. t)ingit, after the meeting, Eb. 108 ; e. saett Eyrbyggja, 252.
denoting succession, inheritance, remembrance, etc. ; eptir in this
frequent on the Runic stones, to the memory of, after ; hon a ar
mik, Nj. 3; tekit i arf e. fo8ur J)inn, inherited after thy f other
256; ef skapbaBtendr eru eigi til e. bauga, i.e. to receive the ?
Grag. ii. 184 ; J)eir er sektar-f^ eigu at taka e. J)ik, Nj. 230 ; tok
dom e. f68ur sinn, took the kingdom after his father, Fms. i. 2 ;
tok logsogu e. {>6rarinn, Thorkel took the speakership after TborM^
ch. 5, cp. ch. 8, 10 : metaph., vita ^a skdmm e. sik, to know thmH
[will be] after one, i. e. leave such a bad report, Ld. 32 2 ; skaSi m ff"
menn slika, there is a great loss in such men. Eg. 93 ; hann fasta8i
e. son sinn, be fasted the lenten fast after his son's death, Sturl.
sonr . . , e. genginn guma, a son to succeed his deceased father.
maela e. en, or eiga vigsmal (eptir-mal) e. e-n, to conduct the >
one if slain, Nj. 254 (freq.), hence eptir-mal ; eptir vig Ami
konur til erf8ar ok a8ildar, Eb. 194 ; i hefnd e. e-n, to rcvei
death, Nj. 118 ; heimta gjold e. menn sina, to claim weregild, 1
199. p. the phrase, vera e. sig, to be weary after great exertion.
used as adv. after; si8an e. a o3rum degi, on the second dtv '
Hom. 116 ; si8an e., Lat. deinceps, Fms. x. 210 ; um varit •
after, Eb. 125 new Ed. ; annat sumar e., the second summer a
annat haust e., Eb. 184; annan dag e., the second day after '-■
daginn e., the day after, Fms. vii. 153, Bs. i. 21 ; naesta m.-.
126. p. by placing the adverb, prep, at the beginning the si
different, later ; e. um v&rit, later during the spring, Eb. 98.
used adverb, with the relat. particles er, at ; e. er, Lat. postqua
i. 10 ; e. at, id., K. J>. K. 32, p. eptir a, afterward; the prov '
(mod. eptir a) koma osvinnum ra8 i hug, the fool is wise too la ^ .
EPTIRBATR— ER.
131
7, Fas. i. 98 ; eptir d, kvaft hinn . . . , ' after a bit,' quotb the . . ., (a,
roverb.)
eptir-bfitr, m. an ' after-boat^ ship's boat. Eg. 374, Fms. vii. 195, 214,
)rkn. 420 : metaph. a laggard, Faer. 49, Isl. i. 236.
eptir-bi3, f. waiting for.
eptir-breytni, f. imitation, following, (eccl.)
eptir-brseflrasynir, m. pi. second cousins (Norse), N.G. L. i. 189.
eptir-burflr, m. second birth, Stj. Gen. xxxviii. 29.
eptir-drag, n. a trail, track; hafa i eptirdragi.
optir-dromi, n. example, Stj. 132, Fms. i, 141, Faer. 137, Bs. i. 263.
eptir-farandi, pun. following, Stj. 10, Bs. i. 263.
eptir-fer3, f. pursuit, Eb. 296, Orkn. 442.
optir-fr6tt, f. asking after, inquiry, Sks. 52, Bs. i. 632.
eptir-fyigfl, {.following after one.
eptir -faerilegr, adj. = Lat. investigabilis, Horn. 16.
eptir-f6r, f./'!<rsw«V, Eg. 593.
eptir-ganga, u, f. a going after, following, attendance, Eb. 112, Sturl.
14, iii. 10 : prosecution of a thing, Fms. vii. 358. eptirgSngu-maflr,
1. a follower, Eb. II3.
eptir-gangr, m. = eptirganga. compDs: eptirgangs-munir, m.
. importunity. eptirgangs-samr, a.d]. pressing one's claims, impor-
mate. eptirgangs-semi, f. insisting upon a claim.
Bptir-gengi, n. id., Bs. i. 852.
Dptir-glikjari, a, m. an imitator, follower, Bs. i. 90.
aptir-grenzlan, f. investigation.
iiptir-gOrfl, f. ' after-making,' i. e. funeral-honours, esp. gifts for the soul
\' the dead, Fms. x. 103, 234, GJ)1. 61.
j:ptir-hermur, f. pi. mimicking one's voice and gesture.
iiptir-hreyta, u, f. the 'after-milk,' Grond. 182.
hptir-komandi, p^rt. following, future, Edda 150 (pref.) : a successor,
|ns. ix. 328, V.I., Dipl. i. 2 : in pi. offspring, Landn. 354, Stj. 386.
hptir-kaera, u, {.prosecution, Rd. 275.
I)ptir-k6st, n. pi. after-whims.
!ptir-ldtligr, adj. pleasing, Bs. i. 636.
jiptir-ldtr, adj. buxom, complaisant, obedient, Nj.68, Fms. xi. 71, Fas.
j. 196, Stj. 71, Fs. 80.
'iptirlit-samr, adj. id., Stj. 11.
i:ptir-lei3is, adv. /or the future.
Iiptir-leifar, f. pi. remains, Stj. 543.
(iptir-leikr, m. after-play; in the proverb, ovandari er eptirleikrinn.
Iptir-leit, f. search, pursuit, Nj. 133, Eb. 218, Fms. xi. 240.
j ptir-leitan, f. searching for, pursuing, Fms. i. 68, vii. 106, x. 268 :
l:taph. request, Sturl. ii. 80, Sks. 234.
tptir-lit, n. looking after a thing, eptirlits-samr, adj. (eptirlits-
imi, f.), careful, attentive.
ptir-lifi, n. indulgence, Stj. 155, Rb. 384, Sks. 619.
iptir-lifr, adj. indulgent. Mar.
ptir-lfldng (-gliking), f. imitation, 623. 26, Horn. 44, Fms. vi. 28,
. 51, Bs. ii. 157. 2. a parable, N. T.
ptir-Hkjandi, part, imitator, Horn. 48, 51.
ptir-lseti, n. enjoyment, Stj. 31, 51, 144, 509, Nj. 13. 2. fond
iulgence (esp. foi a child), Ld. 88, Gisl. 85, G\\. 64. compds :
tirl8etis-barn, n. a pet child, spoilt child. eptir Isetis-lif, n. a
'. of indulgence, Ver. 28, 625. 28. eptirl8etis-J)j6nusta, u, f. an
\' of indulgence, Stj. 78.
ptir-l6ngun, f. a longing after, desire for.
ptir-mdl, n. an ' after-sint,' i. e. prosecution undertaken after a person
slain, properly by the next heir (a5ili, q. v.), Nj. i JO, 128, 166, Fms.
224. COMPDS : eptirmdls-maSr, m. a prosecutor, Bar6. 171.
tirm£la-sta3r, m. = eptirmal, Hkv. 55.
ptir-mdli, a, m. an epilogue, (mod.)
ptir-m411, adj. i?idulgent, consenting, Nj. 13.
ptir-mjolt, f. = eptirhreyta.
ptir-mynd, f. a copy, drawing, (mod.)
ptir-mselandi, part, the prosecutor in an eptirmal, Js. 40, Nj. 175.
ptir-mseli, n.fond indulgence, Fms. x. 375, Nj. 26. 2. = eptirmal,
■ 176. 3. good report, Mar., Rom. 289.
ptir-ris, f. a running after, pursuit, Grag. i. 440, Js. 39.
ptir-reifl, {.pursuit on horseback, Nj. 254, Landn. 152.
ptir-rekstr, m. a driving one to go on.
ptir-rit, n. an after-writ, copy (mod.), opp. to frumrit.
ptir-r63r, m. the rowing in pursuit of one, Hkr. iii. 94.
ptir-r^ning, f. the prying into a thing, Eb. 54. compds : eptir-
pinga-maSr, m. a prying, inquisitive person, eptirr^ninga-sanir,
• " P''y'''g man, Eb. 54, v. I.
ptir-aeta, u, f. sitting back, i. e. remaining behind, N. G. L. i. 156.
ptir-sj4 (-sj6n), f. the looking with desire after a lost thing, hence loss,
f/, Fms. i. 258, vii. 104, Ld. 194 : attending to, 298, Sturl. i. 27.
ptir-skoflun, f. a looking after, 655 xxxii. 13.
?tix-s6kn, f. a seeking ^ter, pursuing. Bias. 38, Fms. i. 222.
ptir-spum, f. speering after, inquiring for.
eptir-stada, u, f. (-stOflvar, f. pi.), remains, arrears, B. K. 118.
eptir-staflsl, adj. remaining behind, Fms. xi. i.
eptir-s^n, f. looking after one, 0. T. epttrs^ar-madr, m. = eptir-
mAlsma&r, N.G. L. i. 170.
eptir-takanlegr, adj. (-liga, adv.), perceptible.
eptir-tekja, u, f. produce, revenue.
eptir-tekt, f. attention: eptirtektar-samr, adj. nundful.
eptir-t61\ir, f. pi. an ' after-counting,' grudging.
eptir- vsenting, f. expectation, N. T.
eptir-J)6rf, f., in the phrase, koma ekki i e., to be not amiss.
eptir-setlandi, part, one who intends to prosecute, N. G. L. i. 165.
EPTBI, compar., and EPTSTR or epztr, superl. (also sometimes
aptari, aptastr), the aftermost, hinder, hindmost : 1. loc, eptra
faeti, the hind leg, Edda 28 ; baSa faetr hina eptri, Vigl. 21 (aptr-faetr, bind
legs) ; til hins eptra austr-riims, the hindmost, opp. to fremri, Fms. viil.
139; framstafninn ok hinn eptri (viz. stafn), ii. 304; eptra (aptara) hjalt
(of a sword), Fas. iii. 244 ; at aptara stafni, 429 ; eigi vii ek vera aptastr
allra minna manna, I will not be the hindmost of all my men, Fms. H.
307 ; er raddar-staf hefir eptra i nafninu, Skalda 165. 2. temp, later,
last; en eftri bur5ar-ti3 en hin fyrri, Horn. 56; hina eftri hingatkomu
Krists, 106 ; J)a era {)eir skrcikvattar er eftri b4ru, that last bore witness,
N. G. L. i. 32 ; vide efri and aptr.
ER, old form es, mod. sometimes e3, but usually ' er ;' indecl. particle
used as relat. pron. or as relat. adv. ; in very old MSS. always es, and
rhymed so by old poets ; in the 1 2th century it changed into er. In
poems and in law phrases the particle ' es ' is suffixed to the pronoun or
adverb, as s or z, e.g. thus : as pron., sa's = sa es (so in 'people's Engl.'
he as, him as, for he who, etc.), Hkr. iii. 11 (Sighvat) ; dat. J)eim's =
J)eim es, illi qui, Hm. 3, Fms. vi. 38 (Sighvat) ; ace. masc. J)ann'z
or J)ann's = J)ann es, ilium qui, Vsp. 45 (MS.), Od. i, Hm. 44, 120,
Hym. 39, Am. 90; neut. J)atz = J)at es, illud quod, Hm. 39, Am. 37,
Hkv. Hjorv. 3, Fms. iii. 9 (Hallfred) : as conj. or adv., hvart'z . . . e8a =
hvart es . . . e5a, utrum . . . an, Grag. (Ed. 1853) ; hvart'z hann vill at
reiSa e&a . . ., i. 25, 145, 152, 155, 156, 161, 233, ii. 50: as adv.,
{)egar's = J)egar es, as soon as, Grag. (Ed. 1853) i. 94, Am. 30; siSan's
= si5an es, since (Old Engl, sithens, sithence), 78 ; even sem's = sem es.
Am. 103; hvar's = hvar es, wherever, 47, Mork. 138, Hm. 138 ; hve's =
hve es, however, 140 (MS. hvers), Skalda 190 (in a verse) ; J)ar's = J)ar es,
there where, i.e. where, Grag. i. 46, 153, Hm. 66, Hbl. 60, Gm. 8, Ls.
50, Mork. 18, 34, 37, 62, 170, Sk&lda 189 (Bragi), Edda (Ht.) 124, where
this anastrophe is called hrzgzr-mkX, poetical diction ; hvarge's = hvarge es,
wherever, Grag. ii. 44. The Icel. has no relat. pron. but only the relat.
particles er and sem, both of them indecl. in gender, case, and number;
in simple sentences the sense (gender etc.) is clear from the context ; and
the language has certain expedients to meet the deficiency.
A. Used as relat. pron. which, who, that: I. used alone,
where there is perhaps an ellipse of the demonstrative, er = er hann (J)eir,
{)aer, {)eim, etc.) ; a. nom., a t)eim bae, er Abia heitir, 625. 83 ; MorSr
h^t maSr, er kallaSr var Gigja, Nj. I ; hann atti dottur eina, er Unnr
h6t, id. ; J)a skulu J)eir, er faeri eru {who are) saman, Gr4g. i. 9 ; maSr, er
{)essa J)urfi, id. ; at J)eim svorum, er verSa, 19 ; lift J)at, er J)eim haf9i
pangat fylgt, Fms. i. 62; konur J)aer, er volfur voru kalladar, iii. 212;
J)eim uhga manni, er J)ar sitr hja J)^r, id. p. ace, J)ingfesti manna
jieirra, er (quos) menn vilja saekja, Grag. i. 19 ; sakar J)eirrar, er (quam)
ek hefi h6f5a&, id. y. gen., aftra hluti J)a, er (quorum) menn vildu visir
ver8a, Fms. iii. 212. 5. dat., J)ann einn, er (cui) hann ann litiS, Fms.
i. 86. €. joined to a demonstrative ; allir J>raendir, J)eir er . . ., all the
Th., who . . ., Fms. i. 62. II. with a prep., which, as often in
Engl., is placed at the end of the sentence ; er hann kom til, whom he came
to; land, er hann kom fra, the land be came from ; so Lat. quocum venit
= er hann kom med ; sub quibus = er . . . undir ; in quibus = er . . . i, etc. :
the prep, may also be a penultimate, e. g. the phrase, er m4r er a van,
which I have a hope of; or, er hann var yfir settr, whom be was set over,
etc. ; thi* use of the pronoun is undoubtedly elliptical, the corresponding
demonstrative pronoun being left out, although the ellipse is not felt ;
J)vengrinn sa er mu5rinn Loka var saman rifjaSr me8 (Kb. omits the
prep.), the lace that the mouth of Loki was stitched with, Edda 71 ; 68rum
hofiiingjum, J)eim er honum J)6tti liSs at van (that is to say, {>eini, er
honum J)6tti li8s van at J)eim), at whose hands, i. z.from whom be thought
help likely to come, Fms. i ; J)eir er ek maeli J)etta til ( = er ek maeli {jetta
til J)eirra), those to whom I speak, xi. 12; er engi hefir aSr til or8it, Nj. 1 90 ;
in st6ni8gi jotunn, er or steini var hofu8it a ( = er or stcini var h6fu8it
a honum), whose head was of stone, Hbl. 15 ; t)vi er v<5r ur8um a s4ttir,
Fms. xi. 34 ; vi8 glugg J)ann 1 loptinu, er fuglinn hafSi 48r vi8 seti8, the
window close to which the bird sat. Eg. ; nokkurum J)eim hofSingja, er
mer s6 eigandi vinatta vi8 (viz. \)i), 6. H. 78 ; pk sj6n, er m<5r t)ykir
mikils um vert (viz. hana), 74 ; er m^r l>at at syn or8it, er ek hefi opt
heyrt fra sagt ( = fra ^vi sagt), 57 ; til vatns {)ess, er A en Helga fellr 6r,
163 ; til kirkju J)eirra, es bein eru faEr8 til, Gr4g. i. 13 new Ed. H.
ellipt. the prep, being understood, esp. to avoid the repetition of it;
eldririn sa er brendr var Asg»r8r (viz. me8), Edda (pref.) ; hann gdkk
132
ER—ERFI.
1
til herbergis Jjcss, er konungr var inni (viz. i), be went to the bouse that
the king was in, 0. H. l6o, Fb. iii. 251 ; dyrr j)aer, er ganga matti upp a
hiisit (viz. gegnum, through), the doors through which one could walk up
to the house, Eg. 421 ; or t'eim aettum er m6r t)6ttu fuglarnir fljiiga (viz.
<5r), the airt (quarter) that I thought the birds flew from, Isl. ii. 196 ; yfir
J)eim manni, er McirJr haf3i sok sina fram sagt (viz. yfir), the man over
whose bead (Jo whom) Mord had pleaded his suit, Nj. 242 ; J)rju ^ing,
|)au er menn setlu3u (viz. a), three parliaments, in (during) which men
thought . . ., 71 ; naer borg Jieirri, er konungr sat (viz. i), near the town
the king resided in. Eg. 287 ; Montakassin, er dyrkast Benedictus, Monte
Cassino, where B. is worshipped, Fms. xi. 415 ; fieir hafa mi lati& lif sitt
fyrir skommu, er mer J)ykir eigi vert at lifa (viz. eptir), they, whom me-
tbinks it is not worth while to outlive, 150 ; fara eptir me8 hunda, er J)eir
voru vanir at spyrja ^a upp (viz. me5), er undan hljopusk, they pursued
with bounds, that they were wont to pick up fugitives with, i. e. with blood-
bounds, V. 145 ; l)at er i J)rem stoSum, er dau6um ma sok gefa (viz. i),
it is in three places that a man can be slain with impunity, N. G. L. i. 62 ;
J)at er i einum sta&, er ma3r hittir (viz. i), it is in one place that...,
id. III. a demonstrative pron. may be added to the relat. particle,
e. g. er J)eirra = quorum, er J)eim = quibus, er bans, er hennar = cujus ; but
this is chiefly used in old translations from Lat., being rarely found in
original writings ; J)ann konung, er undir honum em skatt-konungar, that
king under whom vassals serve, Edda 93 ; ekkja heitir su, er biiandi hennar
(whose husband) var& s6tt-dau6r ; hsell er su kona koUuft er buandi hennar
er veginn, 108 ; su sam-stafa, er raddar-stafr hennar er nattiirlega skammr,
that syllable, the vowel of which is naturally short, Skalda 1 79 ; sa ma6r, er
hann vill, that man who wishes, Grag. i. 19 ; sa ma5r, er hann skal fasta,
36 ; nema ein Gu6run, er hon aeva gret, G. that never wailed, Gh. 40 ;
^ess manns, er hann girnisk, Hom. 54; sael er sii bygghla6a . . . er or
Jjcirri . . . , felix est illud borreum . . . unde .. ., Hom. 1 5 ; engi er haerri
speki en sii, er i J)eirri . . . , nulla melior est sapientia quam ea, qua, . ..,
a 8 ; varSveita bodor& bans, fyrir J)ann er ver erum skapaSir, ejusque
mandata custodire, per quern creati sumus, 28 ; harSa gofugr er hattr
hofsemi, fyrir {ja er saman stendr . . . , nobilis virtus est valde temperantia,
per quam . . ., id. ; elskendum Gu3 {lann er sva maelti, Deum diligentibus
qui ait, id. ; skirn Grae6ara vars, er i J)eirri, 56 ; er a J)eim = in quibus,
5 a : rare in mod. writers, enginn kann ad jata e6r idrast r^ttilega J)eirrar
syndar, er hann J)ekkir ekki staerS hennar og ilsku, Vidal. i. 2 26. IV.
in the 14th century, the relat. pron. hverr was admitted, but by adding
the particle er ; yet it has never prevailed, and no relative pronoun is used
in Icel. (except that this pronoun occurs in the N. T. and sermons, e. g.
Luke xi. I, whose blood Pilate bad mingled, is rendered hverra bloSi
Pilatus hafSi blandaS; an old translator would have said, er P. haf&i
blandaS bl66i Jpeirra): hvern er J)eir erf6u, M.K. 156; hverjar er hon
lauk mer, id.; af hverju er hann megi marka, Stj. 1 14; hvat er takna
mundi, Fms. xi. 12. V. the few following instances are rare and
curious, er J)u, er ek, er m^r, er hon ; and are analogous to the Germ, der
ich, der du, I that, thou that; in Hm. I.e. 'er' is almost a superfluous
enclitic, eyvitar fyrna er ma&r annan skal, Hm. 93 ; sattir {)inar er ek
vil snemma hafa, Aim. 7 ; ojafnt skipta er |)u mundir, Hbl. 25 ; Jjrar
hafSar er ek hefi, Fsm. 50 ; au8i fra er mer aetluS var, sandi orpin sseng,
SI. 49 ; lauga-vatn er mer leiSast var eitt allra hluta, 50 ; serr ertu Loki, er
l)U y8ra telr, Ls. 29, cp. 21, Og. 12, Hkv. 2. 32 ; tioll, er J)ik bita eigi
jarn, Isl. ii. 364. ^S* This want of a proper relat. pron. has probably
preserved Icel. prose from foreign influences ; in rendering Lat. or mod.
Germ, into Icel. almost every sentence must be altered and broken up in
order to make it vernacular.
B. Conj. and adv. joined with a demonstrative particle, where,
when: 1. loc, {)ar er, there where = ubi; {)ar er hvarki s6 akr
ne eng, Grag. i. 123; hvervetna J)ess, er, N.G. L. passim. 2.
temp, when ; ok er, and when ; en er, hut when ; J)a er, then when ; J)ar
til er, until, etc., passim ; annan dag, er menn gengu, Nj. 3 ; bra J)eim
mjok vid, er J)au sa hann, 68 ; sjaldan f6r"J)a sva, er vel vildi, Ld. 290 ;
ok i J)vi er {jorgils, and in the nick of time when Tb., id. ; J)a let i
hamrinum sem er (as when) rei& gengr, Isl. ii. 434 ; naest er ver komum,
next when we came. Eg. 287 ; J)a er v^r, when we, id. II. conj.
that (vide ' at' II, p. 29) ; j)at er (is) mitt ra8 er {that) J)u kallir til tals.
Eg. 540 ; ok |)at, er hann aetlar, Nj. 7 ; ok fansk {)at a ollu, er (that) hon
t)6ttisk vargefin, 17; en J)essi er (is) frasogn til J)ess, er (that) J)eir voru
Heljar-skinn kallaSir, Sturl. i. i ; ok finna honum J)a sok, er (en MS.)
hann haffti verit, that he bad been, Fms. vii. 331 ; af hverju er hann megi
marka, ^^om which he may infer, Stj. 135 ; hvart er (en MS.) er (is) ungr
eSa gamall, either that be is young or old, N. G. L. i. 349 ; spur8i hann
at, hvart er, asked him whether, Barl. 92 ; mikill ska6i, er slikr ma6r,
that such a man, Fms. vi. 15 ; htegligt m<5r {)at J)ykkir, er (that) J)u J)inn
harm tinir. Am. 53 ; er J)er gengsk ilia, that it goes ill with thee, 53, 89 ;
bins viltii geta, er (that) vit Hrungnir deildum, Hbl. 15. 2. denot-
ing cause ; er d6ttir min er hord i skapi, /or that my daughter is bard of
heart, Nj. 17. p. er ^^6, although, Skalda 164. 3. {)egar er, as
soon as, when, Fms. iv. 95, cp. J)egar's above : alls er {)u tit, for that thou
art, i. 305; siSan cr, since, after (bat, Grag. i. 135; en sidan er Freyr,
haf5i heygSr verit, Hkr. (pref.) ; but without ' er,' N. G. L. i. 3^
the earliest and best MSS. distinction is made between eptir er (posta
J)egar er (quum), me3an er (dum), si8an er (postquam), and on the
hand eptir (post), J)egar (jam), me5an (interdum), siSan (post, de.
cp. meSan's, si6an's, J)egar's, above ; but in most old MSS. and \
the particle is left out, often, no doubt, merely from inaccuracy tl
MSS., or even in the editions, (in MSS. ' er' is almost always spelt
easily overlooked) : again, in mod. usage the particle ' at, a&,' i.s
used as equivalent to ' er,' meSan a&, whilst; si6an a8, since that ; t)ej| ai
postquam, (vide ' at' V, p. 29.) |
ER, 3rd pers. pres. is, vide vera.
fiR, pi., and it, dual, spelt ier, 0. H. 147 (twice), 205, 216 (1
227; \Go\h.. jus = vnus; A.S. ge; Engl, ye, you ; Germ, ihr;
Dan. /] : — ye, you. That er and not J)er is the old form is clear frf
alliteration of old poems and the spelling of old MSS. : allit., er 1
allir ei6a vinna, Skv. I. 37 ; it (a<pu) munut alia ei&a vinna, 31 ; aj
er jarlar eiki-kostinn, Gh. 20 ; lifit einir er J)atta aettar minnar, Hi
se6ra 63al en er hafit, Rm. 45 (MS. wrongly J)er) ; er sjaid undir
y6vars GraeSara blaeQa, Lb. 44 (a poem of the beginning of th
century). It is often spelt so in Kb. of Saem. ; hvers biSit er, Hkv
J)6 J)ykkisk er, Skv. 3. 36 ; borSusk er braeSr ungir. Am. 93 ; ur
glikir, Gh. 3 ; ef it, id. ; en er heyrt hafit, Hy'm. 38 ; J)a er («//.
ye, Ls. 51 ; er it heim komit, Skv. i. 42 : er knattud, Edda 10 jin
verse) : in very old MSS. (i 2th century) no other form was ever use
er it, 623. 24 ; J)at er er {that which ye) heyrit, 656 A. 2. 15 ; er bra
minnisk eT,ye brethren, remember ye, 7 ; treystisk er, 623. 32 ; 1
eigi er, 48. In MSS. of the middle of the 13th century the old fo
occurs, e.g. 0. H., ^r hafit, 52; er skolu, 216; |)egar er 4r ko
soon as ye come, 67; sem er mynit, 119; er hafit, 141 ; til hvei
erot, that ye are, 151 ; ef er vilit heldr, 166 ; er erot z\\\T,ye are ai
sem er kunnut, 196 ; sem ier vilit, 205 ; sem er vito5, as ye knoi
ef er vilit, 208 ; t)eim er er sendo5, those that ye sent, 211 : the Hei
(MS. of the same time) — unz ^r, (Isl. ii.) 333 ; ef er J)urfut, 34^
farit, 346 (twice) ; allz er erut, id. ; er er komi6, as ye come, id. {91
sex, but ye six, 347 ; ok er, and ye, 361 ; ^r hafit J)rasamliga, 361 tl
it fe8gar, 364 : Jomsvik. S. — ef 6r, (Fms. xi.) 115, 123 : Mork. 9, -
98, 103, 106, passim. It even occurs now and then in Njala (Arna
468) — er CTVLt,ye are, 223 ; hverrar U8veizlu er Jjykkisk mest J)url ..
^r ertud hann, Skalda 1 71; Fari8-a er, fare ye not, Hkr. i. (in a
It is still more freq. after a dental 6, t,p; in old MSS. that giv
6 it runs thus — vitoj) er, hafij) er, skoluj) er, meguj) er, lifij) er, e
ye, have ye, shall ye, may ye, live ye, etc. ; hence originates by
diaeresis the regular Icel. form J)er, common both to old and mod. •
vide {)u, where the other forms will be explained.
URBI, n. [akin to ar8r], a heavy balk of timber, Grett. 125 lenc
the phrase, t)ungt sem er3i, heavy as a balk.
erenda, d, to perform an errand, Vigl. 29.
erendi, etc., v. eyrendi.
erfa, 8, with ace. to honour with a funeral feast, cp. the Irisl jlira!
to 'wake' him. Eg. 606; si8an let Egill e. sonu sina epti ibm
si8venju, 644, Fms. i. 161, xi. 67. 2. to inherit, N. T. ai moi
writers. p. metaph. in the phrase, e. e-t vi8 e-n, to bear long lalid
to grumble.
ERFD, f. [Germ, erbe"], inheritance ; for the etymology vide a , '*'
law distinguishes between fraend-erf8, family inheritance, and -
alien inheritance, N.G. L. ii. 146; within the fraend-erfS the law ;
thirteen degrees of kin, GJ)1. 232-242, N. G. L. i. 49, Jb. 128 sqc
i. l7osqq. : special kinds of ' ut-erf8 ' are, brand-erf8 (q. v.), g-
skip-erf3, gjaf-erfS, land-erf8, felaga-erf8, htla-erf8, leysings-erfS, G. i
i. 50 : again, in mod. usage erf8 implies the notion of a family, 'id u'
erra, lit-arfar are used of distant kinsfolk, inheritance in a differ lim
or the like ; vide Grag., Nj., and the Sagas freq. p. inheriting \tucei
sion, G^\. 48-55. coMPDS : erfSa-bdlkr, m. the section oflc tr'-^
ing of inheritance, Ann. 1273. erf3a-einktmn, f. an hereditc '
(on cattle), Grag. ii. 304. erf3a-f6, n. an heirloom, inberitaml^
i. 206. erf8a-go3or3, n. hereditary priesthood, Sturl. i. 198. irfSa
land, n. patrimony, land of inheritance, Stj. 50, 66, Orkn. 126, jM. iv
224, vi. 20. erf3a-ma3r, m. an beir, Js. 38. erf3a-ma:j, 0-
erfSa-einkunn, Grag. i. 422, 423. erf3a-iua>l, n. a lawsi\.m t'
inheritance, Nj. 6, 92. erf3a-partr, m. share of inheritance, . '"
erf3a-skipan, f. a law, ordinance of inheritance, N . G. L. i. 49. ri
sta3r, m. hereditary estates, used in a special sense of church (,ie-
held by lay impropriators, vide Arna S., Bs. i. 794. erfSa-tfin. ">
section of law respecting inheritance, GJ)1. 55. erf3a-iiinai ». ">
an 'limagi' having an inherited right to support, Grag. i. li.,J37
erf3a-61dr, n. [Dan. arvebt], a funeral feast, N. G. L. i. 432. I
erfi, n. a wake, funeral feast, Nj. 167, Fms. i. 161, xi. 68, Ld. ',G))1
275, Rb. 344, N. G. L. i. 391, Am. 83, Gh. 8. For the sumptuoi: lonera
feasts of antiquity, vide esp. Landn. 3. lo, where the guests w mon
than fourteen hundred, Ld. ch. 26, 27; var mi drukkit alii un*"
,bruUaup Olafs ok erfi Unnar, ch. 7, Floam.S. ch, 2, Jomsv. SI1.21
>f(
ERFISDRYKKJA— ERTR.
138
7, coMTOS: erfis-drykkja, u, f. a funeral feast. Pass. 49, 16.
rfis-gttrd, f. = erfi, Fms. xi. 69.
erfifla or erviSa, a6, [Goth, arbaidjan = xomav ; early Germ, erbeiten;
lod. Germ, arheiten ; mod. Dan. arbeide is borrowed from Germ.] : — to
■M,lahour, Edda 149 (pref.), 677. il ; allir J)er sem erviSiS og J)unga eru&
laSiiir, Matth. xi. 28 : metaph., e. e-m, to cause one toil and trouble.
Is. i. 726 : trans., e. jorSina, to till the earth, Stj. 30 : impers., sottar-far
ans erfifiaSi, bis illness grew worse, Fms. x. 147. In the Icel. N. T. it
, sometimes used in the same passages which have arbaidjan in Ulf., e. g.
eldr hefi eg miklu meir erfi8a8 en allir ^ch aSrir, I Cor. xv. 10 ; (ilium
eim sem styrkja til og erfiSa, xvi. 16 ; a3 eg hafi til einskis erfi8a5 hja
Jr, Gal. iv. II ; heldr erfi6i og afli med hiindum, Ephes. iv. a8 ; hvar
,rir eg erfi8a og stridi, Col. i. 29 ; J)a sem erfiSa me5al y8ar, i Thess. v.
1 ; {)vi at til {)ess hins sama erfiSum ver einnig, I Tim. iv. lO ; in 2 Tim.
. 6 the Icel. text has ' sa sem akrinn erjar.'
erfifl-drsegr, adj. difficult, Sturl. iii. 271.
erflfli or erviSi (serfafli, N. G. L. i. 391 ; serfaS, id. 1. 10), n. [Ulf.
>-baibs = K6vos; A. S. earfo^ ; O. H. G. arapeit ; mod. Germ, arbeit,
hich shews that mod. Dan. arbeide and Swed. arbete are borrowed from
le Germ. ; lost in Engl. The etymology of this word is uncertain ; the
:el. notion is to derive it from er- priv. and vi8a = vinna, to work, but it
scarcely right ; Grimm, s. v. arbeit, suggests it to be akin to Lat. labor;
!ax Miiller refers it to the root ar, to plough. Science of Language, p. 258,
d Ed. ; but arfiSi (Bjcirn, p. 41) instead of ervi8i is a fictitious form, and
e statement that in old Norse or Icel. it means ploughing rests only
1 a fancy of old Bjorn (Diet. 1. c), to which he was probably led by
e similarity between Lat. arvum to Germ, and mod. Dan. arbeit, arbeide :
fact the Icel., ancient or modern, conveys no such notion ; even in the
(1 heathen poems the word is used exactly in the present sense, which
;ain is the same as in Ulf.] : — toil, labour, and metaph. toil, trouble ;
the allit. phrase, e. en eigi eyrendi, toil hut no errand, i. e. lost labour,
kv. 10, II, Hkv. Hjorv. 5 ; vil ok e., toil and trouble (of travelling),
'1)1. 58, Skalda 163 ; kvaftusk hafa haft mikit e. ok ongu a lei6 komiS,
|)is. v. 21, Post. 645. 58, Sks. 235, V. 1., N. G. L. 1. c. 2. metaph.
V.tress, suffering; drygja e., to ' dree' distress, Gm. 35 (heathen poem),
|in N. G. L. i. 391 this phrase is used of a priest officiating; hungr,
'rsti, e., Horn. 160: in pi., me3r morgum erfiSum er a hana leggjask,
ji. 51 : an old poet (Amor) calls the heaven the erfi&i of the dwarfs,
lie dvergr. In the Icel. N. T. erfi8i is often used in the very same
'ssages as in Ulf., thus — ySvart e. er eigi on^tt i Drottni, i Cor. xv. 58 ;
l:rfi&i, i vokum, i fostu, 2 Cor. vi. 5 ; og hrosum oss eigi fram )rfir
jelingu 1 annarlegu erfiSi, x. 15 ; og vort e. yrSi til onytis, i Thess. iii.
jcp. Uif. J. c. p. medic, asthma, difficulty in breathing ; brjost-erfiSi,
iivy breathing. compds : erfi3is-dau3i, a, m. a painful, bard death,
'5 xxxii. 17. erfidis-laun, n. pi. a recompense for labour or suffer-
f, Ni3rst. 5, Fms. vi. 149, Barl. 95. erfl3is-16ttir, m. a reliever of
your, Stj. 19. erfi3is-mtmir, m. pi. toils, exertion, Bar8. 180, Fas.
\0l, Fb. i. 280. erfl3is-nau3, f. servitude, grinding labour, Stj.
7, 265. erfl3is-samr, adj. toilsome, Stj. 32. erfl3is-semi, f.
I. ervi3is-verk, n. hard work, Stj. 363, 264.
rfl3-Ieiki, m. hardship, difficulty.
|rfl3-liga, adv. with pain and toil ; er hann sotti e. til bans, he strove
d to get up to him, Edda 60; e-t horfir e., looks bard, Nj. 139;
a e. vid e-n, to treat one harshly. Fas. ii. 96; at skipi J)essu farisk e.,
1/ his ship will fare ill, make a bad voyage, vi. 376 ; var8 mer J)ar
iSligast urn, there I met with the greatest difficulties, Nj. 163.
rfid-ligr, adj. toilsome, difficult, adverse; margir hlutir e. ok J)ung-
u, adverse and heavy, Fms. viii. 31, Sks. 335.
rfl8-lifl, n. a life of (oil, 655 viii. 3.
rfl8r, adj. toilsome, bard, difficult; ok var af J)vi honum erfitt biiit,
heavy, troublesome household, Bs. i. 63 ; erfiSa fer8 hafa J)eir fengit
. they have made a bard journey for us, Fms. v. 22; GuSriin var
0 a gripa-kaupum, G. was troublesome {extravagant) in buying finery,
■ 134; e-m ver8r e-t erfitt, one has a difficulty about the thing, Fms.
54- p. bard, unyielding; var Flosi erfiSr, en a8rir J)6 erfi8ri
klu, F. was hard, but others much harder, Nj. 186, 187 ; jarl var lengi
w, the earl long remained inexorable, 271 ; ek var y8r {)a erfi8r,
). y. hard breathing ; ok er hann vaknaSi var honum erfitt or8it,
en he awoke be drew a deep breath, after a bad dream, tsl. ii. 194 ;
Idisk Helgi, J)vi at honum var orSit erfitt, H. rested, because be was
>austed (from walking), Dropl. 22 ; J)6 honum vaeri mali8 erfitt, though
^poie with difficidty (of a sick person), Bs. i. 1 10. 8. var J)ess
ftar {the more difficult) sem.... Fas. i. 81: so in the phrase, e-m
tir erfitt, one has bard work, Bs. i. 555, Nj. 117; erfitt mun J)eim
ta at ganga i moti giptu {)inni, 171.
^•drapa, u, f. a funeral poem, Fbr. 16, Fms. vi. 198, v. 64.
:^3-8amligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), toilsome, bard, 6'j'j. 10.
•fi8-viimr, adj. hard to work, Grett. 114 A.
'fi-flokkr, m. a short funeral poem, Fms. vi. 1 1 7.
'fi-kv8B3i, n. a funeral poem, ^gtMt&^z, Eg. 605.
"flngi, ja, m., (arfiugi, Fms. ix. 328, G^l. 287), pi. erfingjar, [arh-
ingjas (p\.). Runic stone in Tune; Ulf. renders leXripovSnoi by arbja
or arbinumja ; Dan. arving ; Swed. arfvinge] : — an heir, Grag. i. 2 1 7, Eg.
25. Nj. 3, 656 C. 36, Fms. I.e., etc. etc. erfingja-lauss, adj. witbout
heirs, Fms. v. 398, x. 307.
erfl-veizla, u, f. a funeral banquet, Bs. i. 837.
erfi-v6r8r, m. [A. S. erfeveord], an heir, po^t., (^. I4, Akv. 13, cp.
the emendation of Bugge to Skv. 3. 60.
erfl-Ol, n. [Dan. arveol], a wake, funeral feast, N. G. L. i. 14.
ERG, n., Gael, word, answering to the Scot, sbiel or shieling; upp um
dalinn |)ar sem var erg nokkut, J)at kollu v^r setr=:der som vaar nogct
erg, det kalde vi saetter (in the Danish transl.), Orkn. 448 (Addit.), cp.
local names in Caithness, e. g. Asgrims-erg, Orkn. 458.
ERGI, f. [argr], lewdness, lust; ergi, ae8i ok ojjola, Skm. 36, Fas. iii.
390; e. keisara dottur, Baer. 15, El. 10; ilsku ok e. ok hordom, Barl.
138 : wickedness, me8 e. ok skelmisskap, Gisl. 31, Yngl. S. ch. 7 : in mod.
usage ergja, f., means greediness for money or the like ; the rare sense
of moodiness is quite mod., and borrowed from Germ, through Dan.
ergjask, 8, dep. to become a coward, only in the proverb, sva ergisk
hverr sem eldisk, Hrafn. 25, Fms. iii. 192, iv. 346.
erill, m. [erja], a fuss, bustle.
EBJA, ar8i, pres. er, sup. arit ; mod. pres. erjar, erjaSi, 2 Tim. ii. 6 ;
[A. S. erjan; Old Engl, to ear; cp. Lat. arar, Gr. dpovv] : — to plough;
J)raelamir skyldi erja, Landn. 35, v. 1., cp. Fms. i. 240 ; eitt nes J)at fyrir-
bau8 hann at e., longum tima eptir or8u menn hlut af nesinu, Bs. i. 293 ;
t)er hafit arit me8 minni kvigu, Stj. 412 : in the saying, seint sa man
erja, he will be slow to put his band to the plough, will be good for
nothing, Gliim. 341. p. metaph. to scratch; hann laetr e. skoinn um
legginn litan, O. H. L. 45 ; kom bl68refillinn i enni Ketils ok ar8i niSr
um nefit. Fas. ii. 126.
eijur, f. pi. brawl, fuss, quarrels.
ERKI-, [Gr. dpxi-; Engl, arch-, etc.] I. eccl. arch-, in
COMPDS : erki-biskup, m. an archbishop, GJ)1. 263, Fms. i. 106, N.G.L.
i. x66. erkibiskups-deemi and erkibiskups-riki, n. archbishopric,
Fms. xi. 392, vii. 300, x. 88, 155 ; e. stoU, an archiepiscopal seat, Rb.
422. erki-biskupligr, adj. archiepiscopal, .Bs. Lzm.S., Th. 12.
erki-djd.kn, m. an archdeacon, Fms. ix. 325, xi. 416, 625. 45, Stj. 299.
erki-prestr, m. an archpriest, Bs. i. 173, Stj. 299. erki-st61I, m. an
archiepiscopal seat, Symb. 28, Fms. iv. 155. II. = great, por-
tentous; erki-b^sn, f. portent, Bs. i. 423.
erlendask, d, to go into exile, Stj. 11 1, but in 162 spelt or-.
erlending, f. [Germ, elende], an exile, Stj. 323.
erlendis, adv. abroad, in a foreign land, Grag. i. 167, GJ)1. 148, K. |>. K.
158 ; e. drep, committing manslaughter in a foreign land, Grag. ii. 14a ;
e. vig, a manslaughter committed abroad, i. 183.
ERLENDR, adj., or-lendr, GJ)1. 148, [Hel. elilendi = a foreigner;
Germ, elende^, foreign, Grag. i. 217, Sks. 462 ; the spelling with er- and
or- is less correct than el- or ell-, cp. aulandi, p. 34. II. m. a pr.
name, Orkn.
Brlingr, m. a pr. name ; prop, a dimin. of jarl, an earl.
erm-lauss, adj. arm-less, sleeve-less, Fms. vii. 21, Sturl. iii. 319.
ERMR, f., mod. ermi, dat. and ace. ermi, pi. ermar, [armr], an arm,
sleeve, Fms. v. 207, vi. 349, xi. 332, Nj. 35, Clem. 54, Landn. I47 : so in
the saying, lofa upp i ermina a ser, to make promises in one's sleeve, i. e. to
promise without meaning to keep one's word. compds : erma-drSg,
n. pi. sleeve-linings, Bret. erma-k&pa, u, f. a cape with sleeves.
Band. 5. erina-kj6s, f. the armpit, 656 C. 28. erma-langr, adj.
with long sleeves. Fas. ii. 343. erma-lauss, adj. sleeve-less, Fms. xi.
372, Sks. 406. erma-stuttr, adj. with short sleeves. erma-vi3r,
adj. with wide sleeves. ernia-J)r6ngr, adj. with tight sleeves.
Ermskr, adj. Armenian, K. {>. K. 74, lb. 13, Fas. iii. 326.
erm-stiika, u, f. a short sleeve, Karl.
ERN, adj. brisk, vigorous, Bs. i. 655, Fms. v. 300; hence Ema, u, f.
a pr. name, Rm. 36, Bs. i. 32, v. 1.
em-ligr, adj. of brisk, stout appearance, Nj. 183, Eb.
erpi, n. a sort of wood, Al. 165.
erri-ligr, adj. = ernligr, Fms. iii. 223, Eb. 94 new Ed.
erring, f. a brisk, hard struggle, Fbr. (in a verse).
errinn, adj. = ern. Lex. Poet. ; fjol-e., very brisk and bold, Hallfred.
ERTA, t, to taunt, tease, with ace, Rd. 302, Hkr. iii. 130, Skalda 17!,
Fms. vi. 323; er eigi gott at e. illt skap, a saying, Mirm. : reflex., ertask
vi8 e-n, to tease one, Fms. ix. 506.
erting, f. teasing, provoking, Lv. 36 ; engi ertinga-ma8r, a man who
stands no nonsense. Eg. 417.
ertinn, adj. taunting; ertnl, f. a taunting temper.
ERTLA, u, f., proncd. erla or atla, [arta], the wagtail, motacilla alba,
now called Mariatla or lin-erla.
ERTR, f. pi. [early Germ, arbeiz ; mod. Germ, erbse ; Dutch erwt or
ert; Dan. cert; Swed. drter']: — peas; the Scandin. word is probably
borrowed from Dutch or Fris. and occurs in the 1 3th century ; in old
writers the r is kept throughout, ertr, ertrnar, Stj. 161 ; ertrum (dat.),
655xxxiii. 4; crtra (gen.), GJil. 544 ; ertra-akr, 0 /"Sflv^e/c/, id. ; ertra-
134
ES—EYDISKER.
reitr, a bed of peas, N.G.L. ii. l^'i ; ertra-yellingr, Stj. l6o, l6i. Gen.
XXV. 29 : in mod. usage it is declined erta, u, f., gen. pi. ertna, ertum, etc.
es, older form of er.
IjSJA, u, f. a kind of clay, freq. in Norway in that sense, vide Ivar
Aasen; the name of the mountain Esja in Icel. no doubt derives its
name from this clay, which is here found in abundance, Eggert Itin. ch.
21 ; hence Esju-berg, n. name of a farm, Landn., [eisa, and even Germ.
esse, Dan. esse, Swed. dssa are kindred words.]
Bsk-hyltingr, ni. one from the farm Eskibolt, Sturl. ii. 145.
eski, n. [askr], an ashen box, Edda 17, 21, Fms. ii. 254, Fas. i. 237,
Isl. ii. 79 ; mod. spelt askja, and used of any small box.
eski-mser, f. a lady's maid, Gm. (pref.)
eskingr, m. [aska], ashes or fine snow driven by a gale, Bar9. 20
new Ed.
eski-st6ng, f. an ashen pole, Rom. 232.
£jSFA, a8, to exasperate, irritate, probably = to make one shake like
an aspen, Vidal.
espi, n. aspen wood (vide osp), hence Espi-h,611, m. a farm, Landn. ;
Esphselingar, m. the men from E., id.
espingr, m. [Swed. esping], a ship's boat, Fr.
ess, n. [for. word; old Swed. iirs], a steed, Fms. x. 139, Fas. iii. 471,
582, much used in romances.
ETA, proncd. eta; pret. at, pi. atu ; pres. et, proncd. iet, Greg. 82;
part. eti& ; pret. subj. aeti ; imperat. et ; [Lat. edere ; Gr. tSetv ; Ulf. itan ;
A.S. and Hel.e/an; Engl, ea/,- O. H.G. eza«; mod. Germ. esse« ; Swed.
dta; Dan. cede']: — to eat, Grag. ii. 347; sem J)u matt vel e., Nj. 75;
e. dagverd, Ld. 10 ; |)ar's ek hafSa eitt etid, Hm. 66 ; e. kjot, Greg.
1. c. ; at engi er her sa inni er skjotara skal eta mat sinn en ek, Edda 31
(hence fljot-aetinn, sein-aetinn, rash or slow eating) ; dt hvarrtveggi sem
ti&ast, id.; Logi hafdi ok eti6 slatr allt, id.; et mat J)inn, troll, Fas. iii.
179. 2. metaph. to eat, consume; eigu at eta alia aura omagans
sem hann sjalfr, Grag. i. 288 ; eyddir ok etnir, Fms. xi. 423 ; sorg etr
hjarta, sorrow eats the heart, Hm. 122; etandi ofund, consuming envy,
Str. ; Gy5ingar atusk innan er J)eir heyr3u fietta, the Jews fretted
inwardly on bearing this, 656 C. 1 7. p. medic, 655 xxx. 8. y.
the phrase, eta or6 sin, to eat one's own words, Karl. 478 ; or, eta ofan i
sig aptr, id., of liars or slanderers. 8. the dubious proverb, lilfar eta
annars eyrendi, wolves eat one another' s fare or prey, Ld. 92 ; and recipr.,
etask af lilfs munni, to tear one another as wolves, Isl. ii. 165 ; ok hefir
mer farit sem varginum, J)eir eta ])ar (etask ?) til er at halanum kemr ok
finna eigi fyrr, Band. 12, where MS. — t)at aetla ek at m6r ver8i vargsins
dxmi, J)eir finnask eigi fyrr at en J)eir hafa etisk ok {)eir koma at halanum,
26 : as to this proverb cp. also the allusion, H3m. 30 : the mod. turn is
— lilfr rekr annars erindi, so used by Hallgr. — annars erindi rekr ulfr og
longum sannast ^a& — and so in paper MSS. of Ld. 1. c, but prob. a
corruption.
eta, u, f., mod. jata, a crib, monger, Hom. 36, 127, Mar. 26; in the
proverb, standa ollum fotum i etu, to stand with all feet in the crib, to live
at rack and manger, Gisl. 46. etu-stallr, m. a crib, manger, Orkn.
218. II. medic, cancer, Magn. 480 : mod. ata or atu-mein.
etall, adj. eating, consuming, Lat. edax, 655 xxix. 6.
ETJA, atti; pres. et; part, att ; but etja3, Andr. 625. 73 ; [it means
probably ' to make bite' a causal of eta] : — to make fight, with dat., esp.
etja hestum, of horse fights, a favourite sport of the ancients ; for a graphic
description of this fight see Bs. i. 633. Arons S. ch. 18, Glum. ch. 18,
Rd. ch. 1 2, Nj. ch. 58, 59, Vigl. ch. 7, N. G. L. ii. 126 ; vide hesta-J)ing,
hesta-at, vig-hestr, etc. 2. gener. to goad on to fight ; atta ek jofrum
en aldri ssetta'k, Hbl. 24. p. etja hamingju vi3 e-n, to match one's luck
with another, Fms. iv. 147 ; e. kappi vi6 e-n, to match one's force against
one, Ld. 64, Eg. 82 ; e. vaudraeSum vi3 e-n, 458 ; e. saman manndrapum,
to incite two parties to vianslaughter, Anecd. 14: in a good sense, to
exhort, ok etjad J)a J)olinmaE5i, Andr. 1. c. (rare). y. ellipt., etja vi6
e-t, to contend against; e. vi6 aflamun, to fight against odds, Al. 110;
e. vi8 H8smun, id., Fms. i. 42, ix. 39, Fs. 122 ; e. vi3 ofrefli, id., Fms.
iii. 9 ; e. vid reiSi e-s, Fb. i. 240. 3. to stretch forth, put forth ; hann
etr fram berum skallanum, he put forth his bare skull to meet the blows,
Fms. xi. 132 ; (Icel. now use ota, a8, in this sense.) II. reflex.,
16t eigi sama at etjask vi8 kennimenn gamla, said it was unseemly to hoot
old clergymen, Sturl. i. 104; er ofstopi etsk i gegn ofstopa, if violence
is put against violence, 655 xxi. 3. 2. recipr. to contend mutually;
ef menn etjask vitnum a, if men contend {plead) with witnesses, N. G. L.
i. 247; ok ef l)eir vilja andvitnum a etjask, GJ)1. 298. III. the
phrase, ettja heyvi (spelt with //), to fodder (cattle) upon hay, Gr4g. ii.
378, 340 ; ettja andvirki, to fodder upon a hayrick, G]^\. 357.
etja, u, {.fighting, biting. compds: etju-htindr, m. a deer-bound,
fox-hound, Sturl. ii. 179. etju-kostr, m. a beastly choice, Isl. ii. 89,
Fms. viii. 24, v.l. etju-tlk, f. = etju-hundr ; bondi atti e. stora, Fb.
ii. 332, Bar6. 32 new Ed.
expens, n. (for. word), expences, Stj. 127, Bs. i. 742-
E Y, gen. eyjar ; dat. eyju and ey, with the article eyinni and eyjunni ;
ace. ey ; pi. eyjar, gen. eyja, dat. eyjum ; in Norway spelt and proncd.
1
6y; [Dan. iJe; Swed. o; Ivar Aasen oy; Germ, awe; cp. Engl, cyof, Z^ o!
A. S. eg-land, Engl, island; in Engl, local names -ea or -ey, e. g. CI
Batters-ea, Cherts-ey, Thorn-ey, Osn-ey, Aldern-ey, Orkn-ey, etc.
«s/a»rf. Fas. ii. 299, Skalda 172, Eg. 218, Grag. ii. 131, Eb. X2 ; eyj,„
the 'neb' or projection of an island, Fb. iii. 316. 2. in ^
compds ; varp-ey, an island where wild birds lay eggs ; ey3i-ey, a d
island; heima.-ty, a home island ; hx]a.T-ey, an inhabited island; lit
islands far out at sea; land-eyjar, an island in an inlet, Landn.
island close to a larger one is called a calf (eyjar-kalfr), the larger
being regarded as the cow, (so the southernmost part of the Isle o
is called the Calf of Man) : it is curious that 'islanders' are usual
called eyja-menn (islandmen), but eyjar-skeggjar, m. pi.
beards;' this was doubtless originally meant as a nickname to
the strange habits of islanders. Fas. i. 519 (in a verse), Fser. 151,
22, Fms. ii. 169, viii. 283, Grett. 47 new Ed.; but eyja-menn,
Valla L. 228, Eb. 316 (and in mod. usage), cp. also Gotu-skegs
men of Gata, a family, Landn.; eyja-stind, n. a sound or 1
strait between two islands. Eg. 93, Fms. ii. 64, 298. 3. j
names : from the shape, Lang-ey, Flat-ey, Ha-ey, Drang-ey : fro?
birds, beasts, Faer-eyjar, Lamb-ey, Sau3-ey, Hnit-ey, Yxn-ey,
Svin-ey, Ki8-ey, Fugl-ey, Arn-ey, JEb-ey, Ma-ey, Jjern-ey,
Bjarn-ey : from vegetation, Eng-ey, Akr-ey, Vi8-ey, Brok-ey, N
from the quarters of heaven, Austr-ey, Nor8r-ey, Vestr-ey, j
(Engl. Sudor) : an island at ebb time connected with the mai
is called Orfiris-ey, mod. Oflfurs-ey (cp. Orfir in the Orkneys)
other things, Fagr-ey, Sand-ey, Straum-ey, Ve-ey {Temple Isle
Helga, the Holy Isle (cp. Enhallow in the Orkneys). Eyjar is ofti
Kar' f^oxfiv of the Western Isles, Orkneys, Shetland, and Sudor
Eyja-jarl, earl of the Isles (i. e. Orkneys), Orkn. (freq.) ; in southe
it is sometimes used of the Vestmanna eyjar. p. in old poets [ is
favourite word in circumlocutions of women, vide Lex. Poet. ; |d
poetical diction ey is personified as a goddess, the sea being hei
the glaciers her head-gear ; hence the Icel. poetical compd e
For tales of wandering islands, and giants removing islands fr( I 0:
place to another, vide Isl. |>j68s. i. 209. 4. in female pr. mt
|}6r-ey, Bjarg-ey, Landn. : but if prefixed — as in Eyj-ulfr, Ey-stei,, E
mundr, Ey-vindr, Ey-dis, Ey-fri8r, Ey-v6r, Ey-J)j6fr, etc. — ey bel 155
a different root. compd : eyja-klasi, a, m. a cluster of islands.
ey-, a prefix, ever-, vide ei-.
ey-btii, a, m. an islander. Lex. Poet.
EYD A, dd, [au8r ; A.S. e5a«; Hzn.ode; Germ, oden; Swed.
waste : I. with dat. denoting to waste, destroy, of men or
hann eyddi {slew) ollum fjoLkunnigum monnum, Stj. 491, Fms
vii. 8 ; ekki muntu me8 J)essu e. tillum sonum Haralds kon
16. p. of money ; ey8a fe, etc., to spend money. Eg. 70, Grag
Nj. 29, Fms. i. 118 : to squander, 655 iii. I, Nj. 18, Fms. xi. j
79 : reflex., hann atti land gott en eyddusk lausafe, but his lo
went, Fms. vi. 102. II. with ace. to lay waste, desolah
like ; upp ey8a (lay waste) alia J)eirra byg8, Fms. v. l6i ; pa v6ru c
Svia-konungs atjan, eighteen of the Swedish king's ships were mi
of men, x. 353; hann eyddi byg8ina, iv. 44. 2. to desert
en skyldi ut bera ok e. skemmuna, Fms. v. 262 ; f6Uu sumir e
eyddu {deserted from) halfrymin (in a battle), viii. 226 ; skip br ^
eytt, a ship wrecked or abandoned, Grag. i. 91 ; en hon er mi J^.
monnum, ybr/orw or deserted of men, Al. i. p. impers., e8a hei ' eyi
if counties be laid waste, K. p. K. 2^ ; henceey8i-hus, etc. (below). !
as a law term, of a meeting, to terminate, dissolve ; ef beir eru c
J)inga, e8r var-J)ing eru eydd, or if it be past the varj)ing, Grag.
en er sa dagr kom er veizluna skyldi eySa, when men were to depa '
up the feast, Fms. xi. 331. 4. a law term, ey8a mal, sokn, i
7nake a suit void by counter-pleading; e. dsEm8 mal, Grag. ii. :;
ver e. malit me8 oxar-homrum, Fs. 61 ; ok ey3ir malit fyrii
eyddi Broddhelgi pa enn malit, Vapn. 13 ; at hann vildi i pvi i. ..
ef hann vildi hans mal i pvi e., of unlawful pleading, Grdg. i. i-
ma at Eysteinn konungr hafi petta mal eytt me8 logkrokum simi
vii. 142 ; eyddusk soknir ok varnir, Nj. 149 : with dat., eytt
244 ; h61t pa Snorri fram malinu ok eyddi bjargkvi8nu:
Arnkels (but no doubt less correct).
ey3i, n. [au3r. Germ. o(fe], waste, desert; leggja i e., to lovt
lurch, desert, Jb. 277; jor8in var e. og torn. Gen. i. 2 ; y8art ■
y3r i e. Iati8 ver8a, Matth. xxiii. 38 : in compds, desert, forlor v
eySi-borg, f. a deserted town {castle), Stj. 284. ey3i-byg3. f i
country, Fs. 19. eydi-dalr, m. a wild, desolate vale, Hrafn. :
ey, f. a desert island, Fms. x. 154. ey3i-:Qall, n. a wild _-■
ey3i-fj6r3r, m. a desert firth coutity, Fs. 24. ey3i-liaf, n. /'
Stj. 636. ey3i-hlis, n. deserted dwellings, Hkr. ii. 379.
j6r3, f. a deserted household ox farm, Dipl. iii. 13, Jb. 183. 3
n. a deserted cottage, Vm. 61. ey3i-land, n. desert land. '
ey3i-m6rk, f. a desert, wilderness, Fms. i. 1 1 8, iv. 336, v. i
62, Stj. 141, 283. ey3i-rj63r, n. a desert plain, Stj. 527, 2 a. xv
28. eydi>skeiniua, u, f. a desert barn, Hkr. ii. 383. ey flkei
EYDISKOGR—EYRENDI.
185
a wld rock, sierry, F«. 1 8. eydi-sk6gr, m, a wild ' show ' (wood),
1.48^5. ey3i-8ta3r, ni.a 6arre«/i/aef, 655 xiiiB, Bs. i. 204. ey8i-
•6fl f. a desolate lane, Sturl. ii. 209, cp. au8a triid, Hkm. 30. eyfli-
eggr, m. a deserted building, ruin, Karl. 2.
jyfti-legging, f. desolation, Matth. xxiv. 15.
jyAi-leggja, lagfti, to lay waste, N. T.
jyfli-liga, adv. in a forlorn state, Stj. 113.
3y8i-ligr, adj. empty, in metaph. sense, sad, cheerless; veikligr ok e.,
eakly and cheerless. Fas. ii. 30 ; e. veraldar riki, v. 343 ; ymislegt n6
677. 2- medic, e-m er eySiligt, one /eels empty (hollow) and uneasy :
so in the phrase, e-t er eySiligt, strange, unpleasant.
»v8«lft. u, f. waste, squandering. compds : eydslu-madr, m. a
' 'rift, {jorst. hv. 35. eyflslu-semi, f. extravagance.
izkr, adj., Ey-fir3ingar, m. ^\. men from Eyjafirth in Icel., Landn.
, ni. one who frightens, a terror. Lex. Poet.
. b, to furnish with a loop or eye, Fms. xi. 304. p. [Dan. ojne'],
-p. to see far off, Clar. 176.
iy-gl6, f. the ever-glowing, poet, the sun. Aim. 17.
)y-g6&r, adj. [Dan. ejegod"], 'ever-good,' cognom. of a Danish king,
ns. xi.
BYGB, later form eyg3r, which, however, is freq. in MSS. of the
•th century, adj. [auga] : — having eyes of a certain kind; vel e., with
i.e eyes, Stj. 460. I Sam. xvi. 12, Nj. 39; e. manna bezt, Isl. ii. 190,
ns. vi. 438, xi. 79 ; mjiik eyg6r, large-eyed, |>orf. Karl. 422 ; eigi vel
Z,nol good looking, Fms. iii. 216; e. mjok ok vel, with large and
le eyes, Eb. 30, Fb. i. 545 ; e. forkunnar vel, with eyes exceeding fine,
us. iv. 38 ; esp. freq. in compds : in the Sagas a man is seldom described
thout marking the colour, shape, or expression of his eyes, fagr-e.,
irt-e., dokk-e., svart-e., bla-e., gra-e., mo-e. ; the shape also, opin-e.,
-e., inn-e., sma-e., stor-e., etc.; the lustre of the eye, snar-e., fast-e.,
.,fran-e.,dapr-e.,etc. ; expressing disease, vat-e.,rau8-e., ein-e.; ex-
>omething wrong in the eye,hja-e.,til-e.,rang-e.,etc., F^l.ix.192.
jj -;ltr, id'j.fidl of islands, Fb. i. 541.
jiyk-hestr, m. a cart-horse. Eg. 149, Fb. ii. 332.
liyki, n. a vehicle ; hestr ok e., Dropl. 26.
lilYKB, m., pi. eykir, gen. eykja, [Swed. ok; Dan. bg ; akin to ok,
|voi*]: — a beast of draught; ulfalda ok eyki, Stj. 393 ; hross e3r eyk,
i»g. i. 434 ; t)at er einn e. ma draga, ii. 362 ; J)eir hvildu sik J)ar ok
jki sina. Eg. 586 (travelling in a sledge) ; eykja iohr, fodder for eykr,
G. L. i. 38 : eykr includes oxen, horses, etc., — eykjum, hestum ok
jum, cattle, whether horses or oxen, Fms. v. 249 ; eyk, uxa e6r hross,
. 53 ; uxa ok asna, ^^k somu eyki . . ., Mar. ; hefi ek ongva frett af at
{kkurr l)eirra hafi leitt eyki ^ors (of Thor in his wain with the he-
|ats), Fb. i. 321 : metaph., Bs. i. 294. II. the passage Bs. i. 674
i{)ar er {)eir hof8u eykinn biiit — ought to be read ' eikjuna,' vide eikja.
Ikja-gerfi, n. the harness of an eykr, Yt. 10; jotuns-e., the giants' e.,
v. a wild ox, poet., 14 : in poetry ships are called the eykir of the sea-
iigs and the sea.
jyk-reifli, n. the harness of an eykr, GJ)I. 358.
I'j YKT, eykd, f. three or half-past three o'clock v. m. ; many commen-
j ies have been written upon this word, as by Pal Vidalin Skyr., Finn
jhnson in H.E. i. 153 sqq. note 6, and in Horologium, etc. The time
jcyk6 is clearly defined in K. J>. K. 92 as the time when the sun has past
to parts of the ' litsuSr' (q. v.) and has one part left, that is to say, half-past
\-ee o'clock p. m. : it thus nearly coincides with the eccl. Lat. nona (three
:lock P.M.); and both eykt and nona are therefore used indiscrimi-
tely in some passages. Sunset at the time of ' eykS ' is opposed to sun-
e at the time of ' dagm41,' q. v. In Norway ' ykt' means a luncheon
ien about half-past three o'clock. But the passage in Edda — that
turan ends and winter begins at sunset at the time of eykt — con-
jinded the commentators, who believed it to refer to the conventional
winter, which (in the old style) begins with the middle of October, and
ts six months. In the latitude of Reykholt — the residence of Snorri —
-' sun at this time sets about half-past four. Upon this statement the
nmentators have based their reasoning both in regard to dagmal and
kt, placing the eykt at half-past four p. m. and dagmal at half-past seven
M., although this contradicts the definition of these terms in the law.
ie passage in Edda probably came from a foreign source, and refers not
the Icel. winter but to the astronomical winter, viz. the winter solstice
the shortest day ; for sunset at half-past three is suited not to Icel.,
t to the latitude of Scotland and the southern parts of Scandinavia.
le word is also curious from its bearing upon the discovery of America
the ancients, vide Fb. 1. c. This sense (half-past three) is now obsolete
icel., but eykt is in freq. use in the sense of trihorium, a time of three
ws; whereas in the oldest Sagas no passage has been found bearing
s sense, — the Bs. i. 385, 446, and Hem. 1. c. are of the 13th and 14th
ituries. In Norway ykt is freq. used metaph. of all the four meal times
the day, morning-ykt, midday-ykt, afternoon-ykt (or ykt proper), and
5n-ykt. In old MSS. (Grag., K. {>. K., Hem., HeiS. S.) this word is always
:lt eyk5 or eyk{), shewing the root to be ' auk' with the fem. inflex.
ced; it probably first meant the «/te-meal, answeripg to Engl, lunch, and
thence came to mean the time of day it which this meal was taken. The"
eccl. law dilates upon the word, as the Sabbath was to begin at ' hora
nona ;' hence the phrase, eykt-helgr dagr (vide below). The word can
have no relation to 4tta, eight, or dtt, plaga coeli. At present Icel. ;
say, at eykta-in6tiim, adv. at great intervals, once an eykt, once in
three hours. I. half-past three; J)a er eykft er litsuftrs-att er
deild i ^jridjunga, ok hefir sol gengna tv4 hluti en einn 6genginn, K. {>. K.
92; net skal 611 upp taka fyrir eykft, 90; helgan dag eptir eyk8, 88;
ef J)eir hafa unnit a eykft, 94 ; enda skal hann undan honum hafa bo8it
fyrir mi8jan dag en hinn skal hafa kosit at eykj), Gr6g. i. 198 ; ok &
ma8r kost at stefna fyrir eykJ) ef vill, 395 ; i J)at mund dags er t6k lit
eyktina, Fms. xi. 136 ; eptir eykt dags, rendering of the Lat. ' vix decima
parte diei reliqua,' Rom. 313; J)eir gengu til eyktar, ok hofiju farit drla
morguns, en er non var dags, etc., Fs. 176 ; at eykb dags J)a k6mu heim
huskarlar Bar8a, Isl. ii. 329; mi vaettir mik at ]par komi |)er nser eyki
dags, 345 ; var J)at naer eykd dags, 349 ; var h6n at veraldligu verki
t)angat til er kom eykS, ]pa for hon til baenar sinnar at noni, Horn.
(St.) 59. compds: eykflar-helgr, adj. = eykthelgr, Hom. (St.) 13.
eyktar-staSr, m. the place of the sun at half-past three p. m. ; meira
var t)ar jafndaegri en k Graenlandi e6r Islandi, sol haf5i J)ar eyktar-staft •
ok dagma,la-sta& um skamdegi, Fb. i. 539, — this passage refers to the
discovery of America ; but in A. A. 1. c. it is wrongly explained as denot-
ing the shortest day nine hours long, instead of seven ; it follows that the
latitude fixed by the editors of A. A. is too far to the south ; fr4 jafn-
daegri er haust til J)ess er sol setzk i eyk8arsta8, J)4 er vetr til jafndaegris,
Edda 103. eykSar-tfd, n. the hour of eykb, = Lat. nona, Hom. (St.)
1. c. II. trihorium ; en er li&in var naer ein eykt dags, Bs. i. 446 ;
at J)at mundi verit hafa meir en half eykt, er hann vissi ekki til sin, 385 ;
{)essi flaug vanst um eina eykd dags, Hem. (Hb.)
eykt-heilagr, adj. a day to be kept holy from the hour of eykt, or half-
past three p.m., e.g. Saturday, Grag. i. 395.
ey-kyndill, m. ' isle-candle,' cognom. of a fair lady, Bjam.
ey-land, n. an island, Fms. i. 233, xi. 230, Eb. 316. p. the island
Oland in Sweden, A. A. 290.
ey-lifr, v. eilifr.
EYMA, d, [aumr], to feel sore; in the phrase, e. sik, to wail, Hom.
155 : reflex., eymask, id.. Post. (Fr.) p. impers., in the metaph.
phrase, |)a& eymir af e-u, one feels sore, of after-pains. Fas. iii. 222 : in
mod. usage also of other things, whatever can still be smelt 01 felt, as if
it came from eimr, q. v.
eymd (eymd), f. misery, Fms. i. 223, ii. 126, vi. 334, viii. 242 : in pi.,
Stj. 38; af litilli e.. Fas. i. 215. compds: eymdar-akapr and
eymdar-lidttr, m. wretchedness. eymdar-tld, f. and eymdar-
tfmi, a, m. time of misery, 655 xxxii. 2, Stj. 404, Karl. 248.
eyni3ar-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), pitiful, piteous. Post.
eymstr, n., medic, a sore, sore place. 1
EYRA, n., pi. eyru, gen. eyrna, [Lat. auris; Goth, auso; A. S. eare ;
Eng\. ear; O.H.G.ora; Germ. oAr; Swed. ora, oro« ; Dan. ore, ore«] :
— an ear ; eyrum hl^&ir, en augum skoftar, he listens with his ears, but
looks with his eyes, Hm. 7 : — proverbs, miirg eru konungs eyru, many are
the king's ears, Orkn. 252 ; {)ar eru eyru saemst sem oxu, the ears fit best
where they grow, i. e. a place for everything and everything in its place,
Nj. 80 ; lata inn um eitt eyrat en lit um hitt, to let a thing in at one ear
and out at the other ; lata e-t sem vind um eyrun J)j6ta, to let a thing
blow like the wind about one's ears, i. e. heed it not; Grimi var sem vi&
annat eyrat gengi lit J)at er J)orsteinn maelti. Brand. 60 ; sva var sem Kalfi
faeri um annat eyrat lit J)6tt hann heyr&i slikt talad, Fms. xi. 46; skjota
skoUa-eyrum vi& e-u, to turn a fox's ear (a deaf ear) to a thing; J)ar er
mer lilfs van er ek eyru se'k, / can guess the wolf when I see his ears, Fm.
35, Finnb. 244 ; vi8 eyra e-m, under one's nose, Ld. lOO ; maela i e. e-m,
to speak into one's ear. Eg. 549 ; hafa nef i eyra e-m, to put one's nose in
one's ear, i. e. to be a tell-tale, Lv. 57 ; leida e-n af eyrum, to get rid of
one, Isl. ii. 65 ; setja e-n vi5 eyra e-m, to place a person at one's ear, of
an unpleasant neighbour, Ld. 100; setr (hnefann) vi6 eyra Hymi, gave
Hymir a box on the ear, Edda 36 ; e-m lo6ir e-t i eyrum, it cleaves to
one's ears, i. e. one remembers, Bs. i. 163 ; reisa, sperra eyrun, to prick up
the ears, etc. ; koma til eyrna e-m, to come to one's ears, Nj. 64; roSna
lit undir bae6i eyru, to blush from ear to ear. compds : eyrna-blafl,
n. (Sks. 288, v. 1.), eyTna-bla3kr, m., eyma-snepill, m. (Korm. 86,
H.E. i. 492), the lobe of the ear. eyma-biina3r, m. (Stj. 396),
eyrna-guU, n. (Stj. 311, 396), eyma-hringr, m. ear-rings. eyma-
lof, n. ' ear-praise,' vain praise, Barl. 63. eyma-mark, n. ear-crop-^
ping, of animals, Grag. ii. 308, cp. 309, Jb. 291. eyra-nina, u,
f. a rowning of secrets in one's ear, poet, a wife, Vsp. 45, Hm. 116.
esrma-skefill, m. an ear-pick. II. some part of a ship, Edda
(Gl.) p. a handle, e. g. on a pot. y. anatom., 6hlj68s-eyru, the auricles
of the heart. 8. hunds-eyru, dogs-ears (in a book).
eyra-ros, f., botan. a flower, epilobium montanum, Hjalt.
EYBENDI or Srendi, erendi, n. [h.S. cerend==mandatum ; Engl.
errand; Hel.arundi; O.H.G. arunti; Swed. drende ; Dan. arende;
akin to an, a messenger, vide p. 45, and not, as some suggest, from ■
la^
ERINDISLAtJSS— EYi-OLINN.
-andi ; the reference Edda 1. c. is quite isolated ; there is, however, some ^ money, Eg. (in a verse) ; gefin til aura ( = til fjdr), mdded to MonejUl
slight irregularity in the vowel] : — an errand, message, business, mission
eiga e. vi& e-n, to have business with one, Eg. 260 ; reka eyrendi, to do
an errand, message (hence erind-reki), 15 ; J)ess eyrendis, to that errand or
purpose, Sti.115, 193; hann sendi menn sina med J)essh6.ttar erendum,
Fms. i. 15 ; baru ^eir fram sin erindi, 2, lb. 1 1 ; hon svara6i J)elrra erindum,
Fms. i. ^ ; ok lati y8r fram koma sinu eyrendi, 127 ; koma bratt J)essi
orendi (news) fyrir jarlinn, xi. 83 ; hann sagSi eyrendi sin J)eim af hljo&i,
Nj. 5 ; mun annat vera erindit, 69 ; gagna at leita e6r annarra eyrenda,
335; t6k |}orgils J)eim eyrendum vel, St.url. iii. 170; sins cirendis, /or
one's own purpose, Grag. i. 434 ; ek a leynt e. (a secret errand) vift pik, Fs.
9 ; ervifti ok ekki orendi, |>kv. (vide erfifti) ; hafa ^eh hingat sott skap-
na6ar-erindi, a suitable errand or end, p'lbx. 202 ; ef eyrindit ey&isk, i/my
errand turns to naught, Bs. ii. 132 ; ek em osaemiligr sliks erendis, un-
worthy of such an errand, Sturl. i. 45 ; J)annog var ^a mikit eyrendi margra
manna, many people flocked to that place, Bs. i. 164. p. the phrase,
ganga orna sinna, to go to do one's business, cacare, Eb. 20, Landn. 98, Stj.
383 (where eyrna), Judges iii. 24, Bs. i. 189, Fs. 75 (spelt erinda) ; setjask
ui&r at eyrindi, id., Bs. ii. 24 ; stiga af baki orna sinna, Sturl. 172, 2.
a message, speech ; tal5i hann morg orendi me3 mikilli snild, Fms. x. 274 ;
Snorri Go6i st66 pa upp ok taladi langt eyrindi ok snjallt, then Snorri
Godi stood up and made a long and a fine speech (in parliament), Nj. 250 ;
en er SigurSr jarl haf6i heyrt sva langt ok snjallt eyrendi, Orkn. 34 ;
konungr tala&i snjallt eyrindi yfir greptinum, of a funeral sermon, Fms.
X. 151, V. 1. ; ]pa maelti Gizurr Hallsson langt erendi ok fagrt, Bs. i. 299 ;
ok a6r hann vaeri smur5r mselti hann mjok langt orindi, 296 ; allir romuSu
J)etta eyrendi vel, all cheered this speech, Sturl. ii. 217; tala8i Hafli5i
langt e. um malit, i. 35 ; langt e. ok snjallt, id. ; skaut konungr a eyrindi,
the king made a speech, Fms. i. 215 ; en er J)ing var sett st6& Sigmundr
upp ok skaut a longu eyrendi, Faer. 140. 3. a strophe in a secular
poem, vers (a verse) being used of a hymn or psalm ; ok jok nokkurum
erendum e5r visum, Hkr. ii. 297 ; hversu morg visu-orS (lines) standa i
einu eyrendi, Edda (Ht.) 120; eptir J)essi sogu orti Jorunn Skaldmser
nokkur erendi i Sendibit, Hkr. i. 117 ; gef ek J)6r J)at ra& at smium sumum
orendum ok fellum or sum, O.H. L. 46; allt stafrofid er svo Isest ) i
erindin pessi litil tvo, a ditty. 4. the breath ; en er hann {)raut eyrendit
ok hann laut or horninu, when the breath left him and he '■ louted' from
the drinking horn, removed his lips from the horn, of Thor's draught by
I?tgar6a-Loki, Edda 32. compds : erindis-lauss, n. adj. going in
vain; fara at erindislausu, to go in vain, Fs. 5. eyrindis-leysa, u,
f. the failure of one's errand, Hg. 21. eyrindis-lok, n. pi. the result of
one's errand, Fms. xi. 69.
eyrend-laust, n. adj. purpose-less ; fara e., to go in vain, Fms. vi. 248,
Gliim. 351, Th. 18, Al. 34.
eyrend-reki (6rend-reki and erind-reki), a, m. [A. S. tsrend-racal,
a messenger. Post. 645. 27, Gpl. 12, 42, Greg. 44, Stj. 524, Barl. 52.
eyri-lauss, zd]. penniless, N.G. L. i. 52.
EYRIR, m., gen. eyris, dat. and ace. eyri ; pi. aurar, gen. aura, dat.
aurum ; a word prob. of foreign origin, from Lat. aurum, Fr. or, Engl.
ore ; (A. S. ora is, however, prob. Danish.) The first coins known in Scan-
dinavia were Roman or Byzantine, then Saxon or English ; as the old word
baugr (q. v.) denoted unwrought, uncoined gold and silver, so eyrir prob.
originally meant a certain coin : I. an ounce of silver or its amount
in money, the eighth part of a mark ; an eyrir is = sixty pennies (pennin-
gar) = three ertog ; tuttugu penningar vegnir i iirtug, prir ortugar i eyri,
atta aurar i mork, 732. 16; silfr sva slegit at sextigir penninga gor&i
eyri veginn, Grag. i. 500 ; penning, J)at skal hinn tiundi (prob. a false
reading, x instead of Ix) hlutr eyris, 357; halfs eyris met ek hverjan,
/ value each at a half eyrir, Gliini. (in a verse) ; leigja skip J)rem aurum,
to hire a boat for three aurar, Korm. ; einn eyrir J)ess fjar heitir ala6s-
festr, Grag. i. 88 : the phrase, goldinn hverr eyrir, every ounce paid;
gait Gudmundr hvern eyri {)4 t)egar, Sturl. i. 141 ; gjalda tva aura fyrir
cinn, to pay two for one, Grag. i. 396, ii. 234 ; ver5r J)a at halfri mork
va3mala eyrir, then the eyrir amounts to half a mark in wadmal, i.
500 ; brent silfr, ok er eyririnn at mork logaura, pure silver, the ounce
of which amounts to a mark in logaurar, 392 ; bring er stendr sex
aura, a ring worth or weighing six aurar, Fms. ii. 246 ; hence baugr
tvi-eyringr, tvitug-eyringr, a ring weighing two or twenty aurar, Eb.,
Glum. p. as a weight of other things beside silver ; hagl hvert va
eyri, every hail-stone weighed an ounce, Fms. i. 175; stseltr le ok vegi
4ttjan aura, eggelningr, J)eir skulu Jjrir fyrir tva aura, a scythe of wrought
steel and weighing eighteen aurar, an ell-long edge, three such cost two aurar
(in silver), the proportion between the weight in wrought iron and the
worth in silver being 1:28, Grag. i. 501. -y. the amount of an ounce,
without any notion of the medium of payment, hence such phrases as, tolf
aura silfrs, twelve aurar to be paid in silver, Nj. 54; eyrir brendr, burnt
eyrir, i.e. an eyrir sterling, pure silver, D.N. II. money in
general ; skal J)ar sinn eyri hverjum dsema, to every one his due, his share,
Grag. i. 125 ; in proverbs, Ijosir aurar verSa at longum trega, bright silver
brings long woe, SI. 34 ; margr ver8r af aurum api, Hm. 74 ; illr af aurum,
K
38
owi'jfr, Jd. 36; v6ra aura, owr wioney, Vkv. 13 ; leggja s.nu, to lay up [ ey-t>olinn, m. rte m« i« a Was/i *««A now called l)olin-m(53r, Ed (Gi.
ii. 254 (in a verse) ; telja e-m aura, to tell out money to one, Skv. Mjy,
cp. 39 : the phrase, hann veit ekki aura sinna tal, he knows not th
of his aurar, of boundless wealth. Mar. 88 : the allit. phrase, lond (
estate) ok lausir aurar (movables, cp. Dan. losore, Swed. losore?i), i
hafa fyrirgort liindum ok lausum eyri, K. A. 94. 2. money or s
the allit. phrase, aurar ok 66al, money and estates, N. G. L. i. 4
hann vill taka vi& aurum slikum (such payment) sem vattar vitu at
reiddi honum, 93 ; J)eim aurum ollum (all valuables) sem til bus
voru keyptir, Grag. i.412 ; Flosi spurSi i hverjum aurum hann vild
hafa, F. asked in what money he wished to be paid, Nj. 259;
aurar, such money as is legal tender; J)u skalt gjalda mer va6m
skilra5 hann fra a8ra aura, other kinds of payment, Grag. i. 392
borinn eyrir, in the phrase, mer er J)a6 enginn utborinn (or utbuj.i-,
eyrir, I do not want to part with it, offer it for sale ; eyrir vaSmalslov-
ment in wadmal (stuff), 300, Bs. i. 639 : for the double standard, tl
woollen (ells), the other metal (rings or coin), and the confusion be
them, see Dasent's Burnt Njal, vol. ii. p. 397 sqq. : at different tim
places the ell standard varied much, and we hear of three, six, nine, ■
ell standards (vide alin, p. 13) : in such phrases as ' mork sex alna ■
the word ' mork' denotes the amount, ' sex alna' the standard, and
the payment = payment of 'a mark of six ells,' cp. a pound sterling, K.
172; hundraS (the amount) J)riggja alna (the standard) aura, S
141, 163, Boll. 362, Isl. ii. 28 ; mork sex alna eyris, Fsk. 10, N.(
65, loi, 389, 390; J)rem morkum niu alna eyris, 387-389; sex
tolf alna eyrir, 81. p. in various compds, etc.; land-aurar, Ian
Jb. ch. I, (3. H. ch. 54; ofundar-eyrir, money which brings envy, I
sak-metinn e., sak-eyrir, sakar-eyrir, money payable in fines, Fr
300 ; omaga-eyrir, the money of an orphan, K. p. K. 158, Grag. ii
liksongs-eyrir, a ' lyke-fee,' burial fee (to the clergyman) ; visa-eyrir,
g66r e., good payment, D.N. ; ver3-aurar, articles used for paymer
forn-gildr e., standard, sterling payment, id.; faeri-eyrir = lausir jrar
Skv. 3. 50 ; flytjandi e., id., Fr. ; kaupmanna e., trade money ; bii Inns
e., D.N. ; Norraenn e., Norse money, Lv. 25; Hjaltenzkr e., SVanc,
money, D.N. (vide Fritzner s.v.); fri3r e., 'kind,' i.e. sheep and tile
Grag. compds: I. pi. , aura-dagr, m. /)ay-rfa_y, D.N. aur ac-
n. the standard of money, Fms. vii. 300, 304. aiira-Mn, 11. ?<
luck, 656 i. 3. aura-logan, f. the squandering of money, 65;
aura-lykt, n. payment, D. N. aura-skortr, m. scarcity of money ',.h
aura-taka, u, f. receipt of money, N. G. L. i. 93, GJ)1. 298. II
sing., eyris-bot, {.fine of an eyrir, Grag. i. 158. eyris-kau; 1. (
bargain to the amount of an eyrir, GJ)1. 511. eyris-land, n. land mi
the rent of an eyrir, Fms. x. 146. eyris-skaQi, a, m. loss to the c \mn
of an eyrir, Jb. 166. eyris-tiund, f. tithe of an eyrir, K. J). !■ .4S
eyris-tollr, m. toll of an eyrir, H.E. ii. 95.
EYim, f., mod. eyri, gen. eyrar, dat. and ace. eyri, pi. eyrar, Jrr
Dan. ore; Swed. or; it remains also in Scandin. local names, as Eyra
the Sound ; Helsing-or, Elsinore, qs. Helsingja-eyrr] : — a gravelly
either of the banks of a river (ar-eyrar, dals-eyrar) or of small ton^
land running into the sea, Fms. v. 19, Eg. 196, Nj. 85, Grag. ii. 355, 1
i. 242, and passim in local names, esp. in Icel., vide Landn.: lirar
oddi and eyrar-tangi, a, m. the point or tongue of an eyrr, G "'
Grag. ii. 354, Jb. 314, Hav. 47 ; Eyrar-maSr, m. a man from tl
E., Sturl. iii. 11, Band. 9 ; Eyr-byggjar, m. pi. id., hence Eyrbyggj
the history of that name, Landn., Eb., Bs. i. 409. A great meetii
to be held at Haleyr, now Copenhagen (P. A. Munch), Faer. ch. 2
Eyrar-floti, a, m. the fleet at Eyrar, Eg. 78. Another meetii
held in Drondheim (Ni8ar6s) on the gravel banks of the river Nid snci
Eyrar-J)ing, n., Fms. vi. 24, viii. 49, ix. 91, 449, etc. I]
usually took place on a gravel bank or on an island, hence the
ganga lit a eyri, to go to fight, fsl. ii. 256 (in a verse) ; mer hefi i--
stokt til eyrar, the king has challenged me to fight a duel, Hkv. jorv
33. p. in poetry used in circumlocutions of a woman. Lex. Poj
e3?T-silfr, n. 'ore-silver,' mercury, 655 xxx. 7 ; mod. kvika-silf ;
eyrskr, adj. a dub. air. \€y., in the phrase, jo eyrskan, a shodQ-Vft
Akv. 32 ; vide aurskor.
eysiU, m., dimin. [ansa], little ladle, a nickname, Fms. xii.
eystri, [austr], compar. the more eastern; austastr, superl. tl
eastern, Nj. 8, 281, Hkr. i. 137, Eg. 100, Fms. i. 252, vii. 259, J •
Eystra-salt, n. the Baltic, Fms. i. loo, Faer. lO, etc.
Ey-verskr, adj. /row the Orhieys, Landn. 27, B.K. 29, Lex.P t
ey-vit or ey-flt, ey-fvit, ey-vitar, adv. [ey = «o/, and vit= ,'
naught; used as subst. eyvitar, gen., Hm. 93; eyvitu, dat., 27; 1
used as adv., blandask eyvitar (blend not) vid a6ra isa, Sks. 40 rip '
the proverb, eyfit ty'r (it boots not) fjott skyndi seinn, Mkv. ; e;
ek fe, I have no money, Fbr. 49 new Ed. ; en biskup haf9i J)6 ej i'
sok vi& J)enna mann, the bishop could do nothing with this mat i^ •
170 ; hon matti eyfit maela e5r sofa, she could neither speak nor slee\iiio
h6n matti ok eyfit sofa, 195.
eyx, vide ox
F— FODURHENDR.
isr
'' (efF), the sixth letter, was in the Gothic Runes, on the Bracteats,
d on the stone in Tune, marked j>, a form evidently derived from
le Greek and Latin; hence also comes the Anglo-Saxon p called /eo/i>,
id in the Scandinavian Runes ]ff called fti ( =fee, money), fe veldr
jenda r6gi, Rkv. I. The Runic alphabet makes / the first letter,
hence this alphabet is sometimes by modern writers called FuJ)ork.
he first six letters are called Freys-aett, the family of Frey ; perhaps the
oths called this Rune Frauja = Freyr, the lord. Only in very early Icel.
ISS. is the old Latin form of/ used : at the beginning of the 13th cen-
ry the Anglo-Saxon form ^ (derived from the Rune) prevailed ; and
was employed in printed Icel. books till about A. D, 1770, when the
itin/came into use. In very early MSS. IT and ft are very difficult
distinguish from IT and ft. Emendations may sometimes be made by
'aring this in mind, e.g. hostii, Am. 95, should clearly be read hoftii
hoft l)u, from hefja, — proving that this poem was in writing not later
an about A. D. 1200, when the Anglo-Saxon letter was introduced,
A. Pronunciation. — At the beginning of a syllable always sounded
Engl./; but as a medial and final, it is often pronounced and some-
nes spelt v, especially after a vowel, so that in af, ef, lauf, gefa, hafa,
afa, Ufa, lif, grof,/ is pronounced like thev, as in 'En^. grave. Foreign
oper names, Stefan (Stephen), etc., are exceptions, where/not initial has
aspirate sound. For the exceptional spelling of/ as b vide introduc-
)n to B, (pp. 48, 49.) The Icel. dislike a double / sound, which is
ily found in a very few modern foreign words, such as kaffe, coffee;
•iff, Germ, strafe, punishment; koffort, a bdic (from French or Germ.) ;
fur, an offer; skoffin, a monster; skeflfa, a ' skep' or bushel ; skuffa, a
awer; eff, the name of the letter itself, cp. Skalda 166.
i B. Spelling : I. as an initial the spelling never changes ;
I medial and final the form/ is usually retained, as in alfr, kalfr, sjdlfr,
jfr, arfr, orf, lilfr, etc., af, gaf, haf, etc., although the sound is soft in all
'cse syllables. Some MSS. used to spell /m, especially after an /, sialfuan
bsum), halfuan (dimidium), etc. ; in the 14th century this was common,
t did not continue ; in Swedish it prevailed, hence the mod. Swed. forms
^I'va, drifva, etc. II. the spelling with /is against the true ety-
j:ilogy in many cases, and here also the spelling differs ; this is especially
ie case with the final radical v or u (after a vowel or after I or r), which,
ing in some cases suppressed or obsolete, reappears and is differently
|:lt ; thus, orfar, arrows (from or) ; snjofar (nives), snow, and snjofa, to
bw (from snjor) ; hafan (ace), high (from har) ; mjofan, thin (from
(or); sacfar (gen.), /i&e sea (from saer) : the partly obsolete dat. forms
i'i, mjolvi, Mavi, bolvi, heyvi, horvi, smjorvi, Isevi from ol {ale), mjol
.^al), hey (hay), etc. are also spelt olfi . . .heyfi, cp. e. g. Eb. 94 new
(:. note 8 : so also adjectives, as orfan (ace. from orr), liberal : nouns,
\ volfa or volva, a prophetess. III. the spelling with pt in such
i)rds as, aptan, evening ;> &ptT, after; leiptr, lightning; dript, drift;
pt, Germ, duft ; heipt, cp. Germ, beftig ; kraptr. Germ, ^ra/ ; aptari,
tri, = aftari, eftri, a/, 6e,&;>2c/; eptk, after ; skiptu, to shift ; lopt. Germ.
^; kjoptr, Germ, kiefe ; opt, often; nipt (from nefi), a sister; hapt,
!ia/<, hepta, /o haft; gipta, a gift; raptr, a rafter; topt, cp. Engl, toft,
m. loft; skapt, Engl, shaft, Dan. skaft ; {)opta, Dan. tofte, — is against
: sense and etymology and is an imitation of Latin MSS. The earliest
jSS. and almost all Norse MSS. use//, and so also many Icel. MSS., e. g.
p Flateyjar-bok, Hauks-bok, etc. ; pt, however, is the regular spelling,
d hence it came into print. The present rule appears to be to use pt
lerever both consonants are radicals, but ft if the t be inflexive — thus
ft, part, from hafa, lift from lifa, hlift from hlifa ; but in speaking pt
d//are both sounded alike, regardless of etymology, viz. both as/ or
with a soft /sound; hence phonetic spelling now and then occurs in
SS., e. g. draft = drapt, from drepa, Fb. i. 149 ; ef8e = aep3i = septi, from
'a, to weep, Bs. i. 342; keyfti, from kaupa, Greg. 50; steyfti, from
■ypa. p. a digraph fp or pf occurs a few times in MSS., efptir,
3 A. 2; lopfti = lopti, Greg. 72 (vide Frump. 100), but it never came
'0 use ; it reminds one of the pf which in modern German is so fre-
ent : fm =/ or m, e. g. nafm = nafn or namn, Mork. 60 and N. G. L.
ssim ; fft=ft also occurs in old MSS.
C. Changes. — The final soft Icel. / answers to Engl. / ve, e. g. Icel.
= Engl. life, but Icel. lifa = Engl, to live; gefa, to give; hafa, to have;
fa, to leave. Again, the spurious IceI./(B. II) usually answers to Engl.
i>r the like, e. g. orfar = Engl, arrow; snjofar = Engl, snow; mar mafi,
• Engl, mew ; Icel. naer (the v is here suppressed), cp. Engl, narrow ; Icel.
"U cp. Engl, lewd, etc. etc. In Danish the soft/ is usually spelt with
e.g. halv, halv, hav, give, love, sove, = \ce\. halfr, kalfr, haf, gefa, lofa,
•a, whereas the Swedes frequently keep the / In German a final b
swers to Icel. /; Germ, geben = Icel. gefa, Engl, give ; Germ, kalb, erbe,
Icel. kalfr, arfi, etc., see introduction to B. Again, in German a final
t/" answers to Icel. and Engl./>, e.g. Germ. /aM/=Icel. hlaup, Engl.
'^ ; Germ. )tauf= Icel. kaup, Engl, cheap ; Germ. schiff== Icel. skip, Engl
deep; Germ. haufen = \ct\. h(5pr, Engl, heap; Germ. nifen = lcci. hr6pa;
Germ, scbaffen = Icel. skapa, Engl, shape ; Germ. sat(fen = Icel. siipa, Engl.
to sup ; Germ, hofte = Icel. huppr, Engl, hip ; Germ, greifen = Icel. gripa,
Engl, to grapple, grip; Germ. gaffen = \cc\. gapa, Engl, gape; Germ,
o/en = Icel. opinn, Engl, open; Germ. a/e = Icel. api, Engl. a/.e; Germ.
triefen = \ct[. drjiipa, Engl, drip; Germ. tropfen = \ct\. dropi. Engl. drop.
As to the use of the initial/, the Engl., Icel., Swed., and Dan. all agree;
the High Germ, spelling is confused, using either/ or v, but both of them
are sounded alike, thus voll = Engl.full, Icel. fuUr ; ww = Engl./o«r, Icel.
fjorir; voter =^Eng\. father, IceL Mir, etc.: but /sci = Engl. /si, Icel.
fiskr ; /es/ = Engl./as/, Icel. fastr. This German v, however, seems to be
dying out (Grimm, introduction to F). 2. for the change of/n and
mn, see introduction to B : /changes to wi in a few Icel. words, as himin,
qs. hifinn, cp. Engl, heaven ; helmingr, a half, from halfr, half.
D. Interchange. — The Greek and Latin p answers to Teutonic and
Icel. /; thus, pater, paucus, piscis, ittvrf, ttvp, vuXos, picu, pellis, mojv,
pinguis, plecto, pes, TroS-6s, pallor, etc., cp. Icel. fadir, far, fiskr, fimm,
furr, foli, fe, fell (feldr), feitr, fletta, fet and fotr, fiJlr, etc. ; Lat. portare=:
faera, Engl, to ford; se-pelio = fela ; irrtpdu = fj o5r and fi6r ; m/^u and m>tv/ta,
cp. fnasa ; Lat. per, pro, irpo-, cp. fyrir ; Lat. plenus, pleo, irXiov, irXiot,
cp. fullr; TfAoroj' = fley ; Lat. /nor, wpwros, cp. fyrir, fyrstr ; Lzt. primus,
cp. frum-; 'Lvit. plures, plerigue, Tro\\6s, irkuaTos, woAvs, = fj61-, fjold,
fleiri, flestr; Lat. /)//care = falda ; La.t. preliiim, cp. fri6r, friftendi, etc.
(vide Grimm). Again, where no interchange has taken place the word
is usually borrowed from the Greek or Latin, e.g. forkr, Engl fork, ==
La.t.furca; Icel. fals, falskr, = Lat./a/5Ms; Icel. falki = Lat. /a/co, etc.
faflerni, n. fatherhood, paternity, Fms. vii. 164; at f. e3r moSerni, on
father's or mother's side. Eg. 267, Fms. ix. 251 ; ver3a sekr um f., to
be convicted of fatherhood, Grag. i. 86 ; ganga viS f., to acknowledge
one's fatherhood, Fms. i. 257, ii. 19, iii. 130; faSerni opp. to m68erni,
vi. 223. p. patrimony, Skv. 3. 67. 7. a parent, the father; ekki
var breytt um f. Kolla, Bjarn. 45 MS. (Ed. wrongly foSurinn) ; hann
var Ijoss ok fagr eptir f. sinu, as bis father, Edda 7. 8. eccl. = Lat.
paternitas, Bs. ii. 14, 80, 151, Th. 12, Mar., etc.
S'ADIR, m., gen. dat. and ace. foSur; pi. nom. and ace. fe3r, gen.
feSra, dat. feSrum ; there also occurs a monosyllabic nom. foSr or fe3r,
gen. fo3rs or fe6rs, dat. and ace. f68r or fe8r, the pi. as in fa8ir ; this
form occurs passim in MSS. and editions, but is less correct and quite
obsolete, Eg. 178, Fms. i. 6, N.G. L. i. 52, Stj. 130: in mod. usage in
gen. both fo6ur and f63urs, better fo3rs; fe6r and ve6r are rhymed, Edda
95 ; cp. also the compds all-fo3r (of Odin), but Al-fa5ir of God in mod.
usage: [Goth., fadar ; A. S. fader; Enrly Engl, fader, mod. father;
O.H.G. fatar, mod. vater; Swed.-Dan. fader ; Lat. pater; Gr.irar^p;
all of them bisyllabic] : — a father, N. G. L. i. 30, Grag. i. 170, Stj. 71,
Hom. 47, passim: — in eccl. sense, Lat. pater, a father of the church, Stj.
126 ; speki feSra, Eluc. 2, K. A. 30 ; faSir ok forstj6ri,/a//i>er and ruler.
Mar. : — God, heavenly Father, N. T. ; Fa3ir Vor, Our Father (i. e. the
Lord's Prayer, Lat. Pater Noster). Proverb or saying, fleygir fiisum til
f65ur hiisa, swift is the ride towards a father's house. compds : foflur-
afi, u, m. a grandfather on the father's side. fo3ur-arfr, m. inheritance
after a father. Eg. 470, Rd. 283, Fb. ii. 172. f63tir-bani, a, m. slayer
of another man's father, Nj. 120, Landn. 286, Fms. vi. 367, vii. 220,
Fb. i. 555. f63ur-betringr, m. better than one's father, Grett. 1 10.
f68ur-br63ir, m. a father's brother, uncle, Grag. i. 171, ii. 185, Nj. 4:
fo3urbr6&ur-sonr, a father's brother's son, Fms. x. 390. fsSur-bsetr,
f. pi. weregild for a father, Fms. ii. 109, Hkr. iii. 387. f63ur-dau3i,
a, m. a father's death, Isl. ii. 116, Fas. i. 34. f63tir-drap, n. a father's
slaughter, Isl. I.e., v. 1. f63\ix-erf3, f. = fo3urarfr, Landn. 214, v. I.
f63ur-fa3ir, m. a father's father, Grag. i. 171, ii. 185, Jb. 14, Fms. i. 67,
vii. 16. foSur-frsendi, a, m. a kinsman on the father's side, G^\. 261,
Ld. 24. f63iir-gar3r, m. a father's house. Fas. iii. 250, cp. K. A. 58,
f63ur-gj61d, n. pi. weregild for one's father, Edda 48, Isl. ii. 216.
f63ur-h.efndir, f. pi. revenge for one's father if slain, Ld. 260, Rd.
305, Vd. 94, Al. 7 ; as to this heathen custom, vide Sdm. 35, Skv. 3. 12,
Nj. ch. 120 (en J)6 er J)er meiri nauSsyn a at hefna f66ur |)ins), Hei3arv. S,
(the revenge of Gest), Fms. vi, Har. S. harSr. 103 (the taunts of Halli),
Ld. ch. 60, cp. also Eb. ch. 38, etc. f63ur-lius, n. a father's bouse,
Stj. 398, 463. f63\ir-kyn, n. father's kin. Eg. 266. f63iir-laiid,
n. [Germ, vaterland, Dan. fadreland], fatherland, Baer. 17, a rare word,
sounding even now affected and mod. ; Icel. prefer saying sett-jord, fostr-
j6r3, or the like. f63ur-lau8s, zd]. fatherless, H.E. i. 237. f63ur-
leif3 (f63tir-leif, Bser. 5, Fms. x. 386), f. a patrimony, viz. land and
estates, Fms. i. 52, v. 117, vii. 176, Ld. 104. fa3tir-liga, adv. and
f63Tir-ligr, a.d]. fatherly, Stj. 63, Fms. vi. 70, Finnb. 226. f63ur-
in63ir, f. a father's mother, Nj. 25, Grag. i. 171. f63ur-systir,
[whence Dzn. faster'], f. a father's sister, Grag. i. 171, Fms. iv. 24;
fodursystur-dottir, the daughter of a father's sister, a niece, Hkr. iii.
170. f63ur-verringr, m, a degenerate so?i, Mag. f63ur-8ett
(or -4tt), f. kinsfolk on the father's side, Grag. i. 171, Nj. 25, GJ)1.
158. II. in many compds used as adj., e. g. f63tir-dst, f. and
'P> also skiff; Germ, ireff=lcQ\, drep; Germ. ftV/=Icel, djiipr, Engl.^fodur-elska, u, f, fatherly love; fOSur-hendr, f. pi, fatherly hands;
vsa
rODURHIRTING— FALDA.
fbduT-hirting, f. fatherly punishment; fdSiir-hjarta, n. fatherly
heart. 2. gu&-fa3ir, a god-father ; tengda-fa&ir, a father-in-law ;
stjiip-fadir, a step-father ; fostr-faSir, a foster-father ; al-fa6ir, all-father.
fa3ma, a6, to embrace, Stj. 185, Barl. 29, Gg. 3 : recipr. to embrace one
another, Sks. 572 : metaph. to grasp with the arms, Sturl. i. 169, Al. 86.
fadman, f. embracing, Str.
fadm-byggn'^> ^-t poet, a dweller in one's arms, husband, Lex. Poet.
faSm-lag, n., esp. in pi. embraces, Isl. ii. 269, Fms. iii. 129, Bret. 24:
metaph., Sks. 550, Mar. 119.
P ADMR, m. [cp. Goth, fapa = (ppayfiSs ; A. S.f<s(5etn ; Eng\. fathom ;
O.H.G.fadam; GeTm.fadenoTfadem = Lit._filum; Dun. favn; Swed.
famn ; the root is akin to that of Gr. vfrivvvfju, cp. Lat. patere, pandere,
prop, to stretch ont~] : — a fathom : 1. a measure = tvfo passus, Hb. 732.
5, Grag. ii. 262, 336, Landii. 35, 131, Fms. viii. 416, Eluc. 43, Gisl. 14;
very freq. used in measuring depths or heights ; thus fertugt djiip, J)ritugr
hamarr, etc. invariably means forty fathoms deep, thirty fathoms high ;
whereas roads are measured by ' fet,' stuffs, etc. by ' ells.' 2. the arms ;
brjost ok f., Fms. v. 344, Sturl. i. 214, Rm. 16, Th. 9, Am. 73 ; sofa i
fadmi e-m, to sleep in one's arms, Hm. 114; hafa barn i faSmi, Fms. vii.
31 : the bosom, Stj. 260. Exod. iv. 6 : often in the phrase, fallask i fa5ma,
to square one thing with another, set off against, Landn. 307, Orkn. 224,
Gliim. 396, Bs. i. 696, Fs. 139, GuU^). 19.
FA.GNA,!ib,ll]l{.faginon = xaipfiv; A.S.fcBgnian; B.e\. faganon ;
cp. Engl, fain, Icel. feginn] : — to be fain, to rejoice, Greg. 20, 40, Sks.
631 ; fagni& ^er og veriS glaSir, Matth. v. 12, John xvi. 20; fagnid me5
fagnendum, Rom. xii. 15: with dat., fagna e-u, to rejoice in a thing;
allir munu J)vi fagna, 623. 43, Nj. 25, Ld. 62. 2. fagna e-m, to
welcome one, receive with good cheer, Nj. 4 ; var honum J)ar vel fagna6, 25,
Eg. 36, Fms. iv. 131, ironic, vii. 249, x. 19. p. with prep., fagna i e-u,
to rejoice in a thing, Th. 76 ; fagna af e-u, id., Stj. I42, Th. 76. Y- ^^^
phrase, fagna vetri (Jolum, sumri), to rejoice, make a feast at the begin-
ning of winter {Yule, sumtner) ; {)at var {)4 margra manna si5r at f.
vetri ... ok hafa J)a veizlur ok vetrnatta-blot, Gisl. 18 ; ef ek maetta J)ar
i veita i haust vinum minum ok f. sva heimkomu minni, Fms. i. 290 ;
J)at er siSr t)eirra at hafa blot a haust ok f. '^k vetri, (5. H. 104.
fagnadr and fognu&r, m., gen. fagnaSar, pi. ir, [Goth./aAfiJs = xop<i],
joy, Greg. 68, Hom. 85 ; gaudium er fognuSr, Bs. i. 801 ; eilifr f., Hom.
42, Stj. 44; himinrikis f., heavenly joy, Fms. x. 274; 6vina-fognu6r,
triumph, joy for one's foes, Nj. 112. p. metaph. welcome, good cheer,
Hkr. i. 50, Eg. 535, Fms. i. 72, iv. 82 ; gor3u henni fagnaS J)a viku alia,
625. 86 : the phrase, kunna s6r |)ann fagnaS, to be so sensible, so clever.
Band. 9, Hkr. ii. 85, v. 1. ; ol ok annarr fagna9r, ale and other good
cheer, Grett. 98 A. In the N. T. x'^P'^ is often rendered by fognu6r,
Mark iv. 16, Luke i. 14, ii. 10, viii. 13, x. 17, xv. 7, 10, John iii. 29, xv.
II, xvi. 21, 22, 24, xvii. 13, Rom.'xiv. 17, xv. 13, 2 Cor. ii. 2, etc., in
the same passages in which Ulf. uses faheds : fognuSr is stronger than gle6i.
coMPDs : fagna3ar-atbur3r, m. a joyful event, Barl. 88. fagna3ar-
bo3skapr, m. glad tidings. fagna3ar-dagr, m. the day of rejoicing,
Fms. X. 2 26. fagna3ar-eyrendi, n. a joyful fnessage, Bs. fagna3ar-
eyru, n. pi., heyra f., to hear with joyful ears, Hom. 143. fagna3ar-
fullr, a.6]. joyful, Bs. i. 201, Fms. i. 244. fagnaSar-fundr, m. a joyful
meetitig, Fms. x. 405, xi. 438. fagna3ar-gratr, m. weeping for joy,
655xxvii.9. fa,ena5a.r-heit,n. a joyful promise, Th.g. fagna3ar-
kenning, f. joyful teaching. fagna3ar-krds, f. a dainty, Stj. 443.
fagna3ar-lauss, adj. (-leyai, n.), joyless, Bs. i. 462, 801 : wretched,
poor, 464, Fms. xi. 445. fagna3ar-lu3r, m. a trumpet of joy, Stj.
631. fagna3ar-inark, n. a sign of joy, Hom. 104. fagiia3ar-
6p, n. a shout of joy, Al. 13, Rom. 214. fagna3ar-raust, f. a voice
0/ joy' Stj. 434. fagna3ar-sainligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), joyful,
Hom. 140, Stj. 148. fagna3ar-skru3, n. raiment of joy, Eluc. 46.
fagna3ar-sta3r, m. a place of joy, Hom. 147. fagnadar-ssell, adj.
delightful, Fms. vi. 441, Pass, xxvii. 12. fagnaSar-songr, m. a song
of joy, Hom. 140, Sks. 754, Stj. 434. fagna3ar-ti3, f. and fagna3ar-
timi, a, m. a time of joy, Stj. 141, Bs. i. 131, Fms. ii. 196. fagna3ar-
ti3indi, n. pi. joyful, glad tidings, Hom. 88, Fms. ii. 253, iv. 250.
fagna3ar-veizla, u, f. a feast of joy, Stj. fagna3ar-vist, f. an abode
of joy, 625. 6. fagna3ar-61, n. a joyful banquet, merry feast, Al. 150,
Hkr. ii. 31.
fagna-fandr, m. a joyful meeting (of friends) ; var& J)ar f., there was
great joy, good cheer. Eg. 130, 180, 198, 5 1 5, Isl. ii. 387, Fms. iv. 305,
V. 41, X. 405, Stj. 478. p. a happy discovery, Stor. 2 (MS.), of the
poetical mead ; the edition wrongly J)agna-fundr.
FAQK, adj., fem. fcigr, neut. fagrt; compar. fagrari or better fegri,
superl. fagrastr or better fegrstr ; mod. fegurri, fegurstr; \\J\i. fagrs =
tvdiTos; A.S.fcEger; Engl, fair; O.H.G.fagar; Dan. /ai/re, in Dan.
ballads /aiire m'6=fair maid; Swed._/a^er] : — fair; used very freq. and
almost as in Engl., except that the Icel. does not use it in a moral sense,
like Engl, fair, unfair : 1. of persons, the body, etc. ; fogr maer, a
fair maid, Nj. 2, Vkv. 2 ; fagr synnm, fair to see, Fms. i. 1 16 ; f. alitum,
id., Edda 5, Skv. 1. 27; fogr hond, a fair band (hand-fogr), Fms. ix.
383; fogr augu, ^r eyes (fagr-eygr); fagrt lias, fair hair, tsl. ii;, mod. usage the weak form only is used: IVlf.falpan^iiriffffdvm
'fagrar briiair, fair brides, Sdm. 28; mser undarliga fogr, a wotlr
fully fair maid, Hkr. i. 40 ; fegra mann (a fairer man) eSr tigurl | a,
Fms. vi. 438. 2. of places ; fogr er Hli6in sva at mer hefir
aldri jafnftigr synzk, Nj. 112; fagra tiina (gen.), a fair abode {'to
|>kv. 3 ; salr solu fegri, Vsp. 63 ; fagrar lendur, fair fields, Ld. 96:
in local names, Fagra-brekka, Fagr-ey, Fagri-dalr, Fagra-nes, F
skogr, etc., = Fair-brink, -isle, -dale, -ness, -wood, etc., Landn.
of hght, wind, weather, etc. ; fagrt Ijos, a bright light, Hom. lii, Fj
230 ; skina fagrt, to shine brightly (of the sun) ; fagr byrr, a
wmd', Fms. ii. 182, Orkn. 356; {iigTtve6T,fairweather,0.U. 216.
as an epithet of tears ; in the phrase, grata fogrum tarum, cp. Hoi
OaXepdv Sdapv; hence grat-fagr, beautiful in tears, Edda 63.
the voice ; fogr rcidd, a sweet voice ; fagr songr, a sweet song, Bs. i.
fogr orS, a fine speech, Mork. 6. of other things ; fagrt si
fine ship. Eg. 173 ; fagr bordi, Nj. 24; fagrt kvaeSi, a fine poem, I
237. II. metaph., fagrt lif, a fair, goodly life, Mork. 72
fagrt, to live a happy life, Hm. 53 ; fagrir siftir, fine manners,
279. p. as an epithet of victory; fagr sigr, me6 fogrum
(freq.) y. maela (tala) fagrt, to speak fair, Hm. 91, Isl. ii.
1.
M
tala3i fagrt, en hug8i flatt, spoke fair, but thought false, Fms. ii
heita fogru, to promise fair, Hm. 131, Eg. (in a verse); lofa ollu f
cp. the Dan. ' love guld og gronne skove ;' bi3ja fagrt, to hid fair
false intention). Am. 37.
B. In COMPDS, with nouns, adjectives, fair, fine, gracious :
prefixed, e.g. munn-fagr,7?«e-mow/^ec/; ^ngn^-fagT , fair-eyed ; hand
fair-handed; gang-fagr, with a fair, gracious gait ; lit-fagr, of fair
hkr-hgr, fair-haired, etc. II. suffixed, e.g. fagra-hvel,
fair wheel or disk, the sun (poet.). Aim. 1 7. fagra-rsefr, n. th
roof, the sky (poet.), Aim. 13. fagr-bMinn, m. fair blue, a
(poet.). Lex. Poet. fagr-bMr, adj. light-blue. fagr-bl6n
botan. trientalis, Hjalt. fagr-biiiim, part. ' fair-boun,' bright-dr
chiefly as an epithet of a lady, Eg. 77, Hkr. iii. 290, Hom. 120
29: of a ship, Hkv. I. 31. fagr-bygg, n. the fair 'bigg,'
(poet.). Lex. Poet., cp. Edda 83. fagr-dsell, adj. a man from
dale, Sturl. iii. 181, Landn. fagr-eygr (-eyg3r), zA]. fair-eye
i. 127, 178, Hkr. ii. 2, Fms. xi. 205. fagr-fer3ugr, adj. gra'vl.
virtuous, Stj. 1 36, V. 1. fagr-flekkottr, aA]. fair-flecked (of a sr e),
Stj. 97. fagr-gali, a, m. a fair, enticing song, enchantment, flc ry.
fagr-gim, n. the fair gem, the sun (poet.), Lv. 2. fagr-glos dj.
fair-glowing, bright (poet.). Aim. 5 (the Sun as bride). fagr-gr jH,
adj. light-green, Fms. xi. 335, Hkr. i. 71 (of a field or tree). jpr-
g\ilr, adj. light-yellow. fagr-li&rr (-h8er3r), nAj. fair-haired, > i6,
Fms. xi. 205. fagr-hlj63r (-hlj63andi, -hlj63a3r), adj. I'd-
voiced, Grett. 159, Fms. ii. 199. fagr-kinn, f. (fogriom-k li,
m., Fms. xi), fair-cheek, soubriquet of a lady, Sd. fagr-klalr,
part. fair-clad, Greg. 24, Dropl. 25. fagr-kolla, u, f., botan. hiero'm,
hawkweed, Hjalt. fagr-limi, a, m. 'fair-branch,' a wood (poet.),im.
29. fagr-lseti, n. blandishment, Barl. 119. fagr-mdU, adj.iir-
spoken, Fms. vi. 52. fagr-mseli, n.fair language, Barl. 24, II jVj.
167, Fms. i. 74. fagr-mseltr, part, bland, Fms. vi. 52, v. 1. |,t-
or3r (-yrSr), adj. fair-spoken, bland, Sks. 370, 432, Sturl. ii \]i-
fagr-radda3r, part, sweet-voiced. fagr-rau3r, adj. light-red Ipp.
to d6kk-rau6r or dumb-rau6r, dark-red), pibr. 181, Fas. i. 172, VSJ54.
fagr-rendr, part, painted with fine stripes (of a shield), Honpfi.
fagr-skapa3r, part./afr-Si&apew, Sks.627. fagr-skrifa3r, part.
drawn, painted in bright colours, Greg. 26. fagr-skyg3r,
transparent as crystal (of a shield). Lex. Poet. fagr-stryk^
fagr-vaxinn, Jt.
fagr-yr3i, n. p |«r
part, wearing fine clothes (of a lady), Vkv. 37
of fair stature (of a lady), Band, (in a verse).
words, Fms. x. 104.
fagrendi, n. pi. costly, fair things, Barl. 176. j
fagr-leikr, m. beauty, Fms. v. 281, xi. 428. j
fagr-leitr, adj. affair complexion, beautiful, Fms. vii. 321, Gisl. j.
fagr -liga (fagrla, 0. H. in a verse), mod. fallega, ndv. fairly, bliti-
fully, Fms. i. I41, vii. 147, x. 243, Fs. 145.
fagr-ligr, adj., mod. contracted fallegr (cp. fallega above),
word is at the present time in Icel. used very much as fine, nice
Engl., that is to say, of almost everything, whereas this form is 1 '
found in old venters:— fair, fine, Vtkv. 6; f. penningar,_/?«e mom I:
6; f. skriiSi, a fine dress, Stj. 142; f. sigr, Fms. x. 231 ; f. hl.W'
sweet tunes, Bs. i. 155.
PALA, a6, [fair], to demand for purchase, with ace, Fms. i. I; '
159, Ld. 28, Eg. 714 ; f. e-t af e-m (better f. e-t at e-m), Fms. iii •
x. 4, Nj. 73, Ld. 144.
PALDA, in old writers this word (if used in sense II) always f '
the strong form and is declined like halda, viz. pret. f^lt, Landn. i6( ■
Lex. Poet, passim, pi. feldu ; pres. sing, feld; imperat. fait; pret 1
feldi, Orkn. (in a verse) ; part, faldinn ; but in signf. I {to fold) it is -'
(faldar, falda3i), though it seldom occurs in old writers in this sen; '"
mod. iisac«> tVif» \ir<>3lr fr>rm <->nlv ic ttneA • riTlf fnlTinns=iirriaatLV in 1»*
FALDA— FALLA.
139
.10, to fold or close tie hooh; h.^.fealdan; Engl to fold; Germ.
ih'etf D^n. folde; Swed. falla; Fr.fauder; cp. Lat. plicare] : — to fold,
ith a'cc. : I- gener. to fold; ek skal f. hana saman, I shall fold
'juP Str. 9 ; tok hon Jja skyrtuua ok faldafti saman, id.; sem hon hafSi
inian' faldat, id. ; f. fald eptir, to unfold a fold, id. ; at engi mundi l)ann
lid aptr f., id.; ef hon gaeti aptr faldat skyrtu J)ina, 13. p. to hem;
ilda diik, klut, etc., to hem a towel, kerchief, or the like ; cp. falda&r,
faldaSr. II- ^sp. to hood or cover the head, chiefly used of
dies wearing the fald, q. v. : o. with ace. of the person, dat. of
le dress; ek mun falda J)ik meS hofuSduki, Nj. 201; at hon hefSi
li faldit sik vi& motrinum, Ld. 210 ; Brandr var faldinn, B. was hooded
$ a lady, Fs. 109 ; Hildr Eyvindar-d6ttir felt honum, H. hooded him,
(14 (Ed. fylg^i wrongly) ; at hon hef8i mi faldit (Ed. wrongly faldat)
k vid motrinum, that she had hooded herself with the motr, Ld. 210;
madi Gudriin ekki J)urfa at falda sik motri til J)ess, at sama betr en
lit konur a6rar, id. ; hennar hofut er faldit {jremr skautum, her head
hooded in three sheets (hence skauta-faldr), Mar. 48 (Fr.) p. with
it, of the person ; J)a segir Hrefna, at hon vill falda ser viS motrinn
>etter motrinum), Ld. 192; ef ma&r feldr ser til v61ar vi8 konu, e3r
rr hann i kvennklaeSi, if a man hoods his head wilily mocking a woman,
r4g. i. 338 (liable to the lesser outlawry) ; f. |)6r vi& hcifuSduki, Nj.
c, V. 1. ; aldri hefi ek fr6tt at konur feldi hofu8dukum, Orkn. (in a
^rse) ; ek felt hjalmi, / covered my head in a helmet, Sighvat. y
le phrases, falda sitt, to hood the head so that the eyes and face cannot
f seen; far a me8al kvenna, ok fait J)<5r sitt, at ekki ver6ir J)U kend,
ost. 656 B. II ; briiSirnar falda sitt, sva at ugerla ma sja Jpeirra yfirlit,
ins. xi. 106; enn fyrsta aptan hafa bniSirnar si8-faldit, Jv. 29 (Ed.
S24); sii (kona) hafSi sitt faldit, Fms. vii. 161, cp. Gen. xxxviii. 14;
Ida hatt, to wear a tall fald, cp. Eb. 1 36 (in a verse) ; falda bla, or
ortu, to hood the bead in black, to mourn, Isl. ii. 351 (in a verse) : the
etaph. phrase, f. rau3u, to hood the head in red, to die a bloody death,
indn. I.e. 2. part, faldinn, used as adj. hooded, mod. faldadr,
oded, bordered, hemmed, etc., in compds, eld- faldinn, hooded with
mtes, poet, epithet of the foaming waves. Lex. Poet. ; hjalmi faldinn,
oded with a helmet (poet.), Hkv. I. 47; jam-faldinn, iron-hooded,
Imed, Eb. 208 (in a verse) ; hag-faldin, hooded with hedges, poet.
ithet of the goddess Earth, Fms. vi. 140 (in a verse) ; hvit-faldin,
[uite-hooded, of glaciers or foaming waves, Snot 12, 16.
Talda, u, f. = faldr, Korm. 240 (in a verse).
"ald-laus, f. adj. hoodless, having her fald pulled off, Sd. 181.
PALDR, m. [A.S./«aW; Engl fold; Gtxm. falte ; O.U.G.fald;
m.fold; lul falda, und faldetta (in Malta); Ft. fauvetta und faudage'] :
-a fold, of a garment, Str. 9, 13, 1. 19, 21, where it is even spelt foldr;
Icel. hardly ever used in this sense. p. the hem of a garment ; hiin
kk a bak til ok snart fald bans klse3a, Luke viii. 44 ; og fald sinna
lE&a stsekka peir, Matth. xxiii. 5 ; og ba6u hann, a8 j)eir maetti snerta
) eins fald bans fata, Mark vi. 56 ; kyrtill hla8buinn i fald ni3r, a kirtle
ced down to the hems, Fms. iv. 337 ; allt i fald niSr, Mag. (Fr.) 63 ;
lefta-faldr, Pass. 36. 9. II. a white linen hood, the stately national
:ad-gear worn by ladies in Icel., of which drawings are given by Eggert
in. pp. 24, 27, Sir Joseph Banks in Hooker's Travels, the account of the
ranch expedition of the year 1836 sq., and in almost all books of travels
Iceland. In old Sagas or poems the fald is chiefly recorded in Ld. ch. 33
he dreams of Gu3run Osvifs datter), cp. Sd. ch. 25 ; in the Orkn. S. ch.
i the two sisters Frakiik and Helga, daughters of the Gaelic Moddan,
ore a fald (J)a hnyktu J)ar af s6r faldinum, ok reyttu sik), 182. In
e Rm. (a poem probably composed in the Western Isles, Orkneys) all
e three women, Edda, Amma, and M66ir, wore the fald ; the words
f)kv. 16, 19 — ok haglega um hiJfuS typpum, and let us cleverly put
topping on his head, of Thor in bridal disguise — seem to refer to the
Id. Bishop Bjarni, a native of the Orkneys (died A. D. 1222), gives
e name of ' fald' to the helmet; Kormak, in the loth century, speaks
the ' old falda.' In Normandy and Brittany a kind of 'fald' is still
use; it may be that it came to Icel. through Great Britain, and is of
eton origin ; a French fald (Franseiskr, i.e. Britain?) is mentioned, D.N.
359. In Icel. the fald was, up to the end of the last century, worn
I every lady, — a&r serhver fald bar fni | falleg J)6tti venja sti, a ditty.
he ladies tried to outdo each other in wearing a tall fald ; keisti
Idr, the fald rose high, Rm. 26; falda hatt, Eb. (the verse) ; hence the
rcastic name stiku-faldr, a ' yard-long fald ;' stifan teygja stiku-fald,
agnarmal 53, a poem of 1728; l Tim. ii. 9 is in the Icel. version
ndered, eigi meS foldum {irXfy/Mxai) e8r guUi e6r perlum, — since with
icient women, and in Icel. up to a late time, braiding of the hair was
most unknown. In mod. poetry, Iceland with her glaciers is repre-
nted as a woman with her fald on ; minn hefir faldr fengi& fjuka-ryk og
'■n, Eggert: the sails are called faldar mastra, hoods of the masts, faldar
astra bloktu stilt, iJlf. 3. 14 ; hestar hl^s hvita sk<5ku falda tres, id., 10 ;
Idr skyja, the folds of the clouds, poijt.. Num. 1. 11 ; faldr af degi, of the
lybreak, 4. 86 ; vide krok-faldr, sveigr, a crooked fald. falda-feykir,
a magical dance in which the falds flew off the ladies' heads. Fas. iii ;
Percy's Fryar and Boy, also the Wonderful Flute in Popular Tales,
Fal-li6fiiir, m. barrel-hoof, holUm-hoof, a mythol. horse, Edda.
FAIjIj, n., pi. foil, [common to all Teut. idioms except Goth.], a fall:
— defined in law, J)at er fall ef maftr stydr niftr kn6 eSr hendi, Gr4g. ii. 8,
Isl. ii. 246, Al. 76, Sd. 143 : the proverb, fall er farar heill, a fall bodes a
lucky journey, Fms. vi. 414 (of king Harold at Stamford-bridge), viii. 85,
403, Sverr. S. ; sa er annarr orSs-kvidr at fall er farar heill, ok festir J)u
mi faetr i landi, Fb. i. 331, cp. Caesar's 'teneo te, Africa;' falls er v4n
a3 fornu tr^, Stj. 539 ; stirft eru gamalla manna fiill ; flas er falli naest,
flurry is nigh falling : foil berask k e-n, one begins to reel, stagger. Fas.
iii. 429 ; koma e-m til falls, to cause one to fall, FMda 34 ; reiddi hann til
falls, he reeled, Eb. 220. 2. a fall, death in battle, Lat. caedes, Fms.
i. II, 43, 89, Nj. 280, Eg. 37, 106, O. H. 219, passim ; the proverb, i
flotta er fall vest, Fms. viii. 117 ; val-fall, Lat. strages ; mann-fall, loss of
men in battle. p. the 'fall,' a plague in cattle or beasts, murrain, 655.
2, Bs. i. 97, 245, 456. Y- ''^^ carcase of a slaughtered animal; baulu-
fall, sau8ar-fall, nauts-fall, hriits-fall, Stj. 483. 3. medic, in compds,
brot-fall, the falling sickness, epilepsy; bl68-fall, klae&a-foll, bloody flux;
lima-fall, paresis. p. childbirth, in the phrase, vera komin aft falli, to
be in an advanced state, (komin aS bur3i is used of sheep, cows.) 4.
the fall or rush of water ; vatns-fall, a waterfall, large river ; sjdvar-foll,
tides; zh-iM, flood-tide ; \it-(M, ebb-tide ; bo3a-fall, a fcr^aier, cp. Bs. ii.
51. 5. in gramm. a case, Lat. casus, Skalda 180, 206: quantity,
159, 160, Edda 126: a metric, fault, a defective verse, dropping of
syllables, Fb. iii. 426. II. metaph. downfall, ruin, decay ; fall
engla, the fall of the angels, Rb. 80; til falls ok upprisu margra i Israel,
Luke ii. 34 ; hafa ser e-t til falls, to run risk of ruin, Hrafn. 30 ; gozin
eru at falli komin, the estates are dilapidated. Mar. ; a-fall, a shock ; fr4-
fall, death; 6-fall, mishap; jar8-fall, an earth-slip. 2. eccl. a sin,
transgression, Bs. i. 686, Mar. 77 (Fr.) 3. a law term, breach,
failure, non-fulfilment, in ei3-fall, vegar-fall, GJ)1. 416; messu-fall, ord-
fall, veizlu-fall. 4. mod. a case, occasion.
FALLA, pret. fell, 2nd pers. f611t, mod. fellst, pi. fellu ; pres. fell, pi.
folium ; part, fallinn ; reflex, fellsk, fallisk, etc., with the neg. suffix fellr-at,
f611-at, fellsk-at. Am. 6, vide Lex. Poet. [Common to all Teut. languages
except Goth. (Ulf. renders triirruv by drjusan) ; A. S. feallan ; Eng\. fall ;
Gtxm. fallen; Dan. falde; Swed. /aZ/a.]
A. to fall; as in Engl, so in Icel. falla is the general word, used
in the broadest sense ; in the N. T. it is therefore used much in the
same passages as in the Engl.V., e.g. Matth. v. 14, vii. 25, 27, x. 29,
xii. II, xiii. 4, xxi. 44, Luke xiv. 5, John xii. 24, Rom. xi. 11, xiv. 4,
I Cor. X. 12, I Tim. vi. 9, Rev. viii. 10: blomstrifl fellr, James i. II :
again, the verbs hrynja and hrapa denote ruin or sudden fall, detta a
light fall, hrasa stumbling ; thus in the N. T. hrynja is used, Luke
xxiii. 30, Rev. vi. 16; hrapa, Luke x. 18, xi. 17, xiii. 4, Matth. xxiv.
29; hrasa, Luke x. 30; detta, xvi. 21: the proverb, eigi fellr tre
vid hit fyrsta hogg, a tree falls not by the first stroke, Nj. 163, 224;
hann fell fall mikit, Bs. i. 343 ; hon f^ll geigvaenliga, id. ; falla af baki,
to fall from horseback, 344 ; f. afram, to fall forwards, Nj. 165 ; f . a
bak aptr, to fall on the back, 9 ; f. um hals e-m, to fall on one's neck,
Luke XV. 20 ; f. til jar6ar, to fall to the ground, fall prostrate, Fms. vii.
13, Pass. 5.4: to fall on one's face, Stj. 422. Ruth ii. 10; f. fram, to
fall down, Matth. iv. 9; f. dau6r ofan, to fall down dead, Faer. 31 ; ok
jafnsnart fell a hann dimma og myrkr. Acts xiii. 1 1 ; hlutr fellr, the
lot fell {vide hlut-fall), i. 26. 2. to fall dead, fall in battle, Lat.
cadere, Nj. 31, Eg. 7, 495, Dropl. 25, 36, Hm. 159, Fms. i. 8, 11, 24,
38> 96. 173. 177. 178. ii. 318, 324, 329, iii. 5, iv. 14, v. 55, 59, 78, 85,
vi. 406-421, vii-xi, passim. 3. of cattle, to die of plague or
famine, Ann. 1 341. 4. medic, falla i brot, to fall in a Jit, Bs. i.
335 ; f. i ovit, to swoon, Nj. 210 : the phrase, f. fra, to fall, die (fr4-fall,
death), Grag. i. 139, 401, Fms. iv. 230, vii. 275 ; f. i svefn, to fall asleep.
Acts XX. 9. II. to flow, run, of water, stream, tide, etc. : of the
tide, saerinn fi^U lit fra landi, ebbed, Clem. 47 ; fell {)ar saer fyrir hellis-
munnann, the sea rose higher than the cave's mouth, Orkn. 428 ; si3an
fell sjor at, the tide rose, Ld. 58 ; ok J)a er lit f611 sj6rinn, {>orf. Karl.
420 ; sjorinn fell sva skj6tt a land, at skipin voru 611 a floti, Fms. iv.
65 : also used of snow, rain, dew, Vsp. 19 ; snj6-fall, a fall of snow :
of the ashes of a volcano, cp. osku-fall, s. v. aska : of a breaker,
to dash, menn undru3usk er bo3i fell i logni, {jar sem engi ma3r vissi
van til at fyrri hef3i fallit, Orkn. 1 64 : of a river, nema J)ar falli d sii
er eigi gengr fe yfir, Grag. ii. 256 ; votn t)au er 6r joklum hof3u fallit.
Eg. 133 ; a f(511 {flowed) vid skala As61fs, Landn. 50, A. A. 285 ; Jjeir
sa ^k OS (fors, Hb.) mikinn falla i sjoinn, Landn. 29, v. 1., cp. Fms. i.
236 ; Markar-fljot fell i milium hofud-isa, Nj. 142 ; a fellr austan, Vsp.
42 ; falla forsar, 58 ; laek er fell meSal landa J)eirra, Landn. 145 : of
sea water, sjar kolblar fellr at t)eim, the ship took in water, Ld. 118, Mar.
98 ; sva at inn f^ll um soxin, that the sea rushed in at the stern, SturK
iii. 66. 2. to stream, of hair ; h4rit silki-bleikt er fell {streamed) 4
her3ar honum aptr, Fms. vii. 55. p. of clothes, drapery, Edda (Ht. 2)
121. III. to fall, of the wind; f&l vedrit ok g6r8i logn, the
wind fell. Eg. 372 ; J)4 f^ll byrrinn, Eb. 8 ; ok fellr ve8rit er |)eir koma
lit at eyjum, Ld. 116; hon kvadsk mundu r4da at ve8rit £611i eigi.
140
FALLA— FALTRASK.
GxMjp. 30 ; 1 J)vl bill fcllr andviSrit, Fbr. 67 ; J)a f(511 af byrrinn, Fms.
vi. 17. 2. falla niflr, to fall, drop; mitt kvaeSi mun skjott ni8r f.,
my poem will soon be forgotten, Fms. vi. 1 98 ; mun J)at (in the poem)
aldri ni8r f. meSan Nor8r!6nd eru byg5, 372 ; fell sva J)eirra tal, their
speech dropped, they left off talking. Fas. iii. 5 79 : as a law term, to
let a thing drop, lat ni3r f., Fs. 182 ; f^llu halfar baetr ni8r fyrir saka-
staSi J)a er hann {)6tti a eiga, Nj. 166, 250, Band. 18 ; J)at eitt fellr ni&r,
Grag. i. 398, Fms. vii. 137 ; falla i ver8i, to fall in price, etc. IV.
to fail, be foiled, a law term ; sa (viz. eiSr) fellr honum til utlegSar, i. e.
if he fails in taking the oath be shall be liable to outlawry, N. G. L. i. 84
(ei8-fall); en ef ei8r fellr, ^k fari hann litlaegr, K. A. 214; fellr aldri sekt
handa a milli, the fine is never cancelled, N. G. L. i. 345 ; f. a verkum
sinum, to have been caught red-handed, to be justly slain. Eg. 736 ; vera
fallinn at sokn, to fail in one's suit, N. G. L. i. 166 : hence metaph., fallin
at fraendum, failing, bereft of friends, H8m. 5 ; fallinn fra minu mali,
having given my case up, Sks. 554, 747; {)vi daemi ek fyrir drap hans
fallnar eignir ykkar, I sentence yotir estates to be forfeited for his slaughter,
Fs. 122 ; f. i konungs gar8, to forfeit to the king's treasury, Fms. iv. 227 :
reflex., ef honum fellsk J)essor brigS, if his right of reclamation fails,
G{)1. 300 ; ef menn fallask at J)vi, // men fail in that, N. G. L. ii. 345 ; ef
gerS fellsk, // the reparation comes to naught, id. ; ef gerSar-menn lata
fallask, if they fail to do their duty, id., cp. i. 133, 415 : to fail, falter, in
the phrase, e-m fallask hendr, the bands fail one ; blikna8i hann ok
fellusk honum hendr, 0. H. 70 ; J)4 fellusk ollum Asum orStok ok sva
hendr, their voice and bands alike failed them, Edda 3 7 ; en bondum fellusk
hendr, J)vi a J)eir hof8u J)a engan foringja, Fms. vi. 281 ; fellusk J)eim
allar kve&jur er fyrir voru, their greeting faltered, i. e. the greeting died
on tbeir lips, Nj. 140 ; vill sa eigi fallask lata andsvor, he would not fail or
falter in replying, Hkr. i. 260 ; f611skat sa8r svi8ri, her judgment did not
fail. Am. 6. V. metaph., falla i villu, to fall into heresy, Ver. 47 ; f.
i hordom, to fall into whoredom, Sks. 588 ; f. i vald e-s, to fall into one's
power, Ld. 166; f. i fullsselu, to drop (come suddenly) into great wealth.
Band. 31 ; f. i fullting vi8 e-n, to fall a-helping one, to take one's part,
Grag. i. 24 ; lyktir falla a e-t, to come to a close, issue, Fms. ix. 292, xi.
326 ; f. h,, to fall on, of misfortune, vide a-fall. 2. falla undir e-n, to
fall to one's lot, of inheritance, obligation ; arfr fellr undir e-n, devolves
upon one, G^l. 215 ; f. frjals 4 jtirS, to he free born, N. G. L. i. 32 ; f.
anau3igr a J6r8, to be born a bondsman, Grag. ii. 192. 3. falla vi8
arar, to fall to at the oars, Fms. xi. 73, 103 ; {)orgeirr f^ll J)a sva fast a
arar {pulled so hard), at af gengu baSir hairnir, Grett. 125 A; f. fram
vi8 arar, id.. Fas. ii. 495 (in a verse). VI. to fall out, befall;
ef au8na fellr til, if it so falls out by luck, Fms. iv. 148 ; ef au8na
vildi til f. me8 {)eim, xi. 267; litlu si8ar fellr til fagrt leiSi, a fair wind
befell them, 426; alia hluti J)a er til kunni f., Nj. 224; oil J)ingviti
er til f., all the fines that may fall in, be due, GJ)1. 21 ; nema J)orf falli
til, unless a mishap befalls him, i. e. unless be be in a strait, 76 ; mer fell
sva gaefusamliga, it befell me so luckily, Barl. 114 ; verSuliga er fallit a
mik {)etta tilfelli, this accident has justly befallen me, 115; sem sakir f. til, as
the case falls. Eg. 89. 2. to fall, be prodticed; J)at (the iron) fellr i
firSi J)eim er Ger heitir. Fas. iii. 240 ; {)ar fellr h veiti ok vin, 360. VII.
impers. in the phrases, e-m fellr e-t {)ungt, lett, etc., a thing falls lightly,
heavily upon, esp. of feeling; petta mun y8r Jjungt f., it will fall heavily
on you. Band. 18; fellr J)a keisaranum {)yngra bardaglnn, the battle fell
out ill to {turned against) the emperor, Fms. xi. 32 ; at oss mundi pungt f.
J)essi mal, Nj. 191. 2. the phrases, e-m fellr e-t nser, it falls nigh to
one, touches one nearly; sva fellr mer J)etta naer um trega, Nj. 170; sja
einn var sva hlutr, at Njali fell sva naer, at hann matti aldri oklokvandi
um tala, this one thing touched Njal so nearly, that he could never speak
of it without tears, 1 7 1 ; mer fellr eigi firr en honum, it touches me no less
than him. Bias. 41 ; henni fell meinit sva naer, at. . ., the illness fell on
her so sore, that . . . , Bs. i. 178; fell henni naer allt saman, she was much
vexed by it all (of illness), 351; e-t fellr bagliga, hormuliga etc. fyrir
e-m, things fall out sadly for one, Vigl. 30, El. 15.
B. Metaph. to fall in with, agree, ^t, suit. Germ, gefallen : I.
to please, suit ; kvaS ser Jjat vel falla til aftekta, said that it suited bim well
for drawing taxes from, Fb. ii. 122 ; en allt ^at, er hann heyr8i fra himna-
gu8i, fell honum harla vel, pleased him very well, Fms. i. 133; honum
fell vel i eyru lofsor8 konungs, the king's praise suited his ears well, tickled,
pleased bis fancy, Bvet.xS : reflex., J)atlof fellsk honum 1 eyru, 4; jarli fellsk
{)at vel i eyru, the earl was well pleased to bear it, Bjarn. 7. p. falla
saman, to fall in with, comply, agree; en J)6 at eigi felli allt saman me8
|)eim, though they did not agree in all, Bs. i. 723. y. fellsk vel a me8
J)eim, they loved one another. Fas. i. 49 ; fell vel a meS peim Styrkdri, i. e.
he and S. were on good terms, Fms. iii. 120. 8. honum fellsk |)at vel
i skap, it suited bis mind well, pleased him. Fas. i. 364 ; fellsk hvart 68ru
vel i ge8, they agreed well, liked one another well. Band. 9 ; fallask a e-t,
to like a thing: bratt kvartar a8 mix fellst ei a, Bb. 3. 23. 2. to
beseem, befit; heldr fellr J)eim {it befits them), at sy'na 68rum me8 g68-
vilja, Str. 2. 3. falla at e-u, to apply to, refer to; l)etta eitt or8 er
at fellr ei8stafnum. Band. MS. 15 (Ed. 18 wrongly ei8rinn instead of
eiSnum). 4. the phrase * falla vi8' in Luke vi. 36 (botin af t)vi
^ hinu nyja fellr eigi vI8 hi8 gamla) means to agree with ; hence ftk
feldinn, agreeable : — but in the two passages to be cited falla vi8 ;
to be intended for falda vi8, to enfold; hvergi nema J)ar sem falli vi
e8a eng, unless field or meadow be increased or improved, N. G.
116; ekki ma falla (qs. falda) vi8 hamingju-leysi mitt, 'tis impossi] to
add a fold to my bad luck, it cannot be worse than it is, Al. no. I.
part, fallinn ; sva f., such-like, so framed; eitt liti8 dyr er sva i 8,
at . . ., a small animal is so framed, that ..., Stj. 77 ; hvi man hinn ni
ma8r sva fallinn, bow can the same man be so framed? Fms. xi. 42
in law phrases, such-like, as follows, sva fallinn vitnisbur8, testimo,
follows, Vm. 47 ; svo fallinn 6rskur8, dom, etc., a decision, sentenc
as follows, a standing phrase ; {)a lei5 fallinn, such, such-like (C
beschaffen), Stj. 154. 2. fallinn vel, ilia, etc., well, ill-disp
hann var vaenn ma3r ok vel fallinn, Fms. xi. 422 ; {)au v6ru troll
ok at oUu ilia fallin, Bar8. 165 : fitted, worthy, bezt til konungs fallinn,
i. 58 ; ok er hann bezt til J)ess f. af J)essum Jjremr, vi. 386 ; at hann
betr til fallinn at deyja fyrir J)a sok en fa8ir hans, that he more desert
die than his father did, x. 3 ; Olafr er betr til yfirmanns f. enn minir
Ld. 84 ; margir eru betr til fallnir fararinnar, Isl. ii. 327 ; HallgerSr
hann ser vel fallinn til verkstjora, Nj. 57 ; sa er til J)ess er f., Sks.
^worthy,' 1 Cor. vi. 2. 3. neut._/?/; ok haetti J)a er honum
fallit, when be thought fit, Fms. vi. 364 ; slik reip sem f. J)ykir, as
needful, Sks. 420 ; vaeri J)at vel fallit, at ... , it would do well, t
Fms. ii. 115 ; I)at mun mi vel fallit, that will be right, that will do
Nj. 145 ; kalla8i vel til fallit, said it was quite right, Fms. xi. 32I.
of a thing, with dat. suited to one ; eigi Jiyki mer f)er sii fer8 vel i
i. e. this journey will not do for thee, will not do thee good, Fms. vi.
cp. 6-fallit, unfit.
fallegr, adj./a/r. falliga, adv., vide fagrligr.
fallerask, a8, dep. [for. word, Lat./a//ere], to prove false, Stj. 4, '.
224: to fall, of a woman, H.E, ii. 190.
fall-li8Btt, n. adj. staggering, in danger of falling, Eb. 240. |
fall-jokull, m. or fall-jaki, a, m. an ice-berg, Sks. 176.
fall-sott, f. a murrain, plague, Grag. i. 458. I
fall-sta3r, m. a falling place, Fms. viii. 435. !
fall-valtr, adj. reeling, metaph. in eccl. v/nters, faltering, changiU,
uncertain, of worldly things, opp. to heavenly; f. heimr, f. lif, it.
656 B. II, Magn. 504 ; f. hlutir, opp. to eilifr hlutir, Hom. 42 ; f. fajiSr
J)essa Hfs, Fms. i. 225 ; fallvaltan rikdom, i Tim. vi. 17.
FALR, m. [/a/, Ivar Aasen], the socket of a spear's head in ;
the handle is put, often richly ornamented (spjots-falr). Fas. iii. 38!'
461, Eg. 285, 726, Edda 83, Ld. 98, Nj. 108, K.|>.K. 96, Fms. iv.
338, Fs. 127 ; vide Worsaae 344 sqq., 498.
FALR, adj. [A.S./cE/e; O.H.G.fali; Genn. fell; Swed. and n.
fall • — ^«««^. io be sold, Fms. i. 185, Sd. 188, Ld. 146 ; e-m er e-t it,
or eiga (lata) e-t fait, to have a thing for sale, Grag. ii. 243, N. G. i.
237, Fms. vii. 20, Nj. 32 ; gjaf-falr, Fms. vii. 124: metaph., er mt ru
falastir til J)ungs hlutar, i. e. / should not mind if they fared ill, Lv.,S,
Mag. 59, Trist. 8, 11 (Fr.)
FALS, n. [for. word, Lat. falsum'], a fraud, cheat, deceit, in^'t,
Fms. viii. 265 ; f. ok svik, ix. 283 : illusion, in a dream, xi. 371 : d-
teration, ii. 1 29, GJ)1. 490-493.
fals, adj. = falskr,/a/se, Barl. 134, 144, 149, 152, Fms. ii. 210.
fals-, in compds, false, fraudulent, forged: fals-blandaflr, rt.
blended with fraud, Stj. 142 ; fals-brJf, n. a forged deed, Bs. i. j);
fals-gu3, n. a false god, Fms. i. 304, Sks. 308 ; fals-heit, n. pi. vse
promises. Art.; fals-kona, u, f. a false woman, harlot, Kormj);
fals-konungr, m. a false king, pretender, Baer. 15, Fms. ix. 433, ;?!•
35 ; fals-kristr, m. a false Christ, Matth. xxiv. 24; fals-peimir.
m. false money, Karl. ; fals-postuli, a, m. a false apostle, i Cor. xi 5;
fals-silfr, n. bad silver, Faer. 217; fals-spamenn, m. false promts,
Matth. vii. 15, xxiv. 24; fals-tni, {.false doctrine, heresy, Barl.; jB-
vitni, n. a false witness, H.E. i. 522, Barl. 142. ]
falsa, a8, to defraud, impose upon, Nj. 106, Fms. ii. 129: to <,'A
Hkr. i. 8; f. e-t af e-m, to cheat one of a thing, Fms. viii. 39= j']''
spoil. El. 12; brynjan falsaSisk, the coat of mail proved false, F|».
507. 2. to falsify, forge; f. br^f, K. A. 222 : neut., f. ok hi«\^
to use false and vain language, Stj. 131 : part, falsadr, false, Fi '
139, Stj. 58, 592.
falsari, a, m. an impostor, deceiver, Fms. viii. 295, ix. 261, 262, El.
falskr, adj. [for. word. Germ, falscb}, false ; f. brae8r, i Cor. xi
it occurs first in the 15th century.
fals-lauss, adj. guileless, Edda 20 ; f. mali, good money, Fms. vi. j ;
f. kaup, a bargain in good faith, Bs. i. 719. falslaus-ligr, adj. (- »»
adv.), sincere, in good faith, Stj. 149. j
fals-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), crafty, vile, FIov. 43 : false, Fms. v. 5j.
fals-6ttr, adj. deceitful, Stj. 144.
fals-samligr, adj. (-liga, a^w), false, crafty, Sks. 404.
fals-vitr, adj. crafty, cunning, Stj. 144 (MS. 227).
f altrask, a8, dep. to be cumbered ; f. vi8 e-t, to be puzzled about a t \gt
Faer. 1 74 ; cp. fatrask.
FALVIGR— FARA.
141
nal-vigr, f. a spear v/itb an ornamented socket, Mork. aoo.
IFAMBI, a, m. a simpleton, Hin. 103.
FANG, n. [for the root vide fa], a catching, /etching : 1. catching
\.b, fishing, Eb. 26, Am. 32 ; halda til fangs, to go a-fishing, Ld. 38 : a
\l<e offish, stores offish, hann ba6 \)0. liita laust fangit allt, J)at er ^eir
ofdu fangit, Fms. iv. 331 ; af ciUu ^vi fangi er {)eir hljota af dauftum
volum, Am. 36 ; f. J)at er {)eir dttu badir, cp. vei5i-fang, hcr-fang,
rey. 2. inplur., a. baggage, luggage, N]. 112 ; fiJng ok fargiign,
igeage and carriage, 266 ; ok er J)eir hofdu upp borit fiingin, carriage,
rkn. 324 : stores, forn korn ok onnur fong, Fms. iv. 354. ^. provisiotis,
p. at a feast; oil voru fong hin beztu, Fms. iv. 102 ; kostnaSar-mikit ok
urfti fong niikil, Eg. 39 ; {>6r61fr sopask mjok um fong, 42 ; veizla var
n priiSlegsta ok oil fcing hin beztu, 44 ; hann leitafti alls-konar fanga
biis sins, 68, Fs. 19, 218;, hence, bor8 me& hinum beztum fongum,
lard with good cheer, Fms. i. 66 ; biia fer3 hennar sxmiliga me& hinum
.'Ztum fongum, x. 102. y. metaph. means, opportunity; J)vi at eins
: engi s6 onnur fong, Fms. iv. 176; me5an sva goS fong eru a sem
d, 209 ; hafa fong a e-u, or til e-s, to be enabled to do a thing, viii.
j3, X. 388, Eb. 114, GullJ). 30, Eg. 81, Ld. 150, Odd. 18; ur8u J)a
igi fong onnur, there was no help (issue) for it (but that ...), Fms. vii.
II ; af (eptir) fongum, to the best of one's power, x. 355 ; af beztu
ngum byr hon riimid, Bb. 3. 24; at-fong, q. v. ; bii-fong (bii-fang),
v.; 61-fong, vin-fcing, store of ale, wine. 3. the phrase, fa konu
iigi, to wed a woman, N. G. L. i. 350 : fangs-tid, n. wedding seasoti,
1.3 ; hence kvAn-fang, ver-fang, marriage. II. an embryo, fetus,
sheep or kine ; ef graSungr eltir fang or ku, Jb. 303 ; the phrase, lata
iigi, to 'go back,' of a cow. p. a metric, fault, opp. to fall, Fb. iii. 426
II a verse). III. that with which one clasps or embraces, the breast
id arms; kom spjotiS i fang honum, the spear pierced his breast, GullJ).
5, Fms. ii. Ill ; reka i fang e-m, to throw in one's face, Nj. 176 ; hafa
1; i fangi sur, to hold in one's arms, Bdl. 344 ; hne hon aptr i f. honum,
!. ii. 375 ; taka s^r i fang, to take into one's arms, Mark x. 16 ; cp.
ills-fang, embraces. 2. an apron, Edda (Gl.) 3. fserask e-t
;'ang, to have in one's grip, metaph. to undertake a thing, Fms. vii.
!;6; fserask e-t or fangi, to throw off, refuse, Sturl. iii. 254: the phrase,
j.fa fuUt i fangi, to have one's hands full. 4. wrestling, grappling
('.b, fsl. ii.445, 446, 457 ; taka fang vi6 e-n, Edda 33 ; ganga til fangs,
ijil. 163 : the saying, fangs er van at frekum lilfi, there will be a grapple
* a greedy wolf, Eb. 250, Ld. 66, Fms. v. 294, Skv. 2. 13. p. the
j. rases, ganga a fang viS e-n, to grapple with one, provoke one, Ld. 206 ;
inga i fang e-m, id.. Band. 31 ; slika menn sem hann hefir i fangi, such
;n as be has to grapple with, Hav. 36 ; fa fang a e-m, or fa fang af
m, to get hold of one; fekk engi peirra fang a mer, Nj. 185, Fms. x.
j 9 ; sa })eir, at J)eir fengu ekki f. af Erlingi, they saw that they could
\t catch E., vii. 300, xi. 96. 6. an armful; ski8a-fang, vi8ar-fang,
: armful of fuel: Icel. call small hay-cocks fang or fong, hence fanga
[y upp, /o put the bay into cocks: fanga-lmappr, m. a bundle of
jy, armfid. IV. in the compds vet-fangr, hjor-fangr, etc.
e / is = i/, qs, vet-vangr, hjor-vangr, vide vangr. compds : fanga-
'ekka, u, f. a wrestling ground, Gliim. 354. fanga-fdtt, n. adj.
\lling short of provisions, Fms. viii. 367. fanga-hella, u, f. = fanghella.
inga-kvi3r, m. a law term, a body of jurymen taken at random,
ip. to bua-kvi5r, defined Grag. ii. 99, 140. fanga-lauss, adj. void
means, of provisions, Fms. viii. 419. fanga-leysi, n. want of stores,
601.263. fanga-litill, adj. vile, not worth fetching, Vm. 1 19.
nga-mark, n. Tnark of ownership, a monogram. fanga-rd3, n. a
vice, stratagem, a. wrestling term, Nj. 253, Lv.92, Orkn. 50. fanga-
akkr, m. a wrestling jerkin, tsl. ii. 443. fanga-vattr, m. a law
rm, a witness fetched (summoned) at random, GJ)1. 547-549.
'anga, a9, [GeTm.fangen = to fetch, whence D&n.fange'], to fetch, cap-
re, Stj, 123, Vigl. 29, Bs. i. 881, ii. I18, Fb. i. 340; aSr en hann var
ngaSr, Isl. (Hard. S.) ii. 105 ; f. dau3a, to catch one's death, to die. Or.
I : this word is rare and borrowed from Germ., it scarcely occurs before
e end of the 13th century; part, fanginn vide s. v. fa and below.
aiiga8r, part, having means (f6ng)/or doing a thing, K. A. 118, Ann.
P5-
angari, a, m. a wrestler, Sd. 142, Barl. 148 : a gaoler, (mod.)
'ang-br6g3, n. pi. wrestling, Fs. 131.
ang-elsi, n. [pzi^.fcengsel; Svfcd. fangelse'], a prison, gaol, Fms. iv.
J7i xi. 240, (a rare and unclass. word) ; cp. dyflissa, myrkva-stofa.
ang-hella, u, f. a stone set on edge in the arena, Isl. ii. 446.
angi, a, m. a prisoner. Mar., (rare and unclass.) ; cp. Dan. fange.
finginn, part, captured, Stj. 71, Ann. 1 299, Bs. i. 698 : metaph. enticed,
• i. 60 ; cp, ast-fanginn, captured by love, in love.
ang-litiU, adj. yielding little produce, Bs. i. 335.
ang-remi, f. a deadly struggle, Korm, (in a verse).
ang-staSr, m. something to grasp or lay hold of, in the phrases, fa f.
--m, to catch bold of one, Vapn. 14, Th. 14; Ija fangstaSar a ser, to let
estlfbe caught, Fms. iv. 282.
ang-saell, adj. having a good grasp, Eb. 250 : lucky, Vellekla.
ang-taka, u, f. taking bold, in wrestling, Barl. 8.
fang-vinr, m. and fang-vina, u, f. an antagonist in wrestling, Grett.
134 (in a verse). Eg. 103 (in a verse).
FANIR, f. pi. [Swed. /an; Engl. /an; cp. Germ. /aA«*, Goth. /a«a],
a fan, in talkn-fanir, the gill-flaps of a whale.
fann-fergja, u, f. heavy snow-drifts.
fann-hvitr, adj. white as driven snow (fonn), Stj. 3o6.
fann-koma, u, f. a fall of snow.
fann-mikill, adj. snowy, Grett. 112.
FANTR, m. [Ital./an/« = a sen/an/; Gcrm./anz; Din. fj ante ^ an
oaf; the Norwegians call the gipsies ' fante-folk,' and use fante-kjaering
for a hag, fille-fant for the Gtrm.firle-fanz, a ragamuffin, etc. : the word
is traced by Diez to the Lat. infans, whence Ital. and Span, infanteria,
Fr. infanterie, mod. Engl, infantry, etc., — in almost all mod. European
languages the milit. term for foot-soldiers. In Norse and Icel. the word
came into use at the end of the 1 2th century; the notion of a footman
is perceivable in the verse in Fms. viii. 172 (of A.D. 1182) — fant s^ ek
hvern a hesti en lendir menn ganga, / behold every fant seated on horse-
back whilst the noblemen walk : — hence it came to mean] a landlouper,
vagabond, freq. in Karl., Str., El., F16v. ; fantar ok gl6par. Mar. ; hversu
vegsamligr var konungrinn af Israel i dag, hver eb afklaeddist fyrir am-
battum J)enara sinna, og 14k nakinn sem fantar, and danced naked like a
biffoon, Vidal. i. 220, cp. 2 Sam. vi. 20.
fanz, m. a gang, tribe ; Odd sa pekti allr fans, Stef. Ol. ; J)rsEla-fanz,
a gang of thralls. p. lumber, tJlf. 8. 64 ; akin to fantr.
FAR, n. I. motion, travel; rare in this sense, as the fem.
for and fer8, q. v., are used instead. p. of the clouds, in the phrase,
far a lopti, drift in the sky. II. a means of passage, a ship;
far er skip, Edda no, Skalda 163 : the allit. phrase, hvert fljotanda far,
every floating vessel, Fms. xi. 125, Faer. 260; at bjarga fari a floti, Hm.
155. 2. in compds, a trading vessel; Islands-far, an Iceland-
trader, Fms. vi. 370, vii. 32 ; Englands-far, an English-trader, ix. 41 ;
Dy'flinnar-far, a Dublin ship, Eb. 254; fjogra-, tveggja-, sex-manna-far,
a four-, two-, six-oared boat. 3. passage, in the phrases, taka ser
(e-m) fari, fa ser fari, ra8a s4r fari, usually so in dat., but in mod. usage
ace. (taka, ra8a s6r far), to take a passage in a ship, GJ)1. 516, Grag. ii.
400, 406 (ace), Ld. 50, Landn. 307, Eg. 288, Nj. in, 112, Isl. ii. 199,
Eb. 194; bei8ask fars, id., Grag. i. 90, Fms. vi. 239 ; banna e-m far, to
forbid one a passage, stop one (far-bann), Landn. 307 ; synja e-m fars, to
deny one a passage (far-synjan), Hbl. 54 ; at J)eir hafi allir far, Jb.
393. III. a trace, track, print, Hom. 120 ; Sveinki rak lomb sin
til fjoru i forin, at eigi matti sja tveggja manna for, Njar8. 376; mi
villask hundarnir farsins, the bounds lost the track, Fms. v. 147, cp.
O. H. L. 83 : metaph., of et sama far, on the same subject, of a book,
lb. (pref.) : in many compds, a print, mark of any kind, fota-fbr, /oo/-
prints; skafl^-rdi, the print of a sharp-shod horse; nkhr-hr, a stitch; fingra-
for, a finger-print ; tanna-fiir, a bite; nagla-for, the marks of nails, John xx.
25 ; knifs-far, a knife's mark; eggjar-far, the mark of the edge, in a cut;
jama-far, the print of the shackles ; kjal-far, the keel's track, wake of a ship ;
um-far, a turn, round; saum-far, a rim on a ship's side. TV.
metaph. life, conduct, behaviour; hugar-far, ge8s-far, lundar-far, disposition,
character ; settar-far, a family mark, peculiarity ; dag-far, daily life, con-
duct of life; i g68ra manna fari ok vandra, 677. 3 ; hvat {)ess mundi vera
i fari konungsins, in the king's character, Fms. v. 327 ; ek vissa J)a marga
hluti i fari Kmits konungs, at hann mxtti heilagr vera, xi. 287 ; nokkut
af fyrnsku eptir 1 fari hans, iii. 13 1. 2. estate, condition; ok gefa
J)eir eigi gaum um hennar far, N. G. L. i. 226; sem hann haf8i skirt far
sitt, made known his state, how be fared, 34 ; aldar-far, Lat. genius
seculi ; dsegra-far, q. v. ; sara-far, the state of the wounds ; viga-far, q. v. ;
heilindis-far, health. Mar. 124; far ve8ranna, the course of the winds, Eb.
218. 3. the phrase, at fornu fari, of yore, of old, GJ)1. 85, 86, Eg.
711; at fornu fari ok nyju, of yore and of late, D.N. ; at rettu fari,
justly. p. the phrase, gora ser far um e-t, to take pains about a thing.
B. = far, q. v., bale, ill-fate (rare) ; far er rei8i, far er skip, Edda iio;
at hann mundi fara J)at far sem hans forma8r, that he would fare as ill as
his predecessor, Bs. i. 758 : cp. the dubious phrase, muna ySvart far allt i
sundi J)6tt ek hafa ondu lati8, your ill-fate will not all be afloat, i. e.
cleared off, though I am dead, Skv. 3. 51 ; vera i illu fari, to fare ill, be
in a strait, Orkn. 480 ; ok voru i illu fari h^r um, Stj. 394. Judges viii. i,
• and they did chide with him sharply,' A. V. ; at hann skyldi i engu fari
moti J)eim vera, that he should not be plotting (brooding mischief) against
them, Sturl. iii. 121 C.
FARA, pret. fora, 2nd pers. fort, mod. forst, pi. foru ; pres. ferr, 2nd
pers. ferr, in mod. pronunciation ferS ; pret. subj. faera; imperat. far and
far8u ( = far ^u) ; sup. farit ; part, farinn ; with the suffixed neg. for-a.
Am. 45 ; farid-a (depart not), Hkr. i. 115 MS. (in a verse). [In the Icel.
scarcely any other verb is in so freq. use as fara, as it denotes any
motion; not so in other Teut. idioms; in Ulf. /aran is only used once,
viz. Luke x. 7; Goth, farjan means to sail, and this seems to be the
original sense of fara (vide far) ; A.S.faran; the Germ. /airen and Engl,
fare are used in a limited sense ; in the Engl, Bible this word never
.occurs (Cruden); Swed. /am; Dan. /are.]
142
FARA.
A. Neut. to go, fare, travel, in the widest sense ; g6kk hann hvargi
sem hann for, he walked wherever he went, Hkr. i. lOO ; n6 ek fly t)6 ek
ferr, I fly tiot though I fare, Edda (in a verse) ; l^tt er lauss at fara (a
proverb), SI. 37 : the saying, verSr hverr meS sjalfum ser lengst at fara,
Gisl. 25 ; q). ' dass von sich selbst der Mensch nicht scheiden kann' (Gothe's
Tasso), or the Lat. ' patriae quis exul se quoque fugit ?' usually in the
sense to go, to depart, heill {)u farir, heill J)u aptr komir, V^m. 4; but
also to come, far J)u hingat til min, come here, Nj. 2. 2. to travel, go
forth or through, pass, or the like ; J)u skalt fara i Kirkjubae, Nj. 74 ; fara
6r landi, to fare forth from one's country, Fms. v. 24 ; kjoll ferr austan,
Vsp. 51 ; Surtr ferr sunnan, 52 ; snjor var mikill, ok illt at fara, and ill
to pass, Fms. ix. 491 ; foru J)eir lit eptir dnni. Eg. 81 ; si6an for Egill
fram me6 skoginum, 531 ; {jeim sem hann vildi at faeri . . ., Njall h^t at
fara, Nj. 49 ; fara munu ver. Eg. 579 ; Egill for til {)ess er hann kom til
Alfs, 577, Fms. xi. 122 ; fara feir mi af inelinum k slettuna, Eg. 747;
fara heiman, to fare forth from one's home, K. {>. K. 6 ; alls mik fara
tiftir, V|)m. i ; fjoia ek (ox, far I fared, i. e. travelled far, 3 : the phrase,
fara utan, to fare outwards, go abroad (irom Iceland), passim ; fara vestr
um haf, to fare westward over the sea, i. e. to the British Isles, Hkr. i.
101 ; fara k fund e-s, to visit one, Ld. 62 ; fara at heimbo9i, to go to a
feast, id. ; fara faeti, to fare a-foot, go walking, Hkr. : absol. fara, to
travel, beg, hence foru-ma6r, a vagrant, beggar : in olden times the poor
Went their rounds from house to house within a certain district, cp.
Grag. i. 85 ; omagar er J)ar eigu at fara i J)vi J)ingi e6r um {)au J)ing,
id. ; omagar skolu fara, 119 ; 6meg& Jja er J>ar ferr, 296 : in mod. usage,
( fara um and um-fer5, begging, going round. p. with prep. ; fara at
e-m, to make an inroad upoti one, Nj. 93, 94, 102 (cp. at-for) : fara a
e-n, to mount, e. g. fara a bak, to mount on horseback : metaph., dau6inn
f6r a, death seized him, Fms. xi. 150; f. saman, to go together, Edda
121, Grag. ii. 256; f. saman also means to shudder. Germ, zusammen-
fahren, Hym. 24 : metaph. to concur, agree, hversu ma J)at saman f.,
Nj. 192 ; J)eim {)6tti pat mjok saman f., Fms. iv. 382 : fara a hsel, or a
haeli, to go a-heel, i.e. step back, retreat, xi. 278, Eg. 296: fara undan,
metaph. to excuse oneself, refuse (v. undan), Nj. 23, Fms. x. 227; fara
fyrir, to proceed; fara eptir, to follow. 3. with fer3, lei6 or the
like added, in ace. or gen. to go one's way; fara lei6ar sinnar, to pro-
ceed on one's journey. Eg. 81, 477, Fms. i. 10, Grag. ii. 1 19; fara ferSar
sinnar, or fer8a sinna, id.. Eg. 180, Fms. iv. 125; fara fer6 sina, id..
Eg. 568 ; fara forum sinum, or for sinni, id., K. {>. K. 80, 90 ; fara
dagfari ok nattfari, to travel day and night, Fms. i. 203 ; fara fullum
daglei6um, to go full days-journeys, Grag. i. 91 ; or in a more special
sense, fara J)essa fer6, to make this journey, Fas. ii. I17; f. stefnu-fiir, to
go a-summoning ; f. b6nor6s-for, to go a-courting, Nj. 148; f. sigr-for,
to go on the way of victory, to triumph. Eg. 2 1 ; fara sendi-for, to go on
a message, 540. p. in a metaph. sense ; fara hneykju-for, to be shame-
fully beaten, Hrafn. 19 (MS.); fara osigr, to be defeated. Eg. 387; fara
mikinn skaSa, to 'fare' (i. e. sufl-er) great damage, Karl. 43 ; fara J)vi
verrum forum, fara skomm, hneykju, erendleysu, lisaemS, to get the worst
of it, Fms. viii. 1 25. 4. with the road in ace. ; hann for Vanar-skar6,
Landn. 226; f. sjo-veg, land-veg, K. |>. K. 24; for morg lond ok storar
merkr. Fas. ii. 540 ; fara somu leiS, Fms. i. 70 ; f. sama veg, Luke x.
31 ; f. fjoU ok dala, Barl. 104 ; fara ut-lei6, J)j65-lei3, Fms. iv. 260 : also,
fara um veg, fara um fjall, to cross a fell, Hm. 3 ; fara liSi, to march,
Fms. i. no. II. in a more indefinite sense, to go; fara biiSum,
byg6um, vistum, /o move, change one's abode, Ld. 56, Hkr. ii. 177, Nj.i5i,
Vigl. 30 ; fara biiferla, to move one's household, Grag. ii. 409 ; fara voflunar-
forum, to go a-begging, i. 163, 294, ii. 482. 2. the phrases, fara eldi
ok ami, a law term, to move one's hearth and fire, Grag. ii. 253 ; fara eldi
um land, a heathen rite for taking possession of land, defined in Landn.
276, cp. Eb. 8, Landn. 189, 284. 3. fara einn-saman, to be alone, Grag.
li. 9 : the phrase, f. eigi einn-saman, to be not alone, i. e. with child, Fms.
iii.109; or, for honmed sveinjjann, Bs.i.437; cp. ganga meS barni. 4.
adding an adj., to denote gait, pace, or the hke ; fara sniiSigt, to stride
batightily, Nj. 100; fara mikinn, to rush on, 143; fara flatt, to fall flat,
tumble, B4rS. 177 ; fara haegt, to walk slowly. p. fara til svefns, to
go to sleep, Nj. 35 ; f . 1 saeti sitt, to go to one's seat, 129 ; f . i sess, Vpm.
9 ; f . a bekk, 19 ; fara a saeng, to go to bed, N. G. L. i. 30 ; fara i riimiS,
id. (mod.) ; fara i mannj6fnu&, Isl. ii. 214 ; fara i lag, to be put straight.
Eg. 306 ; fara 1 voxt, to wax, increase, Fms. ix. 430, Al. 141 ; fara i J)ur6,
to wane, Ld. 122, 1. i (MS.) ; fara i liefni, to go to the wrong side, Sturl.
iii. 210; fara at skakka, to be odd {not even), Sturl. ii. 258 ; fara at solum,
to be put out for sale, Grag. ii. 204. 5. fara at fuglum, to go a fowl-
ing, Orkn. (in a verse) ; fara at fugla-veiSum, id., Bb. 3. 36 ; fara i hernad,
i viking, to go a-freebooting, Fms. i. 33, Landn. 31 ; fara at f6, to watch
sheep, Ld. 240 ; fara at fS-fongum, to go a-fetching booty, Fms. vii.
78. p. with infin., denoting one's 'doing' or 'being;' fara sofa, to
go to sleep. Eg. 377 ; fara vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 54, Gm. 23 ; fara
at roa, Vigl. 22 ; fara leita, to go seeking, Fms. x. 240 ; fara a& biia, to set
up a household, Bb. 2. 6 ; fara aft hAtta, to go to bed. y. akin to this
is the mod. use of fara with an infin. following in the sense to begin, as
in the East Angl. counties of Engl, it 'fares' to..., i.e. i( begins, is
likely to be or to do so and so; J)a8 fer a8 birta, |)aS er farit a6 dS
it 'fares' to grow dark; {)a& fer a& hvessa, it 'fares' to blow; fi
rigna, it 'fares' to rain, etc. : — no instance of this usage is recorded i
Icel., but the Engl, usage shews that it must be old. 8. with as
etc. ; fara villr, to go astray, Sks. 565 ; fara haltr, to go lame, Fms. i.
fara vanstiltr, to go out of one's mind, 264 ; fara hja ser, to be besidk
self, Eb. 270 ; fara apr, to feel chilly, Fms. vi. 237 (in a verse) ; fara
e-s, to be unaware of Skalda 187 (in a verse) ; fara andvigr e-m, ft
battle, Stor. 8 ; fara leyniliga, to go secretly, be kept hidden, Nj. 49.
to pass; f6r sii skipan til Islands, Fms. x. 23; fara J)essi mal til ]
Nj. 100 ; hversu orS foru me6 J)eim, how words passed between tbeni
foru {)au orb um, the runner went abroad, Fms. i. 1 2 ; ferr or8 e
munn liSr (a saying), iv. 279; J)a for ferligt liorSan, a bad i
went abroad, Horn. 1 15. 7. fara fram, to go on, take place,
J)etta fram, Ld. 258; ef eigi ferr gjald fram, if no payment takes i
K. J>. K. 64 ; ferr sv4 fram, and so things went oti without a breai
II, Eg. 711 ; veizlan ferr vel fram, the feast went on well, Nj. li
spyrr hvat ^ar faeri fram, he asked what there was going on, Ban<i
for allt a somu lei6 sem fyrr, it went on all the satne as before, Fn
H2; fara fram ra5um e-s, to follow one's advice, Nj. 5, 66, Fm
318 ; allt mun J)at sinu fram f., it will take its own course, Nj. 255
er J)vi ferr fram um hri9, it went on so for a while, Fms. xi. 10
law term, to be produced, gogn fara fram til varnar, Grag. i. 65 ; £
fara lit, the court is set (vide domr), Grag., Nj., passim. 8.
fara upp brott, the tables are removed (vide bor&). Eg. 247, 551
ma J)etta sva f., this cannot go on in that way, Nj. 87 ; fjarri fer
far from it, by no means, 134 ; f6r J)at fjarri at ek vilda, Ld. 12 ; ft
ok sva til, and so it came to pass, Fms. x. 212. 9. to turn out,
hversu aetlar \>u fara hesta-ati&, Nj. 90 ; f6r J)at sem likligt var, it t
out as was likely (i. e. ended ill). Eg. 46 ; sva for, zt ..., the end
that . . ., Grett. 81 new Ed.; ef sv4 ferr sem ek get til, if it tun^
as I guess, Dropl. 30, Vigl. 21; ef sva ferr sem min or6 horfa til,
V. 24 ; ef sva ferr sem mik varir, if it comes to pass as it seems t
vi. 350; sva f6r um sjoferS \k, Bjarni 202; a somu lei5 for umiffi
sendi-menn. Eg. 537: to depart, die, {)ar for nytr ma6r, Fs. 39 iira
dau5a-yr6i, to pass the death-weird, to die, "^t. 8. 10. to fan '
ill, in addressing; fari J)er vel, /are ye well, Nj. 7; bi&ja e-n vel
to hid one farewell. Eg. 22, Ld. 62 ; far heill ok saell, Fms. vii. 197
bad sense, far J)u mi J)ar, ill betide thee ! Hbl. 60 ; far (impers.) r
armastr. Eg. 553 ; Jokull ba5 hann fara {jraela armastan, Finnb. 306
per i sva gramendr allir, Dropl. 23. 11. fara i fat, i brynju (
etc., to dress, undress; but fara 6r fotum (dat.), to undress, Fms. x. ]
132, vii. 202, Nj. T43, Gh. 16, etc. III. metaph., 1. / li.',
fit, esp. of clothes, hair, or the like ; ekki pykkir mer kyrtill pini lira
betr en stakkr minn, Fas. ii. 343 ; hari3 for vel, Nj. 30 ; jarpr 4 h '
for vel harit, Fms. ii. 7 ; gult har sem silki ok for fagrliga, vi
Fs. 88 ; klae&i sem bezt farandi, Eb. 256 ; var sii konan bezt f , the
graceful, lady-like, isl. ii. 438 ; for ilia a hestinum, it sat ill on the
Bs. i. 712. 2. impers. it goes so and so with one, i.e. one 61 ;
so and so ; e-m ferr vel, ilia, etc., one behaves well, ill, etc. ; honun jiu
611 malin verst farit, he has behaved worst in the whole matter, NjJo;
bezta ferr per, Fms. vii. 33 ; vel mun per fara, Nj. 55 ; at honum fa
64 ; per hefir vel farit til min, Finnb. 238 ; e-m ferr vinveittliga, one i.
in a friendly way, Nj. 217 ; ferr p^r pa bezt jafnan ok hofSingleg
mest liggr vi6, 228 ; mun honum nokkum veg vel f , Hrafn. 10 ; lid
liga hefir p^r farit til var, Ld. 48 ; ferr per ilia, Nj. 57 ; hversu Gi
for, how {well) G. behaved, 1 19. 3. fara at e-u, to deal with a
(i. e. proceed) so and so ; sva skal at sokn fara, thits is the pleading
proceeded with, Grag. i. 323; sva skal at pvi f. at beiSa..., 7 p--
at logum, or ulogum at e-u, to proceed lawfully or imlawfully,y<o:
hversu at skyldi f., how they were to proceed, Nj. 1 14 ; fara mjiiklega
proceed gently, Fms. vii. 18 ; h6r skulu vdr f. at me3 ra6um, to ac
deliberation. Eg. 582 ; Flosi for at ongu 63ara {took matters ca
en hann vaeri heima, Nj. 220. p. impers. with dat., to do, behavi
hefir mer at farit, / have done my business badly, Hrafn. 8 ; veit Gu6 1
hverjum manni mun at f., Fms. x. 212: in mod. phrases, to bi
ironically, p^r ferr pa3, or p^r ferst pa3, it becomes thee, i. e. 'tis tc
of thee. y. hvi ferr konungrinn mi sva (viz. at), Fms. i. 35 ; ei
lisaemiliga farit, so shamefully done, Nj. 82 ; her ferr vsent at, here thv
merrily, 232 ; karlmannliga er farit, manfully done, 144. 8. to
care about; ekki ferr ek at, pott pu hafir svelt pik til fjar, it dc
matter to me, I do not care, though . . ., Nj. 18 ; ekki munu vit ;
fara {never mind that), segir Helgi, 133. €. fara eptir, to be it
portion; her eptir for voxtr ok afl, his strength and stature k
proportion, Clar. 4. fara me3 e-t, to wield, handle, managt
Hroptr me5 Gungni, H. wielded Gungni {the spear), Kormak ; i '
Griftar-vol, to wield the staff G., pd. 9 : as a law term, to wield, pi -
I fara me8 go8or3, to keep a goSord, esp. during the session of parlia
Dropl. 8, Grag. and Nj. passim; fara me5 sok, to manage a la u- ■
Gfag.,Nj.; or, fara vid sok, frf., Nj. 86. p. meUph. to practise, di in:
Ifara me8 ran, to deal in robbing, Nj. 73 ; fara me8 spott ok hii),:S°
FARA— FARDAGAE.
148
■orting and mocking, 66 ; f. meS fals ok dhr, Pass. 16.5; fara me8
ildra ok fjoikyngi, K. f>. K. 76 ; f. meS hindr-vitni, Grett. ill; cp. the
■rase, farSu ekki med J)a6, don't talk such nonsense. y. to deal with,
eat. handle; J)u munt bezt ok hdgligast med hann fara, thou wilt deal
tib him most kindly and most gently, Nj. 219; fara af hlj68i me8 c-t, to
ep matters secret, id. ; Ingimundr for vel me5 sogum (better than sogur,
:c.), Ing. dealt well with stories, was a good historian, Sturl. i. 9. 8.
thdat.; fara meS e-u, to do so and so with a thing, manage it; hversu
ir skyldi fara meS v4pnum sinum, how they were to do with their weapons,
-ns. ix. ^og ; sa. niaSr er meft arfinum ferr, who manages the arfr, GrAg. i.
7 ; ef J)eir fara annan veg me5 ^vi fe, 216 ; fara me5 malum sinum, to
mage one's case, 46 ; me6an hann ferr sv4 me3 sem mselt er, 93 ; Gunnarr
r me8 ollu {acted in all) sem honum var ra6 til kennt, Nj. 100 ; ef svA er
eb farit, Ld. 152 ; f. vel me& sinum hattum, to bear oneself well, behave
II, Eg. 65 ; Hrafn for me8 s6r vel, H. bore himself well, Fms. vi. 109 ;
darliga fara munkar {jcssir me& s6r, they behave strangely, 188 ; vi8
ram kynlega mefl okkrum m41um, Nj. 130; vant J)yki mer meS sliku
fara, difficult matters to have to do with, 75 ; f. malum k hendr e-m, to
ing an action against one, Ld. 138 ; fara sokn (to proceed) sem at t)inga-
■nii, Grag. i. 463 ; fara sva ollu m41i um sem . . . , 40, ii. 348 : fara me&
itnokgipi,logolaughingandscoffing,N'}.22o; cp./3above. IV.
a um, yfir e-t, to pass over slightly ; mi er yfir farit um landnam, shortly
d, touched upon, Landn. 320 ; skjott yfir at f., to be brief, 656 A. 12 ;
a myrkt um e-t, to mystify a thing, Ld. 322 ; fara morgum ordum um
, to dilate upon a subject, Fbr. 124, Nj. 248, Fms. ix. 264. p. in the
rase, fara hondum um e-t, to go with the bands about a thing, to touch it,
rm. befublen, esp. medic, of a healing touch ; jafnan fengu menn heilsu-
t af handlogum hans, af {)vi er hann for hondum um J)ii er sjiikir voru,
•.V. 34 ; ok J)a for hann hondum um hann, Bs. i. 644 ; J)a 16t Arnoddr
a a8ra hondina um hann, ok fann at hann var berfaettr ok i linklaeftum,
opl. 30 ; cp. foru hendr hvitar hennar um J)essar gorvar, Fas. i. 248
a verse) : note the curious mod. phrase, J)a8 fer a8 fara um mig, /
'an to feel uneasy, as from a cold touch or the like. y. impers. with
r..; eigi ferr {)er naer Gunnari, en MerSi mundi vi8 J)ik, thou earnest
' nearer to G. than Mord would to thee, i.e. thou art just as far from
ig a match for G. as Mord is to thee, Nj. 37 ; J)a ferr honum sem
.Tim, it came to pass with him as with others, 172 ; J)4 mun mer first
ji fara, I shall fall much short of that, Fms. vi. 362 ; J)vi betr er peim
r ollum verr at, the worse they fare the better I am pleased, Nj.
7. V. reflex., esp. of a journey, to fare well; forsk ^eim
, they fared well. Eg. 392, Fms. xi. 22; honum fersk vel vegrinn,
proceeded well on his journey, ii. 81 ; hafSi allt farizt vel at, all had
•edwell, they bad had a prosperous journey, lb. 10 ; forsk J)eim |)a seint
I daginn, they proceeded slowly. Eg. 544 ; monnum forsk eigi vel um
it, Fms. vii. 149; hversu J)eim haf8i farizk, Nj. 90; at J)eim faerisk
, Isl. ii. 343, 208, V. 1. : the phrase, hamri forsk i haegri hcind, he
tsped the hammer in his right hand, Bragi ; farask lond undir, to subdue
ds, Hkr. i. 134, v. 1. (in a verse). 2. recipr., farask hja, to go
ide one another, miss one another, pass without meeting, Nj. 9 ; farask
iiis, id. ; farask i moti, to march against one another, of two hosts ; {)at
• sva til at hvarigir vissu til annarra ok forusk J)6 i m6ti, Fms. viii. 63,
46, Fas. ii. 515. VI. part., 1. act., koma farandi, to come
a sudden or by chance; J)a komu hjarSsveinar J)ar at farandi, some
pherds just came. Eg. 380; Moses kom farandi til folksins, Sks. 574;
ma inn farandi, 369, Fbr. 25. 2. pass, farinn, in the phrase, a
num vegi, on ' wayfaring,' i. e. in travelling, passing by ; finna e-n a
iium vegi, Nj. 258, K. ^. K. 6 ; kveSja fjarins k fornum vegi, Gr^g. i.
,', ; also, fara um farinn veg, to pass on one' s journey : of the sun, s61
■ skamt farin, the sun was little advanced, i. e. early in the morning,
IS. xi. 267, viii. 146 ; |)a var dagr alljos ok sol farin, broad day and
I high in the sky. Eg. 219; also impers., sol (dat.) var skamt farit,
r. 4.10: the phrase, aldri farinn, stricken in years, Sturl. i. 212: vel
inn i andliti, well-favoured, Ld. 274; vel at or8i farinn, well spoken,
fuent, Fms. xi. 193; mod., vel or8i, mkli farinn, and so Ld. 122:
t, t)ar eru baugar farnir, Grag. ii. 172; J)6 faetrnir se farnir,
■'• iii. 308. p. impers. in the phrase, e-m er {)annig farit, one is
and so ; veSri var J)annig farit, at ... , the winter was such, that . . .,
IS. xi. 34; ve8ri var sva farit at myrkt var um at litask, i.e. the
ither was gloomy, Grett. 1 1 1 ; hversu landinu er farit, what is the
dition of the country, Sks. 181 ; henni er J)annig farit, at hon er rnikil
long . . ., {the island) is so shapen, that it is large and long, Hkr. ii.
■' ; er eigi einn veg farit ligaefu okkari, our ill-luck is not of one piece,
183 : metaph. of state, disposition, character, er hanum vel farit, he
0 well-favoured man, 15 ; undarliga er y8r farit, ye are strange men,
4; honum var sva farit, at hann var vesal-menni, Boll. 352 : adding the
pp. at, til, J)eim var ulikt farit at i morgu, they were at variance in many
^cts, Hkr. iii. 97 ; mi er annan veg til farit, now matters are altered,
2i6 ; mi er sva til farit, at ek vil . . . , mow the case is, that I wish . ..,
7^4' h^r er {)annig til farit, ... at lei8in, 582; J)ar var J)annig til
5. Fms. xi. 34. ^' Hence comes the mod. form vari8 {v instead of
which also occurs in MSS. of the 15th century — ve8ri var sv4 varit,
Sd. 181 ; er honum vel varid, Lv. 80, Ld. 266, v. 1. ; sva er til varift,
Sks. 223, 324, — all of them paper MSS. The phrase, e-m er naer farit,'
one is pressed; svd var honum naer farit af ollu samt, vokum ok fostu, ht
was nearly overcome from want of sleep and fasting.
B. Trans. I. with ace. : 1. /o w'sjV; fara land herskildi,
brandi, etc., to visit a land with ' war-shield, 'fire, etc., i.e. devastate it; g^kk
si8an a land upp me8 li8i sinu, ok for allt herskildi, Fms. i. 131 ; land J)etta
mundi herskildi farit, ok leggjask undir litlenda h6f8ingja, iv. 357 ; (hann)
let Halland farit brandi, vii. 4 (in a verse); hann f6r Ivist eldi, 41 (in a
verse) ; hann hefir farit oil eylond brandi, 46 (in a verse) ; fara hungri
hiirund, to emaciate the body, of an ascetic, Si. 71. 2. to overtake,
with ace. ; hann gat ekki farit hann, he could not overtake {catch) him,
623. 17; tunglit ferr solina, the moon overtakes the sun, Rb. I16; a8r
hana Fenrir fan, before Fenrir overtakes her, VJ)m. 46, 47 ; knegut oss
fiilur fara, ye witches cannot take us, Hkv. Hjorv. 13 ; hann gat farit fj6ra
menn af liSi Steinolfs, ok drap \)k alia, . . . hann gat farit \>k hja Steinolfs-
dal, GuUJ). 29 ; hann rei8 eptir J)eim, ok gat farit ^k lit hj4 SvelgsA, milli
ok Hola, Eb. 180 ; An hrismagi var J)eirra skjotastr ok getr farit sveininn,
Ld. 242 ; viku J)eir J)a enn undan sem skj6tast sva at Daiiir gatu eigi farit
{xi, Fms. (Knytl. S.) xi. 377 (MS., in the Ed. wrongly altered to nkb ^jcim) ;
herinn hljop undan, ok gatu hundarnir ekki farit hann (Ed. fr4it wrongly).
Fas. iii. 374; ok renna allir eptir J)eim manni er vig vakti, ... ok ver8r
hann farinn, GJ)1. 146: cp. the phrase, vera farinn, to dwell, live, to be found
here and there ; {)6tt hann s6 firr um farinn, Hm. 33. II. with dat.
to destroy, make to perish ; f. s6r, to make away with oneself; kona hans f6r
s6r i disar-sal, she killed herself. Fas. i. 527 ; hon var8 stygg ok vildi fara
s6r, Landn. (Hb.) 55 ; ef {)6r gangit fyrir hamra ofan ok farit y8r sjalfir,
Fms. viii. 53 ; hvi aetla menn at hann mundi vilja f. s6r sjalfr, iii. 59 ; fara
lifi, fjiirvi, (indu, id. ; skal hann heldr eta, en fara ondu sinni, than starve
oneself to death, K. |>.K. 130; ok ver8r ^k J)inu fjorvi um farit, Lv. _^7,
"?t. 20, Fas. i. 426 (in a verse), cp. Hkv. Hjorv. 13 ; minu fjorvi at fara,
Fm. 5 ; J)u hefir sigr vegit, ok Fafni (dat.) um farit, 23 ; farit haf8i hann
allri aett Geirmimis, Hkv. 1. 14 ; ok letu hans fjorvi farit, Sol. 22 ; hann
hafSi farit morgum manni, O. H. L. 11. p. to forfeit ; fara syknu sinni,
Grag. i. 98 ; fara londum ok lausaf^, ii. 167. 2. reflex, to perish (but
esp. freq. in the sense to be drowned, perish in the sea) ; farask af sulti,
to die of hunger, Fms. ii. 226; fellr fjoldi manns i dikit ok farask J)ar,
V. 281 ; forusk sex hundru8 Vinda skipa, xi. 369 ; alls forusk niu menn,
Isl. ii. 385 ; mun heimr farask, Eluc. 43 ; |)a er himin ok jtJr8 hefir
farisk, Edda 12 ; farask af hita, mse8i, Fms. ix. 47 ; forsk J)ar byr8ingrinn,
307; hvar J)ess er menn farask, Gxkg. i. 219; heldr enn at folk Gu3s
farisk af minum voldum, Sks. 732 : of cattle, ef fe bins hefir tro8isk e8r
farisk a J)a lund sem mi var tint, Grkg. ii. 286. p. metaph., fersk mi
vinatta ykkur, your friendship is done with. Band. 12. y. the phrase,
farask fyrir, /o come to naught, Nj. 131 ; at si8r mun fyrir farask nokkut
St6rrae8i, Isl. ii. 340 ; en fyrir forusk malagjoldin af konungi, the payment
never took place, Fms. v. 278 ; l^t ek J)etta verk fyrir farask, vii. 158 ; J)a
mun J)at fyrir farask, Fs. 20 ; en fyrir forsk J)at ^6 J)au misseri, Sd. 1 50 :
in mod. usage (N. T.), to perish. 8. in act. rarely, and perhaps only
a misspelling ; fra ^xi er feit for (forsk better), K. f>. K. 132 ; foru (better
forusk, were drowned) margir Islenzkir menn, Bs. i. 436. 3. part,
farinn, as adj. gone, undone ; mi eru v^r farnir, nema . . . , Lv. 83 ; hans
tafi var mjok sva farit, his game was almost lost. Fas. i. 523 ; J)a er farnir
voru forsto8umenn Troju, when the defenders of Troy were dead and gone,
Ver. 36 ; tungl farit, a ' dead moon,' i. e. new moon, Rb. 34 ; farirm af
sulti ok maedi, Fms. viii. 53 ; farinn at e-u, ruined in a thing, having lost it;
farnir at hamingju, luckless, iv. 73 ; f. at vistum, xi. 33 ; f. at lausa-f^, iii.
117: in some cases uncertain whether the participle does not belong to A.
far-aid, n. [A.S./areW], a journey, only in the phrase, hverju faraldi,
bow, by what means, expressing wonder at one's appearance, escape, or
the like ; matti |)at engi maflr vita hverju f. J)angat mundi farit hafa,
Bs. i. 338, Rd. 235, Sturl. iii. 219, Fs. 147 (where wrongly fem.).
Mar. 98.
far-aldr, m. (neut. Fb. 1. c), medic. pestilence, cp. Bs. i. 662 (the verse),
Fb. i. 583 (the verse) : in mod. usage plague, among animals.
farand-kona, u, f. a beggar-woman, Nj. 66 ; vide fara A. L 2.
far-angr, m., gen. rs, luggage, Isl. ii. 362, Fbr. 140.
farar-, vide for, a journey.
far-bann, n. a stopping of trade, an embargo. Eg. 403, Fms. vii. 385,
ii. 127, Ann. 1243, Bs. i. 510.
far-bauti,a,m. a 'ship-beater,' destroyer, an ogre, Fms. xi. 146: mjrthol.
a giant, the father of Loki, Edda.
far-beini, a, m. furthering one's journey. Eg. 483, v. 1. ; better forbeini.
far-bor3i, a, m. a ship's board or bulwark above water when loaded, cp.
Grag. ii. 399 ; hence the metaph. phrase, sj4 (or leita) ser farbor8a, to
take precautions, so as to get safe and sound out of a danger, Fms. vi.
430, vii. 142, v.l.
far-biiinn, part. ' boun' to sail (or depart), Hkr. iii. 193.
far-biinaSr, m. equipment of a ship, 673. 61.
far-dagar, m. pi. flitting days, four successive days in spring, at the
end of May (old style), in which householders in IceL changed their abode ;
144
FARDI— FASTORDR.
this use is very old, q). Glum, ch. 26, Grag. f». {>. ch. 56, Edda 103, Bs.
i. 450, the Sagas and laws passim ; hence fardaga-helgi, f. the Sunday
in fardagar, Grag. ii. 12 ; fardaga-leiti and fardaga-skei3, n. the time
o/fardagar, Isl. ii. 26.
FABDI, a, m. \¥r.fard; Old Eng\. fard, fording ; "Norse fare, Ivar
Aasen], scum (in milk, curds), and farda, a&, to have sctim formed on it.
far-drengr, m. a sea-faring man, Edda 107, Ems. ii. 23, ljorf.Karl.402.
FARFI, a, m. [Germ. /arfce], colour, (modern and scarcely used.)
far-£l6tti, ad], fugitive, exiled, Hkr. i. 352 : with gen.. Fas. iii. 103.
far-fuss, adj. eager for departing, Bs. ii. 35, 130.
far-fy^si, f. eagerness to depart or travel. Ems. iii. 45, Es. 46.
FARG, n. [cp. IJlf. fairguni = a mountain^, a press, press-weight ; vera
undir fargi, to be under a press, Bjarni 132.
farga, a&, I. with ace. to press, Hom. 152, Bs, ii. 118, II,
with dat. to destroy, make away with, Bb. I. 7.
farga, u, f. [for. word, cp. farga, Du Cange], a sort of stuff, Pm, 6.
far-g6gn, n. pi. htggage, Nj. ■266 : sing., Stj. 367.
far-g6rvi, n. travelling gear. Eg. 727, Edda IIO.
far-hir3ir, m. a ferryman, G]^\. 415, Hbl. 52 (fe-hir5ir MS.)
fari, m. a sea-farer, in compds, Dyflinnar-fari, a Dublin trader; Englands-
fari, an English seaman, Baut. 387, Rafn 217, Ems. vi. 240 ; Hlymreks-
fari, a Limerick seaman, Landn. ; Hallands-fari ; Holmgards-fari, one who
trades to Holmgard ; Jorsala-fari (a traveller to Jerusalem), Ems., Ann.
far-kona, u, f. a beggar-woman, Sturl. ii. 108. farkonu.-s6tt, f.,
medic, erysipelas (?), Ann. 1240.
far-kostr, m. [Swed.-Norse/ar>tos/; Scot, farcost'], a ferry-boat, a ship,
Ems. vi. 219, Edda 48, Grag. ii. 130, Eb. i. 546, Ver. 8, Thom. 29.
far-lami, adj. lame and unable to go, Bs. i. 303.
far-land, n., poet, the land of ships, the sea. Lex. Poet., cp. Og. 31.
far-leiga, u, i. passage-money, GJ)1. 415.
far-lengd, f. travels, journey, Bs. i. 450, 758, Ems. v. 273, Thom. 173.
far-ligr, adj. comfortable ; farlig saeng, a soft bed, Vellekla.
far-ljos, f. adj. light enough for travelling, of the night, Eg. 88, Fbr.
97 new Ed.
far-16g, n. pi. nautical law, Grag. ii. 399.
far-ina3r, m. a seaman, sea-faring man, Landn. 180, Bs. i. 66, Nj. 61,
Eg. 154, Ems. i. II, iv. 124, 174, |>orst. hv. 44, Grag. i. 190. compds :
farmaima-biiflir, f. pi. merchant booths, K. |>. K. 34. farmanna-
16g, n. pl. = farlog, Jb. 7,
far-moSr, adj. weary from travelling. Ems. ix. 233, v. 288.
FARMR, m. a fare, freight, cargo, Jb. 411, Eg. 129, Band. 5, Ems.
iv. 259, Grag. ii. 395 : metaph. a load in general, vide Lex. Poet. : in
the Edda, Odin is Farma-guS and Farma-tyr, m. the god and helper of
loads, — he also was invoked by sailors ; skips-f., a ship's freight ; vi6ar-f.,
timbr-f., korn-f., hey-f., etc., a load of wood, timber, corn, hay, etc.
farnadr and f5niu3r, m., gen. a.T, furtherance, speed; til farnaSar mer
ok til fer5ar, Grag. ii. ai, Skv. i. 8, Ems. viii. 31 ; u-farna3r, bad speed;
|)ar til hon kynni s6r f., till she knew how to speed in the world, Ld. 116.
far-nagli, a, m. the water-peg in a ship's bottom, in mod. usage negia,
Edda (Gl.) ; cp. var-nagli.
famask, zb, dep. to speed well. Ems. iv. 56.
far-nest, n. viands, Eb. 196, Skalda 173.
faming, f. a ferrying over, passage; veita e-m f., Pd. 16, K. {>, K. 24,
Gliim. 371, Ebr. 158, Sturl. i. 18, Isl. ii. 386, Grag. i. 98.
far-rek, n. shipwreck, in a metaph. sense ; J)at haf6i |)6r&i or8it til
farreks, at hestar bans ba6ir voru i brottu, i. e. Th. was wrecked, in that he
bad lost both his ponies, Isl. ii. 318 ; skulu v4r fraendr {)inir veita J)6r styrk
til J)ess at J)u komir aldri si5an i slikt f., in such a strait. Ems. iv. 270.
FARRI, a, m. [A.S.fearr; Germ. farre = a bullock], a bullock, 'Yt.
14, Edda (Gl.) p. [farri, Ivar Aasen], a landlouper, vagrant, Clar.
(Fr.) compd: farra-fleinn, m., prop, a landlouper; Aim. 5 spells
fjarra-fleinn, N. G. L. ii. 154, v.l. fira-fleinn, both wrongly as it
seems, cp. farra-trj6na, f. ' bullock-snout,' "iTt. 1. c, cp. also Germ./arren-
schwanz and farren-kope (Grimm) ; the verse in Aim. 5 is probably
addressed to the dwarf, not (as in the Edd.) the dwarf's own words.
far-serkr, m. travelling sark or jacket, a nickname, Landn.
far-skip, n. a ferry-boat, G^\. 416.
far-snilli, f. nautical art, Eb. iii. 385.
far-sumar, n. the season for sea-faring, Ann.
far-synjan, f. refusing to ferry one, Hbl. 59.
far-ssela, u, f., prop, good speed (in travelling) ; but only used metaph.
good speed, prosperity, happiness, freq. in that use, esp. in eccl. sense, 623.
52, Stj. 327; f. t)essa heims, Hom. 29, 76, Ems.i.104, vi.155, x.376,409.
far-s8elask, d, dep. to speed, have luck, Es. 34.
far-saeld, f. = farsaela ; fri6r ok f., peace and happiness. Ems: xi, 438,
Barl. 63 : in pi., 655 xxxii. 9 ; o-farsasld, misfortune.
far-S8Bll, adj. speeding well in voyages ; sva f. at hann kaus ser jafnan
hofn, Korm. 140; J)at er maelt at J)u sert ma6r farsaelli en a8rir menn
flestir, Eb. iii. 385 : farsaelli en a8rir menn, Band. 5, Barl. 195 : of a ship,
farsaella en hvert annarra, Es. 27 (obsolete). 2, metaph. prosperous,
very freq., esp. in eccl. sense ; d-farssU, unhappy.
J2
lb.
far-saelligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), prosperous, Ems. ii. 36, v, 37.
far-tdlmi, a, m. hinderance in one's journey, GJ)1. 417, Al. 61,
far-tekja, u, f. taking a passage in a ship, Jb. 377, N. G. L. i. 5^
far-ti3r, m. a ferry-boat. Germ, fahrzeug (poet.), Edda (Gl.)
far-vegr, m. a track. Ems. v. 225, ix. 366, xi. 316; manna f., a
of men, GJ)1. 538, Stj. 71 : metaph., Sks. 565 B. 2. a 'fair
a channel, bed of a river, Landn. 65, Grag. ii. 281, Stj. 230, Ems, i;
(freq.) 3. a road, journey ; langr f.. Ems. xi. 16, v. 235.
far-vi3r, m. \_farvid, Ivar Azseri], faggots, Bjorn.
far-J>egi, a, m. [t'ggja], a passenger, Einnb. 278, Ann, 1425, Liljfi
112, Bs. ii. 47, Eas. ii. 171.
FAS, n. gait, bearing ; Icel. say, vera hsegr, stilltr i fasi, or fas-(!ir
fas-pru3r, adj. of gentle gait and bearing ; fas-mikill, adj. rus' i>
this word, though in freq. use at the present time, seems never to
in old writers, unless it be in arga-fas, q. v. : the etymology is unct
perhaps from "En^. fashion, face ; it seems at all events to be of f(
origin ; at the time of Pal Vidalin it was in full use, cp. Skyr. 90.
fasi, a, m. a nickname, Ems. x. 27.
FASTA, u, f. \\J\L fastubni ; O.U.G. fasta; Germ, faste ;
fasta ; Dan. faste ; a word introduced along with Christianity ; t!
Scandinavians could have no such word, as voluntary fasting was uni
in the heathen rites, and at the first introduction of Christianity tht
tice was sorely complained of, cp. Hkr. Hak. S. G68a, ch. 17] : — c
fasting, Hom. 73, K.p.K.122, Rb. 82 ; the word therefore occurs i
poets of the beginning of the nth century, e.g. Ems. vi. 86, cp. 1
16g-f., etc. compds: f6stu-afbrig3, f. breaking the fast, K. A
fdstu-bindandi, f. abstinence in fasting, Stj. 147. fostu-daf
a fast-day, K.A. 186,187, Nj. 165 ; the Icel. name of Friday
112, Grag. i, 146 ; Eostudagr Langi, Good Friday, Nj. 158. F
dags-nott, f. Friday night, K. {>. K. 122. F6stu-kveld, n. iia)
evening. Ems, vii. 159, Nj. 187. fostu-matr, m. fast-day \od,
Sturl. i. 139, Ems. iv. 283, v.l. Ffistu-morgin, m. Friday \rn-
ing, Orkn. 370. F6stu-natt, f. Friday night, Nj. 186: lis/-
flights, K.{). K. 122. f6stu-ti3, L fast-time. Ems. v. 199, KJK,
134, Am. 37. fostu-timi, a, m./aj>/-/ime, Stj. 148. II. |m/,
Ems. viii. 28, Ld. 320, N. G. L. i. 12 ; distinction is made betwe .''■
Easter Lent, (sjo-vikna Fasta, seven weeks Lent, also called Ian
the long Fast, K. {>. K. 1 22, Bs. i. 801, and passim ; niu-vikna E., tl
weeks Lent, K.f>. K. 122, Grag. i. 325), and J61a-f., {the Yule Let
time from Advent to Yule, Grag. 1. c, Rb. 46, K. fj. K. 124.) F
gangr or Fostu-igangr and -inngangr, m. beginning of these st,>m,
esp. Lent; fimm eru fostu-igangar, Clem. 58, Sturl. iii. 81, Rb. 4 1.),
48,76. 'F6stu-T£tv€6ik.B,u, i. a Lenten sermon. Fostu-tja !, n.
hangings used in churches during Lent, Vm. 52, 109.
fasta, a3, to fast: 1. eccl., Hom. 71, 73, Ld. 200, K. A. 16 Bs.
passim, Ems. ii. 250, N. G. L. i. 141, 144. 2. secular; af fa idi
mannsmunni, Sks. 450, Laekn. 471,
fasta, adv. = fastlega, Lex. Poet.
fasta-eign, mod. fast-eign, f, landed property, Stj. 224, H.E.
223.
fasta-far, n., i fastafari, eagerly, Th. 76, Stj, 387, 291.
fasta-land, n. the mainland (Germ, festes land), opp. to ey-Iand
fast-aldi, a, m. a cognom., Landn., prop, of a bear.
fastendi (fastyndi), n. pi. surety, N. G. L. i. 449, H. E. i. 247.
fast-eygr, zd], firm-eyed, Sturl. ii. 133, Bs. i. 127.
fast-garSr, m. a fastness, stronghold, Eas. i. 266.
fast-haldr, a.d]. fast-holding, tenacious, saving. Ems. x. 409.
subst. a key, Edda (Gl.) : a shackle, Eastaldr var a Fenri lagftr, Ml
fast-heitinn, adj. true to one's word, Sturl. iii. 122.
fast-heldi, f. tenacity, perseverance, Stj. 155, Fb. ii. 14.
fast-h.endr, adj. close-fisted, Sks. 440.
FASTI, a, m., poet._;?re. Lex. Poet., root uncertain : the phrasijkra
e-n i fasta, to bring one into a strait, ' between two fires,' fjd.
fast-liga, adv.j^rmly, strongly, Sks. 374. p. metaph., Hon! 14,
Ems. V. 217, Eas. i. 4; triia f., to believe firmly , Ems. v. 242 ; bj'. f.»
Stj. 54: e-t horfir f., it looks hard, unyielding, difficult, Lv. 94; * f.
kominn, to be fast shut up. Eg. 519, Ld. 53.
fast-ligr, 2.d). fast, firm, strong, Stj. 26, Sturl. iii, 140, Bs, i, 51 {
fast-lyndr, adj. strong-minded, Einnb, 3 10, ,
fast-m^ll, adj. trusty. \
fast-mseli, n. a fast engagement. Ems. i. 206, iii, 85, vii, 164, Bjarii?
fast-mseltr, adj. hard-speaking. ',
fastna, aS, to pledge ; f. logbot, K. f>. K. 24. p. esp. to betroth, !?we
the bride away at the betrothal, Grag. i. 302 sqq. ; fastnaSi Mor6 ^«ti
85.
dottur sina, Nj. 3, 51, Band. 3, Isl. ii. 8, 163, 206, Ld. 22,
to he betrothed, given away. Ems. x. 284.
fastna3r, m. betrothal, H.E. i. 246, 247; vide festar.
fastnandi, part, a betrother, one who gives a bride away, Grag. i. 5'
fast-nsemr, zd]. fast, firm, trusty, Dropl. 6, Valla L. 208, Es, i;
fast-ofinn, part, stout, of stuff, Lex. Poijt.
fast-ordr, adj. true to one's word. Ems. vi. 52, vii. 120.
kx.
FASTR— FA.
145
LSTB, adj. [wanting in Uif., who renders Pificuot etc. by tulgus;
common to all other Teut. idioms ; A. S.fast; Engl, fast; O. H. G.
; Germ. /est; Swed.-Dnn. fast] -.—fast. Jinn, esp. with the notion of
in<rfast to the spot ; hrutr f. (held fast, entangled) a meSal vi3a, 655
j; (istv li veWi, standing fast, e. g. in a battle, Fms. xi. 246 ; vera,
Ja f. fyrir, to stand fast, Jjorst. St. 53 ; f. a fotum, of a bondsman
se feet are bound fast to the soil, Grag. ii. 192, Nj. 27 : gri6-fastr,
e-bound, of a servant : the phrase, e-t er fast fyrir, a thing is hard
lin, difficult, Lv. 94, Fnis. xi. 32, Ld. 154. ^.fast, close; f. i
um, bard at work. Griig. i. 135 (Ed. 1853) ; J)eir menn allir er i domi
e8r i giignum eru fastir, engaged, 488 : fastr ok fegjarn, close and
tons, Fms. x. 420 ; f. af drykk, Stiirl. iii. 125. Y- °^ * meeting ;
r s6knar-{)ing er fast, i. e. during the session, Griig. i. 422 : sam-f:istr,
together, contiimoits, 1^6; a-fastr, q. v. h.Jirtn; metaph., fast heit,
a, etc., a fast, faithfid promise, word. Eg. 29 ; fiist tru, fast faith, cp.
■{., steadfast; ge5-f., trii-f., vin-f., etc. €. botind to pay ; at aurum
meirum en hann var fastr, to the amonnt of his debt, N. G. L. i. 36. 5-
iim., fast atkva;6i, a hard syllable ending in a double consonant, Skalda
2. neut. in various phrases; sitja fast, to sit fast, Sks. 372;
Ja fast, to stand fast, Edda 33; halda f., to hold fast, Fms. i. 159;
a fast, to bind fast, Isl. ii. 103, Fas. i. 530; liggja fast, to be fast
steadfast, of the eyes, Sturl. ii. 189; drekka fast, to drink hard,
. ii. 259 ; sofa fast, to be fast asleep, i. 9 ; J)egja fast, to be dumb, not
a word, 655 xxxi A. 4 ; leita fast eptir, to urge, press hard, Ld. 322 ;
ja fast, to follow fast, Dropl. 26, Fas, ii. 505 ; eldask fast, to age fast,
150; rydjask um fast, to make a hard onslaught, Nj. 9 ; leggja fast
I) dose with one in a sea-fight, Fms. ii. 312, hence fastr bardagi, a
• engagement, Rom. 272 ; telja fast a e-n, to give one a severe lesson,
. ii. 119. p. as adv., hyrndr fast, very much horned, Lv. 69. 7.
phrase, til hstz, fast, firmly ; raSa, maela, heita til f., to make a firm
nnent, Bjarn. 61, Band. 20, Fms. ii. 125 ; cp. the mod. phrase, fyrir
ok fast, definitively. "*
lSTB, n. the prey of a bear which he drags into his lair; cp. Ivar
■n s. v.fas/ra, of a bear, to drag a carcase into his lair (Norse) ; hence
jhrase, liggja a fasti, of a wild beast devouring its prey, Landn. 235
u white bear). Icel. now say, liggja a pasti, and in metaph. sense
•, vigour, energy; pastrs-lauss, weak, feeble, etc.
•o-rd8inn, part, determined. Eg. 9, 19, Fms. ix. 252.
it-riki, n. a strotig, fast ride, Ver. 54.
jt-tcki9, part. n. resolved, Fms. ii. 265.
;,t-tsekr, adj. headstrong, stubborn, Fms. ii. 220, Glum. 323.
:lt-u3igr, adj. staunch, firm, Fms. vii. 102, viii. 447, v. 1.
ijtu8-ligr, adj. = fastu6igr, Hkr. iii. 252.
Ilt-vingr, adj. a fast friend, J>i3r. 20, = vinfastr.
Ij.T, n., pi. fiit, [as to the root, cp. Germ.yas.?e«= to compass, which
'1; is unknown to Icel. ; A. S. feet; Old Engl. /a/, mod. vat; O. H. G.
i| Germ. /ass,- Dan./arf; Swed./a/] : — a vat;- kona vildi bera vatn,
t[i(b\ ekki fatiS, Bs. ii. 24 ; eitt fat {basket) me& vinberjum, G. H. M.
ii8; vin ok hunang i fcitum fullum, N. G. L. iii. 122. p. luggage,
O'dge; bera fiit sin a skip, Jb. 406; bera fot a land, Eg. 393 ; elti
3n a land ok tok hvert fat J)eirra, Fms. vii. 215; hafa hvert fat
pi, vi. 37, Grag. ii. 59 ; fyrr en hann fari a brot or vist me6 fot sin
loanda, i. 300. 2. in pi. clothes, dress; hann hafSi fiit sin i
ser, en sjalfr var hann naktr, Lv. 60, Bs. ii. 47, Hrafn. 23 : metaph.,
or fotum, to be stripped, forgotten, 655 xxxi. i. compds : fata-
ingr, m. apparel, 656 C. 24. fata-biir, n. [Swed.fata-bur ; Dan.
bur], wardrobe, Stj. 205, Grett. 160, 44 new Ed., Bs. i. 840. fata-
i, n. luggage, gear. Eg. 727. fata-hestr, m. a pack-horse, Flor.
fata-hirzla, u, f. wardrobe, Grag. fata-hruga, u, f. a heap
)!hes, Landn. 179, Grett. 1 76 new Ed. fata-kista, u, f. a clothes-
Rd, 314, Sturl. i. 10. fats-toturr, m. tatters, Bs. i. 506.
V, u, f. a pail, bucket, Fb. i. 258, Bs. ii. 24, N. G. L. i. 30, Stj. 394 ;
-fata, a pail of water, freq. in western Icel. ; in the east of Icel,
'y skjola, q. V. fotu-barmr, m. the rim of a pail, etc. •
I, aS, to clothe (mod.) : to step = fcU, Bs. i. 291.
kanna, u, f. a vat, Dipl. v. 18.
a3r, part, impeded; fjotri MhbT, fettered, Bkv. 16 : in mod. usage,
ied as to the liinbs, e. g. laine.
lauss, adj. without luggage. Fas. iii. 537. p. without clothes,
534-
-byrSr, f. [fetill], a burden fastened with straps, N. G. L. i. 380.
i. a, m., bera hiind 1 fatla, to have one's arm tied up, vide fetill.
1 Jaflr, rn. clothing, Fms. x. 379, 655 x. 2.
f pni8r, adj. dressy, Hom. 97, 656 C. 24.
pr^3i, f dressiness, Greg. 24.
11. impediment, delay, Mork. 109 ; cp. fjofurr.
H«k, a6, dep. to be entangled and puzzled, Mork. 106.
TTR, adj. bowed backward; standi fattr, opp. to hitr. p.
"r, of the iingers; fatta hafSi hann fingr og sma. Snot 202 ; fingr
ok at cillu vel vaxnir, |>i6r. 6, v. 1., freq. in mod. usage ; cp. fetta.
•skolptadr, part, with upturned snout, of the hippopotamus, Stj. 78.
FAUSKR, m. (fouski, a, m., Hom. 152), a rotten dry log, esp.
dug out of the earth; fausk ok fiika, Barl. 306; f. ok stofna, Grag. ii.
297' J^'- 239, Bs. ii. 1 83, Barl. 1 34 ; fanska-grOptr, m. digging dry logs
out of the earth for fuel, Landn. 303. II. metaph. of an old man,
ertu naliga f. einn, Rom. 195 ; sem fiiinn f., Karl. 361, Hom. 1. c. ; karl-
fauskr, an old man.
FAITTI, a, m. a headstrong man, hence fauta-legr, adj. frantic,
headstrong ; fauta-skapr, m. frenzy.
FAX, n. [A.S.feax], a mane, Edda 7, Sks. 100, El. 29 : poet., vallar-
fax. the^eld's mane, the wood, Aim. 29.
faxadr, part. = fextr, maned, Al. 168.
faxi, a, m., freq. name of a horse, cp. Sturl. iii. 155 ; Skin-faxi, Hrfm-
faxi, Edda ; I-'rey-faxi, Hrafn. ; Glo-faxi, etc.
FA, pret. sing, fekk, sometimes spelt feck or fieck, pi. fengu ; pres. fse,
2nd pers. faer, mod. faer3, pi. fam, mod. faum ; pret. subj. fengja, mod.
fengi ; pres. fa, mod. fai ; imperat. fa ; sup. fengit ; part, fcnginn : the
forms fingit, finginn, and pret. fingu (cp. Germ, fingen) are obsolete,
but occur in some MSS. (e. g. Arna-Magn. 132 and 122 A); the poets
rhyme — Erlingr var \^x jinginn ; with the neg. suff., faer-at, fokk-at. Lex.
Poet.: [Goth./fliaw ?ind gafahan = 7na^tiv, KaTaKa/ifidvtiv: A.S.fon;
Hd.fahan; Germ, fahen, whence fcihig = capax ; in the Germ., how-
ever, the nasal form fangen prevailed, but in the Scandin., Swed., and Dan.
fa or faae ; the Dun. fange is mod. and borrowed from Germ. ; Icel. fanga
is rare and unclass. and only used in the sense to capture, whereas fa
is a standing word ; the ng reappears in pi. pret. and part. pass, fengu,
fengit, vide above ; cp. Old Engl.y^/, mod. fetch] : — to fetch, get, etc. 1.
to fetch, catch, seize; fengu J)eir Gunnar, they fetched, caught G., Akv.
18 ; Hildibrandr gat fengit kirkju-sto9ina, Sturl. i. 169 ; hon hefir fengit
einn stein, she has fetched a stone, Isl. ii. 394; fi'i a e-u, to get hold of,
grasp with the hand, faSir M63a fekk a Jjrenn', Hym. 34. p. also, f4
i e-t, to grasp ; fengu i snasri, they grasped the bow-strings, bent the bow.
Am. 42 ; hann fekk i oxl konungi, he seized the king's shoidder, Fms. viii.
75- 7- to take, capture, but rare except in part. ; hafSi greifi Heinrekr
fengit Valdimar, Fms. ix. 324 ; ver5a fanginn, to be taken, Germ, gefangen
werden, i. 258, Stj. 396. 2. to get, gain, win, with ace. of the thing ;
sa faer er frjar, he who wooes will win (a proverb), Hm. 91 ; hann skal fji af
Svart-alfum, he shall get, obtain from S., Edda 69 ; fa brau9, mat, drykk,
Fms. x. 18 ; |)at fekk hann eigi af fciSur sinum, xi. I4 ; ba3 konunnar ok
fekk heiti3 hennar, he wooed the woman and got her hand, YAdz 23 ; fa
sitt eyrindi, to get one's erraiid done, Fms. i. 75 ; fa flj63s ast, to win a
woman's love, Hm. 91 ; fa haerra hlut, to get the better, 40 ; ek aetla at fa
at vera y3varr farj)egi, Ld. 112 ; hence fa, or fa leyfi, to get leave to do a
thing ; eg fae J)a9, fekk ^a6 ekki, fa a9 fara, etc. : Icel. also say, eg fae J)aS
ekki af mer, / cannot bring myself to do it. p. to suffer, endure; fa
usigr, to get the worst of it, Fms. iv. 218 ; sumir fengu J)etta (were befallen)
hvern sjaunda vetr, Sks. 113; fa ska3a, to suffer a loss, Hkr. ii. 177;
fa livit, to fall senseless, Nj. 195 ; fa liflat, to fall lifeless, Grag. i. 190 ;
fa bana, to come by one's death, Nj. 110. 7. fa g66ar viStokur, to get
a good receptioih. Eg. 460, 478, Fms. iv. 2 1 9 ; s4 mun sebH er J)ann atriinaS
fser, blessed is he that gets hold of that faith, Nj. 156 ; hann haf3i fingit
ligrynni fjar, Fms. xi. 40; fa skilning a e-u, to get the knowledge of a
thing, i.97. 3. to get, procure; J)a fekk konungr^veitar-h6f6ingja
J)a er honum syndisk. Eg. 272 ; ek skal fa mann til at biSja hennar, Fs.
88 ; J)eir fengu menn til at ry6ja skip, they got men to clear the ship, Nj.
163 ; mun ek fa til annann mann at gcira {)etta, 7 will get another man
to do it, 53 ; fd ser bjargkvid, Grag. i. 252; hann fekk ser gott kvan-
fang, Fms. i. 1 1 ; fam oss olteiti niikkura, let us get some sport, vii. 1 19 ;
fa ser (e-m) fari, to take a passage, vide far ; fengu Jjeir ekki af mcinnum,
they could fetch no inen, ix. 473; J)eir hug&usk hafa fengit (reached)
megin-land, vii. 113. 4. fa at veizlu, bloti, to get provisions
for a feast, etc. ; hann fekk at bloti miklu, Landn. 28 ; let |>orri fa at
bl6ti, Orkn. 3 ; {)6r61fr Mostrar-skegg fekk at bloti miklu, Eb. 8 ; er
fengit at mikilli veizlu. Fas. i. 242 ; var si3an at samkundu fingit, a
meeting was brought about, 623. 52 ; sa dagr er at Jolum skal fa, the day
when preparations are to be made for Yule, K.{>.K. 110, hence atfanga-
dagr, the day before a feast, q. v. ; J)a var fengit at sei5, Hkr. Yngl. S.
ch. 17. II. to give, deliver to one, put into one's hands; her
er eitt sver&, er ek vii fa \)eT, Isl. ii. 44 ; fa mer (fetch me, give me)
leppa tva or hari pinu, Nj. 116; J)a er keisarinn haf^i fingit honum til
fiiru-neytis, Fms. xi. 40 ; konungr fser honum veizlur, Eg. 27; horn J)at
er BarSr haf5i fingit Olvi, 207 ; fait mi konungi festu (give the king
bail) {)a er honum liki, Fms. iv. 268 ; fa e-m scik, to charge one, Sks,
708 ; var sa sveinn fenginn i hendr okkr, delivered into our hands, Fms.
i. 113; fekk hann biiitl hendr ValgerSi, iii. 24, Nj.4; honum fekk hverr
mafir penning til, lb. 5 ; hon fekk biskupinum tuttugu miinada mata-
bol, B. K. 1 25 ; fa e-m e-t at geyma, to give a thing into one's charge, Stj.
177 ; fa J)a sonum J)inum i hendr til geymslu, id. III. metaph.
with a following pass. part, or sup. to be able to do ; hon faer me3 engu
moti vakit \>&, she could by no means awaken them, Fms. i. 9 ; J)ufekkt
ekki leikit J)at er mjiikleikr var 1, vii. 1 19 ; J)eir munu mik aldri fa sott,
^tbey will never be able to overcome me, Nj. 116; ok fait l)er hann eigi
^ L
146
Fi^— Fi^MENNI.
veiddaii, if*^ou cannot catch hint, 102 ; hann ftkk engi kniit leyst, Edda
29 ; fengu J)eir honum ekki na5, they cotdd not catch him, Fagrsk. 167 ;
at Vagn mun fa yfir-komiun Sigvalda, that V. will overcome S., Fms. xi.
96 ; skulu ver J)a freista at v6r faim drepit J)a, i. 9 ; skaltii hvergi fa
undan hokat, thou shall have no chance of sneaking away, xi. 61 ; fa gaum
gefinn at e-u, to take heed to a thing. Fas. ii. 517 ; mean fingu hvergi r6tt
hann a6 hafit, Eg. 396 ; at t)eir mundu komit fa til lands hvalnum, Grig,
ii. 381 ; en fekk |)6 eigi viss or8it . . . , but he could not make out for cer-
tain ..., Fms. X. 1 70. p. to grow, get, become ; Hjorleif rak vestr fyrir
land, ok fi6kk hann vatnfatt, he became short of water, Landn. 34 : of
travellers, to fall in with, etc., ^zr fengu J)eir keldur blautar mjok, they
got into bogs, Eb. 366 ; {)eir fengu hvergi blautt um Valbjarnar-vollu, Sturl.
ii. 50 ; fengu J)eir ve8r stor, they met with foul weather. Eg. 160. IV.
with gen., 1. to take, gain, earn, win ; renna J)eir a land upp, ok fa
mikils fjar, Fms. v. 164 ; J)eir fengu fjar mikils, they took a rich booty, Nj.
137 ; g48u J)eir eigi fyrir vei6um at fa heyjanna, ok do allt kvikf^ J)eirra
um vetrinn, Landn. 30 ; vel er |)ess fengit, it is well earned, well done,
7 ; mi mun ek fara {)essa fer8 ef \>u vill ; hann segir, vel er J)ess fengit,
well done, said he. Fas. ii. 517 ; hann var eigi skald, ok hann hafti eigi
J>eirrar listar fengit, he had not got that gift, Fb. i. 214; at {)a mundi
J)ykkja fengit betr, people would think that it suited better, Nj. 75 '> f*
ver8ar, to take a meal, Hm. 33 ; hann f^kk ser sveitar (raised a band)
ok gordisk illvirki, 623. 15 : but chiefly in the phrase, fa konu, to get
a wife, marry; Haraldr fekk {)eirrar konu, Fms. i. 4 ; at ek munda
fa ]pin, that I should get thy hand, Nj. 24; betr er {)a se& fyrir kosti
systur minnar at \>u fair hennar (gen., i. e. that thou marry her), en
vikingar fai hana (ace, i. e. to fetch, capture her) at herfangi, Fs. 8 ;
hon var atjan vetra er |>orsteinn f6kk hennar, Isl. ii. 191. 2. to
conceive, of sheep, cattle ; fa bur6ar, Stj. 97 ; er hann (sau&rinn) faer lambs,
Skalda 162 : absol., viS J)eim hafdi hon (the mare) fengit, Landn. 195 ;
at eigi f4i aer vi8, Grag. i. 418, (cp. fang, fetus.) 3. denoting
to affect, touch, etc. ; {jat fekk mikils hinum hertekna menni, it touched
much the captive, Orkn. 368 ; sva fekk honum mikils, at hans augu voru
full af tarum, Fms. i. 139 ; henni fekk J)etta mikillar ahyggju, it caused
her great care, iv. 181 ; faer honum J)at mikillar ahyggju ok reidi, Nj.
174; mi faer mer ekka (gen.) or8 J)at \)U maelir, Skv. i. 20; fa e-m
hlaegis, to make one a laughing-stock, Hm. 19 : even with ace. or an adv.,
J)a faer J)orbirni sva mjok (Th. was so much moved) at hann graetr,
Hrafn. 13. p. fa a e-n, to affect, chiefly of intoxicating liquors; er
drykkr f^kk a Hakon jarl, when the drink told on earl Hacon, Magn.
508 ; faer a J)a mjok drykkrinn, Fms. xi. 108 ; aldregi drakk ek vin
e3r annan drykk sva at a mik megi fa, Stj. 428 ; en er a lei9 daginn
ok drykkr fekk a menn, Fms. vii. 154; drykkr hefir fengit ySr i hofu&.
Fas. i. 318 ; a-fengr or a-fenginn, q. v. y. opt fa a {entice) horskan,
er a heimskan n^ fa, lostfagrir litir, Hm. 92. V. impers. to be
got, to be had, cp. Germ, es giebt; vapn sva g68, at eigi faer onnur slik
(ace), so good, that the like are not to be got, Nj. 44 ; at varla fai vitrara
mann, a wiser man is hardly to be found, Sks. 1 3 ; eigi faer Jiat ritad, it
cannot be recorded, viz. bei?ig so voluminous, Fms. viii. 406 ; {)at skip faer
vel varit eldi, that ship can well be guarded against fire, ix. 368 ; sva mikill
herr at varla fekk talit, a host so great that it could hardly be numbered,
xi. 261 (Ed. f^kst wrongly). VI. reflex, in the phrase, fask i e-u, to
be busy, exert oneself in a matter ; drottningin matti J)ar ekki i fask, Fms.
X. 102 ; Helgi leita6i J)a ef SigurSr vildi i fask vi8 fjorvald, if S. would
try with Th., Fb. i. 379 ; vildir J)u fask i J)vi sem J)er er ekki lanat, 215 ;
segir hana Ijiiga ok fask i r6gi {and deal in slander) fyrir hof6ingjum,
Karl. 552. p. fask vi& e-n, to struggle against; ef nokkut vaeri jJat er
hann maetti vi6 fask, which he could try, Grett. 74 new Ed. : to wrestle
with, skaltii fask vi8 blamann varn, Isl. ii. 444 ; um fangit er {)u fekksk
vi6 EUi, when thou strugglest against Elli, Edda 34 ; at |>orleikr aetti
litt vi& elli at fiisk, Ld. 160; famsk v^r eigi vi8 skrafkarl J)enna, let
us have naught to do with this landlouper, Hav. 52 ; ok fask eigi vid
fjanda J)enna lengr, Isl. ii. 45 ; fast um e-t, to make a fuss about a
thing ; the passage, Hrolfi fekksk hugr. Fas. iii. 203, is prob. an error for
Hrolfi gekksk hugr, H. was moved : the phrase, fask l^u at vir6i vel, take
thou a good meal, Hm. 117. 2. as a pass., esp. in the sense to be
gotten ; sumt lausa-feit haf6i fengisk {had been gotten) i herna&i, Fms. i.
25 ; at honum fengisk engi fararbeini, that no means of conveyance could
be got, Grag. i. 298 ; eigu |)eir J)at allt er a (a8il&unum) faesk, all the fines
that accrue from the a8il8, 281 ; fekksk {)at, it was obtained, Jb. 17 ; er
hlj68 fekksk, when silence was obtained, so that he could speak, Fms. i.
34: ef J)eir fask eigi, if they cannot be taken. Odd. 12 (very rare) ; sem
■uvi8a muni J)inn jafningi fask, thy match is not easily to be got, Nj.
46. VII. part, fenginn as adj. given to, fit to; ok er hann
vel til t)ess fenginn, Fms. vi. 389 ; Jon var mjok fenginn {given) fyrir
kvenna ast, Bs. i. 282 ; faesk eigi {jvi nita, it cannot be denied. Am.
32. 2. again, fanginn denotes captured, hence taken by passion ;
fanginn i ilsku, Fb. i. 280.
PA, 8, part, fat, fa8 or f4i8, cp. fainn or fann ; a contracted verb =
faga : — to draw, paint, Fms. v. 345 ; guUi fa8r, gilded, Gisl. 21 ; fa ninar,
to draw runes, magic characters, Hm. 143 ; ver hofum fa8a unga briiSi a ,
1
vegg, we have painted the young bride on the wall, Landn. 248 ^
verse about the middle of the lOth century): of precious stuffs, fi
Skv. 3. 63.
fian-ligr, adj. to be gotten.
f^-bjdni, a, m. an idiot.
f&-byg3r, part. yew, i.e. thinly, peopled, Gliim. 359.
fd-dsemi, n. pi. monstrosities, portetits, 623. 39, Fms. v. 206
fadaemum, ofdirf8 ok niSingskap, vii. 18 ; vera meS fadaemum, to
teutons, viii. 52, v. 1., Sturl. iii. 274 ; heyrit f., shame! Hav. 45 ; jo:
an adj. or adv., fd-dsema-, portentous; f. mikill, f. st6r, f. vel, etc
187, Krok. 49.
fd-dsemiligr, adj. (-liga, a.dv.), portentous, Fms. iii. 167
fa-einn, adj., chiefly in pi. only a few. Eg. 573, Sturl. iii. 3 ; vide
fa-fengiligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), vain, empty.
f£-fengr, adj. empty, Luke i. 53.
fd.-fr63r, adj. 'few-knowing,' ignorant, Fms. viii. 447, Bar!. 13,
fa-fr8e3i, f. want of knowledge, Fms. vi. 265, G^l. 266, Bs,
280.
faga, a8, to polish, clean; f. saltkatla. Fas. ii. 499, Eg. 520 (vid
f. hest, to curry a horse, Sks. 374 ; oil faguS {painted) me8 br
Fms. V. 345. 2. metaph. to cultivate ; faga j6r8ina, to till th
549 B ; f. akr. Mar. 188 : of arts, science, sem hann fagaSi Jia i8:
Lv. 115. ^. to worship ; f. hei8in gu8, Stj. 576; f. heiSin si
Poet. ; f. helga menn, H. E. i. 243.
fdgan, f., Lat. culttis, worship, Stj. 577, Fms. v. 163, Barl. 138
fdgandi, part, a tiller; vingar8s f., Greg. 48.
fd.gari, a, m. a tiller, cultivator, Magn. 474. '
fa-gl^ja3r, part, sad, of little glee, Hkr. i. 167 (in a verse).
fd,gu-ligr, adj. neatly polished, Rom. 302.
fd-gsetr, adj. 'few to get,' rare, Nj. 209, Fms. i. 99, vi. 142.
fd-heyrSr, part, unheard, Finnb.248, Sks. 74, Fms. v. 224, 264, ?
fi-heyriligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), "Unheard, Fms. viii. 279, v. B
65, Mar. 234. I
ffi-hjua3r, part._/ew in family. Fas. iii. 209. 1
fd-hsefr, adj. of little use, valueless, Vm. 9, Pm. 55.
fdi, a, m. a painted figure, vide mann-fai. i
fdiim and fdriin, \_faaen=pale, Ivar Aasen], />aZe, white; fani
the pale brewing, of the good ale of the giant Egir, Stor. 18 ; f
fanz) fleski, light-coloured hams, bacon, Rm. 29.
fd-katr, adj. sad, gloomy. Fas. i. 50.
fd.k-hestr, m. = fakr, Karl.
fd-klseddr, part, thinly clad, Grett. I4I.
FAKR, m. [Din. fag], a horse ' uno testiculo,' a jade, in pro
i. 40 ; it occurs in Kormak, and is often used in poetry of any 1
fa-kiuinandi, f. ignorance, Fms. iv. 318 : as part, ignorant.
ffi-ktinnasta, u, f. id., Fr.
fa-ktinnigr, adj. 'few-knowing,' ignorant, Barl. 62, Jb. 4.
fi-kunnligr, adj. unusual, rare, Bs. i. 348, 355.
fa-kynstr, n. a shocking accident, Gisl. 34.
FALA, u, f. a giantess, Edda (Gl.) : a romping lass. Fas. iii.
flagS, flenna, skass, skersa, all of them names of giantesses, but
of hoydenish women.
fd-ldtr, adj. silent, cold, Fs. 23, Nj. 177, Fms. i. 19, ix. 246.
fd-leikr, m. coldness, melancholy, Nj. 14, Fms. vi. 147, vii. ic
fd-li3r (fali3a, fali3a3r, Fb. ii. 285), adj. with few followe
ii. 5 C, Ld. 242, Fms. iv. 370, ix. 43, xi. 358, Bs. i. 763.
fa-liga, adv. coldly, Fms. i. 237, iii. 79, vii. 113, Bs. ii. 27.
fa-ligr, adj. cold, reserved, Fms. iii. 116, iv. 301, v. 306.
FALKI, a, m. [from Lat. /a/co], a falcon, Jb., Arna S., Hak.
x). coMPDs : fdka-kaup, n. buying falcons, Bs. i. 738.
vei3r, f. catching falcons, Bs. i. 720, 737. This foreign wc
into use as a trade term, and only occurs in the 13th centni
white falcon {'falco Islandicus') was during the Middle Ages mudi
for, and sometimes the king or bishops claimed the exclu-'M
exporting these birds; they were sent to England even as i •
1602, and sought for by English noblemen of that time ; cp. the tm
told in Fe8ga-aefi 10. I
F Alma, a8, [Dan./am/* ; Swed./aw/a], to fumble, grope ab f, »•
blindman's-buff ; Hrappr vildi f. til min, Ld. 98 ; hann falmadi tii
the blind giant). Fas. iii. 385 : falma hondum, to fumble with t
Fms. iii. 125; or with a weapon, J)a f. jotuninn til agn-saxi
36. 2. metaph. to flinch; lata ge8 f., to fdnch ox falter (
f. ok skjalfa, Ni8rst. 107 ; f. af hrae8slu, 5 ; fl^ja e8r f., Fms.
297, vide Lex. Poet.
fa-lyndi, n. coldness, reserved manners, Bjarn. 50.
fa-lyndr, adj. cold, reserved, Fms. iv. 109, v. 240; eigi &1f
gay, merry, Lv. 75.
fd-lseti, n. = faleikr, melancholy.
fa-mdligr, adj. 'few-speaking,' silent, Fms. i. 155, iv. 76, xi. /
ok famalugt, Bjarn. 54.
fd-meuni, n.few men, a little host, Nj. 93, Fms. x. 407.
Sti
P
pus
Stu
#ii^|
FAMENNR— FJARHEIMTUR.
147
f^.mennr, older form fa-me8r, mod. fi-menntr, adj. having few
nen, few followers. Fas. i. 25, Fs. 71, Nj. 95, Fms. vii. 250: compar.,
iimennari, iii. 18; fameSri, Hkr. ii. 23. p. neut., famennt, thinly
' .'. solitary; f. eg daufligt, Lv. 22: cp. the Icel. phrase, her er
It og g(')3meiint, here are few but good people.
i.v-iiiteltr, pzTt. few-speaking, O. H. 94, Fms. x. 39 : melancholy, vii. 162.
fi-nefndr, part, seldom named, having a strange name, Fbr. 93.
PANI, a, m. [Ulf./rt«rt; A.S.fana; Hel. and O. H. G./a«o; Germ.
nbne ; Lzt. pann7ts~\: — a standard, gunn-{ani, Hbl. 40, etc. ; else it is
are and hardly used in old prose ; even in old poetry ve is the usual
,ord : — metaph. a buoyant, high-flying person is now called fani ; so, fdna-
igr, adj. buoyant; fana-skapr, m. buoyancy in mind or temper.
ii-nftr (fd-neytr), adj. worn, of little use or vahte, Vm. 98, B. K. 83,
m. 18, 19, 22, Sks. 244.
f4-or3r, adj. of few words, Sturl. iii. 80.
FAR, f. [Dan. /aar], a sheep, D.N. ii. 312, Boldt 165 ; vide faer.
PAB, n. [A. S. fcer ; Hel. far = dolus ; Germ, fahr — treason, gefabr =
anger; Eng\. fear = terror ; cp. also Germ, furcht : — but in the old
raudin. languages the word does not rightly mean either _/ear or danger ;
le mod. Din. fare and Swed./ara are borrowed from Germ.]: — evil pas-
on, bale, barm, mischief; far ok fjandskapr, Gisl. 125 ; eigi standa or6
in af litlu fari, baleful words. Fas. i. 195 ; lesa far um e-n, to speak foul
ilumnies of one, Hm. 23 ; af fari,^ow evil passion, Og. 12, Hm. 15 1 ;
• ^li felldir mer far af hcindum, that thou brakest my spell, Og. 10;
I'tjandi fars, bringitig mischief. Am. 4 ; ef ek vissa J)at far fyrir, if I
■uld foresee that bale, Skv. 2.7; halda kvi9 til fars e-m, to withhold the
rdict to the injury of the other party, Grag. i. 58; verSa e-m at fari,
be one's bale, Korm. 12 (in averse); full ska! signa ok vi6 fari sja,
e. make a sign over the cup to prevent harm in it, Sdm. 8 ; J)at er far
ikit (V/s a bad omen), cf J)u faeti drepr, Skv. 2. 24 ; J)a er hann rettlauss
hann Jiiggr far a scr, if be receives bodily barm, N. G. L. i. 2 -JS. 2.
■jgue, esp. of animals ; hunda-ftir, sickness among dogs ; kiia-far, nauta-
r, cattle plague, cp. heljar-far, morS-far, murderous pestilence; ur8ar-
r, a loeird plague, Sturl. ii. 213 (in a verse); feikna-far, deadly pain,
.55. 2. II ; vera i fari, to be in an extremity ; i dauSans fari, in the death-
;ony, etc. p. of men, a dangerous illness ; la hann i J)essu fari naer viku,
■. i. 761 ; cp. fkr-v e'lkr, dangerously ill; far er nokkurs-konar nau&,
ida 1 10, cp. far B. y. wrath ; far er reiSi, Edda no ; vera i illu fari
ide far B), to be bent on doing mischief. 3. as a law term, fraud,
jch as selling sand or dirt instead of flour or butter, defined N. G. L. i.
V ; kaupa fals, flaer& e6a far, 324. compds : fdr-liugr, m. zvrath. Am.
i. f^-Ieikr, m. disaster, Greg. 40, where it is opp. to friSr. far-
?a, adv. wratbfully, Fms. xi. 94, Bs. i. 813, Pass. 4. 13. far-ligr,
j. disastrous, Fms. xi. 433, Fas. i. 394. fdr-ramr, adj. awfully
ong, Fs. 7. far-rei3r, adj. wrotb, fierce. far-skapr, tn.fierce-
ss, Nj. 54. fdr-sott, {.pestilence, Bs. i. 325, N. G. L. i. 29. f&p-
imar, n. the plague summer, Ann. fdr-veikr, adj. very ill. f&r-
srkr, m. a severe pain, Bs. i. 339. far-vi3ri, n. a hurricane, tempest,
am. 34, GullJ). 6, Gisl. 106. fdr-yrSi, n. pl.foul language, Nj. 50,
5. fdrs-kona, u, f. a hag, violent woman, Gisl. 52. f&rs-ma3r, m.
abusive yuan, |>orst. Si8u H. 175. fdrs-sott, f. dangerous illness.
I'AB, fern, fa, neut. fatt ; dat. fam ; ace. fa (paucos and paucam) ; fan
aucum) ; far {paucae and paucas), but in mod. usage dissyllabic, faum,
1, faan, faar ; gen. pi. fara, mod. farra : — compar. fseri, mod. faerri with
iouble r; superl. faestr, in books of last century sometimes spelt fserstr,
form warranted neither by etymology nor pronunciation ; faerst, how-
er, occurs in the old MSS. Arna-Magn. 132. Ld. 210: [Lat.paucus;
i'.faus; A.S.fed; Engl. few; Ud.fah; O.U.G.foh; lost in mod.
; Dan. and Swed./a or/aa] : — few; Margr vi6 My'vatn, en Far
iskikkjar-hverfi (a pun), Rd. 311, Glum. 361 ; me& fa li6i, with few
'"' Eg- 5'f ; f*r^ siivibfc, fewer sheep, Grag. (Kb.) 159; faeri sau8i, i.
3; i {km orSum, in few words, Stj. 29; vi8 fa menn, Fms. i. 35 ; vi5
a manna vimi, Ld. 260 ; faeri ofundarmenn, 204 ; fieiri . . . faeri, Grag.
jS; fdir einir, only a few; fa eina menn, Sturl. iii. 3 ; hjon fa ein. Eg.
.5, vide einn. 2. used as noun, few, in the sense o{few or none,
lie at all; fair hafa af J)vi sigrask, Nj. 103 ; J)eir kva8u fa funa8 hafa
r honuni, 263. p. esp. in old sayings ; e. g. far er fagr ef graetr, Fb.
;66 ; far veil hverju lagna skal, Kvoldv. i. 47 ; far bregSr hinu betra
hann veit hit verra, Nj. 227 ; far er hvatr er hrorask tekr ef i bernsku
blauSr, Fm.6; far er fuU-ryninn, Am. 11 ; far hyggr J)egjanda ]^or{,
28 ; fas er froSum vant, Hm. 107 ; fatt er of vandlega hugat, Kvoldv.
198 ; fatt veit sa er sefr, Mork. 36 ; fatt er svo fyrir oUu illt a8 ekki
'"li nokkuS gott ; fatt segir af einum, Volks. 62 ; fdtt er ramara en forn-
vian, Grett. 144 ; fatt er skopum rikra, Fs. 23 ; far gengr of skop noma,
'1- 24 ; fatt er betr lati8 en efni eru til. Band. 2 ; far er vamma vanr,
rm. 68 ; fatt veit fyrr en reynt er, Fms. vi. 155 ; fatt gat ek J)egjandi {)ar,
11. 104. Many of these sayings are household words, and this use of the
rd is typical of the dry northern humour. II. metaph. dismal,
d, reserved; SigurSr konungr haf8i verit nokkut far {dismal, in low
nVs) ondverdan vetr, en mi var hann gla8r ok spurall, Fms. iv. 82 ;
^ hann fyrst f4r ok uk4tr, 192 ; v^ru menn allir fair vi8 ^k, v. 307 ; .
Vigdi's yar8 fA um, Vigdis became silent about it, i.e. disliked it much,
Sturl. iii. 180; var |)a Gunnarr vi8 hana lengi {&i,for a long time G.
was cold to her, Nj. 59. 2. neut. f4tt, coldness, coolness ; fatt var
med {)eim Riiti um samfarar, there was coolness between R. and bis wife,
Nj. 1 1 ; var fatt um meS J)eim br*8rum, 2, Eg. 199 ; var et fxsta meS
l)eim, Ld. 234; veriS hefir fatt meS okkr, Gisl. ICXJ; fatt kom a meS
l)eim Gretti, Grett. 99. III. neut., konungr svarar fa (dat,),
O. H. 94; Gudnin tala8i her faest um, Ld. 210; var eigi boftit faera eo
hundra8i, not fewer than a hundred, Nj. 1 7 ; fatt af J)eirra mijnnum,
only a few of tbeir men, Fms. v. 290; fatt eina, only a few, Ld. 338 :
with gen., fatt manna, /<?«/ men, Nj. 130 ; fatt go8s, but little good, Horn.
38; fatt einna hverra hhiU, few of things, i.e. few things, Fms. iv. 175:
|eir ug8u fatt at si^r, they heeded them but little, Fms. vii. 201 ; hlutask til
fas, Hrafn. 17. p. as adv., in the phrases, sofa fatt, to sleep but little,
be wakeful ; leika fatt, to play but little, i.e. be in a dismal humour; tala
fatt, to speak but little; syrgja fatt, to sorrow but little, i.e. to be gay, cp.
Lex. Poet. y. with numerals, less than, short of, minus, save; vetri
fatt 1 fjora tigu, i. e. forty years save one, i.e. thirty-nine, Fms. x. 2, v. I.;
tveimr ertogum fatt i atta merkr, eight marks less two ortogs, B. K. 84 ;
litid fatt i fimm tigi vetra, little short of fifty years, Fms. iii. 60 ; halfum
eyri fatt a atta merkr, eight marks less half an ounce ; {iremr morkum
fatt a laup, a bushel less three marks, B. K. 84, 1 1 : at faestu, the fewest,
least, the minimum ; tveir et faesta, two at least, Grag. i. 9 ; sex menn et
faesta, 378 ; cp. the neut. afl-fatt, svefn-fatt, dag-fatt, q. v.
fd.rast, a8, dep., in the phrase, f. um e-8, to make a fuss about a thing.
f4-rd3r, adj. little-prudent, helpless, Fms. ii. 96.
fd-r8B3inn, adj. 'few-talking,' silent, Fms. ii. 144, iv. 218, Fas. iii. 654.
fd-rsett, part. n. little spoken of, Bjarn. 34, Fms. ii. 154.
fd-s^rvn (f4-s63r), part, seldom seen, costly, Ld. 84, Fms. x. 260, xi.428.
fd,-siniia, u, f., Lat. amentia, want of reason, melaticboly, (mod.)
fd-sinni, n. loneliness, isolation, Nj. 185, Fb. i. 543.
f^-skiptinn, adj. little meddling, quiet, Ld. 94, Finnb. 336, Fas. iii. 5 29.
fa-sta3ar, adv. in few places, Fms. vii. 90.
FAT, n. fumbling ; gora e-t i fati, to fumble about a thing ; fat kemr
a e-n, to be confounded, fdta, a8, to fumble.
fa-tala3r, part, 'few-speaking,' silent, Fms. ii. 76, ix. 52, Sks. 474:
gramm., sem J)essi er tungan fatala8ri, as this language has fewer vowels,
Skalda 161.
fa-ti3indi, n. pi. rare, strange tidings, Bs. i. 148.
f6-ti3ligr, adj. rare, strange, Hom. 114. fa-tidliga, adv., Bs. ii. no.
fd-ti3r, adj. id., Fms. v. 211, Hom. 108, Fas. i. 183.
fd-t8ekd6inr, m. [Dan. fattigdom'], poverty, Stj. 212, Mar.
fd-tseki, n. [taka], want, poverty, Stj. passim, Al. 61 ; ganga a f., (b go
''"^^,§'^'"^' Jb- 1 74, 655 xxxii. compds: fatsekis-foUc, n. /loor/oW,
Stj. 652, Fms. V. 95. f^tsekis-land, n. land of affliction, Stj. 212.
Gen. xli. 52. fdtaekis-liS, n. /loor/jeq/i/e, Bs. i. 332. fateekis-
ma3r, m. a poor man, 655 xxxii. 24.
fatsek-leikr, m. poverty, Sk^Ida 211.
fa-tsekliga, adv. poorly, Stj. 423, Fms. i, 70.
fa-tsekligr, zd]. poorly, Fms. i. 69, v. 194.
fd,-t8ekr, adj. [Swed.-Dan./a««g-], poor, Nj. 196, Fs. 84, Fms. i. 33,
197, Edda 81, Bs. i.8i, 104, no, 139, 840, 850 (passim), SI. 70, K.{).K.
(passim) : fataekr is the standing Icel. word, answering to Lat. pauper.
f^-tsekt, {.poverty, Barl. 8, Stj. 212, 42 1; old writers prefer fatseki,
which is now obsolete, but in mod. usage fataekt is a standing word ;
snauSr, q. v., is only used in a peculiar sense ; fataekt (from far and taka)
properly means 'few-taking,' having little between the hands, hence poverty,
want; it occurs in many compds.
fa-vingat, part. n. having few friends, Fms. iii. 144.
fa-vitr, adj. 'few-wise,' little-wise, Stj. 558, v. 1. fd,-vizkr, adj. id., id.
fd-vizka, u, {.folly, Fms. i. 104, vi. 211, Fb. i. 379.
f£-vi88, adj. little-wise, Ld. 268, Fms. viii. 31 (v. I, = barbarous).
f6-J>ykkja, u, f. coldness.
FB, n., irreg. gen. fjar, dat. fe ; pi. gen. fja, dat. fjdm f with the article,
feit, ftinu, fein, mod. fed, fenu, fen : [Lat. pecu ; Goth, faibu ; A. S.
fsob; Engl fee; KeLfebu; O.U.G.fehu; Germ, vieb; Dan. fa; Swed.
/a] : — cattle, in Icel. chiefly sheep; fe n6 menn, Grett. 10 1 ; fjiilda fj&r,
Ld. 210 ; gsEta fjar, to mind sheep, 232 ; en ef J)eir brenna hiisin J)6 at f§
manna s& inni, Grag. ii. 164; {jeir raku feit {the sheep) upp a geilarnar,
Nj. 1 19 ; kvik-fe, live-stock, q. v. ; ganganda fe, id., opp. to dautt fe, dead
property, Grag. passim. compds : fjar-beit, f. pasture for sheep, Vm.
130. fjar-borg, f. a ' burrow' or shieling in which sheep are kept in
the east of Icel., vide Eggert Itin. ch. 816. Qdr-brei3a, u, f. a flock
of white sheep. fjix-daubi, a, m. cattle-plague, Ann. 129^. fjfir-
fellir, m.falling of cattle, from plague or .starvation, Ann. 1341, Bs. i.548.
fj6r-f63r, n. fodder, Bs. i. 477. fjfir-fseSi, n. = fjarf68r, Vapn. 30.
fjd,r-f8Bling, f. [foli], stealing cattle, G\\. 395. Qdr-ganga, u, f. and
fj6r-gangr, m. a sheep-walk, Gnig. ii. 304, Jb. 287 A, Ld. 54. Qdr-
geymsla, u, f. keeping sheep and cattle, Krok. 37. i^&r-geezla, u, f. id.,
Grett. Ill C, Eg. 741. fjdr-hagi, a, m. pasture-land, Grett. 115.
fjdr-heimtur, f. pi. sheep returning from the mountain pastures. fjdr-
L2
148
FJi^RHNAPPR— FESAMR.
hirSir, m. a shepherd. fjar-hnappr and fj&r-hopr, m. a flock.
fj^r-hundr, m. a shepherd's dog. ijar-hus, n. a shed or shieling for
sheep. fjar-kaup, n. pi. purchase of sheep. fjd,r-kli3i, a, m. the
scab on sheep. fj^r-nyt, f. sheeps'-milk, Grag. i. 428, 431. fj6r-
pest, f. the cattle-plague. fjar-rekstr, m. a drove of sheep, Grag. ii.
228, Sd. 149. fjar-r6ttr, m. the driving of sheep from the mountain
pastures in the autumn. Eg. 741 ; grazing, Grag. (Kb.) 200. fj&T-sanbr,
m. = fsersauar, sheep, Tristr. (Fr.) II. property, money ; hvurt sem
fc l)at er land e6r annat fe, Grag. ii. 237 : the allit. phrase, fo ok fjiirvi,
SI. I ; hafa fyrir gort fe ok fjiirvi, to forfeit property and life, Nj. 191 :
the proverbs, fe er fjiirvi firr, life is dearer than money, 1 24 ; fo veldr
fraenda rogi, money makes foes of kinsmen, Mkv. I . Common sayings, hafa
fullar hendr fjar ; afla fjar ok frsegSar, to gain wealth and favie, Fms. i.
23 (a standing phrase) ; afla fjar ok frama, Fs. 7 ; fjar ok virOingar, id. ;
seint munu J)in augu fylld ver6a a fenu, GulIJ). 7 ; J)U munt aerit mjok
elska feit a6r lykr, id. ; lat mik sja hvart fe l)etta er sva mikit ok fritt,
Gisl. 62 ; at {>orgils toeki vi8 fjam sinum, Fs. 154; fagrt id, fine money;
at J)eir nae6i feinu, Fms. x. 23; J)egn af fe, liberal, Isl. ii. 344; Au6r
tekr nu feit, A. took the money, Gisl. 62; h(5r er fe J)at {the raoney)
er Gunnarr greiddi mer, Nj. 55 ; fe {)at allt er hann atti, Eg. 98 ; alvaepni
en ekki f6 annat, Fms. i. 47 ; skemman var full af varningi, J)etta
f^..., V. 255; Htiskuldr faerdi fe allt til skips, Nj. 4; hversu mikit
fe er J)etta, id.; heimta fe sin, Grag. i. 87; t)iggit J)at herra, fe er i
J)vi, there is value in it, Fms. vii. 197. compds : fjdr-aflilutr,
m. a share of money. Fas. iii. 198. fjar-aflan, f. making money,
Fms. X. 305. fjar-afli, a, m. stock. Eg. 137, Ld. 88, Fms. xi. 422.
fja,r-au3n, f. losing all one's money, Stj. 570, Fms. v. 270. fj^r-
dgirnd (-girni), f. greed for money, Nj. 15, Bs. ii. 159, Rb. 424.
fjar-bon, f. begging, Nj. 141. fjar-bur3r, m. bribery, Fms. vi.
12. fj&r-drattr, m. {unfairly) making money. Eg. 71, Fms. vi.
191. fjar-efni, n. means, Grett. 31 C. fjdr-eigandi, part.
owner of means, Fbr. 19 new Ed. fjdr-eign, f. wealth, property,
Fms. vii. 33, fsl. ii. 216. fjfir-ey3sla, u, f. spetiding motiey.
fjd.rey5slu-ina3r, m. a spendthrift, Fms. iii. 83. fjar-fang, n.
booty, plunder, Sks. 183, Anecd. 30, Fms. ii. 2. fjSr-far, n. money
affairs, Nj. 40, Fms. ii. 12. fj4r-forrd3, n. administration, manage-
ment of ones money, Nj. 98, Bs, i. 128, 129. fjar-framlag, n. laying
out contributions of money. Band. I. fj4r-fundr, m. a ^find' of money,
, Fms. vi. 272, Fas. i. 20. fjdr-gjald, n. payment, Fms. v. 162. fjar-
gj6f, f. a gift of money, Fms. v. 175, v. 1. fjar-gr63i, a, m. making
money, Stj. 1 76, v. 1. fj^r-gsezla (fjd.r-geymsla), u, f. hoarding tnoney.
fjarg8ezlu-ina3r, m., mikill f., a thrifty 7nan, Sturl. i. 225. fjar-hagr,
m. money-matters, Nj. 10, Sd. 176, Bs. i. 854, Sturl. ii. 195. fjd.r-
haga-ina3r, m., g66r, litill f., a good, bad, manager, Fms. v. 321.
fjar-hald, n. money affairs, Edda 48 ; withholding one's money, Sturl.
ii. 22, iii. 292 ; administration of one's money, esp. of a minor, GJdI. 222,
259 ; hence, fjilr]ialds-nia3r, m. a guardian, 260. fjd.r-heimt
(-heimta and -heimting), f. a claim for money owing one, Eg. 519,
Nj. 15, Grilg. i. 280 (and Kb. 158). fj^r-liir3sla, u, f. a money-chest,
Fas. iii. 395, Sks. 229, Acts viii. 27. fjar-hlutr, m. a lot, share
of money. Eg. 182, Sks. 668, Landn. 226, Fms. v. 216, vii. 152, xi.
116. fjar-kaup, n. a bargain, GJ)1. 211, v. 1. fj£r-kostna3r, m.
expenses, Bs. i. 686. fjfir-kostr, m. means, Sturl. fj&r-krafa,
u, {.pecuniary claim, N. G. L. i. 21. fj6r-lag, n. the fixed value of
property, D.I. i. 316; a money contract, Grag. i. 226; partnership =
fe-iag, GJ)1. 257. fj4r-ld.n, n. a loan of money, Isl. ii. 223. fj^r-l&t,
n. loss of money, Isl. ii. 359. fj&r-leiga, u, f. rent, N. G. L. i. 25,
Fms. i. 256. fjdr-megin, m. amount of stock, G^\. 257, N. G. L.
i. 4, K. A. 82. fj^r-met, n. valuation of property, Gnig. i. 452.
fj&r-missa, u, f. (fjir-missir, m.), loss of money, Hom. iii, H.E.
i. 561, Grett. 136. fjdr-munir, m. pi. property, valuables, Fms.
xi. 321, Hkr. iii. 114, Hom. in. fjfi,r-ndm, n. seizure of money,
plunder, Hkv. I. Ii, D.N. fj^rorku-ma3r, m. a wealthy man.
Fas. iii. 30. fj^-pina, fj£r-pind, f. extortion, H.E. i. 391, Bs. i.
720. fjSr-ran, f. robbery, cheating for money, Grag., Kb. 224, Ld.
140. fjdr-rei3a, u, f. money-matters, used chiefly in pL, Glum.
364, Grag. i. 332, 334, 383, Bjarn. 39, 40, Ld. 212. fjfir-reita,
u, f. cheating, plunder, Bjarn. 17. fj6r-sakna3r, m. = fjarau9n,
Grett. 159 C. fjdr-sekt, f. a fine in money, Lv. 94. fjfir-sj63r,
m. a treasure. Fas. i. 20. fjdr-ska3i, a, m. loss in money, Bs. i.
146, Grag. ii. 195. fjfir-skakki, a, m. an unjust sharing, Fms. ii.
201. fjdr-skilor3, n. conditions (as to payment), N. G.L. i. 75.
fjdr-skipti, n. division of property, heirship, Nj. 22, Sturl. ii. 77.
fj6,r-8kuld, f. debt, N. G. L. i. 332. fjd,r-s6an, f. expenditure, Bs. i.
(Laur. S.) fjar-sokn, f. a lawsuit or money claim, GJ)1. 475, N. G. L.
i. 143, K. A. 182, cp. N. G. L. i. 14. fjd.r-sta3r, m. a place for money,
i.e. an investment. Band. II, Vslpn. 13. fjdr-tak, n. (fjdr-taka or
fjdr-tekja, u, f.), seizure of money, confiscation. Fas. ii. 350, Fms. vii.
209, Grag. i. 188, Sturl. i. 76. fjdr-tal, n. and fjd,r-taia, u, f. pay-
ment to the full amount or to a certain proportion, Bs. i. 287, Grag. i. 335,
ii. 250. fj4r-tapan, f. loss of money, N. G. L. i. 321. fj4r-tUkall, ,
' n. a claim for money. Eg. 341. fjar-tillag, n. and -tillaga, u, f. i
tribution, Fms. xi. 79. fjdir-tjon, n. loss of money, Fms. iii. 12
352. fjfix-upptak, n., -upptaka, u, f., and -upptekt, f. seizur.
one's property. Band. 10, Fms. xi. 153, Isl. ii. 146, Sturl. i. 13, Fas. ii.4
fj£r-iitlat, n. pi. outlay, Fms. xi. 430. fjdr-var3veizla, n
management, administration of another's property, Grag. i. 410, Nj
Landn. 304, Grett. ill. fjarvar3veizlu-iaa3r, m. a trustee, G
i. 282. fjd.r-v6n, f. expecta?icy of money, by inheritance or the.l
Grag. i. 410. fj£r-ver3r, adj. valuable, Fms. x. 41 7. fjar-vi3ta
u, f. receipt of money, Isl. ii. 146. fj^r-voxtr, n. increase ofren
money, Dipl. iii. 14. fjdr-^arfna3r, m. and fj6r-J)urft, f. nee(
money, H.E. i. 562, Fms. xi. 299, Hkr. iii. 429. fj£r-J)ur3, f
emptying of one's purse, H.E. i. 563. fjdr-J)iirfi, adj. wanting mo
El. 22.
B. F6- in COMPDS, usually in sense H, sometimes in sense I :
au3na, u, f. money luck. f6au3iiu-ina3r, m. a man lucky in ma-
money. Band. 4. fe-bo3, n. an offer of money, Lv. 62, Fms. v. 26,
656 A. 17 ; a bribe, Grag. i. 72. f^bota-laust, n. adj. without t -
pensation. Glum. 358. f^-br6g3, n. pi. devices for making money, I ;.
xi. 423, 623. 21. f^-bsetr, f. pi. payments in compensation, es]\f
weregild, opp. to mann-hefndir, Nj. 165, Eg. 106, Fs. 53, 7.4, h
386. fe-hssttT,pzrt. paid for weregild, GuW^. 12. fe-drengi
an open-handed man, Nj. 177. fe-drjiagr, adj. having a deep p
Ld. 46. fe-fastr, adj. close-fisted, Isl. ii. 392, Bs. i. 74.
fatt, n. adj. in want of money. Eg. 394, Fms. iii. 180, Hkr. iii. ,;.
f6-feUir, m. losing one's sheep, Lv. 91. fe-feati, f. close-fisted^,
Grett. 155 C. f^-fletta, tt, to strip one of money, cheat one, Fa;|i.
103, v. 1. f6-frekr, ad], greedy for j)io?tey, Rd. 314. fe-fonj i.
pi. booty, plunder, spoil, Fms. iii. 18, vii. 78, Eg. 57, 236, GuliJ). 5, 5.
183 B. fe-gefinn, part, given for (and to) gain. Band. 4, Val L.
201. f^-girnd, f. az'an'ce, Hom. 86, AI.4, Pass. 16. 7, 10. fe-gi i,
f. = fegirnd, Sks. 358, Band. 11, Sturl. i. 47 C. f^gjafa-gudli.
the god of wealth, EddiL ^^. f6-gjald,n. a payment,fine,'bi]. in, p,
Band. 11, Fms. vii. 248. fe-gjarn, zd]. gi-eedy, avaricious. Eg. 5,
Fs. 133, Nj. 102, Fms. i. 52, vii. 238. fe-gj6f, f. a gift of m\y,
Fs. II, 21, Fms. i. 53, xi. 325, Ld. 52. fe-gl6ggr, f. close-baM,
Eb. 158. f^-g63r, adj. good, i. e. current, money, D. N. f6-gri n.
pi. security for ^property, Grag. ii. 21. fe-gyT3ill, m. [early 'n.
fdgurthiT\, a moriey bag, purse, worn on the belt, Gisl. 20, Fbi;6,
f)i6r. 35. f^-gsetni, f. saving habits. Glum. 358. f^-gdfugr, Ij.
blessed with wealth, Isl. ii. 322. fe-liir3ir, m. a shepherd, F
518, Fms. viii. 342, GJ)1. 501 : a treasurer, Hkr. i. 36, Eg. 202,
X. 157, vi. 372, viii. 372. fe-hirzla, u, f. a treasury, Fms. vi. 17J
174, Eg. 237, Hom. 9. fehirzlu-hiis, n. a treasure-house, Stj.
f6hirzlu-ina3r, m. a treasurer, Karl. 498. fe-hus, n. = fj
stall, D. N. (Fr.) : a treasury, Rom. 299. fe-kaup, n. a bar
N. G. L. i. 9. fe-k&tr, adj. proud of one's wealth, Rom. 126.
kostnaSr, m. expenditure, expense, Stj. 512, Fms. iv. 215, xi. 202,
i. 148. f^-kostr, m. = fekostnaSr, Orkn. 40. fe-kr6kar, 1
money-angles, wrinkles about the eyes marking a greedy man (vide a
Fms. ii. 84. f^-kvorn, f. a small gland in the maw of she^
popular superstition regarded, when found, as a talisman of wealth.
Eggert Itin. ch. 323. fe-lag, n. fellowship, and f6-lagi, a, m. af
vide p. 151. fe-lauss, zd]. penniless, Fms. vi. 272, Fs. 79, Gul 5
Landn. 324 (Mant.) f6-lat, n. loss of money, Landn. 195.
leysi, n. want of money, Fms. viii. 20. fe-ligr, adj. valuable, .
some, Fms. viii. 206. fe-litill, adj. short of money. Eg. 691,
i. 127 C, Fms. V. 182, vi. 271 : of little value, Vm. 74, Jm. 13
nunstT, yielding the least income, Bs. i. 432. fe-ma3r, m. a m
man, Sturl. i. 171, iii. 97, Dropl. 3. fe-mdl, n. money affairs, IJ5;
a suit for money, Fms. viii. 130, Nj. 15, Grag. i. 83. fe -mikill jdj.
rich, monied, Sks. 252, Sturl. i. 171 C : costly, Fms. v. 257, xi. 85, :. i-
295, Hkr. iii. 247, Eb. 256: expensive, Korm. 224 (in a verse). 'JS-
mildr, adj. open-handed, Nj. 30. f6-m.issa, u, f. and fe-missir, r oss
of cattle, ]h. 2,62: loss of money, Grelt. I ^o C. f6-mTinir, ni. pl.;/*-
ables, Hkr. i. 312, Grag. i. 172, Hrafn. 19, 2r, Fms. vi. 298, viii jf2-
fe-miita, u, f. a bribe in money, Nj. 215, 251, GuUJ). 7, Fms. v. 31 jBs.
i. 839, Thom. 72. fe-ma3tr, adj. ' money-worth,' valuable, Fms. ii>5.
Isl. ii. 154, Orkn. 386. f6-neytr (f^-n^tr), adj. money-worth, \^-
iv. 340, cp. Hkr. ii. 253. fe-nyta, tt, to turn to account, make r\of,
Bs. i. 760, Grag. ii. 155. fe-penningr, ni. a penny-worth, Bs. i |57-
fe-pina, u, f. a fine, H.E. i. 51 1. fe-prettr, m. a money ftk,
N. G. L. i. 123. f6-pynd, f. extortion, Bs. i. 757. f6-r43,}pl.
advice in money-matters, 656 C. 16. fe-rd.n, n. plunder, Fs. 9,;l*'
vi. 263, Fb. i. 2 15 (in a verse) : — execution, confiscation, in the law p l*»
f6r&ns-d6mr, m. a court of execution or confiscation to be held •
a fortnight after the sentence at the house of a person convic
one of the two degrees of outlawry, vide Grag. {>. |>. ch. 29-3;
the Sagas passim, esp. Hrafn. 21, Sturl. i. 135 ; cp. also Dasent, 1
to Burnt Njal. f^-iikr, adj. rich, wealthy, Fms. ix. 272, Gi'- 7'
Ld. 102, Skalda 303. fe-samr, adj. /«cra/«W, Sturl. i. 68 C. !W'
FfiSEKR— FEILA.
i4tt (f6-s8ett), f. an agreeinent tis to plxj^nient, of weregild or the like,
irag. i. 136, Nj- 189, Ld. 308. f^-sekr, adj._/?«erf, sentenced to a
\ne, Grag. i. 393. f6-sekt, f. a fine, Nj. 189, Finnb. 276. f^-
linki, f. niggardliness, Sks. 421, 699. f^-sinkr, adj. niggardly, Sturl.
i6j. f6-sj63r, m., prop, a bag of money. Band. 6, Fbr. 35 new
[d., Nj. 55, Fas. iii. 194 : mod. csp. in pi. a treasury, treasure, in Matth.
i. 20, Col. ii. 3, Heb. xi. 26. fe-skadi, a, m. loss in money, Bs. i,
s. ^, Fms. iv. 327. f6-skipti, n. a sharing or division of property,
■i]. 118, Ld. 134. f^-skjSlgr, adj., feskjalg augu, eyes squinting for
noney. Band. 6. f^-skortr, ni. shortness of money, Rd. 284. f6-skuld,
, a money debt, Finnb. 350. fe-skurflr, ni. detriment, Ld. 44. f6-
kygn, adj. covetous, Fms. v. 263. f^-skylft (f^-skylmt), n. adj.,
1 the phrase, e-n er f., one has many expenses to defray, Grett. 89, 159,
b. 98. f6-snau3r, adj. poor in money, penniless, Bs. i. 335. f6-
nlkja- u, f. (f6-snikni), begging, intruding as a parasite, Sks. 669,
51. 585. f6-snu3r, m. lucre. Band. 5, 655 xi. 4. f6-sparr,
dj. sparing, close-handed, Band. 6, Fms. iii. 190. fe-spj6ll, n. pi. an
ir. ^€7. in Vsp. 75, fee-spells, i.e. spells wherewith to conjure hidden
easures out of the earth, where we propose to read, — val&i hon (MS.
enne, dat.) HerfciSr (dat.) . . . f . spakleg, she (the Vala) endowed the
itber 0/ hosts (Odin) with wise fee-spells ; the passage in Yngl. S. ch. 7 —
ijinn vissi of allt jar3f6 hvar folgit var — refers to this very word ; Odin
truly represented as a pupil of the old Vala, receiving from her his
ipernatural gifts. fe-sterkr, adj. wealthy, Fms. iv. 231, Sks. 274.
vstofn, m. stock. f^-ssela, u, f. wealth, Hkr. i. 15, Edda 16. f6-
39II, adj. wealthy, Edda 15. f6-s6k, f. a suit, action for mo)iey, Nj. 15,
Irag. i. 138. f6-xitleea,,\i,{. afine, outlay, N.G.L.i. 8s,. f6-vani,
ij. short of money, Fms. iv. 2 7. f6-vdn, f. expectancy of money, GullJ).
. Eg. 241, Fms. iv. 27, Orkn. 208. fe-veizla, u, f. contributions,
ip, Sks. 261, V.I. fe-vel, n. a trick, device against one's property,
. G. L. i. 34. fS-viti, n. mulct, Grag. fe-v8enliga, adv. in a
anner promising profit, Fms. v. 257. f6-V8enligr, nd]. promising
■ofit, profitable, Sturl. i. 138, Fms. v. 257. f^-vsenn, adj. = fevaen-
^, Sturl. i. 138. f6-v6xtr, m. increase in property, gain. Eg. 730.
i -t>urfi, adj. in need of money, Eb. 164, Fms. ii. 80, Lv. 108, Fas. i.392.
i -J>Tifa, u, f. a ' money-mound,' used in the Tales like Fortunatus'
j irse ; in the phrase, hafa e-n fyrir fej)ufu, to use one as a milch cow,
squeeze money out of one. f6-J>yrfi and f6-J)6rf, f. tieed of money,
.verty, Rd. 236.
.eSgar, m. pi. [fib'iT'], father and son (or sons), Eg. 18; Kveldulfr ok
,.'ir feSgar, Kveldulf himself and his son, 84 ; vid feQgar, we, father and
\n, Nj. 8, Stj. 190 ; J)eim feSgum, Fms. vii. 65, Fbr. 22 ; vin J)eirra Sturlu
I3ga, a friend of Sturla and his father, Sturl. ii. iii ; Iang-fe6gar, q. v.,
■leage of agnates.
PEDGIN, n. pi. parents, (in Icel. the neut. is the collective gender
r male and female) ; in old writers only in this sense, but about the
Tie of the Reformation it was replaced by foreldrar. Germ, vordltern,
hich word in old writers mezns forefathers, whereas feSgin is the word
r parents only ; varra fyrstu feSgina, of our first parents (Adam and
fc), Stj. 39; feSgin var, Lil. 18; hans fe6ginum, Stj. 127; einberni
ma feflgina, Mar. ; bcirn ok {)eirra fe6gin, K. A. 146 ; fraenda e6r
&gina, Barl. 122; fe6ginum e6a vsk-hsxiAma, parents or tiear kinsfolk,
IK. ii. 227; fe6gina barnsins, N. G. L. i. 392 ; hja feSginum sinum ok
rellris-monnum, by his parents and forefathers, Stj. 190; sing., hvart-
eggja feSginit, 97 : this sense still remains in gu8-feSgin, q. v., ^o<f-
irents; and it has slipped into two passages of the Icel. N. T., viz.
;tta s6g6u hans fe6gin, John ix. 22 ; fyrir fivi s6g3u hans fe5gin, 23 ;
i>r in all the other passages foreldrar or foreldri is used.) II.
od. father and daughter, cp. maeSgin, mother arid son; systkin, brother
id sister, all of them neut.
'e8ma, d, [fa5mr], to span or encompass with the arms, Fas. ii. 149.
"e(5ra, a&, to father.
egin-grdtr, m. tears of joy. Pass. 31. 17.
egin-leikr, m.joyfulness, Lv. 54, Fms. x. 231, Bs. ii. 172.
PEGINN, adj. [fagna; A.S.fagen; Engl fain; Hel fagin], glad,
fill ; verSa feginn, to rejoice. Eg. 567; fegnari en framegi seg]a,exceed-
? happy, Th. 9: with dat. to rejoice in a thing, Bs. i. 133: ver3a
rindi feginn, to enjoy one's errand, bring it to a happy end, Isl. ii. 340 ;
ou menu {)eim fegnir, people were fain to see them again, Nj. 47 ; ok
fegit or6it hjarta mitt tilkvamu ^inni, 175 ; Ingi konungr var3 honum
iin fegnasti, i. e. king Inge was fain at his coming, Fms. vii. 247 ; illu
\^xm. ver J)u aldregi, never rejoice in mischief, Hm. 129; gla6r ertii
SigurSr, ok gagni feginn, rejoiced at thy victory, Fm. 25 : with subj.,
?nn letsk \(y Hjalli at hann fjor J)aEgi, H. wotddfain save his life. Am.
I (rare), p. freq. with infin. or absol. and almost adverb, as in Engl., e. g.
yil feginn gera J)a6, / will fain do that; J)a8 vii eg feginn, or eg var6
3;inn a6 sleppa, I was fain to escape. II. the phrases, ii fegins-
'gi, on the day of joy, the day of resurrection, re-meeting, Fms. viii.
' SI. 82 ; taka fegins-hendi vi9 e-u, to receive with glad hand, with
'Jrt and hand, Fms. iii. 98, Fb. i. 257, Nj. 106; u fegins-liiSri, on
' mill ofiov foopt-^. Gs- c noMPns : feerin-saera. u. f. iovfid news.
149
feginB^morerun, m. a morning of
623. 40, Hkr. i. 73, Bs. i. 134.
joy, Fms. vii. 86 (in a verse).
fegin-samliga, zdv. joyfully. Eg. 149, 169, Bs. i. 76, Fms. iii. 228,
iv. 207.
fegin-samligr, nd], joyful, Greg. 37.
fegra, aft and b, fegrae, (5. T. i, and fegrir (pres.), Skalda 180, Eluc.
4, Hom. 149, Mork. (in a verse), cp. Fms. vi. 336: but fegrafti, Fms. x,
320; fegra6 (sup.), Bs. ii. 165, and in mod. usage always so, [fagr] :
— to adorn, beautify, make fair ; at kanna si6u manna ok fegra, to im-
prove, better, Bs. i. 521 ; ekki J)arf Jjat ordum at fegra, nothing is gained
by extenuating it, Nj. 1 75 ; fegra um e-t, to mend, polish, Bs. i. 60.
FEQBD, mod. fegurd, f. beauty, fairness, of a woman ; fegrd hennar,
Fms. vi. 71, Stj. 548 ; fegrd solarinnar, 26 ; fegr5 Baldrs, Edda 15 ; fegrS
ok pry'Si {pomp), Fms. vii. 157 : in pi., 677. 10, Sks. 228 ; freq. in mod.
use. fegrdar-lauss, adj. (-leysi, n.), void of beauty, Stj. 16.
fegringr, m. a cock (poet.), Edda (GI.)
fegrir, m. an adorner. Lex. Poet.
feig3, f. [A. S./cE^5], 'feyness,' approach or foreboding of death: in
proverbs, koma mun til min feigSin hvar sem ek em staddr, Nj. 103 ; ferr
hverr er feig3in kallar. Fas. i. 420 ; xtia ek J)etta nmnu vera fyrir feigft
ySvarri, a foreboding that you are 'fey,' Fms. v. 66 ; J)vi at hon feigd fira
fjcil-margra sa, Gs. 20 ; \iu sdtt J)egar i dag feig&ina a honum, thou sawest
the 'fey-tokens' on him to-day, Fms. xi. 154; J)aer (the Valkyrjur) kjosa
feig& a menn ok ra.3a sigri, Edda 22 : cp. the phrase, feigd kallar a3 e-m,
the ' feigS ' {death) calls upon him, one behaves as a 'fey' man. feig3ar-
or3, n. or feig3ar-yr3r, f. the death-weird, ^t. I.
feig-ligr, adj. looking 'feylike,' AI. 30.
FEIGR, adj., [this interesting word still remains in the Dutch a
veeg man and in the Scot. _/«>'; c^. k,%. fcege, early Gcvm..veige; in
mod. Germ, feig, but in an altered sense, viz. coward, craven, whence
mod. Dan./e/g'] : — in popular language a man is said to be ' fey' when he
acts in an unusual or strange manner, as when a miser suddenly becomes
open-handed, Icel. say, eg held hann se feigr, I hold that he is 'fey ;' cp.
feigd ; or when a man acts as if blinded or spell-bound as to what is to
come, and cannot see what all other people see, as is noticed by Scott in a
note to the Pirate, ch. 5 ; again, the Scottish notion of wild spirits as fore-
boding death is almost strange to the Icel., but seems to occur now and then
in old poetry, viz. 7nad, frantic, evil ; sva ferr hann sem f. maSr, he fares,
goes on like a 'fey' {mad) man, Fagrsk. 47 (in a verse) ; alfeig augu = /i&e
eyes as of a 'fey' man, Eg. (in a verse) ; feigr {7nad, frantic) and framliSinn
{dead) are opposed, Skm. 12 ; feikna fseSir, hygg ek at feig ser, breeder of
evil, I ween thou art 'fey,' Skv. 3. 31, and perhaps in Vsp. 33, where the
words feigir menn evidently mean evil men, inmates of hell ; cp. also Hbl.
12, where feigr seems to mean viad, frantic, out of one's mind : — cp. Scott's
striking picture of Kennedy in Guy Mannering. II. death-bound,
fated to die, without any bad sense, H3m. 10 ; the word is found in many
sayings — fo er bezt eptir feigan, Gisl. 62 ; skilr feigan ok lifeigan, Bs. i. 139,
Fb. iii. 409; ekki ma feigum for3a, Isl. ii. 103, Fms. vi. 417, viii. 117;
ekki kemr ufeigum i hel, 117 ; ekki ma lifeigum bella, Gisl. 148 ; allt er
feigs fora3, Fm. 11 ; fram eru feigs gotur, SI. 36; ver6r hverr at fara er
hann er feigr, Grett. 138 ; J)a mun hverr deyja er feigr er, Rd. 248 ; bergr
hverjuni nokkut er ekki er feigr, Fbr. 171, Sturl. iii. 220, all denoting the
spell of death and fate ; it is even used of man and beast in the highly
interesting record in Landn. 5. 5 ; cp. also the saying, fiplar hcind a feigu
tafli (of chess), the hand fumbles with a 'fey' {lost) game, also used
of children fumbling with things and breaking them : the phrases, standa,
ganga feigum fotum, with 'fey' feet, i. e. treading on the verge of ruin, Isl.
ii. (in a verse) ; maela feigum munni, to talk with a 'fey' mouth, of a frantic
and evil tongue, Nj. 9, V^m. 55 ; gora e-t feigum hondum, with ' fey' hands,
of an evil doer causing his own fate, Lv. ill ; fjor og blaer ur feigum
nosum li6r. Snot 129 : of appearances denoting ' feig6,' vide Nj. ch. 41,
Glum. ch. 19, cp. Hkv. Hjorv. (the prose), Am. 26, Hei&arv. S. ch. 26, Nj.
ch. 128, the last two passages strongly resembling Homer's Od. xx. (in fine),
Isl. {)j63s. ii. 551, 552 ; gerum ver sem fa&ir var vill, J)at mun oss bezt
gegna ; eigi veit ek J)at vist, segir Skaphe5inn, J)vi at hann er mi feigr,
Nj. 199 ; en fyrir J)a scik at {jorm63r var eigi f., slitna3i . . ., Fbr. 160 ;
en fyrir gny ok elds-gangi, ok ^at Jieir v6ru eigi feigir, \k komusk J)eir
undan, Fs. 84 ; setia ek at ek se eigi {)ar feigari en her . . . , J)at er hugbod
mitt at ^eir muni allir feigir er kalladir voru, Nj. 212; J)at hefir Finni
sil a {)er, at sa mundi feigr, er J)u seg5ir drauminn, Lv. 70, Fms. iii. 212 ;
vilja e-n feigan, to wish one's death, Nj. 269, Fms. iii. 70, 190.
feikinn, feikn (feikr, Lil. 9), adj. awful, monstrous, Hdl. 39.
FEIKN, f. [A. S. /«««], portent, Skv. 3. 31, Landn. 153 (in a verse) ;
in compds feikna- denotes portentoxts, immense. compds : feikna-
li3, n. an immense host, Hkv. i. 32. feikna-mikiU, adj. immense.
feikna-ve3r, n. a hurricane. Fas. ii. II7-
feikn-ligr, adj. terrible, Nj. 185, v. 1.
feikn-staflr, m. pi. [A. S. fdcen-stafasl, banes, evils, Gm, 12, Fas. i. (in
a verse) : baleful runes, SI. 60.
PEILA, a3, [early Germ, feilen, mod. feblen, usually derived from Lat.
fnllerel. to falter, be shv : Sinfiotli let ser ekki feilask. Fas. CViils. S.") i.
150
FEILINN— FELJOTTR.
133 ; mod., feila sh, id. This word hardly occurs before the 14th century ;
cp. however fol, faelinn, faela, which are all of Teut. origin.
feilinn, zd]. faltering, shy, vide li-feilinn.
feima, u, f. [prob. of Gaelic origin, //amb=/ear, Armstrong], poet, a
bashful girl, a young lass, in Edda 108, Gl., Rm. 22, Fms. xi. (in a verse
of the year 994).
feiminn, adj. bashful, and feimni, f. shyness, bashfulness.
feita, tt, to fatten, K. {3. K. 130, Hm. 82, Horn. 72, Greg. 44.
feiti, L fatness, Stj. 106, 309.
feiting, L fattening, Eb. 316.
feit-laginn, part, disposed to grow fat.
feit-leikr, m. fatness, ubertas, Stj. 167.
feit-raeti, n.fat meat, butter, etc.
FEITB, adj. [Lat.^jno-?/w,- Gr.irtcw; A.S.fatt; Eng\. fat: Uel.feit;
early High Germ, feiss : mod. but Low Germ, ionnfett ; -D3.n. feed ; Swed.
/«/] :—fat, Nj. 52, Eg. 137, Fbr. 19, Lv. 18, Fms. i. 36, v. 93, x. 303,
Stj. 42 ; vide fita.
feit-aeti, n. = feitmeti; feit-aetr, adj. liking fat.
FSL, f. [Jill or fela = a maw, Tvar Aasen], the rough inside of an
animal's maw. 0. metaph. a ragged coat; hann lagSi i felina (ace.
sing, with the article), he pierced the rags of the cloak, Lv. 85.
PELA, pret. fal, 2nd pers. fait, pi. falu ; pres. fel ; pret. subj. faeli ;
part, folginn : in mod. usage, pret. faldi, part, falinn, and sup. fali&, with
weak declension, if in the sense to hide ; but fol, pi. folu, part, folginn, if
in the sense to commend; thus, undir trjanum sig faldi. Pass. 33. 6 ; einn
fyrir engum faldist, 33. 7 ; but, {)a Frelsarinn i FoSurs hond fol mi blessaSr
sina ond, 45. i ; fol and falinn, however, never occur in old MSS. : —
[\5\i.filhan = Kpv-irT(iv,6aTrTeiv; Hd.bi-felhan; O.H.G.felahan; Germ.
be-fehlen and emp-fehlen ; Lat. se-pelio contains the same root, properly
meaning to bide, shut up; cp. Engl, btiry, which really means to
bide.^ I. to hide, conceal; allt veit ek O&in, hvar ^li auga
fait, Vsp. 22 ; J)u fait fe J)itt i sva mikilli J)oku, Band. 12 ; hris-kjarrit
{)at er Va8i risi fal sverSit, |}i9r. 69, Gm. 37; falu J)eir gullit i Rin,
Edda 76 ; *Sku likit ok falu Jjar, 0. H. 225 (folu, Hkr. ii. 380, wrongly) ;
ek mun fela ySr h6r i gamma minum, Fms. i. 9 ; barnit var folgit, Fs.
60, GullJ). 26 ; fel sver6 J)itt, sheathe thy sword, Fms. xi. 348 ; feI8u
( = fel ^li) sver5 J)itt i umgor6, 656 C. 4; J)aer austr ok vestr enda falu,
Hkv. I. 2 ; folgit, hidden, preserved, Vsp. 31 ; folginn, hid, Jjkv. 7, 8 ;
(Jrlog folgin e-m,fate hidden, in store for one, Vsp. 36, Akv. 16 ; folginn
endi lifs, poet, the hidden thrum of life, i.e. death, ^t. 17. p. to
bury, "tt. 24; liggja fulginn, to lie buried (in a cairn), on a Runic stone,
Rafti 178. 2. metaph., hefir J)u folgit nafn hennar i visu J)essi, Eg.
325; folgit i runum, Edda 47; yrkja f61git, to use obscure phrases (in
poetry), 1 10. 3. impers., fal J)a sjfn (ace.) milli })eirra, they lost sight
of one another, with the notion of a hill or object coming between, 0. H.
182 ; t)egar er syn fal i milli ^enm Egils, Eg. 545. 4. the phrase,
fela e-n a brott ( = in mod. usage koma e-m fyrir), to put one out (for ali-
mentation), of one sick or old, a child, etc., Grag. i. 155 ; or, fela e-n inni,
id. ; sa b6andi er hann felr sik inni, the hisbandman with whom he boards
and lodges, 158; ef sa ma3r andask er folginn var inni, 155 : of cattle,
to put out to keep, mi felr maSr bufe inni at manni at ftilgu-mala r^ttum,
N.G.L.i.25; hence fulga,q_.v. = me5gjof. 11. to give into one's
keeping, entrust; hann fal Oani allan J)ann val, he gave all the slain to
Odin, Fas. i. 454 ; mey frumunga fal hann (entrusted to) megi Gjuka,
Skv. 3. 4: to invest, au8 hefi ek minn ilia folginn, Fms. vii. 49 (in a
verse). p. in the phrase, fela e-m e-t 4 hendi (mod. a hendr) ; per
fel ek 4 hendi, Skarph^Sinn, at hefna br66ur J)ins, Nj. 154; fal hon
sik ok allt sitt foruneyti a hendr lifanda Gu6i, Fms. i. 226; Kristi a
hendi folgin, 655 xxiii ; fel'k {)er a hendi a,byrg5 hans at cillu, Grtig. i.
245; falu sik ok salur sinar Gu6i Almattkum a hendi, Bs. i. 139; at
Jon Loptsson faeli Petri postula a hendi J)a hjorS ... en Jesus Kristr fal
sina hjorS 5, hendr FoSur sinum, 145 ; fela undir e-m, to put under one's
charge; er und einum mer oil um f61gin hodd Niflunga, i.e. all the
hoard of Niflung is kept by me only, Akv. 26 ; fela van sina alia undir
GuSi, 686 B. 2 ; mun h6r 611 var vinatta undir felask, all our friendship
will depend upon this, Eb. 130 : a law term, skulu J)eir fela undir eiS sinn,
they shall avouch it on their oath, Grag. i. 9 ; fela undir J)egnskap sinn,
to vouch upon one's honour; ^6 rangt so undir ^egnskap folgit,
33- III- reflex, to hide oneself; ek mun felask, Fs. 48 ; hann
falsk i Kroflu-helli, Landn. 183 ; miirg leyni J)au er felask matti i, Fms.
x. 218 ; i skogi J)ar er J)eir h6f3u folgizk, 0. H. 152 ; en f41usk at degi,
id.; felask i fa3mi e-m, to be shut in one's arms, Hkv. 2. 27. 2.
felask a hendi e-m, to put oneself in another's hands, enter his service ;
Kolskeggr falsk a hendi Sveini Dana-konungi, Nj. 121.
FB-LAG, n. [this word and the following are of Scandin. origin, and
found neither in early A. S. nor South-Teut. dialects ; the Germans use
genosse a-nd genossenschaft ; the E. Ei^gl felaw {mod. fellow) is a northern
word] : — prop, a laying one's fee together, i. e. fellowship, partnership,
Gr4g. i. 330, ii. 72, 73 (passim) ; eiga f^lag saman, Fbr. 102 ; mi leggja
menu f^lag sitt saman, ok verja or einum sj65, Jb. 406 ; skipta til felags,
to share in partnership, Sks. 32 ; eiga f^lag vi6 e-n, to be in partnership
with one. Eg. 76 ; leggja f61ag vi& e-n, to enter into partnership with r,
Fms. iv. 124; hafa f^lag viS e-n, id., 296 : Hallr f6r milli landa, ok h li
felag (5lafs ens Helga konungs. Hall traded in divers countries, and vie n
partnership with king Olave, (5. H. (pref.), Fb. iii. 239 ; leggja til fi
to contribute to a common fund, Fms. vi. 183, viii. 20: in the law
matrimony is a f^lag or partnership (between man and wife), — in resLt
to the common fund of mundr and heiman-fylgja, vide the Grag.-|n
coMPDs, denoting common: f^lags-bii, n. household in common, Sti '
180 ; t61a,gB-fS, n. a common fund, Landn. 33 ; felags-g6rfl, f. entr
in partnership, Grag. i. 331, Sks. 33, 632 : a contract, nema annai.
hafi mxlt verit i f. {)eirra, Grag. i. 331 ; f^lags-hross, n. a horse g,
in partnership with others, Grag. i. 436 ; f^lags-lagning, f a ' laying
or entering into, partnership, Grag. i. 331 ; f61ags-ma5r, m. a par
Hkr. ii. 157, Sks. 32 ; felags-vsetti, n. a witness in matters of ;
Grag. i. 330, v. 1. II. a society, association ; mann-felag, an
elation of men ; mannlegt felag, etc. ; visinda-f., etc., literary socit
a modern turn of the word, and scarcely occurs earlier than the 17
i8th century. It is now used in a great many compds : the passa
Sd. ch. 5, p. 123, where it means agreement, is a sure proof that ..
chapters are spurious. j
f^-lagi, a, m. [E. Engl. /eZaw, vide felag]: — prop, a "■ fee-lay er,\i..
a partner, shareholder of any kind, esp. in trade, Fbr. 74 new Ed
konungs-felagi, a king's partner, for the kings of old carried on t
Fbr., Fb. iii. I.e.; sailors who had food in common were felagariiic
law provides that even a poor man, if he contributes all that he has a
lawful felagi, Grag. ii. 72 ; enda a hann hvarki felaga n^ motu-nai
einn i motu-neyti ok a engan felaga, 73, passim in the Grag. : fel
erf3, f. a partner's inheritance, N. G. L. i. 50. p. in the law it i;
used of married people (vide felag), a partner, mate, consort; hvat
J)u mer fra Hriiti felaga t)inum, Nj. 12 ; ef {)vi hjona batnar hei
vitfirring hafSi, ^a skal J)at hverfa aptr til felaga sins ok hjiisk
Grag. i. 287 ; ek vil skilja Vib felaga minn, I wish to part with my
a formulary in pleading before a court of divorce, 326. 2. me
a fellow, mate, comrade ; this sense of the word occurs as early a 1
old Hm. 51, — med halfum hleif ok me3 hoUu keri fekk ek mer f '^
where it however has some slight notion of partnership, with half i
and a half-drained cup I got me fellows ; felagi is a frequent wo
Icel., both ancient and modern, and used just as in English ; gamai inf
felagi, a merry fellow, Sks. 634; felagi minn ok fraendi, my fellou\<i(l
kinsman, Fms. x. 88 ; g66r felagi, a good fellow, Sks. 432 : in addn
one, hverr ertu, f., who art thou, fellow'^ Fb. iii. 239: a dear felloru
mun ek J)ykkja liliklega spyrja, f., Ld. 268 : hversu hefir i dag at u,
f., Vapn. 4. p. in a pun, Fms. xi. 150. 3. mod. a fellow, jw-
ber of a society. \
felag-ligr, adj. ' fellowlike,' kind, H.E. i. 470.
felag-skapr, m. fellowship, partnership. Eg. i. p. metaph. /iW-
ship, friendship. Eg. 27 ; g6r6isk {)ar bratt f. g63r, they soon becami A-
mate friends, Fms. iv. 127; binda saman lag sitt ok felagskap, /c nrf
their fellowship together, enter into close alliance, 295 ; var J)eirra f. : lit
merkilegr, Fs. 15 ; gor9isk me6 J)eim ollum enn mesti f., 29 ; Jjykk ik
|)u hafa l^st i J)vi viS mik mikinn felagskap. Boll. 346. II. ?'■
elation, mod. in many compds.
feld-k£pa, u, f. = f"eldr, Ld. 274, v.l. ; vide fellikapa.
FELDR, m., gen. feldar, pi. feldir, a cloak worn by the ancient sp.
one lined with fur; hvitr-f., a white cloak, Fbr. 145 sqq.; rau5-f, td
cloak, Landn. (a nickname) ; gra-f., a grey cloak, Hkr. i. 176 ; sk -f,
a skin cloak, Orkn. 326 (in a verse); bjarn-f., q.v., a bear-skin ttk;
roggvar-f., a woollen cloak, Grett. 114; varar-f., a common cloak; -f.
a shaggy cloak, a fur cloak, = \obi; bla-f., a blue cloak, N. G. L. {'4;
feldr fimm alna i skaut, a cloak measiiring jive ells square, Kom jl6 ;
a feld four ells long and two ells broad, Grag. i. 500, was in »<le
the usual size, but here the ell is a ' thumb ell,' measuring only ,3Ut
sixteen inches; stutt-f., a short cloak, Fms. vii. 152 (a nickname); W,
kapa, and skikkja seem to be synonymous, cp. Ls. ch. 14, 15, Glum.j'.3<
8, Grett. ch. 23, Lv. ch. 17, Tac. Germ. ch. 17 — 'tegumen omnibus s 'im,
fibula, aut, si desit, spin^ consertum ;' the cloaks were often made of (o leJ
with) costly furs, Gliim. ch. 6 ; breiSa feld a h6fu6 ser, to wrap tbiM
in a cloak, Nj. 164, Kristni S. ch. 11, Fms. vi. 43 (Sighvat), as a tolj.o'
deep thinking : feldar-ddlkr, m. a cloak-pin, Hkr., vide dalkr; fe *•
rSggvar, f. pi. the patches or 'ragged' hairs on the outside of a ■<«*.
Lv. 55, cp. Grag. i. 500 ; feldar-skaut, n. (-blad, n., Finnb. 3 !fi<«
cloak's skirt, Fb. i. 416 ; feldar-slitr, n. pi. the tatters of a cloak, [(P-
The etymology of feldr is uncertain, scarcely from Lat. pellis, but »
from falda, to fold, wrap ; even Tacitus, 1. c, makes a distinction W '^^"
the ' sagulum' ( = feldr) and ' ferarum pelles,' the latter being a m
more savage habits, such as that of the berserkers ; feldr is never i,^
a woman's cloak (mottuU, skikkja); the passage Fm. 43 is corrupjH»«
phrase, JjaS er ekki me& feldi, it is not right, something is wron: i *
corrupt form instead of me3 felldu, part, from fella, q. v.
felj6ttr, adj. [^//«cf,Ivar Aasen], sia66y; f. semlaki, row^Aa^^ • -
maw, Fbr. 156.
FELL— FERGIR.
151
^BLL, n. a fell, wild bill, Hrafn. 4, Isl. ii. 76, passim : freq. in local
'mes; Helga-fell, Mos-fell, Mi&-fell, MeSal-fell, {)6r61fs-fell, and Fell
ine, vide Landn. In Icel. fell is a single hill, and in pi. a range of bills ;
ill ( = Lat. mons) is a general name.
S'ELLA, d, a weak causal verb, answering to the strong neuter form
ila; [absent in Goth. ; A.S.fellan; Engl fell; Germ, fallen; O.H.G.
llian; Sv/ed. fdlla; Dan. falde.']
A. [Answering to falla A], to fell, make fall ; fella vi8, to fell
nher, Fms. ii. 84; fella mann, to fell a man, defined in the law, Grag.
;1. ch. 3, cp. ch. 31 ; fella tar, to let tears fall, Sighvat ; fella mel-dropa,
let the drops fall, VJ)m. 14; fella segl, to take down sails. Bard. 14;
la jord undir e-m, to make the earth slip under one (by means of
icery), Bs. i. 12 ; fella vatn i fornan farveg, to make the stream /low
its old bed, Grag. ii. 281. 2. to fell or slay, in battle, Eg. 80,
6,495; Br63ir felldi Brjan, Nj. 275; fella e-n fra landi, to slay or
throne a king; hann haf3i fellt hinn helga Olaf konung fra landi,
kn. 82 ; var felldr fra landi Haraldr Gr4feldr, H. Graycloak was slain,
■r. 38; si6an felldu f)eir fra landi Hakon br63ur miiin, Fms. viii. 241,
I. ; fella her, val, etc., to make havoc, slaughter, (val-fall, strages). Lex.
let. p. to lose sheep or cattle from cold or hunger (v. fellir) ; var vetr
Ikill ok felldu menn mjok f^ sitt, Sturl. iii. 297. II. to make
cease, abolish; hann felldi blot ok blotdrykkjur, Fms. x. 393 ; f. ni3r,
drop, put an end to, abandon; var bans villa sva niSr felld, Anecd. 98 ;
t felldi hann allt niSr, Fms. vii. 158 ; ef J)u fellir ni&r {gives up) Jiann
linaft, ii. 88 : to drop a prosecution, a law term, at konungr mundi
tta mk\ ekki niSr fella, vii. 127 (cp. niSr-fall at sokum) ; fella raeSu
la, to close one's speech, ix. 331; ^ar skal ni&r f. J)rja-tigi natta, there
ill [they] let drop thirty nights, i. e. thirty nights shall not be counted,
). 57; fella bo6, f. heror, to drop the message, not let the arrow pass,
G.L. i. 55, G{)1. 83 (vide bo8, p. 71) ; fella skjot, to fail in supplying
uebicle, K. A. 22. 2. to lower, diminish; fella r^tt manns, fella
nungs sakar-eyri, GJ)1. 185 ; hann skal fella hdlfri mork, [they'] shall
.'jer it, i. e. the value shall be lowered by half a mark, Grag. ii. 180. 3.
;; phrases, fella hc'tstrenging (ei&) a sik, to bring down on one's bead
' eurse for a breach of faith {vow, oath, etc.), Hrafn. 8. 4. fella
Id af, to starve so that the flesh falls away, K.A. 200, K. {>. K. 130;
lice felia af, absol. ellipt. to become lean, starved; cp. af-feldr : the
rase, f. blotspan, q. v., p. 71 ; fella dom, to pass sentence, is mod., bor-
ived from Germ.
B. [Answering to falla B], to join, fit : I. a joiner's term, to
rme, tongue and groove ; fella innan kofann allan ok jjilja, Bs. i. 194;
Id Slid, a framed board, wainscot, Fms. vi. (in a verse), hence felli-
S ; fella stokk a horn, to put a board on the horns of a savage bull, Eb.
4; em fastir viSir saman negldir, J)6 eigi se vel felldir, the boards are
it when nailed together, they are not tongued and grooved, Skalda 192
:lling) ; fella stein i sk6r5, to fit a stone to the crevice, R6m. 247 :
;taph., fella lok a e-t, to bring to an end, prop, to fit a cover to it,
ag. i. 67 : also a blacksmith's term, fella jam, to work iron into bars,
3r. 79- II- metaph. in the phrases, fella ast, hug, skilning,
;., til e-s, to turn one's love, mind, etc., towards one ; fellim yarn skiln-
f til einskis af oUum J)eim, Stj. 4 ; Geirmundr felldi hug til f)uri6ar,
fell in love with Th., Ld. 114; {)6r5r bar eigi auSnu til at fellasva
kla ast til Helgu, sem vera atti, i. e. they did not agree, Sturl. i. 194 ;
la baen at e-m, to apply prayer to one, beg of him, Isl. ii. 481 ; fella
'- vi6 e-t, to fit oneself to a thing; ek hefi byrja9 J)itt erindi, ok
an mik vi3 fellt, and have done my best, 655 xxxii. 13 ; felldi |>orkell
: mjok vi& umraeduna, Th. took a warm part in the debate, Ld. 322 ;
lice such phrases as, fella sig (eigi) vi8 e-t, to take pleasure (or
f) in a thing; fella saman or6 sin, to make one's words agree,
"S- '• 53 • '° appropriate, fellir hann me& Jivi dalinn ser til vistar, Sd.
7' III. part, felldr, as adj. = fallinn ; sva felldr, so fitted,
fi; me6 sva felldum mata, in such a way, Rb. 248 ; vera vel (ilia etc.)
Idr til e-s, to be well {ill) fitted for a thing, Fms. xi. 76 ; gamall ok {)6
ki til felldr, Bs. i. 472, Fms. iii. 70 ; Hallger&r kva& hann s6r vel felldan
verkstjora, H. said he was well fitted to be her steward, Nj. 57, v. 1. :
lit., t>6r er ekki fellt {it is not fit for thee) at ganga a greipr miinnum
iralds, Fms. vi. 210 ; sva lizt oss sem slikum malum se vel fellt at syara,
cb cases are well worth consideration, Ld. 90 ; ekki h61du {leir vel log
u nema Jiat er Jieim Jiotti fellt, they observed not the rules except what
'med them fit, Hkr. i. 169 ; J)eirrar stundar er honum {)6tti til fellt, the
ie that seemed him fit, Bs. i. 161 : in many compds, ge6-felldr, skap-f.,
,?-f., pleasant, agreeable ; hag-felldr, practical ; si-felldr, continuous.
ella, u, f [Engl, falling], framework, a framed board. Fas. i. 393.
elli-, in compds : I. a falling off; felli-s6tt, f. sudden illness,
"• 190 ; felli-vetr, m. a hard winter when the cattle die, Sturl. i. 127,
'■ ^20. II. a joining, framing ; felli-hur9, f. a wainscotted
or, Art. (Fr.) ; felU-kdpa, u, f. a plaid, Ld. 274 ; felli-stokkr, m. a
'd of plane, Pm. 13, 112, 124 ; felli-sli3, f. a kind of frame or wain-
>', opp. to skar-siia.
^^^8» f. I. a felling, knocking down, Grag. ii. 133. II.
oining, framing, Sk41da 192, Fas. i. 229. j3. the folds of a garment.
fellir, m. death, esp. of cattle, Ann. 1377, 1380; vide mann-fellir.
fellu-j6m, n. wrought iron, Gr4g. i. 501.
felmta, t, mod. felmtra, a5, — en hjartaft mitt & fl6tta fcr | felmtraft
1 brjosti lyptir s6r. Snot 128, [fAlma] :— Lat. trepidare, to be in a state
offright and alarm; fari menn stilliliga ok felmti eigi, Fms. vii. 262;
s4 maSr felmti mjok, Bret. 90 ; fehntandi maSr, a man who has lost bis
head, Sks. 383.
PELMTR, m. [f&lma], alarm, fear; f. c8a fl6tti, Fms. i. 45, viii. 226.
felms-fullr (or felmts-fuUr), adj. alarmed, frightened, Fms. i. 217,
Orkn. 16, Grett. 124.
felmtr, part, frightened ; fara f., Njar8. 370 : cp. the phrase, e-m ver8r
felmt, to be terrified, panic-stricken, Nj. 105, Fms. viii. 189, v. 1.
fellir, f. pi. a lurking-place ; hlaupa i felur, to run and bide oneself.
FEN, n., gen. pi. fenja, dat. fenjum, l\JU.fani = iTTjK6t; A.S.fenn;
Engl fen; O.H.G. fenna; Dutch venn; a word common to all Teut.
idioms] : — a fen, quagmire, Symb. 26 (of the Ponthie marshes) ; my'rar
ok fen, Hkr. iii. 227; fen eSr fora8, G^\. 383; kelda e8r fen, Ld. 204;
forsk {leim seint um fenin, the bogs, Fms. vii. 69 ; djupt fen ok breitt
fuUt af vatni, a deep pool and broad, full of water, vi. 406, vii. 70, Orkn.
444, Eg. 577, 582, 767, Nj. 21, Eb. 326, {>orst. Si8u H. 186.
f 6na, a8, to gain, profit ; heldr f^nar mi, Fms. vi. 349 ; f6na8i ^t mi,
i. 167 : reflex.. Fas. iii. 4,
f6na3r, m. pi. ir, [answers to Lat. pecunia as (6 to pecus], sheep, cattle,
Nj. 119, Fms. ii. 92, xi. 33, B4r8. 170, Eg. 219, Isl. ii. 155, GJ>I. 119;
menn ok f., man and beast, Gikg. ii. 164, Fms. i. 266.
fengari, a, m. [Byzant. (peyyapi], the moon, an atr.Xty., Edda (Gl.)
fengi-ligr, adj. (fengi-liga, 3.dv.), promising a good haul, Bs. ii. 133.
feng-litill, adj. of little value, Sturl. ii. 182, 238, Fms. vi. 367.
FENO-B, m., gen. jar, pi. ir, (fengi, n., Fms. vii. 213, xi. 83, Horn.
130), [fa, fanga], a haul, take, of fish, K. A. 90 : gain, booty, Faer. 70,
Fms. V. 287, Hkr. ii. 73 : a store, sttpply, Isl. ii. 138.
fen-grani, a, m. a kind offish, Edda (Gl.)
feng-samr, adj. making large provision, Nj. 18, Bs. i. 652.
feng-semi, f. being fengsamr, Bs. ii. 88.
feng-ssell, adj. making a good haul, Sturl. i. 77.
fenjottr, adj./enwy, boggy, Fms. x. 261.
FENNA, t, to be covered with snow (fonn) ; fennt yfir ofan, Bs. i. 196 :
impers., fennti fe (ace), the sheep perished in the snow, Ann. 1380.
FENBIB, m. the monster wolf of heathen mythology, Edda, VJ)m., Ls.
FEB-, in compds, in fours: fer-elingr, m.four ells long, of a fish,
Finnb. 220. fer-falda, a6, to make fourfold, Stj. 148. fer-faldr,
adj. fourfold, Rb. 334, El. 13, Fas. ii. 215, 343, Sturl. iii. 206, 656 A.
33. fer-fsBtingr, m. a quadruped, 656 C. 8. fer-faettr, ad], four-
footed, Stj. 56, Sks. 628, Fas. iii. 272, N.G. L. i. 82 ; fj6r-f., id., Sks.
628 B. fer-hymdr, part, four-cornered, square, Stj. 57, 171, 205,
Al. 109. fer-hyrningr, n. a square. fer-menningr, m. a fourth
cousin, vide fjor-menningr. fer-nsettingr, m. a period of four nights,
K. A. 182. fer-siiepta,, u, {. a stuff with foi/rfold warp, Vm. 52,93,115,
Am. 50, 90, Jm. 9. fer-skeyta, tt, to square, 415. 18. fer-skeyttr,
part, 'four-sheeted,' square, Edda, 623. 24: mathem., ferskeytt tala, a
square number, Alg. 366 ; ferskeytt visa, a quatrain, like the common
ballad metre, as in the ditty — yrkja kvae8i 614n bjo | eptir fiestra
sogu I en gaman er a8 geta {)6 | gert ferskeytta bogu. fer-skiptr,
part, divided into four parts, Stj. 148, v. 1. fer-strendr, adj.
four-edged. Eg. 285, Sturl. ii. 134, Magn. 450. fer-sOngr, m. a
quartett, Bb. 2. 11. fer-tugandi, fer-tugasti, ad:], fortieth, Fms.
X. 73, V. 1. fertug-faldr, zd].fortyfold, Stj. 147. fer-tugr (-t6gr),
zd). forty years old, Stj. 624, N.G. L. i. 106, Fms. iii. 26: — measur-
ing forty {ells, fathoms, etc.), Fas. i. 298, Stj. 563 ; fertug drapa, a
poem of forty verses, Fms. iii. 93 ; f. at riima-tali, numbering forty
'rooms,' Fb. ii. 277. fer-8er3r, zd]. four-oared, Isl. ii. 74. fer-
seringr, m. a four-oared boat. fer-serr, adj. four years old, Dipl.
ii. 16.
FEBD, f. (farSir, pi. exploits, Haustl.), travel, journey, Fms. i. 3, iv. 3,
Nj. 7, Isl. ii. 126, Ann. 1242, Sturl. iii. 38, Ld. 96, Dipl. v. 18; ekki
ver8a allar ferSir til fjar (a saying); um-f., a round, circuit; vel-f.,
welfare. compds ; fer3a-b6k, f. a book of travels, Dipl. v. 18. ferda-
lag, n. travelling, horb. 64. ferSa-maSr, m. a traveller, Stj. 400,
Sturl. i. 89. feroar-broddr, m. the van, Fms. viii. 400, Fas. ii. 178,
Ld. 96. ferSar-lejrfi, n. leave to travel, Stj. 406. ferSar-mdt,
n. a meeting, Hkr. ii. 194 : fer8 is very freq. in compds, whereas for (q. v.)
is more obsolete. II. a-fer8, the texture of cloth.
ferdask, a8, dep. to travel, 655 xxxii. 20, Sturl. i. 24, Fms. ii. 136,
Isl. ii. 359.
ferS-bToiim, part. (ferSar-bliinn, Fms. vii. 3, Boll. 356, FinnK 248),
boun, i.e. ready, for a journey, p6ib. 69, Boll. 356.
fer8-lliinn, adj. weary from travelling, Bar8. 181.
fer5-ugr, adj. [borrowed from Germ, fertig], well-doing; vin sael ok
vel ferSug, Bs. i. 264 : fit, belgir meS fer8ugum skinnum, Vm. 177.
fergin, n., botan. veronica, Hjalt.
fergir, m. [farg], poet, an oppressor, enemy, Lex. Poet.
162
FERILL— FETA.
PEBILL, m., dat. ferli, a tracli, trace. Eg. 579, GJ)1. 448 ; kross-f.,
Pass. 11.3; lifs-f., the course of life; bl63-f., q. v. p. the phrase, vera
a ferH, to he on one's legs, rise, be out of bed, Nj. 55, Grett. 145 (Ed.
felH) ; vera snemrna a. ferh, to rise early. II. of persons, a tra-
veller, esp. in pi. and in the compds, Rom-ferlar, pilgrims to Rome ; veg-
ferill, q. v., a way-farer.
ferja, u, f. a ferry, Bs. i. 355, D. I. i. 319, 320, Ld. 56, 324. compds :
ferju-ir, f. a ferryman's oar, Sturl. ii. 70. feiju-bui, a, m. otie who
lives near a ferry, Grag. ii. 267. ferju-hald, n. charge of a ferry,
Grag. ii. 266. ferju-karl, n. aferry carle, ferryman, Sa^m. 62. ferju-
land, n. land belonging to a ferry, D. I. i. 319. ferju-maSr, m. a
ferryman, Vm. 16 : the inmate of a ferry-house, Sd. 226. ferju-mdl-
. dagi, a, m. aferry contract, D. I. i. 320. ferju-skattr, m. a ferry-
toll, l^iSr. ferju-skip, n. a ferry-boat, Bs. i. 354. ferju-smiSi,
n. building aferry, porb. 62. feiju-sta3r, m. a ferry place, Vm. 15.
ferju-stiitr, m. the post to which a ferry-boat is fastened, Fbr. ferju-
tollr, m. a ferry-toll, f)i3r.
ferja, old form far5i, Fms. vi. (in a verse), Vellekla; pi. for5u, Grag. i.
274; part. far6r, K.Jj.K. 24, Bias. 5, Grag. ii. 267; ace. forQan, i. 273
(Kb., Ed. Arna-Magn. fiaerSan wrongly) ; pres. ferr, Grag. i. 272 ; imperat.
fer, Hbl. 3 ; mod. pret. ferja6i, Fms. v. 182, K. A. 12 : [Engl, ferry, cp.
Germ.yar^e] : — to transport, carry by sea, and esp. to ferry over a river
or strait ; ferja e-n af landi, to carry one abroad, Grag. i. 145 ; eigi skal
fia ferja yfir votn e5r rei&a, K. p. K. 82 ; ferja e-n aptr, to carry one back,
24: as a law phrase, u-ferjandi, outlawed. Germ, vogelfrei, Grag., Nj.
passim.
fer-liga, adv. monstrously, Lv. 78, Rd. 273, Karl. 476, Stj. 3, Bs. i. 349.
The syllable fer- in this and the four following words denotes anything
monstrous, and seems akin to firn and firin, q. v.
ferlig-leikr, m. abnormity, mofntrosily, Barl.
fer-ligr, adj. [cp. Scot./er//e], monstrous, Fms. iv. 175, vii. 156, 162,
Nj. 185, Orkn. 218, Bs. i. 802, Fas. i. 194: metaph. monstrous, Orkn.
164, Ld. 86, Hom. 115, Fms. v. 150.
fer-lfkan, n., prop, a monstrous shape : medic, an abnontiity, monster.
Fas. iii. 654, Bs. ii. 33.
fer-liki, n. = ferlikan. Fas. i. 244, Al. 95, Greg. 52, Barl. 87, Karl. 157.
ferma, d, [farmr], to load, Ld. 32, 86, Sturl. iii. 33. II. [Lat.
■firmare is from a different root], eccl. to confirm, K. A. I48, N.G. L. i. 550.
fermi-dregill, m. a ribbon worn at confirmation, N. G. L. i. 16.
ferming, f. confirmation, K. A. 20.
fern, adj. distrib. esp. in pi. = Lat. quaterni, in sets of four, Fb. i. 521,
Nj. 150, K. |}. K. 86, Grag. i. 4; vide einn.
FEBSKR, adj. [O.H.G./mc; Germ, fersch ; Eng\. fesh'], fresh, oi
food, meat, fish, fruit, etc. ; ferskr fiskr, N. G. L. iii. 193 ; fersk gios, fresh
herbs, Bs. i. 258; fersk lykt, afresh smell, Clar. 85; ferskar gjafir, Stj.
109 : scarcely used in a metaph. sense as in Engl.
FESTA, t, [fastr], to fasten; llm er festir allan vegginn, Rb.
390. 2. to fasten with a cord, to fasten a thing afloat; festa skip,
to make a ship fast, moor it. Eg. 161, Fms. vii. 314; J)eir festu sik aptr
vi8 lyptingina, they made the ship fast, ii. 327 ; festa hval, Grag. ii. 337 ;
festa viS, of drift-timber, id. p. to hang up; festa lit til penis, to hang
out for drying, Ld. 290 ; ef ma8r festir upp vapn sitt J)ar er sjalft fellr
ofan, Grag. ii. 65 ; festa a galga, to hang on the galhws, Am. 55, H9m.
22, Fms. i. 89 ; festa upp, to hang up, Nj. 9, Faer. 188, Fms. vi. 273, ix.
410 ; festa i stagl, to make fast to the rack, 656 C. 38 ; cp. stagl-festa,
623. 51. II. metaph. in many phrases ; festa truna5, to fix one's
faith on, to believe in. Eg. 59, Fms. i. 100; festa yndi, to feel happy in
a place, 135 ; festa hug vi6 e-t, to fix the mind upon a thing, hence hug-
fastr ; festa byg6, staS, to fix o?ie's abode (sta6-fastr, steadfast) ; festa ra8,
to make one's mind up, iv. 149; festa e-t i minni, to fix in the memory,
Edda (pref.), Fms. iv. 1 16, hence minnis-fast ; also absol., festa kvK6i, to
fix a poem in the memory, learn it by heart; Si5an orti Egill alia drapuna,
ok hafSi fest, svA at hann matti kveSa urn morguninn. Eg. 421. 2.
in law phrases, to settle, stipulate ; festa mal, sattmal, to inake a settled
agreement. Eg. 34, Fms. x. 355 ; festa gri3, to make a truce, Grag. ii.
194; festa kaup, ver5, to make a bargain, 399; festa fe, to give bail,
GJ)1. 482, N. G. L. i. 23, Fms. vii. 290; festa ei5, to pledge oneself to
take an oath, G\>\. 539 ; festa jam, to pledge oneself to the ordeal of red-hot
iron, Fms. vii. 230; festa dom e-s, or f. e-m dom, iv. 227, vii. 311, Hkr.
i. 168, N.G. L. i. 23; festa eindaemi, q.v., Sturl. ii. 22; festa e-t i dom
e-s, id., Fms. vii. 302 ; festa e-t a dom e-s, id., iv. 327 ; festa log fyrir e-t
( = log-festa), to claim a thing as one's lawftd property, and thus forbid
another any use of it, K. A. 184, N.G. L. i. 154, G^l. 333, Jb. 151-249
(passim), cp. Vidal. Skyr. s. v. festa : absol. to pledge oneself, Eysteinn
konungr festi at gjalda halfan fimta tog marka gulls, Fms. vii. 290. p.
to bind in wedlock; Asgrimr festi Helga dottur sinz,Asgrim (the father)
bound his daughter in wedlock to Helgi (dat.), betrothed her to him, Nj.
40 ; letu J)eir mi sem fyrr, at hon festi sik sjalf, she should bind herself, 49 :
also of the bridegroom, the bride in ace. as the bargain stipulated, festi
f>orvaldr Hallger3i, 17 ; mi festir maSr s(5r konu, N.G. L. i. 350, Glum.
351, cp. Grag. F. f>. passim. III. i'mpers. in a pass, sense"! to cleave.
>al
•or
stick fast to; spjoti5 (ace.) festi i skildinum, Nj. 4^:5, '262; ]c|
skjoldinn sva at festi, 70 ; rekr hann (ace.) ofan a, va6it ok festi
steini, stuck fast on a stone, of a thing floating, 108 ; vi9 e6r hval^
i vatns-bokkum, timber or whales aground in the shoals, Grag. ii.
ef vi5 rekr at am ofan, ok festir i eyrum, and sticks on the gravel banl
nema festi i miSju vatninu, id. ; eld festir, the fire catches, takes hold
i. 128. p. medic, bein (ace.) festir, a bone joins (after a fracture
festir, the leg grows firm, Bs. i. 743, cp. Eb. 316 and Bs. i. 424.
reflex, to grow to, stick fast to ; nafni& festisk vi9 hann, Ld. 52, Fas.
ry9r festisk, rust sticks to it, it grows rusty, 519; festask i land
absol. to get a fast footing in the land, Fms. i. 32, xi. 343 : the
phrase, bardagi, orrosta festisk, the battle closes up fast, when all the
are engaged, Sturl. iii. 63, Fms. ii. 313.
festa, u, f. a bail, pledge ; svardagi ok f., Nj. 164, 240, Fms. iv
285, ix. 432, Eg. 227, Js. 40. coMPD : festu-maSr, m. a bail, .
Fms. vii. 39.-
festi-band, n. a cord, string, Sks. 627 B.
festi-liga, a.dv. firmly. Eg. 711, Bs. Laur. S.
festing, f. a fixing, fastening, G^l. 462 ; festingar-hvalr, m. a
driven ashore and secured, Jb. 320. 2. the firmament, Stj. 1 2, 1
664 ; festingar-himin, m. id., Rb. 78, no. Fas. 1. c, 655 xvii.
= {estaT, betrothals (rare), K. A.112, jb. 131, GJ)1. 236; festingar
= festarfe, Stj. 468 ; festingar-stefna, u, f. a betrothal-meeting, N
i. 382 ; festingar-v^ttr, m. = festarvattr, Jb. 162 A.
festiv-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), festive (Lat. word), Bs. i. 791, Stj.
festr (mod. festi), f., dat. and ace. festi, gen. festar, pi. festar:-
that by which a thing is fastened, a rope, cord, Grett. ch. 68, 61
GuSm. S. ch. 54, Bs. ii." in, Fms. ix. 3, 219, Eg. 324, Sks. 41
ii. 49: — the cable to moor a ship to the shore. Eg. 195, Jb. 31^
Grag. ii. 354 ; cp. skut-festar, !and-f., stafn-f., bjarg-f. : — a trap
Hrafn. 2 7. compds : festar-auga, n. the loop or eye at the er.
rope, Grett. 141, Fas. ii. 369. festar-garmr (and -liuiidr), m
name of a sailor, Ld. festar-hald, n. holding the rope, Grett. 91
festar-lisell, m. a fastening pin, put in the eye of the rope to sec
Edda 20, Grag. i. 150, Grett. 141. festar-lauss, adj. without 1
Vm. 29, 56. festar-stufr, m. the stump of a rope, a rope
Grag. ii. 361. festar- v6r3r, m. watcher of the moorings, Jb
a chain, gull-f., silfr-f. ; ketil-f., a kettle-chain, whereon to hang the
in cooking, = hadda. II. metaph. and as a law phrase
festar-penningr, m. a pledge, bail, Fms. x. 199, Stj. Gen. xxxv
Fas. iii. 548. III. esp. in pi. festar, betrothals; respecti
matter see the first eight chapters of the Festa-J)attr, in Grag. i. 30,
and the Sagas passim, Ld. ch. 9, 23, 34,43,68, Nj.ch.9, 13, 33, Gi|l. b
ch. 4, Band. 3, Lv. ch. 12, Hoensa Jj. ch. 11, Har5. S. ch. 3, Sturl. p|im
festar fara fram, the betrothal is performed, Fb. ii. 196, Ld. 92186
sitja i festum is said of a bride between betrothal and wedding, 1.4
compds: festar-fe, n. a doiury, Fms. x. 284, Stj. 468. i Sam. xv ""
festar-gjof, f. id., D.N. festar-gull, n. a bridal ring, D. N. (di
occur in old writers). festar-kona, u, f. a betrothed woman,= :
braiit, viz. from the betrothal to the wedding, Isl. ii. 217, Fm; .. y
Grag. i. 355. festar-maSr, m. a betrothed man, Grag. i. 35; S})!
212. festar-mal, n. pi. betrothal, affiance, Lv. 33, Fms. vi. 395,
festar-meer (mod. festar-mey), f. a betrothed ??zfl/c?, = festarkon:
iv. 164, V. 33, J}6r6. 67, Fas. i. 412. festar-or9, n. = festarma ia:
festar-vdttr, m. a witness at betrothals, Grag. i. 335. festai t, »
betrothal-ale. Fas. iii. 62. festa-v^ttor3 and festar-vsetti, n. mi
ness or evidence to a betrothal, Grag. i. 313, 330. Festa-t>^1 1, m
the section in the Icelandic law treating of betrothal, Grag. I.e. !
FET, n. [Swed.^'a/ = a track; it answers to 'Lzt. ped-is. iVifr
TToS-os] : — a pace, step ; ganga, stiga, feti framar, to go a stepfrin:
59, Skm. 40 ; ekki fet, not a step; hann gekk fram jprjii fet, ■
ganga niu fet, Vsp. 56; ok bar niu fet, Fms. i. 129; J6n g.
kirkjunni, ok fell Tpa nibr, Sturl. ii. 119 ; ganga, fara fullum
go at full pace, Fms. iv. 299, also used metaph. to proceed /,,
course; me& linlegum fetum, k///>& s/ow s/e/)s, Sks. 629 ; fetuiu ;,
adv. at a pace, Akv. 13. 2. as a measure, a foot, and so ii
usage, three palm breadths make a ' fet,' Hb. 7.^2. 5 ; a wall five ' fet'
Grag. ii. 262 ; ' fet' is called a subdivision oi ' passus,' Rb. 482 ; a
stone fourteen ' fet' long, Hkr. i. 122 ; it may, however, mean a j
Korm. 86, K. J). K. 98, and Karl. 396.
feta, in old writers strong, pret. fat, pi. fatu ; in mod. usage
feta8i, and so in paper MSS., Fas. iii. 49 2 ; fotuSu, Bs. i. 291, is undoi
an error for fatu : I. to step, with the notion to find one's way.
walking in a fog or darkness, o. act. with ace. ; feta braut, Eb. ;
a verse) ; feta leiS (ace), Grag. ii. 44 ; feta veg sinn, Bs. 1. c. ; met
trautt leiS sina i sumum stciSum, Ann. 1300, cp. Bs. i. 804. p.
feta burt or volundar htisi, tofitid the way otd of a labyrinth, Lil. t
sva fjarri ferr at ek feta (subj.) {)angat. Fas. ii. 284; blindr ok fat''
dyranna, Orkn. 192 ; var ok sva at hann fat af |)vi heim, Grett. 4
Ed. ; fatu J)eir eigi heim, Fb. i. 97 ; aetla5i at hann mundi feta til
^Landn.146; oki»,X\.\'iiverg\,andcojddnotfindthe%vay,'^2.s.m,^Ql,,
FETI— FINGRBRJOTil.
1S3
5 an auxiliary verb with an infin. ; hve ek yrkja fat, how I did make my
oem, HofuSl. 19 ; hve ek ^ylja fat, bow I did speak, 3 ; faztii at arna,
bou didst earn, Sighvat ; ek fet smiSa, 7 do (can) work, Fms. vi. 170;
ann fat ger5a, he did gird, Fagrsk. 48 ; ek fat kjosa, / did choose, PMda
20 (App.) ; ek fet inna, I do record, Rekst. 29, v. 1. ; this use, however,
Ithough freq. in the poets of the loth century, became obsolete, and is
ever met with in prose. p. in mod. usage, to step, esp. in the phrase,
L'ta i f6tspor e-s, to step in one's foot-prints; J)6 eg feginn feta vildi fot-
por t)in, Pass. 30. 10.
feti, a, m. a stepper, pacer, in compds, hii-feti, 16tt-feti, mal-feti, a high-
tipper, light-stepper, etc., poiJt. names of a race-horse.
feti, a, m. [^fete, Ivar Aasen], the blade of an axe, Nj. 27, 209. 2.
; strand in the thread of the warp.
fetill, m., dat. fetli, pi. fetlar ; an older dat. form fatli (cp. katli) seems
0 be left in the phrase, bera bond i fatla (qs. fatli), to carry the arm in a
ling : [Germ. /esse/] ; — the strap by which a bag is hung on the shoulder,
.'. G. L. i. 349 : the strap or belt of a shield or sword (skjaldar-fetill,
rerds-f, Gr. rfKapwv), umgorS ok fetlar. Fas. i. 414, El. 22, 33, Edda
23, N. G. L. ii. 433 ; hence the sword is in poetry called fetil-stingi,
, in. a ' belt-pin,' etc. fetla-byr3r, f. a burthen carried by straps,
.".G.L. i. 143.
fet-mdl, n. a measured step, pace.
fetta, tt, [fattr], to bend back; fetta iingr, to bend the fingers back ; fetta
agr uti e-t, to criticise (unfairly) ; vide iingr.
|fettr, adj. s/ent/cr, = fattr.
jfettur, f pi. mimics, in the phrase, fettur og bcettur.
IFEYJA, b, in mod. usage inserting g, feygja, [cp. fuinn], to let decay,
\<-) to ruin; hann feyr (mod. feygir) hiis ni&r fyrir oraektar sakir, be lets
le house decay, G^\. 332.
JFEYKJA, t, [fjiika], to blow, drive away, with dat., Ps. i. 4, Rd. 272 :
isol., Fas. ii. 238: metaph., feykja at e-m, to rush at one, Al. 40;
j inn feykir (rushes) inn i hiisit sem kolfi skyti, Fms. vii. 342.
Jleyra, u, f. m/Ves in cheese, etc. ; feyr^r, part. mify.
Heyskinn, adj. [fauskr], rotten, esp. of timber.
jFIDLA, u, f. [A.S.fidele; Germ./erfe/], a fiddle, Fms. vii. 97, xi. 353
111 a verse) ; fiSlu-slattr, playing on a fiddle, Horn. 106.
Hl3lari, a, m. a fiddler, Hkr. i. 30.
:l3ra, a8, to touch or tickle with a feather; fi3ringr, m. the effect of
\ine; tickled; fl3ra3r, pa.Tt. feathered, of arrows. Fas. ii. 173.
iPIDBI, mod. fi3r, n. feathers (vide fjoOr), Edda 46, Stj."83, Fms. vi.
!5 (in a verse) ; sasngr-f., the feathers of a bed; alptar-f., swan feathers ;
|i:sar-f., goose feathers ; again, a quill is f]o6r.
liSrildi, n. a butterfly, vide fifrildi.
liSr-varinn, part, wearing feathers, of a bird. Fas. i. 477 (in a verse),
jika, a3, in the phrase, fika sig upp, to climb nimbly as a spider.
likta, aS, to fumble, grope with a thing, as a child, (mod.)
ila, u, f. [vide fjol], a deal, thin board, N. G. L. i, 75.
iE'ILLA, u, f. the greasy fat flesh, e. g. of a halibut ; esp. the thick film
\'the head, in vanga-lilla, kinn-f., haus-f., hnakka-f.
ilungr, m. otie who cuts deals, N. G. L. i. loi, G^\. 80. II. a
rd, procellaria maxima.
imask, a5, dep. to hasten, Karl. 382, (rare.)
i'lM.BTJ'L-,[cp.GeTm.j/immel = an iron wedge; Bohem. fimol; Swed.
nmel-staug = the handle of a sledge-hammer; in Icel. obsolete, and only
ed in four or five compds in old poetry], mighty, great, viz. fimbiil-
mbi, a, m. a mighty fool, Hm. 103 ; fi.mbtil-lj63, n. pi. mighty songs,
n. 141 ; fimbtQ-t;^, m. the mighty god, great helper, Vsp. 59 ; fimbul-
!tr, m. the great and awful winter preceding the end of the world, V{)m.
; flmbid-Jpul, f. the roaring of a river, Gm. 27, Edda (Gl.) ; fimbtil-
ilr, m. the great wise man, Hm. 143.
Imi, mod. flmni, f. nimbleness ; vide vapn-fimi.
im-leikr (-leiki), m. nimbleness, agility, Fms. ii. 5, 170, vi. 5, 225.
nleika-ma3r, m. a nimble man, Isl. ii. 191.
'm-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), nimbly, Fms. ii. 268, B«r. 19.
f'lMM, a cardinal numb. [Lat. quinque ; Gr. irevre ; Goth._;?W2/,- A. S.
• Engl.^'i»e; Germ.fdnf; Swed.-Dan./e7n]:—^i;e, passim; fimm sinnum,
e times, passim. compds : flmm-deila, u, f. the fifth part. Am.
I. fimm-deila, d, to divide into five shares. Am. 84. fimm-
Idr, iH). fivefold, Sks. 416. fimm-nsettungr, m. a law phrase, a
"tmons with five nights' notice, N. G. L. i. 1 24, K. A. 182, v. 1. Jfimm-
1, indecl., old fimm-tigir, m. p\.fifty. flmm-tugandi, mod. fimm-
gasti, the fiftieth, 686 C. i, Stj. no, Orkn. 360, Greg. 73. fimm-
gr or fimm-tugr, TiHi]. fifty years old, Fms. xi. 75 : — measuring fifty
Is, fathoms, or the like), cp. attraE3r.
■mmta, a5, to summon (v. iimt), GJ)1. 423.
nun-tfc, a cardinal nv-mh. fifteen, passim, flmmtfin-sessa, u, f. a
p with fifteen seats, Hkr. i. 215.
mm-ttodi, an ordinal numb, the fifteenth, passim,
ininti, an ordinal numb, the fifth, passim. fimmti-dagr, mod.
Uu-dagr, m. the fifth day, Thursday (vide dagr), 4C_5. 8, Bs. i. 237,
112, Fms. v. 07, Ni. 274.
flmmtungr, m. the fifth part. Eg. 266, Pms. i. 33, Rb. 136, N. G. t.
i. 79, Gl)l. 283.
FIMK, adj. nimble, agile, in bodily exercise ; fimr vi8 leika, Fms. ii.
91 ; fimr ok hverjum manni gijrvari at s6r um alia hluti, viii. 343 ; sterkr
ok fimr, Hkr. i. 290; fimr ok skjotr, Fms. x. 314; fimr f orrostum, ii.
106 : — neut. as adv. dexterously, speedily, bsendum for eigi fimt at reka
fiottann, viii. 407 ; mi Idt vi6 fimt at leita duranna, Horn. 120 ; vig-fimr,
skilled in fight; or&-finir, mdl-fimr, quick of tongue, eloquent: the prop.
noun Fima-fengr prob. means nimble-fingered, Ls.
FIMT or fimmt, f. a number of five : fimtar-tala, u, f. a set of
five or multiple of five (as fifteen, fifty, etc.), Bs. i. 190. 2. [Swed.
femt = a kind of couri\, a law phrase, a summoning before a court with
a notice of five days : a standing phrase in the Norse law, so that the
verb fimta means to summon : so, fi.mtar-gri3, n. pi. a truce during
a fimt, N. G. L. i. 342, 351 ; flmmtar-nafn, n. a citation with a fimt's
notice, 86 ; flniintar-stefna, u, f. a citation before a court with a
fimt's notice, K.A. 184: the phrase gera e-m fimt simply means to
summon, N. G. L. i. 346, passim ; one fimt is the shortest notice for sum-"
moning, five fimts the longest, — fimm fimtum hit lengsta, ef hann veit
naer |)ing skal vera, 21 : — the law provides that no summoning shall
take place on Tuesday, because in that case the court-day would fall on
Sunday, the day of summoning not being counted, N. G. L., Jb., and K. A.
passim. — This law term is very curious, and seems to be a remnant of the
old heathen division of time into fimts (pentads), each month consisting
of six such weeks ; the old heathen year would then have consisted of
seventy-two fimts, a holy number, as composed of 2 x 36 and 6x12.
With the introduction of the names of the planetary days (vide dagr)
and the Christian week, the old fimt only remained in law and common
sayings; thus in Hm. 73, — 'there are many turns of the weather in five
days (viz. a fimt), but more in a month' which would be unintelligible
unless we bear in mind that a fimt just answered to our week ; or verse 50,
— ' among bad friends love flames high for five days, but is slaked when
the sixth comes ;' in a few cases, esp. in ecclesiastical law, sjaund (heb-
domad) is substituted for the older fimt, N. G. L. passim; it is curious
that in Icel. law (Grag.) the fimt scarcely occurs, as in Icel. the modem
week seems to have superseded the old at an early time. compds :
Fimtar-ddmr, m. the Fifth High Court in the Icel. Commonwealth, vide
domr, Grag. f>. J>., etc. ; the form of the word is irregular, as it means
the Fifth Coj/r/ (added to the four Quarter Courts) = domr hinn fimmti,
as it is also called in Grag. |>. |>. ch. 24 sqq. ; the old Scandin. law term
fimt seems to have floated before the mind of the founders, as fimtar-
domr etymologically answers to Swed. femt, i. e. a court before which one
has to appear a ' fimt' from the citation. Fiintard6ms-ei3r, m. the
oath to be taken in the Fifth Court, Grag. {j. Jj. ch. 26, 27, Nj. 241 ; in
Sturl. ii. 128 used of an oath worded as the oath in the Fifth Court.
Finitard6ms-16g, n. pi. the institution of¥., lb. 13, Nj. 166. Fimtar-
d6ins-infi.l, n. an action before the Fifth Court, Nj. 231. Fimtar-
doms-stefna, u, f a citation before the Fifth Court, Nj. 168. Fimtar-
doms-sbk, f. a case to be brought before the Fifth Court, Grag. i. 360,
Nj. 244. fiintar-J)ing, n. a (Norse) meeting called so, Js. 41.
FINGK, m., gen.fingrar, mod.fingrs; dat.fingri; pl.fingr; aneut.flngr
occurs in O.H.L. 73, 74, which gender is still found in Swed. dialects ; the
ace. pi. is in conversation used as fem., an Icel. says allar fingr, not alia fingr:
[Goth.^^^rs; A. S. finger, etc.; whereas Lat. digitjis and Gr. haKrvKot
etymologically answer to Icel. ta, Engl, toe. Germ, zebe, a finger of the
foot]: — a finger, Grag. i. 498, Hkr. ii. 380, 384, Magn. 518, passim:
the names of the fingers — ^umal-fingr, the thumb ; visi-f., the index finger,
also called sleiki-f, lick-finger; langa-tong, long-prong; grje6i-f., leech-
finger, also, but rarely, called baug-f., digitus annuli; litli-f, the little
finger. Sayings or phrases : — playing with one's fingers is a mark of joy or
happiness — leika fingrum (Rm. 24), or leika vi6 fingr ser (sina), Fms. iv.
167, 172, vii. 172, Orkn. 324, mod. leika vi8 hvern sinn fingr; also spila
fingrum, id., Fbr. 198 ; vita e-5 upp a sinar tiu fingr, to know a thing
on one's ten fingers, i.e. have at one's fingers' ends; fetta fingr liti e-t,
to find fault with ; r^tta e-m fingr, digito inonstrare, Grett. 117; sjd ekki
fingra sinna skil, tiot to be able to distinguish one's fingers, of blindness, Bs.
i. 118: other phrases are rare and of foreign origin, e.g. sja i gegnum
fingr vi6 c-n, to shut one's eyes to a thing, etc. ; fingr digrir, thick fingers, of
a clown, Rm. 8; but mj6-fingra3r, taper-fingered, epithet of a lady, 36;
fingra-mjiikr, nimble-fingered; fingrar-Jiykkr, a finger thick, Al. 165 ;
fingrar g6mr, a finger's end, Fs. 62 ; fingra sta3r, the print of the
fingers, Symb. 59 ; fingrar breidd, a finger's breadth. In the Norse
law (N. G. L. i. 172) the fingers are taxed, from the thumb at twelve
ounces, to the little finger at one ounce — not so in the curious lawsuit
recorded in Sturl. i. ch. 18-27. ^'''^ '^ measure, a finger's breadth, Nj.
27, cp. MS. 732. 5 : arithm. any number under ten, Alg. 362 : botan.,
skolla-fingr, a kind of fern, lycopodium. fingra-jdm, n. a ^finger-iron,'
a thimble (?), Dipl. v. 18. fiiigr-hseS, f. a finger's height, as measure.
flngr-bj6rg, f. \S\ntd. finger-borg"], a 'finger-shield,' a thimble.
flngr-brjotr, m. a 'finger-breaker,' a false move in chess, but uncertain
which, Fms. iy. 366.
154
FINGRGULL— FISKA.
flngr-gull, n. a 'finger-goM,' a ring, Nj. i6, Boll. 356, Bs. i. 641, Fms.
iv. 130, Worsaae 243-246, 381-383, 433 sqq.
flngr-h.6ggva, hj6, to hew one's finger off, Ann. 1342.
flngmngr, m. a finger-ring, Stj. 191.
FINN A, pret. fann, 2nd pers. fannt, mod. fanst ; pi. fundu ; pres. finn
and finnr ; in old MSS. and poetry freq. fi&r, Hni. 23, but finnr 63 ; pret.
subj. fynda ; part, fundinn ; sup. fundit ; the forms funnu and funnit may be
found in MSS., but were probably never so pronounced ; for even in Haustl.
hund 2iaA fundu rhyme together ; with the neg. suff. fannka, Hm. 38 : [Ulf.
finpan; A.S.findan; Englfind ; Geim.finden; Swed.finna ; Dan.finde]:
— to find; Finnar komu aptr ok hof8u fundit hlutinn, Landn. 174; hann
leitar ok fi3r, Isl. ii. 321 ; Knutr hinn Fundni, Canute the Foundling, Fms.
i. 1 12 ; hann herja3i 4 Island ok fann {)ar jarShiis mikit, Landn. 32 ; fundu
{)eir Hjorleif dauSan, 35 ; J)ar fundusk undir bein, Ld. 328. 2. to meet
one; hversu opt hann fyndi smala-mann Jj6r6ar, Ld. 138 ; ok vildi eigi
finna Hakon konung, Fms. x. 3. p. to visit; en J)6 gakk J)u at finna
konung, Nj. 7; veiztuefj)uvinatt... far t)u at finna opt, Hm. 120. 3.
to find out, invent, discover; {>orsteinn er fann sumar-auka, Landn. 131,
Ld. 12 ; Noi fann vin at gora, Al. 64, Stj. 191 ; riinar munt ]du finna, Hm.
143 ; harm fann margar listir, Jjser seni a6r hof9u eigi fundnar verit, Edda
(pref.) p. to discover a country ; leita lands Jjess er Hrafna-Floki haf3i
fiindit, Fms. i. 238 ; J)a er Island fannsk ok bygSisk, Landn. 24; t)a rak
vestr i haf ok fundu {jar land mikit, 26 ; land |)at er kallat er Graenaland
fannsk ok byg&isk af Islandi, lb. 9 ; i f^nn tima fannsk Island, Eg.
15. Y- metaph., finna e-n at e-u, a law phrase, to bring a charge
home to one, Fms. xi. 75 ; hence also, vera fundinn ad e-u, to be guilty of
a thing ; vera ekki at {)vi fundinn, to be not guilty of a thing ; cp. the
Engl, to 'find' guilty. II. metaph., 1. to find, perceive,
notice, feel; J)ii fannt at ek lauss lifi, Fm. 8 ; Gunnhildr finnr J)at, Nj. 9 ;
fundu J)eir J)a bratt, at {)angat var skoti3 tiljum malum, Eb. 330 ; hitki
hann fidr J)6tt ^e'n um hann far lesi, Hm. 23 ; J)a J)at finnr er at J)ingi
kemr, 24, 63 ; J)eir fundu eigi fyrr en fjolmenni dreif at J)eim, Fms. i.
136, Nj. 79. p. impers., fann J)at a, it could he perceived. Eg. 51 ;
fann J)© mjok a Dofra, er J)eir skildu, i. e. D.felt much at their parting,
Fms. X. 175 ; fann litt a honum, hvart honum J)6tti vel e8r ilia, it was
little to be seen, whether.... Eh. 42. y. finna til, to feel hurt, feel a sore
pang, is a freq. mod. phrase, but rarely occurs in old writers ; finnr J)u
nokkut til hverr fjandskapr, etc.. Anal. 175; en Aldrian fann ekki til
J)essa sjalfr, a&r einn riddari t6k brandinn af honum, |ji6r. 358 ; hence til-
inning, feeling. 2. to find, bring forward ; finna e-t til, in support
of a charge ; ok finna J)at til forattu, at . . ., Nj. 15 ; hvat finnr J)u helzt
til ^ess, how dost thou make that out f 49 ; hann fann J)6 J)at til, at ... ,
Fms. vii. 258; Eyolfr fann J)at til, at..., Nj. 244; hvat finnr J)u til
J)ess, what givest thou as the reason? Eb. 184; finna e-t vi6, to make
objection to; hvartz hinn fi5r vi6, at hann se eigi J)ar i ^ingi, Grag. i.
22 ; pa fundu J)eir J)at vi8, um gjaforS J)etta, Fms. x. 87, v. 1. 3. as a
law phrase, to find money, to pay, lay out ; hann skal eigi finna meira af fe
J)vi, en kaupa leg, Grag. i. 207 ; allra aura J)eirra er umaginn skal finna
me5 ser, 206; ok slika aura f. honum, ii. 210; a hann enga heimting til
{)ess er hann fann vi8, Jb. 421 (MS.) ; ef ma&r selr limaga til framf,Erslu
ok finnr fe me6, Grag. i. 266 ; J)eim Jjraeli er hann hefir fulla verSaura fyrir
fundit, 358 ; hence in the old oath, ek hefka fe bo6it i dom |)enna, hefka
ek fundit, ok monka finna, hvarki til laga ne lilaga (wliere bj66a and finna
are opposed, i. e. bj68a to offer, finna to pay actually), 75 ; hence is de-
rived the law phrase, at finna sjalfan sik fyrir, to pay with one's self, accord-
ing to the law maxim, that ' he that cannot pay with his purse shall pay
with his body,' used metaph. to pay dear, to feel sorely ; kva6 makligt at
hann fyndi sik fyrir, Sturl. iii. 213, Eb. 154 ; skaltii sjalfan t)ik fyrir finna,
Fms. iii. no, xi. 256, {>orst. Si3u H. 9; the pun in Anal. 177 is a mere play
of words. 4. finna at e-u, to censure, Fbr. 212, Edda (pref.), very
freq. in mod. usage, hence a6-finnsla and a6-fyndni, censure; nearly akin
is the phrase, J)at eitt finn ek Gunnlaugi, at mcr pykir hann vera iira5inn,
that is the only fault I find with Gunlaug, Isl. ii. 217 ; ef nokkut vseri
J)at er at maetti finna, // there was anything to blame, Sks. 69 new
Ed. III. reflex., 1. recipr. to meet with one another, Fms.
i. 19, Nj. 8, 48 ; eigi kemr mer J)at a livart pott vit finnimk a Islandi,
Fs. 20. 2. for some instances where the sense seems purely passive,
see above. 3. freq. in a half passive reflex, sense, to be found, to
occur ; finnask dsemi til, examples occur, Gpl. 45 ; pat finnsk rlta3, it is
found written, occurs in books, Fms. ii. 153 ; finnsk i kvaeSum peim er . . . ,
■^g- 5^9- P- metaph. to be perceived, fannsk pat mjok i rseSu Erlings,
Fms. vii. 258 : adding a, fannsk pat opt a jarli, Nj. 46 ; fannsk pat a
oUu, at, it was easy to see, that . . . , 1 7, 90 ; pat fannsk a Arnkatli go6a,
at ... , Eb. 178. -y- finnask til e-s, to be pleased with a thing : impers.,
fannsk Grimi fatt til hans. Grim was little pleased with him. Eg. 190;
ekki fannsk Eiriki til pessa verks, Eric was not much pleased with it, Fs.
149 ; fannsk m^r fleira til hans en annarra, / liked him better than the
rest, Fms. i. 141 : e-m finnst til e-s, to value; honum finnsk ekki til, he
thinks naught of it, thinks it worthless. Fas. i. 317, freq. in mod. usage:
finnask at e-u, to admire, Sighvat (obsol.) : so in the phrase, lata s6r litid
um finnask, to pay little heed to, rather dislike, Hkr. iii. 244 ; konuugr l^t
ser ekki um pat finnask, Fms. iv. 195 ; Ut hann s^r fatt um finnask
29 ; Dagr let ser ekki um finnask eQr fatt, iv. 382 ; Olvi fannsk 1 1
um hann, O. admired him much, Nj. 41 ; fannsk monnum mikit n|
peirra, 18 ; honum fannsk um mikit, he was much surprised, Hkr. iii
e-m finnsk, one thinks, it seems to one ; mer finnsk sem hann hafi onga v
metbinks be feels no pain, Barl. 101 ; finnsk mer sva, at engi ma6r, m£t
that no man, 15 : very freq. in conversation, with infin. it seems tc
methinks. IV. part, finnandi, a finder, 655 xii. 2 ; finna]
spik, n. blubber which is the perquisite of the finder of a whale, Grag. ii.
part. pass, fundit, beseeming, mi mun ok vel fundit, at . . ., Anal. 1 73
FINNAR, m. the Finns and Lapps; Finnr, m. a Finn; F
and Finn-kona, u, f. a Finn woman, Fms. x. 378; Finn-moi
Finmark, Fms. passim ; Finnland, n. Finland; Finnlendingar, i
the Finns; the name Lapps only occurs in Orkn. ch. i and Ann. of the
century; Finn-ferS or Finn-for, f. or Finn-kaup, n. travelli,..,
trading with the Finns or Lapps, Fms. vii. Eg. 25, Hkr. ii. 162 ; F|a-
skattr, m. tribute paid by the Finns, Eg. 53, Fms. vi. 377 ; Finn-sl
n. cargo in a Finn merchant ship. Fas. ii. 5 1 5, 5 16 ; Finnskr, adj. F
Lapp, etc., vide Fms. passim. The trade with the Finns or Lapps v
old times regarded as a royal monopoly, cp. esp. Eg. ch. 10, 14, 0. 1
122, Har. S. har6r. ch. 104, 106, and the deeds and laws passim,
again the Finns or Lapps were in old times notorious for sorcery,
the very names Finn and sorcerer became synonymous, cp. Vd. c
Landn. 3. 2, Har. S. harf. ch. 25, 34, Hkr. Cl. S. Tr. ch. 36 ; th^
forbids to believe in Finns or witchcraft (trua a Finn e8r forda
N. G. L. i. 38Q, 403 : — often in the phrase, Finn-fer3, f. going
rk
(ill
ta,
'g:
«
Finns; fara Finn-farar, f. pi. (N. G. L. i. 350) and fara a Finn-
at spyrja spa (352) are used like Germ. ' to go to the Blocksberg ;' I
vitka, a6, to ' Finn-witch,' i. e. bewitch like a Finn, Fb. ii. 78 ; I
bolur, f. pi. or Finnar, m. pi., medic. ' Finn-pox,' pustules in thi
Fel. ix. 209 ; Finn-brsekr, f. pi. ' Finn-breeks,' wizard-breeks, coi
ing which see Maurer's Volkssagen.
flnnerni, mod. flrnindi, n. pi. a wilderness, desert, in the phrase
ok f., Fms. viii. 432.
flnn-galkn, n. (flnn-galp. Fas. iii. 473, wrongly), a fabulous m( er.
half man, half beast, Nj. 183, Landn. 317, v. 1., Fms.. v. 246: the
centaur is rendered by finngalkn, 673. 2, Rb. (181 2. 17); hence
gd.Iknad, part. n. a gramm. term to express incongruous metapho
the like, cp. Horace's ' desinit in piscem . . .,' Skalda 187, 204.
flnnungr, m., botan. juncus squarrosus ; sinu-f., t66u-f., nardus s
Norse Finna-skcBg = Finn's beard.
FIPA, a8, fipa fyrir e-m, to disturb, confuse one in reading or spea
reflex., e-m fipast, one is confounded, in reading or talking.
fipla, a6, to touch, finger, Grett. 203 A : for the proverb vide feii
fipling, vide fifling.
firin-verk, n. pi. lechery, Hkv. i. 40.
firn, n. pi. (mod. firni), [IJlf. fair ina =aiTia], an abomination, sb(
thing ; maeltu margir at slikt vseri mikil firn, Nj. 156, Fs. 62, Sturl
Fms. vi. 38, Gullp. 13 ; sva miklum firnum. Eg. 765 ; f. ok ende
heyr a firn, what a monstrous thing ! Fms. vii. 21,25: the saying, i
nytr pess er firnum fser, cp. the Lat. ' male parta male dilabuntur
28, Grett. 16 new Ed. : gen. pi. firna-, used as a prefix to adjectiv
nouns, shockingly. compds : flrna-djarfr, adj. mad, Fms. vii. (
54. firna-frost, n. an awful frost, Horn. 87. firna-fullJ
awful. Fas. i. 24. firna-har3r, adj. violent, Fms. viii. 225.
in mod. usage, firni = a great deal, a lot ; firnin oil, a vast lot.
firna, ad, [IJU. fairinon = fxaifMoiaOai], to blame, with ace. of the p
gen. of the thing, Hm. 92, 93 ; firnattu mik, blame not me, Korr
(in a verse) ; finia e-n um e-t, id., Mork. 36.
fimari, compar. one degree farther, of odd degrees of cousinshij
three on one side and four on the other, Grag. i. 50, 171, passin
D. L i. 385.
FIBRA, 6, [fjarri], to deprive one of a thing, with dat. of f'l
ace. of the person ; pegar er hann fir8i |)6r6 augum, wheun
sight of Thord, Fms. vi. 201 ; fir6r riki ok fostrlandi, bereft (;
and ' fosterland,' iii. 6 ; firra e-n festar-konu sinni, Grag. i. ." 1
konu ra6i lograQanda, 343, cp. Kb. ii. 50. p. to save, dej<\.
pvi firri (defend) oss Gu&s son, Stj. 152 ; firra e-n amaeli, Fni
firra e-n uhaefu, vi. 383 ; uhoppum, Lv. 94 (Ed. frium). 2. r
shun ; firrask fund e-s. Eg. 70 ; hann vildi f. alp)f3u pys, Fms. i. .; ; -
pii eigi gaefu pina, don't shirk thy good luck, Ghim. 382; firr:i >
flyja, Grag. i. 233 ; ef kona firrisk bonda sinn, if a wife elopt
husband, 353, cp. Hm. 163 ; heilsa firrisk e-n, health depart-
Sturl. ii. 114 C. II. part, firflr or flrr3r, as adj. bert,. .
of, Skv. 2. 7, 3. 13, 24; vammi Urb, faultless, holy, Stor. 23.
firri, adj. compar. /ar/ier, Nj. 124, (vide fjarr.)
flxring, f. a shunning, removal, Bs. i. 740'
firttir, f. p\. fretfulness ; firtinn, zd]. fretful; firtast, t, dep.
firzkr, adj. from fji5r8r, q. v., in a great many compds, Breit)
Ey-firzkr, Skag-firzkr, etc., Landn., Sagas, passim.
fLska, ad, to fish, vide fiskja. g
HSKBEIN— FlKTRE.
155
8k-bein, n. a fish-bone. Bias. 40, Bs. i. 368.
Hk-bleikr, adj. pale as a fish, Fms. vii. 269.
Hk-gengd, f. a shoal offish, Grag. ii. 350.
Hk-hryggr, m. a fish-spine, Fms. viii. 221.
Bki, f., irreg. gen. fiskjar (as if from fiskr), fishing, GrAg.ii.383, GJ)!.
: Bs. i. 360 ; leysa net til fiskjar, 656 C. 2 ; r6a, fara til fiskjar, to go
^to^, Edda 35, Bs. i. 654, Fas. ii. 113; fara i fiski, Grug. i. 150;
a fiski, Gull{). 5, Fbr. 158 ; r6a at fiski, Bs. i. 654; oil fiski i Laxa,
1. Qi. coMPDs : &aid-&fd, A, Ti\. fishing stores. fiski-d,, f. a
..river, Jb. 305. flski-batr, m. a fishing-boat, 62^. 63. fiski-
]s}iX,m.abrookfull offish, Ft. &ak.i-hT6ed,n.pl.fishing. flski-
3, t'. a fishing-booth, Gn'ig. i. 471. flski-drdttr, in. catching fish.
ki-dugga, u, f., vide dugga. flski-fang, n. a catch offish. Eg. 130,
5. xi. 235 ; in pi. stores offish, Bjarn. 34. fiski -:^la, u, f. 'fish-fouler,'
ickname of one who returns without having caught any fish, fara fylu,
inb. 352. flski-fseri, n. fishing-gear. flski-f6r, f. a fishing
edition, G]pl. 425. fiski-gangr, m., -ganga, u, f., and -gengd,
I sboal offish, Vigl. 22. fiski-gar3r, m. a fish-pond, B. K. 119.
ki-gj6f, f. a contribution in fish, N. G. L. i. 257. flski-g6gn, n. pi.
i)i^-tackle, G^\. ^^2^. Qaki-hylr, m. a fish-pond, Fx. flski-karl,
a fisherman. Fas. i. 6 : metaph. a spider = doxdinguW, q. v. flski-
fl, ni. a fishing-jacket with a cowl or hood, Fms. vi. 388. flski-
t, n. zd]. fit for fishing, Bs. ii. 141. • fiski-lsekr, m. a brook full of
b. Glum., Karl. 486. flski-ina3r, m. a fisherman, Bs. i. 360, Bias.
Fms. vii. 121, 122. fiski-m^l, n. the range within whichfishing is
ried on, G^\. 461. flski-mifl, n. the place where the fish-shoals are.
Id-net, n. a fishing-net. flski-roflr, m. rowing out for fish in
open boat, Eb. 26, 28, Bar6. 169. flski-saga, u, f. fish-news, viz.
:,hoals of fish, in the saying, fly'gr fiskisaga, |>jal. 35. fiski-setr, n.
■sbing-place, Boldt. fiski-sk&li, a, m. a fishermati's hut, Fms.
;05, Grag. i. 471. fiski-skip, n. a fishing-boat, 656 C. 2, Bs. i.
i. fiski-stoS, f. a fishing-place, N.G. L. i. 257. fiski-stSng,
fisbing-spear,G\s\. 21. flski-tollr, m._;fs/&-/o//, Vm. 149. flski-
:;n, n. a lake full offish, GJ)1. 455, Stj. 91 ; in pi. as local name, Ld.
Id-vei3r, f. a catching offish, Fms. v. 232, Grag. ii. 337, Vm. 158, 170.
Id-v61, f. a fishing device, D. N. fiski-ver, n. a fishing-place,
ing, Fms. xi. 225, Pm. 74, Band. 4, Hkr. ii. 272. flski-vist, f.
sbertnan's abode, Vm. 155.
Hkinn, adj. good at fishing.
skja, t; pret. pi. fisktu, Landn. 271 ; fiskj)i, Grag. Kb. i. 132 ; fiskja,
G. L. i. 139, Bs. i. 326 ; pres. fiskir, Grag. i. 470, 471 ; fiscar, Kb. i.
!, is undoubtedly wrong ; fiskt (sup.), 656 C. 2 : in mod. usage always
and so hi MSS. of the 15th century; pres. fiskar, GJ)1. 427 ; pret.
;a8i, Bs. i. 360 ; pl.fiska6u, Fas. ii. Ill, B. K. 120 : — to fish; fiskja sild,
s. X. 23.
sk-laust, n. adj. 'fish-less;' and fisk-leysi, n. bad fishing.
sk-lf si, n. fish-oil.
ISKB, m. [Lat./tsc/s; \J\f.fisks; A.S.fisc; Engl fish; Germ.fiscb ;
ed.-Dan.yisA] : — a fish, of both sea and fresh-water fish, esp. cod, trout,
non are often kot' «£. called 'fish,' Sks. 180, Hkr. ii. 385 ; var J)ar
lir f. nogr, Bar5. 169 ; at mi6i pvi er Jpik man aldri fisk bresta, id. ;
var hvert vatn fullt af fiskum, Eg. 134 ; fugla ok fiska, Grag. ii. 345,
rl.ii. 165, passim; of the zodiacal fishes, 1812. 17 :— different kind of
, heilagr fiskr (mod. heilag-fiski), halibut, {>orf. Karl., Bs. i. 365 ; flatr
d., Edda 35 ; hval-f., a ' whale fish ;' beit-f. (q. v.), bait fish ; ill-fiskar,
or evil fishes, sharks ; skel-f., shellfish ; blautr i., fresh fish, N. G. L. iii.
2, 5 ; skarpr f., dried fish, Bs. i. 209, 365, 367, in mod. usage harSr
r; fre8-f. = frer-f.,/roze7j_/?s)b, preserved by being frozen : as to fishing
e Hym. 17 sqq., Bs. ii. ch. 2, 87, GuSm. S. ch. 87, Nj. ch. II, Edda
., Eb. ch. II, Fbr. ch. 40, Landn. 2. 5, Ld. ch. 12, 58, Bar6. ch. 9,
tnS. ch. 10, D. L and Bs. passim in the Miracle-books: the section
law regarding this important branch of liveUhood in Iceland is want-
in the present Gragas, proving that this collection is not complete,
in a fragmentary state. p. the fiesh of a fish, for in Icel. the word
h can only be used of a land-animal ; thus, hvitr a fiskinn, having
tte flesh. II. metaph., kinn-fiskar, the fiesh on the cheeks (of a
u) ; kinnfiska-soginn, with sunken cheeks : the phrase, e-m vex fiskr um
g, one's back gains muscle, i. e. 07ie gains strength : fjor-fiskr, live
a phrase for spasms of the muscles, the 'growing pains' common in
Idren, — thefjor-fiskr is said to bound or leap (sprikla), which is regarded
a sign of good heahh and growth. III. fish were used as
ts of value, each = half an ell's worth (vide alin), esp. in southern and
^tem Icel., cp. fiskvirfti ; hence the standing phrase in the title-page
books of later times, ' charge so many fishes.' compds : fiska-6,
= fiskia,Jb. 305. flska-fer3,f. = fiskigangr, B.K.I 19. fiska-kaup,
'he purchase of {dried) fish, Bjarn. 34. flska-kyn, n. a kind offish,
18. flska-merki, n. the zodiac, Rb. 104. fiska-pollr, m. a
'pool, Bret. flska-skip, n. a fishing-vessel, Fms. v. loi. fiska-
3, f. = fiskisto6, Ld. 4. *fi.ska-st6ng,f. = fiskistong,Gisl.i04. flska-
ind, {.fish-tithe, Vm. 173. flska-toUr, fiska- ver, vide fiski-. Am.
Fms. iv. 330, and endless other compds.
fisk-reki, a, m. 'fish-driver,' a kind of whale, Edda (Gl.), Sks. 1 25 ;
as a nickname, Eb., Landn. : fish drifted ashore, Vm. 18.
fi8k-vei3r, flsk-ver, etc., vide fiski-.
fi8k-vir3i, n. the value of a fish, about two-pence Engl. ; q>, fijkr III.
flsk-seti, n. fish-meat.
FIT, f., pi. fitjar, gen. fitja, dat. fitjum, the webbed foot of water-birds,
(hence fit-fuglar opposed to kl6-fugla'r), Grdg. i. 416, Sks. 169 : also of a
seal, 179. fltja-skamr, adj.i&ai/««^asi)or/f. (ofaseal), Ld. 56. 2.
the web or skin of the feet of animals, fla fit af fremra ficti, ok giira
af sk6, N. G.L. i. 31, Fas. iii. 386, Fms. iv. 336. II. metaph.
meadow land on the banks of a firth, lake, or river, Fms. iv. 41, Vm.
168 ; a fitjum ar ^eirrar er fellr milium husa, Krok. 38, Eg. 132 ; Agna-
fit (in Sweden), very freq. in Icel. names of places, vide Landn. 2.
the edge t)r hem of a sock, knitted things, etc., hence fitja upp, to begin
knitting a piece ; dukr fitja-lag3r, a hemmed kerchief, Pm. 99.
fita, u, f. [feitr],/a/, grease, Fms. iii. 186; in many compds.
fit-fugl, n. a web-footed bird, water-bird, Sks. 169.
fitja, a&, [cp. A. S.fettan, Engl, to fit'], to web, knit; hann let fitja saman
fingrna, he webbed the fingers together, like the foot of a duck or seal, m
order to swim better, Grett. 148. p. fitja upp sokk, etc., to 'cast on'
a sock or the like, i. e. make the first stitches in knitting it : metaph., fitja
upp a nef s6r, to knit or screw up the nose in anger, Dan. ' slaa kiolier paa
nsesen ;' so in Engl. ' to knit the brows.'
fltla, a3, to finger, to fidget; f. me& fingrinum, Clar. ; and fitl, n.
fidgeting.
fitna, a3, to become fat, Karl. 448.
fit-sk6r, m. a shoe made of fit (I. 2=hemingr), Fms. vii. 397.
FIFA, u, f. [Gr. irdiriros'], cotton grass, eriophorum, Stj. 40 ; Icel. say,
l<^ttr sem fifa, light as f. ; fifu-kveykr, m. a wick off. p. metaph.
and poet, an arrow, Edda (Gl.): the name of a ship, from her swiftness,
Orkn.
fifil-bleikr, adj. dandelion-yellow, used only of a horse, Vigl. 20,
Finnb. 278.
FIFILL, m., dat. fifli, pi. fiflar, a dandelion; the withered fifill is
called bifu-kolla, q. v. : used in compds of divers wild flowers of similar
kind, unda-fifill or skari-fifill, hawk-weed ; Jakobs-f., Jacob's staff; fjalla-
f., common avens or herb bennet, geum; hei3a-f., liver-wort, hepatica
alba; tun-f. = commo« fifill, Bjorn, Hjalt. : metaph. a j'fozi'er, blossom;
renna upp sem fifill i brekku, to run up like a weed on a bank (of youth) ;
fegri man eg fifil minn, I mind when my bloom was fairer, i.e. remember
happier days, Eggert.
FIFL, m. [^A.S. fifal = monster'], a fool, clown, boor, Gisl. 46 sqq.,
Korm. 76, Sd. 176, Fms. vi. 217 ; fifl ok afglapi, ii. 156 : the proverb, J)vi
er fifl aS fatt er kennt, no wonder one is a fool, if one has never been taught ;
dala-fifl, a ' dale-fool,' one born and bred in a low dale, Gautr. S. (Fas.
iii), ch. I sqq., Parcevals S. ; for popular tales respecting such characters
vide Isl. J)j65s. ii. 505 sqq.; eldhiis-fifl = Germ, asch-brodel ; skdld-fifl, a
poetaster, Edda. fifls-ligr, zd]. foolish; f. hjal,/oo/tSi& talk, Flov. 43.
fifla, u, f. a girl, Grett.
fifla, d, [fivle, Ivar Aasen], with ace. to fool one, Skalda 168. 2.
to beguile a woman, Gliim. 377, Fs. 60, Nj. 107 : reflex., iiflask at konu,
id., Rd. 318, Bs. i. 663 : of a woman, to fall into illicit love, Stj. 321,
Bs. i. 653.
fiflingar, f. pi. beguilement, Lv. 5, Fs. 138, Eb. I42, Bs. i. 447.
fifl-megir, m. pi. an iiir. Kfy., Vsp. 51,' monster-men,' fiends ; cp. A. S.
fifal = monster.
fifl-r8B3a, u, f. foolish talk, nonsense, Mag. 6.
fiflska, u, (.foolishness, folly. Eg. 729 ; fiflsku-fuUr, adj./w// of folly,
Hkr. iii. 274.
fifl-skapr, m. folly, 625. 192 ; hence the phrase, hafa e-t 1 fiflskapar-
malum, to speak vainly of a thing (viz. sacred things).
fiflskr, 'a.d]. foolish, Landn.; a nickname.
fifl-yr3i, n. p\. foolish, foul language, Gisl. 53.
FfFRILDI, mod. fi3rildi through a false etymology, as if it were
from fidri, [O.H.G. wWZ/re; A.S.fifalde; prov'mc. Geim. feifalter ; Swed.
fjdril; Norse fivreld or fibrelde; hut. pdpilio]: — a butterfly, Flor. 18.
figiira, u, f. [Lat. word], a metaphor, Skalda 160, Alg. 356 : a figure
of speech, Skalda 183, 211, Stj. 524.
fikinn, adj. {Dzn.figen; Swed. fiken; wanting in Germ., Engl., and
A.S.] : — greedy, eager; freq. in poet, compds, b66-f., gunn-f., mor&-f.,
sigr-f., etc., warlike, valiant. Lex. Poijt.
FfKJA, u, f. [Lat.ji?c«5; Gernr. feige], a fig, St), ^^i. compds:
fikju-kjarni, a, m. the kernels or seeds of a fig, Stj. 645. fikju-tr6,
n. = fik-tre, N. T.
fikjask, t, dep. to desire eagerly; f. a fe, SI. 34 ; f. eptir e-u, id.
fikjum, dat. used as adv. eagerly, very, freq. in the Jd. ; fikjum grimm,
1 2 ; fikjum illt, 26 ; fikjum haukligt, 41 ; fikjum hatt, exceeding high,
Horn. (St.) 58.
fCkni, f. eagerness.
fikr, adj. eager, greedy, Fms. vi. 404 (in a verse).
flk-tr6, n. afig-tree, Stj. 36, 325, 399, 403, Mar. 32.
156
FfKULA— FJARRl.
fikula, adv. greedily, Fms. vi. (in a verse).
FILL, m. [early Swed. and Dan. _/?/], an elephant; this interesting
word, which is still in exclusive use in Ice!., was borrowed from the Per-
sian _/?/, and came to Scandinavia in early times, probably by the eastern
road of trade through Russia and Constantinople ; it occurs in a verse of
the loth century (Fb. i. 209), the genuineness of which may be doubt-
ful, but at all events the word is old ; freq. in Al., Stj., Flov., and romances.
But lilfaldi, Goth, ulbandm, A. S. olfend or olvend, a corruption of the
Gr. k\i<pavT-, means catnel. compds : ffls-bein or ffla-bein, n. ivory,
Al., Edda (pref.), Str. ffls-tSnn, f. ivory, Mar.
FINN, adj. [Ital./we and Jino= perfect, from La.t. Jinis; Engl. Jine, •
Gt\m.fein\.—jine; it occurs in the Icel. poems Nikulas-drapa and Ski5a-
rima, and prob. came to Icel. along with the English trade at the begin-
ning of the 15th century; sax fint sem spegill. Fas. iii. 543 (MS. i.^th
century) : in a good sense, girnist J)u barn mitt blezan fa, bjorg lifs og
gxfu {in2i,Jine luck, happiness. Pass. 37. 4. p. of clothes, ' finn' is opp.
to ' coarse,' but the use of the word is rare in Icel.
FIRAR, m. pi. [A. S./ras], poet, men, people, Ls. 25, Hm. 25, Edda
(Gl.) ; fjoI6 er j)at er fira tregr (a saying), Sdm. 30, passim.
fisa, a strong verb, pret. feis, [S wed. _;?sa ; Dan.^se; akin to Lat.],
pedere, Hbl. 26; en hann feis vi&, Isl. ii. I'J'J.
fisi-belgr, m. small bellows.
fisi-sveppr, m. a ki>id of fungus, = gOT-ku.\a..
fitdn-, in compds ; hence the mod. fitungr, m. frenzy ; [from the Gr.
TlvOcxiv ; mid. L'j.t. phitones = wizards, Du Cange ; phitoness = 'nv6ujviaaa,
a witch, Chaucer.] compds : fit6ns-andi, a, m. magic, Fms. i. 76, x.
223, Fas. iii. 457 : mod. frenzy. fit6ns-kona,u, f. a sorceress, Stj. 491.
fit6ns-list, f. magical art, Edda (pref.) fitons-maSr, m. a sorcerer,
Stj. 647, 651.
fjaSra-, vide fjo5r, a feather.
fjaSr-hamr, m. a 'feather ham,' winged haunch (in northern tales), like
that of Icarus in the Greek legend, |>kv. 3, 5,9, |>i5r. 92, 93, Al. 72.
fja8r-klse3i, n. pi. a feather-bed used as a coverlet, Js. 78.
fjaSr-lauss, zdj.featherless, Edda 77.
fja3r-s4rr, a.d}. feather-wounded, of a bird changing feathers, K. |>. K.
112, K. A. 164.
fja3r-spj6t, n. a kind of spear, Grett. 121, Fs. 64.
fjaSr-stafr, m. the barrel of a quill, Stj. 79.
fjala-, vide fjol, a deal, plank, board.
fjal-li6gg, n. a chopping block, Vapn. 24, Bs. i. 696.
FJALL, n., pi. fjoll, [a Scandin. word, Swed. fjcill, Da.n. fjceld, but
wanting in the Germ, and Saxon, not even used in the Ormul., but freq.
in North. E. and Scot., where it is of Dan. origin] : — a fell, 7nountain,
Nj. 25, Hkr. i. 228, Grett. 149, in endless instances: in the phrase,
J)a6 gengr fjoUunum haera, it mounts higher than the fells, cries to heaven,
of injustice : in allit. phrases, fjcill og firnindi, fells and deserts (vide
finnerni) ; fjall edr fj6r6r,/e//s or firths, Hm. 1 17, N. G. L. i. 1 17 : the pi.
fjoll is used of a mountain with many peaks, Eyja-f]6Il, Va91a-fj611, Hafnar-
fjoll, Fbr. ; but Akra-fjall, Fagraskogar-fjall, of a single mountain : the
pi. is also used of a chain of mountains, thus, Alpa-fjoll, the Alps ; Pyrenea-
fjiill, the Pyrenees; but Dofra-fjall, the Dofra range in Norway : in biblical
names it is usually prefixed, e. g. fjallid Sinai, fjalli6 H^reb, etc. ; but also
Gilboa-fjoll, Sam. Salm. 2. i, prob. for the sake of euphony : fjall is also
used KaT i^., and as a pr. noun, of the Alps, in the phrase, fyrir norQan
fjall, i.e. Germany north of the Alps; sunnan um fjall, i.e. Italy ; the
German emperor is called keisari fyrir norSan fjall, Fms. ix. 229, x. loi,
Landn. 24, Fas. i. 223; Norway is also divided into sunnan fjall (i.e.
Dofre) and nor&an fjall ; in mod. Norse, Norden-fjadds og Sdnden-fjcelds,
Fms. x. 3. COMPDS : fjalla-bak, n. the back of a fell, the sun sinks a6
fjalla baki, behind the fells. fjalla-dair, m. a valley, 673.53. fjalla-
f6, n. sheep on the fells or hill-pastures. fjalla-gol, n. a light breeze
from the fells, Fser. 203, opp. to haf-gola, a breeze off the sea. fjalla-
gr6s, n. pi., botan. lichen Islandicus. fjalla-klofl, a, m. a cleft or pass
between fells, Stj. 87, Al. 26. fjalla-lseSa, u, f. 'fell-sneaker,' a mist
leaving the fells clear, but covering the low land. fjalla-syn, f. moun-
tain-view, Bs. ii. 179, freq. in names of places, vide Landn. fjalla-
tindr, m. a peak. fjalls-brun, f. the brow, edge of a fell, Stj. 402,
D.I.i.471. fjalls-hJiS, f. a/e/Z-s«(/e, Fms. i. 211, ix. 527. fjalls-
hyrna or fjalls-gnipa, u, f. the horn of a fell, a sharp peak. fjalls-
Ii8e3ir, f. pi. sumtnit^, Stj. 59, 607. fjalls-muli, a, m. a ' fyudl' or
crag projecting between two valleys, Landn. 313. fjalls-rsetr, f pi.
the roots of a f., i. e. the foot of a mountain ; the fells are metaph. regarded
as trees rooted in the earth, but cp. the mythical tale in Edda 19 and 221
(App.) fjalls-6xl, f. the shoulder of a fell, Stj. 529, Fas. i. 53.
fjall, n. a fell, skin, La.t. pellis, vide berfjall, (rare.)
fjalla, aS, to clothe with a fell, cover with fur ; fjalla um ][)ik me6 g63um
klaEftum, Clar. : metaph. <o treat; hence comes the part. fjallaSr, adj.
tinted, coloured; blii-fjallaSr, black, etc.; gull-fjalla3r, gilt. Fas. ii. 173.
fjall-berg, n. a crag, precipice, Fms. ii. 277.
fjaU-borg, f. a hill-fort, Stj. 380.
Qall-bygfl, f. a county among fells, 625. 87, Eg. 58, Hkr. ii. 65.
P-
fjall-dalr, m. a dale in the fells, £g. 137, Hkr. i. 47.
fjall-d^, n. a beast of the fells, wild beast, Bs. ii. 137 (of a fox).!
fjall-ferd, f. a 'fell-trip,' mountain excursion, Fs. 71.
fjall-ganga, u, f. going into the fell-pastures to gather sheep, Jb.
Viipn. 22. fjallg6ngu-ina3r, m. men searching the fells for sheep.
fjall-gar3r, m. a wall of fells, range of hills, Hkr. i. 8, A. A. 28
the Alps), Sks. 143.
fjall-gola, u, f. a breeze from the fells.
fjall-hagi, a, m. a fell-pasture, Eb. 54, Jb. 243.
fjall-hola, u, f. a 'fell-hole,' cawr«^ Sks. 714.
fjalligr, adj. hilly, mountainous, Sks. 42, (rare.)
fjall-kona, u, f. 'fell-queen,' a giantess, Bs. ii. 26, (rare.)
fjall-ma3r, m. = fjallg^nguma8r, Sd. 156.
fjall-ndr, m. a law term, a man put to death by being exposed
fell, opp. to galg-nar hanged, sae-nar drowned, vide Grag. Vsl. ch. gt
Rd. ch. 21, 22.
fjall-rapi, mod. fjall-drapi, a, m. a kind of dwarf birch, Bs,
Edda (Gl.), Hjalt., Bjorn.
fjall-rota, u, f. [Norse rutte^ a kind of wild partridge, Edda (Gl
fjall-rsenn, adj. blowing from the fells, Kristni S. (in a verse).
fjall-skar3, n. a gap in the fell, mountain-pass, Krok. 64.
fjall-sker3a, 6, a pun, Krok. 1. c., = gilja, to beguile, (fjallskar3 =
fjall-skora, u, f. a 'fell-scaur, Hkr. iii. 323, v. 1.
fjall-skogr, m. a mountain forest, Stj. 256, 644.
fjall-sletta, u, f. a mountain plain, table land, Flor.
fjall-stong, f. afellsman's staff, Eb. 106.
fjall-tindr, m. a mountain peak, = fjalla-tindr, Edda (pref.)
fjall-vegr, m. a mountain road, Stj. 352, v.l., Isl. ii. 349, Frns. viii.
fjall-vi3r, m. timber from the fells, GJ)1. 455.
fjall-vindr, m. a land wind, opp. to hafvindr. Eg. 370.
fjall-Jioka, u, i. fog from the fells.
fjalms-fullr, adj. = felmsfullr, O. H.L. 27.
FJARA, u, f., gen. fjiiru, [a Scandin. word, which remains in Ciir
in the Orkneys, vide ey] : — the ebb-tide, ebb, 415. 10, Edda 32-34. :s.
xi. 6, Fs. 157, Grag. ii. 352-366, passim. 2. [cjv/ore- in the si
fore-shore], the fore-shore, beach, sea-board, Edda I.e., Gnig. i. i)i
ii. 148, Nj. 19, Eb. 292, Grett. 89, Orkn. 336, passim : the allit. s
milli fjalls ok fjoru, hetiueen fell and fore-shore ; var {)a skogr mill
ok fjoru, at that time it was forest between fell and fore-shore, \.
over the low land, Landn. 28, lb. ch. i ; {)ar sem moetisk gras e3r f ,
the grass and sea-beach join, Dipl. iii. 11. compds : fj6ru-bor3,
sea-board, the breadth of the fjara, metaph. from a cup, cp. the ni\ -
tale in Edda I.e. fjoru-grjot, n. the gravel on the beach, Fms. <)l,
Fas. ii. 112. fjoru-gros, n. pL, botan. a kind of sea-weed pf.
to fjallagros. fjoru-kongr (fjoru-kufungr), m. a kind of vi
fj6ru-nia3kr, m. a kind of worm used for bait. fj6ru-ma( m.
the owner of the shore, Grag. ii. 367, Jb. 318. fj6ru-mark,
land-marks on the shore, Jb. 320, Dipl. ii. 5, Grag. ii. 361. i
mal, n. the rim of the shore between the flood line and the ebb.
usually fl£E6armal, Sturl. ii. 35, v.l. fjSru-nytjar, f. pi. used 01
timber, dead whales, sea-weed, or the like, Engl, jetsum, Vm. 7 ^
fj6ru-steinn, m. shingle on the beach, Bs. i. 506 : — mark stones, sw-
ing the tide is so far out as to leave a way along the beach, 656 3''
fjoru-stufr, m. a piece of strand or stra?id right belonging to a rm,
Dipl. iii. II.
fjara, a&, (but fjar3i, Korm. 118), to ebb; er fjarSi, fjarar (prcs. 'm.
96, Korm. I.e.; fjara uppi, of a ship, to be agrotind, Hkr. i. i; so,
fjara3i um nott lit undan skipinu, the ship was left on dry land, F xi.
241 ; fjarar mi undan skipinu, Ld. 56 : metaph. to be upset, Str. 32 (1: \y) '■
impers., skip (ace.) hans fjaraSi uppi, his ship ran aground, Fms. ibjl
sum skipin voru J)a uppi fj6ru3, Hkr. i. 152. :
fjarSar-, vide fjor3r, a firth.
fjarg-lius, n. pl. [farg, fergja, fjorgyn], huge, big houses, Akv. 39, j
fjarg-vefjask, dep. to groan and lament, Bjarn. 69 (in a verse)}wS.
fiargvefiar, r = z = sk; the explanation given in Lex. Po(3t. cannot be |;nt.
Ls. 19 is corrupt, so that there is no evidence for the word fjorg=^c!)
fjarg-vi3rask, a6, dep. to groan as under a weight; f. dyrin f '"
Jjung, Bb. 3. 35 : the phrase, f. um e-t, to groan, make a fuss abou
fjar-l8eg3, f. distance, Rb. 476, passim.
fjar-lsegjask, 6, to leave far behind, A. R. ii. 151, Stat. 282.
fjar-liKgr, adj. 'far-lying,' distant, Fms. i. 289, x. 227, Mar. 2(
fjarr, adj. being far off, an obsolete*word ; as to the dubif i > 1
Aim. 5 vide farri.
fjarran, adv. {A.S. feorran; Old Eng\. feme ; Germ, fern; ->
fjdrran; Dzn. fj em], far off, Hkr. ii. 37, D.N. v. 24, = fjarri. ;
fjarri, compar. flrr, mod. fjser, superl. first or flrrst, mod. f 's ^
[Gt. irSppo); Goth, fairra, which is also used to transl. /ta/.;
feor; Eng\. far ; Hel. and O. H. G.fer] -.—far off; ^vi at litl
ingjar voru J)eim jafnan fjarri, 0. H. 34; sva at fjarri flugu 1 '
far off, Edda 19; vide Isl. ii. 483, passim ; skattlondin Jdui.
, lilgu, the provinces that were at a (fistance (fjar-laegr), Eg. 536 ; wii "'•<
FJARSKI—FJtJKA.
157
fjani, Vsp, 44 ; hvArt sem eru nser kirkju e8a fjarri kirkju-gar8i,'
from the churchyard, K. Jj. K. 28 ; standa f. e-m, to stand far from
; hamiiigjaii st66 houum eigi fjarri, Al. 82 ; stoStu mer \>{i fjarri, Nj.
utibur ^at er first var husum, farthest from the houses, 168; hvar
odrum monnum, quite far from other men, Grett. 127; {leim
inum er first byg6u megin-heruSuni, who lived farthest from the chief
ities, Fms. iv. 144 ; i l)at horn lands sins er first er lyrittar-vorn hans,
e. 11. 224; {)6ttusk J)eir bazt hafa er first voru {)eirra sanigangi, the
ber off the better, Glum. 380 ; sva hatt at ^6 matti hcyra gerla J)6tt
vxn firr, Nj. 1 18 ; \>6 at skip leggi firr bu& (dat.) en sva, Grag. i. 91 ;
firr gar&i en 1 orskots-helgi, 82 ; far J)u firr sundi, begone from the
d, Hbl. 54 ; farit firr husi. Am. 37 ; the phrase, ganga e-m hendi firr,
0 out of one's hand, be lost, Rd. 283, Grett. (in a verse) ; {jykki mcr
jafnan betri firr mer en naer, Fms. iv. 330 ; hvart J)at er naer honum
nrr, Rb. 38, (mod., naer e5a fja:r) ; me6 hramminum J)eim er firr var
inu, Grett. loi ; firr meW, farther aloof; bonda-miigrinn sat firr meir,
. i. 280; ok J)vi firr meir, at . . ., and so much more aloof, in order
. .., Sks. 365 : in the proverb, allt er fjiirvi firr, all is farther than life,
life is the nearest, dearest thing, Ld. 266, (or, fe er fjorvi firr) ; at firr,
!> less. Eg. ch. 14 ; \i6it hann so firr farinn, though he be far away, Hm.
II. metaph., taka e-u fjarri, to take a thing far, i.e. to take it
'y,deny it flatly ; Ormr tok J)vi ekki fjarri. Fins. i. 209 ; J)eir toku J)vi
fjarri, 229 ; ek aetla J)at mi eigi fjarri, well, I think it's not far wrong,
|8 : with dat., ok er pat ekki fjarri hennar skapi, 'tis not far from her
i, 49 ; {)at er fjarri skapi f66ur mins, Lv. 87 ; J)u talar J)at eigi fjarri
:, thou sayest what is not far from right, Fms. ii. 14 ; eigi fjarri J)vi at
;1, i.e. about so long a time, Bs. i. 61 ; ferr eigi fjarri getu minni,
. iv. 312, vi. 104; the phrase, fjarri fer J)vi, it ' fares' far from that,
far from it, by no means ; ok er |)vi fjarri or5it er ek vilda at vaeri, it
r finm what I had wished for. Valla L. 221 ; mi se ek eigi at mer
i:i firr um fara en J)er, now I see not how I can fare worse than thou,
1. 150. ^. far from, bereft of ; fjarri fe6r-munum, bereft of my patri-
V, Fm. 8 ; fjarri v'mwm, friendless, Sighvat ; fjarri augum sem menjum,
■' of eyes and treasures, i. e. losing both life and money, Akv. 27.
rski, a, m. afar distance; vera, liggja, i fjarska, to be afar off, Fms.
7, Sks. 183, Fas. iii. 459 : — metaph. in mod. usage immensity, and in
\' coMPDs: fjarska-legr, adj. itnme^ise. fjarska-liga, adv. im-
ely. fjarska-mikill, fjarska-stor, adj. immensely big, etc.
r-stse&r, adj. ' far-standing,' far from ; fjarstaett er um afl vart, there
long way between our strength, i. e. no comparison, Fms. iii. 187.
r-synis, adv. /ar off, out of sight. Mar.
r-tsBki, n. [taka fjarri], aflat refusal, Fas. iii. 527.
r-vist, f. living far off, Sks. 190.
L,h,{(joih.fijan = iiiaHv; k.li.feon 01 fjan], to hate ; an obso-
vvord, but occurs in Hym. 22, Ls. 35 : reflex., fjask e-n, to hate one,
. 33. Its participle however remains in all Teut. dialects, vide
Ii below. t
l]5r, part, [fe], monied, Bjarn. 18.
I Ibr or flalfr, n. a dubious word, [akin to fela (?)], the deep, an
!|.', Haustl. 1 8 ; undir-f., the lower deep, the abyss, J)d. 19.
I Ig-leikr, m. [feleghed = security, Dan. ballads], trust, faith, Hom. 122.
Igr, adj. [^feleg — safe in Dan. ballads; fjelg = co7nf or table, Ivar
n ; prob. from fela] : — safe, well kept, only in compds, gl6&-fjalgr,
n embers, of a fire, "ft. 21 ; inn-f., stifled, of tears, Hkv. 2. 43.
Ijad-flokkr, m. a host of enemies, N. G. L. i. 34.
1 ddi, a, m., mod. fjandi, pi. fjandr, mod. also fendr ; dat. fjandum,
i| fjondum ; [lJlLfljands = o ex^po^l A.S.feond; Engl.flend; Germ.
; Svfed.flende; Daii.fjende ; the «J indicates the part. ; whereas,
foe seems to be formed from the infin.] : — prop, a hater. 1.
lemy, Hkv. 2. 30, 35, Rb. 380 ; freq. in old poetry, vide Lex. Poet. :
e allit. phrase, sem fraendr, en eigi fjandr, as friends, not foes, Isl. ii.
; the heathen maxim, gefat J)inum fjandum fri6, give 710 truce to thy
Hm. 128. 2. [Dan. /««£?«« ; Swed./a«], after the introduction
ihristianity fjandi came to mean a fiend, the fiend, Bs. i. 452, NiSrst.
andr en eigi vatxm., fiends and no men. Fas. ii. 535 : Satan, K. A. 74,
i. 202, Stj. 40; ber pii sjalfr fjanda J)inn, carry thy fiend thyself
bewitched banner), Nj. 274 ; iykniz-'kra^tr, fiendish power, Fms. vii.
fjanda-limr, a devil's limb, viii. 221 ; fjanda-sonr, a fiend's son,
C. I4; fjanda-villa, a fiendish heresy. Post. 645. 99 : in mod. usage
i means a fiend. fjd.nda-f8ela, u, f., botap. /w^n daemonum,
lica. Germ, engel-kraut.
id-ligr, adj. (fjdnd-liga, ^Av.), fiendish, fiendishly, Fms. v. 162,
10, {jorst. hv. 44, Fas. ii. 150.
id-maflr, m. a foe-man, Lv. 106, Fms. v. 273, Orkn. 224.
id-msBli, n. the words of a foe, invectives, Lv. 39.
ids-bofl or fj&nd-bo3, n. a law term, a foe's bidding, a sham
ng at an auction ; ok se eigi fjandsbo8, eigi skal hann at fjandsbo3i
rs hafa, N.G.L. i. 117, cp. G^\. 292. ~
id-semi, f. enmity, Sturl. iii. 13.
id-8kapa3r, part, hostile, Fms. xi. 261.
id-skapask, a8 , dep, to shew hostility towards, Sks, 337, Orkn. 226.
fj£nd-skapr, m. hostility, Fms. i. 37, iv, 370, ix. a68, Nj, 49, Hom,
86, 196, Bret. 22. fjandskapar-fuUr, adj. hostile, Sturl. iii. 223.
fjdr-, vide fc, money.
fjdrungr, m. gryllus, a locust, Fel. x. 336.
fj61a, u, f. a violet, Hjalt. (mod.)
fj6n, f. [fja], hatred; an obsolete word, occurs in old prose in the
phrase, reka e-n fjonum, to persecute, Ver. 29, Rb. 388 ; or else in poetry,
leggja fjon a e-n, to hate one, Hallfred : in pi., konungs f., the king's wrath.
Ad. 1 1 ; vekja f., to stir up quarrels, 81. 76, vide Lex. Poet. ; gud-fjon,
an abomination, that which drives the gods away, Fbr. (in a verse) : mod.
poets use a verb fjona, a8, to hate (Bjarn. 67, 122), probably misled by
the corrupt passage in 51. 27.
FJOR-, in many compds = fer-, q. v. : fjdr-feettr, 2l<\]. four-footed ;
fjor-menningr, m. a fourth cousin, Js. 71, 96, Fms. i. 285, Q,\\. 145 ;
fjor-mynntr, part. '^ four-cloven,' Sks. 394 ; fj6r-n8ettingr, m., fl6r-
skeyttr, adj., vide fer-; fjor-skiptr, part, quartered, Stj. 148.
fj6r3i, adj. [Germ, vierte ; T>2,\\.f](Erde\ the fourth, Fms. i. 67 (passim).
fjorStmgr, m., generally the fourth part, quarter, D.L i. 470, Grag. i.
144 ; f. hera6smanna, N. G. L. i. 352 ; f. rastar, the fourth part of a mile,
Fms. viii. 63 ; fjorSungr visu, the fourth part of a verse-system or stanza, =
two lines, Edda (Ht.) ; hence fj6r3unga-lok, n. the last quarter of a verse,
Fms. vi. 387 : a coin (cp. Engl, farthing), N. G. L. iii. ch. 13. 2. a
liquid-measure = /era /"o^s or twenty 'merkr;' fj6r3ungs-fata, a vat holding
a quarter. 3. a weight = ten pounds or twenty ' merkr,' Jb. 375, Grag.
Kb. 232, Dipl. iii. 4, Grag. ii. 362: the law allows a person to bequeath
the fourth part of his property, this is called fj6r3ungs-gj6f, f., G\>\.
270, cp. Jb., Dipl. V. I. 4. the Icel. tithe (tiund) was divided into four
shares, each of them called ' fj6r6ungr,' — to the poor, bishop, church,
and priest, Grag., Tl., passim. II. in Norway counties were
divided into fjorSungar quarters (J)ri8jungar ridings, spxtungar sextants,
attungar octants, etc.), vide D.N.; hence fjor&ungs-kirkja, a quarter
church, parish church, N. G. L. ; fj6r8ungs-ma3r, a man from the same
quarter ox parish ; fj6r3ungs-prestr, the priest of a fjorSungs-kirkja ; fjorft-
ungs-{)ing, the meeting of a f. ; fjor&ungs-korn, corn due to the priest,
D.N., N.G. L., the statutes passim; fj6r8ungs-b61, a farm yielding a
certain rent, and many otljers. Again, in Icel. the whole land was politi-
cally divided into quarters or fjorSungar (this division seems to have taken
place A.D. 964, and exists up to the present time), thus, Austhr8inga-,
VestfirSiaga-, NorSlendinga-, Sunnlendinga-fjorSungr, or east-, west-,
tiorth-, and south quarters; each of the quarters had three or four shires
or J)ing, and each had a parliament called Fj6r3ungs-J)ing or !Fj6r3-
unga-J>ing, and a court called Fj6r3ungs-d6inar, Quarter-courts, Eb.
ch. 10, Landn. 2. 12 ; (it is uncertain whether the writer Eb. 1. c. intended
to make a distinction between Fj6rSunga-J)ing and FjorSungs-Jjing, denot-
ing by the latter a 'general quarter parliament,' cp. also Landn. 150.)
compds: fj6r3unga-in6t, n. pi. the borders of the f., Grag. ii. 323,
Landn. 251 (v. 1.), 237. fj6r3vinga-skipti, n. a division into quarters.
fj6r3vings-h.6f3ingi, a, m. a Tetrarch, N. T. fj6r3uiigs-inenn,
m. pi. the inhabitants of a fj6r6ungr, Grag. |j. {>., Landn. 98, Nj. no.
fj6r3ungs-sekt, f. outlawry, exile from one of the quarters, Bs. ii. 75.
fj6r3\ings-Timagi, a, m. a pauper charged to a f., Grag. i. 445.
fjorir, num. adj., fern, fjorar, neut. fjcigur (fjugur) ; gen. fjogurra or
fjogurra (fjugurra, N. G. L. i. 77, Sks. 173 B), mod. fjogra ; dat. fjorum ;
ace. masc. fjora, fem. fjorar, neut. fjiigur: [Goth, fidvar; A.S.feover ;
Eng\.fot^r ; Hel.fivar ; O.H.G.fior ; Germ, vier; Svfed.fyra ; Dzu. fire ;
cp. also Lat. quatuor, Gr. riaaap(s, Aeol. mavpfs] : — four (passim).
fjSgra-manna-far, n. a four-oared boat.
fjor-tdn, card, numb., [older form fj6gr-tfin or fjugr-tdn, B.K. 9,
60, 62, 125, Sks. 179 ^']:— fourteen (passim), fjort^n-sessa, u, f. a
ship with fourteen oars, Fms. ix. 408, v. 1.
fjor-tandi, ord. numb., [older form fjogr-tdndl or fjugr-tfindi,
N.G.L. i. 49, 348, 350 ; fjogr-tandi, F'ms. x. 398] -.—fourteenth.
fjor-tugti, the fortieth, Dipl. ii. 15.
FJ(3S, n., contr. {orm = {e-hus = ' cow-house,' [Norse j^os; the con-
tracted form is usual even in the earliest writers] : — a cow-house, byre,
stall, Ld. 98, Gisl. 28 sqq., Dropl. 28, Njar6. 368, Sturl. ii. 43, iii. 54,
Fms. ix. 508 ; vera i fjosi, or fara i fjos, to attend to the cows. compds :
fjos-dyr, fjos-haugr, fj6s-hla3a, fj6s-hur3, fj6s-reka, fjos-veggr,
etc., the door, mound, barn, hurdle, spade, wall, etc. of a fjos. fjos-
gata, u, f. the byre-path, Landn. 51. Fj6sa-karlar, m. pi. the ' byre-
carles,' the three stars in the sword of Orion. fjosa-kona, u, f. a
byre-maid, Landn. (Hb.) 51 : fjosa-konur, the ' byre-maids,' the three stars
in the belt of Orion, because the dairy-work is in the winter months
(Dec, Jan.) fixed by the rising of these stars. fj6sa-verk, n. ' byre-
work,' attendance on the cows, Nj. 185, v.l.
FJ(5S, mod. J)j6s, f. the carcase of a whale, Grag. ii. 360, 372. Jb.
310 B (passim).
jQtik, n. [cp. Engl.^^], a snow-storm: allit., frost ok fjiik, Fbr. 23;
fjiik ok drifa, Bs. i. 158 ; fjiik var liti, 672 ; 1 fjiiki, Landn. 235 ; stormr
me8 fjiiki. Fas. ii. 74: in swearing, fai j)at fjiik, a 'fjiik' upon it.
FJ"C'EA, pret. fauk, 2nd pers, faukt, mod. faukst, pi. fuku; pres, fjfk.
16S
FJtTKRENNINGR— FJORDR.
pi. fjiikum ; pret. subj. fyki ; part, fokinn ; sup. fokit : [Sv/ed. fyka ; Dan.
fyga] : — to he driven on, tossed by the wind, of snow, dust, spray, or the
like: allit., fjuka seni fys, as chaff; mold er fykr, 623. 25; axhelmur
{)xr sem fjuka . . . ef nokkut fykr fra oss, Stj. 422 : of snow, tok ^k at f.,
it began to snow, Grett. 11 1 ; var fjiikanda veftr, there was a snow-storm,
144 ; haf3i fokit yfir ondverdan vetr, they had been buried {had perished)
in the snow, Gliim. 341 ; hence the metaph. phrase, mi er foki& i flest
skjol, now all places of shelter are filled with snow, no refuge left,
Gisl. 63, Nj. 258; litvegar Hareks eru fokiiir, all H.'s outgoings are
stopped, Fms. xi. 423 ; syndisk {)eim sem eldr fyki um alia gluggana, of
embers, Bs. i. 7 ; fauk sva sandrinn, at . . ., of the ashes from a volcano,
804, (sand-fok, a drift of sand or ashes.) 2. metaph. to fly off; fauk
af hofu&it, Nj. 97, Ld. 291 ; fuku tennrnar or Bua, Fms. xi. 139 ; lata
fjiika i kveSlingum, to reply with sarcastic, extemporised ditties, Grett. 94.
fjuk-renningr, n. a snow-drift, Sturl. i. 155 C.
fjuk-viSri, n. a snow-storm, Sturl. ii. 31.
fjser, and compds, vide i]3.xr\, farther off.
F JODR, gen. fjaSrar ; old pi. fja3rar, later fjaSrir ; dat. fjo5rum : [A. S.
fe^er; Engl, feather ; Germ, feder ; Gr. irrtpdv']: — a feather, it may be
used of either the plume or the quill, but usually a distinction is made
between fiftri or fiSr, plumage, and fja6rar, quills; vaeng-fj65r, a wing-
feather; stel-fpbr, a tail-feather; dynja hana fja6rar, Bm. I ; har ok fja9rar,
Edda (pref.) ; plokkaSi af fja6rarnar, 77 : phrases and sayings, {)a8 er ekki
fjo&r af fati ^inu, 'tis no feather of thy gear, thou needst fiot be proud of
it, cp. Aesop's fable ; verdr hverr ad fijiiga sem hann er fjaSraSr, every
one must fly as he is feathered; draga fj66r um e-t, to slur over a
thing (vide draga), Fms. vii. 20: cp. the proverb in Rafns S. Bs. i.
647, — liti6 er nef vart, en breiSar ijadrar, our neb is small, but the
feathers large, perhaps somewhat corrupt in the text, being taken from
some fable about birds; the sense seems to be something like the Fr.
' I'homme propose, Dieu dispose.' 2. metaph. of feather-formed
things, a. the blade of a spear. Eg. 285, Stj. 461, Ld. 244, Grett. 121,
Sturl. ii. 60, Fas. ii. 209, Fb. iii. 409. p. the fin of a fish. Fas. ii. 13 1 ;
fiskr ni5r fra beltis-sta6 ok fjoSr a, Fms. iv. 56 (rare). compds :
fja3ra-broddr, m. a feathered, i.e. double-edged, spike, BarS. 170.
fjaSra-lausa, zd].featherless. Fas. ii. 378; in the riddle, fuglinn flaug
fja&ra-lauss, elti fuglinn fota-lauss. fja3ra-s^rr, adj. = fja9r-sarr.
fjaSra-spjot, n. a kind of stvord-spear to thrust w///&, = fja5r-spj6t.
PJdL, f., gen. fjalar, old pi. fjalar, later fjalir, a deal, thin board, Fms.
vi. 15, 281, X. 404 : metaph. of snow shoes, Sks. 81 B : so in the proverb,
{)a& er ekki vid eina fjol fellt, 'tis not joined with a single deal, 'tis ?io
plain matter, Mag. 86; or, hann er ekki vi5 eina fjol felldr, x.cfit for
many things; fota-fjol, afoot-board; h6f6a-fj61, the head-board of a
bed; nim-fjol, the side-board of a bed; gafl-fjol, the barge-board in a
gable, etc. compds: fjala-bru, f. a bridge of planks, Fms. xi. 280.
fjala-hlass, n. a load of deals, N. G. L. i. 142. fjala-kottr, m. a
mouse-trap, Fms. iii. 74. fjala-stoll, m. a deal stool, Pm. 90, etc.
P JOIi-, [akin to Gr. TToXvs ; mLfilu = iro\vs; A.S. fela; O. H. G.
filu; Germ, viel ; lost in Engl, and mod. Dan. ; in Icel. freq., esp. as
a prefix in poetry, but never used as an independent adj.] : — much, mani-
fold. I. in a bad sense: fj61-bei3ni, f. begging, intruding, Al.
91. fjei-breytimi, ad), false, whimsical, Edda 18. fjSl-kunnigr
(fj61-kundr, Barl. passim), adj. [kunna], skilled in the black art,
Grett. 150, 153, Eg. 119, 179, Nj. 17, 272, Fms. i. 18, ii. 134, Hm. 114,
passim. fjol-kyngi (fjol-kyndi, Barl. passim), f. the black art,
witchcraft, Fms. i. 10, Korm. 222, Landn. 84, Grett. 151, Rb. 408, Stj.
647; galdrar ok fjolkyngi, K. Jj. K. 76, Grett. 155, etc., passim; fj61-
kyngis-bsBkr, f. pi. magical books. Post. 645. 61 ; fjolkyngis-folk,
n. wizard-folk, Hkr. i. 267; fj61kyngis-fj)r6tt, f. magic art, 623.
31, Fms. X. 307; fjolkyngis-kona, u, f. a sorceress. Fas. ii. 273;
^61kyngis-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), with sorcery, Gisl. 31 ; fjSlkyngis-
list, f. magic art, Stj. 73 ; fj61kyngis-ve3r, n. a gale produced by
sorcery, Fms. iv. 44. fjdl-lyndi, f. looseness, Lv. 78. fjSl-lyndr,
adj.fickle, loose, Sturl. i. 225. fjOl-mdligr, adj. tattling, Karl. 439,
686 B. 2. fjbl-mseli, n. tittle-tattle, slander, Fms. ix. 250, Hkr. ii. 35,
Gt)l. 195, N. G. L. i. 57, H.E. i. 479. fjolmselis-maSr, m. a tatler,
slanderer, G\>\. 197. fj61-or3r, adj. = fjolmaligr, Fs. 36, Fms. ix. 277,
v. 1. fj6l-rd3r, zdi.fickle, loose, Fb. ii. 701. fj61-r8e3i, ^.fickleness,
looseness, 655 ix. C. 2. fj6l-r8e3inn, adj. too intimate, Fms. vi. 109.
fj61-skru3igr, adj. dressy, showy, Eb. 256. II. in the simple
sense of many : fj61-au3igr, adj. very rich, wealthy, Landn. 79. fjol-
byg3r, part, thickly peopled, Landn. 168, 270, 321 (App.) fj61-
menna, t, to crowd, meet in crowds, Nj. 75 : become peopled, Rb. 392,
Edda (pref.) flol-menni, n. many people, a crowd, Nj. 2, Eg. 38,
271, Fms. i. 54, ii. 152, passim : the common people, baendr ok f., Anecd.
6, Sks. 5. fjCl-mennr, older form fj<Jl-ine3r, adj. with many
people, Fms. i. 37 ; rikr ok f., Bs. i. 651 ; ri9u menu fjolmennir til {)ings,
Isl. ii. 254 ; far sem fjolmennastr, Fms. vii. 221 : peopled, fjolmennt J)ing,
veizla, etc., Nj. 167; gildi f., Eg. 22,46, Isl. ii. 259, Fms. vii. 265:
neut., vera, hafa fjolmennt. Eg. 5, Sturl. ii. 245 ; fjolmennt ok g65mennt,
many people and good. Eg. 201. Q61-skyl<ia and fj(jl-skyld, f..
Rd. 293; fj61-skyldi, n., N. G. L. ii. 9, Fms. xi. 68, Horn. 1, Gri
225 : much business, many duties, with a notion of toil and trouble, Fi
53, iv. 1 79, vi. 60, xi. 68, 429, Hom. 135, Bs. i. 90, 686 (of debt) ; ma
ok f., Sks. 569; alog n6 f. {duties), Fms. xi. 224; annask um f., ,
very busy, Rd. 1. c. ; eiga f. um at vera, id., N. G. L. 1. c. : in Hom. 1.
occupatio is rendered by fjolskyldi ; hvarki fe ne fjolskyldi, neiihi
money nor in work, Grag. i. 225 : — in mod. usage, encumbrance with ^
people {children), a large family, household, but this scarcely occurs i
writers. fj61-skyldr (-skyldugr. Mar. 232), adj. hisy ; f. emt
Sks. 38, 257 B.
III. poet, as a prefix to adj. as an oraam
di
epithet, e.g. fj6l-blf3r, -dyggr, -dyrr, -errinn, -gegn,
-kostigr, -ksenn, -msetr, -nenninn, -snerrinn, -svi3r, -varr, -
denoting exceeding good, wise, valia?it, etc. fj61-li6f3a3r, adj. n
headed, V^m. fjol-margr, adj. very many, Gs. 20 ; vide Lex. Po'
fj6l3, f. = fjoldi, a tnultitude, Fms. ii. 199, Rom. 383 : esp. in poetry,
gen. a plenty of, HofuSI. 16, Am. 8, 92, Gs. 5, f)kv. 23, Skv. 3. 2, 01
used as adv. [Germ. vier\, much, V^m. 3, passim, Hm. 17, 73, Sdm. ;
fjdldi and fj6l3i, a, m. multitude, Fms. i. 37, Eg. 74, 79, Nj. 8 ;
manna = fjolmenni, N. G. L. i. 30.
fjdlga, a6, to make to increase, Sturl. iii. 242 : impers.. Fas. i. 73.
to become numerous, Edda (pref.) p. reflex.. Fas. iii. 10, Stj. 21.
fjolgan, f. increase in number, Fms. v. 276.
fjoUottr, adj. mountainous, Fb. i. 431, Stj. 94.
fj61-in63i, a, m. the sea-snipe, tringa maritima, so called from its
ing note, Edda (Gl.); hence fj61in63a-vil, n. pitiful availing, vie
f)j69s. pref. p. xi.
FJOR, n., dat. fjorvi, mod. fjori, [Ulf. renders leSanos by fat
A.S.feorb, ^\. feoru = life ; Rd.firah; obsolete in Engl., Germ., S
and Dan.] -.—life, Vsp. 33 ; me6 fjorvi, 623. 49 : esp. freq. in
phrases, eiga fotum fjor at launa ; fjor ok f6, Fms. iv. 77) Gr;
21, SI. I ; frekr er hver til fjorsins, |>orst. St. 54, Nj. 124; allt er
firr, Ld. 266. 2. in poetry it seems to he used of the vital
the body; fleinn hitti fjor, H6fu91. 9, Hm. 7, Vellekla Hkr. i. 17:
18, Skm. 20; cp. Germ, leib, leben, and the Goth, and A.S. sense < ...
word. 3. in mod. usage freq. in the sense of vitality, vigour, ei 17,
spirits ; thus, fjQr -fiskr, m., vide fiskr : fj6r-k6.1fr, m. otie boundin, iih
life as a young calf, — hann er mesti fjorkalfr ; vera me6 fullu fjori be
in the full vigour of life : fj6r-lauss, ad], life-less, listless : fjor-mai m.
a vigorous man : fjor-mikill, adj. full of life. II. in poetry
used in a great many compds, chiefly those denoting loss of life, deal)
fj6r-bann, -grand, -lag, -Idt, -lot, -ndm, -rdn, -spell, -t&.
heart is fjor-segi, a, m. the 'life-clod,' Fm. 32.
fjor-baugr, m. 'life-money,' a law term, a fee amounting to a ma
be paid by a convict of the lesser degree to the executive court (f
domr) ; and if this was not paid, the convict was henceforth a fill lut-
law: — hence the convict is called fj6rbaugs-ina3r and the lesse ut-
lawry or conviction iy6rbaugs-gar3r, m., because within a fixed i>ce
(gar9r), the convict was safe, having paid the life-money, vide esp.
p. |j. ch. 32 sqq., ch. 40, Nj. 240, and the Sagas and laws passin
two passages, viz. Floam. S. ch. 10 and Gliima ch. 24, fjorbaugsg;
used in the same sense as |)ing-helgi, q. v., viz. of the sacred bound
a meeting, regarded by the heathens as a sanctuary, cp. Eb. ch. .
in the Edit, of Floam. S. the passage ' til Lons ' is false, the pr
reading being ' til Lopz,' i. e. Lopts ; in the old MS. Vatnshyrna the
of the p was prob. obliterated so as to make it look like «, and
transcriber read ' Lons,' another 'Jons ;' the reading ' Lopts' is born
the historical context, cp. also Landn. 5, ch. 8 ; the word fjiJrbaugr
fusely commented on in H.E. i. 137 sqq. compds: fjorbaugs
f. penalty off., = fj6rbaugs-gar9r, Grag. p. J>. ch. 40. fjorbaugs —,
f. a case liable to fjiirbaugr, Eg. 723, Nj. 164, Grag. i. 90. ]
fjor-brosa, u, f. a lovely smile ; sumir menn msela at m68ir J>in sjngi
f., some people say that thy mother is no f., Mirm. 69.
fj6r-brot, n. pi. the death-struggle, esp. of wild beasts, Faer. 49, F |»I.
Bs. i. 345 : Norse, a taking of life, manslatigbter, N. G. L. i. 156. 1
FJORD or fjor3, adv. [early Gttm.fert, used by Luther, but;«o-
lete in mod. Germ. ; Swed. and Y)an. fjord; cp. Sansk. /ara/] : — '- ^"'
year ; in Icel. this word is obsolete, and scarcely ever occurs in olc
writers ; but the mod. ' i fyrra' is derived or corrupted from an older
' i fjorft,' which is still used all over the Scandin. continent ; in D
fjord' repeatedly occurs, cp. Fr. ; the 'fjorS' in the following pass ^
Hkr. i. 186, Fms. ii. 328, vi. 88, Fs. 95 (Hallfred), all of them poems -
loth and nth centuries — is doubtless to be taken in this sense; a '
explanation given in Lex. Poet., s. v. fjor6 and following, cannot be i
fj5r3-gainall, adj. a year old, D. N.
fj6r3ingi, a, m. one who has dwelt for a year in a place, N. G. L. 1
F JORBR, m., gen. fjar6ar ; dat. firSi ; pi. firSir, gen. fjarSa ■■-
fjorSu, mod. fir6i : [Swed.-Dan. j//orJ; North. E. and Scot, firth :
Engl, ford is a kindred word, but not identical] : — a firth, bay, a S> ■
word ; but a small crescent-formed inlet or creek is called vik, and
than fj6r8r, hence the saying, fj6r6r milli fraenda, en vik miUi v •
^tbere be a firth between kinsmen, but a creek between friends, denotii 1
FJORGAMALL— FLEINN.
159
ship is not always so trustworthy as friendship : the allit. phrase, fjall
fiorfir, vide tjall ; freq. in Icel. and Scandin. local names combined
h some other word expressing the shape, etc., Brei8i-f., Mj6fi-f.,
ipi-f., Grunni-f., Eyja-f., Lima-f. or Eylinia-f., Arnar-f., Alpta-f., Vatns-
etc. In Icel. and old Scandin. countries the shore districts are freq.
ided into counties, bearing the name of the firth, just as the inland
divided into dales ; thus Eyja-f. and Skaga-f. denote both the firth
1 the county bordering on the firth. The western and eastern parts of
1. are called Vest-firftir and Aust-fir8ir ; in Norway a county is called
5ir; cp. Rb. 324 sqq., where over a hundred names of Icel. fjords
recorded, Landn. (Index), and the Sagas: fjar8a-gol, n. a breeze
^ing off a fjord, Faer. 203, Fms. iv. 302 ; fjarflar-botn, m. the bottom
head of a fjord, P^b. 188 ; fjar3ar-horn, n. the creek at the head of a
rd, Gisl. 55, also freq. as a local name; fjar3ar-fs8, m. fjord-ice, Eb.
2, Bs. i. 327 ; ft'ar3ar-kj6ptr or fjar3ar-minni, n. the mouth {open-
') of a fjord, Sturl. i. 121, Hkr. iii. 118 ; fjardar-menn, m. pi. the
)ahitants of a fjord county, Sturl. ii. 199.
jor-gamall, adj. stone-old, (mod.) ; cp. fjor6gamall.
6r-gjafi, a, m. one who saves another's life, = lifgjafi, Al. 98, Mork. 109.
i6r-gri3, n. pi. truce for one's life, Grag. ii. 21.
'j6rgyn, f [Goih.fairgtmi = a mountain']. Mother-earth, Edda.
6r-168tr, m. loss of life, Grag. i. 187, Fms. xi. 135; used in the
ase, ver6a e-m a3 fjorlesti, to cause one's death, Gisl. 62.
5iT, m. a kind of tree, thejir (?), Edda (Gl.)
i6r-ra3, n. a law term, a plotting against one's life (cp. Germ, verra-
n), Gnig. ii. 116, Al. 127. compds : fj6rrd,3a-s6k, f. a case of
iraS, Sturl. ii. 152. fj6rrd3s-raa3r (fj6rs-ina3r, Fagrsk. 181), m.
■aitor against one's life. fj6rra3s-inal, n. a suit for fjorraS, Eb. 1 29.
Srrsefli, n. = fjorra6, Matth. x. 21.
Sr-sjiikr, adj. sick unto death, Og. 9.
3r-8ka3i, a, m. 'life-scathe,' injury to one's life, N. G. L. i. 169.
Srsungr, m. [Norse fjarsing], a fish, draco marinus, Edda (Gl.) ; arfr
isunga, the heirloom of dragons, a hoard, cp. Fafnis arfr, Hkv. 2. 23.
6r-v61, f a plot against one's life, N. G. L. i. 34.
iJtra, aS, to fetter, Eg. 239, Nj. 136, Fms. iv. 264, vi. 378 ; fjiitra
t, to hobble a horse, Gliim. 378, = mod. hepta (q. v.)
iJtur-Iauss, adj. unfettered, Fms. xi. 226.
(jtur-ldss, m. a fetter lock (for a door), Fms. viii. 341, v. 1.
JdTURIl, m., dat. fjiitri, pi. fjotrar ; [A.S. fetor ; Eng\. fetter;
bm.fesser; cp. Lat. com-ped-is]: — a fetter of iron, a shackle; sprettr
r af f6tum fjoturr en af hiindum hapt, Hm. 150; fjciturr a fotum,
s. iv. 15; fjcitur allsterkan, annan fjiitur, Edda I9 ; fjoturr af hinu
kasta stall, Fms. x. 172, Hom. 118, 119; sitja i fjiitri, Fms. ii. 12 ;
1 i fjbtrum, id. ; {)eir brutu af ser fjotrana, Nj. 136. p. metaph.,
t)a-fjdtrar, the straps of a sledge, Sdm. 15 : the straps on a smith's
ows, Vkv. 22, 32. COMPDS : fjotra-brot, n. pi. the fragments of
•tter, Fms. xi. 290. fjotrar-rauf, f. the holes in a sledge through
\\'ch the straps go. Eh. 190.
LADR, n. low flattery, fawning.
i3ra, a6, to fawn ; f. at e-m, to fawn on one. Fas. iii. 282 (mod. flaftra
a e-n). fla3rari, a, m. a fawner, [cp. Germ, and Engl, flatter.]
LAG, n. [Engl, flaw], the spot where a tnrf has been cut out ; mo-flag,
Idar-flag, freq. : — so also flaga, u, f. a flag or slab of stone, Bs. i. 609,
Fms. viii. 320. In the East Angl. counties of Engl.^a^ is still used
t| urf as well as stone.
igari, a, m. a loose person, an impostor.
ig-brj6ska, n. the cartilage of the breast-bone, Edda 76, Bs. i. 378.
LAGD, n., pi. ilogS, an ogre, giantess. Fas. i. 59, Fms. iii. 122, 125,
, xi. 136, Bs. i. 468 : the saying, opt eru flogS i fcigru skinni, oft is a
h under a fair skin, Eb. 46 : demons = tx'6\\, Hkr. iii. 299 (in a verse),
. iii. 35 (in a verse). compds : flag3a-]iattr, m. a kind of metre,
!a (Ht.) 34. flag3a-lag, id., Ht. R. 32.
igS-kona, u, i. a giantess. Fas. ii. 518, iii. 560, GullJ). 20.
igna, a6, to flake off, as skin or slough, Bs. i. 618.
>g-spilda, u, f. a slice, cut, Isl. ii. 32.
LAK, n. the hood of a cap; ok saumat flokin at hofSi hennar, Sturl.
■7 C, (Ed. flokinn) ; hence flaka-olpa, u, f. a cap with a hood or
Sturl. 1. c. p. the flapper ox fin, e. g. of a halibut.
ika, 5, to gape, esp. of wounds ; f. sundr af sarum, Fas. iii. 485 ; flakti
si6an, ii. 139. p. to flap, be loose, of garments etc.
iki and fleki, a, m. a 'flake,' esp. a hurdle or shield wicker-work, used
defence in battle, Fms. ix. 30 (v. 1.), 421, Hkr. ii. II, Sks. 416 B.
tkk, n. a roving, roaming about.
ikka, a9, to rove about as a beggar, Fas. ii. 228, Fms. viii. 240, Sturl.
-IS.) : metaph., Vapn. 4.
a, aS, to flake off, split, Fms. viii. 380, v. 1.
LAlf, n. a rushing ; feig8ar-flan, ' mad-rush' (a saying).
uaa, a&, to rush heedlessly.
mgi, a, m. a coaxer, fawner; hence flangsast, dep. to fawn and coax.
nn-fluga, u, f. an adulteress, one who runs away from her wedded
■'and, a law term, N. G. L. i. 28.
flanni, a, m. a giddy person.
PLAS, n. and flas-fengni, f. a headlong rushing.
flasa, a8, to rush, cp. Germ, flatschen.
flaska, a6, to split, in the popular phrase, flaska a skeri, to split on a
skerry or rock, of a ship, cp. Grett. 148 (in a verse).
flaska, u, f [a word prob. of Byzantine origin, from Gr. <f>\&aiti), <t>ki-
ffKiov; Van. ^ndSwed. flaska ot/laske; Germ.flasche ; Engl. flask ; Ital.
fiasco; Span, fiasco; Ft. flacon; cp. Du Cange s. v./asco and /asca] : —
a flask; but it must be old, as fldsku-skegg, n. bottle-beard, occurs in
Landn. as a nickname of an uncle of the old Njal. ; flOsku-bakr, m.
bottle-back, which occurs as a nickname in Grett., cp. Landn.
flaski, a, m. a flaw in timber or the like.
flat-bytna, u, f a flat-bottomed boat, a barge, Jm. i.
flat-ligr, ?LA).flat; flat-liga, ?idv. flatly, Bs. ii. 129.
flat-maga, a5, to bask in the sun, lie as a dog, (cant.)
flat-nefr, ad], flat-nebbed, Lat. simus, a nickname, Landn.
flatneskja, u, f. a plain, Lat. planities; cp. Engl. jf?a/s, as in the Essex
flats etc.
flatningr, m. a flatfish, Mk. 53.
FLATB, adj., feni. flot, neut. flatt ; [Engl, and Swed._/?a<; Dan.fiad;
Germ, pi att] : — fiat, level, of land; sl^tta dala ok flata viiUu, Sks. 629:
of other things, flatt skjaldj)ili. Eg. 233 ; flattr fiskr, a fiat fish, Edda 35,
Fs. 129, Bs. ii. 179. p. fiat; falla flatr, Sturl. i. 85, Hkr. i. 38 ; draga
e-n flatan, to drag one fiat on the ground, Nj. 247 ; kasta s6r flotum
ni&r, to throw oneself down flat. Fas. i. 53. y. of the flank of a thing,
the phrases, st^ra a flatt, to steer on the fiank {side) of another ship, Korm.
230, Fas. ii. 523; breg8a flcitu sverSi, to deal a blow with the fiat of a
blade, Fms. vii. 157 ; oxin snerisk fliit, the axe turned so as to strike fiat,
Grett. 151 ; breg6a vi8 flotum skildi, Nj. 262 : metaph., fara flatt fyrir
e-m, to fare ill, be worsted, metaphor from a ship, Sturl. iii. 233, Fms. vi.
379; koma flatt upp a e-n, to come 'flat' on otie, take one by surprise.
flata-fold, f. a fiat-field, Bs. ii. 69.
flat-sigling, f. sailing with a side wind.
flat-skj6ldx, m. = Lat. /e/m, Stj. 572. i Kings x. 16, 17.
flat-sini3i, n. things wrought fiat with a plane or hammer, Grag. i. 504.
flat-streymi, n. an eddy coming on the side of a ship.
flat-sseng, f a bed made on thefioor, Faer. 259.
flat-sseri (proncd. flassseri), n. a fiat wound, as from a blister.
flat-vegr, m. the fiat, broad side, Grett. 151 ; opp. to an edge.
flat-vi3r, m.fiat timber, planks, boards, G^\. 455.
FLAUG, f. [fljviga] ,fiying,fiigbt, Sks. 1 14 B ; fugla f., 655 B. 3 ; fugl a
flaug(mod. fuglaflugi), Sks. 81; Jjessif., Hem.40; hefja flaug, Hom. 142 :
metaph.. Am. 23, Sks. 423 B : the phrase, vera a for ok flaugum, to be
unsteady andfiuttering, Nj. 196. II. [Dan._;?o/], a vane, Bs. i. 422,
ii. 50, Edda (Gl.) ; hence flaugar-skegg, n. the edge or tail of the vane.
flaum-osi (mod. flumosa), adj. rushing heedlessly on, metaph. from
the sudden swelling of a torrent, Gisl. 30, Fs. 30.
FLAUMB, m. [Norse /ow; K.S.fieam; Dulch. fieem] : — an eddy,
Bs. ii. 5 : poet, the din of battle, hildar f, gcindlar f., Lex.PoiJt. 2.
metaph. a bevy, crowd; kvenna f., a bevy of ladies, Fs. (Hallfred) : in
the phrase, nema e-n flaumi, to bereave one of company and glee, Jd. 5,
Isl. ii. 252 (in a verse) ; flaums felli-domr, the hasty judgment of a crowd,
(Sighvat). COMPDS : flaum-semi, f.fiimsiness. Mar. flauin-slit,
n. pi. a forsaking one, abandonment, Hm. 122.
FLAUST, n. [akin to fley], poet, a ship. Lex. Poet, passim.
flaustr, n. fluster, hurry; flauatra, aS, with dat. to be flustered.
FLAUTIB, f. pi. [K.S.flet; Van. fldde = cream], a kind of whipped
milk, Sturl. iii. 16, 31.
fl^, f. the float or quill of a net, Jb. 317, Grag. ii. 358 : metaph. strips
of meadow latid = iit, Rom. 310.
FLA, pres. flae ; pret. flo, pi. flogu or flou ; part, fleginn ; [akin to flag] :
— to flay, Finnb. 250; ok flou af skinn, Sd. 154; aSr enn flai hu6 af,
G^l. 502 ; 611 hub af honum sem flegin vaeri, Fms. vii. 227, Edda 72 ;
flegnir, 28 ; fla e-n kvikan, Fms. viii. 227 : the saying, J)ar er ekki feitan
golt a& fla : metaph. to strip, fla e-n at gripum, to strip one for one's
money, Bjarn. 16; si&an flogu Jieir hann or klae&um, stripped him, Fms.
vii. 352 ; J)a flogu {)eir J)a or fcitum, 623. 33 : also with ace. of the thing,
hann flo af ser yfir-klaefti sitt, stripped his over-garment off him, Sturl. ii.
231 C : reflex., flaezk hann or kyrtlinum, he pulled the cloak off, Bs. i. 442.
fliki, a, m.flat tnoors, moor-land ; fiia-f., m6a-f., etc.
FLAB., fern, fla, neut. flatt, compar. flari, superl. flastr, prop, gaping;
flar saumr, a loose ill-stitched seam. 2. metaph. in the saying,
maela fagrt, en hyggja flatt, to speak fair, but think false, Fms. ii.91, Hm.
90, Bjarn. 21, Al. 102.
fl4-rd3 and fld-r8e3i, n. falsehood. Boll. 348, Fms. x. 390, Sks. 618.
fli-ra3r, adj. false, deceitfrd. Fas. i. 23, Hm. 119.
fle3a, u, f. a sleek, bland person. fle3u-ligr, adj. bland.
fleg3a, u, f. = flagft, a giantess.
FLEINN, m. [A. S.flan], a bayonet-like pike, Fms. iii. 224, Sks. 394,
cp. Grett. 141. p. the fluke of an anchor, Nj. 42, Orkn. 362 ; vide
akkeris-fleinn. 2. a kind of shaft, a dart, = A. S.flan, Hofiidl. 10,
160
FLEIPR—FLISSA.
13, Rm. 32, Fms. i. 45, cp. Hkr. i. 159, Hm. 85, igi ; hence poot. flein-
drifa, u, f. a drift or shozver of shafts ; flein-st6kkvandi and flein-
varpa3r, m. epithets of archers. 3. a pr. name, Landn. ; hence
Pleins-Mttr, m. a metre attributed to an old poet of that name,
Edda (Ht.)
FLEIPB, n. babble, tattle, Mag. 56.
fleipra or fleipa, a5, /o babble, prattle, Gis\, gS, Isl. ii.i5i,Grett. I48 B,
Fas. ii. 507.
FLEIBI, compar., and FLESTB, superl., (fleirstr is a bad form,
freq. in books of the l8th century), [cp. Lat. pier igue, plures ; Gr.TrXf laroi,
irKtiovfs ; 'Dzn.jlere,jlest; Ulf. uses managistr = irXuaros and maiiagiza
= v\fietiv; vide margrj : — more, most; sex domendr eSa fleiri, Grag. i.
37 ; eru {)eir fleiri er {)at sanna, Fms. x. 275 ; hinir voru {)6 miklu fleiri
(more numerous), Ld. 170; ef hann |)arf fleiri bjargkvi6u, Grag. i. 55;
a J)vi vigi eigi fleiruni mtinnum a hendr at lysa, ii. 34 ; vil ek heyra
fleiri manna 6rskur6, Fms. i. 42 : neut. fleira, more, fell miklu fleira 116
hans, I2T : with gen., hafdi hann iiokkuru fleira manna, Eg. 77, Bs.
ii. 167; fleira barna, Fs. 75; ekki sag6i hann |)essum manni fleira, Fms.
i. 145. p. metaph. more communicative, hearty, cp. far and margr;
er mi fleira i fraendsemi me& J)eim, Band. 20 new Ed. ; hann gorSisk vi9
hann fleiri ok fleiri, 7nore and more intimate, Finnb. ch. 7 ; fannsk m<5r J)a
ok ae sidan fleira til hans, i.e./ liked him then and better ever since, Fms. i.
141 : in the sense of more, er fleira drekkr, the more he drinks, Hm. 1 2 ; fleiri
vasbiid haf9i hann, en ver hofum haft, Fb. i, 0. T. ch. 26. II.
superl., forsjalir um flest, Eg. 73 ; per erut um flest einra&ir Islendingar,
Ld. 314; flest allt, almost all (vide allr), Fs. 174; flest allt stormenni,
Landn. 39, v. 1. ; flest till hof, Sks. 234 ; J)eir eru her flestir menn at mikils
munu virSa min or6, Ld. 184 ; flestir allir nema fair menn, Ni5rst. 7 ; flest
116, the greater part of the people or troops, Korm. 236, Eg. 92. p.
with the notion of all; flestr ma8r, most people, Hofu81. 3; ^at tel ek
fyrst er flestr um veit, Ad. 17; reyndr var flestr i fastri fleindrifu, Fbr.
(in a verse); flestan dag, all day long, Gm. 15 ; flestan aldr, all ages, for
ever, Arnor ; dag-lengis flestan, all day long, Kormak ; \>vi at ek bru6ar
a flest um ra5 sem fa8ir, Aim. 5, Lex. Poet. : the saying, flestir kjosa
fyr6ar lif, all men cling to life, Kvoldv. i. 194, as motto to the fable of
Death and the Old Man with the Sack.
fleka, a6, with ace. to deceive, beguile.
fleki, a, m. = flaki, Fms. v. 167, viii. 429, ix. 30, 421, v. 1., Sks. 417.
JPLEKKA, a8, to fleck, stain, pollute, 655 xxxii. 4, Magn. 474 : reflex.,
H.E. i. 476, Stj. 142.
flekka, u, f. a kind of chequered jacket, Sturl. ii. 218 : a fleck, spot, in
flekku-sott, f. scarlet fever, Fel. ix.
flekkan, f. pollution, 655 xxxii. 3, Stj.
flekkja, ab, to rake the hay into rows for drying.
flekk-lauss, adj. unspotted, eccl., 635. 70, 183, Stj. 49.
flekk-ottr, a.d]. flecked, spotted, of sheep, dogs, cattle (skjottr, of horses),
Stj. 98, 177, 178, Rb. 354; flekkott hekla, Landn. 319, v.l. ; rau6-f.,
svart-f., bla-f., etc., red-, black-, blue-flecked, etc.
FLEKKE, m., pi. flekkir, gen. flekkja, a fleck, spot, Stj. 124, Fms. x.
332, Nj. 68, Fb. i. 258 : metaph. a blot, stain, Jjorst. St. 51, H.E. i. 505 ;
bl66-f., q. v. ; an flekk, sine contaminatione. Mar. 2. a row of hay
spread out for drying.
flenging, f. whipping, Grett. 135.
flengja, d, to whip. Fas. iii. 312 : to ride furiously, (mod.)
flenna, t, to put wide open (cant word). Eg. 305, v. 1., Fb. iii. 335, 427.
flenna, u, f. [flanni], a gadding, giddy woman.
flenn-eygr, adj. having wide-staring eyes, Fb. i. 276.
flens, n. kissing, licking, coaxing ; kossa-flens, kissing and coaxing.
flensa, a&, \Gcrm.flansen'], to kiss, lick (cant word), Fms. vi. 359, cp.
Mork. 75, where it is spelt flenssa : of an ox. Fas. iii. 500.
fleppinn, adj. [Scot, flypiri], crest-fallen.
FLES, f., pi. flesjar, [cp. flas, flaska], a^ree« spot among bare fells and
mountains, Edda 52 (in a verse), pd. 12.
FLBSK(fleski, Rm.l.c.),n. [A.S./<e5c; Engl. flesh; Germ. fleisch ;
not in;Ulf. ; in Icel. and all northern languages kjot (Swed. kott, Dan. kjod)
is the common word, and flesk is only used oi pork or bacon ; Dan. flcesk ;
Swed. flask] : — pork, esp. ha77i and bacon, often used in pi. ; fan fleski,
Rm. 29 ; fleska bezt, Gm. 18 ; forn fleski. Snot 226 ; brau6 ok liti8 fleski,
Bs. i. 819 ; galtar flesk, Edda 23 ; hveiti ok flesk, Fms. vi. 263 : a dish of
kale and bacon was a dainty, hence the saying, drepa fleski i kal, to dip
bacon into kale. Fas. iii. 381 ; e-m fellr flesk i kal, the bacon drops into
one's kale, cp. the Engl. ' roasted larks flying into one's mouth ;' honum
J)6tti, ef J)etta profaSisk salt, naliga flesk fallit i kal sitt, Bs. i. 717;
feitt flesk f^U J)er i kal (Ed. ketil wrongly), ef J)u kannt at siipa, Fms.
xi. 348. coMPD : fleski-sneid, n. a cut or slice of bacon, Finnb. 212,
V.L, Fms. iii. 112.
FLET, n. [cp. Scot, and Engl, flat = a story of a house ; D:in. fled in
fled-foring; A.S. flett = aula ; O.U.G.flazi; Htl. fletti = coenacidum,
domus; mod.provinc. Germ, fletz] i—^aset of rooms or benches, and hence
metaph. the bouse itself; often in pi., chiefly used in poetry and in
law. 1. rooms; fiet fagrlig, Vtkv. 6 ; sitja a fleti fyrir, Hm. i ; ef,
lengi sitr annars fletjum a, 34 ; flets stra, rooms strewed with slra
46 ; setjask mi6ra fletja, to be sealed in the middle, Rm. 4 ; vaxa
fletjum, 34 ; lattu a flet va6a guU-skalir, let the golden goblets go ;
the benches (as the Engl, loving cup), Akv. 10 ; styra fletjum, to
keep house. Heir. 10 ; bera hror af fletjum, Scot, to lift and carry a body
of the house, to bury, Stor. 4 ; um flet ok um bekki, Fas. ii. 164.
in law phrases, a house; setja hann ni6r bundinn a flet syslu-manns
place him bound in the bailiff's house, Gpl. 147, cp. 534; J)a skulu
hafa vitni til, ok setja })ann mann bundinn a flet hans, N.G. L. i. i
of compulsory alimentation, cp. Da.n. fled-foring ; er dottir hans a f
// he has a daughter in the house, 341 ; ganga a flet ok a bor5 e-s
board and lodge with one, D. N. ii. 442. 3. a couch, in the phrase,
or fleti, to rise up from bed, of a lazy fellow, Gullf). 14 ; the word ag
with the mod. use of flet, aflat bed on the floor, = ^a.t-s«.ng. com
flet-bjorn and flet-vargr, m., poet. = a house.
flet-genginn, part, a law phrase = arfsals-ma6r, q. v., Dan.fied-fdrin ^
fletja, flatti ; pres. flet; part, flattr : — to cut open; J)orskr flattr, dried
stockfish, Grag. ii. 354 B, Jb. 317 : reflex, to stretch oneself, Fas. ii, i
impers., skip (ace.) fletr, to drift aside (with the current). I
flet-ro9, n. a ' clearing the flats,' of a furious onslaught in ba ,
Jomsv. 39.
fletta, tt, to strip; fletta klaeSum, Nj. 209, Fms. viii. 77, 264; 1"
e-n af brynju, vii. 227, viii. 121 ; fletta e-u af e-m, to strip (the clot
off, iii. 125, AI. 89 : metaph., Th. 24. p. to strip, plunder, Stur
208, Fms. ix. 383, Stj. 282 ; ep. fe-fietta. 2. the phrase, fletta
(dat.), to turn the leaves of a book, (mod.)
FLISTTA, ttora&, [Lat.^/ec/er«; Uli.flehtan; Germ, flecbten; I
flette; the word is scarcely borrowed from the Germ.] : — to plait; ir
flettad, Karl. 335 : reflex., hari8 flettask ni5r a bringu, the hair fell d'l
in braids on the breast, 226.
fletta, u, f. a braid, string; hkv-f., plaited hair. compds : fle' -
band, n. plaited string, cord. flittu-grjdt, n. sling-stones, Sks. . j,
O.H. 185 (in a verse). fl^ttu-skepta, u, f. a kind of shaft, l\i
amentata, = skepti-{letia, q.v. '
fletting, f. a stripping, phmder, Ann. 1242. !
flettingr, m. braids, knots, Karl. 299, 335, Mag. 33, El. 27, 29.
flettu-selr, m. a kind of seal, Sks. 177.
FLEY, n. a kind of swift ship ( = snekkja, q.v.) ; only found in p ;,
as Thiodolf calls the sea fleyja flatvcillr, the flat-field of the fleys, cp. 1 •.
2. 4 ; fley ok fagrar arar, a fley and beautiful oars, Egill ; used by pis
also in many compds, as fley-braut, fley-vangr, the road-field o\t
fleys, etc. ; never in prose, except in pr. names, as Gesta-fley, Fms. i,
Sverr. S. ; but flej^-skip occurs not only in verse, Fb. i. 528, but also la
deed of the year 13 15, N. G. L. iii. 112 : — also used oi merchant ships,
The Spun, flibote, Engl, fly-boat (Johnson) point to a form fley-bd
fley-skip, though that form has not been found ; from the Span. flib6te ]
came the Ital.flibustiero, Anglo- Amevicnn filibuster : perh. also the G
freibeuter, Engl, freebooter, Dutch vrijbuiter represent the same v ■,
altered so as to give an intelligible sense in the respective languages.
fleySr, n. a scratch.
fleygi-ferS, f. flying speed.
fleygi-gaflok, n. a javelin, Sks. 386, 387.
fleygi-kvittr, m. a loose rumour, Fagrsk. ch. 277.
FLEYGJA, fleyg&i, [fliiiga, flaug], to ' let fly,' throw, with dat., s.
ii. 17, v. 223, xi. 72, Ld. 166, Bs. ii. 87, Rm. 32 (where read fle i:
absol., Vsp. 28, Fms. vi. 137 ; fleygja af hendi, 623. 31. p. imj i,
monnum ok fenafti fleyg8i {were thrown) til jar6ar, Ann. 1339.
fleygr, adj. able to fly, Grag. ii. 346, Horn. 89.
fleygr, m. a wedge.
fleymingr, m. [flaumr], jVs/, sport, in the phrase, hafa e-t i fl
to make sport of, 655 xxxii. 15, Hkr. ii. 187, Grett. 95 A, Sturl. ;
sometimes spelt flymingi or flaemingi, but less correct.
fley-skip, n. a 'fly-ship,' Fb. i. 528 (in a verse), N. G. L. iii. 1 1 2, v re
it is opp. to langskip : cp. fley.
FLEYTA, tt, [fljota, flaut], to float, launch, with dat. ; fleyta ski, n,
Hkr. iii. 433, Eg.. 359. p. to lift slightly from the ground, Fni ii.
211 : reflex, fleytask, metaph. to pass, go through, but with the n )n
of a narrow escape, as a boat in shallow water. Band. 7 (v. 1.) new ]
FLIKKI, n. a flitch of bacon, Fms. x. 204, Fas. ii. 473, Dipl. 4
COMPD : flikkis-sneiS, n. a cut or slice of bacon, Fms. iii. 112.
FLIM and flimt, n., esp. as a law phrase, a lampoon, libel (in ve ')■
Nj. 70, Bjarn. 42.
flim-beri, a, m. a flouter, Fb. iii. 242.
flimska, u, f. mockery, Hb. 14.
flimta, a6 and t, to flout, la7npoon; ef t)u flimtar mik, Fni;. )
flimta6i, Fs. 89; but J)eir flimtu {jorgrim, Fms. vi. 3i.(flimtfl3u, );
flimtaSi (subj.), Fs. 89.
flimtan, f. a lampooning, quizzing, satire, Nj. 50, Eg. 209, Fn vi
193, Sturl. ii. 57, iii. 80; vide danz.
FLIPI, a, m. a horse's lip; (granir, of a cow; vor, of a man.)
<j, FUSSA, a5 (and fliss, n.), [Swed./ws], to titter.
FLlK—FLdD.
161
hiK, f., pi. flikr (but fii'kar, {)orf. I.e.), [Getm.Jlick &nd Jlicken}, a'
'cb,' tatter, rag, flap, {)orf. Karl. 436, Pass. 24. 1, 2.
rur, f. pi. caresses; fliru-ligr, adj. bland; fliru-lseti, n. pi.
LfS, f. [Gam. fliese; Svfcd.flisa ; Dan. flise], a splinter, N. G. L. i.
Fnis. X. 30 : a slice. Mar. (Fr.)
tsask, a5, dep. to be split into slices, be splintered, Stj. 64I.
LJ6D,n.nK'owa«,onlyusedinpoetry,Hm.78,9l,lOi,Alni.5,Rm.22,
a 1 08; etym. uncertain. II. in pi., a local name in Norway, Fms.xii.
LJOT, II. [A. S.fleut = ostium ; cp. the Fleet River in London, whence
■1 Street, "bionhfleet and Southfleei in Kent ; Germ, fliess, usually
V, whence Dan. flod'\ : — in old writers scarcely used except as a pr.
le of a river, viz. Markar-fljut (and simply Fljot) in the south of Icel.,
■lice Flj6ts-lili3, f. the county, Landn. and Nj. passim ; and the
!ity Fljot (pi.) in the north of Icel., whence Fljdta-menn, m. pi.
men from Fljot, Sturl. i. 138 : in mod. usage it may be used as an
ell. a river, as in Dan. and Germ., but scarcely except in poetry, e.g.
n. 7. 1. 2. a fljoti, afloat, Fms. iv. 65 ; better a floti, vide flot.
[jJ(3TA, pret. flaut, 2nd pers. flauzt ; flautt scarcely occurs, pi. flutu ;
. flyt, pi. fljotu'm, pret. subj. flyti ; part, flotinn ; sup. floti6 : [A.S.
tan; Engl. float; O.H.G.fliozan; Germ. fliessen; Dzn.flyde; Swed.
i] ; 1. to float on the water ; sa J)ar fljota langskip tjaldat. Eg. 88 ;
sem {)at flaut i hiifninni, 359 ; lata ^eir f. skipit, Fms. x. 347 ; ^ar sa
f. fyrir skip Jsorvalds, Korni. 234 ; hvcrir lata fljota fley vi6 bakka,
'.a. 4; flytr meSan lifir en sokkr J)egar dautt er, Rb. 352: in the saying,
, meSan ekki sokkr, a phrase answering to the Engl, sink or stuim ; fugla
a vatni,/ozi'/s that swim, Grag. ii. 346 ; J)a fly'tr hann til lands, jf?oa/s
re, Sks. 94; seSii hve flotinn fl^tr, Skalda 163. p. metaph. to
t about, spread, of news, Bs. ii. 143; lata or5 f., Mar. 14; fiat hefir
5 um {)rja baei e9r fjora, N. G. L. i. 141, Horn. 45. y. reflex., lata
isk, to drift, Sks. 133. 2. to run, stream, of running water ; sva
rennandi viitn f. at ymissum uppsprettum, Fms. ii. 89 : to form a
. vciftiin flutu fjortan alna djiip, Stj. 58 ; meS fljotandum tiirum, with
ling tears. Mar. p. intrans. to be flooded; flaut hann allr i tarum, he
in floods of tears, Fms. x. 24; flutu i vatni augun klar. Pass. 2. 11 ;
i bl66i golf allt, the floor was flooded with blood, Eg. 217; j6r8in
af hunangi, Stj. 453 ; ketillinn fly'tr me9 feiti, Bs. ii. 135 ; flaut allt
afmonnum, Fms. viii. 400.
;t-endi, n. the float or cork of a net, GJ)1. 428.
>t-fanga, adj., Bs. i. 360, read fljot fanga-ra9s.
)t-leikr (-leiki), m.fleetness, speed, Fms. x. 344, xi. 428, Sks. 82.
it-liga, Adv. fleetly, swiftly, Fms. i. 69 : metaph. promptly, iv. 295.
jt-ligr, ad], fleet, Ld. 232 : metaph. speeding, Bs. i. 423.
it-mseltr, part, talking quickly, opp. to sein-maeltr.
itr, ad], fleet, swift, of a horse, Flov. 30: of a ship, Fs. 28, Fms.
62. p. metaph. ready, speedy; Olafr var {)ess ekki fljotr, ok for
^t baen Bolla, Ld. 186. II. neut. used zdverh. fleetly, swiftly ;
tt vid fljott ok leita dyra, Fms. v. 147 ; sva fljott, so soon, 168 ; sem
ist, the soonest, at once, Fb. i. 539 ; J)at fljotast sem J)u getr, as soon
•ou canst, Fms. iii. 94 ; fljotara, sooner, Dipl. v. 5. 2. metaph.
>hptly; hann tekr honum eigi fljott, he received him coolly, Sd. 139;
«|t(')ku eigi fljott undir J)at, F'ms. ii. 32.
;!it-ra3r, zd]..rash, Hkr. iii. 87, v.l.
ll)t-r8e3i, n. rashness.
it-tsekr, adj. qnick at taking in or apprehending, Fms. xi. 427.
it-virki, f. quickness in working, Fms. xi. 431, Th. 19.
)t-virkni (fljot-virkt, Bs. ii. 96), f. hurried work.
3j>t-virkr, adj. quick in working. Mar. ; but also opp. to goSvirkr,
fi/n^ hastily, ' scamping' the work.
jJtJQ-A, pres. fly'g, pi. fljiigum ; pret. flaug, 2nd pers. flaugt, mod.
St, pi. flugum ; another old pret. flo, Haustl. 2, 8, f)kv. 5, 9, Gh. 17,
14, and prose passim ; the form flaug is very rare in old poets ; flo
:>w quite obsolete, flaug, pi. flugu, being the current form ; part,
sup. flogit; pret. subj. 1st pers. flygja, 3rd pers. flygi ; with the
suf. fiy'grat, Hm. 151 : [not on record in Goth., as the Apocal. is lost
i.; A.S.fleognn; Engl. fly; O.ll.G.fliogan ; Germ.fliegen; Dutch
en; Sv/ed. flyga ; Dzn. flyve : cp. Aug] : — to fly, Lat. volare, of
; in the allit. phrase, fuglinn fljugandi ; valr flygr, Grag. ii. 170;
i hrafn aptr um stafn, Landn. 29; flo hann {)angat til, NiSrst. 4;
liga eigi upp fyrr, Edda 60 ; Johannes flaug upp til himins, Horn.
2. metaph., fljuga a e-n (a-flog, q. v.), to fly at one another, in
lit, Nj. 32 : recipr., fljugask a, to join in a fight, N.G. L. i. 46, Nj.
p. of weapons, sparks, rumour, and the like ; spj6ti5 flo yfir hann
' Nj. 58 ; kesjan flaug i voUinn, Eg. 379 ; gneistarnir {the sparks)
'■'lis. viii. 8; at vapn skyli falla at manni e5r f. at honum, Grag.
fljugandi fleinn, Hm. 85, 151 ; fleinn floginn, HofuSl. 12 : um
: tlo lit ferlegt uor6an, Horn. 115 ; sa kvittr flo i bygSinni, Fms.
•^M : flaug ^at sem sinu-eldr, i. 21. -y. of shooting pains (vide flog) ;
Mn af flo a hann mein J^at, Bs. i. 446. ' II. in old poetry and
': stones, used = flyja (q. v.), to flee, "LtiX. fugere ; sa er eigi flo at
^, who fled not at Upsala, Baut. 1169; en t)iuir fjandr flugu,
*•!• i^; flo or hndi, fled from the land, T^t. 14,
flog, n. [fljuga], a flying, flight, old form == Aug, Bar!. 56 : medic, a
shooting pain, verkjar-ilog, or flog-verkr, ni., and flog-kvoisa, u, f.
rheumatism, Fel. ix.
flogall, adj. volatile, Lat. volatilis, Hb.
PLOKKK, m. akin to folk, [A. S./oc ; Eng\. flock ; Din.flok; Swed.
flock] : — a body of men; in law five men make a flokkr; flokkr eru fimm
menn, Edda 108 ; {)at heitir f. er fimm menn cru saman, N. G. L. i. 61 :
— a company, host, party, J)eir gengu allir i einum flokki, Nj. lOO; engia
flokkar, a host of angels, Greg. 34 ; marga flokka, Th. 3 ; hlaupa i gegn
or iiSrum flokki, Grag. ii. 10: adverb., flokkum, in crowds, 656. 18;
flokkum J)eir foru, SI. 63 :— a troop, band, hefja flokk, to raise a band, to
rebel, Fms. viii. 273, ix. 4; ofriki flokkanna, vii. 293 ; fara me8 flokk, to
roam about, 318 : — a tribe, company, in a good sense, Stj. 321, 322, passim,
and so in mod. usage. compds : flokka-atvigi, n. an attack in bands,
uproar, N. G. L. i. 165. flokka-ferfl, f. a marching in troops, Grett.
124B. flokks-foringi,a,m.acn/)/a/>/,/ea(/^r, Fbr. flokks-hofflingi,
a, m. a head, chief, Stj. 322. flokks-madr, m. a man belonging to a
f., Fms. vii. 252, Sturl. iii. 242. flokks-vig, n. a law term, man-
slaughter in a faction fight or mcUe, N. G. L. i. 64. II. a short
poem, isl. ii. 237, Fms. v. 227, vi. 391, xi. 203, 204: as the name of
poems, Brands-flokkr, Sturl. iii. 90 ; Tryggva-f., Fms. iii. 54, 1 16 ; Kalfs-f.,
123; ValJ)j6fs-f., vi. 426; cp. esp. Gunnl. S. and Knytl. S. I.e., vide
drapa. 2. in mod. usage an epic poem consisting of several cantos
is called flokkr or rimna-flokkr ; thus Olfars-rimur, Niima-rimur, {)rymlur,
etc. are each of them a flokkr, but the Ski8a-rima or Olafs-rima, being
single rhapsodies, are not so called.
flokk-stjori, a, m. a captain or leader of a f., Ld. 268.
florin, m. (for. word), a florin, Bs. ii. 43. •
FLOS, n. the 'floss' or pile of velvet.
flosa, u, f. a splinter, = flis, Bev.
flosi, a, m. a pr. name, Landn., Nj. p. [Norse ^os], a fop. compds :
&ossi-'h.it,ttT, m. flutter. flosa-legr, adj. ; cp. flysjungr.
flosna, a6, to hang loose, prop, of threads : to wither, J)ar flosna aldregi
blomar, Hb. 6. p. metaph., flosna upp, to break up one's household,
be bankrupt.
FLOT, n. [fljota], the fat, grease, esp. from cooked meat, Fms. i. 36,
Sd. 163, Dipl. iii. 4, v. 18 : in the phrase, sjaldan hefi eg flotinu neitaS,
Isl. J>j66s. i. 437. II. afloat, only in the phrases, a flot, with the
sense of motion, 'setting' afloat, Fms. vi. 249; a floti, 'being' afloat;
vera a floti, Hm. 155, Fms. vii. 287, Grag. ii. 357, N.G. L. i. 45.
Acta, ad, to float, launch, with dat., Fser. 162, Fms. ii. 107, ix. 447.
flota-holmr, m. an /sZt/, = um-flotin ey, Sks. 93.
flot-brusi, a, m. a floating jar, poet, a boat, Hym. 26.
flot-bytta, u, f. a grease-tub, a cognom., Fms.
flot-fimdinn, part./ozwzrf afloat, of a whale, Grag. ii. 383.
floti, a, m. [Germ. _;?oss; Dzn. flaade], afloat, raft, Lzt. ratis, Skalda
163, G{)1. 41 1, Fms. viii. 32. 2. a fleet, Lat. classis, Hkv. i. 27, 35, 2.
18, Fms. i. 169, viii. 222, passim. II. = flet, a movable Seat, bench,
Fms. v. 332, v.l., perhaps a misspelling.
flotna, a8, to come afloat, Fms. viii. 380, Stj. 123 : metaph., flotna upp,
to float up, come to the surface, Bs. i. 724.
flotnar, m. pi., poet, seamen, freebooters, Edda 107. Lex. Poet.
flot-rennr, adj. passable by afloat or raft, of a river, GJ)1. 414.
FLO, f., pi. flser, a layer, stratum, Edda 83. II. {k.^.flea;
Engl, flea; Germ. floh], a flea. Fas. i. 394 : the saying, vera eins og flo a
skinni, i. e. never at rest; mar-flo [Germ, floh-krebs], cancer pulex. fl6a-
bit, n. flea-bite.
FL(3 A, a&, to boil milk or fluids ; hence, fl6u3 mjolk, boiled milk; 6fl6u5
mjolk, unboiled milk ; solin heitir ok floar alia verold. Mar. 56 ; hon float
ok heitir k61nu& hjortu, 60. II. to flood; Logrinn gengr sva upp a
; londin at vi3a floar, 0. H. 17 ; af bans sarum fl6a6i sva mikit bl63. Mar.
(Fr.) : in mod. usage always declined with 3, floir and fludi, if in this sense.
FLdD, n. [Ul{. fludus = irora/x6$, Luke vi. 49; A.S. flod; Engl.
flood; Swed.-Dan. flod; Germ, fluth'] : — a flood, inundation, deluge,
Rb. 336; fl63it mikla, Ann. 1 199, Fms. xi. 393; vatns-flod, water-
flood. 2. of the tide,^oocf=flae3r, Fms. vii. 272, Eg. 195 ; {)a er
fl63, er tungl er i vestri ok i austri, 415. 10; fl63 edr fjara, GuUJ). 13 ;
at flofti, Fms. viii. 389, Orkn. 428, v.l., Landn. 57 ; in the west of Icel.
always flae3r, q. v. 3. a flood, river or sea, only in old poetry; the
allit. phrase, fiskr i ^6h'\,flsh in flood, esp. of salmon, Gm. 2 1 ; hvat er
J)at fiska er renn fl63i i, Skv. 2. i. Fas. i. 483 (in a verse) ; fold skal vid
fl63i taka (a saying), Hm. 138; cp. me3an jiird heldr flodi, vide Lex.
Poet. 4. a snow-slip, avalanche, Gisl. 33 ; snae-floS or snjo-flod
(freq.) II. metaph. tumult, uproar; en hinn vegni yrdi fyrir J)vi
fl63i, that the slain should be swept away in that flood, Grag. ii. 140 ;
var Pall i {)vi fl63i, Paul perished in the tumult, Sturl. iii. 83 C ; i {)essu
fl63i ur3u J)eir Hringr, Fms. v. 268 ; veit ek hverir her munu andask, ok
monat J)u i J)vi fl63i ver6a, thou shall not perish along with them, Greg.
75 ; i \\\ fl63i urSu fjorir tigir riddara. Bias. 38 : in a good sense, i J)vi
fl63i graeddi hann konu ^k er Sintica heitir. Post. 656 B. 1 1 : in the mod.
phrase, vera i fl63i e-s, to be in one's train, under one's protection.
M
162
FLODSKITR— FLtJA.
fl63-8kitr, m. a duck, podiceps cornutus, Edda (Gl.), = fl6a-skitr.
!FL(5l, a, m. [Norse Jlaa-vand, Jlaa-bygd ; cp. the Kelpie's flow in
Scott's Bride of Lanimermoor; also the ice-floe of Arctic navigators] :
— a marshy moor, Isl. ii. 345, Fms. iv. 359, Jb. ii. 280 ; fiia-floi, a rotten
fen; Qoa-hard, n. the edge of a t ; floa-skitr, m. = fl65-skitr ; floa-
svind, n. a strip of moor ; and many other compds. p. a district in
the south of Icel., hence Flda-menn, m. pi. the men o/F., and P16a-
manna Saga, u, f. the name of a Saga. II. a bay or large firth,
{j6r&. 7 new Ed. : freq. in local names, Stranda-floi, Grett. 13 new Ed. ;
Hiina-fl()i, Sturl. iii. 58 sqq. ; Faxa-f. (old Faxa-oss). Floa-fundr, m.
the battle in F., Sturl., Ann. — Deep water in a hay is also called floi, opp.
to the shallow water near the coast, Bjarneyja-floi.
FLdKI, a, m. 'flock,' felt, hair, wool, etc. ; uUar-floki, Edda 237, Fas.
ii. 207 (freq.) : of a goat's beard, Eb. 92. compds : floka-hattr, m.
and -hetta, u, f. a felt-hat, Hkr. ii. 202, Eb. 240. floka-olpa, u, f.
a jacket with a felt cowl, Sturl. floka-stakkr, m. id.. Fas. ii. 242.
floka-trippi, n. a foal with a shaggy skin, Fas. i. 9. 2. metaph.
of dense black clouds, Vigl. 22; sky-floki, Eb. 260. II. [A. S.
fldc\ a kind of halibut, passer, solea, Edda (Gl.) III. a pr. name,
Landn. ; hence in names of places, Fldka-dalr, etc., Landn.
fldkinn, part, clotted, entangled, Fms. x. 192 : of a cloud, Sks. 226.
FLdN", m. an oaf, fool; flonska, u, f. foolishness; flons-Mttr, m.
id. ; no example has been found in old writers.
fl6na, aft, to become wartn; J)a tok at flona likit, Stj. 615. 2 Kings iv.
34 ; \ta flona Jieir til 4star viO Gub, Mar. 99.
FLOK, m. [for. word ; A.S.flor; Engl floor; O.U.G.fluor; Germ.
flur ; Dutch v/oer] : — a floor , pavement, in Icel. only used oi the floor of a
*cow-stall, Bjarn.3 2 ; moka flor, to clean the floor. Fas. ii. 341 : in Norway =
cow-s/a//, Bk. 98,D.N. i. 233. flor-flli, n.^yoor-rfea/s, N.G.L.i.38.
FLdTTI, a, m. [Engl.3?t;§'>!)^; Germ. /?/c*/, whence T>a.n.flugt; cp.
flyja] : — flight ='Liit.fnga (never = volatus) ; kom flotti i 116 Eireks-sona,
Fms. i. 38, Al. 142, passim; smia ii flotta, Eg. 290; flotti brestr, Fms.
passim, vide bresta. p. a flying host; reka flotta, to pursue the flying
host. Eg. 290, 299, Fms. passim. compds : flotta-gjarn, adj. craven,
Stj. 263. flotta-menn, m. pi. a flying host, Fms. i. 45, Orkn. 106.
flotta-rekstr, m. pursuit of the flying host, Stj. 483, Fms. vi. 323.
flotta-stigr, m. a path of flight, Sks. 728. Poet, compds : flott-
skjarr, flott-styggr, adj. 'flight-shy,' i. e. valiant. Lex. Poet.
flott-reka, rak, to put to flight, Bs. ii. 82, (rare.)
FLUG, n., but in old writers usually, if not always, flugr, m. [cp.
fljiiga I] : — flight, Lat. volatus; fuglanna Aug (ace), Stj. 17 ; {la beinir
hann fluginn, Edda 60 ; (hann) dro arnsiig i flugnum, 46 ; i sinum Aug,
Stj. 270 : the phrase, 4 flugi, in the flight; fugl a flugi, a bird of flight,
Od. xii. 62 ; maetir hon hamrinum a flugi, Edda 58 ; a ferS ok flugi,
'faring and flying' all in motion. Fas. i, 6, Num. 2. 99 : metaph., var
hon (ill a flugi, she was all in aflutter, Fb. ii. 335. II. = fl6tti,
L,a.t.fuga, flight, only in poetry; trau6r flugar, unwilling to flee, bold,
Hkv. I. 52, Fms. xi. 186 (in a verse) ; flugar-trau3r, adj. bold, Hkv. i.
54 ; cp. flug-skjarr, fiug-styggr, fl.ug-trau9r, flug-varr, adj.,
flug-J)verrir, m.flrm in battle, unflinching, all epithets of heroes, Lex.
Poet. III. neut. a sheer precipice ; hann er sva har, ok {)at flug
fyrir ofan at . . ., Fas. ii. 231 ; hence fluga-bjorg, n. pi. and fluga-
hamarr (mod. flug-hamarr), m. precipices, Bs. i. 330, Fms. viii. 18, 49,
Fb. iii. 408, Fas. ii. 231 : also of a current, fluga-fors, m., Mag. ; fluga-
straumr, m. a rapid vortex, eddy, Edda 67 (in a verse) : — other compds
in mod. use, flug-beittr, adj. keen-edged, as a razor; flug-gdfa3r,
flug-n83inr, flug-skarpr, adj. keen, acute, quick to learn ; flug-haU, adj.
(flug-hdlka, u, f.), very slippery ; flug-rlkr, adj. immensely rich.
fluga, u, f., gen. pi. flugna, a fly, gnat, moth, Stj. 23, 91, Pr. 474, Edda
70, Ver. 20; gesta-fluga, a moth; my-f., a gnat; by-f., a bee; randa-f.,
a wasp ; hunangs-f., a honey-fly, a kind of Icel. bee ; mel-f., a clothes-
moth ; {)ey-f., a kind of tipula ; myki-f., a dung-fly ; maSka-f., a maggot-
fly, all three musca, etc., vide Eggert Itin. ch. 688 : the phrase, eins og
fluga, swift as a fly. Wizards were said to bewitch flies and send them
to kill their enemies (vide galdra-fluga, gand-fluga), hence the phrase,
gina vi6 flugu, or taka flugu, to swallow the fly or to carry the fly, i. e. to
be the tool of another man, esp. in a wicked and fatal business, Eb. 164 ;
ef HallgerSr kemr annarri flugu i munn J)er, if H. puts another fly in thy
mouth, i. e. makes thee to carry another lie, Nj. 64 ; J)eir gina viS {)essi flugu,
Al. 9 ; era minligt flugu at gina, 'tis not ' mine-like' to open the mouth for
flies, \. e. lies and slander, Kristni S. (in a verse of the year 998) ; hann fser
komit ^eirri flugu i munn eins skiptings, Fms. xi. 445. compds : flugu-
madr, m. ' a man of flies' a wizard, occurs in this sense in the old Swed.
law (Verel.) : hence metaph. a hired bandit, an assassin, Landn. 181,
N.G. L. ii. 51, Fms. v. 45, 190, vi. 188, Gliim. 361, Rd. 307, Lv. 57.
flugu-marmligr, adj. looking assassin-like, Fs. 65.
flugSi, a pret. of a lost verb flygja, to shudder; hon flug8i 611, she
shuddered all over (from horror), F.h. 318.
flug-dreki, a, m. a flying dragon, a mythic monster, Nj. 183, Bjarn.
12, Gull{)., Al., Sks. 79; cp. dreki fljiigandi, Vsp.
flug-rfifr, n. a flying insect, Pr. 476.
is.
' flug-ormr, m. a flying snake, winged serpent, mythol., Pr.
flug-sjor, m. the giddy deep. Fas. ii. 231, v.l.
flug-skjotr, adj. swift as one winged. Fas. iii. 455.
flug-snarr, adj. = flugskj(kr. Art. 149.
flug-stigr, m. a path of flight, poet., Hkv. 2. 47 : the popular ;
eg var kominn a flugstig a& fara, / was just about to go (or do a
but always with the notion that one is prevented at the last niomf
flutning, f., used as masc. (flutningr) in Norse writers, G^l. .
mod. usage masc. throughout, [flytja] : — transport, carriage of
flutning halfa, Pm. 122 ; f. 611, Vm. 150; allar flutningar, Grag. i
359, Fms. iv. 121, viii. 179, Band. 2: — conveyance cf persons, J
477: in mod. usage also = farmr. 2. masc. in the metaph
help, negotiation, intervention, Hrafh. 14, Fms. vii. 17, ix. 295 ; i
pleading, Hrafn. 17 : — report, var J)at {)eirra flutningr, they reports
X. 97, Bs. i. 702, 775 ; but fem., 701. compds : 1. fem., flutn
maSr, m. a carrier of goods, Grag. ii. 383, Gliim. 393, ^
flutninga-skip, n. a ferry-boat, Vm. 15. 2. masc, fluti
ina9r, m. a pleader. Eg. 172, 467, Hkr. iii. 27, Sturl. ii. 17.
FLIJD, f. low skerries or reefs flooded by the sea; a hub e3a lei
Mar. ; fliiS ok fall, Bs. ii. 51. I
FLTJB, n. [for. word ; Lat. ^os], a flower, blossom, Fms. v. 345
Flor., Stj., Bs. ii, freq. in old translations, but now obsolete, exec
metaph. sense, a flowery style of writing. 11. flour, Fr
350, v.l., Bs. i. 707, 713. compds: flur-brau9, n.flour-bre
121, Fms. ix. 241. fltir-hleifr, m. a flour-loaf. El. 21.
fluraSr, ^-ixX.. flowery, esp. in a bad sense, of an affected style, «
FLYSRA, u, f. a flounder, Edda (Gl.), Bs. ii. 179.
flygill, m. [Germ, flilgel], a wing, |)i6r. 92, where it seems be
from German ballads.
flyka (and flyksa), u, f. a flake, rag, metaph. a phantom, Gret
flykkjask, t, dep. [flokkr], to crowd, Fms. viii. 81, 411, H(
Fas. ii. 80, Orkn. 372 (in a verse).
flysja, a8, [flos], to split or cut into slices, Hav. 31 new Ed.; c]
flysjungr, m. a fop, charlatan.
FLYTJA, pres. flyt ; pret. flutti ; sup. flutt : — to cause to flit
Gisl. 133 ; flytja v6ru til skips, Nj. 4, Skalda 163, Eg. 125, 194 : (
to export or import, J)enna fjarhlut f. menn J)a6an, Sks. 184 ; ka
er mest gseSi flytja landi J)essu, Fms. vii. 122 ; frillu J)a er {)u h(
af Noregi, Ld. 34. 2. metaph., flytja forn, to bring an offerii
781. p. to perform; flytja skirslu, jarnburS, Ld. 58, Fms. v
Hkr. ii. 229. y. to proclaim, preach ; hva6a skirn hann flytti, 6
fass., Fms. x. 161 : to recite, deliver a poem, speech, etc., flytja
si. ii. 222 ; flytja rse8u, to deliver a sermon (mod.) : metaph., vai
mjok flutt, the verse was much repeated, went abroad, Fms. i. 46
to be told, Stj. 59, K. A. 200. 8. to help, plead, intercede,
eyrindi, Fms. x. 44, v. 1 ; gofgir menn fluttu J)etta mal me6 honur
i. 13 ; mi hefi ek flutt sem ek mun at sinni, Hrafn. 17 ; cp. af-f
disparage: pass., Sks. 185 B. 6. to entertain, support; flytja
Mar. (Fr.) : pass, to sripport oneself, Bs. i. 705. II. n
flit, migrate ; hann fluttisk til fjalls upp, Fms. x. 41 1 ; fluttisk |>A
ix. 353; fluttusk J)eir upp i aros einn, Landn. 57 ; lata skjota
fluttisk lit a skipit, Nj. 133, Fms. xi. 143; flytjask ,J)eir (5lafi
ok kasta akkerum, Ld. 76 ; ef fier flytisk eigi or hofninni, Isl.
flytjask fram, to pass, succeed tolerably, Helgi kva8 ser vi9 slikt hi
flutzk nokkura stund, Fms. v. 257 ; J)6 at mi flytisk fram biiiS e
vi6. Band. 2. III. part, flytjandi, in the phrase, f. eyrii
bles, money, Grett. 90, Am. 3, Pm. 22, Dipl. iii. 6. p. « cf
Grag. ii. 358 : metaph. a promoter, 0. H. 126, Gliim. 349.
flytjan, f. a helping, promoting, Stj. ill.
flyxa, V. flyka. 1
FLYJA, pres. fly ; pret. fly'8i ; sup. fly3; part. flyiSr : mod. flilptel
fliiQi, part, fliiinn, pres. fly ; an older form with ce — floeja, pres. f ipret
flceSi — occurs in poetry and old prose ; skoedr and flcedi rhyme '* "
Pd. 47 (of the 12th century) : this older form is rightly fornii i
part, flo; sup. flyit, Fms. i. 26; fleer (pres.), 623. 26; floe&u ; :
74; but fly'8u, 40; flyi6r (part.), Edda 154 (pref.) ; flceja
21, 677. 10, 655 xiv. A. I, 623. 16; fleo5i=flce&i, Horn. (S;.
infin. floeSu {fugisse), (3d. 9; pret. subj. floeSim {fugereviv-
181 (in a verse): [c^.X^M.^ljuhan; K.%.fleon; O.H.G./
fliehen ; Engl, flee ; no strong verb corresponding to this oc i !
Scandin., except fljiiga, which in very old times served for both
volare, vide s. v.] : — to flee, Lat. fugere; ^e'\r fly&u til Upplanda.
vist vii ek eigi fl^ja, x. 348 ; Kjotvi hinn au6gi fly'9i, Eg. 33. >
J)4 er Eirekr haf6i brott flyit, Fms. i. 26 ; landsmenn fellu ok
40 ; Tyrkir voru fly'&ir i borgina, 88 ; flyja undan, to flee fy
suing. Eg. 269; or, fly'ja undan e-m, 623. 16; flyja undan
hiiggi, Edda 154. 2. adding ace, fly'ja land, to flee the /.;
i,Ld.4; fly6u margir g6fgir menn 68ul sin, Eb. 3, Fs. 123 : /■
shun, uhxgt mun forlogin at flyja, to shun fate, 20 ; flyja hvarki < .^
Edda 82 ; ek flySa banann, / shunned death, Bret. 90; ^h er Siiuit ^''
t)ing Ayr, one who shuns the meeting, i.e. appears not, N. G. L. i."'
FLtTA— FORDA.
163
'L'f TA, tt, [hence fljotr], to hasten, make baste, with dat. ; flyta fer8-
!i, to hasten on one's journey, Grett. 99, Bs. i. 130 ; flyta s^r, to hasten,
id oneself, Stj. 221, potb. 69.
j^tir, m. fleelness, speed, Stj. 17a, Lv. 41, Fas. iii. 219. fl^is-
rk, n. hurried work. II. of a person, an instigator. Lex.
aefla, dd, [flo6], to flood over, Stj. 56, 284, Ann. 1345 : to flow, of
tide, Fms. vi. 163, ix. 44, x. 98 : impers., fo ok skip (ace.) flaeftir, the
d-tide overtakes sheep and boats, i. e. they are lost by the tide, (mod.)
©fli-, in COMPOS : fleeSi-bakki, a, ni. 'flood-tide-banks,' banks covered
high water, Gisl. 138, cp. 52. flsefli-sker, n. a skerry which is
ded at high water, Fms. ii. 142 : the phrase, hann er ekki a flaeSi-skeri
idr, he is not on a fl., i. e. is in safety.
L.ffiDIl> f-» gen- flaeftar, ace. and dat. f^ae&i, pi. f\xbzT, flood-tide, high
'«r,a word used in western Icel. instead offl66, which is used in the south,
th, and east ; J)a var flae3rin si6 dags, Eg. 600 ; flaeSr saevar, Sturl. ii.
i sandi {)ar er flae9r gokk yfir (i flaeSar-mali, Landn. 1. c), Fms. i. 248 ;
II J)eir fl»5ar, Eg. 129 ; af nalaegd tunglsins vaxa flaeSar, Rb. 478 ; fyrir
brinnar skyld, Stj. 57 ; at flaeSum, Orkn. 428 ; at flsefti saevar, 422 ;
straums-f., habakka-f., smastraums-f. compds : flsedar-bakki, a, m.
deftibakki, Gisl. 52. flseSar-mdl, n. flood-mark, i. e. the space between
and high water, N. G. L. i. 1 3, Landn. 117. fleeSar-mlis, f. 'flood-
ise,' a fabulous animal in nursery tales, vide Isl. Jjj66s. and Maurer's
ksagen ; the word is, however, probably only a corruption from Germ.
■ler-maus,' the bat. flae'flar-pyttr, m. a pit on the beach, Fs. 158.
3ar-8ker, n. = ilseSisker, Edda 48. fl8e3ar-tiini, a, m. flood-time,
) water, Stj. 57. fl8e3ar-ur3, f. rocks reached by high water, Grett.
The word iixbr may be used as a test, to shew whether a MS. was
ten in the west of Icel. or not ; but for authorship it is not sufficient,
:opyists were apt to alter such things ; thus the GuU^. S. (a western
.) uses Rob not flae9r ; at the present day an Icel. from the west is
uled in other counties of Icel. for his flae&r.
:ikingr, m. vagrancy, also a stroller.
;kja, t, [floki], to entangle : reflex., flaekja fyrir e-m, to cross one's
I, Fas. iii. 380, Grett. 134.
;kja, u, f. entanglement.
[j.^MA, d, to drive away ignominiously, Mart. 119, Fms. v. 304,
62, Faer. 133 : = slaema, q. v., Nj. 262, a bad reading : reflex, to roam
it, rove, (mod.)
!mi, n. a waste, open place.
!mingr, m. a stroller, landlouper, (mod.)
ffimska, u, f. the Flemish language. Flffimskr, adj„ and Flsemingi,
1. Flfmish, Fas. iii. 262, Bs. Laur. S., Vm. 62.
LiERD, f. [flar W], falsehood, deceit, GJjI. 492, Stj. 169, 63T, Hom.
(58, Fms. i. 74. p. with the notion of blandness, (mod.) compds :
■flar-fullr, ad], full of deceit, Stj. 78, Fms. x. 22 1 . fllserSar-lauss,
sincere, Sks. 20, 632, Bret. 82. fl8Dr9ar-or5, n. false {but fair)
'uage. Fas. i. 193. flserSar-samligr and flser3ar-sanir, adj.
!, 625. 65, Sks. 308. Fl8er3ar-senna, u, f. Siren-song, name
poem, cp. Loka-senna.
|)r3ari, a, m. an impostor, Fms. viii. 235.
|)r3-lauss, adj. = flaBr6arlauss, Stj. 554, Fms. viii. 239, Hom. 150.
iirflr, part, blended with falsehood. Fas. i. 142.
|;r3-samligr, adj. (-liga, a.Av.), false, Stj. 554, Fms. i. 59, x. 260.
|»r3-samr, adj. = flaer3arsamr, Sks. 308 B.
gra, a&, to flutter, flap, Grett. iii.
kr, n. a roving, roaming about, '=moA. flakk, Bs. i. 97.
kra, a3, = fl6kta ; fljiiga ok f., Barl. 137.
krt, n. adj. a 'fluttering' feeling, nausea; mer er flokurt, / am
to he sick; flokr-leiki, a, m. a feeling rather sick, Fel.
^t&,t, toflutter andfly abo7it,Fzs.i.'^g^,GTeg. 79, Fms. vi. 62, x. 139.
.sur, f. 'pi. flaws in iron. Eg. 184 (in a verse).
jOT, f , pi. flatir, a plain, freq. in mod. use. F16tr, f. pi. a local
e, Eb. 15 new Ed., Bs. i. 629.
*f ASA, a3, [mid. H. G. phnasen], to sneeze, snort, Lat. fremere,
iph. to snort in rage, pkv. 1 3, Korm. 220 (in a verse),
isan and fnosun, f. a sneezing, snorting, Fas. i. 519 (in a verse).
iu3i, a, m. a craven, Edda (Gl.), Fms. xi. 141, Mork. 148, used only
Detry.
'fJOSKE, mod. hnjoskr, m. [Swed. fnoske, cp. Swed. /«as =
1: — touchwood, Fms. vii. 225: metaph., synda-f.. Mar. 23; fnjoskr
i-ing, id.; hence local names in Icel., as Fnjoska-dalr, Fnj6sk-6,,
' E^gert Itin.
{Durr, adj. dry as touchwood.
B., ni., also spelt nykr, [cp. Ban. fnug = an atom, a light snb-
^wcd.fnuggy. — a stench, Bs. ii. 5 (spelt snykr) ; \i& slori ilium
''■ (MS. fnycc) af likamamim, Fms. x. 379 (Agrip) ; fnykr ok fyla,
: nykr ok fyla, Bs. i. 199 ; J)ar til er' lit ferr fn3'kr (MS. frykr) um
I ySrar, Stj. 323. Numb. xi. 20, Barl. 86, v. 1.
^sa (and older form fnoesa, Fm. 18, Gkv. i. 27 ; fncestu, {id. 5), t,
'^•fnysa; Dan. /wyse]: — to sneeze, hat. fremere : with dat., fnysa
eitri, to blow out poison, Fms. i. 160, Fm., Gkr., |>d. I. c. ; fnysa W68i, Hkr.
i. 86 (in a verse).
fogl, m. a fowl, vide fugl.
FOK, n. [fjiika], spray, any light thing tossed about by the wind; hey-
fok, fjadra-fok, hay, feathers tossed about:— a snow-drift ^fji'ik, Bjarn,
5 1 . COMPDS : fok-rei3r, adj . wroth, frantic, fok-sandr, ni. drift-sand.
folald, n. a young foal, Lv. 93, Sturl. i. 144.
FOLD, f. [A. S.folde; cp. Engl fleld, Germ.^W], afleld of soft grass ;
flata-foldir,/e/rfs, Bs. ii. 79 ; hence fyldinn, adj., q. v. Foldir, f. pi. local
name of a grassy oasis in western Icel. ; rare in prose, but freq. in poetry :
—generally the earth. Aim. 11, Vsp. 57, Hy'm. 24, Haustl. 5, Edda 97 (in
a verse) ; a foldu, on earth, Hyndl. 40. II. the name of a fjord
and county in Norway, the modern Christjania-fjord ; Vest-fold, West-
fold, a county ; perhaps ' fold' is to be taken in this sense, viz. = fior8r in
Hm. 138.
fold-vegr, m. = fold, Vtkv. 3.
FOIiI, a, m. [A.S./o/a,- Germ, fullen; Dan. /oZe; Swed./a/«] :— a
foal, freq. : in a phrase, Gisl. 27 : of a camel, Stj. 183 ; asna-foli, Sams.
15- fola-fotr, m. a nickname, Fms. vii. 51.
FONTB, m. [for. word ; Lat./ons], a /on<, Vm. 6, 52, K. A. 20, H.E.
i. 480, Stj. 289, Pm. 126. COMPDS : font-kl8B3i, n. a font-cover, Vm.
4, B. K. 83. font-kross, m. the cross on a font, Vm. 103, 117.
FOB, f., pi. forar, a drain, sewer ; i forum J)eim er hann grefr, Grag.
Kb. ch. 187; stiflur {dikes) e3a forar {drains, ditches) er hann hefir
gorvar me& vatns-veitingum, Grag. ii. 289 : in mod. usage, a cess-pit,
baejar-for, hland-for ; for og bleyta, mud and dirt.
FOBAD, n., in pi. forud or foiob, mod. for8e3i, a dangerous place, pre-
cipice, abyss, pit ; allt er feigs fora5, SI.; elta e-n a fora3, Grag. ii. 1 17, 120,
157, Bs. i. 200, Gg. 15, G{)1. 393,411, N.G. L. i. 342, Vapn. 8, Bias. 46,
Thom. 256, Fsm. 9, 40 ; fallanda f. {stumbling-block) {)reskoldr hennar,
Edda (Gl.) : freq. in mod. usage, a bog, guagmire, morass, esp. in the allit.
phrase, fen og forae3i,^«s and bogs. p. metaph. a dangerous situation ;
vera i fora3i, Fms. ix. 517; kom hann ser i mikit fora8, 623. 15; in
Post. Luke xvi. 26 is rendered by fora3 (N. T. djiip). y. a bugbear, ogre,
monster; hann er et mesta fora3, Edda 42 ; Mystus heitir fora3, Pr. 472 ;
J)u ert et mesta fora3, Nj . 1 76 : cp. the saying, forudin sj4sk bezt vid, cp. also
the Germ. ' ein fuchs riecht den andern,' Orkn. 308 : in compds, horribly,
awfully ; fora3s-har, adj. terribly tall, Fms. iii. 1 24. fora3s-illr, adj.
abominable, Isl. ii. 162. fora3s-ligr, adj. awful, Thom. 256. fora38-
ve3r, n. abominable weather, Sturl. ii. 50, Bjarn. 54, 56, Post. 656 B. 12.
fora3-skapr, m. abominable nature, Stj. 483. 1 Sam. xxv. 25.
for-akt, n. (for. word), intention; me8 vilja e3r f., H. E. i. 561. p. in
mod. usage = Germ, veracht, contempt.
for-akta, a8, [Germ, verachtenl, to despise, scorn, (mod. word.)
fordtta, u, f., an older form forvirtir, contr. forottir, f. pi. occurs, —
forutta-laust, Grag. i. 329, 377 (Kb. ii. 42 forckta-laust), 468; foratta-
laust, Kb. i. 133, 136; but foratta, Nj. 15, Eb. 40: [the etymology of
the word seems to be 'for' in a privative sense, and 'verk,' cp. A.S.
forwyrht =peccatum ; in the Icel. it is used as a law term] : — a cause of
forfeiture, an act whereby the other party has 'forfeited' his right, but it
is not used in a criminal sense = Germ, verbrechen ; ef honum ![)ykkja
forurtir til pess, Grag. 1. c. : the phrase, for6tta-la\ist or forurta-laust
(foryfta-laust, N. G. L, i. 29, is a false reading), sine causa legali, Grag.
1. c. : chiefly in divorce cases, the phrase, finna til forattu, to plead as an
excuse, Nj., Eb. 1. c. II. in mod. usage = fora8 ; for^ttu-brim,
forattu-ve3r, n. a heavy surf, strong gale, etc.
for-beini, a, m. furtherance. Eg. 162, 163, 568, Hkr. i. 189, Bs. ii. 80.
for-bending, f. a foreboding, Stj. 81.
for-berg, n. a projecting rock, Grett. 141, Fas. iii. 257.
for-bergis, adv. down-hill, Hkv. i. 41.
for-blinda3r, part, blinded. Pass. 34. 3.
for-bo3, n. a foreboding, Fms. vii. 157. II. eccl. an interdict,
the Germ, verbot, K. A. 46, 62, 226, H.E. ii. 75.
for-bo3a, a8, to forbid. Germ, verbieten, esp. eccl. to put under an
interdict, K. A. 44, 108, Bs. i. 14T, Sturl. i. 123, ii. 4, H.E. i. 466.
for-bo3aii, f. an interdict, H. E. i. 419.
for-brekkis, adv. down-hill, Grett. 134.
for-brekkt, n. adj. down-hill, Fms. ii. 98, Lv. 112.
for-brjota, braut, to transgress, Vidal.
for-bsenir, f. pi. imprecations, fsl. ii. 220, Fas. iii. 205.
FOBDA, a3, prop, to 'forth' oneself, help oneself forth or forward, esp.
to save one's life, escape danger, with dat. ; for3a ser, Orkn. 556, Fms. i. 72,
V. 87, Eg. 70, Finnb. 320, Magn. 458 ; haltti undan ok f. Jpt^r, Fb. iii. 407 ;
for3a fjorvi, lifi, to save one's life, Hbl. 12, Fms. vi. 46, Grag. ii. 13 : with
a double dat., to be ware of a thing, siil min per fari f.. Pass. 11.9,16.10;
but usually, for3a ser fyrir e-u, or vid e-u. p. hvi for8ar J)xi enni haegri
hendinni, why withholdest thou thy right hand? 623. 17. II.
reflex, to shun, escape, avoid, the thing avoided in ace, Fs. 180; forSask
fund e-s, to shun one, Eb. 92, Fms. ii. 136 ; for8ask forliigin, Fs. 24 ; ekki
msi f. {)a {nothing can escape them) hvarki menn no dyr, Fms. i. 9 : in pass.
^ sense, Sks. 331 B : absol. to escape, Edda 21, Nj. 43, Fms. x. 290.
'°' ■ M 2
164
rORDI— rORLYTA.
forai, a, m. respite; skammr f., a short respite, Fms. viii. 154, v.!. : in*^ for-hlejrpi, n. a 'fore-leaping ' in the phrase, hafa e-n at forhle
mod. usage, stores, viands; lifs f., what supports life, a livelihood, — th
sense seems not to occur in old writers ; hence for3a-biir, n. a store-bouse.
for-djarfa, a&, [Germ, verderheti], to disgrace. Art. 73, Fas. iii. 289 :
reflex, to disgrace oneself, Stj. 144, H. E. i. 514 : mod. to spoil, destroy.
for-dj6rfun, f. destruction.
for-drifa, dreif, [Germ, vertreibenl, to drive away, Clar. 19, Fb. i. 402.
for3iiin, adv. [akin to fjcirS, q. v.], aforetime, formerly, once, erst, Stj.
121, Fms. X. 413, Sks. 108 ; forSum daga, in former days, Fms. i. 141, ii.
183, vi. 38 ; ungr var ek for6um, young was I once, Hm. 46 : freq. in
mod. usage, but esp. in the sense of yore, in days of old ; the saying, J)rysvar
var& allt for3um, Sturl. iii. 253 ; cp. ' all good things come in threes.'
for-dukr, m. a curtain, Vm. 10, 22, 29.
for-dyktr, adj. equipt, Fms. x. 139, (for. word.)
for-dyld, f. [dul], conceit, vanity, show. Pass. 32. 3.
for-dyri, n. a 'fore-door,' vestibule, Fms. viii. 14, Orkn. 368 old Ed.
for-deeSa, u, f. [for- negative and dab — an ' evil-doer,' cp. Germ. ' mis-
sethat;' the etym. given in Js. (Gl.) is inadmissible ; only used as a law
term] : — a witch, sorceress, in the worst sense, N. G. L. i. 70, 342, 351,
Ls. 32, Korm. (in a verse), Grett. 108 new Ed. ; bolvuS f., accursed witch !
Fms. xi. 435. coMPDs : ford8e3u-ina3r, m. an execrable man, Fms.
xi. 432. ford8e3u-skapr, m. witchcraft, sorcery, Hom. 86, Bs. ii.
97, N. G. L. i. 182, defined K. |>. K. 76 : — objects used for sorcery, N. G. L.
i. 3^1. ford8e3u-verk, n. an execrable <^ime (slaying a man asleep),
Vigl. 86 new Ed.
for-deema, d, to condemn. Germ, verdammen, Rb. 338, K. A. 224, Bs.
ii. 159: eccl., Stj. 151, N. T. passim.
for-dseming, f., esp. eccl. damnation. Germ, verdammnng, Stj. 151,
Anecd. 28.
for-eliri or foreldri, n., later forellrar, mod. foreidrar, m. pi. (insert-
ing d) ; masc. foreidrar occurs Nj. 224 ; forellar (eliding the r), Fms. x.
(Xgrip), 410, 413, 418 ; [Germ, voriillern'] : — forefathers, elders, ances-
tors, in old writers always in this sense ; fe6r ok forellri, Stj. 240, Fms. i.
34 ; lilikir sinu forellri, 195 ; um J)at breg6r mcr til forellris mins, vii. 64 ;
enir fyrri forellrar varir, O. H. 69 ; fraendr ok forellrar, id. ; frsenda ok
forellra, Fms. i. 33 ; sumir hans forellrar, viii. loi ; faSir ok forellar, x.
418: — eccl. predecessors, H. E. i. 512. forellris-menn, m. p\. fore-
fathers, Fms. ix. 334, Fas. i. 351, Stj. 63, 139, Bad. passim. II.
in mod. usage, /arc/i/s, and only in masc. pi. foreidrar ; this sense occurs
as early as the N. T. (vide fe6gin), but is unknown to older writers.
for-ey3sla, u, f. desolation, N. T.
for-fa3ir, m. a forefather, Stj. 124; chiefly in pi., Edda (pref.), Stj.
128, freq. in mod. use: — eccl. a predecessor, H.E. i. 514, 655 xxxii. 2.
for-fall, n. a let, hindrance, esp. in pi. as a law phrase, G^l. 102, H. E.
ii. 82 : a drawback. Fas. ii. 466. forfalla-laust, n. adj. and adv.=
in case that there be no let or hindrance, Jb. 222, G]A. 13, K. A. 22, H. E.
i. 516: in N. G. L. i. 351 it is used = without legal cause = fomttu-
laust. II. sing, a bed-curtain, Edda (Gl.), Ed. Arna-Magn. ii.
494; hann bra upp forfalli, ok sa at J)ar la ma8r, Mag. I : used as masc.
(for-fallinn), El. 24.
foT-{a,ea5T,p!LTt.painted,tvhitewashed,Gr.K(Koviafi4vos,Mntth.xxm.2'j.
for-fe3gin, n. pi. 'fore-parents,' Stj. 134.
for-fj61, f. a side-board, Str.
for-flotti, adj. exiled, fugitive, Fms. i. ■212, Eg. 2S4: a landlouper,
Stj. 43 : flight, Bs. ii. 66 ; far-flotti, q. v., is not so good a reading.
for-ganga, gekk, [Germ, vergehen'], to perish, Ann. 1 368, 141 2, N. T.
for-ganga, u, f. \^k.?). fore-gengci], a 'going before,' help, Hkr. ii. 122.
forgongu-kona, u, f.. Mar., Stj. forg6ngu-ina3r, m. a guide (either
man or woman), leader, Hkr. iii. 103, Th. 15.
for-gangr, m. = forganga, Hav. 57. forgangs-ma3r, m. a leader,
Hkr. i. 274, Fms. i. 299, vii. 138.
for-gar3r, m. a 'fore-yard,' the fore-court of a house, Fsm. 2, 3 : the
metaph. phrase, vera ti forgorSum (mod. fara a6 forg6r6um), of stores,
to go out of doors, i. e. to be wasted and squandered. Fas. iii. 51.
for-gefins, adv. [Germ, vergebens'], in vain, (mod.)
for-gildi, n. an air. Xty. = Lat. praefatio, a preamble, 625. 90.
for-gildra, a6, to lay a trap for, Thom. 159.
for-gipt, f. payment for alimentation, = mod. meSgjof, Sd. 149, Fms.
vi. 298, vii. 113, Fas. ii. 438, Fs. 29, 64. forgiptar-laust, adj. with-
out costs, 655 XX. 4. II. [Germ, vergift], poison, Bb. 3. 68, but
in this sense it can scarcely be called an Icel. word.
for-gfsl, m. a hostage, Karl. 79.
for-gisla, aS, to give as hostage, Karl. 57, O. H. L. 65.
for-g63r, adj. exceeding good, Safn i. 92.
for-gripa, greip, \^A.S.forgripan ; Germ, vergreifen'], to do a/niss.
for-gyltr, part. (Germ, word), gilded, Vm. 2 1 , 39, Pm. 1 20, Dipl. iii. 4.
for-hagr, adj. sMful in handicraft, Stj. 22.
for-har3na3r and for-hertr, part, hardened.
for-hellir, m. the fore part of a cave, Sams. 19.
for-her3a, t, to harden, the Bible passim, [cp. A. S. for-beard, very
hard.} for-her3ing, f. hardness ^ heart, Bible,
3I.
at forhleypis-manni, to use one as a 'fore-leaper,' i. e. as a cat's pa;
224, Sturl. i. 181.
for-liraustr, adj. exceeding valiant. Lex. Poet
for-hugsan, i.forethought, Bs. ii. 40, 76. for-hugsaSr, part, mw
for-lius, n. a porch, Eb. 220, Fms. viii. 360, v.l., H.E. i. 510. >
fori, a, m. a hell-wether, Bb. 3. 55 ; eins og forinn feitr, a ditty.
foringi, a, m., gen. ja, pi. jar, a leader, captain, Faer. 106, Hom. in
57, Vapn. 25, Bs. i. 48, Fms. iv. 147, v. 295 ; hers-f., li3s-f., a captm
troops; skips-f., a ship's captain.
forka, a8, to 'fork' or punt a ship, push it on with a pole, Nj, 373,
ii. 360.
for-kast, n. throwing {hay) before cattle, tsl. ii. 141.
for-kirkja, u, f. a chnrch-porch, Stj. 562, Sturl. ii. 59.
for-klara3r, part. (Germ, word), glorified, Rb. 312.
for-kldran, f. transfiguration.
for-klarast, aS, dep., in the Icel. N. T. to be transfigured, Mark ix.
for-kostuliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), veryfitiely, Grett. 154 new Ed.
for-kolfr, m. a 'fore-bolt,' metaph. a head, chief, Al. 127 ; the rea
gjorkolfr in Eb. 86 is prob. false.
FORKB, m. [for. word ; Lat./7/rca], afor'k,pole, Landn. 154 : aj
ing pole. Eg. 220, Fms. vii. 195, viii. 337, ix. 24, 257, passim, Ld. :
occurs even in a verse of the loth century in Landn. 3. 14 (if the
be genuine) : a fork to eat with is in Icel. called gaifall, a mod. word
rowed from Germ, gabel, Dan. gaffel.
for-ku3r, f. [kunna], eagerness to learn, curiosity; var monnum
a skemtan, Isl. ii. 326 ; J)a. hluti er J)eim er f. a at vita, Orkn. 100 olc
138 new Ed. reads forvitni : gen. forkimnar- in compds means rer,
ably, exceedingly ; f. margir, Isl. ii. 226 ; f. mjcik, Orkn. 332 ; f. vel
253, Nj. 230, v. 1. ; f. va2n, Fms. i. 70 ; f. fagr, Edda 46 : with a s
forkiinnar or9, eloquent words, Hom. (St.)
for-kxinna, adj. eager to learn ; voru allir f. at heyra or5 hans, Clem '.
for-kunnliga, adv., prop, remarkably, exceedingly ; f. vaen, Rb. L
Joh. 623. 15 ; f. friSr, Fms. i. 212 ; f. fljotr, viii. 382 ; f. vel, Grett ',i
new Ed. ; sverft biiit f., Eb. 226 ; bi6ja f., to beg ardently, Sks. 616.
for-kunnligr, adj. remarkable, beautiful, Hkr. ii. 73, Fms. x. 31
for-lag, n. what is ' laid' up : I. esp. in sing, provisio CjI
living, a livelihood, Bs. i. 137, Fms. vi. 304; ur6u J)a5an i fra g68 ijig
manna, Bs. i : metaph. of marriage, isl. ii. 416, 453: fate in stoi
one = {or\og, Lv. 33, Gliim. 333. forlags-eyrir, m. livelihood,
259, 442, N. G. L. i. 52 : means, Jb. 166. II. in pi. for-16
properly 'fore-law ;' hence law or fate, destiny, cp. cJr-log and log
word is not very freq. in old writers, and chiefly occurs in Sagas si
Vd., Floam. S., in old poetry only in Km. 23, but rare in genuine he
Sagas ; the very word conveys some Christian notion ; orliig and ski
solely heathen, e. g. Hm. 55 ; this distinction is rightly marked in a
of Pal Vidalin — forlog koma ofan a3 | iirlog kringum sveima | aloj
ymsum sta8 | en olog faeSast heima ; in mod. usage forlog is curreii
orlog, skiip, obsolete ; J)etta mun vera forlog hennar, Ghim. 333 ; t
kvaSsk J)a heyra vilja forlog sin, . . . ef f)ii vilt vita forlog \iin, Orkn
Fs. 19; lihsEgt mun forlogin at flyja, 20; eigi mundi tjoa at brjota
forliigunum, id. ; ok msetti J)it njota lengri forlaga, that ye might e,
longer life, 84 ; honum var annarra forlaga au9it, 6 ; ver6r hverr
sinum forlogum at leita, 11 ; torsott er at for6ask forlogin, 24;
ekki forSumst ill | fram kemr J)a6 hamingjan vill, TJlf. 3- 69 ; ms
at her so hennar forlog (destiny), Fs. 141.
for-lag3r, part, done itiith, forlorn, f)orst. St. 51.
for-14t, n. forgiveness, Karl. 552, Pass. 31. 16.
for -lata, let, to forgive, with dat. II. to forsake, [A. S
lcBtan'\, with ace, N. T., Pass.
for-leiga, u, f. rent paid in advance, N. G. L. i. 241.
for-leistr, m. the fore part of a sock, N. G. L. iii.
for-lendi, n. 'fore-land,' the land between sea and bills, Finnb |.8i
Bs. ii. 25, Orkn. 324; now undir-lendi.
for-li3i, a, m. a leader, Nj. 192, v.l., = fyrir-li5i. '
for-liga, adv. vehemaitly ; f. rei5r, Thom. 204 ; vide forr.
for-likan, f. reconciliation (the Gr. KaraXXayf]), Rom. v. II. '
for-likast, a9, dep. [cp. Germ, vergleicheii], to come to terms, i'"
iii. 232 : in mod. Icel. law, in all but criminal cases, the litigants'!
to appear (in person or by delegates) before two or more ' peace-mJ
or umpires called forlikTinar-menn, — usually the parson and (| c
more of the chief men of the parish ; the office of the peace-makei 1^ to
try to bring about a friendly settlement called forl£kan, and this i«t-
ing is often repeated ; only after a forlikan has been tried 'n vai '^n
the case be taken before a law-court ; by this judicious procecdnii' of*^
than half the quarrels are nipped in the bud ; there seems to W h
like this in the old law, and the custom was probably borrowed iron i
mark. There is a saying, ' a lean forlikan is better than a fat laws i
for-litill, adj. exceeding small. Mar. 195.
for-lj6tr, adj. exceeding -ugly, Bs. i. 802.
for-l^tftj t^, to khme, Fms. viii. 4.
FORLOG— FORRiEDA*
165
-16g, n. ^\.fate, vide forlag II.
EM, n. [Lat./or;««], form, shape, 655 xxxii. 17, 18, xxv. I, Rb.
Fms. xi. 436, (rare.)
-madr, in. a 'fore-man,' captain, Yms. vii. 246, ix. 348, xi. 243,
Nj. 43, Magn. 486 : — a master, ruler, Edda (prcf.) ; forma6r konuiiga,
jremost among kings, Fms. ii. 292 ; f. auiiars folks, the foremost
of other folk, vi. 38. compds : formanns-lauss, adj. without a
r, H. K. i. 562. formanns-skapr, ni. leadership, Stj. 50. II.
the foreman or captain in a fishing vessel or boat; in many compds,
formanns-lilutr, ni. the captain's share (of the fish caught).
(nann-ligr, adj. leader-like, Fms. vii. 63, Valla L. 203.
■m&l, n. a preface, preamble, 625. 90.
-mdli, a, m. a preamble. Eg. 389, 390, 552 ; konungr skipaSisk eigi
Ukan formula, Fms. vii. 65 ; ii hverjum gistingar-sta6 haffti hann
bishop) formala sjiilfr, i. e. saying grace, prayers, or the like, Bs. i.
a stipulation, condition, me8 Jivilikum formala sem . . ., Fms. i. 90,
;5 ; a preface, rendering of the mid. Lat. praefatio; in mod. usage,
reface to a book = Gcxm. vorwort, vorrede.
-megan, f. [Germ, vermogett], means, wealth, (mod.)
-meistari, a, m. a head-master, Edda (pref.)
•menntr, part, well-trained, highly skilled, Finnb. 290; f. a jarn-
Fms. xi. 427, Bs. i. 681, 850, ii. 32.
:nera, a&, mod. forma, vide aforma, (Lat. word), to form, Stj. 14,
>s, ii. and Mar. passim, Magu. 478, Dipl. iii. 5.
aieran, {.form, shape, Stj. 5, 12.
•merking, f. a symbol, Stj. 281.
•merkja, t, [Germ, vermerketi'], to perceive, N. T., Pass. 12.
•messa, u, f. 'fore-mass,' matins, Fms. vii. 145, viii. 174, ix. 48,
iii. 4, V. 18.
m, a, ni. (Lat. word), the case in which the chalice is kept, Vm. 29,
;i. forma-diikr, m. id., Pm. 40.
■mikill, adj. exceeding great, Bs. ii. 8.
•ni63ir, f. a 'fore-mother,' ancestress, Stj. 141.
myndari, a, m. [Germ, vormund'], a ward, of a minor.
i mjrrkvast, a6, dep. to be eclipsed, for-myrkvan, f. an eclipse.
j msBla, t, to appoint. El. 21. II. to curse, with dat., N.T.
' mselandi, part, a spokesman, Hm. 24, 62, Stj. 157, Fms. ii. 45.
maelari, a, m. id., Fms. v. 241.
ilmseli, n. pleading, Stj. 603, Fms. vii. 39, Sd. 155, Bs. i. 168 : a
\ibed form, formula, Grag. ii. 249, Stj. 342 :— 'cccl. saying prayers,
!:>k f., Bs. i. 167 ; in Vm. 6 it seems to mean the }nass or liturgy, =
ilsela-bok, f. a book off., Vm. 21.
:im8Bling, f. an imprecation; f. illan finnr sta8. Pass. 28. g.
'jRN, adj. \\J\{. fairnis — naKatos ; A.S.fyrn; Hel.furn; Swed.
■j lost in Engl.]: — old; forn vinatta. Eg. 729; forn fjandskapr, old
y, Nj. 49 ; forn rok, Ls. 25 ; fornt vin, old wine, Pr. 472 ; en forna
'he old earth, Hym. 24; forn timbr, the old timbers, Akv. 42 ; inn
fjandi, the old fiend, Satan, 686 C. 2 ; forn jiJtunn, the old giant,
13; fornar toptir, old abodes, Gm. 11 : stores preserved from the
'ear are called forn, forn mjo9r, old mead, Skm. 37; fornari hey,
K. 163. 2. with the notion of old, worn, rotten, or the like ;
igs-segl vart hi& forna, Fms. iv. 259 ; forn mcirr, Bjarn. 29 (in a
3. old, in temp, sense; in the Icel. Commonwealth the old
boods were called forn go6or6 and foni go5or6sma3r, an old priest,
ijo the priesthoods instituted along with the Fifth Court, which were
d ' new.' 4. time-honoured, old ; forn lug, fora !ands-si3r, Bs. i.
5. at (ornu, formerly, in titnespast. Eg. 267, K. A. 152, D. I. i.
til forna, id., cp. Dan. til forn. 6. in old writers forn is often
jf the heathen times with the old mythical lore; forn si3r, the
•eatben) rite, Fb. i. 215 ; fornir menn, the men of old, Eb. 132 ; a
u skjiildum, on shields of old, Edda 87 ; fornar frasagnir, old tales,
oref. ; forn-menn, forn-tiSindi, forn-sogur, the men, lore, or saws of
hn age, (forn-fraeSi, id. ; forn-spjoU) ; forn atriinaSr, forn trua, the
eed, heathenism ; forn-kve3it mal or hi6 forn-kve6na is a standing
; tor an ' old saw,' proverb, the Sagas passim, and vide below. p.
li. oW, i.e. versed in old lore or witchcraft ; hann var forn mjcik
ts a great wizard) ok hafdi jafnan liti seti6, Orkn. 234; frod ok
skapi, Isl. ii. 332, Fb. i. 250 (forneskja).
.adr, m., in the phrase, at t'omAbi, furthermore, Fms. ix. 27, Grag.
ii. 85, 145, where Sb. umfram.
"^r, part, worn; f. biinaSr, Hkr. i. 90.
1, n., gramm. a pronoun, Skalda 178, 180, Edda I08, 121.
1, n..an obstacle, Bs. ii. 106, 179 : — the haft on the hilt (nema
383. Judges iii. 16, 22.
ef, n. an old deed.
j uema, nam, to perceive, (the Germ, vernehmeti), scarcely in use.
nes, n. a promontory, (cp. Furness in" Lancashire), Orkn. 442.
.eskja, u, f. the old heathen tiine, ' heathenesse ;' agajtis-monnum J)eim
It hafa i forneskju, Fms. viii. 6; f. klae5a-bunaSr, old-fashioned
™. 321. fomeskju-legr, adj. antique looking. II. old
uilchcraft, Grett. 144, Isl. ii. .^Qi, Ni. 273 ; f. ok fiylkvns;i, Fms.
ii. 134; fremja forneskju, Grett. 150; fara tneS f., Orkn, 136. fom-
eskju-maSr, m. a sorcerer, Orkn. 136.
forn-filguligr, mod. forn-f&ligr, adj. old and worn out, Fms.iii. 166.
fom-frdflr, adj. skilled in old lore, in a bad sense, of sorcery, Fbr. 163 :
mod. learned in old things.
forn-fr893i, f. old lore (of witchcraft), Fms. iii. 90. p. arcbaology,
(mod.)
forn-frseSingr, m. an antiquarian, a scholar in old lore, (mod.)
forn-gildr, adj. of old standard value, Dipl. v. 20, Ann. 1392.
forn-gripr, m. pi. antiquities. fomgripa-safn, n. a collection of
antiquities, (mod.)
fom-haldinn, part, time-honoured, Hallfred.
for-njosn, f. looking ahead, Sdm. 27.
forn-koiixmgr,m.aM«««e«r^i«^,Fms.ii.i38,ix.455,Fs.2i,Sk41dai94.
forn-kve3it, n. part, said of old, epithet of old saws, Eg. 520 ; satt er
hit fornkve6na, sva ergisk hverr sem eldisk, Faer. 218, passim ; J)a5 finnst
k mor sem fornkve6it er, a& fatt segir af einum, a ditty.
forn-kv8e3i, n. an old poem, Edda 135. p. a ballad, vide danz.
forn-leifar, f. pi. old relics, antiquities, (mod.)
fom-ligr, adj. old, with the notion of worn out, decayed, Faer. 186, Pm.,
Fms. ii. 142, Fas. ii. 300 ; fraefti f., old lore, Fms. iii. 90.
forn-maSr, m. a man of the olden time: forn-menn, m. pi. the
ancients, in many compds : the old biographies of the kings of Norway
edited 1825 sqq. are by the editors (less correctly) called Fommanna-
sogur, instead of the true old name Konunga-stigur or Konunga-sefi.
forn-menjar, f. pi. old relics, antiquities, (mod.)
forn-menni, n. a man of the olden time, Fms. ii. 59.
forn-mseli, n. an old saw. Fas. iii. 365.
forn-mseltr, part. = fornkve6it, Fms. vi. 4.
forn-or3r, adj. 7isi!ig old phrases, (mod.) II. swearing, Bs. i. 7 1 2.
forn-ortr, part, composed iti olden time, {>i6r. 2.
fom-rit, n. pi. old writings, (mod.)
forn-saga, u, f. an old tale, esp. of the mythical age, Fas. i. 417 (v. 1.),
Eg. 698 : mod. forn-sogur, old legends.
forn-skald, n. an ancient scald or poet, Edda 124, 135, Al. 48.
forn-skr4, f. an old scroll, Vm. 122.
forn-skrseQa, u, f. = fornskra. Fas. iii. 237, v. 1.
forn-spekingr, m. an old wise-man, Stj. 377.
forn-spj611, n. pi. old spells, old lore, Vsp. i.
forn-sptirSr, part., in the phrase, gora e-n fornspurSan at e-u, or giJra
e-t at e-m fornspurSum, to do a thing without asking one's leave. Fas. i. 48.
forn-s6ngr, m. an old song, pvbx. 181.
forn-ti3indi, n. pi. old tales, Hkr. i. 269, Fms. vii. 97, Ht. R. 2.
forn-tro3inn, part.; sti'gr f., an old trodden path. Fas. iii. 279.
forn-vinr, m. an old friend. Fas. ii. 422.
forn-yr3i, n. old words or saws : fornyr3is-lag or fornyr3a-lag, n.
a kind of old metre ; this word is an air. \(y. in Edda Ht., whence it has
spread into mod. use, but it is better called kvidu-hattr : mod. an archaism.
forn-yrtr, part, archaizing.
for-nsemi, n. a law phrase, plundering another's property; the law
distinguishes between ran (by personal violence) and fornasmi, plunder
before the owner's eyes, but without the use of force, Jb. 426, cp. also
Gt)l. 402, 416, N. G. L. i. 227.
forn-51d, f. the olden time, viythical age : Fomaldar-sogvir, f. pi.
mythical stories, (mod.)
for-pris, m. (for. word), great praise, honour. Mar. (Fr.), Pass. 35. 3.
for-prlsa, a6, to praise, H.E. i. 404, Stj. 9.
for-prisan, f. glory, Stj. 7, 109, 161.
FORE., a-di). forward; of s\]6t ebr of (on, too slow or too forward, Thorn.
279 : — haughty, forr ok framhvass, 180 ; har51a forr, ef ntikkut reis vi5,
id. : — as adv. quickly, vinna fort, to work eagerly, Bs. ii. 93 ; sniiast fort,
to whirl (as a wheel or a spindle), 443 (in a verse) : the mod. phrase,
fara fort (of fort) i e-t, to go too far {too keenly) into a thing.
for-rfi3, n. management, superi?itendance ; me6 forraSi ok umsy'slu e-s,
Rb. 400 : the phrase, kunna ekki fotum sinum forraS, Stj. 558 : — admi-
nistration, stewardship, hann hafSi f. me3 Au8i, Landn. 109 ; hann tok J»ar
vi6 forr45um ollum. Eg. 36, 84 ; staSar-forraS, the management of church
domain-land, Bs. i.479; til eignar ok forraSa, Ld. 14; forraS sakar, the
leading of a suit, Grag. i. 489 : — as a law term, the holding a go8or6
(q. v.) of the heathen time, manna-forriid, Hrafn. 14, Nj. 149, v. 1.; hence
rule, sway, Fms. vii. 209, xi. 201, Eg. 50, 401. compd : forr&3a-ma3r
and forrd3s-ma3r, m. a manager, warden, Grag. ii. 405, Vm. 108 ; f.
kristninnar, the leaders of the church, 656 C. 1 7, Hom. 95 ; f. ok hofSingi,
Ver. 18, Hkr. i. 83 ; f. a skipi, the captain of a ship, Landn. 56.
foT-Tii6ayt6b,lGerm.verratben'], to betray, Bev.io(FT.),N.'Y.,P3Ss. 5.x.
for-rS3andi, part, an overseer, manager, Fms. x. 330 ; f. skips, Bjarn.
15, Fms. ii. 63 : — a law term, a guardian, rettr f. fjar hennar, Grag. i. 377 ;
fraenda e5r f., 343.
for-rennari, a, m. a forerunner, Stj. 204: a predecessor, 118.
for-rfkr, adj. exceeding rich, Bs. i. 852, Fb. ii. 187.
, for-rseSa, u, f. [Germ. vorrede\ a preface. Sir. i, (rare.)
im
FORRiEDI—FORVEDJA.
for^reedi, n. I. = forraft, management; f. fjdr, G\A. 217: rule, sway,
Fms. i. 4, vii. 105, x. 231, xi. 336 : esp. as a law term, keeping a goSor&
{priesthood); manna-f.,Hrafa. 19, Grag., and the Sagas passim. forrseSis-
mafir, m. = forr46amaar, N.G.L. i. 151, 152, Bad. passim. II.
[Germ. verratF], treason, mod. and rare, Pass. 16. 6.
FOBS, n. wrath, rage, ire ; sniia fors i frift, grimd i griS, 655 xxxii. 24,
Bs. ii. 97; me6 forsi, haughtily. Stud. iii. 144, Pass. 13. 2; ferr erki-
biskup i fors mikit, befell into great wrath, Fms. xi. 441 ; fors ok atktist,
Fas. iii. 91 ; fors ok ilska, Stat. 398. compds : fors-fullr, adj. turathful,
insolent, Grett. 106 A. fors-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), insolent, Bs. ii.
66. fors-maSr, m. an angry man, Korm. 80.
FORS, mod. foss, m., prob. akin to the preceding word and forr,
[Swed.-Dan. /oss ; North. E./orce; a test word of Scandin. language and
origin ; cp. the curious passage in Constant. Porph. De Admin. Imperii,
ch. 9, where the Byzantine author gives some names of waterfalls in Russia
in two languages, paxTiaTi and OKXa^ivicrri (Russian and Slavonic), with a
Greek translation ; paiaiari, a waterfall, being called fiopai or (p6pos (e. g.
oiiK-Popai = Icel. Holm-fors, Papov-<p6pos — Icel. Baru-fors), whereas ffK\a-
fiiviari it is called irpax, i- e.porog oxprag : Constantine in another passage
states that the Russians were Teutonic or ' Franks :' the Gar8ar (Russia
Minor) of that time was in fact a Scandin. country; even the name
Russia is by some (P. A. Munch) explained as Scandin., afterwards
adopted for the whole empire ; it was still regarded so by the Byzantine
authors of the loth century, as opposed to Slavonic] :— a 'force,' water-
fall, Landn. 291, 392; fors mikill er Sarpr heitir, O. H. 49, Landn.
277, V. 1. : in many local names, Sk6ga-f. in southern Icel. ; Gygjar-f. in
the north (Go6a-f. is a corrupt form, cp. |jorIaks-kver, p. 288, and Grett.
ch. 68, 69, whence the name) ; GuU-f., Gold-force, a freq. name in west-
ern Icel. 2. a brook, stream ; this sense is curious, and peculiar to
the Stj. (by bishop Brand, a native of south-eastern Icel,) ; it is well
suited to the district of Skaptafells-sy'sla, where all brooks are torrents
rushing from glaciers into the ocean; til forsins Bison, Stj. 387. Judges
iv. 13; hann gripr einn stein upp or forsinum, 227; Davi& tok fimm
steina or einum forsi, 464. i Sam. xvii. 40 ; viS forsinn Besor, 490.
I Sam. XXX. 9; yfir fors Cedron, 527. 2 Sam. xv. 23; af forsi drakk
hann a gotu, 656 C. 2 : in the old poem Vsp. fors is evidently used in
the same sense ; a ser h6n ausask aurgum forsi, 31 ; falla forsar, 58. This
idiom perhaps gives a hint as to the native place of this poem ; falla
forsum, to fall in torrents. Fas. ii. (in a verse). fors-fall, n. a 'force-
fall,' torrent, Stj. 32, (5. H. 17, Fms. iv. 361.
forsa, a8, to stream in torrents : to be enraged. Mar.
for-sala, u, f. a law term, a mortgage, GJ)1. 304. compds : for-
s61u-j6r5, f. a mortgaged estate, N. G. L. i. 214. forsolu-mdli, a,
m. a mortgage contract, GJ)1. 304.
for-samliga, adv. unduly, cp. forsoma, Bs. i. 733.
for-sd.t, f. an ambush, Bs. i. 289, ii. 70, 97.
for-senda, u, f. a part of an angler's line, Od. xii. 253.
for-sendiag, f. a sending one to certain death, a dangerous mission. Eg.
540, Fms. iii. 68, Hkr. ii. 76, iii. 104 (where forsenda).
for-seti, a, m. the myth, name of a heathen god, Edda, where it how-
ever seems to mean an umpire or peace-maker, cp. Gm. 15. II.
in mod. usage a 'fore-sitter,' president, chairman; but in 1793 (Fel. vol.
xiii), the chairman is called for-ma6r or forsto6u-ma8r, as forseti was
not then an established word.
for-sjd and for-sj6, f., gen. as nom. foresight, prevision, Nj. 210, Sks.
324 B, Fter. 79, Fms. v. 284, vii. 134, x. 9. compds : forsjfi-lauss,
adj. helpless, NjarS. 380. forsjfi-leysi, n. want of foresight, Bret. 38,
Grett. 95, Fms. viii. 364. forsjd-maSr, m. a warden, overseer, Stj. 243,
Fms. i. 290, X. 421, Stud. i. 198. II. Providence, Sks. 559 B.
for-sjaU, adj. foresighted, prudent, Nj. 222, Fms. v. u;o, Sks. 436,
Al. 8, Eg. 73.
for-S3d,lliga, adv. prudently, Bs. i. 742, Fms. vi. 325, Fas. ii. 245.
for-sjd,lligr, adj. prudent, Greg. 32, Fas. ii. 469," Stud. i. 113.
for-sjdlni, f. prudence.
for-sjon, f. = forsj4 ; eccl. since the Reformation, Providence, in hymns,
sermons, etc. forsj6nar-ma3r, m. = forsjamaSr, Karl. 500.
for-skdli, a, m. an ante-chamber, lobby, Dropl. 28, Bs. i. 451, Sturl. ii.
173. iii- 193-
for-skepti, n. the 'fore-haft' of a hammer, Edda 70, Fb. iii. 427.
for-skot, n. a vestibule, porch, Stj. 562. i Kings vi. 3.
for-skop, n. pi. bad times, ill fate, Hkv. 2. 33.
fors-lsegja, 8, to lower one's pride, Stj. 621.
for-smd, 8, [Germ, verscbmdheti], to despise, Stj. 142, 621 (v. 1.), Sturl.
ii. 15, Fms. iii. 89, (now freq.)
for-smdn, f. disgrace, H.E. i. 497, Ann. 1394, (now freq.)
tbr-8mi8r, m. a 'fore-smith,' chief builder, Edda (pref.), Bret.
for-sujallr, adj. exceeding wise, Vellekla.
for-sorga, a8, [DAn.forsbrge; Gttm. versorgeti], to provide for ; for-
Borgan, f. provision.
for-soma, a6, [Germ, versdumen'], to neglect, (mod. word.)
for-s6man, f. neglect, (mod. word.)
of
3,
16,
for-spfi, f. a ' fore-spaemg' (Scot.), prophecy, Fms. i. 88, 96, 263,
X. 275, Bret. 62, Stj. 202, Bs. ii. 7.
for-spdr, adj., often used in the description of the wise men of
quity, such as Njal, Snorri : — ' fore-spaeing' (Scot.), prophecying. El
Nj. 30, Fms. iv. 24, 87, Eg. 20, Fs. 54 ; of Odin, Yngl. S. ch. 5.
for-speU, n. a heavy loss, Gkv. i. 3, Fagrsk. 173 (in a verse).
for-spjall, n. a 'fore-spell,' preamble. Forspjalls-lj63, n. nar
a poem.
for-sprakari, a, m. [for. word ; Germ, sprechen'], a 'for-speaker,' sp
man, Stj. 266 ; hence the mod. for-sprakki, a, m. a ringleader.
for-sta3a, u, f. standing up for ojie, shielding one, GJ)i. 265, Ld
Lv. 4, Orkn. 40 ; maela e-m forstoSu, to say a good word for one,
ii. 147. coMPD : forsto3u-raa3r, m. a manager, Ver. 36, Rb. 4c
for-stand, n. [the Germ, verstand], understanding in household
ters. forstands-kona, u, f. (-ina3r, m.), a good housekeeper.
for-standa, st68, (for-std, is freq. in poetry of the i6th century),
word ; Germ, versteheii] : — to understand, Bs. i. 802.
foi'-stjori, a, m. a 'fore-steerer,' foreman, overseer, leader. Eg. 52.
646, K. A. 34, 224, Fms. i. 2, v. 72, vii. 238, 265, x. 311, Skalda 2
for-stjorn, f. rule, management, Fms. viii. 5. forstjornar-n r,
m. a manager. Glum. 360.
for-sto3, f. = forsta8a, N. G. L. i. 60, 68, Fms. iv. 216.
for-stofa, u, f. = forskali, Eb. 136, Fms. vi. 34, (5. H, 116, Eg. 31(
for-storr, adj. exceeding tall, Vigl. 20.
for-streymis, adj. down stream, opp. to andstreymis, Edda 60, ri,
iii. 163, Fms. vii. 253, O.H. 20, Bs. ii. 175.
for-stSndugr, adj. [Germ, verstiitidig], clever in household matt
for-svar, n. [Dan. /orsvar], defence, (mod. word.)
for-svara, a8, [from Dan.forsvare, cp. Germ, verantworleti], to a.
for one, defend.
for-svaranligr, zd]. justifiable, Bs. i. 733, but prob. wrongly; fo
liga (in the MS.), q.v. j
for-syma, 8, = forsoma, Boldt and D.N.
for-syn, f. foresight, foreboding, Bs. ii. 38. j
for-s:^nn, adj. gifted with foresight, Fms. xi. 423, cp. Bs. ii. 81. '
for-ssela, u, f. [sol], a shade from the sun, Bb. 3. 85, Fas. i. 467 (\\.)
COMPD : Forsselu-dalr, m. name of a valley, Landn.
for-sseti, n. 'fore-seats,' front benches, Nj. 220, Fms. v. 332, v. 1.
for-sogn, f. order, super intendance, Fms. i. 290, x. 433, Orkn
Sturl. i. 46 C. p. prophecy, Stj. 1 14. -y * ^^w term, previous de
tion, N. G. L. i. 88, 89. forsagnar-vitni, n. a witness to a declar
N.G.L. i. 32, GJ)!. 475. (
for-s6ngvari, a, m. a precentor in a church.
for-tak, n. denial, protest, Dipl. i. 7. compds : fortaks-lav j n.
adj., in the phrase, segja, lofa f., to state, promise without reserve \isi-
tively. fortaks-or3, f. words of contradiction, Bs. ii. 23. I
for-taka, tok, to detiy positively, Bs. ii. 31.
for-tapa3r, part, forlorn, Matth. x. 6 : for-tapan, f. damnation, I
for-ti3a, dd, to forsake; hann fortiddi Gu8, Bret. (Verel.)
for-tjald, n. a curtain, Ld. 29 : a bed-curtaiti, Fms. iii. 196, F
391, Hav. 54, Sams. 11 : the veil of the Temple, Stj. 321, Pass., N
for-t61ur, f. pi. persuasions, Nj. 300, Eg. 9, Horn. 108, Fb.ii.5fr
for-urtir, f. pi., vide foratta. |
forusta, vide forysta.
for-va3, n. shoal water between the cliffs and the flowing tide ;
the phrase, i siSustu forvoS, to pass the last shoal water before th
cuts the passage off, also metaph. to delay till the last moment '
fiekann allan, ok halda upp forv68unum {)ar i hja, D. N. vi. 167. j "^
it seems to mean a ford.
for-va3i, a, m. a cliff projecting itito the forva8, where the rider '^ <"
wade through water, Fbr. 45, Vm. 107.
for-vara, a8, [Germ, verwahreri], to keep, Matth. xvi. 25.
FOBVE, n. an ait. Xey. in the eccl. law of the county Vikin or 1; !»|-
J)ing, a coast district in the south of Norway, N. G. L. i. 339, 363,."*"^
the law orders that a monster child (i. e. an abortion, a birth w "i'
human shape) shall be brought to a place ' forve,' and buried '""
neither man nor beast comes by; J)at skal a forve (forre, v. 1.) ft
royra {put in a cairn) J)ar er hvarki gengr yfir menn ne fenaSr, '•
forve (forfue, v. 1.) bins ilia. In N.G.L. i. 13 it is ordered that <
(e. g. traitors, murderers, self-murderers, etc.) were not to be bui
consecrated soil, but in the 'flood-mark where sea and green turf »^^
cp. the curious story in Landn. 2. 19, where the Christian ^^^y'^'
ordered herself to be buried between high and low water mark (i *•'"
mali), as she would not rest in heathen earth ; so, on the other J a- ■'
monster child must not rest in Christian earth. Thus forve i.- ;'
derived from fyrva, q.v., to ebb, and denotes the flood-mark or 0.
which the grave was to be dug; the concluding words, t)at er for';-"''!
ilia, probably mean this place is the forve of the evil ofie, i. e. an «»*«]""'*
place. The etymology given in H.E. i. 75 cannot be right. j
for-ve3ja or for-ve3i, adj. a law term, forfeitable ot forfeited, Vi J"-
Grag. ii. 234, N.G.L. i. 37 (Js. 124), 391.
FORVEDJADR— FORN.
167
[r-ve8ja3r, ^nt. forfeited, Bs. i. 227.
>r-vegr, m. a trace, foot-print, N. G. L. i. 83, Sfr. 78, Barl. 10, 142.
r-verari, a, m. a predecessor, Dipl. i. 4, ii. 11, (mod.)
ir-ver3, n. price, worth, Dipl. iii. 10.
r-verk (for-virki, Hrafu. 5), n., prop, bumble ivork,farm work; ef
hx kaupir mann til forverks s6r, Grag. i. 272 ; vart f., our task, Horn.
) ; of gamall til J)raels, ok J)6tti ekki forverk i honum, too old for
hrall, and unfit for work, Hkr. i. 199, Fms. i. 77; J)etta suniar var
S forverk i Krossavik, Vdpn. 29 ; ok var litid forverk orSit, en hanu
omegd, Sturl. i. 137; J)arf eigi meira forvirki en |)etta li8 orkar,
ifn. 5; forverk heys, carting bay, K. |). K. 100; skal hverr biiandi
er forverk a ser, N. G. L. i. 128; J)u munt fa f68ur minum forverk
k ferr fra, |>orst. St. 53 ; forverks-litill, adj. otie ivbo is able to do
little f., Fas. iii. 158: forverks-maSr, ni. a labourer, workman,
.6, Eb. 150: forverks-ti3, f. work-time, Horn. (St.); J)6r skal fa
la til forverks, {>orst. St. 55 . II. metaph. [cp, A. S.for-wyrbt =
atum^, in the phrase, gijra ekki forverkuin vi& e-n, to treat one well,
meanly, not like a drudge; er J)at likast at aldri se forverkum vi8
gort. Band. 10 ; skal aldri forverkum vi8 J)ik gora me6an vi8 lifum
ir, 54 ; ekki skal forverkum vi5 J)ik gora J)at sem vel er. Fas. ii. 238 ;
munum Jietta eigi forverkum gora, we shall do no hireling's work,
30 ; at {)eir gorSi litt forverkum (that they did it thoroughly) at hefna
a Donunj spottsins, Mork. 51, 153.
r-vi3a, adj. ind. [qs. forveSja, q. v.], upset in a fight, Nj. 228, 246;
tr var8 allr f. fyrir, Bar&. 43 new Ed., Rom. 150: — in mod. usage,
ized, greatly surprised.
r-viflris, adv. before the wind, Rd. 276, Sturl. iii. 198, Rom. 369,
ii. 5.
I'-vindis, adv. before the wind, Fms. iii. 235.
r-vista, u, f. = forysta (forvist, Fms. vii. 25), Eb. 142, Fms. x. 273.
I'-vitinn, adj. curious, chiefly in a bad sense, Greg. 27, Sturl. i. 216.
r-vitligr, adj. curious, Mag. 8.
r-vitna, a8, to pry into, enquire; f. e-t, Sks. 183 B; f. um e-t, to
\iire about, 6, 182 B. 2. reflex., forvitnask e-t, to enquire, Bret.
ilFms. i. 147, 252, vii. 258, Eg. 764, Ld. 268 : absol., Lv. 15 ; f. til e-s,
I Faer. 53 ; f- um e-t, id., Landn. 51, Grett. 96, 160. 3. impers.,
I'orvitnar e-t, or with infin., it makes one curious to know, Faer. 54, Sks.
B, Fas. i. 22.
:-vitni, f. curiosity (often in a bad sense). Fas. i. 71, Sks. 183, 553,
.. i. 145, a6o. Glum. 327, Johann. 625. 89 ; faa lei8ir gott af forvitn-
(a saying), Vidal. i. 58.
|:-vitri, adj. (-vitra, Fms. vi. 56, 428), very wise, deep, Fms. iv. 24,
\, vi. 5C, xi. 79, Band. 3, Eg. 3, Bs. i. 66 (forvitr).
vvitringr, m. a wise man, Matth. xi. 25.
'-vigi,, n. an outwork. forvigis-maflr, m. a head champion,
uder.
"-yflask, d, dep. (foriflask, Al. 1 10 and 655 xxix ; for-cefask, Hom.
|), in the phrase, f. e-s, only used with neg., to shrink from nothing ;
•I Ilia foryfldisk eigi illra ra6a, Bser. 14 ; Halli foryfldisk eigi at maela
er honum syndisk, Fms. vi. 360 (foryflldiz, Mork. 93) ; at J)eir muni
laz at etja vi6 afla-muninn, Al. 1. c. ; J)u foraefisk (foryflisk ?) eigi eiSa,
shrinhest not from perjury , Hom. I.e.
ynja, u, f. ati appearance or foreboding ; hygg ek at {)etta se f.
Fb. i. 67 ; nil hygg ek at J)etta beri J)ina forynju, ok ser Jdu svikinn,
3; f. e6r fyrirfari hinnar fremri tignar, Bs. i. 682. j3. a spectre,
n. scbeusal ; J)egi J»u yfir J)eim, f, (thou monster !), Ld. 326, v. 1. ; and
1 mod. usage.
•-ysta, u, f. (forosta, Fms. ii. 88, Fs. 8, Grag. i. 503, Isl. ii. 87,
), mod. foruata [qs. forvista, vi=y'\ : — headship, leadership, and even
personally a captain, 623. 56, Fms. ii. 88, v. 273, vii. 326, Hkr. ii.
V. 1., Sturl. i. 159, Mork. 137, 140 (cp. Fms. vii. 25, Hkr. iii. 206),
11.340. coMPDs: forustu-geldingr, m. a bell-wether, Grag. i.
Isl. ii. 330. forystu-lauss, adj. without a leader or protector,
>, Ld. 260, Baer. 17, Dropl. 32. forustu-sauSr, m. = forustu-
agr, Isl. ii. 87, Bs. i. 138.
'-^^nusta, u, f. [Germ, verdienst'], merit, mod. eccl., N. T., Vidal.
■-J)okki, a,, m. dislike, {)6r8. 22 new Ed.
•-tottr, m. = forj)okki, Bs. ii. 37.
'-tykkja, {)6tti, to dislike, Sturl. iii. 231, Thom. 300, (rare.)
^X, n. [A. S. and Engl./o.x; Dutch j^o.'j; Gevm. fuchs; this word
rs in the old northern tongues only in a metaph. sense, and even then
•ind obsolete]: — a fraud in selling, adulteration; fox er illt i exi,
' 84 (in a verse) ; otherwise only in the phrase, selja e-m fox ne flaerS,
492 ; kaup-fox, ve8-fox (q. v.), fraud in sale or bailing, GJ)1.
)A, u, f. a fox; this curious word, which answers to Goth, fauho,
■ G.foba, only occurs in Edda (Gl.), unless the present Icel. toa (the
cion name for a fox) be a corruption of foa ; if not, the etym. of toa
ite uncertain. It is a common superstition not to call the fox by his
: name, whence the variety of names in different languages, and
ber of synonymes in the same language.
«ni> n. the crop or maw of a bird, Fbr. 12. ,
' FODB,,n. [Engl fodder; Germ. fvtter; Dun. zndSwcd. fader}, fodder
for cattle, (but fafli or fxba. of human food), Isl. ii. 138, GJ)1.503, Fbr. 156:
a certain quantity of fodder or hay, a stack thus contains so many kyr-
f66r or lambs-f66r : — a foddering of lambs for the parson in the winter,
hence a parish has so and so many lambs-foftr ; skiia lir fo&rum, to return
lambs in the spring. f6ar-birg3ir, f. pi. (-birgr, adj.), stores of bay.
f63r, n. [Germ, fitter ; Engl./wr], lining.
fdSra, aS, to fodder, Fms. i. 272, Isl. ii. 13a : reflex., Sks. 185.
f63ra, a6, to fur or line a garment, Fms. vi. 422, Bs. i. 636 ; hence in
mid. Lat. cappa forata.
f63r-lauss, adj. unlined, Vm. 29, Pm. 37.
f6-erla, u, f. a duck.
fogeti, a, m. [low Lat. vocattis; Germ, vogt}, a kind of bailiff, D. N.
from the 14th century : — the bailifT of Reykjavik in Icel. is called fogeti.
F<3Ij, n. a fool: allit., fifl ok fol, 656 B. 7 ; fol, however, has often the
notion of rage and foul language ; fifl that of pranks or silliness ; fol
(madman) vteri Sverrir Jia, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 242 ; ba& taka fol Jietta, Isl.
ii. 220 (one who had used bad language) ; hann Jiotti J)ar fol eitt (idiot),
Gliim. 336. coMPDs: fols-liga, ndv. foolishly, like a madman, Sturl.
i. 4, Fms. xi. 280. f61s-ligr, adj. foolish, mad, Fms. viii. 242 (of
foul language).
foil, a, m. = f61, Gisl. 50, Sd. 178 ; foli pinn, thou fool! Ld. 220.
FCSLI, a, m. [cp. Fr. voler, early Fr.foler, cp. also low Lat./e/o, Engl,
felony ; but is prob. a Teut. word from fela, folginn] : — stolen goods, esp,
hidden, a law term ; skal binda fola a bak honum, N. G. L. i. 83, Js. 1 29 ;
finna {)eir fola (hidden theft) medal skjaldbalka, N.G. L. i. 84, passim;
finna f61a, Grag. i. 195; bera inn fola a hendr niiJnnum, id. f61a-
gjald, n. dai7tages, compensation, in a case of theft, Grag. i. 84.
FOLK, n., prop, folk with a short vowel, cp. fylki ; [A. S./o/c; Engl.
folk; Germ, volk; Dan. and Swed./o/^] : — folk, people ; skjott fjcilgaS-
isk folkit, Grett. 88 : — people indefinitely, til at hraeSa folk, to frighten
folk, Bs. i. 764 : curiously Icel. say, kvenn-folk (as in Engl.), woman-folk;
but karl-folk never, only karl-menn. 2. in Icel. chiefly the people of
a household, community, or the like; kirkju-folk, the church-folk, i.e.
people assetnbled in church; bo6s-f61k, the guests at a banquet; soknar-
folk, the parish folk ; heimilis-folk, house-folk, the people of a household;
allt folkid a hxnum, all the folk ; v'mn\i-{6lk, servant-folk ; grasa-folk,
people gathering fell-moss ; me5al annars folksins, Nj. 66, v.l.; Njall
gekk inn ok mselti vi& folkit, 200 ; mik ok folk mitt skortir aldri mat,
Band. 13 ; hott, hott og hae ! her so Gub i bae, saelt folkift allt, Stef. Ol. ;
faeddi varla biifeit folkit, Isl. ii. 68 ; var eigi folk upp staSit, Hrafn. 20 ;
this sense is to the present day very common in Icel. ; while the Germ.
sense of people, nation (Dan. folket) is strange to Icel. ; even lands-
folk is rare, better lands-menn. 3. kinsfolk; bans folk ok foreldis-
menn, his 'folk' and forefathers, Stj. 139; allt y6art f., Karl. 328: so
Icel. say, vera af g68u folki kominn, to come of good folk, be well
born. II. a i&os^ = fylking, and hence batde, but only in old poets,
cp. Edda 108 ; fjortan folk, fourteen divisions, troops, Hkv. I. 49 ; ok i
folk um skaut, Vsp. 28; ef ek sek flein i folki va&a, Hm. 151 ; J)6tt 1
folk komi, 159 ; i folk, in battle, V^t. 10 ; fara med folkum, to wage war,
Gm. 48 ; ondvert folk, the van of the host. Fas. i. 46 (in a verse) ; and
in many compds : adj. a valiant man is called f61k-br&3r, -djarfr,
-eflandi, -gla3r, -har3r, -pru3r, -rakkr, -reifr, -skdr, -snarr,
-sterkr, -J)orinn, etc. : weapons, folk-hamla, -na3ra, -ski3, -svell,
-v&pn, -vondr : armour, folk-tjald, -veggr : a warrior, folk-baldr,
-mygir, -n^rungar, -rognir, -stj6ri, -stuSill, -st^rir, -valdr,
-v6r3r : the battle, f61k-ro5, -vig, Vsp. 28 : in prose rarely, and only in
poet, phrases, f61k-bardagi, a, m. a great battle, battle of hosts; and
folk-orrusta, f. id., Flov. 40, Orkn. 94 ; fdlk-land, n. = fylki, Hkr. i.
209, paraphrase from the Vellekla ; folk-vdpn, n. pi. (vide above),
weapons, N.G. L. i. loi : metaph., Fms. iii. 167.
folska, u, {.foolishness, often with the notion of madness, impudence,
Fms. iii. 167, ix. 405, Sks. 623, Isl. ii. 84. compds : f61sku-f6r
(folsku-ferS), f. a mad expedition, Sturl. ii. 97. f61sku-or3, n. foolish
(foul) words, Fms. vii. 118. f61sku-verk, n. a foolish (mad) act,
Edda 57 : afoul act. Pass. 36. 7.
folskr, zd]. foolish, impudent, Hkr. ii. 138.
PORA, u, f. (a for. word), armour, harness; her-f6ra, armour, Stj.
287, Mag., Karl, passim ; hence the mod. phrase, hafa e-8 i forum sinum,
to keep a thing hidden under one's harness.
FOBN (forur, f. pi., Ver. 6), f. offering, [prob. a word of Lat. and eccl.
origin, derived from Lat. offerre; after the introduction of Christianity
the old heathen word blot (q.v.) became odious, as denoting heathen
sacrifice, and is consequently never used in connection with Christian
worship; its place being taken by the word fom] : — a sacrifice in the
Jewish sense, and in the Christian sense an offering to God; but it is
scarcely ever used in a heathen sense — the passage Faer. 103 is quite
peculiar: the phrase, faera forn, to bring an offering, Stj. passim; Gu8
mun ser sja forn til handa, 131, passim; brenni-fom, a burnt offering;
dreypi-forn, a drink offering; synda-forn, a sin offering, Bible, Vidal.
ipassiin; f6rnar-bl63, n. (be sacrificial blood, Stj. 305, 318; f<5rnar-
168
FORNA— FOTSTIRDR.
brauS, n. and f6rnar-hleifr, m. the sbew-hread, Stj. 474, 565 (panis
fropositionis, Vulg.) ; f6rnar-kvikindi, n. a victim, Stj. 430; foi'nar-
skrin, n. a shrine in which the wafer is hept, Vm. 55 ; f6rnar-s6ngr,
m. the offertory in the Roman Catholic service, 625. 190. 2. metaph.
, chiefly in pi. offerings, presents ; in this sense it occurs in Am. 5 (a poem
not too old for such a word), Fms. ix. 416 ; rikar ok fagrar fornir, Str.
34 ; fornar-lauss, adj. not bringing an offering, Al. 172 : sing., aldri setla
ek ojiarfari forn ferSa Sveini konungi, en ^etta it vanda hofuft, Mork. 87.
fdrna, a&, to offer, with ace. of the offering, dat. of the person ; forna
mer reykeisi, Stj. 431 ; mcirr er fornaftr, 430. i Sam. ii. 16 ; J)4 hluti er
hann vildi forna, 410; forna {)ik Gu&i, offer thee to God, 407 : to offer
as a present, Fms. ix. 450, Al. 96 : in mod. usage, with dat. of the offer-
ing and the Deity, e. g. forna Gu6i baenum sinum. 2. the phrase,
forna hondum, to lift the hands to heaven as in prayer, or to wring the
bands as in agony ; that this phrase was also known to the ancients may
be inferred from the compd, f6mar-hendr, f. pi. offering hands, uplifted
bands, Magn. 514.
forn-fsBra, 3, = forna, to bring an offering, sacrifice, with ace. of the
offering, Fms. ii. 41, Stj. passim: mod. with dat. of the offering.
forn-feering, f. an offering, sacrifice, Stj. 17, 248, 276.
f68t-br63ir, m. a foster-brother : 1. prop, of men brought up
together, brothers in arms, and the like ; Arinbjiirn hersir var f. Eireks
konungs. Eg. 401, Fs. 121, 139, Fms. x. 226, tsl. ii. 219; frsendr ok
fostbraeftr, Fs. 120, 122 ; Ipeir voru vasnligir menn ok gordusk fostbraeSr
(brothers in arms) Ingimundar, 13, 15, 16, 19, 24, passim. 2. a sworti
brother, = e.\hhri)h'\r, pledged by the rite of blending blood together (vide
broSir), Gisl., Fbr., passim : hence F6stbr8e9ra-saga, u, f. the name of
the history (but the name is mod.) ; fostbreedra-lag, n. a foster-brother-
hood. Eg. 1 16, 165, Fms. vii. 25, passim: — sworn brotherhood, sverjask i
f., Fms. iii. 2 1 3, cp. esp. Gi'sl., Fbr.
!P(3STR, n. [a Scandin. word; Swed.-Dan. and North. "E. foster ; but
neither in Goth., A.S., nor Germ.] : — the fostering of a child, Fms. i. i.
Eg. 119, Nj.40, Grag. i. 276, 277, GJ)1. 531, Fs. 12, Ld. passim ; for this
see barn-fostr, but cp. also Grag. C f>. ch, 21 : the sayings, fj6r9ungi
breg3r til fostrs, Nj. (vide breg6a), and f6 er fostri likt ; ast-fostr, q. v.
fostra, u, f. a foster-mother ; fostra sii er hann hefir faeddan logfostri,
Grag. ii. 60, Fms. iii. 71, vii. 275 : — a wet-nurse, Fs. 148. 2. a foster-
daughter ; fostra su er ma9r hefir fsedda, Grag. 1. c. Eg. 169, Str. 63.
fostra, a5, to foster, also to nurse, Ld. 108, Fms. i. 16, Nj. 59.
fostr-dottir, f. a foster-daughter.
fostr-faSir, m. a foster-father. Eg. 117, Isl. ii. 139 (v. 1.), Fms. ix. 361.
fostr-foreldrar, m. ^\. foster-parents, (mod.)
fostri, a, m. a foster-father, lb. 14, Eg. I17, Fs. 13, 19, Lv. 50, Bs. i.
154, 425, Fms. V. 126, Grag. i. 226; freq. in Icel. in addressing, fostri
niinn, fostra min ! 2. rt/os^er-so«, Nj. 149. 3. n/e/, of a favourite
horse, Sturl. i. 40, Hrafn. 8. 4. a foster-brother, Fms. vii. 316, xi.
I55» (rare.) 5. in pi., collect, the foster-father and his son (or sons),
Fms. xi. 59.
f6str-j6r3, f. a native country, Nj. 45, Fms. i. 76, Hom. 140.
fostr-land, n. id., Barl. 99, 156, Stj. 50, Fms. x. 340, 343, Bret. loo.
fostr-laun, n. pi. reward for fostering one, Ld. 232, Grag. i. 280.
fostr-man, n. a nurse {bondiuoman), Skv. 3. 67 (poiit.)
fostr-meistari, a, m. a tutor, Karl. 32.
f6str-m63ir, f. a foster-mother, Stj. 83, 548.
fostr-mser, f. a foster-daughter. Fas. ii. 293.
fostr-neyti, n., collect, foster-parents, Fms. vii. 237.
fostr-son, m. a foster-son, Fms. i. 85, Eg. 524, Isl. ii. 145.
fostr-systir, f. (sometimes in MSS.' spelt fosystir. Mar. 14, 15, Stj.
407, Bs. i. 460), a foster-sister, Fs. 139, Fb. ii. 4.
fostr-systkin, n. pi., collect, foster-brothers and sisters. Fas. ii. 64.
f6t-bor3, n. afoot-board, Gisl. 31, Vigl. 17, O. H.L. 36.
fot-brot, n. a fracture of the leg, Bs. i. 431.
fot-brotinn, part, broken-legged, Bs. i. 423, Stj. 279, Eb. 316.
fot-fara, for, to pace, jueasure, Ann. Oldk. 1845, p. 164.
fot-festi, f. a foot-hold, in climbing.
fot-flmr, adj. nimble-footed, Rom. 310.
f6t-flj6tr, adj. swift-footed, Barl. 103, (rare.)
fot-fiiinn, part, ^foot-rotten,' i.e. reeling on one's legs, a wrestling term,
fot-ganga, u, f., in f6tg6ngu-li9, n. host of footmen, Stj. 450, Fms.
X. 139; fotgongu-herr, m. id., Hkr. i. 216, Stj. 456; f6tgongu-
menn, m. pi. id., Fms. vi. 413, Stj. 2S5.
fot-gangandi, part, jvalking on foot, Bs. i. 535 ; f. menn, footmen,
Fms. X. 139, Stj. 512.
fdt-h&r, adj. long-legged, high-stepping. Eg. 710.
f6t-heill, adj. ^hale-legged,' sound-legged, GJ)1. 87.
fot-hrumr, adj. weak-legged (from age), Fms. vii. 9, Bs. ii. 24.
f6t-hvatr, adj. swift-footed, Nj. 38, Edda 31, 6. H. 71.
f6t-h6gg, n. hewing off one's feet, Eb. 246, Sturl. ii, 90.
f6t-h6ggva, hjo, to hew one's feet off, Fms. viii. 167, ix. 19, Sturl, ii. 66,
fot-kaldr, adj. having cold feet.
f<5t-lami, adj. Ia7ne offqot, Nj. 219, Stj. 501.
fot-langr, adj. long-legged, Fms. x. 151, v. 1.
fot-laug, n. afoot-bath, Hkv. 2. 37.
fot-lauss, adj. /oo^-/ess, without feet, Al. 134,
fot-ldgr, adj. low-legged, short-legged, fjjal. 29.
fot-leggr, m. the leg, Fb. ii. 387, Bard. 14 new Ed., Fms. viii. ]
447, ix. 528, Magn. 524, Fas. i. 27, Stj. 96.
fot-mdl, n. rt step, Stj. 129.
fot-mikill, adj. big-footed, Mag. i.
fot-mjukr, adj. nimble-footed, a wrestling term, Sturl. i. 14,
fot-pallr, m. a foot-hoard, Fms. x. 186, Hkr. i. 81.
FOTB, m., gen. fotar, dat. fseti ; pi. faetr, gen. fota, dat. futum ; in nl.
conversation and even in writing the ace. pi. is used as fern., thus' ;|r
faetr,' not ' alia faetr,' and with the article ' faetrnar,' which form was aln'-
used by poets of the 17th century, Pass. 33. 4, Snot 156 : [Goth./
h.S.fot; Engl. /oo/; Germ, fuss; Swed./o<; D^n. fod; Gr. iroS-,
ped-, with a short vowel ; but with a long vowel in all Teutonic
guages ; fit, q. v., also seems to be a kindred word] : — afoot; and ;
some other languages either the foot only or the foot and leg. Icel.
tinguish between various animals, and use fotr (foot) of men, horses, a
sheep, etc. ; hrammr {paw) of beasts of pre}', as bears, lions ; lopp (
paw) of cats, dogs, mice ; klaer {claws) of birds of prey, as the ra
eagle; hreifi (_;?ws) of a seal : Edda no, Fms. i. 182, xi.145, Anecd.6|.
319, 264, Landn. 180 : the allit. phrase, fotr ok fit (q. v.) ; .]pa var i
f. og fit, i.e. all {men and beast) were about or all was bustle; stii
ba6um fotum, einum faeti, ollum fotum, to stand {rest) on both ...
Fms. viii. 41, Gisl. 46 ; spretta (stokkva) a faetr, to start to one's feel
495 ; vera a fotum, to be a-foot, to be out of bed, Fms. vi. 201, x.
Gliim. 368, Eg. 586 ; vera snemma a fotum, to be early a-foot, Val
223: metaph. to be alive, Ld. 230; fara a faetr, to rise; skjota (ki;
fotum undir sik, to take to his heels, Fms. viii. 358, f)6r6. 43 new ;
hlaupa sem faetr toga, to run as fast as feet ca?t go, Gisl. 6r, Fas. i. .(;
taka til fota, to take to one's heels, Grett. 1 01, Bs. i. 804 ; eiga fotuir
at launa, to owe one's life to the feet, i. e. to run for one's life, O. H. 1
leggja land undir f6t, to take a long stride, Bs. ii. 124, Fkv. ii. 2 : ph
denoting the delight of getting on shore, hafa land undir faeti, tt tl
the ground under one's feet, ' O quam securum, quamque jucundu in
solo,' fastr er a foldu fotr, Profectio in Terr. Sanct. 159; falla til a
e-m, to fall at another's feet, 623. 27. 2. phrases, komirlif
fotum fram, off one's feet, bedridden, Fms. xi. 155, Fb. i. 201 ; J)6i|k
bera J)a6an hvarigan fot heilan J)a skal ek J)6 fara, Fs. 9 ; hverr a. jtr
63rum, one on the heels of another , Eg. 132 ; Hakon drepr y3r a faetr o; i/.
slays you on your feet, Fms. x. 386 ; miklu er fyrir fsetr J)er kasta8, ; ;;v
things are cast before thy feet, many obstacles, Korm. 176. p. me
phrases, standa a morgum fotum, to rest on many feet, have many resoi
st63 a morgum fotum fjarafli Skallagrims, Eg. 137, Fms. xi. 423; S|ia
a tre-fotum, to stand on wooden legs, be in a tottering state; {); er
enginn fotr fyrir J)vi, ' it has not afoot to stand on,' i. e. is not true : tun ' r
the outskirt of a home-field, metaphor from a skin stretched out.
a measure, Al. 163, Karl. 438, 481, 509, 525, Isl. ii. 402, Landn.
Fs. 26 ; fet is more usual. compds : fota-afl, n. the strength
feet, Fms. viii. 410. fota-brlk, f. the foot-board of a bed, Sturl. iii 7.
fota-biorSr, m. the bearing of the feet, gait, Bs. i. 670. fota-biii r,
m. foot-gear, Stj. 366. f6ta-fer5, f. a rising from bed; fotafeilr-
tirai, a, m. the time of rising. fota-festi, f. = fotfesti, Barl. 56. ji-
fj61, f. = f6tabrik, Fms.v. 340 : afoot-board,\v.2'i'j. f6ta-gang|D-
trampling, din, Finnb. 246. fota-gryta, u, f. a pan with feet, Fr. la-
Mutr, m. the nether part of the body, opp. to hoffta-hlutr, Eb. 32(
398, Fms. xi. 277. fota-kefli, n. a stumbling-block. fota-k '
n., eccl., Lat. pedale. Am. 90, Jm. 10, 36. fota-lseti, n. pi. ^
pranks' (of one hanged), Fms. vii. 13. f6tar-brag3, n. 'foot-b
a wrestling term, vide brag3. Fas. ii. 370. fotar-mein, n. cl'"
leg, Nj. 219, Bs. i. 815, Sturl. i. 64. fotar-sfir, n. a foot-ivH,
Fms. viii. 141. fotar-verkr, m. = f6tverkr, Hkr. i. 63, Fas. ii *'>
fota-saurr, m. the foot-dirt. Post, to Matth. x. 14. fota-skii:
a 'foot-shin,' carpet, Rd. 272, Am. 6. fota-skortr, m. misiiti"i'^
feet; e-m ver6r f., to slip, sttanble. fota-spyrning, f. a spuminifi'
the feet. Fas. iii. 355. fota-stapp, n. a stamping with the feet, Sjw
174. f6ta-stokkr, m. a shackle; berja fotastokk, to dangle tl't'
in riding. f6ta-J)il, n. the foot-board of a bed, Fms. ii. 84. ••
J)vattr, m. foot-washing, Bs. i. 105.
fot-sdrr, adj. /ooZ-sore, Lv. 59 (of a horse). 1
f6t-si9r, zd]. reaching down to the leg, of a garment, Finnb. 310, St.'C
f6t-skemill, m. (-skeflll, Bs. i. 155), afoot-board, Fms. v,30i,'ir
iii. 131, Sks. 292, O. H. L. 26.
f6t-skri3a, u, f., in the phrase, renna fotskriSu, to run and slide c>^'-
Nj. 145, Valla L. 220, Rd. 278. j
f6t-skdr, f. afoot-board, Bs. i. 220, Fms. ii. 132, Sturl. iii, 13^' ^{
f6t-spor, n. -pi. foot-prints, 623. 36, Fms. i. 280; stiga i e-s foior
to step in one's foot-prints, Fs. 4, Sks. 13, Vigl. 20.
f6t-stallr, m. a pedestal, Fms. ii. io8, Faer. 103 (v. 1.), 655 x.iwii '•
, f6t-stir9r, adj. stiff-legged. Eg. 754.
FOTTROD— FRAM.
169
t-tro8, n. treading under foot, Bs. ii. 57, Thom. 104.
t-tro8a, tra5, to tread upon, Stj. 42, Fms. ii. 17a, iii. 165, H.E. i. 506.
t-veill, adj. with a bad leg, Bs. i. 344, Thom.
t-verkr, ni. 'foot-warke,' gout, Yt. 26.
t-viss, adj. sure-footed, a wrestling term.
RAKKA, u, f. [A. S./ranca], a kind of spear ; Grimm thinks that
framea of Tacitus is merely a corruption oi franca, a suggestion which
ns to be almost certain ; in northern poems and writers this word only
iirs in Rm. 32, whence it was probably taken into Edda (Gl.) ; on the
er hand, we have an Icel. frakki, a, m. a kind of weapon, in the compd
-f., a ' carrion-fluke,' i. e. the blade of a sword, Gisl. 7 (in a verse) ;
akkeris-frakki, a, m. an ' anchor-fluke (?),' in a verse of 996, Fs. 92 :
ill, the frakka of the Rm. was probably borrowed from A. S. 2.
ikki, a, m. a proper name, cp. Gull{). ; Frakka-nes, n. a farm,
rakkar, m. pi. the Franks, mod. the French; perhaps derived from
national weapon /ra«ca, as that of Saxons from seax, sax=gladius;
iikkland, a. the land of the Franks, as fixed by the peace of Verdun
143, lb. ch. 9 and Fms. i. ii, and in old poets (Hallfred) : — in mod.
;uage used for France.
akki, a, m. [Fr. fraque"], a frock, coat, mod. word, borrowed from
frak.
ikkr, adj. [Engl, and Geim. frank"], this word never occurs in old
ers, and in mod. usage only in the sense impertinent, intrusive.
ECAM, adv. — the Icel. has a triple adverbial form, fram, denoting
going to a place (ad locum) ; frammi, the being in a place (in loco) ;
3ian, the going from a place (a loco) — compar. framarr (mod.
nar) or fremr, = Goth, franiis ; superl. framast (framarst) or
last : proncd. with a double w = framm ; and that such was the case
■Iden times may be seen from Fms. vi. 385 and Skalda 168, 171.
:i adv. with its compds and derivatives may be said to have been lost
7erm. as well as Engl., and at a very early time. Even Ulf. uses /raw
prep, in the sense oi aii6, like the A. S. and Engl. /row, Swed. /ra« :
■ in two passages Ulf. uses /raw as adv., viz. Rom. xiii. 12, where
enders ' the night is far spent' (nottin er um liSin of the Icel. N. T.)
mmis galeipan, which recalls to mind the lct\.fram-lidinn = deceased,
; and Mark i. 19, where npoPaivfiv is rendered by gaggan framis
el. ganga framarr or ganga fram ; cp. also the Goth, compds /ram-
cs=progress, Philipp. i. 25 ; fram-aldrs = stricken in years ; fram-vigis
'A.fram-vegis ; fram-vairpis = further : in O. H. G. vra7n = ultra still
irs, but is now lost in Germ, as well as in Engl. : the Icel., on the other
i, makes a clear distinction between the prep, fra (/row) and fram,
forward, = Gr. irpoaco, hat. porro, pro- ; in some compds the sense
■I appears, e. g. framandi, a stranger, = \J\f.framapeis, prop, one who is
i jff or from far off; so also fram-liSinn, gone, past ; ganga fram, to die.
A. iram, forward, (opp. to aptr, backward) ; aSra lci9 aptr en fram,
xxxii. 18; hann fell fram a faetr konungi, he fell forward on his
at the king's feet. Eg. 92; stefna fram {to go on) hina ne9ri leiS,
; brautin liggr J)ar fram i milli, id. ; ef {)eir vilja fram, or, fram a
forward, Sks. 483 ; fram rett, straight on, Fms. ii. 273, v.l.; fram,
1! OH, on! a war cry, 0. H. 215: koma fram, to reappear, arrive,
r being long unheard of; haiin kom fram i Danmiirku, Fms. i. 62 ;
1 kom fram i kaupsta& J)eim er . . ., fsl. ii. 332 ; ok komu J)ar fram,
lirjalar voru a fjalli, Eg. 58 : the phrase, fram i settir, in afar or dis-
degree (of relationship), 343 : people in Icel. in the 14th century
1 to say, fram til Noregs, up to Norway (cp. up to London), Dipl. ii.
16. II. fram is generally applied to any motion outwards or
ards the open, opp. to inn, innar ; thus fram denotes the outer point of
:ss, fram a nes ; Icel. also say, fram a sjo, towards the high sea, (but
or inn at landi, landwards) ; also, towards the verge of a cliff or
like, fram d hamarinn (bergit). Eg. 583 : when used of a house fram
njns towards the door, thus, fara fram i dyr (eldhiis), but inn or innar
5stofu (hence fram-baer), var hon avalt borin fram ok innar, she was
le in a litter out and in, Bs. i. 343 : of a bed or chair fram denotes
outside, the side farthest from the wall, horfir hon til J)ils, en bondi
she turned her face to the wall, but her husband away from it,
31 • p. again, Icel. say, fram a dal, up dale, opp. to ofan dalinn,
n dale. III. without motion, the fore part, opp. to aptr,
'er part (cp. fram-faetr) ; aptr krokr en fram sem spor&r, Fms. ii.
; ma3r fram en dyr aptr (of a centaur), 673. 2, Sks. 179 ; aptr ok
\ fore and aft, of a ship, Fms. ix. 310. IV. joined with
p. or particles, Lat. usque; bi8a fram a dag, fram a nott, fram i
!ir, to wait far into the day, night, darkness, Bs. ii. 145 ; bi3a fram
or fram um J61, etc., to bide till after Fule; um h-im, past over;
um J)at fram er markaSrinn st68, to stay till the fair is past,
'• 124; fram um hamarinn (bergit), to pass the cliff. Eg. 582 ; ri&a
fram, to ride past or to miss, Nj. 264, mod. fram hja, cp. Germ.
•ei: — metaph., vera um fram e-n, above, surpassingly; um fram a3ra
11) Fb. i. 91, Fms. vi. 58, passim ; um alia hluti fram, above all things :
alia hluti fram, id., Stj. 7 : besides, Sks. 41 new Ed. : fyrir log fram,
pile of the law, Fms. iii. 157; fyrir rett fram, 655 xx. 4; fyrir lof
'i vi\tbqut have, Grtlg. i. 326; fyrir t)at fram, but for that, ii. 99;
the phrase, fyrir alia hluti fram, above all things, 623. 19. p. temp.,
fyrir fram means beforehand. Germ, voraus; vita, segja fyrir fram, to
know, tell beforehand. Germ, voraus-sagen. y. fram undaii, project-
ing, stretching forward; fram undan cyjunni, Fms. ii. 305. S. the
phrase, fram, or more usually fram-or6it, of time, hvad er fram-orSit, how
late is it? i.e. what is the time? Ld. 224; \>u, var fram-ordit, it was late
in the day, Clem. 51 ; J)a er fram var orflit, 623. 30: dropping * orSit,'
t)eir vissu eigi hvat fram var (qs. fram or8it), they did not know the time
of day, K.{j. K. 90: with gen., fram-orfiit dags, late in the day, Fms.
xi. 10, Ld. 174; afram, on forward, q.v. V. with verbs, o.
denoting motion, like pro- in Latin, thus, ganga, koma, saekja, falla, fljota,
renna, li8a, fara . . . fram, to go, come, flow, fare . . .forward. Eg. 136, Fms.
ii. 56, Jb. 75, passim : of time, li6a fram, Bs. ii. 152 (fram-Iiflinn). p.
r(5tta, halda fram, to stretch, hold forth, Nj. 3 ; flytja, bera, draga, leifta,
faera, selja, setja fram, to bring . . .forward, Sks. 567 ; leggja fram, to ' lay
forth,' discharge, Fms. v. 293, Nj. 3,11; bj6&a fram, to offer; eggja, hvetja
fram, to egg on; segja fram, to pronounce; standa, liita fram, etc. v.
sja, horfa, stiikkva . . . fram fyrir sik, to look, jump forward, opp. to aptr
fyrir sik, Nj. 29 : — impers., e-m fer fram, to grow, make progress ; skara
fram lir, to stand out.
B. frammi, (for the pronunciation with a double m vide Skdlda
169,) denotes «« or on a place, without motion, and is formed in the
same way as uppi from upp, niSri from ni6r ; Icel. thus say, ganga fram,
niSr, upp, to go on, go down, go up ; but vera frammi, ni8ri, uppi, to be in,
etc. ; if followed by a vowel, the final i may be dropt, thus, vera frammi
a dal, or framm' a dal, Hrafn. 6 ; sitja framm' fyrir hasaeti ( = frammi fyrir),
(3. H. 5 ; just as one may say, vera ni6r' a (qs. niftri a) engjum, upp'
a ( = uppi a) fjalli : as to direction, all that is said of fram also applies to
frammi, only that frammi can but denote the being in a place ; Icel. thus
say, frammi a dal in a dale, frammi i dyrum in-doors, frammi a fjalli on
a fell, frammi a golfi on the floor, frammi a sjo, etc. ; J)eir Leifr sitja
frammi i husum, Fasr. 181, cp. also Hrafn. i ; sitja (standa) frammi fyrir
e-m, to sit {stand) before one's face, Hkr. ii. 81. II. metaph.
the phrase, hafa e-t frammi, to perform a thing, Nj. 232, Sks. 161 : to use,
shew, in a bad sense, of an insult, threatening, or the like ; hafa peir f.
mikil-maeli ok heita afarkostum, Hkr. i. 191 : the particle i is freq. pre-
fixed, hafa i frammi, (not a frammi as dfram, q. v.) ; sva fremi skaitii rogit
i frammi hafa, Nj. 166 ; J)arftu J)a fleira i frammi at hafa en st6ryr6i ein ok
dramblaeti. Fas. i. 37 ; hafSu i frammi kiigan vi6 J)a uppi vi6 fjoUin, Isl.
ii. 215 : to exercise, Bs. i. 852 ; hafa f. i^rottir, Fms. ix. 8 (rare); lata,
leggja f., to contribute, produce. Fas. iii. 118, Fms. vi. 21 1.
C framan, /-ow the front side; framan at borSinu, to the front of
the table, Fb. ii. 302 ; framan at e-u, in the face or front of (opp. to aptan
a8, fro7n behind) ; skaltu roa at framan bor8um skiitunnar, thou shall row
towards the boards of the boat, of one boat trying to reach another, Hav.
46; taka framan af e-u, to take (cut) from the fore part, Od. xiv. 474;
framan a skipinu, the fore part of the ship, Fms. ii. 1 79 ; framan um stafn-
inn, vi. 78. p. temp., framan af sumri, vetri, hausti, vari, the beginning,
first part of summer . . . ; also simply framan af, in the beginning. y.
of the fore part of the body; nokkut hafit upp framan nefit, Ld. 272 ;
rettnefjaSr ok hafit upp i framan-vert, a straight nose and protninent at the
tip, Nj. 29 ; framan a brjostiS, o?i the breast; framan i andlitiS, in the face ;
framan aknen, i stalhiifuna framan, Fms. viii. 337 ; framan a J)j6hnappana,
Sturl. i. 14 (better aptan a). 8. with the prep, i preceding; i framan,
adv. in the face ; rj65r i framan, red in the face ; fdlr i {nman, pale-faced,
etc., freq. in mod. use. 2. fyrir framan, before, in front of, with ace.
(opp. to fyrir aptan, behind) ; fyrir framan slana, Nj.45 ; fyrir framan hendr
honum, 60 ; fyrir framan hamarinn. Eg. 583 ; fyrir framan merki, Fms.
i. 27, ii. 84 : as adv., menn st65u me5 vapnum fyrir framan {)ar sem Flosi
sat, before F.'s seat, Nj. 220; \ik var skoti5 aptr lokhvilunni ok sett a
hespa fyrir framan, Fms. ii. 84 : a6 framan, above. 3. as framan
is prop, an adv. /row the place, Icel. also say, koma framan af dal, framan
af nesi, framan or dyrum, etc., to come down the dale, etc., vide fram
above. 4. ' framan til ' in a temp, sense, up to, until ; mi li&r til
]pings framan, it drew near to the time of parliament, Nj. 12 ; li6r mi
til {)ings framan, Ld. 88 ; lei6 mi framan til Jola, Isl. ii. 42 ; framan til
Paska, Stj. 148; framan til vetrnatta, D.N. ; framan til J)ess er hann
atti vi5 Glam, Grett. 155; framan til Lei&ar, Anal. 172; fra upphafi
heims framan, _/row the beginning of the world, Ver. I ; in mod. usage
simply fram in all such instances.
D. Compar. frainarr,/ar//&fr on ; superl. framast, tTemst, farthest
on : 1. loc, feti framarr, a step farther on, Lv. 59 ; J)ar er J)eir koma
framast, the farthest point they can reach, Grag. i. 1 1 1 ; {)ar sem hann komr
framast, 497 ; hvar hann kom framarst, Fms. xi. 416 ; sva komu J)eir fremst
at J)eir unnu J)a borg, i. 114; fjcir eru mest til J)ess nefndir at framast
(/orewos^) hafi verit, Isl. ii. 368 ; {)eirer fremst voru, Fms. v. 78. 2.
temp, farthest back ; er ek fremst um man, Vsp. i ; hvat J)u fyrst um mant
e5a fremst um veizt, VJ)m. 34 ; fra J)vi ek ma fremst muna, Dipl. v.
25. II. metaph. /ar//.»«r, wore, superl. /ar/i&es^, mos/; erat hann
framarr skyldr sakraOa vi3 menn, Grag. i. 1 1 ; nema ver reynim oss framarr,
Fki. 75 ; meta, hvurra J)orf oss litisk framarr ganga, whose claim appeared
170
FRAMA— FRAME.
to us the strongest, Dipl. ii. 5. p. with dat., venju framarr, more than
imtal ; J)vi franiarr sem, all the more, Fnis. i. 184. y. with ' en ' follow-
ing ; framar tn, farther than, more than; niun her J)vi {therefore') framarr
leita6 en hvarvetna annars-sta6ar, Fms. i.ii^; at ganga franiarr a hcndr
J>orleiki en mitt leyfi er til, Ld. 154; hvcrsu |>or61fr var framarr en ek.
Eg. 112 ; framarr er hann en ek, he is better than I, Nj. 3; sokn framarr
(rather) en viirn, 236; framarr en {farther than) mi er skilt, Js. 48 ; J)vi
at haun vaeri framarr en a5rir menn at ser, better than other men. Mar.
25. 2. superl., sva sem sa er framast {foremost) elskadi, Fs. 80 ;
sva sem framast ma, 655 xi. 2 ; sem Gu8 ler honum framast vit til, Js. 5 :
with gen., konungr vir3i haan framast allra sonasinna,Fms.i.6; at Haraldr
vseri framast {jcirra braeSra, 59 ; framast J)eirra at allri ssemd, viii. 272.
frama, a3, [^k.S. fremman ; T)zn. fremme'], to further ; frama sik, to
distinguish oneself, Fms. v. 282: with dat. to further, promote a thing,
hvtirir-tveggju hafa sva mjok framat kvoft sinni, at . . ., proceeded so far
with their suit, that .... Grag. ii. 50 : of a pregnant woman, ek veit at {)u
ert me3 barni, ok mjok framat, and far advanced, Finnb. 212, Ld. 142.
fram-altari, a, m. a side-altar, opp. to the high altar, Vm. 77.
framan, vide fram C.
framandi, part, a man of distinction, Bs. i. 797, 805, Orkn. 358. II.
\\J\i. frainapeis ; Germ. /remrfer], a stranger. Pass. 30. 6, (mod.)
framan-verSr, adj. [cp. \]\L fram-vairpis'], 'fore-ward,' in the front;
d framanver5ri brekkunni, Fms. vii. 298 ; nesinu, Eg. 399 ; framanverSar
fylkingar, Fms. vi. 69 ; um hiikuna framanver3a, Orkn. 288 ; i framan-
vert nefit, Nj. 29.
framar-liga, contracted framarla, adv. 'forwardly,' in front; J)a ma
hverr vera sva framarla sem hann vill (of ranks in battle), Fms. viii.
403, V. 1. ; lag6i konungr framarla skip sitt. Eg. 33 ; J)eir komu sva f. 1
landit, went so far, Fms. xi. 360: Icel. say, framarliga i dalnum, nesinu,
far off in the dale, etc., where old writers would prefer i framanver6um
dalnum, nesi : f. d sjotta hundraSi, high up ifi the sixth hundred, Sturl. iii.
84. 2. metaph./z^/y, highly, much; treysta f., to trustfully, Fms. v.
336, vi. 151 ; sva framarla, so far, to that point, x. 7, Hom. 40 ; sva f. sem,
so far as, 87 ; sja f. vi6 e-u, to be fully ware of, Sks. 358 ; hann man f. a
horfa um kvaiifangit, he will look high, i. e. make great pretensions, Ld. 88.
fram-bo3ligr, adj. that can be offered, Fms. iii. 180.
fram-bogr, m. the shoulder of an animal, Hkr. iii. 283.
fram-bryggja, u, f. the gangway leading to the bow of a ship. Eg. 1 2 1 .
fram-biirflr, m. delivery, esp. of a speech ; me3 snjollum framburSi,
Fms. ii. 199, Stj. 151, 260, 261 : specially a law term, pleading, delivery,
Grag. i. 42 ; f. um kviSinn, delivery of the verdict, Nj. 87 : in mod. usage
a gramm. term, pronunciation.
fram-bii3, f. lasti?igfor the time to come : in the phrase, vera til litillar
frambudar, to be of little lasting use, Barl. 63.
fram-byggjar, -byggvar, m. pi. ' bow-sitters,' the men placed on the
bow of a ship of war, Fms. ii. 312, Eg. 32, Hkr. i. 86, Orkn. 230.
frara-baer, m. the front ox fore part of a house.
fram-drattr, m. carrying, launching a ship, Grag. ii. 399 : metaph.
support, maintenance, Fms. v. 23. framdrdttar-samr, zA]. putting
oneself forward, Sturl. ii. 227.
fram-eggjan, f. an egging on, Nj. 61, Fms. viii. 118, xi. 261.
fram-fall, n. a falling on one's face, Karl. 552.
fram-farinn, part, departed, Faer. 264 ; fram-farandi, part. act. de-
parting, K. A. 20.
frain-fer5, f. procedure, course of procedure, Bs. i. 840, Fms. i. 126,
vii. 296: conduct, Stj. 141.
fram-ferfli, n. = framferd, Fms. ii. 37; conduct, 655 xxxii. 2, Stj. 8,
142, Bs. i. 840, Fms. vi. 133 : freq. in mod. use, N. T., Vidal.
fram-ferSugr, adj.; f. ma5r, a ready man, Ann. 1348, (rare.)
fram-flutning, f. maintenance. Eg. 77, Fms. i. 222, xi. 234: gramm.
protiunciation, Skalda 175, 181.
fram-flutningr, m. pleading, Bs. i. 769.
fram-fotr, m. the fore leg (of a quadruped). Fas. iii. 295.
fram-fuss, adj. eager, forward, willing, Bs. i. 238.
fram-fsera, h, to maintain, Grag. passim, (better as two words.)
fram-fseri, n. furtherance, Sturl. i. 72 ; koma e-u a f., to further it.
fram-feering, {.pronunciation, Skalda i79; = Lat. translatio, 194.
fram-fsDrinn, adj. (fram-fserni, f.), a putting oneself forward ; lifram-
fxrhm, shy ; ohamfxrni, shyness.
fram-fsersla, u, f. a ' bringing forward,' bringing up, maintenance,
Dipl. iv. 8, Gr4g. i. 62, 454, jb. passim. compds : Framfeerslu-
bdlkr, m. the section in the Jb. treating of alimentation. framfserslu-
kerling, f. an old pauper woman, Fbr. 95. framfserslu-lauss, adj.
without means of support, Griig. i. 454, Jb. 179. framf8erslu-ma3r,
m. a pauper, Jb. 181, {lorst.St. 55 ; = mod. sveitar-omagi.
fram-f6r, f. advancing, Fms. iv. 270, Hom. 181 : departing from life,
Fms. ii. 164, Bs. i. 742, Post. 686 C. 2. 2. metaph. /rojT^ss, freq.
in mod. usage.
fram-ganga, u, f. a ' going forth,' proceeding, Sks. 520, 563 : a going
towards the door from the inner rooms (vi_de fram), Fs. 140 : — advancing,
in battle, and metaph. valour, exploits, O.H. 3l6 sqq., Eg. 33, Nj. 137,
Fms. xi. 131, Lv. 89, Isl. ii. 368, Grett. 159. framg6ngu-ma8r,
a forward, valiant man. Glum. 331.
fram-gangr, m. a ♦ going forward,' advancing, in battle, Fms. \
117 : metaph. success, vi. 133, vii. 280, ix. 508, Eg. 20 {advancemei
aggression, ofsi ok f., Fms. xi. 93, K. A. 232.
fram-geiigmn, part, performed, Sks. 32, 560. 2. of persi
departed, deceased, Sks. 12.
fram-gengt, part. n. (fern., Fms. x. 401), brought about, success]
in the phrase, ver3a f., to succeed, come to pass, Ld. 238, Fms. i. 2
vii. 5, 183, Sks. 32, 560, "ft. I.
fram-girnd, f. = framgirni, Barl. 62.
fram-girni, L forwardness, Fms. v. 246, Fbr. 121.
fram-gjarn, adj. striving forward, H.E. i. 250, Thorn. 28.
fram-hald, n. continuation, (mod.)
fram-lieit, n. ^\. fair promises for the future, Sturl. iii. 232, 255.
fram-lileypi (fram-hleypni), {.forwardness, Thom. 175.
fram-hleypiligr, zA]. forward, Stj. (pref.)
fram-hleypmn, adj. leaping forward, intruding.
fram-lilutr, m. the fore part, Fms. vi. 351.
fram-hrapan, f. a rushing on, H.E. i. 501.
fram-hus, n. a '■fore-house,' porch, entry, Njar8. 376, Fs. 149.
fram-livass, zA]. forward, sharp, Fms. ii. 45, Thom. 46, 180.
fram-hvot, f. encouragement, Ld. 260, Sturl. iii. 6, Bs. ii. 72.
frami, a, m. advancement, but esp. distinction, renown, fame, SI.
VJ)m. II, Hm. 104, Eg. 19, 106, Nj. 38, Fms. i. 287, vi. 133, vii. .'
viii. 336 : forwardness, vi. 303 ; lang-frami, lasting fame, Orkn. ^
compds: frama-ferS, i. a feat, famous exploit, Yi.^. frama-le;
n. obscurity, Al. 118. frama-maSr, m. a man of distinction, 1-
Laur. S. frama-rauii, f. a trial of fame, dangerous exploit, Fas
43. frama-skortr, m. listlessness, Fms. v. 338. frama-verl-
a 'forward-work,' exploit, feat, Fms. iii. 97, Fs. 4, Orkn. 80.
fram-jdtan, f. a promise, 655 xxxii. 21, Th. 24. j
fram-kast, n. a forecast, empty words, Eb. 46, Mar. (Fr.) '
fram-kirkja, u, f. the 'fore-church' nave, opp. to the choir or chai
Vm. 26, Jm. 13, Bs. i. 829.
fram-kvdma, u, f. ' coming forward^ fulfilment, Greg. 32, Hom. •
fram-kvsema, d, to fulfil, bring about, O. H. 62, Bs. i. 133, ii. 147
fram-kvEemd, {.fulfilment, success, proivess ; vit ok f., Fms. i. 19;
119, vii. 280, 300, ix. 7, 625. 1 75, Sks. 609. compds : framkvsemc
lauBS, adj. listless. framkvsemdar-leysij n. listlessness, Faer.
framkvseindar-inaSr, m. a man of prowess, Nj. 181, Fms. i. 15, xi.
framkvsemdar-inikill, zd]. full of prowess, Fms. vii. 431.
fram-lag, n. a ' laying forth,' an outlay, Fms. iv. 33, Sks. 27, Gri
478 : contribution, Faer. 69, Fms. vi. 307, xi. 320, 428. 2. disi
Fms. ix. 495, V. 1.
fram-laga, u, f. an advancing, in battle, Hkr. iii. 122.
frain-lei3is, adv. \Y>zi\. fremdeles'], further, in future, K.A. 20 '.
406, Sturl. iii. 269.
frain-lei3sla, u, f. a 'leading on,' conduct; f. lifdaga, Fms. iii. 8(
fram-leistr, m. the fore part of a sock, N. G. L. iii. 13.
fram-ligr, adj. ; f. ma6r, a fine man, Sturl. ii. 134 C, Fms. xi. 56
frain-luiida3r and fram-lyndr, adj. courageous. Lex. Poet.
fram-lutr, adj. 'louting forward,' prone, 655 xxxii. 3, Bs. ii. 20.
fram-lopp, f. a fore-paw.
fraimni, vide fram B.
franinii-sta3a, u, f. a ' standing forth' behaviour, feat, Karl. 149 H
only used in peculiar phrases ; in Dipl. v. 18 the missal is called fran i-
sto3u-b6k, f., from being read by the priest while standing, fran i-
st63u-ina3r, m. a steward at a wedding or feast.
fram-mynntr, adj. with a projecting mouth, Sturl. ii. 133 B.
framning, {.performance, Magn. 480, Hom. 26, 655 xxxii. 3.
framr, adj., compar. fremri or framari, Stj. 127 ; superl. frems
framastr, Fas. i. 320; \_k. ?>.fr erne, fram = bonus ; cp. Germ. /•"
— forward ; in the positive, used almost always in a bad sensv
nently forward, intrusive (but 6-framr, shy); this distinction if •
mjijk eru J)eir menn framer, er eigi skammask at taka mina konu ira
says the old Thorodd, Skalda 163 : — in a good sense, prominent, 1
70, 155; framr ok g63r klerkr, i. 824; framr spama&r, Stj. 33. -
neut. framt as adv. so far, to such an extent, Stj. 254 ; ganga framt at, ft «■
harshly, Dipl. ii. 19; treysta framt a, to put full trust in, Fms. iii.
sva framt sem . . ., in case that . . ., Dipl. ii. 13, — better sva fra-
as soon as, Stj. 287 ; sva framt sem hann hefir lukt, as soon as hf /
Dipl. iii. 9. II. compar. //be /orewos/ (of two) ; til hiii^
zustnnms, to the fore-pumping roo7n, Fms. viii. 139; enum fremri'
with the fore-feet (mod. fram-fotum), 1812. 16. |3. neut., hit i'n-.u:
place nearest the door. Eg. 43 : of a roafl, the 'fore-road,' the road ai.i'
coast, (opp. to ' the in-road,' across the inland), Nj. 207, Orkn. 6.
metaph. superior, with dat. ; oUum fremri. Fas. i. 205 ; fremri
hlutum, Faer. 47 ; gofgari ma&r ne fremri, porb. 9 new Ed.
superl. fremstr,/orewws/, Fms. i. 176, ii. 317, Al. 90, (5. H. 121 : nit '^_-
c^tbe best, foremost, Stj. 93; fremstr at allri saemd, Fms. viii. aja i ''"
ERAMRAS— FRi^SKILI.
171
jtn fremstum i (Ilium mannraunum, Eg. 2i ; allra J)eirra brsedra fram-
Fas. i. 320. 2. temp, farthest back; sem ek fremst um man;
or to be taken as adverb, cp. p. 169, col. 2, 1. 5 from bottom.
im-ris, f. a ' running forward ,' the course of time or tide, Th. 78.
im-rei3, f. a riding on, Fms. xi. 256, Isl. ii. 169, Karl. 350, Al. 76.
wn-reitr, m. the 'fore-beds' in a garden : metaph., hafa e-t k fram-
iini, to display, titake a show of, Ld. 318.
im-saga, u, f. a ' saying forth,' as a law phnsc, pleading, delivery, Nj,
no, drag. i. 37.
am-sala, u, f. a giving up, extradition, Grag. ii. 13.
:vm-setning, f. the launching a ship, Grag. ii. 403.
xm-skapan, f. rendering of Lat. transformatio, Skalda 188.
im-snoflinn, adj. bald on the forehead, Fms. x. 35, Fas. ii. 149.
im-s6ku, i. prosecution of a case, Fs. 74.
vm-stada, u, f. = frammistaSa, exertion, 655 xxxii. 3.
iva.-ai3£a., m. the stem, bow, ]h. 383, Eg. 123, Fms. vii. 260, Fb. i-43l.
vm-syni, (.foresight, Fms. x. 392, Stj. 444.
im-syniligr, Sid]. foreseeing, Fms. i. 263.
im-s^nn, adj. foreseeing, prophetic, Landn. 27, Nj. 194, Hav. 41,
54, 74, Fms. i. 76, Stj. 126.
im-s6gii, f. assertion, esp. of a witness, Dipl. i. 3.
im-tonn, f. a front tooth, GJ)1. 167.
im-urskarandi, part, standing out, prominent, excellent.
im-vegis, adv. 'fore-ways,' further, for the future, Magn. 474, H.E.
j4, Bs. i. 302.
an-visi, f. 'fore-wit,' a prophetic gift. Fas. i. 122.
im-viss, adj. 'fore-wise,' prophetic, Fms. xi. 41 1, Vapn. 20, Gs. 13,
ankis-menn, m. pi. the French, Baer., Flov., El. passim ; Frankis-
!, n. the Prankish (French) tongue, Flov. 2 2 ; Frankis-riddari, a,
[ French knight, Str. 39 ; Franz, f. France; Franziska, u, f. the
icb tongue, Bs. i. 799 ; Franzeis, m, [Fr. Franfais~\, a Frenchman,
!. 239, in the romances passim.
i.ta, a&, = freta, Ls. 32.
lATJD, n. the froth as of roasted meat or of a roasted apple ; frau8it
jartanu, Edda 74 ; in mod. usage frauS (or frau3r, m.) is the dry,
ered marrow of lean and half-starved animals ; J)eir reikna f>aS gras
auki fraud, Bb. 3. 47.
iAITKR, m. [Germ, frosch, etc.], a frog ; kom hagl sva mikit sem
tka rigndi, Al. 169 ; the reading frau6a-fxtr in N.G. L. i. 351 ought
i e fravika-feetr (frauj)a = frauka), m. p^. frogs' legs, articles used in
1 hcraft ; if nails (imgnes), frogs' legs, and the like were found in ' bed
)lster,' it made a person liable to outlawry, as being tokens of sorcery ;
]i)hakespcare's Macbeth, ' toe of frog, wool of bat, and tongue of dog.'
lA, prep, with dat., sometimes with i or a prefixed, ifra, afra,
fwed. ifran; afra, Fms. vi. 326, 439, viii. 25, ix. 508, x. 408; i fra,
6, 137, 508, Grag. ii. 30, Nj. 83, 108, passim: [Goth. /ram; A. S.
ii,from; Engl. /rojw; O. H. G./rawi; again in the Scandin., Swed.
; Dan. fra ; Ormul. fra ; so also Engl, fro (in to and fro and
ard) is a Dan. form, but fro7n a Saxon] : — from, vide af, p. 3,
2 ; ganga fra Icigbergi, Nj. 87 ; fra landi, Ld. 118 ; ofan fra fjollum,
ii. 195 ; fra laeknum, 339 : with adv. denoting direction, skami
anni, Nj. 94; skamt fra landi, Ld. ; upp fra bas Una, Fs. 33, Ld.
; ni6r fra Maelifells-gili, Landn. 71; ofan fra Merki-a, Eg. 100;
ii Unadal, Fs. 31 ; nor6r fra garSi, Nj. 153 ; norftr fra dyrum, Fms.
25; austr fra, ix.402 ; su6r fra Noregi, x. 271 ; skamt fra vatninu,
268 ; allt fra (all the way from) Gniipu-skorSum, 1 34 : ellipt., inn
litar irk, Nj. 50 : with the indecl. particle er, vetfang J)eim er fra
m which) var kvatt, Grag. (Kb.) p. with names of hills, rivers,
le like, /rowz, but 'at' is more freq., vide p. 26; fra Osi, Eirekr fra
|jor8. 8 new Ed. ; {>6r6r fra H6f6a, Ld. 188, 200; fra Mosfelli,
HliSarenda, Landn., Nj. passim. 2. denoting aloof; brott fra
im husum, aloof from other houses. Eg. 203 ; nokkut fra (aloof from)
m mtinnum. Fas. i. 241 ; lit i fra 6&rum monnum, aloof from other
Hkr. i. 223. 3. with adverbs denoting direction; Varbelgir
her upp fra y&r, Fms. ix. 512 ; st66u spjot ^eirra ofan fra J)eim, Nj.
; t)angat frcl gar&i, er . . . , in such a direction from the farm, that . . .,
g. i. 82. 4. with verbs, as vita, horfa, smia fra, to look away
I, Skalda 24a ; stafnar horfa fra landi, Fms. xi. loi ; J)at er fra vissi
inu, viii. 428. 5. with gen. ellipt. cp. 'at' A. IL 7 ; fra riks
ns, from a rich man's [house\ Horn. 117 ; fra Arnors, Bjarn. 35 ;
rii Kristinar, Fms. ix. 407 ; fra boanda }pess, Griig. i. 300 ; fra Heljar,
» (Ub.) 292 ; fra Bjarnar, Hkr. i. 190. 6. temp., fjortan
■ fr4 alj)ingi, Grag. i. 122 ; fra j3essu,/row that time, since ; upp fra
", /rf., Ld. 50, Fms. xi. 334; fra hinni fyrstu stund, Sks. 559; allt
eldingu, all along from daybreak, Hrafn. 7 > fr^i cindverSu, from
beginning, Sks. 564; fra fornu ok nyju, of old and new, Dipl. iv.
adding upp, upp fra {)vi, ever since, Bs. ii. 37. 7. denoting
ession; stund fra stund, /row tirtie to time, 656 A. i. 36; ar fr4
y^r after year, Stj. 17; dag fr4 degi, Fms. ii. 230; hvern dag fra
■m, one day after another, viii. 182; hvart sumar fra o6ru, one
mer after another, Grag. i. 92 ; annan dag fra o3rum, Eg. 277 : in
other relations, maSr hk manni, man after man, Finnb. 328. II.
metaph., 1. from among, above, beyond, surpassingly ; gcira sik
auSkenndan fra odrum miinnum, to distinguish oneself from {above)
other 7nen, Fms. vii. 73, Fb. ii. 73: adding sem, fr4 ^vi sem .... beyond
that what...; fr4 pvi harftfengir ok illir viSreignar »ema6rir, Fms.
i. 171 ; herftibreidr, sva at J)at bar fra |)vi sem aSrir menn voru, Eg.
305 ; mi er {)at annathvdrt at |)u ert fra |)vi Jjrottigr ok t)olinn sem
a8rir menn, Fms. ii. 69 : cp. fra-giJrftamadr, fra-baer. 2. with verbs
denoting deprivation, taking away, forsaking, or the like ; taka e-t fr4
e-m, to take a thing from one, Nj. 253; renna fra c-m, 264; deyja fra
ximogum, to ' die from orphans,' i.e. leave orphans behind one, Grag. i. 249 ;
segja sik 6r t)ingi fra e-m, to secede froin one, Nj. 166 ; liggja frii verkum,
to be bedridden 'from work,' i.e. so as to be unable to work, Grag. i.
474 ; seljask arfsali fra limogum, i. e. to shift one's property from the
minors, i. e. to cut them off from inheritance, 278. 3. against; bvert
fra minu skapi, Fms. vii. 258, Hom. 1 58 ; fra likindum, against likelihood.
Eg. 769. 4. denoting derivation from a person ; i mikilli saemd
fra konungi, Isl. ii. 394; njota skaltu hans fra oss, Fbr. 58 new Ed.; —
so also, kominn fra e-m, come of, descended from one, Eb. sub fin., Landn.
passim. 5. of, about, concerning ; segja fra e-u, to tell of a thing,
Fms. xi. 16,137, Nj. 100, (fra-saga, fra-sogn, a story); verfta viss fr4
e-m, to be informed about one, Fms. iv. 184 ; er mer sva frii sagt konungi,
/ a;« told so of the king. Eg. 20 ; lygr hann mestan hlut fra, he lies for
the most part, Isl. ii. 145, cp. Nj. 32. HI. adverb, or ellipt. away,
off; hverfa fra, to turn away, Landn. 84 ; smia 1 fra, Nj. 108 ; stukku
menn fra. Eg. 289 ; hnekkjask Irar nu fra, Ld. 78 ; ok fra hondina, and
the hand off, Nj. 160 ; falla fra, to fall off, to die (frafall), Fms. x. 408 ;
til ok fra, to and fro. Eg. 293, Fins. ix. 422, Pass. 3. 2 ; hedan i frii,
be7ice 'fro,' Nj. 83 ; {)a8an i fra, thence, Grag. ii. 30 : {)ar lit i frii, secondly,
next, Fms. vi. 326 ; outermost, 439 : — temp., J)a8an, hc6an irk, thence,
Grag. i. 204, ii. 30, Fms. ii. 231, Nj. 83, Vapn. 30 : cp. the phrases, af
og fni, by no means ! vera fra, to be gone, done with, dead.
fra-beranligr, adj. excellent, Th. 10.
fra-brug3inn, part, different, apart, Sks. 245, v. 1.
frd-beeriligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), and frd-baerligr, adj. surpassing. Fas,
iii. 364, Th. 10, Magn. 512.
frd,-b8eiT, adj. surpassing, Fms. xi. 428, Fas. i. 88, iii. 627, Th. 22.
frfi-dragniiig, f. subtraction, (mod.)
frd-dr^ttr, m. diminution, Sks. 491, 800, Anecd. 60.
frd-fall, n. decease, death, Isl. ii. 276, B.K. 126 (spelt franfall).
frd,-fer3, f. = frafall, Eluc. 48.
frd-fselast, d, dep. to shirk, shun.
fra-fsersla, u, f. removal, B. K. 108 : the weaning of lambs, Dipl. v. 10.
frk-fsBrur, f. pi. the weaning of lambs (in June). compds : fr^fasru-
lamb, n. a weaned lamb. frafseru-timi, a, m., and frdfaeru-leiti,
n. the season for weaning la}nbs,-{ireq.)
frd.-ganga, u, f. a going away, departure, Griig. ii. 13.
fra-gangr, m. a leaving one's work well or ill done; illr f., work badly
done, fragangs-sok, f. a thing which makes an agreement impossible.
fra-g6r3ir, f. pi. surpassing feats ; var J)at at fnigerSum, it was extra-
ordinary, Isl. ii. 83. coiiVDs, ■with gen. p]. surpassing, choice : frd-
g6r3a-li9, n. choice troops, Lv. 93. fragorSa-maSr, m. a remark-
able man, Fs. 3, Fasr. 52, Fms. iii. 114, x. 192. fr^gorfla-mikill, adj.
exceeding great, Fms. x. 172.
fr&-liverfr, adj. 'froward,' averse.
frS-laga, u, f. retreat (in a sea-fight, leggja fra), Sturl. iii. 68.
frd-lauss, adj./-ee, detached, Qtrkg. i. 494, ii. 190.
frd-leikr, m. (-leiki),sM/?/ifwess, Fms. vi. 211, Gliim. 342, Rd.212.
fra-leitr, fraleit-ligr, adj. (fraleit-liga, adv.), 'froward,' averse:
frtileitt sinni, areprobate mind, Rom. i. 28.
frd-liga, adv. swiftly, Th. 79.
fr^-ligr, adj. quick, swift, Lv. 73, Fbr. 27, 136, 155, Ld. 38, Hav. 39.
FRANN, adj. gleaming, flashing, ace. franan, Fm. 32 : the word seems
akin to frar ; only used in poetry as an epithet of serpents, and metaph.
of swords and sharp weapons ; frann naSr, Vsp. 65 ; f. ormr, Vkv. 16 ;
frann dreki, fran egg. Lex. Poet, passim : of the eyes, flashing, id.
Eggert uses it of a cloud gilded by the sun, solin brauzt fram or franu
skyi, Bb. 2. 33. poet, compds : frd.n-eygr, adj. with flashing eyes,
Fm. 5. fr£n-leitr, frd.ii-lyndr, adj. id. : — hence as a subst. fr&im,
m., Edda (Gl.), Merl. 2. 17, or frseningr, m., Edda (Gl.), a serpent, (cp.
Gr. dpixajv from SipKO/Jiai.)
FBAB, adj., neut. fratt, compar. superl. frari, frastr, but older form
fravari, fravastr, hence frafasri, Eluc. 48 ; fraostr, Krok. 37 ; friivastu
(ace), Stj. 480 : [a word not found in Germ, or Engl., unless O. H. G.fro,
f rawer. Germ, frob = joyful, be a kindred word ; but in IceJ., old as well
as mod., frar only conveys the notion of swiftness] : — swift, light-footed,
Fms. iii. 178, Nj. 258, Finnb. 236, Bs. ii. 87, Fb. i. 394.
fr^-saga, u, f. a story, narrative, Sturl. i. 21, Fms. iv. 348, Eg. fine,
Ld. 58. frasogu-ligr, adj. interesting, Hkr. ii. 135.
fri-skili (frd-skila, fra-skilinn), adj. separated, isolated, astray, with
, dat., fraskili e-m. Fas. iii. 130, Stj. 26, 655 xi. I, Fb. i. 540 : rejected, Fs. 1 28.
172
FRASKILLIGR— FREE.
fr(£-3killigr, adj. = fruskila, 655 xxxii. 27. frfi-skilliga, zdv. pri-
vately, Thorn. 153.
fra-8kilna3r, m. separation, Stj. 195.
frd-snuinn, part, frotvard, averse.
frd-sbgn, f. = friisaga, 625. 83, Stud, i, i, Hkr. i. i, Sktilda 159; vera
til frasagnar um e-t, to regret a thing, Isl. ii. 267, Nj. 97, Orkii. 202.
coMPDs: frdsagna-maSr, m. an historian, 732. 15 (better sagna-ma9r).
frdsagnar-verdr, adj. worth relating. Eg. 425.
frd-vera, u, f. absence, Fms. iii. 164, Fb. i. 512, Bs. ii. 45.
fra-verandi, part, absent, Skiilda.
fra-vist, f. = fravera, D. N.
fra-vita, adj. insane,
fre3inn, part./rozew ; fre3-jaki, a, m., and freS-fiskr, m., vide frjosa.
fre3-stertr or fret-stertr, m., and fre3sterts-nidt or fretstertu-
miit, n., Mag. 23 : [Chaucer calls the queen in chess fers, which is derived
from her Persian nameferz ox ferzan = a king's captain; the Icel. word
is no doubt of the same origin] : — check-mate with the queen's pawn :
other check-mates used in Icel. are heima-stertr, pe&-rifr, glei&ar-mal, niu-
manna-mat, and many more.
fregn, f. 7iews, intelligence. Fas. ii. 368, Fms. ix. 483 ; flugu-fregn,
gossip, a ' canard.'
FEEG-NA, pret. fra, 2nd pers. fratt, frattu, pi. fragum ; pres. fregn ;
pret. subj. frasgi, fraegim, Am. 99; part, freginn ; sup. fregit ; with the
neg. suf. fraat, Yt. 10 : in mod. usage weak fregna, a5, pres. fregna,
sup. fregnaS : in old writers a form fregna, d, occurs early, thus, pres.
fregnir, Fms. xi. 42, Jomsv. S. 2 ; pret. fregndi, 14; pres. subj. fregnisk
( = fregnsk), Sighvat, Fms. vi. 41 ; pres. fregnar, Glum. 374; sup. fregnt
(= fregit), Ld. 4, is scarcely a correct form; pret. pi. fregnu6um, Dipl.
V. 16, in a deed of the 14th century; — by that time the word had got
its present form: [Goth, fraihnan = epcurdv ; A.S. /rignan; old Sax.
gifrcEgnan; cp. Germ, f rage n^ : — to hear, be informed; er Jjii fregn
andlat mitt, Bias. 43 ; er hann slikt um fregn, Vsp. 30 ; Jirandr fra andlat
foSur sins, Landn. 214 : ok fragu ]pau tiSendi at . . ., 0. H. 106 ; enda
fregn sakar-a6ili vigit a fiingi, Grag. (Kb.) ch. 107, (fregni, subj., Sb. i.
105); er hann fregn dau5a bins, Kb. i. 154; e6a fregn hann eigi hvar
ferans-domr atti at vera, Gtag. i. 95 ; ok er hann fregnar (sic Ed.), safnar
hann li&i, Gliim. I.e.; {)a fra hann til ondvegis-siilna sinna, Landn. 250;
si3an fra engi maSr til bans, Str. 74; fra hann, at Haraldr . . ., Fms. vi.
256; eptir J)vi ver fregnuQum af oss ellrum monnum, Dipl. I.e.; si6an
fregnir hann safna9inn, Fms. xi. 42 ; mi sem J)essi tiSendi voru fregin um
allt landit, Str. 54 ; {)eir ^ottusk J)a9an mart fysiligt fregit (Ed. frengt)
hafa, Ld. 4 ; sann-fregit = sann-spurt, Hallfred. II. to ask, only
in very old poetry ; fregna e-n e-s ; hvers fregnit mik, Vsp. 22 ; ok ek
J)ess opt fro&a menu fregit hafdi, Yt. 6 ; fregna ok segja, to ask and say,
ask and answer, Hm. 27; ef hann freginn er-at, 29; fregna ok segja
skal fru9ra hverr, 61, Skv. i. 19, Fsm. 8; fregna e-n ra9s, to ask one's
advice, Hm. 109 : fregna at e-u (as spyrja), 32.
fregn-viss, adj. curious, in the saying, fr69r er hverr f.. Art. 90.
FREISTA, aa, [Ulf. frajsan = neipdCeiv, A. S. frasjan, Hel. and
O. H. G.fresan, old FTunk. frasan, — all of them without t; Dan./ns/e;
Swed. /r«/a] : — to try, with gen.; freista ma ek J>ess, Eg. 606; freista
sin, to try one's prowess, Edda 31 ; freista sunds, Ld. 166 ; hafa ymiss vi5
freistad, 0. H. 34 ; freista J)essar ijprottar, Edda 31 ; freista ^essa, id. : —
with um or inf., freista um fleiri leiki, 32 ; at hann mun f. at renna skeiS,
31 : — absol., baa J)a f. ef . . ., Eg. 174, 279 ; freista hve {)at hl3^ddi, to try
bow, lb. 7 ; freista at ver faim drepit {)a, Fms. i. 9. p. to tempt, make
trial of, with gen., which sense occurs in Vsp. 22 ; freistum Jjeirra, Fms.
vii. 193 ; ef bans f. firar, Hm. 25 : — esp. in the religious sense, to tempt,
Rb. 82, Symb. 31, Stj. 145 passim, N. T., Pass., Vidal.
freistan, f. temptation, Horn. 37, 97, Greg. 18 ; freistnan, f. id., Stj.
145, 147, 295.
freistari, a, m. a tempter, Horn. 45, Stj. 144, 146.
freisti and freistni, f. temptation, Hom. 17, 82 ; freistni, 17, 26, Sks.
185 B, 450 B, 623. 26, Stj. passim, Magn. 488, N. T., Pass., Vidal., and
all mod. writers insert the n.
freisting, f. = freistni, (mod. freq.)
freistinn, adj. daring, tempting, Sks. 98 B.
freka (mod. frekja), u, f. hardship, Fms. x. 402, v.l., xi. 99: in the
phrase, med freku, harshly, ivith great hardship, Eb. 128, 0. H. 92;
mea sva mikilli freku at, Fms. i. 34, iv. 85, viii. 64, 135, x. 401, xi.
268 ; mea meiri freku en fyrr var vandi til, Bs. i. 706 ; anaua ok illar
frckur, Fms. vii. 75, v. 1.
frek-efldr, TpAxt. forcible, Fms. x. 418.
freki, a, m., poiit. a wolf, Vsp. 51, Gm. 19.
frek-leikr, m. greediness; frekleikr edr aetni, 655 xxxi. A. 3.
frek-liga, adv. harshly, Isl. ii. 385, Fms. ii. 66.
frek-ligr, adj. harsh, exorbitafit, Fms. vii. 293, Lv. 54.
frekndttr, zdj.freckly, Ld. 274, Sturl. ii. 133, Grett. 90.
FBEKNITR, f. pi. [Dzn. fregner ; Swed. fraknar~\, freckles, Fel. ix.
PREKR, adj. [Ulf. -friks, in faihiifriks = (pi\apyvpos ; A.S.frac;
Gcim. frecb (bold, impudent), whence Dan. fnek; cp, Engl, freak] :—
greedy; frekr til fjAr, Sd. 140; frekr er hverr til fjorsins, a say
Njara. 374; frekir konungar, Fms. x. 416: voracious, hungry, fang
van at frekum lilfi, Eb. 250; sva f. at torsott se at fylla J)ik, Fs.
metaph. exorbitant, frek fegjold, G^l. 169; frek log, harsh, unfair 1
Hkr. ii. 384; frekr harSsteinn, a rough whetstone, Fms. xi. 223; f
get ek at |)eim J)ykki lokarr minn til fegjalda, I guess they willfina
plane rough (cutting thick chips') as to the bargain, ii. 65 ; bora frc
atsiig at e-u, Orkn. 144; frekust ora ok umkvaeai, Isl. ii. 149: i
frekt, as adv., frekt eru J)a tekin ora min, Fms. ii. 260 ; ganga fretj;
e-u, Fs. 32 ; leita frekara eptir, Fms. x. 227. j
FUELS A, t, mod. aa, to free; frelstr, Fms. i. 79 ; pret. freisti, 225 '
Sks. 660, GullJ). 4; frelstisk, Fms. vii. 59, x. 404, 413; frelstusk,
587 (frjalsti B) ; pres. frelsir, 655 xxxii. 4; imperat. frels, Hom. i
part, frelst, Sturl. iii. 139: in mod. usage always frelsa, aa, e.g. 1
frelsa (imperat.) oss fra illu, in the Lord's Prayer ; this form occurs <
in MSS. of the 14th century, e. g. frelsaSi, Bs. i. 269 (MS. Arna-M
482) ; but frelsi, 1. c, in the older recension, Bs. i. 95 : an older i
frjdlsa, aS (frealsa), freq. occurs in old MSS.; pres. frjalsar, GJ)1.
frjalsaai, Dipl. i. II ; infin. frjalsa, Sks. 349, 594 B ; subj. frjalsisk, 34
frealsaaisk, Stj. 26 : [Dan./rc/ie; Swed. /ra/sa] : — to free, deliver, re
passim : the law phrase, frelsa e-m e-t, to rescue a thing for one; til
honum sina foaurleifa, Fms. ix. 329; Egill kvaask frelst hafa \
manna-forraa, Sturl. iii. 139 ; frelsa fieim jora er a, Gfil. 1. c. ; ok frja
joraina honum til sefinlegrar eignar, Dipl. 1. c. ; hann frelsaai ser Jjaim
fra, er eptir var, til forraaa, Bs. i. 269 ; ok freisti hon sveininuni ( ■ '1
GullJ). 4 ; frelsa J)ra;l, to set a bondsman free, N. G. L. passim,
reflex, to save oneself, escape, Fms. vii. 59 passim : as a law term, w^t
freedom, from bondage, N. G. L. i. 33 : in a pass, sense, Sks. 587 passi
frelsari, a, m. (older obsolete form frjalsari), a saviour, Stj. pa k
655 xiii. 4: the Saviour, N. T., Pass., Vidal. passim.
frels-borinn, part, (and frjals-borinn. Eg. 2S4, Grag. passim),
born, Hom. 152.
frelsi, f. (older form frjalsi, Sks. 622 B), freedom, esp. of a b
man set free, or generally, N. G. L.i. 32, Grag. i. 357, Fms. i. 33, 22:Il.
352, Fs. 70, 126, in the laws and Sagas passim : — metaph. freedom, lei]!,
Fms. X. 147, V. 1., Bs. i. 518, Sks. 504 ; naair ok f , rest and leisure, >j,
57 : freedom, privilege, iiJimuuity, e.g. of the church, Fms. x. 14; si
kirkjunnar, Bs. i. 720 and passim, compds : frelsis-br(§f, n. a ci ir
of privilege, H.E. i. 386, v.l. frelsis-giof, f. a gift of freedom \i
bondsman, Fs. 126, N. G. L. i. 33. frelsis-61, n. '■freedom-aUa
carouse on occasion of a bondsman being set free, N. G. L. i. 29, 32, 3 j
frelsingi, a,m. (frelsingr, 677. i), afreedman, Eg.42,67, Landn. |.
fremd, f. [fiami], furtherance, honour, Hkr. iii. 99, Rd. 310, Eg. !),
Fms. viii. 321, v.l. compds: fvein.dav-la,uss, zd]. inglorious, Y I
33. fremdar-verk, n. a feat, Fms. x. 230, Fas. i. 162, Stj. 50 .
fremi, adv. (often, esp. in the Grag., spelt fremmi), only in the pi e,
sva fremi, only so far, only in that case: temp., seg J)u sva fremi fr
er ^essi dagr er allr, i.e. wait just till this day is past, Nj. 96, Al.
jarl hafai sva, fremi frett til Erlings, er hann var naer kominn, be
heard of Erling when he was close up to him, Fms. vii. 296 ; sk
Hakon konungr sva fremi via er hverr maar var drepinn, king h
[pursuing] only when every man was slai?i, Hkr. i. If I ; sva f. mui
fietta hafa upp kveSit, er ekki mun tjoa letja pik, 0. H. 32 ; en s
vii ek at v6r berim J)etta fyrir !il\>ybu, er ek se, 33 ; sva f. er unnin
borgin, Rom. 358 ; sva f. at . . ., id., Pr. 406 ; sva fremi ef, in case
Nj. 260 ; J)a skulu ^eir at domi kvedja, ok sva f. er til varnar er bo5i'
but only when they have called on them for the defence, i. e. tiot befon
have, Grag. i. 256 ; J)at er jamrett at stefna sva fremmi hanum er iiu
missir bans J)a er kvidarins {)arf, it is equally lawful to summon a "j^
bour-jtiror in case he does not appear to deliver a verdict, 48 : sofai'vi
fremi er upp komit, at . . ., Finnb. 226. j
PKEMJA, pret. framBi, pres. frem, part, framiar, framdr, mod|So
framinn; [A.S.fre7nman; t)zn. fremme] : — to further, promote; filj*
Kristni, to further Christianity, Fms. x. 416; fremja sik, to distin,sb
oneself, Nj. 254 ; fremja sik a e-u, Sks. 25 B ; J)6ttu J)ykisk hafa f'"'
J)ik utan-lendis, Gliim. 342 ; sa er framiar er framarr er settr, jii^
127. 2. to perform, exercise, Fms. i. 260, vii. 164, 625. 60, 6 A-
2. 18, Hom. 52, 655 xi. 4, Og. 146, Nj. 10 ; fremja seia, heiani, N. jL.
i. 19, Hkr. i. 19 ; fremja munaaiifi, 625. 41 ; fremja sund, to sw/«»;,|t>«
32. p. in mod. usage often in a bad sense, to cotmnit, e. g. fremja |p<
lost, etc. II. reflex, to advance oneself; hann hafSi mikit fnjsfc
i utan-fer6 sinni, Fms. iii. 122, v. 345. 2. in a pass, sense (ra.').
Hom. 72. III. part, fremjandi, a performer, Edda 68.
fremr and fremst, vide fram.
FRENJA, u, f., poet, a cow, Edda (Gl.), Bb. 3. 41. COi ?
frenju-ligr, adj. hoydenish ; and frenju-skapr, m.
FRER, n. pi., also spelt freyr or better fror, (in mod. usage fr "
m. pi.), [Ulf./nws, 2 Cor. xi. 2 7 ; Old Engl. /rore as an adj. or adv.] :— '
frosty soil; fara at freyrum, to travel when it begins to freeze ; bi8a -
to wait for frost, 6. H. 17 ; at frerum, 198 ; en er konungi {)otti van r»,
I 1 22 ; frer ok snjuva, Bs. i. 872 : in sing., frer var hart liti, fl bardfr 'i«
FRERJAKI—FRIDSTOLL.
178
coMPDS : frer-jaki, a, m. apiece of tee, Bar8. 9 new Ed. frer- '
riuSr, m. the frost month, answering to December, P'dda.
jrinn and frorinn, part, of frj6sa,=_/roze«, mod. freSinn.
LIESS, m. fl tom-cat, Edda 63, Grag. i. 501 ; also called fress-
tr, ni., and steggr, q. v. : — a hear, Edda (Gl.), Korm. (in a verse).
[lEST, usually n. pi., but also f. sing, (in mod. usage frestr, m.),
j; long frest, Ems. ii. 216; ok vteri J)ar logft frest a, Hkr. i. 292;
i frest, Stj. 446 ; J)6 at frestin vaeri long. Ems. v. 73 ; bi6ja ser fresta,
14, Rb. 364 ; Ija e-m fresta urn e-t. Ems. iv. 225, Hom. 33 ; Uni kvaS
ilia lika oil frestin, Es.32: the saying, frest eru ills bezt, Ems. v. •294,
lod., frestr er a illu bestr : the phrase, selja a frest, to sell on credit,
m. 7, Sturl. 91, Gisl. 11 ; hence frest-skuld, f. credit. Snot 62.
jsta, a5, to defer, put up, with dat., Ld. 322, O. H. 95, Orkn. 48, Ems.
327, Fb. iii. 408 : absol. to delay, tarry, Lv. 52, Ems. ix. 355 : reflex.
? delayed, upset, Eaer. 93, Es. 74, Korm. 134, Ebr. 185, Ems. v. 31S.
;stan, f. delay, Eb. ii. 42, better frestin.
aETA, pret. frat, mod. a6, to fart, Lzt. pedere, Dropl. 31, Lv. 54.
>t-karl, m. a ^fart-churl,' vagabond, Lv. 59, Es. 160, Isl. ii. 483.
itr, m. a fart. Ems. vi. 280.
S£TT, f. [akin to fregn, but contracted], news, intelligence. Ems. xi.
, Nj. 175, Bs. i. 735, Grett. 122, Es. 15, 27 ; very freq. in mod. usage,
in pi. fr^ttir, news; hvat er i frc^ttum, what news? in compds, fretta-
, a newspaper; fregn and ti6indi (q. v.) are only used in a peculiar
2. ^Jgw/ry, Grag. i. 35, obsolete. p. in a religious sense, enqnir-
■)f gods or men about the future, Nj. 273 : the phrase, ganga til frettar
e-n; Sigur3r gokk til frettar vi& m68ur sina, hon var margkunnig,
11. 28 ; J)angat gengu nienn til fretta, Es. 19 ; gekk hann J)a til sonar-
; til frettar, Hkr. i. 24 ; biskup gekk til frettar vi6 Gu6, 686 B. 13.
itta, tt, to hear, get intelligence, Korm. 160, Am. I. Nj. 5, Eg. 123,
i. 164 ; very freq., whereas fregna is obsolete. 2. to ask, en-
', Korm. 216, Pass. 1 1. 4, 21. 8 ; fretta tiSenda, to ask for news. Ems.
I ; fretta e-n upp, to find one out, Edda (pref.) ; fretta at monnum,
:}4. II. reflex, to get about, be reported, of news ; J)etta
;sk um h^raSit, Korm. 198 ; frettisk alls ekki til bans, nothing was
d of him, tsl. ii. 168 ; frettisk mer sva til, / am told. Boll. 338, Ems.
31. ^. redpr. to ask one another for news; fr^ttusk {)eir ti6enda,
336; frettask fyrir, to enquire, Es. 78.
ttinn, adj. curious, eager for news. Ems. i. 184, v. 399, Bs. i. 776.
lEYDA, dd, [frau&], to froth; me6 frey9anda munni, Al. 168 : of
ing, Fas. i. 163 : of matter, freyddi or upp bl68 ok vagr, Isl.ii. 218.
Ii yja, u, f. a lady, in hiis-freyja, q. v. ; prop, the goddess Freyja, Edda.
lEYR, m. [Goth./raty'a = Gr. «t;pios ; A.S.fred; Hel./ro = a/ord],
the Srandin. only used as the pr. name of the god Freyr, Edda, Vsp.,
for the worship of Erey cp., besides the Edda, Gisl. ch. 15, Hrafn.
, Gliim. ch. 9, the tale of Gunnar Helming in Ems. ii. ch. 173, 174,
:h. 10, also Landn. 174, Ems. v. 239. compds: Freys-go3i,
the priest of Frey, a nickname, Hrafn. Freys-gy3lingar, m.
■iests or worshippers of Frey, the name of a family in the south-east
el., Landn. Freys-tafl, n. the game of Frey, probably what is
called go6a-tafl, Elov.
5a, a&, [cp. A. S. freodian], to pacify, restore to peace ; friSa ok frelsa,
IIO; frida ok frelsa land, 0. H. 189; friSa fyrir e-m, to make
'■for one, to reconcile; friSa fyrir kaupmiJnnum, Ems. vii. 16 ; friSa
l)eim brseSrum vi6 Kolbein, to intercede for them, with K., Sturl. iii.
tiJa fyrir ondu&um, to make peace for the dead, intercede for them, by
ng masses, Bs. i. 65 ; hann fri6a6i vel fyrir landi sinu, he pacified the
, Fms. vii. 16 : — in mod. usage esp. to protect by law (birds or other
als), friSa fug], varp, to protect eider-ducks. II. reflex., fri6ask
I -n, to seek for reconciliation or to reconcile oneself to another. Ems. iii.
202, Al. 85 : in a pass, sense. Ems. viii. 152.
5an, f. pacifying, Eb. ii. 339 : mod. protection.
3-benda, d, to furnish with friSbond, Krok. 40.
3-b6t, f. peace-making, O. H. L. 10.
5-brot, n. a breach of the peace. Eg. 24, GJ)1. 21, 6. H. 190, Eb. 24.
jrots-maSr, m. a peace-breaker, Sturl. iii. i6l.
5-b6nd, n. pi. 'peace-bonds,' straps wound round the sheath and
lied to a ring in the hilt when the weapon was not in use ; hence the
'C, spretta friSbondunum, to untie the 'peace-straps,' before drawing
word, Sturl. iii. 186, Gisl. 55 ; the use of the word in Krok. 40 is
ubtedly wrong : cp. the drawings in old M^SS.
igin, n. pi. ; this curious word is analogous to systkin, fe3gin, mae6-
md seems to mean lovers; it only occurs twice, viz. in Clem., J)a
hvfirt J)eirra friSgina o3ru fegit, 37 ; and in the poem Pd. 53, but
'he verse is in a fragmentary state.
5-g8elur, f. pi. enticetnents of peace, in the phrase, bera friftgaelur a
'0 make overtures for peace to one, Bjarn. 55.
5-g6r3, f. 'peace-making,' truce, treaty. Ems. vi. 6^, x. 155, Stj. 566,
a part of the (3.H. is called Fri3g6r3ar-saga, u, f., referring to
cgotiation for peace between Sweden and Norway, A.D. 1018.
i-heilagr, adj. inviolate, G\\. 129, N. G. L. i. 4, K. A. 30, Fs. 150.
i-helga, aS, to proclaim inviolate, Nj. loi, Lv, 7.
fri3-helgl, f. inviolability, protection by law, Landn. 97, Fms. i, 80.
fri3ill, m. a lover, gallant, poet., Vkv. 27; cp. fridgin.
fri3-kastali, a, m. a ' castle of peace,' asylum. Fas. iii. 248.
fri3-kaup, n.purchase of peace, GJjI. 142, Ebr. 18 new Ed., Fms. v. 337.
fri3-kaupa, keypti, to purchase peace, Isl. ii. 442.
fri3-kolla, u, f. the nickname of a lady. Ems. vii. 63.
FRIDLA, u, {., usually contr. friUa, [Dan./r/7/f], prop. = Lat. amica, a
fem. answering to friaill, q. v. ; en friSa frilla, the fair mistress, Hy'm. 30 ; but
in prose in a bad sense a harlot, concubine, F'ms. i. 2, viii. 63, Sturl. ii. 73,
Sks. 693. compds: frillu-barn, m. a bastard child, Landn. 174,
Ems. xi. 2 1 2. frillu-borinn, part, bastard-born. Fas. i. 354. frillu-
d6ttir, f. an illegitimate daughter, G^\. 238, 239. frillu-lifna3r,
m. fornication, whoredom, Jb. 1 37. frillu-lifi, n. id., K. A. 2 1 8, H. E.
i. 477 ; in the N. T. = the Gr. fioixda. frillu-ma3r, m. an adulterer,
= Gr. fioix6s, N, T. ; in pi., Bs. i. 684. friUu-sonr, m. an illcgitmiate
son, G{)1. 237, 238, Hkr. i. loo, 198, Landn. 260. frillu-tak, n., in
the phrase, taka frillutaki, to take as concubine. Eg. 343, Fms. ii. 291, vii.
110, Sturl. iii. 270.
fri3-land, n. a 'peace-land' or friendly country, Fms. ii. 132, Hkr. i, 295 :
used in the laws of old freebooters (vikingar), who made a compact not to
plunder a country, on condition of having there a free asylum and free
market; — such a country was called fri61and,Eg. 245, Ems. xi.62, Isl.ii. 334.
fri3-lauss, adj. outlawed, Fms. vii. 204, N.G. L. i. 15, K. A. 143.
fri3-leggja, lag6i, to make peace, Fms. iii. 73.
fri3-liga, adv. peaceably, Fms. ii. 124.
fri3-ligr, adj. peaceable, Hom. 143, Ems. v. 248, Nj. 88, Eb. 266.
fri3-inark, n. a token of peace. Ems. x. 347.
fri3-in^l, n. pi. words of peace, Fms. vii. 23.
fri3-inenn,m.pl. 7nen of peace, friends, Ld. 76, Lv. 102, Stj. 213, Fms. vi.
28, x. 244, H. E. i. 343 ; friSmenn konungs, the king's friends or allies, id.
fri3-m8Blask, t, to sue for peace, Krok. 62 ; f. via e-n, id., Stj. 398.
FB.IDR, m., gen. friSar, dat. fri&i, [Ulf. renders (Iprjvq by gavairpi,
but uses the verb gafripon — KaTaWdrrav, and gafripons = KaraWayq ;
A. S. /r/^ and /reoSo; moA. Germ, friede ; Dan. and Swed./rerf; lost in
Engl., and replaced from the Lat.] : — peace, but also personal security,
inviolability ; in the phrases, fyrirgiira fe ok frifti, to forfeit property and
peace, i.e. be outlawed, GJ)1. 160 ; setja griS ok fri6, to 'set,' i.e. make,
truce and peace, Grkg. ii. 167; til ars ok friSar, Hkr. i. 16; fri8r ok
farsaela, Bs. i. 724; vera i fri6i, to be in safe keeping, Al. 17 ; biSja e-n
friSar, to sue for peace, Hbl. 28 ; about the peace of Er66i cp. Edda 78-
81, it is also mentioned in Hkv. i. 13, and Vellekla. 2. peace,
sacredness of a season or term, cp. J61a-f., Paska-f., the peace (truce) of
Yule, Easter; ann-friftr, q. v. 3. peace, rest, tranquillity ; gefa e-m
ix\b, to give peace, rest; gefat J)inum fjandum fri&, Hm. 128. 4. with
the notion of love, peace, friendship ; friSr kvenna, Hm. 89 ; friS at kaupa,
to purchase love, Skm. 19 ; eldi heitari brennr meS ilium vinum friSr fimm
daga, Hm. 50 ; frids vsetta ok mer, / hoped for a friendly reception,
Sighvat, 0. H. 81 ; allr fri6r (all joy) glepsk, Hallfred ; connected with
this sense are friftill, friftla, fri6gin, — this seems to be the original notion
of the word, and that of peace metaph. : from the N. T. the word obtained
a more sacred sense, flpT]VT) being always rendered by fri6r, John xvi. 33,
■ — fri8r se me8 y6r, peace be with you. compds : fri3ar-andi, a, m.
spirit of peace. Pass. 21. 13. fri3ar-band, n. a bond of peace, H. E. i.
470. fri3ar-bo3, n. an offer of peace. fri3ar-bo3or3, n. a procla-
mation of peace, 656 C. 30. fri3ar-br^f, n. a letter of peace. Ems. x.
133. fri3ar-fimdr, m. a peaceful meeting. Ems. x. 38. fri3ar-
g6r3, f. = fri8gor6, Sks. 45, 655 xxxii. 24. fri3ar-koss, m. a kiss of
peace, osculum pads, Magn. 478, Bs. i. 175. fri3ar-mark, n. = fri3-
mark, Jjorf. Karl. 422, 625. 9. fri3ar-meiin, m. = fri5menn, Lv. 96.
fri3ar-skj61dx, m. = fri6skj61dr. Fas. i. 462. fri3ar-stefna, u, f. a
peace meeting, Fms. vi. 27. fri3ar-stilli, n. a peace settlement. Pass.
21. 8, cp. Luke xxiii. 12. fri3ar-takn, n. a token of peace, Al. 59.
friSar-tirai, a, m. a time of peace, Bret. 50. II. as a prefix in
prop, names, EriS-bjorn, -geirr, -gerftr, -leifr, -mundr ; but it is rarely used
in olden times ; Eri8rik, Germ. Friedrich, is of quite mod. date in Icel.
fri3-8amliga, a.dv. peaceably. Ems. vii. 312, Hkr. ii. 282, Stj. 183.
fri3-sainligr, ad], peaceable, Fms. i. 25, Stj. 301, 505, 558.
friS-samr, adj. peaceful, Stj. 187 : a name of the mythical king Fr65i,
Fb. i. 27 : also Fri8-Er66i, id.
fri3-seind, i. peacefulness. Ems. vi. 441.
fri3-seini, f. = fri5semd, Grag. pref. p. 168.
fri3-semja, samdi, to make peace, Er.
fri3-skjaidr, m. a ' peace-shield,' 2i shield being used as a sign of truce,
answering to the mod. flag of truce ; in the phrase, bregSa upp friSskildi,
Fas. ii. 534, Orkn. 432, Hkr. iii. 205 : the truce-shield was white and
opp. to the red ' war-shield,' Hkv. i. 33.
fri3-spiUi, n. a breach of the peace, Eb. ii. 56.
fri3-8ta3r, m. an asylum, sacred place in a temple, E{). 6 new Ed.
fri3-stefna, u, f. = fridarstefna, Edda 47.
fri3-stiUa, t, to settle, atone. Pass. 3. 14.
friS-stoll, m. a chair of peace, Sturl, i, 155 C,
174,
FRIDSiELA— FROST.
frid-B8sla, 11, f. the bliss of peace, Bs. i. ^23.
frifl-ssell, adj. blessed with peace, Hkr. i. 17. '
friS-vsenligr, adj. promising peace, Fms. i. •2(5, 132.
fri3-V86nn, Ad], promising peace, safe, Fms. ix. 5.
fri8-J)8Bging, f. propitiation, Vidal.
fri3-J)8egja, 3, to propitiate, of Christ, Vidal.
FRIGrG, f. a pr. name, gen. friggjar, [cp. A. S./rigu = love'], the heathen
goddess Frigg, Edda, Vsp. compds : Friggjar-elda, u, f. a bird,
prob. = mod. Mariatla, the wagtail, motacilla alba Liim., Edda (Gl.)
Friggjar-gras, n. ' Frigg' s herb,' the mandrake, Hjalt. Friggjar-
stjarna, u, f., astron. ' Frigg's star,' Venus, Clem. 26.
frilla, V. friSla.
fritt, n. zdj. peace/iJ, Eg. 572, Stj. 471, 475; in the phrase, e-m er
fritt (or eiga fritt), one's person being safe; hversu vel mun honum fritt
at koma a y6varn fund, how safe will it be for him to come to you 1 Fms.
vii. 167 ; Hcigni spur6i, hvart ^eim skyldi fritt vera, Sturl. ii. 144 C ; eiga
i flestum sto3um ilia fritt, Fbr. 48 new Ed. ; ef eigi vseri allt fritt {safe')
af Steingrims hcndi, Rd. 277; J)a var ilia fritt, things were ill at ease,
uneasy, Bs. i. 363 ; hvart skal m^r fritt at ganga a fund ySvarn, Fb. iii. 453.
FBI, adj. = frjals,_/^ee, released, vacant, used in a less noble sense than
frjals, q. v. ; fri is foreign, but freq. in mod. writers : — used as a.dv. freely,
truly, in mod. poets. Pass. 7. 12, 18. 9, 19. 8, 38. 5.
FBf, m. [Dan. frier = a wooer, cp. frja], a /of er, = friftill, an an. Ae7.,
Hym. 9, cp. fri51a ; Hofu6L 15 is dubious.
fri, n. a mod. college term, vacatibn, probably from hat.feria.
fria, zb,to deliver, Lv. 94 better firrum : reflex, to free oneself, Fms. xi. 424.
frian, f. (in O.H.2o6frion),rew/s«'on,ana'7r.A.«7.,Fms.v.55, Pass. 13. 13.
friQa, a5, to adorn, Fms. vii. 276, Fas. ii. 196, Ld. 198.
friSendi, n. pi. ^ooc? things; heita e-m fri5endum, to make fair pro-
mises, Gisl. 70, Fms. V. 157, Ni6rst. 6; allir kostir ok 611 f., Clem. 29;
er nokkut ^at er til friSenda se um mik, is there anything good in
me? Fms. vi. 207: revenue, reki me& ollum friSendum, Am. 12, 15;
heimaland me8 ollum fri&endum, 52.
friSka and frikka, a&, to grow fine and handsome.
frifl-leikr (-leiki), m. personal beauty. Eg. 29, Fms. x. 234; friSleikr,
afl, ok fraeknleikr, Hkr. i. 302 ; friSleikinum samir hinn bezti bunaSr,
iii. 264. 2. = friSendi ; sva mikla penninga at vexti ok fri61eik,
Dipl. i. II ; fimmtan kiigildi me& {)vilikum friSleik sem . . ., ii. 12, Vm.
74; me5 J)eim friSleika sem fyrr segir, Jm. 31.
FEfDK, adj., neut. fritt, compar. friSari, superl. fri3astr, [a Scandin.
word, not found either in A. S. or Germ.] : — fair, beaictiful, handsome,
chiefly of the face; fri6r synum, Eg. 22, 23, Nj. 2, Fas. i. 387, Fms. i. 2,
17 : fine, li6 mikit ok fritt, 32, vii. 231 ; mikit skip ok fritt, Fagrsk. ;
fri3 veizla, Fb. ii. 120; me6 friSu foruneyti, Ld. 22 : metaph. specious,
unfair, Fms. x. 252. TL. paid in hind ; tolf hundruS Mb, twelve
hundred head of cattle in payment, Finnb. 226 ; tolf alnum fri3um, Dipl.
ii. 20 ; hve margir aurar skulu i gripum (in valuables), e8a hve margir
fri&ir {in cattle), Grag. i. 136 ; arfi ens fri3a en eigi ens ofri&a, he inherits
the cattle but not the other property, 221; fjora tigi marka silfrs fri6s,
forty marks of silver paid in cattle, Eg. 526, v. 1. Icel. at present call
all payment in kind ' i friSu,' opp. to cash ; i fri6u ok ufri6u, H. E. i.
561. III. as noun in fem. pr. names, Ht)lm-fri6r, Hall-friSr, etc.,
Landn. ; and Fri3a, u, f. as a term of endearment for these pr. names.
FBISIB, m. pi. the Frisians, Fms., Eg. passim. Frfs-land, n.
Frisia. Frlskr, adj. Frisian, Fms. vi. 362.
FBfSKE, adj. lO.U.G. frisc ; mod. Gtrm. frisch'], frisky, brisk,
vigorous, (mod. word); frisk-leiki, a, m.friskiness, briskness, vigour;
frisk-legr, adj. (-lega, adv.), friskily, briskly.
frja, {.a sweetheart, Skv. 3. 8, and perh. in Fsm. 5 for fan of the MS.
FEJA, 3, [Ulf. renders dyairav and <piKeiv by frijon, and dydirr] by
frjapva ; akin to friSr, friSill ; in Icel. this word has almost entirely
disappeared, except in the part, fraendi, which is found also in Eng\. friend.
Germ, freiind : frja has thus met with the same fate as its antagonist fja {to
hate) ; both have been lost as verbs, while the participles of each, fjandi and
hxndx, fiend and friend, remain: — vrijen, to woo, still remains in Dutch;
and the mod. High Germ, freien and Dan./r/e are borrowed from Low
Germ.] : — to pet, an atr. Key. in Mkv. 5, — annars barn er sem ulf at frj;i,
to pet another man's bairn is like petting a wolf, i.e. he will never return
your love. The passage Ls. 19 is obscure and probably corrupt.
FBJA-, in the compds : Frjd.-aptan, m. Friday evening, Sturl. ii. 216.
Frj6,-dagr, m. Friday, Rb. 112, 572, Jb. 200 ; langi F., Good Friday,
K. A. 68 passim : Frjddags-aptan, m. Friday evening, Sturl. ii. 2 10 C :
Frjddags-kveld, n. id., Sturl. ii. 211 C: Frjddags-ndtt, f. Friday
night, Fms. viii. 35 (v. 1.), Nj. 186 : Frjd,dags-J)ing, n. a Friday meet-
ing, Rb. 332: Frjddaga-fasta, u, f. a Friday fast, Fms. x. 381.
Frjd-kveld, n. = frjaaptan, Hkr. iii. 277, Sturl. ii. 211C. Frj^-
morginn, m. Friday morning, Fms. viii. 35, Orkn. (in a verse, App.)
Frjd-n6tt, f. = frjadagsnott, Fms. viii. 35. It is remarked above, s. v.
dagr, that this ' frja' is derived from the A. S. form Frea, answering to the
northern Freyr, Goth. Frauja, and is a rendering of the eccl. Lat. dies
Veneris, as in eccl. legends the Venus of the Lat. is usually rendered by
Frea (Freyja) of the Teutonic. This word is now obsolete in
Friday is now called Fcistudagr, vide fasta.
FBJALS, adj., dat. and gen. sing. fem. and gen. pi. frjalsi, frjals
frjalsa in old writers, but mod. frjalsri, frjalsrar, frjalsra, insertin
contracted form from /n-^a/s; \J\t freihals ; O.U.G.frihals; tfi
freols is prob. Scandin., as it is not used in old poetry : frjals thB
properly means ^free-necked,' a ring round the neck being a bac
servitude ; but the Icel. uses the word fri only in the compound
which is lost in Dan., though it remains in Swed.friilse and tifraJse
the mod. Dan. and Swed./W is borrowed from the Gtrm. frei, am
the Icel. fri : — Ulf. renders eXevOepia hyfreibals, but tXexidtpos byj
— free, opp. to bondsman ; frjals er hverr er frelsi er gefit, N. G. L,
ef J)r£Ell getr barn vi& frjalsi konu, Grag. (Kb.) i. 224 ; skal |)ik btet
frjalsan mann, Nj. 57: metaph. /res, unhindered, lata e-n fara fr
Fms. i. 15 : of property, frjalst forraeSi, eign, yfxrrkb, free, fidl poss.
D. N. passim ; skogar frjalsir af agangi konunga ok illrseSis-manr
20 : neut., eiga ... at frjalsn, to possess freely, without restraint, Fi
211, Jb. 187, O.H. 92 ; me6 frjalsu, unhitidered, Hrafn. 24.
frjalsa, a3, to free, vide frelsa, Stj., Barl., D. N., Sks., Karl., pan
frjdlsan, f. rescue, Stj. 50.
frjalsari, a, m. = frelsari, Stj. 51.
frjdls-borinii, ^ari. freeborn, vide frelsborinn.
frjals-gjafa (-gefa), u, f. a freed-woman, N. G.L. i. 327, 3f;8. F"
frjd,ls-gjafl, a, m. a ^free-given' man, freed-man, in the Noriiaif
4$.
nh.
19,
distinguished from and lower than a leysingi, q.v., N. G. L. i
347. II. one that gives freedom, Grag. i. 227.
frjdlsi, i. freedom, an unusual form, = frelsi, cp. VM. freihals.
frjalsing, f. deliverance, Karl.
frjdls-leikr (-leiki), m. liberty, 655 xxxii. 4 : metaph. liberality,
ness, Fms. xi. 422, Stj. 201.
frj^ls-lendingr, m. a free tenant, franklin, Karl,
frj61s-liga, adv. freely, frankly, Hkr. i. 138, Fms. v. 194, Ski
Stj. 154.
frjdls-ligr, a^). free, frank, independent, Sks. 171, 523, 546.
frjalsmann-ligr, adj. like a free man, Grett. 109.
FEJO, n. (and freo), dat. freovi, = frae, seed, Th. 23, Stj. 9 ofi.
H. E. i. 513. COMPDS : frjo-korn, n. = fraekorn, GJ3I. 35 1 A.
laun, n. pi. reward for the seed sown, N. G. L. i. 240. frjo-
adj. seedless, barren, Magn. 494. frjo-leikr (-leiki), m. fertili ,iii\.
56, 202, 398. frjo-ligr, ad), friiitjful, Stj. 76, Fb. ii. 24. I
frjor, ad], fertile, Stj. 75, passim.
FEJOSA, pret. fraus, pi. frusu ; pres. fryss, mod. frys ;
frysi, but freri, Gisl. 32 ; part, frosinn, sup. frosit ; an older
analogous to groa, grori, is, pret. frtiri or freri, part, frorinn
mod. freftinn, altering the r into d, whereto frer (q. v.) belongs : j
friosan; mod. Germ, frieren ; A.S.freosan; Engl, freeze ; Dan.
Swed./rysa] : — to freeze; often used impers. it freezes them {oi
water, etc.), i. e. they are frozen, ice-bound, stiff with ice; Jiar fr
(ace.) um naetr, A. A. 272 ; fraus um hann klae3in (ace), the clothe
about his body, Fs. 52 ; aldrei skal her frjosa korn (ace), Fms. .
hann (ace, viz. the well) fryss sva, at . . ., Stj. 96 ; J)eir setluSu ;
pess at skip (ace.) Olafs konungs freri {)ar i hofninni, imtil king :
ship should be ice-bound, Fms. v. 167 : — of the weather, absol., v
kalt ok frjosanda, cold and frosty, Grett. 134; vindr var a nori
frjosandi, Sturl. i. 83 ; aldrei festi snjo iitan ok sunnan a haugi f)(
ok ekki fraus, ... at hann mundi ekki vilja at freri a milli })eirr
32 ; but frysi, 1. c, 116 ; a3r en frjosa tok, Fms. v. 167 ; J)6tt baeci
fyrir ofan ok neSan, 23 : the metaph. phrase, e-m frys hugr vi8, c
horror at a thing, iii. 187; perh. better hrjosa, q.v. II
frerin j6r6, Grett. ill ; frerin {)ekja, 85 new Ed.; ta frerin, Ed^
vatir ok frernir, wet and frozen, Bjarn. 53 ; skipit sollit ok frori ■
355; but frosit. I.e., 330; frornar grasraetr, Sks. 48 new Ed. ; skor -
ok snaeugir, Gisl. 31 ; flestir menn voru nokkut frosnir, Fms. i i,-
where = kalnir.
frjova, a3, and frj6a, mod. frjofga or frjovga, to fertilise, ;;' 6«)i
73; frjovandi, part, blossoming, Sks. 630, 632 : — reflex, to multil-
fertile, Fms. i. 159, Fas. i. 177, Stj. 61.
frjovan, {.fertilising, Stj. 13 : mod. frjofgan, Pass. 32. 2.
frjov-samr, ad], fertile (ofrjosamr, barren), Sturl. loi.
frjov-semi, mod. frjof-semi, {.fertility. '
FBODA, u, f. (cp. fraua), froth, e. g. on milk. Fas. i. 425, freq. ; ''
usage. COMPDS : fro3u-fall, n. a frothing or foaming at the ■'■
fro3u-feUa, d, to foam.
frosk-Meypa, t, to let {a horse) leap like a frog, GJ)1. 412-
FBOSKE, m., in olden times prob. proncd. frSskr, cp. t!
oSIingr skyli einkar roskr \ sepa kann i morum froskr, Mk
frox, c^.EngX. frog ; O. H.G./rosc; mod. Germ. /rosci; D;:
a frog, Hkr. i. 102, Stj. 23, 269, Fms. x. 380, 656 A. 2. Ii.
FBOST, n. [frjosa ; A. S.fyrst; Engl., Germ., Dan., and Sw^.;.
— frost: aUit., frost ok funi, SI. 18, Fas. iii. 613 ; frost veSrs, I ■ '*•
241 : often used in_pl., frost mikil ok kuldar, ii. 29; frosta vetr, "^O*
FROSTATOL— FRtJA.
175
/^r, Ann. 1348; frost ok snj6ar,yVos/fl«rfs«ow; horku-f., n sJarf/ros/.
sta-t61, n. '■frosty tools' i. c. frail tools or implements that crack as
ost-bitten.
38ta = frysta, to freeze, Ftcr. 56.
BOSTA, n. the name of a county in Norway where a parliament,
}8ta-^ing, was held ; hence FroBtaJ)ing8-16g, n. pi. the laws of the
ity Frosta, N. G. L. Pro8taJ)ings-b6k, f. the code of this law,
}. L. i. 1^6, Fms. passim.
Dst-bolga, u, f. 'frost-swelling,' oi bands swoln hy frost.
ost-brestir, m. pi. 'frost-cracks' in ice, such as are heard during a
iig frost.
osti, a, m. the name of a horse, freq. in Icel.
08t-mikill, adj. very frosty, Sks. 227 B.
08t-r6sir, f. pi. 'frost-roses,' frost work.
ost-vetr, m. a frosty winter, Ann. 1047.
ost-vi3ri, n. frosty weather, Fms. ii. 195, Sturl. iii. I98 C.
aOTTA, tt, [akin to frata], to sputter; me& frottandi vorum, with
•terin<f lips, Sks. 228 B.
aO, f. relief, esp. from pain, Hkr. i. 6, Mar., 656 A. 25, Sks. 107 B,
i. 181, 299; hug-fro, ge8-fr6, mind's comfort: allit. phrase, friSr og
peace and relief, Bb. 3. 3.
5a, a8, to relieve, with ace, J)A er J)^r vilit fr6a manninn, J>orst. St. 55 :
i. with dat., chiefly used impers., e-m froar, one feels relief.
5an, f., and froi, a, m. relief, = {t6, Bs. i. 312, Fas. iii. 388.
D3-leikr, m. knowledge, 625. 50, Landn. 89, Grag. i. 3, Skalda 160,
626 ; til fr631eiks ok skemtunar, for information and pleasure,
a (pref.) : with a notion of sorcery, f)orf. Karl. 374, Fs. 131.
PDs: fr63leiks-d,st, f. love of knowledge, Skalda. fr63leiks-
tr, f. pi. books of information, Rb. 342. fr63leiks-epli, f. the
'. of knowledge, Sks. 503. fr66leiks-tr6, n. the tree of know-
-' ^25- 3-
3-liga, adv. cleverly, Fms. iii. 163 ; eigi er mi f. .spurt, Edda 8.
8-ligr, adj. clever, Sks. 553 : mod. curious.
iODK, adj. [Ulf. /rojbs--=^p(5j'«/xos, ao<p6s, ardiKppaiv, ffvverds; Hel.
; A.S./rorf]: — knowing, learned, well-instructed; fr66r, er marg-
igr er, Fms. xi. 413 ; hon var fr66 at morgu, Nj. 194 ; J)at er sogn
:a manna, Isl. ii. 206 ; ver8a frcSSari um e-t, Sks. 37 ; at Finnum
11 er h^r eru froSastir {greatest wizards'), Fms. i. 8 ; fas er fr68um
little is lacking to the knowing, cp. the Engl. ' knowledge is power,'
107 : of books, containing much information, instructive, bsekr
ir ok froSastar, Bs. i. 429. p. in some passages in Hm. froSr
s to mean clever, Hm. 7, 27, 30, 61, 107 ; J)a nam ek at fraevask ok
r vera, 142 ; froSir menn, knowing men, "it. 6 ; fr68 regin, the wise
•rs, VJ)m.26 ; enn fr63i jotunn, 30, 33, 35 :— in some few poet, compds
vhich it seems to be used almost = pru8r, brave, valiant, as bo8-f.,
-f.) the true meaning is skilled in war (cp. the Gr. hatippoiv) ; sann-f.,
informed; oljiigfroS, lb. 4 ; xi-fr68r, z^7tora«/, = Goth, unfrops,
h Ulf. uses to translate d<ppojv, dvSrjTos ; s6gu-fr68r, skilled in old lore.
8r chiefly refers to historical knowledge, ' hinn Fr68i' was an appel-
rs given to the old Icel. chroniclers — Ari Fr68i, Brandr Fr68i, Ssemundr
i, Kolskeggr Fr68i, who lived between 1050 and 1 150 A. D. But the
rians of the next age were seldom called by this name : Odd Munk
10 end of the 1 2th century) is only once called so, (Ing. S. fine) ; Snorri
he 13th) twice, viz. Ann. 1241 in a single MS., and Sturl. iii. 98,
in a part of the Saga probably not written by Sturla himself; Sturla
) died in 1284) is never called by that name; and the only real
ition is Styrniir ' Fr63i' (who died in 1 245), though he least deserved
lanie. Of foreign writers the Icel. gave the name Fr68i to Bede
An. pref.), whom they held in great honour.
^OMR, adj., akin to framr, prob. borrowed from Germ, fromm. Low
tn ; it seems to have come to Icel. with the Hanseatic trade at
<( the 15th century, and is found in the Rimur of that time, e. g.
i i-Helga R. 3. 22 ; from Luther's Bible and the Reformation it became
freq. in the sense of righteous, pious, with the notion of guile-
Votnr og meinlaus, and often occurs in the N. T. and hymns, e. g. Pass.
24. 9 : it has however not been truly naturalized, except in the sense
nest, i. e. not thievish, and ofromr, dishonest, thievish, (a euphemism) ;
\i-f., not slandering, speaking fair of other people. compds: fr6m-
, a, m. guilelessness. Pass. 16. 8. from-lyndi, f. id.
On, n. a poet, word = land, cou?itry. Lex. Poet, passim ; scarcely akin
; Germ, frohn = demesne ; in mod. poets and in patriotic songs fron is
etname for Icel. itself, Niim. 1. 10, 8. 9, 12. 4, Snot 16 ; Icel. students
Venhagen about 1 763 were the first who used the word in this sense.
iHM-, [cp. Lat. primtis; Goth. frums = apx'h^ fruma = irpwTOs;
j/Hwi-] : — the first, but only in compds : friun-br6f, n. an original
frum-btir3r, m. the first-born, Ver. 5, Stj. 42, 161, 304, 306,
pttsim. fnim-b^lingr, m. one who has newly set up in life.
■fertll, m, the first traveller (visitor)' to a place, Nj. 89. frum-
tjlrst-fruit, Stj. passim, H. E. i. 468. frum-getinn, part.y?rs/-
f««,Stj. 65,160, passim. frum-getnaSr, m. = frumbur8r, 656 A.
Stj. 161. frum-getningr, m. «£/., Stj. 304. friun-gjof, f.
the first gift, 677. 4. frum-gttgn, n. pi. the primal, principal proofs,
a law term, Nj. 234, GrAg. i. 56. firum-hendlng, f. the foremost
rhyming syllable in a verse, a metrical term, Edda (Ht.) lai. fnim-
hlaup, n. a personal assault, a law term, Grdg., Nj. passim. frum-
hlaups-ma3r, m. an assailant, GrAg. ii. 13. frum-hOfundr, m. the
original author or writer. frmn-kveOi, a, m., frum-kveflill, mod.
frum-kv63ull, m. an originator, Edda 18, Ed. Arna-Magn. i. 104.
frum-kvi3r, m. the first verdict, Grag. i. 34. fruin-kv8B8i, n. the
original poem. fnxm-lfna, u, f., mathem. a base-line, Bjiirn Gunnl.
frum-mdl, n. in the original tongue, opp. to translation, bok ritu8 a
frummali. fT^xra-Tit,n. the original writing, of MSS., (mod.) frum-
rita3r (and of poems fruni-kve8inn, fnim-ortr), ^zrx. originally written
{composed) in this or that language. frura-smiar, m. the first work-
man, Edda (hi a verse). frvun-smiS, f. the first attempt of a beginner
in any art, in the saying, flest frumsnii8 stendr til bota, Edda 1 26. firum-
s6k, f. the original cause, a law term, Nj. 235, GrAg. i. 48 passim.
fnim-tign, f. the first, highest dignity, Bs. i. 37, Magn. 512. frum-
tdn, m. a musical term, the tonic, Icel. Choral-book (pref.) frum-
tunga, u, f. original tongue. frum-varp, n. a parliamentary term, a
bill under debate, (mod.) frum-vaxti and frvun-vaxta (finun-
vaxinn, Nj. 147, v. 1.), adj. 'first-grown,' in one's prime, Nj. 1 12, Fs. 31,
Fms. i. 157, xi. 3, Isl. ii. .203 ; dottir f.. Eg. 247, Grett. 97. fnun-v&ttr,
m. the first, original witness, Grag. i. 46, GJ)1. 477 : eccl. the proto-martyr,
Hom. 42, 109, Stj. 51. frum-verr, m. the first husband, Hallfred,
who calls Odin the fr. of Frigg, Fs. 94, Skv, 3. 59. fpuin-v6xtr, m. the
first growth, first-fruits, Stj. 305 : cp. brum.
frtuns- ( = frum-) exists in a few compds : fnimsar-brauS, n. bread of
the first-fruits, Stj. 615. 2 Kings iv. 42 : frums- or frumsa- is in Icel. and
in Norse popular tales esp. used of animals that are first-born through
two or more generations ; such animals are thought to have a wonder-
power, cp. Ivar Aasen ; hence fruinsa-kd,lfr, m. a ' frumsa' calf; the
word still represents the Gothic iorni frums, vide above, frumsa-frum
(or frumsa-bnim), n., hotzn. pollen, Bjorn. In Isl. {>j68s. i. 530, v. 1.,
frumsa, n., is said to mean a lump on the forehead of new-born foals, Gr.
i-mroixavis, which was used as a love-spell, cp. Virg. Aeneid. iv. 515, 516.
friinti, a, m. [prob. from the Fr. effronti, cp. Scot, frunty'], a rude,
obtrusive boor ; frunta-ligr, adj. ; frunta-skapr, m.
FBtJ, f., an older nom. sing, frauva, u, f., occurs Fms. x. 421, (Agrip) ;
frouva, Stj. 47 ; frou, id. ; fni is prop, a later contracted form from
freyja; therefore the gen. in old writers is always fni (qs. fnivu) ; and
the word is in the sing, indecl., thus, fni-innar, Fms. ix. 292 ; hann fckk
fni Cecilia, x. 3 ; m68ir fni Ingiger8ar, Landn. 240 ; fni Kristinar, Fms.
ix. 8 ; sHkrar frou (sic) sem ek em, Str. 40, 47 : in mod. usage gen. fniar,
if used by itself or put after one's name, but indecl. if put before it in
addressing any one, thus, Fni Kristinar, but Kristinar fniar ; the gen. fniar
occurs Fas. iii. 586, in a MS. of the 15th century; pi. fnir, but older
form fruvur or frovur, e. g. frovor, Edda (Arna-Magn.) i. 96 (Kb.) ; but
Ob. fnir, Hkr. i. 16 : [freyja was origin, fem. of freyr, and prop, meant
Lzt.domina; Germ, frau ; Dzn.frue; no Goth, fraujo is found]: — a
lady ; in Icel. at present only used of the wives of men of rank or title,
e. g. biskups-fni, amtmanns-fni ; wives of priests are not called so : again,
hiisfreyja is more homely, Germ, hausfrau, Engl, housewife, always of a
married woman, vide e. g. the {>j6661fr (Icel. newspaper) : in the 14th
century in Icel. fni was used of abbesses and wives of knights, but was
little used before the 13th century: af hennar (the goddess Freyja) nafni
skyldi kalla allar konur tignar {noble woman), sva sem mi heita fruvor,
Hkr. 1. c. ; af hennar nafni er J)at tignar-nafn er rikis-konur {women of
rank) eru kalladar fruvor, Edda 1. c. ; Kolr haf8i talat margt vi8 fni eina
rika (of a foreign lady in Wales), Nj. 280: again, good housewives, such
as Bergthora in Njala, are called hiis-freyjur, but never fnir ; thus, kemsk
J)6 at seinna fari, hiisfreyja, Nj. 69 ; gakk |)u lit, hiisfreyja, {)viat ek vil
{)ik fyrir ongan mun inni brenna, 200 ; biiandi ok hiisfreyja, Grag. i. 157 ;
g68 hiisfreyja, Nj. 51 ; gild hiisfreyja, Gliim. 349, Bs. i. 535 : — the Virgin
Mary is in legends called vdr fni, our Lady; cp. jungfni (pronounced
jomfrii).
FEYGD, f., and fryktr, m., Stj. 26, 56, 77, [an unclass. word formed
from Lzt. fructus^, blossoming ; fegr8 ok f., Stj. 14, 142; fryg8 ok feiti,
154; frygS ok avoxtr, 15. fryg3ar-fullr and -samligr, zd]. fruit-
ful, Stj. 27. II. in the Rimur of the 15th century fryg8 is used
of love, Lat. amores, Skald-H. 5. 38, passim ; and fryg3ugr, adj. amorous,
Skald-H. It is a bad word and quite out of use, and seems to have no
connection with Germ. freude, which is a good Teut. word; the mod.
frukt, n. humble compliments, and frukta, a8, to make such compli-
ments, in a bad sense, are perhaps akiu, but they are slang words.
frysta, t, [frost], to freeze, Sturl. iii. 20, Fms. viii. 431, v. 1.
fry-gimi, f. [fry'ja], a provoking, taunting temper, Hom. 86.
fr;f-gjam, adj. provoking, censorious, Isl. Hei8arv. S. in the extracts
of Jon Olafsson, (not frigjarn.)
FRYJA, pres. fry'r, pret. fry'8i, pres. with the neg. suf. fryr-at, Lex.
Poiit., to defy, challenge, question, taunt, with dat. of the person ; hon
fry8i honum me8 miirgum or8um. Fas. i. 142 : with gen. of the thing, to
176
FKtJA— FRiENDATJON.
challenge, question ; fry'ja e-m hugar, to question one's courage, Nj. 60, T heart next after the Lord's Prayer), laera Frse∈ {)a9 stendriFrsS
Isl. ii. 102 ; meir fry'r ^u mer grimmleiks ea aSrir menn, Eg. 255 ; Jjessi
klEe&i fryja ykkr foSur-hcfnda, those clothes challenge you to revenge your
father, Ld. 260 ; er hvdriguni soknar at f., neither needed to be sp/trred
on, Fnis. xi. 131 ; konungr kva6 ongan J)ess mundu f. honum, the king
said that no one wotild challenge, question hi?n as to that, v. 337 ; hvarki
fry ek mer skygnleiks e6r araeBis (the words of a bravo), Nj. 258 ; engan
heyri ek efndanna f., Fms. vii. 121 ; enginn fryr \)(;i vits, en meir ertu
grunaSr um gaezku, no one questions thy wit {head), but thy godliness
(heart) is inore questioned, Sturl. i. 135 ; fryr mi skutrinn (better skutnum)
skriOar, a pun, 7iow the stern bangs, the stern-rowers pull feebly, Grett.
113 new YA. II. fryja a e-t, a law phrase, to complain of, pro-
test; cp. ufry'ja, ef annarr hviirr fryr a, hlut sinn, G{)1. 23 ; fryja a mal,
N. G. L. i. 26 ; bu6u J)eir biskupi {)anii kost fyrir J)at sem a var fry6, Bs.
i. 754 : to egg on, ekki skaltii her enn J)urfa mjok a at f., Nj. 58 ; J)yrfti
J)at J)eim at bxta sem broti6 var a, en eigi hinum, er a frydu {who pro-
voked), Sturl. iii. 162.
fryja, u, f. a defiance, challenge, question, taunt, Fs. 8, Bs. i. 734, Ld.
236 ; verja sik fry'ju, to clear oneself of all question, i. e. do a thing blame-
lessly, Sturl. iii. 68 ; ek varSa mik- kvenna fryju, I cleared myself from
the taunts of woman, Eb. (in a verse) : fr^ju-laust, n. adj. blamelessly ;
berjask f., to fight hard, Ghim. 381 ; |)eir ssekja bardagann f., Fms. xi.
136; hann kvaS Einar mundu elt hafa f., Sturl. i. 68: fryju-or3, n.
taunting words, Fms. vii. 272, xi. 374, Nj. 108.
frtjan, f. = fryja, Fms. v. 55.
FIl"^NN or fryniligr, adj. ; this word is never used but as com-
pounded with the prefix u- (except Fas. ii. 351 in a bad and late Saga),
viz. u-frynn or u-fry'niligr = frowning. The sense as well as the etymo-
logy of frynn is somewhat dubious ; there is the Germ. /row or frobn or
fran ; but that word seems purely German and is by Grimm supposed to
be (\s.fro min = tny lord (vide Hel.) ; neither does Icel. frynn or Germ.
frobn correspond properly as to the root vowel (cp. e. g. Germ, lobn = Icel.
laun) : on the other hand there is the Eag\. frown, which in form answers
to the simple frynn, but in sense to the compd u-frynn ; as no similar word
is found in A. S. (nor in Germ, nor in Hel.), frown is most likely a Scandin.
word ; and we suppose that the Icel. prefix syllable ii- is not in this instance
— un-, that is to say, negative, but = q/'-, that is to say, intensive { = too,
very, greatly) ; the original forms of-fry'nn, of-fryniligr were contr. and
assimilated into ofrynn, ofryniligr, meaning very frowning, and these
compds then superseded the primitive simple word ; this is confirmed by
the freq. spelling in MSS. with ' q/"-,' e.g. ofrynn, 0. H. 144; all-ofrynn,
Eg. Cod. Wolph. ; heldr ofrynn, 0. H. 167 ; but yet more freq. with ' m-,'
e. g. Orkn. 440, Boll. 358, Fser. 50, Fms. i. 40, Fb. i. 73 ; the ekki frynn,
Fas. I.e., is again a variation of lifrynn : the statement by Bjiirn that
frynn is = bland, affable, is a mere guess by inference from the compd.
irfs, n. the snorting of a horse.
PR'Y'SA, t, (hon fry'sti ferliga, Sams. 9), mod. a8, to snort, whinny, of
a horse, Greg. 49, Karl. 3, 4, Fas. i. 60 (where better fnysa, q. v.) ; akin
are fryssa, a5, and frussa, to sport.
fry'sing, f. = frys. Fas. iii. 441.
FR^, n. (not free, as even Eyvind Skaldaspillir rhymes frcavi and
CEvi), sometimes in old MSS. spelt freo or frjo (q. v.), but less rightly ;
old dat. frsevi, mod. fraei ; [Ulf./ra/v = a'irep/«i ; Swed. and Dan./ro ; not
found in Germ., Saxon, or Engl. ; it is therefore a Gothic-Scandinavian
word] : — seed, 677. 11, Rb. 78, 655 xxx. 2 ; chiefly used of vegetables,
ssedi of animal seed ; varpa siQan fraei i fold fyrirmyndan um sjalfs mins
hold, Bb. 3. 54 ; very freq. in mod. usage. compds : free-korn, n. a
grain of seed, 673 A. 2, GJ)1. 351, Fms. i. 92. free-raselir, m. a
tneasure of seed, N. G. L. i. 39, G]pl. 343. frse-vsenligr, adj. promis-
ing friiit, Sks. 630, V. 1.
frteSa, dd, \\]\i. frapvjan = ao(pi^(iv], to instruct, teach, Str. I, 68:
reflex, to learn, be instructed, H. E. i. 473.
FB^DI, f. and n. [froSr; qs. Ulf/rofe/, x\.=vovs, vorjfia, aivMis,
tppriv, a.nd fropei, f. = (ppovrjais, avvtais, ao<pia\ : I. fern, knowledge,
learning, lore; sannindi froe6innar, Fms. iv. 4, Magn. 430; marghattuS
f., Rb. (pref.); mnnn-irxb'\, personal history, genealogy, Bs. i. 91, Bar6.
■24 new Ed., Fms. viii. 102 ; landnama-siigur ok forn fraeSi, old lore, Isl. ii.
189 ; forna fraeSi, Fb. i. 397 ; hann laer&i Ara prest, og marga fraeSi sag6i
hann honum, t)a er Ari rita6i si5an ; Ari nam ok marga frae&i at {)uri6i,
<3. H. (pref.) : in mod. usage as compd in many words, as, guS-fraeSi, theo-
logy; mal-f., philology ; e61is-f., or nattiiru-f., physiology, etc. ; — hence are
formed, guft-fraeSingr, a theologian ; mal-fraeSingr, a philologer ; nattiiru-
fraeSingr, a naturalist, etc. ; — these words are now common, but are of
late growth, even in the Nucl. Latin, of 1738 they are unknown, vide the
Latin headings antiquarius, theologicus, etc. II. neut., esp. in pi.
records; hin spaklegu fraedi er Ari |3orgilsson hefir ii baekr sett, Skalda
161 (Thorodd) ; hvatki er missagt es i frae6um J)essum, lb. 3 ; i sumum
fraeSum, in some old records, Edda 7 : FraeSi (pi.) with the earliest Chris-
tians was the lore to be learnt by neophytes, as the Lat. Credo and Pater
Noster, cp. the curious story in Hallfr. S. Fs. 93 ; since the Reformation
the same name was given to Luther's short Catechism (to be learnt byiN. G. L. i, lai
Fr8e3a-kver, n. Luther's Catechism, {kveT, = quire, means in Icel. n 1 '■.
book.) 2. with the notion of witchcraft; J)au kva6u ^ar frsB:
en J)at voru galdrar, Ld. 142 : of a poem, hafa katir menn sett f. V,
Grett. 119 new Ed. compds : frseSi-bsekr, f. pi. books ofhwwl
learned work, Skalda 159. frseSi-madr (frseSa-maSr, Edda j :
m. a learned man, scholar, Skalda 159; f. a kvaeQi, Fms. vi. 391 :ij
historian, eptir sogn Ara prests ok annarra frae5imanna, iv. 5 (v.l.)|.
64, (3. H. pref. 3, Sturl. i. 9, Isl. ii. 189. frse3i-nd.m, n. leart.^
studying, Bs. i. 240. freBQi-nsemi, n. id., Bs. i. 241.
FB^G-D, f. [fragu, vide fiegnz], good report, fame, renown; til fr.i
skal konung hafa, a saying, Fms. vii. 73, — cp. fylki skal til fraegSar :
Mkv.6, Fms. i.99,v. 300; me6 fraeg5 ok fagna9i,655 xiii. B.4. co;.:
fr8Bg3ar-fer3 (-for), f. an exploit, Sturl. i. 4, Eg. 279. freegij.
fullr, adj. famous, Magn. 432. freegSar-lauss, adj. (-leysi, 1,
inglorious, H. E. i. 516. frsegSar-maSr, m. a famous man, Fn;
271, Grett. 196 new Ed. fraegdar-mark, n. a badge of glory, \
257. frsegSar-samliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), Stj. frsegSar-s
n. a famous shot, Fas. ii. 338, Fms. ii. 271. frsegflar-verk, n. a (,
Fms. i. 1 46, Hkr. iii. 96.
frsegi-ligr, adj. (-liga, 2. Av.), famous. Fas. iii. 424, Stj. 69, 78,1
frsegja, 3, to make famous, Fms. xi. 436, Stj. 66, Skalda 208 ; v
to extol far and wide; li-frsegja, to deprecate.
frsegr, adj., fraegri, fraegstr, or mod. fraegari, fraegastr, /amo?/s ;
konungr, Fms. i. 114; fraegri en aSrir menn. Fas. iii. 278; fraegstr
landnams-manna, Landn. 316, v. 1. ; var sii for hin fragjasta, Fni:
66 ; vard J)etta fraegt viSa um lond, i. 164 ; J)at mun vera fraegt, v.
vi3-fraBgr, widely famous ; li-fraegr, inglorious.
frsejandi, part, bearing seed, Sks. 630 B, 632 B.
FEJEKKT (i.e. froekn) and frsekinn, adj., compar. fraeknari, sili
fraeknastr, valiant, stout, esp. of bodily exercise, Fms. i. 161, 258, v; 0
(v. 1.), 315, Hav. 55, Baer. 15, Nj. 15, Hkr. i. 301, Gm. 17.
frsekn-leikr (less correct fraek-leikr), m.feat, valour, Fms. ii. 4!
165, Baer. 19, Faer. 132, Valla L. 214, Grett. 171 new Ed.
frsekn-liga (less correct frsek-liga, freeki-liga), adv. valiantly,
viii. 289 (v. I.), ix. 509, Isl. ii. 267, Hkv. Hjiirv. 12, Nj. 116.
frsekn-ligr (less correct frsek-ligr, frseki-ligr), adj. valiant, bold i-
ing, 655 xxix. 2, Rd. 344, Sturl. iii. 245, Fas. i. 72, iii. 153, Fms. 5,
ii. 106, passim.
frsend-afll, a, m. strength in kinsmen, Orkn. 230, v. 1.
frsBnd-bdlkr, m. a ' balk or fence of friends' a body of kinsmen, \m
family, Orkn. 470, Eb. 20, Fms. i. 28S.
frsend-bsetr, f. ^^X. fines, lueregild for a kinsman, N. G. L. i. 75.
frsend-erfS, i. family inheritance, N. G. L. i. 49.
frsend-garSr, m. = frsendbalkr, poet, a stronghold of kinsmen. \
frsend-gSfugr, adj. having distinguished kinsmen, Sturl. i. 30.
frsend-liagi, a, m. a ?iative place, = 'dtihigi, q. v., Fms. vii. 136,
frsend-liollr, zi]. faithful to one's kinsmen, pious, Fms. vi. 35.
FHJENDI, an irreg. part, of the obsolete frja, pi. frxndr, gen. fi Ii,
dat. fraendum, [Ulf. renders <piXos by frijonds ; A.S.freond ; Engl./ d;
Hel.friund; O.K.G. f Hunt ; Germ. fretmd ; all of them meaning fld
= Lat. atnicus; whereas in the Scandin. languages, Icel. as well as jd.
Swed. and Dan., it is only used in a metaph. sense ; Dzn. frcende ; ed.
frdnde~\ : — a kinsman ; not a single instance is on record of the Jrd
having ever been used in another sense, unless an exception be a 'ed
in the allit. phrase, sem fraendr en eigi sem fjandr, in the old Gri' i4i,
Grag. (Kb.) i. 170: — the same usage prevails in the oldest poem .g-
Hm., — deyr fe, deyja fraendr, 75 ; sumr er af sonum saell sumr af (ts aa,
68; and Dags fraendr, the kinsmen (great grandsons) of Dag, ^ i<^
This change in the sense of the word is very curious and charac -
of the Scandinavians, with whom the bonds of kinship and broth.;
were strong, and each family formed a kind of confederacy or fell'|'''P
equally bound in rights and in duties ; cp. such phrases as, friend 'Ikf'
fraend-gar6r : fraendr often denotes kinsmen in a narrower sense ^
yet sons and fraendr are distinguished in Hm. 68 ; but general!;
a collective word, Nj. 4; of a brother, Fs. 57; fraendi, 7ny so?!, S 4.
cp. Fms. vii. 22, 315, the laws and Sagas passim ; na-fraendi, a neo\vt^
man. compds : frsenda-afli, a, m. = fraendafli. Valla L. 213. fr da-
b&lkr, m. = fraendbalkr, Ld. 102, Fms. xi. 338, Orkn. 272. 1-'
gengi, n. = fraendli6, Fms. x. 406. frsenda-gipta, u, f. //'< >
good genius of a family, Fs. 15. frsenda-lat, n. the loss, deaiJ^-
Nj. 222, Sks. 726. fr8enda-U3, n.=fraBndli6, Rb. 370. fri<i»-
rd,3, n. consent of one's kinsmen, GJ)1. 271, cp. Nj. 38. frsenci '
n. strife among kinsmen, deadly strife, Fms. v. 347; cp. the
veldr fraenda rogi, Mkv. freenda-skomm, f. a shame to \
one's family ; kallafti slika menn helzt mega heita f., Sturl. i. 1; :
Kristnin var |)a kolluS f., Bs. i. 11, — in the last interesting 1 '
seems to mean such a disgrace that one was thereby expelK •■■
the family, cp. Fms. i. 285. frsenda-styrkr, m. strength \" ■
of kinsmen, Hkr. ii. 397, Eg. 474. frsenda-tjdn, n. /ojj
FR^NDKONA— FULLTEKINN.
177
md-kona, u, f. (coiitr. frcenka), a linawomau, 655. 88, Eg. 200,
^1, N. G. L. i. 350 ; cp. frajiidleif.
imd-lauss, adj. (frsDnd-leysi, n.), kin-less:, without kinsmen, 623.
51, Rd. 265, Grug. i. 188.
i)nd-leif, f. one's kinsman's widow, N. G. L. i. 304, 350, a Norse law
! ; the eccl. law forbade a man to marry a ' frseiidkona' within the fifth
ee, or a ' fra;ndleif' whose late husband was within the same degree.
3iid-leif3, i. patrimony, inheritance, Fms. iv. 79, Stj. 600.
3nd-li9, n. a host 0/ kinsmen, a family, Ld. 6, Eg. 137, Hkr. ii. 343.
sndlingr, ni. = frxndi, Fms. iv. 320.
ond-margr, m. having many kinsrnen, Fms. i. 53, iii. 16, Hkr. i. 1 70.
5nd-nia)r, f. a maiden kinswo?nan, Bs. i. 203.
>nd-rikr, adj. rich in kinsmen, Sturl. ii. 189.
;nd-rEokinn, adj. attached to one's kinsmen, Bs. i. 72, Fas. i. 130.
;nd-rfiekni, f. piety, (mod.)
snd-saniliga, adv. kinsmanlike, kindly, Sturl. ii. 79> Fms. xi. 93.
md-semd, f. = frandsemi, Bs. ii. 106.
lad-semi (-symi, Stj. passim, Nj. 42, 213), f. kinship, brotherhood,
\x. 7, Ld. 15S, Grag. ii. 72, N.G.L. i. 187, the laws and Sagas passim ;
a vi3 f. e-s, to acknowledge one as kinsman (e. g. as a son), Fms.
18: — metaph. the kindness of a kinsman, var g63 f. me& J)eim, there
^ood fellowship between them, Sturl. iii. 176, Fs. 45. compds :
idsemis-ldgm^l, n. the law, rules of kinship, Stj. 425. fraend-
s-spell, n. breach of kinship, incest, Grag. i. 341, Gfil. 242. fraDnd-
is-tala, u, f. the tracing of kinship, lineage, Grag. i. 28 ; vera 1
Isemis-tolu viS e-n, to be of kin to one. Eg. 72, Fms. i. 14.
nd-skar3, n. the 'scar,' i.e. loss, of a kinsman, Sturl. iii. 240.
nd-storr, adj. having great kinsmen, Fms. iii. 16, vii. 233.
nd-stulka, u, f. a ' kin-girl,' a niece or the like.
nd-sveinn, m. a 'kin-boy,' a nephew or the like, Ld. 232.
:ad-sveit, f. a body of kinsmen, Fms. vi. 347.
ad-vig, n. slaughter of a kinsmaii, parricide, etc., O. H. 184.
.' (freer), a.d]. yielding fruit, Rb. 354; u-fra;r, barren, Gliim. 340.
} (frees), f., L^i. fremitus, Fm. 19; vide frysa.
van, {.fruitfulness, Rb. 102, 104.
>ligr, id], frosty, chilly, Sks. 228 B.
, f. [Genu, fud or /o/ze], cunmxs. comPds : fu3-flogi, a, m. a
Tm, a runaway from his betrothed bride, IS!. G.h. i. 28. fu.3-
Ir, m. a nickname, Fms., cp. Germ, hunds-vott.
ra, a8, to flame, blaze, akin to funi.
•ryskill, m. a kind of cod-fish, cottus alepidotus, Edda (Gl.)
GL, m., an older form fogl is usual in early MSS. ; fugls, Hm. 13 ;
• forins foglar and fuglar in Mork. 7, but in old poets fogl is required
e rhyme, — smoglir astar foglar, Sighvat : \\]\i. fugls — TCiruvov ;
^ugol; Engl.fowl ; Germ, vogel ; Swed.fogel ; Dan. fugl^: — a fowl,
hart sem fugl flygi, Nj. 144, passim ; cp. the saying, skjuta ver6r til
a9r fai, Orkn. 346, Mirm. 31 : a nautical term, hafa fugl af landi,
vefowl off land,' to stand in within range of water-fowl , i. e. be from
o seventy miles oif land ; J)eir hofdu fogl af Irlandi, Bs. i. 656 :
t.fowl, S]6an samnaSisk fogl i eyna, 350; geir-fugl, the awk, alca
nis; se6ar-f., the eider-duck; hrse-f., a bird of prey ; fit-f., q. v. ;
Liglar, small fowl, little birds, Mork. 7 ; s6ng-f., singing birds ; snDE-f.,
fowl; bjarg-f., cliff-fowl, sea gulls, etc. compds: fugla-drdp,
l-catching, Gr.ig. ii. 348. fugla-kippa, u, f. a bundle of fowls,
. 425. fugla-klidr, m., fugla-kvak, n., fugla-net, n. afowl-
!/, Safn i. 61. fugla-songr, m. the song (screeching) of birds,
i. 175, Karl. 203. fu.g:\a,-tG^3&, u, f. bird-taking. fugla-
', f. bird-catching, O. H. L. 45. fugls-rodd, f., mod. fugla-
i n. a bird's voice, in tales, Edda, Fms. vi. 445 : metaph., karl-fuglinn,
hurl ! II. a pr. name, Orkn.
ari, a, m. a fowler, Bs. ii. in, Fagrsk. 109.
i'-borg, n. a fowling cliff; for this sort of fowling vide Gu3m. S.
ii. Ill, Grett. 144, Bs. i. 360, Eggert Itin.
pi, a, rn. = fuglberg, D. L i. 576.
'Jr, {.fowling, Grag. ii. 337, Js. 94, Pm. 7.
', n. a place for fowling, Fms. iv. 330.
r3, n. the price of fowl, Jb. 309.
I'tltifa, u, f. a 'fowl-bank,' bank on which birds sit, Bs. i. 388.
C«L, n. [A. S.ful; Hd.full], a goblet full of drink, esp. a toast at a
'n feast, cp. esp. Hak. S. G66a ch. 16 — skyldi full of eld bera, and
|fnll; 08ins-f., Njar6ar-f., Freys-f., the toast of Odin, Njord, and
Bragar-full (q. v.), Sdm. 8, Eg. 552, Orkn. 198 : poet., Yggs-full,
fuD, the toast of Odin, poetry, Al. 6, 14; Dvalins-full, Billings-full,
|«' of the dwarfs, poetry. Lex. Poiit.
-iL-, in coupDs,, fully, quite, enough ; it may be used with almost
Ijective or adverb, e. g. fuU-afla, adj./?///y able to, GJ)1. 265, 371.
fli, a, m. a full mighty man. Lex. Poet. full-bakadr, part.
^1 Orkn. 112, Fas. i. 85. fuU-boQit, part. n. good enough
My a match for, Bjarn. 8. full-bor3a, adj. a 'full-boarded'
''' bulwarks of full height, Fms. ii. 218. fuU-b^li, n.full pro-
for a bouse, Bs. ii. 145. foll-djarfliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), with
full courage, Fms. viii. 138. full-drengiligr, adj. (-Uga, adv.),
fill bold. Eg. 29, Lex. Poiit. full-dnikkinn, part, quite drunk,
Edda, Fms. i. 291, 6.U. 72. fuU-d^rr, ad}, full dear, N.G.L.
i. 37. full-elda, adj. /»/// hot. Fas. ii. 361. fvUl-eltr, part.
pursued enough, Isl. ii. 361. full-f6a, adj. = fullfjaSr. fuU-fengi,
n. a sufficient haul, GulIJ). 9, Bs. ii. 42. full-fengiligr, adj. quite
good, Stj. 201. full-ferma, d, to load full, Isl. ii. 77. full-flmr,
adj. quite alert. Fas. iii. 485. fviU-fjd3r, part, full monied, GJ)I.
514. ftdl-frsegt, n. adj. /awows c«0M^i&, p's. 17. fuU-fuss, adj.
quite ready, Fms. x. 402, Grett. 159. fuU-faera, », to prove fully,
Stat. 296. full-gamaU,adj./tt//oW,Fas.i. 376, Orkn. 112. full-
gildi, n. a full prize, Thorn. 18. full-gl^r, adj. full glad, Fms.
iii. 52. fuU-goldit, part, fully paid, |>orst. St. 54. full-g63r,
adj. good enough, Fms. i. 289, vii. 272, 0. H. 115, Sks. 219. full-
gora, 6, tofdfil, complete, perform, Stj. 391, Hkr. ii. 396, Fms. i. 189,
Fs. 42, Bjarn. 25 : reflex., K. A. 108, Str. 2. full-g6r3, f. perform^
ance, D. N. full-gOrla (full-gOrva, Ls. 30), idv.full clearly, Stj. 608,
Hom. 159, Fms. i. 215. fliU-gOrliga, adv. fully, Str. 19. full-
g6rr, part, fidly done, BarS. 165, Stj. 166 (ripe) : metaph. full, perfect, f.
at afli, Fms. vi. 30. full-hefnt, paxx. fully avenged. Fas. ii. 410, Al. 34.
full-heilagr, adi). full holy, Hom. 156. fuU-hugdr, part, full-bold,
dauntless. El. 6 ; cp. Gh. 15, where full-hug3a seems to be a verb pret.
and to mean to love. ftill-hugi, a, m. a ftdl gallant man, a hero without
fear or blame. Eg. 505, Fms. ii. 1 20, vii. 150, viii. 1 58, Rd. 223, Isl. ii. 360.
fuU-indi, n. abundance. Fas. ii. 502. full-flla, adv. (full-illr, adj.),
fjdl ill, badly enough. Fas. i. 222, Am. 83. fuU-kaupa, adj". bous^bl
full dearly, O. H. 114. fuU-kdtr, adj. gleeful, Fms. viii. loi. fuU-
keyptr, part, bought full dearly, Nj. 75, pari. 65. ftill-koma,
mod. full-komna, a5, to fulfil, complete, Stj. 51, Bs. i. 694, K.A. 22.
ftill-komimi, part, perfect; f. at aldri, afli, etc., full-grown, Fms. vii.
199, xi. 182, Nj. 38, Eg. 146, 256 ; f. vin, 28, 64 ; f. (ready) at giira e-t,
Hkr. i. 330 : freq. in mod. usage, perfect, N. T. ftiU-komleikr
(-leiki), m. perfectibility, Barl. fullkom-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), per-
fectly, Barl. full-kosta, ad], full-matched (of a wedding), Nj. 16, Fms.
iii. 108, Fs. 31. fuU-kvseni, adj. well married, Skv. i. 34. full-
langt, n. ad], full long. fuU-launa3r, part, fully rewarded, Grett.
123. full-leiksa, adj. having a hard game (hard job), Bjarn. 66.
ftiU-lengi, adv. fidl long, Fms. vi. iS, Sturl. i. 149. full-li3a,
adj. having men (troops) enough, fsl. ii. 347: quite able, G\)\. 265, v. 1.
full-liga, adv. fully, Fms. v. 226, ix. 257, Greg. 58. full-malit,
part, having ground enough, Gs. 16. full-mikill, adj. full great,
Fs. 16. fuU-inseli, n. a final, full agreement, GJ>1. 211, v. 1. fuU-
mselt, part, spoken enough (too much), Hkr. i. 232. full-msetr, adj.
'full-meet,' valid, Dipl. ii. 2. full-numi, full-ntuna (ftill-nomsi,
Barl. 73), adj. ; f. i e-u, or f. e-s, having learnt a thing fully, an adept in
a thing, BarS. 181, Fas. ii. 241, Sturl. iii. 173, Karl. 385. full-nsegja,
S, to suffice, Fb. ii. 324 ; mod. Germ, genug-thun = to atone for. full-
nsegja, u, f. [Germ, genug-thuung'], atonement. full-oflnn, part, full-
luoven, finished. El. 27. full-or3iiin, pait. full-grown, of age, Grett.
87 A. full-r&3a, ad), fully resolved, Fms. viii. 422. full-reyndr,
pan. fully tried, Rd. 194, Fms. vii. 170. full-r^tti, n. a law term, a
gross insult for which full atonement is due, chiefly in the law of per-
sonal offence : phrases, maela fullretti vi3 mann, of an affront in words,
Grag. i. 156, ii. 144; giira fullretti vi8 e-n, to commit (.against one, i.i^'j;
opp. to halfrotti, a half, slight offence : fullretti was liable to the lesser
outlawry, Grag. 1. c. fullr6ttis-or3, n. a verbal affront, defined as
a gross insult in N. G. L. i. 70, but in a lighter sense in Grag. ii. 144, cp.
G]pl. 195. fullrettis-ska3i, a, m. scathe resulting from f., G{)1. 520,
Jb. 41 1. ftillr6ttis-verk, n. a deed off., GJ)1. 178. full-rikr, adj.
full rich, Fms. v. 273, viii. 361, Fas. iii. 552. full-roskinn, adj.
full-grown, Magn. 448, Grett. 87. full-r^ninn, ad], fully wise. Am.
II. full-rseSi, n.full efficiency. Valla L. 202 : full match = {\iUkost3,
Fms. i. 3 ; fullraeSi fjar, efficient means, (5. H. 134, cp. Fb. ii. 278 : full-
r8B3a-sainr, adj. efficient, active, Bs. i. 76. full-rsett, part, enough
spoken of, Gh. 45. full-rdskr, adj. in full strength, Vigl. 26, Grett.
107 A, 126. full-sekta, a3, to make one a ftdl outlaw, Isl. ii. 166.
full-skipat, part. n. fully engaged, taken up. Fas. iii. 542. ftdl-
skipta, t, to share out fidly, Fms. xi. 442, full-skjott, n. ad], full
swiftly, Fms. viii. 210. full-snuit, part. n. fidly, quite turtud, Fms.
viii. 222. fvi\l-so&t,<,\ip. having slept enough, Dropl. 2,0. fuU-
spakr, ad], ftdl wise, Gs. 8 ; a pr. name, Landn. full-sta3it, part. n.
having stood full long, Gs. 23. full-steiktr, part, ftilly roasted,
Fs. 24. fuU-strangr, adj./«Z/ strong, Mkv. full-svefta (full-
seefti, V. 1.), adj. having slept enough, Sks. 496, Finnb. 346. full-
S8ef3r, part, quite dead, ptit to rest, Al. 41. fuU-seela, u, f. wealth,
bliss; f. Qiir, great wealth, Fms. vii. 74, xi. 422, Fas. iii. loo. Band. 25 ;
eilif f., eternal bliss, 655 xiii. A. 2. ftill-sseU, adj. blissful, Fms. viii.
251, Band. 7. full-ssemdr, part./»///y iowo/zrerf. Fas. iii. 289. ftill-
ssemiliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), with ftdl honour. Fas. iii. 1 24. full-
seetti, n.full agreement, fill settlement, Grag. ii. 183. full-tekinn,
part. ; f. karl, a full champion (ironic.) , Grett. 208 A. new Ed. (slang), full-
"S" N
178
rULLTIDI— FtJSS.
,ti3a (fuU-tifli), zd). full-grown, of full age. Eg. 185, Js. 63, 73, Grag.
ii. 112, Landn. 44 (v. 1.). G^l- 3o7. 434- K. A. 58, Vigl. 18, Isl. ii. 336:
gen. pi. fulltiflra, Grag. ii. 1 1 3. full-trui, a, m. a trustee, one in
whom one puts full cofifidence, also a patron, Fnis. iii. 100, xi. 134, Rd.
248, in all these passages used of a heathen god ; fraendi ok f., Bs. i.
117; vinr ok f., Fms. v. 20: — in mod. usage, a representative, e.g. in
jiarliament, a trustee, commissary, or the like. full-tryggvi, f. ftdl
trust, Grett. 97 new Ed. full-tyja, 5, to Z)e//i, = fulltingja, Fm. 6.
full-vandliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), witbfidl care. Fas. iii. 237. full-
vaxinn, part. f?ill-grown, 655 xxx. 5, Al. 18, Stj. 255, Sks. 35. fuU-
vaxta, adj. = full vaxinn, Nj. 259 (v.l.), Sks. 35 (increased). full-
vedja, adj. one who is a full bail or security, H.E. i. 529, N. G. L. i.
215; in mod. usage, one who is fully able to act for oneself. full-
vegit, part. n. having slain enough. Am, 50. full-vel, adv. full
well, Skalda 161, Fms. viii. 162, Fas. i. 104. full-vel gdr, part, quite
warm, fully cooked. Fas. iii. 389. full-virSi, n. a full prize, Grag.
ii. 216. full-viss, adj. full wise, quite certain, Horn. 160. full-
J)roska3r, p&rt. full-grown, full strong, Faer. 97, Valla L. 196. full-
J)virr, ad], full dry, Eb. 260, Grett. 109. full-oruggr, zd]. fully trusting.
fullna, aS, to fulfil, Fms. xi. 219, 686 C. 2 ; fullna oratak, to finish a
sentence, Edda 130: reflex, in the law phrase, e-m fullnask vitni, owe can
produce full {lawftd) witnesses, N. G. L. i. 21, Js. 1 19, GJ)1. 264, 298,
301, passim in the Norse law.
fullna3r, m., gen. zx, fulfilment, Stj. 523, Fms. ii. 150 : the law phrase,
halda til fullna6ar, to stand on one's full right, Grag. i. 109 ; hafa fullnaS
«Sr mali, to carry out ofie'sfull claim, in a suit, Finnb. 284 ; me& fullnaQi,
completely, H. E. ii. 75. compds : fullna3ar-b organ, Lfull atone-
ment. Pass. fullnaSar-vitni, n. a full {decisive) witness, Vm. 131.
FULLE., adj., compar. and superl. sometimes in old writers fuUari,
fullastr, in mod. fyllri, fyllztr, fuUast, Fms. i. 162 ; fullara, Sighvat: [Ulf.
fulls; A. S. and Engl. /!<//; Gtxm.voll; Swed. full; Dan. f?ild; cp. Lat.
flenus, Gr. irX-rjprjs] : I. of bags or vessels, fidl, either with gen.,
fuUr e-s, or with a prep., af e-u ; fullr af silfri,/M// of silver. Eg. 310;
fullr af fiskum, fidl of ^shes, Landn. 51 (with v.l. fullr meS fiskum less
correct) ; fullr mjaSar, Ls. 53. 2. metaph., eitri i. , fraught with poisoti.
Bar. 15 ; full of poison, Fms. ii. 139 ; fullr lausungar, fullr ofundar,/z^// of
looseness, full of envy, Hom. 151 ; fullr upp iilhubur, full of savageness. Eg.
114; hafa fullara hlut, to have the better of, Isl. ii. 386; fullr fjandskapr,
Fms. ii. 256 ; full skynsemd, i. 138 ; fullasta gipt, Greg. 37. ll.fidl,
complete, entire ; fullt twn^, full moon, Rb. passim. 2. fuUt go8or9,
a fidl priesthood, that is to say, complete, lawful, Grag. p. J), passim ;
fullir baugar, fullr hofuSbaugr, /wW payment, Grag. ii. 181, 182; aura
fnlh, fdl (good) money, i. 84; me6 f6 fullu, ii. 69. 3. the phrase,
halda til fulls vi6 e-n, to stand on one's full right against one (as a
rival), 0. H. in ; halda fullara, to engage in a sharper contest, Sighvat,
metaphor from a lawsuit. III. law phrases, fullr domr, a full
court, Grag. {j. |j., Nj. passim ; til fullra laga, to the fidl extent of law,
Hrafn. 18 ; fullu ok fiistu lyritti, with full protest, Nj. 87 ; i fullu umbo3i
e-s, Dipl. V. 28 : lawful, J)ar er ma&r tekr sokn e9a vorn fyrir annan, ok
ver5r J)6 fullt (lawful), J)6tt. . ., Grag. i. 141 (cp. Engl, lawftd) ; sverja
mun ek ^at, ef y&r J)ykkir fici fullara, more lawful (valid), Isl. ii. 98 ; ef
y&r ^ykir hitt fullara, J)a vil ek bera jam, Fb. ii. 244 ; ^at er jafnfuUt,
equally lawfid, N. G. L. i. 34. IV. adv., at i\x\\n,fidly, Edda 20,
Fms. i. 5:? ; til ivWs, fully, thoroughly : in law, eiga setur . . .til fulls, to
sit duly (in parliament), Grag. i. 7 ; cp. fylla log, to malie laws.
fullting, n. (mod. fulltingi, and so in paper MSS. ; it occurs also as
masc, gen. fuUtingjar, Isl. ii. 74 ; J)inn fullting (ace), Fb. ii. 327) ; [A. S.
fultum'] : — help, assistance. Eg. 7, 331, 485, Greg. 40, K. A. 122 ; falla i f.
me8 e-m, to side with one, Gnig. i. i, ii. 343, Gisl. 43, (Ed. nokkurn
fullting, masc), passim. compds : fulltings-maSr, m. a helper, Bret.
78, Sks. 611, Sd. 170, Rd. 254, Bs. i. 683, passim. fulltings-steinn,
ni. 'help-stone,' translation of ' Ebenezer,' Stj. i Sam. iv. i.
ftilltingja, d, [A. S. fultum'], to lend help, assist, with dat. ; Gu6 mun
if. J)^r, Fms. v. 193, viii. 26; fulltingja enum sara manni, Grag. ii. 27;
fuUtingja r^tt biskups-st61sins, Fb. iii : to back a thing, O. H. 43, 75.
fulltingjandi, part. ; fulltingjari, a, m. a supporter, Greg. 24, Stj. 33.
ftOlu-liga, adv. fully, Barl. 3, 198 ; fiillu-ligr, ad], fidl, Stj. 84.
!PUM, n. [from Lzt.fumare, through Engl, fume — hurry] : — confused
hurry, (mod.)
fuma, a&, to hurry confusedly.
fimdera, a6, (Lat. word), to found, 655 xxxii. 21, (rare.)
funding, f. (fundning, Bs. i. 255, Karl. $^S),Jindiug, Fms. vi. 271.
FUNDR, m. (fyndr, N.G.L. i. 46, 58), gen. fundar, pi. fundir,
£cp. Engl. _/?«{/; Germ., Swed., and Dzn.fitnd, from iinna, q. v.] -.—find-
ing, discovery; fundr fjarins, Fms. vi. 271, v.l.; fundr Islands, the dis-
covery of Icelafid, Landn. 2. a thing found, N. G. L. i. 63, 1. c. :
fundar-laun, n. pi. reward for finding a thing. II. a meeting,
Edda 108 ; koma, fara a fund e-s, or til fundar vi& e-n, to go to visit one,
Eg. 39, Nj. 4, Grag. i. 374, Fms. vii. 244, passim; mann-f., a congre-
gation ; heraSs-f., a county meeting ; biskupa-f., a council, 625. 54 ; fiilags-
f., ibe meeting of a society, and of any meeting. % a 'conflict, fight,
^battle, Nj. 86, Eg. 572, Fms. iii. 9, Fs. 17 : in names of battles, Bp
the fight at the Bridge, Ann. 1 242 ; F16a-f., |)verar-f., the fight in .
Th., Sturl. iii. 76
fund-Tiss, adj. quick to find. Mar.
fiin-lieitr, adj. warm, of blood heat, e.g. mer er funheitt a honr'
but never of a feverish heat.
PUNI, a, m. [Ulf. renders itvp hy fon; Germ, fimke is perhaps i:
same root ; otherwise this word is lost in all Teut. languages] ; — af::
kynda funa, Hkv. 2. 37, Gm. 1,42; funi kveykisk af funa, a sav
Hm. 56 : metaph. lust, Fms. ii. 369. II. metaph. a hot-tempi
man; hann er mesti funi = einsog funi, (mod.)
fim-ristir, m. flame-shaker, a name of Thor, |)d
fun-rognir, m., poet., fens f., a lord oftbeflre of fens, a prince, {i
is the fire of water), Kormak,
FTJIIA, u, f. [Engl._;?r; Germ, fohre ; mod. Norse furu; Dan./
—fir, Lat. pinus, Edda (Gl.) ; fura vex, wide as the fir grows, Grae
170, Vkv. 9; ships were built of fir-timber, hence the allit. phrasi
fljotandi furu, ora a floating fir, on board ship, Grag. i. 46 : in po
freq. = a ship, like Lat. abies. Lex. Poet. compds : furu-kviatr.
a fir bough. Fas. iii. 34. furu-stong, f. a fir staff, Str. 10.
furask, a5, [cp. A.S. fur or furh ; Er\g\. fir row ; Dan. fure], .'
furrowed, Edda Ht. 4.
FirEDA, u, f. a spectre, ominous appearance ; vist man J)etta f.
vera, Isl. ii. 351, Eb. 262 ; g63s furSa (g65 f.), a good omen, Fs. ,
Fms. viii. 91 ; ills f., a bad omen, Sturl. iii. 59, Isl. ii. 10. 1
metaph. a strange, wonderful thing; mi er furSa mikil urn Egil,
345 ; ekki er J)etta f. nein, ... at {)at vseri nein f., 'tis nothing stra
Isl. ii. 337 ; J)6tti ollum mtinnum er sa, mikil furSa, Fms. vi. i
orrosta sva h6r5 at f. var at, x. 359 ; mesta f., Sks. 207, Fas. i.
O.H. 115, Gisl. 71: in compds fur3u-, wonderfully, very; fui
djarfr, adj. very insolent, Fms. i. 3 ; fur3u-g63r, adj. very good, C
115 ; fur3u-liar, adj. exceeding high ; furSu-heimskr, adj. very ^
ish. Eg. 218; fvir3u-sterkr, adj. very stark or strong, Edda; ftu
Tel, adv. wonderfully well, Nj. 230: freq. in mod. usage in this si
but obsolete in the former sense. A local name, Fur3u-strandir,
Wonder-shore, the ancient name of Labrador, A. A. fur3u-ver!
pi. wonderful works, miracles.
fur3a, a6, to forebode, with dat. ; illu mun f., ef . . . , it will bou
if. . ., Fms. ii. 194: mod. impers., e-n fur3ar a e-u, one wonders
thing, Safn i. 55 ; fur6ar mig a frettum J)eim, a ditty.
fur3an-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), wonderful, remarkable, Rb. 360. j
fTir3u-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), id. !
fussa, a5, to say fie to a thing, with dat.
FUSSUM, interj.^e. Fas. ii. 425 : with dat., Grett. 176 new Ec
fustan, n. (for. w^ord), fustian, Vm., B. K. passim, Fms. viii. 95, Eg.6 1
FUI, a, m. rottenness, freq. : medic. putrefaction ; hold-f., mortificatl
fuinn, part. adj. of a lost strong verb analogous to biiinn, hence |;
(q. v.), rotten, esp. of a tree, also of clothes, but without the notit
stinking, Jon. 19; graut-fiiinn, mauk-f., fot-f., li-fiiinn, al-fiiinn.
fiiki, a, m. [from haX.fucus], rotten sea-weed or the like, cp. flik
n. stale or had tea, Eggert.
FULG-A, u, f. [formed from the part, of fela, q. v.], the fee paid fc
mentation, esp. of a minor, or one given into another's charge, = mod.
gjof, Jb. 168, Grag. passim : so in the phrases, inna, meta . . . fiilgu : ol '
fodder, Fb. i. 5 2 1 ; hence in mod. usage, hey-f., a little hay-rick. co)
fdlgu-fall, n. failing to pay the f., Sd. 144. fulgu-fe, n. sheep or
put out to fodder, Jb. 222, Grag. ch. 224. fulgu-fena3r, m. •-
i. 431. fiilgu-kona, u, f. a7i/owia72-6oar^er, D.L i. 303. fiilg -
m. a boarder, Grag. ii. 43. fulgu-nid.li, a, m. terms or contnr
G^l. 501, Grag. ii. 161. ful.gu-iiaut,n.a bullock put out to keej.
FTJLL, adj. [Vlf. fills, John xi. 39 ; A. S., Dan., and Swed./;-.
faul; Engl, four]:— fo7d, stinking; fult ok kalt, Grett. 15S.
164, Gisl. 39, Fs. 141 ; and-fiill, of foul breath. II
foul, mean, Stj. 77, 78 : — as a law term in an ordeal, /o«/, ver3a I -
jarni, to be fold (opp. to skirr, pure), N. G. L. i. 342, 351.
ful-leitr, adj. of foul appearance. Fas. ii. 149.
ful-lifna3r, m. and ful-lifl, n. lewdness, lechery, Stj. 58, iiC. i
ful-liga, adv. meanly. Fas. iii. 664.
ful-mannligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), mean, paltry. Fas. iii. 502. 1
ful-mennska, u, f. paltriness, baseness, Nj. 185, j
fulna, a6, to become stinking, 655 iv. 2.
fuls-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), basely, Stj. 186, Barl. 134. j
ful-yT3i, n.foid language, Barl. 1 18, N. G. L, ii. 418. |
funa, ad, to rot, decay, 623. 61, K. A. 28, Fms. xi. 12, 280, Eddaiij'/'
in a pun, Nj. 263. I
FTJBR, m. (not furr, but with the vowel long, cp./wrs, skurMm, Vel «■
[A.S.;5;rfi; Engl._;?rc; O.H.G./wr; Germ./«/er; Gr. iri/p] :-^> |*
in poetry and poiit. compds, never in prose, Lex. Poet. ; vide eldr, p. >•
fus-liga, adv. willingly. Eg. 96.
FTJSS, adj. [O. H.G./7^«s; A.S. contr./Ms; lost in most Ten i"
iguagps except Icel. and in provincial Norse; in Icel. it isaveri,'"'
FYGLA— FYLLING.
179
word]: — willing, wishing for; ia the sayings, fiis er hiind a veiiju
paiigad er klarinu fiisastr sem haiiu er kvaldastr : with gen. of the
, fiiss e-s, or fiiss a e-t, or til e-s; or with infin., J)ess fiis sem Gu6
ss, Skiilda 169, Eg. 521 ; jarl var {)ess fiisari, the earl was minded
mt, was not unwilling, Orkn. 396 ; {)ess var ek fiisastr at drepa t)a,
Fms. vi. 213 ; sva sem hann hafSi liSr verit fiisastr til, iii. 49 ; gcirdi
fiisan at fara til Finnlands, Hkr. i. 19 ; Jjorgils kveSsk fiisari at rida
innan, Korm. 68 : absol., fiiss {willingly) vil ek miiia hamingju til
1, Fins. V. 236 ; kvedsk hana munu eigi sva miklu fiisari undaii at
jn {)eir, Isl. ii. 361 ; sag&i eigi {>«. menu er hann vaeri fiisari vi3 at
■X en })a, Nj. 40; fiist ok fait, N.G. L. i. 237; li-fiiss, unwilling:
lit. compds, vig-fiiss, bo6-f., her-f., warlike, martial ; sig-fiiss, victo-
; bol-f., baleful, malignatit ; hel-f., murderous.
GLA, d, [fugl], to catch fowl, Grtig. ch. 240, Js. 107.
lmg,_ f. fowling, Thorn. 20, Vm. 148. fyglingar-maSr, ni.
\ler, km. 33.
|L, n. a foal or filly (cp. fylja), Grag. ii. 89, 326, Edda 27 : in a
Fms. X. 220, Gisl. ; fyljum, dat. pi. the foal of an ass, Stj. 183.
lingr, ni. a kind offish, Edda (Gl.) ; also spelt fylvingr.
linn, adj. [fold], soft, of greensward, fleece, or the like.
;d, f. a following, backing up, help, guidance ; Gamli bau& honum
til fylgSar, Grett. 109 ; fekk hann J)eim mann til fylgSar, Jianii er
inni vegu alia, Fms. i. 72 ; i samssti e6r fylg5, Sks. 370 B : fylg3ar-
;, adj. without help, alone, Fms. ii. 280; fylg3ar-ma3r, m. afol-
attendant, guide, Nj. 142, Ld. 48, Sturl. ii. 249 C. 2. party,
■ers; fieir fe(3gar viildu menn mjok at afli til fylg8ar vi3 sik, Eg. 84 ;
fylgS me6 e-m, Nj. 62 ; veita e-m styrk ok fylgS, Fms. i. 20 ; eigi
il fylg&ar en roskr maSr, Nj. 106 ; for {)at 118 heim er hoaum J)6tti
fylg6 {less support, use) i, Fms. iv. 350 ; fylgS ok {)j6nusta. Eg.
of the body-guard of kings or princes, like the comitatus of Tacitus,
sp. N. G. L. ii. Hir6skra ch. 32 ; fylgS forn ok ny, the old and new
'uard, id. ; halda f., to wait upon the king, Fms.-viii. 166 : fylgSar-
n. attendance upon the king, N. G. L. 1. c. ; fylg3ar-horn, n. a
0 call the king's men together, N. G. L. ii ; fylg3ar-menn, ni. pi.
'.tending upon the king, id. passim.
i, a. = fylg6, help, support; viaatta ok fylgi, Isl. ii. 125 ; var& J>or-
frsgr af J)essu f., Grett. 109 A ; auka ser f., to win followers,
'21; beiSslur e5a {., partizanship, 869; heldr vilda ek hans f. hafa
annarra, Nj. 183 : mod. with the notion of e/iergy, zeal, in back-
;.ase. compds : fylgi-kona, u, f. (fylgi-mser, Str. 6), a concu-
. g. the tnistresses of the clergy before the Reformation were called
irl. i. 56, ii. 169, iii. 139. fylgi-lag, n. concubinage. Bard. 167.
samr and fylgju-samr, adj. a faithful follower, Fms. i. 104, v.
i. 211, Ld. 190, Eg. 167, 199, Lv. 26.
inn, adj. adherent, attached to, Fms. vi. 240, Sturl.
ia, u, f. = fylg&, Grag. i. 343 ; bj68a e-m fylgju sina, ii. 56, v. 1.,
340; i forum ok fylgju me8 e-m, Stj. 135, 222 ; koma i fylgju
■m, Rb. 356. II. metaph. a fetch, a female guardian spirit
heathen age, whose appearance foreboded one's death, cp. Hkv.
(the prose) ; J)ii munt vera feigr ma8r ok muntii se6 hafa fylgju
*^j. 62, Hallfr. S. ch. II : also whole families had a fylgja (kyn-f.,
), get ek at J)etta hafi engar konur verit a3rar en fylgjur y8rar
, Fms. ii. 195 ; eigi fara litlar fylgjur fyrir Jjer, x. 262, Vd. ch. 36 ;
■cja at fylgjur tJsvifs, Nj. 20 ; manaa-fylgjur, Bjara. 48, Lv. 69 ;
t)eir munu vera manna-fylgjur, Isl. ii. 196 ; marr {a horse) er
fylgja, Fs. 68 ; liggja fylgjur {)inar til Islands, thy guardian angels,
•ngels, point to Iceland, i.e. thou wilt go thither, Orkn. 14; Jjinar
mega eigi standask hans fylgjur, GuU^. il, Lv. 104; hafa J)eir
ramniar fylgjur, Fs. 50 : — ia mod. lore (as also sometimes in the
e.g. Nj. I.e.) fylgja means a ^ fetch,' an appearance in the shape
ininial, a crescent, or the like going before a person, only a 'fey'
0 fylgja follows after him. 2.= Lat. secundinae, a baby's caul,
rni. glucksbaube; baras-f., Bs. ii. 168, freq. in mod. usage, cp.
'Ss. i. 354. III. hi pi. a law phrase, kvenna-fylgjur, abdtic-
f/o/>««f«/, Grag. i. 342 (cp. fylgja L 4. below). compds: fylgju-
, ni. a guardian angel, Nj. 157. fylgju-kona, u, f. ( = fylgja
ve), a female guardian, Fs. II4.
jG JA, 3 or d, [A. S./oZg/'a« ; Engl. /o//ozt»; Geim. folgen; Swed.
Dau.yo/g-e] : — to follow, and metaph. to back, help, side with, with
'ropl. 26; landvaettir allar fylg5u Hafr-Birni til pings, Laada. 271,
i. 46; ek man fylgja Biia broSur minuia, Fms. xi. iii; ok er
It f. {>6r61fi um {)etta mal. Boll. 342 ; fylgja malum e-s, Fms. i.
■ Igja e-m at, to side with, take one's part, xi. Ill ; man Bjora
It f., Bjara. 7: — also of thiags, lata sver3it hendi f., let it follow
'id, remain in it. Eg. 505. 2. to lead, guide' one; ySr var fylgt
hl68u eina. Eg. 49 ; fylgja e-m a brott, Ld. 44 ; vilda ek at {)ii
m^r til fraenda minna, Nj. 45. . 3. to pursue a flying host,
"■' ^ = , ix. 409. 4. a law term, fylgja konu, to elope with a
uig. i. 342, 343 ; an offence liable to the lesser outlawry, even
of accomplices. 5. to be about one; konungr let sveinina
"' jr sinni, me8an hann var allyngr, Fms. i. 14 : tungl fylgir solmerk- ,
*.
jum, Rb. 108; me8an sviirdr ok hold fyigSi, Eg. 770: — to follow one
as one's mistress, Fms. xi. 160, Sturl. i. 97; cp. Fms. x. 323, Sturl. i.
94, Orkn. II. metaph. to follow, observe, Rom. 87 ; fylgja c-s
riiaum, Bs. i. 720; fylgja hir8si8uni, Fms. vi. 240. 2. to follow as
an encumbrance; Margrct fylgi Loptsta8a-eign, D.N. i. 82 ; so in the
saying, vandi fylgir vegscmd hverri -.—to follow as a quality or the like ;
J)at segi J)er at mer fylgi engi hugr, . . . you say that there is no courage
in me, Fms. vii. 297 ; sva mikill kraptr fylg8i Jjessum monnum, Edda
(pref.) ; J)ar fylg8i ssetr ilmr, Bs. i. 454 ; upphaf allra friisagna Jjcirra cr
(dat.) sannindi f., true records, Fms. xi. 412; hvat fylgir engli J)eim,
what is the quality of this angel? Nj. I c^j. 3. to belong to ; himiii
ok jor3 ok alia hluti sem J)eim f., Edda (pref.) ; mi fylgir skiigr laiidi, a
forest belongs to the land, Grag. i. 200 ; segl ok rei8a er fylg8u skipinu,
Hkr. i. 277 ; a8rar eignir J)aer er J)ar f., Ld. 96 ; sok J)a er tylptar-kvi8r
a at fylgja, a case that falls under the verdict of twelve, Grag. i. 4 1 . 4.
causal, to let a thing follow, to add; {)at let hann f., at. . ., be added,
that .. ., Fms. vii. 227 ; J)ar let hann ok f. graviiru mikla. Eg. 69 ; hann let
t)at f. bo8i, Fb. ii. 187 ; |)at fylgSi ok {jeirri scign, 184. 5. fylgja (s(5r)
at e-u, to work hard, push on with one's work (cp. fylgi, at-fylgi), Bs. i. 793 ;
fylgja e-u at, to pursue, press on with a thing, 0. H. 41. 6. with ace,
but only as a Latinism in translation, H. E. i. 514. III. reflex, to
follow otie another, metaph. to side with one another, bang together ; hanu
ba8 sina menn fylgjask vel, he bade them hold well together. Eg. 288 ; J)eir
fylg8usk at hverju mali, Nj. 72 : in a pass, sense rare and unclass., Sks.
347. IV. part, fylgendr, ^\. followers, Bs. i. 705, Bad. 53.
fylgjari, a, m. a follower, Sks. 524, |>6r8. 72, Barl. 171.
FYLGSNI, n. pi., often spelt fylksni, fylskni, or fylsni, Gisl. 60,
67; [Goih.fulhs?ii = KpvnT6v; from folginn or fulginn the part, of fela] :
— a hiding-place, lurking-place, cavern, Grag. i. 436, Nj. 133, 267, Fms.
i. 210, iv. 170, Bias. 42,Ni3rst. 6 ; or fylgsnum ok or helium, id.; helvitis-
fylgsai, Sks. 605 B; var haan i fylgsnum allt hausti8, Hkr. iii. 323;
liggja i fylgsnum, Fms. vii. 27.'? ; leiSir allar ok f. a skoginum, i. 71, Stor.
I. fylgsnis-lauss, adj. without a hiding-place, Isl. ii. 411.
fyl-hxoss, n. a mare ivith a foal, Jb. 348.
fylja, u, f. a filly (cp. fyl), in the pun, ek vil fa |)er {)ar fylju er J)u faer
mer fola, I will give thee a filly for a foal, from a box on the ear being
called ^cheek-horse' (kinn-hestr), Gisl. 27, iii.
FITLKI, n. [from folk], a county or shire; in Norway the land was
divided into fylki, each of them ruled by a fylkir; atta fylkja t)ing,
Fms. V. 4, Hkr. i. 62, passim ; esp. with regard to the levy, as from each
fylki twelve ships of war were to be levied ; J)at er fylki kallat er gtira ma
af tolf skip, Fms. x. 306 ; J)at kalla Nor8menn fylki sem eru tolf skip
skipaS me8 vapnum ok monnum, ok a einu skipi naer sextigi manaa e8r
sjautigi, O. T. 35. compds : fylkis-kirkja, u, f. the principal church
in a county, the ^shire-kirk.' fylkis-kontmgr, m. the king or chief of
a shire, Fms. iv. 140, x. 272, passim. fylkis-naa3r, m. an itihabitant
of a shire, N. G. L. i. 343, Boldt 169. fylkis-prestr, m. a priest of
a shire-kirk, B. K. x 19, N. G. L. i. 135. fylkis-J>ing, a. a county meet-
ing, shire-mote, D. N. II. poet, a host ia battle, Edda ic8.
fylking, f. battle array, the ranks, Hkr. ii. 371, Eg. 268, 286, Nj. 274,
Fms. i. 45, vi. passim ; the Lat. legio is rendered by fylking, Rom. 260,
298. compds: fylkingar-armr, m. the wing of an army, Nj. 274,
Hkr. i. 236, Fms. vii. 277, Orkn. 474. fylkingar-broddr, m. the
vanguard of a host, Fb. ii. 351. fylkinga-skipan, f. battle array.
fylkir, m., poijt. a king. Lex. Poet.
fylkja, t, to draw up (a milit. term), absol. or with dat., Eg. 284, Fms.
i. 19, viii. 407, passim.
FYLLA, t, [fullr], to fill, pour full, Sks. 416, Stj. 319. p. impers.,
esp. as a naut. term, skip (ace.) fyllir, the ship makes water, i. e. fills with
water. Eg. 386 ; fylldi {jegar flota8 var, Fms. ix. 447 ; pa fylldi grofina
vatns, the hole was filled with water, Greg. 62 ; mik fyllir harms, I am.
filled with grief, Karl. 321. II. metaph., Horn. 108: — to fill,
cojnplete, 7nake up, Hkr. iii. 98, Anecd. 92, Sturl. iii. 244, Fms. vi. 90,
Fbr. 217, Grag. ii. 301. 2. to fulfil, 625. 92, Anecd. 50, Bias. 50,
Hom. 51, Fms. x. 230, Rb. 80. 3. a parliamentary phrase, fylla log
ok lof, to make laws, Grtig. i. 7 ; cp. the Engl, lawful. 4. the phrase,
fylla flokk e-s, to fill one's host, side with one, {)6r8., Hkr. i. (in a
verse). III. reflex, to be filled, to grow full, with gen. ; fyllask
ahyggju ok hrae3slu (rei8i), to be filled with cares and fears {anger).
Bias. 46, Fms. i. 216; fylldisk hann upp fjandskapar, viii. 391. 2.
to be fulfilled, Hom. 51, 105, Bias. 42. IV. part, fyllendr, pi.
fulfillers, Hom. 133.
fylli, f., older and better form fyllr, fulness, 655 xxvii. 18, Edda
52. 2. of food, one's fill; viHt p^r gefa mer fylli mina {my fill) af
oxanum, Edda 45, 48, Karl. 321 ; fyllr matar e8r drykkjar, 54. * 3.
medic, hydatides.
fylli-liga, aAv. fully, Fms. xi. 231, Stj. 29.
fylling, i. filling, fulness, 655 xxvii. 19, Stj. 292: of the moon,
686 C. 2. II. metaph. /»</«ess; fylling X\mms, fulness of time,
N. T. passim : fulfilment, fylling Gu8s bo8or8a, Stj. passim ; fylling laga,
Hom. 135 ; fylHng varra bsena, 625. 175,
180
FYLMERR— FYRIR.
fyl-morr, f. •= fylhross, Gn'ig. i. 504.
fylvingar, f. pC nuts, Edda (Gl.), Gisl. I09 (in a verse), {>d. 14.
fyndinn, adj. [fm\?L],fimny,facetiotis: fyndni, Lfacetiousuess, wit.
fyrbax, m. pi. [A. S.^rtS = troops], poiit. men, warriors, Lex. Poiit.
FYKIR, prep., in the Editions spelt differently ; in MSS. this word is
usually abbreviated either f (i. e. firir), or f, fur*, fvr* (i. e. fyrir) ; in some
MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir\ e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263
sqq.) ; and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333
sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir (over) ; in a few MSS. it is written as a
monosyllable fyr, e.g. D.I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Saem.-Edda)
occurs fyr telia, Vsp. i ; fyr norSan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22 ; fyr vestan
ver, Hkv. 2. 8 ; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54,
Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge's edition,
see his preface, p. xvi) ; fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same
relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, o( (super) to yfir : this monosyllabic
form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ' for-' is more common
than ' fyrir- ;' in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dseming and
fyrir-daeming ; in others only one, but without any fixed rule : again, the
forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong,
as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi ; yet this spelling is found now and
then in MSS., as, fyre, 6. H. (facsimile) ; fire, Griig. Sb. ii. 288 (also fac-
simile) : the particles i and d are sometimes added, i fur, Fms. iv. 137 ;
i fyrir, passim ; k fur, Haustl. i. [Ulf./az;r Andfanra ; A. S./ore and for ;
Engl. /or and /ore-; Germ. /tr and j/or; Dan. /or; Swed. yor; Gr. wpo-,
irapd ; Lat. pro, prae.]
WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
A. Local : I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before
the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; nibi f.
smi6ju-dyrum. Eg. 142 : — ahead, liti fyrir bu6inni, Nj. 181 ; komusk
sau6irnir upp a fjallit f J)eim, ahead of them, 27 ; voru fyrir honum borin
mcrkm, the banner was borne before him, 274; gora or& fyrir sor, to
send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (6. H. 201, I.e., fra
ser) : — also denoting direction, ni6ri i eldimim f. ser, beneath in the fire
before them, Nj. 204; J)cir sa f. ser bee mikinn, they saw before them
a great building, i. e. they came to a great house. Eg. 546 ; o6rum f. ser
(in front) en o6rum a bak ser, Grag. i. 5. 2. before one, before
one's face, in one's presence; uhelga6a ek Otkel f. buum, before the
neighbours, Nj. 87 ; ly'si ek f biium fimm, 218 ; lysa e-u (to proclaim) f.
e-m, Ld. 8 ; hann hermdi bod 611 f. Gizuri, Nj. 78 ; hon nefndisk f. J)eim
Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8 ; ksera e-t f. e-m,
6. H. 60 ; slikar fortolur haf6i hann f. J)eim, Nj. 200 ; the saying, J)Vi laera
bornin mali& zb J)a6 er f. J)eim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is
done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (illt) f. e-m, to give
a good (bad) exajnple, e. g. in the presence of children ; lifa vel f. Gu5i,
to live well before God, 623. 29; stor abyrg6ar-hluti f. Gu6i, Nj. 199;
sem J)eir sja rettast f. Gu3i, Grag. i. (pref.) ; fyrir oUum |)eim, Horn. 89 ;
a laun f. o3rum mcinnum, hidden frovi other men, unknown to them, Grag.
i. 337, Jb. 378; mi skaltii vera vin minn mikill f. hrisfreyju minni, i.e.
when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265 ; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl.
2. 78. 3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann let ry6ja f.
J)eim btiSina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228;
Valholl ry3ja fyr vegnu folki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em.
I ; ry5ja vigvoll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; Ijiika upp f. e-m, to open the door
for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; ryma pallinn f. J)eim, Eg. 304; hann let
giira eld f J)eim, he had afire made for them, 204 ; J)eir gor9u eld. f. ser,
Fms. xi. 63 ; ... veizlur J)ar sem fyrir honum var biiit, banquets that were
ready for him. Eg. 45. II. before one, in one's way ; J)ar er diki
var6 f ^eim. Eg. 530 ; a (fj6r6r) var& f. ]peim, a river, fjord, was before
them, i.e. they came to it, 133, 161 ; at verfta eigi f. lifti y5ru, 51 ;
maSr sa var3 f. Vindum, that matt was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363 ;
Jieirra manna er f. honum urSu, Eg. 92. 2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in
wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107 ; la f. henni i skoginum, Edda (pref.) ; sitja
f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks. Eg. 136 (fyrir-sat). 3. ellipt.,
menu ur9u at gxta sin er f. urSu, Nj. 100 ; Egill var J)ar f. i runninum,
E. was before (them), lay in ambush. Eg. 378 ; hafSi sa bana er f. var6,
who was before (the arrow), i. e. be was hit, Nj. 8. 4. ver3a f.
e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing ; ef hann verSr f. drepi, if he be
struck, Grag. ii. 19; ver3a f. averka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld.
140 ; ver3a f. rei&i konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king. Eg. 226 ;
verfta f. oskiipum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound. Fas. i.
130; sitja f hvers manns amseli, to be the object of all men's blame, Nj.
7 1 ; vera eigi f. sonnu haf3r, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be
innocent. III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to
lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip flj6ta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; J)eir lagu f.
bsenum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja titi f. J6tlands-si6u, off
Jutland, Eg. 261 ; haim drukna6i f. Ja5ri, off the J., Fms. i. 11 ; J)eir
komu at honum f. Sjolandi, off Zealand, x. 394 ; hafa liti leiflangr f. land!,
Hkr. i. 301 ; f. Humru-minni, off the Number, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8,
9,13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, offtheNess,Ydlekh; fyrir Tungum, Sigh vat;
fyrir Spani, off Spain, Orkn. 356. IV. before, at the bead of,
denoting leadership ; snialama&r f. biii fodijr sins, Ver. 26 (of king David) ;
'vera f. Ii6i, to be over the troops. Eg. 292, Nj. 7 ; vera f. mali, to lea
case. Band. 8 ; vera forstjori f. bui, to be steward over the houses
Eg. 52 ; ra9a f. landi, riki, etc., to ride, govern, (J. H. 33, Nj. 5 ;
f. eldinum re6i, who was the ritigleader of the fire. Eg. 239;
e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim : the phrase, sitja f. svorum,
respond on one's behalf, Oik. 36, Band. 12 ; hafa svor f. e-m, to be
chief spokesman, Fms. x. loi, Dipl. v. 26. V. special nsan
fri6a f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65 ; bxta f. e>
to make things good for one, Horn. 109 ; tiilka, vera tulkr, flytja(ete,'
e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128, — also spilla f e-m, to 1'
parage one. Eg. 255; haga, setla f. e-n, to manage, arrange for ^
Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356 ; rifka raS f. e-m, to better one's cm
tion, Nj. 21 ; ra6a heiman-fylgju ok tilgjof f. frsendkonu sinni, Js.
standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between bim and
enemy. Eg. 357, Grag. ii. 13; vera skjoldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; h
kostnaS f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m.
support one by one's work, Sks. 251 ; starfa f. fe sinu, to manage or
money, Ld. 166 ; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109 ; hyg
f. ser, Fs. 5 ; hafa forsja f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186 ; sjd f. e-u
see after. Eg. 118, Landn. 152 ; sja J)ii nokkut nib f. mer, Nj. 20: iro—
to put at rest, Hiiv. 40 : ellipt., sja vel f., to provide well for, Nj. loa
B. Temp, ago ; fyrir J)rem nottum, three nights ago ; fyrir stum
while ago, Nj. 80 ; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134;
skommu, a short while ago ; fyrir longu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fn
50; fyrir ondverftu, /row the begintiing, Grag. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Fir *
342 ; fyrir ])eim, before they tvere bortt, Fms. i. 57. 2. the phr
vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. storfundum, Nj. 107, 277; ^at hygg
vera munu f. siSa-skipti, Fms. xi. 1 2 ; J)essi draumr mun vera f. kvs
nokkurs manns, vii. 163 ; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8 ; fyrir tiSendum '
65 : — spa f. e-m, to ^ spae' before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
C. Metaph. : I. before, above; J)6ttu {)eir J)ar f. iii
ungum miinnum, Dropl. 7 ; J)ykkisk hann mjok f. 63rum monnum,
38 ; ver f. hirSmonnum, be first among my herdsmen. Eg. 65 ; Hall
svarti var f. J)eim brsSrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, I
i. 4; J)orgrimr var f. sonum Onundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mc
J)eim at vir6ingu, Fms. i. 47. II. denoting help, assistance; 1
skal retta vxtti3 f. J)eim, Grag. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
the following seem to be Latinisms, lata lifit f. heilagri Kristni, to
up one's life for holy Christianity , = Lzi. pro, Fms. vii. 172 ; ganga v;
pislir fyrir Gu5s nafni, Bias. 38 ; gjalda oiid mina f. ond J)inni, Joh
17; gefa gjiif f. sill sinni (pro anima sua), H.E. i. 466; fyrir mei
minni sal, Dipl. iv. 8 ; fara Gu3i fornir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f
bi3ja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (or are pro), Fms. iii. 48, 1
70; biSja f. monnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even wi
double construction, biSja f. sta6 sinn (ace, which is vernacular'
heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127. III. d(
ing disadvantage, harm, stffering ; J)U laetr Egil vefja 611 mal fyrir
thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs. Eg. 249 ; linytir hann ^ i '■
fyrir ser, then be ruins his own case, Grag. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; I ■
verjar rufu safna6inn f. {)orkatli, the Manxmen broke up the asset
i.e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422 ; kom upp gratr f. henni, she • '
into tears, 477; taka fe f. 69rum, to take another s motiey,fi.G. >■
20 ; knorr J)ann er konungr let taka fyrir fjorolfi, Landn. 56 ; ef ^s
ver3r tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grag. i. 436 ; n
tok upp fe fyrir ollum, he seized property for them all, O. H. 60 ; t- r
ilia f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one ; sva for f (5l6fu, so it cai 0
pass for O., Vigl. 18 ; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one's t,
Edda 21 ; J)eir hafa eigi J)essa menn f. y&r drepit, heldr f. ySrar it
J)essi vig vegit, i. e. they have not banned you, but rather done you ( '•
vice in slaying those men, Fbr. 33 ; tok at eySask f. henni lausa-fi •'''
money began to fail, Nj. 29 ; rak a f. ^eim storma ok striSviSri -p*
were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vigl. 27; Viglundr rs »'
knottinn f. J6kli, V. drove the ball for J., i.e. so that he had t<. '«
after it, 24 ; sa er skar tygil f. {)6ri, he who cut Thor's line, Bragi ; w
brast f. mer, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse) ; brjota e-t f.n.
to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgar3r braut 1- "
fyrir MerSi ok 611 heilog takn, Nj. 167 ; arin brotna6i f. honum, h^r
broke ; allar kyrnar drapust fyrir honum, all his cows died. 2. c '|-
ing difficulty, hindrance ; sitja f. saemd e-s, to sit between oneself ana '■>
honour, i. e. to binder one's doing well, Sturl. 87 ; mikit gori \h i '•
|)essu mali, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 1 24 ; J)er er mikit t. 'i-
thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325 ; ekki er Gu3i f. J)vi, // is easy for G >o
do, 656 B. 9 ; varS honum liti6 f. J)vi, it was a small matter for hi ^^
did it easily, Grett. Ill; mer er minna f. J)vi, it is easier for .ne. An 3 >
Jiykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwilUngl V''
77 ; Icel. also say, J)ykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased: — 1 ''••
er {)eim litiS fyrir at villa jarnburS {)enna, it is a small viatter for »•
to spoil this ordeal, O. H. 140 ; sem ser muni liti9 f. at vei6a Gunn:^!'
113 ; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast fixed before (one), bard to woi '«|_.
1 54 ; Asgrimi J)6tti J)ungt i.,A. thought that things looked sad (beav' '^m^
185; hann var lengi f,, be was long about it, Fms. x. 205; haigM
FYRIR. 181
i f, ok kva8 eigi nei vi3, he was cross and said ttot downriffhi «o, yMar,
'.Karl. 388. IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per,
sofa ek ne makat fugls jarmi fyrir, 7 cannot sleep for the shrill cry of
f, Edda 16 (in a verse) ; hon undi ser hvcrgi f. verkjuni, she had no
/'or ^a««s, Bjarn. 69 ; fyrir griiti, tiirum, = Lat. ^rrte lacrymis; fyrir
Tii, /or sorrow; f. hlatri, _/br laughter, as in Engl.; J)eir aeddust f.
i konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sol. il ; ilia faert
xm, scarce passable for ice. Fins. xi. 360; haett var at sitja litar f.
garSs-ormi, Edda 35 ; hann var litt gengr f. sirinu, he could hardly
for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hroedslu, /or /ear, Hbl. 26; heptisk
inn f. J)eim meinvxttuni sem .... Fs. 4 ; gti6u J)eir eigi f. veifium at
■yjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30 ;
riki konungs, /or the king's power. Eg. 67, 1 1 7 ; fyrir ofriki manna,
. i. 68 ; fyrir hvi, for why ? Ekic. 4 ; fyrir hvf J)eir vaeri {)ar, Eg. 375 ;
bvi, at . . .,for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104 ;
rir J)vi mi at, now since, Skalda 171 ; nii fyrir {)vi at, id., 169 : the
e, fyrir s6kum,/or the sake of, because of, passim ; vide scik. V.
y the force of; oxlin g6kk or li6i fyrir hogginu, the shoulder tvas dis-
ci by the force of the stroke, Hiiv. ^2. 2. denoting contest; falla
n, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196 ;
I halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146 ; latask f.
to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj.
Jjeir kva3u fa fiinad hafa f. honum, 263 ; maeddisk hann f. {)eim,
stbis breath in fighting them. Eg. 192 ; lata riki f. e-m, to lose the
lorn before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264 ; lata lausar
f minar f. J)er, 505 ; lata hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47 ; standask f. e-m,
■nd one's ground before one, Edda (pref.) ; hug3isk hann falla mundu
iiinni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hym.
halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54 ; halda fri& ok freisi f. varum ovinum,
viii. 219 ; fara mun ek sem ek hefi aSr aetlaS f. pinum draum {thy
.1 notwithstanding), Ld. 216; J)ur farit hvart er {)er vilit f. meT,you
berever you like for me, so far as I am concerned, Faer. 37 ; halda
f. ser, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216. p. with verbs, flyja,
■a, renna, stiikkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i.e. to be pur-
Bs. i. 774> Grag. ii. 359 ; at hann rynni f. J)r£Elum bans, Ld. 64 ;
jpessum ufri3i sttikk fjangbrandr til Noregs, 180 ; skyldi hann ganga
r. Hofsmiinnum, Landn. 178 ; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield
hing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292 ; vaegja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way,
1,187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234. VI. against; verja land f. e-m,
1; verja landit f. DiJnum ok o3rum vikingum, Fms. i. 23 ; til land-
r f. vikingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-ma9r f. Nor6monnum, Fms. vi.
gsEta briiarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 1 7 ; gaet J)in vel f. konungi ok
miinnum, guard thee well against the king and his men. Eg. I13 ;
.3sto& f. trollum ok dvergum, Bar6. 163 ; beiSa Baldri griSa f. alls-
■ hdska, Edda 36 ; au5ska33r f. hiiggum. Eg. 770. VII. in
ense of bei?ig driven before; fyrir straumi, veSri, vindi, before the
n, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grag. ii. 384, Fms. vii.
halda f. ve3ri, to stand before the wind, Rom. 2 1 1. 2. ry'rt
verda f. honum sma-mennit, he will have an easy game with the
people, Nj. 94: elHpt., hafOi sa bana er f. varft, 8; sprakk f., 16,
VIII. fyrir ser, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill
, strong, powerful; lltill f. ser, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Isl. ii. 368,
92 ; J)er munu3 kalla mik litinn mann f. mer, Edda 33 ; minnstr
, smallest, weakest. Eg. 123; gildr ma3r f. ser, Isl. ii. 322, Fms.
her3ima3r mikill f. ser, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert J)u f.
tiat ki?id of fellow art thoul Clem. 33; vera einn f. ser, to be a
^^e fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed. ; Icel. also say, gora mikid (liti3) f. s6r,
ke oneself big {little). p. sj69a e-t f. ser, to hesitate, saunter, Nj.
maela f. munni, to talk between one's teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248,
4.9. IX. denoting manner or quality ; hvitr f. haerum, white
'loary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; grdir fyrir jarnum, grey with
of a host in armour, Mag. 5 ; hjolt hvit f. silfri, a hilt white with
richly silvered, Eb. 226. X. as adverb or ellipt., 1.
in front, = a, uudan, La.t. prae, opp. to eptir; J)a var eigi bins
eptir van, er slikt for fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34 ; at
err mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to
y Eg. 580 ; Egill for f., E. went in before, id. ; at ver ri3im J)egar
)tt, 283. ^. first; hann stefndi f. malinu, en hann maelti eptir,
■onounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35 ;
k ^ar eptir gora sem fier gerit f., I shall do to you according as
'0 first, 90 : — temp., sjau nottum f., seven nights before, Grag. ii.
2. to the fore, at hand, present ; |)ar var fyrir fjoldi boSsmanna,
of guests was already to the fore, i.e. before the bride and bride-
1 came, Nj. 11 ; livist er at vita hvar livinir sitja ii fieti fyrir, Hm.
i\ J)a logmaOr J)ar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3 ; heima i
yrir. Far. 50 ; J)ar voru fyrir Hildiri&ar-synir, Eg. 98 ; var honum
iinnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583 ; J)eim omogum,
. eru, who are there already, i. e. ?'« his charge, Grag. i. 286 : of
'1 fong J)au er f. voru, stores that were to the fore, at hand. Eg.
3. fore, opp. to ' back,' of clothes ; slae6ur settar f. allt
liippum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, ~bak ok brjOst,
XI. in the phrase, c-m verSr e-t fyrir, a thing is before
one, I. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; mi
ver3r iiarum J)cirra |)at f., at hann kvcbr, now if the other part alleges,
that. . ., Grag. i. 362 ; Kolbeini var3 ekki f., K. bad no resource, i.e. lost
his head, Sturl. iii. 285 : — the phrase, e-t nixlisk vel (ilia) fyrir, a thing
is well (ill) reported of; vig Gunnars spurSisk ok maeltisk ilia fyrir um
allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151 ; mun t)at vel f. mxlusk, people will
like it well, Nj. 29, {jorS. 55 new Ed. ; ilia mun l)at f. mselask at ganga
a saettir vi9 fraendr sina, Ld. 238 ; ok er lokit var, mxltisk kvasftit vel f.,
the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113. XII. in special senses,
either as prep, or adv. (vide A. V. above) ; segja leiS f. skipi, to pilot a
ship. Eg. 359 ; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any
ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480 ; maela f. e-u, to dictate, Grag.
ii. 266 ; maela f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni ; maela f. saett, i.
90 ; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right ; aetla f. e-u, to make allow-
ance for; triia e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; J)a8 fer mikid f. e-u
(impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with
a thing; leita f. ser, to enquire; biQjask f., to say one's prayers, vide
bi9ja; maela fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3 : of a spell or
solemn speaking, hann mselti sva f., at . . ., Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to
enquire, Hkr. ii. 333 ; buask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35,
Sks. 551 ; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in
despair, Bs. i. 194 ; spa fyrir, to ' spae' before, foretell ; {)eir menn er sp4
f. liorSna hluti, Fms. i. 96 ; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332 ; Njall hefir ok
sagt f. um aefi bans, Nj. 102 ; vita e-t f., to 'wit' beforehand, know the
future, 98 ; sja e-t f., to foresee, 162 ; ef J)at er aetlat f., fore-ordained, id.
WITH ACC, mostly with the notion of movement.
A. Local: I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. I98 ;
lata siga brynn f. brar, Hkv. Hjorv. 19 ; halda f. augu ser, to bold (one's
hands) before one's eyes, Nj. 132 ; leggja sver6i fyrir brjost e-m, to thrust
a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39. 2. before one, before a court;
stefna e-m f. domstol, Fms. xi. 444 ; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before
one, Fms. i. 1 5, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 1 29, passim ; fyrir augu e-s, before one's eyes,
Stj. 61 1. 3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put
the shield before him, Nj. 97, 1 15 ; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since
the seconder had to hold one's shield, Isl. ii. 257. 4. joined to adverbs
such as fram, aptr, ut, inn, ofan, ni6r, austr, vestr, su5r, nor3r, all de-
noting direction; fram i., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi
oxina fram f. sik, a stroke fonuard with the axe, Fms. vii. 91 ; hann
hljop eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29 ; Jjotti honum hann
skjota brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195 ; komask tit f. dyrr, to
go outside the door. Eg. 206 : — draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the
hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel batik.
Eg. 748 ; hlaupa f. bjiirg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36 ;
elta e-n f. bjorg, Griig. ii. 34 ; hlaupa (kasta) f. bor&, to leap {throw)
overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; siga {to be hauled) ni3r
f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa ni3r f. stafn. Eg. 142;
ni8r f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25 ; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Gliim. 395 (in a
verse). II. in one's way, crossing one's way; Jjeir stefndu f.
J)a, Fms. ix. 475 ; ri3a a lei3 f. J)a, to ride in their way, so as to meet
them. Boll. 34S ; hlaupa ofan f. j^a, Nj. 153; voru allt komin f. hann
bref, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207 ; {jeir fclldu
brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix.
357; leggjabannf. skip, /o/rtyaw e;«6aro-ooM a sZ>fp,Ld. 166. III.
round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; lit f. Holm, out past the Holm,
Fms. vii. 356 : esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f.
England, NorSymbraland, {jrasnes. Span, to sail by the coast of, stand off
England, Northumberland, Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir
Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse) ; fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a
verse) ; er hann kom f. Elfina, when he came off the Gotha, Eg. 80 ;
leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda
I.e.; gora fri3 f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another,
Ld. 28 ; fyrir uppsprettu lirinnar, to come to {round) the sources of the
river, Fms. iii. 1S3 ; fyrir gar3s-enda, Grtig. ii. 263 ; girOa f. nes, to make
a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc.,
Griig. ii. 263; so also biuda f. op, poka, hzi. praeligare, praestringere ;
hla&a f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening ; greri f. stufinn, the stump (of
the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275 ; skjota slagbrandi f. dyrr,
to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29 ; kita loku (las) f.
hur5, to lock a door, Gisl. 28 ; setja innsigli f. bref, to set a seal to a
letter, Dipl. i. 3 : ellipt., setr hon fiar his fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 5 1 2. 2.
along, all along; f. endilanga Danmiirk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along
Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett.
97 : — ox alnar f. munn, an axe tvith an ell-long edge, Ld. 276 ; draga iir
f. odd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer's term, Fms. ii.
321. IV. with verbs, fyrir van komit, one is come past hope, all
hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131 ; taka f. munn c-m, to
stop one's mouth ; taka f. hiils, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc. ;
taka mal f. munn e-ni, 'verba alicujus praeripere,' to take the ivord out
of one's mouth, xi. 12 ; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one's hands, stop one
in doing a thing, Eb, 1 24 ; mod., taka fram f, hendrnar h e-m.
182
FYRIR— FYRIRHOFN.
B. Temp. : fyrir dag, before day. Eg. 80 ; f. miSjan dag, Ld. 14 ; f.
sol, before sunrise, 268; f. solar-lag, before sunset; f. miftjan aptan, Nj.
192; f. nattmal, 197 ; f. ottu, Sighvat ; f. J)inglausnir, Oik. 37 ; f. J61,
Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grag. ii. 341 ; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar,
Nj. 138 ; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159 ; f. vetrnaetr, Grag. ii. 217 ; f. e-s minni,
before one's memory, lb. 16.
C. Metaph. : I. above, before ; hann hafdi mest fyrir aSra
konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372. 11. for, on behalf of ; vil ek
bj(j3a at fara f. {)ik. Twill go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77 ; ganga i skuld
f. e-n, Grug. i. 283 ; Egill drakk ... ok sva f. Olvi, Eg. 210 ; kaupa e-t f.
e-n, Nj. 157 ; gjalda gjold f. e-n, Grag. i. 173 ; verja, saekja, sakir f. e-n.
Eg. 504; hvarr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; saettisk a oil mal f.
Bjorn.Nj. 266; tok ssettirf. BjiJrn, Eg. 168; svaraf. e-t, Fms. xi.444; hafa
til varnir f. sik, lata ly'rit, log-vorn koma f. ; faera vcim f. sik, etc. ; verja,
sjekja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grag. passim ; bi&ja
konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44 ; fyrir mik, on my
behalf, for my part, Gs. 16 ; logvorn f. mal, a lawful defence for a case,
Nj. Ill ; hafa til varnar f. sok, to defend a case, Grag. i. 61 ; halda skila-
domi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8 ; festa log f. e-t, vide festa. III. in a
distributive sense ; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. {>. K. 88 ; fyrir
hef hvert, per nose— per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, (3. H. 141 ; hve f.
marga menn, /or how many men, Grag. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, /or
each yard, 497. IV. for, for the benefit of; brjota brau6 f.
hungra5a, Horn. 75 ; J)eir skaru f. J)a melinn, they cut the straw for them
(the horses), Nj. 265 ; leggja kostnaS f. e-n, to defray one's costs, Grag.
i. 341. "V.for, i?istead of; hann setti sik f. Gu6, Edda (pref.) ;
hafa e-n f. Gu8 (Lzt. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131 ; geta, fa, kve8ja mann
f. sik, to get a man as one's delegate or substitute, Grag. i. 48 passim ;
J)eir hof3u vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-h6fu3 voru f. kljana,
Nj. 275 ; gagl f. gas ok gris f. gamalt svin, 0. H. 86 ; rif stor f. hiunna,
Hav. 48; buSkr er f. hiislker er hafSr, Vm. 171 ; auga f. auga, tonn
f. tonn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, |)kv. 32. VI. becatise
of, for; vilja Gunnar dauSan fyrir hoggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162 ; eigi
f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302 ; fyrir hvat {why, for what)
stefndi Gunnarr {)eim til lihelgi? Nj. loi ; ok ur5u f. J)at sekir, Landn.
323 ; hafa amaeli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim. 2. in a good sense, for
one's sake, for one; fyrir J)in or8, /or thy words, intercession, Isl. ii. 217 ;
vil ek gora f. J)in or5, Ld. 158, Nj. 88 ; fyrir sina vinsseld, by his popu-
larity, Fms. i. 259 : the phrase, fyrir e-s sok, for one's sake, vide sok : in
swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trii mina, by viy faith ! (so in Old Engl, 'fore
God), Karl. 241 ; fyrir J)itt lif, Stj. 514 ; ek sjeri {jik f. alia krapta Krists
ok manndom ^inn, Nj. 176. Vil. for, at, denoting value, price ;
fyrir J)rjar merkr, /or three marks. Eg. 714; cr sik leysti lit f. {)rju
hundruS marka, Fms. ix. 421 ; ganga f. huiidra6, to pass or go for a
hundred, D.I. i. 316 : — also of the thing bought, {(ii skalt rei6a f. hana
J)rjar merkr, thou shaltpayfor her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir J)ik skulu
koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57 ; baetr f. vig, Isl. ii. 374 ; bsetr f. mann, Eg. 259,
passim; fyrir averka Jjorgeirs kom legorSs-sokin, Nj. loi : — so in the
phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir ongan mun, by no
means, Fms. i. 9, 157, G\>\. 531 : — hafSi hverr {jcirra mann f. sik, e5a
tva . . . , each slew a man or more for himself, i.e. they sold their lives dearly,
(5. H. 217. 2. ellipt., i staSinn f., instead of, Grag. i. 61 ; her vil ek
bj63a f. g65 bo&, Nj. 77 ; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161 ; svara sliku f.
sem .... Boll. 350 ; J)er skulut ongu f. tyna nema lifinu, you shall lose
nothing less than your head, Nj. 7. VIII. by means of, by,
through; fyrir \iat sama or5, Stj. ; fyrir sfna natturu, Fms. v. 162 ; fyrir
messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir {)inn krapt ok frelsis-hond. Pass. 19. 12 ;
svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63, — this use of fyrir seems to be a
Latinism, but is very freq.in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N.T.,
Pass., Vidal. ; fyrir munn Davi5s, through the mouth of David, etc. : — in
good old historical writings such instances are few ; J)eir hlutu&u f. kast
{by dice), Sturl. ii. 159. IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn,
N. G. L. i. 1 5 1 ; fyrir vitor3 e8r vilja e-s, against one's will or knowledge,
Grag. ii. 348 ; kvdngask (giptask) f. raS e-s, i. 177, 178, {>iSr. 190; mi
fara menn f. bann (in spite of an etnbargo) landa a milli, GJ)1. 517 ; hann
gaf henni lif f. framkvaemd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her
journey {her vow), Fms. v. 223 ; fyrir vart lof, vi. 220 ; fyrir allt J)at, in
spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed. ; fyrir ra& fram, heedlessly ; fyrir log
fram, vide fram. X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ' at,'
C. II, p. 27, col. I ; scarcely found in old writers (who use 'at'), but freq.
in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers
' at vin ;' hafa e-n f. fifl, fol, to make sport of one. 2. in old writers
some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl.
i. 3 ; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16 ; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe,
Nj.135 ; koma f. eitt, /o cowe (/wr/j) a// /o o;2e, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208;
koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, fsl. ii. 215 ; fyrir hitt mun
ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93 ; fyrir hann er einskis orvxnt or3s
ne verks, from him everything may be expected, fsl. ii. 326 ; hafa e-s viti f
varna8, to have another's faults for warning, Sol. 19. XI. joined
with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norSan, litan,
iunan, framan, handan, ofan, neSan, either with a following ace. denoting
^direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan . . . fjall, east, south of the fell, i,
the eastern, southern side ; fyrir neSan brii, below the bridge ; fyrir
fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan k,ht
the river ; fyrir innan gar9, inside the yard; fyrir ofan gar6, above, bevr,
the yard, etc. ; vide these adverbs : — -used adverb., fyrir sunnan, ii
south ; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir nor6an, in the north ; fyrir aust
in the east, — current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the count
cp. the ditty in Esp. Arb. year 1 530 ; but not freq. in old writers, who simj
say, norSr, su6r . . . , cp. Kristni S. ch. i : absol. and adverb., fyrir of
uppermost ; fyrir handan, on the other side : — fyrir litan e-t, except, sa
Anal. 98, Vkv. 8 ; fyrir fram, vide fram.
gU* For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163-167 and below :
fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, teir
and metaph. furthering oi*the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-be
etc. p. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -vi5
etc. 2. in an intens. sense = 6e/bre others, very, but not fn
for-dyld, -g65r, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -ku9r, -h'till, -Ijotr, -pris, -r:
-snjallr. II. (cp. fyrir, ace, C, IX), in a neg. or priv. sense
few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e.g. •
aS, -atta, -dae&a, -nam, -naemi, -sending, -skop, -verk, -ve8ja, -vi5a, -vi
-ynja, -yrtir ; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular :
a later time more words of the same kind crept in : 1. as earl'
writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-bo8, -baenir, -djarfa, -da
(fyrir-da3ma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -])6ttr ; fyrir-bj66a, -fara, -gora, -ko
-kunna, -lita, -muna, -maela, -vega, -ver6a. 2. introduced in sc
words at the time of the Reformation through Luther's Bible and Gen
hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e.g. for-brj6ta,-d)
-lata, -likast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -soma, -standa, -svara, -J)enusta,
several others ; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, In
chiefly used in eccl. writings : — it is curious that if the pronoun be pi,
after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in ir
cases reversed ; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can 1
mean to arrange; so also fyrir-maela, to curse, and maela fyrir, ft sj
for; for-baenir, but bi9ja fyrir e-m, etc. ; in the latter case the senv
good and positive, in the former bad and negative ; this seems to pi
clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.
fyrir-banna, aS, to forbid, Skm. 34.
f3rrir-benda, d, to forebode, Stj. 87.
fyrir-bending, L foreboding, Bs. i. 45.
fyrir-birting, f. revelation, Barl. passim.
fyrir-bj63a, bauS, to forbid, Bs. i. 682, 683, N. G. L. i. 351,
276, K.A. 54, no.
fyrir-bo3a, ad, to forebode; part., Greg. 16.
fsrrir-boSan, i. foreboding, Magn. 488, Fms. viii. 3, Eb. 28. 1
fyrir-bo5ning, t forbidding, Edda 120.
fyrir-boSsraaSr, m. a bidder to a feast, Fms. v. 332.
fyrir-bon, f., in pi. cz^rses = forbaenir, Sturl. iii. 45 : in a good .si|,
begging, pleading, (mod.) ;
fyrir-burSr, m. an appearance, vision, spectre, Nj. 118, Fms. ri !,
229, 404, xi. 289, Bs. i. 184, Eb. 28, 218, 272, Sd. 174, passim.
fyrir-blia, bjo, to prepare, Greg. 18, Fms. i. 138, N. T. passim.
fyrir-bTinaflr, m. preparation, Stj. 127, Fms. vii. 87, x. 236.
fyrir-buningr, m. id., Hkr. iii. 240.
fyrir-drifa, dreif, to drive away, Th. 16 (fordrifa).
fyTiT-dsem.a, d, to condemn, K. A. 220, Hom.126, Rb. 338, Fnis.i. j.
fyrir-dsemiligr, adj. dajnnable, H. E. i. 514.
fyrir-dseming, f. damnation, Greg. 17, H.E. i. 514, Stj. 21. I
fyrir-fara, for, to destroy, N. G. L. i. 340 : to forfeit, K. A. 1 28 : ri <.
to perish. Post. 59, N. T. passim. ' \
fyrir-farandi, part, preceding, Vm. 12, Bs. i. 682, 720.
fyrir-fari, a, m. a foreboding, Bs. i. 682.
fyrir-feflr, m. p\. forefathers, Barl. 206. |
fyrir-ferS, f. a going before, Stj. 353: — bulk, fyrirferSar-mi il»
adj. bulky.
fyrir-folk, n. great folk, persons of distinction, Hkr. ii. 381.
fyrir-fur5a, u, f. a foreboding, sign, mark, Fs. 125. I
fyrir-ganga, u, f. a walking ahead, leading, Fms. ii. 7j, v. 72. I
fyrir-gefa, gaf, to forgive, Nj. 170, Hom. 44, Sks. 579, N.T. pa!'|-
fyrir-gefning/ f. forgiveness, Rb. 336, Th. 78, Fms. viii. 44." (■)■
no, N. T. passim. |
fyrir-gengiligr, adj. ^/nc/bec?, worn out. !
fyrir-gleyma, d, to forget, Barl. (rare.) '
fsrrir-gleyming, i'.forgetfulness, Sks. 607, (rare.)
fyrir-gora, b, to forfeit, N. G. L. i. 341, Eg. 495, K. A. 70, Nj. ;
fyrir-heit, n. a promise, Fms. i. 217 : esp. in a sacred sense, Stj ''■
336, N. T. passim : a presage, Fms. vi..63, v. 1.
f3rrir-h.uga, b, to premeditate.
fyrir-hugsan, i. forethought, Stj. 10, Barl. 127.
fyrir-byggja, u, f. (-hygsla, N.G.L. i. 215), forethought, pre;
Fms. ii. 121, Ld. 186, Hkr. ii. 102, H.E. i. 387, v. 1. (freq.)
Hh flyrir-hofn, f. trouble, toil.
FYRIRKOMA— FYRRI.
183
f if-koma, kom, to destroy, put to death, with dat., Al. 132, Vigl. 22,
i. 9 : to prevent, avert, Korm. 208, Sks. 706 ; J)a var sva fyrir-
ojit magiii t)eirra (cp. Germ, vorkommen), Fms. viii. 53.
f irkomu-lag, n. arrangement.
f;ir-kona, u, f. a woman of distinction, a lady, Fms. ii. 22.
f ir-konimgr, ni. a distinguished king. Fas. iii. 188.
f-jir-kunna, kunni ; f. e-n e-s, to blame one for a thing, to take a
amiss. Eg. 254; eigi vil ek fyrirkunna t)ik |)essa or6a, O. H. 57,
assim : with dat. of the thing, to be displeased at, Str. 9.
ir-kve3a, kva3, to re/use, Fms. x. 382, Sturl. i. 37, Thorn. 21, 23 :
, en fyrirkveflask eigi at taka saettir, Fb. iii. 451.
ir-ldta, let, with ace, /o /f/^o, g-iVeji'/), Fms. i. 1, 156, viii. 2 6l,x.379 :
sake, i. 1 29, Mar. passim, Rb. 412. 2. with dat. of the person, ace.
! thing, to forgive, Fms. ix. 383, 410, Dipl. iv. 8 : — in eccl. sense, H.E.
, GJ)!. 41, K. A. 206 ; cp. forlata, which is more freq. in mod. usage.
ir-l^tning, f. forgiveness.
ir-ldtr, a.d]. forgiving, mild, Fms. xi. 429.
rldt-samr, adj. (-semi, f.) ; ekki f., stubborn, Bs. i. 683.
T-leggja, lagSi, to lay aside, forsake, Stj. 148 : reflex., fyrirleggjask
t, to leave a thitig alone, Bs. i. 194 : part. fyrir-lag3r,/orsa>te;/, 823.
r-leitinn, adj. circumspect, 0. H. 145 ; eigi f. (and in mod. usage
leitinn), not circumspect, i. e. violent, Grett. 24 new Ed.
r-leitni, f. circumspection. Fas. iii. 175 ; lifyrirleitni, rashness.
r-liggja, la; f. ser, to fall (of a woman), N. G. L. i. 213, 233.
r-litligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), contemptible, Stj. 244.
r-litning, f. contempt, Sturl. i. 64, 655 xxvii. 2.
r-llta, leit, to look down on, despise, Lat. despicere (cp. the preced-
ords), Greg. 39, Bias. 44, Lv. 95, Sks. 270, Magn. 442, Fms. vi. 286,
4, X. 256, Hkr. i. 104, N. T., freq. in mod. usage: — to forsake,
vii. 174 (rare), vide forlata.
r-ljiiga, laug, to forswear by lies, Fms. viii. 293 : f. trii sinni, to
'.ar one's faith, Karl. 38 : with ace. to slander. Fas. iii. 307.
r-maSr, m. a foreman, chief, Fms. ix. 341, 483, Ld. 106, Nj. 106 :
thetter, one who excels others, Fms. xi. 326 : a predecessor, Bs. i. 733 :
id. usage in pi. :^ir-nieim, people of distinction.
p-mannligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), like a distinguished man, Fms. xi.
Ivd. 90.
r-muna, pres. -man, pret. -mundi, in mod. usage -a5, (-munar,
i6i, -muna3) : — to grudge one a thi?ig ; f. e-m e-s, eigi er {)at satt, at
rirmuna J)er vi8arins, Ld. 318 ; ek fyrirman ekki {jorgilsi J)essarar
, 258, Fms. vi. 59, x. 110, Grett. 159 new Ed., Fas. i. 205, Orkn.
s. 68, 6. H. 61 : with infin., Sks. 554.
I r-mjmd, fyrir-myndan, f. [Germ, vorbild'], a prototype, example.
Iji'-masla, t, to swear, Grett. 94 new Ed., Bs. ii. 60, GJ)1. 218.
||r-nema, nam, with ace, f. e-t, to withhold, N. G. L. i. 4, cp. mod.
■j:a; f. e-m mill, to deprive one of speech, make one silent, Ls. 57 : —
',' reflex., fyrirnem^sk e-t, to forbear, N.G.L. i.579, Grt'-S^' Sturl. i. 2.
|lr-r6.sari, a, m. a forerunner, Sks. 43.
r-reimari, a, m. id., Hom. 105, Stj. 441.
r-nim, n. the first room or chief cahin in old ships of war, in the
part of the ship next the lypting, as is clear from passages such as,
op Olafr konungr or lyptingunni ok i fyrirrumit, Fms. x. 360 ; hann
'jtr i fyrirniminu, vii. 185, viii. 223, x. 360, 362, Hkr. i. 302,
148 : — but Grett. 113 (new Ed.), speaking of a boat pulled by three
distinguishes between hals, fyrirrum, skutr, bow, midship (mod. Icel.
ipa), and stern, fyrirnims-inenn, m. pi. one placed in the f., cp.
midshipman, Fms. vii. 223, viii. 224: — metaph. phrase, hafa e-6 i
imi, to keep a thing in the fore-hold, i. e. to give preference to it.
I'-raegja, S, to 'foredo' one by lies and slander, N. G. L. i. 57.
r-sd,t, f. (less correct fyrir-s^tr, n., Fms. x. 341), an ambush, Nj.
')0, Ld. 220, Fms. ii. 296, Fs. 33, Valla L. 225.
r-segja, sag3i, to foretell, Fms. i. 141.
r-setning, f., gramm. a preposition, Skalda 180.
r-sj6n, f. a laughing-stock, Bs. i. 155.
r-skipa, a8, to order, prescribe, Barl. 69, 72.
r-skipan, f. an ordinance, Stj. 621.
r-skj6ta, skaut, to make void, N. G. L. i. 52, 53, G^]. 268.
r-skyrta, u, f. a 'fore-shirt,' apron, Hdl. 46, ^orst. Si5u H. 178.
r-smd, b, to despise. Thorn. 23.
r-spd, f. 'fore-spaeing,' prophecy, Sturl. i. 115 C.
r-stafla, u, f. a standing before one, Grag. ii. 14 : mod. obstacle.
I'-standa, st66, to understand. Fas. ii. 298, Fms. viii. 54, v. 1.
r-stela, stal, to forfeit by stealing, Jb. 417, Js. 129.
r-stj6mari, a, m. an overseer, Sturl. i. i.
r-svara, a6, to answer for. Band. 22 new Ed.
r-sverja, s6r, to forsxvear, renounce by oath, Fms. x. 396, 419 :
to forswear 07ieself, Horn. i^\.
r-88Bti, n. a fore-seat, Sturl. i. 21.
i:-^^gTa.,i. 'fore-saying,' i.e. dictation,instruction,Vm?,,\\\.226,Gra.g.
'• I33> Fs. 21, Stj. 190, 355 : style, Rb. 2 : prophecy, 655 xxxi
r-s6ngr, m. the * fore-song' or prelude in a service, Fms. vii. 198.
fyrir-tak, n. prominence; fyrirtaks-gfifur, f. pi. prominent gifts,
and in many other compds.
fyrir-taka, tok, to deny, refuse, Bs. i. 758, Eras. ii. 65, Jomsv. 50, Ld.
186: to forbid, H.E. i. 456.
fyrir-tekt, f. waywardness, caprice.
fyrir-tseki, n. what is taken in band, a task.
fyrir-tdlTir, f. pi persuasion, Fms. ix. 52, x. 301, xi. ir, Horn. 52.
fyrir-vaf, n. the weft.
fyrir-vari, a, m. precaution, Fs. 65.
fyrir-varp, n. a 'fore-warp,' dam, Bs. i. 315.
fyrir-vega, va, to forfeit by manslaughter, N. G. L. i. 64, Fms. v. loi.
fyrir-verSa, vard, to vanish, collapse; J)a m\ ok fyrirvard allt sem
mold, 656 A. 2. 5, SI. 27; sva sem augu flrverfta sem eigi taka Ixknis
lyf, 656 B. 12 :— so also, fyrirverSa sik, to be destroyed, Stj. 25 ; also to
be ashamed, Clem. 34, freq. in mod. usage in this last sense, otherwise
obsolete : — and reflex, to perish, collapse, Stj. 91, 118, 149, Str. 66.
fyrir-vinna, u, f. = forverk.
fyrir-vinnask, vannsk, dep. to forbear doing a thing, Bs. i. 541 fciSr
140, Grett. 78 new Ed. ot ,r -
fyxir-vinnendr, part. = fyriryrkjendr, Hm.
fyrir-vissa, u, f. a foreboding, Stj. 81.
fyrir-vist, f. = forysta, q.v., Sturl. iii. 270, Eb. 126.
fyrir-yrkjendr, part. pi. (forverk), workmen, labourers, N.G.L. i. 98.
fyrir-setlan, f. a design, Nj.9, Eg. 467, Bs. i.404, fsl. ii.355, Skalda 170.
FYRNASK, d, [fom], to get old, to decay, N. G. L. i." 37 : as a law
term, of a claim, to be lost by lapse of time, Jja fyrnisk su skuld, 24 ;
legorSs-sok engi fyrnisk, Grag. i. 349 ; sii sok fyrnisk aldregi, 361 :—to
^^ forgotten, bans nafn mun aldri fyrnask. Fas. i. 43 : — with dat. of the
person, with the notion of past evils, henni fyrndisk aldri fall 6lafs
konungs, she never forgot king Olave's death, Fms. v. 126 ; Jjotti honum
ser J)a skjotara fyrnask liflat Droplaugar, Dropl. 9 ; allitt fyrnisk mer {)at
enn, Korm. 172 ; henni matti eigi fyrnask vi& Svia konung, at . . ., (5.H.
51 : the saying, fyrnisk vinskapr sem fundir (mod. svo fyrnask astir sem
fundir), Fms. ii. 62 : part, decayed, fallinn ok fyrndr, Stj. ; kirkja fyrnd ok
folnu6, Bs. i.198; fcilnar fold, fyrnist allt og maeaist (a ballad). II.
mod. in act. to lay up stores; fyrna hey, etc.
fyrnd, f. age, antiquity, Dipl. ii. 5, Sks. 517; esp. in the phrase, i fynidinni,
in times of yore, 625. 170, Fas. i. 513, Sks. 67 -.—decay, dilapidation, Pm.
122, Bs. i. 293 : — a law term, loss of a claim by lapse of time, Thorn. 76.
fyming, f. decay, Grag. ii. 267 : pi. fyrningar, old stores left from last
year, hey-f., matar-f., etc., (mod.)
fyrnska, u, f., prop, age; slitin, fiiinn af f., worn, rotten from age, Stj.
366 : decay, Grag. ii. 268 : at fymsku, /row olden times, N. G. L. i. 45 ;
i fyrnskunni, in days of yore, Str. i : — a law term = fyrnd, skal Jjar eigi
f. fyrir ganga, N. G. L. i. 249 : — old lore, witchcraft, Fb. i. 231, Fs. 131.
fyTn8ku-hd.ttr, m. old fashion, Fms. xi. 430.
FYRB, compar. adv. soo/jer; P YRST, superl. _;?rs/, soowes/; [cp.
Goih.faurpis = irpurov, irpoTepov, and faurpizei = irpiy; Engl. for-7ner ;
Swed.-Dzn. for, forst; Lzt. prius.'] I. compzT. sooner, before ; J)vi
betr J)ykki mer er ver skiljum fyrr, the sooner we part the better. Fas. ii.
535 ; at v6r braeSr myndim J)etta fyrr giirt hafa, Nj. 61 ; veitti Eirekr fyrr,
Landn. 216 : fyrr enn, before that, Lat. priusquam, enginn ve-t sina aefina ,
fyrr en oil er (a saying) ; fyrr enn ek hefir eignask allan Nortg, Fms. i. 3,
Nj. 5, Stj. 135, Ld. 176. 2. before; ekki hefi ek J)ar fyrr verit, er . . . ,
Eb. 224; sem engi veit fyrr gort hafa verit, K. A. 28 ; sva sem fyrr sogSum
ver, Fms. x. 366. II. superl._;?rs/ ; fyrst sinna kynsmanna, Ld. 162 ;
J)a sok fyrst er fyrst er fram s6g6, Grag. i. 79 ; sa fyrst (Jirst) er hanum
var first {last) bo6it, N.G.L. i. 14: first, in the beginning, foremost,
opp. to si6arr or siSast, Eirekr veitti fyrst vel ok rikmannliga en Hall-
steinn sidarr, Landn. 216, v. 1. ; gekk Hriitr fyrst, foremost, Nj. 6 ; hrepp-
soknar-menn eru fyrst aSiljar at J)essum sokum, Grag. i. 295 ; at eisi so
fyrst {for a while) samlendir, Isl. ii. 386. p. sem fyrst, as soon as possible,
Nj. 4, Eg. 602. 2. for that, because, as, very freq. in mod. usage,
but hardly ever found in old writers ; and the following passages — fyrst ^in
bon kemr {)ar til, Bar&. 171 ; fyrst hestunum matti eigi vi6 koma, Sturl.
i. 19 ; fyrst hon er karls dottir. Fas. i. 22 — are all taken from paper MSS. ;
Bar&. new Ed. 20 has ' siSan J)u leggr J)at til,' and Sturl. MS. Brit. Mus.
the proper word ' er.' III. as imitations of Latin supradictus or
praedictus are the following — k fyrr-greindum arum (j6r3um), aforesaid,
Vm. 44, Dipl. ii. 4; fyrr nefndr, afore-named, Stj., Bs. passim, but never
in old vernacular writings. fyrr-meir, adv. 'fore-more,' i. e. formerly,
informer tifnes, fsl. ii. 365, Finnb. 212, Lv. 64, H.E. i. 434.
fyrra, u, f., the phrase, i fyrrunni, /orw^r/y, Stj. 10.
FYBKI, compar. ad], former ; FYBSTR, superl. the first, fore-
most: I. compar., y5ra fyrri fraendr, Fms. i. 282 ; fyrra sumar,
the former summer, before the last, Grag. i. 38 ; enn fyrra hlut vetrar, in the
former part of winter , Eg. 713 ; spur6isk eigi til Jjeirra heldr en til enna fyrri,
6. H. 12$ ; Drottins dag (annan dag viku) inn fyrra i t)ingi, Grag. i. 49 (the
parliament lasted about a fortnight) ; enn fyrra sunnudag, N. G. L. i. 348 ;
i fyrra dag, the day before yesterday, Hav. 50 ; i fyrra sumar, the summer
before last, id.j me8 hinum fyrrum fotum, with the fore feet (mod. me6
.t^
184
FYRRUM— FiERA.
fram-f6tunum), Baer. 9 ; ffitia ek a engan inann at leita fyrri, Fins. vi. 109 ;
vera e-m fyrri at e-u, to get the start of one, Hni. 122 ; usually ver9a f.
til e-s, verda fyrri til hciggs, Ulf. 7. 56. II. supcrl. the first; Jjaer
sakar skal allar fyrstar scgja fram, Grtig. i. 38 ; ef si'i verSr eigi buinn til
er fyrstr hefir hloti&, id. ; enn fyrsta aptan er J)eir koma til ^ings, 100 ;
eigi fellr troviS hit fyrsta hogg (a saying), Nj. 224.
fyrrum, aAv. formerly, before. Fins. i. 268, ix. 422, Hkr. i. 80.
FimSA, t, [fors], to gush, stream in torrents, Stj, 414.
fyrsi, n. gushing in torrents ; hvit-fyrsi, Thoni. 21.
fyrsta, u, f., in the phrase, i fyrstunni or i fyrstu, in the beginning, at
first, Stj. 293, Fins. x. 265 ; ( iyvsiM, first, i. 2.
FYRVA, 6, [forve], to ebb ; j)a6an ur fjoru er fyrvir litast, Grag. i. 356,
380 : metaph. to fall short, to lack, ok skal telja J)aim dag nie& er a fyrvir,
the lacking day shall be counted with the rest, Rb. i8l2. 72 ; gjalda fiat
er a furSi (afur8i MS.), Grag. ii. iSo.
FYS, n., better fis, [Gtxm.fese ; O. H. G.fesa ; Gr. w/cros], prop, of the
husks of beans, any S7nall light substance; sem fys, Ps. i. 4.
fysa, a3, in the phrase, e-m er ekki fysa3 saman, a thing not put slightly
together, well knit, Fms. iii. 590.
F"^, 'mter].fye ! skalf a hnakka hy \ hverr ma8r kva&75'. Sturl. i. 22.
f^la, u, f. [^(uW], foulness, stink. Fas. iii. 171, Fms. x. 213 ; of a person,
a dirty, paltry fellow, Sturl. ii. 135 ; fylur enn ekki dugandi menn, Fbr.
211; helvitis-fylur, Ni&rst. 107 ; fiski-fyla, q. v.
f^ls-enni, a nickname, prob. Gaelic, Landn.
f^i, n.fir, = fura. f;^i-sk6gr, m.fir-wood, Karl. 326, Fms. vii. 236.
f^i, n.fire. Lex. Poet. ; vide fiirr.
FYSA, t, [fiiss], to exhort; fysa e-n e-s, with ace. of the person, gen.
of the thing, Fms. xi. 22 ; au9heyrt er |)at hvers J)ii fy'sir, Ld. 266 : with
infin., Nj. 47, Fb. ii. 13 : absol.. Eg. 242. 2. impers., mik fysir, I
wish, Fms. vi. 238, viii. 412 ; hverr hafi J)at er hann mest fysir til, Nj.
197; sv;'i skjott sem hann fysir til, Fms. xi. 437 ; f^sir konung til a
sund at fara, Al. 22 ; J)ik fysi at kanna annarra manna si9u, Ld. 164:
in the reflex, form the impers. usage disappears, ek fysumk aptr at hverfa,
Sks, 3, Fms. vi. 398; fystisk Astri6r J)a at fara J)angat, i. 77; fysask
himneskra hluta, to wish for heavenly things, Greg. 31 ; hann kva6sk eigi
fysask til Islands at sva biiuu, Nj. 1 23. 3. part, fysendr, exhorlers ;
niargir voru {)ess fysendr, Sturl. ii. 175.
fysari, a, ni. a persuader, 655 ii. 8.
f;:^si, f. a wish, desire, Fms. i. 184, vi. 57, vii. 281, ix. 277, Landn. 201,
Fs. 23, Stj. 42, 145, Bs. i. 167, Horn. 47.
f;f8i-liga, adv. willingly, Fms. ii. 239: desirably, viii. 47.
f:^si-ligr, adj. agreeable, 656 B. 5, Sks. 29 : winning, winsome, attrac-
tive. Eg. 30, 116, Nj. 131, Eluc. 51, Sks. 2, v.l.
fysing, f. exhortation. Fas. i. 225.
f:^st, mod. f;^sn, f. = fy'si, Fms. i. 117, xi. 244, Fs. 22, Magn. 468, Str.
66 ; fra ]pessa heims fystum ok girndum, Stj. 148 ; rangar fystir, Fms. v.
217, Stj. 149: in eccl. sense the Gr. kniOv^ia is sometimes rendered by
fysn (e. g. fysn holdsins, f. augnanna, i John ii. 16 ; heimrinn og hans f.,
17), though more freq. by girnd {lust) : fysn is used much like Germ.
neigung = impulse, inclination : it occurs in a great many compds, as fr69-
leiks-fysn, lestrar-f., lasrdoms-f., nams-f., desire for knowledge, learning;
andleg f., holdleg f., spiritual, carnal desire; kaerleiks f . ; mannlegar
fysnir, human affections.
F..ffiD, f. [far, zd].], fewness, scantiness, Fms. i. 291. II. cold-
ness, cold intercourse, cp. far, fiorb. 65 ; faeS hefir verit a me6 J)eim,
Glum. 373; hann gorfti fcea a vi3 Kalf, Fms. v. 126, vi. 30, 110, 243,
xi. 327, passim: melancholy, en er dro at Jolum tok Eire'kr fse3 mikla
ok var liglaSari en hann atti vana til, |jorf.Karl. 404.
F..aEBA, dd, [i.e. fcE3a; cp. Goi\i.f6dian; A.S. fcdan; Engl feed;
Germ, fiittern; Swed. foda; D^n.fdde']:— to feed, give food to, Symh.
28, Rb. 82, Fms. ix. 490, Nj. 236, Grag. i. 43, K. J,. K. 50 ; fceSa barn a
brjosti, to feed a bairn at the breast, Bs. i. 666 -.—to feed, of sheep, Dropl.
14. 2. to rear, bring up, N. G. L. i. 239, 351 ; ef maSr fseSir barn
oSrum manni, Grag. i. 276; hann fxddi Helga (dat.) barn, Dropl. 14;
fostra sii er maSr hefir faedda, Grag. ii. 60 ; Tcit faeddi Hallr i Haukadalii
lb. 14 ; mik fasddi Gamaliel, 655 xvi. B. 3. II. /o give birth to ';
fa;ddi Bergljot sveinbam, Fms. i. 31, 6. H. 122 ; til barn er fatt, N. G. L.
i. 340 ; litlu si8ar ficddi hon barn, 6. H. 144. III. reflex, to feed,
live on a thing; vi5 hvat faiddisk kyrin, Edda 4, Stj. 16 : metaph., Bs. i.
166 :—to be brought up, ])at voru nafra;udr Bjarnar ok hofdu meft honum
faeazk. Eg. 253 : esp. adding upp, faeddusk ^ar upp synir HildiriSar, 25,
Fms, 1. 4, 187, Edda 18 : — to be born, freq. in mod. usage ; fseddr, part.
born, 625. 93 ; J)ar var Kristr faeddr, Symb. 29.
fseSa, u, f.food, Stj. 19, 39, 149, Fms. ii. 139.
f833i, n.food, Fms. vi. 164, Stj. 22.
feeaing, f. birth, delivery, Stj. 198, 248, passim.
f8e3ingi, a, m. a native, Fms. i. 130, x. 225, Ld. 24, fciSr, 12^. Karl.
434, R6m. 184. t' f :»
feeflir, m., poiit. a feeder, breeder. Lex. Poet.
faeSsla and fsozla, u, I food, 625. 91, Fms. iii. 136, viii. 3I, x. 367,
Greg. 64, Sks. ao, 784, Sturl. i. 20 (Ed. fetlima, qs. fetzluna), Stj. 29, 5a,
.du
rh.
'61. COMPDS : fsBbshi-lavi&s, zd). without food,E.om.ioj. fas
leysi, n. want of food, Fas. iii. 8.
fsegi-ligr, adj. [faga], neat, polished, Stj. 22, 42, Bret. 24.
F^G-JA, 6, [Germ, fegen'], to cleanse, polish, Sks. 43, 234, Fm:
416 : medic, faegja sai, to cleanse a wound, Rd. 283, Gliim. 383, Fbr,
eldr var a golfi ok velgdi hon vatn til at faegja sar, 0. H. 222, Horn. '
fsekka, v. fsetta.
FJELA, d, [fala], to frighten, drive away by fright, Grag. ii. iK
f. \>d i braut, Nj. 104 : reflex, to be frightened, of horses or the like ;
landvaettir faldisk vi6, Landn. 258 ; ef menn skaka e6r skella at hr^
sva at J)au faelisk vi6, Grag. ii. 234, Fms. vi. 335 ; fjeldusk hestar Gr
Al. 142, Bs. i. 8 ; J)etta falask Skraelingjar, |jorf. Karl. 424.
FJELA, 6, [i. e. fcela from fol], to fool, mock, Clem. 44 ; \t\x r
skjott hafa faelt J)ik ok sva verit. El. 14, 18; lesi hann, fyrr ci
librum Machabaeorum, Al. 22.
feeling, f. a frightening, Fms. xi. 160.
f£Blinn, adj. s*^, of a horse, Grett. 25 new Ed. ; myrk-f., afraid of the
faslni, f. shyness,fright, of a horse: myrk-f.,/rar ofdarktiess, of chil
FJEB, f. a sheep ; in Swed.-Dan. /aar and/ar are the usual woi
sheep; but in Icel. it is almost unknown; it occurs in Skalda 162
now and then in the compd feer-sauSr, m., spelt fjar-sauSr, T
(prop, a 'sheep-sheep,' sau6r being the common Icel. word for sheei,..,,
45. 177' 235, N. G. L. i. 75, K.Jj.K. 130; from faer is also derive i:he
name Feer-eyjar, f. pi. the Faroe Islands {Sheep-islands) ; Fasr-e
adj., and FeDr-eyingar, m. pi. the Faroe Islanders; described by
as plenae innumerabilibus ovibus, p. 30 (Ed. 1807): faer is a i
Scandin. word, and seems to be formed from the gen. of fe (fjar).
FJEEA, 3, [from far, n., difterent from the following word, havin
root vowel], to slight, tawit one, with dat.; ok fera JDeim eigi i orB
verkum, offend them not in words nor acts, Hom. 5 7 : mod., faera at e-r
F.^IIA, 6, [i. e. foera;, a trans, verb formed from the pret. of far
not in Ulf. ; A.S. fergan ovferjan; Eng\. to ferry ; Germ, fiihren;
fore; Swed. /ora] : — to bring ; a very freq. word, as the Germ, and
' bring' was unknown in the old Scandin., as in mod. Icel. ; the Dan.
and Swed. bringa are mod. and borrowed from Germ. ; faera fe til
Nj. 4 ; faera barn til skirnar, K. f.. K. 2 passim ; ef |)orvaldr vaeri f;
J)angat, if Th. could be carried thither, Sturl. i. 157. 2. to
present; haf3i {jorolfr heim marga dyrgripi ok faer6i fo3ur sini
m63ur, Eg. 4 ; Jer munut f. mer h6fu6 hans, 86 ; fxra e-m hofu& :
surrender to one, Emj. x. 261 ; faera forn, to bring offerings, Stj.p:
faera tak, to offer, give bail, GJ)1. 122: the phrase, koma faerandi
to come with bringing hand, i. e. to bring gifts. 3. phrase;
omaga a hendr e-m, of forced alimentation, Grag. (3. |j. passim ; f
J)yf3ar, to bring an action for theft, Grag. i. 429 ; ficra e-t til sanns
to make a thing right, assert the truth of it, 655 xxviii. 2 ; fa;ra all;
til betra vegar, to turn all things to the best acco7int ; Jjat er gjcirtae
faerir til meira mals, and leads to a more serious case, Grag. i. 429 ' 1 :
faera til bana, to put to death, Rb. 398 ; faera i hlj66mseli, to hush 1.
51 ; faera i litlegS, to bring to outlawry, banish, Rb. 414 ; fsra til K
to bring to Christ, convert, Fms. xi. 408 ; faera sik i sett, to vindical ;i«i
kinship (by a gallant deed), Sturl. ii. 197 ; er J)u faer3ir J)ik me& ski'ng-
skap i J)ina aett, shewed thee to be worthy of thy friends, Ghim. 338. I 4.
special usages ; faera fra, to wean lambs in the spring, Vm. 13, henitra-
faerur, q. v. ; faera e-n af baki, to throw one, of a horse, Grtig. ii. 95 jeia
ni9r korn, saeSi, to put down corn, seed, i. e. to sow, Nj. 169 ; tiu sal JiS-
faer9, Vm. 55 ; salds sae6i ni9r faert, D. I. i. 476, Orkn. 462 ; faara e-i
to keep one under, in swimming, Ld. 168 ; faera upp, to lift up, >
faera upp, a cooking term, to take out the meat {of the kettle), 247 ;
sundr, to split asunder, Grett. 151 (of logs) ; faera til, to adduce as a r(
faera vi9 baki9 (si9una, etc.), to present the back {side, etc.) to a blow Ins.
vi. 1 5, Korm. 6 ; faera e-n fram, to maintain, feed, Grag. passim ; fxra ' '
to utter, protiounce, Skalda 178; as a law term, to produce (faera fram
vorn), Grag. passim; faera fe a vetr, to bring sheep to winter, i. <'-.■
them infold, Grag. ch. 224 ; faera e-t a hendr e-m, to charge one |H
thing, 656 A. 1 . 3 ; faera skiJmm at e-m, to sneer at one, Eg. 2 lo ; faera j--n,
to mock one, Fms. v. 90, but see fxra (from far) ; faera e-t saman, tol'tg
a thing about, Sturl. i. 139 C ; faera kvajfii, to deliver a poem, Lcjl4'
Landn. 197, 199. 5. to remove, change ; faera kirkju, to ret '
church, in rebuilding it, K. |3.K. 38, cp. Eb. fine; faera bein, Bja :
Lat. translatio ; faera mark, lo change the mark on cattle, Grag. i
faera landsmerki, to remove the landmarks, ii. 219 : metaph., fxra ti
mals, to turn into plain language, viz. into prose, Edda 126 ; faera Ii
sitt, to change one's abode, Grag. i. I46 ; faera lit bu6arveggi, '«•■
large the walls, Isl. ii. 293. II. reflex, to bring, cany Oi|V'
hann gat faersk J)ar at, he dragged himself thither, Fms. vi. 15; ' '
vi9, to strain, exert oneself. Eg. 233 ; faerask i aukana, to strive with -
and main, vide auki ; faerask at, to bestir oneself, Fms. vii. 243 ;
ekki at faerask, to be unable to do anything, 220, 265 ; sva hraed
J)eir mattu ekki at f., so frightened that they coidd do nothing, 655 >••
22 ; fa;rask e-t or fangi, to withhold from, vide fang; faerask nw\,>'>
withhold; fsra undan svkum, to plead not guilty, Fms, ;ii. ?5l ; bei'iii
F^RD— FOXOTTR.
185
fierask undan, to carry iron (as an ordeal) in order to quit oneself, v.
I?; ferask a. faetr, to grow up, Ld. 54; aldr fxrisk (passes) e-n, one
itws up, Fs. 3, Kb. 346; tvimaelit fasrisk af, is removed, Lv. 52.
tord, f. the condition of a road, passage, from snow, rain, etc. ; ill f.,
iirl. iii. 22 ; |)ung f., Fms. ii. 75, freq.
tori, n. a being within reach; and as a shooting term, a range, Fms.
12, viii. 49, Nj. 63, Eg. 115, Ver. 26: a match for one, Ld. 116, Fms.
27; ekki barna f., no match for bairns, Hav. 52: in pi. allit., fc
r f., money or means, Gnig. i. 62, a.t;^ : the phrase, vera i forum til e-s
lod. um c-t), to be able to do a thing, Grett. no C, Fms. xi. 265 ;
j;fl-faeri, e.g. J)aS er ekki mitt me3-faeri, it is no match for me: — siing-
iri, hlj66-f., a musical instrument ; \e.\h?tr-i., fishing gear ; verk-f., tools ;
il-f., organs of speech ; tseki-f., occasion. compds : fseri-leysi, n.
nt of means, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 12. fseri-vandr, adj. cautious, Rd.
faeri-vdn, t'. opportunity, Gisl. (in a verse). fseri-veSr, n.
ather fit for a journey, Eb. 482, 485, Fms. xi. 374.
eri, n. a fishing-line, Vigl. 46, freq. in mod. usage,
leri-kviax, f. pi. movable pens (of sheep).
eri-ligr and fser-ligr, adj. practicable, easy to do, Fms. vii. 335, viii.
— fsriligr hestr, a strong, serviceable horse, Ld. 276.
ering, f. a freight, Jb. 393. 2. translation, 415. 14. 3. = faeri,
201: better farning, q. v., Bjarn. 73, Sturl. i. 74, bad readings.
or-leikr, m. ability, strength, esp. in bodily exercise, Fs. 3, Finnb. 242,
kn. 114, Grett. 149 C, Fas. i. 331.
or-leikr, m. a horse, freq, in mod. usage, akin to faer (?).
orr, adj. able, capable ; fierr til e-s, capable of, or with infin., able to
a thing, Nj. 215, Fms. i. 284, v. 71, xi. 24 ; vel faerr, doing well, strong,
ii. 357; hress ok vel f., F^g. 84: — able, strong, in travelling, manna
t faerir baeSi a faeti ok a skiSuni, 73 ; fserr hvert er jpii vilt, Ld. 44 ;
niundr gorisk ixir {able-bodied) ma.br mjok, Fa;r. 77; fa:rr hestr, a
mg, serviceable horse, Grag. i. 46, 328; biife faert at mat ser, G{)1.
!. 2. of things,^/ /or use, safe; of a ship, sea-worthy, opp. to
rt. Eg. 114 : of weather, faert (lifaert) ve6r, weather fit {unjit) for tra-
ing,G\\. 31, freq.; {legar faert var landa milli, when the passage was
tfrom one land to another (of the sea), Fms. ii. 232 ; of roads, rivers,
, etc., safe, passable, Petlands-fjor6r var eigi f., i. 200 ; vegir faerir at
>ia ok rida, GJ)1. 411 ; al-f., li-faert, ill-f., etc.: the law phrase ' eiga
. fsert lit hingaS,' not to have leave to return hither (i.e. to Icel.), is
third degree of outlawry, Grag. i. 119, J>. |>. ch. 60: — neut. with
. denoting safe, unsafe, er J)er at sidr faert me& J)essi orSsending, at ek
;g . . . , it is so far from safe for thee to go with this errand, that . . . , Fms.
131 ; freq. in mod. usage, J)at er ekki faert (ofaert) ; mor er ekki faert
ert) : in many compds, J)ing-f., able to go to parliament, Grag. i.
Icel. also say in neut., J)ing-faert, messu-faert, when so many people
i gathered together that a meeting or service can be held ; baenabokar-
nble to read one's prayer-book, i. e. not quite oIjes.
.^TA, tt, a dubious word, in the phrase, eiga um vandraE6i at f., to
Uo grapple with hardships, Ghim. 374; er hann sva i iillu sinu athaeti
trautt megu menn um hann faeta, srich in all his doings that people
Id hardly manage him, Fb. i. 167 ; menn megu trautt heima um ^ik
1,173, (taela, Fms. xi. 78, 92) : Icel. now say, ^aS ver5r ekki vi& hana
:, there are no ways with him, of an unruly person.
!tlmgar, m. pi. [fotr], the ends formed by the feet, in a skin.
iSlTTA, mod. faekka, which form occurs in MSS. of the 14th cen-
, also fsetka; but in a poem of 1246 ti-rcett and fcetta are made to
me: [far] : — to make few, reduce in number, in old writers with ace,
nod. with dat. ; at faetta skyldi hiiskarla, C.H. I13 (Fms. iv. 255) ;
. ii. 183 fsekka less correct ; ok faetta sva li& J)eirra, Fbr. 74 new Ed.,
faecka in Fb. ii. 164, 1. c. : reflex, to grow fewer, less, en er Hiikon jarl
;ettask li9it a skipum sinum, Fms. i. 174; l>cgar grjotiS fxttisk, xi.
l)u. er faettask toku fong, Sturl. i. 135 ; at eldiviSrinn taeki at fxttask,
n. 112 ; faekku5usk skotvapnin, Eb. 248. 2. to grow cold, un-
'idly, (far II) ; heldr tok at faekkask meft l)eim, Vapn. 9, Fs. 149.
gnu3r, v. fagna5r.
n. [fiilr], a thin covering of snow, Fb. ii. 149, 154, Fbr. 31 new Ed.
l-leitr, adj. looking pale, Nj. 39, Fb. i. 545, Vapn. 29.
l-litaflr, pzrt.pale, Nj. 183.
Ina, aa, to grow pale, Edda 36, Ld. 224, Fas. i. 189, Sks. 466 B;
1. to wither, of grass, gras fellr allt ok fiilnar, FZdda (pref.) ; folnanda
, Sks. 60S B; eldr folnaSr (of fire), Eb. 100 new Ed., v.l. : — rarely,
less correctly, of other things, kirkja fyrnd ok folnuS, decayed, Bs. i.
; dukr folna5r, a faded cloth, Ann. 1344 • reflex., Stj. 142, (badly.)
|nan, f. a withering, fading away, Fms. vii. 91.
jJLR, adj., old forms folvan, folvir, etc. ; in mod. usage the v is left
fiilan, folir, etc. ; [A. S.fealo ; O. H. G.falo ; Old Engl fallow ; Dutch
; Germ./aW znd falb; cp. Lat. pallidus, Gr. iro\i.6s] : — pale; folr
grass, /)a/e as grass, Nj. 177; hann- gorfti folvan i andliti. Glum.
; folr scm nar, pale as a corpse, Fb. ii. 136 ; folr sem aska, pale as
S |ji3r. 171,177: poet., folvir oddar, the pale sword's point, Hkv. i ,
folr hestr, a pale hohe (but rare), 2. 47 ; nef-folr, pale-nebbed, Am, ;
um nasar, id., Aim. 2 ; na-folr, pale as a corpse.
f61skadr, pirt. pale, burnt out, of fire, Fs. 6, Eb. loo new Ed., fsl. ii. 135.
f61ski, a, m. [O. H. G.falavizga : mid. II. G. valwiscbe ; Swcd. falaska;
the word is composed from fiilr and aska] ; — the pale, white ash spread
over burning embers ; so Icel. call the ashes while they still keep their
shape before crumbling in pieces ; J)eir sa u eldinum fiilskann er nctift
hafdi brunnit, Edda 39 ; folski var fallinn 4 eldinn. Fas. ii. 388 ; fijlskar,
Stj. 58, Mar. (Fr.) : metaph. in mod. usage, f61ska-lau8B, adj. without
f., sincere, real, e. g. folskalaus elska, sincere love.
fOngu-ligr, adj. [fang], stout-looking, in good condition, Sturl. i. 159 C.
FONN, f, gen. fannar, pi. fannir, [cp. GzcX.feotin — white'], snow, esp.
a heap of snow, Landn. 154, Fms. iii. 93, Sturl. ii. 118, Sd. 164, Karl. 441,
501, N.G. L. i. 291 ; fannir, heaps of snow, Grett. Ill C, cp. fenna,
fann-. In Norway Folge-fonn is the name of a glacier.
FOB, f., gen. farar; old pi. farar, later and mod. farir; the ace. with
the article is in old writers often contracted, foma = fiJrina ; [fara, cp. far,
fer6] : — a 'fare,' journey, Nj. Ii ; er J)eir varu komnir 4 for, when tbey
bad started, 655 iii. 3 ; vera heim a for, to be on the road home, fsl. ii.
362 ; vera i for me& e-m, to be in company with one, Eg. 340 ; var brudrin
i for meS t)eim, Nj. 50 : a procession. Lex. Poet. ; bul-fcir, \ik-f., funerals;
brii&-f., a bridal procession, 2. chiefly in p). journeys; hvat til
tidinda hafSi orftit i forum hans, what had happened in his journeys. Eg.
81 : — of trading voyages (far-ma6r), vera i forum, to be on one's travels,
Ld. 248, Nj. 22 ; eiga skip i forum, to own a trading ship, Fb. i. 430,
(cp. fara milli landa, to fare between countries, i. e. to trade, Hkr. pref.) :
fara frjals manns forum, to fare (live) about free, to live as a free man,
N. G.L. i. 32; svefn-farar, s/eej!>, Gisl. ; ab-favir, treatment. 3. in
law, of vagrants (vide fara A. I. 2) ; daema f<Jr limogum, Grag. i. 87 ;
daema e-m for, 86 ; da;ma limaga (ace.) a fiir, to declare one a pauper,
order him to 'fare' forth, 93, passim in the law (forumaSr). 4. a
hasty movement, a rush ; {>4 syndusk J)ar miklir hundar ok giJrSu for at
Petro, 656 C. 29 ; var fiir (MS. for) i sortanum, the cloud was drifting
swiftly, Fms. vii. 163, cp. far: — the phrases, ver munum fara allir siimu
firina, all the same way, in a bad sense, xi. 154; munt Jni hafa farar
Hakonar jarls, x. 322; vera a foru (mod. fiirum), to be on the wane;
lausafe hans er mur sagt heldr 4 fiirum, {)orf. Karl. 366 ; J)a var nokkut a
fiiru (forum, pi.) virkit Bersa, there was something wrottg zvith B.'s castle,
it was going into ruin, Korm. 148. 5. an expedition, in compds,
Vatns-dals-ftir, Apavatns-ftir, Grimseyjar-fbr, Reykhola-fiir, Klcifa-fiir, the
expedition to Vatnsdale, Apavatn, etc., Sturl., Ann. compds : fara-
bok, f. an itinerary, a hook of travels, Clem. 38. farar-bann, n.=
farbann, Fas. ii.494. farar-beini, a, m. furthering one's journey. Eg.
482 (v.l.), Grag. i. 298 ; metaph., Fms. i. 226. farar-blomi, a, m.
travelling with pomp, Orkn. 370, Fms. xi. 438, Fas. iii. 376. farar-
broddr, m. the front of a host, Al. 56, Hkv. 2. 17. farar-buinn,
part. = farbiiinn, Fms. i. 3. farar-dvol, f. delay, Grag. i. 441,
436. farar-efni, n. pi. outfittings. Eg. 169, 194, fsl. ii. 204, Lv.
23. farar-eyrir, m. money for travelling, G\\. 8. farar-f€, n.
id. farar-gogn, n. pi. necessaries for a journey, Nj. 259, v. 1. farar-
grei3i, a, m. a conveyance, K. A. 70, Fms. ii. 234, Fs. 24, Eg. 541, Gfil.
369. farar -bapt, n. a hindrance, stoppage, 625. 184. farar-hestr,
m. a nag, (Fr.) farar-hlass, n. a wagon-load, N. G. L. i. 240.
farar-kaiip, n. on hoard-wages, N. G. L. i. 98. farar-leyfi, n. leave
to go. Eg. 424, Fbr. 91 new Ed., Horn. 141, farar-maQr, m. = far-
ma6r, N. G. L. i. 199. farar-mtmgat, n. a bout before going. Eg.
88, Fas. i. 396. farar-nautr, m. = forunautr, O. H.L. 78. farar-
orlof, n. = fararleyfi, Bs. (Laur.) farar-skjotr, m. (-skjoti, a, m.), a
means of travelling, esp. a horse (or ass), Stj. 610, Fas. i.126, F'ms. iv. 38 ;
best, hinn bezta fararskjota, Sturl. ii. 145 C. fararskjota-laust, n. adj.
without a horse, Fms. viii. 31, Bs. i. 349. farar-stafr, ni. a walking-
stick, 656 B. I. farar-talmi, a, m. hindrance, jb. 2S3, 400, Orkn. 396.
forla, a6, to grow faint, weak; ef hann of fiirlar, if he fails, (the pas-
sage is dubious, and something seems left out), K. {>. K. 42 : reflex, to fall
into rtdn, ef fiirlask rei9ir, sva at um baeta J)arf, G{)1. 77 ; J)4 mun bratt f.
afl r48a-gor3ar, Sks. 331 : — impers., e-m fcirlask, one grows weak, esp,
from age, Krok. 40 ; in mod. usage, finn eg ad augum fiirlast syn, I feel
my eyes grow dim, Hallgr.
fornuSr, v. farnaSr.
foru-kona, u, f. a vagrant woman, |>i6r. 226.
foruU, adj. rambling, strolling about, Nj. 131 ; vi5-f., luide-travelling,
f6ru-nia3r, m. a vagrant man, a pauper, GJ)1. 432, Jb. 183.
foru-mannliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), beggarly, Vigl. 60 new Ed.
fCru-nautr, m. [Germ, fahr-genosse'], a companion, fellow-traveller,
fsl. ii. 336, Sturl. i. 116, ii. 21, Fms. ii. 8, Nj. 14, Vapn. 29, passim.
foru-neyti, n. a company of travellers, Clem. 32 (spelt fiirunauti),
Edda 108, Jb. 380, Eg. 23 : a retinue, Fms. iv. 82, x. I02, Nj. 37 : a
company, 280, Sks. 579, Grett. 139 C.
FOSULL, m., pi. fiislar, [Germ. /ase/,- O.H.G.fasal; A.S.fcBsel]:
— a brood; gljufra f., the brood of the chasms, a dragon, poet., Nj. 109
(in a verse), an an. \fy.
f6x6ttr, adj. [fax], a horse with mane differing in colour from the body,
Landn. J95, Fas, ii, 168, Rd, 299, Karl, 151, 350; gl6-f., lis. ii. 261,
186
G— GAGL.
G
*
G (g4) is the seventh letter. In the old Gothic Runic alphabet (Golden
horn) it is represented by X' which was probably taken from the Greek
X. The later common Runic alphabet had no g, and made the tenuis k
{y, called Kaun) serve for both ; still later, g was distinguished simply by
a dot or stroke, Y o^ k' ^""^ ^^'^ character was called ' Stunginn Kaun,'
i. e. dotted or cut Kaun, just as the name of Stunginn Tyr was given to
cut or dotted t.
A. In Scandinavia the letter g begins many fewer words than in
German or Saxon, mainly because the prefixed particle ge- is absent. In
the fragments of Ulf., although so little is left, ga- is prefixed to about
three hundred words, mostly verbs and nouns ; in the Anglo-Saxon at
least three or four thousand such words are recorded, and in modern
German still more : indeed the number is so to say endless, as it can be
put to almost any verb. In Icel. the only traces of this prefix are, I.
in a few words retaining g before the liquids / and n (gl and gn) : o.
gl in the word glikr, si7mlis (and derivatives) ; glikr is now obsolete, and
even in very old MSS. of the 13th or even the 12th century both forms,
glikr and likr, glikendi and likendi, glikjast and likjast, occur indiscrimi-
nately ; but in older poems gl is the only form. p. gn in gnadd, gnaga,
gnau6a, gnegg, gneisti, gnipa, gnista, gnolla, gnogr, gmia, gniipr, gnySr,
gnseSingr, gnoUra, gnotra (q. v.), and some poiit. words, as gnat, etc.
But in mod. usage, in gn and gl, the g is dropped both in spelling
and pronunciation, nadd, naga, nau6a, hnegg, neisti, nipa . . . nupr, nydr
or ni&r, nseSingr, nollra, notra ; the gn in these words is almost con-
stantly used in very old MSS., but even at the end of the 13th and in
the 14th century the MSS., e.g. Hb., begin to drop the g, vide p. 206
sqq. : the exceptions are few, e. g. Icel. never say nyja for gnyja, but the
word itself, although known, is almost obsolete : so also in modern
■writers gnott and gnsegtir (abundance) often occur : but the sound gn
may be said to be almost extinct. The Danes, Swedes, and Norse still
keep the g before n, e. g. Dan. gnave, Swed. gnaga ; whereas in glikr the
g has been dropped, and the word has become in Swed. lih, etc. ; in
Dan. lig, lige, ligning, etc. II. in two Icel. words the prefixed g
has hardened into a radical consonant, so that its proper sound is no
longer perceived, viz. granni (and compds), a neighbour, prop, one of the
next house, Goth. garazna — yiiTm', qs. g-ranni, from rznn, domus ; and
greiSa, explicare, = Goih. garaidiart. The Scandinavian tongues have
ftirthermore done away with the Saxon and German prefix to passive
participles, and no trace of them remains even in the earliest writers or
poems. The modern English has followed the same law as the Scandi-
navian in gn, for though it still appears in Engl, words (a.s gnaw, gJiash),
it is hardly sounded. The participial prefix remained long in southern
England (see Morris's Specimens), but weakened into^f or i till at last it
dropped altogether.
B. PR0Nxn>fCiATi0N. — It is sounded hard, soft, or aspirate; hard, as
in Engl, gate, gold; soft, as in Swed. dag. Germ, tag, or mod. Gr. 7,
but lost in Engl. ; aspirate also lost in Engl. I. hard, 1. as
initial before a hard vowel, gar5r, gull, gott, etc. ; and before a conso-
nant, gla8r, grata ; but the prefixed g, in the instances A. I. above, was
prob. always sounded soft. 2. as final after consonants, as sorg, belg,
ung, hofgi, or if double, as in egg. II. soft, never as initial (unlike
mod. Greek, in which 7 is sounded soft throughout), but only as iinal or
sometimes as medial : 1. if single after a vowel, as dag, hug, log,
veg, stig. 2. between two vowels if the latter is hard, lega, ligum,
vega, vegum, dogum ; but in case both the vowels, or even only the last,
are soft (an i vowel) the g sound is lost, and it is eliminated altogether
or assimilated to the preceding vowel, which thus becomes a diphthong ;
the same is the case ifj follows g ; thus syllables and words such as bagi
and baei, dagi and daei, degi and deigi, eygja and eyja or eya, lagi and
laegi or laei are all sounded alike ; in olden times there must have been a
difference of sound, as old MSS. never confound the spelling in words like
those above, whereas in modern letters written by uneducated people,
nothing is more frequent than to see, um daeinn for um daginn, or a
deiinum for a deginum, and the like ; the poets also rhyme accordingly,
e. g. segi — hneigi. Pass. 38. 13; segja — deyja, 25 ; segja — beygja, 25. 12 ;
dry'gja — nyja, 30. 3 ; eigi& — dregiS, 7- lo ! deyja — teygja, 16. 13, etc. ;
even MSS. of the end of the 15th century frequently give seigia for segja
(to say), e.g. Arna-Magn. 556 A, see the pref. to Isl. ii. p. vi : as a
medial, before d the g is sounded hard almost all over Icel., and the
d soft (sagfii) ; yet in the peninsula of Snaefells Sysla many people still
. reverse this rule, and say sagdi, lagdi, bygdi, bygd, sounding the g soft
but the d hard; in the east of Icel. people say bregSa, sagSi, pronounc-
ing gd both soft ; this is no doubt the best pronunciation, and accords
well with the modern English said, laid, and the like. III.
the aspirate g- is sounded, 1. as initial before a soft vowel or 7, gefa,
gseta, geyma, geir, gjiJld. 2. as final, a double g (gg) or g after a
consonant is sounded as aspirate in all instances where a single g is lost
(vide above), thus laggir, leggja, byggja, byggi, veggir, or margir, helgir,
55-
gofgi, engi, mergjar, elgjar, engja. Between two consonants the g
pronounced, thus fylgdi, morgna, fylgsni, b61gna are sounded as
morna, fylsni, bolnar.
C Spelling. — Here is little to notice : I. in old MS
aspirate g as initial is frequently marked by the insertion of i af;
thus giseta, giefa, = gaeta, gefa, but this is not now used. ]
old Norse MSS., — and, by way of imitation, in some Icel., — the .'■
before a vowel is frequently marked by inserting h after it, thus
deghi, vegha, sagha ; in the Middle Ages many foreign MSS. expresst
sounds in this way, and so they wrote dh = d,gh = soft g, th=p, \v
comes the th in modern English; we also find gh in words su
Helghi, Fb. pref. ; probably the g was in olden times sounded soft
Ig, which agrees with the change in English into holy, sorrow.
ngh = ng also occurs, e.g. erlinghi, Fb. i. 537, denoting a soft sou
ng as in modern Danish and Swedish. In MSS. we now and then
spurious g before ._;' and a vowel, e.g. deygja, meygja, for deyja, ;
because the sound was the same in both cases.
D. Changes. — The hard and aspirate g, especially as initial, v.
remains in modern foreign languages, gate, ghost, give, get, exc
Engl, yard, yarn (Icel. garS, garn), etc., where the Anglo-Saxon had
g sound. Again, 1. the soft g after a vowel takes a vowel ;
and is in English marked by w, y, or the like, day, say, saw, law
■may, low, = Icel. dag, segja, sog, log, bogi, veg, lag, etc. : and t
double g, as in lay, buy, — Icel. leggja or liggja, byggja. 2. s
before or after a consonant, thus, Engl, said, rain, gain, sail, tail
fowl, etc., = Icel. sag9i, regn, gagn, segl, tagl, hagl, fugl ; Engl. s(.
follow, fellow, worry, borrow, belly, = Icel. sorg, fylgja, felagi, vargr,
belgr. In Dan. lov, skov, vej answer to Icel. log, skog, veg, whereas S
and Norway have kept the g, Swed. lag, skog, vdg.
E. Interchange. — Lat. h and Gr. x answer to Icel. and Ti
but the instances of such interchange are few, e. g. Lat. hostis, i
homo, hoedus, heri, — Icel. gestr, garflr, gumi, geit, gaer ; Lat. h
Xaos, cp. Icel. gja, gina ; Gr. x^** = g*'' '> XV^ — g*ss, X"^*? = g^^'i ^
GABB, n. fnocking, mockery, Fms. vii. 17, 59, ix. 385, Sturl.
Sks. 247, Karl. 474, Grett. loi.
gabba, a6, [Scot, gab], to mock, make game of one, Fms. i. 72, '
vi. 112, ix. 385, Stj. 609, Mag. 68, Isl. ii. 165, Fs. 159 ; gabb ok^
0. H. 78 : reflex., Bs. i. 319. 1
gadda, a6, to goad, spike, Str. 25, Karl. 172 : gaddadr, part., Sam k
gaddan, n. a kind of head-gear, an dV. Key., Orkn. 304 ; perh. G: K.
GADDE., m. [Ulf. gads = KfVTpov, 1 Cor. xv. 55, 56; A.S. /«.
Engl, gad, goad; Swed. gadd] : — a goad, spike, Str. 77, Gisl. 15c jn ;•
sword's hilt) ; gadda-kylfa, u, f. a 'gad-club,' club with spikes, F i iii.
329 ; gadd-hjalt, n. a 'gad-hilt,' hilt studded with nails, Eb. 36n(|id..
Gisl. 150, Fas. iii. 288, cp. Worsaae 494, 495, as compared wit? 30:
metaph. phrase, var mjok i gadda slegit, 'twas all but fixed with nai i.t.
settled,'ti).2%o. TL. a sting, A.\.\6%; {c^.EngX. gad-fly.) ''''
perhaps a different root, hard snow, also spelt galdr (Fm-.
V. 1., cp. gald, Ivar Aasen) ; the phrase, tro6a gadd, to tread ,.';.
down hard, Fms. vii. 324, viii. 413, ix. 364, 490; en er Birk inai
voru komnir upp a galdinn hja })eim, Fb. ii. 688 : even used as tif ,
gaddit, Fms. viii. I.e. (in a vellum MS.); gaddit, id. (also vellum MS.^i;
gadd-frosinn, part, hard-frozen ; gadd-hestr, m. a jade turn
in the snow. IV. a 'gad-tooth' a disease in cattle, one o:iori
grinders growing out so as to prevent the animal from feeding, del bed
in Fcl. xiv. note 250; gadd-jaxl, m. a 'gad-grinder.'
gaflfall, m. [Germ, gabel], a fork to eat with, (mod.)
GAFI, a, m. \A..S. geaf=fnnny'], a gaff; fregna eigum lani't t ai.i.
Mkv. : a saying, cp. spyrja er bezt til valigra J)egna.
GAFL, m. \}J\i. gibla^TiTipvyiov, Luke iv. 9; En^. gall-
giebel ; Dan. gavl; Swed. gafvel] : — a gable-end, gable, Sturl. ii. ;> I^.l-
209, Isl. ii. 74. I
gafl-hla3 (gaflaS, Nj. 203, 209, Orkn. 244), n. a gabh-t
88: in pi. gaflhl66, Orkn. 470 ; eystra g., 244 ; at hiisendanui:
hlaSit, 450; gaflhlaSit hvart-tveggja, Isl. ii. 352 ; selit var gii;;
as ok la hann a gaflhloSum, Ld. 280.
gafl-stokkr, m. a gable-beam. Eg. 90.
gafl-veggr, m. a gable-end, Nj. 197, '
gaga, a5, to throw the neck back, Flor. 18.
gagarr, m. a dog ; gagarr er skaptr ^vi at geyja skal, a dog :■ '
as to bark, Mkv. 4 : used as a nickname, Landn. 145 : in a vci
a shell is called ' the ever mute surf-dog' (siJ)ogull brimrota gai; '
from a custom of Icel. children, who in play make shells represent ^
herds, kii-skeljar (cow-shells), gymbr-skeljar (lamb-shells), and juii ^
for a dog. gagara-lj63, n. pi. ' dog-song' (?), a kind of metre in R "^
GAGG, n., onomatop. the fox's cry.
gagga, ad, to howl (of a fox), metaph. to mock at one, 689. 6(^,
gag-hals, adj. [gagr], with neck thrown back, epithet of a stag, '
GAGL, n. [Ivar Aasen gagl = wild goose, cp. the Scot, a gah
= a flock of geese] : — a wild goose, Edda (Gl.) ; gagl fyrir g;is.
(5. H. 87 : in poetry, of any bird, hrae-g., bl68-g., etc., a carrion-ctL ■
GAGLBJARTR— GALLI.
187
li is not used in Icel. except in the saying above; the goshawk is
d gagl-fiir, n. and gagl-hati, a, in. goose-destroyer.
gl-bjartr, adj. bright as a goose, an epithet of a lady, Akv. 39 ; the
eoose is here made to serve for a swan !
gl-viSr, ni. an oTr. Xty., Vsp. 34 ; explained by the commentators,
trest where there are wild geese, but perhaps better as the name of a
it, the sweet gale or bog-myrtle.
A.GN, n. [a Scandin. word, neither found in Saxon nor Germ. ; only
has the root verb ^fl^«^rt« = K«p5aii'€iv; Swed. ^a^«; Dan. gavn ;
1. gain is prob. borrowed from the Scandin.] : 1. sing, gain,
antage, use, avail; hluti \)a, er ek veit at honum ma gagn at ver6a,
M that can be of use to him, Nj. 258 ; er oss varS at mestu gagni, Isl.
75 ; er eigi mun vera gagn i, that will be of no use, Fms. iii. 1 75 ; J)aS
a litlu gagni, of little avail, etc., passim. 2. gain, victory; sigr
gagn, Orkn. 38; hafa gagn, to gain the day, Rb. 398, Horn. 131,
s vii. 261 ; fa gagn, id.. Fas. i. 294, freq. in poetry; gagni feginn,
mphant, Fni. 25; gagni litt feginn, i.e. worsted, Hbl. 29. 3.
luce, revenue, chiefly of land ; jarSir at byggja ok vinua ok allra
na af at neyta, Eg. 352 ; hence the law phrase, to sell an estate ' meS
m gogruim ok ga;6um.' 4. goods, such as luggage, utensils, or
like; siflan for hann nor8r a Strandir me3 gagn sitt, Sturl. i. 10 ; ker
;va annat gagn sitt, Grag. ii. 339 ; baeta garS aptr ok iill gogn ok
Ivirki, GJ)1. 421 ; J)eir heldu ollum farmi ok ciUu gagni {luggage), J)vi
skipinu var, Bs. i. 326. p. in mod. usage almost always in pi. giign =
•ehold implements, esp. tubs, pots, etc. ; bu-gogn, heimilis-giign, household
; far-g., farar-g., q. v. 5. in pi. a law term, proofs, evidence pro-
:d in court ; at eigi dveli J)a6 gogn fyrir monnum, Grag. i. 25 ; nefna
I at ollum gijgnum J)eim er fram voru komin, Nj. 87 ; eptir gognum ok
jm skal hvert mal daema, a law phrase, itpon evidence a?id witnesses
I every case be tried, G^l. 475 ; oil gogn J)au er ]peir skulu hafa at domi,
:». ii. 270; ^eir menn allir er i domi sitja e6r i gognum eru fastir, i.
. 488, and passim ; gagna-gtign, vide below. compds : gagna-
li, n. pi. a holding back of proofs, evidence, Grag. ii. 273. gagn-
gan, f. wealth, Fms. ii. 215. gagn-au3igr, adj. wealthy, well
(f, Stj. 361, Ld. 38, Bs. i. 643. gagn-ligr, adj. wse/;/Z. gagn-
iligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), profitable, Bs. i. 690, 770. gagn-samr,
useful, profitable, Sturl. i. 74, Hrafn. 23, Landn. 83, Isl. ii. 62, Stj. 92.
a-semd and -semi, f. usefulness, profitableness, Hrafn. 24. gagns-
iifZdi). useless. gagns-litill, adj. o/Zi«/e wse. gagns-mikill,
of great use. gagns-miinir, m. pi. useful things, Fbr. 22 ; veita
g., to help one, Hkr. ii. 251 : mod. gain, profit, eigin g., Pass. 28. 6.
i-GN-, an adverbial prefix :
A. [Cp. the adv. gegn], gain- (in gainsay), counter, esp. in law
-hence gagna-gogn, n. pi. counter-proofs, Grag. i. 106. gagn-
in, i\. "^l. ' counter-eyes ' temples. gagn-dyrt, n. adj. with doors
site one another. Fas. ii. 181. gagn-gjald., n., prop, a ' connter-
' antidote, a Norse law term, which seems identical with mundr or
iif, opp. to heiman-fylgja, dowry, which in case of the husband's death
ivorce was to be the wife's property; gjof and gagngjald are distin-
fhed, N.G.L. i. 29; J)a skal hon J)arnast gagngjalds ok gj afar, 51.
n-g6r3, f. transgression, 15. i (MS.) gagn-hoUr, adj. kind to one
her, Hm. 31. gagii-kv63, f. a counter-summons, Grag. ii. 102.
n-mselendr, part. pi. gain-sayers, opponents. Mart. 114. gagn-
li, n. gain-saying, contradiction, Fms. x. 403, Stj. 331. gagn-
la, u, f. a mutual nominatioji, of arbitrators, Grag. i. 495. gagn-
ia, u, f. 'gain-staying,' resistance, Fms. x. 387, Horn. (St.) 43.
nstadu-flokkr, m. the opposite party, Fms. viii. 323 : gagnst03u-
!5r, m. an opponent, adversary, 623. 12, 655 xvi. B. 3 : gagn-staS-
r (-leiki), m. the contradictory, reverse, Stj. 263. gagn-sta3ligr,
(,-liga, adv.), contrary, opposed to, Fms. i. 263, viii. 326, x. 233,
^9' 73> ^. H. 195, Sks. 576. gagn-staSr, adj. id., Stj. 163, Fms.
323. gagn-stseSligr and gagn-stseSiligr, adj. = gagnsta&Hgr,
■ ix. 528, Sks. Ill, 130, 337, Stj. 335, Fs. 172. gagn-sok, f. a
<:" 'rr-nction, cowiter-charge, a law term, — the defendant brought forth
liarges, to be set off against those of the prosecutor, vide Nj.
iJrag. i. 294, K. |). K. 160, Fs. 74, 125, Grett. 151, Valla L. 204,
i^ .^oo. gagn-tak, n. a ' holder against,' the strap to which the girth
tacbed, Fms, vii. 170, Sturl. iii. 114, Glum. 393, Hkr. iii. 283, Karl.
Flor. 78 ; also called m6t-tak. gagn-vert and gagn-vart, n. adj.,
•^ as prep, and adv., over against, with dat., Eg. 206, Fms. vi. 32, vii.
■■■ :^4, Nj. 34, Sd. 163 ; sitja g. e-m, Fs. 148 ; g. solunni, 1812. I33 ;
"'. GullJ). 26, Fbr. 37, 64, passim ^ — as adv., Landn. 62, Fms. ii.
■■5-
Cp. gegnum and the adj. gegn], through, right through, straight;
iroiigh, thoroughly, very (in which sense gay or gey is still used
lid North, p;., Jamieson Suppl. s. v.) : — hence gagn-drepa, adj.
'gh. gagn-faeriligr and gagn-faerr, adj. through-going,
transl. of the Lat. penetrans, Stj. 89, 656 A. i. 34, 655 xxxii. 19.
-gort, n. adj. straight, Fb. iii. 296, Gisl. 38. gagn-hrseddr,
'v' (i. every) frightened, Fms. iv. 147, 625. 18. gagn-kvinnigr.
way, AI. 92. gagn-ordr, adj. ' gant'worded,' speaking shortly, to the
point, Nj. 38 ; (opp. to marg-ordr or lang-orftr.) gagrn-skeytiligr, adj»
to be shot through, Sks. 398 B. gagn-skorinn, part, scored through,
i, e. cut through by fjords, rivers, etc., Fas. iii. 511: also thoroughly scored,
i. e. carved all over, Vigl. 48 new Ed. gagn-stfgr, m. a 'gone' way,
short cut, Al. 109, Sks. 2, Fms. vii. 82 (in a verse). gagn-seell, adj.
through-seeing, penetrating, Sks. 208, (rare.) gagn-S8BT, adj. trans-
parent, Rb. 354; gagnsaEtt gler, Hom. 128. gagn-v4tr, adj. wet
through. gagn-vegr, m. [Swed. genviig'] = gagnstigr, Hm. 33.
gagn-J)urr, adj. dry all through, quite dry.
gagna, ad, to help, be of use to one, Bs. i. 799 ; ok laetr sor vel gagna,
655 xxxii : reflex, to avail, be of use, Bs. ii. 141, 143, Vigl. 30, Dipl. i. 6,
jm. 20.
gagn-dagr, gagn-fasta, vide gangdagr, gangfasta.
GAG-R, adj. bowed back; this obsolete word is still used in Norway,
e.g. gag Ijaa, of a scythe; gagt menneska, a conceited man; cp. gaga, to
throw the head back : in compds as gag-hals, q. v. People in Icel. say,
hnakka-kertr, one who throws the neck back, but keikr of bending the
backbone back; e. g. standa keikr, where the Norse say standa gag. The
explanation in Lex. Poet, is guess-work, as the word is not in use in Icel.,
vide remarks on the word by Bugge in Oldn. Tidsskrift.
gag-vfgr, adj. an air. \iy. ; g. bardagi, wanton strife, Fb. (Sverr. S.)
ii- 553-
gal, n. crowing ; hana-gal, cock-crowing.
GALA, pres. gelr, Hm. 28, 150, Vsp. 35; pret. g6l, pi. g61u ; pret.
subj. goeli, Haustl. 20 ; in mod. usage, pres. galar, aSr en haninn galar,
Matth. xxvi. 34, 74, 75, Mark xiv. 30, cp. Pass. 1 2. 7 ; but fyrr en haninn
gelr, Luke xxii. 61 ; in pret. the old form is preserved, ok jafnsnart gol
haninn, Matth. xxvi. 74 ; |)a gol mi haninn fyrst. Pass. il. 5 ; gol haninn
anna6 sinn, 11. 8, Luke xxii. 60; og strax gol haninn, John xviii. 27 ;
but elsewhere in mod. usage weak, galaSi : [not recorded in Goth., as
Ulf. renders (paivdv 1. c. by hrukjan ; A. S.galan ; Old Engl, and Scot, to
gale = to cry; Da.n. gale ; Swed. g"aZa]: — to crow ; hun heyrir hana gala,
Stj. 208 ; gol um Asum Gullinkambi, Vsp. 35 ; en annarr gelr, s6trau3r
hani, id. : of a crow, Hm. 84. II. metaph. to chant, sing, used
trans. ; gala ser ligott, Hm. 28, Ls. 31 ; afl gul hann Asum, Hm. i6i ;
J)ann kann ek galdr at gala, I can chant that song, with the notion of
spell, Hm. 153; sva ek gel, 150; hon (the sibyll) g61 galdra sina yfir
poT, Edda 58 : ironic, golu J)eir eptir a sta8num, O. H. L. 17 ; gala at
um e-t, to beg blandly, Fms. xi. 113 ; Herodias gol at um liflat Johannes,
625. 96 : — with ace. to gladden, cheer, SI. 26.
galarr, m. an enchanter, the name of a dwarf, Vsp.
gald, n. hard snow, = gaddr, q. v.
galdr or galdr, m., gen. galdrs, pi. galdrar, [from gala ; A. S. gealdor =
cantus, sonitusi ".—prop, a song, hence in names of old poems, Heimdalar-
galdr, Edda 1 7 ; but almost always with the notion of a charm or
spell, vide gala II above; hon kva6 J)ar yfir galdra, Grett. 151, Hkr.
i. 8; kve6a helgaldra, Fbr. 24; gala galdra, Edda 58, Hm. 153; me3
riinum ok lj63um Jieim er galdrar heita, Hkr. i. 1 1 ; galdr ok kvasfti,
Stj. 492 : hence II. witchcraft, sorcery, esp. in pi. ; galdrar ok
fjolkyngi, Fb. i. 214, K. |>. K. 76, Grett. 155; galdrar ok gjorningar.
Anal. 244; galdrar ok forneskja, Gisl. 41, Grett. 155; me& goldrum,
180 (in a verse) ; sja vi6 goldrum, Hom. 86, Isl. ii. 77 : a fiend ( = lcel.
sending), reka J)ann galdr lit til Islands at J>orleifi 3Tini at fullu, Fb. i. 213,
(rare.) compds: galdra-b6k, f. a book of magic, 655 xiii, Isl. f)j68s.
i. 514. galdxa-fluga, u, f. « ' ivitch-fly,' a kind of fly, tipula nigra
subhirta, Eggert Itin. 604 ; cp, flugu-maSr. galdra-fullr, adj. full of
sorcery. Fas. i. 108. galdra-hri3, f. a magic storm, hurricane raised by
spells. Fas. i. 108. galdra-kind, f. afotd witch. Fas. i. 97. galdra-
kinn, f. a ' spell-cheek,' a nickname, Eb. galdra-kona, u, f. a witch,
sorceress, fsl. ii. 73, Stj. 491, v. 1. galdra-ligr, adj. magical, Stj. 91.
galdra-list, f. rnagic art, Stj. 100, Fas. iii, 237. galdra-lseti, n. pi.
mn'gical mummeries. Fas. ii. 373. galdra-ina3r, m. a wizard, Fms.
xi. 435, Fas. i. 5, Barl. 102, 149. galdra-meistari, a, m. a magi-
cian, Stj. 437. galdra-ratimr, m. a great sorcerer. Fas. ii. 375.
galdra-samligr, adj. magical, Stj. 91. galdra-smi3r, m. a 'spell-
smith,' sorcerer, magician, Hkr. i. 10. galdra-sndpr, m. a wizard-
impostor, galdra-stafir, m. pi. magical characters. galdra-s6gur,
f. pi. tales of witches. galdra-v61, f. a magical device. Post. 80.
GALEID, f. [a for, word ; galea, galio, galeida, Du Cange], a galiot,
Fms. vi. 134, 168, vii. 78, 179, Isl. ii. 394,
gal-gopi, a, m. a coxcomb.
galinn, prop, a part, from gala, enchanted, but used in the sense of
mad, Fms. i. 44, vii. 187: frantic, Gisl. 138: voluptuous, sensual, Stj.
55 ; Jill er galin i girnd sem svin, fJlf. 3. 57.
GALL, n. [A.S. gealla; Engl, gall ; Germ, galle ; Dan. galde; Gr.
Xo\7j] : — gall, bile, Pr. 472-474, Fbr. 137 : metaph. an acid drink, Anecd.
10; edik galli blandaS, 5^0$ nerci xo^^s, Matth. xxvii. 34.
gall-liar3r, adj. hard as cinders, qs. gjall-har3r, Bs. ii. 65, freq.
QAljIjl,a,in.lcp.Svfed.gall = barren'], a fault, flaw, drawback. Km.
''ing thoroughly. gagn-lei3i, n. the ' ganest' (i.e, shortest) \ 134, freq. in mod.usage(ur-galh,q.v.); hence galla-lauss, a.d]. faidtless.
188
GALLOPNIR— GANGA.
II. a nick-
Hom. (St.) 64, 72 : gallaSr, part, vicious, guileful.
name, 13s. i. Laur. S.
gall-opnir, m., poet, a cock. Lex. Poiit.
gall-s6tt, f., medic, atra bilis.
gall-surr, adj. sour or hot as gall.
GALM, f. or galmr, m., only in local names, Galmar-strond, [cp.
A. S. gealni=din'], prob. called so from the roaring of the surf
galpin, mod. galapm, n. [for. word ; Scot. galopin = lackey], a merry
fellow; J)u ert mesta galapin ! — a nickname, Sturl. iii. 209 C.
galsi, a, m. wild joy ; galsa-ligr, adj. frolicsome.
' galti, a, m. (vide goltr), a boar, hog, Fms. iv. 58, Fas. i. 8<S, Gull)?. 15,
Fs. 71, 141 ; Galt-nes, n. ' Hog's-ness,' a local name; Galt-nesingr,
ni. a man from G., Sturl.
gal-tomr, adj. quite empty, of a tub.
Gal-verakr, ad], from Galilee, Mar.
gamal-dags, as adv. old-fashioned, (mod.)
gamal-karl, m. an old man, Fnis. ii. 182. ♦
GAM ALL, contr. forms, gamlan, gamla, gamlir, gamlar, gomlum,
etc., fem. sing, and neut. pi. gomul ; neut. sing, gamalt ; the compar. and
superl. from a different root, viz. compar. ellri, superl. ellztr, mod. eldri,
eldstr or elztr : [not recorded in Ulf , who renders dpxaTos by alpeis ;
but in A. S. gamol and gomel occur, although rarely even in Beowulf;
in mod. Engl, and Germ, it is lost, but is in full use in all Scandin.
dialects; Sw ed. gamjnal ; Dan. gammel; Norse g-ajwa/, fem. ^owzoZ, Ivar
Aasen] : I. old, Lat. senex ; in the sayings, Jieygi h saman gamalt
eg ungt, t5lf. 3. 44; opt er gott J)at er gamlir kve6a, Hm. 134, Fb. i. 212 ;
illt a6 kenna gomlum hundi a3 sitja ; gamlir eru elztir, old are the eldest,
i. e. the most cuwiing, clever ; tvisvar ver3r gamall ma9r barn ; engi ver6r
eldri en gamall ; en j)6tt konungr J)essi se g69r ma5r . . . J)a mun hann J)6
eigi ver3a ellri en gamall, Fms. iv. 282 ; faSir minn var gamall, Nj. 31 ;
g. spamaSr, an old spae-man, 656 B. 12; hence gamals-aldr, m. old
age, Ld. 4, Fms. ii. 71 : conipds, af-gamall, fjor-g., eld-g., q. v. ; cp. also
or-gcmlir = Gcrni. tiralt, a giant in Edda. 2. groiun up, old, of
animals ; ar8r-uxi gamall, Grag. i. 502 ; gamlir sauQir, old rams; gjalda
gris fyrir gamalt svin, O. H. 86 ; fyrr a gomlum uxanum at baesa en kalf-
inum, a pun, Fms. vi. 28. 3. old, of things, freq. in mod. usage,
but the ancients use gamall of persons or living things, and distinguish
between gamall and forn (q. v.) ; a man is ' gamall,' but he wears ' forn '
kla^Si {old clothes), thus in the verse P'ms. xi. 43 gamall prob. refers to
Gorm and not to land ; Merl. I. 61 is corrupt; vide gjallr (below) ; gamall
siSr, Anal. 187, does not appear in Fb. iii. 401 (the original of the mod. text
in Anal.) II. old, aged, of a certain age; nokkurra vetra gamall,
some years old, Fms. xi. 78 ; fjogurra vetra giimul, J)i9r. 221 ; hve gamall
ma6r crtu, how old art thou? Isl. ii. 220; tolf vetra gamall, 204; fimm,
sex, vetra gamall, Grag. i. 502 ; vetr-gamall, a winter old; ars-gamall, ayear
old; misseiis-gATaaW, half ayear old ; uxti-g., anight old, cic. III.
in pr. names, hinn Gamli is added as a soubriquet, like 'major' in Lat.,
to distinguish an older man from a younger man of the same name ; hinn
gamli and hinn ungi also often answer to the Engl, 'father and son ;'
thus, Hakon Gamli and Hiikon Ungi, old and young H., Fms. ; also,
Jiirundr Gamli, Ketilbjorn Gamli, Orlygr Gamli, Bragi Gamli, Ingimundr
hinn Gamli, etc., vide Landn. ; Ari hinn Gamli, Bs. i. 26, to distinguish
him from his grandson Ari Sterki ; cp. the Lat. Cato Major : in some of
the instances above it only means the old = Lat. priscus.
B. The compar. is ellri and superl. ellztr ; eigi ellra en einnar nastr,
1812.57 ; fjortan vetra gamall e6r ellri.K. A.190; enir ellri synir Brjans,
Nj. 269 ; inn ellzti, 38 ; ellztr brse5ranna, Grag. i. 307 ; hann var ellztr,
Eg. 27, Fms. i. 20, passim.
gamal-ligr, adj. elderly, Fms. ii. 59.
gamal-menni, n. an aged person. Eg. 89, Orkn. 78, Rd. 302.
gamal-orar, f pi. dotage from age, Eb. 318.
gamal-serr, adj. in dotage, Nj. 194, Eb. 322, Grett. 116, Fas. ii. 93.
GAMAN, n., dat. gamni, (gafni, Fas. i. 176, Fms. x. 328, B.-^r. 9) ;
[^A.S.gomen,gamen; Eng\. gatne; O.^i.C gaman; mld.H. G.gamen;
Van. gatnmen] : — game, sport, pleasure, amusemettt ; in the sayings, liti6
er ungs manns gaman ; ma3r er manns gaman, Hm. 46 ; and in the
phrases, gora e-t a6 gamni sinu, or, ser til gamans, to do a thing for
amusement; mart er scr til gamans gert, Tima R. ; jotni at gamni, {>kv.
23 ; var pa mest g. Egils at ra;6a viS hana, Eg. 764; t)ykja g. at e-u, to
make game of; {)a mun Rutr hlaeja ok J)ykja g. at. Rut will then laugh
end be amused by it, Nj. 33 ; gaman J)ykir kerlingunni at m63ur varri,
6S; henda g. at e-u, to make game of, Bs. i. 790, {>iSr. 226, Grett. 142
new Ed., Fms. xi. 109. p. in proverbial sayings ; kalt er kattar gamaniS,
cold is the cat's play, i.e. she scratches; J)a ferr a3 grana gamanid, the
game begins to be rather rude; or, pad fer a& fara af gamani3, the game
fares to be serious : — love, pleasure, poijt., in the allit. phrase, hafa ge6 ok
gaman konu, Hbl. 18, Hm. 98, 162 ; gamni msr undi, Hbl. 30 ; uiina e-m
gamans, Skm. 39, Fsm. 43, 51 : coitus, er hann haf3i-t gy'gjar g., VJ)m. 32.
gaman-fer3, f. a pleasure-trip. Fas. ii. 77.
gaman-fundr, m. a merry-making, Nj. 113.
gamau-leikr, m. a game, Grett. 107, Mag. 30.
3
T gaman-mfil, n. merry talk, joking, Fms. xi. 151, Ld. 306, Karl. 5
gaman-runar, f. pi. merry talk, Hm. 122, 132.
gaman-rseSa, u, f. merry talk, Sks. 165, Fs. 72.
gaman-samligr, adj. amusing, Sks. 118, 621, Fas. i. 332, 11. 45(
gaman-samr, adj. gamesome, merry, Fms. ix. 249, Sks. 634.
gaman-visa, u, f. a comic ditty, Hkr. iii. 71.
gaman-yrSi, n. playful words, fun, Sks. 433.
gaiaaii-t)ing, n. a meeting of lovers. Lex. Poet.
gamban-, a dubious word, perh. costly ; in A. S. poetry gamban c
twice or thrice in an allit. phrase, gamban gyldan = to pay a fee (Gr
gamban-reiSi, f. splejidid gear (?), Skm. 33 ; gamban-sumbl
sumptuous banquet, Ls. 8 ; gamban-teinn, m. a staff, Skm. 32.
poems seem to be by one hand, and the word occurs nowhere e
the northern languages.
gambr, m. = gammr, Barl. 39, {>i9r. 92, D. N. ii. 255, iv. 457 : gan
klo, f. a griffin's claw, used as a pedestal for a drinking-horn, D.K
gambr, n. wanton talk, boasting.
gambra, a6, to brag, bluster. Glum. 332, Al. 138, 6^s5 xiii. .
Grett. 134 A, Fms. xi. 147 : — to prate, Stj. 401. Judges ix. 38 ; vi5 h
ti6um gambraQ Geir, um gotu kraektir saman, Sig. Pet. Ny Fel. vii.
gambrari, a, m. a bragger, blusterer.
gambr-mosi, a, m. a kind of moss, Hjalt.
ganala6r, part, very aged, Hkr. i. 148, Fas. i. 372, Ver. 15, Ld. :
gamli, a, m., poet, an eagle, Edda (Gl.) : a pr. name, Landn.
gam.m.i, a, m. (a Fin. word), the dwelling of a Finn, Fms. i. 8, z
Fas. ii. 174: of a dwarf's abode, f)i3r. 21; dwarfs were often
founded with Finns.
gam.ini, a, m. the gamut in music, Skalda.
GAMMR, m. a vulture, Fms. iii. 207, Nj. 123, Fas. ii. 151, 2;
210, 366, 612, Karl. 527, 544.
gamna, a3, with dat. to amuse, divert, Fms. viii. 4.
GAN, n. frenzy, frantic gestures; fara me6 hlatri ok gani, Ni.
hon hljop me3 opi miklu ok gani, Fas. iii. 177.
gana, 8, mod. a6, to rush, run frantically ; hann spurSi hvi hann
sva, Sturl. ii. 177 ; ganaSi hann langt undan hernum, Fas. iii. 422 ;
at honum ok hciggr, Jomsv. 49 ; J)6tt J)u ganir galinn. Skald H.
of wildfire, Skalda 202 (in a verse) ; in Fbr. 162 (in a verse) it h
notion to glare in one's face; akin is gona (q. v.), to stare.
GANDK, m. : — the exact sense of this word is somewhat dubious
mostly used in poetry and in compds, and denotes anything encbai
an object used by sorcerers, almost like zauher in Germ., and hi
77ionster, fiend; thus the Leviathan of northern mythology is
Jormun-gandr, the great ' gaud ;' or Stor3ar-gandr, the'' gaud' of the A:
a snake or serpent is by Kormak called gandr or gandir, Korm. |S,'
wildfire is hallar g., a worrier of halls, and selju g., a willow-w
Lex. Poet. : the wolf Fenrir is called Vonar-gandr, the monster ofth
Von, vide Edda. compds : Gand-alfr, m. a pr. name, a wizard, bei
demon. gand-fluga, u, f. = galdrafluga, a ' gand' fly, gad-fly,
of tipula, Eggert Itin. 604. gand-rekr, m. a gale brought a^
witchcraft, Bs. i. 647 (in a verse), Edda (GI.) Gand-vik, .'.
bay, i. e. Magic bay, the old name of the White Sea, for the I r, }
famous sorcerers. gand-rei6, f. the 'witches' ride;' in ir
a witch is said to ride on a broomstick. Germ, besenstiel ; in oi
were said to ride by night on wolves, which are hence in poetry [uw
' the steeds of witches ;' fa J)u mer ut krokstaf minn ok bandvetlinjB
at ek vil a gandrei6 fara, Fms. iii. 176 ; ekki skorti gandreiSir 1 eyi^
nottina. Fas. ii. 131 ; hann kva& hann s66 hafa gandrei6, ok er ^at jnan
fyrir stortiSindum, Nj. 195 ; cp. also on this subject Isl. J>j63s. i.44i,4--
renna gcindum, to slide on ' gands,' ride a witch-ride ; vi9a hefi ek g , uni
rennt i nott, of a witch in Fbr. 124; vita ganda, to bewitch ' gano'^-''-
to deal in sorcery, Vsp. 25, cp. the passage in {}i6r. S., for Ostnu i;i
rcerSi gand sinn, the?i O. (a witch) went out (cp. litiscta) and rem
'gands,' i.e. raised ghosts, or gener. exercised her black art, — tlii i-^-
have here even neut. gaund (gcind) sin. The compd spa-gandar ;ysp.
seems to mean ' spae-gbosts' or spirits of divination.
giar" Some commentators render gandr by wolf, others by Ir
the sense no doubt lies deeper. Gunnar Palsson (died 179,')
gandr is used in Icel. of the helm of a ship ; but no such woii!
at least in the west of Icel.
GANGA, pret. gekk or gekk, 2nd pers. gekkt, mod. gekst ; 1
geingu, or gengu, and an old poiit. gingu ; gengengu in A'
mere misspelling (vide Saem. Mob. 25S); pres. geng, pi. giin;
subj. gengi (geingi) ; imperat. gakk and gakktii; with the 1
geng-at, gengr-at, gekk-at, gakk-attu, passim ; a middle fonu j^-
firr, go from me, Gm. I : a contracted form ga occurs now and
mod. hymns; it is not vernacular but borrowed from Germ, anc
[cp. VU.gaggan; A. S. and Hel. gangan ; Scot, and North. I"
mod. Engl, go; Dan.-Swed. gauge or ga; Germ, gehen; l-
ganga : Icel., Scots, and Norsemen have preserved the old ng, w ■■ ;
Germ, and Swed.-Dan. only remains in poetry or in a special sense, |g> ^
^ Germ, compds.]
GANGA.
189
A. To go : I. to walk ; rei5 jarl en Karkr g^kk, Fms. i. a lo,
I, a, 6, 14, 23, 24, 30, Edda 10, Gnig. ii. 95, passim; ganga leiSar
if, to go one's way, P'lns. x. 290, Krok. a6 : adding ace, g. alia lei6,
xi. 202, 299 ; g. berg, to clhnb a cliff; g. afrettar, to search the fell-
res (fjallganga), Hav. 39 ; also g. (to climb) i fjall, 1 kletta, Fms. x.
Icel. also say, ganga sko og sokka, to wear out shoes and socks ;
gekk tveniia sko; ganga berserks gang, q. v. p. absol. /o ^0
;ging, Grag. i. 226, 232, fsl. ii. 25; ganga vergang, husgang, id.
I'uniaSr). II. adding adverbs, infinitives, adjectives, or the
a. an adverb denoting direction ; g. ut ok inn, Vkv. 4, Lv. 26 ;
n, Fms. i. 16, vi. 33 ; g. lit, to go out, Lat. exire, Nj. 194 ; g. aptr, to
It, Fms. X. 352 ; g. fram, to step forward, Hm. i, Eg. 165 ; g. upp,
up, ashore; g. ofan, ni5r, to go down; g. heinian, 199 ; g. heim,
home; gakk hingat, come hither! 488; g. moti, i gegn e-m, to go
nst, to meet one ; g. braut, to go away ; g. til e-s, or at c-m, to go to
g. fra e-m, to leave one ; g. me3 e-m, to go with one; g. hja, to
by; g. saman, to go together ; g. yfir, to go over; g. gegnum, to go
igb ; g. undir, to go under ; g. undan, fyrir, to go before ; g. eptir,
) behind; g. um, to rove, stroll about, and so on passim; g. i saeti,
) to one's seat, take a seat. Eg. 551 ; g. til hvilu, to go to bed, Nj.
g. til matar, to go to dinner, Sturl. iii. 1 II, Eg. 483 ; g. til vinnu,
, to go to one's work, cp. Hm. 58 ; g. i kirkju, to go to church, Rb.
g. 4 fjall, to go on the fells, Hrafn. 34 ; g. a skip, to go on board,
X. 10 ; g. af skipi, to go ashore. p. with infin., in old poems often
oing ' at ;' ganga sofa, to go to sleep, Fm. 27 ; g. at sofa, Hm. 19 ; g.
to go to fight, Vsp. 56, Ls. 15 ; g. at eiga konu, to go to be married,
.1. 318. Y- with an adj. ; g. hraeddr, to be afraid; g. uviss, to be
■norance, etc., Fms. vii. 271, Sks. 250, 688. 2. in a more
al sense ; g. til einvigis, bardaga, to go to a duel, battle, Nj. 64 ;
holm (holmganga). Eg. 504, 506; g. a eintal, Nj. 103; g. til
vi8 e-n, to speak to one. Eg. 199, 764; g. 1 glimu, to go a-wrest-
U\. ii. 246 ; g. a fang, id., Ld. 206 ; g. i danz, to go a-dancing ; g.
ripta, to go to shrift, Horn. 157 ; g. at brxi6kaupi, to go to be married,
vii. 278 ; g. i skola, klaustr, to go to school, go ifito a cloister (as an
te), (hence skola-genginn, a school-man, scholar), Bs. passim ; g. i
istu, to take service, Nj. 268; g. i li6 meS e-m, to enter one's parly,
vitb one, loO ; g. i log, to enter a league with one; g. or logum,
out of a league, passim ; g. i fclag, or felagi, id. ; g. a mala, to take
e as a soldier, 121 ; g. a bond, g. til handa, to submit to one as a
^nan, surrender. Eg. 19, 33, (3. H. 184, Fms. vii. 180 ; g. a vald e-m,
\ie oneself up, Nj. 267 ; g. a hendr e-m, to encroach upon, Ver. 56 ;
•kuld, to bail, Grag. i. 232, Dipl. ii. 12 ; g. i tnina5, to warrant,
xi. 356; g. til tryg9a, Nj. 166, and g. til gri6a, to accept truce, sur-
r. Fas. ii. 556; g. i mal, to enter, undertake a case, Nj. 31 ; g. i
I 5, to go into bondage. Eg. 8 ; g. til lands, jarSar, rikis, arfs, to take
I 'sion of. ..,118, Stj. 380, Grag., Fms. passim ; g. til frcttar, to go to
I -acle, take auspices, 625. 89 ; g. til Heljar, a phrase for to die, Fms.
I 4; g. nxr, to go nigh, go close to, press hard on, Ld. 146, 322,
[ xi. 240 (where reflex.) ; var sa vi3r bteSi mikill og g66r J)vf at
J ell gekk naer, Th. kept a close eye on it, Ld. 316.
. B. Joined with prepp. and adverbs in a metaph. sense : — g. af, to
'tfrom, go off; J)a gukk af honum m66rinn ok sefa9isk hann, Edda
"4 er af honum gekk hamremin, Eg. 125, Eb. 136, Stj. 118; g.
to go out of or beyotid oneself; mjok g. Jieir svari-braeSr mi af ser,
3a; i moti Blia er hann gengr af ser (rages) sem mest, Fb. i. 193 ;
iikk mest af ser ranglseti manna um alnir, Bs. i. 135 : so in the
phrases, g. fram af ser, to overstrain oneself; and g. af ser, to
yff, decay : to forsake, g. af tru, to apostatize, Fms. ii. 213 ; g. af
I, to go out of ojie's wits, go mad. Post. 656 C. 31 ; g. af Gu8s
Sum, Stj. passim : to pass, Paskar g. af, Ld. 200 : to be left as
us (afgangr), Rb. 122, Grag. i. 411, K. p. K. 92 : — g. aptr, to walk
I, of a ghost (aptrganga), Ld. 58, Eb. 278, Fs. 131, 141, passim;
bsol., g. um hibyli, to hunt, Landn. 107 : to go back, be void, of a
•in, G][)l. 491 : — g. at e-m, to go at, attack, Nj. 80, 160 : to press on,
■ i. 51, Dipl. ii. 19 (atgangr) : g. at e-u, to accept a choice, Nj. 256 ; g.
iJi,/o assist, help, 207 : to fit, of a ke}', lykla \>ii sem g. at kistum
n, Finnb. 234, Fbr. 46 new Ed., N. G. L. i. 3S3 : medic, to ail, e-8
at e-m; ok gcngr at barni, and if the bairn ails, 340, freq. in
usage of ailment, grief, etc. : — g. a, e-t, to go against, encroach upon ;
I i riki e-s, Fms. i. 2 ; g. upp a, to tread upon, vii. 166 ; hverr maSr
fat gengr a mal J)eirra, who trespasses against their measiire, Grag.
to break, g. A or8, ei3a, siettir, tryg&ir, gri6, Finnb. 311, Fms.
}, Ld. 234; g. a bak e-u, to contravene, Isl. ii. 382 ; ganga a, to
t with a thing, Grag. ii. 363 ; hence the mod. phrase, miki&
' 4, much goi?tg on ; hva5 gengr a, what is going on ? J)a8 er fari6
a Jaft (of a task or work or of stores), it is far advanced, ?iot much
—g. eptir, to go after, pursue, claim (eptirgangr), Nj. 154, J>6r6. 67,
^'- 5 ; g- eptir e-m, to humour one who is cross, in the phrase, g.
e-m meS grasi& i skonum ; vertu ekki a& g. eptir straknum ; hann
•ta g. eptir ser (of a spoilt boy, cross fellow) : to prove true, follow,
'islti mart, en J)o gekk J)at sumt eptir, Nj. 194; eptir gekk fat er
m^r bau8 hugr um, Eg. 21, Fms. x. 211 :— g. fram, lo go on well in a
battle, Nj. 102, 235, Hav. 57 (framgangr) : to speed, Nj. 150, Fms. xi,
427: to grow, increase (of stock), (6 Hallger8ar g/ikk fram ok var8
allmikit, Nj. 22; en er fram gc^-kk mjok kvikfc Skallagrims, Eg. 136,
Vigl. 38 : to come to pass, skal |)ess bi8a er J)ctta gengr fram, Nj. 102,
Fms. xi. 22 : to die, x. 422 :— g. fra, to leave (a work) so and so; g.
vel irk, to make good work ; g. ilia hii, to make bad work ; J)a8 er ilia
frii, J)vi gengia, it is badly done : — g. fyrir, to go before, to yield to, to
be swayed by a thing; heldr nu vid hot, en ekki gcng ek fyrir sliku,
Fms. i. 305 ; J>6 at ver gangim heldr fyrir bli8u en stridu, ii. 34, Fb. i.
378, Horn. 68 ; hvarki gdkk hann fyrir bli8yr8um ne ognarmAlum,
Fms. x. 292 ; hann gekk J)a fyrir fortcilum hennar, Bs. i. 742 : in mod.
usage reflex., gangast fyrir illu, gu8u : to give away, tok hann J)a at ganga
fyrir, Fb. i. 530 : Icel. now say, reflex., gangast fyrir, to fall off, from
age or the like (vide fyrirgengiligr) : to prevent, skal honum Jiii cigi
fyrnska fyrir g., N. G. L. i. 249 ; fa er hann sckr {)rem miirkuni nema
nauSsyn gangi fyrir, 14; at J)eim gangi Icigleg forfiiU fyrir, G^il. 12 : — g.
i gegn, to go against, to meet, in mod. usage to deny, and so it seems to
be in G^l. 156 ; otherwise in old writers it always mcins the reverse, viz.
to avow, confess; ma8r gengr i gegn, at ii braut kveSsk tekit hafa, the
matt confessed a?id said that he had taken it away, Isl. ii. 331 ; ef ma8r
gengr i gegn legor8inu, Grag. i. 340; sa go8i er i gegn gekk (who
acknowledged) J)ingfesti hans, 20 ; hann iSraSisk ura6s sins, ok gekk i gegn
at hann hefSi saklausan selt herra sinn, Sks. 584, — this agrees with the
parallel phrase, g. vi8 e-t, mod. g. vi8 e-u, to confess, both in old and
mod. usage, id. : — g. hja, to pass by, to waive a thing, Fms. vi. 168 : — g.
me8, to go with one, to wed, marry (only used of a woman, like Lat.
nubere); J)u hefir J)vert tekit at g. me3 mer, Ld. 262, Sd. 170, Grag. i.
178, f)i8r. 209, Gkv. 2. 27, Fms. xi. 5 : medic, g. mc8 barni, to go with
child, i. 57 ; with ace. (barn), Bs. i. 790, and so in mod. usage ; a mother
says, sama sumariS sem eg gekk me8 hann (hana) N. N., (me8g6ngu-
timi) ; but dat. in the phrase, vera me8 barni, to be with child; g. mc8
biir8i, of animals, Sks. 50, Stj. 70 ; g. me8 mali, to assist, plead. Eg.
523, Fms. xi. 105, Eb. 210; g. me8 e-u, to confess [Dan. medgaae], Stj.,
but rare and not vernacular : — g. milli, to go between, intercede, esp. as
a peacemaker, passim (milli-ganga, me8al-ganga) : — g. 1 moti, to resist,
Nj. 90, 159, 171 : of the tide, en par gekk i moti litfalls-straunir.
Eg. 600: — g. saman, to go together, marry, Grag. i. 324, Fms. xi.
77: of a bargain, agreement, vi8 J)etta gekk saman saettin, Nj. 250;
saman gekk kaupit me8 J)eim, 259: — g. sundr, to go asunder, part,
and of a bargain, to be broken off, passim : — g. til, to step out, come
along; gangit til, ok bl6ti8, 623. 59; gangit til, ok hyggit at, lands-
menn, Fms. iv. 282: to offer oneself, to volunteer, Bs. i. 23, 24: the
phrase, e-m gengr c-8 til e-s, to purpose, intend; en {)at gekk mer
til {less (that was my reason) at ek ann {)er eigi, etc., Isl. ii. 269 ; sag8i,
at honum gekk ekki otrrinaSr til Jjessa, Fms. x. 39 ; g^kk Flosa {)at til,
at..., Nj. 178; gengr m^r meirr J)at til, at ek vilda firra vini mina
vandraeSum, Fms. ii. 171 ; maejgi gengr mer til, 'tis that I have spoken
too freely, Orkn. 469, Fms. vi. 373, vii. 258 : to fare, hversu hefir ykkr
til gengiS, how have you fared'? Grett. 48 new Ed.; Loka gekk litt til,
it fared ill with L., Fb. i. 276: mod., J)at gekk sva til, it so happened,
but not freq., as bera vi8 is better, (tilgangr, intention) : — g. um e-t,
to go about a thing ; g. um sxttir, to go between, as peacemaker, Fms.
V. 156; g. um beina, to attend guests, Nj. 50, passim: to matiage, fekk
hon sva um gengit, Grett. 197 new Ed. ; hversu ^dr gengu8 um mitt
g68s, 206 : to spread over, in the phrase, ma {)at er um margan gengr ;
f ess er um margan gengr guma, Hm. 93 : to veer, go round, of the wind,
gekk um ve8rit ok styrmdi at J)eim, the wind went round and a gale met
them, Bs. i. 775 : — g. undan, to go before, escape, Ver. 15, Fms. vii. 217,
Bias. 49 : to be lost, wasted, jafnmikit sem undan gekk af hans vanraekt,
GJ)1. 338 : to absent oneself, eggjuSusk ok ba8u engan undan g., Fms. x.
238 : — g. undir, to undertake a duty, freq. : to set, of the sun, Rb. 468,
Vigl. (in a verse) : to go into one's possession, power, Fms. vii. 207; — g.
upp, to be wasted, of money, Faer. 39, Fms. ix. 354: of stones or earth-bound
things, to get loose, be torn loose, J)eir glimdu sva at upp gengu stokkar allir
i hiisinu, Landn. 185 ; flest gekk upp J)at sem fyrir J)eim var8, Hav. 40,
Finnb. 248 ; ok g^kk or garSinum upp (was rent loose) gar8torfa frosin,
Eb. 190 : to rise, yield, when summoned, Sturl. iii. 236 : of a storm, gale,
to get up, rise, veSr gekk upp at eins, Grett. 94, BarS. 169 ; gengr upp
stormr hinn sami, Bs. ii. 50 : ofan ice-bound river, to swell, ain var akafliga
mikil, voru h6fu8isar at ba8um-megin, en gengin upp (swoln with ice)
eptir mi8ju, Ld. 46, Fbr. 20 new Ed., Bjani. 52 ; viitnin upp gengin, Fbr.
114; ain var gengin upp ok ill yfirferdar, Grett. 134: — g. vi8, in the
phrase, g. vi8 staf, to go with a staff, rest on it: with dat., g. vi8 e-u,
to avow (vide ganga i gegn above) : — g. yfir, to spread, prevail, a8r
Kristnin gengi yfir, Fms. x. 273; hetu a hei8in go8 til J)ess at J)au leli
eigi Kristnina g. yfir landit, Bs. i. 23 : the phrase, lata eitt g. yfir b;'i8a,
to let one fate go over both, to stand by one another for weal and woe;
hefi ek J)vi heiti8 honum at eitt skyldi g. yfir okkr baeSi, Nj. 193, 201,
204, GullJ). 8 : so in the saying, ma Jjat er yfir margan gengr, a common
evil is easier to hear, Fbr. 45 new Ed, (vide um above) ; muntu mi ver8a
190
GANGA.
at segja slikt sem yfir hefir geiigiS, all that has happened, Fms. xi. 240 ;
J)ess gengr ekki yfir J)4 at {)eir vili J)eim lengr J)j6na, they will no longer
serve them, come what may, Orkn. 84 : to overrun, tyrannize over, J)eir voru
6jafna3ar menn ok ganga J)ar yfir alia menn, P'ms. x. 198 (yfirgangr) :
to transgress, Horn. 109 : to overcome, J)6tti ollum monnum sem hann
muudi yfir allt g., Fms. vii. 326 : a naut. term, to dash over, as spray,
afall sva mikit at yfir gokk J)egar skipit, Bs. i. 422 ; hence the metaph.
phrase, g. yfir e-n, to be astonished; J)a8 gengr yfir mig, it goes above
me, I am astonished.
C. Used singly, of various things : 1. of cattle, horses, to graze
(haga-gangr) ; segja menn at svin hans gengi a Svinanesi, en sau3ir a
Hjar6arnesi, Landn. 124, Eg. 711; kalfrinn ox skjott ok g6kk i tiini
nm sumarit, Eb. 320; Freyfaxi gengr i dalnum fram, Hrafn. 6; J)ar var
vanr at g. hafr um tiinit, Nj. 62 ; \>zr var til grass (gors) at g., Ld. 96,
Grag. passim; gangandi gripr, cattle, beasts, Bjarn. 22 ; ganganda fe, id.,
Sturl. i. 83, Band. 2, fsl. ii. 401. 2. of shoals of fish, to go up, in a
river or the like (fiski-ganga, -gengd) ; vcitn er netnaemir fiskar g. i, Grag.
i. 149; til landauSnar horf6i i fsafir&i a5r fiskr gekk upp ii KviarmiSi,
Sturl. ii. 177; fiskr er genginn inn or alum, Bb. 3. 52. 3. of the
sun, stars, vide B. above, (solar-gangr haestr, lengstr, and laegstr skemstr
= the longest and shortest day) ; a8r sol gangi af fiingvelli, Grag. i. 24 ;
J)vi at fiar gekk eigi sol af um skamdegi, Landn. 140, Rb. passim: — of
a thunder-storm, {)ar gekk rei&i-duna me5 eldingu, Fb. iii. 174: — of the
tide, stream, water, vide B. above, e3a gangi at viitn e3a skri6ur, K. {>. K.
78. 4. of a ship, gekk J)a skipit mikit. Eg. 390, Fms. vi. 249 ;
letu sva g. su6r fyrir landit. Eg. 78 ; let sva g. su6r allt J)ar til er hann
sigldi i Englands-haf, 0. H. 149 ; r^ru nott ok dag sem g. matti. Eg. 88 ;
gekk skipit bratt lit a haf, 0. H. 136. {3. to pass; kva6 engi skip
skyldi g. (go, pass) til Islands J)at sumar, Ld. 18. II. metaph. to
run out, stretch out, project, of a landscape or the like ; gengr haf fyrir
vestan ok J)ar af firSir storir. Eg. 57; g. hof stor or litsjanum inn i
jor3ina ; haf (the Mediterranean) gengr af Njorva-sundum (the Straits
of Gibraltar), Hkr. i. 5; nes mikit gekk 1 sae lit. Eg. 129, Nj. 261; i
gegnum Danmork gengr sjor (the Baltic) i Austrveg, A. A. 288; fyrir
austan hafs-botn J)ann (Bothnia) er gengr til mots vi6 Gandvik (the
White Sea), Orkn. begin. : fra Bjarmalandi g. lond til ubyg9a, A. A.
289 ; Europa gengr allt til endimarka Hispaniae, Stj. 83 ; iillum megin
gengr at henni haf ok kringir um hana, 85 ; Jjessi J)ingha gokk upp {ex-
tended) um Skri3udal, Hrafn. 24 : of houses, af fjosi gekk forskali, Dropl.
28. 2. to spread, branch out; en af J)vi tungurnar eru olikar hvar
annarri, J)8er t'^g^r, er or einni ok hinni somu hafa gengit e6a greinzt, fia
J)arf olika stafi i at hafa, Skalda (Thorodd) 160 : of a narrative, gengr
J)essi saga mest af Sverri konungi, this story goes forth from him, i. e. relates
to, tells of him, Fb. ii. 533 ; litlar sogur megu g. af hesti minum, Nj. 90 ;
um fram alia menn Norraena J)a er siigur g. fra, Fms. i. 81. III.
to take the lead, prevail ; gekk J)a3an af i Englandi Valska, thereafter (i. e.
after the Conquest) the Welsh tongue prevailed in England, Isl. ii. 221 ; ok
J)ar allt sem Donsk tunga gengi, Fms. xi. 19 ; me6an Dtinsk tunga gengr,
x. 179 : — of money, to be current, hundraS aura ^a er J)a gengu i gjold,
Dropl. 16; eigi skulu dinar g. a3rar en J)essar, Grag. i. 498; i fenna
ti& gekk her silfr i allar storskuldir, 500, Fms. viii. 270; eptir J)vi
sem gengr {the course) flestra manna i milium, GJ)1. 352: — of laws,
to be valid, ok var naer sem sin log gengi i hverju tylki, Fms. iv. 18;
O&inn setti log i landi sinu ^au er gengit hofSu fyrr me3 Asum, Hkr.
i. 13 ; J)eirra laga er gengu a Uppsala-Jjingi, O.H. 86 ; her hefir Kristin-
doms-balk J)ami er g. skal, N. G. L. i. 339; sa si3r er J)a gekk, Fb. i.
71, (vide ganga yfir): — of sickness, plague, famine, to rage, J)a, gekk
landfarsott, bola, drepsott, hallaeri, freq. ; also impers., gekk J)vi hallaeri
um allt Island, Bs. i. 184; mikit hallaeri ok hart gekk yfir folkiS, 486,
v. 1. ; gekk sottin um hausti3 fyrir sunnan land ; J)a gekk mest plagan
fyrri, Ann. 1402, 1403. IV. to go on, last, in a bad sense, of
an evil; tokst si3an bardagi, ok er hann haf6i gengit um hri9, Fs.
48 : impers., hefir })essu gengit {it has gone on) marga manns-aldra, Fms.
i. 282 ; gekk J)vi lengi, so it went on a long ivhile, Grett. 79 new Ed. ;
gekk J)essu enn til dags, Nj. 272; ok gekk J)vi um hri&, 201; ok
gekk ^vi allan J)ann dag, Fms. vii. 147 ; lilt Ipvi g. i allt sumar, xi. 57 ;
gengr |)essu {)ar til er . . ., Fb. i. 258. V. denoting violence;
letu g. bae3i grjot ok vapn, Eg. 261 ; letu J)a hvarir-tveggju g. allt t)at
er til vapna hofftu, Fms. ix. 44 ; lata hoggin g., to let it rain blows,
l7lf. 12. 40; haSung, spottyr3i, hrop ok brigzl hver let me6 63rum g.
a vixl. Pass. 14. 3, (vapna-gangr) ; Birkibeinar roa J)a eptir, ok letu g.
liiSrana, a?id sotmded violently the alarum, Fms. ix. 50, (lu6ra-gangr) ;
lata daeluna g., to pour out had language, vide daela. VI. to
be able to go on, to go, partly impers. ; ef J)at gengr eigi, // that will
not do, Fms. vi. 284; sva \ykX at J)eim gekk ^ar ekki at fara, they
stood so close that they could not proceed there, Nj. 247 ; ^a nam |)ar
vi8, gekk J)a eigi lengra, there was a stop, then it could go no farther,
Fms. xi. 278; leiddu J)eir skipit upp eptir anni, sva sem gekk, as far
as the ship could go, as far as the river was navigable. Eg. 127: esp.
as a naut. term, impers., e.g. J)eim gekk ekki fyrir nesi3, they could
not clear the ness ; )^a, gengr eigi lengra, ok fella l)eir J)4 segliS, Bi. i.
I
'423 ; at vestr gengi um Langanes, 485, v. 1. VII. with adf
g. lett, fljott, to go smoothly; g. {lungt, seint, to go slowly ; oss 1
oil vapna-vi5skipti J)ungt g. vi8 J)4, Nj. 201 ; t)ungt g. oss mi malaf
181 ; gekk J)eim litt atsoknin, Stj. 385 ; at t)eim feSgum hefSi ^
hlutir lettast gengit, Bs. i. 274; seint gengr, |j6rir, greizlan, 0. H.
g. betr, verr, to get the better, the worse ; gekk Ribbungum betr i f
Fms. ix. 313; gengu ekki mjok kaupin, the bargain did not go
Nj. 157, cp. ganga til (B. above) : — to turn out, hversu g. mundi orre
273; gekk J)a allt eptir J)vi sem Hallr hafSi sagt, 256; ef kvifti
hag saekjanda, if the verdict goes for the plaintiff, Grag. i. 87;
J)etta mal hafa gengit at oskum, Dropl. 14; mart gengr verr en
a saying, Hm. 39 ; J)ykir honum mi at syiiu g. {it seems to him ev.
at hann hafi rett hugsa6, Fms. xi. 437 ; g. andaeris, to go all w
Am. 14; g. misgcingum, to go amiss, Grag. i. 435; g. e-m i tl
to turn false {crooked) ; J)at mun mer litt i tauma g. er Riitr segi
20; g. ofgangi, to go too high, Fms. vii. 269. VIII. of a
or the like ; haf3i gengit upp a mi8jan fetann, the axe went in
the middle of the blade, Nj. 209 ; gekk t)egar a hoi, 60 ; gekk i gc
skjoldinn, 245, Fb. i. 530. IX. of law; lata prof g., to
an enquiry; lata vatta g., to take evidence, D. N. X. to be
be lost; g6kk her me& holdit niSr at beini, the flesh was torn off,
530: esp. in pass. part, genginn, dead, gone, eptir genginn guma
71; moldar-genginn, buried, SI. 60 ; hel-genginn, 68; afli genginn,
from strength, i. e. powerless, Skv. 3. 13. |3. gone, past; gengift
J)a3 g6r3ist fyr, a ditty ; mer er gengi& heimsins hjol, gone for me
world's wheel {luck), a ditty. XI. used as transit, with
hann gengr bjorninn a bak aptr, he broke the bear's back in grai
with him, Finnb. 248 ; ok gengr hana a bak, ok bry'tr i sundr ^
hrygginn, Fb. i. 530. 2. medic, with dat. to discbarge ; gang*
to discharge blood (Dan. blodga?ig), Bs. i. 337, 383; Arius varfi
dauSr ok gekk or ser ollum iSrum, Ver. 47.
D. Reflex. : I. singly, gangask, to be altered, to cham
corrupted; gangask i munni, of tradition; var J)at long aevi, ok v
sogurnar hefdi eigi gengisk i munni, 0. H. pref. ; ma \>vi eigi Jjetta
munni gengisk hafa, Fb. ii. Sverr. S. pref. ; ok maettim ver ra6a um m
at malit gengisk, that the case could 7niscarry, be lost, Gltim. 3
lata gangask, to let pass, waive ; let Pall J)a g. ^a hluti er aSr hi
milium staQit, Sturl. i. 102 ; ef J)u laetr eigi g. fat er ek kref J)ik, F;
61. 2. e-m gengsk hugr vi6 e-t, to change one's 7Hi)id, i.e. to be-
to compassion, yield ; sotti hon J)a sva at honum gekksk hugr vi
264 ; J)a gekksk {>orger3i hugr vi6 harma-tolur hans, Ld. 232 ; ol
honum g. hugr vi6 J)at, sva at hann mun fyrirgefa J)er, Gisl. 98 ; i
hann gret, gekksk Isak hugr vi3, Stj. 167; er sendima6r faun at
gekksk hugr vi3 feit, O.H. 194; vi3 sh'kar fortolur hennar j
Einari hugr {E. was swayed) til agirni, Orkn. 24. II
prepp. (cp. B. above); gangask at, to 'go at it,' engage in a fit:
mi gangask J)eir at fast, Dropl. 24, Isl. ii. 267; gengusk m(| st
sveitum, of wrestlers, they wrestled one with another in sections
flokkevis), Gliim. 354 ; J)eir gengusk at lengi, Finnb. 248 : — gangasl
vide B. above : — gangask i gegn, at moti, to stand against, fight ajp
at ver latim ok eigi J)a raSa er mest vilja i gegn gangask (i. e. the e:[
on each side), lb. 12, cp. Fms. ii. 241; at J)eir skipa6i til um fyl
sinar, hverjar sveitir moti skyldi g., i. e. to pair the combatants off, i>
J)eir risu upp ok gengusk at moti, Stj. 497. 2 Sam. ii. 15 : — g. naer, (
to close quarters (Lat. comitius gerere), Nj. 176, Fms. xi. 240 : — g
&, to dash agai?tst one another, to split ; a gengusk ei3ar, the oatl
broken, Vsp. 30 : to be squared off against one another, sii var gor3
at a gengusk vigin hiiskarlanna, Rd. 288 ; ekki er annars getift
leti J)etta a gangask, i. e. they let it drop, Bjarn. 47 ; gangask fyrir.
off, Fms. iii. 2 5 5 : — gangask vi3, to grow, gain strength ; adr en vi6 {
hans baen, before his prayer should be fulfilled, x. 258 ; ef J)at ei
at triia J)essi skuli viS g., Nj. 162 ; hetu J)eir fast ii gu&in, at J)au
eigi lata vi6 gangask Kristnibo6 Olafs konungs, Fms. ii. 32 ;
gekksk vi8 um till J)au fylki, vii. 300 ; mikit gekksk Haraldr y
grew fast) um viixt ok afl, Fb. i. 566 ; Eyvindr haf6i miki6 vi8 ,
um menntir, E. had much improved himself in good breeding, Hra
vildi hann profa hviirr J)eirra meira hafSi vi8 gengisk, ivhicb
had gained most strength, Grett. 107 : to be in vogtie, in a bad se
longum vi8 gengisk ofund ok rangindi, Fms. i. 221, cp. Pass. 3;
gangask or sta8, to be removed, Fms. xi. 107. III. in the
e-m gengsk vel, ilia, it goes ivell, ill with one, Horn. 168, Am. f
gengsk ^er aldri, nema . . ., the evil will never leave thee, thou viil
be happy, unless . . ., 65.
ganga, u, f. a walking, Bs. i. 225, VJ)m. 8; toku heyrn daufir,
haltir, 625. 82, cp. Matth. xv. 31 ; nema syn e8r gongu fra mi
Post. 645. 70: the act of walking, Korm. 182, Fms. vi. 325;
giingu, to take a walk, Korm. (in a verse) : — a course, ganga tun
course of the moon, Edda 7 ; hvata gongunni, id. ; ganga vinds, tbi
of the wind, 15, Rb. 112, 476 : — a procession, Fms. x. 15, Fs. 85
251 ; vera saman i gongu, to march together. Band. 11 ; logbergi
^procession to the bill of laws, Grag. f>. |>'. ch. 5, Eg. 703 ; kirkju-g.,
GONGUDRYKKJA— GARDR.
191
burcb; het-g., a war-march ; holm-g., a duel, q. v.; f}M-g., a walk to
fell (to fetch sheep) : — of animals, hrossa-g., grazing, pasture/or horses,
1. V. 14; sau6-g., sheep-pasture: esp. in pi. fetching sheep from the
pastures in autumn (fjall-ganga), Grag. ii. 310, cp. Korm. ch. 3, Vd.
44. Vapii. 22; 6-goi\g\ir, straits. compds : gOngu-drykkja, u, f.
ririking-bout, Fnis. viii. 209. gbngu-feeri, u. = gangfaeri, Fms. viii.
). g6ngu-kona, u, f. a vagrant woman, Grag. i. 340, Nj. 142, Bs.
14. gongu-lag, n. gait. gdugu-lid, n., coWtct. footmen, Baer.
g6ngu-ma3r (pi. -menn), m. a vagrant, beggar, Grug. i. 163,
«. 34^' K.Jj.K. 34, 80, Gisl. 54-56, 141. gSngumanna-erfd, n.
'Hg the inheritance of a vagrant, Grag. i. 190. gSngumann-liga,
(-ligr, adj.), beggarlike, beggarly, Fms. iii. 20Q, Fas. iii. 202.
igu-m63r, adj. zveary front walking. g6ngu-stafr, m. a walking-
k. gongu-sveinn, m. a beggar-boy, Korm. 193.
mgari, a, m. [Dan. and Scot, ganger, a transl. of the mid. Lat. am-
itorY. — an ambling nag, a palfrey, Sturl. iii. 117; spelt gangvari in
r. 16, 23; passim in the romances.
ang-dagr, freq. spelt by metath. Gagn-dagr, m. [A. S. Gang-ddg],
Rogation-days, called ' Ganging days' from the practice of going in
session round the boundaries on those days, K. p. K., Rb., N. G. L.
sim : the 25th of April is called Gangdagrinn eini, the minor Rogation-
, K. Jj. K. 106, Rb. 46, 544; in pi., Grag. i. 325, Fms. vii. 228,
}. L. i. 24, 348, K. p. K. 102, vide Bs. ii. 247. compds : Gang-
;a-helgr, f. Rogation-holidays, N. G. L. i. 10. Gangdaga-vika,
. Rogation-week, K. {>. K. 100, 102, Rb. 544, 558. Gangdaga-
g, n. a meeting during Rogatioti-week, Fms. vii. 217, 347- In all
e compds spelt variously ' gagn-' or ' gang-.' The word Gangdagar
idoubtedly borrowed from the A. S.
Qg-fagr, adj. with a graceful gait, Eb. (in a verse).
i,ng-fasta (Gagn-f.), u, f. the Rogation-fast, in the Rogation-week,
94, N.G. L. i. 17.
ag-fseri, n. [Dan. fure or gang/ore^, the condition of a road; illt
t) g., bad (good) walking, Fms. viii. 400.
ig-faerr, adj. able to walk, Horn. 152.
ig-lati, a, m. a 'lazy goer,' an idler; and gang-16t, f. id., pr,
;s of the servants in the hall of Hela, Edda.
ig-leri, a, m. obsolete, except as a pr. name of the mythical wan-
Edda ; in Scot, still found as an appell. in the true sense, a gangrel
■oiler, vagabond.
ig-limir, m. pi. 'gang-limbs' shanks.
(jig-mikit, n. adj. a great crowd, tumult.
ig-pmdr, adj. with stately gait, Sks. 291.
igr, m. [A. S. gong; Scot, gang = a ivalk, journey; Dan, gang ;
gang; cp. G&xm. gebeti]: — a going, walking, Sks. 370; vera a
i, to be walking to and fro, Grett. 153 : metaph., rong eru mal a
i, had reports are going about, Bs. i. (in a verse) ; vapn a gangi,
ons clashing (vide II. 2. below), Grag. ii. 8 ; J)a var hvert jam a
i, Fb. i. 21 2 : — gefit mer gang, give me way, passage, let me go, Fms.
75, 347 •■—^pace, a horseman's term, engan (hest)L hafa J)eir slikan se6
sakir gangs ok vaxtar, Rom. 422 : Icel. say, J)a8 er enginn g. i
m, be has no pacing or ambling in him; or gang-lauss, adj. not
g: — grazing, uti-g., litigangs-hestr, opp. to a stall-fed horse: —
;*, of the sun, stars, moon, gangr himin-tungla, Edda (pref.), hence
•g., the course of the sun above the horizon = day ; stuttr, litill,
.s61ar-g., a short, long day: — cotirse, of money. II.
ph., 1. a going onward, prevailing, being in vogue; hafa
jm gang, to he much in vogue, Al. 87 ; heldr er vaxandi g. at Jjeim,
\otre rather on the increase, Gisl. 66 ; ^6tti ^eim hann hafa ofmikinn
I {favour) af konungi, Fms. ii. 54; me6-g., good luck; mot-g.,
»(y; \ipp-g., thrift ; k-gSLngy , inroad ; yfiT-g., tyranny. 2. rapid
rious going; |)a var sva mikill gangr at um aptr-gongur {)6r61fs,
, the huntings of Th. (a ghost) went so far, that . . ., Eb. 314 ; ok
iirisk sva mikill g. at, Gisl. 151 ; sva gorSisk mikill g. at J)essu, Eb.
sv4 mikill g. var or6inn at eldinum, the fire had got to such a height,
445; elds-g.,_;?re; vapna-g., a clash of weapons; vatna-g., a rush,
of water ; 61du-g., sjafar-g., high waves; hiim-g., furious surf;
u-g., desolation from earth-slips ; berserks-g., berserker fury : — tramp-
horns g. ok hofs, Grag. ii. 122. 3. law term, a process;
;., Skalda 201, rare in old writers, but freq. in mod., Dzn.retter-
4. medic, a discharge, esp. from the stomach ; vall-gangr,
ntmt; Jiarfa-g., urine; J)eir voru sumir er drukku gang sinn, Al.
ni8r-g., diarrhoea ; upp-g., expectoration : — a privy, ganga til gangs,
ii. 119 ; Jieir skyldu hafa bu6ar-t6pt Skiitu fyrir gang, Rd. 305 ; mi
iidr bundinn i gangi, Grag. 1. c. III. collective, a gang, as
^.; dizngn-g., a gang of ghosts ; mnsa-g., a gang of mice ; gaura-
^ang of roughs ; troUa-g., a gang of trolls (giants) ; {)j6fa-g., a gang
WW. — Vide gong, n. pi. a lobby.
ft*6ra., n. a passage-room, lobby, Gfett. 99 B.
jS^ilfr, n. current money, Sturl. iii. 307, Fms. ix. 470, Jb. 157,
[< N. G. L. passim.
' wg-skdr, f., in the phrase, gora g. at e-u, to make steps in a tbitig.
* gang-Btigr, m. a footpath, Sks. 4, Greg. 59.
gang-tamr, adj. pacing (of a horse), H&m. 3.
gang-vari, a, m. (gang-ari, gang-veija, u, f.), collect, a suit of
clothes, Grag. i. 299, Sks. 288, Bs, i. 876, Ann. 1330,
gang-verja, u, f. = gangvari, Stj. 367, 616.
GAP, n. [A. S. geap ; Engl, gap ; Dan. gab ; cp. gapa], prop, a gap,
empty space, whence Ginnunga-gap, the Chaos of the Scandin. mythol.,
Edda, Vsp. 2. metaph. gab, gibes ; op ok gap, hireysti ok gap, Fb,
iii, 425, cp. Nj. 220. gaps-ina3r, m. a gaping fool, a gaby, Fbr. 13.
gapa, pret. gap&i, Edda 20, Mart. 118; and gapti, pres. gapi, Bs. i.
647 ; sup. gapat, imperat, gapi, Skm, 28 : [D^n. gabe; Germ, gaffen'] : —
to gape, open the mouth wide, Edda 1. c. ; me& gapanda munn, of a wolf,
41, Fms. iv. 57 ; me& gapandi hofSum, |>(')r&. 94 new Ed.
gapaldr, m. a Runic character used as a spell, fsl.{>j6ds,
gapi, a, m. a rash, reckless man, freq. ; Icel. say, angr-gapi (q. v.), solar-
gapi, hann er mesti solargapi, perhaps with reference to the Wolf and
the Sun, Edda 7. compds : gapa-legr, adj. (-lega, adv.), hare-brained.
gapa-mu3r, m. a gaping, heedless fellow, a nickname, Fms. gapa-
skapr, m. recklessness. gapa-stokkr, m. the stocks 01 pillory. gap-
uxi, a, m. a blusterer, a bidly, Fs. 71.
gap-lyndi, n. bluster, Karl. 493.
gap-ripvir, f. pi., or gap-riplar, m. pi. an an. K(y., for the reading
vide Johnson. Nj. Lat. I.e., gaping, staring with open mouth, Nj. (in a
verse).
gap-J>rosnir, m. = gapi, Edda (Gl.), an Sir. Xty.
garfl-bot, f. reparation of a fence, Grag. ii. 263 sqq., G^\. 454.
gar3-brj6tr, m. (-brytill, Gp\. 388), a fence-breaker, N. G. L. i. 41.
gar3-brot (gar3a-brot), n. breach of a fence, GJ)1. 350, 391.
gar3-f63r, n. bay for fodder in a farm-yard, N. G. L. i. 38.
gar3-hli3, n. a gate, Fms. ix. 414.
gar3-lius, n. a privy, Fms. iv. 169, vi. 15, Stj. 629.
gar3-liverfa, u, f. a fence, pinfold, Bs. i. 46.
gardi, a, m. the wall in a stall supporting the manger (in western Icel.)
gar3-lag, n. the laying of a fence, Grag. ii, 262 sqq., Sd. 180 : a pound,
Vm. 87. gar3lags-onn, f. the work (season) for fencing, Grag. ii. 261 .
gar3-lauss, zd]. fenceless, N.G.L. i. 8,
gar3-leiga, u, f. house-rent, GJ)1. 93.
GARDR, m.[Ulf.^flrJs = o?Kos; A.S.geard; Eng\. yard, garth, garden;
O.H.G.gart; Gevm. gar ten ; Dun.-Sv/td. gard ; Lat. hortus]: I.
a yard (an enclosed space), esp. in compds, as kirkju-g., a church-yard;
vin-g., a vineyard; stakk-g., a stack-yard ; hey-g., a hay-yard; kal-g., a
kale-yard; urtz-g., a kitchen-garden ; Min-g. a.nd gras-g., a garden ; d^ra-
g., a ' deer-yard,' a park : — garSr, alone, is a hay-yard (round the hay-
ricks) ; hence gar3s-seti or gar3-seti, q. v. 2. a court-yard, court
and premises ; J)eir ganga ut i gar&inn ok berjask, Edda 25, a paraphrase
from ' tiinum' in Gm. 41 ; J)eir Grimr hittu menn at mali liti i garSinum,
Eg. 109 ; t)a s4 hann at o6rum-megin i garSinum bruna&i fram merkit,
0. H. 31 ; ganga til garSs, 71 ; mikill kamarr (privy) var i gar3inum,
id. ; en er J)eir Hraerekr satu i garftinum, 72 ; foru l)egar J)angat i
garSinn sem Hkin voru, id. ; er hann kom heim i J)orpit ok g<3kk um
garSinn, Fms. x. 218; gengid hef eg um garSinn m66, gle&istundir
dvina, a ditty; innan stokks (within doors) eda i garSi liti, G|)l. 136 ;
eigi nenni ek at hann deyi undir gor6um minum, Lv. 59 : — a fish-
yard, Vm. 14. 3. esp. in Norway, Denmark, and Sweden, a house
or building in a town or village, [Dan. gaard = lce\. bar] ; hann var i
Hroiskeldu ok atti {)ar gar6, Bjarn. 6 ; Egill spur6i hvar g. sa vaeri i
borginni (in York) er Arinbjorn aetti. Eg. 407 ; hann var i garSi J)eim er
Hallvar&s-g. var kallaSr, Bs. i. 634 ; i garS Arons, 636 ; konungs-g., the
king's yard, Fms. passim and in records referring to Norway. garda-
leiga, u, f. house-rent, H. E. i. 394. gar3a-s61, f., botan. the
orach, Hjalt. garSs-bondi, a, m. a house-owner, Grett. 103, Jb. 157.
gar3s-liorn, n. a 'yard-nook,' cottage. Fas. iii. 648 : esp. in tales, in the
fhrase, kongur og drottning i riki sinu og karl og kerling i GarSshorni,
si. t)j63s. passim ; the saying, J)a3 er ekki krokr a3 koma i Gar&shoni.
gards-liusfreyja, u, f, a town-lady, Grett. 158 A: in Icel., where the
whole population are country-folk, this sense of gardr is only used in
metaph. phrases, saws, = j&owe, house ; kemr engi sa til garSs (to the house)
at viti hvat i se. Band. 13 ; fataekum manni er til gar5s kemr, Dipl. ii.
14; hyggjum ver at i yftvarn gar6 hafi rxmrnt, into your hands, your
possession, Ld. 206; helmingr skal falla 1 minn garS, the half shall fall
into my share, Fxt. 11 "j ; skal aukask {)ri&jungi i J)inum garSi, i« thy
keeping, Nj. 3 ; J)6tt niikkut komi {)at or varum garSi, 54; leggja mala-
ferli i gard e-s, to bring a case home to one, Sturl. ii. 27 ; |)ess alls ens
ilia sem ^a, var honum 1 gar6 borit, all the evil that was brought to his
door, Hom. 119; Gu3 i garSi ok g6b J61, a greeting, Grett. 99 (MS.) ;
li5r vetr or gar5i, the winter passed by, Nj. 112 ; rida i gard, to arrive
(of a rider), Sturl. iii. 185 ; ri6a or gardi, to depart, Ld. 96 ; riSa um
gard, to pass by; visa gestum a gard varn, Fas. iii. 5 ; gora e-n af gar5i
(mod. or garSi), to equip one when departing, e. g. a son, a friend, or the
like ; eigi ertii sva af gar&i gorr sem ek vilda (a mother to a departing
son), Grett. 94 ; hversu herralega keisarinn gor&i hann af garSi, Karl.
192
GARDSENDI— GAUPN.
148; ok hef5a ek giirt l)Ik af gar5i me8 gle3i ok fagnaSi, Stj. 181 ; but
esp. to endow a daughter ivhen married, gtira dottur sina vel (ilia) or
garSi, etc. ; biia i gar6, to prepare ; hann hefir sva i garfiinn biiit, he has
made bis bed so : the phrase, {)a6 cr allt um gar6 gengiS, all past, done,
bygone; {iibm-g., father bouse, paternal hoiise ; bu-g'^rbr, an estate : also
in poets, i Eyjatirdi upp a Grund a J)ann gar6inn friSa, a ditty : — a local
name of several farms in Icel., Gar6r, sing., or more usually Gar6ar,
Landn., prob. from corn-fields : the saying, vi5ar er GuS enn i GorSum,
addressed to presumptuous people who think God is God only for them-
selves. 4. denoting a stronghold ; tann-g., the ' tootb-wall,' the teeth
and gums, Gr. epKos oSovtojv ; As-gar3r, the bold of the gods, Edda ; Mi6-
garSr, Middle-hold, i. e. the earth ; Ot-gar&ar, Outer-bold, where the
giants dwell, Edda : the phrase, raftast a gardinn J)ar sem hann er Isegstr, to
assault the weakest part, to encroach upon the weak and helpless. 5.
in western Icel. a heavy snow-storm is called gar8r. II. in Icel.
sense a fence of any kind ; gar3r of |)j69braut fivera, Grag. ii. 264 : in
the law phrase, garSr er granna saettir, a fence {yard) is a settler among
neighbours (i.e. forms the landmark), G\>\., Jb. 258; leggja gar6a, to
make fences, Rm. 12, Landn. App. 325 ; ^eir bi6u hja garSi nokkurum,
Nj. 170 : esp. the fence around the bomefield, also called tiin-g., Grag. i.
82, 453, Nj. 83, II4, Eg. 766, Ld. 148, fsl. ii. 357, passim; ski6-g., a
rail fence; gT]6t-g., a stone fence; 'Loxi-g., a turf fence ; hzga.-g., the hedge
of a pasture, Eb. 132 ; tun-g., a 'tun' fence; virkis-g., a castle wall, Fb.
ii. 73 (in a verse) ; stiflu-g., a ditch; rif-g., a swathe. compds : gar3s-
endi, a, m. the end of a fence, Grag. ii. 263. gar3s-lili3, n. a gate,
= gar3hli5. Eg. 713, Fms. vii. 245, viii. 170, N. G. L. i. 290. garSs-
krokr, m. a nook of a fence, Sturl. i. 178. gar3s-rust, f. the ruin
of a fence, Sturl. ii. 227. gar3s-onn, f. = gar36nn. III.
Garflar, m. pi. (i GorSum), Gar8a-riki or GarSa-veldi, n. the empire
of Gardar, is the old Scandin. name of the Scandinavian-Russian king-
dom of the loth and nth centuries, parts of which were Holm-garSar,
KaEnu-gar5ar, Nov-gorod, etc. ; the name being derived from the castles or
strongholds {gardar) which the Scandinavians erected among the Slavonic
people, and the word tells the same tale as the Roman ' castle' in Eng-
land ; cp. the interesting passage in O. H. ch. 65 — ok ma enn sja 'jpxr
jarSborgir (earth-works, castles) ok onnur storvirki {jau er hann gor6i, —
K. fi.K. 158, Fms., 6. H. passim, (cp. Munch Det Norske Folks Hist. i.
39 sqq.) ; the mod. Russ. gorod and grad are the remains of the old
Scandin. gar5r = a castle; cp. Gerzkr, ad], from Gardar, i.e. Rus-
siaft. p. Mikli-gar6r = /i&e ' Muckle-yard,' the Great town, i.e. Con-
stantinople, passim. compds : GarSarikis-menn, m. pi. the men
from G., Russians, Fas. iii. 314. Garfls-konungr, m, the Greek em-
peror, Fms. vi. 167, Fas. iii. 671, Mar. 141,
garS-rum, n. a court-yard, D. N.
gard-satirr, m. seiuage, N.G. L. iii. 14.
gar3-seti, a, m. a 'yard-sitter,' the end of a bay-rick, Eb. 190.
gar3-skipti, n. partition by a fence, Js. loo.
garS-smugall, adj. creeping through a fence, N. G. L. i. 41.
garfl-sta3r, m., mod. gar5-st8e3i, n. the place of a fence or hay-yard,
Dipl. iv. 9, V. 16.
gar3-8taurr, n. a stake for fencing, 623. 58, Eg. 80, Fms. ix. 56 : the
phrase, enginn skal 66rum at garbstauri standa, no one is bound to stand
up as a rail stake for another, i.e. an inroad into an nnfenced field is no
trespass, the owner must fence it himself, N. G. L. i. 40.
gar3-sveinai, m. a 'yard-boy,' valet, hence Fr. garfon, {>i6r. 230.
gar3-torfa, u, f. a slice of turf, a sod, Eb. 190.
gar3-virki, n. fencing materials, Grag. ii. 263.
gar3-v6r3r, m. a ' court-warder,' overseer, Karl. 10.
gar3-6nn, f. the season offence-work, Griig. ii. 261.
GAEG, n. a shrieking, howling ; and garga, a3, [from Gr. yapyapi^u
through lta.\. gargagliare, Eng\. gargle'], to shriek with a coarse voice.
gargan, n. a serpent, Edda (Gl.) ; a nickname, Sturl. ii. 142.
garland, n. (for. word), a garland, Fms. x. 149.
GABMR, m. the name of a dog in the mythol. Edda, Vsp. 2. a
tatter, rag, pi. garmar, rags; so also fata-garmar, hence metaph. in
addressing any one, garmrinn, poor wretch ! cp. tetriS ! rsefillinn !
GKR'N,n.[A.S.gearn; F.ugl. yarn; Dan.-Swed. ^nrn] ; spinna garn,
to spin yarn, Eb. 92 ; ek hefi spunnit tolf alna garn, / have spun yarn
for a twelve ells web, Ld. 224 ; lin ok garn, Js. 78; silki-garn, silk yarn ;
tvinna-garn, twine yarn, twisted yarn ; opp. to ein-gerni, q. v. II.
the warp, opp. to vipt, the weft, Nj. 275.
garn-dukr, m. a cloth of yarn, D, N.
garnir, f. pi. guts, vide gcirn ; gam-engja, u, f. constriction of the
bowels; garn-m6rr, m. suet.
gam-vinda, u, f. a skein of yarn.
garp-ligr, adj. martial. Eg. 16, Ld. 274, Horn. 143.
garp-menni, n. a martial tnan, Ld. 42, Fms. iii. 83.
GARPR, m. a warlike man, but often with the notion of a bravo,
Grett. 155 ; g. e9a afreksmaSr, Nj. 261 ; mikiliiSligr ok g. enn mesti,
Fms. xi. 78; garpar miklir ok afsetor, III, Fb. ii. 72, Vdpn. 19, Bjarn.
34 : even of a woman (virago), hon var vaen kona ok g. mikiil i skapi.
J Sturl. i. 148. p. the name of an ox, Gull^. 23, whence Garps-da]^
the name of a farm, Landn. : of a horse, hvat mun garprinn vilja er 1
er heim kominn, Hrafn. 8. y. the Hanseatic traders in Sweden
Norway were in the Middle Ages called Garpar, D. N., Boldt, Vc
hence Garpa-skuld, n. a debt due to the Garps, D. N.
garp-skapr, m. bravery, Korm. 142, Fms. xi. 151, Grett. 131, {)6r8,
garri, a, m. in compds, garra-legr, adj. [from Ital. garrulo], garni
gaskona-lidttr, m. (for. word), gasconade.
gaspr, n. gossip, prating.
gaspra, a6, to gossip, a mod. word, prob. from the Engl.
gassi, a, m. n gander : metaph. a noisy fellow, a ' goose,' Gisl. 10, 1
8 (in a verse), Karl. 474 ; g. ok glopr. El. 15. compds : gassa-gL
m. a law term, a 'goose's crime,' such as bitting one person when on
thrown at another, N. G. L. i. 72. gassa-ligr, adj. (-liga, i
boisterous, waggish. gassa-skapr, m. waggery.
GAT, n., pi. got, [A.S.geat and Y.ng\. gate = entrance ; Hal. ^
foramen'], a bole, Fms. iii. 217, Fas. iii. 486 ; skrar-gat, a iey^
liiku-gat, a trap-door; cp. the following word.
GAT A, u, f. \\][^. gatva = 'ttXar(ia; Old Engl, and Scot, gate =
O.li.G. gaza, mod. gasse ; Swed. gata; Dun. gade]: — prop, a /ion
fare (cp. gat above), but generally a way, path, road, Nj. 75, Gi
89, 93, Fms. ix. 519, Ld. 44, Ver. 21, passim; a gotu e-s, in on^t
Bias. 40; t)6tt slikir sveinar vseri a gotu minni, Nj. 182; alia g3
adv. ' algates,' always ; ek hefi verit alia gotu (throughout) litill ski
Bs. i. 297, Stj. 119, 164, 188, 194, 252 ; gotur Gu3s, the ways of
Post. 656 C. 14 ; gata til Gu8s, 655 iv. i ; ry6ja gotu fyrir e-m, to
the road for one, Hom. 146 ; biia gotu e-s, 625. 96. Mark i. 2
name of a farm, Faer. ; Gotu-skeggjar, m. pi. the name of a f
in the Faroes, Ld., Faer.; rei&-gata, a riding road; skei6-gata, a
course; hlamnn-gzta, a broad open road ; rykr-gotuT, a sheep path ; \h
gata, a zigzag path; kross-gotur, four cross roads, (oi popular tales liit
them vide Isl. {jj65s. comi'ds : gatna-vndt, n. pi. junction of '
Grag. ii. 161, Landn. 306, Stj. 197, Fms. viii. 171, Karl. 456, Finnl
gotu-breidd, f. the breadth of a road. Eg. 582. gotu-gar3r .,;
road fence, D. N. gotu-nisti, n. the Lat. viaticum, Bs. i. 249. iu-
skar3, n. a slip in a road, Fs. 90. gotu-stigr, m. a foot-pat'i\is.
iii. 279. g6tu-J)j6fr, m. a law term, a thief who has to run the gi \M
through a defile, Swed. gatu-lopp, N. G. L. i. 334.
GAUD, f. [geyja], a barking, Rb. 346 ; hunda-gau6 n(j ulfa-l ■ ■;
645. 73. II. neut. a poltroon, Bb. 3. 47.
gau3a, a5, to bark at, scold one; ut-gau5a e-m, to out-scold
gau3-rif, n. abuse, barking, Sks. 435.
GAITFA, a8, (and gauf, n., gavifari, a, m.), to saunter, /:
freq. akin to gafi, cp. Goth, gepanta in a reference by Jorna
litigua eorum ' pigra' gepanta dicitur, whence ' Gepidi,' the ii,;
ancient Teut. people. 1
GAUKR, m. [A.S. geac; Scot, goiuk"], a cuckoo, Edda 79
hrossa-g., the horse cuckoo, a name given to the green sand-pipr-. '
of its neighing cry. compds : gauk-indnu3r, m. cuckoo-'
first summer month, about the middle of April to the midoi
Edda 103. gauk-messa, u, f. cuckoo-mass, =-t\ii: ist of M
N. G. L. gauk-J)j6r, m. a kind of bird, Edda (Gl.)
GAUL, n. a lowing, bellowing, Fms. iii. 201, passim :— medic, jn*
gaul, ' stomacbus latrans.' II. fem. a river in Norway, hence G; iir-
dalr, m. the name of a county ; Gaul-verjar, m. pi. the men ■'-
Gaul ver ja-bser, m. a farm in Icel.; Gaul-verskr, adj., L:^
gaula, a9, to low, bellow, 6. T. 70, Bev. 22, Fms. iii. 201, H
gaiilan, f. a lowing, bellowing, Fms. v. 90, (3. H. 135, 2.'-
Rom. 234.
gauin-g83fa, 8, to observe, give heed to, Str. 37, Rb. 4. ,
gaum.-g8ef3, f. attention, heed, 625. 166, Str. 24.
gaum-gsefi, mod. gaum-gsefni, f. a heeding, attention, Barl. 1 00,
gaumgsefis-leysi, n. heedlessness, Anccd. 18. '
gaumgsefi-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), carefully.
GAUMR, m. ; fem. gauin also occurs, g68a, litla gaum, Hom.
and so sometimes in mod. writers ; [A. S.gedme and gy7nen, Ornu:!
— heed, attention ; only used in the phrase, gefa gaum at c-r.
heed to a thing, Nj. 57, Eg. 551, Fms. viii. 18, Hom. 69; var ci;
gefinn at pvi, (3. H. 71, 116 ; gefa g68a, litla (fem.) g. at e-u, Ii
GAUPA, u, f. the lynx, Al. 167, 168, 173, N. G. L. iii. 4:
Merl. 2. 61 ; vide hergaupa.
GAUPK", f. [Scot, goupen or goupin; O.ti.G. coufan; n:'
goufen; Swed. gopen], prop, both bands held together in the i
bowl ; in the phrases, sja, horfa, lita, liita i gaupnir ser, to look. <
bend down) i?ito one's goupen, to cover one's face with the palms, a
of sorrow, prayer, thought, or the like, Sturl. iii. 113, Orkn. 170.
O. H. L. 13 ; hon sa i gaupnir ser ok grct, she covered her face o'
Vapn. 21, cp. Grett. 129 ; J)a laut hon fram i gaupnir ser a bon'^.
65 ; ilj* gaupnir, poiit. the hollows in the soles of the feet, f)d. 3 :
i gaupnum ser (better reading greipum), to have a person in out
O, H. L. 1. c. 2. as a measure, as much as can be taken in tl
r
jfiQ.
GAUPNASYN— GEPA.
193
logethef, ii in Scot. ' gowd in goupins ;' gaupnir siKts, goupens of
••, F4s. ii. 176; gaupnir moldur, goupens of earth, id. gaupna-
f. a looking into one's palms, covering one's face, O. H. L. I.e.
lUBB, m. [Ulf. gaurs = sad'], a rough, a ' sad fellow,' used in
nzk 240, but esp. freq. in old romances translated from French ;
m used in genuine old writers ; in exclamations, gaurr ! vundr g. !
Flov., Art., Str. passim, Fas. iii. 6. gaura-gaugr, m. a gang of
ms, Gisl. 53.
Lta, aS, to prate, brag. Fas. i. 485 ; still used in the east of Icel.
itan, f. prating, Lv. 53, Gd. 16.
.UTAR, m. pi. a Scandin. people in western Sweden, called in A. S.
es, and to be distinguished from Gotar, Goths; hence Gaut-land,
; land of the Gants ; Gaut-Elfr, f. the river Gotba, the ' Elbe of
'auts;' Gauta-sker, n. pi. the Skerries of the north-western coast
.-eden; cp. also the mod. Gciteborg, (5. H., Fms., passim.
.itr, m., a poijt. name of Odin, Vtkv., Edda ; it seems to mezn father,
!;j6ta : poet, a man, sd ogsefunnar gautr, that hapless man, Hallgr. ;
•j;autslegr, adj. miscreant-like.
itskr, adj. /row Gatitland, Fms. passim,
, 6, pres. gai, part. ga6 ; pret. subj. gaeBi, Am. 70 : [cp. Lat. caveol : —
■d, mark, with infin. or gen., Landn. 30, Fb. i. 210; jarl ga6i varla
:a malum sinum fyrir tali {)eirra, Orkn. 300 : with gen., er miklu
hans ofsi, en hann muni mi J)ess ga e5r geyma, Isl. ii. 239, Sks.
Hm. 115 ; Gu9s hann gafti, he gave heed to God, SI. 4 ; ga sin, to
'eed to oneself: — ga til e-s, to juark, Fb. ii. 193 : — in mod. usage, g4
I, to heed, observe; gef mcr Jesu a8 ga a5 J)vi, Pass. i. 27 ; freq. in
•s such as, ga6u aS f er, take heed! beware ! ga6u a& Gu3i, take heed
1 ! take care what thou art doing ! with infin., cigi man ga6 hafa verit
•a fyrir lokurnar, they have not taken care to lock the door, Lv. 60,
vi. 368 : without the mark of infin., glyja J)u no gaftir, thou didst
re to be gleeftd, thou wast sorrowful, H3m. "].
, f. barking; hund-ga, Lv. 60; goS-ga (q.v.), blasphemy.
, a, m. fl scoffer, mocker, Edda (Gl.), Korm. 1 72 (in a verse).
li'A, u, f. [from Germ, gabe'], a gift in a spiritual sense ; skald-
-gafa, a poetical gift: esp. in pi. gifts, wit.
^, part, gifted; flug-g., vel-g., clever; iUa-g., treg-g., dull-witted,
, u, f. n lively girl. Lex. Poet.
st, aS, dep. to make jokes.
lusliga, adv. heedlessly, Grett. 93 A.
lusligr, adj. heedless, wanton, Fms. viii. 4, Hom. 57-
luss, adj. wanton, careless, Hom. 73> Eluc. 28, Sks. 301.
jysi, n. heedlessness, GJ)1. 162, Bs. ii. 172.
jQI, a, m. [Ulf. renders <TTavp6s hy galga; A. S. gealga; Engl.
5; Hel.galgo; Germ. galgen ; Dun.-Swcd. galge']: — the gallows;
n times they were worked by a lever, and the culprit was hauled
yrna galga), Fms. vii. 13 ; hence also the phrase, hengja a haesta
festa upp, and the like, vide Gautr. S. ch. 7 J an old Swed. allit.
rase, d galga ok gren, on gallows and green tree (Ft.), as trees were
:r gallows (cp. the Engl, 'gallows-tree'); reisa, hoggva galga,
430, <3. H. 46, Am. 37, 55, Grett. 128 : in poetry (vide Lex. Poet.)
lows are called the horse of Sigar, from the love tale of the Danish
f that name : the cross is now and then called galgi, e. g. Mar. S.,
en in mod. eccl. writers (Vidal.), but very rarely, and only in rhe-
phrases. compds : gdlga-farmr, m. load of the gallows, refer-
1 the myth told in Hm. 139 sqq., of Odin hanging in the tree
meid or Ygg-drasil. gilga-gramr, -valdr, m. the king, rider
allows, poet, names of Odin, Lex, Poet. galga- tr6, n. agallows-
',]m. vii. 13, viii. 261, Fas. i, 21s. A book is poet, called agn-galgi,
i\dlows' Lex. Poet.
tindr, n. 'gallows-carrion,' the corpse of one hung in chains, a law
a Grag. ii. 131.
i\l,!i,m.awag. compds: gd,la-ligr, gdla-samligr, adj. u/a^-
as. iii. 399. g&la-skapr, m. waggery.
KIT, n. [prob. a Fin. word ; Lap. galco = a beast'], a monster; in
try weapons are called hlifa-g. ; randar-galkn, the beast of shield
•nour. Lex. Poet. ; else in prose, finn-galkn, q. v. ; hrein-galkn, a
)rd, H^m. 24.
m. a^t of gaiety ; J)a8 er gallinn a honum niina.
ilrill, adj. waggish, noisy, Grett. 128 A.
va. a kind of cod-fish.
igr, m. attention ; 6-ganingr, heedlessness.
n. buffoonery, Sturl. i. 24.
T, fixtfull of chinks or sparks; s61-g., a poet, epithet of waves
ly the sun, Vigl. (in a verse),
pnginn, adj, given to buffoonery, Bs, i, 646.
I, a, m. the chinks in a tree ; g^ra-lauss, adj, cbinkless ; gfirdttr,
vdfuU of chinks.
igr,m. a buffoon, Grett. 144 A, Sturl. 1. 172, Stj. 424. Ruth iii. lo
p««a) ; gdruiigs-h.5,ttr, m. biffoonery, Bb. 3. 49.
f., gen. gasar, nom, pi. gaess, ace. gaes, mod. nom, gges, gassar,
1 gaesa, gaesum, keeping the a through all cases : [Dan. gaas,
plgjcBs; A.S.g6s,pl.gesoTg£es; Engl, goose, f I geese; O.'H.Q. ganzo:
Germ, gans, pi. giinse ; cp. Lat. anser, dropping the initial ; Gr. x^^} : —
a goose, Gnig. ii. 346, 347, N. G. L. i. 2 1 1 ( js. 78), Korm. 206, O. H.
86, Gkv. 1 . 1 6 ; heim-g., a tame goose ; grA-g., a ' grey goose,' wild goose ;
brand-g., q. v, compds : g4sa-fl3ri, n. a goose feather, D. N. ; mod.
gfiesa-fjadrir, etc, 2. gas, cunnus, Fms. xi, 52, II. G&sir,
f, pi. the local name of a harbour in Icel., Landn.
gfi,-samr, adj. (-semi, f.), attentive, Hom, (St,) 63.
gds-haukr, m. agos-bawk, Edda (GI.), N.G.L. i. 242, Str., Karl., passim.
gdski, a, m. wild joy.
gas-veiSr, f. goose catching, Vm, 140.
GAT, f. [ga, gaeta], heed, attention. Pass. 21,4; 1 6g4ti, inadvertently.
gdt, n. [geta], a dainty. Lex. Poiit. ; mun-gat, q. v., Dan. mundgodt.
GATA, u, f. [geta ; Dau. gaade ; Swed. gata~\, a guessing; til-gata, a
suggestion; get-g4ta, guess-work, but in old writers scarcely used in
this sense. II. a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464 sqq.; Icel. bera
upp gatu, to ask a riddle; rkba. gatu, to read a riddle; hence the saying,
myrk er 6ra6in gata, mirk (dark) is an unread riddle, cp. Bs. i. 226;
koll-gAta, in the phrase, eiga kollgatuna, to guess the riddle; cp. geta
i koUinn,
GATT, f, [gaatt, Ivar Aasen], the rabbet of a door-sill, against which
the door shuts ; hann gengr J)a litar fra konungi til gdttar, to the door-sill,
Jomsv. 1 2 ; hence such phrases as, hur& hnigin a gatt, a door shut but not
locked, Gisl. 29, Fas. ii. 345 ; sii gaeg&isk lit hja gattinni, Bar8. 171 ; cp.
gaetti ; hur& a halfa gatt, a door half open, =^ a. klofa in old writers;
innan-gatta, in-doors, Eb. 302 ; utan-gatta, out-of-doors, Stj. 436.
g4ttar-tr6, n. a door-post, GJ>1. 345. II. in pi. the door-way, the
place nearest to the door, Hm. i ; hon lauk upp hurSinni ok st68 i gattum
stund J)a, Fb. i. 547. — Gatt is now in Icel. esp. used of the space (esp. in
stalls) between the door-post and the wall, hence tro5a upp i gattina, to
fill up the ' gatt.'
GED, n. [a Scandin. word, neither found in Ulf., Saxon, nor Germ. ;
lost in mod. Dan. and Swed.; gje, Ivar Aasen] : — mind, mood; the old
Hm. often uses the word almost = w/Vs, senses ; hann stelr ge9i guma, he
steals the wits of men, steeps them in lethargy, 12 ; vita til sins gefts, to be
in one's senses, li, 19 ; heimta aptr sitt ge3,of a drunkard, to come to one's
senses again, to awake, 1 3 ; vera gaetinn at ge8i, to be on one's guard, 6 ;
cp. ga (geyma) sins ge8s, Fms. vii. 133, x. 10 : in pi., litil eru ge& guma,
tnany men have little sense, Hm. 52 : — this meaning is obsolete. 2.
spirits; uppi er \>k ge6 guma, then folk are in high spirits, Hm. 16. 3.
mind; hverju ge8i styrir gumna hverr, Hm. 17; ok J)6r er grunr at hans
ge6i, and thou trustest not his mind towards thee, 45. 4. in prose,
favour, liking; at Jjorgilsi var eigi geS ii, whom Th. liked not, Ld. 286;
fellsk hvart o8ru vel i ge5, they liked one another well. Band. 3,9; ok J)at
ge3 at ek gor&a mer visa fjandr at vilondum, and such grace (engaging
77tind) that I made open foes into well-wishers, Stor. 23 ; blanda ge3i
vi8 e-n, to blend souls with one, Hm. 43 ; hann var vel i ge8i til Frey-
steins, he was well disposed to Fr., Fb. i. 255: — 6-ge8, dislike: — in
mod. usage also vigour of mind; Icel. say of a boy, JiaS er ekkert
ge8 i honum, there is no 'go' in him, he is a tame, spiritless boy.
COMPDS : 1. denoting character, temper, or the like ; ged-fastr,
adj.jffrm of mind ; ge3-g63r, zd]. gentle of mood ; ged-illr, adj. ill-
tempered; ge3-lauss, adj. spiritless, tame, Rd. 241, Stj. 424, v. 1. ;
ge3-leysi, n. fickleness, Horn. 24 ; ge3-niikill and ge3-rikr, adj.
choleric; ge3-stir3r, adj. stiff of temper; ge3-styggr, ad], hot-tem-
pered; ge3-veykr, adj. brain-sick, of unsound mind; and ge3-
veyki, f. hypochondria ; ge3s-lag, n., and ge3s-miinir, m. pi. temper :
or adjectives in inverse order, bra8-ge6ja, fljot-geSja, of hasty temper;
har5-ge8ja, hardy; hvis-gtb]!i, fickle ; lin-geSja, weak-minded, crazy;
st6r-geb]z, proud ; \)ung-gcb'}z, hypochondriac. 2. denoting grace,
pleasure; ge3-feldr, zd]. pleasant ; 6-ge8feIdr, unpleasant: ge3-ligr
or ge3s-ligr, adj. engaging, Sks, 407, Fas. f. 233 : ge3-J)ekkni,
f. good-will, content: ge3-^ekkr, adj. beloved, dear to one: ge3-
Jiokki, a, m, loveliness, engaging manners. 8, rarely of wit ; gefl-
spakr, adj. witty (better get-spakr). 4. in many poet, compd
adjectives, geS-bjartr, -framr, -frsekn, -horskr, -hraustr, -rakkr,
-skjotr, -snjallr, -Btrangr, -svinnr, bold, valiant, and the like.
Lex. Poet.
GEDDA, u, f. [cp. gaddr; Svred.gddda; Dzn. gjcede], a pike, Edda
(GI.), Fas. i. 152, 489, Saem.
ge3-fr6, f. heartsease, Sks. 114 : the name of an Icel. poem.
ge3jask, a8, dep, to be pleased with, like, Fms. iii. 97 ; e-m g, vel at
e-u, to be well pleased with, Vigl. 25.
GEF A, pret. gaf, 2nd pers. gaft, mod. gafst, pi. g4fu ; pres, gef; pret,
subj. gaefi; part, gefinn; with neg, suff. gef-at, gaft-attu, Fm. 7; mid.
form gafumk (dabat or dabant mihi, nobis), Stor. 23, Bragi, Edda : [Goth.
giban = SiS6vai; A.S.gifan; Engl give; Dutch geven ; O.U.G. gepan;
Germ, geben; Svfcd. gifva ; Dzn. give."]
A. To give, with ace, of the thing, dat. of the person; g. gjafar, to
give gifts, Fm. 7, Fms. vii. 40, Nj. 29, Hm. 48; mikit eitt skala manni
gefa, 51 ; hann kva8sk eingin yxn eiga J)au ibf at honum ]^t\.i honum
194
GEFA— GEGN.
gefandi (gerundial, worth giving to him), Rd. 256 ; hann gaf storgjafir
ollu stormenni, Ld. II4; hann gaf J)eim g6&ar gjafir at skilna3i, Gisl.
9; Rutr gaf henni hundraS alna, Nj. 7; viltii g. mtSr ^a., 73, 75, 281,
passim. II. to give in payment, to pay ; gefa vildim vit J)er (6
til, we will give thee money for it, Nj. 75 ; y3r vsri mikit gefanda
(gerundial) til, at ^i hef8it ekki illt 4tt vi5 Gunnar, you would have
given a great deal not to have provoked Gunnar, 98 ; ek mun g. J)er til
Gu6runu d6ttur mina ok f6it allt, id. : to lay out, hann gaf sumt verdit
.J»egar 1 hond, Gisl. 12 ; gefa e-t vi3 e-u, to pay for a thing; at J)er gefit
injok margra Kristinna manna lif vi3 y5varri J)ralyndi, that you will cause
the loss of many Christian lives with your stubbornness, Fms. iv. 195 ; J)at er
likara at ek gefa mikit vi3, Nj. 53 ; gefa sik vi8 e-u, to give oneself to a
thing, attend to, be busy about, mod. : gefa i milli, to discount; hygg at
hvat J)U gefr i milli tveggja systra, Fms. iv. 195 (hence milli-gjof, dis-
count). III. in special sense, to give in matrimony ; Njall ba8
konu til handa Hogna ok var hon honum gefin, Nj. 120; Vigdis var
meir gefin til fjar en brautargengis, V. had been more wedded to the
money than to her advancement, Ld. 26 ; segir at dottir J)eirra muni eigi
betr ver8a gefin, 114: — gefa saman, to betroth, Fms. x. 381 : — in mod.
sense to marry, of the clergyman. 2. to give as a dowry, portion;
biium J)eim er Sveinn haf8i gefit til hennar, Fms. x. 310 (hence til-gjof,
dowry) ; eigi skal ok i klseSum meira heiman gefask me6 konu en f)ri3jungr
(hence heiman-gjof, dowry), GJ)1. 212 : — so also, gefa i erfSir, to give as in-
heritance, Bs. i. 2 85 : — gefa olmusu, to give alms, Bs. passim ; gefa fataekum,
to give to the poor, passim. IV. to give, grant; hann gaf honum
vald yfir ollu landi, Fms. i. 18 ; gefa heimleyfi, to grant 'home-leave,' fur-
lough, ix. 474; gefa orlof, ii. 64 ; gefa gri8, to grant a truce to one, pardon,
Nj. 165, Fms. ix. 479 ; gefa e-m lif, to grant one his life, 470. V.
in various phrases ; gefa e-m nafn, to give one a name, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 23,
Grag. ii. 146 ; gefa jiakkir, to give thanks, Fms. i. 231 ; gefa e-m tillaeti,
to indulge one, Nj. 169 ; gefa e-m riim, to give place to one, Fms. ii.
254, vi. 195; gefa ra8, to give counsel, advice, Nj. 75, 78; gefa gd8
or8, to give good words, answer gently ; gefa e-m stor orS, to give one
big words, Fms. v. 158; gefa slog, to deal blows, ix. 313; gefa gaum
at, to give heed to, Nj. 57, Eg. 551 ; gefa hlj68, to give a bearing, in
public speaking, Nj. 230; gefa tom, to give ti/ne, leisure, 98; gefa ro
reiSi, to calm one's wrath, 175 : — gefa e-m sok, to bring a charge against,
complain of, 82 ; ok gaf ek \)6 hjalminum enga sok a {)vi, / did not like
the helmet less for that, Ld, 1 28 ; at eigi so maelt, at {)u gefir dauSum sok,
that thou bringest a charge against a dead man (which was unlawful),
Nj. 82 ; en hvartki okkat gefr J)at 68ru at sok, neither of us likes the
other the less for that, 52 ; ekki gef ek J)er {)at at sok J)6tt {)vi ser engi
bley8ima8r, 54; engi J)or8i {16 sakir k at gefa, none durst complain,
Al. 123 ; Sigur8r jarl ba8 konung eigi gefa J)raendum {)etta at scik, Fms.
i. 57 ; gefa kaeru upp a e-n, to give in a complaint against one, Dipl. ii.
13. 2. gefa ser um . . .,to give oneself trouble about, take interest
in, mostly followed by a noun ; gefa ser fatt um e-t, to take coolly ; gefa
ser mikit um, to take great interest in ; |>orfinnr let gefa honum mat, en
gaf ser liti8 at honum, but else took little notice of him, Grett. 96 ; ekki er
t)ess geti8, at hann gaefi ser mikit um, that he shewed great interest, Fms.
i. 289 ; mun ek m6r ok ekki um J)etta gefa, I will let this pass, not take
offence at it. Boll. 354 ; en ef til min kaemi tveir e8a ^rir, Jd.'i gaf ek mer
ekki um, then I took no notice of it, Fms. ii. 151 ; konungr gaf ser fatt um
|)at, Fb. i. 261 ; hann J)6ttisk vita hvat keisaranum mislika6i ok gaf ser
J)() ekki um at sinni, Fms. vi. 71 ; ok gafu ser ekki um viSbiinaSinn, vii.
87 ; so also, Skuli gaf s6r litiS at hvat biskup sag8i, S. troubled himself
little at what the bishop said, Bs. i. 873: — akin is the mod. phrase, eg
gef ekki um J)a8, / do not want it; gefSu ekki um J)a8, do not care
for it, mind it not; eg gaf ekki um a8 sja J)a8, / did not want to see it,
etc. 3. gefa sta8ar, to stop ; Idt hann J)u sta8ar gefa r68rinn, he
stopped rowing, Fms. vi. 384 ; konungr gaf sta8ar ok hly'ddi til frasagnar
^eirra, viii. 400 ; ok ^a er sa iss gaf sta8ar ok rann eigi, Edda 3 ; ok J^eir
gefa eigi sta8 fer8inni fyrr en {)eir komu nor3r, 151 (pref.) ; sva at staSar
gaf (MS. naf ) hondin vi8 spordinn, 40. VI. to give out, deal
out; hon ba8 gefa s6r drekka, bade give him to drink. Eg. 604 : to give
a dose, gefa e-m eitr, Al. 156 : — absol. to give fodder to cattle, gefa goltum,
Hkv. 2. 37 ; gefa nautum, kiim, hestum, Sturl. ii. 42, Gisl. 28 : — gefa a,
to dash over, of sea-water, cp. ^gjiif : to pour water on, var gluggr 4 ofiiinum
sva at utan matti & gefa, Eb. 134 ; siSan let hann gefa titan a baSit i glugg,
136 ; gefa a ker, to fill a goblet, Clar. : metaph. to press on, gefr Ormr
pa a, Fb. i.. 530 (in wrestling). VII. with prepp., fyrir-gefa, to
forgive, freq. in mod. usage, but scarcely found in old writers ; so also
gefa til, cp. Dan. tilgive, D. N., vide Safn i. 96, (rare and obsolete) : —
gefa upp, to give up ; gefa upp gamalmenni, to give old people up, let them
starve, Fms. ii. 225 ; gefa upp f68ur e8a m68ur, 227 ; baendr ba8u hann
gefa upp eyna, Grett. 145 : to remit, en J)6 vil ek mi upp gefa J)er alia
leiguna, Nj. 128 ; gaf honum upp rei8i sina, Fms. x. 3, 6 ; ok gefit oss
upp storsakir, ii. 33 ; Brjdn konungr gaf upp J)rysvar litlogum sinum inar
somu sakir, Nj. 269 : absol., hvart vilit J)er gefa honum upp, pardon him,
205 ; gefa upp alia m6tsto8u, to give up all resistance, Fms. ix. 322 ; gefa
sik upp, to give oneself up, surrender,u 198; fea gefum vor upp yarn
I
sta8, 104 ; gefa upp riki, konungd6m, to give up the kingdom, aid
resign, x. 4, xi. 392 : to give up, hand over to one, Magnus koouni
honum upp Finnfer8ina me8 slikum skildaga, vii. 135 ; ek vil gefa
upp biiit at Varmalaek, Nj. 25 ; allir hafa Jiat skaplyndi at gefa Jnt
upp er stolit er, 76 : to give up, leave off, gefa upp leik, to give up
ing. Fas. iii. 530; gefa upp horn, Fms. vi. 241 : to exhaust, emp^
setlu ver mi gefnar gersimar ySrar, vii. 197.
B. Impers., a naut. term ; e-m gefr byri, byr (ace. pi. or siog.
gets a fair wind; gaf Jieim byr ok sigla J)eir i haf, Nj. 4; gaf hei
byri, 138 ; er {)eir voru biinir ok byr gaf, Eg. 99 : so also absoL w
without dat. of the person, gaf kaupmonnum hurt af Grxnlanc
sailors got a wind off Greenland, so as to sail from it, Fb. iii. 454
at eigi gaf su8r lengra, Fms. ii. 185 ; gaf |)eim vel, ix. 268 ; gaf h
ilia, X. 4 ; gaf honum eigi austan, Nj. 63 : so in the saying, sv(
hverjum sem hann er g63r. 2. in other phrases, to get a cbam
faeri (ace.) gefr a, if you get a chance, Nj. 266 ; halda njosnum, na
gaefi faeri a honum, to keep a look-out, when there was best chance to
him, 113 ; til J)ess gefr mi vel ok hogliga, 'tis a fair and easy oppot
for that, Al. 156; maeltu menn at honum haf8i vel gefit til {bad
luck) um hefndina, Fms. vii. 230; ef y8r (dat.) gefr eigi missyni i
mali, if you are not mistaken in this matter, Fbr. 32 , gaf J)eim gU
(q. V.) er til voru komnir, Sturl. i. 179, Stj. 401 ; J)a gaf m^r syn,i
beheld (in a vision), Fms. vii. 163 ; J)at gaf cillum vel skilja, it
for all to understand, it lay open to all, vi. 70 ; e-m gefr a a5 Iff
can see, i. e. it is open and evident.
O. Reflex., gefask vel (ilia), to shew oneself, prove good {
J)a8 se van at J)u gefisk honum eigi vel, er J)u gefsk ollum 63rum mi
ilia, Nj. 32 ; eigi deilir litr kosti ef J)u gefsk vel, 78 ; hversu gafsk
J)er, Kari, 265 ; opt hafa m^r vel gefisk y3ur xkh,your counsels hat
proved good to me, Ld. 252; hefir J)eim J)at ok aldri vel gefisk (j/ia
turned out well) i J)essu landi, Fms. vii. 22 ; ilia gefask ills ra3, a f
Nj. 20 ; h6tu allir g63u um at gefask vel (i. e. to fight manfully), Fi
262 : — to happen, turn out, come to pass, sem siSan gafsk, x. 411
honum gafsk, so it turned out for him, SI. 20 ; ok sva gaefisk, ef eig
Gu3 J)a sina miskun til sent, and so it would have come to pass, wi [..
Fms. X. 395 : — gefsk m6r sva, it seems to me so, methinks it is so, Kai igi
308 (vide A. V. 2. above) ; J)at allsheri at undri gefsk, to all peopli
wonder. Ad. 1 8 ; e-m er e-t sva gefit, to be so and so disposed, to think .
so of a thing ; ef Jjer er J)etta sva gefit sem J)u segir, Fms. v. 236 ;
mer gefit, son minn, at ek em {)er fegin orSin, O. H. 33 ; sag3i hant
mundi jarli gefit, Fms. ix. 244 ; en sva aetla ek flestum lendum m
gefit, at eigi munu skiljask fra Skiila jarli, 429, v. 1. ; J)yki mir <
sva muni flestum gefit, at f6 se fjorvi firr, Ld. 266 ; en J)at mun |)c'
um styra hversu {>6rdisi er um gefit, 302 ; si3an tala8i konung
mal vi3 systur sina, ok spurSi hversu henni vaeri um J)etta gefit, I
221 : of the gifts of nature, mikill mattr er gefinn go3um van:
132 ; ok er J)at mal manna, at henni hafi allt verit ilia gefit {)at e
var sjalfratt, i. e. that she was a bad woman in everything of her oui
ing (but well gifted by nature), 268 ; ok sva er sagt at honum hai
hlutir hofSinglegast gefnir verit, 254. 2. with prepp., gefask
give up, give in, surrender, Nj. 64, 1 24, Eg. 79 : mod. to lose one's t
upp gefinn, upset; eigi J)ykjumk ek upp gefinn J)6 at ek sja smavofiii I
112 ; eigi t)yki m^r vit upp gefnir, ef vit veitumk at, 131 ; en {)u jjHBf
fe8gar se rikir menn, pa eru ver Jio ekki upp gefnir fyrir J)eim, Fb
in mod. usage, exhausted, having lost one's breath, eg er upp;;-
of a horse, hann gafsk upp, hann er sta3-uppgefinn : — e-m geftl- ■
wrong, commit a fault, fail ; J)at maela menn at J)essi hlutr hari siu*-
inum yfir gefisk helzt, Fms. xi. 283 ; ef gofgum monnum g4fus!
hlutir yfir, if the noble gave gross offence, did evil things, Bs.
engi er sva vitr at eigi gefisk yfir nokkut sinn, Karl. 45 1 : — to g>
self to one, gefask Kristi, N. G. L. i. 339 ; gefsk {)U hanum {)4 i d
Gu8i, Nj. 157; gefask a vald e-s, to give oneself into another's 'v^
Fms. ix. 479. II. recipr. to give to one another; gefask jHH'i
Bret. 48; gafusk J)eir gjofum adr J)eir skildu, Bs. i. 274. *^-
part, f^e&oji, given to a thing, in a spiritual sense, devout; g. fyrijiSPi
lestr, smiSar, etc., given to books, reading, workmanship, etc.
gefendr, part. pi. givers, Hm. 2, Grag. ii. 169.
gefins, adv. gratis, (mod.)
gefja, u, f. [Gael. gwayw'\, a missile, Edda (GI.)
GeQon, f. the name of the goddess, Yngl. S. ch. I, Edda '
the Middle Ages the Icel. used to render Diana by Gefjon, e. l'
G. gy8ja, great is the goddess Diana, 655 xvi. B, Acts xix. -
Gefjonar = Lat. templum Dianae, Bret. 20 note, passim : rarely
Stj. 90, or = Minerva, Bret. 20: — name of a woman, Dropl. ?''
Qefn, f., poet, name of the goddess Freyja, Edda 21 ; prop. '
in poet, periphr. descriptions of women. Lex. Poet.
gefna-ge3, n. even temper, good temper, Sks. passim.
geggjast, a8, dep. to get out of joint; geggjaSr, part, disor :■
GEGU, adv., old form g6gn, with dat. [not found in Ulf.-
and and vipra ; A. S. gegn in compds ; Engl, gain- (in gain-say
Geim. gegen ; Dun. igjen; Swed. gen: cp. theadj
95-
GEGN— GEIMI.
195
site; i gegn vindisem forvindis, Bs. i. 22; gegnveftri.Bjarn. 53 ; sj&
m solu, to look straight at the sun, Fms. viii. 1 14 ; t>eir Attu at vega i
ielinu, xi. 1 36. 2. metaph. against, contrary to ; Orii var til mots,
lestr hluti manna hommi i gegn, voted against bim, Ld. 74; risa i gegn
Fms. i. 221 ; i gegn sliku ofrefli, viii. 29 ; i gegn cftli, against nature,
■ 335 ! t*' ^'^* ^^ ^'S' niseli J)vi 1 gegn, which is not contrary to it,
'. i. 7 ; ok maelti J)vi manngi i gegn, lb. 17, Anecd. 72 : in medic.
:, bar em alls-kyns tr6 ok aldin i gegn (against) meinum manna,
, 24, (rare.) p. absol. or ellipt., sva bjartr at |)eir J)or8u eigi i
at vega, Fms. v. 161 ; J)6 vordusk J)eir eigi ne i gegn hjilggu, 655
: so the law phrase, ganga i gegn e-u, to avow or meet a charge ;
. to gainsay, deny, vide ganga. y. {)ar er vigt i gegn J)eim oUum,
'. ii. 9 ; skalat hiisum skipta i gegn land, i. e. land shall not be ex-
(red against houses, 256. 3. [Engl. again'\, in turn ; hann sendi
irottni ok tok vi5 1 gegn af honum, 623. 52 ; en J)eir hetu honum
i gegn, SI. 21 ; J)ar i gegn {again. Germ, dagegen), Stj. 76 ; grat at
li skaltii i gogn hafa {in turn), Skm. 30.
]GN, adj. [North. E. and Scot. ^a«e; Swed. ^e«; 'Dan. gjen : —
to the adv. gegn ; cp. gagn-, gegnt, gegniim] : — prop, ^gane,' short ;
gegnsta veg. Mar. 545 ; a ' gone' way, the ' ganest' road are found in
Kngl. and Scot., and still remain in the northern provinces ; cp. the
t gagn- signf. B, and gegnt. II. metaph. * gone,' i.e. ready,
:eable, kindly, a usage also found in old North. E. and Scot., vide
eson ; gegn ok sannorSr, Band. 10; gegn ok oruggr, ' gane' and
y, Fs. 129 ; gegn ok vitr, Fms. v. 194 ; gegn ok tiskapbraSr, ' gane^
(rood-tempered, Sturl. iii. 126; gegn ok gaefr, ' gatie' and gentle,
90 ; gegn ok g6&fengr, 92 : in poet, compds, bra6-gegn, fjcil-g.,
, hvar-g., hyggju-g., ra8-g., i. e. good, wise, gentle. Lex. Poet. ;
n, ' ungainly,' 2mgentle.
na, d, [Germ, begegnen, cp. gegn, the adv.], to go against, meet.
Iter; hann haf3i J)alr mikit 115 ok skyldi g. Birkibeinum, Fms. vii.
g. J)eim er a sund hlaupa, ix. 22 ; skyldu J)eir g. um njosnir ok
iv vegu alia, Sturl. iii. 236. II.. metaph., 1. to meet
^agevient, to pay, discharge ; ef hann a bu, J)6tt hann gegni eigi
m, though be pays no rates, Grag. i. 160 ; ]pa a h6n at g. J)ri3jungi
the third part of the charges) fyrii omaga J)eirra, 337 ; ok skal hann
{account, redress) vi3 hinn ef landsleigur vari minni en ver9it, ii.
as a law term, of a duty, to meet, discbarge; but also of rights, to
tiled to ; ^a g. born beggja arfi, N. G. L. i. 33 ; ok g. rettum ollum,
g. kostnadi, Fms. viii. 371 : to pay, g. {)ingfarar-kaupi, Grag. pas-
1. ii. 344, ih. ch. 10 ; g. skyldu sinni, to do one's dut^: — g. likum,
•ngja salu-messu, to meet the bodies, of the officiating clergyman,
L. i. 390. 2. to suit one, be meet for one ; velit J)at er y6r gegnir,
vibat best suits you, 623. 30 ; leyfi J)er honum at fara sem honum
• bezt, Nj. 10, Fms. viii. 102 ; J)at man bezt g. {be meetest) at J)in
h6f3, Nj. 24, Fs. 155 ; kjori hann J)at af er betr gegndi, Fms. i.
mun J)at betr g., it will do better, iv. 209 ; ok mun mer |)at allvel
7 ; hve ilia monnum gegndi (bow ill it suited men) at fara, lb. 8 ;
kost er t)er gegnir verr, Fs. 134; |)a gegnir J)at, it is fit, Sks.
3. to signify, mean, matter ; ok spur&i, ef hann vissi nokkut
I gegndi, if he knew what was the matter. Eg. 53 ; spur&u hverju at
i nm fer8ir bans, Rd. 237 ; spur9i, hverju gegndi ugleSi sii er hann
asked, what his sadness meant. Eg. 518 ; spyrr, hverju gegndi J)yss
a kli8r, Gisl. 56 ; sumir maeltu i muti, ok kv45u ongu g., some
1 it, and said it went for nothing, Nj. 25 ; Hals kva8 |)at mundu
{ g., Rd. 237 ; J)a8 gegnir fur3u, it means a wonder, it is astonisb-
i ivi gegnir {what means f) J)etta atkvaeSi ? 656 B. 5 ; er helzt sd at
r :gndi, i. e. where he saw that there was reason in it, Fms. vii. 2,^7 ;
ndum, to be of importance, of great consequence ; se6 hefi ek J)at
aetla tiSendum muni g., Ld. 272 ; meir en hofi gegnir, more than is
bove measure, Fms. vii. 132; er viti gegnir, which has sense or
ig, Al. 6 ; um hluti J)a er i{)r6ttum gegndi, which imply or can be
art, O. H. 102 : — of numbers, to amount to, sva at morgum hundr-
gegndi, so that it amounted to several hundreds, by many hundreds,
''■■ 356 ; sva nattum gegndi, i. e. several nights, Ld. 304, v. 1. ; at
num vas fleira en helium vikum gegndi i tveim misserum, i. e. that
'ar there is one day over the complete number of weeks, fb. 7 '• with
are), m^r J)yki tvennra vandraeSa g., it is a double difficulty, i. e.
J sides, Grett. I43 A. 4. to answer, reply, freq. in mod. usage,
lat. of the person and the reply ; hann gegnir ongu, be gives no
hann gegnir mer ekki, he does not answer me, p. to yield, be
It; hann gegnir ongum, be obeys none, is cross and disobedient, freq.
i. usage.
r. moderation, reason; {)a& er engi gegnd i Jjvi, 'tis unreason-
md, excess; i 6-gegnd, excessively ; t)a6 er mesta 6-gegnd, id. :
ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), = gegniligr ; gegndar-lauss, adj.
I. unreasonable, exorbitant.
_ 'i'5, f. a Norse law term, ' harbouring the king,' a tax, D. N.
;e i-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), ' gainly,' meet, due, Vigl. 32, Sturl. ii. 63 ;
e adj. gegn.
mg, f. = gegnd, Band. 3, Fms. ii. 88.
gegn-ligr, adj. straight, Sks. 4 : metaph. = the adj. gegn II, Horn. 69.
gegnt, adv. : I. almost like a prep, with dat. opposite to, =
gagnvart, q. v. ; Laugabser stendr gegnt Tungu, Ld. 1 22 ; i ondvegi gegnt
koiiungi. Eg. 304; yfir gegnt t)eim a brekkunni, Isl. ii. 200; gegnt
rekkju Jjeirri er Kjartan var vanr at liggja i, Ld. 302 ; i 68ru ondvegi g.
honum, 6. H. 43 ; gegnt Hofi, Sd. 142 : v6ru J)4 komnir mjok sv4 l)ar
gegnt, Nj. 247. II. really as adv. straight ; iva gegnt (so straight,
with so good an aim) at i sitt auga kom hver tirin. Fas. i. 371. 2.
compar. gegnra or gegnara, more straight ; gegnra skauztu i sumar,
Fms. viii. 140 ; hann nmn miklu lengra skj6ta ok gegnara, ii. 366. 3.
superl. gegnst, [Swed. genast = at once; Dzn. gjennest], the 'ganest,'
shortest way; hann stefnir J)egar et gegnsta, the 'ganest' way, Ld. 240;
ok it gegnsta reid hann til {>yrils, fsl. ii. 109 ; ok skal ger8a it gegnsta ^zt,
Grdg. ii. 264 ; f6r OnguU J)ar 4 land sem honum ]p6tti gegnast {'ganest*
shortest), Grett. 155 A. p. metaph. meetest, most right or just ; spyrja
vitrir menn hvat gegnast muni 1 J)essu mail, Ld. 80 : cp. the adj. gegn.
GEGNTJM, adv., old form gognvun rhyming to Rogn, Orkn. 80 :
[this word seems not to be found in Germ, and Saxon, but Dan. igjennem,
Swed. genom; cp. gagn-, gegn] : — /j&roi/^i&, with ace; laust gognum stiluna,
gognum GeirroS ok gognum vegginn, Edda 61 ; holtri8a hver i gegnum,
Hym. 27 ; sulur i gognum, 29 ; hann hlj6p b6,8um f6tum gognum skipit,
Edda 36; gognum hellu mikla, 20 ; ok renndi sva i g. hann. El. 15;
Gerzkan mann skytr hann i gegnum me8 gafloki, Al. 40 ; ef J)u leggr i
gognum ba3a skjolduna. El. 12 ; flaug skoti8 i gognum hann, Edda 37 ;
brjota nyja osa i gognum fjoru manns, Grag. ii. 354 ; i gegnum skjiJld-
inn, Nj. 84; en ek J)ykjumk sjd allt i gegnum J)a er ek kem i land, 134;
ok g^kk J)egar i gegnum, 262; i gegnum eyjarnar. Eg. 251 ; lit i g.
vegginn, 398; ef hval rekr i g. merkiosa, Grag. ii. 353, Fms. i. 217;
ganga gegnum fylkingar, to go right through the ranks, Fms. xi. 131 ; i
g. Danmork, through Denmark, A. A. 288 ; settar gullknoppum i gegnum
niSr, all through. Eg. 516; ek vii isinn lata hoggva i g. lit, all along,
all through, Fms. viii. 416 ; hence adverb., lit i gegn, all through, from
beginning to end. II. temp., allan dag i gegnum, all the day long,
Fms. xi. 27 ; allan vetr i gognum, all the winter long, Orkn. 80 ; haust-
nott gognum, all through the autumn night, Fms. vi. (in a verse).
GEIFIiA, a3, [cp. A.S. geaflas = grinders'], to mumble with the lips;
giirnlum kennu ver mi GoSanum at g. k saltinu, see bow we teach the old
Godi to mumble the salt, Bs. i. 25 ; — it was usual to put salt into the
mouth of neophytes when baptized as a symbol of the words (Matth. v.
13) ' ye are the salt of the earth,' vide Bingham's Origg. iv. 39 : — metaph.
to mutter, J)6tt {jii geiflir slikt, Grett. iio (MS.) : — geifla sig, to make a
wry mouth as if about to cry.
geiga, a8, to take a wrong direction, to rove at random, of a bolt or
the like; ok geigaSi a fluginu, Grett. 124; hann skaut tveimr orum e8r
J)remr ok geigafti J)at allt, Sturl. ii. 135 ; eigi veit hvar oskytja or geigar,
none can tell where a shaft ill-shot may stray to, Fms. vii. 262, Fas. ii.
358, (a saying.) 2. lata augun g., to look askance, Horn. (St.)
geig-or3r, adj. caustic, sarcastic, Nj. 38, v. 1.
GEIGR, m. a scathe, serious hurt; ef |)eir fa geig af v4pnum sinum,
Nj. 115; vinna, veita, gora e-m geig, to hurt one, 253, Fms. xi. 119;
at ostyrk kona skyldi geig gora mega sva miklum sel, that she should
have been able to cause death to so big a seal, Bs. i. 335 ; eigi vilda ek J)er
geig hafa gort, NjarS. 378 ; en J)ess var8 aldregi vist, hverr honum haf8i
geig veittan, who had slain bim, Orkn. 376, Fbr. (in a verse) ; ef kirkju
ver8r geigr af eldi, K. Jj. K. 48. 2. danger; er J)at enn mesti
geigr, Ld. 338, Fms. vii. 270; en m(5r J)6tti J)u styra oss til ens mesta
geigs, Hkr. ii. 222 ; at eigi veitti hann {»au ahlaup i br£B8i sinni er geig
setti, 686 B. I ; sagSi at })a vaeri biiit vi8 geig mikinn me8 J)eim feSgum,
Eg. 158. 3. a squint, a leer; geigr er J)er i augum, Nj. in a ditty.
COMPDS : geigr-ligr, adj., poet, dangerous. Lex. Poet. geigr-skot,
better geig-skot, n. a deadly shot; in the phrase, at skjota g. i moti
e-m, to shoot the death bolt against one, i. e. to seek to take one's life, Fb.
ii- 353» Ems. v. 76. geigr-j^ing, n. a dangerous meeting, battle,
Hallfred ; better in two words.
geig-v8Bnliga, adv. dangerously, Bs. i. 343.
geig-vsenligr, adj. dangerous, fatal. Fas. iii. 123, Horn. 39, Fms. xi.
132, Finnb. 346.
GEIIi, f. [cp. gil, a chasm"] : — a narrow glen ; geilar J)aBr sem ganga
fyrir framan Titlingshol, Vm. 156, Fms. viii. 409, Nj. 114, Gfsl. 136;
geilar {>reyngar at ri8a at bsenum, Orkn. 450; gras-geilar, grassy 'gills'
Hrafn. 20 ; Hrossa-geilar, id. II. any narrow passage, e. g. a
shaft through a hay-rick or the narrow lane between bay-ricks or houses.
COMPDS : geila-gar3r, m. a ' glen-formed' fence, a walk, id. ; geilagards-
hlid, n. a gate in a fence, Sturl. ii. 247 ; skal geilar gora af monnum
{defile of men) heim at kirkjugar8s-hli8i, Bs. i. 291 : gora e-m geilar, a
law phrase, to let {a thief) run the gauntlet, N. G. L. i. 253, passim ; hafs-
geil, the sea-lane, through which the host of Pharaoh passed, Stj. 287, cp.
Exod. xiv. 23.
GEIMI, a, m., mod. geinir, m., poet, the main, the sea, Edda (Gl.) ;
skaut jiirS or geima, Edda Ht. 13: in mod. usage geimr meaps a vast
empty space ; himin-geimr, the universe, the air, ether ; hafa skilr hnetti
O 5
196
GEIP— GENGR.
I
himingeimr, J<5na$ 167 : the popular phrase, spyrja c-n uti alia heima og
geima, to speer (ask) freely about everything.
GEIP, n. idle talk, nonsense, in mod. usage esp./oolisb exaggeration,
Nj. 214, Fms. ii. 286, Karl, 478.
geipa, a5, to talk nonsense, Fms. v. 333, 341, Sturl. i. 206, Gisl. 99.
geipan, f. brag, nonsense, Sturl. i. 207, Lv. 60, Gliim. 343.
geir-fdlki, a, m. [a for. word; mid. Lzt. gyr/alco}, a gerfalcon, H.E.
i. 391, N. G. L. ii. 471.
geir-fugl, m. alca impennis, Edda (Gl.) ; hence Geirfugla-aker, n. a
local name in Icel.
geir-hvalr, m. a kind oi whale, Sks. 124, Edda (Gl.)
GEIRI, a, m. [Engl, goar or gore ; Germ, gehre'] , a goar or triangular
strip, Orkn. 374 (in a verse), freq. ; land-g., a goar of land; gras-geirar,
grass strips among rocks ; set-g., a goar let into breeches. II. a
pr. name, Landn. HI. fire, poet., Edda (Gl.)
geir-laukr, m. garlic, Edda (Gl.), Gkv. i. 18.
geir-nagli, a, m. the nail fastening a spear's head to the shaft, Grett.
123, GJ)1. 105, Fas. i. 239, Gisl. il.
geir-nefr, m., and geir-nyt, f. a fish, chimaera monstrosa Linn. : a
sea-rat, Eggert Itin. 598.
GEIBR, m. [A. S. gar ; Hel. ger ; O. H. G. keir, whence kesja, q. v. ;
op. also Lat. gaesum, a Teut.-Lat. word] : — a spear, Edda 41, Fms. i.
177, Hm. 15, 37, Hkv. 1.15, Hbl. 40; Odin is represented wielding a
geir, called Gungnir, as are also the Valkyrjur ; marka sik geirs-oddi, to
mark oneself in the breast with a spear's point, so as to make blood flow,
was a heathen rite whereby warriors on their death-bed devoted them-
selves to Odin ; it was the common behef that a man who died a natural
death was not admitted into Valhalla after death ; this rite is only men-
tioned in mythical Sagas such as Yngl. S. ch. 10 ; cp. also Gautr. S. ch. 7,
— J)a stakk Starka&r sprotanum 4 konungi ok mselti, mi gef ek J)ik 65ni :
the origin of this rite is in Hm., where Odin himself is represented as
hanging on the tree Yggdrasil ' wounded with a spear and given to Odin,
myself to myself;' some trace it to a Christian origin, which is not very
likely. Again, the cruel bl65orn (q. v.) is no doubt connected with this
kind" of sacrifice to Odin. II. a pr. name, and also in many
compds, Sig-geirr, f>6r-geirr, As-geirr, V6-geirr (the holy spear), and Geir-
hildr, Geir-riSr, Geir-mundr, Geir-laug, Geir-ro6r, and many others, vide
Landn. Geira, u, f. a pr. name, Landn.
geir-sil, n. a kind of herring, Edda (Gl.)
geir-skaft, n. a spear-shaft, N. G. L. i. 144.
geir-varta, u, f. the nipple, of a man, Rb. 346, Sturl, i, 41, Ld. 136,
140, Fs. 145 : of a woman, less correctly. Mar. 603.
geis, n. [M. H. G. gis=yeast'], boasting, Fbr. 99 new Ed.
GEISA, a6, [[J\f. gaisjan or usgaisjan means to be alarmed, astonished;
mid. Germ, gise and Swed. gdsa = to ferment ; cp. Engl, yeast] : — to chafe,
ra^«, of fire, Vsp. 57; latagra6uganlogageisa. Mar. 530; hon (an excited
lady) geisaSi mjok, Nj. 57 ; latum Gamminn geisa, of a ship under sail,
1 35 (in a ditty) ; J)eirra ofsi geisar hatt, their insolence runs high, Edda 146
(pref.) ; hversu sunnarlega geisar riki fo6ur J)ins, Baer. 13 ; ofarr let Grettir
g. saxit i fyrra, Grett. 99 new Ed. Cod. Ups. II. to be panic-
stricken, a notion which only appears in the word geiski : cp. geysask,
geisan, f. impetuosity. Band. 9.
geiski, a, m. panic, fear. Fas. i. 193, where spelt gyzki. geiska-
fullr, zA). frightened, of a hunted deer, Hkv. 2. 35.
GEISL, m. (glsli, Fb. ii. 273, less correctly), [cp. O.'R.G. geisila,
mid. and mod. Germ, geissel, a scourge] : — the staff nscd by men sliding
in snow shoes, O. H. L. 153. 2. the short ribs, costae, Bjorn,
geisla, aO, to shed rays, Sks. 206, Fms. iii. 51, v. 341, SI. 42 ; geislaSi
af meyjunni, it beamed from the maid, she shed rays of light, Mar. 618 :
metaph. to shed, Magn. 428.
GEISIiI, a, m. 1. prop, a beam, staff, = geisl ; but only used, 2.
metaph. a beam, ray, of the sun, Rb, 472, Fas. i. 516, Hkv. 1. 15, Hom.
1 28 ; s61ar-g., a sun-beam ; 4r-g., morning-beam, poiit. : the eye is called
brd-geisli, brow-beam, Korm. Geisla-dagr, m, ' Beam-day ;' it is prob.
a rendering of Epiphany, though it is not used of that very day, which is
called |jrettandi, but of the seventh day after, viz. the 13th of January.
geislung, f. = gisling. Fas. i. 5 (badly).
GEISPA, a8, [Engl. /o gasp; Dzn.gispe; Swed. gaspa"], to yawn,
Nj. 20, Fas. i. II, Fms. x. 204, Fb. i. 259,
geispi, a, m, a yawn, Fms. vi. 199.
GEIT, f., gen, geitar, pi. geitr, [Goth, gaitsi; A.S. gat; Engl, goat;
Germ, geiz; Swed. get; Dan. geed; l^ni. hoedus]: — a she-goat (the he-
goat is hafr), Grag. i. 418, 503, Hkv. 1. 42, 2. 35, Skm. 35, Rm. 12, Gm.
35, Edda 24, 46, passim ; stein-geit, the steinbock or wild goat. 2,
metaph, a coward (cp, Engl, hare) ; hann er mesta geit, he is a 'fright-
ened hare,' cp. Grett. ch. 8, Valla L. 212 : — this metaphor is taken from
the sk6gar-geit or roebuck, Fms. ii. 309, Hkv. 2. 35, compds : geitar-
lidr, n, goafs hair, Stj, 306, geitar-hom, n, a goat's horn, Fms, vii.
156. geitar-hugr, m. a she-goat's courage, cowardice, Fms. x. 351.
geita-hds, n. a goat's fold, 6. H. 15, Njar3. 374, Grett. 150 A. geita-
kligildi, n, a cow's value paid in goats, Am. 50. geitar-skegg, n.
a goat's beard, Fms, iii, 94, geita-sveinn, m. a goat-boy, goal-i
Fas. i. 139. geit-belgr, m. a goat-skin (blown up), Rd. 245 (a
name), geit-bjdlfi, a, m, a goat-skin coat. Fas. iii. 621.
f6, n. collective noun, like Lat. pecus. Fas. iii. 383. geit-h.^3inj
a goat-skin jacket, Nj. 211 ; a pr. name, Bs. i. geit-aau3r, m,
the same as geitfe, Grag. i. 503 ; gener. sie-^oa/s, Stj. 45. geit-rt
n. a goat-skin, Stj. 470 : goat-skins were used by sorcerers, Nj. 20; !
the phrase, vefja geitskinni at hof&i e-m, to hoodwink one. geit>8l
u, f. a goat-skin. Fas. iii. 502. II. botan., geitna-njoli,
aegopodium. geitna-8k6f, n. lichen proboscideus, Hjalt.
skor, m. 'goat-shoe,' the willow-weed, epilobium, Ivar Aasen: a
name, lb. ch. 2. III. medic, geitr, only in pi,, scurvy in the
from vermin. Fas, 1, 9.
geitir, m., poot. a giant: a pr. name, Landn.
geitla, u, f. angelica sylvestris, Hjalt.
geitungr, m. \SweA. geting ; D?Ln. geding], a wasp; in Edda
wrongly rendered as a bird.
GELD A, d, mod. t, [root in Goth. gilpa = a sickle], to geld, G)
301, Edda 149 (pref,), Sturl. ii. 69, 181, Fms. vii. 185, Hllj.
39. II. part, geldr (geitr), Hkv. Hjorv. ao, 1
geldask, t, dep, to become barren, yield no milk.
geld-fe, n. a barren sheep (cp. geldaer), Grag. i. 416, 421, Eg. 74c
87. COMPDS : geldfj&r-afrettr, -hagar, m., -hofn, f. pastu.
geldf6, Vm. 60, 80, Grag. ii. 326, geldfjd.r-kugildi, n. a cow's
paid in geldfe, Vm. 34, Jb. 361, geldfjdr-rekstr, m. = geldfja
Grag. ii. 327, Jb. 284, Dipl. iv. 9. geldfjdr-samnaSr, m. aft
geldfe, Grag. i. 416.
geld-f6na3r, m, = geldfe, Dipl, v. 7,
geld-hestr, m. a gelded horse, gelding, Vm, 18.
gelding, f, a gelding, Grag. i. 419. geldinga-maSr, m. = gc
geldingr, m. a wether, Grag. i. 502, 503, Nj. 26, Isl. ii. 330, Vi
60, Sturl. i. 81, Band. 4, Rd. 299, {jorst. Stang. 51, passim; a u
local names, Landn., Bs. geldinga-hLiis, n, a fold for wether |li
235, II. a/j ewwMCi?), K. A. 120, Al. 57, Stj. 195. !
geldir, m. a gelder; hesta-g., a nickname, Landn.
geld-mjolk, f. adj. ; g. kj^r, a barren cow (Swed. gall-ko), Grag. i. J,
geld-neyti, n. barren neat (cattle), Ld. 98, Vm. passim.
GELDR, adj. \?>wed. gall], barren, yielding no milk, Grag. i. 50: ).;,
Vm. 33.
geld-ser, f, a barren ewe (Scot, gelt gimmer, Jamieson), Vm. 16
GELGJ.^ u, f. [akin to galgi], the cheek bones of a fish ; g( , u-
bein, n. the small bones in the gelgja; hence gelgju-legr or gdlu-
leitr, adj. haggard-looking, pinched in the face. II. n iol.
the name of the tack or pin belonging to the chain whereby tl 'olf
Fenrir was fastened, Edda 221, cp. 20,
GELLA, d, [A. S, gellan], to yell, esp, of wild beasts, Hkr. i
ii. 170, Karl, 140, Bs, ii, 10.
gellini, a, m, a nickname, 0, H.
gellir, m, a yeller, a nickname, Landn. : a bull, Edda (Gl,)
gellungr, m, = geldingr, D, L i. 257.
gelt, n. barking.
GELTA, t, (cp. gella), /o^'fiW; prop, of dogs, /o 6ari ; J)eirgj61!
hundar. Fas. iii. 623 : gelta and gelt are now the current words in Ic
scarcely occur in old writers, as Hm. 86 is a mod. interpolation.
GEMLA, u, f. a stump, worn out tooth, in the mouth of old pK
Bjarn. 186; but also of teeth in the mouth of new-born babes j lied
skdlda-gemlur, 'poet-grinders,' from the old saying that a child bo /w
teeth will become a poet, Isl. J)j65s. ii. 5.
gemlingr, m. (dimin. gemsi, a, m.), a year old (gamal) sheep, Sd 1,4.
gemlir, m., poet, the old, an eagle. Lex. Poet. : in mythol. na li «
Or-g., cp. Germ, ur-alt, Edda, Lex. Poet. ;
GEMS, n. a gibe, scoff, Fbr. 169, Sturl. iii, 80, Bs. i, 649, Band <S,)
19, where masc.
gemsa, a6, to gibe, scoff.
gemsan, f. gibing, Bs. i. 649.
gems-mikill, a.d]. full of gibes, Sturl. iii. 69.
gemstmgr, m. a giber, Sturl. iii. 262.
GENGI, n. [ganga], good luck, success; in the saying, an er fit
(illt gengi) nema heiman hafi, ill luck is homebred, is one's oum t
Nj. 27, Dropl. 23, Isl. ii. 144, Gisl. 63 ; or, ani er ills gengis, 4
substantively (vide ' an,' p. 43) ; ok vart g. vaxa, and promote our
poib. 64: — help, support, vart g. e6r lidsinni, Fb. ii. 126, 131;
gengis, to gather troops, Fms. x. 394; g. {>rsenzkra drengja, {
g. NorSmanna, Hallfred, Hkm. 3, 10 ; vigs-gengi, helping stoord i
Ld, 224 ; heita e-m gengi sinu, Fms, viii. 15 1 : wc/ory = gagn. Lei
the saying, vex (gofgask) hverr af gengi, good luck makes a mm
Edda Ht, 26, Mkv, 12 : Icel, also say, vera i g63u (miklu) g'
enjoy fame, popularity ; vera 1 litlu g., to be of small reputatioH,
gengi-legr, adj. passable, Vellekla,
gengr, adj, able to walk, Grag, ii. 33, Fms, vii, 3o8, Landn.
passable, fit to walk, Bs. i, 322 ; 6-gengr, unfit to walk or impasiabltj
ilsL
I
but
GENJA— GETA.
W
Q pass, of Ice, crags, or the like :^the phrase, eiga helfnan-gengt, to
le to go from home, i. e. to have leisure, Fbr. 17 new Ed. ; eg u ekki
jn-gengt, ilia heiman-gengt, etc. : — of money, good, D. N.
ja, u, f. [gana], an aV. Xty. : poiit. an axe, Edda (Gl.) : the name
hip, Branda-genja, Stud. ii. 166: the nickname of a woman, id.
NTA, U; f. a girl ; a special Norse word not used in Icel. and not
in old writers earlier than the 14th or 15th century, unless ' getta' in
;rse in Halfs S. be the same or kindred word ; hva8 li8r mi grautnum,
, Fas. iii. 382, 389, 393 (Eg. Einh. S.), is the only passage where it
d in Icel. writers. In many languages the equivalents are curious,
girl, Swed. flicka, Norse genta (proncd. yenta, vide Asbjornsen's
), Icel. stullia, Dan. pige, — all words that baffle etymologers. The
ans seem to have no such word, as mddchen and m'ddel are plain
;h. The Lapps have ganda = a girl, which may be the origin of
ill, m. a little ill-shaped spoon, sp(Jn-gepill ; akin to geifla.
B, n. [Dan. gjcer'], yeast, vide gor.
., in compds, vide gor-, gcirsemi, etc.
BA, 8, to do, vide gcira.
3, gerningr, etc., vide gor9, gorningr, doing.
ED (and g6r3 less correctly), {. yeast, ferment ; ok kom J)6 ekki
'. mungat, Bs. i. 339 ; J)a kom Jjegar giirj) i keren gnog ok g68, id. ;
brisk alldregi \>a, er gerSar beiddi, 394 ; ok let 1 kerinu sem \ik er
seri i, Mirm. p. medic, i-ger8, suppuration in a wound, (mod.)
BD, f., used to rhyme with e (verdung — gerdar), Fms. vi. 448 : —
harness, and in pi. esp. armour; su gerb (fashion) var mtinnum
ti8, iv. 110; klae8i nie8 slikri ger8, sem . . ., Al. 121 ; — armour,
L)k allar ger8ar. Skald H. R. 5. 43 ; ger8ar hans er hann hafSi, feld
\6t, Gliim. 344 ; Hars ger8ar, war-gear, Fms. 1. c. ; gerSar varar,
■mour, Hkm. 33. II. girth; digrask i ger8um, to become
n the waist, euphon. of a woman, to be with child; Icel. now say,
farin a8 J)3'kkna undir belti.
ft, 8, [gar8r], to gird with a fence, hedge, Lex. Poet.
IDI, n. [cp. gardr], a place girded round, a hedged ox fenced field,
hann ferr til ger8isins ok sar ni8r korninu, Nj. 170 ; ok snua upp
J)at er heitir a OrlygsstoSum, sau8a-hus st68 i ger8inu, Sturl. ii.
'innbogi kvaSsk eiga ger8i eitt, ba8 hann J)angat fara ok leggja
18 um, Finnb. 336 : a pinfold, lata smala sinn i ger8i, GJ)1. 406 :
r8i, afield. compds : gerSis-beiti, n. the ' bite ' or pasture in
b, GJ)!. 406. gerSis-tiin, n. a^arJew, Matth. xxvi. 36. gerSis-
, m. fence-faggots, GJ)1. 379.
ing, f. a girding, fencing, N. G. L. i. 41, Fb. ii. 7.
T, f. a pr. name of a goddess, Edda ; also of a woman, Eb., Landn. ;
many compds, As-ger8r, Hall-g., Ingi-g., Val-g., f>or-g., etc., Landn.
a, m. [gerr], ' ravener,' the mythol. wolf of Odin, Gm., Edda.
arn, n. a gridiron. Fas. iii. 240, an air. \ey.
-ligr, gerpi-legr, m. [garpr], martial, Nj. 72, Fb. ii. 204 ; g. ra3,
t'rcumstances, fjorst. Si8u H. 178.
Ij'.E, adj. [akin to gjarn, q. v.], greedy; eigi ofdrykkju-ma8r ne
f|i gerr, 686 B. 2, 1 Tim. iii. 8 : gluttonous, opp. to neyzlu-grannr,
[. mod. usage.
13 adj. =perfect, vide gcirr, giira.
I! !mi, vide gorsemi.
IjSTA or gesta, t, [A. S. gastan], to annoy; g. hug e-s, to tease
eg. 64, Pr. 442, 623. 54; v^r skulum g. hug hans, eigi sem J)eir
orSum a ey8imorkinni er Moysi fylgdu. Mart. 132 : this word is
Ssolete, and chiefly used in old translations of legends. II.
irstr, [Germ, garstig = hideous ; O. H. G. garst = sour, harsh ; cp.
istly, agast'], sour, dismal; gerstan dag, Skm. 30, Rm. 9 : — sulky,
it gerstr vi8 mdr, he looked sulkily on me, Sighvat, 6. H. 81 (Ann.
d.01dk.i866, p. 196).
> n. gear, vide gorvi.
5^r, adj./roOT Gardar, Nj. 46, Fms. passim. II. = Girkskr,
'ml 26, 40.
sspeinliga, adv. hospitably, Vapn. 23.
irfd, f. inheritance after a stranger (guest) who dies in one's
V.G.L. i. 61. 6 V6 /
edri and gest-fe3rungr, m. a law term, defined in N. G. L. i.
5 ; a man who dies leaving no heirs and whose property lapses
0 the king and partly to the owner or landlord of the house in
le dies (or to the captain if he dies on board ship), N. G, L. i.
). Js. 74-
«51agi, a, m. a guest-friend, rendering of (jr. (tvos.
aafi, a, m. a host; g68r g., a good host, Gisl. 47.
"ominn, part, come as a guest, a stranger, Stj. 152 : a guest,
XXV. 38.
CTsemt, n. adj. much visited by strangers.
^B,, m., gen. gests ; pi. gestir, ace. gesti ; [Ulf. gasts «= (ivot ;
s'; Engl, guest; Germ, gast; Dan. gjccst ; Swed. g'dst ; Lat.
I. a guest; the original meaning of this word is a
. alien, cp. Lat, bostis. S. the Guests, one division of the king's ,
Tfnen; the Guests were
kind of policemen, and had not the fuU
privileges of the king's guardsmen or hirSmenn, although they were in
the king's pay ; they had their own seats in the king's hall, the gtiests.'
bench, gesta-bekkr, m., Fb. i. 347 ; their own chief, gesta-hbfaingl,
a, m., Nj. 7, Hkr. ii. 69, Fms. vii. 35 ; their own banner, geota-merki,
n., Fms. ix. 489 ; their own meeting, gesta-atefna, u, f., Fms. viii. 250 ;
they formed a. separate body, gesta-sveit, f.. Fas. i. 318; skulu ^ar
fylgja hirSmenn ok gestir, 6. H. 204, in the battle at Stiklasta8 : a guests'
hall, gesta-sk&li, a, m., is mentioned in Eg. 28, Fas. ii. 93 : a ship,
gesta-skip (gesta-fley), n., Fms. viii. 139 ; cp. the Sagas passim, esp.
the Konunga Sogur, Fms. x. 147, Hkr. passim, but esp. N. G.L. in the
section Hir8s-skra, or the law {rules) for the king's men, and Sks. 257
sqq. As the gestir were lower in rank than the hir8menn, a recruit
had often to serve his apprenticeship among them, e. g. var hann i gesta-
saeti, he was seated among the guests, i. e. was held in small repute, P'as. i.
51. II. a stranger, guest, Lat. hospes, but keeping the old notion
of a stranger, prop, an accidental guest, chance comer, and is distinguished
from bo8s-ma8r, an invited guest, or the like; hence the allit. phrase,
gestr ok gangandi, a guest and ganger, since with the ancients the poor
had to go from house to house (cp. gangleri) ; this is to be borne in
mind, if one would understand old sayings such as, Gu8 elr gesti, God
feeds guests, Bs. i. 247 ; or many passages in the old heathen poem Hava-
mal, e. g. orir gestr vi8 gt%\, guest quarrels with guest, Hm. 31 ; gestr at
gest haedinn, guest mocking guest, 30, which reminds one of Horn. Od.
xviii. 1-33 ; gest J)ii n6 geyja ne a grind hrekir {scoff not at a guest,
nor drive him to the door), get J)u valu8um vel, Hm. 136, where gestr
(a guest) and vala8r (a vagrant) are used synonymously ; ganga skal,
skala gestr vera ae i einum sta8, 34. In olden times there were no
public hostelries, and all entertainment was (as it still is in Icel.) private
bounty ; a fine instance of a munificent hostess of the heathen age is
recorded in Landn., — Geirri8r spar8i ekki mat vi8 menn, ok let gora
skala sinn of J)j68braut J)vera, hon sat a stoli ok Ia8a8i uti gesti, en bord
st68 inni jafnan ok matr a, 2. 13. After the introduction of Christianity,
when churches were built and endowments given, the donors often im-
posed the duty of ' feeding guest and ganger for a night' (ala gest ok
ganganda), Dipl. i. 169, 174; or, J)ar er ekki gesta eldi skylt (it is not
required to feed guests), ala hvern at osekju er vill, 200; ala ]f)urfa-menn
ok J)d er fara skylda-erinda, 201, cp. 273 passim: — gener. a visitor,
guest: gesta-eldi, n. shelter for guests, D.I. (vide above): gesta-
fluga, u, f. a guest-fiy, a moth, Isl. f)j63s. i. 558 : gesta-herbergi, n.
a 'guest-harbour,' hostel, inn, Gt. Kara^vfia, Luke ii. 7: gesta-htis,
n. a guest-room, Sturl. i. 216, ii. 191 : gesta-koma, u, f., gesta-nau3,
n. a coming, crowding of guests: gesta-maSr, m. a guest-man (bishops
had a special servant so called), Bs. i. 850, 876 : gesta-riim, n. a guest-
bed : gesta-skd.li, a, m. a guest-chamber, Hom. 36 : gesta-spj6t, n.
pi., a cat is said to raise the 'guest-spears' when it lies on its back and
cleans itself with its hind legs, which is a token that a stranger is at
hand, Isl. |)j68s. i. 558. III. as pr. names, Landn., freq.; also in
compds, {)or-gestr, Heim-gestr, Go8-gestr, Hleva-gastir on the Golden
horn (Bugge's reading), and Gr. 3evo-<puv, Stvo-<f>aPT]s. Gestr is a name
of Odm = tbe Traveller, Edda, V{)ni., Gm„ Hervar. S. ch. 15 (Gestum-
blindi). It is curious to notice that whereas with the Romans hosiis came
to mean a foe, with the Teutons (as with the Gr. ^ivos) the equivalent word
became a term of friendship, used of a friend staying at one's house.
gest-risinn, adj. hospitable, Greg. 32, Bs. i. loi, I Tim. iii. 2, Tit. i.
8, I Pet. iv. 9, passim.
gest-risni, f. hospitality, 655 v. 2, Bs. i. 81, 830, Rom. xii. 13, Heb.
xiii. 2, passim.
gest-v8enliga, adv. hospitably, Vapn. 23, (prob. a false reading.)
GETA, pret. gat, 2nd pers. gazt, pi. gatu ; pres. get ; pret. subj. gseti ;
sup. geti8, but geta8 in the mod. sense of could; part, getinn; reflex,
pres. and pret. getsk or gezk, gatsk or gazk, mod. gezst and gazst ; with
the neg. sufl^. gatu-8, Korm. 224, Sighvat; gat-at, Lex. Poet.
WITH ACC.
A. [Ulf. begitan = (vpiffK(iv; A.S. getan; Engl, get; O. H. G.
gezan']: — to get; this use of the word, which is so common in Engl.,
is dying out in Icel. ; it is found in the old poems, esp. in the old
Hm. ; it is used in law phrases, but is rare in common prose, even
in the oldest Sagas; geta J)ogn, to get silence, a hearing, Hofu81.
3, Hm. 8; geta or8stir, to get fame; en or8stir deyr aldrigi hveim ser
goBan getr, 75 ; or8stir of gat, Eirekr at J)at, Hofu81. ; ey getr kvikr
kii, Hm. 69 ; sjaldan liggjandi lilfr laer um getr, no sofandi ma8r sigr,
57 ; ef hann sylg um getr, 17 ; n^ J)at mattu . . . geta hvergi, they could
nowhere get it, Hy'm, 4 ; gambantein at geta, gambantein ek gat, Skm.
34; hvar gaztii vara aura, Vkv. 12; geta gjafor8, to marry, Aim. 6:
geta s6r, to get for oneself; haettr er heimis-kvi8r nema s^r g68an geti,
Sdm. 25 ; sa er saell er ser um getr lof ok liknstafi, Hm. 8 ; er ser getr
slikan sefa, Hkm. 19 ; g68s um ae8is, ef ser geta mxtti, if he could get it,
Hm. 4 ; geta gjold, laun e-s, 64, 124, Gm. 3 ; geta gott af e-m, to get
good of one, Hm. 43, 44: — in law, nema hann geti {jann kvi8, at...,
) unless be can get that verdict, that ..,, Grag. i. 1 7 ; goSinn seksk ef
198
GETA— GEYMA.
hann getr engi (ace.) til at nefna f(5ransd6m, 95 ; ella skal hverr J)eirra
geta mann fyrir sik, 26 : — in common prose, biSja konu fteirrar er honum
vaeri s6mi 1, ef hann gaeti, Fms. xi. 47 ; veit ek eigi hvar su kona sitr er
mdr s6 mikit happ i at geta, Ld. 88 : to get, earn, sva at hann megi
s&i mat geta af sinu f6 e6r verkum, Grdg. i. 293 : — to get, learn, fiitt
gat ek J)egjandi l)ar, Hm. 104; lengi man J)at er ungr getr, an old say-
ing, Isl. ii. 248 ; J)a skal hann eiga stefnu vi& fimm logmenn, pa er hann
ma helzt geta af {five lawyers of whom be can best leant, i. e.five of the
wisest men of law) a&r hann segi hvern J)att upp, Grag. i. 3. 2.
with dat. of the person added, mostly in reference to feeding or enter-
taining; get J)er vel at borSi J)inu, heep a good table, Sks. 20; get {)U
valu5um vel, entertain well the poor, Hm. 136; nu er honum vel getiS
{be bas good cheer) af gnogum mat ok g66um drykk, Str. 7 ; geta
e-m sumbl, to give a feast to one, Ls. 8 ; geta e-m fotlaug, to get him
a foot-bath, Hkv. 2. 37; geta e-m drapu, to entertain one with a poem,
Sighvat: the phrase, geta ser (e-m) vel, ilia, to do, cause good or evil
to one ; ofrmselgi hygg ek at ilia geti hveim er . . . , a loose tongue will
bring evil to any one that ...,V^n\. 10; en ef hann forSask minn fund
{)a mun hann ser ilia geta i J)vi, if he shuns me be will do worse to him-
self, Orkn. 252 (in a verse). II. joined to an infinitive, a parti-
ciple, or a supine, to get to do (fa, q. v., is used in a similar sense), — hence
to be able : 1. almost like an auxil. verb, a. with infin. but with-
out ' at ;' ek gat'k unna Gunnari, / got to love G., Og. 21 ; en s4 gat
taka vi6 syndum, SI. 6 ; ek gat lita, I got to see, beheld, Korm. 14 (in a
verse) ; ek gat biota, Hallfred (Fs. 94) ; getum hraera, we do rear, Edda ;
geta sja, to get to see, Hkr. i. 205 (in a verse) ; hann gat teygja at s^r,
be did draw to himself, Edda 65 (in a verse) ; geta fae6a, to give birth to.
Am. 103; ef hann eignask getr, Hm. 78; hveim er eiga getr, Hkv.
Hjorv. 9 : — with ' at,* esp. in the phrase, geta at sja, lita ; J)a geta {leir
Hakon jarl at lita, earl H. got to see, behold, Fms. xi. 131 ; pa gatu
menn at sja land fyrir stafn fram, 656 C. 22; Solvi gat at lita hvar
J)eir fly8u, Nj. 247 ; Enok gat at eiga pann son, Stj. 45 ; gat at heita,
Rm. 42. p. with part, ace, with a notion o{ being able, Lat. posse;
Gy8ingar gatu enga sok sannada, the Jews could not prove any of their
charges, 656 C. 19 ; pvi mer lizt sva, sem ver munim pa aldri sotta geta,
Nj. 197 ; ef v^r getum Harald Grafeld af lift tekinn, Fms. xi. 21 ; ok geta
r^tta fylking sina, 131; mikinn fisk ok fagran ok gatu eigi veiddan, iv.
89. 7. so also with sup. ; gatu peir ekki at gort, Nj. 1 15 ; ok haetta a
hvart ek geta keypt (kaup, v. 1.) fyrir y5r, if I can get a bargain for you,
157; Bjom gat s^& {beheld) manna-reiSina, 260; ef ek gseta vel fyrir
m^r s^8, 22 ; sem mest gat hann flutt eptir sir, 0. H. 85 ; eigi at heldr
gat hann veitt pann ikorna, id. ; ef ek get eigi fylgt y&r, Fms. vi.
211. 2. absol. in old writers geta seems never to occur in the
sense of to be able, but only periphrastically as above ; but in mod.
usage geta has almost displaced the old verb kunna in this sense, e. g. eg
get pa8 ekki, / cannot; getr-Sii komi6, canst thou come? ef hann hefSi
getaS, if be could have; ekki purfti, eg gat, I could, and endless other
instances. III. impers. there is got, there is, cp. Germ, es giebt ;
eigi getr slikan {there is none such) i konungs herbergjum, Fms. vii. I48 ;
par getr stein (ace.) er asbestos heitir, there is got the stone asbestos, xi. 415 ;
eigi getr vitrara mann, no wiser man is to be got ; sHka menn getr varla til
vitrleiks, Lv. 54 ; par getr reykelsi, Hb. 8. IV. reilex., in the phrase,
e-m getsk at e-u, one is pleased at a thing, one likes it ; pvi at m6r gezk vel
at p4r, because I like thee well, Fms. i. 66 ; ok mun mer ekki at getask, nema
hann s6 saemilega af hondum leystr, and I shall not be pleased, unless ...,
Ld. 298 ; at pu fengir m6r konu pa er m^r gaetisk at, Fms. i. 289 ; honum
gatsk ilia at pessu, Ld. 104 ; eru peir nokkurir her at p4r getisk eigi at,
Fms. vii. 104 ; konungr sag&i at honum gatsk eigi at peirri ssett sva biiit,
ix. 486 ; haf pokk fyrir, ok getsk m^r mi vel at, vi. 372 ; segir, at henni
getsk eigi at pessi aetlan, Finnb. 312 ; Jjorgrimr ba& hann til haetta hve
honum gaetisk at, 336 ; sva hefir peim at getisk vapnum Franceisa, so they
have tasted thus far the weapons of the French, Karl. 184 : with sup., lata
ser getiS at e-u, to take interest in, be pleased with ; eigi Iset ek mer at
einu getiS, 'tis not my taste to have always the same, I want some change,
something new, Grett. 149 new Ed. ; lat per at go&u getiS, rejoice in the
good, Hni. I2g.
B. To get, beget, engender, used alike of both parents, severally or
jointly ; fotr gat son vi& faeti, Vpm. 33 ; hve sa born gat, 32 ; pa ek mog
gat, Ls. 35 ; vi& systur pinni gaztu slikan mog, 36 ; hann gat son er
Gu&r63r h6t, Fms. i. 11 ; pat barn er pau geta, Grag. i. 178 ; ef austmaSr
getr bam me6 konu, ef skogarmaSr getr launbaru me& konu, 352 ; svein
pann sem hon haf&i geti& me5 Abram, Stj. 1 14 ; drottning gat son vi& Ivari,
Fms. vii. 230 ; sonu marga Ondurdis viS OSni gat, Ht. ; pau gatu
s^r son er M6r6r h^t, Nj. 38 ; fillinn getr eigi optarr en um sinn, Stj. 70 ;
pegar sem peir geta bur3 saman, 97 ; hann var getinn {born) austr, Landn.
148 ; throughout Matth. i. the Icel. text renders begat by gat, cp. Mar. S.
19, Luke i. 35 : — to conceive, pii munt ver6a getandi i kvi6i, Stj. 409. Judges
xiii. 5 ; fyi'' s'nri erfingja getinn ok ogetinn, Grdg. ii. 170 ; pii munt son
geta ok fae&a. Mar. 18; gefr hann son at geta pann er hon faeSir siSan,
Mar. : reflex, to be engendered, paSan getsk longunin, 656 B. 7 : to be
born, Mar. 19.
WITH GEN., of the same form throughout, though different in
struction and sense.
A. [Engl, guess (from the Scandin. ?) ; Swed. gissa ; Dan. gji
not in Germ, nor Saxon] : — to guess ; geta gatu, to guess a riddle, Fi
465 ; in the saying, opt ver&r villr sa er geta skal, Fb. iii. 384 } hi
getr pii pessa, e6r veiztii me& sannindum, Fms. ii. 260 ; ef pik 1
sva dreymt sem a6r gat ek, xi. 7 ; ok gat pess til, at pii ma
Nj. 90; pess munda ek geta, at. . ., Lv. 104; pa for sem hann
at . . ., Fms. xi. 22 ; ek get verit munu hafa Gunnar 6, HliSarenda
35 ; sendimenn s6g3u at hann gat rett. Eg. 541 ; ef ek skal geta ti
aetla ek . . ., Nj. 134 ; eptir pvi sem Halldorr gat til, Ld. 324 ; sem <
konungr gat til, Fms. vii. 104, x. 354; get pii til {guess!) segir i
T&tt getr pii {thou guessest right) segir Stiifr, vi. 390 ; gat sins hTci
hvat skipum vera mundi, viii. 213 ; mi geta menn pess til at Gisli
drukna6r vera, Gisl. 46, (tilgata) ; pa get ek at a sina hond m& {
hvarr peirra, Ld. 324 : so in the phrase, geta til launanna i knefa e-
guess for the reward into another's nieve {closed band), Sturl. iii,
geta i kollinn, to guess, guess right, passim. 2. to think, t
almost like the Americah I guess ; ekki get ek at hon s41ug t6
djarftaek, / guess that she, poor thing, will . . ., Stj. 422 ; ek get ban
pessa eina hjalp okkr veita, 423, passim : recipr. getask, proncd. getr
B. [Found neither in Engl., Saxon, nor Germ. ; lost in mod. !
and Dan.]: — to speak of, mention; pess er geti6 sem gort er, G
gettu eigi vafurleysu peirrar. Band. 28 ; ongra manna gat K4ri js
sem Njals, Nj. 211; konungr pagnar hvert sinn er iporolfs er
Eg. 54; pa parf pess eigi at geta ef saettask skal, Fms. iv. 130; k
geta um e-t, to speak about; Gunnarr reiS heim ok gat fyrir c
manni um, Nj. 82 ; ok gatu fyrir henni um b6nor6it, Fms. xi. a:
er ekki geti& um fer6 peirra fyrr en peir komu til hir6ar Rognr^ddi
iv. 130. 2. to tell of {in records etc.) ; pess getr Glumr Gfe
i Grafeldar drdpu, Fms. i. 25, 30, 38, 50, 55, 65, 91, iv. 62, 63, p
en i annarri sogu er pess geti6, at. . ., xi. 14; enn getr Einarr
Hakon jarl hefndi fo&ur sins, i. 56 ; sem si6arr mun geti8 ver8a,
be told later (i.e. below), 230; sem fyrr var getiS, as is told at
24 : impers., e-s getr, it is told, recorded (in books, poems) ; pets
Hrunhendu, at ... , opt skal go&s geta, a saying, the good shall b
spoken of, Hm. 102.
geta, u, f. a guess, mostly in pi. ; leiSa getum um e-t, Nj. I4
margar getm, guess-work, Fms. iv. 288, vi. 400, xi. 244, Eg. 766:
in sing., gatu ver5ir e&a frasagnar, worth mentioning, Sks. 180; a
eigi pat til getu, at hann se par, it is not likely that be is there, I
110 ; vandast oss mi getan, Mork. 167 : cp. the saying, spa er spak
the spae {prophecy) is the wise man's guess, Fms. xi. 154. gettt>Ii
a doubtful case, Fs. 59.
getara, u, f. one who gives birth to. Mar. passim.
get-gangr, m. guessing, Fb. iii. 385.
get-gdta, u, f. guess-work.
getna3r, m., gen. ar, conception. Mar. 33, K. A. 104, passim;'
foetus, vera me& getnaQi, Sks. 689, Stj. 159. Gen. xxv. 24. C
getna3ar-frj6, n. seed, Stj. 80. getna3ar-liflr (-limr), a
talia, Bs. i. 310, 644, Stj. 63, 80, 326, Fms. ix. 414. g6tl
timl, a, m. (-ti3, f.), the time of conception, K. A. 18, Mar. 345.
getning, f. = getna6r, Str. 52.
getrask, a6, dep. to play at guessing with small shells in the I
favourite Icel. child's play.
get-sakir (proncd. gessakir), f. pi. ^guess-charges' i.e. /a|p«
insinuations without evidence, in the phrases, fyrir getsakir, FnU."
saekja getsakir, to prosecute one upon loose imputations, Gisl. i:
mod. phrase, gera e-m getsakir, to make insinuations; gerdu ^/L
getsakir, make no insinuations to me.
get-spakr, adj. wise at guessing, prophetic.
get-speki, f. ^guess-wisdom,' g^^f prophecy, Rb. 394, Pr. 8-
GEYJA, pret. g6, Orkn. 114, 150, Nj. 74, Rd. 302, Fas. ii. ;
pers. pi. go, Fms. xi. 12 ; pret. subj. gcei, 10 ; pres. indie. geyr(sp<,
Clem. 44: [Dan. gfd ; Swed. go] : — to bark; er v^r heyrSum \
g., Fms. xi. 12, passim (above) : — metaph. to scoff at, blasphtf.
ace, vii ek eigi go& geyja, Bs. i. 17 : in a ditty of the year 95
hann goei Gefjon (ace), Clem. 1. c. ; g. gest, Hm. 136 ; also, g.
abuse one (a-gau6) ; geyr hon a pa, Gisl. 139 : geyja at e-m, fc
one, Nj. 106: reflex, recipr. geyjask, to abuse one another, N.G.I
This word is now obsolete in Icel. and replaced by gelta, q.V.
GEYMA, d, [\]\Ljgau7njan = 6pdv, fiKenav, etc.; A.S. gymf;
in Germ., but gaume = to keep house, in the Ziirich idiom. De I
fesser by August Corrodi ; Dan. gjemme ; Swed. gornrna]:
watch, heed, mind; and with gen. to take care of; at allir g(
sem bezt, Nj. 14; ok g. eigna varra, Fms. i.156; hann bafi
hlutverka (not hlut verks) sinna, he had minded his work, Gis
tungu sinnar, to keep a guard on one's tongue, Th. 78 ; gtira bai
logrettu-menn mega eigi g. doma sinna, to make a tioise (in com
the judges cannot mind their duty, Gpl. 16 ; g. pess {to watch) ■
komizt i braut, Nj. 198, Fms. vi, 390 ; g. at e-u, id. ; mi geyi
GEYMARI— GILDI.
199
in. heeded not, iv. lio; geyma til, id.; geymit J)4r til vel {mark'
I ef bor vei5it vi8 nokkura ny'breytni varir, i. 71. p. with dat., g.
um, to watch sheep, Stj. 177 ; {)u skalt g. minum skilm41a, 1 15, and
>iirI)eiinsiSan, 81,99. 7. absol., Fms. i.126; hann geymdi eigi hvat
^it var, Grett. 151 A, Stj. 365, 486. 8. with ace, hvurt hann vildi
j a. {watch) baeinn e6r ganga at jarli, Grett. 85 A ; g. heilraeSit,
] xi. 433, both of them late MSS. ; ba9 hann |)a hlifa s6r ok g. skot-
i till, Fb. ii. 43; but gstum vapna varra, 0. H. I.e.; cp. Stj. 331,
it dat. in text, but ace. in v. 1. ; J)6 treystisk hann eigi at g. J)A, Sd.
) paper MS.), Bev. 16. The ace. seems not to occur in very old MSS.,
ill mod. usage it is very freq., although the gen. is not quite obsolete :
' ■" >ay, geyma Gu6s bo6or8, to keep God's commandments, N.T.,
il. passim : — to keep a thing /or another, eg skal g. bokina fyrir
„ ....3an, geymdu |)a8 fyrir mig : reflex, to be observed, of law, H. E. i.
)|N. G. L. i. II. part, geymdr, observed, retained, Rb. 202.
jinari, a, m. a keeper, Fms. iii. 158, Stj. 9.
J md, f., only in pi., gefa geymdir at e-u ( = gefa gaum at e-u), Lv. 44,
r.i6o, Sks. 564B; hafit g. 4 hvar J)essi hinn vandi maSrer, Stj. (MS.)
iiga, adv. heedfully, Grett. 150, Stj. 150.
a, adj. heedful, Bs. i. 48, Fms. v. 240.
5 uisia, u, f. guardianship, watch, Stj. 8, 177, Fms. vii. 25, Sd. 160,
112 {vigilance); i]kr-g., sheep-keeping. compds : geymslu-
11, m. a guardian angel, Stj. 8. geymslu-lauss, adj. unguarded,
i. 138, Karl. 161. geymslu-leysi, n. carc/essMWs. geymslu-
.•, m. a keeper, Stj. 42.
Upnai a8, [gaupn], to encompass, Geisli 16, Hs. 29, Lb. 25.
TKA., t, [from gjosa, q. v., and different to geisa] : — to rush
dy, gusb, — hzt. grassari, of fire, the sea, etc. ; hann laetr g. eld ok
Fms. xi. 42 : — usually dep., geysask votn at J)eim me8 forsfalli, 0. H.
^ geysisk hafit a londin, Edda 41 ; geystisk at J)vi allr lands-miigr,
34; mugrinnflotans geystisk inn a storskipin, Fms. viii. 227 : part.
Ir, gushing, rushing forth, Nj. 247, Fms. vii. 326, Fb. i. 253 :
;h. enraged, Fms. vii. 230, viii. 202, Hkr. ii. 356 : big, enormous,
ni.99 : — neut. geyst, as adv. furiously, violently, i. 165, Finnb. 352.
id-, a prefix, exceedingly, greatly; geysi-iijafnt, Edda II; geysi-
exeeeding glad, Stj. 478 ; geysi-morg, very many, Edda 14 ; J)at er
gcysi-haglig geit, what a wonderful goat, 24 ; geysi-illa, very badly,
ii. 295 ; g. kallt, piercing cold, viii. 306 ; g. feginn, uncotntnonly
Barl. 85 ; g. mjok, very much, Fb. i. 210; g. mikill, very muckle,
g. fagr, wonderfully fair, tJlf. 3. 41, and many others : — with nouns,
f61, a big fool, Flov.
jdiiliga, adv. enormously. Fas. i. 64.
Jtuiligr, adj. ettormous. Fas. ii. 243, Mar. 166, 423.
iingr,m. impetuosity, Finnb. 354, Fas. i. 157, Isl. ii.347, Fms. xi.8l.
sir, m. the name of a famous hot spring in Iceland. Foreign
s often use geysir as an appellative ; but the only Icel. words for hot
are hver (a cauldron, hot well) and laug {a hot bath). The pre-
jeysir is never mentioned in old WTiters, and it seems from a record
Icel. Annals that the great hot wells in the neighbourhood of Hauka-
vere due to the volcanic eruptions of 1 294, when old hot springs
ared and those now existing came up, — hja Haukadal komu upp
storir en sumir hurfu J)eir er a5r hofSu verit ; unfortunately the
r Arna S. (the bishop), the sole historical work of that time, is lost.
'ord geysir = a gusher must be old, as the inflexive -ir is hardly used
obsolete words (laeknir a leach, hellir a cave, etc., are exceptional) ;
probably borrowed from some older hot spring. A pretty legend,
ng to the ' moving' of springs when defiled with innocent blood, is
ed in Isl. |)j68s. ii. 1 12, 113 ; this tale could not have sprung up
a, change in the place of the hot springs had been observed.
Ian, f. gluttony, Rom. 306, (an air. Kc^.)
(or -ki after t or s), a particle suffixed to nouns and adverbs.
^. In a positive sense [Lat. -jwe], ever, Lat. -que, -cunque: 1. with
onoun hverr {qjiis) through aU cases, answering to the Lat. quis-que :
the Laws we can nearly make a full paradigm : — nom. hverr-gi or
;i, Lat. quis-que, qui-cunque, Grag. Kb. i. 14, 31, 45, 85, 171 (twice),
95,32i,ii.7,23,82,ioi: nom. and ace. neut. hvat-ki {quod-que),
155, 162, 183, 244, ii. 77, 140, 154, Jomsv. 15, lb. 3 ; also hvart-
, Grag. Kb. i. 61 (twrice) : gen. hvers-kis {cujus-que), 238: dat.
n-gi {cui-que), 31, 156 : ace. masc. hvem-gi {quem-que), 147, 155,
i25, 245, ii. 47, 66: abl. hve-gi or hvi-gi, however, i. 147, 195, ii.
1, 128, 151, Jomsv. 14 : — plur. ace. neut. hver-gi {quae-que): dual
ng. hv4run-gi megin, on both sides (of a river), Grag. Kb. ii. 93 :
i' in historical prose, J)vi at hit nsesta sumar gat hvergi ber a Island!,
lowing stimmer every man gathered berries in Iceland (to make some
£fai )f wine), Bs. i. 135, (or are we to read hvar-gi, everywhere!). 2.
idverbs ; hvert-ki {quocnn-que mddo), Grag. ii. 50 ; naer-gi, when-
ibi-cunque), i. 191 ; hvar-gi, wherever; 25, 166, 240, ii. 128, 212.
J. In a negative sense, with a few pronouns, adjectives, adverbs,
rely in old poems with substantives : 1. with nouns, in the pr.
i>t-ki, an air. ^.€7., Ls. 19 : with appellatives, J)6rf-gi, no need, an
Ilkv. Hjorv. 39 ; freq. in mann-gi, no man, cp, Lat, nemo, lb,,
which is even used in mod. writers and poets; vaet-ki, naught; vettu-gi
(dat.) and vetter-gis (gen.), Vsp. : with adjectives, ein-gi (q. v.), none, a
common word ; otherwise rare, sjalf-gi, ' self-not,' i. e. not oneself, Ls. 29, an
ait. Xfy. : with a dat. case of langr, fii liingu-gi, then not for a long time,
Konr. (MS.) : with pronouns, in the dual, hv4rr-gi, neither, Lat. neuter,
Grkg. Kb. i. 46, ii. 93, 15 1 ; gen. hvars-kis {neutrius), freq. ; dat. hvArun-
gi {neutri), i. 215; hvdrum-gi, ii. 63: neut. hv4ru-gi, 216; hitt-ki, ne
illud quidem, Hm. 21,23; t^t-ki, Hbl. 6 ; |)at-ki at ek fa {not even that
I get) mala minn falslausan, Mork. 83. . 2. with adverbs, only in
poetry or laws or very old prose ; sva-gi, not so, Gr4g. Kb. ii. 99, Mork.
83 '■ t^-gi' ^^"* "°^' tey-gi. (hough not, qs. ^6-gi ; ava-gi, never: again,
hveT-gi{q. v.), nowhere; e\-gi{q. v.), not; aldri-gi (q. v.), ««/«• ; hvar-ki
(q. v.), neither, are common words in prose and in speech. The negative
-gi can never be suffixed to verbs (vide '-at,' p. 2) ; therefore by6-gi, non
jubeo (in Islands-vaka 61, a poem of the last century, Y(i\. i. 236), is a
spurious imitation of the old idiom ; neither can -at be put to nouns ;
rd3-at hann kunni, J6nas 105, ought therefore to be r48 hann kunni-t,
issue he knew not.
C. In an indefinite sense ; in a few instances -gi seems to be used
almost like Latin quidem with a preceding negative ; eigi miklo-gi minna,
ne multo quidem minus, Heiftar. S., Isl. ii. 360 ; eigi storu-gi meiri, ne multo
quidem majora, 386 ; engi miklo-gi gorr . . .,nemo multo quidem plus . . .,
Grag. i. 209 ; cp. also the adverbs oUun-gis or tildun-gis, quite, altogether
(allr, -gi) ; einun-gis, only, solely (einn, -gi), both formed from dat. sing. :
the obsolete vil-gi (qs. vel-gi) is ambiguous, being used both in a ncg.
sense = not well, and posit. = K/e//, bene quidem, cp. Bs. i. 393, note; Hm.
66, malun-gi, is doubtful ; — prob. J)yrftig-at malun-gi mat should be read,
-at being taken not as a prep, but as a negative verbal suffix, and -gi as a
positive suffix ; Icel. now say, hann k ekki malungi matar, be does rtot
know where to look for his next meal.
^" The negative -gi is pecuHar to Scandin., and no traces of it are
found in any Saxon nor German idioms ; whereas, as a positive suffix, it
is common to all Teutonic tongues, and remains in the Engl, many and
any ; ' many' being qs. man-y = man-ever, ' homo-cunque,' Goth, manags,
and 'any' qs. zne-y = every-one ; so also is the g in Icel. margr and
hvarigr, which are remnants — the former of the positive, the latter of
the negative -gi.
gift, gifta, u, f. gift, vide gipt, gipta.
GIKKR, m., pi. ir, [Dan. gjcek =jester'], apert, rude person. compds :
gikks-hdttr, m. pert manner. gikks-ligr, adj. pert, rude; the say-
ing, hver sem glettist vi& gikkinn faer af honum hnykkinri, who meddles
with a ' gik' will get a kick.
GIL, n., gen. pi. gilja, dat. giljum, [Ghyll or Gill in North. E. and Scot,
local names] : — a deep narrow glen with a stream at bottom, like the Gr.
XapaSpa ; brooks and tributary streams flowing through clefts in the fell
side to the main river at the bottom of a vale are in Icel. called gil ; very
freq. in local names, lsfir6inga-gil, Branda-gil, Hauka-gil, Hrafna-gil,
Hellra-gil, Gilj-A, f)ver-gil, vide Landn. ; (a chasm without water or with
stagnant water is not gil, but gja; also gljiifr, a deep chasm forming
the bed of a river), Valla L. 223, Hrafn. 7, Eg. 766, Ld. 218, Krok. 64,
Fms. vii. 149, passim. compds : Gils-bakki, a, m., prop. Gill-bank,
a local name, Landn., whence Gils-bekkingar, m. pi. the name of a
family, Landn. gils-botn, m. a gill bottom, Sturl. i. 82, 84. gils-
gj&, f. a chasm with a gill (rare), Grett. ill. gils-^rom, f. the
edge of a gill, Ld. 218, Dropl. 23, Grett. ill.
gilda, t, to be worth so and so, only in mod. usage, esp. in metaph. and
impers. phrases, mig gildir einu, / do not mind; lattu J)ig einu g., never
mind: hva5 sem gildir, at any price; hirt aldrei hva6 sem gildir, at
hsetta a osatt mal. Pass. 13. 2.
GILDI, n. [gjalda; Ulf. gild = tribute, Luke xx. 22, Mark xii. 14;
A. S. gild; Hd.geld; Fmnk. chalta ; Germ, geld = money ; it remains in
Old Engl, weregild] : — payment, tribute; this sense is very rare, as gjald
(q. v.) is the common word ; chiefly used in compds, as nef-gildi, head-tax ;
baug-gildi, q. v. ; skatt-gildi, a tax ; ska\A2i-gi\d\, payment cf debts, Grag. i.
302. 2. recompense; in the saying, se s^r til gildis gjof (mod. ae s^r gjof
til gjalda), Horn. 146. 3. value; al-gildi, full-g., half-g., whole, full,
half value; '\b-g\Vbi ox i-g\\d,\, equivalence ; hon er karlmanns-igildi. p.
worth, value, esteem; the phrase, vera i miklu, litlu, engu gildi, to be in great,
small, no repute ; an Drottins ra8a er a8sto& manns i engu minsta gildi ,
Pass. 9. 2 : freq. in mod. usage, but rare in old writers, {)egar ^r komizt
i gildi vi8 h6f8ingja e8r kaerleika, Finnb. 266. II. a banquet,
feast, [cp. Dan. gilde; .so called from the fee paid?], Eg. 20 sqq., Edda
45' 57' Fb- ■• 283, G\A. 178, freq. in old poems; the poetical mead is
called Gauta g., Kormak; or gildi Grjotaldar, the cheer of the Giants;
gefa lilfum gildi, to feast the wolves. Lex. Poet. ; to this seems to belong
the passage in Vsp. 27, hvart skyldi iEsir afrad gjalda e3r skyldi go8in
611 gildi eiga, where the eiga gildi means to hold a feast, with the notion
of making a league or peaceful agreement, as opp. to gjalda afraS (q. v.),
to pay tribute as a badge of submission. ' III. in a technical sense,
a guild, throughout England and Scandinavia during the Middle Ages ;
J the first guilds in Norway were instituted by king Olave (1066-1093),
200
GILDINGR— GIRNA.
Olaff konungr l^t setja Mikla-gildi i Ni8ar6si, ok morg onnur i kaiip-
sto3um, en u,8r voru hvirfings-drykkjur (6?// before there were drinhing-
houts), Fms. vi. 440 : the guilds were secular brotherhoods or trades'
unions (and often became political clubs) ; they assumed the names of
saints or sacred things, as Kross-g., Cross-guild ; Olafs-g., St. Olave's
guild (in Norway) ; Kniits-g., St. Canute's guild (in Denmark), and so
on : in Icel. this sense rarely occurs, maelti at einhverr vildis-nianna aetti
at hefja gildit, Sturl. i. 20 ; ok var gildit at Olafs messu hvert sumar, 23 ;
cp. also gildis-fvmdr, m. a guild-meeting, mentioned in Sturl. i. 58 ;
and gildis-beendr, m.pl. guild-franklins, guild-brothers, 23, (about the
middle of the I2th century) ; but guilds never took root in Icel. : gildis-
sk£li, a, m. a guild-hall, Fms. viii. 160, ix. 22, D.N. passim : gildis-
ti5, n. a guild-term, Fms. viii. 151.
gildingr, m. a thing rated at its full worth, fully measured, Grag. ii.
357, 380: pride, pretension, an gildings, 655 xxvii. 2.
gildir, m., in poetry a payer, contributor. Lex. Poet. : a feaster, poet,
the wolf that /eas/s in blood: a guild-brother, old 6lafs gilda (gen. pi.),
the host of St. Olave's guild-brothers, Geisli 10 ; Hropts gildar, the cham-
pions of Odin, Hd.
gild-leiki, a, m. strength, full size, Grett. 148 : mod. stoutness.
gild-liga, adv. stoutly, metaph. with a grand air, Korm. 60.
gildna, a3, to become stout.
GILDB, adj., neut. gilt, [cp. gildi, gjalda; Swed., Dan., and Norse
gild'] : — of full worth, full : 1. a trade term, of full measure, size,
quality, and the like; gillt f6, Grag. i. 503; gildr skal treskjoldr, ef,
G{)1. 105, cp. 104 ; bolcixar gildar, N.G.L. i. 126; {)eim manni er bx5i
hefir gildar (full-measured) dinar ok faSma, Grag. ii. 262 ; gild dagleiS,
Bs. ii. 2. valued at, with dat., gildr tveim morkum, Grag. ii. 86 ;
g. atta aurum, id. ; sva gildr, id. ; hversu J)au sar eru gild, at how much
those wounds are rated, N. G. L. i. 1 72 ; tvi-gildr, half-g., al-g., of double,
half full worth. II. metaph. complete, absolute, great ; g. konungr,
Fms. ix. 69 ; g. hiifSingi, xi. 18 ; gild husfreyja. Glum. 349 ; gildr maSr,
Eg. 182 ; flestir enir gildari menn {honor atiores), Ld. 106 ; Hallfrey3r var
J)4 sem gildastr, H. was then at his best, Fs. 100 ; a gildasta aldri, id., Stj.
230 : so of things, honum var J)at gildr J)ykkr, a great shock, Isl. ii. 321 ;
me6 gildum soma, with great fame, Fms. xi. 18 ; gild hefnd, Isl. ii. 116 ;
gild ferS, a famous journey. Fas. ii. 513. III. in mod. usage,
stout, brawny, cp. Grett. 148 ; Icel. now say gildr of a man, digr of things ;
but in compds, mittis-digr, not mittis-gildr ; to use digr and digrask (q. v.)
for gildr and gildna is now thought rude ; but in olden times only digr
was used in that sense, e.g. (5lafr Digri, Jjorbjorg Digra (a lady) ; the
passage referred to, Grett. 148, comes near the mod. sense of that word,
but is not to be so understood.
GIIiDKA, u, f. a trap, GJ)1. 445, Ni3rst. 3 ; sem melrakki i gildru,
4 ; vide knatt-gildra : gildru-merki, n. a trap mark, G^\. 444 : metaph.,
Fms. i. 221, ii. 48, vi. 145, Mar. 506.
gildra, a3, to trap, G^jI. 444 : metaph. to contrive, g. til e-s, ef ma3r
gildrar til J)ess at vapn skuli sjalf falla a menn, Grag. ii. 1 17, Fms. ii. 294,
vii. 202 ; g. til vei6a, viii. 63, 80 ; g. sva til, at . . . , /o contrive so, that ...,
Stj. 451, |>i&r. 242, R6m. 257.
gildri, n. the laying a trap, N.G.L. i. 341, 379.
gildri, n. = gildi, [Ulf, gilstr, Rom. xiii. 6 ; O. H. G. gelslar], payment,
Grag. Kb. ii. 204.
gilja, a3, [Ulf. gailjan ~ ev(ppalveiv ; Swtd. gilja'], to beguile a woman,
Grett. 161, Krok. 64 (a pun), Bs. i. 338,
Qilli, a, m. [Gael, gillie = a servant], only in Irish pr. names, Fms., Landn.
gil-ina3r, m. a libertine, Blanda.
GIM, n. [in A. S. gim is masc, and so it seems to be used in Vkv. 5 ;
A.S. gim from Lat. ^emma] : — in poetry a gem, a jewel ; the sun is
called fagr-gim, the fair gem ; gims ger9r, a lady. Lex. Poet. 2. in
poets metaph. ^r«, Edda (Gl.) : never used in prose.
Gimli, a heavenly abode, sal sa hon standa solu fegra gulli J)ak3an
(i Gimli, Vsp. 63 ; it occurs only there, whence it came into Edda 1 2 ;
even the gender is uncertain, whether n. or perhaps better dat. of a masc.
gimill = himill = himin, n. heaven.
gim-steirm, m. a ' gem-stone,' a jewel, Edda 147, Greg. 27, Fms. i. 15,
vi. 3, Stj. 191, 254; a name of a poem : giiii-steina6r, part, set with
gems, Karl. 284.
GIN, n. [A.S. gin], the mouth (Germ, rachen) of beasts, Edda 42, Al.
37, Fms. vi. 165 ; ulfs-gin, Bs. i. (in a verse), passim. compds : gin-
faxi, a, m. a magical character, Isl. p]6bs. i. 446. gin-Qara, u, f. a
very low ebb. gin-kefli, a, m. fi mouth-piece, a gag, put in the
mouth of animals, Fas. iii. 314. gln-keyptr, adj., in the phrase, vera
ginkeyptr eptir e-u, to be eager for a thing, prop, open-mouthed as a fish for
bait. gin-klofl, a, m., medic, spasmus cynicus, Fel. gm-lj6tr, adj.
with a hideous mouth.
gingi.brau3, n. ginger-bread, H.E. ii. 91,
gin-hafri, a, m. a kind of oats, Edda (Gl.)
gmn, ginnr, or ginnir, m. a juggler, jester, Fms, vi. 295, viii, 307
(m a verse). H. a magical character, Isl. ^jo&s. i, 446.
aiNN-, or perhaps better gfnn-, [cp. A.S, gin or fjnni^vast, wide;,
' it seems however better to derive it from the verb heginnan, Engl. 6^^
a word used in all Teutonic languages, except the old Scandina\
tongue, where it is unknown, unless in this mythological prefix] :— c
used as a prefix : I. in old mythol. words, great, holy : gii
h.eil6g (adj. pi.) goS, the most holy gods, the supreme gods, as opposet
Asir and Vanir, the lower gods, Vsp. passim : ginn-regin, n. pi. ' ma
numina,' Hm. 143, Haustl. 13, in the same sense as ginnheilog go3 in V
in Hy'm. 4 opp. to tivar {dii) ; in Aim. go3 and ginnregin are distinguisl
cp. also Hm. 79 : ginntmgar, m. pi., seems used in the same sensi
ginnregin, whence Ginnuxiga-gap, n. chaos, the formless void, in wl
abode the supreme powers, before the creation, Edda, Vsp. : later, in
nth century, the sea between Greenland and America was called G
unga-gap, A. A. 295 : Ginnunga-himiii, m. of the heavenly vau!
Ginnunga-gap, Edda 5: Ginnunga-ve, n. pi. the holy places of-
Ginnungar, the universe, Haustl. 15 : Ginnarr (Ginnir), m., is a n. ;
of Odin, prop. = aetherius, and also used of the eagle, the falcon. 1 .
in an intensive sense only in poets ; ginn-viti, a, m. a large fire. Sigh- ;
perhaps also we may read, Vkv. 5, ginn-fasti, a, m. a great fire i L
smithy, for gim fasti.
GINNA, t, to dupe, fool one, Nj. 225, 263, Band. 5, 27, 69, Fms
205, Edda 36 ; g. e-t af e-m, Fms. iii. 98 ; g. e-n at ser, to fall out-,i
one, Vapn. 7 : — to intoxicate, lat af at drekka vin, sva at {jii gerir 1:
ginnta, Stj. 428; ferr J)essi ma3r 1 tavernis hus, ok ferr eigi fyrr bur 1
hann er ginntr. Mar. ; drykkja var par ostjornleg, sva at t)eir ur5u •
ginntir, Barft. 26 new Ed. : intoxicating, of liquor, hennar vatn er i
ginnt ok galit, Stj. 84.
ginning, f. imposture, fraud, Fms. vi. 205, Ld. 322, Stj. 267: gili
ingar-fifl, m. a fool, one who runs a fool's errand, Nj.160; G;f
ginning, the Fooling of Gylji, a part of the Edda, vide Edda Ub! |
beginning.
ginnungr, m. a juggler, jester, Fs. 87, Edda (Gl.)
GIFT, gift, f. [gefa], a gift, 656 C. 12, Greg. 37, Hom. 62 ; He
Anda gipt, 625. 30, 655 A. 13. 3 : a gift of nature, endowment, Fml
314, Eluc. 37, Edda 144 (pref.) : income, N. G. L. i. 345, 347 : a wed
A. S. gifta, giptar-g6.fa, u, f. a wedding gift, D. N. : giptar-j8r8, f
dowry farm, N. G. L. i. 356 : giptar-kveld, n. a wedding eve, cp. bi
gjof and bekkjargjcif, N.G.L. i. 356 : giptar-mal, n. [Dun. givter-m,
a marriage, D. N. : giptar-or3, n. marriage. El. 10 : giptar-vitn
a wedding witness, N. G. L. i. 356.
gipta, u, f. lA.S. gife'Se^fatum, Beowulf], good luck, Ld. 104,
17, Fms. vi. 299, Fs. 27, 97, Stj. 198, passim; cp. auSna, hamii
COMPDS : giptu-drJTigr, adj. lucky, Fs. 142. giptu-fdtt, n.
luckless, Fser. 154. giptu-liga, adv. happily, boding good luck,
iii. 174, Fas. ii. 429. giptii-ligr, adj. lucky, auspicious, Fms I
9. giptu-maflr, m. a lucky man, Grett. 163, Fms. vi. 274, Fs
80. giptn-munr, m. the turn of the scale, the crisis of one's
Fas. iii. 312. giptu-r^fl, n. a good, auspicious match, Vi^.l
giptu-samliga, adv. auspiciously, Fms. i. 214, Sturl. ii. 78. gill
samligr, adj. = giptuligr, Fms. x. 31. giptu-skortr, m. badluci, \
265. giptu-tomr, adj. Zz/eWcss, Al. 95. giptu-vsenligr, adj.
mising good luck, auspicious, of a man, Njar3. 344, Fs. 10.
marriage (rare) ; giptu-mdl, n. a marriage, Landn. no (v. I. ill
MS. Melab6k).
gipta, t, to give a woman in marriage; fyrr skulu gronir ga,l
dilarnir a halsi J)6r, en ek muna gipta J)er systur mina, Eb. 210 ;
Hoskuldr Gr6 systur sina, Ld. 24, Nj. 17, Eg. 5, Rm. 20, 37tlH
sim. II. reflex, to marry, of both man and wife ; in old w: |«»l
the man ' kvangask,' i. e. takes a wife, the woman is ' gipt,' i. e. given c jj^ri
Fms. ix. 269, Ld. 1 28 passim ; in the course of time the primitive »*)
of the word was lost, and it came to mean to marry : the saying \A«
graer A3r en \)n giptist, i. e. never mind, it will be healed before thou t*" <
riest, addressed to a boy or girl about to cry for a slight hurt. |
gipting, f. marriage, in old writers only of a woman, Js. 63. (*»<
ix. 269. compds: giptingar-dagr, m. a wedding day, G^l.jl- ^
giptingar-ma3r, m. one who gives away (parent, warder), GJ)1. 2l3,'5i
229. giptingar-or3, n. = gjafor3, marriage, Fms. x. 87. ( ^
ingar-ve3, n. wedding-security, i. e. for the dowry, N. G. L. ii. 4-
giptingar-vitni, n. a wedding witness, N. G. L. ii. 30.1;. Ill"
mod. usage marriage, applying both to man and wife, passim, ai '"
many compds.
GIRD A, 3, mod. t, older form ger3a, \\3\L gairdan = iT(pi^ijtnnnt
to fence, Fms. x. 211, Grett. 168, Grag. ii. 263 ; cp. gyrSa, which ol
to tie up, gird.
gir3i, n. materials for fencing, Jb. 100 : wood for making boefk
gir3ing, {.fencing, Fms. x. 212 : mod. fences.
Girkir, m. pi, the Greeks; Girkland, n. Greece, mod. Grij
Grikkland,
GIRNA, d, [Ulf. gairnjan = ImiroOuv -, A. S. girnan ; Engl. /ojM
to desire, in act. used impers., e-n (ace.) girnir til e-s, 655 xxxyiiil
cp. fysa. II. reflex, girnask, to desire (personally), Stj. passimj
105, 623, 21, Fs. 4 : absol., Fms. i. 262, Sks. 152, Band. 3, Bs. i.691,
GIRND— GJALL.
201
rnd, f. desire, lust ,Fms. ii. 238, x. 373, passim. compds : gimdar- '
aku, n. pi. eyes of lust, 623.33, Stj. 54, 125. girndax-bruni,
ilr -logi, a, ni. the burning {fire, flame) of lust, i. c. ardent lust, Greg.
Vigl. 22. girndar-grafar, f. pi., Stj. 324, rendering of ' Kibroth-
liliaavah,'Numb. xi.34. girndar-hugr, m. amo»/r, Stj. 7. girndar-
n, n. a (foolish) love match, Ld. 1 28, Fms. iv. 194 ; veit ek at baSum
c)etta girndarra6, ye are both mad with love, Nj. 49 ; vide fysn.
mi, f. = girnd, [IJlf. gairnet], yearning, desire, esp. in compds, met-
Od-g; ^^otinun^T-g., ambition ; {6-g., avarice ; hcipt-g., sp/'/e; a-girni,
.; sin-g., selfishness ; e\g\n-g., id.
mi-liga, adv. desirably, Th. 75.
-ligr, adj. desirable, to be coveted, Sks. 499; girnilegt til fr6&-
' n. iii. 6, passim. Fins. v. 259 {pleasant, engaging).
., .^iU-, adj. Greek, Skalda 160, Greg. 75, K. p. K. 74, Fms. vi. passim ;
. Griskr : Girska, u, f. the Greek language, Stj. 70, Fms. vii. 96, Skalda
passim. II. = Gerzkr, i.e. from Gardar, Russian, passim.
ISINN, part. [Swed. gisten ; Scot, and North. E. geizenedl, leaky,
ubs, wooden vessels, freq. in mod. usage,
sna, a5, [Swed. gistna"], to become leaky (gisinn).
[STA, t, [gestr], to pass the night; g. at e-s (etc.), Eb. 222, Nj. 15,
■ ' ' 130, Al. 40, Fs. 138 : with ace. of the host, g. e-n, to spend a
fb one, N. G. L. i. 51, 623. 14.
, .ijiintr, part, with teeth far apart, not closed.
luting, f. a passing the night as a guest at a place, or the place in
ub one stays, night quarters. Eg. 37, Nj. 258, Ld. 46, Eb. 266, Sturl.
ig. i. 91, Isl. ii. 10, Grett. 149 new Ed., Fbr. 14, Lv. 92, passim.
gistingar-b61, n. = gistingarsta3r, Fbr. 55 new Ed. gist-
i, tr-sta3r, m. night quarters, Isl. ii. 23, 25, 343, Bs. i. 140, Fms. viii.
6 f);issim.
.ka, a6, to guess ; g. a e-5, to guess at a thing ; d-gizkan, a guess.
;ki, a, m. a kind of kerchief {of goat-skin ?) ; hon horf&i upp i fjallit
' :nM gizka e3r diiki, Fs. 59; siSan veif6i hann gizka til fjalls ok
if ve6rit, 78 : — mod. a scarecrow. II. an island in Nor-
;is.
FR, n. pi. [A.S. gif re — rapacious, used as an epithet of the devil,
I in. etc., and as noun, a glutton, vide Grein] : — witches, fiends, =
jihold, Vsp. 52, Hkv. Hjorv. 15 ; freq. in poetry, al-gifri, />a«c?e-
. Bragi ; gifrs grand, ' witch-bane' = the god Thor, Eb. (in a verse) ;
wj'cs are gifrs hestar, 'witch-horses,' Jd., and hrse-gifr, carrion beasts,
. 2. 29, Lex. Poet. : the simple word is never used in prose, but in
pds; it however remains in piose in the following adv.
r-liga, adv. savagely; lata gifrliga, Sturl. ii. 238, Fas. ii. 424 (of a
d*ii : mod. exorbitantly.
ij'r-ligr, adj., prop, savage: mod. immoderate, exorbitant.
'I GJA, u, f. [Germ, geige ; mid. H. G. gige; old Fr. gigue ; and to
Scot, means to play the fiddle, while in Engl, a jig is a lively
~a fiddle, Stj. 181, Hkr. ii. 136, cp. Yngl. S. ch. 25, Fms. vii. 97
\i I verse) ; this instrument was known at an early age, as a lawyer in
Id in the first part of the lOth century was called gigja, prob. because
is eloquent pleading or his clear voice, Nj., Landn.
;iari, a, m. a fiddler, Hkr. i. 30.
na, u, f. a vast opening, Fb. i. 2 lo ; in mod. usage also gimald, n. id.
NA, pret. gein, pi. ginu; pres. gin (Edda 10 1) ; sup. ginit; in old
ns a weak pret. ginSi also occurs. Amor, Orkn. 90 ; pi. gindu, Geisli
^. iii. 4 (in a verse) ; [A. S. ginan ; Engl, to yawn ; Germ, gdhnen ;
vai] : — to gape, yawn, esp. of wild beasts ; ginandi lilfr, Hm. 84 ;
I lindiik um hiidduna ok gein yfir, Fms. i. 36 : of wounds, en er
^u sar bans, Bjarn. 10 ; gina vi6 agni, to snap at the bait, Hym.
.1 via flugu, to snap at a fly ; J)6ttisk Sigmundr nu yfir flugu ginit
1I. ii. 25; Mi3gor6s-ormr gein yfir oxa-h6fu8it, Edda 36; vide
jSL, m. \_\.S.gisel; lost in Engl.; Germ, geissel; Swed. gislan;
I pdsel; to be distinguished from geisl; mod. Germ, and Dan. con-
liL' two forms, one of which has ei and the other i as root vowel ;
(i. retained a distinction] : — a hostage, Ls. 39, Fms. v. 171, ix.
sim. II. a king's officer, a bailiff; gisl keisarans, Fms. i.
Bs. i. 9, i. e. of the German emperor : — a warder, watchman,
^u sett til gisla at gaeta bans (of a prisoner), Fms. viii. 23 ; konungr
til hofu6s honum ok setti hvervetna fyrir hann gisla (viz. to
:m) hvar sem hann kynni fram at koma, vi. 16: — this sense is
c, and in Icel. never occurs except in metaph. phrases. III.
iue, Gisl and Gisli ; in many compds, {>or-gisl, Spa-gisl, Au8-gisl,
, but usually by metathesis -gils, e. g. fjor-gils, etc.
■lb, to give as hostage, Edda 15, Fms. ix. 447, N. G. L. i. 103;
. iiufSu gislat Kniiti konungi sonu sina, Hkr. ii. 385 ; hann hafSi
gisla6r {taken as hostage) af Skota-konungi, Orkn. 418 old Ed. ;
:«=gisla8ir, N. G. L. i. 103; gisla s6r land, to take possession of the
as a hostage, Fagrsk. 158.
lar, f. p\. sureties, securities; hann tok gislar af honum ok bijndum,
89; hann tok gislir (v. 1. gislar, gisla) af bondum, Fms. ix. 313,
passim ; gisla (/^e persons) and gislar {the things) are often used
indiscriminately. II. metaph. security, guard, in the phrase, setja
gislar fyrir, /o guard, secure (vide gisl U) ; Hjalti baft hann gacta sin, ok
setja J)xr gislar fyrir sem honum J)aEtti vaenst at J)eim mundi duga, Sturl.
iii. 7 ; J)ii var sva gislum skipat fyrir at d Hciftmork voru attjan skip i
Mjors, Fms. viii. 45.
gisling, f. hostage, GJil. 81, Fms. ii. 43, vi. 240, ix. 447, passim : guard,
setja gislingar {ym = to guard {vide gislar); setti jjorir jid gislingar fyrir
Gretti (an outlaw) hvar hann kxmi fram, Grett. 139 C : in the old Swed.
law gislunga-lagh = the section of law respecting bail and mainprise, Verel.
gjafar-, vide gjof.
gjafari, a, m. a giver, K. A. 76.
gjaf-erfd, f. a bequest, Fms. vii. 124, N. G.L. i. 50.
gjaf-falr, adj. to be bad for a trifle, Fms. vii. 124.
gjaf-g61tr, m. a fat hog, G^\. 396.
gjaf-laust, n. adj. 'gift-less,' without gift, Sturl. ii. 145, Fms. vii. 106.
gjaf-lendingar, m. ^\. feudatories, Fms. viii. 244.
gjaf-lyndi, n. open-handedness, Fms. v. 188.
gjaf-mildi, f. liberality, Thom. 6 (Ed.)
gjaf-mildr, adj. open-handed, Karl. 170.
gjaf-or3, n. a match, of a woman to be married, Fr.partie, Eg. 36, 598,
Nj. 38, Fms. i. 298, Lv. 38, Aim. 6, passim.
gjaf-st611, n., poet, a throne. Lex. Poet., cp. A. S. gifstol.
gjaf-vaxta, adj. (a maid) grown up, of marriageable age to be given
away, Grett. 118.
gjaf-vinr, m. an open-handed friend, benefactor, Fbr. 204, Sturl. i. 89.
gjald, n. [vide gildi] : I. sing, tribute, payment; {)vi er gjof
gjaldi betri, at ... , N. G. L. i. 54 ; gjald J)at er Finnar skyldu reida.
Eg. 67 ; seint gengr gjaldit, Fms. iv. 329 ; J)d heldu baendr gjaldinu, they
kept back the paytnent, vii. 302; beiddi nokkurra fresta um gjaldit,
viii. 174; hann lagSi gjald a borgina, (3. H. 22. II. usually in
pi. ; hann tok stor gjold af sumum, Fms. i. 28 ; til gjalda ok til lit-
gongu, payment, Grag. i. 184 ; ly'sti hann til gjalda ok litgreizlu, Nj. 15 ;
stefna til tve5ra gjalda, double payment, i. e. double the value, Grag. ii.
188 ; gjalda einum gjiildum, the actual value, 132 ; fuUum gjoldum, 0. H.
86 : a fine, ma5r a at taka gjiild um konu, Grag. i. 278 ; mann-gjold, were-
gild. 2. metaph. retribution ; Drottinn syndi hver gjold koma munu
fyrir ofstopa, 655 xxi. 3 : rarely in sing., ella mun J)6r gjald at ver8a,
thou shalt pay dear for it, Nj. 126: — freq. in eccl. use, synda-gjold, ill-
verka-gjiild. Pass. 32.li : so in the phrase, g63ra gjalda vert, ef..., i.e. one
must even be thankftd, if not . . . ; ok g65ra gjalda vert ef ekki eru drepnir
sumir, Sturl. iii. 266 : — reward, compensation, in a good sense, ae s^r gjof
til gjalda, gift calls for gift, Gisl. 28.
GJALDA, pret. gait, 2nd pers. gait, mod. galzt ; pi. guldu ; pres,
geld; pret. subj. gyldi ; imperat. gjalt or gjald J)u; sup. pret. goldit,
goldinn ; with neg. suff. gjald-attu ; \\]\i. us-gildan = u'no^ih6vai; A.S.
gyldan; Engl, yield ; O. H.G. geltan ; old Fr. ielda ; Germ, gelten;
Dan. gjelde ; Swed. gdlla'\ : — to pay money, pay a fee, duty, or the like,
the person in dat., the money in ace, Grag. i. 87, 408, passim, Faer. 1 20,
Fms. iv. 346, xi. 81, Nj. 58, K. J). K. 162, passim : — to yield, repay, re-
turn, g. gjof vi6 gjof, Hm. 42^ gjaldiS engum illt moti illu, Rom. xii.
17; sakir J)aer er ek a at g. Olafi, (3. H. 213; sogSu, at t)eim var sin
ohamingja miklu illu goldin, 232 ; skal ek g. J)eim sva litruleik sinn, 58: —
{)er eigit at g. aptr {to restore) sendimenn bans manngjoldum. Eg. 575 :
— g. leiSangr, to yield a levy, Fms. viii. 173. II. metaph. to
yield or yield up, deliver; J)a guldu Jjeir Gu3i andir sinar, they yielded
up their souls to God, Bias. 36 ; gjalt mik laBrife6rum minum, 656 B. 5 ;
vaeri hann J)a andaSr goldinn sinum borgar-monnum, 10. p. so in
the phrases, g. skynsemi vi8 e-u, to give {yield) reason for, Skalda 205,
Sks. 787. Johann. 28 ; g. samkvaeSi, to yield, give consent to, Fms. v. 70,
Nj. 233 ; also to vote for, Grag. i. 2, 43 ; g. varu6, varhuga, vi6 e-u, to
be on one's guard against, beware of, Isl. ii. 369, Fms. ii. 166, vi. 43,
Hkr. i. 50 ; g. e-m fjandskap, to shew ill-will towards, Ld. 134 ; g. ofund,
Ls. 12. 2. with gen. ellipt., the fine being understood, to pay for,
suffer on account of; ok munu margir pess g., Nj. 2 : njota e-s denotes
to profit, gjalda e-s to suffer on account of another; f)ar munuS J)it
min gjalda, Vigl. 28 ; su harma-bylgjan djupa, g6kk yfir {)ig J)a galztu
min. Pass. 41. 4 ; sva mun ok vera, segir Njall, ef J)U geldr eigi annarra
at, Nj. 147 ; Helga (gen.) hefir J)u goldit at i ^essu. Fas. i. 28 ; hug&i,
at hann mundi J)ess vi9ar koma at hann mundi njota foftur sins en
gjalda, Gisl. 73 ; heldr geldr Leifr |)randar en ny'tr fra mer, Fms. ii.
116; geldr at ny'breytni (gen.) konungs ok J)essa ens nyja si3ar, i. e. it
is a just punishment for the innovation of the king and the ne%u creed, Ld.
168; konungr sag5i, at hon skyldi eigi gjalda fra honum tiltaekja fo8ur
sins, Fms. ix. 477 : part, gjaldandi, a payer, Grag. i. 394.
gjald-dagi, a, m. pay-day, Grag. i. 199, ii. 235.
gjald-fang, n. payments, equivalents, Sturl. i. 182.
gjald-gengr, adj. taken in payment, Grag. i. 502, Fms. v. 346.
gjald-keri or gjald-kyri, a, m. the king's rent-master or steward,
N.G.L. i. 311, 335, Fms. vi. 12, Grett. 158 A, Jb. 173, Orkn. 204: —
mod. a treasurer: the word is prob. of foreign origin.
QJAJjJi, n. cinders from a smith's furnace,
2D3
GJALLA— GLADLIGR.
GJALiiA, pret. gall, pi. gullu ; prts. gell, pi. gjalla ; pret. subj. gylli ;
sup. gollit; mod. infin. gella ; [^A.S. giellan; Engl. yell; Dzn.gjalde;
Swed. gdlld] : — to yell : — of birds of prey, to scream, shriek, hrafnar tveir
ok gullu hatt, Fms. i. 131 ; emir gjalla hatt, Sighvat ; fuglar sy'ngja, gjalla
edr klaka, Skalda 170 : of a bull, io bellow, Fb. i. 545 : of things, as of a
bow-string, to twang, strengr gellr, Fbr. 206 ; strengir gullu, Arnor ;
gjallandi geir. Eg. (in a verse): of a man, to yell, shout, hann stokk {)a
upp ok gall vi6, Fms. vii. 171 : mod. to shout out (in reply), hiin er gipt
d6na fyrir austan, gall einhver vi& af Ne5ri-bekkingum, Piltr og Stulka,
p. 73 : of an echo, to ring, sva gall i hverjum hamri, Fms. ix. 5 1 3, v. 1. ;
so of a blacksmith's hammer, Eg. (in a verse).
gjallr, adj., also spelt gallr, ringing, poet, epithet of gold, a shield,
weapon, horn, Fs. Ill (in a verse), Vsp. 42, Haustl. i, Fm. 9, 20; gallir
geirar, 0. H. 23: of a person weeping, Skv. 3. 33: as the word is rare
and obsolete, esp. in the form gallr, transcribers and editors have in some
passages wrongly put the well-known gamlir (old) where that word yields
no sense, as in Vsp. 1. c, 0. H. 1. c. 2. as subst., the sea, a sword,
shield are called gjallr, the resounding, Edda (Gl.)
gjalti, vide goltr.
gjarda, u, f. a hood, Edda (Gl.)
gjar3ari, a, m. a cooper, N. G. L. iii. 2, 10.
QJAEN, adj., compar. gjarnari ; superl. gjarnastr ; [Ulf. gairns, only
once; A.S. georn; Germ, gern; lost as adj. both in Dan. and Swed. ;
cp. gerr above, which is only used in a limited sense] : — eager, willing,
Fms. iv. 81, Dropl. 19 ; a saying, gjorn er bond a venju, Grett. 130 : with
gen., gjam e-s, 656 C. 24, passim; used in a great many poet, compds,
but also freq. in prose, as in g66-g., gentle; ill-g., malevolent; 6fund-g.,
envious; metor&a-g., ambitious; vaeru-g., loving rest; a-gjarn, avari-
cious; f6-g]ATn, covetous ; sin-g. and eigin-g., s«//?s;&; 6hil-g., unyielding ;
nkra-g., eager for learning ; ha8-g., scoffing; 6-gjarn, unwilling; satt-
gjarn, peaceful ; vide Lex. Poet. p. 246.
gjama, mod. gjaman, adv. willingly, Nj. 57, Lv. 20, Eg. 334, Fms. i.
79, Isl. ii. 441, Bret. 34, Sks. 241, Orkn. 158,
gjarnliga, adv. willingly, Bs. i. 355.
gjarn-samliga, adv. = gjarnliga, Sks. 221.
GJA, f., gen. gjar, ace. and dat. gja ; pi. gjar, gen. gj4, dat. gj4m, mod.
gjaar; [a Scandin. word, akin to gina; found in the north of Scotland in the
form geo, geow : cp. Gr. xa(^A*o] '■ — « chasm, rift, in fells or crags ; hrinda
J)eim fyrir bjorg e6r i gjar, Fms. ii. 238 ; til Jjess er hann kemr at gja einni,
en sii gja gengr um eyna J)vera, fyrir annan enda gjarinnar, hinu-megin
gjarinnar, yfir gjana, etc., Fser. 170, 171; kasta hringinum i gjar e8a
votn, Bs. i. 329 ; milli gja ok gljiifra, Stj. 90 ; at enni efri gjanni, Nj. 224 :
also freq. in local names, Almanna-gja, the famous rift in Thingvalla,
Nj. 113, 246, 247, Sturl. i. 206, Landn. 312, v. 1. ; Hrafna-gja, Brimils-
gja, Kotlu-gja ; it often denotes a rift with a tarn or pool at bottom,
whereas gil is a rift with running water. compds : gj&r-bakki, a, m.
a rift brink (that of the Almanna-gja), Nj. 224. gjar-barmr, m. the
edge of a geow. Fas. iii. 414. gj&r-mtmni, a, m. the mouth of a
geow. Fas. iii. 415. gjdr-skliti, a, m. a geow-nook, BarS. 166.
gjd,-h.aniarr, m. the upper wall of the Almanna-gja, Grag. i. 26.
GJALFR, m., gen. rs, poet, the din of the sea, the swelling waves,
Sks. 148 : — the sea, freq. in poetry and in poet, compds, vide Lex. Poet. ;
in prose Icel. say, or6a-gjalfr, 'word-din,' empty sounding words, flood of
phrases. gjd,lfr-ligr, gj^lfr-samr, gjd.lfrugr, adj. noisy, roaring,
Sks. 192. Ships are gjdlfr-dyr, gjilfr-marar, gj^lfr-stoS, steeds of
the sea. Lex. Poet.
gjd,lfra, a&, to roar, of the sea : to chatter.
gj dlgrun, f. [cp. gjelg = din, Ivar Aasen] , idle talk, prating, Isl. ii. 1 39.
gjd-Hfi, n. = gj61ifi.
Qjilp, f. [A.S. gealp; Hel. gelp; Engl, yelp'], Yelper, name of a
giantess, Edda ; from gjOpa, aft, to yelp.
gj^r, yesterday, vide gaer.
GJO, f. [cp. Engl, gay], enjoyment, esp. in a bad sense, sensuality, Sks.
435. COMPDS : gj6-llfl, n. a 'gay,' i. e. vain, life; g. eftr ofdrykkjur,
Fms. viii. 106 (v. 1.), Stj. 161. gjolifls-menn, m. pi. vain perso?is,
Fms. viii. 238, v.l. gjo-menn, n. pi. id., Sks. 366; in mod. usage
gjd,-lffl, n. (and gjfi-lifr, adj.), a life of pleasure, a gay, idle life, Vidal.,
Pass. 4. 10.
GJOSB, m. Igjo, Ivar Aasen], a bird,falco haliaetus, Edda (Gl.), Stj.
316, Rom. 382, |ji8r. 93.
gjola, u, f. a gust of wind.
GJGSA, pret. gauss, mod. gaus, pi. gusu ; pres. gyss, mod. gy's ; pret.
subj. gysi ; part, gosinn ; [a Scandin. word not found in Saxon nor Germ.,
cp. Engl, gush] : — to gush, break out, of a furnace, volcano, or the like ;
J)ar gauss upp stundum eldr, Nj. 204 ; hann sa eld mikinn g. upp, Grett.
96 ; gauss or honum spyja (a vomit) mikil, Eg. 2 16 ; frofta gaus or kjapti
l)eim. Fas. i. 425 ; sva sem J)ar gjosi upp svartr reykr, Sks. 203 ; gaus
upp grdtr, Rom. 234.
gj68ta, u, f. a gust, Edda 99, Bs. i. 667 (in a verse).
gjos-seSr, f. a 'gush-vein,' an artery, Sturl. iii. 97.
GJOTA,pret. gaut,pl.gutu; pres.gytr; pret. subj. gyti ; part.gotinnj
&
[lJ\f. gjutan; A.S. geotan; O.U.G.giuzCin ; Qerm. giesseti ; Dan."
Swed. giuta = to cast (of metal), but this sense is not found in the '.
— to drop, throw, cast one's young, with dat. ; Icel. say kefla or
(kalfr), of a cow, whale, deer ; kasta, of a mare ; ksepa, of a seal Qati
a young seal) ; hrygna, of a fish ; gjota, of a cat, dog, fox, mouse, :|
of a fish, to spawn ; whence gota, spawn ; got-rauf, q. v. ; Jja gj6ta l|
hrognum sinum, Sks. 46 ; nygotiun hvolpr, a new-dropped cub (dl
kitten). 2. in the phrase, gjota augum, to twinkle. Fas. iii. 4J
gj6ta homauga, to look askant. — That gjota was originally used iii
nobler sense may be inferred from the fact that the names of two Teutcl
people, the Gautar (Gauts) and Gotar {Goths, =^ the born, Lat, «a/A |
in all likelihood derived from the same root.
gjota, u, f. [Dan. gyde], a narrow lane.
GJOF, f., gen. gjafar, pi. gjafar, later gjafir ; dat. gjofum ; [Ulf, ^1
A.S. gifii, geofu; Engl gift; Germ, gabe, whence mod. Swed. ^jl
Dan. gave, and Icel. gdfa] : — a gift, Nj. 7, 163, Eg. 33, Fms. i. 296,!
105, X. 47, Bs. i. 76, 143, N.G. L. i. 8, passim : in mod. usage IceL I
tinguish between gjof and gafa, using the latter of the gifts of nail
gifts of mind, cleverness, but gjof in a material sense. The ancients ^1
fond of exchanging gifts, which were either a part of hospitality or toll
of friendship ; the former were munificent, the latter might be small, ll
51 : at a feast (wedding, funeral, or the like) the host used to make il
to all his more honoured guests at departure; the technical phrase f
this was, leysa menn lit meft gjofum, to dismiss with gifts ; v6ru
menn me5 gjofum brott leystir; hence utlausnir, departure frorj
feast, Sturl. iii. 268: a departing friend or visitor had to be dismil
with a gift (kynnis-gjof, Fms. vi. 358). The gifts consisted chief! f
weapons and costly clothes ; but favourite gifts were a steed (T
55, 58) or oxen of a fine breed (Sturl. i. 106), hawks, tentx
white bears (6. H. ch. 114, Fms. vi. ch. 72-75, 100, Hung. ch. ^ ..
short anything that was rare and costly, giirsimi, metfe. Again, fri |>s
had to exchange gifts, so as to cement their friendship, cp. Havslil
passim, — vapnum ok vaftum skulu vinir gleftjask ; gefendr ok endrgef ir
erusk lengst vinir, 40; gjalda gjof vift gjof, 41 ; gefti skaltii vi6 1 n
(viz. the friend) blanda ok gjofum skipta, 43 ; glik skulu gjold gjii 1,
45 ; sytir x gliiggr vi6 gjofum, 47. Gifts were obligatory, and wt ;i
token of grace and goodwill on the part of giver and receiver. A t;
when received was called the 'nautr' of the giver, e.g. a ring or si d
presented by a king was konungs-nautr. The instances in the S is
are very many, e.g. Eg. ch. 36, 8i, Ld. ch. 7, 27, 43, 45, Sturl. pa; 1,
Gliim. ch. 6, 25, Vapn. p. 19, Hrafn. 23, Lv. ch. 14, 15, O. H. ch. (,
Har. S. Gilla ch. 16, Hung. ch. 13, 17, Pdls. S. ch. 16, and last, not 1 t,
the curious Gautr. S. ; the remark of Tacit. Germ. ch. 21, gau it
muneribus, sed nee data imputant nee acceptis obligantur, is only p y
true; ast-gjafar, love-gifts; vin-gjafar, friend-gifts, cp. Gr. ^tvia, ( i
125; hefndar-gjijf, a fatal gift; Jola-gjof, a Yule present. Eg. ch. >;
sumar-gjafir, summer-gifts, on the day when summer begins. co»?>:
gjafa-laust, n. adj. dismissed without gifts, Nj. 167, Fms. vii. 106, f rl.
iii. 268. gjafa-leysi, n. scanty gifts, Fms. v. 188. gjafa-sl ti
and gjafa-vixi, n. exchange of gifts, Gisl. 13, 96, Bs. i. 82 : — in a fi-
nical sense, bru8-gjof(q.v.), bekkjar-gjof (q.v.), morgun-gjof, a bride iH,
bench-gift, morning-gift, cp. N. G. L. i. 27, 29, 51, passim; til-gj ' o
dowry, — all referring to a wedding : me&-gj6f=fulga, q. v. ; a-gjof, 1 .;
milli-gjof, discount; lif-gjof, pardon; ofani-gjof, rebuke : Icel. also rt
the name to foddering, setja a gjof, hence gjafar-mal, n. fodd ?c
hour, GJ)1. 442.
gjofull, adj., pi. gjoflir, munificent. Eg. 42, Fms. v. 240, Bs. i 1
with gen., g. sins fjar, Hm. 38 ; stor-gjofull, q. v.
GJOGK, f. a cleft, rift; gljufr ok gjograr, Bs. i. 200; rare, bu lii
existing as the local name of a fishing-place in north-western Icel., (G ;r.
or a Gjcigri), used as neut.
gj5gra, aft, to reel, stagger (now skjogra), Fas. ii. 550 (in a verst[
GJOLL, f. [vide gjalla], din, alarum (poet.) compds : Gjallar- ili»
n. the bridge leading to Hel, vide Edda. Gjallar-hom, n. the he; 0/
Heimdal, Edda, Vsp.
G JOLISr AE, f. pi. [Engl, gills ; Dan. gjceller ; Swed. gdT] -.—the g 01
a fish, Edda (Gl.) ; elsewhere rare, talkn (q. v.) being the common W(
gjolnir, m. a kind offish, Edda (Gl.)
G JOBD, f., pi. gjarftar, mod. gjarftir, [Ulf. gairda — fcuj'^ ; Engl. , ,tb.
girdle; Dan. gjord] : — a girdle, tsl. ii. 340, Sks. 403, freq. ; siiftul > «
saddle-girth ; megin-g., main girdle, the belt of Thor, vide Edda : 'el-
the sea is called jarftar-g., earth-girdle : — a hoop on tubs, botn-g., a b iW
hoop : — a kind of lady's head-gear, in western Icel. a kerchief wr •€'•
round the head.
gla3a, aft, = gleftja, to gladden, but only in pres., Hkv. I. 44, H'Ai.
17, Fsm. 48 : in prose, Fas. i. 221, Barl. 60.
gladel, n. [from Lat. gladiolus], a kind of sword, Ld. 330, f>i&rJ!
gla9-Mtr, adj. cheerful, Grett. 140 A, Fas. iii. 219.
glaflliga, adv. gladly, friendly, Nj. 1 77, Fms. xi. 376 : gladly, 1
i. 102, ix. 254, Fas. i. 218.
i glaSUgr, adj. glad, bright, cheerful, Fras. vi. 357.
GLADMiELTR— GLER.
208
glaS-mseltr, adj. talking cheerfully, Fms. i. 19, ii. 109.
gla3na, aS, 'o be gladdened : esp. of the sky, to brighten, clear up, J)a6
■ladnar til ; and of a face, J)a6 gla3iiar yfir honum, his face brightens.
gladning, f. gladdening, Mar. : good cheer.
GLADB, adj., fern. glo9, neut. glatt, compar. gla&ari, superl. glaSastr;
A. S., Engl., Swed., and Vzn. glad ; it does not occur in Ulf. nor in
ierm. ; in Hel. ^/at/wo(f = ^/aJ-moocf (twice), vide Schmeller; cp. also
,jt. laelus'\ : — glad, gladsome ; glaSr ok reifr skyli gumna hverr unz sinn
>i8r bana, Hm. 14; ek vaera gla&ari ef ^li vserir nie6 hundraS manns,
^v. 80 ; snotrs manns hjarta ver6r sjaldan glatt, Hm. 54 ; Gunnarr var6
I. vi8 bat, Nj. 42 ; Flosi var allra manna gla6astr ok beztr heim at saekja,
hiost cheerful of all men and the best to visit, 254, cp. Eb. 88, Fms. i.
II ; glaSr i mali, vi. 59 ; hraustr ok g., x. 420; gla&r ok spurall, iv. 82 ;
ladr, heilhugadr, vitr, Fagrsk. 14; glo5 trii, cheerful faith. Lex. Poet. ;
irekka glaSr inn g68a mjo6, Gm. 13 ; drekka glo& or gullnum kerum, 7 ;
k Jwtti glaftara {pleasanter) at tala vi8 Helgu en vera i starfi me5 kaup-
nonnum, Isl. ii. ■212 : ace. adverb., taka gladan a e-u, to take it gladly,
r'nis. xi. 1 1 2 ; 6-gla&r, sad, moody. II. glad, bright, of the sky,
veather; tungliS skein glatt. Fas. iii. 622 ; ve&r glatt, {>jal. 47 ; J)at Ijos
,/af gla5an veg, Bs. ii. 109 ; eldarnir voru sumir sem gladastir, Gisl. 126 :
)f gold, Bs. ii. 142 ; freq. in mod. usage, gla5a solskin, glad sunshine;
'hbi tunglskin, bright moonshine ; loga glatt, to blaze merrily ; eldriiin
ogar J)ess glaSar, Vidal. i. 145 : the phrase, sja aldregi gla6an dag, never
0 see a sunny day, be dull and downcast; G165, f., pr. name of a bell
q). Engl, a merry peal), Fms. vi.
GLADH, m., poet, a horse, Edda (Gl.), Gm. 30^ vide Lex. Poet.
|glafl-v8Bri, mod. glaS-vserfl, f. gladness, Sturl. i. 206, ii. 125.
gla3-v8err, adj. gladsome, cheerful, Bs. ii. 89, Magn. 474.
1 OLAM, mod. glamr, m. [cp. glaumr], a tinkling sound, Finnb. 348,
■'ms. xi. 129 : noise, Hom. 34; gny ok glamm, a clash of weapons, Fms.
1. 156; ara-glam, a tfas/b 0/ oars ; orba-glami, tinklitig words ; Skala-
L^Iam, a nickname, ' Titikling-scale,' xi. 128, 129. Glammadr or
|115nmiu3r, m. a nickname. Tinkler, Landn.
j glama, 3, to twaddle, talk idly, Hm. 30.
I glampi (or glanpi?), a, m. a ray of light ; akin to glenr.
i glanni, a, m. a reckless jester, Edda (Gl.) compds : glanna-legr,
idj. boydenish. glanna-skapr, m.
I glansi, a, m. [mod. from Germ, glanz], glitter.
I GLAF, n. hallucination, seems only to be used in pi. glop, as elli-glop,
\iotage: a law texxa, jlaius in law proceedings, Grag. i. lO.
I glap-mall, adj. speaking vainly of. Ad. I.
glapna, a&, to grow blunt or dim ; glapnafti honum heyrn ok sy n. Eg.
■54; hversu honum glapna6i sona-eignin, Fms. iv. 321.
glapp, n., pi. glopp, only in the phrase, hoppum og gloppum, by ' haps
Mid gaps,' by haphazard; and in compds, glappa-skot, n. as a law
erm, a chance shot, a mishap (shooting one inadvertently), N. G. L. i.
'57» cp- § 27 : — in mod. usage, a blunder, slip : glappa-verk, n. acci-
itntal mischief done, Fs. 160.
glappast, dep. to blunder.
glap-rsefli, n. a blunder. Band. 4.
glap-skiUd, f. a fool's fine for pranks or foolish acts, Hallfr.
glap-stigr, m. a fool's path, a stray path, cp. the Dan. saying, gjensti
jMiver ofte glapsti.
glap-vig, n. accidental manslaughter, Landn. 180.
GLAS, n. glass, vide gler. glas-ker, n. a glass vessel ; glaskeri ber
g minn fesj63 i, Pass. i. 27, cp. 2 Cor. iv. 7.
Glasir, m. the Glassy, name of a grove with golden leaves, Edda.
GLATA, a8, (the old pres. glatir, K. {j. K. 66, Sks. 700 ; mod. glatar),
with dat. to destroy, slay; at glata manndraps-mcinnum, Hom. 43, Stj.
643 ; ella mun ek g. ^er, 656 B. 4 : with ace. a Latinism, 673. 55,
Mar. passim : to ruin, esp. in mod. sense, glata ond ok likama. Bias. 48 :
(0 lose, til ^eirra 68ala er mi glatar hann, Sks. 512; Jpa glatisk ^au
auSaefi fyrir honum, 700 ; hverfr fe J)at e6r glatizt a annan veg, K. p. K.
. 66 ; ef ma9r finnr fjarhlut manns ok hefir eigandi glataS, GJ)1. 546 ;
giirla {)u neni ok glata (imperat.) eigi, SI. 32.
,, glatan and glottin, {.perdition, esp. in eccl. sense, 671. I, 625. 75,
; Sks. 654, 661, freq. in N.T., Vidal., Pass.
GLAUMR, m. [glam, cp. Scot. glamer — noise'], a merry noise, esp. at a
banquet; var J)ar inn at heyra glaumr mikill, Ld. 170; glaum ok horna-
skol, Eb. a8 ; sat vi& drykkju, fiar var g. mikill. Eg. 303 ; glaumr mikill
ok fjolmenni, Fms. xi. 108 ; g. ok gleSi, Sturl. i. 23, 24, Fms. iv. 48 ;
i;ny ok glaum herliSsins, Hkr. iii. 65 : freq. in mod. usage, g. heimsins,
. g- vtrMiT, the noise and bustle of the world, Yida.\. 2. in old poetry
, toy, merriment; glaums andvana, cheerless, Gkv. 2. 41 ; bella glaumi,
39 ; manna g., ^■o_y (society) of men, Skm. 34 ; glaumr J)verr, the cheer
(the heart) sinks, Ghim. 339 (in a verse). p. a lusty crowd of men;
I val-glaumr, a host of warriors, Gm. 21.
GLAMR, m. a poet, name of the moon, Edda (Gl.) : — the name of a
jShost in Grett. S., see the famous ghost story in that Saga, ch. 34-37 ;
the word is interesting on account of its identity with Scot, glamour,
which shews that the tale of Glam was common to Scotland and Iceland,
and thus much older than Grettir (of the year 1014, cp. glam = a ghastly-
looking man, Ivar Aasen). glam-stni, f. (in mod. usage also gl&m-
skygni, f. and gldm-skygn, adj.), ' glam-sight,' elamour, illusion,
Grett. 115 A, Sturl. i. 179, Stj. 401. Judges ix. 36, Oik. 36 (blunder),
{)orst. SiBu H. 178 : Icel. also say, gl&m-bekkr, m., in the phrase, aft
fleygja e-u d glambekk, to throw a thing on the ' glamour-bench,' i. e. to
fling it carelessly about where it can be taken by any one, or lost, glim-
blesottr, adj . a horse with a moon-shaped blaze on the forehead. Gl&ma,
u, f. the name of a glacier.
gldpa, t, to stare vacantly; gldp, n. a stare.
GLEDA, u, f. [A. S.glida; Engl. glead; Scot, gled], a kite, Brest. 50.
GLEDI, f. [glaSr; Swed.-Dan. glcBde], gladness, merriment, good
cheer; in old writers esp. oi enjoyment at a festival, story-telling, music,
sport of any kind ; leikar ok allskyns glefti, Fs. 25 ; glefti ok gaman-
rse6ur, 72 ; g. ok goft fylgd, 130; litil var gleSi manna at boftinu, Isl. ii.
251 ; var J)ar J)a gle3i mikil, Nj. 254; eptir ]^a.t for fram g. ok skemtan,
Ld. 202 ; kva6sk mundu undir standa me& \>e\m um hverja glefti er {)eir
vildi fram hafa, Sturl. i. 20 ; toku J)eir |)ar veizlu gofta ok hof6u glefti
mikla. Eg. 371 ; gle8i ok g68 J61, Grett. ; J)ar var gle8i mikil, leikar ok
fjolmenni, Sturl. iii. 258 ; giirSi hann sik lettan vi8 all)y8u ok atti al{)y'8u-
gle8i, Bs. i. 680 ; g6r8isk J)a gle8i mikil i hallinni, Fms. i. 162 ; drukku
me8 mikilli gleSi ok skemtan, iv. 82 ; glaumr ok g. (vide above) ; vilda
ek mi til J)ess mxla at (5r taekit upp nokkura gle8i ny'ja til skemtunar
monnum, xi. 109 ; eptir J)etta voru leikar upp teknir, gengu Fossverjar
fyrir gle8inni, Vigl. 24 : in the Middle Ages the wakes were often called
gledir (pi.), J61a-gle8i, Christmas games, etc. compds : gledi-bragd,
n. merry looking, Nj. 118. gle3i-buna3r, m. festival gear, Stj. 52,
Sks. 39. gle3i-dagar, m. pi. days of merriment, happiness, Grett.
151 A. gle3i-fullr, adj.yo^/M/, Fb. ii. 331. gle3i-hlj6inr, m.
a merry peal. gleSi-kendr, part, merry, i. e. tipsy, Stj. 424. gle3i-
ligr, adj. happy, Stj. 33. gle3i-ina3r, m. a cheery man; Ingimundr
var hinn mesti g. ok fekk ser allt til skemtunar, Sturl. i. 19, Eg. 3, 146,
Lv. 74. gle3i-ni6t, n. = gle8ibrag8, Nj. u8. gle3i-or3, n. words
of joy, Vi'gl. 89 new Ed. gle3i-raust, f. a merry voice. gle3i-
spell, n. a kill-joy, Mag. gle3i-stuiidir, f. pi. merry, happy hours,
Vigl. 23. gle3i-s6ngvar, m. pi. glad songs, hymns, Stj. 50. gledi-
vist, f. a merry sojourn, Lv. 75- — GleSi in the sense oi hzt. gaudium is
freq. in mod. use, but old writers prefer fognu8r in the abstract sense ;
6-gle8i, sadness, despondency, Lv. 75 : medic, ailment, cp, the phrase e-m
er oglatt, one is ailing.
gle3ill, m. a nickname, Landn.
gle3ja, pret. gladdi ; pres. gle8r; part, gladdr ; sup. glatt: — to gladden,
enliven, make glad, Hom. 18, 159, Fms. v. 49, Fas. i. 122 : reflex, to be
glad, rejoice, Eg. 55, Isl. ii. 360, Fms. i. 261, vi. 60, Sks. 551, Fb. i.
405 : to brighten, sem dagrinn gladdisk, Verel.
gleiSr, adj., neut. gleitt, [gli8a, qs. Ii8a, cp. gli8na], standing astraddle,
with one's legs wide apart, Sturl. ii. 106, freq. in mod. usage.
Gleipnir, m. the Lissom, name of the mythol. fetter in Edda 19,
glenna, t, to open wide the mouth, fingers, or the like (a slang word) ;
greipa-glennir, a nickname, Isl. Jjj68s.
glenna, u, f. mummery, N. G. L. ii. 424 : a nickname, Sturl. ii. 192.
Glenr, m., mythol. the husband of the Sun, Edda.
GLENS, n. gibing, fun, a gibe, jest, Fms. ii. 279, Ld. 220, Isl. ii. 393.
COMPDS : glens-ligr, adj. gibing, Fms. ii. 182. glens-mikill, adj.
full of gibes, Hav. 4. glens-yrdi, n. pi. (and orSa-glens), gibes, fun,
Fms. iii. 80.
glensa, a8, to jest, gibe, 655 xxxii. 2, Sturl. iii, 170,
glensan, f. gibing, Sturl. iii. 265.
GLEPJA, pret. glap8i ; sup. glapi8 or glapt ; pres. glep ; [glap] : — to
confuse one in reading, speaking, or the like, Nj. 33 : as a law term, to
confound, glepja sokn, viirn, gor8, Grag. i. 60, 382 ; g. J)ingfor, J)ing-
rei8, ii. 78 ; ok var8ar J)eim fjorbaugs-garS ef {leir gora eigi ok hvegi er
J)eir glepja, i. 485 : to beguile, Fms. i. 7, ii. 7, vi. 163, vii. 113, viii. 391,
Eg. 587, Ls. 20, Eb. 252. 2. reflex, to be confounded; hug8i
hann at glepjask mundi |)erririnn (of weather), Eb. 152 ; hversu honum
glapSisk sona-eignin, Ld. 236, O. H. 145 (vide glapna).
glepsa, a3, an iterat. to snap, bite, 655 xxxi. 7, Al. 144.
GLER, n. [A. S. ^ZcEs; 'Engl, glass ; Germ, glass; early Dan.glar;
the mod. Dan. and Swed. glas seem to be borrowed from Germ. ; Icel.
distinguish between gler (glass) and glas (a small glass bottle) ; but s
seems to be the original consonant, and the word is akin to Glasir, glys,
glaesa, q. v.] : — the word originally meant amber, 'succinum' quod ipsi
(viz. the Germans) glaesum vocant, Tacit. Germ. ch. 45 ; glass beads
for ornament are of early use ; quantities are found in the great deposits
(in cairns and fens) of the earliest Iron Age, but only in a single instance
in a deposit of the Brass Age (which ends about the beginning of our
era), vide Ann. for Nord. Oldk. 1868, p. I18 ; and such is the sense of
the word in the three places that it occurs in old heathen poems :
magical Runes were written on glass, Sdm. 17: metaph., mi er grjot
J)at at gleri or3it, now those stones are turned into gler, of an altar
,' glassed' with sacrificial blood, Hdl. 5 ; cp. also the curious reading,
204
GLERAUGU— GLiKR.
bresta i gleri, to be shivered, to break into shivers, Hy'm. 29, — the read-
ing of Kb., * 1 tvau,' is a gloss on the obsolete phrase : — glees also occurs
twice or thrice in A. S. poetry, but not in the oldest, as Beowulf, vide Grein.
For window-panes glass is of much later date, and came into use with
the building of cathedrals : a Danish cathedral with glass panes is men-
tioned in Knytl. S. ch. 58 (year 1085) ; in Icel. the first panes brought
into the country were probably those presented by bishop Paul to the
cathedral at Skalholt in the year 1195; the ancient halls and dwell-
ings had no windows in the walls, but were lighted by louvres and
by round openings (gluggr) in the roof, covered with the caul (of a
new-bom calf, called skjall or likna-belgr) stretched on a frame or a
hoop and called skjar : these are still used in Icel. farms ; and Icel. distin-
guish between the round small caul windows (skjiir or skjii-gluggar) and
glass windows (gler-gluggar) : — hall sem gler, slippery as glass, of ice,
Nj. 144: in eccl. and later writings, Hom. 127, Sks. 424, Vm. 21, Fas.
iii. 393 : in the saying, sjaldan brytr gaefu-maSr gler. compds : gler-
augu, n. pi. 'glass-eyes,' spectacles. gler-gluggrr, m., vide above,
Fms. iii. 187, xi. 271-276, Bs. i. 131, B.K. 98, Vm., Pm. passim. gler-
hallr, m. a glass stone, agate. gler-h^lka, u, f. (gler-h.dll, adj.),
slippery as glass, of ice. gler-himinn, m. a sky-light, Hom. 130,
Mag. 5. gler-kaleikr, m. a glass chalice, Hom. 138. gler-ker,
n. a glass vessel. Mar. 603, Am. 58. gler-lampr, m. a glass lamp,
Vm. 129, 162. gler-pottr, m.a^/ass/io/, f)iSr. 164. gler-steinar,
m. pi. glass stones, agates, Edda 68. gler-tolur, f. pi. glass beads,
|)orf. Karl. 374, belonging to the gear of a heathen prophetess. There
is a curious Icel. local name Gler-d, f. Glass Water, Eb., — perhaps from
the Gaelic glas, dark-gray.
gletta, u, f. banter, Fms. iii. 9, x. 141, Sturl. i. 69.
gletta, u, f., or glettun, f. banter, raillery, Fms. ii. 9, Sturl. i. 69.
glettu-atsokn, f. a feint or ruse to provoke the enemy to attack, Fms.
X. I4I.
glettask, tt, dep. to banter, rail against one ; g.viS e-n, Fms. ii. 180, Faer.
51, Grett. loi A: milit. to taunt, provoke the enemy, Fms. vi. 151, viii.
49. 405-
glettiliga, adv. tauntingly, Fms. ii. 13.
gletting, f. banter, raillery, Faer. 109 : gen. as adv. glettingar-bdra,
u, f. a splashing {no tricing) wave.
glettinn, adj. (glettni, glettun), bantering, Sturl. i. 69 C. glett-
unar-maSr, m., engi g., not a man to be trifled with, Nj. 105.
GLETTR, m. banter, raillery, taunting ; and as a milit. term, a feint
or ruse to irritate or provoke the enemy ; fieir letu vakka vi5 skipin ok
hiifSu nokkut sva i glett, Fms. viii. 289; munum ver ganga i glett vi5
borgarmenn, ok vita ef v6r getum ginnt J)a fra borginni, Stj. 364. Josh,
viii. 5 ; ekki mun ek eggja {)ik at fara i glett vi6 pii Svia, to provoke
the Swedes, Faer. 88 ; eigi lei&isk J)eim enn at vit eigimk vi& glettur,
Sturl. i. 69 ; ri& ekki i glett vi& oss, J)vi at lisynt er hvart ver J)olum
J)4r ^at, ii. 52.
GLEYMA, d, [glaumr, q.v. ; Swed. glomma; Dan. glemme ; but
unknown to Germ, and Saxon] : — prop, to fnake a merry noise ; this sense
is almost obsolete, but occurs in Bret., J)eir gleymdu J)ar yfir, they held a
bout around the horse, 94 : reflex, to be merry, Merl. i. 52. II.
metaph. to forget, with dat. ; at hann gleymi ollum Gu8s boSorSum,
Fms. V. 217, xi. 235, Barl. 7, 56, Al. 12, Sks. 743, pass:m : absol., Edda
154 (pref.), Sks. 238 : with ace, Karl. 524 (rare) : with infin., freq. in
mod. usage, eg gleymdi a3 taka J)a6 : with gen., a Latinism, Stj. 78. 2.
in a pass, sense, to be forgotten, Th. 79.
gleyming, i. forgetfulness, Stj. 212, Hom. 125, Barl. 130,
gleymr, m. pranks, jollity, Bjarn. (in a verse) ; vide glaumr.
gleym-samligr, T^di). forgetful, Sks. 451 B.
gleymska, u, i. forgetfulness, H. E. 494, Stj., N. T., Vidal., Pass.
GLE YPA, 3 and t, [cp. Dan. glube, glubsk = voracious'] , to gulp down,
swallow, Stj. 193, Barl. 56, Edda 8, Fms. iii. 216, Eluc. 10.
gleyping, f. a gulping down, swallowing, Stj. 236.
gleypi-nsemr, adj. quick at learning (of children) ; hann er g.
gliflna, a3, to fall asunder, go to pieces; Jpvi at botin gliftnar fra fatinu
aptr, Matth. ix. 16.
QIjING^, m.[^A..S. gleng = sbowy things], a toy, Fas.iii.219; bama-
glingr, a child's toy, freq.
glingra, a3, to toy, trifle with.
GLISSA, t, [Norse gUsa'], to grin. Km. 30, but obsolete in Icel.
GLIT, n. ' glitter,' used of brocades or rich tissues ; ofit i glit af guUi,
Gisl. 21 ; diikr halfr meS sprang, halfr me6 glit, Pm. 133. compds :
glit-dbrei3a, u, f. a brocaded cover. glit-diikr, m. a brocaded stuff.
glit-oflnn, part, brocaded. glit-vefnaSr, m. brocade iveaving.
glita, a&, [Ulf. glitmunjan = ariK^eiv, Mark ix. 3 ; Hel. glitan ; O. H. G.
glizan] : — to glitter, Fms. viii. 350 (v. 1.), ix. 301, Sturl. i. 21 (in a verse) ;
glitar a vapnin, Karl. 254.
glitaSr, part, tissued, Vm. 5.
Glitnir, m. a mythical name of the Golden Hall in heaven, Gm, 15.
glitra, a3, = glita, Barl. 74, Karl. 358, Fms. viii. 350.
glit-raudr, adj. gleaming red, Fas. iii. 491.
' glitsamligr, adj. glittering, Sks. 530.
glitta, tt, = glita ; {jaS glittir i e-S, a thing glitters far away.
glika and lika, adv. also, freq. in mod. usage and always without tfie|!
glikindi and likindi, n. pi. likelihood; ska3i meiri en ek maetta at gl:
indum ra6a, Ld. I26, Band. 10; ef at glikindum faeri, Bs. i. 338; b
at likindum, 337, 529 ; Halli J)6ttisk sja at glikindum, at . . ., Gldm.37
{)6tti honum fra likindum {beyond likelihood, extraordinary) hversu J)ur
hann var, Eg.769; oker J)atatlikendum, it is as could be expected, 'N'^.ii
eptir likindum, Fms. x. 208 ; glikindi, Gisl. 137 ; engi likindi til, Fi
viii. 147 ; meiri, minni, engin likindi, more, less, no probability, id., p
sim ; ef J)etta maetti ver6a me6 nokkrum likendum, Sks. 149; allt
me6 likindum ferr ok e31i, Edda 69 ; {)eir sog3u Jakob f)ess likindi at .
Ver. 16; J)eir gorSusk mi mannvaenligir sem likindi er a, Sturl. i.
hegomlig likendi, vain forecast, Stj. 142 ; til likinda vid, in compari.
with, Barl. 55 : — as a law term, fara J)angat er hann veit mest likendi
N. G. L. i. 255 ; gefa sok J)eim er i likindum {)ykkja vera, bring a chat
against those who are likely to have done it, 351, 362 ; at J)eir maetti ]
heldr kenndir ver3a at likendum, /row likeness, appearance (of date
ing criminals), G]A. 18. II. semblance, remains; sva at 1
morguninn eptir sa menn engin likendi Dana-virkis nema grj6ti6, so//
the morning after one saw not a retnnant of the Danish wall but a hi
of stones, Fms. i. 128; sniiask i kvikindis likindi, Barl. 135 ; olikirn
laeti, /«'«/, dissimulation.
gliking and liking, f. likeness, image; gliking Gu3s, Eluc. 18 ; gliki
g63s verks, 655 xxvi. 4 : liking, imitation, i liking Troju, Bret. 98 ; lik:
djofuls. Best. 54 ; til J)eirrar somu likingar, Fms. ii. 89 ; ok af J)ei
likingu mun hann fremjast, v. 345 ; ger3u J)6 i liking annarra manna, aj
the liking of other people, Edda 37 ; sva sem me3 nokkurri skynsemi
liking, with some shade of reason, Stj. 143 : — eptir-liking, a parable.
glikja and likja, 3 and t, to make like; Clemens glik3i atferd s
eptir Petro postula, Clem. 39; glikir sik gcimlum karli, Stj. 475:
imitate, with ace, a Latinism, Hom. 57; g. eptir, to imitate; er 611
se gott eptir at glikja, Bs. i. 140; Jjat skyldi eptir 63ru likja er go.
aetti rammari, Fms. v. 319; hinna hofSingja daemi, er betra er eptir
likja, vii. 296, Magn. 504; k611u3usk J)at allt likja eptir biskupi, Sti
ii. 12, (likea, Bs. i. 500, I.e.) ; likja alia sina doma eptir Gu31igum dxmi
Sks. 599. 11. refiex. to be like, resemble ; mun ek glikjask fogl
J)eim er , 623. 53 ; mi glikSusk menn Gu3i, Greg. 21 ; likjask i
e-s, Ld. 24 ; at f)u skyldir mi meir likjask i aett Haralds ens Harfa
um skaplyndi en Rana Mjonef m63ur-fodur J)inum e3r Nerei3 jarli en
Gamla, 6. H. 31; Haraldr liktisk i m63ur-sett sina. Fas. (Hb.) i. 3:
mi likisk barn J)at honum, N.G. L. i. 30; at likjask J)eim, Sks.
Magn. 466.
glikleikr, m. (glfkleiki, a, m.), likelihood, Sks. 195, 565.
glikliga and likliga, zdv. favourably, esp. in the phrase, taka Uklf
a e-u, to give a favourable answer to; J)vi mali var vel tekit ok sva
likliga. Eg. 26 ; Tryggvi tok J)vi vel ok likliga, Fms. i. 59, iii. 78 ; for
allt tal J)eirra likliga ok sattgjarnliga, ii. 36, x. 132 ; skiljask Jau
drottning ok konungr heldr likliga, they parted on friendly terms, Fa* I
33 : in mod. usage, probably ; — the spelling with g scarcely ever occurs
glikligr and likligr, adj . ; in old poets with gl, geta J)ykkjat mer gotei I
glikligs, Hallfred ; but usually with I only, e. g. Nj. 49, Fms. xi. 87, Iw
261, where Mork. gl : — likely, probable, J)6tti monnum glikligast attfi
mupdi vera, Bs. i. 348 ; gor af drauminum slikt er J)er synisk liU^
Isl. ii. 196; at honum J)setti Rau3s-synir likligstir til at valda, Fms.-
380, Hom. 115 :— ^/, promising, nu ^ykkir Eyjiilfi ^etta et gliklig;
Gisl. 148 ; giira sik likligan til e-s, to shew oneself inclined to, countenai
Fms. X. 334.
GIiflCH, adj., mod. likr; in old poems in alliteration the g
always sounded, e.g. glikr er ^eira saekir | gnnnsterkr . . . , Bjarn.;
urdu-a itglikh \ {)eim Gunnari, Gh. 3 ; glik skulu gjold gjofum, Hm.j
Baldri glikan bur, Ls. ; but the vellum MSS. use both forms, though £
is more freq. in the older, likr in the later; sometimes false readi
arose, e. g. 61ikt {unlike) hafa gort J)eir menn, Bs. i. 140, where
sense requires glikt, but the lower part of the g having been obliterat
the transcriber read it as o; or Fs. 22, where ugglikt {suspicious) vit
no meaning, and is to be read xiglikt {different, quite another tbi'u
[Ulf. galeiks = o/ioioi ; A. S. gelic ; Engl, alike, like; O. H.G. g!
mod. Germ, gleich ; Sv/ed. lik; Dan. //^] : — like, alike; with dat., s
er fe3r ghkari en dottir, Eluc. 10 ; annarr atbur3r var3 enn J)ess
glikr, Bs. i. 346; ekki J)vi grjoti glikt o3ru er J)ar er. Eg. 142;
glikt, as adv. such-like, in like manner. Post. 686 C. 2 ; lifdi \>vi lik
sem hann vaeri illdyri, Isl. ii. 481 ; fridr sy'num ok mjok likr fodur sir.
Fms. i. 14, X. 265 ; ok er Kari ongum manni likr, K. has no match.
265 ; skal ek eigi gora J)ik {)eim likastan er J)u vill hkastr vera en
er OSinn, Sturl. i. loi ; J)at \>6tii mer likara harmi en ska3a, Ld. i
landi likari en fiski, Sks. 139; ^a, munu J)it verSa Gu3i lik, 503;
sem J)eir menn ver3a likastir er tviburar eru, Rb. 100; hnot e3a n
e3a likt, or the like, Edda 109 ; likt ok ekki, like nothing, GullJ). 54 ;
ok eigi likt (i. e. it is beyond comparison) hvart sannari er sii saga,
hin, Fms. viii. i ; cp, ok er J)at uglikt hv^rt J)u ferr i lofi minu, e8r .
GLlMA— GLYS.
205
aa (vide above) :—at gliku (liku), adv. all the same, nevertheless; J)vi
arl hefir at liku lif vdrt, cf hann viii eptir J)vi Icita, Nj. 267 ; J)ykki
bat at gliku, // seems to me all (he same, Isl. ii. 483 : so in the phrase,
IcTJa til lika, to settle ; at J)eir vildi allt til lika leggja me& goftra manna
, Dipl. ii. 1 1 ; ])vi-likr, ' that-like,' such ; li-likr, unlike ; slikr, qs. sva-
, such. Germ. solch==so like. II. metaph. likely, probable, Fs.
cu J)6 er J)at likast at hann sniiisk til viirrar aettar, Nj. 38 ; J)at cr likara
yrir 66ru J)urfi raft at gcira, 261 ; J)at er ok likast at {)eir komist {jar
icvptu, Eg. 64 ; Bjorn segir J)at likast at hann mundi fara af landi a
btt, 156; {)at var likara, Isl. ii. 141 : neut. likt, likely; ok likt at \>6t
■\ gipta, Fms. vi. 8 ; hann kalla6i ^a likasta til slikra illbragSa, 379 ;
likara at hann mundi koma i Jjorarinsdal, Bjarn. 61 ; J)a l)yki mer
likt, at . . ., Sks. 53. 2. likely, promising, to the purpose; taka
bar fari hverr sem likast {)ykkir, Nj. 259 ; naer likast vaeri til at veita
r jarii, Fms. i. 54; J)a leitu3usk {leir urn hvar likast var lit at
lask. Eg. 233 ; mer {jykir eigi til likt (it looks not well) um fer6
ra braeSra, Vigl. 25 ; sa hann eigi annan likara litveg, Bs. i. 690 ; J)vi
.leir sii \>ii sinn kost engan annan likara, Fb. i. 405 ; kann vera at
rinn ver5i likari (better) en upphafit, Bs. ii. 64 ; at jiat vaeri likast til
a sdtta, Fms. iv. 139 ; til {jeirrar stundar sem m6r J)yki nokkuru likast
ram megi komask J)etta eyrendi, 133.
Lf MA, u, f. [this word occurs neither in Germ, nor in Saxon, nor
in the mod. Scandin. tongues (of Sweden, Norway, and Denmark),
the origin is not known] ; — wrestling, a favourite national sport
1 the Icel. people, in old as well as in modern times, answering to the
iriiAj;: glimti-br6g3, n. pi. wrestling-tricks, vide bragS II. 2 : to the
nical terms there mentioned, add, hnykkr, haelkrokr, sveifla, etc. :
au-f61agi, a, m. a wrestling-match, Hav. 41 : gliinu-f83rr, adj.
-bodied as a wrestler, Finnb. 328: glimu-galdr, m. a ' wrestler-
' to charm one's legs and make them steady, Isl. J>j66s. i : glimu-
5r, m. a wrestler : glimumann-liga, adv. like a good wrestler, niinbly,
iii. 502: ^\iTa.Vi--vb\\r,m. the wrestling-ring. The earliest match
rded is that of Thor and the giantess EUi (Age), — for the tale vide
\\ 33; freq. in the Sagas, Sturl. iii. 20, 268; glenz ok glimur, Fms.
.9 sqq., 182, iii. 187, 188, Grett. and Finnb., Kjaln. passim. Eg. ch.
leikr (sport) and glima are often used synonymously, as Ld. ch.
The glima was a popular game at any meeting or festival, where
Y young and active men met together : thus at the banquet in
kholar (11 19) the guests amused themselves by dancing, glimur,
story-telling, Sturl. i. 23 ; at the parliament (alj)ing) there was a
piic'Stra, Fanga-brekka Q wrestling-brink') ; in Glum. ch. 13 a fight is
re rded between the Northerners and Westerners assembled there ; as
al in Grett. ch. 75 (in the parliament at Hegranes) ; in Gunnl. ch. 1 1
ll crew of the ships in harbour made up a glima. The mod. Icel.
b; la-glima is just the same, as it was practiced in the college at Holar,
ai later in the school at BessastaSir, as also at fishing-stations and wher-
t\\ young men came together ; the young men are divided by lot into
tvj parties, which are then drawn up in a row, each having their leader
oijjondi' (whence the name) ; the baendr pair off their men against one
irlher to wrestle in the arena or defile between the two ranks, one after
"• ' "-; if the one side was weaker in number, or the one bondi had
his men, he might challenge his antagonist, and their match
the game, Eggert Itin. ch. 518. The baenda-glima at college and
.IS by far the best-played, and much stress was laid on nimble and
. movements, ^itf In Hom. 24 scurrilitas is rendered by glima.
i ma, d, to wrestle, Landn. 185, Fms. iii. 187, Sturl. iii. 268, Finnb. 222.
minn, adj. able or alert as a wrestler.
ra, u, f. [cp. glire = to blink with the eyes, Ivar Aasen], in a nick-
j in Vapn., Gliru-Halli.
a, b, to glitter, Lat. niiere ; \ia.b gljair a J)a&.
a, f. a spot glittering against the sun : the name of a river.
< jJUFR, n. almost only in pi. [A. S. glo/= cliff], an abrupt descent
:. esp. in the bed of a river, ar-gljiifr ; hvar hin litla din fell or
!. Eg. 134; eru gljiifr mikil upp meS anni, Fasr. 62, Landn. 351,
■/)2, Al. 92, Fms. viii. 51, GullJ). 8; en tveim-megin gengu at
V hin brattastu bjiirg, Stj. 452. I Sam. xiv. 4: sing., Grett. 142
{' |i verse) : so the itiod. phrases, — glsefra-ferS, f. a neck-breaking,
<ic\erous exploit (as among precipices) ; gleefra-gong, n. pi. straits,
Hi ,1, „r kominn i g., a ditty of Pal Vidalin ; glsefra-ligr, adj. dan-
'irrible, — are all derived from gljufr.
_ ,ia, u, f. a big hole, a nickname, Fms. x. 143 ; gloppu-gat, id.
pra, a6, with dat. to drop, lose a thing heedlessly.
r-himgraflr, part, very hungry.
sai, a, m. [glousse = a spark, De Professer], a blaze.
tt, n. a grin; draga glott at, O. H. 151, Bs. i. 647.
OTTA, tt, to grin : absol., g. at e-u, to grin at a thing, Fbr. 160,
[\n a verse) ; hon (the witch) glotti vi6 solunni. Fas. ii. 127 ; so also,
'"^ Nj. 27 ; g. vi6 tonn, to smile scornfully, sarcastically, so as to
teeth, Edda 30, Nj. 182 (of Skarphe&inn), and passim; Erlingr
lis, ok glotti viS tonn, ok maelti, 0. H. 114.
CjiOa, a3, [A. S. gkwan ; Engl, glow ; Germ, gliiien ; etc], fo sbine, .
'^////^r (of metals or bright things) ; er vapnin gl68u, Fagrsk. 138, Bs. i. 348,
Kb. 358 ; hon gloaSi af gulli, Stj. 306, Fas. i. 333; hann gloar sem cldr,
Hb. 544. 39: red-hot, jArn-sia gl6andi, a red-hot iron, Edda 61, Fms. viii. 8 ;
gloandi h.Wi = Geim. gluhend, Greg. 36 : scalding hot, of broth or the like.
gld-barr, n. the glowing bud; poet, the gold of the tree Glasir, Bm.
glo-bjartr, adj. light blond, of hair.
GLOD, f., pi. glaeSr (glu3ir. Post. 656 C. 5), [A. S. gled; Germ, glulh ;
Dan. glod']:— red-hot embers; taka glofl af eldi, Eb. 278; J)eir hiifau
reykelsi a gl66, burning incense (at mass), Bs. i. 22 ; hann lot glod
undir faetr s^r, Fs. 176; hafSi gloft i hendi, Hom. 156: esp. in pi., hon
tok glaeflr af ami, Sturl. ii. lOI, Fas. ii. 182 ; sitja vi'b glac8r, to sit at the
fireside; Petr sat viS glx&r ok vermdi sik. Post. 656 C. 4, Clem. 25;
ganga yfir glaeSr, Hom. 17; munnlaug full af gl68um, Fms. ii. 167, v.
324 : the metaph. phrase, vera (ganga) a gloSum, to be as on glowing
coals. coMPDs: gl65ar-auga, n. a Wac/ir eye. gl6flar-jdrn, n.
an iron plate for baking, a girdle (griddle). Am. 92, Vm. 65. glodar-
ker (gl63-ker), n. afire-pot, Fms. v. 106, Vm. 21, 83, Stj. 316, 319.
gl63-rau3r, adj. red as embers, Fm. 9.
gl63-volgr, gl63-Iieitr, adj. ember-hot.
GLOFI, a, m. [A. S. glofoccnrs as early as Beowulf], a glove, Nj. 46,
Fms. i. 246, Dipl. v. 18, Bs. i. 342, Gull|). 6, 8, Fb. i. 529. gl6fa8r,
part, gloved, Karl. 288. The word is no doubt borrowed from the
English, and is used in the Sagas chiefly of costly embroidered gloves ;
another word is hzxi&iki = ^ hand-shoe,' prob. from the Germ, bandschube;
the popular words are vottr and vetlingr.
gl6-f5x6ttr, adj. light-maned, of a horse, Bs. ii. 261.
gloi, a, m. the name of a dwarf, Vsp. : in mod. usage freq. the name of
a light-coloured dog.
glopaldi, a, m. an idiot, Gliim. 343.
GLOPB, m, an idiot, baboon, Gliim. 358, Finnb. 298, Hav. 41, Baer.
5. Gisl. 53.
glopska, u, i. foolishness.
glora, S, [glixurle, De Professer], to gleam, glare like a cat's eyes ; |)a5
glorir i e-3.
glosa, u, f. (for. word), a gloss, explanation, Sks. 552, Bs. i. 737: a
banter, taunt (Dan. glose), mod.
glosa (gl6sera), aft, to explain by a gloss, Bs. i. 737, Sks. 7 : to chatter.
Fas. ii. no.
glugga3r, part, with windows, Isl. ii. 403.
GLUGGR, m., and gluggi, a, m., Stj. 171, 207, Fms. ix. 437, and so
always in mod. use ; (glyggr, m., pi. ir, Sks. 427 B, rare) : — a window,
Nj. 114, Eg. 420, 421, vide gler above; according to Nj. ch. 78 the win-
dows were placed above the wall plate in the roof; gler-gluggi, skja-g.,
ba6stofu-g., skemmu-g., stofu-g., biir-g., eldhiis-g. compds : glugga-
grind, f., and glugga-kista, u, f. a window-frame, (mod.) glugga-
tjald, n. window-curtains. glugga-topt, f. a window-sash. II.
prop, an opening, a bole, (3.H. 152 ; inn um J)ann glugg er hann hafSi rofit,
Fbr. 66 new Ed. ; einn laup ok skar allan gluggum, he took a box and
cut holes in it all over, Fms. viii. 342 ; var gluggr yfir ofninum, Eb.
136 ; l^tta steini af brunnsins glugga, Stj. 171. Gen. xxix. 10 (' the well's
mouth'); marga glyggi (ace. pi.) ok sma, Sks. I.e.; h6f5u {)eir brotid a
storan glugg, Bar6. 180: metaph., glugga- J)ykn, n. dense clouds with
openings in them, Grett. 114 A.
glugg-stiika, u, f. a window-sash, Bev.
glumra, a6, to rattle. Fas. i. 91, ii. 492, Hkm. 5, Sks. 229.
gliiinra, u, f. a masc. nickname, Landn. glumra-gangr, m. rattling.
glundra, a8, to turn topsy-turvy. gluiidro3i, a, m. topsy-turvy.
glutra, a3, (glytra, Fms. xi. 439), to squander, {)i3r. 143, Th. 6.
glutran,f.(glutr,n.,Fms.xi.439,Bs.i.907),sg'wa«rfer/«^,e*/rai/a^rt«ce.
coMPDs : glutr-nia3r, m. a spendthrift, Bs. i. 581. glutr-aamligr,
glutrunar-samr, adj. dissolute, Al. 6. glutr-samliga, adv., Mar.
glumr, m. a bear, poiJt., Edda (Gl.) : a pr. name, Landn.
GLtTPNA, a3, [a Scandin. word found in Ormul. forr-gloppnedd, and
Scot, and North. E. gloppen'] : — the radical sense was prob. to become soft,
but in usage to look downcast, let the countenance fall, as one about to
cry, Fm. 31, Am. 73, Gisl. (in a verse), Eb. 60, O. H. 63.
glupr or gljiipr, adj. soft, porous, esp. of sponge or sponge-like things.
gly3ra, u, f. a harlot, Edda (Gl.)
glyggj n-, dat. glyggvi, the opening of a visor, Al. 39, Karl. 473 : pool.
wind, gale. Lex. Poet.
GLYMJA, glumdi, pres. glym, to rattle, clash, plash, Str. 46 : freq.
in poetry of the sea or waves, vide Lex. Poet. : in prose esp. of an echo,
J)a5 glumdi i klettunum, J)a& glymr undir, or the like.
glymr, m. a clash, plashing, Edda no, SkAlda 169: freq. in poet,
compds, esp. of wind or waves, Lex. Poet,
glypsa, a&, vide glepsa, to snap, Sturl. i. 128 C.
glymixr, f. pi. [glora], cat's eyes glittering in the dark. Fas. iii. 385 : in
mod. usage as a cant name for eyes red or blood-shot.
GLYS, n. finery, and as a trade term millinery, Fms. vi. 263, x. 30,
Barl. 6, Al. 34, Stj. 78, 188, passim ; gull ok glys, Edda 220 ; kaupa glys,
Fb. iii. 175; glys fjandans, Greg. 15; glys heimsins, Hallgr., VidaL
206
GLYSGJARN— GNlSTA.
coMPDs: glys-gjarn, ad], fond nf finery, Eb, 256 (of a lady), Fas. ii.
182. glys-ligr, 7id^]. showy, specious, Fnis. i. 74, ii. 135. glys-
mang, n. millinery, N. G. L. iii. 159. glys-mangari, a, m. a 'finery-
monger,' milliner, N. G. L. ii. 246. glys-mdl (glys-majli), n. pi.
specious, vain words, Bjarn. 19. glys-mill, ^dt]. flattering in one's
speech. glys-samligr, adj. specious, vain, Sks. 528.
OrJj^, n. [A.S. gleow; Engl, glee'], glee, gladness, poet., Edda (Gl.)
gl^a, u, f. dazzling from whiteness, gl^u-skin, n. dazzling light.
giyja, aS, to he gleeful, H3m. 7. gl^aflr, part, gleeful, Vsp. 39 ; fa-
gly'jaSr, dismal, Eyvind.
giyjari, a, m. a ' gleeman,' jester, Str. 68, Barl. 4.
glfra, u, f. glitter, Sks. 229.
gl^-stamr, adj. an aw. Xty., glee-steaming, epithet of tears, H8m. i, cp.
Homer's OaKfpov SaKpv.
GIi-SD A, dd, [gl66], to sparkle ; sa J)eir at glaeddi or forsinum, GullJ).
<) : in mod. trans., esp. in eccl. writers, to kindle.
glseja, dd, to glow; glaejanda frost, a sharp frost, Sks. 229.
glee-napask (qs. glse-gnapast), a&, to go thitdy clad in blast or cold.
gl8e-n;^r, adj. clear, opp. to clouded, of eggs.
glsepask, t, dep. to transgress, do foolishly, Stj. 454, 577. Greg. 38 :
the phrase, g. 4 e-u, to do amiss in a thing, Stj. 469 : mod. to make a
foolish bargain, buy a pig in a poke.
glsepi-liga, adv. wickedly. Fas. iii. 664, Fb. i. 206.
glaepi-ligr, adj. wicked, Fms. x. 334, Stj. 584, Mar. passim.
G-LJEPR, m., gen. s, pi. ir, [glopr], crime, wickedness, Fs. 178, 180,
Hkv. Hjorv. 32, Stj., Sks. passim, and freq. in mod. usage, Vidal., Pass.
COMPDS : glsepa-fullr, ad], full of wickedness, ungodly, Stj. 457, Mar.
449, Barl. 107. glsepa-maSr, m. a miscreant, Fms. ii. 85, Skalda 204.
glsepamann-ligr, adj. ruffianly, ill-looking. Band. 7. glsepa-verk,
n. a crime, Stj. 91. It is worth notice that in the heathen morals (as in
the Old Test.) 'foolish' and 'wicked' are kindred words: glsepr, the
derivative with changed vowel, means an evil deed, the primitive word
glopr a fool ; cp. also glap, glepja, which are from the same root.
glsepska, u, f. a foolish, evil act, Fms. iii. 112, Hkr. ii. 395, Stj. 622.
glsep-varr, adj. righteous (sceleris purus), Fms. v. 240, Sks. 355.
glsep-yrfli, n. ^\.fotd language, |>orst. Si6u H. 177.
GL^R, m., poet, the 'glaring,' i. e. the sea. Lex. Poet. : in prose in
the phrase, kasta a glae, to throw into the sea, squander, Bjarn. !;7, 6.H.
38, Finnb. 250, Fms. vii. 62 (in a verse), cp. Ad. 13; hlaupa a glae, to
run in vain, Al. 181.
glser, adj. clear, e. g. of a fresh egg, = glaenyr, q. v.
glsera, u, f., in regn-g., drops of rain, Sks. 227 ; vide eld-glaeringar.
glse-rsefli, n. = glapraeSi, a job. Band. (MS.) 9.
GL^SA, t, to make shining, embellish, Fms. iv. 247, Bs. ii. 10 : part,
glsestr, splendid, embellished; gulli g., embellished with gold, gilded;
halli g., painted, etc., vide Lex. Poet.
glsesi-ligr, adj. shining, splendid, Fms. ii. 300, 0. H. 161, passim ; g.
or8, specious words, Fb. i. 76, 374.
glsesi-maQr, m. a bright, illustrious man, Edda (Gl.)
Glsesir, m. a pr. name ; of an ox (because of the horns), Eb. Glsesis-
vellir, m. pi. a mythical local name, Hervar. S. ch. i, Fms. iii. 183 sqq.
glsesur, f. pi., in orhii-^xsvLr, fine phrases, Thom. 297.
gl6gg-leikr, adj. sharpness of sight, acuteness, Stj. 7 2.
glogg-liga, adv. [cp. \J\{. glaggvuba = dKptPcjs, ktrifxtKaia], clearly, dis-
tinctly. Eg. 54, Fms. ii. 102, vi. 36 ; spyrja g. at, Fb. i. 253.
GLOGGK, adj. (also spelt gleggr and gleyggr), ace. gloggvan with a
final V in the weak cases ; compar. gloggra and gloggvari ; superl. gloggstr
and gliiggvastr ; [the prob. Goth, form is ^/a^g-w^s ; A.S.gleaw; Hel.
glau; Scot, gleg =^ quick, clever; O.K.G. glaw] : — clear-sighted, and in
metaph. sense clever, of things clear, distinct; ok hafa \>ai allt er hitsug
leifir eSr gloggra er, Grag. i. 7 ; gloggt er gests augat, sharp (prying) is
the stranger's eye, a saying ; skyring e6r gloggvari greining, a clearer
distinction, Skalda 205 ; Stjornu-Oddi er gleyggstr var i allri tolu ok
himintungla-gangi, Rb. 90; gloggr til brjosts ok baekr, Thom. 12: —
neut., skyra gloggt fra e-u, to expound distinctly, Horn. 47 ; eigi J)arf
gloggra at skyra, 52 ; eigi er mdr |)at gloggt, 'tis not clear to me, Grett.
108 ; vera gloggrar greinar, to distinguish sharply, Bs. ii. 1 1 ; hon kenndi
hann gli'ggt, she knew him well, Fms. iv. 131 ; |)orgn3fr fo6ur-fa6ir minn
mundi gloggt (remembered clearly) Eirik Uppsala-konung, 162 ; mun ek
gloggt vita hvart r^tt er raSit e9r eigi, vii. 107 ; viSast af londum spur6i
hann um si8u manna \ia, menn er gloggst vissu, Hkr. ii. 61 ; vita gleygt,
id., 625. 96. 2. metaph. stingy; sytir ae gloggr vi8 gjofum, a say-
ing, Hm. 47 ; gloggr vi& gesti, a stingy host, Hym. 9 ; gloggr flugar,
pool, unflinching, Skv. I. 7 ! f^-gloggr, stingy of money ; matar-g., stingy
of meat ; hugar-g., mean, Fbr. 162 (in a verse).
glSgg-r^im, adj. ' clear-rouning,' Fas. i. 212.
glogg-skygn, adj. (gl6gg-skygni, {.), sharp-sighted, Nj. 77, Stj. 228.
glogg-s^niliga, adv. distinctly, Str.
gl6gg-synn, adj., Stj. 228, v. 1.: sharp-witted, Bs. i. 272, EIuc. 16.
gl6gg-S8Br, adj. clear-sighted, Bs. i. 808, v. 1. : manifest, fjorf. Karl. 380.
gloggvmgr, m, a stitigy man, Edda (Ql.), Ad, i.
gl6gg-J)ekkinn, adj. clear-sighted, quick to know or discern, Isl. ij. sIj
Vapn. 24, Ld. 274, Fb. ii. 288.
gl6gg-J)ekkni, f. a clear sight, Sks. 559 B.
gl6gg-J)ekkr, adj. = gl6ggj)ekkinn, Barl. passim.
glommmigr, m. a kind oiflsh, Edda (Gl.)
glop, n. pi. blunders, as a law term, Grag. i. 10 ; vide glap, elli-gU
GNADD, n. a grumbling, mutteritig, Bjarn. 18, Fms. x. 342, Stj, ;|
326, 330, 453, Fbr. 27 new Ed.
gnadda, a5, to murmur, Stj. 327, Grett. 98 A (where n6ddu6u stan :
to vex, hon gnaddar hit sama bae9i dag ok daegr, ' she pressed him c y
with her words,' Stj. 417. Judges xvi. 16. !
GNAGA, a8, mod. naga, but in allit. and old writers with g, as o\ ]
^rjot ^aga, Hm. 106 : it was originally a strong verb, pret. gnog, a i
61, and is still used so in some provincial dialects of Norway, vide r
Aasen ; hence part, gnagit, Barl. 56 (Norse) ; in old Icel. writers it \i
remains in poetry, viz. pres. gnegr, Fms. vi. 310 (in a verse of the i:
century) ; gengr, i. e. gnegr, Edda (A.M.) i. 68, note 1 2 : [Engl, gt \ ;
Swed. gnaga; Dan. gnave]: — to gnaw; en Ni&hciggr gnagar uin
rotina, Edda lo, Gm. 33 ; hestar gnogu9u beizlin, Karl. 376 ; J)eir gnd u
skjaldar-rendr. Fas. i. 425 ; my'ss tvaer gnagaSu um raetr tresins, Barl.
gnap, n., poet, high places, the high sea, Edda (Gl.) : in poet, cor i,
gnap-hjarl, -salr, -stoU, -ttirn, Lex. Poet.
GNAP A, t, to jut out, stoop forward ; hann (the ghost) gnapti ,r
yfir dyrnar, Grett. 114 A ; fjallit sy'nisk mjok yfir gnapa oSrum fjo 1,
Fms. X. 313; ef hon saei haska e6r skaSa yfir gnapa {impendere)\\i
riki, 223: to droop with the head, snapa ok gnapa, to be snubbedi
droop the bead, Hm. 62 ; gnapir grar jor yfir gram dau&um, Bki
skiJltar gn6p5u, Fms. ii. 259 (in a verse) ; hann gnapir me8 hetta,!
iii. 494 (in a verse).
gnarr, n., poet, the sea, Edda (Gl.) ; prop, the ' gnarrer,' murmvl
gnastan, f. a gnashing, Horn. 70.
gnat, n. a clash (of weapons), Hofu51. ; the Engl, gnat is so called Im
the sound of its wings.
gnata, a5, to clash, Vsp. 51.
gnau3 (gnau3an, Bs. i. 206), f. a rustling noise. Fas. iii. 129, Oij
metaph. a murmur, Grett. 98.
GNAUDA, a9, mod. nauda, to rustle, ring ; hann laetr g. brod(J
joklinum, of the sound of a mountaineer's staff, Bar8. 171 ; gnaotail
at skjalfa J)6ttu hiisin, of troops riding over the ice, Sturl. iii. 147J
mod. nauda a e-m, to din in one's ear.
gnaust, n., and gnaustan, f. a clash, tinkling, Hallfred, Lez.P(|
Gnfi, f. the name of a goddess, Edda : freq. in poetry, of wonieB.J
gnegg, n., mod. hnegg, neighing, Hrafn. 7, Al. 67, Karl. 28a.
GNEGGJA, a8, mod. hneggja, to neigh, Hrafn. 8, Rd. 267, S<|
Karl. 376, Hkv. Hjorv. 20.
gneista, a9, [mid. H. Germ, ganeiste], to emit sparks, Fms. viii.
GWEISTI, a, m., mod. neisti, [mid. H. Germ, ^anm/; DaQ,i
Swed. gnista ; cp. the mineral gneiss, so called from its sparklit^
tides']: — a spark, Edda 4, Fms. iii. 193, v. 175, Sks. 204, Sk^tl^l
metaph., g. lifsins, Fms. x. 368. gneista-flaug, f. a shower of^ I
Bs. i. 44, Fms. iii. 180.
gnella, gnall, gnuUu, to scream ; haukar J)eirra gnuUu leiftiliga, Kv.
GNERB, m. [Chaucer's gnarr], a knot or knob: metaph., st66 nf
gnerr nokkra daga, it stopped at that 'gnarr,' i.e. // lasted, fafil
days, Fms. viii. 263, v. 1.
GKTESTA, pret. gnast, pi. gnustu, [^A.S. gncEstan], to crack
gnast vi6 hlif, Skalda (in a verse) ; vi6ir brotna eBr gnesta, 169 ; ir :
gnustu, Hallfred ; gnestr hann (the sword) hatt i i[)eirra hausum '«.
i. 102 : the phrase, g. i eyrum e-s, to tinkle in one's ears; miigrinjpti
sva at gnast i eyrum borgar-manna, Stj. 360, 647. 2 Kings x>ii:
J)essi odaemi sem oUum monnum gnestr i eyrum. Mar. ; gnustu })a '•'
vapnin, Sturl. iii. 174; ok gnestr i steininum, Bs. i. 601 ; gnast i )"i-
junni, Karl. 175. ^Ji;
gneypr, ad], jutting, bent forward; stod hofuSit gneypt af bolnui Bp^ii
244 ; Egill sat upprettr ok var gneypr mjok, Eg. 304, Fas. iii. Ilj;' .
gni3a or niSa, a&, [pan. guide], to rub ; J)at var sem svi&it ok jto
oSru-megin, hon let telgja a litinn flatveg {)ar sem gniSat var, Gre ' 77
new Ed.
gnissa, u, f. a spectre, Edda (Gl.) ; cp. Dan. nisse — a hobgoblin.
gnit, f., mod. nitr, f. pi. [Dan. gnid ; Ivar Aasen gnit], a nit, Lat is-
GNfPA, u, f., not gnypa, (rtp i bratta gnipu, Rekstefja 28), < i'***'
Fms. ii. 154, Sks. 171 C, Greg. 62, Bs. i. 360, Rom. 352.
gnist, n. a g?iasbing, Nikulas-d. 56.
GNISTA, t, mod. also nista, to gnash the teeth ; g. tonng
freq., Greg. 55, Mart. I18, Fas. iii. 629 (where nista, paper
J)eir nistu tonnum yfir honum. Acts vii. 54: — trans, to tease, mna
eigi gnist hafa ySvarn biskup me6 sva skarpri meing6r6ar oil
457. 2. to snarl as a dog; J)eir y'ldu ok gnistu. Fins, vii
vi8 J)etta spratt hundrinn upp gnistandi, iii. 13 ; hans hundar hyeti
gnistu, f)i8r. 368; gnistandi frost, a 6/ftwg'j^-os;, Fms. ii. 225.
, pr nista (q. v.), to pin, is a different word.
GNlSTAN— GOD.
207
iffltan, {. gnashing of teeth, in the phrase, <5p ok taiina g.. Post.
{( C. 30; spelt gnistran, Matth. viii. la, xiii. 42, 50, xxii. 1.^, xxiv. 51,
j( . 30, Luke xiii. a8.
ilstingr, m. a creaking, Stj. 71.
ij63r, ni. a kind of seed, Edda (Gl.)
ijostr, ni., Tann-g., Teelb-gnasher, one of Thor's he-goats, Edda.
lolla, d, to shiver; impers., tekr J)eim at gnolla, Fms. xi. 136.
ii68 or Gno3, f., poet, name of a ship, Edda (Gl.) ; properly a
nthical ship like the Greek Argo, Fas. iii. 406, 407, (Eg. S. Einh. fine.)
i6g-leikr, m, abundance, Magn. 450, Rb. 110.
i6g-liga, adv. (mod. nog-liga, and so Stj. 30, Fms. vi. 15, MSS. of
ti 14th century), abundantly, Edda 9, Fms. i. 77, Hom. 37, Stj. 414.
'"D--ligr, adj. (mod. nog-ligr, and so Fms. ii. 228, Sks. 134 B. new
^. of the 13th century), abundant, Stj. 438, Mar. 474.
I'J-B, adj.; in old alliterative poets gn, t)ess var ^rams und
uni I gnug rausn, Arnor, and so in very old MSS. ; but even vellum
as eld as Hb., Stj., Arna-Magn. 66 (vide below), begin to drop
•r, which was either lost or replaced by i (i-nogr) ^s in Engl, e-nougb :
declension also is interesting ; in old writers it has regular neut. gnogt
(igt, but later the t was dropped ; an Icel. says, {)a& er nog riim (room
v), the old form being gnogt rrim ; the gen. has also been dropped,
so the word has become an irregular though not indeclinable adjec-
: again, an indeclinable nogu has been formed, nogu margr, mikill,
answering to Engl, enough after an adjective: [Ulf. gan6hs =
&»; A.S.genoh; Engl, enough and enow ; O.H.G. ganah ; Germ.
ig and genung ; Dan. nok ; Swed. nog and nogd\ : — enough, sufficient,
tijvl, of stores; J)ar er ssemSar van er gnog er til, Nj. 21 ; selveiSar
^r ok fiski-fang mikit. Eg. 130; mundu J)ar fa gnogt li6, Fms. vii.
ok sva nogt er i fjollum Jjeim gull sem grjot, Pr. 400 ; {)at it
la er nogt var, ivbich was enough by itself, Bret. (Hb.) 66 ; J)eim me&
mnhefir gnogastan til, Sks. 229 B; hafa gnogan lifts kost, Fms. viii.
: Jivi at t)ar var nogt biife Dana til strandhoggva, i. 128 ; gaf hann
In n6ga skotpenninga, xi. 202 ; honum mun gefast svo hann gnog hafi,
ih. xiii. 12 ; skogar-dyr er jafnan voru gn6g, Stj. 560 (nog and i nog,
; me6 sva nogum gny (so great a din) ok vapna-braki, at . . ., Stj.
ii.)l27: — of persons (rare), nu var hann nogr orSinn um kvikfe,
tie loas well stocked with cattle, Bjam. 39 ; mi muntii ok vera J)er
einn ( = einhlitr, q. v.) um Jjetta mal. Band. 6. II. adverbial
at nogu, sufficiently, plentifully; J)at sem at nogu doggvir allan
i-vi8inn, Stj. 68 ; ok vinnsk oss J)at at nogu, it is enough for us, Fms.
i (but at gnogu, 0. H. 202, 1. c, and so Fb. ii. 329) ; i-nog, enough ;
(the cypress) er J)ar i-nog, Stj. 88, Al. 171 ; {)ar til er ^t\x alhr hafa
Bkit i-nog, Stj. 136 ; f66r hofum ver i-nog, id. ; allt var i-nog J)at er
^urfti, 203 ; biskup sag8i at J)eir hef6i i-nog at geyma, Bs. i. 866 : —
, indecl. enough, only in the later Sagas, J)reif OnguU til saxins, ok
hann nogu lengi {long enough) borit hafa, Grett. 154 ; ^vi at nogu
;ir munu vera m6tst63u-menn t)inir, 156 ; nogu mikit, mickle enough,
909 (Laur. S.)
'itb,f. [A.. S. geniht"], abundance, plenty ; aerin gnott vista, Fms. xi.
gntStt fjar. Band. 9; aura gnott, plenty of money, Greg. 39; gnott
3y8gi.(gen.), Am. i ; J)au attu gnott i biii, Nj. 257 ; en sva mikil
at solunni um sumarit, so great plenty of sun during the summer,
71; hlj6ta sumir mikla gnott af Jiessum gjofum, 561 ; hann mun
^ gnott allra hluta. Bias. 43 ; J)ar voru gnottir hvers-vetna, Fs.
en at ek gera gnott spurning J)inni, that I give st/fficient answer to
utttion. Fas. iii. 665. compos : gndtta-brxmnr, m. the well of
dance, Stj. 164. Gen. xxvi. 22. gnotta-maSr, m. a wealthy man,
.121 (MS. A. n6tta-ma6r).
FUAi mod. niia, pres. gny ; pret. gneri, gnori, or neri ; part, gmiit ;
3an. gnide] : — to rub ; hann tok til or6a, ok gneri nefit, a?id rubbed
oae, Orkn. 394 ; gnera ek vatum hondum um augu m^r, O. H.
gnera (gnora, v. 1.) ek i sundr oil malmhlift sterkra borga, Sks.
i, Mirm. 31 : with dat., hon rakaSi af honum allt harit ok neri
ir MS.) i tjora (dat.), and rubbed it with tar. Fas. i. 1 8 ; hann gny'r
16 bakinu |)ar til er boga-strengrinn skarsk, ii. 547 ; J)6 at J)er sveinar
at J>vi, at J)U sitir mjott ok gnxiir saman Iserum {)inum. Band. 13,
5391 nokkurrir fiskar gniia s^r sva fast vi& kvi6inn, at ... , Stj. 77.
iflkj 8, (qs. gniipa), to droop, stoop; skalf hon 611 af hraedslu ok
>i h6n me& hoffti sinu, Str. 76,
\i^ id], drooping, stooping; hann sat gniifa hrvggr . . . lypti upp
rfnu,Str. 73.
Wipa, u, f. = gnufa, a nickname, Landn.
gjP-leitr, adj. = gnufa, Edda 19.
- ITPR, m. a peak ( = gnipa) ; ]pa g6kk ma3r lit or gmipinum, Nj.
iir gmipinum, Landn. 277, v. 1. : freq. in local names, Loma-g.,
jniipar, pi., and Gnupr, names of farms, Landn. : a pr. name, Bs.
^^JA, gnuddi, to mutter, grumble; herrinn gnuddi mi ilia, Fms.
luddi, v. I.); en J)6 gnuddi J)etta.mest a Sturlu, they grumbled
■nst Sturla, Sturl. 157: to scream, grunt, gny6ja mundu mi
m«Sr illt at heyra gny8 ykkar yfir m4r, Fai. iii. 134; g6r8i$k ^i\. mikili
gny'r ok gnyftr af opi ok hlaupum, Stj. 453, v. I II. in mod. usage
freq. the murmur of a river or brook, ar-ni8r, Ixkjar-niftr.
gn^-fari, a, m., poet, the wind, Edda. (Gl.)
GNYJA, pres. gnyr, pret. gnu8i, to sound, of wind and sea ; derived
from gniia, with the notion of a grating sound, as of a stream over
pebbles, the tide against the beach, etc. ; brim gnyr Kormak, vide Lex,
Poiit.; breki gnu5i a stafni, HoftiSl. il ; gny'r allr Jotun-hcimr, Vsp.
63; gnyjanda gjalfr, Sks.; litan gny'r 4 eyri Ymis bl6&, Edda (in a
verse) ; vindar eru {)a likyrrir ok gny'ja h^San ok handan, Edda 8 ; J)ar
megu v6t nu heyra gny'ja bana fjorkels fraenda, Ld. 326 ; gniiSi a hallxri
mikit ok veftrdtta kold, Bs. i. 171 ; \,&. gniidi a hin snarpasta hriS, Fms.
ii. 235; J)6tti honum gorask mikit vandkvaefti i J)essu er 4 gnu8i, iv.
145 ; hvat sem a gnyr, Thom. 1 14.
gn^-mikit, n. adj. stormy, windy, Grett. in A.
gn^r, m., mod. n^pr, = guiipr, a local word.
gn^r, m. a clash, din, as of wind, waves, weapons, etc., Nj. 272, Edda
41, Mag. 6, Skalda 169, Fms. vi. 156, x. 264, SI. 57 : esp, freq. in pool.
compds referring to the din of war. Lex. Poet. ^ metaph., gny'r ok 6tti,
alarm and fright, NiSrst. 5.
gnseda, dd, mod. nseda, to feel a draught, J)a6 nxbir um {)ig.
gnsoSingr, m., mod. nseSingr, a gust of wind, Barfl. 171.
GNJEF A, b and aS, to project, Lat. eminere; af Guar nafni er sva kallat,
at J)at gnsefi sem halt ferr, Edda 22; merki morg 66fluga ok gnaefSu
fyrir ofan brekkuna, Hkr. i. 150; engi s4 fyrr en {)ar gnaefafli merki
yfir J)eim, Fms. viii. 62 ; en er baendr s4 J)at i moti dags-bnininni at
merki konungs gnseva3i halt, 126; ok gnaefar yfir liSinu sem einn h4r
turn, Al. 141 ; hans bust naefSi (sic) ntiliga vi3 iimar uppi, Fb. ii. 27 ; g.
vid himin, Fas. i. 185 (in a verse) ; hann gnaefSi ofarliga vi8 rafrinu,
Grett. : metaph., Lat. impendere, hvilikr haski at yfir gnaefir J)eirra
salum, H. E. i. 514: — very freq. in mod. usage.
gnsefr (gneepr, Fb. i. 258), zd]. floating high, of a banner, Hd. 40.
GN.^GJA, 9, [gn6gr], to endow, bestow upon; gnaegS me6 godum
hlutum, Stj. 421 ; hve hann yrj)j68 (ace.) aufli gnegir, how he endows men
with bliss. Ad. 18 ; and gnegSr at fjdrafli, endowed with wealth, id. In
mod. usage nsegja, J)a6 naegir, 'tis enough, e. g. sa hefir n6g s<5r naegja
laetr, a saying, freq.
gnsegr, adj., mod. nsegr, = gn6gr ; {)u hefir {)at gnaegara, er meira
J)arf vi8, Lv. 43 ; J)vi at lands-folkit var gnaegt til, i. e. populous, Hkr. i.
45 ; hann 4 naegri born en kyr, he is better stocked with bairns than kine,
Bs. ii. 141 ; skaupi gatgr, full of contempt, scoffing. Ad. 2.
gnsBgt, f. (nsBgt, nsegd, Stj. 235, freq. in mod. usage), = gn6tt, abun-
dance : esp. in pi., eiga alls naegtir, to have one's fill of all good things, freq.
gnsegta, t, = gnaegja ; Drottinn mun J)ik g. ollum g63um hlutum, Stj. 43 1 .
GNOLLBA, a6, (nOllra, Karl. 1. c. ; hence the mod. nbldra to
grumble, noldr grumbling) : — to howl, bark; hundrinn hljop upp gnollr-
andi. Fas. iii. 545 ; haukar t)eirra gnoUraSu, Karl. 376, v. 1. ; vi8 J)essi
or& spratt hundrinn upp ok gnoUraSi hatt, Fms. iii. 13 ; hjarta hans
gnoUradi i honum innan-brjosts eins og greyhundr, rendering of Od. xx.
13, 14; t)ar eru tveir hundar ok nollra J)eir ok grenja, {»i8r. 345.
gnOllran, f. bowling. Mar.
GNOTBA, a6, [gnat], to clatter, rattle; gnotrar (gnottir, Verel.) sverSit
hvart yfir annat, Bret. 55 ; mean J)6ttusk heyra at beinin gnotru&u vid
hrseringarnar, his bones clattered, Bs. i. 69 : esp. of the teeth, skelfr hann
sv4 mjok at gnotrar i honum hver tonn, Hav. 54; tennr hans n6tru8u,
Fbr. 149 : metaph., J)ar hlaut at notra um, Sd. 169 : — in mod. usage freq.
to shiver, shake, as with cold.
GOD, n. pi. [all the Teutonic languages have this word in common ;
Ulf. gupa, n. pi.. Gal. iv. 8 ; guda, id., John x. 34, 35 : and Gup, m. ;
A. S. godu, n. pi., and God, m. ; O. H. G. Cot : in mod. languages masc. ;
Engl. God; Germ. Gott ; Dan.-Swed. Gud}.
A. Historical Remarks. — In heathen times this word was neuter,
and was used almost exclusively in plur., as were also other words denot-
ing Godhead, e.g. regin or rogn =:numina, q. v. ; and bond, hopt, prop.
= bonds, and metaph. gods : — this plur. usage seems not to refer to a
pluraHty of gods, but rather, as the Hebrew D'n'7!<, to the majesty and
mystery of the Godhead ; it points to an earlier and purer faith than
that which was current in the later ages of the Scandinavian heathen-
dom ; thus the old religious poem V61usp4 distinguishes a twofold order
of gods, — the heavenly powers (regin or ginn-heilog go8) who had
no special names or attributes, and who ruled the world, like the
'M.otpa or Alaa of Gr. mythology ; — and the common gods who were
divided into two tribes, jEsir (Ases) and Vanir, whose conflict and league
are recorded in Vsp. 27, 28, and Edda 47. II. after the intro-
duction of Christianity, the masculine gender (as in Greek and Latin)
superseded the neuter in all Teutonic languages, first in Gothic, then
in Old High German and Anglo-Saxon, and lastly in the Scandinavian
languages ; but neither in Gothic nor in Icel. did the word ever
take the masc. inflexive r or s, so that it remains almost unique ih
eir vissi hvat hinn gamli {)yldi, Fas. i. 282. form. 2. in Scandinavian the root vowel was altered from o to m
pi. ir, mod. ny5r, or even spelt niir, a murmur; J)ykki I (go3 to gu3), [Swed.-Dan. §•«</], yet in old poems of the Christian age
208
GOD—GODI.
it is still made to rhyme with o, Gods, bodnvim ; God, rodnzr, Sighvat ;
as also in the oldest MSS. of the 12th century; sometimes however it is
written gp, in which case the root vowel cannot be discerned. 3.
in Icel. the pronunciation also underwent a change, and the g in Gu&
(God) is now pronounced gw (Gwu6), both in the single word and in
those proper names which have become Christian, e. g. Gu6mundr pro-
nounced Gwu5mundr, whence the abbreviated form Gvendr or Gvondr.
The old form with o is still retained in obsolete words, as go&i, go6or8,
vide below, and in local names from the heathen age, as Go3-dalir ; so
also Gormr (q. v.), which is contracted from Go3-ornir not Gu8-ormr.
On the other hand, the Saxon and German have kept the root vowel
o. III. in old poems of heathen times it was almost always
used without the article ; gremdu eigi go& at J)er, Ls. ; a6r ver heilog
go5 blotim. Fas. i. (in a verse) ; ginnheiliig G08, Vsp. passim ; go8um
ek J)at J)akka, Am. 53 ; me6 go8um, Aim. ; in prose, en go& hefna eigi
alls t^gar, Nj. 132. 2. with the article go8-in, Vsp. 27: freq.
in prose, um hvat reiddusk go&in J)a er her brann hraunit er mi stondu
v«5r a, Bs. i. (Kr. S.) 22; eigi eru undr at go5in reiSisk tolum slikum,
id. ; HallfreSr lastaSi eigi go&in, J)6 a8rir menn hallmaelti J)eim, Fms.
ii. 52 ; allmikin hug leggr J)u a go6in, Fs. 94 ; eigi munu go8in J)essu
valda, Nj. 132, passim. 3. very seldom in sing., and only if applied
to a single goddess or the like, as Ondor-go9s (gen.), Haustl. 7 ; Vana-
go6, of Freyja, Edda; enu skirleita go6i, of theSun, Gm. 39. IV.
after the introduction of Christianity, the neut. was only used o( false gods
in sing, as well as in pi., S61ar-go5 = .4 poZ/o, Orrostu-goS =ikfflr5, Drauma-
go^ = Morpheus, Bret. (Verel.) ; and was held up for execration by the
missionaries ; gor J)ik eigi sva djarfa, at J)u kallir go6 hinn haesta konung
er ek triii a, Fb. i. 371. Yet so strongly did the neut. gender cleave to
the popular mind that it remains (Grag. Kb. i. 192) in the oath formula,
go8 gramt = Go5 gramr ; and Icel. still say, i Gu&anna (pi.) baenum. 2.
gu8ir, masc. pi., as in A. S, gudas, is freq. in eccl. writers, but borrowed
from the eccl. Lat.
B. In compds : I. with nouns, go3a-bl6t, n. sacrifice to
the gods, Fb. i. 35. goSa-gremi, f. a term in the heathen oath,
wrath of the gods. Eg. 352. go3a-lieill, i. favour of the gods, fjorst.
Si8u H. 9. go9a-h.us, n. a house of gods, temple, Dropl. 11, Nj. 131,
Ft>- '• 337- go3a-stallar, m. pi. the altar in temples. Fas. i. 454.
goda-stilka, u, f. the sanctuary in heathen temples, answering to the choir
or sanctuary in churches, Landn. 335 (App.) goda-tala, u, f. in the
phrase, i goSatolu, in the tale (list) of gods, 625. 41. god-borinn,
part. Bioyevris, god-born, Hkv. i. 29. go3-bru3r, f. bride of the gods
(the goddess Ska5i), Edda (in a verse). Go3-dalir, m. pi. a local
name, hence Go3-d8elir, m. pi. a family, Landn. gob-gi,, f. blasphemy
against the gods, Nj. 163, Ld. 180. go3-h.eiinr, m. the home of the
gods, Stor. 20, cp. "^t. goS-komingr, m. (cp. Gn Sioytvfjs PaaiKevs),
a king, — kings being deemed the offspring of gods, Yt. go3-kunnigr
and go3-kyndr, adj. of the kith of gods, Edda 6, 11,13. go3-lauss,
adj. godless, a nickname, Landn. go3-lax, m. a kind of salmon, Edda
(Gl.) go3-lei3r, adj. loathed by the gods, Korm. go3-rQd,ligr,
adj. skilled in the lore of the gods, Hy'm. 38. go3-in6gn, n. pi. divine
powers, deities, Edda i ; bi9ja til J)inna goSmagna, Bret. (Verel.) go3-
rei3, f. 'a ride of gods' through the air, a meteor, thought to forebode
great events, Glum, (in a verse), cp. the Swed. aska. go3-riQ, n. scorn
of the gods, Sks. 435. go3-r8ekr, adj. 'god-forsaken,' wicked, 623. 30.
go3uin-lei3r, adj. = go81ei5r, Landn. (in a verse). go3-vargr, m. a
* god-worrier,' sacrilegus, ' hiptts in Sanctis,' Bs. i. 13 (in a verse), go3-
vefr, vide gu6vefr. go3-vegr, m. the way of the gods, the heaven, the
sky, Hdl. 5. Go3-J)j65, f. the abode of the gods,'Vsp.: — but Goth. Gut-
pjuda — the land of the Goths, by assimilation Go6-J)j66, passim in old
poems and the Sagas. II. with pr. names, originally Go5-, later
and mod. Gu3- ; of men, Gu8-brandr, Gu6-laugr, Gu8-leifr, Gu6-mundr,
Gu8-r()6r, GuS-ormr or Gutt-ormr, etc.; of women, Gu6-bjorg, Gu3-
finna, Gu9-laug, Gu8-leif, Gu&-ny, Gu8-ri6r, GuS-riin, etc. ; cp. the inter-
esting statement in Eb. (App.) 126 new Ed. (from the Hauks-bok), that
men of the olden time used to call their sons and daughters after the
gods (Go8-, {)6r-, Frey-, As-) ; and it was thought that a double (i. e. a
compound) name gave luck and long life, esp. those compounded with
the names of gods ; menn hiifSu mjok \ik tvau nofn, J)6tti J)at likast
til langlifis ok heilla, \>6tt nokkurir fyrirmaelti {)eim vi5 go6in, J)a
mundi J)at ekki saka, ef J)eir setti eitt nafn, though any one cursed
them by the gods it would not hurt if they had ' one' name, i. e. if they
were the namesakes of the gods, Eb. I.e.; — we read 'eitt nafn' for
' eitt annat nafn' of the Ed. and MS. In Fb. i. 23, the mythical king
Raum is said to have had three sons, Alf, Bjcirn, and Brand ; the first was
reared by the Finns, and called Finn-Alf ; Bjorn by his mother (a giantess),
and called Jotun-Bjorn ; and Brand was given to the gods, and called
Go6-Brand (Gu5-brandr, whence Gu8brands-dalir, a county in Norway) ;
cp. also Eb. ch. 7.
Car For the Christian sense of God and its compds vide s. v. Gu3.
goddi, a, m. [cp. Germ, gotze'], a nickname, Ld.
QOf)I, a, m. [Ulf. renders Upnis by gudja (vfar-gudja, abumitta-gudja, 1 for the sense of allsherjar-go5i vide p. 17,
etc.), Uparfta by gudjinassus, Upareiuv by gudjinon ; an Icel. gy5i, j
gy6ja, would answer better to the Goth, form, but it never occurs, exc
that the fem. gy3ja = goddess and priestess points not to go6i, but t
masc. with a suppressed final i, gy8i ; a word coting occurs in O. H
glossaries, prob. meaning the same; and the form gupi twice occurs
Danish-Runic stones in Nura-guJ)i and Saulva-gujji, explained as go3i
P. G. Thorsen, Danske Runem. ; (Rafn's explanation and reading
Nura-gut)i qs. norSr a Gaufti, is scarcely right) : with this exception
word is nowhere recorded till it appears in Icel., where it got a v
historical bearing] : — prop, a priest, sacerdos, and hence a liege-lorc
chief of the Icel. Commomvealth. I
A. Historical Remarks. — The Norse chiefs who settled in 1 1,
finding the country uninhabited, solemnly took possession of the l'|
(land-nam, q. v.) ; and in order to found a community they bui t
temple, and called themselves by the name of go3i or hof-go6i, ' tern ■
priest ;' and thus the temple became the nucleus of the new commui ,
which was called go3or3, n. : — hence hof-go&i, temple-priest, and h
ingi, chief, became 'synonymous, vide Eb. passim. Many indepen^
go3ar and go6or6 sprang up all through the country, until about
year 930 the alj)ingi (q. v.) was erected, where all the petty sover
chiefs (go3ar) entered into a kind of league, and laid the foundation li
general government for the whole island. In 964 A. D. the consliti 1
was finally settled, the number of go6or3 being fixed at three in 1
J)ing {shire), and three {)ing in each of the three other quarters, (but r
in the north) ; thus the number of go3ar came to be nominally th !-
nine, really thirty-six, as the four in the north were only reckone is
three, vide lb. ch. 5. On the introduction of Christianity the g!r
lost their priestly character, but kept the name ; and the new bis
obtained seats in the Logretta (vide biskup). About the year ]
there were created new go3ar (and go3or3), who had to elect ju
to the Fifth Court, but they had no seats in the Liigr^tta, and i
that time the law distinguishes between forn (old) and ny (new) go8
— in Glum. ch. I the word fom is an anachronism. It is curious
especially in the 12th century, the go3ar used to take the lesser Oi
from political reasons, in order to resist the Romish clergy, who clai
the right of forbidding laymen to be lords of churches or to deal
church matters ; thus the great chief Jon Loptsson was a sub-dea
at last, about 1185, the archbishop of Norway forbade the bishop
Icel. to ordain any holder of a go3or3, unless they first gave tif.
go3or&, fyrir fivi bj63um v6t biskiipum at vigja eigi fia menn er go
hafa, D. Li. 291. In the middle of the 13th century the king of No!
induced the go&ar to hand their power over to him, and thus the i;
with Norway was finally brought about in the year 1 262 ; since
time, by the introduction of new codes (1272 and 1281), the name
dignity of go6ar and go3or6 disappeared altogether, so that the I
begins and ends with the Commonwealth.
B. Duties. — In the alj)ingi the go3ar were invested with the
r^ttu-skipan (q. v.), that is to say, they composed the Logretta
Legislative consisting of forty-eight members — on the irregularity c
number vide Jb. ch. 5), and were the lawgivers of the country ; seco
they had the domnefna (q. v.), or right of naming the men who wi
sit in the courts, vide domr : — as to their duties in the quarter-p
ments (var-J)ing) vide Grag. J>. f>. and the Sagas. The authority 0
go8ar over their liegemen at home was in olden times somewhat j
archal, vide e. g. the curious passage in HaensaJ). S. ch. 2 ; thoug
section of law relating to this interesting part of the old history
record, we can glean much information from the Sagas. It is to be 1 joe
in mind that the go3ar of the Saga time (loth century) and those cite.
Gragas and Sturlunga time (12th and 13th centuries) were very diffe
the former were a kind of sovereign chiefs, who of free will entered
a league ; the latter had become officials, who for neglecting their <
in parliament might be fined, and even forfeit the go3or3 to their
men, vide Grag. |>. p. Neither J)ing (q. v.) nor godorS was ever st
geographical (such is the opinion of Konrad Maurer), but changed
time to time; the very word go3or6 is defined as 'power' (veldi)|
was not subject to the payment of tithe, K. |j.K. 142. The gi
could be parcelled out by inheritance or by sale ; or they might, a
the case in the latter years of the Commonwealth, accumulate ii
hand, vide esp. Sturl. passim, and Grag. The liegemen (J)ingmenn)
fully free to change their lords (ganga i log me8 go3a, ganga or logfJJ
every franklin (J)ingma3r) had in parliament to declare his {>ingfestWi
to name his liegeship, and say to what go&i and J)ing he belongec[nil
the go&i had to acknowledge him ; so that a powerful or skilful |itl
might have liegemen scattered all over the country. But the no »-
tion to the courts and the right of sitting in the legislative body '
always bound to the old names, as fixed by the settlement of the ■•■
964 ; and any one who sought the name or influence of a go&i ha rs
(by purchase, inheritance, or otherwise) to become possessor of a >f''
of one of the old traditionary go&or8 ; see the interesting chapter Nj-
The three go&ar in one J)ing (shire) were Called sam-go3ar,_/oj»/-^ "'•
^■%'c
GOBAKVIDH— GObH.
sod
tJ. Names. — Sometimes a chief's name referred to the god whom
especially worshipped, as Freys-Go5i, Hrafn., Gisl., whence Freys-
^lingar, q. v. ; (the or-go5i is dubious) ; more frequently the name
Erred to the liegemen or county, e. g. Ljosvetninga-Gofti, Tungu-Go3i,
. • but in the Saga time, go&i was often added to the name almost
I cognomen, and with some, as Snorri, it became a part of their name
Cato Censor in Latin) ; hann varSveitti \>a. hof, var hann J)a
laftr Snorri GoSi, Eb. 42 ; seg, at six sendi, er meiri vin var hiisfreyj-
lar at Fr65a en GoSans at Helgafelli, 332. Names on record in the
as : — men living from A.D. 874 to 964, Hallsteinn GoSi, Landn., Eb. ;
rla GoSi, Landn. 65 ; Jorundr GoSi and Hroarr Tungu-Go&i, id. ;
tolfr Go6i, Sd. ; Hrafnkell Freys-Go6i, Hrafn.; Oddr Tungu-Go3i,
idn. ; {>orm66r Karnar-Go6i, Vd. ; Askell GoSi, Rd. ; tJlfr Or-go3i,
idn. ; Grimkell GoSi, Har3. S. ; fjorgrimr Freys-go6i, Gisl. 100, 1 10 :
164 to 1030, Arnkell GoSi, Landn., Eb. ; {jorgrimr GoSi, Eb. ; Geirr
lYt, Landn., Nj. ; Runolfr GoSi, id. ; fjoroddr GoSi, Kristni S. ; por-
br Alisherjar-GoSi, Landn. ; |>orgeirr GoSi, or Ljusvetninga-GoSi,
, Landn.; ({jorkell Krafla) Vatnsdsela-GoSi, Vd. ; Helgi HofgarSa-
bi, Landn., Eb. ; Snorri HliSarmanna-GoSi, Lv. ; Jjorarinn Langdsela-
Yi, HeiSarv. S. ; and last, not least, Snorri GoSi : — in the following
od goSi appears, though very rarely, as an appellative, e. g. JiormoSr
iflar-GoSi (about i lOo) : — of the new goSar of 1004, Hiiskuldr Hvita-
-Go8i, Nj.: — used ironically, Ingjaldr SauSeyja-GoSi, Ld. 2.
or8 mentioned by name, — in the south, Allsherjar-goSorS, Landn. (App.)
; Dalverja-goSorS, Sturl. ii. 48 ; Lundarmanna-goSorS, i.2 2 3 ; Reykhylt-
-gofiorS, 104, iii. 166, 169 ; Bryndaela-goSorS, Kjaln. S. 402 : in the
ih, Ljosvetninga-goSorS, Lv. ch. 30 ; MuSruvellinga-goSorS, Bs. i. 488 ;
.sdaela-goSorS, Fs. 68 ; Fljotamanna-goSorS, Sturl. i. 138 : in the west,
runga-goSorS, 55; Joklamanna-goSorS,iii.i66; RauSmelinga-goSorS,
288; Reyknesinga-goSorS, Sturl. i. 9, 19 ; J>6rsnesinga-goSorS, 198 :
lew godords of the Fifth Court, Laufsesinga-goSorS, Nj. 151; Mela-
na-goSorS, id.. Band., Sturl. i. 227. Passages in the Sagas and Laws
ring to goSar and goSorS are very numerous, e. g. lb. ch. 5, Nj. ch.
Jrig., Logrettu-Jiattr, and J>. f>. passim, esp. ch. 1-5,17, 35, 37,39,44,
•0,61, Lv. ch. 4 (interesting), Vd. ch. 27,41 (in iinc), and 42, Vapn.,
a. ch. 3, Eb. ch. 10, 56, Sturl. iii. 98, 104, passim ; for the accu-
tion of godords, see i. 227 (3. 22), Bs. i. 54 ; for the handing over
godords to the king of Norway, D.Li; and esp. article 3 of the Satt-
D. L i. 631, 632. The godords were tithe-free, ef maSr a goSorS,
arf cigi t)at til tiundar at telja, vald er \>at en eigi fe, K. Jj. K. I42.
t>s : go3a-kvi3r, m. a law term, the verdict of a jury composed of
re goSar, commonly called tylftar-kviSr, a ' twelver-verdict,' fixed for
special cases, defined in Grag. ; the goSa-kviSr was opposed to
3ua-kvi8r, vide biii, Grag. i. 168, passim. go3a-lyrittr, m. a
term, a protest or interdict, Grag. i. 1 12, ii. 97, passim; but it is
tain whether it is derived from goSi, i. e. the protest of a goSi, or
go8, i. e. the great ban, a protest in the holy name of the gods.
,.J4ttr, m. a section of law about the goSar, Grag. i. 73- li-
ft, i. e. good genius, in the Icel. game at dice called go3a-tafl, with
armula, heima raS eg goSa minn bscSi vel og lengi, . . . og kasta eg
g, cp. also ast-goSi.
i, n. (seldom spelt gu.3or3, as in Grag. ii. 154); hann var
ftlitill en atti staSfestu goSa i Skalholti ok goSorS, Bs. i. 54 ;
Ihis word vide goSi. compos: go3or3s-lau33, adj. without a
rd, Nj. 149, Band. 2, go3or3s-ma3r, m. a ' godord-man,' =
pi, Hrafn. 13, 14, Fs. 67, Ghim. 324, Sturl., passim. go3or3s-
n. an action concerning a godord, Sturl. ii. 89. go3or33-tilkall,
hum to a godord, Sturl. ii. 88 : erfSa-goSorS (q. v.), Sturl. i. 198 ;
goSorS, vide above: forra3s-goSorS = manna-forraS, a godord to
forrdd (^poiver) is attached, an air. \(y. in Isl. ii. 1 73 (Haensa |>. S.)
', m. a gag or hook : bryna gogginn, to whet the beak, of a raven :
of abuse, Edda (Gl.)
gjli, a, m. ooze, mud, Mork. 13; cp. bloS-gogl, blood-ooze, Bjorn.
Gl, n., mod. gola, u, f. a breeze : metaph., Al. 99 ; fjalla-g., q. v.
tlgreenn, ad], yellotv-green, epithet of the sea.
iiT, m. [Old Engl. goll'\, the talon or claw of a hawk, esp. of arti-
iJ; in N. G. L. i. 242 a man has to return to the owner a gos-
found astray with the goll fastened to him, but he may claim
, ■:;, i.e. compensation for damages done on the land,
g'lungr, m. [gollr], poet, a kind of hawk, Edda (Gl.)
(? nirr, m. the pericardium, Edda (Gl.) gollur-lius, n. id., Isl. {>j63s.
hciice gollor-h.eiinr, m., poet, the breast.
6rau3r, 3.d]. yellow-brown.
.1, ni., golsottr, adj. a sheep with a dark yellow belly.
rskr, m. 'yellow-cod,' a cod-fish so called from its colour,
., m. a vain person, Edda (Gl.)
, aS, [D^iw. gninpe ; Eng\.j»tnp'], to skip, (rare.)
II. [A.S.gor; Eng\. gore; Swed. ^«r], whence Gor-mdiiu3r,
month, the first winter month, about the middle of October to the
' t November, so called from the slaughtering of beasts for winter
.'•a:;ddai03; vetrokg.kemrlaugardag.Rb. IX. the cud ia znimals,
but also used of ebyme in men, e. g. spiia grsenu gorinu, to vomit the green
g., of one far gone in sea-sickness. compds : gor-blautr, adj. c/ammy,
of the hide of a fresh slaughtered animal. gor-geir, m. impudence.
gor-kiila, u, f. a fungus, lypoperdon. gor-vargr, m. a law term,
[early Dan. and Swcd. gornithing ; Ivar Aisen gortjuv^, a 'gore-worrier,'
one who feloniously destroys another man's cattle, liable to outlawry, de-
fined in N. G. L. ii. 523. gor-v6mb, f. the first stomach, Isl. ii. 375.
GOHMK, m. ooze, mud, grounds in coffee and the like : — a local name
of a muddy creek at the bottom of Gils-fjiirSr in the west of Icel. II.
name of an old Danish king, prob. contracted from Go5-ormr, cp. Gutb-
rum in the Saxon Chronicle.
gort, n. bragging, fanfaronade, and gorta, a8, to brag.
gosi, a, m. [Swed. gossa = a boy'], the knave in cards.
got, n. spawning, gota, u, f. spawn.
Goti, a, m,, pi. Gotnar, the Goths; hence Gotland, n. Gotland; Qot-
neskr, adj. Gothic, Lex. Poet. ; Gota-veldi, n. the Gothic empire, (of
the island Gotland, A.D. 1319.) The name of the Goths with compds
occurs freq. in Scandin. history, esp. in Sagas referring to the mythical
age ; and distinction is made between Ey-Gotar, the Island-Goths, i. e.
the inhabitants of the Danish Isles, and ReiS-Gotar or HreS-Gotar in
the south of Sweden, According to Jornandes and the late Norwegian
historian P. A. Munch, a race of Gothic origin, speaking a dialect closely
akin to that of Ulfilas, lived in parts of Scandinavia during the 3rd and
4th centuries of our era ; Munch even supposes that Ermanarik (Jorm-
unrekr) was a Scandinavian-Gothic king, and lived in the 4th century,
and that the Runic monuments on the Golden horn, the stone in Tune,
the Bracteats, etc., are of this and the subsequent period ; on this interest-
ing question see Munch's Norske Folk's Hist., vol. i, and several essays
by the same. II. poet, a horse. Lex. Poet.
got-rauf, f. the spawn hole in female cod-fish or salmon.
gotungr, m. young fish, fry.
g63-brj6sta3r, part, kind-hearted. Glum. 308.
g63-fengr, adj. good-natured, Grett. 92 A, 107, Fms. iii. 107.
g63-fr8egr, adj. of good repute, fatnous.
g63-fusliga, adv. tvillingly, Fms. ii. 204, Stj.
g63-fuss, adj. benevolent, 655 xxx. 10, Fms. ii. 238, Th. 12, Stj. 154.
g63-fysi, f. goodness, Sks. 12, Fms. i. 304, v. 239, xi. 297, Mar.
g63-f;fst, f. good-will, Fms. ii. 225.
g63-gengi', adj. going well, smooth-going, of a horse, opp. to harS-
gengr.
g63-girnd and g63-girni, (.goodness, kindness, Fms. x. 368, Nj. 250,
Grett. 106 A, Clem. 51, Fs. 29, 38.
g63-gjarn, adj. benevolent, kind, Nj. 30, Fms. i. 76, ii. 19, Bs. i. 61, 66.
g63-gjariiliga, adv. kindly, Fms. iii. 48, vii. 148.
g63-gjariiligr, adj. kind, kindly, Nj. 255, Fms. viii. lOl.
goO-granni, a, m. a good neighbour, Sks, 226.
g63-gripr, m. a costly thing, Fms. ii. 61, iii. 134, Fas. i. 394, Thom.
g63-g8efiliga, adv. gently, quietly, Str.
g63-g8et, f. good cheer, good fare, cp. Dan. mundgodt, Str. 21,
g63-g6r3, f. charity, Barl. 60, 71 : mod. in pi. good cheer, hospitally.
g63g6r3a-sanir, adj. charitable; g63g6r3a-senii, f. charitableness.
g63-gorning, f. = g63g6rningr, Horn. 128.
g63-g6rmngr, m. a good deed, charity, 655 xxiii. I, Fms. i. 142, vi,
272, Hom. 70, Stj. 25, 399, Bs. i. 109.
g63-hatta3r, part, well-mannered, Bs. i. 38.
g63i, a, m. a boon, Fms. xi. 72.
g63indi, n. pi. boons, good things, Barl. 6, 190, 193, Stat. 2S9.
g63-kunningi, a, m. a good acquaintance.
g63-kunnugr, adj. o« ^ooflf /erws.
g63-kveiidi, n. collect, a good, gentle woman.
g63-kvennska, u, f. goodly womanhood, Jb. 64.
g63-ld;tr, adj. good-natured, gentle, Pr. 429. goSlat samr (cc3lat-
semi, f.), adj. id.
g63-leikr, m. (g63-leiki, a, m.), goodness, Fms. i. 141, 258, ii. 152,
vii. 118, Stj. 374.
g63-lifna3r, m. a good life, Stj. 120, Bs. i. 46.
g63-nfi, n. a good life, 625. 183, Bs. i. 109.
g63-lyndi, n. good nature, Str. 21.
g63-lyndr, adj. good-natured, Str. 21, Fas. i. 3.
g63-niannliga, adv. like a good man, Fms. vi. 304, Bs., passim.
g63-mannligr, adj. gentle, Bs. i. 874.
g63-mdlugr, adj. = g6SorSr, Hym., or better goS-malugr (?).
goS-menni, n. a good, gentle tnan, Sturl. i. 211, Fms. viii. 136.
g63-inennska, u, f. goodness, gentleness, Barl. 60 (freq.)
g63-ineiint, n. zdj. good people. Eg. 201, Fms. ix. 293 ; vide famennt.
g63-m6tliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), kindly, gently, Sturl. 14.
g63-or3r, adj. gentle in one's words, Nj. 147.
GCSDR, adj., neut, gott with a short vowel; but that the ancients, at
least in early times, said gott is clear from the analogy with oSr neut,
ott, froSr neut. frott, and from rhymes such as gott, drdttrd, ; [Ulf. usually
reaieis K<i\6s hy gdps, bvit dyae6$ by piupigs : A.S.gdd; tn^.good;
?
310
gOdradr—ghafjurr.
O.H.G.^0/; Germ. gui; Dutch ^oec?; Swed.-Dan. ^orf] : l.good,
righteous; g65a fra ilium, Eluc. 37; go&an mann ok rettlatan, Ver. 7;
g65r ok r6ttlatr konuiigr, Fms. vii. 263 ; g63ir ok ugaetir, Alex. 65 ;
g63r maSr, Sks. 456 ; g63 kona, 457; er hon goS kona, er {)u hefir
SVG lofat hana ? Bs. i. 799 ; g65 verk, Horn. 97 ; goSr vili, good-will :
allit., G66r Gu6 ; bi5ja G69an Gu8 ; Gu8 minn G65r ! and the like :
also as a term of endearment, my dear ! Elskan min gob I barni3 gott,
good child! M.N. minn g66r ! 2. good, honest; drengr g66r,
passim ; g65ir vinir, good friends, Isl. ii. 393 ; g66ir menn, good men,
Grag. i. 301 ; aSrir go&ir menn, Fms. ix. 268 ; Gu5i ok g65um monnum,
Grag. ii. 168; g66r viYi, good will, honest intention, Bs. i. 74^- i^i ad-
dressing one, g66r ma3r ! Sks. 303, passim ; godir halsar ! 3. kind;
gob orb, good, kind words, Fms. vii. 40 ; vera i g65u skapi, to be in
good spirits, Sturl. ii. 178 : with dat. kind towards one, pa er |)u vart
honum illr {)a var hann J)6r g65r, 655 xiii. A. 4. 4. good, gifted;
gott skald, a ^oorf/oe/, Nj. 38 ; goSr riddari, a good knight, Fms. vii. 56 ;
g66r J)rautar, enduring, Sks. 383 : — good, favourable, gora g66an rom at
e-u, to applaud; gott svar, and many like phrases. II. good,
fine, goodly, rich; gob klaeSi, Fms. v. 273 ; g68ar gjafir, vii. 40 ; g63r
mjtiar, Gm. 13; g6aa hluti, good things, Nj. 258; g65r hestr, a Jine
horse, go; hafr forkunnar g66an, Fms. x. 224; af g66u brau6i, Sks.
321 ; gott \cbr,fine weather, Fms. v. 260; goSan kost skipa, a goodly
host of ships, vii. 40 ; me6 g63u foruneyti, with a goodly suite, x. 224 ;
fa gobs, hofn, to make a good harbour, Isl. ii. 398 ; mikil ey ok gob, a
inuckle island and a good. Eg. 25 ; i g63ri virSingu, in good renown,
Fms. vi. 141 ; goSr somi, Isl. ii. 393 ; gob borg, a fine town, Symb. 21 ;
g68r beini, good cheer, Fms. i. 69 ; g66r fengr, a good (rich) haul, Isl.
ii. 138; gott ar, a good year, good season. Eg. 39; g68ir penningar,
good money, Fms. vii. 319 ; g68r kaupeyrir, good articles of trade, vi.
356 : — wholesome, medic, hvat er manni gott (bezt) ? Fas. ii. 33 ; ligott,
unwholesome. 2. the phrases, gora sik goSan, to make oneself good,
to dissetnble; heyr a endemi, J)u gorir J)ik go&an, Nj. 74- P- in the
phrase, g68r af e-u, good, liberal with a thing ; g68r af griSum, merciful,
Al. 71 ; g65r af tiSindum, good at news, communicative, Grett. 98 A ; at
J)u mundir goSr af hestinum, that thou wast willing to part with (lend) the
horse, Nj. 90 (cp. af C. VII. 2) ; go&r af fe, open-handed, Band. 2 : with
gen., g66r matar, good in meat, a good host, Hm. 38. III. neut.
as subst. ; hvarki at illu ne g68u, neither for evil nor good, Sks. 356 ;
eiga gott vi8 e-n, to deal well with one, stand on good terms with, Stor. 21 ;
faera til g68s eSr ills, to turn to good or bad account, Grag. ii. 144 ; fatt
g63s, little of good, Horn. 38 ; fara me8 g68u, to bring good, Isl. ii. 136 ;
enda mundi eigi gott i moti koma, Ld. 150; gott gengr J)& til, thou
meanest it well, dost it for good, Nj. 260 ; gott var i fraendsemi J)eirra,
good was in their kinship, i. e. they were on good terms, Hrafn. 2 ; vilja
e-m gott, to wish one well, Fms. ix. 282 ; vilja hverjum manni gott, i. 21 :
with the notion of plenty, bountifulness, in the phrase, verSa gott til e-s,
to get plenty of; var |)a bae3i gott til fjar ok mannvir8ingar, there was
ample wealth and fame to earn. Eg. 4 ; ok var8 ekki gott til fjar, they
got scant booty, 78 ; var J)ar gott til sterkra manna, there was plenty of
able-bodied men, 187 ; ok er gott um at velja, plenty to choose from, Nj.
3 : the phrase, ver&a gott vi8 e-t, to be well pleased with a thing, Al.
109 ; ver8i J)er a8 g68u, be it well with thee ! IV. compds, ey-
g68r, ever good; hjarta-g68r, kind-hearted; skap-g68r, ge8-g68r, good-
tempered; skyn-g63r, clever; svip-g68r, engaging, well-looking; si8-
goSr, moral, virtuous; hug-g68r, bold, fearless; Ii8-g63r, a good helper,
good hand; vinnu-g68r, a good workman; ser-g63r, odd, selfish: as a
surname, Hinn G6&i, the Good, esp. of kings, Fms. ^=" For compar.
betri and superl. beztr, vide pp. 61, 62.
g63-ra3r, adj. giving good counsel, Landn. 239, Fms. iv. 82, x. 266.
g63-r8e6i, n. goodness, Lv. 108, Fms. ii. 150.
goSs and g6z, n. goods; prop, a gen. from g68r, hvat g63s, quid bonif
Nj. 236 ; allt J)at goSs sem hann atti, 267, Hrafn. 29 ; sa er sins g68s
raisti optliga, Thom. 2 (Ed.) : esp. freq. in later writers, Ann. 1332, 1346,
Stj. 135, Bs. passim, H.E. i. 432 ; cp. Dan. gods = property.
g63-ver3r, adj. worthy of good, Rd. 242.
g63-vi3ri, n. good, fine weather, 623. 21.
g63-vild, f. = g68vili, Nj. 15, ^ms. i. 159, x. 234.
g63-vili, a, m. good-will. Eg. 411, Fms. i. 74, 281, Sturl. i. 210; fri8r
a jorSu og monnum g68vili, Luke ii. 14, in the text of 1540, but g68r
vili (in two words) in the later texts. compds : g63vilja-fiillr, adj.
hetievolent, kind, Fms. i. 219. g63vilja-ina3r, m. a benevolent man,
Sturl. ii. 14, Orkn. 50. g63vilja-inikill, zd].full of good-will, Gisl. 8 7.
g63-vilja3r, part, benevolent, Barl. 200: willing, Fms. ii. 37.
g63-viljugliga, adv. willingly.
g63-viljugr, adj. kind, Magn. 474, Fs. 9 : willing, ready, Anecd. 96.
g63-virki, n. good work, Anecd. 96.
g63-virkr (g63-yrkr), adj. painstaking, makitig good work, Nj. 55.
g63-V8eiiligr, a^]. promising good. Band. 5,
g63-v8ettliga, adv. atnicably, Sturl. i. 14.
g63-8etta3r, adj. of good family, Grett. 93 A,
QOI, f.indecl., always so in old writers, (gee, i. e. goe, Bs. i. 9, v. 1.),
mod. g6a, u, f. ; the month Goi has thirty days, from the middle
February to the middle of March ; for the mythical origin of this w
vide Fb. i. 22, Edda 103, Landn. 154, 225, Rb. 48, 50, Ann. 1276, 13
Bs. i. 9, 0. H. 64 : — in Icel. the names of the winter months j^orri
Goa are still very common. compds : G6i-beytlar, m. pi., bo
equisetum vernum hyemale, Landn. 222. G6i-bl6t, n. a sacrifia
the month Goa, Fb. 1. c. G6i-in^na3r, m. the month Goi, Lai
256, Rb. 516. G6i-J>r8ell, m. the last day of the month Goa, see
Icel. almanack.
GdLF, n. [Dan. gulv; Swed. golf], a floor, V^m. 9, 11, 13, N;
Eg. 217, Fms. vi. 365, passim; stein-golf, a s/o«e_/?oor; fjala-golf, 0 ^
floor: golf-stokkar, m. pi. floor beams, Eg. 90; g61f-J)ili, n. _;
deals. Eg. 236, Hkr. i. 17, Hom. 95. 2. an apartment, Edda 2,
56, Dipl. v. 18, Gm. 24, Clar. 134, Mar. ; this sense, which is more 1
is preserved in the Icel. staf-golf, a room fortned by a partition, anaj.
ment; a room is divided into two, three, or more stafgulf.
go-ligr, adj. gay, joyful, Eluc. 35, Hom. 50, 152, Fms. viii. 23; j
fong, good cheer. Lex. Poet.
GOMIl,m. [A. S.^orwa, whence Engl. ^wwjs; O.H.G. gttoma; G
gaumen; Dan. gane], the palate, Edda 20, Sks. 178 : in the phrase,
berr mart a goma, to talk freely of many things, Fms. vi. 208, Grett.
COMPDS : gom-bein, n. os palati. Fas. iii. gom-sparri, a, m. a .
Edda 20. goma-spjot, n. pi., metaph. the tongue. Anal. 177.
GOMR, m. a finger's point, Edda 1 10 : freq. fingrar-gomr, oyi'/j ;
end, Fs. 62.
G(3NA, d, to stare sillily.
gra3all, m., Bk. 83, Vm. 6 ; or grallari, a, m.. Am. 10, 40, Di]
18 (gradlari), Pm. 24, 80, Jm. 8, passim, which also is the mod. (
a gradual, a choral book.
graddi or griddi, a, m. a hull. Fas. iii. 212, 499.
GRADB, adj. entire, of cattle, Grag. i. 502, GJ)1. 392, Lv. iS
187. compds: gra3-f6, n. entire cattle, Grag. i. 426, Fb. i.
gra3-hafr, m. a he-goat, Grag. i. 503. gra3-h.estr, m. an t
horse, a stallion. gra3-r6t, f., botan. mandrake, Hjalt. g It-
small, a, m. = gra3fe, Jb. 431. gra3-Tixi, a, m. a bull, Boldt. l(
gra3-ungr, mod. and less correct gri3-ixngr (both forms occur e.
Stj.), m. a bull, Grag. i. 426, ii. 122, Landn. 245, Eg. 506, Jb. 276,
8, Edda 148 (pref.), Stj. passim.
GRAF A, pret. grof ; pres. gref ; part, grafinn, with neg. suffix gr
Fas. i. 436 (in a verse) : [IJIL graban = aKaiTTdv ; A.S. grafan; N
to grave; Germ, graben; Swed. grafva ; D&n. grave]: — to dii.
engi sitt, to drain one's fleld, Grag. ii. 181 ; jorSin var grafin i haiu -
tindum, Edda 144; en er vatnit grof tva vega \>a, fellu bakkarnir, i.
18 ; grafa til vatns, id. ; grafa utj,6sinn, Bs. i. 331 ; \>k er peir hui n:
grafit fitna (dug through it), 6. H. 18 ; g. grof, to dig a grave, 6.', >,
Eg. 300 ; grafa ni8r, to dig down, Grag. ii. 351 ; hann (the horse) v .a
kyrr, sem hann vaeri grafinn ni8r, as if he had been rooted in the gr ^■
Hrafn. 7 ; g. torf, to dig peat, Njar8. 370, Rm. 12 ; g. upp, to </;.
J)eir grofu upp likamina, Nj. 86 ; g. upp bein, K. p. K. 40, N. G. L. ■■■■
grafa alone, Fms. iv. 1 10 : reflex, to bury (hide) oneself, hann grofsk i b •■
he hid himself in the seaweed, Njar8. 380 ; var grafinn lykill (the h '^i
hid) i dyra-gastti.Stornu-Odd. 20. 2. to earth, biiry (Old Engl.e«-^ «);
voru J)a aUir rikis-menn i hauga lagSir en oil alj)y3a grafin i J6r5, H.
(pref.); var hann grafinn (buried) hja leiSi Kols biskups, Bs. i. 64, p. "^
grafa lik, g. ni&r, etc., Bjarn. 19, Eb. 338, K. |>. K. passim. 'J
carve, engrave; grafa innsigli. Mar., Sturl. ii. 222 ; krismu-ker grat i^'
tonn, Vm. 117 ; g. filsbein i eik, Edda 151 (pref.) ; Margret grof ol i.
til agaeta-vel, Bs. i. 143 ; grafa, steinsetja ok amalera, Fms. xi.427.
metaph. to enquire, dive deep into, Hom. 84 : to unearth, find out th «
kve3a ma sva, at visan se fegri J)a grafin er, Grett. 94 A ; mi festii '-
ser konu, ok grefsk upp skylda me8 J)eim, and relationship isfon •
afterwards, N. G. L. i. 350 ; pa grofsk fjorir eptir (Th. enquired) c ''
segir at lyktum, GuUp. 5 ; grof hann vandlega eptir (he made t on
enquiry) pess manns atfer8, Fms. viii. 15 ; grof hann sva undir pe (i*
sounded them so), at hann var8 margra hluta viss, 16; hann £ •''•
vandlega, ok baS hana segja s^r, Dropl. 4 ; g. um e-t, id., Hom. 4 ^
grafa eigi um pat er ver megum eigi skilja, Greg. 75 : g. upp, to w '«'.
make out; gatu menn pa upp grafit, at . . ., Grett. 162 ; grafask 1 •'>
come to the light, Orkn. (in a verse). III. medic, to supp ■'•
impers., laerit (ace.) tok at grafa bae8i uppi ok niSri, ... var lae S'
grafit upp at sma-pormum, Grett. 153, 154.
grafar-, vide grof, a grave.
grafgangs-ma3r, m. a Norse law term ; if freed slaves married "'
their master's will, and became paupers, the master might put the i'-
an open grave till one died, when the survivor was taken out. i ^
of Sva8i digging a grave for the poor, Fms. ii. 222, refers no dc
this cruel law, which is described in N. G. L. i. 33, but not record!
where. II. generally a proletarian, N. G. L. i. 97.
graf-gOtur, f. pi., in the phrase, ganga i grafgotur um e»t» <0
close enquiry about.
grafjvirr, m. an engraver, Stj. 158.
GBAFKYRR— GRAUTR.
211
raf-kyrr, adj. quiei as if rooted to the spot.
raf-letr, n, an epitaph.
raftiingr, m. or f. expounding, Stj. 412. II. a local name,
raveling, in Flanders, Thorn,
raf-silfr, n. a buried treasure, Landn, 146, 243,
raf-skript, f. an epitaph, (mod.)
raf-svin, m. a battering iwine — a battering ram, Sks. 412.
raf-t61, n. pi. digging tools. Eg. 398, Eb. 1 76, Bs. i. 331, Fms. vi. 271.
Iraf-vitnir, m., poet, a serpent, Lex. Poet.
ram-fullr, adj. dire. Art. 109.
[•am-ligr, adj. vexatious, Horn. 143.
BAME, adj. [mid.H. G. gram ; Dan. gram; gramr and grimmr
(v.) are kindred words from a lost strong verb, grimman, gramm] : —
tub, esp. of the gods, in the heathen oath formula, se mer go8 hoU ef
tsatt segi, griim ef ek lyg, whence the Christian, Gu& se mer hollr ef ek
s segi, gramr ef ek lyg, N. G. L. ii. 397, 398, (cp. the Engl, so help
T God) ; go6 gramt, Grag. i. 357 : esp. in poetry, gramr er y3r (36inn,
I . i. 501 ; mer skyli Freyr gramr, Fs. 95 ; Donum voru go6 griim, Fms.
V 585. II. gramir or grdm, n. pi. used as subst.,_)?enc?6, demons ;
• ■ -'(ini vi5 J)ik, Hkv. Hund. I. 40; taki mi allir (allar MS.) gramir
uin I (a curse), Fs. 147 ; gramir munu taka ^ik, segir hann, er
;r til banans, Mork. 43; farj)u mi, J)ars J)ik hafi allan gramir,
' liiiie); mik taki hiir galgi ok allir gramir ef ek l^g, F^as. i. 214;
ii :c gramendr, f. pi., qs. grama hendr : fari& er i sva gramendr allir !
Ljpl. 33, (vide trcill, trollendr) ; glama me9 gromum, Hm. 30. III.
iipetry, gramr means a king, warrior, Edda 104, Hkr. i. 25, Lex. Poet. :
m e of a mythical sword, Edda.
JEIAM', n. a pine-tree, Lex. Poet. ; but better fem. gron, q. v.
lan-bein, n. the bone of a fish's gills, Bs. i. 365.
iiii-bragd, n. grinning, moving the lips with pain, N.G. L. i. 67:
e abragSs-eyrir, m. a law term, afijiefor an ifijury causing the pain
;.ig3, 172.
ISTD, n. a grain, Thom. ; ekki grand, not a grain. II.
(prop, a mote?), a hurt, injury, Fms. iii. 80, viii. 112, xi. 228,
'I. L. i. 74 (freq.) 2. in poetry freq. that which causes evil,
\. Poet. 3. evil doing, guile, Symb. 19, Skv. 3.5: granda-
Ij. guileless. Lex. Poet. 4. medic, mortification, Al. 120.
jiuivia, a9, to hurt, damage, with dat., Fms. i. 31, Sks. 69, F'as. iii.
Bl. ii. HI (freq.)
Iiad-geefiligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), minute, (mod.)
jundi, a, m. an isthmus, a strip of beach above the water at ebb tides,
« ibe edge of the snow, GJ)1. 419, Stj. 14, Mar.
l^-lauss (mod. grann-laus), adj. guileless, Baer. 21, Al. 106:
stapecting no evil, single-minded, eg var granulans, etc. ; hence
m-leysi, n. singleness of heart, eg ger5i J)a6 i grannleysi.
|.nd-ligr, adj. dangerous, Grett. 145.
jj.ndvar-liga, adv. without guile, Horn. 141.
|i.nd-varr, adj. guileless, 656 C. 30, Pr. 133, Mar. 291.
£j,nd-veri, f. guilelessness, Rom. 332, Bs. ii. 40, Stj. 302, Horn. 17.
£J.nna, u, f. afemjale neighbour, Str. 16, 23.
SJim-fengr, adj. slender, tiny, Korm. (in a verse).
g|aiii-liygginn, adj. silly, of weak understanding.
(ilANNI, a, m. [for etym. see p. 186 A. II], a neighbo7ir, N.G. L. i. 1 1,
atina-stefna, a meeting of neighbours, G^\. 383 ; granna saett, 380 :
-,'> gardr er granna saettir, N. G. L. i. 40, cp. Jb. 258, (freq.)
.: -a-kona, u, f. = granna, N. G. L. i. 340.
g nn-leikr (-Ipiki), m. slenderness, Bs. ii. 164.
ejnn-leitr, adj. thin lookifig, Ld. 274, Fms. i. 185.
finn-liga, adv. tenderly, Skalda 198.
gmn-ligr, adj. slender of build, Edda 81, Ld.274, Eg. 486, Eb. 42.
^ NNR, adj., compar. grennri and grannari, [as to etym., grannr
kin to grein, a branch, hence the long vowel (vide II); but both
' '^nt from grcenn, green, which is from groa] : — thin, slender, very
lod. usage, = Lat. gracilis, epithet of a lady, Edda 85 (in a verse) ;
innr, thin in the waist: in gramm. single, of vowels, opp. to
■liphthongs; J)at hlj68 er grannara, Skalda 177 • neut. grannt,
' i'y ; or-grannt, id. II. it appears with a long vowel in
gr<ou, qs. gronn) van, thin, slender hope, Gisl. 66 (in a verse) ;
;gi grdona (granna), Sturl. iii. 216 (in a verse) ; and perhaps also
:id, a thin, slender shield, Edda 106 (in a verse).
-vaxinn, part, slender of stature, Fms. vii. 175, Bs. ii. 164.
o -a-vitr, adj. tbin-witted, silly.
ft I i-rau3r, adj . [gron] , rcc? bearded, a nickname = Barbarossa, Fms . xii .
S i-selr, m. a kind of sea/, Sks., Fms. ii. 270.
i3r, adj. long bearded, Akv. 34.
prettingr, m. [cp. D^n. grdnskolling'], = L!it.puber, Rom. 304.
taedi, n. the lips, where the beard grows. Eg. 304.
N n. [Ulf. gras = \6pTOS, A.dxaj'OJ'; A.S. grcBs and gcers; Engl,
lerm. gras ; Swed. and Dan. gras'] : — grass, herbage, opp. to
cs, Vsp. 3, Fm. 25, Hm. 20 ; hrisi ok grasi, 120 ; gros ok viSu,
I I iolr sem gras, Nj. 1 77 ; g69ir 'anda-kostir at griisum ok skogum, ^
Fs. a6 ; sv4 er sagt, at 4 Grsenlandi eni griis g<Sft, good pastures, Sks. 44
new Ed.; reyta gras, to pick grass, Nj. n8; far var niliga til gtaw
at ganga (better giirs), Ld. 96 ; bita gras, to graze, Grdg. ii. 299 ; gras
grser, grass grows, Edda 145 (pref.) ; tak af reidinginn ok faer hestirm
a gras, Sturl. iii. 114; J)ii atlaSir mik J)at litilmemii at ek niunda hir8a
hvar hestar Jjinir bitu gras, Fs. 57; J)ar {jotti GreloSu hunangs-ilmr or
grasi, Landn. 140 : vegetation, in such phrases as, J)ar sem maetist gras ok
fjara, grass and beach, Dipl. iii. h : the grassy earth, opp. to a wilder-
ness or the sea, J)at var i ofanverSum griisum, high up, near the wildernus,
Dropl. 33; allt austr undir jokla sem griis eru vaxin, Landn. 65: —
phrases, hniga i gras, to bite the dust, Isl. ii. 366 ; mun ek hafa mann
fyrir mik a&r ek hniga at grasi, Njar8. 378 ; liita i gras, id., Fbr. 90 new
Ed. ; heyra gras groa, to hear the grass grow (of the god Heimdal),
cp. Edda 1 7 : sugared language is said to make the grass grow, vi& hvert
orb J)6tti griis groa, Clar. ; J)au voru orSiii, at groa {xittu griisin vid,
Mirm. : ganga eptir e-m meft grasi3 i skonum, to go after one with grass
in one's shoes, i. e. to beg hard, intercede meekly with one who is cross
and angry. 2. a herb, a kind of grass ; ek hefi J)at eitt gras, etc.,
Fms. ix. 282 ; af grasi {)vi er v<5r kiillum hvann-njola, x. 336 : esp. in plur.
herbs with healing powers, J)au griis sem mandragore heita, Stj. 175 ; afl
dauSfaerandi grasa, Johann. 26 ; me6 go&um griisum. Bias. 43 ; ilmuft
griis, sweet herbs, Bb. 2. 20 ; tina griis, to clean grass, pick the moss clean :
— botan. in plur., Iceland moss, Jb. 310 ; and in composition, briinu-griis,
mandrake; esp. of lichens, fjalla-griis, /*// lichen. Lichen Islandicus;
fjiiru-griis, seaweeds, sea-wrack; Gvendar-griis, id.; Mariu-griis, lichen
nivalis; Munda-griis, lichen coacervatus edilis; triilla-griis, lichen albus.
COMPDS : grasa-fjall, n., in the phrase, fara a grasafjall, to go gathering
moss. grasa-folk, n. folk gathering moss. grasa-grautr, m. a
porridge of Iceland moss. grasa-leit, f. herb-gathering, Pm. 7.
grasa-mjolk, f. milk cooked with Iceland moss. grasa-poki, a, m. a
grass-poke, of Iceland moss, g^ In derivative compds, bla-gresi,^«ramwni ;
star-gresi, sedge; fll-gresi, evil grass, weeds; h\6m-giesi, Jiowers, etc.
grasa, a3, to collect moss.
grasa3r, part, prepared with herbs (of mead), (3. H. 71, Barl. 136.
gras-bitr, m. a ^grass-biter,' a beast, brute, Nj. (in a verse), freq.
gras-blettr, m. a grass-plot.
gras-dalr, m. a grassy dale, Karl. 14.
gras-gar3r, m. a garden, Hkr. i. 71, G^l. 178, Fas. i. 530: bortus,
J)at koUum ver g., Stj. 68, Bs. i. 698, N. T., Pass. (Gethsemane). graa-
garSs-maSr, m. a gardener, D. N.
graa-gefinn, part, grassy, fertile.
gras-geilar, f. pi. grassy lanes, Hrafn. 20.
gras-geiri, a, m. a grass goar, strip of grass. .
gras-gott, n. adj. a good crop of grass, Fb. i. 522.
gras-grsenn, adj. grass-green, Sks. 49.
gras-hagi, a, m. a grass pasture.
gras-kyn, n. grass kind, the species ' grass,' Stj. 389.
gras-lavikr, m. a kind oHeek, garlic, Horn. 150.
gras-laust, adj. without grass, barren.
gras-leysa (-lausa), u, f. ' grasslessness,' barren ground ; i graslausu,
Gnig. i. 383, Sturl. i. 121, 127, ii. 128, Ann. n8i,
gras-leysi, n. barrenness, Sturl.
gras-ligr, adj. grassy, Horn. 37.
gras-lo3inn, adj. rich in grass, Ld. 156, Fas. iii. 276 ; m^rar vi3ar ok
graslo6nar, Bs. i. 118 ; but gTas-lo3mir, f. pi. a rich crop, 306, 1. c.
gras-lsegr, adj. lying in the grass, touching the grass, Hkr. i. 293, (of
a ship's keel) ; a scythe is called graslasgr, if it cuts too close.
gras-ma3kr, m. a grass maggot.
gras-mikill, adj. rich in grass, Konr. 56.
gras-nautn, f. the use of grass (grazing), Grag. ii. 222, Jb. 215, Vm.
48, 79.
gras-r4n, n. grass-stealing, N. G. L. i. 40. grasrans-baugr, m. a
law term, a fine payable for grazing one's cattle in another's field, N. G. L.
i. 40, Js. 99.
gras-rsetr, f. pi. roots of herbs or grass, Bs. ii. 81, Sks. 48.
gras-setr, n. 'grass-farming,' opp. to sowing and tilling; l)rju 4r seri
hann jordina ok fjorfta sat hann gras-setri, D. N. ii. 248.
gras-ska3i, a, m. loss in crop, D. N.
gras-sott, f. grass-fever, in a pun, Fb. ii. 365.
gras-sv6r3r, m. greensward.
gras-toppr, m. grass-top, Bb. 2. 23.
gras-to, f. a strip of grass among rocks or in a wilderness, Fbr, 156.
gras-vaxiim, part, grown with grass, Str. 4, GJil. 405.
gras-ver3, n. a fine for grazing, = grasiknshiugT, G^\. 405.
gras-vi3ir, m. a kind of willow, salix herbacea, Hjalt.
gras-v511r, m. a grassy plain, Str. 4, Art.
gras-voxtr, m. growth of grass, crop,
graut-nefr, m. a nickname, porridge nose, Sturl.
GBAUTK, m., gen. grautar, [^A..S. grut, gryt ; Eng]. groats ; Dan.
grod; Swcd. grot; Ivai Azsen graut ; hence Germ, grii/ze] : — porridge,
a favourite mess with Scandin. peasants, see the tale of Grautar-Halli,
Pa
^1»
GUAtTARKETlLL— GREFl^RA.
answering to Germ. Hdnsuufsi, N. G. L. i. 349, Korm. 150, Eb. ch. 13,
39, Fas. iii, Eg. S. Einh. ch. 5, Fms. vi. 363 sqq. (porridge eaten with
butter): a pudding, Fms. ii. 163: the phrase, gera graut, to make por-
ridge, Eb. ; hefja graut, to lift (i. e. to eat) graut, Fms. vi. 1. c. : a nick-
name, Dropl. 3. coMPDS : grautar-ketill, m. a porridge-pot, Fbr.
209. grautar-sott, f. porridge fever, a pun, Fms. v. 93. grautar-
trog, n. and grautar-trygill, m. a porridge trough, mash trough, Fms. vi.
364, Eb. 36. grautar-J)vara, u, f. a ladle to stir the porridge in cooking,
Eb. 198 : to5ugjalda-grautr, a harvest porridge, supper of porridge.
gri.-hakr, m. 'grey-back,' poet, a dragon, Edda.
grd,-bar3i, a, m. grey-beard, a cognom., Fms. ix.
gra-beinn, adj. [graabein in the Norse tales], 'grey-leg,' i. e. the wolf,
D.N. i. 199.
grd-bildottr, adj. with grey-spotted cheeks, of a sheep, Rd. 240.
gr&-bj6rn, m. a grey bear, opp. to white bear, Fb. i. 257, Fas. i. 51.
grd.3a, u, f. [Lat. gradus'], a step, Stj. passim, Fms. vi. 267, vii. 97,
Skalda 209 : in mod. usage esp. the steps round the altar in a church :
metaph. degree, Stj. 8 : mathem. a degree, Rb. 458, 460 ; i gra5u eru
sextigi minuta, Hb. 732. 7.
grafli, a, m. [grar ; Ivar Aasen^raa^], a breeze curling the waves, Edda
(Gl.) ; in mod. usage fem. gr45, J)a6 er grad a sjonum : — bad grey
butter is called graSi, borinn var innar bruSningr og gradi. Snot 216.
GRADR, m. [Ulf. gredus = \ift6s; Engl, greed], prop, hunger, freq.
in Lex. Poet. ; lilfa gni5r = ulfa sultr: greed, gluttotiy, Bs. ii. 137, Rom.
184, Sks. 113 B (gra3i) ; hel-graSr, voracity presaging death; ok er mi
kominn a ^ik helgraSr er J)u hyggsk oil riki munu undir |)ik leggja (of
insatiable ambition as presaging downfall), Fas. i. 372 ; cp. hel-fikr, id.,
385 ; (these passages are paraphrases from old lost poems.)
graSugr, adj. [tJlf.grSdags; A.S. grcedig ; Engl, greedy ; O. H. G.
gratagi : — greedy; g. logi, Stj. 385 ; g. elska, Hom. 84; g. agirni, id. ;
g. hair, a glutton, Hm. 19; g. bukr, a gluttonous belly, Bb. i. 5; g.
vargar, Bs. ii. 1 34.
gra5u-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), greedily. Mar., Magn. 420.
gra-eygr, adj. grey-eyed, Grett. Ill A.
grd,-fel(ir, m. a grey furred cloak, Hkr. i. 176: a nickname, id.,
whence Grafeldar drd.pa, name of a poem, id.
gra-fygli, n. and grd-fygla, u, f. = gragas II. 2.
gr&giis, f. a ' grey goose,' a wild goose, Edda (GL), f>i3r. 347. II.
metaph. the name of a Norse code of laws in Drontheim (Frosta{)ings-
liig), prob. from the grey binding or from being written with a goose quill,
Fms. viii. 277 (Sverr. S.), Hkr. iii. 23 ; cp. Gullfj65r, gold feather, gold
quill, name of an eccl. code ; or Hryggjar-stykki, a kind of dttck, but
also the name of a book. 2. in later times (in the l6th century)
the name Gragas was misapplied to an old MS. of Icel. laws of the
Commonwealth time, the present Cod. Arna-Magn. 134 folio, or Sb., and
has since been made to serve as a collective name for all Icel. laws framed
before the union with Norway, sometimes including, sometimes excluding
the eccl. law (Kristinna-laga'^attr = K. p. K.) ; the whole matter is fully
treated by Maurer, s. v. ' Graagaas,' in Ersch and Gruber's Encyclo-
pedia ; he makes out that the Icel. of the Commonwealth, although they
had written laws, had no code, and that the passage in lb. ch. 10 does
not refer to codification, but to the committal of oral laws to writing ;
the two vellum MSS., the Kb. and Sb., are merely private collections of
the 1 3th century, and differ very much one from the other. Upon the
union with Norway, Iceland was for the first time blessed with a code,
which they called Ironside (Js.) ; and a second code, the Jon's Book, was
introduced A. D. 1281.
grd-h8er3r, adj. hoary, with grey hairs.
gra-jurt, f. gnaphalium montanum, Bjorn.
grd,-kl8Bddr, part, grey-clad, Sturl. ii. 190.
grd-kollottr, adj. grey and 'hmtible' (i. e. without horns), of sheep,
GullJ). 19. grd,-kolla, u, f. a grey hmnble ewe.
gr&-kufl, m. a grey cowl, Fb. ii. 333.
grd-leikr, m. malice, trickery, Bs. i. 809, Fb. i. 408, Barl. 117.
grd,-leitr, d^A]. pale-looking, pinched, Bs. i. 797.
gr4-liga, adv. spitefully, with malice, Nj. 71, Mar.
grd-ligr, adj. malicious, cruel; g. leikr, rude play, Stj. 497, 2 Sam. ii.
16, Fms. X. 445.
gra-lyndr and gr£-luiida3r, s.d]. pettish, malicious, Bs. i. 646, Valla L.
205. Nj. 38.
grd-magi, a, m. ' grey-maw,' a stone grig, cyclopterus, Bjarn. 42, 43.
grd-munkr, m. a grey friar, Fms. ix. 377, x. 127, 128, Sturl. iii. 209.
grana, a6, to become grey, metaph. to be coarse and spiteful; tekr at
grana gamanit, the play began to be coarse, Sturf. i. 21, (graeSna, v. 1.)
Grl,na, u, f. a grey mare. Grani, a, m. a grey horse : the mythol.
horse of Sigurd Fafnis-bani is prob. to be proncd. thus, not Grani.
GRAP, n. a storm, sleet; grund var grapi hrundin, Haustl. 15 ; Egils
hryn-grap, the hail of Egil, poet, arrows ; Egil, brother of Vfilund, is
the Tell of the northern mythology, vide Lex. Poet. ; in prose this word
seems noj to occur, whereas krap, n. sleet (q. v.), and krapi, a, m. id., are
common words ; cp. the mod. grape-shot.
^t
Ian
as,
5ra
ve)
[L
'ng
grfipa, a5, [gripa], to pilfef, Stj. 78, I54, 167.
grd-peningr, m. a ' grey penny! a false coin, Karl. 247^
GRAR, adj., contr. ace. gran, dat. gram, etc. [A. S. grceg ; Eng
or grey ; O.Yi.G. graw ; Germ, grau ; Dan. graa; Swed.^ra]:—
gram vaSmalum, Fms. i. 118 ; i gram kyrtli, Isl. ii. 218 ; gjalda 1
beig fyrir gran, Nj. 141 ; grar fyrir hxrum, grey, hoary, Fms. vi. 9
ii. 557 ; grar fyrir jarnum, mailed in grey steel, of armour, Mag. 9!
J)oka, grey fog : of silver, gratt silfr, grey, false silver, opp. to skirt
silver, whence the phrase, elda gratt silfr, to play bad tricks.
metaph. spiteful, Bjarn. 3 ; J)6 at i brjosti gratt bui, although I
malice in the heart, Str. ; cp. gra-lyndr, as also gra-beinn, gra-dyri, the
wolf: neut. gratt, basely, Isl. ii. 467.
gr£-rendr, part, grey-striped, Gisl. 156.
gra-silfr, n. grey (bad) silver, brass; bera af e-m sem gull af g) fri,
Gkv. 2. 2 ; cp. the mod. phrase, sem gull af eiri, — the old langua bs
no special word for brass, eir being derived from Latin.
grd.-si3a, u, f. name of a spear, grey steel, Gisl.
grd-skinn, n. grey fur, Fms. vii. 74, Grett. 61, Jb. 187.
grd.-skinna3r, part, lined with grey fur, Sks. 228.
gr&-skyja3r, part, covered with grey clouds, Sks. 228.
grd-slappi or gro-slappi, a, m., mod. grd-sleppa, u, f. afema
grig, cyclopterus : a nickname, Ld.
grd-steinn, m. grey-stone, Bjarn. 64 : a kind of stone, Ivar Aas
GRATA, gret, gratiS, pres. graet, with neg. suft". gratt-at-tu, u
thou, Hkv. Hjorv. 41 ; [Ulf. gretan ; A. S. gratan ; Hel. greotan ;
mod. Engl., but used in North. E. and Scot, to greit or greet-
Swed. grata; Dan. grcede; Ivar Aasen graata] : — to greit, weej
Jjorir, en Sigmundr maeiti, gratum eigi, fraendi, munum lengr, F
Freyja graetr eptir, en tar hennar eru gull rautt, Edda 21; hon
grata ok svaraSi engu, Nj. 11 ; hvart grsetr Jdu mi Skarphe8ini
hon greiddi harit fra augum ser ok gret ; Flosi maelti, skapj)i
^er mi, fraendkona, er ^li graetr, 176, cp. Edda 38, 39; far er
graetr, Fb. i. 566 ; hversu bersk Au6r af um br66ur-dau6ann, gr;
mjok? Gisl. 24, 62 ; grdta saran, to 'greit sore,' Isl. ii. 103; gr;
stofum, to weep aloud; hon matti eigi stilla sik ok gret hdstofi
27; grata beiskliga, to weep bitterly, N. T. ; grata fogrum ta;
weep fair tears (cp. BaXtpbv ddicpv), to 'greit sore ;' grata fegins-tu m, to
weep tears of joy, II. trans, to bewail, weep for one, 677 15 J)u
er ^at vel er |)ii graetr g66an mann, Nj. 176 ; grata Baldr or Helj lEdda
39 ; ef allir hlutir i heiminum kykvir ok dauSir grata hann, 38 : 1
ing, sa gret aldrel fyrir gull sem ekki atti J)a9, he never wept J
luho had it not, Vidal. i. 286, ii. 84. III. part, grdtinn,
in tears, Stj. 385, Am. 94; hon var liingum gratin, Bs. i. 193 ;
gratin mjok, Vigl. 28.
grdt-beena, d, to implore, beg with tears.
grdt-fagr, adj. beautiful in tears (epithet of Freyja), Edda 63.
grdt-feginn, adj. weeping for joy , Ld. 82, Fms. vi. 235, Bs. ii.
grit-gjarn, adj. prone to weeping.
grdtinn, part., vide grata III.
gra-titlingr, m. 'grey-titling,' a kind oi sparrow. k
grdt-kjokr, n. sobbing, choked tears. I
grat-liga, adv. piteously. ^
grdt-ligr, zd]. pitiable, Hom. II : piteous, Fms. ii. 223. '
grdtr, m. [Dan. graad ; Swcd. grat'], 'greiting,' weeping, Edda J ftni-
i. 138, Rb. 332, Bret. 68, Mar. grdta-gu3, n. the weeping i^^h
Freyja, Edda.
grdt-raust, n. a weeping voice, Nj. 82, Fms. vii. 38. i '
grdt-samligr, adj. piteous. Mar. 12. ;
grdt-stafir, m. pi. weeping, crying aloud. |
grdt-stokkinn, part, bathed in tears; g. augu, Bs. ii. 28.
grat-sok, f. a cause of tears. Mar. 28.
grat-J)urfa, adj. needing tears, rteeding repentance by tears. He
grd-valr, m. a grey falcon, H.E. i. 391, Art.
grd-vara, u, f. grey fir. Eg. 69, 575, 6. H. 134.
grd-vi3ir, m. 'grey-withy,' a kind oiivillow,
gre3gi = re8ur(?), Sturl. ii. 39.
grefill, m. a little hoe, Landn. 293, v.l.
grefja, u, f. a kind of 6«>r(?), Sturl. ii. 223,
gref-leysingr, m. a law term, a kind oifreedman, intermediate 1
a freedman and a slave, afreedman, but whose freedom is not publish
the thingvold and who has not been ' leiddr i log,' defined in Grag. i
grefr, m., grefi, ace. pi., Rom. 167, [grafa], ' a digger,' a hoe, Lan
293, Vm. 87, Stj. 451, N.G.L. iii. 2, 10, Bk. 83: the phrase, 1 .
i grefi fyrir sik, cp. hafa e-n fyrir grjotpal, to have another for oiwoit
use him as a tool, Rom. 1. c. : in mod. usage called jarn-karl or j|4
grefsi, m. = grefill, Landn. 293, v.l.
grefta, t, [groftr, grafa], to earth, bury, Fms. i. 24I, Karl. 55
14: part, greftr, Bs. i. 426, Stj. 112, 228.
greftr, m. = groftr, burial, Karl. 263.
greftra, aft, = grefta, Fms. x, 208, Far. 187, Sturl. i. 11 3 : part.
a3r, buried, Mar. passim.
¥'
GREFTRAN—G REINARMAL.
213
greftran, f. burial, freq. In mod. usage, Pass. 50.
GBEIDA, dd, [V\{. garaidjan — diaTaTTttv, I Cor. xvi. i, Tit. i. 5,
ind nporiOtoOai, Ephes. i. 9 ; A. S. gercedan ; North. E. (see Atkinson's
'leveiand Glossary) to graitb = to furnhh or equip ; in Icel. greiSa and
eiSi seem to be only a double form of the same word, the former having
cept the prefixed g ; in sense they are akin, cp. Dan. rede, Swed. reda, and
' ee greiSr] : — to arrange, disentangle ; grei3a har, to comb or dress the
:air ; Hildigunnr greiddi harit fra augum six, H. combed or stroked back
he hair from her eyes, Nj. 1 76 ; J)a. tok konungr J)ar laugar, ok let grei8a
comb) har sitt, Fms. i. 189; en hon haf5i hendr at, ok greiddi lokka
laiis, Karl. 532 ; sem fyrst er hann var greiddr (combed). Mar. 161 ; ogreitt
iiir, unkempt bair; greida uli, to cotJib or card wool, Bret. 30, 32. 2.
0 make or get ready ; greiSa segl, to make the sail ready, Sturl. i. I18 ;
. vad, to make tbejisbing-line ready, Edda 36 ; g. net, a fishing term : —
Iso intrans. to get ready, g. til um e-t, to get ready for a thing, i. e. get
' ready ; g. til um vapn sin, to get the weapons ready. Eg. 220 ; sag6i at
3im skyldi til g. at ver5ir vaeri ciruggir, that he should take it in charge,
hat . . ., Fms. ix. 22 ; g. til fnisagnar, to make ready for the story, 655
xvii. 6. 3. to speed, further ; g. fer5 e-s, Fms. ii. 16; grei6it
)rottins giitur, make straight tbe way of the Lord, 625. 90. Luke iii. 4:
:flex., greiddisk honum vel, it speeds well with him, he speeds well. Eg.
80; honum greiddisk vel fer8in, Isl. ii. 393; greiddisk fer6 hans vel,
g. 140; cf henni grei6isk seint, if she speeds slowly, Fms. iv.
8. II. [Ulf. garapjan=:dpi6ftfTv, Matth. x. 30; Dan. rede,
irede"], to pay; hann skal honum greiSa i sliku fe sem hann hefir
1, G^\. 305 ; mi vil ek at J)u grei6ir 6xar-ver8it, Fs. 68 ; fe J)etta
:yldi greiflask a ^remr varum, Fms. ii. 1 14; hann skyldi heimta land-
Lyldir ok sja yfir at allt greiddisk vel, x. 227; M6r3r greiSir fram
)aid out) heimanfylgju d(3ttur sinnar, Nj. 1 1 ; g. aptr, to pay back, H. E.
460: to discharge, annan dag eptir greiSir f>6r61fr skattinn af hendi,
;. 64; J)eir leggja fe5 fram J)6at ek greiSa af hendi, tbey find the
■■■-.' although I pay it, Fms. v. 293. 2. to discbarge, perform;
vor6, to keep watch, Fms. ix. 23 ; g. utviirS, hestvorQ, viii. 90,
iii. 241 ; g. r68r, to pull, Fms. ii. 17S; g. atru6r, to attack (in a
"]i-fight), vii. 264; g. til atliigu, id., 290: merely circumlocutory, g.
■'s lo run, Rb. 210; g. gongu, to proceed, walk, Stj. 566; g. skirslu
ium, to perform tbe ordeal, Fms. vii. 230; g. ok gjalda lei6angr,
orm (of personal duty) and pay the levy, 173. III.
;. to interpret, make out; at J)eir gangi 1 Icigrettu ok i setur sinar,
iVi Itigmal {)etta, to expound the law, Grag. i. 7 ; en Jtat eru stor-
- ;;ur, ef ^xr eru greiddar lit i gegnum, if they are told to the end,
'■'I.36: hann rjeddi um vi3 Arna at hann skyldi greiS.i (settle) mul hans
andans, Orkn. 336; ba3 Jjorstein eiga i allan hlut at J)etta mal
niddisk. Boll. 352 ; hvi gengr eigi fram miilit? Gu6mundr kva3 bratt
eidask munu, Fs. 74 ; greifta fyrir e-m, to entertain one, or the like.
Teifla, u, f. a comb ; har-grei3a, a hair comb.
;rei5-fara, adj. walking with speed, fsl. ii. 469.
xeifl-fserr, adj. speeding well: neut. passable, of a road, fsl. ii. 410,
;. 239 : easy, Fms. ii. 84.
xeifl-gengr, adj. = grei&faerr. Eg. 239.
Teifli, a.m. [Vh'. garaideins = SiaTayri, /forcui', .So^/xa], disentangle-
■nt, arrangement, ordering ; mun hann ekki fysa Onund at giira greiSa
nalinu, to put tbe case right. Eg. 366 ; J)au tuku liti6 af hans mali til
;i8a, Fms. viii. 1 7 ; skipa6isk litt til grci6a me3 J)eim, nothing was settled
■ween them, Bs. i. 752, Sturl. i. 239 G ; ok er honum |)6tti ra6 hennar
tik seinkask til greiSa, there was no change for tbe better in her state,
■ i. 158 ; fara at greiSa, to go on well, N. G. L. i. 137 ; {>randr segir
l)at var skylt ok heimilt, at hann gerSi {jann greida a fyrir konungs
I sem hann nititti, that he discharged it for the king's sake as well as be
lid, Fms. iv. 344; baendr gerSu {)ar engan greiSa a, vi. 333 ; Leifr spur5i
srr grei9i a mundi ver3a um silfr |)at, L. asked if tbe money xvoidd be
rf, Faer. 215. 2. entertainment; vera ma at J)er {)yki alkeypt, at
vildir engan grei5a gcira oss, that thou ivouldest give us no entertain-
tt, Eb. 266 ; ^ar hofSu J)eir greiSa-dvol, they baited there, waited for
resbment. Eg. 564, v. 1. ; {jorkell fagnar J)eim vol, ok bySr {)eim
16a, Fbr. 97 new Ed. ; J)eir heilsuOu |)orgilsi, en bjoSa honum engrm
ifta, Sturl. iii. 140; ba6 hann giJra g63an greida Gauti, fb. i. 505,
iSJJin. iio; Starkaftr for inn ok kvaddi ser greida, Bs. i. 544.
[•ei3ir, m. = grei8i, N. G. L. ii. 431 : afurthercr. Lex. PotJt.
ei3.1iga (grei3u-liga, B. K. 1 18), adv. readily, promptly. North. E.
'■'y,' Sturl. i. 155, Fms. y. 306, Hkr. iii. 6 : quite, downright, actu-
' ir eru eptir tveir menu J)eir er g. (actually) voru at viginu, Bjarn.
■ berr, qtdte stripped off, Fb. ii. 139 ; J)o at cngir menu ba;ri vapn
g. (downright), Bs. i. 580 ; ekki vigi ek viitnin g. (really), 575 ;
-f ek g. i heyJ)roti, / am not actually without hay, fsl. ii. 1 37.
'eio-lig^, adj. ready, prompt ; var songrinn eigi g., the song did not
fmoothly, Fms. vii. 152 ; grei&lig kaupstefna, |>orf. Karl. 402 ; ok er
■lu greiftiigra, at ... , more to the purpose, that . . ., Nj. 92, v. 1. ; giirit
„ ;:8 81igt fyrir m^r (speak out plain to one) hvat y8r by'r i skapi, Grett.
; gtira e-m grei51ig or3, to make plain words of it, Fb. i. 64.
eio-msBltr, part, of ready speech, J)i5r. 175. ,
greiSr, adj. [cp. North. E. gradely"], ready, free ; visa e-m 4 greiSa gotu,
to lead one in t^ straight path, Fms. i. 304 ; la honum {)at grcitt fyrir,
it was ready at hand, Faer. 257 ; verSa ma, at IciSin verfti eigi sva greift
sem J)eir setla, that tbe passage will not be so free as they think, Sturl. i. 18 :
as adv., skip J)at for greitt, that ship speedetb well, Clem. 28 ; it greizta,
45 ; hit greiftasta, straight, with good speed, Fms. i. 292 ; hann cr goftr
ok grei&r (expedite) \\b alia sina nagranna, Band. 3 ; g. ok goSviljugr,
D. N. i. 88 ; ligreiftr, unready, entangled.
greifl-skapr, m. readiness, promptness, Nj. 18, Fms. ii. 287, Jb. la:
entertainment, Korm. 68, Fms. iii. 61.
greidsla (greizia), u, f. payment, discbarge, Sturl. ii. 203, iii. 365,
Am. 40 ; ef J)at vaeri til greiflslu mefl t)eim, tf that could do tbem good,
Sturl. ii. 239.
grei3-tala3r, part. = grei3m3Eltr, Stj. 253.
grei3-ugr, adj. = greiSvikinn.
grei3-vikinn, adj. serving, obliging; grei3-vikni, f.
greifl,a,m. [A.S.gerefa; Eng\. reeve (shire-reeve = sheriff); Germ. graf;
the word is not Scandin., and for the etym. see Grimm's Rechts-alterth.
752 sqq.] : — an earl, count; Edda 93 states that gerefas in Saxony
(i. e. Germany), barons in England (after the Conquest), and lendir menn
in Norway are all synonymous ; Nj. 157, Fms. vii. 59, 60, Mar. passim :
Stj., Al., and Rom. render Lat. praefectus by greifi : as a nickname, Bs.
i- .^.SS- greifa-domr, m. an earldom, county, Ann. 216, Stj.
GREIN, f., pi. ar and ir ; the mod. pi. greinar means branches, in other
senses greinir: [p3.n. green; Swcd. gren; not found in Germ., Saxon,
nor Engl.] : I. prop, a branch of a tree, ' lim ' is the foliage ;
af hverri grein draup hunang saett. Pass. 32. 4; vinviftar-greinir, vine
branches, Stj. 200 ; palma-vi6ar-g., a palm branch ; kvislask me8 storum
greinum, spread with large branches, Sks. 441, 443 ; J)ar vex fyrst upp
einn bulr af rotunum, ok kvislast si6an me& miirgum greinum ok limum,
555. II. metaph. a branch, arm : 1. hafs grein, an arm
of the sea, Stj. 287; i sjau sta6i er skipat ^essarar listar greinum, Alg. ;
visinda grein, branch of science (Germ, fach) ; Ixrdoms-grein, branch
of doctrine ; sundr-skiptingar grein, subdivision, Stj. 287 ; tvifaldleg grein,
double kind, N. G. L. ii. 352; {)essi er grein (particulars) a kaupeyris
tiund, id.; sannkenningar hafa J)renna grein, Edda 122; Gu8 er einn
i Gu8d6mi en J)rennr i grein (of the Trinity), Fas. iii. 662 ; einkanligr
i grein, Bs. ii. 21 ; allar greinir loptsins ok jar8arinnar, Edda 144 (pref.) ;
hann greindi i tvaer greinir ok tuttugu, Rb. 78 ; i J)essi grein, on this
bead, in this case, Band. II. p. denoting cause, reason ; fyrir {)a grein,
therefore, Stj. 1 24 ; fyrir sag3a grein, /or the said reason. Mar., Sks. 682 ;
fyrir {>a (J)essa) grein, Stj. 22, 23, 167, passim; finnr hann til Jiess firjar
greinir, Grett. 208 new Ed. ; at J)(5r upp liikit nokkurri grein fyrir mcr,
at J)at megi skilja, Sks. 660. "y- a point, bead, part ; me8r samri grein,
under the same bead, Dipl. i. 521; i annari grein, in tbe second place,
iv. 7, Grett. 156, Fb. i. 216; me8 slikri grein sem her segir, K. A. 82 ;
i ollum greinum, Mk. 9 ; sag8a grein, tbe said point, head, Dipl. iii. 13 ; 1
nokkurum greinum, in some points, i. 3 ; hverja grein, in every point, GJ)I.
177; fyrir allar greinir, in all respects. Mar. 616; en er biskup vissi
J)cssar greinir, tbe points, particulars (of the case), Bs. i. 727. 2. denot-
ing distinction, discernment, division; hciggva sva titt at varla miitti grein
sjii, Bret. 64 ; sja grein handa, to discern one's bands, Bs. ii. 5 ; fyrir utan
alia grein, without exception, i. 281 ; hver er grein setningar hilttanna, rfr's-
position of the metres, Edda 120 ; hlj68s grein, distinction of sound, accent,
id., Skalda 182 ; gora grein g63s ok ills, Eluc. 20; setja glogga grein, lo
make a clear distinction, 677. 5 ; fyrir greinar sakir (for tbe sake of dis-
tinction) er diphthongus fundinn i norraenu, Skalda 1 78 ; sundr-grein ok
saman-setning, 177 ; ok veil ek J)6 grein allra stunda, Fms. v. 335 ; litlar
greinir ok tengingar hiifum ver konungs-mtilanna or flokki y8rum, i. e.
you take little notice of tbe king's errand, Mork. 138 ; bera grein a e-t,
to discern a thing. Mar. ; fiar kann ek at gora grein si, I can explain
that, Fb. i. 419. j3. understanding; J)au (the idols) hafa enga grein,
Fms. X. 232 ; vitr ok fnibserrar greinar, xi. 429 ; gloggrar greinar, sharp-
witted, Bs. ii. IX ; sumum gefsk anda-grein, spiritual discernment, Greg.
20. "Y- ^ record; J)essa grein konungsdums hans rita8i fyrst Ari,
this record of the king's reign tuas first written by Are, (3. H. 188;
i greinum ok boklegu nami. Mar. 8. a part, head, paragraph,
in a book (mod.); ritningar-grein, a quotation from Scripture. 3.
denoting diversity, difference; en \\6 er her, herra, grein 1, Fb. ii. 78;
en J)6 er t)ar grein ii, hvart. . ., K. A. 124; ok voldi l)vi grein tunjgna
J)eirra er hann var konungr yfir, Sks. 45S ; at grein var a trii J)eirri er
hvart J)eirra haf8i til Gu8s, 470 ; sii er grein a syslu biskups ok konungs,
at . . ., 803. p. dissent; bratt gor8usk greinir i um samjiykki konung-
anna, Fms. vi. 183; var8 mart til greina me8 t)eim, 195; greinir ok
sundrjjykki, ix. 428 ; var J)a grein mikil me8 folki um konungs-tekjuna,
X. 41; vald fyrir utan alia grein, power without dissent, i.e. absolute,
undisputed power, Bs. i. 281 ; grein e8a uskilnaSr, Stj. 298; en ef verri
menn gengu a milli J)a voru jafnan greinir talaSar, Fb. ii. 41 1 ; ur8n
margar greinir me8 J)eim Kolbeini Tumasyni, Sturl. ii. 1. compds:
greinar -laust, n. adj. indiscriminately, Bs. ii. 96, Stj. 272 : uncondition-
ally, Bs. i. 736, 767. greinar-mdl, m. a reasonable case, Bs. ii. 96.
214
GREINARMIKILL— GRID.
greinar-mikill, adj. discerning, clever, Stj. 95. greinar-munr, m.
discrimination, distinction ; gora g. goSs ok ills, to hnow good and evil. Gen.
iii. 5. greina-vsenn, adj. likely to cause a difference, Fms. x. 107.
GJREINA, d, /o ferawci : 1. to divide into branches ; veroldinvar
greind i J)rjar halfur, Edda (pref.) ; sa er greinir ok sundr skilr, Stj. 95 ;
greina i sundr dag ok natt; greina tima, daga, 15; skaltii hana (the
ark) me5 golfum greina, 56 ; hann greindi skepnuna i tvaer greinir, Rb.
78 ; var J)a engi skepna greind (innur fra annarri, Ver. I ; hann greindi
{set apart) J)a tid (viz. Lent) meirr til tneinlaeta en a5rar, 625. 93 ;
heimrinn allr greindr 1 {)rja J)ri3junga (of a map), Al. 117. 2. to
discern, distinguish; mattir J)u greina J)ann Gu8, er a himnum er, fra
{)eim gu8um, er..., 625.65; ef greina ma fieirra bein fra annarra
manna beinum, N. G. L. ii. 351 ; J)a skilr hann ok greinir alia hluti gorr,
Skalda 169 ; at greina hvem lim e6a kvist J)eirrar rx8u, Sks. 568 ; greina
gang himintungla, Fms. v. 334 ; hlj6& J)at sem eyru megu greina, Skalda
1 73 ; grein J)er vitrlega hversu .... discern wisely for thyself how ...,
Mar. ; til J)ess er konungr ok erkibiskup greina {discern, settle) allt |)at
er milli manna st68, Bs. i. 727. 3. to expound, tell, record; sem
a8r er greint, as is told above, Fms. ii. 168 ; J)6 at ek greina {)at eigi
at sinni, i. 223; til greindrar baenar, Magn. 532; eptir greinda syn.
Mar. 471; i greindri saemd, 617; a8r greindum monnum, Dipl. ii.
19: impers., sem fyrr greinir, as above mentioned, "Rh. 232; at hann
skyldi sv4 greina frasogu {tell his story) um atbur8 J)enna, Ld. 58 ;
greindi Ornulfr J)essi landa-merki, Dipl. iv. 17; vitnin kunnu eigi at
greina me8 hverjum hsetti, the witnesses cotdd not tell how . . ., Mk. 79 ;
mi skal greina framkvxmd J)essa hlutar, Bs. ii. 163. II. reflex.
to branch out; sva sem tungurnar greindusk, Edda 145.' en af J)vi at
tungumar era t)egar lilikar, J)aer {)egar er or einni ok enni somu tungu
hafa gengiS e8a greinzk, Skalda 160; hennar efni lei8isk ok greinisk af
fyrir-farandi frasogn, Stj. 246; hanga sumar limarnar ni8r en sumar
greinask {branch) liti fra tveim-megin, Rom. 148 ; sumar (arms of
water) greinask ok renna mjok grunnt, Barl. 72. 2. to be separated;
ok greindusk ser hvar skipin, Fms. vii. 289 ; si8an greinisk tign ok vald
me8 J)eim, Sks. 249. 3. to differ, disagree; nienn greinask at J)vi,
hvart . . ., 0. H. 219, cp. Fms. v. 83 ; greinask menn at {there are dif-
ferent records) hvarr fyrri averki var8, Sturl. iii. 249 ; greinask menn a
fyrir J)vi hvart tiguligra J)6tti, Fms. xi. 316. p. to disagree, fall
out, become enemies ; var J)a skipuliga me8 J)eim i fyrstu en greindisk
bratt, Sturl. ii. 1 ; en Jia meirr tok at greinask me8 J)eim kompanum,
Bs. i. 620 ; var {)a saemiliga me8 J)eim i fyrstu, en ]p6 greindisk (MS.
gren8isk) bratt, 489 ; fri8r grenisk (i. e. greinisk), the peace is broken,
Sturl. i. 458 (in a verse) ; vanir grenask, the hope is broken vp, Hkv. 2. 49 ;
(the explanation of this passage given in Aarboger for Nord. Oldk. 1866,
p. 384, where it is derived from grar, grey, qs. grae-na, does not hold good
either in sense or form, as the inflex. inchoative -na causes no umlaut, and
grar, grey, when metaph. only denotes spite.) III. impers. to fall out,
discord ; spur8i Helgi at kistlinum en Geitir 1 mot at hringnum, ok greindi
J)a (ace.) synt um, Vapn. 9 ; en ef nokkura menn greindi a {quarrelled),
J)a J)6tti engi ma8r skjotlegri til st6rrae8a en Ogmundr, Fms. ii. 68 ; {)at
hofum vit aetlat at lata okkr (ace.) ekki a greina, Nj. 58.
greind, f. discernment, freq. greindar-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), cleverly.
greini-liga, adv. distinctly. Eg. 55, 271, Nj. 235. Fms. i. 300, Fb. i.
503 : quite, sheer, Stj. 10.
greini-ligr, adj. distinct, articulate, Skalda 174 (of sound).
grein-ing, f. distinction; gloggvari g. — epexegesis, Skalda 205 ; grein-
ingar-vit, the senses, Bs. i. 785 ; a8-greining, distinction.
GREIP, f., pi. greipr, [A. S. grdp'], the space between the thumb and the
other fingers, a grip, grasp, Edda 1 10; at hin haegri greip spenni um hinn
vinstra ulfli8, Sks. 291 ; ok rann upp a greipina, Fms. v. 85 ; J)rekligar
greipr, Sd. 147 ; {ivi naest brestr fram or bjarginu greip eigi smaleit, Bs.
ii. Ill : metaph., ganga i greipr e-m, to fall into one's clutches, Fs. 37,
Fms. vi. 210; meir fyrir J)at at v<5r vorum \)& komnir i greipr honum,
Orkn. 88 ; ganga or greipum e-s, to slip from one's grasp ; spenna greipr,
to clasp the hands : the phrase, lata greipr sopa, um e-t, to make a clean
sweep, Grett. 127 : the name of a giantess, Edda. 39$° Icel. distinguish
between greip and neip (qs. gneip, the interval between the other fingers).
greipa, a8 or t, to grasp, comprehend, Edda (in a verse) : metaph., g.
glsep, to commit. Am. 82.
gT^la, u, f. a rusty, blunt knife. Snot 70.
gre-ligr, adj. = grei81igr, Sks. 407 B.
grell-skapr, m. [Germ, grolt], spite, Edda 1 10.
gremi, f. [gramr], wrath, anger; gremi 08ins, Hkv. 1. 11 : esp. of the
gods, in the allit. phrase, go8a gremi legg ek vi8, logbrot ok go8a gremi
ok griSa rof. Eg. 352 ; hann skal hafa go8a gremi ok gri8ni8ings-nafn,
Fs. 54; gremi Gu8s, fsl. ii. 382; Gu8 Drottins gremi, Gnig. ii. 382, 383.
GREMJA, gram8i, [vide gramr; l]\{. gra7iijan = Trapopyi^ftv ; A.S.
and Ud.gramian ; D&n.grcemme ; Swed. griima = to grieve'] : — to anger,
provoke, esp. the wrath of the gods (God), to offend the gods (by perjury or
wickedness) ; grcm8u eigi go8 at J)er, Ls. 12; sa gremr Gu8 at ser, Horn.
86,159; t^^ hefir gramit at |)er Maumet, Karl. 434; ok gremja sva
Gu5 at ser ok alia g68a menn, Fms. xi. 364; J)u ert her kominn at
' 61eyfi braeSra minna ok gremr sva go3 at {)er, Fas. ii. 69, else r •
gremr hann konunginn at ser {vexes the king) me3 vapna-gangi, Al. •
hvat gremr J)ik lif J)itt, quid te offendit vita tua, Hom. 12 ; gora liti if
gafum hans, gremja svo mildi skaparans, Bb. i, 8. II. refleU
get angry, be grieved; en ef pit vildut {)at gora, J)a munda ek ji
gremjask ykkr, Fms. v. 238 ; fagna J)eirra fagna8i er fognuS gora C
en grata hina er vi8 hann gremjask {those who provoke him), D. I. i.
(to render the Lzi.flere cum flentibus) : mod., mer gremsk a8 sja |i;
grieves me to see it, etc.
gremja, u, L fretting, annoyance. gremju-ver3r, adj. annoying
GREN", n., gen. pi. grenja, a lair; gren e8r holur (of a snake)
93 ; varga gren, haf8i ulfrinn dregit eitt lik inn i grenit {lair, of a w
Mirm. 36 : in Icel. only of a fox's lair, sem melrakki i greni, Nj.
Karl. 144, Sturl. i. 88 ; hann mun bita kunna naer greninu, Ld.
coMPDs : grenja-leit, f. seeking a fox's lair. gren-smogin, {
toa grensmogin, a fox with cubs.
greni, n. [gron], pine timber. greni-bor3, n. a pine-wood boar
grenja, a8, to howl, bellow. Eg. 486, Bs. i. 42, ii. 49, Fms. iii. 17
150, Korm. 82, Fas. ii. 484, Edda 20, Mar. 116.
grenjan, f. bellowing. Fas. ii. 481 ; g. inna uorgu dyra. Post. 64; ;.
gren-l8egja, u, f. = grenskolli.
grenna, d, [grannr], to make thin, slender : reflex, to become thin'
grennd, f. [granni], vicinity, GJ)1. 393, Js. 98, loo. grenndai r,
n. = busifjar, q. v., N. G.L. i. 40.
grenni, n., in na-grenni, neighbourhood, D. N. : the phrase, sva e la!
me8 grenni (mod. svo er mal me8 vexti). Fas. iii. 59. I
gren-skolli, a, m. a fox in its earth, Fs. 48. |
grenslan, f. enquiry ; eptir-grenslan, investigation. \
grenslask, a8, dep. [granni], to pry into, enquire, Grett. ill.
greppi-liga, adv. = greypiliga, Fb. i. 530.
grepp-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), frowning, ugly, Faer. 9, Fs. 14!
GREPPR, m. [perhaps akin to garpr], a poet; g. enn ungi, Ae^
bard. Lex. Poet. ; biSjandi hjartans grepp minn g68an, gora fyri
drapu-korn, Jon Jjorl.; skald heita greppar, ok rett er i skaldskapat
sva hvern mann, Edda (Arna-Magn.) ii. 528. greppa^
kind of metre, Edda (Ht.) ; a kind oi memorial verses, the questions
first half stanza, the responses in the second, Edda (Ht.) 40,
a strange creature, a monster ; ser hann pa hvar gengr greppr nuk'
a giant), pykist hann pa kenna Dofra troll, Fb. i. 565 ; pa sa peii
litinn grepp (of a ghost) su8r vi8 gar8inn, ok var par Klaufi ok
hofu8it i hendi ser, Sd. 160.
gr6r, m. [groa (?)], a twig (?), only used in mod. poet, circumlo on
of a man ; geira grer, orva grer, etc.
gresja, a8, [gras ; Dan. grcesse], to graze : in the saying, par er c!- r;
auSugan gar8 a8 gresja, i. e. there is little to be had.
gres-jarn, n. a kind of iron, Edda 34, Fas. iii. 240.
GRETTA, tt, esp. reflex, grettask, to frown, make a wry face :
skaut marga vega augunum ok gretti sik, Fb. i. 541 : to frown, I
355, Stj. 459 (of a hon), Bar8. 35 new Ed.; g. um tennr, to grin
grettinn, adj. making wry faces, freq. in mod. usage.
grettir, m., poiit. a ^frowner,' dragon, Edda : pr. name, Landn.. \
Grettis-fsersla, u, f. name of a poem; Grettis-haf, n. Greiti^ /
is in Icel. the popular name for giant boulders.
grettur, f. pi. wry faces : metaph., biia-grettur, quarrels amonr: -
hours (cp. mod. biia kritr), 655 xxi. 3 ; vina-grettur, quarrels >":
friends, Frump.
GREY, n., pi. greyja, a greyhound; greyjum sinum gulibom' '
|)kv. 6, Hm. 100 (of a lap dog) ; grey (« bitch) pykki mer Freyja,
10: metaph. a paltry fellow, coward; grey pitt, Gisl. 68; gi
bley3ima8r, Fagrsk. ; grey e8r aettar-skomm, Mirm. ; greyja at|i
dog-fight, Fms. viii. 308.
grey-baka, u, f. a bitch, J>i8r. 106.
GREYFA, 3, [griifa], to grovel, bow down ivith the face toi*
Fms. viii. 333 C: reflex.. Eg. 508, Fms. iii. 127, Fas. ii. 25I.
grey-hundr, m. a greyhound, Fms. xi. 10.
grey-karl, m. a dogged churl, Baer. 2. -^^
grey-liga, adv. meanly, poorly. El. loi. "^
grey-ligr, adj. paltry.
grey-mennska, u, f. and grey-skapr, m. paltriness, Fas. iii. '
GREYPA, t, to groove, Fb. i. 258, Isl. ii. 462.
greypi-liga, Adv. fiercely, Fms. vi. 367, vii. 134, Sturl. i. 44^1
26, Fas. iii. 123.
greyping, f. a groove, N. G. L. ii. 1 10 (freq.)
greyp-leikr, m. fierceness, Rom. 298.
&:eYP-'^^SX,z.&]. fierce, fearful; g. langraeki, Hom. 143, Stj. I
skr,fearfid wounds. Fas. iii. 1 26.
GREYPR, adj. fierce, cruel, Rom. 333, 346, Fms. x. 380, 3
304; g. glaepr, a fearful crime, Bs. ii. 117 ; g. uhlyBni, 112.
grey-skapr, m. paltriness, Fms. ii. 61, Fs. 99, El. 580. 1, Al. •
grey-stod, n. a couple of hounds, Akv. 11.
J GRID, n. [a Scandin. word, found in the Saxon Chron. yesf V.
GRIOFANG— GElD.
215
J le A. S. poem Byrnoth, but in both passages it is a Danish, not a
n word].
A. Prop, a domicile, home, with the notion of service ; segja mann
f ri8i, to give one notice to leave, Grag. i. 146 ; fa e-m griS, to get one
nation, id. ; ef ma6r hefir ser eigi gri8 (if a man has no home, no
\i hood), ok var8ar J)at litlegd, id. ; koma til griSs, to come to {take
fmervice, 147; l)iggja griS me8 e-m, to lodge with one, 160; taka
^ e-m, id., 149 ; vera i gri8i me& e-m, to be in lodgings with
i.L. i. 210; l(5g-gri8, a lawful home, id.; biii sinu e3r griSi,
Heboid or abode, Grag. i. 163 ; fara or gri8i, to leave service, ii.
COMPDS : grid-fang, n. the taking a dwelling, Grag. i. 20.
Mlga-dagr, m. = skildagi, Grag. ii. 468. gri3-fastr, adj. having a
<, Lex. Poet, griflka, u, f. = gridkona, Grett. 148 A. grifl-kona,
a housemaid, Nj. 118, Fms. viii. 243, Fs. 51, Grett. 148 A, Hrafn.
' passim. griQ-lauss, adj. iowe/^ss. griS-maflr, m. a
ii'i,' servant, lodger, Grag. i. 35, 242, ii. 143. grid-taka, u, f.
rig of servants, Grag. i. 153. gri3-vist, f. lodging, NjarS. 366.
B. In pi., metaph. a truce, peace, pardon ; fri8r is the general word,
the special, deriving its name from being limited in time or space
liiitn); rjiifa gri8, spilla gribum, to break truce ; setja grib, to make
n ; halda griS, to keep truce; mxla fyrir griSum, to say the truce
ula, etc., Gnig. ii. 165 sqq. : the phrase, gri8 ok fri8, fe-gri8 ok
»ri8, truce for money and life, 168 ; segja 1 sundr gri8um, to declare
to be at an end, Stud. iii. 317 ," lifs gri8 ok lima, safety for life
,Eb. 310; bi8ja gri8a,/oswejf'or7Mar/tfr (in battle), Nj. 45; beiSa
Tj baiciri fyrir allskonar haska, Edda 36 ; gefa e-m gri8, to give one qtiar-
ftcr a battle), Nj. 265 ; ganga til gri8a, to sue for (take) pardon, Fms.
45 ; J)eir beiddu gri8a {truce) einn dag til heimreiSar, Eg. 2 79 ; kom
])i griSum a ok J)vi nsest saettum, Fms. i. 81 : a sanctuary, asylum,
er k gri8 kirkjunnar Ayr, K. A, 34. compds : grifla-beiSandi,
iHeiobo sues for peace,Gxkg.n.2^^. gx^b&-hTe]£.,n.^\. breach of truce,
. ii. 22. gri3a-gj6f, f. a granting truce (life), Orkn. 456, Fms. ix.
grifla-lauss, adj. truceless. Germ. vogelfrei, Edda 40, Fas. iii. 391 :
, er allt var gri8alaust (truceless) me8 monnum, Eb. 234. gri3a-
Ic, n. a sign of truce, Edda 47. gri3a-nifil, n. pi. tmce formularies,
i. 379, Grag. ii. 165 sqq., Fms. vii. 62. gri3a-rof, n. pi. breach
ee, GrAg. ii. 22, Eg. 352, Fas. i. 72. gri3a-sala, u, f. a granting
N. G. L. i. 177, Eg. 232. gri3a-setning and gri3-setning,
si-making, Sturl. ii. 159, Grett. ch. 77. gri3a-sta3r, m. a sanc-
') Oiylum, Edda 37, GJ)1. 179, Fas. ii. 63. gri3a-stund, f. a
\of truce, Bret. gri3a-ti3, f.id., v. 1. griS-bitr, m. a truce-^
Grag. ii. 166, O. H. L. 75. gri3-ni3ingr, m. a law term,
leaker, Grag. ii. 167, Nj. 102, Orkn. 430. gri3-samr, adj.
'ctiui, merciful, Fms. viii. 234. gri3-spell, n. pi. breach of truce,
4.1 L. i. 254.
g|3i, a, m. a horseman, servant, Fb. ii. 335.
g 5-mdl, gri3-sala, gri3-setning, etc., vide gri8a- above.
Ckkir, m. pi. Greeks; Grik-land, mod. Grikk-land, n. Greece;
)-kon\ingr, m. the Greek king; Grikklands-eyjar, f. pi. the
Isles, 625. 64 ; Grikklands-haf, n. the Grecian Archipelago,
Mm.
, m. [prob. from Engl, grig, cp. Johnson on this word], a juggle
... . word) ; gora e-m grikk, to play one a trick.
Cikskr, adj. Greek, passim ; Griska, u, f. the Greek tongue; in old
•T rs usually by metathesis, girskr, etc.
\ ^.grimness, fierceness; sakir grim3ar e3r illvilja, Fms. i. 71 ; en
ti hann spekt n6 grimd, 117; grimdar-andi, breathing wrath,
■ grimdar-mala dagar, days of wrath, Stj. 642. 2 Kings xix. 3 ;
lattiira, savage disposition. Mar. 604: grimdar-fullr, adj.
ras. i. 207, Stj. 469 : grimdar-liugr, m. fiery mood, Fms. v.
II. metaph. a biting frost ; var grimd sva mikil at klae8i
ri. Fas. ii. 427 : grimdar-frost, n. id., Bs. i. 381.
.ask, d, (and a8, Hav. 39), dep. to chafe, be furious ; g. moti
ns. viii. 240; g. upp a heilaga kirkju, Thom. 6 (Ed.); hann
i< ok grimmisk mjok (of a wild bear), Finnb. 248, Mar. 563 ;
I'jorn, hann grimmask vi8 hann fyrir allt saman, Hav. 1. c. ; hvart
rei3i grimmask i gegn oUum monnum, Stj. 329 ; grimmask a
'ge against one, Pr. 402.
.; nm-eygr, slA], fierce-eyed, Fms. ii. 20 ; better grunneygr, q. v.
g|mm-huga3r, adj. in a grim, fierce humour. Fas. i. 178, Stj. 187.
B Tirn-leikr (-leiki), m. savageness, cruelty. Eg. 255, Nj. 176, Fms.
ilom. 42, Sks. 496, Stj. 256, Mar. passim,
i-leitr, adj. grim, stern-looking.
I -liga, adv. grimly, fiercely, sternly, esp. in the phrase, hefna g., to
irful revenge, Fms. i. 266, vii. 157, x. 221, Fas. i. 13 ; g. rei3r,
f^ngry. Anal. 240 ; grAta g., to ' greit' sorely, Skv. 3. 25.
'-ligr, adj. ' grim-like,' fierce. Eg. 305, Nj. 104, Hkr. i. 10, Fms.
1- 131 : savage, Edda 19 ; g. atganga, a furious onslaught. Mar.
orrosta, Bret.; g. domr, Fms. ii. 223 : fearful, Fs. 17 ; g. gnyr,
.|, i crash, SI. 57.
ginm-luudaflr, adj. of grim temper, Fagrsk. 24.
GBIMMB, adj. [A.S.,Engl., andHel.^i'ffi; Dzn. grim = ugly ; in old
Icel. writers this word implies the notion of ferocity, sternness, wrath, but
not of wanton cruelty, and seldom of ugliness as in Engl., Dan., etc.]: —
grim, stern, horrible, dire, sore; grimmt er fall fraenda at telja, 'tis grim
to tell of a kinsman's death, Stor. 10; grimt vArumk hli8, a sore gap it was
to me, 6; grata grimmum tarum, to weep grim, bitter tears, Hkv. 2. 43;
fimm grimmar naEtr,/t»e grim, miserable nights, Korm. 184 (in a verse) ;
grimm ord, lamentation, Gh. i ; hug3ak mdr grimt i svefni, I bad a fear-
ful dream, Bkv. 16. 2. stern, savage, Lzt. ferox; hon var allra
kvenna grimmust ok skaph6r8ust, Nj. 147 ; 4kafa-ma8r mikill 1 skapi,
grimmr, uj)y'3r ok ffltalr, Fms. i. 19 ; gladmaelt, undirhyggju-maSr mikill, .
ok hin grimmasta, 20 ; fyllask ens grimmasta hugar, to be filled with rage,
623. 25 ; g. hi3bj6rn, a grim bear, Grett. 100. 3. with dat. wroth;
sva var h6n or3in grimm Brjani konungi, zt.. ., she hated him so much,
that..., Nj. 269; hence in poiit. phrases, baugum, vellum grimmr, (6-
grimmr, hodd-g., bating, wasting gold, munificent. Lex. Poet. : neut.,
me8 grimmu, grimly, Fms. ii. 9 ; gjalda e-t grimmu, to take grim revenge,
223. II. metaph., l.vfith the notion of ugly, hideous; lj6tt
andlit ok grimmt ok andstygt mannligu kyni, Sks. 539, (rare.) 2.
piercing, of cold ; sv& sem kalt st68 af Niflheimi ok allir hlutir grimmir,
Edda 4.
griinin-ti3, f. ferocity; griinin-u3igr, zd].furious. Fas. i.32. Am. 55.
GRIND, f., pi. grindr, a lattice door, gate; Uik J)ar grind a jamum,
Fms. V. 331 ; eru garSar hennar forkunnar hafir ok grindr storar, Edda
18 ; forn er su grind, en J)at fair vitu hve hon er 1 las um lokin, Gm.
22 ; gest J)u ne geyja n6 k grind hrekir, Hm. 136, Am. 36, Fsm. 9 ; lata
hli3 a ok grind fyrir e3r hur3, Grag. ii. 228 ; mi ganga menn i gegnum
gar3s-hli3 {)a skal sa abyrgjask er upp ly'kr grindum, N.G. L. i. 41 ;
hestrinn hljop sva hart yfir grindina, at hann kom hvergi ni3r, id. ; var
grind fyrir borghli3inu ok lokin aptr, Jjorr gekk a grindina ok fekk eigi
upp lokit, {)a smugu J)eir milli spalanna, 30 ; Hel-grindr, the gates ofHel,
Edda 38 ; As-grindr, the gates oftbeAses, id. ; nd-grindr, the gates of death,
Skm. COMPDS : grindar-hliS, n. a gate with a lattice, Fms. ii. 148.
grindar-hsell, m. a peg to keep the gate fast, G]pl. 383. grinda-
sOg, f. a saw (in a frame). grind-gar3r, m. a lattice fence, Fs.
183. grind-hli3, n. = grindarhli3, Lv. 19. II. an enclo-
sure, a. for ships, docks; liggja (of ships) i grindum, Hkv. i. 49: pens
for catching whales, hence the Dan. grinde-hval, grinde-fangst, of catching
whales by penning them in ; esp. vei3a eigi {to catch elks) i gorSum e3a
grindum, GJ)1. 449 : of store-houses, folds, fullar gnndh, full-stocked folds,
Hm. 77; f6 byrgt i grindum, sheep penned. Eg. 375 ; honum var sagt at
f^ allt vaeri heilt i grindum ok lisakat. Fas. i. 71 '• lattice work, fjorar
grindr laetr hann gora me3 fjorum hornum, ok niu reita ristr |>rAndr alia
vega lit fra grindunum, Faer. 183, 184; let gora grind um litan um feg-
steininn, Fms. viii. 2^7: in compds, beina-grind, a skeleton; diin-grind,
q. v.: a gridiron, grinda-braud, n, bread baked on a gridiron,
Dipl., Vm.
grip, n. a grip, grasp; upp-grip, plenty to take, abundance; A-grip,
q. V. ; yfir-grip, compass : medic, spots on the skin, believed to be the
finger-prints or marks of goblins or demons, Fel.
grip-deildir, f. pi. rapine, robbery, N. G. L. i. 20, GJ)1. 473, Fms. i.
221, vi. 218.
gripla, a3, to grope; fara griplandi hendi eptir, G\>\. 46.
gripltir, f. pi. groping; henda griplur til e-s, to grope after, Eluc. 22 ;
griplur er sem hendi J)a, Mkv. 2 : gloves without fingers, mittens. II.
name of an epic Rimur in parchment, a dimin. = Rimur af Hromundi
Gripssyni.
GRIPR, m., gen. ar, pi. ir, [akin to gripa, to hold, seize, cp. A.S.
gripe = manipidus] : — prop, anything possessed ; mi ha fa tveir menn ved-
mseltan einn grip ba3ir, Grag. i. 412 ; hross e3r skip e3r a3ra gripi, 437 ;
alia Jja gripi er menn eiga saman, hvart sem Jjat er akr e3a eng e3a a3ra
hluti, GJ)I. 505. 2. value, money s worth ; hann kva3 ^d verra grip
i {of less worth) enn hann aetla3i, Nj. 73 ; y3r er ekki happ at drepa hann,
ok engi gripr at hafa hann brott, not worth one's while to drive him
away, Fms. vii. 218 ; enn J)ri3ja hlut a hann pann er mikill gripr er i,
Edda 15 ; epli Jiau er henni munu gripir i J)ykkja, 46 ; i gripum saemi-
ligum ok londum, . . . i Jjeim gripum er engi vaeri minna en tiu aura
ver3r, Sturl. iii. 293 : gripa-tak, n. seizure of property, Grdg. ii. 196,
GuUf). 19. 3. esp. in pi. costly things, pretiosa ; klae8na3r {>6ru ok
gripir, Eg. 158 ; hann skyldi ok kaupa gripi til handa henni sva at engi
jafnfja3 kona aetti betri gripi, Ld. 132 ; klae3i, vApn, ok annars-konar
gripi, Fms. vi. 182 ; hann gaf sinn grip hverjum Jjeirra, GulIJ). 9, 19 ;
husbiinad ok kla:3na8 ok g68a gripi, Fb. ii. 186; kost-gripr and kjiir-
gripr, a costly thing, Fs. 43 ; dy'r-gripr, a jewel; spilla gripum sinum, to
spoil one's own things, 51 : gripa-kista, u, f. a jewel chest, Sturl. ii.
108 C : grip-au3igr, adj. rich in precious things, Ld. 154. II. in
mod. usage esp. of cattle, stock; gangandi gripir, live stock, Bjarn. 22;
stor-gripr, great cattle (cows, horses), opp. to small, small cattle
(sheep). III. a pr. name, Landn.
gripr, m. [Germ, griff], a vulture, Jji3r. 92.
O'Rtiiyf. frantic eagerness; i grid, eagerly: grl3ar-liga (gri3u-
216
GRiMA— GROA.
liga, Mag. 99, Ed.), adv. eagerly : gri3ar-ligr, adj. eager. II.
mythol. Griflr, f. a giantess; Gri5ar-v61r, ni., Edda 60.
GBIMA, u, f. \_k,S. grima ; D^n. grime — a horse's halter'\, a kind
of hood or cov/l covering the upper part of the face, Edda (Gl.), Sks.
304, {)6r&. 30 ; ri3r Bar8i at Snorra Go6a ok hefir grimu a hofSi ser, Isl.
ii. 378, Mirm. 58. p. armour covering a horse's breast, apoitrail;
en utan yfir beisli ok um allt hofu6 hestsins ok urn hals framan ok til
soduls J)a skal vera g. gcir a panzara lund, Sks. 405 : the beak on a
ship, gyldar grimur, Gkv. 2.16: grimu-eidr, m. a Norse law term, a
kind of oath taken by six compurgators, an an. Xcy., N. G. L. i. 56 (vide
eiflr) ; the origin of the name is uncertain, perhaps the compurgators
had to appear in court in cowls : grimu-maSr, m. a cowled man, a
man in disguise, Fb. i. 509, Fas. iii. 321, N. G. L. i. 175. II.
metaph. the night, poet.. Aim. 31, Edda (GI.), Lex. Poet.; oroar grima,
a night of woe, Stor. 18; so in the saying, hverf er haust-grima, shifty
is the autumn night, Hm. 73: curious is the phrase, {)a& renna a e-n
tvser grimur, one wavers, is uncertain, J)a3 runnu a mig tvxr grimur ;
the metaphor is either derived from a horse's halter or hood = doubly
hoodwinked or from the night = w double darkness. &S" Grimr and
Grimnir are names of Odin from his travelling in disguise, Edda :
Grimr also is freq. a masc. pr. name, and in compds, {)or-grimr, As-
grimr, Stein-grimr, Hall-grimr, etc. ; and of women Grima, Hall-grima,
etc. ; prefixed in Grim-kell, Grim-tilfr, etc. : a serpent is in poetry
called grimr.
GRIP A, greip, gripu, gripit, [Ulf. greipan = Kpartir, XafjiPdvdv ; A. S.
gripan; Eng\. grip, gripe, grapple ; O.W.G. grifan; Germ. greife?i ;
Swed. gripa ; Dan. gribe'] : — to grasp, seize : 1. with the notion of
suddenness or violence; hann greip skjold sinn ok sver6, (5.H. I17;
konungr greip til sverSs {)ess er st6& hja honum, Ems. i. 16, vi. ii;9;
Egill kastaSi pegar nidr horninu, en greip sver6it ok bra. Eg. 215 ; Egill
greip {ja skjott meftalkafla sverSsins, 379 ; sidan greip hann til Egils,
192; hann greip upp |j6r6 ok keyrSi niSr, id.; Ormr gripr J)a i moti
fleininum, Fb. i. 530; hann greip upp beiti-asinn ok bar8i me3, 491 ;
hann greip til bans (the dog snaps at him) um sinn ok reif kviSinn,
Fms. ii. 174; hann gripr narann, Anal. 122. 2. to capture, seize;
gripinn, and gripinn hondum, captured, Hom. 131, Pass. 6. 12, 9. i,
1 1. 1. p. /o seize upon, rob ; {)at er mer sagt at \)u farir heldr ispak-
lega ok gripir fyrir monnum g66s sitt, Grett. 130 (grip-delldir). 7.
to grasp; hann greip a stafni, Hym. 27. 3. phrases, gripa gulli a
vi& e-n, to coax one; at sva J)ykki (lest it shall seem) at ek gripa gulli a
vi8 J)a, Nj. 6 ; ok grip nu gulli a vi5 konunginn, ok lat sem ^u J)ykisk J)ar
allt eiga er konungrinn er, Fms. xi. 112 ; gripa a ky'linu, to touch upon the
sore place ; Eysteinn konungr svarar, mi greiptu a ky'linu J)vi er ek hug3a
at fyrir Idngu myndi springa, vii. 121 : gripa i tomt, to grasp the air
(cp. when the bird is flown) : gripa a e-u, to decide; hann kva8sk ekki
niundu sva skjott gripa a sliku, he said he wotdd take tivie to consider,
xi. 362. 4. medic, of fits or sickness, to seize upon; J)itt ge6 gripi,
seize thy senses (of insanity) ! Skm. ; J)a. var hann gripinn af seSi mikilli,
623.12. II. metaph. to understand, very rare and borrowed
from Lat. comprehendere, Sks. 559 C, Eluc. 21 : in mod. usage, to grasp,
encompass with the mind; but nema, to learn. III. reflex., gripask
J)eir \a til {they grasped at one another) ok glima lengi, Fb. i. 530.
GRISS, m., pi. ir, gen. ar. Odd. 28, [Swed.-Dan. ^r/s; Scot, ^r/ce], a
young pig; gyltar griss, a sucking pig, Fs. 107 ; gyltr ok griss, GullJ). 60,
Fs. Vd. ch. 44, Grag. i. 504, Jb. 287, Sd. 163: the saying, grisir gjalda
l)ess er gomul svin valda, cp. qindquid delirant reges plectuntur Achivi,
Stj. 63 ; gnySja mundu grisir ef {)eir vissi hvat hinn gamli Jjyldi (ef galtar
bol vissi, V.I.), Fas. i. 282: of a young wild pig, Fb. ii. 25: grisa-
gyltr, f. a sow with pigs, Vm. 85 ; grisar-h.6fu3, n. a pig's head.
Odd. 28. 2. a pr. name, Landn. ; cp. Grisar-tunga, name of a farm,
71- II- [as in Norse, vide Ivar Aasen], gener. a pig; er gamlir
grisir {old swine) skyldi halda mer at hofuSbeinum, Grett. (in a verse) ; as
also the Icel. gris-efldr, aA]. strong as a gris (a hogf), i. e. prodigiously
strong, of great muscular strength ; this word however, which is freq. in
mod. usage, is not recorded in old writers, but it occurs in Lex. Run.
GRJCM", n. pi. [Swed.-Dan. gryii], groats, Edda (Gl.), 0^)1. 524:
grj6na-grautr, m. a porridge of groats.
grjon-bakr, m. 'groat-back,' a nickname, Fms.
GRJdT, n. [A.S. greut; Engl, grit; Hel. griot; O. H. G. grioz;
Low Germ. grott = gravel ; Germ, greis, mcAn'mg gravel, shingle, pebbles,
or the like; cp. also Engl, to grout = to build a wall of nibble with
liquid mortar poured in ; the Icel. grautr (q. v.) and griilr (q. v.) are
also kindred] : — stones, but chiefly with the notion of rough stones or
rubble in a building, etc. ; grjot, like Engl, grit, is a collective word,
and is consequently never used in plur. ; a single stone is called steinn,
not grjot; velta grjoti, to roll stones, Gs. 12 ; mi er grjot J)at at gleri
orftit, Hdl. 10 ; grjcit {quarry) J)at er til kirkna {)arf at hafa, N. G. L.
i. 240; hann let ok giira ha-altarit meS grjot, Bs. i. 830; telgt grjot,
cut stones, Stj. 564 ; rata munn Ictumk grjot gnaga, Hm. 106 ; hljop
ofan skri5a mikil me8 grjoti. Anal. 64 ; ver6a at grjoti, to be turned
into sloties, Edda 89 ; J)eir baru grjot ii rutina, GullJ). 50 ; torf e3a grjyt,
Grag. ii. 262 ; t)eir ruddu hitt ok baru J)ar 1 grjot (sinking a ship), Eg.i
dys or grjoti, Ld. 152 ; berja grjoti, to stone, Gisl. 34; voru J)au bariu.gi!
i hel, id. ; sa engin likindi Dana-virkis, nema grjotiS, but theheapsqfskl
Fms. i. 28 ; konungr hugSi at grjotinu ok sa J)ar rautt allt, xi. 239 ; n|
Jjess maetti eigi sja merki, nema J)at eina er grj6ti8 var rautt eptir, a^j
the shingle on the beach) ; hvart sem vill, af heitu grjoti e8r koldu*
421 ; limsett grjot, lime-set stones in a wall, Orkn. 352 (in a verse).;!
jarl bera vatn i at kaela grjotiS J)at er brunnit var, id., (in a siege in ordi
make the walls crack, see Notes and Queries, Nov. 21, 1868); berjask
skotum ok grjoti (in a battle), Fs. 14; grjot ok skot, stones and misi
Fms. vii. 82 ; J)eir hof8u bori5 at ser grjot ok baru a J)a,, biSa {)ess er gr-
eyddisk, Sturl. ii. 59 : of bricks, Stj. 264 : in poetry, olna grjot, the st
of the wrist, = jewels; sky]z-gT]6t, * cloud-stones,' bail ; grjot or9a, mt
the stones of words, of the mouth, i. e. the teeth : giants are called gr
niSaflr, grj6t-m63i, grj6t-61d, the stone people, people of the &
Age, Lex. Poet. ; Grjot-unn, name of a giantess (cp. Steinunn, a fei
name), whence Grjotunnar-gardar, a giant's castle, Edda : collective!
compds, -gr^ti, bla-gryti, stor-gryti, rough stones; hraun-gry'ti, I
COMPDS : grjot-berg, n. quarry, Fms. viii. 2 78, Bs. i. 890. grjot-bji
n. pi. roc^5, Vsp. 52. grjot-bjorn, m. a pun, = Arinbjorn, Ad. gr
brot, n. a stone hoe, Vm. 92,117. grj6t-bur3r, m. throwing sho
of stones (in a fight), Sturl. ii. 136. grjot-fall, n. raining stones, .
1362. grj6t-flaug, f. a stone shower (in a fight), Fms. vi. I5(
361, Fas. ii. 449, Fs. 17, Al. 46, Bs. i. 412. grjot-flutning, f. «
ing stones, Fms. viii. 279. grj6t-gar3r, m. a stone fence, Gra
2i>2, Jb. 242 : a pr. name, Fms. grjot-hagl, n. stone-hail, Stj,
grjot-haugr, m. a heap of stones, a cairn, Stj. 364. Josh. vii. 36,
xiv. B. 2. grj6t-hla3, n. a stone pavement, Hkr. ii. 5. gi
hlass, n. a load of stones, N. G. L. i. 415. grjot-holl, m. a
mound, stone heap, Hrafn. 21, Finnb. 314. grj6t-hTi3, f . a si
ofstottes (in battle), Fms. ix. 514, xi. 95. grjot-borgr, m, at
altar (heathen, vide horgr) : a stone ibea/> = grjothaugr, Sturl. ii. n
where Ed. grjothaugr. grjot-kast, n. throwing stones. Fas. iii.
Bs. i. 412. grjot-klettr, m. a boulder, Bs. ii. 134. grjot-ligr,
stony, flinty, Fms. x. 445, Mar. 609. grjot-meistari, a, m. 0 5
mason, B. K. 124. grjot-mol, f. ' stone-grit,' gravel, pebbles, Stj
grjot-p&U, m. a stone hoe : metaph., vera e-s g., to break stones for
do a stotie-breaker's work; J)eir voru knaligir menn ok voru mjok grj6t]
fyrir biii dsvifrs, Ld. 122 ; en Halli var grjotpall fyrir malum bans, Val
205. grj6t-skri3a, u, f. a s/o«e s/«^, Ann. 1337. gript-smifl:
a stone-mason, B. K. 124, Bs. i. 830. grj6t-sini3, f. stone masi
grjot-starf, n. stone work, Stj. 562. grjot-sveinn, m. a s
mason's lad, D.N. grjot-sysla, u, f. = grj6tstarf, D.N. grjot
adj. stony, Barl. 18. grj6t-var3i, a, m. a stone pile, obelisk, Dropl
grjot-varp, n. = grj6thri8. Lex. Poet.
grjupan, n. a sausage, Orkn. (in a verse), still in use in the ea
Icel., [cp. grupa = to hatch or grind, Ivar Aasen.]
grobba, a3, (grobb, n.), to boast: grobbari, a, m. a boaster.
Grotti, a, m. the mythical mill in Edda ; whence Grotta-soagi
name of a poem; also in local names Grotti, a current near to Re_'
vlk ; akin to Engl, grit, groats, cp. also Ivar Aasen s. v. grotte {the
in a mill-stone) ; the tale of the enchanted mill grinding gold and sal
at the bottom of the sea is common to all Teutons (vide Edda)
survives in popular tales of Germany, Norway, and Iceland : the s
called Skerja-grotti, Skerry-grinder, Edda (in a verse).
GROA, greri, groinn, pres. grae (grce), [^t\..S. growan; Engl. ^
Swed. gro ; Dan. groe ; cp. Lat. cre-scere, crev-i'] : — to grow :
grass, trees, vegetation ; Jia var grund groin grcenum lauki, Vsp. 4;
groin, grown with wood (of the earth), Edda 65 (in a verse) ; jor& grae
earth grows. Eg. (in a verse), Isl. ii. 381 ; gras graer, grass grows; gr
grcis, Sks. 728 B ; J)a grser gras a J)eirri moldu er efst er a jor3unni,
145 (pref.) ; groa ok avaxtask (of the earth), Stj. 38 : absol. to |
J)ann vetr var ve5ratta g65, ok greyri snemma um varit, the winter
mild, and early crops in the spring, Fms. ii. 244; er illu korni ni8r|)(
enda mun illt af groa, Nj. 174. II. to grow together, to close,','
einart J)ak a hiisinu ok ekki groit, afresh thatch (of turf) and not yi
Ld. 280 ; en um morguninn var hann groinn aptr sem a8r, the opemn
a cairn) had grown together as before, Bar8. 180; ok ae sem annan
{unites, joins to) vi3 meginland, {)a kemr annarr holmi i, Sks. 94; I
konungsins var groit vi8 bolinn, Nj. 275. 2. to be healed, of wot
sar bans grdru seint, Korm. 1 30 ; toku sar Jjorolfs at groa. Eg. 34
stir greri sva, at , Fs. 153 ; en hann la lengi i sarum ok greri sein
rifnu8u aptr J)a er groin voru, GullJ). 31 : cp. the saying, betra heilt «B|
better hale than healed : absol., ok greyri J)egar fyrir sttifinn, Nj«^
graer fyrir tungu-stiifinn, Fms. v. 152; Ingolfr la i sarum vetr Jwffl
greri yfir at kalla, Ingolf's wounds zvere outwardly healed, Fs. 67!
gen., groinn sara siima, healed of one's wounds, Fms. iv. 164, Grett
the phrase, groa um heilt, to be quite healed; ^a skera ^eir af gr
allt at um heilt megi groa, Al. 120: metaph. to be reconciled, 2'
heilt maetti groa me8 J)eim, Fms. xi. 57 ; heSan fra greri aldrei um
,me3 J)eim Gliimi ok Esphaelingum, Gliim, 348.
GROA— GRtJFA.
217
p6a or Gr6, f. a pr. name, Landn., cp. Edda 58 (the giantess mother
)rvandil, Orion) ; cp. Swed. groda, Norse gro = a toad, paddock.
o-andi, f. the growing one, poet, the earth, Ahn. 11.
68i, a, m. I. = gr63r; J)ess vcindr skyldi gr68a taka, Post.
i B. 13. 2. increase ; J)ii skal grofli {swell , flood) koma baE5i 1
ok viitn (vatna-voxtr), Rb. 104: mod. usage distinguishes between
'ir, growth, and grofti, gain, increase 0/ wealth. gr63a-ma3r, m. a
viperous, wealthy man.
68r, m., gen. grodrar, [Dan. a/grode ; Swed. groda = crop], growth,
op ; pa fundu ]ptn Goibeytia ok annan groSr (vegetation), Landn. 226 ;
irr maSr a groOr a sinu landi, Grag. ii. 291, cp. Jb. 248 C. (Ed. viixt);
lit miSjum vetri biota til gr65rar, Hkr. i. 13; gr68rum ok graenum
|ium,Stj. 276: metaph., andlcgs groSrar, Horn. 45 : sutnmer, EddA (Gl.)
s68r-8amr (gr63rsain-ligr, Barl. 10), ^.d]. fertile, Sks. 40, Ver. 2.
68r-setja, tt, to plant; g. vingarft, Stj. 344, Greg. 10, Mar. 12.
6flr-v8enligr, adj. healablt. Fas. iii. 139.
aOF, f. [grafa ; VK.gruba; Germ. ^r7/6e], a pit, Nj. 153, Grett.
)l eld-grof, an ash-pit, Eb. 99 (v. 1.) new Ed. ; hnakka-grof, the pit in the
'be neck ; hljop hann siSan nie6 reykinum i grof (grof?) nokkura
sik, ok er pat si6an kollut Kara-grof, Nj. 202.
,.^:-, adj. [from Germ.^ro6],coflrse, of clothes, linen, (mod. and rare.)
iOMB, m. (mod. grom, n.), grime, dirt ; metaph. a blot, dirty spot ;
mcnnhugSu at ei6 peim, potti sem g. (blot) hef6i i verit, Grett. 161 A.
|PDs: gr6in-lau83, adj. spotless, single-hearted, Greg. 19; heyrit er
karlinn segir, eigi er hann gromlauss, be suspects something, Nj.
gr6in-tekinn, part, soiled with dirt, of linen or the like.
I^a, a&, to become green, Bb. I. 21.
5p, f. a groove.
•llOPA, aS, to groove, a joiner's term.
fi>ska, u, f. [Germ, gr'uschi, a kind of barley, Edda (Gl.)
f ifl, n. grovelling.
( '.UFLA, a8, (groefla, Mar.), to grovel on all fours; Jonathas gruflaSi
gekk, Stj. 452. I Sam. xiv. 13 ; gruflar hon af laeknum, Isl. ii.
i. 331, Pr. 412 ; Grimr gruflar eptir knettinum, Fas. iii. 530 :
;,i I gruflandi a8 e-u, to go grovelling, groping after a thing.
jugg, n. mud, dregs, grugg-ottr, adj. muddy. Fas. i. 142.
"'^'■"N'A, a6, to suspect; pa mun Hriitr hlaeja, ok mun hann pa ekki
' • Nj. 33 ; vera gruna5r um svik, Fms. i. 59 ; engi ma6r fry'r
cii meirr ertii gruna6r um graesku, Sturl. i. 105 ; gruna8r var
pat at hann mundi biota monnum, Fs. 28 ; Grettir grunaSi
. trusted him not, Grett. 138 A ; setla ek at peir hafi grunat mik,
eigi skulu per gruna oss, 656 C. 39 ; pa var moOir grunaS,
' ; mi grunar hann pat at peir vili eigi heilar sattir vi3 hann,
.21; en eigi gruna ek pat, pott..., Isl. ii. 183; aetla ck at
grunat mik, Lv. 81 ; sem pii skalt eigi g., as thou shalt not
'. i. 34; ekki grunum ver (we doubt not) illvilja ySvarn, 412 :
s at pii megir eigi gruna sogn mina her um, Fms. i. 192 ; |>orkell
mar nokku5 hvart pannig mun farit hafa, Ld. 58. 2.
prunar mik enn sem fyrr, at..., Eg. 76; mi em ek at raun
in pat er mik hefir lengi grunat, Nj. 17; en hann gruuaSi p6,
d. 306: with gen. of the thing, sHks gruna6i mik, I suspected
'^i : with ace. of the thing, hvat grunar pik (what thinkest thou),
'P Adam ? Mirm. ; grunar mik um (7 doubt) hversu heilla-drjugr
''ir, Grett. 72 new Ed.
a --UU, f. suspecting one, Lv. 2 1 ; (grununa, qs. grununina.)
g|n-brusligr, adj. suspicious looking, ill-favoured, Finnb. 338 C.
C I7ND, f. [prob. to be derived from groa, qs. groandi, and diflerent
logy from grunn and Engl, ground, etc.] : — a green fleld, grassy
grundunni, Sd. 165 ; par heitir Haugsnes er bardaginn var ofan
ndinni, Sturl. iii. 84, Clar. 134; mi setjask peir niSr a grundina,
, : poet, the earth, th» green earth, grund groin graenum lauki, Vjp.
16, Haustl. 15 : the name of a farm, Grenfield, Sturl., Landn.
a, a5, = gruna, to suspect, Gisl. 133. 2. [Germ, ergrilndeti],
--'dte, (rare and mod. iii that sense.)
gjidan, f. meditation. Fas. iii. 247.
? :idr, n. = grunr ; in the phrase, grafa grund at e-u, to enquire into a
i vi gref ek sva mikinn grund hverr pii ert, Konr. (Fr.); hann let
md at grafa (Ed. gefa) um eptirleitina, Fas. iii. 300.
-valla, a6, to found, Fms. i. 139, Mar. 12, Stj. 26, Fb. i. 513.
-vfillr, m. [cp. Goth. gntnduvaddjus = 0(fi(\iov; mid. H.G.
''; Tian. grundvold~\: 1. prop, ground marked out for a
niarka grundvoll til huss (kirkju), Ld. 298, Fms. i. 203, Korm.
-0, Orkn. 286, Stj. 134, 2. meUph. ground-plan. Mar. 12 ;
iidvijll Kristni sinnar, Hom. 147 ; tolf postular cru grundvollr
>ri trii, Mar. 12 ; er litillaeti sannr grundvo'.lr undir ollum mann-
ed. ; Kristiliga trii vera grundvoll ok upphaf g65ra verka, Gpl.
.) ; pann grundvoll, er upphaf er aljrar speki, Sks. 4 ; af pessum
lum timbrask enar mestu hofuS-iigaefur, 26; or3 e3r erendi, er
1 af mannvits grundvelli, which are founded on good sense, 438 ;
'if grundvelli, to raise a building from the ground, Fms. vi. 440.
allar-ina3r, m. a founder, Anecd. 66,
gnm-Iauss, adj. unsuspecting; grunlaust a8i, a guileless mind. Ad. a ;
eigi er m(5r pat grunlaust, I am not without misgivings, Grett. 159 A, Fas.
i. 129; triia Gu6i gruni.uist, to put one's trust in God, 0. T. 37; vera
grunlauss af e-u, to be un.-,uspected, above suspicion. Mar,
GE.UNN, n. [A. S. grund; Engl, ground; Germ, grund, whence mod.
Swed.-Dan. gTK/i(/] : — a shallow, shoal; a grunn, aground; en er peir
Eriendr voru mjok sva komnir at landi, pa reru peir d grunn, Fms. i. 213 ;
skip Gregorii sveif upp a grunn ; hann kom akkcri i skip peirra ok dro pa
af grunninu, vii. 264, 265 ; gengu skipin mikinn lit yfir grunnit, O. H.
17; ok er peir komu lit yfir grunn cili, undu peir segl, Grett. 94 A;
standa grunn, to be aground, Stj. 59, Griig. ii. 358 ; ganga a grunn, to
come to an end (metaph.), Fms. xi. 439 ; silfr pat gekk aldri A grunn,
FxT. ; fundning pessi reis af gtimlu grunni villunnar, Karl. 548.
grunn-eygr, adj. goggle-eyed : mod. iiteyg8r, ' out-eyed,' opp. to inn-
eyg6r, ' in-eyed,' Fms. ii. 20.
grunn-fall, n. a breaker on a shoal, Nj. 267, Eg. 405, Bs. i. 453, ii. 50.
grunn-fastr, adj. /as/ aground, Bs. ii. 48.
grunn-firi, n. shoals left by the ebb tide, Nj. 124 (Lat. Ed.), v. L
grunn-faeri, n. pi. anchor-tackle, a cable ; draga upp g., to weigh anchor,
Fms. ii. 17; purfti hit mikla skip goSra grunnfjera, vi. 310; skip pau er
fest vciru me8 grunnfaerum, x. 68.
grunn -hygginn, adj. shallow-minded, silly, Fas. ii. 337.
grunn-hyggni, f. silliness. Fas. ii. 354.
grunn-lauss, adj. boundless ; grunnlaustgrepps seSi, a boundless poetical
mind, (or grunlaust, q. v.). Ad. 2.
gnmn-lendi, n. a thin or shallow soil, Barl. 18.
grunn-mdl, n. shallow soundings in the sea.
grunn-ini3, n. pi. flsh marks upon shoal places or near the shore.
GRUNNB, m. [the Goth, form would be grundus ; Ulf. afgrundipa =
a^vaaos; akin to grunn, n.] : — the bottom of sea or water; draga e-n til
grunns, to drag one to the bottom, Al. 174 ; fdr onguUinn til grunns, Edda
36 ; langskipin sukku i grunn ni8r. Anal. 203 : plur., si6an for hann niflr
til grunna, then he sank down to the bottotn, Bs. i. 355 ; en jafnskjott er
hann kom til grunna, id. ; ni8r ii grunnum i sjalfu sjavar-djiipinu, Stj. 288 ;
hann kafa8i ni6r til grunna. Eg. 142 ; sokkva til grunna (metaph.), to
come to naught, Symb. 19 ; segja menn at hann lysti af honum hofudit
vi5 grunninum, Edda (Arna-Magn.) i. 170, is a false reading instead of vid
hrcinnunum (Ub.), cp. hlusta grunn vi5 hronnum, Hd. (Edda 54), of which
poem the prose is a paraphrase.
grunnr, adj., compar. grynnri (grySri), superl. grynnstr, [Swed. -Dan,
grund], shallow; va3il-sund nokkut grunnt. Eg. 362 ; s6g3u hafit bat6i
grunnt ok myrkt, Al. 170; gryOra, shallower, Bs. i. 342 ; vatnfoll tvau
hvartki gry&ra en tok i niiSJa sI3u, 349 : metaph., standa grunnt, to be
shallow ; vinatta okkur stendr grunnt. Eg. 520 ; grunu3u at vinatta peirra
mundi vera heldr grunn, Fms. xi. 108 : in local names, Grtinna-vik, f.
whence Grunn -vikingr, m. a man from G., Landn.
grunn-sl63ir, f. shoals.
grunn-stigla3r, part, hard frozen, Fbr. 36 : mod. botn-frosinn.
grunn-sseliga, zdv. foolishly, Fms. vi. 295.
griinn-saeligr, adj. shallow-sighted, foolish, Hkr. iii. 112,
grunn-sser, adj. shallow-witted, foolish, Bjarn. 39; opp. to djiipsaer.
grunn-ssevi, n. shallow water, Fas. ii. 316, Nj. 124, Fb. i. 539, 541.
grunnungr, m. [Germ, gr'dndling; Ivar Aasen grunnung ; from
grunnr] : — a groundling, a flsh that lives in shoal water, Edda (Gl.) ; in
mod. usage called para-fiskr.
grunn-u5igr, adj. shallow-minded, Isl. ii. 339.
grunn-ii3ligr, adj. thin-witted, Ni3rst. 7.
grunn-y3gi, f. shallowness, credulity. Fas. ii. 354, Am. 70.
GRUNK, m., pi. ir, [the forms grundr (q. v.) and grunda (q. v.) seem
to indicate a double final, viz. grunnr and grunna ; as to the sense, sus-
picion may be metaph. derived from a shoal or ground, and grunr may
be akin to grunn, grunnr ; else phrases such as grafa grun could scarcely
be explained : no special word answering to grunr appears in the Saxon
or Germ.] : — suspicion, Grag. i. 263, Ld. 262, Lv. 21, Fms. i. 58, ii. 87,
X. 335, Hkr. ii. 267 : the phrase, grafa grun a um e-t, to ' dig the ground'
for a thing, to suspect, Bs. i. 871.
grun-samligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), suspicious looking, Fms. ii. 84, vii.
2 ; g. me6fer3, Mar. 34,
grun-samr, adj. suspected; hafa e-n grunsaman, Fms. vi. 20.
grun-sem3 (-semi), f. suspicion, H. K. i. 506, Magn. 484, Orkn. 162,
Bs. i. 871, Str. 8, 13. grunsem3ar-lauss, adj. free from suspicion,
H.E. ii. III.
grua, 5, to swarm ; in the phrase, pa6 liir af griiir af e-u, it swarms and
crowds.
GRtJFA, 8, [Swed. grufva ; Ivar Aasen gruva ; and metaph. the Dan.
gru = horror, cp. Germ, griiulich == shocking] : — to grovel, crouch or
cower down, lie on one's face; hann gruf8i at eldinum, Fs. loO; hann
griifir ni8r at Jjorgrimi, Hav. 56 ; latum oss ei sem gyltur griifa, let us not
grovel as swine, let us go upright, Bb. 3. 92 ; Dagon gruf8i a golfi frammi
fyrir orkinni, Stj. 435. 1 Sam. v. 3 : denoting fear, to crouch, cower, hei8-
ingjar allir hrokkvask saman, ok gnifa i skjoldu sina, and cowjered beneatlj
2l6
GRtFA— GRON.
their shields, Karl. 246 ; gnifa {)eir ni8r undir hjdlma sina ok brynjur,
188 ; toku t)eir at gnifa undir hjalmum ok skjoldum, 296.
grtifa, u, {., in the phrase, a grufu, to lie grovelling, to lie face down, on
one's belly; symja a griifu, to siuim on one's belly, Sks. 1 77, Eg. 107, Fms.
vii. 250, Fas. iii. 573, N. G. L. i. 80, Stj. 435, v. 1., Art. 73, opp. to opiiin
(mod. upp i \oY>i,face up) ; h'ggr k griifu ok horfir upp nef, a riddle of a
' ladle ;' opinn e8a a grufu, Karl. 259. 2. [cp. gruvesten = hearth-
stone, grnva = the hearth, chimney, and gruve-hynna — the chimney-corner,
Ivar Aasen] : whence os-griii, an ash-pit, Fas. i. (in a verse).
GRtJI, a, m. [grua], a crowd, swarm, prob. akin to grufa ; metaph. from
ants, insects, maggots, or the like : in compds, mann-grui, a crowd of men.
griitr, m., gen. ar, thick gruel-like oil.
grybba, u, f. ati ugly hag: grybbuligr, adj.
gryfja, u, f. a hole, pit, Sturl. i. 83 C, fiorst. Si8u H. 1 76.
grylla, t, to see dimly, as through a cloud, J)aS gryllir til lands : impers.
to recollect dimly, mig gryllir til {)ess.
grynna, t, [grunnr], impers. to become shallow; grynnir dalinn (ace),
the dale became shallow, less deep, in advancing higher up in a dale, Bar&.
173 : reflex., id., Bs. i. 355 ; J)a er grynntisk yfir at landinu, Fms. viii.
170: metaph., kostr okkarr grynnisk, Bs. ii. 133: in mod. usage freq.
act. and absol., J)a8 grynnir, fer a6 grynna.
grynningar, f. pi. shoals, shallows, Sks. 224.
gryfa, 3, =grufa, Fms. viii. 332.
gr^fi-liga, adv. [gnifa ; Germ, grdtdich ; Dan.gruelig; Swed.grulig;
Ivar Aasen gruvaleg] : — prop' ' grovellingly,' metzph. shockingly, Fb. ii. 26.
gr^^ja, 8, [Swed. ^rya; Dsin. grye — to dawn'\, to dawn: in Icel. the
verb gryja is not used, but can be supposed from the following gryjandi ;
cp. the Germ, der tag grant, Gothe's Faust.
gryj-andi, f. [Dan. gry = daton ; Swed. gryning"], dawn, the first grey
of daylight ; i gry'jandina, in the grey of morning, an Hit. Kfy., Fms.
(Sverr. S.) pref. xxii. to p. 398.
GR'^LA, u, f. an ogre, answering to the Gr. fiopitij, Lat. lamia, used
to frighten children with, represented as an old hag with a bag kidnap-
ping and devouring naughty children — over the good she has no power :
the songs Gr^lu-kvseSi, n. (vide Snot 286-298, 2nd Ed.), are great
favourites in popular lore : in olden times gryla was sometimes described
as a fox with many tails ; the fox is in Edda (Gl.) called gryla ; a
giantess also in Edda (Gl.) is so called ; cp. the rhymes in Sturl. ii. 59,
— her fer Gryla i gar8 ofan | ok hefir a sor hala fimtan ; and the mod., —
Gryla rei8 fyrir ofan gar8, haf3i hala fimtan | en i hverjum hala hun-
dra8 belgi, en i hverjum belgi born tuttugu, etc. II. a bugbear ;
ekki hirSi ek um gry'lur ySrar, J>6r8. 26 new Ed. ; J)6tti J)eir hafa gort
ser grylur um sumarit, Sturl. iii. 244 ; hvi mun ek eigi fara hina skemri
leiSina ok hrasSask ekki grylur Bruna, Fas. ii. 118; kollu3u menn J)vi
enn fyrra hlut (of a book) gry'lu, at margir t61u3u at J)a efnaSisk nokkurr
otti e3r hrsedsla, en mundi skjott ni3r falla ok at alls engu ver8a, Fb. ii.
534. For the mod. popular tales of Gryla see esp. Isl. f)j68s.i. 218-221.
GR'STTA, tt, [grjot], to stone; g. e-n, to stone one to death, Landn. 236,
Fms. V. 222, vi. 408, Stj. 256; g. at e-m, k e-n, to pelt one with stones,
Fs. 36, 37, Eg. 581, Fms. i. 218, vii. 82, H6m. 26, Stj. 402.
gr^ta, u, f. [grjot; D^n. gryde ; Swed. gryta], a pot (earthen), Stj.
317, Fms. vii. 232 ; the MS. Gloss. 181 2 renders the Lat. olla by gryta.
gr^tu-ker, n. = gryta, Greg. 34, Hom. 83.
grating, f. a pelting with stones, stoning, 415. 13, Mar. 17.
gr^ttr, adj. stony, Hrafn. 4.
grsed, f. [grar], malice, Sturl. ii. 178.
GRj^EDA, dd, [gr68r] : I. to make grow, to plant, Barl. 99 ;
graeSa tiinuina i hundinn, Bs. ii. 148 : to produce, j6r& sii er graeddi J)orna
ok J)istla, Eluc. 45 ; marga mjiik g66a hluti graeSir heimr sja til varra
nytja, 677. 11. 2. to gain, tnake money; hann graeddi J)ar bratt
mikit fo, Ld. 100, 102, Band, i, Grett. 61 new Ed. ; fia graeddi hann fe,
Landn. 141. 3. reflex, to increase; Gu8 \6t alia bans eigu mikilliga
grjeSask, Stj. 198 ; graeddisk heldr vindrinn, the luind increased, Grett.
113 new Ed.; haf3i mikit a graeSsk {the money had much increased)
me&an hann var i brottu, Nj. 10, Fs. 131 : in mod. usage also absol.,
grae3a, to make money : a dairy term, graeSa and grae8a sik, to give more
•milk; or adding the measure, hon (the cow) hefir graett mork. II.
to heal ; konungr let g. menn sina er lifs var audit, Eg. 34 ; g. sjiika, Post.
686 B. i,Ni8rst. 2; si3an graeddi {)6r9r Bersa, Korm. 132, Fms. viii. 120, x.
263: reflex. /o be healed, Grcg.i^ : grseSandl, part. /bea/nWe, Fms. viii. 120.
grseS-ari, a, m. a healer, saviour, Fms. iii. 166, x. 374, Hom. 36, 52,
Mar. 2, Stj. 144, 241.
grseflgi, f. greediness, gluttony, Stj. 161.
grseOi-flngr, m. the leech-finger, digitus medicus.
gr8e6i-ligr, adj. healable, Bs. ii. 182.
grseSing, f. growth, Horn. 24 : a healing, cure, Greg. 20, 45, H.E. i,
476 ; ny-grae3ingr, the green crop in the spring.
grseSi-sixra, u, f., botan. the plantain, plantago.
grseSsla, u, f. cure, healing, Grett. 73.
grsefr, adj. [grafa],^^ to be btiried (according to the eccl. law), K. A.
48 ; kirkju-graefr, having a right to burial at a church:
' exssna, d, to paint green, "S.G.L. i. 104.
grsen-fdinn, part, green-stained, Sks. 188 C.
grsen-gola, a8, to be yellow-green, of deep water ; graengolantU l^l
grsenka, a8, to make green. Lex. Poet. : to become green, freq.
grsen-leikr, m. greenness, verdure, Orkn. 172.
Grsen-lendskr, adj. of or belonging to Greenland; vide Grsen^;
grsen-ligr, adj. greenish, Sks. 499.
GR^NN' (i.e. groenn), adj. [not recorded in Ulf., as Luke xiriii
and Mark vi. 39 are lost ; A.S.grene; Engl. green; }ie\.gr6ni; O.l
kruoni ; Germ, grun ; Swed.-Dan. gron ; derived from groa, to grm
green, of verdure; grxnnhukr, a green leech, Ysp. 4; erhaugrhansi
graenn vetr ok sumar, Landn. 86; graen j6r8 ok fogr, Edda 44; g
sumar, a green summer. Anal. 217 ; graenir dzXzr, green dales, Karl. ;
graent klae8i, H.E. i. 492 ; graenn sem sjor, Rb. 354. 2. fresh; graent !
fresh meat, Stj. 493 ; graenn fiskr, fresh fish, f>i3r. 70, Bs. ii. 144.
metzph. green, hopeful, good ; J)a er hof at, ok vaentum at nokkut g t
mun fyrir liggja, then it is well, and let us hope that some green
may lie ahead, Fs. 24 ; sa mun mi graenstr {the most hopefod cboic
segja satt, Finnb. 226; flyt \>u mik aptr til eyjar minnar, ok mu
graenstr, and that will be the b»st thou canst do, 258 ; J)eir leitaSu b
siSan J)eir sa engan annan graenna, Karl. 212. III. in local na
Grsena-land, n. the green land, Greenland, lb. ch. 6, whence Gl
lendingar, m. pi. Greenlanders, i. e. the Norse or Icel. settlers ; b
mod. usage the Esqtdmaux, who only came into Greenland aboni
14th century: Grsen-lenzkr, adj. of Greenland; Atlamal hin G
lenzku, AtlakviSa hin Graenlenzka, the names of two poems, prob.
their being composed in Greenland ; the name is not to be derired
the Norse county Grenland, as the old writers make a strict distiiu
using the -adjective Grenskr of the Norse county.
grsenska, u, f. verdure, Stj. 29.
grsen-to, f. a green spot, Gisl. 158.
grsen-tjrrfa, 8, to cover with green turf, Jjjal. 36,
grseska, u, f. [grar], malice, Sturl. i. 105, v. 1. ; Sighvatr t6k m
gamni, ok me8 nokkurri sva graesku {mockingly), ii. 178.
lauss, adj. without malice: in the phrase, graeskulaust gaman, a
without malice.
GI12E3TA, tt, [gratr], to make one ' greit' or weep, distress one, F
174, Stj. 323; J)u l^zt graetta Gunnlo8u, Hm.iio; graettr,^n«;erf, ft.
graeti, n. pi. tears, sorrow, H3m. i, Skv. 3. 61, Gkv. 2. 10.
greeti-liga, adv. sadly.
GBOF, f., gen. grafar, [Ulf. graba^x^P"^' Luke xix. 43], aMt
dug; setir i grof, put into a pit, Grkg.n.i^i; J)ar var undir gr6f<§i|;
234 ; illvirkja grof, a den of thieves, Greg. 40. Matth. xxi. 13 ; df h
ok griifum, 623.58: in the saying, ser grefr grof J)6 grafi, Sams. 19, K'
ii. 193 ; ef bhndr lei8ir blindan J)a falla {)eir baSir i grofina, Matth.X
a charcoal pit, Grag. ii. 297 ; kola-grof, a coal pit, peat pit, Vm. 156
grof, torf-grof ; grafar-gor8, burning charcoal, Grag. ii. 298, Jb. 239,
V. 3 ; grafar-menn, pitmen, Hkr. ii. 249 : freq. as a local name, Gri
Grafir, prob. from charcoal pits, grafar -Isekr, m. a brook which be
itself a deep bed, a hollow brook, Sturl. iii. 257. II. [Engl.^
Germ, grabe ; Dan. grav ; Swed. graf}, a grave, Ld. 286, and in t-
berless instances. grafar-bakki, a, m. and grafar-barmr, : 'X
verge of the grave : in the phrase, vera kominn a grafar-bakka I"
stand OH the edge of the grave.
groftr (and groptr less correctly), m., gen. graftar, dat. grefti, the
with radical r in gen. and dat. graftrar, greftri, but ace. groft (never g
the ancients use both forms, graftrar, Eb. 176, Fms. vii. 174, viii. i
175, xi. 17; greftri, vi. 401 ; grefti, viii. 236, ix. 4; greftar, N.C
345, 347,368: [A. S. graft] : — a digging ; fauska-g., Landn. 303 : «
ing, Stj. 45. 2. burial, Hom. 97, K. J). K. 24, passim (vide abo"
tomb, Fms. xi. 307. compds : graftar-dagr, n. a burial day, 6Jj
graftar-kirkja, u, f. a church with a burying-ground, K. {>. K. 34,
i. 464, H. E. i. 474, N. G. L. i. 345. graftar-reitr, m. a burial-pta
134. graftar-sta3r, m. 2c?., Stj.42i,N.G. L. i. 368. graftttT'
btirial time, 1812. 48. II. medic, matter (of a sore); v
graftar-k^li, n. a running sore; graftar-nagli, a, m. the core ina
GKON, f., gen. granar, [mid. H. G.gran}, the inoustache; skcgj
barS, grcin e8r kanpar, Edda 109 ; littii a Ijiifan, legg J)ii munn v\l
Gkv. 1. 13 ; hann var ungligr ma8r sva at honum var ekki gron S[
Ld. 372 ; lattu gron sia, sonr, sip, sift it through the heard, my son
148 : in the phrase, e-m breg3r va fyrir gron, a danger passes one's
i.e. one is startled, alarmed, Fms. viii. 350, 417, Grett. 165 new Ed.;
y'ring skyra um gron,I sift the drink through my beard. Eg. (in a '
ef ma8r hoggr nef af manni, ... en ef sva er at gron fylgir, N.G. L.
kapu J)eirri er gor var af gron jofra, the cap which was made oj
beards. Fas. i. 284, cp. the tale in Tristr. S. ; koma8 vin a gron min
never wetted my beard, {)orf. Karls. 418 : it is used in plur. denoti
beard of the upper and lower lips : in the saying, mi er eg svo gamal'
gronum ma sja, in the nursery tale of the changeling, answeriflgi
Germ. ' nun bin ich so alt wie der Westerwald,' see Grimm's Me
L the phrase, breg8a gronum, to draw back the lips, grin, so as ti
GRON— GUDSPJALL.
219
heeth, N). 199 ; cp. granbrag8. 2. esp. in plur. the lips of a cow
null; Egill hljop J)ar til er biotneytiS st65, greip annarri hendi i
rrarnar en annarri i horniS, Eg. 508 ; Europa klappar uni granar bans
■c[ove in the shape of a bull), Bret. 12. grana-hfir, n. the whiskers
if its and other beasts, Edda 73 (of an otter) ; in this sense still in use :
>f beak, benmds granar, Hofu&l.
(idN, f., gen. granar, [Dan.-Swed. gTrt« ; Ivar Aasen ^ron], a pine-
al haeri en gron er vex 4 haesta fjalli, Horn. 152.
M In-nprettingr, m. = gransprettingr, Clem. 30, Rom. 308.
)sagr, adj. grassy, Hrafn. 27, Stj. 325.
bba, a8, (gubb, n.), to vomit.
rD,m.; the plur. used to render the Lat. e?/« is gu6ir ; [for etymology
changes of this word see p. 207] : — God.
A. Though the primitive form Go5 rhymes with bo8 (bidding),
(help), and many other words, the second form Gu3 rhymes with no
e word, so that in hymns the poets are wont to use incomplete
les, as brau6 (bread), nau9 (need) ; and exact rhymes can only be
ned by the last S3'llables of derivatives, e. g. ISranin bliSkar aptur
I ei ver8ur syndin tilreiknwr). Pass. 40. 4 ; or Upphaf alls mesta
aatfj I dklogun strong og reiSi Guds, 3. 14; Svo er mi syndin inn-
9 I iftrandi sala kvitt vi6 Giid, 50. 14; but these rhyme-syllables
only occur in trisyllabic words (Gramm. p. xv) : — the following
jxamples of incomplete rhymes, Vinir J)er enga veittu stod \ svo
:ap fengi eg vi9 sannan Gud, Pass. 3. 7 ; Fo6urlegt hjarta hefir
I vift hvern sem li8r kross og naud, 3. 16 ; Herra minn J)u varst
n Chid I |)4 hae3ni leiSst og krossins natid, 40. 16; as also in the
[|, Til {lin Heilagi Herra Gud | hef eg lypt salu minni | af hug og
a i hverri neyd | hjastoS treystandi {jinni, H61ab6k 108, rendering
, XXV ; Luther's hymn, Ein feste burg ist unser Gott, is in the Icel.
iring, Ovinnanlig borg er vor Gud | agxta skjoldr og verja | hann
r OSS af allri naud, Holabok 182 ; Fyrir valtan veraldar and | set
tnl & sannan Gud | sem allt skapa9i fyrir sitt bod, 208 (in Hans
;' hymn) ; hugsjiikir eta harma braud | hoUari faeSu gefr Gud \ s6r
in ^ J)eir sofa, 124, Ps. cxxvii. 2.
B. Phrases : — GuSs dst, Gu6s elska, the love of God; Gu5s gata,
iy of God, 625. 87 ; Gu9s gae6ska, Gu9s na5, the grace, goodness
' orf; Gu8s miskunn, Gu9s mildi, the mercy of God ; Gu&s otti, the
\ of God; Gabs g]6f, God's gift; Gxibs inbr, the peace of God; Gu5s
tbt bouse of God; Gu8s musteri, the temple of God ; Gu9s or8,
lord of Ood; and in popular usage, Gu5sor5a-b6k, ' God's word-
' i.e. a religious book, not only of the Bible, but generally of
IS, sermons, etc., opp. to historical or secular books, sogu-baekr ;
maSr, a man of God, Stj. passim ; Gu8s riki, the kingdom of God;
Kristni, the Church of God, 625. 82 ; Gu8s vin, God's friend, Fms.
) ; Gu8s J)j6nn, God's servant ; Gu8s J)raell, the thrall of God, Greg.
Js. i. 638 ; Gu8s Sonr, the Son of God; Gu8s trii, faith in God;
{ij6nusta. Divine service (in Papal times the mass), K. A. 36 ; of the
ment, Bs. i. 638 ; Gu8s akr. Germ. Gottes acker, ' God's acre,' a
■byard; Gu8s kista, God's chest, the temple-treasury, Mark xii. 41 ;
Vikxcai = Corpus Domini, K. A. 38; Gu8s m68ir, God's mother
Virgin Mary) : — in Papal times, Gu8s eign, God' s property = church
s; Gu8s log, God's law, i. e. the ecclesiastical law, as opp. to lands
fbe law of the land, i. e. the secular or civil law, K. A. ch. 9, (for an
esting note upon this subject vide H.E. i. 133, note b); Gu8s rettr,
s right, i. e. ecclesiastical right, Fms. vii. 305 ; Gu8s J)akkir, ' God's
is' charity, Grag. i. 222, K. J>. K. 142, Horn. 34 ; whence the popular
'acted form gustuk, a charity, pittance, in such phrases as, J)a8 er ekki
ik, 'tis no charity, 'tis a pity, e. g. of dealing harshly with the poor ;
ika-verk, a work of charity ; gora e-t i gustuka skyni, to do a thing as
rity: in former times the phrases Gu8s J)akkir and salu-gjafir (soul's
) were synonymous, including not only gifts to churches, clergy, and
•oor, but also the building of bridges, erecting hostelries, especially
isert places, and the like, whence the words, sfelu-bru, soul's bridge ;
his, SouFs house. 2. in Icel. many sayings referring to the name
)d are still household words, e. g. in entering a house, as a greeting, her
b8, God be here! (from Luke x. 5): in returning thanks, Gu8s ast,
's love! Gu8 laun or Gu8 laun' fyrir mig, God's reward! Germ, ver-
OoU! or gefi8 J)i8 i Gu3s fri8i ! to which the reply is, Gu8 blessi
3od bless thee ! (which is also the answer to a greeting or to thanks) ;
■ fri8i ! or vertu i Gu8s fri8i, be in God's peace ! is the usual farewell ;
he answer is, Gu8 veri me8 J)er, God be with thee ! Gu8 hjalpi J)er,
help thee ! Germ. helfGott ! Engl. God bless you ! (to one sneezing) ;
varftveiti J)ig, God ward thee ! (to one playing with dangerous things) ;
I GvA fyrir ^6t\ (denoting wonder), pray God! ga8u a8 Gu8i,
God ! take heed ! fyrir Gu8s skuld, /or God's sake! ef Gu8 lofar,
:d. as one word (ef-gu81ogar, changing / into g), God willing, a
Hon phrase when speaking of plans fbr the future, eg skal koma a
;un, ef-gu81ogar, I will come to-morrow, God willing (from James
"?-l5). occurs in Skalda (Thorodd) 165, as also, ef Gu8 vill, if God
s freq.); Gu8i so lof, God be praised! Gu8 gaefi, God grant!
Idi, by God's grace; |)a8 var mesta Gu8s mildi hann slasaSi sig
ekki ; Gu8 gefi {j^r g(53an dag, Gu8 gefi l)<;r g(58ar nsetr, whence abbre-
viated go8an dag, good day ; g68ar nsetr, good night : the sayings, s4 er
ekki einn sem Gu8 er me& ; and J)ann ma ekki kefja sem Gud vill hefja,
Fb. iii. 408 ; eitthva8 J)eim til liknar legst, sem Ijiifr Gu8 vill bjarga.
guda, a8, to shout 'God;' in Icel, it is the custom for a stranger
arriving at a house at night after 'day-sef (dagsetr, q.v.), instead of
knocking at the door, to climb to the louvre and shout, h^r s6 Gu8,
God be here I this is called a8 gu8a ; the dialogue is well given in a
ditty of Stefan (3lafsson, Hott, hott og hae ! H^r $6 Gud i bse ! saslt folkiS
allt I mcr er sdrkalt. — Sv6ru8u heima-hjii, HvaS heitir J)u? — Eg heiti
J6n, JtShanns {)j6n, etc. ; or in another ditty, Hc'jr s6 Ciud a godum bae |
gestr er a ijora | andsvorin eg engin fse | ekki vaknar ^ora ; or Gu&ad er
mi a glugga | g68vinr kominn er, Jonas 1 19.
gu3-bll3r, adj. godlike, of the sun, Edda (in a verse) : of Christ, Lb. 24.
gu3d6iii-liga, adv. divinely, Karl. 341, passim.
gu3d6ni-ligr, zd]. godlike, divine, Sks. 601, passim.
GuS-domr, m. Godhead, Divinity, Rb. 338, G{)1. 40, Fagrsk. 11, Clem.
54. COMPOS : Gudddms-afL, u. godlike, divine power, Horn. 66. Gu3-
d6ins-kraptr,m.,/rf., Isl.i.386, Mar. 5. Q-a.dd6ma-a6l,f.lhe sun of the
Godhead, Hom.47. Gu3d6ins-veldi(-vald),n./^e^z'n^rfomo/Gorf, Mar.
gu3-d6ttir, f. a god-daughter, K.A. 216.
Gu3-Dr6ttinn, m. God the Lord, Grag. ii. 167, Mar. 613, Sighvat.
gu3-fa3ir, m. [A. S. godfceder'], a godfather, Fs. 96, Hallfred.
gu3-fe3gin, n. pi. god-parents.
gti3-fj6n, f. ungodliness, Orkn. (in a verse).
gu3-fr8B3i, f. theology, divinity, gu3-fr8e3ingr, m. a theologian.
gu3-gefiiin, part, given by God, inspired, Bs. ii. 1 79.
gu3-gj6f, f. a gift of God, Mar.
gu3-hr8eddr, adj. God-fearing, Fbr. 89, Bs. i. passim, Fms. xi. 221,
Barl. 32.
gu3-hr8e3sla, u, {.fear of God, Fms. iii. 168, Rb. 80, Sks. 477, Mar.
484, passim. gu3hr8e3slu-leysi, n. contempt of God, Mar. 472.
gu3-lasta, a6, [Germ. Gott Idstern'], to blaspheme, Bs. i. 1 6, Mar. 39,
Stj. 320, Fb. i. 371.
gu3-lastan, f. blasphemy, 625. 49, Bs, i. 10, 450, Stj. 14.
gu3-latr, adj. ungodly, Bs. ii. 160.
gu3-lauss, adj. godless, reckless, cruel.
gu3-lei3r, adj. God-forsaken, Lex. Poijt.
gu3-leti, f. godlessness, impiety, Stj. 51.
gu3-leysl, n. godlessness, recklessness, cruelty, Fms. ii. 162.
gu3-liga, adv. after a godly sort, Stj. 250 passim: christian-like.
gu3-ligr, adj. godlike, divine, Sks. 559, Stj. 45, 189, Bs. passim ; 6-gu8-
ligr, ungodly.
gu3-in63ir, f. a godmother, K.A. 216.
gu3-in8eli, n. Divine saying, word of God, SI. 47.
gu3-nl3iiigr, m. a traitor to God, a renegade, Nj. 272, Fms. i. 84, viii.
308, xi. 41, 274, Fs.173; e.g. Julian the Apostate is rendered by Julianus
Gu5ni8ingr. gu3ni3ings-skapr, m. apostacy, Fms. iii. 89.
gu3-r6ttligr, adj. ' God-right,' righteous, Fms. v. 219, viii. 358, xi. 279-
gu.3-rifl, n. wickedness, Sks.
gu3-ru.nar, f. pi., poijt. the doom of the gods, Gisl. (in a verse).
gu3r8eki-liga, adv. recklessly, Mar. 561.
gu3rseki-ligr, adj. [reka], driving God atuay, ungodly, wicked; g.
glaepr, Stj. 385. Judges xx. 13, Mar. 147.
gu3-r£ekinn (qs. gu8-roekinn, from rcekja), adj. God-serving, pious.
gti3r8ekiii, L piety, freq. in mod. usage, ^p Neither of the two words
is recorded in old writers ; on the other hand, in mod. usage gu8r2ekilegr
= wicked is disused, to avoid a painful ambiguity.
gu3-r8ekr, adj. wicked; gu8raekir menn, 623. 30 ; g. glaepamaSr, Mar.
431 : g. manndrapari, 434; enn kunngi ok enn goSraeki, 623. II.
gti3-sefl, a, m. a gossip, godfather, N. G. L. i. 392, Str. 15.
gu3-sifja, adj. god-relatives ; gu8sifja |)rir eigu 6r domi at risa, Grag.
(Kb.) i. 47 ; but gu8sifjar, 158.
gu.3-sifja, u, f. a female gossip, godmother, N. G.L. i. 16, 350.
gu3-sifjar,f.pl. [A. S.^orfse6/, whence Engl. ^oss«/>,- O.H. G.gotsip; eccl.
Lat. cognatio spiritualis'] : — sponsorship ; veita e-m gu8sifjar, eiga, gora g.
vi8 e-n, Gnig. i. 50, N. G. L.i.i6, 350, Nj. 235, Fms. i. 130, Fs. 115, Hkr.
i. 220. gu3sifja-spell, n. incestuous connection of god-relatives, Fr.
guS-sifjask, a8, dep. to enter into sponsorship with one, N. G. L. i.426.
gu3-skirsl, n. ordeal, N. G. L. i. 21 1.
gu3-spjall, n., the form go3spill, Greg. 24; gu8spillum, 656 A. i.
10 : lA.S.godspell; Engl, gospel, i.e.go^ spell, a translation of the Gr.
ev-ay/fXiov; Oxmv\. godd-spell — goddspell onn Ennglissh nemmnedd iss
god (i. e. good) word and god ti)jennde, god errnde . . . goddspell annd
forrJ>i ma53 itt wel, god errnde ben jehatenn, Introd. 157 sqq. ; (the form
godd-spell, not godspcll, shews that at the time of the Ormulum the
root vowel had become short in Engl, pronunciation.) The word was in
Icel. borrowed from English missionaries, and Icel. remains the only
Scandin. country where the Evangel is called Gospel ; Danes, Swedes,
and Norsemen, as well as Germans, use the Greek word. The true ety-
mological sense, however, was lost, probably because the root vowel had
220
GUDSPJALLABOK— GULLSMIDR.
become short in Engl, by the time that the word was transplanted to Icel.,
so that guSspjall was understood to mean not good spell, but God's spelt] :
— gospel; i J)ann tima er lokid var gu8spjalli, (5. H. 119 (the gospel in
the service-book) ; pistlar ok gu3spjoll, epistles and gospels, Vni. i ; me6
tiu laga boOordum ok fjorum gu6spjolluni, Mar. 13. compds : gu3-
spjalla-b6k, f. [Oin\\i\. goddspellboc], a 'gospel-book,' evangelistaritim,
Vm. 6, 7, Dipl. V. 18, K. A. 88, Mar. i passim, Bar). 31. guSspjalls-
kross, m. 'gospel-cross,' Vm. 66, 73, 109. guSspjalla-lektari, a,
m. a ' gospel-stand,' lectern, Vm. 108. gu3spjalla-ina6r, m. a ' gospel-
man,' an evangelist, Stj. 144, Barl. 49, Sks. 562 ; at frasogn Mathias
(Johannes, Markus, Lukas) gu6spjallaiiianns. Mar. I ; still used so in Icel.
gu3spjalla-saga, u, f. the gospel history. gu3spjalls-liistoria, u, f.
id.. Pass. 1 1. guSspjalla-skdld, n. a 'gospel-poet,' evangelist, Clem.
£2; Johannes Postuli gu3spjallaskald,Johann. 11 ; (this word is not used.)
gu3-spjallari, a, m. a gospeller, evangelist, Jdtv. 18.
gu3sp.iall-ligr, adj. evangelical, Horn. 39, 655 vii. 2, Bs. ii. 91 ; gu6-
spjallig kenning, Sktilda 210.
gu3-vefr, m., old form goSvefr, [A. S. godweb ; O. H. G. cotaweppi and
gotoweppi\: — good or costly weaving, i.e.velvet; ok g66bornir smugu i go6-
vefi, HSm.17; gulliokgu6vefjum, Ghv. 16; purpura ok tvilitaSan guSvef,
Stj. 307. Exod. XXV. 4 (purple and scarlet); eina festi af gu&vef, /imi-
C7ilus coccineiis, 351. Josh. ii. 15; kantara-kapa afguSvef, Vm. 68; tvo
pells altaris-kljeSi ok hit {)ri6ja hvers-dagligt me& gu6vef, 80 ; skikkju
nyskorna af hinum dyrasta guSvef, Fms. vi. 52 ; silki ok pell ok gu9vef,
xi. 385 ; vefa guSvef, iii. 178 ; a diini ok a gudvefi, x. 379 ; var kistan
sveip5 pelli ok tjaldat allt gu&vefjum, O.H. 229; gu6vefr, of a cloak lined
with grey fur, Rekst. 30. compds : gu3vefjar-h6kull, m. a cape of
velvet, Vm. 93. gu8vefjar-kl8e3i, n. a suit of clothes ofg., Ld. 28, Fas.
ii. 528. gu3vefjar-kyrtill, m. a kirtle of g., Fms. v. lOo, Fas. ii. 97.
gu3vefjar-m6ttull, m. a mantle of g., Stj. 355. Josh. vii. 21 (a goodly
garment). gu3vefjar-pell, n. a pallet of g., Fms. v. 274, vi. 2, Fas.
i. 274, Karl. 470. gu3vefjar-poki, a, m. a bag of g., Ld. 188.
gu3vefjar-skikkja, u, f. a Mrtle of g.; J)a skal dottir taka i arf m65ur
sinnar ef broSir lifir, klx5i till nema guQvefjar-skikkjur ok 6-skorin
klaefti oil, })at a broSir, N. G. L. i. 210, Stj. 363, Fms. vi. 186, gu3-
vefjar-taug, f. a cord of g., funiculus coccineus of the Vulgate, Stj. 377.
GTJFA, u, f. [^gov and gova, Ivar Aasen ; Scot, goiv], vapo7ir, steam;
J)eir leggja eld 1 vi6inn, en J)eir vakna vi3 gufuna er inni eru. Fas. i. 135 ;
annarr reykr st65 i lopt upp vi6 annan, ok sva mikil gufa var& af J)eim
okyrrleik, a6 varla sa J);'i haestu turna borgarinnar, Konr. 35 : as a nick-
name, Landn. : in local names, Gufu-nes, Gufii-dalr, Gufu-skalar,
prob. from the steam of hot wells ; in mod. usage also, gufu-skip, -b^tr,
m. a steam-boat, -maskina, -v61, f a steam-engine. 2. metaph.
a slow fellow, a goiu, creeping about like a mist, hann cr mesta gufa.
gugginn, part, quailing.
gugna, aS, to quail, Sturl. i. 2, Fas. ii. 59.
GULA, u, i. yellowness, medic, jaundice, and gulu-sott, f. id., Fms.
xi. 202.
gula (gola), u, f. a fair breeze, metaph. opportunity. A!. 99.
G\ila, n. and Guley, f. a local name in central Norway (Sogn) :
Gula-J)iiig, n. the parliament in Gula ; GulaJ)ings-b6k, f. the code of
laws for Gula; GulaJ)ines-16g, n. pi. the law of Gula, N. G. L., Eg.
ch. 67, Fms. passim ; GulaJ)ings-menn, m. the inen of Gula ; Gula-
J)ing-sta3r, m. the place of G., Gp]. 6.
gul-bruna3r, ad], yellow-brown, pibr. 181.
gul-grdr, zd]. yellow-grey, Ld. 272.
gul-grsDnn, zdj. yellow-green, Ld. 272.
GULL, n., in the oldest MSB. spelt goll, Eluc, Horn., and this is the
rhyming sound in old poets ; holUn, golli, Sighvat ; fingr-^o//, trollum,
Kormak; golls And polli, id.: [DlLgulp; A.S.,Engl., Germ. gold ; Dan.
guld; Swed. and Norse gull] : — gold; var bar bans golli keypt, Eluc. 48 ;
6rsilfrie6a6rgolli,Hom.i38, AI.116; it gjallagull, Fm. 20,Vsp. 8: gold
as payment, told by weight, Fms. i. 15, ii. 76, vii. 235, xi. 77 ; rautt gull,
red gold; bleikt guW, yellow gold, v. 346 ; gull breniit, reined gold, Dipl.
iii. 4 ; skirt gull, hreint gull, pure gold, Stj. 563 : allit., gull ok gimsteina,
Al. 1 70, Bs. i. 1 34 ; gull ok gersemar (freq.) ; in the saying, |)a6 er ekki allt
gull sem gloir, 'tis not all gold tbat glitters : gulls-litT,m. gold colour,Fms.
vi. 143, Magn. 514 : — as to the value or course of gold, atta merkr gang-
silfrs er mork gulls, J)rem tigum sinna skal blasilfr vega moti guUi, tiu
sinnum skirt silfr moti gulli, 732. 16, Fs. 8-10, passim: metaph., gripa
gulli a via e-n (vide gripa) : = fingr-gull, Ulf._yff«^ra-^o//j, a finger ring,
Stj. 254, Bs. i. 877, Nj. 16, 146 : — in Y>^m. jewels, pretiosa, cp. gull-hiis,
a jewel chest, Sturl. ii. 108 : barna-gull, playthings : — in metaph. phrases,
mikit gull ertu, what a jewel thou art ! compds : gvill-aldr, m. the
golden age, Edda 9. guU-ari, a, m. the banner of Charlemagne, Karl,
passim. gull-au3igr, adj. 7-ich in gold, Edda 49, Fms. vii. 145, 146,
Fas. iii. 284, Clar. 130. g\ill-ati3r, m. wealth in gold, Fms. vii. 145.
gull-augu, n. pi. golden eyes. Fas. iii. 384 (in the tale of the giant, similar
to the Greek tale of Polyphemus). gvdl-band, n. a golden head-
band, Lv. 2 1 , Edda 2 1 , Isl. ii. 206. guU-baugr, m. a gold ring, Edda
72, 75, GullJ). 23, Faj. iii. 44, guU-beiuar, m. pi. gold-legs, a ,
nickname from wearing gold lace, Orkn. 418 old Ed. gull-beri
a gold mine, Stj. 85. gull-beri, a, m. gold-bearer, a nickn;
Landn.; or perh. =goldkind in the German tales (?). gull-bitl
part, gold-bitted (a horse), Hkv. 1. 41. gull-bitull, m. a
of gold, Hkv. 2. 34. giUl-bjartr, adj. bright as gold, Hbl.
gull-bor3i, a, m. gold lace, Vm. 21. guU-boka, a6, to embn
in gold, Gkv. 2. 14. gull-bola, u, f. a gold boss, Konr. 57 : g^
bull, bulla aurea, Fms. viii. 301. guU-brd, f. gold-brow, nickr
of a lady-love. Gullbrdr-skdld, n. the poet of Gullbra, a nickn:
Fms. gull-brynja, u, f. a golden coat of tnail, Skv. 3. 45. g
buinn, part, ornamented with gold. Eg. 180, 726, Karl. 226. g
bollr, m. a golden ball, Karl. 474. gull-ddlkr, m. a gold bucMe,
55. gull-dreifar, n. pi. a golden chain, MS. 4. 32. gxiU-dr
a, m. drops of gold, Bret. 14. gioll-epli, n. a golden apple,
30, 40. gull-falligr, adj. fair as gold, charming. gTill-l ,
a, m. gold-mane (name of a horse), Edda. gull-fagaflr,
stained with gold. Fas. ii. 370. guJl-festr, f. a gold chain, El
gvill-fingr, m. = fingr-gull, D. N. g\ill-fjalla3r, part, golden, wi
dyed in gold, Nj. 46, Fas. ii. 239. gull-fj63r, f. gold-quill, nan
a code of laws, Fms. viii. 277. guU-fugl, m. a bird of gold, Karl.
gull-g63r, adj. of pure gold. Fas. i. 316, Fb. i. 347. giill-gSrcS.
golden girth, Karl. 312, Bser. 2. gxill-gorr, part. 7nade of gold
4. gull-liagr, adj. skilled in working gold, Bs. i. 325. j;.
hamrar, n. pi., in the phrase, sla, e-m gullhamra, to work one with pi
hammers, i. e. to flatter one. gull-hdlsar, m. pi. gold-necks,
lings, Fms. vii. 127, viii. 230. gxill-harr, adj. golden-haired,
i. 457. gull-heimr, m. the golden world, the golden age, Bn
gxill-hella, u, f. a bar of gold. Fas. iii. 10. gull-hirzla, u, f. a
treasury, Horn. 58. guU-hjalt, n. a hilt of gold, Karl. 286.
hjalmr, m. a golden helmet, Edda 36, Fms. i. 44 : a nickname,
gull-lila3 or gtLll-la3, n. gold lace, esp. to tie up the hair with
35, Ld. 272, Hkr. ii. 28, Orkn. 370; altara-klaE6i me6 guUhloSum, !i
26 ; kross me6 gullhla8, altaris-dukr ok er J)ar a g., h6fu61in nieS •
altara-klaeSi fjiigr ok a einu stort g., 54. gxill-hlaSinn, part. ;
with gold, Kj.ibg. gull -hnot, f. a g-oWe« «w/, Fas. iii. 227. (.
liringr,m.a^oWn«^, Nj. 10, 35, Fms.i. 51, Boll. 356, passim, f .
bus, n. a treasure house, Fms. x. 172 : a jewel chest, Sturl. ii. 108 a
lady), Stj. 438. 1 Sam. vi. 15. gull-hyrndr, part, golden-horned, if^
Hjiirv. 4. gull-hSttr, m. gold-bat, a nickname. gull-ka t
(-kalikr), m. a golden chalice, Bs. i.83, Vm. 52, Dipl. ii. 1 1, iii. 4. ( ..
kambr, m. a golden comb, Fas. iii. 480. gull-kdlfr, m. the golden f.
Stj. Exod. xxxii. gull-ker, n. a golden vessel, Symb. 22, Karl. 32; ■.
43 7- gull-kista, u, f. a gold chest, Fms. vii. 249, xi. 85 : in peror n
of popular tales, J)ar voru guUkistur um golf dregnar, Isl. Jjj66s. j .-
kitni, f., Bs. i. 818 (dubious). giill-knappr, m. a gold button ;,
516: a ^oZc?^wo6, Fms. iii. 1 36: a nickname, Har6. S. giill-knapi :,
part, gold buttoned. Eg. (in a verse). gull-kniitr, m. a gold km. [ j.
46. gtill-knottr, m. a gold ball, Fms. iii. 186. gull-koroD J,
f. a goldeti crown. Fas. iii. 213, Stj. 206. giill-kraiiz, m. a g k
garland, D. N. gull-kroppr, m. gold-body, a nickname, Fn >:,
361. gull-kross, m. a golden cross, Nj. 256, Fms. x. 15. j 1-
leggja, lag6i, to lace with gold, Fms. vii. 245, ix. 276, x. 130, Vii J,
139, Boll. 356. gull-ligr, adj. golden, Fms. i. 15, Sks. 39. J
mal, n. pi. ornaments of gold, pibr. no, cp. 30, 364. gull'
m. gold ore, Bret. gull-men, n. a gold necklace, Hkr. i. 20,
i. 216, vi. 271, Stj. 203. gull-merktr and gull-merkadr,
marked with gold, Karl. 415. gull-munnr (-inu3r), m. ,
mouth, Chrysostom, Fas. iii. 592, Mar. 37. gull-nagli, a, m. a
nail, Stj. 563. I Kings vi. 21. gull-nisti, n. a locket of gold, A
guU-ofinn, part. gold-woven, Stj. 206, Fms. ii. 254, iii. 194, v.280,
28S, Ld. 188. guU-ormr, ra. a golden serpent, 655 ii. 7. gullop
ingr, m. a gold penny, piece of money, Fms. i. 1, v. 319, Rb. 508, <
203 new Ed., Bret. 4. guU-rekendi, n. a gold chain, Ei. f
rekinn, part, inlaid with gold or gilded (of weapons, spear-heads,
etc.), Eg. 726, Nj. 103, Ld. 112, Fms. xi. 28, Fb. ii. 238. gull-K'
part, id.. Fas. i. 138. gull-reyfi, n. a golden fleece, Hb. 73
gull-ritinn, part, written in gold, Symb. 56. guil-ro3inn, qs.
hro6inn, part. '[A.S. hrs6dan=pingere], ^«7/ (of helmets, shields,
Eg. 726, Ld. 78, Fms. i. 43, vi. 194, Orkn. 74. gull-sandr, m.
sand, Rb. 350. gull-sauma3r, part, embroidered with gold, Eg.
Fs. 7, Fms. X. 329, Vm. 83. guU-settr, part, laid with gold,g
Karl. 173 (impers. as in Icel., or else settr applies to gems).
skd.1, f. a gold basin, Bret. 59. gull-skeggr, m. gold-beard, ^
name, Fagrsk., Sturl. iii. ill C. gull-skillingr, m. a gold^H
Hkr. ii. 1 7. gull-skotinn, part, woven with gold, Fms. iii. I;
164, X. 16, Konr. 33, Mar. 458, Clar. 135. guU-skor, n\. a
shoe, Sturl. iii. 291 : name of a ship, Ann. 1300. gull-skrifl
gilded tablet, Rom. 382. gull-skrin, m. a gold shrine. Lex.
gull-smeittr, pzrt. gold-enamelled (of a shield), Str., Karl. 226.
smeltr, part. jU, Fas. iii. 610, Karl. 516, Mag. 7 (Ed.) gull'
m. (pi. gollsmi&ar, 655 ii. 7), a goldsmith, Fms. ii. 129, xi. 427,
GULLSMff)— GYEDA.
1^21
a gold-heetU, laJy-btrd (opp. f o jarrtsmiSr, a hlacTc beetle). k\i11-
, f. the goldsmith's art, working in gold, Bs. i. 483. gullsmiS-
adj. belonging to the g., Karl. 286. gull-BpSnn, in. a gold
lent on ships, O. H. L. 67 : a golden spoon, Miitt. 3. guU-
, a, m. a gold spur. Fas. i. 185, Karl. 334. guU-sproti, a, m.
(/ sceptre, Karl. 395. giill-spuni, a, m. gold-spinning, Bret.
gull-sp6ng, f. a gold spangle, Rb. 384, Stj. 284. gull-
3r, part, gold-striped, woven with gold, Clar. gull-stafp, in. a
I letter, Greg. 75, Fms. vii. 156, viii. 448. gvill-staup, n. a
t stoup or cup. Fas. i. 1 75. gull-steindr, part, gold-stained,
283. gvill-st6U, m. a gold chair. Fas. i. 36, Karl. 471. gull-
\, u, f. a golden sleeve, Karl. 405, Art. gull-stdng, f. a bar
d, BAr8. 179. gtill-sylgja, u, f. a gold brooch, Nj. 167, Sturl.
I. gull-tafla, u, f. a gold brick (used in playing), Edda 44, Fas. ii.
gull-tanni, a, m. gold-tooth, a nickname, Fms. iii. 74. gxill-
, m. a gold pole, Fas. iii. 213. gull-toppr, m. gold-tuft, name
lythical horse, Edda 10, 17. gull-vafSr, part, wound with gold,
;. 356. Gull-varta, u, f. a local name, the Golden Horn in
ntinople (?), Fms. vii. 94. guU-veggr, m. a golden wall, Fms.
j. Gull-veig, f. a mythical proper name, Vsp., prop. ' Gold-
Gold-tbirst, cp. Lat. auri fames. gvill-vifljur, f. pi. gold withies,
. 49. gvill-vippaflr, part, whipped ox wrapped in gold, Dipl. iii. 4.
rsDgr, adj. ' gold-weighty,' precious, dear. giill-vfindr, m. a gold
Fms. viii. 193,623. 23. giall-^riSr, m.^oW/ir^arf, Dipl.iii.4.
an, zA). golden, hardly used save in poetry ; gullnar tijflur, Vsp. 60 ;
ker, Gm. 7 ; guUnum stoli a, seated in a golden chair, Hm. 105 ;
Ina sali, the golden halls, Fsm. 5; g. gunnfuni, Hkv. 2. 17;
simu, golden thrums, I. 3 {the thrums ot" the Norns). compds :
;-bllTSti, a, m. gold-mane, name of the hog of Frey, Edda,
gullin-horni, a, m. golden-horn, name of an ox, Edda ; the
|;$ used to ornament the horns of the finest of their cattle (metfe),
url. i, 106 ; ganga her at gar6i gullhyrndar kyr, yxn alsvartir, Jjkv.
V. Hjorv. 4. gvOlin-kambi, a, m. golden-comb, a my thol. cock,
(jnillin-stola, u, f. rendering of the Gr. xpvcroOpoyos, Od. guUin-
a, xa. gold-teeth, name of the god Heimdal, Edda. gxillin-toppa,
otan. gold-tuft, the sea-pink or thrift, statice armeria.
iiUlAra, u, f., botan. galium vernum.
B, adj. [A.S.^eo/w; EngI._ye//oK'; Germ. gelb; Dan.-Swed.^7/?/Z],
gult silki, har, Fms. vii.69, 2 39, x. 38 1 , Ld. 2 72, Orkn. (in a verse).
od, f. a kind of duck.
a. exaggeration, fuss ; gumari, a, m. a fop.
I, a8, in the phrase, guma yfir e-u, to make a great fuss about a
exaggerate. II. [geyma], guma at e-u, to take heed to a
eg heti ekki gtima5 a6 \>vi.
[J, a.m., pi. gumar and gumnar, Hm. 14, 17, 31, 130; [IJK.guma
, Luke xix. 3, Nehem. v. 17, and gumein, !id]. = dppt]v, Mark x.
guma; Hel. gomo ; O. H.G. gumo; Germ, in br'duti-gam;
"ud'gom; Swed. brud-gmnme ; the r in Engl, groom is corrupt,
uAgumi. The quantity is doubtful ; the A. S. guma was prob.
p. Engl, groom ; the Ormul. spells bridgume as having a long
but the short vowel is favoured by the mod. Icel. pronunciation,
mod. Dan.-Swed. ; so in Lat. we have homo and bTi,manus'\ : — a
it scarcely occurs in prose : allit., Guds hiis ok guma, Grag. ii.
1 the old Hm. it occurs about a dozen times as a common expres-
man; heima gla5r gumi ok vi6 gesti reifr, Hm. 102 ; J)vi at faera
ra drekkr, sins til ge3s gumi, 11 ; gla3r ok reifr skyli gumna
javi er gengr um guma, what passes amofig vien, 27, 93 ; eptir
ina, 71 ; gumna synir, the sons of men, 130 ; at sa gengr gumi
'6 mik, 158 : the saying, Htil eru geS guma, little is the human
go& ok guma, gods and men, Ls. 55 : gumna-seettir, m. a
, Lex. Poiit. : giunna-spjalli, a, m. a friend of men : — briiS-
idegroom; hus-gumi, a ^house-master,' husband, Rm,
111. the bottom, Lat. podex, Stj. 436, 437. I Sam. vi. 5 ; svartr
■Ad ok ornar ser, a riddle of a pot.
[cp. Swed. gumse = a ram'], mockery, raillery, Nj. 220.
i3, to mock; g. ok spotta e-n, Ghim. 3J7; gapa {)eir upp ok
', ok geyma varla sin, Soria R, i. 7.
, f. [from gugna by way of metath.], a weakling. compds :
£?r, zd]. faint-hearted. gungu-skapr, m. cowardice.
ai, a, m. a gonfalon, Hkv. 2. 16, Hbl. 38, Hkm. 2: in a
processions, Am. 76, D. \. passim.
H, f., older form gu3r, \_A.S. gud; O. H.G. gundial, war,
used in poetry, Lex. Poet, passim. compds : gunnar-fiiss,
rr, -tamSr, adj. warlike, Lex.PoiJt. gunnar-haukr, m.
gunn-bli3r, -bra3r, -djarfr, -fikinn, -hagr, -hvatr,
akkr, -reifr, -snarr, -sterkr, -tamiSr, -tamr, -J)orinn,
jrfligr, adj. all laudatory epithets = i/rt//a«/. Lex. Poet. : of
J ?rmour, the shield is called gvtnn-blik, -bor3, -li6rgr,
ann, -tjald, -veggr, n. ; the sword and spear, gunn-logi,
^proti, -svell, -viti, n. ; of the battle, gunn-el, -liri3, -l)ing,
r ^' rnoncroM',gumi-gj63r, -iQ6r,-8k6ri,-valr,n. ; oi tbewarrior, ^
gunn-ndrungr, -slfingvir, -stterandi, -veitir, -vifiurr, -J>eysandl,
n. etc., vide Lex. Poiit. II. in pr. names ; of men, Gunn-arr,
Gunn-bjarn, Gunn-laugr, G\uin-61&', Gunn-steinn, etc. ; of
women, Gvmn-hildr, Gunn-laug, Gunii-163 ; and in the latter part,
|>or-gunnr (-guSr), Hla8-gunnr, Hildi-guniir, etc.
gurpr, m. a nickname, Dipl. ii. 5.
gusa, a9, [gjosa], to gush, spirt out.
gusa, u, f. a spirt : bl68-gusa, a gush of blood ; vatns-g., a spirt of water.
gussa, a&, [gyss], to make a fuss and noise, {>orst. Si&u H.
gusta, a6, to blow in gusts, Sks. 230.
gust-illr, adj. gtisty, chilly, metaph., Grett. 77 new Ed.
gust-kaldr, adj. gusty, cold. Fas. ii. 394.
gust-mikill, adj. making a great gust, gusty, Grett. Hi,
gustr, m. a gust, blast, freq. in mod. usage, Edda 4, Slurl.i. loi, Sks. 2I2»
gustuk, II. a pittance, a charity, vide Gu&.
gutla, aS, [gutl], to gurgle, used of the noise made by a liquid when
shaken in a bottle.
giill, m. blown cheeks, puffing out cheeks, gtil-sopi, a, m. a gulp.
giUpa, a 8, to be puffed up, blown up.
giilpr, m. a puff : also of wind, norSan-giilpr, a northern blast.
Gvendr or Gv6ndr, m. a pet proper name from Gu5-mundr : sanitary
wells are in Icel. called Gvendar-briinnr, m., from bishop Gudmund's
consecrating wells, Bs. i. 450, Isl. f>j66s. ii. 27. Gvendar-ber, n.,
botan. equisetum arvense. Gvendar-gros, n., botan. a kind of weed.
Gy3mgar, m. [Pal Vidal. in Skyr. truly observes that this word is formed,
not from Gu8, but from Lat. Judaei, through the A. S. form GJudeas] :
— the Jews, Stj., Sks., etc. passim, as also in mod. usage. compds :
Gy3inga-land, n. Jewry, Palestine. Gy3mga-1^3r, -l>j63, -f61k,
n. etc. the Jewish people. Gy3inga-veldi, n. the Jewish empire, Stj.,
Sks. Gy3iiig-ligr, adj. Jewish.
Gy3ja, u, f. 1. [go5], a goddess, Edda passim. 2. [go3i],
a priestess, Hdl. 12, Yngl. ch. 7 ; \>i>- kreppi go8 gySju, Kristni S. (in a
verse) : in nicknames, {juriSr gyftja, Th. the priestess, Landn. : in compds,
bl6t-gy6ja, hof-g., a temple priestess.
gyflngr, m. a kind of stone, Edda (Gl.)
GYGGJA or gyggva, prob. an old strong verb of the 1st class, but
defect, to quail, lose the heart ; ef ver mi gyggjum, in a verse written on
a leaf of Cod. Ups. of Edda, prob. from the lost Skald Helga S. : impeis.
in the saying, sjaldan hygg ek at gyggi vtirum, the wary seldom quails,
Mkv. ; OSS gyggvir geigvaenliga, er ver erum a3r ovarir, Hom. (St.) 49 :
part, gugginn, quailing, fainting, is still used irj Icel., as also gugna, q. v, ;
akin perhaps is geggjask, q. v.
gyl3ir, m., poet, a wolf. Lex. Poet.
Gylfi, a, m. the mythol. king. Gylfa-ginning, f. the Delusion of
Gylji, name of the mythol. tales of the Edda.
gylfinn, adj. a term of abuse, a dub. air. Xty., being a werewolf {"i);
kve3r hann vera konu niundu hverja nott ok hefir barn borit ok kallar
gylvin, J)a er hann litlagr, N. G. L. i. 57 ; cp. gylfra.
gylfra, u, f. (gylfa), an ogre, a beast, a she-wolf (?) ; skal {la reyna
hvdrt meira ma veita mer Petr postuli ok hinn Helgi HallvarSr, e3r hon
gylfra in Gautska er J)ii truir a, Fms. viii. 308, v. 1. (the others read
kyfla) : — in the phrase, ganga gylfrum, to ' go to the dogs,' er J)at helzt
vid ordi, at gylfrum gangi vintittan, it is rumoured that your friendship
is all gone to pieces. Band, (vellum MS.), where the Ed., ok er Jiat haett
vid or3i, at limerkiliga J)ykki ver3a, 1 2 new Ed.
gyli-gj6f, f. [cp. Engl, gewgaw'], gewgaws, showy gifts, Nj. (MS.) 142,
(Ed. saemiligum gjiifum.)
GYLLA, 3 or t, [gull], to gild, Nj. 123, 125, Hkr. ii. 32, Fms. x.
320, xi. 128, Stj. 306 ; gylla holi, to flatter, Finnb. 340, Fms. iv. 103 :
metaph. of the sun's rays, Bb. 2. 30 : part, gyldi, golden, Fs. 90, 122.
gylling, f. gilding, Vm. 47, Fb. i. 507 : in pi. vain praise, Fser. 120.
g:yllim-8e3, f., medic, hemorrhoids, vena aurea, Fel.
GYLTR, f., mod. gylta, u, f., Bs. i. 417, [Old 'EngX. yelt]:—a young'
sow/, Jb. 289, Grag. ii. 307, Landn. 206, Gull^. 17, 27.
gymbill, m. [gymbr], a he-lamb ; Gu3s gymbill, agnus Dei, Hom. (St.) ;
gymbill giila J)embir, Jonas 139.
gymbing, f. mocking, Sturl. iii. 1 71.
GYMBB, f., pi. gymbrar, [North. E. and Scot, gimmer], a ewe lamb of a
year old; g. su er lamb lei3ir, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 147, Stj. 516, (one MS. spells
gimbr, which is also the mod. spelling, but false); lamb-gymbr, Grag. i. 502.
gymbr-lamb or gymbrar-lamb, n. a gimmer lamb, GnWp.ig, Stj. 129.
GYRDA, 3 or t, [A.S. gyf'&an; Engl gird; Dzn. gjorde : gerda
(q. V.) and gyrda are kindred words, both formed from the Goth, gair-
dan, gard, gurdun ; ger3a, as also gar3r (q. v.), from the pret. ; gyr3a
from the participle]: — to gird oneself -with a belt or the like; eptir \>it
gyr3ir Klaufi hann sva fast {girded his belt so tight) at belt vid mei3sl,
Sd. 143 ; si3an gyrdi maerin sik med einu riku belti. El. ; hann gyr3i sik
med diiki, Fms. x. 314; gyr3r i braekr, with breeks girt up, vii. 143;
gyr3a sik, to fasten the breeks, as the ancients used belts instead of
braces ; gyrda lendir sinar, to gird up one's loins, Hom. 84, Stj. passim ;
fesj05 er hann var gyr9r me8, girt with a purse, from wearing the purse
322
GYRDILL— G^R.
fastened to the girdle, Fms. vii. 142. p. to girth or saddle a horse; hann
hefir ekki sva vel gyrt hest |)inn, at t)at muni duga, gyrtu J)a betr, Isl. ii.
340 ; |)a setti hann so3ul a hest sinn ok gyr&i hann fast, Str. 47 : to secure
a cart load by girding it, me8 hlassi t>vi er hann gyr&ir eigi reipum, N. G. L.
i. 379 ; g. hlass, taug e&a reipi, 349 ; hann gyr6i at utan, be girded it
•well, Fs. 66 : Icel. say a horse is laus-gyrtr, fast-gyrtr, has its girths
loose or tight: edged, bordered, ho\l\ gyrSr me& silfri, Hkr. iii. 81. 7.
to gird oneself v/hh a sword ; konungr steypir brynju a sik ok gyrSir sik
nie5sver3inu Kvernbit, Hkr. i. 155; hanngyr6i sikmeS biinusverSi, O. H.
31. II. part. gyrSr, girt with a weapon ; g. saxi, Nj. 54, Fms.
ii. 83, Grett. 126; g. sver5i. Eg. 285, 374, Fms. ii. Ill, iv. 58, x. 201,
415, 6. H. 116; g. skalmum, Gkv. 2. 19.
gyrflill, m. [A.S. gyrdels; Engl, girdle; O. H.G. karlil ; Germ.
giirier] : — a girdle, -purse, from being worn on the belt, Gisl. 149, Post.
656 C. 18. gyrSil-skeggi, a, m. 'girdle-heard' a nickname, Landn.
gyrja, a& (?), to gore; spjot J)at er g. mun granir J)inar, an ott. Ae7.,
Fas. ii. 29 (in a verse).
GYSS, m. inochng; gyss ok gabb, Fas. iii. 115; me8 mikinn gys,
Bs. i. 437, ii. I47 ; gora gys at e-u, to mock at a thing, Sturl. i. 21, Fms. ix.
494; Jjungan gys, Mar.; cp. gussa.
gyzki, a, m. panic. Fas. i. 193 ; vide geiski.
GYGR, f. gen. sing., and nom. pi. gygjar, dat. and ace. sing, gygi ; [cp.
Scot, gow ; gjure in the Norse tales, Asbjornsen] : — an ogress, witch, Vsp.
34, VJ)m. 32, Heir. 13, Hym. 14, Fsm. 29, Saem. 33, Edda 8, 37, 58, 60,
Fas. i. 333 : freq. in poetry, vide Lex. Poet.; mar-gygr, a merinaid: of
a weapon, Rimmu-gygr, a' war-oo-r^,' i.e. a«:e,Nj.; gygjar-sol, f. 'a gow
sun,' a mock sun, SI. 5 1 : in local names, G^gjar-fors, G^gjar-hamarr,
etc., referring to popular tales.
gfeXt m. an abyss ; eld-gygr, a crater of a volcano : to this perhaps
belongs the saying, vinna fyrir gy'g, to labour in vain, answering to the
Lat. ' oleum et operam perdere ;' hva9 gagnar svo fyrir gy'g ad vinna, Bb.
3. 98 ; og vann ei fyrir gyg, a7id got his reward. Snot 319 (Ed. 1866) ;
or is gyg (qs. gygi), to labour for an ogre or witch, the metaphor being
taken from popular tales ?
GI^LL, m., or perhaps gill, [gill, Ivar Aasen, akin to gjoll], a mock szin,
parhelion, Scot, gow, conceived to be a wolf preceding the sun : when
the sun is surrounded by mock suns he is said to be in ' wolf-stress,' lilfa-
kreppa ; the phenomenon is called gy'la-ferd, f. ' wolf-gang ;' cp. also the
saying, sjaldan er gy'll fyrir g63u nema lilfr eptir renni, a gill bodes no good
unless followed by a wolf {a. sign of weather), Isl. {)j63s. i. 658, 659.
G^mir, ni. name of a giant, answering to Gr. 'CLKtavos, Edda.
G.ffiDA, dd, [g65r], to bestow a boon upon, endow, enrich; gae5a e-n
fe ok vir6ingu, Hkr. i. 253, Fms. x. 192 ; J)a er rett at hann gaeSi J)ser
(the daughters) sem hann vill, then he may endow them at pleasure,
Grag. i. 204; gaedda ek gulli ok gu3vefjum, Gh. 16; gaeSask bokligum
listum. Mar. 469; hann gaeddi gjofum go&a menn, Fms. iv. ill, Bs. i.
815 ; t)a gaeddi hann (endowed) friendr sina me3 au3aefum, 269 ; en Alls-
valdandi Gu3 gaeddi hann pvi meir at au5rae3um ok mann-vir3ingum, 137 ;
alia lenda menn gaeddi hann bae3i at veizlum ok lausa-f^, 0. H. 179 ; J)a
skal ek g. y6r hvern eptir sinum verSleikum, 209 ; bau5 |>randr at gaeSa
(/o better) hluta Leifs me6 miklu fe, Faer. 180; en Allsvaldandi Gu6 gaeddi
sva bans virSing, at ... , but God Ahnighty bettered his reputation so
that..., Bs. i. 333. 2.' in the phrases, gx9a ras, fer3, rei3, to
quicken the pace ; J)a gaeddi hann rasina, then he quickened his pace. Eg.
378; en J)egar hann sa bjorninn, gaeddi hann fer6ma, Fms. ii. loi, v.
165 ; konungs-menn gaefta r66rinn,^ibe_y quickened the stroke, pulled quicker,
180. p. adding a, sva mikit gaeddi J)etta a, it increased so much,
went to such a pitch, Konr. ; ok var ^k nokkuru heimskari en a3r, ef a
matti gaeSa, she wms if possible sillier than before, i.e. though it cotdd
scarcely he worse, Gisl. 21 ; a mun mi gae3a. Am. 71 : in mod. usage,
e-t a gx&isk, it increases, esp. in a bad sense, of sickness or the like.
geedi, n. pi. good things, boons; hann slo oUu vi3 J)vi er til gae&a vaf
(be spared uo good things), at J)eir maetti ba6ir gofastir af ver3a, Bs. i.
129, Fb. i. 4.34; t)at eru mest gae6i (blessings) ^jeim er eptir lifa, Bs. i.
X40: — wealth, profits, in trade, mikil gae&i vins, hunangs, Sturl. i. 127;
{)eir hofSu J)a5an morg gae5i i vinviSi ok berjum ok skinna-voru, Fb.
i. 546 ; kaupferSa ok atflutninga J)eirra gae&a sem ver megum eigi
missa, Fms. i. 284 ; hann fann J)ar storar kistur ok mart til gae3a, Fs.
5 : emoluments, mcirg gae3i onnur lag5i Gizurr biskup til J)eirrar kirkju
baedi i londum ok lausa-fe, Bs. i. 67; var hann (the brook) fullr af
fiskum, . . . r4ku J)eir hann a brott, ok vildu eigi at hann nyti gae6a
j^essa, Landn. 52 ; a kirkjan fugla, fiska ok allt Jjat er gaeda er, i jor3u
ok a, i J)essu takmarki, Jm. 14 ; hafdi hann J)ar mikinn avoxt af sterkum
trj&m ok o3rum gae&um, Stj. 134 ; taka erfSir, ok J)au gaeSi er J)vi fylgja,
Grdg. i. 226 ; konungr vill })ar veita i mot f)au gae3i af sinu landi, er menn
kunna honum til at segja, O.H. 126; nema hann hafi keypt me3 oUum
gaedum rekann af landinu, Grag. ii. 383 ; bad Skota-konungr hann fa
J)au gseSi oil & Katanesi, er hann haf3i a&r haft, Orkn. 388 : so in the
phrase, to buy a thing, me6 ollum gognum ok gaeSum, with scot and lot.
g^eSa-lauss, ad j . void of good things ; of a country, barren, Fb. i. 5 39.
geedindi, n. pi. good things, H. £. i. 526.
n
gseSingr, m., prop, a man of property ; among the Norsemen m
and Shetland gae&ingr was used synonymously with lendir
Norway, landlords, barons, nobles, chiefs ; gob gaeSings aett, tb(
man's fair daughter, Jd. (an Orkney poem) ; gae3inga-skip, a si
Orkney chiefs on board, Ann. 232 ; J)etta eru allt Jarla aettir 0^
inga i Orkneyjum, Orkn. ch. 39 ; hurfu gaeSingar mjok i tv4 f!
178, 380; adding the name of the liege-lord, J)eir voru allir gjeSi
Pals jarls, 186; J)eir voru vitrir menn, ok morgum oSrum gapSin
stefndi hann til sin, 232, 242, 262, 330 ; stallarar konungs ok airij
ingar, Fms. vi. 442 ; a konungs bor6 ok hans gae3inga, x. 303-: 1
borinna manna ok gae6inga Jezraels-borgar, Stj. 600. i Kings xxi. Sfj
the elders and nobles') ; gaeSingar af Galaad, 405. Judges xi. 5 sqq, |(
elders of Gilead'); gae3ingar Gaze-borgar, 418, cp. 'the lords 0 .
Philistines,' Judges xvi. 23 ; eigi gxftingar heldr undirmenn lui;
andligir synir, Mar. 203, passim. II. mod. a racehorse.
gseSir, m. an endower. Lex. Po(3t.
gseSska and gsezka, u, f. goodness, kindness, mercy. Am. lOO, Stj
Fms. X. 280; engi fryr J)er vits en meir ertii gruna6r um gaesku (l
graezku, q. v.), Sturl. i. 105 : grace, holiness, Bs. i. 63; tign ok gj
05, Karl. 452 ; i rettlaeti ok g., Stj. 54 ; esp. Gu3s gaezka, the grace, 1
of God, eccL: good things = gxbl, Fms. vii. 285, x. 18,418, Stj. 29a,
205,Sks. 181. COMPOS : gaezku-fullr, adj./z<// o/g-oorfwss,
merciful, Fms. x. 232. gsezku-lauss, adj. (-leysi, n.),
cruel, Stj. 462, 464. gaBzka-samligr, adj. good, Bs. i. 75.
semi, f. grace, goodtiess.
G-^FA, u, f. [from gefa, as gipt], luck; ^ar gor3i gaefu-muniw
141 : the sayings, annaS er gaefa ok gorvileiki ; and gefr ser engfg
gildr J)6 feginn vildi ; bera gaefu til e-s, to have luck in a thing; vi
hann enga gaefu til at f)j6na {)er. Eg. 112 ; sag6i, at Jjat var hanshi^
at ver feSgar munum ekki bera gtefu til J)essa konungs, 17 ; en^^
vel biiinn at hreysti ok atgtirvi, fia hefir J)u eigi til \iess gaefu, at
til jafns viS Harald konung, 82 ; gipt ok gaefa, Bs. i. 132 ; reyndr^
ok gxfu. Anal. 57 ; ef gaefa vill til, Fs. 131 ; eigi ertii nu einn at,"]
konungs-gaefan fylgir J)er, Fms. ii. 60 ; gaefumaSr ertii mikill, Sighi
J)at eigi undarlegt at gaefa fylgi vizku, hitt er kynligt sem stundmp
ver5a, at sii g'aefa fylgir livizkum manni, at livitrlig ra& smiask tp
6. H.123; fvi at ek treystumk minni hamingju bezt ok sva gi;,
Fms. vi. 165. coMPDs: gsefu-drjugr, adj. /wc^^, Fms. vi. 116. £
fatt, n. adj. unlucky, Fms. v. 170, Korm. 76. gasfu-ferd, f. a
journey, Fbr. 234. gsefu-fullr, adj. fdl of luck, Str. g
hlutr, m. a lucky lot, share of good luck, Bs. i. 137. gSBfu-l
adj. luckless, Isl. ii. 97. gsefu-leysi, n. lucklessness, Grett. 128,1
30. gsefu-litill, zd}. having little luck. gsefu-maflr, m. a
7nan, Nj.129, Fms. ii. 73, Bs. i. 60, Fs. 7,115,6. H. 123, passim; (i
ma3r, a luckless man.) gsefumann-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), <?s a
man, Fms. xi. 232. gsefu-mikill, adj. having great luck, Fd
32S. gsefu-munr, m. a/wr« orsZ)?//o//?^c^, Nj. 141. g8sfa>i
f. a trial of hick, Grett. 11 3 A, (3. H. 74. gsefu-samliga, adv. It
Fms. iii. 53, xi. 32, Grett. 85 A. gsefu-samligr, adj. /wcJty, '
1 1 9 A . gasfu-skipti, n. a turn or change of hick, Fms. x. 2 1 3. {
skortr, m. want of luck. Fas. iii. 563. gaefu-vant, n. adj. ««
in luck. Valla L. 222.
gsefast, 3, dep. to become quiet and calm, Bb, 2. 35.
g8sf9, f. meekness.
gtefl-ligr, adj., gramm. rendering of Lat. dativus, Skalda.
gsefr, adj. meek, quiet, Sturl. iii. 71, Hrafn. 24, Grett. 107 Aj. )
mer ok gaefast, that is pleasant to me, Fms. ii. 261.
gseftir, f. pi. [gefa B], weather fit for fishing, fine weather,
gsegjask, 3, dep. \gugsle, De Professer ; Germ. guckeii\, to he all
to bend eagerly forward and peep, Eb. 272, Bar3. 171, Grett. II4
g. yfir her3ar e-m, Konr. : ok J)a hann gaeg3isk J)ar inn, John XX.
gsegjur, f. pi., in the phrase, standa a gxgjum, to stand agog, ati^tll
gsel, n. enticement ; gael of margt mun ek mi maelt hafa, MSB. 4'
G-ffiLA (gcela), d, [gala, gol ; Ulf. goljan = xa'pc'v], /o comfort,
appease; verb ek mik gaela af grimmum hug, Skv. 3. 9 ; J)at gsdi
Band. ; gaela gjofum ok fagrmaeli, MSS. 4. 6 ; eigi mun hann
me3 sattar-bodum, Fms. x. 221 ; gaela graettan, SI. 26, (better thang
gsela, u, f. enticement, soothing; esp. in pi. gaelur, lullaby songs
gaelur, nursery songs ; hefir brag J)enna ok barngaelur, ort ofimliga
I
Fostri, a ditty ; fri3-gaelur, q. v. : — a breeze = gol, Edda (Gl.)
gseling, {.fondling, Barl. 55, 150; gaelingar-or3, Fms. viii. 23
G^R, adv., also spelt gor and gjar, esp. in Norse MSS., but als
in Fb., Stj., D.N. passim ; [A. S. gestran, gestran dag ; Engl. yestt
O.H. G. gestar; Germ, gestern; Dan. gaar ; Swed. gar; Lat
hesternus ; Gr. x^*'* ! cp. also Engl._yore, answering to the form g'
yesterday; only with the prep, i, i gaer, Fms. vii. 168, passim.
[Ulf. renders avpiov, Matth. vi. 30, by gestradagis, and that this
mistake or corruption in the Gothic text is shewn by the fact t
the old Icel. or Scandin. poems gor occurs two or three times
very same sense] : — to-morrow ; in the phrases, mi e3a i gor, «
by to-morrow ; i dag e3r giir, to-day or to-morrow : hvart skoh
GiERA— GORA.
223
igiir deyja, whether we are to die now or to-morrow, Hdm. 31 ;
arat m6r rdSinn dauSi i dag e8a gcir, I was not fated to die to-day
-morrow, Landn. (in a verse composed in Icel. about the middle of
pth century). Uppstrom, the learned Swedish editor of Ulfilas, has
noticed the passage in H3m. as corroborative of the Gothic text.
SUA, u, f. a sheepskin with the fleece on, K.{j.K.l48, Stj. 306, Sturl.
J9C, Bs. i.6o6, Rd. 240, Pr. 78, 625.22. gseru-skinn, n. = ga;ra.
•dagr, m. (gj^r-dagr, |ji6r. 10), yesterday, fsl. ii. 413, Hkr. ii.
gxrdags, 0. H. 87 : mod. only with the prep., i goerdag.
■kveld, n. (gjdx-kveld, Str. 4. 30, Fb. ii. 150), yesterday evening;
kveld, Ld. 44, Fms. vii. 168, Fas. ii. 284, Fbr. 63.
>niorgiii, m. yesterday morning.
H'-tia, adv. = gxr, Fms. vi. 254.
glilingr, m. [gas], a gosling, Fms. viii. 42, D. N. i. 7.
Bini, proncd. gsexni, f. [gas], silliness, Edda 1 10 : mod., neut. a lean,
d person, geesnis-ligr, adj. spectre-like.
STA, tt, (gjata, Hom. 34, 156, esp. in Norse MSS.), [jgcete = to
ibetp, Ivar Aasen] : — to watch, tend, take care of, with gen. ; at gaeta
sinna, Fms. i. 245 ; gaetum vandliga J)essa bur3ar, viii. 8 ; GuS
mia, God protect me! ix. 482 ; gaeta skipa sinna, 484; J)4 latum en
gSBta var, Orkn. 108 ; J)eir l^tu myrkrit gaeta sin, Fs. 85 ; |j6rir ba6
tnenn hiifa s6r ok gaeta sin sem bezt, GullJ). 24; ok ba6u hann
lifs sins, Orkn. 164; gjata laga ok landsrettar, Hom. 34; {)4 er at
raisins, then take heed to the advice, Nj. 6l ; gaeta doma, to observe
'., Sks. 658 : — to tend [cp. Norse gcete'], gaeta kiia, to tend cows, Fms.
6, Ld. 98 ; gaeta hesta, to tend horses, Fb. ii. 340, Fs. 88 ; hon gaetir
; ValhiJllu, Edda 21 ; M63gu3r er nefnd maer sii er gaetir bruarinnar,
uuin sitr J)ar vi6 himins-enda at gaeta bruarinnar fyrir bergrisum, 17;
segls, to take care of the sail, Fms. vii. 340 (in a verse) ; gaeta skips,
191 : — absoL, stofan gaetti {guarded) at baki J)eim, Eg. 91 ; {)vi at
dmir gsettu fyrir utan, Fms. vii. 184 ; gsettu (take care) ok vinn eigi
a, Fb. ii. 360 ; gaeta sin, to be on one's guard. p. with prep., gata
take care of, mind; var eigi betr til gaett en sva, at ... , Orkn. 2 lO ;
i!ttu l)eir til, at ekki varS at, Nj. 5 7 ; gaeti& h^r til Onundar husbonda
;, at eigi sliti dy'r n4 fuglar hrae j)eirra, Eg. 380 ; hann skyldi til gaeta at
egisk aptr Uait, (3. H. 215 ; sa er til saka gaetir, Sks. 28, Rb. 396 ;
lunnt til at gxta, if thou behave well. Eg. 96; mun ek {)a ekki
if|>6r eignir {)inar, ef t)u kannt til gasta, id., Fms. ii. 178 : in mod.
also, gaeta a3 e-u, to observe a thing : to heed, Gu3s vegna a6 J)^r gaet
iJ, Pass. 8. 16. II. reflex., |)orleikr kva5sk ekki mundu hafa
ii, J)vi at lisynt er hversu mer gaetisk til, because it is uncertain
r may keep it, Ld. 300 : cp. geta A. IV. III. [cp. geta
;en., signif. B], getask um e-t, to deliberate or take cotinsel about ...;
I t»t gaettusk, hvart , . . , and took counsel together, whether ..., Vsp.
7, 29 ; gaetask e-s, to tell of, mention a thing ; gaettisk ok Glaumvor,
i grand svefna, G. told that she had dreary dreams. Am. 20 ; gaettisk
logni, at arna anau9gum, H. spoke of interceding for the bondsman,
IV. part, gaetandi, a keeper, Edda 94.
B.-liga, adv. heedfidly, Al. 147, Fms. viii. 201.
{fjnn, adj.ieec?/?//, Hm. 6; 6-gx.imn, heedless ; z.h-g?e.t\nn, heedful.
5£! r, m. a keeper, warder. Lex. Poet.
jfii, f. heedfulness ; a3-gaetni, circumspection ; naer-gaetni, equity.
H ', adj. good, Sks. 633 B ; a-gxtr, good; fa-gaetr, rare; naer-gaetr.
?£ ■, f. pi. [from gat, q. v.], in the phrase, gefa gaetr at e-u, to mind a
ii heed, Ld. 204, Hkr. iii. 203.
{{,;i, n. pi. [gatt], door-posts, Rm, 2, Fms. ii, 161, 6.H. 154, Fas.
. ! ; dyri-g., q. v. gsetti-tr^, f. a door-sill, N. G. L. i. 38,
a ica. vide gjeSska.
. f. watch, keeping, Grag. i. 147, Fms. xi. 246 ; svina-g., tend-
Fs. 71 : metaph., Fms. vii. 187, Sks. 675. compds : g83zlu-
a guardian angel, Nj. 157. gsezlu-kerling, f. an old
int, Str. 75. gsezlu-lauss, adj. unguarded. Fas. ii. 467.
ysi, n. carelessness. gsezlu-maSr, m. a keeper, Grag. i.-
X. 469, xi. 402, Sks. 273, 472. g8ezlu-s6tt, f. sickness
res guarding, lunacy, Grag. i. 287; a3-gaezla, attention.
'^,a3,[g6figr; cp.lJU.gabigjan = iT\ovTi^uv'], to honour: 1.
: gods), to worship ; J)au gu3 er J)u gofgar, Fms. i. 97 ; eigi eru
ikun jDau er per gofgit. Bias. 44 ; hann gofgaSi hof ^au, er . . .,
iiu skulum v(5r fyrir J)vi g. einn Gu6, Sks. 308 ; engum gu3i
■t faera J)eim er mi g. menn, Fagrsk. 11 ; Gu3 at g. ok Jesum
i-l; hann er siSan gofgaSr i kirkju heilags Laurentii, Rb.
wjiionum var gofgat skurgoS J)at er Bal heitir, 400. 2. to
n*, Wess; sva hefir Drottinn g6fga& hann, at hann gor3i hann hofS-
jCristni sinnar, 655 iii. 4 ; honum {)6tti ^vi betr er fleiri tignu6usk
guSusk af honum, Bs. i. 141.
[an, f. worshipping, 677. 9, 655 ix. 2, 623. 12, Fb. i. 408.
■j f. nobility ; aett-g., noble extraction.
5-kvendi, n. a noble woman, lady, Eb. 18, Ld. 334.
g-l&tr, adj. worshipful, generous, Fms. viii. 2, Fas. ii. 105 : as the
fa king (=^rra/), tt. 25
gp{u.g-UeT,zd]. worshipful, glorious; fagr ok g. alittim, Hkr.i.io, 323,
Fms. vii. 63, x. 234, 289, 294, Th. 2a : viagniflcent, Edda 12 ; kirkja g.,
Bs. i. 645; g. veizla, a grand banquet, |>iBr. 220; g. sigr, a glorious
victory, Stjornu-Odd. 16.
gdfug-menni, n. a ttoble, worshipfid man, Fms. vi. 269, viii. 136, x,
323, Landn. 278, Eb. 14, Fs. 20, Jjorf.Karl. 364.
gSfug-monnr, adj. with tnany worshipful men, Mirm.
GdPUGB, adj. [UK. gabigs = vKovaiot], worshipful, noble; gofugr
maSr, a worshipful man, by birth, etc. ; til giifugs manns er Skeggi h^t,
Nj. 270 ;^ g. madr ok storaettaftr, Eg. 16, 97, freq. in Landn. ; Hcrrauftr
Hvita-sky var g. maftr, 156; Hrafn enn Heimski h^t g. maftr, 59, 213,
244, 2 77, 283 ; t)essir landniims-menn eru gijfgastir 1 Vestfirdinga-fjorftungi,
167 ; at Erlingr Skjalgsson hafi vcrit maftr rikastr ok giifgastr i Noregi,
(3.H.184, Fms. i. 61; rikr maftr ok g., Hkr. i. 136; sjau prestar ok
allir gcifgir, Bs. i. 79 ; enum gijfgasta konungi. Post. 656 C. 33 ; g. maftr
ok agxtr, Eg. 98 ; voru J)eir Bjcirgolfr i gildinu gofgastir menn, the fore-
most men, 22 ; Hrafn var gofgastr sona Ha;ngs, 102 ; |)vi heldr er gofgari
voru, Bs. i. 129 ; goftir menn ok gofgir, Griig. ii. 168 ; Ingolfr var gofg-
astr allra landnams-manna, Fms. i. 241, (Landn. 36 I.e. fraegastr) ; at
J)eir maetti baftir sem gofgastir af verfta, lis. i. 129: — of things, gofugr
baer, Eg. 477 ; g. sysla, Hom. 4.
g611, f. a shriek, Edda (Gl.) 110.
GOLTK, m., gen. galtar, dat. gelti, [Swed. and Dan. gaW] : — a
boar, hog, Grag. i. 427, Landn. 177, Sks. 113, Fas. i. 87, 88, iii. 405 ;
sonar-goltr, a sacrificial hog, i. 331, 332. 2. an old dat. gjalti
only occurs in the old metaph. phrase, verfta at gjalti, to be turned into
a hog, i. e. to turn mad with terror, esp. in a fight ; stundum aepir hon
sva hatt at menn verfta naer at gjalti, Fms. iv. 56 ; sa kraptr ok fjolkyngi
fylgfti J)eim Nor, at livinir J)eirra urftu at gjalti J)egar J)eir heyrftu herop
ok sa vapnum brugftit, ok logSu Lappir d flotta, Orkn. 4 ; en er hann sa
at J)eir ofruftu vapnunum gliipnafti hann, ok hljop um fram ok i fjallit upp
ok varft at gjalti, Eb. 60 ; urftu gongu-menn naesta at gjalti, Gisl. 56 ; en
J)er aerftisk allir ok yrftit at gjalti, Fs. 43, — cp. Yngl. S. ch. 6, where this
power is attributed to Odin; gjalti glikir verfta gumna synir, Hm. 130;
Nero hljop burt fra riki ok varft at gjalti. Post. 656 C. 39 ; at konungr
mundi ganga af vitinu ok at gjalti verfta, Rb. 394 (of king Nebuchadnez-
zar) ; J)eir menn er geltir eru kallaftir, Sks. 113 sqq. II. metaph.
a hog's back or ridge between two dales ; in local names, Galtar-dair,
Galtardals-tunga, n., of farms situated at the foot of such a ridge.
g61tra, aft, to rove about in cold and blast, from goltr (2).
gonduU, ni. a clue; J)a& er komift i giindul, of entangled things,
gong, n. pi. [gangr], a passage, lobby ; en or kastala v6ru gong upp i
kirkju, Fms. ix. 523 : freq. in mod. usage, of a narrow passage, baftstofu-
gong, esp. when leading from the door to the sitting-room : metaph., gefa
e-m gong, to give one free passage, xi. 283 ; kunna gong at orostu, to
know the ways of fighting, vi. 387.
gonguU, adj. strolling; mer verftr gongult, Lv. 33 ; naer-giingull, near-
going, exacting ; hiis-gongull, strolling frorn house to house.
g6iiur, f. pi. [gana], wild wanderings, eccentricities ; in the phrase,
hlaupa lit i gonur, to rove wildly about.
GOB and ger, n. a flock of birds of prey ; J)ar var hrafna gor, Hofuftl. 9 ;
hraeva gor, carrion crows, Merl. 2. 68, (in both passages rhyming with a
word having 0 for root vowel) ; opt er fiskr i fugla geri, there are often fish
where gtdls gather, Hallgr. in Snot 212 2nd Ed. (for the gulls guide the fish-
ermen to the shoals offish) ; J)a fylgir f)vi gor mikit ok ata, Sks. 140.
G6E- (also spelt gjor-, ger-, geyr-) ; the complete old form is gSrv-,
which remains in gorv-allr, q. v. [cp. gorva below ; mid. H. G.gar, garwe ;
O. H. G. garo ; N. H. G.gar] : — as adverb, prefix, quite, altogether: g6r-
au3r, adj. quite empty: gftr-bsenn, adj. begging hard, importunate,
Sighvat, Fb. ii. 80 : g6r-ey3a, dd, to lay quite waste : g6r-fariiin, part.
quite gone, qidte lost, of a game, Fms. vii. 219 : gor-liugall, adj. very
heedful, mindful. Eg. 14 : g6r-k61fr, m. = for-kolfr, q. v. : gOr-slokinn,
part, quite slaked, Holabok 103 : g6r-spiltr, part, quite corrupt.
GOBA, ft, also spelt gdrva, giOrva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. g0ra,
not g<f)ra (the 0 was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be
sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt ; and the insertion of
i ox j (giora, gjcira), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in
old, is phonetic, not radical, and gora and gjora represent the same
sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt
so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut.,
and Danske Runemind. passim ; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS.,
e.g. the Kb. of Saem. (cited from Bugge's Edit.), gorva. Am. 75, Skv. I.
34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9;
giorfa, 28 ; gorvir, Hkv. Hjorv. 41 ; g0rvom, Hym. 6; gorviz, Am. 35 ;
gerviz, Merl. 2. 89: — this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is
usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, H^'m. i, Og. 23, Ls. 65 ; gera. Am.
85 ; gorir, Hm. 1 14 : the pret. always drops the v, gorJ)i, Hym. 21 ; gorfto
or gorJ)o, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorftumz, Hftm. 28; gerj)i, Am.
74; gerj)it, 26 : — with / inserted, Rm. 9, 22 ; giordu, II ; in the Mork.
freq. giavra. The b is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the
■6 g-leikr(-ki), m. worshipfulness, Fms, i, 395, x. 280 : bighness,^lo. common form in speech, gjora in writing ; — the old pres. indie, used by the
S24
GORA.
poets and in the laws is monosyllabic gorr ; with suflixed negative, gorr-a,
Hkr. i. (in a verse) ; mod. bisyllabic gorir, which form is also the usual
one in the Sagas : — the old part. pass, was g6rr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix.
498, X. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with
f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir : dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially
= sic facto: the mod. part. gj0r3r, ger3r, g6r3r, as a regular part, of
the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th cen-
tury, e.g. Bs. i. 877, 1. 21. [This is a Scandin. word ; Dzn.gjore; Swed,
g'dra ; Old Engl, and Scot, gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin,
the Saxon word being do, the Germ, tbun, neither of which is used in
the Scandin. ; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though
used in a different sense; A. S. gervaii and gearvjan—parare; O. H. G.
kartvan; Germ, gerbeti, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv.^flr, vide above
s. v. giir-.] To make, to do ; th« Icel. includes both these senses.
A. To fiiake : I. to build, work, make, etc. ; gcira himin ok
jor8, 633. 36, Hom. 100 ; gcira hiis, to build a bouse, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384 ;
gora kirkju, Bjarn. 39; gcira skip, N. G. L. i. 198 ; gcira langskip, Eg. 44;
gcira stolpa, Al. 116; gcira tol ( = smi3a), Vsp. 7; gcira (fingr)-gull, Bs.
i. 877 ; gcira haug, to build a cairn. Eg. 399 ; gcira lokhvilu, Dropl. 27 ;
gcira dys, Ld. 152 ; gcira kistu (coffin). Eg. 127 ; gcira naust, N. G. L. i.
198; gcira jarShus, Dropl. 34; gora veggi. Eg. 724: also, gcira bok, to
write a book, lb. i, Rb. 384; gora kviSling, to make a song, Nj. 50;
gcira br6f, to draw up a deed {letter), Fms. ix. 22 ; gcira nymaeli, to frame
a law, lb. 1 7. 2. adding prep. ; gcira upp, to repair, rebuild, restore,
Fb. ii. 370; gcira upp Jorsala-borg, Ver, 43; gcira upp skala, Ld. 29S ;
gora upp leiSi, to build up a grave. II. to make, prepare, get
ready; gcira veizlu, drykkju, briiSkaup, erfi, and pocit. cil, cildr, to make
a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; gcira
seiS, blot, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; gora bii, to set up a house,
Grag. i. 185, Ld. 68 ; gora eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. J>. K. 88 ;
gcira rekkju, to make one's bed. Eg. 236; gcira upp hvilur, Sturl. ii. 124;
gcira grant, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349 ; gcira drykk, to
make a drink, Fms. i. 8 ; gcira kol, or gcira til kola, to juake charcoal.
Oik. 35, III. in somewhat metaph. phrases ; gora fer6, to make
a journey, Fms. x. 281 ; gcirSi heiman fcir sina, he made a journey from
borne. Eg. 23 ; gcira sinn veg, to make one's way, travel. Mar. ; gcira upp-
reisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416 ; gora ufri5,
to make war, 656 C. 15 ; gcira satt, gcJra fri6, to make peace, Hom. 153,
Bs. i. 24; gcira feskipti, Nj. 118; gcira tilskipan, to 7nake an arrange-
ment, Eg. 67 ; gcira ra3 sitt, to make up one's mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix.
21 ; gora hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348. 2. to make, give, pay,
yield; gcira tiund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180: hann skal gora Gudi tiunda
hlut verSsins, id. ; gcira cilmusu, to give alms, 64 ; gora avc'ixt, to yield
fruit, Greg. 48 ; gefa ne gcira avcixt, Stj. 43 ; gcira konungi skatt e6a
skyld, Fms. xi. 225. 3. to contract; gcira vinattu, ftjlagskap, to
contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29 ; gcira skuld, to contract a debt, Grag.
i. 1 36 : gcira ra& me5 e-m, to take counsel with, advise one. Eg. 1 2 ; gora
Ta8 fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; gcira mun e-s, to make a dif-
ference, i. 255, Eb. 106. 4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere ; sex tigir
penninga gcira tyu, sixty pence vtake an ounce,G^a,g.\. 500, Rb. 458. 5.
to grant, render; gcira kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6,
Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood) ; vil ek at J)c3r gerit
kostinn, Nj. 3 ; ok megit J)c3r fyrir J)vi gcira {grant) hcnum kostinn, 49,
51 ; gcira e-m Icig, to grant the law to one, 237 ; gcira guSsifjar, to make
* gossip' with one, to be one's godfather, Fms. ii. 1 30. 6. special usages ;
gcira spott, had, gabb, . . . at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a
thing, Fms. x. 124; gora iftran, to do penance, Greg. 22 ; gcira pakkir,
to give thanks, Hom. 55 ; gcira rom at mali e-s, to cheer another's speech,
shout hear, hear! var gcirr at mali hans mikill romr ok goOr, his speech
was much cheered, Nj. 250, — a parliamentary term ; the Teutons cheered,
the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ. 7. with
prepp. ; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; lata af (/o kilt) ok gcira
til {and dress), K.f). K. 80, Isl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31,
Finnb. 228; gora til nyt, to churn milk, K.{). K. 78; gcira til sver5, to
wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; niattu J)eir eigi sja, hversu {jorvaldr
var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19. p. gora at e-u, to mend,
make good, put right (at-gcirS), ek skal at J)vi gera, Fms. xi. 153, Ew.
566, Nj. 130 : to heal, Barft. 171, Eg. 579, Gnig. i. 220 ; gcira at hesti,
K.|). K. 54, Nj. 74: gcira via e-u, vide B. H. 8. adding ace. of
an adj., part., or the like ; gcira mun J)at margan hcifuSlausan, Nj. 203 ;
gora mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett.
133, Fms. X. 339 ; gora e-n saltan, to reconcile one, Grag. i. 336 ; gcira
s6r e-n kxran, to fj/ake one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209 ; gcira sik likan
c-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258 ; gcira sik g63an,
to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78 ; gora sik reiSan, to take offence,
216; gcira ser daelt, to make oneself at ho7ne, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj.
ai6 ; gcira langmaelt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316 ; gcira skjot-kjcirit,
to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79 ; gcira holpinn, to ' make holpen,' to
t'lp> X. 314; gcira Icigtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i.
37 ; hann gerdi hann halshciggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488,
V. 1, ; ok gor9u pa handtekna alia at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40 ; varir
J vciskustu ok beztu menn eru giirfir handteknir, 4I, p. gcira ser ml
um e-t, to make much of, admire. Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364 ; gora e-i
agaetum, to tnake famous, extol a thing, vii. 147 ; gcira at or3um, to no
as remarkable. Fas. i. 123; gcira at alitum, to take into considentA
Nj. 3 ; gcira ser ugeti6 at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134 ; gonv
vi6 sik, to make one's presence noticed, Eg. 79 ; gcira ser mikit, liti8 fir
to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 2 34 ; gcira s(5r i hug, to brood ot
hann gerfti scir i hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112 ; gcira s^r i hugar lund
fancy, think : gcira af s^r, to exert oneself, ef J)u gerir eigi meira af
um aftra leika, Edda 32 ; hvart hann var me3 Eiriki jarli, e3r gcirSi h;
annat af sor, or what else be was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.
phrases, gera faleika a sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; <
adding upp, gera s6t upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-ger6, dissimulatio
gcira S(jr til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerb, foppishness.)
B. To do: I. to do, act; allt J)at er hann gerir A
{whatever he does), J)at a eigandi at abyrgjask, GJ)1. 190; f^r mu
fatt msela e5r gera, a3r y6r munu vandraeBi af standa, i. e. wbatsot
you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91 ; gora e-t med ha
fengi ok kappi, 98 ; ger sva vel, ' do so well,' be so kind! ill; gerit
sva, g63i herra {please, dear lord !), jpiggit mitt heilraeSi, Fms. vii. i;
and in mod. usage, geri3 J)c'r svo vel, ger6u svo vel, = Engl, plei
do ! sag6i, at hann hafSi me6 triileik gcirt, done faithfully. Eg. 65; g
gott, to do good; gcira illt, to do evil, (g6&-gcir3, ill-gcir5) ; <>k
var vel gcirt, well done, 64 ; geyrSa ek hotvetna illt, / did evil
all things, NiSrst. 109 ; hefir hann marga hluti gcirt stor-vel til n
he has done many things well towards me, I have received many gt
benefits at his hands. Eg. 60 : with dat., sva mikit gott sem jarl h
mer gert, Nj. 133; {)er vilda ek sizt illt gcira, I would least do bt
to thee, 84 : gora fulmennsku, to do a mean act, 1 85 ; gora vel vij i\
to do well to one, Fs. 2 2 ; gcira stygS vi5 e-n, to offend one, FffiS^
98 ; gora saemiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71 ; gora si
e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155 ; gora e-m gagn, to give I
to one, Nj. 262 ; gcira e-m saemd, skcimm, to do (shew) honour, disi
to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; gcira ha8ung, xi. 152 ; gora styrk, to strengi
one, ix. 343 ; gora e-m skapTnun, to tease one ; gcira 6sc)ma,Vapn,
gcira ska3a {scathe). Eg. 426; gora cjvina-fagnad, to give joy /»e
enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 1 1 2 ; gorm til sk
e-m, to conform to one's wishes, 80 ; gerum ver sem faflir var vill, U,
do as our father wishes, 198 ; vel ma ek gera Jjat til skaps f63ur n
at brenna inni me3 honum, id. ; gcira at skapi e-s, id., 3 ; var |)atin
gert moti minu skapi, Fms. viii. 300 ; gera til saka vi& e-n, to offend,
agai?ist one, Nj. 80 ; gera a hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vigl. 25 ; gora
fyrir ser, to be}:ave badly, Fms. vii. 103. II. adding grep.; g
til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-gor3, desert, behaviour) ; hvat hafSii
til gcirt, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130 ; framarr en ek
til gcirt, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300 ; ok hafit J)er D:
heldr til annars gcirt, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. I
Hom. 159: — gcira eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90: — gcira vi& e-n
vi3-gor5, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun lihaegt vers
gcira vi3 forlogum peirra, Ld. 190; er lihaegt at gcira vid {to rt,
atkvae6um, Fs. 22 ; ok num ekki mega vi3 J)vi gera, Nj. 198: — ^
af vi6 e-n (cp. af-gor3, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek
engan hlut af gcirt vi& J)ik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241 ; ok i3rask nu ]
er hann hefir af gert, 300 ; gora af vi& Gu3, to sin against G
Hom. 44. 2. special usages ; gcira ... at, to do so and so; spu
hvat hann vildi \){\, lata at gera, he asked what he would have done,
100; hann gerSi J)at eina at, er hann atti, he did only what he o«j
220; J)eir Flosi satu um at rengja, ok giltu ekki at gert, F. tried,'
could do nothing, 115, 242; Jier munut ekki fa at gert, fyrr en.
139 ; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199 ; mikit hefir Jju ni
gert, mt4ch hast thou now done {it is a serious matter), 85 ; er nii
mikit at gert um manndrap si3an, 356 ; hann vildi taka vciru at Idni,
gora mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70 ; Svartr hafSi hciggit $
ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slikt gerir at er scilin etr, so it happens i
those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed,
605. p. gcira af e-u, to do so and so with a thing ; hvat hafiS ^r gei
Gunnari, Njar3. 376 ; ra6 J^ii draumana, vera ma at ver gerim af nokl
may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gcir af draumir
slikt er J)(jr J)ykkir likligast, do with the dream {read it) as seems to
likeliest, fsl. ii. 196 : gcira vi3 e-n, to do with one ; J)a var um rajtt, hvaS
J)a skyldi gcira, what was to be done with them ? Eg. 232 ; sernar eru s;
til vi6 Egil, hvat sem eg laet gcira vi& hann, 426 ; eigi veit ek hvat
hafa si5an vi6 gcirt, 574 : gcira fyrir e-t, to provide; Jon var vd§i
gandi, ok at ciUu vel fyrir gcirt, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl.
195 ; J)6tt Bjcirn s6 vel vigr ma5r, \>a er par fyrir gort, pvi at , ..,
that is made up, because .. .: fyrir gcira (q. v.), to forfeit.
C. Metaph. and Special Usages : I. to do, help, avail;
skulum v(5r ganga allir a vald jarlsins, pvi at oss gerir eigi annat, noA
else will do for us, Nj. 267 ; pat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84;
ek kann ekki ra5 til at leggja ef petta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konifff
vill pat eigi, pvi at mer gerir pat eigi {it will not do for me) at per ga ''^
GORA.
225
ipp, X. 357 ; t)at gerir mer ekki, at {)er gangit a. Orminn, ... en
!ia vera at mor komi at gagni, ii. 227 ; J)6ttisk J)!i vita, at honum
i ekki gcra (it would do Jiothing) at biSja fyrir honum, Fb. i.
engum gerfti vi6 hann at keppa, 571 ; ekki gerSi ]pcini uin at
isk, Bilr3. 10 new Ed.; sag3a ek y3r eigi, at ekki miindi gera at
laus, Sks. 625 ; hvat gerir mor nii at spyrja, Stj. 518 ; ekki gcrir
Ija, no use biding il, Fbr. loi new YA. ; aetla J)at at fiiir t)ori, cnda
;nguni, Band. 7 ; bieSi var leita& til annarra ok heiaia, ok gerSi
but did no good, 4. ; hdt hann J)eira afarkostum, ok gerOi {)at ekki,
■ did no good, Fnis. ii. 1 43. II. to send, despatch, cp.
ngl. to ' do' a message; hann gerfti J)egar menn fra. sur, Eg. 270;
hafdi gort menn sex a skoginn fyrir J)ii, 56S ; J)ii gerSi Karl lift
|)eim, Fms. i. 108; jarl ger&i Eirik at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314;
gerSi fram fyrir sik Alf a njosn, 488 ; hann gerSi menn fyrir ser at
konunginum kvamu sina, x. 10; hleypi-skuta var giir norSr til
Iheiins, vii. 206 ; jafnan gerSi jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af
ix. 3J2 ; vilja Osvifrs-synir J)egar gera til J)eirra Kotkels, despatch
'0 slay K., Ld. 144 ; skulu ver mi giira i mot honum, ok lata hann
njosn koma, 242 : — gora eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero baS giira
postulununi ok lei3a J)angat, 656 C. 26 ; mi verSr eigi eptir gort
5jum vetri, Grag. i. 421 ; fraendr Bjarnar Ictu gora eptir (Germ.
n) liki hans, Bjarn. 69 ; si3an gerSu J)eir til klaustrs J)ess er jom-
ar i, Fms. x. 102 : — gera e-m or3, njosn, to do a message to one; hann
orb jcirlum sinum. Eg. 270; jEtluSu J>eir at giira Onundi njosn um
Egils, 386, 582 ; voru J)angat ord giir, word was sent thither, Hkr.
III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry
d prose (laws) ; ef hon ger8i koma, if she did come, Vijl. 5 ; gerSit
•■egja, Am. 25 ; gramr g0rr-at ser hlifa, he does not spare himself,
(in a verse) ; gerSut vxgjask, id., Fs. (in a verse) ; hann gerSisk
j^a, Jb. 41 ; giirdir at segja, Bkv. 115 ; giirSisk 3t deyja, Gkv. 1. 1 :
e, eigi gerir hugr minn hlsegja vi6 honum. Fas. i. 122 ; goSir menn
Jiyra sitt mal me3 sannsiigli, 677. 12 ; Aristodemus gor6i eigi enn at
ost. : esp. in the laws, ef fieir giira eigi ganga i riim sin, Grag. i.
!;o3inn gerr eigi segja, 32 ; ef hann gerr eigi i ganga, 33 ; ef fieir
.|;i hluta meSr sor, 63 ; ef domendr giira eigi daema, 67 ; ef dom-
lira eigi vi6 at taka, id. ; ef go6inn gerr eigi {does not) nefna
:i6m, 94 ; nu giira J)eir menn eigi limaga faera, 86 ; ef {jcir giira
fna kviiSina af biianum, Kb. ii. 163; ef Jieir gora eigi segja,
. ., Sb. ii. 52 ; mi gerr sa eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96 ; gora eigi koma,
f hann gerr eigi kjosa, § 1 13. IV. a law term, giira um,
only, to judge or arbitrate in a case ; fdkksk 'pa.t af, at tolf menn
gora um malit, Nj. 11 1 ; villt \>u gora um malit, 2i ; bj63a mun
cira lun, ok liika upp t'egar giirdinni, 77 ; mun sd mala-hluti varr
t g68ir menn geri um, 88 ; malin viiru lagi6 i ger6, skyldu gera
menn, var J)a gert um malin a J)ingi, var ^at gert, at . . . (follows
Uct), 88; vil ek at f)u saettisk skjott ok latir g66a menn gera
at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvarra li6i liJgliga til
188; Njall kva5sk eigi gera mundu nema a {)ingi, loii ; J)eir
j^at halda mundu, er hann gerSi, id. ; skaltii gera sjalfr, 58 ;
gert var a9r um hitt malit, 120 ; ek vil bj63ask til at gora milli
6r8ar um mal ySar, Bjarn. 55 ; |>orsteiiin kva6 pat \)6 mundi
ina, at Jieir hef6i g63a nefnd um saettir \>6tt hann gtirSi, 56; mi
degit i saett malinu me3 J)vi moti, at Askcll skal giira um fieirra
\^i. 348 ; er nu leita3 um saettir milli {)eirra, ok kom svii at peir
linum malin Jjorgeirr go8i fra Ljosa-vatni ok Arnorr or Reykja-
var g(jr& J)eirra at..., 288; svii kemr at Ljotr vill at Skapti
hans hendi, en Gu3mundr vill sjiilfr g(',ra fyrir sina hiind, skyldi
;crfi upp segja, Valla L. 225 ; eigi haefir j)at, leitum heldr um
geri Jjorgeirr um mal Jjessi, Lv. 1 2 ; var jafnt giirt stir fjorSar
lAtodds, Eb. 246; J)aer ur3u mala-lyktir at {j6r6r skyldi giira
24; ok voru \>a giJrvar miklar fesektir, 128; var leita5 um
mi Jiat at SEEtt, at J)eir Snorri ok Steindorr skyldi giira um.
It erut geriir heraSs-sckir sem illrae3is-menn, Fs. 58 : giira giirS,
Sj, 105 : adding the fine, to fix the amount, J)at er ger3 min, at
'er8 Wss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and
Nj. 80; ger3i Njall hundra5 silfrs, N.put it at a hundred
', 58 ; margir maeltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was
riikt fegjald sem gert var, 120; vilit er nokkut heraSs-seklir
trtanfcrSir, 189; hann daemdi l)egar, ok giirOi hundraS silfrs,
baa6 Bjarni Jjorkatli sastt ok sjalfdaemi, giirSi Bjarni hundrad
|pn, 31 ; ek giiri a hiind fxiri hundraft silfrs, Lv. 55 ; ek giiri a
kundrad silfrs, id. ; vilit fier, at ek giira milium ykkar ? sidan
tingr konuna til handa |)6r3i ok oil fc hennar, Bjarn. 1 7 ; Rafn
mikit fe annat af ser hafa giirt, at eigi paetti honum J)at betra,
gor6i atta hundrad silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir J)at ger3i Biirkr
af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn.
;; the case as object, Gunnarr gerdi gerSina, G. gave judgment
>fj. 80 ; fyrr en gert var a3r um hitt miilit, till the other case
'I, 120; 'pa. saett er hann giirSi Haraldi jarli, that settlement
Jefor earlHarold, Fms. v'ni. ^00:
Flosi var giirr utan ok allir
,cnn, F. was put out {banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251 iLdo/ie, dressed; sva giirvir, so 'geared,' so trussed, Am, 40
nietaph,, nema J)au vili annat mal a gera, unless they choose to settle it
otherwise, Grag. i. 336. 2. in the phrase, giira sekS, to make a case
of outlawry, Griig. i. 1 18 ; eigi um giirir sekS manns ella, else the otulawry
takes no effect; en hann um giirir eigi ella sekaina, the he cannot condemn
him, 119. 3. to perform; eptir-gerOar J)cirrar sem hvcrr nennti
framast at gera eptir sinn naung, Fms. viii. 103 ; en J)at grunafti konung, at
hann mundi aetla at giira eptir sumar sattir, i.'e. that he bad so/ne back door
to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. 0. H.) ; allt pat er pdr gerit mi fyrir peirra
salum, id. V. special usages, to make allowance for ; gera foir til
fjar, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Isl. ii. 138 ; hence, to suppose,
en ef ek skal giira til fyrir fram {suggest) hvat er hon (the code) segir m6r,
pa segi ek sva, at . . ., Fms. ix. 33 1 ; gera sir i hug, Fs. 1 1 2 ; giira s(5r f
hugar-lund, /o/a«ry; giira e-m getsakir, /o impute to one; gera ord L
e-u, to report a thing ; pat er ekki or& a pvi geranda, 'tis not worth talking
about; eigi parf orb at giira hja pvi {'tis not to be denied), sj&lfan st61-
konunginn blindadi hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, I.e.); gera s^t
Un, to take a thing lightly. Am. 70 ; giira sor far um, to take pains ; giira
s6t i hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.
D. Impers. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann giirSi folvan
i andliti, be turned pale, Gliim. 342 ; leysti isinn ok gcir&i varmt vatniS,
the water became warm, 623. 34; ve3r g6r6i hvast, a gale arose. Eg. 128 ;
hri6 mikla ger6i at peim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267 ; pa gerSi
ok a hriS (ace.) veSrs, 281 ; f611 veSrit ok gerSi logn (ace), and became
calm, 372 ; giir3i pa stort a firSinum, the sea rose high, 600; til pess er
ve6r lasgSi ok Ijost gerSi, and till it cleared up, 129 ; um nottina gerOi a
aeai-veSr ok litsynning, 195 ; giirir a fyrir peim hafvillur, they lost their
course (of sailors), Finnb. 242 ; m6r gerir svefnhiifugt, I grow sleepy, Nj.
264 ; pa giirSi vetr mikinn par eptir hinn naesfa, Rd. 248.
E. Reflex, to become, grow, arise, and the like ; pa gorSisk hlatr,
then arose laughter, Nj. 15 ; giirSisk bardagi, // came to a fight, 62, 108 ;
sa atbur3r g6r6isk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; pau tiSendi er par
hiif6u giirzt, Ld. 152; ger6isk me& peim felagskapr, they entered into
fellowship. Eg. 29 ; ger3isk sva fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10 ; SigurSr konungr
ger5isk {grew up to be) ofstopa-maSr . . ., giirSisk mikill ma3r ok sterkr,
Fms. vii. 238; hann gor6isk bratt rikr maiir ok stjornsamr, \i;i. 223;
Unnr giir3isk pa mjiik elli-m66, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12 ; sar
pat er at ben giir6isk, a law term, a wound which atnounted to a bleed-
ing wound, Nj. passim : — to be made, to become, giirask konungr, to
become king. Eg, 12 ; ok g6r3isk skald hans, and became his skald, 13 ;
giirSisk konungs hir3madr, 27; giirask hans eigin-kona, to become
his ivedded wife, Fms. i. 3 ; at hann fkyldi giirask half-konungr yfir
Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hriitr gorask magr pinn, Nj. 3; hann gerSisk sidau
ovarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414. 2. with the prep,
svci, to happen, come to pass so and so ; sva gi)r3isk, at ... , // 50 hap-
pened, that . . ., Nj. 167; giir3isk sva til, at . . ., Fms. x. 391 ; pa
giirdisk sva til um si3ir, at . . ., at last it came to pass, that . . ., 392 ;
enda vissi hann eigi, at pingfcir mundi af giirask, in case be knew not
that it would entail a journey to parliament, Gnig. i. 46 : with at added,
to increase, pa giir3isk pat mjiik at um jarl {it grew even worse with the
earl) at hann var usi3ugr um kvenna-far, giirSisk pat sva mikit, at ,
// grew to such a pitch, that .. ., Hkr. i. 245 ; hence the mod. phrase, e-5
ii-gorist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the
like, never in a good sense. 3. impers. with dat., honum ger3isk ekki
mjiik vaert, he felt restless, Ld. 152 ; naesta gerisk mdr kj'nlcgt, I feel un-
easy, Finnb. 236. 4. to behave, hear oneself; Pall giir3isk hraustliga
i nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13. 5. to set about doing, be about; fam
vetrum si3an giirdisk hann vestr til Islands, Fms. x. 415; ma3r kom at
honum ok spurdi, hvat hann ger5isk, what he was about, O. H. 244 ;
gor3isk jarl til Ribbunga, F'ms. ix. 312, v. 1. ; tveir menn gi)r3usk ferdar
sinuar, ttvo men set out for a journey, x. 279; giirSusk menn ok eigi til
pess at sitja yfir hlut hans. Eg. 512 ; at pessir menn hafa giirzk til sva
mikils storraeSis, Fms. xi. 261 ; eigi treystusk menn at giirask til vid
hann, Bar3. 160. 6. (mod.) to be ; in such phrases as, eins og menu
nu gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.
P. Part. Pass, gorr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gj6rr, gerr, as
adj., compar. giirvari, superl. giirvastr; \_A..'&.gearti; ^ar*. Chaucer, Percy's
Ballads; 0.\i.G. garwe ; Germ, ^ar]: — skilled, accomplished; vaskligr,
at ser giirr, Ld. 134 ; vol at ser giirr, Isl. ii. 326, Gisl. 14 ; gerr at ser um
allt, Nj. 5 1 ; hraustir ok vel at ser giirvir. Eg. 86 ; at engi ma3r hafi gervari
at ser verit en SigurSr, Mork. 221 ; allra manna snjallastr 1 mtili ok giirv-
astr at ser, Hkr. iii. 360 : the phrase, leggja giirva hiind a e-t, to set a
skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing ; sva hagr, at hanu
kg3i allt li giirva hiind. Fas. 1.391,(0, allt giirva hiind, iii. 195.) 2.
ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til gcyrs (i.e. giirs, not geirs)
at taka, 'tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 1 7 ; ganga til giirs, to have
it ready made for one, Ld. 96 ; giir g]iM, prompt punishment. Lex. Poiit. :
— with infin., gerr at bju3a, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild
spirits, H3m. 1 1 ; giirvar at ri3a, Vsp. 24 : with gen. of the thing, gerr ills
hwgzT, prone to evil, Hym. 9 ; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, pd. 3 ; skulut
pess giirvir, be ready for that ! Am. 55. II. [cp. giirvi, Engl.^enr],
III,
226
GORANDI— GOTVAR.
adverb, phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done ; ver5a menn l)at po so-gurt at
hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be bad, Hrafn. 9 ; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L.
i. 35, Nj. 141 ; kvaa eigi so-gort duga, 123, v.l. ; at (me5) so-guru, this
done, quo facto, Skv. I. 24, 40 ; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re
infecta. Germ, unverrichteter sache. Eg. 155, Glum. 332, 6.H. 202; enda
siti urn so-gort, and now let it stand, Skalda 166 ; via so-gurt, id., 655 vii.
4; a so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Oik. 36, Fas. i. 85.
gdrandi, a, m., part, doer, Rb. 4 : gramm. nominative, Skalda.
G6IID, gj6rd, ger3, f. [gora] : 1. used of making, building,
workmanship ; gord ok gyHing, Vm. 47 ; kirkju-gorS, church-building ;
husa-g., house-building ; skipa-g., ship-building; garb-g., fence-making :
—of performance, vigslu-g., inauguration ; messu-g., saying of mass,
divine service; J)j6nustu-g., embsettis-g., id.; l)akkar-g., thanksgiving;
hxnzT-g., prayer; lof-g., praise; olmusn-g., alms-giving ; fnb-g., peace-
making; sxttiT-g., settlement, agreement, arbitration: — of working, akr-
g., tillage ; li-gerS, bad workmanship, patchwork ; vi8-ger&, mending : —
of yielding (of duties), tiundar-g6r&, tithe; \eibzngTs-g., paying levy: — of
cookery and the like, 61-gorS, ale-making, brewing; matar-g., cooking;
brau6-g., baking : sundr-gerS, show : til-gerd, whims : upp-ger6, dissimu-
lation: eptir-gorS, q.v.: i-goib, suppuration, 2. a doing, act, deed ;
L the phrase, or& ok gorSir, words and deeds, Fms. iii. I48 ; ef {)u launar
''3, sva mina g6r&, Isl. ii. 141, Stj. 250, 252, Dipl. i. 7 : so in the phrase, som
J)in gerS, as good as the deed (in declining a kind offer); g6S-g6r&, vel-
goi5, a good deed, benefit; ill-g6r3ir (pi.), evil doings; mein-g6r8ir,
transgressions: in gramm. the active voice, Skalda 180. II. a law
term, arbitration ; the settlement was called saett or saettar-g6r9, the umpires
gdrdar-menn, m., Grag., Nj. passim ; and the verdict ger& or g6r8, cp.
gora C. IV : — the technical phrases were, leggja m41 i g6r6, to submit a case
to arbitration, passim ; voru malin i gerS lagin me5 umgangi ok saettar-
bo3um godgjarna manna, Eb. 128; or sla malum i saett, Rd. 248, Eb.
ch. 56; leggja mal undir e-n, Lv. ch. 27: nefna menn til gorSar (ch.
4), or taka menn til gor&ar, to choose umpires; voru menn til ger6ar
teknir ok lag5r til fundr, Nj. 146 : skilja undir ger5 (satt), or skilja
undan, to stipulate, of one of the party making a stipulation to be bind-
ing on the umpire (as c. g. the award shall not be outlawry but pay-
ment), en J)6 at vandliga vaeri skilit undir gordina, J)a jata&i J}6r5r at
gora, Eb. 24, cp. Ld. 308, Sturl. ii. 63 ; gora fe sHkt sem hann vildi, at
undan-skildum h^raS-sektum ok utanferdum, var J)a handsalat niSrfall
af sokum, Fs. 74 ; liika upp ger& (to deliver the arbitration), or segja upp
ger&, to pronounce or to give verdict as umpire ; skyldi Skapti ger8 upp
segja, Valla L. 225 ; hann lauk upp ger6um a |)6rsness-J)ingi ok haf8i
vi6 hina vitrustu menn er J)ar voru komnir, Eb. 246 ; J)eir skyldi upp
luka gorSinni a8r en J)eir faeri af ^ingi, Bjarn. (fine) ; fjorsteinn kvaftsk
ekki mundu gor& upp liika fyr en a nokkuru logJ)ingi, Fs. 49 : — as
to the number of umpires, — one only, a trustworthy man, was usually
appointed, Eb. ch. 10 (Thord Gellir umpire), ch. 46, Lv. ch. 27 (Gellir),
Valla L. ch. 6 (Skapti the speaker), Rd. ch. 6 (Askell Go8i), Sturl. 2.
ch. 103 (Jon Loptsson), Sturl. 4. ch. 27 (Thorvald Gizurarson), Bjarn.
17 (the king of Norway), Floam. S. ch. 3, Hallfr. S. ch. 10, Bjarn. 55 :
two umpires, Rd. ch. 10, 16, 18, 24, Valla L. ch. 10 (partly a case of
sjalfdaemi), Bjarn. (fine): twelve umpires, Nj. ch. 75, 123, 124 (six
named by each party) : the number and other particulars not recorded,
Vd. ch. 39, 40, Nj. ch. 94, Rd. ch. 11, 13, Eb. ch. 27, 56, Lv. ch. 4,
12, 30. Gliim. ch. 9, 23, 27, etc.: — even the sjalfdaemi (q. v.), self-judg-
ing, was a kind of arbitration, cp. Vapn. 31, Vd. ch. 29, 34, 44, Lv. ch. 1 7,
Band. pp. 1 1-13, Oik. ch. 2-4 : curious is the passage, ek vil at vit takim
menn til gi'tr6ar meb okkr, Hrafnkell svarar, J)a |)ykisk {)u jafn-menntr
m6r, Hrafn. 10 : — gor8 is properly distinguished from domr, but is some-
times confounded with it, voru handsolud mal i dom ok menn til gor5ar
nefndir, Lv. 13 ; malin komu i d6m Vermundar, en hann lauk ger8um
upp a |36rsness-J)ingi, Eb. 246 ; as also Nj. (beginning), where logligir
domar no doubt refers to gor5. A section of law about gorS is con-
tained in the Grag. at the end of Kaupa-J)attr, ch. 69-81 (i. 485-497),
where even the curious case is provided for of one or all the umpires
dying, or becoming dumb or mad, before pronouncing their verdict.
ftS* This was a favourite way of settlement at the time of the Common-
wealth, and suited well the sagacious and law-abiding spirit of the men
of old : nor did the institution of the Fifth Court make any change in
this ; the gor& was even resorted to in public matters, such as the intro-
duction of Christianity in A.D. 1000. Good and leading men acted the
part of public peacemakers (e. g. Njal in the loth, Jon Loptsson in the
1 2th century); until at last, in the 13th century, the king of Norway
was resorted to, but he misused the confidence put in him.
g6rla (geria, gj6rla), adv. quite, altogether, clearly, Nj. 5, 104, passim.
gorliga, adv. = g6rla, Skv. i. 36.
GORN, f., old pi. garnar, Grag. ii. 361, 371, usually and mod. garnir,
[akin to garn, _yarn], the guts, Landn. 217, Grag. ii. 361, Jb. 320, Ls. 50.
GORNINQ (gjorning, gerning), f. (in mod. usage masc. -ingr,
Sturl. i. 2 1 7) : — a doing, deed, act, Sturl. 1. c, Hom. 1 06 ; g66-g., well-doing,
a good deed; mis-g., a mis-deed: a written deed, freq.: in plur., Postul-
anna GiJrningar or Gjorninga bok, the book of the Acts of the Apostles,
freq. ; kirkja a messu-b6k ok gorninga, Am. 4. II. only m j
sorceries, witchcraft, Fs. 37, Fms. ii. 134, v. 326, x. 136, Hom. 53,
N. G.L. i. 351, passim; esp. in the allit. phrase, galdrar ok g. com
g6rninga-hri3, f., -ve6r, n. a witch storm, Fs. 56, Fas. iii. 279. gc
inga-madr, m. a sorcerer, Js. 22. gorninga-sdtt, f. sickness ca
by sorcery, Fas. i. 324. gSminga-stakkr, m. an enchanted ja
Fs. 33. gorninga-vsettr, f. a witch, Grett. 151 B, Fs. 166.
g6r-6ttr, adj. empoisoned, Ssem. 1 18.
gorr, vide gaer.
g6r-ra3r, adj. arbitrary.
goT-Tssdi, n. a law term, an arbitrary act; taka skip manns at gui
sinu, Grag. ii. 396.
gSr-samliga, adv. altogether, quite, Bs. i. 322, Fms. vii. 1 1, Magn.
Fas. i. 287, Hom. 44, Sks. 327, 347, passim.
gor-samligr, adj. all together.
gor-semi, gor-symi, giavr-simi, f., Mork. 61, 64; but usuallj
semi, f. indecl. sing., but J)essarar gersemar (gen.), Fms. vi. 73;
Dan. gorsum ; gersuma in A. S. laws is a Scandin. or Dan. word,
gor- and sama, what beseems ; or perhaps better from gor- and siau,
wire, coils of wire being used as money] : — a costly thing, jewel; ge
ertii (what a treasure thou art!), hversu Jjii ert m6r eptirlatr, Nj. 68 j si
ok var hann en mesta gersemi. Eg. 698 ; guUhring ok nokkrar gors
Bs. i. 130; gaf keisarinn honum margar gersimar, Fms. xi. 328;
digran gullhring ok var pat g. sem mest, Faer. 6 ; me8 storum gen*
ok fjar-hlutum, Fms. x. 41 7 : of a living thing, J)eir hafa drepit ym (
mitt er mest gersemi var, Sd. 158; var J)at dyr en mesta gersemi J)esS'
Fms. vi. 298 sqq.; konungs-gersemi, a ^king's jewel,' of a dwarf,—!
man being the ' king's plaything :' allit., gull ok gersimar, passim ^—
and Gersemi were the daughters of Freyja, Edda.
gSr-simligr, adj. costly, Edda 21, 151.
g6r-tceki, n. a law term, any unlawful seizure or holding of ai
man's property without positive intention of stealing, therefbi<
felony : it is thus defined, ef ma5r tekr J)at er annarr ma&r k, 61ofai
ma8r at fxra {)at til gortcekis er pennings er vert e6r meira, Gr4g. ii
J)j6fs6k and gcirtcekis-sok are distinguished in 190 ; the penalty «
payment of twice its value, as fixed by the neighbours, and a fine o
marks, i. 401, ii. 188, 396 : pilfering could be prosecuted either a
or as gortoeki, i. 430, ii. 295, and passim.
gorva, gjorva, gerva, geyrva, adv. ; compar. g6rr, gjdir,
superl. gorst, gerst : [A. S. gearve, gearu ; O. H. G. garwe ; Genn
— quite, clearly ; ef {)u gorva kannar, if thou searchest closely. Hi
Ls. 52 ; muna g., to remember clearly. Am. 78 ; reyna g., 77 »
to know exactly, (3. H. 62, Sturl. iii. 220 C : compar., seg enn g
// plainer, speak out! Nj. 13; Jpviat mi vita menn gorr en iy
gora skal, Bjarn. 58 ; um J)a hluti er ek hann gorr at sja en J
186; J)6 veiztu gorr ef J)u rse6ir J)etta mal fyrir konungi, Fms
more, farther, ok skilja J)eir J)at eigi gorr en sva, Grag. i. 136 ; |>4
eigi gorr at neyta, en fjogurra missera bjorg se eptir, not beyo
point, 235 ; logsogu-maSr skal sva gorla (so far, so minutely) all
upp segja, at engi viti einna miklogi gorr, 2 ; gorr meir, still mat
i. 48 : superl., ek veil gorst (/ know best) at jier J)urfit bryningi
240 : sa veit gorst er reynir, a saying ; sau&a-ma6r for ok sagSi <
sem gorst (he told G. minutely) fra ollu, Nj. 104; er J)at bseJ
J)ykkjumk sva gorst vita hverr j)u ert, Fms. ii. 269 ; J)6ttisk hon'
vita, hvernig honum mun farask, Rd. 246.
gorv-allr, adj. whole, entire, quite all, = GT. Hiras, Hm. 147,
262, Fms. vi. 444, viii. 261, xi. 67, 186, Ld. 203, Sks. passim, bol
and mod. usage.
gorvi, gidrvi, gervi, f. indecl. sing., pi. giirvar, [A. S. gearm
gear, garb; HeLgerui; GeTm. garby. — gear, apparel ; kraptr
hugar, ' virtus est animi habitus,' Hom. 27 ; foru hendr hvitar he
J)essar gervar. Fas. i. (in a verse) ; brautingja-gervi, a beggar's ge
6 ; kaupmanna-g., a merchant's gear, Fms. v. 285 ; far-gorvi, /'
handa-gervi, ' hands' gear,' gloves, Sd. 143, 177, Fbr. 139 ; eyk
horse harness, Yt. 10; at-giirvi (q. v.), accomplishment.
n. a store-house, Ld. 134, ^orst. Si6u H. 7, Fs. 40.
gOrvi-leikr (-leiki), m. accomplishments, Grett. 1 13, Fms. iv
gorvi-ligr, adj. accomplished, doughty, able. Eg. 3, 98, Nj. ',
i. 4, 61, Fas. i. 58, Bs. i. 130, passim.
gorvir, m., poet, a doer, maker. Lex. Poet.
gotottr, adj. Igat], full of holes.
GOTVA, a3, [akin to gata, a way dug or bored through; th
teristic v is preserved in Goth. gatvo=platea'\ : — to dig, bury;
(part.), buried (in a cairn), Isl. ii. 280; gotva J)eir hann pax i
they cast stones over him, Gisl. 72, Gkv. 18 : in mod. usage, O;
to discover, (freq.)
gotvadr, m. one who buries, i. e. a slayer, Bkv. 10, (dub.)
gotvan, f., in upp-gotvan, discovery, (freq. in mod. usage.)
gotvar, f. pi. [A. S. geatwe, Grein], a boardQ) ; geirrotu gotra'.i
sure ofBellona, armour, weapons, Edda (in a verse), "ft. 11 : got
prop, to mean hidden treasures, hoard.
H—HADNA.
227
H
! (hk) is the eighth letter. In the old Runic alphabet it was repre-
[ited by |*^ and |«^ , which are used indiscriminately (but never \-\ or
) : ^ and H both occur on the Golden horn, the former once, the
ter twice. This Rune was no doubt borrowed from the Greek or Latin.
the later common Runic alphabet this character was replaced by ijf.
irely ^), which we may infer was taken from the Greek x (theg" of the
i Runic alphabet) marked with a perpendicular stroke down the middle,
her than from the Latin )^ (see Ritschl's essay in the Rheinisches
useum, 1869, p. 23) ; yet the old form |*^ is now and then found on the
lest of the later monuments, e. g. the stones from Snoldelciv, Hojeto-
up, and Helnaes (Thorsen 15, 17, 335), on which monuments the }|c is
d for a : in some inscriptions )(( serves both for h and soft g. The
ne of the Rune b was Hagall or Hagl, an Anglo-Saxon form, ex-
ined as meaning bail, hagl er kaldast korna {hail is the coldest of
jtns), in the Norse Runic poem ; cp. bdgl byS hwitust corna in the
glo-Saxon poem, which is the prototype of the Norse. These names
the Anglo-Saxon and Norse poems are in no way derived from the
m of the Rune, but are merely alike to the modem rhymes in English
iC books, — 'B is a Baker' or the like. The Hagall was the first of
; lecond group of Runes, Hnias, which was therefore called Hagals-
, the family of Hagal (cp. introduction to F).
A. Pronunciation and Spelling. — H is sounded as in English
i d, bouse : the aspirate is still sounded in bl, hr, bn much as in the
Ish //, rb : the hv is in the west and north of Icel. sounded as kv ; but in
south and east the distinction is kept between hv and kv (hver a kettle
kver a quire, hvulum whales and kvcilum torments), as also in
ting ; and bv is sounded like wb in Northern English ; in a small
t of eastern Icel. it is sounded like Greek x (hvair as x^ir, hva& as
|(), and this is probably the oldest and truest representation of the hv
id. II. the b is dropped, 1. in the article inn, in, it, for
11, bin, hit, which is often spelt so in old MSS. p. in the personal
iionn hann, hun if following after another word, e. g. ef 'ann (ef hann),
(in (ef hiin), J)6 'onum {^6 honum), latt' 'ann vera (Idttu hann vera),
!»' 'cnn' a8 koma (segSu henni a8 koma) ; this is the constant
lunciation of the present time, but in writing the b is kept : whereas,
he beginning of a sentence the b is sounded, e. g. hann (hon) kom, be
)eame, but kom 'ann ? (if asking the question). y. in a few words
1 as 41fa and halfa, ost and host (cp. hosta), okulbraekr and hokul-
kr. 2. in the latter part of such compounds as have nearly become
|:zioiis, as ein-ar3r for ein-har3r : in -ud, -ydgi, -yg6 (Gramm. p. xxxiii,
l); elsk-ogi, var-ugi, ol-ogi, from hugr; orv-endr, troll-endr, gram-
, from hendr ; litar-apt = litar-hapt : in -aW = hald, handar-ald, haf-ald ;
unr=lik-hamr, har-amr = har-hamr ; skauf-ali, rang-ali, from hali ;
at-hsefi, and perhaps in au5-oefi, 6r-oefi, from hof or hoefi ; and-cefa
nd-hcefa, to respond ; hnapp-elda = hnapp-helda : in pr. names in -arr,
', •eidr, -ildr, for -harr = herr, -halli, -heiSr, -hildr, (Ein-arr, {jor-alli,
;n-«iflr, Yngv-ildr, etc.) In a few words, as hjupr, and derivatives
a jlipr, hilmr and ilmr, hopa and opa, b seems to have been added.
iome of the cases above cited both forms are still heard, but the
opate are more usual. III. h is neither written nor sounded
inal or medial, and has in all such cases been absorbed by the pre-
ng vowel or simply dropped (see Gramm. p. xxx, col. l). IV.
e MSB., especially Norse, use a double form gb and tb to mark a
or aspirate sound, e.g. sagha and saga, thing and ^ing; especially
nflexive syllables, -itb = -it, etc. "V". a curious instance of
ing (as in Welsh) rh for br is found occasionally in Runes, e. g.
iBlfr for Hriilfr, Thorsen 335 ; to this corresponds the English
ing wb for bw, in white, wheat, whale, where, whence, why, whelp,
; whet, whirl, wharf, wheel, while, whim, = Icel. hvitr, hveiti, hvalr,
hvadan, hv^, hvalpr, hvina, hvetja, hvirfill, hvarf, hvel, hvild,
la, etc.
B. Remarks, Changes, etc. — In Icel. h is used as an initial letter
Wjt largely next to s; in modern Teutonic languages it has been greatly
' through the dropping of the aspiration before the liquids /, n, r,
'i>re V, whereby all words in bl, bn, br, and hv have been trans-
') the liquids and to v (see Gramm. p. xxxvi, signif. II. /3); the
■ se words is essential to the etymology, and was in olden times
a to all Teutonic languages, but in Scandinavia it was lost
the nth or 12th century, so that not a single instance of hi,
s on record in any MS. written in Norway; though old Nor-
poets of the loth century used it in alliteration, so it must
en sounded at that time ; b in bl, hn, br is therefore a test of a
ng Icelandic and not Norse. In modern Icel. pronunciation the
lie has been lost in two or three words, as leiti for hieyti, a part,
which was borrowed from Norway about the 14th century; rot
a roof: it is a matter of course that the b is dropped in words
•p were borrowed from the English not earlier than the lath century,
«. I4rarar, Early Engl, lauerd (lord), but A. S. blaford. II. the ,
fr
b hai been added In a few words to which it does not rightly belong, vie.
in hneiss and hneisa for neiss and neisa ; hny'sa for ny'sa ; hreifr (jglad) for
reifr ; hniSra {to lower) for niSra (niSr) ; hlykkr (and hlykkj6ttr), a curve,
for lykkr (cp. lykkja, a noose) ; hrj6ta for rj<5ta, to snort; hlaS, a lace, cp,
Lat. laqueus; hnestla for neitla, a loop. p. in a few instances both
forms are used to form double words, in hrifa and rifa, Lat. rapert; hrasa
and rasa, to stumble ; rata ( = Goth, vraton), to find the way, but hrata, to
fall (cp. Vsp. 52) ; hrja and rj4, to vex. 2. the b seems to be a sub-
stitute, a. for an old v, in hrekja, to toss about, to wreck, akin to Goth.
vrekan, Icel. reka ; in hreiftr, a nest, Dan. rede, cp. Engl, wreath, Goth,
vripus. p. in modem pronunciation i is a substitute for^ in the word*
hneggja, hnegg, for gneggja, gnegg ; Jjver-hnipt for Jjver-gnipt. y. for * in
hnifr, hniii, hnefi, hnottr, hniitr, hncirr, hnakkr, hnjiikr, hnofta, hnappr, for
knifr, knui, knefi . . . , kno8a, knappr ; this spelling is found in MSS. of tho
15th century, e. g. the Hrokkinskinna passim (see letter K). In all thes«
cases the b is etymologically wrong ; in some of the words above (as in
hneisa) it is found even in very old MSS., e. g. the Mork. ; but the tnia
etymology is seen from the alliteration in old poems, e. g. Hm. 48, I40,
H8m. 26 (raut, reginkunni) ; Stor. 13 (Nysumk bins | ok hygg at |)vi);
Edda 105 (reifr g6kk herr und hlifar | hizig . . .); but not so in modera
poets, e. g. Hroktu |)vi svo og hrjaSu ^ig | Herra minn ilsku-J)j65ir, Pats.
9. 9 ; Forvitnin holdsins hnj^sir J)r4tt | i Herrans leyndar-d6ma, 21. a ; Naer
eg fell eSr hrasa h<5r | haestur Drottinn vill reiSast m6r, 5. 6. III.
the Gothic has a special sign for hv, viz. w, which thus answers to wb in
English, e. g. wan = when. 2. when followed by an o or u, the v in
bv is dropped, e. g. h6t booting, h6ta to boot, cp. Goth, wota and wotjan;
as also in h6t = hvat what, hoU from hvall, hj61 and hvel, h61f and hv&lf,
horfinn, hurfu, hyrfi for hvorfinn, hvurfu, hvyrfi.
C. Interchange. — Latin c and Greek k answer to the Teut. and
Icel. b; thus Lat. caper, caput, canis, carbasus, centum, cervus, eSf
{cord-), collum, corvus, cutis,— lct\. hafr, hofu8, hundr, horr (horr-),
hundraS, hjcirtr (hirtu) and hjarta, hals (hals), hrafh, hiid; calx, cp.
haell ; cardo, cp. hjarri ; claudus, cp. haltr ; clivus, cp. hli8 ; corpus, cp.
hrsE (hraev-) ; cerebrum, cp. hjarni ; crater, cp. hur3 ; cos, cp. hein;
clamo, cp. hljomr ; celo, cp. hylja and Hel ; coelum, cp. holr {hollow) ;
cdpio (-ci/i«o) = hefja; prin-cipium ^upp-hnf; cettri, cp. hindri; co^
and con-, cp. hja ; citra, cp. h^&ra (h^r is a contracted form) ; clunis,
cp. hlaun ; clino, cp. hlein, Engl, to lean ; cdleo, cp. hl^-, hl^-r;
colo, cp. halda; custodio, cp. hodd, Engl. /o hoard; cella, cp. hellir
career, cp. horgr ; circus, cp. hringr ; cdrium, cp. horund ; eurvus, cp.
hverfa {to turn round) : Gr. KaWiwy, K&kKiaros, = Icel. hellri, hellztr
(holztr) ; KaKafjios, Keif><iXii, Kepa», kvojv, icapSia, =• Icel. hdlmr, h6fu8,
horn, hundr, hjarta; «u)vos. cp. hiinn; Kkrjpos, cp. hlutr; kvk\6s, cp.
hogl-d, hvel, hjol; koTKos, cp. holr; leSpa^, cp. hrafn; Kpias, cp. hrx;
Kpaviov, cp. hjarni and hvem or hviira (the two pebble-like bones in a
fish's head), cp. also Goth, wairnis; Kpl6$, cp. Icel. hnitr; Kparos, fepd-
Tfp6s, cp. harSr, hraustr ; Keipu, cp. herja ; KoXvirro), cp. hylja ; kXivoi,
cp. hlin, hlein ; kKvoj, cp. hlySa ; Kpi^m, cp. hrikta ; uptjiris, cp. hriflingar,
hrifla ; kw/it], cp. heimr ; Kv/m, cp. hiim ; koiv6s, cp. hjii-, hjii-n : Lat.
g«zs = hverr; qui = hvf, quies, cp.hvil-d, etc.: some of these words may
be dubious, but others are evident.
Hadar, m. pi. the inhabitants of Habi-hnd, a Norse county, Fms, xii.
HADDA, u, f. (halda, Rd. 315, 1. 14), [Ivar Aasen bodda, badde,
bolle'] : — a pot-hook or rather pot-links, for the hadda was a chain of rings
rather than a mere handle, as is seen from Hym. 34 — en 4 haelum hringar
skullu — compared with, heyr8i til hoddu J)a er port bar hverinn, Skalda
168; hann kasta8i katlinum sv4 at haddan skall vi8 {rattled), Fms.
vi. 364; hann dro a hiind ser hoddu er ifir var bollanum, 0. H. 135;
ketill var upp yfir rekkjuna ok reist upp haddan yfir katlinum, ok v6ra
{)ar a festir hringar, . . . J)a f^U haldan a kathnum J)vi at hann hafSi
komit vi8 festina, Rd. 314, 315; hann kraekti undir hodduna hinura
minsta fingri ok fleytti honum (the kettle) jafnhatt okla, Fb. i. 524; at
konungr mundi gina yfir ketil-hodduna, ... ok var haddan orSin feit, . . .
konungr bra lindiik um hodduna ok gein yfir, Fms. i. 36.
HADDK, m. [Goth, hazds; A. S. prob. heard, v. infra], hair, only in
poetry a lady's hair; haddr Sifjar, the gold-hair of the goddess Sif,
Edda 69, 70 ; bar heitir la, haddr J)at er konur hafa, 109 ; bleikja hadda,
to bleach, dress the hair, 75, Korm. 26, Gkv. 1. 15 ; bleikir haddar. Fas.
i. 478 ; grass is called haddr jar8ar, Bm. ; hadds holl is the bead, Eb.
(in a verse). haddadr, part, hairy, Lat. crinitus; barr-h., barley-
haired, an epithet of the earth ; bjart-h., bright-haired; bleik-h., blond-
haired; hvit-h., white-haired. Lex. Poijt. hadd-bjaxtr, adj. brigbt-
haired, blond, Hornklofi. hadd-blik, n. bleaching the bair, Edda 77.
Haddingr, m. a pr. name of a mythical hero, =coma/«s, cp. A. S.
bearding, Goth, bazdiggs, Engl. Harding, Lex. Poet., Munch i. 2 1 7.
Haddingja-skati, a, m. a nickname, Saem.
HADNA, u, f. (not hauSna, for the pi. is ho8nor, Gr4g. 1. 503), [cp.
Lat. boedus'], a young she-goat (one year old), Grag. i. 503, Bk. 20.
coMPDs: h65iiu-ki3, n. ( = ha8na), a young kid, GuUJ). 19, Rd. 267.
h.63nu-leif, f., poet. ' kid's food,' a witbe or switch, used as a baiter (^),
^'tt. 12 (from goats feeding on branches and withes?)
Q 2
S28
HAF— HAFA.
HAP, n. [Swed. baf; Dan. bav; formed from hefja, to lift; a Scandin.'^
word, which seems not to occur in Saxon or Germ.] : — the sea, Hdl. 38 ;
asp. the high sea, the ocean ; sigla i (a) haf, lata i haf, to put to sea. Eg. 69,
Nj. 4; fimm (sex) daegra hzi,five (six) days' sail, Landn. 26; koma af
hafi, to come off the sea, i. e. to land. Eg. 392 ; en haf sva mikit milium
landanna, at eigi er fijert latigskipum, Hkr. i. 229 ; hann sigldi nor5r i haf
um haustiS, ok fengu ofvidri mikit i hafi, 0. H. 26 ; sigldi {lorarinn J)a
k haf lit, 125 ; sigldu si5an a haf lit J)egar byr jgaf, Eg. 125 ; en byrr
bar bii i haf lit, id.; en er sottisk hafit, 126; liggja til hafs, to lie to
and wait for a wind, Bs. i. 16 ; hann do i hafi, he died at sea, Landn.
264 ; \>e\r vissusk jafnan til i hafinu, 56 ; veita e-m far um hafit, Eb.
196 ; fyrir austan mitt haf, beyotid the sea (i. e. between Iceland and Scan-
dinavia) ; en er inn saekir i fjor3inn J)a er t)ar sva vitt sem mikit haf,
f ms. vi. 296 (for the explanation of this passage see Aarboger for Nord.
Oldk. 1868) ; uti fjar&ar-kjapta J)ar til er haf tekr \\b, Bs. i. 482 : in plur.,
ganga hof stor or litsjanum inn i jiirSina, Hkr. (begin.); lit-haf, regin-haf,
the ocean ; Islan^s-haf, the sea between Iceland aiid Norway, Ems. vi. 107,
Band. 9 ; Granlands-haf, the sea between Greenland and America, Ems.
jv. 177; Englands-haf, the English Sea, i.e. the North Sea, between
England and Norway, 329, x. 272, 398, xi. 201, Faer. 88; friands-haf,
the Irish Sea, i. e. the Atlantic, ^orf. Karl. 390 ; Alanz-haf, the gnlf of
Bothnia, Orkn. (begin.) ; Solundar-haf, the sea of the Sulin Island (Nor-
way), Ems. X. 34, 122 ; Grikklands-liaf, the Grecian Archipelago, vi. 134,
161, vii. 85, passim ; Svarta-haf, the Black Sea, Hkr. i. 5, Ems. vi. 169 ;
Jotlands-haf, the Cattegat, 264; Jorsala-haf, the sea of Jerusalem, \.q.
the Mediterratiean, x. 85, Eb. iii ; RauSa-haf or Hafi6 Rau6a, the ' Red
Sea,' i. e. the Ocean (mythol.), mi heldr jor& grJOum upp, en himininn
varftar fyrir ofan, en Hafit Rau6a fyrir utan, er liggr um lond 611 t)au er
v6r hofum ti6endi af, Grag. i. 166; in mod. usage the Red Sea = Sinus
Arabicus; Dumbs-haf, the Polar Sea, Landn.; Mi3jar3ar-haf, the Medi-
terranean; Atlants-haf, the Atlantic; Kyrra-haf, the Pacific (these three
in mod. writers only). compds : liafs-afl, n. the main, Sks. 606, v. 1.
iafs-auga, n., see p. 33, col. 2 (C). liafs-botn, m. a gnlf; fir3ir ok
hafs-botnar, Sks. 199: of the Polar Sea, as the ancients supposed a
continuity of land between Greenland and Europe, Ems. xi. 41 1 ; hafs-
botn er hcitir Svarta-haf, Hkr. i. 5. hafs-bnin, f. the 'sea-brow,'
the sea-line on the horizon, cp. lands-briin, s. v. brun, p. 84. hafs-
fl63, n. a deluge, Rb. 444. hafs-geil, f. a sea lane, i.e. a narrow strait,
Stj. 287. Exod. xiv. 22, 23. hafs-geimr, m. = hafsmegin. hafs-
megin, n. the main, the high sea ; sakir hafsmegins, storma ok strauma.
Ems. i. 153 ; f^tti pdm illt at eiga lengr via hafsmegin, i.e. they longed
for land, Eb. 120 ; allmikill harmr er J)at, er ver eigum sva langt hinga6
at saekja, fyrst hafs-megin mikit, etc. (i. e. between Iceland and Sweden),
0. H. 57. haf-alda, u, f. a roller, wave. liaf-dtt, f. = haf-
gola. haf-bara, u, f. a wave, Stj. 26. h.af-bylgja, f. id., Bs.
ii. 50. haf-fugl, m. a sea-bird, Stj. 78. haf-fserr and liaf-
fsorandi, part, sea-going, sea-worthy, of a ship. Eg. 364, Hkr. ii. 183,
Krok. 42. haf -for, f. a sea t/ojyao-e, Landn. 1 74. haf-ger3iiigar, f.
pi. ' sea-fens,' portentous waves mentioned by old sailors in the main be-
tween Iceland and America, described in Sks. 171, Bs. i. 483 ; hann for til
Grsenalands ok horn i hafger3ingar, Landn. 319 (loth century), whence
HafgerSinga-drapa, u, f. the name of a poem (a votive poem composed
during a tornado), Landn. 320. h.af-gjalfr, n. the mar of the sea, Bs.
i. 119, ii. 50, Rom. 369. haf-gola, u, f. a sea breeze, Eb. 8, Eg. 370,
373, Sturl. iii. 70. haf-giifa, u, m. a mermaid, Sks. 138, Eas. ii. 249,
Edda (Gl.) haf-liallt, adj. standing seaward. Ems. i. 62, 63. h.af-
hilitr, m. a sea ram. Ems. viii. 373. haf-iss, m. ' sea-ice,' i. e. drift
ice, Landn. 30, Bs. ii. 5, Eb. 292, Ann. 1233, 1261, 1275, 1306, 1319,
J375. haf-kaldr, adj., poist. cold as the sea. Lex. Poet. haf-
k6ngr, m. a kind of shell, Eggert Itin. Iiaf-lau3r, n., poet, sea
foam. Lex. Poet. haf-leid, f. standing seawards. Ems. i. 59. haf-
leidis, adv. seawards, Hkr. i. 181. Haf-li3i, a, m. ' Sea-slider,' a pr.
name, Landn. liaf-ligr, adj. marine, Sks. 605. h.af-nest, n. pro-
visio7isfor a voyage, Grett. 94 A, Eb. haf-n^a, n., poet, a ' sea-kid-
ney,' a pearl, Hd. h.af-rei3, f., poet, a ship. baf-rek, n. a wreck,
GJ)1. 519. "haf -reka, 3.6]. mdccl.wrecked, tossed abotit, Ann. i^i\.'j. haf-
rekinn, part, shipwrecked, Bs. i. 819. baf-rekstr, m. wreck, jetsum ;
me6 ollum giignum ok gaeSum, me3 fiutningum ok hafrekstri, Dipl. iii.
10. baf-rseSr, adj. sea-yjorthy, able-bodied, of a sailor, B.K. 20.
haf-roena, u, f. a sea breeze. haf-roenn, adj. blowing from the sea.
haf-sigling, f. a voyage. Iiafsiglingar-ina3r, m. a seaman, mariner,
Landn. 28. baf-skip, n. a sea-going ship, Landn. 47, Grag. ii. 397,
Eg. 130, Ems. ii. 219. haf-ski3, n., poet, a ship. haf-skrimsl,
n. a sea-monster, Sks. 86. baf-sleipnir, m. a sea-horse, poet, a ship.
haf-stormr, m. a storm at sea, Bret. 98, Sks. 227. baf-strambr,
m. a fabulous sea-monster, Sks. 166, Ann. 1305. haf-straumr, m. a
sea current, Lex. Poet. baf-sula, u, f. a kind of bird, bassanus. baf-
tyr3ill, m. uria alia, a sea-bird, Edda (Gl.) haf-velktr, part, sea-
tossed, Krok. 75. baf-vi3ri, n. a sea breeze, Landn. 225, Eg. 373,
Barb. 6 new Ed. baf-villr, adj. having lost one's course at sea, Nj. 267,
v.l. baf-villur, f. pi. loss of one's course at sea, Finnb. 242 ; rak {>!*
vi6a um hafit, voru {)e!r flestir innanborSs at a kom hafvilla, Ld. *[,
koma mi a fyrir {)eim myrkr ok hafvillur, Ems. iii. 181, {>orf. Karl. 37
baf-J)rvinginn, part, sea-swoln. Mar.
B. Lifting ; hann hnykkir upp steininum, syndisk flestum monnu
lilikligr til hafs fyrir vaxtar sakir, Finnb. 324 ; cp. Grettis-haf, the lift
Grettir, of a heavy stone. II. beginning; upp-haf, principium.
HAF A, pret. haf&i ; subj. hef6i ; pres. sing, hefi (less correctly hefi:
hefir,hefir ; plur. hofum, hafit, hafa : the mod. pres. sing, is monosyllabic h(
orhefur,and is used so in rhymes — andvara engan /je/wr | ...vi5 glysheii
gtilaus sefur. Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retaine
the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the ist pars, befc
the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and h{
g-a ek, see e.g. Grag. (Kb.) 79, 83, in the old oath formula, hef-k ei
Hallfred ; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse) ; but not so in 3rd pers., e.
hefir-a orhefir-at, Grag. I.e.: imperat. haf, hafSu : part. pass. hafSr, ne
haft; — hafat is an air. A€7., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja,
heave,lift : \\]\i.haban ; A.S.habban ; Engl, have ; Hel. hebben ; Ger
baben; Dutch bebben ; Dan, have; Swed. bafva : it is curious the L
form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forr
Ital. avere, Er. avoir. Span, baber, etc. <^ Hafa is a weak verb, a
thus distinguished from hefja {to lift, begin), which is a strong ve
answering to Lat. capere, incipere ; but in sundry cases, as will be s(
below, it passes into the sense of this latter word ; as also in some instan
into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hof, to behave, and hoefa,
hit^ : — to have.
A. To have; hann haf5i me& ser ekki meira 113, Fms. i. 39; ha
hverr hir3 um sik, 52; h6f6u J)eir iittjan skip, viii. 42; Sverrir ha
tvau hundra3 manna, . . . |)eir hof&u annan samnaS a landi, 328; h;
hafQi mikit 116 ok fritt, x. 36 ; Jjeir hof&u sjau skip ok flest stor, l(
hafa fjolmennar setur, Eb. 22 ; hann hafSi menn sina i sildveri, Eg. <
mun ek naut hafa {)ar sem mer ^ykkir hagi beztr, 716. II
bold: 1. to keep, celebrate ; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6 ; hafa 4tnin
10; hafa doma, 12 ; hafa blot, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; h
vina-bo3, Nj. 2; hafa J61a-bo3, Eg. 516; hafa ^ing, Fms. ix. 4.
hafa haust-bo3, Gisl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms
201, passim. 2. to bold, observe; hlySir J)at hvergi at hafa 1
log i landi, Nj. 149; skal J)at hafa, er stendr..., Griig. i. 7: skal
allt hafa er finsk a skra {jeirri . . . , id. ; en hvatki es mis-sagt es i frseS
J)essum, {)a es skylt at hafa |)at {to keep, hold to be true) es sanr
reynisk, lb. 3 ; ok haf3a ek (7 kept, selected) J)at or hvarri er frair
greindi, Landn. 320, v. 1. 3. to hold, keep, retain ; ef hann vill 1
hann til fardaga, Grag. i. 155 ; skal buandinn hafa hann halfan mar
154 ; ok hafdi hvarr J)at er holt a, Nj. 279 ; hitt skal hafa er um f;|
er, Rb. 56 ; kasta i hurt Jjrjaligi ok haf J)at sem eptir ver8r, 494.
to bold an office; hafa logsiigu, to hold the office o/16gsaga, lb. pass
hafa jarld6m,konungd6m, passim; J)at h6f5u haft at fornu Dana-konun
Eg. 267 ; J)er berit konunga-ncifn sva sem fyrr hafa haft {have bad) for
y3rir, en hafit liti6 af riki, Fms. i. 52 ; hafa riki, to reign, Hkr. pref.
phrases, hafa elda, to keep afire, cook. Ems. xi. 129; hafa fjargacilu
tend sheep. Eg. 740 ; hafa embaetti meS hondum, Stj. 204 ; hafa g«
a e-u, Fms. ix. 313 ; hafa . . . vetr, to have so many winters, be <rf|
an age (cp. Er. avoir . . . ans), fb. 15 ; margir hiifSu litift fatt ^lisuoi^
Ver. 7 : hafa vorn i mali, Nj. 93 ; hafa e-t me6 hondum, to baveitth
Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239 ; hafa e-t a hondum, Grag. i. 38 ; hafa fyrir J
to bold for true, Fms. xi. 10 ; hafa vi3 or3, to intimate, suggai^
160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no nodci
Fas. i. 318. 6. with grepp^^iit infin., «*• with prep.; hafa ti
have, possess; ef annarr J)eirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, J)a er sa skyW
at fa honum er til hefir, Grag. i. 33 ; ef annarr hefir til . . ., id. ; !>« s
at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28. p. with infin. ; hafa at var8v
to have in keeping. Eg. 500 ; log hafit j)er at maela, you have the lat
yojir tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. loi ; h6r& tiSindi hefi ek at segja {,
64 ; sa er gripinn hefir at halda, Grdg. i. 438 ; hafa at selja, to have on •
Ld. 28. III. to use; var haft til J)ess sker eitt, Eb. 12 ; ]?a h ;
J)eir til varnar skot ok spjot, Fms. vii. 193; er J)in ra6 voru hofS, ;^
thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Griss haf3i J)essi ra6, Fms. iii. 21 l"
vii at Jiat se haft er ek legg til, x. 249 ; J)ykki mer pu vel hafa (' •
good use of) J)au tillog er ek legg fyrir J)ik, xi. 61 ; til J)ess alls er a
J)6tti skipta, ^a hafSi hann {)essa hluti, 129; tvau ny (net), ok h*f* p
hofa verit {which have not been used), haf {)ii {take) hvart er ^u vilt, 1 '•
46 ; J)8er vii ek hafa enar ny'ju, en ek vii ekki haetta til at hafa jjt
fornu, id. ; onnur er ny ok mikil ok hefir {has) til einskis hofft (i )
veri6, id. ; bu3kr er fyrir hiislker er hafar, Vm. 171 ; gjalda vapn J): ^
hofa eru, N. G. L. i. 75 ; pit hafdi hann haft {used) fyrir skala, »
29; fieir voru hafdir til at festa mtb hus jafnan, Nj. 118; sa h61ni:'r
hafar til at. .., Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama ei8, x. 7; ''
J)au sem hann hafdi {had) um haft {used), Nj. 56; orb t)au er ^■
hafai {made use of) i barnskirn, K.Jj.K. 14. 2. more sp i;
phrases; hafa fagrmaeli via e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hlj66 ;»
via e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjolkyngi mun ver;'
.hofa aar sva fai gort, Edda 27 ; hafa morg oxb um e-t, Ld. 268;
HAFA.
229
mzli 4 e-u, to discuss, doubt, speaJt diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52 ;
.fa viflrmaeli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89 ; hafa nafn Drottins
lu'goma, to take the Lord's name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var)
jiik haf6r viS iiial manna, 7nucb used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8 :
ifa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing ;
r er til fiess vilja hafa sik, at ganga 1 samkundur manna viboftit, GJ)1.
)0 ; ef hann vill sik til J)essa hafa, Fms. i. 99 : hafa sik vi6, to exert
eself; skaltu ok verda J)ik viS at hafa um J)etta mal, ef J)u getr J)at af
ir faert, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspseni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222;
fa e-n at hlifi-skildi siSr, to use one as a shield, 262 ; hafa e-n at ginningar-
li, auga-bragSi, ha5i, hlatri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim. IV.
have, bold, maintain, of a state or condition ; hafa vinattu vi& e-n, to
lintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmatt, to continue sick,
;• 565 ; hafa haettu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149 ; hafa vitfirring,
be insane, Grag. i. 154 ; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67 ;
fa burSi til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479 ; hafa hug,
zh'i, hyggindi, to have the courage . . ., Hdm. 28 ; hafa vit (to know),
vn, greind...a e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman,
.'Si, skemtun, linaegju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing;
a leifia, 6ge6, andstygo^ hatr, obeit a e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with,
te a thing; hafa elsku, msetr, virSing a e-u, to love, esteeem ... a thing ;
fa allan hug a e-u, to bend the mind to a thing ; hafa grun a e-m, to
■pect one; hafa otta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless
ler phrases. 2. with erepp. ; a. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to
Ty out, hold forth; hafa^frammi rog, Nj. 166; hafa mal fram, to pro-
•dwitb a suit, loi ; stefnu-for, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok
liigmselt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one's official duties, 232 ;
: um bi'iit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done,
i.113; beini ma varla ver5a bctri en her er frammi hafSr, xi. 52;
l6u i frammi (use) kiigan vi3 \)k uppi vid fjollin, Isl. ii. 215 ; margir
itir, t)6 at hann haii i frammi, Sks. 276. p. hafa mikit, litid fyrir e-u,
have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-hofn, trouble.) y.
I vi3 e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii.
:), Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176 ; hafa mikit, htiS vid, to make
•Ireat, little display ; (hence vi6-hofn, display, pomp) ; hann song messu
•} haf6i mikit vid, be sang mass and jnade a great thing of it, Nj. 157 ;
'] hefir mikit vi5, thozi makest a great show of it. Boll. 351 ; haim ba6
;l leita, hann hafSi liti& vi6 J)at, he did it lightly, Nj. 141 ; haf ekki
il;t vi6, do not say so, Ld. 182.
j B. 7*0 take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere'] : I.
i -atch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one ; hann kemsk
uiidan, ok hofSu {)eir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they
him, Nj. 130; ekki munu V(ir hans hafa at sinni, we sha'nt
i,ib him at present, Fms. vi. 278 ; hafda ek J)ess vaetki vifs, Hm. loi ;
jj'gi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95 : in swearing, troll, herr, gramir hafi
]! , the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee ! troll hafi lif, ef . . ., Kormak ; triJll
lii Trefot allan! Grett. (in a verse); triill hafi Jiina vini, troll hafi hoi
t, Nj. ; herr hafi Jjori til slaegan, confound the wily Thorir ! Fms. vi
I, v.l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.) ;
mir hafi fiik! vide gramr. II. to carry, carry off, bring; haf6i
n hjarta6 i munni ser, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95 ;
in haf3i J)at (brought it) nor5an meS ser. Eg. 42 ; hafdi {>6r61fr heim
rga dy'rgripi, 4; hann hafdi meS ser skatt allan, 62 ; skaltu bi5ja hennar
hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22 ; fe J)at er hann haf5i {had) ut haft
rriedfrom abroad), Gull}). 13; a fimm hestum hofSu j)eir mat, Nj.
; bukina er hann hafSi (hadt) lit haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafSi
cup nor9r til Bjorgynjar me6 ser, viii. 296 ; biskup l^t hann hafa meft
kirkiu-vi6 ok jarn-klukku, Landn. 42 ; hann haf6i me8 ser skulda-li3
ok buferli, Eb. 8 ; hann tok ofan hofit, ok hafdi me& ser fiesta viSu,
ok hafa hana i brott, Fms. i. 3 ; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim me8
Isl. ii. 20 ; hann hafSi log lit hingat or Noregi, he Iroughtlaws hither
m Norway, lb. 5 ; haf {)u heim hvali til bxjar, Hy'm. 26 ; ok hafa
n tilValhallar, Nj.119. 111. to take, get ; hann hafSi J)a engan
ne dr)'kk, he took no food nor drink. Eg. 602 ; hann hafSi eigi
fn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139. 2. to get, gain, win; oflu6u ser
, ok hiJfSu hlutskipti mikit. Eg. 4 ; eigi })arftu at biSja vi&smjors
J)viat hann mun ^at alls ekki hafa, ne J)ii,/or neither be nor thou
II get it. Bias. 28 ; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with
40, Skv. 1.4: the sayings, hefir sa jafnan er haettir, he wins that risks,
thing venture, nothing have,' Hrafn. 16; sa hefir krtis er krefr, SI.
3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day,
90, Fms. xi. 93 ; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr,
^5' Ver. 38 ; hafa betr» to get the better; hafa verr, miSr, to have the
tofit, Fms. V. 86, fiorst. S. St. 48, passim ; hafa mal sitt, to win one's
, Grag. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34 ; hafa kaup oil, to get all the bargain. Eg. 71 ;
I tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219 ; hafa erendi, to do one's errand,
'eed, {jkv. 10, 1 1 , Fas. ii. 5 1 7 : hafa baiia, to have one's bane, to die, Nj.
lafa lisigr, to be worsted, passim ; hafa lifrid, to have no peace; hafa gagn,
a, hei6r, neisu, ovirSing, skomm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour,
'race, tie. from a thing ; hafa e-n 1 helju, to put one to death, Al. 123 ;
I e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; hofum eigi
' sigrinn or hendi, let not victory slip out ofovr bands, Fms. v. 294. 4. to
get, receive; hann hafSi g65ar vifttokur, Nj. 4 ; h6n skal hafa sex-tigi hund-
ra6a, 3 ; skyldi Hcigni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafSi ^z\. fyrir
(if he could get for it) sem hann vildi ; Flosi spurfti i hverjum aurum hann
vildi fyrir hafa, hann kva8sk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259 ; hafa tiftindi,
siigur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28 ; hafa saenid, metord
6vir6ing, to get honour, disgrace from one's bands, Nj. loi ; hafa baetr, to
get compensation, GrAg. i. 188 ; hafa innstaeduna eina, id. ; hafa af e-m, to
have the best of one, cheat one. TV. to carry, wear, of clothes,
ornaments, weapons : 1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. hofn
^gear} ; hafa hatt a hoffti, Ld. 28 ; hafa vaskufl yztan klxfta, . . . pii
skalt hafa undir (wear beneath) hin g68u klae&i |)in, Nj. 32 ; hann haffti
bltin kyrtil, . . . hann hafdi svartan kyrtil. Boll. 358 ; hafa fald a hiJfSi,
to wear a hood; hon hafdi gaddan rautt a hiifdi, Orkn. 304 ; hann hafdi
um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91 ; hafa fingr-gull 4 hendi,
146 : to have about one's person, vefja saman ok hafx i pungi sinum,
Edda 27 ; hlutir sem monnum var titt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128. 2. of
weapons, to wield, carry; spjot {)at er J)ii hefir f hendi. Boll. 350; hafa
kylfu i hendi ser, to have a club in one's band, Fms. xi. 129 ; hafa staf £
hendi, to have a stick in the hand. Bard. ; Gunnarr hafdi atgeirinn ok
sverdit, Kolskeggr hafdi saxit, Hjortr hafdi alvaepni, Nj. 93 ; hann hafdi
oxi snaghyrnda. Boll. 358 ; hann hafdi kesjuna fyrir ser, he held the lance
in rest. Eg. 532. V. here may be added a few special phrases;
hafa hendr fyrir ser, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness) ; hafa
vit fyrir ser, to act wisely ; hafa at ser hendina, to draw one's hand back,
Stj. 198 ; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr. ; hafa
e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson) : hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til
annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed. ; hann vissi varla hvar hann atti at hafa
sik, he knew not where (whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807 ; hefir hann
sik aptr a stad til munklifisins. Mar.
0. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning) ; hafa e-t
uppi, to heave up, raise ; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii.
89 : hafa uppi faeri, net, a fisherman's term, to heave up, take up the net
or line, Hav. 46; Skarphedinn hafdi uppi (heaved up) iixina, Nj. 144:
hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vapn. 29 ; jiar voru mjiik tiifl uppi hofd
ok sagna-skemtan, {>orf. Karl. 406, v. 1. : hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up,
bring him to light; sva mattu oss skjotast uppi hafa, Faer. 42 : metaph.
to reveal, vandr riddari hafdi allt J)egar uppi, Str. 10. 2. with
the notion to begin ; Bardr hafdi uppi ord sin (began his suit) ok ba&
Sigridar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142 ; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons. Boll.
350; hafa upp rsedur, to begin a discussion; raedur J)aEr er hann hafdi
uppi haft vid Ingigerdi, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in O. H. reads
umrsedur ^xt er hann hafdi upp hafit (from hefja), 59 ; cp. also Vsp., |)at
langnidja-tal mun uppi hafat (i.e. hafit) medan old lifir, 16, (cp. upp-
haf, beginning) ; ^6 at ek hafa sidarr um-raedu um hann, better J)6 at
ek hafa (i. e. hefja) sidarr upp raedu um hann, though I shall below treat
of, discuss that, Skalda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft
sidan (of a song), Nj. 135 ; cp. also phrases such as, hafa a ras, to begin
running; take to one's heels, Fms. iv. 1 20, ix. 490 ; nxsta morgin hefir lit
fjordinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48 : opp. is the
phrase, hafa e-t liti, to have do7ie, finished; hafa liti sitt dags-verk, Fms.
xi. 431 ; hafa liti sekt sina, Grett. 149.
D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hof (see at the
beginning), toJ}ehave, do, act: 1. with an adverb, hafa vel, ilia, or
the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or
■unhappy, o. to behave; en mi vii ek eigi verr hafa en \Vi, B'ms. iv.
342 ; J)eir sogdu at konungr vildi verr hafa en J)eir, 313; hefir t)u ilia
or (malum or the like understood) haft vid mik, Fs. 140; olikr er Gisli
odrum i J)olinmaedi, ok hefir hann betr en ver, Gisl. 28. p. to do so
and so (to be happy, unhappy) ; verr hafa \m er trygdum slitu, Mkv. 3 ;
ilia hefir sa er annan svikr, 18 ; vel hefir sa er J)at lida Ixtr, 6 ; vel hefir
sa (ie is happy) er eigi bidr slikt illt |)essa heims, Fms. v. 145 ; hvilikt
hefir pii, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched;
at sal {)orgils maetti fyrir J)aer sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.;
dlafr hafdi J)a holzti ilia, O. was very poorly, D.N. ii. 156; J)ykisk sa
bezt hafa (happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248 ; {)a hefir hann
bazt af hann {)egir, i.e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue,
Hm. 19 ; t)ess get ek at sa hafi verr (he will make a bad bargain) er J)ik
flytr, Nj. 128; lilfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39;
mun sa betr hafa er eigi tekr vid per, id.; betr hefdir fii, ef . . ., tbou
wouldest do better, if. .., Akv. 16. Y- adding sik; hafa sik vel, to
behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436. II. with the prep. at, to do,
act, (hence at-hofn, at-ha:fi, act, doing) ; hann 16t ekki til biia vigs-malit
ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71 ; en ef {)eim fjykkir of litid feit tekit, J)a
skulu t)eir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grdg. ii. 267 ; hvatki
es J)eir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132 ; hann tok af {>er konuna, en {)u hafdir ekki
at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33 ; baedi munu menn
petta kalla storvirki ok illvirki, en J)6 ma mi ekki at hafa, b7it there is
no help for it, 202 ; eigi synisk mer medal-atferdar-leysi, at ver hofum
eigi at uni kviimur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs.
32 : absol., villii J)ess freista, ok vita 1)4 hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and
230
HAFA.
see bow it will do? Bjarn. ay; en nu skaltii fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at
hafi, Bs. i. 712. III. phrases, hafa hdtt, to be noisy, talk loud,
Fms. i. 66 ; vi8 skulum ekki hafa hdtt {do not cry loud) her er ma3r a
glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lagt, to leeep silent; hafa haegt, to keep
quiet ; hafa sik a (i) hofi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36 ; hafa i hotum vi&
c-n, to use threatening {foul) language, Fb. i. 312 ; hafa i glett vi& e-n,
to banter one, Fms, viii. 289 ; hafa illt at verki, to do a bad deed, Isl.
ii. 184.
13. Passing into the sense of the verb haefa (see at the beginning),
to aim at, bit, virith dat. : I. to hit; sva naer haf6i hausinum,
at . . ., /Ae shot so nearly hit the head, that . .., Fms. ii. 272 ; J)at sama
foraS, sem henni haf5i naest ya8a, those very precipices from which she
had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; naer hafSi mi, at
jkj6tr mundi verSa okkarr skilna3r, Al. 1 24 ; nser hafSi okkr mi, it struck
near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281 ; kvaSsk sv4 dreymt hafa
(have dreamed), at J)eim mundi naer hafa, ix. 387, v. 1. ; ok er naer haf6i at
skipit mundi fljota, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58 ; ok
hafdi sva naer (it was within a hair's breadth), at fraendr |)orvalds mundu
ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafSi sva naer at J)eir mundi berjask, lb.
II, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, /ar /rem it! Edda (in a
verse). 2. to charge; eigi em ek |)ar fyrir siinnu haf6r, I am not
truly aimed at for that, 'tis a false charge, Eg. 64 ; J)eim manni er fyrir
sokum er haf8r, i. e. the culprit, Grag. i. 29 ; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa
d e-u, to make a charge of a thing; J)a6 var3 ekki a J)vi haft, they
could not make a case for a charge of it. II. metaph. to be the
ground or reason for, (hence til-haefa, reason, fact, foundation) ; til Jjcss
aetla vitrir menn J)at haft at Island se Tile (i.e. Thule) kallaS, at...,
learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule,
that . . ., Landn. (pref.) ; mikit mun til haft, er einmseli er um [there
must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Jjorgils segir, eigi
er fyrir haft (there is no ground whatever for it), at ek maela betr fyrir
gri6um en a5rir menn, Isl. ii. 379 ; ver hyggjum J)at til {)ess haft vera,
at J)ar hafi menn sesk, we believe the substa?tce of the story is that men
have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158 ; hvat er til J)ess haft um Jpat (what is
the truth of the matter ?), hefir sundr-{)ykki orSit me3 ykkr ? Boll. 364 :
in the saying, hefir hverr til sins agaetis nokkut, every one gets his repu-
tation for something, Nj. 115. 2. to happen, coincide; hefir sva til,
at hann var J)ar sjalfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. 1. p. the phrase, hafa mikit
(litiS) til sins mals, to have much (little) reason for one's tale, i. e. to be
much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. 1.), Nj. 88 : um {)enna
hefir sva stonim, it matters so much with this man, (v. 1. for mun storum
skipta), Fms. xi. 311.
F. Reflex, to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or
abode, cp. Lat. babitare, (cp. also hofn, a haven) ; hann hefsk a nattar-
tima ni6ri i votnum, at night-time be keeps down in the water, Stj. 77 : to
live, \e.\x hof5usk mjok i kaupfer6um, they spent much of their life in travel-
ling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafSisk longum i bxnum, Bs. i. 353. p. with
prep. vi& ; her mun ek vi8 hafask (I will stay here) en {)u far til konungs,
Fb.ii. 125; hafdiskhann vi5ask6gume6ri o3rum fylgsnum,302^ J)vi at
hann hafSisk J)a a skipum vi9, Fms. viii. 44 ; hvilsk heldr ok hafsk vi3 i J)vi
landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj . 1 62 ; Asgeirr hafSisk viS uppi i dalnum,
Sd. 1 54 ; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50 ; hafask
hlifar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11. 2. hafask at, to do,
behave (cp. D. above); voru J)eir ^b, sva mo8ir, at J)eir mattu ekki at
hafask, Fms. ii. 149 ; en si6an skulut J)er at hafa slikt sem ek kann fyrir
segja, i. 158 ; Jjat eitt munu vi6 at hafask, at ek mun betr gora en J)u,
Nj. 19; Lambi sa hvat Steinarr haf5isk at. Eg. 747. 3. hafask vel,
to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142 ; mi
er J)at baen min, at t)er hafisk vid vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms.
ix. 497 ; Jungfrtiin hafSisk vel vi6 i ferSinni, x. 86 ; at fe hans mundi eigi
hafask at betr at me5al-vetri, Grag. ii. 326. 4. recipr., hafask or8
vi6, to speak to one another ; ok er J)at 6si61egt, at menn hafisk eigi or6
vi8,Fs.i4; l)artiler J)eirhafaskrettartolurvi8,N.G.L.i. 182. II.
part, hafandi is used in the sense oi having conceived, being with child;
J)a verit hann varr vi5 at hon var hafandi, 656 B. 14 ; hon skyldi ver6a
hafandi at Gu3s syni, id. ; generally, allt {)at er hafanda var let burS sinn
ok aer&isk, Fms. vii. 187 ; sva sem hon ver8r at honum hafandi, Stj. 178 ;
(hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)
Or. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used
as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass, of another verb, whereby a com-
pound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows : I. in
transitive verbs with ace. the participle also was put in ace, agreeing
in gender, number, and case with the objective nOun or pronoun ; this
seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so
in all old poems down at least to the middle of the nth century,
to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990-1040), who constantly used
the old form, — fi,tt is an apostrophe for atta in the verse 0. H.
81 : 1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; J)a er forOum mik
faedda hofSu, Vsp. 2 ; hverr hefSi lopt laevi blandit eSr aett jotuns (56s
mey gefna, 29 ; ^xx's i ardaga attar hofSu, 60 : ek haf3a fengna konungs
rei6i, Ad. 3 ; en Grjotbjora um gneg9an hefir, 18 ; mik hefir marr miklu
rsentan, Stor. 10 ; |)6 hefir Mims-vinr mer um fengnar bolva baetr, a;
gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi : Loka maer hefir leikji
allvald, Yt. 7 ; sa haf6i borinn bruna-horg, 14 ; jarlar hofciu veginn ban
15 : ek hef orBinn (found) Jiann gu6f65r (verfia is here used as trans
Hallfred ; hofum kera fram&an, id. : hann hefir litnar, senar, har bin
Isl. ii. 323, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002 ; gongu hefik of gengr
Korm. (in a verse) ; hann hafdi farna for, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason) ; (
hefi tal8ar niu orustur, Sighvat ; {)u hefir vanSan J)ik, id. ; 6r hafit rek|
i)a braut, 6. H. 63 ((5ttar Svarti) ; hann hefir biinar okkr hendr skrautli{
Sighvat ((5. H. 13); J)eir hafa faer3 sin h6fu8 Kmiti, id.; hvar hafit
hug8an mer sess, id. ; hafa s^r kenndan enn n0r8ra heims enda, id. ; Sighvi
hefir lattan gram, id. ; hefir J)u hamar um folginn, f>kv. 7, 8 ; J)u he
hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6 ; ek hefi y3r brennda. Am. 39, cp. 56 ; hefi ek \
minntan, 81 ; hefir t)u hjortu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir J)u mik dval8;
Hbl. 51 ; ek hefi haf8ar J)rar, / have had throes, Fsm. 51 ; en ek ha
gorvan hef-k, sva hefi ek studdan, 1 2 (verse 1 3 is corrupt) ; hann h(
dval3a J)ik, Hkv. Hjorv. 29 ; lostna, 30 ; mik hefir sottan meiri glse
32 ; ek hefi bru8i kerna, id.; J)u hefir etnar lilfa krasir, opt sar sog
Hkv. 1.36; sa er opt hefir ornu sadda, 35 ; hefir J)u kanna8a koni onei I!'
23 ; J)a er mik svikna h6f8ut, Skv. 3. 55 ; hann hafSi getna sonu, Bkv.
J)ann sal hafa halir um gorvan, Fm. 42 ; br66ur minn hefir t)u benjaS;
25 ; er hann raSinn hefir, 37 ; sjaldan hefir ^li gefnar vargi braSir, ]
(in a verse). 2. references from prose; this old form has sii
been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was fr
lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugati<
in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is mi
freq. even in the prose writers, as lb., the HeiSarv. S., the Mirac
book in Bs., Njala, (3. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old fori
as may be seen from the following references, Bjorn haf8i saer3a \
menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann ha
J)a leidda saman hestana, 264 : ek hefi sendan mann, Isl. (Hei8arv.
ii- 333; ck hefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn or helju heimt
Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337 ; en er Jpeir hof8u ni8r settan sveini
349 ; hann hafSi veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350 : er \ex hefir
neisu gorva, O. H. 107 : J)a hefi ek fyrri setta ^k i stafrofi. Ska
(Thorodd) 161 ; par hefi ek vi8 gorva Jiessa stafi fjora, id.; hafa h;
samsettan, 167: g68a fylgd hefir J)U mer veitta, Jjorst Si8u H.
sag8i, at Olafr konungr hafSi sendan hann, Bs. i. II : fjyri, er hert
haf3i festa nau8ga, Fms. x. 393 (Agrip) : hefi ek J)a sva signa&a J
magnaSa, v. 236 : hefir solin gengna tva hluti, en einn ligenginn, K.|). l
92 (Lund's Syntax, p. 12). p. again, neut. indecl., hana haf6i att f |'
fjoroddr, Isl. ii. 192: hon haf6i heimt hiiskarl sinn.. .,Isl. (Hei8arv.
ii. 339 ; hann hefir ekki sva vel gyrt hest minn, 340 ; hefir J)u eigi
mik, 341 ; hve hann haf8i lokkat hann, id. ; gistingar hefi ek y8r fcDj
343 : fieir hof8u haft ufri& ok orrostur, lb. 12 ; hann hafSi teki8 logw
14: stafr er att haf8i J>orlakr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er J)ser lioi
upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit . . ., 342 ; gongu es hann haf8i gingit, J,
es sleggjuna hafSi ni8r fellt, 346 ; sem ma3r hefSi ny'sett (hana) a
id. ; jartein |)a er hann J)6ttisk fingit hafa, 347 ; haf3i prestrinn f
fram sveininn, 349 : hjalm er Hrei8marr hafSi att, Edda 73 '• hafa
sina heitstrenging, Fms. (Jomsv. S.) xi. 141 : slikan dom sem hann h)
mer hugat, 6. H. 176, etc. passim: — at last the inflexion disappet^
altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing, is used thron-l
out ; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e.g. konu hefi eg mer festa, Li
xiv. 20, cp. Vidal. ii. 21. g^ This use of the inflexive part, pass* it
often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Solarl^oS was a
posed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75« *,
but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in someC!
changed the true forms (-infi, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbrelltJ
in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases tte
form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; t
to buinn, Hkv. Hjorv. 15 ; borit to borinn, Hkv. I. i ; be8it to be8i
Fsm. 48 ; or3it to or3in, Og. 23 ; roSit to ro8inn, Em. 5 ; broti8
brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc. : but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that ■
poem is of a comparatively late age ? II. the indecl. neut. si
is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in
following cases : 1. with trans, verbs requiring the dat. or gen.;
hefi fengit e-s, hann haf3i feugit konu ; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25 ;
er hafSi be3it fjar, J)kv. 32 ; stillir hefir stefnt mer, Hkv. Hjorv. 33,
so in endless cases. 2. in the reflex, part. pass. ; J)eir (hann) 1
(hefir) latisk, farisk, sagsk, etc. 3. in part, of intrans. neut. ve
e. g. peir J)aer (hann, hon), hafa (hefir) seti8, sta3it, gengit, legit, f;
komit, verit, or8it, lifa3, dait, heiti8 . . , also almost in every line b
of prose and poetry. 4. in trans, verbs with a neut. sing, in ob
five case the diflference cannot be seen.
^" The compound preterite is common to both the Romance
Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in
latter ; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and the
spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is sh(
by the facts, that o. no traces of it are found in Gothic, no:
L the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words. p. i"
$
HAFALD— HAGNA.
231
y cit Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to
nclinable. y. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncom-
Kided preterite infinitive, e.g. st6&u = hafa sta3it, mundu, skyldu, vildu,
!t see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. fs- We may here note a curious
h ping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit
I {bailing been) langa hri5 utan-lands, 0. H. 31, cp. Am. 52 ; bam at
E , en vegit slika hetju sem f)orvaldr var, Gliim. 383. On this interest-
n natter see Grimm's remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.
Ifald, n. (qs. hafhald), the perpendicular thrums that bold the weft.
|Qi» a, m. name of a giant, Edda (Gl.)
UPNAt a5, to forsake, abandon, with dat. ; hafna blotum ok
nam go3um, Fms. i. 33 ; h. fornum si9, Eb. la ; h. fomum atrunadi,
141 ; h. fjandanum, K. A. 74; h. likamligum lystingum, 671. 4;
>6uin e-s, to disobey one's orders, Andr. 65 ; h. rabi e-s, Al. 166;
lufhadi 4tinu, the cow left off eating, Bs. i. 194; ef hann hafna3i
n likynnum, Fms. v. a 18; opt hafnar maer manni fyrir litla sok,
4. 6 ; adr ek ^&t hafna, lest Iforsahe thee, Korm. 50 (in a verse) ; h.
I ;ri, poet, to feast, Fms. xi. 138 (in a verse) ; h. fjorvi, to die, Hkr. i.
I Terse) ; h. nafni e-s, to disown one, Hallfred ; hafnift Nefju nafna,_ye
I ie (disgrace) the namesake of Nefja, Hkr. i. (in a verse) ; fyrir-Iitinn
I lafhaSr, Stj. 1 5 7, 1 73 : part, hafnandi, forsaking, Sks. 3. II.
] £. of cows and ewes, to conceive, to calve, lamb. III. hafna,
fj come to anchor; or hafna sig, id.
1 and hdfnun, i. forsaking, abandonment, Hom. 2, Sks. 3, 612,
, ; h. veraldar, Fms. v. 239 ; hiifnun heims, Greg. 38 ; til hafn-
b\{^citsgrace) ok haftungar, K. A. ao8.
■)(iar>( vide hiifn, a haven.
^" bit, n. pasture, grazing, N. G. L. i. 25 ; cp. Dan, havne-gang.
org, f. a sea borough, fjjal. 29.
_,.__:ig, f. a heaving up, elevation, lifting, of christening (cp. the
Ie, hefja or heiSnum d6mi = ^o christen), N. G. L. i. 339, 340.
il>leyss, u, f. (hafn-leysi, n., Hkr. iii. 266), a barbourless coast,
laj, N.G.L. i. 10, Eg. 161, Fs. 150.
ti-ligr, adj. harbour-like. Eg. 99.
blti-skipti, n. division of land (pasture), N. G. L. i. 249.
hiti-taka, u, f. ' haven-taking,' getting into harbour, N. G. L. ii. 380.
^ .PB, m., gen. hafrs, pi. hafrar ; hafrir, Haustl. 15, is scarcely correct :
bafer, cp. Engl, heifer ; Lat. caper^ : — a buck, he-goat, Edda, of
S'goats of Thor, Hdl. 46, {jkv. 31, Lv. 47, 52, Hrafn. 3, Nj. 62,
. i. 437, 503, Eb. 94 ; hafra har, goats' hair, Magn. (pref.), Andr.
COMPDs: hafrs-belgr, m. = hafrstaka, Fb. iii. 400. hafrs-
In. the shape of a goat, Eb. 94. hafi's-Ko, n. buck's thigh, a nick-
, Landn. hafr-kytti, n. a kind oi whale, Sks. 128. hafr-
l,H, f. a goat's skin, Edda 28, Fms. vi. 96, Bs. i. 551, Gisl. 7: in local
Hafra-fell, Hafra-gil, Hafra-nes, Hafra-tindr, Hafra-
a, Hafrs-d, Landn. ; Hafrs-florSr (in Norway), Fms. xii, Fb. iii.
BFR, m., only in pi. hafrar, [Germ, haber ; North. E, baver~\, oats;
s|iis not to occur in old writers.
luji and hapt, n. [hafa], properly a handcuff; sprettr m^r af fotum
01:, en af hondum haft, Hm. 150, 149 : then generally a bond, chain,
or hoft or J)ormum, Vsp. (Hb.) ; sitja i hoftum, to be in fetters as a
cr. Mar. 1 1 ; faetr bans varu i hoptum, Mork. 205 ; leysa e-n or
n, Ls. 37 ; halda e-n i hoftum, to keep one in bonds, Fb. i. 378 ; at
er 63r ok hann ma koma hoftum a hann ef hann vill, GJ)1. 149 : the
4 or tether fastened to a horse's leg, taka af, leggja a. haft ; ef haft
St hrossi, Grag. i. 436) freq. in mod. usage, cp. hefta : so in the
, verSa e-m at hafti, to be a hindrance or stumbling-block to one, Nj.
verse). haft-bond, m ^\. fetter-bonds, Fas. iii. 17. II.
h., pi. gods (as band H. 3), Edda 96. compds : hafta-gu3, n.
d of gods, the supreme god, of Odin, Edda 14. hafta-snytrir,
friend of the gods, Haustl. haft-soeni, n. the atonement (Germ.
i of the gods, i. e. poetry, Korm. ; cp. the tale in Edda 47.
a, u, f. a female prisoner, a bondwoman; hafta ok herauma, Gkv.
^kv. 2. 3 ; oft finnr ambatt hiiftu, Edda ii. 491 (in a verse).
r, m. a male prisoner, a bondman; haftr ok hernuminn, Fm. 7, 8,
0. Akv. 28.
' , a8, [Hel. bihagan ; Germ, behagen'j, to manage, arrange, with
u hann skyldi haga verks-h4ttum sinum, Eb. 1 50 ; sva skulu ver
Soiigu varri, at . . ., Fms. i. 16 ; en mi var oss J»vi haegra at haga
{)eirra eptir varri vild, vi. 261 ; at haga sva formaelinu, at . . .,
ivords so, that . .., 655 xi. 2 ; haga ser til sess, to take one's
(in a verse) ; haga halft yrkjum, to take the middle course,
n\ fenu var hagat til gaezlu, the money was taken into keeping,
I ' ; J)eim er solina gerSi, ok heiminum hagafti ok hann gerSi,
p. with adv., skal erkibiskup haga sva, at hann haii log,
145 ; hvernig skulum ver ])k til haga, Fms. vi. 205. y. to
'self, behave; J)er hagit ySr verr en annarr ly'Sr, Stj. 430; ef
' 'ir ser til ohelgi hagat, Grag. ii. 106; ef hann hagar annan
iiherwise), ok verSr hann litlagr um J)rem morkum, K. {j. K.
I o. with prep, til, to contrive; ,svar&i hann ei6a, at hann skyldi
I haga, at . . ., Edda 36 ; bad Jiorir sva til haga, at Egill se ekki J
langvistum i minu riki. Eg. 227; hagaftu svA til, at ^u vitir vist at
Hraerekr komi aldrcgi siflan lifs til Norcgs, 6. H. 75 ; haga sva (til) scnx
JiikuU vildi. Fs. 10. 2. absol., haga e-m, to turn out so and so /or
one; en Jjctta sama hagafli honum til mikils hAska, but this turned out to
bts great peril, Fms. viii. 17 ; J)at hagar okkr til au8ar, it falls luckily for
us, Gisl. (in a verse) ; ok hagar J)a sidleysi eigi vcl fyrir manni, Sks. 280;
OSS t)setti sem ^6t s6 litt til gamans hagat. Fas. ii. 225 ; ok hefir vztr
meir til liyndis hagat, en \>k, i. e. it was a sore calamity, Bs. i. 79; er
saliimi hagar til mikils hdska, which is fraught with much peril to the
soul, Al. 163; l)at haga3i Olafi til mikils harms, Fms. x. 239; i bcim
eyri sem okkr bezt hagaSi, in the money which suited us best, D. N. ; vil
ek gefa J)6r skip petta meb Jjeim farmi, sem ek veit vel hagar til Islands,
with a cargo which I know is suitable for Iceland, Fms. vi. 305 ; en m6r er
eigi um at finna hann, J)annig sem til hagat er, as matters stand, Orkn.
428. II. reflex, (rare), en {)a3 hagask sva til (iV so happened)
at l)eir gengu ut fjorir, Sturl. i. 129 (where Bs. i. 434, berr sva til,
at . . .). III. part., at hi)gu8u, meet, fitting ; eigi skiptir ^i at
hogu8u til, ef . . ., 'tis not fitting, if..., Fms. ii. 61 ; cp. at hcigum, Fi.
99, 1. c, and 79 (bottom) : — van-haga, impcrs. to lack, want.
Hagall, m. a mythical pr. name : the name of the Rune h, whence
Hagals-eett, f the second part of the Runic alphabet, vide introd. p. 227.
hagan, h6gun, f. management; til-hogun, arrangement.
Hag-bardr, m. name of a Danish mythical hero, ' with the fine beard,'
Saxo, Grett. (in a verse) : a name of Odin (cp. Harbardr, Sid-grani, Si8-
skeggr), Edda.
hag-beit, f. pasturage, Jm. 36.
hag-faldin, part, hooded with hedges, poet, of the earth, Fms. vi. 140.
hag-fastr, adj. of cattle, grazing constantly, Rb.
hag-fatt, n. adj. short of grazing, Fms. vi. 103.
hag-feldr, zdj.fit, meet, suited for; ek mun J)er h., J)vi at ek em verk-
ma3r g63r, en |)u ert i6ju-ma3r sjalfr, Njarft. 366 ; h. eyrendi, a meet
errand, Isl. ii. 458 ; allir hlutir hagfeldir ok farsaelligir, 0. H. 195.
hag-fella, u, f. afield. hagfellu-garSr, m. afield fence, GJ)1. 381.
hag-fraefli, f. agricultural statistics, (mod.)
HAGGA, a3, to put out of order, derange, with dat. ; e-t stendr
6-hagga&, to remain unmoved: reflex, to be put out of joint.
hag-genginn, part, grass-fed, fattened in the pastures, of cattle, Stj.
560. I Kings iv. 23.
HAGI, a, m. [A. S. haga = a fence ; Dan. have = a garden ; Swed. hage;
North. E. hag; Engl, hedge; cp. Old Engl, hay, Hayes as local names;
the word still remains as an appellative in haw-thorn = hedge-thorn ; haw-
haw = a sunk fence'] : — a pasture, prop, a ' hedged field,' Grag. ii. 227, Nj,
33, Fms. vii. 54, Isl. ii. 330, Karl. 133 ; var hestum hagi fenginn, the horses
were put out to grass, Fb. ii. 340; fjar-hagi, sau&-hagi, sheep pasture;
f}a.ll-h.zga.T, fell pastures ; heima-hzgir, home pastures ; lit-hagi, out pasture
(far from the farm); Icel. distinguish between tiin and engjar for hay-
making, and hagar for grazing. compds : haga-beit, f grazing. Eg.
718, Grag. ii. 224. haga-ganga, u, f grazing. haga-garSr, m.
a field fence, Pm. 88, Eb. 132, Fs. 47 : Hagi is freq. the name of a farm,
Landn. Haga-land, n. the estate of the farm Hagi, Sturl. ii. 171.
haga-spakr, adj. = hagfastr.
hagi, a, m. [hagr], only in compds, J)j68-hagi, a great artist.
hagindij n.pl. comfort, advantage, B. K. 1 10, H. E. ii. 165 ; vide hzgindi.
hag-j6r3, f. pasture land, Stj. 168, Sd. 167.
hag-keypi, n. a good bargain, Fb. ii. 75, iii. 450.
hag-kvsemr (hag-kvsemiligr), adj. meet, useful.
HAGL, n. [A. S. hagal ; Engl, hail ; Germ, hagel ; Dan. hagel ; Swed.
hagel] : — hail, Fms. i. 175, Nj. 232, Ann. 1275, Glum. 342, Bs. i. 698,
passim. compds: hagl-dropi, a, m. a hail-stone, Stj. 274. hagl-
hriS, f. a hail-storm, Stj. 374, 275, Fms. iii. 180. hagl-korn, n. a
hail-stone, Fms. i. 175, xi. 142. hagl-steinn, m. a bail-stone, Ann.
1275. hagl-vindr, m. a bail-storm, Prov, 454. II. in plur.
grapes, (mod.)
hagla, a3, to hail.
hag-laust (hag-leysa, u, f.), n. adj. barren, without grass.
hag-leikr (-leiki), m. skill in handicraft, Bs. i. 138, 681, Sks. 443,'
633, Stj. 519, Al. 93, Barl. 167, Fb. ii. 296, passim. hagleiks-g6r8,
i.Jine workmanship, Bs. i. 681. hagleiks-maSr, m. a handicrafts'
man, an artist. Fas. ii. 463, Barl. 167.
hag-lendi, n. [hagi], pasture land.
hag-liga, adv. skilfully, handily, Fms. vi. 217: conveniently, suitably,
meetly, v. 43, SI. 72, {jkv. 16, 19 (neatly).
hag-ligr, adj.^ne, handy, skilful. Mar. : fit, meet, proper, convenient,
h. rda, Fms. vii. (in a verse), K. |j.K. ioo; furSu h. geit, a very proper
goat, Edda 24; li-hagligr, troublesome, Bs. ii. 115.
hag-m^r, f. [hagi], a pasture marsh, Sd. 167.
hag-meeltr, part, well-spoken, Fms. iv. 374: a kind of metre, Edda
138 : in mod. usage only oi one who has skill in verse-making, hann er
hagmaeltr, a happy verse-maker, but not yet a skald, poet.
hagna, a3, e-m hagnar, to be meet for one; hvarum ykkram hefir betr
hagna6, which of you has bad the best luck? Fms. v. 193, xi. 2 1 2 (in a verse).
233
HAGNADR— HALDA.
liagnaSr, m. advantage, Hkr. ii. 85.
hag-nyta, tt, to vialie use of, Rb. 42, D.N., freq. in mod. usage.
liag-or3r, adj. well-spoken, Fms. iii. 152.
HAGR, adj. handy, sltilfid, opp. to bagr, q. v. ; hagr & tre, Bs. ii. 146 ;
hagr a jam, Gisl. 18; hagr ma6r a tre ok jArii, Eg. 4, Oik. 34; hann
var hagr ma&r, Isl. ii. 325 ; hami husar upp baeinn, J)vi at iiann var allra
manna hagastr, 171; Jjvi at J)u ert umsyslu-maSr mikill ok hagr vel,
Fms. i. 290; Hrei&arr ba6 Eyvind fa ser silfr nokkut og gull, Eyvindr
spurdi ef hann vaeri hagr, vi. 214; J)ann mann er hagastr var a (illu
Island! a tre, Bs. i. 132 ; hann valdi Jiann mann til kirkju-gor6ar, er J)a
J)6tti einn hverr hagastr vera, sa het {joroddr Gamlason, 163, 235 ;
Volundr var hagastr ma3r sva at mcnn viti i fornum sogum, Saeni. 89 :
of a lady, hon var sva hog {so handy at needlework) at far konur voru
jafnhagar henni, Nj. 147 ; hon var vfen kona ok hcig a hendr, isl. ii. 4;
Margret hin haga, Bs. i. 143 : of dwarfs, hagir dvergar, Hdl. 7 ; whence
dverg-hagr, skilful as a dwarf. 2. = hagligr, of work ; sem ek hagast
kunna, as handily as I could, Ykv. 17: skurB-hagr, skilled in carving;
orS-hagr = hagorSr ; {)j65-hagr, a great artist.
HAGtE., m., gen. hags, pi. hagir, [as to the root vide haga, cp. also the
preceding word] : — state, condition ; honum J)6tti J)a komit hag manna i
uny'tt efni, Jb. 1 2 ; heii ek sagt J)er allt er yfir minn hag hefir gengit.
Mar., Horn. 126, 155 ; at njosna hvat urn hag AstriSar mundi vera, Fms.
i. 68 ; annan vetr eptir var Halld6ra me6 barni, og lauksk seint um hag
hennar, and she got on slowly, of a woman in labour, Sturl. i. 199 ; hann
sag6i me8 undrum hans hag fram flytjask, he said that his affairs went
on in a strange way, Fb. i. 380 ; en mi tekr hagr minn at lihsegjask,
f)orf. Karl. 370. p. in plur. affairs; hversu komtu her, e8r hvat er
nu um hagi pina ? Fms. i. 79 ; hversu hann skyldi mi me9 fara e6r breyta
hogum siuum, Nj. 215 ; var J)at bratt au6se5 a hennar hogum {doings),
at hon mundi vera vitr, Ld. 2 2 ; ef {ler segit nokkrum fra um hagi vara
Ruts, Nj. 7; lands-hagir, /);;6/ic affairs. II. metaph. means; ef
hann hefir eigi hag til at faera J)au fram, Grag. i. 232 ; hann skal faera
J)eim manni er nanastr er, J)eirra manna er hag a til viStokunnar, 248 ;
en ef erfingi hefir eigi hag til framfaerslu, 250 ; ef ma8r tynir sv4 fe sinu,
at hann a eigi hag at gjalda alia landaura, ii. 410; ra6a-hagr, a match;
fjar-hagr, money affairs. 2. advaritage, favour, gain ; svo eru hygg-
indi sem i hag koma, a saying ; bera kvi6 i hag e-m, to pronounce
for one, Grag. i. 176; hallat hefi ek vist, segir konungr, ok J)6 i
hag J)er, Fms. ii. 272 ; greiddisk eigi byrrinn mjok i hag ^eim, Fb. iii.
446 ; hroUdi hvatvetna ^at er til hags skyldi. Am. 95 ; 6-hagr, disad-
vantage. 3. adverbial phrase, at hogum, stdtahly ; eigi skiptir J)at
hcigum til, 'tis not meet, 'tis a shame, unfair, Fs. 79 ; eigi hefir her at
hogum verit til skipt, 99 ; Kormakr kva6 eigi at hi'igum til skipta, ef
hann sparir eigi vi6 Jjik sver6it, en hann sparir vi3 oss, Korm. 80 ; the
mod. phrase, fara sinum hogum ok munum, to do at one's leisure, as one is
pleased. liags-inunir, m. ^\. profit; at hann ger6i hinum hagsmuni,
fimm aura e5r meira fjar, i kaupinu, Grag. ii. 241 (freq. in mod. usage).
hag-rd9, n. an opportunity, O. H.L. 33.
liag-rdSr, adj. givitig wise counsel, Nj. 2.
hag-r£e3a, dd, to put right, put in order, with dat.. Fas. iii. 10.
Ixag-rseSi, n. comfort, Hom. 19 : service. Band. 4 ; en f63ur sinum
gi3r6i hann aldri hagraedi, 6 ; leggja til hagraeSis me6 e-m, to do service to
one, Bs. ii. 179.
hag-rseSr, adj. = hagra5r, N. G.L. ii.
hag-skeytr, adj. a good shot, Edda (Ub.) 270.
hag-skipti, n. fairness, a fair bargain, |)6r5. 21.
h.ag-smi3liga, adv. handily, Jb. 218.
hag-smiSr, m. an artist, adept, Edda 96 (in a verse).
h.ag-spakligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), practically wise, Sks. 627.
tag-spakr, adj. sensible, practical, Yer. 17.
liag-speki, i. forethought, good sense. Fas. iii. 7, Sks. 50.
liag-stseSr, adj. fair, favourable, of wind and weather ; h. byrr, a fair
wind, Eb. 332 ; ve3r hagstxtt, Eg. 390 ; stor ve3r ok hagstseS, Fms. ii.
64, {jorf. Karl. 372.
liag-virki, n. master-work, fsl. ii. 253 (in a verse), Od. xix. 227
(PaibaXov).
h.ag-virk-liga, adv. in a workmanlike manner, to the purpose, Grag.
ii- .338.
hag-virkr, adj. workmanlike.
liag-J)orn, m. [hagi], the hawthorn, 'hedge-thorn,' Edda (Gl.), Stj. 395.
hai, interj. alas ! Stj. 649, the rendering of heu hen ! in the Vulgate, cp.
ai, Saem. 118.
h.ak, n. a little hook, such as the barb of a hook.
HAKA, u, f. [Swed. haka ; Dan. hage'], the chin. Eg. 305 ; skeggit vi&
hokuna, 564 ; hoku ok kjalka, Fms. ii. 59, xi. 139, N.G.L. i. 339, Edda ;
undir-haka, a double chin. compds : li6ku-bein, n. the chin bone, Sd.
169. h6ku-langr, adj. having a long chin, B;ir6. 165. hoku-
mikill, adj. having a large chin, Sd. 147. ]i6ku-skar3, n. a cleft in the
chin. IxolnvL-skegg, n. the beard on the chin. Fas. ii. 434, Hkr. ii.176.
haki, a, m. [Dan. Z?«^e ; Swed. hake; Gevm.kaken; Ev.[^\.hook'],ahook,
(rare) : a mythical pr. name, Edda, Fas.
hakka, a6, to devour, eat ravenously, as a beast, (cant word.)
hak-langr, adj. = hokulangr, a nickname, Hkr. i.
HAIiD, n. (vide halda), hold: 1. a hold, fastening ; nytr b&
afls ok kippir vaSnum, J)viat hann hug6i haldit annan veg eigi .M
Fms. xi. 442. 2. a law phrase, withholding ; gagna-hald, Gr4g.
273 ; }3ii a hann kost hvart er hann vill at ha3tla til haldsins e5r eigi,
en ef hon er login, J)a ver8r eigi rett haldit, i. 312 ; stefna um tiund
hald, ok telja hinn sekjan um, K. |>. K. 46. II. iipholdin
maintena7ice : "1.. reparation ; fyrir hald a kirkju, Vm. 12 ; segja
halds kirkjunni {to defray the repairs of the kirk) ^ann jar3ar-teig, Dipl. i
12. 2. a law term, possession ; sog6um ver me6 fullum laga-orskui
GuSmundi til halds sag&a jor5, Dipl. iii. 5 ; hafa vald e6r hald e-s hlut
Bs. i. 720 ; hon a tveggja kroka hald i vatni3, she (the church) has theh
{right) of two hooks in the lake, Pm. 41. p. |)essum fenaSi beit
hald {bite and occupation) fyrir sunnan a, Dipl. v. lo. 3. suppo
backing; vi3 tokum okkr hald J)ar er Gu3 var, Hom. 154; hann h(
nii hald mikit at konungi, he has much s2tpport from the king. Eg. 33
so in the phrase, hald ok traust, help and support in need ; hon haf6i J)en
mann sent honum til halds ok trausts, Ld. 46 : and in the phrases, koi
e-m at haldi or i hald, to prove true to one, be of use, help to one; ok 1
hann enn vel koma |)er at haldi, Isl. ii. 329 ; ilia koma honum g6
frsendr i hald, Fms. x. 413, Greg. 22 ; eigi veit ek mer verr i hald ko;
uknaleik minn en fi^r afl Jjitt, Fms. vi. 203, Fs. 182 ; kemr oss J)at
ekki at haldi, Fms. viii. 214, xi. 31 ; ^viat ver hofum serit mart (116)
oss kaemi J)at vel at haldi, Nj. 192 ; h6r kemr ilia i hald, this comes ilt
help, is a great shame, Lv. 95. 4. custody ; (5lafr konungr tok
vi3 haldi Hraereks konungs, (5. H. 7.^ ; hafa e-n i haldi, to keep ont
custody, freq. : hence varS-hald, custody. 5. entertainment ; forh;
til hirSar jarls ok var me9 honum i g65u haldi, Bjarn. 5 ; hann var
um vetrinn ok i J)vi hserra haldi af hiisfreyju sem hann var lengr, Fms.
112. 6. fl course, a naut. term; ef styrimenn vilja ba.6ir fara,
skilr J)a um hald, Grag. ii. 398 : hence afram-hald, going on ; aptr-k
return. 7. holding, meaning, suggestion ; fiaS er hald manna« fi
in mod. usage, but no reference to old writers has been found.
keeping, tending, of cattle ; gob hold a skepnum, g66 skepna4lr
freq. III. a holding, keeping, observance, of a feast, holiday; a
heilagra manna hald, Ver. 53 ; ^ott et meira hald se a dsegrinu, altbm
it be a holiday of first degree, Grag. ii. 360 ; var J)ii J)egar tekinn i m
hald hans liflats-dagr, Fms. xi. 309 ; i borg JDCssi var J)6rs-hof i mi
haldi, in high worship, Al. 19 : hence hati3a-hald, keeping high bolide
Jola-hald, Fms. i. 32 ; Drottins-daga-hald, Nj. 165; af-hald, upp-a-h
esteein, ' uphold;' arti3a hald, B. K. 25 ; niu lestra-hold, reading the 1
legends, Vm. ^1,6^. lY. in y>^ut., hold, handles ; klukka liti
hijidin, Vm. 42 ; handar-hald, a handle ; cp. also haf-ald : a-hold, uten
h.ald.s-ma3r, m. a keeper, guardian, GJ)1. 258, 501, Js. 121.
HALDA, pret. belt ( = Goth. haihald), 2nd pers. helt, mod. helzt.
heldum ; pres. held, pi. holdum ; pret. subj.heldi ; part, haldinn ; impt
hald and haltii : [Ulf. haldafi = p6(TKeiv, TT0ifw.iveiv, whereas he ren
to keep, hold by other words ; Hel. haldan = alere, fovere, colere, wl
thus seems to be the primitive sense of the word, and to be akin to .
colo; again, A.S. bealdan, Engl, hold, O.H.G. haltan, Gtrm. bdi
Swed. hdlla, halda, Dan. holde, are all of them used in a more get
sense] : — to hold.
A. WITH DKT.toholdto: I. to hold fast by ; withtheno
of restraint or force, tok Gizurr forunaut Ogmundar ok helt honuni.S
i. 150 ; Gunnarr var kyrr sva at honum helt einn ma9r, Nj. 92 ; efn
heldr manni . . ., var6ar fjorbaugs-gar6, Grag. ii. no ; h. e-m undlrd
1 7 ; h. skipum {to grapple the ships) me6 stafnljam, Fms. ii. 315 : to
back, Hrafn f(5kk eigi haldit henni heima J)ar, Isl. ii. 249 ; ok halda {
ve6r i enni somu hofn, Grag. i. 92 ; h. (s6r) i e-t, to hold oneself fas
grasp, J)u skalt h. i hur3ar-hringinn, Dropl. 29; heldr ser i faxit, |.
177. p. so in the phrases, halda barni (manni) undir skirn, vatn, p j"
signan, biskups hiind, eccl. to hold a bairn (man) at baptism, prima sign .
confirmation, Grag. i. 29; h. vatni (tarum), to hold one's tears, 623 .r»
Fms. viii. 232, vi. (in a verse) ; halda munni, to hold one's tongue, be si ji
vii. 227; halda tungu sinni, porb. 2. to withhold; J)a megu J)eU
tiundum hans i moti, K. f>. K. 62 ; h. vaetti, Grag. i. 42 ; h. g6gnum,|;
ef go3i heldr tylftar-kviS, er hann heldr kviSnum, 58; halda matiji
fyrir honum, 47 ; h. skottum fyrir e-m, Nj. 8 ; h. skogar-manni fyrir j'.
Finnb. 334; um J)at er hann hefir konunni haldit, Grag. i. 3^3' ''}"
baendr gjaldinu, Fms. vii. 302 ; helt ek J)vi (i. e. the money) fyrir hoi ju
i. e. paid it not, Isl. ii. 244. II. to hold, of a rope or the likei*
ma3r hug6i h. mundu er festi, ... ok h. mundu i sliku ve3ri, Grag. n. >
reip ])au tin er tveggia manna afii haldi hvert, id. ; skal hann svii g- '^
haldi fyrir fyrnsku, 268. p. to hold, hold out, last; optast halda {)a
litla hrid, Sks. 212; sunnudags-helgi riss upp a laugardegi, ok heldr (Z
til manadags, N. G. L. i. 1 38. III. to keep, retain, Germ. beba.
fa-ein skip heldu seglum sinum, Fms. x. 143 ; J)u skalt jafnan J)e$sa
h., Nj. 6; h. busta3 sinum, Ld. 26; h. riki dnu, Al. 58, Fms. i. IJ
(ilium Noregi, viii. 155; h. frelsi ok eignum, vi. 40; h. hlut smui
^uphold one's right, Eg. passim; halt somum vinum sera ek hcfi
ii'
I
HALDA.
233
is. i. 375 ; h. hreinleik sinum, Al. 58. p. to bold, keep safe, preserve ;
hlut sinum, Ld. 54; h. heilsu, Grag. i. 145 ; h. vir6ingu siiini, Ld. 16 ;
heldr hann kosti sinum, Grag. ii. 209 ; h. tima {honour) sinum, Al.
(; h. lifi ok limum. Eg. 89; h. lifinu, Nj. ill; h. triinafti sinum,
in ; vinattu sinni, Ld. 200 ; einor6 sinni, Fb. ii. 265 ; h. ser rettum,
keep oneself right, Ld. 158; h, e-m heilum. Odd. 30; h. riki fyrir
■n, Fms. V. 279; h. manna-forraeSi fyrir e-m, Hrafn. 19; h. rettu mali
rir e-m, Fms. vii. 64. 2. to continue to keep, keep all along ; h.
<num hsEtti, Fms. iv. 254; h. voku, to keep oneself awake, Ld. 152 ;
t h. voku fyrir e-m, to keep another awake; halda sy'slu sinni, Fs. 36 ;
hogum, to keep grazing, Eb. 104, Ld. 148. 3. to hold, keep one's
ick; ellipt., vetr var illr ok heldu menn ilia, the winter was cold and
was ill to keep live stock, Sturl. ii. 143, (cp. tjur-hold) ; hann helt
—I at n£er lifSi hvat-vetna, Hrafn. 22 : metaph., ilia hefir J)inn faSir
lit, Fms. xi. 144 ; old heiir ilia haldit, the people have bad a sad
. i^in a verse) ; h. fangi, and also ellipt. halda, of sheep and cattle,
' to go back.' 4. phrases, halda njosnum, to keep watch, to
IS. viii. 146, Nj. 113 ; hann holt njosnum til Onundar, Landn. 287;
uungr njosnum til, ef . . ., Fms. vii. 128 ; hann skyldi h. njosnum
;cra or6 konungi, i. 54; h. njosnum til um e-t, iv. 119, Nj. 93 ;
ijosn (sing.) um skip J)at, Eg. 74; J)er haldit njosnum nser faeri
Arnkatli, Eb. 186; hann let h. njosnum uppi a landi, Fms. vii.
'^ . hann helt frettum til, ef . . ., iv. 349. p. halda (hendi) fyrir auga,
bold {/be hand) before the eyes, shade the eyes, Nj. 132, Fms. v. 196 ;
fvrir munn e-m, to hold {the band) over one's mouth ; h. hendi yfir
- bold the band over one, protect otic, Nj. 266, Fbr. 22, Korm. ; h.
um hills e-m, to clasp the bands around one's neck, Fms. i. 9 ; h.
• vrir e-n, to hold the shield for one as a second in a duel, Isl. ii. 257,
; h. e-m til nams, to bold one to the book, make one study, K. {>. K.
; II. e-m til virSingar, Ld. 98. IV. ellipt. (Ii6i, skipi, for,
rmi, etc. understood), to bold, stand in a certain direction, esp. as a naut.
m ; J)eir holdu aptr {stood back again) um haustift, Eg. $9 ; treystisk
m cigi a haf at halda, Eb. 6 ; h(51du {)eir vestr um haf, id. ; stigu J)eir
kip sin, ok h^ldu ut {stood out) eptir firSi, Fms. i, 63 ; {)eir heldu J)at
-umar til Islands, Ld. 6 ; hann helt upp eptir hinni eystri kvisl,
ii. 55 ; h. heim, to bold one's course, stand homewards. Odd. 30 ;
;i iraut, Grag. i. 92 ; Hriitr holt su6r til Eyrar-sunds, Nj. 8; h. eptir
1, to pursue one, 7 ; h. undan, to fly, Fms. x. 396, Nj. 98 (on land) ;
II nioti ^eim sunnan-ve8r me5 myrkri, ok ur6u J)eir fyrir at h., to
line's course for the wind, A. A. 271 ; h. litleiS, to statid on the outer
i, Eg. 78 ; h. til, to turn against, attack (on sea), Fms. xi. 72 ; helt
un li8i sinu suSr a Maeri, i. 62 ; peir holdu li6i sinu nor6r til {jrand-
nis, id.; Haraldr konungr helt norSan li3i sinu. Eg. 32; heldu J)eir
; i |)vi su6r mc6 landi, 69 ; skipi J)vi let hann halda vestr til Englands,
; Uiinr helt skipinu i Orkneyjar, eptir {)at holt Unnr skipi sinu til
reyja, Ld. 8. p. to graze, put in the field, of sheep, cattle; J)ykkir
r ^at miklu skipta at J)eim se vel til haga haldit. Eg. 714; hvert
inarr haf6i latift nautum sinum halda, 7^5 ; ok bad hann h. nautunum
nan veg, 716. y. phrases, halda kyrru fyrir, to bold still, remain
et, Ld. 216, porb. 30 new Ed., Nj. 223, 258 ; Hallr heldr mi til fangs
entfishing) sem aSr, Ld. 38. V. with prep. ; halda a e-u, to bold.
Id in the band, freq. in mod. usage, h. a bok, penna, fjoSr, hnif, skaerum,
I, etc. ; haf6i hverr J)at er helt a, Nj. 279 ; h. a sverSi, Fb. i. 33 ; hann
c vi6 oxinni ok h61t (viz. a), ok sa a, F^g. 180 : to holdfast, heldr mi
i3ramanni, Fas. i. 12 ; eigi mattu helvitis byrgi h. a honum, 656 C. 6;
hann heldr a fonu {withholds it), Grag. i. 427. p. [Germ, anhalten],
hold to a thing, go on with, be busy about ; h. a syslu,/o be busy, Rm. 14;
a keri, qs. halda a drykkju, to go on drinking, carousing, Hm. 18 ; h.
linni somu baen, Stj. 417 ; h. a fyrirsatrum vi& e-n, f)6rd. 51 new Ed. ;
a biinadi sinum, Ld. 164; helt hann J)a a biinaSi sinum sem skjotligast,
IS. ix. 215, X. 119, Sturl. ii. 245 ; J)egar a bak Jolum h^lt (3lafr konungr
)uningi, Fms. v. 41 ; hann heldr mi a malinu, Nj. 259 ; mi heldr JjorBr
aalinu ok verSr Oddny honum gipt, Bjarn. II, Konr. (Fr.); h. a tilkalli,
IS. i. 84 ; h. a {)essum si&, xi. 41 ; h. a for, to go on witb one's journey,
;hvat; gengu si&an brott ok h^ldu a fer& sinni, and went on their
imey, Sturl. ; — whence the mod. phrase, halda afram, to go on, which
ms not to occur in old writers. 2. halda e-u fram, to bold up,
ke much of; broftir minn mun mer mjok hafa fram haldit fyrir astar
:ir, Nj. 3. p. to bold oft doing, (hence fram-hald, continuation) ;
jlda fram upp-teknu efni, Fms. i. 263 ; sliku helt hann fram me&an hann
iv. 254; helt hann (fram) teknum haetti um veizlurnar, id., Grett.
3. halda saman, to bold together, Eluc. 6, Fms. vii. 140, Rb.
4. halda e-u upp, to hold aloft, Yngvarr helt upp visu {jeini,
-2; steinninn heldr upp aniiarr ij&rum, Kb. 390; h. upp arum, to
"/> the oars, cease pulling. Fas. ii. 5 1 7, N. G. L. i. 65. p. to uphold,
tintain, support ; halda upp hofi, Landn. 64, Eb. 24; h. upp hofum ok
I blot, Fms. i. 91 ; h. upp kirkju, K. J?.-K. 52 ; h. upp Kristninni, Fms. i.
; to keep going, h. upp bardaga, orrostu, xi. 66, 188, 340. y- 'o dis-
rge; h. upp ferans-domi, Grtig. i. 120 ; h. upp logskilum, 145 ; h. upp
)rum, O. H. 1 74 ; h. upp kostna5i, Eg. 77 ; h. upp gjaldi, Grag. i. 384 ;
Idum, Fms. i. 81 ; h. upp bot, Grag. ii, 182 ; botum, Eb. 100, 162,,
N. G. L. i. 311 ; ef hann heldr upp yfirb<St (penance) Jjcirri, Hom. 70;
h. upp bxnum fyrir e-m, to pray for one, Fms. xi. 271 ; holt hann t>vi vc!
upp sem vera atti, discharged it well, x, 93. 8. halda s<5r vel upp, to bold
oneself well up, Sturl. c. metaph., skal-at hann liigvillr ver8a, sva at
honum haldi J)at uppi (i. e. went unpunished), Grag. i. 316 ; ok heldr honum
J)at uppi {that will save him), ef hann er rett-hafi at orftinn, ii. 242. 5.
halda e-u vi6, to maintain a thing, Hkr. i. 195. VI. impers., 1.
to continue, last; holt J)vi nokkura stund dags, Fms. x. 1 25 ; h(51t ^vi Icngi
um vetrinn, Ld. 288 ; regni hc-lt haustnott gegnum, Fms. vi. 83. 2.
with prep. viS, to be on the brink of; ht-lt \k vift atgiingu, tbey were
within a hair's breadth of coming to fight, Hkr. i. I43 ; holt J)a vift vand-
ra;8i, Fms. ix. 434; heldr vi8 bardaga, vi. 8 ; heldr mi vift h6t, it is little
short of a threat, i. 305 ; helt vi5 blot, x. 106 ; ok helt vi& flotta, i.
174; holt vid meiSingar, Nj. 2 1, Sd. 143 ; henni holt vi6, at hon mundi
drepa hana, Nj.118; J)eim hdlt vi5 va5a sjalfan, 0. H. 168 ; konungi
helt vi8, hvart hann mundi standask edr eigi, Mag. 100 ; honum h(51t vi4
kafnan, Bs. i. 18 ; h61t J)6 vi& at t)eir mundi berjask, Fs. 53.
B. WITH ACQ. to bold: I. to bold in possession, a fief,
land, estate, office, or the like ; J)eir heldu alia hina beztu stafti meft
sjonum, Fms. xi. 131 ; {)eir er d3r hof8u haldit land af Dana-konungi,
i. 232; Eirekr skyldi h. land af Adalsteini konungi, 23; Vemundr
helt Fir8a-fylki, Eg. 12; helt hann J)at riki undir Kmit konungi, Isl.
ii. 242 ; i {)eirri borg heldu {)eir langfeftgar fimmtan konungdoma,
Ver. 37; h. land sem leigu-land, Grag. ii. 278; konungrinn heldr af
Gu&i nafnit, Sks. 599 B ; prestar er kirkjur halda, H. E. i. 486 ; sa
prestr er heldr Potrs-kirkju, N. G. L. i. 31 2 ; presta J)eirra er kirkju halda,
346 ; skal sa ma5r ra6a er kirkju heldr, K. ^. K. 60 ; (3lafs kirkju J)a er
Vaeringjar halda {the parish church of W.), Hkr. iii. 408. 2. halda
dbyrgju, abyrgS a e-n, to have the responsibility of a thing, Grag. ii. 399,
K. |j. K. 65; h. grip, to be in the possession of, Grag. i. 438, ii. 190 ;
h. skola, to keep a school. Mar.; h. fylg6, to perform, Fms. ix. 279;
eiga vandrse6i at h., to be in a strait, difficulty, Eb. 108. II. to
hold, keep, observe, a feast, holiday, or the like ; halda kirkju-dag, K. p. K.
42 ; i hvers minning heldr J)u J)enna dag? Nj. 157 ; h. helgan J)vatt-dag
hvern, Pr. 437; h. helga daga, SI.; h. Jola-dag, Paska, Hvita-sunnu,
Rb. 134; niinnstii a5 h. helgan hvildar-daginn Drottins Gu8s Jjins (the
Fourth Commandment in the Icel. version) ; h. heilagt, to keep holi-
day, Dipl. ii. 14; i dag \>(i hati5 holdum ver til himna st6 vor Hcrra,
H61ab6k54; er Jiidar heldu hatiSligt, Stj. no; (hence forn-haldinn,
time-honoured) : of the day-marks (vide dagr, p. 95), er {)adan haldinii
mi5r-morgin, Hrafn. 9. 2. to keep ; halda or5 sin, to keep one's
word, Fms. x. 95 ; holdum 611 einka-mal var, vii. 305 ; h. saettir, Nj.
57; gerSii sva vel, felagi, at J)u halt vel saett Jiessa, in, Sturl. iii.
153, Fs. 65, Gullf). 20; hann kva8sk vilja hafa svardaga af J)eim ok
festu, at halda, Nj. 164; h. ei6, Sturl. iii. i.s>3; h. friS, to keep peace,
Greg. 7 ; ef J)u vilt nokkura hluti eigi h. {)a er ek heii a lagt vi& J)ik,
Eg. 738 : to observe faith, law, rite, etc., halda atninaS, Fms. i. 34, x.
277 ; h. Gu6s log ok landsins, vii. 305 ; h. lands log, viii. 155 ; h. ein
log, 625. 52 ; hafa ok halda J)au log, Fms. i. 34 ; h. Kristilega trti, K. A.
74; h. mal (or8) e-s, Greg. 17 ; h. alia hluti me5 athugasamlegu minni,
Sks. 439. 3. to keep, tend; halda geitr, Hkv. 2. 20 (exactly as
in Gothic). III. to uphold, maintain, sttpport; t>ykkir mer
^^r se nii isjar-vert, hviirt J)u inunt fa haldit J)ik e5r eigi, Nj. 1.^5;
munu vor J)6 ekki einhlitir at h. oss eptir pessi verk, Hav. 50 ; at hon
maetti me9 valdi h. sik ok menn sina. Fas. i. 375 ; J)at vaeri nokkurr
varkunn, at {)u heldir fripnda J)inn e6r fostbroSur, en J)etta er alls engi
(at) halda litlaga konungs, O. H. 143 ; enda aetla ek litinn viljann til at
h. vini J)ina, Fms. vii. 244; J)vi at Eysteinn konungr kenndi Inga konungi,
at hann heldi J)a menn, 248 ; ef J)u heldr hann {upholdest him) til ]pess
at ganga a vini mina. Eg. 339 ; viljum ver allir fylgja per ok J)ik til konungs
halda, Fms. i. 34 ; Stephanus skyldi h. hann til laga ok rettinda, Sks. 653 ;
h. e-n til rikis, Fb. i. 236 ; vinsaeld foSur bans h^lt hann mest til alj)y'6u
vinattu, Fms. vii. 1 75 ; \>cn sem upp h. {sustain) penna likama, Anecd.
4. p. phrases, halda e-m kost, bor5, to keep at board, entertain, Fms.
ix. 220, x. 105, 146, Nj. 6; or, halda e-n at klae&um ok drykk, 6. H.
69; h. striS, bellum gerere (not class.), Fms. x. 51 ; h. lifrid. Fas. ii.
539. 2. halda sik, to comfort oneself, Sks. 281, Hom. 29; kunna
sik meS hofi at h., Sturl. iii. 108; h. sik rikmannliga, to fare sumptu-
ously, Ld. 234; hann holt belr huskarla sina en a&rir, Fms. vii. 242;
h. mjok til skarts, /o dress fine, Ld. 196; par var Hrefna ok holt
allmjok til skarts, id. ; hann var haegr hvers-dagliga, ok holt mjiik til
glefti, Sturl. iii. 123; h<^lt hann her mjcik til vinsaclda ok virSinga, be
enjoyed much popularity and fame, Ld. 298. p. ellipt. (sik understood),
at h. til jafns vi6 e-n, to bear up against one, to be a match for one, Ld. 40 ;
ef per heiir eigi til pess hug c6r afl at h. til jafns vi6 e-n htiskarl f>or-
steins. Eg. 714; h. til fullna5ar, to stand on one's full rights; ef paer
taka eigi fuUretti, e3r h. eigi til fullnaSar, Grag. ii. 109 ; h. fuUara, to
hold one above other men, O. H. (in a verfe); lot konungr pii h. mjok til
{tnake great preparations) at syngja messu hatidliga, Hkr. i. 287. 3.
to hold forth, put forward ; at peim myndi pungby'lt vera 1 naud honum,
ef peir heldi nokkurn annan fyrir betra mann en hann, Ld. 26 ; si3an
234.
HALDA— HALLA.
h61t konungr Erling fyrir tryggvan mann, Fms. ix. 399. p. to hold,
deem, he of opinion ; the old writers seem not to use the word exactly
in this sense, but near to it come such phrases as, hon helt engan
hans jafningja innan hirdar hvarki i or8um n6 o6rum hlutuni, i. e. she
held him to be above all men, Ld. 60 ; halda menn hann fyrir konung,
Fb. i. 216; still closer, halda menn at Oddny se mi betr gipt, Bjarn. 12
(but only preserved in a paper MS.) : this sense is very freq. in mod.
usage, to hold, mean, eg held j)a6 ; eg held ekki, I think not; (hence hald,
opinion.) y. phrases, halda mikit upp a e-n, to hold one in much esteem,
love, Stj. 33; halda af e-m, id.. Fas. i. 458, ii. 63, 200, iii. 520, esp.
freq. in mod. usage, (upp-a-hald, af-hald, esteem.) 4. to hold on, keep
lip ; halda varnir, to keep up a defence, Sks. 583 ; halda vor6, to keep watch.
Eg. 120, Grag. i. 32, 264; halda njosn, Eg. 72, 74, Fms. xi. 46; halda
tal af e-m, to speak, communicate with one, ii. 88. 5. to hold, he
valid, he in force, a law term ; a. sii sekt oil at halda, Grag. i. 89 ; a ^at
at h. allt er J)eir ur8u a sattir, 86 ; enda a pat at h. me5 Jjeim si6an, ii.
336. IV. to hold, compel, bind (with the notion of obligation
or duty) ; heldr mik \k ekki til utan-fer5ar, Nj. 112 ; '^d heldr J)ik vark-
unn til at leita a, i. e. thou art excused, thou hast some excuse in trying,
31 ; var auSsaett hvat til helt um saittir, Bjarn. 70 ; J)ik heldr eigi Mr sva
mart, at pu megir eigi vel bjegja heraSs-vist {)inni, Eb. 252; J)ar maelir
J)u J)ar, er J)ik heldr varkunn til at msela, Nj. 227; ek mun vera vinr
hans, ok alia ^h, er at minum orftum lata, halda til vinattu vi5 hann, i.e.
I will be his friend, and all those who lend ear to my words I will hold
to friendship with him, Eg. 18. 2. halda sik fra e-u, to keep oneself
from, to refrain from a thing, Sks. 276 B ; h. sik fra muna81ifi. Post.
656 A. ii. 16, Hom. 53, 135 ; h. sik aptr af e-u, to abstain from, Hkr. i.
512. V. absol. to be the cause of be conducive to a thing; heldr
J)ar margt til J)ess, there are many reasons for this, Nj. 192 ; vildim ver
vita hvat til heldr, Fms. vii. 106; en hann vissi eigi hvat til haf6i haldit,
er hann kom eigi, xi. 11 ; margir hlutir heldu til J)ess, Eg. 38 ; J)at helt
til J)ess, at ... , Al. 94 ; h^lt til t)ess {conduced to it) goSgirnd hans, stor-
mennska ok vitsmunir, Fs. 29 ; hefir J)at mjok til haldit, er ek hefi sva
lengi dvalizt, at ek setla8a, Ld. 32 ; hann let bae8i til h. vingan ok mag-
senid, Fs. 24 ; heldr J)at mest til at ^k var komit litfall sjavar, Ld. 56 ;
helt l)at mest til J)ess, at hann gafsk bezt i ollum mannraunum, 60 ; J)at
eitt helt til, at J)eir foru eigi malum a hendr {)6r8i, at J)eir hof5u eigi
styrk til, 138. VI. to hold, cotnprise ; solar-old heldr tuttugu ok
atta ar, Rb. 510; h. skor (of weight), Grag. i. 500.
gBT In some instances the use of dat. and ace. wavers, e. g. halda
hiisum, to keep up the houses, Grag. ii. 278, 335 ; h. hliSi, to keep the gate
in repair, 265 ; but halda hli8 (ace.), 332 : to keep, observe, h. logum,
gri6um, bo8or3um, Gliim. 333, Grag. i. 357, ii. 166, 623. 28 ; helt hann
^essu sumu, Fms. x. 416 (Agrip) ; halda ilia or&um, vii. (in a verse) ;
|)eir er ^vi t)ingi attu at h.. Glum. 386 ; h. sattum, St. 17; h. ei6um,
Bkv. 18; Gizuri J)6tti biskup h. rikt {protect strongly) brennu-monnum,
Sturl. i. 201 C ; Gu8 er sinum skepnum heldr {keeps, protects) ok geymir.
Mar. ; J)a helt engi kirkju monnum, . . . kept no man safe, Fms. ix. 508 ;
h. njosn (ace.) um e-t, Eg. 74; h. til njosn, 72 ; njosnir, F'ms. xi. 46. In
most of these instances the ace. is the correct case, and the dat. is due
either to careless transcribers or incorrect speaking : in some instances an
enclitic um has been taken for a dative inflexion, thus e. g. sattum haldi
in Stor. 1. c. is to be restored to satt um haldi ; eiSum haldit in Bkv. 1. c.
to ei& (for eida) um haldit ; in others the prep, um has caused the con-
fusion, as 'halda njosn um at' has been changed into halda njosnum at.
But in the main the distinction between the use of dat. and ace. is fixed
even at the present time : the ace. seems to represent the more primitive
usage of this verb, the dat. the secondary.
C. Reflex. : I. to hold oneself, to stay ; heldusk J)eir J)a
ekki fyrir norSan Sta8, Fms. i. 63 ; matti hann eigi {)ar haldask, Landn.
246 ; h. a baki, to keep oneself on horseback, keep one's seat, Grag. ii. 95 ;
munu ]peir skamnia stund her vi6 haldask, Nj. 247 : /o 6e kept, remain,
J)a skal hann h. me& Helju, Edda 39 : to resist, megu ver ekki vi3 h. fyrir
ofreflis-monnum J)essum, Nj. 254; h^lzk J)a ekki vid honum. Eg. 289;
mann er sva hefir haldisk vi& hofuS-syndum, Hom. 157. p. to hold out,
last, continue; ok hdlzk ferillinn, Eg. 579 ; helzk undr {)etta allt til dags,
Nj. 272 (twice); helzk konungdomr i kyni hans, Rb. 394; lengi siSan
helzk bruna-old me& Svium, Yngl. S. ; lengi helzk J)at i sett J)eirri, at ... ,
Eg. 770; helzk vinatta me6 J)eim, Nj. 66; pzt hefir enn haldizk i aett
hans, Fms. iv. 8 ; ok hefir J)at haldizk {it has continued to he so) sidan er
ek hefi hann se6, Ld. 174; honum haldisk (imperat.) sigr ok langt lif,
Ver. 57 ; betr J)aetti mer, at hiin heldisk J)(3r, that it (the luck) would
hold out for thee, Fb. ii. 74; ef hann helzk i litrii sinni, if he perseveres
in his untruth, 623. 26. y. to be kept safe and sound; menn allir
heldusk {all hands were saved) ok sva fe, Ld. 8, Fs. 143 ; J)ar heldusk
menn allir ok mcstr hluti fjar, Eg. 405 ; hafSi fe vel haldizk, has been
well kept, done well, Ld. 34, 8. to he valid, stand; eigu J)au handsol
hennar at haldask, Grag. i. 334; engi ma haldask ddmr hans, Edda 15 ;
skyldu J)au (the truce) haldask um t)ingit, Nj. 248. 2. impers.,
m^r helzk, e-m helzk vel, ilia, a e-u, to have a good hold, have luck with
a thing ; mer helzk litt a sau3a-monnum, Grett. 1 10 A. 3. recipr.,
' haldask a, to hold or pull one against another, wrestle, (hence A-hold
var sagt Magniisi, at J)eir heldisk a liti, that they were fighting outsii
Sturl. ii. 44. II- part. pass, haldinn, [Dan. holdeti], so ' bolde
in such and such a state; vel haldinn, in good condition, faring ut
well to do. Eg. 20, 234; hugSusk t)ar ok haldnir {safe) mundu vera.V
34; J)ungliga h., very sick. Eg. 565, Hkr. ii. 199; vel haldinn, doi^
well; tak heldr annat fe, sva mikit, at J)u J)ykisk vel haldinn af, i,
fully satisfied, having got full redress. Boll. 350 ; Sveinn sag3i, at ha
vill hafa tva hluti fjarins, Hrani sag6isk ekki af {)vi haldinn {satufit
vera, Fms. iv. 31 : in the phrase, heilu ok hiJldnu, safe atid sound, Bsj
191, Fms. xi. 376, Hkr. i. 319 ; me5 holdnu hlj66i, preserving thesom
Sitalda 175. 2. ok mun J)ykkja ser misbodit ef J)u ert haldinn {ke
protected), Finnb. 344. p. kept, observed, Fms. xi. 99. y. held
custody, in prison, Bs. i.419, Sturl. i. 15 1. III. gerund., haldan
holding good, valid; sa ddmr er eigi haldandi, is not valid, K. A. 30
af cillu afli er fri6r haldandi, Hom. 5. 2. part, act., me6 upp haUsu
hcindum, with uplifted hands, Bs. i. 684.
halda, u, f. = hadda, q. v.
liald-goSr, adj. of good hold, durable, of clothes, etc., Sks. 403.
haldin-, part. pass, in the compds, lialdiii-ordr, adj. discreet, dc
Fms. ii. 18, x. 326, Eg. 51 ; h.aldin-yr3i, n. keeping close, Sks. 3I
Sd. 169 : in mod. usage these words mean the keeping one's word.
Iiald-kva9mask (hall-), d, dep. to avail, suit ; naegjask e6r h., Stj. i^
hald-kvseind, f. convenience, comfort, Sturl. i. 212.
hald-kveemligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), convenient, comfortable, Sks. 37Ji
hald-kveemr, and assimilated hall-kveemr, Nj. 265, Fas. ii. 2.
Sks. 505 ; or hall-kcemr, 380, 505 B, [cp. koma at haldi], adj._;?/, ffii
convenient, Hom. 141, Sturl. i. 45, Fms. ii. 261, Grett. 106 A.
hal-dreki, a, m. a' tail-dragon,' scorpion, Stj. 578, Hb. 732. 18, Ant
hald-samr, adj. holding close, Stj. 635 ; vera h. a e-u, to keep it ek
Fms. vi. 440, X. 170 ; e-m verSr ekki haldsamt a e-u, it slips out ofw
hands.
hald-semi, f. closeness, Greg. 34.
HAIiI, a, m. [Dan. hale, cp. Lat. cauda'], a tail; kyr-hali, a eon
tail; nauts-h., Ij6ns-h., etc.; skauf-hali, reynard, a fox, whence Ska!
hala-balkr, the name of an old poem, an Icel. Reineke Fuchs. I
use hali properly of cattle, and lions, wolves, bears ; tagl of horses
the hair, but stertr of a caudal vertebra) ; rofa of cats, dogs ; skott C
fox ; spor9r of a fish ; stel or veli of birds ; dyndill of seals. The •
writers do not make these nice distinctions, and use hali of a horse and t
of a cow, which a mod. Icel. would not do ; hylr 611 kykvendi hii •
hali, Sks. 504 : in GJ)1. 398 of cattle, cp. N. G. L. i. 24; ef ma&r hoi
hala af hrossi sva at af rofu fylgir, GJ)1. 399; ef maSr hoggr hala af br(
fyrir ne5an rofu, id. ; mi skerr ma6r tagl af nautum, id. ; eru J)ei'
malum mestir sem refr i halanum, Fms. viii. 350; ef ma8r sketr
hrossi manns togl, pa gjaldi aura prja ; en ef hala hoggr af, p4 t
meta hross, N. G. L. i. 228; ok sva ef hann hoggr hala af hrossi
at rofa fylgir, id.: of a lion's tail, Stj. 71. 2. phrases, mi et »
hali einn a kroki, a wolf's tail is all that is left. Band, (in a verse)
a proverb from the notion that wild beasts devour one another so t
only the tail is left, cp. etask af ulfs-munni, vide eta : leika lausum hi
to play with a free tail, to he unrestrained, Ls. 50 ; veifask um laus
hala, id., Sturl. iii. 30 ; bretta halann, or bera brattan halann, to lift
tail, cock up the tail, to be vain or haughty, Hkv. Hjorv. 20; to.'
eigi er unnit, pa muntu reyna hvarr halann sinn berr brattara pa6t
fra, Isl. ii. 330; se ek at pii heldr nokkru rakkara halanum en,^
stundu a8an, Oik. 36; draga halann, to drag the tail, sneak away,p
the coward ; dregr melrakkinn eptir ser halann sinn mi — Sva er segir ha>
at ek dreg eptir mer halann minn, ok berr ek litt upp e8r ekki, en J
varir mik at pii dragir pinn hala mjok lengi a6r pti hefnir Halls bt6>
pins, Isl. ii. 329 ; sveigja halann, id., Hkv. Hjorv. 21 ; (cp. Ital. codtw
whence Engl, coward) : spjots-hali, the butt-end of a spear. Eg. 289, 1
132, Hkr. iii. 159 ; suseldu-huli, a staffs s end. II. metaph. a/W
the rear of a host ; skammr er orSinn hali okkarr, lue have a short
few followers, Sturl. (in a verse). compds : hala-fer3, f. the rear,St
iii. 23. hala-rofa, u, f. ' tail-row,' i. e. a string one after another, 1
geese ; ganga i halarofu, to walk in h. ; cp. Dan. gaasegang, Fr. en qui
hala-stjarna, u, f. a ' tail-star,' comet, (mod.) hala-tafl, n. a kint
game, used synonymous to hnef-tafl, q. v., prob. similar to the EngL t
and goose ;' hann tefldi hnet-tafl, pat var stort hala-tafl (having a
with a big tail), hann greip pa upp ttifluna ok setti halann a kinob
|jorbirni (prob. of the brick representing the fox), Grett. 144 A; v
Skyrsla um Forngripa-safn Islands by Sigurd Gudmundsson, Reykja'
1868, pp. 38, 39; cp. also hali a hnefa-toflu in Vilmundar S. Vlftft'
ch. 8. III. a nickname, Fb. iii.
hall, f a hall ; vide hoU.
HAIjIjA, a6, [Dan. hcelde; Swed. hdlla'], to lean or turn sidetiu
with dat., esp. of a vessel, ship, or the like ; halla keri, fotu, stall
skipi ; but also of anything else, h. bor5i, stoli ; Icel. distinguish bctw<
halla and the derivative hella, to pour out ; hann hallar skipinu 4 Jl
vega, Fbr, 100 new Ed. II. metaph. to sway to the tvrong
I
HALLAN— HAMAEKLETTR.
285
irds or acts ; halla d6mi, to give an vtif air judgment, GJ)1. 174, Fs.
iSks, 662 ; h. siigu, to give an unfair report, Fnis. vi. 261 ; ok um
Ijiagnir halladi harm mjok til, id., Nj. 270; h. orSum til, to impute,
I ix- 332; h. eptir e-m, to be swayed, biased in one's favour, 59;
^[lykir ^ii hafa hallat til — hallat hefi ek vist («o doubt have I
ned) segir konungr, ok J)6 i hag ^(5r, ii. 272; halla saemd e-s, to
( e's honour swerve, do it injury, Orkn. 240 ; h. undan e-u, to avoid,
unne, Al. 83; h. s^r, to lean with one's body, seig at honum svefn,
: llaSi hana s6r i kn6 henni, Fb. i. 280 : with ace, h. sik (less correct),
III. inipers. to swerve, with dat. ; taka stor tre ok
iiinn, sva at honum halli til, so that she (the ship) swerved on one
\'\. 326 ; skip sveif upp a grunii ok halladi (viz. J)vi) mjok, vii.
,i6i honum sva at sjor f611 inn 4 annat bor6. Eg. 386. 2.
o..^«, of the day ; fiegar er tit halladi a kveldum, Lv. 43 ; hence
■say of the day-marks, hallandi dagmal, hddegi, non, . . . nattmal,
i|lagm4i, i.e. when the sun has just passed the day-mark in the
m; s61u hallar, the sun sinks, ^jal. Jon 28; or degi hallar, the
! linking, Luke ix. 12; or hallar lit degi, as Til hafs sol hradar
ulUar lit degi. Hymn-book, No, 294 ; vetri, sumri hallar, the winter,
er is declining. Fas. ii. 552. 8. of a river-basin, to slope;
ikildi eigi fyrr vi& {)a en hallaSi af norSr, Boll. 348 ; stigum J)eim
lo8n fik J)j66g6tum, Sks. i : the phrase, J)a6 hallar undan faeti, it
dCtm bill. 4. tafli hallar d e-n, the game turns against one,
I305. IV. reflex, to lean with the body; Bolli hallaSisk upp
vegginum, Ld. 244 ; hann hallaSisk ok lag6i hofu& {he nodded and
i% bead) i kne Finni Arnasyni, (3. H. 2 10 ; lengi ek h611u6umk, long
' betn nodding (from sleep), SI. 36 ; hann hallaSisk undan hiigginu,
'i. 66. 2. to swerve ; ^k tdk mjok at hallask Ormrinn, the ship
OT'mucb on one side, Fms. ii. 229 : to be turned, tok J)a at hallask
sVi at d6rum var komit at mati, Bs. ii. 186; a ^k halladisk bar-
Sie battle turned against them, O. H. L. 20 ; hallask eptir e-u, to
towards a thing, Fms. ii. 32; h, til vinattu vi6 e-n, Fs. 116:
11, »t niln virding mundi halla {that my honour would be tarnitb(d)
1 tilstilli, Lv. 34.
»1« f. a swerving, Stj. 65.
Kadi, a, m. = hall-lendi.
ar, m. [cp. Fr. hallier; Swed. and Norse hyll; Dan. byld], a kind
, Edda (Gl.) d.
in>skidi, a, m., poet, a ram, Edda (Gl.) : name of the god
lal, Edda, vide Lex. Poet,
fij'kvsemr, etc., vide hald-.
lendi, n. a slope, declivity, Orkn. 244.
lendr, adj. sloping, Sturl. i. 85.
lamsBla, t, to speak ill of one, with dat., Nj. 53, Fms. iv. 81, xl.
iO'Iagn. 442, passim.
lajmseli, n. pi. blame, reproof. Fas. i. 106, Str. 71, Fs. 15, Edda 8.
la oki (-oka), adj. indecl. [aka htillu], suffering defeat, worsted,
in the phrase, vera, fara, h. fyrir e-m, Ld. 146, Fser. 229, BarS.
91 (v.l.), Hsm. 18. 3.
LI, adj., fern, holl, leaning to one side, swerving, sloping; jakarnir
; lit af skerinu, Eb. 238 ; jakarnir voru baeSi halir ok hallir,
1 (the ship) ferr jafnan hallr, it heeled over, Fb. i. 520, Fms. x.
^iingu, limping, Vapn. 6 ; bera hallt hofu&it, to bear the head
le, Fms. ii. 70; hallt ker, a half-filled cup, Hm. 51 ; standa
''\, to stand slantitig, Nj. 97 ; bar hallan skjoldinn, /Z;e shield
''' Eg. 378 ; lata verSa hallt a e-n, to overmatch one, metaph.
««uwiiig or from the balance, Fbr. 122 : — hann laetr ekki a sik hallt,
Ip i moti, he allowed no inequality, but cut in return, i. e. he paid
if blow, O. H. L. 92 ; mi leikr m6r fiat eigi i hug, at a y6r ver6i
nrir skipti, Jjorf. Karl. 404 : so in the phrases, aka hiiUu fyrir e-m
il) or aka hollum faeti (MS.), to be upset, to stoop or crouch before
rtaph. from driving, Ld. 206 ; fara hollum faeti, to be worsted, Bs. i.
tk« undan hollum (oUum MS.) faeti, Lv. 76. II. metaph.
tg, biased; alj)y&an er holl til ilsku ok synda, Ver. 7 ; hann
sst hallr at allri vinattu til Inga konungs, Fms. vii. 233 : biased,
•d to one, vera hallr undir e-n, id. ; hann var hallr undir Einar i
erlftm \t\iiz Sturlu, Sturl. i. 75 ; J)viat hann var meir hallr undir
J«« 94 ; me6 mikla sveit J)a er undir Romverja voru hallir, Clem.
riat hann var mest undir hann hallr at allri vinattu, and hann var
sndir Rognvald jarl, 442, Fms. vii. 229, Bs. i. 714, Stj. 476 ; cp.
r, peartial, as a friend.
iI<B, m. [Ulf. hallus = iTfTpa'], a slope, hill; \>k g6kk hann fra
upp i hallinn ok settisk par ni&r, Sturl. i. 85 ; ok var mjok
ganga upp i hallinn til steinveggsins, Fms. vii. 81, a paraphrase
' verse in p. 82 ; this sense is rare and obsolete. II. a big
/er.Gs. 10, 12,16, 22 (of a millstone); Gisli faer ser hall einn ok
i skerit, Gisl. 123 : of a precious "stone, a gem, Fms. iii. 180 ;
'ystal (mod.) : freq. in pr. names, of men, Hallr, Hall-bjom,
- (qs. Hall-t)6rr), Hall-fre3r, Hall-gils, Hall-geirr,
nr, Hall-kell, Hall-mundr, Hall-ormr, Hall-steinn,
i3r, Hall-a3r; of women, Halla, Hall-dora, HaU-dis,
Hall-frlflr, Hall-gerflr, Hall-grfma, Hall-katla, HaU-veig,
Hall-v6r : suffixed in J>6r-hallr and J>6r-halla : in local names, Hall-
land, a county in Sweden; Hall-leadingar, Hollanders, Fms.
xii. III. metaph. a stain, colour, meton, from steimi, Orkn. (in
a verse).
hall-sperra, u, f. stiffness in the //w6s, = har8sperra,
hall-eeri, n. [iir], a bad season, a famine, dearth, Nj. 73, Fms. ix. 48,
Bs. i. 200, Isl. ii. 58, 6. H. 103, Hkr. i. ai, 56.
halmr, m., vide halmr.
HAIjB, m., pi. halir, [no doubt an apocopated form, akin to A. S. heeled.
Germ, held = hero, as also to hol8r or hiildr, q. v.] : — a man, only used in
poetry ; hair er heima hverr, a saying, Hm. 36 ; graftigr hair, 19 ; hnigra
s4 hair fyrir hjorum, 159; hair hugfuUr, H8m. 19; hair enn hugblaufti,
Hbl. 49 ; ukristinn hair, Sighvat ; in plur. men, trofta halir helveg, Vsp.
52, 56 : used of the dead inmates of Hel, Aim. 29, cp. Vt)m. 43, which
seems to be a pun, as the word itself is not akin to Hel.
hals, m. neck; vide huls.
HALTR or halltr, adj. [A.S. healt; Engl. iaZ/; O.H.G. balz;
Dan.-Swed. Aa//; cp. hut. claudus ; prob. akin to hallr]: — halt, lame,
limping, Hm. 70, 89, Fms. vi. 322, Nj. 209, Landn. 100, Isl. ii. 219, Edda
28; haltir ganga, Matth. xi. 5, xv. 31, xxi. 14, Luke vii. 22, xiv. 13,
Acts iii. 2, viii. 7 : haltr at mali, halting in speech, stammering, Barl. 15,
(whence mal-haltr) : as a nickname, Eyjolfr Haiti, Lv,; Hromundr H.,
Vd., Fs. 39, 48 : metaph., h, i tninni, baiting, unsound in faith, Karl, 279 ;
hand-haltr, q. v.
haltra, aft, to halt, limp, Grett, 151, Fbr. 179, Bs. i.321, Stj. 592, Hebr.
xii. 13.
halzi, qs. haldsi, adj. indecl. holding, Fms, x. 396 : with dat., haldzi
e-u, J)i6r. 172.
HAMA, a5, [cp. h'6m = shanks in animals, whence Engl, ham"], of
cattle or horses in a storm, to stand and turn tail to wind, leaving ofi"
grazing.
hamal-kyrni, n. a kind of seed, N. G. L. i. 385, 401.
hamall, m. a pr. name, Landn., Hkv. ; see the following word.
HAMALiT, n. adj., only in the old phrase, fylkja hamalt, synonymous
with svinfylkja, to draw up a wedge-shaped column in the form of a hog's
snout ; thus defined, hann hefir svinfylkt her sinum — Hverr man Hringi
hafa kennt hamalt at fylkja ? (who has taught king Ring to draw up the
phalanx of hamalt ?) . . . Hringr hafdi svinfylkt oUu li6i sinu, J)a {)6tti
J)6 sva J)ykk fylkingin yfir at sja, at rani var i brjosti. Ring had drawn
all his troops up in a hog-shaped column, so that the ranks looked all the
deeper for the snout-formed shape of the front, Fas. i. 380 ; hildmgr fylkti
hamalt, a paraphrase from hann fylkti li6i sinu sva, at rani var framan a
fylkingar-brjostinu, Fms. xi. 304 : used of a column of ships in a sea-fight,
vi. 314 (in a verse), cp. also Skv. 2. 23, Fas. ii. 40 (in a verse) ; a descrip-
tion of the cuneiform column is given in Sks. 384 ; in Skjold. S. its
invention is attributed to Odin himself, and it was a favourite battle
array with the men of old.
HAMARR, m., dat. hamri, pi. hamrar, [A. S. hamor; Engl, hammer;
O.H.G. hamar; Germ. and Dzn.hammer ; Swcd. hammare^ : — a hammer;
h. tcing, stefti, Edda 9, Vkv. 18, Landn. 212 (in a verse) ; the thunderbolt
was in the northern mythology represented as a hammer, — the hammer
Mjiilnir, Edda (Sksm.) 15, 26, 28-30, 58, 70, passim, {)kv. passim, Hbl.
47 ; hann (the idol) var merk6r eptir Jjor ok hefir hamar i hendi, (3. H.
108, O. T. 44; {jriift-hamarr, the mighty hammer, Ls. 57, 59, 61, 63:
the hammer was the holy sign with the heathens, answering to the cross
of the Christians, hann gordi hamar yfir, he made the sign of the hammer
over it, Fms. i. 35 ; |36rr t6k haniarinn Mjiilni ok bra upp ok vigSi
hafr-stokurnar, Edda 28, cp. also pkv. 30, where the bride and bride-
groom were to be marked with the holy sign ; hence {)6rs-hamarr = the
character ^, which occurs on a few of the earliest heathen Runic stones
(e.g. Thorsen, pp. 17, 329), cp. also Isl. f>j68s. i. 446; this ^ is evi-
dently an imitation of the thunderbolt. |3. the back of an axe. Eg. 769.
coMPDs : hamar-gangr, m. bamvter-clash, Stj. 45. Iiamars-li6gg,
n. a hammer stroke, Stj. 563. hamars-muSr (-munnr, -nmnni),
m. the ' viotith ' or tbi?i end of a hammer, Edda 30. hamar-skalli, a, m.
the thick end of a hammer, Fms. viii. 1 38. hamar-skapt, n. the shaft
or handle of a hammer, Edda 28. hainar-spor, n. a hammer's print,
Edda 34. II. metaph. a hatnmer-shaped crag, a crag standing
out like an anvil; J)ar stendr hamarr mikill fyrir J)eim, Bs. i. 601 ; J)eir
leggja skip sin milium hamra tveggja, Grett. 83, Fas. iii. 257 ; J)ritugr,
fertugr . . . hamarr, a crag thirty, forty . . .fathoms high, i. 159 : so in the
saying, kljufa J)ritugan hamarinn til e-s, to split a thirty fathoms' rock, to
make great efforts, to make Herculean efforts in a thing, metaph. from
cutting roads through rocks : in pi. hamrar, crags; fluga-hamrar, sjavar-
hamrar, sea-crags; ogres were believed to live in crags, hence the phrase,
sem genginn lit lir htimrum, i. e. looking as wild as a crag-ogre, sva
illiligr sem genginn se lit or sjdvar-homrum, Nj. 182. compds:
(h.amar- and hamra-), hamar-trOll, n. a crag-ogre, Grett. (in a verse),
hamar-dalr, m. a ravine, Karl. 292. hamar-gnipa, u, f. the peak
of a crag, Stj. 134, Fms. v, 323, |jorf. Karl. 414. hamar-klettr.
336
HAMARKLIF— HAMR.
m. a crag (isolated), Fms. ii. 92, Nj. 264, v. 1, hamar-klif, n,
craggy cliff, Gisl. 137. hamar-rifa, u, f. a rift in a crag, Fb. iii.
447. hamar-skar3 and hamra-skarS, n. a scaur, cleft or ravine,
Grett. 132, Gisl. 51, Grag. i. 17. hamar-skiati, a, m. a jutting crag,
Nj. 264; gja-h., q. V. : esp. freq. in local names in Icel. and Norway,
Hamarr, Hamrar, Hamra-endar, Hamars-&: in compds, Sma-
hamrar, Ein-hamarr, a single crag, Gisl., etc., vide Landn., Fms. xii, Fb.
iii. 2. a kind of mark on steeps' ears, prob. of heathen origin, denot-
ing the holy mark of the hammer of Thor : cutting the top of the ear
thus i*^ is called hamar, whence hamar-skora, u, f. a cleft hamar j*^ ;
cp. the ditty of Stef. (5l., Hamarinn mer i greipar gekk | J)a6 gasfu-marki8
fina, and hamar-skoru og gloppu-gat ] gorSu i haigra eyra. 3. a kind
offish, Edda (Gl.) : prop, a false reading for humarr (q. v.), a lobster.
hamask, a8, dep. to rage, to be taken by a fit of fury in a fight, syno-
nymous to ganga berserks-gang (see p. 61): the word is derived from
hamr, prob. owing to a belief that such persons were possessed by a
strange spirit or demon ; cp. hamr, hamstoli, hamramr, all of them words
referring to a change of shape : — sva er sagt, at ^a hamaSisk hann, ok
fleiri voru J)eir foru-nautar hans er J)a homu6usk. Eg. 122 ; hamask J)u
mi, Skallagrimr, at syni J)inum, 192 ; Jjorir hljop ^a af baki, ok er sva
sagt, at hann hama3isk ^a it fyrsta sinn, GullJ). 30, Fas. iii. 343, Landn.
119 ; Franmarr jarl hafSi hamask i arnar liki, Saem. 95 : the word is still
used, to work as bard as a giant.
ham-farir, f. pi. a mythical word, the 'faring' or travelling in the
assumed shape of an animal, fowl or deer, fish or serpent, with magical
speed over land and sea, the wizard's own body meantime lying lifeless
and motionless; graphically depicted in Yngl. S. ch. 7, Vd. ch. 12, Hkr.
(O. T.) ch. 37 ; hann sendi Finna tva i hamforum til Islands, Landn.
174; Haraldr konungr bau8 kunngum manni at fara i hamforum til
Islands, sa for i hvals-liki, etc., Hkr. i. 228.
ham-fr£8r, f. pi., from hamfru (?), witches, an aw. Xty. ; leirblot gort
i manns-liki af leiri e5r deigi, e5r hamfraer, N. G. L. i. 383, v. 1.
ham-fong, n. ^i^. frenzy, fury, Sturl. ii. 137.
ham-hleypa, u, f. a * ham-leaper,' a witch that travels in hamfarir.
Eg. 421, Fas. ii. 80, 390, GuUJ). 64: in mod. usage Icel. say, hann er
mesta hamhleypa, he is a great h., works like a giant, of one who does
great work in little time ; hann er hamhleypa a5 skrifa, hamhleypa a6
vinna, etc.
hamingja, u, f. luck, fortune ; prop, in a personal sense, a guardian
spirit, answering to the guardian angel of Christians ; derived from hamr,
for the guardian spirits of men — and every man had his hamingja — were
believed to take the shape sometimes of animals, sometimes and more
commonly of human beings, esp. that of women ; but they were them-
selves supernatural beings ; that the hamingjur were giant-females pro-
ceeding from the great Norns — who were the hamingjur of the world —
is borne out by the passage in VJ)m. 48, 49. Hamingja and fylgja or
fylgju-kona (Hallfred S. ch. 1 1 ) seem to be nearly synonymous, as also
gsefa, gipta, auSna, heill ; but hamingja is the most personal word, and
was almost symbolical of family relationship. At the hour of death the
hamingja left the dying person and passed into a dear son, daughter, or
beloved kinsman; cp. Hallfr. S. ch. 11, and esp. the charming tale in
Gliim. ch. 9. One might also impart one's own good luck to another,
hence the phrase leggja sina hamingju me& e-m, almost answering to
the Christian, 'to give one's blessing to another.' Examples: sog6usk
mundu leggja til me& honum hamingju sina, Ld. 74; h. ok gaefa, Fms.
vi. 165 ; t)u en usto5uga h., Al. 23 ; h. konungsins, 22 ; ok mun kona
sja hans h. vera er fjiillum hserra g<5kk, Gliim. 345 ; etja hamingju vi&
e-n, Fb. ii. 65 ; ok reyna hvat hamingjan vill unna J)er, Fs. 4 ; vilnask
{hope) at h. mun fylgja, 23 ; vera ma at ^at se til h. varrar aettar, 11 ;
langseligar nytjar munu menu hafa hans hamingju, Bs. i. 229 ; forliig ekki
for&umst ill | fram kemr J)a6 hamingjan vill, tJlf. .^. 69; meiri i hreysti
en hamingju, GuIlJ). 21 ; sigri e6r hamingju manns J)essa, Fs. 10. It is
still used in Icel. almost as Heaven, Providence ; {ia6 ma Hamingjan vita,
God knows ; eg vildi Hamingjan gaefi, would to Heaven ! Gu6 og Ham-
ingjan, God and Good Liick ; treysta Gu6i og Hamingjunni ; eiga undir
Hamingjunni, to run the risk ; and in similar phrases. compds :
hamingju-drjugr, adj. lucky, Fs. 34. hamingju-h.j61, n. the
wheel of fortune. Fas. iii. 470. hamingju-hlutr, m. a lucky chance,
Fms. X. 180. hamingju-lauss, adj. luckless, hapless, Stj. 464, Fms.
viii. 93. hamingju-leysi, n. want of luck, Fms. i. 286. ham-
ingju-maSr, m. a lucky man, Fms. xi. 205, Fs. 21. hamingju-
mikill, adj. mighty lucky, Fms. ii. 31, Ld. 170, Eg. 46: compar. ham-
ingju-meiri, Fb. 1.301. hamingju-mdt, n. lucky appearance; h. er
a J)er, Fs. II, hamingju-raun, f. a trial of fortune, Fms. xi. 244,
O.H. 195. hamingju-samligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), lucky-looking,
Fms. i. g6. hamingju-skipti, n. a shift or turn of fortune, Sturl. iii.
73. hamingju-skortr, m. lack of luck, Fms. xi. 260. hamingju-
tj6n, n. bad luck, Al. 56.
HAMLA, u, f. an oar-loop made of a strap or withe fastened to the
thole-pin (har), into which the oar was put, the oarsman pulling the oar
against the thole, as is still done in the fjords of Norway ; hence is called
* lata siga a hiimlu, to pull slowly towards the hamla, i, e. stem foremost,
i. 172, vii. 213 ; lata skip siga a homlum, Hkr. iii. 336 ; a hcimlo, IM
1. c. ; 16t hann leggja fimm skipum fram i sundit sva at matti J)egars.
honilu, Grett. 83 A ; homlur slitnu5u, hair brotnuftu, the h. were ton
tholes broken. Am. 35 ; leggja arar 1 homlur, they put the oars in the I
Fms. iii. 57. In Norway the levy or conscription was counted b'
homlur, cp. (3. H. 227, where one hamla (i. e. man) was to be levied'
every seven males over five years old, and so 'til homlu' means naut.si
man,peroar,G\i\. 99,N.G.L. i.98 ; thus, gera mat 1 homlu, /o eonfr
provisions by the head, 201, cp. D. N. passim and Fritzner's remarks
the metaph. phrase, ganga e-m i homlu um e-t, to go into one's h
take one's place, to be one's match ; sem Sigvalda myni faest til skon
ganga mer i homlu um ra8a-ger3ir ok daema her um mal manna
fyrir vizku sakir ok ra5speki, Fms. xi. 98. compds : homlu-b
n. an oar strap ( = hamla). Eg. 390, Fbr. 181. homlu-barSi,
a dub. air. Xey. ; ma J)at riki kalla homlu-barSa e8a auSnar oSal.
333 : the word is prob. taken from a ship defeated in a fight and
ing or drifting stern foremost. homlu-fall, n. an illegal bret
up of a ship, a Norse law term, no king's ship might be demol
unless the keel had been laid for a new ship ; homlufall was Hal
a fine of three marks for every hamla, N.G.L. i. loi. hbmlu-n
m. a Norse term answering to Icel. ha-seti, an oarsman, sailor, N.
i. 99. II. mod. a short oar with which the boatman paddles,
ing the body forwards and with his face towards the stem, using tl
partly instead of a rudder ; hence styris-hamla, a ' rudder-oar.'
hamla, a3, to pull backwards, stern foremost ( = lata siga a hoi
Hakon jarl 16t ok h. at landi, Fms. i. 93 ; h6f6u menn hans }>& i
hamlat, 174 ; gatu {)eir eigi sva skjott vikit J)6 at J)eir hamlafti a
bor5 en reri a annat, viii. 386; homlu6u J)eir skipunum at!
nesi, Fagrsk. 254 ; ver skulum sy'na J)eim sem mestan undanr6J
ver skulum J)6 raunar hamla, O. H. L. 69, cp. {jiSr. 61 : in mod.
to paddle with a short oar, turning the face towards the stem.
metaph. to stop, hinder one, with dat. ; mi biiask Jieir braeSr i bi
sto6ar ekki at h. J)eim, Fas. i. 42 ; hamlaSi J)at mjok afla pOTgni'
frsendr hans komu eigi, Eb. 48. IT. [A. S. hamelan, cp.
to hamstring, O. H. G . hamal-stat =locus supplicii, and Germ. ha.
vervex], to maim, mutilate: with dat. and ace, sumir voru hu\
at hondum e3a fotum. Eg. 14; sa er manni hamlaSi a hendi e8r
e5r veitti cinnur meiSsl, Fms. xi. 226, 298; hann drap suma, sav{
hann hamla, Hkr. i. 258; let hann suma drepa, suma hamla, CD
rak hann or landi, (3. H. 105.
h.am-le3r, n. the shank leather of a hide; cp. hom.
hanm-, vide hafn, from hofn, a haven.
hampa, a8, to toss one in the arms, with dat.
HAMPR, m. [this word, like all words in mp (np), is of for. 0
cp. Gr. /fdvya^Sis, whence Lat. ca/znaWs; Germ, hanf; Engl, hemp;
hamp : it scarcely occurs before the middle of the 13th century;
q. v., is the genuine northern word]: — be7np, Sks, 287, H.E.i
N.G.L. ii. 355.
HAMB, m., pi. hamir, dat. hami, Vsp. 36, but ham, HofiiSL (
ham, gram, and fram form a rhyme), as also Haustl. 2, Hkr. i. 3
of them poems of the loth century; [A. S. hama, boma; HeLi
O. H. G. hemedi, whence mod. Germ, hemd; Dan. ham ; akin to b
Ital. camisa, Fr. chemise, with a final s answering to hams below]: —
esp. the skin of birds flayed off with feathers and wings ; alptar-hamr.a
skin ; fugls-hamr, a bird's skin ; arnar-hamr, an eagle's skin ; gasar-
a goose's skin, etc.; hams, q. v., of sijakes : ham bera svanir hvitfjai
(of a swan's skin). Fas. i. 471 (in a verse); hleypa homum (of a
to cast the slough, Konr. 34 ; hlatra hamr, poet, laughter's eov
breast, H6fu61. 19. II. shape, esp. in a mythol. sense, con
with the phrase, skipta homum, to change the shape, described in \
ch. 7, Vols. S. ch. 7, 8, and passim ; cp. also the deriv. ein-hainr
farir, ham-ramr, ham-stola, hamingja, hamask, etc., — an old and
spread supwstition found in the popular lore and fairy tales of almos j
country ; — 08inn skipti homum, la \>a, biikrinn sem sofinn e6r
en hann var fia fugl e6a dyr, fiskr e8a ormr, ok f6r a einni svi
a fjarlsEg liind, Yngl. S. I.e., Fas. i. 128 (Vols. S. I.e.) ; it is de
in Vols. S. ch. 8, — J)eir hafa or&it fyrir liskopum, J)vi at lilfa-haniir
coats) hengu yfir J)eim ; it tiunda hvert daegr mattu J)eir kom
homunum, etc.; peir fundu konur J)rjar ok spunnu lin, J)ar T^
\)dm alptar-hamir J)eirra, Sicm. 88 (prose to Vkv.) ; fjolkyngis-kt
J)ar komin i alptar-ham, Fas. i. 373, cp. Heir. 6 ; vixla hcimum, to
skins, assume one another's shape, Skv. i. 42 ; tJlf-hamr, Wolf-si
nickname of a mythol. king, Hervar. S., prob. from being har
manns-hamr, the human skin, Str. 31 ; hugSa ek at vaeri hamr Al
thought it was the form or ghost of Atli, Am. 19 ; jotunn i arM|
a giant in an eagle's skin, V{)m. 37, Edda; i gemlis-ham, id., t
fja6r-hamr, {)kv. ; i faxa-ham, in a horse's skin, Hkr. i. (in a
i trcills-hami, in an ogre's skin, Vsp. 36 ; vals-hamr, a falcon's skit'
(of the goddess Freyja) : it remains in mod. usage in metaph. j
,.a9 vera i go9um, ilium, vondum, ham, to be in a good, bad, i""
I
HAMDOKKR— HANDLAUGAR.
237
a ? of mind or mood; vera i sinum rotta ham, to be in one's own good
ji. of mind; faerast i annan ham, to enter into another frame of mind:
;steni Icel. an angry, ill-tempered woman is called hamr, hiin er
e hamr (=vargr) : hams-lauss, adj. r/«s/ew/'ererf,/wnoz/s, esp. used
si. of a person out of his mind from restlessness or passion, the
e :)hor from one who cannot recover his own skin, and roves restlessly
irch of it, vide Isl. {)ju&s. passim. compds : ham-dbkkr, adj.
II skinned, of dark hue, Edda (Ht.), of the raven. h.am-fagr, adj.
It /hue, bright, M. "J. ham-ljotr, adj.scra^;5->',f/^/>',Haustl. ham-
i, adj. skin-wet, i. e. drowned, Landn. (in a verse) : freq. in foreign,
i; 1, and Germ. pr. names and local names ; Hamdir, m. a pr. name,
I. im-^CT, cp. A. S. Hama-\>eow.
Ixa-ramaSr, part. = hamramr, Fas. iii. 424, (bad.)
Ii.i-ramr, adj. a mythical term, able to change one's shape; in the
is esp. used of berserkers, — men gifted with supernatural
or seized with fits of warlike fury (berserks-gangr), vide
but also, though less frequently, referring to hamfarir; hann
■ ik, be was a great wizard who changed his shape, Landn.
- 1 : hann var h. mjok sv& at hann gekk heiman or Hraunhijfa
■Icveldit en kom um morgininn eptir i |>j6rsar-dal, Landn. 336,
306, GullJ). 30; J)at var mal manna at hann vjeri mjiik h.. Eg. 3;
linir sterkustu menn ok margir hamramir, 109 ; J)eim mijnnum er
amir v6ru e3r J)eim er berserks-gangr er a, 125 ; eigi var ^at ein-
at hann vseri eigi h., 514: — as a nickname, V6kell hinn hamrami,
II. 191 ; Vigi hinn h., Korm. 58 ; Tanni er kallaSr var hinn hamrami,
. 360, — the MS. has handrami, which is no doubt wrong, as also in
ame of the mythical king Hi'ivarSr handrami, Fb. i. 26 ; cp. hinn
ni and ramaukinn, Landn. 107, 249, 277, Hdl. 34.
i-remi, f. the state of being hamramr, Eg. 125.
18, m. (=:hamr), a snake's slough; ormar skri8a or hamsi a var,
; kalla sverSit orm, en fetlana ok umgor& hams hans, Edda
133: metaph., goSr (illr) hams er a e-m, one is in a good (bad)
I of mind; hams er g66r a, fljoSum, Hallfred : Icel. say, vera i
a, vondum hamsi, id. : allit. phrases as, hafa hold og hams, ' to
up flesh and skin,' i.e. to be hale and hearty, to be in a good
II. in plur. hamsar me:ins particles ofsvet. In Norway
means the husks of beans and grains : in Dan. a kind of beetle
led gjedebams. ^S' The s in hams is curious ; it is kept through-
II cases; it is either a remnant of the old masc. mark s for r as in
C, or perhaps the s answers to the inflex. d as in O. H. G. bamedi,
R. bemd; but still more closely to the inflex. final s in Ital. camisa,
temise.
h. i-skarpr, adj. [horn], thin in the flank, of a horse : the name of a
0: , Edda (Gl.)
h;i-skiptask, t, dep. = skipta homum, Str. 30.
h'l-stoli, mod. ham-stola, adj. 'ham-stolen,' prop, a wizard whose
'••een stolen, and hence Ta.t\7i^\\. frantic, furious. Eg. 565, Fms.
!arl. 56, Karl, passim, cp. Vols. S. Fas. i. 130.
H i-stolinn, part. = hamstoli, Karl. 243, 3.152, El.
ha and hana-nii, interj. see here! vide Gramm. p. xxviii, col. 2.
EJND, f. a hand; vide bond.
hi da, adv. with dat. /or one, to one, prop, a gen. pi. from hond, q. v.
h da- and bandar- in compds, vide s. v. hond.
afl, n. hand-strength ; lesa sik upp me3 handafli, to haul oneself
' ngth of band. Fas. iii. 2S3.
ifli, a, m. the produce of one's hands; Ufa a handafla sinum,
one's hands.
n, adv., 1. denoting/row the place, from beyond, beyond;
■ m, and in mod. usage handan yfir, 11, fjor6, sund, fjall, /row
1 river, firth, sound, fell, or the like ; hann s4 mann ri3a
i!u Va81a, Ld. 148; skip reri handan uni fjorBinn, Eb. 292;
r, af, {ni, from the side beyond, the land being in dat.; kom
uundr or Dolum handan, Sturl. i. 88; er J)eir koma handan
uiuii, ii. 216; J)eir sa at J)rir menn hleyptu handan fra Akri,
indan af Nesinu, i.e. from Caithness to the Orkneys, Orkn.
2. absol., vindar gnyja hc5an ok handan, henceforth and
■ b, Edda 8; J)6r8r andar mi handan, /ro7M the opposite bench,
-ii, Fms. V. 176 (in a verse); vestan Vatnsskarft ok handan,
west of the fell W. and beyond, Sturl. ; Islands Hiinalands
■ inarkar handan, i.e. Iceland as well as Hunaland and Den-
'ond the sea, Korm. II. fyrir handan, denoting in
. with ace. ; par vorum ver allir fyrir handan d upp fra Akri,
- 10 ; hdr fyrir handan ana, Isl. ii. 260 ; fyrir handan ver, beyond
'kv. 2.7; fyrir handan sundit, Hbl. I : — adverb., vera ma mi
■^o fyrir handan, Isl. ii. 387; Sodoma fyrir handan en Gomorra
■III, Symb. 30.
mni, a, m. a law term, an actual slayer, homicide; opp. to
:, hald-bani, Hdl. 28, (auT(5x««P-)
^ d-bjalla, u, f. a hand-bell, Pm. 90.
d-bj6rg, f. 'hand-supply;' esp. in phrases, lifa vi3 h. sina, to live
390 ; faera e-n fram me5 h. sinni, 16 support a person by one's labour, Jb.
267 ; whence handbjargar-iimagi, a, m. (•madr, m.), a person sup-
ported by another's labour, id.
hand-bogi, a, m. a hand-bow, Landn. 388, Sks. 390, 626, Orkn. 148,
Fms. vii. 45, Fb. i. 486; opp. to liisbogi, a cross-bow.
hand-b6k, f. a handbook, Vm. 52, Hom. 29.
hand-bragS, n. handicraft, manner of work, gott, illt h. : of needle-
work, \>db er handbrag5i& hennar 6, J)vi, and the like.
hand-byndi, mod. hand-bendi, n., prop, a handcuff: metaph. a
hindrance, bother, e-m er (verftr) h. at e-u, to be bothered with a thing,
Karl. 234 ; |)a& er h. a& honum ; hann ckki nema til handbendis.
hand-bserr, adj. ready at hand, Greg. 7, Hornklofi.
hand-fagr, adj. having fair hands, Korm.
band-fang, n. ' hand-grip,' a span, Gisl. 23.
hand-fara, for, to touch with the hands, Bs. i. 460.
hand-Mtt, n. adj. lack of hands, having too few hands, Fb. i. 52I.
band-festa, t, a law term, to strike a bargain by shaking hands, lo
pledge ; h. heit sitt, Fms. vi. 145 ; Asgrimr handfesti at greifta t)riggja
vetra skatta, Bs. i. 740; handfestir eiSar, Dipl. ii. 19; biskup handfesti
{betrothed) jungfru Ingilborg, Fms. x. 103, H. E. i. 248 ; handfest m6r
upp a tni J)ina, at . . ., Stj. 629. 2 Kings x. ig.
hand-festa, u, f. (band-festning, f., H.E. i. 25i), = handfestr, Dipl.
iv. II, Fb. i. 366, Bs. ii. 61.
hand-festr, f. striking a bargain, the joining hands; \k ferr hand-
festr um allt skipit {)eirra i milium at pessu heiti, Bs. i.421 ; attu Jjeir
at handfesti ok vapna-tak at {)essu heiti, Fms. viii. 55 ; toku J)eir heit
sitt meS h., v. 138; sira Oddr tok J)a ok J)etta skilord me& h., Bs. i.
746 ; vi& vitni ok h., Fb. i. 366 : it answers to the signing one's name
in mod. law. gs* In the early Dan. and Swed. laws the stipulation
to be given by the king at his coronation was called baand-fcestning .
In Scotland marriage used often to be preceded by a preliminary union
called hand-fasting, see Jamieson s. v. II. a rope by which to
baid oneself up, Jm. I.
hand-fjatla, a8, = handvaetta.
hand-fyllr, f. a handful, (5.H. 2X1.
band-f8Dri, n. an angling line.
band-ganga, u, f. surrender (cp. ganga d hond e-m), also submission
to one as liege-lord; veita e-m handgiingu, 0. H, 97 ; J)a varS ekki af
handgongu vid konunga, 163, Rom. 124, 134.
hand-genginn, part. [Dan. baandgangen'], a king's officer, belonging
to the king's household; giirask h. e-m. Eg. 29, 197, Sks. 249, Eb. iio,
Fs. 70; synonymous to hir6madr, Fms. iv. 122, Al. 27, N. G. L., Jb.
passim.
band-goSr, adj. handy, adroit. Valla L. 223.
band-grannr, adj. having a thin band,
band-grip, n. = handran, Bs. ii. 45.
band-bafa, 6, to have in hand, possess, GJ)1.-3I3,
band-bafi, a, m. having in hand, Fb. 329 ; vera h. at e-u, to get into
one's bauds, clutch a thing (as a law term less than to own) ; vera h. at
jor6u at lileyfi konungs, GJ)1. 452 ; ef sa kallask keypt hafa er h. er at,
N.G. L. i. 249, Sturl. i. 56 {pi unlaivfid seizure).
band-baltr, adj. having a lame, bad hand, Sturl. i. 189.
band-beitr, adj. having a warm hand.
band-bsefl, n. and band-b6fn, f. a hand instrument, {>jal. 8.
band-bogg, n. a hacking off one's hand, Sturl. iii. 116.
band-h6ggva, hj6, to back one's band off, Eb. 58, Fms. viii. 167.
band-ifljan, f. = hannyr5, Bs. i. 619.
band-kaldr, adj. having (usually) a cold hand.
band-kista, u, f. a hand-box, D.N.
band-klukka, u, f. a band-bell, Vm. 114, 117, B. K. 83.
band-klseSi, n. a hand-towel, N. G. L. ii. 443, Nj. 176, Fms. iii. 194:
for use in church, Vm. 15, 104, 117, Dipl. iii. 4, B. K. 83.
band-knakkar, m. pi. a kind of crutches. Mar. 69, 70.
band-kriki, a, m. an arm-pit.
band-krokr, m. a game, ' hand-crook,' pulling with crooked hands.
band-krsekjask, t, recipr. to try the strength by pulling with crooked
hands-, Fms. vi. 203, Fs. 78 (where it is used of hooking hands together
and standing in a circle as in a dance).
band-kvern, f. a quern, band-mill, B. K. 81.
band-lag or band-log, n. [cp. mid. Lat. andilago, andilangus, per
festucam et per andilangum tradere, Du Cange] : — joining bands, a
pledging, = handfesti, Eb. 128, Sturl. iii. 233, D.N. i. 134: in sing., Dipl.
i. II.
band-laginn, part, adroit; band-lagni, f. adroitness.
band-lami, adj. indecl. with a lame, bad band, Bs. ii. 29, Karl. 547.
handlan, f. working, MS. 4. 10.
band-latr, adj. lazy, Sturl. iii. 200.
band-laugar, f. pi. washing the hands, a custom with the men of old
after as well as before meals; gefa e-m h., Fms. vi. 321, Stj. 153 ; taka
h., Fms. vii. 85; ganga til handlauga, v. 317; bera inn h., Nj. 220
band to mouth, Fas. iii. 538; eiga allt undir h. sinni, id., R6m,(^ (after dinner); Bergpora gekk at bordinu me5 handlaugar, Ni.. 52, cp.
238
HANDLAUSS— HANGR.
Nj. ch. 117, Lv. ch. 13, Har.S. Har8r. ch. 79: in sing, of the basins
mundlaug, Fms. vi. 199, Fb. iii. 467.
hand-lauss, adj. without hands, Gisl. (in a verse).
hand-leggja, lag6i, = handfesta; h. e-m e-t, to pledge, confirm by
handliig, Dipl. ii. 5 ; h. e-m land, til eignar, to sell an estate by handlog,
Dipl. ii. 8, Thorn. 298 ; handlag6i Sophia kirkjunni til eignar J)rja tigi
hundra6a, Pm. 9 : to seize. Post. (Fr.)
hand-leggr, m. the 'hand-leg,' the arm, Landn. 119 (v. 1.), Bjarn. 65,
Grett. 140, Nj. 19,116, Ld. 220, Sturl.i. 85, ii. 104, Bs.i. 640, ii. 29, Fms.
i. 16, ii. 264, vii. 226, BarS. 169 ; cp. fotleggr : Icel. distinguish between
upp-h., the upper-arm, and fram-h., the fore-arm ; in mod. speech this
compd word has almost superseded the old armr, q. v,
hand-leidsla, u, f. guidance.
hand-leika, 16k, to wield in one's hand, have in the hand.
hand-leikinn, part, nimble-handed.
hand-lektari, a, m. a ha?id lectern or reading-desk, Vm. no.
liand-l^ttir, m. lending a hand, Fbr. 93.
handli^, adj. manual, K.A. 120.
hand-lin, n., eccl. sleeves, 625. 184, Fms. iii. 168, viii. 308, Vm, 30,
Dipl. V, 18, B.K. 83, D.I. i. passim.
Iiand-lj6tr, adj. having a loutish, clownish band.
hand-megin and hand-megn, n. strength of hand, c/as/>, = handafi,
Rb. 378; af handmagni, with the clasp of the hand, 625. 26: strength
to work, working power, Grag. i. 237, 340: M'orA = handbj6rg, faera e-n
fram a fe sinu e6r handmagni, 292. handmegins-umagi, a, m.=
handbjargar-iimagi, Grag. i. 289.
hand-meiddr, part, with maimed hands, Sturl. i. 189 C.
hand-mjukr, adj. having a soft hand.
hand-nvuninn, part, seized, caught, Grag. ii. 136, 195, N. G. L. i. 61.
hand-oSr, adj. fumbling about and touching everything with the hands,
esp. of children.
hand-pundari, a, m. a hand steel-yard, GJ)1. 523, Jb. 373.
hand-ra3i, a, m. a drawer in a chest, 677. 9; freq. in mod. usage,
kistu-handraSi, kistils-handra6i, etc.
hand-ramr, adj., vide hamramr.
h.and-rd.n, n. a law term, ^'^and-robbery ,' wresting a thing out of
another's hand, a kind of frumhlaup (personal assault), defined in Grag.
Vsl. ch. 3, liable to outlawry, Grag. ii. 191, N. G. L. i. 58, GJ)1. 408,
Jb. 426.
h.and-reip, n. a rope for hauling, Sks. 414.
hand-rid, n. a hand-rail, of a staircase or the like, Fms. viii. 375 (of
a bridge), Sks. 414.
hand-rif, n. [cp. bandsyfte, Ivar Aasen], ' hand-reefing^ a naut. term,
in the phrase, svipta h., to reef a sail ; siga skyldi lata seglin, ok heldr
seint, en svipta af handrifi, O.H.I 8 2, (svipta af neSan handriii, Fms. iii. 44.)
hand-rit, n. ' hand-writ,' manuscript, (mod.) handrita-safn, n. a
collection of manuscripts.
h.and-sal, n. [Scot, hansel; Dan. handsel], a law term, usually in pi.
handsol, ' hand-selling' or hanselling, i. e. the transference of a right, bar-
gain, duty to another by joining hands ; — hand-shaking was with the men
of old the sign of a transaction, and is still used among farmers and the
like, so that to shake hands is the same as to conclude a bargain, cp. Lat.
tnandare = manu-dare, mancipium from manu capere ; jafnt {)ykkja m^r
'J)in heit sem handsol annarra manna, thy word is as good as the h. of other
men, Lv. 65 : a trust, charge, Grag. i. 190 ; J)etta handsal lika6i ilia
|)orbrands sonum, Eb. 156 ; er hja voru gjofinni ok handsalinu. Anal.
293 ; biskups handsol, Vm. 66 ; taka vi5 handsolum a e-u, to undertake
the trust, charge of a thing, Nj. 257 ; ek vil gjarna at J)u takir handsolum
a oUu funu, Ld. 50 ; taka vi3 fe me8 handsolum, Fs. 125 ; eiga handsol
vi6 e-n, to make a bargain with one, Hrafn. 21, Rd. 243, Fb. i. 109 ; gefa
e-m handsol yfir e-u, Bs. ii. 64; bjoSa h. fyrir e-n, to offer bail for one,
Fs. 87; ganga til handsala fyrir e-n, Eb. 128, 148, Grag. and Sagas
passim. compds : handsals-band, n. a bond of handsal, N. G. L. i.
223. handsals-maSr or handsala-maSr, m. a bail, surety, Grag.
i. 295, 363, 655 iii. I, Sturl. iii. 43. liandsals-rof, n. a breach of
h., N. G. L. i. 365. handsals-slit, n. a breach of h., Grag. i. 384,
385, Gt)l. 517.
handsala, a6, to make over by hansel, cp. Lat. mancipare; tak mi i
hiind mer ok handsala, Nj. 31 ; r^tt fram hondina ok h. mer mi landit,
Eb. 38 ; h. sek&, salt, Nj. in, Grag. i. 118, 119 ; h. niarfall at siikum,
Nj. 21 ; h. e-m fe sitt, Gliini. 364, Eb. 156; h. sjalfdaemi, Bs. i. 286;
h. loggriS, Grag. i. 19 ; f^ handsalat, 399 ; h. kaup, to strike a bargain,
N. G. L. i. 24 ; J)a skal hann krefja hann verka slikra, sem hann hand-
salaSi honum, as he stipulated with him, 35 : recipr., handsalask e-t, to
stipulate with one another, Grag. i. 116 ; takask J)eir i hendr ok hand-
salask vid saettina, Sturl. ii. 252 : part,, handseld siik, etc., a suit con-
ducted by proxy, Nj. passim.
hand-sama, a6, to gather together, keep, catch.
hand-sax, n. a short sword, dirk, Fms. ii. 169, a68, 274, viii. 324.
handsaxa-leikr, m. playing Tvitb dirks, by throwing them in the air
and catching them by the hilt, Fb. i. 463.
31
i
hand-seinn, adj. slow with the hand, f si. ii, 84.
haud-seld, f. making over by handsal. handseldar-vitni,
witness to a handsal, Grag. ii. 203.
hand-selja, d, = handsala, Nj. 33 ; h. e-m e-t, GJ)1. 513 : to stip\
make a bargain, h, s6r konu, 229; h. e-m vitni, verk, D. N. i,
N.G.L. ii. 163.
hand-sldr, adj. long'armed, Fb. iii. 416.
hand-skjilfti, a, m., medic, a trembling of the hand.
hand-skot, n. a throwing by hand, opp. to bogaskot (shooting fi
bow), Eb. 308, Fas. ii. 513, Fms. vi. 84, Bs. i. 621, Fb. i, 485.
hand-sleggja, u, f. a band-sledge, Sks. 415.
hand-slongva, u, f. a hand-sling, Sks. 380.
hand-smdr, adj. small-handed.
hand-sterkr, adj. strong-handed, Eb. 166.
hand-stinnr, adj. with brawny hand; roa handstinnan, to putt h
Finnb. 350.
hand-stir3r, adj. stiff-handed, awkward.
hand-st6r, adj. big-handed.
hand-stuttr, adj. short-handed.
hand-styrkja, t, in the phrase, h. sik upp, to haul oneself i^i
96, 141.
hand-styrkr, adj. = handsterkr, Fms. i. 305, x. 172.
hand-styrkr, m. strength of hand, Baer. 9.
hand-sok, f =handseld sok, Nj. 330 (MS.)
hand-tak, n. = handlag, Nj. 113, Sturl. i. 118, Bs. i. 771, Vm. Jl
hand-taka, tok, to seize, capture, Nj. 136, Saem. 33, Fb. i. 391
103, Fbr. 54 new Ed. 2. hand-tekinn, part, stipulated, ¥s
hand-tygill, m. a lace-tag, Fms. vi. 140.
hand-'un;^tr, adj. quite worthless.
hand-vdlka (-volka), aS, to squeeze or crumple up with the band
hand-vega, va, to weigh in the hand, Fb. i. 370.
hand-vegr, m. a shoulder-seam, Fms. ii. 70, Thorn. 41, Flov
hand-verk, n. a handiwork, trade, profession, (mod.) handr
xaadr, m. a handicraftsman.
hand-verkr, m., medic, chiragra, gout in the hand.
hand-visa, adj. in band, quite certain, Karl. 175, 212, Thorn.
63,118.
hand-veetta, tt, = handvega, Fms. ii. 129.
hand-vSmm, f. 'hand-slip,' maladroitness, clownisbness, blund
Grag. i. 383, N. G. L. i. 22, 25, G^\. 501, Js. 121.
hand-sefli, n.fidgetting with the hand, being handoSr.
hand-6x, f. a hand-axe, Nj. 37, Gliim. 329, Eg. 769 : used M i
sile, 6. H. 217.
hang, n. the coil of a serpent ; beygja hangit, of a cat, Edda 33.
HANGA, pret. hekk, 2nd pers. hekkt, mod. hekst, pi. h^ngn;
subj. h^ngja, mod. h6ngi ; part, hanginn ; pres. indie, irr eg. hangi;
vincial weak pret. hangSi also occurs a few times in old writers, e.g
76, which form is still heard in southern Icel. (in and about Reylq:
\\J\i.hahan; A.S.hcen; Engl hang; O.U.G. haban; Germ. *o
Dan. hcenge ; Swed. hdnge'] : — to hang, Lat. pendere : a. to hang, -
pended; hvers manns alvaepni hekk yfir riimi hans. Eg. 88; vipn
J)ar hengu hja J)eim, 377 ; |)etta it stora sver3 er uppi hangir, F
1 20 ; hann hefir nii tva daga a krossi hangit, 625. 79. p. to dtc
sva hanga t)ykt a J)eim skotin, Al. 138 ; ok hangSi hon a Hfrimu
er hann do, Edda 76 ; en ef vi3 hangir, if it hangs fast to, N.C
66. y. to hang up, for smoking ; e6a tvau laer hengi, Hm. 66 ; «
hanginn, hung, smoked; hangiS kjot (proncd. hangi-kjot), bung,s
meat. 2. to be hanged, executed; annarr skyldi hanga, en •
steypa i forsinn Sarp, Fms. vii. 181 ; at eigi vaeri hverr y3varr OH
at hanga, 13 ; gengir J)u at hanga, Am. 22, cp. Hm. 139, Fms. r, i
hangi, a, m. a law term, a body hanging on a gallows, Fms. v. ai:|
mythol. phrase, sitja, setjask undir hanga, to sit under a gallows, of
in order to acquire wisdom or knowledge of the future ; — for this w
stition see Yngl. S. ch. 7 ; — whence Odin is called hanga-guS, h '5»-
drottinn, hanga-t;^, the god or lord of the hanged, Edda i 4^
Lex. PoiJt. ; varSat ek {robr und forsum | f6r ek aldregi at g"\> '■■
. . . nam ek eigi Vggjar feng und hanga, I became not wise tinder '"
falls, I never dealt in witchcraft, I did not get the share of Odi ■■
the poetical gift) under the gallows, i. e. I am no adept in poet. J
3 (MS., left out in the printed edition). According to another ; . s-
it seems, a truer and older myth, Odin himself was represented as ^
hanging on the tree Ygg-drasil, and from the depths beneath tak
the hidden mystery of wisdom, Hm. 139 ; so it is possible that hi
names refer to that ; cp. also the curious tale of the blind 4i
Grimm's Marchen, No. 107, which recalls to mind the heathen
the one-eyed Odin sitting under the gallows.
hangi-kjot, n. bung, smoked meat.
hangin-Kikla, u, f. epithet of a housewife whose keys hai^
belt, Rm.
hangr, m. a hank, coil; ^^b er hangr a tvTi (here is a coil (4^j
in the matter.
HANI— HARDBRJOSTADR.
239
ANI. a, m. [Ulf. bana; A.S. hana; Engl, ben; Hel. i&a«o; Germ.'
^«; Dan. and Swed. bane; cp. Lat. cano] : — a cock, Fms. v. 193, 194,
^- 34. 35' passim; vedr-hani or vind-hani, a weathercock; OSins-
[ji, a kind of sandpiper, tringa minima; |j6rs-hani ; <36inshani and
F shani are distinguished, {)j6361fr, May 15, 1869, p. 124. 2. as
lickname, Fms. xii, Fb. iii, Landn. ; whence in local names, Hana-
fci, Hana-fotr, etc., Landn. compds : hana-gal, n. or hana-
gan, f. cock-crow, gallicinium, Fms. viii. 56. hana-6tta, u, f. cock-
w, N.G. L. i. 9.
tnkask, a8, dep. to be coiledup, Fms. vi. 312 ; vide dhankast, p. 41.
ANKI, a, m. [Dan. banke ; Engl, bank'], the hasp or clasp of a chest,
132; nzut. pullies or blocks for brailing up a sail, N. G. L. i. loi ;
nice hanka-gjald, n., 199.
ANN, pers. pron. masc. he ; fem. HC5N or HTJN, she ; for the pro-
' 'iMii of this word see introduction to letter H ; as to the inflexion
un. p. xxi ; in the MSS. the word is usually abbreviated h = hann ;
■ ^ hon ; hm = hanum ; har = hennar ; hi or he = henni : the old dat.
c. was hanum, as shewn by rhymes, mana vegr und hanum, Haustl. ;
t> in Icel. it was no doubt sounded hdonum, by way of umlaut ; it was then
ided honum with a long vowel, and lastly honum with a short vowel,
ch also is the mod. form ; the old MSS. often spell hanum in full ;
"iug honum in old printed books recalls the old form hoonum ; from
; it may be seen that in the middle of the 17th century the dative
.-winded precisely as at present. 2. sing. fem. hon {ho in mod.
se, boo in Lancashire) seems to be the older form ; the MSS. use both
IS hon and hiin, but the former is the usual one ; it was prob. sounded
, which again points to a long root vowel, hann, hana ? [Cp. Ulf.
Qenn. er; A. S., Engl., and Hel. Z>e; old Fris.bi; in the Scandin.
nu with a suffixed demonstrative particle, vide Gramm. p. xxviii ;
and Swed. ban, bun, etc.]
B. As this word appears almost in every line only special usages
be mentioned, as, ef ma8r faerir omaga fram ok beri fe undir hann
,, sc. omagi), eSr eigi hann (nom., the same) fe, fia skal hann (nom.,
aaftr) beiSa hann (ace, sc. 6magi) me& vatta, at hann (nom., the
:) sell hanum (dat., sc. ma8r) fjar-heimting a bond J)eim monnum
inn (nom., sc. omagi) a fe undir, Grag. i. 279; here the context is
perplexing, chiefly owing to the identity of ace. and nom. sing, masc,
alto because the pron. is sometimes demonstr., sometimes reflexive ;
le latter case an Icel. would now say ser instead of hanum : so also,
kal hann bei3a sam{)ingis-go6a, at hann fai honum (i. e. sibi) mann,
again, skal hann selja s6kn ok vorn ef hann vill, ok sva var6-
lu fjar sins J)ess er hann a her eptir, 146; J)a skal hon ra6a vi&
finenda sins {her) nokkurs, 307 ; Gunnarr kenndi feit at f)at var
sama sem hann (i. e. Njal) haf6i honum (i. e. to Gunnar) greitt,
56. II. the pers. pron. is often prefixed to a pr. name,
sign of familiarity; farit upp til hestsins ok gaetift bans Kols, Nj.
c8r hverr ma6r er hann Gunnarr, what sort of a man is Gunnar ?
ok hleypr a hann {)orkel upp, 114; ok leitiS er at honum Hoskuldi,
nd look after Hoskuld, 171; saemd er ek veitta honum Jjorolfi broSur
im, Eg. 112 ; segir hann Palnir, Fms. xi. 47; hon Ingibjiirg, 49;
1 Gisli, Grett. (in a verse) ; ok berjask vi& hann Olaf, Fagrsk. 86 ;
i Vigolfs, Sol.; sva er, segir hann Jjor&r, Isl. ii. 329 : — this has become
freq. in mod. conversational usage, so that a person (nay, even an
aal or a ship that has a name) is scarcely ever named without the pron.,
r 'ann J6n aS koma, seg6' 'onum Joni, vekt' 'ana SigriSi ; hiin Sigga
, hann Jon litli, etc. ; or of ponies, saekt"ann Briin, leg&' a'anaSkjonu;
the dialogue in Isl. |>j66s. i. 612, — eg skal fylla mina hit, segir Ym
:, 4g <5t sem eg J)oU, segir 'ann boli, etc. ; or Kvoldv. ii. 197, — taktxi
a fr& 'enni Rey&r og gef6' 'enni Hyrnu, hiin Hiifa hefir flaekt sig i
JMndinu. III. er hznn^who, that; sa ma6r er hann vill,
g. i. 19, 27, 36, vide p. 132. 2. answering to Fr. on. Germ.
I, Engl, one; vaeri sver6it til tsekt er hann vildi, U'ie/i one wished,
505 ; but this use is very rare.
ar-mseli, f. 'skilful speech,' eloquence, R6m. 301.
innarr, m. the Skilftd, the Artist, name of a dwarf, Vsp.
I^NNR, adj. skilled; sii var mar hanarst (i. e. honnust) a HaJ)alandi,
'' "- the most skilled maid in Hadaland, on a Norse Runic stone,
' ^"ggfi in Tidskr. for Philol. vol. vi. p. 90 ; hence sjon-hannr or
narr, 'skill-sighted,' one whose eyes are cultivated, having the
:n artist, 6. H. 16.
)r3 or hannyrS, f., esp. used in pi. and sounded hannyrSir ;
rd is formed from hannr or hannar in the same way as einorS or
rom einar6r] : — handiness, skill, fine work, esp. used of ladies'
irk, embroidery, or the like, and freq. in mod. usage ; enda er
"i {skill, beauty) a hvivetna J)vi er fni tekr {)inum hiindum til at
em. 24 ; hannorSir (pi.), 25 ; sva skyldi bans kona bera af ijllum
hannyrSir sem hon var hverri {)eirra friSari, Vigl. 48 new Ed. ;
;ullofinn ok gerr hannyrSum, hahnyrS vefnaSar, Konr. (MS.) ;
;na6i ok tefldi e5a vann aSrar hannyr6ir, Bs. i. 24I ; kenna konu
nyrdir, Edda ii. 513 ; merkit var gert af miklum hannyr&um ok
4|um hagleik, Orkn. 28 ; hafa a skriptum ok hannyrSum, Gkv. 2. 15 ;
hon hafSi heima verit ok numit hannorSe (i.e. hannorS), Vols. S. 135
new Ed. ; h6n vandisk vi6 borSa ok hannyrSir, Fas. i. 523. hannyrOa-
kona, u, f. a woman skilled in needlework. $i^ This word is to be
distinguished from hiind as it is spelt and sounded nn not nd, cp. Bugge's
interesting remarks in Hist. Tidskrift.
hanzki, a, m. [O. H.G. bant-scuob = band-shoe, Germ, band-scbub;
Dan. handske] : — a glove, Ls. 60, Hbl. 26, Edda 29.
HAPP, n. [cp. Engl, bap, happy], good luck, but with the notion of
bap, chance, as is well said in the ditty, hamingjan bjfr i hjarta manns |
hopp eru ytri gae8i. Num. 2. 87 ; ^a, vard minna happit en ek vilda,
Fms. i. 182 ; happa fuUting, ' bap-help' Deus ex macbina, vi. 165 ; happ
sotti J)ik mi en bratt mun aunat, gattu at J)^r ver6i J)at eigi at lihappi,
Landn. 146; til happs ok heilla satta {Mh.), for good bap and health,
Gr4g. ii. 21 : in the saying, sa skal hafa happ er hlotiS hefir, Eb. 24;
lihapp, m/sAfl/). compds: happa-drjugr, adj. lucky. Fas. iii. 619,
happa-mikill, adj. having great luck, Hkr. iii. 422. happa-r&d, n.
happy counsel, Isl. ii. 159, Hkr. ii. 88. happa-verk, n. a happy deed,
Fms. vii. 293. happ-aufligr, adj. wealthy, happy, f>orf. Karl. 378.
happ-fr63r, adj. wise in season, |jorf. Karl. 378. happ-lauss, adj.
hapless. Eg. (in a verse). happ-samr, adj. happy, lucky. Fas. iii. 427.
happ-skeytr, adj. a happy shot, Edda 17. In poetry, happ-mildr,
-kvumigr, -reynir, -vinnandi, -viss, adj. bappy, fortunate : happ-
snaudr, adj. hapless. Lex. Poet.
hapr-task (hafr-task), n. a haversack, Sn6t 163.
hapt, n. a bond; vide haft.
HAHA, 6 (?), [cp. Germ, barren], to wait upon (?), an &ir.\ty., Skm.
28 ; or perhaps the same word as the mod. hjara (q. v.), vitam degere.
Haraldr, m. a pr. name (from herr, q. v.), Fms. compds : Haralds-
sl&tta, u, f. the coinage of king Harold Hardrddi, Fms. vi. Haralds-
stikki, a, m. name of a poem, Fms.
harfla, adv. = har61a, chiefly used in poetry, Al. 84, Fms. x. loi, Stj,
8, 452, Pr. 97, Lex. Poet.
harSindi, n. pi. hardness ; har3indi hafSa ek J)ar 1 hendi J)vi at bein
er hart, Bs. i. 874. II. metaph. hardship, severity, K. A. 54, Sks.
351, Fms. i. 220, vi. no: esp. in mod. usage, a bard season, bad
weather, hardinda-dr, -vetr, -sumar, vetrar-harSindi : hardindis-
maflr, m. a stern man, Sks. 803.
hardla, and assimil. harla, adv. very, greatly, Fms. v. 257, vi. 217,
Bs. i. 189, ii. 45, Stj. 58, Al. 156, Sturl. i. 159, Finnb. 232, passim.
hardliga, a.dv. forcibly, sternly, Fms. i. 71, vi. 44, Nj. 123, GJ)1. 54:
swiftly, fast, ri&a har61iga, Karl. 58, Baer. 16; stiga h., Sks. 629.
harSligr, a.d]. hard, mcUph. hard, severe, N]. 181, Fms. ix. 291, v. 1.
hardna, a&, to harden. II. metaph. to be hardened, Stj. 261.
Exod. vi. sqq., K.A. 54, Fms. vi. 37> 153. v"- 3°* '° become severe,
ii. 30, Sturl. ii. 255: of weather, Grett. 152, Fms. ix. 502, v. 1. : of
scarcity, har3na3i matlifi J)eirra, they ran short of provisions, viii. 435 :
to be hard tried, tok J)a at harSna i skapi sveins, the lad began to feel
unhappy, Bs. 1. 350 : part. har5na6r, hardened, i. e. grown up, Sturl. iii.
II ; opp. to blautr; Grettir var litt settr at klaeSum, en ma5r litt har8-
na3r, tok hann mi at kala, Grett. 91 ; ii-har3na&r, unhardened, still a
tender boy.
•HARDB, adj., fem. hor8, neut. hart, [Ulf. bardus = aKXrjpus,
avarrjpSs; A.S. heard ; Ej\g\. hard; Germ, hart; Dzn. board; Swed.
hard]: 1. hard to the touch ; eptir hor3um velli, Isl. ii., 333 ;
hardr skafl, Fb. ii. 103 ; har3ar gotur, hard, stony paths, Fms. x. 85 ;
stokka eSr steina edr hvargi J)ess er hart er fyrir, Grag. ii. 132 ; sj68a egg
hart (har3-so5inn), Laekn. 472; af har&asta jarni, Stj. 461 : tempered,
of steel, GJ)1. II. metaph., 1. hard, stern, severe; horb i
skapi, Nj. 17 (skap-har8r) ; h6r5 or5, hard words, Fms. v. 106 ; har8r i
hjarta, hard of heart, Flov. 38 : with dat., har8r e-m, hard on one, Fb.
i. 71. p. hardy; folk hart ok illt at saskja, hardy and ill to fight
against, Fms. i. 85 ; eiga har8an son, vi. 105 ; hinn vaskasti drengr ok
hinn har8asti karlmaSr, Isl. ii. 264 ; J)eir eru har8ir ok hinir mestu bar-
daga-menn, Karl. 282 ; harSr i horn at taka (metaph. from a bull),
bard to take by the horns, Fms. xi. 221: hard, gloomy, i hor3u skapi,
Bs. i. 351, Fas. iii. 522 ; me3 har3ri hendi, with high hand. y. hard,
sad; hor3 ti3indi, Nj. 64 ; her hafa or3it harSir atburdir, hard things have
happened, 248. 8. hard, dire ; har3r (kostr), Fms. v. 235 ; gera har3an
rett e-s, to deal hardly with one, i. 66 ; har3r dau3i, ii. 173 ; h6r8 ssett,
Nj. 254; hafa hart, to have a hard lot, Sturl. iii. 292 ; har3r bardagi,
hor8 orrosta, Fms. ii. 323, passim. «. of weather; horS nordanveSr,
Nj. 124, Rb. 572. 2. neut. hart, adv. hardly, harshly; leika e-n
hart, Fms. xi. 94. p. hard, fast; ri3a hart, to ride hard, Sighvat,
CH. (in a verse), Nj. 82 ; en mi renn engi har8ara en hann, 248 ; ganga
hart ok djupt, Edda i ; flyja sem har8ast, to fly one's hardest, 261 ; J)eir
foru har3ara en {)eir vildu, Fms. x. 139. 7. hart illt (qs. harSa illt)
erindi, Fb. ii. 393 ; hart user, hard by. compds : Harfl-angr, m. name
of a firth in Norway ; whence Hardengir, m. pi. the inhabitants of H.,
Hkr., Fms. xii. haT3a-fang,n. a law term, an execution for payment, Grag.
i. 384, 398, 438. hartJ-beinn, adj. i&arrf'/oo/, a nickname, Ld. hard-
brj6sta3r (har3-brystr, adj., Greg. 41, Stj. 484), part. lard-bearteJ,
240
Flov. 36. h.oxb-hf'Htzdj.abardhousebolde): hard-dreginn, part.
bard to draw, difficult, Nj. 100, v.l. harS-drsegi, n. being h., Hkr.
iii. 185. liard-dreegr, adj. bard to draw, hard to manage, Nj. 90,
IQ'Z. har3-eggja3r, adj. sbarp-edged, Grett. (in a verse). liarS-
eygr, adj. bard-eyed, Njarft. 364. har3-fang, n. ' hard wrestling,'
force, Sks. 782, v. 1. har3-fari, a, m. one who travels hard, a quick
traveller. Stud. iii. 122 : as a nickname, Eg. 72. har3-farliga, adv.
barsbly, Eb. 93 new Ed. har3-fengi, f. hardihood, valour, Nj. 98,
Fins. ii. 28, Fs. 13, Anal. 169. h.ar3-fenginn, adj. = harSfengr, Fas.
i. 260, Ann. 1362 (in a verse). har3-fengliga (-fengiliga, Fms. iii.
143), adv. hardily, valiantly, Baer. 8, Fms. xi. 131, x. 355. h.ar3-
fengr, adj. hardy, valiant. Eg. 710, Nj. 192, Fas. ii. 525. Iiar3-
fenni, n. hard snow, Fbr. 39. har3-f6tr, m. 'bard-leg,' a teinpered
bar, poiit. of a sword, Hkm. harS-feeri, n. stubbornness, Ld. 176.
har3-f8err, adj. hard to overcome, Edda 27. har3-ge3r (-ge3ja3r),
adj. hard-minded. Iiar3-gengr, adj. bard-going, rough, of a horse,
opp. to goSgengr. har3-greipr, adj. hard-clutched. Lex. Poet.
h.ar3-g6rr, adj. hardy, stout, Nj. 30: of things strong-built, Fms. x. 355
(a ship), Fas. i. 273 (a tower). har3-hendliga, adv. with hard hand.
Eg. 720. Iiar3-hendr, adj. bard-handed, strotig-handed, Stj. 553,
Sks. 753. har3-huga3r, adj. hard-hearted, Horn. loi, 108, Gh. i.
har3-jaxl, m. a grinder (tooth), a nickname, Rd. h.ar3-kljd3r, part.
bard-stretched, of a weft, Darr. ]iar3-leikinn, part, playing a hard,
rough game, Sturl. i. 23 ; verSa e-m h., to play roughly with one, Fms.
ii. 182, Stj. 463; fsi har61eikit, to be roughly treated, Fms. vi. 3lo, ix.
449; gora e-m har61eikit, Grett. 127. har3-leikni, f. a rough
game, Fms. vi. 37, Karl. 456. h.ar3-leikr, m. hardness; hjartans
h., Stj. 87 : harshness, Fms. ii. 161, ix. 449. Iiar3-leitr, adj. hard-
looking. Eg. 305, Fms. X. 173. har3-lifi, n. a bard life, chastisement,
Bs. i. passim, Barl. 210: medic, hardness of bowels, constipation, Fel.
har3-lunda3r, adj. bard-tempered, 655 B. xiii. harS-lyndi, n. a
bard temper, Fms. vi. 45. har3-lyndr, adj. hard-tempered, Nj. 16,
Sturl. ii. 1 85. har3-inagi, a, m. 'hard-maw,' a nickname, Fms. vii. 217.
har3-mannligr, adj. hardy, manly, Fb. i. 168, Krok. 68. h.ar3-
menni, n. a bardy man, Edda (Gl.) Iiar3-in63igr, adj. bard of
mood. Lex. Poet. ]iar3-mynntr (Grett. in a verse) and har3-mula3r,
part, hard-mouthed, Germ, bartmdulig, Sturl. (in a verse). harS-mseli,
n. hard language, Sturl. iii. 201, Bs. i. 766. har3-ni8eltr, part, hard-
spoken, Sturl. ii. 143, v.l. : gxa.mm. pronouncing hard, opp. to linmaeltr.
har3-or3r, adj. hard-spoken, Fms. iii. 152. h.ar3-r^3r, adj. hard
in counsel, tyrannical, Nj. 2, Fms. vii. 280, xi. 18 ; rikr ma5r ok h., Ver.
42 : nickname of king Harold given him in Fagrsk. 106. har3-r6tti,
n. hardship, Rd. 249, Al. 82, Andr. 74: bard fare, sultr ok h., Stj. 257.
Iiar3-ra33i, n. hardiness, Fms. viii. 448, Nj. 258, 263 : bard plight, Fms.
i. 251 : hardness, harshness, x. 401. Iiar3-skeyti, n. hard shooting,
Fms. iii. 18. Iiar3-skeytr, adj. shooting hard, of an archer, Fms. ii.
320, Karl. 244: metaph. hard, severe. h.ar3-skipa3r. part, manned
with hardy men, Bs. ii. 30, Fms. ii.183. ha^S .eg^i^-, 'rt. bard-
hammered, of iron, Hy'm. 13. h.ar3-sl8egr, adj. bard to 7now, Gliim.
383, Fms; V. 203. har3-snliinn, part, hard-twisted, metaph. staunch,
stalwart, Nj. 1 78. har3-s6ttr, part, hard to get, difficult, Fms. v. 169.
har3-sperra or h.all-sperra, u, f. stiffness in the limbs. liar3-spori,
a, m. hard-trodden snow. Iiar3-steiiin, m. a bard stone, a kind of
whet-stone, tsl. ii. 348, Gliim. 375, Fms. xi. 223. Iiar3steina-grj6t,
n. a quarry ofh., Fms. viii. 1 24. har3-svira3r, adj. bard-necked, stiff-
necked. har3-tenntr, part, having hard teeth, Sks. 753. Iiar3-
tsekr, adj. hard, exacting, Hav. 40. har3-u3, f. hardness of heart.
har3-u3igr, adj. hard-minded, Fms. iii. 95, Fs. 23, Fas. i. 217, Lex.
Poet. har3-vaxinn, part, hardy of limb, brawny, Fms. vii. 321, viii.
238. ]iar3-velli, n. a hard, dry field. har3-verkr, m. the name
of a giant, Edda. har3-vitugr, adj. hardy, (cant word.) har3-
yr3i, n. bard words, Sturl. iii. 238, Hom. 144. har3-yrki, a, m. a
bard worker, Yms.'w.^'y,^,. h.B,Tb-yr'k.T,a.d]. hard working. Iiar3-
;^3gi, f. hardness of heart, severity, Fms. viii. 232, x. 217.
hark, n. a tumult, Fs. 6, Fms. vii. 168, 321, ix. 288, 516 (harshness),
Fb. ii. 191, Finnb. 144; hark ok hiireysti, Isl. ii. 344.
liarka (qs. har5ka), u, f. hardness, and metaph. hardiness, Fb. i. 521 ;
freq. in mod. usage : also of a bard frost, mesta harka : the phrase, me6
horku-munum, with utmost difficidty. Ii6rku-ve3r, n. hard frosty
weather ; vetrar-hcirkur, winter frost.
liarka, a3, to scrape together, with dat., Fms. viii. 73 ; munu ^eir hafa
harkat saman li6i sinu, Mork. 90 : impers., e-m harkar, things go
ill with one, Finnb. 338, Fas. ii. 239; J)a6 harkar um e-i,id., Bjarn.
62. II. reflex, id., Fas. ii. 307 : to make a twnult, Finnb. 224 ;
Ljotr vakna6i ok spur5i hverr harkaSist, Hav. 31 new Ed.
HABICI, a, m. rubbish, trash, ( = niod. skran) ; kistur ok annar h.,
Karl. 554, Bs. i. 830, Fs. 44. compds : harka-bdrn, n. pi. rabble of
children, {)rymlur I. 3, (not hdska-born.) harka-geta, u, f. coarse
/oo(/, Sturl. i. 166. harka-li3, n. r«6We, Isl. ii. 91. Iaarka-ma3r,
m. a tramp, scamp, Sturl. i. 175. harka-samliga, adv. coarsely,
Sturl. ii. 163.
HARDBYLL— HASTE.
harla, adv., vide harSli. ^ ^
harma, a3, to bewail, with ace, Nj. 30, Pms. i. 47, li. 229, Ilom.
Bs. i. 105, passim; h. sik, to wail, Fms. iii. 8: impers., e-m harm»j
vexes one, one is vexed, Bias. 41, Hav. 44.
harin-br6g3, n. pi. mischief, Akv. 15.
harm-dau3i, adj. indecl. (and liarin-dau3r, adj., Fms. ix. 3<
lamented, of one departed; vera harmdau6i, Fms. vi. 232, ix. 431
406, Orkn. 88, Fb. i. 28.
harm-dbgg, f., poiJt. sorrow-dew, i. e. tears, Hkv. 2. 43.
h.arm-fengiiin, adj. bowed by grief, O. H. L. 46.
hann-flaug, f. a baneful shaft, of the mistletoe, Vsp. 37.
h.arin-fiillr, adj. sorrowful, Fms. v. 214.
harm-kvssli, n. pi. torments, 623. 35, Fms. iii. 217, Magn. 530,
i. 325, ii. 107.
harm-kveeling, f. = harmkvali, Matth. xxiv. 8.
HABMR, m. [A. S. Zirarffz ; Engl, harm; Dan. barme'], grief, sorr(
hann matti ekki maela fyrir harmi, Fms. vi. 228 : in plur., me6 hormuir
368 ; mikill harmr er at oss kvedinn, Nj. 201, passim. compds : ban
bylgja, u, f. a billow of sorrow, Pass. 41. 4. liarma-grdtr, m.
Lamentations, of Jeremiah. harma-raust (-r5dd), f. lamentat
Pass. 41.7. harma-t61ur, f. pl. = harmt61ur. harms-auki, a,
additioti to one's grief Fms. vi. 237. liarnis-fullr, adj. sorrow
Fms. vi. 261, Edda 22, Fas. i. 456. harms-l^ttir, m. relief, F
iii. 5. II. in old poetry harmr often conveys the notion of ia
hurt, Skv. 2. 10, II, Sdm. 12, 36, Yt. 19. III. a kind oi ha
Edda (Gl.) IV. name of a fjord in Norway, Fms.
harm-saga, u, f. tidings of grief , Stj. 522, Eb. 98, Lv. 64, Fms. .xi.
harra-s61, f. sun of grief , name of an old poem.
harm-s6k, f. a sad case, Nj. 221, Eb. 34 new Ed., v.l. to harmsas
liarin-s6ngr, m.,a so7ig of sorrow, dirge, Stj. 349, Bret. 68.
Iiarin-ti3indi, n. pi. = harmsaga, Gisl. 109.
harm-tdur, f. pi. lamentations, Hkr. ii. 107, Bret. 70.
harm-vesall, adj. wretched. Lex. Poiit.
liarin-vitegr, adj. = armvitegr, compassionate. Mart. 123, Bs. i. 33
harm-Jjrunginn, part. ' grief-swoln,' filled with sorrow, Stj. 520,
50, Fms. iii. 11, iv. 32, Pass. 2. 11.
liarni-J)rutinn, part. = harmj)runginn, Fms. ii. 95.
hameskja, u, f. harness, armour, Bret. 60, Fms. x. 140 : mets
harshness.
HARP A, u, f. {k.S.hearpe; Engl, harp; O.E.G. harpba; Ge
harfe ; Dan. barpe'] : — a harp, it occurs as early as Vsp. 34, Akv. 31,;
62, Og. 27, Bs. i. 155, Fms. vi. 203, vii. 97, Sks. 704. comi
liorpu-leikr, m. playing on a harp, Hkr. iii. 246. horpu-inaSr. j
a harp-7nan, harper, Sams. S. 9. horpu-slagi and h.6rpu-slagi I
a, m. a harper, Bs. i. 866, 909. horpu-slagr, liorpu-sldttr,
striking the harp, Bs. i. 202, S'r. 83. liorpu-stokkr, m. a harp-c
Fas. i. 342. horpu-strengr, m. a harp-string, Eluc. 45, Skalda : 1
the harp was in olden times used in churches in Icel. is seen from Lau
ch. 59. II. metaph. a shell; erat hlums vant kva& refr,
horpu at isi, a saying, Fms. vii. 19 : whence h6rpu-diskr, m. a*bi
disk,' a kind of shell: horpu-skel, f. a harp-shell. Eg. 769, Egf
Itin. III. the first month of the summer, from the middli
April to the middle of May, is called Harpa.
harpari, a, m. a harper, Str. 57.
harpeis, m. resin, (mod.)
liayp-slagi, a, m. = horpuslagi, Stj. 460, Bret. 10.
harp-sl^ttr, m.=:horpuslattr, Eluc. 53, Bser. 4, Orkn. (in a verse)
HAEill, a, m. [akin to the mod. herra, q. v.], a lord, king, only I
in poetry, Edda 104, Gloss.; hann heimti J)angat Valerianum harms
Greg. 75 : as a pr. name, Landn. ; as also the name of an ox, Ld.,vrfK
local names such as Harra-staSir, m. pi., freq. in western Icel.
HASA, a3, in ofhasa, e-n hasar a e-u, to be surfeited with a tin
of food.
HASL, m. [A. S. hcesel; Engl, hasel; Germ. besseV], the basel, Stt.i
hasla, in pi. Ii6slur, f. pegs or poles of hasel-wood, a technical t*
for the four square poles that marked out the ground for a pitc
battle or a duel, described in Korm. 86, Eg. 277; undir jarSar he
po(3t. within the pale, on the face of the earth, Edda (in a verse by a J
of king Canute).
hasla, a&, in the old phrase, hasla (e-m) voU, to ' enhasel' a ba.
field, to challenge one's enemy to a pitched battle (or duel) on a J
marked out by hasel-poles, Korm. 46, Hkr. i. 150, Eg. 273, 276. '7"
the battle of Brunanburgh).
HASTA, a3, the mod. form of the old hersta (q. v.) in the phrase, Ife
a e-n, to rebuke one to silence, cojnmand one to bold bis peace, e.g
children : used of Christ in the Gospel, J)a reis hann upp og hast>'
vindinn og sjoinn, J)a, var6 logn mikit, Matth. viii. 26.
hastar-liga, adv. hastily, suddenly.
hastar-ligr, adj. hasty, sudden.
h.ast-or3r, adj. = herstr, harsh-spoken, Isl. ii. 158.
^ liastr, adj. = herstr, harsh, esp, of speech ; of a horse - hnrS-geaj^.-
TA.TAj a5, [Ulf. baton = fuattv ; A. S. hatjan ; Engl, hale ; O. H. G.
Germ, hasten ; Dzn. hade ; Swed. hata']: — to hate, with ace,
Post. 656 C. 27, Horn. 159, Fms. vi. 5, passim. 2. reflex.,
. i5 e-n, or m6ti e-m, to breathe hatred against one, Fb. ii. 339,
',7, vi. 9, 186, viii. 238, xi. 259, Fs. 31, Eg. 139 : recipr. to bate
minuiher : — part, hatendr, pi. haters. II. the poets use hata
dat. in the sense to shun; eldr ok vatn hatar hvart 66ru,_/?re and
^ sbun one another, Edda 126 (Ht. 17); hata guUi, to spend gold,
i. 358; hata baugi, id.. Fas. i. 259 (in a verse) ; sd er brott ver&r
bt, forsaken or driven away, Anecd. 26 ; this is prob. the original
i of the word, vide hati below. ^' But hatta (double /, qs. hvata)
it a better reading; at least, Sturl. in a verse of A. D. 1207 makes
t and hattar rhyme.
ti, a, m. one who shuns; baug-hati, gull-hati, a liberal man. Lex.
. passim. 2. the name of the mock sun (wolf) which is in front
le sun, Edda (Gl.), Gm. 39 : the name of a giant, Hkv. Hjorv.
ir,a.[U\f.hatis = 6pyTj; A.S.hele; Engl. hate; Gcvm. bass ; Dan. had;
1.4a/] : — hatred, spite, aversion, Hm. 154, Post. 645. 64, Magn. 470,
03, Fms. viii. 26, xi.437, passim; mann-hatr, misanthropy ; truar-
rdigious fanaticism ; J)j63-hatr, (mod.) compds : hatrs-fullr,
hat^l, Skiilda 199. h.atrs-s6k, f, cause of hatred, Stj. 192.
T-lauss, adj. spiteless, free from spite.
l|:r-leysi, xi. freedom from spite. Mar.
* '"-liga, adv. hatefully, Fms. i. 270, Bs. i. 45.
■j^v, adj. hateful, Bs. ii. 126.
imligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), hateful, rancorous, Mar.
l)r-samr, adj. rancorous, H.E. i. 501, Karl. 127.
li r-semd, f. rancour, Fr.
IlTTB, m. a hat, Nj. 32, Fms. i. 74, Eg. 407 ; vide hottr.
i t-staup, n., poet, the head, Ad. 7.
Ii, interj. ho bo! of shouting, = ho, Karl. 321.
litdna, vide ha6na.
I . rJDR, n. [the etymology of this word is not known], poet, earth,
. Hdl. 48, Lex. Poet, passim : allit., hau6r ok himin, Sol. 54.
hau3r-gj6r3, f , -men, n. the earth-girdle, i. e. the sea. Lex.
haufir-fjornir, m., -tjald, n. the helmet, tent of the earth, i.e.
V, Lex. Poet,
t .g-brot, n. the breaking of a cairn, Sturl. i. 23, Bar6. 180.
li ig-bui, a, m. a ' cairn-dweller,' a ghost, Fb. i. 2 14, Grett. 38 new Ed.
h!ig-f8era, d, to bury in a cairn, Fms. x. 212.
h;ig-ganga, u, f. the breaking into a cairn, Isl. ii. 50, Fb. ii. 8.
Ii ie-63al, n. a Norse law term, the manorial right to treasures dug
■rns, defined in GJ)1. 310. haugodals-madr, m. an owner of
..id.
l.UGIl, m. [akin to har, high; Dun. hoj ; Swed. bog ; North. E.
ifj : — a how, mound; haugr e&a hae6. Mar., Fms. ix. 382, Stj. 260;
- usually a how near the houses, from which the master could
; his estate, f)kv. 6, Skm. 11 ; hann gekk mi at bae |>orleifs ok
{)eim er hann sat a, Fs. 98 ; {)orleifr var J)vi vanr, sem mjok
ii-nnis hattr, at sitja liingum liti 4 haugi einum ok eigi langt fra
i lus. ii. 59 ; l)ar er h. nokkurr er hann er vanr at sitja, v. 160;
■ i haugi sem konungar, Hkr. i. 136, Stjorn. Odd. ch. 5. 2.
ap, midden; i]6s-h., a byre-midden; iisku-h., an ash-heap ; myki-
ck'beap ; draga myki lit ok faera i haug, K. J>. K. 100, Al.
II. a cairn, over one dead ; the cairns belong to the burn-
is well as to the later age, when the dead were placed in a ship
:i the how with a horse, hound, treasures, weapons, or the like,
7, 768, Hkr. (pref,), Landn. 62 (twice), 81, 82, 86, 125 (lagBr i
"t, Gfsl. 23, 24, 31, 32, Ld. ch. 8, 24, Nj. ch. 79, Eb. ch. 9, 34,
lie), Hervar. 13 sqq. (1847), Fagrsk. ch. 4, 5, Hkr. (pref.), Hkr. i.
. S. ch. 45), 152 (Hak. S. ch. 27), 160 (ch. 32), Ear. Harf ch. 8,
ch. 9 : names of such cairns, Koma-haugr, Landn. 87 ; Hildis-
Halfdanar-haugar, Hkr. i. 74 ; Trefots-h., Grett. 87 ; Melkorku-
lls-h., etc. : freq. in local names, Haugr, Haugar, Haugs-
In., Eb. ; Hauga-J)ing, n. an assembly in Norway, Fms. viii.
^09. There is an historical essay on Icel. cairns by old Jon
:a Arna-Magn. Additam. (autogr. MS. and interesting). p.
1 sacrificial mound, Edda 83 (Hiilgi), Yngl. S. ch. 12, O. H.
hauga ne horga, hlaSa hauga ok kalla hiirg, N. G. L. i. 430 ;
V. : for tales about the breaking open of cairns, wrestling with
's, and carrying off their weapons and treasures, see Landn.
3.S. ch. 15, Grett. ch. 20, Sturl. i. 23, Bar3. ch. 20 new Ed.:
ng in cairns was typical of the heathen age, whence such law
s, fra heiSnum haugi, /row heathen bow, i.e. from time imme-
j. N. passim, vide Fr. ; telja langfeOr fra haugi, or til haugs ok
> count one's forefathers up to bows and heathen times, R6tt. 48,
iii. 122 : in early Dan. laws unbaptized children were called h'dgbce-
how-men. compds : liauga-brj6tr, m. a cairn breaker, a
ame, Landn. 278. h.auga-eldr, m. a cairn fire, a kind oi ignis
HATA— HA.
241
ghosts, demons, Sighvat. hauga-61d, f. the cairn age, opp, to bruna-
old, Hkr. (pref.), Fms. i. 34. hauga-dyrr, n. the doors of a cairn,
655 xiv. haugs-g61f, n. the floor of a cairn, Fms. x. 213. haugB-
g(5r3, f. cairn-making, Fms. x. 212, Fas. i. 429.
haug-staflr, m. a cairn-place, heathen burial-place, Hkr. i. 2.
haug-tekinn, part, taken from a cairn f weapon), Ld. 78.
haug-t)ak, n. the roof of a cairn, Edda 68.
hauk-ey, f. hawk island, Sighvat ; the old poet calls Norway the hawk
island of the Danish king Harold, because he got a tribute of hawks from
that land, Fms. vi. 44 (v. 1.), cp. x. 341.
hatik-ligr, adj. bawk-like, of the eyes, appearance, Fms. x, 383, Lex.
Poet, passim.
HAUKR, m. [A. S. beafoc ; Engl, hawk; O. H.G. babuch; Germ,
habicht; Dan. hog; Swed. b'dk'] : — a hawk, Fms. i. 119, xi. 21, Jb. 542 :
metaph. a bero, vera haukar gorvir, Fms. vi. (in a verse); eiga s^-r hauk f
horni, to have a hawk in the corner, to have one to back one ; or perhaps
the phrase is, hr6k i horni, a rook in the corner, borrowed from chess.
Hawks were in olden times carried on the wrist, whence in poetry the hand
is called the seat, cliff, land of the hawk, hauk-bord, -klif, -land, -meerr,
-stor3, -strSnd, -v6llr ; the adjectives hauk-frfinn (of the eye,flashing
as a hawk's eye), hauk-ligr, -lyndr, -snarr, -snjallr are all of them
epithets of a bold man, Lex. Poet. : haiika-veidi, n. hawking, GJ)1. 429 :
hauk-nefr, m. bawk-bill, a nickname, Landn.; sparr-h., a sparrow-
hawk. II. as a pr. name, Landn. ; and in local names, Hatika-gil,
Hauka-dalr, whence Haiikdaelir, m. pi. name of a family, Sturl.;
Hatikdsela-eett, f id. ; Hauk-dselskr, adj. belonging to that family.
hauk-staldar, or hauk-stallar, is a corrupt form of the A. S. beage-
steald^young man, Og. 7, Skv. 3. 31, Edda (in a verse by a poet of the
time of king Canute).
haula, adj. indecl. ruptured; eins er gangr aula | og Jyeir vagi um haula,
Hallgr.
HAULL, m., ace. haul, a rupture, hernia, Bs. i. 208, Fel. ix. 218,
where a distinction is made between kvidar-haull, nafla-h., nara-h., etc. :
the passage holl vi6 hy'rogi, Hm. 138, is no doubt corrupt for vi5 haulvi
hyrogr, or hyrogr vi& haul, i. e. spurred rye {ergot of rye) against hernia :
— the sense is clear, though the exact wording is not ; the whole verse is
a rude old medic, receipt, and the explanation of this passage as given by
translators and commentators is no doubt erroneous.
HAUSS, m. [cp. Dan. isse"], the skull, cranium, VJ)m. 21, Gm. 40,
Grag. ii. 11, Fb. i. 235, ii. 79, Eg. 769, 770, Nj. 253, Landn. 51, passim.
COMPDS : hausa-kljufr, m. skull-cleaver, a nickname, Orkn. hausa-
mot, m. pi. sutures of the skull. Fas. iii. 214. haus-brot, n. skull-frac-
ture, Bs. ii. 18. haus-fastr, adj. seated in the skull, Bs. i. 641. haus-
flUa, u, f. ' skull-fllm,' scalp, Tristr. 3. haus-kupa, u, f. ' skull-basin'
skull. haus-skel, f. skull shell, (Germ, birnschale) ; in the Icel. N. T.
Golgotha is rendered Hausa8kelja-sta3r, m., Matth. xxvii. 33 ; in
poetry the heaven (vault of heaven) is called the skull of the giant Ymir,
undir gomlum '^mis hausi, under the old skull of Ymir, sub dio, Arnor,
see Edda, V|)m., Gm. I.e. 11. the head, of beasts, fishes, J)orsk-hauss,
hross-h., hunds-h., nauts-h. ; of men only as in contempt = blockhead.
HAUST, n. ; that this word was originally masc. (as vetr, sumarr) is
seen from the other Teut. idioms, as also the Norse form haustar- (for
haust-), which occurs in haustar-timi, Stj. 14, and haustar-dagr, D. N.
(Fr.), = haust-timi, haust-dagr; [A.S. bcerfest; Engl, harvest ; O.H.G.
herbist; Germ.berbst; Da.n. host = harvest ; Swed. host: haust is in Icel.
only used in a metaph. sense] : — auttann {harvest season), for the exten-
sion of that season see Edda 103, Nj. 9, 168, Fb. ii. 185, passim.
COMPDS : h.au8t-bl6t, n. a sacrificial feast in autumn. Eg. 5. haust-
bo3, n. an autum?i feast, Gisl. 27, Fb. i. 302, Ld. 194, f>orf. Karl. 368.
haust-bser, adj. calving in autumn, of a cow. haust-dagr, m.
autu7nn days. Eg. 12, Fms. x. 188. haust-grima, u, f. an autumn
night, Hm. 73. haust-beimtur, f. pi. getting in lambs in autumn.
Band, il new Ed. haust-bold, n. pi., in the phrase,' 1 haustholdum,
a farmer's term for cattle in a fat condition in autumn. haust-kveld,
n. an autumn evening. haust-lag, n., in the phrase, at haustlagi, of
paying debts in cattle in autumn. haust-langr, adj. lasting all the
autumn. Eg. h.aust-lei3angr, m. an autumn levy, D. N. Haust-
long, f. (viz. drapa), the name of an old poem (Edda), prob. from being
composed in autumn. haust-mdnu3r, m. an autumn month, Sep-
tember, Edda 103. baust-myrkr, m. autumn darkness, a nickname,
Landn. haust-nott, f. an autumn night, Fms. vi. (in a verse), Konr.
22. haust-skuld, f. in a pun, vide Sturl. iii. 216. haust-s61, f.
an autumn sun. h.aust-ve3rdtta, u, f autumn weather. haust-
viking, i. afreebooting expedition in autumn, Orkn. 462. haust-
J)ing, n. the autumn assizes, Nj. 251. haust-61, n, an autumn ban-
quet, Fms. X. 393.
hausta, a6, to draw near autumn. Eg. 18, 251, Fms. ii. 29, 127.
haust-magi, h.aust-m6g6ttr, vide hoss.
hd,, mod. ha, interj. eb? {what did you sayf), Sks. 304, 365 ; in the
> said to burn over hidden treasures in cairns, Eg. 767, Grett. 1. c, last century the long vowel was still sounded in the east of Icel
518. Hervar. S, hauga-herr, m. the host of cairns, fiends, 1 hA, f, after-math, N.G.L. i. 40, cp. 2°- '"— - ' ■'
, freq. in mod. usage, whence
R
242
HA— HALFRETTI.
M-bit, n. the after-math bite or grazing, G{)1. 407, 503. II. the hide
of a horse or cattle, Hm. 135 ; hross-ha, a horse's hide : iiauts-ha, a neat's
bide ; but g»ra of a sheep : J)ing-ha, a ' thing-circuit,' district, from
heyja (q. v.) ; or is the metaphor taken from an expanded hide ? III.
in poetry ha seems to occur twice in the sense of battle-Jield or battle,
from the fact that duels were fought upon a hide : fara at ha, to go to
battle, 0. H. (Sighvat) ; at ha hverju (hverri), Hervar. (in a verse).
hd, 6, in the phrase, e-m hair, one is pinched or worti by sickness, work,
or the like ; honum hair J)a6, snarpr sultr har {pinches) mannkyni, Merl.
2. 31 ; mi vill oss hvervetna ha, everything vexes us, Fas. iii. 12, freq. in
mod. usage. The part. hd.3r (haSr e-m, depending upon one, subservient
to one, 6-ha8r, independent) belongs either to ha or to heyja.
hd-benda, u, f. = hamla (see p. 244).
hd-bora, a5, to Jit with rowlocks, Fms. ix. 33.
hd-borur, f. pi. rowlocks, Fms. ix. 33, Sturl. iii. 66.
HAD, n. [cp. Ulf. hauns — raireivos; Engl, heinous; Germ, hobn;
Dan. haan ; old Dan. haad] -.—scoffing, mocking, Nj. 66, Fms. vi. 21, a 16,
vii. 61, Hm. 133 ; ha6 ok spott, Isl. ii. 265, passim.
ha3-samr, adj. scoffing, Fms. iii. 153: a nickname, Landn.
hd3-senii, f. mockery, Fms. iii. 154, Horn. 86.
MSskr, adj. scoffing.
hdSuliga, adv. shamefully, Fms. viii. 171, Orkn. 120, Fas. i. 21.
M3uligr, adj. scornful, Fms. iii. 148: contemptible, h. or8, abusive
words, Stj. 107 ; h. verk, disgraceful deeds, 218, 623. 12.
M3ung, f. shame, disgrace, Hm. loi, Nj. 80, Grag. ii. 121, Fms. vi.
417, xi. 152, Stj. 407, O. H. L. 45. lia3xingar-or3, n. pi. words of
scorn, Sturl. iii. 163, Stj. 643.
lid,3-varr, ad], free from scoff, upright. Lex. Poet.
HAFB, m. [North. E. haaf], a pock-net for herring-fishing ; reyk'hafr,
a ' reek-draft,' a chimney.
lid.fr, ni. a dog-fish. liafs-ro3, n. shagreen ; vide heir.
Mfur, f. pi. riches, good things, Volks. 2yi, Hallgr. Pet.
ha-genginn, part, (uxi h.),fed on after-math, Stj. 493. i Sam. xxviii. 24.
b.d-karl, m. a shark, Dipl. iii. 4, Sturl. ii. 147, Fms. ix. 434.
Hd-kon, m. a pr. name, a family name within the old house of the
Norse kings; as an appel. it seems to answer to A. S. heagestald. Germ.
hagestolz, Icel. drengr, and to be identical with the mod. provincial Norse
haaman (Ivar Aasen), a young, unmarried man.
HAKR, m., the proper sense may have been some kind offish, cp. Engl.
bake; the word is seldom used but in compds; mat-hakr, a glutton;
or6-hakr,/o?J motith : a nickname, hann var fyrir Jivi kallaSr f)orkell
hakr at hann eirSi ongu hvarki i or5um ne verkum, Nj. 183.
Hd.-leygir, m. pi. the inhabitants of the Norse county Halogaland, Fms. ;
whence Hd.leyzkr, ad], from Halogaland.
HALFA, u, f. often proncd. dlfa, [akin to halfr ; Goth, halba =
fiipos, 2 Cor. iii. 9; A.S. half; Hel. halba = latus^ : — prop, a half, a
part: I. a region, quarter, of the world, Stj. 72 ; i fyrrnefndum
fjallsins halfum, 87; i ollum halfum heimsins, 18; i alfum Orkneyja-
rikis, Magn. 502 ; i varri byggilegri halfu (zone), Rb. 478 ; veroldin
var greind i J)rjar halfur, Edda 147 ; whence Austr-alfa, the East = Asia ;
NorBr-alfa, the North = Europe ; Su&r-halfa, Africa ; Vestr-alfa, America,
(mod.); heims-alfa, one of the three (four) quarters; lands-alfa, region,
Jesiis g^kk hurt ^a6an og for i lands-alfur Tyri og Sidonis, Matth. xv.
21. p. with the notion of lineage, kin ; sva hof5u J)eir grimmliga
leikit alia ^4 halfu, all people of that kin, Fms. viii. 23 ; J)a skulu taka arf
brjeSrungar ok systrungar, en fleiri menn 6r annari halfu {lineage), Grag.
i. 1 7 ; seint er satt at spyrja, m^r hefir kennt verit, at m66ir min vseri
frjalsborin i allar halfur, O. H. 114 ; konungborin i allar aettir ok halfur,
Fb. ii. 171, cp. O.U. 87, I.e. -y- setja ut i halfur, to expand, of a
metaphor, Edda 69. II. as a law phrase, on one's behalf or
part; af Gu6s halfu ok lands-laga, on behalf of God and the law of
the land, Fms. vi. 94, Sks. 638 ; af e-s halfu, on one's part, Fms. xi. 444 ;
Jons biskups af einni halfu, ok Gisla bonda af annarri halfu, Dipl. iii. 7 ;
k baSar halfur, on both sides, v. 26 ; af annarra manna halfu, on the
part of other men, 2 ; af minni halfu, on my part; hvartveggi halfan,
both parts, D. N. lialfu-J)ing, n. a kind of hustings, N. G. L. i. 251.
hdlfna, a6, to have half done with a thing ; er {)eir hof6u halfna6
sundit, Faer. 173 : to be half gone or past, Fms. iii. 81, Bret. ch. 13, Sd.
ch. 22 {slain the half of it) ; dagr, nott, vegr er halfnajr, the day, night,
way is half past.
HALFB, adj., half (h<»lf), halft, freq. spelt halbr, halb er old hvar,
Hm. 52; [Goth, balbs; A.S. healf; Engl, half ; Rel halba; Germ.
halb; Dan. halv; Swed. half ^■. — half; halfr manu3r, >&a//a month, a
fortnight, Nj. 4; J)ar atti hann kyn halft. Eg. 288; half stika, half a
yard, Grdg. i. 498 ; half J(>1, the half of Yule, Fs. 151, passim : adverb,
phrases, til halfs, by a half. Eg. 258, 304 ; aukinn halfu, increased by half,
doubled, Grag. i. 157, G^\. 24. 2. with the notion of brief, scant,
little ; sja half hy'nott, that little night, Skm. 42 ; half stui;d, a little while ;
eg skal ekki vera halfa stund aS J)vi, i.e./ shall have done presently, in
a moment; cp. halb er old hvar, only half, Hm. 52 ; meS halfum hleif,
with half a loaf, a little loaf of bread, 5 1 ; an Icel. says to his guest, ma
'eg bjo&a J)6r i halfum boUa, 1 halfu staupi, halfan munnbita, and
like. II. in counting Icel. say, halfr annarr, half another,
one and a half; h. JiriSi, half a third, i. e. two and a half; h. fj(
three and a half; h. fimti, /owr and a half, etc. ; thus, halfan annan
o?ie day and a half; halft annaS ar, halfan annan manud, h. a&ra 11
half onnur stika, a yard and a half, Grag. i. 498 ; halfa fimtu m6rk,_
marks and a half, 391; halft annat hundraS, one hundred and a .
Sturl. i. 186 ; halfr ^ri6i togr manna, two decades and a half, i. e. twi
five, men, ts\. ii. 387; halfan fimta tog skipa, Hkr. iii. 374: sir
are the compd adjectives half-^ritugr, aged twenty-Jive; half-fer'
aged thirty-Jive; half-fimtugr, half-sextugr, -sjotugr, -attr2e6r, "nii
-tiraE6r, i. e. aged forty-Jive, fifty-Jive, sixty-five, seventy-five, eighty
ninetyfive, and lastly, half-tolfraeSr, one hundred and fifteen. Eg
Fms. i. 148, Greg. 60, Stj. 639, Bs. i. 54, loi, Hkr. (pref.), Mar
fb. 18, Grett. 162, Fs. 160 : also of measure, half-fertugr f66n
Landn. (App.) 324, Fms. vii. 217; haif-J)ritugt tungl, a moon tut
five days' old, Rb. 26 ; contracted, half-fj6r6u miirk, three marks
a half. Am. 63 ; half-fimtu mork, four marks and a half, Jm.
as to this use, cp. the Germ, andert-halb, dritt-halb, viert-halb, etc.
rpirov fjHiTaXavTov {two talents and a half), Lat. sestertius.
neut. halfu with a comparative, in an intensive sense, far ; halfu
worse by half, far worse; halfu meir a, far more, Fms. vi. 201;
heilli ! Fb. i. 180; halfu si&r, far less, J>6r6. 41 new Ed., Fb. ii.
fremr halfu, much farther ago, H3m. 2 ; h. lengra, Bs. ii. 48 ; h.
better by half; h. h6gligra,/a>- snugger. Am. 66; halfu ssemri, I
334. p. with neg. sutf. ; halft-ki, not half; at halft-ki ma osQrtl
bera, Greg. 54. IV. a pr. name, rare, whence Halfs-rekk
pi. the cha?npions of king Half, Fas. : Half-dan, m. Half-Dane,
name, cp. Healf-Danes in Beowulf, Fms.
B. The COMPDS are very numerous in adjectives, nouns, and
ciples, but fewer in verbs ; we can record only a few, e. g. li&lf-afgla
m. halfan idiot. Band. 4 new Ed. balf-aukinn, part, increased})^
H.E. ii. 222. bd.lf-d,ttr8e3r, see above. half-bergrisi, a, m.
giant. Eg. 23. bdlf-berserkr, m. half a berserker, Sd. 129.
bj6rt, n. adj . half bright, dawning. balf-blandinn, part, half bit
Stj. 85. balf-blindr, adj. half blind. hdlf-bolli, a, m. halfc
(a measure), N. G. L. ii. 166. hd,lf-brei3r, adj. of half breadth,
hdlf-brosandi, part, half smiling. Iid,lf-br63ir, m. a half Ik
(on one side). lidlf-brtinninn, part, half burnt. half-bl
ungr, m. a half cousin, K. A. 140. bdlf-buirm, part, half
lidlf-dau3r, adj. half dead, Sturl. ii. 54, Magn. 530, Hkr. iii.
Mlf-daufr, adj. ;&aZ/c?ea/. Mlf-deigr, adj. Jamp. hdlf-dii
adj. half dark, in twilight. lidlf-drsettingr, m. a fisber^bay
gets half the fish he catches, but not a full ' hlutr.' hdlf-en
part, half sleeved, Sturl. iii. 306. half-etinn, part, half eaten, i
bdlf-eyriTj m. halfan ounce, Fms. x. 211. bdlf-faUinn, par
fallen, K. A. 96 ; h. lit sjor, of the tide. hdlf-farinn, part, io^
hdlf-fertugr, bdlf-fimti, Mlf-flmtugr, Iialf-fj6r3i, see abovi
Mlf-fifl, n. and Mlf-fifla, u, f. ha{fan idiot, Fms. vi. 218, Bs. i
Iialf-fj6r3tingr, m. half a fourth part, Bs. ii. 170. half -fro n,
part, half frozen. hdlf-fuinn, part, half rotten. balf-gen Ji,
part, halving. balf-glldi, n. half the value, G^l. 392. hdlf-i
adj. of half the value, N. G. L. bdlf-gjalda, gait, to pay half, N
i. 174. hiilf-ex^tandi, part, half weeping. Mlf-groiim
half healed. bdlf-gorr, part, half done, only half done, left halfu
Fms. ii. 62 ; litlu betr en halfgort, Greg. 24. h.alfg6r3ar-b
a, m. a man who has to furnish halfa levy, D.N. half-belTif i
a slight fall of rime, Gisl. 1 54. Iialf-hla3iiin, part, half laden, Jl pi
balf-bneppt, n. adj. a kind of melre, Edda 139. Mlf-hrsedd
half afraid. half-kirkja, u, f. a ' half-kirk,' = mod. annexia, an <
church, district church, or chapel of ease, Vm. 1 26, H. E. i. 430, ii. li
28,Pm. 41, Dipl. V. 19; distinction is made between al-kirkja,h4If-.
and baen-hiis, a chapel. bdlf-kjokrandi, part, half choked witi
Tn&lf-MeBddr, part.half dressed. 'h&\.f-'konvin.eT,m.ahalfking,ii
king, Fms. i. 83. YiBlt-lsxebmxi., part, half uttered ; skilja h41f|
or6, or halfkveSna visu = Lat. verbum sat, MS. 4. 7. half-lttUl
part, rewarded by half, Fms. ii. 62, Grag. i. 304. lialf-leypa,u,f
laupr (a measure), B.K. passim. 'h.iM.-\ejstr,-p2iXt.halfloosened,Gi
hdlf-lifandi, part, half alive, half dead. Mar. hdlf-litr, ad
cloak, of two colours, one colour on each side, Fms. ii. 70, Fas. iii. 561
ii. 32, iii. 112, Faer. 227, Bs. i. 434. bdlf-ljost, n. adj.; ^ «
Ijost var, in twilight, Sturl. iii. 193. lidlf-loka3r, part, bid/
ialf-msetti, n. 'half might,' opp. to omnipotence, Skalda 161.
mork, f. halfa mark, Vm. 80, i 26. Iid.lf-nau3igr, adj. balfrd
Fms. xi. 392. hdlf-neitt, n. adj. 'halffiaught,' trifling. Fas
Mlf-ni3, n. half a lampoon, Fms. iii. 21. Mlf-nir«<
above (II). half-nftr, adj. of half use, Rb. 86. Mlf-opiu
half open. hdlf-prestr, m. a ' half-priest,' a chaplain to a hAU
Sturl. ii. 178. Mlf-pTind,n./!)aZ/a/)07<«fif, 0^)1. 34.3- hdlf-tt'
stafr, m. a semivowel, Skalda 176, 178. Mlf-reingr, a, m.
scamp, Bs. i. 517. Mlf-r^tti, n. a law term (cp, fullretti, p.
i
HALPRETOSEIDR— HA'R.
243
i ht, a personal affront or injury of the second degree, liable only to a
]■ fine; e.g. halfrottis-orS is a calum7iy in words that may be taken
>oth senses, good and bad; whereas fullrcttis-or6 is downright, un-
takable abuse, Grag. ii. I44; hence the phrases, nia;la, gcira halfretti
e-n, i. 156, 157, ii. 153. h,&lfr6ttis-ei3r, ni. an oath of compur-
— ft be taken in a case o/h., N. G. L. i. 352. h^lfr6ttis-nia5r,
:ii that has suffered halfretti, GJ)1. 105, 200. hdlfrettis-mdl,
,' 0/ (I case of h., N.G. L. i. 314. hdlf-r6inn, part, having
,: half the way, half-way, Ymi.\\\\. 2,12. hdlf-roteldi, n., prob.
c upt, Fnis. xi. 129. Mlf-rymi, n. a naut. term, half a cabin,
iiide of a ship's cabin, Fms. viii. 138, ix. 33, x. 157, Hkr. i. 302.
£t^mis-f61agar, m. pi. messmates in the same h., Edda 108. h.&lf-
ais-kista, u, f. a chest or be7tch belonging to a h., Fms. viii. 85.
f-r6kit (-rokvit, -rdkvat), n. adj. half twilight, in the evening,
tt. 137, 140 A ; half-rokvat is the mod. form, which occurs in Grett.
lewEd., Jb. 176, Al. 54; vide rokvit. Mlf-sag6r, part, half
in the saying, jafnan er halfsog5 saga ef einn segn = atidiattir
\ltera pars, Grett. 121. hfilf-sextugr, see halfr II. Mlf-
inedr, adj. = halfsjotugr, Stj. 48. Iid.lf-sj6tugr, see halfr II.
f-skiptr, part. = halflitr, Fms. ii. 170, Sturl. iii. 112. half-
(iim, part, half mown, of a field. half-slitinn, part, half worn.
f*80fandi, part, half asleep. hdlf-sott, n. part, half passed;
sdtt haf, a half-crossed sea. hdlf-systkin, n. pi. half brother and
r, q). halfbr66ir. h&lf-systur, f. pi. half sisters. hdlf-tireeSr,
hdlfr II. Mif-troll, n. half a giant. Eg. i, Nj. 164 (a nick-
e). hilf-ttinna, u, f. half a tun, Vm. 44. half-unninn,
.btifdone. Fas. ii. 339. half-vaxinn, part, half grown. lidlf-
is, adv. by halves. h&lf-vir3i, n. hcilf worth, Jb. 403, Gliim.
Sturl. ii. 132. Mlf-visinn, part, and Mlf-vista, adj. half
jred, and medic, palsied on one side. h&lf-viti, a, m. a half-
dman. Mlf-votr, adj. half wet. Mlf-vsett, f. half weight
leasure), Dipl. iv. 8, Fas. iii. 383. hdlf-J)rftugr, see halfr II ;
half-8ritogr, Js. 79. hdlf-J)Virr, adj. half dry. Ii41f-l)verrandi,
, half waning, Js, 732 (of the moon). Mlf-J>yiina, u, f. a kind
nail axe, G^l. 103, 104, Lv. 35. hdlf-eerinn, part, half suffi-
, Fms. viii. 440. hilf-serr, adj. half mad, Sks. 778. II. in
, usage half is freq. \xstd. = rather, e.g. h^lf-kalt, adj. rather cold:
-feginn, adj., eg er halffeginn, I am rather glad : e-m er hdlf-fllt,
llij'-bmntilt, hdlf-oglatt, n. adj. one feels rather ill : hdlf-hungra3r,
svangr, hdlf-soltinn, half-J)yrstr, adj. rather hmgry, rather
ty, etc., and in endless compds.
i-ka, u, f. slippiness ; flug-halka, gler-halka.
LliXi, adj., fem. hal, neut. halt, [different from hallr, q. v. ; O. H. G.
mid. K. G. hcelt]: — slippery, of ice, glass, or the like, Eb. 120,
Fms. viii. 405, Nj. 144, Fb. ii. 327, Fs. 38, passim.
.•leikr, m. gliding, slippiness, Clar.
LlilIB, m. [A.S. healm; Engl, haulm; Germ, and Dan. halm;
tiXa/Jtos ; Lat. calarnus'] : — straw, Stj. 201, 390, 560, N. G. L. i. 38,
105.213.560, Fms. ii. 3, 208, vi. 153, ix. 44; imr-h&imi, seaweed.
jn-strd, n. haulm-straw. Fas. iii. 413.
.m-visk, f. a wisp of straw, Fms. ii. 208, vi. 212.
flm-j)ust, f. a flail, f>orf. Karl. 422.
IlLS, m., prop, hals, [Goth., A. S., etc. hals; North. E. hause ; cp.
/wz] : — theneck; diikr a halsi, Rm. 16 ; bjartr hals, 26, Fms. viii.
I um hals e-m, to fall on one's neck, efnbrace one, Luke xv. 20;
idr um hals e-m, or taka hondum um hals e-m, id., Nj. 10, passim :
cygja hals fyrir e-m, to bend the neck to one, Fms. ix. 446 ; liggja
[si, to hajig upon one's neck, i. e. to reprove one, xi. 336, O. H. L.
1 ia a halsi e-m, to put the foot on one's neck, Hkv. 2. a8 ; and
'l, tapa halsi, to forfeit one's neck, Rett. 61. compds: hdls-
!. the neck-bone, Fb. iii. 195. hdls-bj6rg, f. a gorget, Sturl. ii.
541. hMs-bolga, u, f. bronchitis. Iid.ls-brotna, a&, to break
^ Fms. iii. 171. h&ls-digr, adj. thick'necked. Eg. 305, Fms.
Mls-fa3ina, a6, to ejtibrace, Str. 31. Mls-fadman, f.
ice, Str. 53. hals-fang, n. embracing, Bret. 116, Sks. 513, Stj.
igja, 6, to embrace, Barl. 29. hdls-gj6r3, f. a necklace, Edda
ils-hdgg, n. a cut or stroke on the neck, Fms. viii. 318, Bs. i. 1 74,
). Mls-hdggva, hj6, to behead, Stj. 265, Hkr. i. 8. hals-
.■ neck-iron, iron collar, Stj. 519, Dipl. v. 18, Fb. iii. 560. hdls-
. a neck cloth. h.als-lang;r, adj. long-necked, Fms. vii. 1 75, Sd.
lials-lausn, f. 'neck-loosing,' i.e. giving a bondman freedom, (cp.
lals,) the rite is described in N. G. L. i. 212. Mls-li3r, m.
rlebra, Finnb. 344. lialsliSa-mjukr, adj. smooth-necked.
n, n. a necklace. Am. 44. hals-sdr, n. a neck wound, Sturl. iii.
lials-slag, n. = halshogg, Fms. viii. 318. h&lg-spenna, t, to
•leck of another, Stj. 53. hdls-stefni, n. the throat; hann lagdi
li framan fyrir hostinn, Finnb. 314. hdls-stig, n. treading on
'■, Anecd. 30. hdls-stuttr, adj.- short-necked.
Metaph., I. n^at. part of the forecastle or bow of a ship
liofu&, barki, hals, the head, weasand, neck, are all naut. terms) ;
eri i halsinum fram, Edda 35; |)or5r Kottr sat a halsi ok.
h<51t vorS, Isl. ii. 76; reri {wmioflr i hulsi en {>orgein 1 fyrir-nimi en
Grettir i skut, Grett. 1 25 ; {>orkeU reri fram i halsi en {xjrdr i miftju
&kipi, Falgeirr i austr-riimi, Fbr. 158; hence hila-rum, n.=hAU, Fms.
ii. 252.^ 2. the front theet of a sail, the tack of a sail, (cp. Swed.
hals pa ett 5c^e/) :— Edda (Gl.) distinguishes between hefiU (q.v.),
hals, hanki, hofuflbendur (stays) ; {>& kom 4fall sv4 mikit at fr4
laust vigin ok halsana bada (brustu biidir halsar in the verse). Fas. ii.
77 ; en ef sax brotnar, baeti tvaer ertogar, ok sva fyrir hals hvern, ok
sva tv»r ertugar, N. G. L. ii. 283: in mod. usage, in tacking, the fore-
sheet is called hals, the other skaut, — hals heitir a seglum skauti& e5r
skaut-kloin {sheet clew) hvor um sig, sii er ni6r liggr i homunum, ok
venjulega er fest i skipinu {)ar sem hentast t)ykkir fram eftr aptr, svo
sem mi kalla sjomenn horn segla J)au sem niSr horfa hvort sem. aptr eptir
skipinu er borit og J)ar fest, skaut (i. e. sheet), en hitt seglsins horn, sem
fram eptir skipinu borit verSr, hals (i. e. tack), Skyr. 214. lidlsa-skaut,
n. pi. the front sheet, the tack, Vtkv. II. the end of a rope; t)ar
sem jorSin laegist milium halsanna, leitar vaftrinn at jorftunni, Fms. xi.
441. 2. the tip of a bow to which the string is attached, Gr. Kopwvri ;
J)eir hofSu handboga, en jorSin var sva blaut, at bogahalsinn beit i jordina
ni3r, Al. 142 ; baSir hrukku i sundr bogahalsarnir, Fas. ii. 88 ; hann dregr
sva bogann, at saman J)6tti bera halsana, Fb. iii. 406. 3. one end of a
drag-net {ntX-hk\s). 4. the neck of a bottle, mod. III. the
phrase, go&ir hkhar, fine fellows I good men ! is almost synonymous with
drengr, q.v. ; no doubt analogous to frjals, frihals, see p. 1 74, qs. freemen,
gentlemen ; vil ek mi bi6ja ydr, go&ir halsar ! at J)er leggit til Jpat er ySr
J)ykkir raSligast, Sturl. iii. 71 ; se5 mi, goSir halsar! Fms. viii. 116; gefit
til gott raS, goSir halsar ! Stj. 437 ; hugsit um, goSir halsar ! 460 ; munda
ek heldr J)egja, gu3ir halsar ! Al. 97 ; sigrat hafit er Serki, godir halsar !
119. IV. a hill, ridge, esp. in Icel. of the low fells dividing two
parallel dales, cp. Lat. collis, Nj. 21, Eg. 544, Hrafn. 7, 11, Al. 93, Rom.
134, very freq.: as also in local names, Hals, Halsar, Gly'sta6a-hals,
Reynivalla-hiils, Landn. : hils-brun, f. the edge of a bill, Eb. 176; cp.
Fr. col. . V. a pr. name, Landn.
hdlsa, a3, poet, to embrace, Gkv. I. 13, 3. 4. II. to clew up
the sail (cp. halsan) ; J)a maelti hann til sinna manna,, at halsa skyldi
seglin, Fagrsk. 86. III. to cut boards uneven so as to leave waves
(halsar) on the board.
MlsaSr, part, hilly, Stj. 94.
lidlsan, f. a clewing up the sail, N. G. L. ii. 282 (Jb. 400).
lials-bok, f. a book to swear upon ; the commentators explain it from
its being worn round the neck, but no doubt erroneously ; it is derived
from A. S. heels = salus, qs. hals-boc = healing book, holy book, Grag. i. 70,
Fms. ix. 219, Nj.
hd,ls-8tefni, n., naut. term, the prow, Edda (Gl.) : metaph., Finnb. 314.
hametta, u, f. (for. word), an amice, in church service, Vm. passim.
HAR, adj., fem. ha, neut. hatt, vide Gramm. p. xix; compar. haeri or
haerri, superl. haestr ; hae&str and haerstr, which are found in old printed
books, are bad forms ; for the inflexions, (which vary much, sometimes
inserting/or v, sometimes not,) see the references below; in mod. usage
the V is usually dropped, but the cases are bisyllabic, e. g. hair, haar,
haa, haum, instead of the old h6,vir, havar, hava, hafum or ham ; the
definite form in old writers is havi or hafi, in mod. hai : [Ulf. hauhs =
i/ypTjKos ; A. S. heah ; Engl, high ; O. H. G. boh ; HeL hoh ; Germ, hocb ;
old Frank, hag or bach; Swed. hog; Dan. hoj ; all of them with a
final guttural, which in mod. Dan. has been changed into_;'; the final
labial /or v, which in olden times was so freq. before a vowel, may be
compared to laugh, rough, etc. in mod. Engl,; the g remains in the
cognate word haugr] : — high; stiga sex alna hafan, Vm. 129 ; i ham
fjalla-tindum, Edda 144 (pref.) ; a hafum fjtillum, Skalda 181 ; ha fjoll,
Getsp. ; a ham galga, Fsm. 45 ; a bekk ham, Akv. 2 ; har bylgjur, Edda
(Ht.) ; a borg inni ha. Am. 18 ; a ha fjalli, Gm. 17, Bs. i. 26 (in a verse);
enar haestu fjalla haeSir, Stj. 59 ; har turn, Hkr. iii. 63 ; skaptiS var eigi
haera, en . . ., Eg, 285 (of a spear) ; hatt hlaup, a high leap, i. e. from a high
place, Fms. i. 166 ; haeri en gron er vex a haesta fjalli, Hom. 152 ; havar
barur, Gh. 13 : havar unnir, Skv. 2. 16; hafan gard, Fms.vi. (in a verse) ;
havu grasi, Hm. 1 20 ; but ha grasi, Gm. 1 7 ; upp-hafa skua, highboots, Fms,
vii. 321 : phrases, bera haera skjold, hlut, to carry the highest shield, lot.
Fas. i. 383, Ld. 322, 2. tall; harr maSr vexti (tall of stature), manna
haestr, very tall, Fms. i. 155 ; harr ma3r ok harSvaxinn, vii. 321. 3.
a metrical term ; syllables in rhyme having the same consonants and
quantity of vowels are jafn-hdfar, in the saine strain ; kvattu sva ? • grom
skomm' eigi eru J)aerhendingarjafn hdfar; 'hromm skomm' t>at vaeri jafn-
hatt, Fms. vi. 386. II. metaph. high, sublime, glorious ; haerri tign,
Fms. i. 214 ; enir haestu Gu3s postular, 625. 82 ; 1 haerra haldi, Fms. vii.
112 ; margar raeftur J)vilikar e3a enn haeri, or still sublimer, Sks. 635 ;
hljota hafan sigr, a glorious victory, Merl. 2. 69 ; hafan avoxt, Mar. kv.
17; haestu daga, haestu hati&ir, the highest days or feasts (hatia), Fms,
X. 22. 2. at the highest pitch ; me6an haestir eru stormar um vetrinn,
Sks. 46 ; at hann vaeri kyrr me3an hxst vseri vetrar, in the depth of
winter, Fms. ix. 480 ; me3an haest vaeri sumars, in the height of summer ,
Lv. 43 ; hitt vetrar megin, Sks. ; cp. h^-degi, h4-vetr, h4-sumar
R 2
244
HA'ALTARI— HXSKASAMLIGA.
(below). 3. loud; blasa hiitt (a trumpet), Vsp. 47 ; brestr bar,
Fms. xi. 10, Gliim. 375 ; maela hAtt, to speak loud, Nj. 33 ; ok song i
hatt, it gave a loud sound, 83 ; kve9a vid hatt ok oskurliga, Fms. v.
164 ; 1)6 J)etta vaeri eigi hatt talat i fyrstu, ix. 250 ; aepa hatt, Sks. 653 ;
hafa hatt, to make a noise; cp. grata h4st6fum (below), h4-va8i (below) ;
hon verSr ha viS, she became clamorous, excited, Isl. ii. 350 ; hlaeja hatt,
to laugh loud, Skv. 2. 15. III. a mythol. pr. name, both Har
and Hdvi, Edda ; Havi and Har are names of Odin the High, whence
H&va-mdl, n. pi. the name of a poem, the Sayings of the High. 2.
prefixed in the pr. names Hi-kon, Ha-leygr, Hd-rekr, Hd-mundr,
Hd-steinn, Ha-var3r, H4-varr; and in local names, Hfifa-fell,
etc. IV. neut. as adverb ; geisa hatt, Edda 146 (pref.) ; skin hann
mi J)vi haerra, Fms. v. 241 ; unna e-m haerra en o3rum, to love one higher
(more) than another, Sturl. i. 198; taka e-n hatt, to make much of one,
Bs. i. 727 ; stokkva hatt, to make a high leap, look high, Faer. 57 ; sitja
skor haerra en aSrir, a step higher, Fms. i. 7-
B. CoMPDS : ha-altari, n. a high altar, Symb. 24, Hkr. iii. 293,
Fb. ii. 376, Fms. v. 107, Dipl. iii. 4, v. 18, passim. M-bakki, a, m. a
high bank : h.&bakka-fl.8e3r, f. a ' high-bank tide,' very high tide. hi,-
beinn and h.d-bein6ttr, adj. high-legged, long-legged, Isl. ii. 194,7.!.
ha-bjarg, n. a high rock, Bs. i. 49. hd,-boga3r, adj. high-curved, as a
saddle, Sks. 403. hd-bor3, n. a high table; in the phrase, eiga ekki
upp a ha-bor6it, not to be tip at the high table, to be held in small repute.
Iii-br6k, f., poet, name of a hawk, Edda (Gl.), Gm. : a nickname, Hkr.,
Eb. M-brokan, f./iraJery, Karl. 239. ha-brokask, a&, dep. /o/)?/^
oneself up, Fms. x. 200, Karl. 181. Ta.&-degi, n. high day, about twelve
o'clock (vide dagr), Nj. 208, Grett. 121, Landn. 94 (v.l. to middegi),
Stj. 447 ; hadegis sol, the midday snn. Pass. 37. 13. Iiddegis-skei3,
n. the midday time, Sturl. ii. 199 : in many local names, hadegis-varda,
-bunga, denoting the point in the horizon under the hadegi. h.5-eyrr,
f. high-bank, a local name, Nj. ha-feti, a, m. a high-stepper, poijt. a
racehorse, Edda (Gl.) M-fjall, n. a high fell, Eg. 58, Stj. 87, Pm. 45,
H^m. 22, Rom. 1 29, Bs. ii. 5. h^-fl.8e3r, f. a high flood-tide, Fbr. 181,
Jjorf. Karl. 420. hdi-fsetn, u, f. high-leg, a nickname, Hkr. ha-fsettr,
zA). high-footed, 'K.onx. h.&-h.eatT,n. a high, tall horse. lid,-kirkja, u,
f. a '■high-kirk,' cathedral, Magn. 420. ha-leggr, adj. high-leg, a nick-
name, Fb. iii. hd-leikr (hd-leiki), m. height, Sks. 47, 173. hd-
leitliga, adv. highly, gloriously, Sks. 623, Stj. passim, Fms. i. 331, Barl.
6. lid-leitligr, adj. sublime, Bs. i. 48. lid-leitr, adj. high-look-
ing, looking upwards ; metaph. sublime, Fms. i. 96, Sturl. ii. 15, Th. 21.
h.a-liga, adv. i&Zo'A/)', Hom. 21, O.K. L. 7. 'h.i,-\iffc,a.A].high,stiblime.
h.d-liniar, f. pi. the high branches, Stj. 534. hd-messa, u, f. high-
mass, Fms. ii. 37, vii. 144, 188. hamessu-md,!, n. high-mass time, Fms.
viii. 291, Bs. ii. 24. hd-mselgi, f. loicd talking, Fms. iii. 153. ha-
meeli, n., in the phrase, komask i hamaeli, to get out, of a rumour,
Fms. iv. 80. hi-mseltr, part, loud-voiced, Sturl. i. 167. h.^.-
nefja3r, adj. high-nebbed. Fas. i. 73. ha-nefr, m. high-neb, a nick-
name, Rd. hd,-pallr, m. the dais in a hall, Fms. vi. 440. h.ii-
reysti, f. a din, noise, Nj. 83, Fms. i. 34, GJ)1. 16. hfi-reysfcr, adj.
loud speaking, Greg. 54. hd,-salir, m. pi. the high halls. Eg. (in a
verse). h.^-segl, n. the 'high-sail,' mainsail. Fas. ii. 494, Hkv. i. 29.
hd-seymdr, part, studded, of a bridle, Grett. 129, Stj. 564. lia-
skeptr, part, high-handled, of an axe, Eb. 186, Fbr. 14, ha-skoli,
a, m. a high school, (mod.) hd.-sta3r, m. a high place, Fms. x. 417.
hd.-stafir, m. pi., in the phrase, grata, hlj66a . . . hastofum, to weep, cry
aloud, Nj. 27, Stj. 421, Grett. 171 new Ed. M-steint, n. adj.
( = staksteinott), with rough boulders; var hasteint i anni, Fms. ix. 404.
hd-stigi, a, m. = hafeti, Edda (Gl.) ha-sumar, n. 'high-summer,'
midsummer., Bs. 5. 32, Grett. 156 new Ed., Sks. 200. hisumar-timi,
a, m. midsuynmer time. h.d-S8eti, n. a ' high-seat,' Dan. hqjscEde, throne,
for a king or earl ; the high-seat at a commoner's table was called ondvegi,
q. v., cp. Nj. 1 75 — hvarki em ek konungr ne jarl, ok {)arf ekki at gera h.
undir mer, ok {)arf ekki at spotta mik. Eg. 43, Nj. 6, Fms. i. 7, iv. 108,
vi. 439, ix. 254 ; in a ship, iv. 39. Ms8etis-bor3, n. a high-seat table,
Hkr. ii. 188. Mseetis-kista, u, f. a ' high-seat chest,' a dais or chest
near the high-seat, in which weapons and treasures were kept, Fms. vii.
185, viii. 444, X. 360, xi. 220. Iias8etis-ina3r, m. the man in the
chair, fsl. ii. 438. hassetis-stdll, m. a throne, Stj. ]ia-tala3r, part.
= hamaeltr, Bs. i. 819. hd-timbra, a6, to build high, Vsp. 7, Gm. 16.
h-ir-tid, f. [Germ, hochzeit; Dan. hojtid'], a 'high-tide,' a high day, festival,
Bs. i. 38, passim, Nj. 157, Fms. xi. 425, K. A. 164: proverb., hatid er
til heilla bezt, Ld. 176 (Fms. ii. 39): very freq. esp. in eccl. sense,
J61a-h., Paska-h., Hvitasunnu-h., faedingar-h. ; t dag ^a h&tib htildum ver,
H61ab6k. hdtti3ar-aptan, m. the eve of a feast, Bs. i. 1 70. hd.ti3ar-
dagr, m. a high day, Fms. ii. 198, Sturl. i. 130. Mti3ar-liald, n.
the holding a feast, Hom. 83, Fms. i. 260: gen. hati&is also occurs in
compds, lidti3is-dagr, m., Fms. x. 13 (v.l.), Sturl. i. 30; Ii4ti3is-
kveld, n. = hati6araptan. hdti3-liga, adv. with festivity, Hkr. i. 287,
Fms. X. 149, Sks. 48. Iiati3-ligr, adj./es/fve, Sks. 465, Stj. 48, 1 10,
471, Hom. 97, 145, Fms. x. 280. hd-va3i, a, m. a noise, tumult, Bs.
ii. 182, Fas, ii. 230 ; i hiivaSa, aloud, Rd. 252, Fms. i, 289, Sturl. ii, 246 :
the greatest number, main part of z thing, hann na&i havaSanum, hecdtl
the main part; missa hi'ivaBan af ^vi, to lose the main part. ]|
va3a-nia3r, m. a haughty person, Isl. ii. 203, Nj. 61, passim. hdvail
mikill,adj.i&a?^^i/'>',^oas/2«^,Fms.ii. 154, vi. 106, Finnb. 292. haTfrl
samr, adj. boisterous, Dropl. 7. hd.-varr, proiicd. hd.v8err, adj. k\
noisy : li^-vser3, f. noisy, making a noise. h.a-vegir, m. pi. hightucf
in the phrase, hafa e-n i havegum, to make mrich of one. h^-vella
f. a sea-pheasant, phasianus marinus. ha-vetr, n. ' high-winler,' n\.
winter, Orkn. no, Thorn. 333, Hkr.ii.47, Bs. ii.22,27. M-vetri,r||
havetr, Fms. viii. 247 (v.l.), Fb. iii. 231, Stj. 78, Fas. iii. 371.
HAK, mod. hafr, m. [Germ, hai], a dog-fish, squalus acanthius, Ski\
162. In compds ha- marks iish of the shark kind, as h^-karl (q. v.f
shark, carcharias, Ann.: h.a-kerling, f. = hiikarl : 'hi.-inevi, f. squA
glaucus : h.&-in.u.s, f. chimaera monstroza, Linn.; also called geirl
Eggert Itin. 360 : ]ia-sker3ingr, m. = hakarl, Edda (Gl.), Grag. ii.jl
359, Pm. 69 : h.asker3iiiga-l^si, n. shark's oil, H. E. i. 395 : hil
ro5, n. shark's skin, shagreen, ^
HAH, m., ace. ha, pi. hair, a thole. Am. 35, Grett. 125, Fas. i. '.
J)i6r. 313; whence h^-benda, u, f. =hamla, q. v. ; h^-boriir, f.
q. V. ; lid.-rei3ar, f. pi. rowlocks, prop, 'thole-gear,' synonymous 'I
hamla; inn fell (sjor) um soxin ok hareiSarnar, Sturl. iii. 66, (Cd. ]|
Mus., Cd. Arna-Magn. haborurnar) ; leggja arar i hareiSar, to lay the
in the rowlocks, Fms. xi. 70 (v. 1. to homlur), loi, x. 285 ; lagu J)ar
i hareiSum, Eg. 360 (v. 1. to homlu-bondum). Lex. Poet. : hd-seti, a I
a ' thole-sitter,' oarsman, opp. to the captain or helmsman, Grag. i
N. G. L. i. 98, Landn. 44, Fbr. 62 new Ed., Fms. vi. 239, 246:
stokkar, m. pi. the gunwale, Bs. i. 385, 390. p. in poetry a shl
called lia-d^r, n., ha-sleipnir, m. the horse of rowlocks.
HAR, n. [A. S. hcEr; Engl, hair; Germ, har; Dan.-Swed. har;
caesariesi : — hair, including both Lat. crines and capilli, Skalda 162, 1
2, Sks. 288 ; fara or harum, to change the hair, of beasts, passim;
har hvitt e5r svart, Matth. v. 36 ; h6fu6-har, the hair of the head ; likl
the hair on the body, breast, or hands of men, opp. to the head; lilfij
har, iii. 4; hross-har, horse-hair; hunds-har, kattar-har. comI
hdra-lag, n. the fashion of the hair. h.&rs-litr, m. the colour o\
hair, Nj. 219, Fms. xi. 8, Ld. 274. gS" For the hair of women [
Nj. ch. I, 78, 117, Landn. 2, ch. 30, Edda 21, passim; of men, Njj
121, Ld. ch. 63, and passim.
har-amr, m., proncd. hdrramr = harhamr (cp. Ivar Aasen baari
the hairy side of a skin, Fas. i. 289.
hfir-beittr, adj. = harhvass.
li^r-bjartr, adj. bright-haired. Fas. ii. 365.
h.4r-dregill, m. a hair ribbon, Stj.
Ii^-rei3ar, f. pi. rowlocks ; see above, under har, « thole.
liar-fagr, a.d]. fair-haired, a nickname of king Harold.
Mr-fer3, f. the fashion of the hair, Sturl. iii. 83.
har-fletta, u, f., and liar-fl.6ttingr, m. a plait of hair, Str. 40.
Iiar-grei3a, u, f. a ivide-toothed comb.
har-hvass, adj. hair-edged, as a rasor. Eg. 715.
h.d.r-kainbr, m. a hair comb.
h.d,r-kl8e3i, n. a hair cloth, Fms. v. 160, Rb. 368, Hom. 105.
hir-knifr, m. a hair. knife, rasor, Bs. i. 306, Dipl. v. 18, Fms. v.
Stj. 409, 418, JjiSr. 122, Str. 77.
Mrr, adj. [A. S./&ear; En^. hoar^hoary ; harir ok gamlir, Haustll
haran ok skeggjaSan, 655 xiv. B, Fms. vii. 321, Yt. 13, Fm. 34, II
16 ; harr i skeggi, Ld. 274 ; harr |)ulr, Hm. 135 ; harir menn, old \
Sighvat : in compds, fagr-harr, fair-haired ; dokk-harr, dark-ha\
rau9-harr, red-haired; hvit-harr, white-haired ; Jninn-harr, /i/n-ial
stry-harr, bristly-haired; hrokkin-harr, curly-haired; slett-harr,
haired ; mjuk-harr, soft-haired ; laus-harr, loose-haired, with fiyy
hair, of women : in mod. usually haer6r (q. v.), fagr-hisr&r, etc.
hir-rsetr or hdrs-rsetr, f. pi. the line on the scalp, esp. on the
head, where the hair begins, [cp. Ivar Aasen haargard^ ; upp i h&iil
upp i harsrotum, Eg. 305, Sturl. iii. 283.
lidr-sd.rr, adj. having sensitive hair.
har-skur3r, m. the cut of the hair, N. G. L. i. 345, Fms. ii. li
hdr-taug, f. a string of horse-hair, Sturl. iii. 206.
har-toga, a9, to pull by the hair : metaph. to twist or split a iowj
bdr-vara, u, f.fttr, Fms. x. 202.
h&r-voxtr, m. hair-growth.
h.^-seti, a, m. a mate; see above, under har, a thole.
ba-sin, f. [the lid- answers to A. S. hoh, Engl, hough ; cp. A. S. li|
Engl, hough sinew, O. H.G. hahsa or hasina, Bavar. hUchsen, mid.
hahse, Dan. hase, with a dropped n ; see Grimm's Gramm. iii. 40!l
a hough sinew qr tendon, Hrafn. 20, Eb. 242, passim.
HASKI, a, m. [akin to haetta, q.v. ; in North. E. hash is nsj
a cold, stormy wind], danger, K. f». K. 82, Al. 50, Fms. vii. 2«0,j
passim; lifs-haski, life's peril; sjavar-h., danger on the sea; s&i
soul's peril. compds : hdska-f6r, -fer3, f. a dangerous exploitA
viii. 50. hfiska-lauss, adj. without danger, 623. 40, Hkr. i.f
hdska-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), dangerous. hdska-sainliga»|
HA'SKASAMLIGR— HEFJA.
245
■ously, Fms. ii. i6, ix. 512, Stj. 189. hdska-samligr, adj.
• Kg- 73' Fnis. i. 76, viii. 328, GJjl. 199. hdska-timi, a, m.
danger, Sks. 45. liaska-v&n, f. danger to come, Sks. 182.
MiBDltr, ad), boarse speaking, lb. 13.
:-;S, adj. [A. S. b(es ; Engl, boarse; O. H.G. bets; Germ, beiser ;
,s] : — boarse. Fins. i. 283, passim,
okkar, m. tbe ' thole-beam' gunwale; see har, a tbole.
oti, n. a bigb-seat; see hdr, bigb.
(5, f. a feast ; see har, 2>/,g"A.
I'TA, a5, [akin to hagr, haga, q. v., qs. hagta], to dispose, con-
vith dat., Bs. i. 170, Fras. vi. 149, Hkr. i. 120, Sks. 2fi6 : with
itta sva, Jiannig, Al. 104, Fms. i. 57. 2. impers. it bappens;
<\-k, at haim kom, Fms. x. 404 : so also in neut. part., with the
V verb, Dana-virki er sva hattad, tbe Dannewerk is so co?istritcted,
nature. Germ, so heschaffen, Fms. i. 1 23 ; hversu hattaQ er, iv.
ioniim er sva hattad, at hann fjarar allan at J)urru, Eb. 236 ; sva
• \b, at J)u ert me& barni. Anal. 137 ; J)ar er sva hattaS lands-legi,
i. 56 ; ySr frsendum er sva hatta3,>'o?/ are of tbat mould, Nj. 252 ;
i!,i.tta&, 73; hvernig var jorftin hittuft, bow was the earth sbapen?
I. 3. hattaSr, part, mannered; vel, ilia h., Mar. : treated,
1 hve bogi hans var til hatta6r, Fb. i. 532.
;. I'o go to bed; Jiax voru goS hibyli ok heldr snemma hattad,
; hann hattar snemma, ok er J)eir hof8u sofit svefn, 143, Fas.
. freq. in mod. usage ; cp. haetta, to leave worlt.
a,6bv, adj. well-mannered, Eb. 258, Fms. ix. 4.
-lausa, u, f. a kind of metre, Edda 137.
priiflr, adj. well-mannered, Fms, viii. 4.
-pr^3i, n. good manners, cotirteousness, Fms. x. 75-
J TR, m., gen. hattar, dat. haetti, pi. haettir, ace. hattu, [akin to hagr,
tr], manner, habit: I. a mode of life, habit; rikra manna
\j, 268 ; fara vel me3 sinum hattum, to conduct oneself lotll. Eg.
3a sjalfr hattum sinum, to be one's own master, Fms. vii. 199 ;
unis-hattr, ii. 59; riddaraligr hattr, x. 230; vikinga-hattr, Fb. i.
jut er hattr skalda at {it is tbe fashion of poets to) lofa J)ann mest
; ,i eru {)eir fyrir, Hkr. (pref.) : hd,tta-g63r, adj. well-mannered, Eb.
• J ; halda teknum haetti, to go on in one's usual way, persevere, Fb. ii. 85,
1 -J. 2. conduct; vanda am hattu manna, Fb. ii. 37. II.
iK.ile, way of doing a thing; kunna hatt a e-u, to know bow to do
' ' "'r. Barl. loi : — answering to Lat. hoc modo, bunc ad modum,
1st iirn a baki honum me5 J)eima haetti, at . . ., Hkr. i. 108 ; hann
: p ok svaradi erendi konuiigs me6 ^essum haetti (as follows), Fms.
meS hverjum hsRtii, ifi what manner ? bow ? med ymsum haetti,
2. appearance, manner; hversu voru J)eir menn i hktt, bow
>e men look? Stj. 396 ; jor6in ok dyrin ok fuglarnir hofdu saman
J mum hlutum, en {16 olik at haetti, but unlike in manners, Edda
: ref.) : manner, kind, sa er annarr hattr jarldoms, N. G. L. ii.
3. moderation, measure; 4girni kann engan hatt, Hom.
■fsemi er hattr alls lifs, 28. 4. adverbial usages answering
-modi in hujusmodi, ejusmodi : a. gen., mikils hattar, Fms.
144, 229, viii, 198, X. 234; litils hattar, insignificant, vi. 7, 229,
> 198; minna hattar, i. 160; alls-hattar, of every kind, iii. 184;
1 kiirs hattar, in some way, Stj. 178 ; {)ess-hattar, of tbat kind, Edda
; I ef.), passim ; engis-hattar, in nowise, Stj. 81 ; margs-hattar, of
■inds, Stj. passim. p. ace., a allan hatt, in every respect, Bs. i.
1 engan hatt, by no means; a ymsan hatt, in various respects; a
.n hatt, etc. f. eptir haetti, duly, tolerably, as may be ex-
III. a metre ; J)enna hatt fann fyrst Veili, Edda (Ht.)
S'cir letu vera fimm visur med hverjum haetti, Orkn. 304, cp. Edda
issini ; eptir haetti, in the proper metre, Edda 131. Names of
KviSu-hattr, the epic metre (as the Voluspa), Skalda ; Lj69a-h. or
i., the trimeter in old saws and didactic poems (as the Hava-mal) ;
., Ref-hvarfa-h., Or&kviSa-h., Draugs-h., Flag3a-h., Dyri-h., 'i^j'i-
:s.h., Hatt-lausa : derived from the names of men, Egils-h., Braga-
t-Einars-h., Fleins-h, ;vNufa-h., Edda ; of countries, Graenlenzki-h.,
(led in Edda (Ht.) and Hattat. Rcignvalds, Skalda :■ a saying is
-'.iils-hattr. coMPDs : hdtta-foll, n. pi. a^/faw m a m«/re, Edda
^\, 1 35, Skalda 210. lidtta-lykill, m, a key to metres, the name
d poem on metres, Orkn. 304 (printed at the end of the Skalda,
vik 1849). ii^tta-skipti, n. a shifting of metre, Edda 129.
-tal, n. a number of metres, the name of a poem on metres, =
vkili, Edda 192 ; also in the title of Edda (Ub.) ii. 250.
-samr, adj, conducted, Stj. 206.
-^!eIni, f. conduct.
ung, f, danger, risk, Fms. vi. 206, Fas. i. 178, Bs. ii. 120; cp.
i3i, a, m. a noise; see har, high.
arr, adj. loud, noisy ; see har, high.
Q, adv., hieSan in an old vellum, 655 x. 2, which shews that the
ciation was the same then as now, [A.S. beonan ; North. E. bein
0 ; cp. Germ. &'«] : — hence, from this place, Gm. 2&, Ls. 7, Skm. 38,
., Am. 36, Nj. 32, Jb, 10, Grag. i. 150, Edda S; fyrir hedan e-t.
on tbe hither side, Symb, 30 ; fyrir h^&an hafit, on the hither side of tbe
sea. Fas. ii. 240. II. temp, henceforth, Fms. vi. 279, xi. 84;
ht-aan fra, ht'6an i fra (mod. heftan af ), hereafter, Nj. 83, Isl. ii. 237.
heSan-kvdma, u, f. departure from bence. Fas. ii. 121 (in a verse).
HfiDINN, m., dat. he8ni, [akin to ha6na, q. v.], a jacket of fur or
skin, Hm. 72 ; lilf-hoainn, wolf-coat, Fs. 77, the name of a berserker, 1 7 ;
gcit-h<56inn, a ^oa/s skin coat, Nj. 2H ; bjarn-h^ftinn, a bear's skin coat;
the phrase, veifa he6ni at hijfbi e-m, to wrap a skiM round one's bead,
to hoodwink one, Eb. 32 new Ed., Grett. ch. 66, O.H. 139: h^flin-
stykki, n. a piece of fur, D. N. II. a mythical pr. name, Edda,
Lex. Poet. : in compds, Bjam-h($5inn, \JK-h6b'mn, Skarp-hijftinn, Bs.,
Landn., Nj.
h^dra, adv. [Ulf. hidre = fLSel, hither or here; h68ra nxr, Landn. 146 ;
monnum h68ra, tbe men here, Dropl. 22 ; hann ferr h^ftra at beimbodum.
Boll. 346, Fms. vi. 428 (in a verse).
HEFD, f. [hafa, to take, = Lzt. usu-capere'], a law term, loss or gain
of claim by lapse of time ; hef& ok land, Bs. i. 689 ; hef5 lands-laga, 720 ;
me8 rettri ok loglegri hefS, 730, Rett. 230, D.N. passim, H.E. i. 456,
cp. Jb. s. V. tuttugu lir, pp. 142, 251, 351. COMPDS : liefdar-madr,
m. a claimant by possession, Bs. i. 731. hefflar-vitni, n. a witness
in a case of hef5, G{)1. 300. hefda-skipti, n. a change of hef8,
D.N. II. [hefja], reputation: hefflar-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.),
fine, grand : hefSar-maflr, m. an eminent man, Fms. iii. 134.
heffla, a8, to take, by way oi usucaptio, D.N., Mar.
HEFII/Ij, m. [from hefja, to heave ; from this Norse word are no doubt
derived the Engl, to haul and halyard, 'hel' or ' hal' being contracted
from hefiU], a naut. term, the clew-lines and bunt-lines of a sail; lata sidan
siga or heflum (to unfurl the sail), ok saekja eptir J)eim, Fb. iii. 563 ; 16t
hann \)d. hieypa or heflunum segli a skeidinni, 0. H. 182 (Fb. I.e. homlu
wrongly); N.G. L. i. 199 distinguishes between hefill, sviptingr (reefs),
hanki (blocks;): hefil-skapt, n. a boat-book to pull the sail down; J)a
J)reif Ingimundr hefilskapt ok vildi kippa ofan, Bs. i. 422 : hefla-skurdr,
m. = heflan, q. v. ; minka skal sigling me3. halsan ok heflaskurfl, N. G. L.
i. 282. II. a plane, (mod., from Germ, bobel.)
HEFJA, pret. hof, pi. hofu ; part, hafinn, but also hafiSr (weak) ;
pres. indie, hef ; pret. subj. haefi, with neg. sufF. hof-at, Korm. ; [Ulf.
bafjan; A.S. hebban; 'Engl, heave, pret. hove ; O.H.G.bafan; Germ.
beben; Dan. hcEve ; Swed. bijfva; cp. Lat. capere, in-cipere.l
A. To heave, lift, raise ; hefja stein, ^o/»y?as/onfi. Eg. 142 ; ok munu
mi ekki meira hefja fjorir menn, 140 ; (hon) hof hann at lopti, hove him
aloft, Yt. 9 ; hefja e-n til himins, Edda 61 (in a verse) ; hof hann ser af
herSum hver, Hym. 36 ; J)a er hefja af hvera (mod. taka ofan pott, to
take the pot off), Gm. 42 ; hof ser k hofuS upp hver Sifjar verr, Hy'm.
34 ; hon h6fat augu af m6r, she took not her eyes off vie, Korm. 1 6 ;
hann hof upp augu sin, be lifted up bis eyes, 623. 20 ; hefja sik ^ lopt,
to make a leap, Nj. 144. 2. phrases, hefja handa, to lift tbe bands
(for defence), Nj. 65, Ld. 262 ; h. hofuSs, to lift the head, stand upright,
be undaunted ; sa er nu hefir eigi h6fu3s, Nj. 213 ; h. sinn- munn i sundr,
to open one's mouth, Sturl. iii. 189 : hefja graut, skyr, etc., to lift the por^
ridge, curds, etc., eat food with a spoon, Fms. vi. 364 ; Rindill h6f (Ed.
hafdi wrongly) skyr ok mataSisk skjott, Lv. 63. 3. hefja lit, to lift
out a body, carry it from the bouse (lit-hafning). Eg. 24 ; er mik lit heQa,
Am. 100 ; var konungr hafi5r daudr or hvilunni, Hkr. iii. 146. The cere-
mony of carrying the corpse out of the house is in Icel. still performed
with solemnity, and followed by hymns, usually verses 9 sqq. of the 25th
hymn of the Passiu-Salmar ; it is regarded as a farewell to the home in
which a person has lived and worked ; and is a custom lost in the remotest
heathen age; cp. the Scot, to lift. p. hefja (barn) or hei3num domi,
to lift (a bairn) out of heathendom, is an old eccl. term for to he sponsor
(mod. halda undir skim), Sighvat (in a vsrse) ; N. G. L. i. 350 records
three kinds of sponsorship — halda bami undir primsignan, onnur at hefja
barn or heiSnum domi, J)ri3ja at halda a barni er biskup fermir: to
baptize, skal J)at barn til kirkju faera ok hefja or hei8num domi, 12;
barn hvert er borit ver3r eptir nott ina helgu, J)a skal haft vera (bap-
tized) at Paskum, id. 4. to exalt. Ad. 20, cp. with Yngl. S. ch. 10 ;
hof hann Joseph til saem8ar, Sks. 454; haf3r til rikis, 458 ; upp haf&r,
451; ond hennar var upp hiifS yfir ©11 engla fylki, Hom. 129; hann
mekta8isk mjok ok hof sik of hatt af J)eim auSaefum, Stj. 1.^4 ; at hann
hxfi upp (exaltaret) Gu3s or3 me3 tungunni, Skalda 208 ; konungr hof
hann til m.estu metor3a, 62.:;. 31 ; er hans riki hof, 28. II.
impers., 1. to he heaved, hitrled, drifted, by storm, tide, or the like ;
{la hof upp knorr (ace.) undir EyjafjoUum, a ship was upheaved by tbe
gale, Bs. i. 30 ; hof 611 skipin (ace. the ship drifted) saman ian at landinu,
Hkr. i. 206; Jietta hof (drifted) fyrir straumi, iii. 94; {jeir Ictu hefja
ofan skipin forstreymis, let the ship drift before tbe stream, Fms. vii. 253 ;
Birkibeina hefr undan, the B. went back, ix. 528. 2. medic, en
er af henni hof cingvit (ace. when she awoke, of one in a swoon), Bjarn.
68 ; J)a hof af mer vamur allar (ace. all ailments left me), sva at ek kenni
mer mi hvergi illt, Sturl. ii. 54 ; ek s6 at \in ert fiilr mjcik, ok ma vera,
at af J)(5r hafi, I see thou art very pale, but may be it will pass off, Finnb. 236 ;
hof honum heldr upp briin (ace. bis face brightened). Eg. 55. III.
246
HEFLA— HEGNA.
reflex, to raise oneself, to rise; heQask til 6fri3ar, to raise war, rebel.
Eg. 264. p. to be raised; hefjask til rikis, to be raised to the throne,
Fms. i.99 ; hefjaskhatt, /o6eeA:a//ecf, Fs. 13 ; hannhaf6ihafiskaf sjiilfum
s^r, he bad risen by himself. Eg. 23 ; fell Hakon en hofsk upp Magmiss
konungr, Stud. i. 114; J>6r3r hofsk (rose) af J)essu, Landn. 305, Horn.
152. 2. phrases, hefjask vi5, to lay to, a naut. term; let J)a jarl
hefjask vi3 ok bei& sva sinna manna, Fms. viii. 82 ; hefjask undan, to
retire, draw bach, Sd. 144 : in the phrase, hefjask af hondum e-m, to leave
one; hefsk mi aldregi af hondum J)eim, give them no rest, Fms. xi.
59. 3. part., rettnefjaSr ok hafit upp i framanvert, Nj. 29.
B. Metaph. to raise, begin, Lat. incipere : 1. to raise; hefja
flokk, to raise a party, a rebellion, Fms. viii. 273; h. rannsokn, to raise
an enquiry, Grag. ii. 193; h. akall, to raise a claim. Eg. 39; h. brig6,
to make a reclamation, GJ)1. 295. 2. to begin; hefja teiti, Fms.
vii. 119; h. gildi, Sturl. i. 20; h. Jola-hald, to begin (keep) Yule, Fms.
i. 31 ; h. bo5skap, ii. 44: of a book, {)ar hetjum ver sogu af hinum
helga Joni biskupi, Bs. i. 151 ; h. mal, to begin one's speech, Ld. 2 ; h.
ferS, to start, Fb. ii. 38 ; h. orrustu. p. with prep, upp, (hence upp-haf,
beginning) ; hof Helgi upp mal sitt. Boll. 350 ; Egill h6f upp kvaeSit,
E. began bis poem, 427; hann heyrdi messu upp hafna, Fms. v. 225;
hefja upp salm, to begin a hymn, 623. 35 ; Flosi hof upp suSrgongu
sina, F. started on his pilgrimage, Nj. 281 ; h. upp gongu sina, to start,
Rb. 116. "y. hefja a ras, to take to one's feet; si6an hefr hann a ras
ok rann til baejarins, Eg. 237 ; hinir Gautsku hcifSu (thus weak vide hafa
C. 2) a ras undan, Fms. iv. 120. 8. absol., hann hof sva, he began
thus, Fms. i. 33 ; J)ar hef ek upp, vii. 146 ; {)ar skal hefja upp vi3 arf-
toku-mann, start from the a., Grag. i. 62. II. impers. to begin ; her
hefr {)ingfara-b61k (ace), G^l. 5 ; h4r hefr upp Kristindoms-bolk, 39, 75,
378; her hefr Landnama-bok, Landn. 24; her hefr upp landnam i Vest-
fir6inga fjorSungi, 64, 168 (v. 1.), 237 (v. 1.); her hefr Kristni-Sogu, Bs.
i. 3 ; mi hefr ^at hversu Kristni konj a Island, id. ; her hefr sogu af
Hrafni a Hrafnseyri, 639 ; her hefr upp ok segir fra J)eim ti3indum,
er . . ., Fms. viii. 5 ; a5r en hefi sjalfa hokina, GJ)1. ; her hefr sogu Gisla
Surs-sonar, Gisl. (begin.), v. 1. : with upp, ok upp hefr Skaldskapar-mal
ok Kenningar, Edda (Arna-Magn.) ii. 427; her hefr upp Konunga-bok
og hefr fyrst um priSjunga-skipti heimsins, Hkr. Cod. Fris. 3 ; hann kom
til Tiinsbergs er upp hof Adventus Domini, Fms. ix. 338. III. reflex.
to begin ; t)ar hefsk saga Har5ar, Landn. 62 ; hva6an hefir hafizk sii ij)r6tt,
whence originates that art? Edda 47 ; her hefjask upp landnam, Landn.
2 75 ; hofsk riki Haralds konungs, king H.'s reign began, Ld. 2 ; a&r Rom-
verja-riki hofsk, Rb. 402 ; hofusk (hof&usk, Ed. wrongly) J)a enn orrostur
af nyju, Fms. xi. 184; hvernig hafizk hefir J)essi lihsefa, Al. 125; mi
hefsk (innur tungl-oldin, Rb. 34 ; \>a. hefsk vetr, 70-78, 436.
HBFLA, a 3, to furl the sail by hauling in the bunts and clews; latum
ver Hrapp mi i seglit, J)at var heflat upp vi3 rana, Nj. 135 ; ]pa let hann
h. ok beiS li6s sins, (3. H. 182 ; siSan var heflat a konungs-skipinu, ok
var sagt a onnur skipin, at 611 skyldu sigla jafn-framt, Fms. ix. 285 ; Jja
ba& jarl hefla ok bi3a J)eirra er si&arr faeri, Fb. ii. 563 ; J)a hafSi Erlingr
heflat a skei3 sinni, at eigi skyldi hon ganga hvatara en onnur skip,
Fagrsk. 86, (hefli3 a skeiSinni, at hon gangi eigi undan 63rum skipum,
V. 1.) II. to plane, (mod.)
heflan, f. a haiding in the clews atid bunts of a sail, ti .G.h. i. 282,v.l.
HEFNA, d, also spelt hemna, N. G.L. i. 19, [Dan. hcevne; Swed.
hdmna'] : — to revenge, with dat. of the person and gen. of the thing, or
ellipt. omitting either the gen. or the dat., or adding an adverb : I.
genet, to avenge, take vengeance; hefna Grimi sinnar svivir6ingar, Fms.
ii. 172; vildi jarl nu gjarna h. {>orleifi pessar smanar, Fb. i. 213; a
ek at h. honum mikillar sneypu, Fnas. x. 341 ; sag&i hvers honum var
at hefna, Bret. 50; attii honum at hefoa frasnda-lats, Fb. ii. 350; at
hann mundi henni {)ess sarliga h., 381 ; ebs. hverr er her sa rikis-manna,
er eigi muni honum eiga at h. storsaka ? O. H. 213 ; ek skal fara meS \)er
ok skulu vit hefna honum, Eg. 189 ; ]pvi maeli ek eigi i moti, at {)er farit
viS li&i ok hefnit \ieim, Fms. ix. 306 ; hon hefnir ok J)eim er brigSa, Edda
21. p. with gen., ^6 skal ek J)essa hefna, Nj. 19 ; Gu3 hefnir sva rei&i
sinnar, Sks. 338; goS hefna eigi alls Jjegar, Nj. 132 : h. sin, to avenge
oneself; sa ma3r er a er unnit a at hefna sin, Grag. ii. 17 ; hefnit y3ar
eigi sjiilfir, Rom. xii. 19 ; ok blo&s sinna J)j6na hefir hann hefnt, Rev. xix.
3 : J)eir menu, er J)eir attu minna i at hefna, those men who bad less to
avenge. Eg. 86 ; ver&r {)eim J)vi ekki skjott hefndr sinn osomi, Fbr.
22. y. with prep, a; hefna e-s a e-m, to avenge a thing upon one.
Eg. 425, Fb. i. 471, Sks. 719, Sturl. ii. 148 ; this also is the mod. usage,
og hefnir vors bI68s a ^eim. Rev. vi. 10 : singly, hefna a e-m, en ef
hann vill eigi baeta, J)a megu fraendr bins dauSa h. a honum, N. G. L.
i. 122. II. with a single gen. and referring to the blood revenge ;
hversu Hakon jarl hefodi f65ur sins, Fms. i. 56 ; hefna Rognvalds, ix. 306 ;
h. myndi Hoskuldr J)in, Nj. 176; at J)u hefnir J)eirra silra allra, er hann
haf&i a ser dau3um, id. ; hefndji (imperat.) viir, en ver l)in ef ver lifum
eptir, 198 ; J)at hlaegir mik, segir SkarpheSinn, jef \>u kemsk brott, magr,
at \>n munt h. min, 202 ; sverja J)ann ei3, at hverr skal aisnars h. sem
broSur sins, Gisl. 1 1 ; mi vilda ek til \iess niiela, at hvarr okkarr hefndi
annars, sa er lengr lifdi, ef vit hofum liflat af vapnum e3r manna-voldum.
Bjarn. 58 ; J)6 er ^er meiri nau8syn at h. f65ur ])ins en spa mer sHkar t]|
Nj. 182 ; en J)6 vseri honum eigi liskyldra at h. fo6ur sins, en at ksl
linytum or&um a mik — konungr maelti, er J)at satt, Halli, at \>u. hafirJ
hefnt f63ur {)ins? Fms. vi. 367 ; t)at var J)a, mselt, at sa vjeri skyldr a'l
er vapni kipti or sari, Gisl. 22. For the old blood revenge see the Sal
passim, e. g. Ld. ch. 60, Gisl., Fbr., Grett. (fine), Hci&arv. S., Orkn.
8. But even in the Saga time a more law-abiding spirit beganl
prevail, and a settlement (g6r&) took place in many cases instead!
the old practice of taking life for hfe; and so the law distinguiil
between mann-hefndir and sektir, i. e. blood-vengeance and tempoil
exile or the like ; indicative of this better spirit is the old saying, jaf I
orkar tvimaelis J)6 at hefnt se, revenge always causes dissension,
1 39 : revenge amongst kinsmen was forbidden, si6r J)u hefnir, J)6tt '
sakar gori | \)Zt kve3a dau3um duga, Sdm. 22, cp. aett-vig, cp. alio I
ch. 53 sqq. and many other passages ; a touching instance is recoil
in Nj. ch. I46, p. 248 ; it is characteristic of the old times, that bid
shed might be atoned for, but not slander, calumny, or imprecatvl
cp. annars dags lattu bans ondu farit, Sdm. 24, 25, and many patssl
in the Sagas, e.g. Gliim. ch. 7, 18, Lv. ch. 13, Nj. ch. 44, 92, |x|
Si9u H., cp. also Hm. 28, 72. III. impers., e-m hefnir ©^1
pay dearly for ; sva hefndi honum J)at mikla mikillaeti, at hann g|
i braut fuUr af harmi, Edda 22 ; J)a hljop (5lafr i fen eitt baSum fotumJ
J)vi bar sva til, at m^r hefndi, Fms. x. 261. IV. reflex, to
revenge; at hefnask a e-m, to take revenge on one, Bser. 5 ; Idtl
Nor6menn at hefnask, Fms. i. 108 ; foru J)au or3 um, at Dana-kcmtl
mundi t)ess hefnask, 29 ; hefnask sinnar svivirdingar, G\>\. 183 ; he&l
sin, hefna sin, 184: with gen. of the person, ok sva ^eir er henul
Jiessara ubota-manna, as also the persons who take revenge on these ;
creants, N. G. L. i. 19 (rare). 2. reflex, impers. (see HI. abovej
co77ie to make retribution (of Nemesis) ; e-m hefnisk e-t or e-s, hv4rt jI
Gunnari aldri hefnask {)essi ujafna3r? eigi mun J)at segir, segir Bl
hefnask mun honum vist, the day of retribution will come to him, Nj.
very freq. in mod. usage oijust retribution, mer hefndisk fyrir J)a5; I
hefnist fyrir \i3.b, used even of slight matters. V. part, as |
hefiidr, revenged ; compar., era sliks manns at hefndra sem Greg<|
var, J)6tt {jeir komi allir fyrir, Hkr. iii. 399; Jiott fo6ur vars si eij|
hefndra (viz. though he be slain), Fs. 40. 2. hefnandi, part]
a revenger, Greg. 41 : poet. = sows, as the duty of revenge devolved il
the nearest heir, Lex. Poet.
liefnd, f. revenge, vengeance; mun oss ver6a i J)vi engi hefiit
frami, Nj. 38; mikil, litil hefnd i e-m. Fas. i. 523 ; gu61ig hefnd, d>l
vengeance. Nemesis, Fms. v. 224; drepa menu i hefnd eptir e-n, Is I
118. 2. esp. in plur. blood revenge; leita hefnda, Ld. 260, pas: [
mann-hefndir, life for life revenge ; br66ur-hefndir, foSur-hefndir, rev I
for a brother's 01 father's slaughter. compds : hefnda-laust, n,
without retribution, Fms. x. 33, Sturl. i. 153. h.efndar-dagr, '
day of vengeaiice, Jidir\. ■3^']. tiefn-dar-donxr, m. Nemesis, retri/^i .
Greg. 24. hefndar-gjof, f. a gift of revenge, ill-fated gift, </' ■
Danaorum. h.efndar-h.6nd, f. a band of retribution. Pass. ;,; •
liefiidar-ina3r, m. an avenger, Baer. 3. liefndar-orS and hefnt ■
yrfli, n. pi., read hermdar-)T&i, q. v.
hefni-leid (hefnileit, Faer. 254, wrongly), f., in the phrase, roa ■
e-s, to set about taking revenge, to take vengeance, Sturl. iii. 118, 149. •
iii. 540, Faer. 254.
hefnir, m. an avenger, heir, son. Lex. Poet.
hefni-samr, adj. revengefd, Hkr. ii. 96, Bs. i. 810.
hefni-semi, f. revengefulness, Horn.
Hefring, f., mythol. one of the northern Nereids, Edda.
hegat, vide hingat.
HEGDA, a3, [hagr] ; heg3a e-u, to arrange a thing ( = haga ;),
Stj. 131, Mar. : hegQa ser, to conduct oneself, Bs. i. (Laur.) |
hegSan, f. arrangement, H. E. i. 246 : mod. usage eccl. conduct, f I
hegeitill, m. a flint; spelt hegeitel, Bs. i. 674, ii. 56, 134, Karl. U
Barl. 181 (see note) ; hegettill, Flov. 41 ; the true form is prob. h ;-
eitill, Ivar Aasen heggjeitel, which in Norway is used of nodules ( !•
q. V.) in stones ; the word is still used in western Icel. (Isafjar5ar-sysl
Heggnir, m. pi. the men of the county Hceggen in Norway, Fms.
HEGGR, m. [Ivar Aasen hegg ; Swed. hhgg'], a kind of tree, the •-
cherry, Edda (Gloss.) : freq. in old poetry. Lex. PoiJt. : whence '•
hcBgge-bar, bcBgge-blomst, etc.
h6-gilja (or he-gylja), u, f. a ^vain song,' nonsense, tittle-tatt -
Lat. tmgae; J)eir tala drambsom or3 hegyljunnar, 2 Pet. ii. 18.
hegja, u, f. [from hagr],/a/e, condition, Od. 20, Rekst. 23, Merl. 1 ^■
as also Orkn. l88, v. 1., where the probable reading is emk hegju ■••
trau3r at segja, I am unwilling to tell the earl's fate.
hegla, a, [hagi, cp. Dan. hegle], to hail. Art., Lex. Poet.
HEGNA, d, [A.S.ibe^'aw; Engl hedge; Germ, hegen; Dun.hei,^
— to hedge, fence, with ace. ; allt J)at aldin er menu hir3a ok hegna ■■''
gorSum e&r gtezlum, Jb. 429. 2. metaph. to protect; at hi*
lond sin. Fas. i. 376 (Skjold. S.) ; allir menn eru skyldir via at 1 '^
Kristni, N. G. L. i. 353 ; ^a, hegni J)eir selver sin, sem menn hegna < ''^
HEGNADR— HEIDRIKR.
247
land upp, me8 laga-kefli, 252 ; — in this sense the word is obsolete
, but 3. is freq. in eccl. usage, a. hegna likam sinn fra
' urn, to keep one's body from It^sts, Horn. 85 ; h. oss (ace.) at syndum,
IIS from si/i, 74. p. to punish; hann hegndi harftliga allar Icig-
ok usi5u, Magn. 472. II. to chastise, with ace, but in
-:ige with dat.; hegna illj)y'5i ok nins-menn, Fms. vii. 16, (but
I. of the Hrokkinskinna, a MS. of the 15th century); the dat.
I be due to an ellipse, e. g. Haraldr Hurfagri for a einu suinri vestr
: at h. vikingum (for hegna land vikingum, to clear the land of
, pacify it), Orkn. 10.
;i3r, ni. defence, GJ)!. 56 : chastisement, hegnaSar-hamarr, ham-
i unishment. Mar. 200. hegnu3r, ni. a chastiser, is the name
ill" borne in court, Vd. ch. 44.
;iri, a, m. an avenger, Fms. v. 241.
d, f. castigation, punishment, Stj. 40, 67, Bs. i. 288.
ing, f. = hegnd, K. A. 46, Valla L. 209, Fms. iii. 89, v. 320.
igar-vOndr, m. a rod of chastisement, Stj. 653.
ir, ni. a defender, chastiser. Lex. Poet.
iua, a6, to speak falsely, vainly; J>orbjorn kva8 eigi h(5g6ma3 fra,
/ it was not untrue, Hav. 45 ; h. ok Ijiiga, Stj. 34, 131, 150, Bs.
h. a e-n, to slander one, Mag.
ini, a, m. [the prefixed syllable he- in hegomi and hegilja has no
ient existence, but seems to be identical with Goth, hivi (by
A ord Ulf. renders the Gr. fiSptpuais, 2 Tim. iii. 5), A. S. hiv, Engl,
•loting outward appearance, with a notion oi falseness ; thus
1 literally denotes whatever is false to the touch or taste, h^- and
. v.] : I. fl cobweb, litter, dust, esp. within doors ; reykr,
. fiilski, fys, fjiikandi lauf og stra, Hallgr., freq. in mod. usage ; it
V- be accidental that the word is not found in old writers. II.
. falsehood, folly, nonsense; var J)at ekki nema hegomi vandra
Fms. ix. 449 (v. 1. to lygi ein) ; sumir lasu baekr fyrir honum til
■ gonia (nonsense), 460, v. 1. ; en Sviar maela J)essu i mot ok telja
I at {)ar hafi menn farizk, <5, H. 18 ; en vor hofum setiS her at
. bans ok ginningum, Ld. 322 ; mikill h., great nonsense, Fms.
; af alvoru e9r af hegoma, Eg. 729 ; msela tal ok hegoma, Nj.
!. ok uppslatta, Fms. ix. 285 ; J)u segisk elska mik, en J)at er J)6
:)ia h. ^inn, Stj. 417; hyggja hegoma, to think foolishly, Horn.
t;i sinni ek hegoma ^inum, Isl. ii. 214; ver6a at heg6ma, to be
■ight, Barl. 8, 19, Stj. 433 ; heimsins h., Barl. 91 ; segja hegoma
slander one, Karl. 57 ; eigi skal ^li hafa nafn Drottins i hegoma,
: mod., t)u skalt ekki leggja nafn Drottins Gu3s J)ins vi5 h.,
-V. 7- 2. mod. vanity, vain things; hegomi hegomans og
1., Eccles. i. 2, 14 ; skepnan er hegomanum undir gefin, Rom. viii.
'goma sins hugskots, Ephes. iv. 17. compds : hdgoma-d^S,
::lory, Bs. i. 373, Stj. 146. h.6g6ma-lif, n. a vain life, Hom.
Ii6g6ma-ina5r, m. a charlatan, liar, Karl. 274: mod. a vain,
h^goma-m&l, n. a vain speech, Fms. iv. 258, xi
a-nafn, n. an empty name, sham name, Hkr. ii, 268
Ml, 11. vain labour, Stj. 298,
|ig6mliga, adv. vainly.
■c^mligr, adj. vain, false, Stj. 142 ; h. dyr6, Al. 130;
. Sks. 620; h. gu6ir, Stj. 449 ; h. fortala, Anecd. 3
Ii6g6nia-
h. kenning,
heimsk ok
673. 46 ; h. draumar, Bret. : h. vi6r!agning, superfluous addi-
Ai, Skalda 1:87.
EQB,T, a, m. [A.S. i/^or<i; Germ.i&e^sr; Dan. bejre; Swed. hcigar],
c\ron or hern, Lat. ardea, Edda (Gl.), Hm., Fms. ix. 9: in local names,
Jjgra-nes, Landn. ; Hegranes-l)ing, Fms. x. 113.
j;i, exclam. ey] Sturl. iii. 188.
JEID, n. brightness of the sky; hei3 ok solskin, 0. H. 108, Bs. i.
' : ^I'llina, ef i hei5i maetti sja, K. {>. K. 96 : in plur., frost fylgSi mikit
. ok voru stundum hei3 i himininn upp, the gale was followed by
ost, and now and then there were bright spots up in the sky, Bjarn.
^r var bjart ok skein sol i hei5i, Fms. v. 77 ' tungliS ^-k ^ab skin
iN-b. 108; sem J)a er ro5ar fyrir upprennandi solu i hinu fegrsta hei6i,
'j i- ■ 1 1) V. 1. ; sem rciSuU renni upp i heiSi, Arnor : in poetry the heaven
i-|illcd heids ha-rann, the high hall of brightness. Lex. Poet.
^TS, f. a fee, stipend, payment, an obsolete word only found in
'he phrase, haptsoenis heiS, the atoning fee of the gods = poetry,
!i a verse of Kormak, seems to refer to the tale in Edda 47 (Skald-
u'll, ch. 3) ; whence h.ei6-f6, n. a fee, stipend, Edda (Gl.) : hei3-
'^r, m. an epithet of a king: hei3-gj6f, f. a gift of fee : heid-
'r, part, paid, granted in fee, N. G. L. i. 91 : Iiei3-ma3r, m. a
■an, who holds land in fee from the king : heifl-menningr, m.
me, Landn.: heid-meerr, adj. open-handed: heiS-sser, adj.
gold, open-handed. Lex. Poet. : h.ei3-l)egi, a, m. = hei9ma5r,
; king's man, answering to the mod. soldier; for all these words
"^Poet. II. hence metaph. wor/^, va/«e ; litils heiSar,
worth, of small repute, Fms. vi. 130 (in a verse) ; Daniel sa einskis
Bel, D. saio naught of worth in Bel, Blanda : whence the mod.
. heiSar-liga, adv. worthily; heiSar-ligr, adj. worthy, honour-
vide hciSr below.
lieiSa, dd, to brighten, dispel the clouds, Sk4Id-H. R. 3. r.
heifl-birta, u, f. brightness of the sky.
hei3-bjartr, adj. serene. Lex. Poet., freq, in mod. usage.
heiSin-domr, m. heathendom, Hkr. ii. 65, freq. in mod. usage, but
originally in two words.
heiflingi, a, m. [heiainn], a heathen, gentile, (5. H., Nj., Bs. (Kristni S.)
passim. II. poijt. a wolf, either metaph. from heiftingi, or from
heiSr, a heath, one who lives on heaths and wildernesses, Edda (Gl.), Akv.
8 ; it occurs besides twice or thrice in poems of the time of king Harald
Har3ra6i, nth century.
heiSingligr, adj. heathen, Fms. i. 137, passim.
HEIDINN, adj. [A. S. ha^en; Engl, heathen; O. H. G. beidan;
Germ, heide and heidnisch ; Dan. hedensk ; this word is prob. derived not
from hei&r, a heath, but from Gr. iOviKoi as used in the N. T.; Ulf. in
a single passage, Mark vii. 26, renders yw^ 'EK\r]vi$ by qino haipno ;
it is even possible that the CQch paganus, which, according to Du Cange,
only appears after A. D. 365, may be merely a translation of the Teutonic
word under the notion that haipan was derived from haipi = a heath, open
country (Gr. dypSs, Lat. pagus) : then, as haipi was pronounced much like
(6vos, the true etymology of heiSinn was lost ; and so the long vowel and
the aspirated initial may be accounted for. To the worshippers of Thor
and Odin the name heathen was unknown ; Christians were the first that
used the word, and we meet with it first in Hkm. of Eyvind, who speaks of
hei6in gob, heathen gods ; heiSinn stallr, a heathen altar, Kristni S., by the
missionary {>orvald, A. D. 982 ; it is also used by Hallfred and Sighvat;
heiainn domr, heathendom, Sighvat ; hei8nar stjcirnur, heathen stars, Sol, :
the verse in Isl. ii. 50 is spurious (as are all the verses of that Saga) ; so also
the verses in Landn. 84 (Hb.), and in Bergbua-J)dttr, where the word heia-
inn is put into the mouth of a ghost and a giant, in songs which are merely
a poetical fiction of later times. The word hcidingi for wolf is curious :
probably it is merely a metaph. phrase from heidinn, gentilis, and if so,
it gives an additional evidence to the age of the poem Atlajcviaa ; which
poem, from its nickname the ' Greenlandish,' cannot be older than the
discovery of Greenland, A. D. 985] : — heathen, gentilis, ethnicus, the Sagas
passim, esp, Nj. ch. 101-106, Kristni S., 6.1., 6.H., etc.: a child not
christened was in olden times called heathen, N.G.L. i. 340 ; heidit mor8,
the murder of an infant not christened, 339 : in mod. Icel. usage, a boy or
girl before confirmation is called heathen ; this improper use of the word is
caused by a confusion between baptism and confirmation : so in Norway a
woman between child-birth and churching is called heathen (I var Aasen).
heiflir, m., poet, a haxuk, Edda (Gl.)
heiflnask, ab, dep. to become heathen, Fms. x. 313,
heiStieskr, adj. heathen, H.E. ii. 91 (rare). II. from Hei3-
mork, f. a county in Norway, D. N.
heiflni, f. heathendom, Fms. i. 47, passim : heathen worship, heathen
practice, fremja h., N.G.L. i. 182 ; en sidar fam vetrum vas su heiflni
af numin sem onnur, lb. 12, Nj. 160: the heathen age, Fri^rekr kom i
heiani h6r, lb. 13 : a heathen country, Fb. i. 343.
HEIDK, adj. [vide heia, n. ; Germ, heiter'], bright, cloudless, only of
the sky, in the allit. phrase, heiar himin, a clear sky, Hbl. 19, Stj. 305,
Eb. 48 new Ed., Fms. v. 81 : in poetry, heidar stjqrnur, bright stars,
Vsp. 57 ; heiar dagr, a bright day, Skv. 3. 53.
HEIDB, f., dat. and ace. heidi, pi. heifiar ; mod. nom. heidi, vide
Gramm.p.xxvii,col. 2,andp.xxviii; [\]\Lhaipi = a'yp6s,Manh.\\.2B,2,o,
Lukexv. I5,xvii. 7, 31; and haijjivisks = dypios ; A.S.hceiS; Engl.heath;
O.U.G. haida; Germ, heide; Dan. hede; Swed.hed]: — a heath; in Icel.
particularly hcibi (or hdbi) is chiefly used of a low barren heath or fell;
thus in local names heiar is a common name for the barren tracts of fell
between the foot of one fjord or dale and another, see the map of Icel.
passim.Nj. i58,Eg.i37, 275,Grag.i. 440. compds: heiSar-brekka,
u, f. and hei3ar-bruii, f. the brink or edge of a heath, Hrafn. 28, Fbr. 39,
Sturl. i. 3 2, 84. heiflar-heena, u, f. a heath-hen, moor-fowl, Orkn. (in a
verse). h.eida,T-vegT,m.aroad through a heath, Bs.i.^if^. HeiSar-
vig, n.afighton the Heath, Isl.ii. 259, Landn. i. 70; whence Heiflarviga-
saga, u, f. the name of a Saga, Eb., cp. Stprl. i. 1 22 : freq. in local names,
HeiSa-baer, Fms. xii, II. a pr. name of a sybil, Vsp., as also
freq. in compd names of women, usually dropping the h, Ragn-eidr,
Baug-eidr : Hei3-rekr, m. name of a king.
heidr, m., gen. heidrs, [akin to heia, f. above, q. v. ; Dan. hceder; Swed.
hdder'\ : — honour ; it does not occur in very old or class, writers ; til heiars
ok saemdar, Stj. 95 ; storr heiar, Fs. (Vd.) 21 ; heidr ok tign, Fb. i. 564 ;
h, ok hamingja, 566; Gnbs heiar, Fms. vii. 172 (v.l. of the Hrokkin-
skinna), Mar. passim : freq. in mod. usage, halda i heiari, to honour, etc.
compds: hei3rs-ina3r, m. a 7nan of honour, Bs. i. 823. hei3r-
samligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), worshipful, Sfj. hei3rs-vel, adv. honour-
ably, Stj. 26.
hei3ra, ab, to honour, Bs. i. (Laur. S.) ; freq. in mod. usage, heiara
skaltii foSur J)inn og moaur, the Fifth Commandment.
hei3ran, f. worship, honouring, H.E. i. 477.
h.ei3-rikja, u, f. brightness of the sky.
hei3-rikrj adj. bright, serene, of the sky ; h. vcar, Isl. ii. 409, Gisl. 33.
248
HEIDRLIGR— HEILL.
Iiei3r-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), honourable, befitting, St]., Mar., H.E.'
passim, Fs. 5.
heiSr-samligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), = hei3rligr, Stj. passim.
heiS-skirr, adj. bright, cloudless, of the sky, = heiSrikr ; h. ve&r, Stj.
17 ; h. himinn, Art. ; i heiftskiru, in bright weather, Bret. 46.
lieiS-vanr, adj. epithet of a tree, shady (?), Vsp.
hei9-ver3a, S, [heid, f.], to honour, Horn. 160 : this and the following
three words are derived from heiS, f., q. v.
Iiei5-ver3i (lieifl-virfli), n. honour ; dyrS ok h., Hom. 157, 160.
hei9-ver3liga (mod. Iiei3-vir3iliga), adv. respectfully, Hom. 150.
hei3-vi3ri, n. bright weather, Nj. 143, Fms. iv. 246, ix. 482, xi. 132.
hei3-vir3iligr and hei3-vir3r, adj. honourable, worthy.
liei3-J)ornir, m., poet, the sky, Edda (Gl.)
heigull, m. a kind of o«/ok growing on the thatches of houses, Norse
taklog, Bjorn. II. metaph. a laggard. heiguls-ligr, adj.,
heiguls-skapr, m.
heikil-nef, n. ' hook-nose' (?), a nickname, Fms., Fb. iii.
heila, a3, to make whole ; h. e-m skada sinn, to make good one's scathe,
N.G.L. i. 387.
lieilag-leikr, m. holiness, Fms. x. 319, xi. 207, Bs. passim.
heilag-liga, adv. holily, inviolably, 623. 53, Magn. 480, passim.
heilag-ligr, adj. 'holy-like,' holy, Bs. i. passim, Hkr. ii. 338.
HEILAG-R, adj., usually contracted before a vowel, whereby the
root vowel becomes short, thus helgan, helgir, helgum, helgar, and
the definite helgi, helga ; but also uncontracted, esp. in mod. usage,
heilagir, heilagan, heilogum, definite heilagi ; [Ulf. seems not to have
known the word, and renders ayios etc. by veihs ; so also in Dan. and Swed.
local names, holy places and temples are marked by a prefixed or suffixed
vi-, e. g. Vi-borg, Odens-e ( = (56ins-ve) : heilagr is derived in a metaph.
sense from heill, whole, and is consequently not so old as the primitive
ve, veihs; so A. S. hdlag ; Engl, holy ; Hd. helag ; Germ, heilig ; Dan.
hellig; Swed. helig]: I. holy in heathen usage, helgar kindir,
holy beings, Vsp. 1 ; har ba3mr heilagr, 19, v. 1. ; heilog go6, holy gods ;
ginnheilog go6, Vsp. ; heilakt land, Gm. 4 ; heilog (grind) fyrir helgum
dyrum, 22; heilog votn, 29, Hkv. 2. i; heilog fjoll (helug?), Fm. 26;
helgu fulli, the holy toast of Odin, i. e. song, poetry, Edda (in a verse) ; af
helgu skutli, from the holy table, Haustl. 4 ; J)at vatn er sva heilakt,
at..., Edda II ; brunnr mjok heilagr, 10: in local names, ]pat fjall
kalladi hann Helga-fell, Holy-fell, Eb. 10; at J)eir gor6i lond sin helgari
en aSrar jar6ir, 20; ok kallar J)a jor3 mi eigi helgari en a9ra, 24: —
heilagir fiskar (mod. heilag-fiski), a halibut, Dan. helle-flynder, Bs. i.
365. 2. as a law term (and this is no doubt the original sense
of the word), inviolable, one whose person is sacred, who cannot be
slain with impunity, esp. within certain boundaries ; hann (fjorbaugs-
ma8r, q. v.) skal heilagr vera at J)eim heimilum ok i orskots-helgi
vi6 a alia vega, etc., Grag. i. 89 ; hann er heilagr a J)eirri gotu ok
i orskots-helgi vi& Jia gotu, 132; hann ver5r eigi heilagr ef eigi var
sagt til heimilis hans at ferans-domi, ok eigi verdr hann heilagr ef eigi
gelzk fe J)at er t)ar skyldi gjaldask, 133 ; hann er jamheilagr a gotu er
hann ferr til skips, 90, vide |>.{>. ch. 33 sqq. ; falla oheilagr, to fall un-
holy, to be slain as an outlaw for whom no weregild was to be paid,
Grag. and Sagas passim, cp. the interesting passages in Landn. 5. ch. 4,
Sturl. i..ch. 14; frift^heilagr, 'peace-holy,' protected, a term for birds
and animals protected by law ; uheilagr, outlawed, exlex : closely akin
are the above phrases, in which heilagr is used as an epithet of places, h.
land, fjoll, etc. II. eccl. holy, Lat. sanctus, Bs. passim, N. T.,
hymns, sermons, etc.; Heilagr Andi, the Holy Ghost; helgir dagar, holy
days ; halda heilagt, vide halda ; helgir doniar, holy relics ; but laelgi-
domr, halido7n, sct/tctuarium ; heilog orb, holy words ; helgir sib'n, holy
rites; helgar baekr, holy books; helgar ti6ir, horae canonicae ; helgir
menn, saints of the Roman church; Heilagir ="A7tot, i.e. Christians,
N. T. 2. of special feasts, Helga Vika, the Holy Week, the week
after Whitsuntide, Dipl. iii. 10 ; Nottin Helga, the Holy Night, cp. Germ.
Weihnachten ; Helgi f)6rs-dagr. Holy Thursday, Fms. ix. 531.
heilan, f. healing, Fms. v. 217.
heil-brig3i, f. [brag6], health, freq. in mod. usage.
Iieil-brig3r, adj. 7)a/e, healthy. Fas. iii. 319, 644, freq. in mod. usage.
h.eil-brj6sta3r, adj. 'hale-breasted,' sincere, Fas. i. 23.
heild, f. wholeness, totality, (mod.)
heil-eygr, ad]. 'hale-eyed,' Nj. 165, Grag. i. 433, Fms. v. 143, Bs. i.376.
heil-fsettr, adj. ' hale-legged,' sound, Grett. 83.
Iieil-hjarta3r, adj. 'hale-hearted,' sincere, Sks. 90, v.l.
Iieil-h.uga3r, adj. ' hale-minded,' sincere, Sks. 90, Fagrsk. 14.
heil-liugi, a, m. sincerity; heilhuga ra8, Fms. vii. 319 ; heilhuga friSr,
Orkn. 2. a sincere person ; fietta likadi Magniisi jarli sem full-
komnum heilhuga, Orkn. 162 ; J)viat hann er heilhugi, Fms. v. 32 ; mi
skal af sliku marka hversu mikill h. hann var, Sks. 730.
heil-hugliga, adv. sincerely, Barl. 10, Str. 87.
HEIIjI, a, m. the brain, Gm. 40, Edda 6, Hkr. i. 42, Grag. ii. 11, Nj.
114, Fbr. 137, passim. compds : heila-brot, n. beating the brain,
(mod.) tLeila-b.u, n, the cerebellum, (mod.) h.eila-b6st, n. pi.,
medic, the brain membrane; fyrir framan ok aptan h,, denoting thefi
head and occiput, N. G. L. i. 172 ; J)a er maSr heilundi er kora (a prt
kennir inn til heilabasta, Grag. ii. 9 1 . beila-kost, n. pi. = heilabrot.
heilindi, n. health, Hm. 67 (heilyndi), Hom. 149, 160, K. Jj. K., Gi
i. 278, ii. 134. COMPDS : beilindis-far, n. state of health. Mar. i
beilindis-kveSja, u, f. a wishing one health, Stj. 482, Karl. 93, v
van-heilindi, bad health, illness.
bedlindr, adj. wholesome; votn hrein ok heilend, Stj. 609; vxrir
heilendr sem Moyses, Eluc. 49.
h.eili-vd,gr, m. healing liquor, balm, Trist.
HEILL, n. and f. \T>in.helcr\,good luck; the gender of this word vai
A. Neut., which seems to be the older gender, an omen, aus^
foreboding; hver'ro bozt heill (pi.), which are the best auspices?
answer, morg eru god heill, there are many good auspices, Skv. 2. 19,
cp. 22 ; giptusamlegt heill, a favourable omen, Al. 13 ; the neut., whk
obsolete elsewhere, has remained in the phrases, g66u heilli {bono augto
illu heilli (malo augurio'), in a good, evil hour ; illu heilli bau& ek
barnfostr, Isl. ii. 141 ; illu heilli vartii skapa&, Hom. 153 ; illu heilli 1
ver her dvalizt, Nj. 241 ; fortu fa heilli heiman, with small luck, 0
107 ; verstu heilli, Heir. 4 ; g66u heilli, in a good hour, Fms. ix. :
X. 1 8 (in a verse) : talismans, of hidden magical runes written on • gui
heilltim' (on talismans^), Sdm. 16.
B. Fem. good luck, happiness : 1. plur., with the notion of b
the gift of auspices or of an oracle, esp. in pi., so that the gender is dubii
fekk Ingolfr at bloti miklu ok leitaSi ser heilla um forlog sin, Landn.
skal f>6r61fr biota ok leita heilla J)eim brae6rum, Eg. 257; hefir ]
flokkr leita6 ser heilla at tilvisan fjolkunnigra manna, at J)eir skyldi
naetr berjask, Fms. vii. 296 ; Hallsteinn skaut setstokkum fyrir bo
hafi til heilla s^r eptir fornum si6, Fs. 123, Landn. 34 ; ^a skaut Stein
spjoti at fornum si6 til heilla ser yfir flokk Snorra, Eb. 228 (an old hea'
rite) ; J)otti J)at likast til langlifis ok heilla, 1 26 new Ed. ; ok var bru
heillum sver3sins, the spell of the sword was broken, Korm. 84 ; i
Sigmundr, af fieim bring heillir at taka, Faer. 103. 2. esp. (ah
pi.) with the personal notion of a good spirit or angel, cp. hamingja ;
veit ek hvart vit eigum heill saman, i.e. if we shall have luck toge,
of two persons having one life and one heart, Nj. 3 ; {lotti stor
til hans horfit hafa, Fs. 194; Leifr kvaS hann enn mundu mestri
styra af J)eim frsendum, Fb. i. 538 ; hann ba& J)eim heill duga, he wi
them good speed, GullJ). 14 ; fser J)u braut bii J)itt ok vestr yfir Ls
fljot, \)2T er heill J>in oil, Hrafn. 1 ; heillum horHan, fo7-saken by i
Grett. 150. 3. sayings, illt er fyrir heill at hrapa, 'tis ill to rus
and leave one's good luck behind, Skv. 2. 25 ; hati9ir eru til heilla be
(mod. hati6 er til heilla bezt), denoting that high feasts ought ti
chosen for momentous affairs, Ld. 1 76 (of one being christened at
time) ; fall er farar-heill, a fall is a good omen (in departing), Fmi
414 : the phrase, vera e-m iitil heilla-J)ufa, to be a stumbling-block to
the metaphor prob. taken from the popular lore as to mounds with hi
hoards, ek hefi orSit Iitil heilla J)ufa um at t)reifa flestum monnum, G
143. 4. in mod. usage as a term of endearment, heillin, heillin
dear ! my dear ! the address of a husband to his wife ; the bride
hverjum aetlar6u at bj68a i veizluna okkar, hjartaft mitt ? the bridegr
answers, eg veit J)a& mi ekki, heillin min ! Isl. {jj66s. i. 243 ; getrj)u
gefi& manninum hressingu, heillin ? Hrolfr. 8 ; hann (our son) er
kargr, heillin min ! hann nennir ekki neitt a6 gera, latum vi6 stiA
stiidiera, Grond. 72 ; cp. Bb. 3. 21 — hiin (the wife) kyssir og me9 k
segir, komdii blessa6r, heillin min ! — heillin goS ! is iri many Icel. he
the address of the servants to the mistress: as! hvernig getiS ^.
fari9 a6 tala, heillin goS ? Piltr og Sliilka, 36 ; saelir og blessa&ir. A)
minn ! stelar og blessaSar, heillin g66 ! Hrolfr. 6. compds ; ha
brig3i, n. pi. a turn of luck, Fs. 15 1. beilla-drjiigr, ad], fortu
Grett. 150. heilla-lauss, adj. luckless. h.eilla-leysi, n. ill
Nj. 206. Iieilla-ma3r, m. a lucky man. h.eilla-ra3, n.
advice or a lucky deed, Sks. 670, Fms. ii. 208. heilla-v8enligt,i
(-liga, adv.), hopeful, promising, Grett. 93 A. beilla-vceimt
promising, Fms. xi. 235 : mann-heill, or6-heill, q. v.
HEILL, adj. [Ulf. hails ^vyirjs. vyiaivaiv, x^P^< ^^'^•'' '^•^-
Engl. hail and hale are of Scandinavian origin, whole of Saxon ; O.I
heil ; lost in mod. Germ. ; Dan. heel ; Swed. bel] : — whole : I.
sound; ilia heill, in ill health, Hm. 68 ; heilir hildar til, heilir hild
fara Jjeir heilir hvaflan, hale, unscathed, 157; heilar headr, Gkv. 3,
heilar sjonir, hale eyes. Lex. Poet. ; spur6i Jjorsteinn hvernig J)ar
heilt, hann sagdi at {)ar var vel heilt, Th. asked how they were in U
and he said that they were well. Eg. 743 ; heilir, opp. to sarir. Am.
heilan {unbroken), H)'m. 29 ; heill hjalmstofn, hale skidl, 31 ; hve^
heilt hold a likam hans, 623. 44 ; graeSa at heilu, to cure so as to b*
and well, 655 xi. 3 ; Onundr var sva frsekinn ma5r at fair stoSusk hc
J)6tt heilir vaeri, that few men were a match for him, though they were
and sound, Grett 87 ; sjorinn var hvergi heill, the sea was nowhere
i.e. the waves rose high, Vigl. 22 ; silki-raema heil ok ii-s6ku3, Fm
1 10. 2. iieq/efif, of wounds, illness, in gen. pi. ; verSa heill sara s
,^g- 35 ; Helga dottir bonda var J)a a fotum ok heil meina sinna, 586
HEILLA— HEIMAN.
249
.1 eigi heill sirsins, Fbr. 164. 3. phrases, gr<5a urn heilt (see groa),
xi. 87 ; binda um heilt, to bind up a hale limb ; er um heilt bezt
Ilia, 'tis belter to bind a hale than a hurt limb, Ld. 206 ; betra heilt
■nib, better hale than healed; meb heilii ok hcildnu, safe and sound,
\. 376 ; \>ar skal hverr heill ver9a sem haltr var5, he that was halt
I'e made hale, a law phrase, he that has a blemish upon birn must clear
■ If of it, N.G. L. i. 326: cp. the phrase, svelta heill hungri (mod. svelta
hungri), to starve, Ls. 62 : a guest is asked, hvaS er i frettum,
• news ? to which the reply is, niannheilt og osjiikt, all hale and
l:' i.e. all Weill eigi heil, not bale, i. e. enceinte, J)u ert kona eigi
I'as. i. 52; hiisfreyja Tpia er eigi heil, ok mun hun fse6a mey-
isl. ii. 196 ; Freydis vildi fylgja J)eim ok var6 heldr sein, \)vi at hoii
:_;i heil, |>orf. Karl. 428. 4. answering to Gr. X°'/'*> '^^ excla-
n ; njotid heilir handa, ' bless your bands !' well done ! Nj. 71 ; mael
■'<:{ heilastr, taell spoken, Fms. viii. 97 ; ba^u hann tala konunga
ui (i.e. cheered him), vi. 240; maeltu, at hann skyldi maela allra
igja heilastr, viii. 290. p. in greeting, V^m. 4, 6, Sdm. 3, 4;
heill, welcome! hail ! Bias. 42 ; far heill, farewell ! Fms. vii. 197 ;
Magnus fraendi ! 171 ; sit heill, sit bail! Gliim. 391, Fms. x. 201 ;
va ! Stj. 621 ; heilir sva ! 475 ; heilar sva 1 124, Karl. 507 ; ek sva
!y my soul ! forsooth I Fms. v. 230 ; sva vil ek heil ! Grett. 170 new
ba6 J)ii hcila fara ok heila hittask, Fms. iv. 171. 5. whole,
, Lat. integer; sjau hundruQ heil, full seven hundred, lb. 16; heil
7, K.Jj.K. 102 ; heil dsegr (opp. to half), Rb. 16; heil alin, N.G. L.;
ir, Bs. ii. 152. II. metaph. trtie, upright; allit., heilt ra6
iinilt, a hale and good bargain, without fraud or flaw, Grag. i.
ine6 heilum fortcilum, Dipl. i. 3 ; rtiSa e-ni heilt, to give wholesome
:. wise) advice to one, Nj. 31, (heilrae&i) ; me8 heilum hug, sincerely,
! in. 106; heilum sattum, Hav. 50 new Ed., Al. 60. ^.safe;
uum {jotti eigi heilt at setja hann annat sinn undir sama va8a,
X. 417.
!la, a6, [heill, f. ; cp. Dan. hilde = to allure'], to bewitch, enchant,
irid one; Ketill kva& J)aer heilla6ar, Fms. vi. no; si&r J)ik (?) um
halir, Hm. 130 ; ok muntii vera heilluS af uvaetti J)essum, Fas. iii.
heillu6 ertu {thou art infatuated) ef J)u setlar minn hug grimman vi&
. 194; sprota er hann heillar me5 augu J)eirra manna er hann vill,
•47-
iciileikr (-leika), m. health, Fms. ii. 230 : uprightness. Fas. iii. 160,
arl. 213.
■Iieilliga, 2.Av. fairly, candidly, Sturl. ii. 67, Bs. i. 736.
(tieilligr, adj. looking hale, whole.
heil-mikill, adj . considerably great.
heil-nsemi, f. wbolesomeness.
heil-neemiligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), wholesome, Hkr. i. 269.
iheil-nsemr, adj. wholesome. Fas. i. 411.
Iheilo, f., qs. hei9-16, [beidelo, Ivar Aasen], a sandpiper.
jheil-r&3r, adj. giving wholesome counsel, Nj. 30, Fms. ix; 262, Grett.
jio.
Jn^iUraSugr, adj. = heilra9r, Hom. 109.
l-rseSi, n. wholesome, wise counsel; ra8 J)u mer h. nokkur, segir
irr, Nj. 85 (Gunnar to Njal) ; Gunnarr maelti til Njals, heilrje6i em
iminn at ssekja at J)er um eitt vanda-mal, — Makligr ertu J)eirra,
Njall, ok re6 honum ra9in, 71, Landn. 117, Sks. 548, Fb. ii. 52.
heilsa, u, f. [Dan. helsen; Swed. helsci], health, Fms. vii. 241, x. 215,
p. 620, Al. 24, Hom. 10, Bs. i. 337 ; sterk, g66 h., strong, good health ;
jeyk, lin, ttep h., poor, weak health, passim. compds : heilsu-bot, f.
If alth-hettering, healing, Hkr. ii. 386; til heilsubotar, Magn. 414, Bs.
ieilsu-brag3, n. a cure, ek skal syna J)er oruggt h., Fb. i. 439. heilsu-
rykkr, m. a potion, draught, Al. 24, 656 B. 12. heilsu-far, n.
'lie of health, Grett. 153. heilsu-gjafari, a, m. a healer, eccl.
eilsu-gjof, f. a 'gift of health,' cure. Fas. iii. 277, Magn. 532 : eccl.
ilvalion, Stj. 141. heilsu-g63r, adj. in good health. Iieilsu-g8e9i,
. strong health. heilsu-laiiss, adj. 'health-less,' in bad health.
eilsu-leysi, n. bad health. Mar. heilsu-linr, adj. = heilsulitill.
eilsu-litill, adj. in weak health, Sturl. iii. 34. heilsu.-or3, n. a word
f salvation, (MS.) 656 and 555 teilsu-rdS, n. counsel whereby to
ecover health, Fms. ii. 229. heilsu-samXigr, adj. (-liga, adv.),
holesome, salutary, Bs. heilsu-samr, adj. wholesome, Sks. 96.
\eilau-sterkr, adj. strong in health. heilsu-tapan, f. perdition,
K. A. 76. heilsu-taepr, adj. in poor health. heilsu-veiki,
ik health. heilsu-veykr, adj. having weak health.
Isa, a5, [Dan. hilse'], to say hail to one, greet one, with dat. ; it was
cient custom for the host to welcome (heilsa) the stranger, as may
en from the following references: — Osvifr (the guest) kvaddi tit
lid ok Rut (the master of the house), J)eir gengu lit ba&ir ok heil-
Osvifi, Nj. 31 ; hann (the master) gengr lit ok heilsar Gisla (dat. the
iraiiger), Gisl. 83 ; kona ein gekk til hur&ar ok heilsar fieim ok spyrr
a at nafni, Fbr. 44 new Ed. ; Jjorsternn gekk J)egar til biidar Jjorkels,
II hann (Thorkel) heilsar honum vel ok spyrr hvat hann arnar, Lv. 33 ;
)Iafr gengr inn a golfit ... en enginn heilsar honum ok J)6g3u allir,
lav. 39 : in case the host was a great personage (a king, earl, or the
like), the stranger used in token of honour or homage to walk up to
him and greet him, 'sit hail!' ok er hann kom inn, heilsadi hann konungi,
konungr tok kveOju hans. Eg. 63 ; jarlinn (the guest) g^kk fyrir hann
(the host in his high-seat) ok hcilsadi honum, O. H. 66 ; Haukr heilsa8i
konungi, Fb. i. 47: h. a en, id.; Asgrimr (the guest) g<!'kk at honum
ok heilsa6i A hann, Nj. 182, Fms. i. 16; ok er hann kemr a fund Knuts
konungs, gekk hann fyrir hann ok heilsar upp 4 konungiim, konungr tok
ekki kve5ju hans, xi. 264. In mod. usage a coming guest is said ' heilsa,'
a parting guest ' kveftja,' q. v.
heil-samligr, adj. wholesome, salutary, Stj, 69, K. A. 20, Fms. i. 141.
heil-samr, adj. salutary, Sks. 96, Skalda 210.
heilsan, f. [Dan. hiheri], greeting, salutation, Fb. iii. 309, Fbr, 6a,
Hkr. iii. 79, Bs. i. 755. compds : heilsanar-kveiya, u, f. greeting,
Stj. 482. heilsanar-or3, n. id., Bs. i. 707.
heil-3ini3liga, adv. uprightly, Bs. i. 522.
heil-spen and heil-spenu3, f. adj. ' hale-teated,' of a cow, G^\. 503.
heil-und, f. a law term, a brain wound, Grag. ii. 11, passim. hell-
undar-sdr, n. = heilund, Nj. 217.
heilundi, a, m. one with a brain wound, Grag. ii. 91.
heil-vita, adj. indecl. ' bale-witted,' sane, Greg. 45, Bs. i. 755, N. G. L.
i. 145.
HEIM, adv. (prop, an ace. of heimr), home, homewards, L»t. domum,
Nj. 4, II, Fms. i. 51, Hrafn. 20; fara helm, to return home, Bs. i. 337 ;
si9an foru J)au heim a leid, id. ; en er hon var komin naliga heim, 341, and
in endless phrases. 2. in phrases as, bj68a e-m heim, to bid one to
a feast, heimbo8 ; saekja e-n heim, to visit, attack one, in a hostile sense,
passim : baeta heim fyrir ser, to make for one's soul's weal, Fms. iv. 63.
HSIMA, adv. I. neut. [Engl, home; Germ, heimatb ; Dan.
hjem and hjemme] : — ho7ne, = heimili ; en er kaupmenn drifu af skipi hverr
til sins heima, Fms. vi. 109 ; skulu hvarigir o8rum J)ar illt gera at heima
minu, Nj. 256 ; ur6u J)eir at ganga langa lei8 til sins heima, Bs. i. 47,
Korm. 222, Stj. 393 ; til Jjins heima, 484; ef eigi kemr troll milli hiiss
ok heima, Fms. viii. 41. 2. the phrase, eiga heima, to have a home,
live ; Hallfre3r atti heima at Haukagili, Fms. ii. 9 ; t)eim megin arinnar
sem hann atti h., Bs. i, Hkv. 2. 4, and passim. II. at home ;
var Riitr h, at RiitsstoSum til sex vikna, Nj. 10 ; heima haf8ir {)u vit
J)itt, er {)U sag5ir mer til, Hrafn. 8 ; fiitt var manna heima, Landn. 152 ;
heima gla9r, cheerful, gladsome at home, Hm. 102 ; h. i gorSum goSa,
VJ)m. 2, passim : sayings, daelt er h. hvat, Hm. 5 ; hair er h. hverr,
35. j3. phrases, standa h., to square, be all right, of a measure or the
like : the phrase, sitja heima sem maer til kosta (heima-saeta), to stay at
home as a maid, Sams. S. ; J)at Jjykkjumk ek vita, at eigi munum vit
allan aldr okkar ligiptar heima sitja, Sturl. i. 206.
B. Compds: heima-alinn, part. i&owe-6recf. heima-alningr,
m. one home-fed. heima-bol, n. a homestead, mansion, Fms. ii. 90.
heiina-boiidi, a, m. a franklin or yeoman in a heimabol, H. E. ii. 1 14.
heima-brvmnr, m. a home well, Gliim. 390, Sturl. i. 191. heima-
bser, m. the home-buildings, homestead, opp. to outlying storehouses and
byres, Ann. 13 19. heima-dyrr, n. pi. the 'home-doors,' the entrance
to dwelling-houses, Faer. 264, Grett. 121 A, Fs. 42 ( = mod. bjejardyr).
beima-dyr, n. domestic animals, Barl. heima-elskr, adj. 'home-lov-
ing,' a laggard, afraid to go out in the world, Fs. 4. heima-fastr, adj.
having ajixedhome, H.E. ii. 85. beima-folk, n. home folk, Fms. ii. 160,
Grett. 140. beima-friSr, m. home-peace, Js. 95. heiina-gri3uiigr,
m. (beima-naut, n.), a bull kept at home, Vapn. 46, Sturl. i. 78. beima-
hagar, m. home-pastures, beima-bestr, m . a ' bome-horse,' stallion, opp.
to liti gangs-hestr, a working horse, Hm. 82. beima-bus, n. pi. dwell-
ing-houses, opp. to out-buildings, Faer. 264. beima-j6r3, f. = heimabol,
Pm. 53. beima-kominn, part., in the phrase, gora sik h., to make
oneself as at home. beima-kona, u, f. = gri8kona, a house-maid, Sturl.
i. 73, iii. 193, NjarS. 370 : medic, erysipelas, cp. farkonu-sott. beima-
land, n. home-land, the home estate, Fms. ii. 90, Bs. i. 287, 84I, D. I. i. 240,
Vm. passim; an estate on which a church is built, beima-lid, n. = heima-
foik, Sturl. i. 196. beima-maSr, m. = gri9ma3r, a 'home-man,'
dweller, servant. Eg. 52, 60, 165, Sturl. i. 72, Nj. 11, Stj. 482, Vm. 23.
beima-prestr, m. a resident priest, the parson, Fms. iv. 265, Bs. i.
65 2, Jm. 24. beima-rikr, adj. tyrannical at home, Bjarn. (in a verse),
beima-seta, u, f. sitting at home, Grag. i. 41. heima-sveit, f.=
heimafolk, Sturl. ii. 53. beima-sseta, u, f. a maid 'sitting at borne'
unmarried. beiina-ta3a, u, f. the bay from the home-field, Finnb. 340.
beima-tiund, f. ' home-tithe,' i. e. the tithe of the estate on which a
church is built, to be paid to the lay landlord, Vm. 19, Am. 90, D.N.
beinja-vistj f. staying at home, Bs. i.
beima, A and a6, to take one in, in the allit. phrase, hysa ok heima
e-n, ef maSr hy'sir ok heimir litlagan mann, GJ)1. 144; hafa hy'st {ja ok
heimat, N.G. L. i. 123, (rare.)
beim-alinn, part. = heima-alinn.
beim-alningr, m. = heima-alningr.
beiman, adv. from home, Hbl. 2, Nj. 11, 142, passim; cp. he5an,
handan, J)a3an. p. in the phrase, henni fylgdi heiman Brei9ab61sta8r,
the estate B. went with her from home, i. e. was her dowry, Landn. 61,177;
250
HEIMANBUNADR— HEIMOLL.
gefa heiman, to give from home, i. e. give in marriage, D. N. i. 723 ; gora
heiman, to endow ; ek g6r5a J)ik heiman i J)a ferS sem dottur mina, Fms.
vii. 121, Band. 31 new Ed., passim.
heiman -blinaSr, m. preparation for a journey from home, Stj. 366.
lieiinan-ferS (heiman-for), f. a going from home, Nj. 195, Eg. 10,
Jb. 388: = heimanfylgja, Stj. 175, N. G. L. i. 233.
h.eiinaii-fylg5, f. = heimanfylgja, N. G. L. i. 233.
heiman-fylgja, u, f. the dowry which a bride brings with her from
home, opp. to mundr, Grag. i. 174, 313, Nj. 11, Stud. iii. 179, Korm.
134, Stj. 570, N. G.L. i. 232, Gisl. 16, tsl. ii. 9, 378, passim. 2.
metaph. of a son, Dipl. iv. 5 ; but mostly of a church, cp. Engl, endow-
ment, the church being regarded as the bride of Christ ; h. kirkjunnar, Bs.
i. 287, K. A. 24. (5®" Fylgja is here prop, akin and another form of the
word fulga, q. v., and heiman-fylgja, qs. heiman-fiilga.
heiman-fSr, f. = heimanfer6, Grag. i. 147, Eg. 23.
heiman-forull, adj. strolling from home. Fas. i. 525.
heiman-gengt, n. adj. in the phrase, eiga ekki h., to be bound to stay
at home.
Iieinian-gj6f, f. = heimanfylgja, Jb. 118.
Iieiinan-g6r9, f. an endowing, endowment, Grag. i. 336, D.N. passim.
heiinaii-kv53, f. a summoning of neighbours, Grag. i. 130.
lieim.-bo3, n. a 'home-bidding,' invitation, a feast, Nj. 51, Fms. i. 54,
Eg. 66, Orkn. 320 : a law phrase, reclamation, N. G. L. i. 41, Gpl. 406,
Grag. i. 381, passim.
heim-bollr, m., Lat. orbis terrarum, the globe, world, Eluc. 19.
Heim-dab', m., with single /, not Heimdallr, as shewn from the gen.
-dalar, not -dalls ; a later form used in the Rimur was Heimdael-1, |)rymlur
I. 8 : — the god Heimdal, Edda, whence the poem Heimdalar-galdr, m.
id. The etymology has not been made out : Heimdal was the heavenly
watchman in the old mythology, answering to St. Peter in the medieval
legends ; respecting him vide Edda 1 7 (Sksm.) and passim, Gm. 13 : he was
also regarded as the father and founder of the different classes of man-
kind, see Rm. and Vsp. i, — meiri ok minni mogu Heimdalar, the higher
and lower sons of H., i.e. all men, II. a ram in Edda (Gl.) is
called heimdali.
heim-dragi, a, m. a ' home-dr agger,' laggard, Fms. vii. 121, Fs. 177
(in a verse). Art. 89, Konr. 10, Lex. Poiit.
heim-ferS, f. a going home. Eg. 66, Fms. iv. 269, ix. 474, Jb. 8 : an
inroad into one's i&o??ze = atfor, heimsdkn, Ld. 262, Eg. 73, Fms. viii. 9, xi.
239. coMPDs: 'he\\a.ieTbaT-di.a,sr,m. the day for returning ho7ne,
Magn. 512. heimferSar-leyfl, n. 'home-leave,' Fms. ix. 318.
heim-friSr, m. a law term, home-peace, hotne secjirity, D.N. i. 215, 245.
heim-fiiss, adj. longing for home, Fms. vii. 48, vi. 238, Sturl. i. 84,
Fb. ii. 360.
heim-fysi, f. a longing for one's home.
beim-for, f. a going home, return home, Fms. vii. 48, xi. 60, Hkv. 2. 34:
an inroad. Eg. 12, v. 1. compds : beimfarar-leyfl., n. 'home-leave,'
leave to go home. Eg. 31, Fms. viii. 395, Orkn. 284. beiinfara-J)ing,
n. a law term, a meeting to settle terms in case of distress for payment of
debt ; cp. the mod. phrase, undir atfor at logum, D. N. v. 424 (Fr.)
heim-ganga, u, f. a going home, Sturl. i. 43.
heim-gfis, f. a home goose, a tame goose, Grett. 90, Korm. 206, Edda
(GI.)
beim-bagi, a, m. [cp. att-hagi, Dan. hjem-stavn], a home-field, D.N.
i. 581 ; in Hm. 156 we propose to read heimhaga for heimhuga,
beim-bamr, m. 'home-shin.' one's own shin, Hm. 156; vide hamr.
beimila, d and a5, to give a title to a thing ; \k hefir ma8r heimild til
ef maSr heimilar honum er forrad a aura sinna, Grag. ii. 191 ; hvart sa
ma8r heimildi honum landit e6r eigi, 209 ; ef ma6r selr manni e3r gefr
J)at er hann veit at J)j6fstolit er, ok villir hann heimild at, J)6 at hann
vissi eigi J)a er honum var heimildr, ok varSar skoggang, 190 ; hvar sem
J)eir kaemi vi3, heimila6i jarl J)eim Jjat er ^yrfti at hafa, Nj. 122 ; abiiS
heimilar tekju, en landskyld heimilar 169, N. G. L., GJ)1. 329.
heimild (beimold, Stj. 134), f. [pzn.hjemmel = authority ; undoubt-
edly derived from Goth, haimopli, by which Ulf. renders afpos, Mark x.
29, 30, and thus nearly akin to heimili and heimoll ; in Icel. only used
in law phrases] : — a title, right, jus possessionis ; hann seldi siSan J)ann
sama graptar-reit ok heimoldir, Stj. 134 ; stefna til heimildar, to summon
one for h., Grag. ii. 205 ; villa heimild at e-u, to give out a false account
of one's title to a thing, of stolen things, 190 ; mi ferr ma9r a j6r6 manns
ok tekr eigi heimild af J)eim er a, N. G. L. i. 39 ; {)au riki er konungr
haf3i J)a heimildum 4 tekit, to which the king had got the title, Fms.
X. 45 ; heimild skal hverr ma3r taka af sinum drtittni verka-sveins sins.
Anal. 278; en veit ek at hann hefir eigi rettar heimildir a sk6ginum,
Eb. 170. COMPDS : beimildar-kvi3r, m. a verdict of tieighbours as
to right of possession, Grag. heimildar-m.a3r, m. a man from whom
a title is derived, Grag. ii. 205, GJ)1. 537. heimildar-tak, n. a
taking possession, title ; honum J)6tti eigi at lijgum hafa farit heimildar-
tak a skoginum, i. e. he thought it was a bad, unlawful bargain, Eb. 178,
N.G.L.i.324. heimildar-taka,u, f./cf.,GJ)I.493,537. beimildar-
taki, a, m. = heimildarma&r, N. G. L. i. 324, Jb. 356. heim.ildar-j
'?'vdttr, m. a witness in case of disputed title, Grag. ii. 319. heimilcl
vandr, adj. fastidious in regard to title, Sturl. ii. 146. II. in ml
usage gener. authority ; {)a6 er engin heimild fyrir j)vi, there is no autbotl
for it. beimildar-laust, n. adj. without authority.
HHHMIXiI, n. ; for an older form heimi see the compds with heimil
[originally a compd from heima, home, and 66al, heimiftli, as seen friF
Ulf. haimopli = dyp6s, Mark x. 29, 30]: — a house, homestead, domiet
Eg. 535, Fms. vi. 358, xi. 18, Grag. i. 99, 146, Hkr. i. 184, Nj., pasil
in old and mod. usage. compds : beimilis-bragr, m. home-it
heimilis-bui, a, m. a law term, a homestead neighbour summoned fr [
the same house, Grag. i. 26, 191. heimilis-fang, n. a law tennj
domicile, Grag. i. 19, 146, 147, Nj. beimilis-fastr, adj. i&aw«^l
fixed homestead, Grag. i. 52, ii. 45, Vm. 97, D. I.i. 277, 303. beimill
folk, n.folk of the same homestead. beimilis-bus, n. a closet, ll
151, 199, Am. 37: a privy, Fb. i. 416, ii. 87, Fs. 183. heimili
kviSr, m. a verdict given by heimilisbiiar, Grag. i. 145, Fas. i. ^l\
also called heimiskvi6r, q. v. : beimiliskvi3ar-vitni, n. the evidencn
h., N. G. L. i. 140, 160, 316. beimilis-njoli, a, m., a botan. tei|
rumex acutus, Hjalt. heimilis-prestr, m. a chaplain, Vm. 15, DJ
passim. heimilis-sok, f. a law phrase, a ' home-charge,' a chw\
that can be brought home to one. Valla L. 226. beitiiilis-ti3ir, f. f
home-service, Am. 37. beimilis-vist, f. a domicile, Hkr. iii. j
Stj. 94.
heimili, vide heimoll.
heimis-bui, a, m. = heimilisbui, Grag. i. 191.
heimis-gar3ar, m. pi. ' home-yards,^ a homestead, Hm. 8.
heimis-baugr, m. a 'home-how,' Hbl. 45 (Bugge's Emend.);
haugr.
heimis-kvi3r, m. = heimiliskvi&r, defined in N.G. L. ii. 505 sqj
a home-verdict, report made by one's mates and fellows ; in the sayi I
hsettr er h. nema sor g66an geti, Sdm. 25; eigi skal heimiskvi5 anil
at henda e3r illtyngdir, no notice is to be tahen of house-talk or i[
tongues, Grdg. i. 36 1.
heim.-kvama (beim.-kom.a), u, f. return home, Fms. i. 290, SturlJ
213: the phrase, missa heimkvamu, to 7niss one's return, be slcunX
foreign parts, answering to OMoKkaai vdoTijxov ■fjiJiap, Od. ; misti
margr ma3r heimkvamu. Fas. i. 385, (Skjold. S., which is a paraphrl
from an old lost poem) ; at margr missi heimkvamu i J)eima styr, Sigbtl
Hkr. iii. 40 (in a verse). heimkvdmu-dagr, m. the day of com\
home, voari/xov ^/xap. Lex. Poet.
heim-kynni, n. a home, household, Isl. ii. 392, Magn. 484, Hkr. ii. 3 1
beim.-lei3, f. ' home-way,' going homewards. Mart. 129, Hom. (St.^|
heim-lei3is, adv. homewards. Eg. 589, Fms. iv. 278, xi. 55, Fs.
Ld. 48, passim.
heim-lenzkr, adj. native, Sks. 375.
heim-leyfi, n. = heimfararleyfi, Fms. vi. 445, vii. 182, xi. 248, Hkr|
261.
heim-ligr, adj. worldly, Magn. 466, Stj. 546, Bs. i. 97.
heim-ndr, m. a law term, 'home-corpse,' thus defined, sa ma&r hel
h. er dreginn er til stokks e6a til stunins ( = stofns) ok hoggnar af bi|
hendr ok fstr, en um J)at verk ver3a {)rir menn utlagir nema hana
faerum kenna, N. G. L. ii. 506 ; cp. galgnar etc.
heimoll, adj., so spelt in Nj. 220, Eg. 163, 199, Fms. vi. 161, 1 1
Fs. 154, etc. ; heimholt (wrongly), Sks. 60 new Ed. ; beimull, Fi I
vi. 207, vii. 160; later and usually heimili; [cp. Goth, haimopli i\
Icel. heimili] : — prop, 'household,' homely, domestic, of a thing or pj
perty, cp. Germ. ' heimisch, einheimisch ;' hann let ongu tortyna fiar nej
kvikfe heimilu {home cattle) ; but this sense is rare and obsolete,
metaph. as a law term, property in one's full possession, at one's fret (I
posal; heimol jor3, appropriated land, Fms. vi. 161 (in a verse);
vard j(3r3 heimol, 185 (in a verse) : — in the phrase, vera e-m heimili ; eil
er eigi mundrinn heimili, sa er hann handsalar hinn heimski maftr, il
it is not a good, lawful bargain, it is not valid, Grag. i. 177 ! en hi I
hirdir aldri, at hverjum hann keypti, ef honum var heimilt sell, 0.
114; {)vi eru bor3 sett at heimoll er matr ]peim er hafa J)urfu, the mi
is at the free disposal of those who wish to have it, Nj. 320 ; ok vera, oBl
matr heimili (heimoll, Hb.), Landn. 193; kva3 honum heimilan skyj
sinn styrk naer sem hann t)yrfti, his help should be at his disposal wbl
soever be stood in need of it, Orkn. 86 ; en heimil munu \>^r til
or3, Lv. 36 ; heimult skal fjordi at vera me3 mer, Fms. vi. 207 ; s I
J)er ok heimilt vera, at hafa fe mitt til styrks ^et, 6.H. 33; J)at
heimilt J)eim er fara vilja med mer, Fs. 23 ; mi er J)at heimilt at |)li f
her af J)u vilt J)at, Fbr. 37 new Ed.; segir at J)at var skylt ok heiai|
due and just, (3. H. 156 ; segir sva, at J)at var skylt ok heimolt ay^
gor3i sUkan forbeina sem J)urfti, Eg. 163 ; allt mitt goz er J)er h«
Fs. 154; allt mitt skal y3r jafnheimolt sem mer, 182; fjorir se
|)at var heimolt J)6 at |i6r61fr vildi fleiri menn hafa me3 ser J)angat,
in a bad sense, at honum se heimili hse3ilegr dau3i, i. e. it serves ii
right, Sks. 280 : eiga heimilt, to have a right to, to have at on^sii
posal, etc. ; mik attii heimilan til fylgda vid {)ik ok ra3a-g6r8ar, Fij
,xi. 29; en heimilt a Ghimr at lofa ]?at, Nj. 23; ^viat konun
HEIMOLLEIKR— HEIMTA.
251
It at drepa niik, Fms. vii. 160; bans menu tru6u J)vi at hann aetti
.m sigr i hverri orrostu, Hkr. i. 6; heimilt a biskup at taka tiund
v.irkjuin, Grag. (Kb.) ii. '214; mi 4 ek her nokkuru heimilla (coni-
it veita nokkura frion, (5. H. 205 ; Jjat rnuntii eiga allra heimilast
1.) at veita 63rum J)itt en ekki mitt, Isl. ii. 137 ; lata, gora e-m
•\. to allow, give a right to another ; let |)orvaldr honum heimiian
- I in, 2'b. made him free of his horse, placed it at his disposal, Gisl.
•k let honum heimiian sinn vinskap, Fms. v. 183; hann gcirSi ser
. mur jafnheimilar, i. 207. III. cp. Germ. beimlicb=pri-
icret, only in the following derivatives.
loUeikr (heimiill-), mod. heimugleikr (-leiki), m. privacy,
:.y; kaerleiki me6 h., Bs. i. 809; h. ok vinatta, Fms. v. 176 (v. 1.),
iiir. S. passim), Mar. 2. mod. secrecy ; Jjeir tiJluSu milli sin
11 heimuleik, Bs. ii. 54.
:iolliga (heimuU-), mod. heimugliga, adv. dtdy, with full title
■ ssion ; hvert er ^at land er ek ma fa Haraldi heifnoUiga, ef ek
kert Dana-veldi? Fms. i. 85, cp. Hkr. (I.e.) 197 ; at l)6r maettu5
,1 h. ok einsliga i J)essari laudsins halfu, Stj. 223. 2. privately,
S^, Bs. ii. 28. p. mod. secretly, Fms. xi. 443 (MS. of the 15th
v)-
iiolligr, mod. heiniugligr, adj. intimate, Bs. i. 801 (Laur. S.
1; kijerastr ok heimoUigastr, Mar. 2. private; h. hiis ok
:;i, a private closet, Stj. 105 ; bans h. folk, his household follt , id. ;
: kr, a private clerk or chaplain, Fms. xi. 443 ; h. vinr, Fas. ii. 490 ;
, a privy, Grctt. 98 A. p. mod. secret. Germ, heimlich.
IMR, m.[Ulf. j&e2>«os(fem.pl.) =«w/i7;; A..S.ham; cp. Engl.i&owze,
local names -i&am; O.Yi.G.haim; Germ, heim; Dzn.bjem; Swed.
: —prop, an abode, village, and hence land, region, world : I.
■ iJe, land, 1. partly in a mythol. sense, each heimr being peopled
'h one kind of beings, gods, fairies, men, giants, etc.; niu man ek
I. I remember nine abodes, Vsp. 2, and also Aim. 9 sqq., VJ)m. 45,
to the mythol. conception of nine heavens, nine kinds of beings,
I nine abodes, cp. Go&-heimr, God-land, Yngl. S., Stor. ; Mann-
iniar, Man-land, the abode of men, Yngl. S.; Jotun-heimar, Giant-
nd; Alf-heimr, Elf-land, Fairy-land ; Niti-heimr, Mist-land, the world
low, Edda, Gm. ; Undir-heimar, the nether world, Fms. iii. 1 78, Fas. iii.
)i ; Upp-heimr, the ' Up-land,' Ether, Aim. 13; cp. also Sol-heimar,
:un-ham,' Sunniside, freq. as a local name, Landn. ; vind-h., ' wind-
:iiij the heaven, Vsp. 62 ; sa heimr er Muspell heitir, Edda 3 ; heyrir
i bans i alia heima, 17 : the phrase, spyrja einn i alia heima, to ask
cely ; er slikt harla ub6f3inglegt at spyrja likunna menn i hvern heim,
. . 2 1 1 . 2. the region of the earth or sky ; Austr-heimr, the East ;
ni)]'h., the North; Subr-h., the South ; Vestr-h., the West; Jorsala-heimr,
'■>tine: poet., dvalar-beimr, a dwelling-place, Sol. 35; xgis-h., 33;
:., the abode of men, 41 ; beimar go6a, the abode of gods, Hkm. 13 ;
.r-h., a place of bliss, Hkv. Hjorv. 42 ; lj69-h., the abode of men, Gg.
; i;iyrk-b., the 7nirky abode, Akv. 42 ; s61ar-h., the sun's abode, heaven,
tisli. 3. a village, in local names, Engl, -ham. Germ, -heim ; but in
Dan., Norse, and Swed. local names contracted to -om or -um, so
!i many instances it is doubtful whether it is from beim or a dat. pi.
.', thus Veom, Viom may be Vebeimr or Veum; Sae-heimr = mod.
S(Bm ; Ha-beimr = /fcEW ; Fors-heimr = -Fors?/?«, Munch, Norge!s
; Pref. : in Icel. not very freq., Sol-heimar, Man-beimar (cp. Safn
; note), Vind-b. : the mythical Gla8s-b., ' Bright-ham,' {>rym-b.,
h., Gm. 4, 8, 1 1. II. this world, opp. to Hel or other worlds ;
S'jlkvig i heimi, Vsp. 26 ; seg6u mer or heimi ek man or Helju,
6, Hkv. Hjorv. 40, Skv. 3, 62, VJ)m. 49, Am. 83, Stor. 19, Vsp.
u, Heir. 4; koma i beiminn, to be born. Fas. ii. 513 ; Jiessa heims, ifi
ji/s world, 623. 48, GJ)1. 42, Hom. 48; opp. to annars heims, in the
fher world; {)essa beims ok annars, Nj. 200, Sks. 354 ; kringla beimsins.
lobe, orbis terrarum, Hkr. (init.) ; um allan beim, Grag. i. 169;
r er bygSr, Isl. ii. 381 ; spor J)in Hggja lengra lit i heim en ek
\ Orkn. 142 ; var heimrinn allr greindr i Jjridjunga, Al. 117, Sks.
Rb. 1 34 ; al-heimr, the universe ; minni-h., microcosmos, Eluc.
2. phrases, liggja (vera) milli beims ok Heljar, to lie
'ween life and death, in extreme illness, Fb. i. 260 (of a swoon) ; la
jorsteinn {)a milli beims ok heljar ok vaetti ser ^a ekki nema dau6a,
jas. ii. 437 ; J)a sigaSi sva at honum, ... ok la naliga i milli heims ok
k;Iiar, Grett. 114; syna e-m i tvo heimana, to tnake one look into two
• Is, i. e. to treat a person roughly ; cp. laust hann sva at hann vissi
I t)enna beim, he struck him so that he nearly swooned, Karl.
3. eccl. the world, mundus ; beims agirni, Hom. 73 ; stiga yfir
inn, to overcome the world, 49, N. T. passim, e. g. John xvi. 8, 11,
', 33 ; heims biirn, the children of the world. Pass. ; heims dyrS, the
lory of the world. Post. ; beims skraut, the pomp of the world, Hom. 83 ;
old ok heimr, the flesh and the world, N. T. 4. denoting />fio/>/e.
Illy in the compd |)ing-heimr, an assembly, cp. Fr. monde. compds :
eims-aldr, m. aetas mundi, Stj. 25, Rb. 392, Fas. ii. 13. heims-
tfa, u, f. a quarter of the world, Edda 151 (pref.) heims-brestr,
••■ crash of the world, Nj. 272. heims-bygS, f. the peopled ivorld,
b. 380, Stj., Hom. heims-endi, a, m. the world's end, Stj. 68, 92 :
temp, the end of the world. heims-kringla, u, f. orhis ttrrarum,
Sks. 606, Trist. 7 : the name of the work of Snorri, given it by Thormod
Torfaeus (died 1719), from the first words in one of the vellum MSB.,
'Kringla beimsins,' etc., whence Heimskringla ; as the old name of
the Aeneid was 'Arma.' This name was for the first time used in the
Edit, of Peringskold 1697. heima-skapan (-okOpun), f. creation,
Stj. 279. heims-Bkaut, n. pi. the poles, Fs. ii. 97 (in a verse) ; the earth
being conceived as a sheet stretched out (mod.), Nor8r-h., the North
pole; Su&r-h., the South pole. heims-slit, n. pi. the end of the world,
Bs. i. 432, Stj. 124. heims-sol, f. the sun, Fms. vi. 422. heims-
Btafla, u, f. aetas mundi, 625. 178, Rb. 82, 84, 88, Fb. i. (pref.), Bs. ii.
3. heima-stjorn, f. the ruling of the world. Mar. heims-st^r,
m. the rider of the world. Lex. Poet. heims-vist, f. living, dwelling,
625. 93, Magn. 428, Fms. ii. 239 : dwelling in a place, N. G. L. i. 391,
Hom. 115. h.einis-J)ri3j\mgr, m. = beimsalfa (in the old sense),
Hkr. i. 5.
heim-reid, f. a ^home-raid' inroad, attack. Eg. 279.
heim-rost, f. a lane leading up to houses (Icel. tra5ir), GJ)1. 414, 445.
heimska, u, (.folly. Am. 83, Fbr. 142, Fms. ii. 156, 0. H. 109, Anal.
246, passim. compds: heimsku-liga, adv. foolishly, Sks. 685.
Ixeimaku-ligr, nd). foolish. h.eimsku-tal, n.foolish talk, heimsku-
verk, n. a foolish deed, Karl. 20.
heimska, a3, to mock one, 656 C. 35, H.E. i. 505 (impers.)
heimskingi, a, m. a fool, simpleton.
heimsk-liga (proncd. heimsliga, Fb. i. 259), zdv. foolishly ; lata h.,
to play silly pranks, behave like an idiot, Fms. iii. 179, vi. 217, Fas. i. 9,
Fs. 32, 150 ; fara b.. Boll. 352 ; hlaupa hart ok heimsliga, Fb. i. 259.
heimsk-ligr (proncd. heimsligr, 623. 19, Sturl. ii. 34 C, Fas. ii. 326),
zd]. foolish, silly, Sks. 73, 302, Fms. vi. 208; h. orb, foolish (^foul) lan-
guage, Sturl. ii. 34, passim; b. gaman, Fs. "Ji.
heimsk-mdlligr, zd]. foolish-spoken, 686 B. 2.
heimsk-orSr, adj. = beimskmaligr. Pass. 13. 2.
HSIMSKB, adj. [heima], /ooZ/si!;, silly, prop. ' homisb,' of one who
has never been from home, as in the saying, heimskt er beimalit barn,
homisb {silly) is the home-bred bairn : heimskr, didl, is opp. to horskr,
Hm. 93 ; h. ma8r, 19 ; heimskir halir, fools, bad men, Sdm. 24 : the
saying, verSr opt heitum heimskr ma3r feginn,/a/r words make a fool's
heart leap for joy, {>orst. St. 55 ; heimskir menn, Nj. 33 : an idiot, Grag.
i. 177; b. ok lira&vandr, Fs. 51; sa skal by6ing valda er heimskastr er
a t)ingi, N. G. L. i. 349 : nicknames, Ketill Heimski, Hrafn H., Hreidarr
H., 6ttarr H., Landn., Hdl., Fms. ; cp. Lat. Brutus.
heim-sokn, f. [cp. Scot. hamesucken'\, an inroad or attack on one's borne,
Nj. 197, Fms. iii. 23, vii. 299. compds : heimsoknar-vargr, m. one
who makes an inroad, a burglar, N. G. L. i. 405. heimsoknar-vitnii
n. a witness in a case o/heimsdkn, GJ)1. 1 55. II. a visit, Sturl. i. 72.
heim-speki, f. philosophy. Col. ii. 8 ; and heim-spekingr, m. a phi-
losopher, now freq. and prob. formed in the i6th century from the Germ.
welt-weisheit ; a poem Heimspekinga-skoli exists, written at the end
of the 1 7tb century.
heim-stefna, u, f. a law term, a citation served at one's borne, G{)1. 264.
COMPDS : heimstefnu-v&ttr, m. a witness in a case of h., N. G. L. i,
217. heimstefnu-vitni, n. testimony in a case ofh., GJ)1. 475.
heiin-st63, f. a homestead, Vsp. 56.
heim-ssekja, sotti, [Dan. bjemsoge'], to visit, Lv. 108, Fms. v, 236,
Valla L. 218, Glum. 354, (better in two words.)
HSIMTA, t, [Swed. bixmta ; akin to beim, prop, to fetch home'] : —
to fetch: 1. to draw, pull ; 'pa, bau6 jarl at h. J)a at landi, to 'pull
them ashore, 633. 35 ; taka hendi sinni i stufinn tungunnar ok h. (to pull)
hana, Fb. ii. 386; J)a heimtir hann togit hart, Konr. 31 (MS.), 33 ; pa.
vildu J)eir h. snoruna at balsi honum. Mar. : metaph., beimti hann sik
fram me6 fegjofum vi5 konunginn, he jnade his way with the king by
money, Fms. xi. 325 ; Einarr kom a fund konungs, ok beimti sik fram
me6 fegjofum, Fb. iii. 445 ; h. sik i vinattu vi& e-n, to contract friend-
ship with one, Fms. vi. 52; h. nyt af fe, to milk cattle, K. Jj. K; 78,
Bs. i. 189 : impers. (rare), J)egar er saman heimtir me6 pt\m, when they
come up to one another, Al. 143 ; sHks var van eigi litil, at {)ik mundi
J)angat heimta (v. 1. langa, Fs. 104), that thou shouldest be drawn
thither, long to go thither, Fms. ii. 2 1 2. 2. to call on one ; konungr
heimti til sin Sigur5 ullstreng, Fms. vii. 17; J)a heimtu ptix konung 4
ta\, they had an interview with the king, 273, Lv. 42 ; pa, var J6seph
heimtr or myrkva-stofu, Ver. 17; J)a skal hann h. til skipverja, ok
segja J)eim, Grag. i. 210. II. to claim, crave; mikit var
heimt at ^eim fyrir sakir fo3ur J)eirra, Sturl. ii. 127: to claim a due,
debt, or the like, h. f66ur-arf, 0. H. 32 ; mo&ur-arf, Ld. 62 ; h. f^ at
e-m, Isl. ii. 224; h. toll, Gull^. 11 ; h. skiptoll, Fs. 153 : hann mun setla
at h. erf5 sina, Nj. 5 ; um eignir pxr er Olafr konungr heimti, Fms. i.
287 ; Riitr atti for i Vestfjor&u at heimta (to claim payment) fyrir vam-
ing sinn, Nj. Ii ; h. verS, fe, Fb. i. 434; skuld, skatt, mund, ii. 49, Fs.
153: — to crave, without the notion of getting, pa. heimti hann set-
stokkana ok naSi eigi, Landn. 104 ; gaf hann J)a sok Sigur3i, at hann
hefSi beimt fjarhlut konunganna, Fms. vii. 128; ok a hann p6 at h.
252
HETMTA— HEITA.
Jiingfarar-kaupit, Grag. i. 24; en nii var Jjar komit, at Steinn heimti
Jjcssi vilmaeli at Ragnhildi, now St. called on R. to make good ber pro-
Tnises, 0. H. 144; ok mun heimt annat ef annat er vcitt, ^orst. SiSu H.
172 ; J)eir heinitu mund ni68ur sinnar, en hann vildi eigi gjalda, Hkr. i.
•21. 2. to get back, recover, regain, get in; nema J)u J)inn hamar
J)4r um heimtir, |)kv. 18 ; also, h. aptr, 8, 11 ; h. e-n or helju, Eg. 533,
Grett. 83, Konr. 35. 3. esp. to bring home the sbesp in autumn from
the summer pastures; nii heimtir annarr-tveggi J)eirra fleira en van
atti, . . . nu heimtir annarr betr en annarr, . . . hve mart hann haf6i
oheimt, i. e. how many sheep were still at large, not got in, Grag. i. 424,
425. III. reflex., J)a er synir Haralds konungs heimtusk fram at
aldri, advanced in years, Fb. i. 576; J)a heimtusk Birkibeinar or J)ys
biiandmanna, ok upp i eyna, Fms. viii. 68 : h. saman, to gather together,
join ; heimtusk bratt skip hans saman, x. 396 ; ok heimtusk sva allir
s&m2X\, joined to one another, viii. 357 ; vil ek at menn skiptisk i sveitir
ok heimtisk saman fraendr ok kunnnienn, 0. H. 204 : of sheep, lata skipta
at jafna6i sva sem heimtz hefir til, Grag. i. 424. IV. part, heimt-
andi, a claimant, Grag. i. 495, K. J). K. 154.
heimta, u, f. a claim, demand, of payment due to one, or the like, Sturl.
i. 113, Grag. ii. 379, K.A.84, Fb.i.471, (fjar-heimta, arf-h.) 2. esp.
in pi. (heimtur), a bringing home sheep from the summer pastures ; f)at
var eitthvert sinn um haust at heimtur voru illar a fe manna, ok var Gliimi
vant margra geldinga, Nj. 26; haust-heimtur. Band. 4; skaut mjok i
tvau horn um heimtur Odds fra J)vi er verit haf6i, id. ; ok er a leiS
haustiS ferr hann a fjall, verda heimtur goSar, ok missir engis sau6ar, 3 ;
al-heimtur, gathering in all one's sheep, cp. Gliim. ch. 7> K.d. 4, Eb. ch.
18, Nj. ch. 16 ; very freq. in mod. usage.
heimtari, a, m. a usurer, Stj. 304.
heimting, f. a claim, demand, Grag. i. 97, 334, Ld. 50, P"ms. ii. 287.
lieiiniil-leikr (-leiki), heimoUeikr, vide heimoU.
heim-vdn, f. expectation of coming home ; hann sagSi sina heimvan 1
efztu vikn Fostu, Sturl. i. 25. 2. eccl. departure. Germ, ableben;
J)at get ek ekki merkja heimvan |)ina, Fms. vii. 108, cp. Fel. vii. p. xiv.
pref. ; hann svaraSi, mer lizt, herra, sem {)er muniS eigi lengi her eptir
J)urfa at berjast vi6 heiminn, — Biskup mseiti, f)vi er gott at taka, eg a
g68a heimvon, taken from Jon Halldorsson's Lives of Bishops, referring
to the death of Jon Vidalin (A.D. 1720).
lieim-J)egi, a, m. a 'home-dweller,' a member of one's household; this
word occurs several times on Danish stones, vide Rafn 184, 18;;, 197, 217,
218.
heim-Jjingadr (-u3r), m. a visitor; hanga h. = Odin (vide hangi),
Isl. ii. 353 (in a verse); herju h., the husband of the ogress, i.e. the
giant Hrungnir, Haustl. 19.
HEIN, f. [A. S. ban; Engl, hone; Dan. been'], a bone, Edda 48, 59,
Sturl. ii. 62, Fms. vi. 374 : a nickname of the Danish king for his meek-
ness, Knytl. S. coMPDS: heinar-bryni, n. = heinbryni. Fas. iii. 43.
heinar-sufl (lieinar-sinjor, hone-grease, Fb. iii. 425), n. the liquor in
which mowers dip the whetstone, Fms. vi. 374: in poetry the sword is
called hein-flet, hein-land, hein-vandill, the flat, land, rod of the
hone. Lex. Poet. heiii-J)ynntr, part, hone-whetted, of a sword, id.
hein-berg, n. a hone-quarry, Edda 58.
hein-bryni, n. a bone, whetstone. Fas. iii. 43.
Heinir, m. pi. the inhabitants of the Norse county Hei&mCrk, Fms. xii.
Hein-verskr, zdj. from HaSaland, Hkr. i. (in a verse).
HEIPT, better lieift, f. [{J\{.baifsts = fpis, kpiOda, dfwv, cp. baifstjan
= dycuvi^e<T6ai ; akin is Germ, beftig, whence mod. Dan. bceftig'] : — the
earliest sense is feud, deadly war; vinna e-m heipt, to wage war {do
battle') against one, Vkv. 10 ; deila heiptir, to wage deadly feud, Hkv.
I. 44 ; senda e-m heiptar-bo3, to challenge one to combat. Fas. iii. 27 (in
a verse) : hereto belong such poet, epithets as, heiptar-nytr, heiptar-
strangr, heipt-br&3r, heipt-fikinn, lieipt-glaflr, heipt-mildr,
heipt-minnigr, heipt-moSr, heipt-orr, lieipt-snarr, = mighty
in war, warlike, all of them used as 'ornamental' epithets of praise,
vide Lex. Poet. : as also beiptar-livessir, ni. a war kindler, id. p.
bane; heipt hrisungs, the bane of a copse, i.e. fire, Vt. 19: in the old
poems Hm. and Sdm. heipt seems used in a peculiar sense, viz. an impre-
cation, spell, Hm. 136, 152, Sdm. 12, 36, and perh. Eb. in the MahliS-
ingavisur. 2. evil doings, injury ; eiga e-m heiptir at gjalda, Hkr. i.
85, Korm. (ina verse) ; gjalda e-m harma ok heiptir, 0. H. 214. II.
deadly hatred, spite ; halda heift i hjarta, Horn. 50; heipt ok har6indi,
ill-will and tyranny, Fms. vi. 42 ; meir af h. en ast, xi. 310 ; hafa heipt
a e-m, to bate one. 2. fury ; J)a svall heipt i Hogna, H. swelled with
fury, Bragi. compds: heiptar-bl65, n. a law phrase, bloodshed;
saurga i heiptarbloSi, to stain (a holy place) with bloodshed, Eb. 12 ; J)a
kom heiftarbl65 fyrst a jor&, Ver. 6 (the blood of Abel). heiptar-
fenginn, adj. breathing hatred against one, Ld. 232. heiptar-hugr,
m.iwa/i, Fb. iii. 320. Iieiptar-li6nd, f. a /oe's-&a«rf; leggja heiptar
hendr a e-n, Stj. 486; meS sinni heiptar hendi, 436. heiptar-mdl
and heiptar-ord, n. pi. words breathing hatred, Karl. 438, Fas. i. 191,
"• 358.
heipt-gjam, adj. spiteful, Bkv. 10.
heipt-kvi3r, m. unkind, evil words, Ad. 22,
heipt-m6gr, m. afoeman, adversary, Hm. 149.
heipt-rsekni, f. (heipt-reekinn, adj.), vindictiveness, Horn. (St.) 45
lieipt-reekr, adj. vindictive, Bs. i. 8.
heiptugr, adj. baneful : in the allit. law phrase, heiptugri hendi, infa
matiu, K. A. 36, 40, GJ)1. 378.
heipt-u9, f. deadly hatred, Ver. 26.
heipt-Tifligr, adj. vindictive, Eb. 17 new Ed., Fbr. 35, Fms. vi. 42, 2j
heipt-yrSi, n. pi. words of hatred, Edda 77, Am. 85, Fm. 9.
HEIT, n. pi. [cp. Ulf. wota^dirftXr)], threatening words or gestur
threats, Lat. minae ; standa undir beitum ok illyrSum, Bs. i. 728; b
okhar6yr&i, Barl. 194; kold heit, Edda (Ht.) ; J)eirra heit dvinu&u, Ed
(in a verse) ; af heitum, /row his threatening gestures. Am. 19.
heit, n. a solemn protnise, vow ; munu y6r heit hans 611 fost, Eg. 2
{jorst. St. 55 ; efnt J)ykkisk J)u hafa heit J)in, en mi eru eptir min h(
Nj. 59 ; en i «ngum heitum (engagement) vil ek bindask, 0. H. 32
sing, a vow, holy vow, kva6 engan hlut batna munu vi& J>at heit, B
248 ; er honum ^otti sem J)egit mundi heiti6. Glum. 348 ; efla heit,
make a vow, Gisl. 90 ; stofna heit, id., Fms. ii. 16, Sturl. i. 222 ; fe
heit, id., Bs. i. 184 : but esp., strengja heit, to make a solemn vow (in t
heathen time, whence heit-strengirtg), Fs. 122, Isl. ii. 166, Fms. i. 3
26, Fb. ii. 353, Hrafn. 5 ; enda heit sitt, Fb. ii. 371 ; eccl. a vow, o£
Drottni heit sin, Stj. 429; heit 611 ok testamenta, K. A. 216: a prom
(in marriage), hann ba9 konunnar ok fekk heiti6 hennar, Edda 23 ; brag
f6stu heiti, to break a promise, Al.m. 5.
HEITA, pres. heit, heitr, and in A. IL heiti, heitir (bisyllabic),
mod. usage heiti through all significations ; pret. het, h6tu, 2nd pe
hezt ; part, heitinn.
A. [Ulf. haitan = KaKftv ; A.S. hdtan; Old Eagl. bight, pret. i&(
O.H.G.haizan; Germ. heissen; Swed. beta; T)an.bede]: I. tra;
with ace. to call, give name to ; hve J)ik hetu hjii ? Fsm. 47 ; Ur9 hetu eii
Vsp. 20; Hei8i hana hetu, 25 ; Grimni mik hetu, Gm. 49 ; hve J)ik hei
hair, Hkv. Hjorv. 14 ; Hnikar hetu mik, Skv. 2. 18 ; hetu Jjrael, Rm.
hetu Erna (Emu ?), 36 : the naming of infants was in the heathen i
accompanied by a kind of baptism (ansa vatni), vide ansa, p. 35.
metaph. to call on one ; in the phrase, heita e-n a brott, to turn one 0;
call on one to be gone ; J)a er maSr a brott heitinn ef honum er eigi dei
matr at malum, Grag. i. 149 ; Vermundr het hann a brott ok kvaS ha
eigi J)ar lengr vera skyldu, Sturl. ii. 230 ; so also, ef bondi heitr gridma
sinn af vist forattalaust, Grag. i. 157; e6a heiti3 mik heSan, Ls. 7; eki
heitinn lit {turned out) fjorum sinnum, Sighvat : — with prep., heita a e
to call upon one (for help) ; hon h^t a konur at skilja ^a, Landn. 49
exhort one (in battle), het a Holmrygi, Hkm. 2 ; iJlfr het a oss, Hkr,
(in a verse) ; Gisli spratt upp skjott ok heitr a menn sina, at skyli, Gi
22'. to invoke one (a god, saint), hann triiSi a Krist, en het a {>6r
sjofara ok harSraeSa, Landn. 206 ; hann heitr mi a fulltrua sina |>orgei
ok Irpu, Fb. i. 213 ; ef ek heit a gu3 minn. Mar. ; a Gu5 skal heita
goftra hluta, Sol. 4. 3. part. pass, bight, called; sii gjof var heil
guUi betri. Ad. 9; loskr mun hann ae heitinn, Am. 57, Fms. vi. 39!
a verse) ; sa ma6r mun eigi ilia heitinn {will ?iot get a bad report
atfer3 sinni, Sks. 55 new Ed. p. heitinn, the late, of one dead ; ep
Odd heitinn foQur sinn, Dipl. iv. 13 ; SalgerQr h., the late S.,^!!^ 37: Te
freq. in mod. usage, hann Jon heitinn, hun Gu6nin heitin, etc. '.
absol. or intrans., in which case pres. bisyllabic heiti (not heit), to
bight, be called, as in Goth, the pass, of haitan ; Andvari ek heiti,
am I bight, Skv. 2. 2; 6lafr heiti ek, Fms. x. 226; ek heiti Ari, ]
(fine) ; Josu vatni, Jarl letu heita, Rm. 31 ; 06inn ek mi heiti, Yg
ek a3an het, Gm. 54 ; Gangra6r ek heiti, VJ)m. 8 ; Ask veit ek stanc
heitir Yggdrasill, Vsp. 19 : esp. freq. in an hist, style in introducing
person for the first time, MorSr het maSr, hann atti dottur eina er Un
het, mo&ir hennar het J>orgerSr, Rutr het br68ir hans, Nj. i, 2; J)
attu eptir dottur er f>uri5r het, hinn elzti son Bjarnar h^t Grimk(
Isl. ii. 4 ; Oddr het ma&r, son Onundar brei&skeggs, hann atti Jsa ko
er Jorunn het ; annarr son {)eirra het f)6roddr en annarr f>orvaldr, {>uri
het dottir Odds en 6nnur Jofri&r, 121, 122 ; Jjorsteinn het madr, ha:
var Egilsson, en AsgerSr het moSir |)orsteins, 189 ; J)au gatu son, <
var vatni ausinn ok het {>6r61fr, 146, etc. ; and in endless instances answ<
ing to Engl, there was a man, and bis name was {be was bight) so *
so. The ancients said, hve (or hversu) heitir J)u, ' bow' art thou nanut
Germ, wie beisst du ? thus, hve J)u heitir ? hve J)ik kalla konir ? answi
Atli ek heiti, and hve {)u heitir, hala nagra&ug ? Hrimger^ ek hei
Hkv. Hjorv. 14-17 ; hve sii j6r3 heitir, hve sa himinn heitir, hversu mi
heitir, hve sja sol heitir, etc.. Aim. xo, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26,1
30, 32, 34, VJ)m. II, 13, 15, 17 ; the northern Icelanders still say, h«
(i. e. hversu) heitir maSrinn, saelir veri& ]per, hvors' heitir ma6rinn ? ansW
Hrolfr heitir hann, Asgrimsson a6 nor5an, Sig. Petr. in Hr«lfr (a play), p.
in mod. usage, hvat(zt'i>a/) heitir t)u? hva8 heitir Jjii? Egheitijon, Stef.O
the same phrase occurs now and then in old writers, hvat heitir baer JJi
Ld. 234; hvat heitir hon ? Helgaheitir hon, Isl. ii. 201 (Cod. Holm, hw
= hversu ?) : as also in the poem Fsm. (but only preserved in paper M8S
9, II, 13, 19, 23, 31, 35, 37; but hve, 46, 47. p. of places, oft
iit
HEITA— HEL.
253
,it. and prep, of the place; a J)eim bae er k Brjamslsek heitir, Bs.
; land Jjat er i Hvaniini heitir, Gisl. 1 21 ; baer haas h6t a Stokkum,
524 ; a j^eim bae cr at Holi heitir, Hrafn. 5 ; ok J)vi heitir Jiat siftau
!:il, 3 ; bxT heitir a Bakka, a MeSalhiisum, at BiirfcUi, a AuQiilfs-
1, at Svinavatni, i Vestrhopi, i Slettadal, Isl. ii. 322-325. 2.
called, reckoned so and so ; J)a heitir hori soim at siJk, then she
convicted, N.G. L. i. 351 ; Jjii skalt fra Jjessum degi frjals maOr
l,d. 50; heit hvers mauns niSingr ella, Nj. 176; heldr en h. kot-
gi er {)at nafn fyrir-litanda, at heita hiiskarlar konungs, Sks. 270 ;
ill heitinn horskr, Hm. 61. 3. reflex., hetomc, to name one-
!') he called ; hetomc Grimnir, hetomc Gangleri, einu nafni hetomc
,, hetomc {jundr fyrir J)at, Gm. 46, 48, 54.
ii. With dat., [cp. Goth, fauraga heitati; A.S. hatan, pret. bet;
verbeisse?i] : — to promise, with dat. both of the person and thing, or
iig in infin., or absol. ; heita hor&u, to threaten. Am. 78 ; h. goSu,
!i. biilvi, Hdl. 49 ; afarkostum, Fms. i. 75 ; hann heitr peim J)ar i
rr.uni liigum, 0. H. 35 ; engu heit ek um J)at, 167 ; mantii nokkut
[)ii hezt mer i fyrra, Anal. 190 ; at litiS mark so at, hverju J)u heitr,
ii. 120; fyrir J)au bin fogru fyrirheit er J)u h^zt J)eim manni, er
;ia5r bans yi3i — Jjat skal ek efna sem ek bet J)ar um, i. 217 ; kom
inn J)ar, sem hann hafdi heitift, as he had promised, 72 ; ^li munt
kkr slika saemd sem J)ii hefir heitiS, Nj. 5 ; Njall h6t at fara,
II. to make a vow, the vow in dat., the god or person
A with prep, and ace. (h. a e-n), cp. A. above ; J)at syndisk
in ra6 a samkomunni, at h. til ver6r-bata, en um J)at ur9u menn
isiittir hverju heita skyldi, vi!l Ljotr f)vi lata h. at gefa til hofs, en
.1 txjrn en drepa gamal-menni, Rd. 248 ; fia heitr Ingimundr prestr
. i-kista bans skyldi a land koma ok bxkr, Bs. i. 424 ; ok skyldu
i:ika at heita, J)eir hetu at gefa . . ., 483 ; bet Haraldr J)vi til sigrs
hann skyldi taka skim, Fms. i. 107 ; eptir J)at bet hon miklum
:in a hinn helga Jon biskup, Bs. i. 201 and passim, esp. in the
c-books. III. reflex, and pass, to plight oneself, be he-
! ; J)a, sa hon pat at ra9i ok me9 henni vinir hennar at heitask
■':. Eg. 36; J)eim hetumk pa, J)j63konungi, Skv. 3. 36: to betroth,
• ek heima pu. er (hon) Jier heitin var, when she (the bride) ivas
0 thee. Aim. 4; kom sva, at Bar6i var heitiS meyjunni, that the maid
frothed to B., Eg. 26. 2.to vow, plight one's faith ; J)eir hetusk
ilakon or landi, Jd. : to vow one's person to one, at hann beitisk
heilaga Olafi konungi, Hkr. iii. 288 : to bind oneself, J)a menn er
n h6f6u heitis^k til foruneytis, Fms. vii. 204.
eita, tt, [heitr], to heat; hon heitti steinana, Lv. 70; hann let taka
nciit ok heita i katli, Fms. vi. 153 ; h. spjot i eldi. Fas. ii. 29 ; solin
itir hafit, Rb. 444. 2. to brew ; heita mungat, Bs. i. 339, 340,
]:>. K. 100, Finnb. 294, Eg. 88 ; heita 61, 148, Hkv. 3 ; heita til
a, to brew for Yule, Orkn. 112 ; — the ancients used to drink fresh-
i ale.
a, u, f. brewing, N.G. L. ii. 249, iii. 197; 61-heita, ale-brewing,
.215. coMPDs : h.eitu-gagn, n. a boiler, D.N. heitu-hus, n.
--house, Yms. viii. 329. heitu-kerald, n. a brewing-vat, Dipl.
irt. heitu-ketill, n. a boiler, Dipl. iii. 4, Fb. iii. 447. heitu-
)na, u, f. a woman brewer, Rett. 6. 3. heitu-raa3r, m. a brewer,
ii. 44. heitn-vidT, m. fuel for brewing, Rett. ^g.
an, f. a booting, threatening, Fms. vi. 371, 437, Sturl. ii. 57, Fs. 31.
■ii.anar-or3, n. pi. menaces, Fms. vi. 118, Sturl. iii. 141.
SEITASKj a5, dep. ; [in mod. usage this word is often used as a strong
:1', as if it belonged to the great verb heita above ; but wrongly, as they
Mely difterent, the former referring to Goth, baitjan, the latter to
tvotjan, answering to Icel. hota, bceta, q. v., Old Engl, to wite\ : —
1', threaten, abuse one; heitask vi6 e-n, with infin. or absol., hann
!ci3an mjok ok heitask vi6 Odd, Korm. 142 ; aldrei hallmselti hann
III sinum ok aldri beitaSisk hann vi6 {)a, and he never spoke evil
abused his enemies, Nj. 211 ; hann settisk i bu bans en heitaQisk
. onda, Fs. 157; bverr ert J)u sva djarfr, at \>u porir at heitask vi6
iJiiigja varn? Fms. i. 75: with infin., beitu5usk Danir nijcik at fara
her i Noreg, 160; h. e-s, viii. 167; {)eir heitaSusk at verja hann,
lO ; Knutr beitaQisk jafnan at herja til Englands, Isl. ii. 241 ;
iiin heituSusk vi& i 63ru lagi at hlaupa a brott, Bjarn. 27 ; hann
;c at brjota Jiau, O. H. L. 23 ; h. til e-s, muntu na go5or6i J)inu J)6
Ueiti.sk eigi til, Jaorst. Si5u H. 173 : absol., segir at konungi mundi
iiri duga at heitask e6r herja a innan-lands folk, Hkr. i. 144. In
language heitast is chiefly used of those who shortly before death
1 man, and after death haunt him, see Isl. J)j66s. i. 222.
-bundinn, part, botind by a vow, Sturl. iii. 240, Rd. 246.
-dagr, m. a votive day ; beitda'gr EyfirSinga, the first Tuesday in
■ nth Einmanu6r {April), a ' day of vow' at the end of the winter
lodder and food began to run short, vide Rd. ch. 7.
eit-fastr, adj. true to one's word, Sturl. ii. 133, Hkr. iii. 352.
eit-fengi, n. a being heitfengr, Lv. 70.
eit-fengr, adj. able to eat one's food burning hot, Grett. 91,
sit-fe, n. votive money, Bs. i. 308, 450.
9it-gu5, n. a god to wbom one makes a vow, Bar3. 168.
heit-hleifir, m. a votive loaf, Vm. 33.
heiti, n. a name, denomination, 623. 62, Fms. i. 23, Hkr. i. 320, Orkn.
(begin.) ; ukennd heiti, simple nouns, opp. to kenningar, circumlocutions
or metaphors, Edda (Sksm.) ; heiti and nafn are used alrnost synonymously,
lands-heiti, sta6a-heiti.
heitingax, f. pi. threats, imprecations, Lat. dirae. Fas. i. 39, iii. 533,
Grett. 203 new Ed., cp. Isl. |jj63s. i. 222.
heit-kona, u, f. one's promised spouse, distinguished from festar-kona,
in whose case the ceremony of betrothal has taken place (vide festar) ;
hon skal vera heitkona Gunnlaugs en eigi festar-kona, Isl. ii. 217, 339,
255, Fb. i. 372, Sturl. iii. 179.
heitleikr, m. beat. Mar.
heit-or3, i\. a promise, Sturl. i. 34, ii.167, ^^- '• 683, {)6rft. 21 new Ed.
HEITR, adj. [cp. Ulf. beito=fever, Matth. viii. 14; h.S.hat; Engl.
hot; Hel. bet; Germ, heiss ; Dan. heed; Swed. bet']: — hot, burning;
heitaii eld, Isl. ii. 152 ; eldi heitari, hotter than fire, Hm. 50, Grett. 134;
heitt skin, hot sunshine, Fms. i. 118, vi. 41 1 ; heitt ve6r, hot weather, vii.
165 ; ve6r heitt af solu, Isl. ii. 193 ; skaltii eigi {)urfa heitara at baka, Nj.
199 ; heitt siment, hot mortar, Fms. vi. 153 ; e&a hellir hann k hann Jjvi
nciickvi er sva heitt er, at (of a fluid), Grdg. ii. 129 ; heit mjolk, Lv. 70 ;
heitr grautr, Eb. 198 ; ekki er heitt, 'tis not hot, Lv. 1. c. ; e-m er (verflr)
heitt, to be warm, Sks. 63 ; m(5r er heitt, / am hot; eld-h., hot as fire ;
gl6S-h., glowing hot; brenn-h., burning hot; fun-h., sj<j8-h., etc., q. v. ;
heitt bl66, heitr sveiti, Korm. II. metaph. hot, ardent; heit
ast, hot love; unna (elska) heitt, to love dearly. Lex. Poet., and in mod.
usage. 2. hot, angry ; gora sik heitan, Bs. i. 717, Stj. 181 ; verda
h. vi3 e-n, 719.
heit-ramr, adj. boasting, braggart, Bs.J. 649.
heit-rofi, a, m. (heit-rofa), a promise-breaker, Fms. ii. 55, Fs. 96.
heitsi, adj. indecl. ; verSa e-s h., to engage oneself to a thing, JiiSr. 151.
heit-strenging, f. a solemn vow of the heathen kind (cp. strengja heit),
Fms. i.4, Hrafn. 8, fsl. ii. 42, Fms. xi. 26, 109-II3, 152, Fs. 122. For
descriptions of this heathen custom, esp. at festivals (at Yule time, at
funerals), see esp. Haensa |j. S. ch. 12, J6msv. S. ch. 8, 37, cp. Hkr. (5. T.
ch. 39, Hervar. S. ch. 4 (Fas. i. 417), Hkr. Har. S. Harf. ch. 4, Yngl. S.
ch. 40, Har5. S. ch. 14, Floamanna S. ch. 2 (cp. Landn. 1. ch. 3), Hrafn.
ch. 2, Hkv. Hjorv. (prose).
heit-strengja, d, to vow, Fms. xi. no, Str. ; (better in two words.)
heit-songr, m. a votive song, Bs. i. 307, 354.
heit-yr3i, n. = heitor3.
HEKLA, u, f. [akin to hokull, q. v.], a kind of cowled or hooded frock,
knitted of divers colours, see Fms. ii. 72, viii. 106 ; hekla flekkott, Fas. i.
120, Landn. 319; blarend h., Isl. ii. 44; h. af skarlati ok saumud 611
br6g5um, Fms. ii. 70; graen h., (5. H. 158. compds : Heklu-fjall,
n. ' Hecla-fell,' the name of mount Hecla, Bs., Ann. passim ; in mod.
usage abbreviated Hekla, prob. called so from \tf, frock or hood of snow.
Fourteen eruptions of mount Hecla are recorded, of A.D. 1104, 1158,
1206, 1222, 1300, 1341, 1.^89, 1440 (the exact year uncertain), 1510,
1597, 1636, 1693, 1766, 1845, besides earthquakes or partial eruptions
in the immediate neighbourhood in 1294 and 1554, see Isl. Ann., Jon
Egilsson (Annals), Bjom a SkarSsa (Annals). In the Middle Ages Hecla
became mythical in Europe, and was regarded as a place of punishment
for the damned ; the Danes say ' begone to Heckenfjseld,' the North
Germans ' to Hackelberg,' the Scots ' to John Hacklebirnie's house,' cp.
the Sks. 154. Iieklu-ina3r, m. a hooded man, Fms. ii. 70.
Heklungar, m. pi. ' Frochnen,' the name of a political party in Nor-
way in the days of king Sverri, Fms. viii. 106 sqq.
HEL, f., gen. heljar, dat. helju or hel (less correct) ; a nom. helja never
occurs in old writers, although a gen. helju is used in the mod. phrase,
mill! heims ok helju (old and better heljar); [Ulf. halja = abr)i, Matth.
xi. 23, Luke xvi. 23, l Cor. xv. 55; A.S. and Engl, bell; Hel. and
O.H.G. bellia; Germ, bdlle ; cp. Dan. 2 bjel]: — the abode of the
dead: 1. in a heathen sense answering to the Greek Hades, and
distinguished from Valhalla ; i Helju, Aim. 15, 19, 21, 27, 33 ; til Heljar,
Skm. 27, Vtkv. 6, VJ)m. 43 ; ok letta ekki fyrr en ver hofum Sigmund
i Helju, Fa:r. 166 ; vaentir mik, at hann se mi i Helju, Fas. i. 233 ; at
J)au undr beri fyrir J)ik at J)u ser bratt i Helju ok vist mun {)etta J)in furda
vera, Isl. ii. 351 ; fara til Heljar, to fare to Hel, to die, Gisl. 107. 2.
phrases or sayings, heimta e-n or Helju, to draw one out o/Hel, i.e. to
rescue him from imminent death or peril; J)6ttusk J>eir hafa hann or
Helju heimtan. Eg. 533, Fs. 8, Fms. iii. 80; cp. grata Baldr or Helju,
Edda 38, 39, Bs. i. 648 (in a verse) ; biiask til Heljar, to busk one for a
journey to Hel, i. e. to put him in a shroud; ok er Jjat J)vi maelt at ma6r
J)ykki til Heljar buask, sa er sik klaSir mjok, J)a er hann gengr lit eftr
klseSir sik lengi, Gisl. 107 ; liggja (vera) milli heims ok Heljar (see beimr
II), Grett. 114, Fas. ii. 437, Fb. i. 260; liggja a Heljar t)remi, to lie on
the threshold pf He], O. H. L. 71 ; eigi eru ver sva a Heljar t)r6m komnir,
at pu hafir allt ra6 vart i hendi J)er, 655 x. I ; rasa i Helina opna, to rush
into open Hel, i. e. to seek death, Fms. viii. 437 ; leysa h6fu3 or Helju, to
release one's bead out of Hel, Skv. 2. I. II. death; unnusk J)eir
Hakon mikit, sva at pa. skildi ekki nema he!, Fms. vii. 233 ; hoggr a tvxr
254
HELA— HELGA.
hendr ok ^ykkir eigi betra lif en hel, without caring for his life, Isl. ii. 368 ;
nior er verra lif en hel, Stj. 495 ; bi6a heljar, to hide for death, Stor. 24 ;
nema {)eim liggi vi5 hel eSa hiisgangr, N. G. L. i. 54 ; {)at er vant at sjii,
f^lagsmaSr, hvart fyrr kemr, hel e6r langframi, Orkn. 466. 2. abverb.
phrases, o. til heljar, /o (/ea/Zi ; haf6r til heljar, /)m//o <fea/i&, Grag. i. 34;
drepa mann til heljar, 161; bita e-u til heljar, N.G.L. i. 341 ; svelta til
heljar, to starve to death, Bret. 8 ; faera e-n til heljar, to slay one, Fms. vi.
166. p. i hel, to death (Dan. i hjel) ; sofa i hel, to sleep oneself to death,
Rb. 356 ; vella mo8kum i hel, 414 ; berja grjoti i hel, to stone to death,
Landn. 236, Eb.98, Ld. 152, Gisl.118; berja e-n i hel, Fms. v. 181 ; drepa
e-n i hel, Hbl. 27, Am. 38. III. the ogress Hel, the Proserpine of
Scandin.mythol., EddaiS, 37-39, Gm. 3i,Vtkv. 3; me6 Helju, id.; bj66a
Helju utlausn, etc., id. ; haldi Hel J)vi er hefir, Edda 38 (in a verse) : Hel
was represented as of a black, livid hue, whence the phrase, blar sem Hel,
black as Hel, Nj. 177 ; blar sem Hel ok digr sem naut, Eb. 314 : Heljar-
skinn, n. '■Hel-skin,' Black-shin; hana l^zk eigi slik Heljarskinn se&
hafa, Landn. 121 ; also as a nickname, id. The inmates of Hel (ghosts
called up from below) were supposed to be endowed with a supernatural
strength, whence the phrases, heljar-afl, n. strength of Hel, gigantic
strength; tok hann J)a a sinu heljarafli, Od. ix. 538 {iirfpeiffe Sk Tv'
aitfXfOpov) : heljar-karl, m. a ' hell-carle,' a person of gigantic strength,
Fb. i. 212 : lieljar-ina3r, m. (heljar -menni, n.), a man of Hel, like
heljar-karl, Ld. 160 ; er t)at jafnan reynt, at heljarmaSrinn er har5r vi6 at
eiga, Al. 109 ; Oddr kva6 eigi hogligt vi3 heljarmann J)ann, en vi6 fjdl-
kyngi m66ur hans, Fs. 3 2 ; ok er illt at fask vi6 heljarmanninn, Grett. 1 34 ;
gorQu eigi |)at at haetta per einn undir vapn heljarmannsins, |jorst. S. St.
52 ; hann er h. ok van at illt hljotisk af, Fs. 36 ; ekki mun heljarma6r
^essi lata h^r vi6 lenda, Od. xxii. 70 : Heljar-sinnar, m. pi. the cham-
pions o/Hel, demons, ghosts, Edda (Sksm.) 41 ; salir Heljar, the halls of
Hel, Vsp. 35 : cp. also Heljar-grind, f. the gates of Hel ; Heljar-
meyjar, f. pi. the maids of Hel ; Heljar-reip, n. the ropes of Hel, Sol.
37-39 ; Heljar-rann, n. the hall o/Hel, Vtkv. 6 ; Heljar-diskr, m.
the dish q/"Hel, Edda (Gl.), Sturl. (in a verse); Heljar-epli, n., Isl. ii.
351 (in a verse) ; Heljar-askr, m. the ash o/Hel, Sturl. (in a verse), cp.
Vsp. 2.
H£IiA, u, f. [Lat. gelu], hoarfrost, rime, Hkv. 2. 42, Edda 85, Stj.
292, Barl. 198. coMPDs : helu-fall, n. a fall of rime, Gisl. 67. h61u-
frost,\i. a rime frost. li^lu-kaldr, adj. n'wecoW, Sks. 41. helu-
skiir, f. a rime shower, Stj. 292. h^lu-Jioka, u, f. a rime fog, mist,
Sturl. i. 179.
h61a, d, to be covered with rime, Edda 3 ; hly'r h^lir. Lex. Poet. : part.
lieldr, icy, poet, epithet of ships, the sea ; heldir hiifar, helt haf. Lex.
Poet.
hel-bldr, adj. black as death. Fas. iii. 653.
Hel-blindi, a, m. a name of Odin, Edda.
HBLDR, adv. compar.; superl. HELZT ; {GoXh.haldis ; D^n. heller;
Swed. hellre, heller: only Scandin., not being found in the Teut. dialects.]
A. Compar., T. more, rather: 1. with the particle en (an),
rather ..., than ; hann var heldr Ijotr an goligr, Eluc. 55 ; kjcSs hann heldr
til en fra, Bs. i. 480 ; umbeygilega hlj66s-grein heldr en hvassa, Skalda
182 ; me8 margfoldu atkvseSi heldr en einfcildu, Sks. 311 ; hygg ek at
heldr haii hann helviti en t)essi ma5r, Fms. vii. 118 ; vill hon at honum
s6 eigi fra visat heldr en J)eir geii upp borgina, Fms. i. 157 : with a
comparative, less than, more than ; er peim se eigi minni kunnleikr a
heldr en nabuum, Grag. ii. 343 ; baS hann skipa eptir konung-legri
miskunn meirr, heldr en eptir hoflausri rei5i Amans, Sks. 467. 2.
hvart-heldr . . . , e9a, either ...,or; whether . . . , or . . . ; hvart sem Jjat yr5i
heldr kii ildi e6r vaSmal, Dipl. iv. 13 ; en mi vitum ver eigi hvart heldr
er, . . . e8a muntii . . . , now we know not which is the case, whether . . .
or ..., Fms. i. 33 : e&a being understood, Gunnlaugi kve&sk vel lika hvart
at heldr er, G. said he should be well pleased whatsoever was done, Isl. ii.
267. 3. at heldr, not merely . . ., but rather, all the more, or after
a negative, any more; at heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita y&r
oUum, not merely for two, but I would gladly yield it to yoti all, Nj.
117; ok J)6tti ekki hans hefnt at heldr, J)6tt {the more, though) Jjetta
vaeri at gort, Isl. ii. 273 ; en eigi er at heldr hefnt gofugra fraenda varra,
Fms. viii. 136, Hm. 95 ; ok at heldr pott (even though) peir vaeri frjalsir
menn, pa vaeri peir p6 (yet) obota-menn. Eg. 737. II. intens.
very; systur fri3a heldr, a very pretty sister, Hom. 115; heldr hlj68r,
heldr famalugr, Fms. xi. 78 ; var bru&rin dcipr heldr, Nj. 11 ; paer voru
malgar ok heldr illor6ar, 66 ; heldr ertu famennr, Gliim. 377 ; tala heldr
har3farliga, Eb. 256; konungr var h. ukatr. Eg. 44; m^r er heldr kalt,
/ am very cold, Orkn. (in a verse) ; pat mun mal manna, at g6r8 sja se
heldr skokk, Eg. 738 ; {>or61fr fysti heldr uppgongu. Eg. 242 ; var pa sva
komit deginum, at heldr tok lit eyktina, that the hour o/eykt was just pass-
ing, Fb. i. 192. III. but, on the contrary. Germ, aber, vielmebr,
esp. after a negative ; eru pat ekki engla nofn ? answer, heldr (no, but)
kenningar-nofn, Eluc. 12 ; eigi maelir hann sva . . ., heldr {but), 40: —
eigi, ...nema enn heldr, but on the contrary, Stj. 409, 412, 428, 442;
hann rak eigi erendi br68ur sins, heldr baS hann peirrar konu sur til handa,
" at ge3i, Hm. 6 ; ekki er pat, heldr vill fa5ir pinn, at ... , Gliim. 379 ; I
peir ser pat eigi einhlitt, heldr hafa peir tekiS . . ., C H. 32 ; hsefir
ekki, . . . heldr er y9r pat saemd, at ... , Fagrsk. ch. 16 ; me6 litilli gU
heldr me5 miklu angri, Barl. 144. p. but, Lat. sed, at; Rutr n
iimaela p^r i ongu, heldr mun hann bi&ja at allir geymi pin sem bezt,
14; eru peir eigi einir saman i ra&a-g6r6 sinni, heldr hafa peir mej
marga vitra menn, Sks. 313 : very freq. in mod. usage, but, par erhyo
kafald ne vetrar-riki no steypi-regn, heldr . . ., Od. ix; ongvar hafa j
ra8s-samkomur e3a log, heldr biia peir i vi6um hellrum, 112; ekki h
hjarSmenn par yfirfor, eSa akryrkju-menn, heldr er eyin avalt obygj
monnum, 123 ; ekki bjuggu Lotofagar bana-ra6 monnum minum,hel4-
92 ; hann vildi ekki aptr sniia . . . heldr vildu peir eptir verda, 95 ; hi
var hi8 mesta troll, og ekki menskum manni likr, heldr skogpoktumti
harra fjalla, 191 ; grat eigi lengr svo akafliga, freista heldr {but try).
Od. iv. 544. IV. with adverbs ; ekki heldr, neither ; ekki aUttsc
og ekki h. mjog langt undan landi, Od. ix. 1 1 7 ; ne heldr, nor either; i
er par heldr umgangr af vei8i-mi;nnum, neither is there . . . , 1 20 ; hv(
gr68r-setja peir nokkra plantan me5 hiindum sinum n& heldr (neiA
plaegja jordina, 108 ; ekki auk heldr, not to speak of, still less, far. U
hann vill ekki Ija m^r pa9, auk heldr gefa, he will not lend it to me,
less give it : hitt-p6-heldr, rather the contrary ! proncd. h:tt-6-heldr I in
cally, e. g. tarna er fallegt, hitto-heldr, how fine, or rather the contra
i.e. what a shame! with adverb, datives, ongu heldr, no more;
heldr, miklu heldr, mtich sooner.
B. Superl., I. soonest; hefi ek pat helzt 1 hug m4r,
21 ; kunnu peir pat helzt at segja til Astri5ar, at ... , Fms. i. 68; ]
pykkjask mi helzt menn, Nj. 66 : most, mi er petta fylskni helzt, I
sem ek veit sannast ok rettast ok helzt at logum, Grag. i. 75.
freq. in mod. usage, soonest, best, most. Germ, am liebsten, am best
eg vildi pa8 helzt, pa6 vaeri helzt reynanda. II. with adva
einkum helzt, especially; peir er Gu6i pjona einkum helzt, 625.1
hoti helzt, nokkvi helzt ; peir attu hoti helzt ser nokkurakosti i femuB
isl. ii. 134; ok pat hefir hann nokkvi helzt, er Biii maelir fyrir hon
Fms. xi. 78 ; pa haf8i mi helzt nokkut munr a fengizt, Edda 32; }
h., above all ; allra helzt i logum, Skalda 162 ; hvar helzt, wheresoe
Hom. III. helzti or holzti, with an adjective, very nn
very, often with the notion oi far too ; holzti varr, Fms. viii. 91 ; he
naer oss! Eb. 133 ; holzti vaskligir, Al. 37 ; hann letzk vi3 holzti mil
hraustleik, 41 ; ok kva6 Gu8runu holzti gott at vefja honum at h
s^r, Ld. 188, cp. Fms. ii. 255 ; helzti fara6ir, Faer. 37 ; helzti lengi (
too long) hefir sva farit, Fms. vi. 393 ; p4r siti5 heima ok latid vaml
ok eru9 ae holzti margir, Ld. 216 ; Jjorolfr kva3 prael pann helzti au8{
Eb. 154; holzti miklir ligaefu-menn, Nj. 191 ; holzti hofum v& v
au9trygg, Fas. i. 531 ; pyki m6r mi sii raeda helzti long orfiin, Sks. 3
ok er per hvarr-tveggi helzti g68r, Fms. i. 75 ; kvad konung holzti li
par hafa kropit um lyng, Hkr. iii. 376.
lieldri, adj. compar. the better; and lielztr, superl. the best,forem
i heldra lagi, in high degree, Fms. ix. 262, Alex. 92 ; i heldrum log
id.. Fas. iii. 551 ; pykkir monnum sa helztr kostr, the best choice, Hk:
76 ; finnsk mer pat ra6 helzt til ... , the best step to be taken methinks is
Fb. i. 83; beztrar vinattu ok helztrar, of the best friendship and tn
Bs. i. 708 ; er einn hefir verit helztr lendra manna i Noregi, Eb. 334
mod. usage, heldra folk, heldri menn, better sort of people, gentlt j
opp. to almiigi ; heldri manna born, and the like : helztu mena,
best men.
helflngr or helfningr, m., D. N. ; vide helmingr.
Hel-fikr, m. = helgra8r. Fas. i. ^85.
helft, f. [halfr], a half D.N., Landn. 218, v.l. (paper MS.), fr«
mod. usage: behalf, H. E. ii. 41.
hel-fuss, adj. eager for death, Akv. 43.
liel-fdr, f. ' Hel-faring,' death, burial. Bias. 44.
HELGA, a8, liselga, a Norse form, Bret. 34, 96, [heilagr], to ti
holy, hallow, sanctify : I. a law term, to appropriate land of
like, by performing some sacred rites ; komit hefi ek mi eldi a |>v«
land ok er helgat landit Einari syni minum, Gliim. 391 ; hann skaut
ana me6 tundr-iiru ok helga6i ser sva landit fyrir vestan, Landn. I
hann gerfti eld mikinn vi9 hvern vatns-os ok helgaSi ser sva allt h^
207 ; sva helgu8u peir ser allan Oxarfjur&, 234 (interesting) : to adj
cate to one, het hann pvi at h. |36r allt landnam sitt ok kenna vid h
Landn. 97 ; hann gorSi par hof mikit ok helgaSi {>6r (dat.), id. ; Asb
helga5i landnam sitt Jjor ok kallaSi {jors-mork, 280 : hence in r
usage, helga ser e-5, to prove a thitig to be one's own, make one's right
thing good, e. g. hann skal hafa pa6 ef hann getr helga& ser pa&, be i
have it if he can prove it to be his, e. g. M. N. er fundinn, . . . r^ttr eig
ma helga ser og vitja, |>j6961fr, passim of property lost and found,
helga sik, to clear oneself of a charge ; poat hinn helgi sik me& hein:
kvidar-vitni, N. G. L. ii. 69. y. helga ping, h. Iei5, to proclaim solen
the sanctity of a meeting, fixing the pale or bounds (pinghelgi, q.
go6i sa er pinghelgi a, hann skal par ping helga enn fyrsta aptan, G
i. 100 ; me6 pessum or5um ok pingmi3rkum helgu5u langfeftgar 1
Fms. vii. 103 ; at hyggjandi sinni skylit ma9r hrsesiun vera, heldr gaetinn^jnalpingi, Landn. (App.) 335 ; Glumr dtti ok at helga haustping, Gl
HELGALDR— HEMND.
255
iiann sendi {><5r5 at helga Jjver&r-lei8, Sturl. iii. 169 ; leift skal sva h.
Ill J)ing ; a leiii helgaSri, Grug. i. 122, Band. 2. of a person
), to proclaim a person's inviolability ; ek helgaSa Jpik a jjingskiila-
\j. 99 (of an outlawed person) ; hann keypti at J>orm65i, at hann
brn, Landn. 288, i.e. to make out that an outlaw had been slain
1 bowshot (orskots-helgi), he being inviolable (heilagr) within that
3. in mod. usage, to protect by law; helga varp, aeftar-
., = fri9a, q. v. II. eccl. to hallow, sanctify ; helga ^li ^a
;i saniileika, John xvii. 17; fyrir ^ii helga eg sjalfan mig, svo
• so og helga5ir 1 sannlcikanum, 19, Ephes. v. 26, I Thess. v.
;ir. xiii. 12, i Pet. iii. 15 ; medal Jpeirra sem helgadir verSa, Acts
; helgat fyrir Heilagan Anda, Rom. xv. 16 ; J)er erud helgaSir,
1 r^ttlatir, i Cor. vi. 11, passim ; hvort er meira ? gullit eSa must-
it er helgar gullit, . . . eda altarid pab sem offrit helgar ? Matth.
;, 19. III. reflex, to be sanctified, Horn. 96, Fms. iv. Ill ;
og styrkisk {)essar hendr, Fms. viii. 26.
,-aldr, m. a death-dirge, Fbr. 24.
n (helgtm), f. sanctification, Horn. 160, Mar. 13, Stj. 141, 149,
\. 30, I Thess. iv. 3, 2 Thess. ii. 13, Pass. 24. 2 : sacramentum,
liclganir, skim ok feriiiing, K. A. 20 : consecration, h. holds ok
rs Herra Jesu Christi, H. E. i. 463.
;eiigiiin, part, ' Hel-gofie,' dead. Eg. (in a verse).
, f.,' I. a law term, security, inviolability ; nema honum
Igi meiri maslt en fjorbaugs-manni, Grag. i. 98 ; engir hundar
gi a ser, ii. 119; hann skal segja til Jiess i ^ingbrekku hverja
iiin leggr a, 267 ; u-he!gi, loss or forfeiture of one's personal
, i. e. outlawry ; fri3-helgi, security ; mann-helgi, sacredness of the
also in a local sense, a holy place, sanctuary ; (irskots-helgi, saric-
j_y iijithin bowshot; J)ing-helgi, the holy boundary of a meeting within
pale fixed in the formulary, helga J)ing; fisk-helgi, the limits within
eb the right ofjetsum is valid, thus a whale is recorded to have been
id outside fisk-helgi, |>j6361fr, July 28, 1869, p. 162. II.
ness, sanctity, 625. 12, Bs. passim, Hkr. ii. 371 ; helgi 6lafs konungs,
ii, 359, passim. compds : helgi-dagr, m. a holiday. lielgi-
xa, m. a balidom, sanctuary, N. T. helgi-hald, n. holiday-keep-
N.G. L. i. 348, Valla L. 213, Fb. ii. 232. helgi-spjOll, n. pl.=
:;ibrot, helgi-staSr, m. a holy place, Eb. 12, Edda 10, Landn. 98.
olgi, a, m. (Norse form Hoelgi), the Holy, a pr. name ; as also Helga,
., Landn.
Igp, f., dat. and ace. helgi, pi. helgar, [Swed. helg'], a holiday, feast.
Sabbath ; hann vildi eigi berjask um John fyrir sakir helgar, Fms. vii.
. hefsk su helgr J)vattdag, K. A. 152 ; halda Jola-helgi, id.; hringja
lelgar, to ring the bells at a feast, 6. H. 118 ; Sunnudags-h., Paska-h.,
,-h., Hvitasunnu-h. ; eptir helgina, after the Sabbath, Orkn. 268.
;PDs : helgar-brigSi, n. = helgibrot. Valla L. 209. helgar-brot
Igi-brot, K.A.I 74), n. Sabbath-breaMng, N. G. L. i, 37 1, helgar-
St, m. a holiday-truce, Fms. vii. 32.
l-gr&dr, m. voracity betokening death (in the case of one who is fey),
. i, 372 (in a paraphrase from a poem) ; cp. bel-hungr, Ivar Aasen.
el-grindr, f. pi. the gates o/Hel, Edda.
ELLA, u, f., gen. hellna, Bs. i. 204, [hallr, m. ; Swed. hdll], a fiat
late, fjorS. 36 new Ed., Fs. 66, Fms. viii. 9, xi. 241, Orkn. 246 :
'find of rocks, leiddum si5an skipit upp a hellurnar, Fms. xi. 241 ;
jj'ka barn uppi a hellunni, Hkr. i. 118, (Hakonar-hella, the name
cc) ; sumt fell a hellu ok JiornaSi, Hom. Matth. xiii. 5 ; hjalpar-
(f salvation; hneyxlunar-h., rock of offence, Rom. ix. 33; J)viat
grundvallat a hellu, Matth. vii. 25 : a tablet of stone ( = stein-
^er, 22; guU-hella, q. v. : a local name, Landn.; also Hellu-
!. the Polar-land north and east of Greenland. 2. metaph.,
iif a tumour, hard to the touch; var J)rotinn hlaupinn sundr i
i'ur, Bs. i. 1 78. coMPDs : hellna-grjot, n. slate stones, Bs. 1. c.
berg, n. a slate quarry. hellu-bjarg, n. a slate rock. hellu-
1, f. a thin slate. Hellu-flagi, a, m. id., a nickname, Landn.
iiuoSri, a, m., botan. the biting stone-crop, sedum acre, Hjalt.
uim., n. a slate quarry, Vm. 36. heUu-steiun, m. a fiat
''lb. Eg. 181, 579, {jorf. Karl. 428, Vapn. 4, Fas, ii. 238 : a rock,
vii. 24.
ELLA, t, [halla] , to pour out water or the like, with dat. ; hella vatni,
, Gtiig. i. 129,133, K. |). K. 12, 623. 64; h. silfri yfir h6fu3 e-m,
"■ ^'- 375 ; h. i kne e-m, Fbr. 33 ; var hellt i Jiik mjolk, milk was
red into thy mouth, Fms. vi. 32 ; hella lit, to pour out, spill, Fs. 147 ;
!-" ni5r, to spill, AI, 55 ; h. lit tarum, to shed tears, 623. 17 ; h. ut
' shed blood. Bias. 47, Nj. 272, Sks. 782 ; h. i sik, to gulp, guzzle
I, Fas. i. 296. 2. reflex., hellask fram, to be poured forth, to
■lb, Rb. 438.
-ig, f. pouring, shedding; bl63s lit-helling, bloodshed.
I llin-hagra, u, f. a kind of thyme, Hjalt.
jELLIR, m., gen. hellis, pi. hellar, (mod. pi. hellrar, hellrum, etc., vide
'"i) : [akin to hallr] : — a cave (in rocks), Orkn. 4, 28, Fs. 66, 73, Grag.
1 34, Fms. vii . 8 1 , Grett. ; hann for upp til hellisins Surts (mod. Surts-
->k fxrQi Jiar dnipu Jia, er hann haf5i ort um jotuninn i heUinum,
Landn, 199, (nauta-hellir, Bs. i. 320,) passim, compds : hellis-berg
(-bjarg, Grett, 164), n. a cavernous rock. Fins. x. 174, Fas. iii. 401,
hellis-bui, a, m. a * cave-dweller,' a giant. hellis-dyir, f. pi. the
doors of a cave, Fms. i. 211, vii. 82, 83, Orkn. 438. hellis-gluggi,
a, m. the window of a cave, Fas. iii. 413. hellis-gdlf, n. the fioor of
a cave. Fas. iii. 414. hellis-meim, m. pi. cave-men, outlaws, Landn.
61, 67, 182. Hellismanna-saga, u, f. the story of the cave-men,
Isl. {>j68s. ii. 300 sqq., cp. also 104 sqq. hellis-munni, a, m. the
mouth of a cave, Orkn. 428, Fb. i. 245, hellis-skuti, a, m. a jut-
ting cave, Gliim. 363, Eb. 206, Bret. 104. Fas. ii. 354, Grett. loi, Stj.
124. II. in local names, Hellis-dab:, m., Hellis-fitjar, f. pi.,
Hellis-hratm, n., Hellis-ey, f., Hellis-fjOrflr, m., Orkn., Landn. :
Hellis-firflingar, m. pi.
helli-skiir, f. a pouring shower, helli-rumba, helli-demba, u , f . id.
helma, u, f. [halmr], a haulm, straw, Stj. 397 (ax-helma),
helminga, a6, to halve a thing, Karl. 56.
belmingr, m. and helming, f., Grag. ii. 370 ; helfingr, Anecd. loa ;
helfuingr, D. I. i. 280, [halfr] : — a half, Nj. 189, Fms. i. 22, Anecd. 10a ;
at helmingi, by half , Nj. 98, Fms. vi. 183, Grag. i. 171, D.L I.e. ; skipta
til helmingar, to share in two equal portions, Grag. ii. 370; or skipta i
helminga, id., Fms. viii. 43. compds : helmings-atiki or helm-
ingar-auki, a, m. a doubling, N. G. L. i. 328, Fms. viii. 270. helm-
ing8-iv6xtr, m. id., N. G. L. i. 328. Iielmingar-f61ag, n. a law
term, a joint company with equal rights (e. g. between husband and wife),
Nj. 3, Ld. 164, Sturl. ii. 83. belmings-kaup, n. a bargain by way
o/helmingarfelag ; jcirS er fallit hafSi henni (the widow) i h. eptir Skapta
bonda sinn, Dipl. v. 7. II. poet, a host. Lex. Poet, passim, Edda (Gl.)
hel-naud, f. = helstri8, Lex. Poet.
hel-pallr, m. the dais o/Hel, Lex. Poet,
hel-rei3, f. ' Hel-ride,' name of a poem, Saem,
HELSI, n. [hals], a collar, Grag. ii. 119, Hkr. i. 136, |>i5r. 16, Korm.
helsingr, m. the barnacle or tree-goose, so called from its white collar
(helsi), anas erithropus L., Edda (Gl.), Eggert Itin. 548 : a nickname,
Fms. iv. 314. <^ For the popular tales of this bird see Max Miiller's
Lectures, 2nd Series. Helsingjar, m. pi, the name of the people of
Helsingja-land in Sweden, 6. H.
hel-skor, m. pi. ' Hel-shoes,' put on the dead to enable them to walk
to Hel ; for this heathen burial rite see Gisl. 24 (107).
bel-sott, f. [Dan. helsot'], the last sick7iess, Grag. i. 2or.
hel-staflr, m. pi., poet, baneful characters, Hkv. Hjorv.
hel-strid, n. the death-strife, last agony, Greg. 31 ; hann baS Gest at
hann leg6i ra& til at fo9ur bans baettisk helstri6, er hann bar um Ogmund
son sinn, Landn. 146 ; pa. fellu honum |)au (the tidings) svd nser at hann
do af helstriSi, Faer. 371.
heltask, t, [haltr], to become hall. Fas. iii. 204, freq,
helti, f. lameness, Bs. ii. 184, Hm. 86 (Bugge),
h.61ug-bar3i, a, m, a ' hoary-prow,' poet, a ship, Edda (Gl.) : of a horse,
Nj. (in a verse).
h^lugr, adj. [hela], hoary. Lex. Poet., freq,
Hel-vegr, m. ' Hel-way,' the way to Hel (Hades), Edda, Fas. i. 333 :
mythol., Saem. 156 (Heir, prose).
bel-viti, n. [from A. S. hellewite, whence Swed, helvete, Dan. helvede,
prop, the fine (viti) q/"Hel, q. v.] : — hell, the abode of the damned, Stj., Rb.,
N. T., Pass., Vidal. passim, but only in Christian writers ; it appears first
in Hallfred. compds : helvitis-biii, a, m. an inmate of hell, Ni6rst,
4,5. belvitis-byrgi, n. pi. /i&f^a/'es o/MZ, Rb. 380. belvitis-
eldr, m. hell-fire, Hom. 35. helvitis-kvalir, f. pi. hell-torments, Nj,
273, Hom. 35. helvitis-logi, a, m. the low {fiame) of bell, Al. 154.
helvitis-maflr, m. a man doomed to hell, Bs. i. iii. helvitis-
myrkr, n. hell-darkness. Post. belvitis-pina (-pinsl, -pfsl), u, f.
' hell-pine,' bell-torments, Stj., Hom, helvitis-virki, n. the stronghold
of hell, Nidrst. 107.
liel-vizkr, adj. hellish, infernal, cursed, Th. 16,
hel-vsenn, ad), fast sinking, — ha.n\x.an, Jb. 324 B.
hem, n. [bim, Ivar Aasen, and North. E. ime = a boar frosti, a thin
film of ice.
hema, a6, impers, to be covered with rime ; pub hema8i ekki & poll,
hemill, m., prob, a leg-tether, only used in the phrase, hafa hemil d
e-m, to restrain one.
hemingr, m. (hbnmngr, N. G, L. ii. 511), [h6m = a shank"], the skin
of the shanks of a hide; eigi vilda ek sja Jja hub er pu ert einn h. af,
Fb. iii. 405 ; in N, G. L. i. 208 referring to a curious old ceremony of
adoption : — the adopted son himself and his nearest heirs were to put their
feet into a shoe made from the skin of the right leg of a three years old
ox, cp. Ruth iv. 7, and Deut. xxv. 9. II, a pr, name, Fb. iii,
prob. derived from this mode of adoption.
HEMJA, hamdi, to restrain one, hold one back from roving about,
freq. in mod. usage ; eg gat ekki hami6 pxx, I could not bold them to-
gether; ohemjandi, unruly; cp. also ohemja, a wild and furious person.
hemlir, m. a kind of boitt, Edda (Gl.)
hemnd, f. revenge, and hemna, ad, vide hefnd, hefna.
256
HEMPA— H£E.
hempa, u, f. [hampr ], a priest's gown ; missa hempuna, io be tm/rocked,
forfeit one's priesthood, hempu-lauss, adj. without a priest's gown.
HENDA, d, mod. henti, [Old Engl, he/ite, to seize; cp. hiind], to catch
with the hand: 1. to catch ; hann kastaSi heininni i lopt upp, en allir
vildu henda, Edda 48 ; hann lek at J)renir handstixum senn, ok hendi ae
me6al-kaflann, Fms. ii. 169; Grimr haffli {>a hent biillinn, Eg. 189; en
hon hendi allar me& hvaptunum, Fb. i. 530. 2. to pick tip or out,
of sheep, deer, etc. ; hann var verra at henda en aSra sauSi, fsl. ii. 330 ;
menn fdru ok vildu henda skjarra sau5i, Bs. i. 330, Fms. vii. 218; h.
svin, Fs. 26 ; h. hrein i fjalli, Hm. 89 : in pursuing one, en er Egill hafSi
hent J)a sem hann vildi. Eg. 300 ; J)eir hendu Jirxlana enn fleiri, 596 ;
hendu J)a hvarir menn fyrir o6rum, Fms. viii. 168 ; hann 16t eigi henda
born a spjota-oddum sem J)a var vikingum titt, Landn. 308 ; hann hendi
J)a sker fra skeri J)au er a leidinni voru (of one swimming), Fbr. 183 ;
t)essir'stafir gora allt mal ok hendir maHt ymsa, Skalda 172 ; fara eptir
sem ver skerum akrinn, ok henda {to pick up, glean) ef nokkut stendr
eptir, e&r fykr fra oss, Stj. 422 ; henda mula, to pick up crumbs, Mkv. :
with prep., h. saman, to pick up and put together; h. saman orS, to com-
pound words, Anecd. 1, Sks. 637. II. metaph., 1. phrases,
henda e-t augum, to catch with the eyes, Fms. v. 140; h. rei5ur a e-u, to
take notice of, Nj. 133 i- h. mork af e-u, to draw an inference from a thing,
Sks. 498 ; h. mi6 a eu, to observe; spakir menn henda a morgu mi5, the
wise catch many things true, a saying, Fs. 140 ; henda griplur til e-s, to
fumble after a thing, Eluc. 2 2 ; henda til smatt ok stort, to pick up small
and great alike, look closely after. Glum. 390 ; henda smatt, to pick up
every grain, to keep one's ears and eyes open ; h6r er ma3r a glugganum, hann
er vanr a6 h. smatt, og hylja sig i skugganum, a ditty ; h. gaman at e-u,
to take interest in a thing ; hann var gle6ima6r mikill ok hendi at morgu
gaman, 385 ; hann hendi skemtan at sogum ok kvaeSum, ok at ollum
strengleikum, ok hljoSfaerum, Bs. i. 109 ; h. atvinnu af e-u, to live away
from a thing, Fs. 143 ; h. sakir L e-m, to pick up charges against one
(cp. Engl, to pick a quarrel), Lv. 40. 2. to touch, co?icern one ; J)u
sag6ir tiSindi fjau er mik taka henda, i aftoku fraenda mins, Fms. vi.
370 ; en mik taka henda (not enda) t)ung mein, Edda 94 (in a verse) ;
skal ek sja um femal hans ok J)at annat er hann (ace.) tekr at henda, and
whatsoever concerns him, Nj. 5 ; tiSindi J)au er bxbi okkr henda, Fs.
10. 3. e-n hendir e-t, to be caught in, be overtaken by a sin, by ill luck,
or the hke;.mik hefir hent mart til afger6a viS Gu5, I have happened
to cotnmit many sins against God, Fms. vii. 108 ; J)a haf3i hent glsepska
mikil, they had committed great folly, O.H. 232, Fb. ii. 233; ef hana
hefir fyrr slikr glaepr hent, N. G. L. i. 233; mun engi sa hafa verit er
jafnmikit happ hefir hent sem hann (ace), Fms. vi. 328 ; hvat illt sem
mik hendir, Fs. 93 ; hann kva& J)at dugandi menn henda {it happened
to brave me?i) at falla i bardogum, 39 ; sii skomm skal oss aldregi henda,
Fms. xi. 270; ma, at hana hendi eigi slik ugipta annat sinn, Nj. 23:
sometimes, but less correctly, used impers., the thing in ace, hverja skyldu
J)a henti at {how they were committed to) taka vi6 konungi, Fms. viii.
238, V. 1., cp. \>a, skcjmm ( = sja). Eg. 237; glsep mikinn, Fms. v. 113
(but nom. 0. H. v. 1.), iv. 367 (but nom. Fb. 1. c), cp. also Stj. 454 (v. 1.),
471. III. recipr. to bandy; hendusk heiptyr6i. Am. 86.
B. To fliiig, throw, with dat. ; it seems not to occur in old writers,
(for in Anal. 193 the original vellum Fb. iii. 405 reads hann ' sky'tr') ; but
freq. in mod. usage, hann sveifladi honum (the stone) i kring og henti,
Od. ix. 538 ; thus tvihenda, to hurl with both hands: reflex., hendask, to
throw oneself forward, rush forward, to dart; hendast or haa lopti.
lienda, u, f., metric, a metre, in compds, ASal-henda, Dun-h., Li5-h.,
Skjalf-h., Riin-h., all names of metres defined in Edda (Ht.) 121 sqq.
hendi-langr, adj. ; vera e-m h., to be one's hand-servant, cp. Dan.
baandlanger = Lnt. calo; allt J)at 116 er biskupi var hendi-langt, Sturl. ii.
49 ; fjcir skyldi honum fylgja ok vera honum hendi-langir bae3i um J)j6n-
ustu ok sva ef hann vildi ^a senda, Hkr. ii. 80, cp. 283 (in a verse).
bending, f. a catching, in the phrase, var i hendingum med J)eim, they
came to close quarters, of pursuit, Sturl. ii. 66 ; var5 hann skjotastr ok var
J)a i hendingum me5 J)eim Sveini, Orkn. 336, Grett. 1 36 new Ed. 2.
adverb, hendingum, by chance; veita ansvor sem hendingum vaeri, Barl.
143 ; whence the mod. af hendingu, by hap, by chance, cp. Dan. hcendelse
= a chance, hap. II. metric, rhymes ; the ancient double rhymes
were both placed in the same line, so as to ' catch ' one another : distinc-
tion is made between an aSal-henda {afidl rhyme) and a skot-henda {a
half rhyme), thus in Fastordr skyli fyrdz \ fe?igsx\\ vera pengiW, — ' ord
fyrd' are half rhymes, ^feng peng' full rhymes ; the first rhyming syllable
in the verse (as ordfeng) was called frum-hending, head-rhyme, the second
{a.s fyrd peng) viSr-hending, after-rhyme; if the head-rhyme {asfeng in
the second verse line above) was placed as the initial syllable it was called
odd-hending, edge-rhyme ; if in the middle (as ord in the first line), hlut-
hending, chance-rhyme, see Edda (Ht.) 121, Skalda 178 ; the phrase jafn-
h4far hendingar refers to the final consonants, Fms. vi. 386, Skalda 190 :
end rhymes, as in mod. poetry, were called Run-henda (or Rim-henda ?),
but they are extremely rare in old poets : alternate end rhymes began to
appear in the Rimur or Rhapsodies of the^4th century, and since that
time in hymns. p. verses gener. ; maelti hann (Odin) allt hendingum.
sva sem nu er {)at kve9it er skdldskapr heltir, Hkr. (Yngl. S.) 10 ; in nwt
usage bending often means the line of a verse or stanza, and hence poe
verses ; he6an fagna eg hendingar heim ab senda y6r, Niim. 8. 8 : namesc
metres, odd-hendmg, al-h., used differently from the old sense. coMnxl'
hendingar-laust, n. adj. blank verse, Edda 138, Skalda 192. head
ingar-ord, n. a rhyming syllable, Edda 1 34. hendinga-skipti, i
change of rhyme, Edda 129.
hendi-samr, adj. picking (i. e. thievish), Gliim. 364.
hendr, adj. only in compds: I. mod., (ngT-hentT, fair-handea
harb-h., hard-handed ; lag-h., bandy, ttc. 11. ratine, in this i
that metre; neut. al-hent, skot-hent, hryn-hent, draug-hent, na-hcn
hnugg-hent, stiif-hent ; or masc, hattr being understood, skot-he;;:
dett-hendr, run-hendr hattr, etc. : see Edda (Ht.), where these metres ai
defined.
hengi-, a prefix, banging : hengi-flug, n. a precipice : liengi-kjSfl]
m. hang-jaw, name of a giant, Edda (Gl.) : hengi-skafl, m. ajuttin
heap of sftow, Bs. i. 640: hengi-tjold, n. hangings, Jm. 21 : heng
vakr, m. a kind of bird, prob. the kittywake : hengi- vigsk6r3, n. f
jutting ramparts, Sks. 417.
hengill, m. a pendulu7n, (mod.) 2. name of a7i overbangirA
mountain, a beetling crag: also Hengla-fjoU, n. pi., Fb. iii. 55c j
hengil-msena, u, f. a ' droop-chine,' laggard : liengil-insenvileg j
adj.; hengilmsenu-skapr, m.
HENG-JA, d, [hanga], to hang tip, suspend, Sks. 406, Am. 5:
hang (on a gallows), Grag. ii. 131, Fms. passim ; h. sik, to hang oneseti
Landn. 64 : pass., Hom. 23 : phrases, h. halsinn, to hang the neck, Fb
52 ; h. hofu9it, to hang the head, Bs. ii. 178,
henta, t, (mod. hentaSi, hentar, Fb. i. 434, Trist. 14, Isl. ii. 12), [;
iter, from henda], to fit; eigi hentir sva, it will not do so, Nj. 4 ; saru
monnum hentir betr mj61k en mungat, Fms. iv. 82, 147 ; ok miklu ale
koma J)vi er par hentar til, Isl. ii. 12 ; hentar annat en dvelja vi6, Trist.
henti-liga, adv. in fitting manner, Grett. 100 A.
henti-ligr, adj. befitting, Fms. v. 346, Grett. Ill A, H. E. ii. 201.
henti-semi, f. convenience, opportunity,
hent-leikr, m. opportunity, Bs. i. 218.
hentr, adj._;?/, stated for one; eigi eru mer fjarleitir hentar, Nj. 26, Grei
23new£d.; hvat er J)er hentast at vinna? Nj. 54, Fms. i. 127; erslikui
monnum bezt hent par, there is the right place for such men, Orkn. 322.
hentug-leikr, m. opportunity, Fb. iii. 254.
hentug-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.),_;?/Z>'.
hentugr, adj. befitting, convenient, Isl. ii. 13, Fb. i. 209 ; 6-hentugr.
heppi-fengr, adj. making a good catch, Grett. 138 A.
heppi-ligr, adj. (-liga, ndv .), fortunate ; 6-heppilegr.
HEPPINN, adj. [happ, cp. Engl, happy], lucky, Symb. 14, Grett.;
new Ed., Fb. i. 541 ; or8-h., ready-tongued.
heppnast, a5, [Engl, happen'], to have good luck, freq. in mod. usa^
heppni, f. good hick, freq. heppnis-m.a3r, m. a lucky man.
HEPTA, better hefta, t, [hapt or haft], to bind, fetter, Grag. ii. 13
h. hross (hesta), to tether a horse, i. 383, Glum. 368, Fs. 5, Vapn. i^>
Fel. xxi. 123): metaph. to hinder, impede, h. fer6 (for) e-s, Lv. ;
Grag. ii. no: to hold back, restrain, Fser. 229, Nj. 141 ; h. fyrir e-i
id., Grett. 134 A: in the saying, illt er fiyjanda at hepta, Fms. i
370, cp. Sturl. iii. 23; en lendir menn heptu J)a, Fms. ix. 389; ve
heptr, to be hindered, iv. 132 : h. sik, to restrain oneself , forbear ; at ]
hept J)ik at {forbear) he6an af at glepja JjuriSi, Eb. 252 ; hann 1
Jokul h. sik {be quiet), Fs. 37, Karl. 54 : reflex, to be thwarted, hept;
fer6 {jcirra, Fms. x. 291, Fs. 4; ok heptusk Skotar vi6 Jjat, 120.
hepti, n. [Germ, heft], the haft or hilt of a dirk, Gisl. 18, Fas. i. 56.
358, Eb. 250, cp. Grett. 153 new Ed., Landn. 248. hepti-sax, n ,
kind of dagger, Grett. 141 ; knifa-h., Sks. 127. II. [Germ, if/
Dan. hefte], a part, fasciculus of a book, (mod.)
hepting, f. a tether, Gt)]. 395 : tethering, freq. : impediinent, Sturl. iii. 2 ■
HfiR, adv. (spelt hier, Greg. 79), [Ulf. her = SiSe, birjip = Sti-
hidre = a/5e; A.S.he; Eng\. here; Germ, hier ; Dan. ier; the long n
vowel indicates a contraction, cp. he6ra, Engl, hither] : — here; mun }
saemd J)ar meiri en her, Nj. 10 ; a landi her, in this county here, lb.
12, 14-16 ; as also, her i sveit, her i bae, her a J)ingi, etc., her i hers
Fs. 33; J)eir vildu eigi vesa her vi& heiSna menn, lb. 4; vetri fyrr
Kristni vseri her logtekin, 15; monnum her, people here, 10; a3r vi
her slik log of put sem i Noregi, 13 ; her ut, out here, i. e. here in 1
land, Grag. i. 215 ; her ok hvar, here and there, Fms. ix. 362, Sks. ii
Fs. ; her eru nu hof6ingjar margir a J)ingi, Nj. 3. 2. for bite
cp.Engl. come here ! nu er hann her kominn, Ni&rst. 6; fyrr en Kri>
kom her a Island, lb. 9; margir J)eir er her koma, Fs. 100; her t
ok tignarklaeSi er hon sendi ^er, Nj.6; er per her nu minia-gripri;
203. II. metaph. here, in this case; h6v er J)6 betr 4 komit, >
91 ; mun h^r ok sva, 76. 2. with prep. ; her af, here-front, her:
forth; at J)u mundir unna ollum her af g63s hlutar, Ld. 206 ; en \i6 n
her hljotask af margs manns bani, — mun nokkut her minn bani af hi
ask, Nj. 90: h^r at, me6 66ru fleira gabbi er J)eir gor6u h^r at, Sturl
, ^55> Fs. 9 : h6r eptir, hereafter, Fms. ix. 313 : according to this, 1
IlfiRALlNN— HEREMITI.
25;^
1 ek veija kvaeSis-launiii, vi. 217, x. 177: h(5r fyrir, /or thit.
Fas. ii. 125 ; her til, hitherto, Fms. vi. 279, viii. 92, x. 337 :
;: this, of this, as regards this, Stj. 524, Dipl. v. 22 ; er J)u ert
Idr a J)inu mali her um, Fms. i. 305 : her a (1) m6t, again, in
ipl. ii. 12, V. 2.
:oMPDs : her-alinn, part. ' bere-born,' in-born, N. G. L. i. 84.
ua, u, f. arrival, Fms. i. 28 1. h^r-lands, adv. here in this
h6rlands-ma3r, m. a native of this county, Hkr. ii. 266.
leadr, adj. native, home-made, Pm. 109. her-lenzkr, adj.
ibis county, native of this county, Fms. i. 78, x. 226, GJ)1. 87, Stj.
na, see below. hidr-rsenn, adj. = herlenzkr, N. G. L. i. 88.
■nil&, a, {. sitperstilion ; see heimskr : h.6rvillu-ligr, adj. h§r-
f. dwelling here, Fms. vii. 26, Fas. i. 182 ; h. Drotthis, the Lord's
earth, 625. 92.
BAS or hierat, n., pi. h(5ru5 or hirob, spelt hieroj) in the vellum,
• 9. 673 A. 53, and in O. H. L. Cod. Upsal. haeraQ, see p. 113:
is undoubtedly derived from herr (A. S. here), a host, and not from
iere; the long vowel (e) is prob. caused by the characteristic_7' in her-r
-); so that hierad (hera6), through the after effect of the i sound,
for heriaS ; cp. Dan. herred, Swed. bdrad : the Old Engl, and
law term heriot may also be connected with the Scandin. word, in
case the original sense of heraS might be a tax to be paid to the
in lieu of military service : the inflex. -a6 is derived from au3r,
as has been suggested by the old commentators, e. g. Bjcirn a
)s4] : — a cojinty, district : 1. in Sweden esp. the word had and
as a fixed legal sense, county, jurisdiction, or the like, cp. Swed.
isrbbfding —justice of peace, bcirads-ting = assize, hdrads-fogde =
T: so in local names, e. g. Dan. Thy-berred in Jutland, Kvenna-
Vetta-h., in Norway, Halfs. S., Fb. iii. 2. in Norway
country, was usually opp. to bser, town, and answers to Icel. sveit
ad. usage; i bae ok i hera3i, D.N. iii. 33, loi; heraS eSr kaup-
Fms. vii. 187; i hera6i ne i kaupangi, N. G. L. ii. 39 ; allt ^at er i
mgi er gort {)a skal J)at at kaupangrs-retti saekja, en allt ^at er i
er gcirt milium heraOs-manna ok biar-manna, J)a skal ^at allt at
s-r^tti saekja, N. G. L. ii. 88 and passim ; ef ma&r a hiis i kaupangi
i h^raSi, id. ; cp. heraSs-domr, -hiildr, -kirkja, -menn, -prestr,
•Jiing, etc., below. 3. in Icel. the sense varies, but is for
lost part merely geographical, a district, valley, fjord, country, as
red by mountains or within the same river-basin ; thus the Skaga-
Eyja-fjordr are each a heraS, and the former is specially so called,
turl. passim, Grett. 153 (hann sendi J)egar eptir monnum upp i
i); whence H6ra3s-v6tn, n. pi. Herad water, a river of that
Landn. ; so Flj6tsdals-hera5, in the east of Icel., Hrafn. 2, 3;
:ir ri&u or heraSi, Sturl. iii. 158 ; ef ma6r riOr um fjoll Jiau er vatn-
ilir af a milium hcraSa, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 61, 65 ; i hera6i J)vi (dale) er
ja-dalr heitir, Sturl. i. 130. p. gener. a neighbourhood ; Gunnarr
m h^ra6it at bjoda monnum, Nj. 49. 4. generally a district;
ij6ft eru stor heru5 morg, Hkr. i. 5 ; i hera3i J)vi er Mesopotamia
623.52; fjarlseg heruS, Fms. x. 374; izm-hcrabs, within the sajne
t; \ita.i\-heTa.bs, 02itside the district ; innan-h., msz'rfe, passim ; i ciUum
um GySinga, 656 C. 9 ; i heraSi J)vi er a Fjoni heitir, Fms. xi. 43 ;
a-h^ra6, Campania-h., Cappadokia-h., Post., etc.
CoMPDs: h.era3s-b6ndi, a, m. a franklin, Eg. 516, Sturl. iii.
hera3s-b6t, f. a bettering the affairs of a district, Lv. 45, Fs. 5 1
e = mod. landhreinsun). h.6ra3s-brestr, m., for the pun see
375- hera3s-byg3, f. a county attd its people, Lv. 49, Sturl.
h6ra3s-deild, f. a county quarrel, Sturl. ii. 154. Ii6ra3s-
, m. a county court, Grag. i. 117, 452. lLera3s-fleygr, adj.
te, N. G. L. i. 352), rumoured abroad, of news; Jia eru sakir
leygjar er meiri hlutr hefir spurt J)ingheyjanda i J)eim hrepp er sakir
upp ok hyggi menn at salt se, Grag. ii. 101. Ii6ra3s-fl6tti,
Higbt or exile from a district, Korm. 48. h.§ra3s-fiindr, m.
tty assize, Nj. 120, Sturl. iii. 160. heraSs-fsersla, u, f. a pass-
tbi poor from one district to atiotber, Grag. i. 229. h6ra3s-
»dj. = hera&svxrt, N. G. L. ii. 454. hera3s-li6f3ingi, a, m.
fiain, = gobi (q.v.), Fib. is"!, Fs. 80; cp. yfirnia6r hera6s, 4.
'S-h61dr, m. a Norse term, a country franklin ( = Icel. sveita-
, Fagrsk. ch. 16. heraSs-iseta, u, f. = hera&5vist, Sturl. iii. 260.
S-kirkja, u, f. a parish church (Norse), N. G. L. i. 344, Fms. x.
h6ra3s-kona, u, f. a woman of the county (Norse), N. G. L. i.
liera3s-konungr, m. a kinglet, Hkr. i. 46. h6ra3s-ly3r,
pie of the district, 625. 72. Ii6ra3s-inenn, m. pi. Tnen of the
■, Grag. i. 253 ; in Norse sense country-people, as opp. to baejar-
town-people, GJ)1. 264, N. G. L. ii. 88, passim. h6ra3s-prestr,
«rhb priest, N. G. L. i. 346. h.era3s-r6ttr, m. = h(5ra5sdomr,
ii. 88. h.era3s-riddai'i, a, m. a knight of the district, Rom.
ll6ra33-rLkr, adj. of influence in one's district, Ld. 298, Grett.
Isl. ii. 402. ih.6ra3s-r8ekr, adj. banished from the district,
501. Iiera3s-sekr, adj. a law term, exiled from a district or
?ft"on, opp. to exiled from the country, Nj. 156, Sturl. i. 145, ii. 92 ;
var h. ok skyldi biia eigi nar en f Horg&r-dal, Gliim. 390, cp. Landn. 386.
h6ra3s-sekt, f. exile, the being h^rads-sekr, opp. to utanferftir, Nj. 189,
256, Grett. 1 20, Sturl. ii. 255. h6ra3s-86kn, f. a county action {suit),
opp. to a suit in alj)ingi, Grag. i. 452, Jb. 10, 353. h^rafls-stefna, u,
f. a county assize (Norse), D.N. iii. 120. h6ra3B-stj6m, f. cotinty
government, Isl. ii. i 25 ; talaSi Einarr langt erindi um h., Gliim. 372
{public affairs). hera3s-takmark, n. the borders of a territory, Grag.
ii. 404. h.6ra3s-vist, f. abiding within a certain h., Eb. 252 ; 14ta h.
sina = /o be hdradssekr, Grett. 120, Nj. 228. h6ra38-vsert, n. adj.;
eiga h., being at liberty to reside within a district, Gliim. 382, not being
h6ra3ssekr. h6ra38-J)ing, n. a county assize (cp. Swed. bdrads ting),
Eb. 12 ; used as synonymous with varj)ing, in opp. to aH)ingi, Grig. ii.
96, Fms. i. 77, Jb. (Norse), N. G. L. ii. 138.
her-bergi, n. (her-byrgi, GJ)1. 139, Stj. 204), [A. S. bereberga or here-
beorga ; Old Engl, herberowe, harbrough, and herber (Chaucer) ; mod."^
Engl, harbour, arboitr ; miii.li.G.herberge; Gexm. herber ge ; Swed.ier-
berge ; hence \ts\. albergo and Vi. auberge~\: — a harbour {prop. ' bost-
sbelter') : 1. an inn ; herbergi J)ar er menn drukku inni, Fb. i. 347 :
allit., hiis ok herbergi, Fms. i. 104, Edda 147 (pref.) ; var J)eim visat i
gesla-hus til herbergis, Edda 60 ; vera at herbergi {to lodge) i hiisum e-s,
Clem. 35 ; taka ser h., to take lodgings, Sks. 31. 2. a closet, room,
Stj. 1, 204, 520, Fms. xi. 117. Eg. 525 ; konungsh., a/t/n^'sc/ose^, (3. H.
1 1 7, G^l. I .^9. COMPDS : herbergis-ma3r, m. a groom of the cham-
ber, Fms. vii. 203, x. 123. herbergis-sveinn, m. id., Fb. i. 347, ii.
284, Hkr. iii. 324, Stj. 518,641, Fas. i. 317 : in mod. usage, room, svefh-
herbergi, a bedroom; gesta-h., an inn, Luke ii. 7.
her-bergja, S, (lier-bjnrgja, Str. 12, passim), [cp. Fr. beberger] : — to
harbour a person, Str. 24 : allit., hy'sa ok h. e-n, Stj. 152 ; h. fataeka, Mar;
II; h. e-i\ rikuhgz, to treat one sumptuously, StT.i^. II. to lodge,
take in ; hann herbyrg6i um kveldit at nunnu-setri, Str. 19, 80, Karl. 10 :
reflex, to lodge, Rett. 78.
HERD A, S, mod. herti, [har&r ; Ulf. ga-hardjan ; Engl, harden'] : — to
harden : 1. of iron, to temper ; h. jam, sverS, knif, Ija . . ., Nj. 203 ;
J)egar jarnsmiSr her&ir stora boloxi e&r handoxi, og breg6r henni i kalt
vatn, Od. ix. 392. 2. phrases, herSa kmia, hendr, at e-u, to clench
the fist, Fms. vi. 106, Edda 28. 3. to fasten, tie fast; J)eir herSa
pa seglit me3 sterku bandi. Fas. iii. 652 ; her3a a, to bind tighter, or
metaph. to push on. IT. metaph., 1. to exhort, cheer;
hann talaSi langt, ok her3i alia i akafa, and bade them be of good com,-
fort, Sturl. iii. 33 ; her3a hjortu sin, to make one's heart firm, Stj. 437 ;
her3i hann J)a huginn. Eg. 407, Fb. ii. 322 ; h. sik, to take heart, Nj.
103 : to work briskly, hertu J)ig |)a, mannskraefan, segir Storolfr, Fb. i.
523 : to harden, in a bad sense, Stj. 639. 2. absol. to follow closely,
pursue vigorously ; Birkibeinar sa pa, ok her3u eptir peim, Fms. ix. 15 ;
herdu peir Kolbeins-menn a pa, Sturl. iii. 33 ; skulum ver vist her&a
a.fTzm,push on, Fms. xi. 256 ; en er Ormr herti fast at, but as O. insisted,
pressed hard, Fb. i. 523 ; her3u peir pa biskupar baftir at Gizuri, Fms. x.
59 ; her3u baendr at konungi ok ba3u hann biota, Hkr. i. 144; {>orkeIl
her3ir mi a Gu3ri3i, en hon kvaSsk gora mundu sem hann beiddi, {>orf.
Karl. 378; t6k pd sott at her3a at honum, Fms. x. 73. III.
impers. to become bard; ve3r (ace.) herti, it blew tip a gale; herti
seglit (ace), the sail was strained hard by the gale, Fas. iii. 652 ; svor5
tekr heldr at fierSa, Fs. (in a verse). IV. reflex, to take heart;
ba3 konungr menn vel vi3 her3ask, Fms. viii. 34; er p6 einsaett at
menn herSisk vi3 sem bezt, xi. 137.
h.er3a, u, f. hardness: — a hardening or tempering of steel, Karl. 173:
tempered steel , mu3rinn (of the axe) rifnadi upp i gegnum her3una. Eg. 181.
her3u-g63r, adj. well tempered, Fbr. 141. II. metaph. hardi-
hood, but also hardness, Fms. vi. 38, x. 406, xi. 217, Gisl. 71 (in a verse).
HERDAR, f. pi. the shoulders, the upper part of the back, distin-
guished from 6x1 = shotdder in a special sense, Nj. 185, Eg. 289, Fms.
vii. 55, Sks. 166, Fb. i. 396, |>i3r. 9, passim, cp. Matth. xxiii. 4, Luke
XV. 5 : so in the phrase, hafa h6fu& og her3ar yfir e-n, to be higher than
another from the shoulders and upwards, cp. 1 Sam. ix. 2, x. 23. compds :
(old form her3i-, mod. her3a-) : her3a-drengr, m. a bump on the
back, a pun, Fms. viii. 404. her3a-kainbr, m. the withers, of a horse.
h.er3a-kistill, m. a bump. berSa-klettr, m., poet, the ' shoulder-
knoll,' the head, Skm. berSa-litill, zi]. narrow-shouldered, Grett. 165.
her3a-intmr, m. the difference from the shoulders and upwards, metaph.
of one who is no match for another, Fms. xi. 442. Iier3a-sdr, n. a
sbotdder sore or wound, Sturl. i. 85. her3a-toppr, m. a shoulder tuft,
the part of a horse's mane next the saddle, Sturl. i.152, Baer. 16. her3ar-
bla3, It. the shoidder blade,- Nj. 70, Sturl. i. 152. her3i.brei3r, adj.
broad-shouldered, Fms. x. 151, Finnb. 324, Sturl. iii. 122, Fbr. 80 new Ed.
Iier3i-lutr, adj. with stooping or round shoulders, Barl. 15, Bs. i. 312.
herSi-mikill, adj. broad-shouldered, Sturl. iii. 122, Eg. 305, Isl. ii. 203.
Iier3i-pykkr, adj. tbick-sbouldered, Ld. 298, Fbr. 40 new Ed.
her3i, f. hardihood, Fms. xi. 151.
her3i-nia3r, m. a hardy man, Nj. 270.
her3sla, u, f. hardening, tempering, of iron.
ar gorr h. sva vi3a sem votn fellu til Skagafjardar, Fs. 34; hann 1 heremiti, a, m, a hermit (for. word), Sks
258
HERFA— HEEGANGA.
herfa, u, f., prop, a shin, Swed. b'drfua, 2. metaph. a limp, lazy
fellow, a coward ; hann er mesta herfa. herfu-skapr, m. cowardice.
HERFI, n. [Dan. barv ; Engl, barrow'], a harrow, Akv. 16 (hervi),
Gl)l. 358, 359-
herfl-liga, adv. ' harrowingly ,' wretchedly, Fms. x. 253, Fb. i. 93.
herfl-ligr, adj. ' harrowing,' wretched, ragged, Eluc, 21, Fms. vii. 157,
X. 222, Stj. 20, 39, Nj. 197.
her-fjoturr, vide herr.
H^RI, a, m. [A.S. bara; Engl, bare; Germ, base; Dan. hare] : — fl
hare, Karl. 518, Pr. 479, Orkn. 426, Sks. 186, MS. 181 2. 18: in the
phrase, hafa hera hjarta, to he hare-hearted, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 314, Bs. i.
782. liera-fotr, m., prop, a herb, j&are's/oo/, /re/bzV; nickname of a
Danish king. Barefoot. II. in the saying in Fms. vii. 116 the
word heri seems to be = hegri (q. v.), a heron.
HERJA, a&, [A. S. hergian ; Scot, to berry or harry ; Dan. barge'] : —
to go harrying ox freebooting, Nj. 127, Eg. 78, 228, Fms. i. 10, Grag. i.
135, passim. II. trans, with ace. to harry, despoil, waste ; Haraldr
konungr herja6i landit ok atti orrostur, Fms. i. 5 ; herja land, Mirm. ;
at herju6u helviti, having harried hell, Karl. 279 ; borgir ok ^orp er aftrir
hofSu herja6 (harried, taJten by force) af hans eign, Fms. x. 231 ; (whence
the mod. phrase, h. e-S lit ur e-m, to harry a thing out of one, press him
till he yields it up) ; herja monnum til Kristindoms, to harry, drive people
to Christianity, N. G. L. i. 344 ; Fjandinn herjar menn or Kristninni, Rb.
400. III. reflex., herjask a, to harry {wage war on) one another,
Hkr. ii. 75.
h.erjan, f. a harrying, Magn. 464.
Herjan, m. [herr], Lord of Hosts, a name of Odin, Edda. II. the
evil one, a term of abuse. compds : herjans-kerling, f. a bag, Bs. ii.
134. h.eT2Sins-liga,,zdv. wickedly, Chr. Herjans-sonr, m.a 'Z)ei;i7's
limb,' Lv. 58, Fb. i. 256, Fas. i. 107, iii. 607, 655, pibr. 106, ill.
herkinn, adj. enduring hardness, 2 Tim. ii. 3.
lierkja, t, to do with the utmost difficidty; herkja peir J)a i annat sinn
norSr fyrir Langanes, Bs. i. 483.
herkja, u, f. [harki], dearth (?), a nickname, Landn. : the name of
a giantess, Edda (Gl.) : in the phrase, me& herkjum or me3 herkju-
munum, with the utmost difficulty.
lier-ligr, adj. [from herra; Germ, berrlich ; Din. berlig], lordly ; her-
legra mann undir vapnum n6 tiguligra, Fms. vii. 69 ; h. hofSingi, 603
(non habent isti dominum, of the Vulgate) ; h. kerrur (currus), Stj. 573.
I Kings X. 26 ; herligt kaprun (^stuff), Sturl. iii. 306, v. 1. : unclass. and
not much used, except in poetry, ha6ir eitt herligt strid, Pass. 19. 13 ; her-
ligt er ae hermanns stand, Bjarni.
HEUMA, d, [the root uncertain], to relate, prop, perhaps to repeat,
report; en ef nokkurr ma6r hermir ^essi orS e3r visur, Nj. 68; hann
spurSi J)a, hvart hann hermdi rett, whether he reported true, 24 ; h. fra
orSum e-s, Fms. vii. 73, Sks. 557; h. or5 e-s, id.; hann hermdi hversu
hann haf6i talat, Stj. 65. p. herma eptir e-m, to imitate another's
voice, to mimic, esp. in a bad sense, Gisl. 49, fsl. ii. 346 ; cp. the saying,
sjaldan laetr sa betr er eptir hermir.
HEKMASK, d, dep. [harmr], to wax wroth, be annoyed; henni
hermdisk vi3 likaminn ok bl6ta6i honum, Horn. 150. II. n. part.
liermt ; e-m ver6r h. vi6 e-t, to wax a?igry with a thing ; bondi sprettr
J)4 upp ok verSr hermt vi9, Isl. ii. 175 ; honum gor5i mjok hermt vi6
J)essu, it annoyed bim tnuch, Grett. 23 new Ed., fii&r. 115, 355 ; for the
mod. phrase, — e-m verSr hverft (hermt) vi3 e-5, to be startled, mer varS
hverft vi8, of sudden emotion (fright or the like), — see hverfr.
h.ermd, f. vexation, anger, Barl. 115 (v. 1.), Hkv. i. 47. compds :
hermdar-or3 (Fagrsk. 153) and hermdar-yrSi, n. angry words,
spiteful words, Nj. 281. hermdar-verk, n., dub. a deed of revenge,
or perhaps rather a deed of renown, a feat ; mikil ver6a hermdarverk, ek
hefi spunnit tolf alna gam en ^I'l hefir vegit Kjartan, Ld. 224 ; vide herma.
liermi-krSka, u, f. an ' aping-crow,' a mimicker, Gisl. 51.
hermi-liga, adv. (hennila, Hallfred), rigbt angrily, Barl. 184, Al. 144,
Fms. ii. 279, Clem. 36 ; hefna hermila, to take a fierce revenge, Hallfred.
herming, f. [hermask], indignation, Lv. 75. II. [herma], a
report, D. N. (Fr.)
Hermskr, adj. Armenian, Grag., Bs.
herinsl, n. = hermd, Barl. 115.
h.ermiir, f. pi., in eptir-hermur, q. v., aping, inimicry.
h.6rna, adv., herno, Fms. (Agrip) x. 409: — here (see Gramm. p. xxviii,
col. 2, signif. II), Fms. vii. 197 ; se herna, see here now! behold! Isl. ii.
364, Stj. 22, 62 : herna, instead of her, is very freq. in conversation;
herno, konungr {heboid, 0 king I), fognuSr er oss a, attii ert sva katr,
Fms. X. 409.
hernaSr (liernu3r), m. a harrying, plundering, as a law term, Grag.
ii. 134-136 ; hefja herno8 ok ran, Bs. i. 493 ; hafa e-t at herna6i, to rob,
N. G. L. i. 344. II. warfare, a raid, foray ; fara i hernaS, Nj.
41, Fms. i. 144; hefja herna6, to wage war, vii. 7, passim. compds :
h.erna3ar-f61k, n. pi. plunderers, Hkr. iii. 67. hernaSar-menn, m.
l>\.forayers, Fms. vii. 18, xi. 2 26. herna3ar-rfi3, n. pi. a planning for
plunder, Grsig. ii. 135. hema3ar-s5k, f. a case afraid, Sturl. ii. 79.
herneskja, u, f. [from the Fr. barnois, Engl, harness], armour, Stj. jS'
466, Gull^). II, pibr. 100, Barl., N. G. L. ii. (Hir8skra, ch. 32): ttieni
war, Barl. passim.
HERPA, u, f. [harpa II], in munn-herpa, mouth-cramp, a contractio
of the lips by cold.
herpast, t, to be contracted as with cramp.
herpingr, m. chilling (cramping) cold, herpings-kuldi, herpiogi
frost, n. a nipping, bitter frost.
HERR, m., old gen. herjar, pi. herjar, herja, herjum ; later gen. her
dropping the characteristic j and without pi. ; the old form howev(
often occurs in ancient poets, herjar, Hkr. i. 343 (in a verse), Fms. xi. ji
(in a verse), Fas. ii. 38 (in a verse) ; eins herjar, Hm. 72 ; as also, al
herjar, Horn. 39 ; herjum, in herjum-kunnr,/a;«ows, Hattat. R.; in pro;
the old^ has been preserved in alls-herjar, Fms. v. 106, see pp. 16, i;
the pi. -jar occurs in Ein-herjar, see p. 121 : in compd pr. nam
with initial vowel, Herj-olfr (A.S. Herewulf), Herjan; [Got
harjis, by which Ulf. renders Xi-ytaiv, Luke viii. 30, and arpana, ii. r
A. S. here ; O. H. G. and Hel. beri ; Germ, beer ; Dutch heir; Swed. hii
Dan. beer] : — prop, a host, multitude : 1. a host, people in gener:
like arparos in Homer; herr er hundraS, a hundred makes a herr, EdJ
108; allr herr, all people, Fms. i. 194, vi. 428 (in a verse); allr hf!
unni (3lafi konungi hugastum, vi. 441 ; whence in prose, alls-herjar, toli'
populi, general, universal, passim ; domr alls-herjar, universal conse?it,
106; Drottinn alls-herjar. Lord of Sabaoth {hosts), Stj. 428, 456; s
herjar, adv. everywhere ; ly'sti of allt herjar af Ijosinu, Hom. 39; Saens
herr, the Swedish people ; Danskr herr, the Danish people ; Islenzkr ht
the Icelandic people, Lex. Poiit. ; land-herr (q. v.), the people of the Icn
en mi se ek her utalligan her af landsfolki, a countless assembly of vi
Fms. xi. 17 ; ])ing-herr, an assembly, Sighvat ; Einherjar, the chosen peo^'
(rather than chosen warriors) ; Jiegi herr meSan, Eb. (in a verse) ; herju I
kunnr, ^now« to all people, Lex. Poet. ; and in compds, her-bergi (q.^
etc. 2. a host; me& her manns, with a host of men. Eg. 71, 277 ; liv
herr, an overwhelming host, Fms. viii. 51 ; himin og jor6 og allr \t'..:
her. Gen. ii. 1, passim ; cp. her-margr, many as a host, inmnnerable.
an army, troops, on land and sea, Fms. i. 22, 90, Nj. 245, and in er.c!
instances ; cp. herja, to harry, and other compds : of a fleet, l)rju skip j ^
sem hann keyri or herinum, Fms. x. 84 ; cp. hers-h6f6ingi : so in the phra |
hers-hendr, leysa e-n or hers-hondum, to release one out of the hands ofw
N.G. L. i. 71 ; vera i hers hondum, komast i hers hendr, to comeint .
foe's bands. 3. in a bad sense, the evil host, the fiends, in swearing, C
119; herr hafi e-n, fiends take biin ! Fms. vi. 2 78 ; herr hafi holds ok svs
hagvirki I Isl. ii. (in a verse) ; hauga herr, vide haugr ; and in com{
her-kerling, her-liki. II. in pr. names : 1. prefixed,
men, Her-brandr, Her-finnr, Her-gils, Her-grimr, Herj-6]
Her-laugr, Her-leifr, Her-mimdr, Her-rau3r, Her-steinn, H
var3r; of women, Her-borg, Her-dis, Her-gunnr, Her-ri
Her-vor, Her-J)ru3r, Landn. : in Har-aldr {Harold) the^' is drop
without causing umlaut. Herjan and Herja-f63r, m. the Fatbe),
hosts = Odin, Edda, Hdl. 2. suffixed, -arr, in Ein-arr, Agn-arr, (
arr, Bo6v-arr, Ulf-arr, etc., see Gramm. p. xxxii, col. 1, signif. B. i.
B. Compds: h-er-hsildr, m. a prince of hosts, Bkv. her-bei
see the words. her-bldstr, m. a blast of trumpets. Eg. 88, 284, F
vii. 70, 288, Stj. 394. Her-blindi, a, m. one who strikes the hosts i
blindness, a name of Odin, cp. Yngl. S. ch. 6. lier-bo3, n. a war s
mons. Eg. 9, Fms. xi. 244; herbo8sor = her6r, G^l. 83. her-bc
f. a castle, Hervar. (in a verse). her-brestr, m. an explosion cht
cally contrived, Bs. i. 798 (Laur. S.), mentioned or perhaps inventeii
Albertus Magnus. h.er-bli3ir, f. pi. a camp, Al. 4, Eg. 291, Fms
51, xi. 85, Rom. 265, Stj. passim. h.er-buinn, part, armed, Str.
Iier-buna3r, m. an armament. Eg. 286, Nj. 273, Fms. iv. 82, x.
her-drengr, m. a warrior, Edda (in a verse). her-dr6tt, f, p
war-hosts. h.er-fall, n., poet, an onslaught, Sighvat. her-fa
n. booty, Nj. 43, Fms. ii. 2, vii. 8, Fb. ii. 46, Rb. 386, Sks. 782, pas
her-fenginn, part, captured, 625.66, Horn. 118, Sks. 631. 1
fer3, f. warfare, a military expedition, Rom. 264, Fms. vii. 148, xi. :
a host. Mar. her-fjoturr, m. a mythical term, ' war-fetter :' a va ;
man who in the stress of battle feels himself spell-bound, and unabl 1
stir, was in old lore said to be caught in a ' war-fetter ;' this was attrib !
to the weird sisters of battle (the Valkyrias), as is shewn by the fact i
one of them was called Herfjoturr, Shackle, Edda (Gl.) ; they were '
messengers of Odin, by whom the warriors were doomed to J '
(kjosa val) ; the passages referring to this lore are Fms. viii. 170, Stu
233, Isl. ii. 104 twice (Har6. S.): — a similar belief appears in the G^ i
see Od. xxii. 297 sqq., Iliad xiii. 358-360, xxii. 5 sqq. her-flokki •
a 6rt«rt/ion, Fms. i. 92, ix. 379. her-floti, a, m. a wnr-_;?e<'/, N. G.
103. her-foringi, a, m. a commander. h.er-f61k, n. war-pe ■
men of war, Bs. ii. ic6, Stj. 295. her-forur, f pi. harness, Stj.
Mag. 82, 92,97. her-fserr, adj. able for war service, GJ)1. 269, Fms.
xi. 291, 6. H. 87. Her-f63r, m. Father of Hosts, a name of t
Edda. her-f6r, f. = herfer&, Eg. 5, Fms. i. 151, Fb. ii. 84. - "
i gammr, m. a bird of prey, vulture, poet, the eagle, Yt. her-ganga,
HERGAUTR-HESLISKOGR.
259
/>, P'ms. V. 74. Her-gautr, m. a name of Odin. her-gjarn,
■.rlike, Bkv. 2. 20. her-gl6tu3r, m., poiit. a destroyer 0/ hosts,
her-gopa, u, f. a bondwoman, Hornklofi, an an. \(y. her-
iir, adj., poiit.Jierce, Edda. her-hlaup, n. a rushing to arms,
•^, Eg. 10, Fms. i. 55, 210, vii. 270, x. 180. her-horn, n. a
'. Al. 35, Stj. 394. her-kastali, a, m, a castle, stronghold,
i u. 113, Mar. her-kerling, f. rt ;Mo«s/er-i&i7^, Sturl. i. 36. her-
][ikka, u, f. an alarm bell, fins. ix. 369, 510, 529. her-klseda,
< : h. sik, to put on armour, Bxr. 13 : reflex., Fms. i. 43, Eg. 287, O. H.
her-klsefli, n. pi. armour. Eg. 49, Fb. ii. 71, Bad. 98, passim.
jnungr, m. a king 0/ hosts, in old writers almost used = sea-king,
r-king, Hh. 4 (of king Olave the White), Fms. i. 24, Fb. ii. 282,
05, Magn. 412. h.er-kunibl, n. a war token, arms (on shields,
-), Nj. 231, Fms. V. 53. her-land, n. a harried land, invaded
a slate of ivar, Fms. vi. 38. her-leida, dd, to lead off into
V, Stj. 49, 385, 489, Mart. 130, Ver. 30. Iier-lei3ing, f.
V, Fms. X. 224; esp. of the Babylonian captivity, Al. 166, Rb.
\^6, Ver. 30, Stj. 26, 49, passim, her-leidsla, u, f. = herlei6-
!.ir. her-li3, n. war-people, troops. Eg. 10, Fms. i. 98, iv.
her-liki, n. a monster, N.G. L. i. 376, 395. her-luflr, m.
'ct, Stj. 392. her-mafir, m.^ tnan of war, a warrior, Fms.
160, 373, Nj, 268, passim. hermann-liga, adv. gallantly,
;. hermann-ligr, adj. warlike, gallant, Ld. 1 10, Nj. 39, Fms.
J), xi. 245, Stj. 495. her-nmrgr, adj. like a host for number,
'i't. her-megir, m, pi,, poet, warriors, Hkv, 2. 4, Her-
in, amy thol.pr. name, Edda. hernaSr, see the word. her-
1. =hetfang, bks. 614. her-numi, adj., 655 x. 2, Greg. 17, and
I -numinn, part, captive. Eg. 41, 343. her-nsema, d, to capture,
1 '. 13. her-6p, n. a war-whoop, war-cry. Eg. 80, Nj. 245, Orkn.,
i 312, O. H. 107, Fb. ii. 125, passim. her-saga, u, f. war-news,
J s. i.41, N.G.L. i. 102 ; hers6gu-or, f. = heror, G^l. 82, v.l. her-
."iipr, m. warfare, harrying, Fms, v. 344, x. 231, 234, 392, xi. 226,
f ■ '■ 375. f s, 4, Stj. 385, Rom, 264, passim. her-skari, a, m.
< '»t. her-skdr, adj. (herska, herskatt), a land exposed to raid
<: n a state of war ; landit var J)a herskatt, lagu vikingar liti, Eg. 241,
is. xi. 217, Hkr. i. 44; i J)ann tima var mjok herskatt (unruly time),
( :n. 64; J)ar var herskatt af vikingum, Hkr. i. 106, Bjarn. 15, Ld. 82,
I. i. 374: of a person, martial, warlike, Fms. i. 198, vii. 16, x. 413.
(:ii. 22. her-skip, n. a ship of war, Fms. i. 7, Nj. 8, (3. H, 16,
I J. L. i. 100, 102. her-skjoldr, m. a war shield, a red shield, opp.
' ' white shield of peace (fridar-skjoldr), used in phrases as, fara (land)
li, to harry (aland). Eg. 246, Fms. i. 62, 1 16, 131 ; fara vid her-
(/., Hkr. i. 233, cp. Stj. 542, 619 (2 Kings vi. 14), 641. her-
y n. (her-sknidi, a, m., P'ms. x. 234, Stj. 570), harness, Bjarn. 11.
')ori, a, m. a 'war-spur,' caltrop, Fms. vii. 183, Al. 74, Sks. 392,
jori, a, m. a commander, Edda 93. her-stjorn, f. command of
Hkr. i. 21 r. her-sveitir, f. pi. hosts, margfjiildi himneskra
i -veita, Luke ii. 13. ber-taka, tok, to capture, esp. in part, pass.,
lis. i. 28, vii. 129, Eg. 234, 344, Stj. 495. her-taka and her-
tija, u, f. captivity, Stj. 75, Barl. 114. her-tekning, f. captivity,
S| 52. her-togi, a, m. [A. S. heretoga; Germ, herzog'], originally
c' ader, commander, and often used so in old poets. Lex. Poet. : as a
lie, Guthormr hertogi, Hkr. Har. S. Harf. : as a title, a duke (e. g.
iiiandy) ; the first Norse duke was the earl Skuli, created duke
237, vide Edda 104, Sks. 788, GJ)1. 364; cccl. =prince, hertogi
una, Satan, 623. 31. liertoga-dorfcir, m. a dukedom, Fms.
. .^26. hertoga-deemi, n. a duchy, Fms. xi. 319, Fas. ii. 475.
ira-efni, n. a duke to be, N. G. L. ii. 399. hertoga-inna, u, f.
vs, Ann. 1326. hertoga-nafa, n. the tide of a dtike, Fms. ix. 46.
rn, m. a turret on wheels, a war engine, Fms. x. 358. h.er-
. = hertygi (?), an an. Key., Hallfred. her-tygi, n. pi. armour,
■, Germ, heerzeug. her-tygja, a5, to put armour on, freq. in
age. her-va3ir, f. pi. ' war-weeds' curmour, Hkm., Konr. 39.
i"-vapn, n. pi. weapons, Hkr. ii. 7, Fms. vii. 147, Jb. 389. her-
pr, ni. pi., poet, war-paths, Gh. 2. lier-verk or lier-verki, n.
ige,phmder, Stj. 598, Hkr. i. 85, Fms. ii. 156, ix, 396. lier-vigi, n,
ie and ravage, thus defined : it is hervigi when three or more persons
slain or wounded on each side, Grag. ii. 1 14, i 24, Fms. viii. 300 : mod.
rongbold. her-vikingr, m. a plunderer, pirate, Fms. i. 225, v.
>, X. 282, Fas. i. 449, Stj. 573. h.er-V8e9a, dd, to put armour on,
la 25. lier-J)ing, n. a council of war. Eg. 357, Finnb. 262 ; but
husj)ing is better. her-J)urft, f. want of troops, Fagrsk. ch. 32.
■-6r, f. a 'war-arrow' to be sent round as a token of war; the
ise, skera upp h., to summon to arms. Eg. 9, Fms. i. 92, vi. 24, x. 388,
' 172, 188, GJ)1. 82, cp. 433 : for these customs see the remarks s. v.
• 71, as also Scott's Notes to Marmion, Canto HI, on the Fiery
if the Scottish Clans.
EBB.A, m. (herri, a, m., Clem. 36), irreg. and indecl. in sing., pi.
herrar, [derived from herr, as drottinn from drott, J)j6&an from J)jo6 ;
m. herr; Dan. herre, etc.]: — gener. a lord, master, Fms. i. 218, x. 45,
I, xi. 381 ; in olden times herra was used in addressing a king or earl,
as Fr. sire, Engl, sir, see the Sagas passim : I. as a title ; in A. D.
1277 knights and barons were created in Norway, to whom the title of
Herra was given ; Herra Rafn, Herra JjorvarSr, Herra Sturla, etc., Ama S.,
Laur. S., Ann. passim : the bishops and abbots were also so styled, e.g.
Herra Arngrimr (an abbot), Bs. ii. After the Reformation, Herra became
an integral part of the style of bishops, as Sira of priests, Herra Gu8-
brandr, Herra |>orlakr, Herra Oddr, etc., and can only be applied to
the Christian name ; cp. the ditty in which the old woman addresses the
bishop by Sira, and is rebuked for her rudeness, Saelir veriS J)er, Sira minn, |
sagda eg vi6 Biskupinn ; | ansadi mer ^k aptr hinn, | ^u &ttir ad kail'
'ann Herra J)iim. In mod. usage Herra is often applied to any person
whatever, but only in writing ; for in conversation the Icel. has no equi-
valent to the Engl. Mr. or Germ. Herr, and a person is simply addressed
by his name or other title, Sira if a clergyman, and the like. In the
N. T. drottinn, herra, and lavarSr (from Engl.) are used indiscrimi-
nately. II. coMPDs : herra-ddmr, m. dominion, lordship, Bs.
i. 728, Fb. i. 81 ; ySarr h. in addressing, as yo7tr lordship in Engl., D.N.
passim, herra-dsemi, n. = herrad6mr, H.E. ii. 73, Fb. i. 247. herra-
liga, adv. in lordly fashion, Karl. 148. lieira-ligr, adj. lordly, Fb. i.
90. herra-maSr, m. a lord, a knight, a lordly man, Fms. x, 445,
Bs. i. 736, 780 (Lv. 59 looks as if corrupt). herramann-liga, adv.
in lordly manner,Finnh.2'^6. herramann-ligr, adj./orrf/y. herra-
nafn, n. the title of a herra, Ann. 1277. herrasam-ligr, adv. in
lordly way. Fas. iii. 70. herra-sseti, n. a lordly seat, Magn. 502.
herra, a3, to cottfer the title q/" herra upon a person, Ann. 1294.
herran, m. = herra, a name of Odin, vide Herjan, Edda.
hers-borinn, part, born of a hersir, Hdl.
hers-h6fflingi, a, m. a cotnmander, Stj. passim, Fms. vi. 151.
HiEHSIIl, m. [akin to heraQ and herr], a chief, lord, the political
name of the Norse chiefs of the earliest age, esp. before the time of
Harold Fairhair and the settlement of Iceland : resf)ecting the office and
authority of the old hersar the records are scanty, as they chiefly belonged
to the prehistorical time ; they were probably not liegemen, but resembled
the go6ar (vide go9i) of the old Icel. Commonwealth, being a kind of
patriarchal and hereditary chiefs : in this matter the old Landnama is our
chief source of information ; — Bjcirn Buna het hersir agaetr i Noregi, son
Ve5rar-Grims hersis i Sogni, moQir Grims var Hervor dottir |)orger6ar
Eylaugs-dottur hersis or Sogni, Landn. 39 ; Arinbjorn h. or Fjordum, 66;
Asi h., 76, 303, and another of the same name, 109; Ketill Ve&r h. af
Hringariki, 94 ; Hrolfr h. af OgBum, 48, 1 26 ; Ketill Raumr het h. agaetr
i Raumsdal, 1 73 ; Gormr h. agaetr i Svi})j65, 195 ; Grimr h., 204 ; |>or-
steinn Hiifdi h. a HorSalandi, 228; {>6rir Hauknefr h., 237; Ulfr Gildir
h. a J^elamork, 292 ; Ve3r-0rmrh., 314 ; Arinbjorn h.. Eg., Ad. 3 ; Vigfiiss
h. af Vors, Glum. ; Klyppr h. a Hor5alandi, Fb. i. 19 ; Dala-Gu9brandr
h., (3. H. 106; Bjorn h. a Orlandi, Eg. 154; |>6rir h. i FjorSum, 155,
cp. Rm. 36 ; hann var sem konungr vaeri yfir Dolunum, ok var f»6 h. at
nafiii, (5. H. I.e., cp. Fb. i. 23; hersar hafa verit fyrri fraendr minir, ok
vii ek ekki bera haerra nafn en J)eir, Fms. i. 299 : it is also prob. that
by agaetr and gcifugr (q. v.) the Landnama means a hersir. At the time
of Harold Fairhair the old hersar gradually became liegemen (lendir
menu) and were ranked below a jarl (earl), but above a holdr (yeoman),
the scale being konungr, jarl, hersir, holdr, biiandi, see the record in
Hkr. i. 80 (Har. S. Harf. ch. 6), as also Edda 93 ; the name then becomes
rare, except that hersir and lendr madr are now and then used indiscrimi-
nately, heita J)eir hersar e3a lendir menn, Edda 1. c. The old Norse
hersar were no doubt the prototype of the barons of Normandy and
Norman England. compds : hersis -heiti, n. the title of a h., Edda
(Ht.) hersis-nafa, n. id., Fb. i. 23.
her-skapr, vide herr.
her-sk&r, vide herr.
herstask, t, dep. [ = mod. hasta, q. v.], to speak harshly to one; hann
herstisk a fjandann me5 rei6i ok maelti, Greg. 50, Eb. 118 new Ed., Horn.
1 6 ( = Lat. exasperare). Bias. 3 1 .
hersti-Iiga, adv. harshly, Greg. 55, (mod. hostuliga.)
hersti-ligr, adj. harsh-spoken ; h. mal, sermo durus, Horn. 23.
her-togi, vide herr.
HllS, f. (spelt his, G|)l. I.e.), pi. hesjar; — a tvooden frame attached
to the tether of an animal, to prevent it from strangling itself; J)at er
ok hans handviimm ef af ofmegri verdr dautt edr klafi kyrkir, en ef haes
(his, G])l.) er i bandi . . .\k er J)at eigi hans handvdmm, N. G. L. i. 25,
(GJ)1. 502, Jb. 364, Js. 121.) 2. metaph., in mod. usage, a cow's
dewlap. 3. in mod. Norse usage hcesje (hesjar) zxt frames or rails
on which hay or corn is put for drying ; and haesja is to dry on haesje,
vide Ivar Aasen, cp. Ny Fel. xv. 33 ; hence comes the provincial Icel.
hisja (a verb) : hisjtmgr and hisjting8-J)errir, m. of a soft air good
for drying hay spread out on hesjar.
hesja, a6, mod. hisja, to dry hay on a hes : J)a3 hisjar i J)a&, to he aired.
heskr, adj. = hastr, haughty, harsh. Band. 31 new Ed.: [in parts of
North. E. they speak of a hask, i. e. harsh, wind.]
HESLI, n. [hasl], a hasel, Str. 20. compds : hesli-kylfa, u, f. a
ihasel-club, Hkv. 2. 20. hesli-skogr, m. hasel-wood, Art. hesli-
* 82
»60
HESLIVONDR— HEYJA.
st6ng, f. a hasel-pole, Str. 66.
Str. 66.
HBSPA, u, f. a wisp or shein (of wool), Grag. ii. 401, K.{>. K.
140. II. a hasp, fastening, Fms. ii. 84, v. 120, Grett. 98, Sturl. i.
120, Bs. i. 424.
liesta, a3, to mount one ; vel, ilia hesta8r, well, badly mounted.
h.e8t-bak, n. borse-back, Grag. ii. 171, Isl. ii. 382, Fms. xi. 400.
hest-birgr, z.A]. provided with a horse, Sturl. iii. 238.
liest-brynja, u, f. horse harness, Sks. 403.
liest-buiiaflr, m. horse gear, Sks. 374.
hest-faerr, adj. able to ride, GJ)1. 269, Fms. x. 73.
hest-gangr, ni. horse-shoes, Fms. ix. 55.
best-gjof, f. a gift of a horse, NjarS. 368.
hest-bus, n., proncd. hestiis (as fj<)s = f^-hus), a horse-stall, stable,
Karl. 3, Grett. 113 A, Jjorst. S. St. 50, and in many compds.
best-b6f3i, a, m. horse-head, a nickname, Landn.
hest-klirr, m. a hack. Glum. 356.
best-lauss, adj. without a horse, Sturl. iii. 293.
hest-lan, n. the loan of a horse, Bs. ii. 30.
best-leysi, n. the being without a horse.
HESTR, m. a horse, [this word is a contr. form of hengist, qs.
hengstr; A.S. bengest; O.il.G. hengist ; Germ, hengst, whence Swed.-
Dzn.hingst; again, contr. Swed. hast, D&n. best : in old writers hestr
mostly means a stallion, whereas hross (Engl, horse) denotes a gelding
or any horse] : — a stallion, opp. to merr, a mare, Grag. i. 503, GJ)1. 190,
Hrafn. 5, Am. 98 (hestar J)rir ok mer-hross eitt) ; h. grar med fjorum
merum, fsl. ii. 213; sa hestr var sonr Hvitings, var alhvitr at lit en
merarnar allar rau6ar, en annarr sonr Hvitings var i fjorarinsdal, ok var
&k ok hvitr en merarnar svartar, Bjarn. 55 : a steed, Fms. ii. 224 : a horse
gener., Nj. 4, 74; li& a hestum, horsemen, Fms. x. 31, passim. The
ancients valued high breeding and variety of colour in their horses, which
were favourite gifts, see Gunnl. ch. 5, Bjarn. 1. c, Fiimb. ch. 23, Fms.
vi. 383, 384; for steeds and horsemanship see f>kv. 6, Yngl. S. ch. 23,
33, Landn. 3. ch. 8, GuUJ). S. ch. 9, HarS. S. ch. 3, 4, Rm. 32, 34, cp.
also Lv. ch. 6, 7, Grett. ch. 16, Dropl. 13, Finnb. ch. 23, Fms. vi. 323 :
mythol. the horse was sacred to Frey (the god of light and the sun),
Hrafn. 5, Vd. ch. 34, Fb. i. 401 {6.1. ch. 322), cp. Freyfaxi : for the
steeds of the Sun, Day, and Night, see Gm. 37, V^m. 12, 14: for the
steeds of the gods, Gm. 30 : for poetical and mythical names, Edda (Gl.)
and the fragment of the poem J>orgrimsJ)ula, Edda, Bugge 332-334 : for
Sleipnir, the eight-legged steed of Odin, Edda, Gm. 44 : for horse-fights
see the references s. v. etja, to which add Grett. ch. 31, Sd. ch. 23 : — vatna-
hestr, a water-horse, = nykT in popular tales, Landn. 2. ch. 5, and Isl.
J)j68s. ; but also a good swimmer, gobr vatna-hestr ; skeiS-h., rei6-h.,
a riding horse; klar-h., piils-h., abur9ar-h., a back, cart-horse, pack-
horse ; st66-h., a stud-horse : saekja, beizla, gyr8a, so61a, jarna hest, to
fetch, bridle, gird, saddle, thoe a horse ; also, leggja a, to saddle ; spretta
af, to take the saddle off; teyma hest or hafa hest i togi, to lead a horse ;
flytja h., to put a pony out to grass; hepta h., to tether a pony : a pony
is g68gengr (q. v.), vakr, ^ybr ; and the reverse, illgengr, hastr, klargengr,
harSgengr. II. nietaph. phrases, ha-hestr, a high horse; ri&a
hahest (a child's play), also called riSa hakuk, to ride on one another's
shoulders, ride ' pick-a-back f kinn-hestr, a ^cheek-horse,' a box on the
ear ; lystr hana kinnhest, hon kvaSsk J)ann hest muna skyldu ok launa
ef hon maetti, Nj. 75 ; Jia skal ek mi, segir hon, muna J)er kinnhestinn,
{)ann er J)u laiist mik, 116, cp. Gisl. 27: the gallows is called the
horse of Odin, whence gefa e-m hest, to give one a horse, hang one,
Fb. i. 238, cp. the verse in Yngl. S. ch. 26. p. the local name
of a horse-shaped crag, see Landn. ; cp. Hest-fell in Cumberland.
COMPDS : either besta- or bests- : hesta-at, n. a horse-fight, see
etja. b.esta-bein, n. horse bones (cp. Engl, horse-flesh), Grett. 96.
hesta-foSr, n. horse foddering, a law term, GJ)1. 77. hesta-fsetr,
m. pi. horses' feet, Edda 77, Fas. i. 226, Fms. iii. 11 1. besta-garSr,
m. a horse-pen close to a churchyard, wherein the horses of the wor-
shippers are kept during service, D. N. hesta-geldir, m. horse gelder,
a nickname, Landn. besta-geymsla, u, f. horse keeping. Fas. i. 80.
hesta-gnegg, n. a horse's neigh, Stj. 621. hesta-gn^r, m. noise of
horsemen, Fms. iii. 74. besta-bli3, n. a horse gale, Stj. besta-
jfirn, n. pi. horse-shoes, Sturl. iii. 152. besta-keyrsla, u, f. driving
the steed in, in a horse-fight, Rd. 261. hesta-korn, n. [Swed. hesta-
korn = oats], a nickname, Fb. iii. hesta-li3, n. horsemen. Fms. vii.
188. besta-nia3r, m. a horse boy, groom. besta-r6tt, f in Icel.,
= Norse hestagar6r. besta-skdl, f. a stirrup-cup. besta-skipti,
n. a change of horses; hafa h., Ld. 202, Fs. 51. besta-stafr, m. a
horse staff, to be used in a horse-fight, Nj. 91, |>orst. S. St. 49, cp. Rd.
ch. 12, Arons S. ch. 18. besta-stallr, m. = hesthus, Flov. besta-
steinn, m. a stone to which a horse is tied whilst the horseman takes
refreshment. hesta-sveinn, m. a horse boy, groom, Sturl. ii. 218, Fas.
i. 149, f>iSr. 205, Jiorst. S. St. 50. besta-vig, n. a horse-figbt, Nj. 90,
Sturl. ii. 100, Gliim. 366, Rd. 261. besta-t)ing, n. a meeting for a
public horse-fight, Glum. 366, 367, Nj.92, Lv. 37, Sd. 176, Fs. 43, 140.
hesli-vSndr, m. a basel-wand,'f best-skei5, n. a race-course, Bs. ii. 182.
best-skor, m. a borse-sboe, Fms. ix. 55, 56.
bestsk6-nag]i, a, 1
a horse-shoe nail.
best-tdnn, f. a horse's tooth, Vigl. 20.
best-ver3, n. a horse's worth, Karl. 10.
best-verk, n. work done by a horse, GJ)1. 392.
best-vig, n. = hestavig, Rd. 177.
best-v6r3r, m. a mounted guard, Fms. vii. 178, ix. 350, 351.
HETJA, u, f. a hero, champion, a gallant man, Nj. 64, Lv. 36, Ld
26, 132, Fms. xi. 89, Gliim. 367, Jd. 40. compds : betju-diktr, m
hetju-lj63, n. a heroic poem, Jon. fjorl. betju-m63r, m. heroism
hetju-skapr, m. championship, Fas. i. 24, Ld. ch. 1 1 ; this word, which ii
old writers is rather scarce, is freq. in mod. usage ; also eccl., truar-hetja, c
champion of faith; hetja Gu8s, a champion of God ; strids-h., a hero.
betju-ligr, adj. heroical.
HETTA, u, f. [hottr], a hood, Grett. 139, Fms. iv. 359, Band. 16 new
Ed., Finnb. 216, Mar. ; (koll-hetta, floka-hetta, lambhus-hetta, a hood tt
wear in a hardfrosi.) compds : bettu-lauss, adj . without a hood, Gre*t
151 A. bettu-sott, f., medic, chicken-pox, Dzn.faare syge, Sturl. li
128 : hydrocephalus, Fel. ix. 222. bettu-striitr, m. a cowl, H.E. ii
1 1 3. bettu-sveinar, m. pi. ' hood-boys,' a nickname, Hkr. iii. 449,
HEY, n., old gen. heyvi, also spelt heyfi, mod. heyi ; e. g. heyvi, GraL'
i. 438 ; heyfi, Eb. 94 new Ed. note, and passim ; but heyi, Sks. 416, a:
so in mod. usage ; gen. pi. heyja ; [Goth. havi = x.^pTos; A.S.heg; Ewi.
hay; Hel. houwe ; O.H.G. hawi ; Germ, heu ; Swed.-Dan. Ao ; Nors(
io_y, Ivar Aasen ; akin to hbggvz. Germ, haiien; thus hey prop, means n<
grass'] : — hay ; mat e3r hey, hey ok matr, Nj. 73, Grag. i. 195, 438, ii
277, fsl. ii. 137, Sks. 416, Lv. 18 passim: also used in plur., s/ores q,
hay, fodder ; beita upp engjum ok heyjum, Fms. vi. 104 ; ga3u J)eir eig
fyrir veiSum at fa heyjanna, Landn. 30 ; hann hefir raent mik ollun
heyjum, isl. ii. 140 ; hann hefir eingin hey til solu, 138 ; en hey fask litil
132 : Icel. say, sla, raka, ^urka, rifja, saeta, hirSa, binda hey, to mow, rake
dry, turn, cock, get in, bind the hay. compds : bey-annir, f pi. hay
making time (July, August), Edda (Gl.), Hrafn. 25. bey-band, n
a binding hay into trusses. bey-bj6rg, {.stores of hay, Isl. ii. 131, 13S
bey-brtmi, a, m. a burning of hay, Ann. bey-deild, f. a distributiot
of hay, Grag. ii. 275. bey-des, f a hay-rick (vide des), Sturl. i. 83, 195
Bs. i. 54. bey-fang, n. produce of hay, Sturl. iii. 271. hey-fdtt
n. zd]. falling short of hay, Rd. 211. bey-fok, n. = heyreki. bey^
gar3r, m. a stack-yard, Grag. ii. 249, Njar3. 384, Fb. i. 523. hey^
gjald, n. payment in bay, Grag. ii. 276. bey-gjof, f bay fodder
Boll. 348, Sturl. iii. 292. bey-bjdilmr, m. a hay-rick, Fms. vii. 298
bey-bla3, n. a hay-cock, N. G. L. i. 256, Jb. 256. bey-blass, n. <
load of bay, Eb. 188, K. A. 176. hey-kleggi, a, m. = heydes, Fb
i. 523, Hav. 53. bey-kostr, m. stores of hay, Isl. ii. 136. hey^
lauss, adj. short of hay. bey-leiga, u, f. rent paid in hay, Isl. ii
131. bey-leysi, n. a failure in hay, Krok. 37. bey-b'till, adj
short of hay, Bs.i.Sy^. bey-meiss, m. a Aoy 6o:)i;, D.N. bey-ii41,f
a bay-hook, used instead of a hay-knife, bey -ran, v\. plunder of hay, Eb
bey-reki, a, m. the tossing of hay by the wind, = mod. heyfok, Grag. ii
275. hey-rmn, n. a bay-loft, Grag. ii. 340. bey-sala, u, f. sal
of hay, ]h. 222,. Txey-nksipT, m. haymaking. bey-skipti, n. <
sharing of hay, Grag. ii. 259. bey-sl^ttr, m. haymaking, GJ)1. 410
bey-sott, f. hay-fever, a horse's disease. bey-stakkr, m. a hay
stack. beystakk-gar3r, m. a stack-yard, Grag. ii. 340. bey-st61
n. the middle of a hay-cock, Isl. ii. 69. bey-tak, n. and bey-taka
u, f plunder of hay, Eb. 154, GJ)1. 545. h.ey-teigr, m. a strip of a hay
field, Sturl. ii. 29. bey-tjuga, n. [Dan. bolyv'], a pitch-fork, Hkr. i. 24
bey-toillr, m. a bay toll, to be paid to a church, Dipl. v. 12, Vm. 115
bey-topt, f. = heygar3r. bey-ver3, n. coinpensation for h., Fms. iii
210, Eb. 154. bey-verk, n. haymaking. Gull. 21, Eb. 152, Nj. 103]
Bs. i. 46, Gliim. 343. bey-vondull, m. a wisp of hay, Boll. 3481
bey-J)errir, m. a ' bay-breeze,' air for drying bay. bey-J)rot, n. wan j
of bay, Isl. ii. 132. bey-J)roti, m. a being short of hay, Isl. ii. I.li
bey-J)urkr, m. a drying of hay. bey-6nn, f. = heyannir, Grag. ii. 26 1
Edda 103. ^"' For haymaking and hay stores see the Sagas passim,
Haensal). ch. 4, Eb. ch. 30, 37, 51, 63, Grett. ch. 50, Orms p. Fb. i. 522;
HeiSarv. S. ch. 25, Hav. pp. 46, 47, Gisl. 14, 22, Nj. ch. 47, 77, am
p. 192, and Mr. Dasent's remarks on Icel. ' hayneed,' Burnt Njal cxii
Grag., esp. the Landbr. p. passim.
lieygja, 5, [haugr], to bury in a how, Nj. 98, Fms. i. 18, x. 32*
passim ; vide haugr.
beyja, a6, [hey], to make hay, Bs. i. 913, freq. in mod. usage; h. ve^
(ilia), to get in a good {bad) crop of hay ; h. fyrir kyr, xr, hesta, to mai\
hay, as fodder for cows, etc. ; and metaph., heyja af fyrir s^r, to iVppor
oneself, live from hand to mouth.
HEYJA, pres. hey, heyr, heyr, mod. heyi, heyir ; pret. ha&i ; pret. pass
hai6r (hainn, Gliim. 394), neut. hait, contr. hat, mod. ha5r, ha6 : — to tola
perform : 1. a law term, to discharge a public duty : heyja ^uk
dom, sokn, etc., of any lawful and public duty, as go8i, judge, neighbour
witness, and the like, whence every franklin is styled J)ing-heyjanili
i
HEYKJASK—HILLAR.
261
ng, Grag. i. I02, 103^ 114; a vArJ)ingi |)vi er hann heyr, K.{>. K.
skal hann segja til a lei& J>eirri er hann heyr, Grdg. i. 95, I27 ;
*i)Vi einu varj)ingi a hann litlegdir er hann heyr sjalfr, 1 2 ; rett er
da at senda mann til l)ings at heyja J>ing fyrir sik, 102, cp. 103, 1 14,
; ; ok matti J)ingit eigi heyjask at logum, Jb. 8 ; h. doni, ha&i Snorri
i fSrdnsdom, Eb. 302 ; haOu J)eir feransdom eptir klerkinn (h08u MS.),
i.492 (cp. hdo3o, Skalda 168), Hrafn. 19 ; J)a er lei6 hai6 (fern, part.)
ipper sagt, Grag. i. 165 ; at ha5um domum, id. ; fyrir haSa doma, 161 ;
varft eigi hainn fcransdomrinn, Gliim. 394 ; h. heimting, Grag. ii. 391 ;
og, Bs. i. 692 old Ed., heyra new Ed.; h. soknir, ha6u v6r soknir
dauSligum konungi. Bias. 30 ; h. IaunJ)ing, to bold a secret meeting,
30 ; h. ieik, to play, Korm. (in a verse) ; h. Preys leik, to play the
o/Frey, Hornklofi : phrases, h. gle&i, to play, gambol, Fms. xi. 109 ;
sdr or3a-fjolda, to add to one's phraseology, make phrases, Skdlda
2. nietaph., heyja orrostu, bardaga, to give battle, the battle
ig regarded as an ordeal or judgment, 625. 49, Bias. 37, Fms. iv. 243,
47; hann hafSi margar orrostor ha&ar, Mork. 216; h. holmgiJngu,
igbt a duel, Vigl. 16, Fms. v. 230 ; jafnan J)a er hann hefir hatt (i. e.
) holmgongur, Fs. 134. II. recipr., peir haSusk J)ar vi5 um
id, they bandied words for a while, Bs. i. 664 : pass., hildr hadisk,
fought. Lex. Poet, passim; J)eir skulu heyjask {fight) vi6 Skiitu
■ Eyjolfr, Rd. 303.
EYKJASK, t, [huka, hokinn], to bend, sink, cower down ; hestrinn
ktist undir honum, MS. 489. 45 ; heyktisk hann viS ok nxr i livit,
1. iii. 177.
IiTBA,6,in Norse MSS.h6yra(eyra, dropping the Z>, N.G.L.i. 220),
;,bausjan=dKov(ii'; A.S. hyran; Hel.horjan; Eng\. hear; O. H. G.
m; Germ, boren ; Dan. biire ; Swed. Zijira] : — to hear; the notion
learing being taken to imply motion towards a place, cp. Germ.
I'dren, Icel. heyra til, Engl, hearken to, Scot, bear till; at J)eir
r8u e6r sa atbiirSina, Fms. vii. 226, Nj. 13, Grag. i. 56, Sks. 554;
heyra J)eir til li3s konungsins hvar J)at for, Fb. ii. 128 ; hann heyrir
er gras vex a jorSu, Edda 17; h. messu, tiSir, to bear mass,
id service, Fms. ix. 500 ; h. hiislestr, id. ; menn vildu eigi h. {bear,
ve) at hann mundi fallit hafa, x. 364 ; heyr6u J)eir snorgl nokkut til
■cju |>6reyjar, Fs. 144; hefir hvarki heyrt til bans styn ne hosta, Nj.
peir heyr6u blastr til drekanna, GullJ). 8 ; hann heyr6i fiangat mikinn
m, Eb. 28 ; heyrSu J)eir hark mikit i biirit, 266 ; heyrit fadaemi, Hav.
heyr endemi (q. v.) ; sem mi hefir Jiii heyrt, as than hast now heard,
714. 2. to hearken ; j^eirra baen var eigi fyrr heyr6, Fms. x.
; Gu8 heyrSi bsen Moyses, Sks. 575 ; en ef |)u vildir h. baen mina,
Djttinn minn, 596. 3. with prepp., heyra a e-t, to give ear,
U'l to a thing ; en J)a er hann haf5i heyrt a toluna, Fms. xi. 37 ; hofSu
Jxir allir heyrt a (been within hearing, been present) saett J)eirra {joris
o! Rjarnar, Eg. 349 ; \>6ti sjalfr konungr heyri a, though within bear-
inYflhe king himself, 6. H. 54. II. metaph. to belong to one, with
d; , kirkjan a selveiSi alia utan J)a er Geithellum heyrir, Vm. 165. 2.
hi a til e-s, or h. e-m til, to belong to, concern ; (Jiat) er heyrir til {concerns)
di|ur J)innar, Nj. 15 ; J)aer syslur sem til ^eirra heyr6u, Fms. ix. 269 ; J)at
Oil min heyrir, vi. 1 18, 133, Bs. i. 742 ; J)at J)ing er hreppstjorn heyrir
ti b. 184; hann agirntisk fiat er honum heyr6i ekki til, Fms. vi. 301 ,
jMli J)eim Haraldi konungi eigi til h. {be bad no right) at minka sinn
0. y. so with dat., to behove; hverjum y6r heyrir at {)j6na,
iSi, vi. 349 ; mer heyrir eigi at t>egja vi6 y3r, ii. 268 ; mer heyrir
^. .a giptask, Str. 421 ; sem J)vi nafni til heyrir. Mar. 617; kjalar-tre
jKJer J)eim \)6tli heyra {to fit), Fb. i. 433. III. impers. to be
ht d : ok heyrir blastr (ace.) hans i alia heima, Edda 17; heyr6i til
jia er pon bar hverinn, Skalda 168 ; fia var6 f)egar hljott sva at
:is manns heyr6i, Fms. vi. 374; sva nacr laeknum, at gerla heyri
r (ace), 351. IV. reflex, and impers., e-m heyrisk e-t,
s one bears; en me3 J)vi at mer hejTisk sva i or&um ySrum,
methought I heard you say, that . . ., Sks. 101 ; en mer heyrisk
jietta haf, ck sva landit, J)a . . ., 192 ; sva heyrisk mer til sem
estir er . . ., Fms. vii. 280; J)a lieyrdisk J)eim ollum sem sveinn-
5i Jietta, they thought they heard the boy sing, Landn. (Hb.) 293 :
usage, mi^r heyrSisk J)u segja, methought I beard you say ; mer
* vera bariS, methought I heard a knock at the door ; mer heyrist
'ilj66a, methinks I bear the child crying. 2. pass, to be beard,
516; J)a skulu J)eir eigi J)ar um heyrask sidan {they shall not be
heeded), K. A. 110.
mdi, part, a hearer, Grett. 133 (opt er i holti heyrandi naer, vide
ii'iur. heyrendr, hearers, at a meeting, church, or the like, Pos.t.
^,1, Bs. i. 741 ; hence the law phrase, i heyranda (gen. pi.) hlj65i,
e hearing of all, in public, Nj. 15, Grag. i. 19, passim.
TTari, a, m. = heyrandi, N.T.
yri-liga, adv. openly, 656 C. 2 : fittingly; dheyriliga, cruelly.
rri-ligr, adj. becoming, Stj. 502 : incumbent, Fms. vi. 388.
rringi, a, m. [akin to heyrum, q. v., and not to be derived from
1 ; cp. Engl, hireling; A. S. byrigman, byrling = domestic retainer"] :
Norse law term, a neighbour, a domestic; it appears almost to
er to Icel. bui ; {)a skal hann a J)ing lei3a heyringja sina (as wit-
nesses), N. G. L. i. 21 ; settu J)cir t61f manna dom eptir ok tvA heyringja,
ok I6tu dxma, D. N. ii. 4.
heyrin-kunnr (heyrtim-kiinnr, N.G. L. i. 232, Bjam. 43, both
paper MSS., as also in mod. usage), adj. known, reported, Fms. i. 103, Nj.
139, Stj. 421 ; fraegt ok h., famous and well known, 87, passim.
heyrin-or3, n. an old law phrase, which is probably = heyringja-or8,
the word or verdict of a heyringi (not from heyra, qs. hearsay); ssekja
vi6 tylftar-kvi5 eSa vi& heyrin-orft fimm landciganda, Grdg. ii. 146 ;
skal saekja vi3 vattorS ef hann heyrir a, en clla vi8 fimm manna hcyrin-
or6 e3a tylftar-kvid, Kb. (I.e.) ii. 182.
heyrn, f. hearing : 1. the sense of bearing, 633. 57 ; heym, syn»
Gnig. ii. 16, Eluc. 54; mal, syn, heyrn, Fms. i. 97, N. T., Pass. 33. 4,
41. 10, passim. compds : heymar-daufr, -litill, adj. rather deaf,
bard of hearing, heymar-lauss, adj. 'bearing-less,' deaf heymar-
leysi, n. deafness. 2. bearing ; sumt ritaSi hann eptir sjalfs sins
hej'rn e9r syn, something be wrote from bis own bearing or sight, Fms. vii.
226. j3. i heyrn e-m, in one's hearing, Stj. 689, Bjarn. 33, 43, Fms.
xi. 287 ; a-heyrn, q. v. 3. metaph. ears, as it seems = hlust ; eyia is
properly the outer ear, heyrn and hlust the inner part ; heyrn eSa hlust,
Edda (Arna-Magn.) ii. 430 ; hneigja heyrn at e-u, to incline the ears to.
Lb. 3; heyrn erjjeimhaegrisljo. Pass. 7.12. compds: heyrna-gnipiir,
f. pi., poet. ' ear-crags,' i. e. the bead. Eg. (in a verse). heyrna-spann,
n. ' ear-basket,' i. e. the ear. Ad. 20.
HEYBUM, dat. pi. of an obsolete h.eyrar ; variously spelt, hdnim
(i. e. h0rum, which seems to be the best form), herum, haerum ; even with
r inserted, hreyrom, Kb. ii. 178, hrSroni, Sb. ii. 389, no doubt erro-
neously, prob. from the original having eo = 0, which the transcriber
read as ro, (see Gramm. p. xxxv, signif. B. L K.) The word probably
means of the homestead or family, domestic (cp. A.S. byred = family,
Engl, hire, Dan. byre, vide heyringi above) : it occurs a few times in the
Grag., and is used only of neighbours, in the law phrase, rettir at heyrum ;
(in Kb. i. 62, the point should stand after haerum, and the new sentence
begin with the following word) ; also, saekja . . . vi5 heyrinorS fimm land-
eiganda ^eirra er rettir s<5 i kviSum at hiJrom vi5 a5ilja, Grag. (Sb.) ii.
146 ; \)a, skal biia kve3ja J)a er naestir biia J)ingvelli })eirra manna er
rettir se at hdorom, Sb. ii. 93 ; J)eirra er rettir se at skuldleikum ok at
hreyrum, Kb. 11.178 (I.e.); biiendr skal kve3ja fyrr en griSmenn ef til J)ess
eru, J)a er naestir eru J)ar, ok pa er at haerom s6 rettir, 85 ; nema sa teli er
rettr vaeri i kviSnum at haerom, i. 62 ; kennendr tva J)4 er i hrcorom se
rettir, Sb. ii. 389 ; kennendr tva J)a er 1 heyrom se rdttir, er J)at visso at fe
{)at baru a skip, Kb. I.e.; ]pabua er rettir seikvi5um ok at heyrum, ii. 68.
heyskr, adj. = hoOveskr, courteous. Art. passim.
hik, n. faltering. hi'k.-lauat,n. zd]. without wavering ; see hvika.
HIKA, a3, /o/a//er, = hvika, q. v.
hildingr, m., poet, a working, Hm. 154, Hkv. 2. 10, Edda 105, passim :
a pr. name. Fas.
HTLDK, f., dat. and ace. hildi, [A.S. bild ; Hel. hildi ; prob. akin to
hjaldr, q. v.] : — battle, only in poetry ; heilir hildar til, heilir hildi fra, Hm.
157 ; vekja hildi, to wage war, Hkv. 2. 6 ; hefja hildi, to begin a battle,
Hkm. 2 ; er hildr J)r6ask, when war waxes, Stor. 13 ; horS h., a bard
fight; bjo&a hildi, to offer battle ; ganga 1 hildi, to go into battle; semja,
fremja hildi, to wage war. Lex. Poet. In poetry a shield is called
hildar-sk;^, hildar-v6, hildar-veggr. 2. name of one of the
Valkyrias (see Valkyrja), who were regarded as the handmaids of Odin,
Vsp. 22, Gm. 36; Hildr is also represented as a daughter of the
mythical king Hcigni and the bride of He5in, whose life is recorded
in the tale of Hja3ninga-vig, Edda 89, 90 : hence war is called Hildar-
leikr, m. the game of H., Bm. i, passim. II. in pr. names;
it is rare as a prefix in northern names, but freq. in old Germ. : of men,
Hildir, HUdi-bj5rn, Hildi-brandr, Hndi-grlmr, Hild-61fr ; of
women, Hildr, Hildi-gunnr, Hildi-ri3r : again, it often forms the
latter part in female names, and often spelt or sounded without the
aspirate, As-hildr, Bryn-hildr, B65v-ildr, D6m-hildr, Ey-ildr, Geir-hildr,
Grim-hildr, Gunn-hildr, Hrafn-hildr, Matt-ildr (for.), Orm-hildr, Ragn-
hildr, Svan-hildr, iJlf-hildr, Yngv-ildr, poT-hMr, Landn. III. in
pi. Mldir, the caul or membrane covering animals, calves, lambs when
cast, kalfs-hildir, kyr-hildir, freq. in mod. usage.
B. Appellative Compds, hildi- only in poets : hilcU-fraekn, ad).
mighty imvar. Iiildi-g61tr, m., mythic, a i&e/wc/, Edda 82. hildi-
leikr, m. [A. S. hilde-geldc'], the game of war, a fight, Fm. 31. hildi-
meiSr, m., poet, a warrior, pillar of war, Fm. 36. liildi-aviii, n. =
hildigoltr, Edda 82, Hdl. 7, hildi-tannr, m., gen. hilditanns, Edda i.
464; dat. hilditanni, Fms. ix. 455 (an evidence that tiinn, a tooth, was
originally masc.) ; later, Hildi-t6nn, f. nickname of the old Danish king»
see Skjold. S., qs. a war-tooth, tusk; cp. A.S. bilde-tux, Beow. 1511.
hilduri, aj m. a kind of hawk, Edda (Gl.)
HILL A, u, f. a shelf freq. in mod. usage ; bur-hilla, a pantry shelf .
hilla, t, in the phrase, pad hillir undir e-3, to be (as it were) upheaved
or lifted in the air, e. g. of an object (a person, tree) seen on the edge of
a hill against the sky, e. g. pa3 hillir undir hann a bruninni.
Hillar, f. pi. a Norse local name, akin to hilla and hjalli.
262
HILLINGAR— HINN.
hillingar, f. pi. upheaving, esp. of a mirage, when rocks and islands
look as if lifted above the level of the sea.
hilmir, m., poet., prop, a helmsman, whence a ruler, hing, ^t., Hkv.,
Lex. Poet, passim.
hilmr, m. a smell, = \\mT, q. v., Horn. p. 58, Fms. (Agrip) x. 280 sqq.
hilpir, m. a helper, N. G. L. ii. 343, of a midwife.
himbrin, mod.liimbriini,m. the ember goose, colymbus glacialis, Edda
(GL), Eggert Itin. ; cp. Norse Hymbern, Faroic imbrim, Shetl. immer.
himin-baugr, m.=himinhringr, Jonas 53.
Mmin-belti, n. a ' belt of heaven,' zone.
Himin-bjOrg and Himin-fjOll, n. pi. a mj'thical local name, Gm.,
Hkv., Yt.
himin-blfinii, a, m. the blue shy, Jonas 64.
liiimn-bld.r, adj. shy-blue, Jonas 137.
himin-blger, m. a breath or whijfof air, Jonas 1 20, cp. Pass. 35. 10.
himin-bogi, a, m. the arch or vault of heaven, Jonas 99.
himin-bora, u, f. =himinrauf, Skalda 209.
himin-borinn, part, heaven-born.
himin-brjotr, m., mythol. name of an ox, ' beaven-breaher,' Edda 35.
bimin-biii, a, m. a heaven-dweller, an angel.
• himin-fastr, zd]. fixed in heaven, of stars, Stj. 12.
himin-geimr, m. the void, the universe, Jonas 167.
himin-geisli, a, m. heavenly beams, Sol. 72.
Himin-glsefa, u, f. one of the northern Nereids, Edda lOl.
himin-ltriiigr, adj., poet, the ' ring' of heaven, Jonas 53.
himin-hvolf, n. the vault of heaven, the shy.
himm-joSuarr, m. the comer, brim (ja&arr, joSurr) of heaven, = \i\m\n-
skaut, Vsp. 5 (oTT. A.€7.) This, no doubt, is the correct form, not himin-
j6-dyr (beaven-horse-beasts) or himin-j6-dur {heaven-horse-doors').
himin-knSttr, m. a heavenly globe.
himin-kraptar, m. pi. the props, pillars of heaven, (3. H. (in a verse).
himin-ljomi, a, m. heavenly light. Lex. Poet.
HIMINN, m. [the form hifinn occurs rarely, Fms. x. 10 (v. 1.), Hb.
(1866) thrice; the mod. form is bimin, without the infiexive n; the
root consonant varies between m andy (or t/), the final between n and /,
cp. Goth, himins, A. S. heofon, Engl, heaven, Hel. himil, O. H. G. himila.
Germ, as also mod. Dan. and Swed. himmel ; this interchange of /and
tn is analogous to ' of and ' um' (umb), ' sofa' and ' somn' (i. e. svefn),
* kufl ' and ' kumbl,' Lat. sopio and somnus, etc. $®" The mythol.
Gimle (Vsp. 63) is probably dat. of an obsolete himil derived from the
time when the initial h was still sounded gutturally] :— heaven ; in the old
heathen creed the heavenly vault was the skull of the giant Ymir, Gm.
40, V^m. 21, Edda sub init. ; and is called by the poets ' the giant's skull,'
'the burden of the dwarfs' (vide dvergr), etc.; the heavens were nine,
the names of which are recorded in Edda (Gl.) : — Niu eru himnar a haed
tal6ir, cp. Aim. 12, 13 ; upp-h., the ether, Vsp. 3 ; mi heldr j6r8 gri&um
upp, en himinn var5ar fyrir ofan en hafit Rau5a fyrir litan er liggr um
lond oil, Grag. i. 166 ; jafnhatt upp sem himinn, Edda 60 (in a verse) ;
leikr har hiti viS h., sjalfan, Vsp. 58 ; hinn sletti h., V{)m. 46 : allit.,
hei6r himin, Hbl. 19, Eb. 48 new E^., v. 1. ; haf og h., sea and heaven;
himin ok j6r&, heaven and earth, Nj. 194; a6r stjarna komi a himin,
ere the stars came up in heaven, Grag. ii. 322. p. phrases, undir
berum himni, under the bare shy, freq. ; hann ann mer eigi at hafa
himininn jafnan yfir hoPbi ser sem hann hefir sjalfr, Vapn. 20 ; Jjykjask
taka h. hondum, to thinh one grasps heaven with one's hands, of high
fantastic hopes ; J)at hugSum v6r baendr ... at ver hef&im J)a hondum
himin tekit, en mi . . ., Hkr. i. 141, Sighvat (Bersogl. visur), Al. I18 ;
himins-endi, the end, border of heaven, VJ)m. 37, Edda 1 2. 2. the heathen
conception of a plurality of heavens caused the plural to be mostly used
by Christian writers, esp. after the Reformation, also, Gu6 a himnum,
God in the heavens ; Fa5ir a himnum, Gr. kv roTs ovpavois, N. T., follow-
ing the Gr. text ; himnum a&, towards the heavens. Pass. 34. i ; her og
a himnum bae&i, 24. 7 ; himna-Guft, God in the heavens, Sol. 6, Stj. ; stiga
til himna, to ascend to the heavens, GJ)1. 40 ; himna-fagna&r, heavenly joy,
Hom. 30 ; himna-brau5, bread from the heavens, manna. Post. ; himna-
fae&sla, id., Stj. ; himna-ftir, ascension to the heavens ; himna-ljos, the light
of the heavens. Pass. 3. 3 ; himna-hallir, the halls of the heavens, 25. 13 ;
himna-konungr, the king of the heavens, Horn., Fms. i. 141 ; himna-mjol,
the flour of the heavens, manna, Stj., Al. 64 ; himna-sjon, heavenly sight,
Greg. 35 ; himna^vist, an abode in the heavens, Hom. ; himna-ioki, n. the
kingdom of the heavens, N. T., in old writers himin-riki. II. metaph.
(like Gr. ovpavoi), a canopy, covering, cp. Germ, trag-himjnel ; sasngr-
himinn, a bed canopy : poet., briina-himinn, heaven of the brotvs, the fore-
head, Kormak ; al-himin, the heaven or covering of the deep, the ice, Ey vind.
himin-ratifar, f pi. the sluices of heaven, Skalda 210, Mar. 10.
himin-riki, n. [Dan. himmerige ; Germ, himmelreich], the hingdom of
heaven, G^\. 42, Edda 149 (pref.), Th. 28 ; himinrikis-dyrr, -hir&, -holl,
-innganga, -vist. Horn., Mar., Bs. passim ; himinrikis maSr, an heir of
the hingdom of heaven, 6*]*]. 2,; but in mod. usage himnariki (see himinn 2)
is more usual.
himin-rodi, a, m. the redness of the shy, Matth. xvi. 2.
h-imin-runninn, part. = Gr. Suirer-qs, Od.
bimin-rofltill, m. = himins61. Lex. Poet.
bimin-skaut, n. the sheet of heaven, a quarter of heaven, Lat. plaga
caeli, Hdl. 14, Skv. I. 10, passim.
himin-skin, n. a heavenly shining, Jonas 115.
biniin-s61, f. the sun in heaven.
bimin-stjori, a, m. (-st^ir, m.), the ruler of heaven, God, Lex. Poe
himin-stjormir, f. pi. the stars in heaven, Jonas 122.
himin-targa, u, f. the targe of heaven, the sun, J>d. 4.
himin-tjald, n. a canopy. Am. 106.
himin-tungl, n. pi. the heavenly bodies, Hkr. ii. 288, Rb. 66,
passim ; himintungla far, h. gangr (ganga), St;., Rb.
bimin-vangi, a, m. the mead of heaven, the shy, Hkv. 1. 15.
bimin-vist, f. dwelling in heaven. Lex. Poet.
hinmeskr, adj. (bifneskr, Fms. x. 392), heavenly, Sks., Bs., N,
Pass., Vidal. passim.
HIND, f [A. S. hind ; Engl, hind ; Germ, hinde ; Dan. hind] : — a
Lat. cerva, the female of hjortr, Karl. 45, freq.: hindar-kdlfr,
hind's calf, a fawn, Bret. ch. 19 ; Kindar-fjall, n. Hind' s-f ell, a
tain. Fas., Fm. II. [prob. a different word, akin to Goth, i&zwj
Swed. hinna = to find], shill, grace ; in the phrase, me& hind, artj
gracefully, as in the ditty : J>a6 er a6 segja af Sigurfti Blind | samdi
lj6& um hverja kind, | sa hann hvorki sol ne vind, | seggjum J)6tt'
kve6a me5 hind; esp. freq. in poets of the i6th and 17th centuries.
bindar-dags, gen. as adv. the day after to-tnor row, N.G.L. i.23; see hi
bindr, n. = hindran, Stj. 262.
HINDRA, a&, [A. S. hinderjan; Eng\. hinder; Germ, hindem;
hindra; Swed. hindra] : — prop, to keep behind, hinder, Stj. 138; h,
talma, Dipl. i. 4, Bs. i. 689. II. pass, to be impeded, Fms, viit
144, xi. 423. 2. to halt, loiter, Stj. 172, Mar. : to go astray,
wrong, Fbr. 78 new Ed., Bs. i. 820: to lose tijne, loiter about a tt
meira mun mi annat til framkvaemdar en hindrask eptir J>essu, Stui
157; cp. hindrvitni below.
bindran, f. a hindrance, Stj. 9.
HINDRIjCompar., superl. HINZTR, [cp. Ulf. hindar = owiffv, iripar,
A. S. and Engl, hinder, O. H. G. hintar. Germ, hinter ; cp. also A. S. bindan,
Engl, be-hind] : — the hinder, hindmost, latter, latest, only in poetry : I.
the compar. occurs only as an an. Xty. in hindra dags, the day after to- s
morrow, Hm. 109, and hindar-dags, N.G. L. i. 23. II. sui
hinnzta sinni,/or the last time : in prose, ver gengum a land innsta
hinzta) sinni, Fms. vii. 149 ; ^^ er hann for inzta sinni til Jorsala,
191 : in poetry, Sol. 41, Fas. i. 428 ; hinztr fundr, the last meeting,
HjiJrv. 40 ; hinzt kveSja, Am. 4;; ; hinzt baen, Skv. 3. 62.
bindr-vitni, f. ' binder-knowledge,' idolatry, superstition, nonsense^'
i. 165, Hkr. ii. 176; flser6 hei6ingligrar hindrvitni, Fb. i. 513; ef
triiir a J)at heldr en annat f6, e&a ferr hann me& h,, K. J>. K. 78.
HINGAT, also spelt higat (Eg. 51, Nj. 227, Fms. i. 189, Stj. a/.j
and begat (Isl. ii. 270, GJ)1. 272), prob. only by dropping the ma]
abbreviation (") above the line (higat, hegat), a» seen from old rh;
such as h/«gat fyrir konn b/«g, Eb. 73 new Ed. : — hither, Lat. hue^^
5, Nj. 2, Grag. i. 189, Fms. i. 72, x. 18; hingat ok ^angat, bithar
thither, to and fro, viii. 39, Stj. 35, 284, Bias. 40; hon vissi 1"
ekki hingat, i. e. she was in a senseless state, Bs. i. 384. 2. ti
hingat til, hitherto, 619. 73.
B. CoMPDs : hingat-btir3r, m. the birth of Christ, 625. 82, Ski
210, Fms. i. 109, xi. 468, Stj. 27 (hegat-bur&r), passim. bingat-fer? j
and bingat-for, f a journey hither, Eb. 144, Fms. x. 17, xi. 105.1
bingat-flutningr, m. carrying hither, Fr. bingat-kvama, u, f j
a coining hither, arrival, Fms. vi. 394, v. 291 : eccl., of Christ, Rb. 84!
Stj. passim. hingat-spaning, f. = hingatkvama, NiSrst. 6. I
HINKA, a&, [Germ, hinken], to limp, hobble, Fs. 159 ; see hvika.
binkr, n. a limping, hobbling, Isl. ii. 147.
binkra, a6, to halt, stop a bit; h. vi&, to halt, freq. in mod. usage. |
HINN, HIN, HIT, the article, an enclitic, which therefore can
never serve as an accentuated syllable in a verse, either as rhyme or ii
alliteration. In good old MSS. (e. g. Cod. Reg. of Sawn.) it is hardly eve:
spelt with the aspirate, but is written inn, in, it or ifl, or enn, en, ei
or eb, and thus distinguished from the demonstr. pron. hinn ; but in the
Editions the prob. spurious aspirate has been generally prefixed : an indec.
iau or binu occurs often in later MSS. of the 14th century, e. g. the Fb.
but as it has not been heard of since and is unknown in the modem Ian
guage, it simply seems to be a Norwegianism, thus, inu somu oxb, Th. i
hinnu fyrri biskupa (gen. pt.), H. E. ii. 79 ; enu instu luti {res intima^]
Hom. 57 (Norse MS.) ; hinu agaeztu menu (nom. pi.), id.; inuu oar::
dyra, 657 A. ii. 1 2 : [cp. Goth., jains = 'ticuvoi ; A. S. geond ; Engl, yo/;
Germ, jener.]
A. The : I. preceding the noun : 1. before an adjectiv
standing alone or followed by a substantive ; inn maeri, inn riki, inn dinm'
dreki, inn mikli mogr, Vsp. ; in aldna, id. ; inn goSa mjo6, the good meaa
Gm. 13 ; inn maera mj68, Skm. 16; inn helga mjo6, Sdm. 18 ; in forn.
fold, Hy'm. 24 ;• in fri6a frilla, 30 ; inn froSi jiitum, V^m. 20 ; inn gamji
I ;.);
^fotni
kiib
10;
lit tie
4;Ai
li,I
',4t in
litilVffil
»il
, »la
HINN.
263
, 9; inn hara [jul, Fm. 34; inn frani ormr, 19; opt inn betri hilar
a inn verri vegr, Hm. 127; in alsnotra ambutt, in arma, f)kv. ; enn
i afi, Skm. 2; in ilia msera, 32; enn frani ormr, 27; e6 manunga
I, Hm. 163; enn aldna jotun, 104; en horska niaer, 95; it betra,
. 32; ena J)ri5ju, the third, Vsp. 20; inn moSur-lausi miigr, Fnj. 2;
jalla gull, ok it glodraufla fc, 9; id fyrsta or&, Sdm. 14; enu skir-
godi, Gm. 39 ; in glystoniu grasti, H6m. I ; in svasu go3, VJ)ni.
enum fraegja syni, Hm. 141 ; at ins tryggva vinar, 66 ; ennar g65u
1,100; ins svinna mans, 162; ens dy'ra mjaSar, 141; ens hindra
, 109 ; ens unga mans, Skm. 1 1 ; ens deykkva hrafns, Skv. 2. 20 ; ae
iseinadags,Fm. 10; ena niundu hverja n6tt,Skm.2i : with the ordinals,
fyrsti, J)ridi . . ., Gm. 6 sqq., Sdm. 21 sqq. 2. so also before an
wb; it sama, likewise, Hm. 75, Fm. 4, VJ)m. 22, 23, Gm. 15, Hdl.
8. as an indecl. particle ' in' or 'en' before a comparative ; in
T,tbe more, Hm. 60, Sdm. 36, Hkv. i. 12, Skv. i. 21, Gh. 3, Nj.
; in lengr, the longer. Am. 58, 61 ; this has been already mentioned
en (p. 127, B. at bottom, and p. 128), but it is almost exclusively
ical. II. placed between a pronoun and an adjective in the
lite form : 1. after a demonstr. ; sa iini frani ormr, Fm. 26 ; sa
har3i hallr, Gs. 10; sa inn aldni jotun, Skm. 25; sa inn amattki
nn, 10 ; J)at i6 niikia men, J)kv. 13 ; J)at i6 litla, ' that the little,' i. e.
Utile thing, Ls. 4.J : J)ann inn alsvinna jotun, VJjm. i ; J)ann inn aldna
n, Fm. 29; J)ann inn hrimkalda jotun, 38; J)ess ins alsvinna jotuns,
5 ; J)at it unga man. Aim. 6 ; j>ann inn aldna jotun, Gm. 50 ; J)au
arSmoSgu sky, 41 ; sa inn mattki munr, 93 ; monnum J)eim enum
xnum, Hbl. 44 ; born ^au in bli3u,'0g. 9 ; hris J)at i8 niaera, Akv. 5 :
rose, fjolmenni J)at it mikla. Eg. 46 ; J)etta it mikla skip, Fms. x. 347,
: with ordinals, seg&u J)at i6 eina, say that the first, VJ)m. 20 ; ^at
iridja, fj6r3a . . ., 20 sqq. 2. after a possessive ; sins ins heila
JT, sins ins svara sefa, Hm. 105 ; J)ins ins hvassa hjors, Fm. 29 ; minn
hvassi hjcirr, 6 ; mins ins hvassa hjors, 28 ; baekr |)inar inar blahvitu,
1. 3. after a pers, pron. ; J)ii hiiui armi, thou wretch 1 Ld. 326 ;
k. I)u hingat hinn mikli ma6r ! Kg. 488. III. placed between
nouns in apposition : 1. between a proper name and a title or
tiet in the definite form ; SigurSr inn SuSrseni, Sigurd the Southerner,
3.4; Atli inn Riki, Akv. 29 ; Hogna ins frsekna, Hjalla ins blau3a,
Gu8r63r inn Gofuglati, 'Yt. ; Hani6ir inn hugumstori, H5m. 25;
tva'nn ( = Kjotva enn) AuSga, Hornklofi ; Svan enum Rauda, Alfr
Gamli, Hdl. ; as also in prose, Ivarr iim Vi6fa6mi, Haraldr enn
fagri, Olafr inn Digri, Kmitr inn Fundni, Au6r in Djupau6ga, fjor-
g in Digra, Hildr in Mjofa, Steinolfr inn Lagi, fjorkell inn Havi,
lakr inn Gamli, Bjorn inn Austraeni, (Slafr inn Hviti, Halfdan inn
ti, Sighvatr inn Rau9i, Eyjolfr inn Gra, Gestr inn Spaki ; Ari inn
(Aren Fro3e contr. = Are enn Fro3e, 6. T. 23, line i), Ketill
Heimski, Kniitr inn Riki, EadvarSr inn G68i, Halfdan inn Mildi,
aldr inn IllraSi, Helgi inn Magri, IJIfr inn Skjalgi, Landn., Fb. iii ;
Or. Ne(TT<wp o yfpwi', 'Xancpa.Trjs 6 (f>i\6ffo(f>os, Germ. Nathan der
se, Engl. Alfred the Great, etc. : of ships, Ormr inn Langi, Ormr irm
nmi. 2. between an appellative and an adjective ; sveinn
hviti, Ls. 20; hendi inni haegri, 61 ; pengill inn meins-vani, Gm.
seggr inn ungi, Skm. 2 ; skati inn ungi, Hdl. 9 ; briiSr in kapp-
a, Am. 75; hest inn hraSfaera, Gh. 18; varr inn vigfraekni, gumi
gunnhelgi, H3m. 30; au6 inn fagra, Skv. I. 13; orm inn frana,
fjanda inn foikska, Fm. 37 ; konungr inn Hiinski, Skv. 3. 8,
53,64; or3 id fyrra, Og. 9 ; mal 13 efsta, 16; seggr inn su3rseni,
3 ; seggr inn aeri, 6 ; mar'inum melgreypa, 3, 13 ; borg inni ha, 14 ;
nni su3rh611u, 30 ; ve3rs ens mikla, Hkv. 1. 12 ; handar ennar haegri,
38,61; vifs ins vegliga. Am. 54; konung inn kostsama, Hkm. ;
ir inn glaSvaeri, id.; hlut inn mjovara, "?t. 13; konungr inn kyn-
, fylkir inn framlyndi, hilmi'nom halsdigra, konu'na Donsku, hverr'
Heinversku, Hornklofi, Saem. (Mob.) 228-231; vi3 arm inn vestra,
vat ; so also in prose passim.
S. When there was no adjective the article became a sufEx to
noun (see Gramm. pp. xix, xx), a usage common even in early
e, but extremely rare in poetry ; the reason is, not that the poems
5 composed before the suffixed article had come into use, but that
metres themselves in which all the old poems were composed are
r than that usage, and are not well adapted to it, so that the absence
le article became traditional. The old poem Harbar3slj6d makes an
ption, no doubt not from being later than all other poems, but from
g composed in a peculiar metre, half verse and half prose ; thus in
single poem alone there are nearly twenty instances, or about twice
irice as many as in all the other poems together : — vaginn, Hbl. 2, 13,
snndit, 1,3,8, 13; ver3inum,4; eikjunni, 7; skipit, id. ; stoSna, landit,
leidina, 55 : hofu3it, 15; batinum,53; veggsins, stokksins, steinsins,
matrinn, 3: other solitary instances are, go3in 611, Vsp. 27 (prob.
ewhat corrupt) ; eiki-kostinn, Gh, 20; vommin var, Ls. 52. II.
ose, old and modern, the suffixed article occurs at every step ; only
ir two instances are worth noticing as peculiar to the Icelandic : 1.
cative in addressing ; konan, O woman ! mj63nannan, id., Sighvat
verse of A. D. 1018, and so in mod. usage) ; elskan ! hjarta3 ! heillin !
astin, my love ! dear ! heart I J)ursinn I Fas. i. 385 ; hundarnir ! = cu icivt*,
Od. xxii. 35 : also with another word, barnid gott, good child! {>ru3na-
Jjussinn, thou monster giant I Mi3gar3s-ormrinn ! Fas. i. 373. 2.
esp. if with a possessive adjective following, as in Gr. ov/i6i, rovfi6v, r&fti,
etc. ; elskan min, astin min, hjartad mitt, g63rinn minn I her er mi astin
min, here is my darling I Sturl. ii. 78, of a father presenting a darling child
to a friend; and so in mod. usage: as abuse, hundrinn J)inn, thou dog I
Isl.ii. 176; {)j6frinn J)inn!Fms. vii. 127; dy3rillinn J)inn 1 ii. 279 ; hund-
inum fiinum ! vi. 323 : this use is not confined to the vocative, e. g. konan
min bi3r ad heilsa, my wife (kona min is never used) ; mairinn minn,
my huiband; biddu foreldrana J)ina {ask thy parents) ad lofa JwJr ad fara;
augun hans, his eyes. Pass. 24. 4 ; hugrinn vor og hjartad se, our mind
and heart (cp. Gr. ry iftSi Ovfiifi), 43. 5 ; svo hjartad baedi og mdlij
mitt I mikli samhuga nafnid \>'nt, 10.7; gef J)u a3 modur-mdlid mitt, 35. 9 ;
bokin min, my favourite book, my own book ; as also, fadu m^r hattinn
minn, vetlingana mina, skona mina, give tne my hat, gloves, shoes ; tungan
1 per, augun i J)er, thy tongue, thy eyes; hofudid a m<5r, fxtrnir a mix,
my head, my feet ; hendrnar a J)er ('a mor, a Jxjr' are here equivalent
to a possessive, see p. 37, C. IV), thy hands, cp. Homer, rd cd fovvara ;
hestana J)ina, Gr. tWovs tov* ffovs : similar is the instance, vommin var,
the sins of ours, Ls. 52; this may be a remnant of a time when the
article was used separately, even with an indefinite adjective. 3. a
double article, one suffixed to the noun and the other prefixed to the
word in apposition; hirdin sii in Danska, Fms. vi. 323; {lau in storu
skipin, viii. 384 and passim : again, when a noun is put in the genitive
after another noun the former has no article ; as the Engl, phrase ' the
fish of the sea and the fowl of the air' is in Icel. ' fiskar sjavarins og fuglar
loptsins :' but this belongs to the syntax ; see also Grimm's D. G. iv. 432.
C Special Changes, in mod. usage : I. the demonstr. pron.
sa, sii, J)ad has in speech generally taken the place of inn, in, it ; thus,
sa gamli madr, sii gamla kona, J)ad gamla skald ; sometimes the article
is dropped altogether, e. g. a fimta degi, on the fifth day ( = a enum fimta
degi) ; a somu stundu, in the same hour ; even in old writers this is found,
med somu aetlan, Bs. i. 289; a niundu tid dags, Stj. 41, (but rarely);
yet the old form is often retained in writing. II. in case A. II. the
article may be dropped ; J)ann gamla mann, J)a gomlu konu, J)ad gamla
skald, J)u armi, etc. ; sa rada-godi, sa godum-h'ki, sa agaeti Odysseifr, sii
vitra Penelopa, sa Jardkringjandi Posidon, Od. passim (in Dr. Egilsson's
translation). III. in case A. III. i. the article is also dropped, Kmitr
Riki, Haraldr Harfagri ; even old writers (esp. in later vellums) omitted it
now and then, Halfdan Svarta, Fms. i. i ; Haraldr Graenski, 90 ; Haraldr
Harfagri, 192; Ottarr ungi, Hdl.: even in the Saem. Cod. Reg., Vols-
ungr ungi, Skv. 3. i, 3. IV. in case A. III. 2. the pronouns sa, sii,
J)ad, and hinn, hin, hit may be used indiscriminately, although the former
is more usual. V. lastly, in case B. the suffixed article has gained
ground, and is in modern prose used more freq. than in ancient.
g®* Conclusion. — The old poetical language, with the sole exception
of a single poem, had no article in the modern and proper sense ; in every
instance the ' inn, in, it' bears the character of a demonstrative pronoun,
preceding an adjective and enhancing and emphasising its sense, like the
pers. pron. hann, q. v. ; but it is never attached to a single substantive ;
when the adjective was placed in apposition after a noun, the pronoun
came to stand as an enclitic just after the noun, and was sounded as if
suffixed thereto ; at last it was tacked as an actual suffix to single nouns
standing without apposition, and thus the true suffixed article gradually
arose, first in speech, then in writing ; whereas at the same time the old
pronominal enclitic (A. I-III) gradually went out of use, and was either
dropped or replaced by the stronger demonstrative pronoun ' sa, sii.'
HINN", HIN, HITT, demonstr. pron., prob. identical in etymology
with the preceding word, from which it is however distinguished, 1.
by the neut. hitt, Dan. hint; 2. by the initial aspirate, which is never
dropped ; 3, by being a fully accentuated pronoun, so that the h can
stand as an alliterative letter, e. g. iandar ennar hxgri \ mun ek £>innar
geta, Ls.; veitkat ek hht hvart Jfeita | >bungr . . ., Hallfred ; i^tt kvad ^a.
.ffamdir, etc., Hdm. 23, 25, Korm. 40 ; Raun er i&ins at ^einir | hrx . . . ;
Skald bidr him at iialdi | hjalm . . ., Sighvat, Hkv. Hjorv. 26: [Ulf.
joins = ( K(iv OS ; A.S. geond; Engl, yon ; Germ.jener.']
A. This pronoun is used, I. in a demonstr. sense, emphati-
cally and without being opp. to a preceding demonstr. ; raun er hins
at . . . , «7 is proved that . . . ; skald bidr hins, at . . ., Sighvat ; veitkat ek
hitt hvat (hvart) . . ., Hallfred ; hitt ek hugda, emphatically, that was what
I thought, I thought forsooth, Hm. 98 ; hitt kvad {)a Hrodrglod, Hdm. 13 ;
hitt kvad {)a Hamdir, 25 ; hitt vil ek vita, that I want to know, VJ)m. 3,
6 ; J)6 ek hins get, ef . . .,yet I guess, that if. . ., Skm. 24 ; vita skal hitt,
ef . . ., Korm. 40 (in a verse), Isl. ii. 225 (in a verse) ; hitt var fyrr = m
former times, formerly, ^t., Fs. 94 (in a verse) ; hinn er sxll, tr .. .,be is
happy, that. . . , Hm. 8 ; madr hinn er . . ., ' man he that' = the man who,
26 ; hinn er Surts or Sokkdolum, Edda 51 (in a verse) ; veitat hinn er tin
tannar, hinn er um eyki annask, Kormak (in a verse) ; handar innar haegri
mun ek hinnar geta, ex..., the right hand, that band namely, which . . . , Ls.
38 ; this usage scarcely occurs except in old poetry. XI. demonstr.
364
HINNA— HITTA.
referring to another pronoun, denoting the former, farther, the other, =
Dun. hiin, hint. Germ, jener, cp. Gr. fKttvos, Lat. tile; freq. in prose, old
and mod. ; foru Jjeir me6 ^au skip er Jieim Jjottu bezt en brenndu bin, Fms.
V. 8 ; Kimbi bar sar sitt engan mun betr en hinir, er hann hafSi abr a
fsert, 92 ; en hitt er meira, at hann laetr ser annarra manna fe jafnheimilt,
Eg. 47 ; kemr orvar-oddrinn i strenglag hinnar ijrvarinnar, Fb. iii. 405 ;
er J)u hefir mik fyrir lagt a hinu a6r, 407 ; hinir fraendr J)inir, ii. 425 ; a
hinn fotinn, on that, the other leg, Nj. 97 ; {)at er valitid, . . . hitt er undr . . . ,
Ls. 33 ; hinir hlada segkmum ok bi6a, Fms. x. 347 ; ef hinn {the other
part) er eigi l)ar vi6 staddr, Grag. i. 52 ; hvart hinn {the other one) hefir
jafnmikit fe bins {of the other one) er austr er, 220; rett er at kve6ja
fra hennar heimiU ef hann veit hvartki hinna (gen. pL), 339 ; ok vill
annarr hluta en annarr eigi ... ok verSr sem hinn maeh ekki um er eigi
vill hluta, 393 ; ef ma3r sendir annan mann til eindaga, ok erat hinn
skyldr vi8 at taka, id. ; J)ess a milli er hon for at sofa a kveldit, ok bins
er hon var klaedd, Ld. 14 ; serit fogr er maer sja, ... en hitt veit ek eigi
hva8an J)j6fs-augu eru komin i settir viiTa.T, forsooth she is a beautifid
girl, but yet I know not, Nj. 2 : — demonstr. in the sense of this (but rare),
stjornur pxr er nser eru leidar-stjornu ganga aldri undir me6 oss, en i
Blalandi e6r Arabia ganga hinar stjornur, these very stars, Rb. 468 : phrases,
hitt ok annat, this and the other, Rd. 235; mod. hitt og J)etta.
B. Compound FoRMs,liinn-u.g, hinn-og, or hins-ig, mod.hins-
egin, also hizig, q. v. [from vegr], adv. the other way ; J)6tt Gisl Jjykki
hinsig (hinn veg, v. 1.) eigi si5r til visa, Fms. vii. 46 ; hinnig vaerir J)U
undir briin at lita sem . . ., Nj. 55 : locally, there, in the other place, illic,
ok lata bera vsetti J)at hinneg var nefnt, Grag. i. 90 ; heimta af erfingja
ef hinnig er eigi til, K.Jj. K. 28; brenndi J)ar ok gor&i hervirki eigi
minna enn hinneg, Fms. vi. 340 ; ef hinnig mundi kostr, K. J>. K. 24 ;
eigi er haegra undir {)eim at biia fyrir kulda sakir, enn hinnog er fyrir
ofrhita sakir, Sks. 196 ; J)vi at hon er kaldari her en hizug, 70 : temp, the
other day, formerly (rare), er ek hinnig maelta, Og. 11. 2. denot-
ing motion, hither, thither ; hinnig deyja or Helju halir, VJ)m. 43 ; renna
hinnig, Gh. 18 ; ri&a hinig, Fm. 26 ; koma hinig, Gs. 18.
HINNA, u, f., mod. himna, [Dan. hinde; Swed. hinna'], a film, a
membrane, Grag. ii. 91, Edda 12, Clem. 25, Bs. ii. 180, Vigl. 31.
hipsum-haps, adv. by mere chance, from Dan. hips haps.
HIE.D, f. [akin to A. S. hyred ; cp. also Engl, hire], a ki?ig^s or earPs
body-guard, the king's men of olden times : for the hir6, their rights, duties,
statutes, see the Laws and Sagas passim ; among the Laws, specially the
Hir3skra, N. G. L. ii. 390-450, Sks. ch. 24sqq. ; among the Sagas, the Fms.
and Hkr. passim, Eg. ch. 5, 8, Fagrsk. ch. 5, the poem of Hornklofi, and
216, O. H. ch. 200 sqq., passim : hann hefir ok hir3 um sik sem konungr.
Eg. 47; ok hafSi sina hirS hvarr {)eirra, Fms. vi. 185 ; ^a skipar hann
hir3inni 1 eina fylking (opp. to baendr), Hkr. i. 155. compds : liirSar-
domr, m. a king's court; synja ei3i eptir hir3ard6mi, N. G. L. ii. 437.
hirS-biskup, m. a king's bishop, Fms. i. 2 29. hir3-br63ir, m. a com-
rade among king's men. El. 14, Barl. 94, HirSskra ch. 41 . Mr3-buna3r,
m. apparel for king's men, Skalda 181. Iiir3-drengr, m. a king's
valet, Rett. 61. hxrb-iiestT, m. aking'shorse,N.G.L. i. 22'j. hir3-
kona, u, f. a king's woman, daughter of a king's man. Fas. i. 193, Art.
Mr3-li3, n. the king's troops, Str. 3. Mr3-16g, n. pi. the laws and
statutes of the king's men, their community , fellowship, Fms. v. 52 ; taka
e-n i hiraiog, 0. H. 204; ganga i h.. Eg. 29, 112 ; vera i or segja sik or
hiraiogum, N. G. L. ii.^437. Iiir3-ina3r, m. a king's man, Hir6skra,
Fms., Eg., Sks. passim, 6. H. ch. 70, 113, Har. S. Har3r. ch. 1 10, Hkr. 0. T.
ch. 90, Lv. p. 112 (far ^u a fund Eyjolfs GuSmunds sonar, vinar mins ok
hir&manns), Nj. ch. 3, Fbr. hir3nianns-ei8r, m. the oath taken by the
king's men, Fms. ix. 437. Iiir3maima-lu3r, m. a trumpet belonging
to the king's men, Sturl. i. 1 29, Fms. ix. 417. hir3manna-nafn, n. the
name of being a king's man, Sks. 275. Iiir3manna-stefna, u, f. a
hustings of king's 7)ien, Fms. ix. 306. h.ir3-m8er, f. = hirakona. Art.,
Karl. Iiir3-pallr, m. the dais where the king's men sate, N. G. L. ii.
447. hir3-prestr, m. a king's chaplain. Fms. i. 151, Fb. ii. 337,
N.G.L. ii. 409. hir3-pru3r, adj. courteous, Fms. v. 191, viii. 447, ix.4.
Iiir3-pr^3i, n. royal pomp, Fms. iii. 182, x. 178. hir3-riddari, a,
m. fl king's knight, Barl. 176. Iur3-si3ir, m. pi. the customs of the
king's men, Eb. 200, Sks. 320, Hkr. iii. 181. bird-skip, n. a king's
ship, N. G. L. i. 227, passim. Hir3-skrg, f. the statutes or section of
law relating to the king's men, published in N. G. L. ii. 390-450. hir3-
stefna, u, f. a meeting of the king's tnen, Fms. ix. 215, 250. hir3-
8tj6ri, a, m. the captain of the king's men, Fms. iv. 364, ix. 250, 496,
GJjl. 58, Eg. 280, Hir5skra ch. 8, 24; in Eg. 280 used in a peculiar and
Engl, sense ; in Icel. the governor was, from the 14th to the i6th century,
called hirastjori, Ann., Espol. passim. hir3-stj6rn, f. the dignity of
hirastjori, Fms. ix. 250 ; in Icel. sense, Ann. passim, Dipl. ii. 15. hir3-
stofa, u, f. a king's hall, 6. H. 43. hir3-sveiiiii, m. = hiradrengr,
Stj. 482. birS-sveit, f. the host of king's men, Hkr. i. 24, Fms. i. 36,
ii. 17, vi. 46, vii. 279, xi. 244. hir3-vist, f. the being a king's man,
Fms. ii. 55, V. 315, vii. 196, xi. 18, Nj. 6.
HIRD A, a, mod. t, (Fms. vii. 290), to herd, tend, keep ; hiraa fe,
to herd sheep, GrAg. i. 401. 2. to keep in a box, chest; Jia hir&i
Asgerdr slzaurnar. Eg. 703 ; hann tekr hurt orina ok hirair hana sv
biina, Fms. xi. 64; ok hirt (imperat.) Jiat i glerkeri, Pr. 472. j
hirda hey, to gather in hay, Eb. 150, 152, GuU^. 20, Sks. 325. <
to keep safe, hide, conceal; ok er hann (Eliah) mi hirdr (iarum mcinnui
{hidden from them), Ver. 29; hiraa hcifud, to hide one's head, Grett. (j
a verse); J)eir vissu eigi hvar Gud hirai andir J)eirra, 623. 6d; h. sik
djiipum, of fishes, Sks. 47, 49 : reflex, to lock oneself up, hide oneiel
gangit upp 1 turn minn ok hiraisk J)ar, Baer. 2, Fas. i. 8 ; var hann 1,
hirar {save) fyrir ollum ufriai, Fms. xi. 322 ; hirair ok haldnir, safe an\
sound, Karl. 3. II. to mind, care for ; eigi hirdi ek at ]if;|
Stj. 168 ; \)6tt pen hhbi \>zt eigi, even though they care not for it, Gritji
i. 468 ; aldregi hirai ek ^at, Hrafn. 19 ; J)eir einir munu vera at ek hiri
aldri J)6tt drepisk, Nj. 85 ; h. um e-t, to care about; ok hirtu ekki um 1;
sitt, Fms. iv. 147, vii. 290, ix. 243, 6. H. 1 14, |>iar. 142. 2. impera
with a neg. and an infin. do not I Lat. noli! hira eigi Jjii at hraiaaskl
656 C. 37; hira eigi |)u at {)raEta, noli contendere, Skalda 16+; hir3
eigi t5r at hafa illmselgi, 623. 30; bird eigi J)u at hopa a hael, Hvitanes
goal! Nj. 170; hirait eigi at ottask, Stj. 220 passim: esp. in poeti
with a neg. suff., hirdattu, Korm. ch. 26 ; hiraa-^ii, Gkv. 2. 28, 31, An
38 ; hiraum-at faelask, let us not shudder. Fas. i. 519 (in a verse).
bir3i-, a prefix, tending, keeping, wearing, in poet, compds, bir3;
d,ss, -bil, -dis, -draugr, -nauma, -njotr, -sdga, -sif, -tyr, -J)olL
all epithets in poetical circumlocutions of men and women.
bir3i-ligr, zd]. pastoral, Th. 12.
bir3ing, f. a tending, keeping.
bir3ingi, a, m. a herd, herdsman, Stj. 106, Gen. xiii. 8.
hir3ir, m. [Ulf. hairdeis = voiiXTjv; A. S. hyrde ; Engl, herd; Da
hyrde ; Swed. herde ; Germ, hirt]: — a herd, herdsman, shepherd, (j\
400, Grag. ii. 224, Barl. 35, Bs. ii. 91, Stj. 106 (hiraanna, gen. pi.
eccl., Hom., Mar., Bs., Stj. passim, as also N. T. in mod. usage; hir5
is used in a sacred and metaph. sense, small or smala-madr only in tl
proper sense; eg em g6ar hirair, John x. 14; heilagir hiraar, Stj. >
bir3is-lauss, adj. shepberdless ; sauair h., Stj. 603. hirSis-lig:
adj. pastoral, Stj. 235. bir3is-rLafn, n. a shepherd's name, Bs. i. 28
bir3is-risnidl, n. a shepherd's rising time, a term for day-break ; er s
er i miaju austri, i.e. six o'clock, Grag. ii. 224, cp. Hrafn. 20.
b.ir3-ligr, adj. belonging to the king's me?i, Barl. 176, Str. 40 ; h. ma
snild, courtly eloquence, Skalda 199: pastoral, Stat. 281.
bir3u-lauss, adj. careless, freq. in mod. usage.
bir3u-leysa, u, f. (mod. -leysi, n.), carelessness, Bs. ii. 91.
bir3u-sainr, adj. (-semi, f.), carefid.
birsa (mod. bissa), adj. indecl. stunned, amazed, astonished; ve
(ver3a) h. J)eir urau h. vi3 J)essi stormerki, 655 v. 2 ; very freq. in mo
usage, eg er oldungis hissa, bra3-hissa, qtdie astonished.
birsi, n. [Swed. hirs], millet, Edda (Gl.)
HIRTA, t, to chastise one, freq. in mod. usage; hirta sik fra e-ii.
refrain from, Hom. 108 : reflex., Stj. 23 (twice) ; hirtr, chastised, Fms.
216 ; hirtask e-s, to refrain from a thing, H. E. i. 236.
birting, f. chastisement, Hom. 43, Al. 129, Fas. ii. 447, Bs. passir
freq. in mod. usage. compds: birtingar-lauss, adj. unpum^\
N.G.L. ii. 419. birtingar-leysi, n. wajit of punishment, FnH, :
191. birtingar-or3, n. severe words, H. E. i. 250. birtinga;
samr, adj. severe, Bs. i. 164. hirtingar-vondTj m. a wand {roi
for pitnishing. Pass. 34. 5.
birtinn, adj. [hir3a], keeping safely, careful : birtni, f. carefulness
birzla (bir3sla), u, f. a keeping, keeping safe, Grag. i. 400, Stj. 445, F
ii. 312, (rare.) 2. a box, chest, 656 B. i, Ld. 56, Sturl. ii. II, Fb
85, Fm. lo': hirzlu-hus, a store-house, H.E. i. 457, Dipl. v. 10; hirzl
ma3r, a keeper, Sks. 273 ; fjar-h., a treasury.
bis, bisja, vide hes, hesja.
bismi, n. chaff, bran ; l^tt sem h. ; akin to he-, hy-, q. v.
bispr, n. foppery : bisprs-lauss, adj. without foppery, plain, straigl
forward; eg segi J)er fiad hispurslaust, I tell it you plainly.
bistoria, u, f. history (for. word), Nik. dr. 75, Pass. 11. i, and now ar
then in mod. usage, although saga is the usual vernacular word.
bita, u, f. a heating, Fbr. 1 49. compds : bitu-eldr, m. afire for heatinl
Sturl. iii. 147. bitu-bus, n. a 6rew-Z70?/se,Fms.iii. 211. hitu-ketdl
m. a boiler, Fms. iii. 2 11 , Safn i. 70. bitu-vatn, n. a hot spring. Mar.
bita, zb, to heat.
bitan, f. a heating. Fas. ii. 377.
HITI, a, m. [Engl, heat; Dan. hede ; Germ, hitze], heat, Vsp. 51} <
frosti i hita, Edda 39, Sks. 60, Fms. v. 3.S0: metaph. ardour, Mar*^.
bitna, a3, to become hot, Magn. 468, Fms. x. 264, Stj. 648 : imj^i
e-m hitnar, one gets hot, Sturl. iii. 20.
HITTA, tt, [akin to Goth, hinpan, Swed. hinna = to find; EngCS
Dan. hitte ; Swed. hitta] : — to hit upon, meet with one, Fms. i. I39» J
124, V. 1. ; en er J)eir hittu menn at mali. Eg. 405, Fs. 29 : hitta rift,
hit upon a device, Fms. vi. 152 ; h. a e-t, to hit or light upon, hitti hai
par a |j6r61f, iv. 309 : to find one's way, titne, opportunity, hann hitti il
lei3ir, Fs. 101 ; h. vel leiSina, 141 ; at eigi villumk ek ok hitti aptr
beirra, 623. 62 ; J)ar til er per hitti3 inn i vaginn, Fms. xi. 124 (twice
I
HITTIR— HJARNI.
265
III \>6t mi 1 tima til, er \iir komut sva at borSin voru uppi, vii.
; ok vita cf J)ii hittir i J)aiin tima, at vild pin megi fram ganga, bit
I the proper time, Sks. 294; sjaidan hittir leiSir 1 li3, Hni. 65 : — also,
1, to happen, Bs. ii. 129 : h. i vandrxSi, etc., to get into scrapes; her
ek Jne& son minn er hitt heiir i vandraeSi, Fms. vi. 307 ; pii hefir
i QArtjon, Fs. lOO; h. i stonaeSi, fsl. ii. 391. 2. to hit; hitta
in sik fyrir, to hit oneself, make oneself smart, for a thing (metaph.),
). 75 ; spjotiS hitti (hit, struck) i brjost hestsins, Flov. 16; sky'tr
is-spj6ti, ok hittir milli herSa |)eim er styrdi, Fagrsk. 50. 3. to
, call on; forii J)a margir nienn at hitta Hakon konung, Fms. i. 21 ;
: ok hitt (iniperat.) Magiuis konung, vi. 198 ; gakk at hitta hana,
i. 193; Au&r gekk lit ok hittir Rannveigu, Gisl. 105, Fs. 51 ; hittii
lerat.) f65ur Magna, Hbl. 51 ; ok nii hittr (sic) konungr drottning,
. X. 2()i. II. reflex., 1. rccipr. to hit on or meet one
bar, Vsp. 7, Fms. vi. 107, x. 292 ; hann bad pa vel fara ok heila
isk. Eg. 22 ; hittumk {let us meet) i vik Varins, Hkv. Hjorv. 22 ; peir
isk par sem heitir i JVlinni (of a battle), Fais. vii. 208 ; hittask a
vandrae&um, Js. 40. 2. pass, to be found ; hann hittisk vi6
nungsey, Ld. 326.
itir, ni. a finder. Lex. Toiit.
eta, t, [no doubt onomatopoetic, to say ' hick,' cp. Dan. hikke, Swed.
\]:-^to hiccough, Str. 27, Am. 38.
[XTI, qs. hiksti, a, m. a hiccough, Bs. i. 847, Mag. 103 ; it is a
liar saying that when people are slandering or gossiping about a
on behind his back, he hiccoughs every time his name is mentioned,
ace the saying, par er eg mi a6 or3i sem eg er ekki a6 bor&i, aboiit me
eword, when I'm not at the board; pann sama dag sem biskup las
lit at Holum, pa kom svo harSr hiksti at honum (viz. Da6i), svo hann
afti, ok pat var or hofi, svo at hann hugsaSi a6 (indina mundi slita af
Da6i majlti pa, mi er eg par at ordi sem eg er ekki at borSi, Safn i. 90,
le bishop was at that moment excommunicating him ; cp. the saying,
kemr hixti af huga goSum, Isl. f>;,63s. ii. 552 and 557, 1- i-
dgjhitzig, Mzug, adv., in N. G. L. i . 242 hizcu = hizug, [hinn vegr]: —
!er, there, Lat. illic, heimta at erfingjum, ef hitzig var eigi til, K.fj. K.
853), hitze, V. 1. ; vi& tJtstein hitzig, yonder at U., Sighvat ; hitzig
tder) er heitir Helganes, Fms. vi. 84 (in a verse) ; hizug i Hafrsfir&i,
■sk. 8 (in a verse) : — above, sem hizig vas tint, as told above, Grag.
22 A ; ok hafa pat allt er hitzug leifir, whatsoever is left in the other
he former code, the code of Hafli6i), i. 7 ; en hafa omagann sjalfr,
inn festir eigi hizig framfaersluna, unless be shifts the alimentation on
eotberpart, 254 ; at hann vili hitzi ( = hitzig) i pingi vera, 159 : — cp.
sig, hinnig, s. v. hinn.
Jjbyli, n. pi., usually spelt thus or even hibili (esp. in Cd. B. of Sks.
7.'96, 127 new Ed.) ; hyb:^li, Fms. vii. 148, Fb. i. 254, ii. 238, 314,
: [the hi- answers to Germ, hei- in heirath ; Ulf. heiv- in heiva-
a house-lady ; A. S. hiwa ; Engl, hive (in bee-hive) ; cp. O. H. G.
nd \{t\. hitua = a wife'\: — a homestead, home ; hiis eru prjii i
lanns hibylum, Grag. i. 459, ii. 196, 371 ; heima at hibylum
's. 78 ; par i bans hibylum. Eg. 156, 194; ef per eru her kunnig
',',6; i annarra manna hibylum, Nj. 52; ganga um hibyli, to
ain, Landn. 107 : allit., hiis ok hibyli, house and home, Sks. 454 :
ir hibylum a leiS smiit, ok fara peir til hvilu, Fb. iii. 404; pai
byli heldr dauflig eptir, Eb. lOO new Ed. compds : hibyla-
b, f. bettering of one's homestead, Bs. i. 129, Gpl. 376. hibyla-
blgr, m. home manners, domestic life. hibyla-brestr, m. a home
'■ '^''lini. 375, Gisl. 79. Mbyla-hattr, m. home affairs, Fms. ii.
: 5. 1 76, Fs. 1 31 . hlbyla-priiflr, a.<\]. gentle and well-mannered
.:..c, in one's daily life, Eb. {-8, Grett. 96.
■i-D, n. \l}i, Ivar Aasen], a lair, den, esp. of a bear, N. G. L. i. 45, 46,
ri 1. 100, Gltim. 330, Gpl. 444, Korm. (in a verse, of a sword's sheath).
: hifl-bjorn, m. a bear in his den, Grett. loo, Fms. ii. 100,
50, Gliim. 1. c. hi3-byggvir, m., poet, a den dweller, a bear,
'■^ 11. II. Hi3i, a, m. a pr. name, Fms. viii.
I'iMA, d, to saunter, loiter.
Inaldi, a, m. a laggard, almost like Germ, ascbbrodel. Fas. iii. 18 :
a :kname, Fb. iii.
!lRA, 5, \_hira, Ivar Aasen, statt ikje dar aa bir ! and hiren = lazy ] : —
\ fo stand idle, tarry, loiter, Grag. i. 6, 65 ; ollu var honum betra a
ima a6 hira, Jon Arason : in mod. usage a reiiex., hirast, to sit
home; pa6 er og vel a5 pii hirist (hyrist is a wrong spelling) her
r sem pii ert mi kominn og etir par og drekkir, Od. x. 270, 271.
jsmg, f. name of an island, Fms.
■|i.T, f. a scrip or bag made of the skin of a beast, Sd. 157, Fb. i. 220,
■' ' : as a nickname, Fb. iii : metaph. a vast belly, Isl. {>j66s. i. 612 :
le of a giantess, BarS. : the local names Hitar-dalr, Hitar-ixes
. ) were still at the beginning of this century in that neighbour-
unded Hitar-dalr, Hitar-nes, with a short /, the original
• ng Hitdr-dalr, Hitar-nes, the dale and ness of the Hot river
mic river), opp. to Kaldil, the Cold river, in the same county,
rivation from a giantess Hit is a mere fiction, and not older than
' I jurdar S. Hitnesingr, m. one from Hitarnes, Sturl.
hjadna, a6, to sink, dwindle, of frotli and the l.kc.
Hjaflningar (H63ningar, Fb. i. 282), m. pi. the champions of the
mythol. hero He6inu, Edda 90 ; whence Hjaflninga-vig, n. the battle of
Hedin and bis men, supposed to go on for ever; see the tale in Edda 89,
90, and Fb. i. 278-282.
hjakka, a5, to hack ; akin to hiiggva, q. v.
hjal, n. chatter, talk, tittle-'attle, Edda 1 10, Fbr. 58, Fmt. x. 333, xi.
19, Vapn. 16, Sturl. i. 2 2, Niftrst. 4 : the saying, opt stendr illt af kvenna
hjali, Gisl. 15. hjals-kona, u, f. a courtesan, Dropl. 19.
HJALA, a3, to chatter, talk, Isl. ii. 330, 332, Ld. 214, Sturl. i. 22 ;
hjala via e-n, Nj. 203, fsl. ii. 349, 378: recipr., hjalask vid, to talk
together, 321.
hjald, n. = hjal, Edda iio.
hjaldr, m., gen. rs, [cp. hildr, hjala, as galdr from gala], poet, a din,
whence a fight, battle. Lex. Poet, passim : as also in poi»t. compds,
hjaldr-reifr, -gegninn, -m6flr, -Orr, -rikr, -snjallr, -striflr,
-Jtorinn, ad]. = martial, warlike; the sword is hjaldr-blik, -iss,
-kyndill, -linnr, -ski6; the batde, hjaldr-el, -drif, -ganga; the shield,
hjaldr-sk^j a rrtve«,hjaldr-gagl, -trani; a warn'or,hjaldr-gegnir,
-magna3r, -remmir, -snerrandi, -t^, -viflvirr: hjaldr-go3 =
Odin ; vide Lex. PoiJt.
hjal-drjugt, n. adj. chattering ; verSa h., to he chattering all along,
Eb. 200, Viipn. 7, 12.
HJAIiLI, a, m. [akin to hilla, Engl, shelf; cp. also Engl, hill] : — a
shelf or ledge in a mountain's side, Hrafn. 9, Gullp. 19, 1-b. iii. 408,
Dropl. 33, Sturl. iii. 246, very freq. : as also in local names, Deildar-
hjalli, Landn. ; ViSir-hjalli, jjver-h., Lith-h., Langi-h. II. a local
name, Landn.
hjaUr, m. [akin to hjalli], a scaffold, a frame of timber, Gisl. 31, Mar.
557, Hkr. ii. 175 (of a pedestal) ; sei8-hjallr (q. v.), the scaffold on which
witches sat. 2. a shed, esp. for drying clothes, fish, N. G. L. i. 137,
H.E. i. 396, Vm. 174; fisk-h., a fish-shed ; grinda-h., a shed of rails,
COMPDS : hjall-grind, f. the frame of a shed. hjall-viflr, m. timber
for a shed, Pm. 133.
HJALT, n. [A.S. and Engl. hiW], the boss or knob at the end of a
sword's hilt ; also the guard between the hilt and blade ; the former
being sometimes distinguished as the eptra or efra hjalt (hinder or upper,
accordingly as the sword was held), and the latter as fremra h., the fore
part or guard, where blade and hilt join ; or else the plur. hjolt is used ;
i pvi gekk hjaltiS af sver6inu hit efra ok hljop pa brandrinn fram or
me6alkafla umgcir&inni, Sturl. iii. 283: hjclt ok meSalkafii, {jiSr. 114;
eftra hjalti3, opp. to fremra hjalti&, Karl. 124, Korm. ch. 9, Ld. ch. 57,
Eb. ch. 13, and Gisl. 72, vide gadd-hjalt, cp. Hkv. Hjiirv. 9, Sdm. 6;
hjolt or gulli, Akv. 7; sverS me6 guUigum hjoltum, Fms. i. i:;; nema
hjoltin vid ne6ra gomi, Edda 20; sver&it brotnaSi undir hjaltinu, Nj,
43, Fms. ii. 484, Gullp. 18 ; skaltii mi vera pegn bans er pii tokt vi6
sver6i bans at hjoltunum, Fms. i. 15; Helgi hnau& hjalt a sverS, Nj. 66 ;
hann leggr sverSinu a pessum sama flekk ok fellr a hjoltin, Fb. i. 258.
^5^ The Engl, hilt' is in Icel. called meSal-kafli, ' middle-piece :' the Engl,
word is derived from the Scandin., but in a different sense.
hjalta3r, part, with a hjalt ; gull-h., JjiSr. 80.
Hjaltar, m. pi. Shetlanders, Orkn. (in a verse), Sturl. i. 94 C, ii. 44.
hjalti, a, m. [hjalt], a nickname, Landn. : as also a pr. name, id. ;
Horn-h., name of a sword, Gullp.
Hjalt-land, n., later Hetland, which occurs in the Fb. ; in Engl, cor-
rupted into Shetland or Zetland. compds : Hjaltlendingr, m. a
Shetlander, Fms., Fb. Hjalt-lenzkr and Hjalt-neskr, adj. one
from Shetland, Ld. 26, Grag. i. 299.
Iijalt-ugga3r, part, with 'fcoss^ws,' poetical epithet of a sword, metaph.
from a fish, Isl. ii. (in a verse).
hjalt-vondr, m. a ' hilt-wand,' sword. Lex. Poet.
hjara, u, f., pi. hjorur, mod. = hjarri, a hinge.
HJARA, 3, pres. hjari, part, hjarad, [no doubt akin to hira], to linger,
to live (poorly), Pass. 33. 12.
hjar3-lnindr, m. a shepherd's dog, Hkr. i. 226.
Hjar3-liyltingar, m. pi. the men from Hjar3ar-holt, Landn., Ld.
hjar3-reki, a, m. a drover, Stj. 257, Mar.
hjarS-rsekr, adj. able to drive a drove, of one half blind, Bs. i. 307*
hjar3-sveinn, m. a shepherd boy, Fms. ii. 156, Stj. 482.
hjar3-tik, f. a shepherd's tyke. Eg. 375.
HJARL, n., only poet, a land, country. Lex. Poet. compds : hjarl-
stri3andi, part, a champion fighting for the land. Lex. Poet. bjarl-
J)vengr, m., poet, a snake.
HJARN, n. bard frozen snow, as also /roz*« earth covered with snow,
Sturl. iii. I47, Fms. i. 8, ii. 228, Lil. 10, Bb. 3. 35.
hjarna, a3, [hjara], in the phrase, hjarna vid, to shew signs of life, to
revive, Lat. vivescere ; at ky'rin skyldi vi3 h., Bs. i. 335; barn hjarnar
vi3, N. G. L. i. 34O ; veyklegt afkvaemi vi3 p6 hjarni | vilja pau helzt
pa3 deyi strax, Bb. i. 14.
HJARNI, a, m. [Dan. hjerne; Germ, ge-hirn], prop, the brain, Edda
(Gl.) ; whence hjarna-msenir, m. the skull, Haustl.
266
HJARNSKAL— HJi^LMR.
hjarn-skal, f. [Germ, hirnschale], the brain pan, the skull, Sturl. iii. '
283, cp. Vkv. 23, 33.
HJARRI, a, m. a hinge, Stj. 565, Korm. (in a verse), hjarra-grind,
f. a gate on hinges, Grag. ii. 264.
H JAKSI, proncd. hjassi, a, m. [Swed. hjesse ; Dan. isse"], the crown of
the head; fra hjassa til ilja, Karl. 342, N. G. L. i. 339, Gisl. (in a verse) ;
hann J)reif i hjarsann a Kolbirni en setti kneit i bakit, Bdrd. 177, (obso-
lete.) II. a fabulous beast, whence the saying, ver3a aldra6r
(gamall) sem h., to be as old as a h.. Fas. iii. 365 ; or, hann er afgainall
hjassi, an old decrepid h.
HJABTA, n., gen.pl. hjartna, \Goth. hairto ; A.S.heorte; Engl.
heart; Hel.herta; O.H.G. herza; Germ.herz; Dun.hjerte; Swed. hjerta;
Gr. KapSia; Lat. cor, cord-is]: — the heart, Fbr. 137, Nj.95, passim. II.
metaph., gott hjarta, gob hjortu, meb bezt hjarta, ort h., snart h.,
dyggt h., fraekit h., a bold, stout, true heart. Lex. Poet. ; glatt h., a
glad heart, Em. i ; milt h., a mild heart, id. ; hraett h., a timid heart,
Sol.; sart h., a sore heart; bloOugt h., a bloody or bleeding heart,
Hm. 36 ; vi8kvaemt h., a tender heart : denoting courage, |>6rr a afl serit
en ekki hjarta, Hbl. 26 ; h. ok hugr, heart and courage, Isl. ii. (in a
verse) : — phrases, hjarta or leiri, to have a heart of clay, be a coward,
Kormak, referring to the tale in Edda 57, 58 ; or merar-hjarta, the heart
of a mare; hjarta drepr stall, the heart beats (see drepa A. 4) or sinJis,
rudely expressed in Sturl. ii. 42 (in the verse) ; hjartad berst, beats; but
the subst. is hjart-slattr, q.v. 2. the heart, mind,feeling ; snotrs manns
hjarta verSr sjaldan ghn, a wise man's heart is seldom glad, Hm. 54; hugr
einn pzt veit hvat by'r hjarta nger, einn er hann ser um sefa, 94 (cp.
I Cor. ii. 1 1) : allit., hold ok hjarta, flesh and heart, body and soul, i. e.
all, hold ok h. var mer in horska mser, Hm. 95 ; hugr ok h., soul and
heart. Pass. 43. 5 ; also, minni og h., inind {memory) and heart, 8. 1 2 ; h.
eg hugskot, heart and mind: phrases, af ollu h., with all one's heart;
unna e-m (elska e-n) af iillu hjarta, Lv. 37, Mar.; eg hefi ekki hjarta
til e-s, / have no heart for it : the gen. as adverb, hjartans feginn, heartily
glad. Pass. 4. 15 ; h. gla9r, gora e-3 1 hjartans grannleysi, in the simple-
ness of heart; hjartans harbiid, hardness of heart. 3. in addressing,
hjartaS, hjartad gott, sweet heart ! dear love ! 4. mythoL, Hrungnis
hjarta, the stone heart, of the giant Hrunguir : the name of a magical
character, perh. = Germ. Bruiden fuss, see Edda 58 : sea pebbles are called
the heart of the sea, Yt.
B. CoMPDs : hjarta-blauSr, adj. cowardly, Karl. 124. hjarta-
"bldb, n. heart's-blood, Edda 74, Fbr. 108, Baer.ii, Fas. i. 163. lijarta-
d.au5r, adj. dead at heart, Stj. 484. hjarta-friflr, m. heart' s-ease,
peace of heart. Mar. hjarta-g63r, adj. hind-hearted, Bs. ii. 178.
lijarta-groinn, part, rooted in the heart. hjarta-hreinn, ad], pure in
heart. Pass. 2. 8. hjarta- pru5r, adj. stout-hearted, generous, Eb. 194.
hjarta-pry3i, f. stoutness of heart, generosity, Bzt. 20, Sks. 274.
hjarta-ragr, adj. cowardly. Fas. iii. 100. hjarta-rsetr, f. pi. the
'heart-roots,' heart-strings, Fbr. 216: the phrase, e-m hitnar um hjarta-
raetrnar, to be deeply moved, alarmed, or the like, to feel the blood rush-
ing to one's heart. hjarta-taugar, f. pi. the heart-strings.
hjartaSr, part, hearted so and so, Baer. 9.
hjarta-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), hearty, Bs. ii. 156, Fms. iii. 53, Mar.
hjartan-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), hearty, Stj. 186, Th. 7, freq. in mod.
usage.
hjart-bl69, n. =hjartabl63, Fm., Saem. 156 (prose), Gkv. 2. 29.
hjart-folginn, part, heart-felt, cheriihed in the heart, Vigl. 22, N. G. L.
ii. 481, Col. iii. 12, Vidal., freq. in mod. eccl. usage.
hjart-h.6f3i, a, m. [hjort], a hart's (stag's) head, Lex. Poet.
hjart-kolla, u, f. [hjortr], a hind, Str. 3, Bret.
hjart-kserr, adj. beloved.
hjart-lauss, adj. disheartened, Orkn. 408 old Ed.
hjart-mSrr, m. the fat about the heart, Stj. 310, Exod. xxix. 22,
hjart-nsBiniligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), with hearty feeling.
lijart-nseinr, adj. heart-touching, 625. 87, freq.
lijart-s^ra, adj. heart-sore, broken-hearted, Bs. i. 354.
hjart-skinn, n. [hjortr], deer-skin, Fms. ii. 148.
hjart-skj^lfti, a, m. heart-throbbing.
tjart-slattr, m. a beating of the heart.
hjart-verkr, m. heart-ache.
lijart-veyki, f. heart disease.
h.jart-veykr, adj. having a heart disease.
hjart-sefl, f. the 'heart-vein,' vena mediana, Fel. xi. 142,
HJA, prep, [this prep, is peculiar to the Scandin. languages, which in
their turn lack the Germ, and Saxon bei, by; the Dan. and Swed. add an s,
hos, qs. hiaa's, haa's; hja may be akin to Goth, heiva and Icel. hjii, q.v. ;
cp. Lat. curn] : — by, beside, with dat. : 1. by, near, at hand, Lat.
juxta ; setjask ni6r hja e-m, to take a seat by a person's side, Nj. 3, Fs. 83 ;
Egill setti hana niSr hja ser. Eg. 249 ; liggja hja e-m, to lie by one, Nj.
94 ; rekkja hja konu, Ld. 30 ; hvila hja konu, Hbl. 17 ; sofa hja e-m, to
sleep in the same bed with one, Korm. ; hann var jar6a8r {earthed, buried)
hja f66ur sinum, Fms. x. iii ; sverSit st66 hja honum, i. 16 ; naesta bae
hja Riits-stoSum, Nj. 32 ; t)6tti t>eim 1 hdnd falla at taka upp land J)etta
hj& sir sjdlfum, this land lying close at hand, Ld. 210. 2. new
close to ; gluggar voru hja briinasunum, Nj. 95 ; hann var heygSr hi
Hofi, 163 ; hja J)reskeldi, Korm. (in a verse) ; f)ar hja gar6inum, Fs. gt
hja brjostinu, id. ; hja hvilu biianda ^ins, Nj. 19 ; spjot koma upp hj4h<
unum, 95 ; i hja Olvosvatni, lb. 11 ; hja dyrunum, O. H. L. 72 : ihjk:
hja, hann st66 i hja vandbalki nokkurum, id. ; J)ar i hja, close by, Grag.i
338. 3. by, with, Lat. apud; vera hja e-m, to stay with one; vei
i gistingu hja e-m, to lodge with one, Dropl. 9 ; J)au voru J)ar hja konnnii
i g66u yfirlsEti, Bar3. 1 78 ; J)eirra manna er i hja oss voru, GJ)1. ; tak
upp giptu hja e-m, Fms. xi. 426; ma&r einn var eptir hja honum, L
63; eru J)eir her 6da9a-menninir hja J)er, Hlenni? 64. 4,t
the presence of, Lat. coram; &va at Flosi var hja, in the presence of Flat
Nj. 259 ; modir J)eirra var hja, 2 14 ; J)eir voru {aa i hja ok heyr&u, Am
294; vera i hja, G]^\. 287 passim. 5. passing by, Gtrm.vorht
mana&i si&ar foru Jieir hja mer katir, Fb. ii. 288 ; sneiSa hja, to pass b
Fbr. 70 ; hann J)6ttisk eigi sneifta mega hja slikum malum, Hav, jj
farask hja, to pass by one another, Eb. 270 ; sitja (kyrr) hja e-u mali, »
to stir, remain neutral, 1 24, Fms. xi. 83 : absol., Nj. 97 ; lata mean tit
hja kyrra, to let them be unmolested, Ld. 258 ; vilda ek at J)u l^tir re
ok hja li5a {to let it go by, notice it Jiot) J)etta vandrae&i, 206 ; leiSir har
hja ser J)essi mala-ferli, Eb. 38 new Ed. ; annan veg mun reynask «
hann Hroi lati hja ser liSa {)at {leave undone) sem hann er heitbundinn
vi& vini sina, Rd. 246 ; fara hja ser, to go beside oneself, go out of ont
mind, tlb. 270; hleypa J)eir upp hja J)eim, Nj. 107. p. fram hj
past, by. Germ, vorbei ; en ef {)ik berr skjott fram hja, J>a . . ., Lv. 6
Fs. 108 ; hann gengr i moti J)eim ok hja^eim, and past them. Valla
212 ; fram hja Knafa-holum, Nj. 95 ; ri6a vestr hja Hallbjarnar-vor&ur
4; J)eir ri3u hja fram, rode by, 96. 6. besides; gefa aftrar sai
bondum hja fram, Bs. i. 496. II. metaph. in comparison with, /■
rettlatir hja ilium, Eluc. 16; litils ver6r hja sinum gofgum fraend.i
Skalda 176; J)eim J)ykir allt lagt hja ser, Ld. 214; J)6tti allt barna-vi
J)at er a&rar konur hof&u i skarti hja henni, 122 ; hin storu skipin Bag
ur6u ekki mjukraes hja J)eim er Birkibeinar hi')f6u, Fms. viii. 384;
{)d sykn dagr hja J)vi sem nu er, iv. 265 ; hofdu {jeir fatt kvikfjar h
J)vi sem J)urfti, Eg. 134 ; {)6 at Olafr konungr hafi eigi 115 mikit hja h
{)eim er ver hcifum, 0. H. 214; hefir hann mi liti6 fjolmenni hj4 J)
sem hann haffti i sumar, 168 ; J)ykir ySr allt lagt hja y&r Vatnsdaelui
Fs. 53 ; Jjorr er lagr ok litill hja stormenni J)vi er her er me6 oi
Edda 33.
h.jd,-br6g3, n. pi. tricks, devices; h. heimsins. Mar.
hjd,-bu, n. an outlying estate, opp. to heima-bol, Sturl. ii. 229.
hjd-felag, n. an extra partnership, N. G. L. ii. 285 (Jb. 404, 405).
hj&-lili3ran, f. a going aside from, evasion.
hjd.-hvila, u, f. concubinage. Fas. ii. 341, iii. 657.
hjd-kdtligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), out of the way, odd, queer.
hjd-kona, u, f. a concubine, Karl. 66.
hjd-land, n. an outlying estate, opp. to heimaland, Am. 41, 95. ;
hjd.-lega, u, f. concubinatus, N. G. L. i. 357. [
hja-leiga, u, f. = hjaland, freq. in mod. usage.
hja-leikr, m. = hjabrag6, Grett. 146 new Ed.
bj^-lenda, u, f. = hjaland: mod. a colony, Germ, beiland.
HJALM, f. [A. S. healme; Engl, helm'], a helm, rudder; hjalmaj
ski6,n.thetiller,Korm.{maverse); otherwise only occurring in hjalmaj
voir and hj^lmur-volr (q.v.), m. = hjalm-v61r, q.v., N.G. L. ii. 28!
v. 1. : Hj&lmar-dalr, m. a local name, Orkn.
hj&lma3r, part, helmed, Hkm. 11, Fms. vii. 242, 243, Karl. 328.
Iij&lin-bar3, n. [mid. H. G. helmbarte], a helmet-rim. Fas. iii. 355-
hjdlm-bond, n. pi. helmet-strings. Fas. ii. 430, Bret. 56.
h.jdlin-dr6tt, f. a helmed host, war host, Gkv. 2. 15.
hjdlin-gj6r3, f. the rim of a helmet; gylt h., Fms. vii. 323, v. 1. i
hjttm-hus, n. [hjalmr II. i], a hay-house, barn, Fb. iii.
hjalm-h6ttr, m. a helm-hood, a kind of cowl put over the helmi
pibr. 9, 285, Eg. 407.
hjd,lni-laukr, m. a kind oi leek, garlic, Fs. 146.
HJALMR, m. [Goth, hilms ; A.S., Engl., Hel., O.H.G., and Gen
helm; Dan.-Swed. hjalm ; lu\. elmo; old Fr. heatime ; aTeut. wordprcj
derived from hylja, to hide] : — a helm, helmet ; distinguished from stalhii:
a steel hood; luktr hjalmr, a closed, shut helm, only occurs in very b
writers, e.g. D.N. i. 321; steyptir hjalmar, Gkv. 2. 19, cannot me
cast-iron helmets, but must be helmets coming over the face, as cast-ir
was unknown in the Middle Ages, see Aarb. for Nord. Oldk. 1868, p-
aringreypir hjalmar, helms shaped like an eagle's beak, Akv. 3 ; gul!-h.
gilt helm; ar-hjalmr, a brazen helmet, Hkm. : the word ar is A.S., sir
helmets were of English workmanship, as is seen also in Valskir hjalnv
foreign helmets, which are mentioned by Sighvat. 2. in the mytholu
Odin is called Hjalm-beri, a, m. helm-bearer, Gm. ; he and the Valkyr
were represented as wearing helmets, Edda, Hkm. 9, Hkv. 1. 15 ; wher.
the poets call the helmet the hood of Odin (Hropts hottr) : the vault
heaven is called the 'helm' of the wind, sun, etc., lopt-h., vind-h., sol'
h.. Lex. Poet. : the head is called hjdlm-stofn, h.jd,lm-staup, hjdli
,stallr, bj^lm-setr, the stem, knoll, seat of the helm: the weapo.
lUXLMRMDA—UJXJ.
-angr, -grand, -gagarr, -grifir, -reyr, -skass, -svell, are
l-e bane, ogre, etc. of the helm : battle is hjdlm-drifa, -grap,
-r6dd, -skiir, -J)riina, the .storm, gale of the helm : a warrior
i-lestir, -nj6tr, -nj6rflungr, -reekjandi, -stafr, -st^randi,
bollr, -J)r6ttr : it appears in adjectives, hjdlm-faldinn, belm-
hjdlm-gbfugr, -pryddr, -samr, -tami3r, decked with, wearing
Lex. Foot. 3. nietaph. and niythol. ; huii&s-hjalmr, a 'hiding-
cap of darkness. Germ, tarn-kappe, which in the popular tales
esthe wearer invisible, in Aim. the clouds are so called ; aegis-hjahnr
8-h.), cp. the Ai^t's of the Greek, helm of terror, properly used of
:nt$, Saem. 13 (prose), j;dda 73, Fas. i. 175 : in the phrase, bera segis-
n yfir e-m, to bear the segis over or before another, i. e. to hold him in
and submission, Fm. 16, 17, Ld. 130, Fms. viii. loi, Fas. i. 162, Sd.
Hrafn. 19, cp. Ad. 4 : in mod. usage, hafa aegis-hjiilm i augum, to
an SEgis in one's eyes, i. e. a magical overawing power of eye ; cp.
a^borror, Ivar Aasen : in pr. names, Hjilmr, Hjdlmarr, Hjdlm-
r, Hjdlm-grimr, Hjdim-gunnarr, Hjdlm-tyr, Hjdlmr-gerflr,
req., Landn., Fbr. iii, Edda ; suffixed in Vil-hjalmr, William. II.
dmet-shaped things : 1. a rick of barley, hay, or the like (bygg-h.,
h.,korn-h., q.v.); hla3a korni i hjalma, (5. H. 30, Stj.413, N.G. L.ii.
also a hay-house, barn, hjalma ok hiis, i. 38 ; cp. hjalm-hus. 2.
-hjAlmr, lj6sa-h., a chandelier.
T8sda, u, f. pales ov fences for bay-ricks (?), N. G. L. i. 38, (G{)1.
) — nil skal hann eigi grafa upp hjalmrsE6r eptir fardaga, hiiggva ma
I fyrir ofan jiirS ck faera i brott.
dm-rddull, m. = hjalmbar6, HiifuSl.
Umun-vSlr, m. = hjalmv61r, Orkn. 8, Fms. i. 212 (v. 1.), vii. 47, x.
, Sks. 479.
Qm-Titr, f., qs. hjalmvaettr, a ' helm-wight,' a Valkyria, Hkv. I. 53.
Slm-vdlr, m. a * helm-wand,' ' helm-handle,' the tiller of a helm, Orkn.
Korm. 230, Fms. i. 212.
Qm-J>ornadr, part., of corn dried and stacked, Sighvat.
Up, f. (hjolp with umlaut, Fms. x. 397, 404), help (esp. in old
ers in a stronger sense, saving, help, healing, see hjalpa), Clem. 58,
vj. 106, Fb. i. 337, passim ; so iu Hm. 147 ; bi&ja e-n hjalpar, 200 ;
1 c-m hjiilpir, Rd. 309 ; hjalpar drykkr, a healing dratigbt. Mar. :
lur., Fms. ii. 227, Og. i : eccl. help, salvation, D. I. i. 231 ; hjalp ok
a, Fb. i. 404, Bs. i. 199 ; salu-hjalp, ' soul's-help,' salvation : in mod.
t,belp in a general sense. compds : hjalpar-fuss, id), willing to
hjalpar-gata, u, f. a way to help, Fms. i. 142. hjdlpar-
d, f. a helping hand; me6 hjalparhendi, Stj. 202 ; retta e-m hjalpar-
i, to reach one a helping band. hjalpar-lauss, adj. helpless.
par-leysi, n. helplessness. hjalpar-maSr, ni. a helper in need,
448, Orkn. 460 : o?ie wanting help, Fms. vii. 33. hjdipar-rd3,
dping advice, Fb. i. 404 : eccl. help, salvation, Nii kom heiSiniia
par-ra6, Holabok i . hjdlps-mafir, m. = hjalparmaSr, Sks. 45 1 B,
B|. 100, 207.
JALPA (prop, hjalpa) ; in old usage strong ; pres. helpr, pi. hjalpa ;
Ip or hjalp (as in mod. Dan.), N. G. L. i. 303, Fms. viii. 129, 306 ;
i hjalp, ix. 288 ; pi. hulpu ; subj. hylpi, Bs. i. 703 ; helpi, Fms. x.
uperat. hjalp, Sighvat and Amor ; part, holpinn : in mod. usage
ii>) and of the 1st conjugation, as it also occurs in old writers,
i, Fms. vii. 290, and Mork. i.e.; hjalpa (imperat.), Stj. 122;
(part.), id. ; hjalpat, Fs. 92 : in mod. usage holpinn still remains
jective, cp. Engl, holpen: [Ulf. hilpan = fiorjOfiv ; A. S. helpan;
dp; O. H. G. belfan; Germ, helfen; Dan. hjcelpe; Swed.
I. to help, in old writers always denoting to save, save
s life, but in mod. usage to help in a general sense, with dat.; ok
, cim {)at mjok Birkibeinum, at sva var mytkt at J)eir kendusk
c |, 1^ ms. viii. 306 ; kirkjur voru allar Isestar ok hjalp J)eim J)at ekki, 129;
tfi fxzlu ok drykk ok hjalpa (infin.) sva y6rum likama, x. 368 ; muntii
'"■ ^f'r i J)vi ok sva morgum oSrum h., 392 ; ok sva ef nokkurr helpr
192 ; en hinn er ma ok vill eigi h. hinum nanustum fraendum,
,,8 ; hann halp me& J)vi lifi sinu at sinni, Hkr. iii. 323 (but hjalpaSi,
lud Fms. vii, 1. c); ok hjalpu6u sva lifi sinu, Fms. vii. 290 (hulpu,
.420, 1. c.) ; sa holp {helped) Inga konungi er hann svamm yfir ana
I, Fms. ix. 288 (hjalp, v. 1.) ; ef maSr stelr mat ok helpr sva lifi fyrir
grs sakir, N. G. L. ii. 168 (Js. I28) ; hjalpa (imperat.) mi lifi J)inu, Stj.
: ; but hjalp J)u, Sighvat in Fms. v. 177 (in a verse), Edda i. 318, Gisl.
a verse) ; Gu5 hjalpi mer en fyrirgefi y3r, Nj. 1 70 ; konungrinn sjalfr
''• '\'!ilpat {)eim, Fs. 92 ; en hon helpi sva lifi sinu meS einu epli,
368 : in the oath, sva hjalpi mer Freyr ok Njorftr ok hinn
! i Ass, Landn. 335, whence the Christian 'so help me God;' sva
■ r hollar vaettir, Og. 10 ; ok helpr honum eigi sa lengr enn it
{^lingi, Grag. i. 380 ; enda helpr honum ^at ekki, 91 : of mid-
10 heal, skal su kona vitni um bera er hjalp henni, at barnit var
it, N. G. L. i. 303 ; vittu ef J)u hjalpir, Og. 5 : in mod. usage to
', naiin minnist miskunnar og hjalpar a fsetr sinum J)j6n Israel, Luke
4, passim. 2. adding prep. vi6 ; hon ba6 konung hjalpa vi5
267
II. reflex, to be
lungs-syni Jiessum, Fms. i. 81, Bs. i. 349 ; het hann a menn sina at
' ipa til ok h. vi8 hofinu (of a house burning), fsl. ii. 410; en J)at ^ir
h. (heal) mun vi8 sokum ok sorgum, Hm, 147.
saved; Jia munu v6r hjalpask allir $aman, Fms. v. 59 ; ^eirra er hjdlpask
i^domi, Eluc. 37; siilir hjalpisk, H.E. j. 257; ^n vilt at allir hjalpisk,
'^ nb fly8i ok gat holpit s^r, Stj. 469. 2. part. pasi.
fyen,' taved, safe ; ef J)u matt lit komas k {jti ertii holpinn,
Bjarni hefir sik i skoginn ok er nii holpinn fyrir jjorkatli.
Barl. 100; David fly8i ok gat holpit s^r, Stj. 469.
hdlpinn, 'holpen,' ^"-"f c^r.. _f u.'. „/.... .1. 1
Horn. 120 ; en
Vapn. 25 ; hann ska! vera holpinn a doma-degi, Karl.' 343 ] cru t)eir J)4
holpnir ef {)eir fa hann, Fs. (16 ; vxntu t)eir at t)eir mundi holpnir verfta ef
fl65 yrdi eigi meira en Noa-flod, Rb. 402 ; eigi er ])^r at holpnara t)6 at J)U
s^rt hja mer, Grett. 130 ; heill ok hjalpaSr, safe and sound, Stj. 122.
bjdlpandi, part, a helper, saviour, Greg. 33.
hjdlpari, a, m. a helper, saviour, Fms. i. 77, x. 224 (of Christ), Stj.
50, 241, Mar. 5.
hjdlp-lauss, adj. helpless, Rd. 308.
hjdlp-leysi, n. helplessness, Barl. 147.
hjalpr, m. = hjalpari, N. G. L. i. 3 1 7 : hjilpB-maflr, m. = hj&lparmaflr.
hjdlp-rdfl, n. help, salvation, Stj. 233, 240, Fms. x. 238 {tneans of
saving) ; min augu hafa se8 \>in hjalpraS, Luke ii. 30.
hjdlp-reip, n. a saving rope, Edda (Gl.) ; en ef h. brestr, gjaldi tvser
ortogar, N. G. L, ii. 283 : the hjalpreip perhaps resembled the PorjOtia
in Acts xxvii. 17.
lijdlp-rikr, adj. rich, mighty in help, Bs. i. (in a verse).
hjdlp-rseSi, n. =hjalpra5, 655 xv. A. 1 ; bi6ja e-n hjalprae&a, Fms. ii.
133 : helping advice {healing), vi. 198 ; me5 dyr3 ok hjalprseftum, with
glory and help, x. 338.
hjdlp-samliga, adv. helpfully, Str. 65, Stj. 23.
hjdlp-samligr, adj. helpful, salutary, Stj. 54, H. E. ii. 164, Magn. 492,
Bs. ii. 156, Fnis. V. 224.
hjdlp-samr, adj. helping, helpful.
hj alp-semi, f. belpfulneis.
hjalp-vsBnligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), salutary, promising help, Fms. xi.
334, Bs. i. 648, Fb. i. 510.
hjalp-vsenn, adj. = hjalpvsEnligr, Bs. i. 202.
hjalp- vsettr, f. = bjargv8Ettr, Gullk. C.
hjd-mdll, adj. speakitig-bende the mark, absurd, Skalda 164.
hjd-roina, adj. singing out of time.
hja-reena, u, f. a queer, odd fellow; hann er mesta h. compds;
hjdrsenu-legr, adj. strange, beside oneself. hjdraenu-skapr, m.
hja-seta, u, f. sitting by sheep, watching or tending sheep (from sitja hja),
Pihr og Stiilka 12.
hjd-sta3a, u, f. a standing by, assistance, Fms. iii. 187, 190, Fas. iii. 548.
hjd-staurr, m. a supporting stake, prop, GJ)1. 380.
hjd-stigr, m. a by-path, {jorst. Si6u H. 10.
hjd-sto3, n. [Germ. bei-stand~\, help, assistance.
hjd-stselt, n. adj. a kind of metre, the intercalary sentence (stal) being
placed at the end of the verse, Edda (Ht.)
hja-trii, f. ' by-faith,' superstition, (mod.)
hjd-tsekr, adj. missing one's hold, Nj. 263.
hjd-vera, u, f. a being by or near, presence, H.E. i. 420, Stj. 219.
hja-verandi, part, being present, Skalda 202.
hja-verk, n. by-work; gora e-3 i hjaverkum, to do a thing in one's
spare time.
hjd-vist, i. presence, Bs. i. 351, Barl. 158.
HJOL, n., a contr. form from hvel, q.v.; hjol rhymes with stol, Hkr,
iii. 238 in a verse at the beginning of the 1 2th century ; [Swed. and Dan.
bjul] : — a wheel, Sks. 412 ; vagnar a hjolum, Fms. vi. I45, Stj. 71, 288 ;
vagna-hjol, 287; brjota i hjoli, to break on the wheel, Fms. xi. 372,
Skalda 204 (in a verse) ; a hverfanda hjoli, on a rolling wheel, Grett. 97
new Ed. (Hm. 83, hvel); leika a hjolum, to turn upon wheels, metaph.
of a shifting or sanguine character, hann leikr allr a hjolum : so in the
saying, valt er hamingu-hjolid.
hj61-b6rur, f. pi. wheel-barrows.
hj61-n6f, f. the nave of a wheel. Lex. Poet.
hjol-vagn, m. a wheel-cart, cart on wheels, Fms. vi. 145.
hjol-vakr, adj. running softly as a wheel, of a pony.
hjol-viljugr, adj. easy as a wheel, of a pony.
HJ(3M, n. [cp. Ulf. hjuhma = ox^os ; akin to he- in h^gomi], anyfrotb-
like substance, e. g. the frothy film of half-thawed ice and water.
hjon, see hjun.
hjona, n. = hjon or hju ; this form seems to be a nom. sing., and not
gen. pi., in N. G. L. i. 340 (v.l.), Grag. i. 212, 287, Am. 94, Bs. i. 60,
and perh. in Nj. 57 ; for the references see hjiin below.
HJtJ, n. [for the etymology see hibyli, p. 265 ; the fundamental notion
\s family, housel : I. man and wife ; hve J)ik hetu hju, how did
thy parents call ibeel Fsm. 46; hjii gorftu hvilu. Am. 9; er ver heil
hjii heima varum, Vkv. 14 ; baeSi hjii, man and wife, Pd. 5, t;6 ; ef hjii
siciljask {are divorced), Grag. i. 239; ef fraendsemi e5a sifjar koma upp
me6 hjiim, 378 ; J)au hjii (Herod and his queen) oUu lifliiti Joans Bap-
tizta, Ver. 40. II. the domestics, family, household: mer ok minum
hjiim, Gltim. (in a verse), Grdg. i. 473 ; let KoSran J)a skira sik ok hjii
hans .oil nema Ormr son hans, Bs. i. 5 ; hjii ok hj6r8, house-people and
268
HJUFA— HLADBUD.
cattle, {)orf. Karl. 376 ; slikt er maelt um hjii at iiUu, Grag. i. 143 ; auka
hjii sin, 287 ; J)a skulu })eir ala jafnvel sem hjii sin, 445 ; Hildir ok hjii
hans 611, Nj. 158; tok hann vi6 trii ok hjii bans 611, id. The mod.
usage distinguishes between hjii, domestics, servants, and bjon, Lat. con-
jtiges : even in sing., dyggt hjii, a faithful servant; odyggt hjii, a faith-
less servant ; 611 hjiiin a heimilinu, all the servants of the house, etc.;
vinnu-hjii, servants; vinnuhjiia-skildagi ( — the 14th of May).
HJtJFA or hjufra, [Ulf. hivfan = 6pr]vuv, Matth. xi. 17, Luke vii.
32; A.S. haofjaji ; Wc\. hiovan ; O.H.G. hii/fan ; and no doubt also
Engl, to heave = to pant, breathe with pain, which is not to be confounded
■with heave = to lifty. — to pant, heave, Gkv. i.i, 2. 1 1 (obsolete). II.
in provincial Icel. to drizzle ; and hjufr-skurir, f. pi. a drizzling shower.
Lex. Poet.
HJtJKA, mod. hjukra, a&, in the phrase, h. at e-m, to nurse, cherish
(a baby, a sick person), 623. 36, Fms. ii. 59, Pass. 44. 6, where it rhymes
with sjiika ; lifinu hjiikrar bond, 47. 6 : reflex., hon hjiikaSisk litt viS
J)cssa faeSu er til var, Fs. 174.
hjukan and hjukran, f. a nourishing, nursing, Fms. vii. 444, Hav.43.
Hjuki, a, m. a mythical name of the man in the moon, Edda 8.
hjuka-timbr, m. a nickname, Grett. 20 new Ed. (hjiiki, v. 1.)
hjuk61fr, m. [the latter part is prob. borrowed from the Engl, club, qs.
hju-k61fr=j>eo//e's cbib, and is not to be derived from hjiika] : — a club-
bouse, inn, Fms. ix. 453, Sturl. ii. 124: metaph., Bs. i. 137.
H JlJlf and hjon, n. = hjii : I. usually in pi., man and wife, Rm.
passim ; skylt er hvart hjona at faera annat fram a fe sinu, ef annat hjona
faer gaezlu-sott, ef {jvi hjona batnar heilsa, Grag. i. 287 ; ok eru J)au tvau
ein hjiin (t)au tuau hjiina, v. 1.), N. G. L. i. 340 ; annat-tveggja hjona,
Grag. i. 212; um hjon tvau erlendis, id.; H6skuldr ba6 hana vinna
f)eim hjonum, Ld. 34; skamliga st6ndum vit n6kvi6 hjiin, Sks. 504
(Adam and Eve) : in the saying, hiis skal hjona (dat.) fa, i.e. there must
be a house for a wedded pair, first a house then a household, Bs. i. 60.
coMPDs : lij6na-band, n. matrimony, H. E. i. 453, 463, passim in mod.
usage. hjona-liatr, n. di- agreeynent between married people, 655 xxi. 3.
hjona-ligr, adj. connubial, H. E. i. 475. hjona-rum, n. = hjona-
saeng. hjona-rygr, m. = hj6nahatr. hjona-samband, n., -samvist,
f. living together in wedlocJt, H. E. i. 458, G^l. 230. h.j6na-skilna9r,
m. a divorce, GJ)1. 224, Grag. i. 325. hjona-sseng, f. a conjtigal
bed. hjona- vigsla, u, f. a wedding (in church), H. E. i. 474. hjiina-
lag, n. = hj6naband, N.G. L. i. 340, 350, H. E. ii. 75. II. domes-
tics, household people ; Hallr ok hjiin hans, Hallr spurSi hjiin sin hversu
Jieim J)6kna3isk athaefi Kristinna manna, en ^au letu vel yfir, Hallr var
skir6r ok hjiin hans 611, Bs. i. 12 ; at hjon min hafi hart, svelta hjon sin,
Band. 38 ; var hann mi i Holmi ok hjon hans (Ed. kona wrongly), Bjarn.
39 ; hjonin {the servants) heitu3usk vi8 at hlaupa i brott, \k likar hjonum
vel, 27; JjorS ok hjon hans 611, Landn. 134; biiandinn ok uU hjiinin,
Edda 38 ; hann ok hjiin hans 6!1, Eb. 108 new Ed., Skalda 163 ; ek em
kona Njiils ok rse5 ek eigi si6r hjon en hann, Nj. 54; J)enna aptan enn
sama maelti Bergf)6ra til hjona sinna, 196 ; Njall red honum hjon 611, 15 1 ;
hann haf6i ekki fleiri hjon en J)rjii, Fbr. 35 : sing., r^6sk hann \k J)ar at
hjoni (hjona ?), thett he took service there, Nj . 5 7. compds : hj6na-li3,
n. household folk, Grag. i. 154. hjona-tak, n. a hiring of servants, Nj.
104. hjona-tal, n. a tale or number of servants, N. G. L. i. 349, GJ)1. 358.
hjona-val, n. a choice of servants. Fas. ii. 35 1 . hjuna-fostr, n., -fsezla,
u, f., -framfsersla, u, f. the 7naintenance of a household, GJ)1. 351.
hjtiii-niargr, adj. having many servants, Ld. 124.
hjupa, a3, to shroud (a corpse). Fas. i. 456.
HJtJPE, m., older form jiipr, Fms. x. 415, [a word of for. origin,
cp. Germ, joppe, Yr.jupe^ : — a doublet, ¥r.pourpoint ; haf9i rau&an hjiip
yfir brynju, Fms. vii. 55, 56, viii. 404; silki-h., a silk doublet; skinn-h.,
q. V. II. in mod. usage freq. in metaph. = (fress, clothing.
hj1ip-ro3i, a, m. [from A. S. heope, Engl, heps or hips, Dan. hyben"^, a
hectic red colour caused by blood between the skin and flesh, Fel. ix. 223 ;
— so called from the colour of these berries.
hjii-skapr (hjiin-skapr, MS. 671. 6, GJ)1. 230, N. G. L. i. 150, 151,
376), m. matrimony, Grag. i. 287, Sturl. ii. 128, Barl. 158 : = hjiiskapar-
far, pyrmask fra hjiinskap, N.G.L. i. 376, Str. 10, 19. compds:
hjuskapar-band, n. the bond of matrimony, K. A. 16, H.E. i. 523.
h.juskapar-far, n. the ' knowing' one's wife, cohabitation ; eiga h. vi5 konu
sina, Fas. i. 250, Fms. ii. 73, Mar. 10. hjuskapar-mdl, n. pi. cases
referring to marriage, H. E. i. 458, Bs. i. 718. bjuskapar-r^d, n. pi.
the contracting of matrimony, K. f). K. 164. hjiiskapar-samlag, n.
wedlock, Stj. 426. hjuskapar-slit, n. a divorce, N. G. L. i. 151.
HJOKD, f., gen. hjarSar, dat. hj6r5u, pi. hjar6ir, [Ulf. hairda — aftXri,
iroinvT] ; A.S.heord; Engl, herd; O.H.G. herta ; Germ, heerde ; Swed.-
Dan. hjord^^ : — a herd, flock, Hm. 20, 70, Hym. 17 (of oxen), G^\. 400,
Fms. vii. 54, N. G. L. i. 146, Fb. i. 151, {>orf. Karl. 376 ; gaeta hjarSar, to
tend flocks, Stj. 460, 462, passim : eccl., Gu8s h., Hom. 85, Mar., Post.
compds: hjar3ar-h.uiidr,m. aZ)er(fs772««'sc?o5', Fms. i. 152. hjarSar-
sveinn, m. a herd-hoy. Fas. i. 518, Stj. 464. hjar3ar-tr63, f. a
sheep-fold, Magn. 494 : in local names, Hjar3ar-holt, Hjar3ar-dalr,
Hjardar-nes, Landn.
HJOBK, m., gen. hjarar and hjors, dat. hjorvi, dat. pi. hj6rum, 1
159, Hkv. 2. 22 ; gen.pl.hjorva ; nom. pi. does not occur ; [yjlLhain.
ndxatpa; A. S. heor ; Hel. heru'] : — poet, a sword, Vsp. 55, Ls. 49,
a battle is called Iij6r-d6mr, -drifa, -dynr, -^1, -flaug, -fun
-galdr, -gaU, -grdp, -gr^3, -hri3, -leikr, -mot, -regn, -r
-r6dd, -senna, -sd.lmr, -skur, -stefna, -ve3r, -J)eyr, -J)i
-J)rinia; a warrior, Iij6r-dr6tt, -drifr, -gseSir, -lundr, -me;
-ni63i, -nj6r3r, -njotr, -runnr; and adjectively, hjor-dja
etc. ; the blood, hjor-dogg, -logr ; a shield, hjor-vangr, -la
-J)ilja: from some of these compds it appears that ' hjor' was also i
as a kind of missile ; in adjectives, hj6r-unda3r, part, wounded i
sword; hj6r-kluf3r, part, cleft by a sword : in poetry the head is ca
hj6rr Heimdala, the sword of H., Landn. 231 (in a verse),
in pr. names ; of men, Hjorr ; and in compds, Hjor-leifr : of won
Hjor-dis.
HJORTK, m., gen. hjartar, mod. hjorts, dat. hirti, ace. pi. hjr
mod. hirti ; [A.S. heart; Engl, hart; O.H.G. hiruz; Germ, hirsch; I
hjort ; Lat. cervus'\: — a hart, stag, Gm., Sol., Nj. 143, K.J). K. i
Edda II, Fas. i. 205, Pr. 410, passim : hjartar-horn, n. a hart's h\
Edda 23, Str. 3, Sol. 78 : metaph. in the phrase, riSa a hirti, to be of
portance; hve mj6k J)at er kallat at a hirti riSi, hversu til fataekra ma
var gj6rt i J)essu lifi, Bs. i. 104, ( = ri3a a miklu.) II. a pr. na
Landn.
HL AD, n. [North. E. lad; cp. hla5a], a pile, stack ( = hla8i), N. G
i. 136, 257. 2. a barn ( = hla&a), N.G.L. i. 137: but in I
usually, 3. the pavement or court-yard in front of a homest(
Nj. 197, Isl. ii. 204, 252, Bs. i. 66, Sturl. iii. 141, 379.
HLAD, n. [this word is freq. used in poems and in pr. names of
heathen time, and although it is aspirated (as shewn by allit. in verses)
has a final d, yet it may be derived, prob. through A.S., from Lat. laqm
Ital. /az/'o; old Fr. Zacs ; Span. /azo; Engl. /ace] : — lace, lace-work ; t"
biiinn hl66um, a laced cloak. Fas. ii. 70 ; kyrtill hla&i biiinn, O. H. I
and passim ; it is also used of bracelets worn on the arms, so in Bj:
(in a verse), cp. the compd hlaS-hond. From wearing lace and brace
a woman is in poetry called ]ila3-grund, MaS-nipt, hla3-iio
Iila3-gu3r ; a distinction is made between gull-hla6, gold lace, w:
was worn round the head, esp. by ladies, but also by men, Orkn. ,
old Ed., Fms. ii. 264, iv. 72, vii. 34, and silki-hla3, silk lace, a ribbon
hla3 belongs also to a priestly dress, Vm. 31, 38, 77, Dipl. iii. 4.
HLAD A, hl69, hl65u, hlaSit, [Ulf. hlapan = aupivtiv, 2 Tim. iii.
A.S., O. H. G., and YitX.hladan; Engl, load, lade ; Germ, laden'] :-
load, esp. to lade a ship ; hla3a skip, Nj. 19 ; hl69u skipit me5 hveiti
hunangi. Eg. 69 ; skip hla3it kvikfe, Landn. 194 ; hI6& hann skip si;
korni ok malti, Fms. iv. 258, H6fu61. i ; kistur hla&nar af gulli, ch
laden ivith gold, Fms. xi. 85 ; hlaftinn ij)r6ttum, Fjer. 157. II
build up, Lat. struere : 1. prop, to pile ; hla5a korni i hjalma
hl66ur, O. H. L. 30 ; skera ok h., to cut and stack (corn), GJ)1. 406 : toj
up, h. k6st, Orkn. 112; J)eir sa hlaSit skiSum, logs piled up or stacked, I
42 ; settu hann Jar ni3r ok hl69u at grjoti ; h. valkiJstu, O. H. L. 302 (i I
veise) ; reynt mun slikt ver6a hvarr grjoti hleSr at h6f3i 6&rum, Nj. I.
ma J)at eigi vist vita hvarr helium hle6r at h6f&i 63rum, JjorS. 361 1
Ed. 2. to build; Kormakr hl63 vegg ok bar6i me3 hny9ju, Koil
60, Jb. 212 ; peir hlo3u Jiar var9a er bl6ti3 haf&i verit, Landn. 28, Gj
60; hla3a vita, Orkn. 242, v. 1. ; var hon (the bridge) med lim BlaJl
Karl. 410; hloS ek lof kost, Ad. ; hIaSinn steinum, Hdl. 10. 1 1
to fell, lay prostrate, slay, with dat.; gatu {)eir hlaSit honum um siSir j
bundu hann, Grett. 118 new Ed. ; drifa \>k til verkmenn ok gatu hlal
erninum, Bs.i. 350 ; fekk hann hla6it selinum, Bjarn. 31 (MS.) ; J)eirb|
viipn a Finnana ok fa hla5it Jieim, Fms. i. 10 : freq. in poetry, Isl. ii. i\
(in a verse), Orkn. 366, Hkr. i. 131, Eb. 208 ; fra ek hann at hloe3i(soll
Arnm66i, Jd. 29. 2. naut., h. seglum, to take in sail; nu ng[
{)eir at h6mrum nokkurum, hl63u seglum vi& mikinn haska, Korm. l(l
hlo&u J)eir J)a seglunum sem ti3ast, Fms. viii. 134, x. 347, Hkr. i. 3;[
336, Saem. 112 (prose), Sol. 77. IV. reflex., hlaSask at c-in,|
til e-s, to pile oneself on, i.e. to throng, croivd, mob one; J)eir hlodiislT
hann margir ok baru at honum fjoturinn, Yh. i. 564; ver viljum eigij
fjolmenni hla3isk at {throng to see) er ver erum afklaeddir sva gain I
Fms. ii. 152, v.l. ; ok laSask (sic) allir til Broddhelga, Vapn. 19: — ^alj
hlaSask a mara bogu, to mount a horse, Gh. 7.
B. [hla5, lace], hlaSa spjoldum (cp. mod. spjalda-vefna&r), to laf
embroider, Gkv. 2. 26.
Iila3a, u, f. [Old Engl, lathe in Chaucer, still used in North. E. ; D;|
lade] : — a store-house, barn (also, hey-h., bygg-h., korn-h.). Eg. 235i^l
ii. 286, Dropl.i8, Eb.190, 318, Rm.i9, Rd. 284, 285, Gliim.357.(5.
30, Sturl. i. 95; hl69u dyrr, Grett. 112, tsl.ii. 69; hl63u-kalfr, forthepj
see Gliim. 359 ; hli55u vindauga, Sturl. ii.43; b6k-hla3a, a libraty, (modi
Iila3-be3r, m. a bed or pillow with lace-work. Fas. i. 427.
h.la3-berg, n. a projecting pier, a rock where a ship is laden, D. I
iv. 180; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa e-& a hraSbergi (sic), qs. hlaSbe™
to have a thing ready at hand, Lat. in promptu.
1 Hla3-bii3, n., see biid, Sturl. ii. 82, Nj. 223.
m$
HLADBUINN— HLAUT.
2G9
liS-biiinn, part, ornamented with lace, laced, Nj. 48, 169, Vm. lapiT
' 33, Rd. 261, Fms. vii. 225, passim.
ar3r, m. a wall surrounding the hla3, Fas. ii. 419, Safn i. 'j6.
i..C; iiamarr, m. = hla6berg: a local name.
Iiid-h6nd, f. lace-band, name of a Norwegian lady living at the end
flc Qth century, Eg.
1, m. a pile, stack; m6-hla5i, torf-h., ski8a-h., fisk-h., skreiftar-
; of peat, tnrf, logs, /lib, G\>\. 378, N. G. L. i. 420, Eb. 266, Hav.
, 42, Stj. 270; klaeda-h., Grett. 160; ullar-h., Fs. 45. 2.=
■'«r«, Fb. ii. 228.
mOu', f. pi. a local name in Norway, the seat of a noble family.
)a>jaTl, m. earl of H., surname of earl Hakon, Fms.
5-kross, m. a lace-cross, made of lace, Pm. 1 24 (in a church).
Ssla, u, f. a loading, lading, of a ship, N. G. L. ii. 2 75.
5-Tarpi, a, m. tbe grass slope nearest to the court-yard, liggja i
'arpanum.
kka, a8, [qs. h!ag-ka from hlaeja], to cry, scream, of the eagle, Vsp.
■eq. in mod. usage, cp. Landn. 162, where it is used in verse improperly
aven, for the eagle screams (hlakkar), the raven croaks (krunkar) : —
ph., the phrase, h. yfir e-u, to exult over a thing, as an eagle over its
Th. 5 ; ok hlokkuftu mi mjok yfir J)essu, Grett. 128; h. ygr sigri,
, Al. 178 ; t)u matt ekki hrina upp yfir {)ig, \>zh er synd at hlakka
'egnum monnum, Od. xx. 412 ; hlakka til e-s, one screams with joy
inprospectofa thing (of children, young people) ; eg hlakka til a& sj4
, eg hlakka til a6 fara ; cp. biirnin hlakka Jja ok huggask, Bs. ii. 1 35 ;
tjattaft mitt er helmingaS, | hlakka eg til a3 finna J)a5, Bb. 3. 17.
s'kkan, f. a screaming with joy ; til-hlakkan, ^"o>'oms expectation.
him, n. a dull, heavy sound, Mork. 81, 100, Lex. Poet. ; see hlom.
■J A MMA, a5, to give a dtdl, heavy sound ; attu hafrarnir at renna i
iiuni, ok hlanima6i mjok vi5 a hellis-golfinu. Fas. iii. 386; this
■lie is a pendant to that in Od. ix. 440-460.
li,niinan and hlommun, f. a crash, din, Hornklofi,
bimmandi, a, m. a clash, a nickname, Landn. 60.
IiAND, n. [A. S. blond; Old Engl, land or lant'], urine, Nj. 199, Fs.
;4!N. G. L. i. 29, Grag. ii. 132, Skm. 35. compds : hland-ausa,
:.rine trough, Edda ii. 430. hland-bla3ra, u, f. tbe bladder.
or and hland-gr6f, f. a sewer, Dropl. 20, Bs. i. 369. hland-
., u, f. = hlandausa, Edda ii. 634. hland-trog, n. = hlandausa,
hana, a6, [hlennij, to pilfer; h. e-n e-u, Fms. vii. 114 (in a verse).
' SS, n. [hla6a ; Dan. IcEss'], a cart-load, Isl. ii. 182, Grag. ii. 337,
), Karl. 196, Fb. i. 522 (hey-h., vi6ar-h.) : the saying, opt veltir
J)ungu hlassi, a little mound often overturns a cart-load, Sturl.
uss-h.valr, m. a cart-load of blubber, Grag. ii. 362, Vm. 130, 143,
hiann, f. [Lat. clunis'], a buttock, haunch, Edda 238.
hiap, n. a leap ; hann komsk me& hlaupi undan. Eg. 12, Fms. xi. 247;
3- tok hlaup heim til herbergis, i. 80; hark ok hlaup, Anal. 81 : a leap,
'ill hljop yfir dikit, en {)at var ekki annarra manna hlaup, Eg.
•Idu ])eir Kari lengd hlaupsins me6 spjotskeptum sinum ok var
, Nj. 145, V. 1. ; hljop hann Jsa ut af miirinum, Jjat var fur3u-hatt
lis. i. 104; h. kattarins, the bound of a cat, Edda 19 : in local
I leap, Flosa-hlaup, in the chasm in Al^ingi, Volks. i. 220;
hlaup, Grett. 149: — hofrunga-hlaup, playing like a dolphin;
xw^, hand-leaping , using the hands and feet like a wheel (a boy's
i 5I. |>j66s. ii. 243, 246. II. special usages, a sudden rise
'. of rivers flowing from glaciers, see Eggert Itin. ; af Hof6ar-
vi at hon hafSi tekit marga baei, Bs. i. 283 ; hlaup kom i ana,
Kul-hlaup, an ice stream or avalanche. p. coagulation, curds ;
\a\i^, curdled milk ; b\6b-h.\zup, curdled blood. y. procession
iiip or bru&laup, a bride's leap, bridal procession, see bru8-
5. a law phrase, ara aWac^, Grag. ii. 7 ; frum-hlaup, q. v.; dhlaup,
.'■St; ahliLups-vcbTja st^dden gale ; ahlaupa-verk, q.v. : hlaupa-
frumhlaup, Bs. i. 658 : hlaupa-fSr, f. an uproar, Sturl. ii. 104,
aupa-piltr, m. an errand boy, Bs. ii. 108. III. in mod.
\. = running, but seldom so, or not at all, in old writers.
UPA, pres. hleyp, pi. hlaupum ; pret. hljop, hljopt, hlj6p, pi.
. mod.hlupum; pret. sub j.hlypi.hloepi, Fms.x. 364, hljopisk, O.H.
:t. pass, hlaupinn : [Ulf. Wa2//>an = dj'a'7r7;5ai', Mark x. 50; A.S.
pret. bleop ; Scot, loup, part, loppen; Engl, leap; Hcl.hlopan;
hlaufan; Germ, laiifen; Swed. lopa ; Dan. l'6be'\: — to leap,
■lich, as in Engl., is the proper meaning of the word, and hence
■udden motion, to leap or start up; hann hljop meir en hae6
t-igi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; hann hleypr or
fan ok a straetib ok kemr standandi niSr, Fms. xi. I17 ; hljop
lit af murinum, i. 104; hlaupa yfir hafar stengr, viii. 207;
ir \k 4 hesta sina, they leaped on their horses, Nj. 263 ; Atli
;'P a skip at Riiti, 9 ; ef fe hleypr loggarS, if cattle leap over a
ig. ii. 262 ; Kari hljop upp vi6 lagit ok bra i sundr vi3 fotunum,
h. fyrir bor8 utbyr6is, to leap overboard. Eg. 124, Fms. x. 363,
364 ; EgiU hljop yfir dikit, Eg. 530 ; J)at segja mcnn at 4 sitt borS hioepi
hvarr J)eirra Olafs konungs, Fms. x. 364 ; Hrungnir varft reiar ok hleypr
upp a hest sinn, Edda 57 ; hljopu ^eir til vdpna sinna. Eg. 121 ; Kjartan
hljop a sund {leaped into tbe water) ok lagSisk at manninum, Bs. i. 18 ;
Kari hljop a spjotskaptifl ok braut i sundr, Nj. 253 ; en ptibi hljop (leaped)
a skipit lit. Eg. 220 ; var {)ar at hlaupa {to climb) upp a bakka nokkurn,
id. ; hann hljop at baki Kara, Nj. 253 ; hann kastar verkfiirunum ok hleypr
a skeiS, and took to his heels, Njar6. 370; hann hljop ba8um fotum i
gcignum skipit, Edda 36 : of a weapon, bryntriillit hljop lit uni bringuna,
Ld. 150; hljop J)a sverdit {it bounded) Kdra a siftuna M6861fi, Nj.
262. p. with prepp. ; h. upp, to spring to one's feet, start up ; J)4 hlupu
varSmenn upp. Eg. 121 ; fia hljop Kjartan upp ok afklaeddisk, Bs. i. 18 ;
ok eptir orvar-bo6i hljop upp miigr manns, Fms. i. 210; h. yfir, to jump
over, metaph. to skip, Alg. 262 ; hlaupa yfir e6a gleyma, H.E. i. 48O ;
h. fra e-m, to run away from, desert one, Grag. i. 297 ; h. af, to be
left, remain, Rb. 234, 494 (afhiaup). 2. special usages ; a law
term, to assault; hlaupa til manns Icigmaetu frumhlaupi, Grag. ii. 7: of
fury, sickness, pain, to burst out, i hvert sinn er seSi e8r reiSi hljop 4'
hann, Fms. i. 15 ; en er hann var btiinn hljop faeli-sott at honum, iv.
284: of pain, hljop blaslr i biikinn, Grett. 137 new Ed.: of fire, sag8i
at jar8eldr var upp kominn, ok mundi hann h. a bse |>6rodds go8a, Bs.
i. 22 : of a river, to flood, 48r Almanna-fljot leypi (i.e. hleypi, hlypi)
var J)at kallat Rapta-laekr, Landn. 266 ; J)tssa somu nott kom ^eyr
mikill ok hlupu votn fram ok leysti arnar, the waters rose in flood and
the ice was broken, Sturl. iii. 45 ; of ice, mikit svell var hlaupit upp C8ru
megin fljotsins ok halt sem gler, a great hummock of ice rose up, Nj.
144; hljop upp kiila, a wheal sprung up from a blow, II. ii. 267; h.
saman, sundr, of a wound ; var skeinan saman hlaupin sva n41iga J)6tti
groin, Grett. 152 ; sariS var hlaupit i sundr, tbe wound had broken out
again, id. : of a gale, Jja hljop 4 utsynningr stein68i. Eg. 600 : — of
milk, blood, to curdle, coagulate, (cp. North. E. loppert = coagulated ; so,
leper-blode = clotted blood in the Old PJngl. poem Pricke of Conscience,
1. 459.) II. to run, but rarely in old writers, [Dan. lobe; Germ.
laufen^; eigi hljop hann at seinna, Asbjiirn hljop heim, id. (but from a
paper MS.) ; peir hlaupa eptir en hann kemsk 4 skog undan, Nj. 1 30 ; jarl
eggjar menn at h. eptir honum, 132 : freq. in mod. usage. III.
reriex. to take oneself off, to run away; ef Jjraell leypsk, N. G. L. i. 34;
J)a vildi Uni hlaupask 4 braut nie8 sina menn, Landn. 246 ; vi8 J)ann
mann er hleypsk fra omaga, Gr4g. i. 297; ef maSr hleypsk 4 brott af
landi er sekr er or8inn, 96 ; J)at var 4 einhverri n4tt at Steinn hljopsk a
braut or baenum, Fms. iv. 317 ; })ar er menn hlaupask til {came to blows)
e8a ver8a vegnir, Gr4g. ii. 83 ; mi er J)at vart ra8 at ver hlaupimk me5
y8r ok somnum liSi, Fms. ix. 248; var hann i fjotri, at hann hljopisk
(lypist, Horn. 158, 1. c.) eigi fr4 honum, 6. H. 246 ; hlaupask braut, id. :
part., hlaupandi menn, h. sveinar, ' landloupers,' Finnb. 344, Mag. 6 ; cp.
hlaupingi.
hlaupari, a, m. = hlaupingi. Fas. i. 149 : a charger (horse), GullJ). 13.
lilaup-4r, n. [from A.S. hleap-gearl, leap-year, Gr4g. i. 122, Rb. 8,
108, K. |>.K. 104, lb. 7, 8, Sks. 56, Bs. i. 85. compds: hJaup-
drs-dagr, m. leap-year day, the 29th of February, Rb. 90. hlaupdrs-
messa, u, f. leap-year mass { = Feb. 24), Rb. hlaupdrs-nott, f. an
intercalary night, Rb. 88. hlaupars-stafr, m. ati intercalary letter,
Rb. 518. hlaupirs-tungl, n. aw/w/erca/arywzoow.Rb. 522. hlaup-
drs-vika, u, i.feria bissextilis, Rb. 564.
h.laup-framr, adj. precipitate, Sks. 32, v. 1.
hlaupingi, a, m.a landlouper, Barl. 114; cp. the Anglo-American loafer.
Iilaup-ni63r, adj. exhausted from leaping.
hlaup-63r, adj. in a great flurry, Fms. iii. 146.
hlaup-rifr, adj. = hlaupframr, Sks. 32.
hlaup-stigr, m. 'leap-path,' ' land-louping,' vagrancy; taka e-n af
laupstigi, 4 J)eim hlaupstigi, Hkr. iii. 290 ; cp. hlaupingi.
hlaup-styggr, adj. ' leap-shy,' wild, of a horse.
HLAUT, f. (not n.) ; the gender is borne out by the genitive tein
hlautar, Vellekla ; as also by the dat. hlautinni, Landn. (App.) 336, in an
old transcript of the lost vellum Vatnshyrna (see Kjaln. S. Isl. ii. 403,
where hlautinn) : — the blood of sacrifice, used for soothsaying ; this word
is prob. to be derived from hlutr (hlautr), as an abbreviated form, for
hlaut-b!68 = sanguis sortidicus, and refers to the rite, practised in the heathen
age, of enquiring into the future by dipping bunches of chips or twigs into
the blood, and shaking them ; those twigs were called teinar, hlaut-teinar,
hlaut-vi8r, bl6t-sp4nn, q. v. ; the act of shaking was called hrista teina,
to shake twigs, Hym. I ; kjosa hlautvid, to choose lot chips, Vsp. In
Vellekla the true reading is prob. hann (earl Hakon) valdi (from velja,
MS. vildi) tein hlautar, meaning the same as kjosa hlautvid in Vsp.,
an emendation borne out by the words ' felldi bl6tsp4n' (Fagrsk. I.e.)
in the prose text, which is a paraphrase of the verse ; the explanation
of the passage in Lex. Poet, is no doubt erroneous. It was also called
fella bl6tsp4n, see that word, p. 71. The walls of the temple inside
and out, the altars, and the worshippers were sprinkled with the blood,
the flesh of the slain cattle was to be eaten (whereas the blood was
a sacrifice, as well as the means of augury, and was not to be eaten) ;
270
HLAUTBOLLI— HLEZLA.
this rite is described in Hkr. Hak. S. G65a ch. i6 : en bl66 J)at allt er
J)ar kom af (i. e. from the slain cattle) J)a var J)at kallat hlaut ok hlaut-
bollar ^at er bl66 J)at st65 i, ok hlaut-teinar, t)at var sva gort sem
stoklar {bunches) ; me6 J)vi skyldi rj66a stallana cillu saman, ok sva
veggi hofsins litan ok innan, ok sva stcikkva a mennina ; en slatr {the
meat) skyldi hafa til mann-fagna&ar : the passages in Eb. ch. 4, p. 6 new
Ed., in Kjaln. S. ch. 2, and in Landn. (App.), are derived from the same
source as the passage in Hkr., but present a less correct and somewhat
impaired text ; even the text in Hkr. is not quite clear, esp. the phrase,
J)at var gort sem stokkuU, which prob. means that the hlaut-teinar were
bound up in a bunch and used for the sprinkling. The blood-sprinkling
mentioned in Exod. xii. 22 illustrates the passage above cited; cp. hieyti,
hljota, and hlutr.
hlaut-bolli, a, m. the bowl in which the hlaut was kept, Eb. 10, Hkr.
1. c, Landn. 1. c.
hlaut-teinn, m., see above, Hkr. 1. c, Eb. 1. c. ; cp. tein-hlaut.
hlaut-viSr, m. 'lot-twigs,' 'rami sortidici' ( = hlaut-teinn), Vsp. 62,
cp. also Eb. 132, note 3, new Ed.
HLAKA, u, f. a thaw, Grett. 140.
hldna, a9, to thaw, Fbr. 59, Bs. i. 186.
HLATR, m., gen. hlatrar, Dropl. 31 ; mod. hlatrs : {A.S. hlcehtor ;
Engl, laughter; O. H.G. hlahtar ; Germ, lachter ; Dan. latter; Swed.
loje] : — laughter, Nj. 16, Fbr. 137, Dropl. 31, Fms. iii. 1S2, passim ; hafa
(vera) at hlatri, to be a laughing-stock (at-hlatr), 623. 35, Hm. 4I : sayings,
opt kemr gratr eptir skelli-hlatr ; skelli-h., roaring laughter ; kalda-hlatr,
sardonic laughter: for characteristic traits from the Sagas see esp. Gliim.
ch. 7 (end), 18, Nj. ch. 12, 117, Dropl. 31, Halfs, S. ch. 7, etc.
hl^tr-mildr, adj. prone to laughing, merry, 686 B. 2.
HLlS, n. [Ulf. hlija = aKr]vri, Mark ix. 5 ; A. S. hied ; Hel. hlea ; Engl.
lee; Dan. Icb]: — lee, used (as in Engl.) only by seamen; sigla a hie,
to stand to leeward, Jb. 400 : shelter, standa i hie, fara i hie, to seek
shelter : mod. a pause, J)a& var6 hie a J)vi. hl6-bor3, n. the lee side,
freq., Lex. Poet.
Iil6-bar3r, m. a leopard (Old Engl, libbard), from the Greek, but used
indiscriminately of a bear, wolf, etc., Edda (GL), Fas. i. (Skjold. S.) 367 ;
the word occurs as early as Hbl., of a giant.
Iile3i, a, m. a shutter, Isl. ii. 113 ; see hleri.
HleiSr, f. [Ulf. hleipra or hlepra = aKT]vi]], prop, a tent; it exists only
as the local name of the old Danish capital, Fas., Fms., and in Hlei3rar-
gar3r, m., Landn.
HLEIFE, m. [Ulf. Waz/i ; A.S. hldf; Engl loaf ; O.B. G.hlaib;
Germ, laib ; Ivar Aasen levse] : — a loaf, Hm. 51, 140 ; af fimm hieifum
brauSs ok tveimr fiskum, Mirm. ; hleifar af Volsku brau6i, Bev. ; hleifa
{)unna, okvinn hleif, Rm. 4, 28, N.G. L. i. 349, Fb. ii. 190, 334 (in a
verse), D. L i. 496; brau6-h., a loaf 0/ bread; riig-h., a rye loaf: of
cheese, Nj. 76, ost-h. : the disk of the sun is called hleifr himins, the loaf
of heaven, Bragi.
HLEIN", f., pi. ar, [Goth. Mains = 0ovv6s, Luke iii. 5 ; akin to Engl.
lean, Gr. KKiveiv'] : — a rock projecting like a pier into the sea ( = hlaSberg),
freq. in western Icel. ; lenda vid hleinina, festa skipi6 vi6 hleinarnar.
hleina-krseda, u, f. a crust of moss on sea rocks, Bb. 2. 13. II.
[Engl, loom, qs. loonf the A.S. form would be hlan, which however is
not recorded] : — the loom in the old perpendicular weaving, Bjorn.
hleina, d, to save, protect {?), an drr.Xcy., [A.S. hlccnan; Engl, lean;
O. H. G. hleinjan ; mid. H. G. leinen ; Germ, lehnen ; Gr. K\ivcS\ : J)adan
af er J)at or6tak at sa er forSask (for6ar?) hleinir, Edda 21.
hlekkjask, t, in the phrase, e-m hlekkisk a, one gets impeded, suffers
7niscarriage, Grag. i. 281 ; ef allt fer vel og mer ekki hlekkist a.
HLEKKR, m., gen. hlekks and hlekkjar, pi. hlekkir : [A. S. hlenca
(thrice in Grein) ; Swed. rd7ik; Dan. Icenke ; Engl, link] :—a link, a chain
of links, Bs. i. 341 ; handar-hlekkr, a 'hand-link,' i.e. a bracelet, Edda
(Ht.) : freq. in mod. usage, jarn-h., iron chains, fetters.
hleromi-gata, u, f. a broad road.
HIiEMMR, m. a lid, cover, as of a pan, cauldron, as an opening in a
floor, a trap-door, Eb. 96, 136, Rd. 315, Eg. 236, Sturl. ii. 124, Fas. iii.
415, Grett. 199 new Ed.
HIiENNI, a, m. [cp. \J\f. hlifan = tcXiirrttv, hliftus = KXtirTr/s ; perh.
also Scot, to lift, = to steal cattle, belongs to this root, and is not the same as
lift = tollere] : — a thief; hlennar ok hvinnar, thieves and pilferers, Sighvat :
a king is in poetry called the foe and destroyer of hlennar, hlenna dolgr,
etc., see Lex. Poet. II. a pr. name, Landn.
hlenni-ina3r, m. a 'lifter;' hlennimenn ok hrossa-J)j6far, Hbl. 8.
H16r, m., gen. Hies, [hie; cp. Welsh Llyr^^sea], a niythol. name of
a giant of the sea, 'ClKiavos, Fb. i. 21. H16s-d88tr, f. pi. the daughters
of H., the Nereids, Edda.
hler, see hleri below.
hlera and lil6ra, aS, prop, to stand eaves-dropping, (putting one's ear
close to the hleri), Bjarn. 24 : to listen, hon lag3i eyra sitt vi3 andlit
honum ok hl6ra9i hvart lifs-andi vxri i niisum hans, Greg. 74 ; hann
hlijrar vi8 hli6skjainn er a var stofunni, Bs. i. 628 ; at hly3a e6r hlera
til t)ess mals sem hann er eigi til kallaSr, N. G. L. i. 438.
HIjEBI, a, m. or Mori, but hleSi in Korm. 10, Isl. ii. 113;
hleri or hliiri is the better form is borne out by the mod. usage aswi
by the derived hler and hlera : — a shutter or door for bedrooms and d
in old dwellings, which moved up and down in a groove or rabbet,
windows in Engl, dwellings, and locked into the threshold: the
sage in Korm. S. is esp. decisive, where Kormak sees Steingerda't
outside between the half-shut door (hleri) and the threshold, — hanr
kefli fyrir hle&ann sva at eigi gekk aptr, viz. between the thresboldl
the shutter, Isl. ii. 1 1 3 ; hence conies the law phrase, standa a hleri (hk
to stand at the shutter, i. e. to stand listening, eaves-dropping, Bjam.
freq. in mod. usage, as also standa of hledum, id., H6m. 23 : in j
usage a shutter for a window is called hleri.
Mer-tjold, n. pi. ' ear-lids,' poet, the ears. Ad. 9.
hlessa, adj. indecl. [hlass], prop, 'loaded,' i. e. amazed, wonderuul
hlessa, t, to load, weigh ; h. ser ni6r, to sit down heavily.
hlessing, f. a freight, loading, N. G. L. i. 410.
HLiEYPA, t, [causal of hlaupa], to make one leap, make one\
burst forth, to start or put into motion, Fms. vi. 145; J)eir skaru
ok hleyptu a braut folki J)vi cillu, O. H. 168; Ouundr hleypti tM
monnum a land upp, to put them ashore, Fb. ii. 280 ; hleypti {pullea^t
sink) hann annarri briininni ofan a kinnina. Eg. 305 ; h. briinum./oJfai
brows ; h. hur6 i las, to shut a door, Fms. ix. 364 ; var hleypt fyrir 1
storum jarnhur&um, i. 104. 2. to make to escape, emit, of anyl
confined or compressed, e. g. hleypa vindi or belg, to force air out
bellows ; h. vindi or segli, to shake the wind out of the sail ; h. fe, saoj
kiim or kvium, to turn out sheep, cows ; h. til anna, to put the fm
the ewes: medic, hleypa vatni, vag, blodi, to emit matter out of a
etc. ; hann hleypir ut vatni miklu or sullinum, Vapn. 17; h. or e-m auE L]
to poke the eye out, Fs. 98 : to lead a stream of water or the like, t
hleyptu saman fieirum votnum, Fms. iv. 359 ; h. anni i farveg, F
280 ; landsfolkit var a fjollum uppi ok hleypti ofan (rolled) st6ru gi
Al. 92 ; h. skri6u a e-n, an avalanche, Fs. 194. 3. special p^j
h. upp domum, a law phrase, to break up a court by violence, Ladjai
Hrafn. 18, Fb. 61, Eb. 48, 58, Lv. 31 ; h. berki af trjam, to cut ^
off the trees, Hkr. ii. 220 ; h. heimdraganum, to throw off sloth, tatt
Fms. vii. 121 : naut. to run before a gale, J)eir hleyptu upp a-M?
Bar6astrond ; h. akkerum, to cast anchor, Fms. xi. 439 ; h. stj6ra,»rf.
hesti, or absol., to gallop, ride swiftly ; hesti hleypti ok hjorvi bti,
34 ; Hrungnir vard rei6r ok hleypir eptir honum, 06inn hleypti sv4
at . . ., Edda 57, Nj. 59, 82, 107, Fms. ix. 364. 4. hleypa mji^l;
curdle milk ; hann hleypti helming innar hvitu mjolkr, Od. ix. 246.
hleypi-, in compds : Meypi-domr, m. prejudice, hasty judgt
(mod.) hleypi-fifl, n. a headlong fool, Nj. 224. hleyiji-flol
m. a band of rovers, Sturl. iii. 1 7 1 , 269. hileypi-for, f. a rai
roving, Sturl. i. 80. hleypi-hvel, n. a ' roll-wheel,' war engine,
420. hleypi-kjoU, m. = hleypiskiita. hleypi-klumbr, i
ram on wheels (war engine), Sks. 4 19. hleypi-ma3r, m. a n
landlouper, Lv. 75. hleypi-piltr, m. a landlouper boy, Finnb.
hleypi-skip, n. (Hkr. iii. 388) and hleypi-skuta, u, f. a swift i
Fms. i. 167, vi. 177.
hleyping, f. a galloping, Fms. ix. 357, GullJ). 31 ; um-h., a su<
turn of wind.
bleypingi, a, m. a landlouper, Grett. 106; cp. hlaupingi.
hleyt-bolli, hleyt-teinn, m. = hlaut-bolli, hlaut-teinn, see hlaut
HLEYTI, n., bleti, or bloeti, in Norse MSS. spelt leyti, when,
mod. Icel. usage leiti : I. plur. [for the root see hlaut, hlutr],
consanguinity ; jiifra hieyti, royal blood, Fms. xi. (in a verse) ; gonrah
vi6 e-n, to marry into another's family, Skv. I. 34 ; hvarrgi J)eirra &
ne Arnkels J)6tti bera mega kviSinu fyrir hleyta sakir viS sxkjand
varnar-a6ilja, Eb. 50, viz. Snorri being the brother-in-law to the (toil
Arnkell to the defendant; ef hann feugi hennar, heldr en J)eim man
ekki var vi6 ^k hleytum bundinn, Sks. 760; nau6-hleytama6r (q. v[i
near kinsman; eiga hieyti vi6 konu sina ( = eiga hjiiskap
689. 2. a tribe, fainily ; hann var af J)vi kennima6r at sinu hi
625. 88, 'in ordine vicis suae ante Deum' of the Vulgate, Luke
J)a kom at hieyti Zacharias at fremja biskups embaetti, Horn. (St.) IJ
ek at t)u gangir i mitt hieyti ^6 at ek se nanari, Stj. 425, rendering 0 '
meo utere pnvilegio' of the Vulgate, Ruth iv. 6. II. sing, [hi
a share, usually spelt leiti ; in the phrase, at nokkru, engu, ollu leiti
some, none, every part ; aS minu, J)inu . . . leiti, /or my, thy part, fre jS
mod. usage, dropping the aspirate; at sumu leiti. Fas. iii. 159; *' ' |'^
leiti, Fb. ii. 204; at nokkuru leiti, iii. 575. 2. of time, a seasO^
the year, mod. leiti; um vetrnatta-leytiS, D.N. i. 609; uni Hallvj-
viJku-leyti5, 392, iii. 206; um Jola-'.eiti um Paska-leiti, um J6ns-m r
leiti; annat leiti, another time; sog6u at honum J)6tti annat leiti (s "
times) ekki ufaert, en stundum [sometimes) var hann sva hrseddr, at
Orkn. 418 ; um sama leiti, about the same time; um hvert leiti, (U
time "^ when f compds : Meyta-menn, m. pi. kinsmen; mi%ti»
ungar, hleytamenn, Edda (Gl.) hleytis-ma3r, m. a disciple, appr»\
opp. to meistari, analogous to Goth, siponeis, from sifjar, Skalda I
hlezla or hle3sla, u, f. a freight, Jb. 379 : a building (of a
HLID— HLJOD.
271
h'tD, f., pi. hliSar (hliSu dat. obsolete, Gm. 35) : — a side, Lat. laltis ;
hlid e-m, to stand beside one, Stor. ; komask a hliS e-m, Nj.
.\\b hvara, on each side, Rm. 5 ; 4 a6ra hli6, at one's other side,
;, Ad. 10 ; a bu,3ar hliftar, 4 tvaer hli&ar, on both sides, Fb. ii. 351 ;
lilid, on the left hand. Eg. 213, Fnis. i. 16 ; a haegri hli5, on the
i ; sniiask a. hliS, to turn oneself {\n sleep), Fs. 6 ; skjcildr, sver6 ii
li. 64 ; a allar hliSar, on all sides ; veltask a ymsar hliSar, to toss to
.. ., lis. ii.17i.Od. XX. 24; leggjae-t iyuxhWh, to lay beside, Al.is^i.
BIID, 11. [A.S. W/'S; O.Yi.G. hlit; Dan. led; root no doubt akin
) . fiXfis, etc.] : — a gate, gateivay ; hliS k garSi ok hjarra-grind fyrir,
:!64, Fsm. 10, 44, Rb. 380, Edda no, Eg. 244, Fms. i. 104,
issim. 2. a wide gap, Stor. 6, Fnis. i. 105, GJ)1. 391,
1. 344, Orkn. 350, Sks. 398: in law a gap in a fence not
_ty feet long was hlid, if more it was a breach (bdlka-brot),
[; ,,yi. II. metaph. a space, interval ( = bil) ; hann hafdi fyrr
it sva at hlift var i milli J)eirra, Fms. vii. 171; ^eir gorSu hlid
uni skipanna, Nj. 42 ; ok var hvergi hliS i milli, Ld. 96 ; hann riftr
J)eirTa ok nokkuru harftara sva at hlift var a milium J)eirra, Isl. ii.
bus ok hliS i milli ok heima-dyranna, Fs. 42 ; horfdi hann a hliSit
i(fy space) {)ar sem skjiildrinn haf&i hangit. Fas. iii. 42 ; ok nu
4 hlift mjcik langt, Fms. ii. 302, x. 346 : temp., siSan var6 a li6
(fr) nokkvot, 345 ; eptir J)at var6 hlift (a stop, halt) a orrostunni,
89; hvildar hli5, Fb. iii. 567 (in a verse).
»8, a8, to give way, go aside, recede. Fas. i. 106, 338, Bs. ii. 132,
33. II. reflex, to become open, Sks. 384.
h|i-lauBS, adj. ^ gateless,' without a gate, Bret. 34.
hji-maeltr, part, a kind of metre, Edda (Ht,) 186.
h!>r, m., poet, an ox, Edda (Gl.)
hi'-nim, n. open space, free passage, Fsm. 43.
h.;'-sj6n, f. a side glance ; hafa h. af e-u, to talte a look at.
' ■* kjdlf, f., old dat. hliSskjalfu, Gm. (prose) : [prob. rather to be
■m hy\b,gate, than hli6, side; the initial b is borne out by alliter-
,.;3i bin er ^ug6i | Hlidskjalfar gramr . . ., Edda (in a verse) ; in
j; 14 the sense and alliteration alike require holl, hall, instead of
: —a shelf, bench, a name for the seat of Odin, whence he looked
all the worlds, Edda 6, 12, 22, 30, Gm. I.e.; (55inn ok Frigg
Vkjalfu ok sa um heima alia, Gm. 1. c. The heathen Hli6-skjalf
;; t' mind the legend in Grimm's Marchen of the Tailor in Heaven,
h i-8kj4r, m. a side window, originally a window or opening from
'hi to keep a look out, Sturl. ii. 85, Bs. i. 628.
t-veggr, m. a side wall, Nj. 202, Orkn. 244, Fb. i. 413.
>-v6r3r, m. a porter, Stj. 622, Gkv. 2. 35
Id, f., in mod. usage pi. hliSar, but hlidir in old writers, e. g. Landn.
2 Fms. vi. X97 (in a verse), Hkv. i. 43, Sighvat : [A. S. bltS; Norse
■! Dan. ; cp. Lat. clivus ; akin to Gr. and Lat. kXivw, clino] : —
mountain side, Edda no; sva at saer var i miOjum hlidum
•am vatnaSi land, O. H. 149, Landn. 25, v. 1. ; ut meS hliSum,
^ ; fjalls-hlid, a fell-side, q. v. ; fagrar hli6ir grasi vaxnar, Grett.
mun ri&a inn me6 hlidinni, Gliim. 361, 362; ut me5 hli8-
i miSjar hliSar, etc., passim : hliSar-briin, f. the edge of
Ii6ar-f6tr, m. the foot of a h. : hli3aj:-gar3r, m. a fence on
■: dividing the pastures of two farms, Dipl. v. 25. II.
lies; Fljots-hlia and Hli3, Landn. passim; Norse Lier, Lie,
Nj. : Hli3ar-s61, f. sun of the HliS, nickname of a fair
;dn. : Hli3ar-nienn or Hll3-menn, m. pi. the men from Hlid,
III. freq., in poet, circumlocutions, of a woman ; hringa-
ii-h., bauga-h., and then in dat. and ace. hh&i, e.g. falda hliSi,
-. ...iii {feminae). Skald H. 5. 24, and in a mod. ditty: he5an ekki
srl; fet I fra J)er silki-hliai.
h i-bang, n., poet, 'fell-tang,' seaweed of the bills. Aim., where the
f Hel are made to call the trees by this name.
, pi. hlifar, a cover, shelter, protection (esp. of a shield, armour),
Kg. 507, Bar5. 165, Hm. 81, passim : esp. in pi. hlifar, Nj. 262,
,19, Eb. 230, Rm. 39. hlifar-lauss (hlifa-lauss), adj.
.' uncovered, Fms. ii. 205, vi. 70, vii. 192, Isl. ii. 226.
A, 8, [Ulf. hleibjan, Luke i. 54 ; O. H. G. hliban'] : — to give cover
to one, with dat. ; sem raefrit hlifir kirkjunni vi6 regni, Horn. 95 ;
iih\ ser ekki, gave himself (bad) no shield or armour, Fms. i.
at bx5i hlifir {shelters) innan ok utan, x. 319, Fs. 66; h. e-m
' give one shelter against a thing, GullJ). 48 ; ok hljopu i skoginn,
liann hlifa ser, Fb. ii. 88 ; hlifa s^r me3 skildi, en vega me6
-. 2. to spare one, Grag. i. 163 ; siSan hlif5i hann messu-
heilaga 6lafs konungs, Fms. v. 217 ; Jjorgils hUfir ser ekki, Isl.
Hiunekekki hlifa J)eri gorSinni, Nj.21, Finnb. 262. II.
cover oneself. Eg. 581, Sks. 430. 2. to refrain, bold back,
! ,',5 ; hann hlifSisk J)a vi6 engan mann, Nj. 26 ; f>i6randi baS
I hlifask vi5 fostra sinn, Njar8. 370 ; |>orgils hlifisk ekki vi8,
■ protection, defence, Fms. ii. 331 ; hlifSar vapn, a weapon of
>. H. 79, Fms. X. 407, K, A. 40, Al. 46, Sks. 329. Iilif3ar-
adj. — hiifarlauss, Fagrsk. 144.
hlff.skj61dr, m. (hlifl-skjOldr, Nj. 262, Sks.472), a shield of defence ;
esp. metaph., vera h. fyrir e-m, 655 A. ii, 5, Fmi. viii. 63, 339, Bret. 104 ;
halda h. fyrir e-m, Horn. 42.
Hlin, f. the goddess of that name (the wife of Odin), she that defends,
[for the etym. see hlein], Edda, Vsp., Lex. Poet. : freq. in poet, phrases,
hringa-hlin, bauga-h., a lady.
hlit, f. (hlita, Fms. viii. 91, v.!., Hkr. i. 199), [Dan. lid], sufficiency,
full warranty, security; mi skal ek sjalfr halda v6r8, hef8i Jjat fyrr J)6tt
nokkur hlit, Fms. viii. 91 ; ek mun hafa landruS meftan, ok vittir mik
J>at se nokkur hlit slika stund, xi. 22; bar hann sik at nokkurri hlit
{tolerably well) me5an ver ruddum skipit, iv. 261, Hkr. i. J99; Jjann
er biskupi J)ykki full hlit, K. {>. K. 18 (1853); hUt var at J)vi litii, of
small matter, Dropl. (in a verse). p. adverb, phrases; til hiitar,
tolerably, pretty well ; arferS var j)a til nokkurrar hiitar, Fms. i. 86, vii,
237, YxT. 257, 0. H. 1 16 ; til g68rar hiitar, pretty good, no. Eg. 590;
at goSri hlit, very well indeed, Fms. iv. 250; hiitar vel, well enough.
Fas. ii. 268; hiitar i^gr, passably fair, Mirm. ; skip skipat til hiitar, a
ship well manned, Fms. i. 196 ; in mod. usage, til hiitar, adv. sufficiently,
thoroughly, freq.
HLITA, tt, [Dan. lide'], to rely on, trust, abide by, with dat. ; gakk
me6 m^r jafnan, ok hlit (imperat.) minum radum, Nj. 62, Fms. i. 116,
Fs. 84 ; ef hann vill eigi J)eim vattum hlita {abide by) er hinir hafa,
Grag. i. n4; J)a skal hinn hlita J)vi at logum, N. G. L. i. 346; ^etta
J)4 Gu8nin ok kva6sk bans forsj4 hlita mundu, Ld. 144, Fs. 80, Fas. iii.
70 ; ek mun hlita biium minum ok fara eigi til Hofs, Vapn. 29 ; hann
var kvsentr, ok hlitti {)6 ekki J)eirri einni saman, i.e. he bad paramours
besides, Dxoi>\. 15; ok hlitir Astri6r eigi iiSrum konum i ^vi at J)j6na
honum i lauginni, A. trusted not to other women, i. e. would let no one do
it but herself Fms. xi. 157; ok skal ekki odrum miJnnum nii at h. at
reka nautin, i. e. / will do it myself. Eg. 720, Valla L. 224 ; Jjeir hlittu
mer {used me) til brefa-gcirSa, Fms. ix. 262 ; ef {)u matt eigi o8rum J)ar
til hlita, if thou bast no one else to do it, Grett. 107 : so in the saying, eigi
ma J)vi einu h. er bazt J)ykkir, one must put up with something short of
the best, Grett. 2. with prep. ; en J)6 sy'nisk mer, sem eigi muni
minna vi6 hlita, less than that will not do, Isl. ii. 358, Fs. 13 ; ver hofurn
skip sva mikit ok liS-skyflt, at {)ar ma ekki litlu lidi vid hlita, so large a
ship that it requires no small crew, Fms. iv. 297 ; eigi muntu {)vi einu
fyrir hlita, that is not a sufficient answer, thou shall not get off with that,
Hkr. iii. 256 ; cp. einhlitr, adj. '
hlit-styggr, adj. trusting to no one but oneself, daring. Lex. Poet.
HLJOD, n. [Ulf. bliup = fiav)^ia, i Tim. ii. n, in Uppstrom's edition;
cp. A. S. hleo'^or = sound ; mid. H. G. lut ; cp. O. H. G. bliodar ; Germ.
laut; Dan. lyd ; Swed. Ijud ; akin to it are several Gr. and Lat. words
with an initial «X, cl ; the original meaning is hearing or the thing beard,
like Gr. clkot], and hlj66, hljomr, hlust (q. v.) are kindred words ; hence
comes the double sense of this word in Icel., sound and silence.
A. Hearing, a hearing, listening, silence; biSja (kveSja) hljoSs, to beg
a hearing, chiefly as a parliamentary term, of one about to speak, to recite
a poem before a prince or the like; Njall kvaddi ser hlj68s, Nj. 105;
kvaeSi hefi ek ort um y8r, ok vilda ek hlj6& fa, / wished to get a hearing,
Isl. ii. 229 ; Egill hof upp kvse8it ok kva& hatt ok f^kk J)egar hlj66. Eg.
427, cp. Vsp. I, Hofu&l. 2 ; vilja ek hlj63 at Hars li5i, I ask a bearing for
my song, Ht. i ; ek hefi ort kvaedi um y8r ok vilda ek fa hlj(j8 at flytja,
Fms. ii. 15 ; gefa h., to give a hearing, LeiSarv. 5 ; hafit hljoS, be quiet !
625. 72 ; J)a er bae6i gott hlj65 ok g65ir si6ir i konungs husi, Sks. 367:
— the ancient meetings were in the open air, amid the hum of voices,
loud cries, and the clash of arms, J)a var fyrst gnyr mikill af fjolmenni
ok vapnum, en er hlj68 fekksk, maelti {jorgnyr, O. H. 68 ; en er hlj6&
fekkst, J)4 st66 jarl upp ok mselti, 67, cp. lb. ch. 4 ; var8 at J)essu mikit
hareysti, en er hlj66 fekksk, maelti SigurSr jarl, Fms. i. 34. 2. adverb,
phrases; i heyranda hlj65i, see heyra, Nj. 230, Grag. i. 19, passim; af
hlj68i and i hlj65i, in all stillness, silently, Nj. 5, 103. Eg. 723, Ld. 162,
Fms. iv. 79, Stj. 355 ; bera harm sinn i hlj68i, to bear one's grief in
silence, a saying ; ein kvinna laeri i hlj68i me8 allri undirgefni, i Tim. ii. 1 1,
where the Gothic text has 'in bliupa : {)egja {)unnu hlj<j6i, to listen in breath-
less stillness, Hm. 7 ; i einu hlj63i, unanimously, a parliamentary term.
B. The thing heard, sound ; allt er hlj66 J)at er kvikindis eyru m4
skilja, Skalda 173, 174; greina hlj68, id., 169, 170; i hljoSi sins gr4ts.
Mar. 28 ; {>orfinnr kom ongu hlj68i i lti8rinn ok komsk eigi upp bl4strinn,
Fms. ix. 30 ; ganga a hlj66i6, to walk (in the dark) after a distant sound;
klukku-hlj68,/;be sow«afo/a bell, v. 133; \)iumvi-h., a clap of thunder ; brim-
h., the roaring of surf. II. special usages : 1. gramm. a sound,
tone; me8 longu hlj68i e3a skommu, horSu e8a linu, Skalda 159, 160 : a
musical sound, tune, song fagran, hlj63 mikit ok d3^rligt, Bs. i. 454 ; sla
hlj63 a horpu, 155. 2. phrases, koma 4 hljod um e-t, to catch the
sound of, become aware of, Bs. i. 165 ; vera i hindar hlj66i, to be within a
hind's hearing, i. e. to be whispered about; vera or hindar hlj63i, to be out
of a hind's sound; drepr hlj68 or e-m, to become dumb, lose the wind, Fms.
xi. 115 ; J)a& er komit anna8 hlj63 i strokkinn (metaphor from churn-
ing), there is another sound in the churn, of a sudden turn, e. g. from
JL high to low spirits ; the ancients also seem to have said, ' there is another
272
HLJdDA— HLUTA.
sound in the fells,' of one who is crest-fallen ; see verses in Nj. 249, Hav.
34 new Ed., Dropl. 31, nu kna J)j6ta annan veg i fjollum, 7iow the fells
resound with another tale ; nii J)ykir henni eigi batna hlj69i3 i scigunni, the
tale began to sound dismal, Clar. : so in the phrase, ^a6 er gott (slaemt,
dauft) hlj6& 1 e-ni, to be in a good (or moody) state ofm.ind. III.
plur. esp. in mod. usage : o. crying aloud, a cry, of a child or one in
paroxysms of pain ; Heyr min hljoS, hear my cry ! Holabok 276 ; hljoSin
heyrdusk lit fyrir dyr (of a sick person) ; J)aS linnir tkki af hlj63um (of
a baby). p. howling, screaming ; og J)eirra hlj65 (pi.) og hofu6-prest-
anna toku yfir, Luke xxiii. 23 ; 6-hlj6d, dissonance, i. e. screaming, howl-
int^. y. music, voice ; hafa fogr hlj66, a sweet voice ; ha, mikil, veyk,
dimm, hvell hlj65, a high, strong, weak, deep, pealing voice; Syng J)u
ungr mest sem matt | me5an hlj65 {jin fagrt gjalla, . . . eintom hljod lir
forfe6ranna grcifum, Bjarni 142: the same distinction is sometimes observed
in old writers, syngja mc6 fcigrum hljodum, Stj. 606, Bs. i. 155 ; J)ar gengr
haest i hljoSunum, there the tune reached the highest pitch. Mar.
hlj63a, a6. [Germ, lauten; Dan. lyde'], to sound; hversu hverr stafr
hlj63ar, Skalda 159, Mar., Bs. ii. passim ; rodd hljoSar i hans eyra. Mar. :
to run, of speech and writing, eptir J)vi sem letri& hljoSar, Stj. 29 ; rettar-
bot er sva hlj63ar, a writ which runs thus, Bs. i ; whence the phrase, svo
h!j63andi, to this effect, as follows. 2. to scream with pain, of
horror; t)eir hlj()6u&u og fornuSu til min hcindunum, Od. x. 255 ; J)eir
hlj66u3u afskapliga, xxii. 308 : also of a child, see hljoS above ; fardu
a& hugga barniQ, J)a6 er a6 hlj63a.
Wjooaflr, part, sounding, Stj. 90.
hljoSan, f. a sound, Stj. 4, 45, 80, 334 : a tune, me6 fagrlegri h., Bs. i.
155; sam-h., harmony, Stj. : wording, utterance, freq. in mod. usage ; eptir
or6anna h., according to the exact words, the sound {ruji) of the words.
]ilj63-bjalla, u, f. a tinkling bell, Karl. 157.
hljoS-beerr, adj. rumoured abroad.
h.lj63-fall, n. consojiancy (metric), Edda 121.
hljofi-fegrfl, f. euphony, Skalda 178.
hJjod-fylling, f., hJjofl-fyllandi, a, m., better lj63-fylling, q.v.
hljoS-faeri, n. a musical instriiment, Fms. iii. 184, Fas. iii. 220, 221,
Vigl. 16.
]ilj63-g65r, adj. well-twied, Bs. ii. 39.
Iilj63-greipr, f. pi., poet, 'sound-tongs,' i.e. the mouth. Lex. Poet.
hljdS-kjrrr, adj. still, quiet, Fms. ix. 23, v. 1.
lLlj63-lauss, adj. soundless, Pm. 106 (of bells).
Iilj63-latr, adj. still, taciturn, Sturl. ii. 185, Dropl. 7.
h.lj63-leiki, a, m. silence, sadness, Fbr. 142.
Iilj63-liga, adv. silently, in all stilhiess. Eg. 261, Nj. 33, Fms. i. 204,
vi. 179, Fas. ii. 517.
h.lj63-ligr, adj. silent; t)ung ok h. s6tt, a heavy and creeping sickness,
Sturl. ii. 186.
Iilj63-liti]l, zd]. faintly sounding, Pm. 61 (of bells).
Iilj63-lyndr, adj. taciturn, Eb. 42, Nj. 91, Fms. vi. 189, Bs. ii. 155.
Iilj63-l8eti, n. stillness, silence.
Iilj63-mikill, adj. shrill-sounding, Grett. iii.
Iilj63-m8eli, n. whispering, secrecy ; faera i h.,/o/?)j«;!>w/>, Ld.206, Nj.51.
lilj63rLa, a3, to become silent, dumb, from surprise, Sturl. ii. 151 (v. 1.),
Fas. iii. 31 1 : impers., J)a hlj69nar um hann, he becatne silent, ii. 433 ; J)ar
til hlj63nar um nial {jessi, till the noise about it subsides, Grett. 125 A.
Hlj63-61fr, m. name of a dwarf. Lex. Poet.
Iilj63-pipa, u, f. a flute, (mod.)
HL J(3DB, adj. [cp. A. S. hldde, Engl, aloud, mid. H.G. lute. Germ, laut,
but all in the opp. sense o^ aloud; cp.hlj66] : — lilent, taciturn, 677. 12, Sks.
367, 370, Horn. 129 ; mennpru6a okhljoSa, Fb. ii. 288. p. melancholy,
sad ; var hann h. ok maelti ekki vi6 a3ra menn, biskup spurSi hvat hann
hugsa6i er hann var sva hlj66r, Fb. ii. 329, Eg. 95, Fms. i. 208, Nj. 9,
passim.^ 2. nc\xi.h\]()\X, stillness, silence ; er hann settisk ni5r {)a var
hlj(')tt, O. H. 68 ; er hljott var or3it, Fms. xi. 85 ; gora h. um sik, to keep
quiet, Grett. 198 new Ed. ; tala hlji'itt, to speak in a low voice or secretly,
Nj.118.
hJj63-8aniliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), = hlji'61iga, Hkr. ii. 220.
Iilj63-samr, adj. = hlj66r, Fms. viii. 81, Hkr. ii. 252.
Iilj63s-grein, h]j63a-grein, f. distinction of sound or a kind of sound,
Edda 120, Skalda 160, 170, 175, 179, Stj. 45.
hlj63-skraf, n. whispering.
MjoS-stafr, m. a vowel, litera vocalis, Edda 12 1, Skalda 161.
hljoma, a6, to sound, of a musical voice. Pass, passim.
liljdiuan, f. sound, tune, Skalda 1 79.
hlj6in-fagr, adj. sweet sounding ; h. harpa, Bs. i.
HL J(3MIt, m. [Ulf. hliuma = dKoi] ; cp. A. S. hlymman = sonare ; Lat.
cZawor], a sound, tune, voice, Gs. 2, Hkr. ii. 393 ; h. engla Gu8s, Post.
^45- 7.? ; ^- ok rodd, Isl. ii. 170, Rb. 380 : chiefly of tunes in music, as
in the ditty. Held eg sem helgan dom | horpunnar ssetan rom | J)ann til
a5 heyra hljom | hlypi eg su3r i Rom.
HLJ(3TA, pres. hly't, pi. hljotum ; pret. hlaut, hlauzt, hlaut, pi.
hlutum ; subj.hlyti; part, hlotinn, neut. hlotiS : [^A.S.hleotan ; O.H.G.
bliuzan ; mid. H. G. liuze ; Ivar Aasen liota^ : — to get by lot, have allotted
' to oneself; J)eir t6ku at herfangi Alofu konu hans ok ArnciSi dittutla
ok hlaut Holmfastr hana, Landn. 314; hon hlaut at sitja hja Bjoreo
Eg. 23 ; J)eir Icig&u hluti a ok hlaut jirdndr, Faer. 3 ; var sva til sw
Sighvatr skald hlaut at segja konungi, Fms. vi. 38 ; (Loki) hlaut bU
at helgum skutli, Haustl. 4 ; skal sa reifa mal hans er hlytr, who gets
lot, whom the lot falls on, Grkg.'i. 62,. 2. to get ; ver munum hlji
J)unnar fylkingar, P'ms. v. 53 ; menn vegnir e8a sarir ^rir e3a fieiri ok
hlotnir i hvarn-tveggja flokk, Grag. ii. 114. 3. to undergo, suffer,hu
hljota hogg, Fms. xi. 15 1 ; lifor, 113 ; harm, i. 21 ; vel er, at J)u hlau
slikt af konungi, Hkr. ii. 319. II. metaph., absol. tnu^ nt
be, with infin. ; sva mun mi hljota at vera at sinni sem J)u vill, Fi
i. 159 ; hefir margr hloti6 um sart at binda fyrir mer, Nj. 54 ; h6r mm
vera hljota, 129 ; t)u munt riSa h., Faer. 48 ; en fara hly'tr ^li meftii
til Jomsborgar, Fms. i. 159; y3art atkvaedi mun standa h.. Fas. i, j
passim ; J)ar hlaut at notra um, Sd. 169. III. reflex, to he aUob
fall by lot; var si&an reynt 116 J)eirra ok hljotask af J)vi li3i attat
manna, Fms. xi. 89 ; at ^ess {)eirra, er omaginn hlautsk til handa, Gr
i. 266 ; Kaleb for til J)eirrar borgar er honum hafSi hlotisk, Stj. 361 ; hi
hluta6i me6 ly3num um stuldinn, ok hlautsk i kyn Jiida, 356.
metaph. to proceed or result from, esp. in a bad sense; en J)6 mnn |j|i'
hljotask af margs manns bani, Mun nokkut her minn bani af hlj6tai '*-.
Nj. 90; kann vera at af hljotisk J)essu tali, sem pa, verst hefir af hint
Sd. 172.
Motnask, a6, dep. to fall to one's lot, with dat. ; en ef !:
hlotnu6usk herteknir menn, Fms. i. 258: freq. in mod. usage, Pa-:
10 ; ok J)a honum hlotna&ist a6 hann skyldi veifa reykelsinu, Luke ;
hlotnask til, to turn out; hlotna6isk sva til, Vigl. 57 new Ed.
hlotr, see hlutr, Fms. xi. 1 28.
HLOA, 5, [A.S. hlowan; Engl, low^, to bellow, roar, of streams I
cascades, Gm. 29, an air. \ey., but no doubt to be thus explained, j
not as in Lex. Poet.
HLOD, n. pi. [hlaSa], a hearth, chimney-place, freq. in mod. u;
(it can only be by chance that no old reference is on record) ; setja j
a hl66ir, to set the pot on the fire. Iil63a-karl, m. = hadda, q.v. ,
H163yii, f., gen. hlu3yujar, the mythical name of the Earth, p
hearth (J), homestead {?), and akin to hliia, Edda, Lex. Poiit.
Hlora, u, f. the mythical name of the foster mother or nurse of T:
Edda.
H16ri3i, a, m. [hloa and rei& = thunder'], one of the names of Thor
Bellowing Thunderer, Edda, Hym., |)kv., Ls., Vellekla.
HLITMB., m., pi. ir, proncd. hlummr, the handle of an oar, Fa
215 (hlumir), ii. 355 (where hlummar pi.), Edda (Ht., where hlumr
sumri are rhymed), Sturl. iii. 68, Gliim. 3Q5.
HLUNKA, a3, [hlymr], to give a dull, hollow sound, Fms. xi. ;
Skald H. R. 4. 19.
hlunkr, m. a dull sound, a thump.
hlunnindi, n. pi. [hlunnr], prop. ' launching,' but only used meta
emoluments, esp. attached to an estate or possession, G^l. 68, 293.
55, Eb. 40, Fms. ix. 95.
HLUNim, m. [Shetl. linn ; cp. Engl, to launch, which is derived :
the Scandin. word] : — a roller for launching ships, Edda 38, Fms. v;;
viii. 45 : also of the pieces of wood put under the keel of ships when as
(during the winter ships used to be dragged ashore, called nv6a ski:
hlunns), Grag. i. 92, 209, N. G. L. i. 26, Eg. 515, Nj. 10, Lex. I
passim : in poetry a ship is called lilviiin-dyr, -fakr, -goti, -
-vigg, -vitnir, -visundr, = /ie deer, steed, bison o/h., Lex. Poet.
lilunn-ro3, n. reddening the h., so called when a person was kilk ■
launching a ship (in the spring). Fas. i. 264, N. G. L. i. 6-, : this ■
taken to be a bad augury, see Ragn. S. ch. 9 (Fas, i. 259, 260).
HLUST, f. [A.S. hlyst; Hel. hlust = hearing ; cp. Gr . kXvw], ibe
prop, the inner part of the ear, cochlea auris. Ad. 6, 9, Nj. 210 (v.l.).
ii. 100, Edda 109, Band. 36 new Ed., Sturl. ii. 85, Eg. 758 (in a ve ,
passim : the ears of beasts, e. g. seals, bears, birds, or the like are us ■
called hlust, not eyra, Merl. i. 38, Fb. i. 133, Eb. 99 new Ed. (v.l.), ■
ii. 237, Fs. 14Q, 179. hlustar-verkr, m. ear-ache, otalgia, fel.
hlusta, a6, [A. S. hlystan; Engl, listen; cp. hlust], to listen; h. ti •
623. 34: in mod. usage, h. a e-0, freq.
HLUTA, aa, [A. S. hluton ; Engl, lot ; Germ, loosen], to draw ht '
a thing, obtain by lot, the thing in ace. or infin. ; {)ar var hluta3r tvm: •
ingr. Eg. 22 ; J)ar skyldi 'sseti (ace. pi.) hluta, the seats were allotted. '■
{)eir eigu at h. me3 ser hverr reifa skal mal hans, Grag. i. 63 ; J)a;r
skal eigi hluta er um vefcing er sutt, 74 ; l3a eigu J)eir at h. mec ,
hvarr J)eirra annask skal (the umagi), 266; sva lizt mer at annarr 1 '
okkarr saeki malit, ok niunu vit ])a verSa at hluta me6 okkr, Nj. '
{)a voru hluta3ar framsogur, ok hlaut hann fyrst fram at segja siii.i •
232 ; voru menn hluta3ir til skip-stjurnar, Fb. ii. 317 ; ur3u })eir : '■
sattir um si3ir, at hluta3 var hverr J)etta eyrindi skyldi fram segja, =•
vi. 38 ; skyldi . . . hluta me3 Grikkjum ok Vaeringjum, hviirir fyni :'
ri3a e3r roa, etc., 136; {)at mal samdisk a J)a lei3, at konungar s.)
hluta um, hvarr rada skyldi pabun i fra, vii. 1 70 : maeltu J)4 ^onij
sin i milli, at J)eir skyldi hluta um eigu ^a okkasta teningum.O. Hf
HLUTAN— HLUTR.
273
v^r eigi J)enna kyrtil heldr hlutum ver hann, Greg. i. II.
1. to he allotted, to fall out, turn out ; ok hluta6isk sva til, it so
i out, Bs. i. 433. 2. with prep. ; hlutask til e^s, to meddle with
>r; eigi hlutumk ek til malsverda, Eb. 36; en J)u veizt, fraendi, at
ti til fus hlutask si&an ek koni til Islands, Hrafn. 17; eu t)at var8
[ t koma er |jorger8r vildi til hvers er Hon hlutaSisk, Ld. 94 ; ekki
hlutask til malaferla ySvarra, en nii vil ek vita . . ., Nj. 101, {x'ird.
at er baeai, at ek hefi litt til raSa hlutask, ok vill ^u at ek ra3a
Hum. 324; hlutask til meS e-m, to assist one in a case, Lv. 40;
haldi J)er saemdum nema til hlutisk y5r tignari menn,, 76, Fas. iii.
p. skiptum ver eigi J)enna kyrtil, hlutumst heldr um hvers hann
r&a, John xix. 24.
I m, f. a drawing or casting of lots, Grag. i. 38, 493, N. G. L. i. 145.
iburflr, m. a chance, lot, D.N.
I'della, d, to meddle, Sturl. i. 196, ii. 42.
t deilinn, adj. meddlesome, Fs. 123 ; o-hlutdeilinn, /asstw-
deilni, f. meddlesomeness, Rd. 255, Karl. 123.
t|drjugr, adj. lucky, getting the better share, Lv. 24.
■ '""M. n., chiefly in pi., « casting of lots ; leggja til hlutf^lla, Fs. 67,
; fara at hlutfollum, to go by lots, Ver. 4 ; bj63a til hlut-
term, to bid one proceed to cast lots, Grag. i. 37, Nj. 232 ;
ilii hiutfalls, to divide into lots, G{)1, 341. 2. mod. proportion
lib. 460.
jfelling, {.proportion, Alg. 372.
gengnr, adj. capable, up to the mark, Fb. ii. 329.
uigirni, f. meddlesomeness, Gliim. 353.
u{!;jarn, adj. meddlesome, Ld. 248.
ulienda and hlut-hending, f. a kind of 7netre or rhyme, see
,i .iiid henda, Edda 121, 123, 1.36.
J ,1. in. apart; i ^eirn hluta veraldar, Edda (pref.) ; mikinn hluta
Eg. 270 ; mikinn hluta Skotlands, 0. H. 131 ; mikill (mestr,
. Fms. i. no. Eg. 269, Edda 82, Fb. ii. 283; bleikt silfr ok
s iiieiri hluti silfrs, Grag, i. 500: adverb, phrases, at oUum hluta,
il-ibole lot or share, 245 ; a& mestum hluta, for the most part;
K rum hluta, /or some part; at minum (sinum) hluta, /or my {her)
', 1. 250, Fs. 62. II. a share, but the weak form is seldom
'■ - sense, as in the phrase, giira a hluta e-s, to encroach upon
wrong one, Fms. vii. 219, Vigl. 25 ; eptir er enn y6arr hluti,
ortion of the work, Nj. 144; ok undi hann J)6 verr sinum
vii. 176 (v.l. hlut better).
' i, n. a casting of lots, N. T. ; but does not occur in old
^.":, adj. 'lot-less,' not partaking in, Lat. expers ; at y5ur b6k
I umbota eigi h. vera, GJ)1. iv : having taken no part in, h. e&r
•indrapi, Fms. ii. 225 ; h. ok afskiptr e-u (void of), Stj. 155 ;
lir-hyggju, Bs. i. 723 : neut., veiSa hlutlaust, to fish without
bare, D. L i. 497; ri8a hlutlaust, to pass free, unmolested.
In mod. usage, hlutlauss means passive, neutral, of a person ;
Ii: e-6 hlutlaust, to leave a thing alone, not meddle with it.
LTB, m., the original form was diphthongal, lilautr, like the
is borne out by the kindred and derivative words hlaut,
the ace. was weakened iiito o, hlotr, Fms. xi. 1 28 ; and lastly
tr ; old nom. pi. hlotar, J6msv. S. 1. c, but commonly hlutir ;
ntar : [Goth, hlauts = K\r]pqs, Mark xv. 24, Col. i. 1 2, Ephes.
i.9; A. S. and Hel. hlot ; Engl, lot; Germ, loos; Dan. lod;
ihe Goth., Germ., and earliest Scandin. have a long vowel,
iso A. S. and O. H. G. {hlot, not hlot) ; the Ormul. spells lotl
• vowel, as is the case also in Icel., Dan., Swed., and Engl.]
lot; the ceremony of drawing lots was like that described
each party marked hisjot (skera or marka hluti), which was
into a sheet (lap of a garment, bera or leggja hluti i skaut), and
II came and drew a lot out ; (it was not thrown out by shaking.)
!<^' of lots vvas originally a sacred ceremony; it was used in sacri-
ly of augury, see below), in sharing booty or an inheritance ;
rder in which suits came on was decided by lot, in banquets the
our were so assigned (e. g. who was to sit next to the daughter
), etc. Many words in the language refer to this old rite, and
ly is thus described: en hluti skyldi skera ok i skaut bera,
jO ; kom J)at asamt me3 J)eim at hluti skyldi bera i skaut, . . .
ivarir-tveggju una sem hlutr seg5i, v6ru {ja hlutir markaftir ;
' »r6brikt til Gyrgis : ' lat mik sja hversu {)u markar t)inn hlut
m eigi ba5ir einn veg ;' hann ger6i sva ; si3an markaSi Nor5-
ut, ok kasta8i i skaut ok sva ba&ir J)eir ; si6an gekk sa madr
p, v.l.) skyldi taka, ok tok upp annan hlutinn milli fingra
n var at hugat J)eini hlutinum ok kenndu J)ar allir mark Qy g's,
" : hverr ma6r er s(^k hefir me& at fara i dom, J)4 skal hlut
it, einn, J)6tt hann hafi fleiri sakar i dom J)ann, hverr ma6r
^ hlut sinn ok bera alia saman i skaut, ok skal ip^3r taka
enn upp, Grag. i. 37 ; bjo6a til hlutfalla ok bera J)ar hluti i
menn baru J)a. hluti sina i skaut ok tok jarlinij upp ; . . . sva
' il, at Egill skyldi sitja hja jarls-jd6ttur um kveldit, Eg. 247 ; en 1 matter, Fms. ix. 44&,
\)& er t^lfmenningr var skipaflr til at sitja ok scttir hlutir til hverr nxst
skyldi sitja Astrifti, dottur Vigfuss hersis, ok hlaut Eyjolfr avalt at sitja
hja henni, Gliim. 331 : nii rsefta J)eir um go5or8it ok verfta eigi Asittir,
vildi hverr sinn hlut {case) fram dra^ ; \,a. leggja t)eir hluti i skaut, ok
kom jafnan upp hlutr Silfra, Fs. 68 ; J)eir logftu hluti a, ok hlaut {)rdndr,
Faer. 2. of sacrifice; vtjru pk gcirvir hlutir af visinda-monnum
{soothsayers), ok feldr bl(')tspa.nn til, en sv4 gekk fr^ttin, at.... Fas. i.
452; cp. hristu teina ok a hlaut sa, Hym. i; and, ^a knd Hsenir
hlautvia kjt'jsa ( = taka upp hluti), Vsp. I.e.; see also hlaut, hiauttein,
P- 2 70. IT. the hlutir were talismans or little images, which people
used to wear on their persons ; si6an tekr jarl skalar {scales) g68ar. . .ok
fylgdu tvau met {weights), annat af guUi en annat af silfri ; J)ar var 4 likn-
eskja manns, ok h(5tu J)at hlutar (hlotar sem fornmonnum var titt at hafa,
add. in v. 1.), ok fylgSi sii nattiira, at \)u. er jarl lagSi J)4 i skalarnar, ok kvaft
a hvat hvarr skyldi merkja, ok ef sa kom upp {turned up) er hann vildi,
\)0. breylti sa 1 skdlinni sva at var3 glamm af. Jarl gaf Einari skAlamar ok
var6 hann glaSr vi3 ok si3an kalla3r Einarr Skalarglam, Jfjmsv. S. (1824)
37, 38 ; hlutr er horfinn or ptissi J)inum s4 er Haraldr konungr gaf JxSr i
HafrsfirSi, ok er hann mi kominn i holt J)at er J)u munt byggja, ok er a
hlutnum markadr Freyr af silfri, Fs. 19 ; ok vili Freyr J)ar lata sinn hlut
nidr koma er hann vill sitt saemdar-sxti setja, 22; cp. Landn., hann
sendi Finna tva i hamfiirum til Islands eptir hlut sinum, 174 ; hann hefir
likneski |)6rs i pungi sinum af tonn giirt . . . ; mi fannsk engi sa ' hlutr ' 1
hans valdi, Fs. 97 : the ' gumna heillir' or talismans, mentioned in Sdm.,
were prob. hlutir.
B. Mctaph., without the actual drawing of lots : I. a share,
allotment, portion ; skal{)at t)eirra er biskup lofar skilnaft, hafa slikan hlut
fjar {portion) viS annat, Grag. i. 329: of booty, hann faerfti Olvi skip
sin ok kallar |3at vera hlut haas, Nj. 46 : of a finder's share, heimtir hlut
af sau6unum, Hav. 40 ; halda til hlutar, id. p. esp. of a fisherman's
share of the catch. Band. 4, cp. H6fu81. i; a fishing boat has one or two
hundred . . . i hlut, each of the crew (hasetar) taking his ' hlutr,' and
besides this there was a faeris-hlutr {line share) or netja-hlutr {net share),
skips-hlutr {ship's share), and lastly for-manns-hlutr {foreman's share,
he getting double) ; see the remarks on aflausn. y. a share, lot,
portion, of inheritance, often in early Dan. law, where the daughter
received a half, the brother a whole portion, sun til ful lot, oc dotaer
til half lot, Wald. Sjaell. Lov., p. i ; — whence in Dan. broder-lod, soster-
lod, = a brother's, sister's portion ; en komi jafnmikit fe a hlut hvers J)eirra,
Grag. (Kb.) i. 220: of duty, kom J)at a hlut Andreas posfula, 625.
64. 2. metaph. phrases ; lata hlut sinn, to let go one's share, be worsted,
Fms. i. 74, Fb. ii. 62 ; J)eirra h. brann viS, got singed, Hkr. ii. 178 ; {)inn
hlutr ma ekki verSa betri en g69r, thy case cannot be better than good, is
as good as it can be, Nj. 256 ; ella muntii finna a, J)inum hlut, thou shall
find it to thy cost, Ld. 98 ; J)eirra h. var3 ae minni ok minni, their lot grew
ever worse and worse, Fms. x. 250 ; eigi skyldi hennar h. batna vi3 |)at,
her case should not mend with that, Nj. 52 ; sitja yfir hlut e-s, to oppress,
weigh a perso?t down. Eg. 512, Nj. 89, Fb. iii. 450 ; minka sinn hlut, to
yield one's'lot {right), 451 ; lAta sinn (hlut) undir liggja, to let one's lot be
the nethermost. Bard. ; leggja hlut sinn vi& e-t, to throw in one's lot with a
thing, to espouse a cause, run a risk, Lv. 45 (twice), Fb. iii. 166, Sturl. i.
162 C ; eigi mundi sva Sverrir gera, ef hann aetti varn hlut, 5. would not
do so if he had our lot, our cards in his hand, Fms. viii. 392 ; eigi mundir
J)u sva renna fra |)inum manni, ef J)u aettir minn hlut, xi. 72 ; hafa (fa)
haerra (meira, laegra) hlut, to get the better {less) share, to get the best
(worst) of it, to win or lose, Eb. 194, Fs. 32, 113, Nj. 90, 224, Fas. i.
252, Fms. vi. 412, viii. 284, Hkv. 2. 19; hafa allan hlut mala, Bs. i.
82 ; eiga hlut at e-u, to own a share in, take part (interest) in, interfere
(meddle) in a thing, be concerned about, Eb. 124, Nj. 27, loi, II9, Fms.
xi. 83 ; J)ar er J)u aettir hjut at, wherein thou wast concerned, Nj. 54 ; mi
mun eigi mega sitjanda hlut i eiga, to take a sitter's part in it, i. e. not stir
in the matter, no; her munu eigi gaefu-menn i hlut eiga, 1 79 ; hafa inn
vestzh.\uta.{, to behavemeanly, Eg. 2'jl. 11. a part, hit. pars; enn
efra hlut Hrunamanna-hrepps, Landn. 312; mestr h. lifts, the most part
of the body, Eg. 275 ; meiri hlutr, btia, domanda . . ., the majority of the
neighbours, judges . .., Nj. 237, Grag. i. 79 ; tiundi h. eyrir, a tenth part
of an ounce, 357 ; byggja jorft til hlutar, to lease an estate in shares, N. G. L.
i. 137 : sjau hlutum Ijusari, seven times brighter, Eluc. 44 ; tveim hlutum
dyrra, twice as dear, Landn. 243 ; eins hlutar {on the one hand) . . . annars
hlutar (o« the other hand), 625. 172. III. a case, thing, Lat. res;
hvern hlut, everything, Nj. 53 ; a engum hlut, in nothing, Fms. ii. 27 ;
i ollum hlutum, in everything, passim; allir hlutir, all things, Edda 147
(pref.) ; aftra hluti, other things, Fms. i. 2 1 3 ; alia hluti J)a er . . . , all things
whatsoever, Ld. 18; allir J)eirra hlutir, all their things, Fms. x. 250;
fj6nr eru {)eir hlutir (cases) er menn ber i att, Grag. i. 361 ; hverngi
hlut (reason) er maftr vill til J)ess fsera, 179 ; fyrir tengda sakir ok annarra
storra hluta er.her hvarfla i milli, Nj. 147.; undarlegr, kynlegr h., a strange
thing, Ld. 200, Fms. x. 169; iftna slika hluti, Grag. i. I49; eru \)er
storir hlutir & hondum, Fms. vii. 30: a deed, fact, orftinn h., a bygone
thing, Fr. fait accompli, Nj. 20 ; einn litill h., a little thing, small
p, with neg. adv. = Engl, naught; gor&it
T
274
HLUTRiENINGI— HLiEJA.
hlut l)iggja, Am. 94 ; ekki lyt (lyf MS.), Skv. 1.9; engi hluta(r), noways,
656 C. 25.
hlut-rseningi, a, m. owe robbed of his share; verSa h. e-s, or fyrir
e-m, to be unfairly dealt with. Eg. 525 (v.l.), Fb. ii. 379, GuUJ). 12;
gora e-n h., Orkn. 306, 318.
hlut-samr, adj. meddlesome, Fms. ii. 68, Lv. 37, Karl. 386.
hlut-seigr, adj. holding fast one's share, tenacious, Bs. i. 716,
hlut-semi, f. meddling.
lilut-skarpr, adj. = hlutdrjugr.
Mut-skipta, t, to share by lots, Stj. 375.
Mut-skipti, n. a sharing. Eg. 280, Fms. i. 183 : a share, lot, of inherit-
ance, Fs. 18, Ld. 222 : of booty. Eg. 4, 57, Fms. vi. 86, vii. 278, Bs. i.
37, Barl. 188.
hlut-ssell, adj. getting the best share, lucky, Fs. 143.
Mut-takandi, pun. partaking, a partaker, 623. 28, 45, Greg. 12.
hlut-takari, a, m. a partaker, 655 xiv. A. 2, Magn. 432, Greg. 23,
Bs. i. 744, Stj.
hlut-tekning, f. a partaking : proportion, Alg. 372 : gramm. the par-
ticiple, Skalda 1 80.
hlut-vandr, adj./a«V about one's share, upright, honest. Band. 35 new
Ed., Lv. 48, Thorn. 396, Rett. 5. 5 : 6-hlutvandr, dishonest.
Mut-verk, n. work allotted, Fbr. 13c, Hav. 56, Grett. 125.
HL'd^KI, a, m. a term of abuse; hrimugr hliiki, Korm. in a verse.
(Is the Scot, luckie, used of an old woman, akin to this word?)
hlykkjottr, adj. crooked, Stj. 78, freq. in mod. usage.
Mykk-lauss, adj. ' bend-less,' unbent, straight, Al. 173.
HLYKKE, m., pi. ir, better lykkr (see p. 227), a bend, curve, Sturl.
iii. 37, Horn. 115, Fms. i. 145.
HLYMJA, p'ret. hlumSi, pres. hlymr, to dash, Hy'm. 24 ; sser hlymr,
the sea dashes against the boards, Edda 100 (in a verse).
hlymr, m. [hljomr], a clash, as of hoofs, Skalda 169, Skm. 14,
Og. 28.
HLYN-NTA, t, [hlunnr], prop. ' to launch,' but only used metaph. to
help a person on; h. fyrir e-m, Fms. viii. 239, v.l.: very freq. in mod.
usage, h. a6 e-u, to cherish, foster, and of persons to nourish.
hlynning, f. a fostering ; a9-hlynning, id.
hlynnirm, id], fostering ; h. a. sigr, victorious. Lex. Poet.
HLYNE, m., pi. ir, [Ivar Aasen Ion ; Swed. lonn], a maple tree, Lat.
acer, Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet, passim.
HL"^, n. [Dan. Zy = s/&e/<er],warw/ib, asofabed; J)viat konungr pottisk
J)a Jjurfa hlys, Fms. vi. 251, Fagrsk. 49 (in a verse).
HLYDA, dd, [hljuS A] : I. prop, to hearken, listen; eyrum
hly 9;r en augum skodar, Hm. 7 : with dat. to listen to one, 623.27, Fms. vii.
245, Eg. 694 ; var hann ekki sva mikillatr at eigi hlyddi {to give ear to)
hann monnum er skylt attu vi9 hann at rae6a, 0. H. 68 ; h. messu, ti6um,
lestri, to bear mass, attend service, go to church, 671 B, 655 xi. 4, Bs. i.
131 passim. 2. with prep. ; hly6a a e-t, to listen to a thing, Fms.
ix. 472 ; h. til e-s, a law term, to listen to a pleading, Nj. 36, Grag. i. 76 ;
h. til tals e-s. Fas. ii. 517 ; sitja menn {)ar umhverfis ok hly6a til sogunnar,
Fbr. 87 new Ed. ; h. e-m yfir, to hear a pupil's lessons, of a teacher
holding the book whilst the pupil recites the lesson ; hly3a yfir FraeSin,
Fa9ir Vor, Kveri5, Lektiuna, etc. 3. to yield to; gloddusk allir er
J)eir hcifSu hlytt J)vi ra6i, Fb. i. 439 ; J)eim er eigi vildu h. bans or5um,
ii. 64 : to obey, as children their parents, h. foQur, m66ur sinni, h. Gu3i,
freq. in mod. usage, but it seems not to be used in old writers exactly
in this sense. II. metaph. to be due, to do, be proper; hlySir J)at
hvergi {it will fiot do), at hafa eigi log i landi, Nj. 149 ; ma eigi vita hvat
helzt hlySir, Fms. vii. 105 : to do, suffice, eigi man h. sva biiit, this will not
do, something must he done (in an extreme case). Eg. 507, Fms. i. 104 ;
hly6ir ]p6 ^eir se {)rir, three will do, Grag. ii. 139 ; iiii hlySir }iat eigi, but
if that will not do, K. Jj. K. 88 ; en me6 |)vi at ^eir hofSu li9s-kost g69an,
J)a hlyddi, it went off well, Fms. i. 66 : e-m hly6ir e-t, it does, is possible
for a person, Sinfjotla hlyddi {)at, Fas. i. 1 30. p. to be allowed to a per-
son ; engum odrum skyldi J)at h., nobody else should dare to do so, Hkr. i.
209 ; Einarr let imgum h. moti at maela, E. woidd not hear of any one's
gainsaying, let nobody contradict, Orkn. 40 ; er J)at undr er J)er lati9 honum
hvatvetna h.. Eg. 71 ; ella eru mjok aldau6a varir foreldrar er eigi Ictu
konungum h. slik lilog, Fms. vi. 37. III. reflex, to listen; hann
hly'disk um hvart nokkurir vekti, Gisl. 29 ; J)a heldu J)eir upp arum ok
hlyddusk um. Fas. ii. 517 ; nema fieir sta6ar undir bu6ar-vegginum ok
hly6ask J)a6an um, Fbr. 87 new Ed. ; Sturla ba9 menn hlySask um, Sturl.
i. 82 : to be allowed, dare to do a thing with impunity, margir munu h^r
eptir taka ef {)essum hly3sk, 36 ; konungr sag9i f)eim skyldi fiat ekki
hly6ask, Fas. i. 45.
lil^3a, u, f. [A, S. hleowd ; provinc. Dan. hide = a shed'], a shed; a part
of a ship, a cabin {"i) ; hly&an skalf, Knytl. S. (in a verse).
hl^Sinn, ad]. giving ear to one; hann var h. vinum sinum um 611 g69
ra5, Fms. vi. 30: 7neek, obedient, hlySnum syni ok litilatum, Sks. 11 ;
and so in mod. usage of children, pupils, ^jonum |)eim og hlyftnir s^um,
elskum J)au og virSing veitum, Luther's Catech. on the 5th Comm. ; var
J)eim og hl^dinn, Luke ii. 51 ; 6-hly3inn, disobedient, fiaugbty. p.
yielding homage to one ; h. konungi sinum, Sks. 269 ; a5r en lai
haf9i honum hly6it orQit, Hkr. ii. 212. _
hl;^3i-saint, n. adj. proper for one to do (see hlySa IL 0); veraif
do for one, Isl. ii. 198, Ld. 154, Fms. vi. (in a verse).
hly3nask, a&, dep. to obey one, with dat., Fms. i. 281, Fter. l
Str. 20.
lil:^3ni, f. obedience, homage, Sks. 269, Fms. iii. 12, vi. 29, B$. i.y,
Orkn. 394, Stj. 117 ; (i-\i\yhm, disobedience. _-4,J.
Iily3ugr, adj. = hly'&inn, N. T. • VW
hl^indi, n. pi. warmth, snugness. Snot (1866): of weather, mild.
HLYJA (mod. hltia), pres. hlyr, pret. hl0&i (mod. hlu9i), cp. t
from tyja ; part. hlu9 : — prop, to cover, shelter, with dat, ; hlyrat henni \m
ne barr, Hm. 49; to this belongs the poet, pret., serkir hl05ut })ein
Homer's olrjpKiae Oiiprj^, U. xv. 529 (cp. ovS'^. 0.,xiii. 2,1^, gave ibem
shelter against the blow), Edda i. 418 ; in mod. usage, hliia a5 e-m,tocc
with clothes (Lat. f over e), to make on^ warm and snug ; her er sjor kail
hler, {)viat hann hlyr allra minzt, Skalda 198 ; hlu3u a3 t)er betr, |)u i
ekki hliiS vel a& ]p^r, thou art too thinly clad.
hl^a, a&, to become warm.
HIj"^E., adj. warm, mild; hlytt veSr, mild weather ; hly husa-ky
warm, snug rooins : metaph., e-m er hlytt til e-s, to have a warm he
affection, for a person ; see hlser below.
HLYB, n.pl. [A. S. Weor; Helhleaf; Eng\. leer], a cheek, Edia.
hlyra skiirir, tears, Isl. ii. 352 (in a verse): metaph. of things, (
vessel, the bows (cp. Gr. irapda, and kinnungr from kinn, a cheek), E
(Gl.), Fms. iv. 277, Lex. Poet. compds : hl^r-birtr, adj. stainei
the bows, Orkn. 332. lil^-ro3inn, part. = /^i\T07ra/)7;os, Od. ix. )
= hlyrbirtr: the shield is called lil^-gar3r, hlyr-sol, hl;^-tiii
hlyT-vangr, from the gunwale being fenced with a wall of shi-
Lex. Poet. : the cheeks of an axe, Nj. 28, Grett. (in a verse), Edda i.
(in a verse) : in mod. usage the sides of a knife are called hl3rrar, a-
the two sides of a bodice.
hl^ri, a, m., poet, a brother, f rater germanus, only in poets. Lex. F
passim ; perhaps orig. a ' twin-brother.'
hlyrn, n. (?), poet, a certain time of day, doegr, hlyrn, rockr, Ed:
569 ; the exact meaning is not known, cp. Bjarn. 59 (in a verse).
hlyrnir, m., poet, the sky, heaven. Aim. 13, Lex. Poet, passim.
Iil8e3a, i. e. liloe3a, 9, [hla9a, hl69] ; h. skip, to lade a ship; h. i.
load, saddle a horse, Fb. i. 193, Skv. 1. 13, Hdl. 5 : lilae3endr, par:
Orkn. (in a verse).
hlseSir, m. a loader, Sighvat.
hlssgi, n. ridicule, Hm. 19, Fms. vi. 151, Glem. 36, 42. coMj
lil8egi-or3r, Msegi-m^ll, and hleegi-mSligr, adj. humorous, Fin:|
241, 249. hlsegi-skip, n. an odd, curious ship, Sighvat.
hJsegja, 9, properly Moegja, [causal of hlaeja], to make one lanp:
hundi elskar Anda9r ... ok jofur hloegir, Fagrsk. 6 (in a verse) ; at
ma9r mundisa vera at hann mundi eigi hloegja me9 sinum gamansamle
or9um, Sks. 118 B ; at iEgir skyldi J)at gera, er hon hug9i at J)eir <!
eigi mega, at hlaegja hana, to make her laugh, Edda 46 : metaph. to glr.
one, make one's heart leap for joy, cheer one ; J)at hlaegir mik, segT ^:
he9inn, attii munt hefna min, Nj. 202 ; ^at hloegir mik mi, at ek i
nafni, at J)inn sigr mun eigi langr vera, Fms. xi. 23 ; oss hloegir {)at
Korm. ; drottins-svikar er Djoful hlceg9u, Fms. v. 126 (in a verse).
lilseg-liga, mod. hlsegi-liga, adv. ridiculously, Fms. vi. 14I.
hlseg-ligr, mod. hlsegi-ligr, adj. ridicidons, laughable. Am. 53, .;•
Hjorv. 30, Glum. 351 (hla/-gligr). Band. 38 new Ed. (see note). j
HL-^ JA, pres. hlaer, pi. hlsgjum ; pret. hlo (qs. hlog), 2nd pers. 1 !-
mod. hlost; pi. hlogu, mod. hlou ; pret. subj. hlaegi ; imperat. hlas. M ■
part, hleginn ; [Ulf. hlahjan ; A. S. hlihan ; Engl, laugh ; Hel. hla ■
O. H. G. hlahhan ; old Frank, hlaka ; Germ, lachen ; Dan. le] -.—to I
H9m. 20, Skv. 3. 30, Am. 61, Akv. 24 ; h. hatt, to laugh loud, Skv. -
Grimr var ekki katr, ok aldri hl6 hann si9an Helgi var tallinn, I
27; Grimr skelldi upp ok hl6, 31 ; hvi hlottu mi? Fms. vi. 390
Vigfiiss at ? Halli mxlti, J)at er vani peirra fe9ga at hlaeja, J)a er
hugr er a J)eim, Giiim. 367 ; hon hlaer vi9 hvert or9, Nj. 18 ; h. li 1
laugh heartily ; skelli-hlaegja, to roar with laughter; h. hlatr, Hildi
hlo kalda-hlatr, Nj. : phrases, ^a hlo marmennill, then the merman lau '•
of a sudden, unreasonable burst of laughter, Fas. Halfs. S. ch. 7, Isl- Ji*-
i. 133 : as also Merlin (1869), ch. 23 ; hugr hlaer, one's heart laugh ^^
minn hugr hlaegja vi9 honum. Fas. i. 195 ; hlser m4r fiess hugr, Fn i-
96 ; J)au ti9endi er {leim hlo hugr vi9, ix. 494, v. 1. ; longum hter ^
vit, long laugh, little wit; hleginn, laughed at, Ni9rst. 6. 2. -^
prep.; hlaeja at e-u, to laugh at a thing ; Hriitr hlo at ok gekk 1
Nj. 10 ; allt folk hlo at Jjeim, Fms. ix. 494, Gliim. 366, passi:
hlaegi). II. metaph. of a country, the hills are said to
in welcoming a guest and to droop at his going away ; Driipir 1 ■
dau9r er |>engill, hlaegja hli9ir vi9 Hallsteini, Landn. (in a verse) -
J)6ttu mer hlaegja ... of Noreg allan | klif me9an Olafr lifSi, ^'g '
the blunt edge is said to laugh in one's face, si9an tok ek hein or "■
minum ok rei8 ek i eggina, sva at exin var sva slse, at hdn hlo mui^
adr en vi& skildum, Sturl, ii. 62.
I
HLCEKINN— HNEYKILIGR.
275
Jdnn, adj. [akin to hliiki], mean, filthy, Fms. ix. 33: as also
endr, part. pi. id., see Eb. 132, note 4 new Ed.
r, adj. (hJsett, n.), [akin to hie, hlaka, q. v., cp. hlyr], warm, mild;
vindr, Fms. ii. 228; bliSari ok hiaerri en adrir vindar, Sks. 219;
yar {)ykt ok hlaett, Fbr. 13; en Ginnunga-gap var sv& hiaett sem
indlaust, Edda 4.
•veflr, n. mild weather, a thaw; heiSi ok i hlsevc5ri, Horn. 127.
ilflr, m. [hlaSa], a destroyer, vanquisher. Lex. Poet. : a pr. name. Fas.
gbkk, f., gen. Hlakkar, [perh. akin to A.S. hlanc, Engl, lank = thin,
' —one of the heathen Valkyriur, Edda, Gm. passim ; and in
illokkar-. Lex. Poet, passim.
jiii, I. [hlam], a thump, Fms. vi. (in a verse), Hofu&l.
ijmmuflr, m. ' thumper,' poet, the wind, Edda (Gl.)
mmun, f. a thumping, = hlamman.
ikk-band, n. (see hnakkr), an anchor cable; heimtu J)eir upp
ri sin, ok brast (sic) hnakkbondin, Lv. 99.
TAKKI, a, m. [Dan. nakke ; Swed. nacke; cp. A. S. hnecca; Engl.
although in a different sense] : — the nape of the neck, back of the
occiput, N. G. L. i. 339, Fms.ii. 272 (v.l.), vii. 192, viii. 77, Nj. 96;
(sniia) hnakka vi3 e-m, to turn the back on one, Sighvat, Hom. 68 ;
hnakkann a bak ser aptr, adr J)eir fengu se6 upp yfir, Edda 30 ;
jica dyttr, Orkn. (in a verse). compds : hnakka-bein, n. the
lal bone, Orkn. 50. hnakka-dramb, see dramb. hnakka-
u, f. the flesh on the nape, GullJ). 2 7. hnakka-grdf, f. the
••pit,' hollow in the nape of the neck. Imakka-killa, u, f. the
rsl^n the head of a fish.
Ill kk-marr, m. a saddle-horse, ^t. 10.
- '-'--mifl, m. a buoy fastened to an anchor (7) ; ef menn draga upp
^i sinu akkeri, ok fylgir hvartki strengr ne hnakkmiSi, Jb. 403 ;
lniakkmi6a, to move the anchor, change a ship's berth, Fs. 92
v( ise of A. D. 996).
. kkr, m. an anchor-stone, similar to the mod. dreki and stjori
Homer), whence hnakk-band, hnakk-mi5. II. a man's
(). in mod. usage, which distinguishes between a so6ull (a side
id hnakkr, but it seems not to be found in old writers, except
iiarr above. III. = knakkr, q. v.; stolar fjorir, knakkr,
. I , 1 ill. 17 ^in a church's inventory).
BiALLB, m. a club or cudgel used by fishermen in killing sharks.
ij ana, a3, to huddle together (e. g. of sheep).
'PB, ni. [cp. Engl. na/!e; A.S. cncep ; Germ, knopf], a button;
lorm is knappr, q. v. compds : hnappa-gat, n. a button-hole.
a.|P-rass, m. a nickname. II. a bevy, cluster, esp. of birds, sheep,
i f 1 -hnappr. compds ; hnapp-sitj a, sat, to keep the sheep huddled toge-
iJ of being spread over the pasture, of a bad shepherd ; J)u skalt
.i6, J)vi J)a dettr lir Jjvi nytin, Piltr og Stiilka 9 : a local name,
-fell, n., Landn. : Hnappfellingar, m. men from H., id.
■eistr, part, rising high, as the stem of a ship (knorr, q. v.)
, adj. [cp. A.S. hncBsc'j, brisk, alert; hann er hnaskr (convers.)
, 11. turmoil; bii-hnauk, household bustle, Bb. 2. 5.
- I, aft, to bustle, (slang.)
a,AUSS, m. a sod, a flag of turf, Lat. cespes; torf-hnauss,
lu;l u-h., sni9-h.
iS, to clasp with theflst, Eb. 90 new Ed., Karl. 356.
I, a, m., nefi,N.G.L. ii. 223 ; \^cot. neif or nieve ; 'Dzn.ncEvet
've; but the word is not found in A.S. or Germ.]: — the fist,
14, 133, Stj. 597; rei&a hnefann, to clench the fist, Edda 36;
I skjalla e-m, 54 (in a verse) ; \>k setti Ofeigr hnefann d borOit
liversu mikill J)ykki J)6r hnefi sja, Gu6mundr? Lv. 67 ; geta til
icfa e-m, Sturl. iii. 151 : — a nievefid. compds ; Imefa-hfigg,
with the fist, Fms. iii. 78, Pas. i. 446, N. G. L. ii. 223. hnefa-
. a writing-tablet, nivaKiSiov, Luke i. 63.
i, m. the kifig in a kind of chess played by the ancients,
^ : the game was called linefa-tafl, n., which is variously
ttafl, GullJ). 20, and linettafll, Grett. 144 A (which are con-
: assimilated forms); lineftafl, Mork. 186, Fms. vi. 29, Fas.
imottafl (a bad form). Fas. i. 476 in a spurious verse, and in
10 ; hnefa-tafl. (the true form), Fas. i. 67. The game is best
ill Fri3J). S. ch. 3, and in one of the riddles in Hervar. S. (where
the rhymed replies are not genuine) : ' Who are the maids that
ut their unarmed lord, the dark all day defending, but the fair
The players were two, as in chess ; there was only one king
ere called the 'unarmed lord;' the pieces (toflur) were white
lie white attacking, the red defending the hnefi ; Jmt er hneftafl,
l^ri verja hnefann, en hinar hvitari saekja. Fas. i. 474 ; {)at er
hneftafli, 476 : pieces made of silver are recorded in GullJ). S.,
bone in Krok. 1. c. For the general use of this game, cp. the
etween the two brother kings, Mork. 1. c, — teflig hneftafl betr,
nna vert en afl J)itt ; Sigur3r Ormr 1 auga ok Hvitserkr hvati sitja
ii. Fas. i. 284: whenever tafl is mentioned, this particular game
■v be understood, e.g. the gullnar toflur and tefldu 1 tiini of the Vsp. ;
1 Rognvald's verse in Orkn. ch. 61 ; and the fatal game of chess
!>:<
between king Canute and earl Ulf in Roeskilde A. D. 1027 was probably a
hneftafl. We see from Mork. 1. c. that it was still played at the beginning
of the 1 2th century, but in after times it was superseded by the true
chess (skak); both games were probably of the same origin. compds :
hnefa-tafla, u, f. or hnef-tafl, f. or hnettOfl, f.. Fas. i. 463, v.l., or
hnettafla, u, f. the piece of the hnefi. t{i$- See the remarks s. v. halatafl,
p. 234, and hunn, p. 293, but the whole passage in Grett. is obscure.
hneggja, a3, to neigh; see gncggja.
hneiging, f. a bowing, bending, Kb. 474: gramm. inflection.
H-NElGJAfb, [Goth, hnaivjan; A.S.bncegan; Germ, neigen; Dan.
neje]: — causal from hniga, to bow, bow down, bend, incline; h. hofuS,
Isl. ii. 274 ; h. sik, to make a bow; h. sik fyrir e-m, to bow oneself before a
person (in greeting), 625. 86, Stj. 185 ; h. eyru sin, to incline one's ear,
Sks. 275, Ps. xl. 1 ; h. sik til vi3 e-n, to bow down, pay homage to one,
Fms. vii. 17 ; h. sik ok sveigja, to bow oneself and sway, Stj. 61 : h.
hugi sinum, to incline one's mind, Hom. 53 ; vikja e3r h. hendi n6 fseti,
Stj. 204; h. e-m (sik understood), to bow down to one, Fms. ii. 133, Sks.
291 : with prepp., h. af, to decline from, swerve from, Stj. 332 ; h. eptir
e-m, to be biassed towards, Orkn. 134. II. reflex, to lean ; konungr
hneig3isk at hdsaetinu, Fms. ii. 139; h. fr4 e-m, to go away from, Stj.
497; h. undan, to escape, 625. 68; h. til e-s, to lean towards a
person, side with him, Fms. vii. 18 ; h. fra rettum domi, to deviate from,
Hom. 135 ; h. af villu, to forsake heresy, Fms. x. 301 ; h. fyrir fortolur
e-s, to be swayed by another's persuasions, Sturl. iii. 136. 2. pass.,
gramm. to be declined, inflected; grammatica kennir hve oil or5 hneigjask,
Clem. 33. 3. part. ImeigSr, as adj. inclined to, hneig3r fyrir bxkr.
hneigjanlegr, adj. declinable.
hneisa, u, f., but better neisa (q. v.), see Km. [Swed. nesa"] : — shame,
disgrace, Fms. viii. 20, x. 223, 346, 394, xi. 86, 6. H. 107. compds :
hneisu-liga (neisuliga), adv. disgracejfully, Isl. ii. 367, Fms. vii. 20, x.
222. hneisu-ligr, adj. disgraceful, Isl. ii. 384.
hneisa, t, to disgrace one; nidra ok neisa e-n, Stj. 67, 248, 512, Fms.
X. 256, Bs. i. 392 ; but hneist, 106.
hneisi, n. = hneisa, Mork. 58.
HNSiITA, t, causal from hnita, q. v., to cut or wound (?) ; si3an kalla3i
Olafr sver3it Hneiti, })viat honum J)6tti J)at hneita onnur sverd fyrir hvass-
leika sakir, i. e. it was keener than other swords, Fms. iv. 58 : the same
word is prob. the true reading in Fas. ii. 13 1 (viz. hneittir for kveittir).
hneita, u, f. the white saline dust covering a kind of seaweed (sol)
when dried.
Hneitir, m. [hneita, the verb]. Cutter, name of the sword of St. Olave,
Lex. Poet, passim, but only after St. Olave's time ; neither can the verse
in Gisl. 65 have been composed before that time : a vanquisher, |>d.
hnekking, f. a check, rebtiff". Am. 56, Glum. 337, Greg. 19, Bret. 63,
Sturl. i. 217.
hnekkir, m. one who checks another. Lex. Poet.
hnekki-stikill, m. a bump on the bead, in a pun, Ghim. 383, Fas. ii. 407.
HNEKKJA, t or 3, [hnakki], to throw back, check; si3an Ut Egill
hnekkja nautunum lit d myrar, be had the neat-cattle driven back. Eg. 711,
712, Grag. i. 293, Landn. 281, Sturl. ii. 176, G{)1. 460, N. G. L. i. 59;
h. for sinni, to halt and go back again, Sturl. i. 167 ; hnek3umk heidnir
rekkar, the heathen rogues turned me out, Sighvat. 2. to thwart,
prevent; Andreas ba3 ly'3inn at J)eir hnekki eigi pisl hans, 656 B. 1 ; h.
vandu radi, to prevent an evil deed, Fms. v. 198, viii. 60 {thwarted it) ; mun
J)at eigi her h., iv. 194 ; ok hnekdi J)at, 15. 3. with prep. ; h. e-m fra,
to repel a person, Fms. x. 100, Ld. 186 (of a wooer). II. to fall
back, hobble back ; hann fell eigi vi& hoggit ok hnekti J)a 1 mot J)eim, GulIJ).
29, Landn. 153 (of one maimed in battle) ; hnekkja Irar mi fra, Ld. 78,
Sturl. iii. 205 : part, hnektr, abashed, checked; h. ok lutr, 656 B. 1.
hnellinn, adj. [hnallr], brawny.
HNEPPA, t, [Engl, to nip, knap], to cut short, curtail; vilja heldr
hneppa vid sik {)ann eina biininginn, to curtail oneself in dress, Hom.
(St.) : also, hneppa e-n undir .sik, to keep one under, a wrestler's term.
Fas. iii. 353 ; h. i Jjrseldom, to keep bound in thraldom, Sks. 465 : — stodu
upp og hnepptu hann lit af borginni, thrust him head-foremost out, Luke
iv. 29 : metric, a monosyllabic end syllable is called hneppt, Edda (Ht.) :
part, hnepptr, crippled.
HNEPPA, t, different from the last word, to button ; see kneppa.
hneppa, u, f. a being bent or bowed down. hneppu-s6tt, f. a kind
of disease, Fel. xiv. loc.
hneppiliga, adv. too sparingly, Stj. 35, Ld. 106.
hneppr, adj. [Dan. knap], scant, Hkr. i. 1 54, Grett. 169 ; aetla hneppt til
Jolanna, to 77iake scant provisions for Yule, Fb. ii. 185, Fms. iv. 235.
hnepta, t, = hnippa ; h. hofSum, and stinga saman nefjum, Sighvat.
hnerra, a9, to Stieeze.
HNERBI, a, m. (older form hnOri or hneri, with a single r, Edda
ii. 430 ; hneyri, Thorn. 308), a sneeze, Orkn. 448. A plague is said to
have set in once upon a time with sneezing, therefore when a person
sneezes an Icel. says, Gu3 hjalpi J)er ! cp. Germ, helf Gott ! Engl. Bless
you! see Isl. {jj63s. i.
hneyki-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), shameful, Mar.
T3
276
HNEYKING— HNJODHAMARR.
hneyking, {.shame, rebuff, disgrace; h. eSr svivirSing, Stj. 67, 68'
(v. 1.) ; hneyking ok ni8ran, 25 ; giira e-m h., Fms. iv. 243 ; hneykingar
sta8r, as a rendering of the word Babylon, Mar. 10.
HNBYKJA, 3 or t, to put to shame, defeat, confound, with ace. ; at
berjask vi6 ^k er ybx hafa hneykt, Fms. x. 231 ; t>a er hann haf6i herjad
ok hneykt grimmleik hei6inna J)j66a, iv. 66 ; andskotann hneykdir ^li,
623. 35 ; eigi munu ver ^4 hneykSir, we shall not then he confounded,
34; hneykjask ok svivirdask, to be confounded, Stj. 241; hverr vaetti
um aldr i {)innt miskun ok hneykSisk siSan, Th. 25. 2. with prep. ;
hneykja at e-u, to scoff at a thing ; sa er hneykir at })vi er alhr leyfa
mun gora sik at fifli ( = lastar {)a6 sem allir lofa), he who scoffs at what
all folk praise is a fool, a saying. Sigh vat.
hneykja, u, f. shame, lineykju-fdr, f. ajofurney of disgrace, defeat,
Hrafn.
hneyxla, ofteu spelt hueixla^ a8, to offend, eccl., the rendering of Gr.
ffKai/SoAifw ip the N. T. ; en ef J)itt haegra auga hneyxlar ^\g, Matth. v.
29, 30, xviii. 6, 8 ; h. sik, xi. 6, Luke xvii. 2 : pass, to be offended, xiii.
21, XV. 12, xxiv. ip, John vi. 61, xvi. i ; hneyxlast a e-m, Matth. xiii.
57, xxvi. 31, 33. 4SS" The spirited etymology given by Vidalin in his
Michaelmas Sermon, comparing the metaphors of the Greek and Icel.
words, is true in sense but not to the letter : J)etta a vel saman a vora
tungu, J)vi ' hneixli' drogum ver af Jjvi or6i aS ' hniga' e3r ' hneigja,' J)vi
«a sem hneixli af s^r gefr, hann kenir oSrum til aS hniga eSr rasa, og
hneigir hann til vondra verka, Vidal. ii. 153, 154.
Jineyxlan, f. an offence, = Gr. aKavdaKof, Matth. viii. 7, xvii. 27, Luke
xvii. 1, Rom. ix. 33, I Cor. i. 23, Gal. v. 11.
hneyxlan-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), offensive, Matth. xvi. 23.
hneyxlari, a, m. an offender, Matth. xiii. 41.
hneyxli or hueyxl (qs. hueyksli), n. disgrace, dishonour ; pietna9r
sny'sk i hneyxl, 677. 7; af sek&inni getask hneyxlin, 656 B. 7; mal hvert
er ma6r maelir viS annan mann sva at honum horfir til hneyksla, defama-
tion, GJ)1. 197 (Jb. 108 A); h. (nceyxl) ok nidran, Barl. 20: — in mod.
usage = Gr. aKovbaXov, Rom. xi. 9.
hneyxli-yr3i, n. pi. calumny, foul language; glptt ok h.,JO. H. 1 51.
hnezla, better nezla, u, f. a button-loop.
hniflra, a5, = ni3ra (q. v.), to disparage, pidl down.
Hniflungar, m. pi. a mythical pr. name, = Niflungar,.Germ. Niebelungen,
with an aspirate in alliteration, Hkv. i. 47, Stor., Gh. 11, Am. 45, 86.
hnigna, a3, [hniga], to begin to sink, decline: irnpers., e-m hnignar,
or e-m fer hnignandi, to be in a decline, Grett. 151 ; t)6at honum vaeri
nokkut hnignandi, though he was somewhat stricken in years, Isl. ii. 29,
linignan, f. a declining, decline.
Hnikarr and Hnika3r, m. a name of Odin, Edda 38, Gm.
hnipin, n. a kind of barley, Edda (G1-)
Imipinn, adj. drooping, desponding; see hnipa.
Imiplingr, m. a kind of bird, a pelican, Bjorn.
HNIPNA, a6, [Ulf. ga-nipnan, Mark x. 22 ; A. S. hnipian"], to droop,
.despond, Gkv. 2. 5, 7, Skv. 3. 13 : in Shetl. neebin is nodding drowsily.
hiippa, t, to poke one in the side : in the phrase, hnippa koUi hver at
.66rum, to nod with the head one to another, nod significantly, Grett. 147;
hnippa i e-n, to poke a person in the side, so as to wake him from a doze,
hnippask, to elbow one another, GullJ).6l, Fs. 152,153; h.vi3 e-u, id., Fms.
vii. 243 ; lengi hafa vorir fraendr vi6 hnippsk, Valla L. 210.
hnipping, i.puny quarrels. Fas. i. 92 ; orSa-h., a bandying of words.
Imipr, n. a crouching position ; i hnipri.
hnipra, a5, h. sig, to crouch.
hnissa, u, f. [cp. Gr. Kvica], steam or smell from cooking, esp. an ill
flavour. hnissu-bragS, n. disflavour.
linit, n. forging: poijt. the clash of battle, Hofu51.
hnita, a3, [cp. Dan. nitte sammen ; akin to hnita], to clasp or weld
together \vith a hammer, Gisl. 14, Fas. i. 316.
hnitan, f. the act of welding.
Hnit-bj6rg, n. pi. (be ' clinched crags,' the rnythol. name of the crags
where the poetical mead was kept, Edda.
hnit-br63ir, m. a ' clasp-brother,' an adversary, Hy'm. 23, (poet.)
hnitlast, a3, ,dep. to quarrel, kick one another, Rb. 360.
■hnit-nii3a, aS, to take near aim at.
hnittinn,,sdj. hitting, facetious : hnittni, f. a hit, piece of wit, (mod.)
HNf GA, pres. hnig ; pret. hne, hnett, hne, pi. hnigu ; sing, hneig is
very rare in old vellum, e.g. Sks. 112, Fms. vi. 280, viii. 21, Mork. 60,
Fb.i.io6, O.H. 89, else always hne, as also in mod. poets — Jesii bl63 her til
jar5arA«« | j.6r6inaptur svo Wessu3se,Pass.3.io; part.hniginn: withncg.
suff., pret. hnek-at, Og. 11 ; pres. hnigr-a, Hm. 159, Eg. (in a verse); [Ulf.
hneivan ■= KXivtiv, Luke ix. i 2 ; ^. S. hnigan, pret. hnah ; O. H. G. hnigan ;
cp. hneig-ja] : — to bow down, sink, fall gently ; of a stream, the sun, a felled
tree, a dying man, etc., heilog votn hnigu af fjpUum, Hkv. 1. 1 ; foru J)ar
til er viitn hnigu til vestr-xttar af fjollum, Orkn. 4 ; tr4 tekr at hniga
ef hoggr tag undan. Am. 56 : to sink, fall dead, h. at velli, Hkv. 2. 8 ;
Baldr er hne v\b bana-J)ufu, Hdl. ; Ham5ir hne at hiisbaki, ^6m. 32 ;
hnigra sa hair fyrir hjorum, Hm. 159, Skm. 25, Hkm., Nj. 191 ; hniginn
fyrir oddum, Darr. ; hniginn i hadd jardar, Bm, ; hne bans um 461gr til
hluta tveggja, hendr ok hofuS hne a annan veg, Skv. 3. 23; okkv.
annan-hvarn ver3a at h. fyjir o9rum, Isl. ii. 263 ; sinn veg hne hva
J)eirra af husmseijinum, 195 ; sifian hne hann aptr ok var J)a dau6r, (5.)
223 ; ^a hne (hneig Ed.) hann a bak aptr ok var J)a anda5r, Lv. "jt
Hjalmarr hnigr at (J)ufunni) upp. Fas. ii. 216; J)a hne hann aptr
sprakk af harmi, i. 357 (Fb. i. 106); hne margr ma&r fyrir honum
16t sitt lif, Fb. i. 193 : the phrase, hniga at velli, h. i gras, h. at grasi,
sink to the ground, bite the grass, Hkv. 2. 8 ; a5r en ek hniga i gras,!
ii. 366 ; mann mun ek hafa fyrir mik a6r ek hnig at grasi, Njar&. 37
mannfolkit greipsk i braSa-sott, sva at innan farra natta hnigu (died) sj
menn, Bs. ii. 35 ; Einarr sat sva at hann hneig upp at dynunum, ok \
J)a sofnaSr, Fms. vi. 280, (hneg, Mork. 60, 1. c.) ; hann hne niflr hoi
sinu, he drooped with his head, Karl. 489 ; J)a hne Gu3run holl vi6 b61st
G. sank back in the bed, Gkv. 1. 1 ^. 2. poet., o. of ships, /or
and fall, toss on the waves; skip hnigu um log. Lex. Poet., Fms. vi. (ii
verse). p. hniga at riinum, Gkv. 3.4; h. at armi e-m, to sink into
arms, Hkv. 2. 23. 3. with prepp.; h. til e-s, to swerve towards; J)e
er hniga vilja til bans vinattu, Fms. viii. 239 ; sa er y3ux t)j6nosta hn
til, whom you served, 2 1 ; var jafnan J)eirra hlutr betri er til hans hni;
47, vi. 414 ; ok J)vl a hann heldr til var at hniga en y3ar, Stj. 540; a
konungar J)eirra landa hnigu undir bans vald, 560: to bow down, j
homage to another, allir menn er {jar voru hnigu {)eim manni, Eb. :;
Emundr gekk fyrir hann ok hneig >honum ok kvaddi hano, O. H. 85 ; i.
haestu turnar hafa mi numit honum at hniga, Al. 90 ; hann hnigr {yiel
eigi fyrir bliSu n6 striftu, 625. 95. II. metaph., h. til li9s, hjal
vi3 e-n, to side with one; {)essir hnigu allir til li&s vid Karl inn Rau
Lv. 137 ; hnekat ek af {)vi til hjalpar {)6r, Og. 11 ; hneig mikill fji
engla til hans, Sks. 112 new Ed.: to incline, turn, of a scale in !
balauce, J)a hnigr mannfallit i {jeirra 113, of a battle, Al. 134 ; ok var
lengi at eigi matti sja hvernig hniga myndi, which way the scale wo '
turn (in a battle), Orkn. 70, 148 ; hnigr mi synt a Frankismenn, the i\
turns visibly against the F., Karl. 193. III. part, act., at hniga 1
degi, at the fall of day, Sks. 40 ; vera hnigandi, to be failing, on the decl |
Karl. i6i2 ; me3 hniganda yfirbragSi, with a falling, drooping fi
542. 2. pass, hniginn, stricken in years ; ^orsteinn var {mi hnig |
Ld. 24; mjok h., well stricken in years, Fms. ix. 501; hann gorif
\){i heldr hniginn at aldri. Eg. 187 ; hniginn a aldr, id., Orkn. 216, 3
h. i efra aldr, Fb. i. 346. p. of a door, shut; the word hnigin sli
that in olden times the door was shut up and down, as windows at
present time, and not moved on hinges ; var hur3 hnigin, Rm. 23;M|
a gatt, sunk in the groove, Gisl. 16; h. a halfa gatt, half shut, ba^iti
the groove ; hur3 h. a miSjan klofa, id., Fms. iii. 74 ; h. eigi allt i kll
125 ; hnigin er helgrind. Fas. i. (in a verse). |
HNIPA, t, [in Ulf. ganipnan = ffrvyva^uv, Mark x. 22 ; A.S.il,
ian = to bow'] -.—to be downcast, droop; hnip3i drott ok driipji, ^ t
were downcast and drooping, 6d. 25: haukar {)inir hnipa. Fas. i. il
hann (the horse) hnipti i jor3ina, 205 ; hnipa3i, pret., 197, (better '
na3i or hnipandi, part.) II. the part, hnipinn (sitja or
hnipinn, to sit drooping and downcast; dopr ok h., Isl. ii. 195, Edda.
Fms. vi. 236 in a verse, Sol. 43) refers to a lost .strong inflexion ^
hneip, hnipu).
HNISA, u, f., gen. pi. hnisna, Pm. 69 : — a dolphin, delpbinus phoea
Grag. ii. 337, 358, G{)1.456, Sks. 1 21, Hkr. iii. 279,Fms. vii. 161.
a kind of weathercock on a ship ; en {)at hefir at gengit um daginad)
Odds at hnisa hefir gengit af (v. 1. to husa-snotra), Fas. ii. 210.
HNITA, pres. hnit, pret. hneit, pi. hnitu, a defect, verb: [aki
hnita; A.S. hnitan = tundere ; Dan. ttitte'] : — to strike, wound to the d(
ler (the scythe) hneit vi3 Hrungnis fota-stalli {his shield), Koni
but chiefly used in emphatic phrases, of a heart-wound, hneit I
vid hneit {),arna ! Gisl. 22, 106 ; en er hon {)reifa3i um siduna {)aii
hon, {)ar hneit vidna ! Fms. iii. 73 ; hon kvad hvergi storum vi8 h
Korm. 6 ; hvergi {)ykki mer vid hnita, fsl. ii. 343 ; the last three
sages refer to a superstition that the touch of a wise woman made ' *■
body 'wound-proof;' in Rd. ch. 5 (at end) the words 'ok j>
henni {)ar vi3 hnita,' or the like, have been dropped by the transcr);''
in poetry the allit. phrase, hjcirr hneit vi3 hjarta, the steel toucbe(i*<
heart, Korm. ch. 17 (in a verse) ; or, egg hneit vi3 fjor seggja, ^^'r
71 ; hneit mer vi3 hjarta hjorr Angantys, Fas. i. 427; hvast hneit m
MS.) hjarta i3 naesta haettligt jarn, Fbr. (fine) ; ^ar hneit vi6, scnp'
it cut him to the quick, that..., Thom. 397; hnitu reyr saman P
weapons clashed together, Isl. ii. 353 (in a verse), Fms. ii. 318 *
verse).
HM" J<3D A, pres. hnyd, pret. hnau3, pi. hnu3u, part. hno3inn ; [cp
hnupo = aK6\oif/, 2 Cor. xii. 7] -.—to rivet, clinch ; Helgi hnau8 hialt A s
Nj. 66 ; hann {)rifr upp nefstedja einn mikinn, {)ar hafdi Vigfuss A4r h j*
vi& sver3s-hj61t sin, Fms. xi. 133 ; hnj63a rau3a, to forge iron, Fsj*
(in a verse), cp. Fms. i. 177 ; spjot ok tveir geirnaglar i, e3a s4 eij*
i gegnum stendr, ok hno3it (no3in,.v. 1.) at bada vega, N.G. L. iijw
asi hnau^ hjarta (ace.) vl3 si3u, the yard has clinched ribs and ^
together, Fs. 1 13 (in^ verse) ; marr hnau3 minum (munar ?) knem, 1 '
hnj63-iiamanr (;nod. hno3-h.), m. a rivetting hammer, Fb. iii- 4i '
i^:
'0
fc
HNJODR— HOF.
277
H63r, m., prop, rivetting : inetaph. blame, censure.
INTJOSA, hnys, hnaiis ; the noun hniiri or hnerl (q. v.) refers to a
' . hniiri, analogous to frdri from frj6sa, kiiri from kjosa ; [Germ.
L^an. nyse ; Swed. nysd]: — to sneeze, Orkn. 448, Hbl. 26: now
ill Icel., see hnerra.
c . a different word, to stumble, of a horse against a ' hnauss ' (q. v.) ;
s um hverja {)ufu, Snot 157; perh. akin to h.S. bnossian =
r, m. [akin to A.S. hnysc or hnesc. Old and North. E. nesb,=
.'(>■; whence prob. Engl, nice^: — /owci&w/oorf, = fnjoskr (q. v.),
-'25, V. 1. ; hn-j6sk-})urr= fnj6sk-J)urr : in local names, Hnjoska-
;i, 111., Landn. ; Hnjosk-deelir, m. pi. the men from H.; Hnjosk-
fl|ikr, adj., Rd. 259.
hi 6sku-lindi, a.m., dub. a belt worn by a wise woman, |)orf. Karl. 374.
b|6tr, m. a knob in turf or a field, {)ad ser ekki a haestu hnj6ta, when
ii' rnund is covered all over with snow.
'• and hnukr, m. a knoll, peak.
DA, n. [hnj68a], a clew, O. H. 15?, Pr. 422.
!)dri, a, m. ajleece or flock of wool; uUar-h., freq. : metaph., sky-h.,
•fjf cloud, boding a rising gale : botan., hellu-h., see hella.
iS-saumr, m. a clinching nail, rivet, Sks. 30.
ikki, a, m. the small metal hooks holding the thread in a distaff:
itjph., strak-hnokki, an urchin.
hpkkinn, part, [hniika], bowed, curved.
e'OSS, f. [prob. from A.S. hnossian = to hammer, as smi5 from
! costly thing, esp. in plur. of a lady's ornaments, Hkr. i. 16, Edda
xi. 428 (hnossa-smi8i). Am. 53, Gh. 6, 18, Gkv. 2. 20, Harms.
0 iKiiarb. 13, Orkn. 154 (in a verse) : mythol. the goddess Hnoss, a
HJ.ter of Freyja and sister to Gersemi, Edda 21. II. freq. in
,, Ticiore, but usually neuter, and used in sing, as well as in plur.;
miskunar hnoss. Pass. 36. 3 ; = N. T. fipa^uov, einn er sa sem
dtekr, 1 Cor. ix. 24 ; egskunda . . .eptir J)vi hnossi, Phil. iii. 14;
, the prize of glory. compds : lmoss-Q61d, f. a tiumber of
<§■«, Sighvat. hnoss-geeti, n. a dainty. hnoss-gsetr,
Ij unty.
H OT, f., pi. hnetr, or better hnotr, mod. hnotir ; lA.S.hnyt; Engl.
■ ■ H.G. hnuz; Germ, nuss; Dzn.nod; Swcd. not; La.t.nux']: —
. 20, Ems. V. 175, Edda 46. hnotar-skurn, f. a nut-shell,
^ogr, m. a ' mii-sbaw,' nut-wood; in the phrase, a hnotskog, to
■ing, Nj. 129, Fas. ii. 59, Sams. 8.
ti;!t-tafl, n. a corrupt form for hneftafl, p. 275.
hi .3la, a6, to squeeze, (slang.)
tigg-hent, n. adj. a kind oi apocopate metre, Edda (Ht.) v. 75.
li; gginn, part., see hniiggva.
liijpla, aS, to pilfer: hnupl, n. pilfering, hnupl-samr, adj.
HUDR, m. [akin to hnySja ; Ulf. hnupo = andXaif], a knob, ball;
: iiumn veltu a J)a steinum ok hniiOum, Rom. 277 ; ' saxa et sudes'
. B. J. ch. 57: staf-hmiSr, a knob at the end of a stick, a
lence hnu3r-baka3r, adj. hump-backed.
H|UFA, a defect, strong verb, to chop off; A5r ek hnauf (MS.
rcl ly hnof) hofuS af Hniflungum, Gh. 1 2 ; a aw. \ey. In old writers
')d. usage this verb is obsolete, but it still survives in provincial
ere it belongs to the 3rd class of strong verbs, nuva, nauv,
Aasen's Grammar (1864), p. 203, 1. 2; cp. also the following
u, f. a law term, used of a female slave who, having committed
e, was to have both ears and nose cut off, and was henceforth
I'a or hniifa (spelt nufa), N. G. L. i. 85, — en ef hon stelr hit
I {)a skal skera af hetmi nef, J)a heitir hon stufa ok nuva ok
!i hon vill. II. a nickname, Olver h., one of the poets
; iroid Fairhair ; cp. Lat. Naso, Silus, Silius, Eg., Landn.
3, to sit cowering, Ls.
in. = hnjukr: a local name.
I, a5,=:knuska, q. v.
V, m. a knot, e. g. in a bed.
oijta, u, f. = knuta.
hikr, m. a knot, ^knutr, Bs. i. 829.
''ist, a5, dep. to elbow one another; see hnfppast.
)JA, u, fi [hnjoSa], a club, rammer used for beating and
; turf or stones in building.
-ILL, m., dat. hnykli, [Dan. nogle ; Swed. nyckel ; prob. a
;ved from hno8a] : — a clew of yarn : metaph. a clew-like thing;
Klar, sky-h., wreaths of fog and clouds : of a tumor, Fas. ii. 453,
t-stafr, m. a kind of /if^, = hnakkr, Ld. 116.
ug, L ptillitig. Fas. iii. 502.
a, t, to pull violently by the hair or the like, with dat.. Eg. 560 ;
iin, Grag. i. 132 ; h. e-n af e-m, to snatch at a thing, Nj. 32,
- ; h. e-u upp, to pull up a thing, Gliim. 338. 2. absol. to
•-| 'lig ; sveinninn tok upp i kanp konunginum ok hnykfti, (5. H. 63 ;
' ' tr Logmanns hnykdi sva fast at hsellinn gekk upp, Hkr. iii. 139
'"S"
l)ykkisk sveinninn vel hafa hnykt, he tbougbt be bad made a good pull, U\.
ii. 348 : reflex, to box, Grett. 107 A. II. metaph. in mod. usage ;
e-nt hnykkir vifl, one is amazed.
hnykkr, m. a wrestler's term, a certain brag8 in the loel. glima ; hence
metaph. device.
hnysking, f. = hnykking, Hav. 9 new Ed.
hn2^3mgr, m. a kind of dolphin, delphinus minimus, Edda (Gl.), Sks.
120.
Imyfll-drykkja, u, f. a carouse, drinking bout (?) ; v6ru fyrst drukknar
sveitar-drykkjur, sidan slogusk i hnytildrykkjur, Sturi. iii. 136-.
hn^flU, ni. (see knyfill), a short horn, Fb. i. 563 ; HnyfiU and Hny'fla,
lambs with short horns. 2. the peak at the bow of a boat; stakst a
hnyfil feig3ar-far, Stef. Ol., freq.
hnf&dttr, ^d]. short-horned ; see kny'flottr: metaph. /loin/frf, sharp,
in reply.
hn^sa, t, to scrutinise; see nysa.
hnoefiligr, adj. taunting; h. or3 = hnoefilyr5i, Hbl.
hnoefil-yT3i, n. pi., so spelt in Oik. 36 C, Fms. iv. 334; but hn^fil-
yr3i in Sturl. i. 20 : — sarcasms, taunts, gibes.
linoggn:, adj., ace. hniiggvan, [A. S. hneaw, Engl, niggard], niggardly,
stingy. Hn6ggvan-baugi, a, m. niggard of rings, i.e. of money, a
nickname, Fb. iii.
hndggr and hneggr, m. a flail, cudgel ( = hnallr); ilia mnnu J)cir
kunna hniigginum (hnegginum, v. 1.), er heiman hafa hlaupit fra kirnu-
askinum, Fms. viii. 350 ; en Birkibeinar hljopu' at J)eim ok gafu J)eim
hnegginn (v. 1.) sem J)eir voru vanir, and gave them a sound thrashing, 405.
HNOGGVA or hnyggja, a defect, strong verb; pres. hnyggr; pret.
hncigg (hnaugg), Thom. 503 ; part, hnuggimi ; [akin to hniga] : — to
humble, bring down, with dat. ; hnyggr ^u andskotum, Fms. vi. i 75 (in
a verse) ; me& hnoggvanda faeti, with staggering feet, Thom. 337 ; skip
nyghSo (i. e. hnuggu, 3rd pers. pi. pret.), the ship lay adrift (?), Fagrsk.
44 (in a verse) : — part, hnugginn, bereft; miklu h., bereft of much, Gm.
51 ; sigri h., Fms. vii. 58 (in a verse) ; h. hverjum leik. Lex. Poet. : sad,
dismal, downcast, svip-h., a sad countefiance, freq. in mod. usage.
hnoggvi, f. niggardliness, stinginess. Lex. Poet.
hnSkkdttr, adj. piebald (?) ; hesta tva hnokkotta, Landn. 154.
hn&kra, a6, to touch or graze the bottom, in the phrase, J)a6 hnokrar,
of a boat in shallow water, or of a horse crossing a stream.
hnoUottr, adj. knobly, pebbly, of stones.
hnoUungr, m. [hnallr], a large round stone, a large pebble, boulder.
hn611ungs-grj6t, n. pi. round pebbles.
iLB-dri, see hneri.
hnottr, m., hn6tt6ttr, adj., sec knoltr.
HODD, n. pi., — the m. pi. hoddar, which occurs twice in verses
of the 13th century (Sturl.), is a false and late form; [Ulf. huzd=
6r]aavp6s; A.S. hard; Engl, hoard; O. H.G. hori]: — a board, trea'
sure, only in poetry; hodd bl63rekin, Hkv. i. 9; hodd Hniflunga,
Germ. Niebelungen hort, Akv. 26 ; hodd (ace. pi.) ok rekna brodda,
Fagrsk. (in a verse); g63um hoddum. Fas. ii. 312 (in a verse);
granda hoddum, mxra e-n hoddum, Lex. Poet. ; kveSja hodda (gen.),
Eb. (in a verse) ; o'ddar ro&nir hoddum, Arnor ; halda hoddum fyrir e-m,
Isl. ii. 224 (in a verse). 2. poet, phrases, as hoddum haettr, hodda
(gen.) brjotr, njotr, stokkvir, stri&ir, J)verrir, the breaker . . . of gold, a
princely man : as also poet, compds, hodd-brjotr, -bei3andi, -flnn-
andi, -geymir, -gl6tu3r, -lestir^ -logandi, -mildingr, -sendii*,
-skati, -spennir, -stiklandi, -stri5andi,-sveigLr, -sviptir,-veitir,
-v6nu3r, all epithets of a lordly, princely man : so of women, hodd-gefn,
-grund; the nouns, liodd-inildr, -ott, = liberal ; hodd-dofl, a, ni.
stinginess ; and the mythical pr. names Hodd-mimir, Hodd-dropnir,
' gold-dripping,' Sdm. II. a holy place, temple, sanctuary, where
the holy things are hoarded; of this sense, which occurs in Heliand
(Schmeller), the Gm. 27 is the single instance left on record, see Bugge's
note to 1. c. in his Edda, p. 8r.
HOF, n. [in A. S., Hel., and O. H. G. hof means a hall, Lat. aedes,
(whence mod. Germ. hof= a farm, answering to Icel. bar or Norse bol,)
and spec, the court or king's household, (in the old Scandin. languages this
sense is unknown) ; Ulf renders vaos and hpov by alhs ; in Danish local
names -ve prevails, but in Norse aixl Icel. Hof still survives in many local
names, Hof, Hof.gar3r, Hof.sta3ir, Hofs-feU, Hofs-teigr, Hofs-
vagr, Landn., Munch's Norg. Beskriv. ; and as the temple formed
the nucleus of the old political life (see go&i and go6or5), all these
names throw light on the old political geography; cp. Hofland near
Appleby in Engl.] : — a temple; distinction is made between hof, a temple
(a sanctriary with a roof), and horgr, an altar, holy circle, or any
roofless place of worship : passages referring to hof and worship are
very numerous, e.g. for Norwav, Hkr. Yngl. S. ch. 12, Hdk. S. A&alst.
ch. 16, (3.T. ch. 76 (by Odd M^nk ch.41), 6. H. (1853) ch. 113-115,
O. H. L. ch. 36, Fser. ch. 23, Nj. ch. 88, 89, Fas. i. 474 (Hcrvar. S.) ; for
Iceland, Landn. i. ch. 11, ai, 2. ch. 12, 3. cK. 16 (twice), 4. ch. 2, 6
(interesting), 7, 5. ch. 3 (p. 284), 8 (interesting), 12, Eb. ch. 3, 4, 10,
Glum. ch. 25, Hard. ch. 19, 37, Yd. ch. 15, 17^ Hrafn. ch. 2, Eg. ch. 87,
378
HOFSDYRR— HOLTAROT.
GullJ). ch. 7, Vapn.pp. 10, II, Dropl. pp. 10, 11, Kristni S. ch. 2,etc. ; cp.
also Vsp. 7,VJ)m. 38, Hkv. Hjorv. 4: poet., or&-hof, the word' s sanctuary =
the moutb, Stor. 2. a hall (as in Germ, and Saxon), Hym. 33 (air. Xey.)
COMPDS : I. with gen., hofs-dyrr, n. pi. temple-doors, Fms. i. 97.
hofs-ei8r, m. a temple-oath, Gliim. 388. hofs-go3i, a, m. = hof-
go6i, Eg. 754. hofs-helgi, f. = hofhelgi. "hois-Yraib, L a temple-
door (Janua), Fms. i. 302. hofs-li6f3ingi, a, m. a temple-lord. Post.
645. 90. liofs-mold, f. tetnple-earth, holy mould, see Landn. 254.
hofs-teigr, m. a strip of temple-land, glebe, Landn. 241. II.
hof-gardr, m. a temple-yard, a local name, Landn. hof-go3i,
a, m. a temple-priest (see go6i), Landn. 354, Hkr. i. 6, Eb. 12, 14, 16
new Ed. hof-g^rid, n. pi. asylum in a sanctuary, Landn. 80, v. 1.
hof-gyflja, u, f. a priestess, Vapn. 10, Landn. 265, v. 1. hof-helgi,
i.a temple-holiday, feast ; halda h., Isl. ii. 15 : the sanctity of a hof, Bret.
38, Eg. 251. h.of-prestr, m. a temple-priest, Stj. hof-staSr,
m. a 'temple-stead,' sanctuary, Eb. 26, Fms. ii. 73. hof-tollr, m. a
temple-toll, rate, Vapn. 10, Eb. 6, 12 new Ed., Bs. i. 6, GullJ). 11, answer-
ing to the modern church-rate.
B. A court, almost solely in compds, and not earlier than the 14th
century, from Romances : liof-ferS, f. pride, pomp, Bs. ii. 12 2. liof-
ferSugr, adj. proud. hof-folk, n. pi. courtiers, Thom. 322, 479,
Grett. 161, Karl. 51, Pass. 21. 8. hof-frakt, n. pomp. Fas. i. 46, Snot
86. hof-gar3r, m. a lordly mansion, Thom., Bdv., R(5tt. liof-list,
f. />o»j/>, Thom. 479. hof-lf3r, m. = hoff61k, Clar. hof-ma3r, m.
a courtier; in pi. hofmenn, lords; hertogi greifi ok a8rir hofmenn, Ann.
1303 ; gentry, chiefly in the ballads of the Middle Ages, Ungan leit eg hof-
mann, Fkv. In the old dancing parties the leader of the gentlemen was
styled hofmann (cp. Germ. Hoffmann). Before dancing began, men and
maids having been drawn up in two rows, he went up to the ladies, and
the following dialogue ensued : Her er Hofmann, her eru allir Hofmanns
sveinar. — Hva5 vill Hofmann, hvaS vilja allir Hofmanns sveinar? — Meyvill
Hofmann, mey vilja allir Hofmanns sveinar. Then each dancer engaged
his lady for the dance ; J)a6 var hlaup, og J)a8 var hofmanns hlaup, Safn i.
689. A plain in the neighbourhood of the al{)ingi, where the people met,
is still called Hofmanna-flot, f. ' Gentry's Lea.' hof-in63ugr, adj.
haughty. Pass. 18. 5. hof-tyft, f. urbanity, Clar. h.of-verk, n. a great
feat, Safn i. 71- liof-J)6nari, a, m. a court servant. Fas. iii. 408.
hofera, a5, for. word, [Germ. hqfiren'\, to be proud, haughty.
hoferan, f haughtiness.
hogr, m. = hugr (q.v.), mind, occurs in some compds, as hog-v8er3
and h.og-v8eri, f., liogvser-leikr, h.ogv8er-ligr ; see hog.
hoka, a6, = hvika (q.v.), to waver; vi6 hokit ^ei enn, Glum. 380.
hokinn, part, (of a lost strong verb), bowed, bent. Fas. iii. 501.
HOKBA, a6, [North. E. to hocker'], to go bent, crouch; h. e5a skriSa,
to crouch or creep, Mirm. ; hsegt hokrar J)u mi, Hornskeggi, sag9i jotunn,
Fas. iii. 386 ; h. at honum, Fbr. 1 2 ; J)at ver9r at hann hokrar undir
klse8in hja henni, Hav. 54; h. undan, to slink away, Fms. xi. 61 ; eigi
stoSar at h. undan i hyrningar, Fbr. 168 ; h. at e-u, Isl. ii. 405 : — in mod.
usage hokra also means to live as a small farmer; whence hokr, n., in
bii-hokr, small farming.
HOL, n. [A. S. hoi; Engl, hole, hollow; Dan. hule ; Swed. bala;
Germ, hbhle, etc.] : — a hollow, cavity ; lystr vindinum ofan i holit
verplanna, Fms. xi. 34, Boll. 340 (of a shield), but esp. a cavity of the
body, Bs. i. 385 : a hoi, {pierci?ig) to the inwards, Nj. 60, Fb.
i; 146 ; ef bl6& ma falla a hoi or sari, if it bleeds inwardly, Grag. ii. 1 1,
GullJ). 66, Band. 42 new Ed.; i hoi, id., 91 ; inn i hoUt, of the chest,
Edda 76, Fs. 65 ; hit efra, ne6ra hoi, the upper and nether hollow (i. e.
the chest and stomach), N. G. L. i. 172, Sturl. iii. 54: a /&o/e, = hola, stor
hoi, Bs. i. 321, Rb. 440; grafinn me8 hoi, Thom. 468.
hola, u, f. a hole, Fms. viii. 39, GullJ). 22, Bs. i. 329, Sks. 148;
botn-hola, q.v.; jar3-hola, an earth-hole; moldar-hola, miisar-hola.
hola, a6, to make hollow, Al. 168, Mar. freq.
hol-barki, a, m. a hollow throat ( = holg6ma), a nickname, Landn.
hol-bl63, n. blood from the inwards, Eb. 242.
HOLD, n. [A. S. hold; Dan. huld; Swed. hdV], flesh ; ^mis hold, V]pni.
21 ; sv6r8r ok hold, skin and flesh. Eg. 770 ; J)a var allt hold bans fuit ok
till klaeSi, Fms. iv. no ; J)rutnar horund e8r stekkr undan hold, Grag. ii.
15 ; hold ne bein, Ephes. v. 30, Luke xxiv. 39 ; hold ok hem, flesh and
bone; hold af minu holdi. Gen. ii. 23 : phrases, hold ok hjarta,^es/& and
heart, Hm. 95 ; hold ok hams, q. v. 2. edible flesh, ;?;««/= kjot ; beru
hold, bear's flesh, Vkv. 9 ; bjarnar hold, Sks. 191 ; lambs hold, lamb's flesh,
Horn. 82 ; hnisu hold, Fms. vii. 161. 3. plur.fleshirtess, stoutness,
fatness, esp. of cattle, Fbr. 17 new Ed. ; ala fe sva at uhaett s^ fyrir holda
sakir, Grag. i. 431 ; at J)at standi eigi fyrir holdum, 140 ; vera i g65um
holdum, to be in good condition, freq.; g68u holdi (sing.), Bs. i. 3.:;o ; hann
er mesta holda hny6ja, of a fat person. II. ecclthe flesh, rendering of
Gr. ffdpf (whereas uptas is rendered by kjot) ; og {)au munu eitt hold vera,
Matth. xix. 5, 6 ; holds breiskleiki, Rom. vi. 19 ; vera i holdinu, to be in the
flesh, vii. 5, 18, 25, viii! I, 3, 9, 12, 13 : opp. to andi, John iii. 6, vi.63,
I Cor. i. 26, 29 ; andinn er fiiss en holdid er breiskt, Matth. xxvi. 41 ;
>eptir holdinu, after the flesh, John viii. 15, Acts ii. 30, Rom. i. 3, iv. i,
ix. 3, 8, I Cor. X. 18, 2 Cor. v. 16, Gal. vi. 12, Ephes. ii. 11 ; allt h
all flesh, Luke iii. 6 John xvii. 2 ; hold og bl6&, Matth. xvi. 17:
kin, mitt hold, Rom. xi. X4, Fms. x. no : — in mod. usage also disti
is usually made between hold, flesh, and kjot, meat. compds
veiki, f. leprosy. liolds-veikr, adj. leprous.
hold-bori, a, m., poet, a raven, Edda (Gl.)
hold-borinii, part. ; h. brodir, a natural brother, Flov. 52.
hold-fui, a, m., medic, mortiflcation, Bs. i. 190.
holdgan, f., eccl. incarnation, Fms. i. 107, Rb. 84, N. T., Pass., Vldal.
boldgask, a6, dep., eccl. to take flesh, be incarnate, Rb. 80, Mar., St
N. T., Vidal., Pass, passim : in a profane sense, ok holdguSumk ek s<
me5 {jessum hsetti, Fms. x. 307.
hold-grannr, adj. lean.
bold-groinn, part. ^row« to the flesh, H5m. 15, Edda 70, Fms. v. ^^
Fas. i. 165 : metaph. incarnate, inborn, Stj. 87.
h.oldigr, nd]. fleshy, stout, Eb. 258.
bold-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), carnal, 677. 6, Barl. 142, 185, Bs. i. 8:1
in N. T. = Gr. aapKiKos.
hold-litill, adj. = holdgrannr, Bs. i. 312.
hold-mikill, adj. /a/, stout.
liold-ininiir, m. a ''flesh-cutter,' chopper, poet, a sword, Edda (Gl.) j
holdr, ad), fleshy ; vel holdr, well-fleshed, fat, Grett. 125, Vm. 28. |
hold-rosa, u, f. (hold-rosi, a, m.), the flesh side of a hide. Fas. i. 289. '
hold-tekja, u, f., eccl. incarnation, Horn. 137, T41, Stj. 149.
bol-fenni, n. [fonn], hollow snow, such as has melted from benea
Sturl. i. 85.
hol-geyfla, u, f. a hollow wave, breaker, Horn. II. xiii. 798.
h.ol-g6mr,mod.liolg6ina,adj. W/i& hollow gums, mumbling, Skalda :
h-Ol-grafa, grof, to suppurate, of a boil.
hol-hoggva, hjo, to smite to the inwards. Fas. i. 506.
holla, d, with dat., to help, Lzt. favere. Eg. 480 (in a verse) ; a arr.Xt
whence the participle pi. hollendr, helpers, followers, Grag. ii. 20, 21. f
holl-liga, adv. faithfully, Sks. 371, Horn. 63.
hoU-ligr, adj. sincere.
HOLLR, adj. [hollari, hollastr ; Ulf. bulps, Luke xviii. 13; A.S.ki
O. H. G. and Germ, hold; Dan.-Swed. hidd]: — of kings and chiij
gracious; holl regin, Ls. 4; hollar vettir, Og. 10, Lex. Poet, pass!'
holl fraendsemi, Eb. 1 16; vinga6r ok holir e-m, Fs. 123; of subjt!
and followers, /az7/j/zJ, loyal; {311 ert hollari Agli en Eireki konungi,!
424; e-m hoilost, Al. 71 ; seGuS hollr fieim erheldrgri6um, Grag. ii.i
in the oath fornmla, where opp. to gramr ; vera e-m h. ok triir, Bs. i. >
Lex. Poet, passim ; vin-h., vi\-h..,favouring one. II. of things.wi'
some; heil ok holl ra8, 4. II ; hafa skal holl ra6 hva5an sem Jaukci
a saying, = fas est et ab hoste doceri ; holl forsja, Fms. vi. 343; '
hirting, Al. 129 ; sjalfs bond er hoilost, a saying, Hkr. ii. 259. 2
in medic, sense, fiat er ekki hollt ; 6-hollr, unwholesome.
holl-ra3r, adj. giving wholesome cou?isel, Fms. ix. 462.
holl-r8e3i, n. wholesome counsel, Sks. 329 B.
hoUusta (hoUosta), u, f. faith, loyalty ; vii ek hafa {)ar til holi(
J)ina i mot, Fms. : esp. loyalty to a liege lord, h. vi8 konung, Fb
265, passim. 2. wholesomeness, a wholesome thing ; vii ek at
{)iggir at mer litla gjof, en h. fylgir, Korm. 68. compds: hollos
ei3r, m. an oath of fealty. holltistu-nia3r, m. a friend, parti
G\\. 61.
hol-inu3r, adj. ' hole-mouth,' = \io\g(im-3., a nickname, Nj.
HOIjR,adj.[A.S.Z'oZ; O.U..G. holi; Ev.gl hollow ; Dzn.buul;Si'
hoi; Gr. «otA.os] : — hollow; var leikit undan biikkunum sva at holt
me5 landinu, Grett. 131 A; holr steinn, Str. 32; holr innan, i^i
within, (3. H. 108, Njar5. 378 ; klappa eigi holan baug um e-t, «
hammer a hollow ring, i. e. to be quite in earnest, Fb. iii. 404 ; cp. hiiloa
hol-sdr, n. a wound in a vital part, Fbr. 21 1, N. G. L. i. 67.
HOLT, n. [A. S. holt = sylva; Germ. holz = lignum; in E. EngL 1
North. Engl, holt means copsewood, and the word often occurs inlj
names] : — prop, wood, copsewood, a coppice; but this sense ii Wi|
obsolete, though it remains in the saying, opt er 1 holti heyrandi !i
in a holt a hearer is nigh, answering to the Engl, leaves have tar.l
Germ, die blatter haben ohren, Grett. 133 : as also in old poems, hol!|
hrar vi8r, Skm. 32 ; osp i holti, H8m. 4 ; Hoddmimis holt, V|)m.;
or holti, to go from the woods, Vk^v. 15: whence holt-skrioi» «j
' holt-creeper,' poijt. for a snake, Edda : holta-J)6r, m. reynard thef(M^
laws, yrkja holt ne haga, G{)1. 315 ; h. e3a haga e8a vei3i-sta8i, 301:
otherwise rare in common prose, holt e5r skogar, Eg. ; smakjorr ok
Fms. vi. 334 : in local names, Holtsetar (Holsetar), m. pi. ' holt-stt
the men ofHolsten ; Holtseta-land, n. the land of the Holtsetar {Hoi
land), whence the mod. Germ. Holstein. In barren Icel., Holt, Ho
are freq. local names, as also in compds, e. g. Lang-holt, Skala-
Geldinga-holt, Villinga-holt, Reykja-holt, Holta-va3, see Landn.
olden times all these places were no doubt covered with copse (ot '^ ■
birch). 2. in common Icel. usage holt means any rough slon)
or ridge, opp. to a marsh or lea, Fms. v. 70, 97, Ld. 96, Eg. 7'3' *"• '
23, 67, passim, as also in mod. usage. compds : holta-r6t, f., D' *
HOLTASOLEY— HORSKR.
279
':',n, silene acaulis, Hjalt. holta-soley, f., botan. mountain
holt-barS, n. the rim of a holt {JdHI). holts-gata,
■ through a holt, Fms. iii. 22. holts-hnjukr, m., holts-
a, m. a crag. Stud. ii. a 10.
a, m. a nickname, Bs.
rifl, n. a 'bolt-ridge,' Hy'm. 27.
ind, f. [cp. Ulf. hulundi = airqXaiov], a wound reaching to the
of the body, a mortal wound, =^ho\skr, Grdg. ii. il, Nj. 217.
iar-s^, n. = holsar, Nj. no.
di (hol-Tinda), adj. wounded to the hollow of the body, Grag. ii.
G.L. i. 172.
A, a8, spelt opa, Korm. 60, Isl. ii. 253 (see v. 1.), Bs. i. 551,
•9: — to bound backwards, to draw back, recoil; J)a hopu3u J)eir,
ii. 254; sumir hopu3u sumir fly6u, 324: with prepp., hopafli
r t>A upp a borgar-vegginn, i. 104; hopa aptr, to draw back, vi.
;. 396 ; hopa a hael, id., Al. 5, Nj. 1 70, Fms. viii. 134 : hopa til, to
'«a^, = skopa skei6, ix. 56; hopa undan, Isl. ii. 253, Fbr. 66 new
i. 551 ; J)eir stoflu upp en hann hopaSi lit undan, Nj. 130 ; hopar
i hestinum undan, he backed the horse, 305. 2. to bound, of
; hestr opa6i undir Narfa, Korm. 60 ; konungr hopaSi \k hestinum
zhi ftStum sinum, Fb. ii. 27. II. metaph. phrase, hopar
T&nar, it bounds for me to a hope, i. e. / hope or believe, Fms.
whence prob. Engl, hope. Germ, hojfen, which word is otherwise
to the old Scandin. tongue. III. reflex, hopask, to hope,
mppas, D. N. iv. 493 (Norse) ; unknown in the Icel.
, n. a bopping, skipping. Mar. hopp-danz, m. ' skipping-dance,'
PA, aS, [Engl, bop'], to bop, skip, boutid, Stj. 249, {>i3r. 151 (of a
passim in mod. usage ; h. yfir, to skip over, Alg. 368.
fOgr, zd]. fair-skipping, springy, epithet of a girl, Eb. (in a verse),
ir, part, pinched, starved; grind-h., skin-h., skin and bone.
t, aft, dep. to become lean and pinched.
M laka, u, f., botan. nienyantbes, buck-bean, Hjalt.
a;ingvdl, m., see digull, Fas. ii. 149.
)r n. a naut. term, direction, course ; halda i horfinu, to keep the
's ad to the wind, etc., opp. to letting her drive.
C PA, a, subj. hyrfSi, Rb. 470, Skald. H. 4. 21, Fms. xi. 76, [akin
v.] : — to turn in a certain direction, Lat. vergere ; horfSi upp
nn, the edge, keel, turned uppermost, Nj. 136, Ld. 142 ; h. fra
■//» turns towards the sea, Fms. xi. 10 1 ; er eigi veit hvart
ram h. a hrossi e9r aptr, e6a hvart hann skal h., Grag, ii.
hokum vi3 e-m, to stand back to back, Hkr. iii. 384 ; horfa
r^ar en fotum til himins, Post. 656 C. 37; hann hljop se
. he ran ever headlong on, Bret. 90 ; su5r horf6u dyrr, the
I south, Vsp., Fb. ii. 138; horf&i botninn inn at hofdanum,
J)6tti honum ilia af ser h. fotrinn, i.e. the leg was awry,
;, ; hann horfSi i lopt upp, Fs. 7. II. to turn so
on, behold; hann horfSi ut or hringinum, Ld. 276: with
'l 0 took on, hon horf6i {)ar a Icingum, Isl. ii. 274, passim ; h. vi&
, I/ace one, Eg. 293 ; J)eir bleySask skjott ef vel er vi3 horft, Fms.
' h. ondurSr vi5, 0. H. 183 : metaph. to set oneself against a
er heldr h6f3u vi3 honum horft i sinum huga, Bs. i. 81 ;
nnir mestu orskipta-menn er J)eim tok vid at horfa, i.e. they
LTs) were great ruffians if any one opposed them, Eb. 38 new
ekki i e-t, not to ttirn away from, not to shirk, eg horfi ekki
'"). 2. metaph. matters take a turn, look so znd so ; J)etta
tna, Isl. ii. 239 ; at J)ar horfi til gamans mikils, that things
's great joy. Fas. i. 317; horfSi til landauSnar, 526; h. fast-
bad, difficult, Lv. 94, Ld. 92 ; h. |)ungliga, Isl. ii. 19; h.
. 139 ; h. livaent, to look unpromising. Eg. 340, Fms. xi. 76 ;
nir vaenna, who is more likely to get the better, Nj. 45 ; e-m
Lv. 54; ok horfir mjiik i moti oss, 10 ; h. til handa e-m, to
'I one, Grag. i. 269. III. reflex., with prepp. ; horfask
00^ so and so ; betri saett en mi })ykir a horfask. Eg. 113 ;
eigi skiiruliga a, Fms. vii. 33 ; Hjalta J)6tti J)a livaent ahorfask,
14; horfask vel a, to look well, promise well ; horf3isk a me3
"1 en eigi, i. e. it looked rather good than not, Bjarn. 56 ; h. til
ok as if...; eSr til hvers vaSa horf6isk, Fms. vii. 125; me& fiflsku
"n her horfisk til. Eg. 729, Lv. 10. 2. recipr., horfask &, to
another, Sturl. i. 176 ; horfdusk J)eir Gizurr at hof6unum, turned
s- together, iii. 189.
ftilla, u, f. loss of luck; h. er m^r, luck has left me, Fs. 98;
■ 1 h. at J)ykkja, Fms. vii. 272.
'■^, to disappear, O. H. L. II, (spelt hormna.)
a.m. dropsy caused by scanty food.
■ . [A. S., Engl., O. H. G., Germ., Dan., and Swed. horn ; Lat.
icipas] : — a born (of cattle), antler (of deer), Gm. 26, Hkv.
5, Bad. 135, Ld. 120, Fas. ii. 506, Grag. ii. 122, N. G. L. i.
metaph. phrases, vera harSr 1 horn at taka, to be hard to take
. hard to deal with, Faer. 159, Fms. viii. 435, xi. 221, Hkr. ii.
411 ; hlaupa um horn e-m, to leap round or by one's horns, i. e.
'/o evade, metaph. from a bull-fight, Sturl. iii. 256, Boll. 346; setja (hafa)
horn i si8u e-m, to put one's born into a person's side, \.e.to treat him spite-
fully, Gd. 49, passim : the phrase, gefa ^rxM frelsi fra horni ok knappi, to
release a thrall from born and clasp, \. e. to set him free, N. G. L. i. 228,
prob. from the thrall's neck-collar being of horn : homa-brsekla, u. f. a»
brak, q. v., Finnb. ch. 29 ; horna-fldttr, m. flaying a bide with the boms,
Fb. iii. 400; 'hoTzi&-tos,n. tow round the horns,¥h. 1.2,20. 11. the
back-fin of a whale, Sks. 1 28 ; skera hval fra horni ok aptr f sidii, N. G. L.
i. 252,G^1.463. 111. a drinking born, Fs. 152, Eg. 2o6,Edda 32;
drekka horn, Hkr. i. 35 ; horna skvol, a bout, Eb. 28, and passim in the
Sagas, see Worsaae, Nos. 3 19, 320. IV. a horn, trumpet; horna
blastr, horna t)ytr, the blowing, sound of a born, Stj. 621.
B. A corner, nook, angle; lands-horn, the outskirts of a county,
Grag. ii. 223; fara lands-horna a milli, to run from one corner of the
land to the other: — a nook in a house or building, Lv. 61, Fms. vii. 230,
Anal. 186: mathem. an angle, 415. 18, Rb. 470; rett horn, a right
angle. 2. phrases, skjota i tvau horn, ' to shoot between two horns,'
of a wide diflerence ; skauzk mjok i tvau horn um biinad J)eirra, Eb. 32,
Band. Ii new Ed., Fms. vi. 202, Mag. 39; eiga i morg horn a8 lita, to
have many nooks to look at, have many things to heed. p. when parents
get old and infirm, and yield up their fortune and estate to one of their
children, they are in popular Icel. phrase said ' to go into the comer,*
to take their seat in the chimney-corner, fara upp i horni& hja syni sinum,
(dottur sinni) ; many sayings refer to this, eigi munu v^r eiga livsenna
en horn-van, if the worst happens, we shall have a ' corner-chance,'
Sturl. iii. 279, cp. Eg. ch. 83 (begin.), and the Sagas passim; Grimm
R. A. 489 mentions the same in the Germ, law, and it is touchingly intro-
duced in the Miirchen, No. 78 ; horna-kerling (q. v.) refers prob. to the
same. II. freq. in local names, Horn, Cape Horn; Horn-
strandir, Horiia-fj6r3r (whence Hornfir3ingar), see Landn.
horna, u, f. a female hornungr (q. v.), N. G. L. i. 206.
hornauga, n. a wry look; lita h. til e-s.
horii-bld.str, m. a sound of trumpets, Fms. vii. 202, Rb. 376, 380.
h.OTii-hQgi,a,m.a bornbow, Sks.408, Karl. 352, {)i3r. 283, Fas.i.502.
horn-fiskr, m. [Dan. bonifisk], a garfish or green-bone : a nickname.
Stud.
hom-gl6i, a, m., poet, a ram, Edda (Gl.)
horn-gsela, u, f. a kind offish, esox belone, Dan. homgjoBle, Edda (Gl.)
horn-gdfigr, adj. proud of his horns, epithet of a he-goat, Hym. 7.
horn-hagldir, f. pi. horn buckles.
hom-istofl, n. pi. born stirrups.
horn-ker, n. a horn cup. Dip!, iii. 4.
hom-kerling (hom-kona, horn-oka, horn-reka, u, f. all various
readings), f. an old woman in the corner, a term of contempt, Nj. 52 :
mod. horna-skella, u, f. a term of contempt, one who is pushed about
from one corner to another.
horn-klofl, a, m., poet, a raven, Edda (Gl.) : as the name of a poet,
Hkr.
hornottr, adj. horned, Stj. 132, passim ; hornott tungl (moon), id.
horn-sil, n. a kind offish, the stickle-back, Ld. 76.
hom-skafa, u, f. a scraper made of born, used in the game called
skiifuleikr (q. v.), Isl. ii. 71.
horn-spensl, n. a horn buckle, GJ)1. 359.
horn-spohn, m. a horti spoon, Fms. vi. 364 (in a verse), Hungrv.
(pref.) ; mod. Icel., like the ancients, use horn spoons, and the handle is
often ornamented with carved work,
horn-stafr, m. a corner pillar in a building, Sturl. iii. 279, Landn. 42,
Ld. 326, Horn. 95.
horn-steinn, m. a comer stone. Post. 645. 69, N. G. L. i. 345.
hornum-skali, a, m„ poet, a ram, Edda (Gl.)
h.oTnvm.gx, m. [A. S. homung = bastard; Lex Komznz ornongo ; cp.
Germ, winkel-kind and winkel-ebe = concubinatus ; cp. bsesingr and Engl.
bastard: — all of them with the notion of a corner for the illegitimate
and outcast son, see Grimm R.A. 476]: — an old law term, a bastard
son; in the Norse law the son of a freeborn wife, whose mundr has
not been paid, and who is therefore illegitimate, N.G. L. i. 48, 228, cp.
HSm. 12 ; h. ok t)yjar-barn, Fas. i. 495. p. in Icel. law the son of a
freeborn woman and a bondman, Grag. i. 1 78. 2. metaph. a scamp,
outcast; vera hornungr e-s, Fms. xi. 7 ; munu margir ver&a J)ess horn-
ungar er eigu, hann var gorr h. br69ur sins, i. 255 ; mi, emk h. hylli
hennar, / ayn her outcast, Kormak (in a verse).
horn-vd,n, f., Sturl. iii. 2 79 ; see horn above.
HOBB, m., I. starvation ; delta ni&r i hor, to starve to death,
Bs. i. 875 ; deyja lir hor, id. hor-dau3r, adj. starved to death, hor-
ket, n. meat of a starved beast. II. [A. S. horu = sordes], mucus
from the nose, N. G. L. i. 351, Fas. iii. 653: in the saying, aptr sxkir
horr i nef.
hors, see hross.
horsk-leikr, m. an accomplishment, Horn. 144, Fms. xi. 439.
horsk-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), brave, wise, noble; h. or6, Horn. 143.
HOBSKB, adj. [A. S. horscj, wise; thus in the old Hm., horskr and
280
HORTI— HOLMR.
heimskr, wise and foolish, good and wicked, are opposed, 19, 92, 93 ;
horskr is opp. to 6svi8r, Fm. 35, 36, cp. 37 ; h. ok J)ogull, the wise and
silent, Hm. 6 (cp. ao(p6$ Kai atyuv of Pythagoras) ; sa er vill heitinn h.,
Hm. 61 ; horskir hugir, wise minds, 90 ; en horska maer, the wise maiden,
95 ; it horska man, id., lOi ; horskar konur, Hbl. 17 ; h. hair, Skv. 3 ;
heill ok h., Akv. 12, see Lex. Poet. ; hvlt ok horsk, of a maid, Rm. 36.
This word is almost obsolete in prose, Sks. 207, Str. 31.
horti, a, m. a ruffian, a nickname, Fms. xii.
hor-tittr, m. a stop-gap. Germ, lixchen busser, Dzn.fyldekalk, Pel. x. ■286.
hortugr, adj. impertinent, saucy. Fas. ii. 333 : esp. used of boys who
give rude replies, J>u ert hortugr, strakr !
HOSA, u, f. [A.S.hosa; Engl. iose; Germ. bosen; Dzn.bose] : — prop.
the hose or stocking covering the leg between the knee and ankle, serving
as a kind of legging or gaiter ; the hose were often of fine stuff, hosna-
reim, f. and hosna-sterta, u, f. a garter, Grett. loi, Nj. 214, Orkn.
404, Al. 44, O. H. L. 45, Eg. 602, Sks. 286, 405, Fms. vi. 381, viii. 265,
j)i8r. 358, Fb. ii. 34 : compds, skinn-hosa, dramb-hosa, le6r-hosa.
hosadr, part, wearing hose, Sks. 286.
hossa, aS, to toss in one's arms or on one's knees, e. g. a child, with
dat. ; hossa barni, freq.
hott, an interj. used in driving horses, hotta, a6, to say ' hott.'
H(5, interj. hoi Fms. x. 338, Stj.; also a shepherd's call.
h.6a, a6, to shout 'ho' or 'boy,' of a shepherd, Grett. m, Gliim. 31 1,
Sn6t 221 (1866) : also with dat. to ■call to the sheep, to gather them, {legar
forsaelan er komin ofan i slakkann J)arna, J)a er timi til fyrir J)ig a5 fara
ad hoa J)vi (fenu) saman, Piltr og Stulka 10.
H<3F, n. [from a lost strong verb, hafa, hof], moderation, measzire;
h6f ok stilling, Fms. ii. .38; kunna hof, to sbeiu moderation; allt kann
sa er hofit kann, a saying, Gisl. 27; gcirit J)eim J)a ina fyrstu hriS, at
t)eir kunni hof sin, i. e. give them a good lesson ! Fms. xi. 94 ; Klaufi,
kunn J)u hof J)itt, K., be not so 7nad ! Sd. 147 ; setla hof fyrir ser, Eg. 21 ;
J)eir eru ofsamenn sva at J)eir hafa ekki hof vi3, 175 : — proportion, at ^vi
hofi, in the same proportion, equal degree, Grag. ii. 177, Al. 131, Fms.
vi. 225 ; slikt viti ... a sitt hof, in his turn, Ld. 136 ; vel er ^essu i hof
stillt, 'tis fairly done, fair and just, Nj. 54; e-t gegnir hofi, it is fair,
Fms. vii. 132 ; J)a er hof at, then it is all right, Fs. 25 ; mi er nser hofi,
15 ; at hofi, tolerably, Fms. vi. 102 ; vel at hofi, pretty well, xi. 11, 48 ;
vift h6f, reasonable, Edda 48 : — a rule, standard, at ^u hafir Jiar einskis
manns hof vi3 nema J)itt, Eg. 714' o-hof, excess, intemperance, hofs-
madr, m. a temperate, just man, Hkr. i. 309, Eg. 50, Isl. ii. 190. II. a
feast, banquet; hof e6r hati8, Stj. 186 ; halda mikit hof, 188, Fas. i. 420,
462 ; drekka hof, Fms. xi. 436 : in mod. usage esp. of a wedding.
h6f-htrarf, n. the fetlock or pastern of a horse.
h6f-kl8e5i, n. a festive dress, Stj.
hof-langr, adj. pretty long, Sturl. iii. 44.
]h.6f-lauss, adj. immoderate, boundless, Sks. 467, 733, Al. 156.
h.6f-ldtr, adj. moderate, Edda i. 116, v. 1.
h.6f-leysa, u, f. excess, intemperance, licence, Stj. 626, Bs. ii. 98, lis;.
hdf-liga, adv. with moderation, fitly, Justly, Fms. viii. 373 : fairly,
tolerably, Nj. 105, Sturl. iii. 169, Rom. 353 {cautiously).
hof-ligr, ad^. moderate, Fms. x. 295, Barl. 9, Rom. 302.
HdPIl, m. [A. S. hof; Engl, hoof; O. H. G. buof; Germ-, huf; Swed.
bof; Dan. hov] : — a hoof, of a horse, opp. to klaufir — cloven hoof, Fms.
xi. 280, Grett. 91, N.G.L. i. 41 ; hofs gangr, a clash of hoofs, 34!.
hofr, m. = hufr (q. v.), a trunk; whence htDf-reginn, Haustl.
hof-samliga, adv. = h6fliga, Orkn. 274 {cautiously), GJ)1. ix.
liof'sanlligr, adj. = h6fsamr. Mar. passim, Barl. 161.
hof-samr, adj. moderate, temperate, Sks. 355, 454, Sturl. i. 107 (v.l.),
Orkn. 252, Barl. I42 : thrifty (mod.); u'-hofsamr, intemperate.
hof-semd, f. moderation, temperance, Hkr. iii. 179, Th. 77, Grag. Ixvii,
Barl. 85.
h6f-seini, ^temperance, Fms. ii. 238, Hom. 2 7 ; o-hofsemi, intemperance.
Ii6f-8kegg) n. ' hoof-tuft' the tuft on a horse's pastern, Karl. 426,
Landn. 94.
Ii6f-stilling> f. moderation, Fms. iii. 45.
h6f-tunga, u, f. ' hoof-tongue^ the frog of a horse's hoof.
h.6f-t61t, n. ' hoof-tilt,' a slow trot.
H6f-varpnir, m. name o'f a mythical horse, Edda.
HOG-, [akin to hagr and hoegr, easy; from a lost strong verb, haga,
hog], only found in compds, denoting easy, gentle, soft: hdg-bserr,
adj. easy to bear, Bs. i. 94. hog-draegr, adj. easy to carry, Stor. 1.
h.6g-d^, n. gentle deer, poet, name of a ship. Lex. Poet. h.6g-ld,tr,
adj. of easy temper, Sks. 355. hog-leiki, m. meekness, Stj. 71.
h6g.liga, adv. calmly, meekly, gently ; taka h. a, to touch gently, Fb. i.
467, Hkr. ii. 63, Fms. vii. 158, Nj. 219; h6g-ligar, more fitly, Fms.
vii. 258 ; ri6a h., to ride gently, Korm. 60 ; fara h. me3, Fms. vi.
353- h6g-ligr, adj. easy, Gisl. 143: gentle, Fs. 32, Fms. vi. 274:
meet, hoglig h\h, 623. 60. h6g-lifl, n. an easy, quiet life, (5. H. 214,
Fb. i. 37. lidg-lyndi, n. an easy temper, gentleness. Mar. h.6g-
lyndr, adj. easy-tempered, peaceable, Eb. 258, 656 B. 6, Fms. iv, 214.
Iw5g-l8eti, n. gentleness, Hkr. iii. 169. Ii6g-rei3, f. tbe easy wain,
the wain of Thor, Haustl. Ii6g-samliga, adv. calmly, 656 A. 55.
]i6g-samr, ad], gentle, Fms. x.4i5. hog-seta, u, f. = hoglifi, Fs. i
h6g-settr, adj. modest. Lex. Poet. hog-styrt, part, easily sten
Eg. 762. liog-ssetr, adj. living at ease, Greg. 49.
B. In a few words hog- is no doubt of a different origin, ir
hog- = hogr or hugr, mind : these words are, liog-vsera, b, to ease
mind, Sks. 40, 591, Mag. 7. h.6g-v8er3 and h.6g-V8eri, f. calmi
of mind, equanimity, Bs. i. 45, Fms. x. 408, Hom. 43, Mar. passim, P
6. 5, 34. 4. liogvser-leikr, m. modesty, Stj. liog-vserliga, „
meekly. h6g-V8erligr, adj. tneek, gentle. Mar. passim. hog-vg
adj. gentle, pious, meek of mind, Nj. 2, Eg. 702, Sturl. i. 139, Anecd.
6. H. 92, Hom. 8, 129, Fms. x. 419, Pass. 13. 2, passim: of bea
gentle, 673. 56, Stj. 83, Karl. 277. In all these words the notioi!!
' quietness' is contained in the latter part of the compd.
h6Ij, n. [A. S. hoV], praise, flattery, Hkr. ii. 88, Edda ii. 544, Pr. i
boasting, vaunting, Nj. 237. hol-beri, a, m. a flatterer, Greg.
Fms. V. 194, v.l.
liolf, n. = hvalf (q. v.), a vault. Thorn. 472 : a compartment in a drau,
holfa, 3, = hvalfa, q. v.
holfinn, adj. [hvalf], hollow, Stj.
HOLiKR, m. [prop, holkr, cp. Engl.i&wW], a ring or tube of metal, I
iii. 4, Fas. ii. 259 ; knif-h., the ring tin a knife's handle ; skiif-h., jan,
an iron tube.
HOIjIj, m. contracted for livall (q. v.), and the usual form ii;
MSS. : — a bill, hillock, Eg. 744, Fms. ii. 197, vii. 71, Orkn. 300, Ni.
Ld. 154 (see dalr), GullJ). 28, Al. 28, Karl. 211, Fb. i. 421, Rom. ,:
Fs. 27: the phrases, dal og hoi, dale and hill; holar og hxb'n; a'.:-':
an elf-hill, fairy mount ; orrostu-hoU, vig-holl, a battle-hill; sjavar-h
sand-hills {dunes or de?ies) on the shore ; grjot-holl, a stone heap, pas-
freq. in local names, H611 and Holar ; Hola-biskup, Hola-sti
etc., the bishop, see of Holar, Sturl. ; Reykja-holar, Sta3ar-h611, La:
passim. The older form remains in a few instances, see that word.
iLolm-gaiiga, u, f. ' holm-gang, holm-going,' a duel or wager of b:
fought on an islet or ' holm,' which with the ancients was a kind 01
appeal or ordeal ; and wherever a Thing (parliament) was held, a ;
was appointed for the wager of battle, as the holm in the Axe Rivi
the alj)ingi. The holmganga differed from the plain einvigi or du;
being accompanied by rites and governed by rules, whilst the latter
not,— l)viat a holmgongu er vandhaefi en alls eigi a einvigi, Korm.
The ancient Icel. Sagas abound in wag6rs of battle, chiefly the Korn
ch. 10 and passim : some champions were nicknamed from the oust
e. g. Holmgcingu-Bersi (Korm. S.), Holmgongu-Starri, H61mg6ngu-M
Holmgongu-Hrafn, Landn. About A.D. 1006 (see Timatal), the h
ganga was abolished by law in the parliament, on account of the unh
feud between Gunnlaug Snake-tongue and Skald-Hrafn, Gunnl. S. ch
cp. Valla L. ch. 5 (J)a voru af tekin holmgongu-log oil ok holmgn! ■
referring to about A.D. loio; a single instance however of a cha. t
in the north of Icel. is recorded after this date (about the year ic
1040), but it was not accepted (Lv. S. ch. 30) ; the wager in Lv. ch
was previous (though only by a few years) to the fight between Gu;:
and Rafn. It is curious that Jon Egilsson, in his Lives of Bishops (wi;
about A.D. 160Q, Bisk. Ann. ch. 36, Safn i. 64), mentions a wagL
battle between the parties of the two bishops, Jon Arason and Ogi.
on the old holm in the Axe River A.D. 1529 ; but the whole is evuh
a mere reproduction of the tale of the Horatii in Livy. Maurer t..
that the two important acts of legislation, the institution of the ;
Court in 1004 and the abolition of the ordeal of holmganga a few ■
later, are closely connected, as the institution of the new court of ap
made the decision by battle superfluous. In Norway, if we are to bel j
Grett. S. ch. 21 (^a tok Eirekr af allar holmgongur i Noregi), the h(|
gongur were aboHshed about the year 10 12. It is very likely that |
tournaments of the Norman age, fought in lists between two setj
champions, sprang from the heathen holmganga, though this was alv
a single combat. For separate cases see the Sagas, Korm. S. I.e., Gum j
I.e., Eg. ch. 57, 67, Nj. ch. 24, 60, Landn. 2. ch. 13, 3. ch. 7, ^^'^
19, Gisl. init.. Glum. ch. 4, Valla L. 1. c, Hallfr. S. ch. 10. A CWl
kind of duel in a tub is recorded in Floam.S. ch. 17, called ke*gtf
perhaps akin to the mod. Swed. fight in a belt. For England see,
Edmund Head's interesting notes to Gliim. compds: holnigOn:
bo3, n. challenging to h.. Valla L. 2 14, Fas. ii. 475. holmgSngu-. j
n. pi. the law, rules ofh., Korm. 86, Valla L. 213. h61mg6ngu-mi |
m. a champion ofh., Korm. 54, Fms. i. I49. holmgOngu-staor ^
a place where h. is fought, Fms. 1.150. liolmgongu-sverS, n. a s*
used in h., Fas. i. 513. ,
HOLMK, prop, liolmr, also holmi, a, m. [A.S.bolm; Nortt,
holm and houm']:—a holm, islet, esp. in a bay, creek, lake, or ni
even meadows on the shore with ditches behind them are in Icel. c. 1
holms, Haustl. 18, Hkv. Hjorv. 8, Vkv. 38, Fms. vi. 217, H^i-
Sd. 181 ; i vatninu er einn holmi reyri vaxinn, Fms. i. 7^ '"^^'i
holma. Fas. ii. 535 ; uppi a holmanum, Orkn. 402. p. loo I
ti,to the holmganga (q.v.), Dropl. 36; falla a holmi, to fall in « <||
HOLMBUAR—HRAKDYRI.
281
nc ao; skora e-ni a holm, to challenge oUe, Nj. 15, passim ; ganga'
, to Jight a wager of battle ; skulu vit berjask i holma {jfeim
er i bxara, Nj. 36 ; leysa sik af htjlmi, to release oneself off the
viz. the vanquished party had to pay the ransom stipulated in the
(ingu-liig. Glum, passim. II. freq. in local names, Borg-
h61mr, Hdlmr, Holmar, Landn. ; H61in-garflr, the county of
bordering on the lakes Ladoga, etc. : Holm-rygir, m. pi. a
in western Norway : pr. names of men, H61in-kell, H61in-
H61in-steinn ; of women, Holm-frlSr, etc., Landn. compds :
.•btiar, m. pi. the men from Bornholm. Holm-dselir, m. pi.
njrom Holm, Sturl. holm-feerr, adj. able to fight in a duel,
69, v.l. APPELL. COMPDS : h61m-ganga, q. V. h61in-hringr,
circle marhedfor a duel. Eg. 492. holm-lausn, f. releasing one-
paying the ransom after a duel, Dropl. 36, Korm. 88. holm-
in. = h61mg6ngusta5r, Eg. 486. holm-stefna, u, f. a meeting
on a bolm. Eg. 485, 490, Fas. i. 419. holm-sverS, n. = hulm-
iverft, Fas. i. 416. h61ni-s6k, f. = h61mgongus6k, Bjarn. 66.
try the sea is called h61m-fj6turr, m. ' holm-fetter,' and the rocks
■leggr, m. the leg of the holm, i.e. rocks. Lex. Poet. : the sea is
-negldr, part, studded with holms, id.
', n. [A. S. i&o/»; Scot, hope = haven; perhaps connected with A. S.
ngl. hoop, with reference to a curved or circular form'] : — a small
eked hay or itdet, connected with the sea so as to be salt at flood
nd fresh at ebb, |iorf. Karl. 420, freq. in mod. usage. II.
name. Hop, H6ps-6s, Vestr-hop, Landn., Isl. ii. 387 : in Engl.
ames as Stanhope, Easthope, Kemble's Dipl. ; Elleshoop in Holstein
); Kirhhope, St. Margaret's hope, etc., in Orkney.
?il, m. [Dan. hoh; Swed. hop; the Engl, heap. Germ, haufen, would
to Icel. halipr, which does not exist] :• — a troop, flocli, bevy; mann-
ibostofmen, Bjarn. 52, Skald H. 6. 47, Pass. 21.10: freq. in mod.
e.g. i sinn hop, among one's own equals ; fjar-hopr, a flock of sheep ;
■6pr, a bevy of birds. h.6pa-kaup, n. a purchasing in lots.
;l, m., ace. ho, gen. hos, [the same word as Goth, hoha = a plough-
Engl. hoe, though different in sense] : — a pot-hook ( = hadda, q. v.),
irsery rhyme bidding one who has sore hps go into the kitchen,
le pot-hook thrice (kyssa hoinn J)rysvar), and say these words :
'g saell hor minn, | eg skal kyssa sntis J)ina, ef J)u graeSir vor mina,
)9s. ii. 553, which throw a light on the passage in Hbl. 48 (Sif a
ma), insinuating that Thor busied himself with cooking and dairy-
The hus in Ls. 33 seems to be a gen. = hvers, cujus, answering to
{. hveim, abl. hvi. compds : ho-band, n. a pot-hook string, Bjorn.
»^)f, n. the ' nose' or loop into which the hor is hooked, Bjorn.
IjEl, n. [Goth, horinasstis = {xoix^M ; l^ng\. whoredotn'], adultery, Jb.
^ ^' ^T. L. i. 70, Sks. 693, V. 1.
\ to commit adultery, Stj. 197, GJ)1. 136; hora undir bonda
,48 B, D. \. i. 262 : with ace, K. A. 122, Sks. 455, 575 : reflex.,
lb. 124, Grett. 204 new Ed.
\.\Gtxm.hure; Engl. w/bore,;&ar/o/], Fas. i. 99, N.G.L. i. 70.
i.c,Ln, f. adultery, K.A. 28, Stj. 517, Sks. 702.
U barn, n. a child begotten in adultery, GJ)1. 1 7 1 , Al . i , Grag. ch. xviii.
d6mr,m. {whoredom'],adultery,?>i].'^oi,K.k.\^2, 218, Barl.134,
I, Horn. 86, 154. hordoms-maSr, m. «« adulterer, 625. 15.
getinn, part, begotten in adultery.
Ukarl, m. an adulterer, H.E. i. 54.
Ujkerling, f. a strumpet, Stj. 405, Barl. 137.
KJkona, u, f. an adulteress, Jb. 161, Bs. i. 283.
il RR, m., gen. hors, [Ulf. hors = noixos ; A. S. horing ; Engl, whore-
< tc], an adulterer, Ls. 30.
' ua, adv. = hvarvetna, everywhere.
ii\ [Germ, husten ; Dan. hoste ; North. E. and Scot. hoasi\, to
■ i- 347. .^82.
, m. d cough, Eluc. 19, Nj. 20X, Fms. i. 282, x. 279, Pr. 474,
jS.
a, m., usually spelt 6str, without aspiration, Fms. vi. 419,
IX. 311, Sturl. iii. 251 : in mod. usage 6st, f . ; but the aspi-
il is borne out by the kindred words hosta, hosti : — the throat,
.'per part of the chest and the lower part of the throat, Bs. i.
Fms. ix. 311, v.l.; var Haraldr konungr lostinn oru i ostinn
t l)egar st66 bloSbogi lit um munninn, vi. 419; 1 halsstemnit
li fyrir h6stinn, Finnb. 214; hafSu ekki bera ostina ! (fem.)
T- n., contr. from hvat (q.v.), a whit, hit; hoti heldr, a bit
n good deal more, Fms. vii. 141 ; hoti raShoUari, a good deal
ii. 347 ; hoti ne5ar, Hrafn. 18 : hoti mun, a whit, a grain, a
idth ; hoti mun skjotara, a bit swifter, Rb. 106, Fms. vii. 170,
1 2. 66 : with superl., hoti helzt, a whit better, Isl. ii. 134 ; hoti
ft likely, Fms. vi. 351 ; J)at er hoti iimaklegast, i.e. that is
served! iii. 25; endisk ^vi Jjetta hoti helzt, J)6tt ekki vaeri
Gisl. 136, denoting a slight diff"erence : gen. plur., er mi litilla
', Karl. 96 : dat. plur., hotum framar, Clar. : gen., hots annan
, , ' the other way, Nj. (in a verse). 2. the phrase, ekki hot,
>' ivbit.
<S
h6t, n. pi. [Ulf. h'u/ota'], threats, Fms. ii. 32, Sks. 525, Fs. 31, Bs. i. 100,
Fb. i. 297. II. in the compds, ilsku-h6t, wickedness; astar-h6t,
marks, expressions of love ; vinar-hot, marks of friendship.
HOTA, ad, older form hoeta (q.v.), to hoot, threaten, with dat., Hkr. ii.
260, Fms. viii. 359, passim. II. h6ta e-u fram, to bold forth
(a weapon or the like) with threatening gestures, R^tt. 71 ; cp. ota
and hvata.
h.6tan, f. a threatening. Fas. iii. 445, Stj. i^o.
hdt-findinn, adj. 'whit-finding,' \.c. hair-splitting, captious: h6t-
findni, f.
h6t-sainr> adj. menacing, Karl. 490.
hot-vitna, gen. pl. = hvatvetna, every wight ; see hverr, hvat.
hxaSll, a5, to hasten, speed, with dat., J>(3r8. 77, Fms. xi.438.
hra3-berg, n. [hro6i]. medic, tartar on the teeth, F<51.
hra3-byri, n. a fresh fair wind, Fms. i. 19, iv. 14, vii. 94, viii. 253.
liraS-byrja, adj. sailing with a strong wind. Eg. 94, Bs. i. 12 1.
Iira3-fara, adj. hurrying, Sturl. i. 84.
hra3-feigr, adj. doomed to instant death, Nj. 60.
liraS-fleygr, adj. swift-flying.
lira3-f8Brr, adj. ' quick-faring,' fleet, Gh. 18.
hra3-ge3i, n. a hasty temper, f^dda (Gl.)
hra3i, a, m. Jieetness, swiftness, freq. in mod. uisage.
hra3-kvee3r, adj. swift-singing. Ad. I.
hra5-liga, adv. swiftly, Sks. 629.
hraS-mseltr, adj. quick of speech, Hm. 28, Fms. iv. 91, 374, v.l.
HRADB, adj. [A.S. hrad, hrad ; EngL rathe, ready] : — swift, fleet;
h. byrr, Symb. 15, Bs. ii. 82, Fms. vii. 340; hjalpar hra3r, swift to help.
Pass. 15.17. 2. neut. hratt, as adv. sw/y/Zy, Fas. ii. 87; sem hraftast,
quickly, Hav. 48, El., Pass. 33. 3 ; fara hratt, Lv. 63 ; lifi& manns hratt
fram hleypr, Hallgr. ; hratt lilikligt, q^/ite unlikely, Band. 25 new Ed.
hrafla, a3, to scrape together, (slang.)
HRAFN, often spelt hramn, m. [A.S. hrafn; Engl, raven; Germ.
rabe ; Dan. ravn, etc. ; cp. Lat. corvus, Gr. Kupa^"] : — a raven, Nj. 119,
Grag. ii. 346, Fms. i. 131, Hkr. iii. 1 1, Stj. 59, Orkn. 28, 38 : allit., bl5a
hunds ok hrafns, Fms. viii. 2I0: in the sayings, sjalds^nir hvitir hrafnar,
white ravens are not sein every day, of a strange appearance ; {)a er hart
J)egar einn hrafninn kroppar augun lir 65rum, it is too bad when one raven
picks another's eyes out; Gu8 borgar fyrir hrafninn, God pays for the
raven, perhaps referring to I Kings xvii. and Job xxxviii. 41. The
raven was a favourite with the Scandinavians, as a bird of augury and
of sagacity, vi&a fly'gr hrafn yfir grund, the raven is a far traveller; cp.
the wise ravens Huginn and Muninn, the messengers of Odin, Gm., Edda ;
whence Odin is called hrafn-blaetr, m. raven worshipper (Hallfred), and
hrafn-dss, m. (Haustl.) ; hrafna-dr6ttinn or hrafna-god, hrafn-
styrandi, a, m. lord or god of ravens ; hrafn-freista3r, m. raven
friend, Hiisd., Edda 1 26 ; cp. also the interesting story of the ravehs of
Floki, Landn. 28 (v.l.), — hann fekk at bloti miklu ok blotaSi hrafna {)rja,
J)a er honum skyldu lei5 visa. A raven was the traditional war standard
of the Danish and Norse vikings and chiefs, see Orkn. ch. il, Nj. ch.
15S, {>orst. Si5u H. ch. 2, as also the A.S. Chroniclers, e.g. the Saxon
Chronicle, Asser, A.D. 878, etc. The croaking of ravens was an omen,
Fagrsk. ch. 48, Sturl. 9. ch. 19, cp. Hav. 47 : when heard in front of a
house it betokens death, Landn. 2. ch. 33, Maurer Volksagen 170, 171 :
the ravens are said to hold a parliament, hrafna-Jjing ; and metaph. a
disorderly assembly was called by that name, see Isl. J>j63s. i. 616-621.
A black horse is called Hrafn, Edda. In popular lore the raven is
called krummi, q. v. Botan., hrafna-blaka and hrafna-kliikka, u, f.
cardamine pratensis, the ladies' smock or cuckoo-flower, Hjalt. Pr. names
of men, Hrafn, Hrafn-kell ; ofwomen,Hrefna, Hrafn-MIdr: local
names, Hrafna-bj6rg, Hrafna-gjd, Hrafna-gil (whence Hrafn-
gilingr, a manfro?n H.), Hrafn-liolar, Hrafn-ista (whence Hrafn-
istu-menn, an old family), etc., Landn. : in poetry a warrior is styled
hrafn -f8e3ir, -g8e3ir, -gselir, -greddir, •^^B,rfr,— feeder of ravens,
etc. : the blood is hrafn- vin. Lex. Poet. : a coward is hrafna-sveltir,
m. raven-starver, Bs. i.
hrafn-blfir, adj. raven-black, Bragi.
hrafn-hauss, m. raven-skull, a nickname, Sturl. iii. 1 76.
hrafn-hvalr, m. [A. S. hran or hren^a whale], a kind of whale, Sks.
123, Edda (Gl.), N.G.L. i. 330.
hrafn-ligr, adj. raven-like, Hom. 13.
hrafn-rey3r, f. a kind of wbale; also called hrefna, balaena {medio)
ventre plicato, Edda (Gl.), Eggert Itin. 542.
hrafn-svartr, adj. raven-black.
hrafn-tinna, u, f. • raven-flint' a kind of obsidian or agate, Fas. i.
470 ; Called gagates Islandicus, Eggert Itin.
hrafn-6nd, f. a kind of duck.
hragla, zb, of the weather ; l)a& hraglar uf honum, it sleets ; whence
hraglandi, a, m. sleet, a drizzling shower.
HRAK-, in compds, denoting wretched, wicked, [for the etymology
see hrekja] : hrak-auga, n. evil eye, a nickname, Sturl. hrak-bti,
n. a wtetcbed bousebold, Band, 37 new Ed. hrak-d^i, n. a poor.
282
HRAKFALL— HREi)A.
hunted deer, Korni. 60. hrak-fall, n. a tureck, disaster. hrak-f6r,
hrak-fer3, f. a journey ending in disgrace and disaster, Fser. 166, Grett.
153, Mag. hx&'is.-\ifi&,a.dv.wretchedly,disgraceftdly,¥s.2,^. lirak-
ligr, adj. wretched, disgraceful, Korm. 62, Stud. i. 24, iii. 273, Gliini.
387. hrak-magr, adj. wretchedly thin, Bs. i. 389. hrak-mann-
ligr, adj. wretched, mean. hrak-menni, n. a wretched man, wretch.
hrak-61ar, f. pi., in the phrase, vera a hrakohmi, to be as on the rack.
hrak-spd,, f. evil prophecy, croaking. hrak-viSri, n. wretched weather.
hrak-yrdi, n.foul language, Gisl. 86, hrak-sefl, f. a wretched life,
cp. Gisl. 63.
hrakning, {.wretched treatment, insult, injury, Korm. 158, Nj. 136,
Sturl. ii. 38, Sd. 167, Fms. viii. 78, 136, Grett. 203 new Ed., Hrafn. 20 :
in mod. usage, hrakningr, m. a being tossed or wrecked at sea ; also
sj6-hrakningr.
HRAMMB, m. [cp. Goth. hramjan = to nail to the cross"], that with
which one clutches, a bear's paw, Finnb. 248, Grett. loi, Ld. 52, Am.
17, Ver. 80, Fb. ii. 289: the palm of the hand, Edda (Gl.); whence
]iraniin-J)viti, a, m., poet, for gold, Hofu61. 17.
hxandlan, f. tossing about, N.G.L. i. 157.
HRANG, n. a noise, din, tumult, as of a crowd, Grag. i. 5 ; spelt
hrong, Mork. no (in a verse),
hrani, a, m. a blusterer ; hann er mesti hrani. compds : hrana-
legr, adj. rude. hrana-skapr, m. uncivil behaviour. II. a
pr. name, Sturl.
hrap, n. ruin, falling down, freq. ; stjornu-hrap, a shooting star.
HRAPA, a6, to fall, tumble down, Fs. 70, Ann. 1339, Th. 76, Al.
76 : to fall into an abyss, down a precipice, hropu6u J)eir af haeSinni,
Landn. 147 ; h. til helvitis, Hom. 87 ; eg sa Satan svo sem eldingu h. af
himni, Luke x. 18; hann hrapar i pyttinn, Fs. 158; h. ofan, Al. 146;
hrapa6i hann ni6r i fjoruna, Fms. viii. 75 ; hann er a6 h. klett af klett,
a ditty : of a shooting star, stjornur munu af himnum h., Matth. xxiv.
29, (stjornu-hrap.) p. to fall in ruin; hvort hiis mun yfir annat h.,
Luke xi. 17, xiii. 4 ; but not usual, ' hrynja' being used of a house, wall,
tower, rock which falls ; hrapa of a man who falls from them. II.
to rush headlong, hurry; hrapa a fund e-s, Fms. i. 303; er J)u hrapar
sva til banans, vi. 115 : h. i e-t, to rush into, H. E. i. 469 ; h. at e-u, to
hurry on a thing, Fs. 41 ; ef maSr hrapar sva at grepti at kvi3r berr at
ond se i brjosti, K. |j. K, 26 : with dat., eigi skulu ^er h. {)vi sva. Oik.
36; hitt mundi mitt ra6 at h- eigi ferSinni, Eg. 577, Fms. v. 43; ok
hrapaSir J)eim sva til helvitis, vii. 123.
hiapair, m. hurry ; at hrapaSi, hurriedly, Fms. ix. 377, Sturl. i. 83,
Ann. 1417.
hrapa-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), mod. hrapar-ligr, hurried, disastrous;
maela h., to bluster, Isl. ii. 350, Sturl. i, 166 C ; fara hrapalliga, to rush
headlong like a fool, Hrafn. 15.
hrapau, f. downfall, Fms. ii. 276, Al. 40.
hrap-orSr, adj. using blustering language, Sturl. iii. 113, v. 1.
Hrappr, m. a pr. name ; see hreppr.
HHASA, but better rasa (q. v.), where the references will be given in
full, see introduction to letter H : — to stumble ; the aspirated form is only
used in a few cases, og hrasadi bland raeningja, Gr. kyaTais ■ntpuirtatv,
Luke X. 30; hrasa&r, 36: eccl. to stumble in sin. Pass., Vidal. passim.
hrasan, hrSsvm, f. stu7nbling, sinning, N. T., Pass., Vidal,
hrat, n. [Ivar Aasen rat], refuse: esp. the skins, stones, etc. of berries
(berja-hrat) which one spits out : the droppings of birds, J)a& er eins
hrat lir hrafni.
HRATA, a8, better and older rata (q. v.), vrata : [in mod. usage the
aspirated form is used in the sense to stagger, stumble, but rata in the
sense to find one's way ; but that in both senses rata is the true form
is shewn by alliteration, as in Skv. 1. 36, cp. also Vsp. 51; also by
the form rati, a headlong fool]: — to stagger, fall, tumble; ok hrataSi
hann ofan af J)ekjunni, Nj. 114; J)au hrata i gil nokkut ofan, Bs. i. 442,
Sturl. ii. 137 ; hann hratafti af ok kom ni6r standandi, 138 ; Jia reid at
honum brunassinn ok hrata5i hann inn aptr, Nj. 202 ; nema mean rati
(hrati ?) a e3r hrindisk a, Grag. ii. 96 : to stagger, Onundr rataSi
(hrataSi, v. 1.) vi5 lagit. Eg. 379; hann hrata&i vi3 en fell eigi, Fms, vi.
66; hann var hrumr ok hratadi afram, vii. 23, Fs. 38, 52,
hrati, a, m. ritbbish, trash, Bs. i. 601.
HRAUKR, m. [A. S. hreac ; Engl, rich], a small stack, torf-h. ; cp.
hroki.
hrauk-tjald, n. a rick-formed tent. Fas. ii. 273, Bar3. 178.
hraumi, a, m. [A. S. hream], a noisy fellow, Edda (Gl.)
HRAITN, n. [akin to hruni, hrjona, and hrynja (q. v.), and thus from
a lost strong verb jo, au, u ; hrjufr, hru6r, hreysi, hrjostr (q. v.) seem all
to be akin] : — prop, a rough place, a wilderness, and is used so esp.
by Norse writers and in the oldest poems : in Norse local names, Raunen,
bare rocks in the sea, as opp. to holmr, a grassy islet, Fritzner s. v. :
a giant is in poetry called hraun-bui, -drengr, -h.valr, -skjOldungr,
= tbe dweller, hero, whale, king of the wilderness, Hym., Hkv. Hjorv.,
Haustl,, Fas. ii. 306,
B. In volcanic Iceland the word came to mean a lava field when.
cold, a burnt place (not the fresh glowing lava), freq. in the Sagas
well as in mod. usage, Bjarn. 36, 52, Nj. 248, Grag. ii. 282, Landn. 28
Hrafn. 26, Eb. 132-138, Bs.i. 540 ; um hvat reiddusk go6in, erherbrai
hraunit er nu stondum ver a (Bs. i. 22), the famous words of Snorri int]
parliament of A. D. 1000; the place of the alj)ingi being a burnt 0
lava field. II. in Icel. local names freq., Hraun, Hraim-dal
-fjQrSr, -ger3i, -holt, -h.6fn, etc., Landn. : esp. in relation to fields
lava, Borgar-hraun, id. ; Berserkja-hraun, Eb. ; Beruvikr-hraun, Bjirr
StaSar-hraun in Myra-sy'sla ; Gar3a-hraun near Reykjavik, etc.: CdaJ
hraun, the wilderness in the inner part of Icel. (see Isl. J^joSs.), whi
was supposed to be peopled by miscreants and outlaws. compi
Hraira-dselir, m. pi. the men from Hraundalr. Hraun.fir3ing
m. a man from Hraunfjor3r, Landn. Hraun-ger3ingr, m. a m.
from HraungerSi, id. Hraxms-verjar, m. pi. the men from Hrat
Bs. i. 643. 2. as appell., hraun-gata, u, f. a path through a hrail
Bjarn. 36, Pr. 41 1. tLraun-gjota, u, f. a lava pit or hole. hrau
gr^ti, n. lava rocks. hraun-klettr, m. a lava crag, Sks. i;
hraun-skeggi, a, m. a hraun dweller, Fs. 155 ; cp. eyjarskeggi.
@«r" The whole of Icel. may be said to be a burnt out lava field, f:.
eruptions previous to the peopling of the country. The follow;
eruptions which have happened since the settlement, beside thort
Hekla (q. v.), are mentioned in writers previous to A. D. 143c:
an eruption in Borgar-hraun in Myra-sysla about the beginning or •
loth century, Landn. 2. ch. 5 ; in Olfus A. D. 1000, Kristni S. ch. i
in the sea about Reykjanes A. D. 1211, 1226, 1238, 1240, 1422, A;
s. a. : but esp. in the southern glaciers in Trolla-dingjur A. D. 11;
1 188; in Solheima-jokull A. D. 1245, 1262; in Si3a A. D. 1332;
Hnappafells-jokull A. D. 1332, 1350 ; in HerSubrei3 etc. A.D. 1340 :
three places in Skaptafells-sy'sla A.D. 1362, — the great eruption wi,
destroyed the church in RauSilaekr ; in Hof&ar-jokull A.D.1416, see
Ann. In later centuries the greatest eruptions are those oftheK'i
gja in 1755, and esp. the terrible eruption of Skaptar-jokull on the 2:
of June, 1783. In this century that of Eyjaijalla-jokuU, 1821.
hraung, f. = hrang, q. v.
hraunottr, adj. rugged, Orkn. 208 (in a Norse landscape),
hraust-leikr, m. and hraust-leiki, a, m. prowess, gallantry , Bar
Fms. iii. 3, xi. 375 ; fraeg5a, frama-verka ok hraustleika (gen.), i[.
I.:i6, passim.
hraust-liga, adv. valiantly, doughtily, Fms. i. 88, v. 318, Post. 645.
hraust-ligr, adj. bold, valiant, manly, 655 ii. i, Nj. 204: n.e
strong-looking.
hraust-mannligr, adj. = hraustligr, Hkr. iii. 427, v. 1.
hraust-menni, n. a stout, strong man, Fs. 128, Finnb. 326.
HRAITSTR, adj. [Germ, rustig], strong, valiant, doughty, of a warr
Isl. ii. 264, 366, Fms. i. 52, iv. 122, vi. 3, vii. 4, Ld. 46, O. H. 218, Ai
169, Eb. 148, and passim. 2. strong, hearty ; hann var J)a. hnig
nokkut ok J)6 hinn hraustasti ok vel hress, Ld. 56 ; gamall ok f i
Fs. 156 ; heill ok h., hale and hearty, Grag. i. 163, Fb. ii. 383 ; var 1
J)a enn hraust kona, Isl. ii. 453 ; mun J)a eigi hraust kona ilium ma
gefin, Sd. 150; u-hraustr, weak, invalid.
hrd-blautr, adj. raw, of hides or the like, Fms. iii. 18, Stj. 416.
lird-flskr, m. a raw fish, Rb. 348.
hrd.i, a, m. crudeness.
HRAKI, a, m. [cp. A.S. hraca = throat ; Gcim.rachen; also A
hrcecan, Engl, to retch in vomiting, hawk in spitting] : — spittle, Edd»
47 (mythical), Sks. 540, N. G. L. i. 339, K. A. 6, Stj. 37, Mar. pass
hrdka-skirn, f. baptism with spittle in lieu of water, 671. i6.
hrd-leikr, m. rawness, 677. 15.
HRAR, hra, hratt, adj. [A.S. hreow = crudus, whence Engl, rm
and raiv ; Germ, rauh; Dan. raa] : — raw, only of meat or food;
hratt, Hkv. 2.6, Hom. 84, Fbr. 97, Karl. 426; hran fisk, Al. 171.
raw, fresh, sappy ; g63 j6r6 ok hra, Edda 150 (pref.) ; hrar vidr, a •
ling, young plant, Grag. ii. 298, Fb. i. 342, Skm. 32.
hrd-skinn, n. ' raw-skin :' — but used (it is hard to say why) in
sense of a shelter, refuge; hof&u J)eir hraskinn hja fe6rum sinum >
hald ok traust), Fbr. 8 ; GuS, drottinn er minn styrkr ok stu6n:ng.
mitt raskinn ok frjalsari, Stj. 51. hraskinns-leikr, m. a kin:
game, 'hide and seek (i),' Bar3. 174.
hra-slagi, a, m. dampness in houses.
Iird.-vi3i, n. saplings, young plants ; hoggva sem h.. Fas. i. 451, \>
Karl. (A. A.) 198 ; allt eins og kvistir af hretviSri hristir, a hravi&ar-la
Hallgr.
hrd-J)efir, m. the smell of a carcase, Barl. 151.
hrd-seti, n. raw food, Fbr. 72.
HREDA, u, f., mod. form hrae3a, a bugbear, bogle; at jafnan m}
vera nokkurar hreSur i Mi3firSi . . . hefir J)ar jafnan verit deilu-gjamar
i 63rum heru3um, |}6r3. 59 new Ed.; sva segir mer hugr uni, at sjai
muni hreSu-laust i J)essu hera3i, 22. 2. in mod. usage in wcs
Icel. hrae6a or hre3a means a scarecrow, whence metaph. hraeSa, a f
harmless creature; as also, t)a6 sast eingin hrae3a, not a soul was t
seen. II. a nickname:, {>6rd.
HREDI— HREPPA.
283
, in., mod. liro3i, offal, rubbish, refuse, Eluc. 41 (spelt
II. [A. S. hrySer = a heifer'], poet, a bull, Edda (Gl.) :
^.....lacs, HreOa-vatn, Landn.
DJAK and hjedr, f. pi. [A. S. hreder = viscera], the scrotum,
i. 81, Edda 46, Grett. (in a verse) ; hest-re&r, Fnis. vi. 194 (in a
, u, f. [hrafn], prop, a she-raven. 2. a whale, = hrafnreiSr,
8. a part of a ship, Edda (Gl.) II. a pr. name, Landn.
and hremni, n. a plank in a ship, viz. the fifth from the keel,
II.) ; ef (skip) brotnar fyrir ofan hrefnis-skor (spelt refnis skor
rsefsing, renni skor), N.G. L. i. 383 : in poetry a ship is hrefnis
ifiois st66, the steed of the h. The h is warranted by alliteration.
[JG, n. stonn and rain, Edda 99, Am. 18, Fs. 129; var basSi
k regn, Eb. 266, Fms. vii. 195 ; h. ok sjadrif, ii. 177 ; kasta&i
areggi a moti J)eim, Fas. ii. 80 ; h. e&a rota, Bs. i. 339, N. G. L.
hri6 me5 hreggi, Eb. 206, Lex. Poet. ; kulda-h., a chilly, rainy
■jih\ds-h., stiotv and wind : in poetry the battle is the hregg of
, Valkyriur, Odin, etc., see the conipds in Lex. Poet. compds :
bldsinn, part, blown by the gale, Hallfred. hregg-mimir, m.,
name of one of the heavens, Edda (Gl.) hregg-nasi, a, m. a
le, Eb. liregg-rann, n., hregg-salr, m., poet, 'gale-house,'
sky, Lei6arv. 17, 25, Geisli 61. liregg-skd,r, adj. stormy,
65. hregg-skur, f. a tempestuous shoiuer, Sks. 227. hregg-
*gale-tent,' i. e. the heaven. Lex. Poet. Hregg-vi3r, m. a pr.
i. hregg-viSri, n. a /ew2/>es/, Fms. ii. 177. hregg-vindr,
mpestitous gale, Grett. (in a verse). hregg- J>jdlini, a, m.
■ap,' i. e. the heaven, poet., Lei3arv. 4.
ISK, n. \p?i\\. rede, prob. akin to \J\L vripus = ay ikri', A. S.
Engl. Jfrm^Z? ; Sv/e.i. vrad ; D^n.vraad; — all meaning a tf/rea/^,
.6a, to wreath] : — a bird's nest, Grag. ii. 346, GJ)1. 542, Greg. 55,
153, Merl. I. 26, Stj. passim ; ara h., an eagle's nest, Fagrsk. 146:
ng, sa er fuglinn vestr er i sitt h. dritr : hrei3r-b6llr, m. a
II,' an egg, Krok. 64 (in a pun), and hrei8r-baUa, a8, = eggja
■f on, id. (a pun).
S'ask, a3, dep. to nestle, Stj. 8r, Fms. vi. 153 : mod. hrei8ra sig.
BIIFI, a, m. the wrist, Edda lio, Fms. i. 167, Sturl. ii. 104, Bs. i.
■ ■ '"hreifi, a seal's fin, Eb. 272 ; and so in mod. usage.
, m. good cheer, high spirits ; better reifingr.
i R, adj., old form reifr (q. v.), merry, gladsome.
£fIMK, m. [cp. A. S. hredm = noise, hremig = noisy, hreman = to
: 'A. brum, to cry out ; ream or reem is still used in Lancashire ; cp.
im] : — a scream, cry ; op ne (h)reimr, Hom. 29 ; illr h. armra
lUr h., Fms. vii. 84 (in a verse) ; orfta h., Lil. 72 : a nickname,
'eim-samr, adj. noisy, peevish. Fas. iii. 156.
. causal from hrina : to mahe to squeal, of swine, Al. 171 ; ef
, , ..icind, 7nade to squeal, Konr.
relask, a6, to be cleaned.
rel-bjdlbi, a, m. a reindeer's skin, Fser. 42, O. H. 198, 218.
-braut, f. the reindeer's track, Egil ; see hreinn, m., sub init.
-drif, n. a snow-drift, Sks. 230, v.l.
-dyri, n. a reindeer, Faer. 42, Sks. 62 new Ed.
-fer3ugr, a.d]. pure and chaste, Bs. i. 241, ii. 43, Karl. 553, Lil.
Ikn, n. a air. Key., Hym. 24 ; no doubt falsely for hraun-
i ouster of the wilderness: hraun and hcilkn are twin words
itively.
tning, f. the immaculate conception, Magn. 468.
rr, part, made bright, of a shield, Bragi.
irta3r, adj. pure of heart, Sks. 90, Bs. ii. 61, Matth. v. 8.
■r, adj. cleanly, clean: nietaph. />wre, Sks. 435, Barl. 18.
;kr (-leiki), m. cleanliness : metzph. purity ; h. hjartans, Hom.
chastity, Al. 58, K. A. 74.
ca, adv. cleanly, Bs. i. 711, Sks. 134, 436: metaph. with
:rity, Fms. v. 241, Hom. 86, Best. 48 : with chastity, 671. 6.
;r, adj. cleanly, clean. Bard. 171, Dipl. v. 10, passim : metaph.
, Mar.
i, n. a clean, pure life, chastity, Hom. 67, Lil. 27, N. T., Vidal.,
1. 2. in Roman Catholic times esp. of monastic life,
'•: i. 269, passim. compds: hreinlifls-kona, u, f. a nun,
: oiiilifis-ma3r, m. a friar, Sks. 96, Fms. x. 408, Hom. 93.
-xii'r, adj. clean-living, pure of life, Bs. i. 275, Hom. (St.) 3,
U, passim ; opp. to saurlifi and saurlifr.
[i-lyndr, adj. (hrein-lyndi, n.), upright, LeiSar. 4.
-Inti, n. cleanliness, Edda ii. 246, freq.
.•nuumligr, adj. clean and manly, of noble bearing, stout-looking;
sti, Karl. 234 : — mod. brefmannlegr, adj., in the same sense.
"m"N, adj. [Ulf. brains = KaOapus ;, A. S. hran; lost in Engl.,
in the verb to rinse ; O. H. G. hreini; Germ, rein; Dan.-Swed.
clean; h. lindiikr, Hom. 138, Fs. i ; hrein klae&i, Fms. vi. 207 ;
m ok hreint, Sks. 326 ; hreint vatn, Gd. 22 ; h, logr, Aim. 35 ;
unnlaug, H. E. i. 489 ; h. mj611,/r«Si& snow, Rm. 26. p. bright; ,
hreinir kyndlar, bright candles, Sol. 69 ; hreint baj, a bright flame. Lex,
Poet. ; h. sol, the bright sun, id. ; h. ok gagnsser, Hom. (St.) 15. 13 ; hreint
sverft, hrein vapn, Fms. x. 360, Rett. 120 ; h. rond, a bright shield. Lex.
Poet. y. eccl., hrein kvikendi, clean beasts, Hom. 29. II.
metaph. clean, pure, sincere ; hreint hjarta, h. hugr, hrein iftran, hreint lif,
Bs. i. 2 70, Sol. 7, Barl. 93, N. T., Vidal., Pass. passim. p. = Gr. KaOapdt in
the N. T. of the cleansed leper ; u-hreinn, unclean ; ta-hreinn, quite clean.
HBEINN", m. [the word is prob. of Finnish origin. From the words
of king Alfred, {\iz deor he hdtaft hrSnas, Orosius i, i, § 15, Bosworth's
Ed.), it seems that the king knew the name only from Ohthere's tale ; and
when Egil in his poem on king Athelstan (if the verse be genuine) calls
Northern England hreinbraut, the reindeers' track, the phrase is prob.
merely poet, for a wilderness. There is however a curious passage in
Orkn. (448) where the hunting of reindeer in Caithness is recorded ; the
Icel. text is here only preserved in a single MS. ; but though the Danish
translation in Stockholm (of the year 1615) has the same reading, it is pro-
bably only a mistake of the Saga ; for it is not likely that the Norsemen
carried reindeer across the sea ; the present breed was introduced into Icel.
by the government only a century ago]: — a reindeer, llm.8g,K.^.K. 132,
Fas. iii. 359 ; hreins fit, Hkr. ii. 250 ; hreins horn, Ann. Nord. Old. 1 844,
1845, p. 170 ; hreina hold, Sks. 191. The finest deer were called stal-
hreinar (the stcel-hranas of king Alfred), cp. talhreinn, Haustl. In northern
poetry, ships are freq. called hreinn, see Lex. Poet., byr-hreinn, haf-h,,
hun-h., unnar-h., hlyrvangs-h., Gylfa-h., all of them meaning ships. Lex.
Poet. : a giant is called gnipu-h, = ' crag-rein,' {)d. : the wilderness is
myrk-rein hreins = ^i&e mirk-field of the reindeer, Haustl. Hreinn is an
old pr. name, Landn. compds : hrein-braut, f., hrein- vastir, f. pi.,
hrein-ver, n. a wilderness, Edda (in a verse).
hreinsa, a&, [Ulf. hrainsjan; Engl, rinse; Dan. reuse], to make cleati,
cleanse, Sks. 583, 605, Fms. ii. 261, Nj. 270, passim : to purge, clear,
h. land af vikingum, Fms. i. 93, vii. 18, Anal. 249 ; h, likj)ra, to cleanse
{heal) leprosy. Post., N. T. ; lik{)rair hreinsast, Matth. xi. 5, Johann. 95,
Fms. xi. 309: metaph. to purify. Post. 645. 77, 94, Hom. 97, N.T.,
Vidal., Pass.
hreinsan, f. cleansing, purification, K. A. ao, Hom. 64, 65, passim,
hreinsunar-eldr, m. the cleansing fire, purgatory, Fms. vii. 38 ; land-h.,
clearing the land of miscreants.
hrein-skilinn, adj. sincere: hrein-skilni, f. sincerity, uprightness.
lirein-staka, u, f. a reindeer cloak, Hkr. ii. 250.
hrein- vi3ri, n. bright, clear weather.
HBEISTB, n. scales, offish, 656 C. 13, Sks. 168, Anecd. 6, passim,
hreistr-kambr, m. a scaly comb, Stj. 98.
hreistra, a5, to cover with scales : hreistra3r, part, scaly.
HREKJA, pret. hrakti ; part. hraki6r, Orkn. 424, mod. hrakinn,
neut. hrakt, Sturl. ii. 169: [akin to Goth, vrikan, A.S. wrecan, Engl.
wreak, wreck, see introduction to letter H] : — to worry, vex ; h. e-n i
or&um, to scold and abuse one, Fms. vii. 319, Fs. 17.^; t**^ bityrSi er
SkarpheSinn hrakti y&r Ljosvetninga, Nj. 223; amscla J)aEr honum i
hverju or3i ok hrekja, Finnb. 228 : to confound, m^r {)aetti bezt vid {)ann
at eiga, er allir hrekjask fyrir a3r, by whom all people are confounded,
Hrafn. 16 ; Sigmundr sag6isk heldr vilja h. J)a sem mest, Faer. 165, Fs.
33, 129, Sturl. ii. 169, Bs. ii. 143 ; hann ey5ir malit fyrir Erni ok hrekr
hann sem mest af malinu, Fs. 1 25 : vighestrinn haf&i hrakit hrossin, Eb.
36 new Ed. p. a naut. term, of ships driven out of their course, freq.
in mod. usage ; either impers., e-n hrekr, one is driven and wrecked; or
reflex., J)eir hroktust fimm vikur sjavar, they were driven for Jive miles
on the sea : also of a ship, skipid (ace.) hrekr, the ship has drifted, cp.
Bs. i. 817 ; of sheep in a snow storm.
hrekkja, t, to tease or play tricks on one.
hrekkjottr, adj. tricky, mischievous, e.g. of a bad boy; harm er h.
bse6i viS menn og skepnur.
HREKKR, m., pi. ir, gen. pi. ja, [Dan. ranke], a trick, piece of mis-
chief Mag. 9, Fas. ii. 372, Nikd. 40 ; hrekkir ok slaeg&ir, Stat. 273.
hrekk-vlsi, f. trickiness, mischievousness, Rom. 254, 347*
hrekkvis-ligr, adj. = hrekkviss.
hrekkviss, adj. tricky, mischievous, Eluc. 28, Fs. 46, R6m. 293, 299
{=factiosus of Sallust).
HBELIjA, d, [cp. slang Engl, to rile], to distress, with ace, Bs, i. 438,
Stj. 364: pass, to be distressed, grieved, 625. 75, Stj. 325.
hrella, u, f. a nickname, Rd.
hrelling, f. anguish, affliction, Hrafn. 17, Bs. i. 184, Isl. ii. 417, Rom.
ii. 9, N. T., Vidal.
HBEMMA, d, [hrammr ; Ulf. bramjan = aravpovv, i. e. to nail to the
cross ; cp. O. H. G. ramen ; Dan. ramme = to hit] : — to clutch, Bjarn. 1 2,
Sturl. ii. 203, Fas. ii. 231, Or. 35 : part, hremmdr, Sturl. iii, 90, 103.
hreinsa, a8, = hremma, Fs. 45.
hremsa, u, f. a clutch, Konr. 25 : poet, a shaft, Edda(Gl.), Lex. Poet.
hreppa, t, [A.S. hreppan = tangere], to catch, obtain; nu fae ek eigi
t)at af J)6r tekit er J)u hefir hreppt, Grett. 114 A ; J)a h6t hann 4 hinn
saela {jorlak biskup at hann skyldi skipit hreppa, that he might catcb
up the lost boat, Bs. i. 338; en er hann hreppti dverkann, when be
284
HREPPR— HRINDA.
caught the blow, was bit. Gull}). 5 1 ; margr veit hverju hann sleppir en
ekki hvaS hann hreppir, a saying.
HREPPK, m.: — this word remains' in ' the Rape of Bramber' in Sussex,
and is undoubtedly Scandinavian, being probably derived, as Pal Vidalin
suggested, from hreppa, and thus originally meaning a share, allodium;
it may be that the proper name Hrappr (Landn.) is akin ( = a yeoman,
master of a Rape?) ; for the bad senseof that name { = a traitor) is a meto-
nyme, borrowed from the person of that name in the Njala. After the
introduction of Christianity, all Icel. was, for the maintenance of the
poor, divided into poor-law districts called hreppar, which still exist,
being in most cases, though not always, identical with the sokn or parish ;
and it is remarkable that the district round the Bishop's seat at Skalholt
bears the local name Hreppar, indicating that this division had the
Bishop's house as its nucleus. The occurrence therefore of this name in
the Landn. is an anachronism ; as probably are also the few instances in
which hreppr is used as an appellative in records of the heathen age,
e. g< Lv. 1. c. It is not known when the division into Rapes took place ;
perhaps it took place gradually during the nth century; vera a hrepp,
koma a hreppinn, to be or become a pauper. In the Griigas a special
section (and as it seems one of the oldest) is called ' um Hreppa-skil,' Kb.
11.171-180; 'um Hreppa-log,' Sb. i. 443-458. Twenty franklins at
least constituted a lawful Rape, Kb. ii. 171. (These remarks are partly
due to Konrad Maurer.) compds : hreppa-domr, m. a Rape court,
Grag. i. 245, 448. hreppa-lOg, n. pi. the laws and rules of a Rape,
Grag. i. 443. Hreppa-maSr, m. a man from the district Hreppar,
Stutl. ii. 248. hreppa-mdl, n. Rape affairs, Grag. ii. 178 new Ed.
hxeppa-mot, n. pi. the march or border of two Rapes, Grag. i. 444.
hreppa-skil, n. pi. Rape business, Lv. 17 ; in mod. usage, the autumn
meeting held in every Rape. hreppa-tal, n. the census of a Rape,
Grag. i. 443. lirepps-fundr, m. a Rape meeting, Grag. i. 296, 446,
448. hrepps-maSr, m. afranJtlin of a certain Rape, Grag. i. 248,
256, 262, 295, 445. hrepps-sokn, f. the management of a Rape, the
office of the Rape councils, = mod. hreppstjorn, Grag. i. 445. lirepp-
sdknar-menn, m. pi. the members of the five Rape councils, Grag.
i. 295, 455, passim. hrepps-stjori, a, m. = hreppstj6ri, Grag. i. 262.
hrepp s-umagi, a, m. a pauper.
hrepp-stefna, u, f. = hreppsfundr, Sturl. i. 185.
hrepp-stjori, a, m. a ^ Rape-steerer,' overseer, Jb. 186, Vm. 116: in
each Rape in Icel. the best yeoman is chosen as hreppstjori by the sheriff
(amtma5r) or, as in former days, by the parishioners, but he is not paid ;
he has, jointly with the parish priest, to manage the business of the
Rape, esp. to see to the maintenance of the poor, fix the poor-rate of
each franklin, and, as there are no poor-houses, to arrange the distribution
of the poor (limagar) among the parishioners. In the days of the Com-
monwealth there was a cormmittee of five members, called hreppstjornar-
menn (q. v.), which discharged the duties of the present hreppstjori ; me8
raSi heima-prests ok hreppstjora, Vm. 116. This word does not occur in
the Gragas, but only after A. D. 1281 ; for the reading hreppstjori in the
D. I. i. 199 (in a deed supposed to be of A. D. 1150) is only found in a
mod. transcript, and the original prob. had hreppstjornarnienn (pi.)
hrepp-stjorn, f. the office of a hreppstjori, Jb. 184: the management
of a Rape, K. A. 96, Jb. 1 78. hreppstj6riiar-J)ing, n. = hreppa-skil
or hreppsfundr, Jb. 182.
HBESS, adj. [cp. A. S. and Hel. hror, and prob. akin to hraustr, qs.
' hrers;' cp. Germ, ruhrig, rustig'] : — hale, hearty, in good spirits ; hann var
af aesku-aldri ok })6 maSr inn hressasti. Eg. 202 ; en })6 var Kveldulfr hress
ma8r ok vel fzrr, 84 ; hraustr ok vel hress, Ld. 56 ; en er allr herrinn
hafSi drukkit, \)a. vorum ver hressir, Al. 167 ; hann var hinn hressasti, be
was quite w/e// (after a sickness), Sturl. ii. 182; u-hress, low, sickly, Stj. 374.
hressa, t, to refresh, cheer; hressa kararmenn, 655 xiii. B. 3 ; h. halta.
Mar. ; hon let gera honum laugar ok h. hann, Bret. 164 ; tokum mi til
faedu ok hressum oss, 656 C. 22 ; hann bad hann hressa sik, he bade him
be of good cheer, bade him cheer up. Eg. 102 : with prepp., h. upp, to restore
a building, 623. 14 ; at hann skyldi radask norSr til Miinka-Jjverar ok h.
staSinn, Sturl. i. 223. II. reflex, to recover one's strength or
spirits, be refreshed. Ems. ii. 59, 270, vi. 303, Finnb. 234, Bs. i. 319,
Fas. ii. 356, Eg. 645.
hressing, f. recovery of strength, refreshment.
hress-leiki, a, m. good health, heartiness, Fms. iv. 13.
HRET, n. a tempest, storm, Edda 99, Hkr. i. 282 : freq. in mod. usage,
esp. of a lasting storm and tempest, viku-hret, halfs-mana5ar-hret, a tem-
pest lasting a week or fortnight ; f)orra-hret, Jonsmessu-hret, a tempest in
the month ofThorri,on St.JobnBaptist's day; kafalds-hret,a s«OK/s/or»j.
hret-vi3ri, n. a tempest, J>d., Sturl. (in a verse).
HREYFA, 6, [Ivar Aasen royva'], to stir, with ace, (but in mod. usage,
with ace. of a person, and dat. of a thing) ; mi varSar eigi ^6n sa sey5r
rjiiki er J)eir hafa hreyft, Fms. vi. 105 ; engi kniit f^kk haiui leyst ok
engi alar-endann hreyft, Edda 28. II. reflex, to put oneself into
motion, stir, Mag. 93 : of a bird ( = beina Aug). ra>yfSisk inn hosfjaari,
Fagrsk. (Hornklofi), of the raven, to shake his feathers, cp. Fms. x. 130
(in a verse) ; hann hreyf3isk at fljiiga, Konr. ; feldr nokkun liggr J)ar—
'mer J)ykkir sem hraefisk (i.e. hroeyfisk) stundiim er ek Ht til, Fai
167. 2. metaph., hefsk upp ok hreyfisk i farsaelligum hlutum,
376. III. this word, which in old writers is of rare oc
rence and limited in sense, has in mod. usage become one of
general terms for to move, stir, and is usually, though erroneouslv s
with ei, hreifa ; hreifa vi6 e-u, to touch on a thing; hreifa sig, /os/iV
limbs; hann hreifir sig ekk\, be does ?iot stir: — also with dat., h.
mali, to move, bring forward a case; hann hreifdi J)vi tkhi, he did
even mention it; hvar sem ofriSr hreifir ser, Pass. 21. 13.
hrejrfing, f. motion, movement, (mod. and spelt hreiflng.)
hreyrar, see heyrar. (
HEEYSI, n. and hreysar, f. pi., Fms. v. 70, Jb. 211, N.G.L.i. '
431 ; [Ivar Aasen ros; cp. Dunmail Raise (i.e. Dunmail's Caini
Westmoreland] : — a heap of stones ( = Icel. ur8), where wild beasts ab
Hym. 35 ; holt ok hreysar, Fms. v. 70; holkn e6a hreysar, Jb. :
hangar e6r hreysar, N.G. L. i. 14, 431; })eir drogu i hurt \k.
bans ok reyr6u i hreysi nokkuru, Fms. vii. 227; skri&a i hrevs;
slink into a den, Hkv. I. 33, Lv. 6l; i hreysum e6r holum, Bar6. 1
liggja i hreysum, Fms. vi. 425 ; \>n liggr ])a. i hreysum e3r fylgsm
viii. 157, Konr. 22. 2. in mod. usage = a /oor wretched cotta>r
hovel. COMPDS : hreysi-kottr, m. a wild cat, Stj. 93. hrej
visla, u, f. a weasel, Rb. 356.
hreysingr, m. in ill-hreysingr, a savage ruffian.
hreysta, t, to make valiant, Finnb. 332 ; h. sik, to comfort om
cheer oneself up, Grett. 138.
HREYSTI, f. [hraustr], valour, prowess. Eg. 16, Nj. 266, Y>
Gull}). 65, Fms. i. 34, vi. 58, vii. 326, Eb. 116, Fas. iii. 144, pa;-
coMPDs : hreysti-brag3, n. a/ea/o//irowMs, Karl.417,451. hreys,
ina3r, m. a valiant man. Eg. 73, Edda 16, Fb. ii. 72. hreysi •'
mannliga, adv. ^aZ/flAj/Zy, Fms. vii. 289. hreysti-mannligr, 1 1 ■
gallant, bold, Fms. ii. 1 20. hreysti-or9, n. a word of prowess, Fm I i
180. hreysti-raun, f. a /rmZ o/va/oj/r, Fms. vi. 260. hrcytl '"
verk, n. a deed of prowess, a deed of derring-do, Fms. ii. 105, Finnb. 3
hreysti-liga, adv. stoutly, boldly, Fms. i. 42, Isl. ii. 369.
hreysti-ligr, adj. stout, bold, Nj. 200.
HREYTA, t, [hrjota], to spread, scatter, throw about, with dat., F
35, Am. 43,- Sks. 226, 229, Eb. 200 new Ed.
hreyting, f. a spreading, Lv. 75.
hrejrtir, m. a sprinkler, Lat. sparsor. Lex. Poet.
hreyti-speldi, n. a top, as a child's toy, Fms. iii. 227.
hriflingr, m. a kind of shoes or stockings (?), Pare, (thrice), a part
Percival's dress when he left his mother. hriflinga-bjOrg, f. a h:.
to mouth life. Fas. iii. 53S.
hrifs, n. robbery; rifs ok ran, Stj. 236, Fms. xi. 252, Fb. i. 363.
hrifsa, a9, or older rifsa, [cp. A. S. reafian ; Engl, to rob, rifle; Scot, r
reff= plunder, reiver = robber; Germ, rauben, etc.] : — to rob, pillage; ri
ok grapa, Stj. 78, 154 ; raent ok rifsat, 236 ; hripsa ok raena, Thom.53 ! ;
hrifsan, f. a robbing, pillaging, Fb. ii. 412. ; '
hrifsing, f. = hrifsan. Fas. i.92.
HRIKI, a, m. a huge fellow. Fas. ii. ^iS, freq. in mod. usage : a p'^.
Edda (Gl.) compds : hrika-'legr, adj. (-lega, adv.), huge, hrii
leikr, m. a game of giants, Bjarni 34.
hrikta, t, to creak. Am. 36 (of door hinges), where spelt hricJ)o.
from hrika,- which seems the true old form ; but the mod. form is hrik.
hrina, see hrinur.
HRIWDA, pres. hrind; pret. hratt, 2nd pers. hratt, mod. hra
hraztu, O. H. (in a verse); pi. hrundu ; subj. hryndi; imperat. hrii
hritt', and hrittii, Fsm. 43 ; part, hrundinn ; in mod. usage pres. we
hrindi, and even a pret. hrinti is in use : [A. S. hrindan'\ : — to push, ki
throw, with dat.; ef hann hrindr manni i eld, Grag. ii. 129; fort
hratt Kniiti af baki, Fb. ii. 23 ; hann hratt hestinum i vcik eina, Fms
211, Nj. 91 ; skaut hann vi5 honum hendi ok hratt honum, Fms. vi-
})a hofSu {)eir tit hrundit skipSnum, Hkr. i. 153 ; h. skipi fram or i v:.
to launch a ship. Eg. 142, Nj. 18, Fms. i. 58, (5. H. 109, Fas. iii. 4
var })a hrundit batnum, the ship's boat was put out or off, Grttt. 9
h. e-m 1 eld, to kick him into the fire, Akv. 20 ; h. hur5, to pt'sb
door open. Eg. 560 ; h. a hur5, Fsm. 43 ; h. i myrkva-stofn, to c-
into prison. Post. 656 C. 33 ; h. a braut, to drive away, Fms. ix, 30
brot hrundinn or saeti, Sks. 623; hratt {threw) a voll brynju, Hk
4; a8 J)eir hryndi honum })ar af fram, Luke iv. 29. •'
metaph., er hann fekk ondinni fra ser hrundit, when he could draw
breath. Eg. 553 ; })eir hrundu fra honum {kicked away from bivi) \
folki flestu er })a var me& honum, Bs. i. 554 ; })at hrindr eitri or, ')
XXX. 12 : — phrases, h. harmi, to cast off one's grief, Fms. vn. 15.? •
ugg ok otta, vi. 63 ; hrindum })essu af oss ok verum katir, let us it'-
this off and be glad! 127; h. illu raSi, Merl. I. 64; h. e-u at e-
to defend one from one, Fms. v. 113; hann hratt })eim lifri^i at ^
0. H. 34 ; til })ess at h. })essu riki af landsmonnum, 232 ; h. mix\\,toi' '
a case back, make it void, Landn. 89 ; hefir ]pu drengiliga hrundit [ i ■
mali, i. e. thou hast cleared thyself of it, Fb. ii. 195 ; at ek gaita ^cm
nijeli sem skjotast rutt ok hrundit, Fms. iv, 310 ; eins ]^ini vitni sky
♦ii
HRINDLAN— imlM.
285
' K^inanna, x. 398 ; villa aptr hrundin, Anecd. 104 : absol. orT
: t stundum fyrir en stundum fra, the clouds were drifting off
that the moon was hidden one moment and seen the next,
III. reflex, and recipr. hrindask, lopush, kick one another,
.,. : part., grund grapi hrundin, the storm-beaten earth, Haustl.
Man, i. a pushing, kicking, N. G.L. i. 157.
,, a&, to fttrnibh with a ring, to hook, Stj. 644 (a Kings xix. 28,
,chcrib) : to coil into rings, h. sik, of a serpent,
danz, m. = hringleikr.
ejer, adj. wall-eyed, of a horse.
^orni, a, rp. a mythol. ship, Edda.
ida, u, f. a whirling eddy.
ag, f. a bell-ringing, Fms. iii. 60, Hkr. ii. Ill, N. G. L. i. 381,
7-
rGJA, d, [A.S. hringan; Engl, ring ; Dan. ritige'] : — to ring
.189, Grag. i. 27, Fms. iii. 60: act. with dat., K. {>. K. 48:
ringdisk klukka sj,alf, Bs. i. 443.
a, u, f. a buckle. Fas. i. 319, 331, Landn. 87, Fb. i. 354.
a, d, [hringr], to encircle, surround; also kringja (q.v.), Fms.
rinctu mik, imperat. surroutid me I a dub. reading, Gkv. 3. 5.
a, a6, to clatter, rattle.
leikr, m. a game in which the players stood in a ring, a ring-
im kveldit eptir nattverS mselti Sturla vi6 Gudny'ju hiisfreyju, at
i hringlcik, ok fara til alj)y6a heimanjanna ok gestir, Sturl. i. 82 ;
leik, Stj. 400, 466 ; gera h., id., Karl. 470.
leeginn, adj. coiled up, of a serpent, Hm. 85.
ofinn, part, woven with rings, of a coat of mail. Lex. Poet. :
itb rings, of a stuff, Vm. 22, Am. 33.
FOB, m., pi. hringar, in mod. usage sometimes hringir : [A. S.,
id p.H.G. hring ; Engl., Germ., Dan., and Swed. ring,
I. a ring, circle; tungl hvert gengr sinn hring, Rb.
) ; h. jarBar, the earth's circumjerence, Hom. 20 ; sla hring um
lake a ring around one, Stj. 312, Fms. viii. 67 ; hann hefir lykkju
hrioginn af 6i, of the circle or bight of the letter <o, Skalda 161 ;
tisk sjil J)angat hring ok elds-lit a, Nj. 194. 2. i hring, adv.
f or circle ; J)eir log&u J)ann sja i hring utan um hana, Edda ; sol
-ohverfis i hring, Rb. 66 (1812); standa umhverfis i hring, to
iind in a ring, Fms. iv. 160, (mann-hringr, a ring of men) ; hann
sverftinu i hring um sik, he swept with his sword all round him,
220 ; hann for i hring um {swam in a circle around) skipi.t, Ld.
)ir steinar i hring utan um. Eg. 486 ; mi smiask J)essi merki i
1 heiminn a hverjum tveim dsegrum, Rb. 104; hann gekk ^k i
i konungi, Fms. vi. 206. 3. as an adverb, phrase, meS (at)
, all around, altogether, taka allt me6 hringum. Amor ; haim let
d 1 kirkju ok bseinn ok brendu upp me6 hringum, Fms. vii. 2i 2 ;
ixinn upp at hringum, x. 389 (Agrip). II. a ring, Lat.
I. a ring at the end of a chest, Fms. i. 178, kistu-h. ; in
iUn. 23 ; hurdar-h., Isl. {>j65s. ii : the ring at the end of the hilt
I the friftbond (q. v.) were fastened, Hkv. Hjorv. 9 : the chain or
t kettle chain ^hadda), Hym. 33 : an anchor ring (akkeris-h.) p.
Ws in a coat of mail, the Sagas and Lex. Poet, passim, whence
l{|brynja, u, f. a coat of ring-mail, see brynja, Fms. i. 43, vi.
-J:, ix. 27, Karl. 542, the Sagas passim, see Worsaae, No. 474;
If ;ofl, m., hring-skyrta, u, f., liring-serkr, m. a shirt of
' ,nt of ring.-tnail. Lex. Poet.: a coat of mail is called hring-
oven with rings. 2. but esp. a ring on the arm, finger
i -h., jarn-h.), passim ; rauSir hringar, the red rings, {>kv.
n ok hringar, Vsp. 23, passim; and hence genev. = money,
A lordly man is in poetry called hring-berandi, -bj63r,
noti, -drifr, -hreytandi, -lestir, -mildr, -mifllandi,
ti, -skemmir, -snyrtir, -stri3andi, -styrir, ^tselir,
-vi3r, -J)verrir, the bearer, breaker ... or spender of rings,
a vjoman from wearing rings, hring-eir, -skogul, -J)6ll,
1 a man, hring- J)ollr, etc. III. a ship is called
in present use), Eg. (in a verse) ; hringr UUar, the ship ofUll,
:'. Akv. 30 ; cp. Hring-horni, the mythol. ship of the Edda :
i2:> tne pr. name of a man, Fb. iii, Landn.
ii|-8nua, sneri, to twirl or turn round.
'" •-■ ^'. pi. [hrina], a howling, Sturl. iii. 176, Fas. iii. 149, Konr. 29.
a box of laths or a basket to carry peat and the like on horse-
1 drop at the bottom, Lv. 65, (mo-hrip, torf-hrip.) hrips-
' frame of a h., id. Hence the phrase, ^a3 er eins og a6 ausa
' it is like pouring water into a sieve,' (cp. Lat. ' Dapaidum
'), of useless efforts : hurried work, e. g. hurried writing, as
It of the quill.
A, a3, to leak much; ^J)a hripar allt, or {)a8 hrip-lekr, it leaks
etaph. to write hurriedly, h. bref; J)a6 er hripaS i mesta flytri.
i| n. and hripsa, a6, see hrifsa.
il5r, m., poet, afire, Edda (Gl.), Gm. I.
RiTA, t, [Ulf. hrisjan = to shake; A.S. hreosan; Hel.hrisjan;
(f] '• — to shake, Ld. 148, Hym. i ; h. hcifudit, to shake one's head, J-,
Fms. iii. 192 ; h. skegg, to thake the beard, |>kv. I ; h, e-t af ser, to shake
it off, Sd. 158, Fms. vii. 186; hann hristi at honum stiiijnn, v. 184;
hann hristi botann af faeti ser, vii. 186; h. vijnd yfir e-m, Sks. 700;
h. teninga 1 hendi ser, Fb. ii. 1 74 ; hrista sik, to shake himself, of a dog,
lion; t>eini hristusk tennr i hijfb'x, jhe teeth chattered in their mouth.
Fas. i. 78 ; marir hristusk, the horses shook their manes, Hkv. Hjorv. 38 ;
darraSr hristisk, the shafts shook, Hkm. 2 ; bjiirg hristusk, of an earth-
quake, Hausll. : also freq. in mod. usage, hid grxna tr(5d var hrakift ok
hrist. Pass. 32. 13.
hristir, m. a shaker; h. hjalms, helm-shaker, KopvOaioXot, Lex. Poet.
hristi-sif, f., poet.; h. h&ls-hringa, the shaker of the necklace, epithet
of a lady, Bragi.
HRfD,f.[A.S.i6ri^aa»r.X€7. in the poem Widsith; Scot, and North. E.
snow-wreath^ : — a tempest, storm, in old writers only of a snow storm, a^
also in present use, except in western Icel., where rain and sleet are also
called hri6 ; hri6ir ok illvi&ri, Rb. 102 ; hrib mikla gorfti at J)eim, Nj. 263 ;
hri6 ve6rs, 282 ; onnur hrl& kom J)a menu ri6u til all)ingis (A. D. 1 1 18)
ok drap fe manna fyrir norSan land, Bs. i. 74 ; i ogurligum hri6um, 656 B.
12 ; {)a gorBi a harda veftrattu ok hriSir a fjallinu, ok hinn sjotta dag
Jola hofSu J)eir hub, Sturl. iii. 215 ; ^a gerSi at J)eim hri5 sva mikla, at
hri$in drap til dauds son hans frumvaxta, Fms. vi. 31 ; J)a letti hrijinni, a
violent snow storm, Bjarn. 55 ; siSan letti upp hri6inni, Fb. ii. I94; laust
a fyrir J)eim hriS mikilli, Dropl. 10 ; en hri6in helzt halfan manuft ok
{)6tti monnum \ia.t langt mjok, 1 1 ; J)a kom hri& su d Dymbildogum at
menn mattu eigi veit^ tiSir i kirkj,um, Bs. i. 30 ; hr';5 mcj frosti. Fas. iii.
318. 2. metaph. a shock, attack, in a brittle ; hcirS, snorp, JiriS, Fms.
ii. 323, viii. 139, Hkr. iii. 158, Nj. 115, Eg. 492, passim; J)a let jarlinn
binda postulann ok bef ja svipum, en er gengnar vdru sjau hriSir (rounds)
bardagans, 656 B. 4; Dags-hri&, Orra-hri^, O.H. ch. 227, Fms. vi.
431. .9. medic, in p\uT. paroxysms of pain, of fever; hafa harftar
hri&ir, sottaf -hriSir, paroxysms of fever : but esp. pangs of childbirth
(fa;6ingar-hri6ir) ; ForSum log6ust fjciU a golf | fengu strangar hri&ir,
rendering of ' parturiunt montes' of Horace, Grcind. II. the nick of
time : 1. a while; nokkura hrib, for a while, Nj. i ; langa hri&, a
long while, 0. H. 31 ; litla hri6, a little while. Fas. iii. 48 ; langar hn'3ir,
for long spells of time, Fms. vii. 1 99 ; {)essar hridir allar, all this while, Hkr.
i. 211 ; a litilli hriS, in a short while, Sks. 232 B ; um hriS, or (rarely)
um hri3ir,/or a while, 0. H. 32, Fs. 8, Eg. 59, 91, 95 ; enn of hriS, Isl. ii.
360; um hriSar sakir, id., Fs.134; orrinn er um hr4& (a while ago) var
nefndr, Stj. 77 ; sem um hri8 (for a while) var fra sag;t, 104 : in plur., J)au
vandrseSi er a {)etta land hafa lagzt um hriSir, N. G. L. i. 445 ; hofu ver
mi um hriSir iSuliga skoSat hana, GJ)1. v. 2. adverb, phrases, o.
hvibum, frequently ; at peir vaeri hriSum at Sta&arholi, Sturl. i. 62 ;
stundum i Hvammi en hri&um at Sta3, 193; hann maelti allt til andlats
sins ok siing hri6um or psaltera, Fms. vii. 227, cp. Hdl. 38. p. i
hriSinni, immediately, at once; hann for i hri&inni upp til Hofs, Fms. ix,
520; baru t)eir hann pa i hri&inni ofan i Naustanes, Eg. 398; |)egar i
hri&inni ( = La.t. jam jam), Stj. 7; |)ask hans baen {jegar i hriSiuni, 272,
274; J)a ba& Sveinn at peir faeri til Sandeyjar, ok fyndisk J)ar, J)viat
hann lezk {)angat fara mundu i hri&inni, Orkn. 388 ; letusk J)a enn sex
menn i hrlBinni, Eb. 278; J)rem sinnum i hri&inni, thrice in succession,
D. N. ii. 225 ; so also, i einni hri&, all ,at once, Tristr. 6. III.
local (rare), space, distance; Erlingr ri&r rfiest, J)ar naest Ubbi, ok var |)6
hri& long a milium, Mag. 9 ; jtu^dar-hrid, Hkt. i. 150.
hriSa, d, to excite, Th. 3.
liriS-blasinn, part, storm-blown, Hallfr. (epithet of the waves).
hri3-drepa, adj. killed by a snow stortn, 656 B. 12.
hri3-fastr, adj. held fast by a storm, Sturl. ii. 235, Fms. ii. 239.
Iiri3-feldr, adj. stormy, epithet of the clouds, Gm. 40, v. 1. (Edda).
hri3ir, m., poet, a sword, Edda (Gl.)
h.ri3-lyndr, adj. distressed, agitated, Vigl. (in a verse).
hriS-mal, n. the nick of time, Edda i. 332 (Ob.), where Kb. hrimdal
(wrongly) ; cp. the words, en jofnuSr var milli prestanna samt annarra go&ra
baenda |)ar i Fljotum, sem gafu anum hey allan vetrinn, ok min a Okrum
i mi&sveitinni, sem ekki gaf hey nema at taka lir hri&mal, Fel. iv. 198,
where hriSmal and allan vetrinn are opposed to each other.
hriS-tjald, n., poet, the heaven. Harms. 28.
hri3-vi3ri, n. a tempest, Eb. 204, Sturl. iii. 215.
hrifa, u, f. a rake, Eb. 258, Fms. iii. 207, Hav. 47. compds : hrifu-
tindr, m. the teetb of a rake; hrifu-skapt, -h6fu3, n. a rake-handle,
head of a rake, freq. in mod. usage.
HBf FA, hreif, hrifu, hrifinn, [prob. from the sanie root as hrifsa, cp,
Engl, to rivel : — to catch, grapple; kasta akkerum, ok hrifa {jau viS um
si&ir, Bs. i.423 ; en nokku& hsegbi allsta&ar sva at hvergi hreif vi&, Gi'sl.
125; J)a het haijn a heilagan Jon biskup . . . ok hreif |)iegar vi&, Bs. i. 197 ;
hann reist ]peim sei&yillur me& ^leim atkvae&um, at J)eim hrifi sjalfum sei3-
miinnum, Yzs. }\i. 319 ; hann hrlfr J)a til hlustanna, Fs. 146 : rare in old
writers, but fre^q. in mod. usage : also in a metaph. sense, to affect, to
move, touch, stir into a passion, hrifinn, part, moved, enthusiastic, etc.
HRIM, n. [A. S. hrim ; Engl, rime; Dan. rim-frost; cp. Germ. r«/] :
— rime, hoarfrost, Edda 4, VJ)m. 31, Korm. (in a verse), Fms. vi. 23 (in
286
HRlMDRIF— HROKKINN.
a verse), Merl. i. 51, freq. in mod. usage. compds : hrim-drif, n. a
drift of rime, Sks. 230. Hrfm-faxi, a, m. Rime-mane, a mythol.
horse, Edda 56, VJ)m. 14. hrim-fextr, part, rime-maned, of the waves,
Fas. ii. (in a verse). hrim-frosinn, part, rimy, Sks. 230. lirim-
steinar, m. pi. rime stones, Edda 38, 48. Hrim-l)tirsar, m. pi.
'Rime-giants;' the Titans of the Scandin. mythology were so called,
as opposed to and older than the common Jotnar (Giants), VJ)m. 33, Hm.
109, Gm. 31, Skm. 34; hrimpursar ok bergrisar, Edda 10, 15, 25,
38. II. //be 6/ac/tsooi on a kettle, ketil-hrim. compds : Hrim-
ger3r, f. name of a giantess, Hkv. Hjorv. hxfm-kaldr, adj. rime
cold, VJ)m. 21, Ls. 49, Fm. 38. hrfm-kalkr, m. a rimy cup, from
the froth on the mead, Ls. 53, Skm. 37.
hrfm-aldi, a, m. a lazy lout, who lies on the hearth black with soot,
cp. kolbitr. Fas. iii. 18.
hrimandi, see hrynjandi.
hrimi, a, m. = hrim. Lex. Poet.
Hrimnir, m. the name of a giant, Edda.
hrimugr, adj. sooty, black, Korm. (in a verse).
HBI NA, pres. hrin ; pret. hrein, pi. hrinu ; part. hrini5 : —
A. To squeal like swine; stundum jarma&i hann sem geit eSr hrein sem
svin, Greg. 50, Fas. iii. 1 48 ; hani, krummi, hundr, svin . . . | galar, krunkar,
geltir, hrin, a ditty, passim. p, of an animal in heat ; \>a, hljop merr at
hestinum ok hrein vi8, Edda 26 ; hrein haenan vi5 hananum, Fs. 1 56.
B. [A. S. brinan = tangerel, to cleave to, stick; J)ad hrin ekki a, it
tvill not stick, e. g. of throwing water on a duck's back ; J)a& hrin ekki a
svcirtu, i. e. black {spots) on black will not be seen. 2. metaph. to take
effect, hurt, esp. of curses or imprecations ; mjok J)ykir J)etta atkvseSi a hafa
hrinit, Ld. 154; ella mun ek maela {)at or6 er alia sefi num uppi vera i
knerunni y3rum, ok mun a hrina, Anal. 186; ellegar hrini ^at allt a ^er
sem ek hefi \>eT verst beSit, Fas. iii. 206, 390 ; J)6tti J)at mjok hafa hrinit
a er dsvifr hafdi spa3, Ld. 230; cp. ahrins-or9, curses that take effect.
HBIS, n. [A. S. bris ; Old Engl, ris or rys (Chaucer) ; Dan. riis ; Swed.
ris ; Germ, reis]: — a collective noun, shrubs, brushwood; hris ok hatt
gras, Hm. 120; sma hris ok J)a enn holt, Fms. vi. 334 (v. 1.), vii. 31, Eg.
220 ; hann fannsk i hrisum nokkurum, Fms. vii. 31, 68, Fs. 155 ; horfuSu
|)eir J)annig um hrisin, Sturl. i.150 : fagots, Ld. 214, 216, Rm. 9 ; til hrisa
ok haga, Jm. 7; brjota hris, to break fagots, D.N. i. 215 : so in the
phrase, brjota hris i haela e-m, to break fagots on another's heels, give him
a thrashing, Fms. vi. 339 (in a verse) : rifa hris, to make fagots : the
saying, {)j6kkva skal hraesinn vi8 (ni& ?) me6 hrisi, Sighvat, is dubious,
perh. vi6 = ni6, i. e. a proud son wants the rod, cp. Prov. xiii. 24. II.
local names, Hrisar, Hris-holl, etc., Landn. compds : hris-bitr, m.
twig-biter, a nickname, Fms. ix. liris-brot, n. breaking wood for fagots,
D.N. Iirls-byr3r,f. a Zoac?o//a^o/s, Fbr. 47, Pm. 42 3. hris-fleki,
a, m. a hurdle of brush-wood, Rd. 240. hris-liogg, n. = hrisbrot,
Vm. 96. hrfs-kjOrr, n. pi. brushwood, Ld. 204, Landn. 68, Fms. vii;
31, 123, |>i6r. 67. hris-magi, a, m. a nickname, Ld. 216. hrfs-
rif, n. = hrisbrot, Grag. ii. 263, 264, Dipl. v. 10. hris-runnr, m, a
bush, Eb. 200, Rd. 250, Fms. vii. 250, Thom. 473.
hrisa, u, f. a female hrisungr (q. v.), N. G. L. i. 206.
hrisi, a, m. = hrisungr (?), a nickname, Landn.
lirisla, u, f. a dimin. a twig or sprig of a branch, fsl. ii. 356, Rd. 240,
Ld. 52, N. G. L. i. 270, Fb. iii. 453, Barl. 56.
hris-6ttr, adj. grown with shrubs. Eg. 219, Fb. iii. 453.
hrisungr, m. a law term, a kind of bastard, one begotten in the woods,
hut of a free mother, N. G. L. i. 48, 228 : in the Gragas, a son born of a
free woman, but begotten whilst she was a bondxuoman ; he could not
inherit, and, though called free born, had to be declared free person-
ally {pro forma), Grag. i. 178 ; cp. risbqfde in the old Swed. law. The
heipt hrisungs = s/ones, "^t. 19, refers to the tale of the Sons of Jormunrek,
of which one (Erp) is in H6m. called hornungr.
hrj&, f. a rout, (cp. slang Engl, row), struggle, Fms. vi. 21 2, Fas. ii. 505.
HBJA, &, to vex, distress, harass a person, Fms. vi. 204 (v. 1.), viii. 78,
Th. 77 : neut. to struggle, wrestle, hann kva5sk af hafa lagt at rja (sic),
Grett. 146 A : freq. in mod. usage and with the h. Pass. 9. 9 ; hrjad er
holdid lika, Stef. Ol.
HBJODA, pret. hrauS, pi. hruSu, part. hroSinn : — to strip, disable,
esp. a ship in a sea-fight ; hann hrau8 oil vikinga-skipin, Fms. i. 27 ;
var {)a hrodit {)at skip stafna a meSal, 178 ; {)au skip er {jeir sjalfir ynni
ok hrySi af Olafi konungi, ii. 303 ; hru3u Jjeir oil Dana skip ^zu er J)eir
fengu haldit, 314; hrauS Magnus konungr J)at skip ok siSan hvurt at
o5ru, vi. 78, 84; \te\r hru3u sum skipin Birkibeina, viii. 290; lettu J)eir
feSgar eigi fyrr en hroSit var skipit, Eg. 122. 2. of ships, to unload;
t)eir hrjoSa skip sin ok setja landfestar, Al. 13 ; ok er rctt at h. skip ok
bera farm af J)6tt Drottins-dagr S(5, af . . ., K. J>. K. 82 ; skip skal eigi h.
um helgi nema skips-haski se, N. G. L. i. 142. 3. to be cleared ; var
Jja enn hroftinn valrinn, the battle-field was cleared of the slain, Fms. v.
97; mun hrodit myrkvanum {the fog has cleared away) {)ar sem {)cir
eru, Hkr. iii. 94. II. impers. to belch or vomit for !b, of steam,
fire, expectoration, or the like ; kongrinn hjo me8 Hneiti Jja svo hrau5 af
eggjum baSum, so that both edges struck ^re, Or. 48 ; eldi hraud 6r hlunni, ,
Lex. Poet. ; kva3 hann J)at vera svelg ok hrauS stundum sva haft •::
sem fjall vaeri, Bret. 49 (1845); hrau6 upp or honum miklu va::
brought up much water) er hann hafdi drukkit, Mag. 76 ; hrauS i r..
upp gl66um, Edda (in a verse) ; hry3r um krapit, Finnb. 310 ]
reflex. hrj63ask, to be cleared, stripped, Jd., Hkm., Lex. Poet.
hrj63r, m. [A. S.broder~\, poet, one oi the heavens, Edda (Gl.); whi
hrj63r-leika, u, f. the sun, id.
hrjoSr, m. a destroyer. Lex. Poet.
hrj6na, u, f. [Old Engl. royne = a scab; roynous, roynish-ia
(Chaucer and Shaksp.) ; cp. also ronyon~\ : — roughness, Edda (Lauf.',
hrj6ntingr, m. id., esp. from flaws in ice. The word, which :>
although not recorded in ancient writers, is interesting on accoun; r
being akin to hraun, q. v.
hrjonn, adj. rough; h. ishrufa, Edda.
HBJOSA, hraus, hrusu, subj. hrysi, a defect, strong verb: [A.S.Ar*
= to shake; Ivar Aasen rys/a ; Swed. rysa; akin to hrista, q. v." ;
shudder; ok hraus J)eim mjok hugr vi3 hanum, Grett. 78 nc\\
avallt hrys mer hugr vi6 er ek se {)ik, Krok. 7 new Ed. (1866).
hrjostr, m. a rough place, barren rocky place, Grag. ii. 282, Jb. :
hrjostugr, adj., mod. hrjostnigr, rough, barren, Bs. i. 674.
HBJOTA, pres. hryt, pi. hrjota ; pret. hraut, 2nd pers. hrauzt
hrutu ; subj. hryti; part, hrotinn : — to rebound, fall, fly, be fiunz.
the notion of shaking or violence ; oxin hraut or hendi honun..
28, Fs. 101 ; bjorg hrutu or sta3, Rb. 318; hrutu fyrir bor5 hon;
limir, Fms. i. 171 ; hraut upp hurftin, vi. 121 ; annarr hraut i sundr.
asunder, Hkr. ii. 143; barrarnar hrutu i sundr, were crushed, Stu;!
49 ; hamrar sprungu en hrutu steinar, Krosskv. 13 ; vapnin hrutu al
af skallanum, the swords rebounded from his skull, without hurtir;- '
Fms. xi. 132 ; forunautar bans hrutu fra, they started back, Fbr.
hann blaess i nafars-raufina ok hrjota spsenirnir upp moti honum, 1 ;
49 ; en J)6 hraut J)at upp fyrir {jorgrimi, at . . ., that {word) broke J
from Th., he was heard to say, that . . . , Grett. 1 20 A. 2. met ,
eldr hraut or t6rgunni,_;?re started from the target, Korm. 88 ; eldr i
or hlunnunum ok lond oil skulfu, Edda 38, GullJ). 9 ; hryti har log
min 1 gognum. Am. 15 ; sva syndist sem dust hryti or hreinbjali'-.
the dust flew out of the cloak, Fb. ii. 356 ; hrytr {sparkled) or skali:
vi3 hoggin, Fms. xi. 1 32 ; hraut or af vaetu, it drizzled into a shower, :
iii. 112 ; hrytr bloS or munni e3a nosum, Grag. i. 149 new Ed.
B. To snore, a different word, of which the older and better .
was rjota, as shewn by alliteration in old poems, see p. 227; [
brutan; Old Engl, rout or rowt; Swed. ryta'\: — 'j;>a raut vifi
reginkunni Baldr i brynju sem bjorn ryti, H3m. 26 ; hann svaf ok '.
sterkliga, Edda 29 ; sofnar Skrymir ok hraut fast, id., Grett.
konungr hraut mjok, Fms. ii. 1 39 ; flag5it hraut ogurliga hatt, Fb. i.
sofnar hann f)egar fast, ok hraut mikinn, Finnb. 336 ; hann hraut :
Fas. ii. 133, Sturl. ii. 50.
HKJtJFB, adj. [^A.S. hreof= scabby ; Engl, rough], rough, rus:
the touch; hrjufr hals, Fas. iii. 37 (in a verse). 2. scabby, sc-
likj)rair ok hrjiifir, 655 xi ; J)eir eru sem hrjufir se, er or&margir eru
hendr hans hofSu hryfar (i. e. hrjufar) verit ok faetr ok vail hvart-tv.
vagi, Greg. 75, Ld. 232, v.l. ._
hro3a, a6, to huddle up ; h. e-u af. oB
hro3i, a, m. [hrj63a H], refuse, offal, Faer. 186 ; dun-h., refusettfi
down ; medic, excretion. 2. = hrjii, a rout, riot, Fbr. 8 ; cp. also hi
hro3a-V8enligr, adj. likely to cause a row, Njar6. 366. II. ni-;
a rough, brutal man. compds : hro3a-lega, adv. coarsely, badly [a [
hro3a-legr, adj. coarse, 6a(f (workmanship) : brutal. hro8a-nif:i
n. a brutal person. hro3ft-skapr, m. brutality.
hro3inn, hro3it, part, of a lost verb [ = A. S. hreodan, to p
painted, stained, only found once, hro3it sigli, Skv. 3. 47 ; and ■•'
compd gull-ro3inn, q. v.
hro3-virkr, adj. doing hurried and bungling work, (hroSvirkni, !.'
HBO GMT, n. pi. [Engl, roe; Dan. ro^«; Swed. rowj], roe, s/af'
48, Landn. 117 (as a nickname), freq.
hrogn-kelsi, n., proncd. hrokkelsi, the cyclopterus, lump-sucha
lectively; but the male fish is called rau6magi, the female graiiii ;
grasleppa, Bjarn. (in a verse), freq. hrokkelsa-fjara, u, f. «•'
lump-suckers on the beach.
HBOKA, a3, (see hraukr), to fill a vessel above the brim; c
hroku8 af gulli, Hkr. iii. 245 ; hroka5r {brimful) af lilyfjan, Ti
metaph., h. sig upp, to puff oneself up with pride : also hroka-fy'»
to fill over the brim.
hroki, a, m. the heap above the brim of a full vessel ; nie8
faerdsemingar, covered with disgrace, H. E. i. 514. II- ^''^
insolence, overbearing manners, freq. compds : hroka-fuUr
full of insolence. hroka-legr, adj. (-lega, adv.), overbid
hroka-yxBi, n. swelling words, Jude 16.
hrokk-fiU, m. a kind of eel, old form hrokkvi-all, Bragi.
hrokkinn, part, (see hrokkva), curled : hrokkin-hdrr, -heeroi ■
curly-haired, Fms. vii. loi, Fbr. 5, 176, Bs. i. 127, |>i3r. 176 : hrol •;
skinna, u, f. 'wrinkle-skin,' term«of abuse for an old woman, Fi
HROLLA— HROSA.
287
of a MS. given to it by Torfeus, cp. Fagr-skinna, Gra-skinna,
;ia, Morkin-skinna, = /"'a/r-s^wj, Gray-s/tin, Golden-skin, Rot-
iiames of Icel. vellum MSS.
'..to shiver, and metaph. to shudder; hrollir hugr minn, Fb. i.
u); hroldi hotvetna, Am. 95; hrolla a hrislu, Fas. i. (in a
cp. S61. 38.
>IiIiB, m. a shivering, from cold ; hann hafSi hroll mikinn i
n, Fas. ii. 394 ; h. kom i hijrund honum, Orkn. 184 ; h. og kuldi,
[Major); iu\da-h., a shivering frovi cold : metaph. i&orror, Fas.
;i, a, m. a word of uncertain sense ; Ogmundr sagdisk eigi |)a
sigla lengra en um fiveran hroptann, Sd. 151.
PTR, m. a mythical name of Odin, perh. the crier, prophet (from
Gm. 8, Kormak, Vsp. 61, Ls. 45, Eb. 78 (in a verse), Hd. (Edda) ;
a appellative, as seen from the compds Rogna-hroptr, m. the crier
rods, the prophet = Odin, Hni. 143 ; Hropta-t;^r, m. the crying
)din, Hm. 161, Gm. 54.
SB, m., spelt hors, Stj. 178 : [A. S. >i>ors ; Engl, horse; O. H. G.
jerm. ross'} : — a horse, Hm. 70, Grag. i. 194, 432, 433, 599,
Sturl. iii. 227, GJ)1. igo, Eb. 106, Fb. ii. 184, 313; st63-h., a
■se, steed; mer-h., a mare; abur3ar-h., a hackney. 2. spec.
, opp. to hestr, a stallion; litftirottr hestr me3 Ijosum hrossum,
4, Hrafn. 6; hestr e3a h., N.G.L. ii. 68; ef madr a hest {a
), J)a skal hann annathvart kaupa hross (a mare) til, e3a fa at lani,
COMPDS : I. hxossa-bein, n. horse bone, horseflesh, Sturl.
hrossa-beit, f. bite or grazing for horses, Jm. 20, Pm. 38.
.-brestr, m. a rattle. lirossa-fellir, m. loss 0/ horses, from
or disease, Ann. 1313. hrossa-fulga, u, {./odder or pay given
a horse, Grag. i. 432. hrossa-fsetr, m. pi. horses' hoofs, Rb.
)8inundirhrossaf6tum, Fas.i. 227. hrossa-gaukr, see gaukr.
-geymsla,u,f.^orse keeping, Grett.91. hrossa-hus, n. a stable,
X08, xi. 407, Grett. 91, Orkn. 218, Bs. i. 285. Ixrossa-liofn,
■keep, horse pasture, lb. 6. hrossa-kjot, n. horseflesh, horse
ins, i. 36. hrossa-kyn, n. Aorse^esA, Fas. iii. 132. hrossa-
' borse-letters,' a large coarse band-writing. lirossa-raa3r,
00m, fiorst. Stang. 48 ; Kjartan kva6sk engi vera h. ok vildi eigi
Ld. 194. hrossa-moda, u, f. the dirt and loose hairs which
ff the coat of an ungroomed horse. lirossa-moflugr, adj.
vntb h. hrossa-rei3, f. a horse-race, horse-riding, Grag. i. 432,
hxoGsa-skella, u, f. = hrossabrestr. hrossa-sMtr, n. horse
fj. 164, Hkr. i. 143, Fms. x. 300. hrossa-sott, f. horse fever, a
horse's disease. hrossa-stuldr, m. horse stealing, Fms. iii. 147.
-taka, u, f. id., Eb. 56. hrossa-vondr, m. a horse-whip. Art.
-Id^fr. ni. a horsestealer, Hbl. 8. hrossa-^bngull, m. a
seaweed, fiicus digitatits. hxoss-bak, n. horse-back, Sturl. i.
219, Jb. 262. hross-bein, n. a horse's bone, Sturl. i. 184,
sigandi, a, m. part, a horse owner, Grag. i. 437. hross-fellir,
ssafellir. hross-fjoldi, a, m. a drove of horses. Glum. 316.
aifoflr, m. horse-fodder, N. G. L. i. 240. hross-gj6f, f. the gift
I .'fse, Sturl. i. 155. hross-g6rsemi, f. a ' treasure of a horse,' a
u\e horse, Bs. i. 633. hross-bali, a, m. a horse's tail, Fms. ix. 18.
islhauss, m. a horse's head. Fas. ii. 300 : as a term of abuse,
' ' ' . hross-liar, n. horse-hair. Hrossb^rs-grani, a, m.
imes of Odin, prob. from wearing a frock or hekla of horse-
•oss-bdfr, m. a horse's hoof, Al. 156. hross-hvalr, m.
':vceI = horse-whale ; the Germ, form being wall-ross ; Engl.
walrus, Edda (Gl.), Sks. 30 new Ed., Korm. 164, K. Jj. K.
of walrus skin (sv6r3r) were used of old for rigging ships,
ufred's Orosius. h.ross-]i6fu5, n. = hrosshauss. Eg. 389.
in. ( = hrossheldr iss), horse-ice, i.e. ice safe to ride on, Sturl.
liross-klyf, f. a horse pack, Karl. 382. hross-lifr, f. a
-! vw , Hkr. i. 144. hross-nautn, f. using ahorse, Grag. i.432,
. I hross-reiS, f. horse-riding, a horse-race, Grag. i. 432, 433, 442.
IS rofa, u, f. a horse's tail. Fas. iii. 473. hross-siSa, u, f. a horse's
12. hross-spell, n. the damaging a horse, N. G. L. i. 1 76.
1, n. a horse's tail. Art. liross-t6nn, f. a horse's tooth.
d, n. the worth of a horse, Grag. i. 434, Jb. 273. hross-
horse-stealer : name of a giant, Hdl. bross-aeta, u, f. an
• flesh, which by the old eccl. law might not be eaten. II.
, Hross-kell, Hross-bj6rn, Landn. : local name, Hross-
' )rkneys.
I, a, m. [Dan. roste ; perh. the Engl, roast is akin ; in Ivar
= the mash'\ : — the mash in a brewer's boiler, also the boiler
gether ; fann h., the shining frothy mash, Stor. 18 ; whence
.1, hrosta-brim, n. the hot boiling fluid, Kormak, Amor ;
-bu3, f. a beer-shop, D. N. v. 763 ; brosta-liiSr, m. a ' mash-
the boiler ; the word only occurs in poetry.
, u, f. the barnacle-goose, = hrotgeiis: a« a term of abuse, karl-
n old man.
g6s, f. [Dan. rodgaas; Norse rttgaas; Orkrt, rood-goosel : — a
e-goose, Edda (Gl.)
hrotti, a, m., poet, a sword, Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet. : metaph. a coarse,
rude fellow; sa inn heimski h., Fms. ii. 161 ; hinn gamli hrottinn, Grett.
118 A, Karl. 534. compds : hrotta-legr, adj. foars*, crwrfe. hrotta-
skapr, m. coarseness.
hrotiir, f. pi. snoring.
hr6, see hrae.
hr63-m6gr, m. the great, famous son, Hkr. i. 114 (in a verse).
HKdDB, m., gen. hrdSrar and hr6Srs : [A. S. brcc^, broker; O. H. G.
hruodi; Goth, hrop is assumed as the subst. oihropeigs, 2 Cor. ii. 14] : —
praise, ^ro^. fame, reputation ; heyra hroSr sinn, to bear one's own praise,
Fms. V. 174 ; bera hroflr e-s, 623. 36 ; hrodrs orverftr, unworthy of praise.
Ad. 14, 15 ; njota hr68rar, to enjoy one's praise, Edda (in a verse) ; mun
];)inn hroSr {thy honour) ekki at meiri J)6 at ek maela berara, Gisl. 16 ;
hr68r varlega g65r. Fas. i. 267 (in a verse) ; u-hroSr, disgrace. 2.
esp. an encomium ; gcira hr66r of e-n, to compose a poem in one's praise,
Kormak ; nemi hann hattu hroflrs mins, Edda (in a verse) ; hlyfta hroftri
sinum, to give ear to a song of praise, Sighvat. compds (all from poems) :
hrdflrar-gjarn, adj. willing to praise, of a poet, Rekst. 34. hr68r-
auSigr, adj. rich in honour, famous, Sighvat. hr63r-bannr, m. the
famous, fatal spray (the mistletoe), Vkv. 9. hr6flr-bam, n. the glorious
child. Lex. Fo'et. hr63r-deilir, m. a ' praise-dealer,' an encomiast,
Gisl. 42 (in a verse). br63r-fuss, adj. = hr6aargjarn, Skv. 2. 21.
hr63r-g6r3, f. 'praise-making,' an encomium. Lex. Poet. hr63r-
kve3i, a, m. a ' praise-singer ,' a poet, Fas. iii. 36. hr63r-nidl, n. pl.a song
of praise, Hd. hr63r-sinf3,f. = hr68rg6r6. Lex. Poet. hr63r-sonr,m.
= hr6&m6gr,Fms.vi.348. br63r-tala,u,f./)ra»se. Lex. Poet. II.
in a few instances the sense is ambiguous, and probably to be derived from
hrj66a, to destroy, e. g. in Hr63vitnir, m. the fatal, murderous wolf, Edda
58, Gm. 39, Ls. 39: perh. also in hr63rbarmr (above). III. in
pr. names as prefix (cp. O. H. G. Hruod-land = Roland), Hr63-inarr,
Hr63-geirr ; assimil, in Hrol-leifr, Hrol-laugr : absorbed in Hr6-
arr (qs. HroHizTT^Hrod-here), Hro-aldr, Hro-mundr: "as also in
Hroe-rekr (A. S. Hre'Sric = Engl Roderick), Hro-bjartr ( = Engl.
Robert), Hr61fr (qs. Hr68-ulfr=Germ. Rudolph, Engl. Ralph): also,
Hr63-ny, a woman's name, Landn. : the obsolete pr. names Hrei3-arr
and Hrei3-inarr may also belong to the same root ; as also Hrei3-
Gotar or Ilei3-Gotar (A. S. Hri^gotan), a division of the Goths,
Hervar. S., Skjold.
br63ugr, adj. [Ulf. bropeigs; A.S. bre^igl, triumphant, Vkv. 18, Ls.
45 : glorious, Gm. 19, Ad. 9, Lex. Poet. : as also in poiit. compds, vin-
h., al-h. : freq. in mod. usage in the sense of boasting, triumphant.
HROF, n. [A. S. hrof; Engl, roof; Dutch roef^, a shed under which
ships are built or kept, Ld. 34, 112, Grag. ii. 400, Landn. 30, Krdk. 10
new Ed.; |3angbrands-hr6f, Bs. i. 14; Stiganda-hrof, Fs. 28: in local
names, Hrof-d, Hr6f-berg (proncd. Hr6-berg), Landn.
hrofl, n. scrapings ; J)a8 er ekki nema hrofl, hann hefir hr6fla6 {)vi saman,
of loose uncritical compilation.
hx6&a,iib, to scrape together. 2. dep. to get out of order, Sks. ^8^.
brofna, a3, to be dilapidated.
HROKR, m. {\]lf.hruk = crowing; A.S. hroc; Engl, rook; O.H.G.
hruoh'] : — a rook, Edda (Gl.), Ht., Lex. Poet, passim, br6ka-r8e3a, u, f.
long-ivinded foolish talk, croaking ; in the popular Icel. phrase, setja upp
hr6karae3u,7o set up long-winded talk, begin a 'long yarn,' which reminds
one of the Goth, sense ; um haim maelti Ssemundr broSir PAls, at hann
vaeri hrokr alls fagnaSar hvargi er hann vaeri staddr, referring to his con-
versation and cheerfulness in company, Bs. (Pals S.) i. 137. p. a term
of abuse, a croaker, scurra garrulus, Kormak, Orkn. (in a verse) ;
heimskr hrokr, Fbr. (in a verse). 2. a pr. name. Fas. II.
[from the Indian roch = elephant' s castle, through the Engl.], the rook or
castle in chess ; skaka 1 hroks-valdi, to check in the guard of the rook ; eiga
ser hrok i horni. hroks-mdt, n. checkmate with the rook, Mag.
brop, n. [Ulf. hrops = Kpavyq ; North. E. and Scot, roup, a public auction,
from the calling out of the articles] : — cavilling, scurrility, Korm. 1 62, Fms.
iii. 1 54 ; hrop ok ha&ung. Band. 31 new Ed. ; hrop ok rog, Ls. 4 ; J)u ert
allra manna hrop (a laughing-stock) ok reklingr, MS. 4. 26. 2. [Germ.
rtif], crying, screaming, mod. compds : hrop-laust, n. adj. without
taunt, Str. 69. brops-tunga, u, f. a ' slander-tongue,' foul moutb.
Anal. 175. br6p-yr3i, n. pi. scurrility, Fms. iii. 154, Gisl. 53.
'H.'RO'BA., zh,\\5\Lbr6pjan = Kpa^fiv; A.S.hreopan; llel.bropan;
Scot, roup or rope; O.H.G. hruofan; Germ. rufen; Dutch. roepen; Dan.
raabe']: — to slander, defame a person, Nj. 68, Eg. 62, Landn. 238, Stj.
192, Str. 15, Orkn. 120, Anal. 175, Isl. ii. 238. II. [Germ, rufen],
to cry, call aloud, freq. in mod. usage,
hrds, n. [Swed., Dan., and Ormul. ros'], praise, freq. in mod. usage.
HR(5SA, a3, [Old Engl, and Scot, roose ; Dan. rose; Swed. rosa;
Ormul. rosen] : — to praise, often with the notion to vaunt, boast, with
dat., Vkv. 24, Hbl. 4, Nj. 147, Fms. vi. 239, Hkr. ii. 299, Sks. 229, 743 ;
h. ser, to boast, Karl. 29I, Gisl. 37; h. sigri, to triumph, Ann. 1340;
med hrosanda sigri, triumphant, Sks. 631 ; ^\i herfangi er J)eir attu opt
at h., to boast of, Fms. x. 253 ; Saul hrosaSi {boasted), at hann hefSi vel
Igort, Sks, 702.
288
HRdSAN— HRYNJA.
hrosan, f. praise, boasting, Str. 74, N- T,
hrosari, a, m. a boaster, Karl. 165, "283.
liros-verSr, zd]. praiseworthy.
HR<3T, n. [Ulf. hr6t=aT(frj, Matth. viii. 8, etc., = S«;to, ib. x. 27,
Luke V. 19, xvii. 31]: — a roof, only in poetry; hjarta hrot, poet. /Ae
' heart' s-roof,' the breast, Landn. (in a verse) ; hreggs hrot, the 'gale's-
roo/,' the sky; leiptra hrot, the 'lightning-roof,' the sky; heims hrot, the
' world' s-roof the heaven. Lex. Poet. .hrot-gandr, m. ' roof-wolf'
fire; or hrot-garmr, m. id.. Lex. Poet. 2. the roo/near the outer
door is in mod. usage called rot, f.
hrudning, f. a challenging of neighbours, judges, Grag. i. 39, 127,178,
ii.85(Kb.)
hrufa, u, f. [hrjiifr], a crust, the rough surface of a stone. p. the
crust or scab of a boil or the like ; h. a sari, N. G. L. i. 162, 305, Stj. 345,
Bs. ii. 23.
hrufla, a6, to scratch, Karl. 202, Mar. : reflex, to be scratched, of the
skin, t)ar hef5i hann hruflast og beinbrotnaa, . . . eins hrufluSust hans
araeanu hendr a klettunupi, Od. v. 426, 435.
lirufdttr, adj. rough, rugged to the touch, e.g. of a stone.
'H.B,UK'KA,M,{. [Engl, ruck, wrinkle; Dzn. rynke; Swed. rynka; Lat.
ruga^ : — a wrinkle on the skin, but also of cloth, Barl. i. 174, Bs. i. 377,
Thorn. 518, Mar. : freq. in mod. usage, enga flekkan ne hrukku, Ephes.
V. 27.
hrukkast, a3, dep. to be wrinkled.
hrukkdttr, adj. rugged, wrinkled, Lat. rugosus.
hruma, 5, to enfeeble, make infirm; |>orvar6i hrumSi sarit, Lv.
86. II. reflex, to become old and infirm. Fas. iii. 204 (in a verse).
hrumaSr, adj. infirm, worn by age, Sturl. i. 57, Al. 55, Fms. vii. 12 (v.l.)
hrum-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), infirm, Mork. 92, Fb. iii. 376.
HKUMH, adj. infirm, staggering, esp. from age, Thom. 464 ; hrumr
i gongu. Band. 28 new Ed. ; stirSr ok h., Bs. i. 344 ; h. af vasi, Fms. ii.
59 ; haltr ok h., Stj. 501 ; h. at fotum, Fms. vii. 12 ; h. af elli, Eg. 393,
Pr. 194.
hrtui, n. [hrynja], rutn, collapse. 2. = hraun, Skald H. 2. 32.
Hrund, f. name of a Norse island ; freq. used in poetry of women,
bauga h., hringa h.. Lex. PoiJt.
hxuiidning, f. [hrind^], kicking, pushing. Eg. 765, Vigl. 19.
Hrungnir, m. the name of a famous giant, Edda ; prob. akin to A. S.
hrung, Geim. runge, =pertica: a si)ield is called the pedestal of the giant H.,
from the tale told in Edda 56-59. Hmngnis-hjarta, n., see hjarta.
hrun-henda, u, f. = hrynher\da.
lirmiki, a, m. [akin to Hrungnir?], a clown, brute; skal sja vi6 mik
berjask hrunkinn, Gliim. 332.
hrvin-sser, m. a breaker, Haustl. 11.
hrtmull, adj. (?) ; h. J)efr, a bad smell, Sturl. i. 27 (in a verse).
. HKtJBB, m., gen. hru6rs, a crust, scab on a sore, Bs. i. 182, freq. :
crusty, of moss on rocks. compds : hru3r-karl, m. crusted moss on
rocks, Bb. 2.13. hna3r-Tirt, f., bo.tan. scabiosa, the scabious, Hjalt.
hriidra, a6, to become crusted, of sores.
HRtJGA, u, f. [Shell, rudge], a heap, Fs. 42, Stj. 628, Nj. 190, Glum.
327, Fms. viii. 206, Fb. ii. 8; beina-h.. Fas. i. 66; penings(-h., Mar.;
fata-h., Grett. 151. II. a nickname, Gluni., Orkn,
hruga, aft, to heap, pile up, with dat,
hrligald, n. a heap, mass. Fas. ii. 134.
hriikr, m. a nickname, Landn.
HIltJTIl, m. a ram, Grag. i. 42,7, 502, 503, Grett. 148, Rd. 260, Fs.
25. Stj. 580, Pr. 478, Fms. xi. 149: the zodiacal sign, Rb. 181 2. 17:
spec, phrases, sva scm born gora hriita meS fingrum ser, as children make
rams with their fingers, i. e. by twisting their fingers into the shape of
rams* horns, Fms. v. 348, a child's game still well known in Icel. ; skera
hnita, to snore aloud (cp. hrjota B), Stef. (3l. ; so, ic hniti = s/«r/o in king
Alfred's Gr. II. as a pr. name Hnitr ; in local names, Hrtits-
staSir, Hruta-fjorSr, Hnit-ey, Landn. compds : hruta-ber, n.,
botan. rubus saxatilis, the stone-bramble. hrutaberja-lyng, n. the
rubus ling. Hnit-fir3ingr, m. a man from Hrutafjor3r. hxiit-
lamb, n. a ram lamb, Jb. 294. hjut-mdl, n. and hriit-nitouSr, m.
' ram months,' the winter months, when sheep are at heat ; fra vetrnottum
til hnitmals, Vm. 7 ; in Edda 103 the ram month is the 3rd month of
winter. lirlats-fall, n. a ram's carcase, Stj. 483. hruts-gsera, u, f.
the skin and fleece of a ram, Stj. 306. hrlits-horn, n. a ram's horn.
hriita-laofn, f. pasture for rams, Vm. 7. hruts-hofuS, n. a ram's
head, Rd. 260, 281. hnits-niark (-merki, -liki), n. the sign Aries,
Rb. hruts-reyfl, n. a ram's fleece, MS. 732. hriits-svift, n. pi. a
roasted ram's head, the Scot. ' singed head.'
hriizi, a, m., dimin. from hnitr, a ramkin ; hva8 kemr til, hriissi minn,
(Kpi« TJiwov), a5 J)u fer si6astr af fenu .lit lir hellinum, Od. ix. 447.
hryfla, u, f. [hro5i], excretion, Edda ii. 430.
HRYD JA, hruddi, = ry8ja, [cp. hrj 66a], /oc/ear; hrydjadom^h. kvi&,
a law phrase, to challenge, Grag. ii. 85, 237 new Ed.
hrydja, ;i, f. [hro6i and hrjoSa II], rough weather, sleet, tempest;
miirg er hry6ja motlaetis um aldr, Stef. Ol. : medic.//s of coiigbing with
T excretion, of a sick person : tnetaph. an outrage, foul deed, hfyijt
verk, n. a foul, brutal deed. Fas. iii. 445.
liryfl, n. [hrufa], a scab, Bs. i. 181, ii. 23.
lirygg-afl, n. strength of the back. Fas. ii. 345, Greg. 22, MS. 655 ». j.
hrygg-boginn, part, bowed, bent, Thom. 356.
hxygg-brjota, braut, to break the back.
brygg-brotinn, part, broken-backed, Fms. ^. 240, Greg. 48 : metapi
an unhappy wooer is said to be hryggbrotin.
hrygg-brotna, a5, to break one's back, Bar3. 177-
HBYGGD or hxygd, f. affliction, grief, sorrow, Fms. i. 135, vi. 6;
237, ix. 494 (v.l.), Johann. 97, N.T., Pass., Vidal. passing. compk
bryg3ar-buna3r and hryg3ar-buiiingr, m. a mourning rfress, Stj. ta
642. hrygdar-dagr, m.a day of mourning and sorrow, Fms.vii.i:'
hryg3ar-efni, n. matter, cause of sorrow, Bs. i. 301. hrygfiaj
fuUr, adj. sorrowful, rueful, Fms. ii. 162. Iiryg3ar-gratr, m. xm
ing, lamentation. Mar. hryg3ar-kl8e3na3r, m. a mourning dre;
Stj. 173, 207. hryg3ar-lindi, a, m. a mourning belt, Sti, 2:
liryg3ar-inark, n. a token of sorrow, Bs. i. 144. brygSar-mal,
a sad case, 'Thom. 452. bryg3ar-raust, f. a cry of sorrow. Pas
41.9. ]iryg3ar-saraligr, adj . mournful. Mar. hryg3ar-svipr, t
a mournful look, 625. 96. hTyg3ar-s6ngr, m. a dirge, 625. 19s.
brygg-dreginn, part, bowed, bent, Thom. 478.
bryggi-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), mournful, sad, Fms. vi. 229, Sks. 2:
Stj. 673, Rom. 239.
Hl^YGGJA, 6, older form hryggva, hryggvir. Harms. 60 ; hrygg [
ask, Pd. 36; hryggvisk, Fms. ii. 42 : [A. S. hreowan; Engl, rae];—
distress, grieve, with ace. Post. 645. 82, Karl. 481, Fas. i. 178, Isl.ii.2jl
impers., Fms. iii. 164, Band. 1 2 new Ed., Thom. 456, passim. I '
reflex, to become grieved, Pd. 36, Fms. ii. 42, Sks. 225, N. T., Vida
Pass., and in hymns; Mitt hjarta hva6 svo hryggist J)u?( = Waru
betriibst du dich, mein herz ?), Holabok 208.
lirygg-knyttr, part, humpbacked, Karl. 547.
lirygg-leikr, m. (rleiki), affliction, grief, sorrow, 623. 57,
357, 368, Sks. 228, Bs. i. 78.
brygg-lengja, u, f. the back of a hide.
li^ygg-ligrj adj. = hryggiligr, Al. 59, 60.
brygg-lundir, f. pi. the loins, Fms. ii. 82, Eb. 109 new Ed.; in ^1
Sdm.i. I, 'hraelundir' is no doubt a false reading for hrygglundir,<ib«/o(iK
HRYGGE., m., gen. hryggjar, pi. hryggir, [A. S. hrycg; Engl.n|
ridge (but only in the metaph. sense) ; O. H. G. hrticki; Germ, rvdm
Dan. ryg ; Swed. rygg'\ : — the back, spine, vertebrae dorsi, in men ai
beasts, the spine of a fish being called dalkr, q. v. ; and even nsti
serpents, orma-h., Vsp. 44, Fms. v. 157, vii. 208, Nj. 129, 155, G^L^i
Karl. 426, Bs. i. 354, ii. 167, Grett. 90, 112. II. metaph. a nrf/f
Gisl. 34, Landn. 1 15 ; fjall-h., a mountain ridge ; in local names, as OW
hryggr : the middle of a piece of stufl^ox cloth, opp. to ja8ar {the edgt
mselsL (klae8i) at hrygg e8a ja8ri, Grag. i. 498 ; hryggr brefsins, the f :
of a letter, D.N. i. 593, v. 839 : of a« edge of a stud, pibi. 73. comh
liryggjar-li3r, m. a vertebra. hryggjar-stykki, n. a kindpf
(from a spot on the back), the sheldrake (?), Edda (Gl.) : metajlip'
name of an old Icel. historical work, Fms. vii. (Mork.)
HRYGGE, adj., old ace. hryggvan, with a characteristic v; comft
hryggri, Finnb. 224, and hryggvari ; superl. hryggvastr : [A.S. hremm
Engl, rticful] : — afflicted, grieved, distressed, Ls. 31, Gkv. 3. I, Fn -
290, V. 210, 239, ix. 500, Al. 56, Stj. 520, N. T., Pass., Vidal. passir..
brygg-spenna, u, f. a wrestling term, ' back-spanning,' clasping
arms roiaid one another's back. Fas. iii. 414.
bryggving, f. = hrygg8, Mar.
brygla, u, f. [Dan. rallen'], medic, a rattling in the throat or broncl
tubes; hosti og h., a cough and h. ; dau6a-h., the death-ratde.
hrygna, u, f. [hrogn], a fish which has roe. Fas. ii. 112, Edda (Gi.
HRYLLA, t, [hrollr], to shudder; mig hryllir vi8 J)vi, I shudder at it
brylli-legr, adj. (-lega, adv.), ghastly, horrible.
brylling, f. horror.
HRYM4.sk, 8, [hrumr], = hrumast, Pr. 409, Bs. ii. 155. R''- 3
346 : hrym3r, part, ir firm from age, Dropl. 15, Hrafn. 15.
brymja, 8, = hruma, Hb. 28.
Hrymr, m. name of an old giant, Vsp., the old, infirm (?).
bryn-benda, u, f. a kind of metre, the drottkvseSi (q.v.), contain
eight syllables in each line instead of the usual six, Edda (Ht.)o2-i
name of poems composed in this metre, Fms. vi. 26.
brjrn-bendr, adj. cotnposed in the metre hrynhenda, Edda (Ht.)
HRYJSr JA, pres. hryn, pret. hrundi, part, hrunit -.—to fall to r:
tumble down; bjorgin hrynja, Edda 41 ; veggrinn var hrunir.a (due
dated), Fser. Ill; veggrinn hrundi fyrir eldinum, Orkn. 350; n'^^'
murar hafa ni8r hrunit, Karl. 130 ; grjot e3a bjorg e8a JQr8 hrynr, Sku
169 ; ^a munu peir taka at segja fjollunum, hryniS yfir oss, Luke .n
30; og stjornur himins hrundu a jorSiua. (better hr6pu8u), Rev. v..
cp. Matth. vii. 25, 27, where hrundi would be the right word, altno;
fell is here ysed in the Icel. version. II. metaph. to stream.p
of garments, jafnskjott sem klaeSit hrundi ofa^n um hann, Orkn. i
^
HRYNJANDI— HROKKVA.
289
hunuin hrynja lukla, Vkv. l6, 19: of fluids, to stream, potir
•■ \t\x voru i brjosti heiinar (of a wave), |)a hnindi hoa iill,
hrynja hafbarur. Fas. ii. 75 (in a verse) : of blood, tears,
r bl65it ofan a kapu-skauti3, Hav. 45; hvat berr nu ^at
nn, at {)^r hrynja tar? Ld. 132, cp. the verse in Gisl. 1 ; sem
,i6ast hrundi, hiniins 1 dimmu skiir (of rain). Pass. 23. 3 ; of
r, Edda ii. 500 (in a verse) : of a song, hrynjandi hattr,
. flowing we/re, = hrynhenda, Edda (Ht.) 136. 2. of
.;:i a haila e-ni, to he shut on one's heels, of one who is turned
, Skv. 3. 66, (in prose, skclla a haela e-m.)
Ii, a, m. (or f. ?), a streamer fastened to a staff, Gisl. 103,
M the other Recension (20, 21) has hrimandi, which appears
error ; see Mr. Dasent's Gisli the Outlaw, p. 39.
I, u, f. [hross], a mare; and hjyssi, n., in compds, nier-hryssi,
ngr, m. coarseness, brutality ; see hreysingr.
tn. a '■rotating' snoring. Fas. i. 232, Bs. ii. 230.
I, 3, [hriiga], to heap together, Lat. cumidare, Karl. 259.
ingar, m. pi. descendants o/Hriitr (II), Landn.
, n., old dat. hraevi or hraefi, (spelt hreifi, Hkv. 2. 23), gen. pi.
rxfa), Lex. Poet, passim : [Ulf. hraiv in hraiva-dubo = Tpvy(i}V,
24 ; A. S. breaw; O. H. G. bre6'\ : — a dead body, carrion, Grag.
fj. 27, Bret. 68, Stj. 201, Sturl. i. 28, Fms. iv. 244: carrion,
>t, X. 308, passim. II. the wreck, fragments of a thing ;
n brutu J)ar skip sitt, ok gorSu or hraenum {the wreck) skip
eir kolludu Trekylli, Landn. 157: scraps or chips of trees or
r& a hann at hciggva til {)ess er hann J)arf at baeta \>zt, ok lata
J, Grag. ii.-295; J)a eigu pen at taka vi& af fjoru nianns, ok
cost sinn, ok lata liggja eptir hrae, 356 ; en ef hann vill baeta
ati sina, \>a, a hann at hafa vi6 til f)ess, hvart sem hann vill or
r 6t fjoru, ok lata eptir liggja hrae, 339 ; cp. hravi6i and hrar
bis sense still remains in the mod. hraeiS 1 hraeiS mitt, hrae-tetriS,
!lcb ! poor fellow ! as also in hro, n. a mere wreck, ruin, an
>idated thing ; skips-hro, kistu-hro, etc.; and metaph. hroiS,
§•/ hon hefir aldrei veri3 heima, hroiS ! fiaS getr aldrei or6i6
henni, hroinu, Piltr og Stiilka 26. compds : hrse-barinn,
SB II], crushed; hrsebarnar hlimar, felled saplings, Stor. 2.
ynigr, adj. bloody, Akv. 36. hxse-dyri, n. a carrion beast,
80. hree-fasti, a, m. = hrxlog, Mork. 142 (in a verse).
1, m. a carrion bird, fowl, bird of prey, Stj. 464, Bret. 68, (raven,
tc.) hr8e-gifr,n. = hraEdy'ri, Lex. Poet, hrea-^lo, L the claw
fug], K. |). K. 132. hrse-kvikindi, n. (lirse-kind., f.), a
east, K. ^.K. 132, Fas. iii. 265, Stj. 582. hrse-kostr, m. a
lin, Fms. vi. (in a verse). hrse-ljdmi, a, m. = hraeIog, Bs. ii.
ITSB-Ijos, n. = hraelog, Sturl. iii. 215. lirro-log, n. a 'carrion-
ligbt which gleams round decomposing matter, hrselog brunnu
n^eirra, svaat af l^sti, Sturl. ii. 50: mod. hraevar-eldr. Hrse-
n, carrion swallower, name of a giant, Edda, V{)m. liraeva-
'^fr, m. a smell as of carrioti, Fms. viii. 230, x. 213.
cautr, m., poet, a sword, Edda (Gl.) lireeva-kuldi, a, m.
■Id, Gg. 12. hrsevar-eldr, m. = hraelog. hrsevar-lykt,
' as of carrion. In poetry blood is. called hree-dSgg, -Isekr,
lOllr, -vin: weapons, lirse-frakki (see frakka, p. 169), -gagarr,
•leiptr, -linnr,-lj6mi, -mdni, -na3r, -sei3r, -sikr, -sfldr,
/einn : a shield, lirae-bor3, -net : carrion crows, hrse-gammr,
pp, -skufr, -skeerr. Lex. Poet.
DA, d, [Engl, dreadl, to frighten, with ace, Fms. iii. 48, vi. 147,
), passim. II. reflex. hraeSask, to be afraid of, to dread,
I ace. ; h. e-n, to fear one, Nj. 57, Fms. ix. 242 ; h. GuS, to fear
t. 656 C. 4 ; hraedumk ekki hot J)in, Skv. 2.9: with prep., h.
^ms. x. 358, Saem. 131 (prose); hraeSumk ek vi9 rei6i Oftins,
h. fyrir e-m, Baer. 2 : with infin. not to dare, hraeSask at Ijuga,
16; h. at gjalda, Fms. viii. 252.
', adj. (prop, a participle, like Old Engl, adred), afraid, fright-
rf.Nj. 105, Sd. 144, Fms. vi. 118; manna hrseddastr, i. 216; h.
igbtened at a thing, Nj. 205 ; vera h. um e-t, to fear, be alarmed
'nag, Fms. vii. 156, x. 18 : it seems to be used as a subst. in AI.
••53*> 'a-hrxddr, fearless.
ilga, adv. dreadfully, fearfully, Fms. i. 202, Fb. i. 417.
.igr, adj. dreadful, fearful, terrible, Fms, i. 138, ix. 489, Isl. ii.
". 477. Al. 37.
XL, adj. ti7nid, Fms. vi. 155.
i OT YiiBazla, u,f. dread, fear, Nj.142, Eg. 41, Sturl. ii. 5, passim.
hrsedslu-fullr, adj. in great fear, S61. hrsedslu-lauss,
ss,
i, (hreifa. Fas. i. 220, Fms. xi. 90), to tolerate, bear with; in
2, h. mn e-t, menn Jiottusk trautt mega um h. hans skaplyndi ok
. xi. 90; ok matti um h. me6an Hogni lif6i. Fas. i. 220, Am. 67;
ki um J)at hraefa lengr, it is no longer tolerable, Fs. 3 1.
Badj. cadaverous, "5?t. 15.
g, f. spitting, Hom.
HB-ffiKJA, t, [hraki], to hawk, spit, Bs. i. 347, Fb. i. 330, Stj. 325,
Rom. 240, Landn. 247 ; h. lit, to spit out, N. G. L. i. 11, Mark vii. 33 ;
h. a e-n, to spit on one, Matth. xxvii. 30.
hrsela, aft, older rsela, to beat a loom with a weaver's rod; hun
hraElaSi vefinn med guUhrael, Od. v. 62, hrselaftr orum, Darr, ; h. diin,
to shake eider-down on a frame to cleanse it.
HB^IiL, m., but rsell seems the true form, the b being spurious,
[cp. A.S. reol; Engl. reel, = GT. Kfpmt, Od. v. 62] .—a weavers rod or
sley, Nj. 275 ; dun-hraell, a stick to clean eider-down.
hrsemug-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), hideous, disgraceful.
hrsBpa, t, [hrop], to libel, defame, with ace, Nidrst. 6; h. GuS, to
blaspheme. Mar. (655 xi. B. 1) ; hrcepir hann Heimdool, Frump, (pref.)
HRJEBA, b, i. e. hrcera : [A. S. hriran ; Engl, rear ; O. H. G. bruo-
rian; Germ, riihren; Dan. rt/re; Swed. rora] : — to move : I.
with ace, Hy'm. 33; h. herbiidir sinar, Stj.; J)eir fluttu hurt J)d cr
hraerandi voru, Fms. v. 97; pxr gatu ongau miiga hraert, Fb. i. 532;
ef v^r hraerum hann, ii. 1 29 ; h. tungu, to move the tongue, Stor. i ; Gvb
hraerir alia stjorn hugar J)eirra, Sks. 479. II. to stir, so as to
mix ; hrserSu allt saman mold ok silfr, Fms. iv. 298 (Hkr. ii. 220) : to
stir with a ladle in cooking, hraera i katlinum, Eb. 70 new Ed. ; h. i
pottinum, h. i grant, siipu, to stir in the kettle, to stir the porridge, broth,
etc. ; vindr hraerir stor hiif, Edda : metaph. to stir in a matter, Bs. ii.
115, Rom. 257 ; also, h. um e-t, {jorst. Si8u H. 6 ; h. e-t, id., Karl. 187,
Bs. ii. 35 ; h. vi5 e-u, to touch a thing, fji6r. 165. III. reflex.
to stir, move oneself; J)a hraerisk heinin i hcifdi J>6r, Edda ; J)vi at ek aetla
he5an hvergi at hraerask hvart sem mer angrar reykr eSr bruni, Nj. 201 ;
J)au sjalf megu hvergi hraerask or staS nema J)au st5 af o6rum borin e5r
dregin, Fms. i. 139, x. 373 ; allt J)at er kvikt hraerisk, Sks. 715; limarnar
hraerSusk, Eg. 377 ; hvat liggr J)ar, m^r J)ykkir sem J)at hraerisk stundum ?
Fas. ii. 507 ; matti hann J)aSan hvergi hraerask, Nj. 203. 2. metaph.,
af t)essum hlutum hraerisk {arises) heipt ok hatr, Al. 6 ; tunga hraerisk
til linytra or3a, Greg. 25.
HB-^HAH, m. pi. [Ivar Aasen r'vyr ; cp. Lat. ems'], the groin, reins;
hrora (ace), Edda (Lauf.) ; hann hafSi steinsott, ok la steinninn i hrser-
unum, sa er stemdi {)urflina, Bs. i. 310 ; kom spj6ti& upp i hraerana, ok
renndi ofan i laerit, Sturl. iii. 14.
hrseri-grautr, m. a mess of porridge, the Scot, 'stirabout.'
hrseri-ligr, mod. hrseran-ligr, adj. movable; li-hraeriligr, immovable,
Skalda 173, 204, Stj. 18.
hrsering, f. motion, stir, Edda 52, Bs. ii. 159 ; h. likamans, Greg. 73 ;
h. hafsins, Rb. 438 ; sjovar h., Sks. 51 ; h. tungls, 438 ; bi5andi eptir vatn-
sins hraeringu, John v. 3 ( = Gr. Kivrjais). II. melaph. emotion ; girndir
ok hraeringar, Stj. 35 ; lileyfSar hraeringar, Magn.468; afsjalfrasinnahraer-
ingum, of their own impulse, H.E. ii. 75; ge&s hraeringar, emotions.
hrssringr, m. ' stirabout,' cp. hraerigrautr.
hrsesi-brekka, u, f., in the phrase, fxra e-t a hraesibrekku, to expose to
scorn and ridicule ; see raekibrekka.
Itrsesinn, adj. boasting, vaunting, Sighvat, Hm. 6.
hrsesna, a6, to feign; h. fyrir e-m, to act hypocritically before one.
hreesnari, a, m. a hypocrite, Matth. vi. 2, 5,16, vii. 5, etc., Pass., Vidal.
HB.^SITI, f. [hros], vanity, self-esteem, %elf-glorification, Stj. 644;
sjalfhol ok h., Fms. ii. 267, Bs. ii. 16, Barl. fi, Rom. 267; gora e-t
til hraesni, Fs. 88 ; fyrir tima h., ' pro vana humanae laudis jactantia,'
Hom. 22; always so in old writers, but at the time of the Reforma-
tion it assumed the sense of II. hypocrisy {vnSupiais of the
N. T.), and is constantly with its compds used so in the N.T., Vidal.,
Pass., etc.
HROKKVA (also spelt hreyqua), pret. hrcikk, pi. hrukku ; pres.
hrekk or hrcikk, pi. hrokkva ; subj. hrykki or hreykki ; part, hrokkinn ;
with neg. sufF. hrokkvat, Kn\. 23 : — to fall back, recoil, be repelled, with
the notion of a shrinking or reeling motion ; Jarl hrokk ofan a Bardann,
Fms. ii. 324 ; HallvarSr haf6i hrokkit fram or lyptinguimi ok a mitt skipit,
viii. 388 : with prep., {»a ger&u J)eir hrid ena l)ri6ju ok voru vi6 lengi, eptir
{)at hrukku peir fra, Nj. 1 15 ; kappa tva J)a er flestir ur9u fra at hrokkva,
Fms. V. 162 : h. fyrir, to give way to a shock ; gekk konungr sva hart
fram, at allt hrokk fyrir honum, i. 45 ; ok syndisk J)egar sii fylking h.
fyrir, viii. 14; ok sva rySjask J)eir mi um at allt hriikkr lidit fyrir, xi.
132 : h. til, to suffice, cp. Dan. slaa til, of means, money : h. undan {to
draw back) hrukku Baglar J)a undan, ix. 30: h. vid, to give way; ok
ver3r Sigvaldi mi vid at h., xi. 95 ; ok muntii ckki annat mega en h.
vi3, Nj. 90 : to start up, from fear : h. upp, to be thrown open, of a door ;
to start up from sleep, h. upp meS andfaelum. 2. metaph., naer J)6tti
hvert tre h. fyrir, every rafter seemed to give way, creak, Gisl. 31 ; at nser
J)6tti skipit h. fyrir ok braka J)6tti i hverju tre, 115; til J)ess er hrokk
undir miSdegi, till it drew nigh midday. Fas. i. 506 (where better riikk,
from riikva) ; hrokk hraefrakki, Gisl. (in a verse). II. to curl,
of hair ; har hans ok skegg er gult sem silki ok hrokkr sem lokar-spAnn,
|>i5r. 20; hann haf3i gult har ok hrokk mjiik, Fms. vii. 239; dcikk-
jarpr a har ok hrokk mjck, Ld. 274 : part, hrokkinn, curled; hrokkit hai,
Sturl. iii. 122; hrokkin-hdrr and hrokk-hdrr, q. v. ; me6 hrokknum
{wrinkled) kinnum, Sks. 170.
U
290
HROKKVA— HUGE.
hr6kkva,3 and t.cansal of the last verb, to drive back,beat,whip; ok beit
eigi heldr a eiin talknskiSi vseri hrokt um, than if it bad been bealen with
a reed. Fas. ii. 534, 556 : to spur or whip a horse, eptir ^at hriikti hann
hestinn, Sturl. iii. 50 ; J)a hr6k6i {)6r6r hestinn undir ser ok kva6 t)etta
vi6 raust, 317 ; Eldgrimr vill nii skilja ok hrokkr hestinn, Ld. 150 ; ^eir
hrcikkva hann si&an brott, they whipped him off. Mar. II. reflex.
to fall back; hann skyldi geyma at engir hreykSisk aptr, that none should
lag behind, Sturl. ii. 2H ; J)eir hroktusk {staggered to and fro) \^x i
lengi dags, Grett. 147 new Ed. 2. esp. to coil, wriggle, of the
movement of a snake; ormr hriikvisk (hr^quesc) ok es hall, Eluc. 28,
Stj. 96 ; undan honum hrokdisk ein na6ra at Oddi, Fas. ii. 300 ; ormrinn
vildi eigi inn i munninn ok hrokdisk fra i brott, Fnis. ii. 179; gengu
menn eptir orminum J)ar til er hann hrok&isk i jorS ni&r, vi. 297 ; Jja
skrei& hann i munn honum ok hraekSiz t^gar niSr i kvi&inn, x. 325 ;
hrcikkvisk hann um hans fotleggi, Stj. 96, cp. hrtikkvi-all.
hr6kkvi-&ll, m. a wriggling eel, poet, for a stiake, Bragi : hrokkvi-
skafl, m., poet. = bri:ik (q.v.), a tanner's tool, Fms. vi. (in a verse):
hrdkkvi-vondr, m. a whip. Lex. Poet.
hr6kkvir, m. a giant, Edda (Gl.)
hrbklast, a6, to reel, Mag. 158, freq. : used also of a snake.
HRONN, f., gen. hrannar, pi. hrannir, a wave, esp. used in poetry, Stor.
6, Hkv. I. 26, passim : a ship is called hrann-blakkr, -valr, the steed,
hawk of the wave, (also hranna elgr, hranna hrafn, the elk, raven of
the wave) ; gold is called hrann-blik, -eldr, wave-fire. Lex. Poet. :
lirami-gar3r, m. a wall of waves, id. II. in prose, old and esp.
mod., hrannir, f. pi. the heaps or swathes of seaweed and shells along
the beach; hrses hrannir, /bea/s of slain, Edda (Ht.) 2. dat. pi.
hrSnnum, adverb, in heaps, Lat. ca/erva/Zw, = unnvorpum, drepr hann
hirdmenn konungs hronnum ni&r. Fas. i. 105. III. one of the
northern Nereids was called Hronn, Edda.
HBOB, spelt hresT and reyr, n. [A. S. hryre = ruina'\, a corpse, Lat.
cadaver, Gkv. i. 5, n ; koglar fraenda hrcirs, Stor. 4 ; saekja um hror,
Grag. ii. 141 ; ekki skulu J)er taka a hrorum {)eirra, J)vi at J)au kvikendi
eru lihrein, Levit. xi. 8 ; alia fugla t)a er fjora faetr hafa, skal ekki eta,
ok hvergi ma6r er tekr a hrorum (not hraejum) {)eirra, J)a saurgask hann,
Stj. 316. Levit. xi. 20. II. metaph. a« old decayed thing, a
ruin, wreck, a fallen tomb, akin to hreysi (q. v.), the h being borne out by
alliteration in Yt. 19; Yngva hror, 6 ; Dyggva hror, 7 ; fylkis hror, Ht.
(Yngl. S. ch. 26) ; as also "^t. 19, where the sense is that the king was
buried in the avalanche of stones, — horfinn foldar beinum Hogna hrors :
in local names, Tryggva-hreyr, Hkr. i. 178.
hrSrask, 6, = hrorna (?) ; far er hvatr er hrcoraz tekr, ef i barnaesku er
blauSr, Fm. 6, a saying.
hrOr-ligr, adj. ^corpse-like,' ruinous, dilapidated, Fms. iv.93 (of houses):
of men, infirm, worn by age.
lirSrna, a8, to fall into decay, of buildings or the like, K.{>. K. 54,
Fms. iii. 147, xi. 311, Eb. 6 new Ed. ; heimr hromar, Hom. ; t)6tt landit
hrorni, Landn. 168, v. 1. : to wither, tre hromar, Sks. 144, 665 6 A. ii.
II ; hrornar blom, Eluc. ; hromar fioll, Hm. 49 ; eigi losnu&u hans tennr
ne hrornu6u, Stj. 348. 2. to become infirm, worn out by age; ond var
hrornar, Stj. 332 ; m^r gomlum karli, hrornanda a hverjum degi, Sks. 73° !
mannsaldrar voru ^a meiri en mi, ok hrornu&u menn seinna, Mag. 89.
hrOrnan, f. decay, dilapidation, Pm. 33,
hu or hli, interj. £10 / Sks. 304, 365.
HUG-A, a&, or better hug6i, (as from hyggja, q.v.), to mind, Lat. excogi-
tare, to make out, think out; ra6it er mi hugat, Fms. xi. 21 ; hugat hefi ek
mer raft, Gisl. 15 ; Fatt er of vandlega hugat, a saying. 2. huga
e-m e-t, to keep in store for one; verk hefi ek hugat J)ir, Nj. 53, Rom.
211; hverjar fo&urbxtr hann hefir hugat Hakoni konungi, Fms. vii.
261. 3. with prepp.; e-m er umhugat um e-t, one /s concerraecf a6ow?;
ni^r mun mest um hugat, Isl. ii. 150 ; allt skulda-liS hans J)at er honum
var mest um hugat, Al. 21 ; sva at eigi J)urfi um at huga felat, Vapn.
30 ; huga at e-u (see athuga, athugi), to attend to, look after; J)a var at
hugat sarum Kormaks, Korm. 244, Fms. vi. 137 ; ef rett er at hugt, if
it is rightly considered, Al. 86 ; huga fyrir e-u, to provide for, Fms. vi.
127 ; i-huga, at-huga, to consider.
hugadldt-liga, adv. amiably, lovingly, Bs. ii. 49.
Iiuga3-ldtr, adj. engaging, amiable; b. ok veglatr, O. H. L, 22, Fms.
vii. 321, X. 152, v.l. ; h. ok {)okkasaell, ix. 246, v.l.
huga3-liga, adv. attentively ; heyra h., Hom. 86 : boldly, Fms. vi. 141.
hugadr, adj. minded, disposed, Stor. 14 ; vera e-m vel h., Fms. x. 267 ;
gor6isk J)a folkit honum litt hugat, 264, J>i9r. 311. 2. bold, stout-
hearted, Nj. 264 ; h. vel, Bs. i. 36, Lv. 38, freq.
hugaS-samliga, adv. kitidly, Stj. 6: carefully. Fas. i. 363.
hugaQ-samligr, adj. devout; h. bsen, devout prayer, Greg. 49.
]iuga3-samr, adj. gentle, engaging, Fms. viii. 447.
hugall, adj. mindful, attentive, Hm. 14 : kind, charitable, Skalda 163 ;
and so in mod. usage, hugull = attentive to the wants and wishes of another;
gor-h.. Band. 4 : neut. hugalt, carefully, Fas. i. 8. compds : hugul-
samr, adj. charitable in small things. hugul-semi, f. charitableness.
hugan, f. a minding; hafa h. fyrir e-u, Fms. xi. 238 : attention, Rd. 280
hugd, f. and hug3a, u, f. [A.S. hy'S and hyg^; Engl. heed\:-^afi
interest, affection ; leggja hugSu til e-s, to take interest in, feel love for on\
Fms. vi. 280 ; at konungr leggr enga hugSu til bests sins, he heeded i
tiot, Bs. i. 633 ; jnaela, raeQa af hugOu, to speak from one's heart, E „,
40, 58. COMPDS : hug3ar-erendi, n. = hug6arnial, Skalda i;
liug3ar-md.l, n. matters which one has at heart, Isl. ii. 98.
nia3r, m. (hug3ar-ma3r), aji intimate friend, Bs. i. 175; fia
hug6ar-menn, Fms. viii. 103, 231, ix. 525, Bs. ii. 156.
h.ugga, aft, to comfort, with ace, Bs. i. 238, 318, ii. T49, Fms. v. 23I
vi. 234, X. 367, Greg. 22 : to soothe one crying or weeping, esp. hi!? |
barniS; 6hvigg2Liid\, crying bitterly : reflex, ^o be comforted, Fs.i><. I
286, Fas. i. 205, Hom. 49, Hkv. 2. 27, N.T., Pass., Vidal. passim,
huggan, f. comfort, consolation, 623. 13, 52, Eb. 44 new Ed., Fms
173, V. 241, vi. 234, 371, Sks. 106, freq. compds : huggunax-lau.-
adj. 'comfort-less,' 623. 56. liuggunar-or3, n. a word of corny.
Stj. 195, Greg. 39. h.uggTinar-syn, f. a comforting sight, Pl,
huggunar-vdn, f. hope of comfort, Fms. vi. 234.
huggandi, a, m. a comforter, Stj. 511.
liuggari, a, m. a comforter, 656 C. 42, Barl. 181, Th. 77, Stj, :
eccl. = napdK\r]Tos,the Holy Ghost, Sks. 132, N.T.,Pass.,H61ab6k,V; .
liugi, a, m. = hugr, Hbl. 21, Edda 24, Glum. 323, Hkr. ii. 243, S;i.
and passim, the weak and strong forms being used almost ind|
nately both in old and mod. usage, as also in the compds, hu|
huga-fullr, = hug-go&r, hug-fuUr, q. v. ; a-hugi, zea/; var-hugi, 1
at-hugi, attention. II. a pr. name, Fms. ; cp. mid. Lat. Ha I
Engl. Hugh.
Huginn, m. the wise raven of Odin, Gm., Edda.
hugna, a&, to please ; e-m hugnar e-t, something pleases one, one :
it, is pleased, satisfied with it; h. vel, ilia, Eg. 395, Lv. 34, Fs. 27,
153, Fas. i. 220, Glum. 355, 365, Orkn. 14, Korm. 154, Ld. 328, '
7 new Ed.: reflex., e-m hugnask e-t, id., Ld. 50, 0. H. 43, Eg. 96 ,■.
Sturl. i. 24, Str. 19.
hugnan, f. a pleasing, comforting, Hav. 57.
HUGE., m., gen. hugar, dat. hugi and hug, pi. hugir; an older ■
hogr occurs in very old MSS., e. g. hog-g=o6i, 655 xxv. 2, ami
remains in the compds hog-Voorr etc., see p. 280: [\J\L bugs=v
but only once, in Ephes. iv. 17, whereas he usually renders vovs e
other words, as frapi, aba, muns; A.S.byge; E.e\.hugi; O.K. G.I'.
Dan. hu; Swed. bdg ; hyggja, hugga, hyggS, -u6 (q.v.) are all kii,
words and point to a double final] : — mind, with the notion of thoui 1 ^
answering to Germ, gedanke ; hugr er byr hjarta nser, Hm. 94 ; engi b j ^JJ
ma hyggja, Fms. v. 241 ; enn er eptir efi i hug minum, 623. 26; i '
e&a verki, iri mind or act, Fms. vi. 9 ; koma e-m i hug, to comeiiWj
mind, to bethink one, iv. I17, Fb. ii. 120, 325 ; vera i hug e-m, to :
one's mind; J)at mun J)6r ekki i hug, thou art not in earnest, Ni.46, 1
iv. 143 ; hafa e-t i hug, to have a thing in mind, intend; renna hug ^!:
to run in one's mind, consider, vii. 19 ; renna hug or hugum til e-s, K
114; koma hug a e-t, to call to mind, remember, 623.16; leiiji
hugum, to consider, Sks.^623 ; lei&a at huga, Skv. I ; ganga, lifta, h
e-m or hug, to forget, 6.H. 157, Fms. vi. 272; snua hug sinum
(at, fra) e-u, to trim one's mind after {to, from) a thing, iv. 87, Eb. •
maela um hug ser, to feign, dissimulate, Fser. 33 new Ed., Hkv. 2. i-
70 ; orka tveggja huga um e-t, to be of two minds about a thing, \'y
orkask hugar a e-t, to resolve, Grett. 207 new Ed. ; ef Ji(3r ler nol: ^.
tveggja huga um J)etta mal, if thou be of two minds about the maUer,(\^ f"«
112 new Ed. ; ok Ijaer mer ]pess hugar (thus emend.) at ne einn fai f.i-
honum, 7 weeM that none will be a match for him, Fms. xi. 96.
denoting mood, heart, temper, feeling, affection; goSr h., a good,
heart, Hm. 118 ; illr h., ill temper, spite, id.; heill h., sincerity, S'
horskr h., Hm. 90 ; i g66um hug, in a good mood, Fms. vi. iio, i.\
(v. 1.), Stj. 453 ; in plur., vera i hugum g66um. Fas. i. 44I (in a vc
or simply, i hugum, ' in one's mind,' cheerful, Hkm. 9, Hym. II ;
rei6r ok i hugum, both when angry and when glad. Post. 16S; 1 re;
hug, in angry mood, Fms. vi. 4 ; i hor&um hug, in hard {sad) mood ■
tressed, 655 xii. 3 ; i ilium hug, in evil mood ; af oUum hug,/ro?n all
heart, 686 B. 2 (Matth. xxii. 37), cp. Hm. 125 : and adverb., ails h.
from all one's heart, Hom. 68; all hugar feginn, Horn. (St.): rev , ^
hugi vi6, to try one another's mind, make close acquaintance, Fb. iii..|i p'*
\)vi at hon vildi reynask hugum vi3 hann {examine him), Fs. 128; I; ' ">f-:
peirra foru saman, their minds went together, they loved one anr ,
1 38. III. denoting desire, wish ; leggja hug a e-t, to lay to I ■
take interest in, Nj. 46 ; leggja mikinn hug a um e-t. Eg. 42 : leggj"
hug a e-t, O.H. 44, 55 ; leggja litinnhug a e-t, to mind little, Fms. x. (
neglect, 96 ; leggja hug a konu, to love a woman, Fs. 137, Fb > ^f^ '
hugr a e-u, to long, wish for a thing, hon er sva af konum at i
hugr a, Fms. vii. 103, Rd. 254 ; hugir |)inir standa til J)es5
53 ; e-m rennr hugr til e-s, to have affection for one, Fb. i. 279;
a e-u, to have a mind for a thing, be eager for, have at heart;
hugr a at selja ha.nn, I have no mind to sell him, Fms. i. 80, iv. 30, v.
er J)6r mi jammikill hugr a at heyra draum minn sem i nott? Droj
ANj. II. 2. in plur., personified, almost like fylgja or hamingja,|
e-iui
ra^r I
1
HUGAKANGR— HUGSAN.
291
|si 5 ill-will or good-will being fancied as wandering abroad and passim
their object ; for this belief see the Sagas passim, esp. in dreams ;
Torfi mik, ok veit ek vist, at J)etta eru manna hiigir, Hav. 55 ;
u illra manna hugir til J)in, |}6r5. 65 ; hvart syfjar J)ik, Jarn-
fadir? Eigi er, Jarndis dottir, liggja a m^r hugir storra manna,
sleepy, father ? Not so, daughter, but the minds of mighty men
port me, Fb. i. 258 : popular sayings referring to the travelling
ind, e. g. fljotr sem hugr manns, swift as thought (Germ, gedanken-
cp. the tale of the race of Hugi and Thjalfi, Edda, and of Odin's
lugin and Munin. IV. with the notion of foreboding ;
r mer hugr um, 'so says my mind to 7ne,' I forebode, Fs. 127;
SV& hugr um segja, sem konungr myndi limjuklega taka J)vi,
: ; kva6 s^r ilia hug sagt hafa um hennar giafor6, her wedlock
'dbim evil, Isl. ii. 19 ; en kva5sk {)6 livist hugr um segja, hver . . . ,
\ad little hope, how . . ., Fb. i. 360 ; e-m by'Sr e-t i hug, it bodes
ii. 32 ; bau6 konungi J)at helzt i hug, at . . ., 0. H. 195, Eg. 21
)a IV) ; gora s6r i hug, to imagine, Fms. viii. 338 ; telja s^r i
Fb. ii. 322, Eb. 204. V. denoting co7/ra^e; hugr rae3r
sign, a stout heart is half the battle, a saying, Fms. vi, 429 (in a
hugr ok arx8i, Stj. 71 ; me3 halfum hug, half-heartedly, faintly ;
ggum hug, fearlessly ; herSa huginn, Eg. 407, 6. H. 241 ; engi er
ijnum, Hkr. i. 338 ; treysta hug sinum, Odd. ii2new Ed. ; hugar
bold. Fas. i. 522 (in a verse), Korm. 200 ; breg6ask at hug, JjorS.
segi J)er, at mcr fylgi engi hugr, Fms. vii. 297 ; engi hugr mun
rlAm. 356, passim. VI. compds : hugar-angr, n. heart's
il. II. hugar-beiskleikr, m. bitterness of mind, Stj. 290.
36t, f. coffj/or/, Dropl. II. hugar-bur3r, m./a«ey. hugar-
m. distress of mind. Fas. i. 171, iii. 81. hugar-far, n. state
esp. in a moral sense, Bs. i. 317, 716, ii. 33, Thorn. 40, N. T.,
hugar-f^st, f. desire, Magn. 468. hugar-gldggr, adj.
<rrow-minded, Fbr. (in a verse). Iiugar-g63r, adj. good of
rf, Sks. 437. hugar-hrsering, f. e?Ko<2o;2s, Bs.i. 703. hugar-
.frotuardness of mind, Barl. 4. hugar-kraptr, m. strength
Stj. 173. hugar-latliga, adv. = huga5!atliga. hugar-
fancy, disposition of mind; eptir sinni h., after one's own fancy,
Stj. 451, Barl. 25, Fms. vi, 109 ; gcira ser e-t i hugarlund, to fancy,
freq. hugar-otti, a, m./ngj&/, /error, Fms. vi. 353. hugar-
-ruglan, -ruplan, f. wandering of mind, insanity, Al. 55, Pr.
121,256. hugar-speki, f. wiscfow, -Hsm. 33. 3. hugar-
11., hugar-styrkt, f. strength of mind, St j . 1 3 2 . h.ugar-vdla3r,
TOttdria, despair, Bs. i. 366, 368, 644. liugar-vil, n. = hugar-
hugar-seSi, n.fury, Stj. 344.
CoHi^Ds : hug-4st, f., in the phrase, unna hugastum, to love
iHt's heart, Hkr. iii. 194, passim. hug-blau3r, adj. timid,
im. hug-bley3i, f. cowardice, Hbl. 26. Iiug-bli3r, adj.
Bs. i. (in a verse). h.ug-bo3, n. foreboding, fancy, Fs. 18,
2, Nj. 212, Faer. 202, Fms. viii. xi8, Fb. ii. 38, passim. hug-
part, what bodes one, Rd. 308. hug-bor3, n. courage, metaph.
ip, Fms. vii. 143, Lex. Poet. hug-borg, f., poijt. the breast,
t. hug-bot, f. comfort, mind's release, Hom. 104, Stj. 466.
H?Sr, zd]. fickle, Hm. loi. hug-dirf3, f. courage, Karl,
jiug-dirfi, f. id., Karl. 346. hug-djarfr, adj. stout-hearted,
K:\t\. 312. hug-dyggr, adj. steadfast. Mar. hug-
k, dep., lata h., to lose heart, despair. hug-fast-
fadfastly, Str. 20. hug-fastr, adj. steadfast. El. 24.
gloomy, Fms. v. 169. hug-feldr, adj. agreeable, Barl.
uig-festa, t, to fix in one's mind, Ld. 88, Sks. 237, Orkn.
;3: reflex., Fb. ii. 88. hug-froun, f., hug-fro, hug-
f mind's ease, relief. hug-ftilh-, ad], full of courage,
-■ xi. 270, Mart. 107. hug-g63r, adj. kind-hearted,
1 . L. 30, Fms. ii. 94, Bs. i. 166 : cheerfid, Sks. 446. hug-
biess of heart, mercy, 655 xxv. 2, Bs. i. 174, ii. 149, Stj.
326, {)6ra. 28 new Ed., Fagrsk. 29. hug-hraustr,
mind, of good cheer, N.T. freq. hug-hreysta, t, to
heer one's heart. hug-hreysti, f. a bei?ig of good com-
I . El. 5, Fas. i. 159. hug-hryggr, adj. sorrowful, Str. 42.
Mrf, n. change of mind; telja e-m hughvorf, toperstiade a person
^bis conviction. Fas. i. 530, Ld. 306. hug-hsegr, adj., e-m
gt, easing one's mind. Glum. 348, Bs. i. 358, Fas. ii. 91.
ixni, f. a ' coming to one's mind,' ingemnty, Hom. (St.) hug-
|?r, adj. ingenious, Fms. vii. 225 ; -liga, adv. ingeniously, 351.
aiP (-koemr), adj. ingenious; h. ok margbreytinn, Vupn.
St. 46, Fms. vi. 217 : of things, recurring to the mind, kvaS
a Vatnsdals-meyjum ef hann vaeri sva naer gcitu, i. e. they
I'ler recollect him, Fs. 67 ; helzti hugkvsemt er um J)au tiSendi,
6, Valla L. 218, Bjarn. 7 {dear) ; hversu h. hann var eptir at
ai sfna hvat ^t\m vaeri at harmi, Fms. vii. 103. hug-lauss,
ess, faint-hearted, Ld. 232, Fbr. 35, Nj. 217, Fas. i. 192, iii.
hug-leggja, lag3i, to lay to mitid, consider. Fas. iii. 527.
I. d, to consider, reflect, 655 xi. 3, Ld. 204, Eg. 70, Fs. 69,
vi. 280, vii. 30, Stj. 25, Barl. 115, 122, Sks. 3, Grett. l6l
hug-leifling, f. reflection, C}isl. 1 6, Barl. 113, freq. hug-
16tt, n. adj. light-hearted; e-m er hngXdn, Stj. 290, 428, Edda 218.
hug-16ttir, m. mind's ease, comfort, Bs. ii. 225. hug-leikit, n. part.,
e-m er e-t h., with heart bent upon a thing. Fas. iii. 268. hug-leysa,
u, f. timidity, Karl. 339. hug-leysi, n. id., Nj. 264. Fms. ii. 68, Karl.
318, passim. hug-lftill, adj. little-minded, timid, Rb. 348, fsl. ii. 102.
hug-ljufi, a, m. rt darling ; vera h. hvers manns. hug-lj'ufr, adj. engag-
ing, kind. hug-ma3r, m. a bold man, {ji6r. 174. hug-mannliga,
adv. boldly, Fms. vii. 164. hug-m63r, m. moodiness, Safn i. 33, 1 16.
hug-mynd, f. ' viind's-shaping,' a mod. rendering oUdea. hug-pru3r,
adj. stout-hearted, Fbr. 5. hug-pr^3i, f. courage, Fms. ii. 69, vi.
418, passim. hug-rakkr, adj. stout-hearted, Sks. 437, Al. 33. hug-
raun, f. ' mind's-trial,' a trial, Sturl. iii. 145 : trial of courage, Fms. v.
165. hug-reifr, adj. c/jfer/w/. Lex. Poiit. hug-rekki, f. coi/raj-^,
Fms. ii. 322. hug-renning, f. ' mind's-wandering,' thought, medi-
tation, Sks. 559, Hom. 47, 54, Greg. 13, Post. 656 C. 28, Barl. 32, 86,
180, N. T., Vidal. passim. hug-reynandi, part, a trusted, tried
friend, Haustl. hug-ro, {.peace of mind, Str. 88 : the name of a ship,
Fms. viii. 385. hug-runar, f. pi. ' mind's-runes,' magical runes with
a power of wisdom, Sdm. hug-sj6, f.. Thorn. 2, and hug-8J6n, f.
vision. hug-sjiikr, adj. ' mind-sick,' distressed, atixious, Nj. 9, Fms.
i. 205, vi. 69, vii. 104, viii. 8, Hkr. ii. 11, Al. 73. hug-skot, q.v.
hug-snjallr, adj. doughty. Lex. Poet. ' hug-86tt, f. sickness of mind,
care, anxiety, concern, Bret. 24, Str. 4, Rom. 297, Mar. hug-spak-
ligr, adj. sagacious, Sks. 627. hug-spakr, adj. wise. hug-speki,
f. sagacity, foresight, Sturl. i. 206, Orkn. 166. hug-spaei, f. ' mind-
spaeing,' prophecy, Sturl. i. 206 C. hug-steinn, m., poet, the heart.
Lex. Poet. hug-sterkr, adj. x/ro?j^-?n/72(fe(/, Al. 8, MS.4. 28. hug-
stiginn, part, in high spirits, Grett. 177 new Ed., Mart. 100. hug-
stoltr, adj. haughty. Pass. 21.7. hug-storr, zd].high-mijided, Fs. 1 29.
hug-styrkr, adj. = hugsterkr, Karl. 345. hug-st8e3r, adj. steadfast;
e-m er e-t hugstaett, flxed in one's mind, Fs. 1 80, Grett. 1 5 1 A ; vera
hugstaett til e-s, to busy one's mind with a thing, Isl. ii. 19, where used of
antipathy. hug-svala, a6, to refresh the soid, comfort, Vidal., Pass,
hug-svalan, f. co«so/a/io72. hug-svinnr, adj. li'w, Sigh vat. Hug-
svinns-md.1, n. the name of a didactic poem. hug-syki, f. anxiety,
Luke xii. 25, Pass. 36. 6. hug-sykja, t, /o rf/sZiear/tw, Al. 6. hug-
tregi, a, m. bereavement, grief, affliction, Bs. i. 645, Fms. v. 208. hug-
triir, adj. true,faithfid, Nj. 258. hug-veikr, adj. weak-minded. Fas.
i. 418. hug-vekja, u, f. ' soul's-waking,' the title of a religious tract,
hug-vit, n. tuider standing, sagacity, Fms. ii. 286 ; hugvit til boknaemis,
Bs. i. 793 ; hvass i hugviti, Mar. ; skilning ok h., Stj. 12 ; djiipsaei ok h.,
560; skilja af sinu hugviti, Hom. 84; i hugviti smi3sins, Eluc. 7: mod.
genius. hug-vitr, adj. clever. Mar. hugvits-ina3r, m. a man of
genius, esp. of an artist, mechanic, or the like. hug-vseir, adj., see
hogvaerr, Hom. 8, 129. hug-J)ekkliga, zdv. engagingly ; h. ok litil-
latliga, MS. 15.1. hug-J)ekkr, ad], endeared to one, after one's heart; h.
hverjum go&um manni, Bs. i. 72, Fms. i. 140; h. allri alj)y'6u, vii. 102 ;
ollum var hann h., x. 151. hug-J)okka5r, part, well disposed; var hvart
J)eirra Hallfreftar 68ru vel hug|)okkat, Fms. ii. 88 ; vel er mer hug^okkat
til Magniiss bins G6&a, iii. 58. hug-J)okkan, f. = hugJ)okki, Eg. 47, v.l.
hug-J)okki, a, m. mind, disposition, judgment; eptir hugJ)okka sinum, Eg.
47, Sks. 197 ;, hefir {)etta farit eptir hugJ)okka minum, Fms. xi. 28S : =
hugskot, rannsaka vandliga i hug{)okka ^inum, Sks. 444 B ; Saul maelti i
hugJ)okka sinum, 706 ; meSalorpning (interjectio) synir hugpokka manns,
Skalda 180. hug-J)6tti, a, m. disposition, with the notion of self-
will, opinionativeness; eptir h. sinum, following one's own opinion, (mod.)
hug-J»ungt, n. adj., e-m er h., to be depressed, Ld. 160. II. in
pi. in a few words, mostly poetical: huguni-pru3r, adj. = hugpru3r ;
Hjtilmarr inn h., a nickname, Fas. hugum-sterkr, -st6rr, -strangr,
adj. = hugst6rr, etc., Hkv. 1. 1, Korm., Jd. 38, Fas. i. 418.
hug-r6, f. = hoggr6, Fms. i. 177, Hkr. i. 238, f>6r&. 44 new Ed.
HUG-SA, a&, [early Dan. hugse, mod. huske = to remember; for the
mod. Dan. tanke and also Icel. J)enkja were borrowed from the
German, and do not occur until the time of the Reformation] : —
to think: I. absol. to think; J)vl hefir oss J)at gefit verit at
hugsa, Dipl. ii. 14 ; J)6 at eigi megi auga sja e6r eyra heyra ne engi
manns hugr hugsa, hversu..., Fms. i. 229; h. til Gu6s, Stj. 138; |)eir
hugsuSu hvi J)at mundi gegna, Edda (pref.) ; ek vissa hvat Simon
hugsa6i. Post. 656 C. 28. II. with ace. to think out, Lat. excogi-
tare; ek mun hugsa y3r konung, Stj. 441; hugsadu vandliga hvar
hann liggr, 424; hugsat hefi ek kostinn, Nj. 3 : to intend, J)er hugsu8ut
mer illt, Stj. 239 ; sagSi at hann hafi {)at helzt hugsat, Fms. i. 83 : h. sik,
to bethink oneself, ii. 133, Karl. 15, Bs. ii. 121. 2. with prepp. ; h.
sik um e-t, to take counsel with oneself {um-hugszn) ; h. sik fyrir, to have
forethought, ponder over, Fms. xi. 442 ; h. fyrir s^r, to ponder over, vii.
88, 289 ; h. um e-t, to think about a thing, Stj. 423, passim ; h. eptir
um e-t, Fms. x. 6. III. reflex., hugsaftisk honum sva til, at . . .,
Fms. vii. 88 ; e-m hugsast e-t, a thing occurs to one's mind.
, hugsan, f. thought, thinking, Sturl. iii. 242 (opinion), Fms. i. 185, Al.
,1 163; bera h, fyrir e-u, Sturl. i. 206; h. ok aetlun, 656 A. i. 3t, N. T.,
* U 2
292
HUGSUNARAUGU— HUNDRAD.
Pass., Vidal., very freq. compds : hugsunar-augu, n. ' eyes of think-
ing,' intellect, Skdlda i6o ; umhugsan, 7neditation. hugsimar-lauss,
adj. thoughtless. hugsunar-leysi, n. thoughtlessness.
hugsaudi, part, gerund, conceivable, possible ; li-hugsandi, impossible.
hugsanlegr, adj. attentive, Sks. 6 : conceivable, Lat. cogitabilis, (mod.)
h.ugsi,id].ind. thoughtful, rneditative ; sem hann vaeri hugsi, Bjarn.40;
Gestr sitr mi hugsi um sitt mal, Isl. ii. 294 ; famalugr ok nokkut hugsi,
156; um slikt liggr hann hugsi, Al. 15, 70; hann for jafnan sem hugsi
vaeri, as vacant, wandering, Bs. i. 1 70.
hug-skot, n. [properly either mind' s-recess,' horn skot, a recess, or rather
' mind's-shooting,' analogous to hugrenning] : — mind, sotd ; hryggt h., a
bereaved mind, Sks. 24, Fms. x. 151 ; me& rettu hugskoti. Bias. 41;
hugskots-eyru, Horn. 53 ; hugskots hendr, 54 ; hugskots augu, the mind^s
eye, 47, Stj. 20, 132, Rb. 380; mitt h., my mind, Fms. i. 140; fjarl£Egr
monnum i hugskotinu, 272 ; vitnisbur&r hugskotsins, K. A. 50 ; blindr a
hugskotinu, viii. 294 ; at fa5ir hann skyldi vi6 bans h. sem si8ast verSa
varr, Barl. 16 ; hreinsa h. sitt me6 i&ran, Hom. (St.), Thom. 9, 13 ; freq.
in the N. T. as to render vovs or vdrjtJia, e. g. elska skaltii Drottinn Gu8
J)inn af oUu hjarta, af allri salu, ok af oUu hugskoti, Matth. xxii. 37,
Luke i. 35, Rom. xiii. 2, i Cor. ii. 16, 2 Cor. iii. 14, iv. 4, xi. 5, 2 Tim.
iii. 8, Tit. i. 15, Vidal. passim.
HULD, f. the name of a giantess, cp. Gr. Ka\v\{iw. Huldar-Saga,
u, f. the story of the giantess Huld, Sturl. iii. 304.
HULDA, u, f. hiding, secrecy; drepa huldu a e-t, Fms. xi. 106 ; me&
huldu, in secret, i. 295 : cover, nokkur hulda la avalt yfir, Fs. 22 ; mikil h.
ok J)oka liggr yfir eyju ^eirri, Fas. i. 5 ; J)eir voru komnir a einn litinn
skog ok var ^at litil h., Fms. x. 239: a cover, hafa huldu fyrir andliti
e3r augum, 625. 23. II. hollowiiess ; in the phrase, a huldu,
ilia brotna bein a huldu, Isl. f>j6Ss. ; brast sundr hulda i hrauninu, Pr.
411. compds: huldu-folk, n. pi. /Ae hidden people, fairies, in the
mod. Icel. lore ; for the origin of this name see Isl. |>j66s. (begin.) i. i, 2.
huldu-maSr, m. a fairy, Fms. iii. 177 (in a tale of the 15th century).
htildar-hottr, m. a hood of disguise, Fbr. (in a verse).
hulfr, m. dogwood, = ht\nyih\ (q. v.), Sks. 90 B.
liTiliSs-hjdlmr, m., and hulins-hjalmr, less correct, Fms. iii. 184, Fas.
iii. 219 : — a hidden helm (see s. v. hjalmr), Fms. ii. 141, Gulljp. 27, Fbr.
34 new Ed.
hulning, f. concealing, Stj. 12, 127, 315, Mar.
livilstr, m. [Goth, hulistr ; A.S. heolster ; Engl, holster; Dan. hylster,
from hylja ; cp. Germ, balse'] :— a case, sheath.
huma, a&, prop, to hum : in the phrase, huma e-5 fram af ser, to put
a thing by.
HXTMALL, m. [Germ, hummel; Dan. humle; Fr. boublon; Engl, bop] :
— the bumulus, hop-plant, Nj. 2 (v. 1.), N. G. L. i. 244, Bs. i. 441, Boldt.,
D. N. passim : humla, u, f. a nickname, Sturl. i. 18 ; vall-humall, the wild
hop. COMPDS : humla-earQr, m. a hop garden, Boldt. 41. humla-
ketill, m. a hop boiler, IX N. liumla-mungd,t, n. bop beer, D.N.
humla-stseSi, n. a place\grown with bops, D.N. Iiumla-st6ng, f.
a hop pole, Boldt. hvuala-tekja, u, f. hop-picking, Boldt. 53.
HUMABR, m. [Dan. and Germ, hummer ; Fr. homard], a lobster,
Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet, humar-klo, f. a lobster claw, Mag.
humott, see hum.
HUNANQ-, n. [A. S. hunig ; Engl, honey ; Germ, honig ; Dan. honing ;
Ulf. renders fieKi by milip'] : — honey, G^l. 491, Bs. i. 103, 433, Eg. 69,
79, 469, Fms. vii. 173, viii. 258, Stj. 309, 411. compds: hunang-
bakadr, part, baked honey, Stj. 193. hunangs-d6gg, f. honey dew,
Pr. 401. hunangs-fall, n. honey dew, Edda 12. hvinangs-
flj6tandi, pun. flowing with honey, Stj. 642, Eluc. hunangs-ilmr,
m. a smell of honey, Landn. 140. litmangs-lsekr, m. a stream of
honey. Fas. iii. 669. hunangs-seimr, m. [Germ. bonig-seim = virgin
honey], a honeycomb, Stj. 210, N. T. hunang-ssetr, adj. sweet as
honey, gs" In olden times and throughout the Middle Ages, honey was
one of the chief exports from England to Scandinavia (Norway and
Iceland), see the passages above ; as sugar was then unknown, the export
of honey far exceeded that of the present day.
hunang-ligr, adj. honeyed, Sks. 630, Bs. i. passim, ii. 131, Mar.
HUND-, [Goth, bund only found in pi. hunda], a form of hundraS,
only used in poijt. compds, many, very, like Lat. multi-. Germ, tausend :
h\ind-fom, adj. very old, f>d. 14 ; in mod. conversation hund-gamall
and hund-margr, adj. hundred-fold, innumerable, Hkv. i . 2 1 ; h. vikingr,
Sighvat (0. H. 190) ; h. herr, Hallfred, Fms. xi. 208 (in a verse), Sighvat
(Hkr. iii. 3), Hm. 1 7 ; hunnmcirg hof, V^m. 38. hund-villr, adj. utterly
lost, quite astray, Eb. (in a verse) : esp. of sailors, foru J)eir J)a hundvillir,
Nj. 267. hund-viss, adj. very wise, esp. used of giants and partly as
a term of abuse; hundviss jotunn, Hym. 5, Hkv. Hjorv. 25, Fas. iii. 15 ;
hann var jotunn h. ok illr vi8reignar, Edda ; at jotnar hundvisir skulu
t>ar drekka, 57. The similarity of hundr, a dog, seems here to have
given a bad sense to the word ( = dog-wise, cunning), which etymologi-
cally it did not deserve.
htmd-fiskr, m. a dog-fisb.
hund-gi, f, barking, Lv. 60, 655 xxxii. 9.
6
hund-ligr, adj. dog-like, Clem. 55, 656 C. 29.
HUNDR, m. [Ulf. bunds; A.S., O. H.G., Germ., Dan., and
bund; Engl, bound; Lat. canis ; Gr. kvuv] : — a dog, Hm. 82, GinTI
Orkn. i.so, Grag. ii. 119, Fms. ii. 224, iv. 314, Nj. 74, Stj. 464, passjn
the shepherd's dog, watch dog, and deer hound were best known ;— smal
h. and fjar-h., a shepherd's dog; dyr-h., a fox hound; biir-h., varj-h.
watch dog ; grey-h., a greyhound ; spor-h., a slot hound, Orkn. 150, 0. Vi
mj6-h., Dan. mynde, a spaniel ; [skikkju-rakki, a lap dog, Orkn. iii
dverg-h., q. V. ; hunda-ga, gnau5, gelt, gnoll, barking, howling, 6t(,
ii. 12, Fas. i. 213 ; vera or hunda hlj66i, to be out of the dog's 6ari, iw
made one's escape, Orkn. 212, Gisl. 7, cp. hlj6& B. 2; hunds bu
hofu6, a dog's bead (also as an epithet of abuse), Stj. 68, 408, R
346 ; hunds eyru, dog's ears, in a book ; hunds kjaptr, tryni, lopp, ro
har, a dog's mouth, snout, foot, tail, hair; hunda sveinn, a dog-keep'
Lv. 100 : phrases and sayings, {)a6 er litiS sem hunds tungan finnr ekl
opt hefir olmr hundr rifi3 skinn ; as also hlaupa a hunda-va3i yfir e-t,
slur a thing over, scamp work ; festa ra6 sitt vi& hunds hala, Mag. 6
— a dog's age is, partly in fun, partly in contempt, counted by halfyem
atta vetra a hunda tolu = four years ; whence, ek em ma3r gamall.okvi
legt at ek eiga hunds aldr einn olifat, Fb. ii. 285 : — allan sinn hunds al
throughout all his wicked, reprobate life. II. metaph., l.
abuse ; hundrinn J)inn, kvov ! Isl. ii. 176 ; eigi af hundinum J)inum, Fi
vi. 323 ; drepum J)enna hund sem skjotast, xi. 146 ; mann-hundr.atwc
man ; hunds-verk, a dog's work, Sighvat : hund-eygr, adj. mivbt omi
€XW. Grett. (in a verse) : hund-ge3jadr, ad], currish, Hallfred.
an ogre, destroyer, = va.TgT, Gr. kvojv ; hundr segls, vi5a, elris, herkls
Lex.Poet., Eddaii.512. 3. a nickname, {>()rir Hundr, O.H.: Hum I
fotr, m. a nickname. Fas. ; cp. also the pr. names Hundi, Hundiul .• ■..
Landn., Saem. : 'H.MD.da-da.gSbT^m. the dog-days : Hunda-stjama,i| ^jd-,
the dog-star, Sirius. 4t.ho\.zii.= vulgaris; hunda-hviiigras, hun
soley, etc., Hjalt. : liuiid-bitr, m. a biter, Bjarn. (in a verse): hiu
h.ei5inn, adj. ^dog-heathen,' heathenish, Fms. ii. 130, Fas. ii. 186, Kj
138, Flov. 23. Favourite dogs recorded in the Sagas, king Olave's
Vigi, the Argus of the northern Sagas, Fms. O.T. ch. 82, 208, ^
Gunnar's dog Sam, Nj. ch. 71, 77, 78 ; the dog Floki, Rd. ch. 24; |
Halfs S. ch. 7, 8, — \k ina somu nott go hundr hans Floki er aJdri,
nema hann vissi konungi otta vanir : mythol. the dog Garm, Vsp., G
the dog Saurr, who was made king over the Thronds, ({)eir letu
i hundinn J)rju manns-vit, ok go hann til tveggja or6a, en mil
J)ri3ja,) for this curious tale see Hkr. Hak. S. Go&a ch. 13: pet iiai
seppi, rakki, grey ; and pr. names, Vigi, Snati, Loddi, Lubbi (a n
dog), Stripill (smooth), etc.
HIJN'DB.AD, n. pi. hundruS ; the form hund- (q.v.) only occun
few old compd words : [Goth, hunda, pi. ; A. S. bund; 0. H.G. fc
the extended form in Hel. and old Frank, bundered; Germ, iww
Dan. bundrede ; Sv/ed. hundra ; the inflexive syllable is prob. ikiil ,„^|
-rcedr in att-rse6r] : — a hundred; the Scandinavians of the heathen 1 ^ '.
(and perhaps also all Teutonic people) seem to have known only a ! ..,
decimal hundred ( = 12x10 or 1 20) ; at that time 100 was expresse
tiu-tiu, cp. Ulf. taihun-taihund = teu-teeti ; Pal Vidalin says, — hun
tolfraett er sannlega fra heiSni til vor komi&, en hi6 tirseSa er lib'
Not&rlond hafi ekki vita6 af fyrr en Kristni kom her og me6 henni
domr Jjeirrar aldar, Skyr. s. v. Hundrad (fine) : but with the introduc'.i'
Christianity came in the decimal hundred, the two being distinguishe
adjectives, — tolfraett hundra3= I20,andtiraetthundra3 = ioo. Butsti
old popular duodecimal system continued in almost all matters conci
with economical or civil life, in all law phrases, in trade, exchangt.
perty, value, or the like, and the decimal only in ecclesiastical orscho
matters (chronology, e. g. lb. ch. i, 10). At the same time the w"
speech and writing was commonly used without any specificatif
tiraett or tolfraett, for, as Pal Vidalin remarks, every one acquainteu
the language knew which was meant in each case ; even at the pr
time an Icel. farmer counts his flocks and a fisherman his share :
by the duodecimal system ; and everybody knows that a herd or sh.
one hundred and a half means 1 20 + 60 = 1 80. In old writers the pt
way of counting is now and then used even in chronology and in
putation, e. g. when Ari Erode (fb. ch. 4) states that the year consi
three hundred and four days (meaning 364) ; the census of frai
given by the same writer (where the phrase is hundruS heii=w '
full hundreds) is doubtless reckoned by duodecimal, not decimal huni s
lb. ch. 10 ; and in the census of priests and churches taken by bishof '
(about A. D. 1200) ' tiras&' is expressively added, lest duodecimal huii''
should be understood, Bs. i. 136. The Landn. (at end) contains 1 ^
ment (from Ari ?) that Iceland continued pagan for about a hundred
i.e. from about 874-997 A. D. In the preface to Olafs S., :
states that two duodecimal hundreds (tvau hundru6 t61frae8) elapsed •■
the first colonisation of Iceland before historical writing began ('•^- ,
about A. D. 874-1 1 1 5) : levies of ships and troops are in the la«
Sagas counted by duodecimal hundreds, e. g. the body-guard of « '•;.*
Olave consisted of a hundred hir5-men, sixty house-carles and six'y Tj. k,
, in all ' two hundred' men, i. e. 240, Mork. 1 26 ; the sons of earl Striit-I |'^l^
'1
HUNDRADASTI— HCFR.
293
li men, of whom eighty were billetted out and forty returned,
. S9 ; halft hundra5, a half hundred = sixty , Mork, 1. c. 2.
ritin ot troops = 1 20 ; hundraSs-flokkr, Fms. vi. (in a verse). II.
', sense, hundreds, a host, counlless number, see hund-, as also in
erb. phrase, hundruSum, by hundreds (indefinitely), Fms. vi. 407,
75i 524: i" niod. usage as adjective and indecl., except the pi. in
IS hundru6 asauSuni, Dip!, iv. 10.
As value, a hundred, i. e. a hundred and twenty ells of the
dmal, and then simply value to that amount (as a pound sterling
sh). All property, real as well as personal, is even at present
taxed by hundreds; thus an estate is a 'twenty, sixty, hundred'
a franklin gives his tithable property as amounting to so and
y' hundreds. As for the absolute value of a hundred, a few
nts are sufficient, thus e. g. a milch cow, or six ewes with Iambs,
for a hundred, and a hundraS and a kiigildi (cow's value) are
the charge for the alimentation of a pauper for twelve months
he law (Jb. 165) fixed to four hundred and a half for a male per-
three hundred and a half for a female ; cp. also the phrase, J)a5
hundrad i htettunni, there is no hundred at stake, no great risk ! In
tnes a double standard was used, — the wool or wadmal standard,
undrad talid = a hundred by tale, i. e. a hundred and twenty ells
i above, and a silver standard, called huudraS vegit, a hundred by
or hundra6 silfrs, a hundred in silver, amounting to two marks
If = twenty ounces = sixty iirtugar ; bu t how the name hundred came
pplied to it is not certain, unless half an ortug was taken as
It is probable that originally both standards were identical,
denoted by the phrase, sex alna eyrir, six ells to an ounce, or a
and twenty ells equal to twenty ounces (i. e. wadmal and silver
but according as the silver coinage was debased, the phrases
;:tween nine, ten, eleven, twelve ells to an ounce (N.G. L. i. 80, 81,
3, passim), which denote bad silver ; whereas the phrase ' three
I ounce' (tiriggja alna eyrir, Sturl. i. 163, passim, or a hundred in
iK}ual to half a hundred in silver) must refer either to a double ell
Iver twice as pure : the passage in Grag. i. 500 is somewhat
as also Rd. 233 : the words vegin, silfrs, or talin are often
ut in most cases no specification is given, and the context must
ich of the two standards is there meant ; the wool standard is
1 one, but in cases of weregild the silver standard seems always
dcrstood ; thus a single weregild (the fine for a man's life) was
ired, Njala passim. 2. the phrases, hundraS fritt, a hundred
attle, Finub. 236 ; tolf hundru6 morend, twelve hundred in dark
vadmal, Nj. 225 ; hundraS i busgognum ok i husbtiningi, Vm.
drafts-gripr, hestr, hross, kapall, hvila, sseng, rekkja, psaltari, etc.,
a borse, a bed, etc., 0/ a hundred^ value. Am. 2, 10, Vm. 25,
53» J"^- 3' 30 ; hundraSs-umagi, a person whose maintenance
vndred, Vm. 156; hundra8s vir&i, a hundred's value, 68. For
$ see the Sagas and laws passim, and for more information see
nt's Essay in Burnt Njal.
Cli'l hundred, a political division which in olden times was com-
t<' II Teut. nations, but is most freq. in old Swedish laws, where
'reds made a hera6 or shire ; cp. the A. S. and Engl, hundred,
indredum; old Germ, hunderti, see Grimm's Rechts Alter-
centum pagi of Caesar, Bell. Gall. iv. ch. i, is probably the
r's misconception of the Teut. division of land into hundreds;
le case with Tacit. Germ. ch. 12 : cp. the Swed. local names
iid, Attundaland, and Tiunda-land, qs. Fja&r-hunda land, Att-
Tihunda land, i. e. a combination of four, eight, ten hun-
original meaning was probably a community 0/ a hundred
nnklins or captains. This division is not found in Icel.
sti, adj. an ordinal number, the hundredth.
lalda, a6, to ^hundredfold,' Stj. 545.
'aldliga, adv. hundredfold, Barl. 200: -ligr, adj., 19.
:;ildr, adj. hundredfold, Stj. 94, Bs. ii. 157, Matth. xiii. 8.
-hofSingi, a, m. a centurion, Stj. 630, N.T., Fms. i. 142,
2, Rom. 260. hundra3s-bl6t, n. a hecatomb, (mod.)
1', adj. currish, Barl. 160.
ni. a hunter, (Engl, word,) Thom. 16.
f. a 'she-tyke,' bitch, Fs. 71, Fas. iii. 231.
. m., but in mod. usage neut., as in Bs. ii. 135 ; {y!\(.huhnts
-^., Engl., Dan., Swed., and Germ, hunger; O.Yi.G.hungar'] : —
:;r varn, Greg. 58 ; mikinn hungr, Sol. 50 ; fyrir hungrs sakir,
6ia fenginn hungr, Al. 83 ; svelta hungri heill, to starve, Ls.
hungr, Gd. 49; sinn sara hungr. Fas. ii. 222 ; svelta hungri
e, Ls. 62.
'\ [Ulf. httggrjan'], to be a-hungred, to hunger, impers., J)a
n (ace), Stj. 144, Greg. 30; oss hungrar, 28; hungrandi =
^.632.
adj. hungry, Stj. 145, 152, Sks. 632, Horn. 18, Bs. i. 46,
:. = hungr, Bs. ii. 135.
tSe, adj., ver6a h., to die of hunger. ,
hungr- vaka, u, f. the bunger-waker : the name of an old historical
work, from its exciting hunger (thirst) for more knowledge, Bs. i. 59.
HUPPB, m. [Ulf. hups = rib ; A. S. hype ; O. H. G. buf; Engl, bip ;
Germ, huftel : — a hip, Vigl. 21, passim : the loins of a carcase, as in the
ditty, t)egar eg ris aptr upp ei niun kjot ad fd, fai8 |)er mc-r heitan hupp,
holpinn verd eg \ik, Jon i>orl.
inJB,S,{.[Golh. haurds = evpa; A.S. byrdel; Engl brjrdle; O.H.G,
hurt] : — a door, = Lit. janua ; drepa, berja d hurS, Th. 3, Is!, ii. 31, Horn.
96, Vm. 34, Jm. 8, Stj. 402 ; reka aptr hurS, Isl. ii. 158, Korm. 10, Eg.
749 ; liti-hura, stofu-hur5, bur-hurS, eldhus-hur8, N. G. L. i. 38 ; hurft
er aptr, shut, Isl. ii. 31, passim: a hurdle, Grag. ii. 328: a lid. Eg.
234- II. metaph. phrases, eigi fellr honum {)4 hurft a haela ef
ek fylgi honum, the door shuts not on his heels if I follow him, i.e. I go
in with him, he is not alone. Fas. i. 204 ; ef h6r hafa hurdir verit loknar
eptir J)essum manni, if he has been taken in-doors, Ld. 42 ; hur& hnigin,
a shut door, for this phrase see hniga ; at seilask um hurft til lokunnar, to
stretch oneself across the door to the latch, to try to reach farther than one
can, Grett. 67 new Ed. compds : hur5a-naust, n. a shed of hurdles,
Hav. 26 new Ed. hur3ar-d,ss, m. a ' door-beam ;' hurftas or hurftasar
were the roof-rafters nearest the door, where things (weapwns, fish, meat)
were hung up, almost answering to the rot or dyra-lopt in mod. Icel.
dwellings, cp. Eg. 182, 183, Bs. i. 209, N. G. L. i. 349, 397 : the phrase,
reisa ser hurftaras um oxl, to carry the door-beam on one's shoulder, to
undertake a thing one is not equal to. hurSar-bak, n. the back of
a door ; ab hurftar-baki, behind the door, Stj. 11 8, Fms. vi. 188, Isl.ii. 45,
Fas. ii. 115, Barl. 70. hur3ar-bora, u, f. a key-hole, Grett. 137 A.
hurdar-flaki, a, m. a hurdle, Grett. 114 A. hurSar-hringp:, m.
a door-ring, Isl. ii. 158, Pm. 113, El. 26. hurSar-hsell, m. = hurftas,
N.G.L. i. 349, V. 1. h.ur5ar-jdrn, n. a door-hinge. Am. 16, |>iftr. 364,
Rett. 2, 10, Fms. ii. 163. hiirSar-klofi, a, m. a door-groove, = gatt,
q. v., Eb. 226. hurdar-lauss, adj. ' doorless,' without a door, Pm.
14, 66. hvir3ar-loka, u, f. a door-bolt, MS. 4. 29. Iiur3ar-
oki, a, m. a cross-plank joining the boards of the door, Eb. 182.
h'iir3-ass, m. = hurftar-ass.
h.xirT,m.[cp.Eng\.hurry'],ahurley-burley, noise, Thom. (Ed.) 96,97,103,
hussun or hosou, interj. of dislike, cp. Engl, hiss ! Dan. bysse ! o hoson
ySr er hlaeift ! {)viat er monoft syta ok grata, Horn. (St.) ; hussun fier
gomlum ! Karl. 532.
hutututu, interj., to express shivering from cold, Orkn. 326.
HtJD, f. (huftna, ace. with the article, Edda i. 370) ; [A. S. i?j5 ; Engl.
hide; O.Yi.G. hut ; Germ. haut; Da.n.-Swed. hud ; Lat. «///s] ; — abide,
of cattle ; huft af nauti (neal), en skinn at saufti {sheep), N. G. L. i. 420 ;
nauts-huft, but sauS-skinn ; horund, of a man ; ha (q. v.), of a horse ;
skrapr, of a shark ; roft, of a fish; hvelja, of a whale, cyclopterus, etc..
Eg. 69, Nj. 201, K. fj. K. 38, Grag. ii. 403, Sturl. ii. 50, Dipl. v. 18 ; of a
seal's skin, Sks. 168, 179; hiifta-vara.Eg. 69; hiifta-fang, a supply of hides,
N.G.L. i. loi. II. metaph. as a law term, of flogging or ' biding'
(as the phrase still is in vulgar Engl.) ; fyrirgora hiift sinni, to forfeit one's
bide ; leysa hiift sina, to redeem one's skin from flogging, N. G. L. ii. 1 33,
168; berja hiift af e-m, to flog, i. 10, 85. compds : h.u3ar-latisn,
f. saving one's hide, N. G, L. i. 349. hu3-fat, n., naut. a ' bide-vat,'
i.e. a hammock, Sturl. ii. 50, Fms. vi. 168, 244, vii. 166, viii. 316, Fb. i.
539, Boll. 344, Fs. 64, Finnb. 232, GJ)1. 94, Orkn. 274 : the hammocks
were leather bags, and sailors used to bring them ashore and keep them
in the harbour-booths (see biift). hu3fats-be3r, m. a hammock bed,
D. N. iv. 475. hu3fats-felagi, a, m. a hammock mate, Fms. ix. 321.
hu3-keipr, m. a canoe of skin, such a^ is used by the Esquimaux and
savages of Vinland (America), J)orf. Karl, passim, Fs. 145, Fb. i. 541.
hu3-ldt, n. loss of one's bide, i. e. a flogging, Grett. 161, Bs. i. 792.
hu3-sekkr, n. a hide-bag, Jb. ]iu3-sk6r, m. a shoe of a raw bide,
Hbl. 35 . hu3-stroka, u, f. a ' biding,' flogging, Grett. 135, Thom. 33 1 ,
Mar. hu3-strokinn, pzxt. flogged. hii3-stryking, ^-flogging.
Pass. hu3-str^kja, t, to flog, flagellar e, Clar., Bser. 20, N. T.
HtJPA., u, f., proncd. hua, [Scot, iow ; O.Yi.G.buba; Gexm. baube;
Dan. hue] : — a hood, cap, botinet ; hiifa hlaftbiiin, Fms. vii. 225 ; hiittr n6
hvifa, Sks. 290 ; bar kona vatn i hiifu sinni, Bs. i. 461, Gisl. 24, Bs. ii. 21,
Dipl. V. 18 (belonging to a priest's dress), passim ; stal-hiifa, a steel hood;
skott-hiifa, a tasseled cap; koll-hufa, a cowl or skull-cap; natt-hufa,
a night cap. 2. the name of a cow with a white head ; heimsk er
hiin Hiifa, Stef. (3l., Kveld. ii. 197 ; Skinn-hiifa, a nickname. hiifu-
lauss, adj. hoodless, bare-headed. II. ( = hufr),/>ar/ of a church,
in the old timber churches, Isl. ii. 402 (of a temple) ; hann let faera
innar haaltarit i hiifuna, Bs. i. 830, 890, D.N. v. 586. htifu-vi3r».
m. timber for the hiifa, Bs. i. 144.
HtJFE, m., an older form hofr, Fms. i. 1 76 (in a verse), as also in
hofregin (q. v.), and in the phrase, eiga mikift i hofi (below) : — the bulk
or hull of a ship ; hann t)rifr upp fork ok rekr lit i hiifinn a skipi
{>eirra, hann faerfti forkinn 1 J)ann hiif skipsins er seglit haffti ofan farif
ok seglit hallaftisk aftr, Far. 165 ; upp i naustift ok settu undir hiifinn a
skipi Orms, Isl. ii. 81 ; kjol efta stafna, hiif efta halsa, N.G.L. i. 100,
freq. in Lex. Poet.; skeiftar-hiifr, a ship's bull, Arnor; stiga fyrir hufv
294
HtFLANGR— HtJSENDI.
to go overboard, Jd. ; hafskips hiifar, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; heldir hiifar,
the frosted ships, Jd. ; skorurn hveldr hiifr, Arnor; svelldr hufr ; brei8-
hufa5r, broad-hulled. compds : hiif-langr, adj. long-hidled, of a
ship, Lex. Poijt. h6f-regin, i. e. huf-regin, m. and huf-stjori, a,
m. the gtiider or steerer of the hull=Thor the Thunderer driving through
the air, Haustl., |jd. II. metaph. phrases, vera heill a hofi, to be
' hale in hdl,' i. e. to be safe and sound; eiga mikit i hofi (hufi), to own
much in a ship, to have much at stake, metaph. of a merchant,
huka, t, to sit on one's hams, Sturl. ii. 220, Mag. 64, Art. ; see hokra.
hiikr, m. a nickname, Fb. iii.
HTJM, n., poet, the sea, from its dusky colour ; salt hum, the salt sea.
Lex. Poet., Edda (Gl.), also in poet, compds. II. in prose, twilight,
dusk; um kveldit i humi, Fb. iii. 333 ; en hunj var 4 mikit. Fas. ii. 284,
Grett. (in a verse) ; i hiiminu, in the dusk of evening, Gisl. 1 38, Thorn. 308 :
of the grey dusk in the morning, Fms. vi. 284; hence comes prob. the
mod. phrase, a9 koma, fara i liuni6tt (hamoti) a eptir, to lag behind,
sneak behind another. h.uin6ttu-legr, adj. sneaking and ashamed.
huma, a6, to grow dusk; var mi mjiik humat, Fas. iii. 223, 545;
me&an lifs ei humar hiim, a ditty ; see hyma.
Hunar, m. pi. (but also H^ir), the Huns, and Hiina-land, Hun-
mOrk, f. the land of the Huns ; Hiinlenzkr and Hunskr, adj . Hunnish :
the words occur in several of the old poems, esp. Kormak, Akv., H6m.,
Og., Gkv. I, Hornklofi, but only in mythical songs or tales. Fas. passim;
the word is derived from the Tartar Huns. compds : Huna-herr, m.
a host of Huns, Hervar. S. Huna-kappi, a, m. the champion of the
Huns, the nickname of the mythical hero Hildebrand, Fas. ii.
hun-bogi, a, m. a kind of boiv, Sks. 408 : a pr. name, Landn.
HtJNN", m. [Gr. kwvos], a knob : naut. the knob at the top of the mast-
bead; draga segl vi3 hun, or i hiin upp, or vinda upp segl vi& huna, to hoist
a sail to the top, 6. H. 17, Trist. 8, Fas. iii. 410. compds : hun-bora,
u, f. the hole in the mast-head through which the halyard went; vinda
segl vi8 hiinboru, to hoist the sail, Faer. 203. hun-dreginn, part.
hoisted to the top, Sks. 394. hun-kastali, a, m. the crow's nest or
• castle' at the mast-head, Sks. 393, Fms. vii. 256, 262. hun-spsenir,
m. pi. ornaments at the mast-head, Edda (Gl.) 2. the knob at a staff's
end ; stafs-hunn, the knob on a door handle etc. : a slice, skera sva breiQan
hiin til beins er bast er langt, of a whale's blubber, N. G. L. i. 59. 3.
apiece in a game, prob. from its cone-like shape: from the phrase, verpa
hiinum, to cast {throw) the piece ' hun,' it seems to follow that this
game was either similar to the Gr. SiffHos or rather to the mod. nine
pins; f)eirs i Haralds tiini hiinum verpa, Hornklofi, Fagrsk. 5 (in a verse) ;
in Rm. 32 the 'hundum verpa' is no doubt a false reading for 'hiinum
verpa;' the riddle in Hervar. S., (where the answer is, J)at er hiininn i
hnettafli,) is obscure and corrupt in the text, for the hnettafl or hneftafl
(q. V.) was quite a different game.
HtJNKT, m. a young bear, Kormak, Fas. i. 367, Fb. i. 253, Nj. 35,
Landn. 176, Fs. 26, Stj. 530, passim; bjarnar-hunn, a bear's young: in
local names, Huna-floi, Huna-vatn, Hunavatns-J)iiig, -s^sla,
Landn. ; Hunavatns-lei3, Fms. iii. 21. II. metaph. an urchin,
boy,'Vkv. 22, 30, 32, Gh. 12.
HTJS, n. [Ulf. renders oIk'm by gards and razn, and ScD/ia by hrot,
whereas bus only occurs once in the compd gudhus = tepoi/, John xviii.
20 ; in all other Teut. languages, old and new, hus is the general word ;
A. S., O. H.G., Dan., and Swed. hits; Engl, house; Germ, haus; Dutch
huys'\ : — a house; hiis eru J)rju i hvers manns hib^lum, . . . eitt er stofa,
annat eldhiis, {)ri5ja bur, Grag. i.459 ; leita mi um hvert hiis a J)eim bae,
215, X. 270; J)eir fara til baejarins ok hlaupa {)ar inn i hiis, Eg. 385 ; i
naesta hiisi, Ld. 31S ; af hverju hxisi, /row every house, Fms. x. 226;
eitthvert mikit hus, Sks. 62 ; eitt fagrt hiis, Fb. i. 467 ; at hiisinu, naer
dyrrumhiissins,id.; bian-hus, a prayer-bouse, chapel ; song-hiis,a choir; eld-
hiis, fjos (fe-hiis), hest-hiis (qq.v.) 2. a house, family, rare in old
writers; sonr hiiss, the son of the bouse, Rm. 11 ; freq. in eccl. writers, i
hiisi Heber, 625. 11 ; af annars-hattar aettum ok hiisi, Stj. 246 : freq. in
the N. T., af hiisi DaviSs, Luke ii. 4 : a religions house, monastic order ;
af Predikara hiisi, /row the house of the Preaching Friars, the Dominican
order, Bs. passim. 3. a case = hiisi (q. v.), corporale me3 hiis, B. K.
84, Vm. 83, 189, Pm. 73, Rb. 358, II. in pl. = baer, the group of
buildings of which a house consists, built in a row, the front (hiis-bust)
facing the sea, or a river if in a dale, or looking south ; the back
(hiisa-bak) turned to the mountain ; the pavement along the front is in
Icel. called stett, the open place in front hlaS, q. v. ; the buildings are
parted by a lane (sund, baejar-sund) ; the whole surrounded by a wall,
called hiisa-gar3r ; a lane, called geilar or troS, leads up to the houses
and house-yard, see Eggert Itin. 22 ; distinction is made between
baejar-hiis or heima-hiis, the ' home-houses,' homesteads, or liti-hiis, the
out-bouses, and fjar-hiis, sbeep-honses, which are at a distance from
the homesteads; geymslu-hiis, store-houses. That this was the same
in olden times is borne out by the freq. use of the plur., even when
refening to a single house (cp. Lat. aedes, tecta) ; konur skulu raesta
hiisin ok tjalda, Nj. 175, 220; t)eir sottu at hiisunum, II5 ; \dr hlaupa
upp k hiisin, Eb. 214; bi&jast hiisa, skipta hiisum, ra5a sinum hiisum,
N.G.L. i. 109 ; her milli hiisa, Ld. 204 ; taka hiis (pi.) a c-m, to
a person by surprise in his houses, Fms. viii. 172 ; inni i hiisum, Sti;:
181 ; t)eir stigu af baki fyrir sunnan hiisin ... ok gengu J)a i einuni
heldr hIjoSiiga heim at hiisum, iii. 185; var5 t)a bratt reykr mi,.
hiisunum, 189; toku {)a hiisin mjok at loga, 186; mi toku at loga 611 hi,
nema elda-hiis brann eigi ok litla-stofa ok skyrbur, 191 ; J)ar voru (ill ::
mjok v6ndu& at smi8, 193 ; hann hljdp upp a hiisin ok rifu |)akit, i\>
rofin husin yfir J)eim, 220. Passages in the Sagas referring to buildim
are very numerous : for Iceland, esp. in Sturl. 4. ch. 33, 50, 5. ch. 3-:
6. ch. 31, 32, 35, 9. ch. 1-5, 8, 20, 52, Nj. ch. 34, 48, 78, 80, 117, nv
133, 137, Gisl. 28 sqq., Dropl. 28 sqq., etc.; for the Orkneys, Ork
ch. 18, 33, 34, 70 (interesting), 105, 113, 1 15 ; for Norway, Eg., Hfa
O.H. passim. Compds; I. in plur., hiisa-bak, n. /iejaci.
the houses; at hiisa baki. hiisa-bunaSr, m. = busbiinaSr, 6.H. 17
hiisa-bser, m. buildings, farms, Rm. (prose), N j . 1 30 ; mikill hiisabier,Ork
244; g63r h., Fms. xi. 192, Fas. iii. 20; litill h., O.H. 152. htisi
garflr, m. = hiisabaBr, /Z^e^iartf-waZ/, Nj. 120, v. 1. bUsa-gras, n. ier
growing on a house roof, such as house-leek, Stj. 644.. husa-hagi,
m. home pasture, GJ)1. 404. biisa-kostr, m. lodgings, a mean
dwelling, Isl. ii. 139. liiisa-kot, n. a cottage, Sturl. ii. 50, 0. H. r
busa-kynni, n. a dwelling; mikil, g66 hiisakynni, Bs. i. 700, Fms.ii.i^
h. ok bor&biinaSr, 6. H. 175. husa-leiga, u, f. house rent. Bad. 19
biisa-mot, n. pi. the joining of buildings, Sturl. ii. 59, F"'= '^ ^
biisa-skildagi, a, m. a contract for the tenure of a hoii
hiisa-skipan, f. the order, arrangeme?it of braidings, Gisl. .
Post. 656 B. 8. hiisa-skipti, n. a sharing of houses, GJ)1. 341. hu-
skjol, n. house shelter. biisa-skygni, n. a 'house-shed^ shelter. -
121. h.vLS&-sraidT, m. a house-wrighl. Post. I ^1^. husa-sm;
f. house-building. Post. biisa-snotra, u, f. a ' house-neat,' ko
cleaner ; the exact meaning of this word is dubious ; Finn Magnnss.
suggested a broom : the word only occurs in Fas. ii. (see hnisa) and
Fb. i. 548 (Symb. 14, Ant. Amer. 291) ; the latter instance is ei
interesting, as the ' house-neat ' which is there mentioned (about A.
1002) was made from an American tree. h.usa-sta3r, m. abou
stead, the site of a building. Post. busa-timbr, n. bouse titiA<
busa-torf, n. boiise turf for walls and roof, Dipl. v. 5. husa-t6;
f. bouse walls, without the roof, Lat. rudera, Fs. 158 (a local nan;
busa-umbot, f. house repairs, Jb. 215. busa-vi3r, m. house tinr
Grag. i. 200, Nj. 82 (v. 1.), Ld. 32, Bs. i. 144. hiisa-vist, f. abidi
an abode, Fb. ii. 456. II. in local names, Hiisa-fell, Hiis
gar3r, Husa-va3ill, Husa-vik, Landn., Dipl. i. 7 : Hiis-vikint
Hiis-fellingr, m. a man from H.
biisa, a8, 'to house,' build houses ; hiisa konungs garS, O. H. 43 ; In
land, Grag. ii. 211 ; J)ann hluta landsins er ekki var husa6r, Gliim. 33j
Uni hiisabi J)ar, Landn. 246 ; hiisa ok gora kirkju, Fms. vii. IIO; hi
upp, to repair. Fas. ii. 342. 2. to shelter ( = hy'sa), N.G.L
322. 3. [hiisi], to case, B.K. 34, of laths.
busan, f. house-building, Sd. 180 : a casing, B. K. 17 (twice).
blis-bak, n. = husabak, H8m. 32, Nj. 28, Sturl. i. 63.
hus-bondi, a, m., pi. hiisbaendr ; in mod. usage the (B is kept throi;,
out the plural, but not so in old writers ; hiisbondi is prop, a partic;
contracted from biisb6aiidi or husbiiandi ; [see bondi, p. 74, and b
of which the older form is b6a, Dan. boe, p. 86 ; Engl, husband; S»
busbonde'] : — prop, a house-master, master, the Scot, good man ( = Sw
husbonde) ; sinum hiisboanda, Hom.i2i ; f)ann klae6na6 er hiisbondi :;
Grag. i. 460 ; ek hefi a8r verit missattr vi8 hiisbonda minn, Ld. 2'J^, '
ii. 385, Nj. 97 ; hann var me6 J)eim hiisbonda lengi, he served that ms^
long, Fms. i. 78 : a household word in Icel., where the plural hiishitn.;:
used collect, even of master and mistress = Germ, berrschaft, and is opp.
hjii, servants; biddu hiisbaendrna ; hiisbondi g65r! is an address ot ^
vants to the house-master. In Norway the hiisbondi as the landlcru ■
opp. to the hiisma&r or gar8sma5r orco/Za^er, N.G.L.ii.207, D. N.v. ,-
a host, Fms. vii. 30. II. a husband, answering to hiisfreya II; et .
bondi hennar er i brottu, Jd. 372 ; minn hiisbondi, Stj. 1 19 ; see wn
2 ; but not freq. in mod. usage in that sense : the household phrass K^
maSrinn, or maSrinn minn ! compds : busbonda-hoUr, adj.yn.'^
to one's master. hiisbonda-lauss, adj. without a master.
biis-bot, f. house repairs. Am. no.
biis-brenna, u, f. house-burning, arson, Grett. 103 new Ed.
bus-brot, n. a law term, house-breaking, burglary, N. G. L. 1. 3'.
345, H.E. i. 496: in pi. ruins, Ann. 1390. V;
hiis-bruni, a, m. house-burning, Bs. i. 78, Rb. 572. ..>flB'
biis-bust, f. a bouse front. . "^
bus-buna3r and bils-bliningr, m. bouse furniture, esp. hsn^"
tapestry, Js. 78, Fms. vii. 148, O. H. 175, Eg. 94, Sturl. ii. 35. ^^'- '
Vm.65.
IIus-dr£pa, u, f. name of an old poem describing the mythical ro,
sentation on the wall of an old hall, Ld. 114, Edda.
bTj.s-dr6ttinn, m. the master of a house, 656 C. 16.
biis-dyrr, n. pi. house doors, Sturl. ii. 222.
hus-endi, a, m. a bouse end, gable, Orkn. 450.
V
HtJSFADIll— HVALFISKR.
295
MiiOiX, m. the house father, master, Matlh. xiii. 27, 52, xxi. 33.
kfltr, adj. ' house-fast,' domiciled, Grag. i. 207, ii. 409, N. G. L.
Fms. vi. 13.
r«7Ja, u, {., and by way of popular pronunciation huspre3^a,
35, Glum. 349, N. G. L. ii. 6 ; or lidsfru (Swed. husfru), indecl.
freq. in Stj. 123, Orkn. 326, Fms. vi. 166, xi. 437 ; whence by
pronunciation hustrii (Dan. hustru), which form is freq. in late
tds, Dipl. iv. I, 3, V. 15, Vm. 31, 52, Bs. i. I17, 119: — a bouse-
dy, mistress; bondi ok hiisfreyja, Bs. i. 535, Grag. i. 157 ; Unnr
ja, Orkn. 210; Gy3a h., Eg. 478 ; ein rik hiisfni, a great lady,
,166; husfru Geirdjs, h. Salgerdr, Dipl. iv. 3, Vm. 52 ; see frii,
and the references there given. II. a wife, answering to
lill; scr ok hiisfreyju sinni {his ivife), Isl. ii. 201, Stj. 123, Dipl.
ijlmundr ok hustru hans, Vm. 31, Dipl. v. 15 ; leitandi hvar husfru
fa, where his wife would be sleeping, Fms. xi. 437.
jrllir, m. a houseful, of guests at an inn.
afl, m. a house gable, Isl. ii. 20, fiorst. Si8u H. 15.
aaga, u, f. ' house-walking,' visits, Fs. 32, Gliim. 372, Bjarn. 61.
aagr, ra. a begging from bouse to house, Grag. i. 301 ; fara 4 hus-
av. 54, passim : a 6ei^^ar = liusgangs-ina3r, m., Grag, i. 163.
isting, f. a lodging, Greg. 50.
rind, f. a house frame.
vaai, a, m. the master of a house, the good man, Rm. 25, Gkv.
dngull, adj. making many visits, Grett. 96.
6r8, f. house-making, Js. 92, Fms. ii. 230, Jb. 21 r, Odd. 18, Stj.
erra, m. lord of the house. Mar., Art., Pr. 416, Mag. 150.
a, m. a case, GullJ). 22 ; skaeris-husi, a scissors-case, id.
arl, m. a house-carle, man-servant, opp. to husbondi, a master;
■hiiskarl undir Felli, Sturl. i. 55 ; hann kvaddi htiskarla sina meb
18; var skipat verkum med hiiskorlum, Ld. 58, Grag. i. 435,
si. 21, Eg. 4, 52, 565, Bs. i. 645, passim; but in mod. usage
.dr. II. the king's men, his body-guard, Sks. 249 B ;
• menn er handgengnir eru konungi ^a eru hiiskarlar hans, J)eir
•menn . . . J)a hafa J)eir auknafn me6 hiiskarla-nafni at J)eir heita
n, 272 ; enn eru J)eir huskarlar konungs cr heita gestir, 249, 257,
; gorSusk sumir hirdmenn hans en sumir gestir, sumir huskarlar,
\. 24. coMPDs: huskarla-h.v6t, f. name of a poem, (3.H.
hllskarla-lid, n., and hdskarla-STeit, f. a body of bouse-
Jkr. ii. 294, Fms. vi. (in a verse), (5. H. 67.
a, m. a niggard, liuska-legr, adj., huski-skapr, m.
Jiona, u, f. a housewife, lady of the house, Rm. 25.
aveSja, u, f. 'house-farewell;' at Icel. funerals of persons of
'■"■'■f sermon is delivered at the home of the deceased when
removed from the house (see hefja A. 3) ; this sermon is
c3ja, and a brief account is therein given of the life, character,
rree, etc. of the deceased ; when the ' house-fareweJl ' is ended,
carried out of the house, the last verses of the 25th Passion
Ea me& J)Ti lit var leiddr), and the following verses on John
eing sung ; after which the coffin is carried to the church, which
imes a long way off. See a description of the funeral of an Icel.
{>j6861fr, 17th Aug. 1869, p. 166.
ytja, u, f. a cottage, hovel, Fms. v. 95.
It, n. [Ulf. hunsl = 9vcia and Xarptia, John xvi. 2 ; A.S. husl ;
bousel; Swed. biisl]-. — the bousel. Corpus Domini, a word only
■ing the Roman Catholic times, never in heathen rites, although
I is Teutonic ; at the Reformation it was disused, Hom. 34, 157 ;
si, N. G. L. i. 144, Karl. 27, passim. compds : husl-ker,
sel box, Vm., Pm. hiisl-pungr, m. a bousel bag, Vm. 129.
ika and husl-tekja, u, f. taking the bousel, the communion,
i. 144, Hom. (St.) 15.
aj, to bousel, to give the Corpus Domini to a sick person ;
ann Asgrim ok husla6i, Bs. i. 746 ; hann var husla6r ok do sidan,
7; husla6r ok oleaSr, 150, Bs. ii. 70; lata husla sik, N. G. L.
—only used of the Roman Catholic service.
1, f. the Holy Communion, Hom. (St.) 68.
mgr, adj. 'house-long' nickname of a man who built a long
idn. (App.) 324.
-uss, adj. homeless, D. N.
str, m. a house-reading, home-service, family prayers, at which
nlrc sung and a sermon or lesson read; such services are held in
lays all the year round, in the middle of the day, for the
cannot get to church ; the huslestr consists of the Gospel for
a printed sermon (Vidalins Postilla), a short prayer, the Lord's
a hymn before and after. During the winter an evening ser-
very week day (from November to April), which consists of
on (hugvekja), a prayer, the Lord's Prayer, and a hymn:
-j^o-iestrar-bok, f. a house-reading-book, a postil or the like;
If rar-fser, adj. able to read a huslestr, of one who has learnt to
^'l : vera vi6 hiislestr, to attend a h. During Lent the Passiu-
■v popular consent appointed for the huslestr. This old and
pious custom is entirely spontaneous, and not ordered by any church
authority.
hds-leysi, n. being homeless.
h^s-m63ir, f. a 'house-mother,' housewife, mistress; servants address
their mistress as ' h. god.'
hias-meBnir, m. a bouse ridge, fsl. ii. 196.
hus-nseSi, a. a lodging, shelter.
hiis-pruSr, adj. = hibyla-prudr (q. v.), Fms. v. 191.
hus-rum, n. house-room, lodging, shelter, Grag. ii. 333.
h.us-veggr, m. a house wall. Eg. 187, Fms. viii. 347.
Iius-ver3, n. the price of a bouse, Js. 92.
hiis-vitja, ad, to go on a husvitjan.
hiis-vitjan, f. a ' house-visitation,' a circuit which the parish priest has
to make every winter from farm to farm in his parish, to enquire into
the religious state of his people, the education of children, and so on.
Hiis-vikingr, m., Hiis-vlkskr, adj. a man from Hiisavik, Landn.
hus-v6r3r, m. a bouse-ward, ' house-keeper' of Shaksp., Gr. oiKovp6t,
i. e. the house dog, N. G. L. i. 235;.
lius-J)ekja, u, f. house-thatch, Hkr. iii. 61, Fbr. 24, Stj. 402.
hiis-J)ing, n. [cp. Engl, hustings'], a council or meeting, to which a king,
earl, or captain summoned his people or guardsmen ; skaut konungr a
hust)ingi ok segir fyrirxtlan sina, Eg. 357; Asbjcirn jarl skaut {)tt a hiis-
J)ingi, Fms. xi. 267; J)a laetr Palnatoki kvedja husj)ings, 67 ; SigurSr
konungr ... ok attu Jiar husj)ing ; tala9i SigurSr konungr, vii. 151, 6. H.
45' 155 ; \>^ a'tti C)Mt konungr h. 1 gar6inum ok st65 upp a stein J)ann inn
mikla er J)ar st68, Hkr. i. 252 ; Eysteinn konungr haf3i J)a h., Fms. vii.
249; keisarinn hafSi h. vi8 raSgjafa sina ok adra hiifSingja, hann sagSi
sva, i. 126 ; J)a atti Arinbjorn husj)ing vi6 li6 sitt, ok sagSi monnum fyrir-
iEtlan sina. Eg. 533 ; hann kvaddi J)a hus{)ings (rendering of Sallust's
' concionem populi advocavit'), Rom. 146.
hus-J)j6fr, m. a house-breaker, Yt. 20.
hiis-J)r6ng, f. 'house-throng,' a house-fidl, Jb. 264.
Iiva3a, pron., indecl. throughout all cases and genders [see hverr],
what, which, but only as an adjective, never as a subst. pronoun, e.g.
hvaSa menn, hvada konur, hvaSa skip? whereas hverr (q. v.) is used
as a substantive ; hva3a is a mod. form from the old hvat or hvatta (q.v.),
and is hardly found in old vellums, except with a dat. ; hva8a sniiS (dat.),
Sks. 266 ; hva8a bur8i, Fms. viii. 8 ; whereas in mod. speech hva&a as
an adj. pron. has almost displaced the old hverr, which is at present only
used in the substantive sense.
hvadan, adv. interrog. [Ulf.«/a/)ro = 7ro06j/; A.S.hwanon; Engl. whence;
Germ.woher]: — whence, N]. 2,12^, Fms. ix. 55: absol. of the wind, hvaftan
er hann? whence {frofn what quarter) is the wind? the answer, sunnan,
norSan ; J)6ttisk engi vita, hvaSan ve8r var a, whence the wind blew, Fms. viii.
55; h. af londum? Isl. ii. 222, VJ)m. 22, 24, 26, Pr. 416, passim. p.
spec, usage ; meSan ek veit eigi vist hvaftan Gudmundr hinn riki stendr at,
magr minn (as long as I know not what side G. takes), J)yi at ek aetla
honum at veita, hva5an sem hann stendr at, Nj. 214. II. indef.=
undecunque, koma J)eir heilir hva5an, Hm. 157 ; hva3an sem, whenceso-
ever ; hann siglir hva8an sem a er, he sails whencesoever the wind may
blow, whatever wind may blow, Fms. x. 204 ; bl63ras hvaSan sem
renn, Pr. 473; hvaSan af sem hann haf8i J)ann spadom, Hkr. i,
224. III. as relative, Stj. i.
hvaSan-seva, adv. [aeva answers to Engl, -ever in wherever, whenever,
whatever, but in Icel. only remains in the adverb denoting the place from
which] : — from whencesoever, Fms. vii. 75 (in a verse) ; drifa h., to
throng together from every side, Hkr. i. 54; J)ustu J)a borgarmenn h. at
Jpeim, Fms. i. 104 ; J)ar drosk saman mikit 116 ok kom h. til, viii. 41 1 ; J)a
gaf J)eim glamskygni, s/ndisk J)eim sem menn fxri h. at J)eim, Sturl. i.
179 ; uvina er h. herja a oss, Stj. 398, 444 : — phrases, J)6tti konungi sem
h. vaeri augu a honum, of a wild, fugitive look, Fms. ii. 180 ; ok hvaSan-
afa augun a sem a hrakdyri, with a look as wild as a hunted deer {as if
he had eyes all over him), Korm. 60 ; hann vann sva at h. voru a honum
hendrnar, he worked as if be had hands all over him, Grett. loi new Ed.
HVALK, m., pi. hvalar, Sks. 180 B; hvala, ace. pi., K. {>. K. 138;
hvalana, Grag. ii. 387 ; hvala alia, 359; mod. hvalir : [A.S. hwal;
Germ, wall-fiscb ; Dan. hvaT] :— a whale, Hym. 21, Rb. 1812. 17, Grdg.
i. 159, ii. 337 : as to the right to claim whales as jetsum, see the law
in Grag. and Jb., the Reka-balkr and the Sagas passim, e. g. Grett.
ch. 14, Eb. ch. 57, Hav. ch. 3, Fbr. ch. 9: — there was always a great
stir when a whale was driven ashore, flygr fiskisaga ferr hvalsaga ; i
hvals liki, Fms. xi. 182, Fas. ii. 131 ; hvals auki, amber, old Dan. hvals-
oky, Sks. ; hvals hauss, a whale's bead; hvals van, expectation of a whale
being drifted ashore, Vm. 1 74 ; hvals ver6, a whale's value, Grag. ii. 373 ;
hvala blastr, the blowing of a whale ; hvala-kvdma, arrival of shoals of
whales. Eg. 135 ; hvala-kyn, a species of whale, Sks. 121 ; in Edda (Gl.)
and in Sks. 1. c. no less than twenty-five kinds of whales are enumerated
and described ; hvala-skiifr, whale guts, a nickname, Landn. ; hvala-
vetr, a winter when many whales were caught, Ann. 1375: in local
names, Hvals-fi, Hvals-nes, Hval-fj6r3r, Hvals-eyrr, Landn. etc.
COMPDS : hval-aiubr, m. whale amber. hval-fiskr, m. a ivhale.
296
HVALFJARA— HVARVETNA.
hval-fjara, u, f. a whale beach, on which a whale has drifted and is cut
up. hval-fjos, {.vjhale blubber, km. S2,Rd. 2^1. hval-flutningr,
m. carrying blubber, Am. 78. hval-flystri, n. = hvalf]6s, Rett. 10, 11.
hval-fundr, m. the finding a {dead) whale, N. G. L. h,val-f6ng, n. pi.
stores of whale {blubber), Bs. i. 549, Fbr. 41. hval-grafir, f. pi. whale
pits where blubber was kept, Sturl. J. 136 : a local name in western Icel.
hval-g8e3i, n. pl. = hvalg6gn, H. E. ii. 130. hval-g6gn, n. pi. gain
derived from whales. Am. 1 1 1 . hval-jarn, n. a whale-iron, harpoon,
Sturl. iii. 68. hval-kaup, n. purchase of whale-blubber, Lv. 59.
hval-kdlfr, n. a whale-calf , young whale. Fas. iii. 546. hval-klippa,
u, f. = hvalfj6s, Grett. (in a verse). hval-kvfima, u, f. a drifting of
whales ashore, Sturl. i. 190, Bs. i. 665. lival-ldtr, m. 'whale-litter,'
a place where whales cast their young : a local name in Icel. lival-
magi, a, m. whale-maw, a nickname, Landn. hval-mdl, n. 'whale-
case,' i. e. a claim to whales as jetsum, Bs. i. 666. Iival-rei9, f. = hval-
reki, Lv. 58. hval-reki, a, m. a drift of whales, Grag. ii. 210, 366,
Ld. 4. hval-rekstr, m. whale hunting (as described by Sir Walter
Scott in the Pirate), G\\. 458, Ann. 1296, Bs. i. 801, Boldt. 143.
hval-r^tti, n. ' whale-right,' as to jetsum, N. G. L. i. 59. hval-r6ttr,
m. whale hunting, Ann. 1296. hval-rif, n. a whale's rib, Hav. 48,
Grett. 89. hval-r6, f. a nickname, Landn. hval-saga, u, f. whale
news, Bs. i. 463. hval-skipti, n. whale sharing, Grag. ii. 381, H. E.
ii. 126. hval-ski3, n. whale gills. h.val-skur3r, m. whale
carving, cutting up whales, Fbr. 41, Bs. i. 665, Am. 36. hval-skjrti,
a, m. a whale harpooner, Grag. ii. 377, Jb. 326. hval-taka, u, f.
taking, stealing blubber, Sturl. ii. 29, Rd. 251. hval-titind, f. a tithe
paid from whales, Vm. 76, B. K. 53. hval-vd,gr, m. a whale creeh,
where whales are caught, GJ)1. 464. hval-van, f. a whale expected to
be driven ashore, Vm. 1 74. In poetry the sea is called hval-fron, -J6r3,
-msenir, -tun, = the abode . . . town of whales. Lex. Poet.
HVAMMR, m. [Ivar Aasen Jtvaml : — a grassy slope or vale ; ^ar
var byggilegr hvammr, Fs. 22; kaus hann s^r busta6 i hvammi einum
mjok fogrum, 26 ; sa var einn h. i landi Geirmundar, at hann kva6sk
vilja kjosa i brott or landinu, — var8 biife hans statt i hvamminum, — hann
eltir fed or hvamminum, Sturl. i. 5 ; me5 J)eim vi6i er i {)eim hvammi er
vaxinn, 6 ; J)eir k6mu at ^vi siki er lei& liggr til Kirkjubsejar ok skamt
var fra {jeim hvammi er J)eir Ogmundr satu i, Sturl. iii. 112 : very freq. as
an appellative in every Icel. farm or as a local name, Hvammr, Landn. :
the best known is the seat of the Sturlungar in Broadfirth, Hvam.ms-
dalr, Hvamms-fjorSr, Landn. ; Hvamms-land, Hvamms-verjar,
or Hvamms-inenn, m. pi. the men from Hvam, Sturl. ; Hvamm-
Sturla, m. Sturlafrom H., the father of Snorri.
hvann-gar3r, m. [hvonn], an angelica garden, N. G. L. i. 38, 241,
253, Gt)l. 347, Js. 134.
hvann-joli, a, m. (see 36II), a stalk of angelica, Fms. ii. 1 79, x. 336, 337.
hvann-kdlfr, m. a young angelica, Hervar. (Hb.)
hvann-st63, n. a bed of angelica, Vm. 143 : as a local name.
hvap, n. [cp. Goth. hwapjan = to suffocate, extinguish^, dropsical fiesh,
holda-hvap. hvap-ligr, adj. dropsy-like, dropsical.
HVAB, adv. interrog. and indef., [Ulf. hwar = TTov; A. S. hwcer; Old
Scot.quhar; 'En^.where; Germ, wo; Dan./bwr]: I. interrog. W/beref
direct and indirect ; in endless instances indirect after the verbs vita, sja,
heyra spyrja..., hvar, to know, see, hear, ask..., Vsp, 5, 22, Hm. i, '^t.,
H6fu6l. 3 ; kveSa a, hvar koma skal, Grag. i. 46 ; hvar vi6 skyldi auka,
lb. 5 ; J)eir fundu hvar upp var rekin kista Kveldiilfs, Eg. 1 29 and prose
passim. p. followed by a subj., hvar viti ? hvar haii ? hvar muni? Lex.
Po(3t. Y- with a prep. ; hvar skulum vit k leita, where shall we go and
seek ? Nj. 3 ; greina hvar J)etta heyrir til, whereto, Fms. ii. 260. 2.
with the notion of whither ; eigi vitum ver hvar hann for, N. G. L. i. 218 ;
hvar hann skyldi stefna. Fas. iii. 543 ; se ek mi hvar sok horfir, Hrafn.
II. 3. with particles; hvar fyrir? wherefore? why? Fms. iv. 47;
J)eir spyrja, hvar til J)essi svor skulu koma, i. 3, passim ; hvar kvomu
fe8r okkrir J)ess (sta6ar understood) at ... , hvar nema alls hvergi, Isl. ii.
336 ; hvar landa ertu J)ess faeddr, where in the world art thou born ? Lat.
ubi terrarum? Fas. ii. 534. II. indef. anywhere; allir hlutir
ver&a bjartari a glerinu i solskini en hvar annarstaSar, Horn. 128; her
eru votn verri en hvar annarstaSar, Stj. 609 ; h6r framar enn hvar annar-
staftar, Fb. i. 236. 2. in each place; ur8u J)rju J)ing i hverjum
fi6r8ungi ok skyldu J)ingu-.nautar eiga hvar {in each) saksoknir saman,
lb. 9 ; Duna {Danube) kemr i sjau stodum mikil hvar {in seven arms,
each of which is great) saman 1 sj6, Rb. ; turturar eru fair hvar saman,
Horn. 65. 3. hvar sem, hvar es, and in old MSS. and poems
contracted hvars, wheresoever ; hvar sem hann for, hvar sem J)eir kvamu,
Fms. i. 62, vii. 21 : with a local genitive, hvar lands er kom, wherever he
came, Od. 8 ; hvar J)ess er {wheresoever that) ma8r hefir J)ann ei6 unninn,
Gr&g. i. 56; hvar landa sem J)ii ert, Fs. 23 ; hvar J)ess er aSrir taka fyrst
arf, 191 ; hvar helzt, id., Hom. 155. 4. hc^r ok hvar, here and
there, now here now there, Nj. 142, Fms. i. 136, vii. 294, 301, 324,
viii. 61, ix. 362, Sks. 566 ; vi8a hvar, far and wide, in many places;
viSast hvar, in most places, in most instances. Skald. H. 3. 42, freq. in
mod. usage. 5. ever so, very; hvar fjarri, ever so far, very far off;
^ en J)egar er Arnljotr laust vi8 geislinum J)a var hann hvarr fjani hf ■
(5. H. 153 ; honum kasta8i mjok upp or husunum sva hatt at hvar f
kom niSr, Sturl. i. 161 C, Orkn. 114; hann laust hann sva mikit hoi;e
hann kom hvar fjarri niSr, El. 100; hugr {)inn er mer h. fjarri, Stj. 41
Hom. (St.) 43 : with a compar., um allt Halogaland ok \>6 viSara hva
in all H. and ever so much farther. Fas. ii. 504 ; hvar meiri, everm'.'
ek skal ^6 hvar meiri stund {with ever more zeal) a leggja hennar
en ek aetla8a, Fms. x. 106. III. relat. only in later writers, I) :
V. 3, Mar. passim ; hvar til {whereunto, to which) Bjarni bau8 ekki fi;:
en il8r, Dipl. iii. 11.
B. In coMPDS, intens. = ever, mostly in poetry : hvar-brigflr, .
ever shifty, fickle, Fms. x. (in a verse). hvar-dyggr, adj. ever tr\
faithful. Lex. Poet. hvar-gegn, adj. ' ever-gain,' straigbtforv.ar
upright, Fms. xi. 314 (in a verse). Iivar-g63r, adj. ever ^t/.
Lb. 13. livar-grimmr, adj. savage. Lex. Poet. livar-kimn
adj. ' ever-known,' famous, Halifred. livar-kvsentr, part. /lo/'.
mous, having ' a wife in every port ;' a rendering of ' gentem procar-
mam,' of the Vulgate, Deut. xxviii. 50, Stj. 345. hvar-leiSr, a
'ever-loathed,' detested, Hkv. i. livar-lofa3r, adj. ever prat-i
Geisli 16. h.var-mikill, adj. ever great, Clem. 47,
HVARP, n. [hverfa], prop, a 'turning away,' disappearance: ':
thing being stolen, hvorf ok stuldir, Fbr. ; hvarf ISunnar, Edda 4'i, !
206, Band. 1 2 new Ed. : cp. s61-hv6rf, suti-turn, i. e. the solstice. p. r.
hann J)eim fiar hvarf (mod. a hvarf), he ran out of their sight, Sturl. ii.14
hlaupit i burt me8 ok runnit J)eim skjott hvarf, Bs. i. 704 : in mod. u-a
a hill on the horizon is called hvarf; a hvarf, to go to the ether side ■
hill so as to be out of sight : vera a hvorfum, to waver, Skv. 3. 38.
shelter; J)vi ek hefi mi leitat a3r allra hvarfa, Barl. 59; ef bjir:
horfinn i hi8i, lysi J)vi i fjolda manna at J)at er hans hvarf (/a!V),N.G.
i. 46 ; at-hvarf, shelter ; gora ser e-n at hvarfi, to call on a friend, F-
iv. 292. II. a local name for Cape Wrath in Scotland, Bs. i.4^
Hvarfs-gnipa, u, f. Cape Farewell in Greenland, A. A.
iLvarfa, a8, [Ulf. bwarbon = TTfpnraTUv, rrepidy€iv'\, prop, to turn rv,'
let hann ser i hendi h. her gullit, H8m. 21, obsolete. 2. towan,:
stroll about, Fms. x. 412, Eg. (in a verse), Pr. 136. p. metap! .
i milium, what is between, as a matter of dispute or dissent, GJ)i ;
sakir storra hluta er her h. milli, Nj. 177, v. 1. ; ok h. J)ar i milium, r
on these numbers, i. e. between the length often and twenty ells, Sks. i.
Anecd. 16 : e-m hvarfar hugr, one's mind wavers, Fms. x. 270.
hvarfan, f. strolling, Skv. 3. 38.
hvarf -fiiss, adj. shifty, Hel. 2.
hvarfla, a8, = hvarfa. Eg. 766, Lv. 54, Sks. 141, Bs. ii. 62, Fs. i;
to waver, Aroni hvarfla8i hugrinn, Sturl. ii. 84.
hvarf -lauss, adj. ' swerveless,' unswerving, Barl. 146.
hvarf-semi, f. shelter, refuge, Clem. 44.
hvargi, adv. indef. (for the particle -gi see p. 199); a clear distinctic:
made in the MSS. between hvargi, everywhere, and hvergi (q. v.), noiu:-
(Hkr. i. 269, 278, ii. 208 in the folio Ed. are misprints): — wberem:
with the particle er {es) or sem; hvargi sem menn ver8a staddir, 6:5
4; hvargi er hann kvangask, Grag. i. 181 ; hvargi er ma8r drepr m
ok var8ar J)at skoggang, ii. 14; hvargi er menn eru staddir, 20; b,
hann tok, i. 210; h. er J)u tekr land, Landn. 43, v.l. ; h. sem Jieir iu:
N. G. L. i. 103 ; h. er hann for, Fms. xi. 40, Hkr. i. 100, 269 ; h. -
ver komum. Post. 645. 71 ; h. er J)j66 heyrir. Am. 103. 2.ini~
every place, without the particle ; syna mer, af hverju gefit er hv.i
what is given in each place, Nj. 76 ; en {)a hit naesta sumar gat
hvargi {almost everywhere) ber a Islandi, Bs. i. 135, (the MS. has 1;^
erroneously, cp. the Annals of the year 1203.)
HVARMR, m. the eyelid; bra e6a bnina, hvarma ok ennis, 1
ii. 499, Rom. 326; hann J)enr upp hvarmana, Stj. 4755 i San;. .\
13; hann let leggja lit i augu ser ok sneri um a ser hvormunum,
98 ; J)a skauzt haellinn af auga-steininum ok sleit af honuin hvarmi
si3an tok Einarr hvarminn me8 hendi sinni, ok sa at auga-steinninn
J)ar, Hkr. iii. 365 ; greri or hvitt a hvarmi hvarum-tveggja, 367 ; '"
a hvarmana, 655 xxx. 4 : in the poets the eye is called stjiirnur, tu:
geisli hvarma, the stars, moon, beam of the h. : tears are hrynregn hvar::
eyelashes, sk6gr hvarma etc.. Lex. Poet. compds : hvarm-rau3r,
with red eyelids, Korm. hvarm-skogr, m. ' eyelid-sbaw,' eyela>'
Lex. Poet. hvarm-tengr, f. pi. ' eyelid-tongues,' drooping eye-
Egil. hvarm-J)eyr, m., poet. ' eyelid-thaw,' tears, Edda (in a versf
hvars, adv. = hvar es, wheresoever, freq. in old poetry and MSS. :
er, p. 131, and Lex. Poet.
hvar-vetna, adv., h6rvetna, Grag. ii. 282, Post. 686 B. 2, Fms
269 ; but usually, as also in mod. usage, though less correcliv, h^
vetna, Nj. 32, Fms. vi. 16, 296, Karl. 534, and passim; [from I
and vetna, a gen. pi. from an obsolete vttta = ivighi] : — everywhere:
herr hans hvarvetna at lata undan siga, Fms. i. 174; hvarvetna !■
steinanna, 230. 2. with a local gen., h. J)ess er, wheresoever that, d
i. 36, ii. 292, 342, N. G. L. i. 42, cp. 74, where the gen. is dropped ; "^
J)^r hljota at ra8a okkar i milium h. er, in every case where, Fms. n. i
(thus Fh. 1. c, cp. Cd.)
tf^,»
HVASS— HVATVISLIGA.
297
iB, adj., hvoss, hvasst, gen. pi. hvassa, Sdm. 20; [the Goth, form'
to be bwass, cp. bwassaba. Tit. i. 13, and hwassei — aTtorofua,
; cp. hvessa, hvetja, hvatr, as well as O. H. G. hwassi, which
kindred words] : — pointed, tapering ; hvass hjalmr e6a kuml,
ivasst niSr sem haell, id.; me6 hvossu enni, 170; hvdss vorr,
a verse) ; hvass hringr, Fnis. v. 343 ; hvass Jjyrnir, sharp
2. sharp, Iteen, whetted, of edged tools ; iinguU sa enn hvassi,
ivasst vapn, Grett. 137; hvassan knif, 91; hvasst sver&, Barl.
r,Fm.6; odd-hvass,/)o/M/ecf; egg-hvass,q.v. II. metaph.
heen; hvasst naemi, Bs. i. 235 ; hvass i skilningi,68l ; hvass i
iin.; hygginn ok hvass, id. 2. of the eyes or sight; hviiss
;o, Skaldai6o,O.H.i09, Hkv.s. 2; hviiss sjon, a keensight;
iir, piercing eyes, Sighvat ; hvassir geislar,, siar/' beams of
32.17. 3 . sharp , acute ; hvoss h\]6hs,gre.\n, a sharp sound,
179; hvasst hlj65, 160, 169 ; hviiss samstafa, 175. 4. of
.fresh; hvasst ve6r. Eg. 99; veSr var miklu hvassara, 196;
ii ve3r, Fms. vii. 310; hvasst andvi5ri, Eg. 87; hvass byrr,
; h. litnyrSingr, hann er hvass a sunnan, J)a3 er hvasst, hann
r hvass, etc., passim ; hvassir straumar, Sks. 14 new Ed. : neut.
ing hard; t)eir hof6u hvasst mjok a firSinum, Hav. 26, 42
.;eq. in mod. usage, ae6i-hvass, blowing very hard; bal-hvass,
a gale (so as to lash the sea into tongues like flame). 5. sharp
, Korm., Hkv. 2. 10, Lex. Poet.; hvassir menn, Fms. v. 137;
mundu fa honum annan hest, ef nokkurir vaeri hvassari en sja,
, of a horse. Q.mut. precisely ; ekki hvasst umhyggju-laust,
204; J)at verftr hvasst (precisely) tveir hlutir atjandu alnar,
i. 78 ; J)6, taka hvarir eigi hvasst {not quite) sjau penninga, 107 :
, n'8a, ganga, sigla, liSa, skj(Sta hvasst, to ride, walk, sail, shoot
c. Poet. ; bita hvassara, /o m<j&«ar/27_y, {)kv. 25. 7. coarse;
hosur, Karl. 363, (rare.) compds : hvass-eygr, adj. keen-
,3.70. hvass-fieygr, adj. sif//?-w'/«^erf, Lex. Poet. hvass-
ttP, id]. with a sharp comb or crest, Stj. 77. hvass-leikr, m.
s; h. klungra, Barl. 18, 732. 18; la. veSrsins, Fms. viii. 55,
: of intellect, Horn. hvass-leitr, adj. sharp-looking. Fas. i.
a verse). hvass-liga, adv. sharply, Stj. 181, Sks. 228.
Igr, adj. sharp, Edda (in a verse). hvass-nefjaflr, adj. sharp-
^ks. 418. Ixvaaa-oddabr, ad]. sharp-pointed,E.t.R. hvass-
dj. sharp-worded, Hsm. hvass-tenntr, adj. sharp-toothed,
hvass-vi3ri, n. a sharp gale, Ld. 58, Sturl. iii. 56, Fms.
Tiassim. h.vass-6gn6ttr, adj. sharp-pointed, Sks.
7\T, neut. pron. of an obsolete hvar ; for the other kindred forms
i^T, hvi, and hot.
J liitcrrog. direct and indirect, what; eiga at biSa hvat ek skal a
.i ^ '. ■; ; vita, hvat hann skal vi5 kve5a, Hm. 28, VJ)m. 55 ; veit ek
;mnars kemr, Band. 36 new Ed., passim. p. = Germ, was
North. E. what for a . . .f for what sort of a . . .f expressing
he like; hvat Ogmundr ertii, what sort of an O. art thou?
: hvat {6 er fiat? Nj.55: indirectly, peir vissu eigi hvat
Hkr. i. 268. 2. with gen., hvat er manna J)at mer
tkv. 5 ; hvat er \>zt fira, flag3a, drauma, fiska, what sort
(ches, dreams, fishes? Aim. 2, 5, Skv. 2. i, Fsm. 2, Em. i ;
1 cnn verSa sefi minnar? Skv. 1. 12, 14, 18; hvat manna ertii,
' 'f a man art thou? Fms. ix. 55 ; hvat kvenna ertii? Dropl.
rla er J)at? Fms. vii. 152 ; hvat ifjrotta er J)at? Edda 31 ;
var6 J)ess? 623. 35: indirect, hann spurSi hvat manna
r. Fms. ii. 54, vii. i66 ; hvat sveina J)at myndi vera, x. 219 ;
hvat vsri raSs hennar, he asked what she intended to do,
t hann vildi ra6a sinna, vii. 154; spurSi hvat ve3rs vferi,
p. with dat., hvat liSi er ^etta? Fms. ix. 50; hvat
? Isl. ii. 142 ; hvat hiisi stendr {)ar? Hkr. iii. 187, Stj. 626,
ct, spurSi hvat miinnum {)eir vaeri. Eg. 162; hann spyrr
HI J)eir se, Faer. 64; vita hvat mcinnum J)eir vaeri, Hkr. i.
irendum, Fs. 11 ; er hestrinn kenndi hvat hrossi J)etta var,
. a l)(')ttisk J)6rr skilja hvat latum verit haf9i urn nottina, 29 ;
jtvistum, Str. 81. 3. what, why, how? in asking, denot-
sprise, indignation, or expecting an answer in the negative,
''""■■id? hvat skal rcigum manni langt vapn, /o «^^a/ Mse ? hvat
1 i sess minn? Eg. (in a verse); hvat haefir ykkr me3 mer
:. 420; hvat parftu at spyrja at nafni minu? 399, 410, 476;
<|veit, segir Gunnarr, hvart . . .? Nj. 85 ; hvat mun ek J)at vita,
f\'ld I know that? Bs. ii. 104. 4. how = hve; frettir hann
^' bonor&s-malum, Ld. 92 ; hvat hlySnir landsmenn voro, lb.
iinm, how cruel! Mar. 5. causal, why? hvat spyrr J)u
. hvat ly'str ^v. mik? id., freq.
■f. pron. each, every, with the particle er (es) or %tm,whatso-
=eni, or hvat es, whatsoever ; hvat dyr sem er, GJ)1. 457,
29; hvat sem hann kostaSi til, Edda 29; hvat fjarlaegr
lyjivsoever remote..., Stj. 93: with suffixed es, hvaz or
-e er, p. 131. 2. with the possess, pron. sinn ; hvat
stundar, Lat. horam quodque suam expeciat, there is a time
e^ytbing, Nj. 79; Ayr ser hvat, they run each his own way.
i. e. were scattered in all directions, Fms. x, 268. 3. hvat af iiSru,
from one to another, in succession, Fms. i. 128; hvat af hverju, 'what
from which,' i. e. soon; hans er von hva8 af hverju, he is expected every
moment, (mod.) 4. with compar. ever so much ; hann var til hans
hvat betr enn til sinna barna, be was ever so much kinder to him than to
bis own children, Ld. 304. II. as interj., hii, ha, tbi hvat!
Sks. 365 B ; vakna&i hann alltrautt ok mxlti naer i livitinu, hvat ! hvat !
Fms. ix. 24.
HVAT A, a8, to make speed, hasten with a thing, with dat. ; hvata for
sinni, h. fer6inni, to hasten one's joj/rney, 655 iii. 3, Fms. iv. 144 ; hvata
gongunni, to qriicken one's pace, Edda 7 ; h. J)essu, Lv. 20 ; h. bdli, make
speed with the bale-fire, Fms. x. 379 : absol. to hasten, speed, hann eggjar at
menn skulu hvata, Faer. 262 ; hvata til skipa. Eg. 357 ; hvata heim, Isl.
ii. 387 ; h. i brott, Rd. 16 : with prep., hvata at e-u, to make haste with
a thing, Hkr. i. 103. II. also spelt hvota, Band, and Thorn. 1. c,
cp. hota (H) : to stretch forth with, with dat. ; hvata hnefa at e-m, to
threaten a person with the fist, but without striking, Grag. ii. 14; hvota
skalm at e-m, Band, (in a verse) ; hvotandi sverftinu ofan i toman hausinn,
Thom. 442 : in mod. usage ota.
hvata-buss (-bussi), m. a busybody, Fbr. 191, v. 1. ; gaettii hans J)a,
fjorarinn, at hann komizk eigi i brott, ok ertii jafnan hvatabuss mikill,
Fms. iv. 266.
hvatan, f. an urging on, pushing on, Skv. i. 50.
hvat-fserr, adj. quick. Eg. 73.
hvati, a, m. hurry, Mork. no. 2. an inciter. Lex. Poet.
hvatki, pron. indef. [see -gi, p. 199] : 1. each thing, every thing
for itself; munu ^et f)a vita til hvers hvatki kemr, Fms. xi. 103 ; {)vi at
h. var J)ar, gnogar vistir, etc., Karl. 203 ; hversu hann vill h. gora, Eluc. 56 ;
at skynja hverja jartein hvatki hefir, Horn. 139. 2. with er ; hvatki
er, whatsoever, Sighvat, Lex. Poet. ; hvatki er yfir fjora faetr gengr, J)at
skulu ^4r eta, Stj. 416 ; hvatki es missagt es i fraeSum {)essum, fb. (pref.) ;
h. es honum var i hug, Hkr. ii. 156 ; hvakki er lifi hans hefir lukt, Fms.
x. 395 ; hvatki malum er lyzk hafa, N. G. L. i. 250; h. monnum sem
inni eru, 61 ; hvatki er J)ess fytr, er honum er a hendi, Grag. i. 94 ; hvatki
er ma6r gorir, id.. Am. 20. II. hveskis, gen. of ox for whatso-
ever, cujuscunque ; hveskis er ver bi6jum, Hom. (St.) III. hvfgi,
dat. to whatsoever, cuicunque ; skynja hvadan af hvigi er nafn gefit,
Hom. 139. 2. = hvegi, q. V.
hvat-Mtr, adj. quick, Fms. ix. 489, v. 1.
hvat-leikr (-leiki), m. boldness, energy, alacrity, presence of mind,
Sturl. iii. 42, Fms. vi. 166, Sks. 59 new Ed. ; h. ok kxxb'i, Nj. 271 ; vits-
munir ok h., 262.
hvat-liga, adv. quickly; ri6a h., Nj. 192, Sd. 156; biiask h., Isl. ii.
338; fara h., Rd. 277, Th. 77.
hvat-ligr, adj. quick, brisk; hvatlegt li6, active troops, Fms. xi. 33;
verjask et hvatligsta, 142 ; hvatligt verk, a manly feat, x. 391.
HVATR, adj., fern, hvot, neut. hvatt, bold, active, vigorous; in the say-
ing, engi er einna hvatastr, Hm. 63 ; h. ma&r, Fms. vii. 160, Fm. 6. 24,
30, 31 ; ef engi hefSi verit hvatari hofSingi 1 her J)essum en Jni, Fms. vi.
160; hvatr hugr, Fm. 26: ace. as adv., ri5a hvatan, to ride at a quick
pace, Ld. 260: neut. hvatt, id.; riSa hvatt, Fb. ii. 125, Sighvat; hann
ba6 menn sina fara sem hvatast. Eg. 217. II. ma/e, opp. to
h\a.\ibt, female, of beasts; h. kottr, freq. in mod. usage.
hvat-rdSr, adj. headlong. Lex. Poet.
livat-rsefli, n. quick action. Glum. 377.
hvat-skeyti, f. precipitancy, Karl. 393.
hvat-skeytliga, adv. precipitately, Stj. 4, K. A. 202, Fms. ii. 33.
hvat-skeytligr, adj. hurried, headlong, K. A. 202.
hvatt, n. [hvetja], a cut or mark on a sheep's ear, a slice cut off one
side of the ear ; hvatt framan, aptan haegra, vinstra ; whence hvat-rifad,
n. adj. a hvat with a rift: when the slice is cut on both sides of the ear
so as to make it like a spear's point, it is called fjo6ur, a feather.
hvattfi, adv. or interj. = hvatj)a, what! what then ! Fms. xi. 1 18 ; hvatta!
lattii g68ra gjalda vert ef J)u kcimsk me8 fjorvi a braut, Mork. 139.
hvat-vetna, hvat-vitna, pron. used as subst. (hvetvetna is a false
form), in old MSS. often spelt hotvitna, Hm. 47, Am. 67, 95, Skm. 28,
NiSrst. 6, Fms. xi. 36, 68, 78, 122 ; [from hvat and vetna, q. v.] : — any-
thing whatever ; vex J)er hvatvetna i augu, Nj. 53 ; h. lUt, Fms. vi. 283 ;
]p^r latid honum h. hly'&a. Eg. 71 ; hann kvaSsk h. mundu til vinna, Fs.
59 ; eigi eru biiar skyldir at bera um hvatvetna, Grag. i. 167 ; h. var upp
broti6, Fms. vi. 381 ; hvatvetna {)ar nokkvat es, Greg. 12 ; Gu8 leysir
hotvetna, NiSrst. 6 ; fyr hotvetna fram, above all, Fms. xi. 68. II.
dat. hvi-vetna, to anything whatever, cuivis; raentu |)ar hvivetna, Orkn.
294; var Hrafn fyrir J)eim i hvivetna, Isl. ii. 208; hvivetna (hvivitni
MS.) er illt er, Hom. 35 ; miklu er sja framarr at hvivetna, Fms. vii. 148 ;
gorr i hvivitna hornungr bro&ur sins, i. 255 ; fyrir h. fram, above all, xi.
28. III. gen. h.vers-vetna, of anything whatever, cujtisvis;
hann kann til hversvetna ra8, Nj. 67 ; ok s)mir sik sva vera hversvetna
Drottinn, Greg. 4; fyrir hversvetna sakir. Fas. i. 188, Fms. xi. 104.
h.vat-visi, f. temerity, Fms. vi. 8, vii. 1 24, xi. 98.
hvat-visliga, adv. recklessly, rashly, Fms. ii. 33, v. I.
298
HVATVISS— HVARZ.
hvat-viss, adj. headlong, recMess, foolhardy, Hkr. iii. 225, Fms. ii. 211,
xi. 12, 75, Bjarii. 14.
hvaz, pron. = hvat es, whatsoever; see hvat (II), and er, p. 131.
hvd, h, to say what! (hi,, q.v., eh), of one not hearing; eins og ganti
ro5i9 hvert vi6 hva5i, Snot 214.
H VADA, u, f., not kvaSa, [Ulf. bwapo = 6.(pp6s, Luke ix. 39, and hwap-
mn = to frotb^ : — gl^e, lime, resin, esp. from trees, freq.
HVALP, n., mod. form holf, [A. S. hwsalf], a vault, Bs. i. 177, Sks.
633, Al. 89 ; gufu-hvolf, or dampa-h., ' steam-vault,' the atmosphere,
(mod.) : of the concavity of a shield. Boll. 340 ; vera a hvalii, Iteel
uppermost, of a boat or vessel ; see holf.
hv^lfa, d, in old writers spelt li61fa or hSlfa ; but hvolfa is the mod.
form : — to turn upside down, keel uppermost ; sja at fiar holfir skip a
sj6num, Fb. ii. 223, as also Hb. 1. c, Fbr. 103 new Ed. ; Jjar hvolfSi skip,
Njar&. 376 (paper MS.) ; hof upp knorr ok sneri a lopti ok kom holfandi
ni6r, Bs. i. 30 ; ok hug9u mi mundu fuUkomlega yfir holfa, it would be over-
whelmed, 769.
HVALL, m., mod. hvoU, [akin to Gr. hvk\os ; also akin to hvel,
hvalf, prop, denoting what is convex, cp. Germ, h'ugel] : — a hill ; not
much used, holl (q. v.) being the common word ; but it is still used of a
•dome-shaped' hill; and in local names of farms lying under such
hills, as Hvall in Saurbaer in the west, Berg-Jjors-hvall and Storolfs-
hvall in the south, Beiga8ar-hvall in the north, Landn. ; Kalfs-hvall in
the east, Dropl.; Orrostu-hvall, Eg. : Hvd.ls-ma3r, m. a man from H.,
Sturl. ; t)eir stefna upp a hvalinn, Nj. 69 ; dalr var i hvalinum ok ri6u
{)eir J)angat, 197 ; ver vildum 4 hvalinn ok komumk ekki, Dropl. 22 ;
hvala e6r halsa, Rom. 315.
liv£ma (hvoma), a5, to swallow, devour.
hvimr (hvomr), m. a glutton.
HVAPTK, m., mod. h.voptr, the cheek, Lat. bucca; kemr a kinnina
ok i hvaptinn, Isl. ii. 399 ; mer renna hr66rmal um hvapta, Hiisd. ;
uraka&a hvaptana, Orkn. 288, Fb. i. 395 : the mouth, gape, Lat. rictus,
of a beast, 416, 417, 530, Sks. 52, 53 new Ed. : the phrase, gott er at
hafa tva hvaptana ok sitt med hverjum maela. Fas. ii. 429, f>orst. S.
St. 51 ; cp. kjaptr or kjoptr.
hvargin-ligr, adj. neuter, Skalda 185.
hvdrigr, m., mod. hvorugr, either, each; see hvarrgi.
hvdrki, see hvarrgi.
HVARR, pron. interrog. and indef., contr. from liva3arr, which is
obsolete, but occurs thrice in poets of the loth century, Kormak, Fas. i.
297 (in a verse), Hkr. i. 205 (in a verse) : mod. form hvorr, still so
proncd. in the south of Icel. : [Goth, hwapar; A. S. hwafSer, cp. Engl.
whether; Hel. hwe^ar, cp. Germ, weder'] : I. interrog. direct and
indirect, whether, which of two, Lat. uter, in a dual sense, distinguished
from hverr in plur. : in plur., like Lat. titri, of two parties, hvarir sigrask,
either, which of both (hosts) ivill gain the day, Nj. 198, Fms. x. 199 ;
hvarir na mali annarra, Nj. 8: in sing., hvarr J)eirra, each of them, both,
Grag. i. 1 20 : with a possess, pron., hvarr okkar, Nj. 202 : hvarr — annarr,
one — another, either . . . the other ; hvarr sem {either) annars frasndkonu
a, Grag. i. 29 ; hvarr vi5 annan, Fms. ii. 366 ; hvarr okkarr vi9 annan,
one to another, Fser. 174; annarr hvarr (q.v.), either. II. indef.,
each of two ; hvarir vi6 a3ra, Fms. x. 299, Grag. i. 70 ; hvarir til annarra,
Eg. 126; selja grid hvarir 69rum, Grag. ii. 20; tvtggja (gen.) hvarr,
either of the twain, 623. 24, Bias. 40, Fms. vii. 157; hvart . . . e8a,
either ...or; hvart er J)u vill, lata okkr lifa e6r deyja, Fms. i. 205 ; a
hvara hli3, Rm. ; sextigu barna, jafnmart hvart, syni ok dsetr, Stj. 408 ;
haett er J)eirra hvart, Hm. 87 ; sinn dag hvarir, Fbr. ; sinn veg hvarr,
Rom. 347; a sinum stol hvarr {)eirra, Stj. 602; manaSar mat hvars,
N. G. L. i. 67, 98, 99 ; hann kastaSi a 6x1 ser hvarum tveimr, two on each
shojilder, Grett. 1 34 A. 2. adverbial, at hvaru, yet, nevertheless,
however, often spelt at-v6ru, Horn. 116, 119, cp. Hkr. iii. 288 ; att varu,
Al. 30, 137, Horn. 158 ; siir mun gramr at hvaru, but however that may
be . . ., Hallfred ; J)6 at hvkr\x,yet, N. G. L. i. 48 ; ^4 a hinn J)6 at hv4ru
at skuldfesta hann, Grag. i. 233; en hinn selr J)6 at hykrw, yet neverthe-
less, ii. 253 ; {)6t hv4ru ( = ^16 at h.), 313 ; J)4 freistum attvoru, Al. 137,
this phrase is now obsolete, and is rare even in old writers.
B. Neut. hvdrt, interrog. adverb, whether, direct and indirect;
commonly in the first of two correlative clauses, hv4rt . . ., e3a or e8r . . .,
whether ..., or..., Lat. utrtim ..., an..., Nj. 205, etc., passim ; hvat ? . . .
hvart maegS e6r fraendsemi, what?... whether is it affinity or kinf Fb. i.
328 ; hvart (better hvat) segi ]p6r til ? hv4rt skal ek fara e6r eigi, whether
shall I go or ttot? Stj. 602 ; fae ek mi varliga sob, hv4rt Hraerekr mun
f4 nauSgat mik til e5a eigi at ek 14ta drepa hann? O. H. 74: — but the
latter of the two clauses is often dropped ; hv4rt graetr J)u, whether dost
thou weep (or not)"} what I art thou weeping? Nj. 202; hv4rt er rett,
bondi, whether is it true (or not) ? 79 ; eld kveyki J)er nu sveinar, e3a
hvart skal mi bua til sey3is? 199 ; hv4rt er Flosi sva naer, at hann megi
heyra mal mitt? 200; hv4rt er mi engi kona sii er J)er er eigandi ? Stj.
411, 602 ; hvat sag3ir J)u? hv4rt eigi {)etta? {)i3r. 59 ; hann vildi vita
hvart hann var i brynju, (3. H. 74. 2. with adv. er (es, sem),
either ...or; hvartz sem (sic) maSr ver3r sekr at s4tt eda a var^ingi.
Gr4g. i. 121 ; hvart er Hakon Gamli vill e3r eigi, Fms. i. 71
sem J)at er at logbcrgi e3a i logrettu, whether it be at the hill o/J
in the legislative chamber 7 Grag. i. 1 1 ; hvart sem t)at var i lond
lausa-aurum? lb. 16; hvart er friSr er betri e3a verri? (5. H.
iv. 79 ; hvart sem {)at er heldr i Jjessarri e3r annarri bok, Stj. 3.
HVABRGI or hvdrgi, pron. indef.
A. Forms : — the older form was nom. hv4rrgi, Grag. i. i it ii ■,
Eg. 286, Isl. ii. 354 : neut. nom. and ace. hvartki, or with elided /, In .:
mod. hvorki, Fms. i. 68, passim : gen. hv4rskis, Grag. i. 494, N.G.'
350, Fms. viii. 163, Rd. 292 ; hvarkis, Sks. 558 : dat. m. hv'
i.io, ii. 266; neut. hvarugi, i. II, 131 : ace. m. hvarngi, (i-
-gi, signif. B, p. 199. II. afterwards it changed i... , ,. .,
adjective, hvdrigr, mod. hvorugr, pi. hv4rgir, G^^\. 114; but um::,
uncontracted, and so in mod. usage, hvarugir, Gr4g. ii. 51, Isl. ii. 21
Fms. i. 36, viii. 193, Hkr. iii. 243, Sks. 650, passim: dat. sing. :
hv4rugri, Fms. iii. 214, passim: ace. m. pi. hvaruga, passim: irrcg.
intermediate forms are, ace. masc. sing, hvarngan, Egill tekr bvi i.
hvarngan veg, Sturl. iii. 99 C, Fms. viii. 88, Thom. ill.
B. Usage: I. neither, of two, Lat. neuter. The old ■
hvargi is usually substantival; with gen., hv4rrgi or hvartki Jieirra, m:
of them. Eg. 286, Grag. i. 237 ; miklu meiri sok en hvargi hinna var, :•
655, passim : with a possess, pron., hvartki okkat, neither of us, Ni ,
rarely adjectival, hvartki sver3it, Korm. 112: on the other hand, the :
hvarigr is used indiscriminately as substantive or adjective ; for refer-;
see the Sagas passim. II. special usages ; with annarr, neitku
other, hvarigr at 63rum, Landn. 57 ; hvarigir kunnu o3rum J)ar tiSe:
segja, Isl. ii. 349 ; re3 hvarrgi 4 annan, Lv. 3 ; sva hvarigr re3 at <>k.
Fas. i. 506 ; sem hvarrgi try3i o3rum, Fms. i. 217 ; hvarigir skildu a
m41, Fb. i. 545 ; ok heri hvarigir a a3ra, Eg. 282 ; J)vi at hvarigir:
oSrum samneyta, Kristnir e3a heiSnir, Fms. i. 265. III. ;:<
as adv. hvdrki, mod. hvorki ; hv4rki . . . ne, neither . . . nor ; hvark
laga ne til lilaga, Gr4g. i. 75 ; hefir h. heyrt til hans styn ne hosta.
201 ; ok var nuilit hvarki sott ne varit J)a3an af, 37, Fms. i. 27, N.(;
i. 61, Hkr. i. 196, Sturl. iii. 99, 236, Grett. 94 B, Sks. 356, pas:
hv4rki . . . ne . . . ne, Sks. 157 new Ed. ; hv4rki . . , n6, . . . e3a, Sks. 3':,
H. E. i. 419 ; hv4rki . . . e3a (less correct), Sks. 719.
hvdrr-tveggi or hvarr-tveggja ; an older form, hva3ap-tve^
occurs in Hkr. i. 205 (in a verse), and ace. m. hvadran-tveggja, Korm.
(middle of the loth century).
A. Forms : — the older declension is hvdrr-tveggja, origina!:
two words, of which the latter is a gen. of tveir, Iher&Uy = uter duw
whether of twain ; this form freq. occurs in old writers, the latter part b
indecl., thus, neut. hv4rt-tveggja, utrum duormn, Grag. i. 113, Horn. !
Eg. 61, v.l. : gen. hv4rs-tveggja, Fms. i. 19, Grag. ii. 144: dat. hvsir
tveggja, hv4ru-tveggja, Fms. ii. 310, vii. 251, x. 304, Hkr. iii. 8, Gr;
113, Nj. 64, Eg. ibi, Isl. ii. 332 ; dat. fern, hvarri-tveggja, Sks. 21;
ace. hv4rn-tveggja, Nj. 145, Fms. i. 12, 13, K. J>. K. 158: nom. pl.hv,
tveggja, Sks. 272: gen. pi. hvarra-tveggja, Fms.x. 276. II. tvi
afterwards took a kind of weak inflexion, viz. tveggi in nom. sing.,tv
in the oblique cases and in plur., in dat. tveggjum, but these forms are
applied with great irregularity; nom. sing, hvarr-tveggi, Gr4g. ;
Fms. i. 17, 265, X. 249, Nj. 39, 55, 59, Ld. 290, Landn. 47, Isl. ii. ,
366, 369, Eg. 765, Js. 8, Hkr. iii. 8, passim : gen. fern, hvarrar tvc^
Boll. 326 C : dat. fem. sing, hvarri-tveggju, Gr4g. ii. 228, Nj. 210, '
ace. fem. hvaia-tveggju, Fms. i. 62 : pi. hvarir-tveggju, 655 xvii. i, 0
i. 69, 107, Fms. i. 38, Eg. 267, Fb. ii. 103, 2ii, Fbr. 98, passim: aa
hvara-tveggju, Gr4g. i. 78, Ld. 210 : gen. pi. hvarra-tveggju, Eg. 32, 1
ii. 14 : dat. pi. hv4rum-tveggium, Gr4g. i. 30, ii. 44, Fms. i. 114, L»j
160, passim. 2. mixed irreg. forms, nom. pi. hvarir-tveggi, Graj,
69 ; hvaru-tveggju (as nom. pi.), Isl. ii. 254, scarcely occurs in good'
MSS., but is freq. in mod. usage even as an indecl. form.
B. Usage : I. either, each of two, both, Lat. uterqnc
eKaTfpos, used both as adjective and substantive : 1. as adjective
hv4rritveggju hlustinni, Nj. 210; or hvarutveggju li3inu, Hkr. i;
hvarumtveggjum leysingjunum, Fms. i. 1 14; or hv4rutveggja \m v;
vii. 251 ; hv4rrtveggi herrinn, Hkr. iii. 8; um Mseri hv4ratveggju. 1
i.62; athvarritveggjutiltekjuJ)essi,Gr4g. ii. 228; 4Balkast63umhvai|
tveggjum, Landn. 160. 2. as substantive, with gen.; hvarrtvjf
{)eirra, Gr4g. i. 61 ; hv4rumtveggja {)eirra, Nj. 64; hugr hvarstvt-^
f)eirra, Fms. i. 19 : with a possess, pron., hvarrtveggi okkarr, Nj. 55-
absol., til hv4rstveggja, g63s ok ills, Gr4g. ii. 144 ; hv4rttveggja, fugl.
a3rar skepnur, Sks. 103 B ; vid skaplyndi hvarratveggju, Fms. ii. 14; j'
tveggja, ok J)6 . . ., Sks. 351 B ; at hv4rirtveggi nemi or3 annarra, Or
69. II. the neut. hv4rttveggja, used as adverb, bo/l; f"
t)at h. tynt g63.um si3um ok dugandi monnum, Sks. 348 ; very tre
mod. usage with the particle enda ironically expressing dislike, pa
hvortveggja hann kann mikit, enda veit hann af Tpvi, 'tis true be
much, but he lets it be seen.
hvarz = hv4rts, = hv4rt es, = hv4rt er,pron. neut. from hv4rr,q. v.. t
used adverbially; hv4rz . , . e3r, either... or; hv4rtz hann hefir t,u
l)essa e3r eigi, Gr4g. i. 48 ; h. er til soknar e3a varnar, 56 ; hvarz {)(;: ■
HVE— HVERFA.
299
;i6menn, 57; hvi'irz hverfa til lofs e8r lijstunar, Greg. lo;
I fa gob ebt ill ; hviirz hanii er laerSr e3r lilxrSr, h. hann svimr
li, Horn. (St.) passim : adding a superfluous sem, hvartz sem
, kr at siitt e5r a varj)ingi, Grag. i. 121.
.. hvei, GJ)1. 495 A; the vowel was prob., as in all similar
s sounded long, qs. hv6 ; prop, an old instrumental case
L If. hwniva ; A. S. hion ; Engl, how ; Germ, wie ; Swed. huru ;
ks] : — how, interrog. ; ok freista hve J)a hlyddi, lb. 7 ; bera
! ir sekS bans var maelt, Griig. i. 83 ; hve for meS J)eim, Isl.
^.i a, hve t>iiig heitir, Grag. i. 100 (see heita A. II) ; hve J)u
rt thou named f hve margir, bow many ? Ld. 74 ; hve nijiik,
Nj. 24; hve mikill? Fms. vi. 286, |)i6r. 273, Hom. 35;
:i, hve fram var (mod. hvaS framor&i6 var), they knew not the
liy, K. |>. K. 90 ; spur&i, hve gamall ma8r hann vaeri, Ld. 74 ;
iiiiklum lilikindum hve {how violent) stormr var e6r snaefall,
hve nser, when? Stj. 339, Fb. ii. 394, Nj. 142, Hom. 9,
see hvenar below.
1. a kind of/iv&, Edda (Gl.)
m .,u.., qs. hve-gi ; hvigi, Grag. (Kb.) i. 144, 147, N. G. L. i. 71 ;
= hvegi, Skalda 169 (Thorodd), see p. 199 : — howsoever, always
allowing particle er (es) or sem ; hvegi or mal fara me6 J)eim,
330; hvegi er um hlaup bersk, Kb. i. I47 ; h. vandr sem vaeri,
,) 53, Am. 33 ; hvigi mikinn r6tt sem erfingi hennar a a henni,
i. 71 ; hvegi er margir viStakendr eru, Grag. (Kb.) i. 195 ; hvegi
:m eru, N. G. L. i. 79; hvegi er siSan gcirisk, 19; h. skyllig er
howsoever important it may be. Post. 686 C. i ; hvegi er fundr
viii. 118 (in a verse) ; h. livaent sem {)eim hyrf3i, xi. 76 ; hvegi
n, h. viSa sem, x. 392, 395; h. litla hri6 sem, H. E. i. 243;
at fraendsemi er, Grag. i. 227: a kind of gen., hvegis litt sem
af oskunni, J)a st66 Ijos af mikit. Bias. 37.
, dat. to whom, = Lat. cui : I. interrog. ; direct, hveim
ir baugum sanir ? Vtkv. 6 : indirect, sesir vitu hveim . . ., Ls. 8 ;
reiSr, Skm. 1,2; hann skal segja hveim a hendr var, Grag. i.
m ek hefi J)a jdr3 selda, N. G. L. i. 88. II. indef. to any,
; hveim holda, to any, every man, Skv. 3. 1 2 ; manni hveim, Skm.
manna hveim, 27; hveim snotrum manni, Hm. 94; hon hratt
h41si, Skv. 3. 42. 2. with er ; hveim er, /o wi&omsoever, Lat.
; nefni ek {)etta vaetti hveim er njota J)arf, Grag. i. 7 ; hveim
8an getr, Hm. 75 ; hveim er J)a;r kna hafa, Sdm. 19 ; hveim er
34 ; hveim er sina maelgi ne mana6, Ls. 47 ; hveim er ser
tr, Hm. 75 ; hveim er vi6 kaldrifjaQan kemr, VJ)m. 10. This
nains in the mod. hvim-leiSr or hvum-leiSr, qs. hveim-
Ij. loathsome to everybody, detested, hateful.
TI, n. [Ulf. hivaiteis = aiTOS, John xii. 24; A.S. hwcete ; Engl.
'i'A.bueti; O.H.G. hwaizi; Germ, waizen ; Swed. hvete; Dan.
wheat. Eg. 69, 79, 460, Stj. 255, 413. compds : hveiti-
a wheat field, Stj. 413, Fas. iii. 373, Fb. i. 540. hveiti-ax,
' of wheat, J>orf. Karl. 412. hveiti-brau3, n. wheaten bread,
hveiti-hleifr, m. a wheaten loaf, Bev. hveiti-korn, n.
of wheat, Stj. 99, Horn. 37, Pass. xvii. 27. hveiti-mjol, n.
(d, flour, K. ^. K. 74, Fms. xi. 157. hveiti-saJli, a, m. the
tr, Stj. 294, 309, 318. hveiti-sekkr, m. a wheat sack, Stj. 21 7.
ja, t, to tease, vex.
r, m. a bad trick, of an urchin.
, n., later form hjol, q. v. ; the vowel was prob. long, qs. hvel,
Engl. ; for in Jjd. 6 hvel and hal form a half rhyme ; a weak neut.
ccurs, Rb. 181 2. 92, MS. 415. 8 : [A. S. hweowol; Engl, wheel;
r6K\os] : — a wheel; a hverfanda hveli, ott a turning wheel, Hm.
t. 119 A, Fms. i. 104, Sks. 338 : of the moon. Aim. 15 ; a ^vi
snj^sk und reiS Rognis, Sdm. 15 ; morg hvel ok stor, Bret. 90 ;
;la solarinnar, Rb. 112 ; me6 fjorum hvelum, Sks. 421 ; hann hjo
inskipisinu,Kr6k.59; ^ar sem hon veiti hveli sinu,Al. 23; brjota
I break on the wheel, Hom. 147: an orb, geislanda hvel, a beaming
un, Sks. 94 ; fagra-hvel, fair wheel, poet, the sun. Aim. ; himins
ven's orb, the sun, Bragi ; hvela solarinnar, the sun's disk, MS.
hvel a tungli, Rb. 452 : a circle, vofit (woven) me& hvelum ok
, Str. 1 7. COMPDS : h.vel-g6rr, part, circular, Str. 80. livel-
awbeelwain, Akv. 28. hvel-vala, u, f., poet, apehble, |>d. 6.
JFA, S, causal from hvalfa : to arch, vault, with ace. ; allt
ilflii hann innan, Stj. 563 ; var J)ar upp af hvelft raefrit, Fms. v.
relfdr, vaulted, Stj. 12. II. proncd. hvolfa, to turn (a
essel) upside down, with dat. ; ef maSr hvelfir skipi undir manni,
130; hann kasta5i arunum ok hvelfQi nokkvanum undir ser, Fms.
hann hvelfir skipinu undir {)eim, Fb. ii. 220. 2. impers. to
hTelf5i J)ar skipinu undir J)eim, Fms. i. 293 ; halla&i J)vi nsest
vrk at inn fdll sjorinn ok ^vi nsest hvelf&i, ix. 320, v. 1. ; r^ru
ir 4 bo3a ok hvelf&i skipinu, Edda 47 ; J)4 laust hvi5u i seglit
M skipinu, Ld. 326 ; J)a rekr a hvassviSri mikit ok hveliir skip-
'F«. 150. 3. to pour out of a vessel; h. vatni lir fotu, to
Yer out of a bucket ; tveir voru at hvolfa elfum olva i iSra sk,
•C: cp. Engl./o whelm, overwhelm, which may be a kindred word. ,
hvelfing, f. a vault.
HVELJA, u, f. [hvalr, cp. Engl. wbear\, the skin of a cycloplerus or
whale, etc. : in pi. the metaph. siipa hveljur, lo sup on hveljur, i.e. to
lose the breath, to gasp as when about half drowned ; ekki ^urfti hann
Oddr staup, hann ymist siikk eSa hveljur saup, Stef. Ol.
hvellr, m. a shrill sound.
HVELLB, adj. [cp. Germ, bell, ballen], sbrilling, tbrilling, of sound
as from an explosion ; hvellr hamarr, Thorn. 325 ; hvcllr Iu6r, Karl. 359 ;
hvellast 6p ok skjal, Baer. 18; hveli rodd, Fas, i. 272; hvellar hurftir,
Al. 70; hvellr hneri, Orkn. 448 ; tala hvellt, Fms. i. 215 ; hdtt ok hvellt.
Thorn. 451, 478.
HVELPB, m., not hvalpr,but proncd. hvolpr; [A.S. bweolp; Engl.
whelp; Dan. hvalp']: — a whelp, Fms. xi. 10,12, Gkv. 3.41, passim:
metaph. an urchin, cp. hiinn, Fms. vi. 323, Nj. 142 : of a lion's, tiger's
whelp, Stj. 71, 80, 572, Al. 3, Fas. ii. 165 ; a wolfs, Al. 31 : a nick-
name, Orkn. : the phrase, bera hvelpa undir hondunum, to pull with the
elbows stuck out, of awkward rowing.
hvenar or hvenser, spelt hvenar in Dropl. 20, 21, and proncd. so at
the present day ; [hvenar seems to be the true form, as the word is prob.
derived not from hve and naer, but is like Engl, when-e'er, from Goth.
hwan^TTOTi; A.S. hwcetine ; Engl, when; Kel.huan; Germ. tt/a««] : —
when, Nj. 142, Ld. 204, Grag. i. 103, 350, passim.
hvepsa, a6, [hvaptr], to snap, snap at, bite.
hvepsinn, adj. snappish, of a dog : hvepsni, f.
hveregi, see hvegi.
hver-einn, pron. every one ; see hverr.
hverf, n. a scoop or basket for herring-fishing ; me& hverfum ok ro8-
hafum, G{)1. 427 ; en hverr er sild fiskir . . . greiSi hann hverf af lest
hverri, N. G. L. i. 140.
HVERFA, pret. hvarf, pi. hurfu ; subj. hyrfi ; part, horfinn ; in mod.
pronunciation inserting the v throughout, hvurfu, hvyrfi, hvorfinn ; akin
to horfa, q. v. : [\J\{. hwairban = irepinaTuy ; A.S. hiveorf an ; O.H.G.
bwerban; Germ, werhen'] : — to turn round; hverfanda hvel, Hm. 73 (see
hvel) ; nil matt J)u engi veg J)ess hverfa {thoti canst turn to no side) at
GuOs miskunn se ekki fyrir per, Hom. 156 ; h. i m69uratt, fo5urdtt, to
devolve upon, of right or duty, Grag. i. 177, 237 ; hafa horfit i Gu&dom,
625. 59 ; hverfa af lifi, to depart from life, die, Stor. 10: with ace. of
place, himin hverfa pau skulu hverjan dag, they shall pass round the heaven
every day, of the sun and moon, Vpm. 23. 2. with prep. ; h. aptr,
to turn back, return, Fms. vii. 298, x. 231, Stj. 606, Hom. 98; to recoil,
aptr hverfr lygi pa er sonnu maetir, a lie recoils before the truth, Bs. i. 639 ;
h. aptr til sin, to recover one's senses. Mar. ; hurfu at pvi ra6i allir {jraendir,
all the Tb. turned that way, took that part, Fms. i. 18, vii. 206 ; pa hurfu
menn pegar at honum, thronged arotind him, xi. 193 : h. af, to leave off;
pa hvarf af Palnatoka pyngd 611, i. e. P. recovered, Fms. xi. 69 ; pegar er
pii vilt af h. at unna Olafi, Hkr. ii. 322 : h. fra e-u, to turn from, cut short,
leave off; par var fyrr fra horfit Konunga-tali, Fms. i. 139 ; mi verftr pess
at geta er ver hurfum fra, Rd. 171 (of episodes in a story) ; taka par til
er hinn hvarf fra, Grag. i. 139 ; a6r fra hyrfi, a8r sundr hyrfi, before they
parted. Am. 34, 35 : h. eptir, to follow ; fraendr hans ok vinir peir er eptir
honum hurfu, Fms. iv. 287 ; eptir honum hurfu margir menn, Ver. 47 :
h. me5 e-m, to turn with one, follow, Grag. i. 8, 9 ; pa hurfu saman fjorir
tigir, gathered together, 655 xvi. B. 4 : h. til e-s, to turn towards a place,
Hym. 17, Gh. 7 ; to turn to one and take leave, Fms. vii. 224, Am. 44 : h.
undan, to be withdrawn, lost; hvarf riki i Noregi undan Dana-konungum,
Fms. xi. 183 ; pat riki er undan var horfit, 42 : h. um, to encircle, surround,
(um-hverfis = all arotind) ; innan garSs pess er hverfr um akr e8a eng, Gpl.
136 ; paer hverfa um hodd go8a, Gm. 27. II. metaph. to turn out of
sight, disappear, be lost, stolen, or the like ; maSrinn hvarf par, there the
man was lost from sight, Nj. 95, 275 ; stjornur hverfa af himni, Vsp. 57-
to disappear, skip hvarf, Landn. 305 ; ef skip hverfr, Grag. i. 2 15 ; hverfi
feit or hirzlu hans, 401 ; motrinn var horfiim (stolen), Ld. 206 ; Steinolfi
hurfu (St. lost) svin prjii, Landn. 126 ; Ingimundi hurfu svin tiu, 177 ; see
hvarf. III. part, horfinn : 1. surrounded ; bjorn horfinn i
hi8i, much the same as hi6bj6rn (see hi5), Gpl. 444; horfinn foldar
beinum, "^t. 19 ; baerinn var h. monnum, surrounded by men, Sturl. ii.
144, Orkn. 112. p. vera vel vinum horfinn, to be well backed by
friends, Nj. 268 ; vel um horfit (in good condition), par si6b naust ok
var vel um horfit, Hav. 48 ; whence the mod. phrase, vel um-horfs, in a
good state. 2. abandoned, forsaken; heillum horfinn, forsaken by
hick (horfin-heilla), Fs. 48 ; hera6i horfinn, bereft of a dwelling in the dis-
trict, Sturl. iii. 255 ; sok horfinn, having lost the suit, Nj. 234 ; mun hann
eigi horfinn heimsoknum viS mik, be has not left off attacking me, Sturl.
iii. 228; eigi ertii enn horfinn i fyrirsatunum vi8 mik, |>6r5. 41 new
Ed. ; pogn horfinn, bereft of silence, i. e. noisy, Gs. 3.
hverfa, 6, causal of the last verb : I. to make lo turn, turn, with
ace; h. e-m hugi (ace. pi.), to turn a person's mind, Hm. 162 ; sneru
peir krossinum, ok hverfSu (turned) hendr hans niSr, ok hofud til jar&ar,
656 C. 37 ; hann sneri sverSinu i hendi ser ok hverfSi fram eggina. Fas.
ii. 139; hann ofrar vapni sinu at manni, ok hverfir hann fram hamar,
N. G. L. i. 67 ; h. at s6r hinn mjdrara hlut, "^t. 13 ; v^r hverfum oss i
300
HVERFI— HVERR.
austr (we turn our faces towards the east) J)A er v^r biSjum fyrir oss, Horn
156, 158. II. to enclose ; h. gar&i um e-t, to enclose with a fence,
GJ)1. 407 (gar8-hverfa) ; himinn J)ann er hverfdr er litan um lopt 611, Fms.
V. 340; hverfSr vi3 e-t, stirred so as to be blended with, Sdm. 18.
hverfl, n. a cluster of farms, such as almost to form a village, freq. in
Icel. local names, Fiskilaekjar-hverfi, Skoga-h., Rangar-h., Ingolfshofda-h.,
Flj6ts-h., Landn. : metaph., vizku-h., /i&e abode of wisdom — the breast,
Fbr. (in a. verse) ; tanna-h., the ' tooth-abode,' i. e. the mouth, Kristni S.
(in a verse) : a shelter, verba, e-m at hverfi, Sturl. i. (in a verse).
hverfl-legr, adj. ugly, Nj. 147, v.l. ; whence mod. herfilegr (-liga),
q. v., wretched, miserable.
hverflng, f. turning, in sj6n-h., eye-deceit, glamour.
hverfingi, a, m. a froward person. Post. 201.
hverfl-steinn, m. a grindstone, Vm. 177.
hverf-lyndi, n. ' turn-mind' fickleness, Str. 61, Rom. 305.
hverf-lyndr, adj. shifty, fickle-minded, Rd. 295, Str. 26.
hverfr.adj.s^/^y; hverfhaustgrima, Hm.73; hvtrir\mg:,a shifty mind,
S61. 31 : crank, of a ship, freq. in mod. usage : also in the phrase, sty'ra
hverft, to steer wrong. Fas. ii. 178. 2. metaph., ra3a hverft, to give
false counsel, Karl. 1 1 1 ; fara hverft, to start, stagger, as if frightened,
Nj. 197, Sd. 154 ; whence the mod. verSa hverft, to be startled, be fright-
ened: of clothes, r(5tt-hverfr, turning right; ut-hverfr, turning outside;
as also ut-hverfa, r^tt-hverfa, u, f.
hverf-rdSr, a.d}. fickle, wavering, Fms. viii. 447, v.l.
hverfull, adj. shifty, changeable, of things, Barl. 32, 97 ; li-hverfuU,
not shifty, abiding firm, hverfull-leiki, a, m. shiftiness, freq.
livergi, pron., see hverrgi.
hvergi, adv. [see -gi, p. 199], nowhere; hann undi h., Landn. 174, Vsp.
3 ; a5r var h., before there was none anywhere, lb. 16 ; sa J)eir h. konung,
Fms. ii. 332; hvergi a baejum, Sturl. iii. 55; h. annarsstaSar, nowhere
else, passim : with gen., hvergi lands, Heir. 9 ; hvergi jar3ar ne upphimins,
{>kv. 2; moldarh.. Fas. 1.521 (in averse), Merl. I. 59. II. metaph.
in no manner, by no means, not at all; uggum hvergi, he not afraid!
Kormak; vardar honum slikt sem hvergi s? 169, Grag. i. 438; ef {)u
breg&r h. af, Nj. 31 ; at J)eir skyldu h. at gora, 189 ; hvergi a fe at taka
fra kirkju, K. |). K. 20 new Ed. : fara hvergi, to ^fare nowhere,' to stay
at home, 9 new Ed., Fms. i. 10; ek vil hvergi fara, / shall not go
at all, Isl. ii. 32; vil ek at hvergi se eptir riSit, no pursuit, 358;
vera hvergi fserr, to be quite unable to go. Eg. 107, Hkr. i. 269, O. H.
128. 2. with compar. ; J)at J)ykki mer hvergi livsenna, Fms. xi. 94 ;
h. liframar, noways inferior, 48 ; h. betr, no better, Bs. i. 633 ; hvergi
naer (mod. hvergi n^rri), nowhere near, far from it. Eg. iii. 3.
alls hvergi, not at all, Grag. i. 141 ; hvar nema alls hvergi, where but
nowhere, Isl. ii. 236.
hverigr, adj., see hverrgi.
HVEEN" or hv6rn, f. [proncd. kv6rn or kvern, but distinction is
to be made between kvern, mola, and hvern, cerebrum ; for in the latter
word h is the true initial, as is shewn by comparison with Ulf. hwairnei
= Kpa>'ioi', Mark XV. 22 ; Scot. ^ar«s; Gtrn\.hirn; Swed. hjerna; Dan.
hjerne, which stand in the same relation to hvern as hjol to hvel] : — the
two boat-formed white bones embedded in a fish's brains. These bones, as
well as shells, are in Icel. collected and used by children in the game of
guessing, as nuts etc. are in England ; hann lauk ^a. upp h6fu9skeljum
mannanna, og tok hnefa-fylli lir hverju hofSi og hugSi vandliga a6 ;
eintomar hvarnir, og ekki nema tvaer i {)orsk-kindinni, Fjolnir (1845)
52. livarnar-skeljar, f. pi. = hvarnir.
hverna, u, f. [hverr, m.], a pan, basin, Nikd. 28.
h.vemig, qs. hvernveg, [see hverr], interrog. direct and indirect; the
forms vary, hvemeg or h.vernig, Eg. 19 A, 106, 123, 292, 394, Hkr.
i. 170, 287, Korm. 130, 148, Gliim. 327, Band. 18 new Ed., passim:
hvernog or hvernug, Orkn. 83 (v.l.), Hkr. i. 120, 347, Al. 63, 65,
and passim in old MSS. : the mod. form is hvernin, proncd. hvurninn
or kvurninn, qs. hvernveginn, from vegr with the article, which form
is also now and then found in old MSS., Fs. 105 (MS. Arna-Magn. 132),
Bs. Hungrv. passim, as also later MSS. : — how^ in what way ? the refer-
ences passim.
HVERB, m., pi. hverar: I. a cauldron, boiler; hver kringl-
ottan af eiri, Stj. 564 ; heyrdi til hoddu er f>6rr bar hverinn, Skalda
168, Hym. I, 3, 5, 9, 13, 27, 33, 34, 36, 39 (of a boiler); hefja af
hvera, Gm. 42, = mod. taka ofan pottinn ; in Gkv. 3, 6, 9, 10, ketill
and hver are synonymous : hver-gsetir, m. a cauldron-keeper, cook.
Am. 58 : hvera-lundr, m. a cauldron groove,Vsp. 39 : Hver-gelmir,
m. local name of the northern Tartarus, the abyss, Edda. II. metaph.
in volcanic Icel. this word was taken to express the hot springs, and it
is so used to the present day (in pi. often hverir), Sd. 191, Grett. 141
(hverar), Bs. i. 322, Ann. 1294, and freq. in local names. In the west
the largest hverar are those in Reykjaholar, Eggert Itin. 382; in the
north the Reykja-hver ; Hvera-veUir in the wilderness Kjol, 637 ;
Reykjadals-hverar, among which the largest is the Uxa-hver, and BaS-
stofu-hver, 640, 641. In the east there are only a few, see Itin. 798;
*
hood of Haukadal (Geysir, Strokkr), see Ann. 1294; Grafar-hver, ^
Reykjaness-hverar, 895, (whence Hver-holmr, the name of a L.
the springs in Krisuvik, 897 ; the hverar in Reykja-holt and Reykia-c;
they are found even in glaciers, as in Torfa-jiJkull, 766. com-
h.vera-fuglar, m. pi. fabulous birds, Eggert Itin. 890. hvera-hel
u, f. = hverahrii&r, Itin. 142. hvera-hru3r, m. the tophtis oxtuUt
deposited by hot springs, Itin. 145. hvera-leir, m. a kind of /;
Itin. 127. hvera-sly, n. the soft pulp deposited by hot springs, 1
109. livera-steinar, m. pi. a kind of tuf-sione, Itin. 660. hve:
vatn, n. water from a hver. For old dried up hverar see Itin. 29; ;
also the remarks s. v. Geysir and Ann. 1294. From hvera-lundi
Vsp. an Icel. origin of this poem is suggested by Prof. Bergmann 'u
Poemes Islandaises, Paris 1838, p. 183, as the verse seems to reft-
volcanic agencies.
HVERR, pron. interrog. and indef. ; at the present day proncd.hr
with u throughout, and in mod. printed books usually spelt hv6r, a
no doubt derived from the dual hvarr (hvorr), used in a plur. seiisf ;
its declension, see Gramm. p. xxi ; an ace. hverjan, Hym. 39; hver
morgin, Vsp. 22, Fb. ii. 71 (in a verse) ; hverjan dag, VJ)m. 11,18, 2^
Gm. 8, 14, 20, 29 ; hverjan veg, VJ)m. 18 ; whence the contracted :
hvern. [The Gothic has a threefold interrog. pron., a sing. hwat. \
hwa; a. dual, hwapar ; a.nd a. plm. hwarjis, hwarja, hwarjata. T
first of these pronouns answers the old Icel. form hvar, A.S.bwa. ^
wha, Engl.wi^o, Swed. Ao, T)a.n. hvo, cp.Lat.gz«'s; but this pronoun is
tive, and remains only in the neut. hvat, q. v., Ulf. hwa, A. S. bwat. \.
what. Germ, was, Dan.-Swed. hvad, Lat. quid : the dat. masc. hveir
obsolete, Goth, hvamme, Engl, whom, Dan. hvern : the dat. hvi
hvat II, III) : a nom. masc. hvar (hva-r) seems to be used 2
times in old MSS. (e. g. Kb. of the Gragas), but it is uncertain, as
word is usually abbreviated hr or h"r : a gen. sing, lives (Goth, h
North. E. whese) occurs, hves lengra, how much farther^ Horn. (St.:
til hves, to whatl 65 : possibly the ott. \iy. h(5s, Ls. 33, is a remna::
the old gen. To the Goth, dual answers the Icel. hvirr (hvaSan), i
To the Goth. plur. answers the Icel. hverr, with characteristic 7, wl
is used in sing, and plur. alike. In the neut. sing, the two forms, ':
and hvert, are distinguished thus, that hvat (hva6) is interrog.. i.
indef., e. g. hva3 barn, what bairn ? but hvert barn, every bairn.]
A. Interrogative, = Lat. quis, quae, qtdd? who, what, ivhicbl as ■
stantive and adjective, direct and indirect; hvers fregnit mik?Vsp.
hverjar ro J)aer meyjar ? VJ)m. 48 ; hverir sesir ? 30, Fsm. 8, 34; hver
sa enn eini? Fas. ii. 529; hverir hafa teki5 ofan skjoldu vara?Nj.
hverju skal launa kvseSit? Isl. ii. 230; hverr er sa ma6r? Fms. ii. 2
telja til hvers hann haf&i neytt e6r hvers lineytt, Grag. i. 155; sp
hverja J)eir vilja kveSja, ii. 24; kve6a a J)ingmork hver eru, i. i
(segja) hverjar guSsifjar me6 J)eim eru, 30 ; hugsa til hvers {)u munt
ver&a, Fms. i. 83 ; vita hverr J)u ert, ii. 269 ; vita hvert bi3ja skal, Ec
J)eir ^ottusk sja til hvers aetlad var, Fms. ix. 461 ; eigi veit ek til '
ek ma setla, Bs. i. 541 ; hon segir honum hvers efni i eru, bcnv ma.
stood, 539 ; J)eir vissu hverju hann aetla6i fram at fara, Fms. i. :
hann segir hverrar aettar Olafr var, 81 ; s6g3u me6 hverju (erendi)
h6f6u farit. Eg. 281. 2. with the notion of Lat. qualis; en !
kemr {)6r i hug, hverr {qualis) ek muna vera J)eim frum, ef ? . . ., Fa 1
529 ; J)eim J)6tti usy'nt hverr fri8r gefinn vaeri, Fms. v. 24 ; sa einn '
hverju ge&i sty'rir gumna hverr, Hm. 17.
B. Indefinite pronoun, = Lat. quisque, every one, each, used bo:
substantive and as adjective : 1. as subst. ; with gen., J)at saeti aetla^
hverr sona hans, Fms. i. 7 ; manna, seggja, ly5a, gumna hverr, every '
the men, every man, Hm. 14, 17, 53-55, Sol. 49 ; froSra hverr, every
man, Hm.7; ra&snotra hverr, 63 : absol., as in the sayings, hverr ersji
sernsestr; baerr er hverr at ra3a sinu; djarfrer hverr umdeildanverS; iri
hverr fregnviss ; hverr er sinnar hamingju smi3r ; dau6r ver6r hverr, Haii;
hair er heima hverr, Hm. ; kve8r hverr sinnar ^urftar : let hann {)ar
um hvern J)at er vildi, Eb. and passim : with a possess, pron., ef str
hverr varr, each of us, Gliim. 329. 2. as adj., a hverju {)ingi, Hk
300 ; hverjan dag, every day, Vsp., V{)m., Gm. ; i hverri ti6, at any '
Hom. 112; hver undr, Fs. 115 ; hverjum manni, Nj. 6; meiriok.^f:
hverjum manni, Hkr. i. 148 ; hver spurning litr til svara, Sks. 30" ; =
gumi, Hm. 13, passim. 3. as adv., i hverju, evermore; ve3rit
hverju, Fms. vi. 379 ; J)ykir har8na sambiiSin i hverju, grew ever i:
and worse, xi. 441 ; ve&rit ox i hverri. Skald. H. 4. 14. H-
fyrir utan hverja hjalp, Hom. 159 : esp. if following after a compi'
meiri fognu&r boftinn a J)essi ti3 en a hverri annarri, Hom. (St.); ■
J)etta me& meirum fadxmum gengit heldr en hvert annarra. Band
new Ed. III. adding the relat. particle er or sem, whosoever, v.
soever, whatsoever ; hvers sem vi6 J)arf, Fms. i. 306 ; t)a A ^a sok n
er vill, Grag. i. 10 ; hverr er sva er spakr, Hom. 2 ; hverju sinn
whensoever, Str. 27 and passim. IV. with another pron. or;
hverr at 66rum, one after another. Eg. 91, Fs. 158 ; hvert at o8ru.
ii. 556 ; hvert sumar fra o8ru, Grag. i. 92 ; hverja nott eptir a3ra, j
53, 150 ; at 66ru hverju, now and then, adverbially ; hverir tveir, «
whereas the south is very rich in such springs, especially the neighbour-, j/ifo and two, by twos, Fms. iv. 299; ^jriftja hvert ar, every three yi
HVERRGI— HVIKFILL.
301
li hvcrjiini prenir (irum, id., Stj. 573 ; dag iiiii sjaunda hverii,
iiiSja hvert sum:ir, Laiidn. 299; aniian hverii dag, niundu
Skill. 21, Nj. 190. 2. hverr . . . siiin, every . . . his ;
i sinu ruini, Nj. 51 ; hverr sur, each separately; ser hverr,
iiular, every one; at serhverju hofi, at every single temple,
(App.) ; J)6 at ck greina cigi ser hvat, though I do not tell
7 detail, Bs. i. 64; serhverja atburfti, 134; serhverjuni hint,
■ ; serhverjum J)eirra, Nj. 256, Landn. 35, Sturl. ii. 175 ; scr-
Fas. iii. 345 ; S(5rhvern maun, Fms. i. 149 ; allir ok serhverir,
ral, i.e. every one, Grug. ii. 36, 140, Eluc. 43, H.E. i. 468 ;
iivcrr, one and all, every one, Sktilda 161 ; hverr seni einn,
. all like one man, 165, 'Al. 91, 93, Barl. 40, Stj. 4; hvereinn,
itive, = Lat. qui, quae, quod, Engl, who, which, only in later
: c end of the 13th and the 14th centuries, and since freq. in
., Hymns; at first it was seldom used but with the particles
Engl, who that . . ., which that . . . ; J)at herbergi, i hverju
rich that . . ., Stj. ; takandi viitta, hverir at soru fuUan boka-
i. 2; me6 fullkomnum avexti, hverr at J)ekkr mun ver8a,
;ind passim : singly, tvser jar8ir, hverjar sva heita, Dipl. v. 27;
aver frjofgask munu, Fms. v. 159; Gerhardus, hverr med
pislar-sigri for brott, Mar. ; me3 hverjuni hann hugar-pry&i vann,
67.
BBGI or livergi, indef. pron. each, every, Lat. umisquisque.
Forms : I. declined like hvarrgi, viz. nom. hverrgi, passim ;
erkis, N. G. L. i. 126 ; dat. masc. hverjumgi, Grag. (Kb.) 14;
irrigi, 655 iii. 4 ; ace. masc. hverngi, Griig. passim ; neut. hvertki
ci, passim ; see more references s. v. -gi, p. 199 A. II. de-
s an adjective, liverigr ; ace. sing. fern, hverega, Thorodd ; dat.
1. hveregri, N. G. L. i : nom. plur. hverigir, Grag. i. 392 ; hverigar,
rigra (gen. pi.), ii. 20 : hveriga (ace. pi.), Nj. loi ; hverigar (ace.
I, 623. 48, O. H. 74. 2. mixed forms, ace. hverngan, Grag.
•vemegan, Hkr. ii. 79 ; hveregi handsol (ace. pL), Grag. i. 140.
Usage : I. alone, mostly as subst. ; hvat hverigum hentir,
147 ; hvat hverrgi hefir, Skalda 160 ; hverr hverrgi er, Fms. viii.
'err hverrgi se, xi. 152 ; hvat sem h. seg5i, ix. 256 ; hvat hverrgi
. 67 ; hverju heilli hverrgi kemr, Fas. iii. 41 ; Njall vissi |)a gorla
errgi hafSi verit, Nj. 104 ; hann sagQi fyrir heima-mcinnum sinum
argi skyldi starfa meSan hann vseri i brottu, 196 ; hvat hverrgi
^r af s($r tekit, Skalda 159 ; vant er Jiat at sja hvar hverrgi berr
tt, Orkn. 474 ; skipar jarl til hvar hveregir skyldu at leggja, 360 ;
angi b£E til hverrar kirkju, K. J). K. 1. c. ; hvar hverrgi J)eirra mundi
verfta, Al. 14, Fms. x. 323 ; ok eigi vitu hvar hverkis skulu leita,
i.126. 2. as adj., hverngi dag, every c?fly,Rb.i8i2. 57; hvar
■OS h6f6u sta6it. Fas. ii. 558. II. adding er, whosoever, Lat.
le, subst. and adj. ; hverrgi er J)a beiSir, Greg. 53 ; hvertki J)ess er
kg. i. 48, 2 7 7 ; hverngi veg {howsoever, Lat. quocunque modo) er J)eir
setid, 69, 174, ii. 13 ; hverrgi er fyrr let gora, Kb. 14 ; hvernegan
I hann vill svara, Hkr. ii. 79 ; hverngi (staf ) er ek rit, Skalda
Id) 165 ; nu hverngan veg sem aSrir vilja, Hkr. iii. 370 ; hverega
r madr skal rita annarrar tungu stofum, {ja ver5r sumra stafa
c41da (Thorodd) 160; a hverega lund er, K. {j. K. (Kb.) 23;
helgi sem hann vill a leggja t)ingit, Eb. 24 ; \k skalt J)u aldri vera
i6r, vi3 hverega sem ek a um, Nj. loi ; hveregir aurar, sem . . .,
392 ; hverngi annarra sem hana berr, Rb. 46 ; hverigar lihsefur
a tekr til, Fms. iv. 259 ; me& hveregi skepnu sem er, N. G. L. i.
dagliga, adv. every day, Fms. ix. 267, 384, Skalda 199, Eb.
, GuUp. 20, Jb. 33, Eg. 598, Ld. 22, of week days.
-dagligr, adj. daily, every day, G^\. 42, Greg. 42, 625. 178;
r, Bs. i. 164 ; h. biiningr, a dress to be used on week days, K. p. K.
46; h. inaSr, Nj. 258.
dags-, mod. pronunciation hvundags, every day : in compds,
ags-biimngr, m. (-fot, n. pi.), one's every-day dress, work-a-
bes, K. p. K. 140 : liversdags-h6kvill, m., -klseSi, n., Vm. 52,
323: -leika,n., Sturl. iii. 127 ; -ma3r, m., Nj. : in mod. usage,
, -buningr, -f6t, etc., Vm. 38 ; opp. to spari-fot.
konar, adv. of every kind, Hom. 87, 91, passim.
^e|-kyndis = hverskyns, Thom. 113.
e-kyns = hverskonar, Fms. x. 379, passim.
>iv., proncd. hvursu, (hversug, N. G. L. i. 27, 91, qs. hvers-
ivay, = hve): — how, Nj. 2, 68, Al. 10, Fms. x. 404, Isl. ii.
L. i. 91, Hom. 103, passim ; for hversu is the common word,
is obsolete,
i, adv. howsoever , = hvegi, q. v. ; with the particle sem or er,
; ; h. mikit fe er ^e\r gefa meS s^r, Grag. i. 223 ; h. margar
eru, Alg. 360.
■)ucd. hvurt, neut. sing, of hverr, used as adv. whither. Germ.
'og. ; Gunnarr sag6i J)eim hvert hann setla&i, Nj. 76; Jarl
": hann faeri {jaSan, 132 ; gera ra6 hvert hann sneri J)a6an, Fms.
II. hvert er, whithersoever ; hvert er hann ferr, Nj. 129;
u reka skipit hvert er vildi, Fms. i. 293 ; hvert er hann ferr fuUum
daglei8um, ^^ er . . ., Grug. i. 93; gefi gaom at, hvert er hann er (»«
what direction) fra merki ^vi er hann skai fylgja, 6. H. 204.
hvertki, adv. whithersoever ; h. sem hann for, Greg. 53, |>jal. 351.
hver-vetna, see hvarvetna, everywhere, passim.
HVESSA, t, [hvass], to sharpen; hvessa ok hvetja, Fms, vii. 37; hvessa
syn, Pr. 474 ; h. augu, to look with a piercing glance, Hkv. i. 6, Edda
36, Eg. 44, 457, Fms. ii. 174, vii. 172: to make keen for a thing, en-
courage, Al. 33, Fms. vii. 37, Bs. i. 750: of weather, to blow keenly,
blow up a gale, impers., veftr (ace.) tok at hvessa mjok, Ld. 326 ; hvesti
ve8rit, Fms. ix. 21 ; ^a, hvessti sva, at . . ., 387, freq.; |>a6 er farit a&
hvessa, ^aS fer a& hvessa, it 'fares to blow tharp.'
hvessir, m. a whetter, sharpener. Lex. Poiit.
HVETJA, hvatti, hvatt, pres. hvet, part, hvattr, Gh. 6; a middle
form hvcittomc, Hftm. 29 ; \_k.S. hwettgan; Engl, whet; Germ, welzen ;
cp. hvass] : — to whet, sharpen a cutting instrument ; h. sver8, Kormak ;
h. spjot, Fb. i. 189 ; SkarpheSinn hvatti iixi, Nj. 66, Fs. 72, Landn. 293 ;
h. gadd, Stj. 77. II. metaph. to make one keen, encourage ; J)ats
mik hvatti hugr, Ls. 64 ; si&an hvatti hann 113 sitt, Fms. ix. 509, H8m. 2 ;
hvat hvatti Jiik hingat, what urged thee to come here ? Nj. 6 ; h. ok hvessa,
Fms. vii. 37; hugr mik hvatti, Fm.6; heilog ritning hvetr oss opt at
fara, Hom. 9, Fs. 6, passim : part, hvetjandi, an inciter, instigator. Mar.
656 A. i. 12 : pass, hvatinn, cut; hvatinn spjoti, pierced with a spear.
Fas. ii. (in a verse), a air.\ey. ; cp. hvatt (q. v.), of the sheep mark, which
seems to point to an affinity between Engl, to cut and Icel. hvetja.
hvet-vetna, adv. = hvatvetna, q. v.
HVIBA, u, f. [A. S. hwi'^d], a squall of wind, Ld. 326, freq. : medic.
afit; hosta-h., a Jit of coughing.
hviSuflr, m. the 'squatter,' poet, the wind, Aim. 21.
h.vik.,n.,nwd.hi'k, a quaking, wavering. compds: hvik-eygr, adj.
with wandering eyes, Bs. i. 671 (in a verse, v. 1.) hvik-lyndi, n.
fickleness. hvik-lyndr, adj. fickle. hvik-mdl, n. pi. slander,
Bjarn. 57 (in a verse), emend. MS. hvitmal, qs. hvicmal. hvik-saga,
u, f. an idle tale, nonsense, Al. 4, Slurl. iii. 125. hvik-tunga, u, f. a
slander-tongue, tale-bearer, N. G. L. 11. 437.
HVIKA, a&, mod. hika (a strong pret. hvak occurs In Fms. x,
(Agrip) 383): — to quail, shrink, waver; ok hvika6i (Ed. hinkaSi
wrongly) hestrlnn undir honum, Fs. 159: of ranks in battle, Karl. 364;
hvika undan, to quail; konungrinn hvak undan litt J)at, shrank from the
blow, Fms. x. 383 ; hefir J)ii jafnan undan hvikat, Korm. 202 ; l)at er
mi ra& at h. eigi undan, Vigl. 72 new Ed.; hvikit er allir, Nj. 78, Bs,
ii. 229 ; Sigmundr kva8 mi ekki gora at h. um J)etta, Fb. i. 148 : impers.,
hvi hvikar J)er sva, why quakest thou thus? Nj. 143.
hvikan, f. a quaking, Lv. 54 : wavering, Bs. i. 654 (in a verse).
hvikari, a, m. a coward, Karl. 363.
livikr, adj. quaking, epithet of a stag; hviks i hjartar liki, Pd. 7.
livikuIL, adj. shifty, changeable ; u-hvikull,^rwz.
HVILFT, f. [Ulf. hwilftri = aop6s, a coffin, Luke vii. 14] : — a grassy
holloiv, a combe or corrie, Edda 11. 482 ; 566, 1. c, spells hvilmt ; freq.
in mod. usage. II. a local name in western Icel.
HVIMA, a8, [cp. Engl, whim], to wander with the eyes, of a fugitive
look, as of one frightened or silly ; hvima og skima i allar attlr.
Iiviin-lei3r, adj. loathed, detested, Bjarn. 71 (in a verse) ; see hvL
hvimpinn, adj. shaking the head from fright, of a horse.
hvimsa, adj. [cp. hvima], blank, discomfited, Grag. ii. 55, Fas. iii. 290 :
freq. in mod. usage, and proncd. hvumsa.
livinand-or3i, a, m. ' whining-speaker,' a nickname, Fms. vii.
livinnir, m., poet, a stealer, 1. e. the wolf, Edda (Gl.)
HVINNB or hvinn, m. a pilferer, Fbr. (in a verse) ; distinguished
from a thief; ef ma6r stell ortug e8a ortug meira, J)a er sa Jijofr ; . . . enn ef
ma6r stell minna en ortog, J)a er sa torfs-maSr ok tjoru ; . . . en ef minnr steir
en pveitl, {)a skal sa heita hvinn um allan aldr sidan ok eigi engan r^tt
k s6r, N. G. L. 1. 253, Edda ii. 495 ; ef ma8r stel einhverju J)essu (viz. a
plough, harrow, etc.), J)a heitl ae hvinn at lisekju, GJ)1. 359 ; ef ma&r
stelr hundl manns, e6a ketti, knifi e&a belti ok ollu J)vi er minna er vert
en eyris, {)a er hvinnska, N. G. L. 11. 1 72 ; hvinna-aett, Sighvat. Hvinn-
gestr, m. a pr. name, Fms. vi. (in a verse).
hvinnska, u, f. petty theft, larceny, GJil. 197, cp. Jb. 1. c, N. G. L.
HVINR, m. (hvimr in Eb. 182, but wrongly, as hvina is the root word),
a cracking, whizzing, whistling, as of a whip or missile ; hann heyrir
hvininn af hogglnu, Fms. vii. 230; hvin orvarinnar, ii. 272; Arnkell
heyrSi hvininn (of a stroke), Eb. 182 ; hann heyrir hvininn af for {>orgeirs,
Fbr. 40.
Hvin-verskr, adj. /rom the county Hvin in Norway, Fms, Hvin-
verjar, m. pi. the men from Hvin : Hvlnverja-dalr, a local name,
Landn.
hvirfil-bylr, m. a squall of whirlwind.
HVIRPILL, m., dat. hvirfli ; \Eng\. whirl, whorl ; Germ, wirbel;
Dan. hvirvel] : — prop, a circle, ring, = hvlrfingr ; {jeir raku saman i einn
hvlrfil heiSingja, Karl. 360: but esp., II. the crown of the head,
where the hair turns all ways as from a centre, Lat. vertex. Germ, wir-
bel, (cp. Icel, sveipr) ; fra iljum til hvirfils, Sks, 159 ; milli haels ok hvirfils.
302
HVIRFILVINDR— HVITR.
Stj. 617 ; fra hvirfli til ilja, Job ii. 7 ; lystr ofaii i mi8jan hvirfil, Edda
30; dreyrSi 6r hvirfliiium, Fnis. ii. 272, Fb. iii. 406, Isl. ii. 343, Bs. i.
190 ; fyll skoinn af bl66i ok set i hvirfil nier, 229. 2. a top, summit,
Sks. 728 ; hvirflar heimsins, the poles, Pr. 476 ; h. fjallsins, Stj. 306, Mar.
hvirfil-vindr, m. a whirlwind, Fms. x. 201, Ld. 156, Bs. i. 724, ii. 5,
Stj. 114, Bad. 162.
hvirflng, f. or hvirfingr, m. a circle of men ; setjask i hvirfing, to
sit in a circle, Fms. vi. 279 ; J)eir s6mnu6u t)eim saman i eina hvirfing,
Karl. 249 ; Helgi spur6i hvart J)eir sseti i hvirfingi e6r hverr lit fra oSrum,
Ld. 272; {jeir setjask ni&r i einn staS i hvirfing, Band. 33 new Ed. ;
siSan voru go5 hennar sett i hvirfing uti, Fms. v. 319. II. a
drinking match, at which the cup was passed round, cp. the Engl, loving
cup; it is opp. to tvimenningr, when two persons pledged one another
in the same cup; drekka hvirfing, 6. H, 61. compds : hvirfings-
br63ir, m. a club-mate, club-brother, Fms. vi. 440. hvirfings-
drykkja, u, f. a drinking bout, a kind of club in Norway in olden times
as opposed to the later gildi, q. v. ; hann kva9 J)a engar veizlur hafa haft
J)at haust nema gildi sin ok hvirfings-drykkjur, Hkr. ii. 165 ; Olafr
konungr (who died A. D. 1193) let setja Mikla-gildi i Ni&arosi, en a8r
voru |)ar hvirfingsdrykkjur, Fms. vi. 440. hvirfings-klxikka, u, f.
a bell in such a club, Fms. vi. 440.
livirfla, a9, to whirl ; h. heyit, Fb. iii. 522, in mod. usage with dat.
hviss, interj. whew! to imitate the sound of whistling, Bs. i. 420.
hvissa, a3, [Engl, hiss'], to run with a hissing sound, e. g. of a stream ;
JjaS hvissar i honum.
HVI, prop, a dat. of an old and partly obsolete pron. hvat, [see hvat
and hverr] : — Lat. cui,for what : I. interrog., J)a var se6 yfir hvi
stafrinn haf9i buit, 655 iii. 2 ; kviSr berr hvi hann orkar, of what it is
capable, Grag. i. 252 ; at hvi neyt se, what it is good for, ii. 260; J)a
spurSi Hallr hvi J)at saetti, H. asked what was the matter, Fms. ii. 193 ;
hvi ssetir hark J)etta ok hlaup ? d. H. 109 ; fyrir hvi, wherefore ? (in vulgar
Engl, still, for why ?), fyrir hvi bi3r \in eigi laekningar ? 2 2 2 ; spur6i hann
fyrir hvi J)eir vaeri j)ar? Eg. 375, Eluc. 4: with compar., hvi verri, how
much the worse, qtianto pejor; skulu biiar telja hvi hann var J)a verri
at hafa er hann var sjiikr en J)a er hann tok vistina, Grag. i. 155,
475. II. indef. any ; Gu5 mun viS hvi ( = hverju) fa&erni ganga,
er hann jatar oss i skirninni, 655 i. 2.
B. Adverb interrog., prop, ellipt. [cp. Goth, du hwe = StaTi; A.S.
hwi; Engl, why; Germ, wie] : — why f (see fyrir hvi above) ; hvi freistid
min? Vsp. 22 ; hvi J)u einn sitr ? Skm. 3 ; hvi sitiS ? Gk. 2 ; hvi J)a, why
then f Vt)m. 9, Ls. 47 is dubious ; hvi J)ykkir dottur minni sva illt vestr
J)ar? Nj. II ; hvi skal eigi {)egar drepa hann ? Eg. 414; eigi veit ek hvi
J)u gengr me3 sliku mali, 523 ; mun ek akveSit gera hvi fiannig er til
skipt, fsl. ii. 346 : hvi-ligr, adj. (q. v.), Fms. x. 107 : h.vi-likr, adj.=
Lzt. qualis, (q.v.) 2. with subj.; hvi um segjak J)er? Skm. 4;
hvi J)u vitir? VJ)m. 42 ; hvi se drengr at feigri? Km. 22. 3. = hve,
instrumental, Skm. 17, (q.v.)
hvi, interj. imitating a gull's cry, Bb.
hvia, a6, to sitieal, of a vicious horse when fighting.
HVILA, d, to rest, esp. to rest, sleep in a bed; i hviluna par er hon
hvildi. Eg. 567; h. i rekkju sinni, Fb. ii. 195, Sturl. iii. 282, Fms. vii.
222 ; h. tveim megin brikar, Korm. ; the old beds stood with the side
to the wall, hence the phrase, hvila vi& stokk, or |)il, cp. Sturl. i. 207,
208; see also brik ; h. i sama saeing konu, Grag. i. 329; h. hja e-m,
Hbl. 1 7. 2. metaph. of the dead, to rest, sleep, Fms. vii. 240, N. G. L.
i. 348, Sighvat, but only in a Christian sense, so that ' her hvilir' ( = Dan.
her hviler) on Runic stones is a sure test of a Christian age. 3.
hvila sik, to take rest, pause. Eg. 492, 586 ; h. 116 sitt, to let one's troops
rest, Karl. 370. II. reflex., hvilask, to take rest, pause, 623. 11,
Vkv. 28, Nj. 132, Lv. 59, Fms. v. 64, vii. 193, Sks. 550: to pause, vii ek
nu lata \>a, ras3u hvilask, Sks. 240 ; mi ver3r ^zr at hvilask, Gisl. 18.
H Vf LA, u, f. [Ulf. hweila = Sjpa,xp6vos ; A. S.hwil; Y.ngX.while ; O. H. G.
bwila; Germ, weile; Hel. hvila; all of them in a temp, sense, = a while,
an hour; whereas the Scandin. word has the notion of rest, making a
distinction between hvild in a general, and hvila in a special sense;
Dan. hvile; Swed. iw7a] : — a bed, Sturl. i. 207, 208, iii. 282, Nj. 14,
Eg- 567, Fms. xi. 290, Gisl. 16, Am. 9, Sol. 72 ; vers-hvila, Grag. ii. 183,
passim. compds : livilu-dbreiSa, u, f. a bed-blanket. livflu-
brOgS, n. pi. cohabitation. Fas. iii. 305, 470. h.vflu-f61agi, a, m.
a bedfellow, Fms. ix. 321. h.vilu-g61f, n. a bed closet, Fms. ii. 85,
197, Eg. 603, Dropl. 29, H4v. 31 new Ed., Gisl. 30, Ld. 138 ; also called
lok-hvila, cp. Gisl. 29, Eb. ; thalamus is rendered by hvilugolf in Hom. (St.)
101. hvilu-holl, f. = hvilugolf, Karl. 20. hvilu-klseSi, n. pi.
bedclothes, Vm. 109, Finnb. 216, N. G. L. i. 358. hvflu-neyti, n.
the sleeping in one bed, Stj. 197, Baer. 17. hvflu-stofa, u, f. = hvilu-
golf, D.N. hvHu-stokkr, m. the outside edge of a bed, 623. 52, Pr.
439. hvflu-tollr, m. ibzre o/a 6e(f, Fas. iii. 372. Iivilu-v63ir,
f. pi. bed sheets, (mod. rekkvaSir or rekkj65ir), Vm. 177. hvilu-
J)r6ng, f. the taking up one's bed, Gisl. 16; lok-hvila, q.v.
bvil-bedr, m. a bed of rest, Akv. 31.
hvild, f. rest, repose, Nj. 43, Eg. 492, Fms. v. 307, vi. 420, vii. 193
'*
Sks. 235, Stj. 613, passim: pause, Nj. 248; i hvild, in baiting, in r
Hbl. 2. COMPDS : hvildar-dagr, m. a day of rest, Magn. 502: .
eccl. the Sabbath, halda skaltii helgan hvildar-daginn Drottins GuSs h
the Fourth Commandment, Stj., Vidal. passim. hvildar-hestr, ir
relay horse, Sturl. iii. 23. hvildar-lauss, adj. restless, without r
Sks. 235. hvildar-staSr, m. a place of rest, Stj. 155, Pass. 10.3.
bvil-dagr, m. = hvildardagr, Rb. 181 2. 48.
hvilig-leikr, m. = Lat. qualitas, Alg. 372, Edda ii. 90.
hvi-ligr, adj. = Lat. qualis, Fms. x. 107.
hvi-likr, adj. interrog. [Ulf. hweileiks ; A. S. hwylc ; Engl, which; fi
Engl, and Scot, while, wbilk~\ : — what like'? (as still used in North. E.
of what kind?), Lat. qualis, Fms. ii. 220, v. 302, Nj. 269, passim in
and mod. usage. II. relative, Stj. 85.
HVINA, pret. hvein, hvinu, hvinit, [A. S. hwinan; Engl, whine; [
hvine ; Swed. hvinal : — to give a whizzing sound, as the pinions ;
bird, an arrow, shaft, gust of wind, or the like ; hein hvein i hjama r.:
the hone whizzed into his skull, Haustl. 5 ; orvarnar fiugu hvinandi
hofuS t)eim, Fms. viii. 39; orvar hvinu hja {)eim oUu megin, 179: j
fell at landi hvinanda, Clem. 48 ; lata hein-J)ynntan hryneld h., Eddij
(in a verse).
hviskra, a9, [Dan. hviske; Swed. hviska], to whisper, Karl. 211.
hviskran, f. (hviskr, n.), a whispering, Karl. 236.
hvisl, n. (and hvisla, u, f., Thom. 535), a whispering, Thom. 44
HVfSLA, a3, [A.S.hwislan; En^. whistle]: to whisper; h. vi5
Fms. V. 201 ; h. meS e-n, Karl. 53 ; h. sin i milium, Karl. 356: n.
hvisla at e-m : recipr. hvislask, to whisper to one another, Fms. xi, 425 ;
hvita, u, f. the white in an egg. I
hviti, f. whiteness, fair hue, Isl. ii. 211. I
hvitill, m. (Ivar Aasen kvitel, the Engl, qtiilt), a white bed-co
Str., N.D. ,
hvitingr, m. a kind of whale, Sks. 123, Gkv. 2. 42; mod. mja
name of horses, Bjarn. 20 : of drinking horns, Fms. iii. 189.
bvit-leiki, a, m. whiteness, Stj. 92, Mar.
hvit-mata, a3 ; \ia.b hvitmatar i augun a honum, of milky white e
hvitna, a3, to become white, Edda 28, Str. 64.
HVITR, adj. [Ulf. i&M/e2/s = A€i;«ds; A.S.hwit; Eng]. white; Hel./;
O.H.G. hwiz; Germ, weiss; Swed. bvit; Dan. hvid]: — white;
skinn, white fur, 4. 24; h. motr, a white cap, Ld. 188; h. skjold
white shield, Fms. x. 347; hit hvita feldarins, Fbr. 148; hvltt bl
white blossom, 4. 24 ; hvitt hold, white flesh (skin), id. ; hvit hi
a white hand, Hallfred ; h. hals, a white neck, of a lady, Rm. ; h. hes
white horse, Fms. ix. 527 ; hvitr a har, white-haired, vi. 130; h. n
(fair of hue) ok vaenn i andliti, x. 420; hvitan mann ok huglausan,
232 ; hvit mork, white money, of pure silver, opp. to gratt (grey) ii
B. K. 95 ; hvitr matr, white meat, i. e. milk, curds, and the like, op;
flesh, in the eccl. law, K.f>. K. 126; hvitr d6gur3r, a white day )
Sighvat; hvita-matr, id., K. J>. K. 102; mjall-hvitr, fann-h., sn 1
drift-h., white as driven snow; al-h., white all over.
B. Eccl. use of the word white: I. at the introduct.v
Christianity, neophytes in the week after their baptism used to \
white garments, called hvita-vdSir, f. pi. white weeds, as a symh
baptism cleansing from sin and being a new birth ; a neophyte was
hvit-vd,3ungr, m. a ' white-weedling,' one dressed in white weeds, N
III: the Sagas contain many touching episodes of neophytes, esp. sui
were baptized in old age, and died whilst in the white weeds ; {)at er
flestra manna at Kjartan hafi J)ann dag gorzt handgenginn Olafi koii
er hann var fasr6r or hvita-va6um ok Jieir Bolli ba6ir, Ld. ch. 40; ^
haf6i konungr {)a i bo3i sinu ok veitti {jeim ena vir6uligustu veizlu n.
J)eir voru i hvitavadum, ok let kenna {)eim heilog frae6i, Fms. i. :
Gliimr (Viga-Glum) var biskupaSr i banasott af Kol biskupi ok
a6isk i hvitava6um, Gliim. 397 ; BarSr tok sott litlu si3ar enn !
var skir3r ok anda6isk i hvitava9um, Fms. ii. 153 ; Olafr a Hank
var skir6r ok andaSisk i hvitava6um, Fs. (Vd.) 77 ; var Toki :
skir3r af hirdbiskupi Olafs konungs, ok andaSisk i hvitavaSum, 1
138 ; si3an anda6isk Gestr i hvitava6um, Bar6. (sub fin.) Sweden
above all Gothland, remained in great part heathen throughout the w
of the I ith century, after the neighbouring countriesDenmark and Not
had become Christian, and so we find in Sweden Runic stones refenni
Swedes who had died in the white weeds, some abroad and some at ho
sem varS dau&r i hvitava3um i Danmorku, Baut. 435 ; hann var3 d ■
i Danmorku i hvitava3um, 610; J)eir do i hvitava6um, 68; sem
hvitavaSum, 271 ; hann var3 dau6r i hvitavaSum, 223, 497. Chur
when consecrated used to be dressed out with white ; var Kjarta
Borg grafinn, J)a var kirkja ny'vig3 ok i hvitava6um, Ld. 230.
the white garments gnve rise to new words and phrases amongst tne
generation of northern Christians : 1. Hvita-Kristr, m. ' ^
Christ,' was the favourite name of Christ ; hafa lati mik heitanHvita-K
at viti eld, ef . . ., Sighvat ; another poet (Edda 91) uses the word;
in prose, dugi |)u mer, Hvita-Kristr, help thou me, White-Christ I Fs.
ok J)eir er J)ann si& hafa taka nafn af J)eim Gu3i er J)eir tnia :
kallaSr er Hvita-Kristr ok ^\\ heita J)eir Kristnir, mer er ok sagt a
'■a
HVlTABJORN— HYGLI.
303
iiisamr, at . . ., Fms. i. 295 ; en ef ek skal li gu8 nacquat triia,
•lor ba verra at ek triia a Hvita-Krist en a annat gu6 ? 0. H. 204 ;
svarar, heyrt hefi ek geti6 Hvita-Krists, en ekki er mer kunnigt
fn hans e3a hvar hann raeSr fyrir, 211; eii J)6 triii ek a Hvita-
ii. 137. 2. the great festivals. Yule (see Ld. ch. 40), Easter
tecost, but especially the two latter, were the great seasons for
in the Roman Catholic church especially Easter, whence in
usage the first Sunday after Easter was called Dominica in Albis ;
c northern churches, perhaps owing to the cold weather at Easter
lUccost, as the birthday of the church, seems to have been specially
for christening and for ordination, see Hungrv. ch. 2, Thorn.
ence the following week was termed the Holy Week (Helga
Hence, Pentecost derived its name from the white garments,
called Hvita-dagar, the White days, i. e. Whitsun-week ; fra
i inum fyrsta skulu vera vikur sjau til Drottins-dags i Hvita-
Drottinsdag i Hvitadogum skulu ver halda sem hinn fyrsta
K. p. K. 102 ; J)Vcittdag fyrir \\\itz.A?ig3L=^ Saturday next before
day, 126, 128; Paskadag inn fyrsta ok Uppstigningar-dag ok
dag i Hvitadogum, 112; J)a Imbrudaga er um Hvitadaga verSa,
iru afteknir tveir dagar i Hvitadogum, Bs. i. 420; um varit a
gum, Orkn. 438: Hvitadaga- vika, u, f. White-day week =
', K. Jj. K. 126 : in sing., \t\x komu at Hvitadegi (= Wbit-
til Bjorgynjar, Fms. x. 63, v. 1. : Hvitadaga-helgi, f. the
ay feast, Whitsuntide, Fms. viii. 373, xi. 339, Sturl. iii. 206:
ga-hrid, a snow storm dimng the White days, Ann. 1330 : Hvit-
is-dagr, m. the White Lord's day, i. e. Whitsunday, the northern
in Albis, Rb. 484, Fms. vii. 156, Bs. i. 62, where it refers to
of May, 1056, on which day Isleif the first bishop of Iceland
ecrated. The name that at last prevailed was Hvita-sunna,
iisiin, i. e. White-sun, D. N. ii. 263, 403 : Hvitastmnu-dagr,
unday, Fb. ii. 546, Fms. viii. 63, v.l. : Hvitasunnudags-vika,
itsun-week, Fb. ii. 546 ; Paskaviku, ok Hvitasunnudagsviku, ok
iir fyrir Jonsviiku, ok sva fyrir Michials-messu, N. G. L. i. 150 ;
nudagshatiS, Thorn. 318. As the English was the mother-church
of Norway and Iceland, the Icelandic eccl. phrases are derived
English language. See Bingham's Origg. s. vv. White Garments,
:3inica in Albis, where however no reference is given to Icel.
In modern Denmark and Norway the old name has been
by Pindse, i. e. Pfingsten, derived from the Greek word,
in Icel., as in Engl., only the name Hvitasunna is known.
)enmark the people make a practice of thronging to the woods
sun morning to see the rising of the sun, and returning with
anches in their hands, the trees being just in bud at that season.
CoMPDs: hvita-bj6rn, m. the white 6ear, K. |>. K.iio, Sks.191,
74; see bjorn. hvita-dagar, see B. II. 2. hvita-gnipa,
'e peaks, the foaming waves. Lex. Poet. hvita-logn, n. a white
the sea. hvita-matr = hvitr matr, K. {>. K. Hvita-sunna,
hvita-va3ir, see B.I. }xvita,-valr,m. awhitefalcon,Sks. 189.
mr, adj. white-armed, Hm. 162 (epithet of a lady). hvit-
adj. white-browed. Fas. iii. (in a verse). hvit-brunn, adj.
owed, Fms. x. 321. hvit-dreki, a, m. a white dragon, Merl.
Hvitdrottins-dagr, see B. II. 2. Iivit-falda3r, part.
oded, of the waves, Fas. i. (in a verse). hvlt-fja3ra3r, part.
■tbered, of a swan, Fas. i. (in a verse). hvit-flekkottr, adj.
', white-spotted, Stj. 93, 250. hvit-fyrsa, t, to be white
n, of a current. Fas. ii. 252. hvit-fyssi, n. a white foaming
Thom. 303. hvit-liaddaSr, part, white-haired. Lex. Poet.
rr and hvit-haerSr, adj. while-haired, 4. 25, Sks. 92. hvit-
dj. white-brown, blond, of a woman, Fms. (in a verse). hvit-
, part, clad in white. hvit-melingar, f. pi., poet, arrows,
i.) hvib-rondottr, adj. white-striped, Stj. 93. hvit-
ifir, part, white-bearded, Flov. 41. hvit-skinn, n. white fur,
livit-vaSungr, m., see B. II. as pr. names, Hvitr,
iite, Dan. Hvid, Landn. ; esp. as a surname, Hviti, the White,
rfti, |>orsteinn Hviti, Landn. : Hvit-beinn, m. White-bone, a
e, Landn. ; as also Hvita-skdld, Hvita-sky, Hvita-le3r,
;oUr, Landn.: in local names, Hvita-byT,PFH%; Hvita-nes,
lair, Landn. ; Hvit-^, the White-water, a name of several Icel.
)wing from glaciers, Hvitar-vellir, Hvitir-siSa, Landn. ;
nanna-land. White-men' s-land, old name of the southern part
csent United States, Landn.
,, t, [Engl, hiss; Dan. hvcese ; akin to hvisla] : — to hiss; h.
;ormr, to hiss like a serpent, Greg. 50, R6m. 238 ; J)a nam jotunn
(Tlf.
ig, f. hissing, Al. 168.
TN, {., gen. hvannar, pi. hvannir, [Norse kvannel, angelica,
liea L., Grag. ii. 348, Fms. ii. 244, Fbr. 87, 88 : wild angelica
nunon in Icel., the word is freq. in local names, Hvann-^,
«yri, Hvann-dalr, Landn. In olden times the angelica seems
een much used to give flavour to ale ; see joU.
', f., gen. hvatar, pi. hvatir, instigation, impulse, AI. 119, passim,
as also in mod. usage, fram-hviJt, q. v. : alacrity. Lex. Poiit. : names of
poems, Gu6runar-hvot,Sxm. ; Hiiskarla-hviit, 0. H. compos: hvata-
buss, m., q. V. hvata-maflr, m. an instigator, Ld. 240, Fms. xi. 263.
hv6tuflr, m. an instigator, author. Lex. Poet, chiefly in poet, compds.
hv6ttin, f. = hvatan.
liyggiliga, adv. wisely, with circumspection, Hkm. II, Ld. 178, Gliira.
337, Karl. 442.
liyggiligr» adj. wise, circumspect, Bs. i. 294, Ni&rst. 3.
hyggindi, in mod. usage a n. pi., but in old writers often a f. sing, and
spelt hyggjandi, Edda (Gl.), Hm. 6, Skv. 3. 49, Fms. iv. 132, H6m.
28, Horn., Grag. i. 176 : — circumspection, wisdom, svo eru hyggindi sem
i hag koma, a saying ; at viti ok hyggindi, Fms. v. 342 ; at hyggindum,
Landn. 259 ; at hyggindi ok r^ttlaeti, Fms. iii. 106 ; vill hyggjandi (gen.
sing.), out of one's senses. Fas. i. 436 (in a verse) ; hyggindis-munr, Grett.
147 A.
hygginn, adj. clever, intelligent, discreet, Isl. ii. 341, Fms. v. 221, xi.
17, 33, Sd. 178, Grag. i. 175, N.G.L. i. 231 ; hyggnir menn, Post. 33,
Karl. 352.359-
HYGGJA, pres. hygg, pi. hyggjum ; pret. hugSi ; part, hugt or hugat ;
pres. reflex, hyggjumk, Stor. 13 ; pret. hugftumk, Em. 1 ; pres. 1st pers.
hykk = hygg ek. Lex. Poet, passim ; and with neg. hykk-at, id.; [Goth.
hugjan'] : — to think, mean, believe; hug6u J)6 mjiik ser hvarir-tveggju, were
of different opinions, Fms. vii. 176; ek hygg at a ekki kaupskip hafi
komit jafnmikit fe. Eg. 72 ; ferr ^etta mjok annan veg en ek hug6a, 127;
minni {)ur&r en hann kva6sk hugat hafa, Bs. i. 77^! hugdi (^suspected)
\>vi hestvcir&rinn ufrid, Fms. ix. 351 : to guess, far hyggr J)egjanda J)6rf,
a saying, tiofie can make out the wants of the silent, S61. 28 ; J)aer of hugdi,
made out, Sdm. 13 : to observe, 7nuse, sat ek ok hugSak, Hm. ill. 2.
to intend, purpose; soknar-gagna Jieirra sem hann hug&i fram at faera,
Nj. 1 10; at hann hafi fram faerSa sokn sem hann hyggr, Grag. i. 60;
msela fagrt en h. flatt, Fms. ii. 91, Hm. 44, 90. 3. to imagine, appre-
hend; fleiri en J)at of hyggi hverr osvi&ra apa, Gm. 34; er eigi ma eyra
heyra ne hjarta manns hyggja. Bias. 44 ; maka ek hyggja hve . . . , Korm.,
Am. 1 2 ; ^at hugSum ver, at ver hefdim J)a hondum himin tekit, Fms. i.
33 ' ^yggj^ ^'"^ ^^'' ^° ^^ well-disposed toivards a person, Sturl. iii. 150; h.
e-m gott. Am. 33 ; h. vel ra6i e-s, to be pleased with, Eb. 206 (in a verse) ;
h. vel, to be of good comfort, Gisl. 71 (in a verse) ; ok munu J)au vel hyggja
{they will be glad) er J)au hafa akrinn. Glum. 343 ; h. e-u ilia, to be ill-dis-
posed, dislike. Fas. ii. 486, Skv. i. 24, 40 : with infin., er hann hyg6i lihaett
fjiirvi sinu vera munu, Grag. ii. 32. II. with prepp. ; hyggja af e-u,
to ' think off' a thing, i. e. leave off thinking of it, drop or forget it; h. af
heimsku, Hkr.i.103; h.afharmi, Fms. vi.389; hann hugdi seintafandlati
hans, vii. 17; af hyggja um t-X,to give up,\\. },Si : hyggja at, /o 'think to,'
attend to, mind, behold, Rm. 25, Am. 3, Hy'm. 3, Hm. 23, Stor. 13, Hofu61.
3 ; hug3i hann at vandliga hvat par var a markat, Fms. i. 134; konungr
hug6i vandlega at manninum, Nj. 6; var J)a. vandliga at hugt sidum allra
Jieirra, Sks. 245 B, 278 B; Flosi gekk i logrettu at hyggja at fenu, Nj.
190 ; hon hug&i at spamanna bokum, Mar. ; hon hugdi at ser vel um
messuna sera hon var von, Bs. i. 435 ; h. at eigi spilltisk, Fms. ix. 308 ;
hugSu {)eir at eldinum, Bs. i. 669: — hyggja a e-t, to 'think on' (as in
North. E.), attend to a thing; hyggja a flotta, to think of flight, Fms. ii.
306, Am. loi, Ed. 88 (in a verse) : — hyggja fyrir e-u, to take thought for ;
eiga bii ok born fyrir at h., Fms. v. 24 ; h. fyrir or&i ok ei6i = Lat. mentis
compos, Grag. i. 461 : — hyggja um e-t, to think about a thing ; h. um med
e-m, to deliberate with one about a thing, Fms. vii. 139; h. um sik, to
think about oneself, Fm. 35 ; e-m er um hugat um e-t, to have a thing at
heart, be concerned about it, Gliim. 332. III. reflex., hyggjask,
to bethink oneself, suppose, deem ; ek hugSumk risa, metbought I rose,
Em. 1 ; einn rammari hugSomk iiUum vera, Fm. 16, Isl. ii. 249 (in a
verse) ; hann hugdisk vi3 Esau maela, 655 vii. 2 ; ef maSr er kvaddr J)ess
vaettis er hann hyggsk eigi i vera, Grag. i. 44 ; hann hygSisk eiga, 415 ;
hyggsfii betr gora munu, dost thou think that thou canst do it better? Nj.
19; hug6usk menn J)a6an mundu fong fa, Fms. i. 86: to intend, J)ii
hugSisk rsena mundu f>orstein landeign sinni. Eg. 737 ; hann hugSisk til
areiSar, Fms. x. 413; hyggjask fyrir, to think on before, premeditate,
Ls. 15: — impers., hug9isk honum sva, it appeared to him so, Landn.
57. IV. part. hug3r, as adj.; nau5Ieytar-manna, e&r aunarra
hug6ra manna, or other beloved person, 625. 192 ; af hug5u, intimately,
Bjarn. 58 ; hann rseddi ekki af hug3u, 40 ; raeSa hugat mal, to speak what
one has at heart, Korm. (in a verse) ; maela hugat, to speak sincerely, Skv. I .
10, HofuSl. 13 ; hugSan hr65r, a song of praise, encomium, Jd. i.
hyggja, u, f. thought, mind, opinion ; h. ok huglei&ing, MS. 4. 7 ; at
sinni hyggju, N. G. L. ii. 173 ; Gu61eg h., Rom. 308 : understanding,
mannleg h., Stj.; fyrr fullkominn at hyggju en vetra-tolu, Ld. 18 : a-hyggja,
care, anxiety; {yrii-h., forethought ; van-h., want of forethought ; um-
hyggja, co«cer«. compds : hyggju-lauss, adj. /iow^Wess. hyggju-
leysi, n. thoughtlessness, Ld. 60.
hyggjaflr, part, minded, intending, Gh. 16.
hyggjandi, f., see hyggindi.
hyggnask, aS, to give an insight, {)jal, 20.
hygli, f. consideration, K. A. 104.
304
HYLBAUTI— HtEFA.
hyl-bauti, a, m. ' depth-heater^ poet, a ship, Edda (Gl.)
HYLDA, d, [hold], to slash, N. G. L. i. 381, Am. 55 ; h. hval, Fms.
V. 1 78 (in a verse). II. reflex, to grow fat, get flesh, K. {>. K. 130 :
hyldr, p^rt. fleshy, Grett. 91.
hyldga, a3, to get flesh.
liyldgan, {. getting flesh ; of-hyldgan, medic.
HYLJA, pres. hyl (hylk=hyl ek, Hbl. 11), pi. hyljum ; pret. hul8i
(huldi) ; part. huliSr, huldr, and hulinn ; [U\L huljan = KaKinrr(iv; A. S.
belan; Old Engl, to hele, bull ; O. H.G. hiiljan; Germ, hidlen ; Swed.
bolja; Dan. hylle and /&«/«] : — to hide, cover; hylja hann allan, Edda 72 ;
hann hul3i hofud sitt, Fms. x. 255 ; huldi andlit sitt, 361 ; hon huldi
duk, bj69, Rm. ; hann huldi hrae hans, Nj. 27, Grdg. ii. 88 ; ok sva mikit
harit at hon matti h. sik me8, Nj. 16 : to bury, j6r6u hulinn, buried in
the earth, Magn. 506 ; hylja auri, Korm. (in a verse) ; huli6r sandi, Geisli
25 : to conceal, limi okkra hyl ekki, Sks. 504 : part, huldr or hniliSr,
id. ; fara huldu hiifSi, to go with the head covered, i. e. in disguise or by
stealth. Eg. 406, Fms. i. 222 ; cp. huHQshjalmr.
liyljan, f. a covering, hiding, Sturl. iii. 234.
hylki, n. a hulk, of an old tub or vessel.
HYLL A, t, hylda in N. G. L. ii. 1. c. ; [cp. hollr ; Germ, huldigen ;
Dan. hylde] : — to court a person's friendship ; h. sik fjandmonnum e-s, Fms.
vi. 174 ; h. sik sva vi6 menn, GJ)1. 25 ; h. fyrir e-m, to recommend one,
Lv. 6 ; h. ok sam{)ykkja, N. G. L. ii. 65, 220 ; h. hug me& e-m, to con-
sent, 183. II. reflex., hyllask e-n at (athyllask, q. v.), to cultivate,
pay homage to, Fs. 130, Fms. iv. 448 : eccl. to worship, hyllask at Gu&,
hyllisk mi at Thomas h\sk\vp, pray to bishop Thomas! Sturl. iii. 234.
hylli, f. favour, grace, {>kv. 29, Fas. ii. 69; Gu5s h., Grag. ii. 167,
Isl. ii. 382, passim.
hylling, f. homage.
HYLMA, d, [akin to hylja], to hide, conceal; used only as a law
phrase, and with the prep, yfir; yfir h. verk sitt, Stj. 42; mi mundi
elligar yfir hylmask mal Odds, Fms. vi. 384 ; parf ekki lengr yfir J)essu
at hylma, vii. 20, Fas. i. 195.
hylming, f. a concealing, of a sin. Pass. 5. 3.
HYLR, m., gen. hyljar, pi. ir, [akin to holr], a hole or deep place
in a river, e. g. places where trout and salmon lie hidden, Bs. i. 46, Hrafn.
23, Fs. 48 : freq. in local names, Skip-hylr (a dock in a river), Jjiifu-h.,
H6rgs-h., D. I.
hyltingr, m. [from holt ; cp. hultiggir in the Golden horn], the ' holt-
dwellers,' in compds, Hjarft-hyltingar, etc.
hymni or ymni, proncd. Mmni, a, m. [a for. word], a hymn. Am.
54, Bs. hymna-bok, -skr^, f. a hymn book, B. K. 83, Pm. 24, 29 ; but
out of use except in the word hymna-lag, n. a hymn, melody; me&
hymnalag. Pass, (begin.)
hyndask, d, [hund = hundra5], to be multiplied, a air. ^.€7. ; unz fe
hyndisk, //// the money increases, N. G. L. i. 23.
hyndla, u, f. [hundr], a little dog, doggie. Mar. 494, v. 1. : name of a
giantess, whence Hyndlu-lj63, n. pi. the name of an old song.
hypja, aft, [hjiipr], to huddle the clothes on; h. sig i fotin, to dress one-
self in a hurry.
liypja, adj. in totrug-hypja (q. v.), Rm.
HYKJA, pres. hyrr, [hurr], to knock at; hann hyrr hurbir = impingebat
in ostia portae of the Vulgate, Stj. 475 (v. 1.), I Sam. xxi. 13.
hyrja, u, f. name of a giantess, Edda.
liyrna, u, f. [horn], one of the horns or points of an axe-head,
6xar-h., Bjarn. 36, Fms. vii. 191, Nj. 198: of a mountain, a peak,
freq. : of a house, Hornklofi : a horned ewe is called hyrna ; M6-hyrna,
Gra-h. II. a nickname, Landn. : in compds, Vatns-h., the book
from Vatnshorn, etc.
hyrndr, adj. horned, Rb. 356, Grag. i. 501, Fms. xi. 6, Stj. 314:
angular, mathem., {)ri-h., fer-h., att-h., Alg. 195.
hyrning, f. a corner, nook of a house, Skalda 162, Stj. 152, Eg. 91,
Fbr. 168, Grett. 57 new Ed., Fas. ii. 427, Thorn. 80.
hsTTiiingr, m. a horned man, used mockingly of a bishop with his
crosier ; margt maelir h. hja, 6. H. ; karp ^tss hyrnings er er kallit
biskup, id. 2. a pr. name, Fb. iii. II. an angle, mathem. ;
J)ri-hvrningr, a triangle; fer-h., a square; att-h., an octagon.
HYRR, m., gen. hyrjar, [cp. Ulf. hauri = embers, John xviii. 18, Rom.
xii. 20] : — embers of fire, but only in poetry, VJ)m. 31, Hdl. 45, "^t. 20,
Haustl. 14* Vellekla, passim, as also in a great many compds denoting
weapons { = the fire of the battle or of Odin), or gold { = the fire of the
sea), see Lex. Poet. pp. 431-433. Hyrr-okin, the name of a giantess,
from hyrr, and rokinn from rjiika, Edda.
HYSKI, n. [better hyski, from hiis], a household, family, cp. hjii,
Edda 5, Hkr. 197, Fms. vi. 368, Al. 21, N. G.L. ii. 473, Hom. 152, Stj.
67 ; but, in mod. usage at least, used almost exclusively in a low sense,
of beggars and low people.
hyskinn, adj. slothful.
H"?, n. the down of plants, hair, feathers, Lat. lanugo ; skalf a hnakka
h'y, Sturl. i. 22 (in a verse) ; hy e6r fifa, Stj. 40. h^-nefr, m. downy
nose, a nickname of one with a tuft of hair on his nose, Landn.
' hfabr, part, fledged, Bb. 2. 26.
hy-b^li, n. pi. home; see hibyli.
liyda, d, [hu&], to flog, Fms. vi. 187, ix. 349, N. G. L. i. 13,
hySi, n. a husk, shell, pod, Lat. legumen.
biding, f. a ' hiding' (slang Engl.), flogging ; sa skal hySing
heimskastr er a J'ingi, a saying, N. G. L. i. 349, Grag. i. 456, Stj. 3^
hyi, a, m. [hjii], a domestic, servant, Grag. ii. 40, a air. Key.
by'-jafn, adj. quite even. Lex. Poet.
hy^ma, d, [hum], to sneak in the dark. Fas. ii. 284 ; but see hima.
H:^inir, m. [hiim], name of a giant, Edda ; Hyims-kvi3a, n, f. i
name of a poem.
hy^-nott, f. [hjii], the ' wedding-nights,' i. e. the three nights eitl
just before or rather just after the wedding (Skm. 42) : that they we
three is stated in Fas. i. 250 (in a verse), where hy'jar-naBtr = hynstrsea
to be the true reading; the same number is hinted at in the Skm. l.c.-
hve um t)reyjak ' {)rjar.' May not the Engl, honeymoon be derived fro
this old word, qs. hynottar manudr = the wedding-night month f
Hynskr, adj. [Hunar], Hunnish, Fas. i. 207.
h;^a, u, f. a mild expression, sweetness; hy'ran af henni skein, Stef.(5
ma ek vel lofa mina hyru {my love), Bb. 3. 27 ; from the saying, hv(
lofar sina hyru, every one praises his love.
b^ask, 6, dep. to be gladdened, brighten up; hy'rSisk hann skj(5t)
vi5brag6i, Fs. 184, freq. in mod, usage.
b:fring, f. a kindling. Mar. 23.
b^rlega, adv. sweetly, with a smiling face. Fas. i. 57, iii. 209, Bs. ii. :••
h^ligr, zd). smiling, sweet, of theeyes, face,Bs. i. 21 7, freq. in mod.usii
h^na, ab, to brighten up.
hy-rogi, n., qs. hyriigr, [hy-], bearded rye (?), Hm. 138 ; see haul!.
HY'RR, adj . [O. H. G. ga-hiuri ; Germ, ge-heuer'] , sweet, smiling, mil
Vkv. 15; haegr ok hyrr, Bs. i. 345 ; Jjessi dy'r vtiru hyr, Fas. iii. 7
hyrr ok hug-Jjekkr, Stj. 588, Bs. ii. 13; haegt og hyrt. Pass. 12. i
huga-h., 23 ; baen af iftrandi hjarta hyr, 40. 6 : the saying, vera aid
meS hy rri ha, to be never in good cheer, always melancholy : in m '
usage bright, sweet, of the face.
h^sa, t, [hiis], to house, harbour, Stj. 152, GJ)1. 144.
byvmgr, m. [hy, n.], downy hair on the chin.
by'-vig, n. [hjii], a law term, homicide, where the person slain is anc:
person's bondsman, Grag. ii. 152.
has, an interj. of shouting from exultation.
H^D, f. [Ulf. hauipa = v\pos and rd vxprjXa; A. S. heab^o; E-
height; Dan. hqjde ; Germ, h'ohe; Swed. hojd]: — height; hiaupi :
sina, Nj. 29; hseS trjanna, Stj. 74; breidd, lengd, t)ykt, hxb, Alg. 3;,
passim; manns-hieb, a man's height ; fjalls-hie8 : of hair = lengd, Fms. |
177, etc. 2. a height, hill; haeSir J)ser er mi heita HaUbjaraji
v6r6ur, Landn. 152 ; J)eir fom a haeSina, i ena sySri haeSina, ^vi m
J)rjar vordur a ]peirri hae5inni, 153 ; sat Ljotr a hse& einni, 147; geii
J)eir upp a hxb nokkura, Nj. 267; dalr ok hae6, Fms. ix. 490; hx\
e6a haugar, (3. H. 67 ; er {)eir ganga ofan or hxb, Stj. 444 ; skaltugai j
upp a hae& me6 mer, 443 ; holar, haeSir, Num. 2. 100; leiti ne h:?<
Grag. i. 433. p. a top, summit, Stj. 66 ; i hxb borgarinnar: 0;
heaven, Hom. 90 ; haeSir himna, Holabok ; Fa3ir a himna hxb, id. ; ni .
himnar a hxb tal6ir, Edda (Gl.) ; hxba blot, fornfasring, giifgan, ;
sacriflce, worship, a temple on the high places, Stj. 635, 640, 641.
metaph. highness, shrill tone, of the voice, Skalda 175 ; tala i haeS
i leynd, to speak aloud or secretly, Sks. 365. 2. amount, of pr;
kaupa me8 sama hxb, Dipl. v. 2 1 ; upp-haed, amount : highness, exa.
tion, Hom., Mar.
H-^DA, d, [had], to scoff at, mock, with ace, Al. 170, Fms. ii.
Stj. 411, 583 ; also, h. at e-m, Eg. 755 ; hae6it J)it mi at mer, Fm>
101, Flov. 34, Karl. 477.
bsefli-liga, adv. mockingly, scornfully, Fms. vi. IIO, 152, viii. 171,
395. 418.
bsefli-ligr, adj. ludicrous, Fms. i. 14, vii. 210, Sturl. ii. 90, Fs. i
Orkn. 240, Stj. 396, 431.
bseSing, f. a scoffing, Bret. 36, Barl. 125.
bseSinn, adj. scoffing, Hm. 30.
hseSi-yrSi, n. pi. taunts, Nj. 27, Korm. 34.
bseSni, f. mockery, scurrility, Fms. iii. 21, Hom. (St.), Pass. 14.
bseSnis-gjarn, adj. scoffing. Pass. 27. 3.
H-SFA (bcefa), 8, [hof and hafa], to hit, with ace. ; hann hsefJi
J)at er hann skaut til, Nj. 29, Fms. i. 9, viii. 140; t>eir hsefa aldn l
Fas. ii. 543, Fms. viii. 385, Grag. ii. 7, passim : haefa li e-t, h«f5i 1.
eigi a spj6ti8, Fms. ii. 250; a sama haefi ek um draumana, Ld. ; n
skoti sinu, to take an aim, p'lbr. 94 : haefa til, to aim at, aim; sva n
smiSrinn til haeft, so well bad be aimed, Fms. x. 32 1 ; svti hafSi haun J ■
liga til haeft um groftinn, vi. 149. II. with dat., mostly niet.;
to moderate, mete out justly ; haefa refsingum, Stj. ; haefa hiifi e-s hluta:
hit the right mean, Grag. xvii, cxv ; ek skal t)at (t)vi?) haefa, I^"'
that right, Lv. 8. III. to fit; hafa e-m, hsfSu Kjartam 1
they (the clothes) /«ecf K., Fms. ii. 79. 2. to behove, be meet: n
OSS J)a ei8a vel at halda, Fb. ii. 119 ; segir varla h. minni favizku, Fni
H^FA— HiEllULANGR.
305
,i . ;ir sem spukum konungi hxfb'i at vera, 259 ; hvat y8r hsefir
281 ; eigi ha;fir at drepa sva friftan svein, 80; svfi hajfir eigi, it
do, xi. 123 ; skyldir \)u kiinna J)er hof, hvat J)er haefir, iii. 330;
r honum {it is meet for him), at sver&it er fast i umgordinni, Fas.
jMS hlutar sem J)eini ha:fir til, which is due to them, K. A.
IV. reflex, to correspond ; spjotid niun haefask ok sar ^at,
and the wound will correspond, Hkr. ii. 203 ; vilda ek at J)at
mjok k, at li6 \>zt kaenii, ok ver slitim talinu, Ld. 320 ; ef mjiik
med miinnuni uni biia-kvoi, Gn'ig. ii. 52.
i, f. a foundation ; J)a3 er engin haefa fyrir J)vi, there is nofounda-
It; li-haefa, what is shocking ; til-haefa, a foundation.
.fitness; vera vi6 e-s haefi, to fit one, be cotivenient, what one can
1. 109, Fas. ii. 521 ; o-haefi, what is unfit, monstrous. hssfis-
V. fitly, Flov. 22.
i.tr, adj. meet, moderate, Sks. 435, Stud. iii. 169, |>i8r. 131.
ga, iAy. fitly, Grag. i. 441 ; u-hsefiliga, unfitly.
ge, idj.fit, due, Anecd. 58, 66, Fs. 46, Isl. ii. 369, Fms. ii. 86,
ks. 13 ; li-haefiligr, unjit.
Li, n. pi. whatsis, behoves, Fms. vi. 121, Sturl. i. 60 C.
;, f. aiming at ; gora h., to aim at. Fas. ii. 344.
;, adj. aiming well, making a good hit, Sturl. ii. 135.
f. being haefinn, Fb. i. 463.
(^]. fit, proper, Fms. xi. 94, Stj. 92 : fit for use. Germ, brauchbar,
,ir, opp. to fany tar, Am. 73; vadmalhaeft tilklaE&a,Grag. ii. 34I B;
r, useless, worthless, Fms. ii. 123 ; li-hsefr, unfit, useless, Karl.
f. [hog-], ease, facility ; me6 haegd, with ease, easily: in pi.
ledic. stools, heegflar-leikr, m. an easy game; J)a6 er enginn
kr, 'tis no easy game.
ii, n.pl.re/;e/(e. g. for the sick and poor) ; vitja sjiikra ok leita
inda, 686 B. 2 ; J)a var hoegenda leitaS jarli, 623. 31 ; 6-haegindi,
i. 69, 70; e-m til haeginda, 655 xi. 4; gora e-t til haeginda, to
ig so as to make matters easier. 2. comforts; au3rae6i
. i. 68 ; skiljask viS sva mikil hasgindi, Sturl. i. 97 C ; smiask til
/o turn to advantage, for the better, Fms. vii. 263 ; me6 haegindum,
3, (better hapfindum, C.) II. sing, a bolster, pillow, cushion ;
^ innbeftir, halfr fjorSi tigr haeginda, Dipl. iii. 4 ; undir haegindit
1^ Eg. 567 ; hon vildi vekja hann ok tekr eitt h. litiS ok kastar
li'ionum, Isl. ii. 393; dynur ok h., Eb. 96, 264, Fms. vii. 197,
>i290, Horn. 95; haegindis-ver, a pillow case, Dipl. iii. 4, v.
III. eccl. hsegindi or hsegindis-kirkja, u, f. a private
. L. i. 8 distinguishes between a fj6r3ungS', attiings-, heraSs-,
.<■ lui.s-kirkja ; ef ma3r gorir s^r haegindis-kirkju a j6r6 sinni,
jaegindis-prestr, m. a priest in such a chapel, N. G. L. i. 136 :
ii i. n. a local name, D. I. i : cp. also hseginda-hus, n. a house
:it builds at his own expense on the estate of his landlord,
• abate, with dat. ; haegja ras sinni, to slacken one's course,
passim. 2. metaph. to relieve; h. vala5i sitt (sinu),
seek relief for one, of a sick person, var {)eim haegt i ollu
lis. xi. 290. II. impers., of a storm or high sea,
i9 haegir, ^a3 er fariS a5 haegja ; as also. III. reflex,
r tok at haegjask, Fms. x. 150: to get smoother, kann vera
>:t. Band. 8 ; er Gu6 vill lata nokkurn veg haegjask urn bans
. 19 : impers., eptir allt Jietta haegifk FroSa litiS, F. became
Fas. i. 5.
ulv. wi/h ease, gently, Karl. 508, Odd. 2 ; lifa h.. Hem. (St.);
idily, Lv. 75 ; sem haegligast, Finnb. 336. 2. easily;
.. freq. in mod. usage.
idj. easy, convenient ; h. umbiinaSr, Odd. 2, 4, Barl. 9; h.
1. ii. 148 ; h. faeri, Fms. vii. 30.
an easy life, Str. 36, Stj. 36, 423, Barl. 9, Hkr. ii. 38 ; ar
Orkn. 6 old Ed.
idj. [hog-], easy, convenient. Germ, behaglich, Fms. vi. 240,
; e-m er e-t haegt. Eg. 507 ; h. ok mjukr, Fms. ii^. 201 ; sem
i.egt, at his ease, Sturl. i. 197 C; haeg hvila, Fms. xi. 290;
Stj. 420; taka haega hvild, Sks. 42 ; ef honum J)ykir ser
\^- '• 355 ; er {jeim ^ykir ser haegst, 486 ; ykkr er ^at haegst
is most at hand for you, Nj. 25 : haegr byrr, a gentle, fair
■■ byri, Fms. ix. 497, Fas. ii. 520; hafa utivist skamma ok
:. 285 ; ekki var samlag J)eirra haegt, they were not on good
i.i39C; hinn si5ara vetrinn var haegra meS ^e\m = they
'tr terms, id. : medic, painless, haeg sott : gentle, haegr sem
I ; haegr ok hyrr, Bs. i. 345 ;■ haegr ok hogvaer, Fms. x. 409 ;
:, long-suffering, Lv. 75; haegr viSskiptis, Fms. xi. 91.
ipar. hasgri, [Dan. hojre ; Swed. hogra']: — the right hand,
i, the left; skogrinn var til haegra vegs, on the right hand,
'gri hendi, Faer. 76, Ls. 61, Fms. vi. 165, Nj. 28 ; haegri
102 ; haegri fotr, N. G. L. i. 209 ;• haegra auga, haegra eyra,
iiegin, on the right side, passim.
', adj. = h6gvaerr, Barl. 119.
i iugr, adj. bowed, crouching. Band. 8.
heeki-liga, adv. [hakr], voraciously, savagely, Rom. 353.
H.^KIIjIj, m. [bykjel, Ivar Aascnl, a ' hough,' or hind-leg, of a hide ;
fla af heming fyrir ofan haekilinn, N.G. L. i. 209 : freq. in mod. usage,
but only of a skin: a nickname, Fms. ix.
heekja, u, f. a crutch, Grett. 161, Mag. 66, Fb. i. 210, Fas. iii. 154;
ganga a haekjum, to go on crutches.
hsekka, aft, [har], to become higher, to rise, of a hill ; fjallift haekkar,
opp. to likka, to become lower, to drop. 2. causal, to heighten.
heela, d, to kick with the heel, N. G. L. i. 164. 2. to secure by apeg.
H^fflLA (hoela), d, [hoi], to praise, flatter, with dat., Eb. 164 ; hrdsa
ok haela e-u, Karl. 438 : to glory, boast, hann haeldi, at Haraldr hefSi
hefntGamla, P'ms. i.48 ; eigi maek af |)vih»la, Lv. 10, passim. II.
reflex, to boast, vaunt; haeiumk minnst i mali, Fms. viii. (in a verse):
haelask e-u, to glory in a thing, 85, Karl. 41 2, Fagrsk. 93, Nj. 204, 237 :
haelask um e-t, to brag about, 54, Grag. ii. 145, Karl. 372, Valla L.
212: haelask af e-u, to boast of ,6c,e^ xx. 8: absoL.Grag. ii. 145, Thorn. 84:
haelask vi8 e-n, to boast over one, Grett. 128, Fms. vi. 399.
haeli, n. a shelter, refuge; leita ser haelis, eiga haeli, Fms. i. 210, vi.
74, xi. 367, Eg. 139, Barl. 118, Rd. 258. heelis-lauss, adj. homeless,
helpless.
hsBlinn, adj. boasting, Sks. 383, J>6r8. 29 new Ed.; sjalf-h., id.
H.^IjLi, m. [Engl, heel; cp. Lat. calx : this is a Scandin. word, for the
A. S. term is hoh, the Goth. /a:'rz«a, the Germ. y^rscn] : — the heel, Bs. i.
423, Hym. 34, N. G. L. i. 339, Stj. 37, passim. 2. in phrases, hlaupa
a haela e-m, to follow at one's heels, Nj. 202 ; falla a haela e-m, to shut
upon one's heels, of a door ; fara, ganga a haela e-m, Edda 2, Fms. v. 316,
viii. 36 ; fara aptr a haeli, to return immediately, like the Gr. Hard, irodas,
Gisl. 272 ; mod. um hael, adverb., in return, e.g. skrifa um hael aptr, to
write by return of post; hopa, fara (undan) a haeli, or a hael, to recede,
draw back. Eg. 29^1, 506, Fms. vii. 70, 298, viii. 134, x. 139, xi. 95, Bret.
46, Nj. 258, Karl. 375 ; milli haels ok hnakka, between heel and neck:
brjotask um a hael ok hnakka, to struggle heel and neck, of one restless
in sleep : — proverb, phrases, hann stigr aldrei J)angat tanum sem hinn haf8i
hxlana, he will never reach with his toes where the other bad his heels, i.e. be
is far inferior to his predecessor ; J)a6 er undir haelinn lagt, it is laid under
one's heel, i. e. 'tis very uncertain. II. metaph., kjalar-haell,
'keel's heel,' the hindmost part of the keel; styris-haell, 'rudder's heel,'
the hindmost point of the rudder. compi^s : lisel-bein, n. the heel bone,
Fms. vi. 15, Fas. ii. 354, f>i6r. 86. hasl-bitr, m. a heel biter, Hbl.
hsel-drepa, u, f. a kicking with the heel, Mag. 63. heel-drepa, drap,
to kick with the heel, Stj. 431. hsel-krokr, m. ' heel-crook,' back-heel,
a trick in wrestling. Fas. iii. 392, 547. hsel-siSr, adj. 'heel-long,' of
a garment, 625. 183, Stj. 194. hsel-staSr, m. the place of the heel,
N.G.L. i. 339.
B. A peg fastened in the earth, either for mooring a vessel (festar-
h.) or by which a tent-rope is fastened (tjald-h.) ; jarflfastr haeli, Stj. 417.
Korm. 86, Fms. vi. 334, Hkr. iii. 365, Bias. 48 : the handle in a scythe
shaft (orf-haell), Fb. i. 522 ; hurSar-haelar, door pegs, N. G. L. i. 397, v. 1.:
belonging to a ship, Edda (Gl.)
C. Prob. a different word, a widow whose husband has been slain in
battle, Edda 108, cp. the pun in Eg. 763 (in a verse).
hselni, f. vain-glory, boasting, Sks. 703, Str. 74, Karl. 367, Hem. 24,
86 ; sjalf-haelni, self-praise.
HJENA. (hbena), u, f. [hani, formed on the same analogy as dal and
dsel, hag and hog] : — a hen, Al. 160, Fms. vii. 116, Fs. 156, Stj. 3, passim :
in pr. names, Lopt-hana, Skalp-h., Landn.
hsena, d, to allure, attract; haena e-n a8 s^r: reflex., haenast a6 e-m,
to take a liking for one; a mod. word.
hsengi-vakr, m. a bird, the kittywake (?), Edda (GI.)
H.ffiNGE, m., older and better hseingr, m. a male salmon, called
hungell in Shetl., Edda (GL), Fb. ii. 520 (in a verse) spelt haengs, Fas.
ii. 112, freq. in mod. usage : a nickname, Landn.
Hsenir, m. the name of the mythol. god Haenir, Vsp., Edda, Clem. 44.
liaens (hcjens), n. pi., mod. heensn or heensni, also spelt hsesn, K. |>. K.
34 new Ed., Hkr. iii. 62 ; [Dan.-Swed. hens'] : — hens, fowls, poultry, Bret.
32, K.A. 196, Isl. ii. 124, Karl. 472, Rett. 70, passim; Hansa-fjorir,
Thorir the poulterer, a nickname, Isl. ii, whence the name of the Saga.
hsensa-fldri, n. feathers of poultry, |}orf. Karl. 374.
hsepifl, n. adj. doubtful: in the phrase, J)aS er hxpi6, 'tis very uncer-
tain : prop, scanty, a corrupt form for hneppt, qs. hept, as th" word is
indeed spelt in Grett. 169 new Ed., whence haepiS.
H^RA, u, f. grey hair, hoariness; ok haera nekver i hari bans. Post.
645. 66 ; skegg hvitt af haeru, Isl. ii. 438 ; fa elli ok haeru, to live to a
hoary old age, Hkr. i. 1 23 : in plur., hafa haerur i hofSi, Grett. 16, 20 new
Ed. ; hvitar haerur, Bad. 1 19 : esp. in pi., in phrases as, grar, hvitr, snj6-
hvitr fyrir haerum. Fas. ii. 557, Fms. viii. 25, Eb. 330, Stj. 447 ; hkr hvitt
af haerum, Kad. 280; hvitr af haerum, Fms. vii. 321 (v. 1.), Bad. 15 : the
phrase, kemba ekki haerur, to comb no grey hairs, of one who dies in
the prime of life; hann kembdi ekki haerur i husi sinu, Od. viii. 226.
coMPDs : lieeru-karl, m. a hoary carle, Grett. 143, Barl. 94. hseru-
kollr, m. hoary head, a nickname, Grett. heeru-langr, adj. ' long-
X
I
306
H.ERUSKEGGI— HOFGI.
hoary,' a nickname, Grett. hseru-skeggi, a, m. a hoary heard, Clein.<|'
32. II. = har, hair, esp. the long hair of wool, whence liseru-
poki, a, m. a hair-poke, bag made of hair.
hserSr, part, haired, hairy ; haerd kvenna bezt, Korm. 24, Landn. 151 ;
vel h., Fms. vii. 199, Nj. 39.
h.8eringr, m. a hoary man; sva ottum vcr haeringinum nu at hann 14
eptir, referring to the death of earl Erling, Fms. viii. 104, v.l. : — a pr.
name, Landn.
hsesi, f. [hass], hoarseness. Mar.
H-ffiTA (hoeta), t, [hot ; Ulf. hwotian = (TnTiixdv ; early Dan. hode] : —
to threaten, with dat. of the person and thing ; h. e-m e-u, Ls. 62, Fms. vii.
220, ix. 18, X. 316, Fs. 35, 165, Karl. 397, 437, J>i8r. 225, Al. 47, Oik.
35 ; see hota.
liseting, f. a threat, Stj. 35 : taunts, Hbl. 53, where masc.
hsetinn, adj. threatening, Karl. 491.
hsBtta, u, f. danger, peril, Fms. iv. 122, 132; leggja a haettu, to run
a risk. Eg. 86, 719 ; leggja sik, lif sitt i haettu, Fs. 4, 21, 41, Fms. iv.
86 ; eiga mikit i haettu, to run a great risk, Nj. 16, Fms. x. 232.
coMPDs : hsettu-efni, n. a dangerous matter, Fs. 57. lisettu-ferS,
-for, f. a dangerous exploit, Fs. 50, Fms. iv. 135, viii. 431, Nj. 261.
h.8ettu-lauss, adj. /ree/rom danger, without danger, Fms. iii. 155, Bs.
i. 286. h89ttu-ligr, adj. (hsettu-liga, adv.), dangeroiis. hsettu-
litill, adj. with little danger. Stud. iii. 68, 71. hgettu-mikill, adj. very
dangerous, Nj. 149. h8ettu-rd3, n. a dangerous plan, Lv. 22.
HJETTA, t, to risk, stake, with dat., Hm. 106; haetta ut monnum
sinum, Sd. 153 ; haetta til pess vir9ing J)inni, to stake thy honour on it. Eg.
719 ; haettiS J)it ok mestu til hversu ferr, Nj. 49 ; Utlu ha;ttir mi til, there
is but small risk, Fms. vi. 243 : absol., hefir sa er haettir, he wins who
risks, ' nothing venture nothing have,' Bjarn. 7, Hrafn. 16. 2. with
prepp. ; haetta a e-t, to venture on a thing (ahaetta, q. v.), Nj. 48 ; haetta
a vald e-s, Fms. xi. 285 : h. til e-s, id.. Eg. 57, Nj. 73 ; eigi veit til hvers
happs haettir, Sturl. iii. 228 ; kva& |)ar hoflangt til haetta, 44.
H^TTA, t, to leave off, with dat. ; haetta sei&, to leave off witchcraft,
Fms. i. 10 ; hann ba9 baendr h. storminum, 36 ; h. heyverkum, Nj. 103 ;
h. mali, 10 : absol. to leave off, desist, Hakon baS hann h., Fms. vii. 154 ;
heldr vildu v6r h., N.G. L. i. 34H : with infin., h. at tala, Fb. ii. 83 : —
impers., haetti J)ysnum, the tumult ceased, Fms. vi. 16.
heetting, f. danger, risk, Fms. viii. 431, Hkr. ii. 79, Lex. Poet. ;
hsettingar-ferS, f. =haettufer9, Fms. viii. 431.
heettinn, adj. [hattr], behaving so and so ; ilia h., Sks. 239.
lisett-leggja, lagSi, to risk, Bs. ii. 66.
liaett-leikr, m. danger, Grag. i. 383.
haett-liga, adv. dangerously, Fms. viii. 144, Stj. 189.
hsett-ligr, adj. dangerous, serious, Faer. 263, Fms. viii. 98, ix. 291, xi.
367, Bs. i. 536, 766, Edda 36, Stj. 604 ; ^a er ok haettligt, 'tis to be feared,
686 B. 5 ; i haettligra lagi, in a dangerous case, Lv. 86 : — medic. = haettr,
kolluSu haettligan matt bans, they said that he was sinkifig fast, Fms.
ix. 390.
lisettr, adj. dangerous; slikr maSr er haettastr, ef hann vill sik til J)ess
hafa at gora J)^r mein, Fms. {.^99; gryttu J)eir J)a6an a J)a, var ^at
miklu haettara. Eg. 581. !^. exposed to danger; hest J)arf sva at
bua, at ekki s6 hann haettr fydr vapnum, Sks. 403. 3. medic,
haettr vi3 dau9a, dangerously ill, Jb. 406 ; 'pk er herra Rafn var mjok
haettr, when R. was sinkifig fast, Bs. i. 784 ; hon la haett, Korm. 164, (ein-
haettr, q. v.) : in mod. times haett is used indecl., hann, hon, liggr haett ;
J)eir, t)xr liggja haett, he, she, they lie dangerously ill. 4. neut.,
. e-m er haett vi6 e-u, to be iti danger of; var |juri6i vi6 engu meini hastt,
Th. was out of danger, Isl. ii. 340 ; mun f)orkatli brodur J)iniim vi8
engu haett? Gisl. 28 ; mi hyggr ma8r ser haett vi8 bana, Grag. i. 497 ;
68rum aetla8a ek ]pat mundi haettara en mer, methought that would be
more dangerous to others than to me, Nj. 85, 260.
haettr, part, of haetta, having left off, having done ; eg er haettr a& lesa,
I have left off reading.
hsettur, f. pi. [haetta], the time of leaving off work and going to bed,
used chiefly of dairy and household work (cp. the Homeric PovKvtos) ;
hafa goSar haettur, to go early to bed; seinar haettur, being late at work.
liseveska, u, f., hSveski, Sks. 273, 274, 276 B ; also spelt lioverska;
[a for. word from mid. H. G. hovesch ; Germ, hojiich, etc. ^ : — courtesy,
good manners, esp. in regard to behaviour at table and the like ;
ij)r6ttir ok h., Fms. i. 78 ; si8ir ok h., vi. 71 ; J)at er h. at hann kunni
hversu hann skal haga klaeSum sinum, Sks. 433 ; J)at er h. at vera bli8r
ok lettlatr, 264, 432 ; h. e6a g63ir si6ir, 266 : in mod. usage, of priggish
ceremonies: fashion, hottr uppa hovesku Franseisa, Karl. 178. hsev-
ersku-lauss, adj. rude, Sks. 246.
hsBvesk-liga, adv. courteously, politely. Fas. i. 460, Odd. 30 : fashion-
ably, h. klaedd, Fms. ii. 187.
hsevesk-ligr, nd]. well-mannered, polite, Fms. vi. 131 ; h. si6r, Al. 4.
Ii8eveskr, adj., also spelt heyveskr, Str. 75, or lieyskr, Art. : —
well-mannered, polite, Fms. ii. 133, vi. i, Sks. 246, 276, 277 ; h. siSir,
polite manners, Sks. 8.
HOD, f. [A.S. hea^u- in several poet, compds ; cp. Sansk. catru and
galayami ; Lat. caedo ; Gr. Kuros] : — war, slaughter, but only in coc
pr. names, H63-broddr, Fb. ; H63, f. the name of a Valkyria (;
Geira-ho6), Gm. : as also of a woman, but mythical. Fas. : the nam(
an island in Norway : H63r, m., gen. Ha5ar, dat. He5i, the name r"
blind brother and 'slayer' of Baldr, the 'fratricide' or 'Cain' 0;
Edda, Vsp. 37, Vtkv. 9, Edda Tj, 56 : also the name of a mythol. ,:
whence He3ir, pi. a Norse people ; and Ha3a-land, the count' .
iii. Ha3ar-lag, n. the metre o/Hod, a kind of metre, Edda.
Ii6f3a, a5, [h6fu6], to ' head,' but esp. used as a law term, to sne. :
secute ; h. mal, sok a bond e-m, to bring an action against, Grag, :.
81, 142, Nj. 234, Fms. vii. 133, passim. II. to behead ( --
h6f6a) ; h. fisk, Fas. i. 489 : to execute, Karl. 371.
]i6f3a3r, part, headed so and so; h. sem hundr, 310.
]i6f3i, a, m. a headland, Landn. 54, Fb. i. 541, 542, Eb. 62,
Krok. 46, 52. II. local name of a farm, whence Hofj
m. pi. the men from Hof6i, Landn. III. a carved head, a
amb-hof8i, hjart-h., arn-h., hest-h., karl-h., orkn-h., svin-h
h6f3a-skip, n. a ship with beaks.
HOFDIWGI, a, m. a head, chief; porbr Gellir var8 h. at sokiurr;.
8; formaSr e9a h., 671. 5; sa er h. gorisk i (ringleader), N.G.I
313, G^l. 387 ; h. ra&a-gor&ar. Eg. 48 ; h. fyrir utfer5 Gerhardi 4b
Mar. 2. a captain, commander ; setti konungr J)ar yfir hofJii
J)6r61f ok Egil, Eg. 272 ; vikinga-hofSingi, Fms. vi. 389 ; at allir h
ingjarnir fari fra li8inu, xi. 134 ; ok kva8 Ketil Flatnef skyldu hof5ii
vera yfir ]3eim her, Eb. 2 ; hers-h., hundra6s-h., sveitar-h., q. v.
a ruler, used of all governors from a king downwards ; esp. in pi., thegti
opp. to almiigi, the common people; hof6ingjar ok go&ir menn, lb. I4; h
ingjar ok rikis-menn, 13 ; Isleifr atti J)rja sonu, J)eir ur6u allir hoftin
nytir, 14, 17; hann lag8i undir sik SuQreyjar ok gorSisk h. yfir, 5-
hann f)a vi6 hina stterstu hofdingja fyrir vestan hafit ... at Ketill v i:
Su6reyjum, Eb. 4 ; Hrolfr var h. mikill, 6 ; Jia er Gizurr biskup a: :
voru j)essir mestir hofSingjar a Islandi, Bs. i. 31 ; |)essir voru J)a :
hof6ingjar a landinu, 4; hann var rikr h., Nj.i ; biSja alia he
HSsinnis, 213 ; au&igr at fe ok h. mikill, Isl. ii. 290 ; Bar5r gorSisk b:
mikill, Eg. 31 ; einn hverr konunganna, e5a einhverr hofdingja a:.
Sks. 278; Erkibiskup J)eirra heii ek se5 ok ^ykki mer hann lik ;
g66s h6f6ingja, Fms. x. 9 ; J>orsteinn gorSisk h. yfir Vatnsdaelum, h
Snorri gorSisk J)a h. mikill, en riki hans var mjok ofundsamt. Eb
Briisi var h. yfir dalnum, Hkr. ii. 310; pa voru hcifSingjar i N
Tryggvi konungr . . ., Fms. i. 47 ; er petta akafi hofdingja, ok {su
alls folks, 35 ; ur6u J)eir h6f6ingjar heims, Augustus ok Antoniu*.
412; h. lifsins, lord of life, Sks. 160; h. dau&ans, prince of c
id.; heims h. = Satan, Ni5rst. i; myrkra h., prince of darkness, 62;
Greg. 42 : with the article, the great, hva6 hof5ingjarnir hafast a^^
aetla ser leyfist J)a6, Pass. 22.10; i yztu myrkrum enginn ser, zbp'
hofdingjanna, 8. 20. compds: h6f3iiigja-ast, f. /oi;e /or o«t
Fb. i. 499. h6f3ingja-brag3, n., -bragr, m. the manners '
Isl. ii. 204: a noble feat, Orkn. 144. Ii6f3mgja-djarfr, adi
and bold in one's intercourse with the great, Fms. ii. 15, vi. 205, v;i. ,
Ii6f3ingja-d6nir, m., -dsemi, n. dominion, power, Stj. 85, 226,
169, Horn. 2. h.6f3ingja-efni, n. ; gott h., Nj. 174. Ii6fi)iii|
fundr, m. a meeting of chiefs, Fms. ix. 324. h.6f3ingja-]ilutr.
chiefs lot or share, Orkn. 306. Ii6f3ing3a-kyn, n. noble kin. 1.
ingja-kserr, adj. infavourwith the great, 0. H. 59. hofflingja-ls
adj. chiefless, Fms. i. 220, vii. 182. h.6f3ingja-merki, n. n ■'
standard, Fms. viii. 356. Ii6f3ingja-iiafn, n. a chief's title, Hk
195, Fms. xi. 62. h6f3ingja-skapr, m. = h6f6ingskapr, Sk^,
610. h6f5ingja-skipti,n. c^aw^e of chief or king, Germ. Tbronv.i
Nj. 41, 156. li6f3ingja-son, m. the son of a h., Hrafn. 14. !"
ingja-stefna, u, f. = hofdingjafundr, Hkr. iii. 146. Ii6f3ingja-st;.
m. the support of great folk, Fms. i. 221. Ii6f3ingja-val, n,
people, Stj. 628. hofSingja-veldi, n. power, empire, rule, R
655 xiv. 3. h6f3ingja-8ett, f. noble extraction, high birth, Map'
Sks. 616. , II. with gen. sing. : h.6f3ings-ma3r, -kona, -
etc., a man, woman, people of nohle extraction, as also generous, ''•
ficent people. h5f3ings-gj6f, f. a princely gift, and mai;y >
compds.
h6f3ing-liga, adv. in princely wise, nobly , generously , Eg. 410, 1
254, Orkn. 144.
h.6f3ing-ligr, zdi). princely, nohle, magnificent, Fms. vi. 200, i^
ix. 277, Stj. 207, passim.
hof3ing-skapr,m./)Ower,rfo?wjVjjow,Sturl.i.2l3,Sks.6io,Fms.x..
authority, prestige, Nj. 33, 266 : liberality, magnificence, Fms^ vii.o,-.
h6fga, a8, to make heavy, weight, Greg. 80 ; peix hof?a8ii .
J)eirra me5 grjoti, 656 B. i. II. impers., e-m hofgar
heavy, sleepy. Fas. iii. 526, Bs. i. 354: with ace, 369.
to grow heavy, increase, 655 vii. 4.
h.6fgi, a, m. heaviness, weight; h. jar9ar, Sks. 627; h. krossins.
103 ; gefa e-m hofga, to weigh upon one, Anecd. 20. _ H- "^^ "
sleep, ?iap, Fb. i. 542 ; lettr h., Th. 77 ; rann h. a Svein, Fms. xi.
isvefn-h., 6megins-h. hofga- vara, u, f. heavy wares, Grag. "■ 4°
III.
HOFIGBtERR— HOFUDMIKILL.
307
u
N.
jserr, adj. heavy to bear, Greg. 43.
eikr, m. heaviness, Edda 4.
cm or hefugr, adj., ace. contr. hofgan, hijfgir, hofgum. [A.S.
—heavy, Hkr. iii. 199 ; h. steinn, Bs. i. 640 ; hofug byrSr, Grilg. ii.
K. 203, Hkr. iii. 184 : neut., haiin kvad sva hiifugt a s^r, at
hvergi hraerask, Sturl. i. 1 19 C. 2. heavy uiilb sleep, sleepy ;
fugt, Fins. viii. 89, 65,5 iii. 2 ; svefn-hofugt. II. nietaph.
hofigt or&, Bs. i. 34I : heavy, difficult, i6g : irksome, 155.
f., also spelt homn, gen. hafiiar ; [hafa] : 1. a holding,
esp. tenure of land; J)a skal Jjeim daema eingis-hofnina er
emr til, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 86 ; jaTdirh., tenure of land; at jarSar-
fjAr-megni, N. G. L. ii. 38 ; nu skal gorftum skipta eptir jar3ar-
iilluin Averka, 122 ; hafnar-vitni, testimony as to teni/re of land,
dals-vitni, N. G. L. i. 246, 247 : the allit. phrase, hcind ok hofn,
having, absolute power; nema J)cim sem hann leggr hendr
em hann vill, cp. Dan. ' skalte og valte med,' Bs. i. 706, v. 1., —
seems necessary. 2. a foetus; lystr niaSr kviSuga konu,
ofn su deyr, er hon ferr me6 ok skilsk hon vid hofnina, Stj.
vi8 hofn, Lat. concipere, Flov., Bs. ii. 1 73, Horn. (St.) : the time
mcy, a enum niunda mana5i hafnarinnar, 686 B. 14. 3.
sau8a-h6fn i Miila-fjall, Vm. 64 ; nauta troS ok homn, N. G. L.
N. ii. I46, iii. 120. 4. a coat, cp. Lat. habitus, esp. = a
inn tok af s^r hofnina ok sveipaSi um konunginn, Fms. ix. 25 ;
cloak, cp. Isl. ii. 245 (in a verse) : a kind of stuff, Grag. i. 504,
i. 134, ii. 6, iii. 8,451, Vm. 103,117, Pm. 57 ; hence hafnar-
hafnar-vaSm&l, n., liafnar-vfi.3, f. denoting a plain stuff,
sold in trade. 5. skips-hofn, a ship's crew; munns-hofn,
ibit,' language.
Engl, and Dutch iaren; G&rm. hafen; Dan. havn; Swcd. hamti]:
, harbour, Fms. xi. 74, Eg. 79, Hkr. iii. 248, Grag., etc. : eccl.,
lifs-h., passim : sometimes spelt hafn, Isl. ii. 398 : as also in
s, H6fn, Landn. : Hafnar-menn, m. pi., Sturl. ii. 91 ; Kaup-
fn, Copenhagen ; Hraun-hofn, Eb., etc. compds : hafnar-
pumping in harbour, Jb. 407. hafnar-bui, a, m. a law
arbour-neighbour, i. e. the member of a kind of naval court
of persons summoned from a harbour, Grag. ii. 401. liafnar-
iL doors, entrance of a haven, Fms. xi. 88. hafnar-kross,
•shaped hafnarmark, q. v. hafnar-lykill, m. ' haven-key,'
ie, Landn. liafnar-mark (and -merki. Fas. ii. 336), n. a
ark, a kind of beacon, being a pyramid of stone or timber, or
irved figure in the shape of a man, Bjarn. 33, Hkv. Hjorv.,
Rb. 468; or in the shape of a cross, Bs. i. 607, ii. 80.
ijx, n. a law term, thronging or annoying one in harbour,
Jb. 396. hafnar-toUr, m. a harbour toll, Grag. ii. 401,
S.) 157. hafnar-vdgr, m. a creek, Str. 4.
f. — hafnan, q. v.
pp, m. a dolphin, prop, a 'he-goat,' from hafr, because of the
umbling ; the word is not found in old writers. h6frunga-
a kind of athletic sport, ' dolphin-leap,' a kind of leap-frog.
B, n., dat. hof&i ; gen. pi. hofSa, dat. h6f6um ; in Norse MSS.
hafud, Anecd. 4 (^without umlaut) ; the root-vowel seems in
times (8th century) to have been a diphthong; thus Bragi
lymes, Inwfi — ha?^f6i, and rauf — hawfuS, Edda ; the old ditty
rhyme, h6f5u ver i haufSi, Hkr. i.104, would be faulty unless
a diphthong in the latter word : in good old MSS. (e. g. Saem.
) the word is always spelt with ar or a7j, never 0, and probably
diphthongal sound ; the Norse spelling havu6 however points
vowel; and later feel. MSS. spell o or <c, e. g. Hb. in Vsp. I.e.
ble that the short vowel originated in the contracted form, as
ndshard; [cp. Goth, haubip ; A.S. heafod; Eng]. head; Hel.
Ji.G. houpit ; mld.H.G. houbet; mod. G.haupt; Dzn.hoved;
wrf; Ormul. hcefedd (the single/marks a preceding long vowel) ;
Id Teut. languages except the Icel. agree in the length of the
ireas Lat. caput, Gr. K«pa\r] have a short root vowel.]
i«a</, Vsp. 38, Sdm.14, VJ)m.i9, {)kv.i6, 19, Skm. 23, Nj.19,
. ii. II, Fms. X. 381, Eg. 181, Edda 59, passim ; matti sva at
41iga vaeri tvau h6fu& a hverju kvikendi, Hrafn. 22 (of a great
stock) ; Grimr raka&i bratt fe saman, voru tvau h6fu6 a hvi-
:rhann4tti, Isl. ii.14. II. phrases and sayings, lata hofSi
make one a head shorter, behead, Hym. 15, Fm. 34; strjiika
St h6fu5, to stroke never a free head, be never free, never at
M) at t)eir mundi aldrei um frjalst h6fu& strjuka, er vinir bans
ii|>6rSr vaeri hof&ingi i fsafirSi, Sturl. ii. 124 ; eg ma aldrei um
6«trjuka, / never have any time to spare; sitja aldrei a sars hofSi,
quarrelling ; skera e-m hofuS, to make a wry face at one,
heJta i hofuSit e-m, to be called after a person ; hon jos svein-
kva8 hann skyldu heita i hofu3 fo6ur sinum, ok var hann
^str, BarS. 24 new Ed. : the mod. usage distinguishes between
i5 a e-m, when a person is alive when the child was born, and
e-m, when that person is dead ; halda h6f3i, to hold one's head
3, Og. ; tera hatt hofu3, to bear one's head high, Sturl. iii. 147,
Sighvat ; hefja h6fu6s, to lift one's bead. Thorn. 535 ; drcpa niSr hofiM,
to droop one's head, Bs. i. 625 ; {joku h6f af hofSi, the fog lifted, Ld. 74 ;
biia hvarr i annars hofSi, to be at loggerheads, Sks. 346 ; fara huldu hof8i,
to go with a hidden bead, in disguise, to bide oneself, Fms. vi. 1 j ; faera e-m
hofud sitt, to surrender oneself to an enemy. Eg. ch. 62, 63, Fms. x. 261 ;
stiga yiir hofu6 e-m, to pass over one's bead, overcome one, 304 ; er a
engri stundu iirvaent naer elli stigr yfir h. m^r, Eb. 332 ; hla8a helium at
hiifdi e-m, to leave one dead on the spot, Dropl. 18 ; ganga milli bols ok
hufu6s, ' to gang between bole and head,' i.e. to kill outright, Eb. 240 ; hxtta
hof5i, to risk one's bead, Hm. 106 ; leggjask e-t undir h6fu6, to lay under
one's pillow, to put aside; leggjask fer5 undir hofu8, Faer. 132, Orkn.
46; \>u munt ver6a fatt undir h6fu6 at leggjask ef ck skal vi8'j)er taka,
Sturl. i. 27; vera hofSi haerri, to be a head taller, Fms. x. 381 ; setja
h6fu6 a h6fu5 ofan, to set bead upon head, Bs. i. 73, (viz. to consecrate
a second bishop to a see, which was against the eccl. law); cp. kjisa
annan konung i hofuS Davi8, Sks. 801. III. in a personal sense,
in poets, a person, = Lat. caput, Gr. K^pa, KfcpaX^fj ; fargjarnt h(>fu6, thou
fearful woman! Fas. ii. 556; hraustara hofu8, a bolder man, 315;
berjask vid eitt hofu3, 49 ; heiptraekt h6fu6, Yt. 25 ; andpnitt hcifuft, high-
minded man ! Sighvat ; tirar h., glorious man ; leyfSar h., id., Geisli 56 ;
vina h()fu8 = cara capita, Bm. 2 ; fraenda hofud, kinsmen, Sk&ld H. 3. 40 ;
hvarfiist h., thou fickle woman! Hel. 2. 2. a number, tale, bead, of
animals; fadj'gt h6fu6, of a fox, Merl. i. 39: bead, of cattle, J)eir eiga
at gjalda J)ingfarar-kaup, er skulda-hjona hvert hefir hofu&, kii skulda-
lausa e5a kugildi, Grag. (Kb.) i. 159, referring to the old way of taxa-
tion, which is still the law in Icel., that a freeholder has to pay tax
(skattr) only if he has more head of cattle (kugildi, q. v.), than persons
to support. IV. a head, chief; hofuS lendra manna, Fms. vii.
273 ; h. ok hof3ingi, Stj. 457 ; Jjrandheimr er h. Noregs, Fms. vi. 38 ;
hofud allra hofu5-ti5a (gen.), Lei6arvis. 23. V. oi head-shaped
things: 1. a beak, of a ship; me3 gylltum hofSum, Fms. viii. 385,
X. 10, 417, passim ; dreka-hofud, q. v. : the beak was usually a dragon's
head, sometimes a bison's, 6. H. ; a steer's, Landn. 5. ch. 8; or it was
the image of a god, e.g. of Thor, Fms. ii. 325, (6. T. ch. 253); or
of a man, Karl-h6f6i, 0. H., the ship of St. Olave ; cp. the interesting
passage, J)at var upphaf enna heiSiiu laga, at nienn skyldu eigi hafa
hofuSskip i hafi, en ef J)eir hefdi, J)a skyldi Jjeir af taka hiifud a6r
J)eir kaemi i lands-syn, ok sigla eigi at landi me9 gapandum hofSum
edr ginandi trjonum, sva at landvaettir faeldisk vi6, Landn. (Hb.) 258,
Fms. vi. 180 (in a verse), vii. 51 (in a verse). 2. the capital of a
pillar, Al. 116, Fb. i. 359 (of tent poles) : of carved heads in a hall, ser
^li augun litar hja Hagbar6s-h6f6inu ? Korm. ch. 3 : heads of idols
carved on chairs, Fbr. ch. 38: carved heads on high-seats, Eb. ch. 4:
that these figures sometimes represented fairies or goddesses is shewn by
the word briiSa (q. v.) and st61bru9a ; heads of bedsteads seem to have
been carved in a similar way; cp. also Korm. 86, see tjasna. 3.
the head-piece of a bridle ; tyndi ma5r hiifSi a beisli {)vi er gorsema-vel
var gort, Bs. i. 314, v. 1. ; the head of a rake, hrifu-h., etc. compds :
h6f3a-bTiza, u, f. name of a ship, Fms. viii. h6ffla-fj61, f. the head-
board of a bedstead, Sturl. ii. 50, Fas. i. 489, Fb. ii. 297 ; opp. to fota-
fjcil, q.v. h.df8a,-lag, n. the head of a bedstead, Yns. iii. ^^^; brast
upp J)ilfjol at hof6um J>orsteins, Fms. iii. 196. h6f3a-skip, n. a ship
with a beak, Fms. ii. 302, Fb. iii. 448. h6ffla-tal, n. a ' tale of heads,'
GJ)1. 396, Al. 75, Sks. 340. h6f5a-tala, u, f. = hof8atal. Ii6fu3-
band, n. a head-band, snood, Edda 71 . h6fu3-bani, a, m. (and hofufls-
bani), ' head's-bane,' death, destruction; tunga er h., a saying, Hm. 72,
Landn. 307, Edda 73, Nj. 68, 71, Ld. 132, 246. h6fu3-bein, n.
head-hones, Fms. vi. 30, Bs. i. 1 78, Grett. h6fuS-bur3r, m. the bear-
ing of the head : metaph. help, backing, sjipport, lizt mer sem Htill h. muni
mer at J)vi, it will be of little avail for me, Isl. ii. 1 25, Bs. i. 464, ii. 156,
Sturl. i. 209, Fms. X. 170, Fs. 123, Mar. Ii6fu3-biiiia3r, h6fu8-
buningr, m. head-gear, Stj. 627, Sks. 225. H6fu3-dagr, m. ' Head-
day,' i. e. Aug. 2g,the Beheading of St. John Baptist. h6fu3-dukr, m. a
head-kerchief hood, Nj. 200, Stj. 208, Gisl. 21, |3i6r. 226, D. N. iii. 106,
iv. 217. h.6fu3-faldr, m.:=hofu3dukr, Str. 82. h.6fu3-fatna3r,
m. head-gear, D. N. v. 263. h6fu3-fetlar, m. pi. the head-piece of a
bridle, "^t. lo. h6fu3-ger3, f. (Dan. hoved-gjerde), the head of a bed-
stead. Mar. h6fu3-gjarnt, n. adj. fatal, dangerous to one's life;
at honum mundi h. verSa, Fb. iii. 550; segir mer sva hugr um, at h.
(hofuSgrant, Ed.) verSi nokkurum vina Pdls, ef . . ., Sturl. i.104. h6fu3-
gull, n. 'head-jewels' Stj. 396, Bs. ii. 142, Art., Mar. h6fia.3-hlutr,
m. the 'bead-part,' upper part of the body, opp. to fotahlutr. Eg. 398,
Fms. v. 352, xi. 277. h.6fu3-h6gg, n. a blow on the bead, Grett. 1 19.
h.6fu3-lausn, f. head's lease, is the name of three old poems. Ad. 8,
where this is the true reading, see Eg. ch.62, 63, Fb. iii. 241-243, Knytl. S.
ch. 19. h.6fu3-lauss, adj. headless, without a head, Nj. 203, Faer.
185, Stj. 93, Rb. 344: without a leader. Far. 169, Fms. viii. 264; h.
herr, ix. 253 ; dau3r er hiifuSlaus herr, a saying. h6fu3-le3r, n. the
head-piece of a bridle, Bs. i. 314. Ii6fu3-lin, n. a linen hood, belong-
ing to a priest's dress, Vm. 26, 29, 70, 73, Dipl. v. 18. h6fu3-raeiii,
n. a boil or sore on the head, Bs. i. 196. h6fu3-niikill, adj. big-
X 2
308
IIOFUDM UNDll— HUGGORMH
beaded, Bar&. 165. hOfuS-mundr, m. head-money, blood-money, for
the slaying of an outlaw, Sturl. ii. 2. h6fu3-6rar, f. pi., medic.
delirium, Sks. 703, Post. 656 C. 11, Mirm. ch. 20. h6fu3-r6t, f.,
botan. rose-root, a kind of sedum. h.6fu3-sdr, n. a head-sore, wound
in the head, G^\. 1 80. 1'sl. ii. 269, Fbr. 2 1 1 . h6fu3-sk61, f. the ' head-
shell,' skull. h6fu9-skip, n. = h6faaskip, Landn. 258. h.6fu6-
skj&lfti, a, m., medic, a trembling of the head, palsy, Stj. 43. Ii6fu3-
smdrtt (sin6tt from smjiiga), f. [hovud-smotta, Ivar Aasen], an opening
for the bead, in a coat, Ld. 134, 136, Fas. i. 165, Saeni. 139. h6fu3-
snaudr, adj. headless, Bjarn. h6fu3-s6tt, f. the turning disease, fall-
ing sickness, of sheep. h6fu3-8teypa, u, f., fara hofuSsteypu, to be
overset, Fas. i. 273. h6fu3-sundl, n., h6fu3-svimi, a, m. dizziness
in the head. h.6fu3-8v6r3r, m. the head skin, scalp ; in the phrase,
standa yfir e-s hofu6sv6r6um, to have an enemy's head at one's feet, slay
one, Fms. iii. 104, Ld. 132, 172, Al. 106, 116. h6fu3-tiund, f . a
tithe from stock or investment, opp. to avaxtar-t., that on interest, K. A.
58, N. G. L. i. 346. h6fu3-verkr, m. bead-acbe, Bs. i. 179, 183, 253,
Lsekn. 471. h6fu3-viti, n. capital punishment, Sturl. (in a verse).
h6fu3-v6r3r, m. a body-guard, Stj. 488, Al. 103, Sks. 258, Fms. vii.
203, X. 150, Hkr. i. 244. h6fu3-t)vdttr, m. head-washing, Lv. 84,
Vigl. 30. h6fu3-J)yngsl, n. pi. heaviness in the bead. h6fu3-8err,
adj. insane, Mar., Art. h5fu3-8ersl, n. pl. = h6fud6rar, Sks. 703.
B. Chief, capital, found like the Gr. dpx'- i" countless compds :
h6fu3-atri3i, n. a chief point. h6fu3-d,, f. a chief river, Stj. 68.
h6fu3-d.rr, m. an archangel, Greg. 35, Horn. 145. hofuS-^tt, f. o>ie
of the cardinal points, Rb. 440, Hkr. i. 49. h6fu3-barmr, older
h6fu3-ba3inr (Ad. 19, Eg. 316 un a verse), Edda Ht.), m. the head
stem, a Norse law term of an agnate Uncage, opp. to kvennsift (q. v.),
N. G. L. i. 49, 52, Edda. h6fu3barms-ina3r, m. an agnate, N. G. L.
, i. 28, Js. 61. Ii6fu3-baugr, m. the head-ring, in weregild, see baugr,
a law term in Grag. ii. 171. h6fu3-benda, u, f. ' bead-rope,' naut. the
stays, Baer. 5, Faer. 164, Fas. iii. 1 18, N. G. L. i. 199, ii. 283, Krok. 59 :
metaph. a stay, help, Fms. vii. 362, Finnb. 298 ; fa ser nokkura hofu6-
bendu, Fms. iv. 79. h6fu3-biti, a, m. the chief cross-beam in a ship.
h6fu3bita-rum, n. the place of the h., N. G. L. i. 335. h6fu3-
bl6t, n. the chief sacrifice, Hkr. ii. 97, Rb. 412. h6fu3-borg, f. a
^bead-burgh,' metropolis, Fms. i. loi, Rb. 398. hofu3-b61, n. a
manor, domain, GJ)1. 233, N.G. L. i. 43, pms. x. 393. Ii5fu3-b8eli,
n. = h6ru6b61, GJ)1. 3*^7, Fagrsk.57. Ii6fu3-b8er, m. = hofu6b61, Fms.
X. 265, xi. 422. hSfud-drottning, f. a sovereign queen, Sks. 759.
h6fu3-efni, n. = hofu&skepna, Hb. Ii6fu5-engill, m. an archangel,
Nj.157, Hom.133. h6fu3-fa3ir, m. a patriarch : afather of the church,
Stj. 87, 132, Al. 64, NiSrst. 10, Fb. i. 264. Ii6fu3-flrn, f. a great
scandal, Fb. iii. 327. h.6fu3-f61, m. a great fool, 4. 20. Ii6fu3-
gersemi, f. a great jewel, Hkr. i. 264. Ii6fu3-gj6f, f. a capital gift,
Sks. 609, 738. h6fu3-gl8epr, m.acfl/?Va/sz«, Sks. 332, Mar. h.6fu3-
go3, n. a principal god, Fms. xi. 386. h6fu3-grein, f. a chief article,
Barl. 167 (of faith). h.6fu3-g8efa, u, f. capital luck, Fms. vii. 88, x.
185. h6fu3-h.iti3, f. a principal feast, Fms. ii. 38, Mar. Ii6fu3-
hetja, u, f. a great champion, chief. Fas. ii. 242. h6fu3-h.of, n. a chief
temple, Eg. 2^6. iL6{u.5-im[i.ih.ald,n. chief contents. h6fu3-isar, m.
p\. great masses or clumps of ice (on a river), when a channel is open in the
middle, Fs. 52, Ld. 46, Nj. 142, 144, Sturl. i. 14. Ii6fu3-ij)r6tt, f. a
principal art. Mar. Ii6fu3-keinpa, u, f. a great champion, Sturl. iii. 65.
h6fu3-keniiiina3r, m. a great clerk or scholar, ecclesiastic, Bs. i. 153.
Ii6fu3-kirkja, u, f. a high-church, cathedral, 623. 15, Fms. viii. 126, ix.
369, Bs. i. 48, Karl. 545, N. G. L. i. 7, D. N. ii.' 4, Al. 10. h6fu3-
klerkr, m. a great clerk or scholar, Sturl. i. 95. h6fu3-konungr,
m. a sovereign king. Fas. ii. 1 1, Edda (pref.), Karl. 4 1 o. h6fu3-kostr,
m. a cardinal virtue, Hom. 134. h.5fu3-kv61, f. a great torment. Mar.
h6fu3-list, f. = hofu6i|^r6tt, Sks. 633. h6fu3-lyti, n. a capital fault,
N.G. L. ii. 417. h6fu3-l8eknir, m. a chief physician, Hkr. iii. 35.
h6fu3-l8erd6inr, m. a chief doctrine. Ii6fu3-16str, m. a cardinal
sin, deadly sin, Sks. 609. h6fu3s-nia3r, m. a head-man, chief leader,
Fms. X. 40, xi. 243, Hkr. i. 139 ; in Icel. in the 16th and 17th centuries
this was the title of the governor, see hir3stj6ri. h.6fu3-ineistari,
a, m. a head-master, Sks. 634, Stj. 564, Bs. ii. 223. h.6fu3-inerki,
n. the chief mark, characteristic, Rb. 80 : the chief standard, Karl. 158.
h6fu3-inusteri, n. = h6fu6kirkja, Lex. Poet. h6fu3-nafn, n. //E)e
principal name, Rb. 112. h6fu3-nau3syn, f. high need, Ld. 296,
F'ms. ix. 509, Karl. 140. h6fu3-ni3jar, m. pi. the head-kinsmen,
rtg'nato, = hofu8barmsmenn, Bragi, Gkv. 3. 5. h6fu3-prestr, m. a
' chief priest,' the priest of a hiJfuSkirkja, H.E. i. 474, 655 ii. i, D.N.
passim, N. G. L. i. 378, 390 : a chief priest, high priest, N. T. Ii6fu3-
ra3, n. a bead-cotincil, chief council, GJ)1. 61, Fms. viii. 438, ix. 240.
h6fu3-rd3gjafl, a, m. a chief adviser, Barl. 109, Fms. ix. 293. Ii6fu3-
skdld, n. a ' head-scald,' great poet, Fms. vi. 386, Fbr. 116, Edda 49, 154,
O. H. L. 57, Geisli 12. h6fu3-skepna, u, f. a ' head-creation' prime
element, Bs. i. 145, Skalda 174, 175, Bad. 131, Eluc. 8 ; himnarnir munu
forganga nie6 storum brestum, en hofudskepnurnar braSna, 2 Pet. iii. 10.
h6fu3-skutilsvein, n. a bead cup-bearer, Karl. 84. h6fu3-sk6min, _ li6gg-ormr, m. [North. E. bagworm; Swed. huggorm], a vip*
f. a chief shame, scandal, Fms. vi. 262, Al. 147. h6fu3-sk5rung;
a great and noble person, of a woman, Sturl. iii. 6. Ii6fa6-sini&
a chief workman, architect, 656 B. 8, Stj. 23, Bs. i. 81, Fms. x.
Fbr. 12. h6fu3-spekingr, m. a great, wise man, Sks. 14. he
6ta3r, ni. a 'head-stead,' capital, chief place, Fms. iv. 236, vii. i;
202, 299, Eg. 267, Sks. 647, Edda 10, Bs. i. 90. hofuO-stafii^i
' head-stem,' raven's beak, Hofu31. h.6fu3-stafr, m., granini. a' I
stave,' head letter, capital, initial, used freq. in this sense by Thor
but grammarians use it specially of the letters h, q, v,p, which can 1
only at the beginnings of syllables, (see Gramm. p. xv, col. I at.
tom ; Skalda 165-171) : — in prosody, the third of the aliiteral
(lj66stalir) standing 'ahead' of the second verse line, the prei
being called studlar ; thus in ' ^a var giund groin | ^rsenum 1;
in '^raenum' is a h6fu6stafr, but in 'g-rund' and 'g-roin' a si
120 : in mod. usage hofuSstafir in pi. is used of all the allitera'
skaldskapr J)inn er skothent kluOr | skakk-settum hofuSsti
Jon Jjorl. ]i6fu3-stjarna, u, f. a cy!)/«/"s/ar, Rb. 440. hfil ^.
n. a chief seat : a trade term, capital, opp. to interest. hrifnjf^
a, m. a chief girder, Sks. 633. h6fu3-styrkr, m. principtdwi
N. G. L. ii. 416. h.6fu3-synd, f. a deadly sin, Hom. 33, 74,^!
h6fu3-S8eti, n. a chief seat, Sks. 108, 460. h6fu3-tiuiak;l
a chief language, Edda (pref.) h6fu3-v&pn, n. a princi^
Sks. 430. h.6fu3-veizla, u, f. a chief banquet, Fms. xi. 422.
v61, f. a chief device, Sks. 528, 633. Ii6fu3-vmdr, m. a wind~
one of the cardinal points, Rb. 438. h6fu3-viiir, m. a bosom J.\,
Fms. ix. 308, 451. h.6fu3-J)mg, n. a great jewel : a chief me\:
h6fu3-sett, f. a chief family. j
HOPUWDR, m., gen. ar ; the masc. inflex. -undr reminds one i ;[
Gothic (Gramm. p. xxxii. B. V) ; in old writers the word is ii
only four times, always in the sense of a judge, and reS;;
chiefly to Gothland in Sweden ; Hufundr (a mythol. pr. name :
manna vitrastr, ok sva r^ttdaemr, at hann halla3i aldri rettum iii?
ok af hans nafni skyldi sa hofundr heita i hverju riki er mai
daemdi, Fas. (Hervar. S.) i. 523, cp. 513: as also in Hrolfs S. Kr.i-
ferring to Gothland), hofundr einn var |)ar til settr at skora \t" .
me3 sannindum, settusk margir i ^etta saeti, ok kalla6i hofundr < :
saema, Jjorir gengr seinastr ok sezk hann Jjegar i stolinn ; hofunar :
J)er er saeti6 haefiligast, ok muntu daemdr til ^essarar stjornar, Fas.
sigr-hofundr, the judge of victory, the Lord of battle, a name gh 0
Odin by Egil, Stor. 21 : lastly in Thorodd, skald eru hofundarallrari!
eSa mals-greina, sem smiSir malmgripa (?), e6r logmenn laga, to *)
are judges in all matters of grammar and syntax, as sinilbs in •■
7tianship, and lawyers in law, Skkldz (ThoTodd) 164; this passage. ^
as the preceding is erroneously rendered in the earlier translations, '>
in Lex. Poet. II. an author, originator; the revival > i>
ancient word, in quite a different sense, is curious ; it does not oc
any of the earliest glossaries of the 17th century nor in the Bible
Vidalin, but, as it seems for the first time, in the Lexidion Island::
num, published at Copenhagen A.D. 1 734, as a rendering of th;
auctor, and was probably inserted by some learned philologer (Ju". •
son?) from the passage in Skalda, by a mistake. 2. by t; ;
of the century it came to be used = a writer, and is now freq. •"
sense, either rit-hofundr or singly; but still in 1781, in the preface ■
of that year, ritsmiSr (writ-smith) and hofundr are both used, si i|
that the latter was not yet settled, though at present the use w
word is quite fixed.
HOGG, n., old dat. hoggvi, 6. H. 184, Fms. vii. 230, Nj. passim
pi. hoggva; [Shetl. huggie ; Scot, bag; Dan. bug; Swed. V
cp. the verb hoggva] : — a stroke, blow, esp. a stroke with an i*
weapon, but also with a blunt one, Fms. vii. 191, 230, 297; '^"-jfi ,
selinn i svima et fyrsta hogg, Bs. i. 342 ; Ijosta hogg a dyr, to *J|'^
Fs. 131, Nj. 28; i einu hoggvi, of throwing a stone, Edda72;»4 -
loptsins, Skalda 1 74 : sayings, skamma stund ver5r bond hoggvT #
Nj. 64, 155, 213; eigi fellr tre vi6 it fyrsta hogg, Nj. 163, 224! j^
hoggvi vi6 e-n, to have a quarrel, come to blows with a person ; J; '€
ekki hogg a vatni, a stroke in ivater is not seen, leaves no m^^
efforts without effect. 2. slaughter, a beheading; leiddr til P-
Grett. 85, Karl. 518, Clem. 58; daema e-n til hoggs. Bias. 49; ■*'
ofcattle, yxnerhannsetla6i tilhoggs, Eg. 181 ; strand-hogg, q. ^■
a hewing down of trees, Dan. hugst, Grag. ii. 297; sk6g.ir-hog
hogg ok hofn, D.N.: a gap, kom J)a skjott hogg i lift''- '
305. 4. of an instrument; {)ela-h6gg, q. v. ; saum-hogy
fjal-hogg, a cbopping-hlock. 5. a ravine or a cut-Hie g'
mountain. hdggva-skipti, -vi3skipti, n. exchange '.fhlov
i. 38, V. 165, Eg. 581, Korm. 212, Fs. 48.
h6gg-eyx, f. a hewing axe, hatchet, Fbr.
li6gg-f8Dri, n. the being within sword's reach, so as to have a
of striking, Nj. 97, Gullf. 30, Al. 33, passim. ,.
h6gg-j&rn, n. a 'hewing iron,' chopper, Ld. 38, K.{>.K. jj
chisel
HOGGORMABIT— HOLL.
309
176, Edda 37, Stj. 28, passim. compos: hfiggorma-bit,
bite. h6ggorms-t6nn, f. a viper's toot?}.
TOsta, u, f. a close Jight, Eg. 231, Fms. vi. 78, passim.
usually spelt hugro, f. a clinch on a sword's hilt, Edda (Gl.),
7, Hkr. i. 238, |)6rd. 75 : name of a ship, Fms. viii : in Hkv.
true reading is prob., hugro i hjalti, . . . iinn er i oddi, for the
g 'hugr er i hjalti' yields no meaning; hugr6 and onn (q. v.)
of the sword.
1, n. room to draw a sword, JjorS. 47, Eg. 492.
, n. a kind of hatchet, Fbr. 58.
;6gr, m. [Dan. skovhtigst'], felled trees; {)at er h. er menn
>p, Grag. ii. 264.
edda, u, f. = hoggsax, Safn i. 689.
)j6t, n. a kind of halberd, Fms. iv. 338, vi. 113, vii. 143,
374. 378.=kesja.
m. a place for a blow. Eg. 507, Fms. vi. 99, vii. 290,
Hkr. iii. 165.
okkr, m. a cbopping-hlock, 0. H. 1 1 7 : a block for execution.
VA, also spelt heyggva, Ssem. (Kb.) ; pres. hojgr, mod. also
hoggum, mod. hoggvum ; pret. hjo, hjott, hjo, mod. hjo, hjost,
joggum and hjuggum, mod. only the latter form ; a Norse pret.
]6, D.N. ii. 331 ; pret. subj. hjoggi and heyggi, mod. hjyggi ;
inn, mod. but less correct, hoggVinn, which also i< freq. in the
but in the MSS. usually abbreviated, hogg, hogg, = hogginn,
lot recorded in Ulf. ; A.S. heawan ; Engl, hew, hack; Hel.
D.H.G. Aowwara; Germ. hauen; Dan.hugge; SsNtd.hugga']: —
notes to strike with an edged tool, sla and drepa with a blunt
1. to strike, smite with a sharp weapon ; hoggr sa er hlifa skyldi,
'bo ought to shield, a saying : to deal blows with a weapon, hann
hjd efta lagSi, Nj. 8 ; hann hjo titt ok hart, passim ; hoggva
idum, 29 ; h. sver6i, iixi, strike with, i. e. to brandibb, a iword,
V. 168, Gs. 6 ; h. til e-s, to deal a blow to one, smite, Grag. ii. *],
■n bana-hogg, to smite with a deathblow, Eg. 2 20 : to cut down,
rhjuggu drekann miok, Fms. vii. 249: to maim, ef ma6r hciggr
jorn til ha6ungar manni, Grag. ii. 1 2 1 ; h. rauf a hjalmi, Al. 78 :
, h. sik 1 lends manns rett, Fms. ix. 399 : spec, phrases, hoggdii
armastr, mi hjottu Noreg or hendi mer ! Ek J)6ttumk mi Noreg
hoggva, O.H. 184. 2. to put to death, behead, Fms.
51, xi. 148-152 : to kill, hiigg ^li hestinn, Nj. 92 : to kill
'er, h. bli, btife, kyr, geitr, naut, Landn. 293, Eg. 532,
5, xi. 123, Fb. i. 1S6 : hoggva strandhogg, Eg. Si. 3. to
hoggva skog, Grag. ii. 294 ; h. keyrivond, id. : absol., hann
it 1 skogi minum, Nj. 98, passim: to cut grass (rarely), ef
;r hey a hlut annars manns, N. G. L. ii. 1 1 2 ; upp hoggvit gras,
Dipl. iv. 9, Jm. 7, (else always sla of mowing.) 4. to
kes (hogg-ormr) ; MiSgarftsormr hjo hann til bana, Edda 155 ;
fyrir flagbrjoskat, 76 : of a wound from a boar's tusk, ef svin
in, GJ)1. 190 : the phrase, h. hest sporum, to prick a horse with
lag. 9. II. with prcpp. ; hoggva af, to hew or cut off; h.
)k skegg, to cut off' the beard, K. J>. K. ; h. af lim, Sks. 555 ; to
tar, h. af f4, Ld. 64 ; hoggva af ser, to parry off, Fms. v. 1 3 : —
lit down, i. 38 ; to kill, butcher, vii. 261, Orkn. 1 20 ; hjuggu J)eir
it sitt (by cutting casks to pieces), Fms. vii. 249 : — h. upp, to cut
«, Greg. 48, Matth. iii. 10 ; h. upp skip, to break a ship up,
28, ix. 381 ; h. upp hus, to break a house up, viii. 166 : — h. or,
metaph. to make even; voru margar greinir ^aer er or J)urfti at
kups ok leikmanna, Bs. i. 751 ; lata konung ok erkibiskup 6r
) sagdar greinir, 773. III. reflex, to be cut, hacked;
Idr Helga, Dropl. 24. 2. recipr. to exchange blows,
hjuggusk nokkura stund, Hav. 56 ; J)eir h. til i akafa, Bret.
3. metaph., hoggvask i mitt mal, to begin abruptly, in the
I sentence ; taka heldr at upphafi til, en hoggvask 1 mitt mal,
, V. 1. ; ef enn hoggsk nokkurr i ok maelir sva. c^ts in, objects,
: J)6tti honum mi taka mjcik um at hoggvask, things looked
. 142 ; J)6tti honum hart um hoggvask, Bs. i. 423.
idi, a, m., part, a hewer, as a nickname, Fms. xi. 1 15 : a beads-
<>45- 65.
pn, n. a cutlass, Eg. 580, Fms. vi. 158.
-Mnni, a, m. cut cheek, a nickname, Landn.
', f., pi. hagldir, a kind of buckle (shaped like 00), commonly
tn, used to run the rope through with which hay is trussed :
reip a tiu hesta ok leysir af hagldir, Fb. i. 523 : in metaph.
nn J)6ttisk mi hafa hagldir fengit a sinum malum, Bs. i. 730 ;
od. phrase, hafa bae6i toglin ok hagldirnar, to have it all one's
haglda-brauS, n. buckle-gingerbread.
ge, m. = hogld. Ii6gldungs-reip, n. a rope with buckles;
I hogldungsreip, Vm. 177.
m. a torn cat, freq. in mod. usage. II. a pr. name,
•Sagene, Landn.
to limp, Bar3. 167 ; h. kyrr. Fas. ii. 369.
i*» e haka.
hOkul-braekr, f. pi., also by dropping the aspirate, okui-brxkr. Fas. iii.
^1 :—' cloak-breeks,' a kind of dress, perhaps like a Highlander's kilt,
prob. derived from hokull, hekla, and not from iikla, an ankle; it is used
of beggarly attire, Isl. (Kjaln. S.) ii. 417, Fas. iii. 4I.
HOKULIi, m., dat. hiikli, [Ulf. renders by hakul the Gr. <p(\6trjs, i. e.
<paiv6kr}s, Lat. paenula, a mantle, 2 Tim. iv.' 13 ; A. S. bacela ; O. H. G.
hacbul; old Fi.hekil; Dan. messe-bagel; akin to hekla, q. v.] : — a
priest's cope; purpura-h., Bs. i. 67; hann hafa. ok ut pell l)at er h. $& er
ur giirr er Skarbendingr heitir, 77, Vm. 13, 92, Fms. iii. 168, viii. 197,
D. 1. passim.
hSkul-lauss, adj. ' cope-less, '_ without a cope, Vm. 22.
hakul-skiiadr.part., prob. wearing a hilt and brogues like a Highlander,
Fms. ix. 512 ; this word is also, in the various MSS. to I.e., spelt with cr
without the h, see Fb. iii. 151 (iJkulskoar).
h.6ku-n6tt, f. mid-winter night, about the time of Epiphany, when the
heathen Yule began ; a ot. Kty. : hann setti Jjat i Icigum at hefja Jola-
hald sem Kristnir menn . . ., en adr var Jola-hald hafit Hokunott, ^H var
mi&svetrar-nott (thus in Fms. i. 32, I.e.), ok haldin l)riggja (J)rettan?)
natta J61, Hkr. i. 138 (Hak. S. ASalst. ch. 15). The Scot, hogmaney,
= the last day of the year or a feast given on that day, is a remnant of
this ancient word. The heathen Yule seems am -ng the Scandinavians
to have been celebrated about three weeks later than Christmas ; but
the Norse king Hakon, who had been brought up in Christian England,
altered the time of the festival, so as to make it correspond with the
English Yule or Christmas ; and so the heathen hcikunott came to repre-
sent our Christmas Eve. The etymology is not known.
hdld-borinn, part, born of a hold (see holdr), enjoying a hold's right,
Hdl. 11,16, N.G.L. i. 346.
hold-maSr, m. = holdr, N.G.L. i. 44, 5;;, 71, 175.
HOLDR, m., in old MSS. spelt harl6r or harlj)r, denoting that the d
is inflexive, not radical ; [the word therefore is not to be derived from
halda, but is identical with A. S. haltfS, Germ, held, whence mod. Swed,
and Dan. hjdlta and belt, see hair] : — a Norse law term, a kind of higher
yeoman, like the statesman of Westmoreland, i. e. the owner of allodial
land, mod. Norse odelsbonde ; the hold is to be distinguished from a
hersir (q. v.) or a lendr ma&r, who held land in fee from the king, see the
interesting story in Har. S. Harftr. ch. 62 (Fms. vi. 278) ; the hold is thus
defined, sa er harldr er hann hefir o&iil at erf5um tekit bae3i eptir foSur
ok m63ur, {)au er bans forellrar (forefathers) hafa att a6r fyrir J)eim,
N.G.L. ii. 146; holda tva e6a basndr ina beztu, i. 251. In old Nor-
way the churchyards were divided into four parts ; in the first were buried
the lendir menn, next them the holds and their children (holds-lega), then
the freed men (leysingjar), and lastly the thralls (man, q. v.) nearest to the
wall ; the hold had right to twice as much as the simple franklin, and half
as much as the lendr ma6r, e.g. boandi halvan annan eyri, hiildr {)rja aura,
lendr ma6r sex aura, jarl tolf aura, konungr {jrjar merkr, N. G. L. i. 45,
'^P- 55' 7'' ^^! t)egnar ok ha'liiar, sva eru biieat'r kallaSir, Edda 107;
haulSar, J)at er biiendr {)eir, er gildir eru af aetlum e5a re:tum fullum, 94 ;
Bjorn hlaut annan biistaS g66in ok virO'legan, gorSisk hann ekki hand-
genginn konungi, J)vi var hann kallaOr B'orn hiilfir. Eg. 198 ; lends manns
son skal taka holds rett ef hann faer eigi lond, N.G.L. i. "ji ; hann
veltisk or jarldominum ok tok holds rott, Orkn. 12: for the were-
gild to be paid for a hold (holds-gjold) see N. G.L. i. 81: a law
of king St. Olave ordered that Icelanders whilst in Norway should
enjoy the right of a hold ; fslendingar eigu at hafa holds-rett i Noregi,
D.l. i. 65. 2. in poetry, a man, Hm. 41 ; holda synir, the sons of
men, 93, Fm. 19, Hkr. i. loi, where the mother of Ganger-Rolf calls
him 'the kinsman of the holds,' cp. also Rm. 21, Gs. 17 ; h. inn hviti,
Isl.ii. 251 (in a verse) : in mod. Icel. usage it remains in bii-holdr, q. v.
h61fa, a8, see hvalfa.
H61gi, a, m. a pr. name, in the Hb. spelt Hcelgi ; this is the old Norse
form, whereas the old and mod. Icel. form is Helgi, and of a woman,
Helga, u, f., Landn. ; prob. contracted from Halogi, cp. the Dan.
Holger and Russian Olga : Hiilgi was the name of a mythol. king, Edda
83, whence H61ga-bru3r, f. the bride of Holgi, or H6lga-tr6ll, n.
(Skalda 168, Fms. xi. 134), the giantess of H. : h6Ida-bru3r and
horga-briidr are less correct forms, Nj. 131 (v. 1.), Fb. i. 213; for the
various readings in different MSS. see Joms S. ch. 44, Nj. ch. 89 : this is
the name of two weird sisters worshipped by the earls of Hla3ir ; the pas-
sage in Skalda 1. c. refers to some lost myth concerning these sisters.
HOLKN, n. a rough stony field, almost = hraun, q. v. ; a hoikni einu,
Fas. iii. 625 ; hann setsk ni6r a holknit fyrir ofan bu3irnar, Ld. 290
(v. 1. hraunit) ; J)a er undir sva hart sem hiilkn, Hrafn. 26 ; holkn e8a
hreysar, N.G.L. i. 38; i fjtJru efta a hoelkn, li. ill, 146, Hym. 24; um
holkn ok sk6ga, Karl. 243: in local names, H6lkna-hei3r, see the
map of Icel.
hSlkvir, m., poijt. a horse, Edda (Gl.) ; h. hvilbeSjar, poijt. a clothes'
horse, cp. Dan. scBnge-hest {?), Akv. 31 ; golf-h., a 'closet-horse,' poet.
a house, Bragi ; bor6-h., a 'board-hobby,' a ship. Lex. Poet. II.
the name of a mythol. steed, Edda.
HOIjIj, f., gen. hallar, often spelt liall without umlaut, Fb. i. 212,
310
HALLARBUNADR— HOND.
1. 26, Fas. iii. 42, 87, Fnis. viii. 191, v. 1. ; as also rhymed so in poets,
e.g. Geislili; \_A.S. heal, gen. healle ; Engl hall ; Hel. halla ; but
not found in old and mid. H. U., the mod. Germ, balle being a borrowed
word, Grimm's Gr. iii. 427] : — a hall, but in the Norse only of a king's or
earl's hall, whereas a private dwelling is called skali, eldhus, q. v. ; and
thus ' hair never could be used of an Icel. dwelling. In earlier times
it seems to have had a more general sense, which remains in a verse of
Kormak, Korm. 42 : — in the mythology and old poems ' hall ' is also used
of the hall of gods, giants, V^ni., Hym., Lv. ; Val-hoU, Valhalla, the
hall of the slain, of Odin, Gm., Edda : as also Grabs hoU, God's hall = the
heaven, Geisli; dags holl, days' hall, the slty; hcill fjalla, mountain hall,
the sky ; lifs holl, life's hall, the breast. Lex. Po(3t. : — in prose constantly,
konungs-holl, a king's hall, or hall simply, passim. For the building,
structure, seats of a hall, see the Sagas passim, Fagrsk. ch. 219, 220,
Hrolfs S. Kr. ch. 34, 40, Jomsv. S. ch. 5, 22, Vols. S. ch. 3, Halfs S.
ch. 12, Eg. S. ch. 8, Edda 2, 30-33, 82. As all heathen Scandinavian
buildings were of timber, the hall of stone of Nj. ch. 6 is no doubt an
anachronism. compds: b.allar-biina3r, -buningr, m. the hangings
of a ball, Fms. x. 235, xi. 16. hallar-dyrr, n. pi. hall-doors,
Edda 2, Fas. i. 15, Al.'70. hallar-golf, n. a hall-floor, Edda 31,
Fms. iii. 188, vii. 157, Fas. i. 284. hallar-veggr, m. the wall of a
hall, Fms. iv. 189, Sks. 709: HoU, name of an Icel. farm. Skald H.,
whence Hallar-Steinn, a pr. name.
lidlzti, see heldr B. III.
HOM, f., gen. hamar, [A. S. and Engl, hani], the ham or hauiich of a
horse; Grettir hljop undir homina a hesti sinum, Grett. ic8; kom a
homina hestinum, Karl. 124; skjota \q\x upp hominni allir i senn, Od.
xiii. 83 ; standa i h6m = hama, q. v., of horses in a tempest.
lioinul-gryti, n. [provinc. Norse hnmnl, Shetl. hammers'], heaps of
earth-fast stones; i klungri e9a humulgry'ti, Barl. 19.
homungr, m. = hemingr (q. v.), N.G. L. ii. 511.
HOND, f., gen. handar, dat. hendi, ace. hond, pi. hendr, mod. proncd.
hondur, gen. handa ; \G0ih.ha71dus; A.S. and Engl, hand; O. H. G. hatit;
Germ, hand; Dan. haa>id ; Swed. hand] : — a hand ; beit hondina t)ar er
mi heitir lilfliSr, Edda 17; armleggir, handleggir ok hendr, Anecd. 6;
kne e5r hendi, Grag. ii. 8 ; ganga a hondum, Fms. vi. 5 ; me8 hendi
sinni, K. Jj. K. 5 new Ed. ; taka hendi a e-u, to touch with the hand, Fms.
X. no; taka hondum um hals e-m, Nj. 10; hvitri hendi, Hallfred ; hafa
e-t i hendi, to hold in hand, wield, Eg. 297, Nj. 84, 97, 255 ; hrjota or
hendi e-m, Fms. xi. 141 ; hafa fingrgull a hendi, Nj. 146 ; handar-hogg,
Fms. xi. 1 26, Fas. ii. 459 ; sja ekki handa sinna skil (deili), not to be able
to see one's hands, of a dense fog. 2. the arm and hand, the arm, like
Gr. x^'P' Nj. 160, 253; a hendi heitir alnbogi, Edda no; hendr til axla,
Fas. i. 160 ; leggir handa ok fota, Magn. 532 ; hond fyrir ofan ulnlid, Nj.
84 ; hafa bring a hendi, of an arm-ring, Nj. 131 ; bring a haegri hendi fyrir
ofan olnboga, Fms. iv. 383 : — the arm and arm-pit, na, taka undir hond
{arm-pit) e-m, GJ)1. 380 ; var eigi djiipara en J)eim tok undir hendr, the
water reached to their arm-pits, Ld. 78 ; taka undir hond ser, to take hold
under one's arms. Eg. 237, Nj. 200; sja undir hond e-m, Fas. ii. 558 ; renna
undir hendr e-m, to backspan one, Hav. 40, 41 ; Jsykkr undir hond, stout,
Ld. 272. 3- metaph. handwriting, hand; rita go&a hond, to write
a good hand; snar-hond, running hand, italics. II. the hatid,
tide ; haegri hiind, the right hand; vinstri hond, the left hand ; a hvara
hond, on either hand, each side, Landn, 215 ; a vinstri hond, Nj. 196;
k haegri hond ; a Ivaer hendr, on both bands or sides, Isl. ii. 368, Fas.
i. 384 ; a ba6ar hendr, Grag. ; hvat sem a aSra hond ber, jvhatso-
ever may happen ; a a6ra hond ... en a a&ra, Ld. 46 ; til hvarigrar
handara, Fms. x. 313; til annarrar handar, Nj. 50, 97; til sinnar
handar hvdrr, 140 ; til beggja handa, Eg. 65 ; til ymsa handa, Bs. i. 750 ;
J)ver-h6nd, a band's breadth; orv-hond. III. sayings and phrases
referring to the hand : 1. sayings ; sjalfs hond er hoUust, one's
own hand is best, i. e. if you want to have a thing well done, do it yourself,
Gliim. 332, O.H.I 57; bli& er baetandi hond, blessed is the mending
band; gjorn er hond a venju, Grett. 150, Nj. (in a verse), and Edda (Ht.
36 ) ; margar hendr vinna lett verk ; fiplar hond a feigu tafli ; betri ein
kraka i hendi en tvaer 4 skogi, Ld. 96 ; skamma stund ver&r hond hoggvi
fegin, see hogg. 2. phrases; drepa hendi vid, to refuse, Nj. 71;
halda hendi yfir e-m, to bold one's band over, protect, 266, Fbr. 32, Anecd.
14 ; taka e-n hondum, to take bold with the hands, seize, capture, Fms. x.
314, Nj. 265, passim; eiga hendr sinar at verja, to act in self-defence,
84, 223 ; hefja handa, to lift the bands, stir for action, 65, Ld. 262 ; bera
hond fyrir hofud ser, to put one's band before one's head, stand on one's
guard, defend oneself; vera i hers hondum, ovina hondum, to be in a
state of war, exposed to rapine ; vera i godum hondum, vina-hondum,
g66ra manna hondum, to be in good bands, among friends. p.
laeknis-hendr, 'leech hands,' healing hnnds ; pains and sickness were
believed to give way to the magical touch of a person gifted
with such hands, Sdni. 4, Magn. S. G65a ch. 36 (Fms. vi. 73), cp.
Rafns S. ch. 2 ; hiind full, a handful, Fms. ii. 302, vi. 38, viii. 306 ; fuUar
hendr fjar, bands full of gold : — kasta hendinni til e-s, to huddle a thing
up ; mea harftri hendi, with bard band, harshly, rudely ; me& hangandi
hendi, with drooping hand, slotbfully ; fegins hendi, with glad he
joyfully ; sitja au6um hondum, to sit with empty hands, sit idle; buti
tomar hendr, empty-handed, portionless. Thorn. : — lata hendr st
ur ermum, to work briskly ; vikja hendi til e-s (handar-vik), to i
hand to do a thing; \>zb er ekki i tveim hondum a5 hafa vi5 di*
double handed (i. e. faltering) half measures, when the one hand am
what the other has done; kann ek \i3.t sja at ekki ma i tveim hondnoi]
vi& slika menn. Band. 3 ; lata hond selja hendi, of a ready bargus;
e-t ganga hendi firr, to let go out of one's bands, lose, Ld. 203; (A
ser eigi hendi firr ganga, and never lost sight of him, 656 ii, i;
fallask hendr, to be discomfited, lose one's bead (see falla) ; legsja *
hcind a allt, to be a ready hand, adept in everything, Thom. 300
gora F. 2) ; taka 1 hond e-m, to join hands, Nj. 3 ; takask i hcnd i
join, shake hands, Grag. ii. 80; leggja hendr saman, id., G^. j
shaking hands as symbolical of a bargain, see the compds ;
hand-festi, handa-band ; eiga, taka, jiifnum hondum, to oxen,
even hands, i.e. in equal shares, Grag. i. 171, ii. 66, Hkr. i. 318; tI
jijfnum hondum, to work even-handed, to help one another ; e-m fen f
lagSar hendr, one's hands are amz'ss, when bad work is done by one:
whom better was expected ; honum hafa veri6 mislag5ar hendr, etc!
B. Metaph. usages : I. dat., sverja ser af hendi, tojbml
Fms. vii. 176; faera af hondum ser, to dismiss, Grag. i. 248; hcQail
hondum e-m, Fms. xi. 59 : — af hendi e-s, on one's behalf part, Lando.
af hendi Hakonar, Fms. i. 20, iv. 118; af hendi landsmanna, ix. ;
af sinni hendi, of one's own hand, for one's own part, Grag. i. 393; t
grei6a, gjalda, inna af hendi or hondum, to discbarge, pay off, Fffli
230, Nj. 146, 190, 232, 239, 257, 281, Grag. i. 82, ii. 374; sdja, H
hendi (hondum), to part with, dismiss, Nj. 186, 231, Fms. vii. 1 73
12 ; li6a af hendi, to pass, of time, isl. ii. 144, Fms. iv. 83 : koma,
at hendi, to happen, Nj. 71, 177: at hendi, as adv. in turn; hre
hendi, each in turn, Fms. i. 150 ; J)ar naest Gunnarr, J)a LoSinn, \k
at hendi, Nj. 140 ; hverr segir at hendi J)at er fra honum hefirstolit
Mar. : felask a hendi e-m, to be under one's charge, protection, Nj.
Bs. i. 167, 173; vera e-m a hendi, id., Fms. vii. 243; vera bond ,,
hendi e-m, Sturl. i. 57; hafa e-t a hondum (hendi), to haveatiii^
hand, of duty, business to be done, Grag. i. 38 ; eiga ferd a llSlI
Ld. 72 ; hvat er ]per a hondum, what hast thou in hand? /orwhl
thou concerned, distressed? Nj. 133, Ld. 270; ella eru ^er storirhtl
hondum, Fms. vii. 30; ef honum vaeri ekki a hondnm, if be had Mi
in band, if his bands were free, Ld. 42 : eiga e-t fyrir hendi ^Jonij
to have in hand (duty, business, engagement). Fas. ii. 557 ; farvegr I
fyrir hendi, Fms. xi. 316; tveir kostir fyrir h(5ndum, Nj. 264, Gii
279 ; hafa syslu fyrir hondum, Isl. ii. 344 ; eiga vandraeSi fyrir h6i|
Ld. 4 ; eiga gott fyrir hi>ndum, Hkr. iii. 254 : vera i hendi, tohttU !vr ";
within reach, at oiie's disposal, in one's power; hann er eigi i hendi, »• J*
vi. 213 ; t)at er eigi i hendi, 'tis no easy matter, v. 1. ; hafa raun (w'l i)»«i«!
i hendi, Bs. i. 708 ; hafa raS e-s i hendi ser, Ld. 174, Fas. i. 26o:|»*k-li
vel, ilia i hondum, to behave well, badly, isl. ii. 387, Eg. 158; » ^r
honum J)at vel i hondum, 50 : hafa e-t me6 hondum (te, •
embaetti, etc.), to have in hand, manage, discharge, Grag. ii. J^V'
25, Stj. 248, Hkr. iii. 131 ; to design, hafa ra6, storraeSi me6 ho ■•
623. 51 : hljota undan hendi e-s, from one, at one's hands, Fas. i. •
undir hondum, eigi litill undir hondum, not a small man to handle i*- j^..
vii. 1 7 ; vera undir hondum e-m, to be under or in one's hands, undei , « i: 1
protection, in one's power, Sks. 337, Fms. i. 7, 13 ; sitja undir hend it I:
Hkr. i. 166, — um hendr, Fms. iv. 71, isprob. an error = undir hendi. 'i-
absol., annarri hendi, on the other hand, Fms. vii. 158 ; en annam J
vildu J)eir gjarna veita konungi hly6ni, ix. 2?,8. II. ace
prepp. ; a hond, a hendr, against; hofc^a sok, lysa vigi (etc.) a ho;i ■
to make a suit . . . against, Grag. i. 19, Nj. 86, 87, 98, 99, loi, n:
230; hyggja e-t a hendr e-ni, to lay a thing to a penon^
Horn. 115; reynask a hendr e-m, to have a charge brought /.
o?ie, Fms. xi. 76 ; smia vanda a hendr e-m, to throw the reif'-
upon..., Nj. 215; faera, segja strid a hendr e-m, to wage,
war against one; fara geystr a hendr e-m, to rage against, li'
230 ; faerask e-t a hendr, to undertake, Nj. 1 26 ; ganga a hcind e-m.
one, 625. 33 ; sott elnar a hendr e-m, Eg. 126; leggja e-t a hem.
to lay (a burden) on one's hands, Fms. xi. 98 ; in a good sense, j;
hond, to pay homage to, submit, 0. H. 184 ; dreif allt folk a hond !
submitted to him,jfilled his ranks, Fms. i. 21 ; bjargask a sinar .it
one's own handwork, Vapn. 28 ; (for at hond, Grag. i. 135' ^^ *
selja, fa, gefa e-t i hond, hendr e-m, to give into one's barui>
over; selja sok i hond e-m (haudsiil), Grag. ii. 80, Nj. 4, 98, n
so, halda e-u i hcind e-m, Isl. ii. 232, Fms. vii. 274 ; biia i ne'idr • ^
tnake it ready for one, Ld. 130; vei6i berr i hendr e-m, Nj. 2r^ '
til e-s i hendr e-m, to lay claim to a thing at the hands of anolt -
300, Eg. 350, Fms. iv. 222, ix. 424; pegar i hiind, offhand, mmt ^
Bs. i; J)a somu nott er for 1 hiind, the following night, Fnis. v-
Glum. 341 ; gjalda i hond, to pay in cash, Vm. 16 ; ve&r 6x 1 h'-
wind rose higher and higher, Fb. i. 432 : undir jafna hond, equaw.
3 iii. 243; standa 6brig8iliga undir jafna hond, Dipl. v. 26; vaer
2
HANDAAFL— HORR.
311
i, to be easy in hand, Nj. 25 ; Jiegar eg vil er haegt um hiind,
Froni a3 vera, Niim. i. 10; but mer er e-t um hond, it is
, costs trouble : hafa vi3 luiiid ser, to keep at hand, Fms. x.
ku konur manna ok djetr ok hof&u vi6 hond ser viku, Grett.
"a e-t vi3 hi'mdina, to have it at hand. III. gen., with
til handa e-m, into one's hands; fara Gu8i til handa, to go
d's bands. Bias. 51; ganga til handa e-m, to put oneself in
; bands, submit to him, Rb. 404, Eg. 12, Fms. vii. 234, Fas. ii.
J»t berr {)er til handa, if it befalls thee, i. 135; J)a skomm
m^r eigi til handa, / will not have that shame at my door,
•.for one, on one's behalf, bi3ja konu til handa e-m, 120, 180,
353 > i t^'"' ''^'^ ^"^ hann orti oss til handa, ybr us, for our
mhe, 655 i. 2 ; hann holt fcnu til handa fjrandi, Landn. 214, Nj.
har konungr liSi (til) handa Oddi, Fas. ii. 553 ; til handa Jjorkatli,
3. dropping the prep, til ; mikit f6 handa hoiium, Rd. 195 (late
whence handa has become an adverb with dat., handa e-m, /or
. alicui, which is freq. in mod. usage. 2. adverbial ; allra
'an, allehaande, of every kind; allra handa argaezka, Edda (pref.) ;
da ganganda fe, |>6r6. 51 new Ed. ; fjiigurra handa, of a fourfold
K. i. 525. 3. absol., minnar handar, /or my part, Isl. ii. 356 ;
ha.ndiT, for your part, Fms. ix. 498 ; hvarrar-tveggju handar, on
d, Skalda 164 ; innan handar, within one's hands, easy, Ld. 112 ;
m innan handar falla at taka land J)etta hja ser sjalfum, 210.
CoMPDs : I. plur., handa-afl, n., Edda, = handafl, p. 237.
>aad,n.a70«'«/«^orsZ)a/['mT'o/ib(7«(fs,asalawterm = handlag, Dipl.
a, Vigl. 23 ; in plur., Bs. (Laur. S.) ; heilsa, kve6ja me6 handa-
hauda-festl, f. a hold for the hands, Fms. ii. 2 76. handa-
grasping after a thing with all hands. Fas. iii. 345. lianda-
' band-gear,' gloves, Sd. 143, Fbr. 139. handa-hof, n., in
I, af handahofi, at random. lianda-kenning, f. hand touch-
30. handa- klapp, n. a clapping of hands, Skalda 1 74.
i»ti, n. pi. gestures with the arms, Sks. 116. handar-mdl,
phrase, at handarmali, in heaps; var fia drepit liS bans at
Ii, Fas. i. 41. handa-saumr, m. tight gloves, Bs. ii. 10.
:i8r, adj. = handsi3r. handa-skil, n. pi., in the phrase,
h., not to see one's own hands, as in the dark, in a dense
taanda-skol, n. pi. maladroitness ; J)a5 er allt i handaskolum.
[kOinin, f. shameful work, a scandal; J)a3 er mesta h. !
tadr, m. the print of the hands. Fas. i. 285. handa-tak, n.,
tekja, u, f. a taking of hands, as a bargain, Hav. 42, H.E. ii.
. i. 398. handa-tseki, n. pi. a laying hold, a fight, Bs. i.
: a pledging of hands, Dipl. ii. 6, D. N. passim. handa-upp-
a lifting the arms, Stj. 296. handa-verk, n. pi. one's
k, doings, N. G. L. i. 76, Fms. vii. 295, Stj. 198; i handa-
&a bokfraeSi, 46 ; handaverk manna, men's handiwork. Bias. 47 ;
ek em J)in h., Sks. 610 ; bans h., Fms. viii. 406. II.
adar-bak, n. the back of the hand, Sdm. 7. liandar-gagn,
ready to the band ; leggja e-t til handargagns, to lay it so as to
it band, Hkr. ii. 158, 249. handar-grip, n. a measure, =
irl. 481. handar-hald, proncd. handarald, n. a handle,
55. handar -ja3arr, m. the hand's edge; in the phrase,
handar-ja6ri e-s, to be in one's hands, in one's power, Faer. 201.
kriki, a, m. ' hand's-creek,' the arm-pit. Eg. 396, Fms. vi. 348,
J7> handar-mein, n. a sore in the hand, Bs. i. 115, 187,
77- handar-stufr, m. a ' hand-stump,' stump of the arm,
being hacked off, Fms. x. 258, xi. 119. handar-vani, a,
td in hand, Hm. 70, Matth. xviii. 8. handar-veif, n., i
fi, in a ' wave of the hand,' in a moment. handar-vik,
nds' reach, movement, work; liti6 handarvik, a small work.
vtemi, a, m. want of hands (?), Hm. 72.
r the compds in hand- see pp. 237, 238.
LA, a&, (handla, Stj. 22, 47), to handle; h. heioarliga, Karl.
arliga, Stj. 22 : to manage, Gkv. 1.8; h. e-n ilia, to treat one
; h. um e-t. Mar. ; h. kaup, to strike a bargain, to handsel
.), G|)l. 493. II. as a law term, to seize, catch, Hrafn. 7,
to arrest, 623. 62, Nj. 267, Symb. 59, Pass. 8. i; h. glaepa-
is. ii. 85.
Bga, adv. adroitly ; honum f6rst J)a& honduliga.
, f., gen. hankar, pi. henkr, hankar, Fs. 132, 1. 12, mod. hankir ;
ik, cp. Germ, henker'] : — a hank, coil, skein ; toga honk, Fms.
s. 146 ; J)ar var hiink i me6alkaflanum, ok dro hann hana d
%• 378. Grett. loi; henkr tvter af vidjum, GJ)1. 413 ; festa
am, 381 ; sterkar henkr (clasps), Fs. 132.
, m, pi. the Hords, a people of Norway ; whence H6r3a-land,
d of the Hords : H6r3a-konungr, -kappi, m. the king,
of the Hords, Fms. passim : H6r3u-b61, n., H6r3u-dalr,
name in Icel. : H6r3-d8elir, m. pi. the men from H., Stud.
m., HerSi, Hor3, a pr. name, Landn. HarSar-saga, u, f.
/■Herd.
&., a8, [akin to hvarfa, q. v.], to retire. Fas. iii. 34 ; h. fra i
• ^ 216; hvart sem J)eir h. me5 anni nor3r e5a su3r, 228; h.^.
fyrir, to give way, Grett. 114; h. undan, .Sd. 175, Fbr. 41 new Ed., Fs.
45 ; mi h. \>c\t innar eptir hijllinni. Fas. ii. 261 ; hann horfadi at bordinu
lit, Fms. vii. 264 ; Jxi skal ganga a feld J)6 ttSr hafi af hiirfat, Korm. 86: to
pass round, hefir t)at (viz. the moon) horfat bring sinn, Rb. 1 16 : reflex.,
lata horfask undan, Isl. ii. 447.
hdrfan, f. retrogression ; h. heimsins, Mag. 69.
hdrg-brjotr, m. a breaker ofhorgs, of a missionary king, Hallfred.
HORGK, m., never f., for the form hiirg (Landn. 1 1 1) is merely an error;
[A. S. hearg ; O. H. G. haruc] : — a heathen place of worship. Distinction
is to be made between hoi' {temple) and horg; the hof was a house of
timber, whereas the horg was an altar of stone (the hatimbra&r in \\>m.
is not literal) erected on high places, or a sacrificial cairn (like haugr),
built in open air, and without images, for the horg itself was to be
stained with the blood of the sacrifice; hence such phrases as, to
'break' the horgs, but ' burn' the temples. The horg worship reminds
one of the worship in high places of the Bible. The notion of a ' high
place' still remains in the popular Icel. phrase, J)a8 eru ekki uppi nema
haestu horgar, ordy the highest horgs jut out, when all lies under a deep
snow. In provincial Norse a dome-shaped mountain is called horg (Ivar
Aasen). The worship on horgs seems to be older than that in
temples, but was in after times retained along with temple worship,
and then, it seems, specially reserved for the worship of the goddesses
or female guardians (disir), Hervar. S. ch. i, Hdl. I.e., Edda I.e., cp. also
H6rga-bru3r, f. the bride of the horgs, see HiJlgi. Many of the old
cairns and hows are no doubt horgs or high places of worship of the
heathen age. A third way of worshipping is recorded, viz. a portable
booth or tabernacle in which the god was carried through the land,
mentioned in Tacit. Germ. ch. 40 ; traces of this ancient worship were
still found in Sweden at the close of heathendom, see the interesting
tale of Gunnar Helming in Fms. ii. 73-78. II. references;
horg hann mer gor3i hla&inn steinum, mi er grjot J)at at gleri or&it, etc.,
Hdl. 10 ; hofum ok horgum, VJ)m. 38 ; t)eir er hiirg ok hof hatimbrudu,
Vsp. 7 ; hof mun ek kjosa, horga marga, Hkv. Hjorv. 4 ; hatimbra3r h.,
Gm. 16 ; hamra ok horga, skoga, votn ok tre, Fms. v. 239 ; brjota ok
brenna hof ok horga, Fn;s. i. 283, ii. 41 ; Oddr brenndi hof ok horga braut.
Fas. ii. 288 (in a verse) ; hauga ne horga, en ef ma3r ver&r at J)vi kunnr
e3a sannr, at hann hleSr hauga, e6r gerir hiis, ok kallar hcirg, e&a reisir
stcing, N.G. L. i. 430, cp. ii. 496; hofSu frsendr hennar si&an mikinn
atnina3 a holana, var J)ar gorr horg(r) er bl6t toku til, triidu J)eir at J)eir daei
i holana, Landn. ill; J)ar voru a&r blot ok horgar, Kristni S. ch, 1 1 ; eitt
haust var gort disablot mikit hja Alfi konungi, gekk Alfhildr at blotinu,
en um nottina er hiin rau3 hiirginn . . . , Fas. (Hervar. S.) i. 413 ; ^at var
horgr er gydjurnar iittu, Edda 9, a paraphrase of the passage in the Vsp.
1. c. ; blothiis ok horga, Rekst. 2. poet., briina-horgr, the '■ forehead-
horg' ox peak = the horns of a steer, Yt. ; gunn-hcirgr, a ^ war-horg' =■ a
helmet (not a shield), Hkr. i. 13!; (in a verse) ; horga herr, the host of the
horgs = the heathen host, Knytl. S. (in a verse). III. in Icel. local
names, but not so freq. as Hof; H6rg-d and H6rgar-dalr, in the north ;
H6rga-eyrr, in the west ; H6rgs-dalr and H6rgs-land, in the east ;
H6rgs-holt and H6rgs-hli3, in the west, Landn., Kristni S., map of
Icel.; HSrgs-hylr, Dipl., Isl. Horg-dselir, m. /jbe ;ne«/rom HCrgar-
dalr, Sturl. In Norway, Horg-in, Horga-setr, Munch's Norg. Beskr.
h6r-hno3a, n. a clew of flax, Fms. vi. 296.
hOrkla, a6, [hark and harki], to hobble, go with difficulty, as if walk-
ing on rough ground ; hann horklar af heiSinni ofan, Bs. i. 443.
horkn, n. = h61kn, Bs. i. 452, v. 1.
hSrkull, m. roughness; hann segir sva me3r hordum horkul, 732. 15 ;
ska! ek gora J)eim mikinn horkul, / will work them much annoyance, MS.
4. 16: noise, din, hdfsk J)a bardaginn meS miklum horkul, Karl. 289;
matti J)a heyra mikinn gny ok ogurligan horkul, 307; {)eir heyrSu horkul
ok stor hogg Frankismanna, 354 : hence comes prob. the mod. hdrgull,
meaning dearth ; paS er mesti horgull a J)vi : as also in the phrase, spyrja
e-n lit i horgul, or segja e-t lit i hiirgul, to ask or tell minutely.
hSrmugr, adj. afflicted, Gkv. 3.
hOrmuliga, adv. sadly, 4. 15, G{)1. 45, Stj. 51, Horn. 116, passim.
hormuligr, adj. sad, distressing, Sturl. i. 13, f)i5r. 174 ; h. ti6endi, Nj.
170 ; h. villa, Stj. 250; h. hryg6, 494; h. glxpr, Fms. i. 205 : neut. a
distressing thing, Fms. v^i. 160, x. 400: also with the notion of indig-
nation, J)aS er hormulegt a& sja J)a6 !
HOBMUNG, f. [harmr], grief, affliction, Fms. vi. 94, Str. 24, 453,
Fas. iii. 303 ; hormungar tala, lamentation, Fms. iv. 165 ; hormungar
or5, H.E. i. 255; hormungar vig, Fs. 8: freq. in mod. usage, N. T.=
BXTfts, esp. in plur., Mark xiii. 19, Acts vii. 10: in sing, with the notion
of indignation, ]pa.b er hormung a3 vita til J)ess.
H6rn, f. one of the names of the goddess Freyja, Edda.
horpu-, see harpa.
HORR, m., old dat. horvi, mod. hor, pi. horvar, Hofu&l. 12 :—flax,
but also = /2>zen, Lat. linum, Sks. 287, Rm. 28; diikr hvitr af hijrvi, a
white linen table cloth, id. ; horfi glaest, clad in linen, of a woman, Kormak ;
from the wearing of linen a lady is in the poets called h6r-bil, -brekka,
-fit, -gefn, -gerdr, -natuna, -skorfla, -veig, -^ella. Lex. Poet. 2.
312
HORSKRYDD— I.
a cord of hemp, as a bowstring or the Hke, HcifuSl. 1 2 ; boga fylgSi hcirr,
toginn horr, £dda (in a verse) ; \i6iii. sXe.vgwr, the hemp horse = the gallows,
'^t. 12. h6r-dukr, m. a linen cloth, Hallfred.
h6r-skr^dd, part. f. clad in linen, Skv. 3. 49.
Ii6rtl, n. [qs. hijrkl or horkull?], the roughness 0/ frozen ground; J)a9
er hortl i gotunum, hortl a6 ri8a.
Ii6r-t^gill, m. a hempen cord, Stj. 416. Judges xv. 14.
HORUND, n. the skin, of a person, prop, the cuticle or inner skin, as
shewn by the phrase, milli skinns ok horunds, between the skin awrfhorund,
Bs. i. 252 ; ver&r horundit ok skinnit allt blatt sem drep. Mar. ; e-m rennr
kalt vatn milli skiims og horunds, one feels a cold chiU betwee?i the skin and
horuud ; allt haas horund er sva hart sem horn, J3i6r. 183 (of the 'Gehor-
nete,' Sigfried) ; J)a koma blair flekkir i horundit, Bs. i. 611; pk kom hroUr
a horund honum, Orkn. 182 ; allir synir hans st68usk eitr a horund utan,
Saem. llS; var allr J)roti or hans hiirundi, Bs. i.644; sar voru morg fallin
a horund hans, 298; h. ok Hkamr, Mar., Karl. 524, v. 1.; ef pTutnxT
horund, Grdg. ii. 129: hence skin, complexion, bert horund, 129, Fms.
vi. 143; svartr (hvitr) a har ok horund, swart (fair) in hair and
skin, vii. 157; allra manna fegrstr a horund, viii. 446 : the flesh, var
sem elds-hiti kgemi i h. honum, Hkr. i. 102 ; nalga3ist kuldi hans horund,
Sks. 758 ; meyjar h., id., 1 Kings i. I, 2 ; vatn Tpat rennr i h. sem mungat,
Sks. 164 ; allar ae6ar i hans horundi, Fbr. I49 : genitalia, euphemistically,
{)egar hann kemr vi6 mik.{)a er horund hans sva mikit, athann ma ekki
eptirlaeti hafa vi6 mik, Nj. 13. compds : hdrunds-bjartr, horund-
hvitr, h6rund-lj6ss, adj. of bright complexion, Hkr. iii. 170, Landn.
120, Bs. i. 127, Bret. ch.9. h6runds-litr, m. complexion, Bs. ii. 180,
Fb. ii. 300.
B. Fem. the flesh; sva sem horundin dro oss 1 glsepinn, Stj. 149 ;
h«rundar hungr, the lusts of the flesh, Sol. 50; fara hungri horund, 71 ;
kipp sva or sarinu at eigi slai horundinni saman, O.H. L. 73; horundar
litr, complexion, Edda 19, Fms. v. 347-
h.6rund-fall, n. impotentia (?) ; ^at ma skilja festar-mal, ef h. kemr a
annat-tveggja, N.G. L. i. 27, cp. ii. 320, H.E. i. 247, (a lawful cause
for divorce.)
Ii6rund-kuldi, a, m. coldness of the skin, chill, Sks. 76^-
hdrund-mjukr, ad], soft-skinned, of a woman, Orkn. (in a verse).
H5rzkr, adj. /row HorSaland, Landn.
h6r-J)ra3r, m. a linen thread, Bs. i. 644.
hos-magi, a, m. a sheep with a gray, dusky belly, Grctt. 154: the
spelling haustmagi is caused by a false pronunciation.
hOs-mogottr, adj. gray on the belly, Grett. 148.
HOSS, adj., ace. hosvan, with a characteristic v; [A. S. basu, gen.
hasweg and hatwig ; Engl, hazy ; hat. caesius^ : — ^groy, of a wolf ; lilfr
enn hosvi, Em. 6 ; hosvan serk hrisgrisnis, a gray wolf's coat, HI., Edda
86 ; hoss orn, a gray eagle, Fms. vi. 159 (in a verse) ; and boss sverS, a
dusky sword blade (or = hvoss?). Lex. Poet.: in pr. names, Hos-kollr,
in common pronunciation Hosktildr, the gray Coll ; the old form is
freq. presented in good MSS., e. g. Arna-Magn. 468, as also in the old
ditty, trautt man ek trua J)4r | troll kva6 Uoskollr, Sturl. ii. 136; but
that even in the i.Uh century the name was pronounced as at the present
day is shewn by the pun in the words Hoskuld and haustskuld, Sturl. iii.
216. The word is quite obsolete, and does not occur elsewhere in
prose.
hiistugr, adj. [hastr, herstr], harshly. Pass. 40. 4.
hSsvask, ah, dep. to slink (as a wolf?), sneak, Fms. iii. 189.
hosvir, m. a gray wolf, Edda (Gl.) : name of a slave, from his dress,
Rm.
hdttdttr, adj. hooded, of cows or sheep with heads differing in colour
from the body.
HOTTR, m., hattar, hetti, ace. pi. hottu, a later form liattr, Dropl.
13, Eg. 407, Nj. 32, 46, Gisl. 55, O.H. L. 46, as also in mod. usage ;
[the A. S. hod, Engl, hood, O. H. G. huot, Dutch hoed. Germ, hut
may perhaps be identical; but A. S. h<Bt, Engl., .Dan., and Swed.
bat certainly answer to the old hottr, cp. also hetta, q. v.] : — a
hood, in olden times only a cowl fastened to a cloak, as is seen from
numerous instances, Fms. i. 149, ii. 72, viii. 368, x. 225, 229, 301, Eg.
375, 407, Gr4g. ii. 132: a cowl of felt, J)6fa-hottr, Dropl. 13, Nj.
179- 2. of a gorgeous foreign hood or turban from the east, Fms.
X'- 77> 85; called Gerzkr {Russian) in Nj. 46, Gisl. 55, or Girskr
{Greek) in O. H. L. 46 ; Danskr hottr, a Danish hood, 6. H. : a hat in
the mod. sense was unknown to the men of old ; even the hat-like
helmet was called stal-hiifa, a steel cap, not stdl-hottr. II. in
poetry the head is called hattar land, -hau8r, -stallr, -fell, -steSi, the
land, knoll, fell, stithy of the hood; or hatt-staup, n. a hat-knoll.
Ad. : Odin is represented wearing a hiitt, and so the helmet is called the
hood of Odin, etc. ; as also Ala hottr: the vaidted sky is foldar hottr =
earth's hood. Lex. Poet. : dular-h., huldar-h., a hiding hood, hood of dis-
guise. hattar-maSr, m. a hooded man, man in disguise, Rd. 272 ;
Si8-h6ttr, ' Deep-hood,' was a favourite name of Odin from his travelling
in disguise, cp. Robin Hood. III. a pr. name. Fas.
.Jbi6tu8r, m. [hata], a hater. Lex. Poet.
•*
I I J
I is the ninth letter ; in the old Runic alphabet it was called Us or
(Skalda 176), and represented by | (is kollum bru breida of the Ri
poem), a form borrowed from the Greek or Latin : but ' stunginn
(^) was in later Runes used to represent e.
A. Pronunciation, Spelling. — 7 is either a vowel (j), or:.^
nant (_/'), called ^'oO ; these are here treated separately: 1. Uifeis
i is sounded either short {i) or long (t), the short {i) like Engl, i
prolonged with a breath ; but it is almost certain that in olden tii
it was sounded short, as in Engl. wit. 2. the long (i) is sounder
Engl, e or ee in evil, feet. 3. the _;" is sounded as Engl, y befor
vowel, jata, jar3, jol, as yata, yard, yole. The oldest writers i
witness to the use of 7 as a consonant; thus Thorodd says, — ih
hann ver6r fyrir samh!j66anda settr, Skalda 164; and the second gr
marian, — en ef hlj68stafr {vowel) er nasstr eptir hann, J)a sklptisk hai
malstaf {consonant), svo semjd,jdrd tbajor, 1 70 ; and Olave Hvitask
— i ok u hafa J)vi fleiri greinir, at J)eir eru stundimi samhljoSeiidr, se
J)essum or6um, iarl and uitr, 176; but in syllables beginning with;
jo, ju) in old alliterative poetry it always stands for the vo
from the earliest poems down to the 15th century, e.g.jbrb or<jii
?&ja-graena, Vsp. 58 ; viltu nokkutjiJtuninn e/ga i _ytum gorir hann t:
seiga, Jjrymlur 2. 2; 01m63r hafSi annan dag | _/arni6 J)etta at -
Ski5a R. 64, which, as now pronounced, would sound harsh, .;
in modern poetry syllables beginning with j cannot be used alj
ratively with any other letter, cp. Pass. 37. 1, 10, 40.8, 46.3,11,(1
only in such words as eg (jeg), eta (jeta) can i serve both as a vi I
and consonant, see Pass. 6. 2 ; but jeg in 5. 5, 10, (the verse 6 v'
same hymn is a poetical licence) ; so also the name Jesiis is no .
then used alliteratively with a vowel, 47. 1 8, 21 ; the hymns 0:
Reformation follow the same usage. The pronunciation of ; ;
therefore to have changed : in early times it was probably simiij
Engl, e in ear, tear, hear ; an additional proof of this is, that the .
spelling was, as in Anglo-Saxon, ea, eo . . .; and Thorodd himself pr' :
wrote ea, e. g. eafi, earn, earl, for jafn, jarn, jarl, see his woru^
old poets ea sometimes makes two syllables, e. g. in the verse c:\
Skalda 164 (of A. D. joi8); as also in the name Njall (Niel), v.
is dissyllabic in the verses, Nj. ch. 136, 146. At a still earlier
_;' was probably sounded purely as a vowel. II. in an
MSS. i serves for both i and 7; in MSS., esp. of the 15th century
used ornamentally for initial i, e. g. jnn — inn, as also in the double 1 •
e.g. tijd = ti6, m2/tt = mitt, the^' was introduced into print only it
last year of the eighteenth century. 2. an i is often inserted in >
esp. after ^, k, so as to mark the aspirate sound, e.g. gieta = geta, gis
gaeta, kiaer = kaer, etc. : in inflexions it is also more correct to write c
baejar, than eyar, baear : — -ji is not written, but pronounced, e. g. vii
vilji), but vilja.
B. Changes. — The i and e are exchanged in many root sy .
but i is usually the older, e the later if not the modern for::
if and ef, brinna and brenna, tvinnr and tvennr, {)rimr and {)remr,
and meSal, snimma and snemma, gingu and gengu, iingu and fengi
and tegr : the article varies between enn and inn : — the infiex. -enr.
-indi : — Norse MSS. spell mek, J)ek, sek, = mik, J>ik, sik(e.g. I
Cd. Holm.) ; -ligr and -legr, gagnligr and gagnlegr : for the infiej
and / see introduction to letter E (signif. B), p. 1 1 4 : — / for> in old
in firir, ifir, mindi, skildi, minni {mouth), minnast {to kiss, mouth):— ■
u are interchanged in inflexion, as, morginn and morgunn, vane!
vondull ; but esp. in the adjective inflexions -igr and -!^^r, bl65:g:
bloSugr, audigr and au6ugr. II. the 7 in most instances orig
from an e, either through absorption or contraction, as in jor (q ^
through the dissolution or breaking of e, as in j6r6 (q. v.) ; again, t:
initial is in most instances caused by absorption ; asof«in4(':
compds ; of v or h in illr {evil) and compds ; of Jin some compds in 1-
id : — in Gothic there is only a single word {eisarn, i. e. isarn — iroH\\
long i initial. III. by comparison with other Teutonic laiij;
it is seen that a radical initial i oxj has in the Scandinavian been dri
in a few words, while it has been kept in Gothic, Saxon, and German
Icel. ar, Goth.^er, Engl.^ear, Germ.jahr ; Icel. ungr, Goxh. jugg',
young; Icel. ok, Goth. 72/^, Engl._yo^e, Germ.^'oc^, Lat. jugum:
ami, omurligr, and O. H. G.jamar, Germ, jamtner ; Icel. upp, Got:
Engl, up; Icel. 4r {ye), Goth, jus; Icel. ostr (a cheese), cp. Engl..
in two words, jarteign and jurt, both of them probably foreign.
stands for w : on the other hand, because of the resolution or brt
of vowels (Gramm. p. xxix, bottom), words which in Engl, an" "
begin with e are in Icel. often to be found under j, thus Icel. ^^
Scot, yerth) =Eng\. earth. Germ, erde : there are also a few stray ^
— ^jata (a manger) for eta, jeta for eta, jeg for eg (ek). I
Icel. i answers to Ulf. ei (risa, Goth, reisjan), to mod. Germ.<' "
Engl, i as in tiine, Icel. timi ; in early German the diphthongs «'.and
as in Icelandic, distinguishfd l^zit,.i&arn, =mod^. zeit, eisen).
i
t
I— INOI.
313
ill a few words the Icel. short /' is represented by an e, thus
.ir, vi8r, siSr, bi6ja, liinr, vinr, sin, = Dan. ved, led, ved, sed,
en, sene, probably owing to the fact that the old Danish pro-
of/ was not the same as the present Icelandic.
I
, the gen. i8jar, Hkr. ii. 227, points to a root idi ; [this root word
rivatives, which in cognate languages is of rare occurrence, seems
I mean a perpetual motion, cp. Swed. and poet. Dan. id'] : — a
orft ok i6ir, ivords and deeds, Nj. (in a verse); ymissar i8ir,
; leyf& iS, id.; tregnar iSir, sorrows, tears, H6m. i; J)j6& veit
iir, thy feats, Edda (in a verse) ; J)vi verftr eigi til iSjar ne ver6s
't can neither be vjorl<ed nor told, Hkr. 1. c.
a restless motion ; vera allr a idi.
i^^a-, Vsp. 58), a particle only used in compds, chiefly poetical,
ng to Goth, ip-, = Lat. cotitra, O. H. G. id- and ida-, A. S. ed-, =
but in Icel. esp. in an intensive sense. compds : i3-gj61d,
recompense; ill iSgjold, Hm. 106; sonar iSgjold, Slor. 16;
e-s, of one dead, Fs. 13, 61 ; en J)at kom asamt me6 mcinnum,
J>6ttusk aldrei ifigjold fa, Bs. i. 70 ; hofum v(5r J)a nokkut sva
foftur J)ins, Isl. ii. 175. i3-gliki, n. a counterpart, Eb. (in
i3-glikr, adj. «A;ac//y /j^g, Ems. vi. 180 (in a verse). id-
adj. abundant, Hkr. i. 21. i3-gn6tt, f. abundance. Ad. ig.
, adj. = idglikr, Mag. 580.9. i3-vandliga, adv. honeilly,
i3-vandr, adj. guileless, Geisli 4, Rekst. 24. II.
ted in a few words, even in mod. usage; 1-likr, much like;
, e-novgh, plentiful ; i-litill, very small.
:m. dual — it, J)it. q. v.
ad, an eddy, whirlpool, Grett. 141 A; ok muntii finna saman
eina i5u, 623. 37, passim; hring-iSa, q. v. i3u-kast, n. a
;' eddy, Mag.
ii, to move to and fro, be restless, like an eddy or mercury ; eg i6a
eti, Sn6t ; fram og aptr i8ar, tit a badar hli6ar, Sig. Petr. ; Jjctta
r smiSir, J)vi er von Jpii iSir, ur einum i annan sta8, Jon |>orl. ;
mod. usage.
rn, adj. eager for.
, m., gen. i6ja, name of a giarit, Edda.
, adj. [Scot, ithand, ytheti], assiduous, steady, diligent, Sks. 437,
36, Fas. i. 85, freq. in mod. usage; i8inn a8 lesa, Ixra, vinna.
18, [Old Engl, ithe^ thrive, Chaucer] : — to do, perform, be active,
leir skyldu engan hlut eiga at i8ja, Lv. 13 ; veit engi ma8r hvat
a iSjat, Fas. i. 71 ; vist avalt Jieim vana halt, vinna, lesa og idja,
; seg8u ^egar J)u i8ja 4tt, illt s^ {)er i hendi, a ditty.
.1, f. (Dan. id— a pursuit] : — activity, doing, business, profession,
4 C, Hrafn. 5, Fas. i. 244, Bs. i. 83, Ems. ii. 199, {)i8r. 25.
:?!: i3ju-fullr, adj. ^arc/-M/orA'?Vj^, Njar8. 366. i3ju-lauss, adj.
nj:'rf/0s], idle, Grett. 123. i3ju-leysi, n. idleness, Rb. 196.
i-iaSr, m. a hard-working man. Eg. 134, Fas. iii. 205. i3ju-
ulidj. (iSju-semi, f.), assiduity.
jsLrsenn, adj. [Dan. idelgron], ever-green, Vsp. (58.
i4 f. = i8n, SkaldH. 7. 5;^.
k :i5, to study, cultivate, Rb. 312, Thom., freq. in mod. usage.
, i. a studying, performing steadily, cultivating,
occupation, business, = ib]i, Fs. 35, 72, Bjarn. 12, Ems. x. 233,
20.S (v.l.), 217, Fms. iii. 102, MS. 4. 6 : in mod. usage, bandi-
rofession. i3nar-lauss, -ma3r, = i8julauss, Fms. iv. 35.
a8, = i8ja, to work, Grag. i. 147-150, Str. 2; illt i8nandi, Stj.
ski munu ver her i8na at sinni. Eg. 351.
II r, m. handicraft, profession. i3na3ar-ma3r, m. a workman,
50-
n. pi. ; [this word cannot be derived from inn (6 = nn), for even the
idreiga and idreigon have the d; O. H. G. in-adiri ; the word is
t,'gested by Grimm, akin to Germ, ader, Icel. 8e8r (a veiny] : —
'trails {itt innyfli),Grkg.\\. 371, Bs. i.346, Orkn. 458, Landn.
■ r. -2.1, GuUJ). 23, Fbr. 208, Fms. iii. 77, viii. 326 ; i3r ok innyfli,
2 , Post. 238. II. metaph., freq. in eccl. usage like airXafx^o- ;
^•ur-i8r, bowels of mercy, N. T. ; skaka ok skelfa i8r ok alvoru sins
132. i3ra-kveisa, u, f., i3ra-verkr, m., North. E. and
•Mark,' a pain in the bowels, 655 xii. 3, Al. 23, Stj. 436.
' j^, a8, usually dep. i3rask, [Ulf. idreigon = ixiravotiv] : — to
»r«rf^ inwardly (from i8r), but only used metaph. like Gr.
""■■' -ifiai, to repent: I. act., impers. with gen. of the thing,
hvers engan i8rar, 2 Cor. vii. 10: with ace. of the person,
thing, Gu8s gjafir og kalian kunna eigi a8 iSra hann. Rom.
2. pers., J)a8 (sic) iSrar mig ekki, 2 Cor. vii. 8 ; eigi i3ra
i;or8ir, Mar. : absol., heldren J)iki3rieptir, Sks. 250. II.
ten in reflex, form, i8rask e-s, to repent of, rue ; opt aetla ek at
mk J)essa, Eg. 732; i8rumk ek l)ess mjok, Sks. 720, Nj. 78,
176, Fs. 8, Fms. iv. 369, viii. 54, Barl. 172, 180, N. T., Pass.,
Vi.lal. I .isMiu. III. part. i3randi, repentant, Magn. 4^,0, Mar. :
as subst., Greg. 39 ; i8randans, Horn, 78.
i3ran, f. [Ulf. idreiga ^nfravoia], repentance, 623. 2^, Greg. 20, 38,
45, Fms. X. 327. K.{>. K. 36. H.E. i. 585; i8ranar gritr, lar, iSranar
tmu, Stj. 55; i8ranar skirn, 656 C. 14; iSranar mark, a mark of re-
pentance, H.E. i. 486, Stj., Greg. 38, Mar.. Pass, passim :— in the N. T.
= H(ravoia, Mark i. 4, vi. 12, Luke iii. 3, 8, v. 32, x. 13, xv. 7, 2 Cor.
vii. 9, 10, Pass., Vidal. passim. compds: iaranar-lauss,.adj. unre-
pentant, Sturl. ii. 12, Fms. vii. 118. i3ranar.leysi, f. impenitence.
i3rar, f. pi. bowels, = i8r, Gkv. 2. 23 : metaph. ruth, repentance. Am. 65.
i3ri, see innri.
iSula, adv. = i8urliga. Lex. Poet.
iSuiiga and i3uligr, see i8urliga and i8urligr.
I3unn, f., pr. name of the goddess, Edda : she was the wife of Bragi
(the god of poetry), Edda 17; for tales about her, see Edda 46 and
Hausti. : hence in mod. poetry a poet is called the husband of Idun,
— Sjalfr ISunnar annar ver. Snot. II. a pr. name.
IDUR-, a prefixed particle ; [perhaps akin to i8- (above) ; Goth, id-;
O. H. G. //-, ita; A. S. ed-, answering to Lat. re-; cp. Lat. ilerum,
iterare, Grimm's Gramm. ii. 757] :— frequently, passim.
i3ur-liga, adv., i3rliga, O. H. L. 78; i3uliga, Horn. 113, Sks. 66,
'74. 231 B, Barl. 93, Anecd. 24, Fms. x. 392 : mod. i3ugliga, Bs. i.
849, Sks. 121, 359 : i3ula or idola, Hom. 140, Pr. 471 -.—frequently,
passim,
laur-ligleikr, m. repetition, frequency , Barl. 196.
i3ur-ligr, Ad], frequent, continuous, Barl. 94, 100: iSviligr, H.E. i.
511, Sij. 71, Barl. 93.
iSur-msslt, n. adj. a kind oi metre, repeating the same syllable, Edda
(Ht.) 47, Skalda 210, — e.g. ie/w-{>verrirgcfirs«wa | s«>K-6rr liSi beima.
IF, ifa, and derivatives, see ef, efa, p. 115.
iflll, m., pi. iflar, a kind of hawk, Edda (Gl.), see Lex. PoiJt.
ifjungr, m., poet, a bear, Edda (Gl.)
if-roduU, m., poet, the sun, Edda (Gl.)
IG-DA, u, f. a kind of bird, the nuthatch, Norse egde, sitta Europaea
L., i;dda 74, Fas. i. 164, 332, Saem. 136.
ikt, f. the gout, ikt-syki, f. id. : mod. ikt-sjukr, adj. gouty.
IL, f., pi. iljar, the sole of the foot, planta pedis, Edda 1 10, Stj. 160,
Hom. 17; hann steyptisk fyrir bor8, ok ser i iljar honum, Edda 36,
Grett. 141, Fms. iii. loi ; milium hvirfils ok ilja, Sks. 159; undir ihnni
a haegra fxti, Fms. viii. 265 ; ne8an i ilina, Sturl. iii. 68, passim : in
poetry, ilja gaupnir, the ' gowpens,' i. e. soles, of the feet, pd. : the toes
were in poetry called il-kvistir, m. 'sole-twigs,' and il-J)orn, m. 'sole-
thorns,' Am., Lex. Poiii:.
il-band, n. a strap under the foot. ilbanda-brsekr, f. pi. a kind of
breeks, Hkr. iii. 2S2.
il-brei3r, adj. having a broad sole, flat-footed, a nickname, Fms.
ilki, a, m. = il, Orkn. (in a verse).
ILiIjII, ilia, and derivatives, see illr.
IIiMA, 8, (irma, Sks. 633 B), to smell sweet; J)u ilmir alia, Hom.
153; ilmdi allskonar saetum grosum, Str. 69: to scent, J)eir megu eigi
ilma af aldininu, Rb. 346; Jjefja ok ilma, Anecd. 4: patt. ilmandi,
sweet-smelling, ilma gros, Sks. 48, 633, passim in mod. usage.
ilina3r, adj. sweet-smelling ; j)ar J)6tti GreloSu ilia ilmat, Landn. 140;
saett ok ilmat vel, Fb. i. 544.
ilman, f. smell, scent, (mod.)
ilming, f., spelt hilmning in Best. 20, smell, scent; ilming ens saetasta
grass. Mar.: ilmingar vit, the sense of smell, Hom. 53, Best. 20.
ILMR, m., spelt hilmr in Hom. 28, Fms. x. 241 ; hirmr in Sks. 632 B :
— a sweet smell; ilm af eplum ok grasi, Rb. 346; dyr81igr ilmr, Fb. ii.
375 ; himneskr ilmr, Orkn. 174; daun en eigi ilm, Anecd. 8.
ilm-ssetr, adj. sweet-smelling.
il-sporna, a8, to tread, Lat. calcare. Lex. Poet.
ilstri, n., the Swed. jolster — salix pentandra, a kind of willow,
Edda (Gl.)
IM and derivatives, see im.
Imbru-dagar, m. p\. = Ember-days, corrupted from tempera (i.e. qua-
tuor tempora), the seasons set apart for Ordination (as is seen more plainly
in the Dan. Tamper-dage), K. {>. K., K. A., Rb., N. G. L. passim : Im-
bru-dsegr, n; = imbrudagar, Fms. viii. 396 : Inibru-ii6.tt, f. Ember-
night, K. |j. K. : Imbru-vika, u, f. Ember-week, D. N. The word was
no doubt borrowed from the English along with the eccl. rule ; but the
etymology was lost, so that the ancients derive it from Lat. imber, see
Lex. Poet, (pref.), or even trace it to an old woman called Imbra.
in, part., see en, the temp. adv. (2. P), pp. 127, 128.
India-land, n. India, passim : also in mod. usage Ind-land or
Indiin, n. pi. : India-madr, m. an Indian, 655 xiii. B : Ind-verskr,
adj. Indian, Al. 147, Stj. 70 : Ind-verska, u, f. the Hindu tongue, Al.
172.
Ingi, a, m. a pr. name: freq. also in compds ; of women, Inga, Ingi-
bjorg, Ingi-leif, Ing-veldr, Ingi-ri3r, Ingi-ger3r, Ing-unn or
Ing-u3r; and of men, in Ingi-marr, Ingi-mundi*, Ingj-aldr,
314
INN— INNGROINN.
Ing-61fr, Laiidn. : many more compds are found in the Swedish-Runic
stones, as this name was national among the ancient Swedes ; cp. also
Yngvi and Ynglingar.
INN, adv., compar. innar, superl. innst, [Ulf. «n«a; A.S. in; Engl,
m; Germ. e/«; Dan. mc? ; Swed. w; Lzi. inlus]: — ««/o, m, denoting
motion towards the place; ganga inn i buSina, Nj. 3; ganga inn, to go
in-doors, Rm. 2 ; i bu& inn, Grag. i. 31 ; lit ok inn, Nj. 104, Vkv. 4 ; setja
iim, to shut in, Grag. i. 418, 436 ; hafa e-n inn, to take a person in, give him.
lodging, Grag. i. 229 new Ed. ; kasta inn, to cast into prison, Fms. x. 155 ;
leggja inn skipi, to berth a ship, xi. 323. II. with prepp., inn
at, inn a, inn eptir, inn um, etc., denoting direction ; hann nam land, . . .
alt hit ytra, inn, o6ru-megin, at fjcrnunesi, Fb. i. 250, cp. Landn. 253;
land inn til Leirulsekjar, Eg. 140 ; hann sigldi inn a Borgarf]6r6, ok inn i
Langa, be stood into Borgfirth, id. ; inn a meginland. Fas. ii. 5 1 7 ! bergsncis
J)a er vissi til lands inn, sniia e-u inn a land. Eg. 389 ; miklar bygSir
voru inn a landit, Fms. i. 226; var ^zr glaumr mikill inn at heyra, i.e.
into the house, ii. 30 ; inn i farandheimi, i. 55 ; inn i Naumudal, Eg. 53 ;
inn via sja, Ld. 130 ; inn vift Vagsbotn, Fms. x. 30 ; ri6a inn til Borgar,
Eg. 394; inn til Veradals, Anal. 91 ; inn eptir fir6i, inwards along, Eb. 254;
inn um, in through, Vsp. 44; inn undir, in and under (as in North. E.),
Njar6. 378; inn undir virkit, Fms. xi. 34; inn yfir, to pass inwards,
over, through; inn yfir hals, fjorur, hei6i ; ut ok inn mea {along) hverjum
firai, Eg. 48 ; fram ok innar, out and in-doors, Bs.i. 343 :— innar [Old Engl.
y?i)iere'], more inward, farther in; innar af (fra) seti, Isl. ii. 262, Bs. i.
523; innar i husinu, 342; innar {rk, farther in, Nj.50; innar i baeinn,
Fms. ii. 71: — innst [Old Engl, ynnestel, innermost, inmost; innst sat
Auaunn, Eg. 27 ; innst i vokinni, Hkr. iii. 140.
INN, the article, see hinn.
INNA, t, to do, perform; inna ij)r6tt, Edda 31 ; inna sky'rslu, Ld. 60 ;
frcista ef hann megi ^essa dagleia upp inna, Str. 51 ; er hann utlagr ef
hann innir eigi maldaga, Grag. ii. 267 ; hafai hann Ipk af hendi innt alia
saett sina, Nj. 281 ; oil logmselt skil af hendi inna, 232 ; inna af hendi
suSrgongu, Fms. vi. 36. 2. to pay, discbarge; inna fiilgu, Grag. i.
154; inna tiund af hendi, Grag. ; inna gjald af hendi, K.Jj. K. 152;
inna kirkjunni fe sitt, id. ; inna e-m kostna6 sinn, Js. ; hvat attu mer
illt at inna, what evil hast thou to repay me? what evil have I done
thee ? Fas. ii. 204 : hence the mod. phrase, eiga e-m gott (illt) upp ad
unna, to have an account of good (evil) against one. II. to
relate, tell; inna sin vandraedi, Fms. viii. 154; tekr Kolbera at lita a
runarnar, ok innti stalina, and told, read the Runes, Fas. i. 2ii; er
hann hafSi ^etta maelt ok innt allan veg J)enna, Hkr. ii. 206 ; minnisk
a ok innir vandlega, Bs. i. 198 ; innti hann ok J)at, hversu . . ., Fms. vii.
loi ; harm innti sva eiastafinn, vi. 53 ; inna spurning, to answer a question,
Sks. 686 ; eru morg hans verk gob at inna, Fms. x. 409. 2. with
prep. ; inna e-t til, to hint at, allude to, mention ; en er J)u innir til J)essa, as
thou alludest to it. Valla L. 209 ; J)a skatta sem mi mon ek til inna, Fms.
xi. 2 1 ; konungr innti til {the king replied), hvi kvattu sva at ? v. 318 : to
utter, say, J)a innti Sigurar konungr til Jjess, at hann vildi ekki . . ., vii.
140; \>k innti Antenor til Jjess fyrst, hverja . . ., Bret. 80; \>u skalt fyrst
inna til maldaga via Svein, thou shalt ^rst remind Sweyn of the agree-
ment, Fb. ii. 8; litlu siaar inntu J)eir til via Ketil, Nj. 139; mi innir
konungr til um heitstrengingar J)eirra, Fms. xi. 113: inna upp {to ex-
pound, sum up) allan malavoxt. Eg. 473 ; ma ek fiat eigi mi upp inna i
skommu mali, Fms. xi. 89. III. reflex., recipr. ; inntusk J)eir
til um kaupa-kosti, they discussed the bargain, Ld. 322; via skulum
jnnask ])i til nokkut aar um {)at mal, Fms. vi. 205 : mun J)a pk sam-
J)ykki okkat vera mest, at vit innimst litt til um J)ann hlut landa, Orkn.
88 ; via skulum enn innask ora via iiar, exchange words, Fms. xi. 29.
finnan, adv. [Ulf. inna?ia = (aco0(f'\, from within, from an inner part ;
Olafr belt litan i fjcirainn . . ., J)ar reri innan i moti Erlendr, Hkr. i. 251 ;
rem J)eir innan i moti {)eim, Fms. vii. 201 : a.dv. from the inside, laesti
hon loptinu innan, Nj. 7. II. [A. S. innan ; Dan. inden~\, within,
chiefly with a prep., innan um, i, etc., with or without motion ; lata boS
fara h^raa innan, N. G. L. i. 352: inwardly, within, inside, Greg. 19:
within, sitja i domhring innan, Grag. i. 78 ; um vercild innan, in all the
world, 62^.16^; senda um heim innan, Hom. 149 ; orkina reiddi um
haf innan, Ver. 8; 1 valhnotar skurn innan, Fms. vii. 225; ok fannsk
J)ar i innan eirteinn, ii. 129 ; h6n seri J)vi um gamman baeai litan ok innan,
i. 9; rak {)au siaan um haf innan, 226: — fyrir innan, see fyrir, p. 182,
C. xi; fyrir innan Agaanes, Fms. i. 12; fyrir innan |>6rsbj6rg, iv. 12;
fyrir innan Skarasheiai, Eg. 754 ; sva mikit atti kirkjan fyrir innan sik,
Vm. 36 ; fyrir innan stokk, in-doors, opp. to litan stokks, out-of-doors,
Nj. II, Grdg. i. 333, fsl. ii. 401 : dropping the prep., kirkja a innan sik
(i. e. as in-doors inventory) krossa tva, Vm. i ; J)at sem henni (viz. the
church) innan sik ok litan til heyrir, Dipl. ii. 13.
B. With gen. within ; innan litils tima, within a short time, presently,
Fms. iii. 133 ; innan manadar, within a month. Aim. 1362 ; innan J)rja tigi
daga, Sks. 592 ; innan fara ara, Landn. 271, v.l. II. but esp. in
a great many adverbial compds, followed by a genitive, within, inside of:
innan-bords, [Dan. inden-bord'], on board. Eg. 161, Fms. iii. 18 1, Gisl.
49. innan-borgar, within the town, Fms. xi. 74, 76, Stj. 505.
b^F
innanborgar-maSr, m. a townsman, 655 iii. 4. innan-biji
within one's breast, inwardly. innan-biiSar, ivithin the brjoi
K. Jj. K. 26. innan-bsejar, innan-byjar, [DAn. ind-byggir],Kiih
town, in-doors, (see bser), GJ)1. 139, Fms. ix. 465. innan-dur
in-doors, Gg. 15. innan -fjarSar, within the firth (district), Gbl. i
innan-Q6r3ung3, within the quarter, Grag. i. 470. innanfj6r8ting
ina3r, m. the inhabitant of a fjoraung, Grag. i. 351, ii. iqB. itm&i
fylkis, within a fylki (q. v.), GJ)1. 289. innan-gar3a, [Dan. wif
gierds^, within the 'yard,' inside the fence, Pm. 102. innan-garS
[Dan. inden-gaard], within doors. innan-g^tta, within the dv
groove, in-doors, Vm. 95. innan-gengt, n. adj. having a thorjui
fare from within; var innangengt or stofunni i matbiir; innangenn v
i fjosit. Valla L. 218, Gisl. 2S. innan-ballar, within the ball. Fas.
60. innan-handar, in hand, within reach, Nj. 105, Ld. 112, F.<;. 2
innan-h.era3s, within theh(iiiib,]h. 75, 338, 363,422. innanh^rajl
ina3r, m. an inmate of a herad, Grag. ii. 405. innan-hirSar, wirf
the hir5, Sks. 249, Nj. 6, Fms. xi. 72. innan-hrepps, within aRa
innanlirepps-ma3r, m. the inhabitant of a Rape, Grag. i. 2c
innan-huss, within the house, in-doors, Fms. xi. 438, GJ)1. 376, K.Jj.k!
innan-kirkju, within church, Fms. xi. 429, Vm. 6. innan-lanc
[Dan. inden-lands'], within the land, at home, opp. to abroad, Fms. i.
Hkr. i. 175. innanlands-folk, n. the people of the land, 0^.
foreigners, Fms. i. 37. innanlands-h6f3ingi, m. a native ck
Fas. i. 341. innanlands-menn, m. pi. natives, Fms. xi. ;
innan-rifja, within the ribs, inwardly, Bs. i. 305, Th. 15, Fas. i. .
innan-skamms, yet a little while. innan-soknar, ivi:!
parish. innans6knar-nia3r, m. a parishioner. innan-s l
within a paling, N. G. L. i. 244, G\)]. 437. innan-stokks, in-.
Vm. 177 (of movables). innan-veggja, within the walls, A..
Sd. 179, Vm. 108, Dipl. v. 12. innan-J>inga, pi. wiihin the /.;
Vm. 92. innan- J)ings, within a J)ing {jurisdiction). innaii^iii({
madr, m. the inhabitant of a ^ing, Grag. i. loi. |
innan-mein, n. an internal complaint, 655 xi, Bs. i. 323.
innan-tokur, f. pi., medic, colic.
innan-vatr, adj. 'in wet;' hafa innanvatt, a naut. term, to lav
sea washing over, Faer. 256; f)eir fengu mjok innanvatt, they had
passage, Hav. 48.
innan-ver3r, adj. inward, inner, interior; 1 innanverari bii':
Nj. 3; i innanveraum firainum, Fms. ix. 429; at setum innanvtri)
Eg. 397 ; i innanveraum skala, Eb. 256 ; i innanverari hendinni, Fru;.
165.
innar-liga, adv. /ar inward, Isl. ii. 156.
inn-bMstr, m. inspiration. Fas. iii. 491, Vidal. passim.
inn-borg, f. the inner castle, keep, Fms. viii. 178.
inn-borinn, part, in-born, Stj. 87, 253 ; innbornir menn, natives. :
inn-bui, a, m. an inhabitant.
inn-byggjandi, part., and inn-byggjari, a, m. = innbui.
inn-byr3is, adv., naut. on board, Gisl. 46, Eg. 358, Fs. 143: ;
metaph. [pmi. indbyrdes^, amongst one another; a medal vor \.,amoi
ourselves, N. T., Vidal., Pass, passim.
inn-drott, f., poet, a king's body-guard, Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poft. t
inn-deelgirni, f. an easy life, Hom. (St.) __
inn-dseli, n. ; this and the following word are derived not fwat
but from ein-, qs. eindaeli, eindaell, ease, comfort; skemtan ear i., F
vii. 277; mea inndaeli (pleasure) likams-losta, Hom. 159: mod. ddij
charm, mesta inndaeli, delightful. inndselis-lega, adv. (-legr, a
delightfully.
inn-deell, adj., qs. eindaell (q. v.), quite easy; {)at mun {)er inndsit,
at fair munu gera moti J)er, Fms. iii. 161; nema sa viii inndsHa^
honum, unless he will make it still easier for him, Js. 9, GJ)1. 28, N- ^
i. 19 ; eindxll. Fas. ii. 492 : mod. delightful, charming.
inn-eygr, adj. in-eyed, hollow-eyed, Hav. 53, Barl. 199.
inn-fall, n. [Germ, einf all], fancy , (mod.)
inn-fir3ingr, m. a man from the inner part of a fjord {district), S
i. 176, 178.
inn-fjdlgr, adj., see fjalgr, Hkv. 2. 43.
inn-fseddr, part, native, in-born, D. N. ii. 95, freq. in mod. usage
inn-ganga, u, f. going in, entering, Fms. i. 16, Hom. 51, Niorst
inngongu-leyfi, leave to enter, Fms. ii. 160; manaaa inngongur.
entrance, beginning of a month, Rb. 56 ; kirkju-i., a going into ('■■■
kvenna-i., the churching of women; klaustr-i., the entering a cloistci.
monk. 2. an entrance, door-way, Stj. 41.
inn-gangr, m. = innganga, Eg. 519, Bs. i. 783. 2. = Lat. uUT'
inngangr messunnar, Hom. (St.) ; Fostu-inngangr, the beginniKg oj •
Bs. i. 744: — introduction, to a book etc. (mod.)
inn-ger3is, adv. within the pales, D. N.
inn-gipta, u, f. e?idowment (of a monastery), D.N.
inn-gjald, n. an income; biskups rentur ok inngjold, H.E. i- •
paying in, opp. to litgjald, an outlay, Bs. i. 751 : a tax, hann tok a:
stor inngjold, Stj.
inn-gr6inn, part, in-grown, inveterate, (mod.) \
r
INNGROFrR— 1.
315
ptr, ID. an engravhig, Bs. i. 7yi (on a seal).
It, u. adj. standing near the shore, Fb. i. 475.
ip, n. a refuge; eiga i. hja e-in.
a, t, lo home, harbour, Fms. vi. 14, Sturl. ii. 83; vera inn-
• an inmate of a house, Bs. i. 350.
lysingar, m. pi. a household, Edda (GI.), Lex. Poet.
i:^i8, adv. = innanhuss, 671. i.
I, adv. in-doors, denoting remaining in a place ; baeinn ok li6
: er inni var, Fms. i. 12, Fs. 42 ; liti e6r inni, Grag. ii. 19, Eg.
irenna inni, to be burnt to death in a house, Nj. 285 : in one's
ef gonguma6r verSr dau6r inni at manns, Griig. i. 191 ; hafa
), veizlu inni, to hold a wedding, a feast at one's home, 333 ; hafa
li, id., Nj. 24, 152.
I, n. [Engl, inn'], an inn, abode, home: engin hendi no hitti sitt
?• 390 ' g^i^gu si6an aptr i baeinn, ok til sama iiinis, and to the
mse, Fms. viii. 108 ; na sinu inni, to get home. Fas. ii. 327 ; til J)ess
hcilagr Blasius var i, Bias. 39 ; ek hefi gort ^at, at brenna innin
tm, Hkr. ii. 343.
bald, n. contents of a book.
itis, u. a dwelling-house, opp. to liti-hus, Grag. ii. 333 (v. 1.),
380.
\xMa and inn-h6fn, f. a harbouring, housing, Grag. i. 73, Nj.
l), fjorst. Sidu H. 6.
Liga, adv. exactly; muna i., to recollect exactly, Sks. 236; at
i, skilat, 685 ; sky'ra e-t i., 487 ; segja i. {jninutely) fra, Fms. x.
1. 282 ; marka orn a baki honum sem inniligast, nicely, exactly,
392. 2. [cp. Dan. inderlig], intimately ; taka vel ok i. vi6
receive one in a friendly way, Stj. 85 : as also in mod. usage,
la'igr, adj. [Dan. inderlig"], kind, hearty.
su-ykja, 6, to encompass, enclose.
r. [inna], a discharge ; inning ok efning radldaga, Grag. i. 316.
a performer. Lex. Poet.
■ ,i.a dwelling in, abiding, Greg. 50, Grag. ii. 158, 333, {>orst.
: - J-P, n. pi. buying in, Rett.
■ ulsa, adj. catching cold, (mod.)
Iv&ma, u, f. a coming in, arrival, Fms. ii. 72 (Fb. i. 337), Fs. 174.
Sivsemt, n. adj. passable into, Isl. ii. 414.
Djind, n. the inland, Fms. viii. 305.
miss, m. a lock on the inside, Ym. 129.
Hpid, f. a naut. term, a coasting along, course along the shore,
. j litltiS, Fms. iii. 43, passim. II. = innyfli, innlei6 dyra, a
A|., Gkv. 2. 22.
npida, d, to introduce, lead in.
nindsla, u, f. introduction, Bs. i. 700, Th. 19.
n'mdr, adj. native, opp. to utlendr, Sks. 375, N. G. L. i. 170: re-
"e's country, Bs. i. 76.
kr, adj. indigenous. Eg. 264, Hkr. i. 212, GJ)1. 490.
n Kr, adj. similar, alike, K. A. 216; cp. i&glikr.
niidni, a, m. ; i. ennis, ^forehead moon,' poet, the eye, Hd.
njlanta, ad, to plant : mod. esp. in a metaph. sense,
niiptr, m. an in?ter rafter, Ld. 280.
n ii5, f. a riding in, Flov. 28 : eccl., innrei6 Krists, on Palm
a, u, f. income, Bs. i. 844, D. N., Thom.
. I compar., in old MSS. almost always spelt i3ri, and so used
Ihraustr konungr sar in idri, Fms. xi. 314 (in a verse of the
t the 1 2th century); superl. innstr : — the inmost, Lat. in-
1 i6ri sundin. Eg. 358; i Eynni iSri, Hkr. i. 144; at Holnii
1-andn. 52 ; hann bjo undir Felli eno i5ra = the present Sta6ar-
9 (MS.) ; fara hit iSra, to go by the inner road. Eg. 13, Rd.
I, inside the house, Kormak ; konungs skip lagu innst {inner-
:inni, Fms. vi. 337; sitja i&ri, to sit innermost, Konr. ; J)eir
nnstir a hir&pall, N. G. L. ii. 447. II. metaph., ens
ok ens i6ra, Horn. 53 ; hin innri augu, H. E. i. 513 ; ens i6ra
25 ; ef eigi er kennandi innra, sem laeri hjarta6, 19 ; af enum
I'Miivik hjartans, Horn. 11 : enu innstu hluti himins, 57.
n|eta, t, to root in one's breast : metaph., part, innxsettr, rooted.
uMtning, f. /)w«/«^ w, Gl)l. 386 : instalment. inn-setningar-
the words of consecration in the Holy Communion, see
2-24.
, a5, [for. word, Lat. insigillare'], to seal, Hkr. ii. 267, Fms.
641, N.G. L., passim in mod. usage, Matth. xxvii. 66.
!i glan, f. sealing, B. K. 126.
ii| gli, n. [A. S. insegel], a seal, a seal-ring, as also the wax affixed
' Smrl. ii. 222, Mar., Eluc. 18; br<5f ok i., Fms. vii. 104, (3. H.
neb i., Bs. i. 61 ; rit ok i., K. |j. K. 74, GJ)1. 133; inn-siglis
158 : freq. in mod. usage, undir beggja inniglum, Bs. i. 751.
ceifr, id].' in-legged,' bandy-legged, Lat. varus ; opp. to litskeifr.
crifa, a5, to matriculate, put into a book, inscribe, (mod.)
afr, m. an inner pillar, Fms. x. 16, v. 1.
> inn-steri, n. pl. = innyfli, Horn. 82, 84, Fr. 186.
inn-stofa, u, f. the inner part of a stofa {chamber), Fms. x. 16.
inn-stolpi, a, m. = innstafr, a pillar, O. H. L. 9.
inn-strdnd, f. the inner strand, Grttt. 86.
inn-stseda, u, f. [inn, standa], ' in-standing,' investment, capital, opp.
to rent or interest, Grag. i. 188, 195, Vm. 97, Bs. i. 725, N. G. L. ii.
35.^' 380- coMPDs : innsteeau-eyrix, ni. an investment, GJ)1. 258.
innstseSu-kugildi, see kiigildi.
mn-8t8e3i, a, m. = innslaeSa, Grag. i. 182,184, 189,408, N.G. L. ii.
inn-tak, n. the contents of a book, letter, Bs. i. 729.
inn-tekja, u, f. ' in-taking,' income, revenue, Bs. i. 752, D. N. ii. 63, 93.
inn-tekt, f. ^inntekja, Dipl. v. 18, Stj. 157.
inn-viSr, m., usually in pi. the ' in-timber,' timber for the ribs of a ship,
Fms. i. 293, vii. 82, ix. 33, 447, Lv. loo, Ld. 326, Greg. 59, 60; inn-
vi6ar tre, id., N. G. L. i. 100: cp. Gr. tvTfpdvfia, Lat. interamenta.
inn- vir3iliga and inn -virSiiliga, adv., qs. einvirSiliga, c/o4e/>, fnf>n//«/y,
strictly ; rannsaka i., GJ)1. 33 ; spyrja i., Stj. 215 ; undirstanda i.. Mar. ;
geyma, halda i., K. A. 202, Mar., Stj. 264; sko8a i., Dipl. v. 16; sem
hann hefSi i. set ok heyrt, Stj. 6; hugsa i., H.E. i. 470; telja i., 487;
segja i. fra e-u, Bs. i. 9.
inn-virfliligr, adj. seeming, Al. 155.
inn-vortis, adv. [from Germ, inwiirts], inwardly, internally, opp. to
lit-vortis, (mod.)
inn-v6r5r, m. a keeper, porter, Al. 72, 106.
inn-yfir, prep. ' in-over,' through, = inn yfir.
inn-yfli, n. pi., spelt innylfi, Fms. ix. 467 (Cod. Fris.), El. (twice) ;
[A. S. inelfe ; O. H.G. innuovili and innodi, in-adiri; cp. Germ, ein-
geweide ; Grimm, Gr. iii. 407 ; originally a distinction seems to have
been made between innylfi, the bowels, and idr, the nobler parts, viscera,
the seat of feeling and sense, see idr] : — the entrails, bowels, Ld. 216, Stj.
77, MS. 4. 20, 22, Al. 34, Sks. 135, Fms. ix. 467.
Inn-J)r8endir, m. pi. (Innjjrsenzkr, adj.), the Inner Tbronds, people
of Norway, Fms., N. G. L., Ann.
instr, see hindri.
Irpa, u, f. the Brown, from jarpr, a mythical name, Fb. iii.
isja, u, f. a nickname, Sturl. ii. 108.
f , prep., of^en used ellipt. or even adverbially, [Goth., Saxon, and Germ.
in; contracted to i in the Scandin., but in earlier times pronounced with
a nasal sound, as seen from Thorodd's words, ' i sa isa,' Skalda 162] : —
in, denoting the inside of a thing (for the comparison with prep, o see
p. 36 sqq.), with dat. and ace. ; in the first case denoting remaining in
a place, in the latter denoting motion towards a place.
WITH DAT.
A. Loc. : I. in, within, generally ; fela f^ sitt i jCrSu, to
hide it in the earth, Fms. i. 50 ; fastir i vellinum, /as/ in the ground, Ld.
58; i steini, in the stone; i hendi, in the hand; i skogi, in the wood,
Nj. 98 ; i gotunni, in the road, 75 ; i morkinni, 625. 93. 2. vera
i sveit, to be (live) in a parish or district, Nj. 81, (but vera a sveit, to be
a pauper, a ' burden' on the parish) ; i heraSi, in a district, Fms. xi. 43 ;
her i J)ingbrekkunni, Eg. 727; saer var i miSjum hliSum, the moun-
tains were half below the sea, a naut. term denoting distance oft' land,
Hkr. ii. 244 ; setja log i landi. Eg. 400 ; i o6rum londum, in foreign
lands, Nj. 107; i varum logum, in our law-district, Grag. i. 181 ; i
Jjrsenda-logum, Fms. i. 13. II. with local names, denoting
low land, firth or inlet, dale, island, holt, wood, haven ; i BorgarfirSi,
VestfjorSum, Laxardal, Hrappsey, Vi&ey, Orkneyjum, Su6reyjum, Sau8-
eyjum, i TroUaskogi, Mork, Skalaholti, Lundi, i Hofn, Kaupmanna-
hofn, Fms. x. 2, Landn., Nj., Fms. passim; i Hvammi, i Vestr-hupi, i
Eyrarsundi, i Flj6tshli5, passim ; i Vagi, Vik, Osi, i Elli&ar-vik, i
Rognvalds-vagi, i Salteyrar-osi, i Laxdr-osi, i Elfinni, Fms. x. loi, 124,
125, Eb. 54, Ld. 32 ; i Loni, Landn., Am. 135 ; i Kormt, i Myl, i StorS
(islands), Fms. passim ; i Vikinni, i. 28 ; i Holmi, Bjarn. : of towns, i Lund-
unum, in London ; i Jorvik, Tiinsbergi, i Bjorgyn, passim : circumlocu-
tory, heitir {)ar siSan i Geitdal, Hrafn. 3 ; J)ar er siSan heitir i Hvammi,
Ld. 10; baer heitir i Vestrhopi, fsl. ii. 325 ; ^ni bseir er i MiJrk heita
allir, Nj. 257; kaupstaSr er heitir i Lundi, Eg. 241 ; sta5inn i Lybiku,
Fms. X. 48; at staSnum 1 Skalaholti, vii. 198: of countries, 1 Noregi,
Svi{)j63, Danmiirku, in Norway, Sweden, Denmark, passim ; i Austrriki,
in the East, Ni6rst. 4 ; i Englandi, in England, Fms. i. 26, ix. 373, (but
a Englandi, i. 15, 20); i Skotlandi, Nj. 281, (but k Skotlaudi, Fms. iv.
229.) III. with words denoting a hall, inn, vessel ; i turn einum,
Fms. ix. 3 ; i hiisi, Bs. i. 182 ; i litlu hiisi, Fms. i. 35 ; 1 loptinu, Nj. 7 ;
i eldhiisi, skala, hoU, etc., passim ; i kerum e6a kistum, i byrftum efta i
orkum, N. G. L. i. 383 ; hiis i lasi, a locked-up house. Mar. ; ef fundit
er i lasum, wider lock, N. G. L. i. 158 ; i kili nidri, in the keel, Fbr. 131 ;
816
1
hann var i stafni a skipi hans, he was an inmate of the stern of the fhip.
Eg. 177: as also local names, i |)r4ndheimi, i Bae, Kirkjubae, Landn.
passim : of a river, sea, lake, i anni, m the river, passim ; i Iseknum, in the
brook ; er mikill fjoldi eyja i J)vi vatni, there are many islets in that water,
Fms. X. 134; fengu J)eir i hafi storm mikinn, vii. 51 ; skiljask i hafi, x.
122 ; liggja i laegi, in harbour, Grag. i. 92 : of a place, i einum sta5, i
J)eim, hverjum stafl, in one, that, every place, Nj. 3 ; i heinii, in the world ;
liggja i valnuni, Vigl. 26 ; standa i hiiggfaeri, within sword's reach, Nj.
97; i mi6ri fylkingu, 274. IV. ganga allir i einum flokki, all
in one flock, Nj. 100 ; i bokum, in books, Fms. xi. 49, (a bokum, Landn.
23); i Aldafars-bok, Landn. 23. 2. in, among; i GySinga-folki,
among the Jews, Ver. 1 2 ; var ^a illr kurr i Boglum, Fms. ix. 45 ; engi
i kvenmonnum, not one of the women, Str. 18. V. in, within ; hafa,
halda i hendi, to wield, hold in the band; hafa staf, spjot, vapn, sverS,
etc., i hendi, Nj. 91 ; reiSa i knjam s^r, to carry on one's knees. Eg.
396. 2. of dress, clothes; vera i . . ., to be in, wear; hann var i
bl&m stakki, treyjii, kyrtli, skarlats-klseSum, geithe&ni, litklaeQum, Nj.
48, 83, 91, 143, 175, 211, Fms. xi, 85.
B. Temp, in, during ; J)enna vetr 1 Jolum, during Yule, Fms. x.
159; i Jola-fiJstunni, in Advent, Dipl. ii. 14; i hinni fyrri aefi, in
olden time, Ver. 59 ; i fyrsta heims-aldri, 7 ; aldrei optar i oldinni, never
more during the period, Rb. 78 ; i hverri ti&, at any time, Horn. 1 1 2 ; i
fornold, in days of yore ; i ari, this year, Sighvat, Lex. Poet. ; i sumri,
this summer, Bjarn. 7 ; i hausti, this auticmn, Fms. vii. 70 (in a verse) ;
1 vetri, this winter, Eb. (in a verse) ; i degi, to-day. Fas. ii. 33 (in a
verse); i kveldi, to-night, (mod. i kveld), SkiSa R. 108, Sturl. iii. 275,
see p. 37 (B. IV) ; i fyrstu, at first, Fms. i. I47, x. 4 ; i upphafi, in the
beginning; i J)vi bili, in that moment, 389; i j)essu bili, 103; i
J)vi sinni, at that time, Sturl. ii. 3 ; i fyrsta . . . , oSru sinni, the first . . . ,
second time, Isl. ii. 21 1, v. 1. ; i J)vi (bili understood), adverb, in the
very moment, then, Nj. 1 14 ; i pvi er Gunnarr stendr upp, ri6r ...,82; i
J)essu, in the satne moment, 125 ; Drottins-dag hinn fyrra i t)ingi, during
the ' Thing-'ime,' Grag. i. 48 : also, fyrsta, si6asta dag i sumri, vetri,
viku, mana6i, the first, last, day of shimmer, winter, week, month; i
augabrag6i, in a moment, Barl. I 24.
C. Metaph. in various relations : I. denoting action, engage-
ment, condition, often in Engl, to be rendered by a participle ; vera i for
me6 e-m,/o be in the suite of another, travelling in his coinpany ; J)ar var
ok bruQr i for, the bride was also in the party, Ld. 94; Skammkell var i
for me& Oddkatli, Nj. (Si ; ef ma5r andask i J)ingfor, on the way, Grag. i.
138; hafa kaupskip 1 siglingu, i forum, to have a ship in trade, voyage,
Nj. 3 ; vera i vikingu, to be engaged infreebooting, Eg. 178 ; vera i bar-
daga, to be in the battle, Nj. 97 ; ef hann hittir hann i verki {working, at
bis work) liti . . ., ef hinn er i verki (at work), Grag. i. 244 ; vera 1 smiS
tiutigi vetra, to be a hundred years in building, of a house, Ver. 8 ; vera i
gaezlu, to be in custody, Fms. ix. 3 ; vera i go&u yfirlaeti, to be in good
quarters, live well, x. 63 ; vera i hobi e-s, to be in a person's invitation,
bidden by him, his guest, ix. 497 ; i trausti, i nafni e-s, to do a thing in one's
confidence, in one's name, passim ; i minni eigu, in my possession, Ld. 30 ;
eg a J)aa ekki i eigu minni, ala barn i anau6, Grag. i. 363 ; vera i skuld,
to be in debt, id. ; sitja i festum, Nj. 4 ; i trausti e-s, in his trust, under his
protection. Eg. 465 ; gora e-t i banni, leyfi, orlofi e-s, to do a thing with
the ban, leave, consent of one, passim ; i nafni Gu5f , in God's name,
NiSrst. 8, N. T. ; sitr Gunnarr mi heima i saemd sinni, in all his glory,
NiSrst. 88 ; eiga mikit i abyrg6, to have much at stake, passim ; i hljoSi,
in silence, in hearing, (see hlj66) ; hafa e-t i hug sk, to have in mind,
Ld. 40. 2. denoting state ; liggja i liviti, to lie in a swoon, Nj. 91 ;
1 sdrum. Eg. 34 ; i helsott, Grag. i. 201 ; menn v6ru i svefni, asleep, Hrafn.
26, Barl. 66 ; lata ilia i svefni, Nj. 94; sofa i t6, to sleep in peace, Fms. vii.
317 ; vera i bli6u, goSu, illu skapi, to be in a blithe, good, ill humour,
Sks. 285 ; i reiai, in anger, Barl. 86; 1 horSum hug, 655 xii. 3; vera i
valdi e-s, in one's power, Barl. 86 ; i kafi, u7ider water. II.
denoting capacity, regard to, quality, in; hinir mestu illvirkjar i ranum,
great evil-doers in robbery, Fms. ix. 372; roskinn i or5um, mature in
words, 241 ; lettr i mali, cheerful in speech, Ld. 228; ^otti sem engi
hestr mundi hafa vi6 J)eim i vigi, Nj. 89 ; hann gafsk bezt i ollum mann-
raunum, in all trials, Ld. 60 ; ef J)6r prettiS hann i engu, in naught,
Nj. 90; i ollum hhiiMm, in everything, Barl. 115; i allri atferS sinni,
in all their ways, Dropl. 7. 2. by means of through; opt kaupir
s^r i litlu lof, Hm. 51 ; hann sveik tva sveina i fjiilkyngi sinni, 623. 49 ;
hvdrt sem J)eir gora J)at i rA6um e8r i 65rum hlutum, Grag. i. 314;
sakir ])aer er J)u hefir gjiirt k hond t)4r i bjorgum vi3 Jjorolf, Ld. 44 ;
fannsk ^at a i ollu, at .... Nj. 90. III. denoting substance, matter,
value, in; |)a8 er gott efni i e-u, // has good stuff in it; gott silfr i
hring, gott manns-efni i e-m, the stuff of a good man is in one; varat
(var Ed.) ills J)egns efni vaxit i syni minum, i. e. my son would have made
no bad ihane, Stor. 11 ; hafa goSa forystu i e-m, to have a good leader
tn a person, Skalda 200 (in a verse) ; at eigi hafi komit meiri gersemi i
skikkju {never bad come such a jewel of a cloak) til Noregs, Fms. x. 200;
(6 er 1 J)vi, there is value in it, vii. 197 ; Hallr kvaS g65an kost i henni,
H. said she was a good match, Nj. 180 ; i J)essu var J)eim skomm, it was
a disgrace to them, Barl. 139 ; meiri er vei9r i Flosa, en morgum oSrun
there is more in F. than in many of the rest, Nj. 232 ; hefnd vxri i honuir
he luould be a fit object for one's revenge, Hrafn. 26 ; J)a6 er gagn, 116
e-u, a thing is of use; ekkert gagn, 116, i e-u, useless; spyrr {jorolfr eptr
hvat veri6 hefir i erendum J)eirra, Th. asked what their errand had beei '
Eg. 19 ; hvat er i \>vi, how is that ? what is the matter ? Nj. 67 ; bat vj "
mest i J)vi (that was the chief reason) at allir vildu leita J)6r veg |
78. 2. mikit i ser, much, good in itself, Fms. ix. 227, Hkr. i. 27; 1
goSr i s6r, H.E. i. 517. 3. denoting payment, in; var J)atsun
i silfri, sumt i gravoru, some in silver, some in fur. Eg. 375 ; i londui
e&r i lausum aurum e8r i kirkju-bunaSi, K. J>. K. 40 ; skal gjalda h
fe i va6malum ok varar-feldum, i gulli ok i brendu silfri, 44 ; i jorJui '
in land, Bs. i. 8-^3 ; lausa-fe 1 guili ok silfri, Nj. 2=,7 ; skal liigaura v
bjoSa, en ekki i landi, Grag. ii. 245 ; 1 hverjum aurum hann vildi fyi
hafa, Nj. 259; inna alia sekt sina, bae6i 1 utanferSum ok feiyoldui .
281. IV. denoting specification ; bjugr i hrygg, bowed in the 6aci,Bar I
1 75 ; fot i ristar-li6, the joint in the foot,- Nj. 70 ; hond i olboga-b6t,q' '
i mi&ju, in the midst. Eg. 212; spj6ti6 brotnaSi i falnum, Nj. 108. [
circumlocutory for a gen. or possess, pron. with the parts of the bod ■
see p. 37, C. IV; augu, tunga, tennr, hjarta, bein, hryggr, i6r, xj
i e-m, one's eyes, tongue, teeth, heart, bones, back, bowels, veins, (
the Eugl. phrase 'the spirit within me;' hann braut hrygg i hen
he broke her back, Bar6. 1 70 ; i sundr gekk i Hrafni handleggrir
Rafn's arm broke, 1 69 ; hann kny'tir saman alia halana 1 nautunu ■
all the cows' tails, Gisl. 27. V. denoting pans of the who '
ellipt. ; sa ma3r er hlut a i limogum, who has a share in the
Grag. i. 242 ; eiga fjorSung i viSreka, Am. 135 : ellipt., hlutr or the Ii
being understood, J)eir menn er i hvalnum eigu, Grag. ii. 378; sva s. '
J)eir eigu i skipi, i. 186. VI. the prep, can also be put aftir
case, esp. in poetry, old as well as mod. ; Hava hollu i, Hni. 112; -'
hans laegi svo hylming i, Pass. 2. 3 ; vingarSi Drottins i, 15. 8 ; him- 1^
saslu i, Hallgr. VII. either the noun or pronoun is drop
and the sentence becomes elliptical ; hann {lottisk J)ar sja helvitis k'.
i ni6ri, beneath (in the river), Nj. 275 ; hann fann storan as ok eld i.
fire in it, Isl. ii. 462 ; engi van i (viz. \>vi) at, it was not to he ext-.-
that . . . , Fms. ix ; ef engra rafta er i leita&, if?io steps are taken, i. <
fas J)ykki m^r i leitaS, Bs. i. 352 ; gor&usk \)k i (there arose) faleik.,:
J)eirra hendi til Hoskuldar, Nj. 169 ; segja konungi, hvat er J)a he:
gorsk, they told the king what had happened, Fms. xi. 26 ; missa, sai
e-s i, to tniss a thing, where ' i' has almost become an adverb in an int
sive sense.
WITH ACC. i?t, into, towards.
A. Loc. : I. (answering to dat. A. I-V, see above),
into ; spjotia flo m3r i vollinn, Nj. 84 ; ganga i spor e-m, to tread in 0
steps, 108 ; J)eir komu i tunit, 79 ; i skoginn, into the wood, Eg. 2
ganga upp i J)ingbrekku, 727 ; berit so81a ySra i haga, Nj. 33 ; ri6a 1:
at Ranga, i nesit, 95 ; foru J)eir norSr i Vikina, Fins. x. loi ; nor
Noreg, 160; koma i England, to come into E., 254; fara allt i Sax!; .
as far as S., 100 ; su6r i Mon, 159 ; settisk konungr i borgina. Eg. 2
koma i l)ann sta6, er..., Grag. i. 485 ; koma i skotfaeri, Nj. 1
koma i augsy'n e-m, to come before one's eye:. Eg. 458 : in, among, t
komr i fe manns, Grag. ii. 305 ; mi koma hriitar e3a hafrar i s
manns, 310 : Tpeh festa skjoldu sina i limar, Nj. 104 ; J)eir settuskn
biiSar-dyrnar, Is!, ii. 194 ; hiis er J)eir komu i. Eg. 234 ; ri5a heimi
ri3a i gar6, Ems', iv. 77 ; faera i naust e6a i sel, N. G. L. i. 38; leg
kistu, to put into a coffin (chest). Eg. 127; hann verpr ser i soSulinn, int
saddle, Nj. 83 ; hann stakk sverSinu i bug hringnum. Eg. 306; steini
kom i h6fu& b6andanum, hit him in the head, Nj. 96 ; tros fell I h
m6r, Edda 30 : — sigla, lata i haf, to stand out to sea, Fms. x. 76, Ld.7*^
514; halda skipi i hofn, to stand into harbour, .SI5; koma i Hnt
la?id in Whitewater, Fms. x. 1 2 ; leggja (to land) i Laxavag, 106
dress, for konungr i annan biinaS, he got into another dress, 16, BaA
fara i brynju, kyrtil, fot, yfirhofn, to put on, dress. II. coniH
with adverbs denoting direction, -wards, (southwards, etc.) ; stefoa
i land. Eg. 32 ; ri&u sex i su3r (southwards), sex i nor3r (nortbwai
Nj. 279; sniia fram i nesit, 96; fellr ain sum i austr, sum i land
263; sa dalr gengr vestr i fjollin, Ld. 138; sa fj6r3r skersk i
norSr, 20 ; {)eir isar liggja meir i landnor3r, Sks. 173; or 'O-^
nor6raE:tt, or austri ok i vestr, Fms. x. 272; lysti i lopt ok 6 Jo
beamed into the sky, Edda 22; at i austr horfi botninn a Hjorv
vagi, Fms. xi. 125; sex daegra sigling i nor6r fra Bretlandi, Li
36. 2. with a fancied or indirect motion ; tekr ve6rit at yl
i nor5rit, Fms. xi. 136; hon veifaSi kofra sinum i austraett, Vigl
ganga e-m i drauma or svefna, to appear to in a dream, in xmt^
of a vision. Lex. Poet. III. even with verbs not <fcii
motion, e. g. such as signify to be drawn up in ranks, to s
as also to see, to hear ' towards ' a place, and in many of wh
modern language would use dat. ; var J)at sagt Gunnari inn i bnoin
news was told G. ' into' the booth, reported into the booth to G., Nj.
giptask i iinnur lond, to marry itito other countries, marry an alietr
264; deyja i {>6risbj6rg, Maelifell, to die into, pass into after dealt
f— IKOllNI.
317
(v. 1.) new Ed. ; deyja i helviti, to die ' into hell,' Nidrst. 9 ;
[)ann arniinn, the ships were placed on that flank. Fins. i. I 74 ;
i aniian fylkingar-armiiin en Sigtryggr i annan, Nj. 274; 1
i hiissins var lopt, iti (towards) the other end 0/ the house was a
.1.153; ^ Jiann hop, among those. Skald H. 6. 47 : this remains
J. phrase, sofa upp i J)ann arminn, to sleep turning one's
:t end of the bedstead ; haiiu sa eyjiir liggj.J i litsuSr til hafs,
; getr Stigandi set oSru-niegin 1 hliSina, Ld. 156 ; Jj6r6r svaf
I lopt upp, turning the face uppermost, 1 40; heyr6u Jseir hark
iiit, Eb. 266; cf logsogu-ma3r kanii J)ar eigi mann fyrir 1 1)4
\ i. 10; bei6a mann i aiinat J)ing ok et J)ri5ja, id.; taka
anarra i a6ra fjorSunga, Nj. 181 : the ace. is here caused by
1 notion of ' seeking.'
i KMP. in, during ; i ^at mund, at that hour, Korm. 128, Fms.
\ . 74, Ni6rst. 3, Ld. 104 ; 1 {)aer mundir, Fms. iii. 223 ; i Jjann
15; i ^cnna tima, Fms. x. 27; i annan tima, a second time,
liin tiS, Bias. 43, Jb., Grag. i. 500 ; i mill, each meal, i. e. morn
xa J)arf hann i mal. Fas. i. 238 ; gefa fatsekum monnum mat i
three meals a day), en Kolbeinn let gefa J)eim i eitt mal, Bs. i.
kal ma&r ala (fae6a) i eitt mal, i tvau mal, Grag. i. 293, 400;
1!, Dipl. V. 28; i nefndan dag, the appointed day. Mar.; J)a
I mi6ja nott, in the middle of the night, Horn. 30; mi&viku-
\ {)ing, the Wednesday in the midst of the parliament, Grag. i.
>rgin, this morning, Bs. i. 810, Fms. vi. 254 (in a verse); i
111 t)eir koma til min, 655 ix. A. 2 ; i miSjan morgin, at six
[j. K. 40; i kveld, this evening, Nj. 252 ; i nott, this night,
'■•:,. 283, 416 •,=the last night, 564. Isl. ii. 1 56, Barl. 66 ; i dag,
ig. i. 16, 18, Nj. 36; enn 1 dag, Barl. 65, passim; i gaer-dag,
i fyrra-dag, the day before yesterday, Hav. 50 ; i vetr, this
4 ; i allan vetr, all this winter, Ld. 42 ; i allan dag, all the
■, Nj. 252 ; i alia nott, all this night, Eg. 418, Nj. 55 ; i var,
. Eg. 235 ; i sumar, this siimmer or the coming summer, Ld.
1 3, Eg. 74, Fs. 51 ; i haust, last autumn, Nj. 168, (but a hausti,
. this year, Fkv. ; 1 fjortan \q\x, for fourteen winters, Hkr. iii.
kkurar vikur, /or some K/ee/«, BarS. 173: thus also in mod.
kkra dag, manu3i, i nokkur kx,for some days, months, years,
thout the prep.
.KXJ^PH. and various usages : I. denoting entrance into
liition, in, into; kom honum i malit me& J)er, bring him into
. 102 ; ganga i lift me6 e-m, to help another; ef fe kemr i for
ig. i. 262; hversu marga menn munu ver J)urfa i fyrirsat?
iga i bond ok ei&a, to enter into bonds and oaths, Band. 20 new
. e-n 1 ongvit, i rot, to strike a person into sorroiu, so that he
ig. ii. 16; falla i uvit, to fall into a swoon, Nj. 91 ; berja,
:. to smite to death, Eb. 98, (sea hel) ; maela sik i ufaeru, to
into destruction. Boll. 352; J)egja sik i fjorbaugs-garS, to
tlawry by default of silence, Grag. i. 69 ; hoggva sik i holds
raka e-n i frid, to pardon one, Fms. x. 161 ; taka 1 vald
' confiscate, 23. 2. law phrases, bera vsetti 1 dom, to pro-
v.^s in court, Grag. i. 22 ; saekja sok i dom, Nj. 225 ; skal i
;ekja, sem frumsokin er i sott, in the same court in which the
'■st brought, Grag. i. 56 ; festa mal i konungs dom, Fms. x. 8 ;
!i i setu, to call on the ?ieighbours to take their seats, Nj. 87 ;
Uta 1 J)at vaetti, at . . ., <o call on witnesses to testify, that . . .,
7 ; nefna GuS i vitni, Fms. x. 246. II. denoting
''>; skjoldrinn klofnaSi i tva hluti, split in ttvain, Nj. ic8 ; i
!/«, passim ; i ^rennt, ittto three pieces ; brotna i span, to be
'-'-,■ 405, Nj. 267, 282; i mola, id.; rista i sundr klaeSi sin i
ut one's clothes into strings, Fms. ix. 3; skipla illu i gott,
sauask i siit ok grat, to be turned into woe a?id wailing, Fms.
2. denoting investment, payment, discharge, into; maela
t^um i sinn frama, Hm. 104; verja fe sinu i lausa-eyri, to con-
oney into movables. Eg. 139; t)iggja e-t i vingjafir, as a friend's
') ; gefa i mala, i kaup, to give in pay, wages, Fms. i. i ; gjalda i
^.t^\.t,paid in the son's weregild, Nj. 102 ; jatu3u upp i jar3ir sinar,
wnent for their estates, Bs. i. 853; J)a skal skeytt Jjangat Hemes
proventu hans, Fms. vii. 196 ; taka fe i skuld, Hkr. ii. 136 ; taka,
i gjold, i sakfe, i skatt, N. G. L. i. 75, Sks. 104 new Ed. ; kaupa
vuld, to buy on credit, Hrafn. 22, Band, i ; skyldi horn drekka
i hvert, a horn should be emptied to every toast. Eg. 2c6 ; hefir
lan dugat i naudsynjar, Fms. iv. 242 ; i mun e-m, to one's delight,
i« one, Korm.; gora e-t i hag, vil, ska&a e-m, in one's favour, to
'Otbe; i engan mun, not a bit, by no means, Fms. iv. 254; stor-
1 m()Sur-kyn, high born on his mother's side, Ld. I02 ; J)raeIborin
settir, 0. H. 112; 63alborin ok lendborin ok tiginborin fram i
S* 343- III. with verbs, langa i e-t, to long after ; sja,
e-t, to grudge, (i-langan), etc. IV. ellipt., J)eir gafu hey-
ok 14tu hestana gripa i, Boll. 348 : adverb., J)6tt bresti i nokkut,
[something should fall short, Nj. 102 ; her vantar i, here something
fig; vantar miki& i, Lat. i7iulta desunt.
sed before or after adverbs or prepositions : I. preiixed ;
' i hja, besides, aside, Jb. 11, passim, (see hja) ; i gcgn, against, Bs. i. 22,
passim, (see gegn); i braut, i burt, rtwa^-, passim, (see braut); i frd (cp.Swcd!
if ran), from, passim, (see fra) ; i fyrir, in front, Fms. iv. 137; i framan
{q. v.), in the face; i franmii (q. v.) ; hafa i frammi, /o AoW/or/A ,■ i
meSal and i rnilli (q. v.), among, between ; i kring, i kringum (q. v.), all
around; i mot (q. v.), i nu'tti, i mots, against, towards, passim ; i samt,
together, contimially , Fms. xi. 4, 73; i sundr (q.v.), in sunder; i senn
(q. v.), at once, G\\. 354, Isl. ii. 378. 2. after local adverbs, towards
or into a place; niSr i, aptr i, fram i, upp i, downwards, afterwards, for-
wards,^ upwards ; or niftri i, aptr 1, frammi i, uppi i (proncd. nidr' i,
framm' i, upp' i), framan i, aptan i, all proncd. as one word. II.
prefixed to nouns and verbs, i-b!astr, see the following list of words. 2.
in a few instances this i- conveys a diminutive notion, esp. in mod. usage,
e. g. i-beiskr, i-bjugr, i-boginn, i-litill, proncd. ei-litill ; this i- is no doubt
etymologically different, perhaps qs. id-. p. in other cases intensive or
iterative, as in i-graenn, ever-green, contracted from i&-gra;nn ; i-n6gr, qs.
i3-gn6gr; i-J)r6tt, q. v. ; as also i-treka, q. v., etc.
1-beiskr, adj. a little hot to the taste.
f-bjiigr, adj. a little crooked.
i-bldr, adj. a little blue, Bs. ii. 182.
i-bl^str, m. ' in-breath,' inspiration. Fas. iii. 237, Horn. 1 23, Bs. i. 231.
i-boginn, part. = ibjugr.
i-brosligr, adj. ludicrous, to be smiled at, Sturl. i. 23.
f-bua, u, f. a female inmate. Lex. Poet.
i-bu3, f. in-dwelling ; til ibiidar, Stj. 487, 609.
i-bygginn, adj. brooding over, conceited.
f-byggjari, a, m. an inmate, inhabitant. Mar., Lil. 71.
iSrott, see i{)r6tt.
idus-dagr, m. (Lat.), the Ides of a month, Fms. iii. 11.
f-endr, adj. [ond], 'in breath,' still breathing, Fms. xi. 141.
i-fang, n. an undertaking, grappling with, Bs. i. 757, Mar.
i-fellt, n. adj. of the ^\\\A, filling the sails, Sturl. iii. 59.
i-fer3, f. a 'faring into ;' iferS i fjciru, gathering weeds, Vm. 97, Jm. 20,
Pm. 38.
i-fj6rvan, adj., ace. m. = iendan, 'in-life,' living, Yt. 20.
i-frd,, see fra.
i-faara, u, f. a kind oi fisherman's hook or boat-hook, Sks. 30, v. 1.
i-ganga, u, f. an entering, u/idertaking, Sturl. iii. 3, Grag. i. 485 : in-
troitus, f6stu-i. = inngangr ; igangs-fasta, «'t/., D.N.
i-gangr, m. a wearing of clothes, a suit; igangs-klx&i, wearing apparel,
Eg- 75, Orkn. 462, K. A. 166, Hkr. ii. 280.
i-gegn, prep, through ; see gegn.
i-ger3, f. suppuration of a sore.
i-gildi, n. = i6gildi, Sks. 262 ; hiin er karlmanns i., she is a match for
a man, as strong as a man.
i-gjarn, adj. = i&gjarn.
i-grdr, adj. grayish.
i-gr63ra, adj. in blossom ; jor8 var ekki igru3ra at varj)ingi, Bs. i. 1 72.
fGULL, m. [Gr. cxtVos ; Lat. echinus; A.S.tl; Germ. igel'\, a sea-
urchin, echinus esculentus, Eggert Itin. 612 : also called igul-ker, n. from
its ball-formed shape. igul-k6ttr, m. a hedgehog. Art. : a kind of war
engiiie, Sks. 4 ! 8.
igul-tanni, a, m., poet, a tear, =jiigtanni, q. v.
f-hlutan, f. meddling. iMutTinar-inikill, -sarar, adj. meddlesome,
Fms. ii. 69, Eg. 512, Boll. 346.
i-hxseddr, adj. a little timid, Nj. 210.
f-huga, a8, to consider, Rd. 303, Fms. vi. 19I, viii. loi, xi. 20: to
muse over, x. 259, Sks. 594 : absol. to mind, Ld. 260.
£-liugan, f. a mitiding, consideration, Fms. viii. 358, Barl. 157.
i-hugi, a, m. a minding, = ihugm. Fas. i. 69, Hom. (St.): sympathy,
O. H.L. 35 ; mjok var Harekr {36 raunar meS ihuga sinum meS Kniiti,
51. coMPDS : ihuga-fullr, adj. /j/^/ 0/ care. Mar. ; hugsjiikr ok i.,
F'ms. x. 25, viii. 25. ihuga-verdr, adj. worthy of consideration, doubt-
M Valla L. 236.
f-hvolfr, adj. a little convex.
i-hyggja, u, f. consideration, ihyggju-samr, adj . = ihugasamr, L v. 9 1 .
i-bogg, n. striking in, Sturl. iii. 66.
IKOKNI, a, m. a squirrel. This word is undoubtedly, as Grimm
suggests (s. V. eichhorn), not of Teut. origin, but a popular corruption
of the Gr. aiti-ovpos {== shade-tail), from which word all mod. European
languages have borrowed ihe name of this animal; A. S. dcvern^ early
Dutch encoren ; Dutch eekhoren, eikboren, inkhoren ; O. H. G., mid. H. G.,
and Germ, eichorne, eichorn ; Dan. egern ; Swed. ickorn, ekorre : in the
Romance languages, old Fr. escuriere ; Fr. ecureuil ; ' Ital. schiriuolo ;
whence Engl, squirrel. The word ikorni occurs in the heathen poem
Gm., but the word is outside the metre, spoiling the flow of the
verse, and was no doubt added afterwards ; therefore, instead of ' Rata-
toskr heitir ikorni | er renna skal,' read ' Rata-toskr heitir | er renna
skal.' Perhaps the ancient Scandin. name of the animal was toskr,
akin to Engl, tusk, A.S. tux, from its sharp teeth, and then Rati { = the
climber?) would in the verse be the pr. name, toskr the appellative
318
IKYNDASK— fLLSKA.
of that animal; and thus Rata-toskr would stand for Ratitoskr = Rati
the squirrel; see also Edda, (3. H. 85, Sks. 1 1 5, GJ)1. 448.
i-kyndask, d, dep. to be Mndled, take fire, Fms. x. 29.
1-lag, n. a mortgage, Bs. i. 8j6, H.E. i. 195, 220; tiu hundra6a ilag,
sem sta&rinn a MoBruvolIum atti i j6r6 a Aslaksst66um, Dipl. v. 9.
i-lat, n. a vessel, cask into which a thing is put, Bs. i. 46 1, Korm. 164!
sekkr er ilat, Skalda 168 ; maelir e3a annat ilat, Mar.
i-lei3a, d, to lead into, induce, H. E. i. 490.
i-lei3ing, f. introduction, H.E. i. igo, 490.
i-lenda, d, to make ilendr, to naturalise, a law term, N. G. L. i. 170 :
reflex, to settle in a country. Fas. ii. 395, J>orst. Hv. 46.
f-lendr, adj. naturalised, settled in a place, GJ)1. 89, Eg. 346, Fms. i.
257, vi. 254.
i-lengjast, d, to make a longer slay, settle in a place.
f-lit, n. the looking to a mark ; at hvarki ver6i at orkuml n6 ilit, Grag. i.
347; ef hundr bitr sva at orkuml ver6i eptir e3r ilit, ii. 120; meta ilit
ok lema alia, N. G. L. i. 67.
1-likr, adj. = i6glikr ; nokkut ilict J)vi sem GySingar gerSu viS Dr6ttinn
v6ru, O. H.L. 37.
1-litill, adj . very little ; proncd. in the south of Icel. eilitill.
Ilia, d, to harm one ; illir engi maSr farar hans, N. G. L. i. 32.
ilia, adv., compar. verr, superl. verst (see verr), badly, ill; lika ilia,
to like ill, dislike, Hkr. ii. 138; J)eir kvaSu ser vi6 Om verst lika,
Landn. 287 ; kurra ilia, to grumble sorely, Fms. vii. 151 ; heyra, sja ilia,
to hear, see badly, Fb. ii. 171 ; var hann ilia til frtenda sinna, he behaved
ill to his kinsmen, Nj. 38; ilia Kristinn, an ill Christian, Fms. vii. 15 1 ;
ilia sert, a bad year, Nj. 10; J)a6 er ilia fari6, it is a great pity ; ilia heill,
in ill health, Hm. 68 ; ilia ok limannliga, Fb. i. 280.
illendi or illindl, n. pi. spite ; til aleitni e8r illenda, Fb. iii. 248 ; en er
Brandr var5 varr vi6 flimtan J)eirra, ba3 hann ^a eigi fara me3 slik illendi,
Sturl. iii. 80 ; vera her vi5 illindi (Ed. ill-lyndi) sona J)inna, Fs. 34 ; at
sja J)ik i illindum {in troubles) ok erfi6is-munum, Fb. i. 280, 2.
medic, gangrene ; J)at sar greri ilia sva at blastr hljop ok illendi i, J>6r6.
(Ed. i860) 96.
flli-liga, adv. hideously; lata i., Fms. vii. 102 ; grenja i., Grett. loi A.
illi-ligr, adj. grim, frowning ; illileg {hideous) gaulan, (3. H. 135;
mikill vexti ok ekki illilegr, ill-looking, Fb. i. 254 ; uxi ogurliga stor ok
i., 257, 261 ; sva illilegr sem genginn s^ tit or sjavar-homrum, Nj. 182 ;
dokkr ok illilegr i asjonu, Bs. i. 40 ; fann hann a faeti hans flekk illi-
legan, fullan af eitri, Fms. x. 332.
illing, f. evil, calamity ; naud ok i., Fms. x. 399, O. H. L. 61.
fllingr, m. a bad man. illinga-seta, u, f. a set of rogues, Bs. i.
142.
fLXiB., adj., compar. verri (q. v.), superl. verstr; illr is still often pro-
nounced with a long vowel, esp. in the forms ilit, ills, as also illr and illr,
although it is usually in mod. books spelt with i; the long vowel is a
remains of the contraction which in the Scandin. languages has taken place
in this word : [Ulf. iibils ; A. S. yfel ; Engl, ill, evil; Hel. ubil ; O. H. G.
ubil; Germ, ubel; Dan. /W; Swed. z7/-; in mod. Engl. ?7Z is of Scandin.,
evil of Saxon origin] ; — ill, evil, bad, in a bodily and moral sense : in sayings,
ilit er at eiga Jjrasl at einga-vin, Grett. 154 ; ilit er at eggja ubilgjarnan, or
ilit er at eggja ilit ska.p = irvp fiaxaipa /xf) aKa\eveiv ; erat ma3r sva illr at
einugi dugi, Hm. 134; fatt er svo fyrir oUu ilit, a6 ekki bo&i nokku5 gott,
= 'tis an ill wind that blows nobody any good ; ilia gefask ill ra6, Nj. 20;
opt stendr illt af kvenna tali, Gisl. 15 ; opt hlytr ilit af ilium (or ilit ma af
ilium hljota), Isl. ii. 151 ; frest eru ills bezt, Fms. v. 294. 2. ill, bad,
of quality, capacity; illr bii^egn, a bad farmer, Fms. i. 69; illr.hcstr, a bad
horse, {>i5r. 191 ; illt skald, a poetaster. 3. evil, wicked; g63a fra
ilium, Eluc. 37; illr maSr, Hm. (ill-menni) ; ill ra3, evil counsel, 9 ; til
g6&s ok ills, /or ^ooc? or evil, Grag. ii. 144; sja vi3 illu, beware of evil,
Sdm. 39; illt eitt, all wickedness, as a nickname, Fms. ix. 419 (423
sqq.) 4. bad; ilium huga, an evil mind, spite, Hbl. 21 ; ills hugar,
Hym. 9 ; illt skap, ill humour ; vera i illu skapi, to be in an ill mood;
t)a3 er illt j mer, to be angry ; maela illt, to use foul language, Bjarn. 32 ;
ill orS, evil words, Skm. 2 ; var3 honum illt til liSs, Fms. i. 22 ; ill old,
evil times, vi. 96 ; illt ve6r, ill weather, v. 295 ; illar alogur, evil,
oppressive burdens, vii. 75, v.l. ; ill heilsa, ill health; illt, unwholesome;
er t)at illt manni. Eg. 604 ; medic, e-m er illt (mer er illt), to be ill; illt
er {'tis a pity) at eiga da&lausa sonu, Ld. 236; honum J)6tti illt {he was
sorry) at heyra Ixti J)eirra, P"ms. iv. 368 : denoting harm, hurt, gruna6i
at mikit illt mundi af J)er hljotask, Isl. ii. 151 ; ver6r hann J)eim storhoggr,
ok fa t)eir illt af honum, Fms. xi. 135. 5. with gen. ill, difficult;
illr vi8r-eignar, ill to deal with, Nj. 18, Eg. 147; illir heimsoknar,
Fms. vii. 299; flestir ver3a illir aptrhvarfs, 315: with dat. ill to
one, illr e-m, (cp. Scot, 'ill to his friend, waur to his foe'), 655 A.
4. 6. close, stingy, cp. g66r {II. /3) ; illr af aurum, Jd. 35 ; illir
af mat, Hkr. i. 140; hinn matar-illi, a nickname, Hkr. compds :
ill-brig3i, n. pi. a bad trick, Hkr. ii. 287, Grett. Ill A. fll-byli,
n. a wretched home; gora e-m i., Isl. ii. I4I. ill-deildir, f. pi. and
ill-deilur, ill-dealings, hostilities, quarrels, Ld. 158, Fms. vii. 144, Nj.
77> Vigl. 29. ill-d^i, n. an ill beast, noxious animal, Isl. ii. 300.
ill-felli, n. mishap. Earl. 115. ill-fengr, adj. ill-natured, Fms. iH.T4
Grett. 144. fll-ferli, n. pi. ill doings, evil ways, Bs. i. 279. fJl.ffn
adj. ill-willed, Ld. 258. ill-fygli, n. an ill bird, noxious bird, I
186. lll-fystr, part, bent on evil, Nj. 72. fU-gengr, adj. rouf
of a horse, opp. to goSgengr. ill-geta, u, f. ' ill-guets,' imputatk
111-girnd and lll-girni, f. ill-will, ill-nature, wickedness, Fms. vii
Rd. 236, Grag. i. 131, Bs. i. 45. ill-gjarn, adj. ill-willed, ill-naiw-.
wicked, Nj. 38, Hom. 19, Bs. i. 40: superl., Fms. ii. 46, x. 327. i]
gjarnligr, adj. ill-natured, spiteful, Hom. 19, 53, Sks. 445. ill-grei
n. 'evil-grass,' tares, Magn. 502, Sks. 549, Barl. 34, N. T., Vidal. p;
sim. ill-gT^XD.a5r, part, suspected of evil, M^T.; vera illgrunadr u
e-t, Bs. i. 264. ill-gsefa, u, f. ill-luck, Barl. 55. ill-gseti, n. Ulfm
Barl. 55. ill-g6r3, f., esp. in pi. ill doings, Fms. vi. 291, Sks. ;^
Stj. illg6r3a-fl.okkr, m. a ^fi^zo" o/ro^z^es, ■Fms. viii. 232. i
g6r3a-ina3r, m. an evil-doer, of thieves, robbers, Eb. 300, Fms. i. 4
N. T., Vidal. illg6r3a-sainr, adj. (-semi, f.), evil-doing, Fms,
90. ni-hreysingr, m. (see hreysi), a savage, miscreant, Sturl. i. 1
iii. 26. ill-hveli, n. an evil whale. Fas. iii. 507. ill-kvikeiK
ill-kykvendi, n. an evil beast, e. g. a snake, toad, etc., 655 xii. 2, A.
284. ill-kvittinn, adj. slanderous. ill-kvittni, f. calumi
ill-kyndugr, adj. lewd, Bs. i. 256. fU-kyngi, f. lewdness, Mag. 1:
fll-leikni, f. ill-trealtnenl, Fms. ii. 185, viii. 41. ill-lifnadr, m.
evil life, lewdness, Stj. 386. illlifna3ar-ina5r, m. a mati of an
life, Fb. i. 233. fll-lifi, n. a wicked life, Barl. 138, Fms. v
54. ill-lifr, adj. wicked, |)i6r. 69. fU-lyndi, n. an ill tev
ill-lyTidr, adj. ill-tempered. ill-lseti, n. pi. hideous grimaces, Ko,
ill-mannliga, adv. wickedly, cruelly; ilia ok i., Fms. v. 265;. Iii
grimmliga, Ld. 246, Mar. ill-mannligr, adj. ill-looking, rogmm
cruel, wicked. Fas. ii. 84, Fms. iii. 116 : neut.. Mar.: compar., Pai.
534: superl., Nj. 78. ill-maligr, aA]. foul-mouthed, slandero
Finnb. 280, Hav. 38, Str. 15. iU-menni, n. a knave (of thieves a
robbers), a wicked, cruel man, Fms. ii. 4, vi. 63, Symb. 59, Nj. •
lU-mennska, u, f. wickedness, cruelly, Hav. 44. ill-msela, t, w
ace, in mod. usage with dat., to libel, slander, talk evil of, Str. 15, H
iii. 262 ; vera illmaeltr af e-u, to have evil reputation from, Bs. i. 7;
ill-mselgi, f. slander, calumny, 623. 30. ill-maeli, n. a libel, '. !
183, Lv. 53, Boll. 350, Dropl. 11, Krok. 7. ill-or3r, adj. ' ill-wordt
abusive, Fms. iii. 143, Nj. 66. ill-ra3igr, adj. giving wicked amm
Fms. x. 380. ill-rd3r, adj. wicked, Sturl. iii. 281 : a nickname,)
iii. ill-r8e3a, u, f. bad language, Sks. 25. ill-raB3i, n. evil dm
crime, Fms. x. 390, Rom. 256. illrseSis-maSr, m. an evil-dc
criminal, Sturl. i. 137, Fms. iii. 155, Fs. 20. ill-reemdr, part.
evil report. ill-sakar, f. pi., in the phrase, tro6a ilisakar vi9 e-n,
have a rough fight with one, Nj. 219. ill-skdi, a, m. the less ofi
evils ; hvart J)ykkir J)^r betr ? . . . ^at J)ykki mdr illskainn at ^\\ ^
Band. 21 new Ed. fll-skdrri, compar., ill-sk^rst, superl. tk
of two evils ; \)a.b er illskarra, illskast. lU-skeptr, part. ' ill-sbafi
i. e. ill-natured, Stj. 42 : wroth, Th. 76. ill-skselda, u, f. a poeta-
Eg., Hkr. ; a nickname given to a poet for having stolen the hw<lc
another poem, see Fms. iii. 65. ill-spar, f. pi. evil prophecy, cr
ings, Gliim. 354, Fas. i. 372, Bret. 38. ill-svipligr, adj. i!l-i
ing, Fb. i. 260. ill-ti3indi, n. pi. evil tidings, bad news, Stur
2 10. ill-tyngdir, f. pi. [tunga], ' evil tongues,' slander, Grag. 1. ;
fU-ugi, i. e. lllhugi, a pr. name, cp. hugr (H). ill-u3, f. ill-if''
Vkv. 19, 2 2. ill-u3igr, adj. evil-boding. Am. 13, Hkm. 15, Fas. i. :
ill-u3ligr, adj. ill-looking, grim, Bar6. 167. ill-verk, n. an evil d
Hav. 38. ill-vi3ri, n. bad weather, Fms. i. 275, i.'<. 233, Rb. :
Str. 88, Sks. 211. illvi3ris-klakkar, m. foul-weather cloudi. :
234. illvi3ris-kraka, u, f. an evil crow. ill-vili, a, ra. iil<
Fms. i. 71, vii. 312, xi. 250, Orkn. 264. ill-vilja, adj. = illvili
Fagrsk. ch. 272. illvilja-fullr, adj. ill-willed, Bs. i. 45. fll^i
ma3r, m. an ill-wisher, Sturl. iii. 227. ill-vilja3r, part. »W-t;
Fms. ix. 335, Sks. 160, Barl. 38. ill-virki, n. a cruel, evil rf
crime, Hav. 38 : as a law term, an outrage, done with an evil intcii:
defined in Grag. i. 130, 1 31 : robbery, ravage, Fms. vii. iS, xi. 57.
virki, a, m. n« ill-doer, criminal (thief, robber), Grag. i. 130, Greg.
Fas. i. 56 (Ed. illvirkr), Fms. xi. 445, Al. 108. ill-viti, a, m. <
boder, a nickname, Bjarn. : name of certain crags, among which sounoj
heard when a storm is coming. ill-vsert, n. adj. what is not to be slo
\>a kom regn sva mikit, at i. var liti, a pelting rain, so that one could bn:
stay out-of-doors, Bs. i. 172. ill-yr3a, t, to abuse, speak evd to.
ii. 229, Finnb. 228, Stj. 529. ill-yr3i, n. pi. foul language. I
Nj. 64, Boll. 360, Karl. 509. ill-yrmi, n. [ornir], vermin, Fm^
380. fllyrmis-legr, adj. (-lega, adv.), like vermin. Ol-J'Og
= illua, Hom. (St.) m-t)olandi, part, intolerable. lU-pfs--
a wretched thrall. Am. 59. ill-J)y3i, n. [J)j6&], a rabble, gn"i
thieves and robbers, Fms. vii. 8, 16, Bs. i. I42, Hkr. iii. 208, Fb. ii. .
illj)^3is-f61k, n. = illt)y6i, Hkr, i. 36, Fms. vi. 162, ix. 384, v.l.
J)y3is-ina3r, m. a thief and robber, Fms. viii. 73, v.l.
illska, u, f. ill will, wickedness, cruelty, Fms. x. 304, xi. 445
388, Nj. 82, Js. 27, Hom. 4, 151, Stj. 314, Sks. 606, N.T., Pass., \
^
F;
J
fLLSKASK— iviDGJARN.
319
as also fiiry, rage, J)a6 er illska i honum : illsku-fullr, full of
Tins. ii. 137; illsku-Iimr, a limb of wickedness; illsku-kraptr,
, 188, 6,^6 B. I, Horn. 27 ; illsku-verk, a wicked work; 14;
an evil wigbt, Str. 43 ; illsku-ma5r, a wicked, cruel man,
:;u-^ra, doggednesa, Stj. 268 : mischief, evil, Fms. i. 184: as
jmod. usage, illsku-veSr, a fiery gale.
sk, aft, dep. to wax wroth and furious. Fas. iii. 657.
sun, f. longing after.
[no doubt akin to eim in eiinyrja, Engl, embers'], dust, ashes,
• hann hreinsar J)at skjott af, J)6at nokkut im hafi a ess dregit
leyti annarlegs si&fer6is, Fms. ii. 261 ; hann brennir af oss synda
ig. 19, 46 ; nu tok im af honum, at hann var sannr propheta,
393- ,
II, f. = iin; elds iim, embers. Harms. 39 : poiJt. a s^e-wo//", from
£)er-like colour (?), Edda (Gl.) : a giantess, id.
f. name of «« ogress, Edda, Hkv. i. 39.
>r8r, f. name of a giantess.
, m. (imarr, imr, m.), a giant, Edda (Gl.), VJ)m. 5 : a pr. name,
tistr or fmu-gustr, m. ^ giants' -gush :' disgust, in the metaph.
hafa imigust a e-u, to feel dislike, abhorrence for a thing.
itr, adj. dusky, gray-coloured, of a wolf. Lex. Poet.
, f., poet, a fight, battle. Lex. Poet., 6I. 33, Hkv. i. 49. compds :
bord, n. a shield, Vellekla. imun-dis, f. a war-goddess,
fmun-laukr, m. a sivord, Eyvind.
id, f. the very image.
ida, a&, to imagine; eg imynda mer, I fancy.
adan, f imagination, fancy .
n.'Aa., u, i. participation in; ineyzla i jor5u, G\>\. 367.
1 11 . ]1 Irishmen ; Irland, n. Ireland ; Ira-konungr, m. the king
Irskr, adj. Irish; frska, u, f. the Irish tongue, Ld. 72,
i. 227, the Sagas passim. II. Irland it mikla,
uif eiund, was the name of Southern America, just as Eastern
was called Great Sweden. *
aft, dep. to be rumoured abroad ; maetti ok pa Jjat irask, at (thefi
e Aal people would say, that) Tpxv eignir fylg6i henni J)a heiman,
,tti i Noregi, O. H. L. 30.
ir, adj. reddish, a little red. Mar.
a, m. gosiip, rumour, tattle ; hofum ver heyrt nokkurn ira a, hvart
konungs-son edr eigi, Fms. ix. 278, v.l., a &ir. \fy., hence prob.
1. ira-far, hurly-burly ; i mesta irafari.
S, to * ice,' freeze ; {)a isaQi J)egar sem aSr, Fms. ix. 400 ; isadr,
izen, 386, Rd. 277.
n. iron ; see jarn.
tt, n. broken ice, Fas. ii. 501.
in, f. the edge of an ice-field, Fms. i. 21 1, Grag. ii. 386, Jb. 330.
, n, f. a sitting in judgment ; iseta 1 donii, Grag. i. 78 : occupation,
I, r&n ok iseta, Jb. 159, N. G. L. i. 53. isetu-arfr, m. in-
e by right of occupancy, N. G. L. i. 207.
II, adj. dub., BarS. 34 new Ed.
dr, part, [hela], covered with rime, Sks. 229.
■hijg, n. ice breaking, Hkr. iii. 140, Vigl. 26.
n f. sleet, Stj. 14.
'fen/ion, Konr.
T, adj. worth looking after, Ld. 66, Nj. 155, Karl. 547 : mod.,
N'ert, 'tis rather dangerous.
a looking into, Fbr. 147.
or, adj. ice-cold, Al. 51, Sks. 153.
la, ft, to bargain, stipulate, Dipl. i. 5.
an, f. a putting in or upon a place, Vm. 87.
gflegr, adj. dark-looking, suspicious.
Id, f. = itak, q. V. ; sva margar iskyldir a kirkjan i Odda, Vm. 27;
b meft ollum iskyldum, Dipl. v. 26.
sir, m.pl. ice-legs, shin bones of sheep used for skates, Fms. vii.
, n. pi. layers of ice, Fs. 26, Eb. 186, Fms. vii. 246, ix. 368, Ld.
tt, f. [smjiiga], a cloak with a bole for the head to pass through,
■ new Ed.
1, f. ground ice, broken ice; sem a ismol saei, Fms. vii. 18, xi.
ir allt at sja sem a eina ismol saei er vapnin gl6u5u, vi. 4I 2.
m. [for. word], hyssop, Baer.
, f., pi. ispenjar, a kind of sausage filled with lard and suet.
a, m., and Is-rek, n. an ice-drift, icefioe, Fms. ix. 350.
jJl. [A.S. ts; Engl, ice; O. H.G. is; Germ. «'s; Swed. and Dan.
; iss is ice on sea and water, svell on a plain or meadow ; klaki =
'Ound, etc. ; distinction is made between hafiss, drift ice or
f, and lagna5ar-iss, 'lay-ice,' common ice; in plur. isar, of large
ce; en er isa lagdi a voin, Fms. vii. 54; isa leysir, the
-5; iss var lagSr a Hofsta5a-vag, Eb. 236; a isinum (mod.
" Nj. 143 : for sliding, a isi skrida, Hm. 82 ; see also isleggir.
Severe winters are marked in the Annals by the extent of frozen water ;
A.D. 1047 (* s^^^ct of ice between Norway and Denmark), 1306 (ice from
Rostock to the Sound), 11 26, 1197 ; Polar ice in Iceland in II45, 1233
(hafisar allt sumar), 126 1 (hafiss umhverfis Island), 1275 (kringdi {)'a
hafiss naer um allt Island), 1306 (hafiss fyrir norSan land nser allt sumar),
1319 (isa-var, hafisar lagu umhverfis Island fram um mitt sumar), 1348
(snjoar sva miklir ok isliig at fraus sjoinn umbergis landit, sva at rifta
matti umbergis landit af hverju annesi um alia fjijrftu), 1375 (hafisar
framan til Bartholomeus-messu), cp. also Vd. ch. 15, Eb. ch. 57, 61 :
for later times and for the currents driving the ice around Icel. see
Eggert Itin. ch. 645, 853 :— the name of the Rune |, Skulda 176.
COMPDS : isa-fj61di, a, m., isa-f6r, f., isa-gangr, m. drifts of ice, Sks.
192, Grctt. 133, Bs. i. 338 (of a river). isa-lauss, adj. ice-free,
Landn. 26, v.l. isa-16g, n. pi. layers, strata of ice, Fs. fsa-v&lk,
n. being tossed about in ice, Sks. 1 74. isa-vdr, n. a« icy spring, cold
spring, Ann. 1319. isa-v5k, f. an open hole in ice, Sks. 174 : in local
names, Is-eyri, in Denmark ; f sa-fj6r3r, m. in Denmark and Iceland ;
f s-fir3ingr, m., fs-firzkr, adj. /row Icefjord; Is-land, n. Iceland, for
the origin of the name see Landn. 30, — hann sa norSr yfir fjollin fjorft
fullan af hafisum, J)vi kollu8u peir landit Island. f s-lendingr, m. an
Icelander, Landn. etc. passim. f slendinga-bok, f. the Icelanders'
Book, the historical work of Ari, fb. (pref.), 0. T. (1853) 33. ta-
lendinga-saga, u, f. the old name of the Sturlunga Saga, as opp. to
Konunga Sogur or Histories of the Kings, Sturl. i. 107, Bs. i. 589, 591 :
in mod. usage Islendinga Sogur means the Lives of Icelanders, recorded in
the Index D. ii. Islendinga-skrd, f. the Icelandic scroll, prob. =
the Landnama, Fb. i. 526. Islendinga- J)d.ttr, m. a section or chapter
treating of Iceland, Fms. x. 294. Islenzkr, adj. Icelandic, passim.
Islenzka or f slenzk tunga, u, f. the Icelandic tongue.
i-stad, n., usually in pi. istod, a stirrup, Sks. 372, freq. in mod. usage,
but stigreip (q. v.) is older, being of rope, whereas the istod are of
metal.
ista3a, u, f , in ist63u-lau8s. Fas. iii. 548 ; ist68u-lftill, adj. who
stands but little, delicate, sensitive, esp. of children who cry readily at
harsh words ; hann er svo isto3ulitill.
i-stangan, f. instigation, pricking, Karl. 197, Mar. '
i-stig, n. = ista6, Flov. 24, Str. 39, Thom. 208.
istr, n. = istra, pibi. 341 (v. 1.), Hb. (1865) 22.
f STRA, u, f. the fat of the paunch, of persons, Stj. 383, {jorf. Karl.
432, {>idr. 341. istru-magi, a, m. paunch-belly, a nickname, Fms.
fsungr, m. an ice-bear [1), a nickname, Sturl. iii. 270.
i-tak, n. a law term, a partial right of property in another's estate, esp.
of glebes (Kirkju-itok), Grag. ii. 207, D. L i. 522, passim. itaka-
lauss, adj. without itok, i. e. full possession, Vm. 108, D.I. i. 507.
i-tala, u, f. a proportionate share in a right or in an estate, Grag. ii.
254: = itak, Vm. 164, Dipl. ii. 10, Fms. vi. 103, v.l. It61u-lauss,
adj. = itakalauss; itolulauss cign, unshared, full possession, Am. 99,
Dipl. ii. 3.
ftalia, u, f. Italy, passim : ftalfa-land, n. id., Ver. 37, Bret. 108 :
ftalskr, adj. Italian.
Itar-legr, id]. fine, glorious; dy'rleg ok itarleg kirkja, Symb. 10; J)at
hiis er bazt heiir verit ok itarlegast, Ver. 27; itarleg feSsla, lordly
fare, Greg. 22, 97 ; J)essum enum itarlega Gu3s vin, Clem. 48 ; allt var
itarlegt um orar ferSir, Am. 91 ; i. at aliti, Lex. Poet. ; i. hilmir, a lordly
king, Merl. 2. 34.
Itar-liga, adv. exquisitely; i. huinn, fine dressed, Fms. xi. 85 ; her-
bergi i. buin, well furnished, iv. 194 ; klaeSask i., to dress fine, Horn. 98 ;
biia i. um e-t, Ver. 56.
f TB, adj., the r is radical, [this word is hardly to be found in any other
Teut. language] : — glorious, excellent, mostly in poets ; itr aliti, beautiful
to behold, Sks. 1.7; itr konungr, itr yngvi, a great king, 10, Fms. vi. 87
(in a verse) ; inn itri o^lingr, Skv. T. 23 ; itrum 6lafi, itr Haraldr, epithet
of kings. Lex. Poet. ; itran aettbaeti Einars, Arnor ; i itru li8i, in the
valiant host, 0. H. (in a verse) : of things, itr rond, a fine shield, Edda (Ht.) ;
itran sal fjalla, of the sky, Edda (in a verse) ; til itrar elli, to a glorious,
golden age, Edda (Ht.) ; itr lausn, glorious redemption. Likn. 39. In
COMPDS, only in poets, = ^/or/oj/s ; ftr-borinn, part, high-born. Am.,
Hkv. itr-b61, n. the glorious abode, Rekst. 33. Itr-geflr,
adj. gentle, Geisli. itr-hugaSr, adj. high-minded, Geisli 10. itr-
lankr, m. garlic, Hkv. 1 . 7 (imun-laukr ?). itr-ma3r, m., itr-menni,
n. a noble mati. Lex. Poiit. itr-mannligr, adj. of stout, noble bearing,
Hkr. iii. 160. itr-skapaSr, part, beautifully shaped, Hkv. 2. 36.
itr-tunga, u, f. epithet of a sword, Landn. (in a verse). itr-vaxinn,
part, of beautiful stature, epithet of a lady, Korniak. ltr-J>veginn,
part. clea>i-wasbed, bright, clean, epithet of a lady's arms, Ls. 17.
itreka, a5, (qs. i6-vreka = /o wreak again?); this word seems not to
occur in old writers, but is freq. in mod. usage : — to iterate, repeat.
ftrekan, f. repetition.
fvaldi, a, m. a mythical name of a dwarf, Edda.
i-vasan, f. bustle, fuss; varaldar i., worldly affairs, H. E. i. 255.
xvi3-gjarn, adj. [Hel. inwid= fraud], wicked, evil, a atr.Kcf., Vkv. 26.
320
tVIDI— JAFNFJiAM.
ividi, n. a dub. word, Vsp. 2, prob. an ogress — W\h]A, which is the
reading of the Hb. I.e.; see Saem. (Mobius), p. 265.
l-vi5ja, u, f. an ogress, prob. from inwid, and not from i and vi8r, Hdl.
44, Edda (Gl.) ; see the preceding word.
1-vist, f. an abode, in-dwelling, N. G. L. i. 47. II. a local name,
Uisl, one of the Hebrides, Fms.
f{>ROTT, f., also spelt iSrott, prob. from i6- and {)r6tt or {)r6ttr,
power, qs. iO-firott ; the long vowel seems due to absorption, analogous
to Svijjjod = Svi5-J)j66 ; the rhyme, ipronir . . . niu, Orkn. 1. c, shews that
the vowel was sounded long: [pan. idrcet ; Swed. idrott ; but not in
Saxon nor Germ.] : — accomplishment, art, skill, in olden times esp. of
athletic exercises, but also of literary skill ; king Harold (in the verse in
Mork. 15, iSrottir kann ek atta) counts eight i6r6ttir, — poetry, riding,
swimming, sliding in snow-shoes, shooting, rowing, playing the harp,
and versification; earl Rognvald (in the verse in Orkn. ch. 61) counts
nine, — chess playing, Runes, ' book,' smi6, sliding on ' skid,' shooting,
rowing, playing the harp, and versification ; cp. also the tale in Edda of
Thor and tJtgarSa-Loki, where running a race, eating fast, drinking,
lifting the cat, and wrestling are among i^rottir. In mod. usage the
word is applied especially to the fine arts (painting, sculpture) ; kann
ek fia il)r6tt, at engi er her sa inni er skjotara skal eta mat sinn en
ek, Edda 31 ; vel biiinn at ij)r6ttum, Nj. 61 ; vel at ser gorr um i{)r6ttir,
Eg. Ill; hann let Gunnar reyna ymsar i{)r6ttir vi3 menn sina, ok voru
J)eir engir er ne eina i{)r6tt hefdi til jafns vi6 hann, Nj. 46, Edda ji ; mi
synir Sigmundr i\)t6n sina, Faer. 76 ; inna ijirott, Edda 31 ; god i^rott, id.;
me6 agaetri iftrott, of music, Bs. i. 155 ; i6r6tt sii er Granmiatica heitir,
163; iSrott J)a er grammatica heitir, Ciem. 33; af idrott {leirri er
dialectica heitir, Al. 3. compds : H)r6tta-lauss, adj. unskilled,
Sks. 25 ; ufr66ir menn ok i^rottalausir, Clem. 33. ij)r6tta-ina3r,
m. a man skilled in exercises, Fms. i. 17, Eg. 199, Finnb. 336; i. ok
vitr, Bret. 8 ; hann gordisk ehn mesti i6r6ttama6r (master) i J)ess-konar
nami (viz. in granmiar), Bs. i. 163.
ij)r6tt-ligr, adj. skilfid; i. fimleiki, a dexterous feat, Fms. vi. 225;
torvelt er at tyna 611 agaBti i{)rottligrar laekningar bans, Bs. i. 646.
J
J is really the tenth letter of the alphabet, but since it is usually regarded
as another form of I, K is commonly reckoned as the tenth letter.
ja3ar-fl.ar, adj. loose in the edge, of stuff, Grag. i. 498.
JADARR, m., dat. jaSri, pi. jadrar; a form j63urr (as va9all and
vo&uU) occurs in Vsp. 5 : [A. S. and Hel. edor = septum; provinc. Bava-
rian etlor, Schmeller] : — the edge, selvage, of cloth, Grag. i. 498, Nj. 176,
V. I. ; of a tent, Stj. 307, Str. 40: of a sail, Mag. : of the limb of the
moon, Kb. 34 : the edge-beam or rail of a paling, sa gar6r er gildr, er oln
er a medal staurs hvers, en hjastaurr enn \>Tlbi, ok ja&arr er yfir, N. G. L.
i. 246 : poet., hirnin-jodur, the 'sky-border,' horizon, Vsp. ; sky-jadarr,
' cloud-border,' the heaven, Geisli 2 ; solar-jadarr, id. : the edge of the hand
(handar-jadarr), Edda no; the border along the shore, med Blalands
jadri. Lex. Poet. ; frons jadarr, id. ; Eylands jadarr = ora maritima, Merl.
2. 5 : whence a local name of the Norse district, Ja3arr, m. Jcederen ;
also Ja3ar-bygg3, f., and Ja3ar-byggjar, m. pi. the men of the county
J., Fb., Fms. passim. II. metaph. [A. S. eodor, Beow.], the fore-
most, best, with gen. ; Asa jadarr, the best of all the Ases, Ls. 35 ; folks
jadarr, the best of men, Hkv. 2. 40 ; gods jadarr, the highest god =Odm,
Stor. 22 ; hers jadarr, Fm. 36, Merl.
ja3ar-skegg, n. whiskers, Sks. 288, (recorded as a German fashion.)
jadra, ad, to brim, border; jadradr, part, bordered, G{)1. 308.
ja3rakaii, n. a kind of Icel. bird, numenius: mod. jar3reka, Edda
(Gl.)
JAFN", adj., also spelt jamn, f. jofn, neut. jafnt, often spelt as well as
proncd. jamt ; compar. jafnari, superl. jafnastr: [Ulf. ibns, Luke vi. 17;
A.S.efen; Engl, and Dutch even; old Yr.ivin; O.H.G. eban; mod.
Germ, eben; 'dn.jevn; Swed. jemn; akin to Lat. aegz^ws by interchange
of palatal and labial, see Grimm's Diet. s. v. eben] : — even, equal, but, like
Lat. aequus, mostly in a metaph. sense, for slettr (q. v.) answers to
Lat. planus ; often followed by adat., jafn t-\x, equal loathing, in compari-
son : I. equal, equal to; jofn eyri (dat.) gulls, K. {>. K. 72 ; jafn
Gudi, equal to God; jafn mer, passim. 2. equal, the same ; enda er
jofn helgi hans medan hann ferr sva med ser, Grag. i. 93 ; ella er jofn sok
vid hann fram a Icid, 322 ; at ek verda jafn drengr 1 hvert sinn, Sd. 188 ;
J)inar verda flestar jafnastar, thy acts are mostly the same, i. e. all bad,
Fms. viii. 409. 3. fixed, unchanged ; med jafnri leigu, jofnum
kaupum, jofnum skildaga, Rett. 2. 7, Stat. 264, Fb. ii. 137; hann var
ellefu vetra edr tiu, ok sterkr at jofnum aldri, and strong for bis age. Eg.
188, 592 ; eiga J)eir jofnum hondum (see bond) allt \>nt er ^eir taka,
Grag. ii. 66. 4:. even, even-tempered; jafa ok umislyndr. Mar.:
of numbers, jofn tala, even in tale, equal, opp. to odda-tala, Alg.
356- II. neut. jafnt or jamt, almost adverbially, equally, just ;
jafnt utan sem innan, Grag. i. 392 : as, just as, ok hafa eitt atfei
jamt, both together, both alike, Fms. xl. 137 ; jafnt er sem J)er sj?!
as it appears, indeed), af er fotrinn, Nj. 97; jafnt {jraelar sei
menn, Fms. i. 113 : jamt sem, just as, equally as; jafnt sem i fji
domi, jamt skal eiga feransdom eptir fjorbaugs-mann sem eptir
mann, Grag. i. 87 ; skal Ijann lata virda fe J)at jamt sem limaga^
189 ; menn skulu sva sakir hluta, jamt sem a alj)ingi, 122 ; jafnt he
komit er J)U spadir, it has happened just as thou didst foretel, NiSrr..
ellipt., ok skal hann J)a jamt (sem J)eir) allri bot upp halda, Gr;;;
182. 2. temp, at the same time, just ; ek skiri J)ik, ok nefiu
i nafni Fodur, ok drepa barninu i vatn um sinn jafnt fram fyrir sik.
dip the bairn each time into the water, K. Jj.K. 10: just, precinl.,
the very moment, J)at var jamt Jola-aptan sjalfan er J)e;r bordusk, b
xi. 15 ; jamt i J)vi hann stakadi, 133. 3. adverb., at jofnu, equai
in equal shares, Fms. xi. 13 1. 4. til jafns, voru J)eir engi
eina ij)r6tt hefdi til jafns vid hann, Nj. 46; halda til jafns vid
40; komask til jafns vid e-n, Fb. i. 261.
B. Compds : I. such a, so . . .a ; Karvel jafn-fraegum
fine a fellow as K., Karl. 103 ; er Jjat skomm jafn-morgum momii
shame for so many men, Gisl. 5 i : with the particle sem, jafO'
hann var, young as he was, i. e. so young as he was for his
5 ; vel hafi Jj^r minu mali komit, jafn-iivsent sem var, |jidr. Ijifrjli
J)at ekki haefa a jafn-mikilli hatid sem {in such a feast as) i booi ft
Fb. i. 376; at eigi skyldi Hugon keisari yfir J)a su'ga jafn-rdJr*
hann vard J)eim, Karl. 478; undradisk hon hversu fridr ok fagl'lli
var jafn-gamall madr {for his age), Stj. 225; mikill madr ertii " '"'
jafn-gamall, O.K. 176; Jjorir Oddsson var sterkastr jafn-gam;
4. II. mod. phrases such as, J)ad er jafngott fyrir hann«.:
him right ; hann er jafngodr fyrir J)vi, it won't hurt him; or
t)ad jafn-gott, it will do him good, serve him right; vera j;
be equally near, i.e. none the better; hann for jafnnaer, it was all ^
use. III. in countless compds (esp. adjectives) with aim -
participle or adverb, rarely with verbs and nouns, and denoting eijur/:
the same; as seen from the context often followed by a dat., e. g
gamall e-m, of the same age as another person : — of these compc;
some can be noticed: jafn-aldri, a, m. one of the same age,}:
13, vii. 199, Bs. i. 179, Eg. 25, 84. jafn-au3igr, adj. equally ik \
Band. 2 : equally happy, hann setr hund sinn jafnaudigan okkr undir b
Bjarn. 27. ja,fn-a,vi6sBer, adj. as perspicuous, E]\ic. ^ii. jafn-a
veldr, adj. as easy, Ld. 78. jafn-dgeetr, adj. as good, as noble, N; '
jafn-dkafr, adj. as impetuous, Fms. xi. 137. jafn-beinn, ^c
straight, Sturl. i. 196. jafn-berr, adj. equally bare. Fas. i. 67. jj
bitinn, part, evenly bitten or grazed, of a field, Gf)l. 407. jafn-bitr,js
beittr, adj. as sharp, keen. jafn-bjartr, adj. as bright, Nj. 208 : lu
Sks. 69. jafn-bj63a, baud ; j. t-m,tobe amatchfor one,Y'nmh.i()0:i
equal to, contest on equal terms with one, Fms. ii. 27, vii. 22 ; gripr bett
^eim peningum jafnbjodi, 655 xxx. 10. jafn-bli3r, adj. equally "
Faer. 1 54. .lafn-borinn, part, of equal birth, Ld. 332, Fms. x. 79
GJ3I. 1 33 ; j. til e-s, having equal birthright to, Fms. vii. 8, x. 407. j;
brattr, adj. as steep. jafn-bratt, n. adj. as soon, at the same Wj
Hom. 1 14. jafn-brei3r, adj. equally broad, Edda 28, G^\. 355. J
buinn, part, equally ' bonn' or armed, Fms. ii. 165 : ready, prepan .
jafn-deildr, part, equally shared, Hom. 1 48. jafn-digr, adj. a.
Sturl. iii. 63. jafn-djupr, adj. as deep. jafn-djiipvitr, adjj
deep-scheming, Orkn. 2 [4, Hkr. iii. 95. jafn-drengilegr, arf
gallant, Isl. ii. 446. jafn-drjugdeildr, part, going as far, of st
Sturl. i. 166. jafn-drjiigr, adj. keeping as long, Sturl. i. 216, Rb
jafn-dyrligr, adj. equally splendid, Bs. i. 454. jafn-d^, »<
costly, glorious, of the same price, K. Jj. K. 28, Nj. 56, Grett. 10
N. G. L. i. 150, 348. jafn-dsegri, n. (mod. jafndsegr), the eqm
both daegr (q. v.) being equally long, Edda 103, Rb. 454, 456, 47*
passim : equal length, of day and night, Fb. i. 539 ; see eykt. jafia-d*
n. equal judgment, justice, Fms. vi. 431, Pr. 413. jafn-daBBBti
just, giving equal judgment, Rb. 364. jafn-einfaldr, adj. as «
guileless, Hom. 50. jafn-fagr, adj. as fair, Nj. 112. J,
fallegr, adj. as handsome. jafn-fastr, adj. equally firm, v
i. 7, K. J>. K. 166 : as adv., Fms. x. 270, Finnb. 338. jafn-ftlr ^
as few. jafn-feigr, adj. as fey. jafn-feitr, adj. as fat. Jj'
fimlega, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as alert, Fms. ii. 273. jafn-finU "
as aZer/, Faer. 272, Hkr. i. 291, v.l. jafn-Qser, adv. rts/ir. J"
fjolmennr, zd].wiih as many men, Nj. 222. jafn-flatt, n-
fara j., to fare so ill, Fms. vi. 379 ; see flatr. jafn-fljotr, adj. as "
jafn-fram, adv. equally forward, side by side: with dat., jafnfrani
Riits, Nj. 8 : locally, of places, over against, { = gegnt and gagn-Tart,<
with dat., er hann kom jafnfram Borgund, Hkr. ii. 309: j. EidsveUi, *
Fms. ix.408 ; j. gagntaki konungs sonar, j. bodanum, vii. 1 70, ix.Jo?!
as adv., standa jafnfram, to stand evenly, in a straight line; stanoa '
fyrir konungs bordinu, i. 16, Eg. 581, Nj. 140, Rb. 466, Sturl. iii.
temp, at the same moment, of two things happening together, Fms-»'
Jjeir ridu til {)ings jafnfram Skeggja, |>6rd. 18 new Ed.; hann Kir
jafnfram i frasogn sefi Gubs-sonar, follows parallel in the story, 62J
JAFNFRAMARLA— JAFNSLETTR.
32t
hare, takft arf j., Ci\>\. 248 '. at the same time, also, hugsa J)at j.,
ame lime consider, Stj.156; jafiifrain scm, jafiifram ok, as soon
58, Pr. 413. jafn-framarla, -framor, -liga, adv. asfor-
far,j«st as well, Ld. 254, Bs. i. 77S. jafn-fraxmni, adv.
amt, Sks. 364, Sturl. i. 32 : temp., Fms. iii. 218. jafn-framt,
.ftifram, Hav. 42 : temp., Sturl. i. i : along with, with dat., Pass.
equally, in the same degree, Ld. 62. jafn-fri3r, adj. as/air,
as valuable, K.|». K. 172. jafn-frjdls, adj. equally free,
jafn-frjilsliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as/reely, as liberally, Kkr.
jafti-fr6dr, adj. as wise, as knowing, Sks. 544. jafn-frsegr,
amous. Fas. i. 277. jafn-frsekn, adj. equally gallant, Edda.
Ilr, adj. as full, GrAg. i. 20, 68, G\>\. 477. jafn-fuinn, adj.
olten. jafn-fuss, adj. equally willing, Sturl. i. 1 90. jafn-fserr,
ble, Nj. 97. jafh-feetis, adv. on equal fooling ; standa j. e-m,
34, Hkr. ii. 153. jafn-gaaaall, adj. of the same age, Ld.
i. 60, xi. 96. jafn-ge3i, n. evenness of temper, Sks. 435.
Qnu, part, equally given to. Fas. i. 268. jafti-gegnt, adv.
sUe to, Sks. 63, Fms. ix. 463 ; see gegnt. jafn-girnd, f. and
■ni, i. fairness, equity, Sks. 273, 639, Horn. 17. jafn-gjarn,
■ager, Horn. 19: as equitable, Sks. 3:55, Horn. 135, Karl. 495.
irna (-gjarnliga), adv. as willingly, as readily, Fms. iii. 45 (v. 1.),
5tj. jafn-gla3r, adj. as glad, as cheerful, Eb. 88 : neut., mer
afnglatt sem a^r, Fas. i. 106. jafn-gl6ggt, n. adj. as clearly,
jafn-godr, adj. equally good, as good, Nj. 18, Eg. 54, GJ)i.
L. i. 347, Dipl. v. 16 : unhurt, none the worse, see (II) above.
Jvilja3x', adj. luith equally good will, Stj. 629. jafn-grannr,
\ly thin. jafn-^immliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as fiercely, Th.
mnir, adj. as fierce, Sks. 79. jafn-gninnr, adj. as shallow.
', adj. as meek, Rb. 397. jafn-gSfigr, adj. as good, as famous,
I, Bs. i. 133. jafn-gorla, adv. as clearly, Grag. i. 299,
I, Fas. i. 271. jafn-haf3r, part, equally used, N.G. L. i.
jflfn-liagliga, adv. as sMfully, Krok. 53. jafn-hagr, adj.
in handiwork, Nj. 147. jafn-har6r, adj. as hard, as severe,
oeut. jafn-hart, as fast. Fas. iii. 488 : jafn-h.ar3an, adv.
jafn-harSsniiinn, part, as hard-twisted, as tight, Nj. 79.
adj. as high, as tall, as loud, Rb. 1 1 2, 474, Fas. ii. 79 : of metre,
3), Fms. vi. 386, Skalda 182, 190: neut., Stj. 79. jafn-
8r, adj. as well-mannered, Ld. 174. jafn-heilagr, adj. as
•molable, Sks. 674, Grag. i. 90. jafn-heill, adj. as hale, as
425, V. I. jafn-heimoll, adj. equally open to use. Eg. 47, Ld.
14, 353: equally bound, 57. jafn-heimskr, adj. equally
IS. ii. 156, Sd. 178. jafn-lieitr, adj. as /joiT, Sks. 540. jafn-
os well fitted, Sturl. i. 196. jafn-lilser, adj. equally snug,
jafn-hollr, adj. equally sincere, Orkn. 166. jafn-h.6g-
adv. (-ligr, adj.), as meekly, Krok. 36. jafn-liogveerr,
ide. jafn-liraustr, adj. as valiant, Fms. ii. 356, Krok. 51.
ggr, adj. as distressed, Hkr. iii. 269. jafii-liuga3r, adj.
'red, Sks. 24 ; of one mind, 300 : as daring. jafn-livass,
trp, Ld. 306 : blowing as hard. jafn-livatr, adj. as bold,
5turl. i. 112, V. 1. jafn-hvitr, adj. equally white. jafn-
adj. (-liga, adv.), as ridiculous. Fas. iii. 91. jafn-hsegr,
ly easy, ready, meek, Fms. ii. 106, Fasr. 69, Griig. i. 264, ii.
iftl-heettr, adj. as dangerous, Sks. 540. jafii-h6figr, adj.
Rb. 103, Edda 313. jafn-illa, adv. ns badly, Fms. viii. 140
ii. 181. jafn-flliligr, adj. (-liga, adv.\ as ill-looking. Fas.
Jafti-illr, adj. equally bad, Grag. ii. 145, Fas. ii. 5 1 3. jafn-
j. as cold, Sks. 215. jafn-keypi, n. an eq^ial bargain, Fs.
il-kOminn, part, on even terms, Sks. 455 : neut. an even match,
er d me5 ykkr, ye are well^matched, Nj. 59 ; hann kva3 jafn-
S ^eim fyrir aldrs sakir, Fms. iii. 76 ; jafnkomnir til erf6ar,
dde to, Grag. i. 304; jafnkomnir til fyrir settar sakir, Fms. i.
kommr at fraendsemi, fsl. ii. 315. jafn-kosta, adj. well-
'oodtnough, of wedlock, Stj. 204. jafn-kostgsefinn, adj.
inslaking, Bs. i. 681. jafn-krappr, adj. as straight, nar-
iikrappan sta5, in such a strait, Ld. 168. jafn-kringr, adj.
tterous, Sks. 381. jafn-kristinn, adj. a fellow Christian,
ri. 44. jafn-kunnigr, adj. as well known, Grctt. 162 A :
>well. jafti-kunnr, adj. as well known, Hom. 90. jafn-
idj. as courteous, Sturl. i. 165. jafn-kyir, adj. as quiet.
I I, with dat. = jafnyr3a. jafa-k8enn, adj. as ' cunning,' as
,Stj. 561. jafn-kserr, adj. a-s dear, as beloved, Fms. i. 215, xi.
ifix-langr, adj. as long, equally long, Fms. xi. 376, G{)1. 350,
■919, Grag. i. 406, Edda 138 (of the same length) : neut., en
ja jafnlangt, if they say both the same, Grag. i. 7. jafn-
vfually low. jafn-lei3r, adj. equally loathed, Fms. viii. 240.
n. = jafnleikit. jafn-leikit, n. part, an equal game,
*'|3i. jafn-lendi, n. a level, even piece of ground. Eg.
IJafa-lengd, f. 'even-length,' the return to the same time
'lay, week, month, year, etc. : of a day, til jafnlengdar
irag. ii. 16, Stj. 49; t)ann sama dag t6k Gormr konungr
ladisk annan dag at jafnleagdinni, Fms. i. 119, Fas. ii. 30, 37 :
of a year, anniversary, skal cigi brtlllaup vera fyrr en at jafalengd. Grig,
i. 31X ; tiu aurar s«5 leigOir eyri til jafnlengdar {a year's rent), 390; at
jafalengd it siSasta, 487; eig'i si6arr en fyrir jafnlengd, Fms. xi. 397;
halda hati6 at jafnlengdum, Greg. 13, Hom. 98; jafnlcngdar-dagr, 129,
Fms. V. 214, Dipl. v. 8; jafnlengdar hiitid, an anniversary, Greg. 13.
jafn-lengi, adv. as long. Grig. i. 423, Fms. iii. 9, MS. 732. 7. jafn-
16ttm8Bltr, adj. equally easy, just as pleasant in one's speech, Fms. vii. 227.
jafn-16ttr, adj. as light, as easy, Sturl. iii. 90: neut. (adverb.), Kjartani
var ekki annat jannlotthjalat, AT. liked not to speak of anything so much,
LjJ. 214. jafn-16ttvigr, adj. as ready in wielding amis, Sturl. iii.
90. io^fn-liiatad]. with an eqital number of meH,Eh.i^^. jofn-liga,
adv. equally, fairly; sy'nisk mer eigi j. & komit, Bs. i. 531, Vm. 169;
skipta j., Fb. ii. 300 : perpetually, all along, always, usually, Fms. i. 191,
X. 88, 89, Dipl. V. 8, Rb. 348, 472, Stj. 77. jafn-Ugr, adj. equal,
fair, Hkr. ii. 149, Hav. 57, Eg. 488 ; er j)at miklu jafnljgra, a more equal
match, Fms. vii. 115. jafn-likligr, adj. as likely, Sturl. iii. 7, Lv. 77.
jafn-likr, adj. as like, Lv. 58, Fas. ii. 478 : equal, alike, j. sem horri-
sponar efni, Bs. i. 59. jafn-litill, adj. as little. Fas. iii. 487. jafn-
Ijoss, adj. as bright, Bret. 62. jafn-lj6tr, adj. as ugly, Fms. iv. 175.
jafn-ljufr, adj . as willing, jafh-lygn, adj . as ' /own,' as calm, of the wind,
jafn-l3mdi, n. evenness of temper, Stj., Fagrsk. 132, Bs. i. 141, Mar.
passim. jafn-lyndr, adj. even-tempered, Fms. vi. 287, viii. 447 (v. 1.)
jafn-1^3skyldr, adj. equally bound, as liegemen, Sks. 270. jafn-
l8er3r, adj. os learned. jafn-magr, adj. equally meagre. jafn-
maki, a, m. an equal, a match, Sks. 22, 355. jafn-mannveenn, adj.
equally promising, fiorf. Karl. 382. jafn-margr, adj. as many, Nj.
104, Grag. ii. 210, 403, Fms. i. 152, ii. 34. jafn-mfittugr, adj. as
mighty, Fms. ii. 157, Eluc. 6. jafn-nid,ttuligr, adj. equally possible,
655 xxii. B. jafn-menni, n. an equal, a match, Ld. 132, Isl. ii.
358, Fms. vi. 345, vii. 103. jafn-menntr, adj. of equal rank,
Hrafn.io. ja.fn-m.er'kiligx, a.dj. equally dignified, Bs.i.ii^S. jafn*
mikill, adj. as great, Grag. ii. 264, 403, Fms. i. i, GJ)1. 363 : equally
big, tall, Fms. x. 202, Nj. 1 1 : neut. as much, Fms. vii. 240, Skalda
168. jafti-mildr, adj. as mild, as gracious, Rb. 366. jafn-
minnigr, adj. having as good a memory, Bs. i. 68t. jafn-mjtikliga,
adv. as meekly, as gently, Lv. ^o. jafn-mjiikr, adj. eyi/aZ/y so//, jafn-
mjok, adv. as much, as strongly, Gr4g. ii. 140, Skalda 168. jafn-
myrkr, adj. equally dark, Skalda 209. jafn-maoli, n. fair play,
equality, Fb. i. 407, Fms. vi. 306, Grag. i. 88, 200, Ld. 258, H. E. i. 247,
Karl. 99. jafn-naumr, adj. as close. jafn-ndinn, adj. ; j. at frsend*
semi, equally near akin, Grdg. i. 1 71, ii. 67, Eb. 124, Isl. ii. 315, (jafnan,
Ed.) jafn-naDP, mod. jafn-nSBrri, adv. equally near : loc., er Olafs
mark j. baSum, Fms. vii. 64, 268, Sks. 63, 216 : as near, at honum
vseri livarligt at lata jafnmarga hei5na menn vera j. sor, Fms. ii. 34 1
equally near (by birth), i. 123: metaph., eigi hefir honum jafnnaerri gengit
lijafna&r fieirra sem mer, Sturl. iii. 238 : also jafn-nser, adj. equally nigh,
not a whit the better, see (II) above. jafn-ngetti, n. the equinox, 673.
54, Stj. 15. jafn-oki, a, m. =jafnmaki, an equal, a match for one,
Sks. 22 : a play-fellow, Stj. 497, ^i6r. 213. jafn-opt, adv. as often,
Nj. 211, Rb. 566, Grag. i. 186. jafn-dtt, adj., neut. as adv., at tbi
same time, immediately, Pass. 20. 2 : one after another, taka e-d jafn6tt og
J)a6 kemr. jafn-rakkr, adj. as strong, as straight, Ld. 168. jafn-
ramr, adj. as mighty, as great a wizard, VJjm. 2. jafn-rang^, adj. as
wrong. jafti-ra3inn, part, equally determined, Grett. 149. jafn-
rei3r, adj. equally angry, Hav. 53. jafn-r(§tti, n. an equal right.
jafnretti8-ina3r, m. a man with equal right, N.G. L. i. 31. jafn-
r^ttr, adj. as right, as lawful, Edda 93, Grag. i. 18 : of equal authority,
Hkr. iii. 79. jafn-r^ttvfss, adj. equally just, Sks. 670. jafn-
rifligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as large, Lv. 75. jafn-rfkr, adj.
as rich, equally mighty. jafn-rj63r, adj. as ruddy, Hkr. i. io3.
jafn-rumr, adj. equally large, Bjarn. jafn-r8B3i, n. an eqtial match,
Fms. ii. 22, Gliim. 350, Nj. 49, GJ)1. 215. jafn-r6skr, adj. as brisk,
as quick, Fms. iii. 225, vi. 96. jafn-saman, adv. ; fyrir J)essa hugsan
alia jafnsaman, all at once, all together, Fms. i. 185, Ld. 326, 6. H. 46*
Stj. 86, 121, Barl. 191. jafn-sannr, adj. equally true, 671. i, Edda
19, Stj. 471. jafn-sdrr, adj. as sore, as smarting. Mar. jafn-
seinn, adj. as slow. jafn-sekr, adj. just as guilty, Grag. ii. 64, 89.
jafh-si3is, adv. along with. jafa-siSr, adj. as long, of a garment
(si6r),Stj.563. jafn-sjukr, adj.ass/ci, Fms. v. 324. jafti-skammr,
adj. as short, Al. 129. jafn-skarpliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as briskly,
Nj. 199, V. 1. jafn-skarpr, adj. as sharp, as keen. jafA-skipti, n.
eqiial, fair dealing. jafn-skiptiliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally,
mutually, Stj. 1 59. jafn-skiptr, part, equally shared. jafn-skj6tr,
adj. as swift, Fms. vii. 169, Rb. 454: — ^jafn-skj6tt, neut. as adv. im-
mediately, at once, Eg. 87, 291, 492, Fms. ii. 10 ; jafnskjott sem, as soon
as, Nj. 5, Barl. 176, Karl. 409, 441. jafn-skygn, adj. as clear-
sighted, 655 xiii. A, Bjarn. 59. jafn-skyldliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.),
as dutifully, Ver. 3. jafn-skyldr, adj. equally bound or obliged, Grag.
ii. 362, 403, GJ)1. 70, 477, Fms. vii. 274. jafii-sk6niliga, adv.
(-ligr, adj.), equally bold, Nj. 199. jafn-sl6tta, u, f. even, level
ground. jafh-sl^ttii adj. equally level, Stj. 79 : as eanly. Fas. ii. 48.
Y
822
JAFNSLiEGR— JAGT.
jafn-sl89gr, adj. as cunnin-g, Faer. 99. jafn-snarpr, adj. (-snarp-
ligr, adj., -liga, adv.), as sharp, Fms. vi. 156. jafn-snarr, adj. as
alert. jafn-snaa*t, adj., neut. as adv., as soon, instantly, Fas. iii. 434,
Matth. xxvii. 48. jafn-snau3r, adj. as poor. jafn-snemma,
adv. at the very same moment, of a coincidence. Eg. 425, Nj. 253, Fms.
vi. 221 ; allir j., all at once, ix. 506, xi. 368 {both together) ; voru J)essir
atburSir margir jafnsnemma, en sumir litlu fyrr eSr si6ar, Hkr. ii. 368.
jafn-snjallr, adj. equal, Gliim., Bjam. (in a verse). jafn-spakr, adj.
equally wise, Hni. 53. jafn-sparr, adj. as saving, as close, Grag. i. I97>
222. jafn-sterkr, adj. as strong, Fms. i. 43. jafn-stir3r, adj., as
stiff. jafn-st6rlatr, adj. as proud, Ld. 116. jafn-storliga, adv.
(-ligr, adj.), as proudly. Oik. 34. jafn-stdrr, adj. as big, as great.
jafn-st6r8etta3r, adj. of equally high birth, Fms. iv. 26. jafn-
8tri3r, adj. as hard, severe, Sks. 639. jafn-stuttr, adj. eqjially short,
■brief. jafn-syndligr, adj. as sinful, Sks. 674. jafn-ssetr, adj. as
sweet, Fb. i. 539. jafn-ssetti, n. an agreement on equal terms, Nj.
21, Sturl. ii. 253, Fb. i. 126. jafn-tamr, adj. equally alert. jafn-
tefli, n. an equal, drawn game, Vigl. 32. jafn-tengdr, part, in equal
degrees of affinity, Grag. ii. 183. jafn-ti3hjalat, n. part, as much
talked about, Nj. loo. jafn-ti3raett, n. adj. = jafntiShjalat, Nj. 100.
jafn-tiguliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally lordly, Fms. x. 109. jafn-
titt,n. id]. as often, asfrequent, Ni6rst. 10. jafn-torog8Dtr, adj. as rare/y
to be got, choice, Bs. i. 143. jafn-torsdtligr, adj. as hard to get at, Fms.
^- 358. jafn-trau3r, adj. as unwilling. jafn-traustr, adj. as much
to be trusted, Fms. vi. 244. jafn-trur, jafn-tryggr, adj. asfaithfid.
jafn-undarligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as strange, Sks. 80. jafn-ungr,
adj. as young, Fms. iii. 60, iv. 383. jafn-ubeint, n. adj. as far from the
viarh, of a bad shot, Fms. viii. 140. jafn-ufserr, adj. as unpassable,
Sturl. iii. 163. jafn-uhefnisamr, adj. as tame, Rb. 366. jafn-
urd3iiin, part, as irresolute, Grctt. 153. jafn-iispakr, adj. as un-
ruly, Sturl. ii. 63. jafn-utlagr, adj. having to lay out the same fine,
N. G. L. i. 1 58. jafn-vandhasfr, adj. as dangerous to keep, treat, Griig.
i. 89. jafn-vandliga, adv. as carefully, Grag. ii. 249. jafn-var-
liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as wari'/y, Fms. vii. 127. jafn-varmr, adj. as
warm, Sks. 217. jafn-varr, adj. as well aware, as much on one's guard,
Dropl. 28. jafn-vaskliga, adv. as gallantly, Fms. vii. 127, Ld. 272.
jafn-vaskligr, adj. as gallant, jafn-vaskr, adj. as bold, Str. 3. jafn-
vatr, adj. equally wet. jafn-veginn, part, of full weight, Stj. 216.
jafn-vegit, n. a law phrase, used when an equal number has been slain on
both sides, in which case there were no further proceedings, Gliim. 3S3,
Fas. ii. 208. jafn-vel, adv. as well, equally well, Nj. 48, Eg. iii, G^l.
354: likewise, hafa fyrirgort fti ok fri6i ok jafnvel 6aals-jor5um sinum, 142 ;
en J)enna ei5 skulu jafnvel biskupar abyrgjask vi5 Gu& . . ., jafnvel sem
{^as well as) hinir ulaerSu, 57 ; jafnvel af saenum sem af landinu, Al. 2 ; ok
jamvel sendir jarl ^eim monnum or&, sem . . ., Fms. xi. 120 : even, dogg-
foll urn naetr jafnvel at hei6skirum ve&rum, Stj. 17; jafnvel eptir J)at er
t)au misgordu, 40; jafnvel sy'niliga, j. oss ondu6um, 9, Bs. i. 549, Barl.
170, 176, Gisl. 83; this last sense is verj' freq. in mod. usage. jafn-
velvilja3r, part, as well wishing, Sks. 312. jafn-vesall, adj. as
wretched, Kruk. 54. jafn-vir3i, n. equal worth, Bs. i. 9, Al. 48.
jafn-V83gi, n. equal weight, equilibritcm, Hkr. ii. 250, Fas. i. 121;
boandi ok hiisfreyja j. sitt, i. e. both of them equally, N. G. L. i. 6.
jafn-vsegja, 6, to weigh the same as another, Fms. iii. 120. jafn-
vsegr, adj. of equal zveight, Sks. 644. jafn-veenn, adj. equally fine,
handsome, pro}nisi?ig, Fms. x. 429, Sturl. iii. 67. jafn-V£etta, t,
to weigh against, counterbalance, Stj. 13, Jjorst. SiSu H. 14. jafn-
yr3a, 6, with dat. to altercate, bandy words, Sturl. iii. 213. jafn-
;tarfr, adj. as useful, Arnor. jafn-J)6ttr, adj. pressed as closely together.
jafn-J)j6fgefinn, adj. as thievish. jafn-J)olinm63r, adj. as patient,
Rb. 366. jafn-J)olinn, adj. as enduring. jafn-J)reyttr, part, as
weary. jafii-J)rifinii, adj. as cleanly. jafn-J)r6ngr, adj. as
light. jafn-Jiimgr, adj. as heavy, pressing, Fms. v. 264, Stj. 278.
jafn-J)urr, adj. equally dry. jafn-;^ykkr, adj. as thick, Hkr. iii. 159.
jafn-J)yrstr, part, as thirsty. jafn-02fr, adj. as impetuous. jafn-
testr, part, equally excited. Band. 34 new Ed. jafn-orr, adj. as eager,
as liberal. jafn-6ruggr, adj. as firm, steadfast.
JAFNA, aft, jamna, [Ulf. ga-ibnjan; cp. jafn], to make even, but
seldom in its original sense, see sletta : to cut even, Katla lek at hafri si'num
ok jafnaSi topp hans ok skegg, Eb. 94 ; morum sinum miin jafna&i,
|>kv. 6. II. metaph. to make equal; sva sem skalir jafna
{inake to balance) tvxr vagir, 732. 18; en i arfinum megi jafna
hlut J)eirra, Grag. i. 173; biiar skulu j. hlut manna, ii. 343. 2.
with dat. and with a prep. ; jafna e-u saman, to compare, to set off
one against the other; var J)a jafnat saman viguni, Nj. 250; buar
skulu jamna l)ar nesjum saman, Grag. ii. 262 : jafna e-u vi9 e-t, to
compare one thing with another; en hvat of jafni o&rum monnum
yi& hana. Mar. ; er hinum fornum logum jafnat vi& blot, Eluc. 39 ;
jamtiit ^r audaefum y5rum vi& sonn au6aefi, Greg. 27 : jafna e-u til e-s,
to liken one thing to another; {)vi hefi ek jafnat {lessu til horn-
sponsins, at . . ., Bs. i. 59 ; Gunnhildi {)6tti hyggjuleysi til ganga, eSr
©fund, ef nokkurum mauni var til Hnits jafnat, Ld. 60; ivd ma ek,
helzt til jafna J)essum konungum. Fas. iii. 60 : absol., svo til ii#
sem . . . , so for example, as if . . . III. reflex, to compare onadi
to be equal to, call oneself a match for another ; mi veit ek eigi hvart el
maetta ^a, vi6 {jik jafnask, Gliim. 337 ; segir at J)eir hafa of dregit ftjt
J)raBla, er slikir skulu honum jafnask, wAew such fellows presume to hth'
equals, Fms. x. 421 ; jafnask til vi6 e-n um e-t, to compare oneself wii\
another in a thing, Fb. i. 261 : with dat., hann rak engilinn fra $^r f,
honum vildi jafnask, Fms. viii. 240: jafnask i ordum viS e-n, /o':r;
words with one, 308, v. 1. 2. pass, to become equal; \i\J
jafnask med J)eim, then would all be made straight among itcn.
Sturl. i. 77. !
jafna, u, f. [O. H. G. epani; Germ, ebenel, level ground, a plair
hat. planities ; hann fly6i af halsinum ofan a jiifnu, Hkr. i. 15I; e- '■
Jjriggja milna fcir af jofnu til ^orpsins, Greg. 80; koma ni6r u „;.
Stj. 380, Rom. 272. ' )
jafna3r, m. and j6fnu3r, gen. ar, [Ulf. ibnassus^^iaoTrjsj, an m\
share; en J)a6an af hofum vit jafnad af ba5ir, Hrafn, 17; slikt $e
honum syndisk j6fnu6r milli J)eirra, Fms. xi. 87; skyldi fimm tisi
hundra6a i jafnaS Sigri6ar, Dipl. v. 3 ; i jafna8 vi5 {)at gtk, son.,
id. ; at jafna6i, in equal proportion ; eiga e-t at jafna8i, Grag. ; -
skipta e-u at jafna&i, i. 442, Fms. xi. 401, Fb. ii. 55, 256 : in temp.
usually, ekki a3 jafna6i. Fas. iii. 226, Mar. ; me& jafnadi, id., Mar.
the dat. plur. jafno6um (in mod. pronunciation jafno&um) is used :;
sense ; hann mae6ir sik i fostum ok vokum ok a basnum at ii??
ok jafno&um sva talandi, Th. 7 : in mod. usage, bit by bit, o«'
one, each in its turn . . . , eg vil spyrja ^a jafn6&um ok J)eir kon
1 will ask them one by one as they come in ; as also jafnott, .'
jafn B. II. metaph. equity , fairness, justice, Karl. 554, freq. e
in mod. usage. compds : jafiia6ar-bo3, n. a fair offer. Fas. i: i
jafna3ar-d6nir, m. a law term, arbitrium ; leggja mal til jafna5arC :
to put a case for an umpire, Nj. loi ; tvennir kostir . . . , bjjSa Jxirg 1
jafnadardom, ok mundi hann svara fegjoldum eptir J)vi sem domr f i
a, sa annarr at unna |>orgils sjalfdaemis, Sturl. iii. 17° (where jafri'
domr is opp. to sjalfdaemi), Sks. 736. jafna3ar-ei3r, m. a law
G^l. 199; for this word see ei&r. jafiia3ar-fundr, m. a rr-:
for making an agreement, Sturl. ii. 134. jafna3ar-ge3, n. n-;
temper, Sks. 448. jafna3ar-gj6f, f. a lav/ term, an equc.l :
equal portion; gaf hann henni tuttugu hundru& af sinu g(i:i,
reiknaSi ^at j. vi& Halldoru dottur sina, Dipl. iv. 7. jafna3ar-hi
skipti, n. an equal share, equal portion, Dipl. v. 3. jafnaSar-ho:
f. ; leggja e-t undir jafnaSarhond, to share a thing in common, N.G. i
2 20. jafna3ar-kaup, n. a« ey?/a/ bargain, Ld. 96. jaiiiaS
leiga, u, f. a fair rent, Jb. 392. jafna3ar-ina3r, m. an equal mai j
taka ser jafna&armenn, Fms. vii. 119, Band. 37 new Ed. : as a law te i
an umpire, Fms. ix. 327: a fair, forbearing man, vizkurua5r mi f
ok jafna&arma&r, x. 170; ofsa-ma3r miJcill ok ekki j. {overbtarii\
Sturl. ii. 143 ; litill j., Fb. i. 520 ; jar! Jiotti engi j., Orkn. 44. p
aSar-mdli, a, m. a law term, an agreement, Dipl. iv. 2. jafn;.^
samr, adj. (-semi, {.),fair, Sturl. ii. 143. jafnaSar-skipti, r..
dealing, Grctt. 105 A. jafna3ar-j!okki, a, m. mutual affection
a me6 ykkr.jye love one another, Korm. 26, Grett. 162 A, Fas. i. j;('.
jafnan and jamnan, adv. constantly, always, Fms. ii. 37, Bat.
sem \)u sagSir jafnan, as thou didst say always, Nj.17; naesta ]■'■■
Sks. 18 ; SB jamnan, ever and ever, Sks. 193 B, passim.
JAFWI, a, m. an equal, a match for one : of a thing, mda t:l
( = til jafna) vi& e-n, Fb. i. 250: mathem. an even number,! en;.
eigi i jafna, Hom. (St.)
JAFliTI, a, ra., botan. lycopodium clavatum, a herb used by ^,
Hjalt., mentioned in Sd. ; jafna-baggi, jsfna-belgr, a bag full of ]
Landn. 208. compds: jafna-br63ir, m. = jafni, HjalL ja
koUr, m. a nickname, from hair as dyed (?), Landn.
jafnindr (jamyndir menn), prop, a part, pi., a law term, ' daj' '
umpires; in Norse law, these day's men served as a kind of n
hours or jurors in matter of compensation ; baeta . . . semjamynoy
(as adj.) meta, N. G. L. i. 75 ; en ef hins ver&r 166, er log festi t'vr
skolu jamnyndir menn meta, hve mikit hann neytti til laga stcfmi.
baeta munda-baugi, sem jafnendr unno, })eir er okkr vilja saetta, HW
analogous to the Icel. law phrases, sem bxiar meta, of the Gragas.
jafningi, a, m. a7i equal, a match, Nj. 29, Fms. vi. 104, xi. "o
saying, ae kemr ma&r manns i sta&, en ei jafningi jafnan, passim : m
and Karl, the peers of Charlemagne are called jafningjar.
jag, n. a quarrel, squabble, Lat. rixa.
JAGA, a5, [O. H. G.>^o«; mid. H. G.^og-e; Germ, jagen; »' ^
mod. Dan. jagen, ptet. jog = to drive, whence /^o hunt, hxit in Icel.o'
a particular sense] : — to move to and fro, e. g. as a door on its hmees. •
metaph. to harp on one string ; hvat J)arf ek um slikt at jaga,
jaga avallt a enni scimu s<)k, to be harping all along on the same •
Mork. 183. 3. reflex, jagast, to altercate, Lat. rixari; cp. jag- .
to hunt; jaga dy'r. Fas. iii. 273; in this sense however the won *
hardly be said to be Icelandic.
, jagt or jakt, n. [jaga], a yacht, (mod.)
JAKI— JARL.
32$
cp. A. S. g'tceT], a piece of Ice, hroJten ice. Fas. i. 47a,
rett. 140, passim. compds : Jaka-f6r, f. and jaka-
■.vruneu ice in a river, Grett. 1. c. ; see jiJkull : bcl-jaki, a bt/lg-
ice, metaph. a rough strong man ; hann er niesti beljaki.
James : Jakobs-land, n. S(. James' land, Compostella in
:obs-messa, -vaka, St. James' mass, vigil, Fms. : botan.,
fill, m. erigeron Alpinus, Alpine flea-bane, Hjalt.
, f. [provinc. Swed.^aWa], a mare, only in poetry, gomul
Kormak (twice); i jiildu liki, Fms. xi. 42 (in a verse);
jrett. (in a verse). Jfildu-hlaup, n. Mare's-leap, a local
north of Ireland, Landn.
jamn-, see jafn-.
IQ grumble, (slang.)
pi. men from Jamtaland in Sweden, Fms.
mumble, as with a toothless mouth.
to harp on the same thing.
"NoTse jever'], poet, a kind of snake, Edda (Gl.)
=japr, Edda (Gl.)
f., poet, aflght, battle, Edda (Gl.), Isl. ii. 353 (in a verse) ;
'war-tablet,' i.e. a shield; joru-})ollr, a warrior. Lex.
II. in pr. names ; of women, Jar-J)ni3r (mod. Jard-
v'n ; of men, J6r-Tindr, Landn.
|Engl. to earth'], to earth, bury, Bjarn. 69, Nj. 99, Eg. 130,
lar. : reflex., H. E. i. 510.
earthing, H. E. i. 493.
j6r5.
n, 'earth-ban' when, from the earth being frozen or covered
here is no feed for cattle, Eb. 390, Fb. i. 522, Bs. i. 873.
f. earth-works, an earth stronghold, Hkr. ii. 69.
m. the earth's convexity, Rb. 474.
m, an earth-dweller, a dweller in underground caves, Fms.
jandi, part, a tenant, Gisl. 83.
vir, m. =jar9byggjandi, Vellekla.
an earth-dyke, Stj. 194, v. 1.
di, part, a landowner, GJ)1. 348.
, landed property.
m. 'earth-fire^ volcanic fire, Landn. 78, Symb. 27, Bret. 8,
, 141 new Ed.
.pi. [Germ, erd-apfeln, Yr.pommes de terre^, potatoes, (mod.)
idj. = jar6ueskr, Barl. 36.
an earth-slip, Gisl. 33, Gliim. 341, Sks. 50, Pr. 381, Isl.
adj. earth-fast, fixed in the earth; j. steinn, Fms. xi. 442,
innb. 324; j. haell, Stj. 417, v. 1.
treasure hidden in the earth, Grag. ii. 403, Hkr. i. I2,
a snotv-drift. Valla L. 218 : mod. skafrenningr.
n, part, hidden in the earth, GJ)1. 310, Barl. 199.
an earth-pit, Stj. 193.
., part. =jar5fastr. Eg. (in a verse).
adj. ' lord of earth,' epithet of a king, Eg. (in a verse).
m. an underground cave, Stj. 89.
, f. = jar3hiti, Stj. 82, Bs. i. 306.
m. subterranea?t, volcanic heat, Bs. i. 1 1 8, Grett. 136.
m. a land-allotter, liege-lord, Kormak.
, f. an earth-bole, Eg. 767, Edda (pref.), AI. 166, Stj. 89.
1, m. wild bops, Hjalt.
an earth-house, underground hom£, Landn. 32 (in Ireland),
in besieging). Eg. 234, FoBr. 169; or an underground pas-
ioto a dwelling house, and used for hiding or as a means
q. mentioned in the Sagas, Dropl. 28, Gisl. 44, Hav. 49,
'8lius-nautr, m. a sword taltenfrom a j., Fs.
n. a large vat fixed in the floor, for keeping butter or the
mod. birda.
phfossil coal or saltpetre (?), Sks. 392 ; jardkol ok brennu-
T»(?) and brimstone.
m. a choice of land, land to be bad, Stj. 190.
m. a cross-shaped sod, cut so as to serve for a mark or
.K. 90, Valla L. 208, Dipl. i. 7.
idi (-kvikendi), n. a land animal, Ver. 3.
a bath in a warm spring from the earth, fsl. ii. 412.
n. id], furnishing no grazing ; cp. jarSbann.
s, f, land-rent, Js. 83.
.=>jarSbann.
i. earthly, Lat. terrestris, Edda (pref.), Fb. iii. 465, Fms.
6, Greg. 44, Hom. 38, Hem. 33. 2.
earth colour, dark colour, MS. 544., 39.
'earth-louse,' pediculus calcareus (Mohr), or rather a
ip. A. S. ear'^wicge, Engl, earwig : used in contempt, munu
^|ir Grims, ver6a mer at bana? Landn. 146.
Jgr, Jj. lying on the ground, of a keel, Fms. x. 319.
jarfl-munr, m. {Din. jords-mon"], a strip of land, portion, D. N.
jar3-ne8kr, adj. earthly, esp. in an eccl. sense, Fms. x. 343, Stj. 14,
20, O. H.L. II, Jfitv. ch. 3, N.T., Vidal., Pass.
jarfl-nsefii, n. a home, tenancy. jorflnaBfiis-lauss, adj. homeless, of
a tenant.
jar3-pl6gr, m. ploughing, Stj.
jarfl-rfki, n. the earth, the world, Edda (pref.), Sks. 491, Fms. i. 225,
Barl. 84, etc. : esp. the kingdom of earth, eccl., opp. to himinriki. N.T.,
Vidal.
jar3-setja, t, to bury, Pr. 413.
jar3-skj6,lfti, a, m. an earthquake, Sks. 143, Horn. 139, Mar., freq.
in mod. usage ; cp. landskjulpti.
jar3-stofa, u, f. = jar3hus, Fms. vii. 32 : the floor = Gtxm. erdgescboUf
D.N. i. 350, iv. 395. (Fr-)
jar3-varp, n. the act of throwing to the earth.
jar3-varpa, a5, to throw one to the earth, a law term.
jar3-vegr, m. the earth, Mag. : in mod. usage a soil, g68r j., illr j.,
sendinn j., etc., good, bad, satidy soil.
jar3-yrkja, u, f. agriculture, (mod.)
jarganlega, adv. querulously, (mod. and slang.)
JARKI, a, m. [akin to ja6arr, qs. ja5rki], the outside of the foot, Edda
no, freq. in mod. usage ; hoppa lit d jorkum, to walk on the jarki : in
the Faeroic dialect jarki is used of the hand = handar-ja6ar.
jarkna-steinn, m. [prob. a for. word derived from the A. S. eorcnan-
stMi] : — a gem, it occurs only in the following poems, Vkv. 23, 33, Gkv,
I. 18, 3. 9, which may all have been composed by one man, who bor-
rowed the word from the A. S.
JARL, m., older form earl, [Hel. erl; A.S. eorl; Engl, earf]: this
word had a double sense, one old and common to the Saxons as well as
the earliest Scandinavians, one later and specifically Norse, which after-
wards became English through the Norse and Danish invasion, and was
finally established by the Norman Conquest.
A. A gentle, noble man, a warrior, and collect, gentlefolk, as opp. to
the churl folk or common people (karlar, biiendr) ; thus the old poem Rigs-
mal distinguishes three classes, earls, churls, and thralls (jarla-sett, karla-
SBtt, firsela-aett) ; so also in A.S. eorl and ceorl are almost proverbially
opposed; in the old Saxon poem Heliand, 'erl' is used about a hundred
times = a man. Prof. Munch suggested that the name of the Teutonic
people Eruli or Heruli simply represents an appellative (warriors), which
the Roman writers took to be a proper name. In the Scandin. countries
this use of jarl is rare and obsolete, but remains in poet, phrases, in
old saws, and in law phrases ; oddar gorva jarli megin, spears make the
earl's might, Mkv. ; rudda ek sem jarlar forftum m^r til landa, I won
me lands like the earls of yore, Gltim. (in a verse) : jarls yndi, an earl's
delight— a man's delight, Hm. 96; jorlum oUum 65al batni, Gh. 21;
hlaSit ^r, earlar, eikikcJstinn, 20 ; itrar jarla-bru3ir, ' earl's-brides,' ladies,
Gkv. I. 3; alsnotrir jarlar, the gentle earls, 2; eggja ek y3r, jarlar. Am.
54; jarla einbani^ ' earl-slayer' = dvSpoKT6vos, Em., Hkm. ; karl-folk
ok jarla, churl folk and earl folk, Sighvat ; eitt mein ssekir hvern jarl, every
earl (man) has his ill luck, Fb. ii. (in a verse) : in the law, jarls jord, an
earPs estate, is opp. to konungs jorS, a king's estate, in the phrase, hdlfan
rett skal hann taka er hann kcimr a jarls j(3r3, en J)d allan ok fuUan er
hann komr a konungs jor5, Grag. (Kb.) i. 192, for this is undoubtedly
the bearing of this disputed passage ; jarlmaSr is opp. to biikarl, Fms. vii.
(in a verse) ; so also karlmaSr (q. v.) in its oldest sense is opp. to jarl-
ma3r, = churl-man and earl-man ; hir6-jarl = hirdma5r, Fms. xi. 302, v.l. ;
berg-jarl, poijt. a ' crag-earl' = a giant, Edda (in a verse); bak-jarl, a
' back-earl,' an enemy in one's rear; of-jarl (q. v.), an 'over-earl,' an over-
bearing man.
B. A chief, as a title, specially Norse and Danish. The Landnama,
which is almost our only source for the political and personal history of
Norway before king Harald Fairhair and the settlement of Iceland, records
several chiefs of the 8th and 9th centuries who bore an earl's name as a
family dignity; IvarrUpplendinga-jarl(Upplond,a Norse county), Asbjorn
jarl Skerja-blesi, Eyvindr jarl, 317; Atli jarl Mjovi af Gaulum (a Norse
county"), Jjorkell Naumdsela-jarl (earl in Naumdale, a Norse county),
281 ; Grj6tgar6r jarl i Solva (a county), 297 : and as a family title, the
famous Hiileygja-'jarlar (the earls of the Norse county Halogaland,
whose pedigree from Odin was drawn out in the old poem Haleygja-tal ;
Hakon jarl Grj6tgar3sson, etc.) : so also the Msera-jarlar, the earls of
Mari (a Norse county), the foremost of whom was Rognvaldr Maera-jarl,
the forefather of the earls of the Orkneys (Orkneyja-jarlar) and the earls
of Rouen (Ru5u-jarlar = the dukes of Normandy). II. along with
the Danish and Norse invasion the name appears in England, Bjartmar
jarl in Ireland, Landn. ; Hunda-Steinarr, an earl in England, id. ; see also
the Saxon Chronicle passim, where the very name indicates a Danish or
Norse connexion. It is very likely that many of the earls of the Landnama
were sovereign chiefs, differing from kings only in title, for in old poetry
a king and an earl were addressed in the same way. III. about
the time of Harald Fairhair all the petty chiefs became liegemen under
one king, the earl being in dignity nearest the king, answering to cotnes
Ya
324
JARLAKAPPI— JA'NKA.
in mid. Lat. and graf in Qernl. In Scandinavia, botli name and office
became extinct about the 13th century: in Iceland, being a common-
wealth, it never took root; see however Gizur jarl (died A. D. 1268) in
the Sturlunga. — For references see the Sagas passim, esp. Har. S. Harf.
ch. 6. IV. in eccl. translation the Roman procurator provinciae
is often rendered by jarl, e. g. Pilatus jarl, earl Pilate, Ver. 67, Pass.
30. 2. coMPDS : jarla-kappi, a, m. champion of earls (of Orkney), a
ijiickname, Landn. jarla-skdld, n. poet of earls, a nickname of the
poet Arnor for his poems on the earls of Orkney. Jarla-s6gtir, f. pi.
Earls' Sagas (earls of Orkney), the old name of the present Orkneyinga
Saga, Fb. ii. 347, (5. H. 100. jarls-efni, n. a young earl, earl's heir,
N. G. L. jarls-msibT, m. an earl's man, follower, 'Ni.i2'j. jarls-
Iiid, n. earl's libel, name of a poem, Fb. i. jarls-riki, n. an earl-
dom, Hkr. i. loi, Fms. xi. 179. jarls-sseti, n. an earl's seat, Hkf.
i. 81.
jarl-borinn, part, earl-born, Fs. 125.
.jarl-domr or jarls-domr, m. an earldom, Landn. 260, Fms. i. 6, vii.
315, Hkr. i. 263.
jarl-dsemi, n.^jaridomr, Fms.
jarl-maSr, m. an earl. 2. freq. as a pr. name on Swed. Runic
stones, Baut. passim. II. an earl's man, Lex. Poet,
jarma, aQ, to Meal, of sheep and goats, Grett. 137 A, Greg. 50 passim.
JARMK, m. [prob. identical with A. S. geomor ; Hel.jamar; North.
E. yammer ; O. H. G.jamar; G&xm. jammer, which vifords are else alien
to the Scandin.] : — a bleatirig ,G\AY^. 19 ; sauOa-jarmr, the bleating of sheep,
Hrafn. 7 ; fugls-jarmr, the ' bleating,' crying of birds, as the giantess calls
the birds' song, poijt., Edda (in a verse), passim.
jarpi, a, m, a kind of bird, telrao bottasia(?). Noise jerpe, Edda (Gl.)
JARPE., adj., fem. jiirp, brown, of the hair; jarpr a har, jarpt har,
Fms. vii. 112, 238, x. 397, Nj. 39; jarpa skor, H6m. 21 ; skarar jarpar,
Gkv. 2. 19 : as epithet of a lady, Fms. vii. 62 (in a verse) ; hvit-j., id. :
of horses, jarpr hestr, Flov. 33 ; in mod. usage, of horses only, Jarpr of
a stallion, Jorp of a mare.
jarp-skamr, Hdm. (doubtful.)
jarp-skjottr, adj. skew-ball, i.e. bay piebald, Sturl. ii, 177.
jartegn or jartein, later form jarteikn or even jar3teikn, but not
so in good MSS. ; in Thom. S. even spelt h.jartegn; jargtegn (badly),
Fms. xi. 38 : that the syllable tein was sounded guttural is also shewn
by the rhyme, sli/« eru jartei'o'nir, Eb. (in a verse) ; and {regnar
jartc^wir, LeiSarv. 6 ; but also hrein . . . jartewzir, 36 : in the Rekst. the
former syllable ^'ar/ is rhymed on bjart : [Hel. word-tekan, O. H. G. and
mid. H. G. wort-zeichen shew the true etymology to be word-tolen,
whence, by a false etymology, arose the mid. H. G. and mod. Germ.
war-zeichen; in the Scandin. the w was changed into^, Dan. jertegn,
Grimm's Gramm. ii. 481, note; the word is however scarcely genuine
Scandinavian, although it occurs in poems of the former part of the
jith century, e.g. the Rekst., as also in Eb. in the Hrafnsmal ; but
it is freq. used in the Sagas] : I. a token, a ring, knife, belt,
sword, or the like; properly, 'a word's token,' which a messenger
had to produce in proof that his word was true ; or6 ok jartegnir,
or6sending ok jartegnir, Fms. i. 21, Eg. 36. 167, 467, 477 ; erendi ok
j., 472; brof ok j., Fms. vii. 47, (see bref); me9 skilrikum vitnum
ok jartegnum, GJ)1. 60 ; senda menn med jartegnum. Eg. 67 ; fa e-m
jartegnir sinar, bera fram jartegnir e-s, 96 ; bera upp orendi sin ok
syna jartegnir, 6. H. 53 ; fingrguU J)etta faer J)u Rognvaldi jarli, \)xr
jartegnir mun hann kenna, id, ; bar hann fram orftsendingar konungs
ok syndi \)At me6 jartegnum, Eg. 38 ; J>eim er taka vilja via vinattu
minni ok jartegnum, 0. H. 75 ; vera til jartegna, to be a token or
proof of a thing. Eg. 49, 768 ; hafa e-t til jartegna, 7ise as a 'token,
proof, Sks. 725 B, Fms. viii. 197, Gisl. 97; mi tak hor gullit ok haf
til jartegna, Fs. 8 ; mi er her gull er J)u skalt bera til "jarteigna, at
ek sendi j[)ik, 7 ; fluttu sendimenn her me6 konungi berar jarteignir
af jarli at ^^eir foru me3 sonnum bans eyrendum, Hkr. i. 327; sannar
jartegnir, til sannra jartegna at ^u segir satt, J)a faer J)u honum, Fms.
iii. 6r, Eg. 28, 476; J)at eru miklar jartegnir, hve hly&nir..., it is a
great token, how..., lb. 16; Jiat voru jarteinir, at herr var i landi,
it served as a token, that . . ., Fms. i. 167. II. in sing, as well
as plur. a miracle, esp. as a token or proof of the holiness of a saint, Nj.
162, Clem. 47, 59, Fms. vii. 351. xi. 38, Rb. 374, 418, Hkr, ii. 393 ; Jiat
mun ^6t J>ykkja jartein — f>at kalla ek atbur6, segir hann, en eigi jartein,
Sturl ii. 54; baru jarteinir vitni heilagleik bans, Greg. 57; Gu5s jart-
einir, Fms. i. 133. 2. a mystery; vita jartegnir rikis Gu6s, Hom.67
(Mark iv. n) : in mod. usage, N. T., Pass., Vidal., krapta-verk, and not
jarteikn. III. gramm. token, value, of a letter; hafa eitt
hlj65 ok jartein, Skalda 166 (Thorodd); |)eirra stafa ma t)arnask ef
vill i varu mali, J)viat engi er einka jartein J)eirra, 167; likneski, nafn
ok j., id. COMPDS : jarteina-bok, f. a miracle-book, Bs., Orkn.
1 74. V- •• jarteina-g6r3, f. the working of miracles, Stj., Hkr. ii. 328,
Fms. xi. 207, Orkn. 1 74. jarteina-kraptr, m. the power of working
miracles, Greg. 54. jarteina-maSr, m. a worker of miracles, Greg.
55- jarteinar-samliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), vfonderfully, Stj.
jarteina, d, earteina, Skalda 166; jartegUa, jargtengna, 1
59, Cod. B. (badly) ; mod. jarteikna :^/o betoken ; mun sa siJr j,
en fogru epli, Fms. xi. 12 ; jarteindu Jiat J)au in miklu slatrin, eri
let J)angat fara, Isl. ii. 342 ; J)at jartegndi bloma rikis bans, Hkr.i,
Davis konungr jartegnir Krist, Rb. 390 : gramm. to represent, oi z],)
hann (the character) Iset ek jarteina jafnt sem hina tva, Skalda 166
stafr jarteinir tuttugu, id. ; ok skolu tva stafi earteina, id
JASTE. or jast, n. [Engl. >'eas/; mid. H.G. jest and gest; G
gischt; Ivar Aasen 7'es/ and jestr ; akin to ostr (q. v.) = a cbeesi
yeast, leaven; jastri, dat., Nikd. : jast-ostr, m. a kind of cheese
vi. (in a verse): jast-rin, f., poijt, the ' y easting-stream' = poetry, 1
Kormak : in mod. usage jastr means the skin on curdled milk, wl
jastr-sur, adj. curdled, acid, of milk. Lex. Poet.; hence the
tijastr, n. a frothy, light work ; J)a6 er mesta hjastr.
jata, u, f. a manger (mod. = eta, q. v.), Gisl. 131, Loke ii
passim in mod. usage, jotu-band, n. a manger rail.
J AUK, adv., also spelt jur, Skalda 163 (Thorodd), Art. 1
usage proncd. double, jur-jor or jir-jor (sounded yer-yor),
was at the end of the last century still used in the nortbi
(Thingeyjar-sysla) : [it is a compd particle, from jd =ye(t
may be a pers. pron., analogous to the early Germ.^Vt icb!j&
jd ir ! Grimm's Gramm. iii. 765; other Teutonic language*!^
served this particle, although in a somewhat different sense,'"
jara or jdr-ia, jura-ja'] : — yea, yes ! with emphasis, yea, ik ^i
indeed, yes certainly, as a reply to an expression of doabf of'i
Of this interesting particle only six instances are found in oUw
— three in O. H. L., biskup leit litar i kirkjuna ok sa hvar Obi
ok maelti, nu er konungr lit kominn, J>eir sog5u at hann var <
kominn. — Answer, Jaur, sag6i biskup, sa er sannr konungr, er
vit kominn, 10; hvat er mi um felag J>at er konungrinn i
y6r? J)eir drapu niftr hofSi ok kvaSusk ekki bans felag ha&.-
sag9i hann, J)er sogSusk vist vera bans felagar, 45 ; Ma3r svar
maelir \>n J)at ? — Jaur, segir hann, pat var m6r \)a i bug, etc, &
in Thom. (the Norse Recension), ekki var ek t)ar naerri, ok fffi
enga J)essa hluti, ekki heyrda ek ok J)at er Jiu segir i fra, — ^Jan
hann, Gu& {)at veit, at ek em uruggr um j[)at at ek sti Jiik J)aT, 24!
inValv. S. 126 (spelt jur); and lastly, one in Thorodd, austr, ea
jxir, eyrir, vin, Skalda 163. Gudmund Andreae mentions thiS'par
in use in his time, and as sounded j6r-jur, e.g. er ekki dagr?— i
jijr-jur ! viltii ekki J)etta? — answer, jor-jur ! but his derinftioi
Lat. jure is erroneous.
JAXL, m. [Shetl. yackle], a jaw-tooth, grinder, Lat. dent t
Am. 79, Eb. 60, Nj. 144, 203, Fas. i. 331, Stj. 414, N.G.L. i.8o
ok jaxlar, Edda 5, Hav. 43, 49; jaxia verkr, tooth-ache, Bs.i. Ij
jaxl-br63ir, m.=jaxl. Eg. (in a verse).
jaxL-gar3r, m. the jawbone. Fas. i. 331.
JA, adv. [Ulf.;az andjd ; O, H. G., Germ., Dutch, Swed,, andl
Old Engl, and North. E. aye; A. S. gea ; Old Engl._yert ; the Sax
Germans however prefer a compd ; thus the A. S. ge-se, from j'*
and the subj. se ( = Lat. sit), whence ¥Mg\. yes {qs. ye-s=yeabe-
Germans say ja wohl ! ja freilich ! in preference to ja singly;
Dan. ja-vist ; analogous is the A.S. ne-se = ?io (Grimm's Grai
764); as also jaur above] : — yea, yes; ja, sag5i Kari, N}/263>
eve?i, hofdingja, minni menn, ja, hverja herkerlingu, Storl. i
subst., jii sem jii er, nei sem nei er, K. A. 200 : fa ja cs, to gel a
'yes,' his assent, N. G. L. i. 33 ; me^ jam (dat. pi.) ok handsohn
ii. loi. II. as interj., aye! yes! ja, segir hann (h6n]
144, 348, 353, Band, passim, esp. in Cod. Reg. : doubl«l, 0
yes, yes ! ja, ja ! segir Hermundr, Band. 33 new Ed., Trist. II
vel, vel 1 Bs. i. 421 ; ja, ja 1 sag5i hann, kaupma&r vist, O.H.L.
jd, b, part. ja&, to say yes, assent, consent, Lat. aio, with da
sem honum {)6tti biskup ser ja6 hafa, Fms. ix. 378; freka«
ja&u, 52; hann jiiSi pvi, Finnb. 224: ok hann jar (pres.) h
halda, Bs. i. 281 ; |)ann kost er mer var ja6, Fms, vi. 160; g«
basndr undir J>orgils, ok jiiSu honum {confessed him) til yfinnan,
iii. 270: with prep., ja e-u undan ser, to yield up, Bs. i. Sol
upp, to yield up, Fms. vi. 194 ; alia pk hluti sem mi eru upp j«
i. 398-
ja-ei6r, m.=jaor3, H.E. i. 465.
ja-kvoe3a, 9^ to say yes, with dat., Sks. 772, Fms. vii. aSo.
ja-kv833i, n. assent, consent, Orkn. 50, Fms. iv. 87, Anec«. '
jd-kv8e3r, adj. assenting, consenting, 623. 24.
jalfa3r, m. a name of Odin, from jaimr.
JALKB, m. [Norse jelk: Dan. vallak], a gelding; ^rf|g
bltr jalk, Gp\. 392 : in mod. usage a hackney, freq. M.*
of Odin, Gm., Lex. Poet.
jdlma, a9, to clatter, Lat. stridere, Fb. i. 405 (in a verse).
JALMR, m. a noise, bustle, poet,, Landn, 162 (in a vene);
a clash of weapons, Fms, v, (in a verse) ; geira j,, the elasb <
spears, Orkn. 76 (in a verse).
janka, ab, to say yes; hann janka9i ^jvi, (convers.)
Ji5^0RD— JA'TARI.
325
i
n. a 'yea-word' assent, consent, Fms. vii. 305, Sturl. i. 141,
, n., in older spelling earn, Thorodd ; jiirn is a contracted form;
poet, form is isaxn, which occurs only five times in old poetry,
w Ed. (in a verse of A. D. 981) ; isarn guUu, Hornklofi : isarn-
. iron play, Haustl. : isarn-meidr, m. a blacksmith. Eg. (in a
idda (Gl.) distinguishes between isarn and jarn. The contracted
or earn however occurs even in the oldest poems, (jarnvi5r,
is dissyllabic in such verses as gunnjjings ear«-hringar (a verse
inning of the nth century), Skalda (in a verse) ; but mono-
j4m, rhyming with orna, Fms. vii. 35 (in a verse) ; f^ksk ar«ar
un, Skalda : [Goth, eisarn; A. S. isen; Engl, iron, still often
iern; O.H.G. isen ; Hel. tsarw; mod. Germ, eisen ; Dan.
jdrn'] : — iron ; J)u ritaSir earn ^ar sem ek nnmda jarn rita,
hagr ma3r a tre ok jam. Eg. 4 ; 6r jarni, of iron, Nj.
2. ill the phrase, bera jdrn (as an ordeal), to bear
lil jerns, etc., Fms. ix. 280; for references see bera A. III. i,
II. in plur. irons,fetters ; setja i jarn, Fms. ii. 143, xi. 246,
j4rnum, 287, passim : iron spikes, J)ar voru jam & trjam fyrir,
iron chains, irons, hann hafdi jiirnum komit fyrir Stokksund,
iron binges, lok {jar grind a jarnum, Fms. v. 331: horseshoes,
or hesta-jarn, (mod.) : arms, weapons, Edda (Gl.) passim :
, Nj. 193. III. in pr. names, Jdrii-ger3r, Landn.,
•n, id. COMPOS : jdrna-far, n. an iron-print, a mark of
as. ii. 400: iron-plating on a ship, Orkn. 362. j6rna-
tbe clash of arms, Fms. xi. 288. jdrna-lauss, adj.
nges (a chest), Pm. 6 : unshod, of a horse. jdrna-
mark, print of irons, Hkr. iii. 290. jdrns-litr, m. iron
endless compds : jirn-auga, n. ' iron-eye,' a. nickname, Sturl.
jim-band, n. an iron borer, Barl. 179. Jdrn-barfli, a,
Ktrder,' name of a battering ram, O. T. jarn-benda, d,
rrf, hoop with iron. jarn-borg, f. an ' iron castle,' used
iron-clad ships, Hkv. Hjorv. jdrn-brandr, m. an iron
106. jdm-broddr, m. an iron prod or spike. jarn-
part. iron-bound, of a shield, Karl. 24O, 262, 349. jarn-
tron-bearing, the ordeal of carrying hot iron, mid. Lzt. femim
references see bera A. III. i. j^n-butr, m. an iron stump,
H. 10: a nickname, Sturl. iii. 217. jarn-dragi, a, m. an
r,' magnet, Konr. 33. jdrn-drepsleggja, u, f. ati iron
ner, Eb. 272. jS,rn-faldinn, part, hooded in mail, Eb.
jdrn-festr, f. an iron bond, Vm. 70, 165, Greg. 54,
jarn-fjoturr, m. an iron fetter, Edda 20. j£rn-
an iron bar. Fas. iii. 125. j^m-gaddr, m. an iron
0. 212, Fb. iii. 300, Bs. i. 820. jarn-ger3, f. an iron
^' 345- J4rn-gl6fi, a, m. an iron glove, Edda 15 (of
4m-glumra, u, f. name of an ogress, Edda (Gl.) jarn-
of good iron. Fas. ii. 466. jarn-grdr, adj. iron-gray,
of stuff); in Edda (Ht.) of a coat of mail. j^rn-greipr,
Idfi, Edda 60, 6l. jam-grind, f. an iron grate, Ni9rst.
58. jam-g6r3, f. iron-forging. jarng6r8ar-ma3r,
lilJ, Grett. 129 A. jdrn-hanki, a, m. an iron hoop, Sd.
■hAttr, m. an iron hat, a kind oi helmet, Ann. 1394, D. N.
hauss, m. Iron-skull, a nickname, Fasr. j^rn-hespa,
p. Fas. iii. 383. jdrn-hlekkr, m. an iron link, chain.
i.an iron gate, Lil. 61. jdrn-hosa, u, f. = brynhosa,
j4m-h,61kr, m. an iron tube, |)jal. 8. jdrn-hringr, m.
,Hkr.ii.i2 (in a verse),iii. 266, |>i6r. 187: spelt earnhringar,
Jdrn-hryggr, m. Iron-back, a nickname, Fas. jdrn-
iron hurdle, door, Fms. i. 104, xi. 74, fjidr. 169. jarn-
lobale found with a harpoon in it, Jb. 108, 312, Js. jdrn-
iron comb. Fas. iii. 612, Bias. 46. jdrn-karl, m. an
. 177, passim in mod. usage. jdm-kertistika, u, f. an
le*, Vm. 34. jarn-ketill, m. an iron ketde, Gnig. i. 501.
an iron claw or fang, Isl. ii. 195. jdrn-klukka, u, f.
l*andii. 42. jdrn-klsoddr, part, iron-clad, Hkr. iii. 201.
1,'f. a small iron lamp, Jm. 31, Vm. 177. jdrn-kr6kr,
rmrook, Fms. v. 157. jdrn-kylfa, u, f. an iron chib. Fas.
jiirn-lampr, m. an iron lamp, Pm. 126. jarn-leikr, m.
noet. a battle, H6fu61. 8. jdrn-ligr, adj. of iron, Lat.
jarn-litr, m. /row co/owr. jdrn-loka, u, f. a«
■'■ 380. jdrn-lurkr, m. an iron cudgel, Hbl. jdrn-
•! iron clasp, Gisl. 88. jdrn-meiss, m. an iron basket :
^1.163. j(lrn-m61, n.pl.theiron mouth-piece of a. hndle.
ij. of solid iron, Fb. i. 524, jarn-milti, n. an iron bar.
a. an iron mouth, poet, of a beak, Lex. Poet. jarn-
' iron jtail, Bs. i. 860, passim. jdrn-nef, n. an iron
■ ''•• 507- jdrn-nokkvi, a,m. an iron boat, used of a
is; in a boat of iron, Landn. 78. jdrn-ofinn, part, iron
. of mail. Fas. i. (in a verse). jdrn-port, n. an iron
jarn-rekendr, part. pi. iron chains, barring a strait,
xi. 322: shackles, Sks. 416; pa svaf Petrus bundinn^
11. I
tvennum jarnrekendum. Post. 656 C. 1 1. j£m-rending, f. [rond],
an iron brim, Korm. 120. jdrn-rendr, part, bordered with iron,
Korm. 68, Grett. 119 A. jdm-saumr, m.iron nails, N.G. L. i. loi,
jdrn-sax, n. an iron cutlass. Lex. Poot. Jdm-saxa, u, f. Iron-chop-
per, name of an ogress, Edda : a nickname, Nj. jdrn-serkr, m. au
iron sark, coat of mail, Lex. Poiit. jdrn-sfa, u, f. a red-hot iron bar,
Edda 61. Jdrn-si3a, u, f. Ironside, nickname of a mythical warrior
king, Ragn. S.; cp. the A.S. king Edmund Ironside: name of an Icel.
code of laws (1271-1280), prob. from being cased in iron, Ann. Resen.
I 27 1. jdrn-skip, n. a ship's model in iron, Pm. 51, 79. Jdrn-
skj61dr, m. Iron-shield, a pr. name, Fb. : as also a nickname, Hdl.
jdrn-skor, m. an iron shoe, Barb. 179, Edda 56, (of the mythol. shoe
of the god Vidar.) jdrn-sld, f. an iron bar, Fms. i. I29, Gisl. 88,
Sks. 631, Fas. i. 415. jdrn-sleggja, u, f. an iron sledge-hammer,
Bs. i. 120, Karl. 338. jdrn-sleginn, part, mounted with iron.
jdrn-smi3r, m. a blacksmith. Eg. 141, Landn. 118, Fms. vi. 361, Stj.
451 : metaph. a black insect, so called as opp. to gullsmidr, q. v.
jdrn-smi3, f. the forging of iron, Fms. xi. 427. jdm-smi3i, n.
smith's work, Sturl. i. 47. jdrn-spjdt, u. an iron spear, Karl. 365.
jarn-spong, f. an iron clasp, Gp\. 105: iron-plating, Fms. ii. 310.
jdrn-stafr, m. an iron staff, Nj. 2ir, Hkr. i. 229, Landn. (in a verse),
jdrn-stika, u, f. an iron candlestick, Vm. 2, 6, Dip], iii. 4. jdrn-
stoll, m. an iron chair, Dipl. v. i8, D.N. jdrn-stolpi, a, m. an
iron post, Sks. 631. jdrn-stlika, u, f. the sleeves of a coal of maiU
Sighvat. jdrn-stong, f. an iron bar. Bard. 164. jdm-siila, u, f.
an iron column, Edda 61, Fb. i. 527. jdrn-svipa, u, f. an iron lash,
Clem. 57, 656 C. 36. jdm-teinn, m. an iron prong. Eg. 285,
Bs. i. 854: iron wire, Fms. ii. 129, v. 1.; an iron fork. Fas. iii. 123.
jdrn-ti\ind, f. a tax on iron, N.G.L. i. 462. jarn-vafinn, part.
tuound round with iron. Eg. 285, Sturl. i. 63, Krok. jdrn-var3r,
part, mounted with iron, Darr. 2, Stj. 387, Fms. vi. 145. jdrn-vdpn,-
n. an iron weapon. Fas. ii. 178. jdrn-vi3jar, f. pi. iron withes, iron
wire. Fas. iii. 211, Symb. 57, GuUJ). 52. Jdrn-vi3r, m. the Iron-
Wood, a mythical wood with iron leaves (Vsp. 32), peopled by ogresses,
called Jdrn-vi3jur, f. pi., Edda, Eyvind (Yngl. S. ch. 9) : also the
local name of a wood in Holsten, — den stora Holstenska skov Isarnhow,
der af de Danske overssettes Jarnwith, Nord. Tidskr. for Oldk. i. 272.
jarn-volr, m. an iron bar, Bev. jdrn-8D3r, f. iron vein, ore, 544. 39.
jdrn-6r, f. an iron shaft, N. G. L. i. 102: also = heror, q. v. (sub
herr B, at end),
jdrna, a6, to mount with iron ; jarnaSir vagnar, wains mounted with iron,
Stj.; jarnu3 kerra, 386; jarnaSr skjoldr. Valla L. 213 ; jarnu6 hur&,
Baer. 15 ; ro5rgoltr meS jarnuSum miila, Sks. 395 : with hinges, jariiaflr
kistill, kista, D. N.iii. 42i,Pr. 413; jarna kistu, Rett. 2.10, Pm. 120, Vm.
121. II. spec, usages, to put in irons, Fms. xi. 445 : to be
mailed, 365. 2. to shoe a horse; jarna best. Boll. 346, Fms.viii. 182 ;
hann l(i5i honum best jarna5an oUum fotum, Sturl. ii. 145 ; hann 16t ser
til fer6aiunnar jarna tvau hross, Bs. ii. 184; al-jarnaSr, shod on all the
feet ; ilia, vel jarnaSr ; bI63-ji'irna, to ' bloodshoe,' shoe to the quick : the
ancients usually said skiia {to shoe) best, but jarna is the mod. term.
JtATA, aS, or jatta, t : it varies between the 1st and 2nd conjugation,
the older forms being, pres. jati, jatir, as still used in the north of Icel.,
pret. jatti, part, jatt ; the later, pres. juta, jatar, pret. jata5i, part. jata&^
[mid. H.G. yaze]: — to say yes: I. with dat. or absol. to say
yes, assent; allir jattu3u J)vi, Fms. vii. 281; pessu jattar |)randr, vi.
190; J)essp jatir hann, Gliim. 360, 361: to acknowledge, confess;
jatta ek pvi, at; ek hefi . . ., Fms. vii. 305; sag9i at Erkibiskup hafSi
J)vi jatlaS (v. 1. ja5), viii. 258; mi jatar ek Drottni, Stj. 174; ef J)eir
gora i6ran jatandi J)inu nafni, 567 ; jata Gu6i, Greg. 20; hann neitaSi
Gu3s nafni en jataSi guSum sinum, Fms. x. 324: to consent, J)6at
jattat hafi verit, Sks. 776 B; eptir logum ok ^vi sem })a var jattat,
GJ)1. 47 ; jatu6u ok sampyktu allir, at. . ., id. ; ek mun jata (consent) at
giirask bans eiginkona, Fms. i. 3 ; fieir beiOa J)ess at Sturb jafa6i i dom
Jons Loptssonar um malit, Sturl. i. 105 ; Dana-konungr jBta3i gjofinni,
Fms. X. 84 ; mi jatti jarlinn hviiru-tveggja, firistninni ok vingan konungs,
277; jiitta e-u undan ser, to yield up, Orkn. 52; jataSi biskup upp
(yielded up) ollum sto&um, Bs. i. 730 : to promise, J)ann Finninn er hann
haf6i jatt (jat\ at . . . , Fms. x. 379; mun ek })essu jiita fyrir mik ok
heimamenn mina, Nj. 162 ; jattir ^li ferSinni, didst thou promise to go?
Fms. iii. 72 ; jata skuldar-stoSum, Ld. 212. II. with ace. of the
thing, to acknowledge, confess ; jata syndir, Fb. ii. 434, Sks. 1 29 new Ed.,
Th. 23, 625. 92 : to grant, jattuftu allir per konungdom, Fms. vii. 153 ;
Jesiis Christr sa er ek tnii a. ok jati med munni. Bias. 4 1 : to yield, give, jtitz
konungi J)at alt er hann beiddi, Fms. xi. 224 ; konungr bad bandr jata ser
reidskjota, 223 ; jata sik, to confess one's sins, Bs. i. 121 ; {)ann tima er
herra Gyrdr haf6i sik til jattat (promised), H.E. i. 528 ; jiitta sik undir
e-t, to engage oneself Dipl. ii. II, Fms. ii. 238. III. reflex., jatask
undir e-t, to engage oneself to. accept, profess, Nj. 122, Fms. x. 24, xi.
38: to pro7nise, hviirt-tveggja jatask 63ru til hjiiskapar, H.E. i. 247.
jdtan and jdttan, f. confession, Edda ii. 192, H.E. i. 484.
jdtari, a,, m. a confessor, Horn. 147, Bs. i. 48^
326
JXTING— JORSALAFARI.
jfiting, f. = jdtning, Horn. 4.
jdtning, f. confession, esp. in an eccl. sense ; jatning heilagrar trtiar,
Fms. i. I4'2 ; Truar-jatniiig,/Z;e Creed, con/essiofi of faith; Augsborgar-tni-
arjatning = /i&e Augsburg Confession, Confessio Augustana,V\did.\. passim:
synda-jatning, confession of sins, H. E. i. 476, Bs. i. 746, 846, passim.
jdrtsi, adj. indecl. saying yes, confessing; konungr varS honum Jiess
jatsi, Fms. x. 379.
j4-yT3i, n.=jaor8, Fms. ii. 291, vii. 359, xi. 218, Stud. iii. 315, K. A.
112.
J(5D, n. [this interesting word is prob. akin to 6&al, au5r, eSli, refer-
ring to an old lost strong verb, j65a, au5, throwing light upon the sense
of these words] : — a baby, Edda 108, Rm. 38 ; ]6b 61 Edda, josu vatni,
Rm. 7 ; 61 ek m6r j65, Gh. 14, Skv. 3. 60 (Bugge) ; eiga j66, Vkv. 31 ;
fse6a j66, Am. 103 ; jo&s aSal, a baby's nature, poet, of one sucking like
a baby, "?t. 13 : poet., arnar-j6&, lilfs, gyldis, ornis j66, an eagle's, wolf's,
giant's kin. Lex. Poet. ; hauk-j66, a hawk's offspring, Rekst. ; hiin (the
fox) a s<5r i holu j6&, hva3 eiga J)au a6 eta ? Snot.
j68-dis or j6-di8, f. a sister, poet., Edda 109, Yt. 7: as a pr. name, of
women, J6-dis, J6-fri3r, J6-rei3r, Jd-ninn ; of men, J6-steinn,
see the remarks under dis.
j63la, a8, [j65], to drawl like a baby.
j63-ligr, adj. blooming like a baby; hon mun barn fx&a ok mun J)at
sveinn vera baedi mikill ok j631igr, Fb. ii. 9 ; hon faeddi meybarn bx5i
mikit ok jo&ligt, Isl. ii. 19.
j63-m63ir, f. [Dan. corrupt jorde-moder'], a midwife.
j63-8Juk, f. adj. 'baby-sick,' in labour, Ann. 1371.
j65-s6tt,{. the pains of childbirth, travail-pains, Fms. iv.32. Mar. passim.
j63-uiigr, adj. ' baby-young,' infantile, Skv. 3. 37.
j63-verkr, m. = j66s6tt, Mag. 95.
J(3L, n. pi., in rhymes, gdlig, Joh, 0. H. (in a verse); [A.S. geol,
sometimes used of the whole month of December, whereas December
is also called (Bra geola =fore Yule, and January csfiera geola =
after Yule; the plur. in Icel. perhaps refers to this double month.
The origin and etymology of the word Yule is much contested, and
has been treated at length by Grimm (Gesch. der Deutschen Sprache),
who tries to make out a relation between the Lat. Julus or Julius and
the Teut. Yule, the one being a midsummer month, the other a mid-
winter month ; like former etymologists, he also derives the word from
hj6I, a wheel, as referring to the sun's wheeling round at midwinter and
midsummer time. The resemblance of the words is striking, as also the
old northern celebration of the midsummer feast Jonsvaka (see below),
which was in fact a kind of midsummer Yule.]
B. Yule, a great feast in the heathen time, afterwards applied to
Christmas (as still in North. E.) In Icel. popular usage Yule-eve is a
kind of landmark by which the year is reckoned, so that a man is as
many years old ^s he has passed Yule nights, hafa lifa9 (so and so)
margar J61a-nsEtr ; for the year counts from Yule night, whence the
phrase, vera ilia or vel a ar kominn, to become well or /'// in the year;
thus a person born shortly before Yule is ' ilia a ar kominn,' for at next
Yule he will be reckoned one year old, whereas one born just after it
is ' vel a ar kominn.' The heathen Yule lasted thirteen days, whence
are derived the names {>rettandi, the thirteenth = Epiphany, i.e. the 6th
of January, as also the Engl. ' Twelfth-night ;' it is however probable
that the heathen feast was held a little later than the Christian (see hoku-
nott). The heathen Yule was a great merry-making, and tales of ghosts,
ogres, and satyrs were attached to it, esp. the Jola-sveinar or ' Yrde-lads,'
a kind of goblins or monster satyrs, thirteen in number, one to each day
of the feast, sons of the kidnapping hag Gry'la (q. v.), whose names were
used to frighten children with, see Isl. f>j66s. i. 219, 220. As the night
lengthens and the day shortens, the ghosts gain strength, and reach
their highest at Yule time, see Grett. ch. 34-37, 67-70, Eb. ch. 34,
Floam. S. ch. 2 2. The day next before Yule is called atfanga-dagr (q. v.)
Jola, when stMes were provided and fresh ale brewed, Jola-cil. Pas-
sages in theVagas referring to Yule are numerous, e.g. Hervar. S.
ch. 4, Halfd. S. Svarta ch. 8, Har. S. Hdrf. ch. 16 (in a verse), Hak. S.
G6&a ch. 12, 15, 19, 0. H. ch. 151, Eb. ch. 31, Landn. 3. ch. 15 (in
the Hb.), Bjarn. 51 sqq., Sturl. iii. 127. As for Yule games cp. the
Norse and Danish Jule-buk, Jola-geit (Ivar Aasen) = a Yule goat, Dan.
Jule-leg = a Yule game. II. in poetry a feast (generally) ; hugins
j61, a raven's feast, Fms. vi. 255 (in a verse), cp. Bjarn. 36. compds :
J61a-aptaii, m. Yule-eve, Landn. 215, Fms. vii, 183, ix. 480, xi. 15.
Jola-bftl, n. a 'Yule-hale,' Yuh'fire, a bright blazing fire, Skyr. 265.
J61a-bo6, n. a Yule banquet. Eg. 516, Fms. ii. 39, Hkr. ii. 70. Jola-
b6k, f. a Yule book, lessons for Christmas Day, Am. 30, Pm. 14.
J61a-dagr, m. a Yule day (first, second, etc.), K. Jj.K., Nj. 16;, 270,
Rb. 44, 436. Jola-drykkja, u, f. Yule drinking, Landn. 216, Fbr.
138, Bjarn. 51, Fms. vii. 274. Jola-fasta, u, f. Yulefast, the pre-
paration for Christmas = A dvent, K. |>. K., Rb., Eb. 272. J61a-fri3r,
m. Yule-peace, sanctity, Sturl. iii. 127. J61af6stu-b6k, f. lessons
for Advent, Pm. 79. J61af6stu-ti3, f. (-timi, a, m.). Advent time,
K. A. 1 88. J61a-gj6f, f. a Yule gift, Christmas box, Eg. 5 1 6, Hkr. ii.
i
' 70 : o tax paid to the king, N. G. L. i. 58, Fms. vii. I, x. 410. J
gri3, n. pi. = J61afri6r. Jola-hald, n. a keeping of Yule, Fms. i,
Jola-belgi, f. Yule holiday, K. p. K. Jola-boU, f. a ball »
Yule is held, Fms. ix. 372. Jola-kveld, n. Yule-eve, Fms. J. •]{
82, vii. 161. 36\&-\.es,r\. a Yide lesson, Vm. ■^i. Jola-mor
m. Yule morning, Fs. 143. Jola-nott, f., see above, Fms. i. 3
296, K. Jj. K. 126. Jola-skrd, f. a Yule scroll, see Isl. {)j65s. ii.
a kind of almanack with weather prophecies. Jola-sveinar, m
see above. J61a-tl3, f. Yule-tide, N. G. L. i. 350 : in plur., Jola-
Christmas service, Fms. ii. 37. J61ati3a-b6kj f. lessons for C
mas. Am. 72. Jola-tungl, n. the Yule moon. Jola-veizla,
a Yule banquet, Fms. i. 31, x. 178. Jola-vist, f. holding, stayin
Yule, Eb. 236, Hkr. i. 72, Fms. ix. 290, x. 410, Sturl. i. 216. J
61, n. Yule ale, Eb. 274.
J61fu3r, m. a name of Odin, Edda ; as also Jolfr, a pr. name. Fas. ii
JOLL, m. ; the mod. form njoli is no doubt a corruption from h'
joli (q. v.), by dropping the former part of the compd, but rata
the final n, which was transferred to the latter part of the compd, ji
in Dan. paa = opp-aa : \_jol = angelica sylvestris, Ivar Aasen]:-
angelica; the word is recorded in the Edda Lauf., and occurs inLs.
Jul (ace.) ok ixfu faeri ek Asa sonum ok blend ek Jieim sva meiiii 1
denoting that Loki threatened to poison their ale with ill-flavoun !
(the passage must certainly be so taken, and not as suggested s. \
p. 40).
J61-ind.nu3r, m. the Yule month, Rb. 556, Fms. x. 222.
Jolnir, m. a name of Odin : in plur., j61n?vr, the gods, Edda (GI. .
JOM, n. a county in Pomerania, where the Danes had an
colony and stronghold called Joms-borg, f. and Joms-vikingar.
the Vikings ofjom: Jomvikinga-bardagi, a, m. the battle ','
the year 994), Fms. passim : Jonavikinga-saga, u, f. the Saga c; |
Jomali, a, m. [a Tchudic word], the idol of the Finns at the ^
Sea, 6. H. ch. 122.
jom-fru, f. a maid, miss ; see jungfru.
JON, m. (Jorin, Fb.), a pr. name, contraction of the older (
labic Joann, John, Johannes, see lb. 1 7 : of the same origin are Jo':
Johannes, Jens, which have come into use since the Refo::.
whereas Jon or Joan appears in Icel. at the middle of the llth
and soon afterwards became so popular that in the K. A. (ot i.
is made to serve for M. M. (N. or M.) in the baptismal formula.
in the law formula, yfir hofdi Joni, against M. M., see Njala.
b6k, f. John's book, the code of laws of 1281, named after ]vl
lawyer (logmaSr), who brought the book from Norway to Icel
1 28 1, Arna S. II. St. John Baptist's Day Onne 24) is i
northern countries a kind of midsummer Yule, and was in Noiw»
Sweden celebrated with bonfires, dances, and merriment; and b
fairies and goblins of every kind are connected with St. John's <
summer as well as with Yule-eve in winter. The name of tlM
varies, — Jons-dagr, m., Jons-messa, u, f., Jonsvoku-dagf,
day, mass of St. John — the 24th of June ; Jons-nott, f, J6M-'
u, f, St. John's eve, ' John's-wake,' Rb. 530, Sturl. iii. 59, N.
i. 340, 343, Fms. viii. 357, ix. 7 : J6nsvoku-skei6, Fms. x. 49 : Jon!
leyti, id. In Norway the feast is at present called Jonsoka = ]6x\i\3ii.
the fires JonsokuJyrising (cp. the Brisinga-men of the Edda). The
of this feast is no doubt heathen, being a worship of light and t\
which has since been adapted to a Christian name and the Ch
calendar. For the fairy tales connected with this feast, see Isl. ;
which tales again call to mind Shakspeare's Midsummer Night's E b>
J6nsniessu-61, n. ale brewed for St. John's day, N. G.L. 1. IJ
var sumarrti6 ok hAti& mikil JonsviJku-nott, Bxr. \1. «•'
dagr, Jons-messa are also used to signify the day or mass
Icel. bishop John (died A.D.1121), April 23 and March 3, see Bs.:
hofuS, J6ns-skript, f. the head, tablet of St. John, B. K., Vm.
Jons-stiika, u, f. chapel of St. John, Sturl. i. 1 25.
JOH, m., gen. jos, Ls. 13 ; dat. j6, Hm. 89 ; ace. jo, Hkv. 2.4"
15, Kormak; plur. joar, dat. jom, Gm. 30, HSm. 3; ace. plur. H':i -'
2. 38, but joi, 39 ; gen. plur. joa, Gm. 43 : [O. H. G. and Hel. c
Goth. prob. aihvus ; but as the Acts, Apocalypse, and Epistle of bt.
are lost in the version of Ulf., we do not know the exact Got::
for a horse : the Gr. iTnros (Iickos) and Lat. equtis represent the
tracted, the Teut. ehu, eo- (j6<) the contracted form] -.—a stallion, h 1^',
used in poetry ; in mod. poets the r is wrongly kept as radical 1
jorar, dat. plur. jorum ; poet, also, bor3-j6r, siglu-j6r, ' board-steed
steed,' = a ship. _ ,
j6r-bjug or rather jor-bjuga, n. [from jiifur, a boar, and biii.e;^
—a kind of sausage (?), a drr. Key., Gkv. 2. 24, referring to iSrar
and svins-lifr so3in in the preceding verse.
j6-rei3, f. horsemen {J), Hkv. i. 47.
j6-reykr, m. //&e cloud of dust seen afar off above a body of hoi ,
Fms. vi. 411, vii. 68, Al. 31, Fas. i. 497. •L<a-|'^»»^
36v-B&lix,m.Y'\.Jerusale7n. compds: Jorsala-borg, f- . .^ :.
Mm. J6rsala-fari, a, m. Jerusalem-traveller: as an app* ■ '
JORSALAFE— JARDARMEN.
327
r3r J., Fins, vii ; Bjiirn J., Ann. J6rsala-f6, -gjOf, -tfund, f. a
salem fee, penny, tithe (referring to the Crusades), Fnis., Ann.,
Hs., Rb., Honi. passim. J6rsala-fer3, -f6r, f. a journey to J.
<)»ala-haf, n. the sea of J. = tbe Mediterranean. Jorsala-
nr, m., -land, -riki, n. the land of J. — Palestine. J6rsala-
tmgr, m. the king of J. J6rsala-menn, -1^3r, m. the people
tr, m. rKm/«a/JO«, of animals ; jortr-dyr, -kvikendi, n.ruminat-
viimals.
RTBA, a3, prob.qs. jotra, from jotr (q. v.), to ruminate, Stj. 316: —
ii3 hnb, a rugged hide, rough as an animal's maw. Fas. iii. (in a
b).
I t-yik, also in later writers J6rk, contr. from A. S. Eoforwic, York
I . Ebordcum), Fms.
Mtt m. pi. the Jutes, a Dan. tribe. J6tland, n. Jutland: J6tlands-
Ti, the Cattegat : J6tlands-sic3a, u, f. the west coast of Jutland,
.Eg.
TB, m., gen. jotrs, fid. 1 7, a canine tooth, Edda (Gl.) : medic,
ts mein (^face disease) J)at er mcnn kalla jotr, similar to gaddr
) in sheep, Bs. i. 611.
skp, adj. Jutish, from Jutland, Fms.
, n. a maundering.
a, aft, to maunder ; vertu ekki a3 ju6a ! (slang.)
k, n. a mess, medley ; allt i jukki, all in a mess.
^ u, f. a yawl, (mod.)
g-fini,f.,junk-fni,Fms.x.86,v.I.; jung-frTiva,Mork. 14; whence
tod.j6m-fni, Dan. jomfru ; both words are foreign and derived from
.juHgfrau, as is shewn by the initial^'; the word however appears
e 13th century, mostly in the sense of a princess, esp. those of
XI birth, as in Fms. vi. 59,132, of a Saxon and Russian princess;
so jungfrii Margret, of a daughter of Skiili hertogi, ix. 292, 412 ;
•d Kristin, 220, of an earl's daughter; but esp. in the Hak. S.
i (Fms. ix, x), passim : of the Virgin Mary, Dipl. ii. 14, B.K. 83.
Srd-aldr, m. maiden age, time of maidenhood, Stj.
K'l !frii-d6mr, mod. jdrnfrur-domr, m. maidenhood, Clar.
ir^^frii-ligr, adj. maiden-like. Mar.
' orra, m., or junkeri, a, m., the Germ, jungherr, junker, prop.
'ord, in old writers esp. used of a prince, Fms. vi. 51, Magn.
».ik....... Fms. ix. passim. Fas. iii. 358.
;-ligT, adj. = ungligr, Fb. ii. 538.
'laeniii, n. a young man. Bad. 112, 156.
p", zd]. young ( = ungr); this Germanized form is freq. in some
of the 14th and 15th centuries (see Fb. pref. xxii), as also in ballads
r) of that time (Ski5a R. 199, firymlur 7)> hut was afterwards
d, and never took root in the spoken language.
iT, f., later urt, which forms also occur in old writers, Al. 85,
53, no doubt a borrowed word from the Germ, or Saxon ; the^' being
titute for the Germ, w, which cannot be sounded in Icel. before the
u; \_A.S. wyrt; Engl, wort; O.H.G. wi/rz ; Germ, wiirzff; Dan.
-aromatic herbs, used to season wine, dishes, ointment ; in old writers
I that sense, whereas in mod. usage = a herb ; smyrsl ok jurtir, Magn.
smjrrja me& dyrustum jurtum, Al. 30 ; skaltii laugask ok smyrja
;setum jurtum, Stj. 423 ; dyrligra urta, Eluc. 53 ; dy'rar jurtir, Fas.
5; allar \ix.r urtir er bezt ilma, Al. 85 ; agsetar jurtir, Bs. i. 258 ;
ok jurtir, Stj. 194; ilmandi urtir, Horn. 53. II. mod. a
in og jurtir graenar, Hallgr. compds: jiirta-gar3r, m.
vrtegaard'], a garden of herbs, a kitchen-garden. jurta-klefi,
room for spices, Stj. 205. jurtar-legr, adj. spicy, Stj. 74.
teinvmgr, m. a stick of spice, Stj. 74 : but, mat-jurtir, herbs,
ttuff (mod.) ; matjurta-bok, a book about herbs.
« B, f. [for. word ; justa, Du Cange], a kind of measure for liquids,
»tnr making a boUi (q. v.), G{)1. 525, MS. 732. 16 (of a vessel),
m. [for. •woid'], justice, H. E. i. 503, Thorn.
Ir. [cp. Dan. jo; O.H. G.^m; Germ._/e], yes; jii jii, yea yea;
/. (convers.)
a, m. a Jew, Lat. Judaeus, (rare) ; cp. Gy5ingr.
il» n. [Engl. K Jc?er ; North. E.^-wre or _yowfr; Germ. «//er; Dan.
\wtA.jur; Gr. ovOap; Lat. ubery. — an udder, Bs. i. 194, Fb. ii.
eq. in mod. usage ; J)via6 stalmi var farinn a8 koma 1 jiigrin, Od.
jtigr-b61ga, u, f., jugr-mein, n. an udder disease.
SOni, a, m., qs. jotr-tanni (?), ' tusk-tooth,' poet, for a bear, Korm.,
let.
tt, Skalda 163, Art. 1 26 ; see jaur.
X, m. [for. word], a laiuyer, Bs. i. Laur. S.
interj. aye aye ! yes ! denoting hesitation, Piltr og Stiilka 8.
lOf, m. equity ; see jafna8r.
TTHR, m., dat. j5fri, pi. jofrar : 1. [A.S. eofor ; O.H.G.
nn. eber; Lat. aper'] : — a wild boar ; but it occurs in this sense
e or thrice in poetry, Merl. i. 39, Gkv. 2. 24. II.
«ta . a king, warrior, prob. from the custom of wearing boar's heads ,
as helmets, cp. A.S. eofor-cumbol and Hildigoltr; jofurr in this sense is
not used in prose, but is freq. in old poetry, even in poems as old as
the "ft., see Lex. Poet. Sense L is unknown to the Scandin., and sense
II. to the Teut. languages.
J6kla3r, part, covered with icicles, Sks. 229, of the beard.
j6kul-barinn, part, storm-beaten, stiffened with ice, Lv. 86.
j6kiil-hlaup, n. an ' ice-leap,' ravine.
jSkul-kaldr, adj. ice-cold, Flov.
JOKULL, m., dat. jokli, pi. jciklar, prop, a dimin. from jaki, q. v. ;
[A. S. gicel, i. e. is-gicel, whence Engl, icicle ; Low Germ, joket] : —
an icicle; g(5kk inn i sal, glumdu joklar, var karls er kom kinnskogr
frcirinn, Hym. 10, of the icicles in the giant's beard; sijan toku ^ek
jiiklana ok braeddu, Fms. ix. 155 : so also in pocit. phrases, where silver is
called jokuU handar or mund-jokull, the icicle of the hand, Hallfred, Lex.
Poet. : as also b65var-j., the war-icicle = the sword, or s4r-j., the wound-
icicle, see Lex. Poiit. II. a metaph. sense, ice, gener. ; vatnid
snysk i jiikul, Sks. 196 ; settu Jieir J)at upp me8 ollum sjanum sem i
var ok jiiklinum, en J)at var mjok sy'lt, i.e. they launched the ship with
all the ice in it, Grett. 125 ; snj6r ok jcikull, Sks. j6kla-gangr, m. an
ice-drift, Grett. 132 new Ed. 2. in specific Icel. sense, a glacier ;
this sense the Icelanders probably derived from the Norse county Hard-
anger, which is the only county of Norway in which Jtikul appears as a
local name, see Munch's Norg. Beskr. ; in Icel. it is used all over the
country both as an appellative and in local names, whereas the primitive
sense (icicle) is quite lost, Fs., Fb., Eg. 133, Nj. 208, passim. 3.
in local names, Ball-jiikull, Eyjafjalla-j., Snaefells-j., Vatna-j., My'rdals-j.,
Oraefa-j., Dranga-j., Langi-j., Eireks-j., etc., see the map of Icel.; the
glaciers of the Icel. colony in Greenland are also called jcikuls : of rivers,
J 6'kxil8-i., {.Ice-water; J6kvil8-dalf,m. Ice-water-dale; Jdkla-menn,
m. pi. the men from the county Jcikul (i. e. Snaefells-j okull), Sturl. ii. 158 ;
Jciklamanna-buS and go6or3, see bii3 and goborb.
j6kul-vatn, n. ice-water from a glacier, Fas. iii. 570, Mar.
j6kul-vetr, n. an icy, hard winter, Ann. 1233.
JORD, f., gen. jarSar ; dat. j6r6u, mod. also jor5 ; pi. jar6ir; in old
writers dat. and ace. are carefully distinguished ; in mod. prose and con-
versation the apocopated dative is mostly used, whereas the poets use
either form, as is most convenient for the flow of the verse and the metre,
as in the Passion hymns, a. the full form ; og hindra gjorflu, | Gu3s
dyr6arlj6s svo lysi mer a lifandi manna j6r3u, 9. 9 ; merk aft lir jorftu
nii'itti ei neinn, 46. 10 ; hrop og hareysti gjiirflu . . . | kringum krossinn k
jor3u, 39. 7 ; nakinn Jesum a jorSu . . . | meS heiptar sinni h6r3u, 33. 4 ;
Lausnarinn ni3r a jor3u, 34. i ; bl63sveitinn J)inn eg bid mer s6, | blessan
og vernd a jor3unni, 3. 12 ; eins her a jtirdu upp fra J)vi, 21. 10 ; J)()
leggist lik 1 jor3u . . . | hun msetir aldrei hordu, Hallgr. p. the apoco-
pated form ; en Jesii hlySni aptr her, allri jor5 blessan faerir. Pass. 24. 6 ;
hei3r, lof, dy'rS a himni og jor3 | hjartanleg astar {)akkar-gjor3, 3. 18 ; J)6
hei3arleg se hdr a jor3 | holdi litvaldra likfor gjord, 49. 14 ; ef h<5r a
jor3 er hrop og ha3, 14. 16 ; hva3 giira {)eir sem her a jord | hafa a6
spotti Drottins or3, lo : [Goth, airpa ; A.S. eorde ; Hel. ertha; old
Scot, yearthe ; Eng\. earth ; O.U.G. erda; Germ, erde ; Dutch aarde ;
Fris. irth ; Swed.-Dan. j'or^f.]
A. The earth; jiirS ok himin, Nj. 194; jor3 ok upphimin, Vsp. 3 ;
jor3 idja-graena, 58; illt er a jord of or3it, Ghim. (in a verse), Hm. 138,
and prose passim ; jar3ar yfirbrag3 er biillott, Rb. 460, 465 ; jar3ar bugr,
bollr, hringr, hvel, mynd, endi, byg3, the earth's bight, ball, ring, wheel,
shape, end, habitation, 440, 466, 472 : for the mythol. genesis of the
earth see Vsp. I.e., VJ)m. 20, 21^ Gm. 40: as a mythical goddess, the
Earth was daughter of 6nar (Onars-dottir) and Nott (the night), and
sister of Day on the mother's side, Edda 7 : Thor was the Earth's son,
Jar3ar-sonr, m., Haustl. II. the surface of the earth, earth;
falla til jarSar, Nj. 64 ; koma til jar3ar, to throw down, Fms. v. 348 ; falla
frjals a jor3, N. G. L. i. 32, Grag. ii. 192 ; a jor3u ok i jor3u, Finnb.
290; bita gras af j6r3unni, Fms. xi. 7; skeSja j6r3u, K. {j. K. 22; jor5
e3a stein, Sks. 88 ; erja jor3, to 'ear' the earth, plough, Rb. lOo; flestir
menn seru jar3ir sinar, Fms. i. 92 : jar3ar aldin, aviixtr, blomi, dupt,
dust, dy'r, kvikendi, skriddy'r, etc., the earth' s fruit, produce, blossom, dust,
deer, beasts, reptiles, etc., H. E. ii. 188, Grag. ii. 347. Ver. 17, Fas. iii.
669, Sks. 527, 628, Stj. 18, 77. ^.pasture; gorSi kulda mikla me&
snjoum ok illt til jar3ar, Grett. 91 A ; taka til jar3ar, to graze, Skm. 15 :
freq. in mod. usage, g63 jor3, litil jor3, jar3-leysi, jard-laust, jard-bann,
q. v. 3. mould, Lat. humus; jor3 su er a innsigli er Iog3, Ljekn.
472 : soil, sand-jor3, sandy soil; leir-jor3, clayey soil, etc. compds :
jar3ar-ber, n. pi.. Germ. erd-beeren, strawberries. jar3ar-f6r, f. burial.
jar3ar-inegin, n. ' earth^tnain,' power, in a mythol. sense, Hm. 138,
Hdl. 37, Gkv. 2. 21. jar3ar-men, n. [Dan. jordsmon], a sod, turf,
Lat. \aespes, Landn. 293 (in a verse), Eb. (in a verse) ; ganga undir
jar3armen : for the heathen rite of creeping under a sod partially detached
from the earth and letting the blood mix with the mould, see Gisl. 11,
Fbr. 6 new Ed.: as an ordeal, Ld. ch. 18: as a disgrace, similar to the
Ezt.jugttm subire, Nj. 181, Vd. ch. 33.
B. Land, an estate, very freq. in Icel., answering to Norse 60/, Dan.
328
JABDARBRIGD— KAFNA.
gaard; thus, tolf, tuttugu, sextiu, . . . huudra5a jor5, latid of twelve,
twenty, sixty, . . . hundreds value; byggja ]6rb, to lease a farm; bua
a jorS, to live on a farm; leigja j(3r&, to hold land as a tenant (leigu-li6i) ;
gob bu-j6r5, ^oorf land for farming; har6bala-j6r3, barren, bad land;
f\6gs-]utb, land yielding rare produce, eider-down or the hke ; land-jor6,
an inland estate, opp. to sj6var-j6r8, land by the sea side; Benedikt gaf
sira J>ur8i jar&iriit a Skaga hverjar sva heita . . ., Dipl. v. 27. compds :
jardar-, sing, or jar3a-, pi. : jar3ar-brig3, f. reclamation of land,
N. G. L. i. 238, Jb. 190. jarSar-bygging, f. a leasing of land.
jar3ar-eigandi, part, a landowner, GJ)1. 337. jar3ar-eign, f.
possession of land, Pm. 45 : an estate, Dipl. iii. 10, iv. 9. jar3ar-
hef5, f. a holding of land, tenure, Jb. 261. jar3ar-lielmingr, m.
the half of a land or farm, Dipl. iv. 2, v. 24. jar3ar-liundra3, n.
a hundrad (q. v.) in an estate. jar3ar-h.6fn, f. = jar9arhef6, GJjl. 91.
jar3ar-ilag, n. mortgaged land, Dipl- v. 9. jar3ar-kaup or jar3a-
kaup, n. the purchase of land. Dip!, iii. 8. jar3ar-leiga, u, f. rent of
land, G^\, 260. jar3ar -losing, f. the publication of a conveyance of
land, G{)I. 307. jar5ar-mark, n. a landmark, march or boundary
0/ land, Dipl. v. 7. jar3a-inat, n. a survey of land for making a
terrier : jar6amats-b6k, the terrier of an estate : — so also jarSa-mdl-
dagi, a, m. jar3ar-irid.li, a, m. a lease, MS. 346, 167. jar3ar-
megin, n. a certain portion of land; pa skulu ^eir sva halda gar6i upp
sem J)eir hafa j. til, N. G. L. i. 40; halda kirkju-g63s eptir jarOarmagiii,
H. E. i. 459 ; si lei&angr er gorisk af jarSarmagni, GJ)1. 91. jar3ar-
partr, ni. a portion of land, Dipl. iv. 13. jar3ar-ran, f. seizure
(unlawful) of land, GJ)1. 357. jar3ar-reitr, m. a parcel of land,
Jm. 8, Pm. 52. jar3a-skeyting, f. escheatage of land, N. G. L. i. 96.
jarSar-skipti, n. a parcelling of land, GJ)1. 286, 287: mod. jar3a-
skipti, n. \>]. = exchange of lattds, Dipl. i. 12. jar3ar-spell, n.
damage of land, Rd. 274, GJ)1. 311. jar3a-tal, n. a 'land-tale,' a
register of farms. jar3ar-teigr, m. = iar6arreitr, Dipl. iii. 12.
jar3ar-usli, a, m, = jarSarspell. jar3ar-ver3, n. the price of land,
Dipl. v. 17, 22. jar3ar-vigsla, u, f. consecration of land by sprink-
ling holy water, N. G. L. i. 352. jar3ar-J)j6fr, m. a 'land-thief a
law term of a person who removes the mark-stones, N. G. L. i. 44.
JdHFI, a, rji. gravel; hann jos a pa, jcirfa ok moldu, Stj. 529. 2 Sam.
xvi. 13, ' lapides terramque spargens' of the Vulgate r—^rawZ, gravelly
soil ; par var pa, viba. bl^sit ok jorvi, er pa voru hlijir fagrar, Fas. ii. 558 ;
J>orsteinn gc>kk fra at j.orva nokkurum, ^orst. Si6u H. 183 : in local names,
JTorfl (Eb.) in the west, and in the south Klifs-jorfi, also called Klifs-
sandr, Bjarn. (in a verse). J6rva-suii4, n., Hkv. 1. 24 (Bugge), Vidal.,
Skyr. 302.
JOKMUN"-, a prefix in a few old mythical words, implying some-
thing huge, vast, superhuman : [cp. the A. S. eormen- in eormen-cyn,
-grund, -laf -strind, ^\e6^ ; and Hel. irmin- in irmin-got — the great
god, irmin-man = the great man, irmin-sul = a sacred column or idol,
irmin-thiod = mankind, see Schmeller] : — great; the compds. of this
word, which occur in ojd Scandin. poets only, are, Jormun-gandr, m.
the Great Monster, a name of the northern Leviathan, the Midgard Ser-
pent, Vsp. 50, Bragi (Edda i. 254) : Jormund-grund, f. = A.S. eormen-
grund (Beowulf), = /ie earth, Gm. 20: JOrmun-rekr, m. a pr. name,
A. S. Eormenric (the Goth, form would be Airmanariks), Edda, Bragi :
J6rm\m-l)rj6tr, m. the Great Evil One, of a giant, Ilaustl.
jormunr, m. a name of Odin, Edda (Gl.) : name of an ox, id.
jostr, m., gen. jastar, [ister, Ivar Aasen], a kind of willow, Bragi
(Edda) twice.
Josurr, m. a pr. name, IJdl. ; perhaps derived from NoTse jase = a bare,
Ivar Aasen.
j6tuii-byg3r, part, peopled by giants, '^t.
Jatun-heimar, m. pi. Gianls'-land,'Eddi, Haustl.,Vsp., Stor., Saem. 70.
jStun-kTiml, n. the giant-badge, the stai7ip of the giant. Fas. iii. (in a
verse).
jetuij-in63r, m. giant's mood, giant's fury, a kind of berserksgangr,
Vsp. 50 ; fiaerask i j6tunm66, Edda 156, Fms. iii. 194. ; opp. to As-m63r.
JOTTJNN, m., dat. jcitni, pi. ptnar; [this word, so popular in Icel.
and still preserved in the form jutel of the Norse legends, hardly occurs
in Germ, or Saxon, except that A. S. eoten, ent, and entisc occur per-
haps ten or a dozen times, see Grein] : — a giant, VJim. passim, Vsp. 2 ;
jiituns bruSr, a giant's bride, Hdl. 4; jiitna synir, the giants' sons, opp.
to ' sons of men,' VJ)m. 16 ; jcitna vegir, the giants' ways, the mountains,
Hm. 106; jiitna riinar, the giants' mysteries, the mysteries of the world,
Vpm. 42, 43; jiitna gar3ar, the giants' yard or home, Skm. 30; jiitna
mjiiSr, the giant's mead, poetry, see Edda 47, 48 ; jiituns hauss, the giant's
skull = the heaven (cp. VJim. 21), Amor ; jiituns und, the giants' woutid = the
sea, Stor. 2 ; gold is called the speech of giants (orb, munntal jiitna), Lex.
PoiJt. ; Thor is the bane of giants, jiitna-bani, -dolgr. Lex. Poiit. For the
genesis of the Jiitnar sec Edda. Famous giants of whom the Edda
records tales were, Yniir, Hy'mir, Hrungnir, {jjazi, Orvandill, G^mir,
Skrymir, Vaf[)ru8nir, Dofri, see Edda (GI.") : for aprearances of giants in
the Sagas see Nj. ch. 134, Hkr. i. 229, Landn. 84, Fb. i. ch. 453-455.
j6tvin.-uxi, a, m. 'giant-ox,' a kind of beetle, scarabagus,
K
E. (ka) is the tenth letter of the alphabet ; in the common Rmes
was represented by |J (kaun) ; the Anglo-Saxon k was called cean (
ce« = Germ. kien, a pine or fir-tree ; but as this was not a Norse won
the Scandinavians represented it by the Norse word nearest in sound
it, kaun (a boil or scab), which bears witness of the Anglo-Saxon oris
of the old Norse Runic poem.
B. Pronunciation. — The k is sounded hard or aspirate, thepronui
elation varying as that oi g does, see p. 186; it is hard in kaldr, kom
kunna, aspirate in kel, kem, kenna, ki6, kyssa, kaeti, keyri, vekja, etc
the only difference is that k has the same sound, whether initial
medial, kaka, kikir, just as in English: in modern Dai>ish the medial
has been softened into g, e. g. Icel. sok, vaka, lika, Engl, sake, wai
like, are in Danish sounded sag, vaage, lige, whereas Sweden and Nc
way as well as Iceland have kept the old pronunciation. 2. tl
letter k before t and s is sounded as^, thus okt and ogt, J)ykkt andbv(
silks and slfgs are sounded alike ; and so k is now and then misplaced
MSS., e.g. lakt = lagt, heilakt = heilagt. The spelling and other poit
referring to k have already been treated under C, p. 93 ; for qu=ikv s
Gramm. p. xxxvi. (II. i. 6).
O. Changes. — The change of initial kn into hn has been mention
in the introduction to letter H (B. II. i.y), where however ' hnefi' oug
to be struck out of the list : for the changes of nk into kk see the inti
duction to letter N. II. according to Grimm's law, the Teut
answers to the Gr. and Lat. g ; thus Lat. genus, genu, gent-is, Gr. ya
= Icel. kyn, kne, kind, etc.: but in borrowed words no change!
taken place, as in Keisari, kista, kerti, kjallari, = Lat. Caesar, cista,cei
cella ; the words borrowed in that way are very numerous in this lett
but there are some slang or vulgar words, which seem not borrowi
and yet no change has taken place.
kaSall, m., dat. ka6h, [prob. like Engl, cable, borrowed from m
Lat. capulum, caplum. ; the word perhaps denotes twisted ropes, for
clden times the Scandinavians made their cables of walrus skin, sv6r3:
— a cable, esp. as a naut. term, Fms. ii. 279, vii. 82, 283, 0. H. 28, F
ii. 543, Gullf). 8, passim. ,
KAF, n. [akin to kvef, kof, ksefa (q. v.), dropping the f] -.—a phi
into water, a dive, diving; faer hann ^a annat kaf at i>6ru, o«* fl
after another, Fb. ii. 215; a kaf and i kaf, into water, tinder wat.
hlaupa a kaf. to plunge into water, dive, Fs. 48, Eg. 1 23, Fms. vi. 3
vii. 224, passim ; sigla skip i kaf, ii. 64 ; fara i kaf, to go under wa.
duck, Bs. i. 355 : as also of land covered with water ox flooded, or v
covered with snow, passim ; falla i kaf, faerask ymsir i kaf, they due
one another, Fb. ii. 2 1 5 ; a kafi and i kafi, under water, diving, swimmi
Bs. i. 355, Eg. 387, Fms. iii. 4, vii. 232, xi. 383, Grag. ii. 399: of sn(
lagu hestarnir a kafi i snjonum sva at draga vard upp. Eg. 546: i
metaph., standa a kafi, to sink deep, so as to be hidden, of a weapoi
a wound; oxin st69 a kafi, Fms. vi. 424; kom annat hornit a kvi5;
sva at jjegar st66 a kafi, Eb. 326 : opp. to these phrases is, koma upp
kafi, to emerge, Stj. 75 : plur. kuf. gasping for breath, Bjarni I43, (a
kof, choked breath.) 2. poiit. the deep; kafs hestr, the hon;'
the deep, a ship, Sighvat ; kaf-sunna, the sun of the deep = gold. U\
a verse). compds : kafa-fjiik, n. a thick fall of snow, Yim. ix. :
Bs. i. 442, Fs. 54. kafa-hri3, f. id., Sturl. i. 212, Fas. ii. IJJ-
kafa, a6, to dive, swim under water, Jb. 403, Eg. 142, Fs. 92, tni^
4, Stj. 75, Fbr. 100 new Ed., Grett. 151, 141 ; kafa upp, to etnerge, \
249, passim : of a ship, to be swamped in a heavy sea, sidan kafaSi ski |
Fas. ii.492 : reflex, to plunge into water, Sks. 116, N.G. L. ii. 284.
kaf^ld, n. a thick fall of snoiv, (req. in mod. usage; mold-k. k
alds-fjuk, n. id.
kaffe, n. coffee ; kaffe-kvern, kaffe-boili, kaffe-ketill, a cojfee-mill, cr-^
cup, coffee-pot; derived from the Fr. cafe through Dan. caffe,Wii
older than the i8th century, for the satirical poem Jjaguarnial ot 1
and Eggert Olafsson (died 1768) mention tea and tobacco, but
coffee, wJiich came into use in Icel. as a popular beverage not eai;
than the end of the iSth century. 1
kaf-fesra, 5, to duck another, Mag. 77.
kaf-for, f. a ducking, J)6r3. 1 1 new Ed.
kaf-hlaSinn, part, deep-laden, of a ship, (3.H. 1 15, Bs. ii. 81.
kaf-hlaiip, n. a deep snow-drif. Eg. 74, Fms. viii. 400, ix. 366, v.
kaf-lileypr, adj. impassable, of snow, Fagrsk. 186.
KAFLI, a, m. [akin to kefli, q. v. ; Swed. bud-kafle'], a piece cui^
esp. a 67^07 fastened to a cable,net,or the like,GJ)1.427,428; me3a.-^
a ' mid-piece^ a sworcTs hilt. 2. metaph., tok at leysa is'. in kc'
the ice began to thaw into jioes,'^6ib.'ii ncv/ Ed. : in mod. usage, Ki'
and me6 kiiflum (adverb.), tioiu and then, ' in bits' H- mod. n/
bit, episode, and the hke; lesa litinn kafla, miakafli, a 'mid-piece.
kafna. Ah, (olJer form kvafna, Sks. 108), to be suffocated, f'' ;
in water, steam, or the like; kafna af sandfoki, Al. 50; siigSu *' '^'''
hef6i kafnat i mannviti, Edda 47 ; k. i stofu-reyk, Grett. 116: of Iji
to be extingfiisljed, Sks, 20S : of a horse, kafna e3r spriaga, Fas. in,
ri
KAFNAN— KALLA.
32^
lan, f. suffocation, Bs. i. 18.
rjoflr, adj. crimson red, of the cheeks.
setja, t, = kaftaera.
steyting, f. a diving, a plunge, GJ)1. i^^j, Mar.
sund, n. a dive, Hkr. iii. 323, v. 1.
sjrndij »• a plunge into deep snow.
syndr, adj. good at diving, Fnis. vii. 120.
Jjjrkkr, adj. tbick,foggy; ve6r kaf{)ykkt ok drifanda, Stiirl. iii. 50.
Q-A, a&, \kaga, Ivar Aascn; cp. Old. Engl, kyl-e (Chaucer) ; Scot.
Germ, kucken; Dan. kige^ : — to bend forward and peep, pry, gaze ;
agar hja gattinni, Fbr. 18, v. I. ; kom lit ma5r ok kagaSi hja dyrruni,
; kaga upp i hiniin, Horn. 89 ; hjartans augum til hans kaga, 90;
u til hans oframliga, NiSrst. 5 ; see kiigla.
ji, a, m. [Engl, cag or Jteg ; Swed. kagge ; mid. Lat. caga, whence
cage: the Dutch and Low Germ, kaag and kag = a ship used in
and canals] : — a keg, cask, Bs. i. 790, freq. : a nickname, Bs.
LA.| u, f. [Engl, cake ; Dan. kage ; Swed. kaka ; Germ, kucbeti] : —
, frcq. in mod. usage.
Ji, a, m. a nickname, Sturl. ; [cp. Germ, kacbel, O.H.G. cbacbala] :
arlbenpot; whence the mod. kakal-ofn, m.,Germ. kacbel-o/en, an
irop. of clay.
ui, a, m. a potter. Germ, kacbler; kakari minn ertii ok skjol
ju8 minn, 623. 30, with reference to Rom. ix. 20, 21 (?).
ca, a8, [Germ, kacben'], to beap up in a mess or lump, e. g. of wet
i& kakka saman blautu heyi ; cp. ktikkr, a lump.
dldi, n. a lump.
Lj-iA, pret. kol, kolu ; pres. kell, mod. kelr ; part, kalinn : [cp.
I' hill, cool; Germ, kilbt]: — to freeze, esp. impers. of limbs to be
dead from frost; ok er sveininn (ace.) tok at kala, Landn.
>k kol hana 1 hel, sbe froze to death, Sd. 143; sva at {)ik
i. 30 ; alia kol J)a um nottina, 78 ; kell mik i hofud,
inik tekr nu at kala, en m^r var heitt fyrir stundu, Fb.
; ; viir bse6i at hann kol mjok ok hungra6i, en veiddi ekki, Bs. i.
0 lauu var kalinn a fotum sva at af leysti sumar taernar, Orkn. 432,
' ' 198; hann kol sem aSra hundtik, Fs. 71 ; ok mun ^ik kala ef
lugi ok litarliga sem ek em vanr, Edda 35 ; dyrit var kalit a
I's. 179; kalit i \i^\, frozen to death, Fxr. 185 ; sveinar tveir,
;;ilnir ok mattdregnir, 42 ; a kne kalinn, Hm. 3; kalinn ok
1 as. iii. 8 ; klae.9a kalna, O. H. L. 22 : — part, kalinn [ = Germ.
field barren from cold or frost. II. naut., of a sail, to
•id; segliQ (ace.) kelr, whence kalreip, q. v.
\ to become cold, Bs. ii. 148: to blow cold, an dvol kaldar
iiiiu, a gust of cold air arose, Bs. ii. 49 ; en J)ar kaldar i mot
-. .c.li, 112.
a I, u, f. a fever with cold fits, an ague : also kdldu-s6tt, f., N. T.
&lbrj6sta3r, part, malignant, cunning.
ail-hamra, aS, to hammer (iron) cold.
aiiliga, adv. coldly, Sks. 230.
ailigr, adj. cold, Sks. 230.
al munnT, m. cold-tnoutb, a nickname, Landn.
" fr, ni. ' cold-neb,' poet, an anchor fluke, Fms. vi. (in a verse).
ii, adj., kold, kalt ; compar. kaldari ; superl. kaldastr ; [from
Ir from ala, galdr from gala, stuldr from stela; Goth, kalds ;
.■ Engl. coW; Dvitcti kolt; Germ, kalt; Swed. kail ; Dan.
iiion to all Teut. languages; cp. La.t. gebi, gelidus]: — cold;
old iron, Fb. ii. 197 ; kalt ve5r, Fms. v. i 78, viii. 306 ; kaldr
44. 7 ; ef ma9r grefr lik a6r kalt er, K. f> K. 26 ; likin voru
i!d, Fms. iv. 170; sva sem kalt st66 af Niflheimi, Edda ; kold
oals, a«Aes, = kalda kol, Fb. i. (in a verse) ; brenna at kiJldum
be burnt to cold ashes, utterly destroyed, Fms. xi. 122,
2. impers., e-m er kalt, one is cold; mer er kalt a hiind-
iin . . ., Orkn. 326 (in a verse); konungi gorSi kalt, the king
i(et cold, Fms. v. 1 78. 3. ace, kaldan as adv. ; blasa
blow cold, Sks. 216: is-kaldr, ice-cold; hel-k., death-cold;
riling cold; li-k., not cold; half-k., half cold; sar-k., sorely
II. metaph. cold, chilling, baneftd, fatal, Lat. dims, in-
Vm skulu honum koma kold ra3 undan hverju rifi, O. H. 132,
V, 30; so in the saying, kold eru opt kvenna-ra5, M/omew's
5 oft-times fatal, Nj. 177, Gisl. 34; kann vera at nokkurum
;ari edr kaldari ra6 Hara'ds konungs en min, Fms. vi. 229;
i, envy, Geisli ; kiild rudd, an evil voice, Akv. 2. 2. sonie-
inslations in the metaph. sense of cold ; kalt hjarta, Greg. 19;
afskiptr, Stj. 195. compds : kalda-hldtr, m. sardonic
Nj. 176; see hlatr. kalda-kol, n. pi. a law phrase, ' cold-
ni kaldakol a jorSu, to make the hearth cold, to desert a farm,
mi the part of a tenant, G\\. 339, Jb. 210, cp. Hwnsa |>. S.
!talda-lj6s, n. cold light, ignis fatuus (?), a nickname, Sturl.
"ir, adj. cunning, Sturl. i. 104, Hkr. iii. 452.
iaSr, part, ^cold-ribbed,' scheming, cunning, VJ)m. 10.
ifadr, part. ' cold-curled,' covered with icicles, Sks. 230.
-i'r';:3i, n. ' cold^words,' sarcasm, Fb. i. ^14, ii. 78.
kalekr, m., Fms. iii. 28, vii. 198, Dipl. ii. 11, Fs. 115, Bs. 1.76;
kalikr, Horn. 139, B. K. 83 ; mod. kaleikr, the chalice, Matth. xxvi.
27, Mark xiv. 23, Luke xxii. 30, I Cor. xi. 24-27, Vidal. passim; sec
kalkr below.
kalendis-dagr, m. [Lat. calendae], the kalends, Stj. 471.
kali, a, m. a cold gush : metaph. coldness, unkindness.
kalk, n. [A. S. cealc; F'ngl. chalk], chalk, (mod.)
kalka, a8, to chalk, lime : kalkaSr, limed, Konr.
KALKR, m. [borrowed from Lat. calix ; A. S. calic and cede; Engl,
chalice; O.H.G. cbelib ; Gtrm. kelk ; Dzn.-Swtd. kalk ; the word came
in with Christianity from the Engl.; for, though it occurs in ancient
poems, none of these can be older than the Danish settlement in Eng-
land : the form kalkr is used in a heathen sense, whereas the later form
kaleikr is used in the ecclesiastical sense only] : — a chalice, cup, goblet,
it occurs in the poems Hy'm. 28, 30, 32, Akv. 30, Rm. 29, Skv. 3. 29;
hrim-kalkr, Ls. 53 ; silfr-k., a silver cup, Hkr. i. 50 ; nu er her kalkr,
er \>n skalt drekka af, eptir Jjat tok hann kalkinn, J)a var enn eptir i
kalkinum, er hann haf&i af drukkit kalkinum, GullJ). 7 ; mi tok hann
kalkinn ok hiind hennar me6, Hkr. i. 50.
kail, n. a call, cry, shouting; op ok kail, Nj. 236; heyra kail mikit,
Fs. 179; me9 hati&ligu kalli, Sks. 748; kail ok eggjan, 0. H. 215;
kail ok lu6ra-^ytr, f)i3r. 324. 2. a calling on ; Eyjolfr heyrir kallit,
ok litr vi6, Fbr. 61 new Ed.; eigi skaltii hcrstask a annan mann i kalli
J)inu, Hom. 16. 3. a call, name ; nefiia jarl enn ilia . . . var {)at kail
haft lengi si5an, Hkr. i. 254 ; J)essi eru at kalli (are by name, are called)
in mestu ref-hvorf, Edda (Ht.) II. eccl. a call, cure of souls,
(cp. Scot. ' call ' of a minister) ; kjol ok kail, Dan. prceste-kald,
mod. 2. a claim; kalla-lauss, adj. free from claim, Fms.
ix. 409.
KAIjXiA, a&, with neg. sufF., pres. kalliga, /ca//«o/, Gkv.3.8 ; kallar-a,
Akv. J7 ; [an A. S. ceallian occurs once in the poem Bymoth, and bilde-
calla in Exodus, but in both instances the word is Danish ; the word
however occurs in O. H. G. Ci&a//cn, mid. H. G. ^a//e, but only in the
sense to talk loud, and it is lost in mod. Germ.]; — to call, cry, tbout ;
hver er sa karl karla er kallar um vaginn ? Hbl. 2 ; kallaSi konungr ok
bad letta af. Eg. 92 ; ^a kollu5u allir ok mael'u, 623. 26 ; bonda-miigrinn
septi ok kallaBi, Fms. i. 21 ; kalla hiitt, Sturl. ii. 203 ; ek em rodd
kallanda i eySimork, (pcuv^i ^oSivtos kv T77 epT]fj.q), 625. 90; kalla kaldri
roddu, Akv. 2 : of the raven's cry, hrafn hatt kalla6i, Bkv. 11 ; hann
kallaSi t)egar, ba3 \>a, eigi fly'ja, Fms. viii. 142 ; {jorir kalla6i lit a skipit,
6. H. 136 ; J)a let hann kalla skip fra skipi, 182 ; })a kalla3i Eriingr ok
het a li3 sitt, id. 2. to call, send for ; si6an let konungr kalla baendr,
ok sag3i at hann vill eiga tal vi5 J)a, O. H. 109 ; gekk hann til hiisjjings
sins ok let J)angat kalla menn Svia-konungs, 45 ; um kveldit kalladi
konungr Aslak, Fms. vii. 161 ; konungr let kalla til sin J)a brae&r. Eg.
73 : eccl., til l)ess er Gu3 kallaOi hann af heiminum, Fms. ix.
383. II. to say, call ; pAi kalla menn at ... , people say that . . ,,
Fms. x. 277 ; SviJ)j66 ena miklu kalla sumir eigi minni en . . ., Hkr. 5 ;
at blotmenn kalla eigi, at..., Fagjsk. 18; en ef lands-drottinn kallar
sva, at . . ., N. G. L. i. 249 ; J)er kallit gu3 ykkarn margar jartegnir gora,
O. H. L. 108 ; kalla ek betra spurt en liviss at vera, Sks. ; sumir menn
kalla at eigi se sakleysi i, J)6tt..., Ld. 64; J)6tt J)eir kalli fe })ctta
me& sfnum fiingum, 76. 2. at kalla, so to say, nominally, not
really ; sattir at kalla, nominally on good terms, Fms. vii. 246 ; ok voru
J)a sattir at kalla, (3. H. 112, GullJ). 66; letu ser lika J)essa tilskipan at
kalla, Isl. ii. 355 ; {>6at menn vaeri skir5ir ok Kristnir at kalla, FJb. 274 ;
Helgi var Kristinn at kalla (Christian by name) ok ^6 blandinn mjtik i
triinni, Fms. i. 251 ; greri yfir at kalla, Fs. 67 ; menn heldusk at kalla, ok
gengu a land, Fb. ii. 73 ; J)6at J)eir hef&i lif at kalla, Stj. 436. 3. to
assert; skal ^essat bi6a, okkalla hann rjiifa saett ay3r, Nj. 102; eru synir
\>in'n heima ? {)at ma kalla, segir hon, Faer. 264. III. with prepp. ;
kalla a, to call on ; hann kalladi a Karla, (3. H. 136 ; Hoskuldr kallar a
hana, farSii hingat til min ! segir hann, Nj. 2 : to call on, invoke, Jjii kallaSi
hann a Gu3 ok hinn helga Olaf konung, 6. H. 242 ; kalladi hann Jia til
fulltings s6r a Bar&, BarS. 16. 1 3 new Ed. : to lay claim to, Snaekollr kalla3i
a bu nokkur J)ar i eyjunum, Fms. ix. 423: — kalla eptir, to protest; en
Kolbeinn kallar eplir ok vill eigi biskups dom, Sturl. ii. 4 : — kalla til e-s,
to lay claim to (til-kail, a claim), to claim, detnand ; })6tti mi sem daelst
mundi til at kalla, Eg. 264, Fms. ix. 327 ; l)essar eignir er hann kalladi
a6r til, x. 414 ; kalladi hon til alls J)ess er adrir attu i niind, Nj. 18 ; hann
kalladi til ijar i hendr {)eim, Ld. 300 : to invoke. Bard. 173 : — kalla aptr,
to recall, revoke, N. G. L. iii. 150, H. E. i. 477. IV. to claim for
oneself; kalla ser ert ; konungr kalladi ser allar Orkneyjar, Fms. i. 201 ;
ok kalladi ser {)a landit allt, vii. 180 ; at jarl kalli ser j)at, Fs. 132 ; ef
menn skil ii, ok kallar annarr ser, en annarr almenning . . ., hann er jcird
J)a kallar ser, GJ)1. 451; kalladi Grinir hersir konungi allan arf hans,
Landn. 213. V. to call, name; kolludu Karl, Rm. 18 ; skal J)ar
kirkju kalla er hann vill, K. |j. K. 42 ; kiillum karl inn skegglausa, Nj.
67 ; Mordr het madr er kalladr var gigja, 1 ; Einarr er J)a var kalladr
Skjaldmeyjar-Einar, Fms. xi.127 ; })essir menn voru kalladir skirdir, bap-
Lti^ed nominally, called Christians, Isl. ii. 399 ; f)6rr sa or kalladr er Asa-
330
KALLAN— KAPP.
{)6rr, Edtla; ok ma J)at kalla hatta-fall, Skalda 210; J)eir taka hann ok
kalla njosnar-mann, Sturl. ii. 247; ef ma&r kallar annan mann trollriSu,
N. G. L. ii. 326. VI. reflex, to call, tell, say of oneself ; kallask
sumir hafa latid fe, (3. H. 58 ; hon tal6i upp harma sina {5a er hoii
kallaSisk hafa fengit af Olafi konuiigi, 191; koiiungr kalla9isk hann
reynt hafa at goQuni dreng, Ld. 60, Geisli 2. 2. recipr., kallask a,
to shout to one another; er okkr ^A alhaegt at kallask a fyrir tiOindum,
Fas. ii. 65, Skalda 210. 3. pass, (rare), to he called; speki hans
kallask soar hans, Eluc. 4; er at rettu nia kallask postuli Nor5manna,
Fms. X. 371 ; fa* <^r kallat, it is said, 656 C. i ; ok visar sva til i stigu
Bjarnar, at ^eir kallaSisk jafnir at ifirottum, Grett. 133, cp. Bjarn. 38, —
peir log&usk ofan eptir iinni, ok voru 'kalla5ir' jafnsterkir menn.
kalian or kSllun, f. a call, vocation, freq. in mod. and eccl. usage.
kallaxi, a, m. a crier, herald, Stj. 604 : as a law term, a kind of
Beadle or town clerk, N. G. L. !. 306, ii. 251.
Kall-bak, n., qs. kaldbak, Cold-back, name of a mountain, whence
Kall-baklingar, m. pL the men ofC, Landn.
kalldyr, m., mod. kalldor, a kind of iron, Merl. 2. 95.
Kall-grani, a, m. Cold-beard, name of a giant, Edda (Gl.)
kall-rani or kald-rani, a, m. a tauttt, sarcasjn. kaldrana-legr,
adj. sarcastic.
kall-sokn, f. a calling to service, H.E. i. 392.
!KAIjIjZ, n. [kaldr 111, taunting, sarcasm, raillery, Bs. i. 793. ''• 93.
{jorst. St. 49, Fms. ii. 268, v. 231, Pass. 30. 7, Stj. 163, 218, Barl. 60:
vituperation, Bs. i. 686. II. [kalla], a claim, Dipl. ii. 13, Karl.
52, Fms. vi. 371. kallz-yr3i, n. pi. gibes, Fms. vi. 194.
kallza, a6, to taunt, mock, Barl. 60, Bs. ii. 37, Stj. 16, 216, Fas. ii.
344: to vituperate, Stj. 254: to molest, Dipl. i. 3, Stj. 199. II.
[kalla], to call on; hvi kallsar f)u eda kallar upp a mik ? Stj. 286: to
claim, demand, hinn kallsa9i \>a faeSsluna at fa, 161.
kal-reip, n. [kala II], a rope attached to a sail, so as to prevent it from
shaking out the wind.
kamarr, m., dat. kamri, [O. H. G. chamara ; Gr. KajjApa ; whence
Engl, chamber, etc.] : — a privy, Eb. 120, Grag. ii. 119, Sturl. ii. 95, loi,
Landn. 247, Fb. iii. 567 (in a verse), J)i6r. 77, Mar.
kamban, n. a nickname, prob. Gaelic, Landn. 47.
kambari, a, m. a comb-maker, N. G. L. ii. 204, iii. 2, lo: a nick-
name, Fb. iii.
kamb-hottr, m. a nickname, Faer. 14.
kamb-ptmgr, m., proncd, kampungr, a 'comb-purse:' in mod.
usage, a letter-bag.
KAMBR,m. [A. S.camb; Engl.comb; O.H.G. champ; Germ, kamm ;
Dan. kam'\ : — a comb, Dipl. iii. 4 ; ladies used to wear costly combs of
walrus-tusk or gold, whence the place in Icel. at which Auda lost her
comb was called Kambsnes; ])au lendu vi9 nes J)at er Au6r tapaSi kambi
sinum; ^at kallaSi hon Kambsnes, Landn. iii ; eigi berr hann kamb 1
hofu9 ser, J)i9r. 127 ; see Worsaae, No. 365. 2. a carding-comb
(ullar-kambr), Grett. 91 A, Fb.i. 212. II. a crest, comb, A\. 171 ;
hreistr-k. (q. v.), hana-k., a cock's crest, cp. Gullin-kambi, Gold crest,
Vsp. 2. a crest, ridge of hills ; malar-kambr, a ridge on the beach,
Hav. 48 (where spelt kampr), Grag. ii. 354; as also bsejar-kambr, the
front wall of a house. III. freq. in local names, Kambr, of
crags rising like a crest, Landn., Finnb. ch. 27.
karab-sta9r, m. a law term, a scar in the head, such as to cause pain
when the hair is combed, N. G. L. i. 68.
kamelet, n. [for. word], camelot or camlet, Karl. 60.
kamell, m. [for. word], a camel, Karl. 502 ; usually lilfaldi, q. v.
kampa, a9, to devour, used of a whiskered wild beast.
kamp-liundr, m. a dog with whiskers, Sturl. i. 139,
kamp-hofSi, a, m. a 'whisker-head,' Fagrsk. § 174, v. 1. knapp-hof3i,
q.v.
kampi, a, m. a bearded person, Sturl. ii. 50 (Bs. ii. 109) : as a nick-
name, Sturl. iii. 185, Fs.
KAMPR and kanpr, m. a beard, moustache; stutt skegg ok snoggvan
kamp, Sks. 288 ; skegg heitir bar5, griin e8a kampar, Edda 210; hendi
drap a kampa, H9m. 2 1 ; hann haf9i biti5 a kampinum, Nj. 209 ; hciggva
kampa ok skegg, K. {>. K. ; hann (the idol) hafSi kanpa af silfri, Fmst x.
386; af konpunum, langa kanpa, har ok kanpar, 6. H. 229; efri ok
ne&ri kampr. Fas. ii. 253 ; {)vi nsest hvetr hann that (the spear) sva ])at
st6& a kanpi, i. e. till it was as keen as a rasor, Krok. 49 : the whiskers
of a seal, cat, and lion, Fb. i. 462 (of a seal). kamp-loSinn, adj. with
long whiskers, of a lion. kampa-si9r, adj. long-bearded, SkiSa R. 90,
{>ryml. 41. II. a crest or front waZ/ = kambr; var Aron liti
hjd duronum, ok st66 vi6 kanpinn er hlaSinn var af vegginum, Bs. i.
544 (Sturl. ii. 86): mod. baejar-kampr, id.; malar-k.
kangin-yT3i, n. p\. jeering words, Hbl. 12.
KANK, n. (kank-yr6i), gibes, as also kankast, dep. to jeer, gibe
(mod. conversational), akin to kanginyr8i.
kank-viss, Adj. jeering, gibing.
KANWA, u, f., gen. kanna, Snot 172, [A. S. canne; Engl, can;
O.H.G. cbanna; Geim.kanne; Da.n.kande; (lom Lat. cantbarusl : — a.
'can, tankard, jug; vin var i kunnu, Rm. 29, Stj. 207, Fms. vfif.'^i
(v. 1.), Dipl. iii. 4; konnu-brot, Pm. 137, Dipl. iii. 4; kiinnu-stoU,
can-stand, Pm. 1 13 : a measure, Rett., D. N.
kanna, u, f. a mark on cattle ; oxi er hans k. vseri a, Fs. 173 ; allt b
sem Jieirra kanna leikr er a, D. N. i. 80, 91, iii. 144 ; see eiukanna ai
einkunn.
KANNA, a6, [kenna = /o know, but kanna = /o enquire'] : — to searc,
kanna land, of an explorer, to explore a land; J)eir k6nnu9u landit fy
austan ana, um varit kanna6i hann austr landit. Eg. 100, Landn. p;
f im ; J)3'kkir ma3r vi3 Jjat faviss ver9a ef hann kanaar ekki vi9arr en fc
fsland, Landn. 310; fara vi8a um heim at kanna helga sta3i, Fn
i. 276; kanna heim allan, to travel through all the world, Edda: t
phrase, kanna (jkunna stigu, to ' try unknown ways,' to travel where 0
has never been before; kanna n'kra, annara, manna siSu, i.e. to trax
abroad, Ld. 164, Fms. i. 276; kanna lib, to review, muster troops,:
478, Hkr. i. 23, 30 ; kanna val, to search the field for slain, Nj. ^
Fms. i. 182. II. with prep. ; kanna e-t af, to find out, make 01
konungr spurSi tJlf hvat hann kannadi af um si9fer5i Eindrida, Fms.
193; spur9i, hvat hann kanna6i afum Riignvald, iv. 193; {)at kanna
ek af, at sa herr myndi kallaSr vera Jomsvikingar, xi. 119 ; ferr Bran
biskup norSr a Vollu, ok kannar J)at af, at . . ., Bs. i. 450. II
reflex., kannask vi9 e-t, to recognise, know again, recollect; kannaSi
hon vi9 hann ok kynferSi hans, Hkr. ii. 1 29 ; Sigar6r kanna9isk J)i \
sett hans, Fms. i. 79, Jjorst. Si6u H. 169 ; \>a, kanna6isk hann vi8
mselti, nafnfraegir eru5 ^er feSgar, Nj. I2t; ; Jjorolfr hitti J)ar mai
fraendr sina J^a er hann haf9i eigi aSr v;9 kannask, whose acjnainlai
be had no! made before, Eg. 30 ; kannask ]>u, margir vi9 ef heyra vi
nefni mitt, Finnb. 338 ; sog9u '[lessir menn 611 sonn merki til hvar j)
h6f5u barninu komit, sva at hinir J)raelarnir konnu9usk vi9 er svein:
hcifSu fundit, Fms. i. 113; hefi ek her gull er hann kva9 y9r mundu
kannask, Fs. 9 : to recognise as one's own, kannask vi9 skot, fe, sai
Grag. ii. 312, 352, 374 ; me9 {)vi at engi kannask vi9 svein {)enna, Fi
i. 294 : to remember, voru J)ar Jieir menn er vi9 k6nnu9usk, at Hallfr
haf3i til g69a vi9 gort, ii. 55. 2. recipr., kannask vi9, to rtcog!\
one another, make one another's acquaintance ; hafi fieir ^a vi6 kanna j
Grag. i. 224; si9an konnu9usk ^au vi9, theti they knezv one anolh
Fms. i. 186; konnu9usk menn hugi vi9, Fs. 1 1 ; fell mart a8r !
kanna9isk vi9, O. H. il6; ok eptir {)etta J)a kannask t)eir vi5r
ollu, Bs. i. 228.
kanna3r, k6nnu3r, m. an explorer. Lex. Poet. ; land-k., q. v.
kann-ske, adv. [Dan. kanske], may be! (mod.)
kanoki and kanuki, a, m. [mid. Lat. canonicits; Dan. kanik; Eij
canofi] : — a canon of a church, Fms. viii. 376, ix. 532, Bs., H.E., E|
passim ; kanoka klar.str, setr, lifna9r, vigsla, biiningr, a canon's chis '
seat, order, ordination, dress, Ann. 1295, Bs. passim.
kansellera, a9, [for. word], to ca?icel; k. hendr sinar, Stj. 229.
Kantara-borg, f. (-byrgi), [A. S. Cantuarbyrig], Canterbury, B-.
kantari, a, m. in kantara-kdpa, u, f. [eccl. Lat. cantare], a bi^i:
gown, Fms. viii. 197, Hkr. ii. 175 : a priest's gown. Am. 95, Bs. i. ,'
847. kantara-sloppr, m. id., Bs. i. 324, v.l.
kanzellari, kanselleri, a, m., kanceller, m. [mid. Lat. canct
rius], a chancellor, Ann., Bs., Fms. ix, x, Thom.
kapalin, m. (mod. kapellan), [mid. Lat. capellanus], a cbnjl
Landn. 172, Fms. vii. 311, Bs. passim.
KAPALL, m., pi. kaplar, [Lat. caballus; whence Yx. chevd]:
nag, hack, in mod. usage also a mare ; naut ok kapla, Rd. 2S4, Pii.
J)rju hundra9 i koplum, Vm. 32 ; lif9i engi kvik kind eptir noma o'^
kona ok kapall, D. I. i. 246 ; lestfaran kapal jtirna9an ok alfsran, !l
ii. 505 ; kapal-lan, lending a k., id. kapal-hestr, m. and kaj
h.ross, n. = kapall. Eg. 730, Fms. ii. 231. II. in mod. us
a truss of hay ; fimtan kaplar \viys, five trusses, of a known wcig..
bulk.
kapella, u, f. [for. word], a chapel, K. A. 36, Symb. 31, Bs. 1. '
H. E. i. 241, Fms. x. 153, Hkr. ii. 390, iii. 69. kapellu-prestr, m.
priest of a chapel, H. E. i. 477, Stat. 247, 266, 307: a chaplain, Bs. l.py
kapituli, a, m. [Lat. capitulum], eccl. a chapter. Mar., Dipl. iii. 51
chapter of a book, Grag. i. clxviii : freq. in mod. usage, kapitula-sk
a new chapter.
KAPP, n. [a word common to all Tent, languages; A. S. camp; O.I'
champh; Germ, kampf; Swed. and Dan. kamp; in the Icel. the ;
assimilated; and in Danish also kap]: — contest, zeal, eagerness, em
but throughout with the notion of contest, which is the old St-
even in early Germ, kamph is still duellum, whence it came to n
bellum: deila kappi vi9 e-n, to contend, contest with one; megu vt r
deila kappi vi9 Hrafnkel, Hrafn. 10 ; {)ungt get ek at deila kappi
Hrafnkel um mala-ferli, 1 1 ; er hann deildi kappi vi9 Jjorgrim go
f)6rness-J)ingi ok vi9 sonu hans, Isl. ii. 215; deila kappi vift konu
Fagrsk. 10; mikit er upp tekit, ef \>u vill kappi deila vi9 '^l^' V.
konung ok vi9 Kmit, 0. H. 33 ; ok .xtla \ier aldri si9an at deila k '
vi9 oss brse9r, Fs. 57, cp. deila I.4: brjota kapp vi9 e-n, to wage
against; hsefir J)at ekki konungdomi ySrum at brjota kappvidKvr
KAPPSFULLR— KARLSUNGI.
331
, Fagrsk. lo, Fms. vii. 45 (in a verse): at halda til kapps ok
vid {)!! hof3ingjaiia, Fb. ii. 46 ; sog5u honum J)at belr sama, at
la cigi til kapps vi6 J)a Hofs-menn, Fs. 35 : kosta kapps um e-t, to
2. a race; in the phrase, bad hann renna i kopp vi6
n a race with) Jjjalfa, Edda 31; at vit at kiippum kenndar vorum,
wire noted for our matches, Gs. 14; ekki dyr er Jiat, at renna mxtti
opp vi& hann, Karl. 514, cp. Dan. lobe oiiikaps rned en = to run a
II. eagerness, vehemence; er konungi mikit kapp 4 J)vi,
16; eigi veit ek hvar kapp Jjitt er nii komit, Ld. 166; hann Isctr
mann |)ora at maela vi3 sik nema Jjat eilt or hann vill vera liita,
hefir hann J)ar vi5 allt kapp, (5. H. 68 ; maeltu ^a suniir at honiini
li kapp i kinn, Sturl. iii. 232 ; at J)at vaeri konungi vegsemd en eigi
r kapps sakir vi6 hann, Eg. 44 ; honum gorQisk sva mikit kapp a
;i veiSi, at hann skreiS Jjar eptir allan dag, (3. H. 85 ; kapps lystr,
sr, Hornklofi ; logSu J)eir a J)at it mesta kapp hverr betr rei6 e6r
i hesta atti, Hkr. i. 27; Onundr konungr lagSi a t)at kapp mikit
kostnaS, at ry3ja markir ok byggja eptir ru6in, 44 ; me6 kappi ok
nd, D. N. i. 3 ; berjask af miklu kappi, pibr. 326 ; gangask {jaer
inar fylkingar at m6ti me5 miklu kappi, 328 ; verja me6 kappi,
720; t)essi istlan er meir af kappi en forsja, 0. H. 32 ; var sii veizla
me8 enu mesta kappi, 31 ; hon gekk at me6 iJllu kappi at veita (3lafi
ungi, 51 ; meir s.xkir J)u Jjetta n\eb fjar-agirnd ok kappi (obstinacy)
X en vi& g66vild ok drengskap, Nj. 15. III. gen. kapps,
kapps-vel, mighty well, Bjarn. (in a verse), Fms. vii. 45 (in a
e) ; kapps-au3igr, mighty wealthy, Merl. 1.9; kapps-har, mighty high
Dan. hjephqj). Lex. Poet. ; kona kapps galig, a very gentle woman,
. 6; or even singly. compds : kapps-fullr, adj./?J/ of energy,
rous, impetuous, Lv. 32 ; har9r ok k., Bjarn. 48, Sks. 649.
p8-madr, m. a man of energy. Eg. 9 : headstrong, 710.
pp-alinn, part, well fed, of a horse kept in a stall.
|)p-dregit, n. part, hard to pull, difficult, Nj. 100, v. 1.
pp-drykkja, u, f. a drinMng-tnatc'h, 0. H. 151.
pp-drsegt, adj. hard to p?dl ; var& {jeim k. i leiknum, it was a hard
U-st, Bs. i. 620 ; kva5 J)eim |)etta mundu k., it would be a hard task,
".00.
l;)p-fuss, adj. = kappgjarn. Lex. Poet,
lop-girni, f. energy ; hreysti ok k., Fbr. 116, Fas. i. 119.
l;)p-gjarn, ad], ftdl of energy and zeal, Fms. vi. 105.
1 ip-g65r, adj. very good, Merl. 2. 79.
'PI, a, m. [a Teut. word, noticed by Plutarch, Marius ch. Ii —
! uvona^ovffi repfjavoi roiis XTjaras ; see also kapp] : — a hero,
/I, man of valour ; konungr sa er kappi J)ykkir, Hkm. 14 ; olusk
,1 aeztir kappar, Hdl. 17 ; atti a6r kappi. Am. 98 ; {)a bjo Arnorr
ihliS, kappi mikill, ... ok ma af J)vi marka hverr k. hann var, Lv.
;i bu6 a fjorkell hakr, kappi mikill (cp. Germ, haudegen), Nj.
u i Reykjadal kappar miklir? 32; gislinn var kappi mikill, ok
agbrandi a pataldr, Bs. i. 9 ; hverjir berjask skulu mtjti Jjessum
1 af J)eirra li6i, Fms. xi. 1 26. 2. in a special sense, an elect
a, answering to the knight of the Middle Ages ; J)essir kappar
c6 Haraldi konungi. Fas. i. 379; \ivi var Bjorn si&an Kappi
. Bjarn. 1 1 ; Hrolf Kraka ok Kappa bans, Fb. ii. 1 36 ; me6 honum
. g) ok bans Koppum, Fas. i. 35 : Kappar konungs, 69; Hrolfr
: ok allir bans Kappar ok stormenni, 76, 79, 91, 95, loi, 102,
S ; Hrolfr konungr by'sk mi til fer9ar me6 hundraS manna, ok
j'par bans tijlf ok berserkir tolf, 77 ; iipp upp, allir Kappar ! 100,
S. ch. 8, 9 (Fas. i. 379-385); kappa-li6, a troop of champions,
S Grett. 84 ; kappa-tala, a tale or roll of champions, Fms. iii.
ippa-val, choice of champions, ii. 315. II. even as a nick-
L some choice champions ; Bjorn Brei3vikinga-kappi, Eb. ; Bjorn
-kappi, Bjarn.; Vebjorn Sygna-kappi, Landn. ; Hildibrandr Hiina-
Asmundr Kappa-bani, a slayer of champions, Fas.
pi, a, m. the band at the back of a bound book.
p-kosta, a6, to strive, endeavour, Bar6. 1 76.
p-leikr, m. a fighting-match, Rom. 2 69 = Lat. certamen.
p-mella, u, f. a loop.
ip-mseli, n. a dispute, Isl. ii. 236, Fms. i. II, x. 312, Fb. ii. 271.
p-nogr, adj. plentifd, Sturl. iii. 88.
'P-or8r, adj. wrangling, Flov. 44.
i-roSr, m. a rowing-match, Fms. x. 312.
-samliga, adv. impetuously, with energy, Fms. x. 356, Sks. 572 ;
abundantly, gefa k. mat, Isl. ii. 337, Fb. i. 374; griSungr k.
kappalinn), Hkr. i. 37.
-samligr, adj. impetuous, vehement: k. rei6i, Sks. 227: rich,
\eizla fiigr ok kappsamlig, Fms. vi. 182.
samr, ad], pushing, eager, impetuous, O. H. 27, Nj. 51 ; h6f6-
:<ill, manna kappsamastr, I47; k. ok rei5inn, Eg. 187; k. ok
uO.H.L.35.
ijj-semd, f. = kappsemi, Eg. 257.
p-semi, f. energy, headstrong character; k. ok froeknleikr, Bret.
3r. 207.
P-sigling, f. a sailing-matcb, Fms. x. 278, xi. 360.
kapp-svinnr, adj. very noble, Am. 74.
kapp-osrinn, adj. more than sufficient, abundant; k. Ii5, Bjarn, 71.
kaprun, n. [for. word], a kind of cowl or cap, Jb. 187, Slurl. ii. 145,
iii. 306, B. K. 98, Stat. 299, D.N. passim.
kar or karr, n. the mucus or slime on new-born calves and lambs :
metaph., kar er 4 kampi vorum, kystu mxr ef J)U lystir, a ditty in a
ghost story.
KABA, a&, to clean off the kar, as ewes and cows do by licking
their young, II. metaph. tofiniib off; \-\h er allt okarrad, 'tis all
utdicked into shape, in a rough state ; or, ^ab er ekki nema hdlf-karad,
it is but half finished.
karar-, see kiir.
karbunkli, a, m. [for. word], a carbuncle, Flov.
kardinali, a, m. [for. word], a cardinal, Ann., Bs., Fms. vii, x.
karfa, u, f., or k6rf, f., [Lat. corbis\ a basket; akin to kerfi (q. v.), a
bunch, a mod. word, the old being vand-laupr.
karfasta, u, f. = karina, Sturl.
KAKFI, a, m. [Byzant. Gr. K&pa^os; mid. Lat. carabus; Russ.
korabQ : — a kind of galley, or swift-going ship, with six, twelve, or
sixteen rowers on each side, esp. used on lakes or inlets, Grett. 95,
97 ; k. fimtan-sessa, (3. H. 42, 62 (to be used on the lake Mjors); l)eir
hofSu karfa ^ann er reru a borS tolf menn e5r sextan. Eg. 171 ; Rijgn-
valdr konungs son atti karfa einn, rem sex (sextan?) menn a bor&, 371,
386; karfar J)eir sem til landvarnar eru skipa6ir, R6tt. 42, Fms. ix. 408,
Fb. i. 194; siSan tok hann karfa nokkurn ok I6t draga ut um eyjarnar
Jiverar, Fms. viii. 377, 424 ; eikju-karfi, q. v. ; they were long, narrow,
and light so as to be easily carried over land, valtr karfi, a crank, unsteady
karfi, Sighvat; whence the phrase, karfa-fotr, of reeling, tottering steps,
6.R. 72.
karfi, a, m. [Engl, carp ; O. H. G. charpbo ; Germ, karpfe"}, a kind of
^sh, a carp, Edda (Gl.) : so in the phrase, rauSr sem karfi, red as a k..
Flor. 71 ; karfa -rj68r, blushing like a goldfish.
karfi, a, m., botan. cumin, freq. in Norway, Ivar Aasen, but in Icel.
this old word appears to be lost.
kargr, adj. [mid. H. G. karc ; Germ, karg ; Dan. karrigl, lazy, stub-
born, as an ass ; hann er svo kargr, heillin min, hann nennir ekki neitt
a9 gera, latum vi9 strakinn stiidiera, Grond.
kar-koli, a, m. a kind offish, a sole.
KARL, m. [a word common to all Teut. languages, although not
recorded in Ulf. ; A. S. carl,' ceorl ; Engl, carle, churl; Germ, kerl,
etc.] : — a man, opp. to a woman ; brig5r er karla hugr konum, Hm. 90 ;
kostum drepr kvenna karla ofriki. Am. 69; often in allit. phrases, karla
ok konur, konur ok karlar, etc.; bae9i karlar ok konur, Fms. i. 14, Eb.
276, 298; kvenna ok karla, Edda 21; drapu J)eir menn alia, unga ok
gamla, konur sem karla, Fms. ii. 134, viii. 432 ; er J)at ekki karla at
annask um matreiSu, Nj. 48 ; taldi hon afleiSis {joka kurteisi karlanna,
er J)a skyldi heita ver6a fyrir J)eim sem ohraustum konum, Bs. i. 340 ;
karlar tolf vetra gamlir e6a ellri eru log-segendr e6a Icig-sjaendr, Grag.
ii, 31 ; yngri menn en sextan vetra gamlir karlar, e9a konur yngri en
tuttugu, K. J). K. ; samborin systir, badi til karls ok konu, a sister on the
father's and mother s side, D.N. ii. 528; spurSi hvat konu var6a9i ef
hon vaeri i br6kum jafnan sva sem karlar, Ld. 136; sva er niaelt um
karla ef ^eir klae9ask kvenna klae9na9i, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 204. compds :
karla-folk, n. male folk ; brenndu hann inni ok allt karla-folk en konur
gengu lit, Dropl. 4. karla-fot, n. pi. men's attire, Bs. i. 653, Sturl. i.
65, Ld. 276, V. 1. karla-si3r, m. habits of men, Grag. i. 338, karla-
skdli, a, m. a room for men, Dipl. v. 18. karla- vegr, m. the male
side, side where the men sit, the right hand in a church, etc., i. e. opp.
to kvenna vegr, D.N. iv. 283, karls-efni, n. a nickname, one who
promises to be a doughty man, Landn. karls-ungi, a, m. a nick-
name, Sturl. iii. 258.
B. In a political sense, the common folk, opp. to great folk, see jarl ;
v^r karla' born ok kerlinga, we bairns of carles and carlines, Hkr. i. (in
a verse), opp. to hr69mogr Haralds, the king's son ; J)a9an eru komnar
Karla aettir, Rm. 22; era pat karls aett er at kvernum stendr, Hkv.
2. 2 ; kiillu9u Karl, Rm. 18 ; ek em konungs dottir en eigi karls, /aw a
king's daughter and not a carle's. Fas. i. 225 ; skyldi hon gaeta hjar9ar ok
aldri annat vitask, en hon vxn karls dottir ok kerlingar, 22 (of a king's
daughter in disguise) : in the allit. phrase, fyrir konung ok karl, /or king
and churl, D. N. i. 523, ii. 747, G|)l. 137 ; 90 in the saying, J)at er margt
i karls hiisi sem eigi cr i konungs gar9i, there are many things in the
carle's cottage that are not in the king's palace, Gisl. 79, Fas. iii. 155, Mag.
73 : mod., J)a9 er mart i koti karls sem kongs er ekki i ranni ; so also
in the popular tales, which often begin with the phrase, that there
was a Kongr og drottning i riki sinu og karl og kerling i Gar9s-horni,
and have as a standing incident that the churl's son marries the king's
daughter, Isl. J>j69s. ii, cp. also 0.7.(1853) pref. ; svo byrjar J)essa
sogu at karl bjo ok atti ser kerlingu, Pare, (begin.) ; karl hefir biiit
ok kona o!dru9, Fb. ii. 331 (in a verse) ; karls son, a churl's son, Fms.
ix. 509. karla-SDttir, f. pi. the churls, Rm. II. a house-carle,
servant; hrundu J)eir fram skiitu, ok hlupu J)ar a sex karlar, Nj. 18 ; hon
332
KARLAMAGNUS— KASTA.
hafSi a skipi me3 ser tuttiigu karla frjalsa, Landn. 109, cp. Fb. i. 26^;
hus-karl, bu-karl, salt-karl, q. v. ; Slettu-karlar, Fbr. ; cp. Swed. Dale-
karlar. III. in contempt ; fret-kurl, q. v. ; staf-karl (Norse
siakkar, Dan. stakl^el), a ' staff'-churl,' beggar : in the phrase, karl ok ky'll,
beggar and bag, Nj. 274 ; brag3a-karl, a cunning fellow ; litill karI,>'OM
Hide wretch ! J)u J)or3ir ekki, litill karl, at segja satt til, Fbr. 39 new
Ed.: in mod. usage also in a good sense, g66r karl, a good fellow ; har6r
karl, a hardy carle : as also with the article, karlinn = Germ. der kerl.
C. An old carle, old man, opp. to kerling; svii skal korlum skipta
ok kerlingum, sem oSrum skuldum, N. G. L. i. 51; heyrit per hvat
karlinn maelir, Nj. 143 ; karl inn skegglausi ; {jorbjorn karl, the old carle
Tib., Eb. 1 76 ; Arngeirr karl, Bjarn. 59, 69, 71 ; einn gamall karl, Barl.
74 ; karl afgamall, a decrepit old carle, Eg. (in a verse) ; hann glikir
sik gomlum karli, Stj. 475, passim in old and mod. usage.
Karla-magniis, m. Charlemagne ; Karlamagniis Saga, the History of
Charlemagfie, Jm. 32.
karl-askr, m. a full measure, opp. to kvennaskr, a kind oi half mea-
sure, Jb. 375.
karl-barn, n. a viale child, Stj. 248.
karl-dyrr, 11. pi. the men's door ; in ancient dwellings the wings (skot,
set) were occupied, the one side by the men, the other by the women ;
hence the door leading to the men's side was termed karldyrr, as opp.
to the entry leading to the females' side, Nj. 14, K. f>.K. 9, 14 new Ed.,
Grag. ii. 228.
karl-d;^, n. a male beast, Stj. 71.
karl-erf3, f. a male inheritance, of agnates, N. G.L. i.49.
karl-fatt, n. adj. wanting in males; var k. heima, Sturl. i. 142.
karl-fjoldi, a, m. a multitude of male persons, Sturl. ii. 144.
karl-folk, n. common folTi, Sighvat.
karl-fugl, m. a male bird, Stj. 77, Pr. 409.
karl-fot, n. pi. male attire, Ld. 276, Grag. i. 33S.
karl-gildr, adj., a law term, meaning fidl, complete; thus karlgildr
limagi means, not a ' wza/«''Umagi,' but a ' complete invalid,' one who
can contribute nothing towards his sustenance, e. g. an infant, a sick or
aged person, male or female. The word is a standing term in the old
church deeds, where the donor charged the gift with the support of a
karlgild umagi for ever, D. I. passim. The old Swedish laws present
the same use of the word, e.g. karlgild mark = g'oo(i money, vioney of
fidl value, see Verel. s. v.
karl-li6f3i, a, m. a carved man's head, figure head ; ba5 hann Jjorgeir
reisa Jjar upp as, ok skera a karlhofda a endanum, an effigy ' in con-
tumeliam,' Rd. 305 ; cp. Fs. 56, — JiJkull skar karlshofuS a stilu-endanum
ok reist a riinar ; as also Landn. 4, ch. 4 : name of a ship wSth a man's
head carved on her prow, 0. H.
karlinna, u, f. a woman ; J)ar fyrir skal hiin k. kallask af ]pvl hiin er
af karlmanni tekin. Gen. ii. 23.
karl-kenndr, part, masculitie, Edda 68.
karl-kind, f. the male sex, Stj. 74, 115, 283.
karl-klse3i, n. pi. men's clothing, Grag. i. 338, N. G. L. i. 75.
karl-kona, u, f. false reading for karlmenn, Ld. 136.
karl-kostr, m. a {good) match, of a man, Sturl. i. 207.
karl-kyn, n. the male kind, Stj. 56.
karl-leggr, m. the male lineage, the agnates, GJ)1. 244, passim ; opp.
to kvennleggr.
karl-ligr, adj. masculine, Al. 172.
karl-maSr, m. (spelt karmaOr, N. G. L. i. 50, Eluc. 4), a man, male,
opp. to kvenn-ma6r, a woman; karlmaSr e6a kona, N.G. L. i. 51;
sambiiS milli karlmanns ok konu, Stj. 21 ; karlmaSr ok kona. Eg. 247,
0. H. 152; skal karlmaiin tolf vetra gamlan e9a ellra nefua i dom,
Grag. i. 1 6 ; karlma6r sextan vetra gamall skal ra9a sjalfr heimilis-fangi
sinu, 147 ; hann er karlma&r, J)vi at hann hefir sonu att vi& konu sinni,
190; er hann let eigi aka i skegg scr, at hann vasri sem a6rir karlmenn,
ok ktiUum karl inn skegglausa, 67 ; slikt viti a honum at skapa fyrir J)at
4 sitt hof, sem karlmanni, ef hann hefir hofu5-smatt sva mikla at sjai geir-
vortur bans berar, Ld. 136; skerask i setgeira-brsekr sem karlmenn, id.;
gefa karlmanns-ver8, a fneal for a man, a full meal, D. I. i. 201, Vm.
169. 2. metaph. a man of valour ; styrkr ok fiilatr ok inn hraust-
asti karlmaSr, Nj. 177; sva se ck fara, at fiestum hilar araeOit, -^oat
goQir karlmenn se, Fms. ii. 31 ; ef hann J)orir, ok se hann liragr karU
ma6r, xi. 94 ; ver skyldim ha/a karlmanns hjarta en eigi konu, 389 ; k.
at luuderni, Bs. i. 709. II. in a political sense = karl, a '■ churl-
man,' a churl, coTumoner ; cp. jarl and jarlmadr: this sense is obsolete,
but is represented in the Frank, pr. name Karloman, Latinized Carolus
Magnus, whence Charlemagne, Germ. Karl der Grosse, without regard
to the true etymology.
karlmann-liga, adv. in a manly way, Nj. 144, Fb. ii. 674.
karlmann-ligr, adj.wmscjJme, Th. 23,SkaIdai85. 2. manly, bold,
Fms. vi. 209, Nj. 70, Eg. 322 ; k.kappi, 623. 33 ; k.skap, 36, passim.
karl-monni, n. a stout, valiant man ; hann er mesta k.
karl-mennska, u, f. manhood, valour, Nj. 176, Fs. 4, Fms. vii. 168,
xi. 80, no, passim; karlmennsku hn^h, proxuess, iii. 134.
karl-sift, f. 'carle-sibness,' relationship by the father's side, L^t. agnatio
opp. to kvenn-sift, Grag. ii. 1 76, Fms. i. 220. karlsiftar-maSr, m
an agnate, N. G. L. i. 78.
karl-skop, n. pi. genitalia, Ver. 70, Mar.
kar-ma3r, m. = kararma9r, bedridden.
kar-mannliga, adv. wretchedly, Nj. 229, v.l. (Johnson.)
KARMR, m. [Dan. Jiarm = a frame; vindties-karm, ddr-Iiarm = i
wiudozu-frame, door-frame'] : — a closet ; slaeau-karmr = vestiarium, Hali
fred ; (51-karmr, an ale cask, Landn. (in a verse) ; mjo9-k., a mead cask
Lex. Poet. ; bekk-k., a bench frame, couch = 'LzX. triclinium, id. ; kastala
ok karmar, Fms. iv. 49. 2. a cart, B. K. 20, still used in that sen*
in Dan. and Norse.
karn.(?), a kind of bird, Edda (Gl.)
karnaSr, m. [kor = a bed (?)], concubinage ; kaupa ambatt til karnaSar
Grag. i. 35S.
KAE.P n. bragging ; var minna karp J)itt me5an Hakon konungt
fostri minn, lifi3i, Mork. I,i9 ; synisk mer sem minna se nu karp J)itt held
en inn fyrra daginn, O. H. L. 27.
karpa, a5, to brag, boast.
karp-mdlugr, adj. bragging, Karl. 429.
karp-yroi, n. pi. braggart words, boasts, Flov. 29.
karra, a9, to card wool : — karra kalf, see kara.
KAERI, a, m. in rjup-karri, a male ptarmigan.
karri, a, m. a card, for combing.
karsk-liga, adv. briskly. Fas. iii. 625.
karsk-ligr, adj. brisk, doughty.
KAKSKR, adj., fern. kiJrsk, karskt, proncd. kaskr; [from karii,9
karr, qs. kariskr ; Germ, karsch, a north Germ, word, Grimm's Dicfebj
Hildebrand ; Dan.-Swed. karsk] -.—brisk, bold, Nj. 120, v. 1. : hale, be0
era karskr ma8r sa ex ...,he is not a hale man, i.e. he suffers ma
who . . ., Stor. 4 : freq. in mod. usage.
karta, u, f. a short horn: metaph., J)in krakka karta, thou urchin
Grond.
kart-nagl, m. rt i&aw^na/Z, Nj. 52, Snot 209, passim.
KARTR, m. a cart; karta at gorva, Rm. 19; sa er a9r sat 1 gylti
kerru er mi settr i hervilegan kart, Al. 107 ; fjogr hundrua vagna ol
J)iisund karta, 16(1.
KASA, a5, [kiis], prop, to heap earth cr stones upon, to earth, com
monly used of witches, miscreants, carcases of men or beasts, Grag. ii.lS'
(of an outlaw) ; lik p6r\s var upp rekit ok kasa ^dv hann hja Sij
mundi, Fxr. 177, Fs. 62 ; voru Jieir fa;r6ir lit i hraun ok kasa^ir i ds
t)eim er \,aT var i hrauninu, Eb. 138 ; {)ar heitir Knarrarnes er hann va
kasa9r, Ld. 156; vildu \,ek eigi jar6a hann at kirkju ok kosu8u hau
utan-borgar. Mar. : to bury in snotv, eru {leir kasa5ir i mjoUinni, Fs. 142
Sturl. iii. 215 ; baru siSan at stort grjot ok kasa9u t)a, Stj. 370 : metaph
jKir kasaau ^etta me9 ser, Fms. iv. 284, v. 1. ; kva6usk hhba. mund
vegg i dalinn ok kasa {;ar metorS Gu9mundar, Sturl. i. 155. II* i
mod. usage, to pile in heaps, esp. of the blubber of whales or sharks,. .
kass, m., mod. kassi, a, m. a case, large box, Stj. 253, 357, v.l.; kSBt
kossunum, to take to the heels, run, Fms. viii. 421, v.l.; komi ^t pf
J)eim kassa a mik, you sha?i't lay this box on my back, Gxeti.Hljjl
fishing case, ker ok kassa, D.N. ii. 35; k:issa..iiski, fishing witb C|*(H!
(mod. silunga-kista, laxa-kista), D.N.
kassadr, part, cased, Pm. 103.
kast, n. a cast, throw of a net; eignask Jjeir said alia er kast att
427, Boldt. 53 ; urn kast ef menn hitta i storma, N. G. L. ii. 278 :-
phrase, kom'a i kast vi5 e-n, to come in collision with one (Dan. ko\
kast med en), K]. 260; koma i kast saman via e-n, H.E. 1. 524.
throw of dice, Sturl. ii. 159, 0. H. 90, Sks. 26. 2. b
saman, by heaps, f)ur3. 62 ; at seinustum kostum, at the last m
D.N. ii. 535: metaph., kemr til e-s kasta, one's turn comes.
{jykkja koma til varra kasta, at veita \ih milium yarura, Val
22 [; mi hafa kappar kvedit i bring, kemr til minna kasta, Isl
ii. 7. II. a kind of cloak, a dust cloak; hlogu at honum er
var i kasti morendu, Nj. 179: in mod. usage, a cloak worn by
maids whilst milking.
KASTA, aa, [a Scandin. word; Dan.-Swed. kaste, not fou:
Saxon and Germ., so that Engl, cast must be of Dan. origin] '-—""^
throw, with dat. of the thing {to throw with a thing), but also absol.
Egili kasta 31 J)egar mbr horninu, E. flung the horn away. Eg. zi.^
smala-jnadr kastar hofdinu niar, Nj. 71 ; en er skj^ldr Atla var vinytt
pa, kastaSi hann honum. Eg. ^Q-J ; hann kastar aptr oUu ok viU ckl-
t)iggja, Mar. ; k.asta brynju, HXf. 2. 42 ; kasta akkerum, to cast aiubo>
Eg. 128 ; k. farmi, to throw the cargo overboard, 656 C. 21, Sks 231 i'
kasta verplum, to cast with the dice, Grag. ii. 198; Suamienn tvc
kostuau urn silfr (gambled), Magn. 52S ; hann kastadi, ok koinu u}'
tvau sex, (3. H. 90: to throw, toss, ef griBungr kastar manni, Grag.:
122 ; k. e-m inn, to cast into prison, Fms. ix. 245. H- ^'
prepp. ; kasta um hesti, to turn a horse at fidl gallop; ven ^li best pm
goaan um at kasta a hlaupanda skrefi, Sks. 374; Jons-synir kosUiOu i"
hestum sinum, Sturl. ii. 75: metaph., biskupi pi)X.\.i hann hata kasta
f
KASTALI— KAUPANGSMENN.
333
uni til niotstiiJii-nianna kirkjuiinar, that he had turned round to the'
mies of the church, Bs. i. 722; k. um hug sitium, to change one's
d, Stj. 285 : k. til e-s, to cast at one, pelt one, Grag. ii. 7: cf hvarrgi
>tar fyrir aiinan, lay snares for another, G{)1. 426. III. to
t off; kasta trii, to cast off one's faith, be a renegade, Nj. 166, 272 ;
ta Kristiii, to apostatize, Fms. i. 108, vii. 15 1. IV. phrases,
lita.orduin a c-n, to address one. Oik. 37; k. ka!lz-yr6um at e-m, to
low taunts at one, Fms. vi. 194, Fb. i. 214 (at-kast) ; kasta reifli a
Fins. vii. ■228; k. a sik sott, to feign illness, Nj. 14: k. frani
1 Slingi, visu, stokii, to extemporise, cast abroad, a ditty, Fms. ii. 207 ;
ta sinni eign a e-t, to seize upon : k. ni3r, to cast down. Eg. 730 : k.
til, to insinuate, Fb. ii. 148; k. moti e-m, to cast in one's teeth,
173 : kasta upp, to forward, bring forth, Nj. 88. V. impers.,
heing cast, thrown, flung, esp. by wind, waves, etc. ; var3 sva mikill
igangrinn, at logbriiiiduiuim kasta&i upp i borgina, Fms. x. 29 ; er
in fretti at skipinu hafdi kastaS, capsized, Bs. i. 389 ; jjaer siur ok
:ista, er kastaO hafOi or Mi'ispells-heimi, Edda 5 ; kcildum draug
tar upp a biiiika. Skald H. 4. 19 ; kastaSi Jia fram seglinu a akkeris-
linn, Fms. ix. 387 ; menu dasask, skips-farmi kastar, Sks. 231 ; eiida
Iti hviilum e3a vi6i yfir malar-kamb, Grag. ii. 354; J)at id er kastar
md, 388 ; J)a kastar f)egar vindi A eptir J)eim, it blew up to a breeze,
i. 461 ; mi kastar a vindi innan eptir fir6inum, Fms. ii. 72 ; henni
kasta6 skiiini at beini, the skin was as it were throxvn over her
es, of leanness, Bar9. 176. VI. reflex, or recipr., kastask i
ti, to cast against one another, G^l. 426; kastask orQum a, to ex-
nge words. Eg. 547, {jorst. St. 52. 2. pass, to he thrown, Fms.
245, X. 49.
istali, a, m. [from Lat. castelhini], a castle, stronghold, Fms. vii. 94,
, 194, viii. 177, 418, X. 358, Al. 90, Sks. 597, Fas. i. 497, Ver. 10,
1. ii. 42, Fs. 70, Orkn. 344-354 ; kastala hur6, dyr, veggr, vigskorS,
istle door, wall, rampart, Hkr. iii. 312, Orkn. 350, Sks. 416 ; kastala
r, a casde pillar, Fms. viii. 429 ; kastala-kirkja, a castle church, vii.
.; kastala-menn, defenders of a castle, Orkn. 350, Fms. vii. 192,
70. 2. a kind of war engine, Sks. 8. naut., hun-kastali,
4. a dome^shaped hill is in Icel. called kastali ; cp. borg.
,stan-razi, a, m. a nickname, Bs.
{,st-m61, f. coarse gravel.
i.st-vella, u, f. boiling, Bs. ii. 9.
ATI, a, m. a kind of small ship, a ' cat,' Edda (Gl.) ; pa gaf Hor9r
sinu ok kalla9i Katanes, 'pvi at honum })6tti fiar margr kati
ra, Isl. ii. 85 : — ketill (kettle) seems to be a diminutive from this
li. II. local names ; Kata-nes, n. Caithness in Scotland :
■singar, m. pi. the men of Caithness, Orkn. : Katneskr, adj. /row
L /.<riess, Grag. i. 299, Orkn.
tlari, a, m. a kettle-maker, Rett. 59.
itriii, f. a pr. name, Catherine; Katrinar-messa, -saga, Catherine's
s, saga, Pm., Vm.
tt-belgr, m. a cat's skin, GrAg. i. 501.
tt-skinn, n. a cat's skin, Jjorf. Karl. 374 ; kattskinns glofar, cal-skin
es, id.
, u, f. = kau&i, a nickname, Fms. vii. 217.
u3i, a, m. a rascal, Edda (Gl.) ii. 496, freq. in mod. usage.
lUN, n. a sore, of wounds and scabs, Bs. ii. 20 (in a verse), Mar. ;
kauna, Luke xvi. 26 : freq. in mod. usage is the phrase, blasa i
lin, to blow on one's sores, of fingers burnt, sore, or cold, Grond.
= <5 5' oAyee kal x(p' (ipvffT] of Theocr. 19. 3. 2. the Rune P,
ntroduction to letter K.
^UP, n. a bargain ; illt kaup, a bad bargain, Jjorst. St. 54 ; daprt
k:U. a sad bargain, Sighvat ; kropp kaup, Grett. (in a verse) ; gott or
mp, a good bargain ; af-kaup, q. v. ; hon gaf fyrir heklu flekkotta,
:i kaup kalla, she paid a spotted frock for it, this inaking it a
■^i inn, Landn. 319; oil skulu kaup haldask me5 monnum vattlaus,
a fjiigr, Grag. ii. 406 ; kona a at raSa fyrir halfs-eyris kaupi, a
an has a right to make a bargain amounting to half an ounce, i.
: phrases, sla kaupi vi& e-n, and sla kaupi saman, to strike a bargain,
. ii. 80, Fb. ii. 79 ; slyngja kaupi, to strike a bargain, Ld. 96 ; kaup
'Am,huying and selling ; ganga kaupum ok solum, to go into trade ;
kaup vi9 e-n, Fms. vi. 103 ; ver8a at kaupi, to come to a bargain,
'■.)(>; semja kaup, Fb. i. 124; kaupa smam kaupum sem storum, ii.
eiga kaup viS e-n, to exchange, bargain, trade with one, Nj. 157,
'1. II. a stipulation, agreement ; allan averka Jiann cr i kaup
kom, GJ)1. 329 ; ek ma:li til kaupa vi9 J)ik, vill Riitr giirask magr
i^ kaupa dottur J)ina (of marriage, see briiS-kaup), Nj. 3 ; J)a tala
I kaup, ok ver3a a allt sattir, 51; skulu vit koma saman a J)essi
' \>y\ kaupi sem J)a vill ver9a, Fms. vii. 244. III. wages,
igi kann ek kaups at meta, to take pay for a thing, O. H.L. 66;
lups, without pay, gratuitously, f>i9r. 312 ; vera af kaupi, to be
ne's bargain, to have forfeited it, Edda 26; skal hann eigi taka
^ kaup en halfa miirk, Grag. i. 147 ; at ma3r taki tva aura at kaupi,
R6tt. 2.10; hvat kaup viltii hafa fyrir skemtan J)ina ? O. H. L. 66 ;
s^r kaup, Bs. i. 171, Stj. 176; konungr gaf honum mikit kaup,
4<
Fms. X. 320; fara meft kaup si'n, to let oneself for lire. Grig. i. 468;
prests-kaup, a priest's pay for singing mass, Bs. 1. 759 ; hann gait
engum manni kaup, Grett. 109. compds : kaupa-b&lkr, m. a section
of the law referring to trade a?id exchange, Grag., G>1., Jb. kaupa-
br6f, n. a deed of a bargain, D. N. kaupa-j6r8, f. purchased land,
opp. to oaalsjiirft, N.G. L. i. 75. kaupa-kostir, m. pi. terms of a
bargain, Ld. 322, Rd. 260. kaupa-land, n. = kaupajor6. Bs. i. 684,
kaupa-ma3r, m. a hired labourer during haymaking in the summer,
opp. to vinnu-maSr = a servant hired for the whole year, kaupa-mang,
n. barter, Sturl. ii. 125. kaupa-mark, n. a purchased mark, opp. to
one inherited (in cattle), Grag. ii. 307. kaupa-vdttr, m. (and kaups-
vdttr, Grag. ii. 204), a witness to a bargain, Dipl. v. 26. kaupa>
vinna, u, f. working for wages, of mowers. kaups-rsetti, n. id.,
Grag. ii. 272.
KAUPA, kaupir, pret. keypti, part, keypt ; [\J\(. kaupatjan = KoXaipi-
(fiv and kaupon = iTpayfiaTtv(a0ai, Luke xix. 13; A. S. ceapian; Old
Engl, chop ; North. E. coup ; cp. Engl, cheapen, chaffer, couper, chap-man,
etc. (see angr) ; Germ, kar/f en ; Dutch koopen ; Sv/cd.kopa; Dzn.kjijbe;
a word common to all Teut. languages. The derivation from Lat.
caupona is hardly admissible, whereas Grimm's ingenious suggestion
(Diet. iii. 19S) connecting it with Goth, kaupatjan, which Ulf. uses = /o
strike in the face, is strongly borne out by the very form of the Iceh
word ; — since, first, this word, although having au as its root vowel,
follows the 2nd and not the ist weak conjugation; secondly, the vowel
changes in preterite and participle, which is characteristic of a verb
with an inflexive or characteristic 7; thirdly, the / in the preterite (so
far as is known) is never spelt with d orp, — keypti, not keypSi or keypj>i
(see introduction to letter D, C. IIL 2), — which indicates that the / is
here radical and not inflexive. The Icel. wOrd therefore represents in its
tenses both the Gothic words, — kaupan in the present tense, kaupatjan
in the preterite : the bargain was symbolized by ' striking,' hence the
phrase ' to strike ' a bargain, Dutch koopslagen.']
B. To buy ; magran mar kaupa, Hm. 83 ; kaupa fri8, Skm. 19;
opt kaupir ser i litlu lof, Hm. 51 ; vel-keyptr, 107 ; allan Jiann varning
er J)u kaupir ok selr, Sks. 20 ; hann keypti skip til ferSar, Mar. passim ;
keypti Njall land i Ossabae, Nj. 151, Grag. ii. 243; Vill Rutr giirask
magr Jiinn ok kaupa dottur J)ina, Nj. 3 : — the bargain or price in dat.,
skal (iln (dat.) kaupa geymslu a kii, Grag. i. 147, 466 ; kaupa land ver&i,
ii. 243 ; k. sex alnum, i. 466 ; kaupa mey (konu) mundi, {jii er kona
mundi keypt, er mork sex alna aura er goldin at mundi e3r hand-
solu6, e6r meira fe ella, 175; gulli keypta Icztii Gymis dottur, Ls.
42. 2. absol. to make a bargain; {lott ver kaupim eigi, Nj.
49; kaupa kaupi, to bargain; eigi kemr mcr J)at i hug at Snorri
kaupi sinu kaupi betr J)6tt hann gefi J)er mat, Eb. 182 ; k. dyrt, to buy
dearly, metaph.. Pare, Str. 50. II. with prepp. ; kaupa saman,
to bargain, Hkv. Hjorv. 3 ; kaupa a braut, to buy one off; pess V2;ntir
mik, at pii S(5r vel J)essu a braut kaupandi, well worth being bought
off at this price, Fms. xi. 56 : — k. vi6 e-n, to make a bargain, come to
terms with one, Nj. 40, Fb. ii. 75 : — k. um, to barter, exchange ; keypti
hann um liind vi6 Gu6runu Osvifrs-dottur, Eb. 282 ; kaupa klsedutn
(klaeSi um?) vi5 e-n, to exchange clothes with one, Fms. ii. 156; maelt
var at {)au mundi kaupa um lond, Snorri ok GuSriin, Ld. 248 ; drottning
keypti um sonu vi5 ambatt, Fas. ii. 59: — k. e-t at e-m, to buy ofofte;
hann keypti at Jjorgeiri, lb. Ii (ca/^pti MS.); J)at er mitt eyreiidi at
k. at J)er kvikfe, Fms. vi. 103, Ld. 96, Fb. ii. 75. III. reflex.,
rett er at ma5r lati kaupask verk at, hire oneself out, Gnlg. i. 468 :
sva mikit sem mor kaupisk i, as much as I gain by it. Band. 3 1 new Ed, ;
ef ek vissa, at J)at keyptisk i, at . . ., that it would be gained by it, Fms.
V. 138; mikit kaupisk mi i, much is gained, vii. 116; siikt sem m^r
kaupisk i, xi. 285. 2. recipr., Jjar sem menn kaupask saman at
logum, to bargain with one another, G{)1. 477 ; a J)at ur&u vit siittir er
vit keyptumk vi8, Fb. ii. 78 ; J)egar er er kaupisk vi3, Eb. 112 ; o6rum-
tveggja fieim er vi6 hafa keypzk, Gnig. i. 227 : the phrase, komask at
keyptu, topay dearly for, smart for it, Eg. 64, H.iv. 46, Karl. 401. 3.
pass., ekki munu fraendr Grettis ausa lit fe fyrir verk bans ef honum
kaupisk enginn fri5r, Grett. 126 A; sem i J)essi fer& muni mer J)a engi
frami kaupask, St. Odd. 10.
kaup-angr, m. [kaup and vangr, dropping the v, rather than angr,
q. v.] : — a market-place, village, town ; ef ma6r a hiis i kaupangi en bu
i heraSi, Gpl. 93 ; i kaupangi sem 1 herafti, N. G. L. i. 303 ; allt {)at
sem i kaupangri er gort, ^at skal at kaupangrs-rutti skipta, 53 ; J)a skal
hann fara til kaupangrs me6 fot sin, 304. II. it is also freq.
in Scandin. local names denoting old market-towns, Dan. Kjobing, Nykjoh-
ing, Kjoben-havn, Swed. Koping, Norkbping, Engl. Cheap-side, Chifping-
Ongar, Chipping-Norton, etc. : the Norse town Niflaross was specially
called Kaupangr, Fms. ii. 232, iii. 40, iv. 314, 340, v. 104, I17, x. 448,
xii. passim, Isl. ii. 391 : also as a local name in northern Iceland, Lv.,
Rd. 274. COMPDS : Kaupangs-fjall, n. a local name in Norway,
Fms. viii. kaupangs-koniir, f. pi. town-women, the women of
Nldaross, Fms. vi. kaupangrs-l:^flr, m. town-folk, Fms. x. 411.
kaupangs-menn, m. pi. totvn-men, people, Fms. viii. 35. kaupangs-
334.
KAUPANGRSRETTR— KA'RR.
kaupangrs-r^ttr,
znanna-l6g, n. pl. = kaupangrsr6ttr, GJ)!. 263
m. town-law, GJ)1. 264, N.G. L. i. 53.
kaup-bref, n. a deed of purchase, Dipl. v. 16.
kaup-brig5i, n. a breach of contract, {jorst.hv. 40.
kaup-baer, m. = kaupangr, Horn. 118, Fms. iv. 93, vii. I12, 151, Isl.
"• 391-
kaup-drengr, m. = kaupma5r, Fms. vi. 36, Isl. ii. 126.
kaup-dyxr, adj. exorbitant, detnanding a high price, Ld. 176.
kaup-eyrir, m. articles of trade, wares, cargo ; kaupskip ok kaupeyri,
ship and cargo. Eg. 157 ; hann for me& kaupmonnuni vestr til Englands
ok hafSi goSan kaupeyri, Orkn. 204, Fs. 131, Ld. 254 {money) ; af kaup-
eyri ok garOIeigum i kaupsta&, GJ)1. 93 ; fa e-m kaupeyri, Fs. 84. kaup-
esn^is-tiund, f. a tithe or tax on trade, excise, H. E. ii. 98.
kaup-fangj n. a purchase, Nj. 131, v.l.
kaiip-ferS, f. a journey; sigla kaupfer&, Eb. 140; stundum i viking
stundum i kaupfer5um. Eg. 154 ; optliga i kaupfer5um en stundum i
hcrna6i, Fms. i. 185 ; hitt hafSa ek heldr mi asdaS at haetta kaupfer3um,
Nj. 22 ; hann rak kaupfer6ir til ymissa landa, O. H. 50; LoSinn for kaup-
fer6 i Austrveg, Fb. i. 207 ; ^a settisk friSr ok kaupferSir or Jjrandheimi
til Jamtalands, O. H. 142 : metaph. phrases, ok munu J)essir hafa J)vilika
kaupferd sem hinir fyrri ( = fara somu for), Fms. viii. 405 ; ok enginn
ssekir sa at honum, at eigi hefir J)villka kaupferS, J)i6r. 326.
kaup-fox, n. cheating, fraudulent dealing, GJ)1. 496, Jb. 359.
kaup-friSr, m. ' trade-peace,' secttrity for trade, Fms. vi. 7, O.H.L.39.
kaup-for, f. = kaupfer5, esp. in pi. ; fara kaupforum ok afla s6r sva
fjar, Sks. 251 ; er hann raenti mik skipi J)vi er eitt er bezt haft i kaup-
forum, O. H. 215.
kaup-gegn, adj. good at trading, Fb. ii. 138.
kaup-gjald, n. wages, pay, Stj. 182.
kaup-hlutr, m. a bargain. Mar.
kaup-hLiis, n. a shop, Symb. 23.
kaup-hondlan, f.. [Germ, handlung'j, trade, (mod.)
kaupi, a, m. a buyer, Jb. 56, Pr. 1 28 ; baSir, kaupi ok sali, N, G. L. ii.
100 : = kaupunautr, JiiSr. 104.
kaup-lag, n. a tax, price, Grett. 95.
kaup-laust, n. adj. without charge, gratuitously, 656 B. 2, Fs. 92, Fb.
i. 122, Al. 135, Korm. 68 : without bargain, profit, Germ, unverrichteter
sache, Ld. 322, Konr. 38.
kaup-lendingr, adj. a law term, owner of purchased land (opp. to an
allodial owner), N. G. L. i. 247.
kaup-ligr, adj. mercantile, Fms. iii. 159.
kaup-lostr, m. a flaiu in a bargain, N. G. L. i. 75.
kaup-madr, m. [cp. Eng\. chapman; Germ. kaufinann; Dan. hjobmand;
Swed.^6ip?«a«] : — a merchant, traveller; in old times, trade was held in
honour, and a kaupmaSr {merchant) and farma6r {traveller) were almost
synonymous ; young men of rank and fortune used to set out on their travels
which they continued for some years, until at last they settled for life ;
even the kings engaged in trade (see e. g. the pref. to the Hkr., of king
St. Olave and Hall i Haukadale) ; whence in after-times arose the notion of
royal trade monopoly. Numerous passages in the Sagas refer to journeys
taken for trade; kaupma&r ok smi&r mikill, O. H. 5, 214, Nj. 124, Fms.
viii. 234, 303, Isl.ii. 126, Fs. 24, Eb. 140 ; kaupmanna gorfi, a merchant's
attire, Fms. v. 285 ; kaupmanna-log, a league of merchants; kallaSi hann
J)eirra manna au6gastan er verit hof6u i kaupmanna-logum, Ld. 28.
kaup-manga, a3, to bargain, Sturl. i. 171.
kaupmannliga, adv. in a merchant-like manner, Fb. ii. 75.
kaupmannligr, adj. merchant-like, mercantile.
kaup-mdli, a, m. a bargain, contract, Grag. i. 225, Nj. 17, Fms. x.
12, 300, Th. passim ; kaupmala-bref, a deed, Dipl. iii. 4.
kaup-rein, f. a market-place, N. G. L. i. 26.
kaup-rof, n. a breach of bargain, N.G.L. i. 237.
kaup-sattr, adj. agreed to as a bargain, Sturl. iii. 133.
kaup-skapr, m. stores of merchandise, wares, Eg. 41, Fms. i. 185;
haf6i hann me6 ser ha;ns ok seldi |)au me& oSrum kaupskap, Isl. ii. 124 :
—mod. trade, trading.
kaup-skattr, m. = kaup-skapr, H.E. i. 492, ii. 72.
kaup-skil, n. pi. dealings; fara me3 rettum kaupskilum, bargains;
J)eirri eigu er Jia kom i kaupskil {)cirra, D.N. i. 83.
kaup-skip, n. a merchant ship, (3. H. 215, Eg. 81, Nj. 3, Faer. 249,
N. G. L. i. 48, Eb. 49 (v. 1.) new Ed., Fs. 70, 85, 92.
kaup-slaga, a6, [Dutch kopslagen, whence Dan. kjobslaae"], to ' strike
a bargain,' to bargain, Ann. I4I4, Fb. i. 209.
kaup-sta3r, m. a market town, a town, Isl. ii. 232, Eg. 119, 241,
Fms. ii. 27, vi. 440, vii. 235, Faer. 5.
kaup-stefna, u, f. a fair, a market. Eg. 4I, 69, 599, 6. H. 64, 134,
Grag. i. 463, Fms. i. 185, x. 227, Isl. ii. 126, 192, Fs. 100 : a bargain,
6.H. 114.
kaup-sveinn, m. = kaupdrengr, Fms. vi. 238, Fas. iii. 1G5.
kaup-ti3, f. market time or season (July and August).
kaup-tun, n. a ' cheap or chipping town,' market town, Fb. ii. 12 2
t)orp ear k., Stj. 183, 570, O. H.L. 13.
^ kaupu-br6f, n. = kaupbref, D.N.
kaupu-nautr, m. a customer, Fms. iii. 91, Sd. 186, O. H. 114, Fb.i.
209.
kaupungr, m. a nickname, Sturl. iii. 226.
kaup-varningr, m. merchant wares, Dropl. 9.
kaup-viittr, m. a witness to a bargain, Dipl. iv. 4, N. G. L. i. 223,
B.K. 124.
kaup-verzlan, f. trade, (mod.)
kaup-vitni, n. =kaupvattr.
kaup-J)orp, n. = kauptun, Fms. x. 67, v.l.
KAUST, a, m. [kause, Ivar Aasen], a ca/, = kisa, q.v. ; Snorri mxK
vi6 son sinn J)6r5 kausa, scr kottrinn miisina, sees the cat the moused IsL
ii. 309 : — a nickname, Eb.
KA, 9, to harass; enna grimmustu livina er kallza oss ok ka, Barl. 60
reflex., kask i e-u, to meddle in a thing, Str. 24.
kd-beinn, m. a nickname, Fb.
kdf, n. a stirring about : metaph. pretence of work, no real work, jiaj
er ekki nema kaf.
kdfa, a5, to stir ; kafa i heyi, to stir the hay with a rake,
kak, n. bungling ; |)a& er onytt kak.
kdka, a6, [from Engl, qtiack'], to bungle, play the quack; kdka vi8 e-t.
kdklast, a9, dep. to pick up quarrels; {)er mun kostr at kaklast xaa,
komir J)u austr Jiangat, Ski6a R. 61.
KAL, n. [A. S. cawl; Engl, cole; Scot, kale; Germ, kohl; Dan
kaal] : — a cabbage ; mun hann einn aetla at eta allt kal a Englandi ? 6. H
131 ; graen kal, Stj. 61 : kale broth and bacon. Fas. iii. 381 ; c-m felli
ficsk i kal, Bs. i. 717, Fms. x. 348, see flesk : in the saying, ekki e:
sopit kalit J)6 i ausuna se komit, the kale is not supped though it be ii
the ladle, i.e. there is many a slip 'twixt the cup and the lip, Grett. 132 A
er J)at vel at vcr deilim kalit, 168 new Ed. compds : kdl-£rae, n
kale seed. kdl-garSr, m. a kale garden, Bs. i. 765, D. N. kil-
meti, m. kale food. kdl-supa, u, f. kale broth.
kdlf-bser, f. adj. a cow that will bear calves, Grag. i. 501, N. G. L. i. 75
kalf-fuU, adj. with calf, of a cow.
KALFI, a, m. the calf of the leg, Orkn. 12, Eb. 60, Nj. 247, Fas. i
61, ii. 343, 354, N.G.L. i. 339, Bs. i. 229. kalfa-b6t, i. = tbeban[
= knesbut, Jji6r. 86.
KALFR, m. [Goth, kalbo = SafiaXis ; A. S. cealf; Engl, calf; 0. H.G '
chalbd; Gevm. kalb ; Da.n. kalv ; Swcd. kalf^: — a calf; kjrrokkalfi'
Fms. i. 168, vi. 260, 368, Njar6. 374, Gisl. 80, Eb. 316, 318, Fas. ii'
34, Grag. i. 502, N. G. L. i. 25 : the phrase, ala ci6rum j)rael kalfs-eiJ:
to feed a thrall for another man as a calf, i.e. to feed a person who doe 1
nothing but eat, 31 ; hindar-k., a fawn, itr. 3 : a whale-calf. Ill
metaph. of a small island near a large one, eyjar-k. ; Manar-k., tk
Calf of Man, at its southern extremity ; Rastar-kalfr, the Calf of !h
island Rost. p. hvann-kalfr, young angelica, Hervar. (Hb.) Gsp
cp. Gr. n6(Txos • kdlfa-kjot, n. ' calf-flesh,' veal, Stj. 91 : kalfs-belgi
m. a calf's skin, Gisl. 118, Fas. iii. 621 : kalfs-fsetr, m. pi. a calf
legs ; flegnar kalfs faetr, flayed calves feet, of the stockings hangin
about one's legs. III. metaph. a calf, i.e. a silly person, dunce
J)U ert mesti kalfr !
kdlf-skinn, n. a calf-skin; kalfskinns skor, Sturl. iii. 199: the phrase
eigi ^otti hoimm meiri himinn en kalfskinn, sva J)6tti honum koniint
ogurligr, the heaven seemed to him not bigger than a calf-skin {lie k
so dazzled), so frowning seemed the king, Hkr. iii.
kdlf-suga, u, f. the caul of calves, Bjorn; tregar kalfsugur, Hallgr
Snot (1866).
KAM, n. [West Engl. kee?n~scum on cider ; Germ, kahm, kahn,keim
grime, film of dirt. 'k.i.in.-leitT,ad].gri?nyiniheface. kamugr, at!
'kea!7iy,' gritned.
KAPA, u, f. [A. S. cappe; Engl, cape, cope; O. H. G. chappa; Gem j
kappe ; Da.n. kaabe ; also the Romance languages, from the mid. La '
cappa'] : — a cowled cloak, cloak with a hood, Fms. iv. 166, Nj. 143, K.
726, Jb. 187; bla kapa, Gisl. 37; kiipu-ermr, -hottr, -skaut, -grima,
cope's sleeve, hood, lap, Eb. 250, Bs. i. 623, Band. 33 new Ed., Fa
i. 143, ii. 133, Gisl. 37, Hav. 45; lo6-kapa, a furred cloak, Fm
vii. 19; tvibyrS kiipa, Rett. 2. lo; kantara-kapa, q.v.: the phra.M
honum vcrSr ekki kapan lir ^vi klae3iuu, he will never get a cloak '
that cloth = he will fail, be disappointed in that. 2. the cover of
book, (mod.)
kdr-]i6f5a3r, part, curled, pibr. 175, 181.
kdr-hofdi, a, m. one with curled hair, a nickname, Bs.
kdri, a, m., poet, the wind, freq. in mod. usage : a pr. name.
karina, u, f. [through Fr. carane, from Lat. quadragesimal, a fn
of forty days, ordered as a penance in the old eccl. law, H. E. i. 521, 1
189,191. kdrinu-fasta, u, f. = karina, Sturl. ii. 231.
kdrna, a6, [either from the preceding word or rather from Got,
kaurs = heavy, kaureins = heaviiiessi : — to become distressed; heldr to
a6 karna fyrir Arna, Jon Arason. [
KARB., m. [A. S. cerre; Ivar Aasen kaara'], a curl or curls in tbehair
svartr a harslit ok karr i hari bans mikill. Post. 645. 66; rendering ij
in
Ji
+"
'S
%:
Ki^SSA— KENNA.
335
lo'nigro et crispo :' a pr. name, Kdrr, Laudn. ; and as a nickname ■ nn empire, Fms. xi. 329,417. keisara-inna, u, f. [Germ, kaiserin].
m'k&n, Ibin-haired ; guW-kdrr, gold curl ; 6r61u-karr, Landii.
,, u, f. a mess, muddle; allt i einni kussu.
na»t, ad, dep. ; k. upp u e-n, to pick a quarrel with,
na, u, f. merriment, merry pranks.
iga« adv. in an odd, funny manner, Barl. 74-
,igr, adj. cheerful; k. ok med gledi-brag&i, Nj. 118 ; funny, comic,
137 A, Bs. ii. 148; all-k., Grett. 112.
TB, adj. [Dan. kaad], merry, cheerful, in good spirits, of mood,
r, Eg. 44, 483. t'nis- '• 202, vii. 152, 157, 175, ix. 477, O.H. 70;
tr, in excellent humour, 57 ; li-kiitr, downcast.
rinit f- archness, Karl. 123.
rislega, adv. archly, Stj. 16.
lisligr, adj. wily; k. or6, Pr. 166.
rias, adj. arch, wily, Fms. ix. 304.
a, u, f. [Germ, kctte ; Lat. catena; Dan. kjede"], a chain, (mod.)
PJA, older form kvefja, Sks. 1. c. ; pres. kefr, pret. kaf3i, part.
[kaf; mid. H.G. quebe]: — causal, to dip, put under water;
hversu for um sundit me6 okkr, ek matta kefja ^ik ef ek vilda,
m. 119; sem {)at kvefi (kva:fi, new Ed.) reykr e3a mjorkvi, Sks.
t>& kaf&i hon hiifuSit sva at j)ar do hann, Hkr. Yngl. S. ; cr riki
landar ok sjalfan t>ik vill kefja, MS. 4. 26 : the saymg, J)ann mil
cfja er Gu5 vill hefja, Fb. iii. 408. II. impers. to be
led, founder, sink, of a ship ; skipit kaf3i undir J)eim, Eg. 600 ;
iTH skipit undir t)eini ok Ictusk ^ar allir, Hkr. i. 1 15, Mar.; sva
r twtta mikit at vi6 J)vi J)6tti biiit, at kefja mundi skipin undir
Fas. ii. 180. III. reflex, to dip oneself, duck, dive ; J)at
efi J>essa skrimsl, at J)at hefir opt kafsk, Sks. 1 70 ; — to be quenched,
J)vi likast at Ijosit kvefisk J)a i J)eim reyk, 47 new Ed. ; at
X kefjast (old Ed.) 2. part. kafSr, drowned; sumir voru
i kaf&ir, Hom. 147 : metaph. overwhelmed, kaf&r i ahyggjum,
onnum kafinn, overwhelmed with business.
b, to gag a lamb, so as to prevent its sucking ; sag&i at lombunum
•gast um ati3 fyrst er ]pau eru nykefld, Eb. 244. II. to
kefla {)vatt, to mangle linen, freq. in mod. usage ; ' ^ar vartii
laAr kefidi J)va.tt' is prob. the true reading of the corrupt passage
>r kle3i Jjvatt' in Skalda 162 (Thorodd) ; the MS. prob. had kelfii
>i (as the word is sounded), and GOaJ)r, which two words the
iber mistook for klej)i and pea^r.
LI, n. [kafli], a cylinder, stick, piece of wood; alnar long kefii oil
'", Jb. 3 1 7 ; vi&ar-reki fylgir allr nema kefla reki, Vm. 1 30, Grett.
W Ed., Fms. vii. 170, xi. 347, Fs. 137; rista riinar a kcfli, to
*Mnes (magical characters) on a k., Gisl. 67, Eg. 605, Grett., Sd.
I : a gag, Fms. ii. 179. II. a inangle; sva. eru Flosa raS
ri kefli, F.'s plans are a rolling cylinder ( = Gr. ot Se KvXivSpois
iw' d\Ka (pepovrai), the metaphor being probably taken from a
:— laga-kefli, see log.
ti-gagg'ng,Bs.i. 52S.
TOlr, m. a cane, stick, Fms, vii. 193, N. G. L. i. 334.
p, m. = Gerni. kebs-mann, Edda (Gl.)
1, m. a nickname, Sturl.
n. a nickname, Fb. iii.
a, t, to bend backwards. Eg. 397, v. 1. to kneykja ; Flosi keiktist
fa wrestler, = kikna or lykna (q. v.), Fms. iii. 188.
adj. bent backwards, the belly pitting forwards; sva at
lik I gekk heldr keik, Bjarn. (in a verse) ; stendr heldr keikari,
I, Fas. iii. 557 ; k. i hiilsi, Mag.
u, f. a fish, gadus longus, Edda (Gl.) : ref-keila, a female fox.
; m. a wedge (cp. Germ, keil) ; ef ma5r brytr ha af skipi manns
i, N. G. L. i. 325, Edda (Gl.) keili-selgr, keilis-muli, a, m.
Landn. : a cone-formed mountain, a local name in the south
^fta. flavour, taste; bera keim af e-u, to have a taste of; illr
bad flavour, keim-likr, d^A]. of like flavour.
, a8, to pull an angler's line up and down, with dat. ; forgefins
Ikimann, faerinu keipat lengi dags, Jon {>or. : metaph. to fret, be
^)- fretful, fickle, shifty.
t m. a rowlock, Edda (Gl.), Fms. vii. 66, freq. II. =
|q. v.), a canoe, Fb. i. 525, Skald H. 4. 17, 20. keip-nagli,
eip-nef, n. a rowlock thrall, a rower. III. metaph.
of children ; seldu mor hana keipa-stelpu J)ina, Snot 298.
m. a kind of boat, the coble of the north-east coast of Eng-
south-eastern of Scotland, lb. 9.
f. [akin to keikr], a round belly, freq. in mod. usage: a nick-
^rl. iii. 225.
:. to jut o?^/,\keisti fald, perhaps keikti fald, Rm. 26.
, a, m. Caesar, Germ. Kaiser, an emperor,Ver. 40, Hkr. iii. 343,
'•^eisara riki, an empire; keisara garSr, hcill, stoll, vigsla, the
residence, hall, chair, consecration, Ver. 47, Fms. vii. 94, Stj. 1,
3, Fas. i. 323. coMPDs : keisara-domr, m., -dsemi, n.
an empress, Ann., Thorn. 162.
kekkja, u, f. [kiikkr], a nickname. Fas.
kektunar-maflr, m., Nj. 105 ; see klektun.
KELDA, u, f. [mid. H. G. qual and quil; Germ, quelle; Dan. hide ;
Swed. kdlla ; cp. Engl, well. North. E. keld = a ipring\ : — a well, spring ;
krji'ipa at keldu (mod. vatna liJmbum), |>orf. Karl, (in a verse) ; kclda
er ok l)ar user hellinum, ok Jxi konungr ser i, 6. H. 187 ; af sannri lifs
xb sem lifs keldu, Barl. 84 ; i laek Jjann cftr keldu er fell or brunninum,
Bs. i. 462 ; um ker ok keldur, par skal ker vera I gar3i sem eigi cr kelda
til ok vatn i, N.G. L. ii. 248, Sks. 91, Bret. 30; utan garfls ok innan
me9 keldu, D.N. i. 527; at keldunni J)eirri er mitt er i gar3inum, ii.
498, iii. 98 ; keldu-laekr, a stream from a well, Karl. 266 : and so in
Dan. and Swed. local name, Roes-kilde, as also in mod. Dan. and
Swcd. II. specific Icel. a stagnant pit in a swampy ground, Eb.
266, Ld. 204, Lv. 5, Jb. 278, Dipl. ii.i, Fb. i.'23i. compds : keldu-
skitr, m.=myri-skitr, a An//ie.- a nickname, Fms. vii. keldu-sog,
n. the outlet of a k., Dipl. v. 19. keldu-svin, n. a bedge-bog : local
names, Keldur, f. pi., Keldu-h.verfi, n., Landn. ; whence Keld>
h.verflngar, m. pi. the men from K., Grett.
keldottr, adj. miry, marshy.
KELP A, d, to calve, GJ)1. 504, see Pal Vidal. Sky'r. $. v. kelft.
kelfing, f. calving, Gpl. 498.
k61i-, [Swed.ie/; D^n. kjelen, kjele — to fondle; cp. also cin-kili] : — it
occurs only in compds: keli-sjukr, adj. hysterical; fyrir kclisjiikar
koimr, Fsm. 23. k61i-s6tt or k61i-syki, f., Swed. kelenbet = byslerics,
Fel.
kelkinn, adj., in {)ra-kelkinn, obstinate, and J)r4-kelkni, obstinacy.
kelli, kella, see kerli, kerla.
kelpa, u,/f. a trap for otters, Fms. vii. 21 ; see kilpr.
KEMB A, d, [kambr], to comb ; skera har sitt ne k., Eg. 6 ; k. hiifuS,
Vsp. 38, Vtkv. 11; kcmbdr ok J)veginn, Skv. 2. 25; laug skal giira
hveim er li&inn er, hendr {)va ok hofu3, kemba ok J)erra a6r i kistu fari,
Sdm. 34 (Bugge) ; k. sik, Stj. 138; usually k. ser, Karl. 409, Sturl. i.
168, Bs. i. 560 ; megi |)er k. {)eim eigi hagligar tjaldkiilur. Fas. ii. 448 ;
k. haerur, to comb gray hairs, see hxra. II. to card ivool ; kemba
ull, Bret. 32, Stj. 78.
kemba, u, f. a skein of carded wool.
kembir, m. a comber, a nickname, Fb. iii.
kempa, u, f., spelt kenpa : I. [kappi], a cbampion, Dan. kjempe,
\)\hx. 123, Stj. 384, Fms. viii. 158, x. 383, xi. 97, 389, 439. II,
[kampr], plur. kempur, the gunwale of a boat.
keng-boginn, part, crooked.
KENG-B, m. [cp. Shetl. keeng=-a brook; North. E. and Dutch kinJi=i
a creek, fold; mod. Engl, kink or twist in a rope] : — a borsesboe-formed
crook of metal, Safn 67,84, Munk. 103, hur3ar kengr; Vm. 56 (of a bell) :
a bend, bight, en kottrinn beyg&i kenginn, Edda (Ub.) ii. 285 ; be3'gja
sik i keng, to crouch ; |)6 var upp or kryppu kengr, Ski&a R. 8 : a nick-
name, Landn.
kenjar, f. p\. freaks, whims: kenjottr, adj. whimsical.
KENlSrA, d, kennig, Hm. 164; part, kennandisk, Bs. i. 322, H.E. i,
499, Dipl. iv. 8 ; [Goth, kunnan ; A. S. kndwan ; Old Engl, and Scot.
ken; Dan. kjende ; Swed. k'dnna~\ '.—to ken, know, recognise; J)u kennir
konu pa er "heitir Oddny, Fms. vii. 103, Hkv. 2. 12 ; hann kenndi hann
pegar, Nj. 9 ; Flosi kenndi Kara er hann kom i stofuna, 282; hann
kenndi skipit, pvi at hann haf6i pat skip scS fyrr. Eg. 1 20 ; par kenndi
Ingimundr lond pau er honum var til visat, Landn. 175, Sd. 186 ; pottisk
hann kenna sitt mark a visa pessari, Fms. iii. 20 : with infin., peir
kenndu at pat var Eirekr viSsja, Isl. ii. 335 ; cr petta hann Skalla-grimr ?
Grimr sagSi at hann kenndi rett. Eg. 112; kennir pii niikkut til gripa
pessara ! Nj. 75. II. kenna ser e-t, to know as one's own, claim;
kenna ser land, Grag. ii. 204 ; hann a eigi pat er hann kennir ser, 219 ;
Ingimundr kenndi ser fimm vintunnur . . . pii munt kenna per pat er
a6rir menn eigu, Bs. i. 433 ; pvi kenndi hvarr-tveggi s6r nautin, Landn.
47 ; at enginn dirfi sik at kenna ser pat er hann gorir eigi, Al. 88 ; ek
spyrr hverr ser kenni M. M. at pingmanni, Grag. i. 19. III. to
acknowledge as belonging to another, attribute to bim; oil vAr god-
verk eru honum at kenna ok eigna, Stj. 25 ; pa var ok ar um 611 liind,
kenndu Sviar pat Frey, Hkr. i. 16; her er tunglinu kennt embaetti
solarinnar, Skalda 21 1 ; k. e-m barn, to father a child upon one, Bs. i. 807,
K. A. 16 ; var sveinn sa kenndr Joni er |)6rarinn het, Sturl. i. 223 ; p6 at
hann se kenndr nokkurum manni at syni, Grag. ii. 1 13, (kenningar-son, a
natural son) : cp. the phrase, par er enginn kenndr sem hann kemr ekki,
no otie is known where he comes not, i. e. vten bad better keep aloof from
where they have tio business to be. 2. to lay to one's cbarge, impute;
Asbjorn kenndi ser void um pat har3retti, Rd. 249 ; Eva kenndi sina
synd orminum, Stj. 37; ef peim eru engir laga-lestir kenndir, Grag. ii.
4I ; ef meiri eru ra3 kennd um konu-nam peim manni, i. 335 ; ef hann
vaeri sannr verks pessa er honum var kennt, Fms. ii. 73 ; Sigur&r taldi
pat lisatt sem Ingi konungr kenndi peim, vii. 242 ; peir kenndu honum,
at hann hefdi verit at vigi Benteins, 224; kenndi pat hviirr 63rum, at
836
KENNA— KENNISEMI.
ckki holdi bat cr mxlt var, 34S ; J)a5 er m^-r a6 kenm, it is brought ek seva kennig mey ne manns konii, Hm. 164 ; ungr kenndak m^r
home to vie; y8r er Jjat ktnna, Am. 51 : k. e-m uni e-t, to charge one
with a thing; f)orgeirr vildi ekki at braeSrum bans maetti um kenna,
hvat sem i gor&isk, Nj. 252 ; kenndu J)eir J)vi mest um, at Kjartan hafSi
|)Cgit skikkjuna, Fms. x. 295. IV. to linow, perceive, feel, taste,
scent; J)egar hir5in hafdi kennt (tasted) fyrsta rett, Fas. iii. 302; Jseir
kenna sva saetaii ilm at J)eir hof3u aldri fyrr slikan kenndan, Fms. i. 228 ;
kenna fiilt, to perceive afonl smell, Hallfred ; kenna daun, Fms. viii. 230 ;
t)eir brugSu i munn ser ok J)6ttusk ekki jafnsztt kennt hafa, Fb. i. 539 ;
hundarnir roktu sporin, {)viat I)eir kenndu (got scent of ) af hreinstcikunum,
O. H. 153; kenndi djakninn ekki {he felt not) at l)eir laegi a honum,
Bs. i. 464; hon kenndi {she felt pain) i meira lagi, 1)4 er nalgaaisk hati&
|>orIaks biskups, 323. p. kenna ni9r (or ni5ri), to touch the bottom;
en er skipin kenndu ni8r ^a gokk jarl a land, Hkr. i. 206 ; ok er skipit
kenndi n\br, hlupu J)eir fyrir bor6, Grett. 97, Fms. viii. 317, ix. 23 ; sva
var djupt a bae9i bor&, at forkarnir keimdu eigi ni6r, it was so deep that the
boat-hooks did not reach the bottom, Ld. 56 ; {)a er skipit flaut ok eigi kenndi
niSr, 78. y. absoL, ^a, er J)eir komu upp i heiSina, kenndi at bra lit, the
colour was felt to change, i. e. it began to darken, Sturl. iii. 217 C ; ^a,
kenndi {one could scent) or laukinum, Fbr. 215 ; t)4 er ma6r heilundi er
kora (ace. or gen. ?) kennir inn til heila-basta, Grag. ii. 91. 2. with
prepp. ; kenna af (a, at), to perceive, see; pess kennir mi at (af?) at J)er
Jiykkir ek fevani, it is clear that . . ., I see that .. ., Eb. 38 ; kenndi
Jjess mjiik a {it was much to be seen) um marga Upplendinga, at ilia hafSi
llkat aftaka f>6ris, 6. H. 188; J)ess kenna margir af, at J)u ert fraend-
storr, Fb. ii. 270; deyr allt J)at er af kennir {all die that taste or smell
of it), J)eir deyja J)egar er J)eir kenna af, Rb. 352 : — kenna til, to smart,
feel pain, ache, freq. in mod. usage. 3. with gen. to have feeling of,
feel ; kenna mse&i, to be exhausted. Eg. 1 24 ; hjarta manns kennir alls,
Skiilda 169; kenna sottar, to feel sickness; kona kennir ser sottar, of child-
birth, Fs. 26, Fas. ii. 504, Sd. 176 : kenna karlmanns, to 'know' a man,
cohabit with. Mar. ; ek kennda eigi karlmanns, barn at bera, Horn. 30 ;
kenna aflsmunar, lidsmunar, rikismunar, to feel the odds, be overmatched,
Hkr. i. 2S6, Fms. iv. 331, Ld. 38 ; kenna har5inda, Fms. vi. no ; kenna
kulda af e-u, to feel coldfro7>i, Eb. 42 ; k. hita af e-u, Bs. i. 42 ; k. odds,
benja, to feel the point, the wound, Am. 59, 88; vir6isk nier akall J)etta
meir kenna ranglaetis en rettvisi, it is more prompted by overbearing than
by justice, Fb. i. 19 ; hon kenndi J)ess at t)ar st66 or i, ii. 365 ; nu ma vera
at mer kenni heiptar vi6 suma nienn, that I feel hatred against some-
body, Sturl. iii. 333 ; tok J)a at kenna annars litar, it began to grow dark,
171 ; vinviSr var efst J)ar sem holta kenndi, the holts were covered with
vines, fjorf. Karl. 420 ; kenna fse9u, to taste food, Stj. 490, 492 ; but
also k. a fseSu, 453, 517 ; kenna grunns, to touch the bottom, of a ship
or anything afloat, Grag. ii. 353 ; k. endi-skeiSs, Bragi. V. to call,
name ; kenna c-t vi5 e-n, to call after one ; Helgi triidi a Krist, ok kenndi
\)vi vi3 hann biistaS sinn, i. e. called it after CiWs^(Christness), Landn. 207 ;
i J)eim fjorSungi er domrinn er vid kenndr, in the quarter by which fiame
the court is called, Grag. i. 65 ; at helga por allt landnam sitt ok kenna
vi6 hann, Landn. 97 ; k. manu6inn vi6 {)ann mann sem vatnsins gxtir,
Rb. 104; viS ^ann er kennt Gunnars-holt, Nj. 29; Oddbjorn er Odd-
bjarnar-lei5 er vi5 kennd, Eg. 102 ; Fleiri hlupu \>e'\T fyrir berg, J)ar sem
vi9 ^a er kennt siSan, Landn. 36 ; kenna |)a me6 margfjolda atkvae6i,
address them in the plural, Sks. 312; sa var kenndr (nicknamed)
Knarrar-smiBr (5r, 43 ; Nott en Norvi kennda, i. e. Night, the daughter
of Norvi, Aim. 30; hvar eru Hj6rvar6i haugar kenndir, where are the
hows called Hjorward's? Fas. i. 519 (in a verse); Maeringr mdr of
kenndr, my own sword M., Bjarn. (in a verse) ; hlutir er J)u skal varask,
at J)ii verSir eigi vi6 kenndr, Sks. 358, 780 ; kenndr vi3 styr, morQ,
connected with, Korm. 2. in poetry, to call by a periphrasis or
descriptive name ; rett er at kenna (to call) hana (a woman) sva, at kalla
hana selju J)ess er hnn miSlar, Edda ; hvernig skal kenna J)6r ? — Sva
at kalla hann son 03ins ..., how is Tbor to be called? — Thus, call
him the 'son of Odin,' 53: hvernig skal kenna mann? — Hanna skal
k. vi5 verk sin, 67: with prep., kona er kennd vi6 stein, Edda; ok
kenn {)6 hvarn til sinnar iSnar, Fms. vi. 362 ; konu skal k. til alls
kvenn-biinaSar, Edda, etc., see Edda (Skaldskm.) passim ; hence kennd
heiti (compound or circumlocutory names), opp. to okennd heiti (plain
appellatives), Edda 49.
B. In a causal sense, [Goth. kannjan=yv<upi^fiv]: — to teach,
with ace. of the thing, dati of the person, or with Lnfin. of the thing
or absol.; kenna e-m ijprottir, Fms. v. 334; kenna e-m r6tta tru ok
g65a si6u, i. 17; kenn mer engan sann, iii. 85 ; Gunnarr for me3
ciUu sem honum var ra6 til kennt, as he was taught, Nj. 100 ; kenn
J)u ra6it til, Fms. x. 334; kenna e-m at flyja, Hkr. i. 149; ek hefi
kennt ^6r Irsku at niiela, Ld. 72; kenna helgar ritningar, 623. 18;
J)ing-kenna, to proclaim in public, N. G. L. i. 7 ; far sem ek kenni J)er,
as I tell thee, Sd. l8a ; ek em sunr Aka, sva er mer til kennt, so I am
told, Fms. xi. 153. 2. to teach in school; Andresi syni {)eirra 16t
Herra biskup kenna ok vig3i si6an, Bs. i. 716; kenna kenningar, to
preach, 1 40 ; Jja heyrSi hann til er prestlingum var kennd i|)r6tt sii er
grammatica heitir, 163; k. prestlingum, id.; j^jat, kann ek it atjanda er
I was taught otherwise when young, Fms. vi. 401 (in a verse); sli
kennir mer at sofa liti3, Fas. ii. (in a verse). 3. to teach, makei
to do ; kenna e-m falda rauSu, Edda (Ht.) ; kenna e-m bita, Int
gras. Lex. Poijt. ; kenna e-m at drupa, Sighvat ; k. e-m brautir, to sh
one the way, H3m. I2j Hbl. 56; ek mun J)er sttj&na kenna, 6.
to tell; kennit mer nafn konungs, Hkv. Hjorv. 12.
C Reflex, to feel, seem to oneself; J)ar er hann laetr kenmsk i
agaetan ilm, Fms. i. 229; Ulfr kennisk mer (appears to one tobe)\
ma3r, v. 334 : — with prep., kennask vi5, to recognise ; kenndisk hann
fivi {)egar vi6 mennina, Nj. 267, Bret. 48 ; ef engi kennisk viSr, N.G.
i. 345 ; dilkunum Jjeim er eigi kennask aer vi&, Grag. ii. 312 : toconj,
kennask vi3 sannan Gu5, 625. 66 ; J)eir eigu at kennask vi6 sik, at|
hafa vald af Gu9i, G^\. 43 ; at J)eir maetti vi5 kennask sinn Htillf
Edda (pref.) ; ekki kennumk ek vi6 J)etta, segir Hr6i, Fb. ii. 76; nef
Skeggi viSr-kenndisk, at ... , Dipl. ii. 8 ; mi em ek eigi sva heim
maSr, at ek kennumk eigi vi3 at ek hefi talat ilia, Fms. ii. 33; go
var honum J)etta sva, at hann mun lengi kennask, /e^/ it, remember
Edda 30 ; kenndisk sva Kalfr, at, Vm. 48 ; ek kennumst meS be
minu brefi, at . . ., Dipl. v. 5. 2. to feel, taste, touch; mold sy'o
mer, ok sva kennisk (tastes) m^r eigi si&r ostrinn er ek et, Isl. ii. ^1
hon ^reifar um hann,^Bar5i mselti, hve kennisk J)er til, how is it to
touch f 2ii^ ' s'^ks ek mest kennumk. Am. 52. II. recipr. to kn
recognise ofie another; sva var myrkt at J)eir kenndusk eigi, Fms.
50; ef {)eir hof6u her a3r vib kennsk, Grag. ii. 72. III. ps
J)a kenndust (were taught) margar astir, Edda pref. (rare). ]
part, kenndr, vinsaell ok vel kenndr af sinum undirmonnum, Mar.;
kenndr, having ill report, Fs. 49. 2. tipsy ; kenndr af drykk,
172 ; hann er dalitiS kenndr.
kennandi, part, a teacher, Greg., Post., passim : as a law term, a
?iess for recovering and identifying a lost thing ; sa ma3r er kennendr
faera til fjiir sins, hann skal vinna ei8 at ^vi at hann atti fe {)at, Grdj
424 ; J)a a sa, er f6 litti, allt J)at er hann kennir . . ., nema kennendr k
til, N. G. L. ii. 46.
kennanligr, adj. to be felt, tangible. Mar.
kennari, a, m. a teacher, tutor, master, Bs. i. 733> 625. 79, Gre;'.
barna-k., skola-k., passim.
kenni, n. a mark, Germ, hennzeichen ; J)eir morku5u kennum 0
J)etta fe, Bs. i. 748; ein-kenni, q. v.
kenni-domr, m. doctrine, Stj. 2, 671. 22; mod. a body of km
men, the clergy.
kenni -fa3ir, m. a teacher, Stj. 5 : esp. patres ecclesiae; heih
manna ok kennife&ra, Mar. ; kennife9r Kristninnar, 671. 22.
kenni-maSr, m. a teacher, but only used of a cleric or prieit,
to leikmenn (laymen), Rb. 396 ; bisktp ok a8rir kennimenn, Fms. i.
JjriSja hlut (of the tithe) skyldu hafa kennimenn, Bs. i. 68 ; ok sagt
i logrettu af kennimonnum sumarit eptir, lb. 1 7 ; ganga til skrip;..:
kennimann, K. {>. K. 33, Bs. i. (e. g. Arna S.) passim ; kennim
biiningr, -klaeSi, a priest's dress, 655 xiv, Stj. iio; kennimanna ::.
an oecjimenical council, Ann. 485, Mar. ; kennimanna setr, skyld,
a priest's maintenance, residence, Fms. x. 317, Vm. 5, 108, Stj. pa.-
kennimanna kor, the choir, Bs. i. kennimanns-domr, m. prie^ib
Anecd. 12, Th. 52, Fms. viii. 9.
kennimann-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), clerical, 625. 85, Sks. 490:
the air, dignity of a priest, Bs. i. 183.
kennimann-skapr, m. priesthood, 415. i, Sturl. i. 100, Stj. 241,'
301, passim.
kenni-mark, n. a mark ( = kenni). Fas. ii. 300, Sd. 137.
kenni-nafn, n. a surname, Yt. 27. 1
kenning, f. doctrine, teaching, lesson, esp. o{ preaching, Fms. 1. ij*
kenna kenningar, to teach, preach, 625. 24, K. A. 22, Bs. i. 14O, N
Vidal. ; ti6agor6 ok k., passim ; a-kenning, q. v. ; vi3r-k., acknou.
ment. 2. a mark of recognition, Grett. 132 A ; kenningar-orS, u
of admonition, Hkr. iii. 23, Fb. iii. 279; kenningar-ma&r = kennimadr ■
366; kenningar-sveinn, a«a/'/'re«//ce, N.G.L. ii. 204. 11. apo^
periphrasis or descriptive name (see kenna A. V. 2), Edda passini, op '
okennd heili (simple appellatives) ; a kenning is either simple (ke: .
double (tvi-kennt), or triple (rekit). The ancient circumlocutions •
either drawn from mythology, as to call Thor the son of Earth (J:
sunr), and the heaven the skull of Ymir ; or from the thing itself (.' *
kenning), as to call the breast the mind's abode : similar phraseolo, ij
found in all ancient poetry, but in the old northern poets it was ca
farther and was more artificial than in other languages. cov •
kenningar-fadir, m. a father by name, Joseph var k. Jesu, Honi.
kenningar-nafn, n. a surname, Ld. 52, Nj. 22, O. H. 139, l"""- '•
Fbr. 80, Stj. 139, Bs. i. 589, Eluc. 12. kenningar-son, m.fl«i
son (see kenna A. IIL 1 ) ; . Freysteinn var fostri fjorbrands ok k., p
^at var flestra manna segn at hann vaeri bans son, en ambatt var 11
hans, Eb. 156, Fms. xi. 162.
kennir, m. a knoiver. Lex. Poet.
kenni-semi, f. sense, Hom. (St.)
KENNISPEKI— KETILL.
337
i-speki, f. the faculty of recognition, Bs. i. 228, Greg. 26, Fas. ii.
:p. Scot, kenspeckle — ea^y to be recognised, remarkable.
a\, n. pi., in the phrase, bera kennsl a e-t, to recognise, identify,
'2, Fms. xi. 85, Mag. 97. II. a charge made on evidence,
t. i. 72 ; bar konungr {i hciidr baeudum J)essi kennsl, O. H.
r(5ru t)a J)essi k. borin a hendr honum, en hanii synja&i J)verliga
i4 skirslur fyrir, Fms. vii. 186; {)at var kennt Margretu drott-
it hon hefSi raSit mann til at svikja konunginn i drykk, J)ann
oku Birkibeinar ok hofSu J)essi kennsl a honum, en hann setti
li fyrir ok bau6 skirslur. . ., ix. 5. kennsla-mdl, n. cases
mstantial evidence; dular-eiSar ok um kennsla-mal, J)ar sem eigi
egvitni til, G{)1. 199; J)ar at skyldu allir ei6a sverja um kennsla-
Is). ii. 403, — for these cases were disposed of by an oath of
ators or by ordeal.
ilat u, f. teaching (kenning is properly preaching, kennsla teach-
lipl. V. 3, Sturl. i. 126, iii. 242, Bs. i. 431, 846, passim ; barna-k.,
children ; skola-k., school-teaching. compds : kennslu-
pl. wages for teaching. kennslu-piltr, m. a school-boy,
l)a. II. = kensl (II), N. G. L. i. 410.
L u, f. a champion ; see kenipa.
'A, t, [kapp], to contend, strive hard. Am. 54, 61 ; keppa um
214, Grag. i. 410 ; ef tveir menn keppa um einn hlut,
150; keppa vi& e-n, to contend with one, Nj. 29, Hkr. iii.
II. reflex, to contest; Jxi kepptusk J)eir sva mjok, at Jjeir
rdnser, at Jjeir brutusk ararnar fyrir, Fms. viii. 216 ; kepptusk J)au
ta menn, vildi hvartveggja til sin hafa, i. 100; keppask
'} strive after a thing ; sva at hann keppisk til smarra hluta ok
gi, 0. H. 8 7 ; eigi kepptumk ek til konungdomsins, Fms. viii. 2 1 9 :
a, to contend with or against; eigi kepptisk hann au3 vi& au3ga
(Sm. 347 ; Knuti konungi J)6tti hann keppask um skrautgirni vi6
. V. 181 ; varask J)u J)at at J)ii keppisk vi5 J)er meiri menn. Eg.
;>1., keppask vi6, to strive bard, do one's best, Al. 154, Mag. 53 :
V, work hard, freq. in mod. usage.
kefli, n. a thing worth fighting for : in the phrase, J)a8 er
, it is not worth having, metaphor prob. from the lagakefli, q. v.
iga, adv. impetuously, Rom. 314.
Iig> f. a beating with a keppr, Mar.
m, adj. contentious, Hav. 42, Amor.
'B, m. [Dan. kjep'], a cudgel, club, Ski&a R. 136, Fas. iii. 345 : a
;, Sturl. II. a sausage ( = ispen, q. v.), from the shape.
m. = kjaptr or keyptr, f>i3r. 122, Edda ii. 291.
n.[Golh.kas=aK(vos; O.U.G. char ; mid. H.G. ^ar; Dan.
f tub, vessel, Grag. ii. 339, Fs. 137, Bs. i. 336, 339, 340, Fms.
hvert ker kann ver6a sva fullt at yfir gangi, Sturl. iii. 282 :
g, gora garSa e8r ker, Grag. ii. 350 : valit ker, a chosen vessel,
J, Matth. XXV. 4, Mark xi. 16, Luke viii. 16, Rom. ix. 21, 22,
liv. 4, 2 Tim. ii. 21, Rev. ii. 27 : a goblet, Fms. x. 236, Js. 78,
1)1 : a chest, Gh. 7 ; aus-ker, a bucket, cp. Yngl. S. ch. 14 ; 61-ker,
if, Orkn. 246 ; vin-ker, a wine cask; syru-ker, Bs. i. 336 ; vkh-
'arium ; skap-ker = Gr. Kparrjp ; gull-ker, leir-ker, silfr-ker, a
>en, silver vessel : poet., vind-ker, the wind basin = the sky, Egil ;
, ' basins of sleep ' or ' tear-basins ' = the eyes, Gisl. ( in a verse).
n,, proncd. kjarald, a cask, Matth. xiii. 48, Bias. 43 ; ptir
Mt hafa spor sva stur sem keralds botna, Grett. 1 1 1 A, esp. in
{k: — a measure, K.A. 206.
', n. a tub-bath, Fms. x. 147.
kerfi, see kjarf.
it, n. [A. S. cyrf; Scot, carf; Germ, kerbe'] : — a hunch, wreath ;
'. — sina-k., the nervous syste7n, etc. (mod.)
I, u, f. a kind oi fight in a tub, Fs. 137.
or kergja, u, f. [kargr], doggedness.
[,f. = kerling, kerlamini Fas. iii. 65, HrolfsS. 236 (Ed. 1664).
, f. 'tub-washing,' bathing in a tub, Lv. 118, Bjarn. 19, Fas.
Fms. vii. 150.
ioncd. kelli, = kerling, kelH min ! Piltr og Stulka, (convers.)
"SOr, f. [answering to karl, q. v.], a woman ; J)essi skal kerling
h6n er af karlmanninum komin, Stj. 34. II. used, like
lie, almost always of an old woman, and only of a common per-
tlady, see karl ; mser heitir fyrst hver, en kerlingar er gamlar
08; gaman J)ykkir kerlingunni at, m68ur varri, Nj. 68, Eb.
5 ein gomul, an old woman, 318; kerlingin mo&ir konungs,
J)ar sem ek Jigg einn 1 hiisi ok kerling min, I myself and my
rett. 127; korlum ok kerlingum, GJ)1. 257 ; karls dottir ok
^as. i. 22 ; karla born ok keriinga, Hkr. i. (in a verse) ; karl
karl og kerling i gar3s horni, see karl ; kellingar gamlar,
OTvasa, Fb. i. 423 : in the phrase, fleyta or flytja kerlingar, to
'ts,' to play at ducks and drakes ; kerlingar nef, a nickname, Fb.
bani, a nickname, Fms. xi. compds : kerlingar-eldr, m.
■ushroom. kerlingar-ejrra, n. a kind oifucus. kerl-
u, f., kerlinga-bok, f. an old tvotnan's story, nonsense.
mg
tonn, f., botan. lotus, Hjalt. kerlinga-villa, u, f. an ..
' old woman's tale, nonsense, superstition, Sacm. 1 18. II. as a jr.
name, GullJ). ; cp. Carolina. III. iiaut., like Engl, carling, one
of the fore and aft timbers supporting the planks of the deck, Edda ( Gl.)
KEKKA, u, f., gen. pi. kerrna, Stj. 288, [for. word], a car, chariot, Bret.
68, Stj. 204, 288, 387, Al. 42, Fb. i. 320 ; kerra solarinnar, Edda 7 ; kerra
fjors, Nj. 131 ; eldligk., Niarst.9; kerru exx'n , a charioteer ,S\ik\Az 194, Pr.
477 : the zodiacal sign, Rb. kerru-sleoi, a, m. a kind o( sledge, D.N.
KEBBA, t, to force or throw the neck backwards ; hnakka-kertr (part.),
throwing the neck backwards ; heldr en ekki hnakka-kertr, hcindum stingr
mjaSmir a, Hallgr.
KERSKI, f., often spelt and proncd. keski, [karskr],^ cheerfulness,
mirth, fun. Fas. i. 525 ; maela ser gaman ok k., Karl. 473, C5. H.i7o(ina
verse), Korm. (in a verse). compds : keski-fimr, adj. witty, Bs. i. 81 ,
kerski-latr, adj. id.. Skald H. 2. 27. kerski-mil, n. a jest, Fbr.
207. kerski-mdU, adj. facetious. Fas. iii. 195. kerski-ord,
-yrSi, n. 'p\. jokes, Orkn. 302, Sturl. i. 21. kerski-orflr, adj.=«=
kerskimall. Skald H. 3. 19.
kerskinn, adj. scurrilous : keskni, f. scurrility.
kerskr, adj. = karskr ; kersk \>]6b. Lex. Poet. ; okertkr, enii okerskari,
the weaker {the poorer), Grag. (Kb.) i. 172.
ker-sta3a, u, f. the placing of a fishing-creel, Vm. 85.
KERTI, n.[from Lat. cera, cp. Germ. /rerze] : — prop. awaxcandle, taper,
used in church service, as also in attending great men, Dipl. iii. 4; st<56u
kerti-sveinar me& kertum, Fms. x. 149 ; brunnu kerti um allan kor, Bs. i.
311: of votive candles, en kertiS var fimm alna langt, 347 ; h^tu J)eir at
gora kerti J)at er tatki um oxann, id. ; me& steyptum kertum, Stj. 43, Sturl.
iii. 266 ; kertis g6r6, candle making, Bs. i. compds : kerta-grind, f.
a candle-frame. Am. 8. kerta-hj^lmr, m. a chandelier, Vm. 35,
H.E. ii. 107. kerta-klofl, a, m. snuffers, Stj. 565. kerta-pfpa,
u, f. a candlestick, Pm. 103. kerta-stika, u, f. a candlestick, Fms.
iii. 28, Fs. 115, Rb. 384. kerta-stokkr, m. a candle-box, Vm. 47.
kertis-ljos and kerta-ljos, n. candle-light, Rb. 358, Fb. ii. 272.
kertis-log, n. id., O.H. 225. kertis-rak, n. a candle-wick, Bs. i.
118, 306. kertis-stafr, m. a ' candle-staff,' candlestick, Bs. i. 316.
kerti-hjdlmr, m.^kertahjalmr, B.K. 83.
kerti-kista, u, f. = kertastokkr, Pm. 25.
kerti-klofi, a, m. = kertaklofi, Vm. 25.
kerti-stika, u, f. = kertastika, Stj. 565, Fms. i. 124, v. 339.
kerti-stokkr, m. = kertastokkr. Am. 8.
kerti-sveinn and kerta-sveinn, m. a 'candle-hoy,' link-boy, an
attendant on a great man, Hkr. iii. 181, Fms. vi. 422, vii. 159, ix. 431,
X.137, 147, 157.
ker-vei3r, i. fishing with creels, D. L i. 179-
KESJA, u, f. [prob. a Celtic word from Celtic-Latin gaesum, cp.
'■^aiaos in Polyb.] : — a kind of halberd. Eg. 202, 285, 2!?9, 378, 380,
387, Sks. 407, Fms. i. 43, iv. 65, vi. 76, 336, 411, 413, vii. 69, 72,
265, viii. 97, 120, 124, 318, 350, ix. 55, X. 314, Stj. 475, 486, Karl. 123 ;
kesju fleinn. Fas. ii. 419 ; kesju lag, a thrust with a halberd, Fms. viii. 138 ;
kesja skammskept, ii. 330, x. 363 ; — kesja, atgeir, and hoggspjot appear
to be the same thing. 2. a nickname, Fni^. xi.
keski, f., see kerski.
ketil-botn, m. the bottom of a kettle, Baer. 8.
ketil-gar3r, m. a kiln (?), N. G. L. ii. 246.
ketil-hadda, u, f. a kettle-handle, Fms. i. 36.
ketil-hrim, n. kettle-grime, soot. Fas. iii. 621, Barl. 41.
ketil-jarn, n. a gridiron, D.N. iv. 457.
KETILL, m., dat. katli, pi. katlar, [Goth. katils = Mzi:k vii. 4 ; A. S.
cytel ; Engl, kettle ; O.U.G. kezil ; Germ, kessel ; Sv/e6. kettel ; Dan.
kjcedel] : — a kettle, cauldron, Eb. 198; i elda-husinu var eldr mikill ok
katlar yfir, Eg. 238, Bs. i. 342, ii. 135, B.K. 52, Fms. vi. 364, Edda 28 ;
elda undir katli, klji'ifa vi8 undir ketil, Fbr. 72 new Ed., Fs. 150; var
honum goldinn k. mikill ok g63r, Jjorst. Si3u H. 1 71 ; bu6ar-k., Eb. 198 ;
eir-k.. Eg. ; jarn-k., stein-k., an iron, an earthen kettle, O. H. 223 : in old
usage as a general name for every kettle, boiler, cauldron ; in mod. usage,
esp. of a kettle of a certain shape or of a smz\\\Ltt\\c,\i2i^t-V.. , a coffee kettle ;
but pottT = cauldron ; the same distinction is made in Dipl. v. 4, — sex
katlar, tiu pottar : katla-mals skjola, a measure, Grrfg. i. 501 : the phrase,
e-m fellr allr ketill i eld, one's kettle falls into the fire, of consterna-
tion. 2. the earliest northern eccl. law prescribed as an ordeal for a
woman to take hot stones out of a boiling kettle, whereas a man had to
take up hot iron ; ganga til ketils, taka i ketil, Gkv. 3. 7, (the ordeal being
called ketil-tak, n.) ; bed karlma3r jam en kona taki 1 ketil, N. G. L. i.
152; karlmaSr skal ganga tU arins'jarns en kona til ketiltaks, 389 ; e5r berr
hon jam e6r tekr hon i ketil, Grag. 1. 381. II. as a pr. name
of men, Ketill, Ketil-bj6rn; of women, Katla, Ketil-rfSr: but
chiefly used as the latter part in compd names of men, contr. into ' kel,'
As-kell, Arn-kell, Grim-kell, Hall-kell, Stein-kell, XJlf-kell, {>6r-kell, V6-
kell : of women, Hall-katla, {jor-katla. In poets of the loth century the
old uncontracted form was still used, but the contracted form occurs in
verses of the beginning of the llth century, although the old form still
occurs now and then. The freq. use of these names is no doubt derived
Z
338
KETLA— KIPPA.
from the holy cauldron at sacrifices, as is indicated by such names as
Ve-kell, Holy ketde ; cp. Ketilby in Yorkshire.
ketla, u, f. a kind of small boat, Edda (Gl.)
ketlingr, m., dimin. a kitten, Fms. vii. 219.
ketta, u, f. a ihe-cal : of a giantess, Fb. i. 526, Grett. 151 new Ed. :
kettu-hryggr, m. a nickname, Bs. i.
keypiliga, adv. bargain-like, business-like, Grett. 1 20.
KEYEA, 3, Dan kjore'], to whip, lash, prick on; hann keyrfti J)a hest
sinn, Nj. 55 ; villt \)u at ek keyra hest J)inn ? 91 ; k. hest sporum, Edda
38 ; k. j6a oddum, Hkv. 2. 38 ; ok hordum mik hoggum keyr6i, Gkv.
I ; latiS {)a keyra upp (whip up, raise) folkit, Fms. vii. 182 ; hann hafdi
svipu i hendi ok keyr6i hana, Sd. 185 ; hann stigr a stafinn ok keyrir
sem born eru von at gora, Fms. iii. 176. 2. to drive, ride; keyrir
si dan sem harSast til sinna manna, Karl. 241 ; keyra plog, to drive a
plough, Rm. in. II. to drive; hoggit ok Icggit til Jjcirra ok keyrit
J)a i brott he5an, Nj. 247. 2. to fling ; J)a greip bxjar-ma6rinn
Kjartan, ok keyr5i i kaf, Fms. ii. 28 ; bregSr honum a lopt ok keyrir
hann ut d Ranga, Nj. 108; keyra e-n \ixhyxbh, to fling overboard, Fms.
vi. 16: Grimr greip upp J>6r6 ok keyrir niSr sva hart, at hann lam5isk
allr, Eg. 192. 3. to drive, thrust, of a weapon; hann keyr6i til
sporSu, 6. H. 95 ; hann skal taka knif J)ann ok keyra i gegnum hond
J)ess er lagSi, G^\. 165 ; keyra nagla, to drive a nail, Likn. 16; prestr
keyrSi hse. a bjarginu {drove a peg into the rock) ok bar a grjot, Grett.
14 1 A ; k. sverS i hofu3 e-m, Gisl. 51 ; fundu {)eir rey3i ny'daufta, keyr&u
i festar [forced ropes through it) ok sigldu me6, Glum. 391 ; eSa ek
keyri oxina i h6fu6 ^er ok kly'f })ik i herdar ni&r, Nj. 185 ; Jorunn tok
sokkana ok kcyrSi um htifuS henni, J. struck her about the head, Ld.
36. III. impers. // drives one, i.e. one is driven, tossed by the
wind, waves ; lystr vindinum i holit verplaniia, ok keyrir (^a) ut at virkinu,
Fms. xi. 34; ve6r st63 at landi, keyrir Jjar at skipit(acc.), Finnb. 242 ; keyrir
skipit vestr fyrir Skalmarnes, Ld. 142 ; fundu ^eir eigi fyrr en |)a keyrSi a
land upp, Nj. 267 : the phrase, e-6 keyrir lir hofi, it exceeds all measure, Fb.
i. 41 7 ; veSrit keyrQi lir hofi, it blew a violent gale : part., hreggi keyrSr,
storm-beaten, Jd. 32 ; fijosti keyr6r, driven by anger. Glum, (in a verse).
keyri, n. a whip, Sturl. iii. 105 ; keyris-hogg, 117; keyris-vondr, a
* whip-wand,' Grag. ii. 295.
keyrsla, u, f. driving, D. N.
keyta, u, (.foul water ( = veisa), Konr. 39 : mod. stinking urine.
KID, n., gen. ki3ja, fjorf. Karl. 1. c. ; but better ki5a, dat. kiSum,
Grag. i. 503; [Engl, and Swed. kid] : — a kid, Fms. vi. 260, Barl. 53,
Mork. 227; geitr me3 ki3um, Grag. i. 503 ; ki6 e6r kalf, Fms. i. 53 ;
ki3ja-mj61k, kid's milk, |>orf. Karl. 376 ; {)ar lagu ki3 tvau bundin,
GuilJ). 63 : in local names, Ki3-ey, Ki3a-fell, etc., Landn.
kifllingr, m. a kidling, young kid, Mork. 227, Pr. 472, 477, Stj. : a
nickname, Sturl. iii. 209. kiSlings-munnr, m. a nickname, Fms.
ki3-skinn, n. a kid-skin, Stj. 165, Rett. 2. 10.
Kikini, a, m. a nickname (cp. Engl. Kitchin), in Kikina-skdld, the
poet of K., Fms. vi.
KIKNA, a5, [cp. keikr], to sink at the knees through a heavy burden ;
kikna i knesbotum, Fbr. 159, v. 1. (but lyknar, Fb I.e.); rekr klaernar
framan i fangit sva at Ormr kiknar vi6, Fb. i. 530 ; ok er hann bar af
s^r lagit kikna&i hann vi3, Grett. 3 new Ed. ; Id vi6 at hann mundi kikna,
Fms. iii. 187.
kikr, m. a nickname, Fms. ix. 326.
kili, a, m. [cp. Dan. kjelen'], only in the compd ein-kili, q.v.
kilja, a3, to fondle (?) ; kiljar kvan ok elja, Edda ii. 491 (in a verse).
kilpr, m. a handle of a vessel ( = hadda) ; mosurbolli ok yfir gylltr
kilpr, Fagrsk. 115; ok yfir kilpr gyldr afsilfri, Mork. 19 : in mod. usage
kilpr is a loop of whalebone fastening the handle to the bucket.
KILTING, f. [Scot, kilt'], a skirt; hann hafSi Inga konung i kilting
ser. Fms. vii. 208 (1 kiltingu ser, Mork. 20S), xi. 34f) ; f>6r61fr bar hann
i kiltingu sinni til skogar, vi. 325; steyp6i hann silfrinu i kilting sina,
(3. H. I ?,5 ; i kjoltungu ser, Fb. iii. 365 ; see kjalta.
kimbi, a, m. a nickname, Eb.
kimbill, m. [kumbl], a little trunk, a bundle ( = auka-pinkill) ; kimbill
nsefra, N. G. L. i. loi. kimla-b6nd, n., prop, trusses, a metrical term,
in which a foot is added (trussed) to the end of each Ijne, Edda 135,
136; brands hnigj)ili randa stranda, where 'stranda' is the additional
foot (kimbill).
kimbla, a3, to truss up; at k. ySrum vandrseSum a mfnar ahyggjur, to
make your troubles into a truss with my cares, Fms. viii. 20, v.l.
KIWD, f., pi. kindir, mod. kindr; [A.S. cind. gecynd; Eng\. kind;
cp. Lat. gent-em (gens)] : — kind, kin, kith, of men and beasts ; helgar
kindir, ' holy-kind' = the gods, Vsp. I, opp. to mann-kind, mankind; ok
olusk ^a3an af mannkindir, Edda 6 ; ba:&i karl-kindar ok kvenn-kindar,
both of male kind and female kind, 79 ; mellu kind, the giantess kind,
Nj. (in a verse) ; Hrimnis kind, giant kind, Hdl.; Fenris kind, the kith
of F. = the wolves; Ellu kind, the kith of Ella = the English; Gamla
kind, Fjolnis kind, the kindred of G. (Fjcilni) ; Jamta kindir, the Jamt
people : Bjarmskar kindir, the Perms ; Syslu kind, the Osel people, Vsp.
33, O. II. (in a verse), Fagrsk. (in a verse), Ilallfrcd, Hkr. i. (in a verse),
iTt.; Svlz kind, the Swedish people, id.; mann-kind, q.v. ; firSa ki
vir&a, Ijona, skatna, seggja, gumna, yta kind or kindir, the kind [sons'
men = mankind, Sol. I. Rekst. 4, Vsp. 14, Likn. 35, Lex. Poet, pass!
J)aer kindir, those people, Gkv. 2. 31 ; hver kind, what kind of people
who ? Kormak ; J)vi folki er sva hattaS at \>zt er miklu st»rra ok sterk;
en nokkur kind onnur, than any other creature. Fas. ii. 234; hve
kindir setar .eru, what kind (of beasts) 7nay be eaten ? K. J). K. 130; 1
engi kvik kind eptir {no ' quick kind,' living creatures, lived after), n
ein iildruS kona ok kapall, D. I. i. 246 ; allar konur sem annars k
ok kindar eru en hann, Stj. 207; allir ok serhverir klerkar, hvei
st(5ttar, vigslu e3a tignar sem hverr er, N. G. L. iii. 280 : a child, Ge <Mt%
kind, leysa kind fra konum, of a midwife, Sdm. 9. II. in n^
usage, sheep, plur. kindur, ellipt. from sau5-kind, ' sheep-Ufnd ;' ser eit
smalama6r fe, J)6 enga eigi hann kindina, the shepherd calls the shetf\
own, though he owns no sheep thereof, a saying; kindrnar hlupn i\
saman i einn hnapp, . . .kindrnar li&u hajgt og ha;gt og smabitandi un f
piltinum, . . . nxi verS eg a& fara og hoa kindunum dalitiS lengra f
eptir, Piltr og Stulka 9-13; J)essa kind veit eg ekki hver a, 19;
hva3a small er J)a& skrattinn sa arna, ad {jekkja ekki kindrnar 1
f65ur sins ! 20, 21 : — hence, kind-lauss, sheepless, 15 ; kinda-hopr, ay
of sheep, etc. 2. |)orsk-kind, a cod-fish; 6-kind, a nasty thing, n
ster ; kindin J)in, thou wretch ! \)U ver6r hydd, kindin J)in ! ef ^u k
of snemma heim i kveld, Piltr og Stiiika 9.
KINGA, u, f., also spelt qinga, [kengr; Shell, keengs, a fe
brooch] : — a brooch worn on the breast by ladies, so called from the (
(kengr) by which it was fastened ; kinga var k bringu, Rm. 26; i
skal dottir hafa e3a kingu, hvarl sem hon vill, e3a brjost-biinaft inn b<
ef eigi er or guUi gorr, N. G. L. i. 2 n (Js. 78) ; J)ar fannsk k. ok 1
sta3r mikill, Ld. 328. As foreign coins, or copies of them, were
as brooches (Worsaae, Nos. 398-409), Spax/Jtr) (Luke xv. 8), drat
of the Vulgate is rendered in an old version of the 12th centur
kinga, ef kona nequer a tio qingor, . . . fagni3 6t me3 mer, })via
fann kingo mina ; leita kingo, ... en likneski es merk3 a king- '
kinga fanzk es umb var sniiit, Greg. Frump. 82, 83.
kingala, u, f. the name of a mare, Grett.
kingi, n., snj6-kingi, a heavy fall of snow.
kingja, d, to swallow; k. c-u ni3r, hann getr ekki kingt : to fall
of snow ; J3a3 kingir ni3r snjo.
kings, in the phrase, koma til kings, to come to kicks (?), Ski3a R. i •
kingsa, 3, = kinka.
kinka, a3, to nod archly with the head; kinka kollinum : cf. ken
KIWN, f , gen. kinnar ; pi. kinnr, old ki3r. Lb. 18, Isl. ii. 481,686
[\J\{. kinnus = aiaywv ; A.S.cin; Engl chin ; O.U.G.kinni ; Dan.
etc.; Gr. yivvs ; Lat. gena] : — the cheek; hleypti hann annarri bru ■
ofan a kinnina. Eg. 305, 564 ; komu rau3ir flekkir i kinnr honum, N
ro3i i kinnunum, 30 ; kenna vid hoku, kinnr eda kverkr, Edda
vatar kidr af grati. Lb. 1. c. ; ba3ar ki3r, Isl. ii. 1. c. ; Ijos beggja Ki ,iy,
poet, the ' cheek-beam' = eyes, Kormzk. compds : kinnar-beiji. 1^,.,
pl. = kinnbein, Hkr. iii. 365, Sd. 147, Bjarn. 36, Ski3aR. 9. kir ■
"kiilki, n, tn. the jaw-bone, 623. 31, Stj. 77, Sturl. ii. 95, iii. 186, Rd •
kinna-sdr, n. a cheek wound, Landn. 54.
kinn-bein, n. pi. cheek-bones, Bar3. 176, Fms. iii. 186.
kinn-bjorg, f. the cheek-piece, of a helmet, Sturl. ii. 320, Grett
Karl. 286.
kinn-filla, u, f. the 'cheek-flesh,' cheeks, Fas. i. 88, GullJ). 27.
kinn-fiskr, m. ' cheek-fish,' the cheek-muscles. compds : kinnlji-
mikill, adj. with full cheeks. kinnflska-soginn, part, with st <•
thin, haggard cheeks.
kinn-grdr, adj. gray-cheeked, Skalda 193 (in a verse).
kinn-bestr, m. a 'cheek-horse,' box on the ear, 623. 56, 1/Alj|
75, 116, Finnb. 322, Fms. vii. 157, Pr. 445.
kinn-hoggva, hjo, to hew or hack the cheek, Landn. 54, t.L
kinn-kjdlki, a, m. the jaw-bone. Lex. Poet.
kinn-le3r, n. the leather cheek-piece of a bridle, Grett. 129.
kinn-rifa, u, f. ' cheek-crevice,' a nickname, Fb. iii.
kinn-ro3i, a, m. ' cheek-blushing, ' blush of shame, 655 '^'^- S'J^"' 1
Anecd. 6, Stj. 325, Bs. i. 856, Mar., passim ; gora e-m kinnroOa, «
one to shame, Stj. 423.
kinn-skj6ni, a, m. a horse with a piebald head, Sturl. i. 40, »•'
kinn-skjottr, adj. with piebald head, of a horse, GullJ>. 13.
kinn-skot, n. a kicking in the face. Fas. iii. .502.
kinn-skogr, m. the ' cheek-shaw,' poet. =^ the beard, Hym. 10.
Kinn-skser, m. = kinnskjoni, Gull^.
kinnungr, m. the bow of a ship, Fms. viii. 139, x. 78.
kinn-vangi, a, m. the cheek. Eg. 386, Fms. x. 78, v. 1. -
KIPPA, t and 3, [Scot, to kip, see Jamies.] :— with dat. to puUOti I
hann kip3i honum upp at pallinum, 6. H. 95; t)a tok konungr|
sveininum ok kip3i, 63 ; k. bryggjum af hndi,topull inthegangways ,|^
weighing anchor, Fms. x. 286 ; kippa af (kippa lit) J)eirri brygg.lU' J
{lar var i me3al skipanna, i. 158 ; kippa ofan seglinu, to ptdl the sail ^
; k. skom a fastr ser, to slip on shoes, Nj. 28 ; Egil! K^pv ■
Bs.
I. 422 :
KIPPA— KITLA.
339
u, E. drew the sword in. Eg. 379 ; hann kippir monnum at s^r, be
n together, Ld. 64 ; Gu6 kipti honum frd riki . . ., Sks. 714 ; k. aptr
sinum, to retract one's words, 680 ; ma pvi engu upp kippa, it can-
detracted, 6,^5 xx. 6. II. impers., in the phrase, e-ni kippir
am e-t, 'to turn into one's kin' ( = breg5a i kyn), to be ' a chip
Id block,' resemble one's kinsman ; er |)at eigi (irvsciit at honum
kyn, Gliim. 346; at honum mundi i kyn kippa urn udaelleik,
15; vera ma at oss Islendingum kippi i kyn, J)6 at v6r gangim
rir blidu en stridu, Fms. ii. 34. III. reflex., kippask, to
; kippask uin e-t, to 'pull caps' struggle with one another about
kippask ^eir urn lengi, Sturl. i. 1 5 ; J)au 611 kiptusk ^k enn um
Fms. X. 390; nti er eigi allh<5glegt at kippask um vi6 hann,
Jar til kippask t)au um kertiS at fiat sttikk sundr i mi6ju,
2. kippask \\b, to make a sudden motion, quiver convul-
en nie8an drypr eitriS i andlit honum, J)a kippisk hann sva
at jord 611 skclfr, Edda 40 ; J)a at eins sa menn at Gisli kiptisk
3<S lltt, Fms. vii. 35. 3. recipr., Eindri3i segir, at {)eir heffti
kippsk {struggled) nokkut sva, er hann vildi eigi at J)eir hefSi
pit, Bs. i. 709.
u, f. a bundle drawn upon a string ; fisk-k., korn-k., Nj.
n. a sheaf, Barl. 34.
ig, f. a pulling, snatching, N. G. L. i. 157.
m. a pull, shock, spasm ; sina-kippir, nervous spasms ; ver8r nu
)r mikill. Mar, 1056: metaph. a pull, a distance; g66an kipp,
lit of the way.
ad, [kippa], to wrinkle, draw tight, of a slight spasmodic con-
gr, m. a slight spasm, such as to form a fold or wrinkle.
a bunch.
ad, [KiJpie], to chant, intone; k. upp song; hann var ad kirja
;in, Stef. Ol.
iiz, m. a pr. name = Ki'pjo* 'hXi^ios, Fms.
, ID. = K«/pi« f\(r)(Tov in the Litany, Fms. viii. 227, Pm. 29, Jm. 34.
ir, m. pi. the people on the Finnish Gulf, Careles.
JA, u, f., gen. pi. kirkna ; [Scot, kirk; Dan. kirke ; Germ.
>ut Engl, church^ : — a kirk, church ; timbr-k., a timber church;
II stone church ; the earliest Scandin. churches were all built of
le doors and pillars being ornamented with fine carved work, see
Nos. 505-508 ; in the 1 2th and following centuries the old timber
were one by oi;e replaced by stone buildings. In Denmark the
er church was demolished at the beginning of the 17th century,
orway some old churches (called stav-kyrkior) have remained
e present time, see an interesting essay in Nord. Aarb. 1869,
}. Many passages in the Sagas refer to the building of churches,
in records of the years following after 1000, see esp. Ld. ch.
a curious legend, for the purpose of encouraging men to build
is told in Eb. ch. 49, — that a man could grant as many souls
leaven as the church which he built held persons ; ok t)tgar er
lokit (the summer of A. D. 1000) let Snorri go&i gora kirkju
ItUi, en a9ra Styrr mtigr hans undir Hrauni, ok hvatti J)at mjok
ar, at J)at var fyrirheit kennimanna, at ma6r skyldi jafn-
iga heimolt rum i himinriki, sem standa maetti i kirkju {)eirri
l^t gora, Eb. 1. c. For the removal of a church, when all
were to be dug up and the bones ' translated' to the new
ie Eb. (fine), Bjarn. 19. For references see the Sagas passim;
;dr6, atbot, uppg6rS, church reparation, Vm. 12, 118, N. G. L.
rkju brjost, golf, dyrr, horn, hur5, lass, lykill, raf, stigi, sto5,
lia, veggr, a church front, floor, door-way, corner, door, lock,
tlair, pillar, steeple, sill, wall, K.|).K. 168, 170, 186, Fms. vii.
viii. 285, 428, ix. 47, 470, 524, Landn. 50, Pm. 5, Vm. 46,
9, iii. 2 2 1 , 2 28, K. A. 28, N. G. L. i. 3 1 2 ; kirkju sar, a church
K 35> Am. 6 ; kirkju kapa, ketill, kola, kross, mundlaug, Sturl.
I, 6, 34, 99, 149, Dipl. v. 18; kirkju mark (on sheep),
|i4, Bs. i. 725 : attungs-k., fj6rSungs-k., fylkis-k., h^rads-k.,
gindis-k. (q. v.), J)ri6jungs-k., veizlu-k., heima-k., etc.: in
used in a profane sense, trolla-k., alfa-k., a trolls' and elves'
'■te where they worship. 2. eccl. the Church = Ecclesia, very
iKristni and si5r are the usual words ; kirkjan e&r Kristnin, Stj.
II. in local names, Kirkju-bser, Kirkju-bol, Kirkju-
'kju-fell, Landn. and maps of Icel. passim, cp. Kirkby or
« north of England. compds : kirkju-bann, n. the ban of
^«. i. 749. kirkju-bok, f. = kirkjumaldagi, H. E. ii. 207 :
'h book. kirkju-bol, n. a church estate, an estate on which
built, K. f). K. 1 70. kirkju-bdlstaSr, m. id., K. |>. K. 48,
kirkju-bondi, a, m. a church-' statesman,' church-franklin,
kirkju-biiningr or -bunaSr, m. church hangings, 'Vm.
K. 154, Horn. 97. kirkju-bser, m. = kirkjub61, K.|>. K.
,15. ix. 351. 'k.ir'kjn-da.gT, m. a 'ch7irch-day, anjiiversary,
'"• k hweihe, Sturl. i. 35, 106, K. p. K. 42, Bs. i. 77, Horn. 97, Pm.
]'^i2ndn.gs-h.ald,n. a keeping church-days, Eom.g;\. kirkju-
)tfein til. a church lord, church pa'ron, Sturl, iii. 197. kirkju-
"eign, f. church property, Bs. i. 689, H.E. i. 458. kirkju-embaBtti,
n. a church office, K. A. 232. kirkju-f6, 11." church property, K. fj. K.
48, Sturl. ii. 4. Bs. i. 748. kirkju-f61k, n. church people.
kirkju-frelsi, f. church-freedom, privilege, K.A. 216, H.E. i. 459.
kirkju-fridr, m. church-peace, sanctuary, K. A. 46, Sturl. i. 30, Fms. ix.
524; k\rk]u-{xibhro\, a breach of church sanctuary , H.E. i. 342. kirkju-
fundr, m. an oecumenical council. kirkju-ganga, u, f. church going,
Sturl. i. 168: churching after childbirth, H.E. ii. 86. kirkju-garSr,
m. a church-yard, K. {>. K. passim. Eg. 768, Am. 89, Sks. 95. kirkju-
gards-hlid, n. a church-yard gate, Fms. ix. 517. kirkju-gengt,
n. part., an eccl. term ; eiga k., to be allowed to go to church, not being
under ban, Sturl. ii. 42, K. {>. K. 26. kirkju-gj6f, f. a donation to a
church, K. |j. K. t66. kirkju-g6z, n. church properly, glebes, H.E.
i. .529. kirkju-grifl, n. pl. = kirkjufriar, Sks. 770, Fms. ix. 478,
Sturl. i. 30, iii. 71. kirkju-grsefr, adj. who can be buried at a church,
not being under ban, K. A. 6, N. G. L. i. 4, GJ)I. 58. kirkju-gOrS, f.
church-building, Rb. 396, Bs. i. 163, Fms. ix. 236, N. G. L. i. 344.
kirkju-helgi, f. church service, Horn. 93, Sturl. i. 29. kirkju-hluti, a,
m. a church portion, Bs. i. 748, Am. 222. kirkju-land, n. cii/rcWan^/,
glebe, K. {>. K. 1 70. kirkju-ligr, adj. ecclesiastic, H. E. i. 501 . kirkju-
leegr, ^d]. Jit for a church, of timber, Pm. 106 : neut., eiga kirkjulacgt =/o
he kirkjugraefr, Grag. ii. 62, K. f). K. 34. kirkju-l6g, n. pi. church-law,
ecclesiastical law, Bs. i. kirkjul6g-b6k, f. a church-law book, book of
the canons, Bs. i. (Laur. S.) kirkju-mdl, n. a church cause, church ques-
tion, K.A. 216. kirkju-maldagi, a, m. a church deed, written, Vm.
7. kirkju-menn, m. pi. churchmen. kirkjumanna-fundr, m.
= kirkjufundr. Mar. kirkju-messa, u, f. = kirkjudagr, Fms. viii. 46.
kirkju-ndSir, f. pi. = kirkjugriS, Jb. 93. kirkju-prestr, m. a church
priest, parson, G\kg. i. 73, Vm. 1 66. kirkju-rdn, n. sacrilege, Bs. i. 775.
kirkju-reikningr, m. a church account, Vm. 69. kirkju-reki, a, m.
jetsum belonging to a church, Jm . i . kirkju-r^ttr, m. a church right, Sturl.
iii. 267. kirkju-skot, n. the wing of a church, Fms. vi. 302, ix.492,v.l.
kirkju- skraut, n. a church ornament. Am. 7. kirkju-skrufl, n.
(-skriiSi, a, m.), a church ornament, Vm. 5, 58, 108, Landn. 389 (App.),
B. K. 82. kirkju-skyld, f. (-skylda, u, f.), a church claim or right,
Dipl. v. .;, 28,Vm. 113. kirkju-smifl, f = kirkjug6r6, 656 A. ii. 14, Bs.
i. 8 1 . kirkju-86kn, f. church-worship, attendance at service ; at kirkju-
soknum e&a mannfundum, Grag. i. 419 ; J)eir hofSu k. til Burakirkju, Fms.
xi. 159 ; me& rettlaeti, k. ok bsenum, Hom. 31, 65 : mod. a parish, freq.,
Sks. 94, Fms. X. 66. kirkjusoknar-maflr, m, a parishioner, K. A. 40,
N.G. L. i. 14. kirkjus6knar-J)ing, n. a parish meeting, G{)1. 3H9.
kirkju-stett, f a church pavement, Sturl. iii 2 2 1 C. kirkju-st611, m. a
church peiv, Sturl. iii. 182, Vm. 5. kirkju- stuldr, m. sacrilege, Hom.
33. kirkju-s6ngr, m. church music. kirkju-tiund, f a church
tithe, K. f>. K. 152, K. A. 98, Pm. 35, Bs. i. 749. kirkju-tj6ld, n. pi.
church hangings,Vm. 1 1 , Grag. i. 460. kirkju- var3veizla, u, f. church
keeping, Bs. i.129. ^itki\i.-vesT,m.thechurchpath,waytochurch,D.'ii.
kirkju-vi3r, m. church-timber, Landn. 54, Vm. 53, Ld. kirkju-
vist, f. a being in church, Bs. i. 902. kirkju-vlgsla, u, f. consecra-
tion of a church, K.A. 28, 102, Sturl. i. 1 21. kirkju-v6r3r, m. a
churchwarden, 655 xiii. B. kirkju-J>j6fr, m. a church thief. III.
in plur. kirkna-fri8r, -goz, -g6r3, -mal, -sokn, etc. = kirkju-, Fms.
ix. 236, 478, K. A. 216, Bs. i. 689, fsl. ii. 380.
kirk-messa, u, f. = kirkjumessa, Vm. 35. kirkmessu-dagr, m.=
kirkjudagr, Dipl. i. 5.
KIBNA, u, f. [North. E. and Scot, kini] : — a churn, kimu-askr,
m. a churn-pail; })eir er heiman hafa hlaupit fra kirnuaskinum, Fms.
viii. 350, xi. 272, Boldt. 167.
kirningr, m. = kjarnhafr, Grag. ii. I94.
kirn-samr, adj. quibbling, Kruk. ch. 6.
kis, kis ! inferj. pus^, puss !
kisa, u, f. puss, the pet name of a cat. kisu-graa, n., botan. echium
vulgare, vipers bugloss.
kisi, a, m. = kisa; kottr ok kisi. Fas. iii. 556: the name of a giant,
Edda (Gl.) : a nickname, Ann. 1362, 1382.
KISTA, u, f., gen. pi. kistna, Nj. 20; [A.S. kist; North. E. and
Scot, kist; Engl, chest; Dan. kiste ; from Lat. cistay. — a chest. Eg.
310; i kerum eSa kistum, N. G. L. i. 383; komu til kistu krofdu
lukla, Vkv. ; kistur ok hirzlur, 656 B. i, passim; kistu lok, botn, lykill,
the cover, bottom, key of a chest, Nj. 94; kistu-fj61, a chest board, Hom.
155; kistu-hringr, a ring in a chest, Fms. x. 25S; kistu-})rum, /fee old
shell of a chest, Pm. 64, 73 : a coffin (usually Hk-kista), Eg. 126, 127,
Grag. i. 207, Bs. i. 337, Fs. 132 ; kemba ok {jerra a6r i kistu fari, Sdm.
34; knorr mun ek'kaupa ok kistu steinda, Am. loi, see Worsaae, No.
504 : the seat in the poop of a ship (cp. hasaetis-k.), Orkn. 400, Fms. vii.
201 : the word, although foreign, is old, as it occurs in old poems such
as Vkv., Sdm., Am. kistna-sini3r, n. a joiner, Rett. 3. 10, N. G.L.
ii. 246. kistu-leggja, lagSi, to lay in a coffin.
kistill, m., dimin., dat. kisili, a little box, Vm. 29, 655 xiii. B. 2, Fms.
iii. 136 Fas. iii. 296.
KITLA, a3, [A.S. citelan; Scot, kittle; Germ, kifzelu']: — to tickle,
=9 Z 2
340
KITLUR— KJOSA.
with ace, Maf. 1057; kitlaSu mig ekki ! impers., niig kithr, I/eel ticklish;
kitlar ^ig ? etc.
kitlur, f. pi. a feeling ticklish.
kif, n. [O. H. G. kip ; Germ, keih; Dutch hijf; Swed. kif] : — a quarrel,
strife. Art.
KIFA, a3, [Germ, keifen or keihen], to strive, quarrel, Stj. 159, 255.
kifan, f. a quarrel, quarrelling, Stj. 163, 295.
kiflnn, adj. quarrelsome, Grett. 1 16 A, 120, Isl. ii. 62.
kikir, ni. [Dan. kikkert], a telescope.
kikja, t, [Scot, keek; Dan. kige], to stare; see kaga.
KILIj, m. [kil, Ivar Aasen ; mid. H. G. HI ; cp. the Germ. prop, name
Kiel]: — an inlet, canal; i6a, fors ok kill, Edda (Gl.) ; J)ar skarsk inn
vik ein eigi mikil, fundu J)eir J)ar andir margar ok kolluSu Anda-kil, Eg.
131 ; at laek {)eim, er ofan fellr 1 kil ]pann, er fellr lit i ana, Vm. 162.
Kipr, f., gei). Kiprar, Cyprus, Symb. 27.
kita, t, to quarrel; see kyta.
kjafall, m. a kind oi garment worn by the Indians in America, |)orf.
Karl. 4 1 2.
kjagg, n. in axar-kjagg, an old, blunt hatchet.
Kjalarr, m. a name of Odin, Edda (Gl.), Gm.
Kjallakr, m. a pr. name, from Gaelic Cealloc, Landn. ; whence
Kjallekingar or Kjalleklingar, m. pi. the men or family o/K., Eb.,
Landn.
kjallandi, f. the name of a giantess, Edda (Gl.)
kjallari, a, m. [from Lat. cella, as are Engl, cellar. Germ, keller,
etc.] : — a cellar, Bs. i. 840, Fms. xi. 425, Grett. 98 A, Sturl. ii. 152, 242,
iii. 228, passim.
Eljalnesingr, m. a man from Kjalarnes (see kjolr), Sturl. ii. 192.
kjal-sog, n. the bottom of a boat, in which the bilgcwater is ; no doubt
derived from kjolsyja, q. v.
kjalta, u, f. [from kilting, q. v.], the 'kilt,' lap; hann greip taflit ok
steypir i kjoltu ser. Fas. iii. 629, Skald H. 6. 37 : esp. of a woman, hafa
barn i kjoltu, kjoltu-barn, a ' lap-bairn,' a baby; kjoltu-rakki, a lap-dog.
kjal-tre, n. a 'keel-tree,' keel-'imber.
kjal-vegr, m. 'keel-way,' local name of a high ridge of mountains, =
kjolr (II), Fas. i. 56.
kjammi, a, m. =kjannr, a cooked sheep's head.
kjamta, a6, /o maunder.
kjannr, m. [kinn], the side of the head, Edda 109.
kjappi, a, m. pet name of a he-goat, from the ' chopping' of his teeth,
Edda (Gl.) ; brakar i klaufum a kjappa minum. Fas. iii. 305.
kjapta, a5, to chatter, gabble, tell tales, use scurrilous language. Fas.
iii. 305.
kjapt-d,ss, m. a gabbler; hann er mesti kjaptas.
kjapt-forr, adj. scurrilous.
KJAPTR, m., older form kjSptr or keyptr, in ginkeyptr, q. v. ;
[Germ, kiefer ; Dutch kietiw ; Dan. kjcef] : — the mouth, jaw, of beasts or
in a vulgar sense ; David tekr sinni hendi hvern kjoptinn, Stj. 459 ; hann
reif i sundr kjapta ins liarga dyrs, Rb. 382 ; er inn efri kjoptr viS himni
en inn neSri vi5 jorSu, . . . hann stigr 69rum fseti i neSra keypt
iilfsins, annarri hendi tekr hann i enn efra keypt ulfsins ok rifr sundr gin
hans, Edda 41, 42 ; ef ma6r bindr tagl i munn a hrossi manns, e9a bindr
kept vi& fot, Grag. i. 383 ; opt i .ffigis kjopta, Edda (in a verse) ; skjoldr-
inn gekk upp i munninn sva at rifnadi kjaptrinn en kjalkarnir hlupu ofan
a btinguna, Grett. 95 new Ed. ; skeggstaQinn, hokuna, kjaptana baSa, Fb.
i. 531 : in abuse, halda kjapti, as in Engl, slang, hold your jaw. Germ, viaul
halten ; skrokknum lifir ekkert a | utan tomr kjaptr, a ditty. compds :
kjapta-skiimr, ni. a gabbler. kjapts-h6gg, n. a box on the ear,
vulgar.
kjapt-vik, n. pi. the creek or corner of the mouth, of a beast, = munn-
vik, of a person.
kjapt-«33i, n. loquacity, slander.
kjarf, n. = kerfi, a bundle; spjot bundin i kerfi, tied in a bundle,
Sturl. iii. loi C; kjarf riklinga, N.G. L, i. 143: koerf riklinga, 304.
kjark-lauss, adj. (-leysi, n.), weak, faint.
kjark-leysi, n. lack of vigour, Sturl. i. 162 (in a verse).
kjark-raa3r, m. an energetic man.
KJAHKH, m. vigour, pith, energy; or J)er er barSr kjarkr allr, Fb.
ii. 189 ; gat hann J)a talit kjark i Berg rindil, Bs. i. 808; J>at segi J)er
at mer fylgi engi kjarkr, Fagrsk. 176 ; telja knell ok kjark (kirk, MS.)
i Jja, 655 xxvii. 24, Bs. i. 654 (in a verse).
kjarii-g63r, zA]. fat, good, of milk, pasture, or the like ; J)a5 er kjarn-
gott, cp. kjarni and Engl, churn.
kjarn-hafr, m. a he-goat, ram, Grag. i. 503.
KJARNI, a, m. [Germ, kern ; Dan. kjerne ; cp. also Engl. kerneT] : —
a kernel, nucleus, esp. of berries. Mar. ; or metaph., k. landsins, the best
of the land, Stj. 221 ; Lalinu-k., nucleus Latinitatis ; Bibliu-k., etc.
KJARR, n., pi. kj6rr; [Dan. kjcer ; Ivar Aasen kjerr and kjorr] : —
eopsewood, brushwood; kjorr ok skoga, Rm.43; smaviSi ok kjorr. Eg.
580; ok stingr niSr i jorjina undir eitt kjarr, JjiSr. 68 ; hann let liSit
fara i kjorr nokkur, Fms. viii. 79 ; {ia er {icir riSu um kjiirr nokkur.
Orkn. 80 ; ok reiS ek {)er J)ar knut a kjarrinu, Hkr. iii. 265, Fms
123 ; fram um kjorrin, viii. 414 ; hris-k., q. v.
kjarr-myrr, f. a marth grown with brushwood, Hkr. iii. 138.
kjarr-skogr, m. eopsewood. Eg. 546, Fms. vii. 68, viii. 172.
kjassa, a3, to coax.
kjass-mseli, n. coaxing: kjass-m£ll, adj. coaxing.
kj^, &, to grin, make grimaces, look stupid ; ser Jjii at hverr k -
at oSrum, Grett. 147 A ; eins og ganti or3i6 hvert vi6 hva5i | ,1 y
framan i mig kja6i. Snot 215.
KJALKI, a, m. [Engl, cheek; O.H.G. chelch ; mid. H.G. /,.
the jaw-bone ; hoku ok kjalka, Fms. ii. 59, vii. 141, passim,
kind oi sledge; draga kjalka, Gm. 47 ; g(ir5i BarSr kjalka hve:
endi, ok let hvert draga sitt foSr, Landn. 226.
kjfeka, a5, = kja, q.v., (slang.)
kjoi, a, m. a sea bird of the tern kind. Hill's sterna 3, copro'h
kjoa-egg, n., -lireiSr, n., -ungi, a, m. the egg, nest, young of tht
KJOLiIj, m., in sense and declension to be distinguished fri: .
a keel; [A. S. ceol ; North. E. ^eeZ = a flat-bottomed boat for :
coals; O.H.G. cheol, chief] : — a keel, barge, ship: this word i-
old poetry, even in such as Vsp., but in prose it only occurs tv, 1
in both instances of English ships; whereas in A.S. it is freq. :■,
pr. and local names, as Ceolmund, Chelsea : it was prob. borrowt :
the English : a. in poetry ; kjoll ferr austan, Vsp. ; snefgir i
Hkv. I. 48; kjola-valdi, a keel-wielder, Hym. 19; ri3a kjol, Rn
kjola keyrir, a keelman, Landn. 223 (in a verse); hsels hleypi-l
poet, the leaping keels of the heels — the feet, Fms. vi. (in a v
arin-kjoll, ' hearth-keel' = a house, Yt. ; UUar kjoll, the keel of th -
Ull = the shield, Rekst. 6 : kjol-rennir, m. a keel-runner, sailor.
(in a verse). p. in prose ; en hon (the lightning) laust siglu-tre
einum, er flaut fyrir baenum, einn hlutr af trenu var6 at skaSa ma
kominn var a kjolinn at kaupa g'ys, en enga sakaSi a&ra Jja er a kj i
voru, Fb. ii. 175 ; sigldu J)ar af hafi kjolar tveir er komnir voru a 11;
landi ok aBtludu til Dyflinnar, . . . J)eir Sveinn lijgibu at kjolunmt
hann hafSi tekit af kjolunum vin mikit ok mj66 Enskan, Oik(|
464 (ch. 116).
kjoll, m. [from Dan. kjole ; contr. from kyrtill] : — a frock, coat, (n I
KJOS, f., also kvos, a deep or hollow place = dsel, q. v. : a local [
£j6s, Kjosar-sysla, in the south of Iceland, Landn. Ej6s-t|
m. pi. the men 0/ Kjos, Sturl. i. 199.
KJOSA, pres. kyss ; pret. kauss, 2nd pers. kauss-J)u, G$.
kusu ; subj. kysi ; part, kosinn : but also as frjosa (q.v.), pret I
(kciri, keyri), pi. kuru, kjoru, Fms. vi. 420, subj. kyri or keyrij
kjorinn, keyrinn : with neg. suff. kjos-at-tu, imperat. {choose >U)l)i
Hjorv. 3 : the forms kaus, kusu, kysi, kosinn are very rare
writers, see the following references, whereas in mod. usage the!
in r are all obsolete: [Ulf. kiusan = boKiim^tiv, 2 Cor. viii. 8, <[
4; K.S.ceosan; Engl, cj&oose; O.'H.G. kiusan ; Germ. ^/ese«, q:j
Dan. kaare; Swed. kard] : — to choose, elect, with ace. or absoL,
]peim monnum er hann kjori til me9 ser, Bs. i. 84 ; '^xr lif kuru, V I
kurum land ^a6ra, Am. 97 ; segja honum hvat '^t\x kuru af, Fms.
kuru J)eir J)at af at ganga til handa konungi, Hkr. ii. 41 ; key I
{)ann af er betr gegndi, Fms. i. 202, Bs. i. 37; Sigur6r konungi
(kaus, Mork.) heldr leikinn, Fms. vii. 96; {)eir kjoru at faera hekj
strandar, Fb. ii. 25 ; minni slaegja en Jieir setluSu er keyru ^r[
eptirmals. Glum. 383 ; skipta 1 helminga landi, en Magniis kl
kyri (keyri), Fms. viii. 152 ; eSr J)rju skip onnur J)au sem hannll
herinum, x. 84 ; |)at kuru allir Birkibeinar, viii. 186 ; en J)eir kjif
vi6 Odd, Fas. ii. 190 ; hann spyrr hvern ek kjora (subj.) af J)eil
komnir voru, i. 191 ; {)at kjora ek (subj., / would choose) all
konungr, ii. 233 ; ok nu hofu ver kjorit sem Gu6 kenndi oss, F|
89 ; mi hafi J)er J)at kjorit (kosit, Fms. viii. 1. c.) er mer er skajl
Fb. ii. 611 ; at ^eir hofSu keyrit i hans sta5 fibota, Fms. ix. 31
var keyrinn (kosinn, v. 1.) i hans staS sira |)6rir, 412, x. 50,91
hefir J)u keyrit mann til, Ld. 258 C; en ^eir kuru hundinn, |)irj
J)6ttusk t)a heldr sjalfra8i mundu vera, Hkr. i. 136; kuru hddj
rather) at drepa hina, Rom. 295 ; kjori hann heldr at halda g'
en J)eir vseri lisattir, Fms. ii. 1 14; hann keyri heldr at leysa lif ■
114; allir keyru honum at fylgja, 280; J)a er kjorit er handsl
Grag. i. 198 ; {)etta er keyrit hyggiliga, Ld. 178 ; er hinn skyldrf
kjorit sumardag fyrsta, Grag. ii. 244 : in the phrase, hafa kjorna
have the choice things; var ^a daemt, at Vaeringjar skyldu hafa I
kosti af oUu {jvi er J)eir hof6u J)raett um, Fms. vi. 137. p. tanj
er kosinn er til veganda at logum, Grag. ii. 41 ; skalt J)u kj6so
veganda at vigi Hjartar, Nj. 100 ; margir kjosa ekki or6 a siti
cannot help how they are spoken of, 142 ; kjosa sik i annau hreplj
i. 444 ; vildi Hallr bse6i kjosa ok deila, Ld. 38, (see deila) ; t>eir '[
urSu skyldi kjosa mann til, ... at hafa annan veg kosit, . . . ok vif
})a heldr hafa annan til kosit, Gliim. 383, 384; halfan val h<j
Gm. 8, 14; kjosa hlutviS, Vsp. ; kjos J)u (imperat.), Hm. ijSf
maeSr fra mogum, Fm. 1 2 ; ok kusu (kjoru, v. 1.) ina vildustu hesl|
328; hann kaus heldr brott verpa stundlegum metorSum, Maj
^^
KJtJKA— KLATR.
3 M
stgripi {)» er hann kaus, (kjori, v. 1.), Edda i. 394 ; hon baft hann
i;.sa hvArt heita skyldi Gliimr eda Hiiskuldr, Nj. 91. II.
1 ex., recipr., skyldi annarr hanga en oSriim steypa i forsinn Sarp, ok
l") })a kjosask at, draw lots, Hkr. iii. 302.
;JT5'KA, u, f. a kind oi fretb soft cheese, ost-kjuka : blautr einsog
I ka, soft as a k., of a horse's hoof; whence hof-kjuka, the soft part of
hoof.
uklingr, m. [A. S. cf'cew; "EngX. chicken ; Dzn. kylling ; Swed. kjukl-
i, ]: — a chicken, young of birds, Grett. 90, as also the verse.
6kr, n. a voice stifled by tears, a choking voice.
6kra, a&, to whine, to speak with a broken, faltering voice ; kveSa
(!i, Sturl. ii. 214, freq. in mod. usage.
:ir, n. the ' keel-print,' ship's wake.
::iri, a, m. a nickname, Landn.
IjR, m., kjalar, dat. kili, mod. kjcil, plur. kilir, ace. kjolu ; [Engl.
iich seems to be of Norse origin, as the A. S. uses quite a
: word for carina; Dan. kj'ol; Swed. kol^: — a keel; klokkr
.. Poet.; langir, svalir kilir, id.; rista kaldan sja kili, Edda
1); brotnaSi kjolrinn undir skipinu, Fs. 152; laust skipit sva
horfSi upp kjolrinn, Ld. 142 ; hoggva skip i sundr ok auka
Fms. viii. 372 ; koma e-m or komask a kjol, to get on the
III a boat is capsized, ix. 320; J)eir letu fallask i kjolinn
. 288; ok er ni6r hlaupinn drykkr allr i kjol a skipinu, xi.
iid Ranar, kjalar, stala . . ., Edda 66 ; J)eir segjask eigi fa tre
; ne gott at heyri til kjalarins, Fb. i. 433 ; ok hvelfir sva
at hon ri5r um {)veran kjolinn, ii. 26; rifnadi skipit ne3an,
-kjott undan kjolrinn, Bs. i. 842 : phrases, sigla lausum kili, to
a loose keel, with an empty ship, 0. H. 115 : in poetry, kjalar-
ilar stigr, keel-track, keel-path = the sea; kjalar-land, id.. Lex.
II. metaph. a keel-shaped range of mountains; ha fjoU
;ir endilangri morkinni ok eru J)at kallaSir Kilir, Eg. 58 : esp. as a
lie of the moantiLm Kiolen between Sweden and Norway, Eb. 2, 4,
.;7, passim ; as also in Iceland, Landn., Sturl. 2. the back of
biskup let bua ok lima 611 blodin i kjolinn, Isl. ii. 460 ; bok gyllt
f:;ilt book, freq. in mod. usage : as also the inner margin of a book
111, whence the phrase, lesa ofan i kjolinn, to read closely ; hann
; lesit ofan i kjolinn, of superiicial, loose reading. compds :
liaall, m., see hsell. Fas. ii. 589. kjalar-leifl, f. = kjalvegr,
278. kjalar-tre, n. = kjal-tre, Fb. i. 433.
yja, u, f. the keel suture, the boards nearest to the keel, Edda (Gl.)
, II. [qs. kjotl, from kitla, q. v.], in hosta-kjolt, a tickling cough,
ng, {., see kilting.
igr, adj. loquacious, scurrilous, tale-bearing.
i, n., also spelt keyr, [kjosa ; cf. Germ, kur in kur-furst,
I choice, decision; ef undir oss braeftr skal koma kjorit,
: v^r viljum hugsa fyrir oss um kjorit, Fms. vii. 88 ; ver6r
kjorum {the final choice) at J)eir fara allir samt, Fs. 120;
allra kjor, at menn kjoru til biskups NorSlenzkan mann,
; \>k skyldi eigi fyrir J)a sok skipta keyrinu, alter the choice,
^3; enda hafi hann engi J)ann mann fengit til k0rs ( = kj6rs)
. Grag. ii. 240; J)a vandaSist kerit (keyrit), Sturl.; ganga at
iiid ganga i kjiir, to go as one wishes; hann kva6 {)at hafa gengit
IS. ii. 371 ; falla i kjor, id., SkiSa R. 104 ; ganga allt viS kjor, id.,
7- II- in plur. cheer; mikil kjcir, mickle cheer, abundance ;
had lot (to choose from) : used in the west of Icel. of bad weather,
<jor, a pelting rain; vil-kjor (Dan. vilkaar), bliss, wealth.
ripr, m. a choice or costly thing; ek vil taka {irja kjorgripi af
erfangi, Fms. vi. 148.
gr, Ad]. fit to be chosen; J)6tti honum hinn eigi kjorligri, Fms.
ttr, adj. overgrown with copsewood. Eg. 580.
^k6gr, m. = kjarrsk6gr.
"0, n. a choice piece of timber, in jetsum the best log of wood
iore; kirkja a kjortre af Kirkjuboli, Vm. 75.
ipn, n. a choice weapon. Fas. iii. 387.
:3r, ker-viflr, m. = kj6rtre, Rd. 251, 252 ; kjorviSa-taka, 254.
iltr, part. iaw'no- chosen amiss; kjiirvilt vartii, Kristin ! Safn 67 1 .
'sligr, adj. acceptable; J)6tti })eim sa J)6 eigi kjorvisligr, at eiga
sjalfr til xttleifdar sinnar, Orkn. 58, Fb. ii. 180, Karl. 152.
', n., also proncd. ket, dat. kjotvi, mod. kjoti ; [a Scandin. word ;
ither in Saxon nor Germ. ; Scot, ket = carrion ; Dzn. kjod ; Swed.
'icsh, meat, Lat. caro ; heitt kjot, Fms. vii. i.;9, 160; ok su6u
iie5 66ru kjiiti, Fb. ii. 376 ; eta kjot, K. |> K. 130, 136 ; J)at er
'eiin lata af naut, fiersauji, geitr ok svin, 130 ; varna vi6 kjotvi,
I from meat, 134, pa.<;sim : in plur. stores of meat, J)au kjot sen)
■'d ni6r logS a vegum, Stj. 71 ; gengu kjcitin J)vi harftara sinn veg,
4- coMPDs : ijdt-£t,n. a meat-eating, 6^6 A. n 16, N. G. L.
kj6t-£ta, u, f. = kjotat, Fms. x. 41 7. kj6t-l8er, n. a joint
fms. viii. 117. kj6t-matr, m. flesh food, meat, Horn. 93.
kki, n. a piece of meat, Grag. ii. 170, Fbr. 38. kj6t-
^d]. fleshy, Sturl. i. 10. kj6t-8Btr, adj. eatable; also of.
Tdays on which flesh was allowed; fugla ^u. er kjotaetir era, K. |>. K. 132,
Sks. 180 ; a J)eim ti5um er kjotsett er, id.
kj6t-ligr, adj. carnal, Stj. ; kjotligt barn. K. A. 146.
I kj6tvi, a, m. the fleshy, a nickname, Hkr.
klafi, a, m. a kind of fork, put on the neck 6f cattle; ^it er klafi
kyrkir, N. G. L. i. 19,341. compds: klafa-kerUng, f. a kind of
two-pronged stick. Bard. 17 new Ed. klafa-atafr, m.=.-klafaker-
ling, Bar6. 19, 29 new Ed.
klaga, a8, [Germ, klagen'], to complain, accuse, (mod.)
klagan or klOgiin, f. a complaint.
klak, n., see klok.
klaka, aft, [Dan. klukke], to twitter, of a swallow ; to chatter, of a pie ;
hann heyrSi at ig6ur klokuSu a hrjsinu, Ssem. 136, Eg. 420, Stj. »o,
f>i6r. 168, Karl. 544: of an eagle, Isl. ii. 195: metaph., of a person,
ok und kvernum klaka, Ls. 44 : — reflex., klakask vi6, to have a dispute
about; vi5 biskup munum klakask vi6 um kirkju-bann, Bs. i. 749.
klaka, u, f. a pr. name. Kloku-aett, f. the family o/K., Landn.
KLAKI, a, m. bard-frozen ground, Finnb. 282, Vigl. 24, passim:
the phrase, koma e-m a kaldan klaka, to put one on a cold ice-field, to
bring one into distress; J)a3 hefir komid mtirgum a kaldan klaka.
COMPDS : klaka-hross, n. a jade, a poor horse left to feed on a frozen
field, Band. 37 new Ed. klaka-hdgg, n. a crowbar to break the frozen
grotmd, Vm. 80, (for a grave-digger.) klaka-torf, n. frozen turf,
Vigl. 71 new Ed.
KIjAKKH, m. a peg, prop, (he peg of a pack-saddle on which the
packs are hung ; setja, lypta a klakk, to lift to the k. ; hrokkva upp af
klcikkunum, to be flung down from the k., freq. : — metaph. heavy, peaked
clouds (sky'-klakkar, klakka-sky), illvi6ris-k., q. v. : in local names of
peaks (two and two), Dimunar-klakkar in Breidifjordr.
klakk-sekkr, m., proncd. klassekkr, a heavy trunk: a heavy, un-
wieldy thing, mesti klassekkr.
klak-laust or klakk -laust, n. adj. [A.S. clcecleas =free], scatheless,
unhurt; komask k. af, to come off unhurt, Finnb. 262 ; at vit mundum
eigi klakklaust skilja, Fb. i. 417 ; ef ek komumk mi a brott klakklaust
at sinni, Fms. iv. 312; ok ver6 Jjvi feginn at J)u komisk klakklaust a
brott. Fas. iii. 98 ; })ar sem a&rir komask eigi klaklaust J)6 nauftsyn beri
til, Fms. vi. 299, (klaclaust, Mork. 61, I.e.)
klak-sd.rr, adj. touchy, feeling sore; c-m ver3r heldr klaksdrt, to be
ruffled, rudely handled, Grett. 1 10 A.
klambra, a6, to clamp or pinch together.
KLAND, n., mod. klandr, dat. klandri, Fb. ii. 388: [perh., through
Lat. scandalum, from Gr. OKavZakov] : — calumny, molestation ; y&r hefir
leyst af ollu illu klandi, Stj. 445 ; komask or klandi sinna motstoSu-
nianna, 415; buand-karl varS fyrir klondum rikra manna, Hom. 117,
(klandum, O. H. L. 80) ; hann kom J)eim or klandi vikinga, Greg. 52 ;
toku hann hurt or ollu klandi Odds ok bans manna, Bs. i. 707 : hindrance,
afklond koma 4 malj)eirra fyrir brullaup,N.G.L. 1.148. klanda-lauss,
zd]. free from molestation, Str. 74, Fms. ix. 409.
klanda, a6, mod. klaudra, to molest, Stj. 216, Greg. 65; meiddir
e6a drepnir e6a klanda&ir, Sturl. i. 41.
klandan, f. calumny, Stj. 163, {calumnia of the Vulgate); ver frjals
af allri k. mimii, Art.
klapp, n. clapping the hands; handa-klapp, Skalda 174.
KLAPPA, a6, [Engl, and Scot, clap; Germ, klopfen ; Swed. klappa'] :
— to pat, stroke gently ; kyssa ok k.,/o kiss and stroke, 6.^5 xxxi ; cp. Scot.
to clap a cat; J);i klappadi hon um granirnar, Edda (pref.) ; jarlinn klappa6i
hendi sinni a bak honum ok ba3 hann vaka, Fms. viii. 88 ; ma5r hefir
staf i hendi ok klappar a lend hestinum, Bs. i. 633 ; ^a kallar konungr
til sin hund sinn Viga ok klappadi um hann, Fms. x. 327; hon spyrr
hvart hann aetlar J)a enn i Mafahli3 at k. um kerhngar-narann, Eb. 44,
Grett. 33 new Ed. ; |x)roddr klappaftium hann (the calf), Eb- 320. 2.
to dap the hands; fiestir aeptu ok kloppu&u, shouted and clapped, DN.
i. 168 : the phrase, k. lofi i lofa, to clap, exult ; klappa a dyrum, to rap
at the door. Eg. 409, Fms. xi. 425 ; klappa a hur&, Fas. iii. 583. II.
a stone-mason's term, to chop stone with a hammer; hann klappadi
rauf i hellu, Grett. 137 A; J)essi steinn var litan sem klappaftr vseri
graSum e3r poUum, Fms. i. 137 ; voru klappa&ir a steinvegginn krossar
^rir, vii. 64 ; i {)eim steini v6ru klappaSir fjorir koppar, Bs. i. 640 ;
runar klappa6ar a steini, 655 xiv. B. 2 ; spor voru kl6ppu& i berginu.
Fas. iii. 569. 2. to bamyner; {jarf eigi holan baug um \>»t at kUppa,
Fb. iii. 404 ; ok klappaSi um hans hjarta, his heart clapped, throbbed, Fbr.
37 ; t)eir sogSusk mundu k. um {they would clench it, make it right) ef
malin kaemi heim i herad, Sturl. i. 134 ; mun ek nu k. um aptr, / will
make it good, ii. 38.
klaret, n. claret. Fas. iii. 3^9, Flov. 22 (for. word), Karl, passim.
KLASI, a, m. a cluster, buneh, esp. of berries: berja-klasi, vinberja-
k., a cluster of grapes ; metaph., eyja-klasi, skerja-k., a cluster of islands,
skerries.
klastr, n. (klastra, ad), an entanglement, tangle, bunch.
klatr, n. a clatter; sva mikit k. at varla f^kk hlj68, Baer. 12, Al. 12 i
a toy, trifle.
342
KLATRA— KLETOR.
klatra, a5, to waste on toys and trifles.
KLATJF, f., pi. klaufir, [A. S. deaf; Engl, cleft, clove ; Gtxm.klaue] : —
a cloven foot, Stj. 316, 317; gciltrinn svamm j)ar til af gengu klaufirnar,
Landn. 177; J)eir rokSu J)angat sem klaufirnar hof5u vitjad af hreins-
titjunum, (3.H. 152: the cleft between the toes ( = neip between the
lingers), sar neSan i ilina ok skar ut i klaufina vid J)umaltana, Sturl. iii.
68. 2. a beast, a bead of cattle ; allar varar hjardir, sva framt at eigi
skal nokkur klauf eptir vera, Stj. 276; hjoggu a skip sin hverja klauf,
Fms. viii. 380. 3. gramm. an asyndeton, viz. two adjectives attached
to one noun without a copula, Skalda 193. compds : klaufa-gangr,
m. the tramp of cattle. Fas. iii. 3S6. klauf-lax, m., see lax. klauf-
rak, n. a driving of cattle, D. N. ii. 146. klauf-trod, n. a track made
by the hoofs of cattle, D.N.
klauf-hamarr, m. a cloven hammer.
klaufl, a, m. an awkward, clumsy boor ; J)u ert mesti klaufi ! a nick-
name, Landn, compds: klaufa-legr, adj. (-liga, adv.), clumsy,
aw'fward. klaufa-skapr, m. clumsiness, want of skill.
klausa, u, f. (for. word), a clause, passage, Skalda 174, 191 ; k. i brefi,
Bs. i. 706, 707.
KLATJSTK, n. [like A.S. clustor, Engl, cloister. Germ, kloster,
from Lat. claustrum'] : — a cloister, Fms. i. 147, x. i, xi. 343, Bs. passim.
COMPDS : klau8tr-buna3r, m. a convent dress, Mar. klaustr-frii,
f. a convent lady. Mar. klaustr-ganga, u, f. entering a convent.
Mar. klaustr-haldari, a, m. a convent steward. klaustr-
hlaupari, a, m. one who elopes from a convent. Mar. klaustr-
hiis, n. a convent house, Bs. i. 293. klaustr-j6r3, f. a convent glebe.
klaastri, a, m. = klaustr ; yfir klaustranum, klaustra sinum, Sks. 694 C,
{>i6r. .s68 ; helgum klaustra, Bser. 8. compds : klaustra-br63ir,
m. a friar, Fms. i. 148. klaustra-folk, n. convent folk, Fms. x. 10.
klaustra-faersla, u, f. removing a convent, Bs. i. klaustra-gar3r,
m. a cloister yard, 645. 120. klaustra-innganga, u, f. entering a con-
vent. Mar. klaustra-lifna3r, m. conve?it life. Mar. klaustra-
menn, m. pi. convent people, K. A. 42, 58, Sks. 694, Fms. ix. 372.
klaustra-sta3r, m. the glebe-land of a convent, K. A. 38.
KXiA, pres. klai, pret. klo, klott, klo, pret. kleginn, [Scot, claw"] : — to
scratch or rtib an itching spot; var fengin kona at kla honum fot sinn,
Sturl. i. 189; hann kalladi a mik ok ba6 mik kla foiinn, Fms. ii. 187;
siSan gekk konungr til svefns, ok klo ek fotinn, x. 331 ; ok vaenti ek at
nokkurir klai sart si6ur, a5r vit Aron latimk baSir, Bs. i. 538 ; var {)ar
fengin til kona um aptaninn er hann var kominn i rekkju, at kla f6t
bans, en er honum ^otti of kyrt klegit, 463 ; ok J)a er fotr minn
hafSi kleginn verit, Fb. i. 400, — the ancients seem to have had their feet
rubbed in bed in order to Ijring on sleep. II. reflex., J)ar mundi
eigi {)ykkja vi6 kollottan at klask, Sturl. iii. 238, v. 1.
klddi, a, m. the itch, Fms. ii. 187, x. 331 ; bra kla6a a hvarmana, Fb.
ii. 367 ; augna-k., fota-k. : a scab, fjar-k., scab on sheep.
kl43-sjukr, adj. scabby, 655 xi. i.
kld3ugr, adj. scabby.
kldfr, m. a kind oi rough box carried on horseback, Lv. 59.
KXjAM, n. [akin to A.S. cl(Emian = to daub], filthy, obscene language;
in mod. usage only in that sense, klam ok niS, Skald H. 5. 24; visur
fullar af fiilu klami, 26. compds : kldm-fenginn, adj. (-fengni, f.),
foul-mouthed. klfim-hSgg, n. a ' stroke of shame,' a law term, a
wound or stroke behind, Bjarn. 66, Grag. ii. 12, Fas. iii. 102. kld.in-
or3, n. a libel, Eb. (in a verse). kldm-visa, u, f. an obscene song.
kldm-yT3i, n.foul language, Fb. iii. 415, 427.
kld,p-eygr, adj. goggle-eyed, Baer. 10.
kMpr, m. = klafr, a nickname, Sturl. ii. 212.
kl&ra, u, f., or kldrr, m. a kind of coarse rake used to spread dung.
kldr-hestr, m. a hack.
KLAHB, m. a hack, cart-horse; J)at er lijamligt, hestr sa ok klarr
{)inn, Gliim. 356; klarr likostuligr, Fs. 128, Nj. 55, Fas. ii. 252 ; hest-
klarr, hu6ar-k., a hack.
kidrr, adj. [like Germ, klar, Engl, clear, etc., from Lat. clams'], clear,
bright; klar kenning, Pass. 10. 12; blominn fagr kvenna klar, Fkv. ;
li-klarr, Sks. 135.
kidr-vigr, adj. clumsy, awkward.
Klifi, m., gen. klja (klea), pi. kljAr, qs. klear ; [cp. Gr. Xaia or \eia,
qs. yXaia ?] : — one of the stones to keep the warp straight in the old upright
loom ; \)k er ek slo vefinn, J)a fell af einn kleinn af miSjum vefnum ok
ttlk ek upp, ok J)a sa ek at kljar J)eir voru ekki nema manna-h6fu6, Fms.
xi. 49 ; manna-hofuS voru fyrir klj4na, Nj. 275. kljd-grjot, n. a
weaver s stones, Nj. 275, v. 1.
KLEFI, a, m. (klifi, Greg. 49. Mart. 120), [A.S. cleofa], a closet;
heimulegr k., Stj. 205 ; h6n var lukt i litlum klefa, Clem. 51 ; hann for
eptir brau5diski i klefa, 656 B. 4 ; litar af elda-skalanum voru klefar
tveir, sinn a hond hvara, ok hla6it skreift i annan en mjcilvi i annan, Eb.
268, 272; litla-stofa ok klefi are distinguished, Sturl. iii. 187; var set
opt Ijos til klifa J)ess er inn ungi ma6r var i. Mart. 1 20 ; J)a skalf klifi
sa allr, Greg. 49 ; svefn-k., a sleeping closet, bedroom, Stj. 204.
KLEGGI, a, m. [klegg, Ivar Aasen; cp. North. E. and Scot, cleg = a
horse-fly] : — a cleg or horse-fly, Stj. 481. 1 Sam. xxiv. 14 ; my efta kite
Eluc. 22 ; flugur J)asr er kallask af aljjy'&u kleggjar, Best. 2.
a cock of hay (hey-kleggi), Hav. 53, Fb. i. 523.
KIjSIF, f., plur. kieifar, [from klifa, to climb], a ridge of cUM
shelves in a mountain side; hljopu sjau menn or skuginum ok 111
kleifina, Eg. 581 ; skogar-kjorr ok kieifar nokkurar, Fms. vii. 56; '
kosu&u hann })ar vi6 kleifina, Eb. 166 (klifit, v. 1.); J)ar sem helzn
kieifar ok skogar J)r6ngvastir, Fms. ix. 359 ; su6r undir kltifarnar, (
67, 70 : poet, the head is called hjarna kleif, 'harn-cliff,' Km. : Klei|
f. pi. a local name in western Iceland, Sturl., Landn., Ann. 1238.
kleima, d, [kleim^, Ivar Aasen ; akin to klam], to daub, smear, dah
J)6 at ek gaeta kleimt einhvern {)eirra, Fas. iii. 544, (conversational.)
kleima, u, f. a blot, dab : name of an ogress, Fas.
kleisask, t, to become inarticulate ; tunga kleisisk, Anecd. 3.
kleiss, adj., kleiss i mali, inarticulate in one's speech, Fms. x. 39,
KIiEKJA, pres. klek, pret. klak6i, part, klakinn, klaktr, [Ulf.
klahs = Vf}mos; Dun. klcekke; Swed. kldcka] : — to hatch; klekja 11
batch out; klekr J)au lit, Stj. 78 ; ungar lit klaktir, id. ; sem haonl
a eggjunum ok hann skal lit klekja, id. ; hsena klak6i dreka, Al. I&
klekking, f., in the conipd klekkingar-ma6r, see klektan.
klekkja, t, in Icel. only used in the phrase, kiekkja a e-m, to «
one smart, punish ; eg skal k. a honum, (conversational.)
klektan, f. = klekking ; [klektan and klekking are prob. akin to G
-klahs in niu-klahs ; cp. also klekkjen — brittle, Ivar Aasen] : — dot
beartedness ; so in the phrase, hann er engi klektunar ma3r, i.e. he
chicken, he is a daring, dangerous man, Sturl. iii. 282 ; ok se Jtii
at hann er engi klektunar ma&r, Eb. 90 new Ed., Nj. 105 ; for the Ta
readings (klectun, kleckun, klecting, klektun) see Nj, Johnsoa 214
kleuibra, a&, [Germ, klemmen], to jam or pinch in a smith's vici,icii
q.v. ; kiyptir ok klembra&ir, Stj. 285.
Klement, mod., proncd. Klemus, m. a pr. name, Clement; Kit
kirkja, messa, dagr, saga, the church, mass, day. Saga of St. CSa
Clem. 48, K.A. 18, Vm, 6,
klenging, f. the picking up a quarrel; J)6 hann taeki af moi
slikar klengingar, Sturl. i. 76.
klengi-sok, f. a law term, picking up a quarrel ; J)ykkir honum
klengisok vera, Oik. 35 ; eigi vilju ver at Jjegnar varir se taksetti
stefndir fyrir f^pretta sakir eSr nokkura klengisaka, /or /Z»e sakttfi.
ing or chicane, N. G. L. ii. 482.
KLBNGJASK, dep. [perh. akin to A. S. clingan, Engl. cling =toi
to] : — to pick up a quarrel ; ok var6 Askatli ilia vi&, ok J)6tti hum
klengst (MS. kleins) hafa til J)essa mals, Rd. 272 ; ok a t)at mcft
moti i erf6 at ganga, J)6at sumir hafi ranglega vi& klengzt, N.G.L.ii.^
kl^nn, adj, [for. word ; from A. S. clcen ; Engl, clean ; Germ. W«i
snug; klenn koss. Fas. iii. (in a verse of the 15th century); k.
Ulf. 4. 44 : little, puny, klen tign. Pass. The word first occurs i
15th century, but it never took root.
KLEPPB, m. [cp. Dan. klippa = a rock; Germ, klumpen;
clympre] : — a plummet, lump, Bs. i. 806 (of a comet's tail), Koni
bly'-kleppr, q. v. II, a local name in Icel.
klepra, u, f. or klepr, m., pi. kleprar, a clot, icicle-like, of fc
hair, wool, Jonas.
kleprottr, adj. clotted, of hair, wool, beard.
klerk-ddmr, m. learning, Bs. i. 793, Sturl. i. 125, Al. 42, Bai
nema klerkdom, Fms. vii. 327 : the clergy, (mod.)
klerkliga, adv. learnedly; predika k., Bs. i. 846.
klerkligr, adj. clerkly, scholarlike, Th. 79 ; klerkligar listir,
680 ; klerkligar baekr, Skalda (pref.)
KIjERKR, m. [from Lat. clericus], a cleric, clerk, scholar; g68i
{beau-clerk), Fms. ix. 531, x. 1 1 1 ; Rikini var klerkr g65r {a good
hxb'i dikta&i hann vel ok versaSi, Bs. i. 239 ; Aristoteles me8 klerit
sina, Al. 8 ; hann skildi gorla Volsku J)viat hann var goSr k., El.
klerkr, a Paris clerk, one who has studied in Paris, Fb. ii. 475 ; vitr 0
gjarn ok k. mikill, Fms. i. 229 ; Eirikr konungr var vitr ma6r dt{
ok kunni margar tungur, xi. 298 ; sva gorir ok inn skilningslausi,
kemr fra skula, J)! hyggsk hann J)egar vera g63r k., Sks. 247,
clergyman, clerk, esp. of the minor orders ; klerk eSr klaustra-muni
40; fjorir tigir presta ok mart klerkar, Sturl. ii. 6. S. «.
clerk as in Engl. ; messu-prestr skal engi lei6angr gora, nd kon
n6 klerkr bans, N. G. L. i. 97, iii. 77, D. N. passim : a nickname,
compds: klerka-folk, n. the clergy, Fms. i. 147. klerka-lt
id., 623. 15. klerka-nid.1, n. pi. clerical, ecclesiastical matters,
389. klerka-si3ir, m. pi. c/enVa/ CMS/07WS, Fms. vii. 199. k-
sveinn, m. a clerk. klerka-sveit, f. the clerical body, Sturl i,:
body of scholars, Al. 8. klerka-songr, m. church music, Fras.i.
klessa, t, to clot, daub : reflex, klessast, to talk thick, Anecd, 10
klesstr = kleiss (q.v.), Fms. x. 39, v. 1.
klessa, u, f. [kleksa, Ivar Aasen], a clot; blek-k, an ink-clot, e;
kless-mseltr, adj. talking thick, Fms. x. 39, v. 1.
kletti, n. a lump of fat in the loins of meat.
KLETTR, m. [Dan. klint], a rock, cliff, Faer. 29 ; l)ar stendr
'
KLETTABELTl— KLOKR.
343
^ HafUak, |>orsteinn gekk upp li klettinn, Eg. 717, Bs. ii. Ill,
104, Gisl. 147 ; h4r k., Grett. loi ; ]peir sjd hvar klettar tveir
p or hafiiiu, Fas. ii. 248: in plur. a range 0/ crags : poet.,
■ shoulder rock,' i. e. (be bead, Ls. ; hjarna k., ' barn rock,' i. e. the
I Inia-k., helmet crag, cp. Helm-crag in Westmoreland, Lex. Poet,
kletta-belti, n. a bell of crags. kletta-fru, f., botan. the
kletta-skora, u, f. a scaur. kletta-sn6s, f. a jutting
treq. in mod. usage.
fkiliga, adv.; vera k. kominn, to have got into bad scrapes, Th. 76.
^kir, m. a nickname, Landn.
bft) a9, to murmur inarticulately.
|Zi>B) m. a din, the murmur in a great assembly when no articulate
is to be heard ; J)yss e3a k., Gisl. 56 ; k. ok hareysti, Fms. vi.
IBs. ii. 129 ; skilr J)u h^r nokkud mal manna? eigi heldr en fugla-
iFas. ii. 175; 1 einum kli5 = i einum duni, — allt var senn i einum
upp vatt triiss meSal herda. Skid. R. 28.
[A. S. clif; Engl, cliff"], a cliff; klif and kleif are used in-
itnately in Eb. and Eg. 1. c. ; J)eir fengu tekit hann lit vi6 klif er
kSi 6t Qorunni, Eb. 166; ok kosuftu hann ^ar viS klifit, id. v. 1. ;
ok einstigi yfir at fara. Eg. 576 ; ^a, var J)ar undir niftri skogr
li^^aust uppi a kliiinu, 580 ; ok er Egill kom upp or klifinu, id. ; i
pokkuru, Bs. i. 200; var i brattasta einstigi upp at ganga ok i
h4 klif (plur.), Stj. 452. l Sam. xiv. 4 {eminentes petrae of the
Ite) ; si6an gekk hann til klifs J)ess er t)j63gata la yfir, J)eir stefndu
Igosta til klifsins, Korm. 146: poet., hauka klif, hawk's cliff = the
iHallfred ; ha klif, a high cliff, Sighvat : local names, Klifs-jdrfl,
idr, Klifs-dalr, Bjarn. ; Klifs-lond, Cliffiand or Cleveland,
tland, Fms. vi.
\, a&, prop, to climb, but only used metaph. : — to repeat, to harp on
ttu ti)ing ; baS J)d eigi klifa sva ey ok ey, Isl. ii. 349; klifar J)u
latjafnan, maimfyla ^in, Nj. 85; kerling klifaSi allt sumarit um
Jtana at inn skyldi bera, 194 ; v^r kumpanar laerSum J)ik eitt vers,
l^t nu J)egar J)er sva kaert sem J)u kunnir engan hlut annaii, klif-
|iat jafnan 9e fram. Mar. ; klifar sa margr kvaeSin lin. Skald H.
2. reflex, to wrangle ; tolu5u menn at sja ma6r vaeri it mesta
lenu heimsliga hann klifask vi3 konung, Fb. iii. 381.
19,1). part, a kind of ?ne/re, where the same rhyme-syllable is repeated
■heat the half of a verse, a specimen of which is Edda (Ht.)48.
ft, u, f. a ' cliff-gate,' way along a cliff, Isl. ii. 1 76.
ad, to climb, Kb. 102, Fagrsk. 125 ; usually as dep. klifrask,
-Hi. 443.
jC,kling, kling, kling ! interj., of bells or a tinkling sound, Jonas.
ll^GJA, d, [Germ, klingen ; Dan. klinge; cp. Engl, clink] : — to ring,
1 hugsar at her muni k. til upphafs, Fms. xi. 434 ; hlytr zb klingja
idyngjadukinna. Snot 99; klingirmerfyrireyrumomr, Bjarnii36.
"?PA, 6, to clip ; k. me6 soxum, Str. 9 ; klipti negl bans ok har,
304; k. har, to clip, cut the hair, Stj. 202 ; k. sau6i, hjiJr3, to
sheep, K. Jj. K. 104, Stj. 482, 484.
kSi U, f. a clipping, sample ; af-klippa.
kuci, a, m. a hair-cutter, Stj. 524 : — a dealer, monger, R^tt. 2. lo.
ling, f. a clipping, shearing.
raagr, m. a shorn sheepskin, Grag. i. 501, Bs. i. 834, H. E. iv. 131.
PA, pres. klif, pret. kleif, pi. klifu ; [A. S. clifian ; Engl, cleave to ;
i; Germ, kleben] : — to climb; Jonathan kleif ekki siSr me3
fcitum um einstigit, Stj. 452; konungr kleif upp i einn
iFins. viii. 75 ; en sumir klifu sva bratta brekku, 401 ; J)a kom
anpandi ok kleif upp yiir kostinn ok J)a9an upp yiir hiisin, ix.
vi, at hann niatti klifa upp i virkit af skildinum, Sturl. ii. 33 ;
einn i hiiku mer, Dropl. 22 ; J)vi er kaenlegra at k. skemra, ok
Al. 145 ; J)eim er aSr hof&u klifit, Hkr. i. 290; klifa a kjol,
224 (in a verse).
TA, fi, mod. klia, a5, [provinc. Norse klia, pret. klidde and
klir, see notes to Al. 186]: — to feel nausea; hon kligir
^bi > {leirra ond kligir i mot inum himneska mat. Mar. : —
bpers., mig kliar, or mig kliar vi6 \>vi.
u, f., mod. klia, fiausea, Mag. 89.
TA, d, to smear ; klina brau5, to butter bread, Fms. ix. 241 ;
lleiri, Best. 673. 53 : mod. to daub, esp. with ordure.
r, m. \klining, Ivar Aasen], buttered bread ; kasta kliningnum ok
i, cp.the Engl. proverb ' to throw the helve after the hatchet,' Fms.
l,T.l. : as a nickname, Orkn. : the word is still used in the old sense
py. II. in Icel. it is only used oi cakes of cow-dung.
, a8, (0 glue, paste.
if 8, [kle, pi. kljar], to_fix the weights to a loom (see k\&) ; m(5r
'5r vera vefrinn, Fms. xi. 49 ; harSkljaSr, hard stretched, Darr. :
, vera 4 enda kljadr, to be finished, dene; J)a3 er ekki a enda kljad,
> end of it as yet ; vera tit kljadr, done; {)a3 er ut klja3 um J)au
"a 4 enda, to wind up, to have done; er ek a enda klja6r at J)ola
Isl. ii. 420.
PA, pres. klyf; pret. klauf, klauft (klaufst), klauf, pi. klufu ;
1; part, klofinn ; \^A.S. cleofan; Eng\. cleave ; O.U.G. chlio- ^
ban; mid. H. G. klieben ; Dun. klijve ; Sv/e<i. klyfva]:—to cleave, split ;
hann hjo k skjiild Riits ok klauf allan nidr, Nj. 95 ; clda er r<;tt at gora
ok k. torf til, K. {>. K. 88 ; xtluftu at fl4 hann kv'ikan ok klufu sv6r8 nn
i hof&inu, Fms. vii. 227 ; era sem kolvift kljiifi, karl sa cr vcgr at jarli, viii.
(in a verse) ; eSa ek klyf {jik i hcrdar ni^r, Nj. 185 ; kom i hofuftit ok
klauf ofan i jaxlana, 144; skildir'ro klofnir, c/ot/en, c/e//, Vsp. 46 : metaph.
to split, ek klyf or {)essum sex greinir ins fi6r8a tigar, Skiilda 162. II.
reflex., |)ar at sem bjorgin kljiifask, are cleft, branch out, Finnb. 242. 2.
recipr., {)6 at J)eir klyfisk i herSar ni8r. Fas. i. 404. 3. part, kloflnn,
as adj. cloven; langt upp klofinn, i.e. long-legged. Barb. 165.
klof, n. the cleft between the legs, the fork. Fas. ii. 346. comvdj :
klof-langr, adj. long-forked, long-legged. klof-snjdr, ro. sncw
reaching to the klof. klof-stuttr, adj. short-forked.
klofa, a&, to stand or stride with the legs apart; klofa snj6.
KLOFI, a, m. a cleft or rift in a hill closed at the upper end ; metaph.,
J)eir voru komnir i sva mikinn klofa, at Ingjaldr var a aftra bond, en
Laxa a a3ra hiind, i. e. they were ' in a cleft stick,' — /he enemy on one
hand, the river on the other, Ld. 46 ; so also as a military term ; at samnaSr
vaeri a Rangar-vollum ok vaeri sii ra6ag6r8, at {)eim se aetla6 at vcrSa
i klofanum, ' were in a cleft slick,' ' caught in a trap,' Sturl. i. 201 ; mun
ek ok senda lift til fulltings vi3 ySr, ok skal J)at koma a bak fieini,
sva at J)e;r ver3i i klofanum, Fas. i. 33 ; ok var sv4 stefnt at hann skyldi
J)a3an at koma, ok skyldi |>orfiimr ver3a i klofanum, Orkn. 68 : fjalla-
klofi, a ravine with a bottom, Sij. 87, Al. 26; landa-kiofi, a delta at
the fork of a river, Sks. 194, 1 99; lausa-klofi, gramm. a diphthong
(au, ei, ey), Skaldal7o: medic, gin-klofi, q.v. 2. the groove
(hurSar-klofi) in which the door moves up and down instend of moving on
hinges (see hniga III) ; hence the phrases, Itika upp hur3u, or liika aptr
hut6 a miSjan klofa, to open or shtit the door to the middle of the groove,
i. e. shut it half way, Bar6. 171, Fb. i. 547 ; hur3 hnigin ii miSjan klofa,
half shut, Fms. iii. 74, Fas. iii. 5-i6; haim gtngr {)ar til er hann kenir
at hur3u, hon var greypt i stokk ok hnigin eigi allt i klofa, Fb. i.
258; hann svarar ilia ck rak aptr hurdina i klofa, GuUJ). 15; eptir
Jjat opar |jorbj6rn inn undan, ok lauk hur3inni i klofa, 18. 3. the
forks to support tents on board a ship, Edda (Gl.) ; {)a ba& hann meS
sina ganga ytra me3 bordum, ok hoggva tjiildin or klofum. Eg. 122:
a place in a sZ)i^ = klo fa-rum, \>vi skal hlada i klofa inn, N. G. L.
ii. 276. 4. a forked mast, used in boats on the west coast of
Icel. 5. snuffers; gora skaltii klofa af gulli lj6s at slcikkva, Stj.
306. Exod. XXV. 38, Vm. 36 ; kerta*pipa i staf ok klofi, Pm. 103 ; kerta-
klofi, q. V. ; horn-klofi, q. v. compds : klofa-kerling, f. and klofa-
stafr, m. a cleft stick or staff, Bar3. 1 70, 1 7 1 ; see klafi. klofa-nim,
n. a ship's cabin near the mast; J)vi fkal hla3a i klofariimi vi3 siglu, Jb.
386. klofa-sigling, f. sailing with a forked mast. klofa-stef,
n. a metric, term, a ' cleft-burden,' a kind of refrain, consisting of several
lines inserted separately in different lines of a stanza, Sturl. ii. 59.
klofna, a3, to be cloven, Vsp. 52; i J)essum gny klofnar himininn,
Edda 41 ; klofna3i hann i tva hluti, Nj. 108 ; skildirnir klofnu3u. Eg.
507, V. 1. ; jorSin skalf og bjorgin klofnuftu, Matth. xxvii. 51.
klofningr, m. anything cloven, cp. the Engl, clove (of garlic) ; the
name of a mountain in western Ictland, Landn.
KIjO, f., gen. klo, N.G. L. i. 100, mod. kloar, pi. klaer, i.e. klcer;
[A. S. clawu; Engl, claw; O.H.G. cblawa ; mid. H. G. X/a; Germ.
klaue; Dan. klo, pi. kloer] : — a claw, talon, of beasts of prey, kattar-
klaer, ijons-klaer, arnar-klaer, krumma-klacr, vals-klaer, the claws of a cat,
lion, eagle, raven, falcon ; gambrs-klo, q.v.; bra henni i hnotar liki ok
hafdi i klom ser, Edda 46 ; flugu at J)eim hrafnar, ok sy'ndusk J)eim or
jarni nefin ok klaernar, Nj. 272; hann (the crocodile) hefir storar tenn
ok klaer, Stj. 77 ; me3 hvossum klom, 80: metaph. a claw, of the hand,
kolnar mi a klonum, Grett. 94 B : as also in the ditty, kalt er ni^r li
k. 1. 6. kenni eg J)ess a s. i. 6 . . . (i. e. kalt er mer klonum, kenni eg J)ess
k sjonum...): a nickname, Orkn. 'k.l6a.-eangT,m. affght with the
claws. Fas. iii. 210. II. naut. the clew of a sail, Edda (Gl.);
eyri fyrir hanka hvern, eyri fyrir klo hverja, N. G. L. i. loi ; en fyrir
smareip hvert er a segli er ertog silfrs ok sva fyrir klo hverja, ii. 283 ;
eyri fyrir krapta hvern, {xj eyrir at einnar kloar missi, i. 100, ii. 283 : tb*
cleat = ko\h (q. v.\ N.G. L. I.e.
kloask, dep. tojigbt with claws : in the saying, 6ndur3ir skolu emir
kloask, 0. H. 183, Fas. ii. 495.
klo-bjtigr, adj. an epithet ofan eagle.
kl6-d;^r, n. a beast with claws, K. f>. K. 134.
klo-festa, t, to clutch.
kl6-fugl, m. a bird with claws or talons, opp. to fitfugl (q. v.), K. |>. K.
^32- ... ^
kl6kindi, n. pi. cunning, clevemesf. Fas. iii. 267.
klok-leiki, a, m. craft, cunning, Karl. 130, Mar.
klok-liga, adv. cleverly, cunningly, Stj. 167, Pass. 15. 5.
klok-ligr, adj. cunning, crafty, Fms. x. 172.
KLOKR, adj. [perh. not a genuine Scandin. word, but, like Dan. klog,
Swed. klok, borrowed from Germ. Wm^] : — arcb, clever, Frns. xi. 227,
Stj. 160, 223 : arcb, wily, 34, 70-
344
KLOKSKAPR— KLiEJA.
kl6k-skapr, m. archness, Stj. 75, 91, 178, Bs. i. 767: wiliness, Stj.
37, 416, Fms. xi. 445, Grett. 162 A ; klokskapar list, -vel, a device, Stj.
177,178,247.
klor, n. a scratching. Fas. iii. 502 ; kattar-klor, a cat's scratch : baa
writing, a scrawl, })etta er lj6ta kl6ri6.
klora, a5, to scratch like a cat, Stj. 77, 80, Fas. ii. 370 ; to scrawl, write
badly, klora bref.
klo-segi, a, m. claw-lilee streaJes 0/ clouds, Bjorn.
kl6t, n. [Germ, klotz; Dan. klode = a ball^ : — the knob on a sword's
hilt, Ann. 1405, Fas. iii. 472.
kldungr, m. a kind of lichen, Bjorn.
kl6-vara, u, f. hides with the claws left on, N.G. L. i. 257.
kl6-J)ang, n. a kind of seaweed, kelp,fucus vesiculosus, Hjalt.
kluft, f. a cleft: Kluftir, f. pi. a local name, Sand-k., Stud.
KLUKKA, u, f., gen. pi. klukkna, older form klocka, Fms. vi. 147,
Horn. 9, 68, 69, Bs. i. 38 ; [A.S. c/wco-g; Engl, c/oc/r; Gt\m.. glocke;
Dan. ilioMe] : — a hell, Griig. i. 460, Bs. i. 65, K. {>. K. passim.
COMPOS : klukku-lilj65, klukkna-hlj65, or klokkna-lilj63, n. a
peal of bells, Bs. i. 38, Fb. i. 417, Fms. vi. 63, xi. 341. klukku-
hringr, m. a bell-ring, Pm. 103. klukkna-hus, n. a bell-chamber,
belfry, Pm. 60, Stiirl. ii. 119, Horn. 68, D.N. klukku-mdimr, m.
[Dan. klokke-mahn], bell-metal. Am. 29, Pm. 1-24. kltikku-strengr,
m. a bell-rope, Fb. i. 354, Jm. 32. II. metaph., botan. a bell:
a short cloak.
klukkari, a, m., old form klokkari, Str. 18, Fms. iv. 171, [Dan.
klokker] : — a belman, Fms. xi. 256, (5.H. 72, D. N. passim ; klukkara-hiis,
-stofa, a belman's room, D. N.
KIiUMBA, u, f. and klubba, Fagrsk. 49, O. H, L. 70, Hkr. ii. 175,
Rb. 1812. 18: a club, Fms. iv. 246, xi. 129, Sd. 147, B^v., El. (Fr.) ;
klumbu-fotr, a clubfoot; klumbu-nef, a snub nose.
klumsa, adj. lock-jaw. Germ, maulklemme, a disease of horses.
KliUNGR, m., the r is radical, [klungr, Ivar Aasen] : — a bramble;
milium klungra ok hagj)yrna, Barl.i8, 139 ; J)orn ok klungr, Stj. 38 ; milli
J)orna ok klungra, 47 ; me& klungrum ok hvossum hag^ornum, 395, (' spinis
tribulisque' of the Vulgate) ; t)yrni, klungr, ok allt annat illgresi, Fms. v.
159 ; rosan vex upp a milli klungra ok ]^yrna, Hom. (St.) ; sem ros hja
klungrum, Gd. 6 : poet., hrae-k., carrion-thorn, poet, for a weapon, Merl.
I. 36, Lex. Poet. II. metaph., in Icel., where there are no thorns,
any rough ground is called klungr ; hraun ok klungr (klungr ok horkn,
v.l.), Bs. i. 452 : allit., klettar ok klwngr, crags and rocks.
klungrdttr, adj. grown with bramble, Stj. 45, Art.: — stony, rough.
klunna, t, to cling to, in a rude sense ; hann sitr ok klunnir a skogar-
trjam, Stj. 80, v.l.; en hin klunna vi6rbakit,ofan ape and her young, 95.
klunni, a, m. a clumsy, boorish fellow . klunna-legr, adj. (-lega,
adv.), clumsy in shape.
kliika, u, f. a local name in the west of Icel., see Bjorn.
kliirr, adj. coarse, esp. in language and manners; the word is now
freq., and ahhough not recorded in old writers, it must be old, as one of
the thralls in Rm. is called Kliirr.
kMsa, a3, [for. word], to make intricate: kliisaSr, part, intricate;
u-klusa8r, unhampered, Faer. 265.
Kliis-Petrus, m. St. Peter with his keys,' Key-Peter,' 6.H. (in a verse).
kli3.tr, m. [for. word; A. S. clut ; Engl, clout; Dan. klud ; it appears
in writers of the 14th century] : — a kerchief, Bs. i. 791 ; ok J)ar um
vafit einum hreinum kbit, 829, ii. 170; lin-kliitr, i. 790; vasa-kliitr, a
pocket-handkerchief, (mod.)
KLYF, f., gen. sing, and nom. pi. klyfjar; [Dan. klbv\: — a pack or
trunk on a pack-horse; leggja upp klyf, to pack a horse, N. G. L. i. 349 ;
ef ma6r ekr efta berr klytjar, . . . Jjott eigi se klyfjar a hrossi manns,
Grag. i. 441 ; taka af klyfjar af hesti, Grett. 1 19 A ; ^at var nog klyf, it
was a full weight for a horse. Fas. iii. 401 ; hrindr ofan reiainginum meS
klyfjunum, Sturl. iii. 114; hrossum me& klyfjum, (5. H. 187. compds :
klyfja-band, n. the pack on a horse, Nj. 56. klyfja-btir3r, m.
carrying packs on horseback, Fbr. 65, Nj. 56, v. 1. klyfja-hestr, m.
and klyfja-hross, n. a pack-horse, K. |>. K. 86, Nj. 264, Landn. 152,
Grag. ii. 279, Fbr. 41, 42 new Ed., Eb. 296, Jjorst. SiSu H. 13.
klyf-beri, a, m., proncd. klybberi, and spelt thus, Grag. (Kb.) ii.
109, 1. 21 : — a pack-saddle, K. f>. K. 86, Sturl. iii. 114. klyfbera-
band, n. and klyfbera-gj6r3, f. a pack-saddle girth, Lv. 91,
klyf-baerr, adj.jf/ to carry a burden, of a pack-horse; sjau kaplar
klyfbaerir, Vm. 177; fola klyfbaerrar osnu, Matth. xxi. 5.
klyfja, a5, to load a pack-horse, Nj. 74, Eg. 593, Stj. 460, 483, O. H.
170, Ver. 124, Fbr. 17 new Ed., passim.
klyfja, klufSi, [kljufa], to split, cleave, Vm. 53 ; segja sumir menn at
t)eir klyf6i hann til hjarta, Fbr. 57 new Ed,: part, klufdr, cleft; hjor-
klufdr, a cleft with a sword. Lex. Poet.
klykkja, t, [klukka], to ring; t)ar er klykt, 671. 16; klykkir til
fornar upphalds, Mar., N. G. L. ii. 242, D. N. ii. 77 ; but in Icel. hringja
is the common word.
klymta, t, [A.S. clumjan'], to maunder, murmttr; ok vil ek at J)u
klymtir mi eigi a moti mer, Hav. 17 new Ed.
kljrppr, m. a pr. name, Fb. iii.
KlilSTPA, kly'pdi, later klypti, but pres. kly'pr, mod. klypir; in rl.
usage this word has (except in pres.) been turned into a strong vj,
klipa, kleip, klipu, klipinn; [Engl, to clip = to clasp'] : — to clip, pi,'-
J)a tok Laurentius i si6u Stephani ok klypti fast, Sks. 652 ; ef mafirjr
mann e5a hrifr e&a klypr, Grag. ii. 133 ; si6an klyp8o Jjeir tungu-stiii
meS tong, 0. H. 250; to squeeze in, klyptir ok klembraSir, Stj. ;!•
hefir ey&imorkin sva klypt {)a, id.
kl^a, u, f. a bit pinched out of another ; smjiir-k., a bit of butter
kipping, f. a clipping, pinching, Grag. ii. 133, Sks. 652.
klypi-tong, f. a smith's tongs or clippers, nail pincers.
klseSa, d, to clothe; klsE6a sik, to dress oneself, Nj. 171 ; klae6a noli
kalna, Hom., O. H. L. 22; afklseddi hann sik {he put off) sinum k
Stj. 466; i 6ttufyrirdagst66hannuppokklsBddisik, Edda 28. ,.
reflex, to dress oneself, to rise in the morning; afklaeSask, to unc):.
Fms. x. 16; klaeQask pells-klae&um, (3.H. 31; mal mun vera uf|t
standa ok klaeSask, Edda 30 ; hvern dag er J)eir hafa klaeSsk, 25 ;
dagan stod "^mir upp ok klaeddisk, 35 ; Snorri st6& upp ok bad r
klse5ask, ok er l)eir voru klaeddir, Eb^ 188; en siSan klaB6isk ham
huskarlar hans ok for ofan til vatns, O. H. 62 ; si6an st66u J>eir up
klaeddusk, Ld. 44. HI. part, klseddr, clad, dressed; a mc _
er J)u ert klaeddr, Fs. no; svart-klaeddr, clad in black; hvit-k., cli\n
white; rau&-k. ; '^unn-^., thinly clad ; :i]-k\xddT, qjtite dressed; spaL,
in one's ' spared' clothes, i. e. in one's best clothes.
kl8e3-far, adj. 'few-clad,' thinly clad, Bs. i. 442, Bret. ch. 34.
kl8e3-h.8efr, ■i.d^.fi.t for clothes, fit for wear, Grag. ii. 247.
KL-^DI, n., irreg. gen. pi. klse&na, Barl. 80, 83, Str. 21 ; [A.S. c
Engl, cloth ; O. H. G. chleit ; Germ, kleid ; Dutch kleed ; Swed. and
Made] : I. cloth, stuff; maela vaSmal ok lerept ok ;.
oil, Grag. i. 497 ; vestr til Englands at kaupa s6r klsefti ok onnur ;,
. . . hlada skipit me& hveiti ok hunangi, vini ok klaeSum, Eg. 69 : .»;
klaeSi me8 morgum litum, 517; gaf konungr fjorgilsi laufgraent i
fimtan alna langt, Sturl. iii. 131 ; vel J)4r J)au klae9i til hosna er bi >
se at lit, en ekki onnur klseSi nema skarlat s^, Sks. 286 ; skaltii ;a
t)er klae&i er ver eigum bezt. Fas. iii. 265 ; fimtan alnir klaeSis brui it
lit, en klae3it var gersemi, Bs. i. 433 ; kennir hann klse6i J)au i ky m
hirSmanna, er hann haf3i rsentr verit, 434; J)rjatigi stikur klae&is, ,;
tvibreitt, Jjribreitt klaeSi, tvieln klaeSi, N. G. L. iii. 205, 208 ; halflit ] )i
chequered cloth, Fms. ii. 70 : in mod. usage distinction is made be i\x
the foreign machine-made klseSi and the home-made vadmal, q. v.; k ..<-
treyja, klae9is-fat, opp. to vaSmals-treyja, va6mals-fat. i 0
garment ; Arinbjorn haf6i latiS gora klae&i pat vi5 voxt Egils, Eg. 5;
eitt gullhlaS, ok rautt klae5i, Nj. 35 ; niaSr i rau5u k'aeSi, Fms. x. ,";
ef klaedi rifnar af manni, K. fj. K. 88 : — fja5r-k., dun-k.,/ea/ier or : ■'
cloth ; s65ul-k., a saddle cloth. 2. esp. in plur., clothes, a!
dress; vaskufl yztan klae6a, Nj. 32 ; laza klseSi sin. Anal. 292; v
611 klaeSi, Eb. 34 ; hvar fyrir berr J)u rau6 klaeSi, J)ar sem |ia
klerkum fyrirbo9in at bera ? {jvi, sag6i hann, at ek hefi engi onnv
hann kom inn litlu si6ar me8 briin klae6i er erkibiskup hafSi
borit, — Ber J)essi klae&i hatiSis-daga, Bs. i. 800; kasta klae&um.
klae5i a vapn, to throw clothes over the weapons, in a brawl, to 1
bloodshed, Vapn. 28 : bedclothes, hann let bera i vind klaeSi ^u •
hafSi haft a&r. Eg. 567; und klaeSum, Isl. ii. 252 (in a verse);
ilat, klasSa ork, a clothes chest, 655 xxx. 7, Js. 78 ; klaeSa hir&ir, i«i
a wardrobe, Stj. 649 ; klae5a hla6i, a pile of clothes, Grett. 160;
kaup = klaeSaskipti, Fbr. 94 new Ed. ; klaeda spell, spoiling, damaging
dress, N. G. L. i. 163 ; klaeSa ver&, the price of clothes, GJ)1. 259:-
klaeSi, over-clothes; rekkju-klae&i, bedclothes; her-klae&i, armour
klae&i, linen clothes; lit-klaeSi, chequered clothes, all of them ii
COMPDS : kl8e3a-buna3r, kl8e3a-buningr, m. apparel, Bs. i. 13^
i. 69, Stj. 697; t)eir hofdu mjok likan kl3e&a-buna6 ok vapna, 1
344. kl8e3a-faldr, m. the hem of a garment, N. T. k
foil, n. pi. the folds of a garment. Mar. : medic. = kvennatiSir. h
mangaVi, a, m. a clothesmonger, Rett. 13. 9. kl8e3a-skipti, jpl;
gora k., to change clothes, Stj. 518, Fbr. 161, Sturl. iii. 100, L(
kl8e3a-skur3r, m. the cut of clothes, Rett. kl8e3a-siii3, n. 1
fashion of clothes, Hkr. iii. 181, Fas. ii. 344.
kl8e3-lauss, adj. 'clothes-less,' naked, Stj., Fms. ii. 174, vi. 30a,
kl8e3-leysi, n. nakedness, Barl. 61.
kl8e3-niargr, adj. having many clothes, opp. to klxSfar, Sturl. u
kl8e3na3r, m. clothing, apparel; hiisbuna&r, borSbiinadr ok kia
Eg. 94; k. f>6ru ok gripir, 158, Grag. i. 299, 460, Karl. 545.
klae3-sekkr, m. a clothes-bag, knapsack, Fms. iii. 178, Grett.
Stj. 214, v.l. ,
klsaS-ylr, m. clothes-warmth, of bedclothes, Sks. 758. I KingU
kl8eingr,m.,contr.kl8engr,a name of a raven, poet., Edda(Gl)
a pr. name, Klseingr, Landn.
KL-fflJA, aft, to itch; mi klaeja oss lofarnir, our palms tt^,
42 ; gnu J)u um hals mer {)errunni J)viat m6r klasjar mjok, 11^
^eim mun i briin breg8a ok ofarliga klaeja {it will itcb sorely) !»'
4,berr fram vornina, Nj. 339.
KL^KI— KNALIGA.
345
L^KI, n. (in mod. usage klsekr, m.), [perh. akin to klekja and
)\. klabei = pusillanimity]: — disgrace, cowardice; kva6 mcinnum
kki i vera, ef einn Vikverskr madr skal yfir oss ganga Wr i friend-
X varum, Hkr. iii. 395 ; oss er fiat klaeki, segir hann, ef . . ., Fms.
269 ; at hoiium vaeri hvarki at si6an skonini ne klaeki, Sturl. iii.
; allir ver5um ver J)a at klaekjuni, Fms. v. 204 ; haf mi J)etta, ok
nj) bseSi skiimm ok klaeki, Gisl. 63 ; en mi hafit 6r unau6 ok {)raelkon
bar me5 storklaeki ok niftingsskap, O. H. 227; bera aetinlegt klaekis-
at t)ora eigi at hefna J)in, Fms. ii. 69 ; klaekis hogg, a dastardly
[', Bjarn. 66, (apun.) compds : 'k\gd^s-Qfni,n. a mean, dastardly
p. -eeding, J)orst. Si9u H. 49. kleekja-fullr, adj. disgraceful, Stj . 406.
" kis-laust, n. adj. blameless, ' sa7is reproche,' Sturl. i. 221. klaekis-
ir, m. a dastard ; kva6 J)a eigi me6al-klaekismenn vera er peir J)yr6i
at hefna sin, Isl. ii. 71, Fms. xi. 270, Sturl. ii. 170. kleekis-
,, n. a name for cowardice; see above. klsekis-ord, n. in same
e, Horn. Ill, Fms. v. 136, Hkr. iii. 1 14. klsekis-skapr, m. hase-
, cowardice, Fms. xi. 270, Lv. 50. klaekis- verk, n. a base work,
»ki-liga, adv. in a dastardly way, Fs. 41, Vapn. 27.
Bki-ligr, adj. dastardly, cowardly, Bs. i. 165, Isl. ii. 451.
':i-skapr, n. baseness, meanness, Fbr. 74, Nj. 32.
:i, t, to put to shame; suma hafi hon lati6 klaekja a nokkurn
s. iii. 75 ; ok telr ))at manngi munu gcirt hafa at klaekjask a vi3
A. ii. 319; hence the mod. klekkja a e-m, to punish one; engi
;ask at gora henni kinnroSa e8r k!aekja hana um, at hiin fari
a, Stj. 4i_3.
ill, d, [klam], to fall foul of; klsemdu mjcik 1 orSum sinum
ok Terrogant, (as Spenser, *■ Maumet and Termagaunt'), Flov.
od., reflex, klsemast, to use obscene, filthy language.
J jiuinn, adj. using obscene, _filthy language.
Ijik, n. pi. [Dan. klukken'\, the chirping of birds, Rm. 41.
1 ikkna, a6, to become klokkr, Karl. 545, freq. in mod. usage.
\v, adj., with a characteristic v, ace. klokkvan, etc., prop, bending,
iS of a reed ; klokkr kjolr, Bs. i. 483 (in a verse) ; var3 Mariu-
..(ikk mjok ok skaut lykkjunum, Fms. viii. 199; klokk stal, of
dda (Ht.) ; a klukkva saumfor, Orkn. 104 (in a verse). II.
soft, crying faintly, moved to tears ; hann var3 vi& petta
iijok ... ok segir honum til vandrae6a sinna, Rd. 50 ; Jon aetladi
iyr biskup me& kiigan klokkan at gora, Bs. i. 289 : broken-
Eb. 78 (in a verse) ; J)a ur6o J)eir klokkvir (they lost heart)
vi fra fjori, Hkr. Cd. Fr. 264; at hann skyldi grata sem barn,
^rottr mundi i honum vera, at hann var6 sva klokkr vi6 J)etta,
00, konungs-dottir var6 klokk vi5 or& hans ok blikna6i, Karl.
KKVA, pres. klokkr, pret. klokk, pi. klukku, also spelt with
jva, Kb. of the Saem. ; [A. S. cloccan and Engl, cluck, limited in
Ke Lat. glocire ; Dan. klynke'] : 1. to soften ; klokkvandi
r3. Mar. (rare). II. metaph. to sob, whine; kostir 'ro betri
1 at klokkva se, Skm. 13; klukku J)eir karlar er kunnu gorst
Am. 62 ; af sonarlegri ast klokk mi Josaphat mjok, Barl. 187 ;
k koiiuiigrinn ok allir t)eir er honum fylg6u, 211 ; \>a, klokkr
harmi hugar, Sks. 226; er Davift heyrSi J)essi ti6indi, J)a klokk
16; einn af gestum Magmiss konungs gekk til ok kysti likit ok
'■b, Fms. viii. 236, v. 1. ; honum fannsk sva mikit til vigslunnar at
"kk, X. 109, v. 1. ; sumir klukku en sumir gretu, Barl. 190 ; sy'ta
:kva, Horn. (St.): part, klokkvandi, wi/h failing voice; siSan
~k ^eir viSr Karl klokkvandi, Karl. 2, 180, 288 ; J)6tti honum
klokkvandi kveSa, Sturl. ii. 214C; bi&ja, maela klokkvandi, pas-
iic word is obsolete except as a participle.
ijkkving, f. emotion. Mar.
IIOMBR, f. [akin to a well-known root word common to all Teut.
s't's, cp. Germ, klam, klemmen'] : — a smith's vice, of which a draw-
'iven in the old edition of Gliim. (1786). 2. metaph. of
Irawn up in a similar shape ; i klombrina miftja milium {)essara
^ Stj. 512 ; skulu ver mi renna at ok hafa spjotin fyrir oss, ok
inibrar-veggrinn ganga ef fast er fylgt, Gliim. 386; losnaSi J)a
!king Skagfir6inga sem klambrar-veggr vaeri rekinn, Sturl. iii.
local name in Icel., see the poem in Fjcilnir (1836), p. 31.
'PP, f., pi. klappir, [klappa], a pier-like rock projecting into the
I looking as if shaped by art ; lenda vi8 klijppina, or klappiriwr,
western Icel. ; as also of stepping stones over a stream, leiSin
iiiyrur ok fen, ok voru J)ar htigguar yfit klappir, Fms. vii. 68;
ir-nef, n. a projecting rock.
ur-nes, n. jutting rocks, 6. H. 182 (Fb. ii. 309); liti& kloppurnes
^ im fyrir utan hja skipum J)eirra, ok sa J)eir ^vi user ekki lit a
•■"lun, Fms. viii. 217; gekk klepparnes fyrir titan J)a, 0. H. 182.
kjfa, a6, stuprare, only occurring in the form knafat, as a various
' to sor6it, Nj. 15.
-KKR, m., different from hnakkr and hnakki, q.v., [cp. Engl.
- 'Hack = trifle'] : — a kind oi little chair, high stool; skaltii gera kislu
="! 8ur {)inni ok undir knakka, 7nake a coffin and a hearse, Fs. I32 ;
hann settisk ni&r d einn knakk, Bs. ii. 186 ; st61ar fjorir, knakkr, lectari,
Pm. 1 7 ; lang-knakkr, an oblong bencp ; eldar v6ru storir i elda-skiilanum,
ok satu {)ar nokkurir menn 4 langknokkum, Finnb. 310; hand-knakkr
(q. v.), a kind of crutcbts.
KNAPI, a, m. [A. S. C7ja/ia ; Y.ng\. knave ; Gtxm.knahe']: — a servant
boy, the valet of a king or great man, Js. 14, N.G. L. ii. 434, O. H.
70, 71, Karl. 331, {jiftr. 141.
knappa, aft, to furnish with studs; knappa&r, studded, of a garment,
Rett. 120 ; gull-k.. Eg. (in a verse).
knapp-hOfdi, a, m. a knob-head, ball-bead, Hkr. iii. 80.
knappi, a, m. a nickname, Landn. ; whence Knappa>'dalr, m. a local
name, id.
knapp-jdrn, n. iron with a knob at one end, Bs. i. 379, used for sur-
gical operations.
knappr, adj. [Dan. knap"], scanty.
KNAPPR, m., mod. hnappr, [A. S. cneep ; Y.ng\.knop (Chaucer), later
knob; Germ, knopf; Dutch knop'\ : — a knob; staf i hendi ok knapp a,
{)orf. Karl. 374 ; the knob or bead of a pole or the like, Fms. viii. 42H ;
\)k sky'f6u {)egar knappinn or hrips-grindinni. Lv. 65 ; stong mikil upp
or ok knappr a or guUi, Fb. ii. 128; upp af hornstofunum v6ru sturir
knappar af eiri gorvir, 297; a ofanver6ri J)eirri stong er einn mikill
gullknappr, {>i6r. 189; stiing guUi biiin upp at knoppunum, id.; hringr
e3a knappr, Grag. ii. 232 : the phrase, gefa frelsi fra horni ok knappi,
from the clasp and neck-collar being a badge of servitude, N.G.L. i.
228 ; riSa knapp a e-t, to furnish a thing with the knob, i.e. finish it, Isl. ii.
102. 2. a stud, button; kjafal kneppt saman milli fota me6 knappi
ok nezlu, Jjorf. Karl. 412. knappa-svipa, u, f. a kind o{ lasb — Kxiss.
knut, Bs. ii. 10.
knapp-tjald, n. a tent; see knappr, D.N.
knarri, a, m. = knorr (q.v.). Amor.
knarr-skip, n. = kn6rr, Fms. vi. 305, v. 1.
knatta, aS, to lift to the level of one's head; also jarn-knatta.
knatt-drepa, u, f. a ' ball-smiter,' a bat, Vigl. 69 new Ed.
knatt-drepill, m. = knattdrepa, Grett. 92.
knatt-gildra, u, f. a trap to catch the ball in the knattleikr, Grett.
92 A.
knatt-h6gg, n. a blow with a ball, Vigl. 69 new Ed.
knatt-leikr, m. playing at ball, a kind of cricket or trap-ball, a
favourite game with the old Scandinavians, Sturl. ii. 190; described in
the Sagas, Grett. ch. 17, Gisl. pp. 26, ^2, Eg. ch. 40, Vigl. ch. 11 (13
new Ed.), Hallfr. S. ch. 2 (Fs. 86), {>orst. S. Vik. ch. 10, Gullf). ch. 2,
Har8. ch. 22 ; the ice in winter was a favourite play-ground, see GuUJ).
etc. 1. c.
knatt-tre, n. a bat-trap. Eg. 188, Fas. ii. 407, Gisl. 32.
knauss, m. a knoll, crag, D.N. v. 620; whence the mod. Dan. knos
and bonde-hws = a 'boor knoll,' a boorish youth.
KKTA, a defect, verb, for the conjugation of which see Gramm. p. xxxiii ;
the pres. infin. knegu nowhere occurs, whereas a pret. infin. knattu
occurs in Sighvat (Fms. vi. 40) ; a subj. pres. knega, knegi, knegim, Hkv.
2. 34, Fsm. 22, 25, 41, Stor. 15, N. G. L. i. 89 ; pret. knafti for knitti,
Fms. xi. 296 (in a verse), Rekst. ; with a suff. neg. kna-at, non potest, Gm.
25 ; knak-a, non possum, HjJm. 32, Am. 52 ; knegu-t, plur. non possiint,
Hkv. Hjorv. 13: [A.S. cndwan; Engl. A-now/] : — / know bow to do a
thing, I can, or quite paraphrastically like Engl, do; ek kna sja, I can see,
i. e. / do see, freq. in poetry, always followed by an infinitive, but very rare
in prose : I. in poetry ; iillu gulli kna hann einn raSa, Fm. 34 ;
hver er J)aer kna hafa oviltar, Sdm. 19 ; knattu sja mey und hjiilmi,
Fm. 44 ; melta knattu, Akv. 36 ; er vor6r nd verr vinna kiiatti, Gkv.
33 ; ef ek sja knaetti, 22 ; ef hann eiga knaetti, Skv. 3. 3 ; ok knaetta
ek J)^r i fa6mi felask, Hkv. 2. 27 ; knaettim hefna, Gh. c, ; knegu8 oss
fara, ye cannot confound us, Hkv. Hjorv. 13 ; knega ek grami fagna,
Hkv. 2. 34; knegi hniga, Fsm. 25; knegi sofa, 41, 42 ; sa er triia
knegim, Stor. 15; skjoldu knegut J)ar velja, Akv. 4; kntikat ek segja,
I can never say, Hy'm. 32; knaka ek {)ess njota. Am. 52; ek
hykk J)a knattu (pret. infin.) kjosa, Sighvat ; ginnunga-ve kndttu
brinna, did burn, Haustl. ; knattu dnipa, they did droop. Eg. (in
a verse); knatti svelgja, Yt. 4; unnir knegu giymja, Gm. 7; bjollur
knegu hringjask, O. H. (in a verse) ; hann kna kjosa, be does choose,
Vsp. 62; knattu sporna, they did spur, 28, Og. 9; hann kna6i velja,
Rekst.; kmiai lenda, Fms. xi. 296 (in a verse); hann knatti vakna, did
awake, Bragi ; er knattud skipta,>e did share, Edda (in a verse) ; ek knd
sty'ra, Landn. (in a verse); kna-at sii veig vanask, Gm. 2? ; kna sniia,
Vsp. (Hb.) II. in prose ; Jja kna l)at grafa i kirkju-gar8i, then
it can be buried in a churchyard, N. G. L. i. 1 2 : — I shall, in law phrases,
varr kna, engi blandask vi8 biifS, N. G. L. i. j 8 :— / can, I do, Jia skulu
t)ingmenn veita honum vapnatak til J)ess at hann knegi verja jtird sina
logum at domi, N. G. L. i. 89 ; hann kndtti engu bergja {be did not taste)
af himneskum saetleik, Eluc. 59; J)eir baBu at ^ax knsetti sja likama
Clement p4fa, Clem. 47.
knd-leikr, m. prowess, pithiness, Sd. 138, Bjam. 48.
kndliga, adv. deftly, doughtily; peh saekja k. ferSina, Ld. 226;
346
KNA'LIGR— KNtJTR.
stondum mot t)eini k., Fms. i. 303 ; skipaai jarl Orniinn sem kiialigast, knell, m. courage; kjark ok knell. 655 xvii. 24.
iii. 12 ; hann keyr&i nautin k., Glum. 342.
kn&ligr, adj. deft, brisk-looking ; J)eir v6ru knaligir menn ok voru
mjok grjutpalar fyrir biii <3svifrs, Ld. 122; .midaldra menu ok inir
knaligustu, Sturl. i. 99.
KWAB, adj., fern, kna (kno, Bs. i. 345), neut. knatt, [cp. Lat.
gnavus] : — pithy, vigorous ; hann var niikill ma3r vexti ok knar, ok inn
vaskasti um alia hluti, Sturl. ii. 38 ; {jorbjorn var knastr ma6r, Lv. 27 ;
J)a var gott til knarra manna 1 MiSfir6i, Jjord. 15 ; var Karl kna.str,
Sd. 138 ; var3 si6an til kona vel tvitog, en kno, Bs. i. 345 ; knair menn
ok ulatir, Fbr. 50 new Ed. ; ok oaed oknoni monnum, Bs. i. 349 ; skal
ek fa til kii4 menn at fylgja \ih, {}orst. Si8u H. 181 ; vita matti \>6 fiat,
segir Grettir, at ek munda eigi sliku til leiSar koma, sem ek hefi unnit,
ef ek vasra eigi all-knar, Grett. 97 new Ed. ; margr er knar {)6 hann se
smar, a saying ; eigi matti hann styrkvan kalla at afli en Jjo var hann
hinn knasti ok inn fimasti, Sturl. iii. 221; i J)essi skriQu ty'ndisk
Markiis, en s;! komsk i brott heill er oknastr var, Bs. i. 640 ; likar |)eim
vel vi6 Brand, J)viat hann var bse9i knar ok liSvaskr, Lv. 24 ; |>6rarinn
var knastr maSr annarr en |jorgils, ¥s. 143.
£N£, n., gen. pi. knjd, dat. knjam, and older kniom ; [Goth, kniu ;
A.S. cneow ; O.H.G. chniu ; Germ, knie ; Dzn. knee ; Lzt. genu ; Gr.
7(5i'v] : — the knee; hrynja i kn6, |jkv. 30; a knjanum, Fms. i. 182 ; a
bseSi kne, Nj. 70; setja a kne e-m, Fms. i. 16; anda5isk Kjartan i
knjam BoUa, ii. 257; a kne kalinn, Hm. 3; fiat er fall, ef nia8r sty6r
ni6r kne edr hendi, Grag. 2. phrases, ganga, koma (fara, hvarfa)
fyrir kne e-m, to go, come, be/ore another's knees, approach as a sup-
pliant, Nj. 212, 229, Fbr. (in a ver.ee), Fms. viii. 299 ; leiSa e-n fyrir kne
e-m, id., Sks. 650 ; lata kn6 fylgja kviOi, let the knee follow the belly,
plant the knee on the belly, in wrestling, Grett. 28 new Ed. ; koma e-m
a kne, /o bring one to his knees, overcome; ollum kenir hann (the death)
4 kne, Al. 132; henni (E\\{ = the Age) hefir engi a kne komit, Edda
ii. 286, Karl. 421 ; tala um J)vert kne s6r, to * talk across one's knees,'
to gossip, chatter, Sturl. iii. 1.50; n'sa a kne, to arise, Hy'm. 51 ; sitja
fyrir kne, knjom e-m, to sit at one's knees, feet, Og. 8 (of a mid-
wife) ; en {)j6iiustu-kona hennar sat fyrir knjom henni, ok skyldi taka
vi6 barninu, Fms. viii. 7 ; falla a kne, to fall on one's knees, Edda 33 ;
{)a steig hann af baki, fell a kne ok ba6sk fyrir, 92 ; leggjask a kne,
/rf., 95. B. knee-timber, in boat-building; engi var saumr i, en
viSjar fyrir kne, Fms. vii. 216; ok eigi var meiri sjor a en i mitt
knjam, Bs. i. 390 ; ertog fyrir kn6 hvert, krapta hvern ok kollu hverja,
N. G. L. ii. 283. coMPDS : kn^s-bot, f., pi. knesbaetr, (but kn^sfotum,
Saem. 91), the houghs, La.t. poplites, Fms. iii. 188, Fbr. 159, 179, Al. 43,
Fas. ii. 354, Edda 40. knja-diikr, m. a knee-cloth, cushion, Vm. 52,
Dipl. iii. 4, V. 18. knj^-liSr, m. the knee-joint. Fas. iii. 329. II.
[A. S. cneow; but cp. also Ulf. knods = y(vos, Phil. iii. 5 ; O. H. G. knot;
Hel. cnostes] : — a degree in relationship or lineage, spec, a degree of
cognate relatiotiship, a Norse law term, (h6fu5ba8m is the agnate) ; at
sjaunda kn6 ok sjaunda 116, in the seventh cognate and agnate degree,
N.G. L. i. 15 ; at fimta kn6 ok fimta liS, id.; at fimta kne ok fimta
manni, to the fifth degree of relationship by the fem.ale and the fifth by
the male side, 350 ; til niunda knes, 49, 50 ; af kne hverju, at setta kne,
148 ; mi skal engi ma8r fa fraendkonu sina skyldri en at fimta kn6, ok
at fimta manni fraendleif, 350 ; kvenn-kne (q. v.), cognate lineage.
B. CoMPDs: 'k.n6-he5T,m.akneec7ishion; ^nlh akncheb.tokneel,
Greg. 67, Horn. 75, Ld. 328, Nj. 132, Fms. viii. 95 ; leggjast a k., Bs.
i. 352 ; kn6beaja-fall, kneeling, H.E. ii. 188. kn6-beygjask, b, to
bow the knees. Mar. kn6-bj6rg, f. a knee-piece, Sks. 405. kn<§-
fall, n. kneeling, Th. 16, Barl. 25, Stat. 299. kn6-falla, fell, to fall
on the knees, Stj. 204, Fms. i. 147, Bs. i. 684. kn6-kast, n. (?), kne-
kast, festar-fe ok morgungjiif, D. N. i. 356. kn6-krjupa, kraup, to
kneel. kn6-li3r, m. the knee-joint, Sturl. iii. 116. kn^-runnr, m.,
see below. kne-setja, tt, to set on one's knees, a kind oi adoption;
hann kn^setti J)ann svein ok f6stra6i, Hkr. i. 97 ; J)a tok Haiikr sveininn
ok setr a kn6 A6alsteini konungi . . . Haukr maelti, knesett hefir ^li hann
mi ok mattu myrSa hann ef {)u vill, 120. kn6-setningr, m. a ' knee-
set,' a foster son, Fms. i. 85. kn.6-sig, n. a sinki7tg on one's knees,
metaph. fa kn(5sig, Fas. iii. 430. kn^-skel, f. the knee-pan, Fa:r.
269, Nj. 205, O. H.L. 73. kn§-skot, n., see below. kne-sol, f.
the name of the Rune ^, Skalda 177.
knefa, a6, to determine; er J)ar mi knefat um annat raS, Sturl. ii. 181 ;
er J)at mi knefat at ek vil hafa SkagafjorS, iii. 232.
knefan, f. determination (?) ; ma eigi {lat 'pa. masla at \i6t takit knefanar
kost, Sturl. iii. 276.
kneflll, m. a post, pole ; hub med fjorum kneflum, GJ)1. 499.
kneif, f. [cp. Engl, nip'], a kind of nippers or pincers, Bjiirn ; hreifa
kneif, 'palm-pincers' poet, for the band, grasp, Gisl. (in a verse): a
nickname, Landn. 278.
kneiking, f. a grasping, embrace; kossa ok kneikingar, Fb. i. 411.
KNEIKJA, t, [Dan. kncekke'], to bend backwards with force; hann
kneikti hann aptr a bak, Eg. 397 ; tok i axlir honum ok kneikti hann
upp at stofum, 552 : si-Jan ^u kneiktir hann KaUrana, Fas. ii. 131.
KNEPPA, t, [knappr], to stud; hettu knepta niSr milium f6u lir
Bar3. 1 79, {>orf. Karl. 41 2 ; kneppta skiia, nailed shoes. Fas. i. 3a,__
knerra, u, f. = knorr, a nickname, Fms. viii. ^^^
kn^-runnr, m. [A.S. cneow-rim and cneowres, see kne IL aBorc
kn^runnr (if referred to runnr = a grove) gives no adequate meaning,
whereas the A. S. rim = number is just the word we should expect; and
as the identity between the A. S. and Norse law terms can scarcely be
doubted, it is likely that the Norse or Icel. form is simply a corruption oi
the A. S. form. Probably, as the A. S. rim was unintelligible to the Norw-
men, they took the Norse word nearest in sound ; the word was probably
borrowed from the A. S. through the eccl. law, so that its use in Ni
is an anachronism] ■.—lineage, as also degree in lineage ; J)at er k. at
telja fra systkinum, Grag. i. 171 ; telja knerunimm, 254; veg J)u aldre:
meir i enn sama knerunn en um sinn, Nj. 85 ; allt til hinnar sjaundi
kynkvislar eSa knernnns, Stj. 54; ella mun ek maela J)at or6, Yngveldr
at uppi mun vera alia aefi i kneruimi ySrum, Jjorst. SiSu H. 186.
kn6-skot, n. a dishonour, humiliation, of a member of a family; ni
verdr kneskot i erf6um, J)a skal sa hafa er nanari er, N.G.L. i. 49
koma kneskoti a e-n, to bring one to his knees, Barl. 53.
kneyfa, 8, a false form ; see kveyfa.
kneytir, m. a ravisber (?), Bjarn. (in a verse).
KNIA or knja, 6 : 1. to press, urge, debate ; eigi kunnu ver t
segja hve lengi f)eir knio3u {)etta, Fms. xi.48 ; en er ^eir knia6u ^ettami
milli sin, (3. H.I 27, (Hkr. ii. 207, Fms. iv. 284 wrongly knya5u.) II
most freq. in poetry, but only in the pret. kniSi, to knock, strike, press
hamri kni6i hafjall skarar, Hym. 2.1; kniSi grindr, Am. 35 ; horpukniii
Akv. 32 ; hir8 knidi arar, Rekst. ; kniSum unnir, we rowed, Akv. 36
hinn er k]61sl63ir kniSi, Fms. xi. 196 (in a verse) ; fieir kni8u ber ba5it
pressed the vine, Skalda (in a verse) ; J)eir knidu hjalma. Fas. ii. 549(11
a verse) ; J)eir kniSu bla bor6, Sighvat ; atr66r mikinn kiii6u (giiifti
MS.), Jd. 22. III. reflex, to struggle, fight hard; har6ir kni5usii
menn at, Fms. xi. 305 (in a verse). 2. part. kni3r, knidau kjapt
Fms. viii. 208 (in a verse) ; foldar si6u brimi kni6a, a surf-beaten coaul
xi. 307.
knfar, m. pi. champions; seggir, kniar ok liftar, Edda (Gl.)
KNIFR, m., mod. hnifr; [Dzn.kniv; Sw ed. knif; Engl, knife]:— ^
knife or dirk, such as the ancients wore fastened to their belts ; and »
a knife with a belt is freq. mentioned as a gift ; the handles of thes
knives or dirks were neatly carved of walrus' tusks ; see Landn. I. c, Sk
1. c, Am. 55, 59, GJ)1. 164, Eg. 210, N. G. L. i. 39, Bs. i. 385 ; knlf ol
belti, Nj. 73, Fs. 98 : metaph. in the phrase, kaupa um knifa, to ex:beiHg
knives, to change one's state, Korm. 238 ; skur Tjorfi J)au a knifsskep'
sinu, T. carved their images on his knives' handles, Landn. 248; hat
fieir hvalir tennr ekki stserri en gcira ma mjdk stor knifu-hepti af, Sk;
127. COMPDS : knifa-diikr, m. a napkin (?), Vm. 109, D.N. ii
202, iv. 217. knifs-bla3, n. a knife's blade, Rett. 2. 10. knift
egg, f. a knife's edge. knifs-hepti, n. a knife's handle, Landn. 24S
Sks. 127. knifs-oddr, m. a ^;^^/e's/)o^■7^^ Fs. 144. knifs-skap
(-skepti), n. = knifskepti, Fms. iii. 358, 391, Landn. 248.
KNODA, a&, mod. hno6a. [A.S. cnedan], to knead; kiio8a samaj
mjol ok smjor, Landn. 34; {)eir hof&u kno6at saman deig vi8 snj6, Ani|
1337 ; molu J)eir J)at i sundr sem smsest, kno5a8u si3an saman, Stj. 29:
J)a ba& Sigmundr haim knoSa or mjcilvi Jjvi . . . i mjolinu, er ek tuK
knoSa, ok her hefi ek me3 knodat {)at er i var. Fas. i. 129.
KNOKA, a6, [A.S. cnucian], to knock, thump; f)eir hiifSu a8r bai
h6fu8it allt a honum ok knokat, Hom. 120 ; fjorvaldr knokaSi {forced
sina menn til Ijtigvitna, Bs. i. 665 ; ok hygg ek at menn minir hef6i ban
mest knokat, Karl. 399. j
KlSrOSA, a8, [Ulf. kmisian^to kneel; AS. cnysian; Dan. knuse]:-
to bruise, beat; {)eir hof8u a8r barit h6fu8 bans ok knosat, Fms. v. 14'
senda mun Drottinn yfir J)ik hungr J)ar til er hann kiiosar J)ik, Stj. 34.
345 ; skal ek me3 miklum ok margfoldum kvolum knosa y8ra lik»n'
Fb. i. 404 ; tekr hann at knosa hjarta Theophili, Th. 14 ; knosud bon^j
Likn. 30 : knosaSr, often eccl., in the sense of bruised, contrite; sund]
knosaS hjarta, a contrite heart, Vidal. passim. 1
KNtJI, a, m. a knuckle, Rm. 8 ; hann her8i hendmar at bama ^
skaptinu sva at hvitnu8u kniiarnir, Edda 28, Fms. vi. 106; a kniiim c^
kntium, v. 140. II. a kind of s/&z^, Edda (Gl.) 2. apj
name, Gs. 13.
kniiska, a3, to knock, ill-treat, Fms. vii. 269, ix. 46S, Fas. iii. 497-
kmiskan, f. knocking. Fms. ii. 87, viii. 41.
KNTJTA, u, f., mod. hntita : — a knuckle- bone, joint-bone, bead f/
bofie (laer-kmita, the hip joint) ; bk)8 hljop milli leggjanns ck kr.utun"-
Bs. i. 179, 253 ; hann tekr sva vi8 kmituuni, J)ar fylgir leggrinn nie
Fas. 67. knutu-kast, n. a throwing with knuckh-bones, a gai'
Bar8. 176.
knutottr, adj. knotted, Berl. 147. ,
KNXJTB., m. [Engl, knot; Dan. knud; Swed. knui], a knot, Stj. 9;
Bs.ii.170; leysa kmit, Edda 29, Fms. i. 112 ; ri8a kniit, ro /« fl *'" 1
iii. 97, vii. 1 23 ; kny'ta kniit, to knit a knot, Fb. i. 97 ; ef kniiir Icsn.
m
■-iiii, i
'•I'kln
'*llii
KNYKR— KOLLHETOA.
347
I knut knytti, N. G. L. ii. ^Si : metaph., rei6 Nichulas kiiiit k
mil mundi aldri lausar Idta \ixt eignir, Sturl. iii. 144; rembi-
ind of knot ; reipa-h., — some of these references, esp. Fms. vii.
0 several phrases, refer to a tale akin to that told in Arrian
;. II. medic, a bump, protuberance, after a bone frac-
lic like, 655 xi. I, Bs. i. 328, Bar6. 174; toku at losna J)eir
Ill sinarnar hcifSu saman dregit. Mar. III. a pr. name,
n r, in. Cnut, Canute, Fms.: mar-kmitr, q. v.
:ikr, m. = fnykr (q. v.), Bad.
. t, [A.S. cnyllan; Engl. kneir\, to heat with a blunt weapon;
tu hann me6 keyrinu, Sturl. iii. 212.
. n. a cowering; vefja sik i knypri, to crouch together, Konr. ;
ng, f. = knuskan, Hkv. 41.
, a3, mod. hnytja, [kniitr], to knit together, truss; mi knytja
1 yxnina, Bret. 26 ; a sumri hey hnytja, Hallgr., Snot.
iigar, m. pi. the descendants of Cnut, the old royal family of
Knytlinga-Saga, u, f. the Saga of the K.
. m., see liknyttr.
. in., mod. hny'fill, a short horn, Hkr. i. 72, Fms. x. 170.
tr, adj. short-horned, Fms. viii. 243, Thorn. 473.
A, pres. kny'r, pi. knyjum; pret. knySi and knuSi; part. pass.
Scot, know, knusc, = to press down with the fists and knees ; Swed.
'in. knuge] : — to knock, press ; tvaer kistur fullar af gulli, sva at
tveir menn meira k. (carry?), Fms. xi. 24; knyi6 a, ok mun
,pp lokid ver&a, Matth. vii. 7; hann knii&i hurdina, be knocked
/r, Fms. vi. 122; knyr hausmagi hur&, br66ir, ok knyr heldr
• . 1 54; eptir {)at kiiyja Jjeir J)ar a ofan stort grjot. Fas. ii. 508 : —
iiyr hann J)a J)ar til er J)eir segja, Bs. ii. 227 ; pafinn knyr hann
.urn, 52 ; J)eir kniiSu fast drar me& storum bakfollum. Fas. i.
; 1 staSfestisk fyrir hellis-dyrum, kny&i fast ok kallaSi, Barl. 199 ;
fast ok mael J)etta, ... ok i J)vi er Einarr var knuinn, Fms.
2. esp. in poetry, to press on, urge onwards; hann gat
t henni, sva kniiSi h6n fast reiSina, Ld. 138; knyja merki,
i/erre, Fms. vi. 87 ^in a verse); knyja ve, id., Orkn. ; sktir
ivkju brand fra landi, Fms. vi. 134; sver&alfr knySi lagar st6&
u.; J)eir kny&u bla bor&, Sighvat ; ormr knyr unnir, Vsp. 50;
; Visund (the ship) norSan, O. H. (in a verse) ; knyja bardaga
'^erere. Lex. Poiit.; kappar kniiSu hildi.Fas. ii. 276 (in a verse) ;
-a, to press oti the flying, Fms. x. 424 (in a verse) ; haus knyr
■■i, Eb. (in a verse). II. reflex, to struggle on, press
larftara er {>6rr knu8isk at fanginu, Edda 33 ; knyjask J)eir at
ret.; hann lanst fjotrinum i j6r6ina ok knuSisk fast at, spyrnir
' fjoturhin, Edda i. 108; knyjask {)eir fast, ok verftr brak
^a, Grett. 107 ; knu5usk Baglar J)a a eptir, Fb. ii. 659 ; ok
tri aetlan knu6isk fram al{)y6an, Fms. xi. 269; lendir menn
3 sitt, ok knu6usk til framgongu, O. H. 216. 2. part.
, ''urd driven, hard pressed ; til knuinn af J)essi nauSsyn, Stj. 450 ;
uf Gu5s halfu, Bs. ii. 38, freq. in prose.
'A, t, [kmitr; A.S.cnytan; Eng\. knit; Dati. knytte"]: — to knit,
I knot, bind, tie; ok knytt silki-dregli um hofuft barninu, id.,
i ; leggr a ok knytir vid vagn, Bret. 26 ; knyta saman, to
•er, Skalda 1 80; hann knytir saman halana i nautunum, Gisl.
2. of a purse (knytil-skauti) ; fingrgullit hafSi knytt verit i
uiium, Fms. xi. 2 ; hon hafdi knytt i diikinn gull mikit, Fs.
II. impeis. in a medic, sense ; knytti hrygginn (ace), the
"ed up, became crooked, Fms. vii. 2c8 ; \><j la mestr verkr i
nnar J)ar til er \)xr (ace.) knytti, Bs. i. 328 ; {)a er sinar knytti,
knyttr, knotted, crippled; knyttr var hann a herSum ok bringu,
-39; knytt ok bomluS, Jaryml. 71 ; var ekki bein brotiS ok
• '-347; var hryggr ok lendar knyttr en f^etrnir kreptir,
;i. a bag, purse ; hon tekr upp grosin ok leggr knyti8 undir
Fas. iii. 580, Bs. ii. 170; see knyti-skauti.
m. knitter, a nickname, Landn.
kauti, a, m., prop, a knotted sheet or kerchief, a bag, purse ;
icients used to keep money and precious things in kerchiefs
p and used as a purse, Bs. i. 337, 340, O.H. 148, Gisl. 19: —
aytil-skauti, a, m. ; tok einn knj'tilskauta ok leysir til, 01k.
til knytilskauta. Fas. iii. 580 : see knyti.
;R, m., gen. knarrar, dat. knerri, n. pi. knerrir, ace. knorru ;
•r] : — a ship, esp. a kind of merchant-ship, opp. to langskip ;
i tva knorru ok sextigu hermanna a hverjum, Fms. iii. 36 ; oil
E6i knorru ok tinnur, ix. 167 ; er betra at halda langskipum til
kuorrum. Fas. i. 278 ; eptir t)atkom Haengr meb knorru tva. Eg.
\ Lv. 100. coMPDs : knarrar -bdtr, m. = eptir-batr, a ship's
1. 16, Ld. 116. knarrar-bringa, u, f. a nickname, Landn.
-nes, n. a local name in Icel. knarrar-skip, ii, = knorr,
knarrar-snii3r, m. a shipwright, a nickname, O. H.
rTR, m., gen. knattar, dat. knetti, pi. knettir, ace. knottu : — a
''/. : rf. Karl. 426, Fms. iii. 1S6 ; J)a. var sullrinn sprungiiui ok hlaupinn
i t>rja knottu, Bs. i. 178, v. 1, II. a cricket-ball, Sturl. ii. 190,
Grett. 92, Vigl. 24, Gisl. 26, Fs. 60, 86; betra J)ykkir Hrafni at herfta
kniia at knetti en hefna fciSur sins, //. it fonder of playing at ball than
of revenging his father, Fms. vi. 106.
kobbi, a, m. popular name for a seal, kopr : a nickname. Fas. ii.
4.^9- II. a pet name for Jacob.
KODDI, a, m. [Scot, and North. E. cod; Swed. kudde] : — a pillow,
Str. 5, Dipl. iii. 4, v. 18, Vm. 109 ; kodda-ver, a pillow-case, freq. in mod.
usage; s'\\k\-k., a silk pillow.
kodri, a, m. the scrotutn, of animals ; cp. A. S. codd = a bag.
kofa, u, f. a young puffin ; teisti-k., lunda-k. : kofna-far, n., -tekja,
u, f. catching young puffins.
kofan or kofarn, n. and kofam-rakki, a, m. [cp, early Dan. kofcen-
rakkce] : — a lap-dog, N. G. L. i. 234 (spelt kofan) : metaph. a snappish
person, hann var et mesta kofarn i skapi, Finnb. 280.
koffort, n. [for. word], a coffer, (mod.)
KOFI, a, m. [A.S. cofa'], used of a convent cell, 673. 55, Bs. i. 204,
Landn. 50, Stj. 227, 471, D. N. passim, Mar. : a hut, shed, freq. in mod.
usage.
kofl, m. a cowl; see kufl.
kofr, n. [for. word], a coffer; skrin ok kofr, Pm. 19.
kofri, a, m. a hood or bonnet of fur. Oik. 34; svartr lambskinns-
kofri, Sturl. ii. 154, |>orf. Karl. 374, N.G. L. i. 211, Vigl. 23.
kofr-mdlugr, adj. testy, snappish. Fas. ii. 233.
kofr-menni, n. a snappish, testy person ; k. i skapi, Finnb. 280.
kogla, a5, [kaga], to goggle, Fs. 48.
KOK, n. the gullet, esp. of birds ; ok vi5ka kokin vesallig, viandi lata
mata sig, Bb. 2. 25, freq. in mod. usage. kok-mseltr, adj. speaking
in the gullet.
koka, a3, to gulp like a gull.
kokkd,ll„m. = Dan. hanrej, from Lat. cuculus, a cuckold.
kokkr, m. [for. word], a cook; kokks-hnifa gr^lur, Hallgr., (rare.)
kokkr, m. a cock, occurs as a an.Kty. in Edda (Gl.) ii. 488.
KOL, n. pi. [A. S. col; Engl, coal ; O. H.G. and Germ, kohlen ; Dan.
kul]: — coals, charcoal; kurla, kvista, svi&a kol, brenna kol, Grag. i.
200, ii. 295, Nj. 57, 01k. 34; gora kol, Grag. ii. 297 ; leiri ok kolum,
Fms. ii. 59 ; elda vi6i ok hafa til kola, Grag. ii. 211 ; brenna at kiilduni
kolum (see kaldr), Fms. iii. 92, passim ; kalda-kol (see kaldr), cold
ashes. II. metaph., in coinpds, kol-svartr, kol-dimmr, coal-black; in
pr. names (of dark skin, hair, beard), of men, Kolr, Kol-beinn, Kol-
grimr, Kol-bj6rn, Kol-finnr, £ol-skeggr ; of women, Kol-flnna,
Kol-briin (q. v.), Kol-grima, Landn. compds : kola-grdf, f. a
charcoal-pit. kola-karl and kola-madr, m. a charcoal-maker, Vapn.
16, Rett. 59, Art. kola-meiss, m. a box of coals. Art.
kola,u, f. a small flat open lamp, Sturl. ii.117, Vm. 8, Gisl. 29, D.N. iv.
457 ; i kolum af steini e6r eiri, N. G. L. ii. 247, (stein-kola, q. v.)
kol-bitr, adj. 'coal-biter,' coal-eater, a popular name of an idle youth
sitting always at the fireside, cp. Dan. askefis, as also aschbrodel in the
German legends ; Starka8r var himaldi ok kolbitr ok la i flieti vi5 eld.
Fas. iii. 18; hann hefir upp vaxit vi& eld ok verit kolbitr, ii. II4;
Beigaldi var kolbitr, Eg. 109.
kol-bMr, adj. ' coal-blue,' dark blue, livid, Eb. 172, Bs. i. 354, (from
a blow) : esp. of the sea, sjor kolblar, Nj. 19, Ld. 118, Fms. iv. 309.
kol-brenna, u, f. hot charcoal, Eb. 120, Oik. 34.
Kol-briin, f. ' Coal-brow,' nickname of a lady, Fbr. ; whence Kol-
briinar-skdld, n. nickname of a poet, id.
kol-dimmr, adj. dark as coal, of a dark night.
kol-gr6f, f. a charcoal pit, Grag. ii. 333, Nj. 58.
kol-g6r8, f. charcoal-making, Vm. 80.
koli, a, m. a kind offish, a sole.
kolka, u, f. a nickname, Landn.
kol-krabbi, a, m. the ' coal-crab,' i. e. cuttle-fish.
KOIiIiA, u, f., prop, a deer without horns, a humble deer, a bind; f61I
hann j^ar a grasvollinn hja kollunni, Str. 4, 7 ; hirtir allir ok koUur, Karl.
476, (hjart-kolla, q.v.) 2. a cow; koUu hali, a cow's tail, Bjarn.
(in a verse) ; {)at heita Kollu-visur, er hann kva6 um kyr lit a Islandi,
Fms. vi. 366, Bjam. 43, cp. 32. 3. in mod. usage, esp. a humble
ewe; X, })arna er hun Kolla min blessu8 komin af fjallinu ! Piltr og Stiilka
20; M6-kolla, Grett. 4. of a girl; fri6-kolla, a 'peace-maid,'
Swed. Dal-kulla = the maid of the Dales. II. a pot or bowl with-
out feet. III. naut. one of the cleats in a ship (?), N. G. L. ii. 283,
V. 1. kollu-band, n. the stay fastened to the kolla.
kolla, aa, to hit in the head, metaph. to hann ; pykkir mi sem J)eim
muni ekki kolla, Sturl. iii. 237.
kol-laupr, m. a coal-box, Vapn. 16.
kollekta, u, f. [for. word], a collect, eccl.. Am. 45.
koll-gdta, u, f. a right guess; eiga kollg&tuna, to guess rightly.
koll-gr^ta, u, f. a pot without feet, D.N. v. 586.
koll-lieiS, n. bright sky overhead; kollheift upp i himininn, BArft. 20
new Ed.
koU-betta, u, f. a kind oi cap, Sturl. ii. 9, tsl. ii. 417.
348
KOLLHNIS— KOMA.
koU-hnis, m. [kollr and hni'sa = a dolphin, — Dan. holbotter], a somer-
sault; stingast kollhnis, to make a somersault, a game.
koll-hrifl, f. the paroxysm in childbirth when the head appears, of men
and beast : metaph. the highest pitch, nieSan kollhri&iu stendr a.
koll-hiifa, u, f. a skull-cap : the phrase, leggja kollhiifur, to butt with
one's head, of a vicious horse.
koll-h6ttr, m. = koIlhetta, Bs. i. 497.
kollottr, adj. without horns, hrimble, of a cow or sheep, GJ)I. 401, Sturl. i.
159 ; hann t6k a kollotta af hverjum boiida, Landn. 147, 148, Sturl. iii.
238 ; Au3unn var {)4 kollottr {with thaven crown) ok klae61auss, Fms.
vi. 302 ; hann var {3a, kominn fra Rumi ok var stafkarl, k. ok magr ok
naer klaeSlauss, viii. 206 : having the hair cut short, sveina tva kollotta,
Faer. 34 ; kollottar meyjar, of nuns, Orkn. (in a verse).
KOIjIjII, m. [Scot, coll = a hay-cock], a top, summit; ok maendu upp
or kollarnir, of hayricks, Sturl. i. 179; a kolli fjallsins, Stj. 399, J)ufna-
koUar. II. the head, crown; ungr nia6r, vaxit har af kolli, Faer.
9 ; piltar tveir leku a golfinu, J)eim var sprottiS har or kolli, Fb. i.
■258. 2. a shaven crown ; hann rakar af J)eim harit, ok gcirSi {)eim
koll, Hdv. 56 ; gorSir J)u {ler J)a koU, Nj. 181, Fas. i. 234 ; honum skal
raka koll ; braeSa skal koll hans, N. G. L. i. 334. 3. phrases, ok
lat hans vandskap koma honum i koll, let his wickedness fall on his own
pate, Stj. 485; geta i kollinn, to guess true (koll-gata) ; koll af kolli,
from head to head, one after another ; {)aS gekk svo koll af kolli ; kinka
kolli, to nod; hnippa kolli hvar at 66rum, Grett. 166 new Ed.: um
koll, Dan. otn kuld, bead over heels ; J)eir rotudu um koll taflinu, Vigl. 1 7,
(r6tu6u fyrir honum taflinu, new Ed. 1. c.) ; hrinda e-m um koll. Fas. iii.
545. 4. a pet name, a boy, my boy! hvi vildir J)ii, kollr minn !
Ijiiga at okkr Mariu ? cp. kolla, Bs. i. 600 ; glo-kollr, a fair-haired
boy. 5. a ram without boms ; M6-kollr, Grett., (kolla, a ewe.) 6.
a nickname, haeru-kollr, hoary head; xbi-k., downy head, Landn. : a pr.
name, Kollr, id. : in conipds, KoU-sveinn, Hos-kollr, q. v. ; Snae-
kollr, Landn.
koll-steypa, t, = kollverpa.
koU-sveinn, m. a boy with a flat cap, — koWottr sveinn, Fms. iii. 178.
koll-verpa or koll-varpa, ad, to overthrow, ( = varpa um koll), Bs.
ii. 71.
kol-merktr, part, black as jet; kolmerkt klx6i, Sturl. ii. 32, Vm. 126.
kol-miila, u, f. ' coal-mouth,' black 7noutb, poet, a goat, Edda (Gl.)
kol-mulugr, adj. black in the mouth ; komi Jia engi kolmulugr lir kafi,
J)a er ordey6a a (illu nor&r-hafi, of fishes, Isl. f)j66s. ii. 130 (in a ditty).
Kolni, f. Cologne, Fms. passim. Kolnis -meyjar, f. pi. the eleven
thousand virgins of Cologne.
kol-niSa-myrkr, n. pitchy darkness, Dan. bcelg-morke.
kolorr, m. [for. word], colour, Stj. 72.
kolr, m. black tom-cat: a pr. name, Nj.
kol-reykr, m. coal reek, smoke from burning charcoal, Nj. 58,
Bjarn. 42.
kol-skeggr, m. coal-beard, black-heard : a pr. name, Landn.
kol-skogr, m. a wood where charcoal is made, Vm. 168.
kol-skor, f. a poker, see Isl. |>j68s. ii. 459 (in a verse).
kol-svartr, adj. coal-black, jet-black, Fb. i. 526, Sks. 92, Bs. i. 670,
Fas. iii. 12.
kol-tr^a, u, f. coal-snout, fsl. f)j68s. ii. 463.
Koliiinba, m. St. Columba. Kolumba-messa, -kirkja, u, f. the
mass, kirk of St. Columba, Landn., Fms.
kol-vi3r, m. ' coal-wood,' wood for charcoal, Nj. 58, Grag. ii. 298, Jb.
237 ; era sem kolviS kljiifi | karl sa er vegr at jarli, Fms. viii. (a ditty).
KOMA, pres. sing, kem, kemr, kemr; an older form kcimr is used
constantly in very old and good vellum MSS., as the Kb. of Saem. ; and
even spelt keomr or ceomr (in Eluc, Greg., etc.) ; reflex, kpmsk, 2nd
pers. k0mztu (pervenis), Sdm. 10: pret. kom, kom-k, I came, Skm. 18 ;
2nd pers. komt, 1 7, mod. komst : the pret. plur. varies, kvamu being
the oldest form ; kvomu, often in the MSS. ; komu, as it is still pro-
nounced in the west of Icel. ; the usual and latest form is komu, with a
short vowel ; the spelling of the MSS. cannot always be ascertained, as
the word is usually written Icmu or q'mu : pret. subj. kvxmi and kwmi
(kaemi) : imperat. kom, kom-3ii, proncd. kondu, cofne thou ! pret. infin.
k6mu [venisse], Fms. i. 224 (in a verse), Geisli 62 : — with suff. neg., pres.
kdomr-at or k^mr-aS, Akv. II, Grag. ii. 141, Gkv. 3. 8; pret. kom-a,
kom-a3, came not, Ls. 56, J>orf. Karl, (in a verse), pd. 18; 2nd pers.
komtadu {non venisti). Am. 99; subj. k0mi-a {jion venirei), Gs. 10:
reflex., pres. k0msk-at, Grag. ii. 180; pret. komsk-at (coidd not come).
Am. 3 : — a middle form, pres. 1st pers. komum-k (komumsk), (5. H. 140,
214, Skm. 10, II ; subj. pres. komimk, O. H. 85 ; pret. k0momc, Hbl. 33
(Bugge) ; part. pass, kominn, see Gramm. p. xix. The preterite forms
kvam and kvaniinn, used in the Edition of the Sturl. and in a few other
mod. Editions without warrant in the MSS., are due to the fact that the
Edition of Sturl. was published from a transcript now in the Advocates'
Library in Edinburgh, made by the learned priest Eyjolf a Viillum (died
A. D. 1745), who used this spelling: in prehistoric times, before the age
of writing, it may be assumed for certain that this verb had a v through- .
¥
out, as in Gothic: [Ulf. qiman, i.e. qwiman, = lpx(ff9ai; A.S. cuma.
Engl, come; O.U.G. queman; Germ, kommen ; Dutch komen; Da
komme ; Sv/ed. kotnma ; Lit.venio, (\s.gvenio ; the Ormul. sptlls cttni«i 5
indicating a long root vowel ; cp. North. E. coom.']
A. To come ; sa J)eirra sem fyrr kaemi, Fms. ix. 373 ; konungr kc
nor3r til Tiinsbergs, 375 ; komu Fiiinar heim, i. 9 ; ^cir magar komu
hjiikolfi, Sturl. ii. 1 24 ; komr hann a konungs fund, F'ms. ix. 2 2 1 ; ba vo
J)eir nor6an komnir, 308 ; her er nn komin aer ein kollott, Sturl. i. i:
passim. 2. to be come, arrive; brefkomu fra Skiila jarli. Fms. ix.37
ef sva siftarliga komr skip til hlunns, Sks. 28 ; en er var kom. Eg. 16
koma at mali vi3 e-n, to have an interview, talk with one, 467 ; konun
kom njosn, Fms. vii. 57; J)a komu honum J)au ti6endi, i. 37; Jjet
kom allt fyrir Ingimar, vii. 114; kom honum J)at (it came to Mm,
got it) fyrir titan fe, en engum kom fyrr, x. 394 ; hvat sem a bak ken
whatsoever may befall, Nj. 193; koma e-m at haldi, or i hald, to avi
oneself 192, Fms. x. 413 ; koma at gagni, to ' come in useful,' be ofu
Nj. 264; koma at livorum, to come at unawares, Ld. 132 ; koma e-
fyrir livart, id., Fms. xi. 290; koma a livart, Nj. 2.36; koma 1 biirf
koma i gagn, Fms. vii. 14; hvar kom kapp J>itt J)a? Bs. i. 18; n
koma i dom, to be brought up for judgment, Fms. vii. 115; li3r velrir
kemr J)ar {that time comes) er menn fara til Gula^ings, Eg. 340; ?
J)a sva komit, at allir menn voru sofa farnir, 376 ; kom sva (/'/ camt (ij;
pass) at BarSi var heiti6 meyjunni, 26 ; sva kemr, kemr J)ar, at, it con
to pass, Vh. i. 174, ii. 48, 68 ; lata koma, to let come, put; si6an It
fieir koma eld i spanuna, Fms. xi. 34. 3. in greeting; kom he
welcome ! kom heill ok saell, fraendi ! Nj. 175 : mod. komdu (kondu) sse
komi6 {)er saelir ! II. with prepp. ; koma a, to bit; ef a icon
Grag. ii. 7 : — koma at, to come to, arrive, happen ; lattu at J)vi koma,
// be so, Dropl. 24 ; kom J)at mjok optliga at honum, of sickness, Fd
vii. 150 ; kom at l)eim svefnhofgi, sleep came upon them, Nj. 104; koi
at heudi, to happen; mikillvandi er kominn at hendi, 177, Hom.80; koi
at e-u, to come at, regain, recover; koma at hamri, JjUv. 32: — koi
fram, to come forth, appear, stund var i milli er Jieir sd framstafninn ok i
eptri kom fram, Fms. ii. 304 ; engin kom onnur vistin fram. Eg. 549; •
eru till soknar-gogn fram komin, Nj. 143 : to emerge, hann kom franj
Danmork, Hkr. i. 210, 277, Isl. ii. 232, Eg. 23, Landn. 134, Orkn.i5j -V;
to arrive, sendimenn foru ok fram komu, Fms. xi. 27; reifa rail )),
fyrst er fyrst eru fram komin, each in its turn, Grag. i. 64: tobefi\
filled, happen, Jivi er a {)inum dogum mun fram koma, Ld. 132; )
mun Jjat fram komit sem ek sag3a. Eg. 283 ; kom mi fram spasag
Gests, Ld. 286; oil J)essi merki komu fram ok fylldusk, Stj. 444; aid
skal ma&r arf taka eptir J)ann mann er hann vegr, e6r raeSr bana fn
kominn, whom he has slain, or whose death he has devised with efft
Grag. ii. 113 ; sta3ar-pry&i flest fram komin, Bs. i. 146 ; vera langt fri
kominn, mod. afram kominn, to be ^ in extrem.is,' at the point of dea
644 ; er sxi frastign eigi langt fram komin, this story comes from 1
far off, i. e. it is derived from first, not second hand, Fms. viii. 5 : — kot
fyrir, to come as payment, tvau hundra6 skyldu koma fyrir vig Sno
(of weregild), Sturl. ii. 158; henni kva3sk aldri hefnt J)ykkja Kiar:.:
nema BoUi kaemi fyrir, Ld. 240 ; allt mun koma fyrir eitt, it will cm:
the same, Lv. II, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208 ; koma fyrir ekki, to come to naw^
be of no avail, Isl. ii. 215, Fms. vi. 5 : — koma i, to enter, come in,i un
man's term ; koma i dratt, to hook a fish ; at i komi med ykkr f>orbra;
sonum, that ye and the Th. come to loggerheads, Eb. 80: — koma meS
come with a thing, to bring ; kondu mtS '^zb, fetch it ! — koma til, to co 1
to ; vera kann at eigi spillisk J)6tt ek koma til. Eg. 506 ; mi er rettlogn
ning til ykkar komin, Nj. 236; koma til rikis, to come to a kingdol
Eg. 268 ; ^eir letu til hans koma um alia hera&s-stjorn, Fs. 44 : to bej,
kom sva til efnis, it so happened. Mar. ; ^eim hlutum sem hafinu kui
opt til at koma, Stj. 105, Sks. 323 : to mean, signify, en hvar kom ]}at
er hann sagSi, 5. H. 87; ef Jjat kom til annars, en J)ess er hannmselti, 1
to cause, hygg ek at meir komi {)ar til litilmennska, Eb. 172; konuii
spur&i hvat til baeri liglefti hans, hann kva6koma til mislyndi siua, Fij
vi. 355, Fb. ii. 80, Band. 29 new Ed. : to concern, ^etta mal er eigi ki
si6r til y3var en var, Fms. vii. 130 ; l)etta mal kemr ekki til t)in, Ni. -•
J)at er kemr til Kniits, Fms. v. 24 ; J)at er til min kemr, so far m I '
concerned, iv. 194; hann kva& J)etta mal ekki til sin koma, vi. K
fieir eru or3margir ok lata hvervetna til sin koma, meddle in all tk"
655 xi. 2 : to belong to, skulu Jjeir gjalda hinum slika jor& sem til {>'"
kemr, /ro/>ortiona//y, Jb. 195 ; kemr {)at til var er login kunnuiii.
149; sii sok er tylptar-kvi3r kiimr til, Grag. i. 20; tylptar-kviJi^
jafnan a J)ingi at kve3ja, J)ar sem hann kcimr til saka, ii. 37; P''
komit til |)essa gjalds {it is due), er menn koma i akkeris-sat, 40!>'
help, avail, koma til litils, to come to little, be of small avail, Nj 1.
Fms. vi. 211; at giira litla fesekt, veit ek eigi hvat til annars keii.r
ajn not aware what else will do, I believe that will meet the case '"
Band. 36 new Ed. ; koma til, to ' come to,' of a person in a swoon, t-
veit ek eigi til hvers koma mun su tiltekja Fb. i. 177, Fms. xi. ic
hvar til J)essi sviir skulu koma, i. 3 ; J)a6 kemr til, it will all c''
right ; kom J)ar til me3 kongum tveim, two kings came to a quarrel, Sk'
R. 48 : to be of value, importance, authority, \,6tU allt nuira til !>•
'i
KOMA.
319
1^. i. 16; hvfirt sem til hans kaemi meira eSr minna, Fms. xi.
^ {)at er til koni h&lf mcirk gulls, Ld. 32 ; sva femikill at
tuttugu merkr gulls, Fms. xi. 85 ; mer ^ykir iitid til hans
thinh little of him : — koma saman, to come together, live
marry, K. A. 134: io agree, J)at kom saman me& {jeini, they
". it, Dropl. 9, Gisl. 41 ; kom {jat usanit meS J)eim, id., Fb.
ima vel asamt, to agree well, Nj. 25: — koma undir e-n, to
'I one, ef undir oss braeftr skal koma kjorit, // we are to
. 192 ; oil logmaet skil J)au er undir mik koma a J)essu {jingi,
lepend on, ^a& er mikit undir komid, zX...,he of import-
!>nia upp, to come up, break out; kom fiii upp gratr fyrir
hurst into tears, Fms. ix. 477 ; er liiflrar kvaeSi vi6, ok her-
ai upp, V, 74; er sei&laetin komu upp, Ld. 152 ; eldr kom upp,
up. Oik. 35, (hence elds-uppkoma, an upcome of fire, an
: ef nokkut kemr s)6an sannara upp, Fms. vii. 121 ; ^k kom
; hann haf3i beSit hennar. Eg. 587 ; kom Jjat upp af tali Jjeirra,
IS. vii. 282; J)at kom upp (it ended so) at hverr skyldi vera
N i. 58 : to turn up, ek aetla m^r g66an kost hvam sem upp
.715; mun mi hamingjan skipta hverr upp kemr, 418; at
>isk e3a upp kaemi, Grag. i. 27 ; skaut til Gu6s sinu mali, ok
lata \)3.t upp koma er hann saei at bazt gegni, 0. H. 195, Stj.
lua viS, to touch, hit; se eigi komiS vi6, if it is not touched,
15; komit var vi6 hurdina, Fas. i. 30; at Jjeir skyldi koma
.1, Ld. 60; hefi ek aldrei sva reitt vapn at manni, at eigi hafi
. Nj. 185 ; hann kemr vi6 margar sogur, he comes up, appears
^cigas, Ld. 334; koma J)eir allir viS J)essa sogu sidan, Nj. 30;
111 vi6 {as I mentioned, touched upon) i morgin, Fms. ii. 142 ; er
• k liskapligast komi vid, Ld. 1 18 : to fit, l)at kemr litt vi6, 'tis
■! wont do, Lv. 20 ; mun ek gefa J)er tveggja daegra byr J)ann
fiTir vi6, Fas. iii. 619: koma vi6, to land, call; J)eir voru
5 Island, Eg. 128; J)eir komu vi6 Hernar, Nj. 4 ; {)eir komu
\atanes, 127; J)eir komu vi3 sker {struck on a skerry) ok
1 sin, Fms. ix. 164; hann hafdi komit viS hval, he had struck
whale, Sturl. ii. 164; hence in mod. usage, koma vi6, to call,
>rt stay, also on land : to be added to, tekr heldr at grana gamanit
kveSlingar vi3, i. 21 ; koma \>xr naetr vi8 inar fyrri, Kb. 58 ;
■ nn ellefu naetr vi6, 22 : — koma yfir, to overcome, pass over; iss
:ir, Hm. 81 ; hvert kveld er yfir kom, Finnb. 230; hryggleikr
''23. 57; at sa dagr myndi ekki yfir koma, Sks. HI.
\'ith the dat. of the object, to make to come, put, bring, carry ;
er Kristni (dat.) kom a England, who Christianised England,
oma monnum til rettrar triiar, Fms. i. 146; koma or5um vi&
li to a person ; gorSisk hann styggr sva at fair menn mattu
> hann koma, i. e. that no one could come to words with
3 ; hann gorSi sik sva rei3an, at ekki matti or6um vi3
:ia, Fms. i. 83, xi. 295; koma velraeSum viS e-n, to plan
'le, Eg. 49 ; koma flugu i munn e-m, Nj. 64, 68 ; ]pu skalt
i skorta at koma J)eim i (malit) me6 fier, 271 ; hann skyldi
1 Geirr66ar-gar3a, make Thor come to G., Edda 60 ; hann kom
heilum yfir ana, he brought Th. safe across the river, f)orst.
■^i; koma kaupi, to bring about a bargain, GJ)1. 415 ; koma
1, to put one to death. Anal. 233; koma e-m til falls, to
fall, Edda 34 ; koma e-m i saett, Fs. 9 ; mun ek koma {)er
^ konung. Eg. 227; hann kom ser i mikla kaerleika vi3
1. 268; koma ser i J)j6nustu, Fs. 84; koma sdr vel, to put
favour, be engaging; ek hefi komit mer vel hja meyjum,
^eir komu ser vel vi6 alia. Fas. iii. 529, Fs. 96, Nj. 66 ; koma
make oneself hated ; J)a6 kemr ser ilia, it is ill seen, unpleasant ;
ii) kemr ser vel, a thing is agreeable, acceptable; koma e-u til
fffect, make, Nj. 250, Eb. 118; koma e-u til vegar, id., Ld.
la tiilu a, to put, count on, count, number. Anal. 217; koma
m a, to bring peace, agreeme/it about : hann kom ^eim a flotta,
ni to flight, Fms. vii. 235 ; toku J)ar allt er J)eir komu hondum
could catch, ix. 473 ; koma e-m or eldi, Fb. i. 300 ; t6k hann
kom {)vi {put it, hid it) i milium klse6a sinna, Nj. 374; Gunnarr
It at ^eim orunum, 115 ; allt J)at er biti5 var ok bloSi kom ut
■ was bitten so as to make blood flow, Fms. vii. 187. II.
p. ; koma e-u fram, to effect ; koma fram ferS, mali, Nj. 102 ;
tti J)at koma, en enginn kvaemi sinu mali fram {)6tt til al{)ingis
!, 149, Fb. ii. 90; J)at skal aldri ver6a at hann komi ^essu
765 ; ef ek kem hefndum fram, Ld. 262 ; koma fram logum
'. 722 : — koma e-u a, to bring about, introduce : — koma e-u af,
• ^6 fekk hann Jjvi ekki af komit, Bs. i. 165 ; koma e-u af ser,
of, Fs. 96, Eb. 40, 41 : — koma e-u fyrir, to arrange ; koma
lo get a place for one ; hann kom honum fyrir i skola : to
yrir-koma), hann kom hverjum hesti fyrir, Gliim. 356 : —
;pp, to open ; a6r ek kom henni upp, before I could open it, Fms.
rling tekr horpuna ok vildi upp koma {open), nu faer hon upp
punni. Fas. i. 233 ; hann matti lengi eigi orSi upp koma fyrir
was long before he could speak, utter a word, Fms. vi. 234;
r er matti mali upp koma, vii. 288 : — koma e-m undir, to over-
throw one, get one down; varS at kenna afls-munar ti8r hann kaemi
honum undir, Eb. 172 : — koma e-m undan, to make one escape, Fms. vii.
265,623.18: — ek aetla at koma mer litan, //ijn/r /o^o airoarf, Nj. 261 :
— koma e-u vi&, to bring about, effect, to be able to do ; ek mun veita {x'r
slikt sem ek ma mer vi& koma, as I can, Nj. ; |)ii munt i>6ru koma viS
en gabba oss. Anal. 77 ; hann kom \>vi v\b {brought about) at cngi skyldi
fara meS vapn, Fms. vii. 240 ; ef vattum kva;mi viS, in a case where
witnesses were at hand, lb. 12 ; liftit flv'8i allt Jjat er \>vi kom vi5, all that
could ^ed. Eg. i; 29 ; GuSmundr haf6i almanna-lof hversu hann kom ser
vid {hoto he behaved) i pessum n^alum, Nj. 251 ; komi fjcir til er {)vi
koma vid, who can, GJ)1. 371 ; menn skyldi tala hljott ef {)vi kxmi vib,
Sturl. iii. 147 ; ef J)vi kemr vi6, if it is possible, G\>\. 429 ; urdu ^tn at
fly'ja sem ^vi komu vid, Fb. ii. 187 ; ekki mun oss |)etta duga, at hann
komi boganum vi&, Nj. 96.
C. Reflex, komask, to come to the end, get through, reach, Lat.
pervenire ; the difference between the active and reflex, is seen from such
phrases as, hann kemr ef hann kemst, be will come if he can ; or, eg komst
ekki a staS, I could not get off; eg komst ekki fyrir illvidri, I could not
come for bad weather; or, to come into a certain state, with the notion
of chance, hap, komask i lifs haska, to come into danger of life ; komask
i skipreika, to be shipwrecked, and the like ; jjorfinnr kom ongu hljodi 1
liidrinn, ok komsk eigi upp blastrinn, Fms. ix. 30; komask a faetr, to
get on one's legs, Eg. 748 ; hann komsk viS sva biiit i riki sitt, Hkr. i.
76 ; meina honum votn e6a ve6r sva at hann ma ekki komask til J)ess
staSar, Grilg. i. 496 ; hann komsk me6 sundi til lands. Eg. 261 ; komusk
sauSirnir upp a fjailit fyrir J)eim, Nj. 27; ef Gunnarr faeri eigi utan ok
maetti hann komask, HI ; ef maSr byrgir mann inni i hiisi, sva at hann
ma eigi tit komask, so that he cannot get out, Grag. ii. HO; en allt folk
flydi meS allt lausa-fe er me& fekk komisk, with all the property they could
carry with them, Fms. i. 153 ; ek komumk vel annar-staSar lit, J)6tt hdr
gangi eigi, Nj. 202 ; komask a milli manna, to get oneself among people,
intrude oneself, i6S ; komsk hann i mestu kxrleika vi6 konung. Eg.
1 2 ; komask at ordi, to come by a word, to express oneself; einsog hanu
a3 ordi komsk, passim. II. with prepp. ; komast ii, to get into
use; \)zb komst a: — komask af, to get off, escape, save one's life; hann
bad menn duga sva at af kaemisk skipit, Fms. x. 98 ; tveir druknuSu,
en hinir komusk af : — komask at e-u, to get at a thing, procure ; morgum
manns-iildrum siSarr komsk at bok J)eirri Theodosius, NiSrst. 10 ; Hrani
gat komisk at triinafti margra rikra manna, Fms. iv. 62 ; ^u hcfir at
J)essum peningum vel komisk, 'tis tnoney well gotten, i. 256; eigi skaltii
ilia at komask, thou shalt not get it unfairly, vii. 124 : — komast eptir,
to enquire into, get information of: — komask fyrir, to prevent, come
in another's way : — koma hja e-u, to evade, pass by, escape doing : —
komast til e-s, to come towards, and metaph. to have time for a thing,
tk komst ekki til {jess, / have no time ; eg komst ekki til a6 fara ; —
komask undan, /o escape; allt Jjat li& er undan komsk, Eg. 261 ; ekki
manns barn komsk undan, Fms. xi. 387 ; komask undan a flotta. Eg.
11: — komask viS, to be able; komusk \>eiT ekki i fyrstu vi6 atlog-
una, Fms. vii. 264 ; ef hann vill refsa lida&a-monnum, ok ma J)6 vi6
komask, N.G. L. i. 123; brenn allt ok bael, sem J)u matt vi5 komask,
Faer. 64 ; ef ek vi3r of koemimk, Hbl. 33 ; J)a er ek komumk vi&. Eg.
319 ; komask viS veSri, to get abroad, Rd. 252 ; hann let ^at ekki vid
ve6ri komask, Fms. vii. 165 : to be touched (vi6-kvaemni), hann komsk
vi& mjok ok felldi tar, iii. 57; e5a hann komisk vi& {repent) ok hverfi
aptr af illsku sinni, Greg. 41 ; Jja komsk mjok vi6 inn valaSi, sva at
hann matti eigi lengi or6i upp koma fyrir harmi, Fms. vi. 234; ])a
komsk hon vi6 akaflega mjok, Clem. 32 ; me6 vid komnu hjarta, with
a touched heart, Bs. i. 561, Karl. 166: — komask yfir e-t, lo overcome,
get hold of; er hann komsk yfir fet, Bard. 175.
D. Part, kominn, in special phrases ; inn komni madr, a new
comer, stranger, Sjvii^\>. 47 ! at kominn, arrived; hinn adkomni madr, a
guest; at kominn, just come to, on the brink of; kominn at andlati, at
dauda, to be at the last gasp ; var at komit, at . . . , «'/ was on the point of
happening, that . . ., Str. 8 ; voru J)eir mjok at komnir {much exhausted)
sva magrir voru J)eir, Fas. iii. 571: — heill kominn, hail I Bias. 42;
vel kominn, welcome ! vertu vel kominn ! ver med oss vel kominn, |>idr.
319, Fs. 158 ; hann bad ^a, vera vel komna, passim ; so also, J)ad er vel
komid, ' it is welcome,' i. e. with great pleasure, granting a favour : —
placed, ertu madr sannordr ok kominn naer frett, Nj. 175 ; Petri var sva
naer komit, P. was so closely pursued, Fms. ix. 48 ; ok mi eigi allfjarri
ydr komit, xl. 123; sva vel er sa uppsat komin, at..., ix. 368 :
situated, hann (the hospital) er kominn a fjall upp, is situated on a fell,
Symb. 18; litsker Jjat er komit af J)j6dleid, Eg. 369; metaph., vel, ilia
kominn, well placed, in good, bad estate; ek J)ykjumk her vel kominn ;
hann var vel til nams kominn, be was in a good place for learning, Bs.
i. 153 ; J)at fe er ilia komit er folgit er i jiirdu, Grett. 39 new Ed. ; mer
J)ykkir son minn hvergi betr kominn, methinks my son is nowhere better
off in better hands, Fms. vi. 5 ; litt ertu mi kominn, Njard. 376 ; fykkj"
umk ek h^r vel kominn med J)er, Nj. 258 : — kominn af, or fr4 e-m,
cofne of, descended from, Landn., Eb., passim : — kominn a sik vel, in a
good state, accomplished, Orkn. 202 ; hverjum manni betr a sik kominn.
350
KOMA— KONUNGR.
Ld. no; kominn a sik manna bezt, fsl. ii. 203 : vera k legg kominn,
to be grown up, Fms. xi. 186; vera sva aldrs kominn, lo be of such an
age, Fs. 4, 13, Stud. iii. 100, Fms. xi. 56 ; her er allvel a komit, it suils
well enough, Bs. i. 531 ; hann sag6i henni hvar \>k var komit, bow
matters stood, Nj. 271, Fms. ii. 152 ; hann undi vel \ib {jar sem komit
var, as it stood, in statu quo, Nj. 2 3 ; Sveinn segir honum sem komit
var J)essu mali, Fms. ii. 159; at sva komnu, as matters stand, Bs. i.
317 ; malum varum er komit i liny'tt efni, Nj. 164, igo : — vera kominn
til e-s, to be entitled to, have due to one ; ef hann fengi Jsat er hann var
cigi til kominn, Fms. x. 7 ; J)eir er til einskis eru komnir, ix. 248 ; fa J)eir
margir af ydr saemd mikla er til minna eru komnir, en hann. Eg. in; ^eim
til ssemdar er til ^ess er kominn, Sks. 31 1 ; rett komnir til konungdoms,
rett kominn til Noregs, right heir to the kingdom, to Norway, Fms. ix.
332 ; 16zk Sigvaldi nii kominn til ra,6a vi3 AstriSi, xi. 104 : Jit for, en-
titled to, hann Jxitti vel til kominn at vera konungr yfir Danmork, i. 65 :
sbapen, })etta mal er sva til komit, vii. 130; sagSifk hann eigi verr til
manns kominn en Sturla bro&ir hans, Sturl. ; eigi J)6ttusk {)eir til minna
vera komnir fyrir aettar sakir, entitled to less, Eb. 17. II. part,
pres. komandi, a new comer, stranger, Fbr. 168, Stj. 525 : one to come,
future generations, vemndnm ok vidr-komendum, N. G. L. i. lai; allir
menn verandi ok eptir-komandi, D. I. i. 3 ; komendr, pl.^7/es/s, comers.
koma, u, f. =kvama, arrival. komu-maSr, m. a guest.
kommun, n. [for. word], a commune, guild, H.E. i. 504, D.N. pas-
sim, kommun-stofa, u, f., kommun-hus, n. a guild-house, D.N.
kompa, u, f. the copy-book in which schoolboys write their Latin com-
positions, Piltr og Stiilka 71. 2. a small closet.
koinpd.n, m. [for. word], a companion, fellow, Edda ii. 497.
komp&sa, a&, [for. word], to compass, Mag. 13, Sks. 16 new Ed.
kompiss, m. a compass, sketch, Stj. 62, Pr. 436 : mod. a ship glass.
kompflera, a8, [for. word], to compile, Stj. 131, Skalda 177.
kompon, n. a composition in Latin, Bs. ii. 77.
kompoua, a3, Lat. componere, to compose, in Latin, Fb. i. 516.
KONA, u, f., kuna, Fms. vii. 106 ; gen. pi. kvinna, 109, 274, Hdl. 15,
but usually kvenna, which form is a remains of an older obsolete kvina :
[Goth. qino = 'Yvvq ; Hel. quena ; O. H.G. chiona ; Swed. kdna ; Dan.
kone; again, the forms of the Goth, quens or qveins, A.S. cwen, Engl, queen,
Scot, quean = Engl, wench, Dan. kvinde answer to the obsolete kvan, q. v.] :
— a woman; karl ok kona, man and woman, passim ; brigSr er karla hugr
konum, Hm. 90 ; kona ok karlmaSr. Grag. i. 171 ; kona e6a karlma6r,
Nj. 190; hon var kvinna fri6ust, Fms. vii. 109 ; henni lezt J)ykkja
agasamt, ok kvaS J)ar eigi kvinna vist, 274; konor Jjaer er oarfgengjar
eru, Grag. i. 228; mun J)at sannask sem maelt er til var kvenna, Fms.
iv. 132 ; kve5r hann vera konu niundu nott hverja ok eiga ^a viSskipti
vi5 karlmenn, N. G. L. i. 57 : sayings, kold er kvenna ra6, Gisl. ; meyjar
or8um skyli manngi trtia, ne t)vi er kve6r kona, Hm. 83 ; sva er fridr
kvenna, 89 ; hon var vsen kona ok kurteis, Nj. I ; ok var hon kvenna
ixihusx, she was the fairest of women, 50; hon var skorungr mikill ok
kvenna fri&ust synum, hon var sva hog at far konur voru jafnhagar
henni, hon var allra kvenna grimmust, 147 ; fundusk monnum or6 um
at konan var enn virSuleg, Ld. 16; Unnr var vegs-kona mikil (a stately
lady), Landn. 117 ; konur skulu raesta hiisin ok tjalda, Nj. 175 ; konu-
h&r, -klaeSi, -fot, woman's hair, attire, Fms. iii. 266, Greg. 53 ; konu bii,
woman's estate, Grag. ii. 47 ; konu-liki (liking), woman's shape, Skalda
172, Grett. 141 ; konu-nam, konu-tak, eloping, abduction of a woman,
Grag. i. 355, Bjarn. 17 ; konu-mal, rape, fornication, ^'kvtwn^i-m&X, Eb.
182, Fs. 62, Stj. 499: fiaend-kona, a kinswoman ; vin-kona, a female
friend; mkg-koni, a sister-in-law ; k\{-konz, an ' elf-quean ;' troll-kona,
a giantess; htit-kom, a spoitse ; hrub-konz, a bridemaid ; vinnu-kona,
grid-kona, a female servant ; ra5s-kona, a stewardess ; bii-kona, hus-kona,
a house-mistress, house-wife; spa-kona, a prophetess, Scot. ' spae^ivife ;'
skdld-kona, a poetess. II. a wife ; ek em kona Njals, Nj. 54 ; Evu
Adams konu, Hom. 31 ; vi5 hans konu Sophram, Ver. 52 ; af konu minni
c5a sonum, Nj. 65 ; en ef bii {)eirra standa, \ia, munu t)eir vitja {)eirra ok
kvenna sinna, 207 ; messu-djakn enginn, ne kona hans ne klerkr hans,
N. G.L. i. 97. — The word is now almost disused in sense I, kvennma3r
being the common word, whereas in sense H. it is a household word.
konu-efni, n. one's future wife, bride : konu-f6, n. a marriage portion,
Js. 80 : konu-lauss, adj. wifeless, unmarried, Fs. : konu-leysi, n. the
being konulauss: konu-riki, n., see kvanriki.
B. CoMPDs, with the gen. plur. kvenna- : kvenna-askr, m. a
kind oi half measure, opp. to karlaskr, q. v. ; halfr annarr k. i karlaski,
Jb. 375. kvenna-&3t, f. amour, Bs. i. 282, Fms. v. 341. kvenna-
btina3r, m. a woman's attire, Skalda 334. kvenna-far, n. love affairs,
Lat. amores, Fms. i. 187. kvenna-fer3, f. a journey Jit for women,
Ld. 240. kvenna-f61k, n. woman-folk, Nj. 199. kvenna-
ftiSr, m. sacredness of women, N. G. L. ii. kvenna-fylgjtir, f. pi.
female attendants, Grag. i. 342. kvenna-gipting, f. marriage,
N. G. L. i. 343, Jb. 6. kvenna-giptir, f. pi. a giving in marriage,
N.G. L. i. 27, 343. kvenna-hagr, m. woman's condition, Rb. 4 14.
kvenna-heiti, n. names of tvomen, Edda (Gl.) kvenna-hjal, n,
women's gossip, Gisl. 15. kvonna-hus, n. a lady's bower. Fas. ii
*i62. kvenna- innganga, u, f. entrance of women into the ehrt
churching, B.K. no. k.venna,-'klse6nabT,m. a female dress, Giie,
338. kvenna-land, n. the land of the Amazons, Rb. 348, Fnis. j
414. kvenna-lei6ir, m. 'women-guide,' a law term u.sed of a chi
as the sole v/itness to lawsuit for a rape ; barn J)at er heitir k., N.G. L.
357, 367. kvenna-li3, i\. woman-folk, Nj. 199, Lv. 38. kvenni
madr, m. a woman's man, given to women; mikill k., Hkr. i. 208, R
414; litill k., chaste, Fbr. 1 2. kvenna-mdl, n. love matters, Orkn.33
rape, fornication, 444, Lv. 3. kvenna-munr, m. distinction of worn
Fms. x. 387. kvenna-nam, n. a ra/e, Grag. i. 353. kvenna-ri
n. pi. women's counsel, Nj. 177. kvenna-si3r, m. habits ofvmm
Grag. i. 338. kvenna-skap, n. a i^o/na/j's^em/ier, Nj. 68. kvena
skali, a, m. a woman's apartment, Sturl. iii. i.*- 6. kvenna-skipa
f. arrangement of the ladies (at a banquet), Ld. 202. kvena
sveit, f. a bevy of ladies, Fms. vi. i. kvenna-vagn, m. 'vmma\
wain,' a constellation, opp. to karlsvagn, Rb. 1812.16. kvenna-Tis
f. women's abode, fit for women, Hkr. iii. 339.
konflrmera, ad, [for. word], to confirm, H.E. i. 477.
konfirmeran, f. confirmation, eccl.. Mar.
kongr, m. a king; see konungr.
kongr, m., qs. kiifungr (q. v.), a conch-shell, Lat. concha, Eggertltin.
kongur-vofa, see kongurvafa, Eluc. 23.
konr, m. ki?id, an obsolete noun only existing in gen. sing, -koni
as suffixed to adjectives, as Lat. -tnodi ; alls-konar, of all kinds; hve 1
konaT,of every kind; ym\ss-kona.T, of sundry kind. Mar.; nokkurs-kon
of some kind; margs-konar, of many kinds ; sams-konar, of the same kin i
J)ess-konar, of that kind; einskis-konar, of no kind; — see these wor^
'KON'R, m., pi. konir, ace. pi. koni, the gen. is not recorded; ;
word is solely poetical, and used by poets of the 10th and nth centurii
but since disused; it is the masc. answering to kona (q. v.);-l
man of gentle or noble birth; hve J)ik kalla konir? how do men c
theel Hkv. Hjoiv. 14; koni (ace.) oneisa, the ge?itle men, Hkv. i .
dulsa konr, Yt. 2 ; of mseran kon, of a valiant man, Edda (in a ve:;
att-konr, q.v. 2. a royal kinsman; konungmanna konr,-:
man of kings, Isl. ii. 229 (in a verse); hildinga konr, sikiinga ko
kinsman of heroes, Lex. Poet.; Yngva konr, kinsman o/Yngvi, Skv.
I4; r6giiakonr = Gr. Sto7€i'77S.Vellekla ; bragna konr, 0. H.(inave:;
Ellu konr, kinsman of Ella, Fms. vi. 64 (in a verse) ; hai.kstalla k
Edda (in a verse) ; sselinga konr, kinsman of the wealthy, Fms. xi. ;
verse) ; Heita konr, kinsman of the sea king H., Arnorr, cp. Orkn. cii. j
konr Sigmundar, son ofS., Skv. 2. 13. II. as a pr. name, Rm. |
konst, f. [from Germ, kunst^, art, (mod.)
konstaflll, m. [for. word], a constable, Karl. 10.
konstr, n., Germ, kunst, a device. Fas. iii. 293, 308.
konunga, a5, to address as a king, Fms. viii. 75. See under konungr ;
konung-borinn, part, king-born, Fms. i. 81, vii. 8, Hkv. Hjorv. ,
Hkv. 46, O.H. 16.
konung-borligr, adj. of royal birth, Fms. vi. 159.
kommg-djarfr, adj. speaking boldly to kings, Fms. xi. 203.
konung-ddmr, m. a kingdom, Skv. 3. 14, Fms. ix. 334, Fb. ii. 2 j
Sks. 620, Nj. 271, Ld. 84, Eg. 7, 263, G|)l. 60, 157, passim.
konung-lauss, adj. kingless, without a king, Hkr. ii. 266.
konung-liga, adv. kingly, beseeming a king.
konung-ligr, adj. kingly, royal, Fm. 40, Fms. i. 4, vii. 70, i.x. :
X. 322, xi. 114, Stj. 208, passim.
konung-maflr, m. a royal person, a king. Eg. 415, Hkm. 20, \'-
0. H. 230 (in a verse), Isl. ii. 229 (in a verse).
konving-inenni, n. a kingly person, Fms. ix. 235 (in a verse).
KONUNGE., m. ; since the 14th century in a contracted form kon
and so in the poems and ballads of that time, Lil., Ol. R., Ski9i
Vols. R., as also in the best mod. poets, Hallgrim, Eggert, cp. Pj
xxvii. 8, 9, 13, 15, Bb. 2. 15. 3. 96, 100, passim : the old vellums ino!
abbreviate thus, kgr, kg, kgs ; the contracted form occurs in M^J
the 14th century or even earlier, e. g. Cod. Fris., and this is also the 1;
mod. pronunciation : [this word is common to all Teut. languages exi
Goth., where ^/«(/a«4 = Icel. J)j68an is used; A.S. cynig; Eng!. »;
O.H.G. chuninc; Germ, konig ; Swed. kung and kommg ; Dan. «'''
the word is prop, a patronymic derivative from konr, = Gr. dvf)p yfV'^
= a man of noble extraction; the etymology Konr nngr {young !^
given in the poem Rm. is a mere poetical fancy]: — a king; n»
em ek k. ne jarl, ok ^arf ekki at gcira hasaeti undir mik, Nj. I/"-
ok konungr, N. G. L, i. 44 ; Dyggvi var fyrstr k. kalladr sinna aettmai
en aSr voru J)eir drottnar kalladir, Hkr. i. 24, passim: the saying 1
fraegSar skal konung hafa, mc'r en til langlifis, Fms. iv. 83, vp. 7,^'
fylki skal til fraEg3ar hafa, Mkv. ; morg eru konungs eyru, Hki. i--
langr er konungs morgin, Sighvat : J)j()8-konungr, a king of a Yod,-
Paai\fvs fifjas; sae-konungr, a sea king; her-k., a king of hosts,
used of the kings of old, whose sole kingdom was their camp or r.
and who went out to conquer and pillage, — ^at var sidr viKin-'
konunga synir reSu fyrir herli6i, at J)eir voru kalla5ir konungar, ri
. 98 ; la hann pk longum i herna&i ok var kalla5r konungr af liasmoiw
KONUNGABOK— KORNSKURDR.
351
iiKiuga si3r var, 257; \>k er 6lafr t(5k viS lidi ok skipuni, \)k gafu
nn honum konungs-nafn, sva sem siftvenja var til, at herkonuiigar
i vfking v(3ru, ef J)eir voru konuiigbornir, fia baru J)eir konungs-
6tt Jpeir sseti hvergi at londum, 6. H. 16 ; Konungr konunga, King
% the Lord, 656 C. 32 : also of an emperor, Nero k., king Nero,
irkja-k., the king of the Greeks = the Emperor of Constantinople,
)assim ; Karlamaguiis k., king Charlemagne, etc.
I, CoMPDS : Konunga-bok, f. the Book of Kings, the history of
igs of Norway, also called Konunga-aefi, originally a work of Ari,
ice applied to later recensions of the same work ; her hefr upp
nb6k eptir scign Ara prests Fr63a, inscription to Hkr., Cod. Fris.
dso, JFfi Noregs-konunga, Knytl. S. ch. i, 21, 100 ; Bok Noregs-
gi, Fb. i. 152. konunga-fiindr, m. a meeting of kings. Ann,
Konunga-hella, u, f. name of a place, Fms. konunga-hus,
tg's bouse, palace, 625. 95. konunga-kyn, n. royal kin, royalty,
107. konunga-m6flir, f. mother of kings, a nickname, Fms.
iga-skipti, n. change of kings, succession. Germ, thronwechsel, Ver.
)|:t. 70. konunga-stefna, u, f. a congress of kings, Fms. vii. 62,
I I Kdda 89. kontinga-s8ett, f. peace among kings, Fms. v.
;^onunga-tal, n. a series of kings, Fms. x. 378 : the name of
'. ii. 520. Konunga-8efi, f. the Lives of Kings, the name
ical work, lb. 3. konunga-eett, f. = konungakyn, Fms. i.
79. konungs-atsetr, n. a king's residence, Finnb. 270.
borg, f. a king's castle, Stj. 519. konunga-br§f, n. a
. warrant, Fms. ix. 443. konungs-bryggja, u, f. a king's
s. vii. 183. konungs-bii, n. a royal estate, Eg. 372, Fms.
55. kontings-beer, m. a king's residence, Hkr. i. 40.
domr, m. = konungd()mr, G{)I. 185. konungs-efni, n. a
. Fms. viii. 332, Js. 15. konungs-eiflr, m. a king's oalb,
• ath, Jb. 50. konungs-eign, f. a king's property, G^\. 338.
-cigur, f. pi. royal property, Hkr. ii. 20. konungs-
1. a royal errand, Fms. vii. 19. konungs-fundr, m.
■ven by a king, Sks. 2i^2. konungs-garflr, m. a king's
king's treasury. Eg. 409, Fms. vii. 159, 207, Sks. 669; er
: 5r rtimr inngangs eii J)r6ngr brottfarar, Eg. 519. konvings-
;. the king's highway, Stj. 333. konungs-gipta, u, f.
s^ood luck, cp. Lat.fortnna Cae^aris ; k. fylgir J)er, Fms. ii.
konungs-gjof, f. a king's gift. Eg. 183. konungs-
i. = konungsgipta, Fms. ii. 60. konungs-gSrsemi, f. a
'. see giirsemi, Fas. ii. 349. konungs-beiti, n. a king's
I. konungs-herbergi, n. a king's cabinet, Fms. vii. 314,
konungs-hirfl, f. a king's hir6 (q. v.), Fbr. 116. konungs-
Ihig's house, Grag. ii. 170. konungs-h6fn, f. a king's
. 122, Fms. ix. 447. konungs-boll, f. a king's ball,
.31. konungs-j6r5, f. a king's estate, G\)\. 79. konungs-
. f. an address to a king, Bar5. 180. konungs-lauss, adj.
' '^- '^- 355- konungs-leyfl, n. a king's leave, Fms. vi.
iiungs-li3, n. the king's troops, Fms. viii. 70. konungs-
'•e king's trumpet, Fms. vii. 287, Hkr. iii. 325. konungs-
n Norse law term, the king's key = an axe, which opens all doors
; munu J)eir bera konungslykil at hiisinu, they will break it by
vi. 188 ; ek hefi at varSveita konungslykil J)ann er at ollum
gr ok lasum . . . Vegglagr s6t at hann niun upp hoggva kistuna
i eigi upp lokin, Fbr. 46 new Ed. konungs-lsegi, n. the
h, Fas. i. 528, Hkr. iii. 79, 83. konungs-maflr, m. a
. Eg. 17, Sks. 253, 341, Fms. i. 10, 280, 0. H. 216, passim.
-m6rk, f. a royal forest, Grag. ii. 408, Gf)l. 79. konungs-
hing's title. Eg. 590, Fms. i. 6, vii. i. konungs-nautr,
gift, Isl. ii. 226, Ld. 204, Hallfred. kontings-ni3ingr,
' to the king, Fms. viii. 387. konungs-or3, n. the king's
irder, Fms. ix. 443. konungs-rei5i, f. the king's anger,
= 4. konungs-r^ttr, m. the king's right, Fms. vii. 305.
-riki, n., mod. k6ngs-riki. Germ, konigsreich, a kingdom,
xi. 30, Ant. 289, Sks. 464, passim. konungs-setr, n. a
nee, Fms. ix. 330. konungs-skip, n. a king's ship, Fms. vii.
iii. 132. konungs-skruSi, a, m. king's apparel, Stj. 601.
smiflr, m. the king's smith. Fas. i. 15. konungs-sdmi, a,
:niiy, Hkr. iii. 240. konimgs-stedi, a, m. the king's stithy,
''' h- 157, Fms. viii. 166. konungs-sveit, f. the king's
s. ix. 2 2 . konungs-sver3, n. the king's sword, i. e. the secular
1 9. konungs-s:^sla, u, f. a royal o^ce, district. Eg. 27, 36,
- • kontings-ssBti, n. the king's seat, residence, Fms. vi. 439,
i ■ 76- kon\ings-tekja, u, f. election of a king, Bret. 70, Fms.
!• 20, iii. 146. konungs-tign, f. royal dignity, Fms. iii. 48,
vonungs-umbofl, n. royal commission, konuugsumbods-
the king's commissary, GJ)1. 20. konungs-vald, n. royal
'{>'• 533- konungs-vinr, m. a king's friend, Fms. ix. 368.
\agsla, u, f. a coronation, Fms. vif. 306, x. 14, Hkr. iii. 146,
koimngs-J)ing, n. the king's assembly, = husj)ing (q. v.), G])l.
- oiiungs-JjrsBll, m. the king's thrall, a term of abuse, O. H. 1 20,
i Ld. 4. konungs-8Dfi, f. a king's life or reign, G\>\. 70.
konung-riki, n. a kingdom, Fms. x. 273.
konung-ssell, adj . lucky as to kings, blessed with good kings, Fms. xi. 3 1 7.
konvent, n. [for. word], a convent, Sks. 96.
konventa, u, f. a convent, Vm. 109 ; konventn-bru&ir, -systir, Dipl. iii.
6, 9 ; konventu-hiis, D. N.
kopa, aft, in the phrase, e-m kopar, or honum cr farld aft kopa, one
begins to fall off, from age or the like; perhaps the passage in Hm. 16
belongs to this, but see kiipa.
KOPARR, m. [Engl, copper; Germ, hipfer ; Dan. kohber'] : — copper,
Stj. 88, Fms. V. 344. compds : kopar-bagall, m. a copper crosier,
Dipl. V. 18. kopar-bfillr, m. a copper ball, Dipl. iii. 4. kopar-
hringja, u, f. a copper buckle, Vm. 17;. kopar-kanna, u, f. a copper
can, Boldt. kopar-ker, n. a copper vessel, Vm. 25. kopar-kross,
m. a copper cross, Pm. 120, B. K. 83. kopar-ligr, adj. of copper.
kopar-peningr, m. a copper penny, Stj. kopar-slagari, a, m. a
coppersmith, D. N. kopar-sp6nii, m. a copper spoon, Pm. 5. kopar-
stika, u, f. a copper candlestick, Vm. 20.
koppa3r, part, spotted; handklaefti koppat, B. K. 84.
koppari, a, m. a turner, joiner, N.G. L. ii. 241; koppara-jarn, a
turner's chisel, Fms. v. 339.
KOPPR, m. [Engl, cup ; Dan. kop; cp. also W. Engl. cop = a round
hill, and Germ. kopf=head, which prop, mean a cup, analogous to Ice).
kolla and kollr, q. v.] :— a cup, small vessel, esp. in dairy-work ; koppar
ok kercild ; i koppum ok keroldum, Bs. i. 721 ; trog, dall, eysil, ask n^
kopp. Snot ; viSsmjor i koppi, Stj. 590 ; faefti ok lata fylgja kopp, N. G. L.
i. 131 (418) : a chamber pot, Bs. ii. 345 : a cup-sbaped hole, i ^eim steini
voru klappaftir fjorir koppar, si6an er hann hafftr til {jvattsteins, Bs. i. 64O ;
segja menn at enn sjai 1 berginu sva sem sma-koppa, J)ar sem konungf-
menn settu orfalina, Fms. i. 280 : of the eye-socket, Bs. i. 177; sp6-koppar
(Dan. smilehuller), a dimple in the cheeks. II. = knappr, tl^e bell-
shaped crown of a helmet. Fas. iii. 535, Karl. 355. kopps-trOS, f. a
local name, Sturl. i. 63.
kordiina-hostir, f. pi. bose of cordovan leather, Fms. iv. 77.
korgr, m. grounds, dregs ; kaffe-k., bl68-k.
korka, u,f. a pining or wasting away ; Jjaft er korka i honum. korku-
legr, zd]. pining, perhaps a corruption from kraki, krokkgr, legr, q. v.
korki, a, m. [from Gael, coirce^, oats, a a7r.\ty., Edda (Gl.)
korkna, aft, to dwindle away.
korkr, m. cork, (mod. and for.)
Kormakr, m., Korm-lSd, f., pr. names of Irish origin, Landn., Nj.
KORN, n. [Goth, kaurn = ffiros and kaurno = kokkos ; A. S. and Engl,
corn; O.H.G. cborn; Germ, and Dan. korn']: — corn, grain; ellefu
korn, ok ellefu pipar-korn, 655 xxx. 8 ; leynisk i litlu korni afl tresins,
Greg. 14; hleifr er gorr af miirgum kornum, 625. 90: seed, grain, korn
eftr malt, O. H. 113; hann skal honum greifta ky'r ok korn, smjor ok
voru, GJ)1. 305 ; sumir skaru korn, sumir bundu, sumir oku heim korninu,
6. H. 30 ; far var hallaeri a korni {a bad crop) en gott korn (a good crop)
austr 1 land, 102 ; korn {crop) var heldr liarvaent, 1 13 ; fsera menn niftr
korn sin, Nj. 169 ; hann sar far in'ftr korninu, 82 ; er ok illu korni til saft,
enda mun illt af groa, a saying, 1 74 ; sa himnesku korni i hjortu manna,
H.E. 500: flour, tak riigbrauft, eigi blandat vift annat korn, Laekn. : — in
plur. stores of grain, hann flutti meft ser mikil korn, Fms. vii. 173 ; far
voru forn korn, (5. H.102, 113: — oats, corn, (Swed. hesta-korn, cp. 'a
feed of corn'), gefa hestum korn, 31 ; hann var Gauzkr hlaupari ok alinn
a korni vetr ok sumar, Gullf . 12 : — Mikkjals-korn, dlafs-korn, Michael's
corn, St. Olave's corn, a kind of tithe paid to the church in Norway,
Fr. II. metaph. a bit, grain; ok far kemr Htift korn niftr
af f eim bita, of a bit of meat, Fas. i. 54 ; hakarls-korn. Snot 226 ; sand-
korn, a grain of sand. 2. in mod. usage freq. as a diminutive suffix
to a noun ; f aft var maltak hans vift hvern mann, broftir ! karl-korn mitt !
of bishop Sweyn, who died A.D. 1476. Esp. Arb. 1475 ; barn-kom, a bit
of a bairn = T(Kviov ; stundar-korn, a little while; hus-korn, a scrap of a
bouse; hu-kom, a small household ; orb-koin, a little word : this use, how-
ever, scarcely occurs before the 15th century (unless it be in the passage
Fas. 1. c, which, however, is only found in a paper MS.), and it may be a
kind of imitation of the Germ. -cben. compds : kom-amstr, n. a
corn-stack, Orkn. 448. korn-fir, n. a ' corn-year,' crop. Fas. ii. 126.
kom-bingr, m. a ' corn-bin,' heap of corn. kom-deild, f. a kind of
contribution or tithe paid in corn, N.G. L. i. 142. korn-feitr, adj.
' corn-fat,' of a horse, Fms. xi. 280. kom-frj6, n. seed-corn, Pr. 448.
korn-garar, m. a corn-shed, Vm. 18. korn-gildr, adj. payable in
corn, D. N. kom-gySja, u, f. the corn-goddess = Ceres, Stj. 83.
korn-gOr3, f. corn-produce, Stj. 164. . korn-hj^lmr, m. a corn-
stack, Stj. 424, Fb. i. 541. korn-hla3a, u, f. a ' corn-lathe,' barn.
Eg. 4;;, 49, 235, (5. H. 30. kom-hus, n. a 'corn-house,' barn,
656 C. 31. korn-j6r3, f. corn-soil, arable land; sa i gofta k.,
Horn. 67. korn-kaup, n. purchase of corn, 0. H. 113, Gfl. 352.
korn-kippa, u, f. a corn-sieve, Nj. 82, 170. korn-kyrlag, n. a
cow's value in corn, B. K. 55. kom-sala, u, f. sale of corn, 6. H. 1 14.
korn-sd3, n. flour, rendering oi polenta, Stj. kom-skreppa, u, f.
a ' corn-scrip,' corn-sieve, Nj. 82, v. 1. kom-skurdr, m. shearing
352
KORNSKURDARMADR— KOSTR.
(as it is called in North England and Scotland), reaping, Stj. 422, 438,
Clem. 30, Magn. 502. kornskurSar-madr, m. a shearer, reaper, Stj.
422, Greg. 69. kornsktirSar-mtouflr, m. the shearing month, Edda.
kornskur3ar-timi, a, m. shearing time, Stj. 61, 354. korn-sldtta,
u, f. a reaping, N. G. L. i. 254. kom-titind, f. a tithe paid in corn,
B.K. 53. korn-ungr, adj. quite yotmg. korn-virki, n. a corn
shed, GJ)1. 454. korn-vist, f. stores of corn ; bannat at selja k.,
O. H. L. 35. korn-vin, n. a kind of wine, B. K. 64.
Korn-bretar, m. pi. the Britons of Cornwall (Kornbreta-land), Fms.
korpa, u, f. pining away, Bjorn.
korpna, ad, to fall off.
korporal, n. [for. word], a corporal, Horn. 138, Pm., Vm., B. K.
korpr, m. [Scot, corbie; Swed. Itorp}, a raven, Edda (Gl.) : a nick-
name, Fb. iii.
korpu-legr, zi]. falling off, thin, Bjorn.
korra, a6, older form kvarra, q. v. ; pad korrar i honum.
korri-ro, interj. (qs. kiirS'-i-ro, sleep in rest!), a lullaby, Isl. J>j66s.
i. 209.
kort, n. a map, mod. Dan. hort. Germ, harte.
kortr, adj. [Germ. kurz\, short, l3lf. 7. 133, is scarcely an Icel. word.
kos-eyrir, m. choice things, = k}6rie, Sturl. i. 77.
kos-girni, f. a caprice, whim ; t)at er ekki nema k. ein, N. G. L. i. 384.
kosning, f. [kjosa], an election, Fms. viii. 268, ix. 227, Sks. 748, Bs.
passim. kosn.ingar-br6f, n. the writ for an election, Ann. 132 1.
kosningi, a, m. the chosen or elect one ; f)ii ert konungr ok k. pessa
rikis. El.
kosningr, m. = kosning, Sturl. i. 214, Fms. vi. 93, viii. 259, x. 58 : a
franchise, 96.
kos-or3, n. an election., Fr.
KO^S, m. [cp. Ulf. ^«^a«; K.S.cyss; Engl. ^«s; Gtxm. kuss; Dan.
kys ; Swed. l<yss'\ : — a kiss ; fylgja skal kve&ju koss, a saying, Fsm. 48 ;
eptir tarblandinn koss skilja J)au, Fms. xi. 425 ; eigi tjaSu eidar oss e8a
margir kossar, V'lgl. (in a verse) ; hann sveigir hana at ser ok ver9a J)a
einstaka kossar, Fs. 88; me& astsamlegum kossi, Barl. 186; gefa e-ni
koss, Greg. 46 ; friSar-koss, a kiss of peace, Nd. 59 ; Jiidas-koss, a Jtidas-
kiss; ekki, Lafranz, vill ek kyssa J)ik, Jfiviat J)at ma vera, ef stundir li6a,
at J)at kallir pu Jiidas-koss, Bs. i. 842 : in Hm. 81 kossa is corrupt for
kosta (see kostr I. 4), for in law, kissing a maiden by stealth was a finable
offence, — as in the case of the poet Kormak, Korm. ch. 24, — and if
against her will it was liable to fjorbaugs-garSr, Grag. i. 337 ; cp. teygjattu
J)er at kossi konur, Sdni. 28 ; laun-koss, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 47. compds:
kossa-flens, n. kissing, licking, in a bad sense. Snot. kossa-gangr,
m. much kissing. Art. ico.
koss-mildr, adj. ' kiss-mild,' fond of kissing. Art. 108, Fas. iii. 483.
KOSTA, a6, [akin to kjosa; A.S. costjan; Germ, kosten = to taste;
Lat. g7isto ; Gr. -yevofiai] : — to try, tempt, strive : with gen., kosta afls, to
try one's strength, Vsp. 7 ; k. magns, id., Rm. 9 ; k. megins, Gs. 22 ; k.
sunds, Fms. vii. 351 (in a verse) ; k. rasar, J>orf. Karl, (in a verse) ; (til)
rasar kostar J)u mi, Fs. 45; k. vigs, tojigbt, (5. H. (in a verse); kosta
mans, to fall in love, Hbl. 15 ; Bardr ^urfti alls at kosta, B. had to exert
all his strength, Bar6. 166 ; kosta kapps, to strive hard, Grett. 202 new
Ed. : to risk, vil ek J)ar til kosta fjar f66ur mins, Fms. ii. 63 ; hvart J)eir
faeri til {)ings, ok kostim at py\ allra vina varra, Eb. 98 ; verja fe
yftvart ok frelsi, ok kosta J)ar til allra J)eirra manna er ySr er liSs at
van. Eg. 8 ; »tla ek at saekja oddi ok eggju fraendleifd mina, ok
kosta J)ar at allra fraenda minna ok vina ok allra {)eirra er . . ., 0. H.
32.. 2. to tempt; at ver fyrir-farimk eigi i kostan J)eirri er
djofullinn kostar var, Hom. 158; i J)vi er hann kostar {tries) upp at
risa, Al. 144; {)eir sogSu hann fuUu kostaS hafa, i&e had taken pains
enough. Odd. 18; skal hann kosta at koma, N.G. L. i. 348. 3.
as imperat. giving emphasis to the verb, like Lat. age, cornel kosti6
sva keppa,_;fo.i; so hard! Am. 54; kostum fleera at forSask, LeiSarv. 39;
kostum (not kostum) at aesta, 40 ; kostaSu at vinna vel margar ij)r6ttir,
Hsm. 29 ; kostadu hug ^jinn herSa, Sturl. iii. (in a verse) ; kostaOu hins,
at haldir fast hesti ok skjaldi, Korm., Likn. 11; en hinn er fallinn er,
kosti hann ok risi upp sem fljotast, Blanda (MS.) ; mi kostit, brseSr, ok
verit hraustir, come, brethren, be of good cheer ! 656 C. 2 2 ; en J)er kosti6 ok
gorit svii vel, at J)er leggit ra6 a me6 mer, Karl. 484 ; vib J)at er kostanda
{exert thyself), at yfir ver5i stigit af per meS andans afli, MS. 677. 5 ; J)vi
kosti hverr sem x staSfastlegast at gora gott, Hom. 24. II. impers.
with ace. it strains a thing, i. e. it is strained, damaged ; J)6 at kjol kosti,
though the keel is sorely strained, Fms. vii. 59 ( in a verse) ; hvarki var J)eim
at meini hungr ne kuldi, heitt ne kalt, hvarki kostadi J)au, neither of them
was hurt, suffered from it, Blanda (MS.) ; l)at fall var sva mikit, at kosta5i
laerlegg hans, Fms. ix. 2 1 9. 2. reflex., kostast,/o suffer a bodily or inward
injury; ^at var mal manna, at {>orfinnr mundi eigi lifa5 hafa, sva mjijk var
hann kostadr af eldinum, Sturl. i. 162 ; mjok kosta5r af hita, 161 ; baeSi var
kostaa hold hans ok bein, Greg. 80 ; kostadr hestr, a broken-winded horse;
sakirfyrnskuv6rubararnarmjokkosta6ar,rf«7a/>/(faW,Bs.ii.i46. III.
[Engl, cost; Germ, kosten"], to cost, with ace. of the person and price ; mik
(ace.) kosta6i fimm merkr (ace.) gulls, it cost mefivegold marks. El. ; |)at i var ekki viS k., there was no question as to H., tsl. ii. 315 ! t"* "
fe
lim
riSJ
kostar lif (ace.) hans, it cost his life. Fas. i. 532 ; likneski sem til _
tin aura, Vm.ioi ; get ek at J)er J)ykki mikit (ace.) k. at kaupa hann.Fm
i. 79 ; sem biiar vir&a at domi, at mik hafi kostaS fyrir J)au, Grag. i. jgj
slikt sem ]pa (ace.) hefir kostaS, K. Jj. K. 54 ; spurdi hvat (ace.) kostat haf.
{>(3rarin (ace), Fms. v. 315 : with ace. of the thing and price, keisarar
kostaSi eigi minna fe leikinn (ace), the play cost the emperor not less y
97 ; J)akerru (ace.) kosta6i sex hundruS (ace.) ski\\inga,the car cost... St
573; einn riddara (ace.) kostar atta merkr, Fms. xi. 331. 2.todefri
the expences of, with ace. ; {)at bo6 kosta6i Unnr, Ld. 10 ; J)au hin son
klasSi sem ]peir hof&u kostaS {purchased) me& kirkjunnar gozi, Mar,
to spend, lay out, with ace, hvat viltii til kosta ; at hann skyldi bes
nafnbot engum peningum kosta, that he should he at no expencefor
Fms. X. 93, v. 1. ; J)at friSa likneski hafSi prestrinn kostaS a sina penine
Mar.; jiu hefir kosta3 oss {entertained us), bondi, Fs. 150; allt bat
hann leggr til ok kostar, lays out, N. G. L. ii. 354 ; er sva mikit 1^ s
kosta oss til lausnar, who let it cost himself so much, Barl. 1 14; hai
hann setu a Grund ok kosta8i einn allt fyrir, and defrayed all the cos
Sturl. i. 155 : — in mod. usage with dat., k. miklu til eins, hann hefir eni
til J)ess kosta6, he has invested no money in it, done nothing for it ;
miklu upp a e-8, to spend much money on a thing.
kostall, adj. costly, expensive; e-m verSr kostallt, Bs. i. 722.
kostan, f. cost, pains; leggja kostan ok stund a e-t, Fms. x, 39
tetnptation, k. fjandans, Hom. 33, 158.
kost-g63r, adj. of good quality, Grag. i. 498 ; esp. of milk, pajta
jar5ir kostg66ar ok grosugar, Stj. 341 : of a horse, skjotr hestr okkofl^
g66r, Flov. 28. i
kost-gripr, m. a costly thing, choice thing (see kjorgripr), Fs. 40, .
Fms. X. 215, Bs. i. 37, Edda 15, 82.
kost-gsefa, 8, to push on with a thing; kostgaefa eptirfbrna, tofj.r.
hard, Isl. ii. 360; k. undanroSrinn, Fb. i. 396; k. e-s nau8syn, ii.91.
to strive, take pains, with infin. ; k. at fremja, Bs. i. 42, Magn. 468, F;
i. 184, vii. 31, Eb. 39 new Ed.: — reflex., H.E. i. 249, Barl. 78.
kost-geefS, i. painstaking, Bs. i. 273, Mar. 1067.
kost-gsefi, n. and f. painstaking, care : a. neut., allt k., Horn. 4
me8 miklu k., with niickle pains, Fms. x. 277; me8 ollu k., Ki'c
diligence, 656 A. i. 17, Fms. i. 260, Bs. i. 38, Al. 163, Stj. 595.
fem., sakir kostgaefi J)eirrar, Bs. i. 166.
kost-gsefiligr, adj. painstaking, diligent.
kost-geefinn, a.d]. painstaking, (the mod. form.)
kost-gsefliga and kost-gsefiliga, adv. with pains, diligently, He
I, Fms. i. 263.
kost-g8Bfni, f. = kostgaefi, N. G. L. ii. 481, freq. in mod. usage.
kost-geefr, adj. painstaking, diligent, Sturl. i. 90, Greg. 27; ver
sem kostgaefstir, 55 ; k. athugi, Hom. 52 ; k. a e-t, Fms. ii. 145.
kost-gorS, f. the state of affairs, Finnb. 318.
kost-hald and kost-heldi, n. entertainment, D. N. ii. 393, 482.
kostigr, adj. costly, choice ; kostig \6nd,fine pasture, Ld. 124; as
hagar, kostigir ok lo5nir, Stj. 258 : chosen, of a person, Hd. ; u-ko>.
mean, cotnmon, Fs. 128.
kost-illr, adj. bad, common. Fas. ii. III.
kost-lauss, adj. ' cost-less,' bad, vile, Fms. v. 14.
kost-ligr, adj. costly, choice, desirable, 0. H. 98. ;
kost-m63r, adj. ' meat-weary,' weary after a hearty meal, Hym. 3(
kostnaSr, m. cost, expence. Eg. 43, Grag. i. 336, Fms. i. 52 ; i ko.-t
J)ann er J)u hefir fyrir mer, Eb. 262 ; satu sumir a sinum kostiiaSi, Oi
334, GJ)1. 59 ; litill k., small cost, Flov. 34 : living, var J)a skipt E\ ju:
hvar hvarir skyldukostnaS a hafa, Orkn. 272. compds: kostnai
laust, adj. without expense. kostnaSar-litill, adj. of Utile i,
iiOstn.a,6&T-Taik.iU.,a.d].verycostly, expensive. Eg. 38, Fms. vii. 73. k( H
naSar-samr, adj. expensive, Fms. xi. 316, Bs. i. 830, Orkn. 90. j
KOSTK, m., gen. kos^tar, pi. kostir, old ace. pi. kostu, which is i
in old poets as Sighvat (6. H. 39), Amor (Edda 50) ; but the usual t^
in the MSS. as well as in mod. usage is kosti ; [Ulf. kustus = Sorfi^i i *
ii. 9, xiii. 3; Germ, and Dan. kost = fare, food] : — a choice, the fui
mental notion being trial : I. condition, chance, but mostly |
the notion of a hard choice; eru mi tveir kostir til, sa annarr, at — ■'
annarr, at . . ., Nj. 199 ; sa er hinn {)ri8i kostr, Grag. ii. 83 ; munu
hinn sama kost fyrir hcindum eiga sem vaer attum, at verja fe yovar'
frelsi ... en at o8rum kosti. Eg. 8 ; hann sa engan sinn kost annai:
hann let fallask J)vers undan laginu, Nj. 246, Eg. 24; sam ver {
helzt varn kost at firrask fund hans, 70 ; mi ma Flosi sja sinn kost, n
hann vill saettask til J)ess at sumir se utan saetta, Nj. 250 ; l)a8 er hver
manni bo8it, at leita ser lifs meSan kostr er, 202 ; einbeyg8r kostr, '«
choice left, Orkn. 58. 2. choice, terms; hvern kost viii ]?^^>
Ingjaldi? Nj. 3 ; ek gori J)er skjotan kost, Dropl. 6 ; giira e-m **•*
Ld. 212, Fs. 57; tok Kali {jcnna kost, Orkn. 214. ^' ? -
opportunity, possibility ; gora kost a e-u, Nj. I.SS, 271 ; mun ek oi
kost a gora, / will give no choice in the matter, i.e. will not do «'. '
kost muntu lata at etja, 90 : — kostr er a, or gen. kostr e-s, a It'"
possible, there is a chance, 254, 263 ; ef t)ess er k., Grag. ii- ."i"' ^,
I
KOSTARIIALD— Jv(')RONA.
353
:i . wbefi I am gone, Stj. 363 : — eiga e-s kosti, to have a chance
'.owed, Griig. i. 63, 468, Ld. 84, 160, 184, Nj. 57, 132, Eg.
|(]V-5i, Sks. 20 B. 4. a match, of an unmarried woman;
h^t dottir hans ok Jiotti beztr kostr a Halogalandi, Eg.
a dtti dottur eina er Unnr hot, hon var vaen koiia ok kurteis
s^r, ok J)otti sa beztr k. a Rangilrvollum, Nj. (begin.) ; Hallr
dan kost i henni, H. said she luas a good match, iSo, Fs.
87 ; engi kostr J)6tti {)a J)vilikr sem Helga hin Fagra 1
gariirdi, Isl. ii. 206 : giving a woman away, hann spyrr hverr
fyrir kosti hennar, who was to give her away. Band. 9 new Ed. ;
kosta, a maid to be married, Hm. 81, (MS. kossa), cp. Hggja
m maer til kosta, Fas. iii. 409, (ra3a-kostr, a match) ; kvenn-
V.), godr kvennkostr, 5. choice, state, condition; fiat mun
ti h^r fram draga, at J)u att ekki vald a mer, Orkn. 1 20 ; kostiim
ana karla ofriki, i. e. the tyranny of man crushes a woman's right,
drap ba, bratt kosti, then the state grew worse, id. ; sja fyrir sinum
'ake care of oneself, Fms. x. 236 ; eigi mun honum fiykkja batnad
kostr, Eg. 287 ; eigi treystusk menn at raska kosti J)eirra, people
t meddle with them, disturb them, Ld. 146; baendr vildu verja
defend themselves, Fms. ix. 306 ; si&an let Simon varSveita
yu, guard her affairs, vii. 233; J)a heldr hann kosti sinum,
olds bis place, loses not his right, Grag. ii. 209 ; u-kostir, afar-
ard, evil choice ; iir-kostr, lack of choice, poverty. II. cost,
allan fiann kost er hann hefir fyrir haft, Jb. 321 ; sa er vitna
standa {)eim kost allan, 358 ; hver ma6r er sik ok sin hjii heldr
osti, K. A. 78 ; {)at skip hofdu baejar-menn latiS gora af sinum
s. ix. 270 ; hann hdlt sik rikmannlega at klae6um ok ollum
«), ii. 278; hann let alia sina felaga a sinn kost fiann vetr,
hvi hann var sva djarfr at taka slika menn upp a kost hans,
), V. 1. ; hann gaf ser mikinn kost til (he took great pains), at
11 ollum i vingun vi& Gu6, Hom. 108 ; J)6at hann hefdi mcirgu
inkost(^fl/ns) tilgefit, Al. 116; hann lezk Jjar vildu sina kosti til
his best), at J)eir Hakon deildi enga lihsefu, Fms. i. 2 2. III.
(J)eir) synja iilmusu, er kosti hof3u til, Hom. 64; hafa meira
die strongest, Fb. ii. 361 ; eiga alls kosti vi6 e-n, to have it all
3(wr, i. e. to be the strongest; JokuU gaf honum lif ok atti a3r
rib hann, Fs. 10; eiga alia kosti, Fms. iv. 296, Stj. 481 ;
ilOcs atti kosti vi5 hann er hann vildi gcirt hafa, Al. loi ; eiga
'<58s kosti, 96 ; hafa litils kosti, to have small chance, be little
means, provisions, me6an mer endask fong til, Jjott ek
iiina kosti, though I am left to my own supplies. Eg. 66 ;
Oddi alia kosti me3 ser. Fas. ii. 540 ; ef ver hittumk si3ar
r hafi meiri kosti (forces), Fms. v. 87; baendr efldu J)a kost
lit, Sturl. iii. iy6 C : stores, tvau skip hla6in vaenum kosti, Fms.
|Sr s^ ek beggja kost, Tsee here plenty of either, Sighvat ; mungat
sti (fare), setjask i kosti e-s, Fms. viii. 58 ; baendr uggSu at
& kost fieirra, ok kurru6u ilia, Bs. i. 549 : victuals, provisions,
|, selja silfr fyrir kost, Fas. i. 450 ; hveiti ok annarr kostr, Stj.
ja 4 J)etta i kosti, tvaer vaettir skreiSar, vsett smjors, vaett kjots,
vau hundrud i haustlagi, tiu aura i kosti, Vm. 42 : board,
halda honum kost, Jb. 374; l>a bau3 Ketill fe fyrir kost
1. 4 ; til kostar ok klzbz, fare and clothing, B. K. 108 ; at
kti, at the king's table, Bs. i. 782 ; far-k. (q. v.), a ship, vehicle ;
es, troops. IV. cost, quality ; af lettum kosti, Fms.
it sax var afbur3ar-jarn kosti, of fine steel, id. 2. good
jJi fylgja allir kostir ok 611 friSindi, Clem. 29 ; kyn ok kostr
[IS. 4. 9 ; fatt fri3ra kosta, Hdl. 45 : J)eir kostir skulu ok fylgja,
Idri kala i skyrtunni, Fas. ii. 529, 53 1 ; pa ferr hann or skyrtu
t h6n ollum kostum sinum, 539 : fatness, Lat. ubertas glebae,
ist ok feitleik, Stj. 167 ; fiar voru allg66ir lands-kostir, Hkr.
n6r sagt gott fra landa-kostum, at j)ar gangi fe sjalfala a
l$kr i hverju vatni, Fs. 20, 25, Landn. 225, v. 1. ; af kostum
ndi nafn gefa ok kalla Markland, Fb. i. 539. 3. virtue;
yfir af hermonnum Krists fyrir helga kosti, Hom. 27 ; Kristni
nfjolda ok kostum, MS. 677. 8; eigi er Jjat riinanna kostr, .. .
Jinn kostr, Skalda 162, freq. in mod. usage. 4. a good
|«; segja kost ok lost, ^0 tell fairly the good and bad of a thing ;
ja kost ok lost a konunni, Nj. 23 ; hann sagfti kost ok lost
andn. 30 ; liistu ok kostu bera lj63a synir blandna brjostum
i-'kostT, afaidt,JIaw; ma.nn-'kosUr, virtues. 5. spec, of
ajinepace; hestr 65 kafs af kostum, Sighvat. V.spec.
usages; til kostar, well', all right! well done! er {)at til
iflyjum ver fyrir monnunum, Fms. xi. 139 ; J)at er til kostar,
*, if..., Hym. 33 ; er f)at ok til kostar (it is a comfort) at
" ' tveir hlutir ilia lika, Ld. 70 : because, allra mest af J)eim
i, Hom. 33 : sagSi Osvifr at J)eir mundi a kostum (indeed)
GuSriin voru eigi jafnmenni, Ld. 122 ; J)eim kosti, in that
40; engum kosti, by no means, MS. 4. 21 ; at J)eim kosti,
'Hon, Grag. ii. 239 ; at 63rum kosti, else, otherwise. Eg. 8,
I'ja kosti, thirdly, 14, Grag. i. 395 ; at siSasta, efsta kosti, in
i. 61 ; at versta kosti, /'/* the worst case, loi ; at niinnsta kosti, at least:
gen., alls kostar, quite, in every respect, Sks. 674 B, passim ; eigi cins
kostar, not very, tiot peculiarly, Isl. ii. 322; annars kostar, as for the
rest, 108 B ; nokkurs kostar, in any wise, Fms. xi. 79, Fb. i. 74 ; sums
kostar, in some respect. Fas. ii. 547, v. 69, Hom. 89 ; {)ess kostar, in this
case, thus, Fms. xi. 79, Rb. 36, Hom. (St.) : ace, pa. kostu, as adv., in
such a manner, N. G. L. i. 327; fyrir hvern kost, by every means.
i&- Kostr, in sense I, is in old writers often omitted, and left to be sup-
plied by the adjective or pronoun, e.g. J)ann (viz. kost) munu ver af taka,
Ld. 188; at hann mundi verSaJjann upp at taka, Eg. 157, Nj. 222; erJ>4ok
saeinn (viz. kostr) til, 227, Fms. vii. 265; eross mi engi annarr til, Nj.143,
^■g- 405 ; er yOr engi annarr a giirr en sniia apfr, Nj. 207 ; Hiikon jarl er
alltrau3r undir truna at ganga, ok J>ykkir vera harSr (viz. kostr) a annat
bor&, Fms. xi. 39. compos : kostar-hald, n. maintenance, Stj. 184.
kostar-lauss, adj. without provisions, Isl. ii. 463. kosta-bofl, n.
pi. a very favourable choice. Eg. 539, Vapn. 30, Sturl. iii. 151. kosta-
mikill, adj. good, fine, valuable, Sturl. iii. 7. kosta-munr, m. dif-
ference in quality, Nj. 52. kosta-vandr, zd'}. fastidious, Vigl. 16.
kosta-vanr, adj. cheerless, Skm. 30.
kost-samr, nd'j.fine, excellent, Hkm. 2.
kostuligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), costly. Fas. i. 76.
kost-vandr, id'], fastidious. Fas. iii. 115, Vigl. 48 new Ed.
KOT, n. [A. S. cote; Engl, cot], a cottage, hut, small farm; fyrir hvi
ertu kominn i kot J)etta ! Clem. 25, Barl. 194, Orkn. 78, 6. H. 208, Fms.
i^- 359 ; leggjask i kot, Rett. 10. 7 : allit., karl and kot, J)at er mart i
koti karls sem kongs er ekki i ranni, or karl ok kerling i koti sinu, see
kurl ; J)vi er betra kal i koti en ketill stor af borgar floti, Eggert.
kot, n. [from Engl, coat], a coat, jacket.
kota or kotra, a& ; kotra ser ni6r, to seek out a bole.
kot-b6ndi, a, m. a cottier, Lv. 59, Fas. ii. 46 ; ]>k aetla ek mijrgum
kotbiiondonum munu jjykkja vera J)ri)ngt fyrir dyrum, O.K. 127.
kot-bser, m. = kot, Barl. 46, Fagrsk. ch. 193.
kot-karl, m. a cottier, cottager, a boor, Sks. 254, Sturl. iii. 122, Fms.
iv. 283, vii. 253, Gliim. 391. compos: kotkarla-8Btt, f. poor folk.
Fas. iii. 289. kotkarls-barn and kotkarls-son, m. a churl's bairn,
churl's son, Fms. ix. 330, 331, Stj. 206; hinn herfiligasti kotkarls-son ok
innar minnstu aettar, Fms. vii. 157, Thom. 401.
kot-lifl, n. humble life, Stat. 276.
kot-maSr, ni. = kotungr, Sturl. (in a verse).
kot-mannliga, adv. meanly, in a beggarly way, Bjarn. 29.
kot-mannligr, adj. beggarly.
kotra, u, f. a game, backgammon, = kvalT3., q.v.
kotroskinn, adj. prudish, Snot (1866), (conversational.)
kotung, n. cotton, = kotun. kotungs-lauf, n. and kotungs-viSir,
m. a kind of salix, Hjalt.
kotungr, m. = kotkarl. Fas. iii. 249, Fbr. 26, Str. 45.
kotun, n. cotton, (mod.)
kovertiir, n. [for. word], ' coverture,' a covering, Sks. 403.
KCD, n. the fry of trout and salmon ; brand-k66.
K(5F, n. [kaf, kefja], thick vapour, steam, mist, Sks. 204. compos :
kof-sveittr, adj. steaming hoi. k6f-vi3ri, n. [Shetl. kavaburd], a
misty sleet or snow; k. ok frostvi3ri, P'br. 112.
koklast, a3, to hobble, get on with difficulty.
KOLFR, m. [akin to Engl, club, Genn. kolb], the tongue in a bell,
Fms. vi. 147 : kolf-klukka, u, f. a bell with a tongue, Pm. 129 ; (k61f-
lauss, adj. without a k., Vm. 9) : the bulb of a plant : endi-k., a sausage,
Isl. f)j66s. i. 177. II. a kind of bolt, Swed. kolf, Rm. 43, {ji3r.
371, Karl. 68, 244, N.G. L. i. 69; bakka-kolfr, a bird bolt; for-kolfr,
q. V. : the phrase, sem kolfi skyti, swift as a bolt, as lightning, Fms. ii. 183,
vii. 343, Sturl. iii. 220. k61f-skot, n. a bolt shot, of distance, Edda 31.
kolga, u, f., poet, a wave, Edda (Gl.), Hkv. 1. 25, Orkn. (in a verse),
Fms. vii. 49 (in a verse), Bs. i. 16 (in a verse) : one of the Northern
Nereids (P'lnar-daetr), Edda.
kolna, aS, to become cold, Stj. 45, Fas. i. 148 ; veSr t6k at k., Fms. i.
67 ; kolnadi ve3rit ok dreif, Eb. 204 ; lik skal eigi grafa a&r kolnat er,
K.{). K. 26; dagrkolnar, Hom. (St.) : impers., e-m kolnar, one gets cold ;
OSS kolnar a klonum, Grett. 94 B ; kulda-vc&r var liti, ok tok honum
fast at kolna, Fb. i. 276.
kolnan, f. getting cold. Germ, abkilhlung, Rb. 102.
kdmeta, u, f. [for. word], a comet, Ann. passim ; but in mod. usage,
hala-stjarna, q. v.
kongr, m. a king, = konungr, q. v.
koni, a, m. a bullock (?), Sturl. i. 21 (in a verse) : as a word of abuse,
hann er fallegr koni !
kopa, t, {kopa, Ivar Aasen], to stare, gape; kopir afglapi, Hom. 81.
EdPK, m. a young seal, freq.: prob. from its round-formed head
(see koppr, kiipa). compos: k6p-h.eldr, adj. 'seal-tight' of a net,
Vm. 98. k6p-skinn, n. Cie f^/w o/a k6pr.
korona, u, f., contr. krona and kriina, q. v. [Lat. word], a crown.
Fas. viii. 193, x. 107, G{)1. 6o, passim ; guU-k., Jjyrni-k.
^^'tmce, last emergency, Nj. 221 ; at fa;sta kosti, al least, N. G.L.I k6r6na, ab, to crown, Ver. 57, Fms. vii. 306, GJjl. 63, Th. 20
I * A A
354
KdRR— KREFJA.
EOKR, m., dat. kornum, Symb. 57 ; korinum, Fms. vii. 1 74, 291 ; [Lat.
cborus'\ : — a choir, Vm. 1 71, Bs. i. 84, passim : a choir, music, Str. i, Karl.
545. coMPDS : kor-bak, n. the back of the choir or church. kor-
bjalla, u, f. a choir-bell, Vni. 17. kor-bok, f. a choir-book, hymn book,
Vm. 109, Am. 47. k6rs-br65ir, m., eccl. a 'choir-brother,' a canon,
Fms. viii. 269, ix. 461, Bs. (esp. Laur. S.) passim. kor-dyr, n. a choir-
door, Fms. xi. 273. kor-k&pa, u, (.a priest's cope, Fms. viii. 557, ix.341.
kor-kjappi, a, m. a nickname, Sturl. iii. 85. kor-prestr, m. a choir-priest,
Bs. i. 876, a priest officiating at the altar. kor-smifl, f. a choir-building,
Bs. i. 706. k6r-J)ili, n. a ' choir-deal,' panel of the choir, Hom. (St.) 97.
krabb, n. a crabbed hand.
krabba, a6, to scrawl, write a crabbed hand.
KRABBI, a, m. a crab; k. gengr (5fugr longum, Rb. lOO, Stj. 91,
Al. 168, Pr. 477 ; krabbinn segir son sinn vi&, sifellt gengr pu lit a hlid, a
ditty; a nickname, Sturl. iii. 246 : of the zodiac, Rb. (1812) 16 ; as also
krabba-mark (-merki), n. id., Rb. 100, MS. 732. 4 : krabba-mein,
n., medic, a cancer.
kradak, n. [perh. akin to A. S. crad, Engl, crowd], a crowd, swarm,
(conversational.)
krafa, u, f. craving, demand, GJ)1. 475, N. G. L. i. 21, Fms. vi. 192.
krafla, a5, to paw or scrabble with the hands; ok kraflaSi fyrir (fra?)
ncisunum, he (an exposed infant) had pawed {the snow) from his face,
Fs. 60; still used, krafla fram ur e-u, to crawl out of a strait.
krafla, u, f. a nickname of an infant, see the preceding word : the name
of a volcano in Iceland.
kraflandi, a, m. the name of a hot spring in western Iceland.
krafsa, a&, to paw or scratch with the feet, as horses or sheep when
grazing on a snow field ; hann krafsa6i sem hross, Ld. 1 20 ; hundrinn
krafsar sundr hruguna. Fas. iii. 547 ; ekki J)arf at k. af J)vi ofan, er oss
er i hug, Nj. 224 ; hann kvadsk eigi mundu k. um fiat at segja honum
sannindi, Sturl. iii. 313.
kragi, a, m. [Swed. krage ; Dan. krave ; cp. Scot, craig = 7ieck~\, the
collar of a coat : a kind of short rain cloak.
kraka, a9, to drag under the water ; Jia er hann krakaSi J)at upp, Grag.
ii. 276 ; peir kroku3u upp spytingana ok pakkana, ... ok lata upp kraka
Jjat sem fengist af gozi, Bs. i. 842 ; kroku8u fieir hann upp, ok fluttu til
lands, 610 : — to furnish with pales, allt var krakat it ytra me6 sjonum, Fms.
viii. 177 • — 'o touch the bottom, ofan anchor or the like, toku {)a akkerin at
kraka, x. 135 ; kraka ni3ri, of a horse in a deep stream only just touching
the bottom with the feet : kraka hey upp, to cock hay, Grag. ii. 107.
KHAKI, a, m. [Dan. krage], a pale, stake; konungr let setja kraka
utan fra Borg it fremra me6 saenum, Fms. viii. 148 : a drag, boat-hook,
voru J)a gorvir til krakar, ok var5 dregit i sundr hofit, Isl. ii. 411 : prop.
a looped and branched stem, used as a staircase, in which sense it is still
used in Norway (Ivar Aasen) ; this also was the old Dan. sense, see
Saxo ii. 31 ; hence metaph. the nickname of the famous mythical Danish
king Rolf Kraki, from his being thin and tall ; mi sitr her i hasaeti kraki
einn litill, Edda 81. 2. a kind of anchor, = GT. evvr),
krakka, aS, to emit a cracking sound, to simmer.
krakki, a, m. [akin to kraki], a thin youth, urchin; krakkinn ! krakka-
tetri6 ! J)etta er mi barn enn J)a, krakkinn, Piltr og Stiilka 9, (conversa-
tional, of either sex.)
kraklegr, adj. thin, L^t. gracilis ; hann var kraklegr (be was thin and
weak of frame) ok-J)6iti heldr seinlegr, Gliim. 335.
kram, n. [for. word; Engl, craw; Dan. ^raw; mid. Germ, krame = a
shop], toys, Rett. 2. 10: kram-vara, u, f. id. : kram-verk, n., dsv. S.
kramari, a, m. [Dan. krcemmer], a toyman.
kramask, 6, to pine and waste; see kremja.
KBAMK, adj. half thawed, of snow; i kromum snjo, Fms. i. 280;
ok {)egar dreif i Loginn krommu, Fb. ii. 327; also of butter, kramt
smjor : bruised, of berries when the juice oozes out, and the like.
kramsi, a, m., poiit. a raven, Edda (Gloss.)
kranga, a6, to creep, Skm. 30.
krangi, a, m. [cp. krakki]. kranga-legr, adj. [krangled, Ivar Aasen],
thin, of a boy ; hann er ofbo3s krangalegr !
krangr, adj., kriing, krangt, weak, crank, Skv. 3. 44.
krank-d6nir, m. ailing, sickness. Mar., Bs. ii. 140, passim.
krank-dfiemi, n. = krankd6mr. Fas. iii. 642.
krank-leikr, m. (-Ieiki), = krankd6mr, Fms. viii. 443, Jb. 167, Fas.
ii. 394, Grett. 152.
KRANKR, m. [Germ. kra7ik], ill, sick; krankr mjok, Fms. x. 146,
Finnb. 322 ; k. i likam, B. K. 97 ; kronk augu, Stj. 171 : sore, distressing,
hin krankasta tf&, the sorest time, of a famine, 162 ; krankir hlutir, 156 ;
kninkustu tilfelli, 218 ; inar kronkustu flugur, 271.
kranz, m. [for. word; Germ.kranz; Dan. krans], a wreath; setjast
i kranz, to sit in a ring. Mar., Ulf. 6. 19 ; koma saman i krans, 5. 10.
KRAPI, a, m., and krap, n. sleet, thawed snow ; va9a opt til kirkju
krapa, Skalda (Thorodd) 179; leggsk hann sva at hrySr um krapit,
Finnb. 310. compds : krapa-drifa, u, f. a shower of sleet, Sturl. i.
50, Gisl. 118. krapa-f6r, f. a drift of thawed ice, Finnb. 310.
krapa-hrfd, f. a sleet tempest.
KBAPPR, adj., krcipp, krappt, [see kreppa]: — strait, narrow, c
road or the like ; kriipp leift, Skalda 169 ; komast i krappan stad./s
into straits, a saying, Fb. i. 311 : naut., krappr sjor, a short, cbopt
sea : metaph., kropp kaup, a scant bargain, Grett. (in a verse) ; (
person, sharp, crafty, kriipp var GuSriin, Am. 70. krappa-rum, n
' strait-room,' a place in an ancient ship of war, the third from tl;. ::
Fms. ii. 252, Fb. iii. 219.
krapt-au3ugr, adj. powerful, Gd. 38.
krapti, a, m. [akin to kraptr], a bar, one of a ship's timbers, a ,-.
knee, Edda. (Gl.) ; eyri skal baeta fyrir krapta hvern, N. G. L.
krapta-valr, ' timber-hawk,' poet, a ship, 0. H. (in a verse); the
the inside of a shield, cp. Gr. Kavwv, krapti geirbriiar, Vellekia :
krapti skola, the main pillar of a school, epithet of a bifh^
13. II. = kraptr; hafa nokkurn krapta (ace.) aldrsini»,l^
14; hafa engu minna krapta, x. 318.
KRAPTR or kraftr, m., gen. krapts and kraptar, dat. krapd|^<n
craft; Germ., Swed., and Dan. kraft; prob. akin to krappr, pnif.a
ing a crooked bar, such as ribs and knees in a ship, which iitf$
been kept in the weak form krapti; whence metaph. it came>ltLl
power, strength] : — might, strength, power ; me& (ilium krapti, V0:f(
and main, Fms. vii. 305; med miklum krapti, x. 274; en^j|;
kraptr e&a styrkri, Sks. 25 ; undir krapti hlySninnar, Mar,;;MJ
kroptum, 656 A. 2 ; gorSisk sva mikill mattr at krapti hai^'«
4 ; me& Ijosi krapts sins, Ni5rst. 7 ; ek saeri {)ik fyrir alia kn^^
^ins, Nj. 176 ; af Gu3s megni ok krapti ins heilaga kross, Fmi^^
In the N. T. 5vvafj.ts is often rendered by kraptr, Gu6s kraptr,||
xxli. 29; kraptar himnanna, xxiv. 29; til haegri bandar Sn||
xxvi. 64. krafta-verk, n. (Gr. Swafxis), ' power-work,' a mnid»,l
passim; for jartein (q. v.) is not Biblical, Magn. 430; — in plsr.^
supernatural, whence krapta-skald, n. a 'power-scald,' a pcwt^^
song has a magical power, see Isl. JjjoSs. : physical, bodily si
mikla krafta, to be strong ; litla krapta, to be weak. compm
lauss, adj. weak. krapta-lan, n. the gift of strength, Hom
krapta-leysi, n. weakness, debility. krapta-litill, adj. weal
185. krapta-maSr, m. a s/ro«o-wza«, 656 C. 12. krapta-m
adj. strong, Eb. 204. krapta-skald and krapta- verk, seeabc
krass, n. a scrawl : krassa, a5, to scrawl.
krattans, gen. with the article, from kratti = skratl or skratti(q. -
swearing, Ski6a R. 136.
krauma, a6, to simmer, of the sound when the water in a kettle J
to boil ; {3a3 er fari3 a3 krauma a katlinum.
KRA, f. [Dan. kro], a nook, corner; kra e3r hyrning, Stj. 152.
134, Skald H. 6. 2, freq. in mod. usage.
KRAKA, u, f. [Dan. krage ; cp. Engl, to croak], a crow, Lat.cx,,,j,^j.
Hom. 69, Fms. vi. 446, Karl. 437, Edda (Gl.), Rm. 44; vinni|«^;j|^
kraku, Fms. vii. (in a verse) ; galandi kraka, Hm. 84; illvi6ris-kr J4..I. .
croaking crow, boding ill weather ; sumar-k. : the saying, betri er ■
i hendi en tvser i skogi, a bird in the hand is worth two in the hu: ^
96 : a nickname, Kraka, Fas., whence Krdku-mdl, n. pi. nam •
poem, id. : kraku-nef, n. crow nose, a nickname ; whence Krt ••
ingar, m. pi., Landn. compds : krdku-skel, f. a sbell-Jisb, 1 1»^,; -
edilis, Mag. 63. krdku-stigr, m. a ' crow-path,' zigzag, kj
ungi, a, m. a young crow, Fms. viii. 156, Fas. i. 337.
krdkr, m. a kind of crow or raven, Edda (Gl.) ; ber l)U sj41f
J)inn, carry thou thy crow thyself I |jorst. Si3u H. 3 ; lika-krikr, \
oi pole for digging graves.
KRAS, f. [Diin. kraase], a dainty, {)kv. 24, Stj.. 58, Barl. 9'
656 A. 2 ; dyrSligar krasir, Bs. i. 152 ; heidarlegar krasir, Fs. 5;
konar krasir, Fms. iii. 36 ; krasa diskr, (3. H. 85 ; sa hefir krilfl
a saying, Sol.
kre3a, u, f. [perh. akin to A. S. cradel ; Engl, cradle], afoiidi
son. kre5u-legr, adj., Bjorn.
kredda, u, f. a creed (Lat. credo) ; kva9sk numit hafa Pater no
kredduna, Faer. 257, 258 : a belief, fancy, hafa sina kreddu, sitja ';•
kreddu (conversational), prob. derived from the story in Ficr.S. .^
kredo [for. word], indecl. = kredda, Faer. 258. u
krefSa, u, f., medic, crusta lactea, an infant's disease, Ann. 14
X. 8, passim in mod. usage. krefflu-s6tt, f. = kref&a, Ann. i.^
KREF JA, prcs. kref, krefjum ; pret. krafSi, subj. krefdi ; part,
krafinn ; [A. S. crafjan; Engl, crave; Dan. krceve] : — to crave, t
to call on one, with ace. of the person, gen. of the thing; or also J
e-n til e-s, krefja hann til utanferSar, Sturl. i. 214; verfta sunur
til at styra, Sks. 263 ; ek em kominn at krefja J)ik at Jjii latir la H
501 ; ok kraf6i sira Bjarna, at liika ser J)au atjan hundru\ Dipl. j|
ella kreii Gu3 hann andar sinnar, Sks. 720 ; at neita {)vi " *t j
hafa, Fms. xi. 225 ; ok kref ek ok bind ek alogum t)rigg)a marka P
Grag. i. 384 ; krefja e-n mals, Fms. vii. 162 ; engi po\b\ at kre ,.
or3a, no one durst speak to him, Edda 22 : krefja fjar, Sturl. i. 4 ^
hann manna, K. A. 70 ; konungr krafSi pa, lei&angrs, Fms. vn'_ ..
biiendr li6s, 6.H. 205; sa J)6tti mer ungr at krefja ei3sins,r-|;
^ hann krafSi dura, be knocked at the door, Fms. viii. 332, v. 1. ; *^*^iBS
bfj
KllEGD— KKISTK.
355
; with subj., kriifSu ^eir at sveinniim taeri meb \teim, Fms.
II. reriex. to claim, with gen. ; krafOisk HavarSr torf-
■ Av. 47 ; J)6 ma koiiuiigr krefjask af J)eim J)eirrar J)j6nustu,
263.
ir kregfla, u, f. a wasting, pining, of infants : — a nickname,
Gaut. (Ed. 1664), p. 76.
n. walking, hobbling ; vera a kreiki.
KA, a6, [Engl, crouch, cp. crutch; Germ, iriechen"], to walk
t posture, hobble; kreikaSu r^ttr sonr minn, a ditty; freq. in
je.
, u, f. [kriim], a weak person ; hann er engin k. ! (conversational.)
STA, t, better kreysta, [cp. Ulf. kriustan = rpi^eiv ; Dan.
wed. krysta^ : — to squeeze, pinch, press, Eb. 242, Fas. i. 285,
Bret. 10, Al. 2. 30, Fas. i. (in a verse, Bm.) ; hann kreisti sik undir
be pressed himself, crouched under the wall, |j6rd. 75 >' kyssa ok
and bug, Al. 44, pibv. 30.
ag, {.pinching, squeezing. Fas. iii. 502.
ttr, adj. crooked.
m. [cp. Germ. kralle = a claw"], spirit; k. ne dugr. Fas. 1.71;
er i y6r, there is no spirit in you, 96.
iJA, pres. kom, pi. kremjum ; pret. kramSi ; part. kramiSr,
raminn ; [mid. H. G. krimme ; see krom, kramr] : — to squeeze,
nnkramSi hold af beinum, Fas.iii. 348, passim, — esp. of berries,
r juicy things : — reflex, to be pinched, to pine, from a wasting
margir kromSusk lengi J)eir er lifSu, Fms. viii. 443 ; eitt sinn
ott mikil a bse J)eirra, ok krom5ust margir lengi, fsl. ii. 274.
I, t, [krankr; mid.H.G. krenke ; Germ, krdnken^, prop, to
to hurt, H.E. i. 434, 737 ; erinda-fjoldinn aldrei dvin | allmart
renkja. Pal Vidal.; hjartad vill hraeSslan krenkja, Pass.
u, f. sleet, = krap.
PA, t, [Engl, cramp, crimp; mid.H.G. krimpfe; cf. krappr,
jmpf, etc.], to clench; Grettir hafSi kreppt fingrna at saxinu,
. A; J)4 bindr hann ok kreppir, Stj. 96; kreppandi J)a saman
:um kmitum, id. ; i hvers landi er hann kreppir (catches) e3a
■• 309 ; k. at e-m, to pinch, press hard on one ; krepptu J)eir sva
ni, at . . .," Sd. 148. 2. impers., medic, to become crippled ;
ienduni hennar J)ar til er J)iEr knytti en hana krefti, Bs. i. 328 ;
var kreppt i lofa, 313 (v.l.), 462 ; krepptir voru fingr i lofann,
laf&i kreppta hiind, Magn. 518 ; hon var kreppt (ill, sva at badir
jiigir vi& knon, Fb. ii. 383 ; krepptr ok knyttr, Sd. 148 ; saman
j. 51 ; krepptr miklum suit, pinched by hunger, Rom. 361.
u, f. a strait : medic, a being crippled : a scrape, koma i slikar
d.264. kreppu-sott, f. a kind of scorbutic disease, Fel. x.37.
,eiidr, part, cripple-handed, a nickname, Fms.
g, f. a scrape, Fms. iv. 147.
gr, m. a handful. Eg. 10.
pret. kratt, a def. strong verb, to maunder, murmur; engi
t kretta, Grett. 140 A, B ; Uxi kratt jafnan um, Finnb. 280 C ;
ilia, en krittu (kruttu?) um. Fas. i. 129.
m. [Engl, creek^ a ' crack,' nook, freq. in mod. usage ; handar-
ipit.
adj. = krokt (q. v.), swarming ; mjol var krikt, the flour was
as if with grubs and vermin. Vols. R. 229.
,=kretta; hann kva8 ^at skamsamlegt at k. um smahluti,
:ir kriktu um. Fas. i. 129.
t, to utter a sound; lata ekki a s^r k., not to stir, (conversa-
and kringum, adv. [akin or a twin word to kringr, with an
lis] ; — round ; ganga i krok og i kring, all around, round and
141 ; hringinn-i-kring, all around; skoSa e-& i krok og
i kringum, around, with ace. ; hann gengr {jrysvar rangsaelis
alinn. Fas. iii. 337; i kringum hann, Bar3. 180; ii alia vega
sik. Fas. i. 105 ; ^u skalt roa i kringum skutuna, Hav. 46 ; i
allina, Fb. ii. 137.
m. pi. the pidlies of a drag net ; J)ar til er kringar koma a
427.
adroil?tess, in or9-kringi, q. v.
', adj. (-liga, adv.), comical, funny, (conversational.)
ft, usually with prep, um, kringja um e-t, to encircle, surround,
umhveriis, id. ; but also singly, with ace, ^eir hofdu kringt sva
Fms. viii. 67 ; ^eir kring6u um kirkjuna, ix. 469 ; at eldr
ivcrfis hiifin, Sks. 205 ; kringdr umhverfis, id. ; kappar Hein-
kringt um mik, Bser. 16 ; kringSi Haraldr konungr meS sinni
ik jaili, Fms. vi. 407 ; Birkibeinar kring6u {surrounded) baeinn
^I : milit. to outflank, ver skulum hafa fylking langa sva at
eigi um oss, Hkr. i. 150, Fms. vii. 178. 2. absol. to go
in gekk it efra fyrir innan fjall, ok kringSi sva inn til Alreks-
yiii. 354 ; kringit um borgina,g'o round the town (of Jericho),
atl. 134, Mar.
u, f. a disk, circle, orb; hjolanna kringlur, Stj, 288 ; kringl*
glajaraar,;ifcf/sA-o//ieear;i&,Sks.i94, 200,626, Hkr.(init.);
med hvelum ok kringluni, Str. 17 : the name of a MS., from its initial
word, given to it by Torfaeus, whence the mod. Heiniskringia, the Globe,
— the Book of the Kings of Norway, commonly ascribed to Snorri ; the
name first occurs in the Ed. of Peringskold (A.D. 1697), and was unknown
before that time : skoppara-k., a top. compds : kringlu-auga, n. a
nickname, Fms. vii. kringlu-leitr, adj. rtund-faced. kringlu-
sk\ir3r, m. a shaving the crown ; k. sem klcrkar, Fb. ii. 196. kringlu-
sott, f. (mod. hofu6s6tt), the turning sickness in sheep, Bs. i. 465.
kringlottr, adj. round, circular; hon (the earth) er kringlott, Edda
(pref.) ; tiin kringlott, Fms. vii. 97 ; hver kringlottan, Stj. 564 ; k.
gluggr, Sturl. iii. 186, Vm. 98; kringlott hasseti, Baer. 6.
KRINGR, adj. easy; sva var honum kringr skiildskapr sem oftruni
monnum mal sitt, verse-making was as ea>y to him as speaking to other
men, Fb. ii. 135 : neut., e-m er e-t kringt, a thing is easy to him, be is
adroit in it; mun \)6t kringra at hafa Ijusa-verk at biii Jjinu, eini . . ., Nj.
185 ; jafn-kringt, equally smooth, Karl. 108, Sks. 381.
kring-s61ast, a6, dep. [sol = s«h], to walk all routid the dial, as if
bewildered.
krisma, a5, to anoint, Rb. 82, Mar., Bs. i. 575.
krismi, a, m., krisma, u, f., H. E. i. 480, 482, ii. 137, [for. word ; Gr.
XP«r/«i] : — chrism, Fms. viii. 26, x. 372, K.Jj. K. 20, 72, Bs. i. 135.
COMPDS : krisma-ker, n. a chrism box, Pm. 11. krisma-klsedi, n.
chrism, Dipl. iii. 4. krisma-staSr, m. the ' chrism-spot,' on the
breast of infants, N. G. L. i. 339.
krista, adj. a nickname, Fms. viii. 254.
Krist-bu, n. 'Christ-estate^ i.e. glebe-land given for the support of
the poor, Vm. 169; some deeds of the 12th century referring to such
lands are published in D. I., Nos. 30-34.
Krist-fe, n. ' Christ-fee,^ old Icel. eccl. name of property given for the
support of the poor, — ' Chrisffe apud nos communiter dicitur quod pau-
peribus legatum est,' H.E. iii. 98; gaf Sira Jjorarinn fatsekum fraendum
sinum mikit goz, ok setti morg Kristfe i morgum jorSum um SvarfaSar-
dal, ok sva annars-staSar, Bs. i. 790, H. E. i. 430, Vm. 163. compds :
Kristfjd,r-j6rd, f. glebe-land for the poor, Vm. 152. Kristfjdr-
umagi, a, m. a pauper maintained on Christfe, Pm. 21,121.
Kristiliga, adv. in a Christian-like way, Fs. 80, Bs. ii. 81, passim;
6-kristiliga, cruelly, wickedly.
Kristiligr, adj. Christian; Kristilig tru, K. A. 74; Kristileg fraeSi,
Kristilegt Jogmal, Fms. x. 288, passim : Christian-like, li-kristil gr, un-
christian-like, cruel, wicked,
Kristin-domr, m. Christendom, Christianity, Sturl. i. 127, N.G. L. i.
203, passim : matters ecclesiastical, GJ)1. 487. In old writers often in two
words, see Kristinn. Kristindoms-balkr, m. the section containing the
ecclesiastical law, N. G. L. i. 339, Jb. 5, Bs. i. 697, 698.
Kristinn, adj. Christian, K.p. K. (init.), Nj. 158, Eg. 265, Bs. passim ;
vel Kristinn, a good Christian, observing the Christian rites. Eg. 265,
Fms. i. 17; ilia Kristinn, a bad Christian, Mork. 227 (in a verse); enn
Kristnasti maSr i Antiochia, the best Christian in Antiocb, Clem. 38 ;
Kristid mor6, the murder of a christened child, opp. to hei6it mor6, N.G.L.
i. 340. COMPDS : Kristinn- d.6mr, m. Christendom, Sturl. i. 127 C ;
Kristins doms, Hom. 99. Kristinsdoms-rettr, m. the ecclesiastic
cal law, Jb. 5 B. Kristin-l6g, n. pi. the ecclesiastical law, H. E. i. 437.
Kristinnalag,a-J)dttr, m. the section containing the (Icel.) ecclesiastical
law, Griig. (Kb.) 3 ; sva settu J)eir {>orlakr biskup ok Ketill biskup, at
ra3i Ozurar Erkibyskups ok Saemundar ok margra kennimanna annarra,
Kristinna laga {>att sem mi var tint ok upp sagt, K. |j. K. 140. Krist-
inn-rettr, m. the ecclesiastical law, N.G.L. i. 352, H.E. i. 541
(note), passim.
Kristin, f. a pr. name, Christina, Fms.
Krist-kirkja, u, f. Christ Church, seems to have been a general name
for cathedrals ; a Kristkirkja is mentioned in Bergen, Drontheim, Bor-
gund (Norway), Fb. iii, Boldt.
Krist-maflr, m. a ' Christ-man,' champion of Christ, 0. H. 204, 216 ;
er nokkurr sa i {)inu foruneyti, KristmaSrinn, er meira hafi a degi vaxit,
en vit brae6r, 202.
Kristna, a&, to Christianise, Nj. 156, the Sagas passim: to christen,
baptize, fx6a skal barn hvert er borit ver3r i ^nua heim, Kristna ok til
Kirkju bera, N. G. L. i. 339 : in mod. usage to confirm. II.
reflex., lata Kristnask, to be Christianised, Fms. i. 33, Nj. 158, Bs.
Kristna, u, f. = Kristni, Rafn 38, (Jellingc-Runic stone) ; this form
also occurs in early Swedish.
Kristni, f. Christianity, Nj. 157, Fms. i. 31, passim: Christendom,
Gu3s K., 655 xi. I, Greg. 44, Bs. i. 575, ii. 105 : christening, Hom. 147.
COMPDS : Kristni-bo3, n. (-bo3an, f., Fms. i. 142), preaching the
Gospel, Fms. i. 32, x. 393, Eb. 254. Kristni-hald, n. keeping Chris-
tianity, Fms. ii. 236, Fb. ii. 49. Kristni-16g, n. pl. = kristinlog, Fb.
ii. 54. Kristni-Saga, u, f. the name of the Saga of the introduc-
tion of Christianity into Iceland, Bs. i. 3. Kristni-spell, n. breach,
profanation of Christianity, Valla L. 209, Fms. i. 26.
kristning, f. chriitening, Stat. 292.
Kristr, m, Christ, see p. 93 ; cp. Hvita-Kristr. compds : Krists-
« • Aa 2
356
KllISTSMINNI— KROKR.
kirkja, u, f. = Kristkirkja. Krists-minni, n. Christ's toast, a toast
given in great banquets, probably answering to the grace in mod. times,
Fms. vii. 148. Krists-musteri, n. ' Christ-minster,' — Christ Church,
Kb. 368. II. in pr. names, Krist-r63r, Fms., Krist-run, etc.
EBf A, u, f. [this word does not occur in old writers, and may be derived
from Swed. /try, from the brisk and lively temper of this bird] : — a sea-
bird, the tern, Lat. sterna ; from this restless and noisy bird comes the
saying, vera einsog kria a steini, or, einsog kria verpi, to he restless and
unsteady. kriu-egg, n. the egg of a k. For an account of this bird,
which abounds in Icel., see Eggert Itin. ch. 675 ; and for the curious
lawsuit called Kriu-mal, see Espol. Arb. 1692, 1693.
kria, a6, to cry or beg ; kria scr e-6 ut, (conversational.)
krikar, m. pi. [kriki], the thighs. Fas. ii. 256.
krili, n. [North. E. creel'], a small basket, creel.
krim, n. sod, grime ; augna-krim, xerophthalmia, Fel. ix.
krimugr and krimottr, adj. grimy, of sheep with black cheeks.
krista, t, to chirp, onomatop.; |)a6 kristir i honum, of suppressed
laughter. .
Krit, f. [Lat. creta; Germ, kreide ; Dan. Mdt'], chalk. II. a
local name, Crete; Kritar-byggi, Kritar-menn, the Cretans, Edda (pref.),
Symb. Kritar-J>6iT, m. Thor (i.e. Jove) 0/ Crete, Bret., Edda (pref.)
KRJtJP A, pres.kryp ; pret. kraup, pi. krupu, subj . krypi ; part. kropinn ;
[A. S. creopan ; Engl, creep ; Swed. krypa ; Dan. krybe] : — to creep,
crotich; vnru dyrnar sva lagar at naer varS at k. inn, Hkr. ii. 379 ; hann
kraup til fota Jieini, Oik. 35 ; J)6at ek krypa i ne6stu smugur helvitis
fylgsna, Sks. 605 ; gaf Sverrir konungr J)eim mikit skak fyrir J)at, er
J)eir hofdu kropit J)ar um hris at nokkrum silfrpenningum, Fms. viii. 143 ;
ver krjupum eigi i bug skjaldi, vi. 416 (in a verse) ; hann kvaS konung
holzti lengi hala kropit J)ar um lyng, Hkr. iii. 376; fekk hann nau6ula
kropit til at hoggva virgulinn i sundr, Horn. 1 17; matti hon eigi a6r
krjiipa J)angat a3r sem mi gekk hon, 115. 2. to fall prostrate, kneel,
esp. in an eccl. sense, to humble oneself; ^a, er ver krjupum til bans meS
iSran undir hans miskunn, Sk'alda 211 ; biskup likna&i hvervetna {)eim
sem til hans miskunnar krupu, Bs. i. 751 ; mildr oUum ^eim er til hans
krupu, Al. 135 ; kryp ek til kross, Likn. 30 ; jata J)aer sektina ok krjiipa
undir skriptina, Th. 78 ; gjarna vil eg a6 fotum J)in, feginn fram flatr
krjiipa. Pass. 41. 4: — eccl. to hieel in service; as also krjiipa a kne,
id. II. part, kropinn, crippled; see kroppinn.
KROF, n. [cp. kryfja, and a lost strong verb krjiifa, krauf, krofinn, to
embowel] : — the cut-up carcase of a slaughtered animal ; nauts-k., sau6ar-
k., Dipl. V. 18, Sturl. iii. 262, Fas. ii. 114.
kropna, a9, to be crippled, Horn. 114, O. H.L.84: to be clenched,
stiffened, var hondin kropnad at brefinu, Rom. 248.
kropning, f. a kneeling, Sturl. ii. 178.
kroppa, a5, to crop, pick; ^a settisk fluga ein a bond honum ok
kroppa&i, Edda 69 ; kroppa gras, to crop grass, graze.
kroppa, u, f. a nickname, Landn.
kroppin-bakr, m. a hump-back. Fas.
kroppinn, adj. crfp/>/erf, crooietf; kroppnir fztr, O. H.L.84; kroppnir
kniiar, Rm. 8.
kroppin-skeggi, a, m. a nickname, Landn.
KROPPR, m. [A. S. and Engl, crop (of a bird) ; Germ, hropf; Dan.
hrop ; Swed. kropp] : — a bump or bu7ich on any part of the body ; ok
rekr a kroppinn erninum .... var8 fost stongin vi& kropp arnarins, Edda
45, Mag. 10 : — in mod. usage the body, me6 beran kroppinn ; {)6 kropprinn
ver&i kaldr nar. Pass. 44. 7, passim: a nickname, Landn., Sturl. II.
as a local name, Landn.
kroppungr, m. a kind oifish, shrimp {?), Edda (Gl.), D.N. v. 75.
KROSS, m.; the earliest poets use the Lat. form, but as masc, helgum
criici, Edda 92 (in a verse) ; merki criicis, Likn. 52, which form remains
in the pr. name Krysi-vik, Kryci-vika, q. v. ; [like A. S. and Engl, cross, Hel.
cruci. Germ, kreuz, Swed.-Dan. kors, from Lat. crux] : — a cross, Bs.,
N. T., Pass., Vidal. passim. 2. the holy rood, crucifix, in the Roman
Catholic times ; Valgar6r braut krossa fyrir Mer6i ok oil heilog takn,
Nj. 167; taka kross i bond ser, of one taking an oath, Grag. i. 64;
hann 16t einn gullkross gora ok siSan vigja, Fms. vi. 142 ; i brikum ok
krossum, Bs. i. 132. These holy roods were erected on high roads, and
worshipped, — hon haf6i baena-hald sitt a Krossholum, J)ar let hon reisa
krossa, Landn. ill; J)eir hof3u krossa tva, \>a, er mi eru i Skar6i inu
eystra, merkir annarr hxb 6lafs konungs en annair hae6 Hjalta Skeggja-
sonar, Bs. i. 21: allit., kirkja e6r kross, fara til kirkju e6a kross, to
go to worship al church or cross, Hom. (St.) ; hann kom hvarki til kross
ne kirkju. Art. 21 ; hafnar-kross, Bs. i. 607, (see hofn) ; hinn J)ri5ja dag
i Jolum at kveldi var h6n at krossi, she was worshipping at a cross,
370, cp. 607; kross-smiS, the carving of a cross, Ann. 1334. Many
local names bear witness to this cross-worship, which answers to the
hiirgar of the heathen age, cp. the passage in Landn. 1. c. ; Kross,
Kross-d, Krossdr-dalr, Kross-ass, Krossa-nes, Krossa-vik
(whence Krossvikingar, Isl. ii), Kross-holt, Kross-holar, Kross-
sund, as also Krysi-vlk (q. v.) in southern Icel., prob. from a harbour
cross being erected there, Landn., Sturl., the map of Icel., cp. Engl, and
Scot. Holy Rood .-—the name of several ancient poems, Kross-drd
Kross-visur. 3. the sign of the cross (signa or sigua sig); SI
gor3i skyndi-kross skjott me9 sinni loppu,Ski&a R.125; i kross, adv.cn
wise, inform of a cross ; fiat kalla8i hann sva er 1 kross var sprungit.Gh
383 ; ok var hvartveggi brenndr i kross, Nj. 209 ; {)at haf6i hannh(
til triiar, at hann bles i kross yfir drykk sinum, Fs. 103. 4. o»
used to summon people to a meeting (the Scot. Fiery cross), called sk
kross, Grag. i. 166, 446, 447, N.G. L. i. 11, 348, 378, answering to
heathen her-or. compds : krossa-lauss, adj. ' cross-less,' mtmak
the sign of the cross ; hann drakkoU minni krossalaus, Fms.i.37. kw
band, n. a band cross-wise, Gf)l. 382. kross-binda, batt, to i '
cross-wise. kross-buza, u, f. name of a ship, Ann. kro
dlikr, m. a cross-kerchief, Vm. 95. kross-fall, n. the dropf-.,'
cross (v. supra 4), N. G. L. i. 378. kross-fe, n. a payment to k,..-
a holy rood, D.N. kross-ferill, m. and kross-ganga, u, i.tbe-
of the cross, Christ's bearing the cross, Pass. 11. 3. kross-f6r, f.
forwarding a cross (v. supra 4), Grag. i. 446. Kross-gildi,
Crossgild, a pr. name, Fms. ix. 529. kross-gdtur, f. pi. cross-pat
for popular tales of wizards sitting on cross-roads, where all the fai
pass by, see fsl. j3J66s. i. 436-438. kross-biis, n. a cross4io '
house with a holy rood, Bs. i. 379. kross-ma3r, m. a cross-n
warrior of the cross, O.H. 216. kross-maSra, u, f. a kind
madder, bed-straw, galium. kross-mark, n. the sign of the ct^
Fms. i. 35, Magn. 512. kross-merki, n. = krossmark, Greg.
Kross-messa, u, f. Cross-mass, twice in a year, once in the ;p
(Krossmessa a var), the 3rd of May {Inventio Crucis), and onoj
autumn, the 14th of September {Elevatio Crucis), K. A. 188, Rb. ;|
Fms. ix. 374. krossmessu-dagr, m. id., Jb. 454, 476. \n\
pisl, f. the passion on the cross, Barl. Kross-Saga, u, f. the S' >
the Cross ; {)ar eru kross-sogur ba&ar, Vm. 6. kross-skj6ldr, ;
shield with a cross on it, Rett. kross-skur9r, m. the despatd.-.
a cross (message), N.G. L. i. 137, 378. kross-tdkn, n. the :
sign of the cross, Hom. 90. kross-ti5ir, f. pi. a cross-service, kk;
to be at a cross-worship, Ann. 1333. kross-tre, n. the tree oftbec I
623. 20, Symb. 20. kross-urt, f. = krossmaSra. kross-Tai
u, f. a cross-beacon, wayside cross. kross-vegr, m. = krossgata, I'
kross-vi3r, m. = krosstre, Bev. kross-viti, n. a ' cross-wite,' a^
for not forwarding a cross message, N. G. L. i. 11.
krossa, ad, to sign with a cross, passim, as also to erect a cross; k;
166, to mark a field with the cross, as a sign that it is to be put u;
sale, N. G. L. i. 37 : reflex, to take the cross as a crusader, Fms. x;. ,
krossadr til litferSar, id. ,
kross-festa, t, to fasten to the cross, crucify, 625. 76, Skalda 209
passim, N. T., Vidal. : part, kross-festr, crucified, H.E. i.469, passin
kross-festing, f. crucifixion, 623. 2, 625. 73, Fms. v. 343. I
krota, a6, (krot, n.), to engrave, ornament, of metal; knapparll
a3ir, D. N., and in mod. usage.
KR<5, f., pi. kraer, [Dan. kro], a small pen or fence, in led. .'
in which lambs when weaned are put during the night.
kroa, a6, to pen in a kro ; kroa lomb, to pen lambs.
krogi, a, m. a boy, urchin; krabbinn talar vi6 krogann sinn, Hih
krok-boginn, part, bent as a hook.
krok-faldr, m. a crooked hood, Ld. 126 ; see faldr.
kr6k-fj63r, f. a barbed head of a spear or arrow, Grett. 99
Worsaae, Nos. 350, 351.
krok-loppinn, adj. with hands crooked and numbed from cold.
krok-lykill, m. a hook-shaped key, Sd. 139, see Worsaae, No. 4'
krok-nefr, m. crook-nose, Bs. i. 824.
krokottr, adj. crooked, winding; krokott a, a winding river ]■
476: cunning, Fb. i. 208: neut. krokott. Band. 32 new Ed. j'
krok-pallr, m. a crooked seat, corner seat (7), Fms. vii. 325- [
KROKR, m., kriikr. Am. 45, Pm. 76; [Engl, crook; Dzn.krog;Jh
krok] : — a hook, anything crooked; krokr J)ri-anga8r, a three-pronged, I.
a trident, Bret. 6: a barb on a spear or arrow head, Grett. 4.i. '
new Ed. : of a fishing-hook, Lil. 60, 78, 82 ; tveggja kroka hald i v: !•
Pm. 41 ; mi er lilfs-hali einn a kroki, a saying. Band, (in a very.
peg, ^eir toku reip ofan or krokum, Hrafn. 20 ; brjota spjot 6r kri
Sturl. iii. 188 : a kind oi crooked-formed box to carry peat in, torf-kr^
the coils like a dragon's tail on a ship's stern, opp. to the ' head (n^
on the ship's stem, fram var a dreka-hofu6, en aptr krokr ok fram a'
sporar, Hkr. i. 284 ; J)at var dreki, var bae5i hofu6in ok krokar aptr
gullbiiit, Orkn. 332 ; hofuSit ok krokrinn var allt gullbiiid, Fb. 1.^
a kind oi boat-hook, a brand-hook, fsl. ii. 411 (v. 1.), N.G. L. ii. +4^-
a wrestling trick, see ha;l-kr6kr; the phrase, lata koma krok a ni6tior
a game, trying the strength by hooking one another's fingers, fi?* '■ •
the phrase, leggja sig i framkr6ka, to exert oneself, plan and < >
sty'ris-krokar, a rudder's hook. Fas. iii. 204; hence prob. the pnH''^
reis at undir kroki, there rose (a wave) under the rudder, Sturl. 1. 4/^
anchor fluke, Fms. vi. (in a verse). 2. a winding; Manu-siu ■
ship) reist langan krok er J)eir skyldu sniia henni, Fms. vin. 22- ^
ij var skipat monnum me6 fe ^essu at J)ar skyldi engan krok nsta, i.e-
ilii=
Mjji
*'ii,i,f.
t-'.Uba
KROKRAPTR— KUML.
357
Ld. 96; giira s^r krok, to make a circuit. Fas. iii. 197. 3.
ok hefir hann ^at i hug ser at r^tta t)enna krok, Ld. 40, 260, Stj.
(5ka-Refr, Re/ the Wily, Krok. II. a nook; 1 krr;.kinn hjil
's. 42, (kn'ik-pallr) ; aka e-m i ongan kr6k, to put one into a corner,
, a saying, Fms. vi. 132 (in a verse). III. a nickname,
whence Kr6k3-fj6r3r, a local name, Landn. kr6ka-spj6t,
ed spear, Ld. 78, Eg. 726, Fbr. 11, and see Worsaae, No. 350.
aptr, n. crook-rafters in a house, G^l. 331.
pj6t, n. a barbed spear, N. G. L. i. 80.
tafi:, m. a crooked stick, Karl. 2 78, Fms. iii. 178:0 crosier, D. N.
tika, u, f. a kind of candlestick, Vm. 34, 69, Jm. 2.
tjaki, a, m. n boat-hook.
Tida, u, f. a kind of hatchet with a book, GullJ). 14.
ir, f. a barbed arrow, Al. 149, N. G. L. i. 80, Fas. iii. 331, Rom.
L. 71.
1, u, t. [Engl, crib; Dan. krybhel, a crib. Skald H. 6. 19.
I, u, f. [A. S. crocca; Hel. cruca ; Engl, crock; Germ, krug ;
kke], a pot, MS. 1812 (Gl.), freq. in mod, usage.
la, u, f. (krymma, Ilkv. Hjorv. 22), [Germ, kruni], a crooked,
band, paws, Ski9a R. 8, Fms. iii. 189, vi. 206, Grett. 124 new
i- 443-
d, a, m. a pet name of a raven, perhaps Crook-beak, Edda (Gl.),
4,6; freq. in popular songs, — Krummi krunkar liti, | kallar a
1 ; Krumminn a skja, skja, | skekr belgi J)rja, J)rja, etc. ; betr
inuna klaer, Jon. fjorl. Krumma-kvaefli, n. Raven song.
m. = krummi (?), a nickname, Landn. ; whence Krymlingar.
, a, m. = krummi, Edda (Gl.)
,m. a hump; krungr upp ur bakinu a honum.
n. = krytr, a murmur, Bs. ii. 227.
u, f. [Lat. corona], a crown, Stj., Fms. passim : the crown of the
rL iii. 281 : the crown, royalty, H.E. i. 528 : a shaven crown,
J2, Bs. i. passim : the forehead of oxen. compds : kninu-
dj., rendering of the Gr. (ipv/jifToj-rros. kriinu-gull, n. a
I ring, Jatv. 2. kninu-klseSi, n. coronation robes, Jatv.
aessa, u, f. ^Crown-mass,' Corotia Spinarum, = the ilth of
^nn. 1300, H.E. i. 444. krunu-vigsla, u, f. a coronation,
, 640.
a8, to crown, Fms. vii. 308, N. G. L. i. 451 : reflex., Bs. ii. 98.
n. onomatop. the raven's cry ; kriink ! kriink ! Snot ( 1866) 1 4 1 .
ad, to croak, of a raven ; hani, krummi, hundr svin, . . . galar,
eltir, hrin, a ditty.
a pot, tankard, Lzt. crustula, Stj. 582 ; krusum e5a konnum,
ika, u, f. [old Sax. cruci-wica; Germ, kreuz-wochel, the second
•e Whitsuntide.
n. [Hel. krud = herba; Germ. kraut\ spice, Stj. 194, 205, Flov.
■jtirt, f. spice herbs.
a5, [Dan. krydre], to spice.
A, pres. kryf, pret. krufSi, part. krufSr and krufinn, to split,
\k krufSi hann hana sinn, Fms. v. 194, Fas. ii. 376 (of a fish) ;
enn at J)eir kryf3i Jjorgeir til hjarta, Fbr. 108 ; var kalfr einn
krufSr, Fas. iii. 33, Mag. 138.
|)., u, f. = krumma, Hkv. Hjcirv. 22.
', m. [Engl, cripple ; Dan. krobling], a cripple, Hkr. iii. 116,
, Magn. 528, Bs. passim.
u, f. [kroppr], a hump, hunch. Fas. ii. 390, SkiSa R. 8.
L m. a cripple, Karl. 469, Mar.
pd kraupt, [a for. word], a crypt in a church, Thom.
~ , f. a local name in led., no doubt qs. Kryci-vik, = Kross-
<od<vick ; from the Saxon form cruci, as in Hel.
:t. krusti, defect, [cp. Dan. kryster = a coward], to crouch,
jar er krustu undir gar6inum urSu eigi fyrr varir vid, en . . .,
S8.
tti, to murmur, = kretta ; {)or8i mi engi at krytja e&r kveina
•lyS, Stj. 370.
mvrmurings, ill will; nabiia-krytr, neighbour-quarrels.
, to crown.
f f. coronation.
li, f. a kind of lichen, lichen coralloides, Bjiirn.
dj. daring, (conversational.)
', n. pi. the fruit of the crow-berry, empetrum nigrum, Bs. i.
in mod. usage, kraeki-lyng, n. crow-berry.
m. a crooked stick, Finnb. 216, 222.
A, 6 or t, [krokr], to hook with anything crooked, the in-
|i dat. ; hann krxkti handar-stiifinum i kistu-hringana, Fms.
564, Fb. i. 524, Grett. 50 new Ed., Karl.; hann kraekir
ISr nndir kviSinn (of a horse), Sd. 177 ; hekk akkeri mikit a
iUm, ok var kraekt fleinunum a borftit, en leggrinn vissi ofan,
fluke hooked on the gunwale, but the leg turned down, Orkn.
t|- krofk5i upp oxinni, O. H. 135, Fms. vii. 264, Eb. 310, Faer.
t er saman beinum i J)er, thy bones are booked together, i. e. .
badly knit, Grett. ; hann kra:kti fsetr undan ^clm niefl staf, he booked their
legs with bis stick, Fms. vii. 264 ; hann vildi k. af honum skjtildinn, GullJ).
15- H- metaph. to go in circuits, in windings; Jjeir koma aptan
dags a einn fjorS mikinn, ok kraikti ymsa vega i landit, a fjord which
branched, spread widely into the county, Kr6k. 52. III. reflex.
to be hooked, Sks. 27 new Ed.; kraekjask til, to grapple in dote ^gbt,
Fspr. 18 ; vera inni kraektr, to be shut in, Fms. viii. 386.
kreekla, u, f. a crooked twig.
krseklingr, m. a shell, common sea snail, used for fish bait.
krsela, d, to stir; i fyrsta sinn me8 fingri mer | fann ek nokkut kraela,
Vols. R. 230 : mod., lAta ekki a s6r kraela, not to stir.
KR-ffiSA, t, [kras], to make a dainty disb; kraesast, to fare sumptu-
ously, Stj. 5 14, Karl. 250.
krsBsing, f. sumptuous fare, dainty.
KROF, f., gen. krafar, pi. krafir, [krefja], a claim, demand, Stj. 535 ;
K. A. 220, Fms. i. 66.
krOggur, f. pi. [from Engl, crags ?], straits; vera i kriiggum, komast i
kroggur, (conversational.)
'k.T6'kt,n.zd]. swarming; kriikt aff^, freq. in mod. usage ; see krikt.
KKOM, f., gen. kramar, [kremja ; Ulf. krammipa — UfMS, Luke viii.
6]: — a pining, wasting sickness; hefir hon haft langan vanmatt, ok var
{)at krom mikil. Eg. 565 ; {>randr haf&i augnaverk mikinn ok J)6 a6rar
kramar miklar, Faer. 213; li6a sva margir dagar at herrans sjiikdomr
snysk i krom, Bs. ii. 227; me& leiSri krom, Od. xi. 200 (rTjKtZuvi arvytpp);
kuldi ok krom, krom og vesold.
krSptr, m., pi. kreptir, a crypt, Thom. 543.
krSptugr, adj. [kraptr], strong, Str. 60, Hrafn. 27, H.E. i. 513.
kroptuliga, adv. with might and main, Hym., freq. in mod. usage.
kroptuligr, adj. mighly, strong, freq. in mod. usage.
KUBB A, a&, [Engl, chop], to chop, cut clean ; kubba e-t i sundr.
kubbdttr, adj. = kuf6ttr (q. v.), Sks. 64 B.
kubbr, m. a notch; tre-kubbr.
ku3r, adj., see kunnr.
ku3tmgr, m. a kind of shell, see kiifungr ; hneppa sig i kn&ung, to
crouch into one's shell, like a snail, cp. Safn i. 91, 97.
KUFL, m., older form kofl, [Engl, cowl ; mid. Lat. cuculus], a cowl,
Fms. viii. 245, ix. 531 : a cowled cloak, Landn. 218, Fas. ii. 541, Fs. 74.
kufls-hQttr, n. (-hattr, Fms. v. 182), a cowl, Fms. iii. 162, Fas. i. 9.
kufl-maSr, m. a cowl-man, Fms. iii. 37, Fas. ii. 541.
kuflungr, m. a cowl-man, Fms. viii. 245 : name of a party in Nor-
way, Fb. iii.
kuggi, a, m. = kuggr(?), a nickname, Landn.
KUGGR, m. [Engl, and Dutch cog; by Du Cange derived from Lat.
concha] : — a cog, a kind of ship, but originally (as is probable) a foreign
ship, Saxon, Hanseatic, or the like, Fb. iii. 175, 224, Orkn. 200, 298, Ld.
314, Fms. i. 122, viii. 249, ix. 44, Ann. 1343, 1349, 1392.
KUKL, n. [prob. a for. word, which occurs in no very oW writers ;
Germ, gaukel; Engl, jugglel -.juggling, sorcery, Edda ii. 638 (spelt
kuckl), Mag. 176; kukl og fjolkyngi. Pass. 14. il.
kuklari, a, m. a juggler, wizard, ktiklara-skapr, m. sorcery, Bs. i.
237, Fas. iii. 237.
kul, n. a cold breeze; fagrt kul, Fms. xi. 439.
kula, a9, to blow gently.
ktil-borfl, n. the windward or weather side, opp. to the leeward.
KULDI, a, m. cold, opp. to hiti ; frost ok kuldar, Fms. ii. 29, 228,
viii. 19, Ld. 168, Gg. 12, Fs. 179, Fbr. 28. compds : kulda-bolga,
u, f. a chilblain. kiUda-samr, adj. cold, chilly, Ld. 286. kulda-
skel, f. a kind of shell, concha orbiculata levis. kulda-strd., f. a
withered straw : metaph. an outcast. kulda-veSr, n. cold weather,
Fms. V. 1 78, Fas. i. 393. kulda-vegr, m. the cold zone, (mod. kulda-
belti, n.), Sks. 198. II. metaph. coldness, malice ; kenna kulda
af e-m, to feel chilly, sore, Eb. 290, Ld. 106, 158, Stud. ii. 129.
kulna, a&, to ' cool out,' go out, of fire.
kul-samr, adj. = kulviss, Grett. 160 new Ed., v. 1.
kult, n. [prob. a for. word], a quilt: a counterpane, Eb. 264, Sturl. iii.
i65,Dipl.v. 18, Str.5,5i,Fms.x.i6: masc.einumdyrum silki-kult. Art.
kul-visi, f. the being kulviss.
kul-viss, adj. sensitive to cold, Dan. kulskjer, Grett. I44 A.
ktimba, u, f. the name of a bondwoman, Rm.
kumbaldi, a, m. a small cairn, hovel ; ^\h geti& sofi& ein 1 gamla kumb-
aldanum ykkar, Undina 7, freq. in mod. usage : a nickname, Starl. ii. 105.
kumbi, a, m. a nickname, Sturl. ii. 69.
^Timbv, m.-'ku\ihx, a chopping, cutti7ig; tre-kumbr, Barl.165. II.
nykr, q. v., or the fabulous sea horse, Maurer's Volks. 33.
KUML, kumbl, kubl, n. This word is chiefly interesting because
of its frequent occurrence on the old Dan. and Swed. Runic stones, where
it is always used in plur. ; the spelling varies, kuml, kubl, or kumbl ; in
old Icel. writers it only occurs a few times, and they even use the sing. ;
it is now quite obsolete: I. prop, a sign, badge, mark, [A.S.
cumbol; Hel. cumbal and cumbl = signum], a war badge, esp. used of
anv heraldic emblems ; yet in the Scandin. language this sense is rare,
358
KUMLA— KUNNA.
— kuml konunga orkerum valdi, Gh. 7 ; kumbla-smi5r, a ' ciimbol' smith,
Akv. 24; the conipd hev-kum], the badge worn on the hehnet ; j6tun-k.,
the giant's mark, i.e. the badge of being the giant's kinsman, Fas. ii. (in
a verse) ; and lastly in or-kuml, a lasting scar, maiming for life, cp. kumla
below. II. in Scandinavia, analogous to the Gr. afifxa, kuml came
to mean ' a vmnument^ a cairn, how; in the phrase, gora kuml (kubl), syno-
nymous to giira mark, merki, which also occurs (e. g. Baut. 138, 214, 461,
722, 1 143); kuml is the general term, opp. to stain, riinar, which are special
terms ; thus distinction is made between stain and kuml, Baut. 771: 1.
on Runic stones, a. on Danish stones, Tuki rais{)i stain Jiausi ok gaur^i
kubl, Rafn 213; AsfriJ)r g6rj)i kumbl l)aun, Thorsen 43; kubl J)usi,
23 ; Jjurmundr niout (i. e. njot !) kubls, Th. enjoy thy kuml ! rest in
peace! 265; Ala sunir garj)u kubl ^ausi aft fa{)ur sinn, Rafn 193;
sijji sa mannr es Jiausi kubl upp briuti, a curse be on the man that
breaks this k., 205 ; Usk garfii kumbl pisi, 202 ; Haraldr kunungr baj>
gaurva kubl J)ausi at Gurm fa^ur sinn, 39, (Jellinge.) p. on Swedish
stones, gar{)i kubl {)isi aftir Svin sun sinn, Rafn 35 ; garjju kuml
sniallir sunir Hulmlaugar, Baut. 759! nia igi brautar kubl batra varj)a,
a better road kuml cafinot be, 41, (see the remarks under bautasteinn) ;
Ketill risj)i kuml J)iasi aftir Val, 1027 ; FinniJ)r garjji kuml Jpaisi aftir
Gairbiurn faj)ur sinn, 824; kuml garj)i J)atsi Ketil slagr, 77^ > ^sk let
gaura kuml, likhus ok bru at sun sinn, 735, iioo; piu risj)u (raised)
kuml J)isi, 8S6. 2. in Icel. a cairn; en mannfcill ^essi eru s6g8 eptir
kumlum J)eim er fundin eru, J)ar er bardagarnir hafa verit, GullJ). 25 ;
J)ar fell Jjorarinn krokr, ok \>e'n fjorir, en sjau nienn af Steinolfi, par eru
kuml J)eirra, Landn. 128; j^ar fell Skeggbjorn ok atta menu aSrir, J)ar
er haugr Skeggbjarnar a fitinni, en aftrir voru jar8a6ir i Landraugs-holti
J)ar hja fitinni, ok ser {)ar enn gorla kumlin, Bs. (Kristni S.) i. 15; ok
reimt J)ykkir |)ar siSan vera hja kumlum J)eirra, Isl. ii. 115: in sing., \ia.u
liggja bae&i i kumli i Laxardal, Ld. 158 ; fjorkell vill mi bera aptr sver&it
1 kumlit, . . . saxit var ok upp tekit or kumli Nafars, Rd. ch. 19; J)a
gekk hann i dalverpi liti5 ok fann par kuml manns, par preifaSi hann ni6r
fyrir faetr ser, ok fann par manns bein ok sver5 eitt, Draum. 129. The
worship of hows and cairns was forbidden even in the heathen age as
being connected with sorcery, see haugr, horgr, whence blaetr kumbla,
a worshipper of cairns, a wizard, warlock, a term of abuse, Eg. (in a
verse) ; kumla brjcStr, Korm. S., is also prob. a false reading for bljotr or
blcetr. III. in provinc. Icel. a low hayrick is called kuml ; cp.
also kumbaldi.
kumla, kumbla, a3, to bruise, wound : part. kumlaSr, bruised; sarr
ok k., Sturl. ii. 71 ; brynja pin slitin, hjalmr pinn kumlaSr, JjiSr. iio:
in mod. usage esp. of scratches and bruises on the hands and face ; or-
kuniladr, maimed.
kum.l-bui, a, m. a cairn-dweller, Draum. 130.
kuml-dys, f . n little cairn, Gg. i .
kuml-mark, n. a monument, Rafn 213.
kumpann, m. = kompann, a companion, fellow, mate, Faer. 158, Fms.
iii. 157, Vigl. 29, Fs. 14, 72 : also of a woman, D. N. i. 389 : this word
seems in the i4tli century to have been used in familiar address = rfear
friend! dear boy ! and occurs freq. in the Laur. S. kompana-skapr,
m. companionship, friendship, Laur. S., Stj. 255 : in mod. usage Icel. say
kompdna-legr, adj. companionable, frank, merry, familiar, and komp-
dna-skapr, m. familiarity.
kumpdsa, a6, Sks. 64 ; see kompasa.
kump^ss, m., Rb. 466, 472, Sturl. iii. 306; see kompass.
ktimra, a3, [cp. Dan. kummer = woe, grief \ to bleat, of a goat.
Kumrar, m. pi. Cumbrians; Kumra-land, n. Cumberland, |>d.
Kumrskr or Kumbskr, adj. /row Cumberland, Hallfred.
-kunda, from koma, only in compds, sam-k., a congregation.
KUNDR, m., gen. kundar, poet, a son, kinsman, Lex. Poet, passim.
-kunn or -kuflr, f. in compds, ein-kunn, var-kunn, mis-kunn, q. v.
KUIfNA, pres. (in pret.form) kann, kannt (kanntu), kann ; pi. kunnum,
kunnut, kunnu (mod. kunnum, kunnit, kunna) ; pret. kunni ; subj. kynni ;
imperat. kunn; part. neut. kunnat; the pres. infin. kunnu for kunna is
obsolete, whereas a pret. infin. kunnu, potuisse, occurs, Isldr. 9 : with
neg. suff. kann-at, Hm. 147 ; kann-k-a ek, / know not, Skalda (Thorodd)
167, Hallfred ; see Gramm. p. xxiii : [Ulf. kunnan = yiyvwcTKfiv, dSivai ;
A. S. and Hel. cunnan ; O. H. G. kunnan ; in these old languages, the two
senses of knowing how to do and being able to do are expressed by the
same form, and this remains in Dan. knnde, Swed. kunna : in others, a
distinction is made : Old Engl, and Scot, ken, know and can ; Germ.
kennen and k'dntien.']
A. To know, understand, of art, skill, knowledge, with ace. ; hann
pottisk rista henni manrunar, en hann kunni pat eigi. Eg. 587 ; hann
kunni margar tungur, Fms. xi. 326 ; pu kannt mart pat er eigi kunnu
aSrir menn, v. 236 ; k. seiS, Vsp. 25 ; Hann raeddi, ef hann kynni nafn
Gu8s it hsBsta — Kann ek niikkurt nafn Gufts, — f>ykkja mer slikt eigi
prestar er eigi kunna it haesta nafn Gu3s — Kanntu nafnit? — Ek veit pann
mann er kunna mun, . . . Nefn pu pii ef pu kannt ! . . . Gu3 veit at ek
vilda gjarna kunna, Bs. i. 421 ; engi skal sa vera h6r med oss er eigi
kunni nokkurs-konar list e&r kunnandi, Edda 31 ; ekki kann ek i
ekji
skaldskap, Fms. vii. 60; kannt pii nakkvat 1 logum? — Kunna
nor6r par, Nj. 33 ; at petta vseri at visu log pott fair kynni, 2'^
kann litt til laga, 31 : of sports, kunna a skiSum, Fms. i. 9 ; k. viS^d
ok boga, O. H. 71 ; k. vi6 buklara, Sturl. ii. 44 ; kunna a bok, to hum
book, know how to read. Mar. 2. to know by memory ; kunna m<
enn kvaeSi peirra, Hkr. (pref.) ; hvi kve3r pu flokka eina, kanntu ok en
drapur? — Eigi kann ek drapurnar faeri en flokkana, Fms. vi. 391 ; lj6J
pau kann, er kannat pj66ans son, Hm. 147 sqq. ; pat kaim ek itattJM
er ek aeva kennig, 164; en Konr ungr kunni runar,Rm.40,42; kunnab
id., Vkv. 26; kunna utan-bokar, to know without book, know byhu \
hon kunni paer allar (Spurningar) vel,nema Sjotta kapitulann, ,..Sp
kunni allar tJlfars-rimur, Piltr og Stiilka 23. 3. to know a persoi
face ; synir Heli voru \isi3ugir ok kunnu eigi Gu3 Drottinn, Stj. 429;
kann pann mann, 460 ; ok unni honum hverr ma6r er hann (ace.) ku:
every man that knew him loved him, Hkr. i. 1 21 ; kann kvaSsk eigi k
ok eigi hir6a hverir voru, Barl. 36 ; pik kami ek fullgerva, I know
well enough, Ls. 30; go&a menn pa er ek gorva kunna, Hbl. 7; ku
ek ba3a Brodd ok Htirvi, Hdl. 24 ; hverr er kunni (mik). Heir. 7; h'
menn eSli okkart k., 3 : to know, of the character, hann kva6 p4 k.
ligorla, er peir veittu honum atcilur, pvi at ek hefi dregit y6r undan di\
segir hann, Ld. 282 ; ek kann hvarn-tveggja ykkarn konungs, Fms
100. 4. spec, phrases; kunna gu6a stilling a e-u, hversu g66a s
ing hann kunni a herstjorninni, iow skilful he was in military tbi;
Fms. i. 98 ; k. hof at um e-t, to know one^s measure i?i respect <
thing, to behave with moderation, Finnb. 356; f)orvaldr kvaS 1:
ekki hof at kunna, Ld. 134; allt kann sa er hofit kann, Gisl. 27
Griss kynni hof sitt, Sd. 139; Klaufi, Klaufi, kunn pii hof pitt?
kunna ser margt, to be skilled in many things; hon var vaen koni
kunni ser allt vel, Dropl. 7, 35 ; hann kunni enga lei&, he knew
road. Eg. 149 ; peir munu eigi k. leiftina, Fs. 105 : absol., uxarnir kc
\i6he[m,found their way home, Dropl. 8; k. sky ne-s, to know all about
hann kunni allra skyn i borginni, Fms. vi. 410 ; Asa ok Alfa ek t
allra skil, Hm. 160 ; k. onga mannraun, to have no experience of men, 1
vi. 53 ; ek kann skap pitt at pvi, at ... , Sturl. i. 30. II. met
usages ; kunna e-m pokk, to be thankful, obliged to one, Fms. xi. 29,
at hann kynni pess mikla pokk ok aufusu, Eg. 521 ; veizla er y8rb
kann ek y6r mikla pokk at per piggit, Fms. vi. 277; k. e-m u{)
fyrir e-t, v. 14 ; k. ser porf til e-s, to feel the want of a thing; ef b[
kann pess porf, if he knows the need of it, Grag. i. 152 ; at hann If
fram voruna sva sem pii kannt per piirf til, Ld. 70. 2. kunna
to know oneself; sa er svinnr er sik kann, he is a wise man \
knows himself, a saying, Hrafn. 10 : to behave, Grirar kve6sk n.i
meiSa hann ef hann kynni sik eigi. Eg. 189; ok vita ef peir kun:.
pa gorr meir, Stj. 264; k. sik ilia, to be naughty, Bjarn. 3. ki'
ser, kunna munda ek m6r pat (/ should know how to do that) ef ek h •
vig vegit, Gisl. 143 ; ga pess, ok kunn per {take heed, learn .') at va '
annars vigkaeni, Sks. 383 ; er f>or61fr sva viti borinn, at hann mu:
ser (have sense enough) at vera eigi fyrir liSi y6ru. Eg. 134; kunni
ser pann hagnaS at girnask ekki Svia-konungs veldi, (3. H. 57; e" ^
y9r engi forra& e6r fyrirhyggju pegar er er komit i nokkum >,
67. III. denoting feeling, to feel angry or pleased ; kuii:;
e-s, to be angry with a person for a thing; pa ba3 Jjorir komr
hann skyldi eigi fyrirkunna hann pess at hann haf9i Kgil me5 sei ;
vetrinn. Eg. ch. 48 ; eigi vil ek fyrirkunna pik pessa or6a, pviat {)« I ^^,'^\
eigi hvat varask skal, 0. H. 57 ; eigi hugSa ek at hann maetti mik {)e?' ■ • •■
pviat eigi drap ek son bans, Hrafn. 16 ; kveOr peir eigi sikeinskisat k
ii. 314; kunnit mik eigi pess er ek mun maela, Fbr. 116; spurfli .
hon kynni arfa-satuna, Nj. 194, v. 1. 2. with prep.; kunna e-ii ,t^<.
e-t, id.; eigi er hann um pat at kunna, Fs. 38 ; eigi munu per kunna 'i rtlliii
um petta, Fms. i. 175 ; ekki attii hann um pat at kunna, vi. IV-*} ? I
hertogi vill pik nokkut um petta kunna, xi. 323 ; hon kunni hana i|E f"ktb,
um aleitni pa, er. . ., Bs. i. 340. IV. with dat. to know; '•' -' '
er menn kunnu eigi her mali e3a tungu vi3, Grag. i. 224; ef lo;
ma9r kann par eigi monnum fyrir i pa sveit, i. 10 B ; kunni hann n •
manns mali. Fas. ii. 443; hann kann eigi litilmensku varri, Ejara
kann pj63 kerski minni, 0. H. (in a verse) ; ek kann skapi Gunnh
I know Gunhilda's temper, Nj. 5 ; kann ek glensyrftum y3rum Gaut.
Fas. iii. 80 ; ek kann ra3um Gunnhildar en kappi Egils, Eg. 2?'
kann skapi Hrafnkels, at hann mun ekki gora oss, ef hann nair {wr
Hrafn. 27; eigi kanntu godgirnd (dat.) fodur vars, ef hann hefir ^■■<
eigi undan skoti3, Fs. 38. 2. to be pleased with a thing ox not; '■'■■■
ek kunna pvi, at ver hef3im manna-lat mikit, ef . ... Eg. 585; ^
lezk pvi nafni mundu vel kunna, E. said he should be well pleoi'
'"*il!,
*^l',
H
that name. Glum. 328; ver3r hvaru-tveggju at kunna, o'»* '"W'
one or other of the two, (5. H. 52; vit munum pvi ilia k. ef pu ■
okkr eigi pat er vit bei3um, Eb. 114; hann kunni pvi storilia ok P ^ji,^
i brott, Hkr. i. 36 ; munu synir Njals ilia k. viginu, Nj. 64; Njall I* sfj^^
ilia lati Gunnars, 117; Ingi konungr kunni pessu sva ilia at hanr ^
sem barn, Fms. vii. 273; andaSisk hann, Gu3ri3r kona hans kum '
litt, Fb. i. 543 ; til pess at hon kunni pvi betr andlati minu, id. - _
munu peir k. hoggum er heiman hafa hlaupit fra kirnu-askinum, ' ^i^
KUNNANDI— KUTI.
359
3. with prep. ; kann ek ekki vi6 \)vl at ySr J)ykki sumt
lilt ekki at nianni, I do not care for what you call . . ., Fms.
Ilka ek mart vi3 veifanar-or&i manna, / take no notice of idle
iuUfred; hence the mod. phrase, kunna vi6 e-6, to be pleased
'..inn ekki vid {)a&, I do not like it ; kunna vel, ilia viS sik, to
unhappy in a place or condition ; eg kann vel viS mig J)ar, /
. be able, Lat. posse, (in Engl., can, pret. could, has ceased
except in the finite moods), with infin.; the senses often run
• other, but the use of the infinitive shews that the sense can
irtly implied; J)4 maelti konungr, ertu skaldit? — Hann sagdi,
xia, I know I can make verses, Hkr. i. 288 ; hann kunni gorr
III a6rir menn, Eb. 150; '^a, hluti er J)eir kunna honum til at
treista hvat hann kynni segja honum, Hkr. i. 228 : hon sagfli
.. at {>iggja soma sinn, Fs. 131 ; hugsit um hvar Jiann mann
here that man can be had, Stj. 460; sva hygguin at hann
siikum ra&a, Grag. ii. 75 ; hvart kanntii mer hoU smi5a ?
[leir er mildlega kunnu sty'ra Gu6s hjorft, Horn. 37 ; kanntii
. a? Fms. vi. 361 ; kunna eigi at maela, he could not speak,
Kil tiSendi kannjiii ( = kannt J)u) at segja af himnum, Edda 12 ;
i kunna fra tidindum at segja, thou shalt not be able to tell the
It not escape with life, Nj. 8 ; um J)a hluti er ek kann gcirr at
Ld. 186; ekki kann biskup gorr at sjfi mann a velli en ek,
II. to chance, happen; ef Bjcirn faSir J)eirra kann
. ifB. should happen to diejint, Dipl. v. 3 ; hvar sem J)ik kann
resoever thou may happen to arrive, Fms. iv. 1 76 ; ef nokkut
it bera a {linni aefi, Gisl. 25 ; ef hann kann lengr at dveljask i
\. V. 43; ok hon kann af ^essuni heimi brott at fara, iii.137.
'ipr. to know one another ; {)eir kunnusk, Mork. 106. 2.
iiindi, cunning, knowing, learned, with gen.; veit ek at J)u
aiiinandi, 655 xix. 3 ; hon var margs kumiandi, Fs. 73 ; Gyda
lunandi a fyrnsku ok fro&leik, 131.
!i, f. knowledge, Edda 31, Baer. 19, Horn. (St.)
i-leysi, n. want of knowledge, N. G. L. i. 346, 361.
a and kunnusta, u, f. [Germ, kunst], knowledge, knowing,
Kms. vi. 95, Edda (pref.), H. E. ii. 59: with the notion of
fms. i. 8, Stj. loi, Landn. 179. compds : kunnustu-
:morant. kunnustu-leysi, n. ignorance, N. G. L. i. 346.
\, u, f. knowledge, Edda (pref.), Fms. iii. 184, freq. in mod.
Jso of knowing by heart, J)etta er engin kunnatta ! — tnagical
Eb. 44, Landn. 179. compds: ktinndttu-lauss, adj.
kunnittu-leysi, n. ignorance, Fms. ix. 331.
1 a, 3, to make known, publish, Dipl. iii. 5, 9, Fas. i. 28, iii. 189.
! eiki, a, m. information, knowledge, of a thing, F"as. i. 9 : fami-
aintance,
, ;idj., mod. kunnugr : I. [kunna], 1. of a thing,
! I kunnigt, to make known. Eg. 282 ; vera kunnigt, to be known,
na fyrri biskupa sem lands-hattr var h6r kunnigri, H. E. ii. 79 ;
trir, ok kumiig login, to whom the law is so well known, Hkr.
r mun her kunnigt um hiisa-skipan, Eg. 235 ; var mer kunnigt
!, enn kunnara um Bard, 39 ; kunnigt er mer um hag ykkarn,
* er ySr kunnigt, ^iom know well, Faer. 138. 2. wise, super-
which sense it has the contr. forms kunngir etc. ; Asa-folk
nigt, at allir hlutir gengu at vilja Jieirra, Edda (init.) ; Haraldr
luS kunngum manni at fara i hamforum til Islands, Hkr. i.
u Magus lastafti Petrum ok kva& hann vera kunngan mjok,
. 26 ; margar kuiingar livaettii byggja land {)at, Fms. xi. 182 ;
:. q. V. 3. in mod. usage, knowing well, well acquainted,
\t\ kunnugr, gagn-kunnugr, hund-kunnugr, intimately ac-
II. [kyn], high born; As kunnigan, Rm. I ; kunnigri
^ar, Vkv. 23: kindred, As-kunnigr, Go5-k., Alf-k., q.v.
i, a, m. a friend, acquaintance, but less than vinr; vinir ok
Eg. 116, Fms. ii. 5, 308, iv. 379, vi. 329, xi. 262, Fs. 8,
orn-k., an old acquaintance.
na,, u, f. a female acquaintance, (5.H. 196, Greg. 33.
ikr, m. (-leiki, a, m.), knowledge, intelligence; gora e-m e-t
. to inform a person of, Fms. vi. 400, vii. 33, Isl. ii. 182, Bs.
•^i ; e-m er k. a e-n, to know, be informed of, Grag. ii. 343 ;
allr k. a Brynjolfi, he knew B. very well. Eg. 162, Rd. 285 ;
her sumir, er eigi er Jiat 1 kunnleika, who does not know, Fms.
k nia J)at opt annarr vita er 6&rum er eigi i kunnleika, Bret.
3. intimacy, familiarity ; {)ar voru aSr kuiinleikar miklir me&
^'' Eg. 37 ; mi hafa lengi kunnleikar milli var verit. Valla L.
Steinn ^ar allgoSar viStekjur, {)viat t)ar voru kbr kunnleikar
Jieim, O. H. 143.
a, adv. intimately, as an old acquaintatice ; kveSjask k., Fb.
M maSr kvaddi {>orgils kunnliga, Ld. 276; vitja niin k., Fs.
Is skyldi k. senda menn til Sigur8ar, Fms. vii. 220 ; vitja Jiii
' ieysu, hvenar sem {)u ^ykisk t)ess vi8 {)urfa, vi. 223 ; ^k leita
i'd J)ess manns er..., 224; latask k. vi8, Fs. 88 ; kunnliga
kunn-madr, m. a friend, acquaintance, Hkr. ii. 3, Fms. viii. 15, MS.
7.^2.13.
kunn-miS, n. a word of unknown sense in Orkn. 386; prob. corrupt
from some Gaelic local name.
kunnr, adj., older ku3r, which form is freq. in poets, Hm. 56, and in old
MSS. ; dat. fem. sing, kuftri {notae) rhymed with Suftvik (Soutbwark),
6. H. (in a verse), as in the compds li-kuar etc.; [Goth, kunfjs; A.S.
en's, whence Engl, un-couth, prop. = strange ; Germ, kund] : — known ; vii
ek gi'ira Jier kunnt, hvat vera skal um J)inn hag, 655 ix. A. 3 ; var m^r
kunnara um Bar8, Eg. 39; J)er munu kunnar leiSir, Fms. i. 71 ; jokk
^vi es m^r var8 siSan kunnara, lb. (pref.) ; jafn-kunnr ; Bjorn var frapgr
maSr ok miirgum ku8r (kunnr, 6. H. 53, 1. c.) at sy'n ok at mali, Hkr.
ii. 78 : familiar, grannar ^uur ok kunnir menn, neighbours and friends,
Horn. 151 ; vinir Hans ok kunnir menn, Sks. 109 ; J)eir viru mjok kunnir
a8r, intimate f-iends, Ld. 166. 2. with prep. ; kunnr at e-u, known,
convicted of; ver5r hann at \>vi kunnr eda sannr, N. G. L. i. 16, G^l. 17 :
in a good sense, en J)u, Einarr, ert k. at drcngfkap, Fms. vi. 21 ; emk
ku8r at sliku, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; ku&r at mali = malkunnugr, 'speech
friend,' on speaking terms, Hm. 56: nafn-kunnr, /amoKs; li-kunnr, un-
known.
kunnug-lega, adv., mod. for kunnlega, q.v.
kunnug-leiki, a, m., mod. for kunnleikr.
kunta, u, f. cutinus.
kurfaldi, a, m. a coal cutter (?), a mean churl, cp. Dan. kulsvier, Fms.
vi. 363 (in a verse).
KUBFL, n., proncd. ktirl, cuttings of wood for charcoal. Fas. iii. 356,
freq. in mod. usage : the saying, J)a8 koma ekki 611 kurl til grafar, not
all the cuttings come into the coalpit, of waste.
kvirfla, a8, mod. kurla, to chop kurfl ; kurflaftr vi8r, Jb.
kurfr, m. a chip, a cut-off piece; hann haf9i i hendi af spjotbroti
litinn kurf, Karl. 329 ; flugu kurfarnir yfir hofu5 {)eim. Art. 82.
KUim, m. (ku3r, SkiSa R. 34, for the sake of rhyme) : — a murmur,
grumbling, uproar ; sta8na3i Jia kurr buandanna, O. H. 69, Hkr. i. 142 ;
{)a var5 J)egar kurr mikill af bondum, Fms. i. 33 ; hann let J)a eigi heyra
illan kurr kaupmanna, Nj. 124; kurr nokkurr haf8i verit i herinum,
Fms. ix. 497. V.I.; engi ^or3i J)enna kurr djarflega upp at kve3a, O. H.
51 ; sogSu Jicir honum kurr bonda um fjAr-dratt, Fms. vi. 191. 2.
rumour; Jia flaug til konungs kurr nokkurr, Stj. 521; spur&isk Jiessi
kurr i Vindland, Fms. x. 341 ; sa kurr mun loginn, Ld. 34.
kurra, a5, [Dan. kurre, of the whirr of birds of the grouse kind], to
murtnur, grumble; hvat sem er Danir kurrit, Fms. xi. 246; kurraSi
J)at hverr i sinum hibylum, Sturl. iii. 127 ; vinnumenn ok {)raElar kurrudu
um J)at, at . . ., Fms. i. 33 ; baendr kurru&u lUa, Orkn. 40 ; kurruSu baendr
mjcik, Fms. vi. 191 ; hvi sitja baendr eigi nidr ok hl^da eyrendi, en kurra
eigi sva, Fb. ii. 393.
kurr-hugr, m. or kur-hugr, low spirits ; vera 1 kiirhuga, to he con-
cerned, anxious, Fms. ix. 462; hann ba3 menn eigi vera i kurrhuga um
J)etta, 478, Thorn. 400.
KUIIT, f. [for. word], courtesy, chivalry, good manners; J)a kurt
(chivalrous feat) nam ek i Hiinalandi, f>i3r. 57* Konr. 9; me5 kurt ok
haevesku, Fas. : freq. in poets of the 15th to the 17th centuries, enga ber
kurt, Hallgr. ; hjartaS mitt er hlaSit me5 kurt, a ditty, Isl. J>j6&s. ii. 303.
kurteisi, f. (korteisi, Fms. x. 381, 393), courtesy, feat of chivalry,
fine manners, grace ; yfirlit ok k., Nj. 17, of a lady ; g66ra si8a ok k.,
Sks. 242 ; gorum {)a k. {good manners'), segir Hrafn at vit faerum Jietta
eigi i kappmaeli, ok latum konung ra3a, Isl. ii. 236; kurteisis-kona, Fms.
ii. 21 ; chivalry, hann let kenna honum alls-konar k., i. 17 5 riddaraskap
ok k., X. 381 ; manna bezt at ser gorr i allri k., 393: pomp, me6 sva
miklu drambi ok k., 232.
kiirteisliga, adv. courteously, gracefully ; heilsa k., Fms. i. 78 : splen-
didly, stately, tjalda J)eir bu3 sina vel ok k., Ld. 104 ; en er sva k. var
komit raSa-hag Dagfinns, Odd. 32 : gently, with dignity, bar hann sva
k. sinn harm, Ld. 228.
kurteisligr, adj. courteous; vaen kona ok k. (graceful), Fms. ii. 132.
k\irteiss, adj. [Fr. courtois'], courteous, gentle; k. ma&r, Sturl. ii. 133 ;
kurteisar konur, gentle ladies, Fms. vii. 105 ; vaen kona ok k., Nj. 1,
Fms. xi. 106 : of chivalrous, stately appearance, me& Agitum riddara-
biina&i, var J)essi ma3r inn kurteisasti, vi. 225 ; hann var litill vexti en
J)6 k., he was small of stature, but yet stately, vii. 157 ; riddari k. ok vaskr,
Anal. 292 ; meO kurteisri kveSju, 235.
kurtr, m. = kurt, Karl. 168, 465.
kus, kus ! cow, cow I a milkmaid's call.
kusli, a, m. = kussi ; nu er kusli dauSr, dau8r er kusli ! Bs. i. 610.
kushingr, m. = kussi, Fms. ix. 403.
kussa, u, f., mod. kusa, a cow, as a colloquial dimin., freq. in mod.
usage ; and so cush is used in the north of England : as a nickname, Fms.
viii. 247.
kussari, a, m. [for. word], a corsair, Hkr. iii. 56.
kussi, a, m., mod. kusi, a dimin. a calf, bullock, Bs. i. (in a verse),
freq. in mod. usage.
kuti, a, m. a little blunt knife; cp. Engl. cut.
360
KUTIZA— KVEDA.
kutiza, u, f. a nickname, Fms. vii.
KtJA-, gen. pi. of kyr, q. v.
kiidi, a, m. akin to k69, q. v. : in local names, Ku3a-flj6t, Landn.
ku-drekkr, m. a cow sucker (pilferer), N. G. L. i. 253.
kiifa, a6, to heap, Jill over the brim; kiifaSr, overfilled, of a measure.
kiifottr, adj. convex; kufott hvel, Sks. 63 B.
KtJFR, m. the heap above the brim of a vessel.
kufungr, m. the shell of the sea snail, Eg. 152:3 nicknaine, Bs.
KtJG-A, a&, [Engl, cow, which is prob. borrowed from the Norse
word] : — to coin, force, tyrannise over, Nj. 185 ; ek man ekki kiiga hann
til nokkurra hluta, Fms. ii. -260 ; at sa manndjofuU kugi oss, Fs. 36 ; kiiga
e-t af e-m, to press out of one, Ld. 146, Bs. i. 490, Band. 4 ; lata kiigask,
to let oneself be cowed into submission, Fms. ii. 46, Hkr. i. 279: part,
kugandi, k. hogg, feeble blows, Sks. 382.
kuga3r, m. a nickname, Sturl.
kugan, f. tyranny, hectoring; hafSu i frammi k. vi6 J)a uppi viS
fjollin, Isl. ii. 215; J)eir bu&u monnum kugan, Bs. i. 5; me6 k. e8a
ranum, Fbr. 13 new Ed. ; vil ek heldr dau9a J)ola en nokkurs manns k.,
Fms. ii. 266; pintingar ok k., Fb. ii. 65 ; k. lifs ok Hma, Karl. 551.
ktlgari, a, m. a tyrant, Jon |>orl.
kiigi, a, m. a nickname, Orkn. KTiga-drd,pa,u,f. a poem, Skalda 198.
kii-gildi, n. a cow's value, Grag. i. 145, 502, Fb. i. 524; kugildis-
hestr, -hross, a horse worth a k., Vm. 136, 149 ; kiigildis ska5i, the loss
of a cow's value, Grag. i. 130.
ku-gildr, m. of a cow's value, Vm. 159.
kiika, a9, cacare : kukr, m. merda.
KTJLA, u, f. [Germ, htgel, whence mod. Dan. l<ugle^, a hall, knob;
tjald-kiila, bly'-kiila : the phrases, gora mi at ]peim kulur a hermanna
hatt, Bs. i. 519 ; marka kiilur i hofSi e-m, to make balls in one's head,
i. e. to beat sou?idly, Band. 13 new Ed., prob. from some game ; gor-kiila,
a kind o( fungus : medic, a hump. compds : kiilu-bakr, m. a hump-
back, kiilu-nefr, m. hump-fiose, a nickname, Sturl.
ku-neyti, n. ' cow-neat,' cows, opp. to geldneyti, Ld. 98, Eb. 330.
KTJPA, u, f. a 'cup,' bowl, basin; smjor-kiipa, a butter box; haus-
kiipa, the skull, cranium.
kupaSr, adj. bowl-formed, convex.
kiira, a3, [akin to kyrr], to sleep, doze; kaera barn mitt, korri-ro, kiirSu
vsert og sof6u lengi ! a ditty.
kii-reki, a, m. the primrose, primula, Hjalt.
Kurir, m. pi. the inhabitants o/Kiirland (Courland), Fms., Eg.
kurur, f. pi. complaints ; gora kiirur sin a milium, Fms. v. loa ; a-kiirur,
reprimands.
ku-skel, f. the ' cow shell,' cyprina Islandica, Mag. 63, see Itin. 69.
kut-magi, a, m. a fish's maw.
kiitr, m. a cask for liquor, blondu-kiitr ; dala-kiitr, a cask of money.
kut-veltast, t, dep. to roll like a cask (slang), Jonas 196.
kvabb, n. a begging; baena-kvabb, id.
kvabba, a9, to beg, (conversational.)
kva9a, u, f. [kve5a, kve6ja], a request, claim, demand, esp. as a law
term, GJ)1. 481. compds: kvoSu-domr, m. a court for settling a
claim, N. G. L. i. 219. kv63u-vattr, m. a witness in a case of claim,
Grag. i. 124, N.G.L. i. 219. kv69u-vitni, n. = kv66uvattr, N. G. L.
i. 32 : testimony in a case o/k., N. G. L. i. 86.
kvaSning, f. a greeting, Fms. iii. 95 : order, command, Hkr. ii. 2.
kva3rantr, m. [for. word], a quadrant, Rb. 446, 464.
kvak, n. a twittering; fugla-kvak, Bb. 2. 10: baena-kvak, /iray«^.
KVAKA, a&, [Engl, quack], to twitter, of a swallow, Eg. 420 ; fuglinn
kvakaSi, Hkv. Hjorv. 94; orn einn settisk hja alptinni ok kvakaSi vi6
hana bli61iga, fsl. ii. 195 ; bi bi og blaka ! alptirnar kvaka, a ditty:
metaph., Rb. 174.
kvak-samr, adj. whining, querulous, Hkr. iii. 454.
kvalari, a, m. [kvelja], a 'killer,' tormenter, 623.13, 44, Pass. 35. r.
kvalning, f. torment.
kval-rae3i, n. torments, Sol. 10, Post. 191, freq. in mod. usage.
kval-samligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), tormenting, Sks. 524.
kval-samr, adj. painful.
kvanta, aS, to molest; 6-kvanta5r, unmolested, Bs. i.8o6.
kvantr, m. molestation; Siilla spyrr mi kvant (Jhe massacre?) sinna
manna, Rom. 158.
kvap, n. jelly 01 jelly-like things; see hvap.
KVARA, a9, kvorra, mod. korra, to emit a rattling sound, as if
about to be strangled ; hann var sva ramr ok kvarra6i sva at ekki nam
hvat hann maelti, Fms. x. 279; hann kippir honum ni6r undir sik sva at
kvorar i honum. Fas. iii. 308.
Kvaran, m. nickname of a Norse king in Dublin, prob. Gaelic, Fb. iii.
kvar3i, a, m. [the Dan.-Svved. kaarde = a dirk is prob. the same word ;
Swed. quard = selvage] : — a yard-wand, Grag. i. 497, freq. in mod. usage :
the phrase, setr mi at honum kvar9a, Ski6a R. ; maeli-kvardi, a measure,
proportion, of a map ; cp. also a-kvar9a, to measure, fix, determine.
KVARTA, a9, to cotnplain ; k. um e-t, to complain of. Fas. ii. 370,
Hiiv. 52.
kvartan, f. complaining.
kvartill, m., mod. kvart^l, n. [for. word; Germ, viertel], a qun
the fourth, of time in music, Rb. 460 : a quarter of an ell, Dipl. i.
in mod. usage, of the moon, fyrsta, si6asta kvartil.
kvart-samr, adj. querulous, whining, Fms. vii. 322.
kvaterni, n. [Lat. quaternio'], a kind o{ protocol, N. G. L. iii. 67, B
Rett., Bs. i. (Laur.S.)
kvd3a, mod. kvo3a, u, f. =hva9a, resin, N.G.L. iii. 119.
KVAMA, u, f., mod. koma, a coming, arrival ; Flosi var5 [■
kvamu bans, Nj.254, Fms. vii. 108, N.G.L.i.410, Landn. 306, pa;
a.t-kvkmz, arrival ; heim-k., comittg home. kvdLmu-ina3r, m. a cr
stranger, Fms. ii. 229, Fbr. 168, passim.
KVAN", f. (kvsen, Ls. 26, 56, |jkv. 8, Am. 6, Gkv. 3. 7), [see k
Goih. quens ; A. S. cwen; ^ng\. queen; Scot, quean; He], quan
wife, but never used in the general sense = a woman ; an obsolete
poetical word, a ' queen,' wife, mi faerit m^r Freyju at kviin, Jjkv
honum var bru6r at kvan of kveSin, Fsm. 42, 46 ; sva bei9 hann b
kvdnar, Vkv. 5 ; kvan frja sina, Skv. 3. 8 ; H^9ins kvan, the tjuer
Hedin = liMa, Korm. 4, O. H. (in a verse) ; Obs kvan, the queen o/
Hkr. i. (in a verse) ; kvan Ni9u9ar, N.'s queen, Vkv. 28 ; broSir
kvanar = i/s wife's brother, brother-in-law. Am. 28; ok kynviS ki
minnar, Stor. 20 : plur. kvanir, Skv. 3. I4 ; bi& kvan, a beloved
Lex. Poet. ; osk-kvan, id. ; ViSris kvaen, Odin's wife, Ls. 26 ; Cv
kvaen, 56; kvaen konungs, a king's queen, Gkv. 3. 7; nema fsEr;
Freyju at kvaen, f)kv. 8, but kvan, 11, 22 ; kvaen var hon Hcigna,
6. COMPDS : kv^nar-efni, n. one' s future wife. Fas. iii. 61, Ma;
kv^nar-mal, n. matrimonial affairs. kv^nar-mundr, m. a d<
Nj. 146, Grag. i. 172, Bs. i. 462.
kvan-bsenir, f. pi. wooing, Isl. ii. 215, 216, 239 (where it is s
Fas. iii. 144, 595.
kv£n-fang, n. ' queen-fetching^ wife-taking, as also a match,
leita e-m kvanfangs. Eg. 22 ; leita a um k., Nj. 66 ; fa gott k., Fi
1 1 ; vir5uligt k., vi. 57 ; Brynjolfr haf9i gefit honum {)at k. er hann
a6r att. Eg. 36 ; .flEsir toku ser kvanfong {married) ^ar innanland;,
152 (pref.); gefa e-m til kvanfangs, D. N. kv^nfangs-eiSr,
wedding oath, as to the forbidden degrees, Grag. i. 319.
kvanga, a6, I. act. to make a man marry ; eigi a fa8ir e3a i ■
at kvanga son sinn e9r gipta dottur sina me& meira fe heiman en
komi a hlut |)eirra er eptir eru, ef J)a vseri erf9um skipt, N.G.L. :
this form however is not usual ; but, II. reflex, kvfogas
marry, take a wife, of a man, (but giptast, to be given away, of a woi
Nj. 39, Isl. ii. 214; ef karlma3r kvangask en kona giptisk fyrir
fraenda ra6, N. G. L. ii. 77, passim : part. kvdnga3r, married, Ej
Nj. 88, passim.
kvangan, f. the taking a wife, Post. 645. 78.
kvdn-lauss, adj. wifeless, unmarried. Fas. i. 184, Fs. 21: w/rf
Korm. 56, Fms. vi. 104.
kvdn-riki, n. uxoriousness, Nj. 214, N. G. L. i. 340, Fas. i. 332.
Kvdsir, m. a mythol. person, the hostage given by the Vanir b||
Ases, whose blood when slain was the poetical mead, see Edda 47; i|
dreyri, the blood of Q^ = the poetry, 52.
kvdtra, u, f., mod. kotra, [Fr. quatre], a kind of backgamnuml
used in Icel. and recorded in the 13th century as a favourite game,
i. 173, ii. 184, Bs. i. 596. kvitru-tafl, n. id., Karl. 470, 486..
KVEDA, sing. kve5r, pret. kva&, 2nd pers. kvatt, kvattii, Fms. vi,
pi. kvaSu, kv66u, and k69u, Ls. 24, HSm. 12, 6. H. 48, Fms. vii I
xi. 107; pret. subj. kvaeSi ; imperat. kve9, kve5-J)u, kvettii, vi. 361, f
kveddu ; with neg. sufF., pres. kve9k-a-ek, I say not, Yt. 7 : [Ulf.pn
\i-yfiv,flTriiv,(piiv; A.S.cwe'San; Engl. quoth; O.H.G.quedan; •*
qu'dda; Dun. kvcede ; cp. Lat. in-qrat] : — to say ; ne {)Vi er kveJr .1
nor what a woman says, Hm. 83 ; at \>u Frey kve6ir ulei9astan liiiii r
19; kve6a (dicunt) Heimdal valda veum, Gm. 13: in an epical
to say, or6 kvaS J)a Vingi, Am. 37, 38 ; Glaumviir kvaJ at I
30, 32; ok hann J)at or6a, alls fyrst um kva3 = Homer's Kdi
cfycuvijffas . . ., fjkv. 2, 3, 9, 1 2 ; or, pa kva5 pat Heimdalr ; |)a kfti
f>6n; pa kvaS pat f>rymr, 15, 17, 18, 20, 22, 25, 30; Egill fekku
mikia sva at hann kvaft eigi or8, Eg. 518 ; k. gle6i-or9, to say a cfcj
word, Vigl. 89 new Ed. ; peir kv65u ekki gott or8 at honum, 655*!
er hann haf^i pat mselt, pa kva8 hann liti annat or8, Fms. xi. 16; |
pessa stafa, ef hann ver8r i nef kveSinn, if he is nasal in sowwrf, SI
162 ; lysingar-vattar Mar9ar kvaSu sva at or6i, Nj. 233 ; til bAl» J
brands kve8r at fomu mali, as it is said in old saws, N.G.L. if
Rannveig kva3 vel at hann faeri lilan, Nj. ill: — with infin., h6n (
par eigi kvenna-vist, Fms. vii. 274 ; kve9uni pa maela (let tbfm.^i
varar tungur, 656 C. 6 : the pret. kva8 (proncd. kvu) as adr.WSj
'tis said, they say, pa6 kva8 (kvu) vera, they say so. 2. ww ]i
kve3a at, adverb, so to say ; sva matti at kve8a, id., Fms. xi. 7^! *|
mun mega at k. at lif manna laegi vi8, Nj. 78 ; kveSr sva at, it is 5o|
Ver. 83; pa er sva at kve5it, 3; 16gsoguma8r skal ra8a ok at 11
(determine) hvar hvergi domr skal sitja, Grag. i. 27: gramm. *i
nounce, sound, Skalda 165 ; mikill harmr er at oss kveiSinn, micilt \
KVEDANDI— KVEINA.
361
gi
^ US, Nj. 201 ; mikit er at Kjartani kveftit {there's micMe said
K., i.e. be is a doomed man), ok mun lihscgt vera at gora vi5
1 {)eiiTa, Ld. 190: J)a& kve6r mikia (litiii) a6 e-u, to be of great
'ijluence or importance : — kve8a a, to fix, determine, Grag. i. 35,
,0, Ld. 74; var kveSit a brullaups-stefnu, Nj. 40; var giirt um
kveSit a fegjold, ill, Fs. 68 : to stale, kve&r ^ar sky'rt a |)etta,
ressly stated there, Ld. 334: a law term, to cancel, object to,
^a a gogn, to cancel the evidence, Grdg. i. 67, 106 : to fix, make up
mind, resolve, 100, Nj. 3, 252: part, okvebiim, fixed, appointed,
fated, eigi ma saka {)ik um {jetta, segir Njall, {)viat slikt er mjok
Kt, 166 : akveftin or3, an agreement, stipulation, Hkr. ii. 372;
4kvednum or6um, in express words, Grett. 89 ; vant er rncr {)at
fn meS akveSnum orSum, Sks. 660 ; me& akve&nu, id., K. A. 208 ;
ek 4kve6it giira, hverir J)ar skuki vera, tsL ii. 346 : akveSin or&,
libellous words, Bjarn. 57: — kveSa vi5, to reply, Hm. 26: —
B, to pronounce, make known, GisL 10, Fms. vii. 88. II.
hon ba6 f>orstein kveSa nokkut, Grett. 159; skemti Stiifr ok
flokk einn, ok er lokit var ba8 konungr hami enn k. — Hversu
hefir {)u mi kvse&in kve3it ? . . . hvi kveSr J)u flokka eina ? Fms.
[ ; skyldi ok engi kvefta visurnar, Nj. 71 ; Egill orti alia drapuna,
fji fest sva at hann matti kveSa um morguninn, Eg. 421 ; k. kvaeSi,
232; l)6tt hann kve6i lit kvaeSi J)etta, Fms. v. 175; konungr
, tel t)u OSS kvseSi nokkut, — |)orm63r settisk upp ok kvaS halt
sv4 at heyrSi um allan herinn, hann kva6 Bjarka-nial en fornu,
207; hann hof upp kvae&it ok kva& hatt. Eg. 427; slogu pa
hiing umhverfis hjallinn, en Jjorbjorg sat uppi a sei&hjaliinum,
Gnftridr J)a kvaeSit sva fagrt ok vel, at engi pottisk heyrt hafa meS
rodd kvaedi kveSit, Jjorf. Karl. 378 : in mod. usage kve&a is used
J rhapsodic delivery of a ballad (rima), half reciting half singing,
eel. say, kve&a rimur, to recite a ballad, as also kveSa vel, to recite,
wdl; hann er g65r kvae3a-ma6r, he is a good ballad-singer, but
of a hymn or full melody ; |)eir riSu um byg6ina kveSandi um
n, Fms. xi. 376; J)a ferr hann me3 fjdlkyngi, ef hann kve8r fiat
ennir, K. {>. K. ; mi eru Hava-mal kvedin, Hava hoUu i, Hm. 165 ;
OStmari jofri Sznskum gymis lj63 at gamni kve6r, Yt. 18; J)ar
ma vi5 kvern ok kvaS forkunnar fagrt, Fms. vii. 233. 2. to
a verse ; kvettii mi, {)j6661fr, um deild Jjeirra, . . . |)j6561fr kva3
tile verse follows), Fms. vi. 361 ; kve8a visu, to make a ditty, Fms.,
lunm; kvse&it var mjok kveSit, Fms. v. 173; {jcssi visa var ilia
Ic skal ek kve&a a&ra betri, hann kva&, vi. 416 ; heyr J)j66skaldit I
■d sva, grom, skiimm ? ekki eru J)aer hendingar jafnhavar, 386 : —
4 e-n, to challenge one in a song ; kalla J)aer s6 kve&it sik a | af
iks elsku-fundum, Ski&a R. 3. 3. kveSa vi&, to scream; kva&
S ibvi er kesjan st6& a honum mi3jum, Fms. viii. 354; hundrinn
rio hitt, Nj. 114: to sound, J)vi naest kva& lu&r vi&, the trumpet
led^ Fms. vi. 16, vii. 288 ; J)eir letu kve&a vi8 lu8ra sina, ix. 527 ;
kvaS vi& klokka, Fb. i. 4 17, Fms. iii. 60, ix. 510. III.
. to say of oneself ; J)eir er biskupar kva&usk vera, who said they were
!>«, fb. 13 ; hann kve&sk eigi ri&a mundu, Nj. 1 2 ; Njall kva&sk meft
nu fara myndu, 105 ; peir kva5usk eigi vita hverju gegndi, Fms. vii.
^ir er set kveSask hafa seglin, 322; {jeir k6&usk koma mundu,
7; hann kva&sk J)ess albiiinn, Nj. 100; Ottarr kva&sk eigi vara,
Fs. 87. 2. also impers., mer kve&sk = eg kve& mer ; er
eRsk t)a l)ykkja gott at deyja, Fms. xi. 153; hafSi hann fatt
fyrstu, en kvaSsk Jjetta ( = kva& ser J)etta) J)6 vel lika, ix. 291 ;
Iwaftsk (i. e. Kari kva& ser) onnur fer& betri {)ykkja, K. said he
Uke better to take another course, Nj. 139 ; herfiligt kve&sk honum
|ja at hokra J)ar fyrir stokkum e&a steinum, Fas. ii. 505 ; Gliimi
ik pvi betr {)ykkja, Rd. 286 ; kva&sk J)eim horfin-heilla at pykkja,
272 ; honum kve3sk vel a litask, vi. 99 ; t)eim kva&sk ^ykkja
;adalaust, 107 ; Vigdisi kva&sk eigi vera um lygi, Ld. 44 ; honum
k meira um at halda fram, Fb. iii. 447 ; honum kvaSsk sva hugr
:gja, Sturl. 3. kve&ask at, recipr. to exchange songs, a game
at a wake or dance; sa leikr var monnum ti&r, at kveftask
at, karlmaSr at konu, ok kona at karlmanni, Bs. i. 165 : in
usage, kveSast k, to cap verses, each party in turn replying in
beginning with the letter with which the preceding one ends ;
i mi aft kveSast a | kvse&in okkar stor og sma, a ditty, cp. kve&a
J2. above.
k 3andi, f. the recital of a song, singing; ok er lokit var kvaeftinu,
1 1 farr eigi ni&r falla kvedandina, heldr hof hann upp drapuna, J)a er
t&i ort um konunginn, Fb. iii. 242 ; fogr var sii kveSandi at heyra,
; 52 ; J)ar skyldi vera k. mikil sem hon (the prophetess) var. Fas.
{)vi nsEst heyr&u {)eir kve&andi har&la ogurliga meS mikilli raust,
124; heyr&i hann i hiis nokkut kve&indi sva fagra, at ... , Fms.
2. metric, rhythm, fiow of a verse; h6r er stafa-setning
the alliteration) sem hxtti rse&r ok k. gorir, Edda 120; ok gor
-, samstafa af skamri, \)vht ella helzt eigi k. rett i visu-or&i,
1S2; sii stafsetning er hatt gorir ok kve&andi, Edda 121 ; pessi
> r upphaf til J)eirrar kve&andi, er saman-heldr Norrsenum kveS-
• a Skalda 192 ; en })6 fegra J)a;r mjok i kveSandi, Edda 122.
KVEDJA, pres. kve& ; pret. kvaddi ; impcrat. kveft, kvt8{)u, kveJ)J)u,
Hm. 127 (Bugge) ; part, kvaddr : with neg. suff., pres. indie, kved-ka, Ls.
10 : [see kve8a] : — to call on, address, request, summon ; |>orvaldr kvaddi
htiskarla sina,Nj. 18, Eb. 314: with gen. of the thing, ace. of the person,
k. e-n e-s, ok er J)ess mest van at ek kve8ja J)ik ^ea eigi optar, Fms. iv.
38 ; k. dura, to call at the door, Skalda 163, Fms. ii. 194, vi. 21 ; k. matar,
svefns, to call for food, sleep, Bs. i. 366 ; k. s<5r hlj68s, to call for a bearing,
Nj. 105, Isl. ii. 255, Rekst. 1 ; k. e-n at 68i, to call one to listen to one's
song, Jd. I, Lei8arv. 2. 2. with prepp. ; k. e-n at e-u, to call on a
person to do a thing, call bis attention to ; j)ik kve8 ek at {)cssu, Nj. 150 ;
hann vildi, jafnan at Olafr vaeri at kvaddr ollum stormaelum, Ld. 94 ; kvaddi
hann at J)vi Gregorium Dagsson, Fms. vii. 256 ; kvaddi hann J)ar at Erling
Skakka, 257 ; Bjorn kve8 ek at J)essu, Ld. 14 : — k. e-n brott af, fr4, to call
on one to go ; eigi hefir ek y&r . . . brott kvatt af minum gardi. Fas. i. 7 1 :
— k. e-n fra, Nj. 170; ek hefi menn optlega kvadda fra erfdum, Fms. i.
305 : — k. e-n til e-s, to call on one for a thing ; kve8 ek hann til farar
me8 J)6r, . . . hann skaltii k. til foruneytis me8 fier . . . ekki skaltii hann
k. til J)essar fer8ar, fsl. ii. 322, 323; ^a skaltii k. menn til fer8ar me8
^6t, Nj. 14 : — k. upp, to call up ; k. upp alia J)a menn er mikils eru vir8ir,
Fms. xi. 120; samna8i li8i ok kvaddi upp almenning, Nj. 107, Fms. vi.
179 : — hann kvaddi lit Hoskuld ok Riit, Nj. 21 : — with dat., eigi kann ek
{>at at minu ra8i sja, at kve8ja i burtu monnum |>orgils, ok ftirunautum,
Sturl. i. 22. II. in law, a general term, to request, demand, sum-
mon, call on one to perform any legal duty, as also to challenge, appeal
to, and the like, according to the context; sva skal mann kve&ja, nemna
mann J)ann a nafn, ok kve&i hann gripar {)ess er hann a at honum, ok
nemni gripinn, ok kve&i hann laga kvo& ok lyritar, N. G. L. i. 218, 219 ;
kvaddi hann sva at v^r heyr&um a, kvaddi hann um handselt mal Jjorgeirs,
Nj. 238 ; gogn J)au oil er a&r var til kvatt, Gnig. i. 106 ; kve8 ek y8r
16gkvo3, Nj. 218; berum v4r sva skapa8an kvi8 fram, sem Mor8r
kvaddi OSS, 238 ; J)eir kvoddu fjora bua or kvi3inum, they challenged four
neighbours, iio ; kve3 ek y8r sva at ^ct heyrit a sjalfir, 218 ; stefna, ok
kveSja til t61ptar-kvi8ar, Grag. i. 213, 214; — kve&ja biia heiman,/oswm-
mon neighbours (jurors) at their home (heiman-kvo&), a law phrase, opp.
to kve&ja biia a t)ingi, to summon them itt parliament (J)inga-kvo&), passim
in Grag. and the Sagas, see kvo8 ; hann kvaddi biia til mals, Nj. 36 ; J)u
kvaddir Keisarann til J)ins mals, they appealed to Caesar, Post. ; kveft ek
y&r um handselt mal N. M., Nj. 218. 2. with gen. of the thing, to
call, summon; kve&ja {)ings, to convoke a meeting, Fms. i. 149, vi. 12
(ace, Fb. i. 565, wrongly) ; k. m6ts, Fms. vii. 60 ; k. tolptar-kviftar, Grag.
i. 34 ; k. laga, D.N. ; k. feransdoms, 81 ; k. fjar, 402, N. G. L. i. 23 ; k.
ser gri8a, Bs. i. 544 : — k. e-n e-s, to summon, call on a person to perform
a duty; k. go8a t61ptar-kvi8ar, Grag. i. 105 ; k. bua bjargkvi8ar, Nj.
no ; kve& ek y&r J)eirra or&a allra er y&r skylda log til um at bera, 218,
238; voru ver kvaddir at bera vitni J)at, 238. III. to welcome,
greet; J)eir kvoddu konung, Am. 6, Eg. 28, Nj. 3; hann var sva katr
at hvert barn kvaddi hann hlaejandi, Fms. vii. 172; kyssa ok kveftja,
Hkv. 13 : of one departing, hann gengr mi i brott ok kveftr engan mann.
Band. 4 new Ed. 2. recipr. to greet one another ; f eir kvoddusk
vel, Isl. ii. 355, passim, see heilsa and the remarks there made: k. e-n
heipta, to lay imprecations on one, Hm. 152, cp. 138.
kveSja, u, f. a welcome, greeting; konungr tok kveftju hans, Eg. 63,
passim, Matth. i. 29 : also of one absent, hann sag&i J)eim kve&ju Gunn-
hildar, Nj. 5; bar hann konungi kve&ju |>6r61fs. Eg. 53; J)eir skyldu
segja konungi kveftju hans, Fms. x. 290 ; kve&ju-sending, sending one's
greeting, compliments, vi. 92, vii. 103, Sturl. ii. 149: salutation, in the
formula at the beginning of a letter, Ingi konungr sendir kve8ju Sigur8i
konungi, Fms. vii. 220; N. M. sendir N. M. kve&ju Gu6s ok sina, D.I.
passim : — in mod. usage the address on a letter is called kve8ju.
kve3-8kapr, m. poetry, verse-making, opp. to prose ; bae&i er at J)u yrkir
vel, enda ert fiu allvandlatr um J)inn kve&skap, Fms. vi. 387; go&r k.,
good poetry ; illr k., bad poetry : song, Sighvatr segir i sinum kvedskap,
40 ; finnsk J)at ok i kve&skap Hallfre&ar, at ... , iii. 7 ; hann kveflsk
ilia una vi& kve&skapinn Ingolfs, Fs. 60 ; sii er ein tala hversu margir
haettir hafa funnisk i kveSskap hofuSskalda, Edda 120; ma ok eigi
undrask J)6 at kve&skaprinn so stirdr, Jjviat i svefni var kve&it, Draum.
123 ; k. ok siingvar, Sks. 633 ; fellr mer sva i ge& k. sa, Sd. 160, Bret.
48 ; ni3a e-n i kve&skap, Fms. vii. 60 : with the notion of satire or
lampoon, stefna Crm um kve8skap, to summon a person for lampooning,
iii. 21 ; hann niddi mik i kveSskap, vi. 117.
KVEF, n. [akin to kvefja, kefja, etc.; Engl, cough; Germ, heicben;
Swed. quaf] : — a catarrh, freq. kvef-s6tt, f. epidemic o/kvef.
kveiQa, kvaf&i, to quench, extinguish ; see kefja.
kveif, f. [from Fr. coif], a coif, cap; hiitt e8r k., Sks. 434; hott n^
hiifu e&a k., 291 : esp. a mitre, Fms. viii. 378, Bs. ii. 186 : in mod. usage,
metaph. a feeble person, hann er mesta kveif: as also kveifara-skapr,
m. feebleness; kveifar-legr, adj. (-lega, adv.), weak, faint.
kveikja, kveikr, see kveykja, kveykr, Fms. v. 25.
kvein, n. wailing, Bs. i. 40, ii. 140, Al. 55 ; andar-kvein, lamentation ;
harma-k., a dirge, freq. in an eccl. sense.
KVEINA, a&, \\]\L qainon = irtv6Hv; A.S. civanjan; Eng\. whine,
363
KVEINKA— KVEllK.
wanton ; Germ, weinen"] : — either, kveina um e-t (mod. k. yfir e-u), to
complain of a thing, or absol. to wail, mourn, lament, but not used tran-
sitively as in A.S. ; er her kveinat um eldiviSar-faeS, Fms. i. 291 ; gor6it
hon hjufra ne hiindum sla, ne k. um sem kouur aSrar, Gkv. 1. 1 (2. 11) ;
taka nu k. um fat, er. . ., Al. 52, Fas. iii. 154; hon kveinaai um mjok
me6an hbn start'a6i, Hom. 113: absol., muiiu j)er k. ok kalla til Drottins,
Stj. 441 ; krytja eSr k., 370, Fas. i. 200; en {)eir letu sem J)eir heyrSi eigi
hvat er hon kveinaSi, Fms. vi. 352.
kveinka, a6, to complain; k. um e-t, O. H. L. 78, Rb. 174, Bs. ii. 64 :
mod., k. s6r, to wail, cry, from pain.
kveinkan, f. lamentation, Rb. 174, Bs. ii. 561, Thorn. 248, Karl. 191.
kvein-samlegr, adj. lamentable, Al. 149.
kvein-staflr, m. pi. wailings, lamentations, Al. 154.
KVEISA, u, f. a whitlow, boil; hafa kveisu 1 faeti, Hrafn. I4 ; kveisa
er koniin i bond fer, Pr. 470; kveisu-nagli, the core of a boil, Hrafn.
14, 15, Nj. 24^; kveisu-suUr, a boil, Bs. ii. 168: in mod. usage, of
shooting pains, i5ra-k., colic : as also, flug-k., shooting pains, kveisu-
gras, n., botan. entiana.
kveistinn, adj. touchy, tender; ]pu art svo kveistinn !
kveistni, f. touchiness, tenderness.
kveita, u, f. [kveite, Ivar Aasen], a halibut, flounder (heilag-fiski) ; kalt
vatn augum en kveita (kvett or kveit. MS.) tonnum, lerept liki, in the
Merman's song. Fas. ii. 33 ; this is prob. the meaning of the word in this
much-contested passage, and not as suggested in Aarb. (1866) 377.
kveita, tt, a false form for kneyta. Fas. ii. 131.
KVELD, n., proncd. kv6ld: [akin to kvelja, for evening is the
quelling or killing of the daylight; Ivar Aasen kveld; Swed. quail] : —
evening; in Icel. as well as in Norway kveld is the common popular
word, whereas aptan {eve) is poetical and solemn ; kveld is prob. elliptical,
from kveld dags, quelling of day : sayings, at kveldi skal dag leyfa, Hm. ;
allir dagar eiga kveld ; at kveldi, at eve, in the evening, K. |>. K. 102 ; at
kveldi dags, on an evening, Fms. vi. 83, Eg. 106 ; i kveldi, this evening,
Ski6a R. ; i kveld, to-night, Stj. 121, Nj. 252 ; a kveldit, in the evening,
Ld. 14; um kveldit, Nj. 6, 120; ok er mjok lei6 a kveldit . . ., J)at vilda
ek at J)u fserir eigi heim i kveld, . . . Gunnlaugr kom eigi heim um kveldit,
Eb. 4(), 48 ; J)at kveld er likmenn komu heim, 268 ; a kveldum, Fs. 143.
coMPDs : kveld-langt, n. adj. the evening long; drekka k.. Fas. i. 1 3, Barl.
144, Sd. 141. kveld-lestr, m. an everting lesson, evensong, Safn i. 85 ;
see htislestr. kveld-ligr, adj. i/es/er /»«e, Sks. 41. kveld-matr,
ni. = kveldver6r. kveld-m&l, n. eventide, Fr. kveld-md,lti6, n. a
supper. Fas. iii. 282 : eccl. the Lord's Supper, Germ. Abendmahl, Dan.
Nadverd, Swed. Nattvard : KveldmMtidar-Sacramenti, n. the Holy
Communion. kveld-ri3a, u, f. an ' evening-rider,' night-hag, witch,
riding on wolves in the twilight, Hkv. Hjcirv. 15, Hallfred, Lex. Poet. ;
Jjorbjorn stefndi GeirriSi um fat at hon vseri k., Eb. 46 ; hon var fjol-
kunnig, ok hin mesta k.. Fas. iii. 650 ; kveldri5u st63, the ' ogress-steed'
= the wolves, Hallfr. kveld-ro3i, a, m. the evening red of the sky,
opp. to morgun-ro6i. kveld-seta, u, f. a sitting up late, Fms. vii. 126.
kveld- stj arna, u, f. the evening star. kveld-svaefr, a.d). fond of sleep
in the evening, opp. to morgun-svaefr. Eg. 3, Fms. vii. 1 26. kveld-
s6ngr, m. evensong, vespers, MS. 625. 178, Bs. i. S49. kveld-timi,
a,m.ei'en/«(fe, Fas. ii.427. Kveld-ulfr, m. a nickname. Eg. kveld-
vaka, u, f. eve-wake, the time between twilight (riikki ) and bed-time,
when people sit and work by candle-light, also simply called vaka.
kveld-ver3r, m. a supper.
kvelda, a6, mod. kv61da, to draw towards evening; er kvelda6i, Fms.
iii. 114, vi. 156, Hkr. i. 24, Fs. 14; nu tekr at k., Al. 81 ; J)a var sva
kveldat, at ... , Fms. xi. 63 ; vert \>vi hja oss, J)viat kvcilda tekr og a
daginn liSr, Luke xxiv. 29 : absol., liSr en J)essi dagr kveldi, MS. 4. 32.
KVELJA, pres. kvel, pret. kvaldi, part. kvalSr, kvali6r, kvalinn ; with
neg. suff., imperat. kvelj-at, Vkv. 31 ; [A. S. cweljan ; Engl, to quell, kill ;
lie\.quellian — cruciare; Geim. qudlen ; Dzn. qucele ; Swed. qudlja]: — to
torment; matti enga skemtan af hafa at kvelja {)a, Eg. 232 ; at hann mundi
sva vilja kvelja hana, Fms. vi. 352 ; ek skal alia vega lata k. Markvarft,
Mag. 2 ; at eigi kveli bruna-J)efr bokanna J)a mcnn er.. ., 656 B. I ;
ekki ma verra vera en cifund sii, er kvelr af aunars g63u, Hom. 21 ; hann
bar&isk allan dag 1 gegn mer ok kvaldi mik, Fms. viii. 240; kvelit mik
ekki lengr, Anal. 186; Grimhildr kvelr braedr sina, f)i6r. II.
reflex, to be tormented; kveljask i vesold, Fs. 172 ; muntu kveljask me6
fjandanum i Helvitis loga, Fms. i. 202 ; fiviat ek kvelst t>ung]iga i J)essum
loga, Luke xvi. 24; mi er hann (Lazarus) hugga&r en J)u kvaliSr, Greg.
22; hann var8 ilia vi6 ok kve5sk kvaldr, . . . er hann skyldi kveljask
liti i hverju illviftri, Grett. 178 new Ed., Fs. 172 : to be quelled, fa kv615-
usk oil ra5 fyrir konunginum, Hom. 112. III. part, as adj.;
klarinn saekir fangat mest sem hann er kvaldastr, Fas. ii. 252.
kveljari, a, m. a 'killer,' tortnenter, 656 B. 5, Al. 78.
kvelling, f. [perhaps akin to keli-, q. v., cp. also kvilli], ailment, ailing.
Post. 210, Grett. (in a verse), kvellinga-samr, adj. ailing, valetudi-
narian. Eg. 126, Stud. ii. 53.
kvelli-sjukr, adj. ailing; ekki hefi ek verit k., Ld. 54, Eg. 126.
kvelli-sott, f. ailment. Eg. 519.
^ kvelni, f. quailing, despondency, Hom. 86.
kvendi, n. a woman, womankind, Stj. 71, 257, 2
Grett. 161
kvendum ok kiirlum, MS. 4. 13 : in mod. usage in a low sense.
Kvenir, m. pi. the Tchudic people o/Kvenland in northern Russia, Eg,
KVENNA-, gen. pi., see kona B.
kvenn-borinn, part, cognate, Fms. iv. 8.
kvenn-buna3r, m. women's dress, Eb. 256, Edda 68, Stj. 186.
kvenn-dyr, n. a she-beast, Stj. "ji, 77-
kvenn-fat, n. tvoman's attire, Landn. 1 19, N. G. L. i. 255.
kvenn-folk, n. wotnan-folk, women. Fas. iii. 644, freq. in mod. usaj
kvenn-fugl, m. a hen-bird, Pr. 409.
kvenn-gildr, adj., opp. to karlgildr, q.v. : in the phrase, k. uidj
half pauper, who can do something for himself, Vm. 52, D.L passiia
kvenn-gjSfi f. a gift to a woman, N. G. L. i. 75.
kvenn-hallr or kvenn-hollr, adj. amorous, Fms. v. 341.
kvenn-hempa, u, f. a woman's petticoat.
kvenn-kenna, d, to address as a woman. Fas. iii. 75) Vigl. 24 : granu
kvennkendr,/i?m««/«e, Sks. 103, Clem. 29.
kvenn-kind, f. womankind, Stj. 79-
kvenn-kl8e3i, n. pi. women's dress, Grag. i. 338, Landn. 119, N.G,
i- 75-
kvenn-kne, n. kin by the woman's side, cognate lineage, Hkr. i. 11
a female degree of kin, Fms. ix. 251, 327.
kvenn-kostr, m. a good match, of a woman, Fb. i. 407 ; fotti sa
einnhverr beztr 1 Noregi, Fms. vi. 353; hinn bezti k., Grett. 71; u
kveldit var9 feim ti6raett um kvennkosti, Korm. 56.
kvenn-kvikendi, n. a female creature, Stj. 80, Sks. 103.
kvenn-kyn, n. thefetnale sex, Hom. 31, Stj. 56, Barl. 24.
kvenn-kyrtill, m. a woman's kirtle, Bs. i. 506.
kvenn-leggr, m. kindred by the woman's side, the cognates, GJ)1. 24
Fms. i. 6.
kvenn-legr, n. fornication, N. G. L. i. 377.
kvenn-liga, adv. woman-like, lady-like, Vigl. 33.
kvenn-ligr, adj. woman-like, Bs. ii. 152, Fas. iii. 576, Fs. 134.
kvenn-list, i. female skill, Vigl. 48 new Ed.
kvenn-nia3r, m. a woman, freq. in mod. usage (see kona), Ld. 8, M
4. 23; kvennmanna bein, Eb. 338, and in countless compds ; kvci
manns-bunaSr, kvennmanns-fot, a woman s dress, Bar9. 173.
kvenn-mannligr, adj. woman-like, Sks. 169, Fas. iii. 528.
kvenn-n^tr, adj. virilis, Stj. 195.
kvenn-samr, adj. given to women, Sturl. ii. 195, Rom. 250.
kvenn-semi, f. the being given to women, Hom. 86, Finnb. 300.
kvenn-sift, f. (kvenn-svift, N.G. L. i. 78, 79), kin by the ivomn"-
side, cognate lineage, opp. to karlsift (q.v.), Grag. ii. 176, Hkr. i. II
Fms. i. 6 ; kveiinsiftar-ma6r, a cognate relative, N. G. L. i. 79.
kvenn-silfr, n. the silver ov jewels of a womaiUs dress.
kvennska, u, f. womanhood, Stj. 5 ; chastity, Gfl. 140, Baer. 11.
kvenn-skari, a, m. a bevy of ladies, Konr. 42.
kvenn-skikkja, u, f. a woman's cloak, Nj. 200, Fms. ii. 134
kvenn-skinn, n. womatikind, in a low sense. Mar.
kvenn-skratti, a, m. a bad woman, termagant, Gisl. 52.
kvenn-skru3i, a, m. woman's attire. Fas. ii. 377.
kvenn-skygn, adj. looking after women. Fas. iii. 527. .
kvenn-skorungr, m. a stately, great lady, Nj. 30, Dropl. 6, Fi
kvenns-ligr, adj. = kvennligr, Al. 34, 172.
kvenn-stolar, m. pi. women's seats or pews in church.
kvenn-styrkr (kvenn-sterkr), adj. a match (in strength) fir 1
wojuan ; varla aetla ek fik kvennstyrkan, Grett. II9 A, Fas. iii. 57^'
kvenn-svift, f. = kvennsift.
kvenn-s63ull, m. a woman's saddle, side-saddle, Fms. x. 87.
kvenn-umagi, a, m. a female pauper, Vm. 117, Bs. i. 285.
kvenn-va3ir, f. pi. ' women's weeds' petticoats, |3kv.
kvenn-vselar, f. pi. female plannings, Gisl. 44. ^
KVER, n. [a for. word ; Engl, quire], a sheet folded in a bocAj W
stolit or (the book) einu kverinu, Fms. viii. 402 ; far er aspiciens Mk
kverum {not bound), Vm. 122 ; baekr tuttugu, ok finim kver at auk, Pm
5 : in mod. usage a small book, volume, Baena-kver, a Prayer-booi \
Stafrofs-kver, aw abc book; Frae6a-kver, Hallgrims-kver, J>orliiks-kverj
= the poems of Hallgrim, Thorlac ; and esp. with the article Kveri8=/i'!
volume containing the Catechism.
KVEIIK, f., pi. kverkr, mod. kverkar : I. in sing, the angl\
below the chin; hann tok undir kverkina ok kyssti hana, Nj. 2 ; ok v»i!
allt friitia undir kverkinni, Bs. i. 382; |>j6st61fr laust undir kverkina r
Fms. vii. 21 1 : metaph. the inner bight or angle, of an axe, mid-, kverl!:
oxinni, Nj. 84; fell hverr bo5inn i kverk o6rum, Fms. xi. 13; bita-k. ,
sperru-k., the angle utider a cross-beam. II. in plur. the throat,
konungr for hondum um kverkr sveininum, O. H. 196; or stoo um
fverar kverkrnar, Eb. 244 ; tekr hann fa um kverkr henni, Fms. ni. 224 ■
hoku, kinnr e6a kverkr, Edda 109; fa er hann leggr hana um kverki
ser, MS. 625. 183 ; hann laust fremri hyrnu undir kverkr f eim, Fms. »"
1 191 ; nistir tunguna vi8 kverkrnar, Al. 77, Grett. loi new Ed. ; kverknm
n
'»i
«:
lit
KVERKABOLGA— KVIBR.
363
1)S. i. 189; J)at er minnr i nef kveSit en meirr i kverkr, Skalda
k verk allan or kverkunum, 6. H.197. compds : kverka-
1, f. bronchitis. kverka-mein, n. bronchitis, Bs. i. 116, 189,
;. kverka-s6tt, f. a throat disease, Ann. 1 310. kverka-
1. rt boil in the throat, quinsy, O. H. 196.
-;ll, f. the cheek-strap of a bridle.
,v-band, n. a string of a cap or hood, Grag. ii. 132.
xk-meeltr, adj. speaking in the throat.
irk-segif a, m. a muscle in a fish's head.
JiBN, f., gen. kvernar, but the mod. form kv6m, gen. kvarnar ;
ga«r««s, Mark ix. 42; A.S. cwyrn; OldEngl. quern; O. H.G. quirn ;
kvarn; Swed. quarn] : — a handmill ; J)ar sat kona vi8 kvern, Fms.
33; ok und kvernum klaka, Ls. 44 ; era J)at karls-aett er h, kvernum
r, Hkv. 2. 2 ; bondwomen used to turn the handmills, and the turn-
f the quern was, as it still is in Icel., where every farm has its handmill,
iipanicd by singing a song, see esp. the Millsong in the Edda (Grutla-
)t'78 sq<l- 2. metaph. an eddy or whirlpool in a river is called
I, agreeably to the legend popular among all ancient Tent, people
wonder mill grinding salt at the bottom of the sea, such as the
IS mill Grotti, in the old Danish story of king Frode, which ground
ind peace, and at last the sea salt. compds : kvemar-auga, n.
U-eye,' mill-hole, Edda, cp. also the prose to Hkv. 2. kvern-d,
M-stream, Bret. 45. kvern-berg, n. a mill-stone quarry, D. N.,
i. 396. Kvern-bitr, m. mill-biter, a name of a sword, Hkr.
n^foss, m. a mill-force, D.N. kvern-hus, n. a mill-box, =^
Boldt, D. N., B. K. 81. kvern-steinn, m. a mill-stone, Edda
ms. i. 17, Sks. 420. kvern-stseSi, n. a mill-place, where a mill
s, D. N.
BYFA, d, this — not kneyfa or qneyfa as in the Editions — is the
brtn of the word, which has become obsolete in Icel., but remains
gl. ; [Engl, quaff = to drink in large draughts till one loses breath'] :
qvqff; Egill kveyfSi af horninu i einum drykk. Eg. 557 ; Egill
: um hriS, ok kveyf6i hvert horn er at honum kom, 559, Trist.
kveyfa ker, Mag. 68 ; h!if3it Kristr Jja er kolgu hrafn kveyfOi
stofhum, Christ helped not when the sea raven (his ship) quaffed
from stem to stern, was srvamped, Bs. i. 16 (in a verse).
yflr, m., poet, a quaffer. Lex. Poet.
k yking or kveiking, f. kindling, Stj. 6, Mar.
E EYKJA, t, or kveykva, Grag. (Kb.) i. 16, Hdm. i ; qu0qua,
;,. 34, etc. ; kvoykja, Sks. 634 ; but also spelt kveikja, Fb. i. 203,
new Ed., Fms. v. 316, x. 367, Horn. 193 ; gen. pi. kveykna, Nj.
li.qiwian = ^(ooTroieii' ; A.S.cwician; Engl. quicken; Hd.aquicon;
cge ; Lat. vivere'] : — to quicken, kindle ; kveykja Ijos, to kindle a
. 38 ; k. log, id., Fb. iii. 408 ; kveikja eld, to kindle afire, Isl.
Jiessi arfa-sata var tekin ok kveyktr vi6 eldr, Nj. 194, 199; si6an
^essi ma6r eld, Fs. 5 ; me6 kveyktum eldi, Eb. 56 new Ed. ;
^k konungr honum ok sagSi \>iLt sjalft kveykjask mundu ef J)vi
ipt brug6it, Bar6. 179; qu0qua Ijos i keri, Greg. 33, 34; kveykt
rat, Mar. ; k. lostasemi, Rb. 352 ; k. upp fjandskap, Valia L. 227 ;
..r mikill harmr kveik6r i hjarta, Fms. x. 367; kveykva sorg,
2. metaph. to kindle a report; ein er sii sogn er sa kveikir,
(icim helt vid va8a er J)etta hcif^u kveykt, Fms. ix. 358, v. 1.;
1 ba8 eigi neina kvittu kveikja i hir& konungs, v. 316. 3.
^'i skyldi kvittr kveikjask, Fb. i. 203; mi kveykir hon galdra,
); stormr kveikisk, Sks. 231 B; tungl kveykisk, the moon is
Rb. 122 ; kveykja upp kyn hins anda6a, Stj. 425 ; {)u kveiktir
1 sem Gu3 vildi 1 6ndver6u, Horn. 154; heldr en kveikvi, MS.
hann kveyk6i orm einn at mxla vi8 Evu, Ver. 4 ; kveikjask til
ms. i. 231.
:ja or kveikja, u, f. kindling, Stj. 192 ; ofundar k., Bs. ii. 21 : in
of Icel. a slight swelling of the rivers from rain or a thaw is called
, a freshet,— ^ib er komin k. i arnar, cp. kvikva (II). II.
veykur (and kviktir, Bs. i. ig'j), yeast, ferment of ale; quey-
ru lagSar undir mungats efni, Bs. i. 339; einhverr maSr vildi
s^ora, ok horfSisk a livaenliga, kvikurnar (kveikarnar, v. 1.) vildu
ga, 197.
kjykr, m. [Engl, wick; Swed. veke ; Dan. V(Ege'\, a wick, of a lamp,
''b|i. 508, freq.
'' *a, u, f [kveSa], an epic poem, a song or ballad composed in such
^ the Voluspa, and thus opp. to mal (a didactic poem, sentences),
I pa (heroic), q. v., and rima (modern ballads), q. v. : the name of
old songs, Hy'mis-kvi&a, Saem. 105 (Bugge) ; |jryms-k., 124;
■a-k., 193; Helga-k., 112 (Mobius) ; i ]pessi kviSu, 241 (Bugge);
ir-k. in forna, 241, 242; Sigur8ar-k. in Skamma, 246 (Fas. i.
Kvi8a Sigur8ar, Saem. 247; k. Gu&ninar, 274; Atla-k. in Graen-
282; Hakonar-k., Fms. ix ; Glaelungs-k., v. 100, 108 ; i kvi6-
iiett. 105 new Ed. kviSu-hattr, m. the metre of a kvi8a, the
tre such as that of the Voluspa, Beowulf, and the like, opp. to
ttr and mal; J)viat ^a, J)ykkir betr hlj65a ^essar samstofur i
ivetti, Skalda 182 (Olave H vita-skald) ; the word also occurs in
•'Klattatal Rognvalds, verse 3, and is a more correct name than the
usual fornyrftalag, which has no old authority, except in a lemma from a
later hand in one of the verses of the H4tlaial by Snorri.
kvifla3r, part. = kviSugr, Post.
kvid-dll, m. tbeflehh of the stomach of animals, Dipl. iii. 4.
kvifl-band, n. a kind of belt.
kvid-bldstr, m. swelling of the belly. Thorn. 461.
kvi8-bur3r, m. [bcra kvid], the verdict or delivery of the verdict of
neighbours (biiar), Grag. i. 54, 104, 168, Nj. 87, passim; {)& berr nor&r
alia kvi6bur8i = in that spot the verdict belongs to neighbours to be sum-
moned in the north, referring to a battle fought on the northern slope of
a wilderness, Isl. ii. 347 : metaph., ry8ja menu or kviftburdinum, to chal-
lenge men out of the k., i.e. to challenge the neighbours, Nj. 235.
kvi3-drag, n., medic, a rupture, of a horse, G^\. 504.
kvi8-dragi, a, m. ruptured, of a horse, Jb. 366.
kviS-drattr, m. = kvi6drag, Jb. 366 A.
kvi5-gj6r3, f. a belly girth, of a saddle.
kvifl-hlutr, m. a belly piece, of a skin, Karl. 32.
KVIDJA, a8, [akin to kveda], prop, a law term, to banish, as in the
saw, Ur8ar or8i kvidjar (MS. wrongly kve6r for kvi8r?) engi ma6r, no wight
can resist the word of weird, there is no appeal against the weird of fate,
Fsm. 47 : to forbid, blot eru kvi6ju8, Hallfred ; blot er oss kviSjat, at vdr
skulum eigi biota heiftnar vaettir, ok eigi hei8in gu&, ne hauga r.e hiirga,
N. G. L. i. 430 ; en ef hinn vill kviSja haga sinn, J)a seti hann gar& milli,
245 ; {)at likadi ilia Jjorfinni ok nennti J)6 eigi at kviSja honum mat,
Grett. 36 new Ed. ; kom J)ar loks at kvodd (qs. kvi3ju8) var byg3 kiippum
J)eini er mistu dyg5, i. e. the evil-doers were banished the country. Skald H.
3. 41 ; jofurr let kviSjat ofrid, the king forbad all strife, Od. 16, Fnis.
vi. 154 (in a verse) : with dat., k. e-m e-t, to forbid; modir bans vildi
J)at kvi8ja honum, Bs. i. 152 ; sa er fyrr gor8i lilofaftan hlut, ok kvidjaSi
hann ser lofaSan, Greg. 38 ; J)u neyttir kviSja8an avcixt jarSar, the for-
bidden fruit, Sks. 548; usaemilegt er at J)eir gori J)at sjalfir, er Jjeir eiga
65rum at kviSja, H.E. i. 457: with infin., Jieim ti6um er biskup hetir
kvi6jat oss konur at taka, N.G. L. i. 16; {)u skaltat of kvifija mer at
berjask, Korm. (in a verse). II. part. kvi3jandi, a banisher, for-
bidder; stri8-kviftjandi, a 'strife-hanisber,' peace-maker. Lex. Poet.
kviSjan, f. banishment, a ban, K. A. 202, Bs. ii. 64.
kviSlingr, m., mod. kve6lingr, a ditty, esp. of a satire or lampoon,
lb. II, Nj. 50, Eg. 124, Sturl. i. 13, Fms. vi. 193, Grett. 32 new Ed.
kvi3-ina6r, m. a ' verdict-man,' jtir or, Grag. i. 54.
KVIDR, m., gen. kvi3ar, pi. kvi&ir, ace. pi. kvidu, [Ulf. qiss = -<pr}fua,
-Xofia, as in ana-qiss = l3Ka(j<pr]nia ; piupi-qiss and waila-qiss — (v\oyia ;
missa-qiss = ax'^h"-! ^tc] : — prop, a saw, saying, speech, word, and hence
in law a verdict given by neighbours ; for the Engl. ' verdict ' is indeed a
kind of rendering of the Norse term ; kvi8r Noma, the word of the Norns,
weird, fate, death, kveld lifir ma8r ekki eptir kvift Noma, H8m. 31 ;
or8s-kvi3r, a saw, proverb ; mis-kvi3r, ' saying-amiss,' false pleading.
The old law makes a distinction between vaetti (a witness) and kviftr
(a verdict), — J)ar er baedi fylgir einni sok vaetti ok kvi&r, J)a skal vaetti
fara fyrr fram en kviSr, Grag. i. 47 : before delivering his opinion each
neighbour had to take an oath, — J)at er maelt, a3r kviSr se borinn, at J)eir
skulu eiSa vinna allir aSr at domi, 53. The old records mention various
kinds of neighbours and verdicts : 1. in Norse law, a. the ;
heimis-kvjSr (heims-kvi6r, heimilis-k.) or a ' home-verdict,' a verdict of
neighbours, bearing some resemblance to the oath of compurgators ; ten,
or in lesser cases four or six, neighbours were to accompany the accused
to the court, two of whom had to swear on the book, and the rest
followed, — en {>at er heims kvi6r er tiu menn fylgja til mots, en sverja
tveir menn a. bok, en atta sanna fiat, N. G. L. i. 311, cp. ii. 505; hafa
me8 ser heimiliskvi&ar-vatta til {)ings, K. A. 214; hann hafi heiman
heimiliskvi3ar-vitni, 152; nema heimiliskvi3ar-vitni fylgi, GJ)1. 193;
J)a skal rne3 {)essu heimiliskvi3ar-vitni saekja, N. G. L. i. I40 (heims-
kvi3ar-vitni, 337); \>a. skal me3 J)essu heimiliskviSjar-vitni saekja, at
einn skal bera en tveir sanna um J)riggja aura mal, en um sex aura mal
skal einn sanna en fjorir sverja, en J)eir skulu vera fylkis-menn, N. G. L.
i. 140, 316; en ef eigi kemr saga hins sara fram &, fyrsta J)ingi ne
heimiliskviSar-vitni, f)a . . . , 160 : similar were the ' sandemaend' (sooth-
men) of the early Danish law ; to this the old saw refers, haettr er heimis-
kvi3r, nema ser g63an geti, perilous is the home-verdict, unless one gets a
good one, Sdm. 25. p. in Icel., unless the bjargkviSr (q. v.) be iden-
tical to heimis-kvi3r, this sort of verdict is seldom mentioned ; eigi skal
heimis-kvi3 annan at henda, Gnig. i. 361. 2. in Icel. law the tolftar-
kvi3r (verdict of twelve), also called goda-kvi3r (priest verdict), Grag. i.
168, viz. a body of twelve men, of whom eleven were to be summoned
by the go3i of the district, and he, being the twelfth of the number, had
to deliver the final verdict. The verdict of twelve was only appointed
for certain cases defined in the law, K. J>. K. 168, v. 1. ; mi hefir maSr
t61ptar-kvi3ar kvatt, ok skal godi nefna t)ri3jungs-menn sina til kvi3ar
J)ess me3 ser, ok er honum r^tt hvArz {)eir eru baendr e3a gri3-menn,
hann skal ellefu menn nefna a3ra en sik, Grag. i. 57, see the whole
chapter 17 in |j. {>., as also the Grag. passim; ella kve3ja til tylptar-
kvidar go3a {)ess (t>ann?) er sottr er..., en ef sjalfr er sottr godinn
364
KVIDR— KVISTA.
Jjeirri scik, {)a skal kve5ja samJ)ingis-go3ann tolptar-kviSar ; tolptar-
kvidar skal kve3ja J)ann go5a er s4 er i t)ingi er sottr er, Grag. i.
1 38 ; er go5i er kvaddr tolptar-kviSar um J)at er hanii a eigi at skilja,
J)a , 168, 207 ; nil koma menn til {)ings, ok malit i dom, ok a Ghimr
(in his capacity as go6i) at bera toIptar-kviS, . . . Glumr berr af honum
kviOinn ok linytti malit, Gliim. ch. 18; t61ptar-kvi5r atti um at skilja,
en hvarrgi J)cirra Snorra ne Arnkels J)6tti bera mega kviSinn fyrir hleyta
sakir vi& saekjanda ok varnar-aftilja, var J)a Helgi HofgarSa-go8i kvaddr
tylptar-kvidar, . . . eptir |)at bar Helgi af kvi&inn, Eb. ch. 16, cp. also the
passage in Lv. ch. 4, where a verdict of twelve seems to be meant. p.
but the common popular vetdict was the biia-kviSr or neighbour-verdict,
given by five, and in some cases by nine, neighbours (see biii), who had
to be summoned either at home (kve6ja biia heiman) or in certain
exceptional instances in the court (a J)ingi) ; the instances in the Grag.
and the Sagas, esp. the Nj., are almost endless: technical phrase, bera
kvi&, to give the verdict, Nj. 87, Grag. i. 57, passim; as also, bera af
kvidinn, or, bera a kvi6inn, to give a verdict for or against, (see bera B.
I) ; rySja kvi& or kviSu, prop, to ' clear the verdict,' i. e. to challenge the
neighbours, Grag. i. 29 ; bjo&a til ru9ningar um kvi6inn, Nj. 87, pas-
sim, y. a special kind, egningar-kvi6r, a kind of law quirk, Grag. i.
56 : ironical, mi er getiS um fyrir Jjorkatli at honum J)ykkja rikt bornir
kvi6irnir, Lv. 27. From the analogy of the Icel. customs, it can be
inferred with certainty that along with the invasion of the Danes and
Norsemen, the judgment by verdict was also transplanted to English
ground, for the settlers of England were kith and kin to those of Iceland,
carrying with them the same laws and customs ; lastly, after the Con-
quest it became the law of the land. This old Scandinavian institution
gradually died out in the mother countries, and came to an end in Icel.
A. D. 1271-1281, with the fall of the Commonwealth, and the introduc-
tion of a Norse code of laws, whereas it was naturalised in England,
which came to be the classical land of trial by jury.
KVIDR, m., gen. kvi&ar, pi. kvi3ir, ace. pl.kviSu; \\5\L qipus = KoiXia,
fiTjTTjp; A. S. CK/«'S; O.li.G. qtiiti; Swed. qved ; Gr. yaarrip ; cp. Lat.
venter^ : — the womb; Ulfr reist a honum kvi5inn, Nj. 275 ; minta styrkir
kviS, Laekn. : of animals, svall allr kvi6rinn a hestinum, Bs. i. 345 ; so
water reaches, upp i kvi9 ; ^ta halfan kvib, to eat half one's fill ; fara
siganda kvi3i, to go with a sijiking belly, i. e. to limp, lag behind; get ek
at J)eim fari heSan af siganda kvi6i, Grett. 151 A ; hann tok hendi sinni
ni6r undir miSjan kvidinn, Edda 33, Fms. iv. 385. 2. esp. the womb,
Lat. uterus; konu er bam hefir kviknat i kviSi, K. {>. K. 134, Grag. ii. 69 ;
{)at barn er eigi arfgengt, er kvikt er i kviSi a&r m63urinni se frelsi gefit,
i. 1 78 ; ox bnidar kvi6r fra brjosti ni3r, Bjarn. (in a verse), Fms. vi. 350-35 2,
as also the N. T., — J)u munt getna6 fa i kvi6i J)inum, Luke i. 31; ok
barnid spratt upp i hennar kviSi, 41, 44; blessa5r er avoxtr kvi5ar J)ins, 42 ;
a9r en hann var getinn 1 moSur-kviSi, ii. 21 ; allt karlkyns })at er fyrst
opna5i sinnar m63ur kvi3, 23 ; af m63ur-kvi3i faeddir, Matth. xix. 1 2, Gal.
i.15; sa-.ll er sakvi3r er {)ig Isar og J)au brjost er J)u milktir, Luke xi. 27.
kvi3-skegg, n. hair on the belly. Fas. iii. 98.
kvi9-slit, n., medic, a rupture : kvl3-slitirm, part, ruptured.
kvi3-sullr, m. a boil on the stomach, Bs. i. 353.
kviSugr, ^d]. pregnant, big with child, Stj. 176, 197 ; maer mun kvi3og
ver3a ok mun ala son, Post. 645. 62 ; sii masr ok m63ir var3 kvi3ug af
Helgum Anda, Mar. : — with prep., vera kvi3ug at barni, to be with child;
hon var kvi3ug at barni, Bs. ii. 166; Helga kona bans var kvi3ug at
barni {jordar, |j(Sr3. (i860) 95: kvi3ug af kviknu5u jodi, Nikuld. 8;
vard Loptr kviSugr af (at?) konu lUri, Hdl. 40, where the meaning is
that Loki gave birth to an ogress (Hel ?).
kvi3-verkr, m. colic. Mar.
kvi3-J)roti, a, m. a swelling of the stomach, Bs. i. 323.
kvika, u, f. the quick under the nail or under a horse's hoof, Bs. ii. 184,
freq. in mod. usage. 11. fermentation, swelling, of z ^uld; eitr-
kvikja, q. V. ; ok af Jieim kviku dropum kvikna3i ok var3 manns likandi,
Edda 4 ; see kvikva.
kvika, a3, to move, stir ; hann kvikar ekki ; this verb is freq. in mod.
usage, but is not recorded in old writers.
kvikendligr, adj., mod. kvikindisligr, rendering of Lat. animalis,
of the animal kind, Eluc, Hom. (St.) : mod. shabby.
kvik-f^, n., kyk-fe, Grag. i. 397 : — live stock, cattle, 414, Eg. 132,
133, Eb. 40, Stj. 106, Fms. V. 315, GullJ). 25, Fs. 128, Bs. i. 738, passim.
kvik-f^na3r, m. = kvikf6, Sks. 323, freq, in mod. usage.
kvikindi, see kvikvendi.
kvik-Mtr, adj. quick, lively, Al. 38, Fas. iii. 67, N. G. L. ii. 421.
kvik-liga, adv. briskly, Karl. 86.
kvik-ligr, adj. brisk, lively, Bs. i. 80.
kvikna, a3, kykna, Hom. St.: — to quicken, come to life; dvergar
h(jf3u kviknad i moldunni, sva sem madkar i holdi, Edda 9 ; af J)eim
kviku-dropum kvikna3i ok vard manns likendi, 4 ; ek em einn audi
kvikna3r i manns likam, Hkr. i. 280 ; konu er barn hefir kvikna3 i kvidi,
Grag. ii. 69; {)ann tima sem \,eh eru kviknaSir, Stj. 80: of the moon,
tungl kviknar, the moon is born, is new, Rb. 130; aSr tunglit kvikni,
MS. 415. 10; med kviknu3u tungli, with a new moon : of light, /o quicken.
rife
^eldr kvikna3i seint, Bs. i. 7; Ijosit kviknadi aptr, Bar3. 180; kykna
Ijos miskunnar, Hom. (St.) : metaph. to revive, get spirits, Jia kviknaj
hestr bans er fyrr var modr, Baer. 18.
kviknan, f. quickening; dvergarnir hofdu tekit kviknan, Edda 9,
KVIKR, adj., also kykr, with a characteristic v, which is often retaint.
before a vowel, so that we have two forms, kvikvan or kykvan, kvikvi
or kykvir; in mod. usage this v has been dropt ; [Ulf. qius = (ci/v; A.S
and Hel. quic ; Engl, quick; provinc. Germ, queck ; S\ftd. quick; m
Dan. quag = cattle and qu<sge ; the Lat. vivus, vivere, as also Gr. /3ioi are
according to comparative philologers, identical with the Teut. word]:-
quick, alive, living, chiefly with the notion of feeling, the ' quick,' as opp
to the unfeeling or dead ; kyks ne dau3s, quick nor dead, Edda 30 (in ;
verse) ; dau3an eda kvikvan, Hallfred (kykvan, Hkr. 1. c, but wrone!.
as the syllable rhymes with bliks) ; ef allir hlutir i heiminum, kykvir Vji
dau3ir, grata hann, Edda 38 ; kvikum ne dau3um, Hom. 59; ef hannsyni
eigi at J)inglausnum hrossit kvikt ne dautt, Grag. i. 140; ey getr kvik
kii, Hm. 69; kvol J)6tti kvikri at koma i hiis Atla, Am. 98; yfir hi
gotu I na3i engi kvikr komask {no quick, no living), Sol. 1 ; sem 1
kykum manni, 0. H. 231 (in a verse) ; skera e-n kvikvan, to dissect divt
Akv. 24, Gh. 17; yr3a ek J)ik kvikvan. Am. 22; ok ertii kvik ei
konung-borna, Hkv. 2. 46 ; sem kykvir tivar, like quick men, Sighva
(0. H. 230 in a verse) ; Jieir flettu hann af klaeSum ok aetlu3u at :
hann kvikvan, Fms. vii. 227 ; sem hann vaeri fleginn kvikr, Mork. m
ef J)a ver3r nokkut kvikt fyrir sjonuni J)eim, Fms. i. 9 ; {ja bau3 Helen:
at brenna Jia alia kvikva i eldi, Hom. loi ; J)at barn er eigi arfgengt, e
kvSkt er i kvidi mo3urinni, Grag. i. 178 ; hvat segir J)u, kvikr Fjandi
MS. 4. 15: allit., engi kvik kind, D.I. i. 246; a kykum kvisti
303. 2. quick, sensitive ; kykr vo3vi, the quick muscle, the quick of tot
and nails; hann batt h6fu3 bans vi3 slagalar ser, ok laust kykva-voJv:
sinum a tonnina, er skag3i or hof3inu, Hkr. i. 100, (Orkn. 12, I.e., alter
the word into ' kalfanum,' but erroneously; the legend of the death
earl Sigurd bears resemblance to that of Hannibal's death, as told .
Pausan. viii. II, — rirpcjaKfTai rbv SaKTvKov.) 3. lively, glad ; ~.
ver3r herrinn kvikr vi9 ^enna kvitt, at . . ., Al. 117. 4. in thephra^
skriSa kvikr, to be alive, swarming ; fiotti jordin 611 kvik skriSa t'r
mannfjiilda, Stj. 598 : of vermin, a J)essum haug la hundrinn Argus. ■
skreid mi kvikr, Od. xvii. 300 (kvi-nKuos KwopaiCTfoiv).
kvik-sandr, m. quick-sand.
kvik-setja, t, (kyk-setja, Fms. viii. 201), to bury alive. Bard. 179
Ann. 1357, Pr. 413 : — eccl., kyksettr, emhrined as a saint ; man gott orJi
til kyksettra i baenum i J)essi hri3, Fms. viii. loi.
kvik-silfr, n., mod. kvika-silfr, [Dan. kvcBg-sdlv'], quick-silver, vur
cury, Rett. 39.
kvik-syndi, n. a swamp, quick-sand.
kvik-tr6, n. a kind oi hearse carried on horseback ; rei3a a kviktrjim.
kvikva, u, f., mod. kvika, [Engl, quick; Swed. quicka'], the quid, th(
flesh under the nails, and in animals under the hoofs ; a hendi heitir
kvikva, Edda no, freq. in mod. usage; skera nogl upp i kviku, to •::■
the nail to the quick; jama best upp i kviku, to shoe a horse to th
quick. 11. fermentation, swelling, of a fluid : also yeast, see kreykj;
and kvika. kviku-dropi, a, m. drops o/k., Edda 4.
kvikva-settr, part, enshrined, 6. H. 230 (in a verse).
kvikvendi, n., spelt and sounded variously, kykvendi, mod. kvik
indi : — a living creature, of men and beasts ; hon (the earth) fxddi 61
kykvendi, Edda (pref.) ; Jjau bae3i {soiil and body) eru eitt kvikendi
Hom. (St.) ; allt er hlj63 {)at er kvikendis eyru ma heyra, Skaida i;,'
Jjar af sigrar hann oil kvikvendi, Edda (pref.) ; 611 kvikvendi faeddu dai'.'>;
frumgetna3, Mar. ; hann atti aegishjalm er 611 kvikvendi hraeddusk vi3, Sam
131 : — animals, beasts, as opp. to men, menninir ok kykvendin, Skaida 180 j
manna eda kykvenda, 656 C. 26 ; einhverju kvikendi, Fs. 1 28 ; alia fug!;
ok 611 kykvendi, Sks. 499 B ; J)a er Gu3 haf3i skry'ddan allan heim mei
kykvendum e3a fuglum, 498 B ; Jja do 611 Egipzkra manna kvikendi
Stj. 272; sem {)at kvikvendi var vert, GJ)1. 190; hveregum kykvendunj
er ma3r visar e3r faelir at manni, Grag. ii. 119; hverju var likt? — Sen
kykvendi leti, Fms. vi. 202 ; en ekki var sidan mein at J)essu kykvemii
144, Best. 50 (of a salamander) ; kvikenda kyn, kind of beasts, Stj. li
skor-kvikendi, insects; skri3-kvikendi, reptiles.
kvilla, u, f. = kvilli ; |[)urs veldr kvenna kvillu, Riinakv.
kvilli, a, m. [cp. kvelli-], sickness, ailment, freq. in mod. usage.
kvintill, m. a kind of measure, Rb. 460.
kvirr, adj. calm; see kyrr. kvir-leikr, m. = kyrrleikr. Thorn. 4(-
KVIS, m. [kvi3r; cp. Goth, qis'], a rumour, tattle; mi sem konungi.
heyrSi kvis J)eirra, Stj. 518, v.l., freq. in mod. usage, as in 2 Cor. xu.it,
= Gf . \pi6vpi(jfj,oi.
kvisa, a3, to gossip, whisper; mi sem hann ser sina menn kvisa nu>
ser, Stj. 518 ; J)(>r hafit kvisat i milli y3var, at . . ., Edda 30.
kvis-sogn, f. and kvis-sogur, f. pi. tale-bearing, Sturl. iii. I^S-
kvista, a3, [Ulf. qistjan = d7ro\\vvat], to branch out like a tree; si'
hnitt hris naer Jjat er i skogi kvista3. Fas. iii. 447 ; k. lim af tre, Stj. 4:1
l)eir kvistu3u {)ar bal mikit, they cut (wood) for a large fire, Eb. 314
metaph. to cut down, ef hann kvistar af m^r slika vinina sem \m crt
I
K \ 1 STLING R—K V AL ASTUND.
365
i-\j
vera mu at ek kvista eiiihveni ydar Lbt ca ck em felldr, Njard.
H kvista menn ui6r sem hrAviSi, Karl. 155.
■stlingr, m. a sapling: descendants o/Kvist, Landn.
t^tottr, adj. twisted, gnarled, of wood.
KflSTB, in., pi. kvistir, acc.pl. kvistu, [Dan. Avis/; Swed. gws/.-
kvisl]:— a twig, branch; tokum tvd kvistu ok leggjuni a oss i
.)ssins. Fins. i. 136; |)eir veltu vi&junum a drekann, ok fylgir
i hverjuin kvisti, Fas. ii. 188 ; a liniar ok kvistu viSarins, Fms.
,i3rir hjuggu kvistu af trjanum, Matth. xxi. 8 ; sjaldan ver5a
iri en aflaltre, O. H. L. 5 ; i knc gengr hnefi ef kvistir {jverra,
sem fura at kvisti, H3m. 5 ; sem ernir a kvisti, 31 ; a kykum
a living twig, i. e. in a/air condition, D. I. i. 303 ; kvista fjijldi,
: metaph., engi kvistr J)orni sa er af mer blomgask, Sks. 616 B ;
ti es, ok med o'sins bring (of the cross stroke in the letter 0),
u ; il-kvistir, po(3t. 'foot-twigs' = the toes. Am. 62, cp. ir€UTo(ov
ip. 740. 2. in mod. usage also a knot; tre fullt af kvistum,
.' of knots. 3. a pr. name, Landn.
skaeflr, adj. ' tivig-scatbitig,' epithet of the sun (?), H6m. 5.
; iingar, m. pl. = kvistlingar, Sturl. iii. 184.
[TTA, a8, [a kind of iter, from kve6a ; Scot, quitter'] : — to rumour,
I, noise abroad; var ^4 kvittaS, at mannsafnaSr vaeri fyrir nordan
Sturl. iii. 19 ; var J)at kvittaS, at . . ., i. 62 C ; ef svd. er sem sumir
,A1.I34-
)ta, a6, [a for. word ; Fr. qtdtter, from late Lat. qtnetare\, to acquit,
fa debt, due; GyrSr kvittaSi Hall J)ar um, Vm. 72 ; hann kvittadi
if sogiu jar3ar-verSi, Dipl. i. 1 1 ; hetir J)u kvittaft fyrir mig, Pass.
ITTB, m., pi. kvittir, ace. kvittu, [kvi&r] : — a report, loose rumour;
ttr kom yfir, at ... , Eg. 164 ; sa k. kom fyrir J)a, at ... , Fms. i. 67 ;
upp kvitt, to spread reports, Nj. 107 ; kveykja kvittu, Fms. v. 316 ;
Iwaft J)at ekki vera nema kvitt ok pata einn, Hom. 113 ; eigi skulu
yittir raSa, Grag. i. 347, Gisl. 47 ; gjaltii varhuga \'\h J)eim kvitt
{murmur). Sigh vat ; bi6r hann ok konung varud vi6 gjalda J)eim
er baendr hofSu, Fms. vi. 42; Jjing-kvittr, {>ur3r {)6ttisk spyrja
la, — Hinn sagSi ^'mg-kxht, he told him news fro7n parliament, Sturl.
Sveins menn segja aptr J)eim kvitt, Orkn. 404 ; hann heyrdi J)ann
;it HornboSi mundi honum eigi triir, 298 ; j)etta berr breytiliga til,
hefir at ganga eptir kvittum {tittle-lattle, kvittun MS. falsely) uvisra
»,Lv. 77.
,tr, adj. quit, acquitted, receipted; er hann skyldr kirkjunni sjotjan
a kvittr um allt annatt, Vm. 4 ; gora e-n kvittan ok li3ugan, Dipl.
bandleggja kvitt ok li3ugt, v. i ; gefa e-t kvitt, Fms. v. 291 : the
!, skilja kvittr vi3 kvittan, to put clear from one another; um allt
; knttr er, Pass., Vidal. passim : whence kvittera, to give a receipt
tering).
ti't-samr, adj. slanderous, Krok. 46 C
KI, f., pi. kviar, [quey or quoy, Orkn. and Shetl.], a fold, pen, esp. where
e milked; reka f^ i kviar, Hrafn. 8 ; aer i kviuin, Dipl. ii. 14;
hann vi5 J)ann er kvina a, Grag. ii. 329 ; 6t kvi J)eirri, id. ; ef bii-
iir kvium, Js. 100 ; kvia gimbill, a young sheep, Sturl. ii. 150 ; sem
i^vi, Fms. viii. 219 ; hugSisk mundu taka J)a i kvium sem sau&i til
60 : — in mod. usage in pi. the pen where sheep are milked, moka
arn. (in a verse), Isl. j)j66s., Piltr og Stiilka, Snot: — metaph. a
men branching like a/orA = klombr, 6. H. 119, Orkn. 468, Eg.
rl. i. 29, Fms. vi. 69 : in plur., Lv. 95, Glum. 386. compds :
>\, n. a milking-place. Snot. kvia-gar3r, mod. kvla-veggr,
-jvall, Hrafn. 8, Sturl. ii. 195. Kvfar-miS, n. a local name,
local names, Kvi-d, Kvia-bekkr, Landn.
-(\ to pen sheep for milking, freq. in mod. usage : to pen, hem in,
,0, Fs. 27 : to enclose, at konungr kvii oss her i vags-botninum,
66, Grett. 83 A ; kvia e-n af, to shut one up.
A, pret. kviddi, but in mod. usage a strong pret. kvei5, kvi3u,
ut in pres. weak kvi6i : — to feel apprehension for, with dat. ; kviaft
1 kviddi ok engu vilgi mjok, Bs. i. 393 ; hann kviddi dau5a,
;. I ; kaupmaSrinn ok buandinn kviSir sdr ok sinu fe, Fms. viii.
ki kvi3i ek mer, Bret. 36 ; menn kviddu fjar-forra3um minum,
'>; ok kvi6a ekki hotum bans, Fser. 21; harms J)ess er hann
kalda 186 : — with prep., kvi3a vid e-u, id.; kviddu allir vi6 kvamu
1. 78 ; snemmt er ^6t at k. vi5 hanum, Lv. 26; k. viS harmi,
86 ; hann kviddi vi3r frostinu, Stj. 122 ; hann kviddi mjok viS
'iom. T18; ok kviddu menn mjok vi6 t>eini, Fs. 76; svo kvi3i
i6 dau6a. Pass. 37. 14: — k. fyrir e-u, id. (mod.)
. u, f. apprehension, anxiety, Sks. 228 B ; kviau-sta8r,/ear, appre-
Ld. 190.
>j63r, m. a dismal foreboding, Bs. i. 145.
)ogi, a, m. (qs. kvi5bo&i), apprehension ; bera kvi5boga fyrir e-u.
., a. Ml. apprehension, freq. in mod. usage, = kvi3a.
^linn, adj. timid, anxious, Karl. 491 ; u-kvi6inn, unconcerned, Eb. 88.
'n|i.v8enligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), gloomy-looking.
'tA, u, f., gen. pi. kvigna, Gliim. 340, [Scot, and North. E. quey
'. — a young cow before she has calved, h^t.juvenca, Landn. 46,
■l-irag. i. 502, Eb. 318, Sturl. i. 173, Fas. iii. 211, Bret. 10, Edda
(pref.) ; kvigu-kalfr, Bs. i. 368, Eb. 318, passim : a local name, Kvlgu-
vdgar, Landn.
kvigendi, n. a young cow or bullock. Fas. i. 253 (where -» kviga) ; in local
names, Kviganda-fj6r3r, -nes, mod. Kvigendis-fjOrdr, Landn.
kvigildi, n. = kiigildi, q. v. '
kvigr, m. a young bullock, LiUjuvencus, Edda (Gl.) : a pr. name, Fb.
KVfSL, f. a branch, esp. of a tree, a fork, Fms. i. 75 (a dung fork);
hey-k., a hayfork : of a stag's horns, Str. 3 ; kvisla-tre, a forked tree, a
fork, Rd. 296 : of the letter y, Skdlda 161. II. metaph. the fork
of a river ; hann belt upp eptir inni Eystri kvisl, Fms. vii. 55, 188, Stj. 108,
Symb. 12 ; mi eru kvislir fleiri, ok skal eigi banna fiski for i cinni kvisl,
Grag. ii. 351 ; mi8-k., the middle stream, Nj. 336; Elfar-kvislir, a local
name, the mouth of the Gota River, Fins. ; Vana-k., Hkr. (begin.) : — the
stem ox pedigree of a family, skal i J)a kvisl 6&al hverfa, G^l. 282 ; milli
fjarborinna kvisla, Sks. 330 ; kyn-kvisl, aett-kvisl, nifl-kvisl., lineage.
kvisla, a8, to branch; k. saman, Bs. i. 314: but esp. dep. kvislask,
to branch out, of a tree, lineage, stream, etc., Fms. v. 347, F^ 146, Sks.
441, 609.
kvola or kvala, a3, to squeeze or crumple between the hands.
kvonstr, n. = kynstr, Ann. 1407.
kvora, a3, = korra.
kvos, f. a little hollow place, — kjos, q. v.
kvotla, a&, to dabble, (conversational.)
KV.^DI, n. [kveSa], a poem, song; kvae&i is the general name, dripa,
lj6&, mal, kvi5a, rinia, the names of special kinds ; but kvsedi cannot be
applied to a hymn ; yrkja kviE6i, Fms. i. 12, 0. H. 180; sva sem segir i
kvseSum bans, Eg. 178; ek vaenti litil kvaeOis-mynd mun J)er a J)ykkja,
Fms. vi. 366 ; i fornum kv8E3um e6a s6gu-lj63um, Hkr. (pref.) ; tel ^u
oss k. nokkut, O. H. 207 ; en \)6 rita ek flest eptir J)vi sem finnsk i kvae&um
skalda Jjeirra er vcru me6 Olafi konungi, . . . i kvae&um e6a o3rum kve8-
skap, . . . ef eigi vaeri k. baeSi ny ok forn, (3. H. (pref.) ; en kvaeSin Jtykkja
mer sizt or sta6 faEr3, ef J)au eru r6tt kve3in ok skynsamlega upp tekin,
Hkr. (pref.); blautlig-k., /owsow^s, Bs. i. 237; fom-k., an old song; erfi-k.,
q. v.; lof-k., an encomium ; mansongs-k., a /ore song-, Bs. i. 165 ; Grylu-k.,
tou-k., a/o* so«^, etc., passim. compds: kvseflis-laun, n. pi. r«t/arrf
for a poem, a prize, Bjarn. 7, Isl. ii. 231, Fms. iii. 93. kV8Bda-fr6dr,
adj. knowing many songs (by heart), Fms. vi. 392.
kv8B3iim, adj. = kvae3afr(j3r; ekki var hann skald ne k.. Odd. 106
new Ed.
kvsefa, 6, to choke ; see kaefa.
kvsekla, a5, [kvak], to chirp. Fas. iii. 372.
kveelni, f. = kvelni, Hom. 122 new Ed.
kvaemt, n. adj. [koma; Scot. quee?n; Gtxm. be-queni], coming : in the
phrase, eiga kvaemt, to have free passage to come ; er engum ySrum
monnum kvaemt i Noreg (i.e. being outlawed), Hkr. ii. 87, Isl. ii. 432 ;
aptr-kvxmt, ut-kvaemt, as also hald-kvaemr (q. v.), hug-kvxmr (q. v.)
kvaen, f., see kvaii.
kvsena, d, mod. t, (kvaentist, Fb. i. 213), to make a man marry, Grett.
87 A. II. reflex, kvaenask, to take a wife. Glum. 344, Fb. i. 213 :
part, kvsendr, mod. kvsentr, married, of a man, Sturl. i. 31, F«r. 3.
kvsening, f. the taking a wife, marriage, Fms. x. 197.
KVOD, f., gen. kva6ar, pi. kvaSar, mod. kva3ir, [kve6ja], a claim,
demand, esp. as a law term : I. a summoning of neighbours (bua-
kv63), Grag. i. 36, 52, ii. 52, passim; the summons was either to be on
a man at home (heiman-kvo3 and kve3ja heiman biia) or in parliament
in special cases ({)inga-kvd3 and kveSja biia & t""8') > ^^^ latter was the
case in the t61ptar-kvi6r (see kvi6r), or in case one or more of the neigh-
bours summoned had died, and it was necessary to make up the roll ; —
Oddr kveSr heiman bua ; . . . Jjat verSr til tiSinda at maSr andask or
kvo&inni, Oddr kve5r annan i stadinn, fara menn mi til l)ings, . . . Hefir J)U
rangt til biiit malit, kvatt heiman tiu biia ok er {)at logleysa, attir J)u {sat
a Jjingi at gora en eigi i hera9i. Band. 5 : a body of neighbours, ^ek ruddu
fj6ra bua or kvo&inni, Nj. 100 ; vanda skal bxia i J)inga-kv63 slikt sem i
heiman-kvo9, Grag. i. 142 ; and rettir eru J)eir menn a {)ingi at kvedja
ef J)eir eru {)ar staddir, ef heiman eru rettir i kvo6, id. ; sii sok er heiman
kvo6 fylgir, Grag. i. 130, 142 ; vera rettr i kvo6, to be duly elected a
' neighbour,' Grdg. ; gagn-kvo3, a counter summons, ii. 102 ; tolptar-
kvo6, Landn. 89. II. any demand, duty ; Jjotti baendum hann yfrit
frekt maela i kv63unum, Fms. xi. 225 ; mi a ek hr63rs of kv63, a song
is due from me, Hofu31. 2. in mod. usage esp. liability, burden,
service, = Germ, frohn-dienst. compds: kvaflar-vdttr, m. a witness
duly summoned, Grag. i. 42, ii. 321. kvaSar-vaetti, n. evidence of
summons, Grag. ii. 321.
kv63ull, m. in frum-kvo3ull, q. v.
KVOL, f., gen. kvalar, pi. kvalar, mod. kvalir, [kvelia ; Dan. quaF] : —
torment, torture. Am. 61, 98, Fms. viii. 53, Stj. 157, Sks. 155 : eccl. the
Passion, Pass., Vidal. passim : in plur. esp. the torments of bell, helvitis
kvalar, Fb. ii. 391, Nj. 273; 1 Helviti ok kvolunum, Luke xvi. 23; ja,
sagSi Sturla, sva ma vera, })viat allar kvalar munu honum sparSar til annars
heims, Sturl. i. 89. compds : kvala-sta3r, m. a place of torment, Rb.
424, Luke xvi, 28. kvala-stund, f. the hour of the Passion, Pass.
366
KVOLD— KYNSTK.
kvdld, n. evening ; see kveld.
kvol-heimr, m. the home of torment, hell, Sol. 53.
kykr, kykvendi, kykf6, etc., sec kvikr, etc.
kykva-v69vi, a, m. the quick; see kvikr.
kylfa, 6, to stammer; k. til ordanna, Fms. vii. 165.
KYLFA, u, f. [Engl, club; Germ, kolbe ; Dan. kdlle'] : — a club, Fms.
i. 177, xi. passim, Sd. ch. 14 : the saying, lata kylfu ra6a kasti, to take a
chance, metaphor from the ball and the bat. kylfu-hogg, n. a blow
with a club, Fms. xi. 144, Fas. ii. 367. II. the club-formed beak
on a ship's stem ; svartar kylfur, Sighvat.
kylfi, n. = kylfa II ; ]>& faerSu konungsmenn stafnlea a skei3ar-kylfinu,
ok heldu t)eim, — ^a maelti jarlinn, at stafnbiiar skyldu af hoggva kylfinu,
O. H. 40.
Kylfingar, n. pi. the inhabitants of a part of the ancient GarSar, Eg.
ch. 10, Rb. 320, Symb. 9.
kylja, u, f. = kylr, Olf. 12. 52.
kylli-flatr, ad], prostrate ; detta kylliflatr, (slang.)
kyllir, m. the scrotum, Dropl. 24, Edda (Lauf.) : esp. of beasts, hriits-
k., nauts-k. : a bag, skyr-k., a bag for cvrds, Grett. ; tobaks-k., a tobacco-
pouch, kylli-nef, m. a nickname, Orkn.
kylna, u, f. a kiln, kylnu-eldr, m. a kiln fire, GJ)1. 376.
kylr, m. a gust of cold air, Sks. 196 B.
kylta, u, f. [perh. akin to kjiiltr, q. v.], a quibble; var J)6 samt k.
me& {)eim, Sturl. ii. 165.
kyltl, n. a bad reading for kyrtill (q. v.), Nj. 48.
kymi, a, m. a dark retired nook ; see af-kymi.
KYN, n., gen. pi. kynja, dat. kynjum ; [akin to ksenn, kunna] : — won-
der; en eptir {jetta kyn {jyngisk hcind Drottins yfir . . ., Stj. 436 ; J)6tti
monnum J)etta kyn mikil, Sturl. ; J)a ur6u mcirg kyn bae6i i draumum
ok S3^num, Bs. i. 662; J)6tti {jeim Jjat kynjum saela, 655 xxvii. 22;
monnum f)6tti kynjum vi3 bregSa, Fms. vi. 95 : in mod. usage, JiaS er
ekki kyn, 'tis not to be wondered at. compds : kyii-biir3r, m. a
strange, jnonstrous birth, Stj. 80. kynja-lauss, adj. ; var eigi k. a,6r
lauk, // was not by fair means at last, |jorf. Karl. 384. kynja-lseti,
n. pi. strange gestures, Fms. vi. 218. kynja-mein, n. a strange illness
.(not natural), Bs. i. 644. kynja-menn, m. pi. ' wonder-people,' i. e.
fairies, goblins ; alfar ok a6rir kynjamenn, Bs. i. 417: uncouth people,
Jorunn kva5 ser eigi um kynjamenn alia, Ld. 36; hafa mer allir kynja-
menn ilia gefisk, Mag. 7. kynja-sott, f. id., Ann. 1389, Hom. (St.)
kynja-vetr, m. a ^wonder-winter,' Bs. i. 417.
KYN, n., gen. pi. kynja, (but kyna less correct, Greg. 75, Sks. 450 B) ;
[Ulf. kuni = y(vos, passim ; =(pv\r], Luke ii. 36, Philipp. iii. 5 ; ((prj/xtpia,
Luke i. 8 ; A.S.cyn; Engl, kin; O.H.G. kuntti ; D\itch. kunne ; lost in
mod. Germ ; Swed.-Dan. ^o«; hat. genus ; Gr.yevos^: — kin, kindred;
J)ar atti hann kyn halft, Eg. 288 ; faSir ^eirra haf6i kyn att tveim megin
Gautelfar, 72 ; Danskr, Saenskr at kyni, Danish, Swedish by extraction,
O. H. passim ; e-m kippir i kyn, Fms. ii. 34, Glum. 346 ; telja kyn sitt til
e-s, Fms. V.I 32 ; ek a kyn a Jamtalandi, O. H. 211: — in names of families
— a house, Olvusinga-kyn, the house of the O., Landn. ; Myramanna-kyn,
the house of the M., Eg. 770 ; Vatnsfir6inga-kyn, the house of the W., Ld.
1 29 ; Eireks kyn, Eirek's kin, 0. H. (in a verse) ; kyn {)j66ar, mankind,
Geisli 20, Merl. 2. 29 ; fira kyn, lof&a kyn, ^t. 21 ; gumna kyn, id. ; kyn
beima, id. ; lyda kyn, id., Edda (in a verse) ; kyn aldar, id.. Harms. 34 ;
gygjar kyn, giant-kind. Heir. 13; gyldis kyn, wolf-kind, Edda (Ht.) ;
kyn kvenna, womankind, Kormak ; karl-kyn, male kind; kvenn-kyn,
womankind; jofra kyn, the royal kin, O. H. (in a verse) ; konunga kyn,
royal family, Fms. xi. 406. 2, a tribe; i ollum kynjum [tribes) Israel,
Stj. 342 ; allra mannligra kyna, Greg. 75. II. a kind, sort, species ;
allr fena6r nie6r jofnu kyni, Stj. 178; me& reykelsi ok ollu kyni biota,
656 A. ii. 14; i skyldasta kyni, of the most befitting kind, Landn. 168;
hvalr tvitijgr e3a lengri eins kyns, Grag. ii. 337 ; alls kyns, of every kind,
Fms. v. 345 ; annars kyns, of other kinds, viii. 251 ; hvers kyns, of any
kind; engis kyns, of ?io kind, Stj. 27 ; margs kyns, of many kitids, Fb. ii.
297 ; J)ess kyns, of that kind, Fms. vi. 216. 2. gender ; karl-kyn,
masculine; kvenn-kyn, /ew/«/«e, Skaldai85; hvarginligt kyn, tieuter,
185 ; foil, kyn ok nafn, 180; kynja-sklpU, change of gender, 185. kyns-
madr, m. a kinsman ; fra kynsmonnum Abrahams, 656 B. 2 ; fyrstr
sinna kynsmanna, Eg. 263, 536, Fms. ii. 22.
kyn-borinn, part, of noble kin, D.I. i. 185.
KYNDA, d, mod. t, to kindle, light afire ; k. funa, eld, loga, bal, vita,
Hkv. 2.37, Am. 5, Mar. ; ok skyldi J)a9an vita fyrst upp k. ef herr vffiri
senn. Fas. iii. 18 ; k. ofn, Fb. i. 416 : absol, skaltii eigi bei3ask at baka
heitara en ek mun kynda. Eg. 239 : metaph., Heilagr Audi kyndi astar-
eld i brjostum {)eim, Greg. 18. II. reflex, to be kindled; log-
bri'mdunum kastaSi upp i borgina ok tok at i kyndask, Fms. x. 29 ;
hugrinn kyndisk sva morgum brcindum sem boSorSum, Greg. 19 ; ok er
{jat (the bale fire) er mjok i kynt, Fas. i. 202 : for Vsp. 47 see kynna and
mjotuSr.
kyndari, a, m. a kindler, Fb. i. 416.
kyndi, n. = kyn, in the phrase, J^ess kyndis = J)ess kyns, Bs. ii. 89, 162.
kyndill, m. [cp. Lat. candela], a candle, torch, Sturl. iii. 172 ; hreinir
' kyndlar, Sol. 69 ; kyndil ok kerti, Edda ii. 429 ; Ey-kyndill, hland-
name of an Icel. lady of the beginning of the iith century frott^
taper-formed figure, Bjarn. ■ compus : kyndil-ljos, n. candL
Hkr. ii. 382. kyndil-m,d,l, n. a candle measure, wickQ), Bs. i. 330
Kyndil-messa, u, f. Candlejnas, the feast of the Purification, 6.H. 81
Bs. i. 73, Rb. 532, Dipl., N.G.L. passim.
kyndug-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), guilefully, Bev.
kyndugr, adj. guileful, Sks. 320, Fas. i. 76, Karl. 63, 72, Fb. i.
kyndugskapr, m.^-wz/e, w;7;«eis, Fb. i. 208, Stj. 198, Mar., Karl.
kyn-ferd, f. kindred, extraction. Eg. 22, Fms. xi. 54, 6. H. iij?
plur., Stj. 191.
kyn-ferSi, n. = kynfer8, Magn. 434, Ld. 86, Fms. xi. 18, (3. H. 81.
kyn-fer3ugr, adj. of such and such extraction. Mar.
kyn-fylgja, u, f. a family characteristic, peculiarity, Sturl. iii. igj
Landn. 276, Bs. i. 196, Barl. passim : a family genius. Fas. i. 122. (m
fylgja) : kindred, Sks. 48; kynfylgju-spell, a spell in a family, h!l.
247, 248.
kyngi, f. [kunna], prop, knowledge, but only used of magic, 656 B. 2
O. T. 36, Isl. ii. 89 ; kyngi kraptr, magical power. Fas. iii. 444;
ve6r, a storm raised by magic, ii. 435 ; see fjolkyngi,
kyn-g63r, adj. of good family, Str. 11,
kyn-gofgi, f. nobility of birth.
kyn-goflgr, adj. of noble kindred, Sks. 274, Mar.
kynja, a6, impers., e-n kynjar, to wonder, think strange.
kynja3r, part, descended, native, Fms. i. 241, Landn. 288, Str. 61.
kyn-kvisl, f. a ' kin-branch,' lineage, pedigree, Fms. i. 218, Sks. 96, S:;
48, 54, 112, passim: kind, hlj66 hefir margar kynkvislir, Skalda 173.
kyn-liga, adv. strangely, Horn., Nj. 130.
kynlig-leikr, m. a strange thing, Sturl. i. 132.
kyn-ligr, adj. strange, extraordinary, wonderful, Fms. ii. 154,1,"
viii. 15, X. 169, xi. 9, Isl. ii. 352; e-m gorisk kynligt, to feel straii^c
feel ill, Finnb. 236.
kyn-likr, adj. resembling, Bs. ii. 142.
kyn-litill, adj. of low extraction, Isl. ii. 62, Barl. 169.
kyn-margr, adj. of various kinds, Sks. 86.
KYWIfl" A, d, mod. t, [causal from kunna], to make known; k. sere-t,
to make known to oneself, study ; k. ser kaupskap, Jx6r6. 17 new Ed.;
hann kynndi ser sva si6u annarra manna, Fms. iii. 213; k. e-m e-t, fc
comm7inicate to one, 655 xi. 3, MS. 623. 12 ; hverr mun kynna oss(.ti«t
us the way) til konungs, Karl. 470 ; kynna um e-t, to enquire into. Stir!
i. 32. II. reflex, to become known, come abroad; \>k {)at kyudi-.;
theti it was seen, Hkm. 18, Greg. 59 ; e-m kynnisk e-t, to get acqnainUd
with, J)vi heldr sem mer kynnisk betr, Fms. ii. 37, vi. 392: — with dat,
kynnask e-u, to become acquainted with a thing, Fs. 31 : — with ace,
kynnask e-t ( = kynna ser e-6), to study, teygja til J)ess unga memi, ■■
kynnask vart mal, Bs. i. 59 : — with prep., kynnask vi& e-n, to offend .■
person ; hann kynndisk vi6 mik, (ok stakk spjoti sinu vi6 sj6& minum
ok rei6 a brott), Isl. ii. 498 ; but also, to make acquaintance with one, in
a good sense, Stj. 422, Konr. 10, passim ; perhaps also the debated passage,
mj6tu5r kyndisk, the ruler enquires i^), Vsp. 47, belongs to this word and
not to kynda, see mjotu&r.
KYIf]!fI, n. acquaintance, intercourse ; a ek ^ar slikt k. vi5 Jwrolf,
Eg. 148; J)at er vim^-kynni, friendly intercourse, Hkv. Hjorv. 3; akka
ek {jess kynni, i. e. / have not deserved it. Am. 13 : habit, nature, kot-
manna-k., Sturl. ii. 17 (in a verse); pat er mannsiiis kynni, at...,
Hbm. ; li-kynni. Germ, unart, bad manners, Hm. 18. 2. afrienH)
visit to a friend or kinsman; J)at var engi si5r, at sitja lengr en {»rJM
naetr at kynni, Eg. 698 ; Gliimr var pax j^rjar naetr at kynni siuu, en ["•
bysk hann heim, Gliim. 344 ; o6ru sinni mun ek hingat kynnis Iti^
Sturl. K 93 ; koma til kynnis, Hm. 16, 29, 32 ; saekja kynni, to mah ■■
visit, O. H. 1 15 ; fara a kynni, id., Fb. i. 532 ; fara til kynnis, id., Biai.i,
59 ; sitja at kynni, to stay on a visit, Eg. 1. c. 3. do7nest>c affair>
^au ein eru kynni heima at J)In, Band. 13: hoi7ie, mer {)ykkir v
J)U munir eiga her kynni, Fb. i. 253; heim-k., home; hiisa-k., bn:
ings; sala-k., /i/., VJ)m. 3. compds: kynnis-fer3, f. ajoj/n/fy &'■ ■
visit, Orkn. 220. kynrds-gj6f, f. a gift to a visitor, Fms. vi. 3.-'
kynnis-leid, f. a visit, Sturl. i. 58, 655 xxvii. 4. kynnis-leit, t
(-leitan, Sturl. C, 1. c), a visit, NjarS. 368, Sturl. ii. 25, Dropj. 9, Sf^'
17. kynnis-sokn, f. a visit, Hkr. i. 114, Sturl. ii. 18 C, 0. H. 114
kyTinis-vist, f. the being on a visit, a visit, Ld. 192, Fms. iv. 256.
kynning, f. acquaintance with, knowledge of, esp. in an eccl. sen"
Hom. 3, Greg. 22, Fms. ii. 46, Faer. 136, Stj. 377.
kyn-rikr, adj. of great extraction. Band. 29 new Ed.
kynsl, n. pi. wonders, stra?ige things; mikil, stor kynsl, Fas. i. i^t ■•■ ,
kyn-sloS, f. kindred, progeny, pedigree, Edda (pref.). Eg. 100, /t^v
Stj. 314: kiiidred, family, Edda (pref.), Landn. 108, 6. H. 189.
kyn-smar, adj. of low extraction, Sturl. i. 153 C.
kyn-stafr, m. a scion, Edda (Gl.)
kyn-storr, adj. high-born, noble. Eg. 127, 137, Fms. i. 63, x. 3:/
l^ret. 53.
kynstr, n. pi. strange, prodigious things, esp. of witchcraft, ni'>-
KYNSiELL— KiENN.
367
a fas. i. 56, 194, iii. 210, 308; kyiistra-ma&r, ii. 425 ; fii-kynstr,
s,
BCell, adj. blessed with good and great offspring, a man from
many great and good men are descended ; fjcildi manna er frii
ni kominn, ok er hann k. maSr or5inn, Fb. i. 549 ; frA Jvida er
hofftingi var ok kynsaelastr, Stj.
vani, adj. ^wanting in kindred,' Fas. iii. 257.
vl8r, m. = kynstafr, Stor. 20.
}>&ttr, m. lineage, Sturl. i. 8, Laiidn. 48, Fnis. ii. 89, Stj. 443,
160.
or kyrrS, f. [Ulf. qairrei ^npaoTtjs], rest, quietness; i kyiSum,
Fms. xi. 90, Korni. 140; nie6 kyr6 ok fri3i, Fnis. x. 404.
liga, adv. meanly, humbly, Ulf. 4. 44.
-ligr, adj. bumble, mean; hiisabser litill ok k., Fas. iii. 219.
ing, f. a strangling, Grag. ii. 9.
ja, t, kvirkja in N. G. L. i. 340, 341, [kverk], to strangle, Grag.
engdr eSa kyrktr, 131 ; kyrktr e3a kafdr, 34; kvirkt e&a kvaeft,
340; kvirkir klafi, 341.
'mgt,m..a suchling l^),oi a. calf or sheep; drekka s^r kyrningshjarta,
676.
■samr, adj. slanderous, Krok. 46.
isgr, m. [korpa], a weakling {?), as abuse, Edda ii. 495 ; aldrei guri
l)kan 63rum kyrpingum, Grett. 94 A, B.
.B, adj., older form kvirr, which is freq., csp. in Norse MSS.,
., Bs. i. 18 ; in present pronunciation kjtur or kjur ; bolh the r's
to the root, and are still proncd. so ; compar. kyrrari, superl.
: [Ulf. qaimis — fjinos, 2 Tim. ii. 24; Swed. quar ; Dan. qver ;
. kirr] : — still, quiet, at rest ; ha Ida a vapni kyrru, to hold a weapon
Grdg. ii. 64 ; ef Jivattr er upp hengdr fyrir helgi, ba skal hanga
f. Q. L. i. 397 ; siti kvirr me6an heilagt er, id. ; hly&ir J)6 at J)eir
er h^r a landi veri jafnan kyrrir, Grag. ii. 129; hann baS BoUa
irjran, Bs. i. 18 ; Hakon baS hann hsetta ok vera kyrran, Fms. vii.
r nii kyrt J)ar til er menn rida til bo3s, Nj. 24; let konungr {)a
it, Eg. 18 ; {)at vaeri naest minu skaplyndi, at kaup {jetta vaeri kyrt,
; setjask um kyrt, to take to rest (in life), Eg. 118, Fas. ii. 530 ;
kyrt, to sit at rest, stir not, Nj. I02» Ld. 84 ; halda kyrru fyrir, not
16. II. neut. kyrt, as adv. gently ; tak Jiii kyrt {)ar a, touch
, O. H. 176 ; honum J)6tti of kyrt klegit, Bs. i. 462 ; sla J)u mi
Fms. v. 152.
■ft, to calm; kyrra elda, Rm. 41 ; J)eir aestu stundum en stundum
U. iii. 237 : impers. to become calm, samdaegris ryfr Jjokuna ok
iiinn, ii. 516. II. reflex, to become calm; en er kyrSisk
111, Fms. ix. 24; en er kyr6isk ylir {ivi, MS. 645. 120; af J)ess
nisk padda ok st66vask oil eitrkykvendi, 623. 26: with prep.,
|t, tekr mi {)a3an af at kyrrask um malin, Bjarn. 73 ; mi kyrdusk
dnr viS {)etta, Sturl. ii. 16.
g, f. calming, Rett.
&tr, adj. calm, peaceful, gentle. Eg. 598 ; vitr ma5r ok k., 702,
447, xi. 223.
ii4x, m. tranquillity, MS. 674. 41, Stj. 33, Lil. I.
adv. cqlndy, qtdetly, Fms. ix. 432.
.gr, adj. calm, Sturl. ii. 131.
jeta, u, f. sitting, living at rest, Grett. 13 ; setjask i kyrrsetu, to
in life. Eg. 367, Fs. 21 ; sitja i kyrrsetu, Orkn. 184 ; hafa kyrr-
ave rest, Jjorst. Si&u H. 170 ; fair una mi kyrrsetunni, Fms. viii.
phir., medic, want of exercise : kyrrsetu-tak, a law term, bail for
N.G.L. i. 48.
ija, t, to sequester, Ann. 1391, D.N. passim.
i, n. = kyrrseta, Hkr. i. 30, Eg. 367, Fms. vii. 28, viii. 279,
Ld. 82, Orkn. 142.
ly, n., in the phrase, i kyrrjjey, silently.
I^dv., qs. kyrt J)at, gently, Skalda 188 (in a verse).
LL, m. ; kyltl, Nj. 48, is a mere misspelling of a single MS.;
'/; Engl, kirtle; Germ, kittel ; Dan. kjortel, and contr. kjole"] :
\ tunic, gown; hvitan kyrtil, Fms. vi. 346 ; rau6r k., Eb. 226,
[I ; sa er tva kyrtla a, gefi hann annan fataekjum monnum, MS.
xtla jafnan goSan mun styttri skykkju l)ina en kyrtil, Sks.
h6f3u stutta kyrtla ok sva yfirhafnir, Fms. vii. 63 ; kyrtla af
'kenda skinnum, Stj. 39; halflitr k., Bs. i. 434; kyrtill nie&
halfermadr k., Sturl. iii. 306; kyrtill me& hloSum„D.N. iv.
coMPDs: kyrtils-bla3, n. the lap of a kirtle, Sks. 718, Fms.
Eb. 226. kyrtla-klseSi, n. cloth for a kirtle, Bs. i. 434.
lias, ad), without a kirtle, Mart. 122, Sks. 286. kyxtil-
kyrtilsblaS, Sks. 718.
,t, [koss; Goth, kukjan; A.S.cyssjan; Eng\. kiss; Germ,
n\. kysse; Swed. kyssa'] : — to kiss, Hkv. 2. 13, {jkv. 27, Hkv.
Skv. 3. 4, Grag. i. 337, Landn. 247; kysti Kormakr Stein-
kossa, Korm. 224; k. a htind or" kne e-m, as a token of
ns. v. 238, vii. 314: whence the phrase, margr kyssir 4 ^a
i<inn vildi gjarna af vaeri, viii. 231. II. reflex, in a
ft- ise, to kiss one another, Sd. 142, Sks. 513.
kyssiligr, adj._/f/ to be kissed, kissahle. Fas. iii. 341.
kyta or kytra, u, f. [kot], a cottage, hovel. Eg. (in a veric) ; hiis-
kyta, q. v.
kyfa, 6, [kiifr], to fill over the brim.
kyfla, u, f. an ogress {?), Fms. viii. 305 ; perhaps better gylfra, q. v.
k^kja, t, = kingja.
kyla, d, to fill a bag, to fill one's belly with a thing; ky'la vomb sina
a nii6i ok mungati, Fs. 4, Fms. i. 493 ; kemba lomb | kyla fulla Jwirra
vomb, Jon Jjorl. ; kyla iii, to tipple ale, drink hard, Fms. vii. 1 90.
K"!^IjI, n. a boil, abscess, freq. in mod. usage; the phrase, gripa &
ky'linu, to touch a sore place, Fnis. vii. 121.
KYLL, m. [cp. Lat. culeusl, a bag; var {jt-r sva trodit i kyi seni konii
i belg, Fms. vii. 2 1 ; hann bar kyl fxjrs, he carried Thor's knapsack, Edda
2S ; karl ok ky'U, beggar and scrip, Nj. 274, Sturl. ii. 52.
kyma, d ; ky'ma at e-u, to make merry over a thing.
k^miliga, adv. in a funny, facetious manner, Grett. 200 new Ed.
lifmiligr, ad], amusing, funny ; ky'miligar stigur, merry tales, Grett.
98 A, Mag. 15, Art. 77; freq. in mod. usage also of a person, isut the
etymology is not known.
ICYR, f., gen. ky'r, dat. and ace. kii ; n. pi. ace. ky'r, gen. kiia, dat. kiim ;
and with the article, sing, kyrin, ky'rimiar, kiinni, kuna, plur. ky'rnar,
kiianna, kiinum ; [a word common to all Teut. languages, as also Lat.
bos, Gr. )3oi/s] : — a cow, Ld. 156, Bs. i. 335 ; kyr su er Au&umbla h6t,
Edda; kyr J)revetr, Grag. i. 501 ; kalf-baer ky'r, 501 ; geld ky'r, 502;
ky'r yxna, 426; snemmbaer ky'r, an early-calving cow, viz. in autumn or
in the early winter months; Jolabser ky'r, a cow to calve at Yule time;
as also, sidbaer, varbair, sumarbaer, a late-calving cow, viz. in the spring or
summer ; selja kii ii leigu, G^l. 98 ; leigu-kyr, N. G. L. i. 24 ; leiga ku, id. ;
mi skal fe skilja at kyr, 75 ; eigi ellri ku en atta vetra, id. ; veita vorS
kii (dat.), G{)1. 500 ; eitt kveld var vant kyr (gen.) i Jjykkva-skogi, Ld.
156 ; aetluSu at aka heim kiinni, . . . J)eir es kiina attu, Bs. i. 335 ; kalfa
undan kiim (kiium MS.), Griig. i. 305 ; fimm tigi kiia (gen. pi.), B. K.
28: allit., karl ok kyr, Fnis. ii. 138, Sturl. ii. 152, (else karl ok ky'll.)
COMPDS : kiia-lubbi, a, m., botan. a boletus, mushroom, Hjalt. kiia-
mjolk, f. cow's milk. kiia-smjor, n. cow's butter, k^-eldi, n. cow's
fodder, Dipl. k^r-foflr, n. a cow's fodder, a measure of hay, Bs. i.
passim, Boldt 89. k^r-h.u3, n. a cow's hide, Grtig. i. 505. kyr-
hvalr, m. a kind of whale, Edda (Gl.) kyr-lag, n. = Icel. kiigildi, a
cow's value, B. K. 8, 53, GJ)1. 343. kyr-land, n. land yielding a
cow's value in rent, D. N. k^-leiga, u, f. a cow's rent, H.E. i. 519,
D. N. passim. kyr-ver3, n. a cow's worth, K. A. 206.
k^ta, t, Ikyta, Ivar AasenJ, to quarrel, quibble.
K-^FA (i. e. koefa) or kvsefa, 6, [k6f, kefja] : — to quench, choke,
drown; J)eir vildu kaefa hann i lauginui. Fas. i. 377; hantj kaefir hanu
ok drepr, Stj. 96 ; kaefa Ijcs, to quench a light, Gisl. 29 ; ok marga menu
inni kaeft i stofu-reyk, Sturl. iii. 261 ; kyrkt eda kvaeft, N. G. L. i. 340 :
reflex, to be suffocated, kaefSisk J)a hestrinn undir JjorSi, Sturl. iii. 23 :
metaph., synin kaefisk, Mar.
K-fflPA, u, f. a kind oi seasoned, preserved meat; in western Icel. called
villi-bra3.
kaeja, 3, to decoy, allureij), a Siir. Key. ; Magnus konungr haf3i skiimmu
aSr komit, ok vildi ekki liit^kceia sik samdaegris, {jottisk J)urfa hvildar,
Mork. 36.
ksekinn, adj. ill-mannered, Fb. i. 77.
k8ekr, m. a (strange) habit, mannerism ; {laS er ekki nema kaekr, giira
ser upp kaeki, to feign.
KJELA (i. e. koela), d, [causal from kala, kol ; Germ, kuhlen'] ; — to
cool, Edda 7, {)idr. 95, Barl. 132 ; let jarl bera vatn i ok kaela grj6ti3, Orkn.
352; hann haf&i kaelt a ser marga hluti, Stj. 156 ; at hann kaeli niina
tungu, id. ; at hann drepi hinu minnsta sins fingrs i vatn ok kaeli tungu
mina, Luke xvi. 24: part. kieldr = kaldr, voru {)ar J)a mjok kaeld hibyii,
Slurl. ii. 109.
kse-meistari, a, m. [for. word], a ruler of a feast, John ii. 9.
K^NA, u, f. [Germ, kahii], a kind of boat, Edda (Gl.) : a nickname,
Fms., freq. in mod. usage. Keenu-garSar, in. pi. a part of ancient
Gardar (q. v.), Fb. iii.
kseni, f. = kaenleiki.
ksen-leikr, m.-craft, sagacity, Hkr. i. 254, Sturl. iii. 315, Fms. viii. 292.
ksen-liga, adv. cleverly, warily, Fms. viii. 289, xi. 326; fara k., to go
warily, Finnb. 352.
kasn-ligr, adj. clever, skilful, Al. 145.
K.^NN (i. e. koenn), adj., compar. kaenni, superl. kaenstr (kaenastr) ;
[O.H.G. cbuon; mid.H.G. kuene ; Germ, k'iihn']: — wise; kcenna hverr,
every wise mc/k, Skv. 2. 25 ; kaenir menn, Leidarv. 40 : an epithet of God,
Bs. i.138 (in a verse); of Christ, Od. 9, Hallfred : but usually, 2.
skilful, expert; kaenn vi3 e-t, skilful in a thing; ksnn vid leika, orrostur,
riddaraskap, Fs. 14, Fms. vi. 5, vii. 257, x. 231 ; hinn kaenasti at allri
herstjorn, ii. 106 ; kaenn vid alia rikis-stjorn, a tvise ruler, i. 218: — clever,
Hakon var kaeiistr ok fremstr ok gaefu-mestr, vi. 32S ; kaenni ok klokari,
Stj. 248; allra kvenna var hon kaenst ok or3i fariu, Ld. 122, (ksenust,
Fms. ii. 21, 1. c.) ; vig-kaenn, hcr-k., stjorn-k.
368
K^NSKA— KATTARTUNGA.
keenska, u, f. ikill, craft, Skalda 164 ; hann slo horpuna me& sva mikilli
kaensku, Bs. i. 155.
kaepa, u, f. [kopr], a female seal with young, freq. in mod. usage : a
nickname, Fnis.
ksepa, t, to have young, of a seal.
!K.ffiHA, 3, to accuse, complain of, also to plead, with ace. ; {jor-
steinn kva5sk eigi vilja kxra fraendr sina um J)etta mal, Rd. 234; hver-
vetna far sem ef er a nokkru mali, J)a kaeri J)eir sem um J)at mal eigu at
dxma, K. A. 204 ; hann kaer3i angr sinn, Sir. 4 ; kaera vandrseSi sin, k.
mal sin fyrir e-m, Hkr. i. 196, Fms. x. 24; er lands-nau6synjar ver&a
fyrir honum kaer&ar, Sks. 496 : — to plead, herra Rafn kaer6i krankleik
sinn, Bs. i. 782 ; kaera mal sin, to plead one's cause, GJ)1. 16; 611 mal ok
sakarferii skyldi fyrir drtmanda kxrask, Stj. 164; kxra log e6r lof, /o
debate laws or licenses, Grag. i. 5 ; J)6tt {)eir kaerSi (^debated) J)etta um
hri3 milli sin, Hkr. ii. 42. 2. to complain, with prepp. ; kaera a e-n,
to make a charge or complaint against, accuse ; ma hon mi ekki a okkr
kaera, {)viat ek senda ki&it sem ek het, Stj. 197 ; Sviar kser6u mjok a
Hakon konung, at hann hafSi brennt Vermaland, Fms. x. 2 : to plead
against, accuse, gekk fram sira Jon holt ok kaer3i a Ketils-sonu, at peir
hef&i lilogliga tekit fyrir honum kvikf6 mart, Bs. i. 738 : ef nokkurr kaerir
a |)a j6r3, jb. 253; engi hafdi a kaert ne at fundit, Dipl. i. 7; vid
hvern eiga ^essir menn at kaera, against whom have these men to com-
plain ? Dropl. 1 6 : kaera sik, to complain, murmur ; l)egar baendr toku at
k. sik, Fms. iv. 271, Stj. 294.
ksera, u, f. a complaint, esp. as a law term, a complaint made before a
hing or court, Fb. ii. 170, Dipl. ii. 13 : a murmur, Stj. 291 : a quarrel,
dispute, 12,1. coMPDs: iigsTU-efni, n. a matter for quarrel, H.E. i.
386. kseru-lauss, adj. quit, free; kvittr ok kserulauss, Dipl. iv. 5.
kseri, a, m. dear; heilsa ok kalla ksera sinn, Stj. 70.
kserir, m. an accuser, Fms. ix. 454.
kser-kominn, part, wished for, welcome.
kserleikr, m. (-leiki, a, m.), love, charity. 2. often in pi. inti-
macy ; hann var i miklum kaerleik vi3 konung, Eg. 406; Jjorir var J)a
i hinum mestum kaerleikum vi3 konung, 171 ; J)a gorBisk kaerleikr mikili
me3 })eim, Fms. i. 57 ; var hann J)ar um vetrinn me3 konungi i kaerleikum
miklum, O. H. 94 ; eru me3 J)eim enu mestu kaerleikar, Nj. 268 ; komsk
hann i ena mestu kaerleika vid konung. Eg. 12; mi er Jjorc'^Jfr Jjar i all-
miklum kaerleikum med konungi, 29. 3. in the N. T., dyaTrt], charitas
in the Vulgate, is usually rendered by kaerleikr, and, if with the article,
the weak form is used in gen., dat., and ace, but the strong in nom., thus,
stundid eptir kaerleikanum, i Cor. xiv. I ; J)6a3 eg taladi tungum Englanna
og mannanna og hef3i ekki kaerleikann, . . . J)6ad eg fjollin lir sta3 hraerBi,
en hef3i ekki kaerleikann . . ., but, kaerleikrinn er f>olinm63r, kaerleikrinn
vandlaetir eigi, . . . vonin, triiin, kaerleikrinn, en kaerleikrinn er mestr af
J)essum, iCor. xiii, Vidal., Pass, passim ; kjotligr k., carwa/ /of e, Stj . 1 3 1 .
kser-liga, a.dv. [pan. kicBrlig], dearly, lovingly ; elska k., Mar.; kyssa
k., B^rd. 176 ; heilsa e-m k., Isl. ii. 465.
kser-ligana, adv. = kaerliga.
keer-ligr, adj. dear, beloved, Dipl. ii. 11, v. 20.
IL^mi, adj., compar. kaerri, superl. kaerastr and kaerstr; [Dan. ki<£r ;
Swed. kdr; this word, which does not occur in old poets of the heathen
time, was prob. introduced through the French from the Lat. cdrus"] : —
dear, beloved, intimate ; lengi hofu vit feSgar ekki karrir verit Noregs-
konungum, Nj. 8 ; hinn kaerasti konungi, Fms. i. 15 ; var me3 J)eim en
kaerasta vinatta. Eg. 2 : gordu J)eir me3 ser ena kaerstu vinattu, Nj. 103 ;
verit hefir kaerra vid |j6r61f af {jinni hendi. Eg. 255 ; allir gordu ser kaerra
vi3 Hakon, Fms. i. 32 ; {jinna kaerastu vina, Stj. 539 ; min kaera, my dear!
388 ; minn kaeri, my dear !
keersla, u, f. a complaint, Stj. 539 ; J)a hofu a3rir menn sinar kxrslur
fyrir konungi, Hkr. ii. 136 ; jarl haf3i miklar kaerslur a tvar bodda, Fms.
ix. 260. Kserslu-sunna, u, f. the Sunday Judica me, the 5th Sunday
in Lent, early Dan. Kasre-Sondag, D.N. passim.
ksBsa, t, to make to ferment; kxstr, fermented, decomposed, esp. of the
flesh of skate or sharks, kaest skata, kaestr hakarl.
K/FiSIB., m. rennet from a calf's maw, used to curdle milk, for making
cheese and skyr (q. v.), freq. in mod. usage. ksesis-gras, n., botan.
butterwort, pinguicula, Hjalt.
K^TA, t, [katr], to gladden, Stj. 418 : reflex, to be gladdened, rejoice,
Hkr. iii. 278, Barl. 144, 208.
kseti, f. cheer, gladness, Fms. x. 409, Barl. 74, 134.
KOGQ-TTLL, m., pi. kijglar, the joints in the fingers and toes; at af
skyfSum fremstum koglum f6ta ok iingra, Stj. 379; skeindisk Kormakr
4 i)umal-fingri ok klofna3i kogguUinn, Korm. 88, Sturl. i. jl ; ok loddi
koggullinn i sinunum, Lv. 86, Magn. 536: metaph. a small piece, mo-
kiiggull, ta3-k.
kOgla, a3, [dimin. from kaga], to ogle, {>orst. hv. 43, Fs. 48.
kOgur-barn, n. [Norse koggebarn], prop, a ' swaddled-bairn,' a bant-
ling, infant, as a term of abuse. Fas. ii. 232.
KOGTJBE., m., dat. kogri, pi. kograr : — a quilt with fringe, a counter-
pane; hann let gora grind um legsta3inn ok breida yfir kogur, Fms. viii.
237 ; er leg hans i midju kirkju-golfi, ok breiddr yfir kogurr, Hkr. iii.
376, Fms. X. 128, 150 : of a church inventory, kijgrar ^rir, Dipl. iii. a
Pm. 34 : a bed-cover, hann bjo t)egar lekkju ok yfir breiddi eiun kagm
Str. 45 ; sonr a setklsedi oil, . . . bekk-klaeSi ok kogra, N. G.L. i. ju
kcigur ok handklaedi, Vm. 92 : of dress, va3a ok vaeta kogur minn, Hbl
13: in mod. usage o{ fringe or fringed cloth: a nickname, Landn.
munu jarSlysnar synir Grims kogurs, ver3a mer at bana?i46: botat
the thyrsus, Hjalt.
kSgur-sveinn, m. = kcigurbarn ; J)ola J)vilikum kogursveini kopnryrS
Edda 30, Mar. 1 056 ; skylda ek launa kogursveini J)inum kanginyrj
Hbl.13.
KOKKB, m., dat. kekki, a lump, e. g. in badly-stirred porridge, ia th '
throat, and the like ; snae-k., a snow-ball, Dropl.
Kolski, a, m. [Koh], the Black One, the Evil One, in popular tales.
kolzugr, m. [kallz],/>?r/, saucy, Grett. 116 A.
kombottr, adj. [kambr], crested, Stj. 95.
kSngull, m. a stalk ; vinberja-k., a vine-stalk, f>orf. Karl.
kongulo, f. = kongurvafa. kSngviloar-vefr, m. a spider's web.
kongur-vdfa, u, f., which is the truest and oldest spelling ; kongoi
vafa, Eluc. 23, Barl. 195, v. 1. ; kavngorvafa and kaungorvofva. Mar. 153
whence kongulvafa, Barl. 195; mod. kSngtilo : [the word is derive
from an obsolete kongur (a texture), which has been preserved in th
Norse-Finnish kankas, kankuri ; perhaps also kogurr (above) is akij
if not the same word; O. H.G. hanker; Norse kaangle]: — a ^da
passim.
kSppu-steinn, m. [North. E. cobble; Dan. kampesteen'], a houlda
Barl. 165.
kSpur-mdll (kSpurmilugr, Fas. ii. 233, v.l.), adj. bantering, Fa
ii. 128 (in a verse).
k6pvir-yT3i, n. pi. (k6pxir-or3, Karl. 463), banter, Edda 30, Ka:
463, |>iar. 186.
XOR, f , gen. karar, a bed in which one lies bedridden; liggja i kiil
to lie bedridden, Ld. 82, Hkr. i. 35, Bs. i. 351, Fms. ii. 200, Gkv. 3.43I
leggjask i kor, to lay oneself down bedridden; sagdi at allt var anar
athaefiligra en at auvirdask ok leggjask i kor. Eg. 103: mythol. the be
of Hel is called kor, Edda (Gl.) compds : karar-kerling, f. (woil
bedridden carline, Sturl. i. 36. karar-maSr, m. a bedridden perso:'
Sturl. i. 190, Hav. 50, Clem. 51.
k6r, n. choice, election, O. H. 97 ; see kjor.
k6r-be3r, m. = kor. Eg. (in a verse).
KORI or keri, a, m., medic, a tent, probe; ef kora kennir ina 1
heila-basta, Grag. ii. 91 : poet, a sword is called keri, Hallfr. ; as i.-
Val-keri, id.
k6r-leg, n. the lying in a kor ; k6rlegs-ma3r = kararmaSr, Stj. 158.
kSr-leegr, adj. bedridden, D. N. ; see karlaegr.
kortr, m. [karta], short-horn (?) : a nickname, Landn., Sturl. f
KOS, f., gen. kasar, a heap, pile, as of stones, blubber, or the lik«|
hvalr la i kos, Eb. 292 ; ok er su kos (a heap of stones) J)ar enn alltlj
J)essa dags, Stj. 359, v.l.; J)eir J)rir fella marga riddara ok alia i eir;
kos. El. 16 ; sumir log3usk i kos, Fms. viii. 306.
KOSTB, m., gen. kastar, dat. kesti, pi. kestir, ace. kostu: [akin '
kos]: — a pile; bera saman i kostu, Grag. ii. 297; J)ar fell hven u
annan {)veran, sva at J)ar var k. mikili, Fms. ix. 225; hjoggu ok b;i:
saman i einn kost, Sturl. i. 69 ; val-kostr, a pile of slain; hris-k., a;
of fagots ; kastar skurSr, the right of digging peat enough to make a f^a-
Vm. 64 : esp. a pile of fuel, whence poet., lifs kostr, ' life' s-pile' = the »•
Eb. (in a verse) ; kastar hel, ' pile's-bane' =Jire, Lex. Poet.
kosungr or kausungr, m. a kind of jacket, Fms. vi. 422.
K6TTE, m., kattar, ketti, pi. kettir, ace. kottu, mod. kciu, -.
and Engl, ca^• O.U.G.chatza; Germ, katze; Dan. ^a/; Sv/ed.kati]-
a cat, originally the martin cat or weasel; engi dynr ver3r af h.^t
kattarins, Edda 19 ; hross eigu menn eigi at eta ok kottu, K.{). K. i;
myss sva storar sem kettir ungir vaeri, 6. H. ; liggja hja sera ko::'
hreysi, Orkn. 104 ; ser kottrinn miisina, fsl. ii. 309 ; rifast eins og t:^
kettir, to live a cat and dog life, a saying ; hvatr, blau3r, bieynu
(q. V.) ; a tom-cat is called fress, hogni, steggr ; a she-cat, bley8a ; a bta.^
tom-cat, \io\i ; a while tom-cat, mjaldr; the pet name is kisa, kiskj
q. V. ; hreysi-k. (q. v.), the ermine cat. It seems that in the Saga tui !
(loth century) the cat was not yet domesticated, for passages such as \
eh. 28, Eg. S. Einh. ch. 10, and the story in Edda (Thor lifting the gun
cat) apply better to the wild cat or the martin cat ; and the saying in J
ii. 1. e. {sees the cat the moused) probably refers to the weasel and the r.^
mouse ; but that early in the 1 2th century the cat was domesticated e-.
in Icel. is shewn by the story of the chess-players and the kittens leapi'
after a straw on the floor, told in Mork. 204, 205 ; for a curioi's leg^
of the genesis of the cat, see Maurer's Volks. 190; kattar sonr, 5 -
son {the ermine cat), a bastard, was a term of abuse, Hkv. 1.1^' ■'
nickname, Landn. ; hvers son ertu ?— Ek em Kattarson,--Hverr var
kottrinn ? Fms. vi. 390. compds : kattar-auga, n. cat's eye, ^°"
forget-me-not. kattar-rdfa, u, f. a cat's tail. kattar-skum,
a cat's skin, Grag. i. 504. kattar-tunga, u, f., botan. cats long
the sea-plantain, plantago maritima, Hjalt.
\ 2
'ill Iii
L— LAG.
369
L
is the eleventh letter of the alphabet, and the first of the
In the Runic alphabet on the Golden horn, as well as in the
mes, it was represented by f**, called logr, q. v. (logr er J)a5 er
fjalli, Runic poem; A.S. lagu), and was, as the form shews,
f drawn from the Greek or Latin alphabet. In old MSS. a
7 is often used for //, see Bs. i. 333 sqq.
The / is in Icel. sounded as in other Teut. languages ; but //,
owel and not combined with another consonant, had a peculiar
Imost dlh, thus, gull, fall, hella, kalla, = gudlh, fadlh, hedlha.
This pronunciation is still observed in Icel. as well as in some
il dialects of western Norway, Vorse-vangen, Sogn, Hardanger ;
other parts of Norway it is sounded as dd. There are no means
aining with certainty whether the ancients sounded // exactly as
at present do, or whether it was not more aspirate than dental
2. the peculiar aspirate sound of / before a radical dental
ned Gramm. p. xxxvi. (II) : thus holt, allt, gult, lilt, hallt, etc.
nded (and are still sounded) as holht, alht, gulht, ilht, halht ; as
d writers before d, hold, kald, = holhd, kalhd, although in mod.
ition the aspirate sound is less perceived before a media than
tenuis.
n some Icel. words the // is due to assimilation, and answers to
Saxon and Germ. W, e.g. Icel. gull = Goth. ^m//!>, Engl, and
lid; it is however likely that originally these words were dis-
lound from those which had a radical II, and it may be that
nt peculiar sound of // was due to this cause — that the sound
similated // prevailed and became universal, whilst the original
sound was lost ; though even in the earliest rhymes no distinc-
be perceived. 2. in much later times dl assimilated into //
voids, bralla = bra61a ; as also Ir into // in inflexions, hoU = hoir,
r, Gramm. p. xvi. (I. 3. a) : in still later times rl changed into
irl, varla, etc., which in mod. pronunciation is sounded as jail,
, etc. ; but this is not observed in writing, although it is so in
t, as also in MSS. of the 15th century.
1 words having a radical initial b (hi) are to be sought for
• F see the introduction to that letter.
baii&, io slouch; labbaflu veginn, Blesi, a ditty.
D a6, [Ulf. lapon = icaKeiv ; A. S. la'Sjan ; Hel. lathjan ; O. H. G.
irni. laden] : — to bid, invite a guest ; Geirri6r sparSi ekki mat
k let gora skaJa sinn um J)j66braut J)vera, hon sat a stoli ok
•sti, en bor& stod inni jafnan, ok matr a, Landn. 100; ok
iiiala, at sa la6i er ra8in a, Bjarn. 53; Broddhelgi bau8
\ era . . . Jjorsteinn spur3i hvi hann ladadi gesti, J)orst. hv.
xh i holl, Edda (Ht.) ; ef hann er kurteisliga la6aSr, Fms. x.
n .iph., Ia5a menn til sin, to draw one to oneself, Skalda (in a
inns. 65, Likn. 28; la6a menn til eilifrar saelu, Fb. i. 517; ok
rskota varra Drottinn sjalfan ok Engla bans, Hom. 149 :
K. to be drawn; ok la5ask allir til Broddhelga, Vapn. 19,
i'L'tter hlaSask, see hla9a (fine).
nn invitation. Ia3a3s-ina3r, m. = Ia3ma3r ; ok bei3 hann
hans jarteina, Bs. i. 303.
)3un, f. an invitation.
an invitation, bidding; {)iggja la&or3 at e-m, Bjarn. 53,
11 the corrupt passage Bs. i. 142 instead of leitorS or letorS.
latriin, m. [from Lat. /a/ro, -wis], a robber, Al. 68, Stj.9r.
/' ; kjol-laf, hempu-laf.
cs. lafi, pret. Iaf6i, pass. pret. neut. lafaS : — to hang, dangle,
Idi kciggullinn a sinunum — J)a maelti Oddi, lat lafa, muna
jiggja, Lv. 86; kom a fotinn vid oklat, ok tok af sva at
rl. ii. 70 ; {)at it litla ok vesalliga (hofu6) sem lafir a J)inum
■18 : metaph. to dangle, ok J)ykki mer sem ekki torfseri s6 a
ttii lafir a stigum, Fs. 32 ; lengi hefi ek lifat i haugi minum
. Fas. ii. 271.
•rom Early Engl, lefdye; Engl, /arfy; 'A.S. hla/dige ; but
a time when the initial aspirate had already been lost in
a lady, Sks. 455, 457, MS. 4. 7, and now and then in mod.
'le word never took root.
r, adj. quivering, quaking from fear, Gisl. 60, Hem.
1. a pr. mmt= Lawrence, Bs. : L&franz-dagr, m., -messa,
^ u, f. the day, mass, vigil of St. Lawrence, Us., Fms.
■, m. ' wag-beard,' a nickname, Landn.
ir Aasen laft = the coin or joint in a wooden building, D.N.
opt. laft-steinn, m. a laft stone, D.N.
cggja], a stratum, layer; v6ru J)a Varbelgir at taka af Jjau
r v6ru briiarinnar, Fms. ix. 512 : freq. in mod. usage, e.g.
I layer or course of masonry. • II. metaph. shape,
1. a laying in order, due place, right position ; leggja
ship the rudder in its place, book it on, Fms. vii. 47 ;
^get wrong, Fms. viii. 291 ; foru nu bry'nn hans i lag, bis brows becamt
smooth and straight, of a man frowning, Eg. 306; koma iagi k e-t, to
make a thing right, get a thing into order, Fms. xi. 28; hann kvadsk
eigi Iagi mundu a koma fyrir naestu vetrnaetr, 67 ; fylkingar hans komask
vel i lag, bis ranks fell into good order, Al. 143 ; brugSit er mi Iagi Or
J)vi sem vant er, i. e. matters go wrong, not as they were wont to go, Grett.
183 new Ed. ; naerri hgi, pretty well. 2. companionship, fellowship,
in an enterprise of peace or war ; leggja saman lag sitt, to enter into
fellowship, Orkn. 88 ; J)eir attu mikit lag v\b {>veriEiiiga, Lv. 73 ; bundu
J)eir jarl lag sitt saman, Fms. i. 20; kom til lags vift Sigurfl jarl &d maftr
er h4t Rau5r, 194; |)a r^ftsk til lags mefl honum Einarr l)ambar-
skelfir, V. 4 ; taka e-n til lags ok felagsskapar, x. 202 ; hann for til lags
meS Sorkvi Karh ok herjaSi, Nj. 183: of living together, hunn rdftsk
til lags vi5 Beru, GullJ). 13; fe-lag, q. v. : cohabitation, eiga lag vid
konu, to cohabit, Karl. 47, p'\br. 247, Ver. 27, H.E. i. 247, Fms. vi. 122 ;
taka konu til lags, Bs. i. 852 ; fylgja e-m at Iagi (i.e. not in wedlock),
Sturl. i. 94, 97; fti lag konu, |ji6r. 299. 3. market price, tax, as
e. g. in Icel. the godi of a di«trict had to ' lay,' i. e. set or regulate the
market price, HsensaJ). S. ch. 2 ; gjalda allt at {)vi Iagi sem J)ar gengr, Gr4g.
i. 213; leggja lag a mjol, ii. 404; leggja lag a varning manna. Is), ii.
126; sagfti J)ann vanda at hann leg6i lag a varning manna, id.; hund-
ra6s-lag, B. K. 53 ; fjar-lag, tax, Grag. i. 500. 4. a thrust, slab,
Nj. 97, 253, Eg. 231, 379, Orkn. 450, Fms. ii. 94, and passim; see
leggja. 5. regular time; arar-lag (q. v.), a boating term, time,
stroke; haf5u lagift, keep time! hafa seint, fljott lagi&, kunna ekki arar-
lagi6 : so in the saying, allt vill lagiS hafa, all things require time and tact,
or require to be done in a due manner; 6-lag, disorder ; J)a6 er allt i olagi,
J)a5 er olag a J)vi : — naut., lag is the lull between the breakers, the nick
of time for landing ; but (51ag, the wrong time, when the breakers are
dashing against the shore ; one of these waves is called dauda-lag, see
the interesting passage in Isl. {jj66s. i. 660. 6. [Engl, lay], an air,
tune ; hetu J)eir er bundnir voru a hinn heilaga Thorlak biskup, at {)eir
skyldi lausir verSa, logum nokkrum (songum, v. 1.), Sturl. ii. 33: freq.
in mod. usage, esp. of hymns, hymna-lag, a hymn-tune, of the Ambrosian
hymns; salma-lag, a psalm-tune; visna-lag, a song-tune; rimna-lag, a
ballad-air: also used of metres, in old metric, Ha6ar-lag, Edda (Ht.)
140; Togdrapu-lag, 137 ; tog-lag, 138; Fornyr6a-lag, 142; Balkar-lag,
id.; Galdra-lag, 143 ; Flag5a-lag, 245 ; it is possible that songs composed
in these metres were a kind of ' airs * accompanied by singing. II.
adverb, in layers; i tvennu Iagi, in two layers, double, Fms. i. 156 ; 1 iillu
Iagi, in every respect, in everything, quite. Band. 6 new Ed. ; i morgu Iagi,
in many respects, Fms. vi. 133, Fs. 1 23 ; i sumu Iagi, in some respects, Fms.
vi. 207. 2. with compar. or superl., denoting degree; i meira Iagi,
considerably, rather, p'lbr. 80 ; i fyrra Iagi, rather early, among the earlier,
Isl. ii. 126; minnsta lag, the least share, Sturl. iii. 238; i verra Iagi,
among the worst, Hrafn. 9 ; i hlj66ara Iagi, rather silent, Sks. 370 ; i
fastara Iagi, Str. 9; i lengra Iagi, J)ann dag svaf Unnr i lengra Iagi, U.
slept that day longer than she was wont, Ld. 14 ; i laegra Iagi, Stj. 107 ; i
hserra Iagi, i fremra, sidara Iagi, passim ; i mesta Iagi, very greatly ; sk er
i mesta Iagi strauma J)eirra er a BreiSafir6i eru, Ld. 56, Stj. 156 ; i heldra
Iagi, Fms. ii. 72, Al. 92 ; Helias var i fyrsta Iagi spamanna, H. was one
of the first of prophets, Ver. 29 ; i elzta Iagi sona hans^ a»zo«^ the oldest
of his sons, Fagrsk. 12 ; i naerra Iagi, rather close, Konr. 3 ; i fiesta Iagi,
very numerous, Gisl. 26 : — ser i Iagi, laid by itself, apart, D. N. ii. 93 ;
me6allagi (q. v.), average. compds : lags-kona, u, f. a concubine,
Bs. i. 802. lags-madr, m. a companion, Grag. ii. 10, Fbr. 195, Karl.
513, Fms. ii. 87, iv. 277, vii. 250, passim.
B. Ij5g, only in plur., [prop, what is ' laid,' cp. Germ, gesetz, Gr.
6fafi6s ; the Engl, law seems to be a Scandin. word, for Germ, and Saxou
use other words ; Dan. lov; Swed. lag]: — law; proverbs, med liigum skal
land byggja en meft 616gum eySa, Nj. 106 ; svo eru log sem hafa tog,
Kveldv. i. 45 : various law phrases, segja log, to say the law, tell what is law,
esp. technically used of the law-speaker who had to read the law in public,
and who, in cases of dispute, had to say what was the law ; svd er maelt at
sa ma8r skal vera nokkorr avallt a landi oru er skyldr s6 til t)ess at segja log
monnum, ok heitir sa logsogu-ma&r, Grag. i. i ; biskup skal Icig segja en
eigi leikmenn, Bs. i. 720; hlySir J)at hvergi at hafa eigi log i landi, Nj.
149; sem ek veit sannast ok r^ttast ok helzt at logum, in the oath
formula, 232 ; leiSa i log, to introduce a law; eptir {)at leiddi Skapti
{>6roddsson i log fimmtardom ok allt J)at er upp var talit, 15 1 ; J)u hefir
J)6 mest at gcirt, segir Gestr, {)6tt o&rum ver5i audit i log at leiSa, 163 ;
taka e-t i log, id., Bs. i. 158 ; leggja log ii e-t, id.; dxma e-m log. Eg.
ch. 57 ; msela liig, Fms. vii. 142 ; raena e-n logum, Ld. 102 ; bj6Sa, festa
log fyrir sik, N.G. L. passim; setja log, Fms. xi. 75, Fb. ii. 48 ; halda
vel log sin, 76. II. law community, communion, as also a law-
district; J)yki mer sem malum varum so komit i linytt efni, ef eigi hafa
ein log allir, en ef sundr-skipt er liigunum J)a mun sundr-skipt fri6inum,
Nj. 164; i hverri {jcssi deild landsins er sitt liigi)ing ok sin log, yfir
hverjum logum er liigmaftr, 6. H. 65 ; ^jraelar minir eru ekki i logum
e8r landsrett vi8 a6ra menn, id. ; kaupeyri mun ek fa J)^r svd mikinn at
Ii , to unship the rudder, Al. 67 ; ganga or Iagi, to be displaced, X^n megir ganga i hraustra manna log, Ld. 254 ; J)6at menn vildi {)angat
B B
370
LAGAAFBRIGDI— LAND.
radask er eigi voru i {)essum logum, Fms. xi. *j6 ; sogSusk hvarir or logum
vi6 a3ra, Nj. 164; leiSa e-n i log, to introduce a person as a lawful
citizen, naturalise, Grag. i. 357; eru J)eir nii leiddir i lijg me& |)eim
Jomsvikingum, Fms. xi. 80 ; lendum monnum ok syslumonnum i hverjum
logum {law community) sem J)eir sja at bezt ber ok haefir, GJ)1. 56 ;
innan laga varra, N. G. L. i. 7 ; ef ma8r kemr or logum varum i fylki
annat meS bii sitt, 98 ; en put gorSisk J)ar, at annarr maSr at o3rum
nefndi ser vatta ok sog5usk hvarir or logum vi6 aSra enir Kristnu menn
ok enir hei3nu, Bs. i. 22 : in a geographical sense, almost as a local name,
GulaJ)ings-16g, Ei8ssEvis-16g, |)raenda-log, passim : — in nicknames of great
lawyers, Laga-Ei3r, Bar5. new Ed.; Laga-Ulfljotr, porb. (i860) 94.
coMPDs : laga-afbrigdi, n. breach of law, contempt of law, Grag. ii. 39,
345. Iaga-bei3sla, u, f. a lawful demand, Jb. 250. laga-bo9, n.
a ' law-bidding,' statute, Grag. (pref.) laga-bo3ord, n. law-command-
ments; Tiu Lagabo5or3, the Ten Commandments. laga-bok, n. a
law-book, Rb. 420, Fms. viii. 277. Iaga-brj6tr, m. a law-breaker,
Clem. 44. laga-brot, n. a breach of law, Eb. 24, Rd. 275, Fms. vii.
172, AI.65, passim. Laga-bsetir, m. law-amender, nickname of a king.
laga-deilur, f. pl. lawsuits. laga-domr, m. a lawful judgment, QipX.
179. laga-eiSr, m. a lawful oath, Fms. vii. 307. laga-flsekjur, f.
pl. law-quirks, laga-frestr, m. a lawful respite, K. A. 2 2 . laga-fr^tt,
f. a legal enquiry, Fms. iv.203. laga-gipt, f. a legal donation, N.G.L.
i. 346. laga-grein, f. a« ar/zV/e t)/" /aw, Sturl. iii. 13. laga-gsezla,
u, f. law-maintenance, Sks. 441 ,522. laga-h.ald, n. law-keeping, Horn.
laga-hellur, f. pl. the tables of the law, of the Decalogue, Ver. 22. laga-
hlySni, f. obedience to law, H.E. i. 434. laga-kaup, n. a legal
bargain, Grag. ii. 213. laga-kefli, n. a 'law-stick' (a fiery cross),
N. G.L. i. 216. laga-kvanfang, n. a lawful marriage, Sturl. i. 94.
laga-lauss, adj. lawless, MS. 677. 5. laga-leiga, u, f. lawful rent,
N.G.L. i. 236. laga-lyriti, n. a law protest, Nj. 187. laga-
16str, n. an evasion of law, Grag. ii. 24, 37, 41, Nj. 187. laga-madr,
m. a lawyer, a man of law ; hann var sva mikill lagania6r at engir
J)6ttu loglegir domar, nema hann vaeri i, Nj. i ; sag5i Njall mer sva,
at hann hef&i sva kennt Jjorhalli log at hann mundi mestr lagamaftr
Vera a Islandi, 237 ; Eyjolfr var hinn |)ri3i mestr lagama5r (v. 1.) a
Islandi, 222, Ld. 332, passim. laga-md,!, n. a legal decision, GJ)1.
xii. (pref.) laga-or3, n. a law word, of the Commandments, Hom.
72 ; Tiu lagaorS, Pr. 437. laga-prof, n. a legal proof, Bs. i. 852.
laga-refsing, f. law-pwiishment, GJ)1. (pref.) laga-retting, f. law-
mending, Nj. 238, v.l. laga-r^ttr, m. a legal personal right, Fms.
viii. 272 ; legal satisfaction, Gpl. 202. laga-ripting, f. a legal void-
ance ; lagaripting a landi, escheatage, Dipl. ii. 6. laga-setning, f.
legislation, Jb. (pref.), Fms. i. 33, v. 102, Orkn. 124. laga-skilnaSr,
m. a legal divorce, Nj. 14. laga-skilor9, n. a legal provision, G^l.
166. laga-skipau, f. an enactment, Stj. 281 : ordering of the law,
Sks. 665. laga-skipti, n. a change of law, Fms. ix. 336, Sturl. iii.
307. laga-snd.pr, m. a^e/^//b^^er. laga-sokn, f. a /e^a/ prose-
cution, G{)1. 489. laga-stefna, u, f. a law stanmotis, Gp\. 29, Jb.
302 : a fixed law term, N. G. L. i. 340. laga-tak, n. lawful bail,
G{)1. 124. Laga-ti6, f. the Law period, of the Jews, Hom. laga-
undanfaersla, u, f. a legal plea, acquittal, N.G.L. i. 145. laga-
lirskurSr, m. a legal decision G^l. 508, Grag. (pref.) laga-vapn,
n. a lawful weapon, N.G.L. ii. 246. laga-vegr, m. course of law,
fara lagaveg, Mar., Bs. ii. 125.
laga, a&, [logr ; Dan. lave'\, to mix a beverage. Am. 72, Hm. 65. II.
to flow readily, esp. of blood, to bleed freely ; J)a& lagar, or {)a3 laga-
blae&ir, qs. lagar og bIseSir.
laga, a6, [lag], to shape, put right, mend, (mod.) : reflex, to set right,
J)a3 lagast. •
lagan or 16gun, f. a mending, putting right.
lag-broflir, m. a fellow, brother, companion, MS. 4. 22.
Iag3a, a3, to ' enwool,' enrich.
XjAGSB, m. a lock of wool (ullar-I.), Saem. 131, Fas. iii. 386, Krok. ch.
13, passim. Iag3-fagr, -g63r, -pna3r, adj. with fine fleece, of sheep.
lag-fsera, 3, to mend, put right.
lag-fsering, f. a mending, putting to rights.
lagga, a3, [logg], to put the bottom into a cask.
laggari, a, m. [logg], a cooper, N.G. L. ii. 245.
laginn, part, skilful, expert.
lag-klatif, n. the pastern of sheep, Fas. i. 63.
lag-ksenn, adj. skilful.
lag-liga, adv. meetly, handsomely; skilja 1., Sturl. iii. 17: mod. neatly.
lag-ligr, nd].fit, meet, 1. skilnadr, Sturl. iii. 255, Mar., Ld. 272 : mod.
neat, handsome, freq.
Iagna3r, m. a laying; neta-1., a laying nets. compds : lagna3ar-iss,
m. smooth ice ; see iss. lagnadar-skiita, u, f. a boat for 7iet-fishing.
lagnar-, see logn.
lag-net, n. a net to be laid, catch-net, opp. to a drag-net.
lagning, f. laying : addition, lagningar vika, extra weak, Rb. 576.
lag-v&pn, n. a thrashing weapon, Eg. 580.
lak, n. = lakan ; lin-lak.
* lakan, n. [A. S. lacan ; Dan. lagefi], a bed-sheet, Boldt.
laki, a, m. the maw in ruminating animals, Fbr. 156, freq. in mod. ;; .
lakk, n. sealing-wax, [cp. Dutch segel-lak. Germ, siegel-lack. i
lakka, a3, to seal, (mod. and for.)
laklega, adv. lacking, badly.
lak-ligr, adj. of lacking, bad quality.
IjAKK, adj., lakari, lakastr, [Engl. lack\ lacking, defective, <
measure ; lakr penningr, Bs. i. 325 ; {)rja laupa laka, D. N. iii. 1 16
mcirk : lacking in quality, pat li3 sem lakast var, Fms. ix. 361,
lata sinn hlut lakara ver3a, Bar3. 9 new Ed. ; hin lakari (opp. t
better of the two) var mikils fjar ver3, Str. 5 ; hon var eigi lak;
hundrad marka silfrs, Karl. 302.
lakra, a3, to lag behind.
lalla, a3, to toddle, as a child beginning to walk.
lalli, a, m. a toddler, of a child, Snot (1866) 386 : of a ghost, Isl. |>J!
lama, a3, to bruise, half break, freq. in mod. usage, eg lamafii
J)a3 er lama3, half broken.
lama-barming, f. a beating so as to injure one, a law term, Or
144.145-
lama-sess, n. a broken state ; liggja I lamasessi.
IjAMB, n. [common to all Teut. languages], a lamb, Fms. viii
Ld. 170, Hom. 82, Grag. i. 415, Stj. 279, Gull^. 26, passim; 1
mitt ! lambid gott ! my dear lamb I lambkin ! an address. co
lamba-flokkr, m. a flock of lambs, Biet. 11^. lamba-hlis,
lamb sheds, Fbr. 77, Bs. i. 627. lamba-rekstr, m. the driving
into the mountain pastures, Am. 1 7. lamba-sott, f., medic, ati
liggja i lus og lambasott. lamba-siira, u, f., botan. the dock, t
lambs-eldi, n. lamb-keeping, an eccl. term, referring to the ml
every householder in the parish has to keep a lamb for the priest H
the winter, Dipl. v. 5, Vm. 74, 83. lambs-gaera, u, f. a sbet_
Grag. ii. 401, 500, 504, H.E. i. 131, K.f). K. 150.
Ianiba3r, part, with lamb, Bs. i. 334.
lamb-burSr, m. the bearing lambs, lambing, Jb. 362.
lamb-eldi, n. = lambseldi, Vm. 75.
lamb-gymbr, f. a gimmer, a ewe that has not lambed, Grag.
Jb. 347.
lamb-hagi, a, m. pasture for lambs, Ld. 70.
lamb-hus, n. pi. lamb sheds, Fbr. 78.
lamb-lauss, adj. without a lattib, Grag. i. 429. ,'
lamb-skinn, n. a lamb's skin, Sturl. ii. 154.
lamb-skota, u, f. a ewe which has lost her lamb, Jb. 346.
lamb-eer, f. a ewe with lajnb, Band. 38 new Ed.
Iam-lieyr3r, part. ' lame,' i. e. bard, of hearing, Th. 8.
LAMI or lama, adj. [A. S. lam; Engl, lame; O. H. G. lam;
lahm']: — a lame person; liggja lami, Hom. 116; lama e3r va
Fms. ii. 225 ; skakkr e3a lami, 656 B. 7 : maimed, Grag. ii
metaph. paralysed, Hom. 12 ; f6t-lami,/oo/-/a7?2e.
lamning, f. a ' lamming,' thrashing, Mar.
lampi, a, m. and lampr, m. [for. word], a lamp, Stj. 76, Bs., S)
55, and passim.
lampr, m. = lampi, Pm. 6, 73.
Iam-vi3ri, n. a beating storm.
LAND, n. [common to all Teut. languages], land, as opp.
lands e3a lagar, on land or sea, Al. 107 ; taka land, to land, Isl. i
leiSa e-t at landi, metaph. /o land a thing, i.e. end, finish it,i
phrases, nema land, to take land as a settler, Eb. passim ; kanna
explore, 8 ; byggja land, to occxipy a land, Landn. ; flyja land, /c
land: of a kingdom, ra3a londum, /o rtde ; sitja at londum, /o
as a king, Fms. passim ; setjask at landi, to take rest, reside at
as a king, i. 82. 2. the {opposite) bank of a river, bay, fjoi
me3 o3ru landi ok 63ru ut, to enter by one side and go OM
other, Fms. i. 167; naer hinu sy3ra landinu, Ld. 6; a bseSi I81
411; draga va3 at hvaru landi sem Jjeir vilja, Grag. ii. 349
fer3ina af hvarutveggja landinu, Ld. 326. 3. a country: ver)
fyrir Dcinum, Fms. i. 23 ; liSit rann or J)orpinu a landit. Eg. sac
landi, opp. to abroad, Nj. 6 : in plur., ut i lond, into foreign lat
314; nokkurir menn hofBu kennt hann lit i londum, Fms. iii. S
it is opp. to 'NoTbT\6nd = Scandinavia; but in Icel. all the cute
is often called litlond. 4. land, estate ; sa er hverjungi meg[iD
Grag. ii. 266 ; i annars manns land, 349 ; i landi annars manns, i(
Icind e3r go3or3, i. 41 1 ; domr skal dsema landit Jjeim manni er b
210, 338 ; eyddusk fyrir henni lausafe sva at hon atti ekki nema
gripi, Nj. 29 ; um hausti3 sotti Kolskeggr til lands a M6ei3arhv8
halft landit, Eb. 38 ; Arnkell hafSi undir sik ba;3i londiu tJlfiu
Orlygs-sta3i, 186; Helgafells-land, 38; Hjar3arhohs-land, L
f>verar-land, Gliim. ; saB-land, afield; beitar-Iand, pasture.
local names ; Land, Landn. ; esp. in the latter part, Eng-1
land, Skot-land, Bret-land, Vind-land, Gaut-land, Sax-land, Fra
Jot-land, Grik-land, fs-land : of counties, Ha3a-land, Hiic
H6r3a-land (in Norway), Hall-land, Verma-land, Sjd-land, Nor'
^land, Hjalt-land, etc.
LANDABRIGDI— LANDKAUP.
an
0. CoMPDS : landa-brigdi, n. = landsbrig3i, Grdg. ii. ■202. landa-
^ i-I)^ttr or -bdlkr, ni. a section of the law dealing with land, Grug.
.H4' 345- landa-eign, f. land-owning, Hkr. ii. 206: mod.
r-eign (sic), the land, fields, and pasture belonging to an estate:
icigniimi, within the borders 0/ an estate and the like. landa-
■, 111. land-finding, discovery, Fb. i. landa-hringr, iri. 'land-ring,'
r the sea, Hallgr. landa-kaup, 11. land purchate, Grag. ii. 313 :
[yo/land,iis.i. 725. landa-klofl, a, ni.,.seeklofi, Sks. 194,199.
,-kostr, m. = landskostr. Eg. 139, 140, Fs. 25, 26, Valla L. 206.
-leit, f. a journey to discover land, search for land, Landn. 76.
-leitan, f. = landaleit, Laudii. 190, Fms. i. 247, Grag. ii. 410.
-Ij6ini, a, m. beam of the earth, of the sun, Runic poem : a nick-
liiarn. landa-mark, n. a landmark, Stj. 342 : plur., Dipl. v. 23.
-merki, n. pi. a landmark, boundary, of an estate, Ld. 100, Eg.
landa-maeri, n. border-land. Eg. 260, Nj. 123, (5. H. 45, Karl.
j. 76, 88, 269 (plur.): a landmark, Ld. 102. landa-ripting,
Isbrigdi, Sturl. ii. 236. landa-skipan, f. geography, Fms. i.
IvS. 194. landa-skipti, n. a division of land, Ver. 24, Stj. 44:
dary, Fms. vii. 52 : a change of land, Bs. i. 716. landa-skrd,
ind-scroll,' deed, D. N. iii. 929. Iands-au3n, f. a laying waste,
la/ion of a land. Fas. i. 526, Hkr. ii. 75- lands-dlfa, u, f. a
. Matth. XV. 21. lands-bok, f. the 'land-book,' code of laws,
. 44. lands-brigS, f. escheatage of land, Grag. ii. 202, 203,
• . lands-bruni, a, m. wildfire, Saem. 95 (prose). lands-
= landshygS, Grag. i. 74, Bs. i. 718. lands-biii, a, m. a land
•■. inhabitant, plur. = landsmenn, Sturl. i. 45, O. H. 27: a tenant,
90. lands-bygfl, f. the peopled land, Gr. ^ oiKovnivrj, Lv.
us. X. 376 : peopling, settletnent, Landn. 311, v. 1.: tenantry, Grag.
lands-bygging, f. occupation of a land, Sks. 441. lands-
•'. pi. land improvements, Fms. x. 152. lands-deild, {.partition
/, Grag. ii. 253. lands-domari, a, m. a chief justice, of Pilate,
. xxvii.ii, Pass. 25. 1. lands-drdttinn, m. a landlord, Grag.
. ,4,0^1.312. lands-eign, f./a«J-ow/««^, Grag. ii. 268. lands-
tli, a, m. the land's end, boundary, N. G. L. i. 102, Fms. i. 6, vii. 110,
.'44, Hkr. ii. 162. lands-fjorSungr, m. the quarter of a latid
laud), Grag. i. 433, Landn. 251, Bs. ii. 81. lands-flotti, adj.
Fms. X. 403. lands-folk, n. the land-folk, people of the land,
. 55, vii. 174, GJ)1. 44. Iands-fri3r, m. the peace of the land,
• eace, Fms. vi. 284. lauds-gsezla, u, f. the guarding the land. Eg.
lis. vii. 69, ix. 398 : landsgaezlii-ma6r, pibr. 162. lands-hattr,
jnal custom, H. E. ii. 79. lands-heiti, n. an index of local names,
53. lands-berr, m. = landsf61k, Fms. i. 132, 214, Fb. ii. 109.
-herra, m. = landsdrottinn, Stj. 214. lands-hlutr, m. a portion
land, Jb..l29. lands-born, n. the land's end, Landn. 194.
'iorna-ma3r, m. a landlouper, Sturl. ii. 125, cp. Ski6a R. 15.
-h6f3ingi, a, m. the 'land-rider,' great chief of the land, Hkr. i.
ins. xi. 266, Sks. 603, passim. lands-kjdlki, a, m. ' land-jaw,'
iandshorn, Sturl. iii. 80. lands-kostr, m. the best of the land,
276, Edda (pref.) : choice land, Landn. 312, Eg. 116, 137; see
lands-lag, n. the nature, 'lie' of a country, Fms. iii. 207.
-leg, n. = landslag, Landn. 174, Ld. 156, Fs. 22, 25, Fms. vii. 56,
:6. lands-leiga, u, f. land rent, Grag. ii. 334, Sturl. iii. 140 ;
is^u-bulkr, the section of the law about tenancy, Grag. (pref.)
-Iy3r, m. = landsfolk, Fms. vi. 400, x. 379, Stj. lands-log, n. pi.
rftbe land, public law, Nj. 191, Grag. i. i8j, Sks. 668. lands-
1, m. a right of redemption, Grag. ii. 240. lands-megin, n. the
of the land, main power, regarding strength or area, Fms^iv. 1 19,
',, Eg. 50; landsmegin bans {his kingdom) er oss fjarri, O.H. 85.
-menn, m. pi. the men of the land, the people, Grag. i. 454, 463,
. Nj. 137, Fms. i. 27, v. 67, Orkn. 136, passim. lands-merki,
land's mark,' border, boundary, Grag. ii. 209. lands-mugr,
/•eople, esp. the common people, O. H. 34. Iands-nau3synjar,
ublic affairs, wants, Sks. 496. lands-nytjar, f. pi. the produce
land, Isl. ii. 118, Grag. ii. 210, D. L i. 470. lands-ofringi,
landlouper, Grag. i. 192. Iands-r6ttr, m. the law of the land,
law. Eg. 476, Fms. vii. 295; log ok landsrettr, Fs. 27, passim.
-.si3r, ni. the custom of the land; forn landssi&r, the old law of the
vj. 6, Bs. i. 284, 682 ; lyttr er sa er ekki fylgir landssi&num, a
lands-ska3i, a, m. damage on the land, Hkr. i. 96. lands-
', m. a' landscape,' region, Bs. i. 877, Stj. 73, v. 1. : = landssi6r, 172 ;
iidskapar ok fornrar venju, Bs. i. 281, Str. 30. lands-skattr,
"d tax, Fms. X. ^10. lands-skipan, f. = landssi3r, Grett.97 A,
lands-skipti, n. a division of land, Grag. ii. 255, 261.
-skyld, mod. lands-sknld, f. rent of land, Fms. i. 18, 90, O. H.
'in. passim. Iands-sta3a, u, f. ' site of a country.' lands-
:, f. govertunent, Fms. i. I, Sks. 329, Fb. ii. 172, passim; lands-
•-nia3r, a public authority, officer, Fms. vi. 392, xi. 218, Jb. 51.
-3u3r, m. = landsu6r, Grett. 136. . lands-s^, f. = landsyn,
258. lands-tunga, u, f. a tongue of land, Horn. 92. lands-
i, m. and lands-venja, u, f. = landssiSr. lands- vdn, f. a look-
'• land, a uaut. term, being near land, Fms, ii. 216. lands-
verd, n. the price for land. Dip!, iii. 10. landfl-virding, f. the tax-
ation of land, Grdg. i. 83. lands-viat, f. an abode, residence in a
land, also opp. to the being exiled, Fms. ii. 112.
Iand-au3n, f. laying a land (country) waste, lb. 4, {>iflr. 163 : a desert,
Sks. 323.
land-aurar, m. pi. [eyrir], ' land-dues,' a tax which esp. foreign ships
or travellers had to pay to the king as the lord of the land, O. H. ch.
54' 239' Hkr. ii. 46; thus an Icelandic ship sailing between Norway
and Iceland had to pay this tax to the king ; the amount was fixed by
a law of king St. Olave, lb. ch. i, cp. also the deed in D. I. i. 65, § 3, 8,
11,12; gjalda landaura af knerri, O. H. 36 (Sighvat, in a verse) ; for Icei.
it was abolished in the deed of the union with Norway, D. I. i. 620, § 5 ;
this tax was probably the beginning of the custom dues of after times :
a land tax had also to be paid to the king for license of travelling or trad-
ing abroad, landaura skal eiigi ma8r gjalda Jieirra sem i utgerSum eru,
N. G. L. i. 59; reykmaeia ok afraS ok landaura alia, 257 ; ma8r hverr er
til Islands feri skyldi gjalda landaura, O. H. 227. landaura-gjald, n.
the tax o/landaurar, Fms. vii. i, x. 410, H.E. i. 391.
land-dlfr, m. elf of the land, epithet of a king. Eg. (in a verse).
land-dss, m. the guardian god of the land. Eg. (in a verse).
Iand-bei3a3r, m. epithet of a king, Eg. (in a verse).
land-bor3i, a, m. the 'landward' side, Fms. viii. 417, Bs. i. 423.
Iand-b61i, a, m. (Iand-b61ari, D.N. i. 544), a tenant, D.N.
Iand-brig3, n. = landsbrig3, Js. 84.
land-brot, n. land slips, caused by the sea, rivers, or the like.
Iand-bur3r, m. = landgangr, of shoals offish, Isl. J)j65s. passim.
land-biii, a, m. = landsbui, Grag. ii. 209, Fms. i. 24, iv. 8, Faer. 218.
land-buskapr, land-buna3r, m. husbandry.
land-eiga, u, f. = landeign, Horn.
land-eigandi, a, m. a landowner, Grag. i. 181, 279, Gliim. 393.
land-eign, f., mod. proncd. landar-eign, an estate, esp. the grounds,
fields, and pastures, Krok. 39, Fs. 20; i orskots-hclgi vi6 landeign sina,
Landn. 287 ; hann tok ser biistaS a Borg, ok aetladi t)ar landeign til. Eg.
735 ' t* ^^ stefnu-stafir a J)eim bae sem i landeign er omaga niSr skotid,
Grag. i. 297 ; fiar at eins var J)a, reyniviSr vaxinn i hans landeign, Sturl.
i. 6 ; fara or landeign konungs vars, N. G. L. i. 82.
land-ekla, u, f. lack of land, Ld. 122.
land-erfd, f. a law term, if a stranger died in a place, and no lawful
heir appeared for three years, the king of the land in which he died took
the inheritance, N. G. L. i. 50.
Iand-ey3a, u, f. land-waster, the name of a standard, Fms. vi, viii : =
landauBn, iv. 126 : mod. a tramp, scout.
land-fall, n. a land slip, Pm. 88.
Iand-fars6tt, f. an epidemic, (mod.)
land-fastr, adj. ' land-fast,' of a ship ashore, Nj. 10, Sturl. i. 224, Ver.
9, Bs. i. 526, Fb. ii. 386.
land-festar, f. pi. moorings, Grag. i. 216, Fms. ii. 126, viii. 288,
N. G.L. i. 50, 437, Fb. i. 281, passim.
Iand-fj61skyld, f. public business, troubles, Bs. i. 84.
land-flotti, -flotta, adj. exiled, hzi. profugus, Grag. ii. 99, Fms. i.
151, X. 36, Orkn. 96, Fs. 202, Ver, 27, Stj. 488.
land-flsemdr, part, driven off the land, exiled, Bret. 28, Flov. 24.
land-folk, n. = landsfolk, Sighvat, Edda (pref.), Hom. 113.
land-fiiss, adj. eager to make the land, of sailors, Krok. 45.
land-ganga, u, f. a landing, disembarking, Hkr. ii. 7, Fms. vi. 334.
land-gangr, m. a running ashore, of shoals offish ; ' landgangr af fiski '
is used when there is a large catch offish, K. J>. K. 112.
Iand-gar3r, m. ' land-fence,' poet, the sea, Fms. vii. (in a verse).
land-genginji, part, pasture-haunting, of cattle, Jb. 346.
Iand-g8e3i, n. pi. the good of the land.
land-gsezla, u, f. defence of the land, Hkr. i. 93.
Iand-g6gn, n. ^\. produce, emolument of the land. Am. 2, Dipl. iii. 10.
land-hallt, n. adj. standing along the shore, Fms. x. 347, P'as. i. 324 :
compar. landhallara, Fb. i. 351.
land-berr, m. ' land-host,' people of the land, "ft. 5, Hkr. i. 144, Fs. 16,
Fms. iv. 180, Nj. 127 ; allr borgar-ly&r ok landherr, Johann. 24, Sighvat.
land-hluti, a, m. (hlutr), a share of land, Jm. 25, Sd. 138.
land-hreinsun, f. ' land-cleansing,' clearing the land of miscreants,
GJ>1. 135, 136, Fms. ix. 302 ; {laS var landhreinsun a& honum, a saying
when a bad man is dead and gone.
landi, a, m. a 'landsman,' countryman ; ossa landa J)a er voru austr,
lb. 10; erlendis sem fyrir orum londum, Grag. i. 99; v4ra landa fimm,
183; varr landi skal hverr friaheilagr, N. G. L. i. 158 : = m6rlandi, J)eir
siigbu. at landi hefdi eigi fast haldit feldinum, Isl. ii. 39 : a nickname,
Bs. i.
Iand-j6r3, f. an inland estate.
Iand-kanna3r, m. a ' land-prober ;' the name belongs to an old cere-
mony of taking land in possession as a settler, thus described, setti hann
ni3r staf nybirktan er ^eir kiiUuSu landkonnu5, Landn. 190.
land-karl, m. the land carles, common folk, Sighvat.
land-kaup, n. the purchase of land, Grdg. ii. 213, Sturl. ii. 12, Ld.
B B 2
372
LANDKONUNGR— LANGR.
2IO. 2. in Norse, a fine to he paid to the Mng, by one exiled or
banished, N. G. L. i. 154, 156.
land-koniingr, m. king of the land. Fas. i. 501;
land-kostir, m. pi. the qualities, good things of the land. Eg. 99, 116, Fs.
land-kvaemt, n. adj.; eiga landkvaemt, to have free admission into a
country, N. G. L. i. 171.
land-lega, u, f. lying on land, not putting to sea, of fishermen.
land-leigandi, part, a tenant, Dipl. iii. 10.
land-lyritr, m. full possession, title of land, see lyritr, Grag. ii. 225.
land-menn, m. pi. = landsmenn, Fms. v. 27: the name of the people
of a district in Icel. called Land, D. I. i. 580.
land-munr, m., esp. in pi. longing for land, homesickness, nostalgia:
in the phrase, e-m leika Izndmun'iT, to feel homesick ; fell honum J)at vel i
skap, lek landmunr mikill a at fara i Noreg ok taka J)ar vi8 riki sem fraendr
hans h6f6u fyrr haft, O.H. 200; Au6unn kvaSsk vilja fylgja honum, ok
l^ku honum landmunir, Bjarn. 16, (Ed. letu heim at landinu erroneously,
see Ny F61. xviii. 160); J)a 16ku honum landmunir at saekja vestr til
Eyja, Orkn. 136 ; J)eir er J)ar hof6u att eigur ok fraendr ok vini, ok leku
J)eim landmunir til heimfer5ar, O. H. 194.
land-mseling, f. geometry, (mod.)
land-udm, n. the taking land, a law term : I. in Norse law, an
unlawful holding of another man's land, and hence a fine for trespass-
ing on another man's land ; mi ef hann selr, pa er honum jord liheimil,
gjaldi landnami hvarttveggja, N. G. L. i. 37; nii ef hann tekr eina-
hverja J)a hur& ok faerir a brott, J)a skal hann aptr faera ok leggja a
landnam, ef hann hefir leyst fra, 38 ; en ef hann grefr upp, ]^k skal hann
baeta landnami, id. ; engi skal annars hauka taka, nema landnami vili
fyrir baeta, ok faera hauka aptr, 39 ; ok leggi a landnam ok jar3ar-spell,
J)eim er jcird 4, Gpl. 311 ; ok leggi umboSsmaSr landnam ofan a, 313 ;
uni landnam ok averka a j6r8u, Jb. 232 ; um landnam ok skogar-hogg,
234 : distinction is made between the fine and the compensation, fulla
skada-bot skal greida fyrir beit ok t(35u akra ok engja landnams-laust
... en ella fullt landnam, 258, 259. II. in Icel. the taking pos-
session of land as a settler, occupation, particularly used of the settlement
of Iceland : in Landn. and the Sagas passim it is used in sing, of the land
allotted to each settler, i landnami sinu, i hans landnami, etc., almost like
landeign, see Landn. passim ; but often in plur. of the settlement itself,
mi er yfir farit um landnam \>au er v^r hofum heyrt at verit hafi a
Islandi, Landn. 3 20 ; mi eru rituS landnam i Vestfir&inga- (Nor61endinga-,
Austfirdinga-) fjor&ungi, 167, 236, 274. compds : Landndma-bok,
f. (commonly called Ijandn^ma, u, f.), the Book of Settlernent, the
famous historical work begun by Ari the historian, Landn. 24, Fs.
122. Landn&ma-saga, u, f. the History of the Settlement, Landn.
275. Iandnama-ti3 (-timi, Vigl. 19), f. the time of the settlement
(about A. D. 875-935), Landn. 133, Fb. i. 268. landn^ms-kona,
u, f. a female settler, lb. 19 : hence landnanis-nia3r and landn^ma-
madr, m. a settler, and in plur. the settlers, of the first generation of
settlers in Iceland, Ingolfr var fraegastr allra landnamsmanna, Landn. 38,
236, 320, 321, passim, fb. ch. i, 11.
land-norflan, adv. /row the north-east.
land-nor5r, m. ' land-north,' .north-east, opp. to vii-noxbx = the north-
west, a phrase borrowed from the Scandin. continent (see landsuSr), Fs.
22, K. {>. K. 138, Grag. ii. 283, Sks. 173, Bs. ii. 48, Bjarn. (in a verse).
Iand-nyr3ingr, m. a north-east wind. Eg. 87, Fms. viii. 254, Eb. 252,
328, Bs. ii. 48, Sks. 41, Fb. i. 539, Merl. 2. 44, 84.
land-r&3, n. pi. the 'land-rule,' government of the land; hann var
fyrir ollum landraSum, Fms. i. 2 ; hann var forstjori fyrir landraSum, vii.
238 ; en Eysteinn konungr skyldi hafa landra3 af hendi beggja J)eirra, 75 ;
ek mun hafa landraS me6an, xi. 22 ; unna honum halfs rikis ok landra6a
vi6 sjalfan sik. Odd. 115 new Ed.; raSa landraSum, Fms. vi. 431, 6. H.
5 a. 2. ' land-treason,' high treason, (from ra8a, to betray), N. G. L.
i. 103, Fms. i. 58, viii. 196, G^\. 57, 133. compds : landr&3a-ma3r,
m. a governor, Fms. vii. 280: a traitor, viii. 296, G\\. 57. land-
r43a-s6k, f. a case of high treason, GJ)1. 121, 535.
land-r&3andi, part, a ruler of the land. Lex. Poet.
land-rdn, n. the harrying a land, Fms. vi. 27.
land-reki, a, m. a ' land-wreaker,' protector of the land, poiJt. a king,
Hkv. 1.32, Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet.
land-rekstr, m. banishment. Eg. (in a verse).
land-rettr, m. = landsr6ttr.
land-rOgnir, m. = landass, of a king, Akv. 12.
land-sala, u, f. sale of land, Landn. 317, Grag. ii. 214.
land-selr, m. a ' land-seal,' the comtjion seal. '
land-seti, a, m. a 'land-sitter,' tenant, Grag. i. 296, Eb. 314, Sturl. ii.
103, Orkn. 334, Gisl. 50, freq. in mod. usage.
land-sesrra, u, f. public famine {seyra. = starvation) ; var en mesta
lansora (sic) er eigi skyldi vera kaupfridr i milli, O.H. 51; ok aetla
h65an at flytja smjor ok skreiS, er mikit landseyra er at {)eirri brott-
flutningu, Fms. viii. 251, v. 1.
Iand-si3r, m. = landssi8r, Vm. 71.
Iand-ska8i, a, m. = landsska8i, Fms. i, 193. ,
land-skapr, m. = landsskapr, Stj.
land-skekill, m. a strip, outskirt of land, Bs. i. 739.
land-skipan, f. = landsskipan, Fms. x. 148, xi. 409.
land-skipti, n. = landsskipti, Grag. ii. 255, Fms. ix. 243, xi. 362.
land-skjdlfti, a, m. an earthquake, Edda 40 (the mythical origin
the earthquake), Sks. 142, Greg. 49, MS. 655 xxvii. 22 spelt hi
skylpi.
land-skyld, f. = landsskyld, B. K. 40, Fb. ii. 247 ; landskyldar but^
Fms. iv. 258 ; landskyldar skra, a rent roll, Rett. 56.
land-stjorn, f. = landsstj6rn, Fms. vii. 326, Eb. 194.
Iand-sii3r, m. ' land-south,' south-east, opp. to ut-su5r = sow/i&-K/«s<(
landnordr), Nj. 263, Fms. ix. 502, Rb. 90, Stj. 83, 88, Fs. 186, Gu
1 1 , freq. in mod. usage.
land-sunnan, adv. blowing from the south-east.
land-synningr, m. a south-east wind, Fms. ix. 387, Sks. 39
land-syn, f., naut. the sight of land; i landsyn, within sight of ta
Karl. 554; or landsyn, out of sight of land ; sigla i haf ok or Jandi
Fb. i. 542 ; vera or landsyn, N. G. L. i. 103.
land-taka, u, f. the taking land, landing, Korm. 228, Eb. 332, Nj. 2
Eg. 159, Fas. ii. 231 : mod. also a landing-place, J)ar er god, ill la
taka, etc.
land-tjald, n. a land tent, originally a naut. term, a tent pitched ask
when in harbour, opp. to the tents on board, often in plur., Nj. 157,8
i. 26, Stj. 45 ; landtjald Drottins, the Lord's Tabernacle, Sks. 146, 78c
land-tog, n. a towing from shore. Snot 306.
land-vanr, adj. acquainted with the country. Fas. iii. 87.
Iand-var3a, u, f. a tax to be paid by fishermen to the landlord or
king as liegelord ; hverr ma8r er a haf reri, skyldi gjalda konungi b
vcirdu, hvaSan sem faeri, en J)at eru fimm fiskar, O.H. 227 (Fmi
399); at sva grei8i skiparar allir..., sva at hvarki ska&i tiond
konungs-skreift ne Iandv6r6ur ne Iei6angrs-ger5ir ne nokkurar ti
skyldir, N.G. L. ii. 475, Boldt 89, 143, cp. N. G. L. i. 257, § 2.
land-vdn, f. = landsvan, Landn. 43 (v. 1.), N. G. L. i. 346 ; ok er b
kom i landvan vi6 Noreg, Hkr. i. 292.
Iand-ve3r, n. a land wind, Landn. 225.
land-vegis, adv. by land, Fr.
land-vegr, m. a way by land, opp. to sjovegr; fara landveg, Eg,
K.{>.K. 24.
Land-verskr, adj. /rom the county Land, Fs.
Iand-vi3ri, n. = landve6r, Fms. ix. 49, Landn. 225, Bs. i. 483.
land-V8Brt, n. adj. ; eiga landvaert, to have residence in the country i\
to one, opp. to the being outlawed or under ban, Bs. i. 675, Grag. i. : |
Gliim. 382, Fms. v. 265.
land-vsettr, f. the guardian spirits of a country, abiding in mount
rivers, etc., in the shape of giants, fairies, animals, see the iateres
story in Hkr. 0. T. ch. 37, as also Landn. 258, (for the references |
h6fu6 A. V) ; sny ek \)tss\x ni3i a landvaettir J)aer er land {)etta byn
Eg. 389 ; ^at sa lifreskir menn, at landvaettir allar fylgQu Hafrbirr I
J)ings en J)eim |)orsteini til veiSa ok fiskjar, Landn. 271.
Iand-v6r3r, m. a land-warder, poet, a king. Lex. Poet.
Iand-v6rn, f. the defence of the land, N.G. L. ii. 199 sqq. ; Gut!
son sinn setti hann til landvarnar austr vi& landsenda, Fms. i. 6 ; >r
Einarr jarl hafa forra6 fyrir Jjeim ok landvorn, Orkn. 44, 1 60. com
landvarnar-balkr, m. the section of Norse law treating of dej
N. G. L. ii. 199 sqq. Iandvarnar-ina3r, m. a man charged wit
defence of the country against freebooters and foreign invasion, Eg.
401, Fms. V. 89, vi. 295. landvarnar-segl and landvarnar-s .
n. a ship of war for the defence of the country, H. E. i. 419, N.G.I
83, Gt.1. 79-
land-J)ing, n. a kind oi parliament.
langa, u, f. [Scot, laing'], ling, a fish. Fas. ii. Ill, Edda (Gl.), freft,
mod. usage, longu-bak, n. a nickname, Landn.
LANG- A, a8, to long for : 1. impers. ' // longs me,' I long
mik langar ekki til J)ess, / long not for it, Fms. i. 284; er 1» ( '
langafti ekki til fundar hans, viii. 431 ; Jjess er van at {)ik munijBM
langa, Fs. 104; J)6tti Jieim mi Kolbeinn aptr kominn ok endrbonijl*
pa langaSi se eptir, Sturl. iii. 269 ; at Orkneyinga (but Orkney!: p
Fms. vii. 28, Orkn. 142, I.e.) mundi litt langa til, at hann kaemi jt
f)angat, Magn. 446 : as also freq. in mod. usage, mig langar i e-8, / |[,
for a thing, of food ; but langar til })ess, of other things; mig lang#>
a5 fara. 2. personal; ok langaSi til hennar bur6ar allir retlfc'
Hom. 130 ; allir hinir vitrustu menn liinguSu til hans fundar, Bs. i. ff-
Orkn. 142 ; mi er sa dagr kominn er ver hofum allir (oss hefir alia, m
langat til, Fms. viii. 220 ; sem f)eir hof8u til langat, 655 xx. A. !• j
langi, a, m. one of the stomachs in sheep or cattle.
LANGB, long, langt, adj., compar. lengri, superl. lengstr, [commi
all Teut. languages] : — long, of space and time ; long sverS, Fas. i.
af longu skeggi, Skalda 181; lengri hina eptri faetr, Stj.; {)6at '
lengri, N. G. L. i. 44 ; J)eir lifa opt langan aldr er me8 or3uni cra^^
a saying = Engl, words break no bones, Nj. 252; hann f6kk eigi
,tveim or8um lengra samfast, Hkr, ii. 138; Fostudagr inn langi,vj
%
LANGABEIN— LARDR.
373
fday, Good Friday, passim ; langt lit", Horn. 12 ; mjok langa hriS, Nj.
b& er dagr er sem Icngstr, J)a er iiott er sem lengst, Laudn. (pref.) ;
^ biggja lengra lif, Fms. vi. 166 ; sigr \i'\nn mun eigi langr vera, xi.
hofum ver eigi heyrt fiessa sogu lengri, we have not heard this story
farther, i.e. here ends the tale, Njarft. (fine); {)at er long saga at
, *fts a long story to tell, Fms. xi. 99 ; seint er um langan veg at spyrja
da, a saying, Edda 31 ; endi-langr, liggja endi-Iangr, to lie at full
h; h6n lagflisk sem hon var long hja honum, Karl. 47: long in
»dy, Skalda 175, 179. II. neut. long, far, distant; langt li
Qalls ok fjiiru, Landn. 57 ; ok attu eigi langt til eyjarinnar, Fms. i.
l«ngt i brott, a long way off, far away, Stj. 195 ; langt mun yftr
m til at er veiSit sva, 0. H. 78 ; fljotid var sva mikit, at langt var
ireitt, that it was impassable far beyond that, Nj. 63 ; hann scildisk
r4hatt sem hann matti lengst, Edda 33 ; sva langt vestr, at engi hefir
lengra eignask, Landn. 41 ; lift kom vel til hans or h6ru3um, en fatt
um lengra, Fms. iv. 385 ; J)viat ^t\x setluflu ekki lengra i kveld en
ifiabrekku.Nj. 252 ; ok J)urfti l)ar eigi lengra at grafa til vatns en
lum dolum, Edda (pref.); langt mun i milli vera litilmennsku minnar
hins mikla ahuga er J)er byr 1 brjosti, Fms. iv. 80 ; in the saying,
langt um skammt, cp. Lat. quod petis hie est, Nj. 207, III.
Inal phrases; of langt, /ar off, J)a stl hann of langt krossinn, 656 B.
mgt ilk, far from it! Wngt-um, by far ; langtum beirz, better by
2. Wngu or laungu, long since; sa ek J)etta longu a hans yfir-
»i, Fms. i. 141 ; sva sem ek sag&a y6r longu, 139; sem m^r sag8i
hugr um, Nj. 191 ; mjok liingu, very long ago, Sks. I17 ; seg oss
Sendi, liingu fundumsk vit naest, we have not seen one another for an
Jjam. 15 : fyrir longu, long ago ; J)at vissa ek fyrir longu at ek var vel
tr.Gisl. 69 ; hann hafdi tekinn verit or j6r6u fyrir longu adr, Fms. i. 5 1 :
m, long, mostly, continuously ; Eirekr var longum me6 fo&ur sinum,
5n var longum um nsetr a kirkju at baenum sinum, Ld. 328; en
^um (mostly) vel stiltr, Nj. 38; J)eir voru samflota, sv4 at hvarir
longum til aunarra. Eg. 126: compar. lengrum, longer; lengrum
; St6b\i til, Fms. xi. 99 ; fieir skolu skipta vikum e3a smaeruni, ok
leir at ra9a er lengrum vilja skipta, Grag. ii. 350: super!, lengstum,
/, most of the time ; hofuSborg sii er Geira sat i lengstum, Fms. i.
hann var ]p6 lengstum at Grjota, Nj. 135 ; gamanmal er J)it munut
um um tala, Ld. 306. IV. metaph. longing, taking interest
Tat er y3r langt at J)essum monnum, hvart msBg3 e5r fraendsemi,
interest take you in these men? Fms. ii. 211 ; hann let eigi ra3a,
menn voru tignir eSa litignir, e3r honum mikit at langt e3a liti3,
64. 2. neut. long, weary; langt pykki m^r, ligg ek einn
I, Eg. (in a verse) ; fiat vil ek, at J)u komir til heimkynna minna,
]^mun langt J)ykkja her a hei3inni, Grett. 130 new Ed. V.
Hny local names, Lang-ey, Langa-nes, Langa-hli3, Xianga-
.ajj|(the Danish island), etc., Landn.; see below.
3. CoMPDs : langa-bein, n. long-bone, a nickname, Sturl. langa-
' 'long-bower,' a store-room, Dipl. iii. 4, v. 18. langi-djdkn,
-leacon, a nickname, Sturl. Langa-fasta, u, f. the long
:!en fast, Grag. i. 245, 246, 291, K.fj.K. 122, 124, Rb. 82,
;;afostu-igangr, the beginning of Letit, Grag. i. 122. Langi-
r, m. Good Friday, K. {>. K., N. G. L. passim. Langa-
. 'Long-espee,' Long-spear, a nickname, Fms. langa-tdng,
'rong,' the middle jfinger. II. lang-afi, a, m. a great
'her. lang-amme, u, f. a great grandmother ; langiimmu-
■■ystir, a great granduncle, aunt. lang-^ss, m. a purlin,
i)vertrc, Fms. ix. 512. lang-bakki, a, m. (see bakki 2);
iirase, skjota i langbakka, to stave off for a long time, Fms. x.
lang-band, n. the purlin along the roof in a house. lang-
ii. a halberd, Hkm. 7; Edda (Gl.) reckons it amongst swords:
a serpent, Edda (Gl.) Lang-barSar, m. pi. the Lombards,
m their beard (bar&) or battle axe (barSa), Skv, 3, Greg. 63.
u-3a-land, n. Lombardy, Mart. lang-bein, n. = langabein,
nie, Ann. lang-bekkr, m. a long bench, bench lengthways,
; verbekkr, Fms. vi. 193, Sturl. i. I42, iii. 182. Lang-brdk,
-hreek,' nickname of a lady on account of her tall stature, Nj.
lar, m. pi. long fires (see eldr II), Eb. 276, Nj. 15, Korm. 144.
mar, f. pi. long sleeves, Fms. vii. 321. Iang-fe3gar, m. pi.
i-efaihers, ancestors by the father s side, counted upwards, Hkr.
2, Nj. 158. Iangfe3ga-kyn, n. the lineage of langfe6gar,
4. Iangfe3ga-n6fn, n. pi. the name of one's langfeSgar,
;, (pref.) Iangfe5ga-tal, n. a tale or roll of langfeSgar,
edigree. Eg. 536: the name of an old historical work con-
ncient pedigrees of kings, Hkr. i. (pref.) Iangfe3ga-tala,
'gfe6gatal, Nj. 25. Iangfe3ga-8ett, f. = langfeSgakyn, Fms.
Iang-fe3gin, n. pi. ancestors, agnate and cognate. lang-
pl. = langfeSgar, and langfe3ra-tal, n. = langfe6gatal, G{)1.
331, Fagrsk. 151, Horn. 46. Iang-fe3ri, n. = langfeSgar,
'7. Iang-fer3, f. a long journey, Sturl. ii. 185, Fs. 51, Bs.
Iangfer3a-nia3r, m. one who 'fares' far, a far traveller, Fs.
imi, a, m. lasting fame, Orkn. 466, Fb. ii. 513, Mar. ; k lang-
-Jiii, mod. til langframa, adverb. /or good, R6tt. 4. 25. lang-.
'faettr, adj. long-legged, Stj. 276. lang-fbr, f. = langfera, Eb. 198.
Iang-g8e3i, n. long-lasting, corrupt from langseft. lang-gseSr and
lang89dligr, adj. a later and inferior form for langxr, langaeligr, Bs.
i. 62, Fas. iii. 57. lang-hils, m. long-neck, a nickname, Landn.
Iang-hdl8a3r, adj. long-necked, NjarS. 364. lang-hendr, adj. tvitb
long bands, Ld. 298. Lang-hlidingar, m. pi. the men from Langa-
hlfa, Sturl. lang-hiofr, m. long-hulk, name of a ship, Bs. lang-hi^a,
a3, to run, in a pun (langhiis = rann), Krok. 63, 64. lang-hyggja, u, f.
long-suffering. Bar). 42. lang-hOfSaflr, adj. long-beaked, of a ship,
Hkv. 1 . 24. Iang-h6f3i, a, m. a nickname, Sturl. lang-knakkr, m.
a kind of bench, Finnb. 310. lang-lega, u, f. a long stay, of a weather-
bound ship, Fms. ix. 296 ; as also of long sickness in bed. lang-
leggr, m. the long leg, bone of a leg of mutton, B4rft. 176, H4v.
40. langleggjar-stykki, n. a leg of mutton, Hkv. 40. lang-
lei3i, n. lengthwise ; langleifli sin a milli, at a long distance, Stj. 73, Eg.
579. lang-leikr, m. length, Stj. 346. lang-leitr, adj. long-faced,
Fms. i. 155, ii. 20, vii. 175, 321, pibr. 174, Bs. i. 72. lang-liflit,
n. part, after a long time, Bs. ii. 133. lang-liga, adv. /or a long
time past, = mod. langalengi, Js. 24, Sturl. iii. 297, Fas. ii. 268. lang-
Iffl, n. long life, Fms. vii. 73, K. p. K. 60. lang-lifr, adj. long-
lived, Fs., Fms. iii. 173. lang-loka, u, f. 'long-lock,' a kind of eight-
lined verse in which the first and the last line make a sentence, whilst the
six between them are intercalary, of which Edda (Ht.) 14 furnishes a
specimen : in mod. usage langloka is a poem not divided into strophes,
for specimens of which see Sn6t 72, 215. lang-lvmd, f. long-suffer-
ing. Ianglundar-ge3, n. id. lang-minni, n. a long memory.
lang-minnigr, adj. having a long memory, Nj. 30, v. 1.: long to be
remembered, Pr. 158. lang-meelgi, f. long-winded talk, Fms. v. 225.
lang-mseli, n. long talk, Hom. 125, Bs. ii. 117. lang-maeltr, part.
long-spoken, long-winded, Sks. 316, Hom. (St.) lang-nefjadr, adj.
long-nosed, Sturl. ii. 133, iii. 105. lang-nefjur, f. pi. rowlocks, Edda
(Gl.) lang-nefr, m. long-nose, a nickname, Sturl. lang-nidjar, m.
pi. a descending lineage by the father's side, pedigree of agnates, counted
downwards, Vsp. 16; opp. to landfeSgar when counted upwards in time.
lang-nsetti, n. the long night. Ft. lang-orf, n. a long handle of a
scythe, Korm. 38, Sturl. i. 180, Sks. 358. lang-pallr, m. a dais along
(not across) the hall, Fms. vi. 439. Iang-rei3, f. a long ride, Vigl. 61 .
Iang-r8e3a, u, f. a long talk, Fms. ix. 252. Iang-r8e3r, part, long-
spoken, long-winded, Sks. 316. lang-rseki, n. rancojtr, an unforgiving
temper, N. G. L. ii. 41 7, Hom. 33, 143. lang-rsekr, adj. having a long
memory, brooding long over past wrongs. Anal. 171, Eb. 42, Bret. 92, pibi.
181, Fas. iii. 520. lang-samlega, adv. incessantly. lang-aeta, u, f.
a long stay, Vm. 113. lang-setis, adv. lengthways, lang-skepta, u, f.
a long-shafted spear, Karl. 405. lang-skeptr, part, long-shafted, Sks.
388, Fs. 64. lang-skip, n. a long ship, a kind of large ancient ship of
war, distinguished from the lesser skei&, both being distinguished from the
merchant's knorr (cp. Gr. vavs fMxpa, Lat. longa navis), Hkv. 2. 1 1, 0. H.,
Fms. passim. Eg. 37, 42 ; langskips mastr, ra, segl, a mast, yard, sail of a
long ship, Sturl. i. 194, Eg. 198, 515, Fms. vii. 30, passim. langskipa-
g6r3, f. building of a langskip, GJ)!. 1 2 1 . langskips-b^za, u, f. = lang-
skip, Hkr. ii. 143. langskips-menn, m. pi. the crew of a long ship, Fms.
ii. 16, Fs. 92. I&ng-sk6r, {.the lower hem of a tent, ¥?Ls.i. ;;^T 2. lang-
sta3mn, part, of old date, long-standing, Lv. 77. Iang-st611, m. a long
seat, Vm. 7, Fas. i. 84. lang-strseti, n. a long street, Fms. viii. 319.
lang-synn, zd]. far-sighted. Fas. i. 157. lang-ssei, f. afar sight, Edda
i. 544. lang-sser, zdj. long-sighted, prophetic, Lv. 81. lang-taladr,
part, long-spoken, Fms. i. 288. Iang-Ti3igr, adj. = langraekinn, Hkr. iii.
252. lang- vari, a, m.; til langvara, ro /as/ /o«^, Njard. 376. lang-
vaxinn, part, longish, Fms. ii. 59. lang-v^, mod. lang-via, u, f.
a bird, columbus troile, Edda (Gl.) Iang-vi3ir, m. pi. the long tim-
bers in a house or ship, N. G. L. i. 65, IQO, Hom. 95. Iang-vi3ri, n.
pi. long-continued weather, heat, cold, or the like. lang-vinnr, adj.
long-lasting, of sickness, bad weather, or the like. lang-vinr, m. a
friend of long standing, Hm. 157, Fas. ii. 64, Bar3. 173; langvinirnir
rjufask sizt, a saying, Grett. 184 new Ed. lang-vist, f. a long abode,
Hom. 9, Fr. : adv. langvistum, staying long, Fbr. 33, Fms. vii. 11 2, F^g.
227, Fs. 149. lang-veengr, m. /o«g- iff«^(?), ym. 27. laug-^ili,
n. the wainscot lengthwise, opp. to Jiver^ili, G{)1. 346. Iang-ee3, f.
long-lasting ; til langjeSar e3a fullna3ar, Bs. i. 740, Ant. 112. lang-
seliga, adv. /or a long time, Sturl. ii. 186, MS. 625. 77. lang-seligr,
adj. long-lasting, Stj. 47, Fas. i. 171, Bs. i. 311. lang-aer, adj. [langr
and se= ever, or akin to Germ, ew, ewig], long-lasting; langaett musteri,
MS. 677. 6; vegsama fp3ur J)inn ok modur, sva at pu s6rt langser yfir
jtirftinni, Stj. 301 (Fifth Commandipent) ; hverr eldrinn mun vera heitari
ok langaerri, Fms. vii. 37 ; ma vera at sigrinn verSi ekki langaer, ii. 10 ;
at langaer fri3r standi 1 fiessu landi, Bs. i. 572.
Iara3r, adj. worn, weary, (conversational.)
Iar3r, m. [from Fr. and EngL lard], lard, fat: in the phrase, c-m sigr
larSr (cp. e-m sigr kviflr), one's stomach sinks, one is worn out, (vulgar.) lu
Hrafnagaldr 23 the sun is poet, called Fenris foSr-larftr = the ' wolf's lard,'
the bait, the prey of the wolf, according to the tale in Edda of the wolf
374
LARFR— LAUKR.
(Fenrir) running after the sun (Edda 7) and trying to swallow him.
This poem however cannot be ancient, for this French word prob. came
to Iceland through the English trade of the 15th century. The explana-
tion given in Fel. x. 10 is erroneous.
larfr, m., esp. in pi. larfar, rags, tatters.
las-burda, SiA]. feeble, ailing.
lasinn, adj. dilapidated, half broken, Orkn. 528 : medic, ailing; eg er
lasinn, half lasinn, / am not quite well.
laska, a&, to break asunder: reflex, to be half broken: part. laskaSr,
bruised, and of wood with flaws.
laski, a, m. a flaw, fissure in wood. II. the wrist-piece of a
gauntlet beneath the thumb, (opp. to lo or \6b = the finger part) ; the
phrase, a 16 og laski I The foreman of a fishing-boat divides the catch
of fish into two heaps, then throws a glove between these heaps, and turn-
ing his face away shouts, a 16 og laski ! whereupon each man of the
crew has, in his turn, to choose either the 16 or the laski, and take his
share according to the side to which the laski or the 16 points.
las-legr, adj. = lasinn.
las-leiki, a, m. ailment.
las-meyri, f. decrepitude. Mar.
las-meyrr, adj. mellow, decrepit. Band. 28 new Ed., Stj. 98.
lasna, a6, to decay, become dilapidated.
last, n. vituperation, Sighvat, freq. in mod. usage.
LASTA, a6, [Germ. Idsteni], to blame, vituperate, speak ill of; lostuftu
t)at flestir, Eg. 196 ; mun sjalft lofa sik ef vel er, enda mun sjalft lasta
sik ef ilia er, Nj. 176; Jjorfinnr jarl kom Jia at ok lasta3i ekki verkit,
Orkn. 114 ; lyta ok lasta, Stj. 135, Greg. 49; lasta Gu6, to blaspheme,
Fb. i. 287.
lasta- in compds, see liistr.
lastan or 16stun, f. slander, reproach, blame; lof e& lostun, MS. 677. 10,
Isl. ii. 450. lastanar-or3, n. pi. words of blemish. Ems. vi. 33.
lastan-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), reprehensible. Mar.
last-aufligr, adj. vicious, evil, 655 xi. 2, Horn.
last-fiillr, Adj. full of evil, Hom. 24.
last-ligr, adj. slanderous. Germ. Idsterlich, Rett. 61.
last-maeli, n. slander, Grag. ii. 148, Fms. viii. 252, Pass. II. 15.
last-ord, n. = lastmaeli. Fas. i. 107.
last-samligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), reprehensible, Stj. 156.
last-samr, adj. slanderous, Stj. 8.
last-varliga, adv. without guile or sin, Bs. i. 300.
last-varr, adj. guileless, virtuous, Sks. 24, 687.
lata, a5, to be slow, slacken, abate : impers., Helgi saekir at fast er hann
finnr at Jjorgrimi latar, Fs. 138; J)a er hann finnr at elinu latar, abates,
(latrar Ed.), Fms. xi. 137.
latan, f. slackening : — metaph. dissuasion, Sturl. ii. 106.
lat-hendr, adj. slow of hand, Sturl. iii. 200.
lati, a, m. the late or lazy one, Edda (Gl.)
lat-liga, adv. slowly, Fms. vi. 207, Krok. 42, MS. 686 B. I.
LATH, adj., fern, lot, neut. latt, compar. latari, superl. latastr; [Ulf.
lats = 6Kvr]p6s, dp-yos; A.S.lat; Engl, late, lazy ; O.H..G. laz; Germ.
lass; Swed.lat; Dan. lad]: — slow, lazy, Sturl. ii. 155, Fms. xi. 256;
latr ok 6-hly9inn, 686 B. 2 : so in the saying, latr saekir latan heim :
with gen., latr e-s, Fms. xi. 256; o-latr , diligent : pa<isirn and freq. in
mod. usage, eg er latr, latr a& laera, latr a6 vinna, etc.
IiAITDB, n., mod. 163r, but the diphthong is borne out by old
rhymes as, \aubn, raubsi, Fms. vi. 47 (in a verse) ; naub, vii. 66 ; as
also by the derivative ley6ra, q. v. : [A. S. lea^or = z kind of nitre, used
for soap; Engl, lather]: — the froth or foam of the sea water; lauSr
var lagt i be6i, Fms. vi. 180 (in a verse); Ijotu lauSri dreif a lypting,
id. ; alda lau3ri faldin, Orkn. (in a verse) ; vi9r J)olir nau6 i lauSri, Fms.
vii. (in a verse) : hubr Obins elda, poet. =/;&« blood, Gisl. (in a verse) ;
haf-lau&r, sea-scwOT, Lex. Poiit.; vapn-lau6r = Wooc?. II. in prose
esp. of a kind of nitre or soap used in cleaning, e. g. the head ; cp. Swed.
ladder = a kind of soap, Engl, lather ; ok \>6 h6n h6fu& bans, ... ok haf6i
h6n eigi J)vegit lau&r 6r hofdi honum, Isl.ii. 333 (HeiSarv. S.) ; lineik {the
maid) strauk lau6ri urn skor mina, Vigl. 82 new Ed. (in a verse).
lauSra, a6, mod. I63ra, to foam, to be dripping wet with salt water :
and esp. of blood, loSrandi af bl63i, dripping with blood.
lauSrungr or l63rungr, m. a box on the ear, prob. metaph. from
washing and lathering the head ; [cp. vulgar Engl, to lather = to beat.]
liKU'S', n. \\J\{.laufs = (pvKKov; A. S. and Engl. /ea/; Gtxm. laub ;
Dan. I'ov ; Swed. Iqf] : — a leaf, foliage, H6m. 5, Fs. 135 ; aldin e5a lauf,
Gret. 14, Sks. 105 ; rjiipna-lauf : — metaph., lauf a hjalmi. El. 17, Sturl.
iii. 140 : in local names, Lauf-dss, whence Laiifsesingar, the men
from L. coMPDs : laufa-drd,ttr, m. leaf-formed embroidery. Art.
laufa-fettir, m. a name of a fox, Edda (Gl.) Iauf-bla3, n. a ' leaf-
blade,' single leaf, Edda 29. Iauf-g63r, adj. leafy, abundant in
leaves, Barl. 149. lauf-grsenn, adj. leaf-green, Rkv. ; laufgraenn
kyrtill, Hrafn. 13, El. 1 2. lauf-gyltr, part, gilt-wreathed, MS. 4. 1 6.
lauf-hiis, n. a 'leaf-house,' Hkr. iii. 180. lauf-segl, n. a leaf-
shaped sail; in the phrase, sigla me8 laufsegli at e-m, to deal leniently
with a person, Eb. 96, Fas. i. 7. lauf-settr, part, ornamem
leaves. El. lauf-sk&li, a, m. n ' leaf-house,' summer-house, Kony,
iii. 303, Karl. 78. Iatifskdla-h^ti3, f. the Jewish feast of Tabertia^
O. T. lauf-steindr, part. Zefl/-t/yec?, = laufgraenn, Karl. 341. la^f.
vi3i, n. leaf-wood (ash, elm, etc.), opp. to needle-wood (fir, pine)
B.K. 55.
laufgask, a9, dep. to be leafy, Skalda 200 : part. latifgaSr, leavm
Baer. 15, Barl. 149, Pass. : metaph., Iaufga3r hjalmr. El.
Xjaufi, a, m. the name of the sword of the hero Bo&var Bjarki, Lai:c
lauf-16ttr, adj. light as a leaf.
lauf-ligr, adj. leafy, Sks. 627.
lauf-ugr, adj. leafy, Konr.
Iauf-vi3r, m. leaf-wood, = \zu{vibi, Merl.
LAITG, f., old dat. laugu ; with the article laugunni, Rd. 276, Th>c
484, but lauginni, Sturl. ii. 98, Fms. vii. 150 ; pi. laugar : [cp. Swed. /or
Dan. lover in lor-dag, lover-dag, — Icel. laugar-dagr, q. v.] : — a bath; U
var6veitti barn drottningar 6borit me&an hon var i laugu, Landn. 11:
taka laugar, Fs. 72 ; Tpa.T v6ru laugar gorvar, en er konungr var i laut'i
var tjaldat yfir kerit, Fms. vii. 150 ; prestr er skyldr at vigja \>v]m lau-,
um dag (of baptismal water), N. G. L. i. 347; laug skal gora hveimf
liSinn er hendr J)va ok h6fu9 (of washing the dead), Sdm. 34 (Baggc'
sl9an voru bor& tekin, en Flosi t6k laugar ok Mb bans, Nj. 176, (ha-
laug, mund-laug, q. v.) : the bath in which a new-born infa*it is wash'
called laug. II. in Icel. a hot spring, which was used for bathins
en Fostudags-aptan foru biskupar ba6ir til laugar i Laugar-as eptir nit
ver3, Bs. i. 78 ; eitt hvert kveld er Jjeir foru til laugar, ... en laugin (tl
spring) var ekki a almanna-veg, 621 ; J)at var eitt kveld er Snorri sat
laugu, at talat var um hofSingja, . . . Sturla Bar6arson haf6i haidit viii
yfir lauginni ok leiddi hann Snorra heim, Sturl. ii. 98 ; fyrir sunnan ;i:
eru laugar (hot springs) ok J)ar hja jar6holur st6rar, Eg. 747; Kjart,
for opt til Saelingsdals-laugar {the well in S.), jafnan bar sva til at Gu3r
var at laugu, Ld. 160; Gestr kemr til Saelingsdals-laugar, ok dve ■
J)ar um hri6, Gu&run kom til laugar ok fagnar vel Gesti fraenda si;;' •
124. III. in Icel. the hot springs were public bathing-places, ;
the word is freq. in local names, Laugar, f. pi., Laugar-fi, Laugar-as
Lauga-bol, Laugar-brekka, Laugar-dalr, Laugar-deelar, Laui 1
ar-nes, Lauga-land, Lauga-vatn, Lauga-fell, Laugar-velli
Lauga-sker, Laugar-bus, Landn. ; see the Sagas, the map of Ice I
Eggert Itin. ; and as the latter part of a compd, Valla-laug, Saelingsdal|
laug, Reykja-laug, etc., all indicating places with hot springs used f
baths in olden times. IV. Saturday was the day appointed :
cleansing and bathing, and hence the day took its name, laugar-apta:
m. ' bath-eve,' Saturday evening, Isl. ii. 2 74 : laugar-dagr, m. ' baib-do' \
Saturday, Grag., K. p. K., N. G. L., the Sagas passim : laugardag »
morginn, m., -kveld, n. Saturday morning, evening, passim: laogaj
kveld, n.=:laugaraptan, Isl. ii. 247: laugar-morginn, m. 'bai\
morning,' Saturday morning, Isl. ii. 232 : laugar-ndtt, f. 'baib-ms'c
Saturday night, (the night between Saturday and Sunday, as she«i
Sturl. ii. J 70) ; ok er lofat at eta hvitan mat mi9viku-natt ok laugar!..
i Hvita-dogum, K.A. 188, K. |>. K. This washing and fasting iu>:
religious character, as is shewn by laugavatn, S61. 50 ; as also by the vc:
in Ski3a R., — aldrei fra ek at aumum ^rjot [ mun illra meina batna [ i;
en lofar at leggja af blot | ok laugarnaetr at vatna, 202 : and that it «:
from the remote heathen age, when the year was still counted by pentads a !
not by heptads, we may infer from the freq. use of laug as the latter part j
the compd in proper names, esp. of women, As-laug, Gu6-laug, J)6r-lav
Odd-laug, Sigr-laug, Snae-laug, Ve-laug ( = /ie Holy well, the Holy b<itl\
and of men, Her-laugr, Gu9-laugr, see Landn. and the Sagas.
COMPDS : laugar-hus, n. a bath-house, Bs. ii. 22. laugax-ker, n
bathing-tub, MS. 45 1. laugar-plning, f. 'passion' in a batb.o\
bishop who died when in a bath, Bs. i. 78, (see the context 01 ;
passage.) lauga-vatn, n. bathing-water, Sol. 50.
lauga, a6, [Swed. logo; cp. Lat. lavare], to bathe; J)eir toku kyi
Joseph, laugu6u hann ok litu8u i ki6ja-bl6&i, Stj. 194; hann laug.
oxina i bloOinu, Eb. 200 ; {)va hann ok lauga, Greg. 61 ; for hann f^i
til Jordanar ok laugaSi sik ^ar sem si3r er til palmara, Hkr. iii. 0(
nurse's term, to bathe a new-born infant, performed in olden times, a
perhaps still, with some ceremony. II. reflex, to bathe; laug.u^
konungr i anni J6rdan, Fms. vii. 87, 92 ; allr likami Lausnarans laug'""^
t)a i bl(53i bans, Pass. 3. 9 : metaph., Iauga9r i leiri ok moldu, Karl. 4c
silfri laugat, Fas. iii. 627 ; laugaSr i rau&u guUi, i. 172- ^
laug-m63r, adj. ' bath-weary,' weary after having bathed. Thorn. 4'^-
lauk-jafn, adj. 'leek-even,' straight, just, metaph. from the pis
Sighvat. .
LAUKK. m. [A.S. /mc; Engl. /e<?i; O.Yl.G.louh; Germ. to'
Swed. lok; Dan. log] :— a leek; hon hafSi ]?ar gort i steinkatli stapi
lauk {onion) ok onnur gros, ok gaf at eta enum sarum miiiinum, t'^
kenndi af laukinum ut or sari J)vi er a hoi var, O. H. 223. ^- '
writers and in poetry esp. garlic (geir-laukr, q. v.), Fas. 1 70. ^o."" -
t)a var grund groin graenum lauki, Vsp. 4 ; litiS kve9a lauki g«ft til au
la saying, Sighvat, Lex. PoiJt., passim. 3. metaph. of sleek, taf
ll
LAUKAGARDll— LAUSS.
376
5-
■^s; rettr sem laukr, straight as a leek, Jatv. 4, Pr. 406 (lauk-
"laukr, a sword; itr-laukr, q. v. ; a mast is called the leek of a
i)\. Lex. Poet.; settar-laukr, the 'leek of a family ' the best
:rnily. 4. the oily skin of sea birds is called laukr, e.g.
the skin of a young puffin. compds : lauka-garSr, m.
mnnien, Ld. 260, N. G. L. i. 253, Mag. 171. laiiks-hdfud, n.
ad, clove of garlic, Clar.
secret money : in the phrase, i laumi, by stealth.
DIA> ad, with dat. to put by stealth ; eg laumadi J)vi a5 honum :
sneak, go stealthily, eg launiadisk a6 honum.
CT, f. [from Ijiiga, contr. from laugn ; cp. \J\L ga-laugns = Kpv'iTT6s,
, f. = HpvTTTuv ; Dan.-Swed. Ion, cp. Engl, /owe, lonely ; the word
ore quite different from \zw\ = reward \ : — secrecy, concealment,
sogdu at J)eir hof3u tekit fe til launar ok lygi, that they had taken
conceal and forswear it, 656 C. 57 ; {ja er morS . . . e5a ef maSr
til launar, Grag. i. 87 ; dul e3a laun, Edda (Ht.) 127 ; mi heimtir
wirra betr e6a fleira f^ en van eigi, ok leggr laun a, Grdg. i.
2. esp. in the adverb, phrase, a laun, ' alone,' hidden ; hann
[)angat ok var a laun, Nj. 57; J)ar var Kari nokkura stund a
menn skyldi biota a laun ef vildi, Bs. i. 25 ; maela a laun, to
re/Zy, Am.3; hann sendi mann a laun, Al. 91 ; Geirmundr skipar
nar a laun . . . (leynt hefir hann |)essu alia menn), Ld. 112 ; me6
hann for me8 laun, ok bra a sik gamals nianns liki, Edda i.
laun-bam, n. a secret bairn, natural child, Grag. i. 237, 252.
6t, n. secret {heathen) worship, Fms. ii. 162. laun-dottir,
ural daughter. laun-dyrr, n. pi. a secret doorway, GullJ).
84, Nj. 19S, Orkn. 430, Fms. ii. 2. laun-festar, f. pi. a
rolbal,ii.E. i.475. laun-festing, f. = launfestar, H.E. ii. 139.
jidr, m. a secret meeting, Bret. 80. latin-getinn, part.
begotten, illegitimate, natural, Nj. 30, Eg. 708, Grag. i. 170,
laun-lieitr, adj. treacherously hot. laun-kdrr, adj.
n secrets, mysterious ; vera lilaunkar at tiSendum, Bs. i. 621 ; in
(in the verse) read launktirr for launkrar, as is shewn by the sense
IS the rhyme. laun-koss, m. a secret kiss, Grag. i. 337.
;v8r, m. a hidden (^sham) person, a dummy. Boll. 338. laun-
secret talk, Bs. ii. 229. laun-r&S, n. a secret device, Edda
lasm-s^t (mod. laun-sd.tr, n.), f. a ' hidden seat,' an ambush,
365, 402, 619. laun-s&tt or laun-ssett, f. a secret agree-
i. 871, H.E. i. 561. laun-sigr, n. a victory won by fraud,
laun-sonr, ni. a secret son, natural son. laun-staflx, m.
unes. Eg. (in a verse). laun-stefna, u, f. a secret meeting,
34. latxn-stigr, m. a secret path, Hkr. iii. 133. laun-
m. pilfering, theft, Fms. ix. 272. laun-tal, n. secret speaking,
ig, Fms. vii. 128, Gisl. 54. laun-vagr, m. a hidden creek,
leynivagr, q. v. laun-vig, n. a secret manslaughter, a law
iging between full murder and manslaughter, defined in Gisl. 22.
indl, n. a case q/launvig, Lv. 109. laun-J)ing, n. a secret
Fms. viii. 327, Orkn. 268.
,a.pl.[{]h'.laun — /xiffOos, xapis; A.S.ledn; Eng\. loan; O.H.G.
Ta.lobn; Dan.-Swed. /o«] : — rewards: minni munu verda launin
Wi, Nj. 10; at leiS se laun ef Jjsegi, Hm. 38; g66s laun, 124;
ikkur laun, Fms. v. 192 ; vil ek heldr eiga undir J)er launin, xi.
ir h6f6u bodit honum laun, en hann neitti, i. 12 ; laun munu
it, ek skal gjalda hverjum eptir sinum verkum, Horn. 144, and
ut never in sing. ; kvteSis-laun, bragar-laun, etc. ; Gu3s laun !
Gu9s laun, O&inn ! (cp. Gu6 B. 11), Ski8a R. 109. launa-
dj. worthy of reward.
ai, to reward, with dat. of the person, ace. of the thing for
reward is given, but dat. of the gift itself; ]peiT hafa ySr (dat.)
engu launat nema illu, Fms. i. 84 ; ilium huga launa6ir pii Jjii
fir, Hbl. 21; hvi mundi hann oss (dat.) J)at eigi goSu launa,
; illu mun J)er launat verSa, Nj. 38 ; ok skal ek J)at vel launa
33 ; J)at J)arf eigi at launa sem eigi er giirt, a saying, Grett. ;
, unrewarded; var-launa5r, scantily rewarded; eiga e-m var-
be indebted, be under an obligation to one, Karl. 198 : to pay,
ling hvern er smi6ar skolu launa, N. G. L. i. lOl ; launa e-t af
ri out, pay in work done, Fr.
^, f. conceahnent, secrecy ; esp. in adverb, phrases, af (a, me8)
secretly, Nj. 103, v. 1. ; mjok a launungu, Fms. i. 66, viii. 368 ;
MJgu, Bs. i. 622 : in mod. usage singly, mer er engin launung a
matter of secrecy for me.
m. [A. S. and Old Engl, leap ; still used in Lancashire for
fishing-basket] :— a box or basket, in Icel. of lattice-work, to
the back, also called meiss, q. v. ; lauprinn er hann bar sveininn,
17, Vapn. 16, Vm. 98 ; selja salt i laupum, N. G. L. ii. 254 : in
p.of a measure of butter, G{)1. 491, 492, 524 (smjor-laupr), D.N.
K>Waupr, q. v. ; ef munda {)ik hafa upp fsett 1 ull-laupi minum
basket) ef ek vissa at J)u mundir einart lifa, Orkn. 28. 2.
h$ limber frame or scaffold of a building; J)a er J)eir hiifftu
ip kirkjunnar, Fms. ii. 234; a o5ru arinu var lauprinn reistr,
"^allir innstoplar ok syllurnar tvaer, Safn i. 66.
r.
lausa-bruUaup, n. an improvised wedding. Eg. 24.
lausa-bild, f. a shed, extemporised booth, Bs. ii. 107. '
lausa-eyrir, m. [Dan. /cisore], = lausafe, lb. 16, Eg. 131.
Iausa-f6, n., gen. fjar, movable property, as opp. to lands or even to
land and cattle, Nj. 29, Eg. 13, 67, 395, Fms. i. 25.
lausa-fjOli f. a loose board, {>jal.
Iausa-g6z, n. = lausaf<5, Vm. 79, Pm. 4, Fms. xi. 441.
lausa-hrosa, n. a led horse, Jb. 278.
Iausa-kj5r, n. pi. loose conditions, a void bargain; undir ma! nt's
lausakjiir, 710 false 01 feigned bargain, Grag. i. 225; enda skolu engi
lausakjor k vera, 268.
lausa-klofl, a, m., gramm. a diphthong, Skalda 170.
lausa-klsefli, n. pi. the loose {upper) garments, Eg. 579.
lausa-leikr, m. whoredom ; eiga barn i lausaleik : lausaleiks-btUTit
n. a child begotten out of wedlock.
lausa-maSr, m. a law term, a ' loose-man,' able-bodied labourer who
has no fixed home, Jb. 350, (thus opp. to griftmadr or ma8r i vist) ; hann
var lausamaSr, ok var vistum (had his temporary abode) a StokkahloSum,
Sturl. ii. 67 ; bsendr ok lausir menn, Fs. 23 : hence a tramp, vagabond^
strakar ok lausa-menn, Bs. i. 807.
lausa-matr, m. meat of various kinds; krof fimm ok enn iausamatr
nokkurr, Dipl. v. 18.
lausa-mennska, u, f. the state or life of a lausamaSr.
lausa-mjdSm, f. a trick with the hip in wrestling, Bar8. 183.
lausa-penningr, m. loose money, cash, Dipl. i. 2.
lausa-snjor, m. loose snow, Eb. 236, Sturl. iii. 26.
lausa-taug, f. a loose strap to carry about one. Eg. 279.
lausa-tok, n. pi. a wrestler's term, a loose grasp, opp. to close • back-
spanning.'
lausa-viSr, m. loose logs, planks, Bs. i. 392, Dipl. v. 18.
lausa-visa, u, f. a ditty, Edda (Ht.), freq. in mod. usage.
lausa-J)ili, n. a movable panelling, G{)1. 346.
laus-beislaSr, adj. unbridled, unhampered, let loose.
laus-eygr, adj. with unsteady eyes, Fb. i. 540.
Iaus-ge3ja3r, adj. = lausge5r, Isl. ii. 418.
laus-geSr, adj. fickle-minded, Rom. 266.
laus-gr^ttr, adj. with loose pebbles, Ghim. 394.
laus-gyrSr, adj. loose-girthed, of a horse, belt, GJ)1. 540: without a
belt, without money, Isl. ii. 52.
laus-hdrr, adj. with loose hairs, Edda 21.
Iaus-h6f9a3r, adj. loose-headed, false, R6m. 161.
lausingi, a, m. = leysingi, q. v.
laus-leiki, a, m. looseness, a loose life, Mar.
laus-liga, adv. loosely, Orkn. 430.
laus-ligr, adj. loose, unsteady, Sturl. iii. 200, 215.
laus-lyndi, n. looseness of mind, fickleness. Fas. ii. I34, Sks. J'^6.
laus-lseti, n. = lauslyndi, Vigl. 26: mod. looseness, uncbastity.
laus-mdll, adj. loose of speech. Glum. 372, Fms. vi. 108.
laus-mselgi, f. loose speech, Gliim. 372.
laus-mseli, n. pi. breach of word, Fms. x. 50, Hkr. ii. 122.
lausn, f. release, liberation ; hann lag5i a hvern J)eirra verk ok lausn,
he put a work and ransom on each of his bondsmen, i.e. he gave them
a chance of emancipating themselves by paying a fixed sum of money,
d. H. 28 : eccl. redemption, til hjalpar ok lausnar ollu mannkyni. Mar. ;
pat riian okkr vera til engra lausna, Horn. 155; fyrir vara lausn {)oldi
hann pisl., id. ; iibr su lausn kom er heitin var Abraham, 51, Stj., N. T.,
Pass., Vidal. passim ; endr-lausn, q. v. : — right of redemption, B. K. 40: —
absolution from sin or ban, Bs. i. 287, Fms. ix. 524; hann tok lausn af
sjalfum pavanum, Nj. 281, K. A. 38, 76, Bs. i. 710, passim ; af-lausn, q. v. :
release from a duty, Fms. x. 21. II. decision, judgment ; en er
konungs son var buinn at segja fram lausnir mala, Sks. 643; J)ar var
lausn ok band allra vanda-mala, Fb. ii. 71 ; eiga lausn a mali, to decide
in a case, Bs. i. 708 : — plur. lausnir, in ping-lausnir, q. v. compds :
lausnar-gjald, n. a ransom. lausnar-mark, n. a badge ofredemp'
tion, Hom. 104. lausnar-steinn, m. a stone with hidden power to loose
the pains of labour, Maurer's Volkssagen. lausnar-tiSindi, n. loose
news, Sturl. ii. 96, iii. 256.
lausnari, a, m. a releaser, 656 B : eccl. the Redeemer, Stj. 27, Hom.
36, Barl. 30, Pass., Vidal. passim.
laus-or3r, adj. = lausyr8r, Sks. 773, Karl. 439.
LAUSS, adj., conipar. lausari, superl. lausastr; [Ulf. /aws = /c€Vos ; A. S.
leas; F.ngl. loose, release ; Germ. /os; Dan. /os] : — loose, opp. to fast;
fast ok laust; steinn, annarr fastr enn annarr lauss, Pm. 106; (for) utan-
bor6s seglit ok allt t)at er laust var a bulkanum nema menn, Bs. i. 422 ;
ver6a lauss, to get loose; eldr var5 lauss, _;?re broke loose (cp. Dan. ildliis),
Fms. X. 29 ; lata laust, to let loose, let slip, yield up, vi. 203, Nj. 58, Stj.
184; liggja laust {yrir, to sit loose, be easy to seize upon ; J)6tti eigi svii laust
fyrir liggja sem J)eir setluSu, Fms. viii. 357. II. meUpYi. free,
unimpeded. Germ, ledig; J)ar var engi ma8r lauss at sd&la best konungj,
O.H. 15; baendr ok lausir menn, Fs. 23; J)essa megin skaltu lata best
J)inn, ok gakk Jni lauss yfir briina, leave thy horse behind, and walk loose
876
LAUSTiEKR— L^NA.
'•?>
(i. e. unencumbered) across the bridge, Konr. ; skal |)at li3 a moti J)vi
cr laust er ok eigi er i fylkingu, Eg. 293 : ri&a laust, to ride {travel) unen-
cumbered, without luggage, Hrafn. 2 7 ; lauss hestr, a led horse, Fms. v.
285. 2. disengaged, with gen.; en ek skal lauss allra mala ef
hann kemr eigi sva lit, Isl. ii. 217; vit erum lausir allra svardaga, Fb.
i. 332 ; lauss einka-mala, 6. H. 194. 3. void, not binding ; nu er
laus veSjan okkar, Fms. vi. 370; laus eru oil nymaeli ef eigi verSa upp
sogd et {)ri6ja hvert sumar, Grag. (Kb.) i. 37 ; en ef Sigvaldi kemr eigi
bessu fram, sem nu var skilt me5 J)eim, ^a skulu mal Jpeirra 611 vera
laus, Fms. xi. lOO ; kuggrinn star a kjdlnum fast en kaup er laust,
Stef. (3l. 4. vacant; viljum ver gefa y6r (3lafs kirkju, J)viat hon er
mi laus, Bs. i.8oo; lauss biskupsdomr, a vacant bishopric. Mar.; laust
brau8, a vacant living for a priest. 5. with the notion of empty;
sigla lausum kili, to sail ' with a loose keel,' i. e. without a cargo, O. H. 1 1 5 ;
sigla lausu skipi, id., Bs. i. 518. 6. light, of sleep; hann var
kominn i hvilu sina ok sofna6r laust, Mar. ; \)k seig a hann svefn, ok
J)6 sva lauss, at hann {)6ttisk vaka, 6. H. 195, Vkv. 29. 7. dissolved,
of a meeting (J)ing-lausnir) ; J)ing skal laust segja a miftjum degi, Grag. i.
116; dag {)ann er s6knar-J)ing er laust, 1 1 7. 8. loose, i. e. personal,
property ; lond ok lausa aura (see lausafe, lauseyrir). Eg. 34, Js. 62 ;
lausir penningar, loose money, cash, D.N. v. 488. 9. not lined, of
a garment ; frir diikar me6 rautt skinn ok enn fj6r5i lauss, Vm. 47 ;
hokull lauss, stola laus, 15. 10. absolved from ban; hann song yfir
{)eim miserere, ok segir J)eim J)6, at J)a voni |)eir eigi lausari en a3r, Sturl.
ii. II. 11. loose, dissolute ; lauss i sinum framfer6um, Mar. : heed-
less, lauss ok me5 litlum athuga, id. III. as the last part in
compds mostly suffixed to a root word, often in gen., in a negative sense,
in Icel. glmost in endless instances, of which many remain in English, sak-
lauss, i'skless; auSnu-lauss, luckless; athuga-lauss, thoughtless; mein-
lauss, guileless; vit-lauss, witless, insane, etc., from which is formed the
neut. subst. termination -leysi.
laus-taekr, adj. easily taken. Band. 28 new Ed.
lausimg, f. [A. S. leasung ; Old Engl, leasing; North. E. leesuiri] : —
lying , falsehood ; gjalda lausung vi8 lygi, Hm. ; lausung fyrir sta&festi,
AI. 23, Fbr. 74; me& lausung, at large ; a {leima degi sem J)u gengr lit
. . . meS lausung, Stj. 557. i Kings ii. 42 ; J)eir stela nauti, en gefa laus-
ungina Gu8s nafni, they steal the ox, but give the offal to the name of God,
Prov. XX. 25 in a note to the Bible of 1644 ; cp. ' to steal a pound and
give a penny.' II. loose living, life of a libertine. Mar., Horn.,
Fms. xi. 423, passim in old and mod. usage. compds : lausungar-
kona, u, f. a loose woman, harlot, Mar. lausimgar-maSr, m. a losel,
libertine. Mar. lausungar-ord, n. deceit, Jb. 385.
Iaus-yr3i, n. breach of one's word, Fms. vii. 151, Sks. 776, Fbr. 64.
laus-yrdr, adj. unreal in one's words, Sks. 773.
IjAUT, f. [liita; early Swed. l'6t=pasture, Schlyter], a hollow place,
Grett. (in a verse). Lex. Poet. : the word is freq. in mod. usage, but
seems not to be recorded in old prose.
LAX, m. [Scot. /a« ; O.B..G. lahs; Germ, lachs ; Dun. laks ; Swed.
lax~] : — a salmon, Edda 40, 72, Nj. 69, Fs. 35, 164, Fb. i. 539, passim :
the male lax is called haeingr (contr. haengr), cp. go&-lax, q. v. In Lent it
was forbidden even to mention meat by name, and hence at that season
people called it jesting klauf-lax, ' cloven-hoofed salmon,' see the story
told in Maurer's Volks. 207, 208. II. freq. in Icel. local names,
Lax-d, f. = Laxwater, Salmon water, a name of many rivers ; whence
Xiaxdr-dalr, m. Laxwater dale, and Lax-dsBlir, m. pi. the men from
L. : Laxdsela-Saga, u, f. the Saga ofL., Eb. 334, Grett. 15 new Ed.,
Fms. ii. 257. COMPDS : laxa-fiski, n. sa/»zon^.'!i&/«^, Boldt. laxa-
kast, laxa-verpi, n. a salmon casting-net, Boldt.
lax-a, f. a salmon river, GJ)1. 419; see lax.
Iax-br63ir, m. a kind of salmon.
lax-ganga, u, f. shoals of salmon entering rivers, Bs. i. 595.
lax-varpa, u, f. a salmon cast, Boldt.
lax-veiSr, f. salmon-fishing. Eg. 136, Ld. I4, Bs. ii. 140, 141.
lax-verp, n. a salmon-cast, B. K. 39.
IiAZ and latz, n. [for. word, from Fr. lace. Germ, latz, Lat. laqueus'] : —
a lace; kyrtla ok latz at si6u, kirtles laced on the sides. Eg. 602 : drag-
kyrtla latz, Fms. vi. 440.
laza, aS, to lace; laza klae&i sin, Str. 81.
lazan, f. lacing; lazan klaeda sinna, Str. 82.
liA, f., pi. lar, the line of shoal water along the shore, edged by the
surf; {)ekti hann at tre flaut i lanni. Mar. ; hann hleypr lit i larnar ok
breg8r i fiskinn oSrum enda a snaerinu, Finnb. 220; liki Pompeius
kostuSu J)eir a sja lit, ok reiddi J)at i lanni, Rom. 232 : still in mod.
usage: — poet, the sea generally, Lex. Poet. ; odd-la = 6/oorf, Hofuai. ;
j4rn-lii. II. = lae, craft, a oir. \fy. in Vsp. III. hair,
Lat. lanugo, cp. 163 ; har heitir la, Edda 109.
LA, pres. lai, pret. Ia3i, part. Ia3 ; [Ulf. laian = \ot5opetv, John ix. 28,
and used strong ; A. S. lean ; Hel. and O. H. G. lahan] -.—to blame ; la
e-m e-t, eg lai J)cr J)a3 ekki, / do not blame thee for it; or, ^aS er ekki
laandi (gerund.), it is excusable. It is curious that no instance is on
record from old writers, although the word must be old.
1
IjAD, n. [prob. akin to Ian, Germ, lehn {d = n), prop, denotine
fief} : — land, but mostly only in poetry : in the allit. phrase, land ok
lad, land and lea, Hkni. 21; fyrirgora landi ok la3i, Fms. xi. 36?;
143 og log, land and sea ; lads og lagar dyr, an amphibious animal ■
hann kom fram a eitt fagrt la3, Karl. 71 : freq. in poetry, see Lex. Poet.':
as also in poet, compds, esp. as l£,3-gefandi, pa.Tt.Jief-giving; 143.
gdfgadr, pzrt. gifted with lands : 143-vaIdr, m. a fief-wielder = a king :
143-var3a3r and l£3-v6r3r, m. a land-warder, all epithets of a long,
Lex. Poet.
Ia-dey3a, u, f. a smooth, dead sea.
14d-iua3r, m. [an A.S. word, as the root vowel « = «' shews] ^-(!
loadsman, pilot, guide ; Keisarinn sendi konungi herlid mikit ok laJhncnt
af sinu riki, Fms. xi. 313, v. 1. (cp. the verse), Fas. ii. 304 (in a verse).
Mfi, a, m. a thrashing floor, barn floor, Stj. 397, 620, Gpl. 346; laf;
fili, a barn floor, N.G. L. i. 38 ; lafa gardr, a barn, Stj. 392, 397.
Iiifi, a, m. a pet name = 01afr, Gramm. p. xxxv.
IiAG, f., l<iSg in Edda 68, 85 ; [Swed. Idga; Ivar Aasen log; Ei .
log] : — a felled tree, log; IdOg heitir ok tr6 Tpat er fellr i skogi, Edda ^.•
lci6g, J)at er tre, 68 ; voru J)ar fen stor ok hoggnar a lagir. Eg. 577; sati
J)eir allir samt a einni lag, Fms. i. 179, xi. 64, 332 ; ^a spur3i HmrJi
hverr fell af laginni ? Hkr. i. 241 ; ok J)vi naest koma {)eir at lag nok
kurri er liggr um l)vera gotuna, Fb. iii. 376 : the word is now obsolete t
Icel. or is only used in the sense of II. pi. lagar, a deep, hollai
place ; lag and laut are synonymous : the phrase, lata e-3 Hggja i liginn;
to let a thing lie in the hole, i. e. hide, conceal it.
Id-gar3r, m. a ^ fence of\k,' the surf; Jja sa J)au at sylgja la i steini
Iag6r3unum, Bs. i. 317; kom J)ar um siSir at hann ^reyttisk a snnd I
var hann J)a kominn i lagar3a, dro hann ^k nidr, i J)vi sa hann hv; I
kerling ein stor 63 lit at honum, Fas. ii. 435.
14ga-s6ngr, m. the ' low-chant' in the Roman Catholic mass wit
the host was elevated, Bs., Hom., H.E. passim; lagasongva bok, kvej
skra, the book (scroll) containing the low-chants, Vm., Am., Pm. ,
14g-leikr, m. lowliness, humility. Mar. |
Mg-lendi, n. low land, flat land, Stj. 591. |
lag-lendr, adj. low-lying, flat, of a county.
Idg-liga, adv. lowly, Stj. 601 ; secretly, Fms. x. 425, 437.
lag-ligr, adj. low. Fas. i. 43.
lag-mseltr, part, low spoken, with a low voice, Fms. i. 159, Ver. 30
Idgua, a3, to become high, of meat : part. Iagna3r, of meat, fish.
Idg-neetti, n. ' low-night,' the depth of night, midnight, opp. to high d
(hadegi).
LAGtB., adj., compar. laegri, superl. laegstr; [Dan. lav; Swed. /m
not found in A. S., so that probably the Engl, low is borrowed from t
Scandin. word] : — low ; lat hael J)inn siga nokkut sva laegra en tser, SI
372 ; at mi s6 laegra i horninu en a3r, Edda 32 ; en Isegstr Magniisskro
Hkr. iii. 221 ; {)a er solin er lag um kveldit, when the sun is lowont]
horizon, J)i3r. 338 : short, J)at er mitt ra3, at {)u truir aldri lagum n v
ok rau3skeggju3um, Fms. xi. 428 ; oxi mikia ok lagt skaptiS, Stu:
64; f>6r3r enn lagi, (3. H. 139 : — low, low-lying, of land, j)egar re
koma J)a er livsert at biia J)ar sem lagt Hggr, Fms. vi. 136 : — low, of I ■
voice; hann svarar ok heldr lagt, i. 159; konungr tok kveSjn hj
lagt, Sturl. iii. 305 ; bi3ja fyrir ser lagt, Hom. (St.) II. phrw !
bera lagt hofud, to carry one's bead low, hang the head, be discomft
Nj. 94 ; stefna {)a at Birkibeinum ok standa mi engum mun ]xm
Jieir, are no worse off than they, Fms. ix. 44 ; en hina laegri daga {tbei'-
holy days) J)rim aurum, K. A. 170 ; munda ek J)at vilja a3r {jcssu (li
er lokit, at er faerit laegra, / woidd like to see ye lowered, bumbled, ■
220 ; bera laegra hint, to get the worst of it, Fms. v. 59, vi. 412.
Mg-radda3r, part. = lagraustaSr.
Iag-rausta3r, part, low-voiced, Bar3. 176. '
lag-skeptr, adj. with a short handle, of an axe, Fms. ii. 71, lOO.
14g-tala3r, adj. speaking in a low voice, Fb. i. 336. j
Mg-vaxinn, part, low-grown, short of stature. Fas. iii. 307 ■ !
Xi&ki, a, m., contr. for |>orlakr, Gramm. p. xxxv. I
Ld-land, n. Laaland, a Danish island, Fms. xi. ;
Idror, m. [Gael, lamb], a paw, of the hand, Edda lio. '
IiAN, n., but an older feminine is indicated by the compd l»f
drottinn; [A.S. Ian; Eng\. loan; Dan. laan"]: — a loan; inthesayinff.f
er Ian lengr en led er ; J)iggja Ian, to receive as a loan, Grag. 1. 43"
lani, as a loan, Fms. ix. 404 ; hafa at lani, to get on credit, Nj. J
selja at hini, to lend, Grag. i. 400. 2. with the notion oiland, nj
en ef J)u vilt {)raliga halda a rikinu, J)a mun {)er hinn til at fara a :
hans ok gorask hans ma3r, munu ver J)a. bi3ja med J)er, at hann
J)6r at Idni J)etta riki, 6. H. 45 ; a J)vi lani, Sighvat, cp. lad ; GuJs
a loan from God, Hom. 149. 3. metaph. hick, good luck i <-
/Z/-Zmc^, freq. in mod. usage. compds: \&D.a-i^, n. lent money.':
iv. 328, O. H. 149, N. G. L. i. 22. 14ns-liestr, m., Idns-hross,
borrowed horse, Grdg. i. 433. 14n8-kl8e3i, n. pi. borrowed clothes.
85. \&a.s-TXL&bT,m.aluckyman; 6-\knsmabr, an ill-fated man.
l&na, ad, to lend; J)etta er lansfe er ymsir menn hafa lanat raer,
. iv. 328 ; en {)cim lanadi h6n klaedi er eigi attu sjalfir, Hkr. 11. 5' •
' *.!m
1l
LANARDROTTINN— Li^TA.
377
t i J)vi scm lM3r er ekki lanat, at yrkja lof um mik, Fb.
1-1 iiottinn, m., prop, a liege-lord, whence generally a lord, master,
L;thc king or lord of a district ; heit er lanardrottins a.st, a saying,
I b>'i raeft ek J)^r annat heilrae&i, at J)U svik aldri lanardrottinn
■ ) ; hefir ^u skammliga svikit J)inn lanardrottinn, {)6at hann
>r, Qrett. 184 new Ed.; hann bei6 sva ens aedsta meistara
•tins, MS. 625. 63; hann J)6tti vel hafa fylgt sinum lanar-
, vii. 323 : a master, betra J)ykki mer at latask i |)inu husi
, 1 ;!n lanardrottna, Nj. 57.
. , n. - lansfe, N. G. L. i. 22.
riu. a box to keep wool in, freq. in mod. usage.
."iSr, ni. [for. word], a laurel.
.' Ki, a, m. a 'latch-bow,' cross-bow, Fms. viii. 285, Sks. 390, Karl.
, adj. unlocked, latchless, Fms. xi. 226.
\ Dan.-Swed./is; Engl, latch, borrowed from the Scandin.{?)],
. lukla at liika lasum upp, Grdg. ii. 195 ; syngr i lasi, . . .
■vemman i lasi (locked), Fms. iii. 67 ; vera lass ok lykill fyrir e-u,
i lasum eSa lokum, N. G. L. i. 84 ; hann flokti Jia um alia lasa,
6 ; borg var hefir langan tima verit sva sem lass fyrir ySru riki,
56 ; Jiar voru a uti-dyrr, ok sterkr lass fyrir, Grett. 44 new Ed. ;
fyrir kistu, 198 new Ed.; stokkr J)a lass af limum, Gg. 10;
er i las um lokin, Gm. 23.
f. a cross-bow shaft, Sturl. i. 180.
11., like the Engl, subst. let, scarcely used except in compds ; ut-lat,
i-Mt, an inlet, a bag ; bl63-lat, blood-letting. II. a loss ;
>u konungi lat sitt, ok kollu&usk eltir hafa verit, Fms. xi. 370 :
decease, fik segi |)€r lat Eyvindar bro&ur J)ins, Nj.4; lat hins
dts konungs, Bs. i. 71 ; litlu si8ar var mer s6g& brenna bans ok
ii, 18 ; hann fra lat sonar sins, GullJ)., passim ; manna-lat, loss
nd-l&t, lif-lat, q. V. ; ziAkt, killing. III. in pi. wanners;
ok lat ; skipta litum ok latum, to change shape and manners,
,8: esp. of bad manners, howling, uproar, hon var sva mjok
menn mattu eigi standask lat hennar. Fas. i. 254 ; skripa-lat,
, Fms. viii. (in a verse), see Iseti ; en aldrei veit ek hvat latum
202; i sinum l.ltum sumum, Skalda 170; gera spott at latum
<Ij. 1 24 ; hann bad menn ekki syrgja ne lata 68rum herfilegum
17, lita-l8Bti, n. pi. dissimulation.
, pres. laet, Iset'k, Edda (in a verse), pi. latum ; pret. let, 2nd
(rhyming with hr/srir in Edda in a verse) ; subj. 16ti ; imperat.
; part, latinn : middle forms, pres. latumk, Am. 89 ; pret.
m. 106, Eb. (in averse). Eg. 103 (in a verse) : with neg. suff.,
k-a8 ek, / let not, O.H. 171 (in a verse); pret. 16t-a, Skv.
mperat. lat-attu or lat-ajju, Sdm. 28, Likn. 6: [Ulf. letan —
A..S. latan; Old Engl. /a<e«,- Engl. /«/,• O.U.G.lazan; Germ,
wed. lata ; Dan. lade.']
To let, put, place; baud hann at lata {)a i myrkva-stofu, MS.
var Haraldr J)ar inn latinn (shut in), Hkr. iii. 69 ; lata naut
f 'neat' in a stall, let them in, Gisl. 20 ; lata lit, to let out, Fms.
II. to let, suffer, grant; vil ek J)ess biSja y&r, herra, at
0«s mork y3ra, Ld. 112 ; konungr let margar toptir til garfta
(aWcanum, Fms. ii. 27 ; lata laust, to let go, let loose, Nj. 70,
i8; hann vildi eigi lata J)enna best, viii. 123 ; lata hlut sinn,
tie's share, be worsted, i. 74. 2. to leave, forsake ; biSr
xeir lati blotin, Fms. x. 274; lata fyrir r63a, to throw to the
e roSi, and lata fur liS ; hann let ok fur liS allan farangr
ii. 3^2 ; lata cinan, to forsake a person ; lattu mig, Drottinn,
ti, Pass. ; hann xtladi at lata eina (to divorce) drottningina,
• ▼1171- 3. to lose; ok letir {)u hrossin eigi at si6r, Ld.
; <| ef ^eir ver8a forflotta, J)a munu {)eir lata lift sitt. Eg. 284 ;
" m hann haf&i latiS, Magn. 528; lata skal hann ok feit allt,
( ; at ek hafa fyrir J)vi I4ti& manndom e8a sannindi, ix. 333 ;
■.to lose the game, Edda 31 ; lata lifit, to lose one's life. Eg.
Fms. xi. 3. 4. with dat. to suffer loss in or o/a thing ;
r lifinu, suffered loss of his life, perished, Finnb. 256 ; hit ek
heldr lifi minu (Hf mitt, v. 1.), en ganga a Jjenna ei6staf, Fms.
t-ngu a jokla upp ok l^tu lifi er dagleiS var til bygda, Bs. i.
skal ek minu fjorvi lata, Skv. 3. 15 ; t)u skalt lata minu
md in mod. usage, lata kalfi, to drop the calf; and lata fostri,
5. to let do or let be done; hann 16t sveininum ekki i
' nothing be done to the boy, indulged him in everything, Nj.
1 unni honum sva mikit at hann matti ekki i m6ti honum
.=66, cp. lata eptir, undan e-ni, etc. 6. voru J)& latnir
'allfreSi, Fms. ii. 12; J)a lata J)eir Jxegar af ser tjoldin. Eg.
: at {)u latir lokur fra hur&um, Gisl. 28; lata barn af brj6sti,
bild, N. G. L. i. 340 ; lata best a stall, Karl. 5 : lata i Ijos, to
'i, Sks. 195 ; lata bI63, to let blood' (h\6br\kC). III.
: lata af e-u, to leave off, desist from ; sumir letu af blotum,
{)U vill seint lata af mann-drapum, 274 ; {)orgeirr mun eigi
' *i li enn hann raeSr J>er bana, Nj. 109 ; a enum naestum halfum
*
nmna8i er fallsott laetr af (ceases), Grag. i. 458 ; lata af hendi, to let
out of one's hands, deliver up. Eg. 66, Nj. 186, Fms. vii. 173; lata fe
af, to kill, slaughter (cattle), Grag. i. 429, K. |>. K. 80, 92, Rb. 344 : —
lAta aptr, to shut; k6mu Austmenn i virkit, |)vi at Austmenn hiifSu
eigi aptr latift, Landn. 162; 14ttu aptr dyrnar, shut the door;— 14ta at,
to yield, comply ; mun ek 14ta at y&r. / will comply with you, MS.
623. 24 ; alia J)a er at minum oraum 14ta, F;g. 18 ; hann (the ship) f6r
jafnan hallr ok let eigi at stjorn, she heeled over and obeyed not the
helm, Fms. iii.13 : — lata eptir e-m, to indulge; JxjrSr lit \)Zt eptir honum.
Eg. 188 ; J)8er (the scales) sy'ndusk honum sva vsegar, at ef eitt litift har
vaeri lagt i, at J)6 mundu Jjaer eptir lata, Sks. 643 : absol., lata eptir, with
ace. to leave behind, MS. 623. 36, Eg. 87, 220 : — lata fram, lati mik fram
at Kolskeggi, Nj. 97 : — lata fyrir, to let go, give way, yield; ok sagt, at
fyrir let annarr fylkingar-armrinn, Fms. vi. 317 ; J)eir munu verda fyrir at
lata ef ver leggjum skoruliga at, vii. 257 ; hann laetr ekki fyrir jarni ne eldi,
Kb. 544. 39, GJ)1. 285 : — lata i, to let go into; lata i ker, to pour into a
vessel, Jill it (i-lat), Konr. : — lata til, to yield; Einarr vildi meft engn m6ti
Idta til vi5 Harald konung, Fms. iii. 62 ; par kemr enn J)6finu at konungr
laetr til, ok maelti sva, xi. 429 ; var \)k Gunnarr vi8 hana lengi far, J)ar til
er hon let til vi8 hann, Nj. 59 : — lata undan, to yield to, give way ; ek skal
hvergi undan J)er lata, 27: — lata upp, to open (opp. to lata aptr). Eg,
409, 602, Fms. ix. 26, 476 ; laetr Kjartan {)enna upp, K. let him get up,
Ld. 168 : lata uppi, to lay out ; ok laetr hann rett skirn uppi, at hann lati
at logheimili sinu, K. |>. K. 6 ; ok ertii saklauss, ef J)u Isetr uppi (grants)
vistina. Glum. 327; ef f^it er eigi uppi latift, Grag. i. 384; en ef hinn
laetr honum eigi uppi mat J)ann, 47 ; latum nu J)at uppi (let us make a
clean breast) er ver hofum jafnan maelt, Fms. ix. 333 : — lata lit, to let out,
of a thing shut in ; at hann mundi brjota upp hur&ina, ef hann vaeri eigi
ut latinn, vi. 215 : naut. to let go, put to sea, siSan letu fieir ut ok sigldu
til Noregs, Nj. 128. IV. with infin. to let, cause, make ; latid mik
vita, let me know, Nj. 231 ; er ek 16t drepa |>6ri, Fms. v. 191 ; fa&ir
Bjarnar, er Snorri Go3i 16t drepa, Landn. 93 ; Gunnarr mun af J>vi lata
vaxa iiJ)okka vi3 {)ik, Nj. 107 ; 16t hon J)ar fjandskap i moti koma, Ld.
50 ; hann sa engan annan kost, en 14ta allt sva vera sem Bjorgolfr vildi.
Eg. 24; ef bondinn laetr hann a brott fara, Grag. i. 157 ; {)a letu {)eir
stefna {)ing fjolmennt, Fms. i. 20 ; konungr l(5t grje&a menn sina, ... en
veita umbuS, Eg. 34 ; ok let leiSa hann a land upp ok festa {)ar upp, Nj.
9; {)a skal hann stefna honum, ok lata honum var3a litlegS, Grag. i.
47, 385 ; {)a let f>orbjorn vera kyrt ok f(5r leiS sina, Hav. 46 ; lattii
biinar J)essar J)egar er ek laet eptir koma, let them be ready when I call
for them, id. ; lat J)4r J)at i hug koma ! . . . lattii J)er J)vi fiykkja minstati
ska3a um fj&tjon, ok J)u skalt lata J)er 1 hug koma, at . . ., Sks. 446, and
in numberless instances. 2. with a reflex, infin. to let a thing be done
or become, or referring to a person himself, to let oneself do, etc. ; lattii
nemask {)at, learn that I mark that'. Skv. i. 23 ; er hon let sveltask, Og.
17, Skv. 3. 27 ; skulu J)er ^k ekki eptir ganga, ok lata {)a sjalfa a sj4sk,
Nj. 147; Egill mun ekki letjask lata nema J)u ser eptir. Eg. 257; at
fraendr y3rir ok vinir lati mjok hallask eptir J)lnum fortolum, Fms. ii. 32 ;
ef sa ma3r laetr i dom nefnask er mi var fra skili&r, Grag. i. 16 ; ok hafi
hinn fellda hana, ok 14ti& a fallask, and let himself fall upon her, ii. 60 ;
ok lati kaupask verk at, if he lets work be bought of him, i. e. works
for wages, i. 468 ; hann let fallask J)vers undan laginu, Nj. 246; ef h(jn
vill vigjask lata til nunnu, Grag. i. 307 ; lata ser fatt um e-t finnast, to
disapprove. Fas. i. 51 ; a&r hann lati af berask, Fms. ii. 12. 3. with
part, pass., in circumlocutory phrases ; hann let ver&a farit, he went,
Fagrsk. 120; letu J)eir vi6a ver6a izrit, they rowed much about, 185;
li6it skal lata ver6a leita3 baejarins, Fms. viii. 374 ; let konungr J)a verfla
sagt, V. 201 ; hann let hana ver&a tekna, he seized her, ' let her be
taken,' Fas. ii. 153: ellipt., omitting the infin., lata um maelt, to let be
said, to declare, Vigl. 76 new Ed. : rare in prose, but freq. in old poetry,
ek let har&an Hunding veginn, / sent H. to death, Hkv. 1. 10; lata
so&inn, Gm. 18; guUi keypta leztii Gy'mis d6ttur, Ls. 42 ; lata tni
bo&na, Od. 9 ; let of sottan, Haustl. V. naut. to stand; lata lit,
lata i haf, to let go, put out to sea. Eg. 370; si&an 16tu J)eir lit ok
sigldu til Noregs, Nj. 128 ; var honum sagt at J)eir hofSu lit lati&, 134 ;
hann bar a skip ok let i haf, 282, Ld. 50; lata til lands, to stand
towards land, to put in, Fms. i. 294 ; lata at landi, id., 228 ; vil ek ra8a
y&r, at {)er latid i brott he&an, Eb. 330.
B. Metaph. usages : 1. to behave, comport oneself, by ges-
tures, manners, or by the voice, answering to Idt (III) ; forvitni er mer 4
h^ersu pcir lata, Gliim. 327 ; lata sem vitstoli, Stj. 475 ; hann bad
menn eigi syrgja ne 14ta 68rum herfiligum latum, Nj. 197 ; hann
sofnadi fast, ok 16t ilia 1 svefni, to be unruly in sleep, 94, 211 ; famk v^r
eigi vi& skrafkarl {)enna er sva laetr lei&inliga, H4v. 52; bjorn ferr at
henni, ok laetr allblitt vi& ham, fondles her. Fas. i. 51 ; bae&i er, at ^u ert
gorfiligr maSr, enda laetr Jiii allstorliga, makest thyself big, Ld. 168 ; jarl
l^t ser fatt til bans, the earl treated him coldly, Fms. i. 58 ; let hann ser
fatt um fimiask, vii. 29 ; lata hljott yfir e-u, to keep silence about a thing,
Nj. 232, Al. 15 ; lata kyrt um e-t, id. ; 14ta mikit um sik, to pride one-
self, puff oneself up, Grett. 108 ; Bjorgolfr kallafti annat sinn ok t)ri8ja —
t)a svarar ma8r, lat eigi sv4 ! 14t eigi sva, ma8r ! segir hann, Fins, ix.
378
Li^TADR— LEGGJA.
50. 2. lata vel, lUa yfir e-u, to express approval, disapproval of a
thing; mun ek segja {)eim tiSendin ok lata ilia yfir verkinu, Nj. 170;
Brynjolfr let ilia yfir J)essi ra5a-gor6, Eg. 24 ; Kveldiilfr let vel yiir ^\\,
115, Nj. 46 ; hann laetr vel )'fir J)vi, he expressed himself favourably about
it, Ld. 50 ; ok letu menn hans vel yfir {)essu, 168 ; let hann vel yfir J)eirra
eyrendi, Fms. i. i6. 3. to make as if; hann gengr leiS sina, ok laetr
sem hann sjai ekki sveinana, Hav. 52 ; mun ek nu taka i hcind J)er ok
lata sem ek festa mer Helgu dottur J)ina, Isl. ii. 206 ; {>j6st61fr gekk nie6
iixi reidda ok let J)at engi sem vissi, Nj. 25 ; lattii sem hinn atti dagr
J<51a se a Drottins-degi, Rb. 128 ; ok mun ek lata sem ek taka af {)eim,
Nj. 170; en folk {)etta let sem ekki vaeri jafnskylt sem Jola-drykkjan
|)essi, Fms. vii. 274: the phrase, honum er ekki svo leitt sem hann
laetr. 4. to estimate, value; manngjold skyldi jofn latin ok
spora-hoggit, Nj. 88 ; hann vildi eigi heyra at nokkurr konungr vseri
honum jafn latinn a Nor5rl6ndum, Fms. v. 191 ; J)vi at {)eir J)oldu {)at
eigi, at Finnbogi var framar latinn, Finnb. 290; fatt er betr latiS en
efni eru til, a saying, Band. 6 new Ed. ; er mi er heilagr latinn, Clem.
49. 5. to express, say ; i fylki J)at e9a heraS, er sa let sik or vera,
GJ)1. 155 ; laetr {)at {be intimates) at sii gjof var gor me8 ra9i konungs.
Eg. 35 ; {)orfinnr bondi 16t heimilt skyldu J)at, 564 ; Ictu J)eir {they
declared) mi sem fyrr, at hon festi sik sjtllf, Nj. 49 : to run so and so,
of writs, books, skra er sva let, Dipl. ii. 19 ; maldaga sva latanda, Vm.
47. 6. to emit a sound, scream, howl; hdtt kve6i ]per, en fio let
hserra atgeirinn er Gunnarr gekk lit, Nj. 83 ; sem kykvendi leti, Fms. vi.
202 ; ottask ekki hversu sem sjor let, vii. 67 ; at veSratta leti ilia um
hausti3, Ld. 50; hann heyrir ok J)at er gras vex a jor6u ok allt Jjat er
haerra laetr, Edda 1 7 ; ok einn tima er prestr lytr at honum, J)a laetr i
vorrunum — tvo hundruS i gili, tvau hundru6 i gili, Band. 14; ok let
h4tt i holsarum, sem nattiira er til saranna, Fbr. ill new Ed.
O. Reflex. : I. to be lost, to die, perish ; betra J)ykki mer at
latask i J)inu hiisi, en skipta um lanar-drottna, Nj. 57; letusk {fell)
fjortan menn, 98 ; k6musk fimm a skoginn en J)rir letusk, Eg. 585 ; ok
l^tzk hon J)eirra si6ast, Ld. 58 ; hversu mart hefir her fyrir-manna
latisk — H^r hefir latisk Njall ok BergJ)6ra ok synir J)eirra allir, Nj.
203. 2. to declare of oneself, feign, etc.; Iczk Jjar vilja sina kosti
til leggja, Fms. i. 22; en allir letusk honum fylgja vilja, ix. 316; ek
by& J)angat Jjeim monnum, er fe latask at honum hafa att, Grag. i.
409. II. part, latinn, dead, deceased. Eg. 300, Nj. 112, Ld. 8,
Fms. vii. 274. 2. vel latinn, highly esteemed, in good repute, Isl. ii.
122, Sks. 441 ; vi8 latinn, on the alert, ready, Fms. viii. 371, ix. 459 ;
J)a8 er sva vi9 lati6, it so happens, Fb. i. 204; vel fyrir latinn, well pre-
pared, Grett. no A.
IdtaQr, part, mannered; vel lataSr, Stj. 588, Fms. viii. 447, Karl. 446.
Mt-brag3, n. bearing, manners, deportment, Ld. 272, Bs. ii. 78.
Mt-g63r, adj. courteous, well-mannered, Fms. x. 152.
Mt-g8e3i, n. manners, Sks. 282 B, Bs. i. 76.
latinn, part, deceased; see lata C. IL i.
Litfna, u, f. Latin, K. Jj.K. 74, Sks. 23 ; Latinu-bok, -bref, -skra, -songr,
a Latin book, deed, scroll, canticle, Fms. x. 147, Bs. i. 869, Pm. 86, Am,
73 ; Latinu dikt, Latin composition, Fms. iii. 163 ; Latinu stafr, stafrof,
Latin letters, alphabet, Skalda 170, 177; Latinu-list, Bs. i. 235 ; Latinu
laer&r, a Latin scholar, Griig. (Kb.) i. 22 ; Latinu-mal, -tunga, the Latin
tongue, Skalda 181, Ver. 37, Hom. 139, K. f). K. 74, 76 ; Latinu klerkr,
a Latin clerk, scholar, Skalda 1 79 ; Latinu ma9r, a Latin, Roman ;
Latinu skaldskapr, Latin poetry, 1 78 ; Latinu snillingr, a master in Latin,
181.
Idt-pru3r, adj. of gentle bearing, Edda 21.
IjATR, m., in old poetry and better Mttr, [from lag, as slattr from slag,
Engl. litter'\ : — the place where animals, esp. seals, whales, lay their young,
GJ)1. 465 : in poetry, Fafnis lattr, the serpent's litter = gold : freq. in mod.
usage, as also in local names, Ii6.tr (pi. Hval-latr), Lditra-bjarg, -h.ei3r,
see the map of Iceland.
-litr, adj. mannered: a suffix in compds denoting mariners or qualities,
see Gramm. p. xxxiv.
latrask, a8, dep. to litter, of seals, beasts. Fas. ii. 284, where used
rnetaph.
latun, m., Karl. 267 ; [Fr. /a«Vow; Engl, latoun or latten"] : — brass; af
enum bezta latuni, Vm. 41, 177, Am. 18 ; but neut. in mod. usage.
I&t-8e3i, n. bearing, deportment, manners, Sks. 282, 370.
Iavar3r, m. [like laf6i, borrowed from the Early Engl, latierd, as it was
spelt and sounded in Engl, of the 12th century ; A. ?,.hlaford] : — a lord,
master, Fms. vii. 250, x. 226, Hom. 89, Mar. passim : the word is used
in the N. T. along with drottinn and herra.
Iilfi, m., with the article leinn, Fms. vii. 264 ; ace. sing, lia, Korm. 38 ;
Ijainn, Fb. i. 522; plur. learnir, Edda 48; dat. lianum (Ijanum), id.;
ace. pi. Ha ( = lja), id.: the mod. form is nom. Ij^r, gen. Ijas, dat. and
ace. Ija; the nom. Ijar occurs in Fb. i. 522 : [North. E. ley, lea; Dan.
lee; Swed. //a] : — a scythe; hinn deigi le, Mkv. ; hvass 16, Flov. 25;
staeltr le, Grag. i. 501 ; dengja Ija, ii. 211 ; orb ok nyjan Ija, Fb. i. 522 ;
Ija i langorfi, Korm. 38 ; stafn-lja (dat.), an entering book, Fms. vii. 264.
compds: 16-dengd, f. (or 16-denging, f., Jb. 218), the hammering.
Jid,
79;
^sharpening a scythe, Grag. ii. 338 ; see dengja. 16-gar3r, m. a slthe,
Finnb. 340.
le-barn, n. an infant, Hkr. i. 35, Fas. ii. 115.
Ie3ja, u, f. mud, oose, slab.
LEDR, n. [A. S. Ze'Ser; Engl, leather ; 'NoTih.E. ledder; Germ
Dan. Iceder^ : — leather, freq. in mod. usage, but no instance in old
is recorded. compds : le3r-blaka, u, f. [Swed. Idder-lapp'], a '
flapper,' a bat, Al. 168, Edda (Gl.) Ie3r-flaska, u, f. a leather
Grett. 88. Ie3r-li41s, m. a nickname, Landn. ledr-hqsi
leather hose, gaiters, Fms. vi. Ie3r-h.u.s, n. a leather bojt,
le3r-panzari, a, m. a leather jack, Karl.
Ie3ra, a6, to line with leather, N. G. L. iii, Nos. 2, 10.
leg, n. [liggja], a burial-place, K. fj. K. 28, Nj. 281, Fms. vii. :
the ' lie,' position of a county, lands-leg : of grass, liggja i leg, to I
of overgrown grass : liggja i leg, to lie waste, of land, Grag. i
leggja i leg, to desert a farm, 278.
lega, u, f. a lying in bed, Al. 72 : of sickness, the lying bedriddt
being so ill as to keep one's bed, liggja langa legu. compds :
nautr, n. a bed-mate, mess-mate, Sturl. iii. 145, Hkr. iii. 394.
neyti, n. companionship, Sks. 293 B.
legati, a, m. [Lat. word], a legate, Fms. viii-x.
legenda, u, f. [Lat. word], a legend.
LEGGJA, a causal of liggja, q. v. ; pres. legg, pi. leggjum bi<
lagSi ; subj. leg&i ; imperat. legg or legg&ii ; part. lagiSr, lagi?
contr. Iag9r, log9, lagt ; part, laginn, Fb. ii. 386, which form is i
Icel. used as an adjective only ; a part. pass, lagztr, logzt, lagzt,
345, and in mod. usage : \\]li.lagjan~Ti9ivai; A. S. lecgan ; Ed
O. H. G. legjan ; Germ, legen ; Swed. Idgga ; Dan. lcegge~\ : — ta
A. Prop, to lay, place; ok lag9i hann a altara, Ver. 14; (
var lagiSr a balit, Hkr. i. 32 ; a lu6r lagi6r, VJ)m. ; voru steina;
i bring utan um. Eg. 486 ; Mar la litar a bekk, ok haf&i lagt he
i kne Rannveigar, Sturl. i. 13; leggja net, to lay a net, K, j^. K
to lay down, leggja sinn aldr, Ht. 2. to put; leggja ba
umhverfis, to fasten a string round the body. Eg. 340 ; .
augun, to put the eyes together, shut them, id. ; leggja eld i, tofu/
Nj. 74, 131 ; leggja hendr at s'i6um mer, Fms. x. 331 ; leggja sty
to put it right, Hkr. i. 32 ; leggja ofan segl ok vi9u, to haul doim
the sails, Fms. iv. 372, ix. 23 ; 1. lenur, so6ul, a best, to put a st
a horse, Nj. 74, Landn. 151 ; 1. a hest, or leggja a (simply), to
leggja hapt a hest, Grag. i. 436 ; 1. mark a, of sheep, 426 ; 1. b
to pull it down, Bs. i. 163 ; 1. klyfjar ofan, to unload a horse, .
94 ; 1. klyfjar upp, to pack a horse, N. G. L, i. 349 ; 1. arar \ip
up the oars, give up pulling, Edda 36 : the mod. phrase, legg)
bat, to give a thing up, lose heart ; 1. fyrir 116, to give up, see Ii
lag8r, outworn, exhausted. Mar. 1060, Fas. ii. 278. 3. \
j6r6u, at velli (or vi8 jor9u, vi9 velli), to overthrow, make biU^
Nj. 117, Eg. 426, Fms. vii. 296, viii. 43, x. 257, Njard. 378
fyrir bor6, to put overboard, metaph. to forsake, Clem. 47; leg
to lay waste, Grag. ii. 278; leggja hlut sinn, to lay down or I
lot, be worsted, Sturl. iii. 103 : leggja mal i gor&, to put im
Nj. 88, loi ; 1. mal i umrx5u, to put it to discussion, Orkn. 426
til saetta, Nj. in. 4. /o lay, drop, of a beast; hvelpamii
voru lagftir, Fb. i. 104. II. metaph. in a mental sense
stund, starf, hug, kapp ... a e-t, to st7idy a thing, take pmt
interest iti it; as also, leggja ast, elsku, maetr a e-t, to feel la
tion, interest for, to love, cherish a thing or person; and agji
fae8, cifund, hatr ... A, to take dislike, envy to, Al. 95, Isl. ii.
31, 46, Eg. 42, 418, Ld. 60, Fb. ii. 229, Fms. i. 31 : freq. jn
mod. usage, thus, Sturla lagSi mikinn hug a, at lata tita s<
eptir bokum ^eim er Snorri setti saman, Sturl. ii. 123; leggja
til or5s, amaelis, to put a thing to a person's blame, blame ■H
Nj. 62, 85, 138, 246, Ld. 250; 1. e-t til lofs e-m, to laud 01
thing to a person's credit, Fms. x. 98. 2. with prepp. ; le{
impose, put upo?i ; leggja skyldir, skatt ... a, Fms. x. 51, 93, Rb
leggja af, to leave off, cease doing; legg af hedan af versa'^Oi
erkibiskup, ok studera heldr i kirkjunnar logum, Bs. i. 799 •'*^'
fyrir sik, to set a task before one, Fms. ii. 103, xi. I57'— '•
to add to, xi. 51, Hom. 138: — leggja undir or undir sik, to I
oneself, conquer, vanquish, Fms. i. 3, x. 35, Eg. 12, Stj. 46, I4<
e-t undir fiegnskap sinn, to assert on one's hofiour, Gnig. i. 39,
leggja e-t undir e-n, to submit it to a person, refer to, 105 ; 1.
triinaS e-s, to trust, Fms. ix. 397 ; ok er J)at mjok undir ham
depends much on him, Bjarn. 52 : — leggja lit, mod. to trtpt
legging) : — leggja vi6, to add to, Grag. i. 22, Hom. 138, 155, R
358. III. to lay, place, found, build; leggja afla, V'sp.
gar9a, to make fences, Rm. 12 ; leggja giitur, to make roads, Dij
leggja lu8ra, to place right, adjust the bin, Gs. 3 ; leggja lei&,
direction. Fas. i. 57; hann lag9i mjcik kvamur sinar i Off,-
the habit of coming to O., Fbr. 30 ; leggja e-t i vana sinn,
a habit of. 2. metaph. to lay, settle; leggja sakar
strife, YsY>. 64 ; leggja landrett, to settle the public rights, tn
LEGGJA.
379
k at ; leggja log, to lay down laws, of the three weird sisters ordering
I ite of men, Vsp. : — to lay down, ordain, lagt er allt fyrir, all is pre-
yed. Skv. I, Skin. 13, Ls. 48 ; era me3 Icistum IcigS aefi J)er, Skv. i,
iiiun til likna lagt Sigurfti, 30; leggja a, to ordain, en \)U hugfest
r ek segi Jx'-r, ok legg a J)ik, Bs. i. 199; ef J)eir eru a lag&ir
,, , , ./) fyrir vuttum, GJ)1. 439 ; ^a hluti er ek hefi a lagt vi8 J)ik, Eg.
', ' u'jya liig "■' '0 make, lay down a law, Bs. i. 28: leggja rikt a,
, !,r peremptorily : of a spell, leggja a, to enchant; ' niaeli eg urn
/ tg a!' is in the tales the formula with which witches say the
3. to appoint, fix, a meeting or the like ; eru {)a leikar lag6ir
ir-nesi. Ld. 196; leikr var lagiftr a Hvitur-vollum, Eg. 188;
u vi6 landsmenn halfs-m4na3ar frift, 228; leggja stefnu me5
i. 36 ; var logS konunga-stefna i Elfi, vii. 62 ; leggja bardaga
.1. 418; 1. med ser vinattu, Eg. 278; Augustus keisari lag6i
established peace) um allan heim, Edda. IV. to tax, value
ag) ; hross eru ok logS, hestr fjogurra vetra gamall vid kii, Griig.
; leggja lag a mjtil, ii.,404 ; ef fyrr er keypt en lag er a lagt, id. ;
lag & yarning manna, Isl. ii. 126 ; {lat {)ykkir miT jafnligast at {iii
land »va dyrt, en ek kjosa hvarr okkarr leysa skal, . . . hann lagdi
andit fyrir sex tigi silfrs, . . . er {)u leggr svii tidy'rt Helgafells-land,
i; vil ek {)at vinna til saetta at leggja son minn ligildan, Nj. 250;
Ilr af Si8u hafSi lagit ligildan son sinn, ok vann J)at til saetta, 251 ;
at l^ttu, to lay a tax on light, Fas. iii. 553. V. to lay
jy, discbarge ; leggja at ve5i, to give as bail, Edda 1 7 ; bu8u at
site i ve8 fyrir |)essa menn, Nj. 163 ; leggja a hsettu, to risk. Eg,
jggja 4 mikinn kostnaS, to run into great expences, Eg. 43 ; leggja
if f4 vorzlu, GJ)1. 389 : leggja i kostna9, to expend, Fnis. xi. 232 ;
sik i haska, ve3, to put oneself in danger, to stake one's life, vii.
I^j. 163: — leggja aptr, to pay back, Grett. 174 new Ed.; leggja
to stake one's life on a thing, Nj. 106, 178 : — 1. fram, to lay forth,
t, exhibit (fram-lag) ; allan J)ann soma er hann hefir fram lagit,
^ ; mikit muntu |)urfa fram at leggja me3 honum, J)vlat hon a
jrf eptir mik, Nj. 3 ; 1. fram lif sitt, Eg. 426 : — leggja til, to
.furnish, contribute, as one's share ; hvern styrk hefir moftir min
it meft {)er, Nj. 7; hvat viltu J);i til leggja? langskip tvau, 42;
mik eigi fe til at leggja fyrir farit, 128; kunni hann til alls
6 at leggja, Eg. 2 ; hefi ek {)ar til (lagit) miirg or6, 728; let ek
p-hus gora ok lag3a fe til, Fms. vii. 122, Js. 4; J)au raS er Greg-
agSi til, Fms. vii. 258 ; 1. fe til hofu6s e-m, to set a price on one's
IMJ. Iia, Grett. passim: — metaph., leggja fatt til, to say little, be
i, Nj. 88,112; Gunnarr lagdi ekki til, G. remained silent, 52;
lof til, to give praise to. Eg. 33 ; leggja or9 i (til), to 'lay a word
I a word in a matter, remonstrate, Grag. i. 290 ; leggja gott, illt
to lay a good (or ill) word to, to interfere in a friendly (or un-
ly) manner, Sturl. iii. 151 (til-logur) : — leggja hlut sinn, lif sitt, vid,
one's lot, stake one's life, i. 162, Nj. 113, 218 ; 1. sik allan vi&, to
I'j best. Eg. 738 ; 1. sekt via, 1. logbrot vi3, of a penalty, Nj. 113,
2, H. E. i. 505 : — leggja lit, to lay out, pay, Ym. 33; of betting,
|200: — leggja fe upp, to lay up, invest; 1. fe upp i jor&, Dipl. v. 21 ;
|:k upp via minn ksera Orm biskup halfan viareka, / made it over
1.4; 1. upp fe, to lay up, hoard. VI. of direction, esp. as
term, to stand off or on, lay a ship's course, esp. from or towards
to or from an attack, to sail, proceed to sea, absol., or the
dat. or ace, leggja skip or skipi ; \iu skalt leggja fram sem J)er
iace the ship to attack), Nj. 8 ; Qk leggr fram skeiSina jafnfram
its, id. ; J)eir leggja lit undir eina ey ok biaa J)ar byrjar, 133;
.g6i skip sin inn a sundit, 271 ; t)eir bjuggu.sk um sem skjotast
n dt skipunum. Eg. 358 ; en er skipit var lagit lit undir Fenhring,
. 64: Sigvaldi leggr skip sitt i midja fylking {lays his ship along-
I, xi. 126 ; J)eir hittu dromund einn i hafi ok logau til niu skipym
'osk, ... at lyktuni logdu })eir snekkjunum undir dromundinn,
353 ; leggja undir land, to stand in towards land, Eb. 1 26, where
etaph. sense = /o give in; logau J)eir eigi inn i osinn, en Icigau
t & hofnina, Isl. ii. 126 ; bauS hann ut leidangri at lidi ok skipum
i {stood) lit til Staas fyrir innan Jxjrsbjcirg, Fms. i. 1 2 ; siSan leggja
"ginn upp, Hkr. i. 32 ; Knutr konungr lagai pegiT upp 1 ana ok
anum, Fms. ix. 23, xi. 196 ; reru ^en langskipinu upp i ana ok
il baejar {)ess, Eg. 80; logSu vikingar vi8 j)at fra, Landn. 223;
u |>eir at nesi einu, Eg. 161 ; ok logau t>ar at landi, 203 ; lagai
|t {landed) via Sundolfs-staai, Fms. ix. 483 ; en er J)eir koma
It H4konar-helIu J)a logau ^ek t)ar at, Hkr. 1. 160 : leggja at, to
in a naval battle (atlaga) ; logdu J)eir fia at Jjeim, Nj. 25, Eg. 81 ;
^ '*8gj* til orrostu via {)a, Fms. vii. 257; Ictusk allir biinir at
It J)eim Hakoni, id. ; ef t)eir leggja at, Jomsvikingar, xi. 134 : —
r^tt, to drift or run before the wind, skipverjar, J)eir er sigla
T J)eir er i rett vildu leggja skipit, Fbr. 59 ; maeltu J)eir er leid
■t yarligra vaeri at laegja seglit ok leggja skipit i rett um nottina,
til lands at Ijosum degi, Fms. ii. 64 ,~ J)a kom andviari ok leggja
tt, Bs. i. 420 ; J)a logdu J)eir i rett haraan, kom a stormr sva at
l)eir lengi i retti legit, ok sigldu J)eir |)a via eitt rif, Baer. 5 ;
r enn landviari ok leggja enu i rett ok rckr vestr i haf, Bs. i.
483 ; pk 16g8u teir i rett haraan, 484 ; f(-ll veSrit ok giirai liign, logftu
J)eir \)k i rett, ok l^tu reiaa fyrir nokkurar nxtr, Eg. 372. 2. with-
out the notion of sea, to start; leggja 4 flotta, to turn to flight, fly, Fm».
x. 241, xi. 341, 391, Orkn. 4, Hkr. i. 319, passim ; leggja 4 fund J)eirra,
Fms. vii. 258 ; leggja eptir, td pursue, x. 215 ; leggja upp, to start on a
journey : metaph., leggja e-t ekki langt upp, Grett. 51 new Ed. 3. to
stab, thrust with a weapon, the weapon in dat. or absol. (Iag = a thrust),
Nj. 8, 64, Njara. 378, Eg. 216, 258, 298. Nj. 43. 56, Gr4g. ii. 7. GJ)I.
165, passim; opp. to hiiggva, hiiggva ok leggja, hann hj6 ok lagfti, and
the like. VII. impers. it turns, is driven in a direction, of
smoke, smell, fire, or the like ; hingat leggr allan reykinn, all the smoke
blows thitherward, Nj. 202 ; en eldinn lagdi at {)eim, Fms. i. 266 ; fyrir
lidaun er or hauginum mun lit leggja, iv, 28 ; varask gust |)ann ok
lidaun er lit lagai 6t haugnum, . . . af fylu J)eirTi sem lit lagfti, Isl. ii.
45 ; ok er eldrinn var gorr, lag8i reykinn upp i skardit, Eb. 220 ; cf
hval leggr lit, // a (dead) whale is driven off land, GJ)1. 462 : — of ice,
snow, to freeze, be covered with snow, ice, J)4 leggr snjo nokkurn fyrir ^m,
655 XV. 12 ; er is leggr a vatuit, Grag. ii. 287 ; {)a er isa lagdi 4 viitn,
Fms. ii. 103 : the place frozen in ace, voru islog mikil ok hafai langt
lagt lit Breiaafjiira, Ld. 286; lagdi ok Ogrsvatn, Fbr. 30 new Ed.;
lagdi fjordinn lit langt, 60 new Ed. : part., iss var lagdr 4 Hofstada-vag,
Eb. 236 : — of winter, cold, {)egar er gott er ok vetr (ace.) leggr 4, Grett.
24 new Ed. ; lagdi J)egar a frer ok snj6fa, Bs. i. 872 ; but pers., leggr a
hridir ok snjovar (better snjiiva), Bs. i. 198. 2. the phrase, leggja
naer, to ' lie near,' be on the brink of; nser lagdi J)at lifaeru eitt sinn, il
had well nigh come to a disaster, Edda 17 ; lagai {)a sv4 naer at allr
J)ingheimr mundi berjask, // was on the brink of . . ., Nj. 163 ; lagai naer
at hann mundi reka i svelginn, Fms. x. 145.
B. Reflex, to lay oneself , lie ; leggjask ni8r 1 runna nokkura, Nj.
132 ; er Skfilm merr yaur leggsk undir klyfjum, Landn. 77 ; ^k leggjask
i akrinn flugur J)aer, er . . ., 673 A. 3 : — o? going to bed, {)eir hofdu lagizk
til svefns, were gone to sleep, Nj. 155; Skarphedinn lagdisk ekki niar
um kveldit, 170: — leggjask med konu, to cohabit {illicitly), Fms. i. 57,
K. A. 118, Fas. iii. 390, Grag. i. 351: — of illness, to fall sick, take to
bed, tok hon sott ok lagdisk i rekkju, Nj. 14; J)a let hann biia hvilu
sina ok lagdisk i sott, Fms. xi. 214: the phrase, leggjask e-t ekki undir
hofud, not lay it under one's pillow, do it promptly, be mindful of a
thing, ii. 120, v. 264 : — leggjask a e-t, to fall upon, of robbers, beasts of
prey, etc.; at spillvirkjar mundi 1. a f<5 {)eirra, i. 226, Grett. 125 new
Ed.; Vindr logdusk a valinn ok raufu8u, xi. 380: orn lagdisk {prayed)
i eyna, Bs. i. 350: — leggjask fyrir, to take rest, lie down, from exhaus-
tion, sickness, or the like, 387 ; logdusk J)a fyrir bsedi menn ok hestar
af lividri, Sturl. iii. 292 ; \a. logdusk leiSsagnar-menn fyrir, J)viat J)eir
vissu eigi hvar {)eir voru komnir, Fms. viii. 5a; fyrir leggjask um e-t
mal, to give it up, Bs. i. 194 : leggjask niar, to pass out of use, cease, Fms.
X. 179, xi. 12 : leggjask a, to arise, mun sa oraromr a leggjask, at . . ., Nj.
32, Fms. i. 291 ; uj)okki lag8isk a milli J)eirra br£e8ra, xi. 14. 2.
to cease; at sa livandi leggisk sem adr hefir verit, Fms. i. 280. II.
to swim (partly answering to A. VI) ; leggjask til sunds, to go into the
water and swim, Ld. 46 ; J)eir leggjask um hria . . . Sigmundr leggsk J)a
um hrid . . . hann lagdisk sidar {swam behind), Faer. 173 ; hann lagdisk
eptir geldingi gomlum lit i Hvalsey, Landn. 107 ; Grettir lagdisk mi inn
a fjorainn, Grett. 148 ; hann lagaisk yfir J)vert sundit ok g^kk J)ar a
land, 116, Hkr. i. 287, Finnb. 266 ; \>eh koma upp ok leggjask til lands,
Ld. j68; for legSir read legaiz, Njara. 378. 2. to set out; leggjask i
hernaa, viking, to set out on afreebooting expedition, Fms. x. 414, passim :
leggjask lit, to set out into the wilderness, as a highwayman. Odd. 8, Fas.
i. 154, passim (utilegu-maar = fl highwayman) ; ek logaumk lit a merkr,
Fms. ii. 103 ; leggjask a flotta = leggja a fl6tta, to take to flight, xi. 305 :
leggjask djiipt, to dive deep (metaph.), Nj. 102 ; leggjask til e-s, to seek,
try eagerly for, Stj. 90, Bs. i. 198 ; leggjask i e-t, to occupy oneself with,
Rb. 312. 3. a Icigausk logn mikil, J)okur ok saelsegjur, Orkn. 358 ;
vindar Ii5g8usk {the wind wafted) fii hrauninu um kveldum, Eb. 218, (see
A. VII) : the phrase, ekki lagSisk mjcik a med Jjeim fraendum, they
were not on good terms, Ld. 68 ; ok lagdisk litt a med Jieim Snorra,
Sturl. i. 124; J)eir tciludu lengi ok lagdisk vel li med t)eim, things went
well with them, Orkn. 408 ; {)ungt hefir a lagizk med okkr Stnit-
Haraldi jarli um hrid, Fms. xi. 84 ; Steinolfi ])6tti J)at likt ok ekki, ok
lagdisk litt a med t)eim, GullJ). ii : — litid leggsk fyrir e-n, to come to
a shameful end ; litid lagdisk mi fyrir kappann, J)viat hann kafnadi i
stofu-reyk sem hundr, Grett. 115 ; sva litia sem fyrir hann lagaisk, who
had been so easily slain, had made so poor a defence, Ld. 150; Htift
lagaisk her fyrir goaan dreng, er J)raElar skyldu at bana verda, Landn.
36 ; kann vera, at mi leggisk litia fyrir hann, ek skal ra8in til setja,
Fms. iv. 166. III. recipr., leggjask at, to attack one another,
Fms. xi. 130: leggjask hendr a, to lay bands on one another, Ld. 154;
leggjask hugi 4, to take a liking for each other, B4r8. : leggjask nxr,
to run close up to one another, of two boats, Gisl. 5 1 . IV. part,
lagdr, as ad], fit, destined to a thing, or fitted, of natural gifts ; at hann
mundi baeai spa-madr vesa ok lagdr tjl mikils t)rifnadar ok gaefu Gy8-
inga-lyd, 625. 87 ; vera kann at {wSr s6 meirr lag8r {thai thou art more
380
LEGGJALDI— LEIDANGR.
fitted for) fesnuftr ok ferSir en tilstilli uin mala-ferli, i.e. that thou art'
more Jilted to be a traveller than a lawyer. Band. 5 ; oUu J)vi illu sem
honum var lagit, Fb. i. 215 ; hon var J)eim til lyta lagin, she was doomed
to be their destruction, Sol. II ; sem maelt es um J)a menn sem mjok er sii
ij)r6tt lagin, Fms. v. 40 ; J)viat J)er mun lagit ver5a at vera {'tis weirded
for thee, thou art doomed to be) einvalds konungr yfir ollum Noregi, Fb.
i. 564 ; J)er var lengra lif lagit, a longer life was doomed to thee. Fas. iii.
344 ; allar spar s6g3u, at hann mundi verSa lag8r til ska6a J)eim, Edda
19 : laginn, expert, skilled, disposed, freq. in mod. usage, hann er laginn
fyrir ad laera, hann er ekki lund-laginn a J)a&, he has no inclination for
It, whence laEgni = sM/; thus also, lagadr from laga (q.v.), vera laga6r
fyrir e-t, lagaSr fyrir laerdom, given to learn, of natural gifts. V.
part. pass, lagztr; er hann var lagztr niSr, when be had laid himself
down. Fas. ii. 345 : freq. in mod. usage, hann er lagztr fyrir, lagztr ni6r,
and so on.
leggjaldi, a, m. a nickname, Landn., Rm.
IjEGGK, m. [Engl, leg'], gen. leggjar, pi. leggir, gen. leggja :— a leg,
hollow-bone, of arms and feet, Edda no, Magn. 532, Stj. 458, Fms. iv.
110, vii. 162 ; laer-leggr, fot-leggr, of the legs; hand-leggr, arm-leggr (q.v.),
of the arms ; hann tekr sva vi6 kmitunni, J)ar fylgdi leggrinn me&, Fas.
i. 67 : allit., leggr ok \vbr, leg and joint ; 116 kalla menn J)at er leggir
maetask, Edda 1 10 : phrases, komask a legg, or risa a legg, to get on one's
legs, grow up from infancy, grow strong. Eg. 171, Fms. xi. 186, Glum.
344, Bjarn. 4, Grett. 22 new Ed., Hkr. i. 106. II. metaph. the
stem, trunk of a tree. Fas. i. 119, Hkr. i. 71 : the stock of an anchor,
Orkn. 362 : the shaft of a spear, Sturl. i. 63 ; of a column, Al. 1 16 : of
lineage, aett-leggr, fraend-leggr, lineage. III. a pr. name, Sturl.
coMPDs : leggja-band, n. a garter, Karl. 173. leggja-brot, n.
broken legs, Sturl. i. 121. leggja-knuta, u, f. the condyle of a leg,
MS. 4. 27.
legill, m. [Germ. Idgel ; Scot, leglin ; prob. not from logr, but through
Germ, or Scot, from Lat. lagena] : — a cask, Stj. 128, 367, 388, Mar. 195,
Sams. 28, freq. in mod. usage.
leg-kaup, n. a burial-fee, payable to a church, Grag. ii. 388, N. G. L.
i. 346, Bs. i. 812.
leg-or3, n.fornication, seduction, Anecd. 3, Grag. i. 338, passim, leg-
or3s-s6k (-sekt), f. a case {fine) of seduction, Nj. 98, Grag. i. 104,
N. G. L. i. 49.
legr, n. seduction, N. G. L. i. 350.
leg-ro, f. the rest in bed, Bs. i. 344, Mar. 112.
Ieg-sta3r, m. a burial-place, Eb. 176, K. A. 70, Fms. iv. 3, Bs. i. 813.
leg-steinn, m. a tombstone, Al. 14, Hkr. i. 122, Fms. viii. 237,
Fagrsk. 3.
leg-stseSi, n. = legsta8r, D.N.
Ieg-s6ngr, m. the burial service; legsongs kaup, a burial fee, Vm. 47.
leg-titiill, m. an epitaph, Al. 14.
IjEID, f. [A. S. lad; Engl, lode or load (in lodestar, loadstone)] : —
that which leads, a lode, way; riSa, fara, lei6 sina, Fms. vi. 176, Nj.
260, Eg. 359 ; or gen. Iei8ar sinnar, Fms. i. 10 ; ri6a lei6ar sinnar,
Isl. ii. 342; inn a lei6, inwards, Eg. 81 ; alia leid, all along, Fb. i.
442; norflan a lei6, Eg. 51. 2. a way, road; var honum J)ar
allt kunnigt fyrir, bseSi um leiSir ok manna-deili. Eg. 539 ; a skoginum
voru tvennar lei&ir . . . var sii leiSin skemri, 576; alj)ydu-leid, the
high road, 579! t^"^ ^^ lei&ir skildi, where the roads parted, id.;
J)eir fara sem lei6ir leggja, Fb. i. 253. 3. esp. a naut. term, the
course on the sea ; J)j65-lei5, the highway ; inn-lei5, the course along the
shore; ut-lei&, dj(ip-lei8, the outer course ; segja lei8, to pilot, Bs. i. 484 ;
whence the 0\A'E,ng\.lodesman= pilot. II. metaph. and adverb,
phrases; koma e-u til leiSar, to bring about, Nj. 119, 250, Fms. vi.
300; koma e-u a lei5, id., i. 51 ; sniia til leiSar, id., vi. 122, vii. 136 ;
skipask a betri lei&, to change to a better way, Eg. 416 ; a J)a leiS, thus,
Fms. iv. 253 ; hverja leiS sem, howsoever, Stj. 595 : fram a lei3, or a
lei9 ham, further, all along ; barnit sepSi sem a6r a leid fram, Bs. i. 342,
Orkn. 316, Sks. 301 : afterwards, for the time to come (fram-IeiSis),
Grag. i. 322, Sks. 480 : um lei&, by the way ; um leiS og eg kom, mod. :
{)egar leiS sem, adverb, as soon as, Stj. 94 ; J)egar lei& sem hann var
faeddr, loi, 267 ; J)egar um lei5, at once, Barl. 157 ; J)iC lei8, thus, Hom.
120: in the same manner, somu lei6, likewise, Grag. ii. 134, Stj. 123;
3ihx2i \t\b, otherwise. III. a /«/>> = leiSangr; bi6ja leiSar, Hkv.
I. 21 ; roa leiSina enda gjalda J)6 Iei3viti8, Hom. St. compds : leiSar-
lengd, f. a fixed length, distance, Grag. i. 50, G|)l. 476. leiSar-
lysing, f. guidance, Stj. 83. Iei3ar-nesti, n. viands. Fas. iii. 673,
Fms. iii. 98. Iei3ar-8teinn, n. a loadstone; pa, hofSu hafsiglingar-
menn engir leidarstein a NorSrlondum, Landn. (Hb.) 28, Konr. 29 ; eptir
himin-tungla gang ok eptir leiSarsteini, id. Iei3ar-stjarna, u, f. the
lodestar, Symb. 31, Rb. 464, Fms. x. 112, Mar. Iei3ar-sund, n.
a street, passage. Fas. ii. 249, Fms. viii. 131. Iei3ar-visan, f. g7/id-
ance: the name of an old poem. Iei3ar-visir, m. a guide, Ver.
21, Stj. 83, 285, Rom. 236 : the name of an old itinerary, Symb. 32.
Iei8ar-vlti, n. (Iei6 HI), a fine for default in respect to levy, Fms. i. 87.
li£jli>, f. [different from the preceding, and akin to if not derived
' from the A. S. Li^a, the name of a double month, June and July,
and aeftera Li'Sa) ; it remains in the Engl. Leet = the law court ol
hundred] : — the Leet, a meeting which in the Icel. Commonwealttl
held shortly after midsummer, fourteen nights after the dissoluti(l
the Althing ; the Leet was the third and last public meeting (V4r'[
Aljpingi, Lei&) ; at the Leet the new laws and licences of the past All
were published, as also the calendar of the current year, etc. Al
time of the Gragas, 12th and 13th centuries, the Leet was held\l
the var-J)ing or fj6r3ungs-^ing used to be held, and lasted a day oil
(tveggja natta Leid, Nj. 168, Fs. 75). and was held in common l|
the three go8ar of the quarter (sam-lei6). But in the Saga time
century) the Leets appear to have been a kind of county asseml
this may be inferred from the records of the Sagas, as also from I
names indicating small county ' Leets,' different from the sam-l(|
the Gragas. For the Gragas, see esp. |>ingsk. J>. Kb. ch. 61 (p. \\\
1853). For the Sagas, Glum. ch. 25, Lv. ch. 2, 3 ; li6r mi 4 sgil
ri5r hann til LeiSar ok helgar hana, Band. 9, ro, f>orst. Si3u H. ch. J
ch. 61, Sturl. iii. 169 ; the manna-mot, Hei6arv. S. ch. 17, also rejl
a Leet; a lei5um ok 16gm6tum, Fs. 43; tveggja natta leid, 75][
mot, Nj. 168, Fs. 75, Lv. 8. Special Leets named, V661a-Iei6, Hegl
leid, Rd. 292 ; Ljosvetninga-leid, Nj. 184, Lv. 7, Rd. 292 ; Eyfirdinel
Reykdaela-leid, Lv. 7 ({)verar-leid, v. 1.) ; {jverar-leid in south-westen I
Sturl. iii. 169. II. local names, Ijei3-v611r, Leet-field, H:[
ch. 31 ; Lei3-li61inr, Korm. ch. 9, where also holmganga was I
^p After the union with Norway the Icel. Leet remained (see thif
and was held at intervals down to the 17th century, see Pal Vidal.j
s. V. leid, pp. 326, 327. COMPDS : Lei3ar-dagr, m. the day on [
the Leet was held, Ld. Lei3ar-mdl, n. the section of law refen \
the Leet, Grag. 1. c. LeiSar-morgunn, m. the Leet morning, Bt I
Ijei3ar-skei3, n. the season of the Leet, the Leet month, Landn. '
291 ; cp. Nj. ch. 87, ' um haustid . . . luka heyverkum.' Iieidar-'
m. the Leet field, where the Leet is held, K. f>. K. 29.
LEIDA, d, [A. S. /rtc?;a« ; 'Eu^. to lead ; Germ, leiten; Dan. /a I
to lead, conduct, lead by the hand ; hann tok i hond henni ok [
hana eina saman, Nj. 1 29 : of guests, hvergi mun ek leida {)ik, segil
ok far nu vel ok heill ! Ld. 188 ; Olafr konungr leiddi Kjartan till
190; allir leiddu hann ofan til sjofar, 655 xvi. B. 2; leiddu Hildl
synir hann virduliga brott med gjofum. Eg. 52 ; ef hon far st4 i|
son sinn, at J)at er med pvilikri stormensku sem mi leidir hon hail
O. H. 31 ; J)ann skal lit leida, er madr vill at aptr komi, a sayinM
loi ; pit, leiddi hann Eirik son sinn i hasaeti sitt, Fms. i. 18; leiSil
Nj. 91 : metaph., leida upp, to drag ashore; setla {>eir at leida opp j
undir honum, to draw it ashore, Ld. 78 ; ser J)aer er {)eir telja ;
hail dilkana, Grag. i. 417: leida konu 1 kirkju, to church a i\
N. G. L. i. 384, Vm. 76. II. metaph. phrases, leifta
(sjonum), to behold, Hym. 13, Sks. 434, Fms. ii. 6, Stj. II9
hugum, to consider, meditate, Sks. 334, 368 (hug-leiding); lei&l
at, to mark, note, 301, Fms. iv. 33 (at-hugi) ; leida spurningum
e-t, to enquire, 230 ; leida getum um e-t, to guess at a thing,
205 ; leida atkvsedum, to declare, Nidrst. 2, Bs. i. 295 ; Idoa
to love, Hkv. Hjorv. 41, Eb. 206 (in a verse) : leida af e-n, ft I
from, Nj. 38, 109, 169, 171, Fms. iii. 210, H.E. i. 497 (af-lei|
result). 2. gramm. to pronounce; f)viat hann leiddi eigi sv
tidast er, Gliim. 389 ; opt skipta orda-leidingar oUu mali, hv&tiil
hljodstafr er leiddr skjott eda s«nt, Skalda 171 ; hann kvadskHf
heita, . . . Hvart Jjotti per hann seint leida nafn sitt edr skjott? — Vi
seint, segir Rafn, J)a kalla ek hann Haustskuld, Sturl. iii. 216. I
to bury, lead to the grave ; Steinarr leiddi hann uppi i holtunum, II
Karl. 128 ; hann sa J)ar haug mikinn, hann spurdi hverir })ar wn r
Landn. (App.) 254, 326, Bret. 166, v. 1.
LEIDA, d, [different from the preceding word, see leidr bdowl
Iceddan = to hate ; Engl, loathe] : — to make a person loathe a /W" j
dat. of the person and ace. of the thing ; hafdi hann J)at i hug ser, j
sma-monnum at saekja mal a hendr honum, Hrafn. 18; en svaskj
drottins-svikum, Fms. x. 271 ; ok leida sva odrum at brjota login.ij
ok leidum sva odrum friim at svikja sina herra, Karl. 59; okl-j
sva landrad ok drottins-svik, Fb. ii. 330. II. reflex., wij
leidask e-t, to loathe, get tired of; ungr leiddisk eldvelli. Ho
leidisk manngi gott ef getr, Hm. 1 3 ; krasa, pa, sedsk hann ok '
pXT, Greg. 28 ; leidask andligar krasir, 3 ; bondi leidisk konu siDJ
656 A.ii. 15 ; pa, leidisk t)er pii {abhor ye them) sem villu-menn edr he |
Bs. i. 105 ; mi vill sveinn eigi nema ok leidisk bok, K. {>. K. 5"- |
impers., e^m leidisk e-d, to become tired of; mer leidisk at ei!
hcindum slikan lifridar-agang, Fms. i. 188 ; ok leidisk honum Wlj
(Kb.) i. 18; mi leidisk monnum h(5r at sitja, Fb. ii. 56: freq.
usage, mix leidist, ' it irks me,' I find the time long.
Iei3a, u, f. irksomeness, Sks. 325.
Iei3angr, m., the r is radical, [akin to leid ; early Swed. lethtmgt\
leding], an old Scandin. law term, a levy, esp. by sea, including mj
and money ; bjoda lit leidangri, to levy men and ships for ««r,
bjoda lit leidangri at monnum ok vistum, Fms. ix. 33 ; bjo**
LEIDANGRSFALL— LEIGLENDINGA{>ATTE.
381
k "ikipum, i. 12; hafa lei5angr liti, to make a sea expedition,
Olafr konungr for meS li3i sinu ok hafSi lei&angr uti fyrir
sanina lei&angr (sea /orces), opp. to landherr {land forces),
. : allit. phrases, lid ok leidangr, Fnis. viii. 334, O. H.L. la,
: the proverb, roa leidangrinii, ok gjalda leiftvitift, to pay the
:ud the fine to hoot (i.e. to pay twice over), Hkr. i. 200;
;^'rinn, to break up, of the levies or crews breaking up and
line, Fms. viii. 307, passim. 2. war contributions, a
ual duty or tax payable to the king ; this sense of the word
in the Norse as also Dan. and Swed. law of the 12th and
ics; J)eir toku leiSangra ok allar konungs-skyldir, Fms. ix. 8,
ku |)eir Baglar leiSangr mikinn er Einarr haf6i saman dregit
,ud, 12, 368; biskupar ba6u at kardinallinn skyldi bi6ja
liann gaefi nokkut af lei6ongrum til heilagrar kirkju, x. 121 ;
sent austr i Vik eptir landskyldum sinum ok leiftangri til
, 482. coMPDs: lei3angra-fall, n. a fine for default as
r lax, GJ)1. 91,92, D.N. passim. Iei3angrs-far, n. a levy
\ . 326. Iei3angrs-ferfl, f. a war expedition, Hkr. i. 391.
folk, n. levied folk, Fms. x. 122, xi. 245. Iei3angrs-
raising a levy^ Fms. vii. 19, GJ)1. 75. Iei3angrs-li3, n. a
. Fms. i. 62, O. H. 154. Faer. 79, Orkn. 68. leiSangrs-
• levied man, Fms. viii. 312. Iei3aiigr8-skip, n. a levied
I-. i. 198. Iei3angrs-vist, f. the fixed time of service for
iN.G. L. i. 200. Iei3angr8-viti, n. the fine for default in the
f«y, (lethangs withe, Thorkel. Dipl. i. 3), N. G. L. i. 202.
leina, d, to guide.
leining, f. guidance.
a. a leading wind, fair wind ; sem lei&i gaf, Fms. i. 203, Orkn.
<tt leidi, 332, Fb. ii. 338, passim; byr-leidi, q. v. II.
-. /«Va], a tomb (lei&a III), Ver. 47, Bs. i. 340; m^r mislikar er
li Jiin ][)errir faetr sina d leiSi minu jafnan, er h6n gengr fra sto31i,
J54; stendr })ar mi kirkjan sem leidi hans er, Landn. 52 ; Sviar
hann ok grdtu allmjok yfir lei6i hans, Hkr. i. 15; var hann
|.1i& lei8i Kols biskups, Bs. i. 64, Fms. vii. 251, Stj. lOI, 250,
v61vu-lei6i, Vtkv.
'., m. irksomeness, Hav. 40 : a feeling uneasy, mod.
Iifl, n. a fool to be led about, Eb. 250.
Ijpni, adj. wearisome, Stj. 152, 246.
.gs, adv. hideously, Hav. 52.
gr, adj. (mod. Iei3in-ligr, Bs. i. 802, Bar3. 178), loathsome,
Ijdtok 1., Fms. ii. 137, Stj. 417, 436 ; ful ok 1., 265, Hom. 143,
13 : mod. tiresome, irksome, passim.
U, n, pi. loathing, Stj. 49, Hom. 9; an unpleasant thing, en
id gti&a. ser, sva at ^6r3i vseri leiSindi i J)vi, Sturl. iii. 39 : an
\ding, likams krasir gora seSi ok lei6indi, Greg. 28 ; leggja leiS-
i& e-n, to take a dislike to a person, Korm. 132, Pr. 225 : in
ge, irksomeness, tiresomeness.
llr, adj. loathsome, tiresome, Stj. 152.
•„{. leading, persuasion, Stat. 260. compds : Iei3inga-ina3r,
ly-led person, Fms. iv. 117, Sturl. ii. i. Iei3inga-sainr,
litamr, Sturl.
Iffi, n, ' leading-word,' walking and talking with a person, Ld.
Im. a leader, N. G.L. i. 357. leidis-lauss, adj. without a
" e, id.
r, adj. easy to be led, Fms. ii. 112, Hrafn. 20.
|L6t, n. a Leet meeting, Lv. 8, Nj. 168, Fs. 75.
adj., lei&, leitt, [A. S. /a'5], loathed, disliked; at ollum s^r J)u
Fas. i. 333 ; at lei6 se laun ef t)«gi, Hm. 37 ; lei& erumk fjoU,
la verse) ; andstyggr ok lei3r, Hom. 102 ; mer eru allir staf-
bir, Fms. i. 70 ; e-m'er e-t leitt, to dislike, Ld. 44 ; mer er leitt
lik afhendan, Fs. 34 : allit., Ijufr ok lei6r, beloved and loathed,
1 hann segir Sveini ^4 Ijuft ok leitt sem farit haf6i, Orkn. 284,
48, N.G. L. i. 50, 51, Js. 76; see Ijiifr. 2. medic, mer
\fixl unwell.
|ta, t, to put right, mend, correct, redress. Glum. 341, Fas. i.
142, K. A. 66 : reflex, to mend oneself, be mended, Stj. 117,
IRb, 3, Greg. 47 : passim in mod. usage.
u, f. an amending, putting right, K. A. 226 : redress, Sturl.
, f. (Iei3-r6ttan less correct, Bs. i. 166, cp. Gramm.
setting right, correction, Hom. 12. 104, Post. 656 A. ii. 7 :
lod. usage.
u, f. 'lode-saying,' guidance, Ld. 74, Fms. viii. 52, Bs. ii.
16 : esp. piloting. Iei3s6gu-ma3r, m. a ' lode-sayer,' guide,
"1J>. 5, Fms. vii. 52 : esp. a lodesman, pilot, GJ)1. 96, Jb. 386,
6. 3-
and lei3-sagnari, a, m. = lei6sagi, Karl. 544, Sturl. iii. 6.
a, m. a guide, Stj. 284.
f. guidance, leading, Hom. 61, Anal. 392 ; hand-1., passim
age: metaph. a vision, being 'led' in a vision through heaven
and hell, as in Dante's Commedia, the Sdiarljoft, and other works of the
Middle Ages ; lei&sla Rannveigar, Bs. i. 451 ; Duggals-ieiftsla. the Vision
of Duggal, an old legend; hence the mod. phrase, ganga i leiftslu, /o
walk as in absence of mind or distraction. II. burial, interment.
Fas. i. 204, Bret. ; ut-leifisla. Iei3slu.drykkja, u, f. a parting bout.
Hkr. iii. 181.
Iei3-stafir, m. pi. loathsome Runes, charms, Ls. 39.
Iei3-s6gn, f. = leiasaga, Fms. ix. 233, 376, Sturl. iii. 289, Bs. i. 484.
Iei38agnar-ma3r, m. = leidsijgumaftr, Fms. viii. 52.
leid-togi, a, m. a guide, Fms. i. 69, Stj. 347, Isl. ii. 233, 365.
leiS-vegis, adv. upon the road, N.G. L. i. 431.
Iei3-vlsan, f. = leiSarvisan, 655 xxvii. 18.
Iei3-visi, n. knowing the course on the sea, Sks. 53.
Iei3-viti, n. = lei6arviti, Hkr. i. 250, Hom. (St.); see leiftangr.
Ijei3-v611r, m. the 'thing-wall' or place of a Leet, K. {>, K. 29, Isl,
ii. 92.
LEIF, f., pi. leifar, [Ulf. laiba, Mark viii. 8] : I. sing, a ' leav-
ing,' patrimony, inheritance, of an estate : freq, in Norse and Dan. local
names, Haders-lev, Snolde-lov, = Hoftrs-Ieif, Snjalls-leif, but obsolete and
not used in Icel. ; cp. leif&. II. pi. leifar, leavings, remnants,
esp. of food ; hann blotadi forsinn, skyldi bera leifar allar i forsinn,
Landn. 291; varga leifar, Gkv. ; sjo karfir me8 afgangs-leifar, Mark
viii. 8 ; en er {jeir voru mettir, l)a hirdi Arnljotr leifar J)eirra, 6. H. 153,
passim. 2. metaph. effects; ilia gefa ills ra5s leifar, Nj. 20.
Leif, f. and Leifr, m., pr. names, Landn. ; and in compds, of women,
Ingi-leif, As-leif, etc. ; of men, |>or-leifr, Hjor-leifr, etc., id.
LEIFA, 3, [Ulf. bi-laihjan=iT(piK(iiT(iv; A.S.lyfan; Engl, leave;
O. H. G. liban; Germ, b-leihen ; cp. Dan. levne, Swed. Idmna, Lat. lin-
quere, Gr. \uit(iv\: — to leave a heritage; hann \t\ib'i honum lond ok
lausa-f(5, Rb. 318. 2. /o relinquish; ver hofum leift fyrir J)inar
sakir allt j^at er v4r attum, Flov. 28 ; ek mun J)ann kost taka, at
leifa konungs-nafn heldr en berjask, Fms. xi. 222; {)eir leif3u skipin
i Raumsdal, vii. 291 ; e3a synisk ydr at leifa skipin ok ganga i land,
viii. 2I4. 3. to leave out; ef menn leifa nokkut or3 i kviSum eda
vtettum, Grag. i. 138 ; ok hafa J)at allt er hizug leifir (thus the vellum,
not leyfir) e3r gloggra er, and adopt whatever has been left out in the
other book or what is clearer, 7- 4. to leave, of food ; fj6rir hleifar
ok J)ar me3 slatr, ok leiiir hann ])ess ekki, Fms. iv. 246 : — reflex., eigi
skal nokkurr hlutr af lambinu leifask, ef nokkut vsetta leifisk sva at ekki
ver3r etiS, |)6, skulu ^er Jjat i eldi brenna, Stj. 280.
Ieif3, f. = leif (I), only in compds, fo3ur-leif3, aett-l., patrimony.
Ii£jIGA, u, f. hire, rent, Grag. i. 340, 502, B. K. 9, 41 : opp. to instxSa
(capital), byggja fe a leigu, to let money out on interest, Bs. i. 684 ; selja
kxi a leigu, N. G. L. i. 24 ; reiSa leigu af, to pay the rent of, 25 ; hverr a
jor3 J)a er J)u byr a? J)^r eigit, herra, ok takit leigur af, Fms. viii. 446,
Grag. i. 188 ; leggja leigu eptir hiifn, to pay a harbour duty, Fms. xi.
321 : of passage money, spurdi hvar J)at f4 vaeri er hann bau3 i leigu
undir sik, Nj. 128. 2. wages; kallask hann engrar leigu makligr,
Fms. xi. 428, G\)\. 81 : of a soldier's pay, F16v. 30 ; let biskup reida
honum fyrir smidina mikla leigu, Bs. i. 872, Stj. 561. 8. in mod.
usage, leigur, pl. = a kind of land-rent paid in butter, as the rent of a
certain number of kiigildi which belong to each farm. compds :
leigu-b61, n. a rented farm, Grag. ii. 207, 208, GJ)1. 344. leigu-
btir3r, m. rent of land, G\)\. 255, Jb. 377, Dipl. iii. 9. leigu-fall,
n. default iti paying rent, G^l. 332 : deduction from wages, 514. leigu-
f6, n. cattle (chattel) hired, Grag. passim, Landn. 239. leigu-fserr,
adj. rentable. Ft. leigu-genta, u, f. a servant girl, D. N. leigu-
j6r3, f. a rented farm, N.G. L. ii. 107. leig^i-kona, u, f. a female
servant, Fr. leigu-k^r, f. a hired cow, N. G. L. i. 24, Grag. ii.
430, H. E. i. 394. leigu-land, n. rented land, Grdg. ii. 249, 337,
Nj. 118. leigu-lauss, adj. rent free, without interest, Grdg. i. 191,
336, 398 : gratuitous, Vm. 29. Ieigu-li3i, a, m. a tenant, G^l.
354' 355> N.G. L. i. 37. Ieigu-ina3r, m. a tenant, Grag. ii. 210,
430, Ld. 2, Fms. i. 5 : a hireling, GJ)1. 107, 512, Mar., Flov. 32.
leigu-m&l, n. an agreement (as to rent), Grag. ii. 332. leigu-m&li,
a, m. an agreement (as to rent), N. G. L. i. 24, Grag. i. 427, G{)1. 336 :
of rented land, N.G. L. i. 242. leigu-prestr, m. a hired priest, a
curate, Fms. ix. 272, D.N. passim. leigu-staSr, m. a place where
money is invested, investment, Nj. 31, Sturl. i. 97, B. K. 41.
leiga, 3, mod. leigja, [Dan. leje'], to hire; leiga e-t at e-m, to hire
from a person, Grag. i. 427 ; utleg3 var3ar {)eim er l)iggr Ian e8a leigir,
ef hann veit at fieiri eigu, 437 ; hinn er landit leigir, who holds the land,
Nj. 236; hann leig3i laud tiu hundrudum, Bs. i. 418; leiga jord, N.G. L.
ii. 105 ; ok leiga (leigja, v. 1.) s^r til lids {)arlenzkan her, Stj. 512 ; hann
leig3i fjorlaugu gard, Fms. v. 322 ; leiga ku, N. G. L. i. 24 ; leigja verk-
mann, 219; leiga {jrael, 35.
leiga, n. rent ; only in the phrase, selja at leiga, to lend on interest, Grag.
i. 398, 427 ; J)ann er \6bi e3r leiga seldi, 434.
leigja, 3, = leiga, N.G.L. i. 219, Stj. 513 (v.l.), and in mod. usage.
leig-leudiugr, m. a tenant, Grag. i. 297, N.G.L. ii. 105. leig-
leudinga-t>dttr, m. a section about tenancy, Grdg. ii. 232.
382
LEIKA— LEIKR.
m
IiBIKA, pres. leik ; pret.lek.leku; part.leikinn; [U\(.laikan = aicipTav,
A.S.lncan; nud.U.G.leiche ; Dun. lege; Swed. leka; North. E. /o /a^e] :
— to play, sport, Vsp. 42, Am. 76; hann leikr nii eptir magni, Lv. 28;
leika leik, 68 ; hann lek fyrir honum niarga fimleika, Faer. 66 ; leika at
skaktafli, to play at chess, Fms. iv. 366 ; en er f)eir leku at taflinu, })a lek
konungr fingrbrjot mikinn, ok sagSi hann skyldi annat leika, id. ; leika
horpu, to play the harp, Stj. 458; leika songfaeri, 631 : — leika s^r, to
play, esp. of children, passim ; as also, leika stT at e-u, to play at a thing,
passim. 2. to delude, play a trick on ; Djofullinn leikr fia alia, Andr.
66: esp. with prepp., leika a e-n, to play a trick on a person, Nj. 155 ;
mjok hefir \Vi a oss leikit, nser sem ver faum {jess hefnt, Grett. 149 ; ef
a6rir leita a oss, Jja ma vera at ver leikim J)a enn nokkut i mot, to make
a counter move. Boll. 346 ; 16k hon fe5r sinn af ser, she played him off, Stj.
181 ; sva at eins leikr J)u vi5 fiesta vini J)ina, Fms.ii. 181. 3. ef sva ilia
er, at um J)at se at leika, if that is oji the cards, Fms. viii. 102, Al. 132, 134;
hon segir fo6ur sinum um hvat at leika er, she told her father how things
stood, Ld. 206, Fms. viii. 93. 4. to perform, of a feat or act of prowess,
of a play ; J)u fekt eigi leikit pat er mjukleikr var i, Fms. vii. 119; pen
kva6u hann ver6an vera at hafa, ef hann leki J)at, Finnb. 2 20 ; en ek hygg
at engi annarr f4i {)at leikit, Fms. i. 152 ; hann lek Jjat optliga, er hann
bar5isk, er fair gatu vi6 se6, ii. 106; pat ma leikask, Fas. i. 88; pessa
prja hluti lek hann senn, Eb. 240. 5. the phrases, leika lauss vi6,
to be free, at large, disengaged (cp. ' to play fast and lose with ') ; lati
per hann mi eigi lausan vi5 leika lengi, Fms. xi. 154; en Hakon sjalfr
skal leika lauss vi6 sva, H. shall not be engaged in the battle, i. e. be
in reserve, 127; leika lausum hala (see hali) ; leika tveim skjoldum,
to play a double game, Hkr. i. (in a verse). II. to move, swing,
wave to and fro, hang loosely; leika a lopti, Hm. 156 ; leika a mars
baki, H5m. 12; lek par grind a jarnum, Fms. v. 331; landi& skalf
sem a praedi leki. Fas. i. 424; skjalfa potti husit sem a als oddi leki,
87; let hann leika laust kneit i brokinni, Fms. vii. 170; arar leku
lausar i hondum honum, vi. 446 ; peir steyp6o golli nyteknu or afli
leikanda {melted gold) i munn honum, Hom. (St.) 69. 2. to
lick, of flame, to catch, of fire = Lat. I amber e ; peir v6knu9u eigi fyrr en
Jogi lek um pa, Fms. i. 292; hiti leikr vi8 himin, Vsp. 57; var6 eldr
lauss i mi5jum baenum, eldrinn lek skjott, a3tlu8u peir at verja eldinum,
en pa var par sva mjok leikit {so much burnt) at peir mattu ekki vi9
festask, Fb. iii. 175 ; eldr tok at leika hiisin, Gullp. 28 ; eldrinn tok at
leika vatns-keroldin ok viSinn, Fms. xi. 35 ; heldr en par leki eldr yfir,
viii. 341 ; lek eldrinn skjott tjorgaSa sponu i keroldunum, i. 128. 3.
of water, waves, stream, to play, wash; unnir leku, Hkv. 2. il. Lex.
Po(3t. ; potti honum pat helzt froi at hafa hondina ni6ri i laeknum, ok
lata strauminn leika um sarit. Fas. iii. 388; vatnit var djiipt at landinu,
ok hafSi leikit undan bakkanum, sva at holt var me6, the water had
washed the earth away, and made the bank hollow, Grett. 131 A : — of
wind, ve6r var kalt ok lek a nor6an, 113 new Ed. : allir ketill lek utan
ok innan sem ein sia, Bs. ii. 9. 4. metaph., lek pat or5 a, it was
rumoured, Fms. i. 288, Fs. 75 ; var pa vinatta peirra kser, pott pat leki
nokkut a ymsu, though there were nps and downs in their friendship,
Fms. vi. 369 ; leika a tvennu, id., Mag. 33 ; lek a hinu sama, it went all
one way, Fms. v. 252 ; leika a tveim tungum, 'to swing on two tongues,' of
various reports of the same thing, ix. 255 ; leikr pat sizt a tvlmaeli, hverr
fraeSi-ma&r sem fra peim hefir sagt, Edda (pref.) 147; ef tortryg6 leikr
&, if th£re is any suspicion, Js. 26 ; par leikr p6 minn hugr a, have a
mind for a thing. Eg. 520 ; pat leikr mer i skapi (7 have a mind) at kaupa
Islands-far, Fms. ii. 4 ; ok ef per leikr aptr munr at, Ld. 318, v. 1. ; leika
i mun, id., Skv. 3. 39 ; leika landmunir, to feel homesick, Bjarn. ; e-m
leikr ofund a e-u, to envy, Fms. vi. 342 ; leika hugr a, to have a 7?iind to,
love; hon er sva af kouum, at mer leikr helzt hugr a, vii. 103. III.
esp. in the part, hag-ridden, bewitched, as madmen or people bed-
ridden or taken by a strange illness were thought to be ' ridden '
by^ trolls ; syndisk monnum panu veg helzt sem hann mundi leikinn,
pviat hann for hja ser ok talaSi vlb sjalfan sik, Eb. 270; ma6r sa
er Snorri het var leikinn af flag6i einu, Bs. i. 464. 2. metaph.
to ill-treat, vex; hvi ertu sva ilia leikin? Nj. 18, Sd. 169; sart ertu
leikinn, Samr fostri, Nj. 114; sagSi peim engan frama at drepa fa
menn ok p6 aSr ilia leikna, Fms. ix. 47 ; bor3u peir mik ok leku
sarliga, Fb. i. 547 ; peir toku hann ok leku hart ok biirau, Andr. 64 ;
Loka maer hefir leikinn allvald, Loki's maid {Death) has laid hatids
on the king, \X. : — to vex, annoy, cp. at pjofar ne leiki, that the thieves
shall not take it, Hm. ; pau a vagi vindr of lek, the wind swamped them,
Gkv. I ; nieinit haf5i lengi vi6 leikit, the illness had vexed hi7n a long
time, Bs. i. iqo. IV. reflex, to be performed, done; ef pat m4
leikask, if this can be done. Fas. i. 88 ; sog6u at pat maetti pa vel leikask,
at vinda segl a Orminum ok sigla a haf lit, Fms. ii. 326 : — leikask a e-n,
to get the worst of it ; mjok hefir a leikisk minn hluta, I have been utterly
worsted, Isl. ii. 269 ; ok leksk mjok a monnum Ag5a jarls, Fms. iii.
187; ok potti mi opt a leikask i viSskiptum peirra Grettis, Grett.
I5I- 2. recipr., leikask vi3, to play a match, to play one against
another; ok er pat bezt at vit sjiilfir leikimk viS, Grett. 99 new Ed.,
Stud. i. 23, Fms. ii. 269, |j6r5. 15 new Ed.: ok h6f5u peir leikisk vi5
barnleikum allir prir me3an peir voru ungir, they had been tiami
Fms. vi. 343; ef peir skyldi tveir vi6 leikask, Gliim. 370: at
komizt undan me6 lausafe ydart, en pa leikisk um lond sem aaiil
escape with the movable property and leave the land to its fafe^ g^
them quarrel about the land as best they can, Eb. 98.
leika, n., pi. leiku, a plaything, doll, puppet; pu ert leikum Iji
MS. 4. 9 ; ek skal faera pik Hildigunni dottur minni, ok skal hdn
pik fyrir leika (leiku Ed.), Fas. ii. 233 ; pott hann pykki trantt li
barns leika vera, Fms. xi. 95 ; leku peir ser um dag, ok ba8 Stea
Arngrim Ija ser messingar hest — Arngrimr svarar, ek mun gefa p^.J
pat er mi heldr pitt leika en mitt fyrir aldrs sokum, Glxim. 353; km
pat hverr i sinum hiby'lum, at vetrgestr Brynjolfs mundi eigi vera fa-
dags leika, Sturl. iii. 127 : plur., fcigr leiku eru petta, O. H. L. 50;
tveir tremenn er Frey hofSu fengnir verit til leikna, Fb. i. 403.
leika, u, f. = leika, n. but a later form, min leika, Grett. 107 new
cp. Fas. ii. 233. 2. a play-sister = \<i\k.syst\r ; vit vetr niu vd
leikur, Gs. 1 1 ; Dvalins-leika, Lex. Poet. 3. cunnus. ':3»;^
leikaudi, f. a sport, jest, Isl. ii. 451. iH
leikari, a, m. [North. E. laker'], a player, esp. a fiddler, j^^
623. 18, Fms. viii. 207, Fagrsk. (in a verse), Hkr. i. 30, Al. 41, Th
coMPDs : leikara-skapr, m. scurrility, histrionic manners, H.£. ii. |
138. leikara-songr, m. a lay. Mar.
Ieik-bla3, n. ' sway-blade,' poet, a pinion, Haustl.
leik-blandinn, part, sportive, MS. 4. 6.
leik-bor3, n. a play-board ; skjota (Ijotu) leikborSi fyrir e-n, to
the tables upon a person, Gg. 1, Grett. (in a verse).
leik-broQir, m. a play-fellow, Faer. 58. II. [Lat. laicus". (
brother received into a convent, D. N. iv. 89.
leik-ddmr, m. the laity, Bs. i. 750, Sturl. iii. 63.
leik -fang, n. wrestling, Jb. 83 : mod. a plaything.
leik-f^lagi, a, m. a play-fellow, Karl. 1 76.
leik-ferS, f. sport, Bs. ii. 28.
leik-folk, n. lay-folk, laity, Bs. ii. 138, K. {>. K. 140.
leik-go3i, a, m. a nickname, Landn.
leikinn, adj. playful, gay, Fms. ii. 169, vii. 175, Mar. 280.
leik-knottr, m. a 'play-ball,' top, Jon Jjorl.
leik-ligr, adj. [Lat. laicus], lay, Bs. ii. 45.
Ieik-ma3r, m. a layman, Sturl. iii. 60, Bs., K. A., H. E. passim,
[leikr], a player, Gisl. 32, Sturl. i. 23.
leik-mannliga, zAv. jester-like. Mar.
leik-mikill, adj. playful, merry, Isl. ii. 439, B&r6. 8 new Ed.
leik-mot, n. a ' play-meeting^ public athletic sports. Eg. 18S
4.^ .
Leikn, f. the name of an ogress, perhaps with reference to the r '
belief that sicknesses arise from the being 'ridden' by witches, h\
(in a verse), cp. Edda (Gl.) ; leiknar hestr, the ' ogress steed,' p
wolf, Hallfred; the Leikin, Vsp. 25, is prob. identical, seid ho:i
she (the prophetess) worshipped witches {trolls) =she was a sorcen
IiSIKK, m., dat. leiki is freq. in poetry and old prose, but nuii.
plur. in old usage always leikar, even in late MSS. such as Fb. ni
but in mod. usage leikir, ace. leiki : the phrase ' a nyja leik' sc.;
point to a lost feminine leik : [Ulf. laiks = xo/"'*» Luke xv. 25 ; A. ^
North. E./azyt; O.H.G. leik; Dan. leg; Swed. lek]:— a game, ph;}
including athletics. Eg. 147, Edda 31-33, Fs. 60 ; ok eigi var s:i i;-
nokkurr pyrfti vi9 hann at keppa, Nj. 29 ; sja skulum ver leika {m
leiki), Fb. iii. 405 ; leika ok gle6i, Fagrsk. ch. 26 ; sla leik, /os?/k/« ■
(cp. sla danz), Sturl. ii. 190 (of a game of ball): of a dance, Bret. 4;:
hendi gaman at aflraunum ok leikum, . . . knattleikar voru {;a t)tV
187; leikr var lagi5r a Hvitar-vollum allfjulmennr, 188; sveimiii ■•
a leiki me6 o6rum ungmennuni, Fms. i. 78 ; fara at (nieS) leik '
to roam about. Boll. 336, Fms. x. 159 ; hverir eiga her leik sv4 ii-
Nj. 125 : of a ceremony, Fbr. 7 : of capping verses, Bs. i. 237; cp>
leikr, a ' string-play,' lay. 2. metaph. a gatne, sport, Grett. .=
Ed. ; hann segir peim um hvat leika (gen. pi.) var, be toid itr
the game was, Fb. i. 325, Fms. ii. 49 ; sagSi hvat i leikum var, ^^:
tok leikrinn ekki at batna af peirra hendi, Fms. vi. 212: the \
a nyja leik, anew, lb. 10, N.G. L. i. 334, Sks. 234, Fms. ix. 2/4(t
370, 401, 409, 511, xi. 62 ; ny'jan leik is a modernized form not Bri.
in good old vellums; eptir e-s leik, after one's good pleasure, St\iW
the phrase, leikr er gjiirr til e-s, a person is aimed at, is the man
attack; pviat til hans var leikr gorr, Ld. 152 ; gora ser leik til e-s. -
wantotdy : — poet, phrase, Hildar leikr, 06ins leikr, sverSa, jania
etc., the play of Hilda, of Odin, of swords, of iron =^ battle, Le.x.
the Freys leikr, the play of Frey, by Hornklofi, Fagrsk. 4 (
by the older Grundtvig ingeniously identified with our F' •
connection in which the word stands in the verse. The au^
assemble for athletic sports (leik-mot), and during that time they i- ^
booths or sheds (leik-skali), even women used to be present as spec
Eb. ch. 43, Lv. ch. 9, Gisl., Sturl. i. 23. ^ An interesting ie^
and account of modern games is given by Jon (5lafsson in his Co"*
towards an Icel. Dictionary, s. v. leikr (in the Additam. to the Arna-
LEIKSLOK— LEMJA.
888
on in Copenhagen) ; thus, bniar-leikr, skoUa-l., risa-1., hiifu-l.,
1., and many others, leiks-lok, n. pi. ; at leikslokuni.^na//)'.
, m. an inflexion or termination, see Gramm. p. xxxiii, col. i.
ik&li, a, m. a play-shed, Eb. 216. Leik-skdlar, m. pi. local
,andn. ; see leikr above.
tefna, u, f. = leikmot, Clem. 31.
veinn, m. a playmate, Stj. 578, Fs. 130, Vigl.
aid, n. the lay-potver, laity, Bs. ii. 21.
Ollr, m. a play-ground. Fas. ii. 407, Skalda 1 70, Baer. 7, Tistr. 3.
TB, f., pi. leiptrir, Hkv. i. 15 ; gen. sing, leiptrar, 2. 29 ; but in
age neut. ; — lightning, Sks. 203, passim in mod. usage. 2.
; hix-\.,' carrion-lightning' = a sword; or vig-1., 'war-lightning,'
ar-1., • arm-lightning' =-gold; enni-leiptr, the ' brow-lightning' =
ee Lex. Poet. ; leiptra hrot, the ' lightning-roof = the sky, Harms. :
Ae name of a sword, Edda (Gl.) II. the name of a
ver, cp. the Gr. nvpKpKcfeOojv, Gm. : an oath sworn by this river,
29-
L m., gen. leiptrs, a kind of whale or dolphin, Dan. lyft, Edda (Gl.) ;
c8a leiptr er eigi ver3r lengri en sjau alna, Sks. 203, Lex. Poet,
in, aft, to flash, of lightning, but also of the twinkling of stars, the
d the Hke, Fas. ii. 368, Karl. 542.
i, n., as in leirinu, Stj. 72, 414; me5 goSu leiri ok seigu, Sks.
irit. Ems. ix. 511, v. 1. In mod. usage leirr, m., which also
1 Fms. ix. 511 (leirrinn) ; grar leirr, Orkn. 374 (in a verse) ; leir-
X i. 354, Orkn. 336, but leirinu cillu two lines below ; leirnum,
1583 ; leirinn, Orkn. 374 (Fb.) ; thus the older vellums prefer the
.e later the masc. ; \T)zn. leer ; Sv/cd.ler; Scot, lair']: — clay,
mm, but also mud, esp. on the beach, passim, see the refer-
love: in plur. leirar = leira (q.v.) II. metaph. and poet.,
r, 'eagle's mud' = bad poetry, referring to the legend told
'.dda 49, alluded to in Gd. 2, Sturl. ii. 56 (in a verse) ; as also
nsage, whence leir-skald, n. a poetaster : local names, Leir-d,
k, etc. COMPDS : leir-bakki, a, m. a clayey bank, Fms. v.
Ieir-bl6t, n. a clay idol, N. G. L. i. 383. leir-boUi, a, m.
i;» bowl. leir-brusi, a, m. a?i earthen pot. leir-burSr,
oetry. ]eir-bu3, f. a clay booth, Bs. i. 249, ii. 157. leir-
i:n. a loamy spot, O. H. L. leir-gata, u, f. a loamy path, Nj.
Mr»gr6f, f. a loam-pit, Nj. 84, v. 1. leir-jotunn, m. the clay
da 58. leir-kelda, u, f. a /oa/n-/)/#, Bs. i. 577. leir-ker,
Am pot. leirkera-smiSr, m. a potter, N. T. leir-krukka,
wriben 'crock,' Ver. 25. leir-ljos, adj. grayish, of a horse.
|5r, m. a clay-man, Edda ii. 298. leir-pottr, m. an earthen
543. ■ leir-skald, n. a poetaster. leir-sletta, u, f. a
ud, Rom. 259. Ieir-smi3r, m. a potter, Matth. xxvii. 7.
n, part, mud-splashed, Hrafn. 7. leir-tjOrn, f. a loam-
l6ir-va6ill, m. a shallow mud bank, Stj. 135. leir-vik, f. a
J«A, Hkr. ii. 196 : a local name = Lerwick in Shetland. Leir-
le name of an ogress, Edda.
, f. a ' loam field,' the muddy shore at low water mark, Fms.
ix. 44, 405, x. 138, O. H. L. 14, 15, Orkn. 336, Eb. 84 (v. 1.)
a nickname, Fb. iii : local names, Leiru-lsekr, Leiru-vagr,
$, COMPDS : leiru-bekkr, m. a muddy brook, Fms. viii.
|leiru-vik, f. = leirvik, Fms. iv.^153.
u, f. the river Loire in France, O. H.
adj. loamy, muddy, Fms. v. 230, Stj. 291.
If, adj. of clay, Bs. ii. 157.
•B, m. [Ulf. laists = 'i-xyos ; A. S. Icest; Engl, cobbler's last;
\; cp. Germ, leisten, prop. = to follow in the footsteps] : — the foot
;We, Edda 110. ^. a short sock ; hefir flagna6 framan
li oftrum skinnit me5 noglunum a Jiann hatt sem leistr, Bs. i.
brann i gegnum skoinn ok leistinn (v. 1. hosuna), ok fotrinn
jVr. 358, V. 1. : mod., hti-leistr, a ' hough-last' a sock reaching
le: poet., hyrjar-leistr, Yt. 20; leista tre, the leg, Edda 100.
lista-breekr, f. pi. breeks with stockings fastened to them, long
4a, Nj. 212, Isl. ii. 218. leista-lauss, adj. without afoot-
ri. 205.
f. a search, exploration, as also an exploring party, expedi-
var sjalfr i leitinni, Nj. 131 ; foru J)rir i hverja leit. Eg. 220;
urn seint af hyggja um leitina, Fms. vi. 381 ; skipta J)eir li3i
inga til leitar i skoginum, x. 218 ; \>ek spur&u at hestum {)eim,
lu 4 leit komnir, the horses which they were ' laiting' come in
ii. 349 : plur., hvers J)ii a leitum ert, what art thou seek-
: in a local sense, skulu ver fara dreift, ^viat leitin er vi5,
: in plur. leitir, ' sbeep-laiting,' the search for sheep in the
astures hi autumn.
a6, prop, a causal from li'ta, [Ulf. wlaiton = -irfpifiXeireaOai ;
lait; Dan. lede] : — to seek, search, with gen. leita e-s, or with
at e-u, or absol., heraSsmenn leitu&ii hennar ok fundu hana
1,4; leita lands, Fms. ii. 214; Hsengr sigldi i haf ok leitaQi
99, Landn. 27, 32, Fms. i. 27, 71 ; leita e-m kvanfangs. Eg.
PMsi^ ; metaph., ef y9ar er ilia leitaS, if you are challenged, rudely .
treated, Nj. 139; l)6tt hans vaeri eigi vel leitaft, Fb. ii. 73: — hon Ieita»i
i eina hirzlii, Fms. iv. 37; leituftu J)eir um gkdginn allan, i. 72; Nj411
leitaai Hoskuldi um manna-forraft, Nj. 149 : leita at e-m, to seek for, ¥m%.
ix. 2 18 ; ok leiti J)(5r at honum Hoskuldi, Nj. 171, passim in mod. usage :
leita eptir e-m, id., Fms. i. 69 : the phrase, leita ser staftar, logo on one'%
business, cacare, Hm. 1 1 3, Faer. 197. II. metaph. to seek for help ;
vil ek at ^u leitir aldri annarra en min ef \n {jarft nokkurs vift, Nj. 74;
leita ser heilla, Landn. 33 ; leita laikninga, to seek for healing, to call in
a physician, Johan. 36; leita rA8a, to seek for advice, Nj. 75. 2.
to enquire, examine, Sks. 638, Hom. 65. 3. with prcpp. ; leita
a e-n, to offend in word or deed, be aggressive, Nj. 16, (XH. 222,
(a-leitinn) ; leita a vi6 e-n, to contest, call in question, Grag. i. 36 ; leita k
um e-t, to try, attempt; hvar skulu ver a leita? Nj. 3 ; en J)at ixb ck,
at ]pu leitir eigi optarr a hreysti mina, that thou dost not again question
7ny valour, Orkn. 402 : leita eptir e-u, to 'lait after,' seek for, passim ; leita
eptir mi'ili, to follow a case, take it up, Nj. 75 ; leita eptir vi5 c-n, to
entreat a person, Fbr. 117; leita eptir um e-t, to enquire into. Eg. 536 :
leita upp, to seek out. Germ, aufsuchen, Fms. x. 71 : — leita vi8, to try,
endeavour, Nj. 21, Sturl. i. 17, Rb. 382, Eg. 606, Jb. 382 ; leita vi8 fiir,
to try to get away, Grag. i. 91 : leita til e-s, to try for, Fb. ii. 309. III.
in a local sense, to try to go, make ready to go, proceed on a journey ; ef
Eirekr konungr leita6i vestan um haf meft heT sinn, Fms. i. 26 ; hann
kva5sk aptr mundu leita til vina sinna, ii. 214; ef hann leita&i aptr i
land, v. 32 ; leita braut or landi, to gonbroad, 6. H. 130; leita d fund
e-s, to visit a person. Eg. ; haltii v6r8 k, ef hann leitar {tries to escape)
lit um mumiinn, Fms. vi. 351 : leita undan, to go back, fly, Stj.
479- IV. reflex, to seek; leitask um, to explore; J)a leitu8usk
^eir um hvar likast var lit at koniask. Eg. 233 ; leitu6usk f-.eir J)a um
ok fundu hur& i golfinu, 234, Stj. 479 : leitask fyrir, id., H. E. i. 245,
Sks. 706 : leitast vi6, to attempt, mod. = leita vi8. The reflexive is more
freq. in mod. than in old usage.
leiti, n. [from lita], a hill or elevation on the horizon hiding the view.
Eg. 220, Grag. i. 433, Fms. viii. 147, Orkn., Stj. 401 ; leiti berr k milli,
Nj. 263, Fbr. 55 new Ed. ; fara sva at k sinu leiti er jafnan hverr. Mar. ;
ef hann saei nokkurn mann rl3a um leitift fram, Gliim. 363, Bjarn. 25
(in a verse), Edda (Gl.) ; 66inn hleypti sva mikit, at hann var k o8ru
leiti fyrir, Edda 57 ; J)eir riSu undir leiti nokkut, en J)eir sask aldri sidan,
Nj. 279 ; var& fyrir J)eim leiti nokkut mjok hdtt, Fms. vii. 68 : freq. in
mod. usage, esp. in Icel. local names.
leiti, n. [hlutr], a share, part; see hleyti.
-leitr, adj. [lita], looking so and so, in compds, see Gramm. p. xxxiv,
col. I. (IX.)
leizla, u, f. = lei8sla, q.v.
LEKA, pres. lek; pret. lak, laku ; part, lekit ; a weak part, lekat
occurs, Fms. ix. 345 ; [A. S. leccan; Engl, leak ; Dan. Icekke] : — prop, to
drip, dribble; af {jeim legi er lekit haf8i or hausi Hei8draupnis, Sdm. 13 :
— to leak, of a ship or vessel, en hon lak eigi heldr enn it J)ettasta kerald,
Bs. i. 596 ; var mjok lekat skipit, Fms. ix. 345 ; leka eins og hrip, freq,
in mod. usage : of milch kine, en a o8ru kvikf6 ef \izX lekr, Jb. 366.
leki, a, m. a leakage, leak; komu \>k lekar at skipinu, Grett. 96 : the
phrase, sja vi8 J)eim leka, to see to afutttre leak {emergency).
lekr, adj. (compar. lekari, N. G. L. i. 199), leaky, Grett. 94, Jb. 378,
Fms. ix. 381,, Stj. 367, N. G. L. i. 304.
Iek-8t61par, m. pi. 'leak-beams,' prob. a kind oi pump, Edda (Gl.)
lektari, a, m. [eccl. Lat. lectorinni], a lectern, reading desk, Vm. 10,
52, Dipl. V. 18, Bs. i. 797.
lektia, u, f. [Lat. word], a lesson, 625. 169, Vm. 38.
lektor, m. [Lat. word], a reader, Ver. 49.
le-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), vile, of little worth; this word does not
occur in old writers ; the etym. is dubious, cp. l(''magna, lebarn, etc.
lemba, d, [lamb], to lamb; lembd aer, a ewe with lamb, Stj. 185,
Grag. i. 502.
lemd, f. lameness, from a blow, N. G. L. i. 30, 67.
le-megirm, adj., mod. 16-inagna, indecl. faint, exhausted; lemegit
Ijos, a faint light, Stj. 16.
Iein-heyr3r, part, deaf, Anecd. 2 new Ed.
IjEMJA, pres. lem ; pret. lamSi ; part. Iami8r, Glum. 342 ; imperat.
lem, lemdu, Ski3a R. 131 ; lamdr, and mod. also laminn. Mar. 637:
[A. S. laman; provinc. Engl, lam — to thrash; Germ. Idbmeti]: — to
thrash, flog, beat, so as to lame or disable; ur8u J)ar attjan menn s4rir
en margir lamSir, Fms. ix. 355 ; lemja mun ek bogann fyrir honum ef ek
ma, X. 362 ; fiorbjiirn ba3 hann starfa betr, ella kva8sk hann mundu lemja
hann, Grett. 120; Jjeir IcimSu hann iialiga til botleysis, 154; lam8an til
heljar. Am. 41 ; ok lemSa (subj.) alia i li8u, Ls. 43 ; ok sett jiituns alia
lam8i, |)kv. 31; munu eigi 611 ulami8 (neut. pi.), Gliim. 340; lemja
i smatt, to smash. Mar. ; lani8a {lame), halta ok blinda, Greg. 28 ; fugli
me8 lam3um vsengjum, Hom. 142 : lemja ii e-m, to 'lam into one,' give
one a thrashing, Ski8a R. 135. II. metaph. to suppress; skulu
baendr taka fra segl ok lemja {to upset) sva for ^eirra, N. G. L. i. 103 ;
hann aetladi sva at lemja fyrir J)eim smi8ina, Stj. 312 ; vi8viJrun hrae8slu
lemr holdi8, Hom. 14 : lemja ni8r, to beat down, suppress, Fms. ii.
384
LEMPA— LESSKRA.
199. III. reflex., Gunnarr hjo li hcind Hallgn'mi, ok lam6isk
handleggrinn, en sverSit belt ekki, Nj. 45 ; sverSit brotnadi en haussinn
lamdisk, but the skull was fractured, Gisl. 4 ; sva mikit hogg at haussinn
lamftisk mjok, Fb. i. 400. 2. recipr., onnur efni eru nii i varu mali,
en at J)er lemisk roSrinn fyrir, to break one another's oars, Fms. viii.
216. 3. to be ruined ; allr fri6r lemsk, all happiness is destroyed,
Hallfred ; landvorn lam6isk, the defence was paralysed, Sighvat.
lempa, a3, [a mod. for. word borrowed from the Dan. Icetnpe; cp.
A. S. limpan'] : — to temper, accoinmodate ; lempa sig eptir e-u.
lempinu or lempiligr, adj. pliable, gentle.
lemstr, m., gen. lemstrar, a severe contusion; lemstr malhelti minnar,
Horn. 143. coMPDs : lenistr-h.6gg, n. a blow causing contusion,
D. N. iv. 84. lemstrar-sdx, n. a disabling wound, GJ)1. 180, Ann.
1398.
lemstra, a5, to contuse.
Xi^N, n., mod. also 16ni, [Dan. len; Germ, lehen'], a jief, fee; taka
land i len, Fms. i. 22, iv. 212; halda lond ok len af konungi, 232;
hann haf6i i len halfar Fsereyjar af Haraldi Grafeld, ii. 91 ; J)at len sem
hann veitir mer, GJ)1. 63 (in an oath of homage) ; Herra Kmitr haf6i J)a
halft Rygja-fylki ok Sogn halfan, ok J)6tti honum J)at len minna en
hann vildi, Fms. ix. 428, x. 116 ; beiSask lens yfir fylki, Fagrsk. 7 ; i>^r
sem lendr ma6r hefir len; N. G. L. ii. 407 : — a royal grant or emolument,
baedi um skyldir ok litgerSir ok morg onnur len, Fms. vi. 339 ; hann
heitr y6r i m6t miklu leni ok trausti, viii. 204; hann gaf honum mikit
len ok land i sinu riki, O. H. L. 18 ; hann haf6i veitt honum mikit len,
ok gefit honum dyrligar gjafir, 68 ; skyldu ok J)eir sem lenin h6f6u
missa l)eirra, ef \eSx flytti eigi {)essi bref, Bs. i. 764 : — royal revenue, J)itt
riki liggr undir lifridi, ok tekr J)u eigi af J)vilikt len sem J)u aettir at
hafa, O. H.L. 30: — an office, umbo6s-len, D.N. v. 417; sa konungs
umbo&s-ma6r sem \>a.T hefir len, N. G. L. ii.-28o. II. metaph.
the good things of this life ; sumir hafa liti3 len e3r lof, Edda II. 16ns-
madr, m. a '■fief -holder' feoffee; in the Middle Ages the king's governor
was so called : — in Norway a kind of officer, bailiff, D. N., Fr. passim.
ISna, u, f. to grant, Vigl. 31.
lena, u, f. [cp. Germ, lebne ; Engl, to lean] : — the pad or cushion laid
under the pack-saddle ; hann tok tva hesta ok lag6i a lenur (mod. rei3-
ing), Nj. 74 ; komu J)eir til hesta sinna, ok er J)eir vildu lenur a Jia leggja,
Bs. i. 389 ; v6ru lagSir lit voru-sekkar nokkurir a hla&it, ok J)ar lenur
me3, Isl. ii. 204.
16na, a8, to saddle ; Bileam lena&i osnu sina, Stj. 334.
LEND, f., pi. lendir, mod. also lendar ; [A. S. lenden ; Old Engl, lendes ;
Scot. lendis; Engl. loins; O.K.G.lenti; Germ, lende]: — theloin; the mod.
usage distinguishes between the sing., the loin or croup of a horse and pi.
lendar of the human loins ; lendir y6rar skulu J)er gyrSa, Horn. 84 (Luke
xii. 35); munu konungar lit af J)inum lendum faebask, Stj., Sks. 404;
undir herdum, lendum, knes-botum, Edda 40; lenda-kla&i, Fas. iii. 102 :
— of a horse, hann flaer af henni alia baklengjuna aptr a lend, Grett.
91 ; a lend hestinum, Nj. 91 ; hann klappar a lend hestinum, Bs. i. 633 ;
um hofuS, lend, brjost ok kvi3 ok allan hest, Sks. 404. lenda-verkr,
m. ^ loin-wark,' lumbago, Pr. 471, Ld. 32.
IiENDA, d, mod. t, [land], to land, Fms. vii. 31, viii. 33, ix. 23, Eb.
234, Ld. 32, passim; lenda skipi, Fbr. 163. II. metaph. impers.,
e-m lendir saman, to come into collision with, close with one another ; ess
(dat.) mun nu saman lenda ef {)er la,ti6 eigi lausan manninn, Fms. vii.
117; mun ek ekki letja at oss lendi saman, Ld. 324 ; munu5 J)er ( = mun
y8r?) saman lenda, nema miSlat se malum, Bjarn. 55. 2. e-u
lendir, to be landed, to come to an end; J)ar lendir J)essi viSraeSu ok
hjali, Fms. xi. 52 ; her lendir me3 J)eim, at . . ., Bs. ii. 72 ; eigi vitu
v^r hvar pessu mali lendir. Mar. : absol., lenda i vanda, to be landed in
difficulties, get into scrapes, Karl. 308 ; sva mikit ofrefli at eigi matti
lenda, {)i&r. 272. III. to give land to a person, with ace. ; en
hverr sem lendir hann vi5 minna, sekr eyri, N. G. L. iii. 37.
lenda, u, f. land, fields; hann atti hundru9 kugilda a leigu-stoSum ok
tiu lendur, Sturl. i. 97 ; vi3ar lendur ok fagrar, Ld. 96 ; lendur ok
lausa-f^, Fms. i. 289.
lend-borinn, part. ' land-born,' of the landed gentry. Eg. 342, Fms.
viii. 155.
lending, f. a landing, landing-place, Lv. 93, Fms. ii. 93.
]endi-st63, f. a landing-place, N.G.L. i. 243, 380, v. 1.
lendr, adj. landed, esp. as a law term; lendr ma3r, lendir menn, =
'^ landed-men' or the barons of ancient Scandinavia, holding land or
emoluments (veizlur) /row the king, and answering to hersir (q. v.) of a
still earlier time ; heita {)eir hersar c6a lendir menn 1 Danskri tungu,
Edda 93 ; gjorfti konungr {)a Jjorolf lendan mann, ok veitir honum J)a
allar veizlur J)aer er a3r haf&i Bardr haft. Eg. 35, Sks. 5, Fms. i. 60, ix.
496, GJ)1. 12, and passim in the Laws and Sagas, but never referring to
the Icel. Commonwealth. II. in compds, vi6-lendr, i-lendr, sam-
lendr (q. v.), ut-lendr, outlandish.
Iend-v6/n, f. expectance of a fief, N. G. L. i. 360.
lengd, f. [langr], length of space and time, Bret. 32, Stj. 74, Fms.
viii. 88, Eg. 318, Alg. 372, Bad. 165 : — gramm., Skalda 175 : lengthening.
^3.
ttie
^Sks. 119. 2. adverb, phrases, til lengdar, long, for a long tim
til lengdar, too long, Karl. 227 ; i braS ok lengdar (mod. i bra9 o^
for now and hereafter, P'ms. vii. 88 ; Jjegar til lengdar laetr, 171 th
run ; a-lengdar, afar off.
LENGI, adv., the conipar. lengr is used in a temp, sense, len
a local sense, see langr ; [Dan. Icenge] : — long, for a long time; len
mer J)at i hug verit, Nj. 2 ; hversu lengi? 141 ; eigi lengi, Ld. 11
lengi, too long ; sva lengi sem, as long as, Rb. 64 ; ok eru } • ^
miklu lengst ni8ri, by far the longest time, id.; ok J)olir eigi inui
could no longer ' thole' or endure it, Far. 269, passim ; lengr en :
rather long than short, for a good while, Bs. i. 155 ; til t)ess at l(|reu
skemr frestaSisk {jat ni&ingsverk, Al. 105 : ii-lengr (q. v.), her^:
lengr er, until; lengr er lyriti er varit at logbergi, K. f). K. (Kb. 1
lengr er J)eir hafa synt biskupi, 22 : with gen., lengi vetrar./or
part of the winter, Fbr. i. 334; lengi xfi, during a long part ofoniiijr
224; lengi dags, lengi naetr, and so on.
lenging, f. lengthening, Fms. iii. 12 ; mala-Ienging, prolongniir^
lengja, d, [langr], to lengthen; var lengt nafn hans, there . ;
to his name, Fms. vi. 16 ; lengja lif sitt, i. 126 ; J)arf eigi at ]>■
um J)at mal, it boots not to tell a long tale, xi. 9; lengja
Eg. 742 ; or6-lengja, to lengthen out words; hvat J)arf {)at lei
need to make a long story f Karl. 374,427. II. !i;i
lengthen, esp. of days and seasons; um vetrinn er daga leng ;.
30; nott (ace.) lengir. III. reflex., e-m lengisk, to lon^rUr.
sem Jjessir tveir vetr voru li&nir ^& J)6tti J6saphat lengjask kjok,
Barl. 198. I
lengja, u, f. an oblong piece, Ski&a R. 27 ; bak-lengja, q. v.
lengrum, see langr III. 2.
lengstum, adv., see langr IIL 2. I
16ni, n. [le], a scythe, steel and iroti welded together in aforgil^
J)arf lika a6 J)vi, meSan veri5 er aS sla l^niO, a& . . . , Arm. a Alfi. iv ' ,
Lent, f. Lent, in the words of John the Fleming, Nii er komin 1 ,;
Ekki skilr folkit hvat Lentin er, Bs. i. 801.
lenz, f. [for. word ; Lat. lancea], a lance, Edda (Gl.) |
leo, m. [for. word ; Lat. /eo], a lion, Fms. vii. 69, Fbr. 34,
|>i8r. 190, Stj. 71, 411, Plac. ; this Lat. form is freq. in old writ
prop. Icel. form is Ijon, q. v.
leon, n. a lion, Fb. i. 165, Fms. vii. 69, Stj. 71, 231, 459: -
hvassar sjunir, Sighvat ; yet the vellums hardly ever use the mod.
Ijon, but leon : — the word is masc, J>i6r. 190, Pr. 402, 434.
hvelpr, m. a lion's whelp, Stj. 231.
leona, u, f. a lioness, Stj. 80.
leparSr or leoparSr, m. [for. word], a leopard, Al. 167, A
Icel. form is hlebar&r, q.v.
LEPJA, pres. lep, lapti ; part. lapit ; [^A. S. lapian ; Engl. Ill— H
lap like a dog ; this word seems not to occur in old writers, bu ! ft«.
in mod. usage and undoubtedly old.
LEPPR, m. [cp. Engl, lump], a lock of hair; fa mer lej
hari J)inu, Nj. 116; hann skar or lepp or hari fiess manns, Fa-
hann hafSi Ijosan lepp i hari sinu hinum vinstra megin, Hrafn. 1 ,,
ek einn lepp or tagli hans, Fb. i. 354 ; mi81a m6r i mot lepp
skeggi J)inu, Fms. vi. 141 ; the word is obsolete in this sense.
a rag, tatter, cp. Germ, lump; sem leppr rotinn, Bs. ii. 56:
vanda leppa sem hann haf6i, Fms. ii. 161 ; hverr leppr er upp
varu skipi, vi. 382 : freq. in mod. usage, leppr or i-leppr, soca-
in shoes ; bak-leppr, the pad under a saddle. compds : lepp;
n. slashed clothes, Rett. 40, 48. Leppa-lu3i, a, m. a momtt,
band of the ogress Gryla (q. v.), Maurer's Volks.
lepra, u, f. [a Lat. word], leprosy. Fas. ii. 390; in mod. vu
diarrhcea.
lepsa, u, f. a rag, piece of cloth.
-lera, [cp. lara], in compds, sott-lera, aett-Ieri, q. v.
L^REPT, n. [Dan. /arrec?; prob. a compd, qs. le-ript = so//* ;
— linen, a linen cloth, K. p. K. 20, Grag. i. 213, Sks. 287, Fni>
Fs. 147 : also in plur., vera at lereptum, to be at one's linen, 0
161; lerept is opp. to vaSmal, K. fj. K. (Kb.) 8. l^rep'
-li6kull, m. a linen cloth or cope, Vm. 53, II4.
LEBKA, aS, [Scot, lerk], to lace tight; var hottrinn lei
halsinn, Landn. 147; lerka ermar at oxl . . . drambhosur lerkaSa
Fms. vi. 440 : metaph. to chastise [cp. North. E. to lace], lerkand
Mar.; hann lerkaSi sinn likam me6 fostum, Thom. : — part
bruised, contused; blar ok lerkaSr af storum hoggum. Fas. iii.
mod. us^ge feeling as if sore all over the body.
les, n. a lesson, in divine service ; J)orlaks song ok les mefl,
at song ok lesi, 52 ; me3 lesi ok song, Am. 43, 74 ; messu-s6»«
Bs. i. 81 1. COMPDS : les-bok, f. a lesson-book, Vm. 52, 5*
18. les-djdkn, m. a reading clerk, Bs. ii. 11, Th. 76. l«f
a reading gallery or choir. Mar. les-skrd., f. = lesbok, Jm. II.
knitted ivares, such as knitted gloves, drawers, socks, and the
mod. usage ; a8 endingu eg oska J)er | a3 J)u fair les og sm^r | i
_Sn6t (1865) 330 ; prjon-les, knitted wares, socks, shirts, etc
LESA— LEITA.
385
SA, pres. les; prct. las, last, las, pl.lusu; subj.laesi; imperat. les, lestu ;
. lesiiin : [Ulf. lisan = avWeytiv, avvayfiv ; A. S. lesan ; provincial
Itolease; O. E.G. lesan; Genn. lese/i; cp.GT.Kfy(iv,Lzt.legere'\ : —
pj). to glean, gather, pick, Stj. 615 ; lesa hnetr, aldin, Gisl. (in a verse),
pi. 5 ; lesa ber, to gather berries, K. f>. K. 82 ; hafSi hon ksit ser mikil
•'t5s1ii, lis. i. 204 ; lesa blom. Art. 66 : — lesa saman ; verSa nokkut
iinan lesin af {jyrnuni ? Matth. vii. 16; {jviat eigi lesa menn sanian
,[ {jyriiuni ok eigi heldr viiiber af {)istluni, Luke vi. 44 ; lesit fyrst
itcsit sanian, Mattk. xiii. 30 ; jjeir lasu saman manna um morguninii
\,{i haf&i su eigi meira er mikit hafSi saman lesit, Stj. 292 ; ]pessir
riculi sem her eru saman lesnir, Fb. iii. 237; saman lesa lif e-s,
:le, H. E. i. 584 : \>dr Uisu upp (picked up) halm J)ann allan,
■3; toku {)eir silfriS ok lasu upp, Fms. viii. 143. 2. to
Itch; eldrinn las skjott tr6S-vi9inn, Eg. 238 : of a ship, J)at ma
i Stigandi er sva less hafit, Fs. 28; bro&irinn less um herSar
ka5als-hlutinn sem J)eir hcifSu haldit, ^ras/)eaf it, wound it round
tilers. Mar.; hann greip sviSuna, ok las af hondum honum, he
ff«J the weapon and snatched it out of bis hands, Sturl. i. 64: lesa sik
to haul oneself up; \ia. las hann sik skjott upp eptir oxar-skaptinu,
III; |>6rir gi-kk at ski&gardinum, ok kraekSi upp a iixinni, las sik
sptir, (5. H. 135. 3. to knit, embroider; hon sat vid einn guU-
1 borda ok las (embroidered) J)ar a min liftin ok framkomin verk,
i.176; typt klse6i ok veigoS ok lesin (better lesni, q.v.), Js.
II. metaph. to gather words and syllables, to read, [cp. Lat.
»] ; sem lesit er, Stj. 40 ; hann let lesa upp (to read aloud) hverir
Hr T6ru k konungs-skipit, Fms. vii. 287 ; statuta skulu . . . geymask
sask, H.E. i. 509; satkonungrok hir&in liti fyrir kirkju ok lasu aptan-
Ian, Fms. vii. 152, Bs. i. 155 ; medan biskup las ottu-song, Fms. xi.
in endless instances, mod., lesa or lesa hiislestr, q. v. This sense
lurse never occurs in poems of the heathen age, but the following
-""'-es seem to form a starting-point, in which lesa means 2.
jossip; lesa um e-n, to talk, speak of; hittki hann fiftr J)6tt })eir
;i far lesi, ef hann meft snotrum sitr, Hm. 23; kann enn vera
vensk a at lesa of a3ra, ok hafa uppi lostu manna, Hom.
, urt. lesandi, able to read; vel lesandi : lesinn, well read;
,:in, who has read many things.
:i ndi, a, m. a reader, one able to read; see above.
vri, a, m. a reader.
ikr&pr, m. a tanned shark-skin, Isl. ii. II3.
n. [prob. from lesa I. 3], a kind of head-gear for women; typt
r, vaevgin ok lesni (lesin) {jat a dottir, N. G. L. i. 211, cp. Js. 78 :
lesnis stofn, the 'stem' of the lesni = /ie head, Landn. 152 (in a
; lesnis land (lesni lands MS.), id., LeiSarv. 24.
;, n. = lesni, D. N. iv. 328.
.g, f. reading, H. E. i. 475, Hom. 4.
f. [cp. Engl, last, as in Orkneys and East Angl. ' a last of herrings,'
Id Engl. lastage= freight; Germ, last; Dan. IcEst'], a last, burden,
lure of ship's burden, reckoned at twelve ' skippund,' D. N. iv. 651,
45» Gt>I- 371. B. K. 20, 89, MS. 732. 16 (where wrongly ten for
:); lest gulls, Fms. xi. 35i,where = ta/e«/«^w(?); lest jams, har6steins,
; lest sildar, N. G. L. passim : a cargo, Jb. 386. In mod. usage the
;c of Dan. and Norse ships is counted by IcBster. II. in Icel.
a caravan of loaded pack-horses, Grett. 1 19 : plur. lestir, the market
in June and July. compds : lesta-ina3r, m. a driver of a lest.
tvl, n. 'the tale oflcester,' tonnage, Jb. 390.
f. reading, a lesson ; medan lestin ver6r lesin, Stat. 299, N. G. L.
}TA, t, [Lat. laedere, by Grimm's law, I for </], to break up,
wreck; lesta skip, to wreck one's ship. Eg. 159; lesta hiis
am e8a vi6i, Grag. ii. no: impers. to be wrecked, ok lesti J)ar
Fms. X. 158; {)4 er baedi (both ships) lesti Hjalp ok Fifu,
(in a verse). 2. metaph. to break, violate; lesta log, Skalda
erse). II. reflex, to be damaged; ef kirkja brennr upp
itisk, K. J>. K. 42; bogi J)eirra lestisk, 623. 31; ^a lestisk tain,
86; f611 hann af baki ok lestisk fotr hans, Fb. i. 538; skip
Gr&g. ii. 268 : part., ok lest (broken) sva skip hans at eigi vaeri
'«r. 116; hestr er lestr, haukr er dau3r, Maurer's Volks. 321.
'M, adv., only in the phrase, a lesti, at last ; [cp. A. S. on laste;
amletzten] ; it occurs in old poetry, but rarely in prose, and is now
e; the explanation in Lex. Poet, deriving it from liistr (a crime)
'Us: 1. in poetry ; Jordan er a lesti, Edda (Gl.), Hallfred
36. 5) ; hann gekk fyrstr i hildi en or a lesti, be went first
aide and last out of it, Sighvat, Korm. 128 (in a verse);
sunnan | Sigur5r a lesti, Mork. 217: — at lesti = a lesti, Lil. 20,
,in a verse) ; the Am. 63 is corrupt, perhaps = litu er lysti. 2.
* ; en fyrir {)at munu ver lata fe vart ok fraendr ok sjalfa oss k
^t.36; trua hofsk a GySinga-landi, ok mun ^angat koma a
i»5. 189; fyrst at upphafi i kennin^u sinni, si9an i jartegna-
^ 1 lifldti a lesti, 635 xiii A. 27; hon var nunna a Islandi ok
ma a lesti, Ld. 338, (vellum Arna-Magn. 309), Hom. (St.)
li vill eigi {)enna kost, {>«. muntu masta kvolum u (ok MS.) lesti,
wAi,
625. 74 ; ok gaf hann henni a lesti son sinn niu vetra cimlaii. O. Tic;
ok a lesti hellti hann lit sinu bana-blodi, 40.
lestir, m. a breaker, wrecker. Lex. Poet.
lestr, f. a lesson, portion for reading; Kristr mxiti sjulfr cnn i {.cirri litlgu
lestr, Hom. 63 ; sva sem heilagr pafi Leo scgir i lestinni, 67 1 B. 3. II.
in mod. usage, lestr, m., gen. lestrar and lestri, reading; g(-kk Icstr-
hin seint ok tregliga, Bs. i. 155 ; g^kk fram lestrinn djakna, 871, freq.
in mod. usage r—iowf-sfmce^huslestr, q.v.; vera vift lestr, heyra lestr,
to attend to a lestr; fyrir lestr, in the forenoon ; eptir lestr, in the after-
noon on Sundays, see hiislestr. compds : lestrar-kver, n., -b6k, f.
a reading-book. Iestr-b6k, f. = lesb6k. Am. 5. lestrar-kdr, m.«
leskor, Bs. i. 823 (885).
lest-reki, a, m. a 'caravan-driver,' a steward, Sturl. i. 74; scndimaSr
e6a lestreki, iii. 128, Bs. i. 848, 872.
leti, f. [latr], laziness, sloth, Hom. 26, Sks. 2 ; leti at rita, Bs. i. 137,
passim. compds : leti-fullr, adj. slovenly. Mar. leti-svefn, m.
a sleep of sloth, Bs. ii. 9[.
letingi, a, m. a lazy person.
LETJA, pres. let ; prct. latti ; subj. letti ; part. lattr ; with neg. »uff.
pres. reflex, leti-a, Skv. 3. 44; letsk-a-8u, Ls. 47 (Bugge, see the
foot-note): [A. S. latjan; Old Engl, let (to hinder}]:— to bold back,
dissuade, with ace. of the person, gen. of the thing; hvetift mik e5a leti5
mik, Bkv. 14, VJjm. 2, Am. 29, 46, Skv. 3.41; fystu sumir, en sumir lottu,
Eg. 242; fleiri lottu, ok kiilludu })at rad at . . ., 6. H. 145, Fs. 108,
Gkv. 1.2; sumir aflcittu fyrir konungi, Fms. ix. 370 ; sumir lottu fyrir-
satinnar, Sturl. i. 36; a5rir goSir menn lottu fyrirsatar, 38; Bjiirn latti
ferSar, 0. H. 174; heldr lottu Jjeir {)ess, ok kvaSu slikt ekki kvcnna
ferS, Ld. 240; um varit vill Leifr i hemaS en Ingolfr latti ])ess, Fs. 121 ;
hann latti JjA (dissuaded them) at vera med konungi, Gull^. 5 ; mun ek
jjat eigi gora, af ek se ek fae eigi latt, Ld. 238. II. reflex, to be
let or hindered, slacken, desist; hvi n6 letskaSii, Loki, Ls.; eigi mun ek
letjask lata nema {)u ser eptir. Eg. 257, Boll. 346; en \)k aetla ek, at
J)U letisk meirr fyrir sakir hrxSslu en hoUostu vi5 konung, 0. H. 145 ;
{)raellinn tok at letjask mjok a starfanum, Grett. 148; herr lattisk at ganga,
they did not go, coidd not do it. Glum. 396 (in a verse) ; letjask Gudi at
J)j6na, Stj. 388. 2. part., lifs of lattr, poet, reft of life, 'i't. 12.
let-or3, n. dissuasion, Bs. i. 142.
16-torf, n. turf cut with a scythe; kirkja k J)rja tigu letorfs k Vestr-
holtum, Vm. 29.
16-torfa, u, f. a turf or sod cut with a scythe, for roofing or the like ;
letorfna-skurdr, Vm. 140; varrar hans V(jru sem Ictorfur, Fas. ii. 518.
XiETR, n. [from Lat. litera'], letters; i franiflutning mals ok letri,
Skalda 181 ; til letrs ok b6ka-ger5ar, Bs. i. 790: type, letters, characters,
Latinu-letr, Latin letters; sett-letr, miiuka-letr, ' monks' -letters' — black-
letter ; h'6ih2i-\tXT — the angular letters found in inscriptions on old
tombstones; Runa-letr, /2?/«!c letters; galdra-Ietr, wa^/ca/ characters:
— a letter, writ, Jm. 19. letrs-h.dttr, m. a mode of writing, alphabet,
Skalda 160.
16tra, ad, to put into letters.
Ietr-g6r3, f. writing, Stj. 379.
letr-list, f. the art of writing, Skalda 160.
LfiTTA, t : I. with ace. to lighten ; hann ba5 letta skipin,
Sturl. iii. 62 ; J)eir kostuftu farminum ok lettu skipin, 656 C. 52. II.
with dat, : 1. to lift; ^k letti kiittrinn einum fseti, Edda 33. 2.
to alight from; lutta ferS sinni, Jjeir lettu eigi fyrr fer3 sinni en
J)eir komu nor6r til {jorolfs, Eg. 76, 106 ; lottu eigi ferd sinni fyrr,
en..., Nj. 61, Fms. i. 72; and absolutely, to stop, halt; Jjeir liJttu
eigi (stopped not, baited not) fyrr en {)eir komu i Skaptar-tungur,
Nj. 261 ; er mi mal at letta J)essum leik, Fms. xi. 96; 1. hernadi,
Faer. 99: — letta af e-u, or letta af at gora e-t, to leave off doing, cease
doing, give up; hann lettir aldregi af slikt at vinna, Fb. ii. 391 ; Idtta
af aleitni vid e-n, Fms. vi. 209 ; letta af at drekka vin, Stj. 428 ; ef hann
lettir af at leita okkar, Bs. i. 22S ; at afletta ranglaetum, Mar. ; letta af
hernaSi, to leave off freebooting, Fms. i. 30; letta af kviimum, ii. 13;
ba3 {)a letta af at drepa menn. Eg. 92 : absol., sem Jjeir lettu at bcrja
hann, D.N. iv. 90: with prepp., letta a e-t, to check, stop, make alight;
verSr mi at letta a ofan-forna hennar, fsl. (Heidarv. S.) ii. 339; var J>at
audsynt a lett hvarttveggja, both were clearly stopped, held in check, Bs. i.
142 (a dubious passage) : letta undan, to draw back, Fms. vii. 192 ; Sigvaldi
letti undan ok Ayr, xi. 95. III. to relieve, ease ; hann letti hans
meini med mikilli i{)r6tt, Bs. i. 644 ; letta st'-r (mod. letta ser upp), to
take recreation (holidays). Mar. IV. impers. to clear up,
esp. of weather; lettir upp mjorkvanum, Al. 140; siSan letti upp hriS-
inni, Fb. ii. 194; ^k letti hriSinni, Bjarn. 55; ve&rit helzk {)rjAr nxtr,
ok er upp letti, Finnb. 312, Eb. 210; eptir Jiat letti upp storminum,
50:— of illness, eptir Jjat lettir af sottinni, Fs. 175 ; sagSi at sott (dat.)
hans mundi Jia letta, Sks. 25 new Ed.: with the person in dat., the sickness
in gen., honum letti bratt sottarinnar, Isl. ii. 175 ; ef {)er lettir ^k ekki,
Hav. 44; hann spyrr hvart honum letti nokkut, Gisl. 48. V.
reflex, to he lightened, cleared, eased; hinn sySri hlutr lettisk, of the
Isky, Edda 4; lettisk honam heldr, ok var a fotum {irja daga, Fras>
'o' C c
386
LETTASOTT— LEYSA.
X. 147 ; nii lettisk honum vi5 J)etta mikit, xi. 48 ; biskupi lettisk mikit
um hjarta-rxtrnar, he was much eased, Bs. i. 769 : pass, to become light.
letta-sott, 16tta-kona, see lettr B.
letti, a, m. alleviation, relief, easing; e-m til letta, Karl. 207, Mag.
160 ; Bosi kve6sk vseata mikils letta af konungi, Fas. iii. 200, Bs. ii. 81 ;
engir J)eir sem upp h6f6u gefit sinn part vildu tiokkurn letta undir leggja,
they would lend no help, Grett. 153. 2. the pulley above the bed
of a sick person is called letti. 3. in the adverb, phrase, af letta,
outright, plainly. Germ, frischweg ; Grettir spurfti at tiSendum, en Bar3i
segir af letta slik sem voru, Grett. 73 new Ed. ; spyrr hon hann af
storvirkjum sitium, en hann sag6i allt af letta, Fb. i. 278; ssett vara
gor me6 letta, not straight, Eb. (in a verse). compos : l^tti-bjrrS-
ingr, n. a light boat, Fms. xi. 430. l^tta-drengr, m. an errand-
boy. 16tti-m6ttull, m. a light mantle, Fagrsk. 182. 16tti-skip,
n. and 16tti-skuta, u, f. a light, fleet ship. Eg. 261, Fms. vii. 259, viii.
137, ix. 285, Hkr. i. 279. letti-vinltta, u, f. a slight, superficial
friendship, Sturl. iii. 291.
l^ttir, m. alleviation, relief.
LifiTTB, adj., lettari, lettastr, [cp. Ulf. leihts = eXa<ppia, 2 Cor. i. 17 ;
A.S.leoht; Engl, light; O.U.G. lihti; Germ, leicht; Dan. let; Swed.
Idtt; cp. Lat. levis; Gr. k-\a({>-p6s] : — light, of weight; bjortunnu e6a
anna& eigi lettara, Bs. i. 389. 2. of the body ; manna fimastr ok
lettastr k ser, Fms. x. 73 ; vera k lettasta skei5i (aldri), to be at one's most
active age; J)a er Haraldr var a lettasta skei6i aldrs, Eg. 536, 0. H.68 ;
ek em mi af lettasta skei6i, ok ekki til sliks faerr, / have passed my best
years, Hav. 40 : — the phrase, verSa lettari, to give birth, ' to be lightened
of the womb,' Spenser, (u-lett = /E)eav>' with child); ok nu li9a stundir
fram til bess er hon ver&r lettari, ok faeSir h6n sveinbam, Fms. xi. 53,
Nj. 91, Isl. ii. 19, O.H. 144, Fs. 143, 190; ver6a lettari barns (=at
barni), N.G. L. i. 131. II. metaph. light, easy; maeddisk hann
fyrir J)eim ok gekk J)eim lettara, Eg. 192 ; jiviat J)at kann henda at
monnum ver6r harms sins lettara ef um er talat, Fms. vii. 105 : — light,
of wind, var ve6r lett ok segltaekt, 286 ; hann siglir lit lettan land-
nyrSing, Ld. 1 1 6. 2. light, mild, gladsome, of manners or coun-
tenance ; var konungr J)a l(5ttr i ollum raeSum, Eg. 55 ; lettr i malum,
Ls. ; lettr ok linr i mali, gracious, Germ, huldvoll, Bs. i. 154 ; hann var
vi6 alia menn tettr ok katr, Nj. 48 ; hverjum manni katari ok lettari ok
vakr'ari, Fms. x. 152 ; e-m segir eigi lett hugr um e-t, to have apprehen-
sions, Fs. 38, Fms. vi. 211. 3. of value, light, vile; glitaSan duk
saemiligan ok annan lettari, Vm. 32 ; betri, opp. to lettari, Dipl. iii. 4 ;
hinar betri, hinar lettari, Vm. 58 ; lett fasSa, light fare. Mar. ; lettr
forbeini, Bs. ii. 80 ; leggja e-t i lettan sta6, to think lightly of, Grett.
175 new Ed.
B. CoMPDs : 16tta-brag3, n. cheerfulness, Sturl. iii. 196. letta-
kona, u, f. a midwife, Thom. 482. 16tta-s6tt, f. child-labour. Mar.
976. 16tt-br1inn, adj. ' light-browed,' fair-complexioned, GuWp. g,
Ld. 48, 94; spelt 16tt-br^n, Grett. 160 new Ed. 16tt-buinn,
part, lightly-clad, Stj. 240, GullJ). 8. litt-bserr, adj. easy to bear,
625. 72, Bs. i. 105, 236. liitt-feti, a, m. 'light-pacer,' name of a
horse, Edda, Gm. l^tt-fleygr, ad], jdeet-winged, Sks. lett-fseri,
f. alertness, Mar. l^tt-fserr, adj. nimble, fleet, Rb. 334, {ji6r. 343,
Korm. (in a verse). lett-fsettr, adj. light-footed, fleet. lett-bendr,
adj. light-banded. 16tt-hjala3, n. part.; e-m verb 1., to chatter, Fms.
xi. 234. 16tt-hla3inn, part, light-laden, Fms. ii. 188. 16tt-
hugaflr, adj. light-minded, Sks. 24. l^tt-klseddr, part, lightly-clad,
Hkr. iii. 281. 16tt-ldtr, adj. light-hearted, cheerful, Sks. 24, Fms.
vii. 175, viii. 447, ix. 4. 16tt-leikr, m. (-leiki, a, m.), lightness,
agility, alertness, Sks. 620, Fas. iii. 237, Lil. 17. lett-liga, adv. lightly,
easily, Fms. i. 85, viii. 78, Stj. 17: civilly, Stj. 209, Barl. 119: lightly,
of dress, Ld. 46 : readily. Eg. 200: fnay be, perhaps, St].; lettliga hvergi,
16, 24, 35, 112; lettliga at, may be that, 47, 59, 106, 122, 126, 159,
400, Fb. i. 376. lett-ligr, adj. lightly, light, Bs. ii. 160. lett-
Iffr, adj. 'light-lived,' living an easy life, N. G. L. ii. 444, Mag. 90.
l^tt-lyndi, n. an easy temper. l^tt-ljmdr, adj . easy-tempered. 16tt-
Iseti, n. a light life; lettlsetis-kona, a harlot, Stj. 350, Fms. vii. 241,
Str. 9. 16tt-meti, n. a poor diet. l^tt-mseltr, part, light-spoken,
light-tongued, Fms. vii. 227. Iett-Ta3, f. light-heartedness, Fms. vi.
287 : mod. levity, frivolity. 16tt-iifligr, adj. light-tninded, Fms. ii.
20, xi. 5: light, thoughtless. 16tt-vaxinn, part, slight of figure,
slender, Hem. 16tt-vigr, adj. protie to fight, Eb. 43 new Ed.
16tt.visi, f. levity, Barl. 148. lett-vsegr, adj. light-weighted, of
little value.
LEYDBA, a8(?), [Iau6r or lo5r], to wash; ley6ra bor5ker or
bjorker, to wash the dishes, Em. i.
LEYFA, 3, [lof; Germ. er-laube?i] : 1. to permit, allow; leyfa
e-m e-t, leyfi J)^r honum at fara sem honum gegnir bezt, Nj. 10 ; var leyft
at gefa upp gamal-menni, Fms. ii. 225 ; villtu leyfa niikkurum monnum
utgongu, Nj. 200, passim in old and mod. usage. II. to praise,
with ace, ; leyfa is the older, lofa (q. v.) the later form ; leyfa freq. occurs in
old poets, Hm. 81, 91, Gh.4(Hrn. 5), Fms. i. 182 (in a verse), xi. 215 (in
a verse), O.H. 173, Edda 65 (in a verse): in prose — ^k er ek leyfi. jSuSrgongu, Nj. 2. to redeem, purchase, as a law term
Olaf konung ok sva hattu hans, Fms. v. 327 ; litt er J)essi maSr U
fyrir oss, vi. 108 ; J)6 er hann mjok leyf6r af morgum monnum, I
480 : the phrase, eiga fotum fjor at leyfa (mod. fjor at launa), 0.
6 ; but esp. freq. in poetry is the part. Ieyf6r = famed, glorious, pal
see Lex. Poet.
leyfS, f. praise, (5. H. 24 (in a verse)
leyii, n. [Engl, leaved, leave, permission, Fms. ii. 79, viii. 271, K. A.
Sks. 59, Bs. i. 500; lof e5a leyfi, Fb. ii. 266 ; taka leyfi af e-in,*f
leave, Flov. 32, Str. 64 : of poetical licence, Edda 120, 124. com
leyfl-dagr, m. a ' leave-day,' holiday, K. |j. K. 1 20. leyfls-laort;
adj. without leave, Jb. 398.
leyfi-liga, adv. by leave, with permission. Mar., H.E. i. 470.
leyfi-ligr, 2.^]. permitted, allowed, Fs. 23.
LEYGE., m., gen. leygjar and leygs, [akin to logi], a lowe,firi,
freq. in old poetry, singly as well as in compds, but never used in pn
esp. freq. in poet, circumlocutions of gold and weapons ; baru-leyp
waves' beam = gold; arm-Ieygr, the fi ash of the arm = a bracelet; 1
leygr, the flash of a wound, of blood, of Odin, etc. = a weapon.
Lex. Poet. leyg-fOr, f. a fire (Lat. incendium), Fms. ix. 533 (
verse).
LEYNA, d, [laun ; Scot, layne'], to hide, conceal, absol. or wffli
of the thing; var leynt nafni hans, Ld. 296, Grag. i. 125, IsL fi,
Ld. 296. 2. with dat. of the thing, ace. of the person ; le)rnae-B
to hide a thing from one, Og. 27, Nj. 23, Grag. i. 370, Fms. viii. 12
leynig ^vi aldri, Sighvat, O.H. 1 19: with ace. of the thing, less coi
Str. 31, 50, D.N. iv. 546. II. reflex, to hide oneself; k;
hann mi NorSmanna-konungr, Fms. i. 44, Sks. 605 : — leynask i I
to steal away. Eg. 572, Fb. ii. 367 : or absol., i Jjvi «tlaf Wo
leynask tit i myrkrit. Eg. 240 : — leynask at e-m, to steal upon apt
attack by stealth, Grett. 149 A. 2. part, leynandi = leyndr, i
phrase, me6 leynanda lostum, with hidden flaws, N. G. L. L 25
le3nidr, part. pass, secret, hidden; e-t ferr leynt, goes by steak
secrecy. Eg. 28 ; leynd mat, secrets, Grag. i. 362 ; for {)at eigi Iq
was not hidden, Fb. ii. 271.
leynd, f. secrecy, hiding; til leyndar, Fms. x. 383, Sks. 365;
leynd, secretly, Stj. 200, Rd. 235, Isl. ii. 199, Fms. x. 380, pa
leyndar-bref, -erendi, a secret letter, secret errand, viii. 128, ix.
Stj. 383. compds: leyndar-domr, m. a mystery, N.T., ^
Pass. leyndar-kofl, a, m. a closet, Bs. i. 253. leyndai-lin
the hidden limb, genitalia, Stj. 21. leyndar-m^l, n. a secret i".
Fms. i. 54, viii. 342, Sks. 341. leyndar-nef, n. a bidden ;,i.
N. G. L. i. 200. Ieyndar-sta3r, m. a hidden place, Sturl. i li.
leyndar-tal, n. secret talk, Fms. x. 262, 320.
leyni, n. a hiding-place, esp. in pi., 623. 3 : sing., leita ser leynjij-
267; i leyni e-u, Korm. 144: i leyni = i leynd. compds: 1 i-
brag5, n. a secret plot, Fms. v. 257. leyni-dyrr, n. pi. secret A
Nj. 198 (v. 1.), Anal. 186. le5Tii-fj6r5r, m. a hidden fiorc%
leyni-gata, u, f. a secret path, Sol. 23. leyni-grdf, f. a bid^m^
fsl. ii. 74. leyni-b^raS, n. a secluded county, Rom. 260. w
kofl, a, m. a secret closet. Mar. leyni-stigr, m. a hidden pt]^
ii. 44, Al. 89. leyni-vfigr, im. a hidden creek, Nj. 280, Fs. 1
374, O. H. L. 2, 36. leyni-vegr, m. a secret way, Rd. 222.
leyni-liga, adv. secretly, Nj. 5, G^l. 63, 65.
lesmi-ligr, adj. hidden, secret, 625. 190, Fms. x. 269, N. G.L
leyningr, m. a hollow way ; skal raSa laekr fyrir ofan h(Jl er
leyningum, upp a fjall ok fram i a, Dipl. iv. I : a local name, Rd
leyninn, adj. hiding; 1. af kroptum sinum, 625. 83.
lesrra, u, f. (spelt lora, Edda ii. 464, 547), [cp. Dan. kukke4t
Scot, lowry = a fox] : — a sneaking, worthless person, mann-ten ;
kisu-lora (the naughty puss sneaks) latir i endann klora, Hallgr.
LEYSA, t, [lauss ; \J\t lausjan = ^vuv; A.S.losjan; ]&igL
Germ. I'osen'] : — to loosen, untie, Edda 29, Eg. 223, Fms. vii. IJJ
skua, 656. 2 : the phrase, \)u mun einn endi leystr vera W
mal, it will all be untied, end in one way, Gisl. 82, cp. Koro
verse) ; leysa til sekkja, to untie, open the sacks, Stj. 216 ; leywtL'^
unbind a wound, Bs. ii. 180; leysa sundr, to tear asunJif,
115. 2. impers. it is dissolved, breaks up; Jiat vebt gero
daginn, at skipit (ace.) leysti (was dissolved) undir J)eim, hlj6pn i
i bat, Sturl. iii. 106; sum (skip, ace.) leysti i hafi undir monnc
wrecked, broken up, Bs. i. 30 ; bein (ace.) leysti or hof9i hen
leysti fot undan Joni, Sturl. iii. 116 : — of ice, snow, to thaw, ^
kom ok snse leysti ok isa. Eg. 77 ; kom J)eyr mikill, hlupu votn
leysti arnar, the ice broke up on the rivers, Sturl. iii. 45 ; ^S^
af votnum, Fms. iv. 142 ; ain var leyst (thawed, open) me& IW
iss flaut a henni niidri. Boll. 358 ; votn (ace.) mun ok skj6tt ^
1 2 new Ed. II. metaph. to free, redeem ; leysa lif sitt, .
leysa sik af holmi, passim, see holmr : — leysa sik, to release 0
performing one's duty, see aflausn, Fbr. 154; \>6 mun GuonaiT
af J)essu mali, Nj. 64 ; ek mun leysa J)orstein undan fer8 1****.
to redeem a vow, leysa kross sinn, Fms. x. 92 ; leysa heit, Stj
.^
LEYSING— LIDSINNA.
387
1 r hull hafSi til sin leyst, Dipl. v. 7. 3. to discbarge, pay ;
it gjaid seni a var kve6it, Fms. x. 112 ; hann leysti Jw'i eitt
,/ i kosti, fimm i slatrum, Dipl. v. 7 ; leysa or leysa af bendi, to
\tn. Band. 3 ; leysa e-n undan e-u, to release, Grag. i. 362. 4.
>; hann leysti hvers inanns vandra;3i, he loosed, cleared up all men's
)s$s, be helped every man in distress, viz. with his good counsel, Nj.
Ituria skyldi fara fyrir J)a baSa feSga ok leysa mal feirra, Bs. i. 554 ;
lj)rJBtu, to settle a strife, Rom. 295 ; leysa gatu, to read a riddle,
:i; marga hluti spyrr konungr Gest, en hann leysir flest vel ok
t, Fb. i. 346 : leysa or e-u (spurningu), to solve a difficulty, answer a
\n, Fms. vi. 367 ; mi mun ek leysa or {)inni spurningu, Bs. i. 797 !
lysti 6r J)vi ollu fr661iga sem hann spur8i, Fb. i. 330, Ld. 80, Hkr.
' X to absolve, in an eccl. sense, Hom. 56, K. A. 64, Bs. pas-
5. leysa ut, to redeem (cp. ' to bail out') ; ma vera at J)u uair
hann tit he3an, Fms. i. 79, vii. 195 : leysa lit, to pay out; leysir
lldr lit f6 hans, Ld. 68; Hoskuldr leysti lit {(> HallgerSar me5 hinum
iTciSskap, Nj. 18, Fas. i. 455 : to dismiss guests with gifts (see the
cs to gjiif), leysti konungr ^k lit me6 saemiligum gjiifum, Fms. x.
III. reflex, to be dissolved ; t(3k hold {)eirra at {)rutna ok
af kulda, 623. 33. 2. to absent oneself; leystisk J)u sva he&an
li, at {)er var engi van lifs af mer. Eg. 41 1 ; i J)ann tima er leystisk
lloti, 78 ; sva hefi ek leyst or garSi Ia3var3a8ar, Eg. (in a verse) ;
Imessudag leysti(sk) konungr or Graeningja-sundi, Bs. i. 781. 3.
. to redeem, relieve oneself; en hann leystisk J)vi undan viS J)a,
en hann leystisk J)vi af, at hann keypti at Jjorgeiri logsogu-manni
jiork silfrs, Fms. x. 299 ; {)at land er erfingjar ens dauda leysask
Ig. ii. 238 ; megu ver ekki annat aetla, en leysask af nokkuru eptir
Irrirki, Ld. 260.
|lg, f. loosening, Skalda 203 : a thawing, melting of ice and snow,
407.
ligi,a,m.,aIsolausingi, leysmgr,m.,esp. in gen.leysings,N.G.L.
h» 36' 49> 23^' 345> Grag. i. 185, Jb. 6 : — afreedman, Lat. lihertus;
|ior8 e8a leysings, Jb. I.e., Grag. i. 184, 185, 265, 266, Eb. 166,
vLd-12, 100, Landn. ill, 112, Nj. 59, Fb. i. 538, Fms. i. 114.
l{8-eyrir, m. a freedmans fee, to be paid to his master to the
of six ounces, N. G. L. i. 36, 39. II. a landlouper;
[rndhga lausingi einn felauss, Ld. 38 : = lausamadr.
|a, u, f. a freed-woman, Gr4g. i. 184, 185, N, G. L. i. 33.
in. part., see hleyti.
In. [cp. HSa], a host, folk, people; li6 heitir mannfolk, Edda 1 10 ;
b, the people, Hm. 160; sjaldan hittir leiSr i li3, 65 ; Dvalins li6,
||/^op/e, Vsp. 14 ; J)rir or J)vi H3i, 17; Asgrimr baud J)vi ollu
Nj. 209 ; tyndisk mestr hluti li6s J)ess er J)ar var inni. Eg.
Idr brenndu baeinn ok li3 t)at allt er inni var, Fms. i. 1 2 ; gekk
itmn mjcjk, the people were much divided, Clem. 43 ; liSit rann
Inu k landit f>egar er J)at var3 vart vi6 herinn. Eg. 528 ; ef fieir
lift (crew) til brott at halda, Grag. i. 92 ; allt li6 vart triiir,
\people trow, 656 C. 20; yfir ollu Kristnu li3i, 623. 58: — a
fOusehold, h^lzk vinatta me& J)eim Gunnari ok Njali, J)6tt fatt
annars li5sins, Nj. 66; haf&i hann J)a ekki faera li3 me3 ser
[fjrrri vetr. Eg. 77; konungrinn ba6 mart 116 J)angat koma, ok
in me5 lift sitt, 656 A. ii. 15 ; J)eir voru allir eins li6s, all of
|», Eg. 341 ; samir oss betr at vera eins li6s en berjask, Fs. 15 : —
rd, Freyfaxi gengr i dalnum fram me& li6i sinu, Hrafn. 6 ;
wild boar) hafSi mart li5 me6 ser, Fms. iv. 57 ; J)a rennr J)ar
lift sitt, Fb. ii. 27. II. esp. a milit. term, troops, a host,
[or sea, originally the king's household troops, as opposed to
or lei6angr; this word and Ii3i (q- v.) remind one of the
in Tacit. Germ. ; hence the allit. phrase, liS ok leiSangr, hann
B8i li6i miklu ok leiSangri, O.H. L. 12 ; Baglar toku mi baedi
Jk lib, Fms. viii. 334, Eg. 11,41; me6 herskip ok li3 mikit, Fms.
Ira X li3i me3 e-m, 12, Nj. 7 ; skip ok li6, Orkn. 108 ; fjoldi li6s,
Rao ; gora 113 at e-m, to march against, id. ; samna li3i, to gather
27, 121. 2. help, assistance; veita e-m li3, to aid, Fms.
!I, Orkn. 224; gefa fe til li3s (ser), Grag. i. 144; me3 manna
\Ae help of men, GJ)1. 411 ; sy'sla um li3, to treat for help, 285.
lifls-afli, a, m. forces, troops, Fms. iii. 203, vii. 207. lifls-
m./ie giving help, Lv. 105. Ii6s-b6n, f. a prayer for help,
Ubs-driittr, m. an assembling troops, Isl.ii. 171, Sturl. i. 87:
\lity, J)a var mikill li3sdrattr me3 sonum (3feigs at eptirmali,
liSs-fjoldi, a, m. a great host, Fms. vii. 326, Orkn. 108,
I, Hkr. ii. 376, passim. Ii3s-h6f3ingi, a, m. a captain of
vii. 37. liSs-kostr, m. a military force, Fms. vii. 319,
il : means, forces, Grag. i. 287, Eg. 79. Ii3s-laun, n. pi.
help rendered, Fms. vii. 146. liSs-maflr, m. a follower,
|n pi. lidsmenn, the men of one's army. Eg. 57, Fms. ix. 36, 47,
lor, in the pr. name Li3smann.a-konungr (cp. A. S. //S-
vlor), the surname of a mythical king, Sturl. i. 23, Fas. ii. 154.
r, m. odds. Eg. 289, Nj. 86, Fms. i. 42, Hkr. i. 115, Fs. 14.
" r, m. a gatbei-ifig of troops, Fms. vii. 177. Ii3s-yr3i, n. ;
I 1., to speak a good word for one. Ii5s-J>urfl, adj. in need .
of help, Fms. vii. 265, xi. 24. lida-t>urft. f. nted of help, Fms. viii,
199. Ii38-t)6rf, f. = li5s{)urrt, Fms. viii. 140, Hkr. iii. 340.
B. [^A.S. US = a fleet; prob. from the same root as the preceding, cp.
Ii3i] : — a ship; 113 heitir skip, Edda ilo; lift fly'tr, 132 (in a verse);
mcirg Ii3, 0. H. 180 (in a verse), cp. 160 (in a verse) ; in prose only in
the phrase, leggja fyr lid, to throw overboard, to forsake, Kormak ; lata
fur lid, to abandon, Isl. ii. 362 ; cp. also liidsmanna-kouungr, ni. a
sailor-king ; see A. H.
Ii3a, a3, [li3r], to arrange; ^& skal biskup med J)eim h«tti lida lausn-
ina, H. E. i. 243 : to dismember, li3a sundr or sundr-li8a, and metaph. to
expound [cp. ' to divide,' up0oTofi(iv, N. T.] ; o-liftaSr, unexplained, Hom.
(St.) 87. II. reflex. Ii3ask, to fall in curls, of hair ; harit lj<isjarpt
ok Ii3a3isk vel, Fb. iii, 246 ; gult hdr ok Ii8a8isk allt k herdar ui&r, Ld.
272, pibr. 174.
Ii3an, f. exposition, Horn. (St.) 51.
Ii3-b6t, f. addition of help, Thom. 36.
Ii3-drjugr, adj. strong, powerf id, Fms. viii. 345.
Ii3-fdr, adj. short of men, Fms. vii. 289, Isl. ii. 408.
Ii3-f8e3, f. a scarcity of men, f>i3r. 64.
Ii3-f8err, adj. able-bodied. Eg. 117, 146, Fms. x. 399, xi. 146, Hkr. ii,
384-
Ii3-g63r, adj. good at doing, handy ; kappsfullr ok 1. at ollu . . . 118-
betri, Bs. 1. 655, Fms. vi. 337.
Ii3-henda, u, f. a kind of metre, Edda 134 (Ht. 53).
Ii3-hending, f. = li3henda, Edda 1 24.
Ii3-hendr, adj. in the metre li3henda, Edda 131.
1131, a, m. [lid], a follower; li3ar J)at eru fylgSar-menn, Edda 107;
Eysteins, Jjorkels, Hareks, ValJ)j6fs li3ar, the men ofEystein . .., Waltbiof,
Fas. 11. 50 (in a verse), Fms. v. 222 (in a verse). Lex. Poet. ; Bua-li3ar, the
men of Bui, Fms. xi. 140 ; Langbar3s li3ar, the Lombard people, Gkv.
2. 19; As-li3ar, the Ases, Skm. 34; hans li3ar, his men. Fas. li. 315 (in
a verse) ; fjandinn ok hans 113ar, Hom. (St.) 77 ; ek ok minir li3ar, 6. H.
243. II. a traveller, esp. a sailor, [cp. A. S. li1Sa; and 113 = a ship,
li3smenn = saz/ors] ; in vetr-li31, a winter-sailor; sumar-li3i, a summer-
sailor. III. in a local sense, a district, in regard to the levy;
hann lag3i a bxndr lel3angr, at or hverjum li3a skyldi gera mann ok um
fram pund ok naut, Fms. viii. 395, D. N. li. 614, 624. Il3a-gjald, n.
the levied tax (from 1131 = a sailor), Fms. viii. 327, 4 19.
Il3ka, a3, [li3ugr], to make smooth and easy.
Ii3-langr, adj. ; li31angan dag, the live-long day.
113-lauss, adj. helpless, N.G. L. i. 211.
Il3-leskja, u, f. [loskr], a bad hand, laggard.
Il3-lettr, adj. of slight help, feeble.
Il3-leysi, n. lack of forces, Fms. x. 403, Jb. 392.
Il3-llga, adv. handily, adroitly, finely, Sturl. 11. 52.
Il3-llgr, adj. alert, adroit, Sks. 289, Bs. i. 651, Fb. i. 167, Sturl. 11. 52,
li3-litlll, adj. having few men, Fms. vii. 207 : naughty, 59.
li3-rQannllga, adv. adroitly. Band. 5 new Ed., Fms. vi. 326.
Ii3-inannllgr, adj. adroit, handy, Fms. iii. 83, vii. 112.
Il3-niargr, adj. having many men, Njar3. 370, GullJ). li: li3fleiri,
compar., Bs. 11. 150, Stj. 588.
113-ftilkill, adj. = li3margr, Hkr. ii. 193.
113-nijukr, adj. [Ii3r], lithe, slender, of the fingers, Karl. 301.
LIDR, m., gen. Ii3ar and li3s, pi. Ii3ir, ace. Ii3u, [Ulf. //^s = /jt'A.o« ;
A. S. li^; Scot, lith; Old Engl. (Chaucer) lith ; O.H.G. lit; Germ.
glied ; Dan. led"] : — a joint, of the body ; 113 kalla menn J)at 4 manni
er leggir maetask, Edda 1 10; a U3u, Hm. 137; ok of li3u spenna,
Sdm. 9 ; ok lem3a alia i li3u, Ls. 43 ; lykja e-n li3um, to make one's
joints stiff, Hm. 114: the allit. phrase, leggr og li3r, skalf a honum
leggr ok 113r, be shivered all over the body, Fbr. 89 new Ed. ; fotrinn
stokk or 1131, the foot went out of joint, Isl. 11. 246 ; faera 1 lid, to
put into joint, Gull{). ; okkrir limir ok lidlr, Isl. ii. 201 ; Jiat er
lidum lo3ir saman, N. G. L. 1. 345 : — poet., Ii3ar eldr, hyrr, ' lith-flame'
poet, gold. Lex. Poet ; li3ar-hangl, a ' lith-loop,' bracelet, Eb. (in a
verse); lids snaer, svell, ^joint-snow,' ^ joint-ice' —gold, silver. Lex,
Poet. 2. metaph. a degree in a lineage ; at fimmta kne ok fimta lid,
N. G. L. 1. 15 ; aett-lidr, freq. in mod. usage. 3. of the nose; lidr h,
nefi, Ld. 272, Nj. 39, |>13r. 178; lilf-lldr, the wrist; hAIs-lidr, hryggjar-
lidr, (ikla-lidr, fot-lldr. II. a limb, 656 B. 7 : membrum virile,
625. 10; losta lidr, id., Pr, 71. III. metaph. a member; lidu
Guds, Hom. 125, Greg. 42; lidir Krists, 58; lidr Djiifuls, 623. 31 ; J)&
er hon graetr dauda lida sinna, Hm. 41 : — mathem. the tens, Alg. 356, 358.
coMPDs : ll3a-lauss, adj. without joints. Ii3a-in6t, n. pi. the joints.
Ii3-r8ekr, adj. rejected as not able-bodied, Eb. 224, O. H. 202.
Ii3-safna3r, -sainna3r, m. a gathering of troops. Eg. 98, 271, Fms. i,
117, vii. 286, Faer. 105, Nj. 105, Hkr. 11. 239.
113-samr, adj. ready to help, Fms. viii. 81.
113-semd, f. assistance, Fs. 18, Eg. 265, 722, 731, Fms. 1, 126, Edda 35,
ll3-seml, f. = lidsemd, Grett. 83.
Il3-slnna, ad, mod. t, with dat., to assist, further, Fms. vi. 269: with
ace, (0 further, 395 : liSsinnaSr, part, helping, Fms. iv. 308, vi. 62.
C c 2
388
LIDSINNI— LIGGJA.
lid-sinni, n. help, assistance, Fms. iv. 1 59, Stj. 1 39, Fs. 33. liSsinnis- '
madr, m. a helper, Lv. 79, (3. H. 34.
lifl-skipan, f. an array 0/ troops, Hkr. ii. 362.
li3-skortr, ni. lack 0/ men, Al. 41.
Ii3-skylft, n. adj. requiring many people; ver hofum skip mikit ok
lidskylft, requiring a numerous crew, 0. H. 134; cp. f6-skylft.
lidugliga, adv. ■willingly, readily, Fms. iii. 119.
lidugr, adj. [Germ, ledig], ready, willing, 655 xxxii. 2: free, unhin-
dered, lauss ok lidugr, Stj. 59 ; skal Grettir fara li&ugr {)angat sem hann
vill, Grett. 147; lofi8 mer liSugan gang! Safn i. 69: unoccupied, disen-
gaged, Fs. ii. 80, Sturl. iii. 244, H.E. i.422 : free of payment, B.K. 119,
Jb. 256 ; kvittr ok liSugr, Dipl. iii. i, v. 21 : easy, flowing (of language),
me3 lidugri Norrsenu, Bs. ii. 1 2 1 : yielding, Fms. v. 299 : agile, alert, in
mod. usage.
liidungar, m. pi. the men from Lid in Norway, in the county Vik,
near to Oslo (Christiania), Ann. 1308 ; cp. Li^-vicingas in the old Anglo-
Saxon poem Widsith.
lifl-vani, adj. lacking means (men), Landn. 84.
Ii3-vaskr, adj. doughty, valiant, Lv. 24.
lifl-veizla, u, f. the granting help, support, Fms. i. 1 29, iv. 216, passim.
liSveizlu-maSr, m. a supporter, Nj. 178, Fms. x. 258.
li3-J)roti, a, m. = li6vani, K. A., Sighvat.
Ii3-J)urfl, adj. = li6sj)urfi, Grett. 102 A.
lif, f., see lyf.
IiIFA, pres. lifi ; pret. lifdi ; imperat. lif, lifSu, an older form lifi,
655 iv. I, Stj. 445; neut. part. lifat, masc. lifdr, Hm.69: there was a strong
verb lifa, leif, lifu, lifinn, of which leifa is the causal, but of this word
nothing now remains except the part. ace. lifna (vivos), Hkv. 2. 27, and
dat. lifnum (wi»o), 45 : [Ulf. ///«« = {Tyr ; A.'&.lifrin; 'Engl.live; O. H.G.
leban; Germ, leben ; Swed. lefaa ; Dan. leve ; a word common to all
Teut. languages, the original sense of which was to be left, and so akia to
leifa, = Lat. S74perstes esse, vrhich sense still remains in some Icel. phrases ;
cp. also lifna.]
A. To be left ; Jioat einn hleifr lifi eptir, although one loaf ' lives '
behind, i. e. is left, N. G. L. i. 349 ; skal ^at atkvaeSi J)eirra vera i hverju
mali sem \>a, lifir nafnsins eptir, er or er tekinn raddar-stafr or nafninu,
Skalda (Thorodd) ; \>a, er fiat atkvaeSi bans i hverju mali sem eptir lifir
nafnsins, er or er tekinn raddar-stafr or nafni bans, id. 2. of the day,
night, or season ; J)a er J)ri5jungr lifir dags, when a third of the day is left,
N.G.L. i.9; {)a er ellefu naetr lif5u eptir Aprilis maua&ar, 655 iii. 3; laugar-
daginn a3r lifa atta vikur sumars, Grag. i. 122, K. Jj.K. 70; er manuSr
lifir vetrar, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 186 ; foru J)eir brott er mikit lif&i naetr, Fms. i.
99 ; en er J)ri6jungr lifir nsetr, mun hringt at Bura-kirkju, Fb. i. 204; en er
J)ri8jungr lifSi nsetr, vakti |)orsteinn upp gesti sina, Fms. i. 70. 3.
in old sayings this sense is still perceptible, to remain, endure; atkvaeSi
lifa lengst, Isl. ii, (in a verse) ; lifa orS lengst eptir hvern, Fms. viii. 16 :
as also in old poems, hvat Hfir manna (what of men will be left?), er
hinn maera fimbul-vetr li8r? V^m.44; meSan old lifir, while the world
s/antfs, Vsp. 16 ; lifit einir er, ye alone are left to me, H3m. 4 ; otherwise
this sense has become obsolete.
B. To live; this sense has almost entirely superseded the old.
The primitive word denoting life or to live in the Teut. languages
■was from the root of kvikr (q.v.), of which the verbal form has been
replaced by lifa ; meftan lifir, whilst he lives, Hm. 9,53; me&an hann lifBi,
while he lived, Nj. 45 ; hann belt vel trii meQan hann lifSi, Fms. xi. 418 ;
meftan J)eir lifSi (subj.) baSir, vi. 27 ; ek hefi lifat ok verit kallaSr bondi
nokkurra konunga aefi, 192 ; at ser lifanda, Lat. se vivo, lb. 18, Grag. i.
202 ; lifa langan aldr, Nj. 62 ; the saying, J)eir lifa langan aldr (mod.
lengst) sem meS orSum eru vegnir, = Engl. words break no bones, 252 :
lifi konungr, long live the king! (cp. Lat. vivat rex), Stj. 445 ; lifi heill
l)u, konungr ! 655 iv. I. 2. lifa vi6, to live on, feed on; lifa via vin,
Gm. i^ ; J)at eina er ver megim lifa vi&, Al. 133 ; ok lif&u mi viSr reka,
smddyri ok ikorna, Fs. 1 77 : mod., lifa a e-u, to feed on, live on. 3.
in a moral sense, to live, conduct one's life; hafSi hann ok lifat sva
hreinliga sem J>eir Kristnir menn er bezt eru siaa&ir, Landn. 38 ; lifa
dy'rligu lifi, Horn. 147 ; lifa vel, ilia, to live a good, bad life, passim : lifa
eptir e-m, to indulge a person, 656 C. 37, 42. 4. also used of fire, to
live, be quick; sva at {jar matti lifa eldr, Fas. ii. 517, freq. in mod. usage,
the Icel. say, eldrinn lifir, Ij6si6 lifir ; (cp. also, drepa Ijosit, to kill, quench
afire, a light; eldrinn er dau3r, Ijosit er dautt, the fire, the light is dead;
t\dir'mn\\ins.x, is kindled;) for this interesting usage cp. also kvikr and
kveykja, denoting life znAfire. II. part, lifandi and lifandis,
indecl./m«^; lifandis maSr, Mar. ; lifandis salar, Stj. 31 ; lifandis manna,
39; lifandis skepnu, 57; lifandis hlut, 75; but better, lifandi, pi. lif-
endr, alive, as also the living; i lifanda lifi, in one's living life, opp. to a
deyjanda degi (on ofie's dying day) at ver s^m dauSir heimi en lifendr
Guai, Hom. 79 ; lifendra (mod. gen. pi.) og dau5ra, the living and the
dead; dxmzlifendi og da\ibz{' the quick and the dead,' in the Creed). 2.
part. Iif6r ; betra er lifftum en s^ lilifSum, better to be living than lifeless,
i. e. while there is life there is hope, Hm. 69 ; ulifSan, deceased, Hkv. 2.
lifna, a&, [Ulf. af-lifnan = ir(pi\(iiTt(r0at ; Swed. Idmna; Dan. levne]:
, mod.il
— to be left; en J)eir er lifnu&u (those who were left alive) iSruSnft
brota, Sks. 675 B ; engir afkvistir munu Jjar af lifna (to be left) i U
landi, Fb. ii. 299 ; en J)6at einn leifr lifni eptir, N. G. L. i. 371.
to come to life, revive, K. J>. K. 14, Hkr. i. 102, MS. 623. 26 : to rem
Alg. 358.
lifnaSr, m. life, conduct of life, Stj. 55, 223, freq. in mod. nsa
6-lifna&r, a wicked life, 2. convent life, a convent, Anaij
Fms. xi. 444, Bs. i. 857, ii. 151.
LIFB, f., gen. sing, and nom. pi. lifrar : [A. S. lifer; Engl, fit
Gtxm.leber] : — the liver, Fbr. 137, Edda 76, Stj. 309, Grett. I37,pissi
bl63-lifr, coagulated blood.
lifra, u, f., poet, a sister, Bragi.
Iifra3r, part, stewed with liver. Snot.
lifri, a, m., poet, a brother, Edda. (Gl.)
Iifr-rau3r, adj. liver coloured, dark red.
lif-steinn, m., see lyfsteinn.
LIGGJA, pres. ligg, pi. liggja ; pret. la, 2nd pers. latt,
subj. Ixgi ; imperat. ligg and ligg3u ; part, leginn : [Ulf. ligan=:Kw
A. S. licgan; Chauc. to ligge; North. E. and Scot, to lig ; Engl, to
Germ, liegen ; Dan. ligge\ : — to lie ; or liggr J)ar uti a vegginum,
115, Fas. i. 284; J)eir vogu at honum liggjanda ok uvcirum, :
hann liggr a hauginum, Fb. i. 215; la hann inni me6an J)eir borj
Nj. 85 ; legsk hann ni6r i runna nokkura ok liggr {jar um stund, i
Rafn la i bekk, Sturl. i. 140; sveinar tveir er lengi hofSu utile
fjollum, to lie out in the cold, Fms. ii. 98 ; sumir lagu uti a fjolhun
bii sin, lay out on the fells with their cattle, Sturl. iii. 75 : of rob
liti-legu-ma&r, an ' outlying-man,' outlaw ; 1. uti a fjollum,
freebooters, vikingar tveir, ok lagu liti bseSi vetr ok sumar,
1. i herna6i, vikingu, to be out on a raid, Fs. 120, Eg. i, Fms. XL44
lie, rest, {)u skalt liggja i lopti hja mer i nott, Nj. 6 ; lagu {)an \iu
ein i loptinu, 7; t>u skalt riSa um naetr en liggja (but lie abed) umdagi
Gunnarr la mjok langa hri6, 94; Jieir lagu liti um nottina, Ay 0
night, Fms. ix. 364 : the phrase, liggja a golfi, to lie on the floor, to
labour, Fb. ii. 263 : of carnal intercourse, to lie with, hefir Gi
dottir min legit hja {)er, Nj. 94 ; la ek hja dottur {linni, 130:
me& e-m, id., Grag. i. 128; hon hefir legit sekt i gard kon
N.G. L. i. 358: with ace, liggja konu, stuprare, G{)1. 203, N.
i. 20 ; at {)U hafir legit dottur Isolfs, Lv. 78 : of animals (ran
veararnir ok bukkarnir lagu {jaer, Stj. 17.8: — to lie sick, ham.
sjiikr heima at hub . . ., la hann sjiikr um allt {)ingit, Nj. 80; {> r
ok Bardr lagu i sarum, lay sick of their wounds. Eg. 34 ; Helga t( i»
ok {)yngd ok la \)6 eigi, H. lay sick, but not bedridden, Isl. ii, 27 ja
gnhmabr liggr af verkum sinum, lies sick from his work, Grag.i. r If
hann liggr i helsott, 201 : — to lie, be buried, Bjorn liggr i Farmanns-1 'i,
Fms. i. 12 ; h(5r liggr skald, Fb. i. 215 (in a verse) : — to lie ata.\f,
Bs. i. 713; {)ar lagSi hann til hafnar ok la {)ar um hriS, Fms. i i;
lagu langskip konungs mea endilongum bryggjum, ix. 478 ; {)eirla it
nokkura hria undir nesi einu, Nj. 43 ; hann la i Gautelfi austr, 12; B
la fyrir i hofninni kncirr einn mikil!. Eg. 79 ; en er hann kom fyrir a
{)a lagu {)eir {)ar ok biau naetr, 80 ; Haraldr konungr la liai sinu u it
Hreinslettu, Fms. i. 12 ; liggja til byrjar, to lie by for a fair wind J!
a til hafs, id., Bs. i. 66, Bjarn. 4, Gisl. 7, Landn. 223: 1. ve8 X
to lie weather-bound : — lagu hvelpar i hundunum, they were bi^
whelps, Fms. xi. 10 : 1. i kafi, to sink deep ; {)a liggr i hestrinn nndii
sank in a quagmire, Fs. 65 ; Gregorius la i isinum, Fms. vii. 273
:u hestarnir a (i) kafi, Eg. 546. II. to be covered witbi
6oM«c? (cp. leggja) ; votnin lagu 611, Fbr. 13; til Vigra-fjardar, ok 1
allr, Eb. 84 new Ed. ; lagu allir firair, 306. III. to lie 1
capital ; enda er heimting til fjarins, hversu lengi sem liggr, Gr4g.
enda liggr feit her alldregi, 220; erfdir liggi sem abr er skilt um, G|)
_^ja lislegit, to lie unmown, Grag. ii. 284; lata sum orb liggja ('oi
lie, leave out) {)au er mali eigu at skipta, {jat er Ijugvitni, i. 43; I.t
lie down, lie dormant, lie tmtold, or the like, Fagrsk. 126, Nj.
233, Grett. 192 new Ed.; opt ma satt kyrt liggja, truth mayt
left alone, a saying : liggja eptir, to be left behind, untold, Fms.
spec, usages, liggja lauss fyrir, to lie loose, lie at one's hand; fylg
viraing {)inni er ^er liggr laus fyrir, Boll. 360 ; {)6tti eigi sv4 Ian
liggja sem peir hugsuau, Fms. viii. 357: liggja undir e-m (or 1
power, lands, to belong to ; jorbu {jeirri er legit hefir undir oss l^S'^Bsfj^j,,
G{)1. 296; ^at er mikit riki, ok liggr undir biskup i Skini, f^Biijjjj"^
231. iv. to take, hold, of a measure ; vatns-ker {)au ei
matskj61ur tvennar, Hom. (St.) : the phrase, liggja i miklu, Uth
to take a great, a little space, metaph. to think much, little ofatbt
210, Al. 152 ; liggja i lettu rumi, to care little for : e-m liggja''
ora til e-s, to speak well (ill) of a thing or person, Konr. ; hooa
vel ora til bans, he spoke favourably of him. V. tolie,oti
of a place, road, of direction; sla er la um |)vert skipit, Nj. I»5
saman gardar, Gisl. 10; liggr sa steinn {)ar enn, Eg. 142, Gm
{jaer (the Scilly Islands) liggja vestr i hafit fra Englandi, Fms. i. '
garai {)eim sem liggr ofan eptir myrinni, Dipl. v. 25 ; er s»g'*J
sex dsegra sigling i nordr fra Bretlandi, Landn. (begin.); ^ ^^^^^
LILJA— LINDITRE.
389
in iiil J)essi lond, Eg. 58 ; Ey liggr i Hitara, Bjam. 22 ; eyin
Mei5 fyrir I'ltaii, (3. H. 1 16 ; vei6i-stu6 sii liggr a Brei3a-fir5i
• heita, Ld. 38 ; J)ar liggr til hafs litver, lies on the sea-side,
\ cginn J)ann er um skoginn la, Eg. 578 ; sem lei& liggr, Eb.
ita til baejarins, Gisl. 28 ; en til g66s vinar iiggja gagiivegir,
"liii liggr fram meS halsinum, Eg. 582 ; tjaldstadi J)a er J)eim
ok ha;st lagii, Fms. vi. 135 ; {jangat sem lei6in liggr lagra,
247 : of the body, la hatt tanngarOrinn, he bad prominent teeth,
of the eyes, rau61itiiS augu ok liigu fagrt ok fast, Fms. viii.
gu J>au er Iiggja i Ijosu liki, Kormak : ofarliga mun Iiggja u-jafna3r
rett. 135 new Ed.
Metaph. usages, esp. with prepp. ; Iiggja a, to lie heavy on, to weigh
d metaph. to oppress; Iiggja a mer hugir storra manna, Fb. i.
376 ; 1. a h41si e-m, to hang on one's neck, blame, Fms. xi.
a fine, |)ar liggr ekki fegjald a, 'tis not finable, K. Jj. K. 164:
/itched, lie under a spell, J)at la a konungi, at hann skyldi eigi
tiu vetr, Fms. x. 220 (cp. leggja & e-n and a-16g) : to pursue,
liknyttum, to pursue wicked things, 172 ; Iiggja a uraSi, Karl.
be urgent, of importance, pressing, kvaS honum eigi a Iiggja
ta, Grett. 37 new Ed. ; eigi J)ykki mer a J)vi Iiggja, segir Jarn-
b. i. 259 ; mun {)ar stort a Iiggja, 'tis a grave matter, Nj. 62 ;
honum ekki a {it does not matter for him), t)6tt hann komi aldri
is, Band. 10: mod., J)a& liggr ekki a, // does not press, is not
m4r liggr a, it lies on me, is pressing for me : impers. to feel,
■its so and so, liggr vel a e-m, to be in good spirits; Hggr ilia
be in low spirits, the metaphor being taken from the pressure
ind : leaving out the prep., la honum ^at ilia, it weighed heavily
775 '• — Iiggja a6, in the phrase, J)a9 14 a&, that was just
s to be expected! an expression of dislike: — Iiggja fyrir e-m,
ore one, of things to be done or to happen, of what is fated,
see for-log) ; Jjsetti mer J)at ra3 fyrir Iiggja, fa6ir, at J)u sendir
best thing to be done would be to send men, Eg. 167 ; at ^lat
rir Iiggja at biiask til orrostu, 283 ; en Bera kva3 Egil vera
hi, kvad J)at mundu fyrir Iiggja, {)egar hann hef3i aldr til, 190 :
ir e-m, to lie in one's way, in ambush (cp. fyrirsat), Edda 148
;. 240: — Iiggja um e-t, to lie in wait for, Fms. x. 287; 1. um
teek one's life, Stj. 550, Sks. 722 : — Iiggja til, to be due to, de-
•Stti t)at til Iiggja at taka af honum tignina. Eg. 271 : to belong
>k saudir, la {)at til Atleyjar, 219: to fit to, til sumra meina
si (as a remedy), 655 xi. 28 ; bxtr Iiggja til alls, there is atone-
very case. Fas. iii. 522 ; e-m liggr vel (ilia) or9 til e-s, to speak
vil) of a person, Sturl. iii. 143 : — Iiggja undir, to lie underneath,
I, of wrestling, BarS. 166 ; fyrir hverjum liggr hlutr {)inn undir,
-Iiggja vid, to lie at stake ; deildi ... ok hafdi einn {)at er vi6
215 ; en Jieir koru at hsetta til, er fefang la vi6 sva mikit, Eg.
Jar Iiggja viS mundrinn allr, Nj. 15; liggr ^er niikkut vi3 ?
|t liggr vi6, segir hann, 116; {)a muntii bezt gefask, er mest
'hen the need is greatest, 1 79 ; sva er ok at mikit liggr y6r Jia
en mer liggr her mi allt viS, // is all important to me, 265 ;
lita at lif mitt liggi viS, 115 ; la vi3 sjalft, zX , . ., it was on
/. . . , Al. 79 : mod., {)a9 la vi3, a6 . . .
lex. to lay oneself down, lie down; J)a er J)at etr ok er fullt Hggsk
r (of cattle), Best. 58, cp. Gm. 2. e-m Hggsk e-t, to leave
-get; svini6 lask mer eptir, Ski6a R. 185; legisk hefir mer
nni venju, ek ga8a eigi at taka blezun af biskupi, Bs. i. 781 :
mod. phrase, mer la3ist (I forgot) and mer hefir la6st, which
ion from mer lask eptir ; for la mer eptir, read lask mer eptir,
jlected{?), Skv. i. 20 ; laskat J)at dsegr haski, it did not miss,
\l. Amor; laskat, he failed not, Bjarn. (in a verse).
u, f. [Lat. lilium'], a lily, Stj. 562, Barl. 44, Trist. 7, Mag. 9 :
poem, whence the saying, 611 skald vildu Lilju kve3it hafa,
||8: — metaph. of a lady, min liljan friS ! Fkv. ii. 52 : cp. den
(qs. lily-hand), epithet of a lady in the Danish Ballads.
]u-gr6s, n. pi. lily flowers, Matth. vi. 28. Lilju-lag, n.
Ae Lilja, the mod. name for the ancient hrynhenda (q. v.),
etre the Lilja was composed, whence the name.
this word is heterogene, neut. in sing., fern, in plur. : — the
'«, crown of a tree, opp. to the stem ; hann laetr sniia liminu
t af borginni, Fb. ii. 1 24 ; neSarliga af furunni st65 einn kvistr
'k i limit upp, Fas. iii. 33 : — fagots, festi bratt i liminu er J)eir
undir virkit, Fms. i. 128; eldr kveyktr i J)urru limi, vii. 37;
11 s^r nyta lim \>3t, Grag. ii. 297. II. plur. limar;
■ies, aba9mi viSar J)eim er liita austr limar, Sdm. 11, Fsm. 19;
ok limum, Sks. 555 ; me8 limum ok kvistum, 444 ; bitr
mum, Gm. 25 ; J)eir lagu sva naer berginu, at lauf ok limar
skipit, 0. H. 36 ; tre mikit, 65u limarnar uppi, en raetrnar i
s. vii. 163 ; J)a sa {leir at limarnar hraerSusk, Eg. 377 ; festu
i limar, Nj. 104; J)eir k6stu3u lykkju snaerisins upp i limar
gu siSan, sva at konungr h^kk uppi viS limar, Hkr. i.
metaph. ramifications, consequences ; grimmar limar ganga
y^^ff. I armr er vara vargr, Sdm. 23 ; or3a |)eirra, er a annan lygr (
n.
'^'oflengi leiSa limar, Skv. 2. 4; af |)eim livonum ok siSleysum leiddi sva
margar limar. Thorn. 4. compds: lim-d61gr, lim-garmr, lim-
sorg, f. ' rod-fiend,' ipo6t.fire. Lex. Poet. lim-margr, adj. having
large branches, Isl. ii. 18. Um-rtinax, f. pi. bough-runes, a kind of
magical Runes, Sdm. 11.
lima, aS, limSir, poiit., Edda (in a verse), [limr], to dismember, El. i,
Sturl. ii. II, Fas. iii. 126; af-lima (q. v.), Bs. ii. 75 ; lima upp, to rip up,
N. G. L. i. 381.
limaSr, part, [limr], limbed, esp. of the feet, hands ; vel, ilia limaSr,
Bs. i. 1 27, Ld. 20, Fms. v. 238, 0. H. 74 ; limaSr mjcik, with long limbs^
Fms. vi. 206. II. [lim], branching, Fb. iii. 298.
lim-byrSr, f. a burden of fagots, Fms. i. 127.
lim-heill, adj. sound-limbed, N. G. L. i. 85.
lim-hlaupa, adj., prop, of a horse = bogsiga, xi/ran^ in the withers:
metaph. cowed, prostrate, J)er latiS mikilliga, en {legar rikra manna orft
koma til y^ar, J)a eru })cr t)egar limhlaupa, Sturl. i. 14; t)cir Horgdxlir
v6ru or5nir sva limhlaupa fyrir Gu3mundi, at . . ., 163.
limi, a, m., proncd. Ifmi, [lim], a broom or rod of twigs, rod; bar8r ok
meS lima huSstrokinn, Baer. 20 ; hann laetr ganga limann um bak honum
ok baSar si5ur, Grett. 135 ; let taka })a Svein alia, ok leggja fast lima 4
bak {)eim, and lay the rod stoutly on their backs, Fms. vi. 189 ; limi song
harOan prima, the rod sang a harsh tune (on his back), Mork. 2 2 7, cp. Orkn.
188, (in the verse in the note) = '/ie waves did beat the ship:' the mod.
phrase, leggja sig i lima, prop, to lay oneself under the rod, to take great
pains in a thing, work hard; sop-limi, a sweeping besom. lima-hdgg,
II. a flogging, Hkr. iii. 216.
lim-lesta, t, to maim, Geisli.
lim-lesting, f. mutilation.
LIMB, m., gen. limar, pi. limir, ace. limu, limi, Sks. 107 new Ed., at
also mod. ; [A.S. /»n; Engl, limb; Swed.-Dan. /em] : — a limb ; 4 sinum
limum, Horn. 126; um nasar e6a adra limu, Bs. i. 522; manna-hofud
ok af hoggnir limir, Fms. i. 171 ; limuna, Bs. ii. 158, 168; leysa limu
slna, Sturl. ii. 90 : allit., lif ok limu, life and limb. Eg. 89 ; er vi&r liggr
lif eSa limir, G|)l. 550 ; Jifs griS ok lima, Eb. 310. 2. metaph., limu
Gu3s, Mar.; limu Fjandans, Devil's limb, Fms. viii. 221. II. a
joint of meat ; var a brautu einn limr oxans, Isl. ii. 331 ; J)rja limu kjots,
Vm. 1 19 ; nauta-limir, halfr fj6r6i tigr, Dipl. v. 18 ; limr slatrs, N. G. L.
ii. I'jS. III. = lim, n. ; hvern lim e&a kvist J)eirrar raeSu, Sks.
568. COMPDS : lima-biir3r, m. gait, bearing. lima-fall, n.,
limafalls-s^ki, f., medic, paralysis. Eel. Iima-gri3, n. pi. safety
of limbs (lifs grid ok lima), K. A. 36. lima-14t, n. mutilation, Fms.
iii. 158. lima-ljotr, adj. tt^/y /mi6erf, B4rft. 165. lima-vOxtr,
m. the frame of the body, Fms. x. 151.
LIN A, a6, [Dan. lindre ; see linr], to soften, mitigate; J)at linar
saur, Pr. 473. 2. metaph. to alleviate; Gu& lina3i ^eirra eym8ir,
Stj.: — with dat., lina J)viHkum J)unga, Dipl. ii. 14; Una atsokninni, Stj.
604 ; linit harmi minum, Karl. 215 ; lina til, to give way, Fms. vi. 28 :
— to abate, Bs. ii. 49 (of the wind). II. impers. it abates; J)a er
Httat lina&i elinu, Fms. xi. 136; vi8 4tak bans linar l)egar s6ttinni, Fb.
ii. 145 ; at nokkut skyldi lina augna-verkinum, Bs. i. 317. III.
reflex, to be softened, give way ; J)a linu3usk hugir J)eirra, Fms. ii. 36,
Pr. 471, Rb. 440, Sturl. iii. 19.
Iin-afla3r and lin-elfdr, part, of feeble strength, Fms. iii. 206.
linan, f. mitigation, H.E. i. 259, ii. 72, 98, Grett. 117 A.
LIND, f., dat. lindi. Eg. 567 (in a verse), [A. S. lind; Engl, linden,
lime; O. H.G. lint a; Germ, linde ; Dan. lind] : — a li?ne-tree, Edda (Gl.),
Merl. 2, 88, Pr. 406, passim, see Lex. Poet. II. metaph. a shield
(of lime-wood), Rm. 32, Vsp. 50; steind Vmd, a stained shield. Lex. Poet.;
as also a spear. Fas. ii. 320 (in a verse). Lex. Poet. : bauga lind. Veil. 5,
is dubious, perhaps = lime-bast, on which the rings were strung.
lind, f. a well, spring, brook, freq. in mod. usage, but seems not to
occur in old writers unless it be in Skv. 2. i, (lindar-logi, ' well-lowe' =
gold) : compds, vatns-lind, uppsprettu-lind.
lind-hvltr, adj. white as bast. Lex. Poet.
lindi, a, m. [prop., as it seems, from lind = a string of lime-bast], a belt,
girdle, Vkv. 17, Hkr. i. 82, Fms. i. 217, vi. 61, Bjarn. 19, 62, Rb. 438,
470, Magn. 468 ; eigi lagSi verri madr linda at ser, no worse man ever
belted himself, Finnb. 260; lindi af lerepti, Bs. i. 317: a 6«// belonging
to a priest's dress, Vm. Ii5, = messufata-lindi, Fms. iv. III. In mod,
usage lindi is any twist of wool or hair wound round the waist, har-
lindi, band-lindi, silki-lindi, hnjosku-lindi, q. v. : poet, the sea is called
Siggjar-lindi, Ra3ar-lindi, = /Z^e belt of the islands. Lex. Poet. compds :
linda-bindi, a, m. a girdle, sash, B. K. 105. linda-lag, n. laying
the lindi, a law term ; saekja e-n til lindalags, to ask one to lay down his belt,
symbolical of insolvency, this done the creditor might recover his goods
wherever he finds them, N. G. L. i. 214. Iinda-sta9r, m. the waist,
Bxr. 9, Sks. 169.
lindi, n. a lime-tree, = \ind. Lex. Poet.
lindi-dss, m. a nickname, Sturl.
lindi-skjoldr, m. a shield of lime-wood, Fas. viii. 413.
1 lindi-tr6, n. a lime-tree, f>i3r. 116.
390
LINGEDJA— LIDA.
Iin-ge9ja, zd]. faint, weak-minded.
Iin-hjarta3r, part, soft-hearted, Lil. 59.
linja and linka, u, L faintness, the feeling faint and weak; J)a6 er
linja i mer.
lin-kind, f. (proncd. linkind, linkirmi, Barl. 51), mercy, Bs. i. 765,
ii. 132.
lin-kinnr, adj. gentle, Barl. 51.
lin-leikr, m. (-leiki, a, m.), lenity, Fms. i. 296, ii. 33, xi. 223.
lin-liga, adv. leniently, gently, Fms. ii. 36, v. 240, vii. 157, Sturl. i.
13, Stj. 578 : slovenly, mod.
lin-ligr, adj. lenient, Stj. 495, Sks. 629.
lin-mseSinii, part, patient, meek, Bs. i. 579.
lin-mseltr, part, drawling, Rom. 312.
IiINNA, t, [Ulf. af-linnan = airox'^p^iv, Luke ix. 39 ; cp. A. S. b-linnan ;
Shetl. and Scot, linn; Old Engl, b-lin^ : — to cease, leave off, with dat. to stop;
hann linnir eigi fyrr, en . . ., Fb. i. 210; linna J)au eigi fyrr en heima,
Vigl. 81 new Ed. : absol., J)a linnir J)essa likams vist, a hymn. II.
impers., with dat., it ceases, abates ; en er \>vi linnti, but when it ceased,
Landn. 218, v. 1.; en er J)vi linnti, J)a greiSa J)eir atr68r, Fb. ii. 43 ;
ekki linnir umferSunum um Fljotsdalinn enn, Snot.
linni, a, m. = linnr, Korm. (in a verse), Reks., see Lex. Poet.
linn-ormr, m. a 'snake-worm,' serpent, the 'Hnd-wurm' of the German
legends, |3i3r. 167.
LINNB, m. [cp. Germ, lind-wurm'], a serpent, only in poetry, see
Lex. Poet, passim ; as also in circumlocutions, the serpent of the shield=a
sword; the serpent of the arm = a bracelet. compds : linn -b 61, -setr,
-vegr, -vengi, a serpent's lair, seat, way, field, =gold. Lex. Poet.
IjIWR, adj., linari, linastr, [Lat. lenis'], soft to the touch; linr ok slettr,
Stj. 165; her er mjiikt ok lint, Fb. ii. 359; linar hosur, Sks. 87 new
Ed, II. metzph. gentle ; me6 linum vindi, Bs. ii. 167 ; var veSrit
miklu linara, i. 629 : of a person, gentle, opp. to hard, exacting, mjukr
ok linr, Fms. iv. 210 ; linr ok lettr i mali, Bs. i. 154 ; sva linr ok hsegr,
294; linr ok litilatr, 72, Sks. 514; aetliS er hann nu munu y&r linan?
O. H. 213 : — weak, lenient, linr ok eigr stjomsamr, Stj. 419 ; linr i lyndi,
Fms. ii. 159 ; linr drykkr, 655 xi. 2 : weak, eigi aflmikill ok linr, Sturl.
i. 23 : gramm. soft, weak, Skalda 159, 179. III. metaph. soft,
snug; at Donum Jjykki linara at reka svin til skogar, en berjask vi3 oss
Nor&menn, Fms. vi. 258 ; faSmask lint, to embrace softly, Akv. 40.
LIPK, adj., the r is radical, compar. liprari, superl. liprastr; [cp. Lat.
lepidus] : — handy, skilled, adroit; the word is freq. in mod. usage, but
seems not to occur in writers before the 1 6th century, and may
be borrowed ; ertii at nokkuru ij)r6tta-ma8r ? J)at ferr fjarri, sagSi hann,
J)viat ek em liliprari {more awkward) en a6rir menn, Fas. ii. 262 (MS. of
the 15th century); also used of speech, lipr-leiki, a, m. adroitness.
lirla, aS, \lirla or lilla, Ivar Aasen ; Engl, lult] : — to sing a lullaby,
trill, whistle ; Ivar Aasen says that in Norway it is used of the shepherds ;
meSan lirlar | Hneik veri sinum, Fms. vi. (in a verse).
LIST, f. [prob. derived from Isera, q. v., Goth, laisjan, before the
s was changed into r] : — art, craft; {la list sem astrologia heitir, Stj.
66; kvennligar listir, Fs. 134; klerklig list, Bs. i. 680; hann haf6i
Jreirrar listar eigi fengit, Fb. i. 215 ; gor me6 list ok kunnattu, Edda 8;
hann fann ok margar listir, 148 (pref.) II. [Germ, and Dan.
list; Old Engl, lists'], craft, artifice, Sks. 689 : refinement, meb allri list ok
kurteisi, Fas. i. 29 ; 6lafr fagnar honum vel ok me& mikilli list, Fms. x.
226. COMPDS : lista-maSr, m. a skilled workman, craftsman, artist,
Fas. ii. 412, Fms. iii. 193. lista-skald, n. a skilful poet.
lista, u, f., mod. listi, a, m. [A. S. and Engl, list], a list, a carpenter's
term, as also the list, selvage, border of cloth ; spengr ok listur, Stj. 563;
ok gyldar listur a, Eb. 226, Al. 35 (of a shield).
listi, a, m. a/«^, = lista. 2. a catalogue, list of books, (mod.) II.
a local name in Norway, Listeren, (5. H. (in a verse^
listugr, adj. skilled, Edda (pref.) 149: polite, Fms. xi. 97, Sturl. ii.
230 C.
listu-liga, adv. elegantly. Fas. i. 68, 184, iii. 426 : cunningly, Str. 55.
listu-ligr, adj. magnificent, Fms. (Agrip.) x. 377, 381, 397, 415.
list-vanr, adj. skilful, Fms. xi. 426.
LIT, n. [A. S. and Hel. wlite, Ulf. wlits, = vp6aoyt!ov], a glance; a air.
\fy., augu heita lit, Edda 109 ; but found in compds, aug-lit, and-lit.
lita, ad, [Shetl. to litt = to dye blue; Scot.lit], to dye, Stj. 72, Karl. 505;
fni lita6ir a mer skallann, Lv. 109; hafa litt lita& sik i bl63i. Fas. ii. 471 ;
litaSir i bl68i, Mar.
litan, f. dyeing, litunar-gras, n. a dyeing herb, Stj. 81.
litask, dep. to look about; in the phrase, litask um, never used absol. ;
{)a maelti lJtgar5a-Loki, ok listask um a bekkina, Edda 33, Eg. 1 1 1, Band.
3, Faer. 71, Ld. 92 ; fagrt um at Htask, Fs. 26, passim.
lit-bjartr, adj. bright of complexion, Bs. i. 127.
Iit-brig3i, n. pi. a change of colour or light, in morning and evening,
Grett. 1 79 new Ed.
Iit-f6r6ttr, adj. strawberry-coloured, GullJ). 14.
Iit-g63r, adj. of fine complexion, Fms. x. 151.
lit-gros, n. pi. a dyer's herbs, Stj. 157. ,
Iks.
J: m '
litka, a5, to dye: litka3r, coloured, KslA. 241; vel litka3r, q/"a A^
hue, Fbr. 36 new Ed.
Iit-kl8e3i, n. pi. coloured, chequered clothes, as opp. to the plain black
dress, which was the genuine costume of the old Norsemen, Ld. 194, 204,
Nj. 70, Isl. ii. 335, Grett. 134, Eb. 200, Fs. 51.
lit-lauss, adj. colourless, pale, Flov. 32, Fbr. 114, Str. 13.
lit-mosi, a, m. a dyer's herbs, N. G. L. iii. 119.
LITR, m., gen. litar, pi. litir, ace. litu, [Old Engl, and Scot. lit = astain;
Dan. lod; see lit above, and lita ; the original form would be vlitr] : — colour,
hue, also countenafice, complexion ; litu go&a, Vsp. 18 ; lostfagrir litir, Hm,
92 ; bregSa lit, to change colour, Fms. vi. 1 78 ; skipta Htum, to exchangt
colour, see the remarks s. v. hamr. Fas. i. 128 ; malit skiptir sva litum
such is the case, its colour is thus, Fms. vii. 136 ; eigi deilir litr kosti, ;
saying, Nj. 78 (see deila) ; sa hann J)at at J)er var litr einn gefinn, thou ar
nothing but the hue {outside), Sturl. iii. 180 ; blar, grar, hvitr, raudr . . ., a
lit, of blue . . . colour, Isl. ii. 213, Anal. 215, passim ; i regnboga eru j)ri:
litir, Rb. 336 ; allir litir eru bjartari a glerinu en hvar annar-staSar, MS
15. 3. 2. special usage, of day-break, the first dawn when the ligh
changes ; en er J)eir komu upp a hei6ina kenndu {leir at lit bra , they saw ih
day-break, Sturl. iii. 217 ; visa3i hann {)eim lei9, tok \)k at kenna annar
litar (viz. in the morning), I'JI ; ok i annan lit (the second colour, viz, th.
changing from dark to light in the early morning, the ' blush of morn ') fo
hann at sja veiSiskap Jieirra, f)orf. Karl. 396 ; en at 66rum lit dags, Orkn
196 ; litu er lysti (when the light brightened, impers.) letusk Jieir fusir alii
upp risa. Am. 28 ; cp. 63, where the true reading may be, — do \a, dyrii
dags var heldr snemma | 'litu er lysti' . . . (MS. letu J)eir alesti). 3
dye ; hann 16t leggja lit i augu ser, Fms. ii. 59 ; ssekja gros til litar, Finnl
214, v.l. COMPDS : litar-apt, n. complexion, Ld. 134, Al. 3; spe!
litar-^tta, u, f., Clar. (Fr.) litar-h^ttr, m. = litarapt, Fas. iii. 426, a'
also in mod. usage. lita-skipti, n. pi. change of colour, Sks. 526.
litr, adj. hued, coloured. Eg. 133, Nj. 30, Fms. ii. 71, Fs. 147, Art. 66 1 f
mis-litr, chequered.
lit-rekt, adj., Fas. i. 212 ; false for lit rekt = litt rsekt, see Bugge(E<ld3
294, note 16.
Iitu3r, m. a dyer, colourer. Lex. Poet.
lit-verpask, t, to change colour, grow pale, Baer. t2, Fms. i. 216.
lit-verpr, adj. pale, from fear, Edda 36, Sd. 173, Orkn. 366.
LID, n., not 118, see the cognate words : [Ulf. leipus = ffiKtpa, Lukt-
15; A. S. and Hel. /{« ; O.H.G.lidu; mid. H. G. /*/; it remain? :
many provinc. Germ, words, — leit-haus = an ale-house, a tavern; lei
geber = an ale-house keeper ; leit-geben = to keep an ale-house ; leit-kauf-
earnest money, see Schmeller's Bayrisches Worterbuch s. v. lit] : — cide
Germ, obstwein; 118 heitir ol, Edda 110; drekka 118, Fms. vi. 439 (in
verse) ; Hars li8, the ale of Odin = poetry, Ht. ; Yggs li8, id., Kornia
The word hardly occurs in prose, and is obsolete.
Lf DA, pres. 118 (li8'k, Edda) ; pret. Iei8 ; 2nd pers. leitt, mod. leiJs
pi. Ii3u ; subj. Ii8i ; imperat. Ii3, liddu ; part. Ii8inn ; a weak pret. lid
occurs, Am. 50, Pr. 438, 6. H. 167, Mirm. 167 : [Ulf. ga-leipan
tpXfcOai; A. S. li^an; O.U.G. lidan ; Engl, lithe ; Germ, and
glide.]
A. Loc. to go, pass, move, with the notion to glide, slip, of
passage through the air, riding, sliding on ice, and the like ; ok er skipitle
fram hja flotanum, Hkr. ii. 54 ; er lauss Loki li3r or bpndum, Vtkv. I
ba8tu heilan li8a, thou badest him fare (speed) well, O. H. (in a verse
a8r he8an li8ir, ere thou passest from here. Fas. i. 519 (in a verse); Ii
yfir lirig fjoU, H8m. 1 1 ; li8a lond yfir, Gsp. ; hvat J)ar ferr, eSa at lo)l * Diljt,
liSr ? — Ne ek ferr, J)6 ek fly'g, ok at lopti li3'k, Edda (in a verse) ; liSar ji IjajJij,
(sliding) um langan veg, Vkv. 8 ; hverjar 'ro J)aer meyjar er liSa mar yi .,rf,;
VJ)m. 48, (mar-h8endr, q. v. = sea gliders); mi viltusk hundamir fars:
|)egar ^eir li8u at honum, Hom. 120 ; ok er skipit lei3 fram hja flotanu
Hkr. ii. 57 ; li3a haegt og haegt, of a vapour, of a ghost in tales, and f -
like. II. even used as transitive, to pass, pass by, esp. as a nai
term; hann um lei8 (passed by) Israels sona hus, Stj. 281; ok er (i '
li8u nesit, when they slipped by the ness, Fms. ix. 503, v. 1. ; ok er })eir li
(passed through) Frekeyjar-sund, Fb. iii. 85. III. impers., en er 1
Euphrates-a (ace), when one passes the Euphrates, Hb. (1865) 8 ; me8an
leiS bo8anum, J)a rak skipiS akafiiga, ok sva si8an bo8ana lei3, when |
breakers were passed by, Fb. iii. 85 : — metaph., hann var einnhverr me
ma8r ok rikastr i Danmorku, Jiegar er konunginn li8r sjalfan, i, e.
greatest man in Denmark next to the king, Fms. xi. 51 ; tJlfr var m;
rikastr i Danmorku {)egar erkonungliddi, O.H. 167; hann var einna me
hofSingi er konunga liddi, Pr. 438. IV. in prose the word is e^
freq. in a metaph. sense ; li8r at e-m,faintness comes over one; mi tok at 1'
at Olvi, O. began to get drunk. Eg. 213 ; but esp. of one in his last g»
to be slipping away ; Guthormr tok sott, en er at honum leiS, sen^ w
menn a fund Haralds konungs, 1 18 ; Orlygr tok sott, ok erat honwnl
at li8a, Eb. 160; lei8 Tpk hxbi at kuldi ok mgE8i, be fainted away fr
cold and exhaustion, Fms. ix. 24 ; mi li8r opt at barni (the infant i>
suddenly faint away) a vegum liti, sva at hsett er vi3 dau3a, N. G. L. J.^;'
liSr at maetti e-s, one grows faint, Fms. viii. 258, Sturl. iii. 77, Bs. i.8)
— Ii8a af, to pass; en er Ijosit lei8 af, sa {leir hvergi (5laf konung, Fms
-((Hi
LfDA— LfK.
391
—\)a er hugr liSr or bijosti manns, Mar. ; li8a or huga e-m, to slip
one's mind, Fms. ii. 266, vi. 272; li3a or minni, to forget: — Ii3a
, to slip off, pass by, K. A. 222, Fms. xi. 108 :— li3a urn, to pass by,
margir eru J)er betri helgir menn, ck liSu ver urn ^, and yet lue
nn by, 655 xiv. B. 2 ; eigi haefir {)a hluti um at li&a, er . . ., Fms.
i : ellipt., ^vi latu ver J)at H6a, at eigi verSr allt rita3, viii. 406,
\>6 laetr konungr J)etta hju ser li'Sa, he lets it pass by unheeded, xi.
i^a undir lok, to pass away, die, perish, Nj. 156, Slurl. ii. 113 : —
: r, to pass over, happen, come to pass ; harm er vinssell ok ungr at
nun fatt yfir li6it, Hkr. iii. 254; Olafr sag3i honum allt um fer5ir
(Kit er yfir hann haf3i li&it, O. told him all that had cotne to pass,
.79; eitt skal yfir oss li3a alia, one fate shall be/all j/s all, Nj.
(sleep, lidr yfir hann lettr hiifgi, Th. 77 : hann spur3i hvat liSi um
. be asked how it went on with the poem. Eg. 420 ; also, hva6 liSr
u ? frettir hann mi hvat liSi b6nor3s-malum, Ld. 92 ; hvat mun
M, ef l)u tekr kerti J)itt? Fb. i. 358; hvat liSr um mal Odds
iiins? Band. 5; siSan hon lei& or mestri barnaesku, /lasseJ 07/^ 0/
:r!y youth, Horn. 122; svefnhofgi lei3 a hann, Fms. vi. 229: to
metaphor prob. from the belief that some evil spirit passed over
cad, J)a3 lei3 yfir hana, she swooned; also, lida i omegin, to fall
woon, to faint. Fas. iii. 441.
, B. Temp, to pass; lidr mi varit, Nj. 74 ; li3u sva J)au misseri, 94 ;
■{jaf vetrinn. Eg. 340 ; ok er varit lei3 fram, 467 ; lengra skaltu renna
iwika se li3in, 745 ; {)a3an lida ellifu vetr, ar, Rb. 70 ; li3r mi sja
fltl er {)eir h6f3u & kveSit, Ld. 266 ; li3r fram vetrinn, 298 ; Egill
iint hressask sva sem fram lei3 at yrkja kvae3it, 644 ; lei3 sva fram
1 rji't vetr, Fms. i. 57; li3u mi sva fram stundir, xi. 84. 2.
repp.; {legar fra li3r, in the course of time, after a while; hon
.,.,.ok sva sem fra lei3, Fms. vi. 353 ; J)viat at })vi ver3r spurt, hverr
M, J)egar fra liSr (when time passes on), en eigi hversu lengi var at
•1:1, Skalda 160; en er at lei3 Jolunum, when it drew nigh Yule,
. 36 ; ok er leiS at {)eirri stundu, Ld. 308 ; eigi li3r langt he3an,
ins. xi. 84; mi li3r i mot Jolum, iv. 82. II. impers.,
; 1 e-t, the time draws to a close, is far spent ; ok er a lei3 daginn,
11 J, ; unz midjan dag Ifddi, Am. 50 ; mi liddi fram nokkurar stundir,
. 167 ; ok er a leiS um kveldit, Eg. 206 ; er lei3 a varit (ace), Nj.
n lidr a sumarit til atta vikna, 93 ; ^e'n svafu til {jess er a lei3
1, Ld. 44; en er a li3r daginn, 76; ok er a lei3 dag, umaetti
- . Fms. i. 46 ; en mi er a stundina li3r, x. 404 ; {)a er a leid upp,
the close of his life, 418 ; til J)ess er U3r fimmta dag viku, Grag.
: {)a. er upp lei3 a aefi konunga, Rb. 388. 2. with dat. ;
r sva dogum, at..., the days draw on, Fms. xi. 422; bans
. .;um lei3 mjok fram, Stj. 134; s6g3u at J)a var li3it degi, the
■a was far spent, Fms. ix. 299; ok er fram leid nottinni, x. 271;
-egir at timanum li3i, Bs. i. 910: of other things, er fram tok at
ii3inni, Fb. ii. 463: freq. in mod. usage, hvad H3r {)er? hvad
ssu ? i. e. how goes it with it f how far have you got on ? as also,
' li5r J)er, bow goes it with you ? how do you do ? answer, mer lidr,
riliga, ilia, and the like. III. part., at aU3nu, in the latter part
•me ; at ali3num vetri, degi, towards the end of the winter, Ld.
um hausti3 at ali3nu, Fms, iv. 286 ; ok er sva var liSit {the
IS so far gone) bjosk Egill til fer3ar. Eg. 394. IV. part.
Ii, passing, fleeting : — pass. liQinn, past, dead, deceased; at lidinn
Mkv. Hjorv. 42; hja oss li3num, Hkv. 2. 44: in mod. usage, of
lO has just ceased to breathe, hann er li3inn, li3inn likami. Pass.
: in allit., lifs og li3inn, living and lifeless, i. e. in life and in death :
iaemi liSinna feSra, Horn. 85 ; saelli vaeri liSnir en lifendr, the dead
c blessed than the living, Bs. i. 724 : allit., hann er li3inn sem Ijos,
one out like a light, i. e. quite gone.
, lei3, lidu, lidit, [Germ, leiden; Dan. Z/Je], to suffer, endure,
', — this sense is very rare in old writers, as, utlendir konunga-
kyldu {)ar ekki li3ask e3r vald hafa, Fms. vi. 134; but it ap-
ifter the Reformation, in the N. T. and in hymns. Pass., Vidal.
2. to suffer; at svo byrja3i Kristi at li3a, ok upp at risa a
iegi af dau3a, Luke xxiv. 46.
', n. [see lifa; K.S.lif; Engl life ; O.U.G. lip; Germ, leben ;
I'] : — life; 1 lifi aelifa, Horn. 160 ; endalaust lif, 107 ; ra3a af lifi,
r lifi, to take away one's life, O. H.; J)er skulut ongu fyrir tyna
ifinu, Nj. 7; lifer i hjarta, Fbr. 137, Hrafn. 28, and passim. 2.
IS, alive; J)a reis hann upp lifs ok heill, 656 A. ii. 14; me3an
r lifs, Fms. xi. ill, Hkr. i. 141, J>i3r. 21 : allit., lifs e3a li3inn,
535; lifs e3a latinn, Fb. iii. 402; at \in latir okkr hvarki
V lifs ne dauda, 0. H. 208 ; lifs gjama, with all my heart. Mar. ;
-m sem lifi sinu. Skald H. 7.38: a lifi, alive ; vera lifi minnr,
'minus life,' dead, Isl. ii. 315. 3. life, conduct of life ;
'if, gott lif, passim in eccl. writers. II. [Germ, leib^, the
baedi til lifs ok salu, Barl. 19, 44; lifs ok salar, body and soul,
esp. the waist, middle, haf3i hann -vafit klaedum um hfit. Fas. i.
1 person, at sva fagrt lif skyldi sva kveljask, so fine a man, Barl.
nna3 er {)ar agaett lif {a dear body) aetl' eg hann heiti Sturli,
'•<-99; sott okskjalftihristir{)at auma Uf, allt lif sy'ktiskaf uppokletc. : it also remains in the prose phrase, i heilu liki, '
ni8r (lif-sy'ki =rf«arritEa), Thorn. ; 4v6xtr h'fs, the fruit of the womb. Lex.
Poet., still used by eccl. writers. compds : lifs-andi, a, m. the breath
of life, Stj. 18. Iifs-bj6rg, i.food to sustain life, Fms. vi. 235, Stj. 420,
^orst. Si3u H. 180. lifs-blofl, n. life's blood, Stj. 61. Uf8-b6k,
f. the book of life, Greg. 75 : a biography, Bs. ii. 163. lifs-braud, n.
the bread of life, Stj. 210. llfs-dagar, m. pi. = iifdagar. lifs-dyrr,
n. pi. the doors of life. Mar. lifs-dsegr, n. pi. = Iifdagar, Bs. i. loi.
lifs-endi, a, m. a life's end, 656 B. 3. lifs-gjama, adv. very fain.
Mar. lifs-grid, n. pi. truce, safety of life, K. A. 36, Fms. vii. 294.
lifs-gros, n. pi. healing herbs. Fas. iii. 396. lifs-h£ski, a, m. life's
danger. Eg. 46, Edda 40, B«r. 16. Iifs-h6ra3, n. 'life's county,'
Paradise, Post, lifs-hjdlp, f. ' life's-belp,' deliverance, Edda 1 54 (pref.),
Fms. viii. 441. lifs-hrsering, f. vital motion, Stj. lifs-hvatr,
adj. bounding with life, Gkv. 2. 31. lifs-kenning, f. ' life' s-doctrine'
the gospel, Clem. 49. Iifs-lei3indi, n. pi. weariness of life, Fms. ii.
201. lifs-mark, n. signs of life, in one apparently dead, Nj. 154.
lifs-mfi.!!, a, m. a life contract, Boldt 103. lifs-neering, f. = lifs-
\>]6xg,food, Finnb. 234, Fms. ii. 227, iii. 12. lifs-saga, u, f. a bio-
graphy, 625. 82, Fb. iii. 237. lifs-stundir, f. pi. 'life-days,' Fms.
i. 216, ii. 2, viii. 93, Stj. 223. lifs-timi, a, m. a life-time, Fms. iii.
89. lifs-tre, n. the tree of life, Stj., Sks. 548 (of the cross). Hfs-
vanr, adj. bereft of life, "ift. Iifs-v6n, f. hope of life, hope 0/ saving
one's life, Fms. viii. 441. lifs-vegr, m. the way of life, Bs. ii. 50.
Iifs-8e3, f. an artery. Pass. 24. 12, 48. 10.
lifaSr, ad], full of life, Hkr. i. 32.
lif-dagar, m. pi. life-days, life, Fms. i. 53, x. 270, Rb. 400, Al. 131,
Karl. loi, N. G. L. iii. 99, {>orst. Si3u H. 180, Barl. 62, 91, 146, Stj. 139,
Bs. ii. 148.
liferni, n. life, conduct, freq. in mod. usage.
lifga, a3, to call to life, revive, Barl. 84, 99, Fms. ii. 142, Stj. 78, Bs.
i. 859. 2. to resuscitate, of one frozen, drowned, or apparently dead.
lifgan, f. a calling to life, Stj. 142, Stat. 300: resuscitation, of one appa-
rently dead, lifganar-tilraun, f. an endeavour to recover one's life.
lif-gjafari, a, m. = lifgjafi, |)6r3. 20 new Ed.
lif-gjafi, a, m. one who saves a person's life, Lv. loi, Fas. iii. 308,
Gisl. 51.
Iif-gj6f, f. the granting the life or pardon to one, Fs. 7, Anal. 201,
Fms. iii. 161, vi. 224.
lif-gofugr, adj. leading a noble life, Greg. 54.
llf-hiima, mod. lif-himna, u, f. the 'life-membrane,' the peritoneum.
Fas. iii. 138.
lif-hrseddr, zd'}. fearing for one's life, cowardly.
lifi, n. = lif, conduct, Barl. 43, 69, 89, 104, 185 : in compds, hrein-hfi,
saur-lifi, etc.
lif-lauss, adj. lifeless, inanimate, Skalda i73i i74> Stj. 88.
lif-lat, n. loss of life, death; andlat (q.v.) is a natural, liflat a vio-
lent death, a being put to death, or death from wounds, (3. H. 74, 219,
Fms. i. 46, ii. 30, fsl. ii. 270, Ld. 8, Bs. i. 78, Fs. 61, Barl. 129.
compds: llfldts-dagr, m. the anniversary of any one's death, ' passio,'
Fms. xi. 309, Edda ii. 287. llflats-domr, m. a sentence of death, 655
xiii. A. 2. lifldts-verSr, adj. deserving death, Fms. ix. 498.
lif-ldta, let, to put to death. Fas. i. 294, Fms. xi. 3, Hrafn. 28, Barl.
205, passim.
lif-ligr, adj. 'vital,' Hom. 59, Skalda 173, Fms. ii. 226, Barl. I12:
alive, living, Skalda 173, opp. to liflauss : lively, full of life, mod.: as
also lif-liga, adv. vigorously.
lif-mikill, adj. ' strong -lived,' dying hard, Stj. 98 : full of life.
lif-oddi, a, m. the ' life-gore,' gullet in fish.
lif-seigr, adj. 'strong-lived,' tenacious of life.
Lifskr, adj. native o/Lifland, Fas. i. 379.
lifs-pund, n. [a ' lis-pound,' Orkney and Shetl. lispund, 18 lbs. Scots,
qs. Lifskt pund from Lifland], a kind of weight, G{)1. 523; fjorar eru
merkr ok sjautigir i lifspundi, MS. 732.
lif-steinn, m. a life stone, healing stone ; see lyfsteinn.
lift, n. id), fit to live; ekki lift, not fit to live; er-at vinum lift
Ingimundar, Fs. 39 : of a person, worthy of life, er allir rsegja, ok kve3a
honum eigi lift vera, 656 C. 20, Post. 645. 98.
lif-tjon, n. loss of life, Stj. 329, Fms. viii. 147 (v.l.), Bs. ii. I17.
lif-vsenn, adj. with hope of life, hope of recovery, Fms. xi. 142, Gliim.
381, Alg. 149.
Iif-8e9r, f. a ' life-vein,' artery, Bs. i. 368, Mar.
LiK, n. [Ulf. leik; A.S. lie; Old Engl, licb, in lyke-wake, lich-
gate; O. H. G. lih; Germ, leicbe ; Dan. lig ; Swed. W] :— prop.
the body, as in Ulf., who renders aa/fM by leik, but vfKpos by
nahs : I. the body, the living body, in old poems ; en {)at
it Ijosa h'k, S6L 1 2 ; nema vi3 l)at lik at lifa, Hm. 96 ; liki leyfa
ens Ijosa mans, 91; auga |)at er liggr i Ijosu liki, Kormak; 14ss
belt liki drosar, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; folgid i moSur liki Jotna
dolgs, bid in the body of the mother of Thor, i.e. in the earth,
Eyvind; cp. also the compds, lik-amr, lik-bjartr, lik-J>r^ (q.v.),
''''■''''• /« a whole
392
LIKAABREIZL— LfKtORN.
body' whole, intact, 6. H. (in a verse) : in mod. poetry, dy'r&liga smur5u
Drottins ' lik,' where = lik:amr, Pass. 49. 6. II. a corpse; ^a var
fivegit likinu ok jar&at um morguninn, Bs. i. 550; likit var sveipat lin-
dukum en saumat eigi um, Eb. 264 ; ^ar sokk ok ni6r lik Jjorvalds, Nj.
19 ; biia um lik, to shroud a corpse, Grag. ii. 388 ; bua um lik gofugra
manna. Eg. 94 ; fara me6 lik til graftar, Fs. 153 ; fieir soktu likinu i fen
mikit, 132 ; lik hans J)eir drogu a leyni-giitu ok brytju5u i brunn ni3r,
Sol. ; fluttu J)eir mi likin til kirkju, Nj. 209 ; jarSa lik, Fms. x. 408.
coMPDS : lika-dbreizl, n. a pall, Vm. 54. lika-bong, f. ' lyke-knell,'
' mortuos plango,' the name of a famous bell, Bjam. 136. Ifka-fer3,
{. = lik{erb, ' lyke-fare,' burial, B.K. no. lika-fsersla, u, {. ' lyke-
carrying,' a funeral, Vm. 71, K. f). K. 18. lika-grof, f. a grave, Stj.
Iika-gr6ptr, m. grave-digging, Fbr. Ifka-h.li3, n. the ' lich-gate,' in
a churchyard. Stud. ii. 248. lika-krdkr, m. a hoe/or grave-digging,
Vm. 29, H.E. ii. 96, cp. Fel. viii. 71 sqq. lika-kross, n. a ' lyke-
cross,' Am. 90. lika-kult, n. a pall, Vm. 139. lika-salun, n.
= likakult, Pm. 34. lika-^^ttr, m. the section of law on burials,
K.fj.K. 18.
lik, n. [Swed. lik ; Engl, leeches; Dan. lig'] : — a naut. term, the leeches,
leech-line, the borders of a sail, Edda (Gl.) ; skautin ok likin, Hem.
(Gr. H.M. ii. 662).
LIKA, a3, [Ulf. leikan = dpfffKfLV, A. S. lician; Engl, like; O. H.G.
lihan ; Swed. lika'] : — to like : impers., cp. Old Engl, it liketh me, e-m
likar e-t, lika&i y6r vel Finnskattrinn, Eg. 61 ; at ek gora slikt er mer
likar af J)vi er ek varSveiti, 395 ; petta lika6i Eiriki storilla, Fms. i. 18 :
en me& {)vi at J)eim lika6i {they wished) sva at hafa e9r J)ar viS at
auka, fb. (begin.) ; hvart er honum likar vel eSr ilia, whether he likes
it well or not, 0. H. 54 2. e-m likar vel, ilia til e-s, to like one well
or not; honum lika9i til Sighvats vel, Fms. iv. 89; Svia konungi likaSi
stor-illa til 6lafs digra, 107 : — lika vel vi5 e-n, id. ; likar t)eim vel vi6
Brand, Lv. 24; likaSi hverjum manni vel vi6 hann, F"ms. vi. 112 ; en
konungi lika6i eigi betr vi8 J)enna biskup, vii. 173 ; Hallger3r sat mjok
a ser um vetrinn, ok likaSi (mcinnum) ekki vi3 hana ilia, Nj. 25.
Ilka, adv., qs. ^lika, also, Str. 72, freq. in mod. usage.
liiaflr, part, painted with images ; ker ok horn voru till liku&, ok skyg&
sem gler, tlkr. i. 90.
Ukami, a, m. = likamr, Stj. 148.
likam-Uga, adv. bodily, in the flesh, 761 B. 4: carnally, K. A. 148,
Sks. 785.
Hkain-ligr, adj. bodily, in the body, Skalda 1 73, Bs. i. 550, Stj. passim.
LIKAMB, m., gen. likams, pi. likami, dat. likaminum, Stj. 55 ; a weak
form Ukazai, a, m., is also freq. ; [A. S. lichoma; Old Engl, lichame; Scot.
licama; O. U..G.lihhamo; Germ, leichnam ; Dan. legeme] : — the body, pio'p.
qs. ^flesh-cover' or 'flesh-frame' (lik-hamr), denoting the body, its hue and
frame, but used esp. of the living body ; es Jiraels likam tok a sik, Greg.
49 ; manns likami, GJ)1. 41 ; sa^ur ok likamir, Horn. 160, passim ; when
used of the lifeless body likamr is a gentler term than lik ; siSan gengu til
allir menn at sja likami ^eirra, . . . hversu Utask y3r likamir J)essir ? . . .
ek hefi engis dauSs manns likama set jafnbjartan, Nj. 208; Jjeir fundu
likama Skarphe9ins {)ar, 109 ; Jia er likamr {lessa manns var utborinn, Fms,
v. 218; slori fnyk af likamanum, X. 379 ; likama foQur sins, 408 : thus in
the N.T.ffw/io is rendered by likami, not lik, Matth. xvii. 58, ,£;9, Mark xv.
43, 45, Luke xxiii. 52,55, xxiv. 3, John xin. 38,40 (of Christ in the grave) :
— metaph., solarinnar likamr, Stj. 16 ; af hrsering nokkurs likama, Skalda
173 ; saman lesa or likama heilagra GuSspjalla, H.E. i. 584. II.
in a metaph. or eccl. sense = (rap£, the flesh, in many compds, carnal:
likams aldr. a natural age, Hom. 55 ; likams afl, bodily strength, 146 ;
likams dau6i, a natural death, St]., Greg. 42, 54; likams freistni, carna/
temptation, 51, 59 ; likams fyst, carnal lust, Stj. 159 ; likams liSr, a limb
of the body, Greg. 25 ; likams losti, carnal lust, K. A. 28, 124, N.G. L.
i. 20, Hom. 159; likams mattr, bodily strength, 157; likams meinlaeti,
chastisement of the body, 48; likams fjotrar, the fathers of the body;
likams munu6, carnal lust, 70; likams synd, a carnal sin, Stj. 146;
likams vit, bodily sense, 625. 177 ; likama lif, bodily life, 677. 4.
Ukaiidi, {.form, shape, Edda 4.
lik -band, n. a ' lich-band,' ivinding-sheet, 623. 14.
lik-barar, f. pi. a bier, 623. 57, passim.
Iik-blau3r, adj. afraid of a corpse, Gisl. 22.
lik-blsBJa, u, f. a winding-sheet, Bs. i. 529.
Iik-fer3, f. a funeral, funeral journey, Eb. 264, Fms. ix. 534, x.151.
lik-fylgja, u, f., mod. Iik-fylg5, a funeral procession. Mar., Fms. xi.
214, Mork. 10.
lik-fsering, f. = likfaersla, K. J).K. 18.
lik-fsersla, u, f. the carrying a body to a church, N. G. L. i. 135 ; the
law ordered that a body should be brought to the church within five
nights after death.
lik-hringing, f. the tolling for a funeral, death knell, Fb. iii. 452.
lik-hrseddr, adj. = likblau6r.
IifKI, n., dat. likjum, 656 C. 26, Hom. 46, Hom. (St.), Hkr. i. 10,
[from lik, not from glikr] : — a body; liki leyfa ins Ijdsa mans, Hm. 91 ;
vexa vel blaeju at verja ^itt liki, Am. loi ; ^ar eptir mattu merkja hans
1
'fegr3, baeSi har ok liki, Edda 15; liki fogr, beautiful, Bjam. (in ;
verse). 2. me6 heilu liki, whole, Lat. integer, Fms. xi. 308, Al. 12 • se.
Hk. TL. form, shape ; bera Valkera liki, Hallfred ; t)ursa liki, Aim
2 ; laegjarn liki, Vsp. 39 ; i steins liki, Hkv. Hjorv. 30 ; i dufu liki, Gree
19 ; Djoflar komu i ymsum likum ok allra optast i liki Jjors, Mart. 12;"
|)a tok hann at skipta likjum a s6r ok asjonum, 656 C. 26; hvi bei
eru i J)essum likjum sy'ndir, Hom. 46 ; hon bra ser i nauts-beigs lik
vatns-fuUs, Landn. 212; hann bra a sik Hki graSungs eins, Edda (pref.
148; hafa manns liki, Edda 9; hann bra a sik ymissa dyra liki, 140
fyrir hvi eru peir i J)essum likjum syndir, Hom. (St.) ; hann kunni {«
i^rottir at hann skipti litum ok likjum, Hkr. i. 10 ; J)4 er solin genn
hnits liki (Aries), Rb. 478.
liki, a, m., qs. gliki, an equal, a match, Stj. 289, Fs. 56.
liking, likja, likindi, likleikr, likligr, see gliking, glikja, glikin'l
glikleikr, glikligr.
lik-kista, u, f. a coffin, Hkr. iii. 14, Fms. xi. 309.
lik-maSr, m. a ' lyke-man,' grave-digger, or one who carries a bod
to the grave, Eb. 268.
Lf KN, f. [laekna is the healing of the body, likn the soothing of th
mind or heart ; the words seem to be identical : in very early usage lik
seems to denote bodily healing also, and particular!}' of relief in laboui
hence the words liknar-galdr, -spor, -lofi in the old poems Sdm. andHm
as also the liknar-belgr, although now only used of the caul (
animals] : 1. healing, remedy; hvat er til likna lagt Sigur8i?Sk'
I. 30; leita&a ek i likna, at letja ykkr heiman, / sought for meai
to let you from coming. Am. 46. 2. relief, mercy, con
fort; su erumk likn, that is my comfort, Ls. 35; til leiSr^ttu 0
liknar, Stj. 149; veita likn, to relieve, soothe; hann let J)a nsera mt
allri likn (mercy, tenderness), Fms. ii. 226; bidja e-m liknar ei
lifs gri6a, vi. 113. 3. mercy, eccl.; bi9ja liknar sinni misgemin
Mar. ; synda likn, forgiveness of sin, id. ; hann ba9 Gu5 liknar {Kg
hann fell i nokkura sok, Sks. 734 ; Drottinn minn gefi dau6um ro | linn
likn er lifa, 0 i7iy Lord, grant rest to the dead, relief to the liviit
Sol. 82. coMPDS : likna-belgr, m. the caul, esp. of calves, lambs, usi j
instead of glass in the windows of ancient houses, see gluggr. likna i
braut, f. the path of mercy, Bs. i. 94 : name of an old poem. likna ,
fulLr, adj. merciful, Sks. 732. liknar-fiiss, adj. merciful, Geis
liknar-galdr, m. healing spells, charms, Hm. 121. liknax-gat
u, f. the way of grace, 625. 19. liknar-lauss, adj. merciless, SI
511, 550. liknar-leysi, n. a hard heart, Sks. 513. liknar-spo
n. ' healing-step,' a kind of charm ; a lausnar lofa ok a liknarspo
liknar-8e3r, f. a vein of mercy, Lil.
likna, a6, to shew mercy to, with dat. ; sa er 6&rum vill likna, Hoi
5 ; hann Hknar hvers manns mali, Fms. xi. 260 ; ek hefi be6it fyrir {
til Gu6s at hann likni {)er, Orkn. 172, Rb. 310. II. reflex, lik
ask, sue for mercy ; ef ek skal til biota hverfa ok liknask vi5 eu8
Fms. ii. 41.
liknan-ligr, adj. = liknsamr, Mar.
likneski, n. and likneskja, u, f., see the references below; [pre
from lik, not from glikr, for glikneski never occurs]: — shape; a
Grikkir rita i 69ru likneski langan staf en i 63ru skamman, the Grtt
write in one form a long vowel and in another a short one, Skal
(Thorodd) 163; gjorum ver manninn eptir varri liking ck liknesk
skapaSi Gu3 manninn eptir sjalfs sins mynd ok likneskju, ... mi
heilagrar {)renningar likneskju, Stj. 19, 20. II. a graven ima^
a hvaru-tveggja metinu var gort sem vaeii likneskja manns, Fms.
128 (Jomsv. S. 27) ; fimm likneski af guUi, Stj. 437 ; P^trs likneski, V
19 ; Gu5mundar likneski, Pm. 64 ; let hann gora eptir hanum eina 13
eskju, Stj. loi ; likneskja varrar Frii, Mar. ; J)j6na dumbum likneskji|
dau3um ok daufum, Barl. 1 14; likneski {)at er Astarot heitir, Rb. 3."
hann {)6ttisk standa fyrir likneski J)vi er Kristr var pindr, 370; \'<
sama likneski, Stj. 102: in the mod. phrase, vera eins og likneski j
framan, to look as pale as a statue. 2. gramm. a metaphor; ok,
J)ar sva skipt likneskjum a enum sama hlut, Skalda 187. I
likneskja, u, f., see likneski above.
likn-fastr, adj. /as? in goodwill, beloved, Hm. 124.
likn-ligr, adj. helping, comforting, Sks. 518, 728-
likn-samligr, adj. merciful, Sks. 519, Stj. 121, 156.
likn-samr, adj. gracious, merciful, Stj. 547, Edda 15.
likn-semi, f. mercy. :'^
LIKE., adj. alike ; see glikr.
lik-sima, n., pi. liksimu, [lik = leeches'], the leech line, N. G. L. i. if^'
lik-stra, n. pi. [Ivar Aasen likstraa], ' lyke-straw,' N. G. L. ii-
dead bodies before being put into the coffin were put on straw, henct
phrase, oUum lengri var sii eina nott, er ek la stirSr a stram, Si"-
cp. also the Icel. nastra, q. v.
lik-sveipa, u, f. = likbl£eja, a winding-sheet. Mar. loio.
lik-songr, m. a funeral dirge, funeral service, Grag. i. 204.
s6ngs-kaup, n., mod. Iiks6ngs-eyrir, m. a funeral fee, K. j[).K-
Grag. ii. 388.
lik-j^orn, m. [Dan. lig torn'], a corn on the foot.
k
LlKi»RA— LfTILL.
393
, f. leprosy, Mirm., Magn. 517, Stj. 324, 616, Fas. iii. 643,
coMPDs : lfkt)ra-fullr, adj. leprous, Stj. 260. likj>r&-
r, ni. a leper, N. G. L. i. 97. Iikj)r&-s6tt, f. leprosy, Stj. 324.
^6x, adj. [cp. \J\i. pnttfills], ' hody-rotten,' leprous, 625. 46, Horn.
!s. i. 849, Barl. 35, Fms. xi. 309, Magn. 516, Stj. 616.
Iff, n. [A. S. lini ; Engl, lime ; Germ, leim] : — lime, chalk ; Hannibal
ngr 16t ser leir bleyta niefl bl66i Romverja ok giira par af borgar-
Jrct. (1849); ^f ^'S'' °^ ''""' ^*J' ^7' ^" t** mikit musteri ok
terkliga at limi, Fms. vi. 267 (of the cathedral of Drontheim) ; Illugi
J)eirra, hann drukna6i \ia, er hann flutti lim til steinkirkju J)eirrar
nn SEtlafti at gora a BreiSabolstaS i Vestr-hopi, Bs. (Krs.) i. 32,
ing to about 1130 A. D. ; lim ok tjara, Mag. 9, Fim. x. 186, Al.
II. glue, paste, passim in mod. usage.
,, a8, to lime with mortar; til steinsmiSar, at snifla, lima, ok ni3r
Fms. xi. 428. 2. to glue ; lima skegg viS^hoku ser, Fb. i.
hann let lima ok biia oil bI63in ni8r i kjiilinn, Isl. ii. 460, Flov.
f a shield): gramm., Skalda 170 (of two letters joined together,
IS ce). II. reflex, to cleave to, Stj. 292.
farmr, m. a cargo of lime, D. N.
ng, f. liming; saman-liming, conglutination, Skalda 170, 177'
igar-stafr, m. id., Skalda 177-
ngr, m., gramm. ' clusters,' see Gramm. p. xv, col. I bottom.
setja, t, to lime, Hkr. iii. 62, Orkn. 352 (in a verse).
▼atn, n. lime-water, Mag. 9.
^,n.[\J\i'.lein==aii'5wv, Germ, lein; Engl, linen; Lzt. linum; Gr.
•.—Jlax; spinna lin, Fas. iii. 594 ; drosir suSraenar dyrt lin spunnu,
; linokbygg, Stj.; smjor oklin, eir, gull eSa silfr, K. A. 204; afsaSi
dg ok hveiii, hampi ok lini, N. G. L. ii. 355 ; lin orengt (of a tax
rway payable in that kind), O. H. L. 60 ; dottir a lin allt ok gam,
i ullar, N. G. L. i. 2 1 1 . II. [Lat. linteum^, linen, linen gear,
I bead-gear worn by ladies on the bridal day, h6fu8-lin (q.v.);
lin, bkv. 12, 15, 1 7, 19 ; hence, ganga und lini, to wed, be wedded,
J, where the earl's bride wore a lin, the carle's bride a ripti (of less
Stuff), whereas the thrall's bride was not wedded at all ; Gu8-
le bride) sat innar a J)verpalli, ok J)ar konur hja henni (the bride-
ok hofSu lin a hofSi, Ld. 296 ; ok lettliga lini verit, to cohabit,
. CoMPDs: \m.-&'kx,m. a flax field. Linakra-dalr, m. a local
1 Iceland from the growth of flax, Landn. 169, Band. (Cod. Reg.) fine.
5r, m. a linen bed, Korm. (in a verse). lin-breekr, f. pi. linen
Isl. ii. 83, Dropl. 29, Fms. ix. 24. lin-bundin, f. part. ' linen-
\ swathed in linen, of a lady, Eb. (in a verse). lin-dregiU,
tun tape, Fms. viii. 288. lin-dukr, m. a linen kerchief, Eb.
Is. i. 874, Fb. ii. 16 : a linen cloth, Fms. i. 36, 113. lin-eik, f.
gefn, poet, of a lady, Lex. Poet. Ifn-erla, u, f. the bird
la, a wagtail. lin-fe, m. ' linen-fee,' a bridal gift, given on
Iding day ; hann (the bridegroom) skal ganga yfir golf t)vert ok
i linf6, N. G. L. ii. 305, Ld. 200, Edda 75, Fms. x. 312. lin-
Jlax-seed, Pr. 474. lin-gam, n. linen-yarn, Edda 39.
'a, u, f. a linen cap, Nj. 193, Bs. ii. 79. lin-hvitr, adj. white
of a lady (from wearing linen), Hbl. 30. ItQ-klutr, m. a linen
T kerchief Bs. i. 790. Iin-klse3i, n.pl.//«en raiment, of a lady's
m. 12, Ld. 260 : of men's under-clothes made of linen, Orkn. 76,
.67, Dropl. 30, Fas. iii. 4, Sks. 287. ImklseSa-l^rept, n. stiiff
Ann. 1332. lin-kyrtill, m. a linen kirtle, Sturl. i. 96, Stj.
Un-lak, n. a litien bed-sheet; plur. linlok, Dipl. v. 8, Fms. v.
Ifia-ligr, adj. linen, Stj. 318. lin-lindi, a, m. a linen girdle,
lin-refill, m. a linen tapestry, Vm. 82. lin-sekkr, m. a
*, Fms. i. 9. lin-seyma, u, f. a nickname, Fms. x. 97. lin-
a, m. a linen sheet, kerchief, Bs. ii. 229. lin-sloppr, m. a
ice, Vm. 65. lin-sokkr, m. a linen sock, Hom. 138. Hn-
|i. a linen tent, Fs. 180. Ifn-vefr, m. linen tissue, linen,
in poet, circumlocutions, bauga-lin, auSar-lin, arm-lin (see Lex.
'hlin, q. v.
, f. a line, and as a naut. term, the bowline, Edda (Gl.), cp. boglina :
hann tok glofana, beltiS ok knifinn ok linu mjofa, . . . eptir
hann i festina ok let linuna draga sik af berginu undir fossinn,
Norsemen mostly used ropes of walrus skin (sv6r3r), but ropes
Ire also mentioned ; medan strengr ok lina brestr eigi, Orkn. (in
2, mathem. a line, Rb. 472, 474; MidjarSar-lina and
Line, Equator, mod. : a line in a book or writing (mod.), skrifa
t, to write the lines unevenly. II. lin, a head-dress;
., poet, a lady, Kormak ; linu jor&, the earth of the ]m = the bead,
00 (in a verse) ; laut und linu, lysti at kyssa, |)kv. 2 7. compds :
,, n. an anchor with a line, Sturl. i. 119. linu-strengr,
'*, cord, 623. 46.
m. [Dan. and Norse lire], a kind of tern, sterna nigra, Edda
nickname, Sturl. i. 176.
, pres. lit ; pret. leit, 2nd pers. leizt, pi. litu ; part, litinn ; imperat.
' ancjittu; [a Goth, wleiton may be assumed, cp. litr, lit, leita, A. S.j^
wlitan; Lat. vultus; cp. Germ, anl-litz] -.—to look, behold, see; ck lit, I see,
behold, Haustl. ; hinnig visrir ^\i undir brun at lita, Nj. 55 ; &jlvi gat at
lita hvar ^eir fly6u, 247 ; ok i augu leit, and looked him in the eyes, Vsp.
21 ; hon leit baOa uxana vata, Isl. ii. 89 ; h6n leit fni sina gr4ta, Str. 17 :
freq. in old and mod. usage, J)a hi.f hann upp sin augu ok leit Abraham
langt hurt, og Lazarum i bans skauti, Luke xvi. 23 : — the phrases, lita astar,
vinar, ijfundar, miskunnar augum til e-s, to cast a glance of love, friendship,
envy, mercy, Fb. i. 421, passim; hann mdtti eigi r(5ttum augum til haiis
lita, he could not bear to look straight at him, Fms. iv. 48. II.
with prepp. ; lita a e-t, to look at or on ; hann stoft nokkura stund a hinn
f6tinn ok leit a stiifinn . . . , eigi J)arftu at lita 4, jafnt er sem p^i synisk,
af er fotrinn, Nj. 97; til 4 at lita ok eptir at sko6a um landa-mcrki,
Dipl. ii. 19 ; {)6rr litr a hornit ok synist ekki mikit, Edda 32 ; littii 4
Ijiifan, leggdii munn viS griin ... a leit Guarfin, Gkv. i : metaph. to con-
sider, er l)at ekki jafnraefti . . . mun J)vi ekki verda a litid, Isl. ii. 214 ;
eigi er a at lita, drepum J)enna hund sem skjotast, Fms. xi. 146; en
hvert mal er skal daema, \>a. verSr at lita 4 tilgcird me& efnum, Eg. 417,
(a saying) ; ek mun hafa skjott a litid, ok vartu fjarri at kenna m^r
riiSin, Orkn. 214 : lita a meb e-m, to keep an eye on, take care of, Fb.
iii- 305> f^s. 1 72 : — lita aptr, to look back after one, Karl. 404: — lita til e-s,/o
look towards one; hann leit seint til peirra ok glotti um tiinn, Edda 30; J)eir
litu til ok kva&usk sja hann, Nj. 70 : metaph., hver spurning litr jafnan
til svara, a question looks for an answer, a saying, Sks. 307 : — lita yfir,
to look over, look about, view; en er Jjorsteinn haf5i litid yfir verk h6s-
karla sinna, Eg. 741 ; kemr heim a Mel ok litr yfir eignir sinar. Band.
3 ; hafa bratt yfir litid, Fb. iii. 386 : — lita vid e-m, to look to one ; keisari
leit vid honum, ok spurdi hverr hann vaeri, Fms. i. 125; konungr leit
vid J)eim ok svarar heldr stutt. Eg. 95 : — lita upp, to lift the eyes, Hm.
130 ; en hann leit upp ok sa \>k hina riku, Luke xxi. i : — lita nidr fytir
sig, to look down. III. reflex, he seems, it appears to one that,
e-t lizk e-t ; leizk honum maerin fogr. Eg. 23 ; hann ser hvat leid drykkr
inum, ok lizk honum sva sem allitill munr mun vera, Edda 32 ; sva lizk
m^r {methinks) . . . sem fiessi mun mestr aetladr, id. ; sva lizk mer, fraendi,
sem mi munim vit hafa gcirt rad okkat, Nj. 5 ; lizk m6r sva sem engum
varum braedrum muni triiligt, Fms. i. 53 ; ok litisk J)eim sva at hann vili
vorn bans glepja i J)vi, Grag. i. 60. p. with prepp. ; e-m lifzk a e-t, it
seems, pleases me so and so; hversu litzk p^r a mey J)essa,J)ykki J)6r eigi ftigr
vera ? Nj. 2 ; teksk umraeda mikil hversu {)eim hafdi a litisk konunginn . . .
sva leizk mer vel a konunginn it fyrsta sinn er ek sa hann, Ld. 1 74 ;
hefir m6r opt vel litisk a konunginn, en aldri betr en mi, Fms. x. 296
(ii. 37) ; ok bad modur sina gora ser god klaedi, at Steingerdi maetti sem
bezt a sik litask, Korm. 32 ; spyrr Karli hversu Leifi litisk a f6 J)etta,
Fms. iv. 346. Y. one likes to have it, ellipt. for litask rad ; honum leizt
at fara, passim in mod. usage : — to like, lizk J)6r eigi silfrit, does not the
silver like thee? Fms. iv. 346; see litask a. 2. recipr. to look to
one another; fellzk hvart odru vel i ged, ok litusk |)au vel til ok blidliga.
Band. 3.
litil-, see litill B.
LITILL, litil, litid, adj., and litt adverb. ; gen. litils, litillar, litils ; dat.
litlum, litilli, litlu; ace. litinn, litla, litid : plur. litlir, litlar, litil; gen. lititla;
dat. litlum ; ace. litla, litlar, litil ; compar. minni ; superl. rain.n8tr(q. v.) :
[Ulf. leitils — fUKpos, oXiyos ; A. S. lytel ; Engl, little; O. H. G. luzil ;
Swed. liten ; Dan. liden and lille : in Germ, the word was replaced by
klein, prop. = bright = Engl, clean, but luzel remains in local names such
as Liitzel-stein = La Petite Pierre in Alsace] : — little, of stature ; litlir menn
ok smair, Landn. 145; litid barn, a little bairn, Isl. ii. 326; ok ser
hvar la madr ... ok var sa eigi litill, Edda 29 ; ekki litill madr vexti,
30 ; J)6rr er lagr ok litill, 33 ; sva litinn sem ^6r kallit mik, J)a . . . , id. ;
hvat er J)at it litla (the little puny thing) er ek {)at loggra se'k, Ls. 44 ;
inn Litli, a freq. nickname, Landn. : — small, of things, litla breidoxi,
Hkr. iii. 16; fjorar litlar munnlaugar, Dipl. iii. 47 ; opt veltir litil l)ufa
miklu hlassi, a saying, a little mound may often upset a big wagon load,
Al. 32 ; litilla (gen. pi.) sanda, litilla saeva, Hm. 52 ; opt kaupir ser i
litlu lof, 51 ; Eirikr konungr hafdi liind litil, Fms. i. 23; en J)6tt einn-
hverr baeri litla byrdi, ^k vard J)at skjott mikill eldr, vi. 153. II.
metaph. usages ; sumar J)etta var litill grasvoxtr, ok vard alllitil
heybjorg manna, a small, bad crop, Isl. ii. 130; landit er skarpt ok
litid matland, bad for foraging, Fms. vii. 78 ; ef atfaersla J)eirra vaeri sva
litil, at..., K. Jj. K. 94: — small in degree, litil var gledi manna at
bodinu, small cheer, Isl. ii. 251 ; hann er litill blotmadr, no great wor-
shipper, 398 ; })at er litid mal, that is a small matter, 206 ; litil tidindi,
Fms. xi. 118 : — small, of value, ok verdit J)er litlir drengir af, ef J)er launit
engu, Nj. 68 ; toldu fyrir honum hversu jarl hafdi hann lengi gort litinn
mann {treated him shabbily), Fms. i. 54; mi munt ^u, segir hon, lengi
litill konungr, ef \>u villt ekki atfaerask, vii. 243 ; ok vara (was not) s4
af litlu skapi, Al. 2; meta litils, to value lightly, Ld. 174; litill karl,
mean churl ! Fbr. 39 new Ed. ; var bans moderni litid, of low rank, Fms.
vii. 63 ; per munut kalla mik litinn mann (a puny man) fyrir mer ok
uni ek J)vi ilia, Edda 33 ; hann var skald ok eigi litill fyrir ser, Isl. ii.
323. 2. neut. as subst. ; hafa litid af riki, a small portion, Fms. i.
52 ; sva at litlu loddi vid, Nj. 28, Fms. xi. 102, Fs. 87. 3. temp.
394
LITLASTOFA— LJOMA.
small, brief; a litilli stundu, Al. 32 ; litlu si8arr, a Utile while after, Nj. 4,
Fms. vi. 60; bi6a um litla stund, vii. 141. compds : litla-stofa, u, f.
a little parlour in ancient dwellings, Sturl. iii. 191. Iftils-li^ttar, adv.
of little consideration, lowly, Fms. i. 293, vii. 1 60. Iitils-ver3r, adj. little
worth, Fms. vii. 105, fsl. ii. 327. litils-vsegi, n. = liti]vaegi, Odd. 24.
B. Compds: litil-fjorligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), prop, of 'little
life,' small, low, of small amount, Hav. 42 new Ed., Fas. i. 96. litil-
geeft, adj. ; vera litilgaeft um e-t, to be not much pleased with, Fb. iii. 242.
litil-hugaSr, part, little-minded. Mar. litil-hsefr, adj. humble, mode-
rate, Vapn. 7. litil-Mtask, let, to condescend, Str. 23. litil-ld,tliga,
adv. humbly, Stj. 229, Fms. i. 136, x. 261, Rb. 382. litil-Mtligr, adj.
condescending, humble, Fs. 72, Sturl. i. 36, Bs. i. 306. litil-lAtr, adj.
condescending, humble, Fms. i. 31, vii. 291, Orkn. 202 (v.l.). Band. 28 new
Ed., Horn. 49, 148 ; af litillatu hljoSi, low voiced, Skalda 1 75. litil-
leikr, m. lowness, smallness, 623. 12, Barl. 100, Edda 146. litil-leitr,
adj. small-faced, (mod. sma-leitr), Fms. viii. 321. litil-liga, adv. little,
in a small degree, Gisl. 44, Fms. ii. 65. litil-ligr, adj. small. litil-
Isekka, a6, to bumble ; 1. sjalfan sig, to humble oneself. litil-lseta, t ;
1. sik, to humble oneself, condescend, Fms. x. 232, Fs. 52 : reflex., Stj. 33.
litil-lseti, n. humility, condescension. Germ, demuth, Sks. 708, Orkn.
138, Fms. i. 147, Hom. 134, Greg. 29, Grett. 161 A, Fs. 53, Lil. 25,
Mar. passim. litil-magni, a, m. a poor weak person, opp. to one
strong and mighty, Stj. 652, Fms. ii. 182, Thom., Barl. 55. litil-
maunliga, adv. in an unmanly, paltry manner, Fs. iii, Nj. 210, 229,
Eb. 160. litil-mannligr, adj. ' mannikin-lilie,' unmanly, low, mean, Eb.
12, Nj. 229, Ld. 170, Eg. 407. litil-menni, n. a mannikin, small,
mean person, Ld. 10, Nj. 248, Fs. 56, Band. 24 new Ed. : one of low con-
ditioti, Fms. vii. 183. litil-mennska, u, f. paltriness, meanness, Eb.
170, Hkr. ii. 35. litil-mdtliga, adv. in an immanly manner, Nj.
229, v.l. litil-motligr, adj. small, insignificant, vile, Fs. 63, f>jal.
23. Iltil-rae3i, n. smallness of estate, opp. to greatness; mi munu
v^r aetla oss hof eptir varu litilraeSi, Fagrsk. 134: degradation, en henni
J)6tti ser 1. 1 {jvi at sma-konungar ba9u hennar, Fms. vi. 30, x. 283, Al.
133, Karl. 76: a trifle, Al. 153, Finnb. 330. litil-sigldr, part.,
metaph. from sails, carrying little sail, feeble, timid. Iftil-skeyta,
u, f. a nickname, Sturl. Iitil-trua3r, part, of little faith, N. T.
litil-vsegligr, adj. = litilvsegr, Hkr. ii. 234. litil-vsegr, adj. of little
weight, moment. litil-yrkr, adj. ' little-working,' clumsy, Nj. 19.
litil-J)8egr, adj. content with little, Lv. 76, f)orst. hv. 41 : easily offended
(l)aegja = to offend), Fb. iii. 422.
litt, as adv. little; ok laerSr heldr litt, a little scholar, (5. H. 144; ek
kann litt til laga, I know but little of the law, Nj. 31 ; hann nam litt sta6
(made a little stand) ok hvarf ^egar, Fms. vi. 60. 2. wretchedly,
J)oorly; litt ertii staddr, eSa viltii ^iggja lif at mer, Fb. i. 565 ; ok kvedr
J)a litt vera komna, Faer. 235 ; fe J)at er litt var komit a skulda-stoSum,
pioney badly invested, 241 ; em ek litt leikinn, Am. 88 ; Ragnhildr la a
golfi ok skyldi ver8a lettari ok var all-litt haldin, Fb. ii. 263.
litt-at, litt-J)at, adv. a little, a bit, a little way or while; hann
hraer6i hofuSit litt{)at, Bs. i; mi ver&r at vikja littpat til J)ess, 197;
sep {)u eptir StarkaSi littat, Fb. i. 417 ; hann lykr upp hurSunni littat,
Fbr. II new Ed ; ok skeindisk hann po littat, Bjarn. 49 ; liittu mi at mer
littat, Fms. xi. 102 ; tekr hann fingr hennar ok kreistir littat, f>i8r. 134;
at bl65-refillinn bans Vagns kxmi vi6 mik i gaer litta9, Fms. xi. 144;
mxlti Gisli, at Jjeir skyldi bi6a littat, Gisl. 157 ; en konungrinn hvak
undan litt{)at, the king drew back a little, Fms. x. 383 ; ^er skulut mi bi6a
littat, Mork. 183 ; ^a er littat linaSi elinu, Fms. xi. 136 ; ytti hann fra
landi littat, 656 C. 2. II. litinn J)ann = littat ; ok brosti at litinn
J)ann, and smiled a little, Fb. ii. 78.
LJA, pres. le, ler, mod. Ija3, Ijger, pi. Ijam ; pret. leSi ; pres. subj. U
(Blanda MS.), Ijai, Nj. 77, Gg. 11, and mod.: the part, l^nir (pi.), Fms.
viii. (pref. xxv), is a relic of a lost strong inflexion ; in mod. usage leSr ;
imperat. 1^, 656 C. 35 ; mod. Ija or lja6u : [Ulf. leiwan, a redupl. strong
verh = 5avfi(eiv, Matth. v. 42, Luke vi. 34; A. S. and O. H.G. lihan ;
Germ, leihen; cp. Icel. Ian, lana, len] : — to lend, with gen. of the thing,
dat. of the person, but later with ace. of the thing ; muntii mer, Freyja,
fja&rhams Ija? f)kv. 3 ; OSinn le3i Dag (dat.) geirs sins, Saem. 1 14; ok
Ijai (subj., better le) J)er ae friSdrjiigrar farar, Gg. II ; mi hjalpi oss Gu&,
ok le oss toms at baeta syndir varar, Blanda (MS.) ; hon le6i honum
megin-gjar&a ok jarngreipa, Edda 60 (Cod. Worm.) ; J)a le6i hann fjor-
gesti setstokka (gen. pi.), Landn. 104 ; ef menu Ija giingu-monnum fjar
sins, Grag. i. 262; Ija 69rum marks, ii. 304; Ija ambattar, id.; ef maSr
ler manni skips, 394; Jieir 169u honum hesta (gen. pi.), Ld. 136; sa er
skyldr at Ija skips er be9inn er, K. J). K. 8; le J)u mer hofuSdiiks J)ins,
Post. 656, I.e.; at J)u Ijair mer tomstundar, Nj. 77; Ingimundr ler
J)eim Stiganda (gen.?), Fs. 30. 2. metaph. to grant, allow; J)eir
Ija honum lifs, en engrar annarrar miskunnar, Hom. 119; er mi ler hann
vandum monnum at ganga yfir oss, Fms. vii. 262 ; {)eim var grunr a, at
J)6 mundi hafSir, J)6tt eigi vaeri lenir, viii. (pref. xxv) ; en annarr hafi le9,
Grag. i. 437 ; peir ba6u ser skips, J)eim var 1^6 ^egar, Nj. 20 ; hann kva9sk
hafa le9 honum en eigi gefit, Eb. 1 68. 3. later, with ace. of the
thing, and so in mod. usage; ef hann vill sik til J)ess lja„ Hkr. i. 212 ;
hann Ur sitt g65a a frest, H.E. i. 519; sem Gu8 laeir (i.e. ler) hom
framast vit til, Js. 5, Fms. vi. 144, viii. 71, Karl. 247, Gisl. 19; ha
l^r J)eim hestana, id. II. impers., ^at ma vera \)ct Ijai J),
hugar at hverfa aptr, may be thou art minded to return, f)orst. Si&u
176; ef J)^r ler tveggja huga um Jietta mal, if you are of two mi?,
in this matter. Odd. 112 new Ed. ; ok ler mer J)ess hugar, I ween, Fr
xi. 96 (emend, for hlaer mer hugr). III. reflex. Ijask, to le[
oneself to a thing, G^\. 216.
L JA, f. [le ; East Angl. /ay], the mown grass in a field ; kona hans rafc,
Ija eptir honum, ok bar reifa-barn a baki ser, Bs. i. 666 ; Storolfr sei
gri9konur sinar at raka Ijana eptir Ormi, Fb. i. 522, freq. in mi
usage. #11. Lja, the name of a river in western Iceland, whra
Ljdlr-skogar, m. pi., Landn., but this local name is prob. of Gai
origin, cp. Engl. Lea, Lee.
Ijdr, m., gen. Ijas, a scythe; see le. compds: Ij^-dengsla, u
the whetting of scythes. ljd.-far, n. the single sweep of a scythe. \
mils, f. a ' scythe-mouse,' a slice of sod cut with the scythe in mowi.
ljd,-orfj n. a scythe-handle, Isl. ii. 329.
LJOD, n., esp. in pi. ; the spelling with h in Hyndlu-hliod, Fb. i. 11, i
hljoSum, Fs. 94, note 4 , is wrong and due to some transcriber who confoua
it with hlj69 (q. v.), which is a different root word, cp.the alliteration on
Hm. 163, 164; [\]\f. Hup in ajvi-liup and liupon; A.S./eo"5; OldEngl.Z.
O. H. G. Hod; Germ, lied^ : — a lay, song : I. sing, a ditty; .
lengr en gaukrinn t)ag8i, e6r lj65 matti kve9a, Edda 79, cp. Ed. Ai
Magn. i. 376, note 14 ; e9a lengr en sva lj69 eitt kve9ak, Gs. 7 ; J)4 k
J)ursinn af bjargi annat lj66. Fas. ii. 29 ; ok \>a. var5 henni lj6& a ran:
507 ; var9 henni ^a lj69 a munni, Fb. i. 525. II. plur. sm
lays; in Hm. it is used of charms or spells, as also in Yngl. S. ch. 7 — h
kunni J)au lj66, at upp lauksk fyrir honum j6r6in ok bjorg ok steii
allar Jiessar ij)r6ttir kenndi hann meS ninum ok lj66um, id. ; ham;
hofgoQar hans heita Ij66a-smi6ir (' lay-smith') J)viat sii ifjrott (i.e. pee
hofsk me9 ^eim a NorSrlondum, Yngl. S. ch. 6 ; so also, fullr er b
lj69a ok likn-stafa,/«// of charms and healing staves, Sdm. 5 ; lj63 ek
kann, Hm. 147, 163, 164 : the saying, fram koma lju9 J)au longu 1
sungin, Bs. i. 766 : in names of poems, Hyndlu-lj65, Harbar9s-lj66, S
97 (Bugge note) ; S61ar-lj6& : used of the lays in the Strengleikar, ci
Lj63a-b6k, f. a book of lays, Str. i : lj63a-h.d,ttr, m. a kind of »i
such as the Havamal ; the inscription to Edda (Ht.) 100 is by R;
but lj63s-hattr occurs at the beginning of the Hattatal of earl Ri
vald : Ij63a-t61, n. pi. instruments, Str. 37.
Ijoda, a&, [Ulf. liupon = ipd\\fiv, Rom. xv. 9, and liupareis = u ^8c
— to make verses, sing ; J)essi ma9r lj69ar a oss {addressed us in ve
ok kva6, Fb. i. 351 ; ]?at vaeri vel J)6ttii aettir annat at vinna en lj68a
J)xr Baldrshaga-meyjar, Fas. ii. 73 ; ok Ij66a5i sva noktr sin spadt
frae8i allan ^ann dag, Stj. 471. i Sam. xix. 24 : — recipr., Fas. i. 333.
Ij63an, f. singing, verse-making ; vaknat hefi ek vi8 1. J)essa, Hem. (
lj63-biskup (and 1^3-biskup, Symb. 22), m. [from A. S. /eo'S-fcys
a word adopted from England through Christianity, and derived ;
A. S. le6'^=people and byscop'\: — a suffragan bishop, originally
of missionary bishops who preached the gospel among the ' geni
{gentes = leo^ ; Old Engl, lewd people), Bs. i. 690, Fms. ix. 278,
364, Sks. 368, Hkr. iii. 362, Fms. vii. 240, H.E. i. 420, passim.
Ij63-frama3r, m. a princely person. Ad. 4.
Ij63-fyllandi, f. the alliterative sub-letters (else stu8Iar) ; tveir
fyllendr vi6 hofuSstaf, Edda 138; hofu5stafr ok fylgir J)eim einn
fyllandi, 141.
Ij63-fylling, f. (spelt hljoSfylling, but erroneously), the alliterati
the sub-letters, Edda (Ht.) 13 1 ; J)ar er ok skothending ok ein lj6S^
vi8 hofuSstafinn, Edda.
Ij63-lieiniar, m. pi. the people's abode, the world, Gg. 2.
lj63-horn, n. a tru??ipet{?), a nickname, Fb. iii.
Ij63i, a, m. [ly'8r] ; alfa lj68i, the elf-man, of Volund, Vkv. 10.
Ij63-niegir, m. pi. 7nen, people, Hkm.
Ij63-in8eli, n. pi. poems, a collection of poems.
Ij63-pundari, a, m. the ' song-pounder,' poet, the tongue, Stor, I
metaphor taken from the tongue of a balance.
Ij63r, m. = ly'9r, Edda (Gl.), Hm. 134; see ly6r.
Ij63r, m., a-lj65r, Ld. 30, a corruption for aljotr, q. v.
Ij63-stafir, m. pi. the ' lay-staves,' alliterative letters, freq. in
usage, although the word is not found in old writers ; lj68stafr is
distinguished from hlj68stafr = a vowel.
Ij63-s6ngr, m. a song, Str. 2.
Ij63-aeska, u, f. = lySska, peculiarity, habits, Edda 1 10 : gramm. 1
Islenzk IjoSeiska, Rb. 4, Fas. iii. 58.
Ijoma, a8, \_A.S. leoman; Engl, loom"], to gleam, shine, used in$<
old writers; vi8a Ij6ma6i af, er morgun-solin skein a J)au hin agxta 1
Fms. i. 147 ; ok hversu Ijomar af J)eim dyrum klaeSum, Al. 75
IjomaSi vi3a af a sj.iinn er solin skein a, Fms. ii. 303 ; af hennar gi
Ijomar innan alia myrkvastofuna. Mar. 2. personal, in mod.
e. g. solin Ijomar, dagr Ijomar, the day breaks ; Ljomar Ijos dagr, a hi
part. Ijomandi, shining, beaming ; Ijomandi fagr, beautiful.
LJOMI— LJOTR.
395
rdMI>a,in. [A.S. /eowa; Old Engl. /eme; Scot, and North.E.g--/oam- '
Hel. Homo; the Dan. lyn = lightning is a kindred word contracted
the Goth, lauhoma; cp. Scot, to learn] : — a beam, ray, radiance,
1. 15, 21; skinn sol a alia glerglugga, ok berr nii Ijomann
alia hcillina, fjiOr. 15, Mimi. 35 : freq. in mod. usage, dags-lj6mi,
heam, fyrst J)a dags-ljominn lysir, Pass. 15. 8; dyr5ar-lj6nii, 41.
II. a nickname, Fb. iii.
n, n. a lion ; see leon. Ij6ns-f6tr, Ij6ns-kl6, Ij6n8-lappi, all
n. names for Lady's mantle = alcbemilla.
OlTAB, ni. pi. an obsolete law term, daysmen or umpires; Ijonar
J>eir menn er ganga um saettir manna, Edda 107, Vsp. 14, "ix. 3 ; it
lins in Swed. local names, as L««-^o/)/n^ = Lj6na-kaupangr, and Jon-
', dropping the initial / according to the Swedish pronunciation.
iKI, a, m. [from Ijos ; Swed. liure ; Norse liore]: — a louvre or
ing in the roof oi ancient halls for the smoke to escape by, and also
dmitting light, as the walls of such dwellings had no windows ; falla
ropar inn um Ijora, Vsp. 44 ; hann komsk (it um lj6rann ok sva i
Hkr. i. 267 ; ef hiis verSr ielda i kaupangi, ok verSr eigi logi
m haeri, N.G. L. ii. 248; einn morgin koni hrafn a Ijora ok gall
Landn. 161 ; hann let sniia fjcil fyrir Ijorann sva at liti& op var a,
vi. 281. The men who kept watch used to sit by the louvre; sa er
i6rann sat ok vtirS h^lt, ix. 364 ; J)at var si&r hans, J)a hann drakk,
hi skyldi sitja vi& Ijora ok horfa i gegn veSri a drykkju-skala hans
ilda vor8. Fas. ii. 81.
68, n. [Dan. /ys; Swed.//«s; cp. Goth./Zwi/; A.S.leobt; Eng\. light;
I. licbt; Lat. lux] : — light ; i Ijosi, in light, opp. to i myrkri, Grag. i.
ok hefir J)at Ijos af solu, Rb. 108, passim; solar-ljos, sim-light ;
X]6s,day-light; stjornu-lj6s,s/ar-//^i&/,Lil.4o; ^tx\z-\']6&, candle-light :
aetaph., hreinhfis Ijos, spektar Ijos, Greg. 30, Post. ; Ijos heimsins,
rbt of the world, N.T., Pass.,Vidal. passim. 2. oilamp or torcb-
(Dan. lys), often in plur. ; me& brennandom Ijosom, Hm. 99 ; firju
log i skalanum . . . manns-hond kemr & hit J)ri6ja Ijosit, ok kaefir lj6sit,
39; t)ar brann Ijos, (3. H. 72; ]f)ar brann Ijos a kerti-stiku, Fb.
I ; |)eir {)6ttusk sja fjogur Ijos i hauginum brenna, Nj. 118; kom J)a
igr til ok l^t bera til Ijos, Eg. 216; hvert J)at ker e6a kerti sem Ijosit
|,Stj. 76 : kveykja, tendra Ijos, to make a light, Fs. 38, Sturl. iii. 182 ;
va Ijos, to blow it out ; but also, drepa Ij6si8, to ' kill' a light, i.e.
'nguisb it; skri8-lj6s, a lantern; gangi bniSgumi i Ijosi i sama
konu, Grag. i. 175, N. G. L. i. 48, referring to the custom of
mg the bridegroom with lights (torches) to the bridal bed ; if this
lOt done the marriage was unlawful. II. metaph., hafa i
bring to light, GJ)1. 546 ; lata i Ijos (Ijosi), to bring to light,
, manifest, Sks. 195, Fms. ii. 275, viii. 16; koma i Ijos, to come
bt, appear, Grag. i. 177. 2. metaph. the light of life; ferr
leLaatt or J)visa Ijosi til helvitis, Horn. 159 ; i J)visa Ijosi ok 68ru,
s life and the next, part of the ancient oath formula in the
iCourt, Grag. i. 74, Nj. 241. As this court was founded in 1004,
|hrce or four years after the introduction of Christianity, the phrase
of Christian origin ; the passage in Am. 85 (fara i Ijos annat,
'/ to the other light = to die) was prob. derived from the oath
[la floating before the mind of the poet ; poet, the eyes are called
a, ' cbeek-light,' Kormak ; briina Ijos, hvarma Ijos, Lex. Poet.
Ij6sa-skipti, n. pi. the' light-shift,' twilight ; i Ijosa-skiptunum.
■tijaki, a, m. [Dan. lyse-stage], a candlestick, chandelier. Ijosa-
. pi. snuffers. Ij6sa-verk, see below s. v. Ijoss.
u, f. [Lat. lucina], a nurse or foster-mother, who was usually a
"e also, freq. in mod. usage, also called Ij6s-m66ir, 'light-mother ;'
'sa min ! hiin Ij6sm65ir niin !
61£r, m. the Light Elves, opp. to the Dokk-alfar, the Dark Elves,
2.
bi&r, adj. light blue, D.N., freq. in mod. usage.
Ibleikr, ad]. pale, fawn-coloured, of a horse, Grett. 75, 157 new Ed.
Ibruni, a, m. the burning of a light, 623. 51.
Bngill, m. angel of light, Pd.
Byg3r, adj. light-eyed.
pari, a, m., poet, the ether, sky, Edda (Gl.)
P, adj. Ught-hued, "^t.
erSr, part, light-haired, Stj. 81, Sturl. iii. I12 C.
larpr, adj. light chestnut, Fms. v. 238, ix. 535, Hkr. i. 320.
|S, u, f. a chestnut mare.
£er, n. a lantern, Stj. 394, 544, 565, Rb. 378, 380, Vm. 7, Pr.
»• 375. Bret. 118, Mar.
a, m. brightness, Fms. x. 169, Hkr. i. 72.
5a, adv. clearly, plainly, Skalda 168, Odd. 107 new Ed.
r, adj. clear, plain.
ItaSr, part. Ught-hued, Nj. 29, Eb. 42, Fms. ii. 20, vii. 321.
l6dir, f. a ' light-mother,' — \]6s<l, q. v.
JS, adj., compar. Ijosari, superl. Ijosastr; gen. fem. sing. Ij6ssar,
mod. Ijosrar ; dat. fem. sing. Ijossi, Korm. (in a verse), mod.
Igen. pl. Ijossa, mod. Ijosra : — light, bright, shining ; Ijoss ok fagr,
1; Ijoss dagr, a bright day, Sol. 12 ; ganga Ijosum logum (allit.),
with' light lowes,' bright lights ; um morguninn eptir er Ijost var, Hkr. i.6i;
gera Ijost, to dawn, Anal. 228 ; ver8a lj6st, to grow light, dawn, Fms. ix.
21, Eg. 219 : of metals, Ijosa exi.n bright shining axe, Ld. 376; Ijosan lu,
a bright scythe, Fsm. ; Ijosir aurar, the bright gold, Sol. 34 : of a light-coloured
horse, Ijoss hestr and Ly'singr, but the ancients said hvitr hestr: of hue,
Ijdss i andliti, Fms. ix. 535 ; liki ens Ijosa mans, Hm. 91 ; t>at Ijosa lik,
S61. 12; Icittu avalt Ijosar, the ' bright,' fair ones, i.e. the ladies. Am.
29; sinnar Ijossar kvanar, Vkv. 5: lj6s vara, light ' ware,' ermine. Eg.
69 : also of food, milk, and the like, whence lj6sa-verk, n. dairy work,
Nj. 185 ; cp. hvitr matr. II. metaph. clear, evident, plain; Ijost
er bo8or6 Droltins, Hom. 96 ; en hitt er Ijost, at . . ., Eg. 64 ; Egill segir
i fam ordum it Ijosasta um fer6 sina, 409 ; hann kvaftsk hafa spurt af
et lj6sasta um hans erendi, Ld. 1 76 ; maeli ek ^vi ^ettz sv4 lj6st, at ek
veit..., Nj. 102; kalladi hann J)d Ijost um malefni, Fms. vii. 141 : —
Ijoss em ek i J)vi, ek vii at...,/ am clear in that matter.. ., Isl. ii.
406; }3vi vii ek Ijosan gera mik, make a clean breast, Bs. i. 720:
clear, easy to see, understand, and the like. Ljosa-vatn, n. Light-
water, Bright-water, a local name, whence Lj68-vetiiingar, m. pl. the
men from L., Nj., Landn.
LJ(3STA, pres. ly'str, pl. Ijostum ; pret. laust, 2nd pers. laust, pl. lustu ;
subj. lysti; imperat. Ijost (|ji&r. 323), Ijostu (Kormak) ; part, lostinn : —
a weak pres. lystir, Grag. ii. 15, Rb. 356 ; a weak pret. lysti, {>d. 13 (listi
Ed.), Lv. 24, Post., see Lex. Poet. : — to strike, smite, hann hof upp knatt-
treit ok laust Grim, Eg. 189 ; ok laust hann sveininn me8 sprota, Nj. 16 ;
J)a reiddisk |)orvaldr ok laust hana i andliti6 sva at blaeddi, 18 ; ilia er
\>a, ef ek em J)j6fs-nautr, ok lystr hana kinnhest, 75 ; J)a, skal ek mi, segir
hon, muna J)er kinnhestinn J)ann er J)u laust mik, I16, Fms. vii. 157;
hann laust vi6 eyra Sami, Sturl. iii. 123 ; hann laust milli her3anna Bergi
me& hjoltunum, Fs. 52 ; mun J)ess goldit vera, at J)u lystir mik sakiausan,
Post. ; en J)at er JokuU br66ir minn laust J)ik hogg, Jjat skaltu hafa bota-
laust, Fs. 57, Sturl. iii. 26 ; heldr en J)eir lysti a stokk e&a stein, Fms.
vii. 227 ; Ijosta d dyrr, Finnb. ; or Ijosta hogg a dyrr, Fs. 131 ; ok laust
i hofu5 mer sva mikit hogg, at haussinn lamftisk, Fms. ii. 188, Bs. i.
335 ; laust hann selinn i svima, 342 ; segja menn at hann lysti (subj.) af
honum h6fu8it, Edda 36 ; lystr ofan a mi&jan hvirfil . . . reiSir {)a hamarinn
af ollu afli ok lystr a J)unn-vangann, 30 ; lystr i hofu6 honum, 29 ; ef
ma6r lystir mann sva at blatt e3r rautt ver5r eptir, Grdg. ii. 15 ; slikt er
J)6tt knifi s^ lostiS e6a spyrnt, 16; hann lysti horninu i hofu8 honum,
Lv. 24; Rutr laust vinstri hendi utan a hl^r oxinni, Nj. 28; Egill laust
skildinum vi& kesjunni, Eg. 378 ; ok lystr vi8 atgeirinum, Nj. : of a gale,
en er J)eir komu i Veggja8ar-sund, lustu J)a ve6r, Fms. ix. 21. II.
to hit, strike, with a spear or the like ; hann var lostinn manns-hof&i 1
gognum, Edda 55 ; J)a var Kmitr lostinn oru til bana, Fms. i. 118;
fjjostolfr skaut broddi, ok laust {and hit him) undir kverkina, sva at yddi
lit um hnakkann, vii. 21 1 ; ma8r skaut or or flokki Hakonar ok laust
undir kverkina, 273; hann lystir dyr meS hornum s^r til matar, Rb.
356 ; lostinn {struck) af fjdnda, 623. 23 : [hence the mod. Norse ljostre =
to spear or strike salmon with a fish-spear; cp. Ijostr.] III.
the phrases, lj6sta drum i sjo, ok roa sem dkafast, to dash the oars into
the sea, of the first stroke of the oars, Gisl. 61, Fms. viii. 144 ; og lustu
drum hinn grda sae, Od. (in Dr. Egilsson's version) : Ijcista eldi i, to put
fire to; baru d vi8 ok nsefrar ok halm ok lustu J)ar i eldi, Fms. ix. 44 :
Ijosta upp herdpi, to raise the war cry, vii. 260, 264, Eg. 88 : metaph.,
Ijosta e-u upp, to spread a rumour, Fms. x. 1 20 ; Ijosta upp kvitt, Nj. 107 ;
Ijosta e-u vi6, to put forth, bring up as a pretext, Nj. 99 : to pick, naefrar
skal hann eigi Ijosta til solu, N. G. L. i. 39 (ii. 138). IV. impers.,
of a sudden gust of wind, tempest, fire, it blows up of a sudden; J)a
laust d moti J)eim utnyr6ingi steinoSum, 656 C. 21 ; ok Idta opna, til
J)ess at J)ar lysti i vindi, Fms. xi. 34 ; ok si6an l3^str a illvi&ri fyrir J)eim,
51 ; er elinu laust d, ok meSan J)at helzk, 136; laust i moti J)eim sva
miklu fdrvi6ri, . . . laust vindi i moti J)eim, GuUJ). 6, 8 ; Jjviat myrkri
laust yfir allt, Jjorst. Si8u H. 10 ; |)d laust eldinum af fuglunum i {lekjuna,
the thatch caught fire, Fms. vi. 153; J)d laust i verkjum, he was taken
with sudden pains, viii. 339 ; {id laust hraeSslu 1 hug J)eim, they were
panic-stricken, 43 : of a battle, fight, e-m ly'str saman, to come to
blows, pitched fight ; laust saman me& J)eim snarpri sokn. Odd. 117
new Ed. ; ok lystr J)egar i bardaga me6 {jeim brae&rum, Fms. xi. 15 ;
ok laust 1 bardaga me5 J)eim, Nj. 127; ok er saman laust lidinu, when
they catne to close fighting, Korm. 170, Fms. viii. 38, Stj. 604; mi lystr
J)eim saman, Isl. ii. 364. V. recipr., Ijostask, to come to blows;
ef {)raelar manna Ijostask, Grdg. ii. 155.
lj6a-to]lr, m. a lighting tax, a fee to a church for lighting, H. E. ii. 223.
Ijostr, m., the r is radical, [Scot, leister; Ivar Aasen Ijoster; Swed.
Ijustra ; Scot, leister ; cp. the description in Scott's Guy Mannering] : —
a salmon-spear, Pr. 454 : metaph. in upp-ljostr.
Ij6t-leikr, m. (-leiki, a, m.), ugliness, Stj. 201, 309, 319.
Ij6t-liga, adv. in an ugly manner, K. A. 28, H.E. i. 467.
Ijot-ligr, adj. ugly, hideous, Sks. 528, Al. 87, Fb. i. 497.
Ij6t-liina3r, part, with misshapen limbs, ugly, Fb. iii. 416.
LJOTR, adj., Ijotari, Ijotastr, [cp. Dan. lyde], ugly, hideous, misshapen,
J of the body; fjorarinn varallra manna Ijotastr, hann haf5i hendr miklar
396
LJOTVAXINN— LOFA.
ok Ijotar . . . J)at er manns fotr, sa er ek hygg, at engi skal h^r i kaup-
staftnum Ijotari vera ... at eigi muni fast jafnljotr fotr ... ok er J)essi
\>vi Ijotari, at her er ef en mesta tain, 6. H. 74, 75 ; Grimr var svartr ma&r
ok Ijotr, Eg. 3; en fleiri voru Myramenn manna Ijotastir, 771! ^^ hann
mundi ver6a Ijotr ok likr fe5r sinum, svartr a hars-lit, 147, 459 (the
verse) ; mikill vexti ok Ijotr, Fms. vi. 200 ; |)at aetla ek at eigi faeSisk
upp Ijotari ma8r en l)u crt, 207 ; Ijotari ok lei6iligri, ii. 137 ; J)enna kys
ek, fatt mun Ijott a Baldri, Edda 46 ; hann var mikill ma&r ok sterkr,
Ijotr ok hljo91yndr, Eb. 42. II. metaph. bad, sore, hideous; et
lj6ta lif, Ls. 4; se J)ar Ijotan harm, fa6ir, what a shame! Edda 58; Ijotar
syndir, Bs. i. 319; Ijotr i si6fer6i, Mar.; Ijotastar sakir, ran ok stuldir,
Sks. 664. III. in pr. names, Ljotr, Iij6t-61fr; of women, Ljot,
Ljotunn, Landn. ; and as the latter part, Arn-ljotr, {>6r-lj6tr, id., Fb. iii.
Ijot-vaxinn, part, misshapen, Hallfred.
Ijuf-fengr, adj. siveet, agreeable, of a dish.
Ijiif-lega, adv. graciously.
Ijuflingr, m. [Germ, liebling'], a ' loveling,' an elf, fairy, freq. in mod.
usage, Maurer's Volks. compds : Ijuflings-lag, n. the fairy metre, the
mod. name of a metre like the old kvi9u-hattr. Ijiiflings-mdil, n. pi. a
fairy song, Maurer's Volks.
Ijuf-lyndi, n. loveliness of mind. Pass.
Ijuf-menni, u. a meek, lovable person.
IjJtJFB,adj.,ljufari,ljufastr,[Ulf./!«6s = d7a7rj;Tos; A.S. leof; Old Engl.
lef; provinc. Engl, lief; O.H.G. Hub; Germ. lieb^. — dear, beloved; Gu6i
Ijiifir, acceptable to God, Horn. 159; allir vildu sva sitja ok standa sem honum
var Ijufast, Bs. i.(Laur. S.); littii a Ijixfan, Gkv. 1. 13; hinn Ijufi lavarSr,
Fms. v. 148, Fsm. 50; sinn Ijufa biianda, pibr. 308, 318; Ijiifa lavarS,
Fb. ii. 385: in addressing one, heyr minn Ijufi Irungr ! 329; ssell ok Ijiifr,
SigurSr minn, Ski&a R. 185 : in mod. usage as subst., Ijiifi, my love! or
Ijiifrinn minn ! 2. mild, gentle, kind; hann var Ijiifr ok litillatr vi6
alia, Bs. i. 76 ; and so in mod. usage, cp. Ijiifmenni. 3. allit., Ijiifr
ok lei5r, opt sparir lei9um pats hefir Ijiifum hugat, Hm. 39 ; Ijiifr ver6r
lei6r, ef lengi sitr annars fletjum a, 34; Ijiift ok leitt (mid. H. G. Hep
unde leit), nice and nasty, weal and woe, Fms. viii. 48, Orkn. 284;
at Ijiifu ok at leiSu, N. G. L. i. 50; gegna jafnt Ijiifu sem leiSu, 51;
Ijiift sem leitt, weal and woe, Js. 76. II. as a pr. name, Ljiifa,
whence Ljufu-sta3ir in western Iceland.
Ijuf-samligr, adj. lovely, sweet, Stj. 289.
Ijiif-svelgr, m. a sweetheart, fsl. ii. 256 (in a verse).
L JtJGA, pres. lyg, pi. Ijiiga ; pret. laug, 2nd pers. laugt, mod. laugst,
pi. lugu ; subj. lygi ; part, loginn ; a pret. 16 (qs. log) also occurs, Ver. 16,
Nj. 270, Lex. Poet.: [Ulf. liugan^xfjiv^iaOai; A.S. leogan; Engl, lie;
O. H. G. liugan ; Germ, lugen ; Swed. Ijuga ; Dan. lyve'] : — to lie, tell a
lie, J)etta hefir hann logit, Nj. 80 ; fyrir logna siik, Al. 26 ; J)6at hann lygi,
Finnb. 346; {)U ger5ir at ek laug, Horn. 154; drjiigr var Loptr at Ijiiga,
{>d. I ; ly'gr ^li mi. Am. 100. 2. with prep. ; Ijuga at e-m, to tell lies
to one; J)a mattu mi finna skjdtt her sonn dgemi, at eigi er logit at Ji^r,
Edda 19, Karl. 180, 399 ; hvi viltu svikja mik, at J)u lygr ae at mer, Stj.
416, Fms. vi. 257 (in a verse) : Ijviga a e-n, to lie about a person, slander;
ok er hon fekk j)at ekki J)a 16 h6n a hann, Ver. 16 : Ijiiga fra, to tell lies;
en um allir sagnir halladi hann mjok til, en 16 viSa fra, Nj. 270; ok sizt
s^ logit fra honum, and that what is told of him is true enough,
3^' II- to break an engagement, belie one's word, fail, absol.;
sva segir mer hugr um sem Brandr mun eigi Ijiiga stefnuna, B.
will not fail to come, Finnb. 348; pess er m6r van at ^eir Ijiigi holm-
stefnu. Fas. ii. 477; sa er vetki laug, who never failed, proved faithful.
Ad, 1 1 ; mundu vist vita at vetki lygr, it will not fail, Skv. I. 25 ; sjaldan
ly'gr en langa kor. Skald H. 7. 35 ; lygr skjoldrinn mi, now the shield proves
false, Fms. vii. 323, v. I.; Jpa var fri8r loginn, then was peace broken,
Hofu61. ; lugu J)a lindiskildimir at J)eim ok dug9u eigi fyrir kesjum Birki-
beina, Fms. viii. 413, v. I.; Ijiigandi hogg, sham blows, takijig no effect,
Sks. 382 ; telja a sik Ijiiganda lof, to give lying praise to oneself , false
boasting. Art. ; Ijiiga hoggin J)in, langi Loptr ! thy blows are a make-
believe, Safn i. 55. 2. with ace. to belie, break, fail in; hel
16 sumum freisi (ace), death cheated {bereft) some of their freedom,
Fagrsk. (in a verse) ; Sigurdr hefir logna (has broken) alia ei6a, Bkv.
3. III. reflex, to fail, miss; {)viat eigi mun y&r eptirforin
Ijfigask, Isl. ii. 347 ; eigi mun vi6 Ijiigask at hann Bar9i er kominn, 356 ;
hefir y6r })at sjaldan logizt {it has seldom proved false) er ek sagdi {)a er
varir fundir hafa at borit, Fms. viii. 134; en ef J)u leitar eptir vexti
s61ar, J)a faer {)at varia sva gloggt sagt, at t)at Ijiigisk hvergi, Sks. 57 : —
with prepp., eigi ma ek J)at vita, at n6 eitt siun hafi jafnmjok logizk 1
um fylgdina mina, I know not that my help has ever before proved such a
failure, Fms. vi. 248. 2. part, loginn ; at ver f61agar sem Jjessu mali
lognir, that we are falsely charged with this case, Fms. iv. 310. 3.
recipr., Ijiigask a, to belie oneself; en ef maSr I^gsk sari a, if a man
pretends falsely to be wounded; fyrir J)vi at hann 16sk (locsc MS.) ollum
goad6ms krapti a, Horn. (St.)
Ijugari, a, m. a liar. Art.
Ijug-ei3r, m. a false oath, perjury. Post. 645. 77, 656 A. 16.
Ijtig-fengi', m. some part of a sword, Edda (Gl.)
I
ljug-fr63r, adj. untruthful, inaccurate, AI. 25, (6-ljugfr66r.)
IJu^S-gogHj n- pl./a/'Se evidences, Grag. i. 117.
Ijiig-heitr, adj./a/se to one's word, Bs. i. 515, (ii-lj(igheitr.)
Ijug-kvi6r, m. a fake verdict, kviSr (q. v.), Grag. i. 53, 130, Nj.ftt
ljug-ord, n. lying, mendacity. Lex. Poist.
Ijiigr, m. a liar, in compds; va-ljugr, q.v.
Ijug-sp^r, z&]. false-speaking, prophesying falsely, Fms. x. 468
ljug-vdttr, m. a false witness, perjurer, Horn.
Ijiig-vitni, n. false witness, perjury, Fms. vi. 195, Nj. 150, Bs. i. 661
Th. 10.
Ijug-vsetti, n. = ljugvitni, Grag. i. 44.
Ijiig-yrSi, n. a falsehood, lie, Sks. 339.
Ijiika, see luka.
LODA, pres. lo6i ; pret. loddi ; part. lo3at ; but the part. adj. loftji
points to a lost strong verb : — to cleave to, cling fast, stick, the origm
notion being of a shaggy, hairy thing ; J)at er li9um lo5ir saman, N.G.I
i. 345 ; en t^egar er nokkurr ma6r atti samlag vi6 konu iniian borgs
{)u loddu J)au saman sem hundar, Fms. xi. 385 ; lat hella silfr i hoti
J)er ok haf slikt sem i harinu lo6ir, vi. 375 ; h6n loddi ok limdisk v
hendrnar, Stj. 292 ; hold loSir y6r i kI6m, Hornklofi ; loddi ra vi6ram;
reimuS Jotun-heima, Haustl.; en sva loddi honum J)at vel i eyrum, at..
Bs. i. 163 ; Riitr hj6 me5 hsegri hendi a fot |)j6st6lfi fyrir ofan kn6it|-
at litlu loddi vi6, i. e. cut the leg nearly off, so that it hung by
shred, Nj. 28; i J)vi hj6 Eyjolfr a {jumal-fingrinn a honum, ok lod
koggullinn a sinunum, Lv. 86; J)au drogusk um einn gullhring ...h
loddi a hringinum eptir magni, they pulled by a ring, and she clung to i
ring, i. e. did her best to hold it fast. Fas. iii. 387 ; lifit lo9ir varla 1 e-
Str. 56 : — with the notion of shagginess, J)a fundu J)eir at hann h-
flaerd einni, they found that be was all shaggy {clothed) with fain'
Clem. 24.
lo3-br6k, f. shaggy breek, the nickname of a mythical Danish ki;
Landn., Fas. i, Ragn. S. ch. I, 2.
lodda, u, f. a harlot (?), a word of abuse, Edda ii. 489.
loddari, a, m. [Engl. Zo/Zerer; O.H.G. lottir ; mid. H.G. Zoi
juggler, jester, tramp, a word of abuse, Konr. 42, |ji3r. 140,
loddara-skapr, m. the behaviour of a loddari.
loddi, a, m. a shaggy dog.
lo3-dukr, m. a rough, hairy kerchief, Edda ii. 494.
lo3i, a, m. [A. S. /o'Sa], a fur cloak, Gm. i, H6m. 17; lofti lao
Gkv. 2. 19.
lo3inn, part, shaggy, thick, of a fleece, as also of a field, crop of pa
loSin sem dy'r, AI. 171 ; loSin sem selr, Fb. ii. 26 ; Loppa me61o8aai
Isl. {)j66s. ; aer lo6nar ok lembdar, ewes in fleece and with lamb, Gi4g
502, Bs. i. 334, passim : of grass, tiinit var lislegit ok g6kk hestr
J)angat sem Io9nast var, Grett. 107 ; var ta6an sva lo9in, at..., Fin
340, Stj. 258, Fb. i. 522; a grasi {)6at lo5it vseri, Fms. ii. 278; \
lo6inn, very shaggy or thick, of grass. compds : lo3in-fingra,
hairy fingered, the nickname of an ogress, Edda (Gl.) Io3in-li0!
a, m. shaggy head, a nickname, Vapn. lo3in-kinni, a, m. il\:.
chin, a nickname. Fas. II. in pr. names, Ijo3inn, Fms. ; L
hSttr, Ijo3-niiindr, Landn.
lo3-k&pa, u, f. = lo&i, Grett. loi. Eg. 574, Orkn. 400, Fms. i.I||j
lo3-ni8eltr, adj. talking thick.
lo3na, u, f. a shaggy spot, thick crop. 2. a kind of herring, ch.
villosa.
lo3-61pa, u, f. a large fur dotiblet. Eg. 574, Mag. 63.
LOF, n. [A.S. and Old Engl, lof; Germ, lob] : — praise, good report;
kaupir ser i litlu lof, Hm. 51 ; lof ok liknstafi, 8 ; lof ok vit, 9 ; liknfa:
at lofi, 124; ok lagSi par mest lof til er honum {)6tti makligir,
33; h6n leit a um hri9, ok rseddi hvarki um lost n6 lof, Ld. 2
in plur., var lof. Mar. (655 xxxii. 3) ; opt byrju6 lof, Sighvat (1
iii. 13, in a verse). 2. a laudatory poem, encomium; her er ok
kallat skaldskapr, Edda 96 ; lof Sindra, Fms. iv. 13 (in a verse); v
J)ii fask i J)vi sem ^er er ekki lanat, at yrkja lof um mik, f
215. II. license, allowance, permission; ef konungr vill {
lof til gefa. Eg. 86 ; en er J)eir fengu lof til at maela vi5 hann, 0. H. i
konungr segir at hann mundi hvarki {)ar til leggja lof ne bann, Eg. .-
bidja lofs til e-s, to ask for leave, Grag. i. 38 :— allit., lof ok leyli.oi
mitt lof ok leyfi se til, 6. H. 99. 2. in plur. a law term, license, in |
allit. phrase, logum ok lofum ; J)eir (the legislative) skulu ra3a logon j
lofum, they have to rule laws and licenses, i. e. the legislature rests I
them, Grag. i. 4, passim ; at ^eir skulu rettir at ra6a fyrir liiguni ok I'
er sitja a mi6jum pollum, Nj. 150, v. I. compds : lofs-ord, n./r
Zaw J, Fms. x. 179, Bret. 16. lofs-tirr, m. fame, glory. '
LOFA, a3, imperat. Iofa8u, in popular pronunciation lofEa' ;
lom'mer ! lomm^r a3 fara ; [cp. leyfa ; both forms refer to a lost st ji
verb, ljiifa, lauf, lufu; A.S. lofian ; North. E. have; Germ. loben; .i
hue or hif] : I. to praise ; lofa konung ^enna sem t>*'
en lasta eigi aSra konunga, Fms. vi. 196: with gen. of the thin .
Gua ]p.is lofaSr, be God praised that . . ., viii. 219, Nj. 58, 109.
623.19. 11. to allow, permit ; lofa e-m e-t, Eg. 35> K- ^'
LOFAN— LOPPINN.
397
|ujij. 225, H.E. i. 491 ; lofa is in mod. usage the common word,
is obsolete.
tt, f. leave, permission, Hom. 144.
oligr, adj. laudable, Fms. x. 87, MS. 732. 13.
UT| m. the name of a dwarf, Vsp.
5i, a, m. the name of a mythical king, Edda : — lofdar, m. pi. men,
, Edda (Gl.), Yt., Lex. Poet.
ir&pa, u, f. an encomium, Landn. 283.
angr, m., potit. a king, prince, Hkv., Sighvat, passim : — in plur. the
en ofMtig Lof6i, Edda.
am, adj. praise-worthy, "?t.
jjarnligr, adj. laudatory, Fb. ii. 200.
I^rd, f. praise, Fbr. (in a verse), freq. in mod. eccl. usage, Vidal. :
ip, praise, Bs. ii. 157.
mugginn, part, 'praise-bereft,' wicked, Hallfred.
cenndr, part, glorious. Lex. Poet.
CTSedi, n. an encotiiiurtt. Eg. 418, Fb. i. 214, ii. 306.
:6Btr, m. a 'pile of praise,' a pyratnid of praise, poet, a poem. Ad.
I, adv. gloriously.
', adj. praising ; loflig rae3a, a panegyric, Sktilda 197 ; loflig or6,
ten, Hkr. iii. 244: glorious, praiseworthy, Stj. 288, Bias. 47 ; i hans
lifi, Orkn. 160.
1, f. [akin to Engl, love], the name of the goddess of Love, Edda 21.
•rfl, n. leave, permission ; at engu lofor&i biskups-efnis, Bs. i. 475 ;
lofor6 til e-s, Fas. ii. 328. II. in mod. usage, a promise;
efha lofor6 sitt.
amliga, adv. gloriously, Fms. vi. 206.
gr, adj. glorious, Fms. i. 259, Stj. 32, 170, Bs. i. 38, ii. 3.
mifi, f. a?t encomium, Gd. 40.
pi, f. a glorious ' spae' or prophecy, 656 A. 19 (of the song of
').
tfrr, m. honour, glory ; see lof.
sla, u, f. esteem, fame, Str. 16.
all, adj. glorious, famous, Yt. 14, Hom. 107, Str. 19.
ingr, n. [Germ, lobgesang'], a song of praise, hymn, Hom. 142,
450, Fms. xi. 308, Rb. 396, freq. in mod. eccl. usage.
inga, u, f. a 'praise tongue,' soubriquet of a poet, Fms.
ardr, adj. praiseworthy, Fms. v. 100.
>n. [Old Engl., Scot., and North. E. /owe], aflame; Jieir gafu honum
j6k mikit ok log a, (5. H. 152 ; ef kerti er latid i vatnid, J)a er log
i,Rb. 352 ; hrse-log (q. v.), ignis fatuus. 2. esp. in plur. light
Stick); voru log upp dregin i stofunni, Sturl. iii. 182; J)rju voru
:41anum, Gisl. 29 ; J)a voru log kveykt i tjoldunum, Fb. ii. 128 ;
Kth ok stangir ok log, Hom. St. (John xviii. 3).
A, a6, [Old Engl, to lowe], burn with aflame; |)eim endanum er log-
238; loganda eldi-brand,Nj. 194; hyrr se ek brenna en haudr loga,
abrigbtlowe,Y{&\.j^%; ef ek sehdvansal loga, Hm. 153; loga lUa
IRnnb. 254 ; runnr, sa er Moyses sa loga ok eigi brenna, 655 viii.
til er borgin oil logaSi, Fms. vi. 154 ; Ij6si3 logar, the light lowes;
at & skiftum or J)ad ski&a-logar, the fire lowes brightly.
ilseda, dd, [laga], to flow profusely, of blood ; J)a9 loga-blae6ir.
dr, n. a firebrand, Fms. i. 29, 290, GullJ). 15, Bret. 18.
la, m. [Germ, lohe ; Dan. lue], a lowe, flame ; brenna loga (dat.),
B in a bright lowe, Gm. 29 ; brennandi logi, har logi, Hm. 84,
, Ls. 65 ; Surta-logi, the fla^ne of Surt, VJ)m. 50 ; fundu eigi
loginn st63 inn urn rsefrit. Eg. 239 ; sva var at sja i fjallit upp
loga saei, er ro8a8i af skjoldunum, Fms. viii. 210; reyk ok loga,
|2I ; J)a var enn logi a eldinum, there was still a lowe i?t the fire,
II. a pr. name ; of a mythical king, IiOgi, it. ; cp.
; Loga-dis, Logi's sister, id.
", n. [Scot, and North. E. lojm = calm ; Swed. hign ; ^Ivar Aasen
■calm, tranquil, of weather. Aim. 23; logn vedrs, O.H. 36; i
ms. viii. 178; ok er J)eir reru i logni ok saekyrru, . . . er bo6i
fgni, Orkn. 164; datt ve3rit i logn, Bs. i. 834; hann hasta6i a
ok sjoinn, J)a var& logn mikit, Matth. viii. 26: plur., logn mikil,
8. coMPDs : logn-drifa, u, f. a drift of snow in a calm, Gisl.
[•b. 374. logn-r6tt, f., in the naut. phrase, liggja i lognrett,
'med on the sea. Fas. ii. 30. logn-snj6r, m. snow fallen in
n. [luka], a cover, lid of a chest, vessel ; hann stakk endanum i
|r sem lykillinn gekk at, Mag. i ; ok lok yfir kerinu, Eb. 196 ;
»iistur J)eirra st63u a skipum, en lyklar v<5ru settir i lokin, Fms.
Mag. 24, 78 ; kistu-lok, pott-lok : of a ship, a locker or bench
of a boat, mod. stafn-lok, gekk biskup fram i lokit, Bs. ii.
2. in plur. lockers ; fieir brutu upp hur&ir ok hirzlur, lok ok lasa,
II ; guUhringr hvarf fra husfreyju or lokum (out of the lockers) er
v6ru last, Bs. i. 329 ; i lasum e3a i lokum, N. G. L. i. 84 ; J)a
irra oheiliig vi3 broti, Jb. 424. ■ II. metaph. plur. an end,
cp. Germ, scbluss; {)at fylgir lj63a lokum, Hm. 164; lok
iS segja. Am. 35 ; fella lok a e-t, to bring to an end, Grag. i.
J til loka, id., Bs. i. 132 ; lifta undir lok, to end, die, perish, Nj.
156, Thom. ; lei&ar lok, journey's end, conclusion, Stj. 442; nest-lok,
aefi-lok, miila-lok, leiks-lok, q.y. m. adverb, loks, at last, finally,
Fms. xi. 45, 86, Fbr. 23 ; and til loks, id., Eluc. 73, Rb. 76, 366, Stj. 417,
fjorst. SiSu H. 9 ; loksins, adv. at last, finally, Bs. i. 443, Fbr. 23.
lok, n. [Ivar Aasen lok; Dan. laag], a kind oi fern or weed; in the
phrase, ganga sem lok yfir akr, to spread like weeds over afield ; menn hans
gengu sem lok yfir akra, Orkn. 4 ; geiiju l)eir einir yfir allt sem lok yfir
akra, Fbr. 24 new Ed. ; the mod. sem logi yfir akra is a corruption of
the old phrase.
loka, u, f. a lock (latch) ; hann rekr aptr hur» ok ixtr fyrir loku, Isl.
ii. 135, Fms. vi. 189 ; lokur ok slagbranda, iv. 299 ; loka var engi fyrir
hurSum, lata lokur fra hur&um, . . . Audr Isetr loku (lok MS., but loku
114, I.e.) fra hmbu, Gisl. 28-30, Fms. vi. 189, viii. 332, Eg. 601, Lv.
30 : the phrase, margr seilisk um hur8 til lokunnar, many a man reaches
far to catch what is near at band, (almost answering to the Lat. quod
petis hie est), Grett. 107 : prop, a peg, Jabel tok biiSar-nagla sinn efta loku,
ok hamar, Stj. 388, (Judges ii. 21, a nail of the tent.) II. a kind
of song, verses running on without division of strophes, lang-loka ; ur5ar-
lokur, a warlock song, a charm ; for a specimen of a langloka see Snot
72 (Ed. 1850). coMPDs: loku-gat, n. a hole for a latch. Fas.
iii. 536. loku-lindi, a, m. a belt with a lock, Bs. i. 337. loku-
T&n, n. a law. term, a 'lock-robbery,' burglary, GJ)1. 387. loku-sveinn,
m. a 'lock-boy,' porter, Bs. i. 849, Thom. 239. loku-J)ollr, m. a
beam in a weaver's loom, Bjorn.
LOKA, a6, [Engl, to lock], to lock, shut; hann gekk inn i hiisit ok
lokadi innan hur6ina, Fms. ii. 281 ; loka hus, Jjjal. lo: — in mod. usage
with dat., loka hurSu, dyrum.
lokarr, m., dat. lokri, [A. S. locer], a plane, a joiner's term; lokrar
tveir, Pm. 124 ; kirkjan a \)i]k lokra ok felli-stokk, 13 : metaph., frekr
get ek at J)eim pykki lokarr minn til fegjalda, I ween they will think my
plane cuts no thin shavings in the matter of fees, Fms. ii. 65 : poet., 66ar-
lokarr, omun-lokar, the ' voice-plane' = the tongue. Ad. 16, Edda 85 (in a
verse). lokar-spann, m. plane shavings, Fms. vi. 156, xi. 34, Edda
46, fjiSr. 20.
lok-hvila, u, f. a ' lock-bed,' a locked bed-closet, in ancient dwellings,
as a defence against night attacks, Sturl. ii. 217, Nj. 183, Eg. 603,
Fms. ii. 64, Fs. 72, 102 ; lokhvilu-J)il, the wainscot of a bed-closet, Sturl.
ii. 228.
Loki, a, m. [perh. akin to lokka], the evil giant-god of the Northern
mythol., see Edda passim, Vsp. 39. Ijoka-senna, u, f. the banter of
Loki, the name of an old poem : as a nickname, Landn. The name of
Loki is preserved in a few words, Ijoka-sj6dr, m., botan. rhinanthus crista
gain, Loki' s purse, the name for cockscomb or yellow rattle; and Loka-
sj63s-br63ir, m. bartsia alpina, Maurer's Volks. i: Loka-brenna, u, f.
fire, the 'blazing' ofLoki = Sirius, according to a statement of Finn Mag-
nusson: Loka-ra3 and Loka-lieilrseSi, n.pl.Lo^j's advice, i.e. ironical,
misanthropic advice, see Snot 192 ; cp. the Ditmarscher-liigen in Grimm's
Marchen : Loka-lykt, f. a close smell, as from an evil spirit haunting
the room, Isl. {jjuSs. ii. 556. II. as an appellative, a loop on a
thread, Dan. 'kurrepaa traaden;' opt er loki a nal{)rse6i, Hallgr.
IjOKKA, a5, [Shell, luck ; Germ, locken], to allure, entice, Am. 73,
Fms. viii. 23, Barl. 107, Edda 16, Hom. 108; lokka me3 bliftum orSum,
623. 12 ; lokka e-t af e-m, Fms. vi. 201 : to pull softly and by stealth,
hann lokkar pa, af henni menit, Fb. i. 276. II. [lokkr], reflex, lok-
kast, to fall in locks, of hair, Karl. 226.
lokka3r, part, with locks, Rb. 478.
lokkan, f. an allurement, Stj. 38, H.E. i. 490, Barl. 129.
lokkari, a, m. an allurer, MS. 4. 30.
LOKKR, m. [A.S., Engl., Germ., and Dan. lock], a lock of hair, Stj.
417, Fb. ii. 563, Fs. 5, Bret. 103, the word is not freq. with the ancients,
who used leppr (q. v.), which is now vulgar. lokka-madr, m. a man
with thick locks of hair, Sturl. i. 2f .
lok-lauss, adj. coverless, uncovered, Vm. 167, Dipl. v. 18.
lok-leysa or lok-lausa, u, f, ' without end,' nonsense, absurdity, Nj.
214, Sks. 620, Bias. 45, Orkn. 346 (of a promise not fulfilled), Fms. viii.
102, Karl. 50, passim; cp. endi-leysa.
lokna, ib, to drop; lata lokna ni6r mdl, Band. (MS.) 13.
lokr, m. [cp. loki H, and lykkja], a kind of texture; kyrtili hans var
lokr ofinn, en eigi sauma3r, Hom. St. (John xix. 23).
lok-rekkja, u, f. = lokhvila, Isl. ii. 262, Ld. 140, Nj. 35, Eg. 603,
Eb. 118, Gisl. 115. lokrekkju-golf, n. a locked bed-closet, Vkpn. 4,
Gisl. 115.
Lokrur, f. pi. ballads on Loki (in vellum).
loks and loksins, adv. at last, finally ; see lok.
lok-sveinn, m. = lokusveinn, Th. 8.
Ion, in the phrase, Ion ogr don, adv. incessantly. Snot.
lopi, a, m. carded wool drawn into a bank before being spun ; cp. lyppa :
medic, dropsical fiesh, hor-lopi, q.v.
loppa, u, f. [cp. lopp], a paw, band, (vulg.), Ski&a R. 125; J)vi ein loppan
fraus, Snot (of the ogress Gryia) : numbness of the bands from cold, (mod.)
loppinn, adj. with bands benumbed with cold.
398
LOFT— LOG.
LOPT, n.: 1. [Ulf. htftus^a.i\p\ A. S. lyft; Scot, and
Old Engl, lift; Engl, a-loft; O. H. G. and Germ. lvft\ the air,
Eluc. 19, Skalda 174: the air, atmosphere, the sky, heaven, lopt
vindlaust, Edda 4 ; skein sol, ok var litt a lopt komin, Ld. 36 ; sol
er d, g69u lopti, high in the sky, Bs. ii. ill; J)eir heyr6u klukku-
hlj65 i lopti6 upp, Fms. vi. 63, Hdl. 41, Vsp. 29: lopt var mikit
(a great height) til jar6ar at falla, Fb. ii. 389 : allit., lopt ok liigr,
Skni. 6; lysti af hondum hennar bse3i i lopt ok a log, Edda 22 ; renna
lopt ok log, 70 ; hvat manna sa er me5 gullhjalminn er ri3r lopt ok log,
segja at hann a fur6u go&an hest, 56 : — plur., urn {)ver loptin, Bret. 58 ;
hann skapa9i himin ok jor6 ok loptin, Edda; hann blaess eitri ok dreifir
lopt oil ok log, 41; loptin ne8ri, Lil. 27; loptin sungu, 34; hverfdr
utan um lopt 611, Fas. 2. adverb, phrases ; a lopt, aloft, into the sky;
hlaupa 1 lopt upp, to leap up into the air, Nj. 84 ; hefja e-t a lopt, to hold
up aloft, extol, Rom. 308, Bs. i. 284, Finnb. 296; breg3a a lopt, Eg. 123;
bera (faera) 4 lopt, to spread abroad, Fms. xi. 287, Fas. i. 363, Bs. i. 133,
Fs. 9 ; horfa, liggja i lopt upp (or upp i lopt), to lie face uppermost,
opp. to a grufu, Sturl. iii. 282 : a lopti, aloft in the air, on high, hovering;
taka spjotid a lopti, to catch a spear flying, Nj. 84; hann va sva
skjott me6 sver6i, at prjii J)6ttu a lopti at sja, 29, fjkv. 10. 3.
air, space; hann flaug um alia lasa ok gat hvergi lopt fundit sva at
hann msetti inn komask, Fb. i. 276. compds : lopt-hreeddr, adj.
giddy with looking down from aloft. lopt-megin, n. skill in
climbing, Fms. x. 314. lopt-inj63m, f. a kind of trick in wrestling,
cross-buttock. lopt-rfki, n. the realm of air, Greg. 16. lopt-
vsegi, n. ' air-weight,' poet. = the mouth, 1 or = the voice, Stor. I.
B. [Engl., Scot., and Dan. /q/lr], a loft, upper room, also of
houses built on piles (stafir), and thus lifted from the ground ; this
may well be the primitive sense, from which that of air, sky may
be derived through the notion that the heavens were a many-storied
ceiling, see the remarks s. v. himinn ; often used of the bedroom in old
dwellings ; en er fieir komu ^^pp a loptriSit sa J)eir at loptiS var opit, Eg.
236, Fms. ii. 5 ; J)u skalt liggja i lopti hja mer i nott ... ok Ixsti hon
J)egar loptinu innan, Nj. 6, 7 ; til lopts ^ess er Erlingr svaf i, 0. H. 116 ;
i annan enda hussins var lopt uppi a {ivertrjam . . . , foru J)eir Arnljotr upp
a lopti3 ok logSusk par til svefns, 153, Nj. 199 ; lopt J)at er J)ar er yfir
utidyrum, Eb.118; J)eir gengu til svefns ok upp i Iopti9, Fs. 85 ; Gunnarr
svaf i lopti einu i skalanum, Nj. 114 ; var Fjoini fylgt til herbergis 1 hit
naesta lopt, Hkr. i. 1 7 ; lopts dyrr, the loft doors, Sturl. ii. 94, Fas. iii. 500 ;
lopts gat, an opening in a floor, trap-door. II. a balcony ; {)eir
{>orbjorn vor3usk or lopti einu, Orkn. 443 ; hann var skotinn i lopti einu,
Fms. vii. 245 ; tok konungr ser herbergi i lopti einu, O. H. 105 : in mod.
usage of the ceilings or floors in many-storied houses. compds : lopt-
dyrr, n. pi. the doors to a lopt ; g^kk hann fram eptir svolunum ok til
annarra loptdura, Hkr. i. 1 7. lopt-eldr, m. lightning. lopt-gluggr,
m. the window of a lopt, Fms. vii. 245. lopt-lius, n. a ' loft-chamber,'
Fms. viii. 7, ix. 362, Stj. 204, 383. Judges iv. 23. lopt-li611, f. = lopt-
hus, Fms. X. 149. lopt-ri3, n. a staircase (outside the house) leading
up to the loft or upper storey, Eg. 236, Isl. ii. 367, Fms. iv. 169 (cp. O. H.
72), ix. 239. lopt-skemma, u, f. a 'loft-room,' a house built on
piles, Fms. i. 166. lopt-stofa, u, f. = loptskemma, Fms. viii. 13;
allr gar3rinn me3 undir-bu6uni, loptstofum, ok oUum klefum upp a
ba6ar siftur, Boldt 115. lopt-svalir, f. pi. a balcony, gallery, lattice,
Orkn. 74, Fms. vi. 270, 338, Stj. 606, (2 Kings i. 72, a lattice in his
upper chamber.)
lopta, a5, to lift ; \)zt loptar undir e-t, a thing is lifted, the air being
seen between it and the ground, f>6r3. 64 : in mod. usage, with dat. to
lift slightly from the ground, eg lopta Jjvi ekki, I cannot lift it, cannot
move it.
Iioptr, m. one of the names of Loki, Edda (Gl.), Jid. : for Lopt-ki, Ls.
19, see -gi (B). II. a pr. name, Landn.
lortr, m. filth, Lat. merda.
los, n. looseness, breaking up, Fms. xi. 340, Fas. iii. 29, Karl. 240
(breaking up of the ranks in battle).
liOSA, aa, [cp. lauss, referring to a lost strong verb, Ijiisa, laus, los-
inn] : — to loosen, make loose, Fms. ii. 146, Finnb. 332, D. I. i. 233 ; hann
losar til heyit niSri vi9 jorSina, Fb. i. 523. II, reflex, losask, to
get loose, 623. 26 ; losast vi9 e-t, to get rid of a thing.
losna, a3, to get loose, get free, Vsp. 50, Edda 41, Eg. 233, 298; J)a
rettusk fingrnir ok losnu6u (loosened the grasp) af me9al-kaflanum,
Grett. 154. 2. metaph., tok mi bardaginn at losna, the ranks began
to get loose, in battle, Sturl. iii. 66 ; tekr li& bans heldr at losna, Al. 141 :
losna i sundr, to dissolve, break up, split asunder, Fms. viii. 290, ix. 374,
Stj. 580, Hom. 83: to get free, 623. 22: sem J)au koma a mi6ja ana
losna faetr undir konunni, i. e. she slipped (cp. lauss a fotum), Bs. ii. 175 :
to part, leave a place, J)aetti mer bezt at losna^aSan eigi fyrr en . . ., Fms.
ii. 5; losna brott, id., Fb. ii. 194; a5r {)eir losni 6r heraSi, Ld. 276;
fannsk J)at a hvers or9um at nau5igr losnaSi, Eb. 280. II. reflex,
losnask, to get loose, Grett. 135 A.
lost, n. [Ijosta], a blow, stroke, N. G. L. i. 157.
lost-fagr, adj. so fair as to kindle lust, Hm. 92.
LiCSTI, a, m. [this word is, according to Grimm, derived i;
Ijosta, to smite, so that 'lust' prop, means smiting or being smiHt.
IJIL lustus = fmOv/jLia ; A.S.lyst; Engl., Germ., and Dan. /?^s?] :—,'.;
esp. carnal lust, Hom. 16, 25, Pr. 474, Barl. 37, Orkn. 160; likaii
losti, carnal lust, Magn. 466. compds: losta-fullr, adj. leu.}
lustful, Stj. 345. losta-girnd, f. lust, K. A. 104, Al. 87. I9M
liSr, m. membrum virile, Stj. 338. losta-samligr, adj. /eciiywl
Sks. 547. losta-semd and losta-semi, f. carnal lust, Stj. 105, Hotf
24, Sks. 528, Mar., Barl. 75. losta-synd, f. the sin of lust, Eluc. 45.
lostigr, adj. willing, ready, with all one's heart, opp. to nauJigj
Hkv. Hjorv. 42, Fms. ii. 148, O.H. 112, Fas. i. 135, Art. no,
lost-liga, adv. willingly, lustily, 673 A. 46.
lostuing, f. smiting ; in upp-lostning, a pretext. I
lost-verk, n. pi. a labour of love ; the phrase, lett eru lostverk (m&
l(5tt falla 1.), a labour of love falls light, Hom. (St.)
lost-eetr, adj. dainty, of a dish,
LOTA, u, f. a round, bout, continuous e^or/, without stopping to tai •-
breath, or pause, in a fight, races, or the like; voru g68 rig *^l* '
|)ar til er gengnar voru ellefu lotur, Rd. 299; si9an glima {k ' *'''
t)rjar lotur, Finnb. 318; gengr Ingolfs hestr betr i cillum lotui
Gliim. 356 ; J)essir menn gorSu sva harSa lotu, at hverr J)eirra he
fyrir sik mann eSa meirr. Fas. ii. 533 ; gengusk J)eir at fast, gori
langa lotu, ok fell Jokull a kne, Finnb. 328 ; en er eptir Steingrim
lotan, var f>4 veitt allh6r6 atsokn, en Steingrimr var&isk alldrenj
liga ok fell |)ar, Sturl. ii. 60 ; J)ykki ^6r eigi hord lota gengit hafa, mag;
53 ; t)6ttisk Teitrhafa haft hann aerit lengi i lotu, i. 148 (ItOtu C). I
lotum, adverb, by fits and starts; en lotum (from time to tim
horfSi hann a. Eg. 172, v. 1.; litr bans var stundum rau3r, en stundu
blar, en lotum var hann bleikr, Fas. ii. 285 ; hon reis upp or rekk
lotum, Bs. i. 353. The word still remains in the mod. phrase, i stry
lotu, in one start, without rest or breath ; hlaupa i einni stryklotu.
lotinn, part, stooping from age or illness ; lotinn i herdum, or herJ
lotinn. -.1
lot-ligr, adj. bent, worn, broken down. ifiU
lotning, f. [luta], prop, a 'louting,' reverence, veneration, Stj. 59 i:
Hkr. i. 6, freq. in mod. eccl. usage. 1
LO, f., pi. Iser (i. e. leer), 16a, u, f., Edda ii. 489, and in mod. usage: I
a sandpiper; for a pretty legend of the origin of this bird see 1 1
f)j63s. ii. I, 2 ; snemma loan litla i lopti blau dirrindi undir solu synj
Jonas ; vei3a smirla ok leer, Grag. ii. 346 ; heitir leer a leiru. Ska!
205, Edda (GI.) ; hei-16, (\.v. = sandpiper ; sand-16, id. 2. metap
a coward ; flySu J)eir undan, leer J)eir, the sandpipers, the hares! Eras.;
36. 16-J)r8Bll, m. ' sandpiper-thrall,' the dunlin or tringa cdpii j
Edda (Gl.), so called from its following in the wake of the sandpip
Fjolnir ix. 69, 70. II. = 163, q. v. ; 16 a klae3i ; hence af-16a. ;
threadbare.
Ij(5D, f. [the word is prob. akin to lo3inn], the crop or produce I
the land, as opp. to buildings or establishments, a law term ; 163 ok all f
averka, the crop and all produce, N, G. L. i. 240 ; J)a skal log fyrir I i : ::
festa, 154 ; ef 163 eda bu berr i erf3, 2x6 ; a landsdrottinn i lo&inni s i ii j.
mikit sem hiisit metzk, GJ)1. 330, 331, Jb. passim. In mod. usage 1 fjni
means the ground, esp. on which houses are built, but that this was i ^|
the true old sense is clear from the above passage, as is stated by I ]
Vidal., s.v. 163; cp. also 163-bruni, 163-torfa, below. II. L >jj,
lanugo, the shagginess of cloth, proncd. 16, qs. 163, hence af-16a, :i(g,
zf-lobn = threadbare : — 16 or 163 is also a flock of wool thrown awayi <n^,
walking or spinning; Bardr minn a Jokli, leggstu a {)6fi3 mitt, eg si i^iij,,
gefa J)er 16na og leppana i sk6na, a ditty. ' -'4,:.;
16da, u, f. at heat, of a dog (from lo3a saman).
163-bruni, a, m. burning of crop, N. G. L. i. 253 ; opp. to hiisbnin ; J.„,
163-torfa, u, f., prop, a ' crop-turf a sod with the grass on, a soft
slice of sod to keep the fire alive on the hearth during the night.
' gathering peat' oi \h& Scoitish.
LOFI, a, m., proncd. 16i, [Ulf. Ufa to render fAviaiia and />-
^eiv ; Scot. loof'\ : — the hollow of the band, palm, Sturl. i. 4^-
f>j69s. ii. 556, Fms. iii. 180; henni lagu J)rir fingr i lofa, Bs. i. 4
v. 1. ; stakk i I6fa s6r. Eg. 2 1 1 ; mun ek bera ]^zt i 16fa m^r niu fet, 1- 1
X. 251 ; klappa I6fa a hurd, Fb. iii. 583 ; klappar a dyr me3 lof^ •
Fkv. ; ok 16t brenna spanuna i I6fa ser, C H. 197, Post. 645. 60:—
phrases, hafa allan I6fa vi3, to strain every nerve, Al. 15 1 ; leg? '
karls, Isl. {>j69s. i. 28, Ski3a R. 1 14 (of a beggar's alms) ; t)ad er eW
16fana lagt, 'tis no easy matter ; klappa lof i 16fa, to clap bands in tru'i'h
leika a 16fum, to be borne on one's hands; en Leifr leikr 416fum, ok "
vir3ing sem konungs-barn mundi hafa, of a spoilt child, Sturl. 1. -•
Edda 88 (the verse). 2. a measure, handbreadth, 732 B. 5. --'
tak, n. a show of hands, a division by show of hands as in England : .'•
{)ykkja me3 lofataki, N. G. L. iii. 10; let hinn sami Rafn i Lo?'
hondum upp taka, ok gora meS 16fataki utiaga alia {)a menn, Bs. 1. 7'^^
16g, n. a wasting; leggjask i 16g, to be wasted, tised up, ■
409 ; hafa t)eir ofrefli sva at {)eir munu ekki oUu i log koma, tbey '
so great a multitude that they will be unable to make use 0/ it .-
LOGA— LUKA.
399
^aunut come to the end of it, Fms. viii. 117, v. 1. ; baka til 16gs, to
up all one's stores, N. G. L. i. 304.
QA, a6, to part with, but with the notion of waste, with dat. ;
eigi landinu, Glum. 335 ; me3an {)ii att gripina, . . . en {)& em ek
um ef ^d logar ^einj, 339; Glumr hefir mi logat J)eini hlutum,
ok spjoti, er Vigfiiss m6Sur-br65ir hans gaf honum, 389 ; er J)eir
baugnum logat, Korm. 218; loga londum, Landii. 261 ; ^essum
skaltu eigi loga, Faer. 104 ; at logat vseri go6or6unum. Stud. iii.
J)ar skal ma&r engu loga af ];)vi fe aSr virt se, Grag. i. 194 ; loga
afli, O. H. L. 19 ; daema gripinn aptr til kirkju ef ologat er, K. {j. K.
2t8, 222 : loga fyrir, to pay for, Gr4g. 2. to destroy ; loga
kill, slaughter, Grag. i. 426; loga (6 sinu z{,id.,u. 339, jb. 148.
itr, m. the name of the sub-teacher at the school of Holar.
a tramp, a term of abuse, Edda (Gl.), Bjarn. (in a verse),
Poet. 2. pefiis.
MB, m. [Shetl. looyti], the loon, ember-goose, columbus arcticus,
(GI.), Eggert Itin. ; metaph. from the cry of these birds, a cry, la-
lion; cp. bar-I6mr: in local names, Loma-gnupr, Nj. II.
ness; lomi beittr, Yt. ; ala 16m, Hallfred. compds : lom-bragS,
trick, Konr. 21. lom-gedr, adj. cunning, mean, Yt. lom-
6r, adj. vile, Haustl.
undx, m., pi. ir, [Ivar Aasen lemende and lomhund ; Swed. le^n-
the mtis lemmus, lemmer ; kvikendi {»au er locustae heita ok
kalla lomundi, Pr. 436, (the Iccl. writer has here confounded the
T with the locust.)
!T, n. [Ivar Aasen /o«], an inlet, sea-loch, Bar8. 166, Grag. ii. 354,
cp. the 'Ion' in DcigurSarnes in western Iceland: freq. in local
, L6n, L6ns-liei3r, Landn. lona-soley, f. a kind oi buttercup.
)i, a, m. a shaggy long-haired dog : botan., kua-lubbi, q. v.
ca, u, f. [a for. word, from Germ, gluck, but occurs in writers of the
century, e.g. Bar&. S., or even earlier], luck; {)6tti Jjorftr mikla
& hafa haft. Bard. 36 ; eigi mun J)(Sr silfr-fatt verSa til lukkunnar,
354 (from Arna-Magn. 132 fol.), SkiSa R. 50, 53, 57: freq. in
usage, 6-lukka, ill luck, Fms. v. 255. compds ; lukku-ligr,
Uga, adv.), lucky, happy. Fas. iii. 457 (paper MS.) lukku-maSr,
ucky man. Fas. i. 447.
, f. [Dan. higt'], a smell, D. N. ; see lykt.
II, a5, to smell ; luktandi, Sks. 201, (but not in Cod. B.)
!^ aft, to shut, with dat., Skalda 202 (in a verse).
,ad, to loll : lullari, a, m. a lubber, (slang, from the Engl, lollard.)
pres. lumi ; pret. lumdi (?) ; part. Iuma6 ; imperat. lumi : — to
losely, hold tight; luma af e-u, to yield up, lumi (imperat.) af
mn, ma6r, lend me the harpoon! Fbr. 86 new Ed., cp. Fb. ii.
a old writers only recorded in this instance: in mod. usage, Icel.
ma 4 e-u, to keep or hoard, of money, with a notion of stealth or
ss, hann lumir a penningum (of small savings), or hann lumadi
ri*|m3i?) a J)vi ; perh. Dan. lomme=pocket is a kindred word.
TiTTD, f. [Orm. Itind], the mind, temper, Edda (Gl.) ; var mi skipan
um lund hans, Hrafn. 24 ; vera mikillar lundar, to be of a proud
. ii. 3 ; ef hann fann J)at i lund sinni, Fb. iii. 247 ; etju-lund,
Isome wzmJ, Vellekla ; gildrar lundar, /)ro?/c?, Bs. ii. II; leika
lund, to have a mitid for, Al. 137; hugar-lund, fancy,
II. manner; adverb, phrases, nokkura lund (ace), in
mer, Hom. 55 ; somu lund, in the same way, Sks. 448 ; k allar
■' every way, Ni&rst. i ; a J)a lund, thus, Edda 47 ; a ymsar
. many ways, variously ; a marga lund, Edda 87 ; a J)essa lund,
r.ii. 22 ; hverja lund, in what way ? how? |)i6r. 337. compds:
far, n. temper, disposition, Rd. 255. lundar-lag, n. = lund-
ar, part, disposed, minded, Hom. 1 51.
!ii, n. temper, Sks. 686, Magn. 434, Karl. 339, Stj. 548.
Tli, n. = lunderni, Grett. 95.
69r, adj. good-tempered. Lex. Poet.
iBgr, zd]. gentle-minded, Fms. vi. 204.
)I, a, m. the puffin, alca arctica, Edda (Gl.), freq. in mod. usage ;
;i, Sturl. ii. 62 (in a verse) : a nickname, Bs. i.
. f. pi. the flesh along the back ; hrygg-lundir, q. v. : in animals
nside the back; whence luuda-baggi, a, m. a sausage made
■dir and some fat.
llr, adj. ill-tempered, Nj. 16, v. 1.
JR, m., gen. lundar, dat. lundi, lund, Fagrsk. ii ; [Dan. and
net]: — a grove, Skm. 39,41; hvera-lundr, Vsp. ; ok i lundi
in. 68 ; allr lundrinn umhverfis, Stj. 391 ; Jjorir bjo at Lundi,
'adi lundinn, Landn. 224; reyni-Iundr, Sturl. i. 5 ; einn fagr
;;1. 17? raSa einum steini ok litlum lund, Fagrsk. 11 : of a
taka vigfleka ok bera hann at lundi l)eim er st68 sunnan a
u Sturl. ii. 54. II. very freq. in Dan. and Swed. local
jundr, the archbishop's seat in Denmark (Sweden) : in Iceland,
Lundar, Lunda-reykir, Lundareykja-dalr, whence
-menn, Lundar-manna-goSorS, Landn., Sturl, : these places
inected with the worship of groves, cp. Landn. 1. c. : Lund also
occurs in local names in Northern England (the ancient Denelagu), as
Gilsland, and is a mark of Norse or Danish colonisation.
Lundiinir, f. pi. London ; i Lundiinum, in London : also Lundilna-
borg, passim : Lunduna-bryggja, London-bridge, 0. H.
Ivmd-^gr, adj. savage-tempered, Nj. (in a verse).
lung, n. [perh. from Welsh Hong], poet, a ship. Lex. Poet, passim.
LUNGA, n., pi. lungu, gen. lungna ; it occurs only in plur., the sing,
may now be used of one lung ; [common to all Teut. languages] : — the
lungs, Orkn. 18, Stj. 612, Fbr. 137, Fms. iii. 285, Sturl. ii. 150; lungun
f611u ut i sarit, Gliim. 381, SkiSa R. 144. compds : limgna-bladkr,
m. a lobe of the lungs. lungna-holga., u, {. pleuritis. lungua-
s6tt, f. lung-disease, GJ)1. 498.
lurka, a3, to cudgel, thrash, Stj. 464, 624.
LITBKB, m. a cudgel, Nj. 194, Sd. 136, GJjI. 177, Vd. 77 ; tr6-lurkr,
Gliim. 342, Fms. viii. 96; jiirn-lurkr, Hbl. ; vera allr lurkum iaminn, to
feel as if thrashed with cudgels: metaph. of the winter 1601 A.D., var
sa vetr aftaka-harftr fra Jolum um allt Island, ok kalladr Lurkr, Espol.
Arb. s. a. compds : lurks-hfigg, u. a blow with a cudgel, GJ)1. 177.
lurks-legr, adj. clumsy, clownish.
lustr, m. [Scot, leister], a cudgel, prop, a salnion-spear = l]6stT, q.v.;
hann hafdi trelurk mikinn um iixl ok ekki vapn annat — J)4 maelti Ozurr,
hvar eru vapn |)in? annan veg er at berjask vi& Erling jarl en at ^reskja
korn, J)ar ma vel hafa lust til, Fms. viii. 96.
lii-berja, barSi, to beat till it becomes tender, beat thoroughly.
Iu3a, u, f. a small flounder. Iu3u-laki, a, m. a drone (abuse).
LtJDR, m., the r radical, [cp. Dan. hir, Shetl. looder-horn], a trumpet,
Edda 17 ; J)eir hofSu liiSr ok blesu, Orkn. 300 ; lat taka lu6ra ok lat blasa
um alia borgina, Sks. 74^; blasa i lu3r, Fms. iv. 300; {seyta lu6r, Al.
35' Stj. 392 ; kvo3u vid liidrar, Fms. vi. 16 ; vi6 hinn sidasta Iu6r-J)yt,
^vi ludrinn mun gella, i Cor. xv. 52, passim. compds : luSr-bldstr,
m. a blast of a trumpet, Fms. iv. 300. Iu3ra-gangr, m. the sound
of trumpets, Hkr. ii. 221, Fms. vii. 289. Iu3rs-lilj63, n. = lu6rj)ytr,
Fms. vii. 289. Ili3r-nia3r, m. = lu3rsveinn, Fms. viii. 96. Iu3r-
sveinn, m. a trumpeter. Fas. i. 497, Fms. viii. 96, 213, ix. 449, 513.
M3ra-J)ytr and ni3r-t)3rtr, m. id., Fms. viii. 226, i Cor. xv. 52.
Iu3r-l)eytari, a, m. a trumpeter, Karl. 220, 525, v.l.
B. A flour-bin ; ^x.t at liiSri leiddar voru, Gs. 2 ; leggjum liiSra, 3;
steinar rifna, stiikkr lu3r fyrir, {jott lu6r {)rumi, Hkv. 2.2,3; t** ^^
fyrst of man er sa inn fro&i jotunn | a var lu6r of lagiftr, V^m. 35 (re-
ferring to some ancient lost myth). The word is still preserved in the
south-east of Iceland, — hleypr mjolit um kring kvernina lit a luftrinn,
Fel. ii. 1 55 (of the year 1 782) : poet, the sea is called ey-liiSr, island-flour-
bin, Edda (in a verse); see the remarks to amlo&i : — the phrase, ganga e-m
i lu6r, to fall into one's bin, metaph. phrase, to fall to one's lot, Gs. 11.
Iu3ra, a8, to stoop, cringe, perhaps a metaphor taken from the
stooping over a bin; lu3randi lagt, Stj. 398 ; fara luSrandi fyrir kne
dbota, Mar. ; lu3ra lagt, Thom. 535.
lufa, u, f. [Ivar Aasen luva ; cp. lubbi], rough, matted hair, as a
nickname; Haralds har var sitt ok flokit, fyrir J)a sok var hann Lufa
kallaSr, Fagrsk. 9 : cp. the vow of king Harold with that of Civilis,
Tac. Hist. iv. 61.
lui, a, m. weariness, esp. of the body from age and overwork. lua-
legr, adj. mean, (conversational.)
luinn, part, worn ; see lyja.
LIJKA, pres. lyk ; pret. lauk, laukt (mod. laukst), lauk ; pi. luku ; subj,
lyki ; part, lokinn ; mod. Ijiika, which form is not found in old writers ;
[Scot, louk ; Shetl. lock; Dan. lukke]: I. to shut; liika korn-
hlo3um, Stj. 212: but mostly with prep., liika upp, to open; liika aptr,
to shut, both with ace. and dat., in mod. usage with dat. solely ; liika
upp mina kistu, Fbr. 46 new Ed.; but, ly'kr {)a upp kistunni, dat. (in
the same page) : ok hjarra-grind, sva at menn liiki upp af hrossi ok aptr
ef vill, Grag. ii. 264 ; eru menn skyldir at liika loghliS aptr a liiggardi, ef
sa ma6r lykr eigi aptr hli6it, 265 ; hann lykr aptr fjosinu ok byr sv4 um at
ekki ma upp liika, Gisl. 29; hann lykr aptr eptir ser ramliga, 30; liika upp
hurSum, Vail. 218 : Iiika upp augum, to open the eyes, Bs. i. 318; but, luka
aptr augum, to shut the eyes : tak \)u mi vi5 kistu-lyklum minum, J)viat ek
mun J)eim eigi liika optar, Nj. 94 ; siSan lauk hann upp skemmuna, Fms.
vi. 189 ; liika upp dyrnar, viii. 332 ; toku J)a fra slagbranda ok luku upp
hurSina, O.H. 135: nokkuru si&ar var lokit (upp) liti-hurSu, Bs. i. 627; so
also, liika sundr munni, to open the mouth, Hav. 25 new Ed. II.
metaph., liika upp, to open one's mind, declare, speak out; en er jari
haf6i t)vi upp loki& {when he had made known) at hann mundi fylgja
J)eim, O.H. 54; mi skal ^at upp liika fyrir y&r er mer hefir lengi 1
skapi biiit, 32 ; GuS heyr9i baen hans ok lauk upp fyrir honum oUum
J)essum hlutum, revealed to him all these things, Stj. 5. 2. as a law
term, liika upp gor&, to deliver a judgment, of an umpire, Fs. 49, Nj.
77; malin komu i dom Vermundar, en hann lauk gorSum upp a jj6rs-
ness-J)ingi, Eb. 246 ; vii ek mi liika upp s»ttar-g6r& milli J)eirra Steinars
ok Jjorsteins, Eg. 735, passim ; see gord. 3. liika vi3, to end ; vera
ma at sva liiki vi&, aSr vit skiljum, at Jjer J)ykki alkeypt, Eb. 266. 4.
Jiika yfir, to come to a bitter end ; eigi vii ek vifl sonu J)ina ssettum taka.
400
LUKA— LYGIORD.
i
ok skal nu yfir liika me6 oss, Nj. 200; J)ar a niuti freistar hinn fraekiii
hversvetna, a&r yfir liiki, the bold will not give up as long as any chance
is left, Al. 100 ; ok hugSi, at J)a mundi bradast yfir luka hans sett ok
J)eirra fraenda ef hann haetti til J)eirra afar-kosta, it would then come to a
final issue, Fms. viii. 24. III. to end, bring to an end, finish;
nu liiku v<5r h^r Holmverja-sogu, Isl. ii. 118 ; ok liiku ver her J)essum
|)setti, Njard. 384 ; liiku ver sva Vapnfir8inga-s6gu, Vapn. (fine) ; lift allt
mundi vera niSri i Eyjum at liika heyverkum, Nj. 1 1 3 ; {)a er menn hofSu
loki6 liigskilum at msela, when men had done, finished their pleading, Lv.
52. 2. as a law term, to bring a case to a conclusion, discharge;
vilju ver nu luka malinu J)6tt J)u raSir einn skildaganum, Nj. 81 ; at vit
GuSmundr gorim um ok liikim malinu, Oik. 35 ; er hann hafSi lokit
erendum sinum, Sturl. iii. 280 ; vil ek mi sva at einu liika malum minum
at J)er liki vel ok Einari, Eg. 731. 3. the phrase, liika vel, ilia vi6
e-n (ellipt. qs. liika malum), to behave well (ill), deal fairly (unfairly),
with a person, with the notion of a final dealing; at J)eim mundi
fjandskapr i J)ykkja ef hann ly'kr ilia vi5 \>a., Eb. 114; at hann mundi
enn ilia vi& J)a liika, Lv. 23 ; Bolli fekk Sigri6i gjafor5 gofugt, ok lauk
vel vi6 hana. Boll. 362. 4. 16ka e-u af, to finish : liika vi6 e-t,
id. 5. in mod. usage, Ijuka and Ijuka e-u, to have done eating;
Ijiika lir askinum, to eat up one's platefull, leave nothing ; eg get ekki
lokia t)vi, / cannot eat it all. IV. to pay, discharge, with ace. of
the amount ; luka e-m e-t, sva mikit fe sem ver eigum konunginum at
liika, Fms. vi. 148 ; ok liika i gulli e9r brendu silfri, Bs. i. 31 ; mi bera
J)eir vitni er hann lauk skuld J)eirri allri ser af hendi, N. G. L. i. 32 ; luku
t)eir jarli fe sva at honum gazt at, Grett. 59 new Ed. ; hann skal liika
Hallvar6i fjora manaSar mati. Anal. 295 : ace, hina fyrstu skuld lyk ek
me6 })essu Grimhildi systur, Jji6r. 324: to discharge, of duties, Snorri
kvadsk mundu luka erendum J)eirra, Eb. 212. V. impers, it
opens ; er i sundr lauk firSinum, when the fjord (the entrance) opened,
Krok. 59 ; ok er t)eir komu fyrir Reykjanes, ok J)eir sa firSinum upp
liika. Eg. 128. 2. it is at an end; followed by dat., lokit skal nu
okkarri vinattu, tsl. ii. 238 ; a6r en liiki J)essi stefnu, Fms. x. 358 ;
var J)ess van, at ilia mundi ilium liika, that it would end badly with
a bad man. Fas. iii. 314; ok er lokit var drapunni, Isl. ii. 237; ok
lykr J)ar mi sogunni, here the Saga ends, 186, 276; ok ly'kr J)ar {)essi
sogu, Eb. (fine) and passim ; ok lykr her nu Laxdaela-sogu, Ld. 334 ;
J)4 var lokit ollum vistum nema hval, all stores at an end, all eaten up,
Bs. i. 208 ; honum lezk allokit allri van, all hope gone, 198 ; lauk sva
J)essum malum, Eg. 733 ; a6r J)eim fundi liiki, Lv. 52. VI.
absol., sva lauk at lyktum, it ended so that . . ., Isl. ii. 269 ; ly'kr sva, at
J)eir kaupa ^essu, it ended so that they struck the bargain. Valla L. 216 ;
lykr J)ar fra honum at segja, there it ends to tell of him, passim ; naer munu
vit gangask a8r en lykr, Nj. 176 ; f)u munt aerit mjok elska feit, kbv lykr,
Gullj). 7. VII. reflex, to be opened, open; fjallit lauksk upp
norSan (opened), Eb. 28, Krok. 52; ok J)egar lauksk hurSin a haela
honum, Edda 2 : — to come to an end, ok er um ^etta allfjolraett a fiingi
hversu J)essi mal mundu liikask, Nj. 109 : her lyksk (here ends) sja bok,
fb. (fine) : — gekk Haldora me8 barni, ok lauksk seint um hennar hag,
H. was heavy with child, and it went slowly on with her, Sturl. i. 199 ; at
J)essarar konu eymd yfir liikisk a einhvern hatt, can come to some end,
Bs. ii. 173 : — to be discharged, skal J)etta fe upp lukask (be paid out) af
logmanni, N. G. L. ii. 12.
liika, u, f. the hollow hand held like a cup, and in plur. of both hands
held together. II. the lid in the opening of a loft. lliku-
gat, n. an opening in a loft.
liikning, f. a discharge, payment ; skulda-liikning, discharge.
liinottr, adj. [Germ, laune], knavish, Snot 210.
lupu-legr, adj. crest-fallett, (conversational.)
liira, 6, pres. liiri, to doze, tiap ; and liir, m. a nap.
LtJS, f., pi. lyss, [A. S. and O. H. G. lus; Engl, louse, pi. lice; Germ.
laus\: — a louse; lyss ok kleggjar, Eluc. 23; leita ser lusa = Dan.
lyske sig : sayings, IseSast eins og liis me& saum ; sart bitr soltin Ms ;
munu jar&-iysnar synir Grims kogrs ver6a mer at bana ? sart bitr soltin
his, kva8 Gestr, Landn. 146 ; hann er mesta fiski-liis, of a good angler,
Hrolfr 6 (name of a play) ; faeri-liis, a sheep louse ; jar9-liis, vermin ; na-liis.
COMPDS : liisa-blesi, a, m. a niggard. liisa-lyng, f. the common ling,
Hjalt. Jjlisa-oddi, a, m. nickname of a beggar, Fbr. Liisa-
skegg, n. lousy-beard, a nickname, Fb. iii. Iiisa-s6tt, f. phthiriasis.
Ius-i3inn, s.6.]. sedulous (slang), cp. Engl, bookworm.
liisugr, adj. lousy, Fbr. 92 new Ed.
LTJTA, pres. l^t, pi. liitum ; pret. laut, lauzt (Nj. 70), laut, pi. lutu ;
subj. lyti ; part, lotit: a weak pres. liiti, liiti ek helgum domi, the
Runic poem; pret. liitti, Barl. 199, Stj. 229: [A. S. Mian; Old
and North. E. lout ; Dan. lude'\ : — to lout, bow down ; konungr laut
J)a allt ni6r at jor9u, Fms. i. 159 ; hann helt hondunum yfir h6fu9 s&
ok laut til altaris, ok bar yfirhofnina aptr af her5um honum er hann
haf&i loti6 undan, iv. 172, 1 73 ; stendr hann a knjanum ok olnbogunum,
lytr hann ni6r mjok vi&, xi. 64; at eigi skal Jjurfa at liita optar um
sinn i hornit, en er hann J)raut erendit ok hann laut or horninu, Edda
32; Grettir sa er hann laut ok spyrr hvat hann tok upp, Grett. 93;
hann lytr fram yfir bordit, |>i6r. 323 ; |)a fell ni8r sponn fyrir henni, h
laut ni3r eptir, Eb. 36. 2. of worship ; J)at er upphaf laga vur:
at austr skolum liita ok gefask Kristi, it is the beginning of our lau, iti
we shall all lout towards the east, atid give ourselves to Christ, N. G.
i. 339; Barlaam liitti i austriS ok ba6 til Gu3s, Barl. 199; henni i
laut hinnsta sinni, segis-heimi i, / louted to her (viz. the sun) the let
time in this world, i.e. it was the last day of my life, Sol. 41, (cp.f
baSmi vi9ar {)eim er liita austr limar, Sdm. ii), referring to a heathi
rite of bowing towards the east (the rising sun) during prayer, (I
Landn. I, ch. 9. 3. of doing homage, with dat. of the persal
Erlingr laut konungi ok heilsaSi honum, (3.H. 119; hljopu J)eir ni
allir ok lutu pvi skrimsli, 109 ; lauztii mer mi, segir Skarphe6iun,
f)6 skaltii i moSur-sett falla a9r vit skiljum, Nj. 70; {>6rarinn svanl
ok laut konunginum, O. H. 118; J)essi ma5r kvaddi konung ok lil
honum, Orkn. 116, and passim, cp. also Sol. 41 ; Idtti Joseph J)4 Uil
latliga allt ni8r til jar8ar, Stj. 229; hann kva6 fyrr myndi hann ti|
taka en hann lyti honum, Fs. 53: liita undir e-n, /o he subject ttfl\
ii. 5, Barl. 25 : to belong to, bear upon a subject, ^etta efni lytr til lofi
Gu9mundar, Bs. ii. 146 ; hvar hann vildi at fietta ra6 lyti, O. H^
hann var J)ar me6 mestri vir9ingu ok lutu allir til ^x?^^, paid him hamaX
Fb. i. 431 ; luta til litlendra konunga, O. H. 45 ; J)angat lytr allt r'lll
J)ar eru Uppsalir, 65 ; en hitt mun mer or6gara J)ykkja at liita til Seljkl
er J>raelborinn er i allar aettir, 112. 4. /o give way, yield; J)a 16t f
til ok laut ek, Mar. ; er hann hafSi lati6 liita undan Vagni, Fms.
hinir Isegri ver9a at liita, the weaker has to lout, a saying, Grefj
J)a a ^ar domnum at vaegja um J)ess manns mal er sva er at lotiiUi,>|
is thus brought to his knees, Sks. 663; a6r Niflungar liiti, |)i8r. 3;[
liita i gras, to bite the dust, Fbr. 90 new Ed. : liita at litlu, to be tbanlt
for little, Grett. 134. II. part, lotinn, ' louting,' bowed, l\
down, used as adj.
liitning, f. = lotning, Barl. 25.
liitr, adj. louting, bowed, bent down, stooping, Stj. 20, Bjarn. 33; r|
liitu hof9i, 601, Mar.; fara liitari, Fs. 55; ni6r-lutr, shameful.
lydda, u, f. [loddari], a naughty person, Fas. iii. 434, Krok.
skapr, m., -ligr, etc.
LYF, f., pi. lyfjar, also spelt lif, see the references below ; the 1
used as neut. in Bs. ii. 87, and then chiefly in pi. in Bs. i. 179, Fas.'
Fms. ix. 282; [\J\Llubja-leisi'=(papiJ.aKfia, Ga.\.v. 20; A.S.lib; O.H;
lupi ; Swed. luf; early Dan. /of] : — a herb, simple, esp. with the not 1
of healing, witchcraft or supernatural power, = Gr. cpap/xaicov ; triia a
kvenna e8a gorningar, Horn. 33; laekning, lyf e6r galldra, 121;
smyrzl ok laeknings-lif. Fas. iii. 174; me6 heilsamligum smyrslum
laekningar-lyfum, Stj. 272 ; lif (not lif) me6 laekning, Skv. 1. 17; va
menn lif, riinir ok galdra, N. G. L. iii. 300 ; tcifr ok lif, riinir ok gal
286; laekningar lyf, 245; kona hverer ferr me& lif ok laezk kunna 11
monnum, ef hon er sonn at ^vi, }pk er hon sek J)rem morkum, i. 3 j
hann tekr J)a nokkur lyf af helgum domi Jons biskups, Bs. i. 170:
hefi f)at eitt gras, er . . . Dagfinnr svarar, engi ( = enga ?) lyf e3r kk
skulu ver til J)essa hafa, nema J)3er einar (sic), er . . ., Fms. ix. 28; ;
fuUt lyf, Bs. ii. 87 ; litil lyf kve9a hof6 til ly'Sa sona, the sons of men
made of small matter (seed, cause ?), Fas. iii. 1 1 (in a verse) : udv
ekki lyf, not a whit, Skv. I. 9, (not as explained at p. 274, col. i, lim
li-lyfjan, poison.
lyfS, f. =lyf; oleum eftr a&rar lyf9ir, Stj. 522.
lyfja, a6, to heal; in the phrase, lyfja e-m elli, to cure one of old
= to kill him downright. Am. 74, Fas. iii. 155, 1 56; -lyfja ^6\v.
ofbeldi, to cure them of their overbearance, Al. 10 ; skal ek lyfja J)t-t
illsku, Flov. 43.
lyf-steinn,m.,also spelt lif-steinn, Korm.80,116, Fas. iii. 244,30
a healing stone, stone of virtue (cp. mod. Icel. natturu-steinn) ; such si ■
are recorded as attached to the hilts of ancient swords to rub ami
the wounds with, e. g. the sword Skofnung ; wounds made by this >' ■
could only be healed by the stone grooved in its hilt, Ld. 350,
Korm. 80, cp. porb. (i860) 102 ; i eptra hjalti sver8sins voru kst
steinar, \ieiT er eitr ok svi8a drogu or sarum ef i voru skafnir. Fas. in. •
307 ; Bersi hafSi lifstein a halsi, Korm. 1 16, where the stone was to -
one from being drowned.
Iyg3, f. = lygi, Fms. ix. 401, x. 342, Bs. i. 766, Pass. 50. 9.
LYG-I, f., indecl. in sing., but in pi. lygar ; [Ijiiga] : — a lie,fahel
fyrir lygi Ls. 14; slik lygi. Eg. 59 ; en mesta lygi, Nj. 79, F"'*- ^|!-
ok gafsk van at lygi (laygi), x. 389 : plur., lygar ok drabl. Fas. iii-
aptr hverfr lygi ^egar siinnu maetir, a saying, Bs. i. 639. 2. aj ■
en vitrum monnum J)ykkir hver saga heimsliga linytt, ef hann kalia
lygi er sagt er, en hann ma engar siJnnur a Anna, O. T. 2. co?
lygi-andi, a, m. the spirit of a lie, Stj. 603. lygi-fortala, u. f |
advice, Stj. 264. lygi-grunr, m. false suspicion. Mar.
konungr, m. a false king, pretender, Fb. i. 28. lygi-kvitti '
false news, Nj. 150, Fms. ix. 350. lygi-lauss, adj. truthful, Stu '
261. lygi-liga, a.dv. lyingly, St).: incredibly, Al. 21. lygi;,;
adj. incredible, absurd, Anecd. lygi-16str, m. untruthfulness, St] r
lygi-ma5r, m. a liar, impostor, Sks. 75, Fms. ix. 55. lygi-o
L YGIS AGA— L YRIT U.
401
I words, Stj. 603. lygi-saga, u, f., mod. lyga-saga, a lying story,
{report. Fins. xi. 118: a /able as opp. to siinn saga, Hroltr sagOi
]af HrongviSi berserk ok fra Olafi Liflsmanna-konungi ok haug-
Ibrains, ok Hr6mundi Greipssyni, ok margar visur nieft. En {)essi
Ivar skemt Sverri konungi, ok kva6 hanii slikar lygisogur skemti-
ISturl. i. 33 ; this is also the mod. common use, see List of Authors
\l). lygi-vitni, n. a false witness, Hom. 18, Sks. 358.
Inn, adj. lying, untruthful, Nj. 73, 78, Post. 645. 65, Anecd.; olyginn
[m6r I Piitr og Stiilka 34.
IN, adj. [logn ; Scot, loun ; Swed. lugn; Dan. luun'] : — calm, of
ind waves, Ld. 286, Eg. 483.
i, d, to calm, become calm : impers., lygndi vcdrit (ace), Sturl. iii.
^gndi eptir storminn, Art. 85.
la, u, f. a nickname, Fb. iir.
Itni, n. = ljugvitni, Anecd.
[LL, m., pi. luklar, mod. lyklar, dat. sing, lykli ; [from loka ;
I«; Swed. nyckel, changing / into «] : — a key, Grag. ii. I93,
[3a, Odd. 16, Sk41dai72, Fbr. 46 new Ed., N. G. L. i. 131, 383 ;
jrkill, Nj. 94; konungs-lykill, see konungr, Fbr. I.e., Fms. vi. 188:
By of a house used to wear a bundle of keys at her girdle, hence the
in {>kv. 16, 19: — as a. musical term, lyklar i symphonu, Sktilda.
[•▼aid, n. the keeping of the keys.
FA, pres. lyk ; pret. jukti or luk8i ; subj. lykSi ; part, luktr ;
Ika]: — to lock, shut in, enclose ; til J)ess lykr hann stundum kvi&
li, Mar. ; si&an lukti hann stokkinn sem bezt, id. ; at luktum
lo, id. : — to join, konungr sa J)ar gar5a hava ok vel lukta, well
jtted, Fms. V. 331; also, lukti hann alia lind bauga vel, he
it well with the hammer, Vkv. 5 : lykja aptr, to shut, Rom.
Ifkja e-m, himnariki, Hom. (St.) ; lykja e-n uti, to shut a person out,
iii. 330 ; })a bauS jarl at lykja hann i myrkva-stcfu, to shut him
ha.V 11; lyk6ir ok innibyrgSir, Fms. viii. 219; hann lukti hann i
laft er Florenz heitir, Baer. 20; hofSu J)eir lukt um (fenced) akra sina
^8- 529- II- with dat. to put an end to ; hvatki er lifi
|;fir Inkt, Fms. x. 395 ; fyrr en J)at er lukt (finished), xi. 429 ;
Jwim lukt vera hit siSasta fyrir Jol, K. A. 80; her er lykt jieim
llOtr, er . . ., Edda 217. 2. liika, to discbarge, pay; ok
It 4 tveim strum, Dipl. iv. i; portio sii sem eigi er lit lukt, Vm.
HI. reflex., en hvatki malum er lykzk hafa, N. G. L. i. 250.
iKJA, u, f. [Dan. lokke ; Ivar Aasen lykke ; derived from lykja,
knot from hlekkrj : — a lock, loop, coil; hann hafSi lykkju ok dregr
yvkt, Isl. ii. 226 ; lykkjur i hornum, Korm. 86 ; J)ar til er lykkja
\hend in a fence. Eg. 231, Fas. ii. il I (of a flying dragon), Bser.
\loop or ring on which a bell hangs,Vm. 76: metaph., gera lykkju
HI, to make a loop in one'.s voyage, stop, Fms. v. 197: in knitting,
Jp lykkju, to pick up a loop; fella niSr lykkju, to drop a loop;
lykkju-fall, n. the dropping a loop so as to leave a hole :
-•por, n. ^l. footprints in zig-zag, Jb. 424. II. a« en-
teld (mod. Norse lykke or lokke), a villa, e. g. the Norse villas
'stiania, — eptir oystra straeti ok auster a lykkjur, N. G. L. ii.
L), D. N. passim.
r, adj., mod. hlykkjdttr, looped, crooked, curved, Stj. 78.
vaSB, adj., mod. Mykklauss, without loop or bend, Al. 173.
Im., pi. ir, mod. lilykkr, for this false aspiration see introduction
H: — a loop, bend, crook, curvature.
ad, to let down the knees, Fb. ii. 214: metaph., at hann muni
la nndir reglunni, Mar.
Ipiika], chiefly used in plur. the end, conclusion, Fms. vii. 187, x.
I83, 217, 326, Eg. 733: adverb., at lyktum, and til lykta, at
By, Nj. 99, Eg. 196, Fms. vii. 232, 278, x. 409. lykta-lauss,
I, Barl. 142.
[Dan. lugt'], a smell, Gd. 73 ; 6-lykt, a bad smell. lyktar-
4j. without smell.
|t5-, to finish, end, Fms. i. 128, 141, iii. 35, viii. 152 (v. 1.), Nj.
.191, Bs. i. 771, Finnb. 342, Rb. 26, 28, 210, Sktilda 198.
I,-f. [^ukil, payment, GJ)1. 348, Dipl. i. 4.
n, f. wiliness, cunning, Stj. 2CO, 471, AI. 153 ; me3 leynd ok
lymsku-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), wily.
E, a&, dep. to act cunningly, sneak, Pr. 415.
\, adv. cunningly, Mar.
adj. [Dan. lumsk ; perh. derived from Itjmr II], wily,
iSturl. ii. 117, Fas. iii. 616, Bs. i. 549.
It, impers. to agree ; mer lyndir vel (ilia) vi9 hann.
yi, n. [cp. lund ; Swed. lynne'], temper, disposition, Fms. i. 288^, vii
321, Stj. 554, passim ; skap-lyndi, /^w/'er; ^mrrAyndi, sulki-
'lyndi, cheerftdness ; ^nng-lyndi, melancholy ; g6&-lyndi, g'oorf-
-lyndi, ill-temper. compds : lyndis-bragS, n. temper,
A. lyndis-goSr, adj. good-tempered, Fs. 70. lyndis-
Bper, Grett. 115. lyndis-likr, adj. of like temper, Fb. i.
"325.
idj. tempered, Korm. 75, Fms. iii. 153 : in compds, goS-lyndr,
bra3-lyndr, fljot-lyndr, mis-lyndr, J)tmg-lyndr, J)urr-lyndr.
LYNQ, n., dat. lyngvi, Fm. 21, 28, 29, mod. lyngi ; gen. pi. lyiigva,
Fms. v. 234 (in a verse). Eg. (in a verse); [A.S. and Engl, ling; Dan.
hng} : — ling, heather, not only in the English sense, but also of whortlc on
which berries grow ; lyng is smaller than hris, q. v. ; skriSa um lyng, Fms.
vii. 251 ; lyng mikit var fjar ok ber k, there was much bush with berries on,
O. H. L. 67, and so in mod. usage; whence hr(itaberja-Iyng, bldbcrja-
lyng. C0MPD3 : l3mg-all, m. a ' ling-eel,' poet, for a snake, Korm.
lyng-bakr, m. ling-back, a fabulous sea monster whose back was grown
with ling. Fas. ii. 249; as in the tale ofSindbad the Sailor. lyng-flskr,
m.aling-fiih, poet, for a snake,Gkv. 2.22. lyng-hnappa, aS, and lyng-
hnappr, m. a bundle of ling, in a pun, Krok. 63, 64. lyng-hsens,
n. pi. heath fowl, Orkn. 416 (iii a verse). lyng-ormr, m. a ' ling"
worm,' snake, Fms. ii. 1 79, vi. 296, Bs. ii. 94. lyng-rif, n. the pulling
ling, for fuel, Vm. 1 58. lyng-rimnr, m. a bush. Fas. i. 163. lyng-
yrmlingr, m. a little snake. Fas. iii. 233.
Lyngvi, a, m. a pr. name, Sxm.
lyi>pa, u, f. [lopi], wool drawn into a long hank before being spun.
lyppu-ldr, m. the chest in which the lyppa is kept.
L YPTA, t, [cp. lopt], to lift, raite, with ace. ; lyptandi sinar hendr, Mar. :
with dat., sidau lypti hon kapu-hetti hans, Fms. i. 149 ; g<5kk konungr
t)ar til ok lypti upp tjaldinu, 158 ; hann lypti upp kettinum, Edda ; lypta
brunum, to lift the eyebrows, shew gladness : — metaph., lypta fer8, to start
on a journey, Fms. x. 6; lyptir mi Joram sinum her, Stj. 610; mk ek
engum her heftan lypta, Fms. viii. 22. II. impers. it is lifted up,
raised; mer var J)at enn mesti harmr, er {)essum stormi var lypt, J)i5r.
326; lyptir J)a mjcik brunum manna, the men's eyebrows were lifted up,
their faces brightened, Fs. 26. III. reflex, to move, stir ; J)a t6k
hann til hennar, ok lyptisk hon ekki, Landn. 15 1 ; 16zk hann ekki mundu
J)a3an lyptask fyrr en k bak Jolum, Fms. viii. 168 ; lyptisk J)eim {>& litt
reiSi, their anger was raised a little, Fbr. 137.
lypting, f. a raised place (castle) on the poop of old ships of war.
Eg. 122, 361, Fms. i. 158, ii. 305, 308, 322, iii. i, 2, vii. 165, x. 350,
Orkn. 116, passim; lyptingar tjald, a tent in the lypting, Hkr. iii. 77.
lyrfa, u, f. [Swed. /ar/], a caterpillar, metaph. a naughty person.
lyrgja, u, f. = lyrgr, a nickname, Fb. iii.
lyrgr, m., mod. lurgr, a /ore/oci(?); only in' the phrase, taka e-m
lyrg (mod. taka i lurginn it e-m), to take one by the forelock, by the ears
(vulg.), Fas. ii. 341 ; cp. the Engl, loggerheads.
lyrit-nsemr, adj. a case liable to lyrit; lyritnaemar sakar, GrAg. i. 31-
(bottom) ; vigsakar lyritnaemar, 158; en Jjaer eru allar lyritnaemar sakar,
er eyris-b(it komr til eSa meiri, ii. 173.
LYBITR, m., or better lyritr or lyrittr, gen. lyritar (but lyrits,
Grag. ii. 233), dat. lyriti, plur. lyritar, N. G. L. ii. 94, Jb. 193 ; the quan-
tity cannot be ascertained because the vellums do not distinguish be-
tween long and short vowels ; it is spelt with one / throughout the
Gfiig. (Kb.) ; the alliterative phrase lagalyritr, as also the invariable
spelhng in the Gragas, shew that the word had no initial b. Former
attempts at an etymology, from lae and rifta (Bjiirn k SkarSsa),
hlyrar and rettir (Pal Vidal.), lygi and rift (Fritzner), must be
dismissed ; the spelling lyri//ar, which once or twice occurs in Norse
MSS. of the 14th century (N.G. L. i. 394, ii. 94, v. 1. 19), is probably
a mere corruption. Lyritr is a eompd word from log, law, and ror
or reyr, a landmark, v/hich word in the old Swed. law exactly answers
to lyrit in the Norse law ; lyrit is thus qs. ly'-ryr-ti, by assimilation
and by weakening the y into i, lyritti ; the t being inflexive : its
literal sense, therefore, is a lawful ror or landmark. In Sweden there were
often five mark-stones, but it is added (Schlyter iii. s. v. ror) — fiuri stenar
oc ^ri stenar mughu ror beta —four stones and even three stones may be
called ror, i. e. make a ' law-r'6r,' a lawful landmark, a lyrit ; this,
we believe, is the etymology of this much-contested word. About the
gender (masc, not fem.) there can be no doubt, from the numerous
instances in the Gragas; but in the 13th century the word began to
become neuter, thus we have lyritit, Grag. (Kb.) i. 103, lines 14 and 2r,
but lyritiim several times in the-same page: nom. lyriti in Grag. (Sb.) ii.
226 ; and efalausu lyriti, Nj. passim.
B. Sense : I. prop, when the boundary of a field or estate
was to be drawn, the law prescribed that a mark-stone (mark-steinn)
should be raised on the spot, and three other stones laid beside it ;
these three stones were called landmark-stones (lyrit-steiaar or hritar);
by their number and position they were distinguished from all other
stones in the field, see N. G. L. ii. 94, cp. note 19 (Jb. 193). II.
metaph. in the Icel. law, a full tide of possession, lawful claim to
right ot property; thus defined by Konrad Maurer — 'Lyrit bedeutet
in der Gragas und in den iiltern Sagas das voile Eigentums-recht,
oder auch den Bann, der dem Grunde.gentiimer zum Schutze seines
Eigentumes, dem Goden aber Kraft seiner Amtsgewalt zusteht :' 1.
the earliest kind was probably the land-lyrit or 'land-ban;' this law
term was originally borrowed from the mark-stones themselves, and
then came to mean a full title to land, field, pasture, or estate,
Griig. ii. 224, 225: — eignar-lyritr, /?/// lawful possession, a legal
title of ownership; bafa eignar-lvrit fyrir landi, 304, 222. 2. a
Dd
403
LYRITAREIDR— LOSING.
veto; Go3a-lyritr, /be veto of a Go6i (^Priest), forbidding the court
or neighbours to deHver a sentence or verdict in a case, and thus
quashing the suit. A Go6i alone, by virtue of his office, was entitled
to stop a court in this way, whether personally or by one of his
liegemen, so that if any one else wished thus to stop a suit, he
had first to go to his liegelord (Go9i) and be authorised by him to
do so : cp. the phrases, taka lyrit af GoSa, selja lyrit, ef Go3i faerir lyrit
sinn sjalfr fram, and similar law phrases, GrAg. i. 109-111, cp. esp. {>.|>.
ch. 38 ; neglect of this was contempt of court, punishable by the lesser
outlawry. The word lyritr occurs at every step in the Gragas, esp. in
the phrase, verja lyriti, or verja e-t lyriti, to defend through a lyrit, i.e.
to put under veto, to vindicate one's right, forbid, or the like ; eigi var3ar
hagabeit, nema lyriti so variS, Grag. ii. 224; verja lyriti haga, 225; J)6tt
ma6r veri fleirum lyriti (dat.), 226, Nj.; lata lyrit koma fyrir sok, to
stop on a case, Grag. i. 109 ; kaupa land laga kaupi ok lyritar, to
buy land by a lawful bargain and with full title of possession,
ii. 213; eptir J)at nefndi {)orkell ser vatta, ok setti (varSi?) J)eim
lyriti, ok fyrirbaud J)eim at daema, Lv. 31 ; ok er linyt stefna bans
eSr lyriti (lyritr?), Grag. ii. 226; hann (the Go&i) skal nefna s^r
vatta, aSr hann faeri lyrit fram, i J)at vsetti, at ek ver lyriti, go6a-lyriti,
loglyriti fullum domendum at dsema um sok J)a . . . enda skal hann
sva verja kviSmonnum lyriti, at bera kvi8u um hann, i. Ill ; ek ver
lyriti minum, loglyriti domendum at dsema, id. ; faera lyrit sinn fram, to
ntter one's veto, id.; fara me6 land-lyriti, ii. 225. compds : lyritar-
ei3r, m. a ' lyrit-oath,' a kind of oath of compurgation in the Norse, but
not in the old Icel. law ; it was an oath of three, viz. of the person
who took the oath, with two compurgators, in remembrance of the
three lyrit stones, which gave the name to this oath of compurgation ;
mi skal lyritar^eiS sva vinna, sjalfr skal hann vinna, ok annarr jafnrettis-
maSr, . . . sa skal enn pribi, er . . . , N. G. L. i. 56, cp. Js. 30, Jb. ; stendr
lyritar-eiSr fyrir hvart {)riggja marka mal ok J)au er minni eru, N. G. L.
ii. 306 ; hon skal J)ess synja me3 lyritar-ei3i me& frjalsum konum tveimr,
i. 376 (394), of a compurgatory oath in the case of a still-born child.
lyritar-varzia, u, f. a ban by lyrit, Grag. i. 263, 353. lyritar-
v6rn, f. = lyritarvarzla, Grag. ii. 219.
lyrta, u, f. [lurtr], a nickname, Fms. viii.
lyskra, u, f. a wisp of damp hay spread for drying in a mown field ;
J)a3 eru lyskrur i heyinu, there are wet wisps in it, 'tis not quite dry ; or
lyskrdttr, Sid]. full of wet wisps of hay.
LYST, f. [losti], lust, desire, but in a good sense; \)zt er hvers lyst
sem hann leikr, a saying : appetite, of food, hafa g63a lyst ; matar-lyst,
id.; 6-lyst, lack of appetite. compds: lystar-g69r, adj. having a
good appetite. lystar-lauss, adj. having no appetite. lystar-
leysi, n. lack of appetite.
LYSTA, t, [losti], to list, desire: impers., e-n lystir, 'me lists,' one
wishes; sem augun (ace.) lystir at sja, Str. 45 ; lifdi hverr sem lysti, Bs.
i. 501 ; drekka sem lysti, Fms. ii. 135 ; hann (ace.) lysti at sja Island,
Fs. 104; laut und linu, lysti at kyssa, Jjkv. 27; e-n lystir til e-s, Barl.
23, Stj. 59 ; lysta i e-t, id., Fb. ii. 171. II. reflex, to be filled
with delight, Barl. 29.
lysti-liga, adv. delightfully, gracefully, Stj. 31.
lysti-ligr, adj. delightful, Stj. 45, Sks. 535, Hkr. iii. 264, Barl. 148.
lysting, f. pleasure, delight, Stj. 45 : desire, 148, passim.
lysti-samligr, adj. delightful, Stj.
lysti-semi and lysti-semd, f. = lysting, Fbr. 137.
lyst-knappr, m. a nickname, Sturl. iii. 55.
lystug-leiki, a, m. = lysting, Stj. 47 : lust, 146.
lystugr, adj. [Germ, lustig ; Old Engl, histy'], eager, willing, Stj. 8,
178: charming, lystugt er uti at vera a vori, Bb. 3.55. 2. mod.
hearty, of appetite for food ; 6-Iystugr, of bad appetite, also of food.
lystuligr, adj. = lystiligr,
ly3-biskup, m. = lj66biskup, q. v.
Iy3-nia3r, m. a commoner, layman, Stj. 582, Rom. 228.
1^3-inaniiligr, adj. like a common man, Al. 86.
l;^3-ineniii, n. collect. = ly3maSr ; sva tignir menn sem lySmenni,
Rom. 158.
Iji'S'R, m., gen. l^Ss, pi. Iy3ir ; but ly3ar, Akv. 12, Sighvat (Fms. vi.
40); [from Goth. liudan = to grow; cp. VlLjugga-laups^yeaviaKos;
A. S. leo^ ; Bngi. lewd people ; O.H.G. Hut; Germ, leute; Swed. 7mg-
lyde —youth ; cp. Gr. \a6s, Xews] : — people, esp. the common people ; ly3r
heitir landfolk, Edda 108 ; vera allir samt sem einn ly8r, Stj. 187 ; t)egar
ly3rinn var sjalfra3a, (5. H. 46; allit., stjorn ly3s ok lands, Orkn. 124;
lands-ly3r, the people of the land; allr ly3r, all people, Fs. 178 ; ollum
1yd, Magn. 438 ; allir ly3ir, 656 A. ii. 18 ; af ly3um sinum, by his people,
Stj- 34/ ; Muspells-lydir, Vsp. 51 ; en er konungr heyr3i akafa ly3sins,
6. H. 205 ; tok J)ar ly3r vi3 tru . . . i vil3 vi3 ly'3inn, Fms. x. 393 ; ok
margr ly3r annarr, Karl. 425 : the household folk, gakk J)u lit ok allr
Ifbr me3 J)er, Nj. 200.
1^3ska, u, f. custom, manner; si3 ok ly3sku, 656 B. 8 ; ein var hon
ser i lySsku, Fs. 30 ; ongum manni var hann likari i sinni ly'dsku en
Aka m63ur-br63ur sinum, Fms. xi. 50 ; i allri ly'dsku ok i cillu sinu
t»
athsefi, 78 ; hann hefir siimu ly'dsku sina ok a3r, O. H. L. 5 ; sec
aeska. 2. dialect, Symb. 10, Hom. (St.) 61, (mal-ly3ska.) .
Iy3ska3r, part, mannered, Fms. i. 134.
Iy3-skylda, u, f. homage, the duty of a liegeman towards his
eptir {jat veitti jarl honum onga ly'3skyldu, Fms, iv. 24, O. H. 91 |;au
g63r jiegn skal goSum konungi veita, skal ek honum alia ^a logli;|y'5
skyldu ... (in the oath of homage), GJ)1. 68.
Iy3-skyldi, n. = ly3skylda, Fms. x. 398, 399.
1^3-skyldr, adj. subject, yielding ly3skylda to one, !
jarlar honum ly3skyldir, 0. H. 91, Fms. i. 14.
1^3-skyldugr, adj. = ly3skyldr. Fas. ii. 458.
Iy'3-sk8err, adj. [skera], of blubber, of which all have a right /
N.G.L. i. 252.
Ll^JA, pres. ly, lyr ; pret. Iu3i; part, liiinn (liiiSr?) : — to he
thrash; hann Ijfr ok lem.r, Stj. 95 ; hann lagdi steininn ni3r fyrir
dyrum, ok lu3i J)ar vi3 jam sidan, to forge iron with a sledge-b.
Eg. 142 ; lyja likam sinn, to chastise one's body, Stj. 395 ; hon lysfiji.
me3 trenu, sva at hon lyr (Ed. wrongly glyr) alia hondina, striAbiB
(on the wrist) with a cudgel and disables his hand, Gisl. 156: rr
lyr hann (ace.) sottin, ok deyr hann, Fs. 195. II. '
become benumbed by a blow, of a limb ; ok vard mikit hogg s\ i
undir, ok brotnu3u rifin, Korm. 212. 2. to be worn, < .■ ■
toku menn at lyjask mjok a erfi3i, Grett. 95 ; ^ik tok Haraldr k
eldask mjok ok lyjask, Eg. 171. III. part, luinn, wcr-
voru ok arar mjiik lunar, the oars were much worn by pulling, !
hann brytr upp golflt er a,3r var laust ok luit, Bs. i. 198 :• —
hausted, var luinn hestr hans mjok, Bar3. 171 ; hann ver3r ok
undir eina eik ok hvilisk J)ar, Fas. i. 131.
LYR, m., gen. lys, a kind offish, gadus pollachius, Edda (Gl.
lyr ; whence 1^-gata, l#-braut, ly-sl63, 1^-teigr, the tr
lyr, poet. = </&« sea. Lex. Poet.
L'^SA, t, [Ijos ; Dan. lyse; Swed. liusa'], to lighten, illumii\\it
(the sun) skal ly'sa allan heim ok verma, Sks. 38 ; sol lysir tungl. ) ! !<S
passim, Hom. 128, MS. 656 C. 2 ; ae lysir mon af mari, to '
VJjm. ; lysa blinda, to give light to the blind, 677. 5, 656 B. 12-
vp, lysa lampa, Str. 18, Sks. ii. 177: ly'sa kirkju, to light up a^ria,
D. I. passim, Vm. passim : to illuminate a book, en Magnus pri ijww
skrifat upp J)a3an, ok lyst alia, Fb. (inscription) : — of the d;r
dawn, litt var lyst af degi, Ld. 46; um morguninn er lysa V<>.
Ill ; J)egar er litt var lyst, (5. H. 115. 2. impers. it shint>
lysti ok mjok af hjalmi hans er solin skein a, Fms. i. 4
|)inar sakar lysir allan heim, by thee light shines on all the wor.
31. II. metaph. to explain, Sks. 193, 587. 2. / -
shew, exhibit; lysa otruleik, Eg. 64 ; lysa hug sinn, to declare on
Grag. i. 8; Heinir lystu mikinn drengskap, Fms. ix. 344: p:
lysisk i sogunni, xi. 440 ; hann lysti meir i Jivi riki sitt ok Jin
rettlaeti, Bs. i. 17; ok sag3i hvern fjandskap menn hof3u |)ar [haan
lyst, 19 ; segir at J)au lysti mikla ^verlyndi ok akaflyndi i J)es jO.H.
144. 3. to proclaim, publish, give notice of, is a law tf^ «''^'
ace, menn skulu i dag ok a morgun ly'sa sakar {)jer allar, er til
doms skulu . . ., ef maSr vill lysa sok a bond manni, Grag. 1.
frumhlaup, sar, e3r vig a hendr manni, to charge a person.
indictment against, ii. 34; vig lysir J)u, Hkv. 2. 8. p. wit;
vigi a hendr ser, to declare oneself to be the cause of a deal'
diately after the deed the slayer had to declare himself, oti
deed was counted for murder, see the remarks s. v. mori^.
Laws and Sagas passim. y. to publish, proclaim, with dat. :
J)vi, at hon myndi til alj)ingis ri3a, Nj. 12 ; Halldorr lysir Jiiii
Ld. 236 ; lysa domum sinum, Sks. 641 : — lysa e-u yfir, to nh.
Fms. viii. 93, xi. 6 : impers., mi lysir her yfir J)vi, er margu
hon t)6tti nokkut vergjorn, xi. 25 : absol., ef maSr Ijfsir til fii:
um bjargir manna, Grag. i. 73 ; hann skal ly'sa et naesta sum.r
fserslu Jjess omaga, 129. 8. to publish the bans ofmarriag,
Ifsa,, u, f. a gleam, shimmering light; br4 yfir blam 1
spur3i hvat ly'su pat vaeri, GullJ). 5 ; ek se lysu (l^sa Ed.) lai;
haf, Fas. ii. 30 (in a verse) ; ek se lysu nokkura til hafsins, }
Sturlu syndisk sem lysu nokkurri brygSi fyrir hamarinn, St;
l^su-knappr, m. a nickname, Sturl. iii. II. a fish, i,
luccius, Norse lysing, Edda (Gl), Fms. vi. 376 (in a verse).
lysari, a, m. an illuminator, Fms. x. 244, MS. 655 xiii. B.
l^si, n. a lighting, brightness, Hom. 1 28. II. oil,trai'.
its bright colour, Stj. 154, K. A. 206, G{)1. 524, K. |>. K. 16.
mod. usage; J)orsk-!y'si, cod-oil; hakarls-ly'si, shark-oil; sc.-
oil; braett lysi, sjalfrunni3 lysi. compds: l^sis-fat, n. 0
Bs. i. 842. l^si-mselir, m. an oil-dealer, N.G.L. iii.
lysi-guU, n. bright gold, opp. to rau3a gull, Edda 68, Fas. 1 '*■
l^si-ker, n. a lantern, Vm. 6.
l;;^8i-kista, u, f. a candle-box. Am. 6.
l^si-kola, u, f. a kind oi lamp, Vm. 9, D. L i. 270.
losing, f. light, illumination, K. A. 100. 2. the daybre,
,i lysing \tssz dags, Hom. 80 ; hann anda3isk t)ann sama morgi;
sea
dies
LtSINGARSKEID— LiERING.
403
nii. 195 ; bi3a ly'singar, iv. 151, ix. 46. II. metaph. declara-
nmblication, Griig. i. 18, Nj. no, G^l. 307. 2. the bans of
mge, K.A. no, Bs. i. 742. compos: l^singar-skeid, n. the
uf daybreak, Fms. viii. 337. l^singar-vdttr, m. a witness to a
'.iation, a law term, Nj. 233. l^singar-vsotti, n. an attestation
Bsiiig, Nj. 87.
^ igr, m. a light-coloured horse; but a light -coloured mare is called
\\ q. V.
^1 staki, a, m. a candlestick, D. N.
^isteinn, m. colour for illuminating books, D.I. i. 266.
^tollr, m. = lj6stollr, K.A. 78, I02, 162.
f. [liis], the 'lousy disease,' phthiriasis, Stj. 272.
A, t, [Ijotr], to deform, Skalda 1 70, Stj. I42. II. metaph.
isb; lasta ok ly'ta. Bar). 184, Stj. 134, Fas. i. 330, ii. 207 : to dis'
Mate, Stj. 376, 502, t;36.
n. a fault, flaw, deformity, Korm. 18, Grett. 158, Hkr. iii. 64:
disgrace, Gr4g. ii. 129. compds : l^ta-fuillr, zd]. full of
itj. 473. l^a-lauss, Adj.fauldess, Str. 2.
', adj. ugly, Sks. 302.
>, u, f. =l3fdska.
n., dat, laevi, \\J\L lew = a<popfx-fi and lewian ^^ irapaSiSovai ; cp.
a traitor]: — fraud, craft; ]j66a lae, the treason of the
[Hkr. i. 255 (in a verse). 2. craft, art, skill, Vsp. 18, where
It l&i ond, 68r, and Ise were the three mental gifts of the three
10 made man. 3. bane ; sviga Ise, ' switch-bane,' poet, the fire,
; fri8-lx, a breach of peace, Edda (Ht.) ; klungrs lae, afire, Fms.
I in a verse) : a plague, evil, biSja e-m laes, to wish one evil, Hm.
es lausn, a release from evil, O. H. (in a verse); long eru lySa
loHg are the people's woes, Sdm. 2 ; blanda lopt Ixvi, to poison the
. tg. II. = ]a, the sea, a different word, [Scot, le or lee],
quor; gri3ar ]x, the ogress sea = the blood, H6fu61. (but a doubtful
: lae-baugr, m. the sea circle = the horizon, sky = ve9r metony-
(5.H. 171 (in a verse). compds : Ise-blandirm, part, balefid,
s, Gkv. 2. 39. l8B-gjarn, adj. guileful, Vsp. 39. Ise-
adj. guileless, Fms. vii. (in a verse). l8e-spj6U, n. pi. baleful
jjoet., Darr. (Nj.) Ise-styggr, adj. = Iseskjarr, Hallfred. Ise-
ii). guileless, Sighvzt. l89-visi, f.- era//, Edda 69 : skill, craft,
lia hluta nemsk me3 venju, MS. 4. 7. Isevfs-liga, adv. art'
'i.J^. 6. Ise-viss, adj. crafty, as an epithet of Loki, Hym., Ls.,
jiki Isevisa kona, Gg. 2 : artful, skilful, laeviss ma3r, MS. 4. 5.
ii» f. a sneaker ; fjalla-lseSa, of fog creeping about the sides of
pj but leaving the summits clear.
-K, d, (qs. loeSask?), to sneak, steal, slink, creep; IseWsk kisu
cat, Hallgrim : freq. in mod. usage : — also, but less correct, used
ith dat., laeSa e-u, to put stealthily.
bf, m. (speh levSingr in Cod. Reg.), [from laeSask?], the name
farmed fetter with which the wolf Fenrir was bound in the
tale, Edda 19.
^ [16fa], a band's breadth; laef3ar breitt, Flov. 31.
• t^^g'']' " hollow, low place, Nj. 61, Sks. 605, {>orf. Karl. 420,
Mag. 146: lowness, Horn. 8, Stj. 173, Bs.ii.42, Earl. 169.
[from liggja or perh. better from logn (loegi) =/o?/k, calm water,
1] : — a berth, anchorage. Aim. 23, Fs. 92, 148, 151, Fms. i. 157,
^' 233) passim : opportunity, ok gaf {)eim eigi laegi lit or fir3-
. 13 new Ed. ; hence the mod. saeta laegi, to watch an oppor-
2. = leg, situation, Sks. 294.
f. a lowering, degradation, Gliim. 337, Fs. 13, Horn. 46, 97.
ICBgir P), m., poet, the sea, Edda (Gl.), prop, the calm sea ;
and logn.
A, ft, [lagr], to lower, let down ; Isegja segl, Fms. ii. 305 ;
a storma sina, Sks. 221. II. metaph. to humble, bring
lagja J)essa villu, Hkr. i. 102 ; en drap |)a er moti honum voru,
{bumbled) J)a annan veg, Fms. x. 192; laegja sik, to lower,
fulf, Horn. 40, 50. III. impers. it is lowered, sinks;
!gl (acc.) J)eirra, (3. H. 182 ; J)eir sigldu sva at Itind (ace.) Iaeg6i,
so far that the land sank out of sight, Ant. Am. 271 ; l)egar er
when the sun sank, Eb. 172. 2. of a storm, it abates;
aegja ve3rit (acc), Nj. 1 24 ; en er veSrit tok at minka ok laegja
S>9> til ^ess er ve&r lasgSi, 129 ; en \)egzT um varit er sjo tok
"0. IV. reflex, to get lower ; lond laegjask, to sink under
Orkn. (in a verse) : — to sink, fall, abate, J)a laegftusk l)eir
I Fms. X. 324, Sks. 204; af bans tilkv4mu laegSisk harkit,
Ij., only in compds, gras-Iaegr (q.v.), or in neut. in the phrase,
l(at kirkju), to have a right to be buried, K. |j. K. 18, 34 ; in
ViT J)d laegt vi6r, at . . ., it was on the point of. .. (cp. la
r, m. [Dan. lcEgedom], = ]xkn\s-d6it\T, Bs. ii. 180, Mar.
a cure, = Isekning ; koma til Iseknar, Hkr. i. 102, Post. 248 ;
' laknar Ufa (lyfa?), Hm. 148
la-kning, but mod. laeknaai -.—to cure, btal, Barl. 9 ; en Astrld lekiiai
hann, Fms. x. 370 ; l«kna sdr, Al. 99, Bs., passim in mod. usage.
Iseknari, a, m. a leech, -\xknir, ^orft. 70, Bs. i. 294.
loekning, f. a cure, as also the art of healing, Nj. 154, Sks. 117,
Stj. 625, Horn. 133, Bs. i. 639-643: — medicine, g<i5 Isckning, Pr. 473;
laekningar kaup. a fee for a cure, N. G. L. i. 67 ; ixkningar lyf, a
medicine, Stj. 272, see lyf; laekningar bragfl, a cure, Fms. viii. 442.
Isekninga-maSr, m. a leech, = \7R'kn\x.
laeknir, m. a leech, physician, Sdm. II, Nj. 89, MS. 623, 40, Fas. iii.
644, Hkr. ii. 376, Mar., Stj., Bs. i.640sqq., passim. compds: leskniB-
d6inr, m. medicine, Stj. 126, Barl. 17. Inknis-f^, n. a leech's fie,
G\i\ . 1 49. IsBknis-flngr, m.the' leecb-finger,' digitus medicalis, St j. 1 9 1 .
Iseknis-gras, n. a healing herb, Pr. 470. Issknis-hendr, f. pi.
' leech-hands,' healing hands, Sdm. 4, Fms. v. 40. Iseknis-lyf, f. a
medicine, 656 B. 11, see lyf.
liJETL'R, m. [i.e. loekr; Ivar Aasen lok], the umbilical cord, navel
string, a midwife's term, Stj. 198.
Ij.ZE!KB, m. (i.e. Icekr, — itekr, agr, t)vi fegra J)ykkir hlj(S6a en l<Ekr,
tcgr, Skalda 178), gen. laekjar, dat. with the article laelojum, Isl. ii. 339,
.^40, Fms. vi. 351 ; pi. laekir, gen. laekja, dat. Isekjum : — a brook, rivulet,
Edda (Gl.), Nj. 69, 155, 244, Isl. ii. 339, 340, Bs. i. 196, Dropl. 34,
Lv. 85, Fms. i. 252, 253, vi. 351, Fb. i. 414, passim, esp. in mod. Icel.,
in which laekr is always used instead of the Dan. btek ; baejar-lackr,
and in many local names, BrjAns-laekr, Lsekjar-bugr, Bs. ; Iisekjar-
sk6gr, etc. compds: leekjar-duSra, u, f. a bird; see doSka.
Isekjar-fall, n. a running brook, Lv. 85. laekjar-far, n. or -far-
vegr, m. the bed of a brook, Korm. 182. Isekjar-gil, n. a ghyll with
a brook, Dipl. v. 19. l8Bkjar-6s8, m. the mouth of a brook, Ld. 250,
Eg. 185. laskjar-rda, f. a running brook, Stj. 163. Isekjar-
sprsena, u, f. n little brook.
Ise-megin, see lemegin, Stj. 16.
Isemingr, m., pi. laemingjar: — a loom (bird) =16mr, Gisl. 67, cp. 155 :
metaph., the phrase, i laemingi, by stealth, Gisl. 155 ; in Vigl. 22 the new
Ed. reads i fleymingi.
leena, u, f. [Ion], a hollow place, vale.
L^R, n., mod. Iseri, [A. S. lire; Scot, lyre = the fleshy parts of the
body ; Old Engl, leere = skin ; Dan. laar] : — the thigh, the leg above the
knee; hjo a laerit ok undan fotinn, Nj. 97, Glum. 380; taka 1 mitt laer,
Fbr. 53; leysti holdit allt af laerinu, R.(5m. 239; bl^s upp allan fotinn^
laerit tok {)a at grafa, Grett. 153; Ixrit upp at sma-^6rmum, 154: —
of a beast, a laer galtanum, GullJ). 15. II. a bam, of meat;
e8a tvau laer hengi, J)ars ek haf6a eitt eti&, Hm. 66 ; J)6 at eitt \xx hengi
upp, N. G. L. i. 349 ; laer oxans tvau ok ba&a bogana, Edda 45 ; laer af
J)revetrum oxa, O. H. L. 60 ; sjaldan liggjandi lilfr \xx um getr, n(5 sofandi
ma&r sigr, Hm. 57.
L^RA, 6, [Ulf. /a/s/a« = 5£Sa(r«6tj'; A.S.laman; Old Engl. /«re; Engl.
learn = to teach formerly, and sometimes so used still ; Scot, lair or lear ;
O.H.G. leran; Germ, lehren ; Swed. I dr a ; Da.n.lcEre; in all changing
the s into r; the word may be a derivative from lesa (I), to gather ; cp.
Lat. legere, to gather and to read] : I. to teach, with acc. or absol. ;
peirra kenningar laerSu oss, Hom. (St.): the disciple in acc, Isra annan i
sta8 sinn, K. |). K. 60; hann laerfti Ara prest, Hkr. (pref); hverr sa maSr
er Ixrir a8ra, Gd. 35 ; hann let Ixra hann a vigfimi ok riddara-skap ok
allshattar it)r6ttir, Fms. i. 97: laerdr a Ldtinu-tungu, K.|).K. 74; vel IserSir
til vapna ok ridd»ra-skaps, Sks. 381 ; nema hjarta hejTandans laerisk af
helgum Anda, Greg. 19 ; Ixrask at e-m, to get information from a per-
son, Karl. 444 ; cp. laerSr below. II. to learn, in mod. usage
in this sense only, but seems not to occur in old writers, for Fas. ii. 67
is a paper MS., but cp. laera bok, Nd. 18 (a poem of the beginning of the
15th century).
leerandi, part, a teacher, Stj.
Iser-djupr, adj. deep in lore, a nickname, Bs.
l8er-d6inr, m. learning, scholarship, Bs. i. 8 ; hann hafSi hfifSingskap
mikinn ok laerdom g63an, 90, passim : of the clergy, as opp. to the laity,
leikdomr, Bs., H.E. passim, compds: l8BTd6Ta.S'\)6'k,(. a book of learn-
ing. Iserdoms-grein, f. science, lesrd6ms-iuadr, m. a scholar,
Bs. i. 98.
Iserflr, part., [cp. Old Engl, lered], prop. ' tamgbt,' and then learned, a
scholar; naemr ok vel laerSr, Bs. i. 1 27, K. {»: K. 154 ; laerdir menn, opp.
to leikir menn {laymen) ; laerdr e5a leikr, Dipl. ii. 13 ; in mod. usage = »
scholar; hk-\xrbr,bigb learned; o-lxx&t, unlearned ; litt-lserftr, veUsrSr,.
freq. ; see laera (I).
l8Bri-d6mr, m. /earn/n^, = laerdomr, Stj. 14, 64.
leeri-dottir, f. a ' lore-daughter,' female disciple, Stj. 157.
Iseri-foSir, m. a ' lore-father," teacher, master, Sks. 307^803, POst.t
of the Fathers, eccl.
l8Bri-in6flir, f. a ' lore-mother,' female teacher, Greg. IT".
Iseri-mser, f. a female disciple, Stj. 158, Greg. 27.
laering, f. teaching, learning, in old',*n times esp. for holy orders ; ^a
^.j.„ .J, , ^.^„. seldu honum margir sonu sina til laeririgar, ok letu vigja til presta, lb. 14^
A, a3, but older laekn3i, Fms. x. 370; spelt lecnSi, whence 1 Bs. i. 63; til f6strs c8a lieringar (education) e8a farar, Grig. i. 172.^
404
Li^ilMSTOLL— LdGLYSlNG.
hann var settr til laeringar, 623. 54: — teaching, precept, Horn. 108, 157;
l2eringar = kenningar, Skalda 205 (in a verse).
l8Bri-st611, m. a pulpit, chair. Mart. 113.
leeri-sunr, m. a ' lore-son,' disciple, Bs. i. 907.
leeri-sveinn, m. a ' lore-swain,' disciple, Fms. i. 134, GJ)1. 40 ; Eyjolfr
virSi Jjorlak mest allra sinna lasrisveina, Bs. i. 91, and passim in the N. T.
{the disciples of Christ), Vidal., Pass. : freq. in mod. usage = schoolboy.
Iser-knuta, u, f. a joint bone.
lsBT-leggT,m. the thigh bone, Fms. ix. 219, Edda 28,Sks. 372,GuIlJ).15.
Ii^SA, t, [lass; Dan. laase'], to lock, shut, with dal., laesti h6n J)egaT
loptinu innan, Nj. 7; var J)eirri hurSu Isest, Fms. iii. 67; J)au voru 611
laest innan borgar, xi. 74 ; hurSin var bse6i Ixst innan ok utan, Horn.
120; laesti si3an skrininu, Fms. vi. 402 ; kirkjur voru allar laestar, viii.
329 : — to shut one in, hun fylgSi Jieim i uti-biir ok Isesti J)au J)ar, Isl. ii.
108; var hestr Grettis laestr i husi sterkliga, Grett. 113 : Ixsa brdf, <o
seal, Rom. 247, Bs. ii.122: — to groove, i hjalti sverftsins voru laestir
lyfsteinar, Fas. iii. 244. 2. of a beast of prey ; Ixsa klom, hrammi,
to pierce or clasp with the claws ; hon Isesti klonum inn a6 beini : reflex.,
Ixsast or laesa sig, to pierce, penetrate ; klaernar Isestust inn a6 beini (of
claws), mjiiksdr um limu logi mer Ixsir sig fast, Snot 128.
ISBsing, f. a lock.
laestr, part, locked, having a lock, Dipl. iii. 4.
L^TI, n. pi., in dat. latum, [Dan. lader, cp. lat], manner, also including
sound; laeti ertvennt,laetiheitirrodd,laetiheitir aeSi.Edda iio,Vsp. 18; engi
J)au laeti, hlj6& e8a raddir, Skalda 172 ; hon kve6r viS sva hatt ok 6skur>
liga at silk laeti {)6ttisk konungrinn eigi heyrt hafa, Fb. ii. 26 ; vi5 askranleg
Iseti, Al. 142 ; honum f)6tti lilt at heyra laeti {)eirra, their wailings, Fms.
iv. 369; baeSi handa laeti ok fota, Sks. 116; lit ok laeti, Skv. i. 39.
l88-virki, a, m. [A. S. lawerc ; Old and North. E. lavrock'], a lark,
Edda (Gl.)
Ise-viss, adj., and Ise-vist, f., see lae.
Xioezkr, adj. of Lorn, from the county Lom in Norway, D. N.
IiOD, f., gen. laSar, [la3a], bidding, invitation; la6ar J)urfi, VJ)m. 8;
bu6umk hilmir lo9, HcifuSl. ; bj63a li&endum 168, Fsm. 3 ; J)j66-169,
hospitable reception, Hm. 4 : in pr. names, Sigr-168, who invites victory ;
Gunn-166, Hm.
LOD, f., gen. 165ar, [Engl, lathel, a smith's lathe; kenna gull til sj63s
e9a diguls e3a la'Sar, Edda 84, freq. in mod. usage. 16d-h.yrr, m. the
fire of the lathe, poet, for gold, tsl. ii. 372 (in a verse).
163r, n. froth, (and l63ra, a3), see lau3r and lau3ra.
163r-maniiligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), cowardly, Grett. 90 A.
I63r-menni, n. a coward, feeble person. Fas. iii. 437.
I63rungr, see lau6rungr.
163u3r, m. a bidder, inviter, Yt. 23.
L63urr or Iio3urr, m. [cp. Germ, lodern], one of the names of Loki,
— LoSurr is the Prometheus of the Northern mythology, see lae and 63r.
Odin, Haenir, and L66urr were the three gods who created Ask and Embla,
Vsp. : vmr l^obws, the friend of 'Loh\ir, = Odxn, Ht. (Hkr. i. 88).
LOG, n. pi. laws, see lag B. 2. in compds as a prefix = Icmful, legal,
as defined, ordered, prescribed in law, general, or the like.
16g-arfi, a, m. a lawful heir, Fms. ix. 333, Js. 28.
16g-iv6xtr, m. legal interest; tiunda fe sitt ok allan logavoxt fjar
sins, Bs. i. 68.
log-baugr, m. a 'law-ring,' cp. baugr (II), the payment of weregild,
Grag. ii. 171.
I6g-bei3mg, f. a legal demand, legal call, in pleading, Nj., Grag.
Log-bergi or LSg-berg, n. the Law-hill, rock of law, where the Icel.
legislature was held, see Grag., Nj. passim, and Mr. Dasent's Introduc-
tion to Burnt Njal, which contains a description and drawing of the
place. Ii6gbergis-ganga, u, f. the procession (of the goSar) to the
Law-rock, Grag. i. 26, Eg. 703, Fms. ii. 172.
16g-binda, batt, to bind, stipulate by law, Fagrsk. 57.
16g-bj63a, bau6, to order, prescribe by law, Jb. 170: 16g-bo3it,
■law-bidden, ordered.
16g-bo3, n. a legal bid, at a sale, Grag. i. 198: a lawful ca// = Iog-
bei&ing, Nj. 238: — a law, ordinance, mod. = laga-bo8.
Idg-b6k, f. a ' law-book,' code of laws, Fms. vii. 305, viii. 377, K. {j. K.
-24, N. G. L. i. 378, tsl. Ann. 1271, 1272, 1280, D.R passim: 'but as the
Icel. Commonwealth has no fixed code, so the word never applies to Icel.
previous to the union with Norway.
16g-b6t, f. an amendment of law, K. f>. K. 24.
16g-brig3ir, m. a law breaker. Eg. (in a verse).
l6g-brot, n. a breach of law. Eg. 352. iegbrots-ma3r, m. a law
breaker. Mar.
l6g-bTi, n. a lawful household, Grag. ii. 39.
16g-deila, u, f. a law quarrel, a cause before a court, Bs. i. 75.
I6g3ir, m. [leggja], poet, a ' stabber,' sword, only in poetry. Lex. Poet.
16g-d6inr, m. a lawful court, Grag. i. 1 7 : — a legal sentence, Bs. i. 141.
16g-d^, n. [16gr], a ' sea-deer,' poet, a ship. Lex. PoiJt.
lOg-deema, ft, to adjudge by law, D. N.
iSg-deemi, n. a ' law-doom,' jurisdiction.
i
I6g-eggjan, (.full provocation, as defined by law, Nj. 154. ■ '^
16g-ei3r, m. a lawful oath, an oath as ordered by law, Grit,
passim : — a nickname, Log-EiSr, B^rft. [
16g-eindagi, a, m. a legal term, Grag. i. 132, 399, K. |). K. 174. 1
16g-e3rrir, m., pi. logaurar, legal money, lawful tender, legal p(^l
Grag. i. 88, 193, 391, 392, 466, ii. 245, K. Jj. K. 172. P
16g-fa3mr, m. a legal fathom, one prescribed by law, Grag. ii. qi.
log-fardagr, m. a legal time for moving one's household, GiLg.ii.\
16g-fasta, u, f. the law-fast, ordered by law, Grag. i. 293, K.]l
102; 16gf6stu tiS, Post. 645. 77. . I
16g-fastr, adj. ' law fast,' domiciled, Grag. i. 243, 245, 381, iLal
16g-fa, fekk, to take, receive, legally, Fms. viii. 295.
16g-fdkr, m. [logr], the 'sea-steed,' sea-horse, Hym.
15g-fe, n. a ' laW-fee,' of a fir»e, N. G. L. ii. 306.
16g-f61ag, n. a lawful partnership, of marriage, N. G. L. ii. 305,
16g-festa, t, = festa log fyrir e-t, see festa (II. 2), N. G. L, i. 244,1
334, Jb. 250, 331.
16g-festa, u, f. a lawful title, right in matters of possesscj
Norse law term answering to lyritr (II) in the Icel. law, N. G,,
G\>\. 362, 451.
log-festing, f. = 16gfesta, Dipl. i. 7.
I6g-festr, f. a lawfd mooring, of a whale, Sturl. ii. 283
lawful betrothal.
16g-f6str, n. a fostering, as defined in law, the fostering a ch
8th to its 1 6th year, Grag. ii. 45 ; see fostr.
log-fostri, a, m. one who has given logfostr to another, Gri/^%\
16g-fr6tt, f. a lawful query, in pleading, Grag. i. 36.
16g-fr63r, adj. learned in law, Bs. i. 733.
16g-fr8e3i, f. law, jurisprudence, Barft. 173.
16g-frae3ingr, m. a lawyer, a man skilled in law.
16g-fullr, adj. lawful, legal, Ld. 210, Isl. ii. 379, Fs. 159, N.<}|
306, passim.
16g-fundr, m. a lawful meeting, public meeting, Ld. 62, Fs. 60.
log-fostntin, f. legal espousals, Grag. i. 316.
LOG-G, f., gen. 16ggvar, Edda ii. 100 (in a verse); in mod. t
laggar ; [Scot, leggin ; Engl, ledge] : — the ledge or rim at the hoi
a cask, Grag. i. 501, freq. in mod. usage: also of the inside of !
{laft er dalitift eptir i logginni. 2. a mark on sheep, a smiU
piece cut out of the side of the ear.
COMPDS : 16gg-brotini ift
with the ledge broken off. 16gg-stokkinn, part. = 16ggbrotinn, Stj ^'
16g-gar3r, m. a lawful fence, as prescribed in law as to heig
thickness, Grag. ii. 262, 266, 267.
16g-gilda, t, to give lawful currency to. ,
log-gildi, n. validity. '
log-gildr, adj. of full value, current. I
]6g-giptr, part, lawfully given away, of a lady, D.N. |
16g-gjafl and 16g-gjafari, a, m. a lawgiver. I
I6g-gj6f, f. a legal gift, GJ)1. 271; lawgiving, legislation, (mocj .
16ggra, aft, [prob. from logg; Dan. logre = to wag the tail, of ft-
— to crouch abjectly, like a dog ; hvat er \>zt it litla er ek loggra •
snapvist snapir, Ls. 44, a ott. Key.
16g-gri3, n. a lawful domicile, Grag. i. 19, 149.
16g-beilagr, adj. holy, sacred, of days according to the canoni »>i
Grag., K. Jj. K. passim (alia loghelga daga).
I6g-heimili, n. = 16ggrift, Grag. i. 150, Nj. 33.
16g-hli3, n. a gate as prescribed by law, Grag. ii. 264,
log-hreppr, m. a Rape (hreppr) as defined by law, Grag. i. 443,
16g-hverf3, f., or log-liverfa, u, f. a lawful fence, D.N. v. i!"
log-kaup, n. a lawfd bargain, Grag. i. 148, K.f). K. 70. !
log-kennandi, part, a ' law-surveyor' to declare if a thing bekj*'
person or not, Grag. i. 424. !
ISg-kominn, part, lawfully entitled to, Jb. 244. '
16g-kr6kar, m. pi. law quibbles, Fms. vii. 142, Sks. 439. '
16g-kv63, f. a legal summons, Grag. i. 35, Nj. 218.
16g-k8eni, f. skill in the law, Nj. 236.
log-ksenn, adj. versed, skilled in the law, Nj. 222, Fms. m. l-
J,'jl
'S
leg-ksenska, u, f. = 16gkaeni, Fms. vii. 142.
16g-langr, adj. of lawful length, Jb. 407.
16g-laiiss, adj. lawless, Sks. 77 new Ed.
16g-lei3, f. a lawful Leet (meeting), K. {>. K. 68.
I6g-lei3a, d,= leifta i 16g, to bring {a freedman) to the pm ^^
law, (cp. to naturalise), Grag. i. 290. II. to introduc
(leifta e-t i log), Bs. i. 720, freq. in mod. usage.
log-leiga, u, f. lawful rent, Gr4g. i. 196, 217. _ _ ,.
log-leysa, u, f. lawlessness, a lawless state, G^\. 361 > "*• '■ ''
134, Magn. 472, Fms. xi. 294, Sks. 339.
16g-liga, adv. lawfully, Nj. 188, K. A. 54, Bs. ii. 96.
16g-ligr, adj. lawful, legal, Nj. i. Eg. 725, Fms. vii. 14a. »• 3'
5S, passim ; li-loglegr, unlawful.
16g-lyritr, m. a lawful lyrit (q. v.), Grag. i. 109. _
I6g-l^sing, f, a legal declaration, in pleading, Grag. i. 18, »
<l^
c/^j
LOGMADR— LOGRiENA.
405
i8r, m. [old Swed. logman; the president of the supreme court'
held in Orkney was called the lagman] : — ' law-man.' In the
Icandinavian kingdoms each legal community or state (log) had
aws, its own parliament (log{)ing), and its own 'law-man' (lagh-
'maflr) ; the lagman was the first commoner and the spokesman
sople against the king and court at public assemblies or else-
ewas also the guardian of the law, and the president of the legis-
iy and of the law courts. As in the heathen time laws were not
he lagman had to say what was the law of the land in any case
; in the general assemblies, at least in Iceland, he had to ' say'
(from memory) to the assembled people from the Law-hill
li); hence in the Icelandic Commonwealth he was called log-stigu-
w.), the ' law-speaker,' ' law-sayer,' ' speaker of the law,' and his
saga or 16g-s6gn = ' law-speaking :' 1. Sweden and Gothland
imes were the classical lands of lagmen, for the whole kingdom
"cderation of commonwealths, each with its parliament, law-
nd laws, who were all of them united under one king ; see the
rds in the old Swedish laws, Sveriges Gamla Lagar, as edited
:r, as also the classical account given of lagman Thorgny in O. H.
b. — i hverri J)essi deild landsins er sitt lagj)ing, ok sin log, yfir
gum er IcigmaSr, . . . {)at skulu log vera sem hann re8 upp at
ef konungr, eSa jarl, eSa byskupar fara yfir land ok eigu ^ing vi9
la svarar logma3r af hendi biienda . . . ; aSrir lijgmenn allir skulu
•menn {)ess logmanns er a TiundaJandi er, 0. H. 65. 2.
y the political institutions of the old patriarchal ages were
tnrbed through the wars and conquest of Harald Fairhair; the
WS of Norway too have been preserved in a much more
jry state than those of Sweden ; of some of the most interest-
anly the eccl. section has been preserved, often in Icelandic
or abridged. The most interesting records of the lagmen are
liiot to be found in the Norse laws, but in the Sagas, e. g. the
the Hak. S. Gamla, ch. 71-80, 85-97 (in the Flatey book),
the f)inga-J)attr in Fms. vii. 123-150, and in stray passages in
lie Sagas, in such phrases as logmenn ok konungr, liigmenn
Ir, lenda menn ok logmenn ok alia alt)y6u. Eg. 352. 8.
er Middle Age in Norway, and in Icel. after 1280, the
% a justice, who presided in the court logretta, at the logJ)ing
'.passim. 4. in the Icelandic Commonwealth, the officer
lie* have been described above was specially called logscigu-
logmadr is only used = lagama&r = a lawyer, — J)at er ok, at
k skal sva goria J)attu alia upp segja, at engi viti einna miclogi
honum vinsk eigi fr661eikr til J)ess, J)a skal hann eiga stefnu
lOgmenn (lawyers, men skilled in law), en naestu dxgr a3r, e9r
. i. 2, 3 ; J)at skal allt hafa er finnsk a skrcO J)eirri er HafliSi
.en J)at eitt af annarra logmanna fyrirsogn {0/ other lawyers)
'A J)vi i gegn, 7 ; Njall var logmaSr sva mikill {so great a
eingj fannsk bans jafningi, Nj. 30. At the union with Nor-
1272) the logs6gu-ma3r of the Commonwealth was replaced
len of the Norse kind, so that in the Sagas composed after
b.g. the Grettla) or in Sagas preserved in later transcripts, the
now and then confounded, and 'logmaSr' was, by way of
t, used of the logsogu-ma&r of the old Commonwealth, cp.
15. 173. 191 new Ed., Nj. 24, 164, 237 (v. 1.), Eg. 597, Isl.
ii. 208, 238, 256, Bs. i. (Hungrv.) 62, Fms. iv. 115, 176,
• H. edition has the true reading, being made from a vel-
Commonwealth time. p. two instances are recorded
the loth century in Iceland, where a logma5r occurs as a
nty sheriff or officer, viz. in the Hav. S. (begin.) and the
ch. 10; but both records seem to be spurious and adapted
of things in Norway, for neither Saga is preserved in its pure
:e, but remoulded after the union ; see Maurer's Entstehung
tes, Beitrage, 136 sqq. In Scandinavia during the Middle
power of the king increased, so that of the old lagman
last died away. In England it is preserved in the Speaker
e of Commons, whose very name recalls to mind the law-
e old Scandinavian communities. II. a pr. name,
Orkn. coMPDs : lOgmanns-dseini, n. the jurisdiction
, Fms. v. 266. 16gmanns-eiflr, m. an oath of homage
t)l. 66. Idgmanns-Iauss, adj. without a lagman, Ann.
pgmanns-urskurSr, m. a lagman's decree, Jb. 1 70.
n. a lawful mark on sheep, Grag. i. 416, ii. 308, 309.
:. prescription, rule of the law; skulum ver J>at liig-
'■ utg6r8ir varar er fyrr hefir veiit, N.G. L. i. 104; me8
skulu born hans til arfs koma, 152 ; greida logmal, to solve
Grag. i. 7 ; haf5i J)at logmal a verit, at . . . , j7 was the old
. 309 : = logskiI, maela logmalum sinum, Eg. 734. 2.
itute, Th. 82, esp. in an eccl. sense; hly'dinn Gu6i ok hans
i. 263 ; Gu3 haf&i J)at birt i inu forna logmali, Stj. 42,
210 (of the old and new covenant), Barl. passim : in mod.
the Mosaic law, LogmaliS, N. T., Vidal., Pass. compds :
k, f. the book of the law, Stj. Idgmils-spjdid, n. pi. the
■ f sp.
' tables of the law, Th. 10. Idgm&ls-stafir, ni. a lawpcint, Germ, recblt-
punkt, Gr4g. i. 402 ; hvat vihu J)4 gora fyrir liigmdls-staftinn? fsl. ii. 149.
I6gm&ls-6rk, f. the ark of the covenant, Rb. 374, Pr. 77.
16g-mdli, a, m. a law stipulation, Gr4g. ii. 234, 246, Jb. 20I.
16g-met, n. legal taxation, N.G.L. i. 90.
16g-metandi, a, m. a legal taxer, surveyor, Grag. i. 88, 397.
lOg-mot, n. a ' law-meeting,' public meeting, Fs. 43.
Idg-meeltr, part, defined in the law, prescribed in the law ; in the old
oath, oil logmaelt skil, all pleadings or proceedings as prescribed in the law,
Nj. 232 ; see Icigmatr below, which seems to be the older form.
ISg-msetr, adj. legitimate, as prescribed in the law; oil Icigmxt skil
af hendi leysa, Grag. (Kb.) i. 46 ; ok veita honum i J)vi lijgmxta bjorg,
78 ; logmxt siik, a lawful case, Fms. iii. 144. 2. in mod. usage «
lawful ; o-liigmaetr, unlawful, not valid.
LOG-N, f., pi. lagnir, [leggja], a net laid in the sea, opp. to a drag-
net, GJ)1. 42 1 ; lagnar skip, a boat used in laying down nets. Eg. 4, 6. H.,
D. N. ii. 89 : in plur., lagnir, the place where the nets are laid; sela-lagnir,
nets for catching seals. II. a neut. pi., hans menn roa a sjo at fa
grjena fiska me6 logn, ok mi urSu lognin sva J)ung, at . . ., |)iSr. 71.
I6g-prettr, m. a quibble in law, Fms. vii. 120.
16g-pundari, a, m. a legal steel-yard, Grag. i. 499.
LOGR, m., gen. lagar; dat. legi, pi. legir, Lil. 31; ace. logu, Fb. i. 525 ^
(in a verse) ; [A. S. lagu; cp. Eng\.lake; O. H. G. lagu; Lat. locus'] : — the
sea; koma um log, /o come by sea,V sp. 51: in the allit. phrase, lopt ok log,
air and sea, Sks. 47, Skm. 6 ; lands e3a lagar, on land or sea ; or 4 landi
e3a legi, Grag. ii. 171, Al. 107; hvergi kom ek J)ar lands ne lagar, at . . .,
Bs. i. 721, ii. 5, 122 ; lagar hjarta, 'sea-heart,' poet, for a stone, Yt. ; lagar
stoS, the sea steeds = ships. Lex. Poet.; stiga land af legi, Hkv. Hjorv.
26. 2. a local name of large lakes, e. g. Logr = the Melar in Sweden,
0. H. ; or of a great estuary, vi3 a jpa er Tanais heitir ok {lann log er J)ar
fellror, Stj. 11. water, any liquid ; tak log af grasi, Pr. 471 ; si6an
tok hann ser log nokkurn, kastaiW ^ar i (iskunni, ok gorSi af graut, Fms.
ii. 163 ; ly'si, hunang ok allskyns logr annarr, K. A. 206; i vatni vormu
e&a koldu, en ongum legi odrum e6a viikva, H.E. i. 480; af t)eini legi
er lekit haf3i or hausi, Sdm. 13; verpa lauki i log, 8; spraena rau3um
legi, C. II. (in a verse) ; sar-logr, benja-liigr = blood; hrx-!6gr, hjor-liigr,
id.. Lex. Poet.: logr Sonar, Bobnux = the poetical mead, Edda ; hver-logr
6&ins, id., Ht. III. the Rune [*, (A. S. lagu.)
I6g-rd3andi, part, a legal guardian, warden, Grag. i. 162 [cp. Germ.
vormund, as also vollmundig], K. |). K. 1 58 ; at hann mundi rettr 16gra3-
andi fyrir ddttur sjnni, Lv. 32 ; hann l^t m63ur sina 16gra6andi, Ld. 62.
16g-rdn, n. loss of right, injustice, lawless dealing, N. G. L. i. 88, Eb.
26 new Ed. (in a verse).
log-rengd, f. a legal challenge, Grag. i. 17, 31.
log-rengja, d, to quash a suit; 1. mal, f)i3r. 74, (logrinnt, qs. logrengt.)
log-rett, f. a public fold for gathering and dividing sheep when driven
in from the pastures, Grag. i. 417, Jb. 292.
I6g-r6tta, u, f. I. ' law-mending,' an ordinance; J)at vaeri g65
logretta er konungrinn gaf um konungJega refsing, Sks. 670. II.
as a law term, the name of the legislature of the Icel. Commonwealth,
either from retta log, to make the law right, or perh. better from reit, a
fence, qs. a law-fence, law-yard, law-court, from being held within the
sacred circle, called ve-bond ; for the word is used of the place as well
as of the body sitting there, e. g. ganga til logrettu, to proceed to the 1.,
Nj. 150. 2. in the Norse law, as also in Iceland after the union with
Norway, logretta was the public court of law held during the general
assembly (J)ing), and presided over by the lagman; the members (log-
rettu menn) were delegated from all the counties represented in the
assembly, see N. G. L. ii. 10 sqq., as also Jb. |jingfara-balk, ch. 3. 3.
in the Icel. Commonwealth the logretta was the legislative held during
the althing on the logbergi (q. v.), and consisted of the forty-eight
Go3ar (see go3i) ; it was presided over by the 16gsogu-ma3r (see
16gma3r), and controlled all laws and licences (ra8a logum ok lofum),
and was the supreme power in the land; for its power, composition,
and duties, see esp. lb. ch. 5, Grag. passim, esp. the L6grdttu-{)attr
or section of the logretta, the |)ingskapa-{)attr, the Njala, and the
Sagas passim ; of mod. writers, Maurer's Beitrage, Dasent's Introduc-
tion to Burnt Njal. compds : 16gr6ttu-f6, n. the treasury of the
\., from which the logsogu-maSr was paid, Grag. i. 3. lOgrettu-
madr, n. [lagraetman, Jamieson], a member of the logretta, in Icel.
sense, Grag. i. 8 ; in Norse sense, Jb. i. 16gr6ttu-seta, u, f. a seat
in tie 1., Grag. i. 4. I6gr6ttu-skipan, f. the order, constitution of the
1., as to the number of its members, Jb. 9, Nj. 150. 16gr6ttu-Ji&ttr,
m. the section of law of the 1., Grag. i. 4.
16g-r6ttr, m. a ' law-right,' lavful due; biskup by'8r at gjalda fyrir
malit sex hundrua, ok kallar biskup meir en tv4 logrettu, Bs. i. 492.
16g-ripting, f. = lagaripting, Dipl. ii. 12.
I5g-rjufa, rauf, to dissolve by law, Jb. 122 A.
16g-ru3ning, f. a legal challenge, of neighbours or judges, Nj. 235.
16g-r8Bna, t, to deprive of law, to treat unfairly and in a lawless manner,
..Gt)l. 542, Bs. i. 737.
406
LOGRiENINGE^LOTRA.
I
16g-r8eningr, m. a person who has been wrotiged or cheated o/his^ 16gu-nautr, m., prop, a messmate, Orkn. 442, Fms. vi. 6, Ski.
lawful right. Eg. 526, Fms. vii. 65
15g-saga, u, f. ' law-saying,' ' law-speaking,' pronovficing the law, Fms.
ix. 332 ; {)ii ba5 hann J)6ri logmann birta sina logsogu, 335. II.
the office of the 16gs6gu-ma3r in Icel., and logmaSr (lagman) in Sweden
and Norway (from segja log, to speah the law) : the phrases, taka log-
sogu, hafa logsogu, J)ar naest tok Hramn logsogu nsestr Haengi, ok hafdi
tuttugu sumur, Jb. 6, passim ; for Norway, see Fms. ix. 330, 332 ; for
Icel., see fb., Kristni S., Grag., Nj. passim ; as for the public reading of
the law from the Law-hill (upp-saga) see Grag. i. 2,3: (cp. the legal
usage of the Isle of Man.) compds : Ibgsogu-madr, m. the ' law-
speaking man,' the lagman or law-speaker of the Icel. Commonwealth, see
the remarks s. v. logmaSr ; for the ofBce, duties, etc. see Grag., esp. the
L(3gsogumanns-J)attr or section of the 1., the lb., Kristni S. ch. 11, Nj.,
etc.; for a list of the Icel. logsogumenn from 930 -1280 A. D. and logmenn
from 1 280-1800, when the office and name were abolished, see Safn ii. i
sqq. The Idgsogumadr was during the first hundred years (930-1030)
elected for life, afterwards for a shorter time (three years) ; his tenure
of office formed the groundwork for the chronology of Ari the historian
in his work the Icelander Book. lOgsogumanns-ruin, n. the seat
of the law^speaker in the logretta, Grag. i. 37, (the opening of the courts
fixed at the hour when the sun shone on the seat of the 1.) logsOgu-
inaiins-J)£ttr, m. the section of law about the lagman (see logmaSr),
Grag. i. 1-4.
16g-sag3r, pzrt. pronounced, declared as law, GJ)1. 27.
16g-sagnari, a, m. = 16grettuma9r.
16g-sain3r, part. ; logsamftr domr, a sentence lawfully pronounced, law-
ful sentence, N. G. L. i. 19, GJjl. 27.
ISg-samkvdraa, u, f. a lawful meeting, Grag. i. 296.
I6g-samligr, adj. = 16gligr, H.E. i. 456, Eg. 725, Hom. 33.
log-samr, adj. lawful, Stj. 311.
log-segjandi, part. ' law-sayer,' a person who lawfully pleads or takes
part in public affairs, any free citizen offidl age, Grag. ii. 31.
16g-sekr, adj. convicted, declared gnilty, Grag. ii. 63, Sturl. i. 101.
16g-sekt or 16g-sek3, f. ' law-guilt,' penalty, one of the three degrees
of outlawry, Grag. i. 119.
log-silfr, n. standard silver, Grag. i. 392, cp. 500.
log-sjdndi, part, a ' law-seer,' surveyor; hafit 6r nokkut logsjandr til
kvadda ! Eb. 56, Grag. i. 392, 393, 504, ii. 31.
16g-skil, n. pi. ' law-business,' such as pleading, or any public duties in
the courts or in the logretta ; Mor5r gigja maelti logskil at vanda sinum,
Nj. 3 ; hverr sa ma5r er J)ar J)urfti logskil af hendi at leysa at domi,
skyldi a6r ei3 vinna . . ., Landn. 258 ; allir Tpek menn er logskil nokkur
skulu maela at domum a alj)ingi, hvart er J)eir skulu sakir saekja e8r
verja, edr bera vsetti e5r kviSu, ok skulu J)eir vinna ei6a, a&r {)eir maeli
J)eim malum, sva at domendr heyri, Grag. i. 56. II. a lawful
procedure; ef ma5r skytr ni5r limaga ine& engi logskil (iinlawfully),
Grag. i. 297.
I6g-skilna3r, m. a legal divorce, Grag. i. 367.
16g-skipan, f. an ordinance, Grett. 97.
log-skipti, n. a lawful sharing, Grag. i. 425.
lOg-skrd,, f. a law scroll, Sks. 22.
16g-skuld, f a legal debt. 16gskuldar-nia3r, m., and -kona, u,
f. a male {female) legal debtor, Grag. i. 221, 233, 339, ii. 69, 70.
16g-skylda, u, f. a legal obligation, Grag. i. 73 : = lijgskuld, Vapn. 10.
I6g-skyldr, adj. legally obliged, bound by law, Grag. i. 280 : — pre-
scribed by law, K. J). K. 102, 124.
16g-skyldugr, adj. 'law-bound,' ordered by the law, K. A. 9.
16g-s6kn, f. an action at law, G]?l. 217.
I6g-spakr, adj. law-wise, learned in law, Bs. i. 640.
log-speki, f. ' laiu-wisdom,' jurisprudence, Is4. ii. 205.
16g-spekingr, m. a 'law-sage,' a great lawyer, 655 iv. 2.
16g-spurning, f. a laiuful question, in pleading, Grag. i. 19.
16g-stakkgar3r, m. a stack-yard as prescribed by law, Grag. ii. 286.
16g-stefna, u, f. a lawful summons, Grag. i. 39, 374, Nj. 240.
I6g-s6gii, f. the jurisdiction of a lagman (see logmaSr) ; j)essi fri5r
skal standa um alia ^essa logsogn, GJ)1. 450. II. the office = V6g-
saga ; hafa logsogn, Fms. ix. 332, Landn. 321. 2. a declaration of
a lagman; J)er hafit optarr eggjat Skiila at kalla til Noregs en logsogn
Amunda, 333, K.A. 216.
16gs6gu-ina5r, see logmaSr and logsaga.
16g-taka, tok, to receive by law; messu-daga logtekna, K. fj.K. 124;
alia logtekna daga, Vm. 133 ; Jjii ert miklu serri ma6r at aldri en sva, at
ver hafim h6r logtekna i Jomsborg, at vera i sveit me9 oss, Fms. xi.
93. 2. to accept as law ; J)a er Kristni var logtekin, Fs. 77 ; log-
tekin J6nsb6k a Islandi, a al{)ingi, Isl. Ann. 1281, Bs. i. 720, passim.
I6g-tala, u, f. a recital of the law (by the bishop) ; koma til t)ings ok
telja J)ar logtalu fyrir monnura, N. G. L. i. 378, v. 1.
16g-tekning, f. the introduction of a law, Magn. 512.
15g-ti3ir, f. pi. = the eccl. horae canonicae, Grag. i. 142.
16g-tiund, f. a lawful tithe, Grag. i. 379, K. ^. K. 140.
ik
Stj. 436 :■ — a male, colleague, companion, Fms. vii. 368, GJ)1. 20,51};
logu-neyti, n. messmateship, Sks. 293.
I6g-ve3, n. a lawful bail, Grag. ii. 234, 235.
I6g-vellir, m. [liigr], a boiler, Hym. 6.
log- verja, var3i, to protect by law, D. N.
I(5g-vern3, f. protection by law, D. N.
log-villa, u, f. a fraudulent procedure, Grag. i. 21, Nj. 235, 53*
I6g-villr, adj. mistaken in point of law, Grag. i. 316.
I6g-vitr, adj. = 16gspakr, Nj. 222, Bar5. 171.
log-vitringr, m.= 16gspekingr.
log-vizka, u, £ = logspeki, Skalda 207 (in a verse),
16g-v6rn, f. a lawful point of defence, in pleading; ok finna }>eii|
logvarnir i malinu, ok horfSi til J)ess at f)orkell mundi ver6a sekr, gI
347, Nj. Ill, Grag. i. 41, 425.
16g-v6xtr, m. legal interest, = l6gzvoxtT, Grag. i. 198.
16g-J)6.ttr, m. a section of the law, Gr4g. i. 2, Bs. i. 707.
16g-J)iiig and 16g-J)mgi, a, m., also spelt liJgSing, 0. H. 64; pi.
lagthing; Orkneys lawting, Jamieson] : — a Norse, Swed., and Dan I
term, a general assembly or parliament, a general assembly o\
community 'log,' thus answering to alj)ingi, which word is pel
to Icel., whereas 16gJ)ing is not used in the Gragas or the Sag j
the Icel. Commonwealth, except in a derived sense; en er Kl
var i SviJ)j65, J)a helzk {)ar ^6 logSing ok markaSr, 0. H. ffi
hverri J)essi deild landsins er sitt logJ)ing, ok sin log, 65; 4 ha|-
saekja a logjiingi J)vi er her er i J)essu fylki, en J)at er |)randamc.s: '
Fms. vii. 133 ; ^viat ek hygg J)at log vera, ... at mal yr5i eytt
log^ingum, at J)a6an af skyldi aldrei ver6a uppreist Jiess mals, I4J i
skal til vegar ganga a 16g{)ingi einhverju, Frosto-J)ingi, Gul»4m
Hei3saevis-^ingi, 136, (opp. to the lesser fylkis-{)ing) ; var bwif
konungs tekinn a hverju logJ)ingi, Fb. ii. 369 ; ver skolum
eiga a tolf mana6um hverjum, Botolfs messu aptan, i GuloyI
rettum, G{)1. 5. II. in Norway and Sweden, in the laterSj
Age, it came to mean a law court of a district, a kind of county a |
presided over by the lagman, see D. N. passim, and Schlyter s. v. !>*- ■
thing. 2. in Iceland at the union with Norway, the old alti ;:
remodelled in Norse style, and even the old name althing was
abolished and replaced by the Norse lagthing ; thus in the Jb,. i
skulum 16gJ)ingi vart eiga at Oxara 4 J)ingsta6 rettum ; wheic; ■■
J)ingis-b8ekr, f. pi. the records of the lagthing. 16gJ)ingis-rna(
a member of the lagthing, Gfil. 21. I6gj)ingis-skrifari, a, ra. ih- ■
tary of the lagthing, Esp. passim. III. in Iceland in th
time, a public meeting; Gunnarr rei8 til allra mannfunda ok 1 -
Nj. 113 ; J)ann bang skyldi hverr go8i hafa 4 hendi ser til 16g{)i[i: '
fieirra er hann skyldi sjalfr heyja, Landn. 258, Fsyg.
LOM, f., pi. lamar, mod. lamir, [lama], the hinges, esp. ofach-
hjarir (q. v.) of a door; lamar a bak en hespur fyrir, of a shrine iSSwuii^
V. 120, freq. in mod. usage. ' 'li
ISmbungr, m. [lamb], a nickname, Sturl. iii. 187.
LON", f , pi. lanar, mod. lanir, a small oblong hayrick, freq.
usage : poet., hrses lanar, heaps of corpses, H6fu81. 2.-J^
lane\ a row of houses, D.N. ii. 498, iii. 862.
16ngu and longum, adv., see langr.
16ngum-or3inn, long-talker, long-winded talker, used as a
in king Harald's parting words to the poet Amor — kom sja til
16ngumor6inn, he came for something, that long-talker I Mork.
Fms. vii. 198 the passage is corrupted into kom sva nxst til A'
the transcriber who did not understand the king's banter.
LOPP, f., gen. lappar, pi. lappar and lappir, a paw, of dogs ami
LOSKB, adj., ace. loskvan, [cp. Engl, lazy; in early Swcil. ■
mader = a bachelor, loska-kona — a spifister, loska-lceghe = stufrir
S-wtA. losk, Dzn. luske, and Icel. Ii3-leskja] : — weak, idle; loskv
mann. Fas. ii. (in a verse) ; loskr mun hann ae heitinn, Am. 57; '
J)att, the weak side (in a moral sense), Harms. 13.
LOSTB, m., gen. lastar, 6. H. 176, line 3; mod. losts; dat. '.^..j^^^
lestir; ace. lostu : — a fault, flaw; en ef lestir eru a, G{)1. 499! ■! .i*.^^^
er ver koUuni nykrat e5r finngalknat, Skalda 187; brag-lostr, ( *''
cal fault, Sighvat : allit., kost ok lost, Nj. 23, see kostr; lostu ol ■
Hm. 134; skap-lostr, /a?^;^ of temper, O.H.I 76: — a blunder.^
pentarans, Mar. II. metaph. in a moral sense, misbec ■■
hann skal baeta kirkjunni lostinn (his misdemeanour) tolf aurum,
26; ekki nema lestir J)eir se at J)eim at {)au ver9i at vern, !?•■
275. 2. a vice; Icistr ofdrykkjunnar, Fms. viii. 251 ; ek sKl
lostinn, 6. H. 175, freq. in mod. usage, N.T., Vidal., Pass. ' .
lasta-fullr, adj./«// of flaws, Skalda 188. lasta-lausa, sdj ; ^
guileless, in a physical and moral sense, Stor. 3, Grag. i. 5°' '
hestr, Vm. 65.
LOT, f., pi. latar, [latr], dissuasion; telja latar 4 e-u, to tell H _"
backs, dissuade, Sturl. ii. 55 ; konungr for mjok undan ok taldi a •
a um fer6 {)essa. Fas. iii. 143.
lotra, a5, = latra, [Engl, loiter} -.—to loiter, lag behind careless
req. ^
1'^
M— MANNAMUGR.
407
M
mm), the twelfth letter of the alphabet, was in the oldest Runic
tions (the Golden horn, the stone in Tune) figured bC, and in the
ommon Runes CD and ^, whence later, the top being left
^ and Y ' ^'1 these forms being clearly derived from the old
Its ancient name was madr (a mati) — ' ma8r er nioldar-auki,' in
nic poem ; but the likeness of ^ to a man with uplifted hands is
accidental.
Spelling, Changes. — The m is sounded as in English and other
lie languages : it is usually single in the words fim =five, um =
fram = framm, but erroneously, for it is sounded double, agree-
rth the etymology. Changes : 1. peculiar to the Northern
;es is the interchange of mn and/« when both letters are radical ;
imn, nemna, = nafn, nefna ; samn, samna, = safn, safna ; jamn =
)mna, siimn, = sofna, svefn ; hemna = hefna ; stamn = stafn ; stomn
hramn = hrafn : the oldest Icelandic vellums frequently use the
namn, samna, hramn, jamn, but more rarely in other instances,
, Bias. 46; emni, Arna-Magn. 302. 3 ; somna, MS. 623. 34; somn-
3. H. L. 82, 83; sjomn, Pd. 14; it is still sounded instead of/«
d, as in hefnd, proncd. hemd, Hom. 7, 18 ; stemdi = stefndi : the
prevailed in the Icel., and is used in the Editions, as also in
. usage : on the other hand, the Swedish has throughout adopted
; thus, Swed. hamn = Icel. hofn, Engl, haven ; Swed. Idnina — Icel.
)aa. levne; Swed. a/M«e = Icel. efni ; each language has taken
"se without regard to etymology, for in some of the words / is
in others m. 2. otherwise m and / seldom interchange, as
threefold form of the particle of, um, umb ; himinn, himneskr,
inn, hifneskr ; nema (nisi), cp. Goth, niba ; hvilmt and hvilft,
as also Mal-k61fr = Mal-kolmr, J)ja]fi and J)jalmi, skelmir and
II. in vellums m is dropped in the 1st pers. plur. of
lifore the pron. v^r, vit, thus hofu ver, eigu vit, but in mod. usage
it; hence comes the Norse form m^r (plur.), mit (dual), by an
>he of the v and substitution of the final m from the preced-
|): in ollu-megin, ba5u-megin, etc., see megin. In old vellums
, QD is used to mark a double m, thus frarni = frammi ; in most
lucdial or final m is marked by a stroke above the line. The
Y is often used for the word ma3r.
lap, ad, to become maggoty, Stj. 91 : madkadr, part, maggoty.
IEH, m. [Ulf. mada = a/cwXr]^ ; A. S. madu ; O. H.G. mado ;
ide; an augmented form, Engl, maggot, qs. madog ; Dan.
Norse maJik, Ivar Aasen ; Scot, mauch'] : — a maggot, grub,
dvergarnir hofSu kviknat sem maSkar i holdi '^mis ... ok
maftkar, Edda 9; vail hann allr modkum i hel, Rb. 414;
maftka, Fb. ii. 78 ; sidan hitti J>orbjorn i ma6ka-sj6 sem liggr
lUM^i, . . . ok maSkr sa sm6 ne6an skipit til ufseru, A. A. 198,
dr6gu v6t maSka digrari manns laeri, Al. 174, Stj. 91, Sks. 50
lof an insect) ; a,Tn\i-m.a.bkT, arainworm; sjo-mabkr, sea worms,
|Ti. 438 ; skel-ma&kr, worms with shells, id. maSka-veita, u,
^ of maggots.
Ia|j6r, m. a seafidl of worms, |>orf. Karl. 438.
^smoginn, part. worm-eateTi, of drift timber, ships.
\ m., qs. mann-r, which form also occurs in old poets, engi
ranni, Vellekla, (for tl\e change of nn before r into d see the
I to letter N) ; gen. manns, dat. manni, ace. mann, plur. menu,
with the article, menninir, so always in old writers, but in
ttirnir erroneously, as if from mennir : the plur. meOr, answer-
le sing. maSr, occurs in old poets — me5r vitu6 oSling ce^ra, Fms.
Id a verse) ; Norb-medT roa nadri, vi. 309 (in a verse) ; me()r
"it vedr, Edda 102 ; hir6-medr, \ed]a., Rekst., all verses of the
lath centuries ; er me3r MyrkviS kalla, Akv. 5 ; me6r hlutu
[75 new Ed. (in a verse) : gen. pi. manna, dat. niiinnum, ace.
In Ballads and Rimur after the 15th century, and hence in eccl.
* later times, a nom. mann is now and then used, esp. in compds
by Germ, and Engl., e. g. hreysti-mann, SkiSa R. 58 ; or
of rhyme, aetia J)u ekki, aumr mann | af komast muni
hann. Pass. 14. 17: [Ulf. manna =dv6p<uwos; in other Teut.
! spelt man, or Isetter mann.']
man — L^t. homo, Gr. dvOpamos, also people; eigi vil ek
linanninum J)viat mer er maSrinn skyldr, {)at er fra manni at
jmaftr er vel auOigr at fe, Nj. 51 ; mennskr ma&r, a manlike
man being, opp. to giants or beings of superhuman strength, Gm.
eru her komnir ef menn skal kalla, en likari eru J)eir J)ursum
'•i sy'n en mennskum mcinnum. Eg. iio; flyjum mi! ekki er
Sin at eiga, Nj. 97 ; J)at hafa gamlir menn m.-elt, at J)ess manns
it ver6a ef hann felli a griifu, Eg. 107 ; {jeir ungu menn {the
'le) elskask sin i milium, Mar. ; })ott nokkut vseri ^listr a me6
rum monnum, Ld. 200 ; fjoldi manns, mugr manns, Fms. ii,
xi. 245; ^ykkir monnum nokkur varkunn til Jjess, 192; var
pit margra manna mdl, at .... Eg. 537, Fms. i. 45 ; er ],»t illt manni ?
Eg. 604 ; sa maSr, that person, K. j[>. K. 4 ; manna beztr, friftastr . . ., the
best, fairest . . . of men, passim ; allra manna bezt, beyond all men, best of
all men, Bs. i. 67 ; kona var cnn J)ri8i nia&r, Hkr. iii. 184 ; hviirr {^eirra
manna, each of the wedded pair, Grag. i. 476 ; g6dir menn, good men ! in
addressing, passim : allit., Gu&i ok g68um monnum, to God and all good
men, Bs. i. 68 : sayings, madr skal eptir mann lifa, man shall live after
man (as a consolation), Eg. 322 : ma&r er manns gaman, man is man's
comfort, Hm. 46; whence huggun er manni monnum at. Pass. 2.10:
maflr eptir mann, man after man, in succession ; or, maflr af manni, man
after man, in turn : syndi niaSr manni, man shewed it to man, it went
round from band to hand, Fms. vi. 216; mi scgir ma8r manni J)essi
fagnaSar-tidendi, Bs. i. 181, pibr. 142 ; kunni J)at maftr manni at segja
at BroSir felldi Brjdn, Nj. 275. 2. phrases, {jat veit menn (the verb in
sing., the noun in plur.), every one knows that! to be sure! Art. 31, 62,
Karl. 48 ; me8r of veit, Sighvat: mod. viti menn ! with a notion oi irony ;
thus also menn segja, men say, (in old poet, usage elliptically, kveda = Lat,
dicunt, VJ)m. 24, 26, 28, 30, Gm. 13, Hdl. 42, Hm. 1 1 ; kvkbu, people said,
Vm. 33): the sing. ma6r = Fr. on, mod. Dan. man (in Dan. man siger), is
not vernacular. 3. in compds, kvenn-ma5r, a woman ; karl-maSr, a
man: of families, Myra-menn, Si6u-menn, Landn. : inhabitants, people,
l>i orb-menn, Norsemen ; Noregs-menn, the men of Norway ; Athenu-menn,
Athenians; Korintu-menn, Cor inthians : of condition of life,leik-menn,/a)'-
w^e«,• kenni-menn, clergytnett ; biiand-menn, />easa«/s; valds-menn, rj//ers;
kaup-menn, merchants; s]6-menn, seamen ; vinnu-menn, labourers. 4.
degree in a lineage ; at JjriSja, fjorda, fimta . . . manni, in the third, fourth,
fifth . . . degree, Grag. i. 321 ; manni firnari en systrungr . . ., one degree
remoter than . . ., used of odd degrees (e. g. four on one side and three
on the other), ii. 172 ; hann var manni firr en systrungr Bar6ar, he was
an odd second cousin of B., Bar6. 165 ; hence tvi-menningar, J)ri-menn-
ingar, fjor-meuningar . . .,a second, third,fourth . . . cousin, passim. II.
a man, Lat. vir; ver hofum J)rju skip ok hundruft manna a hverju. Fas.
ii. 521 ; si6an for hann til manna sinna, Fms. v. 514; grei5a eyri gulls
hverjum manni, 278 ; hann for meS of manns yfir landit, iv. 146 ; and so
in countless instances: SigurSar-menn, the followers ofS.; Tuma-menn,
konungs-menn, Krist-menn, kross-menn, vii. 293, 299, (3. H. 3i6. 2.
a husband; Gu5 er Kristinnar andar maSr er honuin giptisk 1 trii, Greg.
31 : freq. in mod. usage, maSrinn minn, my husband! dottur-maSr, a
son-in-law. 3. metaph., vera ma9r fyrir e-u, to be man enough for it,
able to do it; eg er ekki ma6r fyrir J)vi, ma8r til J)ess, id. ; hann syndisk
eigi ma3r til at setjask i sva haleitt saeti, Bs. i. 743 ; mikill, litill, ma8r
fyrir ser, to be a great, strong, weak man, and the like. III. the
Rune m, see introduction.
C. Compds, manns- and manna- : manns-aldr, m. a man's life,
generation, 623. 10, Fms. viii. 240, Fas. i. 406. manns-bani, a, m.
' man's bane,' a rnan-slayer, Js. 49, Nj. 119. manns-bam, n. a ' man's
bairn;' in the phrase, hvert m., every child of man, Sturl. i.47. manna-
bein, n. pi. human bones, Fms. i. 230. m.anns-bl6d, n. human blood,
Nj. 59, Fms. iii. 125. manna-btikar, m. pi. corpses of slain, Fms. iii.
7. xi. 355. manna-byg5, f. human abodes, opp. to the wilderness, Fms.
i. 2 1 5. manna-beer, m. dwelling-houses, Ann. 1 390. manns-bsetr,
f. pi. weregild. Eg. 259. manns-efnl, n. a man to be; gott-m. (see
efni), Eg. 368, Fms. i. 174, Faer. 231. manna-farvegr, m. afoot-
path, G|)l. 539. manns-fingr, m. a human finger. manna-forraS,
n. ' man-sway,' rule, dominion ; the godord or priesthood is often in the
Laws and Sagas so called, Hrafn. 21, Nj. 149, Grag., Isl.ai. 402, Fms. x.
45. manna-forrseSi, n. = mannaforra6,Nj. 23i,Ld. 310. manns-
fotr, m. a human foot, Hkr. ii. 114. manna-fundr, m. a meeting
of men, Grag. i. 420. manns-fylgja, u, f., or manna-fylgjur, f.
pi. fetches of men, Lv. 69, Fs. 68 ; see fylgja. manna-f6r, n. pi.
men's footprints. Eg. 578. manna-greiu, f. distinction of men, Fms.
viii. 21. manns-hauss, m. ai&z/w!a«sA'w//, borf. Karl. 242. manns-
h^r, n. human hair, Edda 4, Fas. iii. 266. manns-hold, n. human
flesh, Fms. xi. 235. manna-hugir, m. pi., see hugr III. 2, Hav. 55,
f)6r3. 17 new Ed. manna-bus, n. pi. men's houses, Fbr. 77-
human abodes. manns-hofuS, manna-h6fu3, m. the human head,
K. A. I, Fms. X. 280, Nj. 275. manns-hOnd-, f. a human band.
Fas. i. 66. manns-kona, u, f. a mans wife, married woman,
Grag. i. 335, 337, 341, 344, 380, Bs. i. 777, Sks. 340. manna-
Idt, n. the loss of men, loss of life, death, Nj. 248, Eg. 585, Orkn.
296. manns-lat, n. a person's death, decease; heyra mannslat,
to hear of a person's death. manns-llf, n. man's life, Hom. 6.
manns-liki, n. human shape, Edda 9. manna-lof, n. praise of men,
Hom. 83. manna-mal, n. human voices, human speech, Nj. 154;
or manns-mdl, id., in the phrase, \>ab heyrist ekki mannsmal, no
mail's voice can be heard, of a great noise. manna-missir, m. the
loss of men, Sturl. iii. 7, Fas. ii. 552. manns-mor3, n. murder,
N.G.L. i.256. manna-m6t,n. = mannfundr, Grag. i. 343. manns-
m6t, n. manly mien, ' matifulness,' Fms. i. 149, xi. 86; jjat er nianns-
mot a6 honum, he looks like a true man. manna-munr, m. distinc-
^tion, difference of men, Bs. i. 855. manna-miigr, ni. a crowd of people.
4^8
MANNSMYND— MALA.
Fsr. 12. mannB-raynd, f. ihe human ihape, St], ii^"^. manna-'
reiS, f. (a body of) horsemen, Nj. 206. manna-samnaSr, m. = mann-
safna9r, Isl. ii. 83. manna-seta, u, f. men staying in a place, Ld.
42. manna-skipan, (.the placing 0/ people, as at a banquet, in
battle, Korm. 62, Sturl. i. 20, ii. 237. manna-skipti, n. pi. exchange
of men, Germ, auswechseliing, Hkr. i. 8. manna-sl63, f. ' man's
sleuth,' a track of men, Sturl. i. 83. manna-spor, n. pi. men's footprints,
Sturl. ii. 90, Eg. 578, Landn. 191. manna-stsrrkr, m. help, {)6r9.
74. manna-sajttir, m. a daysman, peacemaker, Fms. x. 51, Eb.
manna-taka, u, f. a reception of men, strangers, Fb. ii. 194. manna-
tal, n. = manntal, Hkr. ii. 340. manns-va3i, a, m. danger of life,
Fms. viii. 22^. manna-vegr, m. a road where men pass, opp. to
a wilderness, Grett. 115 A, Ld. 328. manna-verk, n. pi. = mann-
virki, man's work, work by human hands, Fb. i. 541. manns-verk,
n. work to be done by a person, N.G.L. i. 38, GJ)1. 1 14. manna-
vist, f. a human abode, Fms. i. 226, Jb. 9, Orkn. 434. manns-
vit, n. ' man's wit,' human understanding, reason, Nj. 106. manna-
v61d,, n. pi. ; in the phrase, e-t er af manna-voldum, it is due to human
causes, not by natural causes, e. g. of a fire, the disappearance of a thing,
or the like, Nj. 76, Fms. ii. 146, iii. 98. manns-voxtr, m. a man's
stature. Fas. ii. 508, Horn. 112. manna-Jiengill, m. king of men,
the name of Nj6r6, Gm. 16, Edda 104. manns-8e3i, n. human
.hearing, behaviour. manns-aefl, f. man's lifetime ; mart kann skipask
k mannsaefinni, a saying, Fms. vii. 156 ; mart ver&r a mannsaefinni* lititt
var {)at J)a er ver vorum ungir, Fser. 195.
MADB.A, u, f. [A. S. maddere], madder, rubia, a plant, Hjalt. : freq.
in local names, MoSru-dalr, MoSru-fell, M53ru-veUir, Landn.;
M53ru-vellingar, ttie men from M.
mag-dU, m. tripe of sheep, the fle>h of the belly, esp. of sheep. Fas. iii.
392, freq. in mod. usage, Norse kvidaal.
mag-fyllr, f. = maga-fyllr, Barl. 39, Horn. (St.) il.
MAGIj a, m. [A. S. maga; Engl, maw; O. H.Q. maho; Germ, magen;
Dan. mave'] : — the maw, stomach, Nj. 27 ; ^eir baru sinn varning brott i
mogum sinum, |jorf. Karl. i. 242, Fbr. 56 new Ed., Fas. iii. 223, v. 1. ;
opt fser hlaegis manni heimskum magi . . . kunna mal sins maga, Hm.
J9, 20; gra-magi, rau5-magi. compds: maga-brag3, n. a wrestling
trick. Fas. iii. 502. maga-fyllr, f. a belly full. Fas. iii. loi, K. A. 78.
maga-skegg, n. shaggy hair on the belly, Fms. vi. 141.
MAG-KT, n. [cp. megin and mega], main (as in 'might and main'),
strength; hver Gu8 hafa {)er magn gefit? Bjer. 9 ; tnia.magni, Fas. i.438
(ip a verse) ; {)6tt magnit vseri liti6, Bs. i ; sina-magn, the strength of the
houghs, Vkv. 16; fyrir sakir magns munar, by main force, Bs. i. 679;
vinds magn, Barl. 63 ; matt ok magn, Fb. i. 259 ; meira magn, Bs. ii.
18 ; vera e-t um magn, to be beyond one's power, too strong for ofie, Stj.
395; bera e-n magni, to overpower, by main force, 512 ; hon segir at mattr
skal at magni um li6veizlu vid hann, she says that might shall go with
main in helping him, O. H. 144; af magni, with might and main. Lex.
Poet.; eptir ollu magni, id., Fms. viii. 104; er ^at vi^ meira magni, at
J)u gengr vi3 slikar meiSingar, it is a sorer thing /,&a/. . ., Bs. i. 531 ;
magn fl6ttans = megin, Fb. ii. 615; magn rikis sins, Al. 53 : plur. go3-
mogn (q.v.), see rnegin.
MAG-NA, a9, to empower, strengthen ; Gu9 magnar jofur, Fms. vi.
(in a verse) ; oss magni god gagni, tnay the gods grant us victory ! Eb.
(in a verse) ; rogn magna riki Hakonar, Vellekla ; magna J)rif e-s, to give
health and wealth to a person, Bs. i. 138 (in a verse) ; drengr magnar lof
J)engi!s, the poet mag?tifies the king's praise, Sighvat. II. in prose, to
charm, make strong by spell; 6$inn tok hofuQit, ok kva9 J)ar yfir galdra
ok magnafti sva at \>it maelti vi9 hann, Hkr. i. 8 ; hann magnaSi me6
miklum blotskap likneski |j6rs, Fms. i. 295 ; menn skulu eigi fara meS
steina eSr magna J)a til J)ess at binda a menn eSr fcna6, K. {>. K. 78 ;
Jjeir kolluSu hann fjorgarS ok mognuSu hann me9 sva myklum fjandans
krapti, at hann gekk ok maelti vi6 menn, Fb. i. 213 ; ok sva mjok var
magnat likneski Freys, at . . ., Fms. ii. 73 ; hefi ek ^a sva signa9a ok
magnaSa, at engan J;eirra mun jam bita, Fb. iii. 245 ; aiinan dag eptir en
kerling hafSi treit magnat, Grett. 151 ; J)eir toku {jd at magna fjolkyngi
sina, Fms. ii. 141; fremja galdra e3r \}k hluti nokkra er magna9ir se,
D. I. i. 243; hann var sva magnaSr af yfirsongum Grimu, at hann bitu
ekki jam, Fbr. 32 new Ed. ; siSan er kerling hafSi magnat rotina, Grett.
153 ; magna3i hann J)a kottu mjok. Fs. 44 : thus in mod. usage, magna
draug, to raise a ghost. III. reflex, to increase in power, grow
strong; at vita hvernig her hefir magnask Kristiiin, Bs. i. 59 ; er Johannes
sa magnask al|3y9u-r6ixi, 623. 26 ; si'i er i ofmetnaSi vill magnask gegn
Gu3i, to puff himself up against God, Hom. 133 ; en ,sva kom at
eldrinn magna6isk, Fms. ix. 533 ; hann sigradi margar ^j69'r sva at aldri
mognu6usk \>xt slSan, Ver. 98 : — of a ghost, en Glamr tok at magnask
af nyju, Grett. 1 1 2. 2. part. magnaSr, see above (II).
magnaSr or m6gnu3r, m. a s/rengtbener ; in poet, compds, hjaldr-m.,
a war-maker, warrior ; sigr-m., a victor. Lex. Poet.
Magni, a, m. a son of Thor, Edda, Ls. : a pr. name, Fms. »ii.
magn-lauss and magn-litill, adj. 'main-less,' weak, feeble.
magn-leysi, n., medic, weakness, palsy.
Magnilss, m. a pr. name; for the origin of this Norse nan
Charlemagne see (3. H. ch. ill, — hvi letztu sveininn Magnus !
er bat vart aettnafn? Sighvatr svarar, ek hdt hann eptir Kaii.-
konungi (king Charlemagne), J)ann vissa ek mann beztan i he >
this Magnus (king Magnus the Good, born 1024) the name „
spread to all countries in which Norsemen settled.
MAGB., adj., fem. mogr, neut. magrt, compar. megri, n
magrari, -astr; [A. S. mceger ; Engl, meagre; Dan.-Swed. mn;.r
macer] : — meagre, lean ; magran mar, Hm. ; miigr ky'r, Eb. ,^, ] •
ok mattdreginn, Fms. vi. 302 ; hon var mijgr, Rom. 216 : — ler.;
slatr er sva eru miigr, Fms. x. 303 ; tva hesta aSra feita en adnl
Nj. 32 ; ver9i J)au mogr, Rb. 344: — as a nickname, J)a var harl
sva at ^au kenndu hann eigi, |)au hdf6u hann brottu me5 ser ok I
Helga enn Magra, Landn. 205.
magrligr, adj. lean-looking, pinched. Fas. iii. 178.
mak, n. [Dan. mag\ irksomeness; 6-mak, troubles, (rare.)
in plur. mok, q. v. [Germ, machen; Engl, m.ake'], intercourse.
skipti, n. pi. [Dan. mage-skifte], exchange of estates.
MAiKA, a3, [Engl, make; Germ, machen; a root word qui
from the Northern languages, for of the three references belif
seem to be put into the mouth of foreigners trying to speak Noil
make; in the phrase, ek skal maka honum ha6ung, / will '1
to him, O. H. L. 45 (the persons in the story were prab. fonl
maki enginn sukk, let none 'make' a disturbance, the words of J I
Fleming in Bs. i. 861 ; byrjar oss at maka Jjessar ^j65ir i v4rri <I
nokkurri venju, we ought to put them to some shame, Al. 1 19.
s?near, grease, freq. in mod. usage, perh. derived from makaj
above, or it may be quite a different word.
maka, u, f. a female mate. Art.
MAKI, a, m. [Dan. mage, <Egte-}nage = husband; Old EngLnl
a match (prob. originally a customer, partner, cp. mak II), Njj
64, Eb. 86, 0. H. 112, Bs. i. 765, Karl. 396 ; maki bolstrs, dxl
male,' poet, the head, Ad. 6 ; tveggja, fjogurra manna maki,
(in strength) for two, four : — a mate, esp. of animals, birds, E |
29. 31-
makindi, n. p\. friendly intercourse; i makindum ok vinsk^>i
for J)at allt i makindi ok vinskap, Ld. 192. 2. rest, ease\
indum, at one's ease, cp. Dan. i ro eg mag.
makka, a6, (makk, n.), to job, make and meddle, akin to ml
(conversational).
MAKKI, a, m., qs. manki, [mon^ mane; Dan.-Swed. manl
tipper part of a horse's neck, freq.
makliga, d^Av. fitly, properly, {)orst. SiSu H. 173 : deservedS,y,\
Fms. V. 70, vi. 100, X. 325.
maklig-leikr, m. (-Ijeiki, a, m.), mostly in pi. what serves
Sks. 474, Fms. vii. 312, Fs. 165 ; at makligleik, deservedly, poA
55, Fms. iii. 156, vi. 342.
makligr, adj. [Scot, makly'], prop, well ' matched,' meet, proper,
Fms. i. 3, vi. 227, vii. 285, J)orst. SiSu H. 173, Rb. 80; com!
fitting: — deserved. Eg. 561; vaeri hitt makligra, at..., Fs. jj
ing, of a person, with gen., makligr er Jjorarinn ^ess fr4 os I
Fs. 7; mikils g65s m., 35 ; ollum J)6ttu bxiendr makligir til sk:
205 ; J)ykki nier Njall inakligr vera at ej: unna honum J)ess, N|
MAEH, adj., only in compar. more suitable, easier, snugger \
berjask er J)at ej makara, but theyfght to whom that fitted he\
xi. 277 ; hann kva3 honum makara ^t sitja vi9 elda. Fas. ii. H
kann vel kyssa, makara vseri {niore becoming) at hann kynj
ri6a me3 riddara yapnum, Str. 59. 2. = Lat. utinam;
ek J)in ambatt maetti finna miskunn i J)inu augliti, wowWial
Stj. 302, 400, 428 ; makara, at minn herra Naaman vaeri natr I
Gu9s, 616. II. easy to deal with; {)a3an fra var Eii«j
makasti, Bs. i. 709.
mak-rd,3r, adj. leisurely. Fas. i. 325.
makt, f. [a for. word, for the genuine form is mattr, q.V.]|
poiver, Bs. i. 773, Clar., and in romances of a later date, ftcj
usage. Pass., Vidal. passim. compds; maktar-leiki, »» j
H. E. i. 246. maktar-ma3r, m. a mighty man.
MALA, pret. mol, molu ; subj. pret. mceli, Gs. 10; pwtj
reflex, pret. molsk, Edda 78; a defect, strong verb supi^iedj
forms, thus the strong prcs. indie, sing, mel scarcely occnn;
usage it is weak throughout, mala, mala&i, malat, although 1j
pret. may still be used in writing: [Ulf. malan — aXi]9tiv, Lukl
and so through other Teut. languages ; cp. Lat. mola, nu-X
fivXr) ; derived are Icel. mylja and melja, q.v.]; — /o ^rwnj
nattiira fylgSi kvernunum, at ^at molsk a kverninni er sa awl
mol, . . . Fr69i konungr ba3 Jjser mala gull ok friO ok saelu Frcj
molu litla hria a9r ni6r sukku skipin, Edda 78, 79 (the tale of I
the power-mill, cp. 221); au9 niiilum Fr63a (dat.) moliun ^Ij
5 ; ne moeli sva mser bergrisa . . . malit hefi ek fyrir mik,.<
f63ur maer rammliga, . . . molum enn framar, . . . molu meyM
kostu3u, ... malit liofum, Fr63i, sem munum heita, I0,!<NJ
«
MALAR— MANNDAUDR.
409
!i8a meyjar fullg61iga molu, Edda 8i (in a verse) ; hann tok k\xbi
il tar ok g6kk at mala, Ssem. I lo ; mala valbygg, Hkv. 2. 2 ; konungr
». 1 hiis nokkut kveftandi sva fagra, at honum faniisk mikit um,
Ttib til hussins ok sa inn at Jjar sat kona vi6 kvern, ok kvaS for-
X &grt vi6 er hon mol, Fms. vii. 233; a {leim kvornum molu tolf
byggkorn ok hveiti-korn til mannfsedis, hi)f5u hinar konurnar {)a
sitt nveiti, Od. xx. 106 ; at mala J)eim korn eSr baka |)eim brau6,
1,^03; Jjaer er molu bol Aml63a (q. v.), Edda 67 (in a verse):
li., st^ri mol, of a rudder in the sea, Rekst. II. metaph. to
p [)f a cat. Germ, spinrien, freq. in mod. usage. III. part, malit
. miXnu), ground gold, pure gold ; ro3inn gulli molnu. Sigh vat.
B IT-, in compds, see mcil.
,, a, m. a miller.
,tttt-86tt, f. [from Ft. tnaladie'], leprosy, B. K. 107.
aft, to maunder, grumble.
IB, f. pi. the croup of a cow or o* (=:lend, of a horse) ; risti hann
f molunum mitt, mikla lengju ok si5a, Ski6a R. 27.
Qia, u, f. [Dan. malle = a loop"], a loop, noose; J)at var lasor ok
'^thus Cod. C) i, Sturl. i. 180 (Ed. mella). m6llu-6r, f. a kind of
Hemingr skytr J)a at konungi me& mollu-6r, Hem. (MS.)
, m., dat. mal, Fb. iii. 446, [Fr. malle, Engl, mail'], a knap-
l3rett. 93 A, J>jal. Jons. 7 ; hann t6k hnj63hamar or mal einum,
446, freq. in mod. usage.
|jT, n., pi. molt, Orkn. 112; maltanna, Gliim. 351 ; [A. S. and
\taU; Germ, malz'] : — malt for brewing, Glum. 351, Eg. 77, Orkn.
Itns. vi. 263, vii. 173, viii. 89, GJ)1. 491, N. G.L. i. 5. compds :
u, f. a malt barn, Jjjal. 9. malt-klyfjar, f. pi. malt
|Fms. viii. 89, Gliim. 352.
r, adj. sharp, bitter, of taste.
iurt, f. wormwood, Pr. 472.
pT, n., does not occur in plur. unless it be in gen. pi. mana, Stor. 13
VK.) ; [man is an ancient word only used in old laws and poetry, it
3 in the compd man-sal, and in the Icel. local name Man-heimar ;
(ivipanoSov), being neuter and having but one «, is prob. of
t origin from mann (avOpaiiros, dvrjp), which is masc. and has
le final «. The etymology of this word is lost in the remotest
\j; it appears in the O. H. G. mana-houbit = a bondman's bead, a
bead;' (Grimm in R. A. expresses a doubt as to the current ety-
' of Lat. man-cipium from manu-capere ; perh. man and caputs).
ly Swed. law the word occurs twice or thrice, naempnae man,
X quicfae, Schlyter i. 134; in Gutalagen — kauper tu mans man i
[hin (i. e. mans-mann = a bondman, cp. mans-manna and mans-
le Schlyter's Glossary).]
A bondman, prob. originally oi prisoners of war who were sold as
Irish in the west, Finns and Slaves in the east), see Ld. ch. 1 2, O. T.
ch, 92) ; sva ok ef hann vill i mani gjalda, tva aura fyrir einn, ok a
iisn4 maninu en n^stu misseri ef hann hefir upp alit, Grag. i. 396 ;
nan ok gefa frelsi, N. G.L. i. 5, 6; ok J)at fe skal halft vera i
i silfri en halft i mani herraenu {native bondmen') eigi ellra en
|, n^ yngra en fimmtan vetra, 88 ; mans leiga, 224; ok heimta
m annan mans-mann, K. |>. K. 58 ; mani austraenu, eastern slaves,
pfi ; mattkar meyjar at mani hafdar, Gs. 1,15; er {)u man keyptir,
Ifa aSra alin fyrir frjalsgjafa, penning veginn fyrir man-manna,
' *• 347 ' "*5t kirkju-gar6i skal grata man-manna, 345 ; ma8r
no doubt false for man-manna, 388 ; er hann rettlauss vi6 hann
konu ok man hans allt, 36, Am. 66 ; Jiar kom mart man fait,
inn konu nokkura er seld hafSi verit mansali, Fms. i. 185:
|iold ok man, N.G. L. iii. 92, v. 1. II. a girl, rnaid,
in a worse sense, a mistress, for bondwomen often became
aster's mistresses (see Ld. ch. 12), so that this sense grew
ptif preceding one; liki leyfa ens lj6sa mans, Hm. 91 ; i myrkri
man spjalla, 81 ; et horska man, loi; et manunga man, 163;
iga man, bat et mjallhvita man. Aim. 6, 7; bjarthaddad man,
J-; harftuoigt man, 27; fostr-man, a bondwoman nurse, 3. 67 ;
kosta, Hbl. i6; hv6 ek at andspilli komumk ens unga mans,
; hve ek fyrir-banna manna glaum mani, manna nyt mani, bow
from all concourse with men, 34; Ylfinga man, Hkv. 2. 3;
an, the beloved of Ygg (Odin) = the Parth, Lex. Poet. ; HcSins
ilda, the beloved of Hedin, Fms. ix. (in a verse) ; bjarnar man,
iM, Stor. 13. It is probable that in some law phrases the obso-
'has been replaced by the common ' mann,' e. g. in gefa manni
*ni? cp. manfrelsi), N. G. L. i. 5 : as also in mana-kaup in the
', see Schlyter's introd. to the loth vol. of Sver. Gamla Lagar.
in.aii>frelsi, n. n granting of freedom to a bondman, manu-
■U a vow), Orkn. 198, 200, Grag. i. 357, where it is wrongly
nnfrelsi. Map.-heiniar, m. pi. (thus pronounced on the
t Mann-heimar, as it is often spelt), the name of a farm in
llcel. ; the local legend attributes the name to English captives
'e by lady Olof, for having slain her husband, during the English
I'fi?)' But at that time the word man had become quite
and so the name must be older, prob. dating from the time
of the first settler Geirmund, who had been a freebooter in the
British waters before he came to Icel.; he may have had his house-
hold of bondmen at this farm, see Safn i. 353 (foot-note). man-
kynni, n. pi.; gob m., luck in love affairs, Hbl. 31. man-manna,
n. (?) = mansniaar, N. G. L. i. 345, 347; see the references above,
man-runar, f. pi. ' love-runes,' love-spells. Eg. 587. man-sal, n. a
' man-sale,' slave trade; selja e-n mansali, Fxr. I17, Fms. i. 1S5, Fb. ii.
79. mansals-maSr, m. a fcowrf/Hrtw, Fms. i. 78, 222. mans-madr,
m. [early Swed. mans-man], a bondman, Grag. i. 271, Eg. 89, K. p. K.
58. man-sdngr, m. a love song. Eg. 325, Bs. i. 165, Edda 16;
esp. in the old law a kind of love libel, liable to outlawry, Grag, ii. 150,
Fb. iii. 242 : in mod. usage the lyrical introduction to the epic rhap-
sodies or ballads (rimur) is called mansiingr, for originally they were
addressed to the poet's lady-love, Skald H. 6. I, Ski8a R. i, and in count-
less instances, e.g. l5 If. i. 8, 2.8, 3.8, 4.8, 5.7, 7.9, 9. II, cp. II. 10.
mansOngs-drdpa, u, f., -kvsedi, n., -visa, u, f. a love encomium, love
song, love ditty, Eg. 5, Bs. i. 165, Fb. iii. 241, 242, Oik. 36, Fs. 60, 87.
MANA, a8, [Dzn. mana = to raise a ghost'], to provoke, challenge, D. N. :
to challenge to fight or to a quarrel, Mittum-stangi nianaji Hrolf, Ski5a R.
149 : freq. in mod. usage, eg mana |)ig a& koma ! manaftu niig ckki.
man6r, n. [for. word], manners, Stj. 121, 159, Clar., El.
man-frelsi, n. manurnission ; see man.
MANG, n. [cp. mid. Lat. mangonus; A.S. mangian, to traffic;
mangere, a trader, which survives in Engl, iron-monger, scandal-
monger; derived from manig, from traffic in mingled, miscellaneous
things ; as manga is used in Kormak, and even in a derived sense, it
need not be borrowed from the A. S., but may be a genuine Norse
word formed from niargr at a time when the n had not as yet changed
into r] : — ' monging,' ' mongery,' barter; allir J)eir menn, baeSi konur ok
karlar, er meS mangi fara, hvart sem {)eir hafa mang sitt i bu5um e5r
straeti, N. G. L. ii. 204 ; laxa n^ja ok sv& aSra ny'ja fiska ok ostrur J)at
skal kaupa a batum e6r a bryggjum en vill, en eigi flytja i biiSir til mangs,
263 ; prestar skulu eigi fara nied mangi n4 okri, H. E. ii. 53. mangs-
madr, m. a monger, Ld. 146.
manga, ad, to trade as a ^monger,' to barter, chaffer, Str. 26, Karl. 323:
t)eir monguSu {bartered) um hross vi& SkiSa, Sturl. ii. 170 ; kaup-manga,
i. 171 : metaph. to biggie, beg, manga til vid e-n, brings vi& horn at
manga, Kormak.
Manga, u, f. [cp. Scot. Maggie'], a contr. form from Mafgr^t, as also
Mangi irom Magnus. 2. a mangonel, a war machine, Fms. ix. 10.
mangari, a, m. a monger; mangari verr fe sitt i marga vanda voru,
Str. 26 : in a vile sense, mangarar e8a falsarar, Sks. 1 7 ; mangarar,
mylnarar, siitarar, skinnarar, slatr-mangarar, N.G.L. ii. 204; kj6t-m., a
butcher, 1 Cor. x. 25 ; cp. Kj'odmangergade (the present Kjobmagergade)
in Copenhagen. mangara-skapr, m. mongery, N.G.L. 11.417.
mangi = manngi (q. v.), see -gi : — Mangi, contr. of Magnus.
man-manna, see man.
manna, a&, prop, to make a ' man.' 2. mod. to man a boat,
manna skip. II. reflex, to become a man, to be brought up to man-
hood; f>6rir var ma3r aett-smar ok hafSi mannask vel, Fms. iv. 255 ;
aett-smar ok mannaflr vel, well bred, O. H. 113; var m6Sir min vel
monnuft, of good family, Brandkr. 62; ef mer reynisk Jjorolfr jamvel
manna6r {if I find Th. as accomplished a man) sem hann er sj^num full-
drengiligr. Eg. 29; vii ek bidja dottur J)innar til handa Gliimi br66ur
minum, skaltu ]pzt vita, at hann er vel manna5r, Nj. 23 ; synir J)eirra
voru Kalfr ok Grimr, manna&ir at hofi, K. and G. were rather fine well-
bred men, Fms. vi. 102 ; son J)inn sva vel mannaSan, ii. 193 ; engar eru
J)at yfirbaetr at hann nai at eiga dottur J)ina, J)viat ekki er hann verr
mannaSr en hon, Fb. i. 196; haim a sjau sonu ok alia vel mannaSa, Isl.
ii. 215; maSr af g68ri aett er litt er manna6r, Skalda 176. 2.
manned, of a ship ; vel (ilia) mannad, well {badly) manned, of the crew ;
var J)ar vel mannaft, there was a good gathering of people, Grett. 78.
mann-afli, a, m. strength in men {troops), Lv. 47.
mannan, f. the breeding, accomplishment of a man, Js. 24, Barl. 6 ;
fullkominn til mannanar allrar, Jjeirrar er kurteisum konungi byrjar at
hafa, Fagrsk. 3.
mann-au8n, f. depopulation, Fms. vi, 14.
mann-ast, f. charity, love to men.
mann-baldr, m. a great, good man, Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet.
mann-bj6rg, f. the saving of men, saving of life ; brutu J)eir skipit, J)ar
var& m., Nj. 282, Ann. 1413. mannbjargar-maflr, m. a rescuer.
mann-blendinn, adj. sociable.
mann-blot, n. httman sacrifice, Bs. i. 23, Fms. viii. 293, xi. 135.
mann-bo3,n.rt6rt«7j^e/, Fms.i.i6i,vi.ii9, R6m.303: a message, ^2^.
mann-borligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), of manly bearing.
mann-broddr, m. iron spikes to walk on ice with, Vapn. i.
mann-beetr, f. pi. were^ild for one slain. Eg. 259. 2. sing.,
mannbot, a feat, prowess, Gisl. (in a verse).
mann-dau3i, a, m. = manndau&r; in compds, manndau3a-sumar, -ar,
-velr, Ann. 1402, 1404, I405 (of the great plague), Bs. i. 822.
mann-daudr, m., later mann-daudi, a, m., dat. manndauSnum, Fms.
410
MANNDAD— MANNJAFNADR.
X. 212 : — loss of life, mortality, Eg. 98 new Ed., Fms. x. 211, Bs. i. 31,
Ann. passim.
mann-d&d, f. a manful deed, act of prowess, in plur. virtues, Horn,
(St.) 59, MS. 686 B. 8, 625. 184.
mann-deild, f. a discussion, division, Fms. x. 97.
mann-djCfull, m. a demon in human shape, fiend of a man, cp.
Germ. Manleitffel, Fs. 36.
mann-domligr, adj. human, Mar., Edda 147 fpref.), Barl. 110.
mann-donir, m. manhood, humanity, human nature, Edda 149 (pref.),
Pr. 465, GJ)1. 40, Sks. 688; taka a sik manndom, of the Incarnation,
Barl. 27, 168. II. manliness, prowess, Nj. 176, Al. 83, Fms. ix.
333. 2. humanity , goodness, generosity , Fms. i. 222 ; engan mannd6m
n€ hjalp vildu byg6ar menn syna J)eim, 197; syna e-m mannd6m, to shew
kindness towards, ISs. i. 35. compds : manndoms-dst, f. = mannast,
Al. 45. manndoins-leysi, n. unmanliness, meafiness, Fb. iii. 448.
mannddms-niadr, m. a brave man. Eg. 39, Fms. iv. 86.
mann-dr&p, n. murder, slaughter, Horn. 86 : esp. in plur. slaughter
in a light, Fs. 9, 135, Edda 40, Fms. iii. il, vi. 421, Hkr. i. 290, Stj.
621. COMPDS : maniidxd.pa-laust, n. adj. without slaughter, loss
of life, Sturl. ii. 63. manndrips-maSr, manndrapa-maflr,
m. a man-slayer, murderer, Fms. xi. 226, Stj. 517, Hkr. i. 155. mann-
dr&ps-sdk, f. a case of murder, Sks. 692, 786, Stj. 467. manndrdps-
■ve3r, n. a violent gale, in which many lives are lost. manndrdps-
J)ing, n. an assembly held on account of a murder, GJ)1. 438.
mann-drSpari, a, m. a man-slayer, murderer, G^\. 22, Stj. 13.
mann-dygS, f. virtue, Bs. i. 46, Fas. iii. 395.
mann-dyrflir, f. pi. manly qualities, 625. 26, Rb. 378, Rom. 302,
MS. 655. vii. 2, Al. 87, Geisli 18, Edda (Ht.) 13.
mann-eign, f. the having a husband, Greg. 74.
mann-eldi, n. the maintenance of a person, Grag. i. 296, 444 : human
food. Am. 66 ; gott til manneldis.
mann-elska, u, f. = mannast.
mann-erja, u, f. = mannlaera, Glum. 341, but a doubtful passage.
mann-eskja, u, f. [Germ, mensch, m.; cp.\Jlf.mannisks = dv9pQjmvos ;
Dan. tnenneske ; Swed. menneska; Scot, mensk^ : — a man (Lat. homo) ;
from the time of the Reformation this word is freq., but it is rare in
old writers; indeed, hann tok manneskju hold, Hom. 160, is the only
instance on record, for A. A. 196 is a compilation from a paper MS. ;
the word is, however, a good one, and is freq. in N. T., Vidal. passim : in
mod. usage it often, in both speech and writing, takes the place of mann
(ma5r).
mann-eygr, adj.=mannygr, Bs. i. 368.
inann-fagna3r (-f6giiu3r), m. a grand entertainment, the fare at a
banquet. Eg. 482, Hkr. i. 139, Isl. ii. 403, Fas. ii. 118.
mann-fall, n. slaughter in battle. Eg. 32, 59, 298, Nj. 44, Gull{).
24, 25, Fms. i. 24, vi. 406, vii. 57, 0. H. 40, passim : of sickness, Sturl.
iii. 279, Ann. 1349 (of a plague or sudden death).
mann-fang, n. = mannkaup; J)ykist J)u m. eiga i sonum, Fas. ii. 521.
mann-farmr, m. a ship-load of men, Fms. viii. 33, 382.
mann-f&i, a, m. [fa = /o draw"], a ' man-image,' human figure ; rauSan
skjold ok dreginn a mannfai, Fb. ii. 250 ; cp. J)ar var kveiktr fai a, Konr.
1 7 (vellum) ; var kvikr fai (a ' life-image,' figure drawn from life) a
J)eim grafinn, id.
mann-fdr, adj. having few men ; hon er mannfa, has but few inha-
bitants, Stj. : neut., mannfatt,/ew people, Fms. vi. 207, vii. 312.
mann-fellir, m. great mortality, from plague, hunger, or the like.
mann-ferS, f. = mannafer3, Sturl. iii. 132, Isl. ii. 148.
mann-fjfindi, a, m. a human fiend, Fs. 36, 44, Fms. ii. 83.
inann-fj6l3, f. people. Ad.
inann-fj61di, a, m. a multitude, crowd of men, Fms. vi. 203, vii. 161,
xi. 108, Ann. 1403, passim.
mann-fleiri, see mannmargr.
mann-foli, a, m. a fool, idiot, Boll. 352, Fs. 40.
inann-f61k, n. ' man-folk,' mankind, Hkr. i. 5, 9, Fas. i. 391, Edda 43,
Fms. i. 24, Eg. 47, Edda 147 (pref.), Hkr. ii. 267, (but land-folkit, O. H.
162, I.e.)
mann-frelsi, n. manumission; better man-frelsi; see man. II.
freedom, rights of man, mod.
mann-fr63r, adj. skilled in mannfraeSi, Hkr. iii. 250.
inann-fr8e3i, f. ' man-science,' history, esp. genealogies ; at ollu fru5r,
logum, ok daemum, mannfraeSi ok aettvisi, Fms. vii. 102 ; log e9r scigur
e5r mannfraE5i (genealogies ?), Bs. i. 59 ; en nam, J)a er eigi dvaldi annat,
j^at er m63ir bans kunni kenna honum, aettvisi ok mannfraeSi, 91; Bar3r
kenndi Eid logspeki ok m., Bar5. 24 new Ed.
mann-fundr, m. a meeti?ig, Nj. 113, Fs. 39, Fms. i. 35, Grett. 106 A.
mann-fdlga, u, f. money (fiilga) for a person's maintenance (mod.
meagjiif), Grag. ii. 343.
niarm.-f;^la, u, f. a 'foul person,' rascal, a term of abuse, Nj. 56, Fs.
39, 46, 51, 99, Rd. 262.
mann-f8B3, f. srnallness of population, lack of people, N.G. L, i. 376,
Rom. 346.
T mann-feeSa, u, f. human food, Fms. i, 126, ii. 242.
mann-f8B3i, n. = mannfi3e&a, Stj., Fb. i. ill.
mann-fserS, f. the condition of a road. Eg. 546.
mann-fSr, f. travelling, Eg. 114, Hkr. ii. 188.
mann-gangr, m. a muster of troops, Orkn. 112 old Ed.
mann-gar3r, m. a ring of men. Eg. 80, Al. 169, Fas. ii. 33
mann-gersemi, f. a 'jewel of a man,' Bs. i. 81, pibr. 153.
mann-gi, oftenspelt mangi, gen.mannskis, Hm. 115,147: acc.mi!ni?r
623. 31, Fms. vi. 196 (in a verse), Isl. ii. 483; dat. manni-gi, Greil
65; [mann-gi, see -gi] : — no man, nobody: 1. in poetry: :
er maSr sa er manngi ann, Hm. 49 ; nytr manngi nas, 70 ; leiji-,
gott ef getr, 131 ; er m. veit, 139; sva at mer m. mat n^ baud, Gz:
m. er Jier 1 or5i vinr, Ls. 2, 35 ; siSan {)ik m. ser, 59; mun mir,
m. nj6ta, Skv. 2. 5, Sdm. 12; skopum viSr manngi. Am. 46; br
\>zt m., 75: niat J)u villat ne mannskis gaman, Hm. 115; mat: ;
mogr, «o wza«'sso«, 147; at mannskis munum, Skm. 20, 24: ace, ma
annan, no other man, Fms. vi. 196 (in averse): used as adjective, m. a
mildingr, 26 (in a verse), Landn. 197 (in a verse). 2. in prosf-;
er sagt at m. veit hvat Gu3 er, Eluc. 3 ; ok maelti \>vi m. i gegn, Il
manngi (ace.) hyggjum v6r gcifgara n6 tignara en Krist, 623. 31 :
gorSi sva mikit at mannigi vas or hiisi lit gengt, Greg. 65 ; msp ■
manngi i m6t honum, Fms. viii. 244, v.l. ; manngi skal kenni-nV'
eigna {)at, at.. ., Greg. 19; hann telr J>at manngi (ace.) munu ;
hafa, Isl. ii. 483 (Hei9arv. S. excerpts). , "
mann-girnd (-girni), f. a longing for a husband, Isl. ii. i6a.Ni«»
mann-gjarn, adj. eager to marry, (Dan. giftesyg), Fms. vi. 104.
mann-gjamliga, adv. eagerly, Fb. i. 555.
mann-gjold, n. pi. weregild. Eg. 575, Nj. 22, 189, Lv. 55, passim.
mann-gsezka, u, f. goodness, kindness, Nj. 282, v. 1.
rQann-g6r3, f. the contribution of a man to the levy, as also &e di
trict which had to contribute one man, N. G. L. i. 15,100. man]
g6r3ar-ma3r, m. a member, inmate of a m,., N. G.L. i. 12.
mann-liatr, n. ' man-hate,' misanthropy.
mann-Mr, adj. of a man's height, Bs. i. 422, Ann. 1414, Fas. iii. .
mann-hdski, a, m. danger of life, Fms. xi. 23, Hkr. ii. 78, Bs. i. .
mann-hefnd, f. blood revenge, Fs. 73, Nj. 57; febaetr e3a s: .
hefndir, 165, Lv. 68; mannhefnda laust.
mann-heill, f. bliss, favour, good report; var sa kyns^attr kalia t cjp,
Ski9ungar, ok hafSi litla mannheill, Korm.l6o; hann atti liti8 f^i( rfe
m., Sturl. i. 74; vitr ok vinsaell, n'kr ok goSgjarn, hann haf8i m. tirk
iii. 96 ; sva virSisk mer, at minni m. hafir J)u a Islandi en her nied
Fbr. 91 ; hann var vinsaell ok mannheilla-ma8r mikill, and a very popvi |
man, Fs. 86. \
mann-heill, adj. safe and sound; to the question, hva8 er 1 frettun
the answer is, mannheilt og o-sjiikt; me5an mannheilt var, D.N.ii. 35-
mann-heilsa, u, f. good health of men, D.N. ii. 845.
Mann-heimar, m. pi. ' Man's-home,' the abode of men, ^ oUovitoi
opp. to Go5-heimar, Hkr. i. 14 (Yngl.S.)
mann-helgr, f., mod. mann-lielgi, f. indecl. : — personal rights, itv.
lability of person, N. G. L. i. 8 : the section of the law treating ofpersor,
rights, also called mannlielgar-balkr, ii. 45 ; her hefr upp mannh"
vara, J)at er fyrst i mannhelgi varri, at . . . , id. : — a sanctuary, \>i-
mannhelgr mikil, ok miklar viSlogur vi6 manns aftak, Fms. x. 391
mann-hringr, m. a circle, ring of men, Orkn. 112, Eg. 88, FIU^
174, X. 229, 0. H. 177, Stj. 415, Bs. i. 629, 633.
mann-hundr, m. a ' man-dog,' scoundrel, Fb. i. 354, Gisl. 50.
38, Stj. 624, Karl. 502.
mann-hus, n. pi. ' man-houses,' dwelling houses, Gisl. 29.
mann-hseS, f. a man's height, as a measure, Sturl. i. 1 18, Bs. 1. 34'
mann-hsegr, adj. gentle, of animals, opp. to manny'gr, Stj. 57.
mann-hsetta, u, f. = mannhaski, Lv. 53, Korm. 80, Hkr. ii. 36, i
621 ; mannhaettu-laust, without danger of life, Eb. 118.
mann-lisettliga, adv. dangerously, Fms. viii. 350, v. 1.
mann-lisettr, adj. dangerous to life, 6. H. 26, Fms. ix. 516, vi. 3
mann-hofn, f. the maintenance of a person; i viSar-fiingum, sr.n
kaupum ok mannhofnum, Bs. i. 81. mannh.afnar-ma8r, ra. " <
husband, Bs. i. 26. ;
manni, a, m. = ma6r, answering to the Goth, manna ; sumt ekki j
manna (dat.?), Fms. vi. 53 : as a nickname, Maurer's Volkssager..
mann-lllska, u, f. wickedness, Fms. iii. 89.
mann-jafna3r or mann-j5fnu3r, m. a comparison ofmen,i.t.i
pute in which each contends that his hero is the greatest; {jar var ^"^■
morg, Jjar var talat um mannjofnuS, ok hverr {)ar va;ri gofgastr nuor 1 "
e8r mestr h6f6ingi ok ur8u menn {)ar eigi a eitt siittir, seni
ef um mannjcifnud er tala6, i. e. a compariso7i of persons is <"■
strife, Eb. 184; f>orsteinn svarar, ekki ferr ek i mannjofnut'^
Isl. ii. 214; {)ar var margt talat er menn voru drukknir n
{)ar at raett var um mannjofnuS, Orkn. 210; t)eir foru i ni:i
toludu um fjorgils ok Eirek, Fs. 149; var mart talat vi3 drykkiii. •
{jar kom at farit var i mannjafnaa, ok J)vi naest var raett um konunp
I sjalfa, Fms. i. 58 ; for a classical instance see the dialogue between
tiU'i^Tf
MANNKAUP— MANN^LI.
411
mrulher kings, Mork. 186 (mannjafnaSr konunga, cp. Fms. vii. 118
2. a matching or pairing of persons as to the weregilds to be
or wounds and slaughter on both sides after a battle, Isl. ii. 384,
453-
in-kaup, n. ' man-bargain ;' in the phrase, t)at er gott m. i e-m,
o» is a good bargain, an acquisition, Fms. vi. 99, Fb. ii. 289; gott
i Vagni, fa6ir, Fms. xi. 154.
kind, f. mankind; ok olusk |)a8an af mannkindir, Edda 6;
fri&ari en onnur mannkind a Nor6rlondum, Fas. i. 387 ; J)essi m.,
*eople, Rom. 276.
n-kostir, m. pi. human virtues, good qualities; dyrligir mann-
, Orkn. 160; hann talSi upp fyrir henni mannkosti Olafs konungs,
i. 86, Al. 87, Mar. passim.
-kvGsmd, f. a visit of guests, Landn. 81.
n-kTeemt, n. adj., in the phrase, J)ar er m. (or ekki m.), many
eojne there, it is frequented by guests; J)ar var ekki m., few people
'here, it is a lonely place, Grett. 137.
n-kv5d, f. a summons or levying of men, Sturl. iii. 40.
a-kyn, n. mankind, N. G. L. iii. 299, Stj. 41, 371, Pass., Vidal.
: a race, offspring, allt J)at m. er fra honum kom, Ver. 6 ; fra
;om mart m., 19 : kind of people, H. E. i. 526.
n-last, n. slander of people, defamation.
n-lauss, adj. without men : — without a husband, Ld. 184, Fas. iii.
n-l&t, n. pi. loss of life, Sturl. iii. 93, (5. H. 213.
n-leysi, n. the being mannlauss: — a good-for-nothing person
mann-leysa, u, f.), Fms. ii. 62, v. 1.
a-liga, adv. manfully, Fms. i. 263, vii. 261, ix. 471.
n-ligr, adj. human, Greg. 54, Hom. 23, 83, Bs. i. 181 ; mannligt
■tman nature, Barl. 27, Eb. no, MS. 623. 19 ; mannligr veykleikr,
504, passim. 2. manly, becoming a man ; ok er Jjat mann-
t fara at duga honum, 0. H. 1 17 ; mannlig er or5in fer& J)in, Lv.
■ur einkar-vxnn ok m. = mannvaenn, Barl. 152 : compds, mikil-m.,
., magnificent ; litil-m., small.
a-likan, n. a human image, idol, 0. H. 109, Stj. 470 : beings in
shape, Vsp. 10.
l-lydda, u, f. mannlaera. El.
H-l:fti, n. a blemish, Grett. 161, Rom. 188.
a-lsera, u, f. a bad person, Fms. ii. 62, Valla L. 218, (Ed.
■•)
-I6str, m. a blemish, Gisl. 15.
|ll/»margr, adj. having many men; esp. in neut., hafa mannmargt,
V many people, forces, Nj. 254, 259, Fms. i. 290, Fs. 183: compar.,
Ixannfleira, to have more men, followers. Glum. 345, Fms. vi. 106,
hann var miklu mannfleiri ^ar a nesinu, Orkn. 307.
|l>Zliengi, n. a host of men, N. G. L. i. 58.
|a»xaergd, f. a host of people, crowd. Fas. ii. 483.
•metnadr, m. ambition, Edda 145 (pref.), Hom. (St.) 50.
•miigT, m. (mann-mugi, a, m., Pr. 425), a crowd of people,
I' 13- .
i-nfSingr, m. a ' nilhing,' miscreant, Lv. 44, O. H. 157.
lH>rd, n.fame, repute, Fas. iii. 533, freq. in mod. usage.
a»raun, f. a trial; i hverri m. ok J)raut, Clem. 45 ; Drottinn tuk
kUar mannraunir, all human trials, 623. 19 : — trial, danger, jafn
Ifiremstu i (ilium mannraunum, perils, dangerous tasks. Eg. 21, Bs.
koma i mannraunir, perils, Al. 61 ; J)u {)orir litt i nand at koma
hx nokkur er m. i, Faer. 30; roskr 1 iJllum mannraunum, Fs. 3,
\experience, litillar skynsemdar aetli J)6r mik ok enga mannraun
iFms. vi. 53: — trial, adversity, \>k er hann misti Ljots sonar sins,
^ mannraun en J)etta engi, f>orst. Si6u H. 174.
.'T&b, n. pi. plots against a man's life; J)6 hafa hiisfreyjur
r, at eigi hafi staSit i mannra8um, Nj. 53 ; cp. fjorraS.
Banmadr, m. a gathering of men, Fms. iv. 119, Ld. 76: —
ibled, Fms. viii. 64, Isl. ii. 83, Grag. ii. 165.
9kt, f., esp. in pi. a penalty paid in one's person, opp. to f6sekt :
[old law it signified outlawry, banishment of any of the three
Bs. i. 675 ; hvarki fe ne mannsektir, Isl. ii. 385, cp. Nj. 189.
^•Bemi, f. valour, a an. kty., Hdl. 3 ; or perh. =mau-semi, love-
. or the being agreeable to women (?), see man.
^-Skadi, a, m. ' man-scathe,' loss of life. Eg. 90 : a great loss in a
death, J)eir sog6u honum vigit, Gunnarr sag3i, at \>zt var litill
I ; ok er J)at enn mesti m. at taka J)a af lifi, 136 i^havoc in
:i manni er J)6r hafSi gort enn mesta mannska6a, O. H. 47;
^leirra meir lag5r til mannska5a, Th. was the more mtirderous
the two, Fbr. 23 new Ed. niannska3a-ve3r, n. a destruc-
kapr, m. manfulness, manhood, valour, Fas. iii. 305; hvarki
iiiinga n(5 mannskap, spare neither money nor m^en, {j6r8. ICXJ
-human nature, 677.12. mannskapar-lauss, adj. />«Vi»
::ng strength and manhood. Fas. ii. 386.
iigj -skelmir, m. a rascal. Fas. i. 330.
mann-skepna, u, f. a ' man-creature,' poor creature, Rb. 360, Fas.
iii. 644.
manii-skratti, a, m. a wicked man.
mann-skreefa, u, f. a miserable coward, Fms. ii. 61, 93; mi muntii
ver6a at draga af t)er slenit, mannskrsefan, Grett. 91, Fb. i.523, Mag. 56.
inann-sksedr, adj. ^ scathefd,' savage to man; st6r dyr ok mann-
skaeS, Hkr. i. 69, Rb. 344 : of a battle, bloody, Fms. i. 44, ii. 316, 323,
passim.
niann-s6mi, a, m. honour, reputation. Eg. 106.
mann-spell, n. destruction of life. Eg. 278, Orkn. 108, Fms. viii. 351.
mann-spilla, t ; mannspilla s6r, to degrade oneself; eg vii ekki m.
m^r a J)vi.
mann-spjall, n. = mannspell, Fagrsk. 64.
mann-stormr, m. a rush of people, Bs. ii. 66.
mann-tak, n. manhood, pith ; ^zb er manntak i e-m, there is pith
in him, Grett. 136 A. manntaka-semi, f. energy.
mann-tal, n. a tnuster, 'tale of men,' Grag. i. 66, N. G. L. i. 97;
skora m., to muster troops, 6. H. 203, Stj. 456: a census, at manntali,
by tale, Baer. 6 : Grag. ii. 381. compds : manntals-eiflr, m. an oath
taken in a census, N. G. L. i. aoo. manntals-Jjing, n. a county
meeting in the spring, GJ)1. 438, Jb.
mann-tapi, a, m. loss of life, Grag. ii. 130, MS. 625. 14, Bs. ii. iii,
Fb. i. 70, Ver. 73 ; manntapa-vetr, a winter of great mortality, Ann.
1 196.
mann-telja, taldi, to tell the people, Stj. 546.
mann-tetr, n. a ' tatter of a man' a poor wretch.
inann-tj6n, n. = manntapi, Fms. vii. 263, x. 418, Sks. 79 new Ed.,
Bs. i. 327.
niann-u3, f. humanity, goodness.
mann-iiSigr, adj. gentle, Lat. humanits, Fas. iii. 219.
mann-uflligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), gentle, affable.
mann-val, n. choice people, a select body of men; J)at mesta m. a landinu,
the best men of the county, Nj. 33, 173, Eg. 38, 43, Fms. vi. 46, x. 25 :
mod. also of one person, a goodly man, hann er mesta mannval.
mann-vandr, adj. difficult, requiring a man, Fms. xi. 137. Z. par-
ticular as to choice of a husband, of a lady, Nj. 48, Band. 29 new Ed.
mann-veiSr, f. the seizing, catching of a man, Sturl. i. 166.
mann-villa, u, f. personation, GrAg. i. 353.
mann-virfling, f. rank, renown, honour; var Leifi gott til fjar ok
mannvirSingar, Fb. i. 541, fjorst. Si6u H. 177, Eg. 4, Nj. ill, Lv. 89,
Magn. 466.
mann-virki, n. man's work, work of human hands, Symb. 26 :—
labour, me& miklu m. ok kostnaSi, Stj. 646 : — a great work, monument,
si3an toku J)eir at ry6ja giituna, ok er {)at et mesta m., sem eim s^r
merki, Eb. 132 ; ok nu 16tu J)eir gora J)at m. er vidfraegt er ok kallat
er Dana-virki, Fms. xi. 28 ; {)eir gorSu m. (of the tower of Babel),
Ver. 10; sii en agaeta borg Tims ver5r at osku 6r sliku mannvirki,
Al. 48.
mann-vit, n. [Dan. mande-vid], ' man-wit,' understanding, with the
notion of ' mother s-wit,' good sense, as opp. to bok-vit (^'book-wit');
ubrigSra vin faer maftr alldregi, en m. mikit, Hm. 6, 10, Hbl. 3 ; mal ok
m., Sdm. 4 ; minni ok m., P'ms. xi. 298 (in a verse) ; ond skynsamleg
ok m., Ver, 2 ; ok ur6u J)eir (the dwarfs) vitandi mannvits ok hofSu
manns liki, Edda 9 ; J)vi at hann (the dog) hefir manns mannvit, Fms.
x. 254; si3gae6i {)at ma engi eignask nema hann hafi m. meS, ok eigu
J)essir hlutir mannviti at fylgja, Sks. 437 ; mannvits ok go&rar natturu,
475 ' hljota sumir spadoms anda, sumir mannvits anda ok spektar, 561 ;
m. ok skilning, 49 ; at mannviti, rettlaeti e3a sannsyni, 474 : learning,
J)er hafit minna m. numit en ek, Mag. 3 ; laer3r til alls mannvits, Sks.
474. coMPDS : mannvits-brekka, u, f. a nickname of a lady,
Landn. mannvits-lauss, -litill, adj. artless, with little wit, Sks.
45, Krok. 43. mannvits-maflr, m. a wise man, Sturl. i. 9,
mannvit-samligr, adj. ingenious, Sks. 630.
mann-vitull, m. [Engl, wittol], a ' wittdl' of a man, a wittol, as a
term of abuse, a air. Key., Isl. ii. 340 (HeiSarv. S., but undoubtedly
bearing this meaning).
mann-vfienligr, adj. = mannvaenn, Sturl. i. 3, Fms. iv. 179, vi. 107,
Eg. 187, GullJ). 4, passim.
mann-vsenn, adj. hopeful, promising, of a young person. Eg. 514,
Fms. i. 20, vi. 443.
mann-veerr, adj. (qs. eiga vaert hjA monnum), beiddu J)eir lausnar
(absolution) af honum, sva at J)eir skyldi vera mannvxrir, Fms. ix.
534. '''•I-
inann-^5gi, f. = mannu8.
mann-ygr, mod. mann-eygdr, adj. vicious, of animals, bulls, Hkr.
i. 37, Bs. i. 319, Lv. 91.
mann-J)roti, adj. lacking men, K. A. 70'
inaiiii-J)r6ng, f. a throng of men, Fms. ii. 172. ,
inann-J)urfi, adj. in need of men. Mar.
mann-eeli (qs. -oeli^jOi ^- [* ^^- ^*7-. prob. identical with Ulf. man-
auli — ffxvi^' Phil. ii.8j, a ' man-shape,' htnce a mannikin, as a term of
412
MANN^TA— MARK.
contempt, cp. Germ, weibs-hild; hann var m. mikit ok veslingr, Finnb.
214.
mami-seta, u, f. a * man-eater,' cannibal; troll ok m., Bret. 12, Fb. i.
526, N. G. L. i. 434, ii. 495 ; bl68drekkr eSa m., Fas. iii. 573.
man-sal, n. slave-selling, see man, as also for the other compds.
man-skera, skar, [mon = a mane], to cut a horse's mane.
man-skseri, n. pi. mane-scissors, Bjarn. 62.
man-staeSi, n. the place of the marie, Sks. 100.
man-sSngr, m. a love song; see man.
manungr, adj. youthful, epithet of a girl, Hm. 163.
Man-verjar, m. pi. [Mon = /s/e of Man'], the Manxmen, Ems.
MAKA, pres. mari ; pret. mar3i ; part, marat ; only the pret. is found
in old writers, but the word is still in full use except in pret. subj. :
— to be water-logged, float just under the surface of the water; en
fullt var skipit ok marSi uppi um stundar sakar ... en me3an skipit
mar&i uppi, Bs. i. 355 ; mar3i J)a undir J)eim skipit (the ship was
water-logged) sv4 at {)eir fengu eigi upp ausit, ^86 ; J)a tok at kyrra
ve6rit en skipit mar8i. Fas. ii. 80 ; si3an kom Aki upp ok mar6i |)ar
a vatni at kalla, iii. 581.
mara, u, f. [Engl, night-mare ; akin to merja=/o crush'] : — the night-
mare, an ogress; en er hann haf3i litt sofnat, kallaQi hann ok sag6i at
mara traS hann, menn bans foru til, ok vildu hjalpa honum, en er {)eir
toku uppi til h6fu5sins J)a tra6 hon fotleggina sva at naer brotnu6u, J)a
toku t)eir til fotanna, \ik kafdi hon hofuBit, sva at J)ar do hann, Hkr. i.
20; the word also occurs in one of Kormak's verses; it is freq. in mod.
usage.
mar-dlmr, ni., qs. marhalmr, ' sea-straw,' sea-grass, Bs. i. 594 : cp.
Hjalt.
mar-bakki, a, m. the ' sea-banJc,' the border between shoal and deep
water along the coast, see Ivar Aasen ; sidan malvinir minir fyrir mar-
bakkann sukku, Vigl. (in a verse), N. G. L. ii. 149, v. 1.
inar-be5r, m. the sea-bed, shore, O. H. (in a verse).
Mar-b8eli, n. the local name of a farm, near the sea, D. I. Mar-
bselingar, m. pi. the men from M., Ld.
mar-drap, n. a nickname, Bs.
marS-skinn, n. [mor6r], a marten's fur, B. K. 98, Dipl. iii. 4.
Mar-doll or Mar-J)611, f., gen. Mardallar, one of the names of Freyja,
Edda 21 : prop, a mermaid, Jonas 151 ; Mardallar-gratr, the tears of M.
=gold. Lex. Poet. ; cp. the Mardallar-Saga in Maurer's Volkssagen.
mar-flatr, adj. horizontal, on the sea.
mar-flo, f., pi. flxr, an insect, ' sea-flea,' cancer pulex.
mar-flStr, m. the sea-level, (mod.)
mar-glitta, u, f. ' sea-glitter,' a kind oi jelly fish, Eggert Itin.
MARGR, adj., fern, mijrg, neut. margt, usually spelt and pronounced
mart; compar. fleiri, q. v. ; superl. flestr ; \\]\tmanags = iro\vs; A.S.
manig ; Engl, many ; O.H. G. manag ; Dutch, menig ; Gevm. fnancbe ;
the n is found in all South-Teutonic languages, and the word is explained
by Grimm as a coinpd from mann (homo) and the suffix -gi (-cunque) ;
the Norse margr is the same word, having only changed the n into r,
for the n remains in a few derivatives, as mengi (a crowd), menga (to
blend), manga, q. v. ; in mod. Swed. and Dan. the n has been resumed
from intercourse with the Germ.; Dan. mange; early Swed. marger,
but mod. Swed. mdnga] -.—many ; munu margir J)ess gjalda, Nj. 2;
meiri er vei8r i Flosa en miirgum 66rum, 232 ; marga {jina muni, Ld.
102 ; saerftr morgum sarum . . . morgum monnum, . . . margir menn,
Fms. X. 370 ; margir slikir, many such, Nj. 6 ; marga penninga, Dipl. ii.
10. 2. sing, in a collect, sense, both as subst. and adj.; mart man,
Fms. i. 185 ; margr maSr, Fb. i. 241 ; margr sa fr63r fiykkisk, Hm. 29 ;
J)V)at margr man J)ik iifunda, J)viat margr mun \>zt at Jjer vikja, Nj. 47 ;
skipask margr vel vi8 goQan buning, Fms. vi. 208 ; hefir J)6 margr
hlotiS um sart at binda, Nj. 54; hann haf6i lati3 sla skipa-saum
margan, a great quantity of, Fms. ix. 377: margr er knar ^6 hann se
smar ; ber mcr jafnan mart a goma, vi. 208 ; margs vitandi, Vsp. 20 ;
mart er mer vel hent at gora, Nj. 54; tala mart, 194; heyra mart en
tala fatt, Hallgr. ; spyrja mjok margs, Ld. 88 ; fyrir margs sakir, for
many reasons, Fms. vi. 215 ; ok J)ykkir litt fyrir (i) morgu J)at at tala,
xi. 108 ; mart manna, many people. Eg. 134, Nj. 194 : i morgu, in many
respects, in many things, 625. 82, Fb. iii. 246; froS at morgu, Nj. 194;
margs alls, quite great, adverb.. Am. 8, 92. II. metaph. friendly,
communicative (cp. far) ; hijfum vit mi hvarttveggja reynt, at mart hefir
verit um me3 okkr ok fatt, Gisl. 17 ; ekki var mart meb ^6m, Fms. x.
78 ; sva, er, fraendi, at me6 okkr hefir verit ekki mart, Ld. 106 ; J)6 var
hann margr viO Arna biskup ok fr(5ttinn af fslandi, Bs. i. 776. III.
margr is used as a subst., in the saying, eigi m4 viS margnum, fio
one can stand against many, against odds; en J)6 matti hann eigi viS
marginum um si6ir, at last he was overthrown, Baer. 14 ; kom at {)vi sem
malt er, at ekki ma vi3 margnum, Fs. 89, Fms. xi. 278. margs-konax
.and margs-kyns, adv. of many kinds, various, Fs. 63, Edda 38, Hkr.
i. 5, Fms. i. 185, Eg. 517, passim.
B. Compds: marg-breytinn, adj. variable, whimsical, Fs. 86,
Vapn. I, Fas. ii. 7. marg-breytni , f. variety. marg-brotinn, .
-part, intricate. marg-brug3inn, part, sly, Lil. 16. marg.
d^rr, adj. very dear, Hallfred. marg-falda, a5, to multiply, Fmj.
i. 137, Sks. 628, Rb. 462, Stj. 428 (repealed), Alg. 358: to addre--.
in plur. by 'J)er,' Sks. 303. marg-faldan, f. multiplication, Ai;
356. margfald-leikr, m. manifoldness, Str. 21. marg-fald-
llga, adv. manifoldly, Stj. 51, Fms. i. 76, v. 346; margfaldh •
(compar.), i. 184. marg-faldligr, adj. manifold, Stj. 55, Ba:
27 : gramm., margfaldligr \kx.di= plural, Skalda 186 ; margfaldligirhh; •
nouns in plural, Edda 85, 86. marg-faldr, adj. manifold, Fms. ..
265, Sks. 312. inarg-froSgjarn, adj. eager for learning, Sks. 493.
marg-fr63r, adj. learned in many things, much knowing. Km. 103 ;
vitr ma9r ok m., Bs. i. 410, Fms. iv. 135, x. 392, Sks. 493: of 5
wizard, Hkr. i. 73- marg-frseSi, f. varied learning, Str. i, Q'v
marg-fromuSr, m. the great fur therer. Ad. marg-fsetla, u, f. t:
insect cancer brachyurus, P^ggert Itin. 609. marg-hdttaSr, adj. 0/
many kinds, Fms. i. 272, vi. 48, 145. marg-heyrSr, part, ojitn
heard, Fms. ii. 137. marg-brossa, a5, in a pun ( = st66), Kr6k.6j,
64. marg-ktmnandi, part, knowing many things, Landn. no, Fs.
131, Fms. iii. 90. marg-kunnigr, adj.=margfr66r, Rb. 308: =
fjolkunnigr, fornspa ok margkunnig, Fs. 33, 54, 67, Grett. 150. marg-
kunnindi, f. witchcraft, Isl. ii. 422. niarg-kvisla3r, adj. ma
branched. Fas. iii. 60, Sks. 441. niarg-kvisl6ttr, adj. id., Biirc
164, Stj. 534, Sks. 565. marg-kvsemt, n. adj. where many pe',;.-
come; ^ar var ekki m., Grett. 157 A. marg-kyndugr, adj. = mr
kunnigr, Fs. 68. marg-l£tr, adj. loose, fickle, variable; mar:
kona, Baer. II, Skalda 194; aldri skal ek verit hafa margla'
excessive) solium hlutum en mi, Fms. x. 290 : as a nickaanie.
marglati { = superbus?), Bs.i. 27. marg-leiki, a, m. intimacy. ......
198. marg-liga, adv. intimately , friendly , Sturl. iii. 286. marg-
litr, adj. variegated. marg-lyndr, adj. changeful of mood,jick-.
Hkr. i. 16, Fms. iii. 83. marg-lseti, n. wantonness ; leitar hann ekki
a J)ik, J)a er J)er m. at bregSa vist Jjinni, Lv. 26, Bs. i. 530 {wamn
cruelty) ; var ^at mselt at Eyjolfr slaegi a m. vi3 hana, that E. made lou
to her, Sturl. ii. 39. marg-mdlugr, adj. talkative, O.H. 2:.
Fagrsk. 14. marg-menni, n. ma?iy men, a multitude, Th. 94, Fb. 1.
241, Bs. ii. 37: the majority, i. 720 (margmengit MS.) marg-
mennr, adj. tuith many men, Sturl. ii. 249, Fms. ii. 261. marg-
maalgi, f. loquacity, Th. 76. marg-mseli, n. = margmaelgi, Fms. vi
209. marg-msBltr, part, many-spoken, Eb. 258 : talkative, slander-
ous, Nj. 22. marg-opt, adv. very often, Rd. 240. marg-or3r,
adj. long-winded, using many words, Faer. 14, Hkr. iii. 263. marg-
prettottr, adj. cunning, Barl. 27. marg-rseSa, u, f. much talk.
Fms. ix. 252, V. 1. marg-raeddr, part, much talked of, Fms. vii. 169.
Al. 169, Gliim. 330. marg-reeSinn, part, talkative, Fagrsk. marg-
sinnis, adj. many a time. marg-slsegr, adj. very sly, Barl. ;
marg-smugall, adj. penetrating, subtle, Sks. 565, 637. marg-
spakr, adj. very wise, Haustl., lb. 4. marg-sta3ar, adv. in many |
places, Nj. 185, Stj. 135, Bs. i. 208 (var margsta&ar holdit a beinunum, !
thus to be emendated). inarg-tala3r, part. 7ising many words, Fms. 1
vi. 304; gora margtalat vi6 e-n, Finnb. 328, Band. 8 new Ed., Stj. 581;
var lengi margtalat um vigit, Nj. 22. marg-teitr, adj. very cheerful,
Orkn. (in a verse). marg-titt, n. adj. frequent, usual, happening
often; margtitt er fiat at menu deyi, Fms. vi. 105, Horn. 1I4; sem
margtitt er, as is usual, Stj. 411 ; s6g6u J)at sem margtitt er, Fms. v;:
309. marg-vitr, adj. of many-sided learning, Al. 6, Sks. 317 E
marg-visliga, adv. in many ways. marg-visligr, adj. various, 0/ ^
many kinds, Sks. 44I. marg-viss, adj. = margfr66r, Barl. 27, Fms. 1
ii. 183, Bar9. 2 new Ed., Stj. 436, Hav. 55. marg-yr3r, adj. = |
margor&r, Sks. 92 new Ed. i
mar-greifl, a, m. [Germ, mark-graf], a margrave, marquis, [mid.Lat. j
marchio,] count, {>i6r., Ann. 1264. (
Margret, f. a pr. name, Margaretta.
mar-gullin, f. adj. [cp. marigold f], epithet of a lady, Hkv. Hjorv..
a aTT.Xey. and poet.
mar-gygr, f. a mermaid, sea-ogress (see gygr), Fms. iv. 56, Ann. ^m- ;
Sks. 169, Grett. 93 new Ed. i
mar-hrisla, u, f. [provinc. Norse mare-ris'], (?), Edda (GI.) ii- 4°3-
mari, a, m. the post of a 6e(/.';/eac? = upp-standari.
MARK, n., pi. mork, [a word common to all Teut. languages:
Ulf. marka = opiov; A.S. mearc ; Engl, march; Germ., Swed., »»'' I
Dan. mai-k; Lat. margo ; the original sense is an outline, border.^
whence are derived mork, border-land ; also nierki, merkja, q. v.J ■-- 1
a landmark; mark milli Grafar ok Bakka, Dipl. ii. 2 (landa-merki) : f
ganga yfir {lat mark er natturan hefir sett. Mar. : a mo'-k f;
shooting, skjota til marks, Sks. 379 (mark-bakki). II- " """,'
as a sign of property; kenna sitt mark a e-u, to recognise "^ °"".
own jnark, Bs. i. 720. 2. a mark on sheep's ears; bregda J (
marki a sau5um, Grag. i. 397 ; mi bregSr ma6r biii sinu er mark A, 0^ |
er honum rett at Ija o6rum marks, 425 ; ef ma&r leggr *'styfinga-mar I
a fc sitt, ok varSar fj6rbaugs-gar6 nema honum se lofat a logrettu, 4- •
ef menn taka mark at erf6 ^k skuln \>en skipta \>vi sem odnmi jni.
lf&^
t ^niG
'■15, k
'■■!:»
I
MARKATAFLA— MARSVIN,
413
!<• gekk me6 morkuni |>6ris, GullJ). a6 : phrases, erf8a-mark,
iiiry mark;' eiga mark sanian, Grag. i. 423; nauta-mark,
coMPD : marka-tafla, u, f. an entry of all the ' marks' in a
iiig the same mountain pastures, see also the description in
iilka, as an illustration of Icelandic life; even the church had
rkja a mark, Vm. 29. III. metaph. a mark, sign;
d J)er eitt til marks um, at . . ., Nj. 56 ; ok til marks, at syna
[jjoOvilja, Fms. i. 104; ok er J)at eigi mark {ihat is of no mark)
n^r eru h^r allar leiSir kunnar, ii. 80 ; J)etta er eigi meira
s of no more mark, Mirm.; ok at liti8 mark se at, hverju Jpii
'ms. vii. 120; ekki er mark at draumum, Sturl. ii. 217; ekki er
ark at, naer munu vit gangask enn aflr lykr, i. e. this is nothing,
beginning, Nj. 176; {)at gora h^r ungir sveinar er litift mark
^ykkja, Edda ,32 ; litid mark var J)a at, er J)eir Beli hittusk . . .,
in er meira mark at of hjortinn EikJ)yrni, 24 ; {)at er eitt mark
llsEti hans, 8i ; ok til marks, at J)u hefir verit, Fs. 18; sem 1
narki syndisk J)eir hlutir, at..., Bs. i. 7.S0; dau9a-mork, lifs-
q.v. : at marki, adverb, greatly, signally, Karl. 171, 181, 196, Bs.
TV. spec, usage, of embroidery, woven marks, figures ;
f5i knytt um sik blseju ok voru i mork bla, Ld. 244. compos :
i^deili, n. landmarks, D. N. ii. 496. inarka-ni6t, n. pi.
ries, N. G. L. i. 87. marka-skrd., -tafla, u, f. a scroll on
the sheep marks are entered. marks-ina3r, m. a man of
Cg. 15, v.l.
lEA, a8, prop, to draw outline of, sketch, cp. mark above, [Engl,
t; cp. also Lat. margo, a kindred word]: — to mark, draw the
of; marka grundvoll, to mark out, draw the ground-plan of a
j; lagSi hinn helgi Jon biskup af ser skikkju sina ok marka6i
-undvoll undir kirkjuna, Bs. i. 171, MS. 656 B. 8 ; sidan marka9i
r grundvoll til kirkju i ^eim sta5, Fms. i. 203 ; var {)ar markaSr
br. Eg. 486 ; hann markaSi t<jptir til garSa, O. H. 42 ; marka
, Fs. 128; OSS var aldr of marka5r, Landn. (in a verse); er i
;B8um morku3 oil skepna, Ver. i ; markat {drawn) hefir ek fyrir
S nokkurum or5um birting lopts, Sks. 236. 2. to fix ; marka
e vera skal, to fix the price, Grag. ii. 234. 3. impers., ok
i sv4 til, at ... , it appeared as if, of the outlines, Fms. v.
II. to sign, mark as one's property; J)au naut voru oil
; m6rku9, Fms. i. 152; mi markar ma6r annars fe sinu marki,
416: metaph., hann marka8i sik sjalfan J)vi hreinlifis marki,
(of the circumcisiori) ; kotkarl einn marka6i J)retfan kulur
^r. Band. 1 3 ; let Odinn marka sik geirs-oddi, ... let hann
li 03ni, Yngl. S. ch. 10, 11. 2. to mark by an emblem; ver
marka (merkja, O. H. 1. c.) 113 vart ok gora herkuml a hjalmum
)k skjoldum, Fb. ii. 338; er J)at mitt ra&, at menn marki stal-
nar, Sturl. iii. 240. 3. to draw; hann haf6i rau3an skjold ok
rahjortr, Nj. 143 ; J)ar me6 voru morkuS himin-tungl, en a ne3ra
(Sru markaSar forneskju-sogur, Fms. v. 340 ; hann var markaSr
', 0. H. 1. c.) eptir |>6r, Fb. ii. 190 ; er a hlutnum marka3r Freyr
Fs. 19 ; gef ek J)er skjold, ok er a markaSr kross me& likneski
V&rs, Bs. i. 8. III. metaph. to mark, observe, infer; {)ar
tt J)u marka hans fegr6, Edda 15 ; ma af J)vi m. hverr ma8r hann
L 72 ; ma af sliku m. hversu ^ungan matar-afla J)eir hofSu, Fs.
k md af {>vi m. landskosti, 26 ; mi skal a shku m. at Gu6 . . .,
■ ; nii skaltu ok {)at marka, at . . ., 491. IV. to signify,
^at er ekki at marka, that is nothing to signify; markaSu
:i, heed it not, take no notice of it; marka drauma, to mind
Sturl. ii. 131. 2. to betoken; en \>xt marka villumenn,
markar J)at lieinarSan mann, id. : — to shew, J)eir hafa markat
afa, Hkr. i. 142.
ji- or markar-, see mork.
, m., gen. marka6ar, Fb. i. 304, 1. 12 ; spelt marknaSr, Fms.
(v. 1.), D. N. iii. 229 : [not from marka, but like Engl, market,
'kt, borrowed from the Lat. merc-s, mercatus; the genuine
ord for market is torg, q. v.] : — a market ; me6an markadrinn
M. i. 185 ; var par m. ok kaupstaSr, viii. 304, ix. 219, Fb. i. 204
|!ngl. market) : — metaph., var J)eim settr inn sami m., they got
treatment, Fms. viii. 41 ; ferr hann til annarrar borgar ok settisk
ok setti J)eim pvilikan markaS sem inum fyrrum, x. 237.
■g5, f. [mork], a ^forest-country,' opp. to open country made
Sf, Hkr. i. 88, Magn. 442, 0. H. 201, Fms. vii. 25.
iii, n. a march-boundary, D.N. i. 81.
8r, m. a march-fence, boundary fence, Dipl. ii. I.
, n. the blubber with the harpoons print in it, GJ>1. 462.
d, r\. forest-land, with the notion oi march-land, border-land,
|l5. Eg. 58. II. a local name = La6rac?or(?), Fb.
mss, adj. without a mark : metaph. meaningless.
.8, f. a track through forests, Hkr. i. 76.
lifli, n. = marklei6, Hkr. i. 55.
a, u, f. nonsense.
itltr, m. [marr = sea], a kind oi Jisb, cottus scorpius, Norse
'4Edda (Gl.), Eggert Itin. 359.
mark-pldgr, m. a kind o( plough used in a woody county, Sks. 425.
raark-r&, f. = niarkreina, N.G.L. i. 245.
mark-rein, f. = niarkreina, D.N. i. 81.
mark-reina, u, f. a boundary line, N. G. L. i. 42, GJ)!. 460.
mark-skil, n. pi. borders, marches, GJ)1. 453.
mark-steinn, m. a mark-stone, landmark, G^\. 286, 543, Eg. 49a (of
a battle field) : stones laid to mark a spot, Bs. i. 346.
mark-stika, u, f. a boundary stake, Bs. i. 329.
mark-teigr, m. a border field, N.G. L. i. 42.
mar-li3endr, part. pi. ' sea-sliders,' sea-farers ; margir eru marlideodr,
many there are who slide over the sea, of witches, spirits, Eb. 44, a
saying.
marmari, a, m. [Lat. word], marble, Sij. 46, R6m. 342, Sks. 188, Bs. ii.
103 ; marmara-grjot, -steinar, slabs of marble, Symb. 57, Str. 5, Karl. 14.
mar-mennill, m., thus Landn. 76, 77; mar-mendill. Fas. ii. 31
(thrice) ; in popular mod. usage in Icel., mar-bendill ; the Hauksb6k
(Landn. 1. c.) spells it margmelli ; whence the mod. Norse marmcele,
Ivar Aasen : — prop, a ' sea-mannikin,' a kind of sea goblin or sea dwarf,
in the Norse fairy tales. The marmennil is now and then hooked by
fishermen ; being a soothsayer, he tells them what is to happen. The
classical passages in old Icel. writers are the Halfs S. ch. 7 and the Landn. 2,
ch. 5; for mod. times see Maurer's Volks. 31, 32, as also Isl. {>j68s. i.
131-134. Inseparable from these tales is the merman's ^laughter;' he
generally laughs thrice, e.g. the king kisses the queen, beats his dog, and
stumbles over and curses the mound, at each of which the merman laughs ;
and b^ing asked why, he says that he laughs at the king's foolishness,
for the queen is false, but the dog is true and will save his life, and in
the mound there is a hidden treasure ; hence, |3a hlo marbcndill, then the
merman laughed, has in Icel. become proverbial of a sudden, unreason-
able, and spiteful fit of laughter. The coincidence with the English
legend of Merlin the ' wild man' in the romance oi Merlin, (edited by the
Early Engl. Text Soc. 1869, p. 434,) is ^ry striking ; and one is tempted
to suggest that the name Merlin may have been borrowed from the
Norse sea goblin (who in Norwegian tales is said to be the bastard of
the sea monster hafstramb and a mermaid), and tacked on to the Welsh
legend : even the word has a Norse or Teutonic sound : Merlin may
well be shortened from the dimin. mer-tnann-lin, mer-m'lin, merlin :
according to the Pref. to this Engl, romance the name is not found attached
to the Welsh legend till the 12th century. compos: marmendils-
smidi, n. the mermannikin's work = millepora polymorpha. marmen-
dils-J)ari, a, m. the merman's weed = corallina officinalis, Maurer's
Volks.
mar-nagli, a, m. in a pun, Skalda 237 (in a verse).
marningr, m. [merja], a contusion.
MAHR, m., gen. marar; [Ulf. marei = OdXaaffa ; A.S. mere; Hel.
meri; O. H. G. meri; Germ, meer; Lat. ware] : — the sea; sigr fold i
mar, the earth sinks into the sea, Vsp. 57 ; mik hefir marr miklu raentan,
Stor; vatr marr, Skalda (in a verse) ; kaldr marr, Edda loi (in a verse);
li5a yfir marr, Vf)m. 48 : metaph., mun-strandar marr, the sea of the
breast, the song, Hofu&l. ; mistar marr, the sea of mist, the air, Ilkv.
I. 96 : in prose this old word remains in the marar-botn, m. the bottom
of the sea; Pall lif6i tvau daegr a marabotnum, 655 xxvii. 6, and so in
mod. usage ; it also remains in various compds, m.ar-61mr, mar-bakki,
mar-flatr, mar-mennill, mar-g^gr, mar-hrisla, mar-kniitr,
mar-svin, mar-va3i, mar -rein, etc., q. v. II. in local names,
Aust-marr (q. v.), A.S. Eastmere; Mar-baeli, q.v.
MAKB, m., gen. mars, dat. mari, VJ)m. la ; pi. marar, Hkr. i. 237 (in
a verse), Skv. 2. 16; pi. marir, Fm. 15, Hkv. Hjorv. 28; but ace. pi. mara,
Akv. 37, Rm. 35 ; marina = mara ina, Akv. 13: [A.S. mearb or mear ;
O. H. G. marah] : — a steed, only in poetry, whereas the answering fern.
merr, a mare, has become a common word in prose as well as poetry :
magran mar, Hm. 82, Og. 3, Skm. 8, 9 ; ma3r stiginn af mars baki, 15 ;
mars baegi, Vkv. 31 ; mari vel tomdum. Fas. i. 491 (in a verse) ; mara
svang-rifja, Rm. 35; marina melgreypu, Akv. 13 ; er her sitjum feigir a
morum, H&m. 10 ; morum Hiinlenzkum, 11 ; hle6a mar, to saddle, Hdl.
5 ; minn veit ek mar beztan, Akv. 7 ; hann kva6 hest mar heita, en mar
(mara ? q. v.) er manns fylgja, Fs. 68 ; hnakk-marr = a saddle-horse, hack,
"tt.: poet, vag-marar wave steeds, ships, Skv. 2. 16 ; R68a ri8-marar, the
heaving sea steed, Hkr. i. 237 (in a verse); segis-marr, su3-marr, vers-
marr, bor3-marr, segl-marr, stjorn-marr (Hkv. I. 29), gjdlfr-marr, I)6ptu-
marr, all names of ships. Lex. Poet.
mar-rein, f. the sea line, in marreins-bakki, a, m. = marbakki, the
bank where the deep and shallow water meet; mi hittir maSr sel fyrir
ofan marreinsbakka, N.G. L. ii. 149 (v. 1. marbakka); hann skal biSja
hann heima vera meSan hann txt fyrir litan marreinsbakka eSa gengr
fyrir ofan garS, i. 89 ; J)a skal hann ganga litan gar6s e3a fara lit um
marreinsbakka, ok fara aptr til hiiss siftan, 23.
mar-sleggja, u, f. [merja], a ' crush-sledge,' Art. 78, a air. A.€7. render-
ing of macue = mace, of the French original.
mar-svin, n. ' sea-swine,' sea-bog, a kind of whale, Eggert Itin. ; mar-
svina-rekstr, F61. vii. 28, the driving whales ashore.
414
MARTROD— MATViELAR.
mar-trdd, f. being ' trodden ' by a mara, nightmare, F6]. x. 15.
mar-vaSi, a, m. [Swed. marwatten = eddy], sea water, shoal water (?) ;
only in the phrase, tro6a marvaSa, to tread the water, of a swimmer in
an upright position ; the word also occurs in Fas. ii. 83 (foot-note, in a
verse) — er marva6a maeddu Ranar j66, but its use there is dubious.
inar-J)ak, n. ' sea-thatch,' poet, ice, Grett. (in a verse).
mar-J)r63r, m. ' sea-thread,' a kind of sea-weed.
inar-J)vara, u, f. a kind of crab, Eggert Itin. 997, Edda (Gl.)
mas, n. tittle-tattle, chat, Bb.
MASA, a5, to chatter, prattle.
maasa, a6, [prob. an iterat. from meita], to whittle, carve a piece of
wood idly with a knife ; massa ni5r spytu, hva3 ertu aS massa ?
mastr, m., gen. mastrs, [a for. word introduced from Engl, and Germ.
mast,'] a mast; the word which is now freq. is not found in old writers,
who call the mast siglutre.
MAT, n. [meta], an estimate, taxing, Jb. 195 ; eptir mati sex skynsamra
manna, Dipl. v. 3 ; jar5a-mat, see jorS.
mata, u, f. [matr], provender, a mess ; of a crew, Kolbeinn let Hrapp
J)a fara i motu til sin, Nj. 128, v. 1. ; the food of fishermen : a fee to
the priest (paid in butter), called prests-mata. compds : ni6tu-nautr,
m. a messmate, N. G. L. i. 186, Eb. 194, Orkn. 118, Grag. i. 186, ii. 73,
passim. mOtu-neyti, n. messmatesbip, Nj. 128, Edda 29, Grag. i. 186,
ii- 73-
mata, a5, [matr], to feed another, as the nurse does the sick and
children ; hann getr ekki mataS sig, pab ver9r a& mata hann, of a person
who cannot even eat without assistance. II. reflex, matask,
to eat, take food, take a meal, Nj. 175, Fms. i. 35, Fb. ii. 273, Eg. 232,
K. J>. K. 136 ; spurSi hvi hann mataSisk sva seint, why he went on eating
so slowly, Eb. 244.
mat-annungr, m. a ' meat-earner,' a person who earns his food, but
gets no wages, Jb. 469 ; mod. matvinnungr.
mat-bj6rg, f. provision from hmnd to mouth, (5. H. 153.
m.at-bl6t, n. a ' meat-idol,' an idol of dough, N. G. L. i. 383.
m.at-bor3, n. a dressed table, a table at meal-time. Eg. 63, Bs. i. 669,
6. H. 237, Fms. vi. 195, viii. 51.
mat-bra3r, adj. eager, gluttonous.
mat-brseSi, f. ghittony, Hom. 24.
mat-bua, bjo, to dress, meat, cook, Fms. i. 9, vii. 288, Jb. 398, Bs. i.
593, Eb. 198, 266, Bret. 102, Stj. 165.
mat-biiS, f. the dressing of food. matbli3ar-ma3r, m. a cook,
Stj. 443, Fms. ii. 139.
mat-blina3r, m. = matbu&, Stj. 166, 280.
mat-blir, n. a ' meal-bower,' pantry, Bs. ii. 134.
mat-eyrir, m. victuals, Rett. 47.
mat-f^tt, n. adj. short of provisions, Sturl. ii. 43, Fs. 142.
mat-fri3r, m. time to eat in peace; eg hef ekki matfri&.
mat-fong, n. pi. stores of food, Fms. ii. 99, O. H. 127, Sks. 141, Bs. ii.
179.
mat-ger3, f. cooking. matger3ar-ma3r, m. a cook, GJ)1. 99.
mat-gjafl, a, m. a meat-giver, bread-giver, Fms. viii. 307.
mat-gjald, n. a fine paid in food, Grag. i. 451.
mat-gjof, f. a gift in food (to the poor), Grag. i. 296, 443.
mat-goggr, m. a ^meat-beak,' nickname of a beggar.
mat-g63r, adj. liberal as to food, Saem. 38.
mat-hdkr, m. a ghitton.
mat-heill, adj. [North. E. meat-hale], sound so as to be able to eat,
Sturl. i. 20.
mat-kassi, a, m. a meat-safe, Stj. 154.
mat-kavip, n. purchase of victuals, Orkn. 344, Fms. vii. 78, viii. 367.
mat-ketill, m. a meat-kettle, Fms. ix. 422.
mat-krd,kr, m. a meat-crow, glutton, a nickname, Sturl. iii. 51.
mat-land, n. ; gott, illt m., a productive or unproductive district, Fms.
vii. 78.
mat-langr, adj.; matlanga stund, such a time as it takes to eat one's
meal, Ann. 1294 ; cp. drykklangr.
mat-laun, n. pi. a fee for board, Grag. i. 147. matlaima-ma3r, m.
= matannungr, GJ)1. 260.
mat-launi, a, m. = matlaunama9r, Grag. ii. 43.
mat-lauss, adj. without food, Eb. 266, Ld. 200, Gisl. 57, Fms. ii. 97,
mat-lei3i, a, m. a loathing of food, 677. 3.
mat-leysa, n. lack of food, Fms. vi. 325, xi. 288, K, J>.K. 130.
mat-lifl, n. board, fare, Fms. viii. 435.
mat-ma3r, m. a great eater.
mat-mangari, a, m. a ' meat-monger,' provision-dealer, N.G.L. ii. 246.
mat-mdl, n. meal-time, Grag. i. 261, Nj. 197, Sd. 144; milli matmala,
between two meals, Bs. i. 108 ; litil er liSandi stund, long matm&ls stund,
Hkr. i. 154 (a saying) : — a meal, Fms. vii. 160.
m.at-m.63ir, f. ' meat-mother,' used of a mistress with respect to her
servants and household, cp. Engl, bread-giver.
mat-iu3ingr, m. a ' meat-nithing,' one who starves his people, Sam. 38,
Fas. ii. 133.
MATB, m., gen. matar, dat. mat ; with article matinum, Grag. i.
(mod. matnum) ; plur. matir ; it is twice or thrice in Fb. spelt mat wi
a long vowel, with which cp. the rhyme ma/a uppsa/r, Hallfred, — mi
(gen. pi.) viggjar uppsatr = a /lan/ry (the explanation given in Lex. Poi
and hence in Fs. 214, seems erroneous) ; for the long vowel cp. also Ormi
mete (not mette), Engl, meat : [Ulf. mats = fipwais ; A. S. mete ; Engl.wai
O. H. G. maz; Swed. mat; Dan. mad] : — meat, food; matar ok vijJa
manni t)orf, Hm. 3 ; rmtar gobr,' good of meat,' hospitable, ^8; bjoftae-
mat, Gm. 2 ; morgin-doggvar J)au ser at mat hafa, Vfim. 45, Skm.-27; 1
var matr fram settr, Fbr. 21 new Ed.; bera mat a bor6, to put meatont
board, Nj. 50; J)u skalt stela J)a5an mat a tva hesta, 74; bera mat
stofu, eptir {)at setti hon borS ok bar J)ar a mat, . . . viljum v6r vist g«
y8r mat . . . si3an gengu J)eir undir bor3 ok signdu mat sinn, . . . atnges
mat sinn, Eb. 266, 268 ; Gunnarr vissi sliks matar J)ar ekki van, Nj,
Jyenna aptan enn sama maelti BergJ)6ra til hjona sinna, mi skulu \n
y6r mat i kveld, J)viat J)enna aptan mun ek bera sidast mat
min . . ., J)ykki m^r bl66 eitt allt bor3it ok matrinn, 197 ; hann vatSi
a3r hinn mildi ok inn matar-illi, . . . hann svelti menn at mat, Fms. i.
sitja at mat, to sit at meat, x. 378 ; beiSa matar, Grag. i. 47 ; {)6at hi
haldi matinum, id.; \ik'st6b Glamr upp snemma ok kalla&i til mat
sins, ... vii ek hafa mat minn en engar refjar, Grett. iii ; J)ar hefi ■
minum mat or6it fegnastr J)a er ek na6a honum, 126; et mat J)ii
troll. Fas. iii. 1 78, 1 79 : allit., matr ok mungat, meat and drink, Fb. i
578, Fb. i. 563 ; hann atti fjolda barna, haf5i hann varla mat i mniniD
he had hardly any meat in his mouth, he was well-nigh starved, Bs, iilM
menn sa ek J)a er moSur hofSu, latift mat i munn, Sol. : eiga mdlungi nlj
mod. eiga ekki malungi matar, to have no food for one's next meal,
very poor, Hm. 66 : the saying, matr er mannsins megin, ' meat is pias
main;' bi&ja s6v matar hvert mal, 36 ; J)urr matr, dry meat; J)urr ma
J)at er gras ok aldin, K. p. K. 78 ; hvitr matr, white meat — mi\k, ch«|
from the dairy, passim ; elds mztr, food for fire, fuel ; spona-matr,
meat, opp. to at-matr = rfry meat. II. in plur. stores
provisions; tveggja manafta mati, G^l. 99; tveggja manaSa ma
mjols, N. G. L. i.172; t61fmana5ar mati, 346, B.K. passim. compi
matar-afgangr, m. leavings from the table or of food, K. |). K. ^
matar-afli, a, va. fare, provisions, Fs. 146. matar-dst, f. 'me.
love,' cupboard love; hafa m. a e-m, to have ' m£at-love' for a pers<
to love him for his table's sake. m.atar-b61, n., a Norse ;
phrase, referring to the taxation of an estate, thus, hundrad, sextig, ,
manaSa matarbol, an estate of a hundred, sixty . . . months' food, Fms.
153, N.G.L. , D.N., B. K. passim. matar-bur, n. a ' m^aZ-iott*
/>an/ry, whence abbreviated biir (q. v.), Sturl. i. 155. , matar-^st.
appetite, 4. 2 1. matar-fong, n. pi. = matfong, Isl. ii. 465. matt
g6r3, f. dairy work, cooking, etc.. Glum. 367, G^\. 102. matar-il
adj. meat-stingy, of a bad master who starves his household, Fms. i.
matar-kaup, n. = matkaup, Fms. viii. 353, v. 1. matar-latiss, a
meatless, without food, Fb. i. 131. matar-lyst, f. appetite. matt
neyzla, u, f. the taking food, Sks. 434. matar-skamtr, m. apartii
matar-ver3, n. board wages, G^l. 513. matar- ver3r, m. a me
Bs. i. 12 3. m.atar-V8Btt, f. a weight (measure) of victuals, Sturl. ii. (
matar-8e3i, n. diet.
mat-rd3, n. pi. ' meat-rule,' the husbandry of food, dispensing food
the household, the duty of the mistress in olden times, Bs. i. 139,
Nj. ch. 128.
mat-rei3a, u, f. the making food ' ready,' dressing food, doing dairy 3
pantry work and the like ; J)at er ekki karla at annask um matreitai.'
75, Fs. 72, Grag. i. 459, Fas. ii. 76.
m.at-rei3a, d, = matbua.
mat-reki, a, m. ajetsum of victuals (fishes, whales), Vm. 141.
mat-seld, f. = matrei9a, Eb. 266.
mat-selja, u, f. a laundress, Lv. 36, Nj. 59, Eg. 759, Eb. 92.
m.at-sinkr, adj. stingy of food. Band. 38 new Ed.
mat-sj63i, a, m. a cook, Nj. (in a verse).
mat-skapr, m. victuals, food, Vm. 164. ^'
mat-skdl, f. a meat bowl, Bs. i. 703. -^
mat-sk&pr, m. a meat drawer, pantry. '.?*•
mat-skortr, m. lack of food, Krok. 66. =*"
mat-skreiS, f. dried Jish for food, H. E. ii. 98. ■■ ' '
mat-sparr, adj. = matsinkr, Sd. 152, Fs. 146.
mat-sveinn, m. a meat^boy, cook, esp. on board a ship, Fs. IJ**!
192, {ji5r. 127, Fms. x. 129.
mat-svin, n. ' meat-hog,' the beggar's scrip, Ski6a R. 20.
mat-ssell, adj. meat4ucky. Band. 38 new Ed.
mat-vandr, zd]. fastidious, difficult to please as to one's foot*. •'
m.at-vendni, i. fastidiousness as to food.
mat-vinnungr, m. = matannungr; hann er ekki m.
mat-vist, (.food, fare, Sks. 189.
mat-visi, f. gluttony, Hom. 24.
mat-visa, adj. ' meat-scenting,' greedy, term of abuse, Hallfred.
mat-v89lar, f. pi. petty larceny of food. Pare. 44 (Ed., rendering «,
^larencin, see foot-note) ; hinu Jjykki m^r likara at i)at se matv«larp»i
MATViENN— MAL.
415
'''>kra at J)j6na pvi, Mirni. 70. 2. mat-vaeli, n. pi., metaph.
subsistence, stores of food. Fas. iii. 412, and so in mod. usage;
licgar Jjverra fara, J)au keima Gudi sultar stiir, Bb. I. "J.
i-veenn, adj. good for food, Bs. ii. 134.
;-J)roti, a, m. a lack of food, G\>\. no.
ik, n. a jelly, meat or the like cooked into a thick gruel-like mess,
K.ULA, a6, to munch food, mumble; roSgiil hardan maula. Snot.
,, m. a muncher (?), a nickname, Fms. x. 54.
'•ildi, n. [Dan. morild~\, a light from insects, decomposed matter,
the sea ; old form raauru-eldr, q. v.
,UEB> m. [Dan. myre ; Sv/td.myra; GT.fJ.vpfJirj( ; Seib. mraw]: —
; my ok maura, Eluc. 62 ; einn litill ma&kr er maurr heitir, Sks.
plur., metaph. money-bags, in a contemptuous sense. compds :
Mgc, m. an ant-mound ; sem \)6t i maura mornit haugi, Fas.
(in a verse). maura-puki, a, m. a money-poke, of a person.
eldr, m., qs. maura-eldr, = maurildi ; h^r er liking milli mauru-
|k uAtturuligs loga, Ski'ilda 197.
, a, m. a nickname, Fms. ix. 28.
pres. mai ; pret. ma&i ; part. ma6r ; [the word seems to be iden-
^th A.S. mawan, Engl, mow, Scot, maw, O.H.G. mahan. Germ,
r but if so, that sense has been lost] : — to blot out, wear out, by
g or the like ; m&sk {)eir af lifs-bok ok ritask eigi me& r(5ttlatum,
36; at bans nafn maisk af sinu htisi, Stj. 426 ; mi er nafn J>itt a
manna bok skra& ok mun J)at aldregi af maaz (sic), 208 ; braud
5 ok m4d i gognum, 367 ; eigi vitu v6r naer hann vill J)enna flekk
filftingu sinni, |»orst. Stang. 51 ; af ma lyti, H. E. i. 514 ; J)a ma
Ie ii {>eirri bok er J)u skrifa3ir, Stj. 313; and so freq. in mod. usage,
in4S, blotted out, faint (cp. Germ, matt), of writing. 2. to wear,
'ilunt from use, of tools ; var Ijar bans ma8r upp i smiSreim, Fb. i.
klokka maisk af optligum hringingum, Eluc. 147 (Ed.) ; maSar af
B, Lil. 94 ; mei5s kvistu ma, to tear, Gm. 34. II. metaph.
out, destroy ; ma af or af-ma, at hann drepi \>a, ok mai J)a af
ai, Stj. 312; Drottinn hefir eytt ok af ma& jorSunni alia ^ina
47a ; at hann hefir latift drepa ok ma af j6r3unni, 492 ; reiSin af
tttyni manna, Bs. i. 103 ; hann mar sva af ok minnkar J)eirra styrk
^ vega, Stj. 436 ; eyddr ok af maSr, Fms. ii. 238.
Q. a bud (?) ; palm-kvistir me8 fagri naefr ok nyju mai, Bs. ii. 16.
Iphlld, M&f-hlidingar, see mar.
•kona, u, f. a sister-, mother-, daughter-in-law, Fms. x. 94, Stj.
[)f a mother-in-law, Grag. i. 305.
"■B, m. [Ulf. megs = yatJ.pp6s; Scot, mac; O.H.G. mac; Dan.
brother-, father-, son-in-law, etc.; hon bau6 til sin fraendum
ok magum, she bade her kinsmen and magar (brothers- and
,w), Landn. 117; vill Rutr gorask magr J)inn (son-in-law) ok
:urt)ina, Nj.3, as also Isl. ii.250, Eg. 37; cp. the saying, eigi ma
4m&ga at einni dottur. Fas. iii. 59 : ironically, Nj. 94, N. G. L. i.
{ a father-in-law, Laban mag sinn, Stj. 172 ; Davi3 tok konung-
Sal mag sinn, Rb. 382 : in plur., skilmali ^eirra maga (father-
son-in-law), Stj. 172, Fms. ix. 496; oi brothers-in-law, en er
.garfinnask, (3.H.90; Olafr magr, 166. compds: mdgs-efai^
•« son-in-law, Stj. 122, Ann, 1309. m&ga-sto6, n. strength,
fdfrom one's magar. Glum. 334.
,d, f. affinity, Grag. i.33, Nj. 130, Fms. iii.45, vi. 173, vii. 133.
n., old pi. mdol, 673.47, Greg.; [Ulf. mapl = dyopa. ; Hel.
^eecb, meeting ; Dan. maal; from the old Teut. mapl or mahal
led the mid. Lat. mallum = parliament, public meeting (Du
and mallum again was in Norman-French rendered by parlia-
Spetch, faculty of speech ; mai heitir or8. .., Edda no; J)au
mai, they are dumb, Fms. i. 97> Fs. i. 250; J)r6ngdi sva
konungs at hann misti malsins, x. 148 ; {jcir hafa
1$ rodd ne mai, Rb. 348 ; J)eir hafa gau& fyrir mai,
:, heyrn, sjon, Edda 6. II. speech as spoken, lan-
fmgue; Norraent mai, the Norse tongue, Fms. vii. 165 ; Girskt
1. 75 ; 1 mali l>eirra, til vars mals, in our tongue; i hverju
ida 161, 168; i voru mali, 163, 166, 167, 169; i mdlinu,
mask vart mai at ra3a pat er a Norraenu er rita&, Bs. i.
I mai a Danska tungu, Grag. ; rita at Norraenu mali, Hkr.
[leir skildu eigi bans mai, J)a maelti kvinnan a Norraenu, Fs.
2. speech, speaking; hvart er Flosi sva naer at hann megi
i mitt, Nj. 36, 200 ; ver eigi naer honum en mai nemi, Fms. iv.
^aidskapr var honum sva tiltaekr, at hann maslti af tungu fram
■. rail, 374 ; engi var sva vitr at snjallara mai mundi fram bera,
snjallr i mali ok tala6r vel, ix. 535 ; skilr ^n nokkut h(*r-
il, Fas. ii. 512 ; en er hann lauk sinu mali, Ld. 106, 130, lb.
ara sva oUu mali um sem hann hafi a8r ekki urn maelt, Gr&g.
lann kve6r sva at ok haf6i i mali sinu, ' heilt ra8 ok heimolt,'
'•• 317; kve5r jarl J)ings ok maelti peim malum a {jinginu at
rl skyldi heita vargr i veum, Fms. xi. 40; tina fyrir mer iill
uk athaefi er hafa J)arf fyrir konungi, Sks. 301. 3. speak-
o» .'0 another, colloquy ; vera a mali, to deliberate, converse, Vtkv.
I; hann kom opt a mai vid konung, Eg. 106; engi JjorSi at krefja
hann mals, 6oi ; |j(5rdis gekk til m4Is vid Egil frsenda sinn, 765 ; pegar
er J)eir fundu menu at ma!i, Fms. i. 204; ef J)eir vildu hafa bans m4I,
241 ; si6an haettu {)au malinu, Nj. 10 ; hann leitaSi \ia. m41s um vi&
AsgerSi hverju J)at gegndi. Eg. 703 ; ok spyrja hana mals hvar til Jjessi
svcir fkulu koma, Hkr. i. 77 ; Jjat var karl ok kcrling, mxlti hann mil
af J)eim ok spur8i. Fas. iii. 525; hcifSu menn at mali (people noticed, of
something extraordinary), at..., Fms. vii. 301 ; allir menn hdf8u 4
mali, er Olaf sa, hversu friSr ma&r hann var, Ld. 88 ; bera mikit mil a,
Fms. X. 93 ; J)at var mill manna, people said that; or, J)at er mai manna,
people say, Nj. a68. Eg. 29, Fms. vii. 150. 4. a tale, narrative;
mi er ^nt til mAls at taka (of resuming the narrative after an episode),
to take up the story again, Ld. 314, Nj. 16, 29, 135, 148, 196 ; er fyrr
var getift i J)essu mali, Fms. xi. 41 ; Jjar hef ek upp {)at m41. Eg.
735- 5. a saw; J)at er fomt mai ('tis an old saw), at bisna skal at
betr verSi, Fms. x. 261, Gliim. 344; a liti ^tk mai in foniu, look to the
old wise sayings, Sighvat (forn-maeli, q. v.) 6. gramm. diction, con-
struction of sentences; mai ok haettir, Edda 49; ef J)at mai (figure of
speech) er upp er tekit haldi of alia visu-lengd, 1 23 ; breyta hdttum meft
mAli einu, to vary the verses with the sentences, Edda 124 (for speci-
mens see Ht. 9-23); tvau mai, two sentences; fullt m41, a full period;
her lykr mali, liika heilu mali, a sentence closes; annat ok pridja visu-or8
er ser um mai, ok er {)at stal kallat, of the intercalary sentences in poetry,
Edda 1 25 ; J)eir kollu6u at hann hafSi eigi r6tt ort at mali, Fms. v. 209 ;
samhlj63endr megu ekki mai e3r atkvaefti gora einir vi3 sik, Skiilda ;
her er mai fullt i hverju visu-or6i, Edda ; Sk4ldskapar-mal, poetical
diction, id. ; bragar-mal, id., 1 24. 7- mai is the name of old songs
containing old saws or sentences, such as the Hava-mal ; as also of
poems in a dialogue (mai) ; all such poems were in a peculiar metre
called m41a-hattr, which is opposed to the epic kvi8u-h4ttr, thus,
Grimnis-mal, VafJ)ni6nis-m41, Alvis-mal, Ham&is-mal, Hakonar-mal,
Eiriks-mal ; in some instances the name has been applied erroneously,
e. g. Atla-mal ; the Rigs-mal is a name given in modem times, the old
name was Rigs-Jjula.
B. As a law phrase, with the notion of public speaking, action, or
the like : 1. a suit, action, cause ; hefja mai 4 hendr e-m, Fms. \i\j%
130; hafa mai a hondum, Grag. i. 38 ; sokn skal fyrr fara fram hvers
mals en vom, nema J)at s6 allt eitt, ok s^ {)at annars mals s6kn er annars
er vorn, 59; Nj411 nefndi v4tta ok sagSi liny'tt malit, Nj. 36; ekki a
Bjarkeyjar-rettr a {)vi mali at standa, Fms. vii. 130; J)eir veittu Gizuri
hvita at hverju mali, Nj. 86; b4ru J)eir kvi8 um mai Otkels, 87; faera
mai fram at domi, Grag. i. 135; sjekja mai, to prosecute, Nj. 86, 99;
saekja mai logliga ok rettliga, Fms. vii. 133; Gunnarr sotti malit {)ar
til er hann baud til varna, Nj. 36 ; en um tolf manu8r stendr {)eirra m41,
the case stands over for twelve months, Grag. i. 143 ; saekja m4l 4 l)ingi,
Nj. 36; faera vorn fyrir mai, 87; m4l kemr i dom. Glum. 365 ; h6f8a
mai, to institute a suit, Grag. i. 142 ; biia mai, to prepare a suit, of the
preliminaries, Gliim. 365, passim ; leggja m41 undir e-n (as umpire), Nj.
105 ; hafa sitt m41, to get one's verdict, win the suit, passim ; vera borinn
m41i, to be cast, convicted, N. G. L. i. 122 : to be beaten, get the worst,
passim : vigs-mal, legorSs-mdl, fe-m41, etc. 2. an indictment, charge ;
J)a eru {)eir var8ir mali ef J)eir fa {)ann bjargkvi8, Grag. i. 54; ok versk
hann J>a malinu, 317; at upp skyldi vera rannsokn en J)au or nmlinu
ef hann hittisk eigi J)ar, Ld. 44 ; ek vii svara |)vi m41i, / will answer
that charge, Nj. 99 ; ok ba8 Sigur8 Hranason svara Jjar malum fyrir sik,
Fms. vii. 130 ; 4 hann kost at lata var8a skoggang e8a gortaeki, ef hann
vill til bins meira mals faera ok skal hann stefna ok I4ta var8a skoggang,
Grag. i. 430; hann spurSi alia ena beztu menn, hvert mai J)eim J)aetti
Gunnarr eiga a J)eim nofnum fyrir fjorra8in, Nj. 105 ; leynd mai, hidden
charges, Grag. i. 363. 3. procedure, order; at alj)ingis-mali rt5ttu
ok allsherjar-logum, Nj. 87 : pleading, enda er sva sem J)eir maeli eigi
})eim mdolum nema |)eir vinni ei3a at, Grag. ii. 342. 4. stipulation,
agreement; mai meginlig, Vsp. ; bregSa mali, Grag. i. 148 ; ok skilja
J)eir eigi pat mai gorr, en sva, 136; nema pau vili annat mai 4 gora,
336; en ek skal lauss allra m41a ef hann kemr eigi sva lit, Isl. ii. 217;
skulu peirra manna mai standask, Gr4g. i. 296: engagement, ok vitja
m41anna fyrir hiind okkra beggja, Fms. xi. 104. 5. transactions ;
en hvert sem at {jessum malum var seti8 lengr e3a skemr, Ld.
22. 6. a case; la ek pa i voggxi er paer skyldu tala um mitt mai.
Fas. i. 340 ; mai bans stendr i miklum haska. Mar. ; en p6 skaltu sv4
um pitt mai hugsa, ... at pa munt pii skamt eiga lilifat, Nj. 85 ; at
hvarir-tveggju hafi nakkvat sins mals, Jb. 12; pat er m41 Sigur8ar
konungs at maela til Inga konungs, Fms. vii. 221; festi jarnbur8, at sva
skyldi sanna mai bans, 230 ; honum eirir fUa ef hann hefir eigi sitt m41,
fsl. ii. 237 ; pa skal s4 peirra hafa sitt mai er ei8 vill at vinna. Grag. i.
393 ; Jj6r61fr ba8 Olvi byrja mai sitt vi8 konung. Eg. 62 ; at vit f4im
rott af pessu mali, 40; flytja miil sitt, Ld. 180; muntu m^r verSa at
trua til malanna pinna allra, Fms. xi. 104 ; allir er eidsvarar erut vi8
petta mai, Nj. 192 ; eiga siSan allt mitt mai undir y8r f6stbrs8rum. Fas.
"• 532 ; petta mai var vi8 Jorunni raett, Ld. 22 ; pykki mer mi vandast
malit, Nj. 4 ; sva er mai me8 vexti, the case is this, Lv. 43, Fas. iii. 59 ;
416
MALSAFGLOPUN— MALENDR.
var {)at amiat in., another affair, Nj. 256 ; ekki eru {)au efni i um vart mal,
Ld. 76 ; konungr atti dom a {seirra mali, id. ; ber hann upp fyrir broSur
sinn malit, hann berr upp malit ok bi6r Unnar, ok undra ek er J)U ferr
me& J)vi mdli, Fas. i. 364; AustmaSrinn heldr mi a malinu vi9 bonda,
Nj. 259 ; ef {)er vilit gora malit at alitum, 3 ; svara J)essu mali, Fms.
vii..i24; mi31a mal, to mediate, lb. 12 ; inna stserri mala, in important
cases, Nj. 2. 7. special phrases, e-t skiptir miklu, litlu . . . mali,
to bear much or little upon a case, to be of great (small . , .) importance. Eg.
742, O. H. 31, passim; skiptir pa, eigi mali, Grag. i. 43 ; var5a mali,
id. ; ef honum Jjaetti mali varSa at hann nge6i J)vi, Rd. 260 ; J)u kvaddir
J)ess kvi6ar er eigi atti mali at skipta um vig Au6ulfs, who bad no concern
with the slaying of A., Nj. 87.
C. CoMPDS, mdls- and m&la- : mdls-afglopun, f. a false or collusive
action, whereby the suit is lost, Grag. i. 494. mals-bot, f. an excuse, ex-
culpation, Fms.vii. 207; esp. in plur., hafa s^r e-& til malsbota, to use as an
excuse. mdla-efni, n. pi. a cause, its circumsta?ices and nature, Nj.
47, Hav. 51 ; ill malaefni, a bad case, Fs. 41, 138, 0. H. 150, Band. 12.
in.d,ls-endi, a, m., see malsemd. mals-eyrendl, n. a discourse, Sturl.
i. 140. mila-ferli, n. pi. lawsuits, litigation, Fs. 47, Eg. 644, Nj.
78, Sturl. i. 105, Fser. 109. m^la-flutningr, m. the conduct of a suit,
Hrafn. 17. mdla-fylgjumaSr (mala-fylgismaSr), m. a lawyer ;
mikill m., a great taker up of suits, Nj. i, Bs. i. 82. mdls-fylling,
f. the conclusion of a case, Fb. iii. 451. mdls-grein, f. a sentence,
Skalda 174, 181, Bs. i. 753 (a passage in a letter) : a phrase, Stj. 79,
Edda 49 ; partr malsgreinar =/iars ora//ow/s, Skalda 180 : diction, style,
Edda r20. mdla-hdttr, m. [mal, hattr], a kind oi metre, Edda 142,
where a specimen is given. mdls-hittr, m. a phrase, Stj. 67, 126 :
= malsgrein, Skalda 170: a proverb, saying, Fms. ii. 33, Fas. iii. 194,
Stj. 133, passim. malshdtta-safn, n. a collection of proverbs.
mala-Mutr or mals-hlutr or -hluti, a, m. one side of a case or
suit; eiga enn J)yngra malahlnt, Isl. ii. 172; J)a ferr ilia m. varr {our
case), Lv. 95 : a share, mun sa verQa m. varr beztr, Nj. 88 ; nu kann
vera, at ek kunna ekki at sja malahlut til handa mer, en vilja munda
ek halda saemd minni, Sturl. i. 105. mdla-kosta, u, f. a complaint,
pleading in a case, Sturl. i. 613, H.E. i. 457. mala-leitan, f. a
negotiation, the inootiiig a question. Eg. 521, Eb. 130, Fms. vii. 299, Orkn.
56. mdla-lenging; f. useless prolongation. m^la-lok, n. pi.
the end of a case, conclusion, Eb. 106, Nj. 102, Bs. i. 68. mila-
lyktir, f. pl. = maIalok, Eb. 24, 36, Nj. 88, Fms. vii. 14. mals-
16str, m. bad grammar, Skalda 1 81. ni^la-ma3r, m. = malafylgju-
ma5r, Dropl. 6, Ld. 298, Boll. 354. mala-mannligt, n. adj. like,
worthy of a malamadr, Bs. i. 751. ind,ls-metand.i, part., m.
ma6r, a person of mark. m&la-mynd, f. ; til malaniyndar,
only for appearance, not seriously. m^ls-or3, n. a luord in
a sentence, Edda 124, 126, 128. mdls-partr, m. a fart of speech,
Skalda 185 : a part in a stiit, mod. mdls-r6dd, f. = malr6mr, Stj. 81.
mila-skil, n. pi. knowledge of proceeding, Sturl. iii. 10. mdla-skot,
n. an appeal in a case, K. A. 218. mdla-sokn, f. a lawsuit, prose-
cution, Nj. 248. mdls-spell, n. a flaw in a suit, Nj. 170, Fms. x. 12.
m&la-sonnun, f. evidence. Mar. mdla-tilbiiningr or mdla-til-
blinaSr, m. the preparation of a suit, Grag. i. 490, Eb. 282, Nj. 36,
100. mala-tilleitan, f. = malaleitan, Jjur5. 67. m,d,la-v6xtr,
m. the state of a case, Fms. vi. 11, Al. 113, Bs. i. 67, Nj. 79. mdls-
J)6rf, f. a wish to speak, Fms. vi. 374.
M Al, n. [Ulf. wzeZ = xpy''<'*. «atpos; A.S.mdl; Engl, meal ; Germ,
mahl ; Dan. and Swed. maal, mal = a mark'] : — a measure ; hann mseiti
grundvoll undir hits, J)at var ^eirra atriinaSr ef malit gengi saman, J)a
er optarr vsri reynt, at Jiess manns ra6 mundi saman ganga, ef mal-
vondrinn t)yrri, en J)r6ask ef hann vissi til mikilleiks, gekk mi malit
saman ok var {)rem sinnum reynt, Korm. 8 ; fimm alna er hatt mal
bans, Fms. vi. 929 ; ganga undir mal, to undergo a mal (for measuring
one's height) ; t)at sogSu menn at pen hef6i jafnmiklir menn verit, pk
er J)eir gengu undir mal, Ld. 178; leggja, bera mal vib, to measure;
hann Iag6i mal vi3 611 in staerstu tre, 216; me& pvi sama mali sem ph
maelit lit mun y5r verSa aptr mselt. Mar. ; bar hon mal a, ok {jurfti {)a
J)rjar ainar ok pver houd, Bs. ii. 168; kunna maga mal, to know the
measure of one's stomach, Hm. 20. 2. a length of sixteen fathoms,
D.N. (Fr.)
B. Temp. [Ulf. me.l==xP°^°^' Kaipos], a ^ meal,' of time, i.e. a
certain portion of time: I. time, high time; skipverjnm
J)6tti mal or hafi, Landn. 206: with infin., Vsp. 14, Hm. iii, Skm.
10, Bm. I ; monnum vasri mal at lysa sokum sinum, Nj. 149 ; at mal
vaeri at ganga at sofa, Fms. ii. 138; mselti biskup at mal vaeri at sofa,
139; sag&i mal at ri&a, Orkn. 48: adding a dat., mal er mer at rida,
Hkv. 2. 47 : ok er mal at vit farim, Faer. 255 ; mal er at leita at
hestiim varum, Korm. 182 ; ok er allt mal at aettvig {)essi takisk af, Ld.
258 ; ok er mi mal at haetta, Fms. vi. 212 : e-m er mal (of stools) : —
i mal, in due time ; J)6at i mal yrSi borinn kviSrinn, Grag. i. 54. 2.
the moment, nick of time (mal, q. v.) ; at hann var J)ar pk nott,
ok 4 J)vi mali . . ., of an alibi, N. G. L. i. 309. II. the
meal-time, morning and evening, Edda 103; hence of cattle, missai, ia&i.endr, part. pi. parties to a suit or match; ok vaeri jafnir mi
' raals, to miss the tii?ie, sheep lost or astray for a day so t . .
cannot be milked, Grag. ii. 230, 231; kvikfenaftr missir nuii
hence malnyta, q. v. ; deila mat at malum, to deal out meat at ec
Grag. i. 149; i hvert mal, Hm. 36; i eitt mal, /or one singl,
Karl. 347, Grag. i. 293; faeSa J)a i tvau mal, ii. 400; i baeSi
i B, p. 317) : at J)vi mali = Germ, diesmahl, Korm. (in a verse j j
ok mitt ra6 J)6 J)at se at fyrra mali at menn snae3i nokkut, Fb. ;.
pzt vilda ek at J)aer aeti at einu mali ky'r Halfdanar bro&ur mins, ('. i
ef aettak at malungi mat, if I had meat from meal to meal, Hm.
of the day marks; dag-mal = (fay-/neaZ = 9 o'clock a.m.; and
mal, night-time = <) o'clock p.m.; i fyrra mali6, to-morrow mon\
eg skal koma i fyrra maliS. III. of the seasons of the yel
misseri eru mal tvau, i mali eru manu3r J)rir, Rb. 6 ; mal ok mil
Hm. ; sumar-mal, the time when summer sets in (middle of April), ojl
vetr-naefr, when winter sets in; hriS-mal, q. v. compds : m^la-nl
m.food every meal, N. G. L. i. 8. mdla-mjolk, f. milk every-
morning and evening, Vm. 73> H.E. ii. 107. mdls-verSr,
' meal's food,' a meal, K.A. 78, Eb. 36, Bs. i. 382.
MAIi, n. [Ulf. mil — ypacpri and ypafj-fia ; Hel. mal = imago, ej^
cp. also Goth. maljan = 'Yp6.(pfiv, whence mod. Germ, mahlerei, maHl
pingere'] : — prop. ' a drawing,' but it is used in old writers only of
ornaments on spear's heads or on the hilts and guards of swords;
{>orgrimr J)ar af spjot, mal voru 1, Gisl. 18; hann haf6i kroka-sjj
hendi haugtekit ok allg66 mal i, Ld. 78 ; spjot, J)a fann hann l\
malunum, Gliim. 344 ; stal bjartra mala, Korm. i ; gull-mal (q.v.), [
no ; stala-mal, inlaid work of steel, Ht. R. 33. For specimens-of '
see Worsaae, Nos. 325, 331 ; a plate with inlaid work on the 01
and a Runic inscription on the inside was found in Oct. 1870 il
cairn Greenmount in Ireland, and is described by Major-General Lj
COMPDS : mdla-jdrn, n. ati iron (weapon) inlaid with mal, Ftrl
223, Fas. i. 414. m^la-sax, n. an inlaid sax (siuord). Fas.
m.ala-spj6t, n. an inlaid spear, Gisl. r i. lu^la-steinn, m. =Iyfi I
(q. v.), Mag. 16 (vellum 580 B).
mdla, u, f. \m.k\ = speech], a female acquaintance, female friend;
heitir mala buanda sins, Edda (Ht.)
mala, a3, [from Germ, tnablen, Dan. male], to draw, paint, (mot I
malan, f. a depicting, (mod.)
radlari, a, m. a painter, (mod.) ; as also mdl-verk, n. a picturel
m61-bein, n. the ' talk-bone,' one of the bones in the head, fsl. Jjjdl
547 ; lata malbeinid ganga, to chatter glibly.
mdl-b6k, f. = lesb6k (q.v.), or a book with drawings (f), D.Li. : I
mil-bot, f. an excuse; gora e-6 ser til malbotar.
mal-dagi, a, m. a covenant, agreement; at J)vi skal vir5a semi
dagar voru me6 J)eim, Grag. i. 155; fa slikan sta6 ok maldaga [
gri&monnum, er a5r voru teknir, sem pen attu ser mseltan, I54;j
maldaga, toftdjil the agreements, ii. 267, 366; ek vii setja h^r til(
daga me& okkr, Fms. i. 261, Orkn. 52 ; eptir rettum si8um ok ft I
m4id6gum, Fms. i. 257, v. I. ; gora maldaga vi6 e-n, K. J>. K. 56 ; si\
dagi a at haldask, id. ; hann gorSi {)ann maldaga of fesitt, of a i<|
Mar. 2. a written deed, chartulary, esp. of the rights, propeit j
inventories of churches, kirkju-maldagi ; the old eccl, law made
cumbent on the church-lord or churchwarden to put on parchmeij
gift or emolument made to the church by private donors; this I
(maldagi) might then for authorisation and publication be brougbl
parliament to be read in the Logretta or from the Law-hill. It hs I
to be read at home once a twelvemonth at church when there |
many worshippers present, see K. p. K. 46 (ch. 10), K. A. 190, Bs.
A specimen of such an original scroll with successive entries in dil
hands is the Reykjaholts-maldagi {the deed of Reykholt, dating!
the time of Snorri the historian). An interesting collection of the el
maldagar, all in the vernacular tongue, and very illustrative of the s'l
the infant church of Iceland, has been published by JonSigurdssonin [
as also in H.E. passim. At a later date (13th and 14th centnriej
bishops used to make collections for their diocese of all the
maldagar, entering them into one book, which was to be kept
cathedral ; for several such collections, bearing the names of the 11
tive bishops who collected them, see List of Authors (J. I), mflif
bok, -skr4, f. a book, entry, 0/ maldagar; jarfla-maldagi, a deed
the landmarks etc. of a farm or estate.
mdl-deili, n., in the phrase, e-m er maldeili a e-u, to be ofim^\^
Fms. vi. 379.
mfil-djarfr, ^^). free-spoken, out-spoken, O.H. 55, 59.
m^l-drykkja, u, f. ' meal-drink,' a measure of drink served fol
meal; me6 saemiligum kosti ok maldrykkju annat-hvart mjc]
mungat, Bs. i. 848; var {)at bae6i vetr ok sumar, at^ar var m. a j
uraar-borSi, en at nattverSi var limxlt drukkit, 0. H. 29; m&ldrj
skalar, pint-cups, to measure out drink, Fms. iii. 19I.
mdl-efni, n. the circumstance of a case ; gott m., a just case, Rej
freq. in mod. usage.
mdl-eldr, m. a ' meal-Jire,' Nj. 15, Eb. 120, 276 ; see eldr II.
MA'LFAR— MALSNILLI.
417
(less eigi lihefnt, ij we were equally matched, if the parts were
\jar&. 378.
iiir, adj. ornamented with m41(q. v.), of a sword, Skm. 33, Skv. 3.4.
leti, a, ni. [moH ^measure"], a pacer, of a horse, Fms. ii. 205 (in a
i:dda (Gl.)
ai-tinii, f. ease in speech, Bret. 148.
Idl-flmliga, adj. speaking with ease, Hom.
■i'-fimr, adj. light-spoken, Fms. iii. 8, v. 1.
iiini, f. = nuilfinii, Leidarv. 34.
: ramr, adj. out'Spoken : superl. feni. m&Ifrdmtlst, Fas. iii. 8.
riflr, m. an outward, nominal (not reiV) peace ; {>a var m. me6
.ictt. 124, Bs. ii. 147.
iso3i, f. the science 0/ language, grammar, (mod.)
I'tJoSingr, m. a philologer.
undr, m. an interview, Nj. 121, v. I.
ylling, f. * sentence-filling,' gramm. name for a particle or enclitic,
I, (see Aarb. for Nord. Oldk. 1868, p. 353 sqq.)
:ori, n. speech, voice, as also style of a written speech.
: :err, adj. able to speak, O. H. L. 71-
t, ad, to claim, Sks. ; {)er hafiS m&lgat {)4 eign me8 rangyndum,
3 ; d-maiga, q. v.
I l-g6gn, n. pi. the speech organs, Bs. i. 372, Lei8arv. 2,
ul-haltr, adj. 'speech-halt,' tongue-tied, Fbr. 90 new Ed.
ul-helti, f. the being malhaltr, Hom. 14.
1 1-hreifr, better malreifr, q.v.
1-hress, adj. 'speech-hale,' well enough to speak, Eb. 240, Fms. x.
;i sick person),
isett-, n. adj. dangerous; e-m er m,, one's affairs are in danger,
-49-
I, a, m. o contract, terms, agreement ( = ma\digi) ; fa Jjeim (i. e.
lilts) slikan sta6 ok mala sem J)ar var er bondi andaSisk, Grag.
mali konu, a woman's share, dowry, GJ)1. 256 ; handsala mala, ef
! eigi halda mala viS leigumann sinn . . . , en ef leigu-madr vill eigi
tla bonda, 512, 513. II. a claim or title to an estate or
; hann atti mala a Myralandi, Bs. i. 658; ef hann a mala a
11 ef eigi er mali tekinn, . . . ef maSr deyr ok hefir eigi innt
n, N. G. L. i. 241 ; a title, claim, Grag. ii. 234 ; liig-mali, leigu-
V.), lands-mali, skil-mali, a stipulation. III. a soldier's
\ ice for hire ; ganga a mala, to take service as a soldier with a
prince, Nj. 121 ; gjalda mala, MS. 4. 32; ASalsteinn konungr
I ]peini monnum oUum er {)at vildu hafa til f^fangs ser. Eg. 264 ;
■ Norsemen) hof3u {)ar J)rju hundrud sinna manna, {)eirra er mala
konungi, 266 ; gekk hann J)ar a mala me& sina sveit, Fms. vi.
1 hvers skal ek honum lengr J)j6na er ek fjer eigi mala minn
>ii, . . . fait Halldori mala sinn skiran, 245 ; hann (the king) var
hinn mildi ok hinn matar-illi, J)viat hann gaf i mala monnum
ifnmikla guU-penninga sem aftrir konungar silfr-penninga, en
clti menn at mat, i. I ; Erlingr gaf J)ar mala me& Magniisi
, vii. 309; en er kom atti dagr Jola, J)a var monnum gefinn
it silfr var kallat Haralds-slatta, ^at var meiri hluti koparr, en er
t6k malann . . . , vi. 243. compds : mala-gjSf and mdla-
pay for military service, Fms. v. 278, vi. 242, viii. 154, ix. 482,
76. in41a-gj6ld, n. pi. payment of wages; ek a at grei6a m. i
■^konum vorum, Valla L. 203 : in the phrase, fa makleg mala-
get the wages due, to be paid in full (in a bad sense) : also in
military pay, fyrir forusk maiagjoldin af konungi ... ok er ein-
u mala gjaldsins, Fb. ii. 123. m&la-giill, n. gold in payment of
is.vi.i6o. indla-j6r3,f. = malaland,GJ)1.309,Js.97. mdla-
i, f. a woman who has a title or properly of her own, D. N. ii.
mala-land, n. an estate burdened with a right of pre-emp-
ig. ii. 239. mfila-lauss, iA]. free from right o/logmali, of
■, Grag. ii. 240. nifi,la-nia3r, m. a man who receives pay,
', Sks. 249, 257, Fms. xi. 185. mala-mundi, a, m. stipula-
ig. i. 150. mdla-silfr, m., cp. malagull, Fms. vi. 243.
I, m. a friend, acquaintance, Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet.
r, adj., in old writers contr. before a vowel, malgir, malgan, but
ilugan, etc. : — talkative, communicative, ok sem hann var d8r
hann J)6gull, Karl. 338 ; minnigr ok m., Hm. 102 ; hann (the
' bratt m. ok or3viss. Eg. 147 ; verit eigi malgir i kirkju, be not
in church, Horn. (St.) ; en ver munum mi \>tss iSrask er ver
1' malgir, too rash in speaking, Hrafn. 9 ; J)at er rett at kennimenn
ilgir (that they speak out) um |)orf J)eirra manna er ^en skulu
•I, Hom. 35. 2. loquacious, chattering, in a bad sense, and
'd. usage; konungr svarar heldr styggt, verj)u sva m. sem \)\i
U mik na at J)egja fyrir J)er, ?'nis. vii. 119; l)eir voru malgir
vi at J)eir voru livitrir, Nj. 15 ; ^eir gorask dau8a-druknir . . .
ijok ok katir, Fms. xi. 109 ; druknir af mi&i, {jcir voru malgir,
— as a nickname, |j6rhalla in malga, Th. the chatterbox, Ld.
erald, n. a liquid measure; tvau malkerold l/sis, Vm. 172.
I'okar, m. pi. pettifoggery, sophistry, Barl. 143, Clem, 59, Mar.
mil-kunnigr, adj. knowing one another to speak to, acquainUd, Fms.
ii. 71, O. H. 55, Fms. iv. 174.
mdl-kuimr, adj. = malkunnigr, 6. H. 74, Ld. 90, Fms. vi. 378,
-m&U, adj. -spoken; in compds, glap-mdll, hjd-mdll, ein-mall.
mdl-laki, a, m. a defect, of the speech organs ; var mikill m. a rafti
hennar, hon haffti ekki miil, ok var meft {)vi alin, Fb. i. 250.
m&l-latr, adj. slovenly in speaking ; hon var ekki til mdlliit (jibe was a
gossip) ok sag6i {jcim til mart, Bjarn. 60, Mork. 38.
mdl-lauss, adj. speechless, of a sick person : dumb, daufr ok m., Ld.
34, Stj. 261, Fb. i. 251, ii. 382, MS. 635, 85.
m^-leysa, u, f. a sentence which has no meaning; ])a8 er m., 'tis no
sense, of bad grammar or the like : o{ bad rhyme, grom skomm . . . hromm
skomm, J)at vaeri jafnhdtt, en hitt er m., Fms. vi. 386.
m&l-leysi, n., medic, dumbness, Fdl.
mdl-leysingi, a, m. a dumb, speechless person : as also in the allit.
phrase, menn ok malleysingar, both men and dumb creatures.
mdl-lyzka, u, f. idiom, language; nemdu allar miillyzkur, en Jxj enn
allra helzt Latinu ok Viilsku, Sks. 23 B; kalla Jteir |)ann m6Im rauSa
eptir mallyzku sinni, 162.
mdlmari, a, m. marWe, = marmari (q. v.), Stj. 5, 75.
MAXjMB, m. (prop, malmr) ; [Ulf. malma = d/ipLoi ; A.S. mealm,
mealm-stan =x sandstone ; Hel. melm—pulvis; from mala = /o grind;
cp. Germ, zer-malmen] : — originally sand, as in the Goth, and A. S.,
but only remaining in local names, as Malm-haugar ^^ ilfa/mci in
Sweden. II. metal, Sks. 14, 162, Fms. v. 343, 344, x. 284,
Rb. 318, Stj. 45, 508, Bs. i. 134, passim in old and mod. usage; in
the earliest poets chiefly of gold, hiifgan malm, the heavy metal,
gold, Sighvat ; skirr malmr, the bright metal, Akv. ; n»alma fergir, a
gold giver, a prince. Lex. Poet. ; Gnita hei8ar-m., gold, Edda; Rinar
rau8-m., the red metal of the Rhine, gold, Bm. : of iron, weapons (?),
J)ar er malmar brustu, Hallfred ; Gota-m., the ore of the Goths, armour.
Fas. i. 439 (in a verse) ; Hunlenzkr m., armour, weapons (?), Hornklofi ;
Vala-m., Welsh or foreign ore, treasures. Fas. iii. (in a verse): the battle
is mdlma-skur, -galdr, -hjaldr ; as also m&Iiu-flaug, -dynr, -hrl3,
-regn, -rog, -ting, -J)riina, = a clash of weapons : mdlm-gautr,
-<53inii, -rj63r, -rtmnr, = a warrior, see Lex. Poet. compds:
mdlm-hlid, n. a brasen gate, Sks. 631. mdliu-logi, a, m. a magical
flame over hidden treasures, Maurer's Volks., op. vafur-logi. mdlm-
pottr, m. a brasen cauldron, Bs. i. 804. m&lm-aedr, f. a vein of
ore, Stj. 45.
mil-nyta, u, f. [mal = /tme], milcb kine; ef hann er-at landeigandi ok
hefr-at malnytu, Grag. i. 158 ; ef ma8r laetr molka malnytu annars manns
visvitandi, ii. 309; at malnytu verSi hagfatt, Fms. vi. 103 ; reka mal-
nytu sina, K. |j. K. 82. ' mdlnytu-kiigildi, -k^, -k^lag, n. milcb
cattle, Jb. 360, H. E. i. 395, 494.
mdl-nytr, z.^]. yielding milk; malnytr small, Gtkg.y'}. 158, 476.
mdl-odi, i A), jabbering in bad or violent languagf, O. H. 1 15, Eg.
338, Oik. 34, Boll. 336, Grett. 91.
mil-reiS, f. a rumour come abroad; var J)at k m. komit, Hom. 115.
rad,l-reifr, adj. talkative, cheerful, Ld. 320.
mil-reitian and mdl-rcetinn, adj. talkative, open ; Egill var vi8 hann
m., Eg. 573; katr ok malr^tinn, O. H. 70; var konungr vi8 hann mal-
r0tinn ok spurSi tiSenda af fslandi, 55 ; malr^otinn i kyrr8; ok bli&maeltr,
Hkr. iii. 179 ; malreitinn, Fms. iv. 165, vi. 438.
mdl-rof, n. big talk, Skalda 164; J)it erut menn grunnsaeir, ok meir
gefit mdlrof (malhrof Ed.) en vitsmunir, Bjarn. 39. mdlrdfs-niadr,
m. a glib talker, Skalda 164.
mal-rdmr, m. the ring of the voice; eg {)ekki hann a malromnum.
m&l-ruin, n. room for speaking, time for speaking, Skv. 3. 68.
m&l-ninir, f. pi. 'speech-runes,' as opp. to spell-runes, the alphabet;
J)essi er upphaf allra hatta sem malriinar eru fyrir o8rum riinum, Edda
121 : — a spell enabling one to speak, Gkv. i. 23, Sdm. 12.
mdl-rseSa, u, f. conversation, Fb. ii. 386.
mdl-raeSinn, adj. = malraetinn, Fb. ii. 85.
mal-raetinn, adj. = malreitinn (q. v.), O. H. 55, 'jo, pibr. 174.
mdl-semd, f. language; f)6r8i likaSi ilia hennar malsemdir, Bjarn. 68 ;
finnask monnum or8 um 118 J)eirra ok um mdJsemd {speech, eloquence)
Jjorgrims ok um skorungskap hans, Gisl. 93, (mdlsenda, q.v., II, i.e.)
mdls-endi, a, m. = malsemd, Gisl. 11, Grag. ii. 147, Stj. 241; allir
Gu3s mdlsendar, id.
mdlsendir, f. pl. = malsemd, Bs. i. 721: conversation, hann leitaSi
J)eirra mabenda er hann vaetti at konungi mundi bezt J)ykkja, O. H.
167 ; hon leitar marga vega maUenda vi8 hana. Fas. i. 192.
mal-akdlp, n. loquacity, Grett. (in a verse).
mdl-skipti, n. pi. business, transactions, Fms. ii. 37, xi. 282, Stj. 579:
importance ( = maldeili), Magn. 444, Band. 35 new Ed.
md,l-skj61a, u, f. a bucket holding a certain measure, Hom. (St.)
mdl-snild, f. eloquence, oratory, Clem. 33, MS. 623. 30, Edda 17,
Skalda 199, Fms. ii. 242. mdlsnildalr-list, f. rhetoric, Skilda
192.
. mal-snilli, f. = malsnild, Sturl. iii. 197, Sks. 92, Bs. i, 82.
"S . Ee
418
MA'LSNJALLR— Mi^TTIGR.
m&l-snjallr, adj. eloquent, Nj. 229, Fms. i. 31, vii. 233, Rom. 324.
mdl-spakr, adj. wise-spoken, Fms. i. 190: a nickname, Fb. iii.
mal-speki, f. = malspekt, Sks. 308.
m&l-spekt, f. wisdom in speech, 625. 176.
mal-staSr, m. a case, point of a question; mikill m. er {)etta (// is a
grave case) sem J)u vekr upp, Fas. i. 77 • hann setr J)vert nei fyrir mal-
sta&inn, segja hana Ijiiga . . ., Karl. 553 ; fioat or finnit a pvi sanna
malstaSi, Horn. (St.) : in mod. usage, eiga g63an, ilian malstad, to have
a good, bad cause.
mil-stafr, m. a letter of the alphabet ; ninar heita malstafir. Runes
that are letters, Skalda 163 (Thorodd) : a consonant, opp. to hljodstafr,
a vowel, Skalda 170, 172 (the second grammarian).
nxdl-stefna, u, f. a parley, council, conference, Orkn. 52, O. H. 43, Sks.
274; vera a tali ok malstefnu, Fms. i. 52 ; a malstefnu ok rixSagor6um,
vii. 282.
ind,l-Stofa, u, f. a ' speech-ball,' meeting hall, public hall, esp. in houses
of men of rank, of a king's hall, Fms. vi. 280, 281, ix. 476, Eg. 95 ;
cp. J)ar var mikil stofa er konungr atti i hir6stefnur, malstefnur, ok
saettar-stefnur, O. H.43 : of lagman Thorgny, 66 : of a bishop, Bs. i. 869,
Munk. 40, D. N. iv. 54, 117 : of a convent, Dipl. iii. 10. In mod. usage
the Engl. House of Parliament is often rendered by malstofa.
m&l-svefn, m. ^meal-sleep,' due sleep. Stud. iii. 197.
ra&l-sormuii, f. evidence, argu7netit, reason, Greg. 43.
mal-tak, n. diction ; hvert m. er haft til skaldskapar ? Edda 49 : a
phrase, her eru ok onnur maltok {)au er til mals skal taka, 127 ; lei&ir i
J)vi or6i m. af fyrra visu-helmingi, the last word from the preceding verse,
131 : a phrase, saying. Pass. 8. 12.
mal-tim.br, n. boarding of timber, N. G.L. iii. 219.
m.dl-ti5, f. [Germ, mablzeit; Dan. maaltid], ' meal-tide,' a meal, Fms.
ix. 520, xi. 444, Bs. i. 848, 867, 909. m^lti3ar-stund, f. meal-
time, Bs. i. 884.
xa&L-tol, n. pi. the organs of speech, Geisli 19.
mdl-tregi, a, m. grief, sorrow. Fas. i. 197.
m&l-tryggja, b, to make sure, N. G. L. i. 211.
mdrl-tseki, n. a phrase, = maltak.
mdlugliga, adv. in a chattering manner, Stj. 16,
mfi,lugr, see maligr.
malu-nautr, m. a ' speech-mate,' friend, Haustl.
mLdungi, [from mal = a 7neal, and the suffixed gi, see -gi C, p. 199,
col. 2] : in the phrase, eiga m. mat, to live from hand to mouth, Hm. ;
cp. mod. eiga ekki m. matar, to starve.
mdl-vina, u, f. a female friend, Skalda (in a verse).
mdl-vinr, m. a friend, acquaintance, MS. 4. 6, Vigl. (in a verse), Gs.
8, (jkv. I. 20, Km. 20.
m.&l-vitiiir, m. a sword, Edda (GI.)
mal-v6ndr, m. a measuring wand, yard measure, Korm. 8.
m.dl-J)ing, n. an interview. Fas. ii. (in a verse).
mal-J)j6nn, m. the servant tcf speech = the tongue. Ad. 24.
mdl-t)urfl, adj. wanting to ■speak, Sturl. i. 154.
m.dl-J)^3r, adj. affable, 655 xx. B. 3.
mal-J)6rf, f. = malsJ)orf, Fms. vi. 374.
m.d;l-8e3i, n. much talking.
MANI, a, m. [Ulf. mena ; A. S. mona ; Engl, moon ; O. H. G. mano ;
Dan. maane; Swed. mine; in Germ, the primitive word has been replaced
by the derivative ' mond,' which properly means a moon-period, month~\ : —
the moon; the word, however, is scarcely used in prose, old or mod.,
but is poetical or can only be used in certain phrases, for tungl is
the common word, Vsp. 5, Aim. 14, 15, Hm. 138, VJ)m. 22, Anal. 177 ;
skar&r mani, the crescent moon, Vkv. 6 : mythol. the Moon (Mani) was
brother to the Sun (Sol), and both were the children of the giant Mundil-
fori (a name evidently referring to the rotation of the heavens), Edda 7,
VJ>m. 23. For the legend of the two men in the moon with a bucket
and pole on their shoulders see Edda 7, 220 (in a verse) : ur6ar-mani, a
weird moon, an apparition, Eb. 270 : poet, phrases, mana rann, the moon's
dwelling — the sky, Skalda (in a verse) ; mana-vegr, the moon's way =
the sky, Haustl. ; mana-fold, id. ; mana-salr, Hkv. i ; bra-mani, enni-
mani, the brow moon = the eye. Ad. : a nickname, as also a pr. name,
Landn. II. in local names, Mdn-d, Mfina-berg, Ml,na-fell,
Md.na-^tifa, Landn. compds : M&na-dagr, m. Monday (now
proncd. M^nu-dagr), Orkn. (in a verse), Fms. vii. 68, ix. 29, passim.
Mfina-n6tt, f. Monday night. m.dna-skin, n. moonshine, Al. 1 74.
MANUDR and m^naJJr, m., monoSr with umlaut, lb. 376 ; gen.
manadar, nom. ace. pi. manu6r (like vetr) ; mod. manu6ir, ace. manu6i,
which form occurs in vellums of the 15th century; thus, mana5i
(ace. pi.), Bs. i. 825, 896 ; even manu6u (ace. pi.), 837, Fb. i.
205: [from mani : c^. V\L menops ; K.S.mona^; 0\A'Eng\. moneth ;
Engl, month; O.H.G. manod; Germ, monat; Dan. maaned ; Swed.
tnanad; Lat. mensis; Gr. iiijv] : — a month; a manaSi, for a month,
Hm. 73; manu6r niu, Rm. 6, 18, 30, Hom.127; m6no6r tolf {)ritog-
nattar, Jb. 376; J)rja mana6r J)rjatigu natta, K. p. K. 164, Fms. ix.
239; a5ra tva mano5r, Grag. ii. 261 ; tveir manadr, i. 420; sjau manaSr,
fimm manaSr, ii. 393 : tolf manu5r, a twelvemonth, year; a hverjum tc
manu6um, every twelvemonth, Hom. 149 ; ok hann hefir tolf manu6r .
gjcildum e&r handsolum, Grag. i. 196; halda J)SEr tolf manadr {)a8an f
er kona var fostnu6, 378 ; hvart J)at var af hinum tuttugustum t(
manu6um, the twentieth year, Grett. 173 new Ed.; kaupa fieir nu a
saman um tolf manu6r, Fb. ii. 124. The old heathen year consisted
twelve months, each of thirty days, so that a pentad (fimmt) added
that number made the year complete. For the names of the economu
months see Edda 103 (gor-m., frer-m., hrut-m., ein-m., s61-m., and sel-n
kornskur&ar-m.) ; tvi-mana9r (q. v.), the ' double month ;' ut-manu&ir,<
last months of the winter (f>orri, Goi, Ein-manu3r), \>a.b er komi6 fraai!
ut-manu&i ; see also the Icel. Almanack, where the old months are si
marked. Of the Julian Calendar we have Martius mana6ar, 623. 37, B
passim ; but that computation never came into household use in Icelar
where the old calendar (of f>orri, Goi, Ein-m., etc.) still prevails for
domestic affairs : astron., tungl-m., a lunar month; s6i-m., a solar mm
In popular usage, as elsewhere, a month often means four weeks, a
halfr manu&r, half a month = a fortnight; halfum mana6i eptir mitt sum
Nj. 4; a halfs manaQar fresti, within half a month, a fortnight, Fms,
411 ; a halfum manaSi, Grag. i. 152. compds : m.ana3ar-beit, i
month's ' bait ' or pasture, Dipl. v. 1 5 . mina3ar-dagi', m. the dcq
the (Julian) month, Ann. 1393. md,na3ar-freat, n. a month's not
Fas. iii. 649. miSna3ar-mata, u, f., or -matr, m. a month's rati
Norse law term referring to the value of estates, an estate being valued
so and so many months' mata, see mata, N. G. L., B. K., D. N. pass
m.dLiia3a-m.6t, n. pi. the time when one month ends and another begi
um mana&ar-m6ti6, Fb. iii. 454, where sing. m.dLna3ar-rekstr,
for a month's pasture, Dipl. v. 28. m.dna3ar-r6, f. a month's r
f)orst. St. 55. m^na3ar-stefna, u, f. a summotts with a man
notice, Jb. 26 A. ma.na3ar-tal, n. a ' month's tale,' computation t
month, Rb. 488. mdna3ar-timi, a, m. the space of a month.
MAR, m., gen. mas, dat. mavi or mafi, pi. miivar; in mod. us
sounded in nom. erroneously m^fr, gen. mafs ; [A. S. meaw ; Engl.ja
Germ, move; Dan. maage'] : — a sea-mew, gull (larus), Edda (GI.), freq
mod. usage; see also Lex. Poet., where the word freq. occurs; hvit-m4fr.
common gtdl ; gra-mafr, the grey gtdl, larus glaucus : in poetry the st
mdva-rost; md-grund, md,-ferill, md,-skei3, the land, roadoj
sea-mews. Lex. Poet. ; crows are ben-mar, bl66-mar ; the raven is Ygj
mar, Odin's mew, and so on. II. as a pr. name, Landn. : in local nat
Mdfa-hli3, whence M4f-hli3mgar, the men of M. ; M&fh.'
inga-visur, the verses of the men of M., Edda (Ht.) : m&s-ii
(proncd. md,fs-uiigi) ; also m^-skari (q. v.)
-mdr, m., in the latter part of pr. names, Bjart-mar, Hrei3-mar, G
mar; it is derived from mxrv, famous, O.H.G. mart, and formed
time when the umlaut had not as yet taken place.
Mdria (mod. Maria), u, f. Mary, in old writers sounded '
an a, see old rhymes, e. g. Lilja, passim ; and is still sounded t
Mari-atla ( = Mariu-erla), the wagtail, motacilla alba. Several flff
bear the Virgin Mary's name, Marm-stakkr, m. the common U
mantle, alchemilla vulgaris; Md,riu-gr6s, n. pi. lichen nivalis; M&
v5iidr, m. ^ Mary' s-w and,' the field gentian, gentiana campa,
M^fu-kjarni, a, m. laver, fucus esculentus, see Maurer's Volks.
195. Other COMPDS : Mfirfu-kirkja, n. iV/ary-Ci&wrci&, Fms. M&
messa, see messa. Mariu-minni, n. a hymn to the Vi
Mary ; til {)ess er borS voru upptekin ok Mariuminni var sungtt, 1
x. 19. Md,riu-Saga, u, f. the Virgin Mary's Saga, Vm. 6. Hi
skript, f. a tablet of the Virgin Mary, Dipl. i. 10, Vm. 6, 22, 37
Pm. 14. Mariu-STi3, f. the name of a ship, Fms. viii. 199. Mil
vers, n. ' Mary' s^erse' — the Ave Maria, Bs. i. 500.
MAS A, a6, to heave or pant, Lat. anhelare, of a horse ; nser vissui
sva heimskan hest | hann mundi fyrir sverja | naer hann fram kD
masar mest | menu seu til sem berja, Jon f>orl.
m.£8i, a, m. a nickname, Fms. vii. 239, see preceding word.
ma-skari, a, m. a young sea-mew; skollottan mann ok hvitan
maskara, Fms. xi. 155.
mfit, n. [meta], moderation. Pass. 30. 13.
mdt, n. check-mate, Vigl. 31, Fas. i. 443, Mag. : various kinds of
are pe3-mat, gleiSar-mat, fretsterts-mat, hroks-mat, heima-mat.
mdta, a5, to check-mate, in chess.
miter, n. [for. word], a measure, Stj., H. E. i. 476.
MATI, a, m. [Dan. maade; early Dan. mate; from meta] : — «W
way; i engan mata, in no way, Vigl. 21 ; i J)ann mata, thus, Brefe
i allan mata, in every way, Fs. 15. m.dta-legr, adj. (-lega, adv.
matulegr.
md,ttigr, adj., in old poets contr. before a vowel, and changii^
into k, mattkar, mdttkan, mattkir ; compar. mattkari, mattkastr,
mattugri, mattugastr; [Uli.mahetteigs — hwaTos; Engl, mighty: (■
mdchtig'] : — mighty; mattkar meyjar, Gs. I ; sa inn mattki munit
93; mattkan moldt)inur, Vsp. 59 ; meft mattkom Kristi, Lex. I
fjiigur konunga-riki hafa mattkust verit, Ver. 35: — able, mAttojj
spring at geta, Stj. 26: al-mattugr, almighty; li-mattugr, wea*; 4-i
MATTR— MEDAL.
419
j^^.v. (p. 43. col. 2), perhaps, however, these words are rather akin toUlf.
mabtjan = 0ta^€iv, and thus to mean overbearing, undthcn^ hideous,
ible, as an epithet of trolls and giants.
^TTB, m., niattar, dat. maetti, pi. maittir; [Ulf. mabts = Svvaius ;
i.meabt; Engl, might; O. H.G. niaht ; Germ, macht; Dan. magt\:
tight, strength : allit., triia a mdtt sinn ok nicgin, Fms. i. 35 : er at
a orSinn sva mikill m. (it has come to such a pilch) at her eru vi6
ir margir rikis-menn, Fms. xi. 264 ; ok allir maettir hr«5ask, 623. 26 :
!, Skalda 175.17^; ^^^ '"'^''' ''^'^ niiittar (/ had to use might and
») 48r ek kom henni upp, Fms. iii. 74- II- strength, health ;
Mtu leikinn, se ek at eigi er mattrinn mikiil, Fb. ii. 388 ; jarl haf8i
it harSa sott ok k611u8u hsettligan mutt hans, Fms. ix. 390 ; hann
mal sitt, en })6 mattr sem minnstr, xi. 102 ; hon spurSi hversu J)4
di maetti manns komit vera er heita skal fyrir manni, Bs. i. 69 ; en
m&ttrinn J)yrri mjok, 175; ek la fyrr i sott me&- litlum maetti
h', no; sidan for hann heim mc3 litlum maetti, 144; er at lei5
ti hans, when he began to sink, Fms. viii. 258 ; hon svaraSi reiduliga
okkurr spurSi at mxtti hennar, Ld. 14; hon leiddi mjok at frettir
mitt Halldoru, Sturl. i. 200; op. van-mattr, weakness. compds :
it<idreginn, part, weak, exhausted, Faer. 42, Fms. ii. 98. mdtt-
zd]. faint, weak, Fms. ii. 270. mdtt-lauss, adj. without
\g&, exhausted, Fbr. 160. m&tt-leysi, n. weakness, lack of
g&, debility, Fms. vii. 150. mdtt-litill, adj. of little strength,
'/and of a sick person, exhausted,faint, Fms. i. 1 59, xi. 288, Eg. 567.
ttiU-liga, adv. mightily, immensely, Stj. 383, v. 1.
kttu-ligr, adj. mighty, Th. 26 : within one's power, honum er allt
nittulegt er menninir megu eigi, N. G. L. iii. 242.
;ta-ligr, adj. [m4ti], meet, fitting, Stj. 55, 97 ; meir en {)^r J)ykkir
ijegt, Fb. ii. 196 ; sveigja slikt sem honum J)6tti malulegt vera, Bs.
matulegan (moderate) skatt, Fms. x. 113, v. 1. ; sa er t)etta riim
nAtulegt, Fs. 5 ; li-matuliga, immensely, 383 : fitting, of a suit, hann
lerkinn ok var hann honum m., Fms. iii. 180 ; mattulegt beisl, Gd.
meet, due, })a& er honum matuligt, // serves him right.
OD, prep., also nie3r, a form common in Stj. and in legendary
TS, but not in the classical writers or in mod. speech or writing;
nup = avv and /iera; A.S. and Chaucer, mid; it remains in Engl, only
id-ivife,' qs. ' with-wife,' cp. Icel. naveru-kona, naer-kona, yfirsetu-kona;
i,mit; Dan. med; Gr. n(Ta\: — with, along with, a prep, with dat. and
with dat. it has the notion oi coming or going in company, with ace. of
ing or fetching ; thus, hann kom me6 honum, he came along with, in
»y with him ; but hann kom me8 hann, he brought him with him.
"TH DAT.
'U>, along with, together with ; |)6r61fr var me5 konungi, Eg. 29;
Var J)ar me6 Otkatli, Nj. 73 ; hann kvaddi hann til fer8ar me6
!.; hann st68 upp ok Kolskeggr me8 honum, 58; me3 honum
i ma8r Islenzkr er...,i57; hann for litan me8 honum. Eg.
Unnr dottir hans for me8 honum, Ld. 4 ; fara a fjall me8 hiis-
,, Korm. 10; vera me8 go8a, i. e. to be in his jurisdiction, Grag. i.
h6n hafSi a skipi me3 s^r sextigi karla, i. e. with her, under her
(fnd, Landn. 109; brott me8 ser, Nj. 114, and in endless in-
S. II. denoting assistance, help, with; til umraSa me8 ser,
L 5 ; J^ggj^ til me8 e-m, to help one by word or deed, Nj. 7: to give
ivice, Fms. xi. 81 ; sja a me8 e-m, to look after, help, Nj. 1 13 ; vita
e-m, to be privy to, an accomplice in a thing, 136 ; baetti hann J)at
mil, be mended it for me, Fms. vii. 158 ; fa menn me8 s6r, i. e. to
blowers, opp. to mot, Nj. 180. III. denoting instru-
ility, by, with; me3 6x1, Fms. vi. 6; verja sik me8 sverBum, me8
um, Nj. 272; me8 atgeirinum, 120; skip skarat me3 skjoldum,
I; falda s^r meS motri, 202, and passim; or elHpt., the prep.
understood, an instrumental dative, htiggva sver3i, leggja spjoti,
londum, stiga fotum, and in endless similar instances. IV.
'Ougb, partly denoting means, partly accompaniment, by, through,
wing; meS harSfengi ok kappi, Nj. 98; me8 mikilli snild,
P5grum or8um, Ld. 84; me3 hans ra3i, 58; me8 raSi konungs,
5; me8 logum, me8 uliigum, Nj. 106, 234; me8 xkm, by violence,
' vegsemd, bliSu, Fms. x. 235 ; me8 illyr8um, Nj. 128 ; me8 vits-
minum, 262 ; me8 hlaupi, by running. Eg. 12 ; me8 (through)
Gunnlaugs, Isl. ii. 210; me& vattum, Nj. loi; med einum
fi one mind, Edda 37 ; me8 grAti, Fms. x. 261 ; me8 gle8i, 220;
i, Nj. 108 ; mc8 haettu, Ld. 46 ; me8 sannyndum, /orsoo^^, truly,
175 ; nie8 s6nnu,/orsoo/;?>, F"ms. vii. 158, Ld. 76 ; me8 sama haetti,
same way, Nj. 272 ; me8 {)essum haetti, Fms. x. 220 ; me8 nokk-
|6ti, Ld. 164: also freq. ellipt., maela fogrum or8um, Jiegja {)unnu
Hm., passim. V. including, inclusively ; hundra8 manna
i&biium Nji'ils, Nj. 208 ; ok eru Jja tolf menn, or fj6r8ungi hverjum
, including themselves, Grag. i. 72 : sjau vetr ok tuttugu me8
raum fyrsta, including the first, Fms. x. 410 ; fimmtan menn me8
m, er . . . , Nj. 266 ; J)ar var vinatta mikil me8 frxndsemi,/rje«ef-
■s well as kin, fsl. ii. 209 ; nott me3 dcgi, both night and day,
. i, passim: — ok J)at me8 [therewith), at . . ., Nj. 5 ; ^a, veit ek mesta
•menn, ok fiat mc8, at {)eir hafa vapn sva g68, at . , ., 44; t)ann
dag, ok n6ttina meS, and the night loo, Barl. 207 ; sag8i hann t)ctta meSr,
he said this too, added this, Stj. 1 30. VI. with, among, between, amidst ;
me8 Jjeim brae8rum, Fms. vii. 240; sam8isk me8 J)eim fe8gum, Isl. ii.
210 ; dro seint saman me8 ^t\m, Fb. ii. 259 ; |)ar var8 ilia me8 l)eim, Nj.
39 ; var fatt um me8 \>t\m brx8rum nokkura hri8, 2 ; t)ar skilr me8 t)eim,
there they parted, Grett. 75 new Ed. ; {)at var si8r me8 kaupm<iununi,
Eg. 265 ; me8 monnum, among men, Ls. 46 ; eigi er J)6 kosta-munr
me8 ykkr Njali, Nj. 52 ; me8 ^t\m Ingjaldi, Ld. 44 ; skipta, deila med
e-m, to share among. Eg. 311 ; deila vig me8 verum, Ls. 22, Hbl. 25;
J)eir skiptu riki me8 s<5r, Fms. i. 108 ; J)reyta c-t med s6r, to fight it out
among themselves, Nj. 31; ef eugi vaeri tiilkr me8 kaupmonnum, Ld.
76 ; var deila mikil nie8 sonum hans, Eg. 367 ; var nie8 {)eim en kzrsta
vinatta, 3: — fara (to travel) me8 ukunnum ]^j68um, Edda 21; sizt ek
meS folkum for, Gm. 48 ; koma nie8 e-m, to come among, VJ)m. 30, 39 ;
er m£8 horskum kemr, Hm. 19, 63 ; maOr er nie8 miirgum kemr, 62 ;
er meS snotrum sitr, 5,23; {)6tt hann me8 gromum glami, 30. VII.
denoting inward quality, with, in ; sva hefir hann ndtturu niikla me8 ser,
Nj. 44 ; ollum sem hfs-andi er meSr, Stj. ; fiesta hluti hefir hann Jia me8
ser, er pry5a mattu goSan hof8ingja, Fms. x. 535 ; hann hafSi alia J)a
hluti me8 ser er konung prydir, xi. 217; sva er mil me8 vexti, so
shapen, Lv. 43 ; lima8r vel me8 hiindum ok fotum, Ld. 20. 2.
skip me8 gyltum hofSum, Fms. x. 2 ; dreginn a leo me8 gulli, Ld. 78 ;
hross me8 s681um, a horse with the saddle on, Nj. 253 ; skip
me8 rei8a. Eg. 35; klaeBi me8 miirgum litum, 517; me8 sinum lit
hverr, Fas. i. 316; vera liti me8 solsetrum, i.e. to be out (of a
shepherd) with sunset, Lv. 43. VIII. along, following, of
direction, with an adverb, denoting the direction ; upp me8, ofan
me8, fram me8, norSr me8, lit me8, inn me8 ; ofan meS a, Lv. 43 ;
upp meS anni, Nj. 253; upp me8 Ranga, 74; su8r me8 landi, Fms.
i. 38, ii. 3 ; me8 endilijngu landi, ix. 33 ; hann gengr me8 reykinum,
Nj. 58 ; me8 sjonum, Bs. ii. 5 ; me3 hafinu, along the sea, on the horizon,
Fms. xi. 136 ; ain var leyst me8 londum. Boll. 358 ; me8 eggju, Hkv.
Hjorv. 9. 2. m£.b stofnum, /row stem to stern, all along the
ship, Bs. i. 16 (see kveyfa) ; var J)a hro8it nie8 stiifnum skipit, Grett. 81 ;
me8 endum, from one end to another, F'agrsk. (in a verse) : fara me8
hiisum, to go from house to house, begging, Grag. i. 192 ; bi8ja matar
me8 baejum. Fas. ii. 271. IX. adverbial usages; me8 cillu,
altogether, quite, Ld. 4; me8 ollu skjott, all of a sudden, Fms. x. 136;
me8 |)vi at, in case that, Ld. 44; me8 J)vi at ek falla, in case I fall,
Fms. vii. 274; en me8 J)vi at ySr liki Jietta, x. 261 : as, because, in
consequence of, en me8 J)vi at menn voru hraustir, {)a komask
J)eir yfir ana, Ld. 46, passim : her-me8, herewith, farther ; J)ar-me8,
therewith, id., Ski3a R. Ii. X. with verbs ; ganga me8
barni, to go with child; ganga me3 e-u, to confess; taka me3, to accept;
mxla me3, to speak for, recommend ; fara me3, to treat, go with; gefa
me3, to give a fee of aliTTientation ; leggjask med, to lie with; eiga barn
me8 konu, to have a child in wedlock, and so on ; see the verbs.
WITH ACC.
With, with the notion of bearing, bringing, carrying, treating,
conducting ; fara me8 vapn, to fare, go, carrying a weapon, Fms.
vii. 240 ; hann for su3r aptr med miklar vingjafir, id. ; J)eir
foru aptr me8 skip J)at, er. Eg. 29 ; me8 li8 sitt, 1 1 ; kom me8 horn
fullt, 213; gekk at borSinu med handlaugar, Nj. 52; ganga lit med
domendr sina, Grdg. i. 37 ; fara brott med fot sin, 300 ; med J)essa menn.
Fas. i. 333 ; J)eir hljopu a brott med konur J)eirra, lausaf6 ok batino,
Landn. 35 ; hann for til Islands med konu sina ok born, 205 ; ef hann
leita8i vestan um haf me8 her sinn, Fms. i. 26 ; fara me8 her a hendr
e-m, 120; mjo3drekku er hann for me3. Eg. 240; at |)eir skyldu fara
me8 sveit sina, 74 ; skip J)at er hann for me8, id. ; ef ek maetta me3 J)ik
komask, Sturl. ii. 108 ; farinn me3 erf3ina, Nj. 7. 2. metaph., fara
me3 sok, mal, etc., to conduct, manage a case, Nj. 86; fara af hlj6di
med J)essa rada-giird, 103 ; J)eir foru med {)ann hug, to carry that mind,
intention, 99; med vatta, with witnesses; med eid, on oath, Grag. i. 20,
243 (but med vattum, Nj. lOl) : med hver skil, by what way of proceed-
ing, id. ; med engi logskil, in no lawfid manner, 296 ; J)at vard med atburd,
by accident, Fms. ii. 1 72 : in regard to, li-afskiptinn med mala-ferli, Lv. 73»
(rare.) II. with, among; kom me& frod regin, VJ)m. 26; li-snotr
maSr er me3 aldir komr, Hm. 21 ; sizt Hakon for me3 heidin go8, went
among, took up his abode amongst the heathen gods, Hkm. 26. III.
with an ordinal number ; me3 tolfta mann, with twelve men, including
oneself. Eg. 180; me3 tiunda mann, Ld. 140; me3 fimmta mann, Isl. ii.
266. IV. with verbs; tala me3 e-n, to speak with, Stj. 151,
(Dan. tale med en) ; gora me8 e-n, to do, 143 ; lifa me3r brau8, to live
on bread, 146; fse3ask meSr mold, to live on earth, 37; eiga me8 e-t,
to possess. V. denoting materials, of; altaris-klae8i me3 pell, Vm.
153; Mariu-skript me8 tcinn, 22; kross me8 silfr, D.N.; ka8all gorr
med har, kirkja med stein, of stone, id. ; pilarr medr kopar, Stj.
loi. 2. til alls hagleiks med mulm, Fms. xi. 427; hon samdi
sik med cirvar ok boga. Fas. i. 531; J)eir grofu hana med fagran fliir,
Skida R. 200.
ME© All, adv. with gen., and a medal, i medal : — among, between ; a
E E 2
430
MEDALAUKI— MEGA.
meSal var, or var a meSal, among us; a meSal okkar (dual), Bkv. 19;
hann settisk ni8r a me&al J)eirra, Nj. 48 ; sat J)a {jorger5r me6al bni8a,
51 ; me&al J)in ok annarra, 85 ; me5al Hafrafells ok Kr6ksf]ar3ar-mula,
GullJ). 3 ; sumir ver6a scudir landa me&al, from one land to another,
Sks. 54; a me&al anna, Grag. ii. 261; a me&al enna tveggja somu
samhljoQa, a me&al enna likustu greina, Skaldai62: ellipt., mal oil er
me&al foru, Vsp. 30 ; fannsk ^at ekki i tali at {)ar hef&i missaetti verit i
me&al, Nj. 48; \ik gekk Njall 1 meftal, N. interceded as peaceinaker,
105. II. metaph., at hann vili nema litla skynsemd heldr enn
onga \>a, er a me&al verftr ennar meiri ( = meftal anna ?), i. e. when there is a
little leisurefrom graver matters, Skalda 1 69 (Thorodd) ; J)at er a&r stendr
a me&al ykkar mals, whatsoever is unsettled between you, Fms. xi. 21.
B. In a great many compds, denoting what is intermediate, between, in
the middle, the average ; or ironically, not over-much, middling ; or, lastly,
with a negative in the reverse sense, see the following : I. meSal-
auki, a, m. (mod. milligjof), what is given in the bargain, Ld. 146, Lv.
43. meSal-dagr, m. a day between, Stj. 280: a holy day 0/ second
degree, Horn. 142; thus the sixth, the seventh, and from the ninth to
the twelfth day of Yule were the middle days, in Easter the second and
third day, N. G. L. ii. 358, K. |>. K. 98 : the days between the two spring
tides at the first and the last quarter of the moon are called me&aldagar,
Rb. 444. Medal-fell, n. Middle-fell, a local name. Me3al-
fells-strond, f., a local name. MeSalfells-strendingar, m. pi. the
men of M., Landn., Sturl. me6al-fer3, f. intercession, Orkn. 270.
ine3alfer3ar-ina3r, m. an intercessor, Stj. 243. ine5al-f6r, f.=
me&alfer&, Sturl. ii. 141. meSal-ganga, u, f. intercession, Lv. 71, Sturl.
iii. 136 : coming between, in a bad sense, Fms. ix. 428, v. 1. : intervention
between parties fighting, Gliim. 383. meSal-gangi, a, m. an inter-
cessor. Mar. 196, Vidal. me3alg6ngu-ina3r, m. an intercessor,
Th. 24, Finnb. 312. meSal-lieinir, m. the middle world, the air,
between the sky and the earth, poet., Edda (Gl.) nie3al-h6f, n. the
right meed and measure; in the saying, vandrata& er me&alh6fi&. me3al-
kafli, a, m. the ' middle-piece,' the haft of a sword between the two hjalt
(q. v.). Eg. 378, 379, Fms. i.15, iv. 38, Sturl. iii. 283. Me3al-land, n.
a land lying between two other lands : a local name, Landn. 267, Nj., in
the south-east of Icel. me3al-orpiiiiig, f., gramm. an interjection,
Skalda 180. meSal-pallr, m. the middle benches in the logr^tta, Nj.
190. II. average, of extent, quality, in a great many compds:
ine3al-hestr, -hross, -k^, -naut, -sau3r, -89r, etc., an average
horse, cow, sheep, etc., Grag. i. 504, Jb. 346. nie3al-ar, -sumar, -vetr,
an average year, summer, winter, B. K. 20, Grag. ii. 336. ine3al-lagi,
adv., see below. irLe3al-iua3r, m. an average man, in height, strength,
or the like, Fms. vii. loi, 239. ine3al-spakr, adj. middling-wise, of
average intelligence, Hm. ine3al-tal, n. an average number; in
the phrase, at me&altali, in the average. III. with a preceding
negation, emphasising a word of abuse, as no common scoundrel, i. e.
a great scoundrel or the like ; ekki me&al-atferSarleysi, no common sloven-
ness, Fs. 32 : eigi medal-farbauti, no middling destroyer, Fms. xi. 146 : eigi
me5al-fj4ndi, no middling fiend, ii. 74: ekki me&al-f61, i.e. no slight
fool, Gisl. 139 : {)at setla ek at {)u s6r eigi me8al-karl vandr. Band. 26 new
Ed. : eigi meSal-klaekismenn, Isl. ii. 71 : eigi me&al-mann-niSingr, a great
nithing, Faer. 216: eigi me&al-ni8ingr, id., Eb. 230: eigi me8al-or8a-
skvak, Faer. 219 : eigi me&al-skrsefa, a great coward, Fms. vi. 34 : eigi
me&al-skomm, a great disgrace, Fs. 37: eigi me&al-snapr, Eb. 242:
eigi me8al-uspektarma8r, Rd. 259 : eigi me8al-uvinr, Finnb. 242 : eigi
me8al-vesalingr, |>6r&. 52 : eigi me&al-{)rsell. Eg. 714: — rarely in a good
sense, J)at er ekki meSal-saemd, 'tis no common honour, it is a great
honour, Fb. ii. 196.
ine3al, n., pi. me861, [Germ, mittel ; Dan. middel], means, medicine.
ine3al-lag, n.an equal share; at me&allagi, in equal shares, Grag. ii. 261 ;
mitt skap er ekki betra en til me5allags, my temper is not better than the
average, {ji&r. 319 ; J)at var meS enu betra me&allagi, a ^ooti average, Fs. 3 ;
ekki staerri en i g63u me&allagi, /w/Zy average height, Bar&. 175. II.
middling, i.e. not very, not over well; me&allagi er {)^r ^at raSligt,
'tis not very advisable for thee, Fms. ii. 14; vitr kona ok me&allagi
vinsael, Fb. i. 250; segir mcr {)6 i me&allagi hugr um, Fs. 47 ; i me&al-
lagi er OSS fallit, 34, 87 ; var hon 68mali ok m. vitr, Isl. ii. 318 ; skipti
var hafa verit sum g63 en sum til me&allags, our dealings have been
some good, some only middling, Fms. ix. 508, v. 1. ; |>orvar&r var vitr
ma&r ok J)a gamall, me&allagi g68gjarn, not too benevolent, Gliim. 376.
MED AN, adv., and a-me8an, whilst; meSan missaetti var J)eirra i
milli, Fms. vi. 27; medan um sok J)a er dsemt, Grag. i. 78; me&an
Hogni lif&i, Am. 67 ; me&an okkat fjor lifir, Skm. 20 ; meSan old lifir,
Vsp. 16 ; er ser a lof ok vit m. lifir, Hm. 9 ; me&an J)u lifir, 121 ; me&an
hann vaeri litan, Nj. 4; me&an ek em i brautu, 40; meftan i ond hixti.
Am. 39; h61zk hann i vinattu vi& konung me8an hann lif&i, O.H. 12 ;
ok helzk J)eirra vingan me&an J)eir lif&u ba&ir, Bs. i. 24; enda er rett at
bei8a doms tit me&an eigi er upp sagt misseris-tal, Grag. ii. 93 : — with
subj., me&an J)eir lif&i ba&ir, Fms. vi. 27; fri&r skyldi haldask meSan
nokkurr {)eirra vxri a Hfi, 28. 2. as long as (all along), whilst,
in this case a relative pronoun (er, es, at) is understood — me6an er or
me&an's, whence the mod. Dan. medens, in mod. usage meftan a8j'
particle is, however, left out, and the sentence is elliptical; bntl
mod. usage Icel. say, me&an a8 eg er i burtu, whilst I am away, ll
medens jeg er borte. II. in the meantime ; ok verSr s4 (I
at hann myndi fara me8an ordrag e8a lengra, Grag. ii. no; ^egi 11
me&an ! Eb. (in a verse) ; hly&i mer meSan, listen to me the vi\
i. e. whilst I say my song, Lei&arv. 5 ; jarl hafSi alia skatta J)a, er D;
konungr atti, me5an til kostna&ar, O.H. 12.
ine3-auinkan, f. compassion, Vidal. passim. ine3aumkuiiar-8a:|
adj. compassionate. Fas. iii. 644.
me3-fer3, f. management ; vandhaefi mun J)er {)ykkja a meftferJil
Korm. 82 ; g68r me&fer&ar, easy to manage, Landn. 94, v. 1.; til ol
fer&ar, to manage, Fms. i. 256 ; veita e-m e-t til me8fer&ar, to gnl
into one's keeping, Dipl. v. 24; {)au kiigildi sem hann reiknaSi i i|
me&fer&, which he had in his keeping, iii. 13; hafa sok at medferil
have a case to manage, Grag. ii. 41 ; var konungi J)a kunnigt hveijT
ek hafda, how I did behave. Eg. 65, Barl. 90, 105 ; hafa me&ferJtaj
have about oneself, in one's keeping. Mar., Bs. i. 715, 866.
ine3-fer3i, n. = me&fer5, Th. 77, Karl. 216; hafa me8fer8is«
me3fer&ar.
meS-feeri, n. in phrases such as, kylfuna {)6 hon se ekki funligtl
the club, though it be not handy to carry. Fas. iii. 449 ; J)a& er ekki f
m., 'tis beyond my strength.
ine3-f6r, f. = me&fer&, Landn. 94, Hom. 108, Grag. i. 165, 166,
Nj. 87. 2. in the phrase ' skugar-gang var&ar me&fiirin sem yerll
me&for means the spreading, carrying abroad of a libellous song |
fara (A. III. 4. )3).
meS-gaiiga, gekk, to confess, (mod.)
me3-ganga, u, f., in nie3g6ngu-tinii, a, m. the time of'gomgl
child.'
ine3-gangr, m. siding with, helping, Fms. ii. 210: — prosperity.
nie3-gj6f, f. a fee paid for alimentation, = {ulga., q. v.
ine3-hald, n. favour, partiality.
ine3-hjalp, f. a helpmate.
nie3-hj&lpari, a, m. the helping clerk in church.
nie3ja, u, f a kind oi head-gear, Edda (Gl.) ii. 494.
ine3-kenna, d, to confess, Sks. 615 : me3-kenning, f. confeisUi
ine3-l8eti, n. prosperity, good luck. Fas. iii. 594, passim in mod.i]l
opp. to motlxti.
ine3-ni8Bli, n. the speaking a good word for one.
ine3-rei3, f. a riding with another person. inedreidar-mat|
an attendant on a traveller on horseback.
ine3-taka, tok, to receive, accept.
me3-taka, u, f. reception. ine3t6ku-ina3r, m. a receiver, Bi. i|
ine3-tekt, f. "smeStaka, Bs. ii. 119.
meS-tsekiligr, adj. acceptable. Mar.
me3-vitund, f. sense, consciousness.
mefingr, i.e. mse-fingr, adj. slim-fingered, H8m. ; see mjor.
MEGA, pres. in a pret.'form ma, matt, ma; plur. megum, 1 1
megu, later and mod. megit, mega; pret. matti ; subj. pres. m^l
maetti; part, matt; with suff. ma'k = ma ek, Og. 33 ; m8etta'k"e [
ek, |>kv. 3; mattii = matt-J)u, passim: with neg. sufF. pres. ISlI
ma'k-a, I cannot, Stor. 18 ; ma'k-at ek. Am. 12 ; ma'k-a'k, 52 ; Bi
at-ek, Hallfred (Fs. 107): pret. matti'g-a'k, I could not, Og. 33:1
magan = SvvaaBai ; A. S. magan ; Engl, may, might ; Germ. » |
Dan. maae.']
B. To have strength to do, avail; sva at ver maettim ekki,
we availed not. Am. 17; mega betr, to be the stronger, Karl. 42;|
ma J)6 nau3igr skyldi, a saying, i. e. necessity is a great scbocJil
Sturl. iii. 255 ; eigi megu J)aer minna, they are not less powerful, EdI
hverr er sa Gu&, e8a hvat ma hann? 2 : with dat., mega vi& Mil
able to withstand one; hann mun ekki mega einn vi3 morgum, A[
ekki ma vi3 marginum, notte can withstand the many, Fms. Xil
mega ser, var honum haldit til vinnu {>egar er hann matti s6r nokl
soon as he grew strong, had any strength, Bs. i. 35 ; skulu miktt ]J
mega vi3 mik, thy words shall go for much, Nj. 175 ; jafnmikit in<j
momentur ok tolf, Rb. 458. 2. of health, like Lat. valereA
vel, to be well ; mega ilia, litt, to be poorly, and so on ; Komtii i Hi j
segir Sturla — Ja, sag3i fer3ama3r — Hversu matti |>orleifr? — Veil
hann, ok |)vi var betr, at hann matti vel, Sturl. i. 89 ; Hallr spurJi, j
{)2er maetti, — Har31a vel megum vit, Fms. ii. 201 ; hann var spurJrj
hann mxtti, — Ma ek har3a ilia, vi. 237 ; hann spyrr at Sigvalda, he j
sagt, at hann matti liti3, xi. 102 ; hann spur3i hversu hann maetti, — -f
ek mi vel, sag8i hann, Bs. i. 182 : — to do for one, ma y3r J)at eryfir;]
gengr, it will do for one, what all others must bear, Eb. 168.
followed by an infinitive, to be able; matt |)U sja hana ef {jdvij
canst see her if thou wilt, Nj. 3; J)6ttusk menn eigi mega Idtl
Eg. 230 ; at hann maetti fa saemd sina, Fms. vi. 398 ; allt J)at bl
mi31a, Grag. i. 250; fe mattu \>eiT ekki bjarga, Nj. 267; hanij
ekki maela, Band. 14 ; sa einn hlutr var sva, at Njali fell sva nser,
3 matti aldri likliikvandi um tala, Nj. 171 ; J)a&an sem ^u mitt
MEGAN— MEIDA.
421
' ; litkr sogur megu ganga fru, hesti mi'num, 90 ; fa msttim v6t betri
j dtoku, id. ; i ollu er prySa ma goSan hcif&ingja, Fnis. x. 230 ; dyrr ^xt
4 'anga matti upp 1 hiisit, Eg. 421 ; svii at hanii matti kveda um morg-
I nn, id. ; ma vera, it may be, Nj. 75 : hvat megi f as adverb, hvat megi til
^ 1 1 nema J)er vilit bi3a vilr her, may be ye will wait here for us. Band. 40
I V Ed. ; hvat megi vinna okkrum astum ? Kormak ; and so in countless
iances. 2. to be permitted, allowed ; hann matti aldri tala til
Irtans svd at |)orkell vaeri hja, Ld. 232 ; halda mattii J)essu saeti J)6tt
I I komi sjalf til, Nj. 6 ; graut ma giira hvart er sygnt er e6a heiiagt,
i 3.L. i. 349 ; kynfylgju spell, sva at hann ma eigi (cannot) lag eiga viS
^a tina, J)a megu t)au (then they may) skiljast, H.E. i. 248 ; mi man
mega sitjanda hlut i eiga, in that case one must not remain sitting,
naetive, a looker on, Nj. no; hann kva& J)at eigi mega {that would
do, not be lawful) er ma&r var sekr orSinn, 117. 8. ellipt.,
verb gora or vera being understood ; lemja man ek bogann,
dc in4 (viz. gora Jiat), Fms. x. 362 ; |)at ma vel, sagfti Ozurr,
ay as well do so, I will, Nj. 6, Barl. 2, 4, 25 ; ef sva ma (viz. vera),
bt, Grag. i. 41 1 : the saying, ungr ma en gamall skal, the young
tbe old must (die) ; nalgastu mik ef J)u megir, if thou canst,
; J)eir spurSu, hversu J)at maetti, Fms. ix. 239 ; ok ma (it may be,
<ps), at hans menn fari a land, Fbr. 74 new Ed. ; en J)a ver3r eptir
tern ma, leave the rest to luck, GuUJ). 7 ; ferr fiat sem ma, fare that
t may, go that as it may, Nj. 38; en J)at maetti (viz. vera) at ver
J)4 skammt inn at leginu, Fms. vii. 361 ; ma ok, at sumir s^ vin-
rnokkut, ix. 331 ; mk, at hana hendi eigi slik ugipta i annat sinn, Nj.
mi, at ek leiti ^agat vinattu, Fms. vi. 399 : the ellipt. maettim (hafa),
139 (lines 17, 18), is a mere slip. III. part, megandi, avail-
mighty, strong; athafnarlauss ok ekki megandi, listless and of no avail,
iii. 154 ; fylldi hann {)at heit, er hann var megandi ma9r, as soon as
to be a man of might, Bs. i. 791 ; litt megandi, ' of little main,'
If ielpless, Vsp. 1 7 ; u-megandi, poor, destitute ; cp. li-magi.
gan, f. a doing; vel-megan, well-doing, wealth.
™g6, f. = megan ; see <i-meg&.
ICG-IN, n., gen. megins, Gs. 22; but else contr. in gen. and dat.
"'";. megni, see megn ; [from mega; Engl, /warn]: — might, main,
'-; kosta megins, Gs. 22; J)itt var5 mi meira megin, Fm. 22;
-gin, 28 ; hjors megin, 30 ; sva at J)itt minnkisk megin, Hsm.
iddar gorva jarli megin, Mkv. ; triia a matt sinn ok megin,
.;5 ; {)egar er hann vitkaftisk ok f(5kk megin sitt, Fb. ii. 389 ;
cm a leid sottina minnka8i stonim megin (ace.) hans, Fms. ix.
ledi funnu megin hans, MS. 544. 39: li-megin, a swoon; van-
•ueakness. II. [cp. Engl, mainland^, the main, chief part of
: allt megin landsins, the main of the land, Fms. x. 184 ; Jutland
1 Dana-veldis, vi. 53 ; megin arinnar, tbe main-stream, {)6r8. 1 1 new
a more local sense, mani J)at ne vissi hvat hann megins atti,
n knew not his main, his place in heaven, had not his fixed course,
iar8ar-megin, the earth's main, tbe wide earth, Hm. ; vetrar-
!he main part of winter, Sks. 59 ; ve8r-megin, ' weather-main,' the
ut also the ' airt,' direction of the weather ; hafs-megin, the main,
■ ; lands-megin, the mainland. Eg. 50.
CoMPDs : megin-afl, m. main strength, Sks. 199. megin-d,
• in river. Fas. i. 388. megin-fiss, m. the main or chief As,
'!, Lex. Poet. megin-borg, f. the main town,Yms. ix. 41.
bygS. f- the main district, Fms. viii. 59. megin-domar,
t' main events, luorld-famcd events, Vsp. 59. megin-drattr,
reat draught, of fish, Bragi. megin-drdttning, f. the great
'beVirgin ilfary,Geisli 3, Lil.86. megin-dyrr, adj. 'main dear,'
loved, Lex. Poet. megin-ekkja, u, f. the great widow, a
-e, Faer. megm-:Qall, n. the main fell, Hkv. Hjorv. 5 ( =
'!). megin-fjarri, adv. ' main far off,' very far, Fms. vi.
e). megin-fjoldi, a, m. a vast multitude, Geisli 4. megin-
, m. the main body, Fms. viii. 322, v. 1. megin-fl6tti, a, m.
'■ body of a host put to flight ox flying, Sturl. ii. 223, Hkr. ii. 371,
megin-gj6r3, f. the main girdle, girdle of power, Fms. v. 345 :
' i!;ingjar&ar, of the girdle of Thor, Edda 15, 29, 60. megin-
ij. ' main good,' mighty good, Fms.vi. 364. inegin-g63v8etliga,
•' kindly, C\em.i6. laegin-grimmT, zd], 'main grim,' very flerce,
n a verse). megin-haf, n. the main, ocean, Rb. 43X, 464,
,; I . megin-herr, m. the main army, Fms. i. 1 2 1 , Orkn. 1 06.
-tiera3, n. the main district, Hkr. ii. 89. megin-hiifr, m.
! hull of a ship, opp. to ro&rar-hiifr, N. G. L. ii. 283. megin-
i , u, f. ' tnai?i-sense,' wisdom, Sk v. i . 39 . megin-hofn, f. the main
. Grett. 107 A. megin-k6,tr, adj. (-liga, adv.), 'main glad,'
dad, Grett. (in a verse), Orkn. (in a verse). megin-land, m. a
' /, continent, K. {>. K. 8, Fms. x. 412, Sks. 155, Ld. 40, Orkn. 6,
',94. luegin-lauss, adj. without strength, Barl. 162, Bs. ii.
't. 358. megin-leikr, m. the main of a thing, Sks. 185, v. 1.
-leysi, n. weakness, Barl. 147, Bs. ii; 168. megin-li3, n. the
"iy of an army, Fms. vii. 260, viii. 315, Sturl. i. 38 (Ed. megit
megin-ligr, adj. [cp. Engl, mainly} ; mal meginlig, mighty
words, i.e. holy oaths, Ysp. 30. megin-litill, adj. of little
might, weak, Sol. 2, Fms. xi. 103. megin-ljdtr, adj. very hideous.
Lex. Poet. megin-meingjam, adj. very mischievous. Fas. i. 435 (in a
verse). megin-merki, n. the chief standard, Rom. 352. megin-
mildr, adj. very mild. Lex. Poet. megin-mOrk, f. tbe main forest,
^g- 378- inegin-njer3r, m. tbe mighty god, Drop!, (in a verse),
megin-ramr, adj. very strong. Sigh vat. megin-r&8, f. tbe main
course, Sks. 1 96. megin-runar, f. pi. mighty, powerful Runes (charms),
Sdm. 19. megin-8J6r, n. tbe main, ocean. Mar. megin-
skjdtr, adj. very fleet, Harms. megin-skjOldiingr, m. the mighty
king, of Christ, Skalda (in a verse). megin-stjarna, u, f. a main
star, a star of first order, Rb. 1 10. megin-stormr, m. a mighty gale,
Sks. 44, Barl. 124. megin-straumr, m. a mighty stream, current.
Mar. megin-tf3endi, n. pi. mighty tidings, Pd. 42. megin-tlrr,
m. ' main-fame,' glcry, Sdm. 5. megin-trygdir, f. a firm truce,
Isl. ii. 381. megin-ve3r, n. = meginstormr, Fas. ii. (in a verse),
megin-vegr, m. the main way, geogr. tbe zones, Sks. 195 (meginvegir
sem libyggvanda er uiidir). megin-vel, adv. mighty well, Fb. iii.
315. megin-verk, n. pi. mighty works, labour, Gs. ii. Ad. (fine).
Lex. Poet. inegiii-J)ing, n. a great meeting, Fms. vi. 50 (in a verse).
inegm-J)ungr, adj. very heavy, Sturl. (in a verse). inegin-J)Orf, f.
great need ; fa J)u mey mann i meginj)arfar (into wedlock), Skv. 2. 1 1.
megin or megum, adv., which may be derived, not from megin,
but from vegr, veginn, with the m from the dat. of the preceding
word ; hja altara kvenna megin, on the women's side (in a church),
Bs. i. 438; karla megin, on tbe men's side, Pm. 108; Hjardarholts
megin, on the H. side (of the river), Nj. 35 ; J)eir satu i (indvegi enum
uae8ra megin, i.e. on the left side of tbe ball, Fs. 72, Fms. xi. 71 ;
hinum vinstra m., Hrafn. 13 ; haegra m., on tbe right side ; enum sydra
m., on the southern side, Stj. 564, Fms. viii. 236; hit nyrSra megin, x.
16, V. 1. ; 68ru-megin, on the other side, Nj. 43, 68, 144, Eg. 531 ; einu
megin (einum-megin), /row one side only, Nj. 246, Fms. ii. 281, Isl. ii.
362; l)eim mtg\n, on that side, Gxiig.u. 12)1 > sinu megin hvarr, Fms.
•• 305 ; ba8u-megin, on both sides, Ld. 46 ; ollum megin, all around,
from all sides, Fms. i. 149, 291, Isl. ii. 343 ; hvarungi megin, on neither
side, Grag. ii. 266, 267 ; tveim megin brikar, Kormak. II. megvun,
hann bjo a BalkastoSum hvarum megum, Grett. ; sinum megum hvarir,
Fms. viii. 51 ; baSum megum, Grag. ii. 266 ; oUum megum. Eg. 288, Gg.
7 ; o8rum megum sundsins, Hbl. (prose) ^ tveim megum, Blanda (MS.)
meginn, adj. [Engl, main"], strong ; meginn ok mattugr, Stj. 26.
megn, n. = megin, a contr. form, strength; Hkams megn, Bs. i. 317 ;
megn ok fraekleik, Fms. x. 256 ; hann haf8i fjcigurra manna megn, Hav.
54 ; af Gu8s megni ok af krapti ens helga kross, Fms. x. 417 ; treysta a
m4tt ok megn = matt ok megin. Or. 24; deila megn vi8 e-n, to
contend with, Lil. 8 ; var i \)\i mest megn, // went to tbe highest pitch
at Yule time, Bs. ii. 21 : the phrase, um megn, beyond one's strength,
power ; kasta steini um megn ser. Eg. 473 ; J)etta mal er nokkut J)6c
um megn meS at fara, Fms. vi. 18; t)at ra8 mun \>eT ver8a um megn,
151 ; Gu8i er ekki um megn at reisa hann upp af dau8a, Stj. 132 ; yfir
megn, id., Bs. ii. 162, 175. compds : meg^n-lauss, lid]. feeble, weak,
Bs. i. 321, Mar. megn-litill, zd]. faint, exhausted, Faer. 183, Fas.
'• 556-
megn, zd]. main, strong, mighty; var J)a megnt mannfall, Sturl. iii.63 ; sva
var megn {)essi rogburSr, at . . ., Fas. ii. 372 ; me8 megnu hugskoti, with
a strong mind, forti animo, Bs. i. 1 1 . 2. freq. in mod. usage in the
sense bitter, fierce ; and of taste, strong, bitter: of a quarrel, megn deila,
megnt hatr: of illness, megn sott, a strong fever ; megn kvol, the bitter
pang, Pass. 41. 9 : of a gale, megn stormr, megn hri8, megnt kafald : of
taste, J)a8 er megnt, has a hot taste, of acid or the like : of smell, megn
lykt : of hay, megnt hey : of food, megn matr, strong meat for the sick.
megna, a8, [megn], to be able, have strength to do a thing; \>6 ek
megni minna en einhverr y8ar, Grett. 98 ; munu v^r ekki megna at
berjask vi8 \ia. t61f. Fas. i. 422 : mod. with dat., eg megna J)vi
ekki. II. reflex, to get strength ; at hans riki msetti megnask,
to wax strong, Fms. viii. 204; hversu mjok megnaSisk ok auka8isk
Gu8s rettr, x. 301 ; en er synir t)eirra toku at megnask, when their sons
grew up to be men, Orkn. 132 ; eptir J)etta megna8isk sottin, Eb. 264.
megna, u, f. a bitter, strong taste.
megnugr, adj. able to do.
MEGRA, 8, to tnake meagre, emaciate, Stj. 147 ; megrir ondina, Horn.
14. 2. reflex, to wax meagre, Stj. 519.
megr3, f. [magr], meagreness, leanness, Stj. 20I, passim.
megri, f. = megr8, Eb. 150, Grdg. ii. 341.
-megtim, see megin.
MEIDA, d,<o£>wr/, of bodily injury ; hann 16k hann ilia ok kva8sk mundu
mei8a hann. Eg. 189 ; munda ek J)at ok vilja, at hann meiddi ykkr eigi opt,
Fms. ii. loi ; 'meiddu J)ig ekki, take heed not to hurt thee I hefirSu meitt
t)ig? — esp./o maim, injure seriously, or if of things, /o damage, sver8um J)eir
meiddu jfann er saklauss var, Sol. 22, Sturl. ii. 181 ; en hina rak hann or
landi, meiddi e8r drap, Fs. 18, 99, C5. H. 63 ; ok aetlaSi at lata mei8a eSr
drepa ossa landa fyrir, lb. 10 ; mei8it hvert skip sva at ekki se sjofaert,
Faer, 260; finna ])eir mi, at skipit var meitt ne9an, Sturl. iii. 68:
423
MEIDING—MEINN.
— to spoil, destroy, eptir J)at kom hagl stort ok meiddi allan avoxt jarSar,
Pr. 436 ; mi hefir ySur vangeymsla mjok meiddan varn sigr, Fms. vi. 326 ;
ef menn ske&ja jor6u e3r meiSa lands-nytjar, Grag. ii. 216 ; fia tok hann
at mei8a hof ok horga, Bs. i. 10 : — of a horse, to make it sore on the
back, and part, meiddr, sore in the hack. II. reflex, to take hurt,
be hurt, maimed, Grag. ii. 16, Fms. i. 273 ; meiddusk skipin J)ar fyrir,
6. H. 164; ok haf&i meizk ( = mei3sk) J)j6!eggrinn, Bs. i. 344.
meiding, f. bodily hurt, maiming, damaging, esp. in pi. of serious bodily
hurts, dangerous wounds, Bs. i. 531, Nj. 21, Fs. 34 ; i manndrapum
ok meiftingum, Fb. ii. 64, MS. 625.64; at hann helt lifi meiSinga-laust,
unmaimed, unhurt, Sturl, iii. 132; J)eim helt viS meidingar, Nj. ai ;
inei6ing fjar, K. {>. K. 176.
inei3ir, m. an injurer. Lex. Poet.
MEIDMAB, f. pi. IVlf. maipms = Saipov, Mark vii. 11; A. S. waSw] : —
gifts, presents, only in poetry; {>iggia meiSmar, Skv. 3. 39; meiSmar
(ace.) ok mosma, Km. 35 ; storar mei&mar, Akv. 5 ; mei&ma fjold, Am.
93, Skv. 2. 2 ; fjold a ek meiSma, J>kv. 23 ; en J)eirrar meyjar mei8-
mum tyna, referring to the mundr (q. v.), for if a man forsook his wife
without due cause he had to pay her mundr, Skv. 3. I5.
MEIDK, m., gen. mei6ar, Gm. 34 (Bugge), but else meiSs, dat. meiSi ;
[meid or mei, Ivar Aasen ; Swed. mede ; perh. derived from mei&a, of a
lopped and barked tree] : — a pole or longitudinal beam, esp. the two long
beams in a sledge, also called sle6-meiSr ; ^a reif hann meidinn undan
sleSanum, ... en Arnkell laust af ser meS meiSnum, . . . hann laust sle&-
mei8num 1 mot honum, ... en mei&rinn kom a gar6inn, ... en sle3-
meidrinn brotnaSi i fjotrar-raufinni, Eb. 190: the phrases, standa a ond-
ver5an mei6 me8 e-m, to stand foremost on the meiS, to stand at
the upcurving of the sledge-bearers, i. e. to stand in the forefront
as a champion, Bs. i. 141 ; cp. ' staa paa meiom,' and ' meia-hals' =
the rising of the meid, Ivar Aasen ; mjok \i6tti monnum a einn meiS
hallask me6 J)eim, it went all on one side (metaphor from a sledge cap-
sizing), Bjarn. 59 ; vaS-mei3r, a pole to hang clothes on for drying ; nu
skulu J)er her reisa vi& ana va&mei3, ok er konum haegt til f)vattar at
hreinsa storfot . . . J)at hygg ek at viS J)ann meiS festi hann ykkr upp.
Glum. 390, 391, Rd. 296; cp. va&-ass, Hrafn. 20. 2. po(3t. a pole;
telgja meid til rifjar, to shape a pole for a loom, to make a weaver's
loom, Rm. 15 : of the mistletoe, af J)eim mei8i er mer (i. e. maer = mj6r)
syndisk, Vsp. : of the gallows' tree, H8m. 18, Ht. (Yngl. S. ch. 26) ; and
of the tree Yggdrasil, Gm. 34, Hm. 139, prob. from the notion of its
being the gallows of Odin : so also the raven ' a mei&i ' in Bkv. 1 1 seems to
mean the gallows, cp. Germ, galgen-vogel ; in Hkv. I. 5. it is perh. = va8-
meiSr. The word can never be used of a living tree. In poetical cir-
cumlocutions of a man, vapna mei8r, passim, see Lex. Poet.
meidzl or meizl, mod. meiSsli, n., mostly in pi. bodily hurts, injuries,
mutilation, Sturl. ii. 181, Korm. 216, Fms. vii. 185 (v. 1.), Bs. i. 530;
meizla-hogg, -sar, Fas. i. 331, iii. 33; meizla-laust, Fms. ii. 276.
meiSzlur, f. pi. = meizl, Edda 127, 0. H. 70, Fms. vii. 185, x. 420.
MEI!N',n.[A.S.W2d«; cp.Old Engl. (Chaucer) mey^«ec? = wzame(i; Dan.
meen'], a hurt, harm ; muna fieir mein er J)iggja, a saying, Lv. 86 ; at engum
ver6i mein at, that it may do nobody harm, Fs. 94, Al. 98 ; engum manni at
meini ver8a, Fs. 131, Fms. vi. 350 ; e-m ver6r mein at e-u, Grag. ii. 266 ;
gora e-m mein, Fms. i. 99, Fs. 1 1 ; hon kvaS ^zt mein (a pity) at hon
haffti eigi {)a menn augum leitt, Fs. 85 ; mein ok uhapp, Edda 18 ; geysi
mikit mein var honum |)at, 23 ; 14ta ser i mein, to deny to oneself,
Horn. ; hann let sveininum ekki i mein, ok unni mikit, i. e. he let
the boy want nothing, and loved him much, Nj. 147 ; taka ser e-t i
mein, to part with a thing one cannot well do without. 2.
medic, a disease, sore, &c. ; ein kona var8 fyrir meini miklu, Bs. i.
309; til botar bans meins, id., 377; J)a er meinit hvarf fra honum (of
epileptic fits), 380 : also used of an internal organic disease, thus,
innan-mein, internal disease, 323 (of hydatides) ; fingr-mein, a sore
finger; handar-mein, a sore hand; fotar-mein, 321, 328; brjost-mein,
rt bad chest, but brjosta-mein, abscess or cancer in the breast, of women ;
atu-mein, an 'eating sore,' a cancer; tungl-mein, a kind of 'tinea'
or woodworm. II. plur. a drawback; potti {)at me8 storum
meinum urn slikan mann, Fs. 50 ; honum syndisk mein au6syn a ^vi,
O. H. 195 ; ef maSr tekr sok af manni, ok ver8a J)au mein a, at sok
ver8r eigi s6tt, Grdg. ii. 81. 2. of marriage in the eccl. law, hin-
drances, such as relationship or the like, that make a wedding unlawful ;
hann gipti Snselaugu dottur sina J>6r8i B66varssyni me5 tvaufoldum
meinum, Bs. i. 427 ; sag6i laungetin born Jjeirra sem getin voru upp fra
J)vi sem mein voru vitu&, 285 (see meinbugir); ef hin meiri mein eru,
Grag. i. 365 ; ok varSar fjorbaugs-gar& um in minni mein, 366.
COMPDS : meina-lauss, adj. blameless, Fms. vi. 109 : unhindered, mein-
buga-lauss, Grag. i. 307; ef J)eim er meinalaust, if they are unforbidden,
26; prestr skal syngja allar heimilis-ti6ir at meinalausu, if he is unhin-
dered. Am. 37 ; oss dugir fagna Olafs-messu meinalaust, id., Sighvat.
meins-vanr, adj. guileless, Gm. 16.
meina, a&, to harm, Barl. 1 73 ; solar hiti meinar J)ar um sumar, Stj.
69 ; J)au meina ^er ekki vaetta, 24. 2. to hinder; meina e-m e-t,
ver6r hann sjiikr eda sarr, e6a meina honum vcitn e6a ve&r eSa menn,
I
Grag. i. 496 ; enda baeri eigi leitir fyrir ne haeSir sva at \)Zt meinaSi", ^^t
hvart sem meinar frsendsemi e6r sifskapr, H. E. i. 513 : — to prohibit, ekki
mun ek meina 65rum monnum at halda ^a tru sem synisk, Fms. i. 30c
fa6ir hennar ok mti&ir meinaSu J)eim {)at ekki, ii. 99 ; ok er henni vj
J)at meinat, fia hljop h6n lit a skoga. Fas. i. 517, Stj. 520, Barl. 65.
MEINA, irreg., pret. meinti, but pres. meina, meinar ; part, meint
[a for. word from the Engl, or Germ. ; it first occurs about or a littl
before the time of the Reformation ; Germ, meinen; Engl, mean]:— t
mean; the passage, Landn. 333, is in the words of Bjom a Skarftsa; el
meinti, BarS. 6 new Ed., is from a paper MS., as are also Fas. i. 401
and iii. 488 ; the word, however, occurs in the Osv. S. (a vellum of th
15th century), and is naturalised in mod. usage, Vidal., Pass., N, li
passim.
mein-akr, m. a nickname, Eb.
mein-blandinn, part. /o/sowoms. Fas. i. 181.
mein-bugir, m. pi. impediments which make it sinful or wicked tod
a thing ; a {)essum ra&um liggja storir meinbugir, J)viat J)at er it mest
Kristni-spell skirSum monnum at eta hross, Fms. i. 126; mun hann sj
alia meinbugi ^k sem a eru {)essu mali, at berjask vi8 br65ur sinn, x
221. 2. esp. of marriage, the forbidding the banns ; finnask nokkurir be
menn er J)ar vita meinbugi a, pa skulu f eir segja til fyrir bru51aup, seg
J)eir eigi fyrr til meinbuga en bru61aup er gort, J)a skal engi ma3r J»ei:
J)ar um trua, nema Jjeir hafi sva i fjarska verit, at J)au ti6endi hafi eigi :
Jieirra komit, N. G. L. i. 333; hvernig f)eirra hjuskapr var bundinn.
ef pau baetti sina meinbugi, Grett. 162 ; en hverr sa s6r vill kvanfan '
leita, J)a skal hann bidja peirrar konu e&r meyjar, at eigi se meinbuf
a sva at hann viti, K. A. 104; J)eir sem meinbugi vissu ok ly'sing heyrj 1
. . . ef meinbugir finnask engir a, no, 114, 116; meinbuga-Iaust, id
thus, in reading the bans, the phrase, ef nokkur veit J)ar meinbugi I
skal hann segja til J)eirra i tima e3a J)egja siSan, Icelandic Prayer Book.
mein-bseginn, adj. (-bsegiji, f.), vexatious.
mein-eiSa, d, to make a false oath, Hom.(St.)
mein-ei6r, m. [Dzn.meened; Germ, meineid], perjury, K. A. 21
Horn. 86, H. E. i. 522, Barl. 142.
mein-fang, n. trouble; leita e-m meinfanga, Ld. 28.
mein-fretr, m. a nickname, Landn.
mein-fullr, adj. noxious, Hb. 16. ^
mein-fsert, n. adj. dangerous to pass, O. H. 57. '
mein-gefit, n. part. ; e-m er e-t m., fatally inclined to; eigi mjndl
sva meingefit at riSa hestinum, at . . ., Hrafn. 6.
mein-gora, 6, to offend, harm, Bs. ii. 64, 132.
inein-g6r3, f. ' harm-doing,' offence, Nj. 163, Fms. v. 14, Stj. i;
passim : bodily pains, Orkn. 140.
raein-bsegr, adj. harmless, inoffensive.
meining, f. harm, injury, Bs. i. 379.
meining, f. [meina], meaning, opinion, (mod.)
meinka, a3, to harm; lasta ne meinka, Bs. i. 911.
mein-kona, u, f. a concubine; hafa at meinkonu vi8 sina ko
N.G.L. i. 16. M
mein-kraka, u, f. evil crow, a term of abuse, Ls. 43. ^B
mein-kveisi, n. a bitter pain. El. (?) 98.
mein-kvikendi, n. a harmful animal (reptile), Stj. 436, Eluc. 2:.
mein-lauss, adj. harmless, inoffensive, Fms. x. 281, Stj. 41, Horn.
Bs. i. 184, passim ; aetla ek mer J)at meinlaust, it will do me no hi
Fms. ix. 259; at meinlausu, without hindrance, K. f>. K. 58.
painless; hondin var honum aldrei meinlaus, Ld. 224; sjaldan ni
laust (painless) me8 ollu, Bs. i. 347.
meinlat-sainr, adj. chastising the body ; m. i vokum, fostum ok k'.i
biinaSi, hann gekk opt berfxttr um naetr i snjoum ok frostum, Bs. i. ^,
meinld.t-senii, f. chastisement of the body, 625. 83.
mein-leiki, a, m. a hindrance, Ld. 184, Sturl. i. i27: = meinbi
GJ)1. 230.
mein-leysi, n. harmlessness, /««oce«ce, 625.194, AI.106, Stj. 20, 49
mein-liga, zdv. painfully, Hom. 120, Bs. ii. 36, Karl. 376.
mein-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), painful, troublesome: inconvenient.
mein-lseta, t, to chastise, Fb. ii. 24, Hom. 73.
mein-lsBti, n. pains, trouble. Mar., Hom. 73, Bs. i. 194: wci. ;
chastisement, Sks. 486, Greg. 39, 70, 96. 2. illness, Fb. i. 2 1
liggr jarl i fiessum meinlxtum allan J)enna vetr, 212 : in mod. usage '
of internal illness, hydatides, or the like : meinlseta-ftillr, etc. ni(
Iseta-samr, adj. = meinlatsamr, Magn. 466, Bs. i. 134.
mein-msela, t, to abuse. Mar. 207.
mein-maeli, n. contumely, Hom. 8, 76, Bs. i. 94, Str. 91.
meinn, adj., meinni, meinstr, [Engl, meati], mean, base; n»n
einkar m., he is ' unco mean,' fsl. ii. (in a verse) ; J)at var hverju
meinna ok verra. Fas. iii. 637. 2. in neut. meint, crt«s/«^ / ■
honum var meint ni8r at svelga ok sva at drekka, en meinst (suf
at hosta, Bs. i. 347 ; faer hann sva skjota bot, at hann kfenndi s^r h' '
meint, that he felt no pain, 1 79 ; var honum kneit haria meint ok uin. ;
O. H. L, 89 : — e-m verSr meint vi8 e-t, or af e-u, to take hurt by it; '
hestrinn undir honum, ok var6 honum af J)vi nokkut meint, Sturl. 1. i
i
I
MEINSAMLIGA— MELR.
423
jein-samliga, adv. f>erniciously, Fms. x. 223.
tein-samligr, adj. hurtful, causing pain, Bs. i. 42, Fas. i. 206.
-samr, adj. evil, noxious, of things and persons, Stj. 483, Landn.
.1 witch) : vexations.
semd, {.pain, burl. Bad, 201, Greg. 10, Stj. 97 : illness, disease,
semi, f. = meinsemd, disease. Eg. 587, Bs. i. 351, 352 : ill-will,
V, (mod.)
staddr, part, placed in distress, Bs. i. 37.
stafir, m. pi. baleful staves, charms, Ls. 28.
-svari, a, m. a perjurer, Vsp. 45, N. G. L. ii. 426.
sasri, n. [Scot, vian-sweir'], perjury, K. A. 18, G{jl. 547, Fms. xi.
;t. 85. meinsasris-maSr (meinseBra-maSr), m. a perjurer,
, ,yj. Karl 552, N.G. L. ii. 426 (v. 1.), Bs. i. 718.
l|)in-tregi, a, m. affliction, poet., Skv. i. 34.
1 in-u3igr, adj. malignant. Fas. i. (in a verse),
-vargr, m. a noxious beast.
:-v8ettr, f. a noxious wight, an ogre, — Germ, tmbold, of giants,
\u, monsters, or the like, Fb. i. 526: trcJlla ok meinvaetta, ii. 314;
itin liggja meinvsettr nokkur, Grett. 1 10 : fyrir |)eim meinvxttum
waymen) er menn hugSu uti liggja, Fs. 4 ; Steinrau&r enn
er morgum manni vann bot J)eim er a8rar meinvaettir gtirdu
, Landn. 212 ; m4 J)ar engi ma6r vera um naefr fyrir trolla gangi
idnvaetta, O. H. L. 57: metaph. a noxious creature, tak meinvsetti
, F16v. 34 ; var hvers-vetna i leitad at ey6a fieim meinvaettum,
i ekki at sok (of mice), Bs. i. 1 94; hvat sem meinvaetta maeltu
ir, Bb.
in-yr3a, t, to abuse in words, Bs. i. 855.
nin-yxSi, n. pi. abuse, Bs. (Laur.)
niin-J)j6fr, m. a mean thief; m. markar, 'thief of woods,' i.e. fire, Yt.
I'lIHI, neut. meira, compar. and super), mestr, answering to mikill,
^.'1 [Ulf. maiza = nu^a)v, viaists = fiiyidTos ; A. S. mare, etc., see
van ; Lat. major'\ : — more and superl. most, greater, greatest, and the
lik of stature, taller, tallest, meiri en onnur naut, Ld. 120; meiri
eo irir menn, Fms. i. 44 ; mesta fingri ok lengsta, x. 398 ; vaen kona
ok venna mest. Eg. 598 ; hann var allra manna mestr, Fms. i. 2 ;
tvtiia vainst ok mest, 14 ; hverjum manni meiri ok styrkari, 1 7. 2.
^«ifr, larger, of quantity or quality; meira fe ok betra, Nj. 45 ;
[jejier mest gxdi flytja landi J)essu, Fms. vii. 122; meiri hluti, the
tr«|T part, Grag. ii. 60. 3. more, most, of degree or amount ;
:.t jjsta giifug-kvendi, Ld. 334 ; J)eirra mestr ma3r, 330 ; et mesta
iiytjinni, id.; hverr vildi vera o6rum meiri, Fms. i. 17; inn mesti
i})rila-ma6r, id. ; meiri ra6, Grag. i. 355 ; mesta sxmd, Fms. vi. I02 ;
enrlaesta ka;rleik, ii. 295 ; meiri J)okk, 296 ; mesti felagsskapr. Eg.
29 jraendsemis spell en meiri, Grag. i. 358, 365 ; J)aer konur er enn
sruineirum {nearer) {)yrmslum, N. G. L. i. 75. II. as subst.,
the f.ore, the most ; ek vil her mestu ra5a, Ld. 212; ef J)eir fengi
mej, Fms. vi. 248 ; ef hon kaupir meira en svsi, Grag. i. 334 ; byg6an
Ixilift e&r meira, id.; hann var mest hallr at vinattu til Inga konungs,
.'ii. 233. coMPDs : meira-hittar, adv. of greater importance,
remarkably, Fms. v. 176 (v. 1.), vii. 219. mest-Mttar, adv.
■emarkably, Bs. i. 805, 828, Fms. iii. 45.
[T, compar., answering to mjok (q. v.), superl. mest ; [Ulf. mats —
V, maist = 7r\ f iffT ov ; A. S. mar; Engi. more, most; Scot. 7nair,
Germ, mehr, meist] : — more, and superl. most; meirr ok meirr,
mdmore, Stj. 468 ; meirr eptir annarra manna skaplyndi en Lauga-
' T^d. 212; jafnmargir e8a meirr, Grag. i. 336; en J)6 meirr at
ms. ii. 296; meirr en, more than; eigi m. en eitt fylki, Fb. i.
ni; elska meirr enn nokkurn mann, Fms. i. 17. 2. with
omparative; utar meir, sunnar meir, Fms. vii. 260, viii. 353;
:, 'furthermore,' still further off, vii. 294; ok J)vi J)a fjarr-meir,
s.^urr stokkvi a konunginn, Sks. 365 ; naer-meir (cp. Dan. n<Br-
ore near, Stj. 218; naer meir landi, more near land, Sks. 46;
ir, ' nether-more,' more below, 167; ofar meir, higher up, Fms. ix.
•T meir (Engl. /or-mer-/y), 'further back in tim£,' formerly, Sks.
former times, sidar meir, later, D.N. i. 122 ; meir verr, worse,
^turl. i. 1 2 : further, enda vill hann eigi meirr faera til staSar, Grag. i.
:<k hann meirr at j^at, li6u m. at t)at, Rm. 2, 4, 5, etc. II.
1 1, mest; {jeim var ek verst er ek unni mest, Ld. 334, and in
instances.
:gr, m. [A.S. mase; Engl, tit-'mouse' (a different word from
el. mus); O.Yi.G. meisa; Germ, meise ; Ivar Aasen ?Mm] : — a
Lat. parus, Edda (Gl.)
" S, m. [O. H. G. meisa'], a wooden box, a basket (in Norway of any
'wicker-work) ; meis hefi ek a baki, verSrat matrinn betri, Hbl.
hafiii mikinn meis a baki . . . rotar ofan i meisinn (ilium fiskunum,
Hr meissinn, Grett. 137 ; selja mjol.i mcisum, GJ)1. 491 ; hann
! it i meis a baki ser Orvandil . . . ein ta hafSi stadit or meisinum,
, : meisa sild, barrel-herrings, N.G. L. ii. 250; kola-meiss. Art.,
mod. usage ; hey-meiss, a hay-box in which the hay is given to
-. one meiss to each head of cattle.
meistari, a, m. [Lat. magister], a master, lord; \)]6nz sfnum metstara,
Ld. 26, Stj. 70, Rb.412 : a master, teacher, scholar, Sks. 244, Bs. i. 228,
229 ; kicrkar ok meistarar, Ann. 1215 ; m. Ovidiui, Bs. i. 238 ; m. Gi»li,
236; mikils hattar m. er Aki hdt, 805; sumir meistarar, Skaidai77;
m. Priscianus, 160 ; Jjoroddr Riina-meistari, Tborodd ' Rune-master,' tb*
Grammarian, id. : Master, of the Lord, N. T., as a rendering of Rabbi,
passim : as a degree, meistari Jon, the popular name of bishop J6n
Vidalin. compds: meistara-ddmr, m. mastership, great skill. Mar.,
Fms. xi. 431, Fas. iii. 426. meiatara-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.),
masterly. meistara-samligr, adj. masterly. Mar.
MEITA, t, [Ulf. maitan = kutttuv ; Germ, metzeln ; cp. Germ. tnei%er
= knife] : — to cut; meita knifi, Fb. ii. 522 (in a verse); manar meita,
to cut the mane, Akv. 37 ; ekki haf^i hann lutift meita skegg sitt nd
skera bar fyrir hryg8ar sakir, Stj. 538.
meitill, m., dat. meitii, [Germ, meissel], a chisel. Eg. (in a verse), freq.
in mod. usage; whence meitil-berg, n., Grett. 141 ; or also meitil-
stapi, a, m. a steep precipice as if cut with a chisel,
meitla, a8, to chisel, cut. Mar., freq. in mod. usage,
meizl and meizlur, see mei8sl.
mekktr, part, [makki], necked, of a horse.
mekt, f. [a for. word, from Germ, macht], might, Stj. 143; ef ek skal
daemdr af Danskri slekt, ok deyja svo fyrir kongsins mekt, Jon Arason :
pomp, Fms. xi. 424.
mekta, a8, to make mighty, Stj. 140: reflex., 154, 174.
mektugr, adj. mighty, Fms. v. 345, Stj. 205, Skald H. i. 31 ; the
passage Ad. 151$ doubtful or illegible, for such a word could not occur
in so old a poem.
MSIi or m61, also vatel, n. [another form of mal (q. v.), but only used
in a temporal sense ; Ulf. mel = KaipSs and xp6vos] : — time, a while ; hann
skal leggja a eigi skemra mel (not shorter notice than) en viku stcfnu, Grag.
ii. 349: in the phrase, eSa meira meli, or a longer time; J)rem nottum
fyrr e8a meira meli . . ., fjtirtan nottum fyrr, e8r meira meli, a fortnight
or more, Kb. i. 85 ; Jia skulu {)eir kve8ja n6tt fyrr en domar fara lit, e&a
meira meli, Sb. ii. 105 ; sjau nottum fyrr, e8a meira maeli, Kb. 13. 2.
the nick of time, the phrase, a pvi meli, at that time, moment, Grdg. i. 392 ;
a J)vi meli er hann spurSi sokina, 473 ; a J)vi meli dreif til bans lid, Fms.
viii. 27; en a fiessu meli re8 Knutr fyrir England!, x. 397; ok a J)vi
meli (mxli Ed.) er Bjorn var or landi var8 h6f8ingja skipti i Noregi,
Bjarn. 13 ; ok vildi hann eigi litan fara a J)vi meli (i.e. during the three
years of outlawry), Gliim. 371 ; a va.rj)ingi e8a a J)vi meli, ... a var-
{)ingi e8a a Jjvi maeli sem mi var tint, Grag. ii. 248 ; & skommu maeli,
within a short time, 655 xvii. 6 ; ok a J)essu maeli, er Hakon svarfadisk
J)ar um a Gautlandi, Fms. xi. 40 ; J)a er enn ma6r leystr or strenginum
a J)vi maelinu, 152; a J)vi meli er var i milli andlats bans ok upp-
tekningar bans, in the meantime between . . ., Bs. i. 194.
M£Ij, n. pi., in mod. usage mil and mil, jarn-mil, [it remains in Scot.
mil-drop, and perh. Engl, mildew] : — the mouth-piece, bit, only in pi., for
the mel were composed of two iron pieces linked together, see Worsaae,
Nos. 487, 489 (like the Engl, snaffle-bit), and are used so still in Icel. ;
gnogu8u beislin sva at ni5r fdllu k jor8 melin, Karl. 376, freq. in mod.
usage. COMPDS : m61-dropi, z,m. the drop or foam, from a horse's mouth,
VJ)m. 14, Edda 7. m61-greypr, adj. chafing at the mel, champing
the bit, epithet of a steed, Akv. 3, 4, 13. The poiit. compds m^l-
regn, m.61-skTir, iron rain, iron shower, Vellekla, are prob. from the
same word.
meldr, m., gen. nieldrs and meldrar ; [mala ; Swed. mold; Ivar Aasen
mcelder ; Scot, melder ; Mtxlder-skin, the name of a mountain glacier in
Norway, from its likeness to a flour-bag] : — -flour or corn in the mill :
koma til melds, to go to the mill, Gs. 4; standa at meldri, 23; Fenju
meldr, the flour of Fenja —gold. Lex. Poet. ; grxSis meldr, sea-flour
= sa«cf (?), Edda (in a vetse) ; the word is obsolete and poijt., but remains
in Sweden and Norway,
meldun, m. a nickname, Landn,, a Gael, word,
MEIiJA, pres. mel, pret, maldi, part. maliSr, to pound, bray into dust;
mel J)at allt i dust, Pr. 475, freq. in mod. usage. .
mella, u, f. a noose, in kapp-mella : a trigger Q) in a cross-bow, |)at var
lasiir ok mella i, Sturl. i. 180 (but malla the vellum C). II. a
giantess, Edda (Gl.) ; mellu-diSlgr, ' giantess-foe' = Thor. 2, in mod.
usage the mother, of dogs, cats, or the like,
mellingr, m. a kind of trigger (?), Edda ii. 494.
melnir, m. [mel], the name of rt borse (^Lzt.lupatus), Hkr. i. 47,
MELR, m., pi. melar, a kind of wild oats, esp. bent-grass, arundo
arenaria, growing in sandy soil ; it is esp. found in Skaptafells-sysia and
in Myra-sysla (near to Hitames and Akrar), cp. Bjarn. 22, which probably
refers to cutting this grass, cp. Eggert Itin, §§ 490, 813; J)eir leiddu
hesta sina undir melbakka ok skaru fyrir \)a. melinn at t)eir dxi eigi af
sulti, Nj. 265 ; atta tigir meis 1 Hatuninga mel, D.I. i. 199. II.
a sand-hill grown with bent-grass (such hills are called dunes or denes in
E. Anglia, links on the N.E. coast) ; then, generally, a sand-bank,v/hetheT
overgrown or bare ; ri8a eptir melunum, frani melana ; 4 melunum me5
anni ; {jar eru melar brattir ok lausgryttir, ... ok hrundu J)eim af melunum.
424
MELASOL— MERKILIGR.
Glum. 394, 395 ; ok er hann kom a mela J)a . . . J)a settisk hann a '
melinn . . . J)a hratt Lambi honum fyrir melinn ofan a sandinn. Eg.
746, 748 ; ganga fram a mel nokkurn, Ld. 62 ; {)a ri6r hann undir
melinn, Gisl. 19; a sandmel J)eim er ^zt ver5r, 0. H. 226; |)ar
sem sandmelar tveir rau&ir stoSu, . . . undir enum sy&ra melnum,
Landn. 77> Gisl. 23. III. freq. in Icel. local names, Melr,
Melar, Mela-hverfl, Mela-sveit, whence Mela-menn or Mel-
menn (Nj. 151), Rau3i-melr; Rau6melingar, the men from Mel and
R., Landn. compds : mela-s51, f., botan. papaver, Hjalt. mel-
bakki, a, m. a ' mel-banh^ batik on which bent-grass grows, also a sand-
bank, Nj. 155, 265. mel-d^na, u, f. a pad or cushion filled with
melr. niel>gras, n., botan. elymus arenarius, a kind of oats, Hjalt. ;
whence the local name Melgraa-eyri, in western Icel. mel-karl,
m. a nickname, Sturl. ii. 2 28. mel-rakki, a, m.the' mel-dog,' the white
ox polar fox, from its burrowing in these sand-banks, Nj. 198, Bs. i. 581,
Grag. ii. 347, Sturl. i, 88. melrakka-belgr, m., -skinn, n. the
skin of a m., Grag. i. 392, 500, Fms. v. 251. inelrakka-vei3r, f.
fox hunting, Jb. 23. In local names, Melrakka-dalr, -nes, -sl^tta,
Landn., Fbr. mel-teigr, m. afield o/"mel {oats), D. I. i. 199. mel-
torfa, u, f. turf grown with oats (melr), Hrafn. 27.
MELT A, t, [malt ; Goth, maltjan is a conjectural verb from gamalteins
= av6.\vais] : — to malt for brewing ; engir menn skulu kaupa korn til
meltingar, en ef meltir, gjaldi mork silfrs konungi, N. G. L. ii. 249 ; melta
korn til solu, GJ)1. 351. II. metaph. to digest, of food, Fms. vi.
351 ; {)at smjor er rennr af |)eim hvolum megu menn eigi m. meS ser,
Sks. 123 ; melta valbradir, Akv. 36 : metaph., J)er melti& slikt ok sj66it
fyrir y6r sva at ekki ver8r af, Nj. 154; eigi mun ek melta reidi mina
hversu lengi sem ek {)arf at bera hana, Fb. ii. 295.
melta, u, f. a malting. ineltu-h.us, n. a malt-house, Rett. 94.
melting, f. a malting, N. G. L. ii. 249. II. digestion, freq. in
mod. usage.
MEI9', n., gen. pi. menja, dat. menjum; [A. S. mene; Hel. meni; cp.
O. H. G. mani-kold= necklace-gold, as also the name of a plant, hence
perhaps Engl, marigold; Lat. monile] : — a necklace, J>kv. 13 ; hringa ok
men, Vsp. 23 ; moSur menjum gofga, Hdl. 13 ; hlaSin hals-menjum. Am.
44, Yngl. S. ch. 17, 22 : — they were also worn by men, hann lezk vilja
faera {)eim men ei Bjorn hafSi haft 4 ser, Bjarn. 67, Vapn. 26, 28 :
metaph. in pkir. treasures, jewels, f>kv. 23, Fm. 16, Akv. 26 : — poet.
phrases, men jar6ar, earth's necklace = the sea, Orkn. (in a verse) ; men
Karmtar, island necklace = the sea; lyngva men, necklace of the bush =
a serpent ; men storSar, the earth's men = the world serpent, the Midgards-
orm, Lex. Poet. : as necklaces were chiefly worn by ladies, a woman is
called mens Syn, the fairy of the necklace, Edda (in a verse) : Men-
gldd, the ^necklace-glad,' is the name of a fairy woman, Fb. i. 529,
Fsm. : as also men-brekka, -brik, -d611, -gefn, -grtmd, -giumr,
-hlin, -reid, -skogul, -skord, = a lady; on the other hand, a man
is called men-broti, -brj6tr, -fergir, -myrSir, -ryrir, -stri3ir,
-v6r3r, -'pveTTir, = the giver, breaker etc. of treasures. Lex. Poet.
MENQA, a8, [mangr, qs. margr; cp. Engl, mingle, Old Engl, mengl : —
to mingle, mix, blend, freq. in mod. usage : in part. mengja3r, mixed,
variegated ; bla-mengja8r, rauS-mengjaftr, mingled with blue, red, D. N. ;
me8 mengdu klae&i, variegated clothes, v. 102.
mengi, n. [Germ, menge], a multitude, Hkv. I. 26, 49, Merl. i. 49,
Fas. i. 496 (in a verse), Akv. 4.
mengr, part, mixed, blended, Sol. 10.
Menja, u, f. the giant maid who grinds gold in the charmed mill, Edda,
Gs. ; hence gold is called the flour 0/ Menja, Lex. Poet.
MENN A, t, [ma&r or mannr], to make a man of, rear, breed; mun
ek fylgja sonum mjnum, menna \>k ok hreysta eptir megni, Finnb.
332- II- reflex, to become a man, of breeding and the like ; ef
feir vilja mennask, Fb. i. 509. 2. part, menntr, bred, accomplished
as a man, esp. in a moral sense ; hann atti marga sonu ok vel mennta,
Eb. 10 new Ed. ; vel menntr um marga hluti, Fms. xi. 322 ; Val|)j6fr var
manna bazt menntr, Orkn. 342 ; vel menntr i alia sta8i, Bser. 18 ; ok
var |>6r8r eigi at verr m. J)6tt hann leita8i ser tabs, Ld. 52 ; hann var
vel m., klerkr goSr ok tnima8r, Fms. ix. 531; gildir menn ok allvel
menntir, Hrafn. 36; hinn skoruligasti ma8r ok vel menntr, Bjarn. 4.
menni, n. a nickname, Gliim. 392 ; but esp. in compds, g68-menni,
ill-m., rik-m., a bad, good, mighty man; and in a collect, sense, fjol-
menni, marg-m.
menniliga, adv. manfully, Fms. iv. 269, Stj. 87.
menniligr, adj. manly, manlike, well bred, Sturl. ii. 78.
menning, f. breedi?ig; aett hans, au3r fjar ok m. g68, Isl. ii. 239;
ef hann hefir eigi kunnattu tjl e8a m., GJ)1. 487; me8 litlu menningar
m6ti, Krok. 35 ; koma e-m til menningar, to educate, rear into a man.
mennska, u, f. humanity ; veita e-m ast ok mennsku, Horn. 47 : miskun
ok m., 48, Barl. 42 ; eptir almennilegri mennsku, in a human manner,
Fms. V. 347 : freq. in compds, karl-m., g68-m., ilUm.
mennskr, adj. hitman, belonging to man ; at mennskum aldri, Hom.
02 ; mennskr maSr, a man of a man, as opp. to giants, ogres, or super-
human beings, Eg. 110; ^otti hann varla m. ma8r at afli, Fms. vi. 212,
fsl. ii. 360 ; ok er miklu betra at fask vi8 mennska menn en vi8 livaetti
slikar, Grett. 113 ; sumar me8 Asum, Alfum, Vonum, sumar hafa menn
skir menn, Sdm. 18.
mennt, f. art, skill, accomplishment ; hefir J)u til ills J)ina mennt, Nj
66 ; ok er henni flest til mennta gefit. Fas. ii. 148 ; hon vildi eigi kenn;
dottur sinni neitt til mennta, Vigl. 19 ; allan soma, fyrst menntina, tb
instruction, Fms. xi. 430 ; })u hefir marga hluti til menntar umfram os
braeSr, Hrafn. 17; sjfn mennt J)ina, of swimming, p6ib. 11 new Ed.
mennt i sundforum, Fms. ii. 29. 2. in plur. menntir; mildinj
haf8i menntir J)aer er mestar voru i heimi, Or. 3 : learning, doctrim
arts. mennta-ma3r, m. a man of high learning; laerdoms-mennt
learning.
mennta, a8, to civilise: part. mennta3r, learned, high bred; menn
taSar J)j68ir, civilised nations, (mod.)
menntan, f. cidture, breeding ; vel vir8r sakir menntanar sinnar, of
poet, Bjarn. 3 ; mer for sem morgum bornum, at ek lagSa a ekki hu
J)at sem mer var menntan i at nema, Fms. ij. 267 ; nema menntanar lisi
ok ij)r6tt, Stj. 151; opt er sa i orSum nytr sem iSkar menntan kaera
Hallgr. : — culture, civilisation are in mod. usage rendered by mentan.
mer = ver (q. v.), we.
MEBGD, f. [margr], multitude, plenty ; merg8 fjar, plenty of weald
Eg. 47 ; magn ok mergS avaxtar, Bs. ii. 165, passim in mod. usage; th
old writers prefer fjoldi, q. v.
mergja3r, part. ' marrowed,' strong.
MERGE., m., gen. mergjar, dat. merg, but mergi, Ls. 43 ; pi. mergir
\_A.S. mearg; ScoUmergh; Engl, marrow; Germ, mark; Dan. wan/]
— marrow, Edda 28, Grag. ii. 91; frost og fjuk er fast a biik | frosin
mergr lir beinum, a ditty, passim. 2. metaph. pith ; mergr ritninj i
anna, Mar. ; af mergjum hjartans, id. ; J)at er m. malsins, J)at er engin
m. i {)vi, and the like. compds : merg-lauss, adj. marrowless, pithles
merg-leysi, n. pithlessness. merg-rimi, a, m. ' lues medullae,'
wasting sickness, pining away, caeliaca, Fel. x.
merg-und, f. a ' marrow-wound,' a wound cutting through to th
marrow, Grag. ii. 11, Nj. 217.
merg-undi, adj., and merg-undadr, part, wounded to the marrou
N. G.L. i. 68,172.
mer-hross and mer-hryssi, n. a mare, Eb. 34, Grag. i. 504, Is
ii. 62, Grett. 122, Nj. 167, Rd. 284, Am. 98.
MEBJA, pres. mer ; pret. mar8i ; subj. mer8i ; part. mariSr, mo(
marinn ; — to bruise, crush; sva var mariSr hans likami, Rom. 329; th
word is freq. in mod. usage, marinn reyr mun hann eigi sundr mylj:
Matth. xii. 20.
MEHKI, n., gen. pi. merkja, dat. merkjum, [mark] : — a landmari]
boundary, esp. in pi., Grag. ii. 213, 216, 223, 279, 285, N. G, L. i. 4:
307, passim ; also landa-merki, q. v. ; sing, a mark, faera mark til sir
merkis, Grag. i. 416. 2. a milit. term, a banner, standard, Nj. 12;
Eg. 88, 268, Fms. vi. 334-336, 406, 407, 412, 413, 419, ix. 25 ; mscl
hann til Halldors Snorrasonar, at hann skyldi djarfliga bera fram merki
Halldorr svarar heldr styggliga, beri heri merki fyrir J)er rogum ! vi. 159
for a classical passage as to a charmed standard (a raven), see Orki
ch. II, cp. poTst. Si8u H. ch. 2, Nj. 158 (in the battle of Clontarf), ;
also 6. H. (1853) ch. 201, 219, 221, 325, 327: a standard for proce
sion in churches, Vm. 22, 52, Pm. 66. II. a mark, token, sign
ok mun J)at til merkja, at J)eir Grimr munu heim koma, Nj. 197; 0
hefir pat or8it til merkja, at, Eg. 766 ; {)essir menn er naliga voru me
ongum merkjum, of no mark, distinction, Fms. xi. 261 ; merki munu \i
at J)ykkja ef ek segi J)4r frii honum, Edda 47. 2. signification, in
portance; mikil merki i |)essi tolu, Hom. 72; l^au hafa morg merki
ser, 51; J)eirra manna er nokkut merki (distinction) var at, Sturl.
186. 3. remains, traces ; hennar merki ma hvergi sja, AI.93; J)e
16g3u ok gar8inn sem enn ser merki, Eb. 132 ; vil ek sja Jiau merki 1
J)ar hafa or8it, O. H. 238. compds : merkis-bur3r, m. the carryiK
of the standard, Karl. 19. merkis-nia3r, m. the standard-bearc
^orst. SiSu H. 170, Eg. 52, Nj. 136 : in later times it was a post of hig|
rank at the king's court, stallari e6a m., GJ)1. 365, Bs. i. 712 ; whence '
came to mean a man of mark, a distinguished person, Ld. 10, Eg. 36, F
20, 161 : hverir merkis-menn biskuparnir hafa verit, Bs. i. 59.
merki-fi, f. a boundary river, Grag. ii. 349.
merki-bjOrk, f. a landmark-birch, Grag. ii. 297, Jb. 236, 240.
merki-dagr, m. a mark-day, of days by which the calendar is arrang©;
Rb. 38, 40.
merki-gar3r, m. a landmark fence, Grag. ii. 265, GJ)1. 381.
merki-liga, adv. remarkably, Isl. ii. 333, Stj. 293 ; sva merkiliga, «"'
so much distinction, Bs. i. 797 : perceptibly, Fms. xi. 441 ; {jorkell seg
fra oUu vel ok m., Ld. 292.
merki-ligr, <Ld]. perceptible; m. hljoSsgrein, Skaldai79: articulat
of sound, 174: remarkable, noteworthy, distinguished, of men and thing
ok t)ykkir oss hans sogn 611 merkiligust, 6. H. (pref.) ; at ek hafa ma I
merkiligt lati6 eptir liggja i frasogn hans aefi, Bs. i. 137; vitr maftr c
m., Fs. II ; uppruni hans var m., |)orst. Si8u H. 171, Fms. x. 161, v
, 150, Boll. 314, Sturl, i, 95, Dipl. ii. II, H.E. i. 523, Ld. lOO.
MERKIMALL— META.
425
merki-mfill, adj. speaking things worthy of note, Ld. 216.
merking, f. marking, the act, Grag. ii. 3 1 1 . 2. a mark, sign, Sk41da
•70, Rb. 4 ; f^r berit m. J)ess ddmanda er koma mun at efsta dom'i, you
ear the mark, i. e. you represent on earth the judge in the day of judg-
lent, Fnis. vii. 37 ; merkingar afl, signification, Skalda 187 ; merkingar
dining, Stj. 29 ; mei merkingum efta sky'ringum, id. 3. sense,
gnification, passim in mod. usage,
merki-oss, m. a landmark, outlet, Grdg. ii. 353.
merki-spj6t, n. a staff, |>i5r. 289.
merki-staSr, m. a mark, print, Karl. 543.
merki-stjarna, u, f. a ^mark-star,' planet; si')l ok tungl ok fimm
lerkistjijniur, Skalda 174, Lil. 10.
naerki-st6ng, f. the standard-staff. Eg. 289, 6. H. 217, Fms. vi. 336,
.G.L. ii.
jmerki-txingl, n. = merkistjarna, Rb. 520.
nerki-vatn.n. 'wari-wa/er,'a lake used as a boundary, Grag. ii. 290,348.
MERKJA, 6, [mark], to mark, as a landmark, boundary; merkja um,
mark round, enclose, Stj. 409. II. to draw, of an image ; hann
r merkdr eptir pot ok hefir Hann hamar i hendi, 0. H. 108 : of letters,
; merkja a nagli Nau&, and mark (the character) Naud on one's nail,
jIm. 7 ; bl65gar riinir merk&ar a brjosti, Sol. 61 ; ok merkja ena longu
eS stryki fra enum skommu, Skalda 163. 2. to mark, sign, note ;
err ma8r skal m. hlut sinn, Grag. i. 37 ; ver skulum m. Ii6 vart allt,
ra herkuml a hjalmum varum ok skjoldum, 6.H. 204: of sheep, merkja
lib (of the ears), Grag. i. 415 ; mi merkir hann J)at annars manns
irki, id. ; \zl er Icigmark er eyru eru merkt a ollu fe, nautum, sau&um
iniim, ok geitum, nema a fuglum, |)ar skal fitjar merkja, 416; dilkr
ierk9r,4i7. 3. to mark, ttote, observe; si8an merk&i (war^erf) hann J)ufu
er griSkonan ^perbi fsetr sina a, Fms. i. 254; \>k merk6u J)eir at solar-
iigi {observed) at sumarit muna6i aptr til varsins, lb. 7 : ok her er J)6
i5r, ok merki ek at {)vi (7 infer it from the fact that) er hann kviddi
u9a, Ni&rst. 1 ; Jiat er merkjanda, Hom. 65, H. E. i. 513. III.
■taph. to mark ; sumir eru tungulausir ok merkja (beckon) allt af bend-
;u, Rb. 398 ; nu skal i J)essu m. at hverr ma8r er skyldr at saema ok
iia konungligt nafn, Sks. 488 ; ma {)at af {)vi merkja nokkut, Bs. i.
: — to shew, merk9i Sunnifa Jjat i J)essu at hdn treysti meirr almztti
ids en veraldligum farar-beina, Fms. i. 226 ; J)eir merkt hafa ... at hug
)fa, Hkv. 2. 2 3. 2. to mark, denote, signify; {)at merkir laerdom
m, Bs. i. 8, Anal. 177 J ma6r merkir kvikendi skynsamligt ok dau6-
t, Skalda 174.
lerk-orflr, adj. sensible in one's words, Bs. ii. 65.
lerkr, adj. of mark, noteworthy, truthful; merkr ma6r ok sannor8r,
is. ii. 282 ; er baE6i var merkr ok rcttorSr, Bs. i. 138 ; sem dyggvastr
merkastr, Th. 18; eigi merkr ok mi51ungi rettor6r, Sturl. ii. 188 ;
nerkr, inaccurate, untrustworthy, Ld. 232, Fms. ii. 268.
lerla, a6, to gleam; fjoU geisla merlu6, the fell gleaming with beams
\Ugbt, Edda (in a verse) ; hvit-merlu&, white-gleaming, of the morn-
dew, Grond. 66.
[EBB, f., mod. meri, gen. merar, ace. and dat. meri, pi. merar ;
am marr, q. V. ; A. S. mere; Engl, mare; Germ. mdhre'\: — a mare,
■ »• 503, 504, Nj. 185, Edda 26, 57, Fs. 56, N. G. L. i. 75, Ghim.
5, Fbr. 104, 107 new Ed., Vigl. 37 ; eigi var ^a, undarligt at J)U bitisk
er merrin fylg5i {)er, Fms. vi. 323 : as a term of abuse, ef fjii hefir
dr manns hug en merar, Fs. 54. compds : merar-leggr, m. a nick-
ne, Sturl. merar-son, m. son of a mare, a term of abuse, Fas. i.
fast gyrSr merarson, for the pun see Safn i. 33.
lersing or messing, f. brass, f)orf. Karl. 374; enda logsilfr pat er
iri hluti se silfrs en messingar, ok |)oli skor, Grag. i. 392 ; mersingar-
nn, a brasen spoon, {jorf. Karl. 376, Pm. 6 ; mersingar-hestr, a brasen
se, Gliim. 353 ; mersingar-ker, -stika, -ketill, -kola, -kross, -lampr, a
sen vessel . ..lamp, Vm. 2, 8, 35, 102, 129.
I ersing-ligr, adj. brasen, MS. 732. 11.
leskinn, adj. \ineskjen = merry, Ivar Aasen], sporting, see u-meskinn,
1 148.
I^ESSA, u, f. [eccl. Lat. missa"], a mass, from the Roman Catholic
es; syngja messu, to chant the mass, Bs. i. 21, K.f>. K. 56, Hom.
', passim, Nj. 157; messu bok, a mass book, Vm. 17, 68, Pm. 104;
isu brefer, a breviary, Dipl. v. 18 ; messu songr, chanting the mass,
i. 823, Stj. 238, K. A. 116, Vm. 108 ; messu embaetti, mass service,
ne service, Fms. xi. 429, Bs. i. 823 ; messu-fcit, messu-fata-lindi, see
i, Fms. iv. Ill ; messu klaeSi, messu skruS or skru5i, the vestments,
^.K. 56, 57, 72, 74, Fms. ii. 177, viii. 197, Bs. i. 63, 429; messu
uU, a cope, Nj. 279, B. K. 52 ; messu serkr or messu sloppr or stakkr,
urplice, Fms. iii. 168, B.K. 83, Vm. 29, 52; messu stoll, the tnass
Mar.; messu djakn, a deacon, clerk, Nj. 272, Vm. 5, Bs. i. 412,
; — poet., odda messa, vapna messa, the weapon mass, = battle. Lex.
t. COMPDS : messu-fall, n. a failure of service, when there is no
ice from som€ accident. messu-feert, n. adj. when service can
eld; {)ad er ekki messufaert, when so few worshippers are present that
mass can be said. messu-hald, n. the holding fnass, D. N.
ssu-mal, n. mass time, Fms. viii. 391, xi. 269. messu-prestr.
m. a mass-priest, N. G. L. i. 97. meBBU-sOngs-maflr, m. a reading
clerk to chant the mass, D. L i. 282, 489. messu-vin, n. com-
munion-wine. <|g- The word messa has in Iccl. remained »ince the
Reformation = JiwVie service; fyrir messu, cptir messu, vera vid messu.
B. A mass-day, holiday, also messu-dagr, K. |>. K. 44, 104, Bs.
passim ; messu-natt, a holiday night, N. G.L. i. 343. The chief mass-
days, commonly used as dates or epochs in the St'urlunga S., the Biskupa
Sogur, and in similar old writers, are 1. of Norse and Icel. saints,
6lafs-messa, St. Olave's day = the 29th of July and 3rd of August ; Mag-
nus-m.,.S'/.iJ/a^MM5' day of the Orkneys = the 16th of April and 13th of De-
cember; Hallvar5s-m., 5/. ^a/t/ar£rsrfay = the 15th of May ; |>orldks-m.,
St. Thorlac's day of Skalholt = the 20th of July and 23rd of December;
J(jns-m. (the bishop of H6Iar) = the 3rd of March and 33rd of April ;
Eldbjargar-m. = the 7th of January. 2. other saints' days of the Roman
Catholic church, Miriu-messa = the 25th of March; f»ing-M4riu-m.»=
the 2nd of July, i. e. ' Thing Mary's tnass,' for the alj)ing was to meet
about that time; Mariu-m. (Si&ari) =the 8th of September; Kross-m.
= the 3rd of May and 14th of September ; Lafranz-m. = the Ilth of
August; Br«&ra-m. = the 20th of January; P6trs-m. = the 22nd of
February ; Pdls-m. = the 25th of January ; P6trs messa ok P41s = the 29th
of June; Jakobs-m. = the 25th of July; Kynd'\\-m. ^Candletnas; Ailra-
Heilagra-m.=.^W ^07//s' day; Mikkjils-m. = Michaelmas day ; Tveggja
Postula-m. = the 1 st of May ; Seljumanna-m., the Saints'-day ofSelja = the
8th of July (for the interesting record see Fms. i, headed {>4ttr Albani ok
Sunnifu); Kolumba-m.,5'/.Co/?/w6a's</ay = the9th of June; Sviftruis-m.=
the 3rd of July ; Blasius-m. = the 3rd of February ; Kolnismeyja-m. = the
21st of October ; Thomas-m. = the 2 1st of December ; Egidius-m.c'the
I St of September; Tiburtius-m. = the 14th of April ; B6t61fs-m. = the 17th
of June, etc. 3. Hlaupars-messa, Leap-year mass = the 24th of
February. These and some others are frequent in the Bs. and writers
of that kind. The time about the end of June and beginning of July
is in Icel. called messur (f. pi.), Kar' i^. ; fram undir messur, til messna,
and the like.
messa, a&, to say the mass, hold divine service, Sturl. ii. 13, Am. 14,
Vm. 99 : still in use, pa5 ver8r ekki messaS i dag.
m.estr, adj., mest, adv. most; see meiri and meirr.
m.et, n. pi. the weights of scales ; einir pundarar, ein met ok maeli-
kerold, GJ)1. 522 ; vega i skdlum me& mettim, 523; voru teknar skalir
ok met, Fms. vi. 183 ; skalir g63ar, {)ar fylg&u tvau met, annat af gulli
en annat af silfri, xi. 128 ; meta-skalir g^ftar me8 metum. Am. 55 : the
phrase, koma sinum metum vi9, to use one's own weights, one's own
wages; Ribbungar komu J)ar aldri sinum metum vift, could never have
their own way there, Fms. ix. 367, v.l. (Fb. I.e. maetti, but wrongly);
par hefir hamhleypan Dis komift vi& metum sinum. Fas. ii. 395. 2.
metaph. esteem; vera i miklum metum, in high esteem; i litlum metum,
in low esteem. meta-sk£lir, f. pi. scales. Am. 55.
META, mat, matu, metinn ; imperat. met (mettu) ; pret. subj. maeti
seems not to occur, but a weak metti (from metja) is used. Fas. ii.464:
with neg. suff., pret. matkat ek, Fbr. (in a verse) : in mod. usage a weak
pret. matti, mattist, mettist is often used, eg mattist um vi& hann, ef eg
metti paft nokkurs, and the like ; peir mcittust um hin efstu saetij N. T.,
and the like: \\J\L viitan = nerpw ; A.S. metan; Engl, mete; O. H.G.
mezan ; Germ, messen ; Swed. mdta.'\
B. To tax, value, absol. or with ace. ; ef peir kynni meta sik,
if they would valve themselves rightly, not puff themselves up, Fms.
viii. 40 ; hon mat sik eigi minna heldr en hon mat konunginn, Sks.
461 : metaph., pa a eigi at meta kvi3bur8 peirra, their verdict is void,
Grag. i. 54. 2. with gen. of the price ; meta mikils, litils, to value
at much, little; matu menn pat mikils, er Riitr hafdi sett leysingjann
ni6r a uleyf9ri jor8u Hoskuldar, Ld. 102; konungr mat pa mikils, valued
them much. Eg. 73 ; munu pin or5 her um einskis metin, thy words will
be counted for naught, Sturl. iii. 139 3. to value money, charge
for, the price in gen. ; synjat er p4 fars ef leigu er metift, Grag. ii. 268 ;
engi skal meta kaups leg at kirkju e8a liksong, K. A. 73; morgum
veitti Rafn smi8ir sinar ok alldri mat hann paer tjAr, Bs. i. 645 ; aldrei
mat hann fjar laekning sina, 643 ; meta eigi leigu, D. I. i. 330. 4.
meta e-t vi8 e-n, to charge one; met pii vi8 mik rekkju-buna8inn, Eb.
256 ; peir spurBu hversu dyrt vera skyldi, hann kva8sk ekki meta mundu
vi8 konung en ba8 pa hafa ef peir vildi, Fb. i. 333 ; haf8i Bjorn falat
pessa skikkju ok var af metinn, out-bidden, 577 : to mete a thing out
to one, to leave a thing to another to do : aetla ek at ver skylim ekki
viS a8ra meta ( = metask a vi8 a8ra) at skipta hoggum vi8 Olaf ef
v6t komumk i fteri um pat, i.e. we will do it ourselves, O. H. 214;
allir matu vi8 Erling atkvaedi um skirsluna, they all put to E. to decide
about the ordeal, Fb. ii. 195 ; flestir munu h6r meta svor vi8 {>orleif,
Sturl. iii. 139 ; en vi8 |>orkcl met ek, at fa pa hluti til er hafa parf, but
I will leave it to Th. to provide the necessary things, {>orf. Karl. 378 ;
petta hofu8 mundi eigi vi8 a8ra meta at maela eptir hann, ef pess pyrfti
vi8, Eb. 126; en allir matu vi8 Fjolni pviat hann var peirra vitrastr ok
mest vir8r, Fms. xi. 64. II. reflex., pa d lands-drottinn i 168-
inni sva mikit sem hiisit metzk, Gpl. 330 ; sem hiis metzk, 333 ; p4
426
METANDI— MIDLA.
smiS er til af bragSs mettisk. Fas. ii. 464 ; sakir er til brautgangs maetti
nietask, Ld. 52. 2. recipr., metask vi&, to contend; ef {)eir metask
ei5a vi3 ^k skulu J)eir hluta meS s6r, if there be a contest about taking the
oaths they shall draw lots, Grag. i. 9 ; en ef goSarnir metask J)at vi3,
hvarr ^eina. ska! fa honum ok skal . . ., 33 : — metask um e-t, to contend
who is to be the first ; siSan gengu {)eir at dyrrunum ok mottusk {)eir um
hverr fyrst skyldi inn ganga, {jorst. hv. 43 (Ed. miittust from a paper
MS.) 3. part., hann var vel metinn {esteemed) hvar sem hann kom,
Ld. 100, Nj. 7.
metandi, a, m. an appraiser, Grag. ii. 169.
met-f^, n. a ^prize-thing,' a thing of singular value, cattle or dead
things, Grag. i. 398 : of living stock, ar3r-oxi gamall a var, |)at er m.,
502 ; hriitr {)revetr ok ellri ok forystu-geldingr (a bell-wether), J)at er
m., 503 ; J)a& er metfes-skepna !
MET J A, met, matti, [Ulf. matjan = (f>a'yiTv; from matr], prop, to
' take food,' but it remains only in the special sense to lap with the tongue
like a dog ; t)eir er sotra vatn or lofum allt eitt ok rakkar metja me&
tungu, Stj. 392 : in mod. usage esp. used of fishes mumbling with the
mouth in water when feeding, J)eir voru at metja stokkva ok ste9ja,
Bb. 2. 29 ; metja strauminn, to gidp the stream, id. II. metaph.,
meta arum i sjo, to dip the oars into the water, to dabble with the oars;
J)4 meta J)au i arum ok roa hurt slikt er J)au mega, Hav. 46 ; kindred is
the passage Fspl. 19, Skogul at skutlum skaptker Hnikars mat af mi3i
minnis-hornum, S. ladled the mead with the horns, filling them out of the
skapker, see Dr. Schewing's note to the passage in his edition of the poem.
The form mat for matti is due to a confusion with meta mat.
metnaSr or metnu3r, m., gen. ar, ^ meetness,' honour, fame; fjar ok
metnadar, wealth and honour. Eg. 17; konungar gorSu sva mikinn
metna5 bans {paid him that honour) at af hans baen ssettusk J)eir, Fms.
i. 13; var hann J)ar i miklum metna3i einn vetr, x. 220; Davi9 fekk
tidleik ok metnud af verkum sinum, Ver. 6 ; metna9ar virSing, respect
of persons, Hom. 19; metna6ar kona, a lady of rank, Str. 53; me&
rikdom ok metnadi, Fs. 21 : esteem, valuing, J)ann metnu6 hefi ek a ra3a-
g6r9um minum, at ek vil at pat se haft er ek legg til, Fms. x.
249. II. pride, ambition, Fbr. 137, Edda 144 (pref.), MS.
656 C. 12 ; vir9i hann sem |jorgilsi gengi til staerS ok m., Sturl. iii. 130;
metna5r honum J)r6ask en mannvit aldregi, Hm. 78, passim, and so in
mod. usage, where it is never used in a good sense : as also of jealousy,
|)a3 er m. a milli J)eirra, of-metna3r, haughti/iess. compds : metnaSar-
fullr, -gjarn, adj. proud, ambitious, Hkr. ii. 234, Eg. 20, Fms. v. 71.
metnaSar-leysi, n. modesty, Sturl. i. 125, v.l. metna3ar-ma3r,
m. an ambitious, proud man, Nj. 61. metna3ar-samr, -samligrj
adj. proud, haughty, Finnb. 354, Sks. 509, Stj. 204.
metnask, a9, dep. to puff oneself up, Str. 51.
niet-or3, n. an estimate, valuation; hann skal ei9 vinna ok meta,
ok skal hans m. J)a standa, Grag. i. 393, GJ)1. 296, Fb. i. 563, where =
taxation. 2. esteem, consideration ; var sva mikit Danskra manna m.
at eins J)eirra vitni skyldi hrinda tin NorSmanna, Fms. x. 398 (Agrip.) ;
t)eir gorSu sva mikil metord hans, at ... , paid him so much regard that
. . . , Grett. 1 25 ; J>ykkir miinnum mjok hallask hafa metor6 Vestan-
manna, Isl. ii. 170; Gu5mundr sat mjok yfir metorSum manna norSr
fiar, G. bore down all men there, Lv. 36. 3. rank, dignity, only in
plur. ; forra6 bae5i fjar ok metorSa, Sturl. i. 4, and so in mod. usage.
COMPDS : inetor3a-girnd, f. ambition. metor3a-gjarn, adj. am-
bitious. metor3a-ma3r, m. a man of distinction ; hann var logmaSr
ok m. mestr, 0. H. 1 5 1 .
metr, n. [for. word], a metre, Stj. 288.
METTA, a6, [matr], to fill with food; Jesus mettar Ijorar J)usundir
manna, Icel. Almanack for the 7th Sunday after Trinity, and passim in
mod. usage : reflex, mettask, to eat one's fill. II. in old writers
chiefly in the part, mettr, having eaten one's fill, having done ; })veginn
ok m., Hm. 60; ok er Egill var m.. Eg. 566; J)a var Flosi m., ok af
borit af borSinu, Nj. 176 ; g6r5u J)eir J)a eld ok matbjuggu, en er peir
voru mettir, Fms. i. 9, 209, ix. 353, Gliim. 357, Fs. 105, Eb. 20; en
J)eir neyttu ok ur6u mettir, Mark viii. 8.
mettan, {.filling.
mey-barn, n. a female bairn, a girl, Fs. 26, Nj. 25, Isl. ii. 198, 0. H.
144, Grag. i. 281, Barl. 160.
mey-domr, m. maidenhood, virginity, Fms. i. 2, Stj. 41, 116; mey-
doms-spell, 520.
meyja, u, f. a maid, Bs. ii. 27 ; see maer.
mej^jar-, see maer.
mey-kerling, f. [moy-kerling Ivar Aasen], a maid, (rare.)
mey-kongr, m. a 'maid-king,' reigning queen.
meyla, u, f. a dim. [Goth, matvila'], a little maid, a nickname, Fb, iii.
meyligr, adj. maiden, Sks. 529, Gisl. 86.
mey-lifl, n. girlhood, maiden life, 625. 176.
meyra, u, f. = meyrleikr.
meyr-leikr, m. tenderness, rottenness, Stj. 345.
meyrna, 3, to become meyrr.
MEYBB, adj. [O. H.G. wtMrMw/; mid. H.G. 7Kwrand wiKrw^; Germ,
'murbe; Dan. wtor] : — tender, of flesh, meat, or the like, or rotten of othr
things, Stj. 77; sem meyrr borkr, Baer. 19.
mey-staiilpa, u, f. a girl, Sturl. i. 152, ii. loi.
mey-stulka, u, f. = meystaulpa, Fb. i. 262.
MID, n.,dat. pi. mi9jum, 645. 100 (the older form), but commonly mifts
midum ( = miSr, q. v.), the middle; i mi3, or i mi3i6, in the middle ; s&
i mi6i& rei6, Vapn. 25, Fms. iii. 182 ; gengr steikari fyrst fyrir konunj
J)a riddari i mi3 en konungs-son siSast, Pr. 429 ; Snorri var i mi6, B$.i
72 : the phrase, spakir menn henda a morgu mi3, the wise man hits &
middle of many things, i. e. makes many good hits, Fs. I40, Sturl. iii. 31
(a saying) : — a mark, hit, sem ek munda hafa mi3 a mer ef hans illvii
hef3i fengit framkvaemd, Fms. i. 223. 2. metaph., kva3u l)eir litil oiii
at Pali ok kenningum hans, they said that Paul and his teaching mr
little to be relied on. Post. 656 C. 24. II. as a naut. or fishing term
a fishing bank, Scot, meith; banks out at sea marked by prominence
or landmarks on shore, described in Bs. ii. 179 (fjess-hattar sjoreita kail:
Jjeir mi&) ; breg6a til mi3a, to seek for a fishing bank, Gisl. 49 ; ek nwii
visa {)er a mid pat at aldri mun fiskr bresta ef til er sott . . . , en er haw
kom a miSit var undir fiskr nogr, Bar&. 15 new Ed. ; ef menn hafa
glogg mi3 a. Fas. i. 27 ; geisa J)eir mi roQrinn af miSunum, Valla L. 226
en J)a er {)eir fundu bratt at miSjum skipti, ok J)eir nalgu3usk land, j)i
kostu9u {leir akkerum sinum. Post. 645. 100 ; hon setti ok Kviar-mi8 i
lsafjar6ar-djupi, Landn. 147 ; hann r^ri ut a mi9 ok sat til fiski. Fas. ii
no ; mun fiik kala ef ek sit lengi ok litarla a miSum sem ek em vani
Edda ii. 286 ; djup-mi9, grunn-mi&, deep or shallow banks.
iui3a, aS, to shew, mark a place; mida til, en er laeknirinn midadi ti
hvar hann skyldi af skera, when the leech shewed where to make the cm
Fms. iii. 31 : — mi9a a e-t, Eymundr haf9i gloggt miSat a um kveldi
hvar konungr hvildi i tjaldinu, Fb. ii. 129 ; mi9a6i hann sva gloggt 4, a "^
par sem hann sagSi fannsk kista, Bs. i. S29 ; hann mi9ar gloggt, hversi ,4
. . .,he marks closely, how . . ., Hom. (St.) : — mi9a vi9 e-t, to mark a dis
tance or place by another object; hla9 her v6r9u, ok mi9a sva vi9 J)a:
sem eldrinn brennr, Gisl. 147: metaph., hva9 er a9 mi9a vi9 t)a9, '/»'
no proper thing to compare with, it cannot be compared : — impers., e-i !
mi9ar, a thing moves, advances ; honum mi9ar ekki.
Iiii3-gar3r, m. [in Cumberland three farms. High-garth, Middle-garth
Low-garth], the • mid-yard,' ' middle-town,' i. e. the earth, a mythol. won j
common to all ancient Teut. languages; thus Ulf. renders the Gr. olKovfiiin]
by midjungards; Hel. calls the earth middil-gard; the A. S. homiliei^
instead of earth say middan-geard {meddlert, Jamieson), and use tht
word as an appellative ; but the Icel. Edda alone has preserved the trut
mythical bearing of this old Teut. word. — The earth (Mi9gar9), tht|
abode of men, is seated in the middle of the universe, bordered by moun-
tains and surrounded by the great sea (lithaf) ; on the other side of this
sea is theOt-gar9 {out-yard), the abode of giants ; the Mi9gar9 is defended
by the ' yard' or ' burgh' As-gar9 {the burgh of the gods), lying in the
middle (the heaven being conceived as rising above the earth). Thus the
earth and mankind are represented as a stronghold besieged by the powers
of evil from without, defended by the gods from above and from within ;
see Vsp. 4, Gm. 41, Edda 6, 25, 26, 35 : mankind is said to abide 'undir
Mi9gar9i,' under the Midgard, Hbl. 23 ; mest manna-val und Mi9gar9i»
Hdl. II, 16, Fms. vi. 423 (in a verse) ; um allan Mi9gar9, Blanda. Mi3-i
gar3s-orinr, m. the Serpent of Midgard, the world serpent of the ancient
mythology hidden in the ocean, whose coils gird round the whole Midgard,
Edda 18, 34-36, 41, 42 ; dolgr Mi9gar9s-orms, the antagonist of the M.=
Thor, Edda 53 ; muntii vera ormr sa er verstr er til er menn kalla Mi3*i
gar9sorm, Fas. i. 373. In old Icel. translations of legends Leviathan is ran- 1
dered by Mi9gar9sormr, Ni9rst. 3, Post. 686 C. 2. The god Thor is called I
Mi3gar3s-v^orr, m. = the holy one of M., Vsp.; mi9gar6s verjandi, I
the defender of Midgard, Edda 53 ; cp. f>6rr hefir var9an Mi9gar9 af |)rek
Edda (in a verse). II. ]V[i3gar3r, as a local name, Icel. map.
mi3-h8efL, n. a Gr. word [prob. = imperat. fi€TaPfj6c, = go away]; the
Orkn. S., in a report of Earl Rognvald's journey to Palestine in 1152>j
says that in Imbolar ( = enTroXts ? which the travellers took to be the 1
name of a place) in Asia Minor when two persons met in a narrow lane
the one used to shout, mi9ha;fi ! mi9hsefi ! (answering to the Dan.
varsko!), Orkn. 374.
nii3i, a, m. a mark in a book, a slip of paper, and the like.
ini3il, adv. amidst; see me9al and milli.
mi3ja, u, f. the middle; i mi9ju, in the midst, Nj. 97.
mi3la, a9, [Engl, middle, cp. mi9r], to share; mi91a e-m e-t or miJla
vi9 e-n, to share with another person, use in common; hann mi91a8i lond 1
vi9 Orn fraenda sinn, Landn. 209 ; {)eir munu hafa mi91at ykkr {)at af (
arfi Bjorgolfs, Eg. 39, Fms. vi. 141 ; Gunnarr mi91a9i mtirgum miinnnm |
hey ok mat, Nj. 73 ; skal ek eigi m. rikit, / shall not share the realm, ■
Fms. i. 84 ; toldu varkunn at hann vildi eigi m. rikit, Orkn. 98 ; allt fia'
er hann ma m. umfram klae9na9 sinn, Grag. i. 250 ; eigi skulu menn
tiund m. vi9 hans 119 ne matgjafir, 458 ; arar at mi91a ok austskotu, ii.
171 ; m. e-t vi9 e-n, to share with one, Fms. viii. 153. 2. metaph. to I
mediate, with dat. ; mi9Ia domi, to give judgment as a mediator, Sks.
,657; nema mi91at s^ malum, Bjarn. 55; at domi vaeri sva mi91at, at
it!,»'
|B«tt
'nil
til!?;
I
MIDLAN—MIKILL.
427
; hano vaeri lofat at baeta sem broli5 var, Sks. 144 new Ed. : — with
. in. mal, to matte a compromise; ok nu61um sva mal millim f)eirra,
, . i. 24: m. spor, to move, make a movement; stonduni fast ok miftlum
iski spor var (but fotsporum, dat., Fb. iii. I.e.), Mork. 116. II.
■i ipr., mi51ask e-t vi5, to share with one another, Griig. ii.333 ; midlask
ii.il vi6, to make a compromise, Fm.";. x. 300.
!iii3laii, f. a partaking, sharing with another, Fms. viii. 153 ; bau& ek
kum m. mins au6ar, Sks. 632 : a compromise, gora ni. a um e-t,
t. 104 A. miSlunar-mdl, n. pi. a compromise ; gora m., Grett.
75 new Ed. ; ur&u engin m. me3 |)eini, they came to no compromise,
turl. i. 133.
mi3lung, f., or miSlungr, m. the middle, only in adverb, phrases :
aifllungar, f. gen. middling, i. e. not over-much, ironically ; miftlungar
lotr nie3 lisnjallri tungu, i.e. middling-wise, foolish, Horn. 142 : as also
lifllungi, adv., midlungi g6Sgjarn = z:/jcW, Rd. 254, 275; miSlungi
•ttor&r, Sturl. ii. 185 ; mi&lungi vinsaell, Fbr. 13 new Ed. : iniSliing,
. {jykkisk hann \i(\, vera midlung staddr (m a hard plight) slyppr
r ok sarr mjok, 93 new Ed. ; dugir mi61ung J)at, 'tis not worth much,
wunt do much, Fms. xi. 353 (in a verse).
miS-mundi, a, m. the middle, the metaphor being taken from scales :
ic. midway, J)a er SkoSuborgara (in Jutland) a miftmunda, the river S. is
:idway (between Hedeby and Wiborg), Symb. 32 : — with gen., {ja er sol
li&munda nor6rs ok landnorSrs, when the sun is midway between north
•id north-east, Grag. ii. 283 ; J)a er mi&munda solhvarfanna, the mid-
me between the two solstices, Rb. 94 ; let hann sol {lann dag upp koma i
i6niunda-sta& austrs ok landsuSrs, en setjask i miSmunda-sta6 utsu3rs
c vestrs, id. ; i nii6munda-sta& vestrs ok utnor5rs, id. 2. moment,
•zht, importance; guldu J)eir allir nokkut er {)ar voru ok nokkur
;uindi var at, all who were of any moment, Sturl. i. 181 ; {ju skalt
L fc undir lenda menn i Noregi ok alia J)a menn er nokkurr midmundi
at, Mork. 4. II. in a temp, sense, as a mark of time, when the
u is midway between midday (twelve o'clock) and non (three o'clock),
:If-past one, see Sturl. 1. c. : this measure of time is still used in Icel., {)at
r naer mi6jum degi (i. e. about twelve o'clock) er J)eir fundusk, en fyrir
icimunda hofsk orrostan, en konungr fell fyrir non, en myrkrit helzk fra
iSmunda til ndns, <5.H. 223; fiorsdaginn um mi&munda-skei8, Fms.
ii. 210 ; um mi8munda-skei5 mi3s dags ok n6ns, in the middle between
\idday and the ^nones' i. e. half-past one p.m., Sturl. ii. 153.
iVEIDK, mi6, mitt, adj. with a suppressed radical j, which appears
fore a vowel, mi3jan, mi6ja, miSjar, mi&jum ; [Ulf. m/'c^Vs = /ieVos ;
S. medel ; cp. Engl, mid, midst, middle ; Hel. middi ; O. H. G. mitti ;
:.; Lat. medius; Gr. fxeaos]: — the middle; a miSjum pcillum, Nj.
o ; naer mi3ri inni vestri byg3, Landn. 105 ; kom a hann miSjan, hit
m in the middle (in the pit of the stomach), Nj. 96 ; i mitt
r, Fs. 53; ain var opin um mitt, in the middle, 52; {jeir stefndu
itt lei3ar-sundit, Fms. viii. 131. 2. in a temp, sense ; mi3
tt, midnight; Jja var mi6 nott, Edda 30; at miSri nott, ... of mi6ja
tt, 29 ; J)a er dro at mi5ri nott, Grett. ^140 : mi3jan dag, midday,
p.; naer miSjum degi, about midday, O. H. 223; allt til dogurdar
lis e3a mi6s dags, Sks. 20: mi3r aptan, ^mid-eve,' six o'clock p.m.,
1. ii. 128, Hrafn. 9; mi5s aptans ti&, 625. 177 • nii3r morgun, ^ mid-
jrning,' six o'clock a. m. ; milli mi&s morguns og dagmala ; sofa fram
r mi3jan morgun: mitt sumar, midsummer, Nj. 4; at mi3ju sumri :
5r vetr, midwinter, mifts vetrar n6tt, a midwinter night, Fms. i. 33 ;
3s vetrar blot, Fb. ii ; um mi3jan vetr, at midwinter; at mi3jum
tri, O. H. 104. 3. a kind of local gen. ; mi&rar brautar, ' midways'
the middle of the road, Rm. ; mi3ra fletja, mi&ra skutla, miSrar
ckju, in the middle of the bed, table, benches, id. II. in local
mes, Mi3-4, Mi3-berg, Mi3-dalir, Mi3-engi, Mi5-fell, Mid-
r3r, Mi3-fj6r3r (whence Mi3-fir3ingar, m. pi.), Mi3-h6p, Mi3-
.8, Mi3-j6kull, Mi3-skdli, etc., Landn.; Mi3-b8eli, D.I.
B. CoMPDs: ini3-aptann, m. mid-eve, see mi5r (2), Fms. viii. 89.
i8-bik, n. the middle, centre; see dik. ini3-breytis, adv. in the
ildle of the road. Fas. ii. 1 8 1 . nii3-byr3i, n. 'mid-board,' balk-head (?) ;
I'it var lit!3 til skutanna en breitt um mi9byr3it, Grett. 88 A. mi3-
r, m. a farm lying in the midst (of three), Nj. 257. miS-dagr,
i ms. xi. 425 ; see mi6rdagr. nii3-degi, n. midday ( = hadegi =
<lzgx = twelve o'clock), so always in mod. writers, and distinguished
miflmundi, q. v. ; at morgunmali milli mi3dcgis ok dagmala, Isl. ii.
middegis skeiS, Fms. vii. 69, viii. 374 (v. 1.), Stj. 216, Hkr. ii. 175,
.^. xi.425, G^\. 87, Jb. 200 (but better mi6r dagr in two words); but in
d. usage miSdegi is used in the same sense as miSmundi, q. v. mi3-
jr, adj. stout in the waist, Grett. 135, Fms. iii. 96. mi3-d8egri, n.
;gi, Rb. 1812. 39. mi3-fasta,u, f.rn/rf-Len/, Ann. 1273, Gjjl.
). mi3-fir3is, adv. in the middle of the fjord, Fms. xi. 13. miS-
1 king, f. the middle of the line in battle, Fms. x. 403. nii3-
Ifdr, m., q. V. mi3-heinir, m. the centre of the world, Symb. 30.
3-]ier3ar, f. pi. the mid-shoidders, Bs. i. 453. mi3-lijalli, a, m. the
idle shelf on a bill-side, Finnb.348. mi3-hli3is, adv. along the middle
be mountain side, Ann . mi3-hlutr, m. the middle, midst, 6 2 5 . 1 89, Stj
mer time, Fms. vii. 99.
24th of June, D.N.
the sound. Fas. ii. 355.
instalment, N. G. L. i.
A.A.288,Al.ii7,Eddai47(pref.) nii8.jar3ar-8J6r,m./rf., A.A.286.
mi3-kafli, a, m. the middle piece, Gisi. 88. mi3-kvlBl, f. the middle
branch of a stream, Nj. 161. miS-langr, adj. a nickname, Fb. iii.
mi3-lei3is, adv. half the way, Eb. 94 : in the middle, Isl. ii. 347, Stj. 289.
mid-lektia, u, f. the middle lesson, 1325. 1'^O- mifi-messa, u, f. the
'middle mass,' matins, Horn. 41. mid-mj6r, adj. slender in the waist,
Fms. X. 151. mi3r-morgun, m., see miftr (2). mi8-mundl,
q.v. mi3-n8Btti, n. midnight, Hkr. i. 68, Orkn. 244, Eg, 397;
midnaettis skeid, Fms. viii. 229. miS-paUr, m. the middle bench
in the liigretta, Giag. i. 4, Nj. 150, 190, v. 1. mifl-skammr, adj.
short-waisted. Eg. 710. mi3-skei3, n. the middle course, Alg.
mi8-8kip, n. the midship, waist of a ship, Fms. {.158, xi. 102 ; miflskips
ar, N.G. L. i. 59 ; cp. Engl, midshipman. mi3-8kipa, adv. amidihipf,
Fms. ix. 287 (v. 1.), Baer. 19. miS-aumar, n. midsummer, Grett.
104 new Ed., Rb. 42, 568, Grag. i. 147 ; midsumars helgi, a midsummer
Sunday, Sturl. iii. 223, Rb. 566: a feast day, midsumars skeid, midsum-
midsumara-vaka, u, f. midsummer night, the
miS-syndis, adv. iti ' mid-sound,' in the middle of
ini3-uppnd,ni, n. a Norse law term, n second
",6. ini3-ver6ld, f. = miSheimr, Edda 147
(pref.) mi3r-vetr, m. midwinter, in nii38-vetrar-bl6t, the heathen
blot at midwinter, Fb. ii. 185. mi3-vika, u, f. the mid-week, in
nii3viku-dagr (proncd.vaidkM.dagx), mid-week-day, i.e. Wednesday;
cp. Germ, mittwoche, (for this use see the remarks s. v. dagr), Rb. 102,
Orkn. 322, K.A. 188, 6. H. 223, Sturl. ii. 153, D.N. v. 505: miS-
viku-aptan, -morgin, -n6tt, f. Wednesday eve, morning, night,
K. |>. K. 124, K.A. 22, fsl. ii. 346, Sturl. iii. 83. ini3-J)ri3jungr,
m. the middle division of a thing in three parts, D. N. nii3-J)r6ngr,
adj. tight in the waist. Fas. ii. 343.
mi3r, adv. = minnr, less; see minni, minnr.
mik, pers. pron. ace. me; see ek (B).
MIKIIjIi or mykill, adj., mikill, mikil, mikit ; gen. mikils, mikillar,
mikils ; dat. miklum, mikilli, miklu ; ace. mikinn, mikia, mikit : plur.
miklir, miklar, mikil ; gen. mikilla ; dat. miklum ; ace. mikIa, mikiar,
mikil : with a suff. neg. miklo-gi, Grag. i. 209, Isl. ii. 360 (Heidarv. S.),
see -gi (C). The spelling also varies between i and^; the latter form
is represented by the Swed. mycka and mycket ; Ivar Aasen mykjen and
mygje; A. S. mycel ; Old Engl., Scot., and North. E. have both muckle
and mickle; Engl, much; early Dan. mogel. Some Icel. MSS., e.g. the
Flatey-book (first hand), make a difference by spelling i in the uneon-
tracted forms, but y in the contracted, e. g. mikill, but myklir, myklar,
myklum ; this however was prob. a Norwegianism, for the poets in their
rhymes use i throughout, sik miklu, sikWng mik\um, Hallfred, agreeably
with the mod. pronunciation : compar. meiri, superl. mestr, see meiri :
\\]\L mikils; A. S. mycel; H.eL mikil; O.H.G. mihil ; Scot, mickle; Dan,
megen; Lat. magnus; Gr. ixi'yas.']
"B. Great, tall, of stuture; ma&rm. oksterkr,Nj.2, Eg.i; sveinnm. ok
friSr, Fms. i. 14 ; m. vexti, vi. 102. 2. great, large, in bulk or size ;
mikil ey ok god. Eg. 25 ; m. nauts-hiiS, Fms. vi. 183 ; miklar hendr ok
faetr, 429 ; jammikit, Grag. ii. 264 ; vatn vel mikit at vexti, Sks. 90 ; ain
var mikil, swoln, Nj. 253 ; mikit har, 2 ; hollina miklu, Fms. vii. 122 ;
mikit riki, vi. 148; mikil borg, id. 3. of quzntity, great, 7nuch; mikil
drykkjufiing, Sturl. iii. 289 ; mikill vi9r, Nj. 45 ; mikit fo annat, Ld. 84 ;
hafSi mikit a grseSsk, Nj. 10 ; mikit hunang, Rb. 572. II. metaph,
great; skorungr mikill, Ld. 120; malafylgju-ma&r mikill, Nj. i ; sva
m. atgorvi-ma3r ok skorungr, Ld. 84 ; m. drykkju-ma3r, Fms. vii.
1 75 ; eigi mikill {)egn, fsl. ii. 344 ; miklir eptirmals-menn, Ld. 64 ;
miklir atgorvi-menn, Fms. i. 17; gora e-n mikinn mann, Eg. 28; J)a
giirdi el mikit ok illviflri, Fms. i. 175 ; vinds gny'r mikill, Ld. 326 ; vetr
mikill, a bard winter, Rb. 572, Ld. 1 20 ; mikit dr, a good season, Hom.
68 ; mikla rausn, Sturl. iii. 289 ; um Dofra-fjall var mikil fiJr or {jrand-
heimi, Fms. vii. 122; sva mikit metor3, x. 398; frost eru J)a mikil,
Edda 40; mikit ligagn, mikit mein, 41 ; me3 mikilli snild, Ld. 84;
me3 mikilli vinattu, id.; mikla vir6ing, id.; mikil tidindi, 326;
mikinn trunaS, 204; mikit tilkall. Eg. 266; mikit vald, Nj. 10; mikill
fagna-fundr, Ld. 330 ; mikit (imposing) er {)itt yfirbragS, Fms. ii. 161 ;
mikit mannfall, Rb. 572. 2. ace. mikinn used as adv. ; hann riftr
mikinn, Nj. 55, 125, GullJ). 64, Grett. 29 new Ed.; t)eir f6ru mikinn,
Fms. ix. 511; mikinn tekr J)u mi af, vi. 206; hann tok mikinn af J)v(
at J)at vaeri eigi, x. 148. III. neut. as subst., much ; skipta miklu, to
be of great importance, Ld. 308 ; hversu mikit, how much, id. ; vera til
mikils faerr, 655 xi. 3 ; mikils ver6r, fsl. ii. 327, Njar3. 372; e-m er
mikit i skapi, of emotion, anger, Nj. 38 ; J)ykkja e-t mikit, to think much
of it, be sorry, angry for, or the like. Eg. 539. 2. dat. miklu with
a compar. much, by far, ep. Lat. multo ; muni vera miklu fleiri van
skipa, Ld. 78 ; miklu betr, 84 ; miklu haerra, Sks. 653 ; miklu meiri
maSr en a&r, Fms. vii. 233; miklu meira hattar, i. 295. p. with
superl., in poets ; miklu mest, much the greatest ; J)a er unni mer
miklu mest manna, Kormak, Hkv. i. 49; miklu beztan, 0. H. (in a
verse) ; miklu maklegast, Nj. (in a verse) ; miklu daprastr. Fas. ii. 56 (in
Mi3-jar3ar-haf, n. the 'Midland,' Mediterranean Sea, Sym, n, X a verse) ; miklu lengst, 6. H. (in a verse) ; miklu fegrst, Fm. 40. y. in
428
MIKILBRJOSTADR— MINN.
prose; miklu hollastir, Gliim. 340; miklu mest allra |)eirra, Fms. ix.
54 ; miklu mest hyrndir, xi. 6 ; sii borg var miklu mest, vi. 154 ; jarl var
miklu bliSastr J)ann dag til konungs, ix. 282 ; miklu beztr, pibr. 183 ; miklu
harQast ok haettuligast, 200. IV. neut. as adv., mikii = much,
greatly; hon uimi honum mikit, Nj. 27 ; sa ma3r eykr mikit (greatly)
efni til skipsins Naglfars, Edda4i; honum fannsk mikit um, Fms. vii. 232;
unnusk J)eir mikit, Nj. 149 ; gekk Jjd skipit mikit ( = mikinn). Eg. 390 ;
en J)eir sigldu mikit, Fms. vii. 214; samSisk J)a mikit me& J)eim feSgum,
Isl. ii. 210; J)essi rembisk mikit, 219. V. pr. names; Mikla Gildi,
the Great Guild, Fms. vi. 440 ; Mikla-Stofa, etc. : as a nickname, inn
Mikli en Mikla, the big; HroUeifr enn Mikli, Fs. : in old writers always
of the body, in mod. usage =^rfa/ as Alexander Mikli, (where formerly
Riki was used.) 2. in local names, [cp. Dan. niogel-, magle-'] ;
Mikli-gardr, m. 'Mickle-garth' = Constantinople, Fms. passim ; Mikla-
garfts-konungr, -keisari, the king of M., passim.
C. CoMPDS : mikil-brjostaflr, adj. ' muckle-breasted,' stout-
hearted, O.H. L. 23. mikil-fengliga, adv. immensely, 655 v. 2.
mikil-fengligr, adj. big, Nj. 182, Fs. 23. mikil-gjarn, adj. aspir-
ing to a great thing, Karl. 400. mikil-gsefr, adj. considerable, Karl.
381. ■mikil-h.VLg&bT, nd]. high-spirited, Bs. i. "j^^. mikil-liaefr,
adj. stately, considerable, Ld. 332, Rd. 282, Fs. 12, 63. mikil-latr,
adj. proud, grand (Lat. superbus), Edda 108, Fms. i. 4, Hom. 34 : as a
nickname, Gu5roSr inn Mikillati, Hkr. i. 60 ; Danr inn Mikillati, Hkr.
(pref.) ; Tarquinius inn Mikillati, Bias. 37. mikil-leikr (-leiki), m.
greatness, largeness, Rb. 470, Fms. ii. 231, Stj. 70, 87, Sks. 98, Qreg.
17. mikil-leitr, adj. having great (i. e. prominent, marked) feattires.
Eg. 304, Fms. ii. 20, x. 15, f)i&r. 176. mikil-liga, adv. greatly, Stj.
1 14, Th. 78 : proudly. Valla L. 21 7. mikil-ligr, adj. grand, Th. 22,
Stj. 38. mikU-lsBtask, t, dep. to pride oneself, MS. 4. 9. mikil-
Iseti, n. pride, pomp, Sol. 66, Edda 22, Str. 82, Karl. 297, Hom. 63, 86.
mikil-magnaSr, part, (-magni, adj.), powerful, strong, Hb. 544, 39.
mikil-mannliga, adv. magnificently, Ld. 178, fsl. ii. 326, Fms. iv. 278,
xi. 110. mikil-mannligr, adj. grand, magnificent, great, generous,
Hav. 51, Fs. 183. mikil-menni, n. a great, powerful man, Landn.
150, Nj. 51, Grett. ill A, Fms. i. 294, vi. 7, vii. 1 18, mikil-
mennska, u, f. greatness, magnificence, Fms. vi. 234, Fb. ii. 137.
mikil-mseli, n. high words, Hkr. i. 191. mikil-r^Sr, adj. imperious,
Grett. 103. mikil-rseSi, n. a great feat, Isl. ii. 215. mikil-
68ligr, adj. imposing, Sturl. iii. 252, Faer. 45, Fms. xi. 78. mikil-
vegligr, adj. magnificent, Rom. 276. mikil-virkr (-yrkr), adj.
mightily-working, doing mighty works, Stj. 289, Fb. i. 521, Finnb. 234.
mikil-vsenligr, adj. important, Sturl. i. 138. iuikil-l>8egr, adj.
exacting, Lv. 77, Fms. iii. 117, Fas. iii. 52.
mikils-Mttar, adv. distinguished, Nj. 178, Fms. v. 1 76.
mikilsti, adv. too much, Hom. 66 ; cp. holzti.
mikla, a3, [Ulf. mikiljan^/j.eyaXwdv'], to make great, magnify, Stj.
64, Fagrsk. 15 ; ok vi3 fortolur GuSrunar miklaSi Bolli fyrir ser fjand-
skap allan a hendr Kjartani ok sakir, Ld. 218; hon sag3i til J)ess fe
nytt vera, at menn miklaSi sik af, 318 ; min ond miklar Drottinn, Luke
i. 46 (Vidal.) 2. impers., konungr laetr ser mikla, the king won-
dered, Fms. xi. 428 ; konungi miklar {)at me& sjalfum ser, at hinn
utlendi skal yfir bera J)ann er Enskir kalla meistara, 431. II.
reflex, to wax ; miklask i godum verkum, Mar. : to wax famous, ef
konungr vill miklask af J)essu, J)a . . ., Eg. 425 ; at hann vzri miklaSr af
Jjessu verki, Ld. 150; J)a miklomk ver allir af, Fms. xi. 21 ; miklaSr ok
tignaSr, Sks. 485. 2. to pride oneself; en engi maSr miklisk e3a
staerisk af sinni aett, Landn. 357 (App.)
miklan, f. waxing, growth, greatness, Hom. (St.), Stj. 242.
inild-ge3r, adj. mild, gentle. Ad.
mild-h.uga9r, adj. mild, kind, Fms. x. 266.
mildi, f. [Ulf. mildipa = a7r\ayxi'a, Phil. ii. i], ' mildness,' mercy, grace ;
andi vizku ok mildi, 686 B. 13 ; meb moaurligri mildi, Sks. 549, Fms.
ii. 296 ; bi&ja at Gu3 gefi m6r slikt sem hans er m. til, ix. 249 ; en
J)6 hann gefi monnum heimleyfi af m. sinni, x. 343 ; orleika hans ok
m., Fb. ii. 136 ; m. ok miskunn, 6. H. 109 ; {)a3 var mesta Gu6s mildi,
it was God's mercy; gjaf-m., liberality ; hlatr-m., tar-m., being given to
tears. compds: mildi-fullr, adj. were//?//, Th. 24. mildi- verk,
n. a work of charity or mercy, 671. 5, Fms. v. 2T2.
mildingr, m., poet, a liberal man, a prince, Edda, Lex. Poet, passim :
in prose, Gu5s mildingr, a man of God, Hom. 124.
mild-leikr (-leiki), m. mildness, mercy, Stj. 125, 157, Sks. 716,
K.A. 52.
mild-liga, adv. mildly, gently, Hom. 37, Greg. 7, Bs. i. 279.
mild-ligr, adj. mild, gentle, Sks. 229 B, H.E. i. 457.
MIIiDB, mild, milt, adj. [Goth, milds, in un-milds = dffTopyos ; A. S.,
Engl., etc. mild] : — mild, gentle, graceful; mildastr ok agaeztr, lb. 14 ;
glajr ok katr, m. ok litillatr, Fms. x. 88 : gentle, m. ok meinlauss,
281, Stj. 241, Bret. 102 ( = Lat. plus, of Aeneas); li-mildr, komast i
6-mildar hendr, to come into bad hands : — of weather, mild. II.
metaph. munificent, Hm. 38 ; mildir, fraeknir menn bazt Ufa, 47 ; mildr
af f^, Fms. vii. 197; ilir af mat en mildr af gulli, Hkr. i. 140: — hinn
mildi, as a nickname, 60 ; gjaf-mildr, open-handed; hiatr-mildr, /a?/
ing.
milkingr, m. a suckling, in brjost-milkingr.
milkja, t, to suck ; ssell er sa kvi6r sem J)ig bar og J)au brjost er
milktir, Luke xi. 27. 2. to milk, milkja fe.
milkr, adj. [mjolk], giving milk ; milk aer, a milch ewe, opp. to ge
(dry), q. v. : milki J)inn 1 an abuse, milk-sop or the like, Nj. 182.
Mllilil, prep, with gen., also millim or milium, by assimilat
from miSli, which was prob. its early form (loth and nth century),
is shewn by rhymes, e. g. lids a midU, Sighvat (thrice) ; hid'ila. mi'
Fms. vi. 185 (in a verse): [Dan. mellem; Swed. mellaii]: — belwee<
milli skogarins ok arinnar. Eg. 276; m. frosts ok funa, Sol.; heims
milli, Bs. i. (in a verse) ; sin a milli, milli sin, among themselves, N. G.
i. 95, 0. H. 48 ; binda J)eir J)a svardogum sin i milli, 35 ; manna a mi
Fms. xi. 19 ; milli Noregs konungs ok Svia konungs ok Dana konuii
O. H. 47 ; millim konunga ok landanna i milium, Fms. iii. 70; en al
siSan var& vel i millim fiessa konunga, 82 ; Einarr komsk ni3r i milli
J)eirra konungs, vi. 42 ; sigla milium hnda., from one land to anotb
Ld. 84; milium manna, 78; J)eirra a milium, N. G. L. i. 87; ha
haf3i i tveimr sto3um herinn ok let skamt milH, at a short distance fr^
one another, Rom. 276. II. spec, usages; var enn meir vond
veizla en |)ess i milli, more than otherwise, Fms. xi. 19; margir vci
vaskir i einangrinum, J)6 litt se vaskir J)ess a milli, Eb. 60 ; um ac
hluti var skamt milli mals konunga, in other things there was no gr.
difference between them, Fms. x. 132; fiar vaeri langt i milli, hvart
hef&ir J)a me3 ollu e3r hef3ir {)u \>a, aldri, there is much between yc
having it altogether or not at all, Gisl. 27; buna3r hans var J)ar
milli, his dress was midway, plain, Eb. 34; standa i milli, to stand betwe,
hinder. Eg. ; matti J)ar ekki i millim sja hvarr of 63rum myndi be
it could not be seen which of the two woidd get the better, so equal u
the match, Fms. iii. 77, Fb. i. 138, Fas. i. 399, iii. 377, Fs. 39; alia
stund var3 honum ekki i milli aga ok ufri3ar, all that time there was w
and fighting, i. e. all his reign was for him nothing but continue
war and tumult, Fms. vi. 430 ; m^r laetr J)u ok sjalfum milium ills lit
Am. 8a; leggja i milium, to pay into the bargain; skal ek i millu
leggja vinganar {)innar, . . . kalla ek minu kaupi vel keypt ok allg63r
meSal-aukinn, Lv. 43 ; vili j^er flensa milli segla, into the bargain, Fms. '
359, mod. gefa milli, to give into the bargain (milli-gjof, q. v.) II
milli ok, ellipt., in order to avoid repeating an immediately precedii
noun, e. g. upp me3 anni, milli ok skogarins, along the river, betwe
(the river) and the forest. Eg. ; hann nam land ut fra Stafa milli <
Hraunsfjar3ar, Eb. 14; lit fra Stiku, a milli ok Gu31augs-h6f3a, 292 ; »
fra Svelgs-a, milli ok Hola, 180 ; Jjar i milium ok gafladsins, Nj. 203.
milli-bil, n. an interval, (mod.)
milli-gjSf, f. ( = me3al-auki), an amount paid into the bargain.
millim and millvmi, see milli above. miillum-fer3, f. interventii
as of a daysman, Fms. ix. 322.
milska, a3, to mix, a beverage ; J)vi var drykkr J)eirra sarliga milskai
i J61abo3inu, Thorn. 433.
milska, u, f. \^A.S.milisc = honeyed; Ulf. milip = honey ; cp. Lat. me
litus]: — mead, a kind of honeyed beverage, Ht. R..26; milsku drykk
Gd. 71, Clar. 134 (Fr.)
milta, n. a bar of unwrought iron; jarn-milta.
MILTI, n. [A. S. milt; Engl, milt; O. H. G. milzi] : — the milt, spleet
Fbr. 137, passim. miltis-bdlga, u, f. inflammation of the splea
Fel. X.
mimungr, m. the name of a sword, f>i3r. ; see Mimir.
MINJAE. or better minnjar, f. pi., mod. menjar, which occurs i
MSS. of the 14th century, thus, menjar, Fb. i. 531, ii. 24, Grett. 96^
Fas. ii. 326 (15th century); gen. sing, menjar, Grett. 151 A (176 n«
Ed.), is no doubt false for menja : [akin to minni] : — memories
hon tok hringinn Draupni ok sendi <33ni til minja, Edda 39
daprar minjar, Skv. 3. 52 ; J)essa gripi skaltii eiga at minjum, Fms. V
246 ; liti3 fingrgull . . . gott sag3i mer hugr um ef ek nx3a nokkunin
minjum Magmiss konungs, vi. 235 ; ok hafa menn {)aer minjar hans 1
tslandi at hann hefir kristnaS landit, x. 300 ; minjar varra vi3skipta, Fs
58 ; eilifar menjar ok minningar, Fb. ii. 24 ; hann spur3i hvart J)eir heft
fiess ongar minjar su3r i landit, Orkn. 218 ; |)at sver3 er fieir frasndr hSfli
langan tima att ok miklar menjar af haldit, i.e. a family heir-loom. Fas
ii. 326. minja-gripr, m. an heir-loom, an object kept in niemor
of a person, Nj. 203; saxit var menjagripr J)eirra, ok haf3i aldri 0:
aett gengit, Grett. 96 A; hann haf3i einn tygil-knif a halsi ser er m6?i'
hans haf3i gefit honum, hop kvad {)at minjagrip, ok bad hann sva ti
geyma sem hamingja muni fylgja, Finnb. 266, Fs. 133.
minka, a3, see minnka.
MINK", f., min, n., mitt, poss. pron.: — in the possessive pronoun;
minn, J)inn, ann (mens, tuus, suus), mod. usage pronounces / long (i,
before one consonant, but short (i) before a double consonant, and ac-
cordingly all modern editions of old writers make a distinction in the root
vowel, thus, minn, minnar, minni, minna, but min, minir, minar, minum :
whereas the ancients pronounced i throughout, as is seen from Thorodd,
iii;
MINNA— MINNKA.
429
distinguishes between the short i in minna (inemorare) and the long "
ninna (tneorum), Skalda 163; and still more clearly from rhymes, mitt
hi'tti, Bjarn. 63 ; minn (tneum) and st'wa, Arnor (Orkn. 104); mi(t,
;ind mitt, siV^ Vols. R. 136, 137. As late as the 14th century, in
orrections by the second hand of the Flatey-book, mijtt = mitt;
older vellums do not distinguish between i and i ; cp. also the
ite languages : [Goth. 7M«'ns; A. S. znd O.H.G, min; Engl, mine;
I. mein ; Dan. ?ni«.]
B. Mine and »iy = Lat. meus, in countless instances: the possessive
lun is usually put after the noun, br65ir minn, fadir minn ; for the
of emphasis only can it stand before, minn hamar, |>kv. 3 ; minn
inn, Skm. 3 ; minn Sigur&r, Gkv. I. 18 ; mins malvinar, 20 ; minu
i, id.; minir braeSr, 2.3; minn herra, Fms. vii. 197; minar eru
mar f)ungar sem bly, Stud, (in a verse) : in eccl. writers, perhaps
•need by Luther's Bible, this, use has increased, and is freq. in the
., Pass., Vidal. ; in popular speech, however, the old usage still holds
, (cp. Engl, mother mine, etc.) 2. in addressing, my dear I Jon
' ! Sigri6r mini moftir min ! barni6 mitt! etc. II. as neut.
. . mitt ; [Or. to iixov ; Lat. meuni] : — mine, my part ; skal ek ekki
til spara, mine, all I have, Nj. 3 ; malit hefi ek mitt, I have done
hare, Gs. 16. III. ellipt. usage; eru slikar minar, such are
(viz. affairs), Isl. ii. 245.
MINNA, t, [A. S. mindjan ; Engl, mind; Dan. minde; Germ, meinen ;
iigl. viean is prob. of the same root] : — to remind, with gen. of the thing
111 dat. of the person ; minna e-n e-s, to remind one of, Skalda 163 ; hon
tiir minnt mik fieirra hluta er ek hefir eigi fyrr hugleitt, Fms. i. 3 ; minna
c-t, HallgerSr minnti opt a, Nj. 71 ; J)ar er {)u minntir mik at ek vaera
inn ma6r, Hkr. i. 91. II. impers. ' it minds me,' = 1 remember ;
\allt er ek sek fagrar konur, J)a minnir mik J)essarar konu, ok er minn
irmr ae J)vi meiri, Fms. vii. 105. 2. to recollect ; hvers minnir J)ik
n hversu maelt var me6 okkr? {)a er vel ef okkr (ace.) minnir eins um
nta mal, does it not occur to you what we agreed on? . . . 'tis well if both
''us recollect the same, Ld. 284; mik minnir peirra Jo'anna er voru i
rra vetr, Fms. vi. 232 : freq. in mod. usage, mig minnir, it is in my
and,-- 1 think, with th'e notion of not being quite sure, but eg man, I
member. III. reflex., minnask e-s, to remember oneself, ' mind,'
dl to mind [cp. common Engl. 'I mind well this or xhd^i,' = I rememberl,
XX. 79, Fms. i. 4; herra minnsfii min, 623. 9; ef {)er vilit eigi sliks
likt Ed.) minnask, Fms. xi. 268 ; su hin ilia atkvama minntisk hennar,
-.ited her, Hom. 121 ; hefi ek nokkut minnsk J)in? — Ekki, herra, segir
cinninn, have I remembered thee, i. e. given thee anything ? Fms. vi. 230 ;
^'i vaeri allfjarri at minnask J)in i nokkuru, to retnember thee with some
nail pittance, i. e. give thee some trifle, Fb. ii. 96 ; er J)at ok staf-
irla hattr ok er einsaett at minnask hans J)6 litid se, Hav. 5, 15 new
.1.; hann minntisk gamalla manna med spakligum ra6um, Fagrsk. 15 :
minnask a e-t, to remember, recollect ; minnask a fonian fjandskap, Nj,
') : — to mention, talk of, hann minntisk J)a er fyrr hof3u verit, (3. H. 70.
ninnask, t, dep., [mmnask rhyming with ft«na, Hallfred ; from
!iinr = a mouth, and different from the preceding]: — to ^ mouth,' i.e.
v^ at meeting or parting : only with prepp., m. vi& e-n, or m. til
s hafSi konan gengit inn at minnask vi& heii la-menn, Orkn. 220 ; hann
ratt upp 1 moti honum ok minntisk til hans, he rose and kissed him,
le him welcome, Nj. 282 ; Bolli gekk at Kjartani ok minntisk til hans,
'• '94! gekk konungr lit um baeinn ok minntisk til allra hcifuS-kirkna,
us. viii. 126; einn af gestum Magmiss konungs minntisk vi5 likit ok
Idi tar, Fb. ii. 619 (kysti likit, Fms. viii. 232, I.e.) ; ok aSr hann vaeri
jiur6r minntusk menn til hans, Fms. x. 148 ; viltu minnask til min at
ilnaSi ? — Ekki, Lafranz, vii ek kyssa ^ik, Bs. i. 842 ; gekk i moti
'•num ok tok hann af baki, ok minntusk J)eir Kari baSir vi& hann, ok
Idu hann a milli sin i stofu inn ok settu hann i hasaeti, Nj. 255 ; hann
iintisk vi& son sinn me6 astsamligum kossi, Barl. 186, Hiiv. 24, 38
•V Ed. : with a play on the words, mtmnx J)inn at ek meina, minms\.
) Jesxim bert, Pass. 6. 9.
lilNNI, compar. and superl. minnstr, answering to litill, q. v. ; [Ulf.
\niza and minists; O.H.G. miniro; Germ, minder, minderste ; Dan.-
' J. mindre, mindst; Lat. minor, minimus] : — lesser, smaller, and
rl. least, smallest, of stature, quantity, following the same rule as
(q.v.), and opp. to meiri; minna lift, Grdg. i. 44; minni laun, Nj.
mattr sem minnstr, Fms. xi. 102; minnstr ok vesalligstr, Hav. 53;
minna karp J)itt, er . . ., Fms. vii. 21 ; J)eir attu minna i at hefna. Eg.
liggja i minna rumi, Mork. 183 ; sva sem hann ma minnstu vid
la, Griig. i. 140. II. metaph., minnstir fyrir sdr. Eg. 123 ; {)u
j minni fyrir Jjer en ek hugSa, Edda 33 ; J)at \\b er honum Jjotti minni
■|g6 1, Fms. iv. 350; sa er kalla&r minni ma8r (lower in rank) er o6rum
"rar barn, Ld. 108 : hence vera minni ma8r, of a person who has done
•honourable deed, dishonoured [cp. Lat. capitis minor'] : eigi at minna,
^ertheless, 216. minni-lidttar and minnst-lidttar, adv. of lesser,
St degree, the least, Fs. 59.
linni, n., but also mynni, [munnr ; Dan. minde, in Kjerte-nunde and
ler local names ; -mouth in Engl, local names ; Germ, -munde as in
M68u-minni, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; Dinu-m., Km, 3 ; auitr horfir botninn
d Hjiirunga-vagi en minnit i vestr, Fb. i. 187; fyrir minni Eireks-fjarftar,
430 (mynne Ed.), Fms. xi. 1 25 (mynnet Ed.) ; fyrir utan minnit, Fs. 1 80 ;
fjarftar mynni, Hkv. Hjiirv. 18 ; dals-mynni, Fmi. viii. 57 ; but dal-minni,
Fb. ii. 554, 1. c. : also an Icel. name, 5s-minni, 39.
MINNI, n. [Ulf. ga-minpi = ixvt'ui; A.S. mynd; Engl, mind]:—
memory; minni, vit ok skilning, minni at muna..., Skalda 169, Fbr.
137 ; hann misti minnis ok {)6tti naer sem vitstolinn, Fms. vi. 198 ; sumir
hafa eigi m. J)a er fra li6r hvemig J)eim var sagt, ok gengusk J)eim mjiilc
i minni optliga, O. H. (pref.) ; leggja i minni, to keep in memory, Fb. ii.
353 ; l>vi er ek ma minu minni a koma, Str. 2 ; reka minni til, Fms. vl.
256, Fb. i. 262 ; festask e-m i minni, 6. H. 46 ; reka minni til e-s. 3,
memorials, esp. in pi. ; Jjvilik minni hafa menn J)ar Haralds konungs, Fagrsk.
137 ; ok settir eptir bautasteinar til minnis, C5. H. (pref.) ; hann hjo bat
hogg er menn hafa si&an at minnum haft, Fb. ii. 23, Fms. xi. 109 : old
saws or the like, hiilzti eru {)au minnin forn, Mkv. ; ok skal orfttak vera
forn minni, Edda (Ht.) 125. 3. memory, of past time ; t)eirra er
voru fyrir vart minni, who lived before our memory, lb. 16 ; bat er
6t manna m., beyond the memory of man, D. N. iii. 34 ; 6r erf6u5 hann,
J)at er i minu m., Skalda 171 ; li-minni, lethargy. 4. mind,
consent (Dan. minde, 'give sit minde til noget;' Engl, 'give one's mind
to it'); med sjalfs sins minni, K. A. 70; utan biskup minni, D.N. i,
382. II. a memorial cup or toast, at old sacrifices and ban-
quets : these memorial toasts were in the heathen age consecrated (signu5)
to the gods Thor, Odin, Bragi, Frey, Njord, who, on the introduction of
Christianity, were replaced by Christ, the Saints, the Archangel Michael,
the Virgin Mary, and St. Olaf ; the toasts to the Queen, Army, etc. in
English banquets are probably a relic of this ancient Teutonic ceremony ;
Krists-minni, Fms. vii. 148; Mariu-m., x. 19 ; 6lafs-minni, N. G. L. ii.
445, cp. in the heathen age Braga-fuU ; {)ar voru oil minni signud Asum
at fornum siS, 0. H. 102 ; bera minni um eld, O. H. L. 18 ; bera ol um
eld ok drekka m. a J)ann er gegnt var, Fms. vi. 442 ; foru minni miirg
ok skyldi horn drekka i minni hvert, Eg. 206; drakk hann J)4 cill minni
krossalaus J)au er baendr skenktu honum, Hkr. i. 144 ; maela fyrir minnum,
to speak to a toast, propose, give a toast, Orkn. 246, Fs. 147 ; skyldi
J)ar um golf ganga at minnum ollum, Eg. 253 ; Jjorgils skyldi maela fyrir
minnum, en hann veik til |j6r6ar ok ba8 hann rafla hver minni fyrst
vaeri drukkin, i. e. that Th. should be the toast-master, Sturl. i. 20 (the
banquet in Reykholar, A. D. 11 19). At a funeral banquet the minni of
the deceased was proposed by the heir, who at the same time made a
vow (strengja heit) ; this rite performed, he took his father's seat
in the hall, and was henceforth the lawful heir, Fms. i. i6l : a minni
to a living person is nowhere mentioned. For the classical passages
see Hak. S. G68a ch. 16, 17, Fms. i. 280; and for funeral banquets,
Fagrsk. ch. 55. compds : minnis- dry kkj a, u, f. a banquet where
there are miimi, Bs. i. 728. minnis-g6dr, adj. having a good memory.
minnis-horn, n. a memorial born, cup, Fsl. 19. minnis-lauss,
adj. having a bad memory. minnis-leysi, n. loss of memory,
minnis-steeSr, adj. memorable, |>6r8. 74. minnis- veig, n. a ' toast-
cup,' of a charmed cup, Sdm. (prose). Fas. iii. 309. minnis-verflr,
adj. memorable. minnis-6l, n. = minnisveig, Hdl. 45, where it has
some notion of a charmed drink.
minnigr, adj., mingastir, aair. \(y., Fms.vi. 199 (Hulda), but elsewhere
uncontracted : — mindful, having a good memory, Hm. 102, Fagrsk. 14 ;
m. ok olyginn, lb. 15; storvitr ok minnigr, m. ok namgjarn, (5. H.
(pref.) ; verj)u sem mingastr (contr.), Fms. vi. 199: remembering, ek em m.
hversu . . ., I remember how . . ., i. 35 : — with gen., vera m. e-s, Fs. 18,
Fms. 111.63, xi. 261, O. H. 215 : — also minnigr at e-u, Nj. (in a verse).
minni-liga, adv. in memory, Karl. 126.
minni-ligr, adj. memorable, Stj. 67, 127, 280, Barl. 171, Bs. i. 347,
Sturl. ii. 187, v.l.
minning, f. memory, recollection, remembrance ; en nu ritu v6r J)au tid-
endi me8 nokkurri minningu, er gordusk . . ., O. H. (pref.) ; i minning
e-s, in memory of, remembrance of, Rb. 336, MS. 623. 96, Nj. 157,
Sks. 112 ; gora minning e-s, Fms. i. 31, Bias. 43, Grett. 137; goSrar,
agaetrar minningar, of good, blessed memory, H.E. i. 529, Dipl. i. 3 : —
with a notion of vengeance, ok \>6tti sja minning betri en engi, Ld. 234,
Fms. xi. 443 : with a notion of gratitude, a gift, present. Eg. 63 ; ^enna
varning vii ek at J)er figg'* *t mor, herra, {)6tt smseri minningar s6
gorvar en vera aetti, Fms. xi. 328. 2. admonition, foreboding;
^essi minning var8 naliga hverjanott, Fms. vii. 187. compds: minn-
ingar-mark, n. a monument, Stj. 190. minningar-tiS, f. a memorial
feast. Mar. niinningar-ver3r, adj. memorable, Fms. x. 313.
minni-samlfgr, adj. memorable, Edda 160 (pref.), Stj. 6,
minni-samr, adj. with gen. recollecting, mindful, and of things ' never to
be forgotten,' "ti]. 1^)2,1.^.2^2, Fms.vi.261, vii.295. Oik. 37, Hav.44,
minnka, proncd. minka, a8, [minni, minnr], to lessen, diminish, 732.
I, Skalda 167, Rb. 334 ; m. sik, virSing sina, to lower oneself. Nj. 223,
Sd. 154. 2. impers. to abate, decrease; ve8rit (ace.) minnkar, Eg. 99;
skoginn minnkar, Str. 4 ; isa minnkar, Fms. ix. 350. II. reflex.
ave-munde, -gemiind is in Necker-gemmd'] : — the mouth, Lit. ostium ; Llo grow less, decrease; hiti minnkask, 732. i, Barl. 70, 180, Rb. 474,
430
MINNKAN— MISJAFNA.
I
Stj. 59 : lo be lowered, disgraced, ef Sturla er at nokkru minnkaSr, Sturl. i.
104; niinnkaskekki, Hrafn. 16; minnkaSisk var saemd i J)vi, Fms. x. 7.
minnkan, f. a decrease, niinisbing. Fas. iii. 366, Bs. ii. 164: gramm.,
5kalda 167, 188. 2. nietaph. shaine, discredit, freq. in mod. usage;
|)er er minnkan a8 J)vi, 'iis discreditable to thee. miunkunar-laust,
n. adj. wiebotit disgrace.
"NLINNTL, adv., compar. also spelt and proncd. iniSr, and so
always in mod. usage ; superl. minnst ; answering to litt (see litill) ;
[Ulf. mins or minz ; cp. Lat. minus']: — less, with dat. ; halfum
vegnum penningi miftr en halfaii sjotta eyri, Grag. ii. 175 ; vetri
miflr en half-sextugr, i. e. fifty-five years old save one [cp. 'forty
stripes save one'], lb. 18; manni minnr en halfr setti tigr, Sturl.
ii'- 37; verz lifi minnr, to be minus one's life, lifeless, dead, Isl. ii. 315
(Heijarv. S.) ; engu miSr Skallagrimi, no less than S., Eg. 334 ; engu
minnr, no less, ' fiihilo minus,' Edda 36 ; sa er nii6r neytir, be who makes
less use of it, Grag. ii. 293 ; minnr a viSborSa, Fms. vii. 292 ; ef ma5r
stelr minnr en {)veiti, N. G.L. i. 253; mi6r vel, less well, not very well,
Isl. ii. 330 ; {)eir sem vitrari voru ok minnr druknir, Fms. i. 59 ; J)at
skipit er minnr var broti3, ii. 128; minnr mundi f)just6lfi i augu vaxa,
Nj. 58 ; J)at er minnr er fjarat, Ld. 76 ; ok er J)at eigi minnr mitt hug-
bod, Faer. 202 ; mundi hann {)a minnr saka sottin, Sks. 704; sem minnr
er at skiipudu, Sturl. iii. 7 ; minnr fra likendum, Fms. v. 86 : in mod.
usage, J)vi er miSr, alaclt ! |)vi er verr eg miSr = alack ! I am
sorry. II. superl. miniist, least; J)a er hann var3i minnst, when
he least expected. Eg. 296; minnst manud, at least a month, Vigl. 33;
minnst staddr, i. e. in a bad plight, Pr. 410.
minnstr, superl. least; see minni.
minnj)ak, n. [from a Gaelic word min= flour], dough made of
butter and flour kneaded by the Irish slaves to slake their thirst at
sea when short of water, Landn. 34 : whence MinnJ>aks-e7Tr, f. a
local name in Icel., see Landn. 1. c. and Fs.
minta, u, f. the herb mint, Pr. 272, N. T.
mirra, u, f. myrrh, Stj., Horn., N. T.
MIS, adv., also a mis, the older form of which was miss, which
remains in missa, missir, miss-eri, and was in the earliest times
sounded so, as may be seen from such rhymes as m/ss-long, vissa.,
Fms. xi. 196 (in a verse of the beginning of the ilth century);
[Ulf. misso = dAA.jjAwj', prop, a subst. = Lat. vices] : — amiss, denoting to
miss one another, pass one another without meeting ; J)a ri3r hann
undir melinn hja Mosvollum er J)eir brseSr ri3a hit efra ok farask J)eir
hja a mis, Gisl. 19; as also simply farast a mis, to pass by one another
so as to miss; sver5 Saul hjo aldri mis, Stj. 495. 2 Sam. ii. 22;
hann aetla6i at drepa keisarann ... en gripr a mis Karlamagniis, he in-
tended to slay the emperor Charlemagne, but missed him, Karl. 151 ; gripu
|)eir a miss hins bezta ra3s, they missed their opportunity, Rom. 278 ; gora
a miss, to do amiss, Hom. 14; leggja a mis, to lay athwart or across.
B. In a great number of compds, denoting, a. alternately. Germ.
wecbsel, as in mis-svefni, mis-vitr, miss-eri, missong ; p. amiss, in a
wrong way ; and lastly, 7. wrong, evil, see the following compds.
inis-bj69a, bau3, to proclaim amiss, N. G. L. i. 9, 348 : to ill-use,
offend, with dat.. Mar., Hom. : esp. in part, n., e-m J)ykir ser misboQit i
e-u, to feel offended at, take ill, Ld. 136, Orkn. 212.
mis-brigSi, n. pi. deviation, Sks. 527.
mis-bundinn, part, mis-bound, unlawfully bound, N. G.L. i. 83.
mis-dauSij a, m. death at different times : in the phrase, ef m. J)eirra
Ver6r, if one of them shoidd die before the other, N. G. L. i. 48, Grag. i.
219, Fb. i. 560, Fs. 124.
mis-deila, d, to ' mis-deal,' quarrel, N. G. L. i. 68.
mis-deild, f. a ' mis-deal,' quarrel, Fms. x. 406, N. G. L. i. 68.
mis-deili, n. ' mis-dealing,' shewing undue preference, Fms. i. 1 7.
mis-dy'pi, n. '■mis-depths' 7iow shallow, now deep, Isl.{jj66s. ii. 77.
mis-dsema, 3, to misjudge, Baer. 13.
mis-daBmi, n. misjudgment, N. G. L. i. 88.
mis-dseming, f. misjudgment, Sks. 344.
mis-eiSr, n. ' mis-oath,' perjury, Eluc.
mis-eldri, n. ' mis-age,' disparity in age, of brothers, wedded per-
sons, or the like, Fb. i. 123, 250, Fms. v. 318 (spelt wrongly mis-eldi),
X. 402 (spelt mis-heldi).
xnis-eta, at, to ' eat amiss,' i.e. at a wrong time, N. G. L. i. 378.
mis-fall, n. a mishap, mischance. Art.
mis-falla, fell, to happen amiss, Str. 9, Karl. 303, Art. 52.
mis-fangi, a, m. a mistake, taking one thing for another, Griig. i. 415,
Greg. 70.
mis-fangi, adj. guilty of a mistake, Grkg.
mis-fara, for, [Scot, misfaer], to go amiss, be lost, GJ)1. 508 : to do
amiss, transgress, Bs. i. 773 ; misfara me3 e-u, to treat amiss, outrage,
N. G. L. i. 152, (5.H. 224, G^l. 102, 312 : to misconduct, Fms. vii. 142 :
reflex, to go amiss, Bret. 08 ; e-m misfersk, it goes amiss with otic,
Bs.ii.i8. ' y •
mis-fari, a, m. ' mis-travelling,' of two travelling at a different speed,
so that one is left much behind ; mun J)a sva mikill ver3a y5vari m.,
W'
' Fbr. 205 ; ok yard m. J)eirra eigi alUitill, Faer. 268 ; at sera mini;
skyldi ver3a m. |)eirra Briisa, (5. H. 97.
m.is-fengr, adj. missing one's aim, Gisl. 71-
m.is-ferd, f. misconduct, H.E. i. 249: a mishap. Art. 39.
mis-ferli, n. a mishap, fnischance, = slysferli, GJ)1. 482, Sturl. ii. 5
misconduct, Bs. ii. 70-
mis-fr63r, adj. mis-informed, of persons hearing different accounts
the same thing. Fas. iii. 237, v. 1.
mis-fylgi, n. partiality, N. G. L. iii. 77.
mis-for, f., esp. in pi. mishaps, a miscarriage, accident, Bs. i. 2C
Barl. 52, Faer. 194: in Grag. i. 224 misfarar is used of a crew pen;
ing one after another, a case analogous to that told in Ld. ch. 18, a
bearing on the old law of inheritance, by which all persons aboard a si
were one another's heirs ; so that it was important to know in what on
they died, and who had been the last survivor, cp. kjolsvarf in the eai:
Swed. law : the phrase, fara misfcirum, to have miscarried.
mis-ganga, u, f. a going amiss, straying, of cattle, Grag. i. 435, Kn'
37 : miscoyiduct, N. G. L. i. 63, Fb. ii. 300 : dissent, H. E. i. 528 : of tL
tide, see misgong.
mis-gleyma, d, to forget. Art. 52.
mis-g63r, adj. ' mis-good,' partly good, partly bad, Fb. ii. 240.
mis-grafa, grof, to ' mis-bury,' i. e. against law, N. G. L. i. 392,
mis-granda, a3, to misuse, hurt, H. E. i. 242, Hom. 155.
mis-gruna, a3, to suspect, Fms. iii. 122, Fas. iii. 278, Bs. i. 810.
mis-gong, n. pi., mis-ganga, u, f., Orkn. 266: in the Rb. spelt mia
ong, even in the very old vellums 181 2 and 625; which maybe t
true, and misgong a later etymologising form, from miss and. an inflezi
-ang, cp. hunang, analogous to misseri, q. v.
B. ' Mis-tide,' ' tide-change,' i. e. the spring tides at new moon a
at full moon ; the spring at full moon was called missong in meiri, bi^
spring tide, opp. to missong in minni, the low springs at new moon;
to the seasons, the midsummer springs (the sun in Cancer) were call
high, as opp. to the low spring tides at midwinter time (the sun
Capricorn), see the Rb. ; geisar J)a floSit miklu meirr en d8r ■
koUu ver J)at in meiri misgong, ver3a J)a misgong at n^i meiri
a3r, 732. 1,4; en ek veit at J)er flytisk eigi or hofninni fyrir misgong'
not before the next spring tide, Isl. ii. 127 (where misgiingin
= misgong in meiri); J)au fl63 kdllu ver missong at ny'i hvtti
. . . kollu ver J)at en meiri missong, . . . tungl er fuUt e3r ekki
syn J)a er missong eru ok fjara ver3r naer mi3degi e3r midnsetf
. . . ver3a J)a missong at nyi meir en a3r, Rb. 442, 444, 448,478: tf
vellum 732 uses mostly misgong or misgavng; thus, en {)a, er tuog-l
stendr gegnt sol eru misgong af vellu solar-hita ... sol i Krabba-medtijii|
misgong, ... sol i Steingeitar-merki ok misgong minni . . . ; again, ofc'l
kollu v^r flod missong at nyi hverju, see Isl. ii. 512 (the foot-n«
J)eir mundi J)ess bi3a, {ja er a staeSisk misganga straumanna (•
spring tide), ok austan-ve3r, J)viat "^k er varla faert milli Vestreyjar3
Hrosseyjar, Orkn. 266. The word is now obsolete, and instead of
Icel. say stor-straumr, stor-streymt, = spr/«^ tide, opp. to sma-straun
sma-streymt, = «eap tide, which words, on the other hand, do not occ ^ , .
in old writers: mids gong, = waning moon, is still said to be in uie |C~''''
eastern Iceland. , ^'."^
mis-g6ra, 3, to misdo, tra?isgress, Nj. 176, Hom. 19, GJ)1. 183, Fn 1 *•
i. 47, N. G. L. i. 351, Sturl. iii. 233. - ''*
mis-g6r3, f. transgression, passim in mod. usage.
mis-gorning, f. (-gorningr, m., Sks. 676, Fms. x. 371), a misdni
trafisgression, Hom. 153, 158.
mis-haldinn, part, wronged, not getting fair treatment, Fms. viL
X. 410, G^l. 185, Baer. 18.
mis-heldi, n. ill usage, unfair treatment, Fms. x. 402. 1
mis-hlj63an, f. discordance, Stj. 45. ]
mis-buga, ad, to think amiss, think evil, Hom. (St.) ,,
mis-bugi, adj. ; vera m. vi3 e-n, to be at variance with. Fas. i. 171 ^ '!
subst. suspicion, Baer. 16.
mis-bugna, a3, to displease. Art.
mis-h6gg, n. a ' mis-blow,' miss, striking at one thing and hitting anutk
Bs. i. 428.
mis-hoggva, hjo, to strike amiss, N. G. L. i. 166.
misindi, n., in the gen. of mixed, bad quality, e. g. misindis-mao:
m. a person of bad reputation.
mis-inna, t; e-m ver3r misinnt = mismaela (q. v.), Dropl. 18. ,
mis-jafn, adj. ' mis-even,' uneven, unequal, of various sizes or quaiibi,
now this, now that, Fh. i.559, Nj.122 ; imisjofn efni, Skaldai7-;; misjo!
skot vapn, i.e. both heavy and light, long and short, Sks. 386 ; misjafnir v.
blinds manns bitar, a blind man's moutbfids are uneven, either loo sin.
or too large : metaph. not good, samfarir J)eirra voru misjafnar, Sturl.
1 15 ; f)essi aetlan J)6tti miinnum misjofii, Fms. ix. 17 ; sa verdr at due
misjiifnu {hardships) er vi3a ferr. Fas. ii. 74 ; a misjiifnu J)rifask borni
bezt, a saying; misjafnt hasgr, not very easy. Band. 13.
mis-jafna, a3, to make unequal; m. fnlsogn um menn, to giveH^l
ferent account, speak ivell of one and ill of another, Orkn. 46;
VK'
-^u
MISJAFNADR—MISSERI.
431
ckurr hlutr vseri niisjafiia3r (shared unequdlly) me& {)eim braeSrum, Fms.
2 ; hefir {)u, fa&ir, lengi mjok niisjafiiat meS oss braeSruin, Ld. 102 ;
aim eigi misjafna6i nic6 Jjcini, Sturl. ii. 159.
js-jafnadr, m. an unequal sharing, Grdg. i. 1 74 ^ odds, Fms. i. 42.
i8>jaiiian, f. = misjafiia8r, Bs. ii. 40, Mar.
iB-kast, n. a ' mis-cast ;' farask at miskustum, to be worsted, Stj. 2 1 1 .
lis-kaup, n. a bad bargain, Sturl. iii. 212, v. 1.
iB-kenna, d, to mis-ken, mistake one for another, Str. 82, Sturl. i. 160,
20.
iski* a, m. [mis], a misdeed, offence; in the phrase, gora e-m til
ka, to offend, wrong a person, Finnb. 258, Ld. 76, Hrafn. 27.
3ka-rd.d, n. pi. misdeeds. Harms. 14.
is-kunn, f., mod. miskvin with a single n, £from mis- and kunna ;
mis-ken; analogous to Lat. ignoscere = not to know, to overlook,
don faults, as is duly remarked in Syntagma Baptismi by Jon Olafs-
:— forgiveness, pardon, mercy, grace ; vill |36r61fr gefask upp i mitt
I til miskunnar. Eg. 89 ; gefask upp a y6vart vald ok miskunn, Fms.
}4, Greg. 48, NiSrst. i ; ok eru J)eir J)d i m. konungs, at the king's
cy, GJ)1. 84 ; gcira miskunn a e-m, to shew mercy to, Stj. 200 ; mis-
nar andi, hugr, heit, augu, brunnr, fa6mr, the spirit, mind, promise,
spring, bosotn of grace, 242, Greg. 25, 45, 47, Fms. ii. 196, Th.
miskunnar domx, merciful judgment, bks. 615; m. vadh'w , mother
■tercy, Hom. 121; miskunnar gjof, gift of grace, Faer. 136, Bs. i. 699 :
freq. in eccl. usage, N. T., Pass., Vidal. compds : miskunnar-
r, adj. merciful, Dipl. ii. 14. miskunnar-lauss, adj. merciless,
rgiving, cruel, Sks. 735, Stj. 230. misktmnar-leysi, n. hard-
tf heart, cruelty, Bs. i. 288, Stj. 481. miskunnar-inaSr, m. an
i of charity, a pauper, Ld. 310. miskunnar- verk, n. a work
trey or charity, Hom. 67, K. A. 76, Fms. x. 244.
s-kunna, mod. mis-kuna, a3, to shew mercy, pardon, with dat. ;
\iXi e-s, to pardon, deal mercifully with one, Sks. 652, Fms. ii. 1 19, viii.
Greg. 24 ; miskunnaSu mur Guh = 7niserere mei Deus, Fms. viii.
passim in eccl. usage, Gu6 miskuni mi oUum oss, a hymn. II.
ace, miskunna e-n, O. H. L. 40, Str. 74, Sks. 255, (rare.)
3-kunnari, a, m. one who shews mercy, a pardoner, Str. 81.
ikvmn-lauss, nd]. finding no mercy, Gs.,<}rett. 15 new Ed.
dtunn-samliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), mercifully, Fms. ix. 517, Stj.
5b. 453.
^bkunn-samr, adj. merciful^ Bias. 42, Magn. 464, Nj. 157, Hom.
1C| Fms. ix. 524, Barl. 82.
T 3kimn-seind, -semi, f. compassion, mercy, Magn. 514, Sks. 733,
ivviSr, m. [Ulf. missa-giss = ax^<^P'^1> ^ ^^'P ^'* the pleading before
: ek tek miskviSu alia or malinu hvart sem mer verSr mismaelt
i;elt, Nj. 232 ; hann sotti malit miskviSa-laust, Hrafn. 18.
i i-langr, adj. of different length, Fms. xi. 196 (in a verse).
I|t-leggja, lagSi, to lay amiss; e-m eru mislagSar hendr, one had
n'aid hands,' i.e. did the wrong thing and left the right undone,
ii. 118, |)orst. Stang. 52, Finnb. 262: also of slovenly or bad
2,i-leika, lek, to ill-treat, N. G. L. i. 169.
rilingar, m. pi., or mislinga-sott, f. [Germ, masern ; Engl. measles'\,
' fitted sickness,' measles.
litr, adj. variegated, of colour, Stj. 73, Barl. 169; mislit ull.
Uka, a6, to mislike, be displeased, Nj. 65, Ld. 164, Fms. i. 96, x.
45, Hrafn. 17.
likan, f. misliking, dislike, Str. 42.
litask, leit, to look amiss on a thing, misjudge; e-m mislitzk e-t,
'mistaken about it. Glum. 350.
-lyndi, n. an uncertain temper, Fms. vi. 355, Korm. 168, Sks. 137.
lyndr, adj. variable in temper, Fms. viii. 447, Al. 54, Sks. 24,
Rom. 254.
l^i, n. ^\. faults, flaws, Rett. 6, 8.
■ISgur, f. pi. ; leggja mislogum, to lay the feet across, Fb. ii. 300.
-marka, a3, to ' mis-mark,' mark another mans lamb, Grag. ii. 304.
minna, t, to remember wrong : impers., mig misminnir e-t.
-minni, n. recollecting wrong, N. G. L. i. 378.
-muni, a, m. = mismunr, Grag. i. 1 73 (the odd amount), 1 74 B,
: ver&r J)ar ein nott at mismuna, one odd night, Rb. (1812) 52.
uunr, m. difference, disproportion, Fms. vii. 142, Barl. 67, 93,
73. Rb. 14.
neela, t, to make a slip of the tongue, Al. 102, Nj. 232 : to dis-
, with dat., Str. 70.
'nmli, n. ^ mis-speaking,' a slip of the tongue ; hann mun eitt m.
illri sefi sinni ok lata a sama degi sitt lif, Fms. iv. 46, Orkn. 112,
417, Karl. 437; e-m ver3r m., to make a slip of the tongue,
■-. 14; mer varft m. : — dissent, Rett. 73.
esi, n. (qs. mi3-snesi?), [from mi3r and sn6s = nos (?), q.v.] : — the
•n between the nostrils.
i'a3it, n. part.; e-u er misraSit, ill-advised, Fms. x. 420, Fs. 14I,
,^79.
mis-reeSi, n. an ill-advised, ill-fated dud, Fms. vi 19, x. 416, B», i.
722, Karl. 81 : transgression, Barl. 73,
mis-rceda, u, f. [mis and rceftasLat. ne-fandum], fornication, Grag. i.
338, ii. 61.
MISS A, t, infin. pret. misstu, Fms. i. 1 78 (in a verse) ; [A. S. missjan ;
Engl, m/ss; O. H. G. ff«ssa«; Dan. m«s/e] : — to miss, lose : L.
with gen. to miss, not hit, lack, and the like ; Koir sveiflafti til Hans oxi
ok missti hans, Nj. 56; sva missta ek alldrj manns fyrr, Fms. ii. 331 ;
hann lagSi til hans meS saxinu ok missti, O. H. 73 ; Philistci miMa nu
Samsons, /oj/M£f him not, Stj. 415 ; m. heimkv4mu. Fas. i. 385, Sighvat;
allt fyrir ofan |)ar sem missti husanna, where the houses ended, where
there were no longer any houses (for shelter), Fms. ix. 30; {)au tkulu
eigi missa (not escape) hefndar Heilagrar fciikju, K. A. 116; hann
missti ^a, fotum, he slipped with the feet, missed bis footing (better
m. fota), Hkr. i. 1 7 ; m. fotanna, id., Bs. i. 369 ; i engum munafti
missti hennar sa utimi, O. H. L. 84; m. ti6a, Fms. v. 182; misitaTc
Astu burs, er . . ., / missed the son of Asta, when . . ., Sighvat; hann
vill {)rifa sver&it, ok missir, he thinks to grasp the sword and misses
it, 'tis gone, Ld. 118; ef ma6r missir kvaftar-vattar, has none, lacks,
Grag. i. 42 ; sag6i hann misst hafa (he had omitted) ^eirra J)riggia v4tt-
orSa er 1 dominn attu at koma, Nj. 36; missti hann mi hers sins sera
vita ma, Fms. ii. 306 ; missum ver mi Hiikonar Ivarssonar fraenda mins,
vi. 282 ; Dagr var fni enn eigi kominn me& sitt lift ok missti J)es»
fylkingar armsins, (5. H. 209 ; {)viat J)eir hof3u lengi matar misst, been
long without food, Gisl. 57. 2. to miss, lose, suffer loss of; ek hefi
mikils misst, Nj. 28, 1 17 ; J)a a hann at m. J)eirrar giftar, N. G. L. i. 345 ;
missa hofSingja sinna, Jjord. 6 new Ed. ; missa sinna aura (Ed. sina for
siiia), Grag. i. 412 ; missa fo3ur, Skv. 2. 10 ; maga hefir J)U J)inna misst.
Am. 79. 3. impers. there is a lack ; J)ar missir engra goftra grasa,
there is no lack of any good herbs, Post. ; kveSja biia, i sta& fieirra er it
siSara sumar missir, i kvi3, Grdg. i. 491 ; Gunnarr hljop i lopt upp, ok
missir hans, atid so the thrust missed him, Nj. 84; ef Gunnars missi, if
G. should die, Akv. 1 1 : — m. e-s vi3, J)d var vi3 misst Atla bins svarta,
Fms. xi. 45 ; ef min missir vi3, if I shotdd die, v. 325, vi. 224; ef t>in
missir vi3, 227. II. with ace. to lose, esp. in later writers and
MSS. ; missa sigr, to miss victory, lose a battle. Fas. i. 96 ; m. vara
vinattu, Bs. i. 869 ; ver hcifum misst friendr vara, Fb. ii. 1 19, Fas. ii.
149, 246; hann hafdi misst konu sina, Fms. v. 122 (but konu sinnar,
0. H. 236, I.e.), cp. Eg. 76, Jb. 264, Ld. 291, Grag. i. 434, and so in
mod. usage.
missa, u, f. a loss, Al. 56, Eg. 40, Mar. ; betra er oss skar3 ok missa
i flota Olafs konungs, Hkr. i. 334 ; aftaka ok m., Edda 37 ; sorg ok m.,
Merl. I. 39.
mis-sattr, adj. disagreeing, at enmity, Fms. i. 1 77' 'v- 216, v. 224, vii. 64.
mis-segja, sag3i, to ' mis-say,' relate wrongly, Jb. 3.
mis-semja, sam3i, to disagree; e-m missemr um e-t, D.N.
MISSSBI, also spelt missari, n., usually in pi. ; [from a compd word,
the former part of which is miss, denoting the alternation, change of the
seasons, for misseri is for the year what mal is for the day ; the inflexive
syllable -eri is uncertain, but not from dr, see Grilnm's Gramm. ii. 471
(note) : to derive this old true Teut. word from Lat. semester is inadmis-
sible, for the sense of a period of six months is not the original one ;
A. S. missare."]
B. A season, or in plur. the seasons, of the year (Germ. Jahres-zeit) ;
mdl ok misseri, Hm. 57; sams misseris, at the same season, Gkv. 1. 8;
skulu baendr timbr 1 tupt faera a misseri, en gor a tolf mdnu3um, N. G. L.
i. 387. II. in plur. esp. with a distributive or numeral pronoun,
the 'seasons,' a circuit of seasons = a twelvemonth, a year; ein misseri,
Gkv. 1.9; t)etta var3 a einum misserum, Bs. i. 466; ein misseri stendr
J)eirra mdl, Grag. i. 377 ; ok er J)au hof3u asamt verit ein misseri dttu
J)au son, Finnb. 294 ; onnur misseri, the next twelvemonths, Fms. v. 193 ;
hver missari, vii. 129 ; a hverjum misserum, every season, Grdg. i. 284;
hann haf3i {)rennar veizlur a hverjum misserum, Fms. iv. 254 (vetri, O. H.
1 13, 1. c.) ; tvau (or tvenn) missari, two years, Grdg. i. 287 ; d tveim inum
fyrrum misserum, Fms. viii. 1 73 ; nokkur misseri, some seasons, some time,
Gliim. 372 ; {)at (viz. thirty-six days) er inn tiundi hlutr allra missara, the
tenth part of a whole year, Hom. 73; Faereyingar hafa nytt kjiit oUum
misserum, all the year round, Faer. 248 ; fiska-sto3 iJllum misserum, at all
seasons, Ld. 4 ; en J)6 muntii Jjcssi missari (the current year) verba, at
biia i Tungu, 246; J)a bua er {jau misseri hafa {jar buit, Grdg. ii. 124;
fyrir fardaga eda d mi3jum misserum, 216; hann skyldi vera {)ar oil
{)au misseri, Nj. 209, Fms. vii. 137 ; jjeir bjuggu {jar fjora vetr . . ., 4
inum fyrstum misserum, i. 265 ; en er d lei8 misserin, when the seasons
drew to a close, Fas. ii. 523; J)d var svd komit misserum at nott var
farlj^s, Fbr. 97 new Ed. ; li3u mi af misserin, ok um vdrit eptir for . . .,
Sturi. i. 35. 2. oi a period of six months, half-year; menn hof3u
talid 1 tveim misserum fj(jra daga ens fjorSa hundraSs, lb. 6 ; dr heitir
tvau misseri, Rb. 6 : the following instances may be doubtful, taka
tveggja missera vist, Grdg. i. 152; sex misseri = /ir« years (oT = six
years?), 264; J)rju missari, three half-years {01 = three twelvemonths?),
Fms. vi. 341 (cp. in the verse ^rju raissarin J)essi, as also the context of the
433
MISSERAMOT—MJONI.
passage, fri5r namsk ar it \>nb]a, short above); fjogurra missera bjorg, mis-t>yrmsla, u, f. damage, violation, K. A. 216.
Grag. i. 264. COMPDS : missera-mot, n. the meeting, jlinctwe of mia.«ofi.n ' mh.cntincr.' fn/inor thinirs fnrhi/lrlpn
seasons, where one begins, another ends, N. G. L. i. 35. missera-
skipti, n. pi. change 0/ seasons, from one season to another. missera-
tal, n. computation of the seasons, a calendar, Grag. i. 2, K. {>. K. 164,
Bias. 39. misseris-vist, f. a year's service, Lv. 57.
missi-fengr, adj. missing one's aim, Gisl. 71, Fms. x. 356.
missir, m. = missa, a loss, Fms. vii. 124, Faer. 136, Am. 98, Grett. 98,
freq. in mod. usage.
mis-sf3r, adj. of unequal length, of a garment, Fms. x.
rais-sj^, s6, to see amiss, Bs. i. 95.
mis-skakki, a, m. odds, difference; gefa ofan a i misskakka jarSanna,
to pay into the bargain, Dipl. ii. 4.
mis-skera, skar, to ' mis-ciit,' cut wrong, N. G. L. i. 137.
mis-skilja, b, to misunderstand. mis-skilningr, m. misunder-
standing, misapprehension.
mis-skipta, t, to ' mis-share,' share unequally, GJ)1. 267, Jb. 160, Fms.
iii. 172.
mis-skipti, n. an unequal sharing, Hom. (St.)
mis-smiSi, n. pi. mistakes in a work; in the phrase, sja or finna m. a
e-u, to find or see faults in a thing, see that things are not all right, Bs.
i. 142, Isl. ii. 351, Eb. 168, Fs. 142.
mis-snua, sneri, to misturn, turn wrong, Hom. 19, Greg. 40.
mis-storr, adj. of different size, Fms. vii. 163.
mis-Bvefni, n. ' mis-sleeping,' sleeping and waking alternately, Fsm.
mis-sverja, s6r, to mis-swear, perjure oneself, N. G. L. i. 30.
zais-synask, d, dep. to ' mis-see,' see wrong, of deception of sight :
impers., e-m missynisk, Fms. vii. 160: to be mistaken, Lv. 8 ; undarligt
verdr um vitra menn er sva missynisk, Gliim. 3
Mag. 1 24, (rare.)
mis-syni, n. deception of sight, Faer. 166, Fbr,
9 : — act., e-m missynir,
32, 01k. 36.
iness, one having too
mis-syning, f. deception of sight.
mis-ssell, adj. ' mis-happy,' i. e. of unequal
much and another too little, Grett. 161.
mis-seett, f. = missaetti, Hkr. iii. loi.
mis-s83tti, n. discord, Nj. 48, Fms. v. 224, ix. 2, Rb. 410.
miss-ong, see misgong.
MIST, f. one of the weird sisters or Valkyriur of the heathen age,
Gm., Edda (Gl.) ; prob. akin to the neut. mistr (q. v.), as is to be inferred
from mistar-marr, the mist-sea = the clouds, the airy region, Hkv. i. 46.
mis-taka, t6k, to take by mistake, Grag. ii. 196 ; e-m ver&r mistekit
til e-s, to make a slip, take the wrong thing, i. 168 : — reflex, mistakask,
to miscarry, Grett. 148.
mis-tala, a&, to make a slip with the tongue, Flov.
mis-tekja, u, f. a mistake, N. G. L. i. 20.
Mistil-teinn, m. [O.H.G. mistil; Germ, mistel ; A.S. mistel or mis-
tel-ta; Engl, mistletoe'] : — the mistletoe or mistle-twig, the fatal twig by
which Balder, the white sun-god, was slain, see Vsp. 36 sqq., and the
legend in Edda 36, 37. After the death of Balder the Ragnarok (the
last day of the heathen mythology) set in. Balder's death was also
symbolical of the victory of darkness over light, which comes every year
at midwinter. The mistletoe in English households at Christmas time
is no doubt a relic of a rite lost in the remotest heathenism, for the fight
of light and darkness at midwinter was a foreshadowing of the final
overthrow in Ragnarok. The legend and the word are common to all
Teutonic people of all ages.
MISTR, n. [A.S. and Engl, mistl, a mist, a freq. word in Icel. although
not recorded in old writers ; J)oka {fog) and mistr are distinguished.
mis-triia, b, to mistrust, disbelieve, with dat., Fms. ix. 260, GJ)1. 84,
330: with ace. a Latinism, 656 B. 11, 625. 85, Art. 67.
mis-trunaSr, m. mistrust, Stj. iii, Fms. ix. 281, 284.
mis-tryggja, 6, = mistrua, D.N.v. 182.
mis-verja, var5i, to ' mis-defend,' as a law term, N. G. L. 5. 89.
mis-verk, n. a misdeed, Sks. 734, Stj., Mar. passim.
mis-verki, a, m. mis-doing, a slip, fault in law, Grag. i. 335, GJil.
228 : a misdeed, Fms. xi. 235, Str. 18, Sks. 734.
mis-vinna, vann, to work at a wrong time, N. G. L. i. 378.
mis-vitr, adj. 'mis-wise,' silly and wise together; misvitr er Njall,
segir HallgerSr, Nj. 67.
mis-vigi, n. a law term for a kind of indirect or intended slaughter,
defined in N. G. L. i. 80 (ch. 238).
mis-t)okka, a&, to disparage, Fms. iv. 267, 320.
niis-J)okki, a, m. mislike, 0. H. 119, 145.
mis-I)6kknask, a6, dep. to be misliked, Fms. i. 261, Starl. iii. 279,
Fas. i. 29.
mis-J)ykki, n. ' mis-thought,' discord. Fas. ii. 422, Bs. i. 661, ii. 149.
mis-tykkja, u, f. = mis^ykki, Nj. 48 (v.l.), Bs. i. 724.
niis-J)ykt, f. = misjjykkja, Sturl. iii. 229, Bs. i. 701, Mar.
mis-J>yrma, 6, to spare not, violate, damage, with dat., K. A. 40, Gbl.
187, K.{>. K.I 68, Greg. 77.
mis-tyrming, f. mis-treating, Bs. ii. 149.
mis-setij n. ' mis-eating,' eating things forbidden by ecclesiastical I
N.G.L. i. 384.
mitti, n., qs. mi31i, the middle waist. Fas. iii. 481. mittis-gran
-digr, slender, stout in the waist.
mittum-stangi, a corruption from the Germ. ' mit dem stange
' be with the pole,' a nickname, which the Norse interpreter did not un<
stand, and took to be a name, {>iSr.
Mf GA, part, meig, meigt, meig, mod. meg, megst, meg ; pi. mi
part, migit; [A.S. migan; Lat. mingere^, Edda 58, Grag. ii. 133, ]
iii. 99, Ls. 34, Fs. 147, Bs. i. 457.
MIZiA, u, f. [from Lat. milW], a mile, Rb. passim, Al. 109, but seld
used in good old writers or in jwets, for the verse Fb. i. 214 is
genuine, and the only passage from a classical Saga is Lv. 106 — ok s<
menn at faar milur g^kk hann |)a3an fra (paper MS., of a journey throi
Germany from Rome).
Mf MIR, m. name of the wise giant of Norse mythology, the keepe
the holy well Mimis-brtinnr, xn. = the burn of Mimir, the well of ^
dom, in which Odin pawned his eye for wisdom, a myth which is explai
as symbolical of the heavenly vault with its single eye, the sun, settinj
the sea, Vsp. 22. Mimir also occurs in the following compds, hregg-mi
= the 'tempest-sky,' and vett-mimir — //be top sky = the uppermost beat
Edda (Gl.), which are among the nine heavens, such as the ancients fam
it, which shews a connection of this name with the sky ; Sokk-mimir,
M. of the depth, is the name of a giant (representing the sky of the
ferno ?), Gm. Again, another myth says that Odin carried with him
cut off head of the giant Mimir (Miins-h6fu6), which told him
hidden things, Vsp. 47, Yngl. S. ch. 7, Edda : Odin is called Mims-Ti
m.= the friend 0/ Mimir, Stor. Mfms-synir, m. pi. the sons o/Mi
= the winds (7), Vsp. II. hold-mimir, ftesh-maimer {"i), is
poet, name of a sword, Edda (Gl.) ; cp. also Ulf. mimz = Kp(as, i (
viii. 13, ( = a chop, butcher's meat?). ^" Is the word to be derived fi
maiming, cutting, and is the likeness to Lat. »j«noronly accidental?
also the following word.
mimungr, m. the name of a sword, Edda (Gl.), prop, the swon
Widga in ipibv. S.
mm-ligr, adj. like mine, like me; erat minligt flugu at gina, it is
like me to swallow that fly (like a fish), Bs. i. (in a verse).
miniita, u, f. a minute in time or degree, Rb.
mitr, n. [from the Gr.], a mitre, Fms. i. 266, viii. 308, Bs.
mitra, u, f. = mitr, Bs. i. 417, Dipl. iii. 4, v. 18, Fms. iii. 167.
mja3-ttrt, f., botan. meadow-sweet, spiraea, Hjalt.
mjaka, a3, to lift or move heavily, with dat. ; eg get varla mjakaS ]
I cannot move it a bit.
mjaldr, m. a kind oi whale, from its whiteness. 2. a white torn-
mjall-hvitr, adj. white as driven snow, Aim. 'J, freq. in mod. usage
mjall-roka, u, f. loose snow whirled by the wind. Fas. ii. 118.
mjalta, aS, [mjolk], to milk sheep or cows.
mjaltir, f. pi. the milking; voru konur at mjciltum, Eb. 316, freq
mod. usage : mjSlt, sing., is used of the grime on the hands from m
ing, J)vo af ser mjoltina. compds : mjalta-kona, u, f. a milk-m
mjalta- timi, a, m. milking time.
mjaltr, adj. giving milk, milch; tvaer kyr mjaltar, tiu kyrlog mj
ten milch kine, B. K. 20.
mjatla, ab, to cut, slice, a dimin. ; see meita.
mjd,, onomatopoetic, mewitig, of a cat.
mjama, a9, to mew, of a cat.
mjorkvi, see myrkvi.
mjodd, f. narrowness.
mjofask, aft, dep. to become thin, tiarrow, Thom. 500.
mjokka, a6, = mjofask; tok {la a mjofka sundit, Sturl. in. 33:-
make narrow, thin.
MJOLK, f., gen. mjolkr, prop, mjolk with a short vowel; P'
miluks = ya\a, i Cor. ix. 7 ; A.S. meolc ; Engl, milk ; O. H.G. iwi
Germ, milch; Dan. melk ; Swed. mjolk] : — inilk, Fms. iv. 8r, Sfcl.
Al. 31, Lv. 62 ; mjolk var heit ok voru a steinar, 70; mj61kr-gt»
-hlaup, milk porridge ; mjolkr-fata, -skjola, -ilat, -trog, -ketill, etc., ofl
pail, milk trough, milk kettle, Lv. 61, Korm. 156, Fbr. 213; nymj<
new milk ; spenvolg nymjolk, milk warm from the cow ; fl6u3 m.,coo
milk; kiia-m., cow's milk; sau6a-m., sheep's milk; brj6sta-m., brt
milk for suckling. compds : mj61kr-d, f. a river of milk, Eddi
mjolkr-barn, n. an infant fed on milk. mjolkr-hringr, ntr
milky way, rendering of Lat. via lactea, for the genuine name is TCti
braut, Rb. (181 2) 19. mjolkr-k^r, f. a milch cow, Jb. 224.
the white juice, milk, of plants or trees ; mjoik or selju bork, Pr. 473-
mj61ka, a6, spelt molka, Grag. ii. 309, GJ)1. 400, Hkv. i. 43, Ls,«3
to milk, Grag. i. 430, Dropl. 14, Isl. ii. 181, passim. 11. loi
inilk, of cows, Bs. i. 194 ; mjolka betr, Isl. ii. 180, Fas. iii. 373 ; ^J
mjolkar atta . . . merkr i mal, and the like.
mjolkr, adj. milch, giving milk, opp. to geldr, Grag. i. 50I.
(I, mj6ni, a, m. a thin, slim person, Bjorn.
%^A
Vft'
MJOR— MJOTUDR.
433
IIJ6B, adj., fern, mjo, neut. mjott, witli a characteristic v, which re-
pears before a vowel, thus mjovan, mjovar, mjovir, mjovum ; often
dt with /, mjofan, etc. ; in mod. usage by ehsion, mjoan, etc. The
ms vary in three ways, inj6r, mjdr, maer, analogous to sjor, sjar,
r, o. mjdr, mja, nijatt; nija (ace. n. pi.), Stj. 201, and foot-note
; mjar farvegr, Fms. ix. 366, v. 1. ; mjatt, Js. 55, Thorn. 153 ; niiaua
= n)java) vatni, D. N. i. 81. p. mser; maevar skeiftir, /ie s//w, /narrow
ps, Fms. i. 170 (in a verse), — certainly thus, not as explained in Le.x.
et. p. 567, col. I ; as also maevar hlaupsildr, the slim herrings, in Eyvind's
■se (Hkr. i. 185); in ine-fingr = ma;-fingr = mj6-fingr, taper -fingered,
thet of a lady, H6m. : af t)eim meiSi er nier (i.e. mier) syndisk, of the
g which was slim to behold, Vsp. ; in the spelling of Cod. Reg. of
m. Edda e, g, or <e are freq. all written with the letter e, so that m(5r
Ibi) and maer {tenuis) would all be spelt alike ; this reading was sug-
ted as early as by Rask in the edition of 1818, see Bugge's remarks
hilol. Tidsskr. 6th vol. : in Maev-eift {^the narrotv isthinus) in Shet-
i, Mk. 98, called Mawid in a Videsse of 15 16 A. D. ; at present Mawie
Mavis-grind, as opp. to another isthmus called Brae, i.e. Brei6-eiS =
Broad isthmus ; cp. also Moorness = the little ness, in Shetl. II.
ipar., an older form mjovari, mjavari, "^t.; superl. mjovastr, but
3lete, and replaced by a contracted mjori, mjostr, in mod. usage
irri, mjostr.
B. Thin, slim, taper; sva mjo, so slim in the waist, Bs. ii.
; mjorar konu, Bjarn. (in a verse) ; mjova mey, Korm. ; mjott
d, Edda 20; mjor kvistr. Fas. iii. 33 ; me& mjofu jarni, Faer. 238 ;
r Mistilteinn, Vsp. ; mjofum knifsoddi, Fs. 144 ; mjofum flettingum,
335 ' y^'^ "^j^ '-'^ mjok visin, Stj. 201 ; J)ar sem hann var mjostr,
. vii. 264 : — of cloth, stiku breid en eigi mjori, Grag. i. 498 ; jaSar-
ara e8r mjo, 499 ; sitja mjott, Band. 38 new Ed. : sayings, nijur er
tb visir, Fms. v. 1 76 (in a verse) ; mjott er mundangs-hof, Bs. i. (in a
'^)» Js- 55 (mjatt). 2. narrow; stigrinn var mjor ok J)rongr,
48 ; skipit var heldr mjott, Fms. ii. 50 ; mjott sund, Grett. 83 ;
■farvegr, Fms. ix. 366; grafir djiipari ok mjori, Sks. 426: a nick-
e, Mj6vi, the Slim, or en Mjova. II. in local names,
ivi-dalr, Mj6vi-fj6r3r, Mjova-nes, Mjo-sund or My^-syndi,
. Mysunde in Slesvig ; M8ev-ei3, Munch 's Norg. Beskr.
C, CoMPDs : mjo-beina or mjo-beinn, adj. slim leg, a nickname,
in., Korm. mj6-eygr, adj. narrow-eyed, of one whose eyes are set
together, Eb. 258, see the remarks s. v. auga. inj6f-doelingr,
man from Mjovidalr, Landn. mjo-flngraSr, nd]. taper-fingered,
(Bugge), of a lady. nij6-hlj66a,5T, zd]. thin-voiced. mjo-
m. the small of the back. mjo-hundr, m. [Dan. mynde'\, a
lund, Sks. 8 1 . mjo-leitr, adj. narrow-faced, referring to the dis-
j; between the eyes, Bergb.-{). 1 24, Fas. ii. 118. mjo-nefr, adj. thin
a nickname for a close man, (3.H. 31. inj6-ski3, n. the slim
f, for this must be the true reading in the verse in Bjarn., the mi3-
of the MSS. = mioscifia ; and mjoskiS rcikra = the slim twilight wand,
tper, is a poet, circumlocution of a lady's name, Ey-kyndill ( = Island-
). mj6-slegm, part, beaten thin. Fas. ii.581. mjo-syndi, n.
sound, straight lane, see above.
{t^KH, adj., compar. mjukari, superl. mjukastr, in mod. usage
.jfkri, mykstr; [Goth, fnuka in 7nuka-modei = npauTrjs ; Engl.
Dan. myg ; Swed. mjuki : — soft to the touch ; mjiikt skinn, Baer.
ijuka rekkju, mjiikt ba6. Eg. 239 ; horund-mjiikr, soft-skinned,
(in a verse) ; m. ok haegr, Fms. ii. 201 ; mjiikt har, mjiik uU, and
|ke ; mjiikr i mali, eloquent, Bs. i. 2. agile, nimble ; mjiikr
" glimu-faerr, Sturl. iii. 123 ; as also mjiikr k fotum, or fota-mjiikr,
|«rrestler ; liSa-mjiikr ; mjukari 1 orrostum, more agile, Fms. vii.
3. J)ar bygSisk Noregr fyrst er hann er mjukastr, of the
jftest, most fertile, Landn. 276, v. 1. ; {)6tti mer sva at eins mjiikt at
.c8 ykkr enn fyrra dag, Fms. iv. 317. II. metaph. meek;
ok litillatr, Fms. iii. 168; ek hefi verit y&r m. i oUum hlutum,
i hly6in ok mjuk, Al. II9; sva mjiik sem eitt Iamb, Clar. : —
gracious, mjiikasta mildi, Dipl. ii. 14 ; hann talaSi allt mjiikara
m dag, Fms. vi. 45 ; mjiik miskunn, Bs. i. 638 ; m. diktr, mjuk
ijiikt \oi, flowing, of words, speech, Lil. 4. .
|t. CoMPDs : mjlik-donir, m. meekness, Bs. ii. 24. mjiik-flng^r,
|5, and mjuk-flngraSr, adj. soft-fingered. Fas. ii. 151. mjiik-
adj. soft-handed, Fms. vi. 73. mjuk-hjartaflr, adj. soft-
', Fb. ii. 392. mjiik -latr, adj. meek, gentle. Mar., Bs. i. 278 :
«. 501. mjiik-leikr, m. nimbleness, agility, Fms. vii. 1 19.
liga, adv. softly, tenderly. Eg. 175, Orkn. 174, Fms. vii. 18, 306 :
ii. 272. mjuk-ligr, adj. meek, soft, Hom. 22. mjiik-
f. meekness. mjuk-lyndr, adj. meek-tempered, gentle, Stj.,
ms. v. 240, X. 108, V. 1. mjtik-leeta, t; m. sik, to humble
%• 5-5- mjiik-lseti, n. meekness. Mar. mjiik-orflr, adj.
V^ken, Fms. vi. 117. mjuk-rsess, adj. running smoothly, Fms.
4. mjuk-teekr, adj. touching gently, Fas. ii. 644.
BM, f., gen. mja5mar, [Ulf. miduma = fj.iffov'] : — the hip (prop.
' Ve of the body) ; a k\xbi bans yfir mjiiaminni, NiSrst. 3 ; fyrir
aSmir, Eb. 240; hjo a mjo&mina, Nj. 253; mjo6m ok her8ar
blaft, Fb. ii, 24 ; rist, knt'j, mjoSm, N.G. L. i. 3H :— in wrestling. Icifia
e-n a mjoSm, B4rd. 35 new Ed.; or bregSa e-m & mjo8m. Fas. iii. 573.
of a wrestling trick of throwing one's antagonist by a movement of the
mjiiSm, called mja3mar-braga, the hip-trick, cross-buttock. Fat. ii. 148.
mjadrnar-bein and mjaflmar-hOfua, n. the bip-bone, f>i8r. 89, Finnb.
3.^4; a narann fyrir ofan nija8niarhofud, Sturl. ii. 41. iQf- No other
word in the language rhymes with mj68m ; sec the curioui ditty in
which a man and a ghost cap verses, Isl. J>j<j8s. i. 464.
MJODR, m., gen. mja8ar, dat. mi8i ; in mod. usage mjo8, f . ; [A.S.
medo; ¥.\\g\.mead; O.H.G. metu; Gtrm. meth ; Swed.-Dan. w/o</] :
— tnead, Sturl. ii. 245, Hkr. i. 102, Fms. viii. 18, 166, Nj. 43, Edda 24,
49, Bs. i. 77 : in phrases, blanda, brugga mjo8, to blend mead; and
grasaSr mjo8r, spiced or drugged mead, for the ancients used to spice
or drug the mead with narcotic herbs, see the remarks s. v. joll ; mead
was the favourite drink in the Valhalla, Ls. 3, Vtkv. 7, Vsp. 3 2, Gm.
25 ; mja8ar-bytta, -ker, a mead-cask, Fms. iv. 168, ix. 329 ; mjadar istra,
mead-pau7ich, viii. 117; nija8ar liigr, mead-liquor, ix. 329; mjadar
drykkja, mead-drinking, 462 ; mja8ar bland, mead-mixing, Rdtt. a. 4.
coMPus : mjofl-drekka, u, f. a mead-cask. Eg. 237, 240, Ld. 188, |>i8r.
164. iiij63-drukkinn, part. ' wea</-rfr?/n/ir,' Fms. viii. 94. mjdd-
drykkja, u, f. mead-drinking, Fms. viii. 17, Sturl. i. 161, Greg. 51.
mj63-kona, u, f. a mead-girl, N. G. L. ii. 304. mjod-rann, n. a
mead-hall, drinking-hall, Akv. 9.
MJOK, adv., mod. nij6g, compar. meirr (q. v.), superl. mest ; [Engl.
much, see mikill or mykill] : — much ; sva mjok, at ..., so much, that .,.,
Fms. i. 46 ; Vajringjar alj)yddusk mjcik til hans, vi. 135 ; sem Erlingi gengi
t)at mjok til, at . . . , vii. 258; hafda ek mjog fjar-varSveizlur biianda,
^'S- 2.^5 ; hann skaut mjiik til ra8a dottur sinnar, Bjarn. 5 : — sva mjiik,
rather much; hann var sva mjok hendisamr i afrettum, Gliim. 364;
alls mjok, over-much, Stj. 2. very ; hyrndir mjiik, Fms. xi. 6;
steint mjiik fyrir ofan sjo. Eg. 68 ; ekki mjiik, not very, Sturl. iii.
234. Z. mtich, almost, very nearly but not quite ; J)eir viiru mjok
komnir at hinni meiri eyjuinii, |)a sa J)eir..., Fms. ii. 93 ; hann var
dauSr mjtik af kulda, ix. 467 ; J)at legg ek til ra8a, at ver hafim mjiik
allir eina frasogn um J)enna atbur8, xi. 65; mjiik iirend. Mar.; eitt
mannshar svd langt, at {)at var mjok mannshatt. Fas. iii. 266 ; ok era
J)eir mjiik konmir at Austrey, Faer. 105; vorii ^a. komnir mjiik sva
{almost quite) {jar gegnt, Nj. 247, Fms. vi. 164 ; sva voru konungar,
mjiik sva allir, {jcir er hans riki hiif8u hvarr eptir annan, Rb. 386.
mjbk-siglandi, part, the ' much-sailor,' a nickname, see Landn.
MJOL, n., dat. mjiilvi (mod. mjoli), gen. pi. mjiilva ; in mod. usage
also sounded in§l (as kjiit and ket) ; [Engl, wen/; Germ, mebl]: — meal,
flour; fullr af mjiilvi. Mar. ; skip hlaSit af malti ok mjiilvi. Eg. 81 ; var
hlaSit skrei8 i annann en mjiilvi i annan, Eb. 268 ; mjiil ok vi8, NJ. 4,
Fs. I43; mjol ok smjor, 197: poet., Fr68a m')ij\, Frodi's meal = gold,
Edda (in a verse). compds : mj6l-belgr, -sekkr, -poki, m. a meal-
bag, -sack, -poke. Fas. i. 127, Bar8. 170, Nj. 181. mjOl-kaup, n. pi.
purchase of meal, Fbr. 10, GJ)I. 352. mjOl-k^ll, n. = mjiilbelgr, Nj.
227. mjol-leyfi, n. a meal-licence, viz. licence to export meal, Hkr.
iii. 96. mjei-sdld, n. a meal-riddle, Sturl. i. 23. mjal-skuld, f.
rent to be. paid in meal, Sturl. ii. 64. mj6l-v8Bgr, adj. estimated by
its value in meal, Grag. i. 505. mj61-V8Btt, f. a weight (40 lbs.) of
meal, Bs. i. 137.
MJOLL, f., gen. mjallar, dat. mjiillu, Rm. 26, Viils. R. I. 3 ; [perh.
akin to mjol, although with a double /] : — fresh powdery snow; sa snjor
er hvitastr er, ok i logni fellr, ok mjijll er kalla8r, BarS. 2 new Ed. ;
gi)r8isk ill faer8in ok var mjiillin djiip, Fms. v. 179; va8a mjiill, Sighvat
(Fb. iii. 240); mjollin var laus, ok rank hon, Fb. i. 579; sjorinn rauk
sem mjiill, the sea ^reeked,' or broke in spray, like mjoU, Vigl. 22; era
{)eir kasadir i mjiillinni, Fs. 143 : poet., haus-mjiill,_/?oa/»«^ hair, Skalda
(in a verse); sj68-m., the snow of the crucible = silver ; svan-m., the
^ swan-drift' = the waves. Lex. Poiit. II. a pr. name of a lady,
Landn. mjalla-hvitr, adj. = mjallhvitr, white as drifted snow.
Mj61nir, m., in the vellums spelt mjollnir, with 0 and // (see Bugge in
the foot-note to V{)m. 51); the // seems to indicate that the n is radical,
for if it were inflexive, it would be mjolnir (with one /) : [therefore the
derivation from mala or mola {to crush), though probable, is not cer-
tain; the word maybe akin to Goth, milhma = cloud, Swed. moln, Dan.
vndm ; cp. provinc. Norse molnas (Ivar Aasen) = to grow dark from bands
of cloud arising'] : — the name of Tbor's hammer, Edda passim, Ls.
MJdT, f. [Vlf. mitaps = iJ.(Tpov; O.H.G. mez; Germ. masz]:—a
measure ; kann ek mala mjiit, I know the measure of words, bow to make
a speech, Hiifu81. 20 ; ^ess kann ma8r mjot, a man knows the measure
of that, Bugge's Km. 60 (see foot-note as to the reading in Cod. Reg.) ;
mjiituSr, from Vsp. the preceding poem, seems to have been in the tran-
scriber's mind, and so he first wrote mjotvJ)c and then dotted the v,
denoting that the last three letters were to be stnick out. A fern. mjotu8
would, it is true, agree with the Goth, mitaps, but it does not suit the
rhythm, in which a monosyllable is required.
mj6tu3r, m., spelt mjotviSr, Vsp. 3, which form can only be an error
of the transcriber, for both passages, verses 2 and 47, represent the same
<5 F K
434
MOD— MORGUNSOL.
word; [A. S. r«Wo'8 ; He\.metod; by which word the A. S. homilies, as'
well as the Heliand, denote God, prop, the ' Meier,' Dispenser] ; the word
itself is of heathen origin : in the Icel. it only occurs in old poets, and
there in but a few passages, all of which agree, if rightly interpreted, with
the A. S. use of the word. It occurs twice in the Vsp. ; in verse 47i—
Leika Minis synir, en mj6tu9r kyndisk, but the tneotiid is kindled, lighted,
where it seems to be applied to the god Heimdal, (the dawn in the
Eastern sky, the morning star ? see Prof. Bergmann in his Ed. of Gm.
1871, p. 169); in verse 2, — niu man ek heima, niu ivi&jur, mj6tu8
maeran fyrir mold neSan, I mind the nine abodes, the nine giantesses
(the nine mothers of Heimdal?), the worthy Dispenser beneath earth;
this ' meotud beneath earth ' seems here to represent the god of the
nether world, the Pluto of the Northern mythology, with whom all
things above originated (Heimdal ?) ; somewhat similar views are ex-
pressed in the Platonic Dialogue Axiochus, ch. 12 and 13. 2.
sa er hann meS monnum mj6tu3r, siich a guardian (helper) is he among
men, Fsm. II. metaph. and in an evil sense, weird, bane;
mjdotuftr is glossed by bani (a bane), Edda (Gl.) ii. 494; mjotu6r
Heimdals, the bane of Heimdal = the head; Heimdalar hofud heitir sverS
...sverS heitir manns-mj6tu6r, a sword is the bane of men, Edda 55,
from a myth that Heimdal was pierced by a head (used as a bolt) :
nema mjotuSr spilti, unless death spoiled her, unless she died, Og. 14 ; ef
mer meirr m. mAlriim gsefi, if death would give me more time for speech
(says the dying Brynhild), Skv. 3. 71 ; sa manns mjotuftr, this bane of
men, of a charmed, poisoned sword. Fas. i. (in a verse). The word is
found only in the above passages ; the explanation given in Lex. Poet,
can hardly be the true one. For Hm. 60 see mjot above.
MOD, n. [Engl, mud is the same word], the refuse of hay, Hav. 44, freq.
in mod. usage. compds : mod-bass, m. the bass into which the bad hay
is thrown. ino3-lid.r, n. = mo&. ino3-skegg, n. a nickname, Ld.
moda, aft, to munch the mo8, of cattle : metaph., mo3a lir e-u, to pick
out a single green blade out of a heap of refuse.
ino3ugr, adj. dusty, filled with mob, N. G. L. ii. 419.
MOKA, a8, [Scot, mttck], to shovel, with dat. ; moka osku, Nj. 208 ;
moka snj6, Grag. ii. 284 ; moka moldu a, Sks. i. 177; siQan moka6i hann
at blautri myki, Sd. 168 ; J)eir hiJfSu mokat yfir snjo, Fnis. vii. 172 : esp.
to clear away dung from a stable, the place in ace, moka fjos, kviar, flor,
Bjarn. 22; moka myki undankiim, K.Jj.K. 98; moka, rei6aa voll, loO.
mokstr, m. (the r radical), a shovelling, Bs. i. 315.
mola, a&, to crush into dust: reflex, to be crushed, hauss hans molaSisk,
Fas. ii. 374.
MOLD, f., dat. moldu ; [Ulf. TWJ/Wa = xovs and Koviopros, Mark vi. il,
Luke ix. 5 ; A.S.molde; Engl, tnould; O.H.G.molta; Dutch mul ;
Dzn.muld; Swed. wm//] : — mould, earth (irom mala and mylja) ; j6su
at moldu, Eg. 300 ; hafa legit i moldu, Fms. v. 106 ; saurig mold, Stj.
115. Earth was symbolical of a purchase of land (cp. Lat. mancipium) :
the rite is thus described, mi kaupir ma8r jor8 . . ., hann a mold at taka
sem i logum er maelt, taka at arins-hornum fjorum, ok i ondugis-sseti, ok
J)ar sem akr ok eng maetisk, ok J)ar sem holt ok hagi msetisk, ok njota
J)eirra v6,tta a l)ingi at hann hefir mold rett tekna, etc., N. G. L. i. 96 ;
penningr gengr fyrir mold ok man, iii. 92, v. 1. : as also in moldrofs-ma8r
(q. v.), D. N. i. 7 : — vera fyrir ofan mold, above earth, alive, Fms. vi. 182 ;
fyrir mold neSan, beneath earth, Vsp. 2 ; a moldu, on earth ; me8an mold
er ok menn Ufa, Grag. ii. 169 : — of burials, syngja e-n til moldar, to chant
one into the mould, to bury, of a priest, Dipl. iv. 8, H. E. ii. 131 ; hniga til
moldar,/orfie,H&m.i6; fella til moldar, /o/e///ocar/i&,s/fy,Fbr. (in averse);
maSr er moldu samr, man is dust, Sol. 47 ; livigSri moldu, Landn. 117 :
in Y>\viX. funerals, standa yfir moldum e-s, to attend one' s funeral : the
phrase, rigna i moldirnar, of rain into an open, fresh dug grave, Isl. f)j68s.
ii. 55 ; moldar genginn, buried, S61. 60; ma8r er moldar auki, ' a man
is but mould eke,' is but dust, a saying, Rkv. ; ver8a at moldar auka, to
be turned into dust. Fas. i. (in a verse), Ver. 5. compds: moldar-
fullr, a.dj. full of earth, Stj. moldar-liola, u, f. an earth-hole, Nj.
83. mold-auki, a, m. = moldarauki, Gsp., Hom. 100. mold-
bakki, a, m. an earth-bank, Faer. 177. mold-biii, a, m. a mould-
dweller, a ghost in a how, Isl. ii. (in a verse).
moldi, a, m. a mould-coloured horse: a nickname, Landn, 2.
the name of a ring which had lain in a cairn, Hkr. i.
mold-kafald, n. a thick fall of snow.
molddttr, adj. viould-coloured, of a horse.
mold-rof, n. the breaking a bargain, in moldrofs-maSr, m. a mottld
breaker, a man who breaks a bargain for the sale of land, D.N. i. 7,
mold-ryk, n. ' mould-reek,' dust, Al. 109.
mold-skeyta, t, to ' mould-escheat,' take possession of land, referring
to the rite described in N. G. L. i. 96, cp. Grimm's Rechts-alterth. 116;
Ut hann moldskeyta miklar jar8ir til ^ess staSar, Karl. 530.
moldug^, ad], covered with mould, like a gravedigger, Eb. 276, Stj. 528.
mold-uxi, a, m. a beetle, ' mould-grub,' scarabaeus : — as a nickname,
Dropl.
mold-varpa, u, f. [Germ, maul-wurf, corrupted from moU-wurfe ;
North. E. moudiewarp'j : — a mole.
mold-vegr, m. the earthy path, Og.
inold-vi3ri, n. = moldkafald.
inold-t)inurr, m. the earth-thong, the serpent Mi&gar8sormr, Vsp,
moli, a, m. [Scot, mule ; North. E. ;««//], a crumb, a small particU,
154, Greg. 22; engu ni6r kasta af matnum hvarki beinum n^ m
O.H. 153; hann girntist at seSja sik af J)eim molum sem fellu afbori
hins rika, Luke xvi. 21 ; brotna i sman mola, to break into shivers
shivered, Edda 27 ; brauS-moli, sykr-moli.
molla, u, f. [prop, akin to Ulf. milhma, Swed. moln] : — a lull,
close air ; byrinn misstu holdar holla hiti gorSist logn og molla, \J\{.
molna, a8, to crumble into dust,'St}. 76 (of the apples of Sodom),
moltinn, adj. [melta], tender, = mtyrr, q. v.
moltna, aS, to become moltinn.
Mont, n. the Mount, the Alps, Kar' f^., Sighvat.
raont, n. [from the Fr.], vaunting, boasifulness : montinn, adj. '«c
ing,' vatinting : monta, a8, to vaunt, freq. in mod. usage.
MOE, n., spelt mor8 ; hafa mor8 fjar, Al. 123, Hom. (St.), MS.
21, where it is spelt morg = morJ): — a swarm, prop, a swarm 0/
(akin to maurr); mor af m^i, fiski, slid, a swarm of flies, shot
herrings : — an atom, svo litiS mor.
mora, a8, to swarm ; \)zb morar af e-u.
MOHD, n. [Ulf. maurpr = (povos ; A. S. Twor'S and mortar; 1
murther, murder ; Germ, and Dan. mord; cp. Lat. mort-is] : — a mm
Fser. 187 ; in ancient times murder (mor8) and manslaughter (vig
distinguished ; if the killer, after the deed, had immediately, at the
or at least at the third house, confessed what he had done (Ij^a
vig-ly'sing, N. G. L. i. 61), the deed was manslaughter (vig), and the
was liable to indictment according to the law, but the deed might,
the consent of the prosecutors and relations of the slain, be atont
weregild. On the other hand, if the vig-lysing either did not take
or was stealthily performed (Glum. ch. 27), the deed was murder;
the killer was called mor8-vargr, and was out of the pale of the
en J)at er mor8 ef ma8r leynir e8a hylr hrae ok gengr eigi i j
Grag. (Kb.) i. 154; drepa mann a mor8, N. G. L. i. 158; hena
phrase to kill a man and then murder him, i. e. conceal the deed. Ir
instance the distinction is made threefold, viz. vig, laun-vig, and d
i. e. laun-vig or secret manslaughter, if no vig-lysing took placC;
the perpetrator left the weapon in the wound or some other evic
that he was the culprit, en J)at voru kollu8 launvig en ekki mor
menn letu vapn eptir i beninni standa, Gisl. 22. To slay a man ade
feloniously was also called mor8 ; so also to put a man to death d
the night, natt-vig eru mor8-vig, Eg. 417; kallit er J)at eigi motb-
at drepa menn um naetr ? 6. H. 1 1 7 ; heiti J)at ni8ings verk eda mo
menn drepask um naetr, Fms. vii. 296 : burying alive also was r
K. |>. K. 26, passim. For the formula of the vig-lysing see Grag. Vi
20. In poets mor8 is used = slaughter, thus, m.or3-dlfr, -bl
-heggr, etc. = warriors; mor3-b&l, -linnr, -r63ull, -sk^,
weapons. Lex. Poet. compds : mor3s-ei3r, m. an oath of compt
tion in a case of murder, N. G. L. i. 62. morS-for, f. death by im
Lex. Poet. mor3-gjarii, adj. 7n?/rrfCT*0Ms, Hym. mor3-gyHj
f. a murderess, Grett. 117. mor3-jarn, n. a murderous weapon,
m:or3-rd3, n. pi. schemes of murders, N. G. L. i. 254. morS-Ti
m. a murderer, Vsp. 45, Edda 43, N. G. L. i. 13, Grag. ii. 86 ; cp. bn
vargr. mor3-verk, n. a murder, O.H. 117. mior3-vlg,
'murder-manslaughter,' Eg. 416, Fms. xi. 199, Hkr. iii. 425.
morSingi, a, m. a murderer, GJ)1. 154, Nj. 74, N. G.L. i. 34O.
MOBGIM'N' and morgunn, m., also in old writers spelt wi
myxginn, in mod. usage morgun ; in the contracted cases the g
old MSS. left out, thus, dat. morni, pi. mornar, morna, mornura, le
rhyme in the verse Landn. 87, v. 1. : \\JIL maurgins = vpa)t; A.S
Germ, mor gen; Engl, morn, morning, morrow] : — morning, Vsp.(
Am. 50 ; er at morni komr, when morning came, next Wit
Hm. 22; at morni, Fms. i. 10: so in the saying, langr er kon;
morgun, long is the king's morning, Mkv. 13, Sighvat (Fms. T.
passim; mi8r morgin, mid-morning, about six o'clock, K.{>.K
see-mi3r ; a morgun, to-morrow, Grag. i. 18, 26, Fms. vi. 72, IsLii.
Nj. 7. 32 ; a myrgin, Fms. ix. 31 ; i nott e8a snemma a myrgni
397, V. 1. ; but i morgin, last morning, iv. 248, Nj. 203, Bs. i.
kx morgin, in the early morning, Am. 85 ; um myrgininn
Fms. vi.45; snemma morguns, early in the morning; 4rla mor
id. COMPDS : morguns-^r, n. early morning : in the pi
at morginsari, Stj. 122 : mod., me8 morguns-arinu, at the first gUi
daylight; siSan komu J)eir me8 morgunsarinu, Od. ix. 52 (■^'
r'/iptoi). morgin-drykkja, u, f. the morning-drink, N. G. L. u.
morgin-dSgg, f. morning dew, Edda 44. morgun-gj6f, f- 1
morgen-gave, Germ, morgen-gabe], a bridal gift, made by the i
groom to his bride on the morning after the wedding, Fas. i. 345'
bekkjargjof. morgun-matr, m. ferffOf^as/, D. N. morgfan-
n. the morning meal [hour), Isl. ii. 334, Bs. i. 1 37, Vm. 169. 'OXOt
ro3i, a, m. morning-red, [Germ, tnorgen-roth.] morgtm-sto
the morning light, Stj. 611. morgtin-s61, f. the rising sun, F
Hi. I
in
11,11
kill
?^
.\[OUGUNSTJAHNA— MOR.
431
Stj. 6ri, V.I. morgun-stjarna, u, f. the morning star, Rb.'
morgun-stund, f. the morning hour; niorgunstund hefir gull
iiund, a saying. morgun-sveefr, adj. given to sleep in the morn-
morgvin-tfflir, f. pi. morning-tide, matins, Sturl. ii. 346, Fms.
J41. morgvm-timi, a, m. morning-time, Stj. 184. morguu-
\is, iA], early awalte, early rising ; var hann kveldsvaefr ok myrgin-
:r, Eg. 3 (Cod. Wolph.) ; inn morginvakri, a nickname, Edda 98 (in
■erse). morgon-veidr, f. a catch (of game) in the early morn,
H. 78. morgin-verk, n. morning work. Ad. 22, Fms. xi. 435.
orgiin-ligr, adj. = matutinus, Hom. 12.
iorkinn, part. J^akin to meyrr, q.v. ; from a lost verb; cp. Lat.
W-cere], rotten, decayed, of meat, fish. Morkin-skinna, u, f. Rotten-
I, the name of a vellum.
orkna, a&, to become rotten, of flesh, Stj. 185, Fas. iii. 345, R6m. 214,
19.
om, f. a murrain; {lik morn morni, Sks. 31.
oma, i.e. morgna, a3, to become morning, dawn, Landn. 1 61 (in a
), Nj. 69, 203, Eg. 240, Fms. vi. 188, xi. 35.
OHNA, a6, [Ulf. maurnan = fitpifivdv ; A. S. murnan ; Engl, mourn ;
" ,G. mornen'] : — to mourn ; in prose only used in the phrase, morna ok
to mourn and wither away; nu vil ek heldr bera harm ok
ggju ok niorna h^r ok J)orna, J)ann veg sem au6nar, heldr en J)fi s6rt
' J>eim sto8um sem Jier J)ykir gott. Fas. ii. 235 ; hon morna6i oil ok
ia6i, ok lif6i })6 mjok lengi vi& J)essi uhsegindi, Bjarn. 69 : — in poets,
ir Atla, hon skyli morna, a curse, may she mourn ! Og. 30 ; at er i
ra mornit haugi, that ye may mount in mounds of ants, a curse,
may he tormented. Fas. i. 436 (in a verse) ; J)ik morn morni, a curse,
31-
3ma-land, n. a local name, perh. = il/orav/a, Og. i.
)msn., f. morn, dawn, Bs. i. 539.
psel, n. [a Lat. word], a bit, Jatv. 27.
rtil, n. a mortar, Dipl. v. 18.
381, a, m. [mid.H.G. mies ; Germ, moos; Dan. mos; Lat. mus-
: — moss, botan. lichen, Korm. 234 (in averse); hrifa mosa, to pick
Bs. i. 329 ; reyta mosa, Nj. 267 ; mosa-hriiga, a heap of moss,
m.537' II. a wjoor/nnc?, moss, [= Dan. wose; North. E. and
mttsi\ ; J)eir foru stundum mosa, myrar ok merkr eSr brota stora,
yiii. 31. mosa-vaxinn, part, moss-grown, Bs. i.329, F'as. i. 298 :
;al name's, Mos-feU, whence Mosfellingar, m. pi. the men from
-ftU. mos-hdls, m. a nickname, Landn.
:, n. scraps of moss in hay, fjalla-gros, or the like; tina moskiS
ipick the moss out; J)a8 er fullt af moski, 'tis full of moss.
adttr, adj. mossy, swampy, Orkn. 172.
■raudr, adj. rnoss-red, Korm. (in a verse).
itr, f., gen. Mostrar, an island in Norway on which the first Norse
h was built, F'ms. : in a nickname, Mostrar- skegg, n. Moster-
i. e. the man of M., esp. Eyjarskeggi, Landn. (Eb.) Mostrar-
Kf f. a nickname, Fms. Mostrar-J)mg, n. a parliament in the isle
.N.G.L. i. 147.
ir, m., gen. motrs, [a for. word, akin to Germ, miltze'], a kind of
bead-gear, cap, Ld. 188 sqq.
r, u, f. a woman wearing a motr, Edda 236.
TTI, a, m. [Ivar Aasen molt; Swed. matt; Engl, moth'] : — a moth ;
olr e&a motti etr ok ey3ir. Bad. 44: metaph. a sluggish person,
provinc. Engl, a moth, drone'], Edda (Gl.), Fms. vi. 170 (in a verse).
'tinn, part, moth-eaten, D. N.
ad, dep. [early Germ, mewen ; Ivar Aasen tygge mo = rumi-
■to he digested, of food in the stomach of ruminating animals ;
gt var at grasit m6a6isk me6 honum eptir natturu, Bs. ii. 87.
.6ttr, adj. a horse with a dark streak along the back.
exg, n. [mor], a kind of tufa.
, adj. dark brown, Eb. 56.
A, u, f. a large river, it may prop, have meant loamy, muddy
see m63r below; svimnia i modu marir, Fm. 15, Fms. xi. 96 (of
es), vi. 408 in a verse (of the Ouse), vii. 266 in a verse (of the
River.) ; eina nott er ve5r var kyrt log3u J)eir upp 1 m66u eina,
|l8 (in Frisland) ; J)eir komu at einni m66u ok steyptu ser ofan i
ik var Jjvilikast sem {)eir vse6i reyk, Fms. iii. 176; einni m66u er
.4nd, Karl. 548 ; konungr let lei6a skip sin upp i m66u nokkura,
!'«• 334 ; moSa mikil fell i straumum mth miklum hava5a. Fas. ii.
ar {)ar skogr mikill viS moSu eina, Fb.ii.i22. II. [cp. Scot.
misty], the condensed vapour on glass and the like, caused by
ig on it; {)a6 er m65a a glerinu, af leiri ok af m65u, of earth
d, 6. H. 86, cp. Hkr. Ed. 1868, p. 315. 2. [cp. mo Ivar Aasen
|in, horn-moe = the radiation or glimmer of heat in the summer] ; —
n-dness; J)a5 er m65a i lopti, and similar popular phrases,
rni, n. the mother's side, of lineage, Fms. i. 4, vi. 223, Eg. 267,
a mother, parent, Edda 18, Fms. xi. 56; opp. to faSemi, q.v.
■:i, ad, [modigr], to offend, raise a person's anger or displeasure,
is'im.
'Jicl;an, f. offending.
MCDIB, f., gen. dat. ace. mo6tir ; plur. in noni. and ace. riueftr (nifEftr),
gen. mxbrz, dat. maearuni. There is also a monosyil. form mseSr, in-
decl. throughout in the sing., and answering to feftr, foftr or brxflr ( = fadir,
bro&ir); but these forms are unknown in mod. Icel., and are seldom
used in the genuine old writers, being mostly found in legendary writers,
who probably followed some provincial Norwegianism ; thus passim
in Stjorn, af mse&r konungsins, Stj. 82 ; maeftrinnar kvid, 80: [this wori
is common to all Teut. languages except Goth., which used aipei = Icel.
eiSa (q. v.) instead] : — a mother; sonr a at taka arf eptir fti&ur sinn ok
m65ur, Grag. 1.171; foSur-moftir, a father's mother, 1^2 ; faftir ok
m66ir, id., in countless instances : as a nickname, konunga-moftir, Jarla-
m., Fb. iii : in popular tales, the mother of a whole brood (animals),
skotu-m., sela-m., laxa-m., represented as an ogre, Maurcr's Volks. 34.
coMPDS : ni63vir-afi, a, m. a mother's grandfather, and iii6flur-amnia,
u, f. mother's grandmother. in68ur-arfr, m. maternal inheritance,
Isl. ii. 29, Landn. 114, Dipl. v. 3. m63ur-brj68t, f. pi. a mother's
breasts, N. G. L. i. 340. in63ur-br63ir, m. a mother's brother, uncle,
passim : in the saying, m66urbrae5rum ver&a menn likastir, Isl. ii. 29, Bs. i.
134. m63ur-fa3ir, m. a mother's father, grandfather, Gr;ig. i. 177,
Fms. i. 223. ni63xir-fr8endr, m. pi. kinsmen on the mother's side,
Grag. ii. 113, Fms. i. 4. m63ur-lius, n. a mother's house, home, Stj.
420. ni63ur-kvi3r, m. a mother's womb, Hom. 51, Fms. i. 221, x.
275. in63ur.kyn, n. a mother's kin. Eg. 267, Fms. vii. 224, Finnb.
236. ni63ur-lauss, adj. motherless. Fas. ii. 412. in63vir-leggr,
m. the mother-lineage, Jb. 446. m63vir-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.),
motherly, Sks. 549. in63ur-mj61k, f. mothers milk, Stj. 127.
in63ur-in63ir, f. a mother's mother, Grag. i. 171, Fms. v. 267.
in63vir-8onr, m. a mother's son : in the phrase, engi m., not a mother's
S071, not a soul, Karl. 199. in63ur-systir, f. a mother's sister (Dan.
moster), Grag. i. 171. in63ur-tvmga, u, f. one's mother-tongue, Bs. i.
906. ni63ur-8Btt, f. kinffolk on the father's side, Grag. i. 1 71, 177, Eg.
72, Fms. i. 196 ; falla i m., to fall to mother-earth, to die, Nj. 70.
m63-ligr, adj. excited, wroth, Sks. 235.
M<5DB., m. [Ulf. m6ds = 6pyr], 6v^6s, Luke iv. 28; A.S. mod; Engl.
mood; Germ. wim/A] : — wrath; m66r svall Meila broSur, Haustl. ; Jjorr
{)runginn modi, Vsp. 30 ; af modi, 56 ; en er hann (Thor) sa hrxdslu
J)eirra, {la g^kk af honum mddrinn, ok sefadisk hann, Edda 28 ; {)6
J)rutna5i honum mjiJk m68r til BoUa, Ld. 236 ; {)orsteini 6x m68r (Tb.'s
7nood waxed fierce) vi3 atekjur hans, Bjarn. 54 ; mi svall Sturlungum
mjok m<Jdr, Bs. i. 521 ; ox J)eim mjtik moSr ok kapp. Fas. i. 37 ; mi verdr
|>i8rekr konungr sva reiftr ok sva faer hann mikinn m63, at ... , jjiSr.
332 ; i rn65 sinum ok troUdomi, Fs. 43 ; As-m63r (q. v.), the godly wrath
of Thor; Jotun-moSr, giant-mood, giant-fury. II. moodiness,
heart's grief; var m65r mikill i hug hcnnar, Bs. i. 199 ; maelti hon {)etta
af hinum mesta mod, Fms. ix. 221, Fas. i. 362 (in a verse) ; hardr modr,
SkaldH. 7. 9; Ufa vid langan mod, 2.12; mod letti sva J)j6dar, Bs. ii.
(in a verse) ; hug-modr (q. v.), moodiness. Poet, compds : iu63-akam,
n. 'mood-acorn,' i.e. the heart, Hkv. i. 52. ni63-barr, -fikinn,
-gjarn, -Oflugr, -rakkr, -J)rutiiin, adj. ivroth, fierce. Lex. Poet.
ni63-sefl, a, m. [A. S. modsefa], mood, Edda (Ht.) iu63-tregi, a,
m. moodiness, heart's grief, Skm. 4, Sdm. 30, Skv. 3. 44.. III.
in pr. names, M63-ulfr, whence M63;^lfixigar, Landn. ; and as the
latter part, As-modr, Her-m., Ol-m., {)6r-m.
in63r, m. ( = m6da), in western Icel. muddy snow-banks, heaps of snow
and ice projecting into the sea.
m63r, adj. [Scot, muth], moody; J)a er modr er at morni komr, Hm.
22 ; sorg-modr, Og. 13 ; sja modr konungr, 16 ; heipt-modr, wrath. Lex.
Poet. ; this sense is poet, and obsolete, but freq. in II. weary,
exhausted, losing one's breath ; hann var modr mjok af gongu, Fms. vi.
325, Fs. 27 ; modr ok sarr, {jidr. 332 ; modir af erfidi, 0. H. 187 ; mo^
ok megin-litill, Sol. 2 ; Kjartan var litt s&rr en 4kafliga vigmodr, Ld.
222 ; hestrinn var mjok modr, GuUJ). 64.
in63ugr, adj., contr. modgir, modgan, [Ulf. modags = 6pyt(6/i(vos ;
Engl, moody]: — moody, as an epithet of a giant, _/?fr«, Hy'm. 5, 21 ;
modugr ok mjiik J)ungyrkr, Fs. 185 : — moody, gloomy, Akv. 36; modgir,
Gh. 7 ; m6dug spjtill, 9, Gkv. I. 2, 5, II ; hard-m., J)rud-m., of a hard,
fierce mood : inodug a munad, bent on lust, Sol.
m6-hella, u, f. a slab or ledge of tufa, used of a slippery place in a
river where the gravel has been washed away and the tufa underneath
laid bare, Nj. 83.
MOK, n. dozing as half asleep ; svefn-m6k.
m6ka, ad, to doze : used of fishes at rest in water, J)eir v6ni at metja
stokkva og stedja stundum moka ^vi lognid var, Bb.
mo-kolla, u, f. a ewe, and md-kollr, m. a wetber^ofa dusky colour,
Grett. 137 : m6-koll6ttr, adj. of dusky colour, of sheep, id.
momenta, u, f. [a Lat. word], a moment, Rb., Stj.
mona, u, f. [the word is still said to be used in provinc. Icel., and
also remains in provinc. Swed. liuE-muna = \]6s-m6b'ii, q.v. (Ihre) ; Scot,
minnie] ir— mammy, of a baby ; mona mia m6na, kveftr barnid, vid mik
gora verst hjona, Skalda (Thorodd) 163.
MdB, m;, gen. mos, dat. mo, pi. moar, [akin to Engl, moor; Norse
' F F 2
436
MdRAUDR-MUNA.
Moe] : — a moor, heath, mostly used of a barren moorland, grown only
with ling; en biskup dragna6i um grjot ok moa, Sturl. ii. 50; tekr
Skeggi a ras upp eptir mounum ok gripr J)ar upp malinn, Grett. 93 :
freq. in local names, Mor, M6ar {Moe in Norway), Landn. ; M6-berg :
in pr. names, referring to the hue, M6-gils, M6-ei3r, id. II.
peat, for fuel ; skera mo, brenna mo, freq. in mod. usage ; mo-tak, n. a
feat-field: ni6-skur3r, m. cutting peat: mo-grof, f. a peat-pit : mo-
fgivs\a.,n,i. carrying peat,Vra.i^: in old writers torf, q. v. III.
in compds, as mo-hella, mo-berg (q. v.), tufa : and hence of colour,
m6-kollr, in6-bniiin, ni6-rau3r, q. v.
md-rauflr, zA]. yellow brown, of sheep and wool; m6rau3 hetta, Fas.
iii. 252 ; m6rau6 augu (as in cats), Mag. 7.
m6-reiidr, adj. russet, sad-coloured, of wadmal, Finnb. 318, Fs. 141,
Rd. 251 ; soluva6ar-kyrtil m6rendan, Nj. 52 ; murend vara, Bs. i. 286.
ni6r-ylla, u, f. a dusky sheep, Bjorn.
m6-skj6ttr, ad], piebald, of a horse, Isl. ii. 62.
MOT, n. [A. S. gemot; Old Engl, mote or moot, in ward-mote, the
Moot-hall at Newcastle; Dan. fnode ; Swed. mot and 7ndte']: — a
meeting ; maela mot me& ser, to fix a meeting Eg. 564 ; {)eir maeltu
mot me5 set ok hittusk i Elfinni, 444 ; mmm-mot, a meeting ; vina-
mot, a meeting of friends. 2. as a Norse law term ; in Norway
a mot was a town meeting, and is opp. to J)ing, a county meeting ; a J)ingi
en eigi a moti, J)viat sokin veit til lands-laga en eigi til Bjarkeyjar-rettar,
Hkr. iii. 257, N. G. L. ii. 190 : mots-minni, a toast or grace, when a
meeting was opened, Ems. vi. 52; a J)ingum ok a moti, Fagrsk. 145 ;
var blasit til mots i baenum, Ems. vi. 202, 238, 270; a moti i kaupangi,
vii. 130 ; m6ts-fjalir, a meeting-shed, N. G. L. i. 224. II. a joint,
juncture; mot a bring, cp. motlauss ; ar-mot, a meeting of waters, also a
local name, cp. Lat. Confluentia, Coblentz; Ii6a-m6t, q. v. : of time, in
pi., alda-mot, the end and beginning of two centuries; mana6a-m6t,
missera-mot, eykta-mot, and so on.
B. As adverb, both in dat. moti, against, on the opposite side, with
dat. as also with a prep., a moti, i moti ; or in gen. mots or mots vi&,
against, with ace. used as prep, and ellipt. or even as adverb : I. gen.
m.6ts ; til mots vi3 e-n, towards, against; fara til mots viS e-n, to go to meet
one, encounter, visit. Eg. 9 ; fara a mots vi&. Fas. i. 450 ; halda til mots
vi&, to march against, Fms. ii. 217 ; smia til mots vi5, Nj. 125 ; ganga til
mots vid e-n ( = ganga til fundar vi3 e-n), to go to meet a person, 100;
koma til mots vi6. Eg. 63 ; eiga e-t til mots vi5 e-n, to own in com-
mon with another, loi, G{)1. 506, Fms. ii. 91 ; vera til mots, to be on the
opposite side, opposed, Nj. 274; miklir kappar eru til mots, there are
mighty men to meet or contend with, 228 ; en J)ar allt er login
skilr a, {)§, skulu oil hallask til mots vi3 Uppsala-log, they shall all
lean towards the law of Upsala, i. e. in a controverted case the law of
U. is to rule, O. H. 65. II. dat. m6ti, a moti, i moti, and more
rarely at moti e-m (all these forms are used indiscriminately), as also an
apocopated mot, qs. m6ti (Jl mot, imot) : — against, on the opposite side,
towards, and the like ; fara moti e-m, Fms. vi. 29 ; moti solu, 439 ;
smia i moti e-m, Nj. 3, 43, 74, 118, 127, 177, Fms. i. 169, iii. 189, v.
181, vi. 3, ix. 348, 511, xi. 121,126, Eg. 283, 284, 572, Landn. 317,
Ld.214; hannsag6i at i moti voru J)eir GrjotgarSr, Nj. 125 ; risa i moti,
to rise against, withstand, Lv. 79, and so in countless instances : — denot-
ing reception, gora veizlu moti e-m. Eg. 43, Nj. 162, passim : — towards,
konungr kit moti honum, looked towards him, Fms. i. 41. III.
metaph. in return, in exchange for ; for me& honum sonr GuSbrands i
gisling en konungr fekk J)eim annan mann i moti, G. H. 108 ; Gunnarr
bau5 J)a at moti Geiri go8a at hly6a til ei6spjalls sins, in his turn, Nj.
87 ; ok maela jamillt at moti at osekju, Grag. ii. 145 ; skolu tryg6ir
koma hvervetna moti sakb6tum, 187 ; j)a kva6 hann a8ra visu i moti,
Fms. i. 48 ; hann hlo mjok mot atfangi manna, vi. 203 ; hann gaf
drottningu ssemiligar gjafir ok sva drottningin honum a moti, x. 95 ;
sendi hann konungi vingjafir ok goS or6 mot vinattu hans, i. 53 ; mikit
er J)at i mot {against, as compared with) erf&inni minni, Nj. 4 ; sagSi at
hann mundi eigi t)iggja nema annat f6 kgemi i mot, 133 ; hvat hefir J)U
i moti {)vi er hann deildi kappi vi5 {)orgrim go3a, what hast thou to set
against that as an equivalent i Isl. ii. 215 ; engar skulu gagnsakir metask
a mot J)eim malum, Grag. i. 294. 2. against, contrary to; moti
Gu6s logum, Fms. x. 2i : — with verbs, gora e-t moti e-m, to act against,
Ld. 18 ; moela moti, to contradict; standa mot, to withstand ; ganga m6t,
to go against, as also to confess and the like. 3. bera at moti, to
happen, Fms. ii. 59 (see bera C. II. 2) : whence 4. temp, towards
a time ; m6t Jolum, Paskum, passim ; 1 m6t vetri, towards the setting in
of winter, Hkr. i. 13; moti sumri, towards the coming in of summer ;
moti degi, towards day, Fms. i. 71 ; hann sofnaSi moti deginum, vi. 62 ;
moti J)ingi, towards the opening of parliament, Rb. 530.
M(3T, n. [cp. Ulf. m6ta=r(\wvLov ; O. H. G. miita] : — a stamp, mark;
spur5i hann hvers mot e3r mark var a J)eim penningi, Th. 50; mot a
silfri, 623. 61 ; skaltfi smi6a hus eptir pvi moti sem mi mun ek syna
l)6r, Fb. i. 439. II. metaph. a mark; mattii sja mot a er hon
hlser vi6 hvert orS, Nj. 18 ; asku-mot, Fms. xi. 422 ; settar-mot, a family
likeness; manns-mot, the stamp, mark of a true man, Fb. 1. 150; alia {)a
sbt
menu er nokkut manns mot var at, Hkr. i. 13; t>2& er ekkert ma
mot a6 honum, he is a small ma?i, a man?iikin ; er eigi ambottar m(
henni, she does not look like a bondwoman. Fas. i. 147. III. mam
way, which may, with Dan. maade, Swed. mate, be borrowed from 1
modus; me9 kynligu moti, in a strange manner, Fms. ix. 9 ; me5 undar
moti, Nj. 62 ; mikill fjoldi dyra meS oUu moti, of every shape and man.
fcorf. Karl. 420; me9 J)vi moti, in that way, Fms. i. 48, Faer. 2 ; i
litlu moti, iti a small degree, Finnb. 328; me6 minna moti, in a
degree, Sturl. i. 214 ; me& J)vl moti at {in such a way that) J)eir soru e
cp. Lat. hoc modo, Fms. vi. 27 ; me6 ongu moti, by no means, Lat, n
modo, i. 9 ; fra moti, abnormally, Grett. 92 A.
m.6ta, a6, to stamp, coin ; mota penning, passim in mod. usage ; m6l
{stamped) pundari, m6ta6r penningr, Rett., Flov. 2. metaph
mark; skyldim v6r ^annig mota oss mest sem Gu3 kenndi postu
sinum, ok kva& J)a eigi ella mega komask i himinriki nema J)eir 1
{)annig motaSir, Hom. (St.), Fr.
mot-bara, u, f. a ' counter-wave :' metaph. an objection, Thom. ^i,
ii. 42, Karl. 543.
mot-bdrligr, adj. adverse, Stj. 326, 331.
m.6t-bldstr, m. a counter-blast, opposition, H. E. i. 516.
mot-burflr, m. a coincidence, Bs. i. 743 (v. 1.), ii. 39, 1 13.
mot-drdttr, m. a pulling against, hostility, Bs. i. 722.
mot-dreegri, n. = motdrattr, Bs. i. 819.
m.6t-dr8egr, adj. adverse, opposed, Bs. i. 727, 816.
in6t-fallinn, part. ; motfallinn e-u, adverse to a thing.
m6t-fier3ir, f. pi. ; vera i motferftum vi& e-n, to go against, Sturl
19, O. H. 227.
mot-ferli, n. adversity, Bs. i. 700.
mot-fjalir, f. pi. [early Swed. thingjjdlar'] : — the hustings or shed w'
meetings were held, O. H.L. 46, Fms. vii. 39, MS. 655 xvii. 2.
mot-ganga, u, f. resistance, Fms. v. 37, vi. 30; motgongu-maSr
antagonist, Sturl. i. 75, Hkr. iii. 104. II. a going to a meet
N.G.L. ii. 244, D.N.
mot-gangr, m. a going against, Fms. v. 189, vii. 280, Sturl. iii
motgangs ma8r, an opponent, ii. 185, Fb. i. 512 : — adversity, mod.
m6t-g6r3ir, f. pi. offence, Fms. iv. 218, vii. 157, Stj. 143, Magn.,
motgorSa-samr, adj. offending, Ld. 300.
mot-horn, n. a ' meeting-horn,' trumpet, 645. 66.
mot-hverfr, adj. = m6tsnuinn.
xn6t-h.6gg, n. a blow in front, opp. to bakslag, Fms. viii. 399.
m.6t-kast, n. opposition, Fms. iii. 165, Thom. 44, 50.
mot-lauss, adj. without joints, of a ring; hringr m., Eb. 10.
mot-likr, adj. similar, Fs. 174.
> mot-lseti, n. adversity.
mot-madr, m. a man at a meeting, parliament-man, N. G. L, i. 3
in6t-m.ark, n. a stamp, Rett. 39.
mot-markaSr, adj. stamped, Jb. 376.
mot-msela, t, to contradict, Vigl. 19.
m.6t-mL8eli, n. a contradiction, Fms. i. 299, vii. 132, Korm. 160.
mot-moglan, f. a murmuring against, Bs. i. 764.
m.6t-rei3, f. an encounter on horseback, Sturl. i. 38.
mot-reisn, f. a rising against, resistance, Bs. i. 81 1.
mot-ris, n. = m6treisn, Fms. viii. 246 (v. 1.), Thom. 87.
m.6t-settr, part, opposed, adverse, Karl. 410.
mot-sniiinn, part, adverse, Bs. ii. 185, Lv. 109, Fs. 18', Gisl. ^39^^^
mot-staSa, u, f. resistance, Fms. i. 65. compds : motstOSu-floIlHW:
m. an opposition party, Hkr. ii. 271. m6tst63u-ma3r, m. fl»i«
gonist, 54j. loi, Bs. i. 722.
m6t-sta3ligr, adj. withstanding, opposing, Fms. ii. 199, Stj. 23,!
mot-standa, st66, to withstand, resist.
mot-stefna, u, f. a meeting didy summoned, Isl. ii. 375-
m6t-st8e3iligr, adj. = m6tsta51igr, Bs.
mot-svar, n. an answer, reply, Sturl. iii. 138.
mot-tak, n. resistance, Karl. 160. 2. the strap of a horsisi
which passes through the buckle (hogld).
mot-taka, u, f. resistance, Fms. ix. 374. Orkn. 364.
m6t-vi3ri, n. a contrary wind, Fms. ii. 127, Fbr. 22.
mot-vindr, m. = m6tvi8ri.
mot-vollr, m. a place of meeting. Fas. i. 503.
m6t-J)r6i, a, m. a rebellious spirit. Fas. iii. 151.
m6t-J)ykki, n. dislike. Fas. ii. 355.
M6veskr, adj. Moabitish, Stj.
mu3la, aS, [mu6r = munnr], to maunder, KatI. ig'j ; m. fyrir m
s^r, Fms. vi. 372, Thom. 74: — to munch as cattle do.
niudlan, f. munching with the teeth, Al. 168.
m.u3lungr, m. arbutus-berries, also of uneatable berries.
MUffQ-A, u, f. mugginess, soft drizzling mist, Edda (Gl.) ii. 486; p
mugga. Snot 20. compds : muggu-kafald, n. fog and «
m.uggu-ve3r, n. muggy, misty weather, Isl. ii. 87.
MUNA, aS, [the root word of mund, n., mundi, mundanga, m
, the primitive notion is from scales, balance, weight, disparity, 01
^
i
MUNA— MUNDR.
437
—to move, remove, with dat. ; J)ess cr ok kostr, at muna lit garSi,
' out' a fence, remove it farther off, widen it, Grag. ii. 257; ef
vilja muna varj)ingi, if men will alter the time of the parliament,
; prob. also, m«;r er or minni muiiad, it is removed out of my
V, I have quite forgotten it, Bs. i. 421; J)at merkdu {)eir at solar-
.it sumarit munaSi aptr til varsins, lb. 7 ; miSlum ekki sporuni
vcr munim frani, unless we move forwards, 116; slikt munar ok
^k6gar-manns {amounts to the same thing, is equally valid) fiott hann
ilfr, Grag. ii. 159 : with dat. impers., e-u munar, a thing changes
■c ; J)vi munar afrani, it moves forward. II. metaph. to
! difference, with dat. of the amount of disparity ; |)a skulu J)eir
vi (dat.) muna skal kaup vi8 hverja skipkvamu, Grag. ii. 405 ; ef
naelir rangar alnar, sva at munar aln e6a meira (dat.) i tuttugu
. . ., ef von er at muna mundi oln i tuttugu oinum, i. 462, 499 ; at
Milfri stiku i tiu stikum, . . . sva at meira muni en iiln, 498 ; munar
I pit, it makes a great difference. Lex. Poet. : muna um e-t, id. ;
'ir munaSi ok um digrleik, Mag. 90; munar um aett a fimm
1, Rb. 96, mod. J)a6 munar ekki um J)a8, it is of no effect, esp. of
: iir measure ; as also, J>ig munar ekki um J)ad, it makes no difference,
atter, to thee ; J)ig munar ekki um svo litiS, hvaS munar J)ig um
j ' iiid the like.
B. [munr], iV lists, one likes, i.e. one longs or wishes, impers. ; ef
I rr tyggja (ace.) munar at ssekja hringa rau6a en hefnd fo9ur, if the
^ir longs more for, is more eager to . . ., Skv. 2.15: it remains in the
] ise, mig munar i J)a&, to long for, cast longing eyes after a thing.
UNA, with present in preterite form, man, mant, mod. manst, man, pi.
■ w.m. ; pret. munfli and mundi ; subj. myndi ; part. munaSr, munat ; see
1. p. xxiii : \\i\i. ga-miinan = fiifivqaKiaOai and //.vrjiioveueiv, as also
= 5oKuv, vofj.i^uv; a word common to all old Teut. languages ; it re-
n Engl, mind] : — to mind, call to mind, remember; forn spjoll J)au er
iist um man . . . ek man jotna . . . niu man ek heima,Vsp. 1,2; J)at
m folkvig fyrst i heimi, 26; hann munSi sjalfr \>it er hann var
at fjangbrandr skirSi hann {)revetran, lb. 15 ; j^orkels es langt
tram, 4; es munSi Jjorarinn logsogu-mann ok sex aSra si6an, 16 ;
li luunQi Snorra foSur sinn, (3. H. (pref.) ; ek ma muna Eirek konung
" sigrsaela, 68 ; {jorgnyr fo&urfa3ir minn mun6i Eirek Uppsala-konung,
• ef festar-vattar lifa eigi {)eir er J)au muni, Grag. i. 335; muna
. Isl. ii. 265 ; engi maSr mundi fyrr herjat hafa verit milli Kaup-
Fms. vii. 255; mantii nokkut hver orS ek hafSa J)ar um ? J)at
N gorla, ii. 1 10 ; vist })aEtti mer fr631eikr i, ef ek maetta alia J)a hluti
.. ., Sks. 220 ; veit Gu8 at ek aetla mik mi eigi muna, ... ok man |>6rSr
k:!:a muna, Bs. i. 421. 2. with the additional notion of gratitude,
re i£;e, or the like; J)6tt mi muni J)at fair, Nj. 227; launa ok lengi
■neb g66u, 0. H. 34; gratum eigi, fraendi, en munum lengr, Faer.
li skal ek J)at muna, hversu Gunnari for, Nj. 119: also, muna e-m
remember a person's doings, with the notion of revenge ; J)a skal
segir hon, muna {)4r kinnhestinn, 117; meiri van at hann muni
^s (dat.) J)at er hann stokk or hbllinni. Fas. i. 87 ; eg skal muna J)er
hall mind, remember it ! 3. part., var Noregr sva g63r, at hann
^i muuaSr betri, Fms. x. 381; for Bs. i. 421 see muna (movere).
ijoiadr, m., gen. muna&ar: I. difference, Fms. ix. 241,
'1^') 11. delight, A prolonged form for munr(q.v.), not to
nfounded with mun-u6 (from mun-hyg3) ; esp. freq. in the
, mtinaSar-lauss, adj. orphaned; munaSar-leysi, n. the state
"anhood ; munaflar-leysingi, a, m. n« orphan. III. in
imes, Munaflar-nes, -tunga, Landn., Icel. map.
""TD, heterogene, in sing, n., in plur. f. mundir; [muna]: — a
', the nick of time ; en er ^u hefir gort {)etta, J)a mun J)er mund {high
r hauginum a braut, O. H. L. 2 : followed by a gen., i J)at mund
'' lit tok eyktina, Fms. xi. 136 ; {)at var mjiik i {)at mund daegra,
Vst. 3 ; J)at var mi5viku-dagr ok ^at mund ars, er. . ., Horn. 1 10;
und missera, Bs. i. 185 : — single, \)zt mund, er Bersi var til biidar
at the moment when, Korm. 128; skip kom lit i {>etta mund
i-v. 74; i J)at mund kemr Haukrmed skikkju-ver&it, Fb. i. 577!
ind er sa andaSisk, N. G. L. i. 250 ; var hann agxtastr vikinga i
nd, Fms. xi. 74; J)at var skirsla i {)at mund, in those days, Ld.
t var J)a tiSska i J)at ({)ann Ed.) mund, 104 ; 1 [)at mund mun orSit
pti, 128 ; i sama mund, at the same time next day, month, year,
II. plur. mundir ; biSa til annars dags i Jjser mundir,
nme hour next day, Fb. i. 530 ; J)at var J)a tiftska i ^xt mundir,
m {)aer mundir, Sks. 78 new Ed., v. 1.
VD, f., dat. mundu, [cp. Lat. mamts'], the hand, mostly in poetry,
■ rl.)lio; laetr hann mundum (not mund um?) standa hjiir til
''^P- 55 ; at mundum, to hand, Orkn. 328 ; fra mundum, offhand,.
a verse): poet., mundar fiirr, 'hand-fire,' i.e. gold. Lex. Poet.;
r vondr, ' hand-wand,' i. e. a sword, spear, Kormak ; mund-jokull,
f the hand, i. e. gold, Hallfred. The word remains in the compds,
i'ii, mund-laug, q. v. II. a measure, MS. 732. 5 ; maela
ni ok sponnum, Fas. iii. 19 (in a verse).
'"[Ida, ad, [prob. from mund, n.], to aim, point with a weapon ; hann
a.
inum ef hann er reiftr, Nj. 78 ; mundum ae fram, keep the spean in
rest, Fagrsk. 138 (munim, Mork. I. c); cf maftr mundar til manns ok
stiiftvar sjalfr ok vardar fjorbaugsgara, GrAg. ii. 131. II. recipr,
to point at one another with a weapon ; ek veit beggja ykkar skaplyndi,
J)itt ok jarls, at J)it monut skamma stund mundatk til, 6. H. 94 ; ok
mundudusk J)eir at um stund, Fms. viii. 388, v. 1.
mundan, f. a pointing at; mill ok m., Mag.
mundang, n. the balance or the tongue of the balance; it is only used in
coMPDs : mundangs-hdf, n. the making a true balance, moderation ; med
mundangshofi, with just balance, moderately, Stj. 517, 552, Sks. 691 ; sja
vel meS mundangshofi {minutely) hvat ma6r a hverjum at gjalda, Sks-
444; eptir mundangshoii, Stj. 283 : esp. in the phrase, mjott er mund-
angshofit, the just balance, the true middle, is hard to hit, G{)1. 1 73, Js.
55, Thom. 153, Bs. i. 667 (in a verse). mundangs-maar, m. a
just, moderate man, Sks. 495. mundangs-mikill, adj. balanced, just,
moderate, Bs. i. 133, Edda 165.
mundanga, adv. justly, in due measure ; mundanga heitr, Sks. 69 ;
eigi var mottullinn mundanga. Art. 151 ; m. mjok, Barl. 178; jafnhavan
vi5 J)SEr er mundanga eru, N. G. L. ii. 243 : skip mundanga hla&it, 274.
mundang-leikr, m. moderation, Karl. 517.
mundang-liga, adv. justly, duly, Flov. 30.
mvmdang-ligr, zdj.just; m. hof, Bs. i. 280, Barl. 148, Pr. 406.
mnndar-iniLl, n. pl. = mundmal, see mundr below, Grag. i. 370.
Mundi,, a, m. an abbreviation from the pr. names ending in -mundr,
see Gramm. p. xxxiv.
Mundia, u, f., and Mundia-fjol, n. pi. the Mounts^ the Alps, Symb,
Mundil-f6ri, a, m. the name of a giant, the father of the Sun and
the Moon ; akin to monduU, referring to the veering round or revolution
of the heavens, VJ)m., Edda 7.
mund-laug, f., usually spelt and sounded mtuin-laug, Edda 40 (ii.
185, note), Fs. 5, Fms. ii. 167, Gisl. 21, N.G. L. i. 211 (Js. 78), Str. 40,
Vm. 96; but mcindlaugu (dat.), Edda i. 184; even spelt mullaugu
(dat.), N. G. L. ii. 443: [from mund = j&anrf; early Swed. mullog']: —
a basin for washing the hands, esp. before and after a meal, see
the remarks s. v. handlaugar and diikr ; hann setti munnlaug fyrir sik
ok J)6 sik ok J)er3i a hvitum diik, Fs. 5 ; st66 hja honum mundlaug
full af bl(.')6i. Band. 42 new Ed. ; munnlaugar firjar faSar nie6 gulli, Gisl.
2 1 ; munnlaug eina skal dottir hafa, nema rekendi s6 fast a medal {)a
skal hon hafa baSar, N. G. L. i. 211, cp. Art. 80 : — poet., munnlaug vinda,
the basin of the wind, i. e. the vaulted sky, Edda (in a verse).
mund-nxdl, n. an agreement about mundr, Grag. i. 370, Isl. ii. 318.
MUNDR, m., gen. mundar, dat. mundi ; [cp. O. H.G. mtint, whence
low Lat. mundium = tutelage in the old Teut. laws ; women are said to live
'sub mundio' of their parents and husbands, Du Cange, s. v. ; cp. also
Germ. vor~mund=a guardian, and mu,ndling = a minor or a person living
under tutelage; perh. akin to mund {hand), as hand and authority are
kindred notions. So in Lat. phrases, in manu parentis, manumissio, etc.,
used of minors, slaves. In Norse the word is used in a special sense.]
B. In the ancient laws and customs matrimony was a bargain
(bru6-kaup), hence the phrase to buy a wife, kaupa konu ; the wooing
was often performed by a deputy, and at the espousals (festar) a
sum was agreed on, which the bridegroom was to pay for his
bride. This sum was called mundr ; and this transaction between the
damsel's father or guardian and the other party was called mundar-mal
or mund-mal, e. g. Nj. ch. 2, MorSr (the father) svarar, hugsaS hefi ek
kostinn, hon (i. e. my daughter, the damsel) skal hafa sextigi hundrada, ok
skal aukask J)ri6jungi i ^inum gar8i : hence the phrases, kaupa mey
mundi, to buy a maid by mund ; mey mundi keypt ; gjalda mund, Skv,
I. 30, Fm. 41, N. G. L. i. 27, 48, Am. 93, and passim. No marriage
was lawful without the payment of mund, for even if the wedding
had been lawfully performed, without such previous payment of
mund the sons of such a wedlock were illegitimate, and were
called hornung (q. v.), — hann kallaSi ykkr frillu-sonu, — Harekr sag8i at
Jjeir mundi vitni til fa at m65ir J)eirra var mundi keypt. Eg. 40 ; the
least amount of mund in Norway was twelve ounces, called the poor
man's mund (oreiga mundr), N. G. L. i. 27, 54 ; in Iceland it was a mark,
sa maSr er eigi arfgengr er mo&ir hans er eigi mundi keypt, mork e8a
meira fe, Grag. (Kb.) i. 222. On the wedding night the stipulated mund
became the wife's personal property, and thus bears some resemblance to
the ' morning-gift' (morgun-gjiif) of the later legislation ; J)a er hju koma
i eina saeing, at J)a er konu heimill mundr sinn ok sva vextir af ftS J)vi
ollu er henni er maelt 1 mundar-malum, Grag. i. 370. The wife herself or
her parents might, in case of divorce after misconduct, call on the husband
to pay up the mund and the heiman-fylgja (q.v.) of which he had thecharge,
Griig. Festa|). ch. 51 ; ella mun ek lata nefna m^r vatta nu l)egar, ok segja
skilit vi& J)ik, ok mun ek lata fo8ur minn heimta mund minn ok heiman-
fylgju, Gisl. 16 (p. 32 in Mr. Dasent's Gisli the Outlaw), cp. also Yngl. S.
ch. 17 ; nefndi MoVSr (the father) ser vdtta, ok lysti f^siik a hendr Riiti
(the husband) um femal dottur sinnar ok taldi niutigi hundra8a fjiir, lysti
hann til gjalda ok litgrciSslu, Nj.15 and Dasent's Burnt Njal (I.e.), the Sagas
'k til hotuSs a Gesti, Isl. ii. 305 ; mun hann ekki lengi m, atgeir-i passim, as aho Grag., esp. the section FestaJ). ch. vii
sqq.
The mundr
438
MUNDR— MUNR.
therefore was different to the dowry (heiman-fylgja), and has nothing
answering to it in the modern law, nor perhaps in the old Greek or
Roman customs ; hence Tacitus speaks of it as something strange,
dotem non uxor marito, sed maritus uxori affert. Germ. ch. 18. On the
other hand, the Teutonic rites of marriage call to mind the ancient patri-
archal times as described in Gen. xxiv and xxix. The etymological
connection between mundium = tutelage and the Norse word is not alto-
gether clear. In modern Icelandic usage heiman-mundr is erroneously
used instead of heiman-fylgja, q. v.
-mundr, m. the latter part of several pr. names, As-mundr, Ey-m.,
Gu8-m., Geir-m., Ha-m., Hall-m., Her-m., Lo8-m., Sig-m., Sol-m., |>6r-
m., Ver-m., Ve-m., Vil-m., Og-m. : contr. Mtindi, whence Mtinda-
grOs, n. pi. a kind of lichen, Hjalt.
mund-riSi, a, m. the handle of a shield, Gr. oxo-vov (Herod, i. 171),
Nj. 66, Ld. 220, Bjarn. 65, Finnb. 286, Karl. 440, G^\. 105, Sks. 373 ;
{)rar mundri&ar, N. G. L. ii. 42.
mun-g^t, n,, thus spelt (and not munn-gat) in the best MSS., Bs. i. 340,
etc.; [prop. = a dainty; from munr and gat (q. v.) from geta ; Dan.
tnuttdgodt'] : — a kind of ale, small beer. Oik. 34, Fms. vii. 249, viii.
87, Eg. 24, 247, Sks. 163; matr ok m., GJ)1. 15, Horn. 87; mj63r ok
m., Fs. 4, Fms. vii. 12; Sigur5r konungr veitti annan hvern dag fiska
ok mjolk en annan-hvern slatr ok mungat, (5. H. 33 ; gestum
likadi ilia er hirdmenn drukku mjo6 en Jjeir mungat, Fms. viii. 166;
gora m., to brew m., Bs. i. 197; heita m., 340; var mj69r blandinn
ok m. heitt, Sturl. ii. 245 ; sdrt mungat, Bs. i. 819 ; mj66 eSr m., Fb.
ii. 340 ; ale (61) and mungat are synonymous, whereas beer and mungat
are distinguished, B. K. 88, D. N. (see Fr.) ; mungats bytta, Fms. ii. 165 ;
mungats efni, Bs. i. 340; mungats g6r6, brewing o/m.. Fas. ii. 25.
muni, a, m. the mind; see munr.
Mtminn, m. the name of one of Odin's two ravens, Gm., Edda,
munligr, adj. pleasant, Barl. 71, J>i6r. 96.
munni, a, m. a mouth, opening, Landn. 119 (of a cave = hellis-munni,
q. v.), Fms. vi. 189, 344; ofns m., Al. 55 ; grafar m., Mark xvi. 3.
munn-laug, f., see mundlaug.
MXTNNR, m., old nom. muor, in poems, but gen. munns, dat. munni ;
[Ulf. munps = arofM ; A. S. mu'^ ; Engl, mouth ; Germ, and Dan. mund ;
Swed. viun'] : — the mouth, Edda 71. 109 ; hafa slikar raeSur i munni, Fms.
ii. 292 ; leggja e-m or6 i munn, Fxr. 254 ; segja, maela fyrir munni ser,
to say in a low voice, Al. 2, Vigl. 31 ; ma eigi einum munni allt senn segja,
Fms. xi. 43, V. 1. ; also, einum munni, with one mouth, unanimously ; maela
feigum munni, Nj. 9 ; e-m ver&r or6 (visa) a munni, to utter, Sd. 139, Fb.
i. 525 ; ferr or3 er um munn li6r, a saying,Va.pn.i5 ; liik heill munni sundr,
well said ! Band. 37 new Ed. ; maela af munni fram, Fms. vi. 375 ; maelandi
mu8r, a speaking mouth, able to speak, N. G. L. i. 61 ; halda munni, to
bold one's tongue; J)a& er mikit i munni, big in the mouth {in talk), but
really small ; vera mestr i munninum, of a braggart : — of beasts, me3
gapanda munn, Edda 41 ; {)a mun hann alia y9r i munni hafa, Fagrsk. ;
lilfs-munnr, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; fra leons munni, Stj. 463, Grag. i.
383 (of a horse) : of a bird, 623. 9 ; but commonly kjoptr, nef, goggr,
q. v. II. metaph. the steel mount of an axe or hammer, (6xar-mu6r,
hamars-muSr) ; oxin hljop ni3r i steininn sva at mu3rinn brast or allr
ok rifna3i upp 1 gognum her9una, Eg. 181 ; ox naer dinar fyrir munn,
715. Ld. 276, GuliJ). 20; hann kastar fra ser oxinni, ok kom i stein ok
brotnadi or allr mu8rinn, Sd. 177 ; hamars-mu5rinn sokkr djupt i h6fu6it,
Edda 30 ; nema Einarr kyssi dxar munn enn J)unna, Fms. vi. (in a
verse). 2. an opening; sekkjar munninum, Stj. 214; but usually
munni (the weak form). III. a nickname, Fb. iii, Landn.; guU-
mubv = chrysostomus. compds : munna-magi, a, m. the maw of a
cod-fish. munn-biti, a, m. a hit, little mouthful. mtmn-eiSr,
m. swearing, Sks. 25. munn-fagr, inuiin-fri3r, adj. with a fine-
shaped mouth, Fms. viii. (in a verse). munn-fyUr, f. a mouthful,
Edda 47. munn-harpa or munn-herpa, u, f. 'mouth-harp,'
cramp in the mouth from cold: the name of an ogress, Edda (Gl.)
munn-ligr, adj. oral, and munn-liga, adv. orally. munn-litill,
adj. with a small mouth, Stj. 79. munn-ljdtr, adj. with an ugly-
shaped mouth, Nj. 39, Fms. ii. 20. munn-mseli, n. pi. sayings, saws.
munn-n^m, n. = munnsh6fn, Bs. i. 241. munn-rugl, n. twaddle,
Stj. 401. munn-setja, setti, to set the edge, sharpen, N. G. L. iii.
198. muDn-sopi, a, m. a ' mouth-sip,' draught. munn-storr, adj.
large-mouthed. munn-staeSi, n. the part of the face about the mouth. Eg.
304. Ta.\ixiXi.-svibi,z,m. a soreness of the mouth, munn-tal, n.cZ»a//er;
munntal jotna, ^o'i\..=gold, see the legend in Edda 47. munn-varp,
n. a kind of metre, Edda 137 : an extemporised ditty. ratmn-vatn,
n. ' mouth-water,' saliva. mvinn-vik, n. pi. the corners of the mouth.
inunn-vl3r, adj. wide-mouthed, Bar6. 165.
munns-h6fn, f. (655 xii. 3), mod. intinns6fnu3r, m. language;
illr m., had language, swearing and the like.
MUNR, m., older form monr, Hom. (St.) 21, gen. munar, dat.
mun, pi. munir; [Dan. mon'\ : — prop, the moment or turn of the balance;
this sense, however, only occurs in phrases more or less derived or
metaphorical, as in the phrase, vera mikilla (litilla) muna (gen. pi.)
' vant, to be in want of much {little) ; man y8r eigi sva in; la
muna avant, at {)^r niuniS eigi vilja upp hefjask ok rekask af 1 di
fraenda-skomm J)essa, ye are not in want of so much, that..., yot re
not so deficient, that .... the metaphor from under-weight, ( B.
32, cp. Fms. iv. 79; hann spurSi eptir vendiliga hvernig Kristinn 1 Iqf
vaeri haldinn a Islandi, ok J)6tti honum mikilla muna avant at vel ri,
44 ; litilla muna vant, lacking but little ; hygg ek at mer ver6i meiri i i^a
vant en {>6rolfi. Eg. 113 ; ok er m^r mikilla muna vant at ek halda |tu
mali, ef ek skal heldr lata lausar eignir minir aflaga fyrir J)6r en berjasjij
{)ik, 504; en ef vi6 annan Jieirra ver6r muna vant, Grag. i. 120: Ija
fyrir mun (munum) um e-t, to foresee how a thing will turn, whatnt
it will take ; eigi ^ykkjumk ek J)ar sja fyrir munum, hvart . . . , 1 ;
529 ; Erlingr fekk s4r eigi skaplyndi til at bi6ja her neinna muna uiii,
was too proud to beg anything in this case, 0. H. 47. 2. tem)
nick of time; hann ba3 Hallver6 ganga ut til sin um litla muni,
little while, Fms. ii. 71. II. the difference; hvi gorir J)i
mikinn mun barnanna ? Sd. 141 ; er J)ess mikill munr, hvart . . .,itj
a great difference, whether..., Fms. vii. 132; ef fo er verra, ok ,
{)eir vir8a J)anh mun, ok skal hann gjalda honum J)ann, make got
balance, Grag. i. 428 ; ok vaenta Jiess at mala-efna munr muni si
Sturl. iii. 241, Fb. i. 20, passim in old and mod. usage. 2. mo
importance ; vii ek bj63a honum mitt liS, J)vi at eigi er J)at vi5 hv
muni, /or it will tell something in the balance, Fs. 16; at hann s
segja honum J)a. hluti er honum vaeri munr undir at vita, Sturl. ii.
mun hverjum vitrum manni J)ykkja mikill munr undir J)vi vera, al
every wise man will think it of great moment, that . . ., Sks. 269 ; e
munr at e-u, it is of some moment; ok maetti {>er konungr ver6a mtf
at J)eir vaeri J)er heldr sinnadir en i mot, Fms. i. 297 ; munr er at r
liSi, a man's help is always something, Bs. i ; Grimr g6r6i ok ^zxm
allan er hann matti, G. strained every nerve. Eg. 188. III. th
muni or mun before a comparative, by a little, as also considerably, a
deal; Ijostii mun kyrrara, strike somewhat more gently, Hkr. iii. 36
J)u vilt logum at fylgja, J)a er J)at mun rettligast at Sigur&r njoti
sinna, 257 ; me5 muni minna li3i, with considerably less forces, Fj
172 ; muni si8ar, a little later, Geisli 23 ; h6n sagSi mun fleira, a gooi
more. Am. 45 ; stundum me8 mjiiklyndi, en stundum muni hardari,
176; muni hxgri, a good deal easier, Orkn. (in a verse): gen. 1
me& muns minni ras, muns tomlegari ok seinna . . . muns mjukari,
72. 2. adding a pronoun; J)eim mun skirlegri, Fs. 121 ; ek
j)eim mun er betr, it fares so much the better, Fms. xi. 228 ; {)eini
fleiri gildrur, all the more traps, Barl. 24 ; ^eim mun lengr, loi ; e
miklum mun sem sol er Ijosari en nattmyrkr, sva myklu er ok meii
by so much as the sun is brighter than night-mirk, so much greater ....
engum mun verr en a&r, nothing less than before, O. H. 69 ; enguni
betr, not a bit better, 222 ; ongum mun betri, 113 ; ok var sa 6
mun fegri, 75. IV. the adverb, phrase, fyrir alia muni, I
means; fyrir hvern mun, id., GuUJ). 7, Grett. 193 new Ed., Fms. i.
fyrir ongan mun, by no means, Edda 57, Nj. 200, 201, Fms. i. 9
531. v. plnr. means, things, objects, property ; en hann |
er et fyrra varit var i {)eim munum, Grag. ii. 338 ; at eigi monift i
y8ra muni til leggja, to contribute all one's means, strain every 1
6. H. 32 ; hefir ^li, fa8ir, J)ar marga J)ina muni til gefna, Ld. 102
vildi, at allir landsmenn legSi sina muni til at biskups-stoU vasri
Fb. iii. 446. 2. biskup talaSi her um mjukliga, las fyrst stnk
smam munina fyrir Jieini, expounded all the details for them, Fms. i:
slikt sem hann fekk munum a komit, such that he could manage al
be could get (metaphor from counting or balancing), Jatv. 40 ; fS-i
means; vits-munir, ' wit-means,' reason; ge6s-munir, skaps-muniTi
per ; gagns-munir, useful things.
MUNB, m., gen. munar and muns, pi. munir, [Ulf. muns=yt
A.S. myn = love, mind; Eng\. mind; mid.U.G. minni ; Germ. »
sang] : — (be mind, Edda (Gl.) ; af munar grunni, Hofu61. 19 ; 6r i^
ongum, the mind's straits, Kormak ; munar myrkr, Likn. 4 ; munar
the mind's distress, Skv. 3. 38 ; missa munar ok landa, to lose lif
/««(/, Hkv. 2.44. II. a mind, longing, delight ; atminum, J
munum, to my, thy mind, i. e. as I like, as thou likest, Skm. 35 ;
alfr66ull ly'sir of alia daga ok l)eygi at minum munum, /or the suh
all day long, and yet not to my mind, lb. 5, in the words of the loV'
god Frey, which call to mind Hamlet's words (this most excellent ca
the air, etc.); atmannskis munum,/o/)/easea«y6oJy, Skm.20, 24; J)"
minsmunar,43; leitae-m munar,/ocowi/br/o«e, Gkv.i. 8; atmnob
according to the will of the gods, Hkr. i. (in a verse) ; at niun «
to one's heart's content, Fms. i. 27 (in a verse) ; hverr lif8i at sinnm
Bjarn. (in a verse), Og. 34 ; i mun e-m, to one's mind or liking, Kon
a verse) : at Jiu gorir eptir minum mun, Fb. i. 21 : the phrase, e-m
munr a e-u, to have a mind for ; tak sjiilfr vi8 Jjeim ef pu {jykkisk ofj
hafa e8rl)er leikr munr at, Ld. 318, v. 1.; lek mer meirr i mun, //(
more for, Skv. 3. 39 ; as also, leika at muni, Gsp. ; grata at mum, ^£
heartily, Vtkv. (in a verse); land-munir, q. v. : and in mod. usage JW;
er J)aa i mun, I have a mind for that. 2. love; sa inn mattki :
Hm.93; vaettak mins mun^i, I waited for my heart's delight, g^
MUNAFULLR— MtJNKR.
439
•, komask a muni vi& e-n, to insinuate oneself, vita ef ek get komisk
i via Oliifu konu haiis, Vigl. 58 new I'M. compds : muna-fvillr,
;.i. Mligh/ful, Sol. 35. mvmar-heiinr, m. delight's abode, the world
''pleasure, Hkv. Hjiirv. 42. munar-lauss, adj. (mod. munaflar-
luss), joyless, orphaned, Gkv. I. 4, (cp. munaSar-leysi, n. orphan-
)od, and munaflar-leysingi, a, m. an orphan, which forms are freq. in
od. usage.) va.\xa.-\ig^, 3l&]. delightful. Lex. Poet. mun-rd3,
a match on which one has set his heart, Hkv. 2. 14. mun-strdnd, f.
e 'mind's-slrand,' poiit. for the breast, Hofu3i. i. mun-steerandi,
rt. love-awakening, epithet of a girl, Haustl. mun-tun, n. ' tnind's-
t\ urn,' poet, for the breast. Fas. i. 437 (in a verse). mun-vegar, m.
J . ibe ways of joy, the heavens, Stor. 16.
g !4TTNU, a verb whose present is in preterite form, see Gramm. p. xxiii ;
es. man, mant (mantii, muntti), man, pi. munum, munut, munu ; pret.
undi; subj. pres. muni ; pret. myndi ; imper. mun, muntu ; pres. infin.
una ; pret. infin. mundu. In the oldest vellums an o is used throughout
r u, thus infin. monu, pret. mon, monu, and so on, whence subj. m0ndi ;
us Thorodd, mon-a {will not) min mona ; and leka m^ndi hiisit {the
tise would leak) ef eigi m0'ndi {thatched) smi3rinn, Skalda; mun'k =
an ek. Ad. 14, Skv. i. 40; man'k = man ek, Fms. vii. 337 (Mork.) ;
5na'k = muna ek (subj.): with neg. suff. pres. mon-a, she will not,
li lorodd, HofuSl. 17; monka ek, / shall not, Hkv. Hjiirv. 23, Fms. x.
2 (in a verse); mon-at, mun-at (3rd pers.), shall not; monattu or
inattu (2nd pers.), Gs. 19, Ls. 49 ; munum-a, we shall not, Hallired ;
at, p. 2 : — a pret. pi. manu without umlaut, or even with a through-
t sing, and plur., is also freq. ^* In mod. usage and MSS., as also in
s correct paper transcripts of vellums, and in Editions, the pret. infin.
indu is freq. turned into a subj. from mundi, and ought to be restored ;
IS in Eg. — s6g3u J)at vera mundu (Ed. mundi) rog illra manna, . . .
nungr kveSsk \>vi mundu (Ed. mundi) heldr af tnia, cp. Eb. (pref.
xxxviii new Ed.)
B. Will, shall, as an auxiliary verb simply denoting futurity,
iowed by an infinitive; munu margir {)ess gjalda, Nj. 2; J)ii mant
a feigr ma3r, 63; sem mi man ek telja, Grag. ii. 211; aldri
:8i dud min tva likami ok eigi mun hon hafa, heldr mun hon
a likama hafa mi, ok J)ann mun hon hafa a doms-degi, Fms. iv.
I ; hon kve6sk hans forsja hlita mundu, ... ok kve6sk ganga
adu, Ld. 14 ; sva man md&ir {)in til aetla, Nj. 58 ; muntu ekki
11 at sliku J)urfa, 55 ; mon ek ^k gorask J)inn ma3r, O. H. 47 ; en ek
n {iik lata vera gofgastan lendan mann, id. ; pa man y6r eigi sva . . .
eigi moned er (subj.), 32; segir at mi man til verSa sa ma3r, 33;
mantu konung upp faeda, m63ir, 64 ; mi man ek koma til Uppsala-
gs, 67 ; J)a mono vcr veita f)6r atgongu, 69 ; vel man per fara, Nj.
; J>u mant segja dau&a minn, 58 (but pii munt, next line) ; uparfir
nu per ver5a fraendr HallgerSar, id. ; p6 man ek ekki gora hann at
:li, id. ; hvat ek veit, segir Gunnarr, hvart ek man pvi livaskari ma5r
a6rir menu, sem . . ., whether I am, whether I should be, id. ; hann
p6 sva biiit pa mundu ver&a at vera (a threefold infin.), fsl. ii.
J. II. with a suggestive sense of may be, probably, about,
:n answering to may be, perhaps in mod. writers ; pa mundi lifa
Jjungr nxn, perhaps the third, about the third part, Fms. ix. 475 ; peir
ndi hafa naer sjau tigi maima, Sturl. iii. 239; hverr mundi pa segja?
iai44; ok mundi hann vita pat fyrir er hann vissi dau6a sinn, Nj.
ok myndi pat NjiiU aetla, at .... 93 ; peir sogSu pat vera mundu rog
I manna, it was nothing but . . . , Eg. 55 ; sogSu at f)6r61fr mundi vera
Ir konungi, that Th. was no doubt faithful, id., passim. III.
asking and answering, corresponding to Engl, would' st thou ? I will ;
ntii veita mer pat er ek bi6 pik ? Hvat er pat, segir konungr, Fms. vi.
; muntii mer, Freyja, fja3rhams, Ija? — J>6 munda ek gefa p(5r pott or
i vaeri, {>kv. 3, 4 ; mundu fleira maela ? answer, mun ek, Hkv. Hjcirv. 2 ;
]tu stefna vilja Hallvar8i ? Glum. 365 ; mun hann daudr, is he dead 9
153. IV. denoting injunction ; hann maelti til Einars, at hann
idi {told him to) leita ser vistar, Hrafn. 5 ; sva hefi ek helzt aetlaS at
pitt muni vera at ali&nu sumri, Ld. 14 (but rarely). V. ellipt.,
^ infin. vera being left out and understood ; serit brag& mun at pvi (viz.
), Nj. 58 ; litifrbraga mun pa at, Ld. 136 ; Halfr mundi mikill afreks-
I >r, Mag. 4; torsott mun (viz. vera) at saekja, Gliim. 365.
W Hardly any verb is more freq., e. g. pii munt hafa meira hlut sag3i
11, en p6 man her hljotask af margs manns bani. — Man nokkut her
n bani af hljotask ? — Ekki man pat af pessu, en p6 munu peir minnask
man fjandskap ok muntii ekki annat mega en hrokkva vi&, Nj. 90;
su mun mi ganga siSan ? {)-a mant ri6a til pings. |>a man pii skamt
61ifa5, ella mant pii ver6a gamall ma3r, . . . Veiztu hvat per man
ia at bana . . . {>at sem allir munu sizt sella, segir Njall, 85. In mod.
;e the word munu is far less frequent, and futurity is in speech
tly expressed, as in Gothic, by the pres. indie, as, eg fer a morgun,
re an ancient would have said, ek mun fara d morgan ; but in solemn
: munu is retained, thus, sja, pii munt barn geta i kviSi pinum, ok
t son ^aa ok hans nafn skaltii (not muntii) kalla Jesiis ; hann mun
ill verda, ok kallast sonr hins Haesta, og Gud Drottinn mun gefa
m sacti sins fcidur David, og hann mun rikja yfir husi Jakobs ad
'eilifu, hans rikis mun og enginn endir ver8a . . . Heilagr Andi mun koma
yfir pig, og kraptr ins Haesta mun yfirskyggja pig, af pvi at pad hift hclga
sem af p^r mun faedast ska! nefnast . . ., Luke i. 31 sqq. in the Icel. N. T.
(Vidal.)
munu3 or munufl, f., contr. from mun-hugfl (Bar). 86), mvin-ugfl,
[munr and hxigt]:— pleasure, lust ; likams or likamlig munud, carnal
lust, Horn. 85, 128 ; bindask munoSa sinna, . . . lifa at munoAum, Horn.
(St.); draga ast peirra saman til munyg8ar via sik, Bxr. I4; munugdar
lifi, a life of lust, 655 ix. C. 2; til munugdar sinnar, Str. 33; moti
munuga sinni ok veraldar girnd, O. H. L. 86; deila munud, Og. 24:
drygja inunua, Sol. 18 ; fljoas munud, a woman's love, Hm. 78 ; mun-
adar riki, sensuality, Sol. 10. compds: munhugd-ligr, adj. sensual,
Barl. 86. munud-lffl, n. a life of pleasure, Al. 87, Stj. 84, 1 19, 144,
Eluc. 27, Ver. 41, Mar. munu3-lifr, adj. sensual, R6m, 312.
munu3-samligr, adj. voluptuous, sensual, Hom. (St.)
MURA, u, f. goose-grass, silver-weed, potentilla anserina, Fnu. xi. 389,
Hjalt. ; attu born ok buru grofu raetr og muru, Maurer's Volks.
murka, ad, dimin. from mord, to mangle : in the phrase, niurka lifid
lir e-m, to rack the life out of one.
murningr, m. a slow racking pain, Fi\. x. 19,
murra, ad, to murmur, Stj. 238, 291.
miirran, f. murmuring, Stj. 291.
murta, u, f. [Swed. mart = cyprinus rutilus, see Ivar Aasen], a kind of
small trout, as also of any small fish ; steldii ekki murf u mus. Snot 268 ;
silungs-m., fisk-m. ; the word seems to occur in Eyvind's verse Hkr. i.
185, vita ef murtur (not murur or miitur) verai falar vinum minum, for
the poet was going to purchase a herring : hence murtr, m. and murti,
a, m. a nickname = a little fellow, Sturl., Orkn.
luuskra, aa, to murmur, maunder.
musla, ad, [muar = munnr], to munch.
mussa or muza, u, f. [cp. muzza, Du Cange], a kind of loose jacket;
eigi hafdi hann platu muzu ne brynju, Bev., freq. in mod. usage.
raustarSr, m. [from mid. Lat. mustarda ; Fr. moustarde, tnoutardel,
mustard, N. T.
musteri and mustari, n., mysteri in Horn. 46, 97, [eccl. Lat. monas-
terium; A. S. mynster ; Engl, tninsler ; Germ, mitnster] : — a temple, freq.
in old and mod. eccl. writers, as the translation of ' templum' in a Jewish
and Christian sense, while hof is used in the heathen sense, Bs., Stj.,
Hom., N. T., Pass., Vidal. passim.
MTJGR, m. [akin to Engl, mow'], a swathe, but only in the weak form
miigi ; hann hafdi slegit pufur allar ok faert paer saman ( muga, . . . ok er
kalladr iikvaedis-teigr milli hverra miiga, Fb. i. 522, freq. in mod. usage,
miiga-slattr, m. mowing into swathes, Fb. i. 522. II. miigr or
milgi, a, m., metaph. the crowd, common people, populace, mob ; med
vingan alls stormennis, ok at sampyktum miiginum, Al. 9 ; heimskr miigr,
the foolish mob, Sks. 340; lita a mug sinn ok hofda-tal, 341 ; allr miigr
Svia, Hkr. i. 55 ; miigr ok margmenni, 0. H. 34, Bjarn. 9, Grett. 82 ;
par sem mug(r)inn stod. Eg. 532 ; med-miiga hers, Fms. vii. 183 ; miiga
manns. Or. 29 ; miigr manns, Fms. xi. 245 ; var pat enn mesti miigr
manns, 6. H. 211; lands-miigr, the people of the land; al-miigi (Dan.
almue), the common people. compds : milga-menn, m. pi. the common
people, Bs. i. 732, 735, Stj. 426, 642. miiga-vetr, n. 'mob-
winter,' the name of a wild winter, Fms. vii. 183.
mul-asni, a, m. a mule.
mul-binda, batt, to muzzle, Grag. i. 383, Fas. ii, 231.
MTJLI, a, m. [mid. H. G. mAl ; Germ, maul], prop, a muzzle, snout
( = trj6na), whence the mouth of beasts; giiltr med jarnudum mula, of a
war-engine, Sks. 395; biiinn miilinn med jarni, Rom. 292; hard-miila,
hard-mouthed, Germ, hart-mdulig ; kol-miilugr, black-mouthed: mulaSr,
adj. = Lat. rostratus : muja-stykki, n. a smith's vice, Vm. ; koma-
miili, a nickname, Landn. II. [Scot, mull; Shetl. and Orkn.
mule], a jutting crag, between two dales, fjords, or the like; hann snyr
pegar af leidinni ok upp a miilann ok sva eptir hdlsinum milli Hrafn-
kelsdals ok Jokuldals, Hrafn. 20, very freq. in Icel. ; fjalls-miili, a moun-
tain peak ; Digri-muli, Seljalands-muli, Landn. : as also in numberless local
names, MiUi, Miila-fjall, Mula-eyjar, Miila-sveit, Landn., map of
Icel. ; so the Mull of Cantire = Satiris-miili, Midi of Galloway, the Mull-
head in the Orkneys, and the like, local names given by the Norsemen ;
perh. also the island of Mull, whence Mylskr, adj. = rt man of Mull,
Fms. vii. 42 (in a verse).
mvill, m. a muzzle.
mull, m. [Lat. mulus], a mule, Flov. 31, Stj., Str., Sks., Karl.
munk-lffi, n. a monastery, Hom., Greg., Stj., Str., Bs.
MtJNKR, m., mod. also contr. mukr, m. [eccl. Lat. motuichus] :—a
monk, friar, Bs., Sks., Greg., etc. passim; miinka-bunaar, -kupa, -kl«di,
Fms. vi. 188, viii. 357 ; miinka regla, a monastery, Ann. 1344; Miinka
bryggja. Monk's-bridge, Fms. vii. 183 ; miinka klaustr, a monastery,
cloister, xi. 392 ; Gra-miinkar, Gray-friars; Svart-miinkar, Black-friars:
munki, a, m. a nickname, viii : in local names, Munka-t)vera, mod. ;
Muka-t)ver4, Bs. : — of a game of cards, gekk peim Indridi betr, hver
strokan og mCikrinn eptir annan, Piltr og Stiilka 23.
440
MtJRA— MYNDA.
miira, aS, to wall, provide with a wall, Fms. vi. 152, Stj. 44, 247.
MTJRR, m. [from Lat. mums], a wall of brick or stone, Fms. i. 104,
Stj. 70, 205; sta8ar-murr, borgar-murr, a castle-wall: — a priion, tower,
Bs. i. 833. in<ir-grj6t and nnir-steinn, m. bricks, Jjjal. 49.
MTJS,f.,pI.myss,acc.mys,mod.mys; \_A.S.mus,p\.mys; Engl.wioKse.pl.
mice; O.H.G. mils; Germ, maus, p\. mduser ; Da.n. muus; Lzt.mjis; Gr.
fjivs]: — amoMse,H.E.i.482,Al.i69, Stj.23; spilltumysskornumokokrum,
var |)ar vi8a jor6 hoi ok full af miisum, Bs. i. 293; mus hljop a&an a
kinn mer, Fs. 140; s<5r kottrinn musina? fsl. ii. 309; sva hraeddr sem
mus i skreppu, Fms. vii. 21 ; hlaupa hingat ok J)angat sem myss i holur,
viii. 39; veiSa m^s, to catch mice; myss sva storar sem kettir, O. H.
109 (ratsf); J)a sa hann mys tvaer a&ra hvita en a6ra svarta, Barl. 56 ;
myss Valkar, Welsh mice, strange mice = rats, Fms. xi. 2 79 ; whence mod.
Icel. valska, q. v. ; fiaE8ar-mus, skogar-miis, a wood-mouse, mus sylvaticus,
Eggert Itin. : allit., ma6r og mus, thus in Danish if a ship is lost, ' med
mand og muus,' i. e. with all bands. In tales mice are said to
pass over rivers on cakes of cow-dung (skan), steering with their
tails, see Eggert Itin. ch. 329, and Isl. f)j66s., which reminds one
of the witch who sails ' like a rat without a tail ' in Shakespeare's Mac-
beth. For the fabulous tales of wizards keeping a flae&ar-mus that it may
always provide them with money see Maurer's Volks. ; when the wizard
dies, the mouse breaks loose into the sea and a tempest arises, called
Musar-bylr, mouse-tempest ; that a similar superstition existed in olden
times may be inferred from the name Miisa-Bolverkr, Landn. 2.
the name of a mouse-gray young cow, Isl. ii. 401. compds : imisar-
brag3, n. a trick in wrestling, treading on the adversary's toes, Fas. ii.
346. musar-broSir, m. a '■mouse-brother,' the wren; also called
musar-rindill, m., Eggert Itin. ch. 678. imisar-e3rra, m. ' mouse-
ear,' forget-me-not, a plant, Geim.maus-ohrlein, myosotis. musa-gangr,
m. a gang of mice, Bs. i. 194. nnisa-gildra, u, f. a mouse-trap.
B. Metaph. the biceps muscle in the arm ; J)a flaug or ein ok kom
i hond Hakoni konungi upp i musina fyrir ne6an 6x1, Hkr. i. 159 ; kom
ein or i handlegginn i musina, Bs. i. 781: mus in A.S. and O.H.G.
is used in a similar sense; cp. also Lat. musculus = a little mouse,
whence muscle : the chief muscles of the body were named from lively
animals, thus fiskr of the cheek (kinn-fiskr), miis of the arm, kalfi {calf)
of the leg.
mus-grar, adj. mouse-gray, cp. fsl. ii. 401 (for myrkrar read my'skrar ?).
Milska, u, f. a mouse-gray mare.
Muspell, n. the name of an abode of fire ; in the old mythology peopled
by Miispells ly&ir, the men of Muspell, a host of fiends, who are to appear
at Ragnarok and destroy the world by fire ; the prose in Edda 3 may
have been derived from some lost verses of the Voluspa, for the name
appears at the end of that poem (Vsp. 51) as if it were already known ;
it occurs nowhere else in the Norse mythical songs, except in Ls. 42
(miispells-megir). Muspells-heimr, the abode of Muspell, Edda 4.
"This interesting word was not confined to the Norse mythology, but
appears twice in the old Saxon poem Heliand — mutspelli cumit on thiustra
naht, also thiof ferit, m. comes in dusky night, as a thief fares, i. e. but the day
of the Lord will come as a thief in the night, 2 Pet. iii. 10 ; and, mutspellis
megin obar man ferit, the main of m. fares over men, see Schmeller's Edi-
tion ; a third instance is in an Old High German poem on the Last Day —
dSr ni mac denne mac andremo helfan vora demo muspille = there no
man can help another against the muspell-doom. In these instances
muspell therefore stands for the day of judgment, the last day, and
answers to Ragnarok of the Northern mythology. The etymology is
doubtful, for spell may h& = the weird, doom, = L,2it. Fatum; or it may
he = spoil, destruction ; the former part mut or muod is more difficult to
explain. The Icel. mus is an assimilated form.
MTJTA., u, f. [Ulf. m6ta = ri\(jjviov; O.H.G. muta; Germ, maut
(Schmeller); cp. Ulf. motareis^^TiXwvris] : — a law term, a fee, gratuity,
for transacting business, as also a pittance, whence afterwards it came
to mean dishonest gain, a bribe, a fee given in stealth or under false
pretences ; gull er grams muta, gold is the king's grant. Lex. Run. ; rett er
at J)eir gefi miitur af fenu, Grag. i. 207; ef maSr tekr danar-fe austr,
J)a a hann at gefa mutu til fjar-tokunnar ef hann nair eigi ella, ok gefa
sem hann ma minnsta, 221 ; en J)u munt eigi vilja selja mik fyrir miitur,
Flov. 37 ; snikja til miitu, to go begging for a fee, Grag. (pref. clxviii) ;
Austma&rinn kvaSsk mundu hafa selt honum, ef hann hef6i fyrr komit,
me6 J)viliku ver3i sem Steingrimi, en segisk mi ekki mundu taka litla
miitu (a pittance) til at breg5a J)essu kaupi sinu, Rd. 251 ; hvat hefi
ek slikt heyrt, at taka a ser miitu sem putur (to take fees like
harlots), J)ar sem \>n sazt til jams ok tokt fe-m(itu i botina, Fb. ii.
I97 ; J)eir hafa tekit miitur af biiondum at taka fals slikt er eigi {)ykkir
gjaldgengt, (5. H. 157; em ek eigi vanr at taka miitur a afli minu, to
exhibit my strength for money, Fms. iii. 179 : the phrase, maela a miitur,
to be silent, as if every word had to be extorted by a fee ; eigi {)arf \>enz
& miitur at maela, let us make a clean breast, speak out at once, Nj. 180,
228 : cp. also the old Swed. law phrase, jorj) ma eighi a muto taka, land
must not be given into miita, Schlyter. 2. a bribe ; en selt rettlaetift
J smum domum fyrir nuitur ok manna mun, Al. 105 ; eigi icbi nnitan ..balanced against the damsel's dowrv
J)& svk miklu nieS ranglatum domara, I15 ; elska sannindi en fyrir-*
miitur, Stj. 299 ; at {)eir hafi tekit fe a gipting systur bans, . . . en ef (
hverr ver6r sannr at J)vi, at hann hafi til ^ess miitu tekit, rei8i slikt 1
sveininum sem hann tok miituna ok heiti drengr at verri, N. G. L. i. :
(Js. 63), freq. in mod. usage. compds : miitu-fe, n. a bribe, H(
33, 86. mutu-gimi, f. corruption by bribery, Sks. 358. mli-
gjarn (miitu-gjarnligr, Sks. 451), adj. open to bribes, corrupt, Al
mutu-gjof, f. bribe-giving, F'ms. ix. 329: — bartering, muntii J)au hvj
plokka af mer me8 mutugjofum n^. heitan, Ld. 150.
milta, a6, to bribe, with dat. of the person and thing ; miita e-m e-u.
mutadr, part, [from Old Fr. muter; Engl, to mute, moult ; the I
mutatus is a hawk that has been in the muta (Fr. mue, Engl, mn
and has done moulting] : — of a hawk that has moulted; einn hinn frij
gashaukr me6 fogrum fotum, sva sem hann vaeri fimm sinnum eda
miita6r, Str. 75, where the French original has mues ; {)iisund gashai
miitaSa, Karl. 485.
mtitari, a, m. a hawk, Edda (Gl.), occurs in Sighvat, but is nevert
less a French word ; see miitaSr.
miitera, a&, [Lat. mutare], to change, Rb. 232.
mygla, aS, [mugga], to grow muggy or musty; en er minnj)akit
at mygla, Landn. 34; myglat brau6, Stj. 367; mygladr ostr, myj
hey, and the like.
mygla, u, f. [Swed. mogel], mustiness, Stj. 567 (of blight in a crop), fi
in mod. usage.
myglugr, adj. musty, Stj. 357.
MYKI, f. indecl., but an older form mykr (mykrin) occurs a
ctTT. Key., Hkr. i. 73, in the transcript of the vellum Kringla ; but
Cod. Fris. (1. c.) has mykin, 37 ; a gen. mykjar is nowhere recorded ; m
mykja, u, f. : [Dan. wo^; cp.Engl.midde?t = Din.mdddifig — qs.m)
dyngja ; cp. also Ulf. maihstus = Kovpia ; A. S. meox ; Scot, and North
muck; Germ, mist ; akin to moka, q.v.] : — dung; en er mykin (myi
v. 1.) haf3i fallit a isinn, Hkr. (Cod. Fris.) 37 ; brenna skinn, bein, sl4tr
myki (ace), Stj. 319 ; ok s6pa8i yfir moldu ok myki, Hkr. i. 251 ; dr
myki lit, K.{>. K. 100; rei8a myki, GJ)1. 354; hann drap at ^eim m
(mykju Ed. from a paper MS.), Sd. 168. compds: myki-kvisl,
dung-fork, Fms. i. 75 (x. 2 2 2 ). myki-reka, u, f. a ' muck-rake,' du
shovel, Finnb. 306. myki-skd.n, f. a cake of cow-dung, {jorf. K
430. myk-sleSi, a, m. (as if formed from mykr), Kormak.
mykja, a9, to ' muck,' dung, manure, GJ)1. 342.
mykla and mykill, see mikla, mikill.
mylda, d, [mold], to cover with mould; 6-myldr, unburied, Horn. (S'
mod. to beat (earth or dung) into powder before spreading it as man
over a field.
mylin or mulin, m. a luminary, the moon. Am. 15, Edda i. 473:
sun, id. : prop, a mock sun (?), cp. Swed. moln.
MYLJA, pres. myl, pret. mul6i, subj. myl8i or molSi, Ls. 43; p
muldr, and mod. mulinn ; [akin to mala, melja, etc.] : — to shiver, cm
mylr hann me5 sinum tonnum, Fas. i. 103 ; mi eru J)cir allir nmld
sundr, Karl. 352 ; mergi smaera m618a ek J)a meinkraku, Ls. 43 ; mi
sundr fotlegginn annan, Bs. ii. 11 ; skeljarnar er muldar voru i sm
180.
mylkja, t, [mjolk], to give such; J)ii mylktir hann af pimim brj6$ti
Mar. ; see milkja, niilkr.
myln, m. (?),/re, Edda (Gl.) ii. 486 ; akin to Mjolnir (?), q. v.
mylna, u, f. [from Lat. mola], a mill, {>i3r. 131, Karl. 281, 472, D.i
the genuine Teut. word is kvern, q. v. raiylnu-maSr, m. a 'mill-4iu
miller, Fms. ix. 19.
mylnari, a, m. a miller, N. G. L. iii. 204.
mylsna, u, f. the dust, grounds of a thing, as opp. to large pieces; ]
er ekki eptir nema mylsna.
Myl-verjar, n. pi. the men from the island of Mull, Fms. x.
MYND, f. [prob. derived from mund], shape, form; hverja myndi;
hann hefir tekit a sik, Fms. xi. 433 ; myndir e8a asjonur, Stj. 9I f C
anna myndir, 67 ; nokkur elds mynd, a kind oifire, 41 ; i mynd kross
Fms. i. 136 ; i boga mynd. Fas. i. 271 ; fjarri allri mannligri mynd,
human shape, Grett. 113 ; enga sjam ver hafa {)ina mynd, Fas. i. 1'
J)a gorSi hann alia mynd {all the frame) J)ess altaris, Stj. 638; A
mynd, er..., in the same manner, as..., Fms. ii. 122; at nokb
mynd, in some manner, Bjarn. 55 ; mjok a mynd ok me& J)eim Sign
much in the same way, Faer. 241. 2. a figure, image ; i hiis J«i
i myndum var gort, Clem. 50 : a metaphor, me6 morgum 66rum mynd
ok merkingum, Stj. 420 ; mynd ok daemi triiar, Fb. ii. 701 • ^^
mod. usage, of pictures, Ijos-mynd, a photograph, and the like ; 6-niy
a shapeless thing; fyrir-mynd, a prototype; i-mynd, the very intc
COMPDS : mynda-smiSr, m. a sculptor. mynda-smiSi, n. sa
ture. myndar-ligr, adj. well-shapen.
mynda, d, [mundr; Germ. munden = discharge], to weigh, mean
of the mundr, q. v. ; gripir metnir ok myndir i hendr J)eim er h
fser, N. G. L. i. 230; mynda skal meyjar-fe allt, ok konia eyrir ey
gegn, 29 ; for in the mundinal (q. v.) the mundr was to be set on
MYNDA— MfRR.
441
nda, aS, to shape, form, Horn. 130; mynda e-t eptir e-n, to shape
imitate, Horn. (St.): to shape, form, v6r hofum mselt ok myndat
in, Fms. xi. 432, freq. in mod. usage. II. = munda ; ekki
er at mynda til J)ess sem oss er i hug, 'tis no use to bint at it, i. e.
speak it out at once, Nj. 224.
udan, {.shaping; i-myndzn, imagination; fynr-m. = Germ, vor-bild.
..., ading, f. [mundr], balancing the mundr and the heimanfylgja,
( ;. L. i. 29.
myudugr, adj. [from Germ, miindig'], of age, (mod.)
niynni, n. [munnr], a mouth, opening; see minni.
iiynntr, part, mouthed so and so, Sks. 170.
at, f. [a for. word], a mint, Rett. 30.
ntari, a, m. a minter, mint-master, N.G. L. i. 446: a nickname,
viii. 161.
' RDA, 6, later t, [mor6], to murder. II. to conceal, murder,
r remarks on morO ; skal ek eigi myrSa (/o suppress) ^etta konungs-
[)6tt {)u hafir myrt \>a\i konungs-bref er til J)in hafa send verit,
iii. 139 ; hann drap hann sofanda i sseng sinni ok myrSi hann sidan,
i. 242 ; lizt mer J)at ra5 at ver drepim hann ok myrftim hann
mun {)etta alldri vist ver8a, Fxr. 177 ; hann drap sveininn ok vildi
1 en menn ur6u J)6 varir vi&, Fb. ii. 79 ; si&an stefndi Helgi
narson Helga Droplaugarsyni um Jiat, at hann hefSi myrftan
,1.111 mann ok sokt i sj6 ok hult ekki moldu, that he bad ' murdered ' a
id man, and put the corpse into the sea and not covered it with earth,
"v\. 16; {)at vissu allir at ver vildum bana Signiundar, en hvar fyrir
intiu ver vilja myr6a J)a, murder them, i.e. conceal them, Faer. 182 ;
inuni hann \>k hafa verit drepinn e&r myr6r, slain or murdered, 183 ;
111 myr6i Sigurd til hringsins Hakonar-nauts, 155 ; drepinn ok myrSr,
in and murdered, Fb. i. 554 ; myr6ir til hnossa, Am. 53 ; sofanda
rSi, Sol. 5 ; um mor8 {)au ok ijlvirki er sendimenn minir hafa J)ar
rSir verit, Faer. 199 ; knesett hefir \>u hann mi ok niattii mi myr6a
111 ef Jjii vilt, of infanticide, Fms. i. 16 ; fannsk par barns lik er myrt
(5i verit ok folgit fiar, Hkr. iii. 184.
iyr3ir, n. a murderer, destroyer. Lex. Poet,
lyrginii, m. morning; see morginn.
lyrk-blir, adj. dark blue, 544. 39, Fas. ii. 93.
lyrk-fara, u, f., poet, the ' mirk-farer,' i. e. the night, Edda (Gl.)
lyrk-fselinn, adj. afraid in the dark, Grett. 126, Gisl. 151.
lyrk-fselni, f. the being afraid in the dark, Grett. 130, Stj. ill.
iiyrk-heimr, m. the world of darkness, Akv. 42: in plur., i myrk-
]jmum, Edda "jo.
jiyrk-hrseddr, adj. afraid in the dark, Fbr. 89, Gisl. 65.
lyrk-hrseSinn, adj. = myrkfaelinn, Sturl. ii. 139.
lyrk-leikr, m. darkness, Edda 209.
lyrkna, a&, to grow murky or dusk ; ef J)6r myrknit ok blindisk,
241 ; (tunglit) vex ok J)verr, myrknar optliga, Karl. 134.
yrk-neetti, n. [Old Engl, mirke nich. Story of Havelok the Dane,
6], mirk-night, the dead of night, Sturl. iii. 227, Stj. 559, Mar. 1108.
[YRKR, adj., myrk, myrkt, or myrt, (!). H. 216 ; with a character-
c V before a vowel, myrkvan, myrkva, myrkvir ; compar. myrkvari ;
erl. myrkvastr ; later, as also in mod. usage, the v was dropped, which
n occurs in later vellums of the 14th century, thus myrkar, Stj. 30;
rkari, Fms. vi. 229 (Hulda) : j for v, myrkjar, Rom. 373 : [A. S. myrc ;
\.mirki; Old Engl, and Scot. wtV^ ; ^n^. murky; Dan.-Swed. wori] :
nirk, murky, dark; myrkvar grimr. Fas. i. 519 (in a verse) ; myrkvan
Rm. 34 ; um myrkvan vi3, through the 7nirk-wood, Og. 25 ; myrkvan
arloga, Skm. 8, 9 ; myrkt er liti, 'tis dark outside, Skm. 10 ; um kveldit
nyrkt var orftit, Bs. i. 544 ; fieir bi5u naetr, en er myrkt var. Eg. 80 ;
rkt var i stofunni, 215; gor3i myrt, 0. H. 216; myrkt, 218; um
idit er myrkt var, Hkr. i. 6l ; aldri var6 sva myrkt af nott, at eigi
i serit Ijost {)ar er hann f6r, Edda 70, |>i8r. 326; {)a var sem myrk-
: naetr, Fb. iii. 410, Fms. ix. 484 ; gor&i stundum daginn sva myrkjan
nott vaeri, Rom. 373 ; of aptan er myrkt var, (5. H. 139 ; i myrkri
u, Bs. i. 508 ; myrk augu, dim eyes, Pr. 473 : neut., gengu {)eir J)ann
allan til myrks, Edda 28 : of colour, var vant kvigu J)revetrar myrkrar,
het Mus (but perh. read myskrar or the like), Isl. ii. 401. II.
aph. dark, obscure, hard to read; myrkvar kenningar, Gd. 78 ; myrk
dark sayings, riddles; myrkr stafr, J)at ver8r mcirgum manni at
lyrkvan staf villisk, of spell Runes with hidden powers. Eg. (in a
) ; t)a maelti ^gir, myrkt J)ykki mer J)at mselt, at kalla skiildskap
um heitum, Edda 48 ; her hefr upp ok segir fra J)vi er flestum er
kt, N. G. L. i. 184; baekr myrkvar ok liskiljanligar, Stj. 30; J)at
I ek sy'na jafnan at ek em eigi myrkr i skapi, Nj. 179 ; myrkari ok
ari riiS, Fms. vi. 229. III. local names, Myrk-d, Landn. ;
rk-vi3r, Fms. xii, Gl.
fTkr, n. [Dan. morke; Scot, mirk"], darkfiess; leynask lit i myrkrit,
240 : of the evening, allan dag til myrks, fram i myrkr, and the
: of fog, rak yfir myrkr sva mikit at \>tiT vissu eigi hvar J)eir foru,
' 24; i shku myrkri, Gliim. 368 ; sjo-niyrkr, Fms. ix. 506 : — an eclipse,
■ 1184; myrkrit mikla, on the 22nd of April, Ann. 1193, cp. 1312,
5, Fnif. vii. 152; — darkness from volcanic eruptions, Ann. 1158,1 niyrr, Landn., map of Iceland
1226, 1262, 1300. 1341, 1350, see also Hekia and hraun. 2. often
in plur. in an intensive sense, like Lat. tenebrae; J)essi guSin munu ciga
myrkrunutn at sty'ra, Fms. i. 97 ; fra eilifu Ijosi til liendanligra myrkra,
362 ; helvitis myrkra. Anal. 291 ; myrkra fullr./w// of darkness. Mar. ;
myrkra hiifaingi, the prince of darkness, Al. 154; myrkra heraft, myrkra
sta6r, the place of darkness, i.e. bell, 153, 154, cp. Pass. 8. 4, 19, 20,
and N. T. passim ; this use of the plur. may have been influenced by the
Latin.
myrk-riSa, u, f. the ' mirk-rider,' an ogress, witch, for witches were
supposed to ride on wolves by night, Hb. 20, Edda (Gl.)
ni3rrkva, 8, to grow mirk, darken : impers., aptan dags er myrkva t6k,
Eg- 405 ; en er myrkva tok, Fms. ix. 273, 506 ; J)4 t6k at myrkva (myrkja
Ed.) af nott. Eg. 230; en er n6tt (ace.) myrkti, when night grew mirk,
late in the summer, Fms. i. 67 ; um hausti8 er natt (ace.) t6k at myrkva,
Sturl. iii. 253, Grett. 1 15 : pers., hann myrkti solina, Barl. 168, (rare):
reflex., nott (nom.) myrkvisk, darkens, Sks. 231 (but less good).
in3n:kva-stofa, u, f. « ' mirk-closet,' dungeon, Nj. 163, P'b. ii. 384, Bs.
i. 221, Grett. 195 new Ed., Fms. x. 307, Skalda 208, N. G. L. ii. 430,
Stj. 200.
myrkvi, a, m., older form mjorkvl or mjbrkvi: — mirk, darkness, a
dense, thick fog; myrkva ok regn, Sks. 135, Hkr. i. 268; i slikum myrkva.
Glum. 368; leggr a sva mikinn mjorkva, at..., Al. 139; reykr eSa
mjorkvi, Sks. 48 new Ed. ; J)4 var k mjorkvi mikill, Fms. ix. 39 ; J)a
g6r8i myrkva mikinn saelsegjan, vi. 261, viii. 178 (Fb. myrkvi I.e.); var
ve8r vatt ok mjdorkva flaug nokkur, wet and hazy weather, 0. H. 183 ;
moerkva-t)oka, a 'mirk-fog, bazy weather, Barl. 123, 173; J)oku-myrkvi,
id., Fms. ii. 141.
MyTk-vi3r, m. Mirk-wood, as a mythical local name of a forest, Ls.
42, Hkv. I. 50, Akv. 13, and in prose, Fms. i. ill, 113 (in Holstcin),
Fb. ii. 72 (in Sweden), Hervar. S. (,Fas. i. 493 in a verse); cp. the
Schwarzwald in Germany.
mjrrk-viflri, n. a dense fog, = myrkvi.
MYSA, u, f. [Dan. myse], whey, milk when the cheese has been taken
from it, Krok., passim in mod. usage. mysu-ostr, m. cheese made of
whey or goat's milk.
"M.^, n. [O. H. G. mucca ; Germ, m'ucke ; Dan. myg ; Engl, trudge'], a
midge, gnat, esp. in a collect, sense, Stj. 567 ; sva margir sem my,
swarming like midges, Sol. 53 ; my ok maura, my ok kleggja, Eluc. 22 ;
einn dag svaf hann liti i solskini ok settisk my mart a skalla honum, . , .
en myit hofsk upp, Lv. 50 ; sem hit Jjykkvasta my. Art. 63 new Ed. ;
J)6 v^r sveigjum tungu og tenn | trautt ver myit faum, [ en J)a8 er ei gott
fyrir Grafnings-menn | a8 gapa yfir miirgum aum, a ditty : a local name,
My-vatn, n., Landn., map of Iceland, whence M^etningar, m. pi.
the men from M., K. {>. K. 88. compds : my-bit, n. a midge-bite,
Rd. 295. m^-fluga, u, f. a ' midge-flea,' gnat, N. T. m^-
margr, adj. swarming like midges. m^-vargr, m. a plague of midges,
Isl. Jjj68s. ii. 2.
in;^gir, m., prop, a ' mower,' destroyer. Lex. Poet.
M"3?G JA, 8, [miigr], to destroy, defeat, put down, prop, to mow down (?),
with dat., me8 t)vi at J)inum gu8i ver8r mygt, 656 B. 10; |)vi meirr ox
kyn J)ess ly8s er meirr var vi8 Ieita8 at my(g)ja, Ver. 20 ; er morgum
mygir me8 sinu riki, Al. 70 ; {)eirra afkvaemi mun siSan hvarr 68rum
m. ok vilja til jarSar koma, Fms. v. 348 ; m. logum, to break the law ;
m. uppgang e-s, to overthrow, put down, Karl. 402, 548.
ni:^king, f. softening.
M"!^KJA, 8, older form m^kva, Fms. x. 331, MS. 623. 32, 6.H.
242 ; [mjiikr] : — to smooth, soften, Stj. 124, Fms. x. 288 (mykj)i); m.
sik, to soften oneself, i. 97 ; m. hug e-s. Mar., Al. 5. II. reflex.
to be softened; mykjask i or8um, Fms. ix. 446, Bs. ii. 185; mykjask til
e-s, Mork. 25 ; jarl tok henni heldr seint i fyrstu en my'ktisk raeSan sva
sem a leiS, Orkn. 304 ; heldr J)6tti mer mykjask skaplyndi hans a8r
letti. Eg. 418 : — recipr., mykjumk ver til um riimin. Eg. 759.
mykt, f. softness, kindness, Bs. ii. 155, 228, Gd. i.
myla, d, to muzzle.
MYLL, m. a ball; kalla stein e8r epli, hnot eSr my'l e8r likt, Edda
109 ; hon selr Hauki myla tva . . . my'larnir kerlingar, Fb. i. 581 ; herfti-
my'U, a 'hard ball' = a stone, Bragi : poet., myll ge8vangs, the ball
of the breast =^ the heart, Ht. (R.) : a ball in the stomach of animals,
myll er ver sva kollum, Fel. viii. 64.
m^i-snipa, u, f. a moor-snipe, Edda (Gl.) : also m^i-skltr.
m^-lendi, n. a moorland. Eg. 130.
m^-lendr, adj. moorland, Landn. 126, Fms. xi. 354.
in;^6ttr, adj. swampy, boggy. Eg. 130, Fas. ii. 553.
MT^IIE., f., mod. m^, gen. myrar, dat. and ace. mj\\, pi. my'rar;
[Engl, moor and mire\:—a moor, bog, swamp, Hkr. i. 55, Hrafn. 27, Eg.
409,710, Nj.263, Fs. 50, 65,GullJ). 14, Fms.vi. 334, xi.26, Sks. Sj.Sturl.
i. 179 : for the old custom of putting criminals to death in fens see Gkv.
3. II, Ji'misv. S. ch. 7, Kjaln. S. ch. 2, Tacit. Germ. ch. 1 2 : — freq. in local
names, M^i, M^ar, whence M^a-menn, M^amanna-kyn, m.
pi. the men from the county M., name oi a family ; Alpta-myrr, Rau8a-
442
MtSINGR— M^LSKA.
M^singr, m. the name of the owner of the mill Grotti, Edda.
myskr, adj. mouse-gray, a conjectural reading in isl. ii. 401.
m^sla, u, f. [miis ; Germ, mdusleiri], a little mouse. Fas. i. 55.
niT^slingr, m. = mysla, Fas. i. io7-
M^DA, d, [m65r], to weary, plague : — to exhaust, Stj. 417, passim:
— to chastise, 147. II. reflex, to weary oneself, he exhausted, troubled;
maeddusk J)eir af kulda ok hungri, 656 C. 21 : hann var maeddr si5an vi5
eld, Fms. x. 407 : — to lose breath, Grett. (in a verse), and passim in mod.
usage : — to trouble oneself, me& })vi at v^r maeSumk i athuga-samligum
rseSum, Sks. 72 ; Martha, J)u mx6ist i morgu, Luke x. 41.
mseda, u, f. a trouble, trial, Fms. v. 309, x. 147, Fas. iii. 99 : distress.
coMPDs : meeSu-lauss, adj. without trouble, Fr. mseSu-ligr, adj.
sad, troubled. msedu-madr, m. an afflicted man. mseQu-samligr,
adj. troublesome, Bs. ii. 142.
mseddr, part, exhausted, Fms. x. 357, Fs. 49.
M^DGIN, n. pi. [m68ir], a mother and son (or sons) collectively, Fs.
37, Sturl. iii. 5, Ld. 234, 260, Fms. vi. 107, ix. 233, Baer. 4.
maedgur, f. pi., gen. pi. mae&gna, Bs. i. 133, 355 ; — mother and daughter
collectively, Gisl. 88, Ld. 116, Nj. 51, Fms. i. 207, Bs. i. 62, 218, passim,
freq. in mod. usage.
msedi, f. [mobi], weariness, exhaustion, as also shortness of breath. Eg.
125, Nj. 116, Fms. vii. 288, Fs. 146, 180. compds: mseSi-liga, adv.
sadly; svara m., Fms. i. 302 : drawing a deep breath, verpa m. ondinni,
Nj. 272. mseSi-ligr, adj. /roz/Wesowe, Mar., Fms. xi. 444. msedi-
samr, adj. afflicting, Hom. 125.
mseSing, f. trouble, Sks. 569, Th. 78, Stj. 112.
mseSr or mseddr, in compds, sam-maeSr./rowi one mother; sundr-maeSr,
not having the same mother.
maeSr or iney3r, f. = mey, a maid, a foreign form, which occurs in
Gd. 3.
M.^GD, f., often used in pi. [magr], affinity by marriage ; at frsend-
semi ok at mseg&um, Grag. (Kb.) i. 159, Am. 52, Skv. I. 44, (3. H. 57,
Fs. 10, 116, Eg. 37, Korm. 140, Nj. 213, G\,\. 145.
msBgi, n. = ma;gS, Band. 3, O. H.L. 32, Fas. i. 225, Sturl. ii. 98.
meegjask, &, dep. to marry into a family, Landn. 300, Fs. 119 : part.
maeg6r, Sturl. iii. 9, Finnb. 252, Grett. 190 new Ed.
MJSKIB, m. [Ulf. meki = imxaipa ; A. S. mece ; Hel. maJit] : — a kind
of sword; maekis eggjar, HSm. 16 ; hvassan maski, of the sword Tyriing,
Fas. i. 521 (in a verse) ; maeki mjofan malfan, Skm. 25 ; maeki til hoggs,
Hm. 81, Gm. 52, Ls. 12 ; hann hefir maeki storan i hendi, en {>orsteinn
sver3 sitt. Fas. ii. 426 ; me& tvieggjuSum maeki, Isl. ii. 54 ; saxinu e3a
maekinum, Stj. 383 ; hafSi Yngvi um kne ser maeki . . . hann bra maek-
inum ok hjo . . ., Hkr. i. 29 ; saxit Tuma-naut . . . her mattii sja maekinn
Tuma broSur J)ins, Br. i. 527.
msel, see mel.
M.^IiA,t, [Ulf. mapiian= XaXfiv; A.S.mcE'^lan, madelian; Germ. mel-
den byway of metathesis ; Old Engl, mele; the Dan. m^le as well as the Icel.
are contracted forms, cp. nal from nadaf] : — to speak, with ace. and absol. ;
maeli J)arft eftr J)egi, Hm. 18 ; maela staSlausa stafi, id. ; hvi \)eg\b 6t, sva at
maela ne megu8, Ls. ; margir menn maeltu ilia vi& Skamkel, Nj. 80 ; eigi
munt J)U ^at vilja maela, 85 ; Gizurr hviti (Njall), . . . maeiti, 90, 91, 220,
728 ; stafnbiiar mseltu, at hann skyldi maela allra hofSingja heilastr, Fms.
vii. 290 ; mael \>u allra drengja heilastr, viii. 97 ; J)at J)setti mer maelanda
(gerund.), that is a remarkable speech, Fb. ii. 196 ; maela morgum orSum,
to use many words, Hm. 104 ; maela J)essum or9um, to use these words, Hkr.
ii. 78 ; maela e-n or6um, to address, VJ)m. 4 ; maela i hug ser, to speak
to oneself, 623. 54; maela mali, to speak a language; hann maeiti all-
staftar J)eirra mali sem hann vaeri allstaSar J)ar barnfaeddr sem J)a kom
hann, Bs. i. 80. 2. special usages ; maela aljot, to speak a libel,
Grag. ii. 146 ; maela ae8ru, to express fear, despondency, despair, Nj.
199; maela tal, hegoma, to tell tales, falsehoods, 258 ; maela log, to speak
law, to have the law on one's side in pleading, Fms. vii. 142 ; maela Ijost,
to speak out, Nj. 102 ; maela i mutur, to speak with reserve (see miita) ;
hafa rettara at maela, to speak true, have right on one's side, Fms. iii.
22 ; maela logskil or logskilum, to speak or perform public duties in court
or in the assembly, Nj. 3, Isl. ii. 255 ; maela helgi e-s, to pronounce the
inviolability of, Grag. i. 92 ; msela malum, to plead a cause, 2 ; en
er hofSingjar hofdu J)ar maelt |)eim malum sem J)ar st66u lo" til,
Ld. 32 ; maela e-s mdli, Grag. i. 198 ; maela maelt mal, to say
what all the world says, Gisl. il, Stj. 463: mod. to say a plain
word, speak plainly; bref harSlega maelt, worded, Bs. i. 554, Fms. ix.
389. II. to stipulate; msela e-t me3 s^r, to fix, stipulate, appoint;
fundusk J)eir, sem maelt hafSi verit meS J)eim, Nj. 256; maela mot me6
s6r, to fix an interview. Eg. 564 ; maela s^r man, to fix an interview with
her, Hm. 97 : — maela ser e-t, to stipulate, bargain for ; v6r hcifum fund varn
maeltan ar hvert her i Gula, N. G. L. i. 4 ; ek hefka fe maelt mer i dom
tenna ok monka ek maela, Grag. i. 79 ; slikan sta3 ok maldaga sem J)eir
4ttu ser msltan, 154 ; J)eir maeltu til fe mikit at lyktum, Nj. 99 ; maeiti
hann J)at til at eiga dottur hans, 271 ; en hou maeiti J)at til vi6 konung,
at hann skyldi vinna allan Noreg, Fms. x. iSl ; hvat er til maelt, Fs. 92 ;
ek maili til kaupa vi5 J)ik, Nj. 3; J)eir maeltu til vinattu meS ser at
skilna5i. Eg. 691 ; t)eir maela til bardaga me5 ser um morguninn, Fb,
142 ; hygg J)u at fvi vandliga at J)u mael til hvers-vetna ilia J)ess er J
bei6ir hann, Fms. xi. 58 ; hus {)au er til ska6a-b6ta eru maelt, /or win
compensation has been stipulated, Grag. i. 459 ; maela til fri&ar, to sue/
peace. Fas. ii. 12 1 (friS-maelask). III. with prepp. ; maela a m4U,
speak in a language ; maela a Irsku, Ld. 76 : — msela aptr, to retract, Stu;
i. 46 : — maela eptir e-m, to take one's part, excuse him, Nj. 26, 53, Fms.y
1 20 : to request, demand, ix. 52 : but maela eptir e-n, with ace, to leadt
prosecution (eptir-mal) in the case of a slain man, Grag., Nj., Sagas passiu
— maela fyrir, to order, prescribe ; sem biskup mselir fyrir, Grag. i. 37;
sem |>6r5r maeiti fyrir, Ld. 44 ; allt J)at silfr er hann maeiti fyrir, i«6t
he had bargained, Faer. 6 ; ^at br^f er konungr maeiti sva fyrir, at . .
Fms. ix. 447 : to declare, Nj. 15 : to cite a formulary, preamble, or tl
like, maela fyrir skipi, to say the prayer when a ship first puts to sei
gekk {)orvaldr til siglu ok maeiti fyrir skipi eptir si&, Bs. i. 774; tht
maela fyrir griSum, to declare a truce, by using the proper formulary, Fn
ix. 53, Nj. 106 ; maela fyrir minni, to propose a toast, Fms. i. 35 : — ma
moti, to gainsay, speak against. Eg. 72, Nj. 129, 158, Fms. vii. 290:-
maela til e-s, see above : — maela um e-t, to speak about a thing, Hom. 15'
konungr var6 slyggr ok maeiti um nokkurum orSum, Eg. 16: to use 1
expression, utter (in an emphatic sense), of spells or the like, mikit he
Jokull um maelt, sva at mer er J)at eigi polanda, Fs. 54 ; laet ek J)at u
maelt, at J)u munt . . ., Isl. ii. 197, v. 1. ; ^ai mynda ek hafa gefit {
upp eina sok, ef ek hef6a eigi sva mikit um maelt, Hrafn. 8 ; sva for h
ver gatum at mikil-mannliga mundi ver6a um maelt af J)inni hendi, Fn
xi. Ill ; laet ek J)at ver&a um maelt (of a spell) at J)u ver9ir at ci
Ijotustu troUkonu, Fas. ii. 152 : cp. maeli eg um og legg eg a! in mc
tales of witches saying their spell : — maela vi6 e-n, to speak to a perse
address, Nj. 3, Eg. 92, passim ; maela vi& e-u, to gainsay, Edda 39, Fn
vii. 123, {ji&r. 253, Hkr. ii. 198 : — compds, a-maela, to blame; for-mse
to accuse; hall-maela, to blatne : — impers., maelir sva, it is said. Ho.
155. IV. reflex, to speak, express oneself, esp. with prepj
maelask fyrir, to ejaculate, say one's say; finnrinn maeltisk innan fyi
og sag5i sva, he spoke from the inner part of the house, Fms. x. 262 ; 1:
l)u, Gangra6r, maelisk af golfi fyrir ? VJ)m. 9 ; hann biflsk fyrir ok m«li
mi fyrir sem honum ^otti vaenligast, Fms. xi. 134 ; Finnr andaftisk or si
J)eirri ok maeltisk a3r vel fyrir, ii. 164; maelask vel, ilia fyrir, to hew
{ill) spoken of, to make a good (bad) impression ; gorum vit g63a ha
ferS, hann hefir mikils misst, jiat mun vel fyrir maelask, Nj. 29;
Gunnars spurSisk, ok maeltisk ilia fyrir um allar sveitir, 117; msBlti
kvae5it vel fyrir, Fms. vii. 1 13; ilia mun {)at fyrir maelask, at ganga
saettir vi3 fraendr sina, Ld. 238 : — maelask undan, to excuse onest
decline, Fms. ix. 227, Fb. i. 100: — maelask um, to titter, express; ei
v^r {)vi at vera ukvi&nir ok maelask eigi ilia um, Fms. xi. 389.
recipr., maelask viS, to speak to one another, converse ; ekki maeltusk J>
fleira J)ann dag vi6, Fms. vii. 127 ; mun hvat vi3 hofum vi6 maelsk, 1
III; ok munu vit J:iess t)urfa at muna |)at, at vit hofum vel vift ra«L'
54 ; maelask ilia vi&, to bandy words, N. G. L. i. 333 ; maelask vi& d
saman, to talk to oneself (soliloquize), Stj. 617 ; f)orvaldr maeltisk mj
einn vi6 a f>inginu, \>vi at engir gengu i berhogg vi& hann, i. e. Tb. b
alone the word, for none in the parliament opposed him, Sturl,
61. 3. impers., e-m maelisk vel, to speak well ; skal eigi marka rei
manns mal, kann vera at okkr maelisk betr annat sinn, Sturl. ii. 178
make a good speech, s6g3u menn at honum maeltisk vel, Nj. 87 ; at Ic
bergi var gorr mikill romr, at MerSi maeltisk vel ok skoruliga, 230.
part, mseltr (q. v.), spoken.
MJELA, d, [mal], to measure, Clem. 33, Sks. 629, Grag. i. 462, Fd
ii. 230, K. A. 206, N. G. L. i. 323, passim.
mselandi, part, a pleader, Grag. ii. 112, Sturl. ii. 237.
mselgi, f. [maligr], prattle, much talking, Fms. iii. 148, Orkn. 46
Greg. 25.
mseli, n. the pronunciation, voice, intonation ; eg {)ekki hann a maelir
I know him by the voice : — a saw, J)a6 er i maeli, it is rumoured; miK'
vcixW, oral relations ; bcigu-maeli, bad grammar ; um-maeli, w/Zerflwces,
mxli, friendly words, and in several other compds.
mseli-, in compds, maeli-askr, m., -ker, -kerald, n.
vessel, N. T., Matth. v. is,_Stj. 293, GJ)1. 524 : mseli-hlass, n. am
sured cartload, Rd. 232, Am. 60.
inaeling, f. a measuring, Edda 47, Stj. 211, Fms. xi. 441 : — a measui
dimension, Skalda 175, Alg. 372, Stj. 292. mtselingar-frsefli,
geometry.
maelir, m. a measure, esp. of a certain measure, a sixth of
(q. v.), G\>\. 524, Fms. X. 398, xi. 441, Stj. 621. 2 Kings vii. 17
13, 16; korni6 fyllir maelirinn, the grain Jills the measure, a sayin
of fluids, N. G. L. i. 29; tveggja maela 61, 137 : of land, a field so'
with a maelir of grain, 240 ; niu maela land, Vm. 48 ; whence msel)
land, n. a land of one maelir, 49 ; it remains in the phrase, hann er et
lengi a maelislandi, of a swift runner. mselis-Sl, n. a measure of a
about six gallons and a half, Fms. i. 31, N. G. L. i. 6; skyldi t)a hvi
ma6r eiga maelisol en gjalda fe elligar, Fms. i. 31.
mcclska, u, f. eloquence, Hdl. 3, Post. 645. 90, Pr. 439, passim : idio
Mi.'
*KA
y^
MiELSKUANDI— MOL.
443
I niaelsku allra {)jo5a, Konr. : pronunciation, mod. maeli, h6n kvadsk
:i maelsku hans at hann var Galverskr, 656 C. 4. compds :
naelsku-andi, a, ni. the spirit of eloquence, Sks. 560. meslsku-
baSr, ni. an orator, Sks. 315, MS. 656 C. 14.
mreltr, part, spoken, so and so, Grett. I46 : esp. in compds, fd-maeltr,
■' mseltr, lin-maeltr, loS-mseltr, sein-mxltr, flj6t-maltr, hyr-maeltr, gla8-
,r, and so on.
BIT A, i. e. luoena, d, to provide with a maenir, to roof; leka niondi
cf ekki moendi smiSrinn, Skalda (Thorodd) 163, D.N. v. 637. 2.
rich or jut out, project, Lat. eminere; J)eir sau hrauka ... ok maendu
■r kollarnir (viz. out of the fog), Sturl. i. 179 ; maendu J)eir aptr (jbey
id back, prob. erroneous = vendu) en Hakon bar i haf, Fms. vi.
II. to gaze, look (stretching out the neck), esp. with the
n of supphcation ; nixna a e-n, niaena vonar-augum, freq. in mod.
, where the ancients said kaga, q. v.
1 na, u, {.the spinal marrow, Sturl. ii. 95, freq. in mod. usage, meenu-
, f. disease of the spine.
1 nir, m., i.e. moenir, [Dan. manning'], the ridge of a house, Fs. 42,
. 194, Sks. 146, Skida R. 179 ; hus-maenir, q. v. msenir-^ss,
' e ridge-rafter.
:.iyER, f., gen. meyjar, dat. meyju, ace. mey ; pi. meyjar, dat. meyjum:
leyja, u, f. a later form in MSS. of the 14th century, sii meyja,
V vian, Stj. 136, Bs. ii. 27 ; J)u meyja (voc), Fb. ii. 194, Skald H. i. 9 ; as
nom. mey, Fas. iii. 177; [Ulf. mawi = Kopdaiov, irais ; A. S. meowle
< yla, q. v. ; Swed. and Dan. m'6; the Engl, maid and Germ, magd are
livatives] : — a maid, girl, virgin; J)a6an koma meyjar, Vsp. 20; mey,
m. 81, 96 ; meyjar or3, 83 ; morg g68 maer, loi ; en horska maer, 95,
[Mil. 47; meyja, 49; meyjar astir, Aim. 8; m^r ti8a mey, Skm. 7;
;cr (voc), 23, 25, 26 ; maer er m^r tiSari, 7 ; maer heitir fyrst hver, en
rliiigar ergamlareru, Edda 108 ; leizt honum maerin fogr, Eg. 23 ; Egill
{)ar mey fagra, . . . maerin var likat ok gret . . . Egill mxlti vi5 meyna,
II, 483; maer tvitug e5a ellri, Grag. i. 307, 465 ; ekkjur ok meyjar
itiiga ok ellri, ii. 108; eigi maer heldr gofuglig ekkja, Fms. x. 294:
sirl, h6n l^k s^r a golfi vi6 a8rar meyjar, hversu lizt {)^r a mey {)essa,
kkir {)6r eigi fogr ! serit fogr er maer sja, Nj. 2 ; J)6ra 61 barn um sum-
it, ok var J)at maer. Eg. 166 ; litlu si9arr faeddi hon bani, J)at var maer,
film h^It meyjunni undir skirn, h^t sii maer {jora, Steinn gaf meyjunni
giguU, 0. H. 144 ; hvart sem er sveinn eda maer, N. G. L. i : — a virgin,
ctjon, hon er maer ok henni Jjjona J)aer er meyjar andask, Edda 21 ; hon
r maer alia aefi, 655 ix. C. i : ailit., briiSr Gu&s, maer ok mo&ir. Mar., esp.
the Virgin Mary, Lil. ; maer meyja, the maid of maids, Hdl. (begin.) : —
the zodiac, Rb. (1812) 16. 2. freq. in poetry = a daughter, thus
swering to miigr ; Gymis meyjar, the daughter of G., Skm. 12 ; mey
ti hann, Rm. 36 (Bugge) ; hefir minn fa5ir heitid meyju sinni, Hkv. 1.18;
ymis meyjar, Ls. 34; meyjar M6g{)rasis, V{)m. 48 ; Billings mey, Hm.
1 ; Hogna maer, Hkv. ; fogr maer fira, Vkv. 2 : allit., Loka maer, the
lighter of L. = Hel, Yt. ; maer ok mogr, daughter and son, Og. 9.
MPDs : meyjar-mdl, n. pi. courtship. Fas. iii. 84, 94. meyjar-
landr, m. a maid's mundr (q. v.). Fas. iii. 170.
A.£IIA, 3, [Ulf. merjan — Krjpvaauv], to praise, laud. Ad. I, H6fu8I. 2,
nsli 20: — masra e-n e-u, to bless one with a gift, Fms. vii. 152 (in a
rse).
aserS, f. [Ulf. meripa = <pT]nrf\, praise, laud, Stor. 5, Lex. Poet, passim:
encomium. 2. mod. cant, flattery, hypocrisy, freq.
aaeringr, m. [maerr], a noble, illustrious man, Edda passim, also in
)d. usage : the name of a sword, Bjarn.
asema, a6, to become cheesy, of milk, Bjorn.
OBHR, f (i. e. moerr), gen. maerar, dat. and ace. maeri : — a land, prop.
••der-land, only in poetry ; maerar, Skalda 236 (in a verse) ; and in compds,
-moerr (q. v.), the blue land = the sea ; bor6-mcerr, mafa m., id. ; dag-
rr, the day-land, i.e. the heaven; hzuk-mcBTT, the ' hawk-land' = the
! ; Moins maer, serpent-land, i. e. gold. Lex. Poet. : the word remains
ida-mseri, border-land, and II. in the local name Mseri, f.
mnty in Norway; Sunn-maeri, Nor8-maeri, Fms. passim; whence
oerir, m. pi. the men of M. : Msera-jarl, the earl ofM., a name of
'■ Rognvald, the ancestor of the dukes of Normandy and the earls of
cy : Meerskr, adj. ^om Mceri, Fms. Maeri or Mserini, a famed
ie in Drontheim in Norway: hann lag&i Maerina-helgi a allan
■ nn ok let engu tortyna J)ar nema kvikfo heimilu, i.e. be made
•'holejjorda sanctuary, extended the sanctuary to the length of the
'lejjord, Landn. I.e.
LffiRR, adj., compar. maerri, maerstr ; [Ulf. mers in waila-mers=^
'>i]Hos ; O. H. G. mari] -.—famous, glorious, great. Germ, herrlich, of
1 sons ; mjotu6 maeran, Vsp. 2 ; maerir tivar, Hym. 4 ; maeran kon ; inn
:ri mogr SigroSar, Kormak ; ins macra burar, Gm. 50 ; maerr jofurr,
>;. Poet. : absol., baru mjiJS maerar. Am. 8, 93 ; ena maeru Ingunni,
s. viii. (in a verse); deyrat mildingr maeri (compar.), vi. 427: of
figs, i enum maera Mimis-brunni, Vsp. 22 ; inn maera fimbul-vetr, VJ)m.
inn maera mj66, Skm. 16 ; maeran drykk nijadar, Ls. 6 ; hris })at et
I, Akv. 5 ; inn maeri vondr, Korm. 98 (in a verse) : J)j6&-maer,
I rious.
MJETA. (moeta), t, [mot ; Ulf. motjan; A.S.metan; Engl. ««/;
Hel. motjan; Dan. mode; Swed. mota]:—to meet, with dat. to meet a
person; maetti hann {xir miSra garfta, bkv. 9; mxta e-m 4 brautu, Hm.
88 ; maettu Jjcir Ogmundi, Nj. 5 ; eigi veil hvar manni maetir, a saying
(=mod. eigi veit hvar manni kann at maeta), Fs. 106; ok mxtir aust-
manninum Erni, Isl. ii. 149 ; |)at mxtti hann Grim inum raufta, Nj. 245;
J)a maetti fjorgeirr |)orvaldi, id., passim : — lata t&b rufti mxta, to pay
like for like, Fms. i. 15 ; {)a skal maeta horn horni, h6fr h6fi, N. G. L. i.
41 ; lata dal maeta h61i, Fms. vii. 2. metaph. to meet with, suffer,
undergo; maeta ska&a, Bs. ii. 137; maeta kvolum, 623. 64; mxta gorn-
ingum, passim. II. recipr. to meet one another; ^ir mxttusk a
fornum vegi, Nj. 60. 2. to join; \)iT cr mxtiik Sogn ok Horfta-
land, where the two counties S. and H. meet, Fms. i. 95 ; i flx8ar-m4Ii
J)ar sem sxr mxtisk ok grxn torfa, N. G. L. i. 13 ; ok skal {)at grafa lit
vi& kirkju-garS, par sem mxtisk vig6 mold ok uvig&, K. {>. K. 16;
menn eigu at xja hrossum sinum i annarra manna landi of sumar {>ar er
maetisk slatta ok sina, Grag. ii. 291.
meetask, t, dep. [meta], to make oneself costly ; 14ta biSjask lengi ok
m. ok myklask, Str. 9 : act. part, in aud-mxtandi, a valuer, taster of
wealth, Kormak.
M.^TI, n. [meta], ^ood things, wealth ; morg mxti, many good things,
Hym. 32 ; man ek at ver meiri mxti 4ttum, Vkv. 13 ; mxtum 4gxtum,
Am. 66 ; nokkut mxta (gen. pi.), Fsm. 29 ; veglig mxti. Lex. Poet. ; ver-
aldar mxti, Nikuld., Skild H. 2. 38 ; hans mxti kiia ek hljota, Edda (ia
a verse). 2. in prose ; the phrase, hafa mxti a e-u (mod. mxtur),
to have a fancy for, to value highly; ok hefir Olfr enn meiri mxti a Sig-
mundi {)a5an fra en a8r, Fxr. 52 ; brandkrossarnir, Jjeir sem hann haf8i
mest mxti a, Vigl. 61 new Ed. ; Gunnhildr lag8i mikil mxti 4 Olaf, Ld.
72. compds: mseta-gripr, m. a costly thing. Fas. i. 61. msetis-
madr or mseta-madr, m. a worthy man, Sturl. i. 9, Fas. i. 28.
mseti-ligr, adj. valuable, Al. 93.
msetir, m. one who meets. Lex. Poet.
maetr, adj. valuable, excellent, of persons meet, worthy ; mxtr ok agxtr.
El., Stj.; mxtan mar, Hdl. 5; Gu5i ok hans mxtu m63ur, D.N. i. 51;
mxtustu m68ur, Th. 78; ma&r mxztr und sulu, Gkv. i. 7: — lawful,
valid, dxma sok mxta e8r limxta, Grag. i. 67 ; log-mxtr, lawful ; u-mxtr,
invalid.
meetur, f. pi. ; in the phrase, hafa (vera) mxtur a e-u, = mxti, Ld. 60,
Fb. i. 262, Grett. 68 new Ed., Fas. i. 247 (in a verse), and in mod.
usage ; see mxti above.
mdgdir, m. a peg, Edda (Gl.) 494.
mOgl, n. murmuring, Stj. 324, Mar. passim.
MOGLA, a8, to murmur, Stj. 291, 322, 324, Bs. ii. I15, Fb. i. 440,
Mar., N. T., Vidal. passim.
mdglan, f. a murmuring, Hom. 26 ; mciglunar or8, Grett. 153. mOg-
Itmar-samr, adj. grumbling, 686 B. 2, Grett. 148.
MOQR, m., gen. magar, dat. megi, pi. megir, ace. mogu ; [Ulf. magus =
■nais, Luke ii. 43, ix. 42, xv. 26 ; =t^ot'ov, ii. 28 ; A. S. magu; Hel. magu;
Gael. mac; mogr is masc. answering to fem. A.S.mce^, Engl.mafrf, Germ.
magd] : — prop, a boy, youth, and so, like iraii, a son; mannskis mogr, no
man's so«, Hm. 147: M.\X..,mty okm'og, daughter and son,V^m.7,i; mxla
vi8 mog, H3m. 23, Skm. 2; okkarn mog, i ; geta mog, Ls. 35, 36 ; megir
Heimdalar, sons of H., Vsp. 1 ; maga J)inna, Am. 79 ; mogr Sigfd8ur,
Vsp. 55 ; mogr HloSynjar, 56 ; megi hve8rungs, 55 : mins magar, Gm.
24; magar ^oris. Ad. 16; magar Hallgards, Ht. : allit., mogr m68ur
kallar, Grag. ii. 1 70 ; mogr faim iimmu, Hym. 2 ; osk-mogr, a son by
adoption, also a beloved son. II. a tnate, a man, Fm. 2^; fifl-megir,
Vsp. 51 ; vil-megir, sons of misery, slaves, Bm. i ; heipt-megir, enemies,
Hm. 149; Muspells megir, the men of Muspell = demons, Ls. ; her-
megir, war-men, warriors, Hkv. 2.4; Hropts-megir, the men ofH. = the
gods, Ls. 45 ; lj68-megir, the people, Hkm. ; sess-megir, bench-mates,
Hm. 153 ; dag-megir, daysmen (?), Am. 61 ; As-megir, the Ases, gods,
Fsm. ; drott-megir, the sons of men, V{)m. II, 12. Ill- in prose
obsolete except in Mdgr, a pr. name, dat. Mog, Bs. i. magar-arfi,
a, m. a sons heir, N. G. L. i. 206.
mOgu-liga, adv. possibly.
m6gu-ligr, adj. [from Germ, moglich; the word appears in the 14th
century] : — posdble, Fms. xi. 431, P'as. i. 45, freq. in mod. usage.
M6g-J)rasir, m. the giant father of the weird sisters (hamingjur),
Vl)m.
mok, n, pi. intercourse; in the phrase, eiga mok vi8 e-n, ef {jeir ciga
vi8 hann kaup e8r onnur mok nokkur, Grag. ii. 164 ; see mak.
M6KKR, m., dat. mekki, [akin to makki ?], a dense cloud; upp sctr
mokk inn mykla, Sk41da (in a verse), Fb. i. 212 (the verse), freq. in
mod. usage ; og hrynja Ixtr hvarmskiirar hagli8 ur mekki blam, of a
cloud on a mountain top, Bjami 58 ; J)oku-m., sky-m., gufu-m., a cloud
of fog, vapour.
M6kkur-k41fl, a, m. the name of the clay giant, Edda 57.
mekkvi, a, m. a cloud, mist, Sks. 203 ; ok um mi8nxtti mani i
mokkva sig hylr, Bjarni 145.
MOL, f., gen. malar [mala], pebbles, worn stones, i.e. ibe bed of
444
MALARGRJOT— MOTU.
pebbles on the beach or in a river; annat li8it st68 niSri a molinni,
Fms. X. 138 ; Flosi var uppi a molinni, er hann sa J)etta, Grett. 89;
eru l^eir nii kasaSir J)ar i molinni, Fs. 175; g'ymja vid mol, pd.; t)ar
var briik ok mol fyrir ofan, Sturl. ii. 69, passim in mod. usage: poet.,
haukstrandar mol =gems, Hofu61. compds : malar-grjot, n. beach-
pebbles. Eg. 141. malar-kambr, m. a pebble-ridge along the beach,
Hav. 48, Finnb. 254, Grag. ii. 354.
mSl-brotinn, part, shivered into pieces.
MOLR, m., ace. pi. molu, Fb. ii. 78 ; pi. melir or gen. sing, malar hardly
occurs; [Ulf. ma/o = crjjs, Matth. vi. 19, 20; O.YL.G. miliwa ; Germ.
milbe'] : — a moth; ^a, mun molr eigi spilla, Pr. 474; eigi einn miil, 655
xiii. A. 3 ; molu ok maSka, Fb. ii. 78 ; er eigi grandar ryd ne molr,
Horn. 15 ; molr n4 ry5, Matth. vi. 19, 20; sem molr e3a motti etr ok
ey&ir, Bar!. 44. ni61-6tin, part, moth-eaten.
mSlva, a6, [Ulf. malwjan, Luke iv. 18], to shiver, break into fragments,
freq. in mod. usage.
mOlvir, m. a sbiverer, cracker. Lex. Poet.
MON, f., gen. manar, pi. manar, Akv. 37 ; [Engl, mane'] : — the mane
of a horse; ae lysir mon af mari, VJ)m. 12 ; morum sinum mon jafnadi,
^kv. 6; manar meita=/o cut the manes, Akv. 37; hann vildi taka
hesta sina ok skera mon a, Rd. 268 ; hann sag5i at hann mundi fara a
Hvitings-hjalla ok skera mon a hestum {jorsteins, Bjarn. 62 ; hann sker
mon a hestinum, Finnb. 282 ; {>6rir for at skera mon a hrossum sinum
ok GuSmundr son bans me& honum, GulU). 22. The cutting of horse's
manes was a favourite amusement in olden times, cp. man-skaeri, inane-
scissors. mSn-skurSr, m. a mane-cutting. Gull J). 22.
M6n, f., gen. Manar, the Isle of Man. compds : Manar-byg3, f.
(Eb.) ; Manar-menn, m. pi. Manxmen. Manar-konungr, m. the
king of Man, Fms. passim.
mOnd-laug, f. = mundlaug, q. v.
ni6nd.u3r, m. a sword, from being grasped with the hand, Edda
(Gl.).
MOTTDITLL, m., dat. mondli, [qs. munduU, from mund ; cp. Engl.
mangle, qs. mandle ; Germ, mangeln] : — a handle, esp. of a handmill ;
tokum skarpara a mondli, Gs. 19; hrsera mondul, Hkv. 2. 3, freq. in
mod. usage. II. a pr. name. Fas. iii ; as also a nickname, Fms. viii.
m6ndTil-tr6, n. the tree of the m., Hkv. 2. 3.
mopiirr, m. [for. word], a maple-tree, Edda (Gl.)
MORDR, m., gen. mar9ar, dat. mer3i, [Engl, marten; Germ, marder;
Dan. maard] : — a marten; in Edda (Gl.) mcirdr is wrongly put among the
names of rams, for the marten is not known in Icel. II. a pr.
name, Landn., Nj.; from that Saga originated in popular usage, by way
of metonomy, m6r6r = a backslider (as a 'Judas'). marSar-skiim, n.
a marten's skin ; see marSskinn.
MOHK, f., gen. sing, merkr, pi. merkr, [a word common to all Teut.
languages] : — a mark, in weight equal to eight ounces or half a pound ;
twenty merkr make a fjorQung, q.v. ; eighty merkr = a vaett; ^at er
logpundari at atta fjorftungar eru i vaett, en tuttugu merkr skolu i fjorS-
ungi vera, Grag. i. 499. 2. a mark, by weight or value, of gold and
silver, eight ounces (atta aurar) go to a mark, 732.16; mork silfrs, mork
gulls, t)rim morkum gulls, Fms. vii. 235, Grag., Sagas passim ; mork
vegins silfrs, O. H. L. 23 ; gullhringa ok st6& mcirk hvarr. Eg. 464 :
often used absol. so that the standard can only be seen from the context,
ver6r hann utlagr ^rem morkum, Grag, i. 16, 132 ; vardar honum J)at
sex merkr, tolf merkr, 319 ; varQar J)at t)riggja marka sek3, 499 ; hversu
mikit fe er J)etta? hann sag6i hundraS marka, Nj. 4; A9alsteinn vill
gefa skilling manni hverjum frjalsbornum, en miJrk sveitar-hofSingja
hverjum, Eg. 280; hann skal gjalda halfa mork fyrir eyri, Grag. i. 208 ;
J)rju hundru8 hundraSa eptir forngildu marka-tali, Dipl. v. 20; sva
mikit ofa-fe at trautt kom marka-tali a, Faer. 11 ; hann var sva au3igr
af gulli at engi vissi marka-tal, Fms. vi. 176; merkr-kaup, a purchase to
the amount of a mork, G^\. 497 ; merkr-{)i6fr, a theft to the value of a
mark, N.G. L. i. 326; merkr stykki, a piece amounting to a mark,
H. E. ii. 188. As to the standard, the value of a mork varied at different
times and in different countries, see esp. Mr. Dasent's Essay in Burnt
Njal. In Icel. the confusion was made still greater, by the fact that (as
remarked s. v. eyrir) the word mork was also used of the wadmal
standard (the ell of wadmal), and so the law speaks of a mork va&mala,
Grag. i. 500 ; mork sex . . . alna aura, etc., K. {j. K. 70, 172, but this is
a contradiction in terms, for mork is a weight, not a measure : the real
meaning is often only to be made out by the context, e. g. in questions
of weregild the weighed mark is no doubt meant. II. of fluid,
a pint, viz. half a pottr ; in mod. usage all fluids and vessels holding
fluids are thus measured, tveggja, |)riggja . . . marka askr.
MORK, f., gen. markar, but merkr. Fas. ii. 512; dat. mork: pi.
markir, Fs. 100, 6. H. 80, 142, Hkr. i. 55; later merkr, Fb. i. 134,
Fms. viii. 31 ; [akin to mark, q.v.]: — a forest; (prop, a march-land,
border-land, see mark, marka; in olden times vast and dense forests
often formed the border-land between two countries ; cp. for Scandinavia,
Sverr. S. ch. 12, 13; foru J)eir nil austr a markirnar, Fs. 100; austr
um markir ok sva til Gautiands, 0. H. 80; hann niddi markir ok
■^bygSi J)ar sem nu heitir Jamtaland, 142); ey&a annars manns mot
GJ)1. 79 ; J)eir er mork eigu saman, 445 ; markar spell or spjoll, datiu^l
done to a forest, 368, Jb. 235 ; gengu {jeir til merkrinnar, Fas.
512; varS fyrir {jeim miJrk stor, Edda 28; a morkinni, Fb. iii. 40-
er J)6r ok heimil var mork sem J)u villt hoggva lata, Fs. 27; ry8
markir, rySja mcirkina ok brenna, to clear forests, Hkr. i. 55 ; fundu:
J)a vi&a i morkunum skdglaus Kind, . . . brjota vegu um markir, myr
ok fjallvegu, id. ; Jia lagftisk hann ut a merkr ok veiddi dyr, Fb. i. 13.
st6rar myrar ok J)rongar merkr, Fms. viii. 31 ; Sverrir konungr skyl
fara yfir mikit vatn i einni mork, — a inni mestu morkinni, 32 ; eyj
mork, a wilderness. II. the word is freq. in Northern names
places ; Mdrk is used of Finnmarken, Finn-mork, Eg. ch. 14 ; {joro!
for vi3a um Morkina, Eg. 41 ; |)6r61fr for }5enna vetr enn um Morkii
ok atti kaupstefnu vi8 Finna, 56 ; eru vi6a f]allbyg6ir upp a Morkin
58 : Markir, f. pi. the Markland between Sweden and southern Nc
way, Fb. iii ; whence Marka-menn, Marchmen, Fms. passim ; c
the Marcomanni of Tacitus, Die Mark in Germany. When the woo
lands were cleared and turned into fields the name remained, thus
Danish mark means a field, open space : — in local names, Dan-mor
Jjors-mork, a woodland in southern Icel. sacred to Thor ; a few fan
in southern Icel. are called Mork, Nj., Landn., different from Hcrf
in Norse counties, Hei8-mork, |jela-m6rk, Vingul-mork, Finn-mor
marka-menn, m. pi. robbers, outlaws (cp. Icel. skogarmaSr), Gre
118A.
Morn, f. an ogress or giantess, Edda (Gl.) ; the ship is called mornar val [
hestr, /j&es/eetf o/w., Hallfred ; </&e sea, mornar mor, Lex. Poet. I
the river Marne, Edda (Gl.).
Mornir, m., as also Momi, a, m. the name of an idol, J)iggi M. |>el
blaeti, Fb. ii. 334 (in a verse), Lex. Poet.
MORR, m., dat. mcirvi, mod. mor, gen. pi. morva, Bjarn. (in a verse) :
the suet of an animal, Stj. 430, Bs. i. 568 ; so8inn morr, Kormak ; I'o
mor, Bjarn. (in a verse) ; half vxtt mors var i dilkinum, Grett. 141 n(
Ed. ; skera mtir, to chop suet, K. |).K. 92, Vm. 119, Dipl. iii. 4, Bs.
611; netja ok mor, Sks. 129; garn-mor, nyrna-mor, the kidney-fc
morva migir, a term of abuse, Bjarn. (in a verse) ; bloS-mor, a kind
black pudding. compds : mor-bJTiga, n. a sausage of lard a,
meat, Korm. 34, Fbr. 193, 194, Sturl. ii. 132, Bs. i. 357 (810). mo
landi, a, m. (m6r-lendingr, m., Bs. i. 222, v.l. ; mor-fjandi, m. =$;/
fiend, Fms. vii. 35), a suet-man, a nickname which the Norsemen us
to give to the Icelanders in consequence of their supporting thei
selves chiefly by their flocks and herds, viltii, morlandi, fiii ert mt
biskup, Bs. i. 357, 81 1, see also Fms. iii. 154, vii. 1 14, 118, fsl.
39 (read morlandi). mSr-nefr, n. suet-nose, a nickname, Fms. v
138. m6r-strutr, m. a nickname, Fms. vii. M6r-sugr, :
marrow-sucker, the name of the midwinter month, Rb. ni6r-v6m
f. suet-paunch.
moru-eldr, m., see maurueldr, Edda ii. 174.
morvaQr, part. /a/, of a beast.
MOSKVI, a, m. [A. S. 7ncEscre; Eng\. mesh; O.H.G. masca; Ger;
masche ; Dan. rnaske] : — a mesh ; ri&a moskva, hann tok net ok ga
ok rei8 a moskva sva sem net er si6an, Edda 39 (i. 182, v.l.); sei;
tuttugu moskva djupt, Grag. ii. 358, freq. in mod. usage. The W(
seems to be used as neut. (with the art. moskon) in O. H. L. 74> —
mun ( = munu?) eigi gott {jola moskon J)in ( = moskvinn J)inn?).
ratSsmar, m. pi. treasures, Rm. 35.
MOSURR, m. [O. H. G. masar ; mid. H. G. maser ; Early En,
maser] : — a maple-tree,^ spot-wood,' Fb. i. 548. compds : m6sur-bol'
a, m., -skdl, f., -ker, [Old Engl. maser-bowF], n. a bowl or vessel
maple, Fms. vi. 184, Karl. 53, Vm. 58, Dipl. iii. 4 ; such bowls are frt
mentioned in inventories of churches, Vm. 58; cp. mid. H. G., whf
maser is even used of a chalice, a maple-wood cup. m6sxir-tr6, 11
maple-tree, Fms. iii. 135.
m6ttiil-band, n. a mantle-tie, fastening it round the neck, Fb. i. 13
Fms. vii. 201, Flov. 31.
MOTTULIi, m., dat. mottli ; [no doubt from Lat. mantile, = a
towel or napkin; whence the word came into the Romance lanj^
Ital. mantello ; Span, mantilla ; Fr. manteau ; Engl, mantle ; thence in
the Teutonic, O. H. G. mantaV] : — a mantle ; occurring as early tt .
Kormak, but not used elsewhere by old poets, although freq. i
Sagas, Fms. i. 21 1, ii. 280, xi. 275, Fs. 60, Nj. 28, Fb. i. 20, ii.
Faer. 264, 266 ; the mottull was worn by both men and women ;
which is the genuine Norse word, seems to be synonymous with m-
thus skikkja, Fagrsk. 115 (line 25), is called mottull, 117 (line 24):
mottull was prob. a short light mantle, fastened by strings (tuglar) rott
the neck, whence it was called tugla-mottull, Fb. ii. 130, Faer. 2631
mottull a tuglum, and it seems usually to have been of foreign cut and
costly foreign stuff (a purple mantle is mentioned in Fagrsk. I.e.) *
as a pr. name of a Finnish king, Fb. iii.
mottul-skaut, n, a mantle-skirt, Korm. 214 (as also the verse), Fn
vi. 243.
motu-, see mata.
N— NANNA.
445
*
N
[ I un), the thirteenth letter, is in the old Runes represented on the
: u horn by the character -f*, on the stone in Tune by "^, and in the
Runes by |> or 'j., all derived from the Lat.-Gr. /V ; it was called
i need, A. S. nead), nau6 gorir neppa kosti, Runic poem. In ancient
the capital N or the A. S. "H is used to mark a double «, thus,
ke»ja, = mann, kenna.
NUNCiATioN. — The n is sounded as in other Teut. languages ; but
•tr a diphthong has a peculiar sound like dnh, thus steinii hreinn =
h hreidnh ; whereas, after a single short vowel the sound is as usual,
mann ; this ndh sound does not seem to be ancient, as may be
;rom rhymes such as, seinn J)ykki mer sunwan, Sighvat : a con-
:j between rn and tin first appears in MSS. of the 15th century;
irn hreim, = einn hreinn, and so in early print : before / the n is
ite, vint = vinht, cp. introduction to letter L.
\NGES. — The nn before r in olden times was often changed to
ounded as 6, not only in maSr, su6r ( = mannr, sunnr), 65rum,
a6rar (from annarr), nii5r ( = minnr), in which cases it is still
ed so; but also in sa3r, muftr, brudr, fiSr, me8r, u&r, gudr, ku&r,
!nr...kunnr; tve&r = tvennr, gry6ri = grynnri, Bs. i. 342, 349;
r=:sannrar, Greg. 23, Likn. 3: it is so used in rhymes by the
CIS ; in all these latter instances the nn has reappeared in mod. usage ;
', Kngl. mouth = m\innT, but sunna {the suti). May not the change
the participles in -idr into -inn (Gramm. p. xxiv, col. 2) be due to
c- same phonetic principle, but in inverted order ? The n is elided in
iiin-mikit, sounded and spelt jam-mikit; jam-g65r = jamn-g63r : — nn
n for nd, in sunz = sunds, lanz = lands, munnlaug = mundlaug ; bundnir,
unded bunnir and spelt so, Edda i. 240. In some words the nn is due to
>iniilation, as that of zn in rami, Goth, razna ; but often oinp or nd in the
Innate Teut. languages, thus Icel.nenna, Goth.tianpjan; finna, Engl. Jind.
>T the absorption of final and medial « see Gramm. p. xxx, col. I.
^* For words with a radical b {hn) see under H.
NA, a suff. demonstr. particle, see Gramm. p. xxxviii, col. 2 (III) ; esp.
q. in mod. usage in the words h6r-na, J)ar-na, ha-na, mi-na, sva-na
roncd. svo-na or so-na), q. v., Band. 18 ; as also ^er-na, Fms. vi. 422 ;
t-iia, MS. 623. 19; J)ess-na, Fas. ii. 147; vi8-na, Fms. iii. 73; gaer-
, vi. 354: with verbs rarely, var-na. Fas. ii. 174: part, spurt-na, Fb. i.
,3 : and lastly in the pers. pron. ha-nn, ho-n.
*fABBI, a, m. [Engl, knob; North. E. and Scot, nab], a small pro-
•erance on the skin or on greensward ; nabba-J)yfi, fjalls-n., D. N. iii.
r, freq. in mod. usage : the name of a dwarf, Hdl. 7.
.adda, a&,7o provide with studs ; naddaftr, studded.
nTADDB, m. a stud, nail ; knebjargir med stalh6r6um niiddum, Sks.
5; nadda a umgjorSinni, Fms. vi. 212 ; hann hnitar saman penninginn,
eru tuttugu naddar a, Gisl. 14; nadda bor&, a ' stud-board,' poet, for a
eld from its being ornamented with metal studs, see Fms. vii. 323 : in
etry, nadda el, rog, as also nadd-61, -ffir, -skur, -regn, -hri3,
e3r, = a battle. Lex. Poet. nadd-g6fugr, adj. 'stud-glorious,' an
thet of Heimdal, Hdl. 34, with reference to the beams of dawn (studs
light?) ; as an epithet of a giant, the father of Men-glo&, Gg. 14.
TADK, m., and nadra, u, f. ; the r is radical, na5rs, naSri, an irreg. dat.
5ri, Edda 97 (in a verse) ; [Ulf. nadrs = «x*^''"> Luke iii. 7 ; A. S. ncedre ;
H. G. natra, f. ; Germ, natter] : — a viper, adder, snake, Edda 99, Hkv.
'irv. 9, Vsp. 56 ; frann na6r, 65, Edda 54 (in a verse) ; eitrsvalr naSr, 97
a verse) ; naftrs-tunga, snake-tongue, Isl. ii. (in a verse) : the fem. nafira,
iiEdda 99, Stj. 97, 417, Fas. i. 220 ; nema sii naSra er renndi at honum,
j; n66rur ok ormar, Fms. iv. 248 : — in poetical expressions, nadra-dey3ir,
■nke-bane,' i.e. the winter, Mork. 214; na8rs-bingr, ser/)e«/-/a/>, i. e.
',■ unda naSr, wound-snake, i.e. the sword; rausnar-na8r = a ship (see
11); sjavar-naftr, a sea-serpent, i. e. a ship of war; val-na8r, hrse-na&r,
* rion-serpent, i. e. a sword, see Lex. Poet. : the word is never used in
I'Se. 2. freq. also of a war «/&?/> = Ormr, Hallfred (Fs. 208,
: }). 3. the name of a sword, Eg. compds : n6flru-kyn, n. a
iteration of vipers, N. T. n63ru-8ett, f. = no6rukyn, 625. 90.
aSverskr, adj. Nazarene, Mar., N. T., Vidal., Pass,
af, n. = n6f (q. v.), the bark of a tree, Hkr. i. (in a verse).
lAFARB., m., dat. nafri, [from nof, q. v.], prop, a ' nave-borer,' an
r, whence a gimlet, Sks. 31, Fs. 176, Ld. 116, Edda 48, 49, Vm.
COMPDS : nafar-gat and nafars-rauf, n. a gimlet hole, Edda
nafra-skjoda, u, f. a gimlet case, Fb. i. 301.
t'ar-skeptr, adj. a aw. A.«7. ; linbraekr nafarskeptar, Fms. vii. 170
loth of a peculiar texture) ; cp. einskepta, ferskepta.
AFLI, a, m. [A.S. navela; Engl, navel; O. H. G. nabulo; Germ.
■ •cl; Dan.navle; Gr. 6>x</)aAos ; Lzt. vmbilicus]: — the navel, Fms. v.
, , Hb. 415.15. COMPDS : nafla-gras, n., botan. koenigia Islandica,
I It. nafla-strengr, m. the umbilical cord.
APN, often spelt namn, n. ; [Ulf. namo ; common to all Teut. lan-
ges without the «, which has been preserved in the Norse ; Dan.
'«; Swed. namn; Lat. nomen; Gr. ovofio]: — a name; af hans nafni
tuk nafn Britannia, Fms. xi. 416; spyrja e-n at nafni, Nj.6; gefa namn,
Grag. i. loi ; at nafni, by name, passim ; kalla k namn e-s, 623. 34; i
nafni c-s, in one's name, id., passim; skirnar-nafn, a baptismal name;
auk-nafn, a nickname. For the ancient ceremony, even of the heathen
age, of sprinkling infants with water and giving them a name iec the
remarks and references given s. v. ausa, (to which add Dropl. 25, ok mun
ek ekki vi& {)er sjd, J)viat J)ti j6st mik vatni.) Proper names were either
single as Steinn or compound as Hall-steinn, |)or-steinn, V6-stcini), Ha-
steinn, Her-steinn, Gunn-steinn, sec |>orst. hv. 46, Eb. 136 new Ed.
(Append.) ; for giving names to infants see Vd. ch. 13, Nj. ch. I4, 59, Ld.
ch. 13, Eb. ch. 7, II, 12, and the Sagas passim. The ancient Teutons
and Scandinavians used but one name, for nicknames are rare or of later
date, and perh. came into use through contact with foreigners, as with the
Gaelic tribes in the west, for in the Landn. such names abound in Icel.,
though they were afterwards disused ; the law makes it a case of outlawry
to ' give names,' ef madr gefr niaimi nafn annat en hann eigi kbz ok varSar
fjorbaugs garft, ef hann reidisk vi8, Gr4g. (Kb.) ii. 182, see however nafn-
festr below. For illustration see lists of names subjoined to the Editions
of the Sagas, Landn., Bs., Fms., Fb. iii, Esp61. Annals ; a list of nicknames,
Fb. iii. 657-663. Worthy of note is the desire of the men of old to live
again in a new name, cp. Vd. ch. 3, Fb. ii. 7-9, and many other instances ;
one who falls short of the man he is named after is said to kafna undir
nafni. 2. gramm. a noun, Skalda 180. II. a name, title; at
gipta hana tignara manni fyrir nafns sakir, Fms. i. 157 ! hersir at nafni,
Ld. 8, O.H. 106; nafn ok veldi. Eg. 268; keisara-nafn, konungs-n.,
jarls-n., passim; at nafni, nominally, not really, not well; fontr meS
buna8i at nafni, Pm. 68, 78. comfds : nafaa-gipt, f. a giving of
names, Stj. 130 ; in a bad sense, a calling names, mod. nafna-skipti,
n. a change of names, Horn. 57. nafna-skr&, f. a roll of natnes.
nafna, u, f. a female namesake. Fas. iii. 554, Horn. 80.
nafn-b6t, f. a title, rank, Nj. 6, Fms. iii. 185, ix. 257, Fb. ii. 288 :
redress, Isl. ii. 386.
nafn-festr, f. ' name-fastening,' a gift which it was usual to give when
a new name was given to any one ; {jii, sveinn, hefir gefit m^r nafn,
at ek skal heita Hrolfr kraki, en {jat er titt, at gjof skal fylgja nafnsfesti,
Edda 81 ; konungr maelti, ^vl ert vandrae3a-skald — Hallfre&r svarar, hvat
gefr J)u, konungr, m^r at nafnfesti ef ek skal vandraefta-skald heita, Fs.
1 16; t'etta fingr-guU vii ek gefa J)er, J)orm68r, at kvx8is-]aunum ok at
n., {iviat ek gef {)6r ^z.t nafn at J)u skalt heita f>orm(')Sr Kolbrtinar-skuld,
Fbr. 37 new Ed., Fb. i. 213, 262, 418, Fms. iii. 182.
nafn-frsegr, zA]. famous, Ld. 20, Nj. 125, Stj. 73.
nafn-gipt, f. the bestowing a title. Eg. 66 : a giving of names.
nafn-gipta, t, to name, Fms. vii. 125, Stj. 82.
nafni, a, m. a namesake, Nj. 103, Fb. i. 76, Fs. 77-
nafn-kenna, d, to name, Stj. 140: nafn-kendr, part./amows.
nafn-kunnig7, adj. renowned, Grett. 87 A, Mar.
nafn-liga, adv. by name, H. E. i. 484.
nafn-ligr, id], fit as a name, Fms. vi. 390.
nafn-toga, a8, to name, mention, Fms. vi. 104 : to extol, laud, nafn-
toga9r, part. /awoMS, freq. in mod. usage.
naga, aa, = gnaga (q. v.), to gnaw.
nagga, a8, [akin to gnua], to rub : — to maunder, Grett. 98 A.
naggr, m. a peg : metaph. an urchin.
NAGL, m., pi. negl, in mod. usage ndgl, f., gen. naglar, pi. neglr. Fas.
ii. 370 (paper MS.) ; [K.S. nagel ; Y-ngl. nail ; O.Yi.G. nakal ; Germ.
nagel; Dun. negl; Lzt. unguis; Gr. ovv^]: — the nail, Eddz no; negl
ok hkr, Fms. vi. 402, Fb. ii. 375 ; nagl sinn. Art. 70 ; a nomar nagli,
Sdm.; hans negl voru sv4 sterkir, Bev. 20; bl68 stiikk undan hverjum
nagli, . . . hann skof nagl sinn. Fas. i. 285 ; t)at skip er gort af niiglum
dau3ra manna, ef ma8r deyr me8 liskornum niiglum, Edda 41 ; hAr e8a
negl e8a frauSafaetr, used for witchery, N. G. L. i. 362 ; kart-nagl, Nj. 52.
COMPDS : nagls-reetr, f. pi. the root of the nail, Grag. i. 501. nagl-
seta, u, f. disease of the nail, Fel.
nagla, a&, to nail, G{)1. 346.
Nagl-far, n. the mythical ship made of nail-parings, Vsp. 50; for the
tale see Edda 41.
Nagl-fari, a, m. a giant, the husband of Night, Edda 7.
nagl-fastr, adj. = naglafastr, Jb. 220.
NAGLI, a, m. [A. S. ncegel; Engl, nail; Dan. nagle] :— a nail, sptke;
naglar i skipi, Skalda 192 ; eyri fyrir nagla hvern ok ro a, N. G. L. i. 100 ;
hur6in brotnadi at niiglum, O. H. 1 1 7, passim ; tre-n., j4m-n., hestsko-n.
{a horseshoe-nail), Bs. i. 382 : metaph., var-n., sla vaniagla fynr e-u, to
take precaution :—a peg, ^zr voru i naglar, t)eir hetu regin-naglar, Eb. lO :
—medic, the core of a boil, kveisu-n. compds : nagla-far, n. a natl-
print, John xx. 25. nagla-fastr, zd]. fastened with nails G\,\. 346.
nagr, m., wrongly spelt na8r, Fms. i. 178 (in a verse), a kind of bird,
a magpie (?), Edda (Gl.) ; sveita nagr, bl68s-nagr, the blood-bawk, raven,
poet., Haustl., Isl. ii. 349 (in a verse).
nakinn and naktr, adj. naked; see nokvi&r.
nakkvat, see nekkverr. .„,, t-jj
Nanna, u, f. [nenna], the name of a goddess, the wife of Balder, Edda,
446
NAPR— NAUT.
Ls. : — freq. in poet, circumlocutions of a woman, iil-nanna, beSjar n.,
bauga n., Lex. Poet.
NAPR, adj., nopr, naprt, cold, chilly, of a piercing cold wind, whence
nepja, q. v. ; this word is not found in old writers ; see apr.
NARA, pres. nari, def. to linger, lounge; me6 Jjursi J)rih6f5um {)u
skalt X nara, Skm. 31 ; enum nennu-lausa J)eim er narir i heiminum,
Al. 100.
Naxfl, a, m. a pr. name, Landn., Korm. ; whence Waxfa-eyrr, f. a
local name in western Icel.
Naxi, a, m. the name of a giant, a son of Loki, Edda.
narta, aS, [akin to gnaga], to pinch slightly, as a mouse does.
nasa-, see nos, the nostril.
iias-bj6rg, f. = nefbj6rg, Flov., Karl. 357.
nas-brd.3r, adj. snarling, hot-headed, Fbr. 19, 41 new Ed.
nas-hyrningr, m. a rhinoceros.
nas-raufar, f. pi. the nostrils, Pr. 450, 472, 474. Karl. 298.
nas- vitr, adj . [cp. Germ. nase-weis'\, ' nose-wise,' superficial and conceited.
natinn, adj. assiduous, painstaking ; vera natinn vi8 e-8.
NAUD, f. [Ulf. naups = dv6.yKij; A. S. neod; Engl, need; Hel. nod;
O. H.G. not; Germ, noth; Dan. norf] : — need, difficulty, distress; i
hverri nau8, Horn. 34 ; nau6 ok erfifti, Fms. vii. 208 ; J)ola nauft, to suffer
need, Lex. Poet. ; vetrlig nau5, Sks. 49 ; me5 nau8um, with great diffi-
culty, Fms. ix. 387 ; hann var borinn me& nauSum, f)ryml. 8 : — bondage,
hann var hertekinn ok si8an seldr i nau&, Fms. x. 391 (a-nau8, q. v.) :
hofgar nau8ir, ' heavy needs,' of fetters, Vkv. 1 1 : — labour, of women, in
nau8-gongull, q. v.: of spells, hverr feldi af m^r folvar naudir, Sdm. i ;
nema e-n or nau8um, to deliver, Fsm. 40 ; vera i nau6um, to be charmed,
spell-bound, Le^Poet. : — the Rune |^, Sdm. 7, Rkv., see introduction:
— poet., bog-naud, dal-nami, ♦ bow-need,' i. e. the hand, Edda ii. 429 ; kykva
naud, id., pd. compds : naudar-madr, m. a bondsman, Fs. 87.
nauSa-handsal, n. an enforced hansel, not valid in law, Grag. i. 493.
nauda-kostr, m. a dire choice, Stj. 368. nauda-laust, n. adj., or
at nau3alausu, without necessity, N. G. L. i. 349. nauda-mikill,
adj. very severe, tsi. ii. 132. nau3a-s6tt or -ssett, f. a/orced agree-
ment, Sturl. iii.150, Fms. vii. 248, viii. 154, O. H. L. 90.
nauda, a6, to rustle, Sd. i6o: = gnau9a, q. v,
naud-beita, t, to stand close to the wind.
naud-beita, u, f. a standing close to the wind; leggja i nau&beitu,
Grett. 13 new Ed.
Iiau8-beyg3r, part, forced, compelled, Sturl. ii. 50, Bs. ii. 46 ; t)at
undirbrot, er Sviar hafa ^k nauftbeygt, subdued them, Fb. ii. 37.
iiau3-beygja, u, f. constraint, Hallgr.
nau3-f61r, adj. very pale, Akv. 16.
naudga, a8, [nau8igr], to compel, force, 625. 71 : with dat., n. e-m til
e-s, nau5ga monnum til biota, 65, Fms. i. 129, xi. 181, Nj. 134; n. e-m
til sagna, Fb. 46 new Ed. : — to ravish, Lat. violare, K. A. 214. II.
reflex, to be compelled, Fms. xi. 432 ; fyrir J)vi nauSgumk ek til, I am
compelled, 580 A. 2.
naudgan, f. compulsion : — ravishing.
naud-gjald, n. forced payment, Edda 73-
nau3-g6ngull, adj. 'need-going,' helping in need, of a midwife;
hverjar 'ro {)*aer nornir er nau&gonglar eru, ok kjosa mae8r fra mdgum,
who are the weird sisters, who assist and deliver mothers in child-
bearing? Fm.
nau3-h.eit, n. a vow made in need; nau5heita ma3r, a supplicant,
625. 193.
nau3-hle3rti or nau3-leyti, n. close affinity, relationship; vera i
nauSleytum vi& e-n. Glum. 386 ; sakir m8eg8a ok nau91eyta, Fms. x.
309. nau3leyta-nia3r, m. a near kinsman. Germ. bUitverwandt, fsl.
ii. 324, Dropl. 30, Stj. 427 ; fraendr ok nau51eytamenn, frsendr eSr aSra
n„ Ld. 330, Eg. 139, Gisl. 61 ; see hleyti.
nau3igr, adj., in old writers often contr. nauftgan, nauSgir, nau5gum,
forced, unwilling, N. G. L. i. 12, Ld. 172 ; f>yri for mjok nauSig, Fms. ii.
132, Landn. 247 ; lata hann fara nauSgan, Nj. 114; ef ma&r faerir mann
nau&gan ordrag e8a lengra . . . vardar J)at, Grdg. ii. 131 ; af nauQgum
munkum, Fms. vii. 207 ; me& nau8gum kosti, Barl, 70 ; J)6 honum vaeri
J)etta nau6igt, Flov. ; taka konu naudga, to ravish, Fms. ix. 451, D. \. i.
243, N. G. L. ii. 52.
nau3-kvan, f. an unwilling wife, wedded to one she bates. Fas. iii. 68.
nau3-liga, adv. = nau8uliga : — closely, negldr n.,fast nailed, Sol. 65.
nau3-lj6tr, adj. very hideous. Fas. ii. 295.
uaud-ina3r, m. a near kinsman. Am. 23.
iiau3-indgr, m. an enforced magr, Fms. ii. 291.
nau3-oka, a8, to enforce, compel. Fas. iii. 214.
nau3-pma, d, to torment, Fas. i. 96.
Iiau3r, f. ; this is perh. the only fem. of the 1st decl. which has retained
the inflexive r as in Goth. ; for the feminines with i in ace. and dat., see
Gramm. p. xvii, col. 2 (lU. at the bottom), are of a different declen-
sion ; [Scot, neide, see nau6] : — necessity, only used in nom. ; ef mik nau8r
um stendr, Hm. 155; nau8r um skildi, need made them part, Vkv. 3;
nau8r er at ny'ta ei&a, 'tis needful to keep one's oath, Orkn. (in a verse) ;
rak hann J)6 engi n. til {)ess, there was no necessity for him, Sk&lda 16 1
mun J)ik J)6 n. til reka, Nj. 61, Fs. 127 ; n. er a e-u, eigi drap ek Gaf
fyrr en m^r vaeri nau6r a, Nj. 227; enda se J)6 n. at skilja (one mil
needs know) hvat J)eir stoSa i malinu, Skalda 165; mun eigi n. at minna|
Jokuls fraenda vars, Fs. 23 ; Jjotti Jjeim n. til bera, Fms. vi. 38.
nau3-raka, a&, to shave close.
nau3-reki, adj. tossed or drifted by a storm. Fas. ii. 455.
nau3-skilja, adj. doomed to part, verba n., Bs. i. 79.
nau3-skilna3r, m. a forced parting, forced divorce, Sturl. i. 96.
nau3-sk6ll6ttr, adj. guile bald.
nau3-8taddr, part, needy, distressed, Fms. x. 397, K. |>. K. 82, K.
168, jji&r. 124, passim.
nau3-syn, f., pi. nau&synjar, need, necessity ; er nau&syn a8 drepa ml
illu or6i, Nj. 21 ; kveSr hann vel hafa vikisk vi6 sina nauftsyn, Fms.
29; at koma {)er at li&i ef {)u J)yrftir I nokkura nauSsyn, Isl. ii. 327 ; navl
syn er logum rikri, necessity breaks the law, a saying, Mar. ; naudsyil
hjalp, help in need, H. E. i. 489 : as a law term, lawful impedimel
J)essar cru nauOsynjar, G\>\. 290 ; nau6synjar-vitni or -vattr, a witnl
produced to prove impediment, N. G. L. i. 32, 217, Gpl. 539 ; sitja heiil
at nau6synjum sinum, by necessity, Grag. i. 48 ; ganga nauSsynja sinnal
ganga eyrna (eyrinda sinna), Sks. 718, Eb. 270, Fms. vi. 375; nau8s)ni|
eyrendi, -for, -sysla, -mal, -verk, a pressing journey, business, affaX
case, work, Fms. x. 335, xi. 29, 268, Nj. 145, Eg. 198, Grag. i. 78, Hll
i. 293, Bs. i. 170, Sks. 286, 711, Js. 6. nau3syiija-lau3t, n. adj.
hindered; syngja hvern dag loghelgan nau5synjalaust, K. |>. K. 50;
at nauSsynjalausu, without necessity : without impediment, unhinderA
16gsoguma6r er litlagr J)rim morkum ef hann kemr eigi til al^ingisl
nau3synjalausu, Grag. i. 4, 12.
nau3-8yTija, u, f. = nau&synjavattr, N.G. L. i. 218.
nau3-syiija, a&, impers. to stand in need of; |)ann kost sem oss nak
synjar, Stj. 212 ; kaupa J)a hluti sem oss nauSsynjar, 215, Mar. ; natJ
synja6r, obliged; vera nau&synjaSr, to be obliged, bound to, Bs. ii. 45.
nau3-8ynliga, adv. necessarily, Fms. xi. 68, Band. 4 new Ed.
nau3-synligr, adj. necessary. Eg. 182, Isl. ii. 151, Fms. i. 262, vi.
passim : — compulsory, K. A. 74 : — bard, severe, Sks. 710.
naudu-liga, mod. nau3ugliga, adv. in need; n. kominn, stadJ
in straits, Fms. i. 186, Sturl. i. 79, Karl. 456; kom hdn n. fr4, ]|
318: — direly, closely, at retta {)ann krok er honum var sva n. beygf
Ld. 40: — with difficulty, Nj. 245 ; komask n. undan, a brott, to baveX
narrow escape, 155, Fms. i. 75 ; hann fekk n. for&at ser, ix. 408 ; ha I
dro undan sem nau&uligast, 393 ; komsk hon n. fra, Fb. 318, = Dan. n.\
nod og neppe ; er J)eir megu lifa vi3 sem nau&uligast, Hom. 87 ; g^Dl
n. fram, to proceed slowly, Bs. ii. 157. [
nau3iiiig, f. compulsion, Fms. i. 297, H. E. i. 503, O. H. 243, Fs. 7
gora e-m nau3ung, Bs. i. 288: — unwillingness, Sturl. iii. 95. coMFil
nati3ungar-ei3r, m. an oath taken under compulsion, Fms. vii. i;!
iiau3uiigar-kostr, m. a dire choice. Eg. 89. nau3vmgar-laust,
zd'}. without compulsion, Fms. vi. 21^: unharmed, 26^. nau3uiige
nia3r, m. ; in the phrase, vera e-s n., to be under another person's tbwi
yield him forced obedience, Ld. 170, Fms. i. 75. Iiau3imgar-S8B
f. = nau3assett, Hkr. iii. 373.
nau3-virktar-ma3r, m. =nau31eytama&r.
nauma, u, f., poet, a woman, from her tight dress (?); nala n.,
needle-woman, Grett. (in a verse): hir3i-n., hor-n., poet. = a womc
linen-keeper. Lex. Poet.
Naum-deell, adj. one from Naumu-dalr, a county in Norway,
called from the river Nauma, Fms., Landn., Munch's Norg. Bes!
Naum-dselskr, adj. id., Fms. vi. 112. Ijj;;,
naumindi, n. pi. difficulty ; med naumindum, with difficulty. M >;
naum-ldtr, adj. close, stingy, Fas. iii. 425.
naum-liga, adv. scarcely, hardly.
NAUMB, adj. [akin to nema?], narrow, close; i holdsins hre;
naumu. Pass. 17. 10 : close, scant, stingy, ver3a naumt fyrir, to run sh(
as to time; hafa nauman tima, to have a short time: superl. nauma
as adv. scarcely or narrowly, eg get naumast lesiS ^nb, I can barci.A^
read it. ' '^
NAUST, n. [Dan. nost; Orkn. noust; from an obsolete n6-r='
ship, with which cp. Lat. navis, Gr. vavs\ : — a ship-shed, boat-house, oft
used in pi., like Lat. navalia or Engl, docks; konungr hafSi lati& g'
hiis mikit, j)at er hann aetlaSi til nausts, J)at var niraett at lengd en sext
alna breitt, Fms. vii. 247, x. 13, 6. H. 62, 115, Fbr. 93 new Ed.; skij
nausti, Korm. 68 ; hann gengr lit 6r naustinu, id. ; hann leyndisk i naustii
ofan irk naustinu, Grett. 88, 97, 99, Fs. 147, Hav. 27 new Ed., Eb. 23
passim ; hur6a-naust, a shed of hurdles, Hav. 20 new Ed. : poet., naus
blakkr, ' naust-steed,' i. e. a ship, Hkr. i. (in a verse) ; b66var-naust, wu
shed, i.e. a shield, Nj. (in a verse) ; hri6ar-n., tempest-shed, i. e. the sky. Ham
23: local name, Nausta-lsekr, Isl. ii. compds: naust-dyxr, n.
' naust-doors,' Stor. 3, Rd. 268. naust-g6r3, f. ' naust-making,' N.G.
i. loi, Pm. 7, Vm. 14. naust-veggr, m. ' naust-wall,' Faer. 268.
NAUT, n. [from njota ; h.S.tieat; Engl neat; Scot, nout; O.H.^
noz ; Dan. nod] : — cattle, oxen : plur., naut ok sau&i, Fms. ii. 92. vi. 0 1
I
NAUTAAFRETCR— Ni^VERA.
447
' 60, Fs. 26, 1 28 ; ef hann hefir oxa 1 nautum sinum, N. G. L. i. 25 ; '
nil uaut, Gisl. 20; hann knytir saman halana a nautunum, 29;
iiauta, Bjarn. 32 ; hann kom til nautanna, ok stanga&i hvert annat,
■. 112; Jjessi vetr var kalladr sandvetr, J)a do hundrad nauta fyrir
;,i Sturlusyni a Svignaskar3i, Sturl. ii. 93 (of herds of cattle grazing
■ mountain pastures during winter) ; kunna ek a isleggjum, en \>n
r {)at eigi heldr en iiaut, Fms. vii. 120 ; nauta fjoldi, flokkr, a drove
'tie, Gliiin. 342, Stj. ; naut morg, Eg. 743 ; nauts belgr, skinn, hu5.
It's bide, skin, Landn. 212, Hkr. iii. 80, Eb. 136, Sks. 184; nauts
"1, rofa, si3a, Grett. 116, Eb. 276, Fms. ii. 139; nauts fall, a neat's
sf, Fms. V. 21 ; nauts biikr, id., Eb. 220, Fms. ix. 309 ; nauts h\6b
mta bl6&, Landn. 258, Hdl. 10; nauts bein, Fms. ii. 143 ; nauts
. a neat's worth, price of a bead 0/ cattle, D. N.; nauts f66r, ' a neat's
r.' a measure of hay enough to keep one cow through winter,
j6o: metaph. a nout, blockhead, hann er naut, cp. nautheimskr :
names, Naut-eyri, Nauta-bu, Dan. Nbdebo, Landn. compds :
Ta-afr6ttr, m. a mountain pasture for cattle; kirkja d n. a
Vm. 115. nauta-beit, f. grazing cattle, Vm. 18. nauta-
mr, m. a well for watering cattle, Fms. x. 377, Fagrsk. 4.
auta-dau3i, m. a cattle-plague, Ann. 1 187. nauta-ferill, m.
attle-track, Njar6. 378. iiauta-fl6s, n. a cow-stall, D. N.
ta-flokkr, m. a herd, Lv. 91. nauta-g8ezla, u, f. the
!g cattle. Eg. 715. nauta-liellir, m. a cave used as a stall,
-. 1. 320. nauta-blaSa, u, f. a cattle-barn, Sturl. ii. 232. nauta-
undr, m. a neatherd's dog, N. G. L. i. 234. nauta-hOfn, i. pasture
r cattle, D.N. nauta-maSr, m. a neatherd, herdsman, Eb. 316,
rctt. 112, Gliim. 306. nauta-mark, n. a cattle-mark, Grag. i. 397.
auta-matr, m. the meat of cattle, Sks. 191. nauta-sveinn, m. =
lutamadr. Mar, nauta-tik, f. = nautahundr, Bs. i. 284: as a nick-
inie, Sturl. iii. 35. nauta- tiin, n. [Engl. Naugbtoti], ' neat-town,' a
'iced cattle pasture, GJ)1. 433, v. 1. nauta-vara, u, f. ' neat's-ware,'
L-. hides and the like, Sks. 184. nauta-verk, n. a tending cattle,
.'• 714-
laut-beit, f. = nautabeit, Vm. 88.
laut-daudr, m. a cattle-plague, Ann. 1187.
jiaut-fall, n. = nauts fall, Hkr. ii. 31I.
'iaut-f6, n. cattle, GrAg. i. 458.
laut-fellir, m. loss of cattle, Ann. 1187 ; nautfellis vir, vetr, Sturl. i.
::, Bs. i. 488.
laut-heimskr, adj. stupid as a nout.
laut-hveli, n. a ' sea-neat,' sea-cow.
laut-hogg, n. * neat-blow,' the blow which fells an ox; nu vil ek eigi
!)a nauthciggsins, / will not wait for the ' neat-blow,' Fms. vii. 244 ; cp.
■>a einsog boli hoggs, to wait for the blow like a bull, of a person unde-
ied and as if in a kind of stupor.
autn, f. [njota], the use of a thing; ok a sa at saekja um nautnina er
a, Grag. i. 432 ; nautn a skogi, ii. 393 ; ef ma5r neytir hross enni
. nautn, en J)at er meiri nautn . . ., i. 441. 2. metaph. enjoy-
'it; hafi6 ^r jarSliga hluti i nautn, Greg. 32 ; andleg nautn, likamleg
utn, and the like, passim in mod. usage,
aut-peningr, m. cattle.
fAUTR, m. [Germ, ge-nosse ; from njota], a mate, fellow ; bera kvi8 i
m fram me5 nauta sina, Grag. i. 369 ; bera kvi& at domi me& nauta J)ina
i en J)u ser sjalfr inn niundi, ii. 39 ; J)j6fs-nautr, a receiver of stolen goods :
in compds = Germ, ^eraosse, a mate; motu-nautr, a mess-mate; legu-
itr, rekkju-n., a bed-fellow; sessu-n.,bekk]\i-n., a bench-7nate ; kaupu-n.,
uUomer ; foru-n., a fellow-traveller ; sd]ixi-n., a transgressor ; ra6u-n.,
nncillor. II. a person from whom a gift is received, a donor,
; g66r ^ptti mer {ja nautrinn er Hakon jarl var, Fms. ii. 171 ; g68r
'.utrinn, Olafr konungr gaf mer bring J)enna 1 morgin, v. 93. 2.
^'ject is called the nautr of the person from whom it comes, whether it
a gift, or even as booty ; sver&it konungs-nautr, the sword the king's
Ld. 204 ; Hallfre&r var lagSr i kistu ok gripir bans me8 honum
angs-nautar, skikkja, hringr ok hjalmr, Fms. iii. 28; hringinn Sig-
Mda naut, 24 : the charmed ring Andvara-nautr, Edda 75 ; skikkjuna
I|sa-naut, Nj. 176; skikkjuna Gunnlaugs naut, Isl. ii. 274; bauginn
' iu-naut, GuUJ). 23; glofana Agnars-nauta, id.; saxit Tuma-naut,
:. 527; Gamla-n., ^6r&. ; torgunni |>orveigar-naut, Korm. 88;
u Steins-naut, Sturl. i. 63 ; tveir Arna-nautar, S61mundar-n., Petrs-
'■ D.L i. 472 ; brynjuna Sigfus-naut, Sturl. iii. 234; sverSit A6al-
naut, Isl. ii. 268; Jar&hus-n., a sword taken out of a cairn, Fs. ;
■sins Hakonar-nauts, Fms. ii. 1 71 ; drekinn Randvers-n. and Vandils-
iEr. 89 ; blaejan Svasa-nautr, Fms. x. 207 ; knorrinn Sveins-naut, xi.
: Esju-n. (a sword and kirtle), Isl. ii. 419, 449 ; Hafli6a-nautr, Atla-
r; sver9it jokuls-naut, Grett. loi.
it-reki, a, m. a herdsman, drover, Bs. i. 244, Al. 52.
Lit-skinn, n. a neat's skin, Rett.
ut-tarfr, m. a bull.
■ut-tava, prob. a false reading for naut tvau. Fas. i. 253.
A, pres. nai, nair, nai, (mod. nae, nser, naer) ; pi. nam ; reflex, naisk,
Wl. nsEst; pret. na9i ; subj. nsE&i; part. na8, better nait; pret. infin.
nddu, Fms. vi^ 409 (in a verse) : with neg. iuli. Uii6i-t, could not, GcisK
19, Sighvat (6. H. 218): [Dan. naa, akin to n4-, = /o come near.]
B. To reach, catch, overtake, and the like, with dat. ; J)tt mun Sveinn
eptir leggja ok bans menn ok vilja n& J)er, to overtake thee, Fb. ii. 8;
bjarndy'ri er ek nafta d Island!, Fs. 27; l)egar at ek n4i honum, Faer.
94 ; nAit J)(5r honum eigi, Nj. 63 ; Sigurdr var manna fothvatastr, fengu
J)eir honum ekki ndit at sinni, Fagrsk. 167; aliir bans menn J)cir scm
nait var, who were caught, O. H. L. 17 ; {xjtti J)a vAn at braut mundi n4
heininni, to get it out, Edda 59 ; Helgi byr ferft sina at nd i braut Yrsu,
Fas. i. 32; en er J)eir naftu stokkunum, Eg. 90: nd til, to reach; ef
hcifudit naedi til bolsins, 625. 97; nd til eins meft svcrfti. Drop!.
25. II. metaph. to get, obtain; hann vill bifija s<5r konu ok
nair hann eigi raSinu, Nj. 259 ; at hann ndir eigi vingarftinum af honum,
Stj. 600 ; menn J)a er eigi mattu J)j6nustu nd, Sol. 60 ; ok |)6 eigi rdftit
hvart v(5r nxbim f)eirri er oss er meiri hugr d, Fms. iv. 196 ; skal Stein-
\)6tt na liigum, Eb. 226 ; v6r hofum eigi ndft logum, we have not bad a
lawful trial. Eg. 353 ; Idti hann eigi {)essu nd, Gisl. 63 : the saying, gott
meftan goSu ndir, 'tis good as long as it lasts ; ok er hann ndfti konungs
fundi, Isl. ii. 234 ; nd mdli e-s, Nj. 8. 2. hann skal allt feit Idta
vir5a, J)at er hann ndir, so much of it as be can, Grag. i. 208 ; ef hann
ndir, if be can. Eg. 114 ; miklu meiri en a5rir menn, er t)eir nd8u framast,
much beyond those who succeeded best, Horn. 127. III. fol-
lowed by an infin., to be able, be allowed; svd at J)eir ndi at flytja
eyrendi sin, 0. H. 54 ; heilindi sitt ef madr hafa ndir, Hm. 67 ; ok ndi
hann J)urrfjallr J)ruma, 29; ef \)U segja n6 ndir einum allan hug, 123;
enginn J)eirra nd&i at koma inn um {)randheims-minni, Fms. i. 55 ; ndfti
engi ma6r at bera konungs nafn nema hann einn, I ; Idt mik nd at |>egja
fyrir J)er, vii. 119 ; ef sa randvidr roskvask nxbi, Stor. II ; nd komask,
Sol. 1 ; svd at eigi nai nokkurr undan at flyja, Stj. 594 ; er oss ordinn
mikill tima-dagr er ver n(C8um J)ik at Anna, Fb. i. 237 ; hon baft grat-
andi at hon naedi son sinn til kirkju at faera, Orkn. 174. 2. periphrast.,
hann na5i leggja, eySa, skina, lita, he did lay, did waste, shine, behold, see
Lex. Poet. IV. impers., ef J)vi um ndir, if it is possible, if that
can be done, Grdg. i. 2 ; Isleifr var miklu nytri en a6rir kenni-menn J)eir
er a J)visa landi nae&i, Isleifwas much before all other clergymen who were
then to be got in the county, lb. 14. V. reflex, to be caught; fdtt
nd&isk af kirkju-vi8inum, Ld. 328 ; ef J)at ndisk eigi, if that cannot be
attained, Fms. xi. 59 ; Gliimr gekk \k at ok ndisk jafnaftr. Glum.
356. 2. recipr. to reach one another; I)ar var myrlent ok mdttu
^eir eigi nask til, they could not come to close quarters, Fms. xi. 354.
nd, f. = gnd (q. v.), Skdld H. passim, and in mod. poetry.
NjS.-, adv. [Ulf. newa = kfyus ; A. S. neab ; Engl, nigh ; Germ, nahe'] : —
only used in compds, denoting nigh, near : nd-borinn, part, near akin,
born, Sks. 274, H8m. 10, Skv. 3. 11. nd-biiS, f. dwelling near to,
{)6r8. 69, Sturl. i. 88. nd-biii, a, m. a neighbour, Grdg. ii. 343, Eg.
60, 108, Ld. 26, Nj. II, Eb. 24. nd-b^li, n. a neighbouring farm.
nd-frsendl, a, m. a near kinsman. Eg. 252, Ld. 258, Fms. vii. 268, Fb.
i. 437, Bs. i. 133, 620. nd-frsendkona, u, f. a near female relative,
Bs. i. 288, 620. nd-granna, u, f. a female neighbour, Stj. 260. nd-
granni, a, m. a neighbour, Fms. i. 294, GJ)1. 107, Barl. 104, MS. 625.
86. nd-grennd, f., and nd-grenni, n. a neighbourhood, Stj. 189,
Bar3. 165, Gisl. 92. nd-hendr, adj. a kind of metre, Edda (Ht.) 75.
nd-kominn, part, coming near one, touching one nearly; J)etta mdl er m6r
ndkomit, Sturl. i. 36. nd-kveSinn, part. = ndhendr, Edda v. 1. nd-
kvsema, d, to come near to, Bs. ii. 78. nd-kv8Bmd, f. a ' near-coming,'
coming near to, proximity, Bs. i.88 ; i n. vi5 e-n. Mar. nd-kv8Bmi, f. (mod.
nd-kvsemni), exactness, Sks. 443. nd-kvsemllga, adv. minutely, exactly.
nd-kvsemligr, adj . exact, minute. nd-kv8Binr, adj . ' nigh-coming,' near
about one's person, near to one; J)eir voru svd nakvaemir konuiigi, Stj.
540 ; svd var Gu8s miskunn honum nakvaem, Bs. i. 48 ; var Olafr konungr
honum svd nakvaemr, at ... , Fms. vi. 74 : metaph. attentive, h6n er nd-
kvaemust monnum til d heita, Edda 16 : minute, close, n. i skriptum, Bs.
i. 871 : accurate, exact, nakvaemt svar, Sks. 94 new Ed., freq. in mod.
usage. nd-l8Bg3, f. a lying near, nearness, proximity, Bs. ii. 57, Rb. 478,
freq. in mod. usage : presence, H. E. i. 246, 247. nd-lsegjast, d, dep.
to approach. Mar. nd-lsegr, adj., superl. ndlaegstr, Fs. 26, Fms. xi.
33 ; ^jar nalsegt, Fs. 29 : ' nigh-lying,' close by, near at band, Ld. 184;
nalaegjar, close to one another, Hom. 55 ; ndlxg hcru8, f)6r8. 3 : metaph.,
Fms. i. 76, 208, V. 290. nd-mdgr, m. a near relative by marriage;
namdgar J)rir, ef ma8r a dottur manns, systur e8a m68ur, Grag. i. 29, Sks.
713, N. G. L. i. 80. nd-munda, adj., see mund and mi8mundi ; vera
i namunda, to be close by, Hkr. i. 266, Stj. 189, 255 ; ^zt land sem Id i
ndmunda vi8 Jordan, 107 ; J)eirra verka er hann haf8i n. s6r, which be
was about doing, Barl. 149 ; at l)at s6 allt i n. {)6r {at band) er J)U
megir gle8i af taka, 14; ganga, koma n. e-u, to come near to, Stj. 15,
40 ; J)at er vissi n. Muspelli, Edda 4. nd-mseli, n. hurtful language,
Stor. Ti&.sesai,z.,m. a bench-mate, ti.G.h.'\.6S. nd-seta, u,
f. a sitting near, proximity, Dropl. 32. nd-settr, part, seated near,
Sks. 226. nd-skyldr, adj. nearly related, Boll. 336. nd-steedr,
adj. = ndskyldr, Thom. nd-889ti, n. = ndseta, Grag. i. 51. nd-
venzlaSr, part. = naskyldr, Stj. 326. n4-vera, u, f. presence, Stj.
448
Ni^VERUKONA— NASTROND.
lo, 258. n&vera-kona, u, f. a midwife, Stj. 248. nd-verandi,
part, present, Bs. ii. 142, MS. 625. 191. nd.-vist, f. presence, Ld. 34,
Fms. ii. 229, V. 218, Horn. 124, Sks. 361. nd- vista, u, f. = navist,
Al. 59, 119, Horn. 127, G{)1. 139. n^vistar-kona, u, f. a female
neighbour, MS. 4. 5. n^vistar-ma3r, m. a person present, GJ)!. 150 :
a neighbour, 540. ndvistar-vitni, n. an eye-witness, GJ)1. 155.
nivistu-maflr, m. = navistarnia6r, Fms. ix. 262.
nd-bjargir, f. pi. ' lyke-help,' see nar ; in the phrase, veita e-m na-
bjargir, to lend one ' lyke-help,' i. e. to close the eyes, m.outh, and nostrils
of a person immediately after death ; hvi hefir J)u eigi veitt honum
nabjargir er opnar eru nasirnar, why hast thou not lent him the ' lyke-
help,' for the nostrils are open? Nj. 1 54; hann ba6 hvern varask at
ganga framan at honum meSan honum voru eigi nabjargir veittar, Eb.
70 ; hann lagSi hann ni3r i seti6 ok veitti honum J)a nabjargir, Eg. 398,
Bret. 32 ; cp. the Gr. idaiv Si 6 Kpiraiy ^wekafif to ffrofui re Kal tovs
l)(p6a\fiovs (but not the nostrils as in the Northern rite), Plato's Phaedo
(sub fine) ; whereas with the Norsemen the closing the nostrils was
indispensable, whence the phrase, liika ncisum, to have the nostrils sbut =
to die, see nos (nasar).
NAD, f. [early Swed. nad^rest; cp. Germ, gnade ; Dan. naade"] : —
rest, peace, quietness ; this is the primitive sense of the word, and is still
used, but only I. in the plur. ; frelsi ok goSar na5ir, Fms. ii.
4; i na6um, in peace, quietness; vera J)ar um nottina i na6um, Eb. 306 ;
sofa i na6um, 152 ; njotask i nadum, Vigl. 23 ; tala i na5um, leisurely;
eta i na&um ; drekka saman i naQum, snugly : protection, tokt J>u hann
litlendan a J)inar naSir, Fms. i. 140 ; nalgast hef ek k naSir J)in, Ski5a R.
94 ; taka a sik na6ir, to take to rest, Fms. ii. 83 ; komu v^r her me3
naSum sem fri5menn, Stj. 213: sing., ganga a {)eirra nad ( = na8ir?),
Fs. 1 1, nida-hus, n. a bouse of rest, closet, Stj. i : a privy, Fs. 149, Ann.
1343. II. sing, grace in an eccl. sense, and no doubt influenced
by foreign writers, for it occurs first in poets of the 14th century,
Likn., Lil., Gd. (Bs. ii), and is not used in old classical prose writers.
The kings of Norway in writs subsequent to 1360 A. D. are styled af
Gu6s 'na&' instead of the older Gu8s miskunn, D.N. i. pref. xxvii,
note 16; Gu3s na&ar, Hkr. iii. 366; N. M. biskup af Gu5s na6, bishop
by the grace of God, in greeting, Vm. 131, Dipl. ii. 4, v. 4 ; meS Gu8s na&
4b6ti, 5 : — x"/"* '" ^^^ apostolic blessing is in the Icel. N. T. rendered
by naS, na& og fri6r af Gu5i vorum f65ur, i Cor. i. 3 ; na5 Drottins
vors Jesu Christi se me& y6r, xv. 23, 2 Cor. i. 2, xiii. 13, Gal. i. 3, vi.
19, Ephes. i. 2, vi. 24, Phil. i. 2, etc., and hence Pass., Vldal., Hymns,
passim.
n&da, a&, to give peace and rest ; friSa ok nada, Magn. 464 : — to pardon :
reflex, to get rest, Fms. iii. 167.
nfi,3-lius, n. = na3ahus, Bs. ii. 136, Fb. ii. 87.
n&3ugr, adj. merciful, Hkr. iii. 202, Gd. 32.
na3u-liga, adv. quietly, Gp\. 16 ; J)artil at skip kasmi at n., Rd. 245.
ndSu-ligr, adj. mild, Stj. 192 : merciful, 289.
nd-hvalr, m. a narwhale, Edda (Gl.), Sks. 130, K. {).K. 138. n^-
hvals-tonn, f. a narwhale's tusk, Bs. i. 767.
ndinn, adj., pi. nanir, compar. nanari : — near to ; nait er nef augum, Nj.
31 : metaph., nainn e-m, closely related, a near kinsman of, Grag. i. 293 ;
nxsta brse&ra e6r nanari konu, 345 ; systtungum e8r nanarum monnum,
228; {)6tt m^r se nanastr maSrinn, Hrafn. 10; af sva nanum fraenda,
GuUJ). 7, Fms. vi. 172; inn nanasti ni6r, Grag. i. 171, N. G. L. i. 17;
inir nanostu fraendr, Bs. i. 90 ; nanir at fraendsemi, Fms. xi, 7, Grag.
(Kb.) i. 29 ; byggja sva nait at fraendsemi, to marry one so nearly
related, Hkr. i. 8.
NAL, f., pi. nalar ; \GoX)\. nepla ; A.S.ncedl; OldEngl neeld ; Engl.
needle; O. H. G. nadal ; Germ, nadel; in the Scandin. contr. Dan.-Swed.
nil or naal] : — a needle. Fas. i. 393, iii. 139; nal ok skreppa, Fms. vi. 374:
a kind oi needle used by sailors, Edda (Gl.); nalar margar (for repairing the
sails), Sks. 30 ; bita lir nalinni, to bite off the thread; J)u ert ekki biiinn a8
bita lir nalinni enn, a saying, cp. the ghost story in Maurer's Volks. 6o ;
sko-nal, a cobbler's needle, Skida R. ; hey-nal, q. v. ; saum-nal, a sewing
needle ; nalar auga, a needle's eye ; nalar oddr, a needle's point ; J)ras3a
nal, to thread a needle; Petrs-nal, the name of an obelisk, Symb. 24,
Rom. 348 ( = Aculea Sti. Petri). 2. metaph. the first sprouts of grass
in the spring ; {)a6 er komin upp svo litil nal. II. the name of a
giantess, Loki's mother, Edda. compds : n&l-bein, n. the needle-like
bones in ^shes' gills. ndl-bugr, m. a needle's bend; stcikkr er n.,
Hallgr. n^l-dofi, a, m. 'pins and needles,' numbness. n6,l-J)rd3r,
m. needle-thread : a woman is called nda-nauma, Grett. (in a verse) ;
ndl-grvmd, Eb. (in a verse).
nfi.lgask, a6, dep. [naligr], to approach, come near to; nalgask e-n,
Gm. 53, Bs, i. 47, Fms. i. 76, vi. 390, passim; var for i sortanum ok
nalgaSisk higat, vii. 163; n. til e-s, 623. 61, Sks. 614: to come by, n.
sitt g68s, Bs. i. 329 : to touch, J)ar er hann n. ok hann man, where be
touches the fact and recollects, Grag. i. 45.
n^gr, m. an urchin, hedgehog, Lat. echinus, Bjorn, II. medic.
verminatio, a greedy false appetite, caused by worms.
ndliga, adv. nigb, near to, mar at band, with dat., Sks, 782 ; ^zt var n.
til gors at ganga, Ld. 96 ; um varit n. kyndil-messu, Fms. x. 41 1 : as adi
almost, nearly, well-nigh. Eg. 58, Nj. 219, Fms. i. 222, ii. 50, Ld. 3
Sks. 62, Bs. i, 394, passim.
naligr, adj. near, close at hand. Bad. 206, Sks. 42, v. 1.
nd-lsegr, adj., na-mrmdi, etc., see na-, nigh.
NAM, n. [nema], seizure, occupation, see landnam, obsolete in tl
sense ; cp. also the various compds, vi6r-nam, etc. II. metap
mental acquisition, learning, study, science; vera til nams, Mar.;
minnask a nam J)itt, Sks. 22 ; ok er hann var at nami, Fms. ix. 24;
girniligr til nams, 8 ; til J)ess nams sem hann vildi {)ar nema, J)a8;
for hann til Englands ok var i Lincolni, ok nam J)ar enn mikit nam, I
i. 92 ; hann gorSisk enn mesti i{)r6ttar-ma8r i J)ess-konar nami, he becai
the greatest master in that science, viz. gramm.ar, 163; siSan for hai
su8r til Englands ok var J)ar 1 skola, ok nam J)ar sva mikit nam,
trautt voru daemi til at nokkurr maSr hef8i jafnmikit nam numit
J)vilikt a jafnlangri stundu, 127 ; J)6tt hann hefSi eigi mikit nam k ban
aldri, 90; nam J)etta gengr fram sva greitt, Fms. xi. 427. comfe
udms-aldr, m. the time of learning, boyhood, 623. 52. ndms-madr, 1
a scholar. nd^m-fuss, adj. =namgjarn. n^m-fysi, f. = namgiriu,
n^iu, n. a kind oi cloth or texture (?) ; in compds, ndm-dukr, m. a kt
chief, Orkn. (in a verse) : ndm-kyrtill, m. a kirtle ofnkm, Ld. 244, F
i. 545 : in poetry a lady is called n^m-eik, n£iu-skor3, from weari
this raiment.
nd^m-gimi, f. eagerness to learn, Hom. (St.)
n&m-gjarn, adj. eager to learn, Bs. i. 90, Eb. 44, Eg. 685, (3,1
(pref.)
ndmi, a, m., or nkma, u, f. a mine ; gull-nami, silfr-nami, a gold milt
silver mine; also kola-nami, a coal-pit.
n^mu-liga, adv. peremptorily, N. G. L. i. 459.
n^nd, f. (n<i6nd, N. G. L. i. 418, Ver. 9), neighbourhood, neanu
proximity; ok er ekki annarra manna i Udond, present, N. G. L, L<
koma i nand e-m, to come near one, Fms. i. 9, Fs. 35 ; alia {)a metui
honum v6ru i nand. Eg. 42 ; betr Jjaetta nier at ek ksema hvergi i n4i'
to have nothing to do with it: the phrase, hvergi nandar-naerri, ^
from it !
nfingi, a, m. = naungi, Barl. 44, 52, 142, Hom. 62, N. G. L. i. 87.
nanigr, adj. = nainn ; me8 Jjeinia konum sva nangum, N. G. L, ii, 35
n^nn, adj. = nain; nan fraendsemi, N.G.L. i. 91.
]\rAR, m., gen. nas, dat. na and nai ; pi. nair, ace. nai, dat. n&t
[Ulf. naws = vfKp6s and TfOvrjKws, Luke vii. 12, and nawis = v(Kp6s, Ro
vii. 8] : — a corpse, as also a deceased person ; nj^tr manngi nas, a deadm
is good for nothing, a saying, Hm. 71 ; sHtr nai neffcilr, Vsp. 50 ; nai fra:
gengna, 45 ; nai stir8a, Fms. i. 179 (in a verse) ; nar var& J)a Atli, A
102 ; hvi ertii fiJlr um nasar, vartii i nott meS na? Aim. 2 ; bjarga ni
(na-bjargir), to lend the last service to the dead, Sdm. 33 ; ver8a at ndm,
be a corpse, die, Hkv. 2. 26; hve yta synir ver8a nau&gir at nam, S
33 ; ok sat nar a nai, Gsp. (in a riddle) ; gora at nai, to make om
dead man, Fms. x. 425 (in a verse) ; nai nau8folva, Akv. 16 ; bei8a gA
nas ni8 e8r nefa, the kinsman of the slain, Grag. ii. 20; ef menn te
mann i litsker sa ma8r heitir sae-nar, ef ma8r er settr i grof ok heitir'
graf-ndr, ef ma8r er faer8r i fjall e8r a hella sa heitir fjall-nar, ef maJr
hengdr ok heitir sa galg-nar, Grag. ii. 131 ; {)eir menn eru fjdrir
kallaSir eru nair J)6tt lifi . . . heitir galg-nar ok graf-nar ok sker-nir •
fjall-nar, 185; cp. virgil-nar ( = galgnar), Hm, 158; folr sem nar. 1
177 (v. 1.), Fas. i. 426; J)a bliknaSi hann ok var8 folr sem nar, 0.
70, Fb. ii. 136; nas litr, a cadaverous bue, Greg. 74; nas orS, ««J
mancy, Vtkv. 4.
B. Compds: nd-bltr, m. the beart-burn, Tel. n£-bjargir,
pi., see above. n^-bleikr, adj. /a/e as cfea/ib. ni,-f61r, adj. = i
bleikr. na-gagl, n. a carrion-crow, Eb. (in a verse). na-grdfiig
adj. corpse-greedy, of a witch, Hkv. Hjorv. nd-grindr, f. pi. tbega^]
of the dead, mythol. ; fyrir nagrindr ne8an, Ls. 63, Skm. 35, Fsm. i
ni-grima, u, f. a scalp. Fas. iii. 221. ni-g6ll, f. a death-cry,
piercing, piteous sound, believed to come from departed spirits, expos
infants, Bar8. 3 new Ed. : in mod. usage called nd-hlj63, n. pi., Bjai
143, see Maurer's Volks. 59. nd-hvitr, adj. = nableikr. nd-kaldfil
adj. cold as death. n^-lus, f. a kind of vermin. nd-lykt, f. '
smell of a corpse. Iidi-rei3, f. a hearse, Fms. x. (in a verse). n
reiSr, adj. ' corpse-loaded,' epithet of a gallows, "iTt. na-sk^ri, a, ;
a carrion-crow. Lex. Poet. nd-stra, n. pi., and n^-str6nd, f., s I*
below. ni-valdr, m. the ruler of the dead, Sturl. (in a verse).
NARI, a, m. the groin, Nj. 114, GuUJ), 21, Sturl. ii. 41, SkiSaR.I^
Eb. 44, Fas. iii. 231, 391, passim.
ndxi, a, m. a feeder, nourisher, poet., in aldr-nari.
n^rungr, m. [for. word ; Germ, nixbren'], a nourisher (?), Edda ii.49
in folk-narungr, answering to Hom. iroi/J-fiv \aSiv, as also in other po
compds, Lex. Poet.
nd-strd, n. pi., in the phrase, Hggja a nastram, to lay a corpse on sfrflf,
Greg. 56, 57, Hom. 153 ; hence the phrase, er ek la stirSr a stram, So|!'
and stra-dau8a, ' straw-dead' { = deadin his bed), as opp. to vapn-dan8r.!
N&-str6nd, f. the strand of the dead, whither the 'straw-dead' cai«
Ni^TT— NE.
449
ith, as opp. to Val-hiill, the ball of the slain, Vsp. 44 ; Nastrandir,
:'T, f. the night, and ndttar-, see nott.
1 , a8, to pass the night : subj. nxtti, {)at er mitt ra6 a8 v^r naettiin
1,. iii. 74. II. /o become night, grow dark; t6k J)u. at
ilkr. ii. 373; ok er ndtta&i, (3. H. 224; til J)ess er nattar, Isl. ii.
:ckr at rokkva ok natta, Sks. 219. III. irapers. one
sbted; J)6tt J)ik iiatti, Fas. i. 171, Mar.; hann var J)ar uatta6r,
IjjOrg, f. a night's lodging, Grag. i. 299.
Sjlindr, adj. blind in the dark.
)61, n. night-quarters, Edda 29, Fms, i. II, vi. 135, Eg. 7l9'
l-staSr, m. id., Fb. ii. 380.
clrykkja, u, f. a night-bout, Horn. 144, Bail. 137.
' -oggj f- night-dew, Gtsp.
lall, II. ' night-fall,' deiv.
larar, f. pi. night-wanderings, Sturl. i. 147, Fms. vii. 126.
'ari, a, m. a night-traveller ; fara dagfari ok nattfari, to travel day
bt, Fms. i. 203, ix. 513, v. I.
:asta, u, f. a night-fast, K.|>. K. 108, 122, Hem. 73.
liigl, m. a night-bird, Lat. noctua, Stj. 16.
'oruU, adj. strolling in the tiight (all-n.)
'.eta, u, f. = nattgisting, D.N.
';isting, f. = nsetrgisting, ttight-quarters, Bs. ii. 32, {>i8r. 230.
irafn, m, a night-raven, night-jar, Stj. 86.
iangt, n. adj. /or a night. Eg. 417, Edda 33, Ld. 196, Fms.
iaukr, m. a kind oi leek, Pr. 471.
loikr, m. night-games (attracting evil spirits), Fs. 143 (174)'
|>i6Ss. ii. 7, 8 (Dansinn i Hruna).
engis, adv. = nattlangt, Grag. ii. 137.
iigr, adj. nightly, nocturnal, Sks. 42.
nil, n. ^night-meal,' taken as a point of time, about nine
. .M., answering to dagmal (q. v.) in the morning ; ok er komit var
attmali, Fms. viii. 89 ; nonhelgan dag til nattmals, Grag. i. 143 ;
koma {)ar fyrir nattmal, Nj. 197, v. 1. (matmal Ed. less good) ; kom
Mr i baeinn um nattmal, Bs. i. 78 : in mod. usage only in plur., li&-
n&ttmal, j6fnu-ba6u miSaptans og nattmala ( = half-past seven
ck P.M.) coMPDS : nattnidla-skeifl, n. the hour of night-rneal,
iii. 71- niittindla-varfla, u, f. a pyramid or column on the
Iton, intended to shew the hour of n. by the sun's position relatively
j)or6. 58.
it-messa, u, f. a night-service, K. |>. K. 70, Horn. 41.
•myrkr, n. the darkness of night, Orkn. iio, Hkr. i. 299, Sturl. ii.
Fms. ii. 185.
bt-serkr, m. a nightshirt, Fms. vii. 271, Sturl. iii. 189.
tt-seta, u, f. ''night-sitting,' late hours, Fms. vii. 126, xi. 425.
)t>8etja, t, to keep lyke-wake, watch a corpse by night (referring to
Itld lyke-wake), Fms. vii. 251, ix. 480, Faer. 198, Hkr. ii. 228.
kt-setr, n. the keeping a lyke-wake, of a priest ; sitja |)ar at nattsetri,
ja yfir liki ok fylgja J)vi til grafar um morguninn, N. G. L. i. 390.
16I, f. the midnight sun, MS. 732. 5, 6, Rb. 454, 472, Rom. 206 :
lickname, Nj. 89.
itadr, m. night-quarters, Edda 28, 48, 72, Eg. 299, Grag. i.
ndtt8ta3ar-vitni, n. a witness about n., Js. 41.
■stefna, u, f. a night-meeting, Fms. ix. 254.
■SflBta, t, = nattsetja; niittsaeta Ilk, Dropl. 26, 6. H. 139.
•BfiBting, f. = nattsetr, N. G. L. i. 347 : ndtt-seeti, id., v. 1.
'Sdngr, m. a night-service in church, Bs. i. 172, Fms. vi. 303,
i. 25, MS. 655 xi. 4.
.gla, u, f. a night-owl.
•urSr and ndtt-ver3r, m., n6ttur3r, Greg. 28, 74; [Swed. natt-
Dan. nadver'] : — a ' tiight-meal,' supper; fara til nattverSar, Fms. i.
« also Hkr. anA Fb. I.e.); fyrir nattverS ok eptir, Fms. x. 331 ; gefa
'8, K.f).K.io8; ala prestatdagver8i oknattverSi, 50; buatilnatt-
Edda 29 ; settisk fjorr til nattverSar ok J)eir lagsmenn, 28 ; af J)vi
ikunda Gu8s kciUut nd6ttur8r heldr en dogur&r, Greg. 28 ; er eigi sa
!Ztr, at y8r se bor8 sett ok gefinn nattver&r, ok si6an fari J)er at
L'. 548 ; suppers are also meant by the meals in the poem Rm. ;
"lar dviil, stopping for stipper, Hkr. ii. 373. compds : n&tt-
-eldi, n. ; ala e-n nattverSareldi, to give supper to a stranger,
454. n^ttver3ar-mal, n. supper-time, Sturl. i. 147, (spelt
Vir-mal, Greg. 74.) Ii6ttiir3ar-ti3, f. supper-time, Greg. 28.
Holy Communion the Swed. use nattvdrd, Dan. nadver (cp,
nbendmabl), but Icel. call it kveld-maltiS (q. v.), not nattver8r.
ra, u, f [from Lat. natura'], nature; eptir bo8i nattiirunnar,
104 ; sjalf nattiiran, Stj. 1 77 ; nattxiran sjalf en fyrsta m68ir var,
II. {supernatural) virtue, power, 544. 39 ; sva hefir
:.ikla natturu me5 ser, Nj. 44 ; fylgdi {)essu n. mikil, Fms. xi.
t;f \>n laetr J)essar natturur fylgja. Fas. ii. 529. III.
"ofl tl quality ; nattiira jar8ar, Edda (pref.) ; er kunni natturu allra j
strengleikja, Su.ft'j -.—nature, disposition, bera ndtturu a e-t, BarS. 167 ;
hafa natturu til c-s, to have inclination towards, passim : — potency,
n4tturu-laus, impotent. IV. in plur. spirits, powers ; margar J)ser
n4tt(irur hafa mi til sott er a8r vildu vi8 oss skiljask, ok enga hJy8ni est
vcita,{>orf. Karl. 378. comvds: ndttiiru-bragfl.n., Lat. iWo/<r.<,naA/ra/
character, Mag. nitturu-gj6f, f. a natural gift, Stj. 70, 254, Edda
(pref.) ndtttiru-gripr, m. an object possessed of virtue, Bs. ii. 139.
n£tturu-gr<Js, n. pi. herbs possessing virtue. ndttdru-lauss, adj,
without virtue, Konr. 20 : impotent. n4ttiiru-l6g, n. pi. the law of
nature. Mar. n&ttiiru-steinn, m. a stone possessing virtue, Pr. 423,
Karl. 119, 178. ndtturu-vani, a, m. habits, Stj.
n&ttliradr, part, having such and such virtue, Stj. 84, Bs. ii. 55 :
given, inclined to, n. fyrir e-8, mod.
ndtturliga, adv. according to nature, properly, Bs. i. 221, Fms. i. 103,
Mirm. oh. 14, Skalda 176: — of course, (mod.): (? from Germ, naturlich.)
ndtturligr, 3.A]. proper, natural; n. dagr, the natural day, Stj., Rb.
476 : natural, carnal, H.E. i. 523.
nd,tt-vaka, u, f. a night-wake, night-watch, sitting up at night, Horn.
36 : — of a lyke-wake, alia J)j6nustu skal hann veita m6t tiund nema
ndttvoku, N. G. L. i. 347.
niitt-veizla, u, f a night-banquet. Thorn.
nd,tt-vfg, n. a putting one to death during the night, which was regarded
as murder, see the remarks s. v. mor8, Eg. 416, Fas. ii. 400.
n4tt-J)ing, n. a night-meeting, 625. 165, Orkn. (in a verse); opp. to
dagj)ing, q. v. ; meetings during night were not thought proper.
naungi, a, m. a neighbour; ef maSr kennir ndunga sinn |)ann er upp
er grafinn, N. G. L. i. 345. 2. in an eccl. sense as rendering of the
Gr. 6 ■nXrjmov, elska skalt J)U naunga {)inn svo sem sj&Jfan J)ig, Matth.
xix. 19, Luke x. 27 ; hver er J)a minn ndungi ? 29, 36, N.T., Pass., Vidal.
passim. II. ironic, as a fisherman's term, the barrel containing
their drink is called naungi ; i J)rautunum Jiad er plagsi8r ndungann
a8 mia i krit. Snot.
ndTingr, m., older form = naungi, also contr. and with umlaut caused by
the following u, nongr, ace. noong, Greg. 21 ; naungr annarr, Akv. 9;
{)a talaSi hverr vi8 sinn naung, Stj. 66; Gu8s ast ok ndungs, 677. 3 ;
skunda at hjalpa naungi Jjinum i hans J)urft, Stj.
NE or ne, a negative conjunction. The Goth, makes a distinction be-
tween n« = A. S. Jie, O.H.G. ni ; and the compound particle nih, from
«2 + the suffix ub, O.H.G. noh. Germ, nocb, Lat. nee, of which Icel.
n^ is a contr. form ; etymologically, therefore, the single particle ought
to be written ne and the compound n^ ; but this distinction is not made.
The particle ne is not found out of composition except in ancient poetry ;
it is found as a prefix in the compounds neinn, nekkverr, nema (q. v.),
qs. ne-einn, ne-hverr, ne-ifa.
A. The single particle, not: 1. with a verb, s61 t)at n<5 vissi,
mani {)at nd vissi, stjornur J)at n6 vissu, Vsp. 5 ; 68 {)au ne hof8u, 18;
lost ne vissi, Skv. 3. 5 ; ne fa, Hm. 92; finna n6 mattu, 46; ek n6
kunna, 11 ; ne J)at mdttu, Hym. 4; ne svafu, |jd. 6: — with subj., lit
Jjii ne komir, VJ)m. 7 : — ef n^, if not, unless, were it not thai . . .', ef J)(i
geldr ne vaerir, Hkv. Hjorv. 20; ef t)u sverds ne nytir, Fm. 29 : — with a
double negation, sva at mer mann-gi mat ne bau8, Gm. 2 ; aptr n6
komi8, 20 ; ef fo8ur ne dtta8, Fm. 3 ; hvi ne lezka&u, Ls. 47 ; nd
mattu8, Kormak ; ne hl68ut, Vellekla ; J)ar er hrafn ne svalt-a, (3. H.
(in a verse) ; sofa J)eir ne mattu8, Gkv. 2. 3 : — the negation is understood,
ni8jar hvottu Gunnar n6 ndungr annarr, ry'nendr no raSendr, ne («or)
l)eir er rikir voru, Akv. 9. 2. used to begin a verse or sentence in a
running narrative, answering to ok (which see A. HI) ; n(5 hamfagrt
holdum J)6tti skaldfe mitt. Ad. 7 ; n^ J)at mattu, Hym. 2 ; ne hann
konu kyssa g6r8i n^ (nor)..., Skv. 3. 4; ne ek J)at vilda at mik ver
SEtti, 35 ; ne djupakorn drapu, {jd. 10. II. with an adverb or
noun ; nd sjaldan, not seldom, Fms. xi. I98 (in a verse) ; ne allvel, not
over-well, Skv. I. 49; gumnum hollr n6 gulli, fond of men not of
gold, Hkr. i. (in a verse). 2. but esp. in ne einn, not one, none (cp.
Early Lat. noenus — ne units), also not any ; lifa {)eir n4 einir, Gkv. 3. 5 ;
ne einu sinni, not once, Fms. xi. 13; kva8sk eigi muna at hann hefSi
heit strengt ne eins, 112; hann let J)d af at eggja konung d n6 eina
herferS, vii. 28 ; v6rum ver ekki mjok vi8- biinir vi8 ne einum lifiidi,
iv. 73; n6 eina sek8, Grdg. i. 136; n6 eitt (ihreint, Stj. 409; allir duldu
at ne eitt vissi til Hrapps, Nj. 133 ; eigi finnsk sd n& einn, Fas. i. 243;
eigi ne eins sta8ar, not anywhere, Stj. 618 ; eigi vill hann at ne einn tor-
tryggi, Hom. (St.) ; eigi . . . at ek hafa n6 eina manns konu tekit, f>orst.
Si8u H. 5; hann fyrir-bau8 nd einum leikmiinnum, at..., Bs. i.
702. 3. in composition in ne-kkverr and n-ema, q. v.
B. The compound particle n6 preceded by a negation, neither...
nor, not ...nor, as a disjunctive copula between two nouns or sentences;
at {)u gair eigi fiings ne t)j68ans mdla, Hm. 115; skosmidr J)ii verit
n(5 skeptismi8r, 127; 68 J)au ne {not) dttu. Id nd {neither) la:ti ne {nor)
litu goda, Vsp. 18 ; svefn Jiii nd {?iot) sefr n6 {nor) um sakar daemir, Skv.
1.29; varat hann y8r um likr, ne . . . , 36 ; vilkat ek mann traudan n6 tor-
b«nan, 49. 2. in prose ; })u skalt l)d eigi me8 orum raufa ne svflflP''
sld, Stj. 620; hoggormr hefir far eigi vist ne froskr, n6 ekki {nor any)
Gg
450
NEDAN— NEFND.
eitr-kykvendi, 655 xii, 2 ; ma af ongum fremjask ne fuUkomask, nema
biskupi, K. A. 22 ; eigi meira n6 skemra, Fms. xi. 304 : — irregular usage,
^vi at eins {only in that case) ferjanda ne (nor) festum helganda, nema
(if, unless), i. e. neither . . . nor . . . unless, Nj. 240. 3. the negation
may also be indirect or understood ; ne se J)ess orvsent at her ver6i gratr
n6 stynr, Niftrst. 7; fen n^ foraft ( = fen e6r foraa), GJ)1. 382 A; linar
litis dag n6 nott, Bs. ii. 49 ; far treystisk eld at ri3a ne yfir stiga, Fas. i.
(in a verse) ; si8 muntii hringum ra8a ne R65uls-v611um, Hkv. Hjorv. 6,
where the negation lies in orvaent, liti&, far, si3 : as also in Ironical ques-
tions, hvat megi fotr faeti veita, ne holdgroin hiind annarri, i.e. what?
to which a negative answer is expected. II. in hvargi . . . n6,
neither . . . nor; hvarrgi ^eirra, Erlingr n6 fehir6inn, neither of them,
E. nor the shepherd, Fr. ; hvarngan ykkarn, Hakon n^ J)ik, Fb. i. 182 : —
hvarki . . . ne, neither . . . nor, hvarki fyrir forboSan ne taksetningar,
H. E, i. 419; hvarki af dsemum ne astar hirtingum, 677. 6; hvarki
gull n6 jarSir, Skv. 3. 37; hvarki styn no hosta, Nj.; hvarki gott ne
illt, and so in countless instances. III. if the sentence has
three or more limbs ; hvarki . . . n6 . . . n6, neither . . . nor . . . nor ; or
also hvarki . . . ne . . . e&r, neither . . . nor ...or; thus, la ne laeti, ne litu
g66a, Vsp. ; fals n6 flserS e6a rangindi, Fms. ix. 330 ; the former is more
emphatic, see hvarrgi B. III.
nedau, adv. [Engl, be-fteath'], from beneath, from below, Vsp. 65, Gm.
35, Vkv. 35, Nj. 247, Edda 58, Fms. vi. 149, passim : denoting motion,
neSan or eyjum, Nj. 107 ; neSan um sd31andi8, 82 ; ne8an fra sjo, ne6an
' tir dal, ne6an af eyrum, ne6an eptir anni, (3. H. 20 : without motion,
vokna ne3an, Fms. ii. 278; skipit var meitt ne&an, Sturl. iii. 68 : — fyrir
ne8an, beneath, below, with ace, Vsp. 2, 35, Skm. 35, Aim. 3, Fms. i. lo,
Ld. 148, Eg. 596, Nj. 84, 145, 214, Gisl. 23 : neSan undir, underneath,
Fb. ii. 357: — with gen., ne3an jarSar, beneath the earth; ne6an sjuar,
beneath the sea.
ne3an-ver3r, adj. the ' netherward,' nether, lower, undermost, opp. to
ofanverSr, Stj. 98, 517; rifnaSi tjaldit 6r ofanver&u i ne6anvert, /row
tap to bottom, Horn. (St.) ; i neSanverSum dal, f>6r5. 58 ; bjugr at
ne8anver6u, Konr. passim.
neflarla, adv. == ne6arliga, Nj. 82, Greg. 23, |)i8r. 114.
ne9ar-liga, adv. ^ netherly,' low down, far below, Th. 25, Stj. 11.
ne3arr, compar. lower, farther down, superl. neSast and ne3st,
nethermost, lowest down (and so in mod. usage), adv. answering to ni6r,
q. V. : — nokkuru neSarr, Fms. i. 215; ne8arr en hon haf5i setlaS, Gisl.
73 ; SV& sem J)eir mattu ne8ast, Fms. iv. 50 ; ne8st sky ok vindar . . .
neSast J6r3, v. 340, passim.
NSSBI, adj., compar. ne3arri, Stj. 76, nether, lower, Lat. inferior;
superl. ne3str or neztr, netbennost, lowest, undermost; a ne5ra strseti, Fms.
ix. 24 ; i Tungu inni ne8ri, Fs. ; inn ne3ra hlut. Eg. loi ; Galilea in efri
ok in ne8arri (ne8ri, v. 1.), Stj. 76 ; in ne8ri lei8, in the nether world, O.T.
45 ; ne8ri byg8ir, the nether world, i. e. hell : the neut. it ne8ra, adv.
underneath; var lj6st it efra en dimmt it ne&ra, Vigl. 40: the nether
part, fagrrau8r it neSra, Fas. i. 172; sumir brjota borgar-vegginn it
ne8ra, Al. 11; J>6rr ferr it neSra, Edda; hann samna8i monnum hit
ne8ra um Mj/rar, Isl. ii. 168 ; hinn nezti hlutr tresins, Hkr. i. 71 ; i enu
nezta helviti, Fms. ii. 137 ; neztu smugur helvitis, Skalda 605.
M"EF, n., gen. pi. nefja, dat. nefjum; [A. S. nebbe; Engl. «e6] : — the
nose, prop, the beak, bone of the nose, opp. to nasar (nos, q. v.), Grag. ii. 1 1 ;
li8r a ncfi, Ld. 272 ; J)eir hafa hvarki nef ne nasar, 'neb nor nose,' i.e.
neither lower part nor cartilage, Stj. 79; hann rak hnefann a nasir mer
ok braut i mer nefit, Fas. iii. 392 ; kom a nasir J)eim ok brotnaSi i
honum nefit, Fms. iii. 186; gniia nefit, Orkn. 394, passim: also in the
phrases, stinga nefi i feld, to hide the nose (face) in one's cloak, from
dismay, Fms. x. 401 ; cp. stinga nosum i felda, Sighvat; stinga saman
nefjum, to put noses together = lay heads together, i.e. discuss closely,
ironic, Grett. (in a verse) ; kve8a, tala 1 nef, to talk through the nose,
Skalda 162; taka i nefi8, to s?i2iffup; sjuga upp i nefit, to suck up
through the nose; of naer nefi kva8 karl . . ., too near the nose, quoth the
carle, when he was hit in the eye, Fms. vii. 288 ; nait er nef augum, the
neb is near akin to the eye, Nj., cp. Fms. iii. 188 ; draga bust or nefi einum,
see burst. 2. as a law term in regard to tax, dues, poll (cp. the English
phrase ' to count noses ') ; um alia Svi5j68 guldu menn 63ni skatt, penning
fyrir nef hvert, Yngl. S. ch. 8 ; hefir J)ii mi gort fyrir ^itt nef J)angat lit, i.e.
thou hast done thy share, Fbr. 33 ; gjalda eyri fyrir nef hvert, to pay a ' nose-
tax' of an ounce, poll-tax, Lv. 89 ; penning fyrir nef hvert, Hkr. ii. 231 ;
skal gora mann lit at sjaunda nefi, N. G. L. i. 97 ; ertug fyrir sex tigu
nefja innan laga varra, 7 ; skutilsveinar til ^Jriggja nefja ok hverr hiis-
karl til tveggja nefja, H.E. i. 420; yrkja ni8visu fyrir nef hvert er a
var landinu, Hkr. i. 227; skal biiandi hverr augljos nef hafa af bryggju-
sporSi a skoru-kefli fyrir armann, i. e. every franklin has to shew up the poll
on a score-roll before the king's officer, N.G. L. i. 200. 3. the neb, beak,
hill, of birds, Fms. viii. 10 ; nefin ok klaernar, Nj. 272, Stj. 90 ; fiigls-nef,
uglu-nef, amar-nef, hrafns-nef, Sdm. passim ; also hriits-nef, a ram's
nose, 1812.66: the saying, liti6 er nef vart en brei8ar fjadrir, Bs. i.676,
of high aspirations and weak efforts, see fjiiSr : of things, klappar-nef, a
jutting pack ; sk6gar-nef, q. v. ; ste8ja nef, the nose (small end) of a stithy ;
keips-nef, a thole, a rowlock pin : cp. the riddle or pun, liggr a griifi
horfir upp nef — a ausu ! of the hook on a ladle's handle. II.
nickname, Gis].; = Nosey, cp. Lat. iVaso. compds : nef-bj6rg,
nose-shield, part of a visor, Fms. i. 178, Orkn. 148. nef-dreyr
m. a bleeding at the nose, Sturl. ii. 66, Pr. 474. nef-f6lr, adj. f
nebbed, Vsp., Akv. nef-gildi, n., see below. nef-glita, u,
nickname, glitter-nose, Sd. 145. nef-langr, adj. long-nebbed, S
ii. 133 C. nef-lauss, adj. noseless, without a nose, Rb. 348.
Iftill, adj. small-nosed, Sd. 147. nef-ljotr, adj. with an ugly t
Fms. ii. 7, xi. 78. nef-mikill, adj. big-nosed, Eb. 30, Orkn,
nef-mseltr, adj. speaking through the nose.
nef-gildi, n. [nef], a ' nose-tax,' poll-tax, pzyzhle to the king; e
var ordsending konungs, at hann beiddi ^ess Islendinga, at Jieir sb
vi8 J)eim Icigum taka sem hann haf5i sett i Noregi, en veita ho:
af landinu ^egngildi ok nefgildi, penning fyrir hvert nef, Jjann ei
vseri fyrir alin vaSmals, (5.H. 141 ; nefglldis-skatta J)a er Haraldr !
bans hafSi lagt a allt landit let hann taka hit ytra meS sjo ok
Jjraenda-log, ok Icggja til skipa-gor8ar, Fagrsk. 20. This ancient 'i
tax' was also imposed by the Norsemen on conquered countries,
the name gave rise to strange legends ; thus, king Thorgisl, the Is
conqueror of Ireland (A.D. 830-845), is, by an Irish chronicler, sai
have levied a tax of an ounce on each hearth, the penalty for defau
being the loss of their nose. Prof. Munch, Norg. Hist. i. 440, has tr
the origin of this legend to the simple fact that the king imposed aU
tax' or poll-tax on the conquered Irish, just as Harold Fairhair afteni
did in Norway.
B. [nefi], a weregild paysMe to the cognates of a person, op
bauggildi = iie agnate weregild; J)at heitir nefgildi er fieir menn tal
kvennsift eru komnir, Grag. ii. 137, N.G. L. i. 185. compds: ■
gildis-frsendbdt, f. compensation 0/ nefgildi, N. G.L. i. 187. :
gildis-maSr, m. a cognate relative, recipient of n., opp. to baugg)
maSr, Grag. ii. 181, N. G. L. i. 22.
nef-gildingr, m. = nefgildisma8r, Grag. ii. 178.
nef-gjold, n. = nefgildi (II), Hkv. 1. 12.
NEPI, a, m. [A.S. nefa; O.H.G. nefo; Germ, neffe; cp. Lat. m
Fr.neveu; Eng]. nephew^ :---& law term, a cognate kinsman; nefi j
an earl's nephew, Sighvat, Edda (Gl.) ; ni8 e3r nefa, Grag. i. 137;
Kmits, Canute's sister's so)t, Fms. vi. (in a verse). II. the r
of a dwarf, Edda (Gl.) : the name of a sword, id.
nefja, u, f. a nickname, Fb. iii.
nefja3r, adj. nebbed, beaked: in compds, bjiig-n., of an eagle.
NEF]SrAandnemna,d,[nafn; Goth.namnjan; Germ. nenften'],iom
kona Manue faeSir son ok nefnir Samson, Stj. 410; nefndu J>inn fo8urI ]
Hjorv. 16 ; veit ek {)ann mann er J)ora man, . . . nefndu hann ! Nj. 8;
brefi J)essu voru nefndir (specially named) hinir stsrstu hof8ingjar, Fa|
91 ; ma8r er nefndr M6r8r, Nj. 2 ; nefna sik, to name one's nam
Hallfre8r nefndi sik, Fms. ii. 86 : n. e-n a nafn, to name by name; '.
kallaSi a menn mina ok nefndi a nafn, Nj. 211 ; nefna barn a nafi
christening), N. G. L. i. 339 ; in a narrative, ma&r er nefndr Mori
man was named M., i.e. there was a man named Mord, Nj. i; 'i
er nefndr N.' is a standing phrase in the Sagas ; Oddr er ma5r nefndr, ol
Orlygsson, Gisl. 12 ; tveir menn eru nefndir, |iorkatlar tveir, 8; B
J)rir eru nefndir til sogunnar, het einn . . . Nj. 22 ; sa ma8r er nefiit
sogunnar er Geirr go&i hut, tiow the story names a man who hight G.
passim, cp. N. M. hot ma3r. 2. to mention by fiat7ie, to name, point
voru J)essir staSir a nefndir, Bs. i. 731 ; hann nefndi til Jjcss skipstjd
menn. Eg. 33 ; nefni ek til J)ess Bjorn ok Helga, Ld. 14 ; hann eg
maga sina ok nefndi til Hjarranda, Dropl. 24: instances influence'
the Latin, nefndr Eirikr, the said E., Fms. xi. 412 ; opt nefndir ir
Dipl. V. 26; fyrr-nefndr, above-named. II. to name, a
appoint ; nemdi konungr nokkura menn at ganga upp a eyna, Fn
285 ; n. mann til skipstjornar, Fb. i. 186: as a law term, to caU,i
vatta, n. mann i dom, Nj. 14, Dropl. 13, Grag. i. 15, 72, passim; i'
ransdom, Grag. i. 80 ; n. dom li mali, Nj. passim : do summon, cite,
a8rir ^eir sem J)annig voru nefndir, Fms. ix. 279 : to levy, n. liS dr
u6um, vii. 299 ; cp. nefnd, domnefna. III. reflex, to name
self, give up one's name; hann nefndisk Hrappr, Nj. 130; hams
hvat kvenna hon va:ri, hon nefndisk Hallger8r, id. ; hon nefndiw
{)eim Gunnhildr, Fms. i. 8 ; ok nefndisk f>yr, Km. 10. 8. '
summoned, cited; ef sa maSr Isetr i dom nefnask, Grag. i. 16.
nefna, u, f. nomination, Sturl. ii. 27; dom-n., vatt-n., al{)ingis-ii.
nefnd, f. [early Swed. ndmd'], denomination, Stj. 1 1 . II;"**!
term in the Norse (not Icel.) law, nomination, delegation : !•»
amount of levy or contribution in men and ships ; hann g6r8i ok ne
hverju fylki, hversu morg skip . . . skyldi vera or hverju fylki at inon
ok vapnum ok vistum fyrir litlenzkum her, Fagrsk. 20 ; konungr I*
{)ing i baenum, hann g6r8i \>a, bert fyrir allri alJjyOu at hann mun
angr hafa liti um sumarit fyrir landi, ok hann vill nefnd hafa 6t h'
fylki baedi at li3i ok skipum, Fms. ii. 245 ; stefndi hann til ler
monnum sinum ok haf3i nefndir or landi, x. 94 ; almenniligar^ nel
, N. G. L. i. 446. 2. a body of daysmen or arbitrators to give .
NEFNDARDAGR— NEKKVERR.
451
nt in a case ; in the old Swed. law the ndmd was composed of twelve
mbers (see Schlyter), cp. early Dan. ncevning ; in this strictly legal
the word hardly occurs in ancient Icel. law, but it bears a close
emblance to old Icel. giirS and giirSar-menn, esp. as described
Nj. ch. 75, 123, 124, see gor8 II: in the Sagas the word occurs in
or two instances, kvaS l)at mundi miil manna, at J)eir hefdi g68a
[id urn saettir, Bjarn. 56 : in the old laws of Norway it is rare, except
he sense of a levy, see above ; at f)ingit se skipat, ok nefndir sko6-
logrettu-menn kosnir, GJ)1. (pref. vii). 3. mod. a com-
coMPDs : nefndar-dagr, m. a fixed day, N. G. L. i.
Orkn. 10. nefn.dar-li3, n. levied forces, Fms. viii.
nefndar-madr, m. a man no/ninaled as a member of
16gt)ing (in the Norse sense), a certain fixed number being sent
each county, G^l. 8-18, Jb. II sqq.:' a man named for the levy,
nefndar-stefna, u, f. a fixed meeting of delegates ; A moti e8a
darstefnu, N. G. L. i. 308. nefndar-sseri, n. an oath taken by a
of delegates, N. G. L. i. 430. nefndar-vitni, n. the witness
n by a body of named men ; skolu tolf frjalsir ok fullti5a menn af
am bera ok eigi nefndar vitni, GJ)1. 156 (Js. 34) ; er hann J)j6fr nema
syni me6 settar-ei&i ok nefndar vitnum, at eigi stal hann, GJ)1. 538.
adar-V8Btti, n. testimony given by a body of named men, Js. 34.
fhi-liga, adv. by name, expressly, Bs. i. 763 : namely, mod.
fhi-lig?, adj. ; nefnilegt fall, nominative, Skalda.
fhing, f. a naming, nomination, N. G. L. i. 199 : a law term, levying,
id) frjalsir af Iei3angrs-g6r8um ok nefningum, H. E. i. 420 ; i engum
ngum ok Iei3angrs-fer8um skulu J)eir vera, D.N. i. 80; voru minnstar
agar um Halogaland, Fms. x. 74, v. 1.; almenniligar nefningar,
L. i. 446, V. 1.
r, adj. nosed; ih the nicknames Ha-nefr, mjo-nefr, etc.
reida, u, f. a kind o^ personal fee, D.N. v. 660.
sa, t, to chastise, punish, (obsolete.)
'-sneiSingr, m. zig-zag; fara nefsnei8ing.
jFST, f. (nepst), [Swed. ndfst], a penalty, chastisement; undir
grar kirkju nefst ok refsing, Munk. 72, D. N. v. 785 : en er verra,
r vita J)ykkjumk, ni6ja striS um nept, my mind bodes me still worse
s, a sore retribution to thy sons (a bitter fratricidal strife), Skv. 2. 8,
lis must be the true sense of this contested passage ; nept for nepst
be right by analogy of heipt and heipst ; the word is altogether
|ste in Iceland, but is still in use in Sweden.
stedi, a, m. a nebbed stithy, Fb. i. 190.
ateinn, m. a jutting rock, D.N. i. 81.
|g, n. [it is prop, identical with Dan. neg = a sheaf of corn, which
is not otherwise found in the Norse or Icel.] : — poet, the heart, Edda
also written hnegg, in hnegg-verold, the heart's abode, breast,
'oet.
•LA, d, [nagli], to nail, N. G. L. i. 11 1, Fbr. 133, Horn. 103, Fms.
,Sks. 707, Eb. 1S2, Sol. 65, Fb. i. 515, passim: to stud, negldar
lir.Vkv. 6; ey-negld, holm-negld, island-studded, holm-studded, an
it of the sea, Eg. (in a verse), Edda (in a verse).
La, u, f. the bung to close a bole in the bottom of a boat which lets
e bilge-water.
, f. a nailing, Str. 4.
T, m. a kind of itching, as if pricked with nails, F^l. x.
jlU, m., and negul-nagli, a, m. [from Germ, ndgelein, from the
s to small nails] : — a clove, spice.
:, adv. [Ulf. «e; A.S.na; Engl. «o; Gtrm.nein; Dan.-Swed.
nei sem nei er, K. A. 200; nei, kva8 tJlfheSinn, Fs. 78;
nei vi5, to say no, N. G. L. i. 345 ; J)eir kve&a J)ar nei vi3, Hkr.
setja nei fyrir, to set a no against it, refuse, Fms. ix. 242 ; setja
bei fyrir, to refuse flatly, ii. 131, Ld. 196; segja nei moti e-u, to
If, D.N. ii. 257.
VBB3a, d, to disown, with dat., Str. 16 ; see nekvaeSa.
, adj. pron., prop, a compd contr. from ne einn = MO^ one,
ut afterwards contr. ; it is, however, never used as a pure nega-
[it only after a negative, as indef. pron. ; for the older uncontr.
ee ne A. II : [cp. A. S. nan ; Engl. wo«e] : — any, Lat. ullus, fol-
after a negation, aldri sva at honum vseri nein raun i, never . . .
'«", Nj. 262 ; var& eigi af neinni eptir-fiir. Valla L. 196; ekki
furSa nein, it is no apparition, Isl. ii. .^37 ; t)ess mundi eigi
rfa, at konungr mundi neina saett gora, 84 ; Erlingr hafSi eigi
di til at biSja konung her neinna muna um, 0. H. 47 ; aldri
at neitt vapn. Fas. i. 281; kom mer aldregi 1 hug, at sa mundi
era, Art. ; ekki neinu sinni, not once, Fb. i. 104 ; ekki neins
*iOttibere : — where the negation is indirect or understood, let hann
konung a neinar fer5ir, Fb. ii. 427, (n^ einar, Fms. vii. 29,
ek miklu heldr ^ola dau8a en veita J)eim neitt mein, Nj.
ihann mundi taka umjukliga a J)vi, at vaegjask i neinum hlut
51 : fyrr skal hon fiina en neinn taki hana, Lv. 50 : — en neinn
r, than any ; fleira illt gekk yfir Gy8inga-ly5 en yfir neina
, Ver. 42. 2. as subst. anybody; hann tekr enga Jja
il at neinn J)ori at ... , Ld. 214 ; ekki neitt, nothing. Fas. i. 17 ;
hvarki var neitt til, there was not aught of either, Gi'tl. 37 ; J)a8 er ekki
til neins, 'As 0/ «o use. neins-stadar, adv. ; ekki n., not anywhere,
nowhere.
neip, f., pi. neipar, the 'nip,' the interstice between the fingers; i neipinni ;
perh. better gneip.
NEISA, u, f., mod. hneisa, which form also occurs in old vellums,
[Swed. nesa'] : — shame, disgrace; this is the true form, as is shewn by th«
allit. in Hm. 48 and Fm. 11 ; and also in phrases like, niSra ok neisa;
for references see hneisa. neisu-ligr, adj. shameful, degrading.
neisa, t, to put to shame; herfiliga neist ok rangliga raskat, Bs. i. 39a ;
for more references see hneisa.
neisi, n. = neisa.
neisinn, adj. = neiss ; in fi-neisinn.
neiss, adj. [Swed. «es], inglorious, ashamed; neiss er nokkviSr hair,
a saying, a naked man is ashamed, Hm. 48, cp. Gen. iii. 10; Noma dora
I)u munt fyrr neisum hafa, thou wilt scorn the doom of the Norns, Fm.
II ; J)eir sendu hann til scimu eyjar noktan ok neisan, Barl. 62.
neisti, a, m. a spark ; see gneisti.
NEIT, n. ^\. flour, efflorescence, a air. Kty. ; neit Menju g68, the costly
flour of Menja, i.e. gold, Skv. 3. 50; the word remains, though with a
false aspirate, in common Icel. hneita (q. v.), the white efflorescence on
seaweed (sol) ; akin is the Icel. naut. phrase, ^a8 hnitar i baru (in a ditty
of Pal Vidal.), the waves are white-tipped (as if sprinkled with flour); the
explanation given in Lex. Poet., s. v. neit, is prob. erroneous.
NEIT A, a8, and also neitta, neitti, [Scot, nyte; Dan. nagle'], to deny,
refuse, absol. or with dat.; konungr neita8i J)verliga, Fms. vi. 214; J)eir
hof3u boBit honum laun, en hann neitti, i. 12 ; hann neita8i meS mikilli
J)ralyndi, x. 306 ; hinn sem neitar, K. A. 204 ; hefi ek J)ar g(j8um grip
neitt, Fms. vi. 359 ; er mi vel J)u veizt hverju J)u neitaSir, 360 ; neita
penningum, xi. 428 : — with a double dat., neita e-m e-u, vii. 90 : with ace.
of the thing, ef nokkurr neitar kirkju-garS, K. A. 68 ; hverr sa er neitar
mitt nafn, J)eim (sic) skal ek neita, Barl. 122. 2. to deny, forsake;
hann neitaSi Gu8s nafni, Fms. x. 324 ; Petrus haf8i J)rysvar Kristi neitt,
Hom. 81; J)eir er neittu Kristi, Gd. 49 ; neitaBi {)essum ny'ja konungi,
Al. 9 ; neita villu, Nikuld. 71 ; t'^'"' neittu8u (v.l. neittu) J)essu, Fms. vii.
54. II. reflex., |)eim monnum skal heilagr kirkju-gar8r neittask,
K. A., H. E. i. 491 ; {)u snerisk til Gu8s ok neittadisk Djoflinum, Hom.
151-
neitan, f. denying; af-neitan, K. A. 204, Th. 35.
neitari, a, m. a denier, Gd. 50.
neiting, f. a denial, Hom. 1 1 , Th. 8 : gramm. the negative, Skalda 200.
NEKKVEBB, indef. pron. ; this word is a compound of the nega- ■
tive particle ne (q.v.) and the pronoun hverr, qs. nih-hverr, ne-hverr,
nekkverr; the double k (in the oldest MSS. often represented by cq) may
be due to the final h of the particle, as the compd was formed at a time
when the final h had not been absorbed into ne : [Dan. ttogen ; Swed.
ndgon."]
A. The forms : this pronoun has undergone great changes. The
earliest declension is the same as that of hverr, see Gramm. p. xxi ;
nekkverr, nekkver, Bs. i. 353, Greg. 13, 26, 33, Grag. ii. 205, 206, 304,
Fms. X. 389, 393 : gen. nekkvers, nekkverrar, passim : dat. nekkverjum,
nekkverju, nekkverri, Greg. 16, 79, Eluc. 27, Bs. i. 352 : ace. nekkvem,
nekkvcrja, Grag. i. 41, ii. 251, 270, 313, Fms. x. 381, 390, 391, Greg.
15, Bs. i. 337, 344 (line 14), 352 : nom. pi. masc. and fem. nekkverir,
nekkverjar, Grag. ii. 205, Bs. i. 355 : gen. nekkverra, Greg. 23, 28, and
so on. The word then underwent further changes, a. by dropping
thej; nekkveru, Grag. ii. 281 ; nekkverar, Fms. x. 381 ; nekkverum,
382 ; nekkvera, 393, 415. p. by change of the vowels ; nakkveirr
or nekkvarr, or even nakkvarr, nakkvat, see below ; nakkvert, Bs. i.
342 (line 12); nakkvara, 0. H. 62, 116; nakkvars, Fms. vii. 388, xi. 29,
Edda 48; nakkvarir, Fms. vii. 337, Mork. 169; nakkvarar, Fms. vii.
328, Greg. 9 ; nakkvarra (gen. pi.), D. I. i. 185 ; nakkvarrar, (5. H. I16 ;
nakkverrar (gen. fem. sing.), Bs. i. 393. y. the a of nakk through the
influence of the v was changed into o (nokk), and then into 0, and the
final va into vo, and in this way the word became a regular adjective,
ndkkvorr or nokkvorr, nokkvor, Mork. 57, Fms. x. 261 ; nokkvot,
Bs. i. 393 ; niikkvoS, Mork. 62, Fms. x. 383, 391 ; nokkvors, passim ;
nokkvoru, Nj. 34, Fms. x. 393, 394 ; nokkvorum, 305; nokkvorrar, Edda
i. 214; nokkvorn, 210; nokkvorir, Fms. vi. 5, x. 294. 8. the v dropped
out ; nSkkorr, nokkurr, nokkorr, nokkor, Vsp. 33 (Bugge), Greg. 9,
Grag. (Kb.) i. 66, 75, 208, ii. 3, Mork. 168, O.H. 224, Grag. i. i, ii.
366, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 276, X. 135 ; nokko8, Hkv. 2. 5 ; nokkort, Gr4g.
i. 460 ; nokkorum, Skv. 3. 58 (Bugge), Grdg. i. 45, 361, Fms. ix. 370,
Nj. 7 ; nokkoru, Fms. i. i, x. 420, Grag. ii. 129, Nj. 41, Eg. 394, Hkr.
iii. 160; niikkorn, Fms. x. 409 ; nokkorn, xi. 6, Nj. 6, Mork. 205, Ld.
30; nokkorir, Mork. 205 ; nokkorar, Nj. 252, Fms. x.388 ; see Gramm.
p. xxi. e. finally in mod. usage we have contracted forms before a
vowel, thus nokkrir, nokkrum, nokkrar, except that the gen. pi. and gen.
fem. sing! are still pronounced as trisyllables, nokkurrar, nokkurra ; these
contracted forms have erroneously crept into Editions from paper MSS.
(as Vd in the Fs.), where nokkrir etc. should be restored to nokkurir
'^^ ' Goa
I
452
NOKKURNIG— NEMA.
etc. <^ All the above forms occur confusedly even in very old MSS.,
and even the latest form nokkorr occurs in vellums as old as Cod. Reg.
of the elder Edda, in the Mork., Greg., Grag. (Kb.) In addition to the
above, there are mixed forms, nekkurr, 623. 41 ; nekkorar, Fms. x.
388; nekkers, Grag. (Kb.) 22; nokkurja, 623. 50; nakkor, B. K.
124; nokkverja, Fms. xi. 6; nauccverjar, navcqveriom, Mork. 62, 64,
65. II. nakkvat, n. subst., answering to hvat (q. v.), O. H. 72,
Bs. i. 344, 348, 350, 353, Am. 32, Bugge. 2. nCkkvi (Lat. ali-
quanto), an obsolete dat. (subst.) answering to hvi ; sva nokkvi, Hallfred
(Fs. 89) ; i nokkvi, in aught, Hom. 43 ; af nokkvi, for aught, Fs. 94
(v. 1.), Fms. iii. 27 ; noqvi, Hkv. 2. 26 (Bugge) ; nokkvi ofarr, Fms. vii.
304 (in a verse) ; nokkvi siSarr, ix. 533 (in a verse) : in prose, nokkvi
yngri, xi. 96 ; neykvi naer sanni, Hkr. iii. 360 ; nekkvi rettligar, 677.
II ; nokkvi heist, Fms. xi. 78, MS. 677. 6; vela e-n i nokkvi, Grag. ii.
33, 367; t)vi nokkvi, 129; naer sanni nokkvi, Fms. x. 420; neykvi.
Am. 26 (Bugge) ; framast nekkvi. III. the neut. sing, is thus
distinguished ; nakkvat, nokkvoS, nokku6 (answering to hvat), are often
used as a substantive, but nekkvert, nokkvort, nokkurt (answering to
hvert), as an adjective. (^ The primitive hverr has partly undergone
the same metamorphosis as the compd nehverr, and in western Icel. is
sounded kvur, and in mod. Norse dialect kor, shewing the complete
change.
B. The sense : the negative particle, the first part of the com-
pound, has quite lost its force, as is the case with neinn, q. v. ; but
the word is used in negative sentences = a«y ; a ongum bse fannsk
nokkurr ma&r, Fms. ix. 355, and so freq. in mod. usage. 2.
single and without a preceding negative; ef nokkurr ma9r veit eigi,
if anybody know not, Grag. ii. 209 ; er nokkverr Gu8 sem varr
Gud, 623. 35 ; ef hann vissi nokkurn hest jafnskjotan, Fms. vii.
169. 3. as subst., ndkka.\. = anything, nokkur = awyfcotfy ; ef J)6r
segit nokkurum, if you tell it to anybody, Nj. 7 ; ef nokkurr hefir, Grag.
ii. 366; eldi e6a J)vi nokkuru,^re or any such thing, 129; styrkja e-n
at nokkuru, Nj. 41 ; ef hann mei3ir 1 nokkuru lond manna, Grag. ii.
281 ; kanntii nokkut i logum, Nj. 33: with gen., nekkverr ySar, any
of you, 6'i'j. 13 ; nokkort Jessarra hiisa, Grag. i. 460; nakkverr {jeirra
manna, 232 : with prep., nokkura af |)essum konum, any of these women,
Ld. 30 ; nokkut manna, Fms. vi. 1 21. II. sorne, a certain . . . , Lat.
quidam; maSr nokkurr, kona nokkur, konur nokkurar, Nj. 252, passim ;
nokkora hx'ib, for some time, 2, Fms. xi. 6; nekkverja lund, Grag. ii.
251; nakkvorir storir hofSingjar, Fms. vii. 338 ; nokkvorir Islenzkir
menn, x. 294; nokkor g66 verk, nekkver ill verk, 677. 9, 25, 26 ; um
dag nekkvern, a certain day, Fms. x. 391 ; J)ann bjargkvi6 nekkvern
{some such), Grag. i. 41 ; at ^eim hlut nokkorum, 361 ; nokkvot f)orp,
Fms. x. 294 ; ra9 nakkvaS, xi. 16 ; fe nokkvart, Grag. ii. 262 : as subst.,
nokkuru fyrir vetr, a while before winter. Eg. 394 ; nokkuru meir, some-
what more, Fms. i. i : — of some importance, J)eim er nokkorir eru i skapi,
iv. 80; J)eir einir menn ef nokkut var til, of any weight. Eg. 267, and
so in countless instances. III. spec, usages, added to a numeral,
about; J)rju nokkur, Nj. 267; nokkur sex skip e3a sjau, Fms. ix. 276;
braut nokkur tiu skip, x. 135 ; me6 nokkur fimm hundra6 manna, ix.
276; til nokkurra ^ortan hundraSa, H.E. i. 418; nokkurum tveim
sinnum e6a J)rim, Fms. ix. 370. 2. sva nokkut, thereabouts;
lift sva nokkuru mart, Fms. xi. 48 ; sva nokkoru mikit, x. 4 ; sva
nokkuru mjok, Nj. 228; sva nokkvoru mun y6ar leita farit, 34;
sva nakkvarn, Fms. v. 319; nokkurs til t)ungr, Ld. 128; nokkurs
til seinir, Fms. xi. 29; slikt nokkut, iv. 283; sva nokkuru, i nokkvi
66ru, Hom. 25 ; sva nokki, about so, Hallfred ; stort nokkuS, some-
what great, Ld. 104 : — about, var kveSit a viku stef nokkut, a notice of
about a week was given. Eg. 394. IV. adverbial usages, the neuter
being used as adverb ; something, a deal, marka nakkvat skaplyndi bans,
Fms. xi. 78 ; breytask nokkvat, 99 ; henni var skap^ungt nokkut, Nj.
11: in some way, somehow, at hann skyldi nokkot benda hvat sveinninn
skyldi heita, 625. 86: nokkut sva, a bit, somewhat; hann gekk um
teiginn nokkut sva, Isl. ii. 354 ; stoS hofuS gneipt af bolnum nakkvat
sva, Eb. 244; sefask konungr n. sva, Fms. xi. 11,129: — neykvi nser
sanni, somewhat nearer the truth, Hkr. iii. 360 ; var J)at naer sanni nokkvi,
Fms. X. 420, see the references above (A). 2. perhaps, may be; vilt
J)U nokkut taka vi6 fjarfari minu? Nj. 40; viltii n. sonu ^ina vi6 lata
vera, 65 ; ef hann hef3i nokkut siglt til annarra landa, 41 ; ef Gunnarr
hefSi n. J)ess leita&, 47. 3. nokkor, used as neut. adv. ; sva nokkor
mikit {about so much) folk er i eynni, Sks. 95 B. 261 : — with the notion
of somewhat, may be, perhaps, probably, or the like, at J)eir mundu
nokkor vera i nand londum, Nj. 267, Fms. i.40 ; nokkur annars sta6ar,
Fms. viii. 360; nokkur ne3an a likamanum, Stj. 98 ; nokkur namunda
J)essari byg3, 122; nokkur til hei3inna landa, Fms. ii. 16 ; ef ver heyrum
nokkvor barns gnit, x. 218; ef nokkor f)ess er van, Grag. ii. 129; J)u
vart nokkor at vera, Al. 154 ; vera ma at Gu6 y9varr so farinn nokkvor,
Stj. 593. I Kings xviii. 27.
C. CoMPDs: nokkurn-ig, adv. in some way, Fms. xi. Iio; mun
hann mer n. vel taka, Nj. 255 ; {)er mun nokkurninn vel fara til min,
Isl, ii. 441. nokkixrs-konar, adv. of some kind, Edda i. 218,
nokktirs-stadar, adv. somewhere, Grds
I
Dipl. i. 7, Stj. 177
481.
nekt, f. [nokvi9r], nakedness.
WEMA, conj. [compounded of the negative particle ne, and the aclv
if OT ef{q. V.) in an older dissyllabic form ifa ; for the change of/ inti
see the introduction; cp. Ulf. nibai; A. S. neinne, nimne ; O. H
nibu, nibi, nubi ; Hel. nebu ; early Swed. nutn ; cp. Lat. 7ii-si, see Grim
Gramm. iii. 724-]
B. Except, save, but; manngi, nema einn Agnarr, Gm. 2 ; nema
einum, Vkv. 24 ; allra nema einna, 26, Ls. 11 ; nema vi5 j^at lik at
Hm. 96 ; nema sa einn Ass, Ls. 1 1 ; hvar komu fe9r varir Jjess, . . .\
nema alls hvergi? Isl. ii. 236; ongu nema lifinu, Nj. 7 ; ollu gozi m
biiinu, Fms. ix. 470 ; engi nema J)u einn, Barl. 207 ; engi nema B^
J)6rr, Fms. vii. 14I ; kom vi3rinn a kirkju-sand, nema tvau tre kuii
Raufarnes, save that two trees came to R., Landn. 51, v. 1.; Olafr h
morg sar ok fiest sma, nema tvau voru nokkvi mest, Fb. i. 501 J ■"•'
ek belt, Og. 23 ; J)eir blandask eyvitar vi3 a6ra isa nema ser einum li
hann, Sks. 176 B ; vaetki of syti'k nema hrae3umk helviti, Hallfred;
Ko9ran skira sik ok hjii bans oil, nema Ormr vildi eigi vi& tni taka.
i. 5. II. with subj. unless; aldrei, nema okkr vaeri ba5um b:
Ls.9; nema{)uhanum visir . . . e3amsy nemir, Hkv. 1. 19; nema ekd;
sja'k, 20 ; nema ge6s viti, Hm. 19 ; nema hann maeli til mart, 26 ; n
haldendr eigi, 28 ; nema til kynnis komi, 32 ; nema reisi niSr at
71 ; nema einir viti, 97 ; nema ek JdIIc hafa, Hkv. Hjorv. 7 ; nema ;-
ali, Stor. 16 ; nema J)eir felldi hann, Edda 36 ; ongir Jjottu logligir du
nema hann vaeri i, Nj. I ; nema ma9r verSi sjiikr e&a siirr, Grag. i. i
nema lands-folkit kristna6isk, Hkr. i. 248 ; nema mer banni hel, F!
59 ; hann heyrSi eigi nema aept vaeri at honum, Fms. iv. 204, an-
countless instances in old and mod. usage. 2. in phrases sue,
' veit ek eigi nema . . . ,' like Lat. nescio an, implying an affirmation;
veizt eigi nema sa ver3i fegjarn, Sks. 28 ; mi veit ek eigi nema nok
ver6i virSing af at hafa ^essu mali, Band. 34 new Ed. ; hverr veit n
ek ver3a vi9a frsegr um si6ir, who can tell but that I shall be a uii
known man some day ? Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; mi veit ek eigi nema
J)ykki minna vega min reiSi en SigurSar konungs, now know I not ij.
141 ; eigi veit ek nema fietta vaeri ra51igt, en eigi ma ek J)at vita
viii. 95 : — with indie, kveSkat ek dul nema hiin hefir, there is ?io d '
but that she has, Yt. 7 ; hver se if nema rogn styra, who can doubt ti \
Vellekla. III. irreg. usages ; ef nokkurr ma5r ferr a jor9u, n
{in the case that, supposing that) sa viii a bua, sem f e a i jar3u, {)a raen
hann, GJ)1. 357 : J)vi at eins, nema, oidy in that case, if {but not else) ; i
J)cr J)vi at eins a Jja nema J)er set allir sem ciruggastir, only in the cat
i. e. do not attack them unless, Nj. 228 ; Jjvi at eins mun hann saettask v
nema hann gjaldi ekki, 254 ; skal hann J)vi at eins i braut hafa J)ann 1:
nema hann lati bera vitni, Jb. 326; J)at man J)vi at eins, nema ek
raSa-hag vi9 Melkorku, Ld. 70; pvi at eins ferjanda, nema fjorb;
komi fram, Nj. 240 ; oss J)ykkir ^li J)vi at eins veita skylda J)j6n
konungi, nema {)u leggir af tignar-klae3in, Fms. ix. 432. 2. n
heldr, brit rather ; eigi ma J)at menn kalla, nema heldr hunda, noti
but rather dogs, Baer. 9 ; sver ek eigi at eins fyrir mik, nema heldr :
allra peirra salir, G|)l. 69 ; hon hafdi eigi hreinlifi at eins, nema held
alia gaezku, Hom. 12S ; nema enn, but on the contrary ; at glaepask
lengr i felags-skap vi9 Philistim, nema enn skulu J)6r..., Stj. 412,.
442 : eigi at eins 6tta3isk hann um sjalfs sins lif, nema jamvel nm
a9ra sina frsendr, but also, Barl. 73 : fyrr nema = fyrr enn, fyrr skal d
dynr, nema ek dau6r sjak ( = fyrr en ek se dau9r), Hkv. i. 20: — ^he
vist set J)at gull, at ongum mun er verra, nema betra s^, which u
worse, if it is not even better, Fb. i. 348.
HEMA, pres. nem ; pret. nam, namt, nam, pi. namu ; subj. na
part, numinn, older nominn, N. G. L. i. 200, Hom. 100 ; with neg.
nam-a, Hkv. 2. 15: [Ulf.?iiman = \aixpa.v€tv; A.S.nema/i; Germ. nel
freq. in Early Engl. ; in mod. Engl., where it is superseded by the ScaiJ
taka, it survives in 7iimble and numb = A.S. be-mwien = lce\. numinn.
A. To take; the use of the word in this, its proper sense, is lim
for taka (q. v.) is the general word, whereas nema remairis in sp
usages; nema upp, to pick up, Hm. 140; nema e-n or nauftunj, F
J)ar er gull numit upp i scindum, Rb. 350; at hann nemr ham
kviSnum, ok kve&a a hvert hann nemr hann or sinu 6rnami, eda ai
manns, Grag. i. 51 ; reifa mal J)eirra er or dominum eru numntr,
hann a kost at nema Jja upp alia senn, 51 : — nema af, to abolish;
hei9ni var af numin a ftira vetra fresti, Nj. 165, lb. 4:— nema
to except; nema konur e9a J)eir menn er hann naemi fr6» £
Jieim ti6um er uii eru fra numnar, Grag. i. 325 : — upp numinn, /
up into heaven; Enoch var upp numinn, Stj. 41. 2. to tah
force, seize upon; Jja menn er konu hafa numit {carried off), C
i. 354 ; hann nam ser konu af Grikklandi, Rb. 404 ; Jupiter J
hann nam Europam, 732. 17; Bjorn nam J>6ru a brott. Eg.,
ek nam konu ^essa er her er hja mer, Nj. 131 ; hann segir .
hafa numit sik i hurt af Graenlandi undan Solar-fjollum, Bard. 32
Ed. : nema nes-nam, Danir ok Sviar herju9u mjok i Vestr-vikin-
pkomu J)4 opt i Eyjarnar er J)eir foru vestr e9a vestan, ok ndnw
litla.
ifepl
ilit.
(Hilt]
•ffalt
kin
NEMA— NESNAM.
453
isnam, Fms. iv. 229, (see iiesnuni, landnum) : — in a lawful sense, nema
d, to take possession of a land, as a settler (landnam II); hanu nam
/jafjorS allan. 3. nema e-n e-u, to bereave one of a thing ; nema e-n
iffti, aldri, fjcirvi, Gkv. 2. 31, 42 ; ver5a ck a fitjum J)eim er mik Ni3a8ar
mu rekkar, Vkv.; hvi namtu hann sigri ^a ? Em. 6 ; sigri numnir, Fms.
306 (in a verse); numinu mali, bereft of speech, Geisli 34; fjorvi
nma, life-bereft, Eb. (in a verse) ; hann hi par lami ok ollu megni
tniiin, Horn. 116; J)ar til er lands-menn namu J)a raSum, used force,
•reed them, Bs. i. 24; rikir menn ver6a J)n, ra3uni nomnir, Hom. 100;
hann vill eigi nema triia {)vi, if he will not believe it, N. G. L. i.
4. to reach, touch, hit; i hvitu pilzi, J)at var sva sitt at Jjat
hael, Fas. ii. 343 ; nema hjoltiu viO ne6ra gomi, Edda 20 ; allir J)eir
oddrinn nam, Ski8a R. 183; hvurt nam t)ik eSr eigi! Nj. 97; ok
na hann Jiar nau5synjar, at hann ma eigi lik faera, and if he is held
by necessity, N. G. L. i. 14, K. A. 70; J)6tt |)ik nott um nemi, //
night overtake thee, Sdm. 26 : hence the saying, lata J)ar n6tt sem
nr, to leave it to the night as it takes one — to take no care of the
rrow : — nema stad, to take up one's position, halt, Nj. 133, 197, Fms. i.
vii. 68, Eg. 237. 5. spec, phrases; Kolskeggr nam J)ar eigi
Nj. 121 ; ef hann vildi fiar sta9festask ok nema yndi, Fms. i. 103 :
ema staSar = nema sta&, Nj. 54, 205, 265, Ld. 104, Stj. 486, Fms. i.
of a weapon, hefi ek J)at sverd er hvergi nemr i hoggi sta8, / have
em a sword that it never stops in its stroke, i. e. it cuts clean throitgh
'bing, Fas. ii. 535 ; oddrinn nam i brynjunni staSar, Al. 76 ; sva at
nam (naf Cod. Reg.) hondin vi6 spor6inn, Edda 40 ; nema hvild,
ake rest. Aim. i ; nema veiSar, to take the prey, to bunt, Hy'm.
6. to amount to, be equivalent to; ef eigi nemr kiigildi, Grag.
33 ; honum Jjotti landau6n nema, lb. 4 ; J)a9 nemr ongu, litlu, miklu,
of no, of small, of great iniportafice ; brikr t)aer er greyping hefir
it, GJ)1. 345. 7. nema vi6, to strike against so as to stop, come
artber ; nam J)ar vi6 ok gekk eigi lengra, Fms. xi. 278; en gadd-
iS nam vid borSinu, Eb. 36. 8. metaph. to stop, halt; her
•a ver vi3 nema, Finnb. 236; J)ar namu J)eir Hrafn vi3 i nesinu, Isl.
i(5; hann bysk vi5, ok vill enn vi3 nema, J)6tt li3s-munr vaeri mikill,
1, 54 ; konungr ver6r gla3r vi9 er hann skal fyrir hafa funnit J)a
11 er eigi spara viSr at nema, Al. 46 ; en ef Jjat nemr vi3 fiirinni, at
ykisk hafa fe ofliti5, J)a . . ., Ld. 70; er J)at livizka at bera eigi
ok mun {)at eigi vi5 nema, Gliim. 327; at konungr mundi fatt
vi5 nema, at saettir taekisk, i.e. that he would do anything for the
of peace. Eg. 210. II. as an auxiliary verb, emphatic, like
do, did, with infin. ; H66r nam skjota (Jl. did shoot) . . . sa nam
ettr vega, Vsp. 37 ; J)a nam at vaxa, Hkv. I. 9 ; hann nam at vaxa
took to growing') ok vel dafna, Rm. 19 ; inn nam at ganga, 2 ; lind
at skelfa, 9, 35 ; nam hon s^r Hogna heita at riinum, Skv. 3. 14 ;
amu riki, they did row mightily. Am. 35 ; nam hann vittugri valgaldr
~», Vtkv. 4 ; nama Hogna m?er of hug maela, Hkv. 2115; J)at nam at
Jg. 9 : seldom in prose, ek nam eigi triia a J)at er hann sag3i,
Falka hestr {>i6reks nemr J)etta at sjii, f>i3r. 117.
|B. Metaph. to take in a mental sense or by the senses, to per-
like Lat. apprehendere, comprehendere, freq. in old and mod.
: I. to perceive, catch, hear, of sound ; en sva mikill
vat at hvassleik veSrsins J)a er konungr tok at maela, at varla
^ir er naestir voru, Fms. viii. 55; sem J)eir voru langt brottu
ir, sva at p6 matti nema kail milli {)eirra ok manna Saul, Stj.
\t\x skulu sva naer sitjask, at hvarirtveggju nemi or3 annarra,
1.69; engi nam mal annars, Nj. 164; mal nam i milli {)eirra,
V. 31 ; eigi skulu ver {)at mal sva nema, we shall not understand it
im. 156. II. to learn; klok nam fugla, Rm.; hann haf6i
sra log, at hann var enn ^ri3r mestr laga-ma3r a Islandi, Nj. 164 ;
istu turnar hafa numit honum at hniga, Al. 90 ; mi var Jjorir J)ar
J)ar fjolkyngi, Fb. iii. 245 ; (33inn var gofgastr, ok at honum
t>eir allir ij)r6ttirnar, Hkr. i ; nema nam, to take in, acquire
Bs. i. 92, 127; see nam: — to 'catch,' leant by heart, \xx
visur J)essar en hann nam, Nj. 275; visur |)es5ar namu menn
0. H. 207 ; en hinn nemi, er heyrir a, Darrl. ; f>6rdis nam fiegar
Gisl. 33 : — to learn from, J)var namtu J)essi hnaefilegu ord ? nam
onnum . . ., Hbl. ; nema ra3, Hm. ; menn nemi mal min I 0. H.
'ene) :, — nema e-t at e-m, to learn something, derive information
',ek hefi hdr verit at nema kunnustu at Finnum, Fms. i. 8 ; hann
^gspeki at fjorsteini, Isl. ii. 205 ; hann nam kunnattu at GeirriSi,
; Glumr hafdi numit J)enna atbur3 at f)eim manni er het Arnurr,
266 ; en Oddr nam at |)orgeiri afrads-koU . . ., Ari nam ok marga
t f>uri3i Snorra dottur Go3a . . . hann haf3i numit af gomlum
Im ok vitrum, . . . eptir {)vi sem ver hofum numit af frodum miinnum,
hverr ma3r hafi si3an numit at 63r.um, ... ok hafa menn s]3an
numit, 6. H. (pref.) ; nemi {)er af mer, Fms. viii. 55.
Reflex., prop, to take, seize for oneself: 1. to take by
|ef madr nemsk konu, ok samj)ykkjask J)au si3an, J)a . . ., H.E.
p. to stop ; ok hafta ek J)at sver3, sem aldri hefir i hiiggi stad
( = numit). Fas. ii. 208; fri&r namsk, ceased. y. to refuse,
"^Md from doing; hann ba& hann eigi nemask me6 ollu at gora
sem baendr vildu, Hkr. i. 142 ; hverr b(5ndi er t)at nemsk {who makes
default), gjaldi..., K.A. 40; ])zt var kominn fjoidi lifts 6r Austr-
Icindum til mots viShann, ok namusk forina {refused to go) cf hann
kaemi eigi, Fb. ii. 71 ; en ef ma8r nemsk leiiangrs-gorft, cSr leiftangrf-
ferd, J)ii hafi armadr sott J)at fyrr en skip komi u hlunn, ... at hann
hafi leidangr gorvan ok eigi fyrir nomisk, N.G. L. i. 200; en J)6 vil ck
eigi fyrir miun dauSa at nemask (disregard) hans orascndingar, O. H. L.
29. 2. to learn; lattii nemask J)at, learn, take beedtbat, Skv. i , paisim ;
eptir J)etta nemask af aptrgiingur hans, Ld. 54. II. part, numinn,
as adj. numb, seized, palsied; hann var allr numinn oSrum megin, ok
matti eigi maela hiilfum munni, Ann. ; J)a vard ek sem ek vaera numinn.
Mar. ; vera fra ser numinn, to be beside oneself, from joy, astonishment,
or the like, cp. the references above (A. 3).
NENNA, t, [Ulf. nanjjjan = To\fxav ; A. S. nepan ; O. H. G. nendian,
whence the Germ. pr. name ¥tTd\-nand=the doughty, striving']: — to
strive, with dat. or infin., but only used in peculiar phrases ; nenna e-u
or n. at gora e-t, to have a heart, mind for a thing; hann nennti eigi
starfi J)vi ok ahyggju, Bs. i. 450; sem synir minir nenni eigi {cannot
bear) j)essari kyrrsetu lengr, Ld. 262 ; mun ek eigi n. cidru (/ cannot
longer forbear to) en fara i moti J)eim, Fb. ii. 41 ; hann kvaftsk eigi
lengr nenna at J)ola haS ok spott, Tsl. ii. 269 ; ek nennta at visu at neyta
vapna, 366 ; J)eir nenntu eigi at verja sik, Orkn. 78 ; olikr er Gisli at
{)olinmae3i, J)viat J)essu mundu engir nenna at Ijii mi gripina, J)annig sem
hann er a3r beiddr, Gisl. 1 1 2 ; eigi nenni ek (/ have no mind) at hafa
J)at saman at veita Hogna enda drepa br63ur hans, Nj. 145 ; slikar eptir-
g6r3ir sem hverr nennti (was minded) framast at gora eptir sinn vin efta
naung, Fms. viii. 103 ; ef nokkorir eru {)eir er nenna {who wish) at
hverfa aptr til baejarins, 320; nu nenni ek eigi at v6r farim sv4 halloki,
Faer. 228 ; eigi nenni ek J)vi {I cannot forbear) at marka hann eigi, Fms,
ii. 61 ; Gyrgir nennti eigi {could not bear) brott at fara vid litid fe e3r
ekki, 152 ; Hrafn nennti eigi at starfa, H. would not work, was lazy, vi.
102 ; whence the mod. eg nenni J)vi ekki, I will not, I am too lazy to do
it; J)u nennir iJngu, thou art good for nothing I hann er svo latr . . . hann
nennir ekki neitt a3 gera, Grond. II. spec, usage, to travel, only
in poets ; nenna vi3a, to travel wide, Hallfred ; nenna e-m d l)ingi, to
go to meet one, join one, Skm, ; glaSir nennum vir sunnan, glcid we
journey from the south, Edda (in a verse) ; nenna nor6r, to journey
northwards; nenna J)innig, to fare thither. Lex. Poet.
nenna, u, f. energy, nennu-lauss, adj. listless, idle, Al. 100.
nenning, f. activity, energy, Edda 109, Fms. v. 177 (in a verse), Hom.
(St.) coMPDs: nenningar-Iatiss, adj. s/o/i&/ii/, Fms. iii. 158, Fbr.
92 new Ed. nenningar-leysi, n. irksomeness, Grag. i. 301, Rdm.
344-
nenninn, adj. active, striving, Sighvat, Lex. Poet., and in poet, compds ;
fjol-n., marg-n., doing much good work ; \>Tek-n., doughty.
nennir, m. [prob. an assimilated form, qs. neknir, see the remarks
s. V. nykr] : — the popular name of the nykr (q. v.), Maurer's Volks.
nepja, u, f. [napr], chilliness, bitter cold ; en undir birtinguna andar kiild
nepja fra fljotinu, Od. v. 469.
neppi-liga, adv. [Swed. ndppeligen], hardly; n. edr ekki, Stj. 25;
J)eim vanrtsk n., the ends did hardly meet, 195.
NEPPR, adj. scant; ganga neppr niu fet, to walk with pain nine
paces, Vsp. ; fjor-neppr, scant of life, Fbr. (in a verse) ; naud gorir neppa
kosti, Rkv.
NES, n., gen. pi. nesja, dat. nesjum, [A. S. nces; Engl, ness; Germ.
nase ; Lat. nasus = nose ; as also nos nasar, = the nostrils, are kindred
words]: — a ness projecting into the sea or a lake; undir nesi einu, Nj.
43 ; nes mikit gekk i sae ut. Eg. 129; nesit J)at er fram g(^kk i sjoinn,
Fbr. 89 new Ed.; vatn J)at er nes liggr 1, Isl. ii. 345 : even of a river
( = oddi), Nj. 95, 96 ; ann-nes or and-nes, q.v. : of a slip of land,
biiar skulu r6tta merki, ok jamna J)ar nesjum saman, GrAg. ii. 362,
263. II. freq. in local names, Nes, in plur. and sing. Nesjum,
and in compds, Alpta-nes, Laugar-nes, Langa-nes, Mj«va-nes, Su&r-nes,
Nor3-nes, Landn., Fms., and map of Iceland ; in Norway, Nesjar, f. pi.
(see Gramm. p. xxvii, col. 2), whence Nesja-bardagi, -orusta, the battle
ofN., fought on Palm Sunday, A. D. 1014; Nesja-visur, a song on the
battle ofN., 6. H. : in Scotland, Kata-nes, and Nea,= Caithness, Orkn.
passim ; austr a Nesjum, Fms. ix. 421, of the coast of Scotland as seen
from the Isle of Man ; as also in many Engl, and Scot, local names.
COMPDS : Nes-hraun, n. Ness lava, Landn. Nes-menn, m. pi. the
men from Nes, Landn. K'es-J)j65ir, f. pi. the people of Caithness,
Fms. x.
nes-hofdi, a, m. a headland, Fms. iii. 44.
nes-konungr, m. a ' ness-king,' a nickname of the old sea kings, who
had no lands, but their ships, for a kingdom, Fms. ix. 255 ; skjott man
eigi vanta aunan tima neskonunga i Noregi ef J)vi skal fram haldask,
N. G. L. iii. 33 ; Jxi munu margir ver3a neskonungar bratt, Fms. ix. 255.
nes-ndm, n. ; nema nesnani, to make a ' ness-raid,' a term used by the
old vikings when they landed on narrow headlands and took cattle and
provisions by force; nema nesniim okhiiggva strandhogg, Eg. 81, Orkn.
64, Fms. i. 195.
:454
NESODDI— NIDR.
nes-oddi or nes-tangi, a, m. a point of a ness, Nj. 125, Fms. vii.
361, Fs. 61.
NEST, n., mod. nesti, n. [A. S. nest ; Dan. niste'j : — viands, provisions,
Lat. viaticum ; hann batt nest J)eirra allt i einn bagga ok lagSi a bak ser,
Edda 29 ; ok voru a o8rum vistir J)eirra brse5ra ok setladar J)eim til nests,
1$1. ii. 343 ; skal hann bera, ef hann vill, nest sitt til skips, N. G. L. i.
143; \eg-ntst, viaticum, Hm. 11; far-nest, q. v. : allit.,meS nesti og nyja
sko, furnished with 'nest' and new shoes. nestis-lauss, adj. without
nest.
nesta, t; nesta sik, to provide oneself with food. II. to pin=:
nista ; ok naesti (sic) hann lit vi3 bordit, O. H. L. 20.
nest-baggi, a, m. a ' nest' bag, wallet, Edda 29.
nest-lok, n. pi. the ' bottom of the bag ;' in the adverb, phrase, at nest-
lokum, at last, finally, Bs. i. 417 (at nest lokum Ed.) ; en at nestlokum
sver&i hoggvinn. Bias. 51 ; mon ok Go& lata eldinn ganga yfir heiminn
at nestlokonom, Horn. (St.); at nestlokum krossfestr, 656 B. 4; at n.
vinnr Mar a |>6r&i, Sturl. i. 10 : with gen., at nestlokum malsins, 23, v. 1.;
at nestlokum sefinnar, Hom. (St.)
NET, n., gen. pi. netja, dat. netjum, [\J\i. nati = UKrvov; A. S. and
Engl, net; Hel. iieti; Germ, netz; Swed. ndt']: — a net; tok hann lin
ok garn ok rei& a moskva sva sem net er sidan, Edda 39 (in the mythical
story of the origin of the net as an invention of Loki) ; ef ma6r hittir
net i latrum sinum ok sel i, {)a a hann net ok sva sel, til hinn leysir
landndmi net ut, N. G. L. i. 45 ; nil tekr ma6r sild 6r netjum manna, ii.
136 ; leggja net i a, Grag. ii. 350 ; hvarki net ne ongla, K. {>. K. ; netja
s^tW, damage of nets, N. G. L. ii. 136, 137 ; netja stae3i = netlog, Boldt
134; netja vei6r, a net-haid, id.; ri8a net, to make a net; drag-net, a
drag-net, draw-net ; lag-net, a lag-net ; slag-net, a casting-net, for catch-
ing birds: — metaph., net MixAX = reticulum jecoris, Stj. 310. Exod. xxix.
13, 22.
net-fl£r, f. pi., and net-kubbar, m. pi. the quills of a net.
net-hdls, n. the neck or throat of a net. Post. 656 C. 5.
netja, aS, to net, catch : metaph. netjaSr, netted, entangled, Fms. x.
404; allri skur3go6a villu er hann hefir y3r i netjaS, i. 282 ; er hann
mi sva i netja5r ast hennar, Str. 24: — reflex., netjask i band;, H.E. i.
238, Str. 9.
netja, u, f. the net-like caul of fat enclosing the stomach of animals,
Lat. omentum, Stj. 250, Sks. 129, and in mod. usage.
net-lagnir, f. pi. places where nets are spread.
net-16g, n. pi. ' net-layings' i. e. the right of laying nets in certain
waters ; hann skyldi ryma netlogin fyrir peim, Fs. 35 ; kirkja a selveiSi
vi8 Ei6sker ok tvau netlog, Vm. 57 ; menn eigu at veiSa fyrir utan
netlog at lisekju, Grag. ii. 358.
net-nsBinr, adj. that may be caught in a net; netnasmir fiskar, Grag. i.
149.
• net-rijst, f. = netlagnir, on the sea, D.N. ii. 4.
nettr, adj. neat, handsome, (mod. and for.)
net-J)inTill, m. the upper net-line, bordering the net, Edda 39.
'N'EYD, i. need, distress, Hkr. iii. 288, Stj. 182, 213 ; this form is very
freq. in mod. usage, esp. in hymns, Vidal., the Bible, instead of the older
nau8 (q. v.), e.g. Pass. 41. i. compds : ney3ar-kostr, m. a dire
choice. neyBar-urraeSi, n. pi. dire expedients.
neySa, d, [nau6], to force, compel; ney6a e-n til e-s, Grag. i. 306,
O. H. L. 41 ; ek l)ykkjumk J)6 mjok neyddr til hafa verit, Nj. 88 ; J)eir
neyddu hann og s6g6u, Luke xxiv. 29, passim in mod. usage : to subdue,
hann neyddi litni Gy6inga, Hom. 42.
NEYTA, t, [nautr, njota ; Germ, nutzen; A.S.notian; Old Engl,
and Scot, note], to use, enjoy, with gen. or absol. ; neyta fjar-nytjar
{jeirrar, to use the milk, Grag. i. 428 ; koma mun J)ar at v6r munum
J)ess n., Nj. 232; {)eim er neytti e3r nj6ta Jjyrfti J)essa vasttis, 238;
ok sva allra gagna til at neyta, Grag. ii. 81; J)ar er menn selja
hross sin til geymslu a alj)ingi at logmali, skal s4, er vi6 hefir tekit,
at engu neyta, 140; nefnir hann s6r v»tti t)at at logum, at njota ok
neyta, ii. 79. 2. to consume; neyta matar, to eat, Gisl. 16;
at neyta j)eirra kykvenda allra er mi eru set kollu9, Ver. 9 ; hvers
hann haf&i neytt ok hvers lineytt, Grag. i. 155. 3. with ace, (less
correct and prob. a Norwegianism) ; vapn, ma ^au vel neyta a skipi,
ibey may well be used in ships, Sks. 388 B ; er alia penninga sina neyta
upp (consume, waste) i ofati ok ofdrykkju, Skalda 208 : to eat, skulut
J)it alia hluti neyta, Sks. 500 B ; fyrir J)vi at J)u neyttir kvi&jaSan avoxt
jarSar, 548 B : — with dat., in translations influenced by the Lat. uti with
abl., neytti hann ilia frjalsu sjalfraeSi, Mar. ; valdsmenn Jjeir er ilia neyta
sinu valdi, Stat. 272. 4. with prep.; neyta af e-u, to eat of it;
neyt af {)vi opt, Pr. 473; af J)vi bau3 hann okkr ekki neyta, Sks.
504. II, reflex, to be consumed; eySask ok upp neytask,
Stj. 154.
ne3rti, n. [nautr], fellowship, mateship, a company ; neyti eru nitjan
menn, nineteen make a company, Edda 208 ; bera vaetti me& neyti J)at
(with other fellow-witnesses) er ek fae 1^6v til, Grag. ii. 54 ; leysa J)ann
kvi& af hendi l)egar er J)eir hafa neyti at, i. 54 : esp. in compds, motu-
neyti, foru-n., ra3u-n., 16gu-n. (q.v.), etc. 2. use; hafa jar6kost
fjallanna ok J)6 neyti ( = not, q.v.) af sjonum, Fs. 20. II. [nanl
cattle, in compds, ku-neyti, bl6t-n., ung-n., q.v.
neyting, f. the using a thing, tasting, neytingar-vatn, n. water j
domestic use, Gisl. 28, (mod. esp. of drinking water, opp. to water :
washing.)
neytr, adj. good. Jit for use; vapn pat er neytt se, Grett. 99 A ; he|
alia J)a er neytir eru, Sturl. iii. 237 : — neytr at e-u, good for something,]
hvl neyt se,/or what they are useful, Grag. ii. 266 ; n. til e-s, andvana
til einskis neytt. Pass. 4. 23 : of persons, ^oocf, «se/«/, Kolbeinn fell
margir a6rir neytir menn, Bs. i. 141.
ney^la, u, f. a using, consuming, Barl. 14, 23. compds : neyzl
grannr, adj. one who requires little nourishment ; hann er n., opp.
neyzlu-frekr. neyzlu-salt, n. common salt, GJ)1. 430. neyzl
vatn, n. = neytingarvatn.
nezla or nestla, u, f. [nisti], a loop to fasten a cloak or the lil
J>orf. Karl. ch. 7 : mod. hnezla or hnesla, passim.
neztr = ne6str, see neSri, Barl. 155, passim.
NID, f., pi. niSar, N. G. L. i. 29 ; dat. pi. ni6jum, Vsp. 6 (later ni6un
the gender is seen from the pi. nidar (1. c.) from the compd ni5ar- belc
as also from the provinc. Norse and Swed. near; [Swed. nedar ; D
n(E ; Ivar Aasen 7iear'\ : — the wane of the moon, when there is ' no moot
it is in use in Sweden and Denmark, but now obsolete in Iceland, exc
in the compd ni6a-myrkr, qs. ni5ar-myrkr ; in old writers esp. in the a)
phrases, ny ok nib, full moon and no moon, VJ)m. 25 ; Mani styrir gor
tungls ok raeSr nyjum ok niSum, Edda 7 ; um ny hit naesta ok niftar (a
pi.), N. G. L. i. 29; nott me& niSum, VJ)m. 24; nott ok niSjum (i
niSum) nofn um gafu, Vsp. 6 ; mani, ny, ni&, Edda 76 : poet., niSa b
= the heaven, Skalda (in a verse). compds: Ni3a-fj6ll, n. pi
mythical local name, Vsp. niSa-myrkr, n. ' nid-mirk,' pitch darkt.
and no moon; J)eir hcifdu skri91j6s me8 ser, en ni9amyrkr var liti, C
71, Fms. ii. 5 ; n. var a. Eg. 216, 235, Fms. viii. 429 : the word is n
used without thinking of the moon, simply = pitch darkness ; also k
ni8amyrkr, coal-pitch-dark.
ni3a, a8, = gni3a (q.v.), to rub, Grett. 151 A: to murmur, of watei
ni3-gj6ld, n. pi. weregild after the slaughter of a relative or the wereg
payable to the more distant relatives of the slain, opp. to the hofuSbau:
or even simply = weregild, gjalda hinn vegna ni3gjoldum, Grag. ii. '
79; skal J)essa menn alia gjalda niSgjoIdum, 131 ; J)4 menn alia s
jamt aptr gjalda ni3gjoldum, sem J)eir so vegnir, J)6tt J)eir lift, sva er m:
at J)at sumar skal ni3gjalda heimting upp hefja, er..., Grag. ii. jf
gjaldi sendimenn konungs niSgjiildum, Eg. 575, v. 1.
Ni3i, a, m. the name of a dwarf, from niS (no moon), Vsp., E(
(Gl.)
ni3jungr, m. = ni3r, a son, relative, Rm. 38, Lex. Poet. : — the na
of a dwarf, from ni9, f. (q. v.)
ni3-kvf si, f. the lineage of agnates, Yt.
ni3-inyrkr, n. = ni&a myrkr, Gkv. 2.12, Faer. 171, Sks. 202, Or.
no (v.l.), 432, Gisl. 60.
ni3r, m., better gniSr, [from gniSa], the murmur of running wat
of a brook, stream, ar-ni3r, laekjar-ni6r, prop, the wearing of the wa
against the pebbles at the bottom ; the word is very freq. in mod. usa|
NIBR, m. some of the cases of which are taken from ni3r (gen. ni<
some from a supposed ni3i (gen. niSja); from the former are nom. ni
ace. ni5, gen. ni&s ; from the^latter, the plur. niSjar, ni5ja, ni&jum;
ace. sing. ni3ja also occurs, O. H. (in a verse), as also gen. sing, nii
Bragi ; cp, also langniSjar : [Ulf. ntpjis = avy'^iv7}s'\ : — a son, J
hence of any kinsman, a descendant ; nema reisi ni6r at ni3, man a
man, Hm. 71 ; Bcirs ni9r, the son of B. = Odin, Eg. (in a verse) ;
ni3r, Yggs ni3r, the son ofF., ofYgg, "ft. 6, Fagrsk. (in a verse) ; Ai
thescionoftheA.,'iit.; s]a,v3.r nibr, the sea's kinsmati=fire,Yt. 4.
in the law it seems to mean distant relatives (cp. Grag. i. 171 and 23
which is confirmed by the use of the word in the early Swed. nip,
nipararf, which, according to Schlyter, means devolution to distai
tives; ni9r would therefore answer to mod. Icel. litarfar, as opp. to f „,
it occurs chiefly in the allit. phrase, inn nanasti ni3r, the nearest nib, Qt>
i. 171, 175 ; til ens nanasta ni9s, 237 ; mi lifir ekki {>eirra manna, ^d
taka inn nanasti ni3r frjals-borinna manna ok arfgengr, 1 71; Jri* c
J)au i fo3ur-aett at hverfa J)ar til J)au eru sextan vetra, en si&an til •
nanasta ni3s, 237; tva nanustu nidi, N. G. L. i. 56; cp. nxsti na-ni
in early Dan. law ; bi3ja grida nas ni3 e3r nefa, Grag. ii. 20.
NIDB,adv. [A.S. tiider; Scot, neth; Germ. nieder; Dzn.neder; butno'
Goth., for Ulf. renders Karca by dalap] : — down ; luta nidr, to ' lout low,' ''
down, Fms. i. 159 ; falla ni3r, to fall down, Nj. 9 ; falla dau3r ni3r, Fms.
145 ; setjask ni3r, to sit down, Nj. 3 ; faera korn ni3r, to sow com, 16
setja ni3r hk, to bury, H. E. i. 491, Fms. iv. 1 10, x. 406 ; leggja nidr, to 1
down ; drepa ni3r, to cut down, slaughter, vii. 243 ; faera ni3r, to put doi
Ld. 168; svelgja ni3r, /osrt/a//ow<foM/«, Pr. 475 ; renna ni3r, j J. 2.
direction without motion ; hamrar eru upp ok ni3r fra hellinum, niSr
Maelifelli, Landn. 71, Fbr. 91 new Ed.; hann hefir upp liking manns,
niSrdyr, Best. 47: — with motion, ni3r a j6r3, Stj. 218; fara m3r a Egip
land, down to Egypt (from Palestine), Stj. 162, 215. II. metap
trtt
NIDRA— NfDA.
455
huiiia ni6r bo5i, to celebrale a wedding, Sturl. iii. 277 : to bit, loga eigiT
licltinu iiema {)u komir vel uidr, Fnis. xi. 272 ; konia nidr i go&au
Btafi) to fall into good hands; koma hart ui5r, to smart, be hardly
reated, metaphor from a severe fall, Nj. 16.15 J drepa niSr, to put down,
uasb, 21, 33, Boll. 346, N. G. L. i. 73; sla niSr, to fling down, Fnis.
u. 72.
B. ni3ri, denoting in a place, vera ni&ri, liggja ni5ri, etc.,
assim, see the remarks to franimi (p. 169, col. 2), to which the use
f niflri is perfectly analogous : — down; uppi ok niSri ok J)ar i miSju,
il. I ; sko6u3u hann uppi ok ni6ri, all over, high and low, Ski6a R. 196;
iftri vid sjo, Gisl. 72 ; vera ni3ri i kill, Fbr. 81 nev/Ed. 2. metaph.
ndemeatb, Stj. 393 : beneath, underneath, secretly, styrktu hann undir
8ri til slikra uda5a', Mar. ; hann elskaSi a6ra konu undir ni&ri, id.,
tssim.
nidra, a3, mod. hnidra, [Scot, nidder], to pnt down, lower, with dat. ;
iSra e-m or e-u ; n. blotum, Fb. i. 63 ; n. drambi e-s, Al. 10 ; peir er mer
Qdu n., Fms. ix. 278; hafa hans fraendr niflrat minum settmonnum,
06 ; hver sem mer n. vildi. Pass. 24. 1 1 ; ok Gu3s andskotum at 11.,
JET. 18; neist ok niSrat, Bs., with ace. Stj. 67 : mod. to pull down, revile,
jssim in mod. usage.
aiSraii,f., mod. hni&ran, degradation, shame, Fms. i. 208, viii. 448 (v. 1.),
305. Sks. 775 B, Bs. i. 738.
aidr-bjugr, adj. crooked; n. nef, Rm. 10, O. T. (in a verse).
aiftr-brot, n. a' down-break,' destruction, Rb. 332, Mar., Fms. v. 163.
ftrbrots-maflr, m. a destroyer, Bs. i. 724.
liSr-brotari, a, m. a destroyer, Bs. i. 733.
liSr-dr^ttr, m. a dragging down, Fb. i. 307.
li8r-drep, n. a ptdling down, H. E. i. 497.
ufir-fall, n. a downfall, Stj. 9, Sks. 146, Barl. 89 : — destruction, dilapi-
ttioti, N. G. L. i. 343 : — metaph. decay, ruin, Stj. 65, Sks. 450 : down-
II, loss, Fms. X. 31 (v. 1.), Bs. i. 92, 132 : as a law term, ths dropping of
;ase, handsala n. at scikum, Nj. 21, passim. : — a plague. Mar. ni3r-
lls-sott, f. epilepsy. Mar.
i8r-fer3, f. descent, Bev.
liftr-ganga, u, f. descent, Bret. 32 : setting of the sun, Rb. 472, 476.
ifir-gangr, m. = ni6rganga : — medic, diarrhoea.
idri, adv., see ni5r B. niSri-vist, f. a remaining below, Fms. vii.
i&r-kvdma, u, f. a coming down. Mar.
l3r-lag,n. a;2 end, conclusion; at niSrlagi mana5arins, Rb. 28 : a saying,
5 upphaf gcirir stundum tigaett n., MS. 4. 9 : — of a verse, book, or the
e, upphaf ok n. visu, Vigl. 30 ; ok er eitt n. (one bnrde7i) a, ollum, Hkr.
71: ly'kr her sogunni me& svti follnu niOrlagi ok enda. Fas. iii.
3. II. the storing up meat for household use ; var J)ar betri
Ji sau3r til niSrIags en tveir annars-staSar, Grett. 137 A; let hann
; standa a niQrlogum sinum, Fas. iii. 383.
i^-leitr, adj. down-looking, Stj. 20, 71, Karl. 553.
iftr-liitr, adj. ' down-louting,' downcast, Sighvat, Pass. 16.
i3r-ni3a, d, to dilapidate, esp. of a farm ; j6r3in er niSrnidd, the
Ue is let down, is in a bad condition.
i3r-ra3a, a5, to arrange; Iii3r-ra3an, f. order, arrangement.
i3r-seta, u, f. = ni3rsetningr.
i'^r-setning, f. a setting down, burying, Bs. i. 132.
■•-setningr, m. a pauper, from being distributed {set down) in Icel.
l; the different households in a parish, (setja e-n ni3r a hreppinn.)
L--sta3a, u, f. the final end, conclusion of a thing ; J)a3 var ni3r-
u a J)vi.
'-stiga, u, f. a descent, Sks. 56.
■-stigning, f. a descent, Stj. 376, Ni3rst. 8, Sks. 55, passim. ni3r-
iuingar-Saga, u, f. the History of the Descent into Hell (see List of
hers F. Ill), Am. 3.
3r-stiga, steig, to descend: part. ni3rstiginn, descended, Bs. i. 823,
3r-taka, u, f. a pulling doiun, Fms. xi. 431.
3r-varp, n. an overthrowing, Sks. 526.
j3r-vi3r5 adj. wide or large beneath. Fas. ii. 343.
|3-6rkliga, adv. hideously; geispa n., Fb. i. 259.
'^FL, n. [O. H. G. nibtd ; Germ, nebel ; Lat. Jiebula; Gr. Vi<i>(\ri] :
mist, fog; this ancient word is obsolete in the Northern languages,
solely remains in compds, chiefly mythol. : nifl-fariiin, part.
towards the dark, i. e. the dead, a air. Kty., Akv. 33. ntfl-g63r,
I air. \(y. in a doubtful passage, Stor. 15. Nifl-bel, f. the Tar-
of the heathen mythology, deeper down than Hel (Hades) ;
od men are said to die a second death and pass from Hel into
el; fyrir Niflhel neSan, hinnig deyja or Helju halir, VJ)m. 43;
lordr til Niflheljar, Vtkv. 2 ; vandic menn fara til Heljar ok J)a3an
iHhel, Edda; ok sendi hann (the giant) ni3r undir Niflhel, 27.
-heimr, m. Hades, Edda 18, — Hel kasta3i hann i Niflheim ok gaf
li vald yfir niu heimum, Edda 4; fyrr var J)at mcirgum oldum en
var sk6pu3, er Niflheimr var gorr, 3. nifl-vegr, m. pi. the
y way, Gg. 13.
'lungar, n. pi. the Niehelungen, of the Germ, tales; the older form i
hniflungar (q. v.) shews that the word canno't be derived from nifl ; the
derivation in Edda 104. 105 (from king Nefir) is fanciful, and a
later invention; hodd Niflunga (hniflunga ?) = M6Wtt«^e/J bort, Akv.;
Niflunga skattr, id.; Niflunga arfr, id., Bnj.
NikuSr, NikuSs, Nikarr, m. one of the names of 6din, Gm.,
Edda (Gl.); but, as suggested by Finn Magnusson in Lex. Mythol. s.v.,
it no doubt was originally the name of Neptune or a water-gohlin, cp.
Nykr.
NIPT, f , ace. nipti, as if from niptr, Hkv. 2. 28, [ncfi] : — a female rela-
tive, Edda (Gl.): a sister, ek hefi naufligr nipti graetta, Hkv. 2. 28; nipt
ok disi mi mun ek telja, Edda (Gl.) ; nipt Nara = Hel, Hofudl. 9, cp.
Edda 18 ; Njorfa nipt, id., Stor. 24 ; nipt Nera, of a weird sister, Hkv. I.
4; nipt Tveggja bdga ( = tbe sister of Fenrir = Held), Stor. 24: a
daughter, heil Nott ok nipt, bail Night and daughter = the Earth, Sdm.
3, see Edda 7 : a niece, Freys nipt, the niece ofFrey, i. e. Hnoss, the daughter
of Frey's sister Freyja, Edda (in a verse) : — of a nun, as it seems,
Sighvat (in a verse) : — hla3-nipt, see hla8.
NIST and nisti, n. a brooch or pin, as also a locket; that it was
shaped like a pin is seen from the verb nista, see Worsaae, Nos. 371-373,
384 sqq., 425 sqq. ; Halldorr haf3i yfir sef skikkju ok u nist liing sem
J)a var titt, . . . sprettr Halld6rr upp svil hart at nistin rifnaSi (sic) af skikkj-
unni, Ld. 322 ; d6ttir skal hafa kross ok kingu ok nisti cill, ef vegr eyri
e3r minna, af silfri gor, N. G. L. i. 211 (Js. 78); hon for or fotum ok
spretti fra s6t felitlu nisti, Bs. i. 337 ; bleikr asyndar sem nesta gull,
Fms. V. 345 ; fimm sylgjur ok J)rju nisti, Bs. i. 874 ; h6n hefir menit a
halsi s^r ok nistin horfdu niSr, Fb. i. 276.
nist, n. = nest, q. v.
nista, t, erroneously proncd. nista : — to pin, nail fast, esp. to pin with
a weapon ; sii (the arrow) nisti klaeSi hans vi3 golfit, Fms. i. 269 ; spjotift
hafdi nist allt saman fotinn ok brdkina, Eb. 242 ; ok nisti hann sva dau3an
lit vi3 borSinu, Sturl. iii. 66 ; ok nistir hann ni3r vid klakann, Finnb. 286 ;
ok nisti hann vi3 rist honum skjcildinn, Rd. 267 ; ok xtladi at n. hann
i gegnum vi3 hallar-vegginn, Stj. 466 ; var hann skotinn gaflaki i
ostinn ok nistr svo ni3r vi3 garSinn, Sturl. i. 1 1 2 ; ok nistir sva
tunguna ni3r vid kverkrnar, Al. 77 ; ok nisti hann svii at oil numu
staSar 1 hjartanu, Stj. 534; nist sverbi, pierced with a sword, Lil. 56,
cp. Likn. 16. 32 : the phrase, nistandi kuldi, piercing cold, not from
gnista, q. v.
nista, t, [from nesti, as gista from gestr], to provide with viands; ok
nisti alia, N. G. L. i. 136 ; skal hann ok alia nista {)a ef J)ess J)arf vi8r, ii.
352, V. 1. ; sa er lilfgi nistir, who never feeds (the wolf) never fights. Km.
22, see Lex. Poet. s. v.
nistill, m. a little pin; n. silki-treyju, silk-jacket-pin, an ironical cir-
cumlocution for a man, SkiSa R. 186.
nisting, f. = nist ; dalkrinn er or feldi minum ok vil ek at |)ii saumir
a nisting, Gliim. 343 ; ny nisting, Edda (in a verse).
nit, f. = gnit, q. v.
NfD, n. l\J\{.neip = <j>e6vos; A.S.nid; O.U.G.nid; Gtxm.neid;
Dan.-Swed. nid] : — contumely, Vsp. 56 ; segja e-m ni3, Akv. 35. 2.
particularly as a law term, a libel, liable to outlawry : — of a libel in
verse, yrkja, kve3a ni3 um e-n, Nj. 70; ef ma3r kvedr nid um mann ftt
logbergi ok varBar skoggang, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 184 : the classical passages
in the Sagas are Hkr. O. T. ch. 36, cp. Jomsv. S. ch. 13 (Fms. xi. 42,
43), Kristni S, ch. 4, Nj. ch. 45, Bjam. 33 (the verse). Another and even
graver kind of ni& was the carving a person's likeness (trd-ni3) in an
obscene position on an upraised post or pole (ni3-stong\ for an instance of
which see Bjarn. 33 ; ef ma3r giirir ni3 um annan ok varSar fiat fjorbaugs-
gar3, en J)at er ni3 ef ma3r skerr treniS manni e3r ristr e3a reisir manni
niSstong, Grag. i. 147 ; when the post was set up, a horse's head was
also put up, and a man's head was carved on the pole's end, with dire
Runes and imprecations ; all this is described in a lively manner in Eg.
ch.6o and Vd. ch.34, Laudn.4. ch.4, Rd. ch. 25. The beina-kerlinga-visur
of mod. times are no doubt a remnant of the old ni3st6ng ; — certain stone
pyramids (var3a) along mountain-roads are furnished with sheeps' legs
or horses' heads, and are called beina-kerling (bone carline) ; one of the
most noted is on the Kaldadal, as one passes from the north to the south
of Iceland, it is even marked in the map; a passing traveller alights
and scratches a ditty called beina-kerlinga-visa (often of a scurrilous or
even loose kind) on one of the bones, addressing it to the person who
may next pass by ; for a specimen see Bjarni 193, as also in poems of Jon
|)orlAksson, for there hardly was a poet who did not indulge in these
poetical licences. In popular legends the devil always scratches his
writing on a blighted horse's bone.
NtB, {., thus (not Ni3) in Ann. Reg., a river in Norway, whence
Nf3ar-6s3, m. the famous old town in Drontheim in Norway.
nl3a, d, [ni3, n.], to lampoon, libel, Nj. 66, Fms. i. 153, vii. 60, Eg.
415 : to revile. II. reflex., niSask a e-m, to behave shamefully
to a person, thus to slay a defenceless man in his sleep or the like ; a engum
manni nidumk ek, Fms. vii. 314; Noregs-menn hofdu niSsk a Olafi
kouungi, vi. 7; eigi vil ek ni3ask & ])6t, Nj. 60 : of a thing, nidask a e-u,
to break one's faith ; hvarki skal ek a t*"" nidask n4 4 o»gu o&ni J)vi er
456
NIDHOGGR— NORDAN.
m^r er triiat til, Nj. 112; er {)u ni8isk a drykkju vi8 gamalmenni,
Fms. vi. 241 ; niSask tl trii sinni, to apostatise, i. 126.
!Nrf3-li6ggr, m. the name of a mythical serpent, Vsp.
ni3ing-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), villanous, Sks. 456, Or. 29, Karl. 27.
nidingr, m. [A. S. or Early E. nidering = slander], a nithing, villain,
legally the strongest term of abuse (like Germ, ebrloser), for a traitor,
a truce-breaker, one who commits a deed of wanton cruelty, a
coward, and the like ; saskjask ser urn likir, saman niSingar skri6a,
a saying, Fms. ix. 389 ; minnsk ^ess at sa er einu sinni deyr ni&ingr
verSr alldri o5ru sinni drengr, N. G. L. ii. 420 ; ^u ert miklu meiri
n. en dugandi manni saemi at eiga \i\k at magi, Isl. ii. 377! ^^'^ hvers
manns nidingr ella, Nj. 176; en J)u ver hvers manns n. ef J)u J)orir
eigi. Eg. 351 ; J)eir ba6u niSinginn {)egja, s6g5u hann mi sem fyrr
utryggjan, Fms. ix. 52 : an apostate (trii-n., Gu6-n.), Julianus nidingr =
Julian the Apostate, Ver. 48 ; gri6-n. (q. v.), a truce-hreaker : — a niggard,
miser, mann-n., mat-n., q. v. compds : ni3ings-herr, m. a band of
traitors, N. G. L. i. 56. ni3ings-nafn, n. the name {title) of a nith-
ing, Fms. viii. 66, v. 1. ; bera n.. Eg. 492. ni3ings-or3, n. the name of
being a nitbing, Fms. viii. 65. ni3ings-rd3, n. a villanous plot, Sks.
763. ni3ings-skapr, m. villainy, Grett. 157, Fms. vii. 18, xi. 264.
nl8mgs-sunr, m. nithing's son, a term of abuse, Bxr. 13. ni3ings-
s6k, f. a charge of villainy, Stj. 555, Sks. 764. ni3ings-verk, n. a
dastard's work, villainy, Fms. vii. 296, Eg. 415, G^l. 133 (of high treason) :
of the three 'nithing's works' to which the mythical hero Starkad was
doomed, see Gautr. S. ch. 7. Iii3ings-vig, n. a 'foul murder,' Fas.
i. 331, Fms. xi. 339, Hkr. iii. 425, Eg. 415, GJ)1. 133 ; defined as a law
term in N. G. L. i. 66.
ni3-liga, adv.; tala n., to use foul language, Grett. 1 16.
ni3-reisning, f. the raising a pole of nib, Bjarn. 33.
ni3-samligr, adj. mean, villanous, Sks. 456.
iii3-skar, adj. libellous, of a poet, Isl. ii. 203, Sturl. ii. 39, Fs. 86.
ni3-skseldr, adj. (iii3-sk8eldmn, Grett. 92 A), Isl. ii. 203, v. 1.
nf3-st6ng, f. a ' nid-pole,' see ni3. Eg. 389, Grag. ii. 147.
nf3-virki, n. villainy, Sks. 571 B.
nf3-visa, u, f. a lampoon, Hkr. i. 227.
nl-kv8e3a, d, = neikvae5a, to deny, Sks. 576, 586, 654 B, Anecd. 44,
Mar. passim.
ni-kv8B3r, adj., eiga nikvaett, to have the 'jus negandi,' N. G. L. i. 84.
nipa, u, f. and nfpr, m. a peak ; see gnipa and gnfpr.
iii-raB3r, adj. measuring ninety (fathoms, ells . . .) ; or of age ged
ninety years, Fms. x. 13, see Gramm. p. xxi.
uista, t, to gnash, = gnista, q. v. II. to pin, see nista.
NfTA, tt, (nitta, ad, Hom. 124), to deny = neha. (q. v.), Stj. 44, 119,
143, Nj. 80, Hom. 78, Grag. i. 347; nittaSi, Hom. 124.
nltiligr, adj., to be said nay to, ekki n. kostr, a choice not to be refused,
Bjarn. 47.
nftjd,n, a cardinal number, nineteen, 415. 9, passim.
ni-tjandi, the nineteenth.
nf-tugti, the ninetieth.
"NtU, a cardinal number, [Ulf. niun, and so in all South-Teut. lan-
guages with a final n, which has been suppressed in the Norse and Icel. ;
Swed. fiio ; Dan. ni] • — nine, passim ; niu vikna fasta, beginning on
Septuagesima Sunday, Rb. 504.
nfund, f. a nonad, q body of nine ; J)rennar niundir meyja, three bevies
of maids, nine each, Hkv. Hjorv. 28 (not mundir, see Bugge I.e. in the
foot-note).
niundi, the ninth, passim.
nlu-tigir, m. pi. (mod. nfu-tiu, indecl.), ninety, passim.
nfzka, u, f. [ni&], niggardness.
nlzkr, adj. [cp. Dan. gnierl, niggardly.
NjarSar-, see Njor6r.
njar3-gj6r3, f. the close girdle, epithet of the girdle of Thor, f>d.
njar3-ldss, m. a kind of charmed latch, Sol.
Njar3-vik, f. a local name in Icel., Landn. ; whence UTjarS-vikingar,
■m. pi. the men from N. Njar3vikinga-Saga, u, f. the Saga of the
N., Ld., see List of Authors.
Njdll, m. a pr. name [from the Gaelic], Landn. ; whence ITj^ls-brenna,
u, f. the burning of Njal, An. loio, Nj. ch. 130, inscr. : Njils-Saga
(commonly called Njdla), named in Jjorst. Si6u H. Anal. 1 70, see List of
Authors : in the sayings, vera vitr sem Njall, to be as wise as Njal ; or,
Njals bita raSin, a saying quoted as early as by Arngrim in 1593.
r>j6], f., and njola, u, f. a poet, appellation oi the night; nott heitir
meS monnum en njol (njola, Edda 103, I.e.) me6 go&um. Aim. 31, Edda
{<51.)
Iij61i, a, m. wild angelica; for the form of this word and the spurious
n see joll.
IT JdSIT, f. [Ulf. niubseins = kmaKoir'^], a spying, scouting, looking out;
& njosn, Hm. 113, Fms. ix. 32 ; halda til njosn um e-t. Eg. 72, Eb. 188 ;
hafa njosn af, Nj. 5, Eg. 13 ; senda mann a njosn, Gisl. 60; gora njosn
fyrir[s6r, Fms. vii. 256;,^halda njosnum, Eb. 186: plur. scowls, s/><es,nj6snir
hofftu verit allt su8r i Naumudal, Eg. 93 : — news, engi njosn f6r fyrir J)eim,
ex
they came unawares, Fms. i. 19 ; njosn hafSi farit efra um land. Eg. g
hvarigir hof6u njosn af 66rum, Fms. ix. 365 ; gora e-m njosn, to se
one intelligence, of an impending danger or the like, J)a kom til konur
njosn bans, ok hofdu ^eir menn set her Vinda, 0. H. 240, Eg. 582 ;
vii gora J)6r n. at ^eir hafa margar fyrirsatir, Nj. 160 ; bera njosn, Fb.
e,2 ; hann bei& J)ar njosnarinnar, Fms. vii. 256. compds: njosns
berg, n. a look-out hill, Sturl. iii. 264. njosnar-for, f. a spyi
journey, Stj. 360, v. 1. Njosnar-helgi, a, m. a nicknarne, G
njosnar-maSr, m. a spy. Eg. 94, Fms. i. 68, Bs. i. 627, O. H. (
passim. njdsnar-skip, n., or -skuta, u, f. a spy boat, Nj. 44, Fi
'''• 475-
nj6sna, a9, [Ulf. bi-tmihsian = KaTaaKOTnTv, Gal. ii. 4; A. S. neosic
O. H. G. and Hel. tiiusian'] : — to espy ; vii ek n. hvers ek ver6a viss, ]
374 ; n. hvat um hag AstriSar mundi vera, Fms. i. 68 ; n. um e-t. Eg. i^
n. um hvers hann yr6i viss, Fms. i. 68 ; n. um fer5ir e-s, viii, i:
passim.
NJOTA., pres. ny't; pret. naut, nauzt, naut, pi. nutu ; subj. nj
imperat. njot: [Ulf. niiltan and ga-niutan = d'/peveiv, avWafjifiavav, 1
also = ovivaaOai, Philem. 20 ; as also nuta=a\uvs, 6 (cvjpwv ; it may
that net, not ( = a net) are derived from the same root, and that
primitive sense of this word was to catch, hunt, whence metaph. to 1
enjoy; A.S. niotan; O. H. G. niozan; Germ, nutzen, geniessen; D
fiyde.]
B. To use, enjoy, with gen. ; neyta e5r njota vaettis, Nj. 238, Gi
ii. 79; nj6ta yndis, Vsp. 63 ; aettir joku, aldrs nutu, Rm. 37, Fs. 39;
keypts litar hefi ek vel notid, Hm. 107; nytr manngi nas, 70; km
ek J)ess njota. Am. 52 ; njota Gu9s miskunnar, Hom. 43, O.H.L. 8
hann n. draums sins, he shall enjoy his dream undisturbed, Nj. 94 ; ef h;
hefSi eigi noti9 bans ra6a ok vizku, Fb. ii. 80; njoti sa er nam, E
165 ; njottii ef Jni namt, Sdm. ; niout kubls ! see kuml ; njottii heillbai
blessed be thy hands ! an exclamation, Nj. 60, Gisl. 87 ; sva njota ek
minnar, at . . ., upon my faith ! tipon my word I Edda i. 130.
to derive benefit from or through the virtue of another person ; Sigri6r,k
f)in, er J)ess van at J)it njotiS hennar bae3i mi ok siSarr, Fms. ii. 18 ; r
hann drottningar at J)vi, v. 348 ; Egils nauztii at J)vi f66ur J)ins, Isl
215; at hann mundi njota fo3ur sins en gjalda, Gisl. 73; heldr g
Leifr f>randar en nytr fra m^r, Fms. ii.ii6 (see gjalda IL 2): — to
advantage from, nauztii mi J)ess {it saved thee, helped thee) at ek var
vi6 biiinn, Nj. 58 ; ver skulum J)ess n. at ver erum fleiri, 64 ; n. lidsmu
to avail oneself of one' s greater strength: — n. e-s vi6, to receive help ato
hands ; fyrir longu vaerir {)u af lift tekinn ef eigi nytir {)u var vi6. Ft
130 ; \>vi at J)er nutu6 min vi3, O. H. 136 ; mun ek y6ar {)urfa vi8a
ef ek fae r^tt af, Nj. 6 : — n. af e-u, to consume ; naut voru aerin nutui
storum. Am. 92. 2. impers., fiess naut mjok vi3 i |>randheim
availed much) at menn attu J)ar mikil forn kom, 0. H. 102 ; naui
J)vi mest forellris, Fms. viii. 1 1 : in the phrase, J)a6 nytr solar, the ai
seen; ekki nytr J)ar solar, there is little sun, Edda 40. . 3
recipr. to enjoy one another ; |>orveig seiddi til {)ess at J)au skyldi
njotask mega, Korm. 54 ; J>o hofum vit hxbi breytni til })ess at
maettim njotask, Nj. 13 ; ok J)6tti fysiligt at {jau nytisk, that they sk
marry, O. T. 32.
njotr, m. a?i enjoyer, user ; hafra nj6tr= TOor; geisla n. = /i&e _;&•*;
in many poet, compds, hir6i-n., etc., all appellations of men. Lex. Po
in pr. names, Sig-njotr, a victor; |j6r-nj6tr, Baut. : — a mate==Bi
drekka njots minni, Fms. vi. 52, v.l.
Nj6r3r, m., gen. Njar6ar, dat. Nir6i, [cp. Nerthus, the goddess in Ti
Germ. ch. 40 ; a similar worship is in the Northern account, Fmi
73-78, attributed to Njord's son Frey] : — Njord, one of the old Nortl
gods, father of Frey and Freyja ; about whom see VJ)m. 38, 39, <
16, Ls. 33, 34, Edda passim: Njord was the god of riches
traffic, hence the phrase, au9igr sem Njor6r, wealthy as Njorc
Croesus, Fs. 80. The name remains in Njar3ar-v6ttr, m. Njord'sgl
i. e. a sponge, Matth. xxvii. 48, freq. in mod. usage, and that it was Si
olden times is seen from the words, J)cssa figiiru koUum ver Njar5ar-
i skaldskap, this figure (a kind of antonomasia) we call Njord's gl^
Skalda 196 : in local names, !N'jar3-vik, in eastern Icel., q. v.; Njarc
I6g and NjarS-ey, in Norway; cp. also njar8-lass, njarS-gjiJrS. hi
Icel. translations of classical legends Njord is taken to represent Sat
Bret., Clem.S. passim.
Nj6r3ungr, m. = Nj6r9r, in poet, appellations of a man. Lex. Po'
Njorvi, a mythical pr. name, Fas. iii. 706. Njorva-sund, n.
narrow strait {?), was the name given by the old Norsemen to •
Straits of Gibraltar, Orkn. passim, which were for the first 1'
passed by a Norse ship in 1099 A. D., see Fms. vii. 66 — ^at er i
manna at Skopti hafi fyrstr Nor8manna siglt Njorvasund. The am
route of the Scandinavians to the East in former ages was by Ri'
along the rivers down to the Black Sea, cp. the remarks s. v. fors.
nor3an, adv. /row the north ; a leiS norSan, Eg. 5 1 ; koma, fara, 1
sigia . . . nor9an, Fms. iv. 233, passim ; n. or landi, n. or SkorSum, Ba
n. af Halogalandi, Fagrsk. 14; bonda-herinn nor9an or landi, Fms ;
258; kaupmenn |)ar um Vikina ok n. or landi, i. 11: — of the ^-
NOEDANFJALLS— NOTKA.
457
athcr, var allhvasst a nor5an, Fms. ix. 20, v. I. 2. of direction ;
larr stod n. at Raiigaeiuga-domi, Nj. no; Gizurr ok Njall st66u n.
liPiiiimim, 87: — fyrir iiorSan, with ace. north of, fyrir n. Jiikul,
192, 261; fyrir n. Vall-land, Griig. ii. 141 ; fyrir n. hei&itia, Eg. 375;
fyrir n. land (in the north of Icel.), Nj. 251. compds : norflan-fjalls,
Ladv. north of the fell. nor3an-fjar3ar, adv. north of the firth, G{)1.
rg. norQan-gola, 11, f. « freeze /ro?« /ibe wor/i. norflan-hret,
n. a gale from the north. norflan-lands, adv. in the north, H. E. i.
435> Dipl. iv. 8. nor3an-iiia3r, ni. a nmnfrom the north, Isl. ii.
363, Sturl. iii. 84 C. nor3an-sj6r, in. a sea, current from the north.
norflan-stormr, m. a storm from the north, Bs. i. 533. norSan-
strykr, in. a gale from the north, Isl. ii. 135. nordan-veflr, n.=
northerly winds, Nj.124, Fs. 153, Rb. 440. norflan-ver3r, adj.
nortbivards,' northern, Stj. 75, Fms. xi. 41 1, Edda 13. nor3an-viiid.r,
m, a north wind, Rb. 440, Sks. 40, Fms. ii. ■228.
nor3ari, conipar. = nyr9ri (q. v.), Stj. 94, A. A. 276: nor3astr,
iuperl. = nyr5str or n0r6str, G^l. 88, Eg. 267.
nor3arla, adv. = nor3arliga, Ld. 166, N. G.L. i. 257.
nor3ar-liga, adv. northerly, Fms. i. 93, iii. 120, ix. 55, Sks. 72.
nor3arr, compar. more northerly, Hkr. ii. 164, Band. 2: superl.
aor8ast, northernmost, 732. 4, passim; see nyrSst.
nor3-hvalr, m. a kind o^ whale, Sks. 134.
N'or3-leiidingar, m. pi. the Northmen, esp. of Icel., passim ; Nor5-
endinga-biskup, -bu&, -domr, -fjorSungr, Bs. i. 68, 159, Nj. 228, 231,
yT. 30, Ld. 196, Landn. 236; see biskup, bu6, domr, fjorSungr.
j Nord-lenzkr, adj.^om NorSrland, Nj. 32, Sturl. i. 58, Bs. ii. 40.
Nor3-nia3r, m., pi. Nor3inenn, a Northman, Norwegian, Grag. ii.
49, the Sagas passim ; in Symb. 18 used as 'pars pro toto' of all Scan-
inavians; Nor3manna-herr, -konungr, -riki, -aett, Fms. x. 371, xi. 211,
Ucr. i. 158, 6.H. 142.
N"or3-manndi, n. = Normandy ( = Northmannia), Fms. xii, O. H. 23,
15 : Nor3-inainidingr, m. a man from Normandy, Norman, Str. 30.
IfOBSB., n., gen. nor6rs, [A. S. war's; Engl, north; Germ. worJ] : —
he north ; i norSr, northwards; J)eir er bygQu nor6rit, Fms. xi. 412,
,andn. 23; til norftrs, Sks. 173, Griig. ii. 283; or norSri, Eg.
33. II. as adverb ; nor6r eptir hafinu, to stand northwards,
)rkn. 376 ; norSr til Bjarnar-fjarSar, Nj. 20; n. til Holtavor5u-hei6ar, 36;
era n. i landi, Eg. 170; n. i Jjrandheimi, Fms. i. 26; nor3r a Holum,
ki5a R. 200 ; kunna {)6tta ek n. J)ar, Nj. 33 ; gorask konungr yfir n.
ar, Eg. 71.
Nor3r-fi, f. ' North-water,' the name of a river, Landn. ; whence
iTordrdr-dalr, m.
lTor3r-&tt or -sett, f. the Northern region, K. f>. K. 138.
aor3r-dyrr, n. pi. the northern doors, Fs. 72, Fms. vii. 64.
[lfor3r-d8elir, m. pi. the men from Nor6rardalr, Isl. ii. 168.
Il0r3r-fer3 or -for, f. a northern journey, Fms. ix. 350, Fas. iii. 673.
or8rfara-ina3r, m. a northfaring man, Ann. 1393.
Nor3r-haf, n. the Northern Ocean, Bs. ii. 5.
nor3r-hallt, n. adj. in a northerly direction, Bs. ii. 48.
j]S"or3r-hdlfa (proncd. -alfa), u, f. the Northern region, Rb. 468: —
p. Europe, Fms. i. 77, Orkn. 142, (5.H. 193; Saxland ok {)a8an um
irSrhalfur, Edda (pref.), MS. 625. 10, and so in mod. usage.
N'or3ri, a, ra. the Northern, one of the dwarfs who support the heaven,
sp. (Austri, Vestri, Nor6ri, Su9ri, Edda .5).
Wor3r-land, n. North-land, Fms. viii. 425, ix. 468 (a county in
way): — the North quarter of Icel., passim. II. plur.
rSrlond, the Northern countries. Northern region, sometimes used
I'.nrope, but chiefly of lands peopled by Northmen or Scandinavians,
46, Faer. 151, 0. H. 2 (pref.), 24, 57, 130, 131, 241.
iOr3r-lj6s, n. [Dan. nordlys\ the northern lights, polar light, aurora
realis, in mod. usage only in plur. ; an ancient description of the
)rthern lights is given in the Sks. ch. 19 (by a Norwegian writer).
om the words — eSa J)at er Graenlendingar kalla nor3rlj6s, Sks. 74 — it
pears that the Icel. settlers of Greenland were the first who gave a name
this phenomenon ; the author of the Sks. also describes the northern
;hts as they appeared in Greenland.
ior3r-lopt, n. the ' north-lift,' north, polar heavens.
!for3r-seta, u, f., or Nord-setr, n. the Northern Seat, name of a
Hing-place in the north of Greenland, A. A. 273, 278, Fms. x. II2 ;
ce Nor3setu-drdpa, u, f. the name of a poem, fragments of which
collected in A. A. ; and Nor3setu-ma3r, m. a man from N.,
. or3r-sj6r, m. the Northern arm of the sea, Fms. viii. 426, v. 1. 2.
; North Sea; T)a.n. Nordsben.
ior3r-skagi, a, m. the north headland, A. A. 375.
ior3r-stuka, u, f. the north transept in a church, Bs. i. 751.
ior3r-8veitir, f. pi. the northern counties, Fms. ii. 202.
or3r-vegar, m. pi. the northern ways, Hkv. I. 4.
or3r-89tt, f. =norSratt, Edda 22, Fms. x. 272, Fs. 147.
Tor3-ymbrar, m. pi. Northumbrians, Hallfred. Nor3ymbra-land,
Northumberland, Fms. xii.
Noregr, m., gen. Noregs ; a later Noregis also occurs in Laur. S.; [mod.
Norse Norge, sounded Norre} : — Norway, passim ; that the word was
sounded Noregr with a long vowel is seen from rhymes in Vellckla
(loth century), Noregr, fJru ; as also Noregs, sto'rum, Sighvat (in a poem
of 1038 A. D.) ; the full form Nor8-vegr (with 6 and w) never occurs
in vernacular writers, but only in the Latinised form, Nortbwagia, which
was used by foreign writers (North Germans and Saxons) ; even the
V (Nor-vegr) is hardly found in good vellums, and is never sounded.
The etymology of the latter part = vegr is subject to no doubt, and the
former part nur is prob. from norSr, qs. the north way; yet another
derivation, from n6r = a sea-loch, is possible, and is supported by
the pronunciation and by the shape of the country, a strip of land
between sea and mountains, with many winding fjords. The popular
but false etymology of the apcients is from a king Nor (Orkn,
ch. 1 2), as Rome from Romulus : — Noregs-hofSingi, -konungr, -meim,
-riki, -veldi, the ruler, king, men, kingdom of Norway, Grag. ii. 401,
Fms. vii. 293, Bs. i. 720, Sturl. ii. 55, Nj. 8, Isl. ii. 234, passim.
UTOKN, f., pi. Nornir : — the weird sisters of the old mythology ; nomir
heita Jjaer er naud skapa, Edda I13 ; t)essar meyjar skapa monnum aldr,
\>XT kollu ver nornir, 11, Sdm. 17: sundr-bomar mjok hygg ck at
nornir s^, eigut J)aer xtt saman, Fm. The three heavenly Nonis, Ur&r,
VerSandi, Skuld, dwelt at the well Urdar-brunn, ruled the fate of the
world, but three Norns were also present at the birth of every man and cast
the weird of his life ; nott var i bae, nornir komu, ^xr er oSlingi aldr uni
skopu, Hkv. I. 2 ; cp. the Noma Gest p., Fb. i. 358 ; g65ar nornir skapa
g66an aldr, en J)eir menn er fyrir liskopum verSa, {ja valda J)vi illar
nornir, Edda 1 1 ; rett skiptu J)vi nornir, the Norns ruled it righteously,
Orkn. 18 ; noma domr, the doom of the Norns, the weird, Fm. 1 1 ; illr er
domr noma, Fas. i. 508 (in a verse) ; njota noma doms, to fill one's days,
die, '^t. ; norn erunik grimm, the weird is cruel to me, Eg. (in a verse) ;
noma sk<)p = norna domr, far gengr of skijp noma, a saying. Km. 34:
in popular superstition severe hereditary illnesses are called noma skiip,
F^l. x. s. V. : noma grey, the Norns' hounds = wolves, Hm. 30; norna-
stoll, a Norn's chair, Sol. 51 (a dubious passage) : in Akv. 16 — lata nornir
grata nai, to let the Norns bewail the dead — norn seems to be = fy!gju-
kona, q. v., as also perh. in Gh. 13 : in mod. usage in a bad sense, a bag,
witch, iilfar ok nornir, ok annat illj)y3i. Fas. i. 37 ; hun er mesta iiom,
she is a great Norn, of an angry, bad woman ; arkadii a faetr, 61dru8 norn,
Ulf. I. 73; galdra-norn, a witch: poijt., nistis-norn, aud-ncrn, hJad-norn,
— the Norn of these jewels = a woman, Lex. Poet.
norpa, a9, to lounge, tarry in the cold, (conversational.)
norpr, m. a tarrier. Bard. 15 new Ed. (in a verse), of a patient
fisherman.
Norrsena (i. e. Norroena), u, f. the Norse (i. e. Norwegian) tongue,
see the remarks s. v. danskr, 6.H. (pref. begin.), Fms. xi. 412, Stj. 71,
Bs. i. 59, 801, 861, Al. 186; a Latinu ok Norraenu, . . . saga a Norraenu,
Vm. and the Deeds, see Lex. Poet. (pref. xxix, foot-note 3) ; Norraenu
backr, books written in Norse, Vm. 56, Fms. x. 147, Karl. 525, v. 1. ;
Norrsenu skaldskapr, Norse poetry, Skalda. In the title-page of the
earliest Icelandic printed books it is usually said that they liave been
rendered into the ' Norse,' thus, mi her litlogd a Norraenu, the N. T.
of 1540; a Norraenu iitlag5ar, (Corvin's Postill) of 1546; d Norraenu
utlciga, in a book of 1545 ; litsett a Norraenu, 1558 ; Salomonis orSskviSir
a Norraenu, 1580; Biblia, pib er, oil Heilog Ritning, utliigd a Norraenu,
the Bible of 1584 (GuSbrands Biblia), as also the Bible of 1644: again,
Salmar utsettir a Islenzku, 1558; litlogS a fslenzku, 1575; utsett a
Islenzku, 1576, and so on. II. a breeze from the north; lag5i a
norraenur ok J)okur, A. A. 21. '
Norrajna, ad, to render into Norse, Stj. 2, Str. i, H. E. i. 460, Mar. ;
J)ar fyrir hefi ek J)essa bok norraenat, an Icelandic book of 1558 : but
again, Ein Kristilig Handbok islenzku8 af herra Marteini Einarssyni,
Salma-kver ut dregiS og islenzkaft af . . ., 1555.
Norrsenn (norcBnn), adj. Norse, Norwegian, Grag. i. 299; Danskir
Saenskir e5a Norraenir, ii. 72 ; ma9r norrxnn. Eg. 705, Isl. ii. 232 (v. I.),
Landn. passim; n. vikingr, Hkr. i. 198; n. berserkr, Bs. i. 16, cp. 953;
norraen Uig, Eg. 259 ; norrsena skjoldu, 286 ; norraenan ei&, Sturl. ii. 20i ;
norraen tunga, the Norse tongue, Fms. i. 23, Sturl. ii. 3 (opp. to Latin);
i norraenu mali, Skalda 189, Hkr. i. (pref.); norraenn skaldskapr, Skalda
190. II. of the wind, northern; giirSi 4 norraent, Sturl. iii. 363 ;
\>a, var a norraent, Fms. ix. 42.
Norskr, adj. Norse, appears in the 14th century instead of the older
Norraenn, Fms. xi. 439.
nosi, a, m. [Dan. nosse], a phallus, membrum genitcdc, Fb. ii. 334 (in
a verse), of the phallic idol Vclsi.
nostr, n. a dallying, trifling about a thing, and nostra, a8, to dally, trifle.
NOT, n. pi. use, utility; vera e-m at notum, Sks. 481 : freq. in mod.
usage, koma til g66ra nota ; 6-not, taunts. compds : nota-dijligr,
adj. useful. nota-legr, adj. snug, comfortable.
nota, aS, to make use of, with ace.
notin-virkr, adj. doing a nice work.
notka, a8, to bring into use.
458
NOGR— NtlNINGE.
NOGK, adj., n6gligr, see gn6gr, gnogligr.
noi, a, m. a small vessel, see nor : hence W6a-tiin, slip town (?), a
mythical local name for the place where Njord, the god of the sea,
dwelt, Gm.
NON, n. [from Lat. nona], nones, about three o'clock, received as
a mark of time from the eccl. law; naer noni dags, Ld. 224; fyrr
en non kaemi ^ess dags, Fms. vii. 286; ondvert nonit, 32; fyrir mi5-
munda (1.30 p.m.) hofsk orrostan, eu konungr fell fyrir non, en
myrkrit h^lzk fra miQmunda til nons, 0. H. 223 ; ferans-domr skal sitja
til nons, Grag. i. I4I ; enda fai hann eigi lokit fyrir non, 143 ; eptir
non, N. G. L. i. 10 ; at noni, Eluc. 44, Skalda (in a verse). In the
old eccl. law, according to the Hebrew reckoning, the Sabbaths, or
at least the greater feasts, were reckoned from the nones (evening) of
the preceding day ; hence the phrase, non-lieilagr, adj. a nones-holy-
day, and non-helgi, f. nones-holiness, of the vigil of the day preceding a
feast or the Sabbath ; koUum ver Jjann dag sunnu-dag, en ^vattdagr fyrir
skal heilagr at noni, N.G. L. i. 9 ; mi eru J)eir dagar er 6lafr enn Helgi
ok bu3u fostu fyrir ok nonhelgi, ... mi eru J)eir dagar taldir er fasta
skal fyrir ok nonheilagt, nu eru J)eir dagar a3rir er eigi er nonheilagt fyrir
ok fasta, 10, 139, 303, Grag. i. 143, Fms. ii. 198; ver skulum halda at
noni enn sjaunda hvern J)vactdag, en J)at er i fiann tima er utsu6rs att
er deild i t)ri6junga, ok sol heiir gengit tva hluti, en einn ligenginn,
K. fi. K. 92, V. 1. coMPDS : ndn-hringing, f. a peal of hells at nones,
Fms. vii. 38 (on Saturday ?). ndn-klokka, u, f. a nones-bell, for the
service at nones, Fms. vii. 32. n6n-skeid, n. the hour of nones, Nj.
196, Eg. 602, Fms. ix. 354, v. 1. n6n-ti3ir, f. pi. the service at nones,
Fms. vi. 302, Sturl. i. 138.
nona, u, f. 7iones, = n6n, 625. 177 : the service at nones, ganga til nonu,
Fms. iv. 266; allir menn voru til nonu farnir, Bs. i. 179.
N(3B, n. an inlet, sea-loch ; this word is still used in Dan., and freq.
in Dan. local names, e. g. Mon's nor, Falster nor, Noret near to Dana-
virki in Sleswig; but it is obsolete in Icel., and not recorded in old
writers.
NdR, m., gen. nos, dat. noi, [an antiquated word, perh. akin to Lat.
navis, Gr. vrjvs, mCs], a kind of ship, Edda (Gl.) : a smith's trough, Bjorn ;
brand-nor (i brand-noi), a ' hearth-ship,' i. e. a house, poet., Yt.
nora, u, f. [Dan. noer = a baby'], a small, wee thing, or of a person, a
Lilliputian or the like ; silungs-nora, a small trout.
no-selr, m. a kind of small seal, opp. to erknselr or orknselr, Sks. 41
new Ed.
ETOT, f., pi. naetr (noetr) ; net and not are kindred words, derived from
a lost strong verb (a, 6), cp. the remarks to njota : — a net, esp. a large
net for catching seals ; sel, ef i not liggr, K. f>. K. 88 ; nxtr tvitugar kop-
heldar, Vm. 98, D. I. i. 576 (notr = ndOtr Ed.) ; her eru J)rjar nsetr, Hav.
46, N. G. L. i. 379; sela-naetr, and so in mod. usage: of a drag-net,
G^l. 428. nota-verpi, n. a right of casting nets, D. N.
nota, u, f., esp. in pi. n6t\ir, [from the Lat.], notes in music ; notna-
bok, -grallari, -kver, etc.
nota, a&, [for. word], to note; with musical notes, brefer tvau n6tu5,
Dipl. V. 18.
ndtera, a8, to note, mark, Skalda : to denote, Stj. 231, 278 : — of music
= n6ta, sy'ngja s!4ttan song sem noteraS var, Bs. i. 903.
n6ti, a, m. a note; merking e9r noti, Skalda: notes in music, me5
inum fegrstum notum, Str. 14, 61. II. a match, equal; se9 hefi
ek marga Islenzka menn en ongan hans nota, Nj. 121 ; v6r fam eigi
bans n6ta i fraeSum ok ij)r6ttum, Fms. v. 335 ; engi riddari er hans noti
i turniment, Karl. 36, freq. in mod. usage.
N<5TT, f., gen. naetr, pi. naetr ; the old writers mostly spell this word
thus (not natt), agreeably with its mod. sound and form ; this, how-
ever, is not a real 6, but a remains of the old umlaut cJ (ucott) ; nom.
nott, Sdm. 26, Hkv. I. 2, VJjm. 24, 25, Gkv. 2. 12, Skm. 42, Aim. 29,
30, Sks. 50 new Ed. : ace. nott, Hm. 112 ; mi3ja nott, Grag. (Kb.) i. 36
(four times), 32, 37; {jvatt-UdOtt, id.: dat. nott, 0. H. 187, Vsp. 6;
nottina, 0. H. 62, 72, 115, I18 (twice), 187, lb. 12, Edda 28, 29, 89,
Fb. ii. 381 : dat. pi. nottom, Vkv. 6, Hkv. 2. 51 ; so also in old rhymes,
nott, dttu, Fms. vi. (in a verse) : the spelling with a chiefly occurs in
Norse MSS. or in writers influenced by the Norwegians, dag ok natt, Stj.
15, and so rhymed in Ski6a R. 194 ; nattinni, Stj. 15, 16 : gen. n^tr, pas-
sim ; nattar only in a few compds : pi. naetr, but naeternar (irreg.), Kb. i.
33, 36. In most kindred Teut. languages with a, not 6 : [Goth, nahts ;
A. S. and Engl, night; O.U.G. ?iaht; Germ, nacht; Swed. natt; Lat.
noct-is ; Gr. vv^, vvht-os.'] ^Jjir" A dat. sing, nottu is used in mod. poets,
e.g. Bs. ii. 479 (in a poem of 1548) ; eg var a3 ni3a 4ri9 um kring J)a3
Egill kva& a nottu, in a ditty of Bjorn a Skar&sa ; and even in ace, ^essa
nottu t)egar i ottu, J)a& til bar, Hallgr. Petr ; but in old vellums this form
is not attested ; for the Jd. 39, line 8 (sattir a cinni nottu), is a mod. con-
jectural addition, as the vellum (Cd. Reg.) ceases at line 7 of that verse.
B. The night; en at miftri nott, C.H. 187, Edda 29 ; of miSja nott,
id. ; nott ok degi, Sks. 54 ; nott me3 degi, day and night, Gisl. 14:1 alia
nott, all night long. Eg. 418 ; um nottina, through the night, Fms. vi. 16 ;
J)4 nott, that night, Grdg. ii. 322 ; n6tt ok dag, night and day; i n6tt,
to-night. Eg. 283, 416: the last night, 564, Isl. ii. 156; i alia natt
Ski6a R. ; um naetr sakir,/or one night, Bjarn. 53 : in some phrases tlu
plur. only is used, bae6i um naetr ok um daga, both by day and by tiirrjj>
Sks. 63 new Ed.: so also, bjoSa g65ar naetr! to bid good night,— G\.:
gefi JjLT g63ar nxtr! Jola-nott, Fule night, Grag. (Kb.) passim ; hau:
nott, an autumn night ; hy'-nott, the bridal night; nott ina helgu, //'
holy night = Germ, weih-nachten = Christmas night, G\)\. 295, 297. Ti.
years of one's age were counted by the Yule nights, N. G. L. i. 31, 32
see the remarks to J61 : — sayings, nott skal nema ny'rae8a til = lv vvkt
^ovKi], Spenser's 'night, they say, gives counsel best,' Hrafaag. 22; \u'i
er tjalda& til einnar naetr, a tent raised for oite night, i. e. brief aiii
shifty; lata fiar nott sem nemr, see nema; J)a6 er ekki oil nott uti eiia
Time was (and still is) counted, not by days, but by nights (as year
are by winters) ; eigi si9arr en nott se af {)ingi, Grag. i. loi ; enda ska
eigi Lei6 vera fyrr en fjortiin naetr eru fra alj)ingi, 122 ; tveggja natta LeiS
id. ; sjau nottum fyrir sumar, ii. 244 ; J)a er sextan naetr eru liSnar u.
J)ingi, 80; nefna feransdom fjortan nottum eptir vapna-tak, 81 ; fan
nottum si6arr, Bs. i. 321 ; hann var eigi lengr a Lei6 en |)rjar naetr. Eras
ix. 267 ; niu nottum si6arr, Edda 23 ; J)rjatigi nottum si5ar, Bs. : hence
manu9r |)ritog-nattar, a calendar month, lb. 7> K. {j.K., cp. ein-naet;:
etc. ; an infant is in Iceland said to be so many ' nights ' old, tiu natt
gamalt, einnar naetr. So Tacitus tells us that the Germans of his day, nc
dierum numerum ut nos sed noctium computant. Germ. ch. 11 ; it stil
survives in Engl. ^ fort-night •' — ^in poetry the winter is called bear's nigh
(bjarnar-nott, hiins-nott), Edda, Fas. i. (in a verse), Rekst. II
mythical, Nott, the giantess Night, daughter of Norfi and the mother 0
Earth and Day, Edda, Sdm., VJ)m.
C. CoMPDS : I. nattar- : n^ttar-lega, u, f. night
quarters, Boldt 169. ndttar-tal, n. a tale or number of nights, Mui
ndttar-timi, a, m. = naetrtimi, Stj. 16, 71, Fas. ii. 371. ndttar
n., in the phrase, a nattarj)eli, at dead of the night, Fms. vii. 57, x.
Rd. 284, drkn. 74, Bs. i. 139, N. G. L. i. 62. II. nsetr- :
bjorg, f. help through the night, Bjarn. 43. nsetr-elding, f. the
of night,' i. e. the end of night (see elding), Fms. iv. 263, xi. 241 , Hrafn^JlCi
Stj. 287. nsetr-ferSir, f. pi. night wanderifigs. Fas. iii.478.
friSr, m. peace, truce during the night, Fbr. 98, v. 1. ni3etr-froi
a night frost. neetr-fyllr, f. one night's fill, N. G. L. i. 144. nJBfer
gagn, n. a chamber-pot. naetr-gali, a, m. [from the Dan. nattergai
Germ, nachtigall], the nightingale, (mod.) nsetr-ganaall, adj. on
night old, Rb. 522. nsstr-gestr, m. a night guest, one who stays tJ:
night, GullJ). 30. nsetr-gisting, f. the staying a night. nsetr
grelQi, a, m. a night's entertainment. Fas. i. 94. nsetr-greiSing, f.-
naetrgreiSi, Fas. iii. 209, 219. nsetr-kuldi, a, m. night-cold, Stj. 9;
nsetr-langt, n. adj. night-long. Fas. i. 77. nsetr-ligr, adj. noc
turnal, Sks. 627. nsetr- skemtan, f. fiight-enjoyment (euphenj.=
cohabitation). Fas. iii. 210. nsotr-staSr, m. = nattstaSr ; in the sa;
einginn rae&r sinum naetrsta3. naBtr-timi, a, m. night-time.
vist, f. night-quarters, Fms. i. 69.
nudda, a3, qs. gnudda to nib, (conversational) : to maunder^
ertu a& n., (slang.)
nugga, a6, [from gmia], to rub.
nunna, u, f. [Lat. novend\, a nun, Ld. 332, Grag. i. 307, Bs. passin
COMPDS : nunnu-klaustr, -setr, n. a nunnery, Symb. 59, Fms. vi. 354
vii. 273, viii. 1 23. nunnu-vigsla, u, f. a taking the veil, Greg. 7^
H.E. i. 329.
NUNNA, a6 (?), [akin to nenna (q. v.), referring to a lost strong verl
ninna, nann, nunninn] : — to do, pursue; oss nunnask skil (thus, no
numnast), our subject is pursued, i. e. our song proceeds, Fms. ii. iSi
(in a verse, Hkr., O. T. ch. 97) : freq. in later poets, at laera J)etta 0)
kunna, ok ekki anna9 nunna, to learn this and hiow, and study nothing
hut that, Visna-bok, Ed. 161 2, Hugvekju Salm. 15. 4, 42. 3, see Nj. th
Lat. Ed. p. 247, in the foot-note a.
nunnr, m. [nunna], one who strives, a worker, pursuer, aff. \tf. in t!.
poet, compd hlif-nunnr = ar»20?/rer = a warrior, Nj. (in a verse).
nurla or nurfla, a&, [nyrfill ; cp. Scot, nirl = a crumb'] : — to ma'^
money like a miser.
NtJ, adv. [Ulf. nu; A.S., O.H.G., Germ., and Dan. nii; Engl, ncr
Germ.«?/«; hAt.nunc; Gr. vvv] : — now; meSan enn er mi, Honi.(St.i
eggm63an val mi mun Yggr hafa . ..mi knattu 03in sja, Gm. 53 1 ''
no i gxr, H3m. 2 ; heill J)U mi, VJjm. 6 ; ristii mi ! Skm. i, passim :-
in a narrative, fiow, next, mi vikr sogunni, mi er Jjar til mals at tak;
passim ; mi er J)at er, now it is to be told that, now it comes io pnf
Orkn. (in a verse). II. as interj. mi mi, now now! mi fyrir pv
at . . ., Mar. ; mi J)a, now then ! Stj. 457, 486.
niia, neri, to rub, Fb. ii. 367 ; see gmia.
rnifa, u, f., see hmifa.
nuligr, adj. now being, present, of time, Eluc. 6.
Niim-verskr, adj. /row Numidia, Rom. 148.
mina, adv. now, just now. Valla L. 223, Fb. ii. 238 ; par er {)at n""
faSir minn, Mar. : freq. in mod. speech, see -na.
, ntiniugr, m. r«66i«^, = gminingr.
i
'*»]
*is»
l"*ia(i
i
NTlPR— NtJALEIK.
459
nupr, m. = gnupr, q. v.
nu-verandi, part, now being, now living, Skalda 1 79.
nybba, u, f. a knob, peak ; fjalls-nybba.
nySungr, in. [Dan. gnier], a niggard, miser, Ld. 38 C.
NYKR, m., gen. nykrs, [a word common to all Teut. languages ; A. S.
iccr; Eug]. nick ; Germ, nix ; Dan. ndk and nisse ; mod. Norse w^*^;
wed. ndcken = a sea goblin; one is tempted to suggest that the Lat.
^eplunus (p=g) may be related to this Teutonic word; cp. also Germ.
eckiscb, neckerei ^whims, Dan. nykker^ : — the ^ nick,' a fabulous water-
oblin, mostly appearing in the shape of a gray water-horse, emerging
om lakes, to be recognised by its inverted hoofs, cp. the tale told in
andn. 2. ch. 10, as also Maurer's Volksagen : poet., nykra borg = ' nick-
trrow,' a lake. Lex. Poiit. The nykr is the Proteus of the Northern
les, and takes many shapes, whence the gramm. term nykrat, part.
kind of kakemphaton, a change in a figvre of speech, e. g. to call a
vord first a 'serpent' and then a 'wand,' or to choose a verb which
ses not suit the trope in the noun; sa lostr er vdr ktillum nykrat
')r finngalknat ... ok er J)ar sva skipt likneskjum a hinum sama hlut,
tn nykrinn skiptisk a margar leiSir, Skalda 187; en ef sverd er ormr
illa3r en siSan fiskr e3a vondr e6r annan veg breytt, J)at kalla menn
•krat ok |)ykir {)at spilla, Edda 123. In mod, Norse tales a water-
blin is called nykk or nbk (nokken), see Ivar Aasen and Mr. Dasent's
ransl. of Asbjornsen and Moe's Norse Tales. The legend exists also
the Highlands of Scotland. In mod. Icel. tales the nykr is also called
nnir or kumbr, q. v. ; nykr-hestr, vatna-hestr. II. the hippo-
lamus; nykrar sva storir sem filar, Al. 167, 171.
lykrat, n. part., see nykr.
""RDRI, compar., the older form is n0r3ri or neyrSri (ey = <J),
.1 nerdri, also nor3ari and nor3astr, q.v. ; [norSr] : — more
Liiy, and superl. nyrSstr (ii0rztr, nerztr), most northerly; nser
:(5ra hluta, Jj6r5. 7, Landn. 252 ; hinn n0r6ra arminn, Fms. xi. 131 ;
na n0rztu J)ingha, Hkr. i. 147 ; nerztr, Fms. viii. 183, passim : of
CCS, i Reykjadal inum n0r6ra, Landn. ; til ins neyrSra vigis, Isl. ii.
7 : a ViSivollum inum neyrSrum, Hrafn. 7 ; at enni nerSri Glera,
. ; at enum ner6ra kastala, Fms. viii. 427.
11, m., dat. nyrfli, a miser, nyrfll-skapa, tn. niggardness.
X T, f., gen. nytjar, [not ; Scot.«o/e], use, enjoyment, produce : 1.
liig. specially of the profit or produce of kine, milk ; veili vyr3 kii, ok
j: tj! af nyt ok hafi {)at fyrir gras ok gaezlu, N. G. L. i. 24 ; gefa mals-
^16 Joladag ok nyt fjar {jess, Vm. 169 ; ny'ta ser nyt fjar, Grag. i. 428 ;
1 g3a nyt, to cease to give milk or give less milk, ii. 231, passim ; aer-nyt,
1 nyt, milk, dairy produce ; mal-ny ta, id., or milch-kine ; ' fella saman
I ina' is said of a cow that is in profit or gives milk all the year round
1 she calves again. 2. plur. nytjar, 7ise ; vikingar toku fo allt er
j t mattu nytjum a koma, Fms. ii. 2 ; hiin leyfSi Vala br63ur sinum
r i Brekku-landi, use of the land or pasture, Korm. 152 (lands-
0- TL. use, enjoyment, esp. in plur.; Gud vildi eigi unna
ill nytja af J)vi barni, Sks. 692 ; hann kvaSsk engar nytjar hafa
i :',u, Isl. ii. 263 ; hann a fe allt halft vi5 mik en hefir engar nytjar
( crest) af, Fms. vi. 204 ; Islendingar munu heni;ar hafa miklar nytjar
cilangar {they will derive lasting blessing from, her) ok hennar afkvaemis,
▼ 522; litlar nytjar munu menn hafa Hafli5a...mun hann ver6a
«!ramlifr, Bs. i. 651 ; koma nytjum a e-t, to bring to use, make prqfit-
a\, Fb. i. 300, Al. 112, 132. 2. seldom in sing.; {)a a {)ess nyt
^ "t vera er omaginn var deildr, Grag. i. 243 ; faera ser e-t i nyt, to
into use, Fb. i. 118, and in mod. usage. nytja-maSr, m. a useful
7 man, Isl. ii. 13, Sturl. i. 203.
t-fall, n. damage to a thing's usefulness, GJ)1. 398.
t-gsefr, adj. yielding milk, Jm. 5.
,;a, a6, to milk ; nytja aernar, Dropl. 14 ; var J)at fe sumt eti8, sumt
X Sturl. iii. 208 : reflex, to yield milk, fe nytjadisk ilia, Ld. 154.
c-lauss, adj. unproductive, H. E. i. 489 : — barren, dry.
t-16ttr, adj. giving little milk, Isl. ii. 180.
t-samliga, adv. usefully. Mar. passim.'
t-samligr, adj. useful, Hm. 154, Ld. 174, Fms. vii. 120, K. A. 220.
t-samr, adj. useful, advantageous.
t-semd, f. = nytsemi, Fms. i. 261, Ld. 318, Stj.565, Sks. 72. nyt-
da-maSr, m. a useful man, Fms. iii. 74-
■ -semi, f. use, profit, usefulness, advantage, Fms. v. 26, Eluc. 2.
, n. [Dan. ny'\, the '■new' of the moon, whereby the ancients seem
ve meant the waxing or even the full moon, for the new moon
ailed ni9, q. v. ; and ny and niS (q. v.) are used alliteratively as
opp. to one another ; in the Rb., however, the translator of the
originals seems in a few instances to have rendered the Latin novi-
wbyny: allit., ny ok niS, V|)m. 25, Edda 7,96; um ny hit naesta ok
, N. G. L. i. 29, see nylysi below ; me& ny'i hverju, 732. i ; verSa
isgong at ny'i meiri en aftr, ok J)a gengr nj sem haest, Rb. 478.
■breytinn, adj. variable, Str. 26.
breytni, f. novelty, innovation, Fms. i. 71, vii. 94, 171, Ld. 176.
■bseli (mod. n^-b^li), n. a new farm built in a wilderness where
was formerly none, G{)1. 432.
nf-bseringr, m. [bera], a cow that has just calved, Bjom,
n^-fenni, n. fresh fallen snow, Sturl. i. 82.
n^-groeflingr, ni. the first crop of grass in the spring.
n^-g6rfing, f. a novelty, innovation, Ann. 1347, Fs. 76. 2. a
gramni. term, a new trope or figure of speech, csp. of poet, circumlocu-
tions not founded on ancient usage or old mythol. tales, but drawn from
the imagination of the poet ; thus, calling the tears the ' rain, shower,
pearls of the eyes' would be ' nygijrving,' as also calling the sword a
'snake,' the sheath its 'slough,' Edda (Ht.) 123; skjoldr cr land v4pn-
anna, en vapn er hagl eda regn J)ess lands ef nygorfingum er ort, Edda
9°- II- mod. ill a bad sense, whence n^-gOrflngr, m. of a
person, an innovator, Pal Vidal. Skyr. passim ; of a thing, new-fangled-
ness, novelty, n^gdrflngs-ligr, adj. new-fangled.
N^i, a, m. [ny = ??ioo«], the name of a dwarf, Vsp.
W^j-dr, n. New Year. N^jfirs-dagr, m. New Year's Day.
n;^jung, f. newness, novelty, news, innovation, mostly in a bad sense ;
fals ok n., Fms. xi. 308 ; lands-folkit var gjarnt a alia ny'jung ( = noi/ar«/m
rerum cupidi), i. 203 ; ganga undir sektir e8a a&rar nyjungar; |)eir vildu
undir engar nyjungar ganga af Au5unni biskupi, Bs. i. 835 ; J)a kom lit
til Islands Alfr or Kroki, hann hafSi morg konungs-bref ok margar
nyjungar, 807 : — news, hann segir nu allt {jat er verSr i nyjungu, Mag. i.
coMPDs : n^jixnga-girni, f. love of novelty. n^jtinga-gjarn, adj.
fond of novelty.
n^la, adv. = ny'liga, Lex. Poi-t.
n^-lenda, u, f. = nybaeli, G{)1. 437 : a colony, mod.
n^liga, adv. newly, recently, Sks. 58, Ld. 256, Horn. 57, Fms. vi. 144:
compar., Tsl. ii. 160.
nyligr, adj. new, recent, Skv. 3. 26 : present, Horn. 25, 36.
ny-lunda, u, f. a novelty, a new, strange thing ; |)6tt J)eir saei nyiundur
nokkurar, Fms. vii. 87 ; sattii nokkura n^lundu i hiisinu? Fs. 42 ; segja
kunnu ver nylundu nokkura, Nj. 196 ; GuSmundr kvaS Jjat enga nylundu
{)ar i EyjafirSi J)6tt menn riSi {)ar um htirad, Lv. 19; mi berr Jjat til
nylundu a Holi at Gisli Ixtr ilia i svefni tvaer naetr i samt, Gisl. 22 ; J)at
sa borgar-menn at nokkur n. var mcS her Grikkja, Fms. vi. 157.
n^-l^si, n. ' new light,' light of the new moon (ny) ; nylysi var mikit
ok sa {)eir at jarlar logdu frd, Orkn. 420 ; um vetrinn var j)at si&r Arnkels
at flytja heyit af Orlygs-sto&um um naetr er nylysi voru, Eb. 66 new Ed. ;
foru {)eir tiu saman fra Hvali ondverda nott, ^vi nylysi var a, Sturl. i. 61 ;
sigla um nottina vi8 nylysi, O. H. L. 51.
ny'-mjolk, f. tiew milk.
n^-mseli, n. news, a novelty; ef J)eir yr5i vi3 nokkura n. varir, Fms. ix.
465, V. 1. ; {lotti J)etta n., Fms. v. 66. nymsela-laust, n. adj. no
news. II. a law term, Lat. novella, a new law ; liXiz log sin ok
gcira n., Grag. i. 6; {jar skal n. oil upp segja a Lei6, 122; {)at var n.
giirt {)a. er Magniis Gizorarson var byskup ordinn, at . . ., {)at var annat n.,
at ... , Grag. (Kb.) i. 36, 37. n^maela-br^f, n. a neiu ordinance, letter,
Ann. 1314.
ny-nsemi, n. [nema], a novelty ; {)at varS til nynaemis, at ... , Isl. ii.
337; tiSindi Jjykkja n. oil, 0. H. 150; oil n. st6r ok sma, Lv. 43; af
^eim nynaemum fy'stusk fjoldi manna i Noregi til {jeirrar ferdar, Fms. vii.
74, Rom. 285, 293 (rendering of the Lat. res novae) : — a new dish, not
hitherto seen on the table, {)a8 er nynaemi, (mod.)
ny-neemligr, adj. new, startling, Hom. (St.)
NYK, adj., ny, nytt ; gen. nys, nyrar, nys ; dat. nyjum, n)rri, nyju ; ace.
nyjan, nyja, nytt ; pi. nyir, ny'jar, n^ ; gen. n^ra, mod. ny'rra ; dat. nVjum ;
ace. nyja, nyjar, ny, see Gramm. p. xix : compar. ny'ri, mod. ny'rri ; superl.
nystr, mod. nyjastr ; [Ulf. niujis = Kaivds and veos ; A.S. niwe; Engl, new;
O.U.G. niuwi; Germ, neu ; Dan.-Swed. ny] : — new; vaftmdl n/tt ok
unoti3, Grag. i. 500 ; skriiSklaeSi ny, 504; nytt tungl, a new moon, but in
old usage, as it seems, the waxing, or even the full moon ; cp. however,
{)viat nytt var at ok ni8a-myrkr, Grett. I II A, where Ed. 1853 has hriS
var a. 2. fresh; nytt kjtit, {)at er si6r Faereyinga at hafa nytt kjiit
ollum missarum, Faer. 298 ; nyja fiska ok ostrur, N. G. L. ii. 263 ; i
nyju nauta blofti, Hdl. 10. II. temp, new, fresh, recent; ny
iibendi, fresh news. Fas. iii. 597; ny'ra spjalla, Hkv. Hjiirv. 31 ; of ny
samkvamu-mal, Grag. i. 458 ; inn nyi hattr, the new metre, Edda (Ht.) ;
{jetta gor6u menn at ny'jum tiSendum, Nj. 14 ; ny bola, a new blotch,
in the phrase, Jjad er engin ny bola, 'tis no new thing, 'tis an old
sore. III. as subst., hon sag6i at {jat vacri mi nyjast, Fas. iii.
219; spyrja eptir hvat til nys {quid novi) hefir borit. Mar. 2.
adverb, phrases ; naest nys, nearest new, just recently, Hkv. 2.7; af n^ju,
anew, again, Hkr. ii. 38, Stj. 504 ; mod., a8 nyju, Bs. i. 768 ; at fornu
ok nyju, of old and of late, passim; a nyja-leik, atuw, again, Fms. ix.
274, see leikr. IV. in local names, as, Nyja-land, Newland (in
America), Ann. 1 290. compds: n^a-brtun, n. new-fangledness.
n^a-leik, see above.
B. n^-, denoting newly, recently, may be prefixed to almost every
part. pass, as also to adjectives with a part. pass, sense ; thus, ny'-alinn,
ny-fseddr, ny-borinn, new-born, Rb. 346, Fms. iii. in; ny-gotinn, newly
dropped; ny'-gipt, ny-kvdnga3r, newly married, Sks. 47, Fms. xi. 88;
ny-skir3r, newly christened, ii. 42 ; ny-grafinn, -jarSadr, newly buried; ny-
460
NfRA— N^R.
vig&r, newly ordained or consecrated, Bs. i. 131, Ld. 230, Fms. ix. 413 ;
n)/-anda9r, ny'-dainn, ny-latinn, n}'-daii6r, -fallinn, -drepinn, newly dead,
Fms. xi. 308, Fas. i. 57, Gliim. 392, Fbr. 115, Mar.; ny-kommn, just
come, Orkn. 450, Fms. i. 27, x. 118, Eg. 14; ny'-farinn, ny'-genginii, ny-
sigldr, ny-ri6inn, ny-hlaupinn, having newly gone, parted, sailed, ridden
away, Landn. 84, Fms. ii. 278, viii. 350; iiy-hatta5r, ny-sofna3r, ny-
vaknaSr, newly gone to bed, to sleep, just awake, v. 105, Orkn. 212,
Fas. ii. 411 ; iiy-sta6inn upp, having just risen; ny-seztr, having just sat
down; ny-hlxdiv, just dressed, Hkr. iii. 128; ny-gotr, newly made, Stxirl.
i. 121, Bar3. 168 ; ny-fenginn.jws/ recovered, Fms. x. 387 ; ny-brotinn,
fresh broken, 623. 20; ny-gefimi, newly given. Eg. 174; ny-fundinn,
just found, discovered, Stj. 650; ny-teki3, jws/ received. Eg. 478, Fms.
vii.6o; ny-misst, ny-tapa6r, newly lost; ny-libinn, jttst past, Greg. 82 ;
ny-byrjaSr, just begun; ny-lokimi, ny-enda6r, just finished, just done,
Rb. 56; ny-lag3r, new-laid, Bs. i. 346; ny-buinn, just done; ny-maeltr,
newly spoken, Fas. iii. 75 ; ny-tek\nn, fresh taken, Eg. 478, Fms. vii. 60 ;
ny-dubba6r, new-dichbed, Al. 7 ; ny-nefndr, newly named, Bs. i. 699 ; ny-
spurt, newly heard, Fms. i. 213 ; ny-or6inn (ny-ske9), having just hap-
pened, Bs. i. 469, Fms. viii. 5; ny-ortr, ny-rita6r, ny-skrifa9r, newly
composed, written, Gliim. 384; ny-sag8r, ny-tala5r, newly said, reported,
Bs. i. 768; ny-greindr, id., 700; ny-vaxinn, Landn. 190 ; ny-runninn, ny-
sprottinn, newly grown, Str. 49, Stj. 290; ny-hrxddr, fresh tarred, Fms.
viii. 383, xi. 437 ; ny-birktr, new-barked, of trees ; ny-b!aeddr, new-bled,
Orkn. 460, Symb. 29 ; ny-klipptr, new-shorn. Mart. 123 ; ny-marka5r, of
sheep, Lv. 48; ny-sauma9r, /res^ sew«, Orkn. 1 8 2 ; ny-sopit, having just
sipped, Fbr. 214; ny-kefldr, newly gagged, of lambs, Eb. 244; ny-skorinn,
7iew-cut, Eg. 516, Fms. iii. II4; ny-sleginn, new-?nown, Str. 45 ; ny-
sobinn, fresh cooked. Fas. ii. 232 ; ny-baka6r, ?iew-baked. Si]. 121; ny-
Jjveginn, newly washed; ny-lita6r, /resZ) dyed. Bias. 45, Bs. i. 446;
ny-J)aktr, new-thatched, Fms. v. 331 ; ny-hvattr, new-whetted, Bjarn. 65 ;
ny-kiunn, new-polished. Fas. iii. 635 ; ny-bj'gSr, new-built; ny-{)ela6r,
refill nyj)ela3r, a carpet with the nap on, i. e. not worn, not threadbare,
Dipl. V.18; ny-leita9, Grett. 1 1 1 A ; ny-legit, Bs. i. 189 ; ny-rekit, Hrafn.
8 ; ny-skilizt, hafQi hann nyskilizk viS Tunsbergs menn, he had fiewly
parted with them, Fms. viii. 408, v. 1.
NYKA, n., pi. nyru, gen. nyrna ; [Scot, neirs ; Germ, nieren; Dan.
nyre ; Gr. vi<pp6s] : — the kidneys, Stj. 310, passim : poet., haf-nyra, a pearl.
Lex. Poet. compds : n^na-mor, m.^ic?«ey/a/, inbeasts. n^na-
verkr, m., medic. ' kidney -work,' pain in the kidneys, Ann. 1426.
n^-rfiSliga, adv. oddly, queerly, Gisl. 142.
n#-r8e3i, n. pi. new counsel, Hrafnag. 22.
NYSA, t, mod. form hnysa, see introduction to letter H (B. IL 2. 7) ;
[akin to njosn] : — to pry, enquire; nysta ek niSr, Hm. 140; sva nysisk
fr63ra hverr fyrr, 7; nysumk bins, ok hygg at J)vi, Stor. 13: mod.
hnysa, forvitnin holdsins hnysir J)ratt i Herrans leyndar-doma. Pass.
21. 2. II. reflex., hnysast i e-8, to pry into ; hnysast i brefiS, to
pry into a letter; hence hnysinn, adj. curious, in a bad sense; hnysni,
curiosity.
n^-sini3i, n. ' 7iew smith's work,' the work of a beginner.
n^-snsevi, n. fresh snow. Eg. 544, Hav. 47.
n^-stdrligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), new, unusual.
!N"^TA,t, [nj6ta],^o make use of ; ek jetla at J)u nytir eigi boga minn, thou
canst not wield my bow, Fms. vii. 120 : absol., ok fretti {>orstein, hvart
J)a mxtti sva nyta, he asked Tb. if that woidd do, fsl. ii. 207 ; skulu ver
brae&r biinir ok bo6nir til silks seni Jjcr vilit okkr til nyta, Eg. 50 ; ekki
nytir J)u her af, Edda 32 ; eigi munu J)it lengr nyta hvart af o3ru, enjoy
one another, Sturl. i. 96 ; J)au Sigri6r nyttu eigi af samfiirum, lived un-
happily together, 116 ; voru Jiau i Reykjaholti lengstum, J)viat ekki nytti
af henni um samvistir ef Jjau voru eigi t)ar, ii. 48. 2. to eat,
cons2ime; J)at er rett at nyta svin, K. {>. K. ; mi nytir hann ser nyt
fjar t)css, Grag. i. 428 ; ef hann nytir ser fuglinn, ii. 346 ; nyta faezlu,
Anecd., N. G. L. i. 342. II. metaph. to use, bear, endure;
lidaunn svk mikill at menn J)6ttusk varla mega nyta at sitja yfir henni,
Bs. i. 178 ; {)6ttusk menninir eigi nyta at vera hja honum, Hom. (St.),
of Job ; jaxlinn var5 sva sarr, at hann ^ottisk eigi nyta mega at lata
tunguna vidkoma, Bs. i.195; u-nyta, /o Jes/roy, N.G.L. i. 342. III.
reflex, to avail; J)etta ma eigi nytask, Sturl. i. 148; en Jietta eitt mal
nyttisk {succeeded) J)at er 1 dom var lagt, 31. p. = nytjask, to yield
milk; ok er konur hafa mjolkat, segja ^aer aldrei jafnilla nyzk (nytjask ?)
hafa, Isl. ii. 181. 2. part. nytandi,_;?< to be used, Fms. vi. 422, Fb.
i. i68 : worthy, nytandi menn = nytir menn, xi. 80: eatable, N, G. L. i.
341 : — part, pass., hafi3 J)er enn framar nyttar en gefnar voru, Fms. x. 7.
n;^i-ligr, adj. useful, fit to use.
n^t-menni, n. a worthy, good man, Ld. 334.
nytr, adj._;?/, usable; nytr diikr, Pm. 107 ; sag3i fe til t)ess nytt, at ... , Ld.
318 : able, Str. 68 ; hefir eigi nytra dreng fundit, Fms. ii. 23 ; hinn nyzti
ma3r. Eg. 141, Ld. 162; enn nytasti fardrengr, Fms. ii. 23: valid, J)a
er hvarskis gor3 nyt, Grag. i. 494 ; lattii ni3r detta, engu er nytt, 'tis
all good for nothing, Fs. 159 : neut. as subst., at ongu nytu, to no use,
H. E. i. 243 ; J)ser konur er meS nytu hafa verit, who have been good for
something, id.
n^-tungl, n. the new moon, Lat. novilunium (7), Rb. 18, 20,
n^-verk, n. = nymaeli, K. A. 182.
ny-virki, n. marks of new work, of human hands ; sfi hvergi n.
golfinu, Grett. 160 A ; tra9u ni6r taSit, sva at ekki n. sa a, Fms. i. 213.
JUJEIDI, n. [naS], rest, the being left undisturbed ; vera i g66u naebi.
N-ffiFK (i. e, noefr), adj., nasfr, naefrt, clever, skilled; hygginn ok nxfi
um alia hluti, Fms. v. 221 ; hon var naefr kona ok kunni vel fyrir sir,
Bs. i. 339; all-naefrir jofrar, Sighvat ; or6-n£efr, wordy.
N-fflFB, f., dat. naefri (Stj. .^30), pi. naefrar ; [Swed. nafver ; Dan.
ncEver'\ : — the bark of the birch, used for roofing ; fjurra ski3a ok
J)akinna naefra, Hm. 59 ; vi3 ok naefrar ok halm, Fms. ix. 44 :
berki ok naefri, Stj. 330 ; but, berki naefr ok aldini, id. : nsefr ok
borkr, 77 ; naefrar skal eigi Ijosta til solu, GJ)1. 430 ; naefrum var ]pakt
um raefrit, Eg. 90; eldrinn loga3i upp i upsina ok sva i naefrina, 238;
gengu f)a klaeSi af J)eim sva at Jieir spenntu naefrum at fotleggjum
s6r, kollu3u menn J)a Birkibeina, Fms. vii. 320. compds: nsefra-
baggi, a, m. a bag with n., Fms. ii. 59. nsefra-kimbull, m. (see
kimbull), N. G. L. i. loi. nsefra-kolla, u, f. dried bark. nsefinu
nia3r, m. the ' birch-bark man,' a nickname of an otitlaw clad in n., Fas.Pr
ii. 258. nsefra-stuka, u, f. a sleeve ofn., Fms. ii. 287. II.
poet., hildar naefr, ' war-bark,' i. e. armour. Km. ; nykra borgar nasfr 01
haeings hallar naefr = the ' bark of the nick-town ' or the salmon hall, i. e.
the ice. Lex. Poet. ; Svafnis-sal-naefrar, the roof of the hall ofOdin = tbt
shields, Edda (in a verse).
nsefr-liga, adv. skilfully.
Jieegb, f. plenty, abundance, Stj. 235, freq. in mod. usage.
TTJEG-JA, 3, qs. gnaegja (q. v.), [gnogr] : — to be enough, suffice; sem
naegir, Dipl. iv. 2 ; naegir at {)eir triii |)vi sem truir Heilijg kirkja, H. E. L
519 : with dat., sa hefir nog ser naegja laetr, a saying ; hefir hann alia iii
lukt sva at m^r vel naegir,so that I am quite contented, Dipl. iv. 5 ; l(5t Brandi
ser vel n. fyrir sik ok sina arfa J)eir penningar sem, 12. II. reflex.
to suffice ; sem nsegisk me3 mjolk ok hunangi, Stj. 259; J)6at ski'min
naegisk, K. A. 20; J)6tti J)eim ser ekki naegjask heimrinn, Edda (pref.)
nsegr, adj. = gnaegr, q. v.
N-^LA, d, [nal], to stitch.
nseli, n. [nal], a needle without an eye.
nsema, d, [nema, namu], to bereave, deprive; naema e-n e-u, fimtan
menn fjorvi naemda'k, to bereave of life. Fas. ii. 272 (in a verse) ; naema
aldri, id.; fjorvi naemdu, they took his life. Hit. (Hkr. i. 173): in the
phrase, J)at var naemt, it is heard, reported, Fms. vii. 232 (in a verse).
nseiui, n. docility, quickness to learn, esp. to learn by heart, of youths.
nsem-leikr, m. = naemi, Sks. 265.
NJEMK, adj. [nema], hunted, outcast; naemir hvervetna, Sol. 9: — keen,
sharp, of a pointed instrument (a needle) : contagious, of sickness : touch-
ing, hjart-naemr, touching the heart; fast-naemr,_;frffj. 2. qinck at learn-
ing, esp. of learning by heart, Bs. i. 127 ; hann er vel naemr, flug-naemr,
or treg-naemr, 6-naemr ; naemr a kver, mi er eg kominn her, Stef. 01.
N^aSPA, u, f. [A. S. ncepe; Engl, -nip in turnip; Lat. napus'], a turnip;
naepum ok ertrum, H. E. i. 395 ; naepna-reitr, a turnip-bed, GJ)1. 544.
U'.fflB., adv. used both as positive and comparative of na-, q. T.J
superl. nsest ; mod. tisage makes naer the comparative, naerri the posi-
tive, cp. fjar, fjarri, firr, which are analogous : [A. S. and Engl, near;
Scot. 7tar ; Dan. wcer] : — near : I. as positive, with dat., brauto
naer, near the road, Hm. 71; hjarta naer, 94; borgum naer, Sighvit;
naer HeiSaby, Fms. vi. 64 (in a verse) ; vera nxr e-u, to be present al;
hvergi naer, nowhere near; v6ru fia biiendr hvergi naer komnir, O. H.
210, Eg. Ill, Grag. i. 69 ; naer e3a fjarri, nigh or far, Fms. viii. 346:
— naer aptni, tiear night, towards night, Hm. 97 ; naer morni, lOO: —
near, according to, naer aetla ek fiat Icigum Ira, Ld. 76 ; er {)at naer J)1bu
skapi, Nj. 24. 2. metaph. near, close, sharp; sem Jjii matt vfian
naer (probably) vita, Sks. 183 B; geta {jess sumir til, at J)U munir ^J
J)etta eigi naer xtla, folks say that it comes tiot from thy heart, Fms, xi.
280 ; Sigur3r J)6tti naer ser taka J)etta brag3, it was cleverly done, vii. aipjl
cp. taka e-3 nserri ser, to overstrain one's powers ; hann hefir tekid nsem
ser, ... ok var naer hverjum vaenna horfSi, it was a drawn game, NJ.4S;
e-m ver3r naer sty'rt, to have a narrow escape, Fms. v. 266; naer meir,
7nore near to, Hom. 159 ; engi skal naer meir gora en, Gfil. 456. 3.
adv. nearly, almost ; naer {jrjatigi manna, Grett. 95 B ; naer tuttugu, Etr.
37 ; niu hundruS e3r naer J)vi, Fms. i. 109, Rb. 466 ; naer hundraSi vetra.
Landn. 322 ; naer tveggja manns-vaxta, Fas. ii. 508 ; si3a3r naer betr eii.
almost better than, Fms. i. 242 ; naer af ollum londum, Ld. 28. II.
compar. nearer; naer kirkju e3a firr, K. f>. K. ; naer vetfangi, Grig, ii
43 ; ver eigi naer honum en mal nemi, Fms. iv. 28 : temp., eigi naer var-
^ingi en . . ., Grag. i. 100 ; eigi naer paskum en . . ., 324 : metaph. neaver
/o, Jess firr var er J)eir gengu naer, Ld. 322. 2. fitter; vsri nser
miklu, at . . ., Valla L. 218; miklu er Jjetta naer, en . . ., f>6rb. 49, N.i-
37 ; naer er mi aptr at hverfa en fyrr, Fms. vi. 155 : in mod. usage, iron.,
t)6r er naer at {)egja, it will be better for thee to hold thy tongue; {ler var
nxr a3 vera kyr !
B. Adv. and conj. [Dan. 7iaar'], when ; hafSvi njosn af naer {jeir kom.i,
Nj. 5 ; halda v6r3 a naer timi mundi vera at hitta konung, Eg. 420 ■
\tm
N^RA— NOTllA.
461
or5 nser^likast vseri at veita atfor jarli, Fms. i. 54 ; kve5a a naer hon j which the projecting ends of beams at the comers of walls were welded
'ogether, and when they were torn or broken the wall gave way ; J)cir
skutu o6rum cndanum ut i hyrninguna sva hart, at nafarnar (nafarnir Ed.)
hrutu af fyrir utan, ok hlupu i sundr veggirnir, Eg. 91 ; J)eir hlupu ^u. 4
yeggina svii at af gengu nafarnar af timbr-stokkunum, Fas. ii. 43 (Halls S.
in Bugge's Ed., Cod. nafarnir); hann utti lokrckkju gorva af tinibr-
stokkiun ok brutu berserkirnir {)cgar upp sva at af gengu nafaniar fyrir
litan, Eb. 41 new Ed. 2. a wbeel-nave; hann kallar bauginn nof
hjolsins, Edda. 8. metaph. (be pole of the world ; tveir eru hvirflar
heimsins er fornir spekingar koUuSu nofina niirbii ok ena syftri, Pr.
476. 4. hjol-nof, a wbeel-nave ; hiug-iw(, the ' circle-nave ' o( si
shield, Bragi : the phrase, vera kominn a fremstu nof, on (be uttermost
verge, brink {in extremis), at (be end of one's resources.
n5gl, f. a nail ; see nagl.
NOKKUBB, nakkvarr, nOkkvat, see nekkverr.
nSkkverr, m. a an. Xty. in a dub. passage, a nick ( = nykr ?), — ncikk-
vers niikkvi, (be ttick's coble — (be stone, the rock (7), lasta lauss er lifnafti
4 niikkvers ntikkva Bragi, u/ben (be guileless Bragi was left on tbe rock,
Stor. 3 ; cp. hann tok dvergana, ok flytr fia 4 sae ut, ' ok setr ^ i flxdar-
skcr,' Edda 48.
NOKKVI, a, m. [A.S. naca; O. H. G. nakko; Germ, nacben^
biremis] : — a small boat rowed with a pair of sculls, a cock-boat, Edda 35
(the fishing-boat of Hymir the giant), 38 (of Balder's ship) ; {jcir s&
mann einn roa fra hafi litan li einum ntikkva, . . . hann kastaSi arunum
ok hvelfdi niikkvanum undir ser, Fms. i. 180, 182 (cp. the verse 181),
Fas. ii. 232, 233, 236 (of the giant's boat) ; stein-niikkvi, a stained, pain(ed
boat{?), (not a s(one boat), 231, Bard. 3 new Ed.; hann sa at ma8r
reri titan or Kaldilr-osi a jarnncikkva, Landn. 78 (of an apparition) :
n6kkva-ma3r, ni. a man wbo rows a niikkvi, a sculler, Fms. ii. 180.
nSkleikr (-leiki), m. nakedness, Stj. 34, 35.
Ii6kvi3r, adj., thus in old vellums, or also contr. nokdan ; spelt with
ey, neyqj)an, Am. (Bugge) ; the true form is a single k, cp. mod. nakinn,
not nakkinn, yet neycquij)r in Hm. 49, and necqui^ in SJfv. 1. c. (Bugge) :
contr. forms, nekSir (n., pi. m.), Eluc. 26, MS. 625. 66; nok8ir, Eluc.
46 ; neyk6ra, Sks. 1. c. : mod. nakinn, nakin, naki6, gen. nakins, but pi.
naktir : [Ulf. naqaps = '^vnv6s; A.S. nacod; Engl, naked; O. H. G.
nachat ; Germ, nackt; Dan. nogen; Lat. nudus, qs. nugdus~\ : — naked;
lik skal eigi nokkviS ni3r grafa, K. p. K. 24 ; vit nokvid hjiin, Sks.
504 B; vera nokvi3, Stj. 36; at t)au sa sik nekvifl, Eluc. 27, Mariu S.
Egypt, passim ; nok&ra lima, Sks. 536 B ; t)egja (thus, as required both
by sense and alliteration, not segja) skal {)urs ef hann sitr nokvi&r vid
eld, a saying, cp. ' not to speak of a rope in a hanged man's house,' Isl.
ii. 317 ; neiss er nokviSr hair (a saying, see neiss), Hm. ; hon var niik-
vi9, Eb. 97, V. 1. 2 new Ed., but nokt in the text; \>eir letu J)a siga
nok6a i vok, 623. 33; klaeddir e6a niikSir, Eluc. 46: — metaph. of a
siuord, nokviS sver6, naked swords, Skv. 3. 4 ; nokdan mzki, Am. 47 ;
nok6 sver9, Fms. v. 233.
n61dr, n. a murmuring : n61dra, a5, to murmur, grumble.
nOUra, a6, = gnollra, {>i3r. 245.
ndlta, t, to shiver from cold, Lex. Poet.
KOP, f. [napr, nepja], chilliness; e-m er i nopinni vi8 e-n, to bear
malice against one, feel hurt and offended.
n5i6ri, norSstr, see nyr6ri, nyrftstr.
Norfi, a, m. the giant of that name, the son of Loki, Stor. ; see Narfi ;
Norva-sund = Njorvasund, q. v.
nortr, m. a nickname, Bs. i. 499 ; cp. narta.
NOS, f., pi. nasar, mod. nasir ; an s has been dropped, as may be seen
from sncis, berg-snos (q. v.), as also from Dan. snuse = to smell ; [cp. Engl.
nose; Germ, nose; Lat. nasus and Hares'] : — tbe nostrils, tbe nose as the organ
of smelling, also oi tbe front of tbe nose; nasar ^essa likams skyldu vera
erchidjaknar, J)eir skyldu J)efja ok ilma allan saetleik, Anecd. ; opnar eru
nasarnar, Nj. 154; eldar brenna or augum bans ok niisum, Edda 41 ;
sva at blod hrjoti or munni eSr nosum, Grag. ii. 1 1 ; breg3a e-u fyrir
nasar e-m, (o pu( it before one's nose, Korm. 34 ; setja hnefa a nasar e-m,
Ld. 36; hoggit kom a nasir honum ok brotnaSi nefit, Fms. iii. 186;
fcilr um nzs.'i.T, pale-nebbed. Aim. 2 ; taka fyrir nasar e-m, Fs. 1 41 ; draga
nasir at e-u, to snuffle, smell at a thing, fsl. ii. 136 ; stinga nosum i feld, to
cover tbe face in one's cloak, Sighvat ; stinga nosum nidr, to bite tbe dust,
Fms. iii. 189 ; ef herra {)inn lykr nosum, has bis nostrils shut, ceases to
breathe, dies, Str. 27 ; aSr en ek lyk niisum, p6rb. 31 new Ed. ; ^6t mun
verSa annat eins aSr en lykr niisum, thy nostrils will be closed before that,
a ditty, see the remarks to nabjargir; bl68-nasar, bleeding at tbe nose;
riSa kross i nasar ok eyru ok i hjarsa, N. G. L. i. 339 : — in sing, only of
one of the nostrils, upp i a5ra ncisina ; J)ad er ekki upp i halfa nos a ketti,
it will not fill tbe half of the nostril of a cat = it is nothing. II.
metaph. of the beak of a ship ; stogin festi a hciffli skipsins ok tok af
nasarnar, Fms. x. 135, v. I. compds : nasa-leeti, n. pi. snuffing.
Fas. iii. 499. nasa-vit, n. tbe sense of scent. Mar. : metaph. of super-
ficial knowledge.
n6s-g4s, f. a kind of goofc, Gsp. : mod. bles-iind = anas.
n6tra, a8, = gnotra (q.v.), Sd. 169.
("> luttari, Grag. i. 349 ; naer Jjeir {supposed (bat) auka jiimnu, ii. 257.
jyERA, 3, [akin to Ulf. nisan and nasjan^aw^taOai, aw^uv ; A.S.
cfan ; Germ, genesen ; as also Germ, nahren, changing s into r]:
/ nourish, nurse; ok nxra sva slna unga, Sks. 48; nsera sin hibyli,
> B; engi gneisti lifsins ma naera mik c6r lifga, Fms. x. 368; synir
iiEereiidr, nourisbers, H.E. i. 505: — to tittrse, refresh, {)eir {)ogu ok
:i3u likamina, Stj. 237 ; sva naerir ond mina hunang-fljotandi mal or
iiiii J)inum, Eluc. 55 ; heldr at naera en sliikkva, Sturl. ii. 15. II.
X. (o (ake sligh( food, so as just to keep body and soul together: —
V refreshed, of a sick or faint person, naerdisk hon sva sem fra lei3,
'• V'- 353 >■ hon dreypir vini a varrir {)eim ok naerdusk Jjeir skjott, Fas.
571-
L>r-f6t, n. pi. under-clothing.
er-gi, adv. [-gi], whensoever ; naergi er, Korm. (in a verse), Grag. i.
:. ii. 124; nsergi sem launat ver3r, Nj. 77.
■^r-ga3,tinn, adj. = nxrgaetr.
or-gsetni, f. ' guessing true,' guessing what a person can bear and
inn, with the notion of kindness, opp. to exaction.
or-g8etr, adj. 'guessing true,' Eb. 262, Fs. 45, 54, Nj. 254.
i^r-gongvill, adj.; vera n. e-m, to be near about one's person, Sks.
j : in a less good sense, to mob, throng one, 361 B.
cr-hseiis, adv. nearly, almost.
najring, f. nourishment, food. Germ, nabrung, Sks. 48 B, 51, Anecd. 4.
iccringar -lauss, adj. (leysi, n.), taking no food, of one sick.
iiEBr-kominn, part. ' near come to,' entitled to, Fms. ix. 250, 345.
neer-kona, u, f. a midwife, Stj. 247, 248.
nser-kvdma, u, f. a coming near, Sks. 38.
neer-kv86mi or -kosmi, f. a ' coming near to,' accuracy, Sks. 443, 482 B.
nser-kvaemr or neer-koemr, adj. close, Stj. 270 : — accurate, me6
uTrkaemri visku, Sks. 572 B.
nserri, adv. = naer, tiear, nigh ; sitja naerri, Grag. i. 50 ; ganga naerri,
'ms. vi. 112; vera hvergi naerri, vii. 283, Sks. 363 (compar.) ; naerri
uni, Lv. 44 ; nxrri ser, Sks. 363 B.
B. Adj. compar. answering to na-, nearer, and superl. neestr, nearest;
iim nterri ok hinn nor6ari partr, Stj. 94; J)eir er naerri voru, Nj. 237:
early entitled to, J)6tt {jaer se naerri arfi, Grag. i. 204; the compar. is
jarely used. II. superl., 1. gener. next, next after ; J)a
>• naestir biia, Grag. i. 82 6,115: of time, naestir eptir e-n, Fms. i.
^ ; par nxst, Eg. 512 ; enn naesta vetr, tbe next winter, Ld. 180 ; inn
la dag eptir, Grag. i. 57 ; naestu nott eptir, Fms. vi. 166 ; hinn naesta
ttr er ek kern til Islands, ii. 34. 2. also next preceding ; hann
;it"3i sekr orSit it naesta sumar ( = naesta sumar a,3r), lb. 10; hefir sva
am farit inn nassta manu3, Fms. iii. I17; a hinum naesta sunnudegi,
. G. L. i. 348 ; a hinum naesta fundi, Sks. 237 ; a3r hann for hit nassta
nil af Noregi, Fms. i. 204 ; hvar skildisk J)u vi8 J)etta skeyti naesta
iini {Che last time), xi. 71. III. metaph. nearest in point of right
r title ; sa er bo3i er naestr, GJ)1. 294 ; vcr erum naestir sigrinum, Fms. i.
68 : — neut., it naesta, hann sat it naesta honum, Nj. 2, 50, Ld. 26.
naer-spar, adj. ' near-spaeing,' prophesying true, BarS. 164.
Qser-synn, adj. short-sighted, Sturl. i. 70.
aser-vera, u, i. presence, Hkr. iii. 276.
Qser-verandi (-verandis), part, being present, Th. 77, Fms. v. 200.
asest, superl.; naest bae Arinbjarnar, Eg. 515; naest Skotlandi, 267;
est skapi, nearest to one's mind; J)ar naest Gunnarr, Nj. 240, and
mp., Grdg. i. 242: — temp, next, last, naest er ek beidda, Sd. 187;
I'st nys, next before, just before, Hkv. 2. 7- er nxst raeddum vit um,
-39! t^^ naest, {)essu naest, next in turn, Fms. i. 118, vi. 144, Isl.
-09; vil ek at ])it reynit hverir munu naest s66 hafa, who have seen
isest, i. e. truest, Fms. xi. 284.
i8BSt, adv. next ; i naest, Edda 103.
iSBSta, u, f. the last time; nxstunni, Fms. iii. 140.
leesta, adv. the next time, last; kom sva naesta, at Ljotr let J)au or8
n muun fara, Hav. 51 : very, naesta gamall, very old, porb. 68 ; naesta
i8r, Vigl. 16; t)ungt ok maeSisamt naesta, Hm. 125; t)eir taka n, at
lask vid mik, Fs. 32.
isesta-braeSra, u, f. a female second cousin ; ef maSr Hggr meS naesta-
xbva sinni, Grag. i. 345, Bjarn. 50; fjordisi naestabraeSru mina, 52.
isesta-braeSra, -brseSri, m., either indecl., the braeSra being a gen. pi.,
decl. as a weak noun, second cousins ; naestubraeSra eigu upp at risa,
;,'. i. 69 ; ^eim monnum er honum eru firnari en naestabraeSri, 285 ;
ibraeSrar, 229; naestabraeSrum, ii. 172.
J3str, see nairri B.
SBStum, adv. next before, the last lime ; hvi heldr mi en naestum ? Sks.
I; sva skildum ver nxstum, Nj. 49'; sva reiftr sem jarl var nasstum,
4; naestum er ver komum a y5varn fund, Fas. iii. 98, Fms. vi, 245,
0, Nj. 226, Eg. 411.
SBtingr, m. a bird, tbe nightingale (?), a an. \ty., Edda (Gl.)
89tr-, gen., see nott C.
leettr, adj. [nott] ; in compds, ein-naettr, {)ri-n., one, three nights old.
rOF, f., pi. nafar, later nafir, [A.S. nafu], (he clasps, naves, rings by
462
O— OF.
O-O
O, the fourteenth letter, is in the oldest Runes, on the stone in Tune,
and on the Golden horn figured by ^, which was evidently taken from
the Greek D. ; the later common Runic alphabet in earlier monuments
has no o, but uses » or au instead, e. g. on the Jellinge stone in Den-
mark. Afterwards the Rune :j, j;, or j^, dj, appears under the name
of 6ss in the Runic poems — oss er flestra fer6a ( = fjar&a) = alljirths have
an OSS (mouth'). The form was evidently taken from the A. S. Runic p,
which Stands for a, and in A. S. is called 6s, which answers, not to
Norse oss {ostium), but to ass ( = ans, i.e. the heathen gods); but the
Norsemen or Danes in borrowing the Rune seem to have misinterpreted
its name or mistranslated it from ignorance of the phonetic laws existing
between the A. S. and the Norse. The ^ in Scandinavian Runic inscrip-
tions is therefore a mark of later date (ilth or I2th century).
B. Pronunciation. — The o is either short (o) or long (6); the
former (o) is sounded like Engl, o in cod, the latter (o) as in Engl, no,
note ; but the rules given at the beginning of the introduction to letter A
(p. i) apply equally to this letter, bo& being sounded bawth, but kross
in North. E. cross.
C. Changes. — In most of the oldest vellums o instead of u is used
throughout in inflexions, -o, -or, -om, -on, -od, -ot, -osk, -oil, -onn, instead of
-u, -7ir, -rem... -linn (Gramm. p. xxxv, col. I, A) ; afterwards both forms
are used indiscriminately, till in the 15th century the w prevailed, and has
kept its place ever since; whether there was a difference in sound, and
what, we are unable to state. 2. so also in a few root words, go8,
goU, fogl, oxi, skolu, monu, hogr, togr, monr (Dan. man), smogoll,=
gu6, gull, fugl, uxi, skulu, munu, hugr, tugr, munr, smugull ; on the
other hand, is sonr (a son), but sunr the older form. 3. a and 0 or
71 interchange in the inflexions, fagna3r, fogno6r, f6gnu9r ; kalian, kollon,
koUun. 4. u has changed into 6 in the prefixed negative, 6-vitr for
u-vitT (unwise). 5.jiiinloj6, njota, originally njiita ; Ijos, Swed.
Ijus: forms like mjc'ikr for mjiikr, dokr for dukr may also be found in
vellums, but are very rare. II. c6, the vowel-change of a (see
p. i), is frequently spelt o (tor, nott, = tcor, UdOtt), but was in sound dif-
ferent from 0 proper, and has since disappeared from the language,
although remains of 'this 'umlaut' still exist in n6tt, 61, sponn ( = nd6tt,
bol, spconn), but this o is sounded exactly like common o. So also o
and 6 are confounded in MSS., bornom = bornom = b6rnum. For the
absorption of consonants see Gramm. p. xxx, col. I, and the words
themselves.
^' Owing to the inability of the Scandinavian languages to sound v
(w) before a vowel of the w class, several root words, which in dic-
tionaries of the cognate languages (Germ., Engl.) begin with w, are in
the Icelandic to be found under o, as okr, or9, orka, ormr, OSinn, 66r,
6sk, omr ; as also^', in ok (jugum), ostr, and ok the conjunction.
O
obMta or obMt, f. [Lat. word], a sacramental wafer, oblat, ace,
625. 192 ; oblatu buSkr, Vm. 6.
odd-hagr, adj. skilled in wood-carving, Bs. i. 143, Fas. i. 292.
odd-h-ending, f. a metrical term, when the first rhyming syllable
stands at the head of a verse ; thus in haf-\dbuT ske/lir the syllable
'haf is an oddhending, Edda (Ht.) 121: in mod. usage, in Ballads
(Rimur), it means two rhyming syllables in the first, and one in the
second line, three being an odd number of rhyme syllables — thus,
sveipa9r mund | a silki hrund \ sat eg und'n kvendi is an oddhending.
odd-liendr, adj. written in the metre oddhending, Edda 139.
odd-hvass, adj. sharp-pointed, Bs. ii. 172.
oddi, a, m. a triangle, a point or tongue of land, Landn. 294, v. 1. ;
vaxinn me9 J)remr oddum, Fms. x. 273. II. metaph. from the
triangle, an odd number, opp. to even; ein er bxn, e6a |)rjar, fimm, eSa
sjau, J)vi er bsena tal i odda, en eigi i jafna tcilu, at sii tala er i odda er,
merkir eining, ok ma eigi deila i tvA hluti jafna, 625. 187 : hence the
metaph. phrase, standask i odda, to be at odds (Shakesp.), quarrelling;
stoSsk allt i odda me6 J)eim |}orm66i ok Gesti, Fb. ii. 204 (skarsk i
odda, Fbr. 81 new Ed. less correct); hefir mi ok i odda sta6izk me9
oss um hri&, fsl. ii. 1 80. * III. freq. in local names, of a tongue
of land ; Oddi, Odda-sta9r, whence Odda-verjar, m. pi. the men
from Oddi: — as a pr. name, Oddi, S\)6rnxi-0&d\=^Star-0ddi, Oddi the
astronomer, an Icelander of the 12th century skilled in astronomy, from
whom proceeded the computation called Odda-tal, n. the calculus of
Oddi,'Rb.6. compds : odda-maQr, m. [Dan. op-mand, qs. "-odd-
mand''] : — the third man, who gives the casting vote, the odd man (third,
fifth . . .) : as in the saying, oddama9r er opt inn firiSi, | jafntrur skal sa
5Ja li6i, Mkv. ; hvart sern tveir megu e5a fleiri gora satt, enda ver&a
'f'skyldi sjalfir semja szettir sinar, en Rafn vera oddama5r, ef J)a skildi i
Sturl. iii. 179. odda-tala, u, f. an odd number.
ODDK, m. [A. S. ord ; Germ, art = ' point' of land, spot, place, but ir
early Germ. = Lat. cuspis ; Dan.-Swed. od, odd'l : — a point of a weapon
Am. 59, Karl. 506, K. p. K. 96, and in countless instances, knifs-oddr
ralar-o., als-o., spjots-o. (but bloSrefill of a sword): the allit. phrase, odd
ok egg, Hom. 33 ; nie9 oddi ok eggju, with point and edge, at thi
sword's point, by force, Nj. 149, Grag. ii. 13; aetla ek at ssekja odd!
ok eggju fraendleif& mina, O.H. 32 ; brjota odd af ofixti sinu, to breaf\
the point of one's pride, to humble oneself, Nj. 94 : poet, a point, spear ,
fiilvar oddar, Hkv. I. 52; sedja ara oddum, 2. 7; oddar gorva jarll
megin, see jarl. 2. a spur, which in olden times had a single point \
see Worsaae, No. 356. II. metaph. the front; hann haf5i yxnunj
skipat i odd 4 li3i sinu, Fms. x. 404. 2. a leader; hann var oddi;
ok sesir fyrir J)essum ufri6i, Fms. viii. 57, v. 1. III. a pr. name
Oddr as well as Oddi : in compds, of men, Odd-bjorn, Odd-geirr '
Odd-leifr, Odd-marr; of women, Odd-bjorg, Odd-fri3r, Odd-
katla, Odd-laug, Odd-leif, Odd-n;^, and in the latter part Jjor-oddr
Arn-oddr, Landn.
odd-viti, a, m. a leader, chief, who marches ahead, Hkv. Hjorv. 10
Hkv. 2. 10, 6. H. 61, 214, NiSrst. 108.
OF, prep, with dat. and ace, the form varies ; umb is an obsolete aiK
rare form, hence um, sounded umm, which is far the most commor
form in old writers, and has altogether superseded both umb and of: [tht
' of answers nearest to Ulf. uf; O. H. G. oba ; Germ, ob ; Gr. vtto ; Lat
sub ; Sansk. tipa!\ Most of the oldest vellums, as also the poets, prefe
to use ' of,' yet not all, for the Cod. Reg. of Saem. Edda in nine case
out of ten writes um, so also did the Cod. Acad, primus (the Kringla) o y
the Hkr. ; and this is important, for these two vellums are our chie^*"
sources for old poetry; on the other hand, the Cod. Reg. of the SnornB'''^'
Edda prefers ' of.' Among other vellums the old fragment of the Orkn. S
(Arna-Magn. No. 325) mostly uses 'of,' as of nottina, Orkn. no; o
hans daga, 178; of J61, 180; of daga peirra braedra, 182 ; but also 'um,
e. g. ofan um sik, ofan um hann, id. The word will be given in ful
under letter U, so that a few references may suffice here ; I
in the sense over, Lat. super, with dat. and ace, a. j6r6 graer of agaetun
barma. Eg. (in a verse) ; brann of fylki, '?t. ; of svirum, Hornklofi
dik flseSi of likum, Fms. xi. 191 ; sjar {)ytr of arum, vi. (in a verse)
of by breiSum, Lex. Poet. |3. with ace, of nyt regin, VJjm. 13 ; o
drottmogu, 11 ; of li6u, Sdm. 9; of sumar, Vsp. 40; of gar6 risa, Gs.
of lopt ok liig, Hkv. ; lilfr gengr of ynglings born. Eg. (in a verse)
vestr for ek of ver, Hofu61. i ; liggja of ungan Morukara, Fms. vi. (in ;
verse). II. in a causal sense = Lat. ob; of sanna s6k,/or a just sale
justly, Fms. ii. 322 (in a verse) ; of minna, /or a less cause, Gliim. (in .
verse) ; of litla sok. Lex. Poet. ; of sannar deildir, id. ; of minni sorgir
Korm. (in a verse).
OF and um, an enclytic particle, chiefly placed before verbs or par
ticiples, seldom before nouns ; it is obsolete, and occurs only in ok
poetry and now and then in the oldest prose ; the spelling varies, foi
here too the Cod. Reg. of Saem. Edda, as also the Kringla, mostly prefei
um, so as to take examples from the poem Hm., um sko5ask, un
skygnask, I ; um getr, 8 ; um a (owns), 9 ; J)ylsk hann um, um getr
17; um farit, 18; sins um mals, 21 ; um gelr, 29; um {)orf, 38; un
getr, 58, 65 ; um dvelr, 59 ; um viSrir, 74 ; um lagit, 84 ; um vakiii
100 ; um komin, um sofin, loi ; um kominn, 104 ; um gaf, 105 ; un:
geta, 123; um heilli, 129; um reist, 145; um stendr, 154; um kanii
163: of gat, 140; ofalinn, 72; ofkom, 145; of vita5r, 100 ; of blotiS.
145: vf, vf bo8it, 67; vfheimtir, 14: thus in this single poem 'um
occurs about twenty-four times, 'of five times, and ' vf ' twice: for the
other poems see Bugge's Edition : on the other hand, of traddi, Gh. 2 :
of J)rumir, Gm. 8 ; of hyggi, 34 ; at ek oUum cil y6r of heita, Hym. 3 :
of geta, 4; of teknir, 14; of heitt, 32: — in prose, ef ma9r ma eigi 0
koma, Grag. ii. 209 ; of forlar, Kb. 14 ; of telrat, 1 78 ; er h^6an of s6r,i
Isl. (Hei6arv. S.) ii. 387; en er of s6t eigi Ijos, but you see not the light,
645. 81; at eigi of sa a mi91i, lb. 11 ; ma of rannsaka, 677. 6; J)6 at
baSum of gori, 2 ; ok af J)vi of eykr eigi atkvae6i, Skalda (Thorodd)
165; sem menn of bera megu, Hom. (St.); at hann megi jafnfiiss of
vera, id., and passim in that old vellum, see Fritzner's Diet. s. v. ; ef {)Ti
um nair, Grag. (Kb.) 209 ; ef Jieir um sitja, 74 ; um ves, 76 ; um taki,
89; um gora (twice), 109; um telrat, 194; um by9r, 230; um komi.
234 ; ef sol um ssei, if the sun was to be seen, ch. 29. II. seldom
before nouns ; sins um mals, Hm. (see above) ; um ^orf, 38 ; as bans '"
dolgr, Skv. ; Baldrs of barmi, Haustl. ; 611 of rok, Aim. 9 ; of skopt.
kinsmen, Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet. ; of tregi, Gkv. I. 3 (thus Bugge in two
words) ; f>6rs of riini, Haustl. ; of kiigi, an oppressor, Fms. vii. (in a
verse) ; with adjectives, of rei5r, Skm. : it remains in some old sayinu
or phrases, an er illt um gengi ; um seinan, Nj. 91.
OF, adv. [this particle is closely akin to the prep, of; the extended
form ofr- (q. v.) is mostly used in compds, not singly, and answers to
Gr. vTTfp, Lat. super, Engl, above'] : ' 1. as subst. excess, prtde.
peir eigi asattir, J)a er rett at J)eir taki s6r oddamann, Grag. i. 485 ; ^^th Lconceit ; J)vi at h6n ver6r eigi sv4 mikil, at {)ar muni of t)itt allt i HggJ*' J-^
\
OFA— OFHLYR.
463
318; vi6 of, to excess, tsl. 11,154; t^tti hirSnuiunum bans vi6 of,
u mikit, they thought it was beyond measure,'^ \g\. 17; uni of, to
; : the phrase, of seni van, too much or too little ; {)a6 er of sem
2. with gen., of fji'ir, immensity of wealth, Nj. 9, 27, Eg- 68, 0. H.
: of li3s, a vast host of men, Hkr. ii. 265 ; of manna, Fms. vi. 146.
B. Adv. too, Lat. nimis, and may be used vv^ith any adjective ; when
adjectives it is better written separately, of gamall, ^00 old; of ungr, too
foung, Ld. 262 ; of langr, of stuttr, Art. 96 ; of storr, of litill, Eg. 50 ; of
hardr, of linr, of goftr, of vandr, of kaldr, of heitr, of magr, of feitr, of digr,
of breiSr, of mjor, of har, of lagr, of vi3r, of J)rongr, of margr, of far, of
mart, NjarS. 372 ; of J)ogull, of heimskr, of maligr. Art. 30, 82. 2.
with adverbs; of mjok, too much. Eg. 226, Isl. ii. 391 ; of fjarri, Fms.
i.l8i; of lengi, /oo/o«^, X.379; of seint, rto Za/e, Art. 96 ; of snemma,
)f &rla, too early ; cp. urn of vi'&a, of sjaldan, of opt, etc. II. with
he neut. of a past part., overmuch, too much, with the notion of having
)Vcrdone or sometimes wishing not to have done it ; hafa of drukkit, to
lave drunk too much, Gm. 51 ; hafa of aukit, Eg. 202, Hkr. ii. 209;
lafa of gefit, to have given more than one likes, Ld. 318; hafa of
;6rt, to have transgressed, Nj. 221, Fms. xi. 333; eigi of hefnt, Grett.
24; hafa of keypt, bought too dear, Jb. 372 ; hafa of malt, Fms. i. 163 ;
lykjast hafa of tala&, wish one had not said it; se mcr J)etta of maelt,
AzT. ; hafa of tekiS vi6 e-n, to have gone too far, Fms. viii. 258 ; hafa
if seinat, too late, Ld. 144, Fas. i. 196 ; um seinat, Fms. viii. 162 : — ' of is
pp. to 'van-,' too much, too little, hafa van-dsemt, of-daemt, of-mxlt, GJ)1.
78; van-refst of-refst, 272; of-talt van-talt, 477 ; of-alnir, van-ahiir,
h&g. i. 455. III. rarely with verbs; of-tala, to talk too much.
ofa, u, f. overbearing ( = of I); frctt hefir old ofu \>& {pride, pomp?),
.m, I ; 16tt sesk Atli ofu '^mz, A. little heeds thy overbearing, Skv. 3. 31.
ofa-, in compds, = of, vastness : ofa-f6, mikit ofafe, a vast amount
f money, Fxr. 11 ; ofaf(5 mikit, Fms. vii. 232 : ofa-mikill, adj.; ofa-
likit fe, Hkr. i. 182, 284; ofamikit herfang, Orkn. 378.
3f-allt or of-vallt, adv. always, Orkn. 90, etc. ; see avalt or avallt.
afan, adv., in |>i6r. S. often spelt oman, [Goth, obana ; A. S. ofan ;
erm. oben~\ : — from above, down, downwards; falla ofan, to fall down,
jg. 24, Eg. 240; taka ofan hiis, to pull down, loo; foru ofan Jjangat,
j, 68 ; hann klauf ofan allan skjoldinn . . . reist ofan allan f6tum,/roOT
p to bottom, 246 ; hann hjo fra ofan hcindina, separated, cut off the
md, 160 : metaph., telja e-t ofan, to ' talk down,' dissuade, Fms. xi. 1 1 ;
ka ofan, to uncover the head. II. with prepp. denoting motion
jm above ; ofan af landi, Eg. 32 ; ofan af himnum, down from heaven ;
[an til skipa, 244 ; ofan eptir dal, ofan eptir eyrum ; hann fell ofan fyrir
ttinn, he fell down over the rock, Fier. 31 ; ofan fyrir bjargid, ganga
m i fen, to sitik, phinge into the fen, Nj. 31 ; veil J)a heldr fyrir ofan,
sloped downwards, Fxr. 40 ; detta ofan i, to sink down into the mire,
cattle; |)eir ri&u ofan i Skaptartungu, Nj. 261 ; ofan i fjoru, ofan i
linn, ofan i grofina, etc. ; ofan a her6ar, mitt laeri, ofan a belti, 2 ;
luQini ofan, down from heaven, Clem. 21 ; ofan frii Merkja, Eg. 100;
in let (the garment) falla ofan um sik . . . sem klaeSit hrundi ofan um
Inn, Orkn. 182 ; ofan um is, down through the ice. 2. without
ption; ofan a, upott, Lat. super; stendr hann J)ar a ofan, <3. H. 108;
ja ofan a, leggjask ofan a, setja, lata ofan a e-t, etc. ; rida ofan a
|1H, to sit between the packs of a pack-horse ; leggja ofan yfir, to cover
\t. Fas. i. 377. III. the uppermost part ; vidr ofan, large at the
, Faer. 29. IV. adverbial, a ofan, over and above, to boot,
&e bargain, Grett. 94, Fms. ii. 42 ; a J)at ofan, Bs. i. 71 ; fyrir J)at
n, besides, Grag. i. 428 : fyrir ofan, with ace. ; fyrir ofan hus, Nj. 199 ;
irofan kne, 28 ; fyrir ofan sjo, Fms. iv. 354 ; steinveggr var fyrir ofan,
«, higher up, Orkn. 310 ; fyrir ofan ok neSan. V. with gen.
the surface of; ofan jarQar, above earth, alive ; ofan sjoar, afloat.
faU, n. a downfall, Fms. ii. 276, Fbr. 88 : a down-pour, of rain,
ri. i. 163, Ann. 1391, Fas. i. 64, Karl. 527.
to-£5r, f. a descending, fsl. ii. 339.
'an-ganga, u, f. a descent, Sturl. i. 180, Eb. 218, Eg. 229, Stj. 365.
'an-liSgg, n. a cutting down, Pr. 414.
'an-i-gj6f, f. payment into the bargain : — rebuke.
'pn-reid, f. a riding downwards, Sturl. iii. 245.
ver3r, adj., opp. to ne6anver6r (q.v.), the upper, uppermost;
ivert bjargit, Hkr. i. 290 ; komnir i ofanvert riSit, Fms. ii. 5 ;
a ofanverSu bar6inu, 310; brei8r at ofanverSu, Isl. ii. 345; a
iver&u fjalli, Str. 54 ; 4 ofanver6ri HeiSmork, Fb. ii. 292 ; frii ond-
i^u til ofanver9s, /row top to bottom, Horn. 11^; fra ofanverSu allr
ia8r, John xix. 23. 2. temp, in the later part of a period, opp.
ndver6r; ofanver3a ndtt, towards the end of the night, late in the
', Fms. iv. 54, GullJ). 27; ondur9a . . . ofanverSa aefi sina, Ver. 25,
410 ; a ofanver8um dogum Haralds, Fb. ii. 182, Gisl. 3.
rla, adv. = ofarliga, in a temp, sense, towards the end of a certain
'h of time; a hans dogum ofarla, 623. il, Fms. iv. 24, xi. 201 ; o.
nga-fcistu, V. 168: — metaph., the phrase, bita e-m ofarla, to bite
!ly, Hm. 119.
ir-liga, adv. high up, in the upper part, opp. to neSarliga, q. v. ; o.
num, o. i skalanum, o. a fjollum, Grett. ill, Fms. v. 197, K. A. 70,.
N. G. L. i. 14. 2. metaph., |)eini mtin 1 briin brcg6a ok ofarliga
klxja, their upper part will itch, i.e. in the vital parts of their body,==
sorely, Nj. 239, cp. Hm. 119; at faftir l)inn tacki o. til iaunanna, thy father
was made to smart for it, 01k. 37 ; o. niun liggja lijafnaftr i J)^t, of bare-
faced impudence, Grett. 134. 3. temp., ofarliga h Jolum, Fms. vii.
272; ofarliga a hans dogum, Orkn. 136; o, a sefi Sigurdar konungs,
Fms. vii. 162.
ofarr, adv., compar. answering to of, upp, yfir, opp. to neSarr, q.v.;
superl. ofarst, but better cfst, q.v.: — above, higher up; sumir ofarr
sumir neftarr, Hkr. i. 71 ; annat augat mun ofarr en annat, Fms. vi. 206 ;
ofarr a legsteininum, Al. 65 ; ofarr i ilnni, Edda 75 ; o. en nu gang! fliift,
Grag. ii. 354; draga segl ofarr, Hkv. 1. 29. 2. temp, later, more
advanced in time; J)vi meirr er ofarr var, Bs. i. 137. 3. metaph.,
haettii, haettii ! ok lat eigi ofarr koma |)essa folsku, stop, stop ! and let not
this nonsense go farther, Bs. i. 810. 4. with a compar., ofar meir,
' upper-more,' higher up, P'ms. ix. 406 : temp, later, 499 ; sem ofar meirr
{below, in a book) mun heyrask mega, Stj. 13 ; sem ofar meirr mun sagt
vera, 44. II. superl. ofarst, uppermost, = ekt (q.v.), Edda 2,
Fms. vii. 64, N. G. L. i. 59, Hkr. i. 146, Gr4g. ii. 402.
of-iit, n. (afat, Hom. 31, 53, 71), over-eating, gluttony, Skulda 3o8,
Greg. 25, Earl. 42.
of-beldi, proncd. obbeldi, n. [qs. ofveldi], violence, overbearing, Fms,
i. 221, vii. 20, Al. 10, N. G. L, i. 458, H,E. i. 470. compos: of-
beldis-fuUr, adj. overbearing, Stj. 8. ofbeldis-madr, m. an over-
bearing ?nan, Stj. 85.
of-bj6t5a, baud, only impers. m6r ofby'8r, it amazes, shocks, me.
of-bleySi, f. cowardice, Sks. 75-
of-bo3, n. a shock, terror ; 1 of bo8i, in amazement : — of bo8s, adv. sboci-
f^a^y^ 'very. ofbo3s-legr, adj. shocking.
of-br8e3i, f. passion, impatience, Hom. 85.
of-dan, n. too much honour; J)a8 er o. fyrir mig, (conversational.)
of-deildir, f. pi. quarrelsomeness, Hom. 85.
of-dirf3, {. foolhardiness, K. A. 232, Fms. iii. 68, vii. 18, 161, H.E. i.
504, Str. 50. ofdirf3ar-fullr, zd]. foolhardy, H.E. i. 473.
of-dirfska, u, f. = ofdirf8, passim in mod. usage.
of-dramb, n. arrogance, conceit, Edda 7, (3. H. 88, Sks. 462. of-
drambs-fuHr, adj. conceited, Fms. v. 217, Hom. 123.
of-drykkja, u, f. (af-drykkja, Hom. 31, 53), indulgence in drink,
Fms. viii. 251, ix. 424, Barl. 42, GJ)1. 276, Skalda 208. ofdrykkju-
ma3r, m. a drunkard, 623. 15, Fms. viii. 252, Barl. 137.
of-dul, f. great conceit, Finnb. 300.
of-dyri, n. (umdyri, Hom. 83 thrice), the 'over-door,' the lintel, Ver.
21, Stj. 279, Gt)l. 345.
of-dselska, u, L pertness, Sks. 519, v. 1.
of -f axi, zdj. having gone too far, doing wrong ; verSa ofTari, Fms. iii.
21, viii. 237, xi. 436, Bs. i. 296, 837.
of-flta, u, f. too much stoutness.
of-fors, n. insolence, Grett. 110 A, Fms. v. 181. oflfors-fullr, adj.
insolent, Grett. 70 new Ed.
OPFB, n., also spelt ofr, [Lat. offertum ; Germ, opfer"], an offering,
Fms. ix. 277, Sks. 699, 781, Hkr. iii. 66, Bs. i. 820, Anecd. 8; fomir
ok heilcig offr, id. ; einskis {)eirra offr skal taka til heilags altaris, K. A.
208; til prests offrs, 102 ; prestinum til offrs, Vm. 1 18; at hann hef8i
sukkat gozi ok offri bins heilaga 6lafs konungs, J)a hann haf8i meft at
taka offrinu, Bs. i. 820.
offra, a8, [Germ, opfern; Engl, offar], to make an offering, sacrifice;
oftra e-m e-t. Mar. : o. sik Gu8i, K. A. 58. 2. to make a gift, to pre-
sent, in an eccl. sense, Al. 17 : with dat. of the thing, hann oftVaSi miklu
fe til grafar Drottins, Fms. vii. 92 ; offraSi fru Kristin bor8keri miklu, x.
87; hann let gcira kirkju ok offraSi \zx til gullhring, 153; \t\i voru
leiddir til altaris at offra, ix. 277 : reflex., H.E. i. 405.
of-framseekni, f. intruding oneself, Sks. 295.
offran, f. an offering, Stj. 109.
of-freistni, f. over-temptation, Barl. 158.
offrend, f. an offering, Hom. 113, Str. 80.
of-fylli, f. surfeit, Al. 153, Hom. 31 : medic, dropsy.
of-gangr, m. ' over-goi/ig,' excess, Fms. iii. 39 ; ganga ofgiingum, GisI.
79, N. G. L. i. 169; ganga ofgangi, Fms. vii. 269 : o. sjovar, Barl. 19;
elds o., D.N. ti. 95 ; o. frosts ok jiikla, Sks. 12 new Ed.
of-gangsi, adj. over-prevailing, Sks. 339.
of-geigr, m. a great shock, Horn. (St.)
of-geytlan, f. bragging, Hom. 85.
of-gjafir, f. p\. paying into the bargain, Nj. 18, v.l.
of-g8e3i, n. pi. great advantages, Hkr. iii. 285.
of-g6ngli, f. prevalence, Sks. 339, v. 1.
of-harmr, m. affliction, Fms. iii. 166.
of-h.eyrn, f., medic, a tingling in the head, Fel. x.
of-h.iti, a, ni. excessive heat, Hom. 87.
of-hla3a, hl68, to overload: of-hle3sla, u, f. overloading.
of-hlatr, m. immoderate laughter, Hom. 85.
, of-hl^, m. a calm, poet.. Aim, 33,
464
OFHYLDGAN— OFSI.
of-h.yldgan, f. ' over-flesh' proud flesh, of a wound, Fel. x.
of-inndaeli, f. over-comfort, easy life, Horn. 86.
of-jarl, m. an ' over-earl,' an over-match ; ver5a m(5r sumir ofjarlar her i
h6ra5inu, Valla L. 206 ; Joab, er mer ver6r ofjarl fyrir storleika sakir, Stj.
537 : in a play of words, Einarr })anibar-skelfir sa ^etta ok inselti, ofjarl,
ofjarl, fostri ! — Kann ek ekki vi5 |)vi, at y6r J)ykki sumt ofjarl en sumt
ekki at manna, Fms. vi. 53.
of-kapp, n. stubbortmess, G^l. 199, Bret. 38, Sturl. ii. 15, Finnb. 332.
of-k^tr, adj. exulting, Fms. vi. no, vii. 23, Fagrsk. 128.
of-kerski, i. petulance, Nj. 129, Fms. ix. 404, v. 1.
of-kvseni, n. vxoriousness, Fms. iv. 21.
of-kseti, f. wantonness, Fms.'ix. 352, 404, 445, Horn. 86.
ofl&t, f. = oblata, q.v.
of-ldti, a, m. a gaudy person, Landn. 373, Ld. 20, Nj. 142, Sturl. i. 19,
Fms. ii. 6, Gisl. 14.
of-latinn, part, much lamented, Sighvat.
of-ld,tligr, adj. showy, Sturl. iii. 156, Fbr. 56.
of-latungr, m. = oflati.
of-leyfingr, m. a person made too much of, Grett. 12 1 A.
of-16ttleikr, m. alertness, Sks. 19.
of-16ttliga, adv. willingly, promptly, Ld. 182, Fms. iii. 91.
of-16ttr, adj. prompt, easy, ready, Fms. ii. 99 ; o. til g66ra verka,
Horn. (St.) ; skulu ver nu vera ^^6x au3veldir ok oflettir til allra hluta er
J)u vilt at ver gorim, Stj., Fms. iv. 134 (spelt aflcttr).
of-li3, n. an overwhelming force ; vera ofli6i borinn, Nj. 180 ; ef menn
bera {jii ofli6i, ok lata Jia eigi ganga til doms, Grag. i. III. 2. over-
zeal; t)vi J)er hafit mer veitt fuUt li&, ef eigi oflia, Fms. vii. 143.
of-lj6st, n. adj. a metrical term, a pun, equivocation in poetry ; J)essi
or6tok hafa menn til at yrkja folgit, ok er J)at kallat ofljost, Edda no,
Skalda 183, 189.
of-lj6tr, adj. very hideous, Hy'm. 23.
of-losgja, 6, to humble, Post. 209.
of-laeti, n. self-assumption, Hom. 152.
of-]6skr, adj. very slovenly. Lex. Poet.
of-ma3r, m. = ofjarl; vera e-m o., Orkn. 426.
of-magn, n. = ofli6; in bera e-n ofmagni, to overpower. Fas. iii. 175-
of-megri, f. starvation, N. G. L. i. 25, G^l. 502.
of-metnaSr, m. over-pride, over-assumption, Nj. 17, O. H. 69, Sks.
461, Stj. 8, 144, 145, Hom. 86, 107, Ver. 10, Greg., Mar., Bs., passim
in old and mod. usage. compds : ofinetna3ar-fullr, adj. fidl of
pride, 625. 90. ofinetna3ar-raa3r, m. an over-proud 7?za«, Vigl. 1 7,
MS. 677. II, Stj. 36. ofmetnaSar-samr, adj. arrogant, Bs. i. 854.
of-metnask, a6, to pride oneself, Karl. 197.
of-mikill, adj. ^ over-muckle,' excessive, Gm. 21.
of-m.unu3, f. sensuality, Hom. (St.)
of-mselgi, f. loquacity, Stj. 155.
OFN, m., spelt omn, Bias. 46 ; an older form ogn, Boldt 48, answer-
ing to Goth, and Swed. : [\JU. auhns = icXiPavos ; Eng\. oven; Swed. -ugn ;
Dan. ovn, kakkel-ovn ; Germ, ofen; cp. Gr. iw-os] : — an oven, furnace,
esp. in Norway, where there are no hot springs for bathing, Rb. 386,
Ver. 29, Stj. 273, Fms. vii. 245, Bs. i. 223, Eb. 47 new Ed. ; stein-ofn, a
furnace of bricks (?), referring to the year 1316, Bs. i. 830, where the pas-
sage may refer to warming the apartments. 2. an oven for baking;
g6kk hon til nau6ig ok baka6i i ofninum, Hom. 1 13; in olden times,
as at the present day, baking and dairy work were in the women's charge.
COMPDS : ofns-eldr, m. an oven-fire, Stj. 112. ofn-grjot, n. pi.
oven-stones, bricks (y), Fms. vii. 323, viii. 1C6 (referring to the latter part
of the 1 2th century). ofn-reykr, m. smoke from an oven, Stj. 124.
ofn-stofa, u, f. an ' oven-closet,' close stove, bath-room, Fms. vi. 440,
where it is stated that king Olave the Quiet (1066 -1093) was the first
who introduced ovens or stoves (ofn-stofa) into the hall instead of the
old open fires, see eldr (II) ; these stoves served for bathing and for heat-
ing the rooms ; hann let ok fyrst gora ofnstofur ok steing61f vetr sem
sumar. The account of the death of the Berserkers in Eb. ch. 28, refer-
ring to the loth century, may therefore be an anachronism and not an
historical fact, for it is reported as extraordinary for Iceland that a bishop
of Holar (a Norseman) in the year 1316 built a 'stone-oven' (brick-oven)
in his house, Laur. S. 1. c.
of-neyzla, u, f. intemperance, Stj. 143, H.E. i. 519, Jb. 404.
ofnir, m. the name of a serpent, Gm., Edda (Gl.)
of-pru3leikr, m. great pomp, Str. 82.
of-pru3liga, adv. with great pomp, Str. 81.
of-pry3i, L pomp, show, Hom. 8.v
OFR, adv. [cp. Goth, ufar; Engl, over; O. H. G. upar; Germ. iXber ;
Lat. super ; Gr. virtp] : — over-greatly, exceedingly : with gen. but rarely,
ofr fjar is perh. only a misprint for of fjar, Lv. 103 (paper MS.) ; other-
wise as a prefix chiefly to substantives and adjectives. compds : ofr-
afl, n. = ofrefli, Grag. ii. 192. ofr-dst, f. passionate love, Fms. vii. 357.
ofr-bor3, n. overboard; in the metaph. phrase, detta fyrir ofrborft, to
fall overboard, lose heart and courage. ofr-d;^rr, adj. over-dear.
viii. 90, Isl. ii. 363 : beyond one's strength, Oddr kvaS ser J)at ekki ofrcf::
Korm. 38, Eb. 112, Fms. i. 203 ; me5 ofrefli, Al. 134 : excess, immensit
in the phrase, bera e-t ■<
II. gen. ofra3ar, adv
jf>6r6.65. ofr-efli,n. ovencMm/«^/or<:e,o(/Js, Eg. 351, Fms. i. 199,1 iii. 450; ofsi ok loglausa, 6. H. 238, Eb. 116; ofsa ok yfirg*"?
frosts, Sks. 36 new Ed. ; mikit o. gulls. Mar. : gen., ofreflis fjiiidi
immensity, Stj. 95. ofreflis-menn, m. pi. powerful men, bearing al
down, Nj. 75, Eg. 425, 520. ofr-fj6ldi, a, m. an immense host, Kar!
506. ofr-gangr, m. = ofgangr, Sks. 18, 33 new Ed. ofr-garpr
m. an overdaring man, Grett. 156 new Ed. ofr-gjold, n. p\. fearful
dire retribution, Skv. 2. 4. ofr-liarnir, m. an overwhelming sorrow
Fb. i. 512, Fas. i. 181. ofr-h.efnd, f. a fearful vengeance. Am. 72
ofr-hiti, a, m. an overwhelming heat, Hrafn. 15, Mar. ofr-liugi, a
m. a fearless, daring man, Nj. 220, Fms. i. 155, ii. 66, vi. 324, Fs. 54
Korm. 90 : = ofrhugr, akefS ok o., Fms. ii. 3x9. ofr-hugr, m. daunl
less courage, Edda (pref.) cfr-kapp, n. fierceness, stubbornness, Ld
178, Sturl. i. 45, Fms. vi. 146, 417, Eb. 98, Fb. ii. 51. ofrkapps-
ina3r, m. a fierce, stubborn mati, Fs. 52, Glum. 373, Isl. ii. 369, Fas. i
119. ofr-kuldi, a, m. excessive cold, Sks. 87. ofr-lengi, adv. ver
long, Hkr. i. 102. cfr-liS, n. overwhelming force ; bera e-n ofrliSi, /(
overpower, Fms. i. 154, Hkr. ii. 371, Barl. 190. ofr-ligr, adj. exces.
sive; ofrligt er um orleik J)inn, Ski5a R. 26. ofr-m^ta, adv. beyoni
measure. Fas. iii. 424. ofr-menni, n. a mighty champion, Eb. 248
ofr-mikill, adj. very great, Sks. I4I, Hkr. iii. 65. ofr-mselgi, f
high words, vaunting, VJjm. 10. ofr-maBli, n. big talk, Edda 57
ofr-skjott, n. adj. very soon, Hkr. ii. 190. ofr-vald, n. = ofrcli:
ofr-verkr, m. a violent ache or pain, Bs. ii. 29. ofr-yrSa, t, ti
address in big words, pibr. 256. ofr-yrdi, n. pi. high words, Edd;
57, Karl. 509. ofr-]^raut, f. a ^rea/ ^n'a/, Konr. ofr-J)ungi, a, m. <
crushing weight, Bs. ii. 81. ofr-olvi, adj. the worse for drink, Hm. 13.
ofra, a9, to brandish, wave in the air, with dat. of the thing brandished
J)egar er Birkibeinar ofru8u vapnum sinum, Fms. viii. 43, Eb. 60; ofr;
vrongum segi, to pull the oar backwards, Bragi. 2. to raise; ofr:
lofi e-s, to put forth one's praise, Edda (in a verse) ; {legar er solu v..
ofrat, whe7i the sun had risen, Ld. 216; ofra ser, to raise the head, appear
Bs. ii. 80, 132 ; bi8 ek at eigi ofrir pii rei6i J)inni, Stj. 392 : ace, o:
sinn hug, Bs. ii. 112. II. reflex., GuSmundr vildi {)at eigi hey:
ne ofrask lata, G. would not let it be known, Sturl. i. 14I ; J)at ra5 sen
mi var ofrat (put forth, proposed), Sturl. iv. 104, (Bs. i. 770 efnat) : t
pride oneself, Hom. 49, Bs. ii. 24.
ofra, a5, see offra and ofFr.
ofra3r, m. [Ulf. iifarasstis = abundance^
ofro6, to shew up, divulge, Stj. 619.
exceedingly ; ofra5ar lengi,ybr a long time to come, Korm. (in a vers
ofraSar J)rekma9r er sja, an exceeding strong man is he, Ni9rst. '
ofra9ar ma6r er sja, a mighty hero is he, 645. 107 ; ofraSar rangt, excecu
ing wrong, 6'J'J. 5 ; ofraSar vel, exceedingly well, Fms. xi. 47; ofnb.
synd, pride, presumption, = ofmetnaSr, Mar.
ofran, L pride, insolence, Bs. ii. 44 : savageness, N. G. L. i. 80.
cf-raun, f. too great a trial, too strong a test, Nj. 220, Fas. ii. 465.
of-rausn, f. ' over-boldness,' presumption, Fms. vii. 290 ; er ollum {)ato.
at halda J)vi fyrir m^r er konungr vill at ek hafa, ix. 445, v. 1. ; t)ann don
let hann hvern hafa, sem honum J)6tti Jjeir sakir til hafa, hvdrt sem ham
var rikr e6a fataekr, en fat J)6tti Jjeim o., xi. 250 ; hann 16t jafna refsin|
hafa rikan ok urikan, en J)at {)6tti landsmonnum o., O. H. 190.
ofr^, adv. = offra, from, off, VJ)m. 7; whence the contr. form afra
Fms. X. 395, 404.
of-rd.3, n. too great a task, Fms. iv. 29 ; oss mundi J)at ilia saekjas!
ok o. vera vi6 Jia Eyfirdinga, Valla L. 224; Sturla frgendi hans sc;!
honum slikt ofra&, Sturl. ii. 91 : too high an aspiration, ekki var {^etta vc^
J)okkat af sveitar-mcinnum fyrir J>6ri, ok J)6tti. honum J)etta o. ra3 yerai
iii. 144 : too high a match, f>orsteinn kva6 ser \zt o., er hon st63 ein ti|
alls arfs eptir Kraka, J>orst. hv. 38.
of-refsan, f. too great severity in punishing, Fb. ii. 316.
of-rembingr, m. arrogance, Bs. i. 634. .,j
of-reyna, d, to put too strong a test. Mar. ; ofreyna sik, to overstraa'^
one's strength.
of-reynsla, u, f. an overstraining.
ofringi, a, m. a rambler, Grag. i. 192 ; see lands-ofringi.
of-riki, n. overbearing, sheer force, tyranny; at J)eir ^evbi eigi hein.
at ganga fyrir o. buandans, K. {>. K. ; ofvald e9r o., Stj. 154. Boll. 33° j
afli ok o., Fms. i. 34; o. ok ujafna&r, viii. 84; bera e-n ofriki, N.G.L
ii. 150. ofrikis-nia3r, m. an overbearing man, G{)1. 488.
ofsa, a5, to overdo, do to excess; hinum botum er \>tn ofsa e&rran~
er i domum sitja, N. G. L. i. 184 ; opt eru ill vitni ofsuS fyrir skaps "k;;
247 : — ofsa sik, to puff oneself up, be haughty, arrogant; ef ^n ofsar p •
eigi J)er til vansa, Hrafn. 29. II. reflex, to grow unruly ; J"P!-'
t)6tti folkit ofsask, Bret. 6 ; opt verSr ofsat til vansa, a saying =/"-'<^^?'"
before a fall, Al. 1 38. 2. hence mod. afsast, dep. to rave, rage.
of-saka, a9, = a-saka, to accuse, Hom. 155.
of-senna, u, f. a quarrel, row, Hom. 85. j
ofsi, a, m. overbearing, tyranny; fyrir o. Haralds konungs, Fs. Iiji
biskup kvaSsk vsenta at menn munu J)essum ofsa af ser hrinda, j
OFSALEGR— OK.
4(KJ
gi msetti ofsi steypa Itigunurn, Hkr. i. 72 ; at sjatna niundi J)eirra
1. ii. 386 : extravagance, meir nie6 ofsa en fyrirhyggju, Ld. 186;
irsteini {)6tti nokkut sva vita ofsa J)arvist J)tirra ok eigi me6 fullri for-
i, Fs. 13; til ofsa ok frdsagnar, G{)1. 275. II. gen. prefixed,
■cessively ; ofsa h6r6 ve&r, vehement gales, Bs. i. 893 ; ofsa klttdi, a
re itch, Fel. x ; ofsa J)rutii!igr, Hkr. 642 new Ed. compds : ofsa-
gr, adj. excessive. ofsa-iuafir, m. an overbearing, violent man, Eg.
■4, Nj. 89, Fins. vi. 155, vii. 1 13. ofsa-veflr, n. a violent gale.
if-sinka, u, f. over-stinginess, Horn. 85.
')nir, f. pi. ; in the phrase, sja ofsjonum yfir e-u, to look down
.espise; brott aetlar hann ok gorir hann J)at ilh . . . J)urfti hann
^jonum yfir fiessu landi at sja, Sturl. i. 225 ; ef hann hefSi eigi
(inum yfir mannlegu e31i, Al. 160 : — in mod. usage, to grudge one
2. mod. the seeing of phantoms.
ips-maflr, read ofrkappsmaSr, Bjarn. 34.
:mtan, f. over-pleasure, Fms. ii. 271.
valdr, n. over-swaggering, great noise, Fms. vi. 287.
ynja, adj. overlooking, looking down upon; {leir J)ykkjask ser
ii mer nokkut o., Fms. v. 226; synisk mer sem flestir meim s6
o. vestr J)ar, Sturl. iii. 168.
iipun, f., medic, monstrodly, Fel. x.
iilr, m. vast masses of snow, N.G. L. i. 392.
kn, f. persecution, Fxr. 134, Fms. i. 224, Stj. 497, Ver. 29, Th.
ii. 142, passim.
..ark, u. ' over-strength,' sbowiness, pride, Str. 82 (twice),
-stopi, a, m. overbearing, arrogance, insolence ; fara meS ofstopa, Nj.
. , ^ildi Gu9 mi enda lata a ver6a J)eirra ofstopa, Fms. vii. 18, Hom.
;metna6r ok o., Rb. 394. ofstopa-madr, m. an overbearing
b. 14, Fms. i. 6, vii. 238, Nj. 215, Orkn. 8 ; illt er at eggja of-
; a-inennina, Fb. i. 522.
-stri3leikr, m. over-strength, violence, Sks. 156.
i-styrmi, n. = ofvi3ri, Fr.
j-st^ri, n. an ' over-steering,' unmanageable thing ; setla ek at J)u ver&ir
'1 d-iott ofstyri. Fas. i. 365 (Skjold. S.) ; y5r mun o. ver6a at leggja mik
i, Boll. 344 ; hence the mod. 6-styrilatr, unruly, qs. ofstyrilatr.
cki, n. ferocity, Ld. 252 ; grunar mik at ei komir J)u {)vi vi& fyrir
., Isl. ii. 347, Mag. 164; ofstaekis-maSr, a fierce man, Mag.
.okr, adj. hot, fierce, vehement.
■stseri, n. [stdxr], pride, haughtiness, Thorn. 182.
'|-st63ur, f. pi. priapismus, Fel. x.
<l-8vefni, n. over-sleep, lethargy, N.G. L. ii. 418 (v. 1.), Bb. 3. 81.
•jsvsBsi, n. temerity, H. E. i. 261, N.G. L. i. 458.
•isvsBsinn, adj. in over-high spirits.
•jssBkja, sotti, to persecute, Magn. 482, Stj. 402, 448, 478, passim.
OliSkjandi, part, a persecutor, Stj 376.
<|s6gn, f. 'over-saying.' exaggeration. Fas. i. 25.
<js6gur, f. pi. exaggeration; ekki hefir hann ofsogur frd ^er sagt,
Fij, vi. 206 ; hafa eigi o. verit fra sag3ar ^eirra garpskap ok her&i, xi.
I£j; eigi ma ofs'gum segja fra vitsmunum {)inum, it cannot be too
hi^y praised, Ld. 132, Fas. i. 84, Isl. ii. 36, Mag. 99, 113.
f.\, see opt.
cjtala, u, f. an 'over-number,' surplus, N. G. L. i. 182.
ctekja, u, f. a taking too much, wronging, Bs. i. I15.
ctign, f. a too great honour. Fas. ii. 489.
Ctraust, n. ' over-trust,' a too great confidence.
reysta, t, to trust too much, Hsm.
seki, u. = ofstxki (?), NjarS, 368, v.l.
aid, n.=:ofrvaId, H.E. ii. 83, Stj. 121, 154, Art. 64.
rallt, see ofallt.
reSri, n. = ofvi3ri, Hom. 97, Fas. ii. 78.
'erkr, m. a violent pain, Bs. i. 343, 45'^, Stj. 435.
i3ri, n. a violent gale, Fms. viii. 256, K. {>. K. 78, Fas. ii. 37.
oliian, f. conceit, presumption, Stj. 144, Hom. (St.)
^ir3ing, f. over great an honour, Fms. vi. 17.
'^iti, a, m. an over-wise person — Germ, sonderling, one who behaves
trange manner; hann er o., a popular phrase.
SBgilegr, adj. ' over-weighing,' overwhelming, immense, Bs, ii. 5.
8egr, adj. overwhelming; o. herr, (3. H. 242.
eeni, f. ' over-weening ' spirits, Vtkv. "J.
'5l'ir4, f. immoderate lust, Hom. 85.
'ongva, 6, to force, ravish, Stj. 384,
Jgli, f. stubborn silence. Art. 30.
>i|6gull, adj. over-silent. Art. 30.
of tlan, f. an ^over-task,' too great a task.
"•'Uiliga, adv. = iifelmtliga (?), Sturl. iil. 185 C.
copulative conj. ; the mod. form is og, which appears in the 15th
MSB., but the word is usually in tho MSS. written thus -j.
unic inscriptions mostly have auk, which diphthongal form has
conj. been changed into ok, but is retained in the adverbial auk
vi. 26 ; ofsi ok ujafna&r, Eg. 8 ; ofsa ok lidadir, Fms. i. 308 ; at j have the word, we are in the dark at to its earliest Scandinavian form.
The particle ok is characteristic of the Scaiulinavian languages, as distin-
guished from the Germ, und, Engl, and; although this is more apparent
than real, for the identity of ok with the Goth, copulative particle yai and
uh, Hel.jac, has been conclusively demonstrated by Grimm, who alto
makes out an identity between Goth, ub, standing for bu, and Gr. mu,
Lat. -que; the metathesis of ub for bu is analogous to Lat. a<: = Gr. «ai,
Grimm farther supports this etymology by comparing the Teutonic com-
pounds nc-hu, Iccl. conti: ne, with Lat. ne-c •^ ne-que, which provet the
identity of both the suffixed particles, the Lat. c or que and the Teut. ub.
The Goth.^'ai is a compound =^'«-i/i = '/»imo-7we;' the Norse ok, too,
is prob. a compound particle, the 7 being dropped, and ihcn ja-ub con-
tracted into auh = auk; the final guttural b (sounded as x). instead of
being absorbed by the preceding vowel, was hardened into the tenuis k.
The negative verbal suffix -a and -ad, the nominal suffix -gi, and the
copula ok will thus all be derived from one root, — one of the many in-
stances of the Protean transformations of particles, even the negative and
positive being interwoven into the same word.
A. And, a- copula between two or more nouns; i upphafi skapa&i
Gu8 hiniinn ok j6r6, Edda (pref.. Gen. i. i) ; riki ok konungd6m, Fnu.
i. 23 ; mikill ok sterkr, Nj. 2 ; vaen kona ok kurteis ok vel at s^'r, 1 ; d«tr
J)rjAr ok sonu J)rja, 30. If the nouns are many the usage may vary : — the
nouns may be paired off, eldr ok vatn, j4rn ok malmr, Edda 36 ; or th€
copula is only put to the last, eldr, vatn, jam ok malmr ; or, if emphatic,
it may be reiterated, eldr ok vatn ok jarn ok m41mr ; or ok may be left
out altogether, malmr, steinar, jor6in, vi6irnir, sottirnar, dy'rin, fuglarnir,
eitrormar, Edda I.e. 2. bse5i ok, baeOi er haim vitr ok framgjam,
Nj. 6. 3. in comparison, as, and, = Lzt. ac, atque ; me6 jot'num
skildaga ok Hr6lfr Kraki gtirfti, Fb. ii. 137; samr maSr ok adr, tbe
same man as before, i. 364 ; hafa me8 s6r sin epli, ok bera saman ok hin,
and compare them and the others, Edda 46 ; hon var J)4 ulik ok fyrr,
Fms. i. 185 ; {lat er mjok sundrleitt ok Kristair menn gora, it differs
mush from what Christians do, x. 171; a somu lei& ok fyrr, i. 253;
samsumars ok Steinger&r g6kk frii Bersa, Korm. 160; jamvandhxfr ok
fjorbaugsmadr, Grag. i. 89. 4. of an adversative character, and yet,
but; morgum sarum ok cngum st6rum, Fms. x. 370 ; Jwtta eru aheyrilig
bo&, ok ujafniig, Nj. 77 ; usaellig kona ertu, ok {but yet) ekki sv4 at eigi
megi saema vi8 slikt, Fms. vii. 167. 5. the particle ok connects
together the parts of the sentence ; J>4 maeiti Frigg, ok spurSi, then spoke
Frigg, and asked, Edda 37; at ^li bsettir riid 'pitt, ok bx3ir \>{tt konu, tbou
sbouldst mend thy condition, and take thee a wife, Nj. 2 : — it is used to
mark the progress of a speech or sentence, fellusk Asum or&tiik ok sv4
hendr, ok sa hverr til annars, ok voru allir me6 einum hug til J)ess er unnit
hafdi verkit ; Loki tok. Mistiltein, ok sleit upp, ok g^kk til {)ings . . . ;
H63r tok Mistiltein, ok skaut at Baldri ; .ffisir toku Hk Baldrs, ok fluttu
til sjavar, Edda 37 ; sendu J)eir Ivar til hans, ok skyldi hann vita, Fms.
x. 27. II. in the old law (the Grag.) the apodosis or conclusion is
headed by ok, then, as in the standing phrase, ok ver8r hann litlagr, ok
varSar ^at . . . marka litlegS, and he shall pay, i. e. then be shall . . .; J>eir
menn er sakir eigu, ok skulu |)eir ganga til d6ms . . ., and so in every
page of the Gragas. III. in some ancient epic poems the ok it
as an historical particle put at the head of sentences or verses in a manner
which closely resembles the use of the Hebrew 1 ; the old Yt. is in this
respect remarkable, — ok sikling, i ; ok salbjartr, 2 ; ok sa brann, 3 ; ok
Visburs, ok allvald, 4 ; ok landherr, 5 ; ok ek J)ess opt fregit haf&ak, 6 ;
ok allvald, 7 ; ok J)at or3, 8 ; ok hnakkmars, 10 ; ok var3 hinn, 11 ; ok
Hagbar3s, 12; ok Jjralifr . . .ok sveiftuSs, 13; ok lofssell, 14; ok Aust-
marr, ok vi& aur, ok daSgjarn, 16; ok Ijoshomum, 18 ; ok ofveg, ok sa
fromudr, 19 ; ok Ingjald, ok sja ur3r, 20 ; ok SkaereiS, 22 ; ok mi liggr,
23; ok launsigr, ok bu3lung, 24; ok um ra8, ok launsigr, 25; ok
niSkvisI, 26;— so used about thirty times in this single poem; in other
poems less freq., but yet it occurs, e.g. in the fragments ofVellekla, see
also the references given s. v. auk (IH). IV. the placing the
copula before both the parts to be joined is curious ; this only occurs
in a few instances in old poetry; ok emnar kttz, ' and' one eight, i.e.
one plus eight = nine, Hd. (composed about 986 A.D.); ok harar hain-
Ijot, 'and hoary scraggy' = hoary and scraggy, Haustl.; ok Sorli J)eir
HamSir, 'and Sorli Haindir'^S. and H., Bragi ; ok atta enni-tungl
fjogur hofu&, 'and eight eyes four beads,' {.t. four beads and eight
eyes, id.; ok horga blothiis, Rekst. ; ok sv4 jarlar OI4far, = jarIar ok
sva 6lafar, Sighvat ; ok hringa hiinar v^urh mim, tbe woe of ber and
myself, Kormak; ok ha grasi vi8i = ha grasi ok vidi, Gm. 17; ok Elfar
Gandvikr miftli, Edda (Ht.) 1. V. used as an interjection; ^i
skalt fara i Kirkjuba— Ok, hvat skal ek Jwugat ? Nj. 74 ; ok skaltu
enn J)ora at msela jofnum orSum vi8 mik, 656 B. 10: akin to this is the
mod. usage in exclamations, wrath, wonder, indignation, og, hvaft er mi
a&- tarna ! og, hvernig jetli ^li 14tir ! og, ekki nema ^ib ! VI.
the following are prob. ellipt. ; segdii m^r {jat . . ..ok ek vilja vita, tell
tbou me that, and I wi^b to know = that which I want to know, Skm. 3 ;
aetlar jarl at hoggva {)essa menn alia, ok ^eii hof5u mi hondum & komit»
'n. As neither the stone in Tune nor the Golden horn happens to, ^all those, and {ivbom) they bad got bold of, Fms. xi. 14
^ H H
466
OK— ORD.
B. Adverb ; older form auk, q. v., [Germ, auch ; Old Engl. eJie] : —
also; J)at er ok, at, Grag. i. 36; her eru ok tignar-klae6i, Nj. 6; hann
vaknar ok sem a9rir, Fms. xi. 117; sva mun ok, Horn. 142, and in
countless instances old and mod., see auk ; eigi ok, neither, Fms. x. 324 ;
J)aS er og, so so !
OK, n. [Goth, juk; A.S.geoc; Engl. _yoyte; O.U.G.joh; Germ.
jocb ; cp. Lat. jugum, Gr. fDYW ; in the Northern languages the j is
dropped, ok, Dan. aag'] : — ayoke, Fb. ii. 72, Rb. 398, Al. 6, 19, Sks. 136
new Ed. : metaph., ok voru sva Nor6menn undir J)vi oki, O.T. 15 ; ok-
bjorn, ok-hreinn, poet. = a 'yoke-bear,' an ox, Yt., Lex. Poet.
oka, a6, to 'yoke,' subjugate ; margar J)j66ir okadi hann undir riki Vald-
amars konungs, Fms. x. 231; at ek geta J)ik undir okat hans J)j6nustu,
ii. 122; Gu6 okaSi undir hann alia hans undirmenn, Bs. i. 167; hann
mun oka y6r undir J)rongvan {)raeld6m, Stj. 441, Karl. 134. 2. to
join by a cross-piece; ker mikit ok okat nie6 storum timbr-stokkum,
Hkr. i. 1 7 : undir-oka, to ' under-yoke,' subjugate.
oki, a, m. a cross-piece fastening boards or deals together ; Ipar skulu
vera fjorar rimar i ok okar a endum, GJ)1. 381 ; hann hljop upp a okann
ok st69 par, the cross-piece on the inside of a door, Hav. 39 ( = hur6ar-
oki, Eb. 182) ; jafn-oki, an equal match.
OKKARE, adj. pron., f. okkur, n. okkat and okkort, gen. pi. okkarra ;
contr. forms okkrir, okkrar, okkrum: [a Goth, uggqvar is supposed,
answering to iggqvis ; A. S. uncer = Gr. vcoi'Tepos^ : — our, in dual ; okkarr
mestr vinr, Fms. ii. 221 ; tal okkat, Sks. 12 B ; okkat viStal, Fs. 8 ; vaetti
okkat, Nj. 233 ; okkart f^lag, Fms. v. 254 ; vapn okkur, Al. 138 ; okkarri
sameign, Fs. 7 ; fe&ra, hesta, biia okkarra, Ld. 40, Fms. ii. 8, 105, Eg. 95 ;
vaettis-bur6 okkrum, Nj. 233; okkru li6i. Eg. 283; skyldleika okkra,
Ld. 40 ; fund okkarn, Nj. 8 ; okkarn glsep, Fms. x. 261 ; dau9a okkars,
i. 216, and passim: — adding a genitive; skip okkat Oz\ira.T, the ship
of O. and myself, Nj. 8 ; fraendsemi okkra Magmiss, Fms. vi. 178 : — used
as a subst., hvara-tveggi okkar, both of us, Nj. 55 ; hvarrgi okkarr. Eg.
195; s4r hvart okkart, each of us separately, Fms. vi. 104; hvartki
okkat, neither of us, Nj. 10; hvars tveggja okkars, Fms. i. 216, x. 270;
hvarrgi okkarr Geirs, neither of us, G. nor I, Nj. 80. g^ In mod. usage
the possessive okkarr is superseded by an indeclinable okkar (gen.)
okkr, dat. and ace. dual, [Ulf. ugk, ugkis = fuJLas, 'qiuv] : — us, of
two, in countless instances ; the old writers make a strict distinction be-
tween dual and plur. (okkr oss, ykkr y3r, vit v6r), whereas mod. Icel. in
the spoken language has exclusively adopted the dual ; thus Icel. say,
hann sag3i okkr, hann ba& okkr ; this use of the dual for the plur. is
prop, a familiar way of speaking, regarding the speaker himself as the
one, and ' the rest' as the other person ; in writing the old distinction is
still often observed.
OKB, n. [Ulf. wokrs=^T6Kos, Luke xix. 23; A.'Si. wocor ; O. H. G.
wuochar ; Gtxra. wucher ; Dan. aa^er; Swed. ocfcr]: — wswry, K. A. 204,
218, Bs. i. 684 ; the word occurs in old writers only in eccl. writers.
okra, a5, to practise usury ; okra e-u or okra me6 e-t.
okr-karl, m. a usurer, K. A. 206, = Dan. aager karl.
oktava or oktava-dagr, m. [Lat. word], the octave after a feast day,
Bs. i. 144, H.E. i. 310.
ol-bogi, a, m. the elbow; see olnbogi.
olea and olia, u, f. [Lat. olewn], oil, Pr. 470, 471.
olea, a&, to anoint, of extreme unction, N. G. L. i. 14, 347, Fms. viii.
445, X. 148, Bs. i. 144.
olean, f. extreme unction, Fms. viii. 445, Bs. i. 469, N. G. L. i. 14, 347,
H.E. i. 224, 473.
olifant, m. [for. word ; Gr. k\f(pas ; Old Engl. oUfaunt'j, the unicorn,
Karl. 386 : — the name of a trumpet, Karl., 1. c. ; skapti9 var af olifant-
horni, ivory f Karl. 369.
oliva, u, f , olivu-tr6, n., -vi3r, m. [for. word], the olive-tree, Stj. 256,
403, 413, 441, Karl. 199, |)i3r. 1 16. olifa-kvistr, m., Karl. 226, 334.
olla, olli, ollat, to cause ; see valda.
ol-ugi, ol-hugat, ol-hugliga, olu3, = olhugi, etc., q. v. ; see alhugi.
oman, n. the boss on a sword, f)i&r. 104, N. G. L. ii. 439.
oman, adv. = ofan, f)i3r. passim.
op, n. an opening, mouth, of a bag or the like ; binda fyrir opi9 (poka-
op), freq. in mod. usage, but does not occur in old writers.
OPA, a5, to retreat, go back, akin to opinn ; this is the older form,
whence comes hopa the common form, under which see the references.
opin-bera, a9, [Germ, offenbaren'], to manifest, reveal, Bs. i. 275, 869,
passim, H.E. i. 526.
opin-beran, f. revelation. Opmberunar-b6k, f, the Book of Reve-
lation.
opin-berliga, adv. openly, in public, Nj. 165, Fms. i. 142, ii. 184, ix.
452, K. A. 108, Dipl. i. 7, Sks. 577.
opin-berligr, adj. manifest, Stj. 250 : public, o. skript. Fas. ii. 174.
opin-berr, adj. [Germ, offenbar^, manifest, Sks. 714; gcira opinbert,
Fms. ii. 104 : open, o. viSatta, Sks. 504 : notorious, o. mal, K. A. 152 ;
o. ransmaSr, 62 ; o. okrkarl, 62, 208.
opin-eygr, adj. open-eyed, Bs. i. 66, Fms. ii. 20, v, 238, vii. lOl, Grett.
76 (new Ed.)
opin-mynntr, adj. open-mouthed, Sd. 147.
OPINN, opin, opit, adj., [A. S. and Engl, open; 0. H. G. offtal
Germ, offen; Dan. aaben'\: — open, prop. = resupinus, on the back, fa
uppermost ; opp. to a grufu (grovelling) opnu-selar eru fyrir Tpvi kallaS
at J)eir svimma eigi a griifu heldr opnir, Sks. 177 ; hann let binda hai
opinn a sla eina, Fms. ii. 179; fell sa opinn a bak aptr, vii. 191;
maSr liggr opinn a slettum velli, Symb. 31; opit ok ondvert, Bs. i. 74
the phrase, koma i opna skjoldu, to take one in the back (i. e, the holloa
of the shield, to take one in the rear, Eg. 295, Stj. 365. II. ope;
lopti6 var opit. Eg. 236 ; opnar bu9ir, Grag. i. 261 ; haugrinn opinn, ?
118; hann let snua fjol fyrir Ijorann sva at liti9 var opit a, so that little u
left open, Fms. vii. 191 ; var hur6in opin, Edda 30, Fms. vii. 314 ; op
bref, an open deed, letters patent, Dipl. ii. i ; opin jor&, open, thawt
N. G. L. i. 43 ; opin a, an open river, not icebound, Vm., Fs. 52 ; at rr
stse&i opin, open, undecided, Sturl. iii. 136; sja banann opinn fyrir S'
Fb. i. 197 ; kominn i opinn dau6a.
opin-sj63r, m. open-purse, a nickname, Sturl.
opiii-skd.r, adj. lying open, manifest, as also metaph. out-spoken, frw
opin-spjallr, adj. out-spoken. Ad. i, Fb. ii. 701-
opna, a9, [A.S. openjan. Germ, offnen, etc.], to open; hann l^tt op
hauginn. Eg. 601 ; opna j6r9 til J)ess at grafa ni9r lik, K. |).K.; \
opnu5u merina, cut it up, Fs. 56 : imipers., syndisk himinn opna, Ho
57 : reflex, to open, he opened, Grag. ii. 262 ; opnask haugrinn, Fb. i. 21
sarit opna6isk, Fms. ix. 276 ; fjallit opnaSisk, Nj. 211 ; himinn opna5i!
NiSrst. 3 ; J6r9 opna6isk, 645. 64.
opna, u, f. an opening; hvita-salt sva mikit umhverfis opnuna (
crater), at klyfja matti hesta af, Ann. 1341 : — the two pages of an 0/
book, erkibiskup leit skjott a J)a opnu sem upp flettisk, Safn i. 677 ! \
stendr a J)essari opnu. opnu-selr, m. a kind oi seal, the mod. v69u-5i
so called because it swims on its back (see opinn), Sks. 177.
oppruSar, gen. = ofra3ar ; pryQiliga til oppruSar, exceedingly grm
Fms. X. 387..
OPT, adv., better oft, compar. optarr, superl. optast, [Ulf. vftn
voWoLKis, and common to all Teut. languages] : — oft, often ; J)a var6 ]
sem opt kann henda, Fms. i. 99, and in countless instances, old a
mod. ; e. g. opt is freq. the first word in a host of proverbs, opt sps
lei&um J)ats hefir Ijufum hugat, Hm. ; opt kemr ae9i-regn or diisi,
comes a shower after a lull, Eb. (in a verse) : opt er flag9 i fogru skin
etc. 2. with part, pass., opt-reyndr, oft-tried, Fms. vi. 104; o
nemndr, opt-greindr, oft-named, etc. II. compar. optarr, oftem
eigi optarr en of sinn, not more than once, Js. 2 ; J)a. mundi hann opt
sigr fa, Fms. vi. 225; en ef hann stell optarr, Js. 129; eigi optarr,
more, id. ; as J)vi sterkari sem hann fell optarr, Al. 52 ; J)vi meira s
J)at var optarr hvatt, Korm. 94, passim. III. superl. opta
oftenest, usually, mostly; hann var optast um mitt landit, Fms. i.
hann sat optast i Tunsbergi, 1 1 ; hann atti J)ar margar orrostur ok ha
optast sigr, 193, passim.
optarri, compar. adj. more frequent, J)i3r. 161.
opt-leiki, a, vn. frequency, Fms. v. 241.
opt-liga, adv. often, frequently. Eg. 60, Fms. i. 13, 23, 52
Hkr. i. 199 ; mjok optliga, very often, Fms. vii. 150, passim.
opt-ligr, zd]. frequent, Stj., Mar., Skalda, Fms. x. 315.
opt-samliga, adv. = optliga, Barl. 137.
opt-samligr, zd.]. frequent, Barl. 94, Str. 8, 36.
opt-semi, i. frequency, MS. 4. 8.
opt-sinnis, adv. many times, Fms. iv. 176, Art.
opt-sinnum, adv. = optsinnis, Sks. 255, Al. 86, Barl. 63, ']0.
OR©, n. [Ulf. ivaurd = \6yos, p^fut ; a word common to all Teut. I <
guages, old and mod. ; cp. also Lat. verbum^ : — a word. In .the earli
usage, as in Old Engl., every sentence, clause, or saw is called a wo
cp. Germ, spruch-wort ; an address or a reply is 'a word,' cp. Gei
ant-wort; the grammatical notion (Lat. vox, verbum) is later s
derived; hann skyldi hafa J)au prju or3 i frambur3i sinum, {wt.;.
fyrsta or3, 'at allir menu skyldu Kristnir vera;' t)at annat 'at uheij
skyldi vera hof 611 ok skur3go3 ;' J)at var it J)ri3ja or3, 'at fjtirbau
gar3 skyldi var3a blot oil, ef vattnsem yr3i,' Fms. ii. 237; l)au '|
or3 {)rju er skoggang var3a 611, ef ma3r kallar mann ragan edr stn
inn e3r sor3inn, enda a ma3r vigt i gegn peim or3um J)remr, Gr
ii. 147; ord mer af or3i or3s leita3i verk mer af verki verks leita
Hm. 142 : the saw, ferr or3 ef um munn li3r, {>orst. Si3u H., Vapn. 1
ef ma3r maelir nokkuru or3i i mot, if he says a word against it, Nj. 21
triia 6ngu or3i \>vi er ek segi, 265 ; vii eg eiga lei3retting or3a niii.
132 ; cp. the saying, allir eiga lei3retting or3a sinna : satt or3, F^l^•
(in a verse) ; sinna Jjrimr or3um vi3 e-n, to exchange three words wit
persoti, Hm. 126; maela m6rgum or3um, 104; skilin or3, 135; ^P)
einu or3i, Fms. vi. (in a verse); fa oxh, a few words; g63 oro, JT'
words; ill ord, had language; halft or3, in the phrase, eg vildi tala i"-
or3 vi3 J)ig ! {half a word, i. e. a few words), lofa e-n f hyerju or
lasta hann i hverju or3i ; i einu or3i, in one word; segja i sin" f
hvart, to say one thing in one breath and another in the next, Nj. -t
, auka teki3 or9 ; or3 eptir or3, word for word, Dipl. iii. 1 1 ; taka
I
|i«ii
I
ORDAATVIK— ORDRiEDA.
467
r8a or&s, to begin to speak, Nj. 122, 230; kveSa at or8i, to say, utter,
33> 238; hafa vi& ord, to bint at, 160; hafa J)at or8 &,, to give out,
''ms. vii. 285 ; giira ord a e-u, to notice, Nj. 197 ; vel orSi farinn, well
polten, eloquent, Fnis. xi. 193, Ld. 122 ; var6 J)eim mjok at orduni, tbey
ame to high words, Nj. 27 (sundr-orda, and-orda) : — allit., orS ok verk
orig. vord ok verk), words and work, Grag. i. 162, ii. 336 ; fullrettis-or3,
47 ; fonikve&it or6, an old saw. Eg. 5 20 ; Heilog or3, holy words, Grdg.
76. 2. visu-orS, a verse line, the eighth part of a strophe, Edda (Ht.) ;
tta menu yrki alia visu, ok yrki eitt or8 hverr {)eirra, if eight persons
lake a strophe, each of them making a 'word,' of a libel, Grag. ii. 152 ;
ma&r yrkir tvau orS en annarr onnur tvau ok ru6a J)eir baSir samt
B ok varflar skoggang hvarum-tveggja, 148 (of a libel); siSaii kva8u
er visu |)essa, ok kvaS sitt ord hver, Sturl. ii. 9. 3. gramm. a word,
rb; sogn er inn mimisti hluti samansetts mals, sii siign er af al|)ydu
illu8 or3, Skalda 180 ; nafn ok orS, noun and verb, id.; vi8r-or8, adverb,
J)6at J)at orS se i tvau samstcifur deilt, 164. II. metaph.
d special usages : 1. word, fame, report ; gott or8, good report,
;. 17, Nj. 16 ; J)ar fell hann fyrir BarSa, ok haf3i gott orS, Isl. ii. 366 ;
t or8, evil report, Fms. vii. 59 ; lek hit sama orS a, Fs. 75 ; er ^at
3tt vi8 or6i, it will give rise to evil report, Band. 1 2 new Ed. ; fyrir
3s sakir, for report's sake, because of what people say, Nj. 6; pott
kr se J)at til or3s lagit, although we are blamed for it, 246 ; fiat lag8i
Jamkell mer til orSs, 85 ; aSrir leggja Jjeim {)etta til or8s, Gisl. 84 ; en
( ir er J)at litt at skapi at hon hljoti af per nokkut or3, Fbr. 30 new
2. a message; senda, gora e-m orfl, Eg. 19, 26, 742, Nj. 163 :
word, reply, sendima8r sag8i honum or8 tJlfs, 160: a request, en-
Iaty, ef pu vill ekki gora fyrir min ord, 88 ; hann hefr upp ord sin ok
r hennar, Eg. 26 (b6nord). 3. as a law phrase, an indictment, sum-
ns; enda a hann orSi at rada vid hinn er vid tekr, the receiver has the
,\ bt of indictment or summoning, Grag. i. 334; hann a kost at saekja
Jm er hann vill urn ok rada sjalfr ordi, 401 ; ok a sa ordi um at rada
,;.ggver a, ii. 307 ; ok a pa hinn ordi at rada um vid hann er fe pat
i , 309 : ord ok saeri, words and oaths, Vsp. 30 : — a word, verdict, vote,
< the like, kvedja bxia allra peirra orda, er hann skylda log til um at
s ja, Grag. i. 369, Nj. 238; saekja ord {vote) logrettumanns til biidar,
(J!.g. i. 9 ; pa skal saekjandi bera fram vxtti pat er nefnt var at ordum
ijcups, ^a er hann lofadi fjar-heimting, 377. III. bon-ord,
t\>ing; heit-ord, lof-ord, a promise; doms-ord, a sentence; vatt-ord,
*|wo«y; urdar-ord, the 'weird's word,' fate, Fsm. May there not be
e etymological connection between ' word ' and ' weird,' Icel. ord and
r, qs. word, wurdr ? the notion of weird, doom prevails in compds, as
-ord, danbi-orb, = death-weird, fate ; other compds denote state, con-
a\)n, as in leg-ord, vit-ord, = Ulf. «/«V-oc?s; gob-orb, priesthood ; met-
Oi rank; gjaf-ord, marriage, being given away.
I B. Compds: orba-at^rik, n.pl.' word-details,' tvording. or3a-
i\.st,n. altercation, Fas.ii. 205. or3a-belgr, m.a 'word-bag,' a great
tirr; cp. tala i belg, and the tale of talking a bag full, Isl. {>j6ds. ii. 479.
ola-b6k, f. a word-book, dictionary, (mod., from the Dan. and Germ.)
Oia-drdttr, m. drawling, Edda (pref.) or3a-far, n. a course of words,
k\uage. or3a-fj61di, a, m. a vocabulary, Edda (Ht.) 123. or3a-
fiiabur3r, m. utterance, Th. 75. or3a-frainkast, n. the throwing out
a \rd, a chance proposal, Eb. 130, Fas. iii. 66. or3a-fullting, n. speak-
yoodfor one, Fms. ii. 63, vii. 182. or3a-gl8esur, f. pi. showy words,
in. 68. or3a-gn6tt, f. = ordgn6tt, MS. 15. i. or3a-greiii,
'>brase, Bs. i. 847, Stj. 3. or3a-hagr, adj. skilled, expert in words,
vx^Jy, Fbr. 133. or3a-hald, n. the keeping one's word, Fms. viii. 413.
oili-hendingar, f. pi. a bandying words, Sturl. ii. 58. orSa-hjaldr,
ending verbiage. Odd. 20. or3a-hnippingar, f. pi. altercations,
5, Fms. i. 75. or3s-kvi3r, m. a phrase, Skalda 178, Mar.;
Sks. 447 B; but esp. a satv, proverb, Fms. ii. 39, vi. 220, 328,
6, Skalda 196, passim. or3skvi3a-h4ttr, m. a verse having
!ws for burden, Edda (Ht.) or3a-kv63, f. = ordalag, Sks.
or3a-lag, n. manner of words, language, Fms. ii. 18, Sks. 8,
39, Sturl. i. 157. or3a-lauss, adj. wordless: neut., lata e-t
1st, to leave it, to speak not of it, Sturl. i. 140 C, Valla L. 209.
Iei3ing, {^.pronunciation (referring to long and short vowels, see
Skalda 171. or3a-lengd, f. the length of a verse, Edda (Ht.)
or3a-ina3r, m. a man of words, eloquent man, Bs. i. 273> Grett.
or3a-r6nir, m. = ordr6mr, Clem. 50. or3a-safn, n. a col-
of words. or3a-samr, adj. wordy, long-winded, Fb. i. 167.
semi, f. verbiage, Ld. 100. or3a-skak or or3a-skvak, n.
rd-squeak,' scolding, 0. H. 157, Eg. 287. or3a-skil, n. pi.
fion of words; ekki matti heyra o., Stj. 428 ; en ekki nam orda-
I'lns. vi. 372; ok er hann hly'ddi ef hanu naemi nokkur o., Eb.
eyrdu peir manna-mal inn i htisit en namu peygi ordaskil. Mart.
or3a-skipan, f. the position or order of words, wording, Skalda
or3a-skipti, n. pi. exchange of words, Edda 45. or3a-
r, m. lack of words. or3a-skrap, n. = or3askrum. Fas. iii.
or3a-skrum, n. bragging. Fas. iii. 98. or3a-sta6r, m. ;
Sviar kurr mikinn ok maelti hverr i ordastad annars, one spoke like
her, they harped on the same word, Fms. iv. 368 : — tala i annars
the
ordastad, lo speak as the moutb-piece of another. or3a-Bveinir, ni. a
rumour, Sturl. i. 80. orSa-tiltekja, u, f. (mod. or3a-tiltektir),
utterance, language, Sturl. i. 109. orda-tiltteki, n. a phrase, Stj. 3.
or3s-tlrr, m. fame, glory, good report, Hm. 75, Eg. 35, Fms. iv. 61;
falla med godan ordstir, Isl. ii. 394, Fs. 8 ; vid litinn ordstir, Fms. »ii.
217, ix. 374, Fs. 34; f4 mikinn ordstir, Ld. 200.
or3a, ad, to talk, talk of; var petta br4tt ordat, H4v. 39 ; q). pau
eru ordud saman, // is talked of that tbey are to be married; vera ordadr
vid e-d, to be talked of in connection with a thing (in a bad sense) ; sera
hann heyrdi at menn um ordudu ok at ttildu, as be beard that people
talked and gossipped, Str. 54 ; pd ordadi konungr (the king declared) at
her skyldi laga-skipti 4 vera, Fms. ix. 336, v. 1. ; sem peir 4dr hafa ordat
nokkut, as they bad spoken of, discussed, 472, v. 1. 2. to word a letter
or the like ; orda br^f, pad er vel ordad, ilia ordad, well, badly worded.
or3a, u, f. [Lat. word], ordinance (the book of ), Vm. 53, 119, 123,
1 28 : mod. order. or3u.b6k, f. a book of ordinance, Vm. 90, 9I, 139.
or3-b8Bginn, adj. taunting, Hy'm.
or3-djarfr, adj. out-spoken, Fms. iv. 174.
or3-fall, n. ; e-m ver8r o., to be struck dumb (from confusion), Nj. 335,
Fas. iii. 451, Bs. ii. 93.
or3-faxinn, adj. ; vel . . . orSfarinn, well . . . spoken, Fms. iv. 180.
or3-f4r, adj. using few words, silent. Eg. 107.
or3-fer3, f. utterance; hafa o. 4 e-u, to utter, Fms. ix. 336, v. 1.
or3-ferli, n. expression, Bs. i. 826, ii. 165.
or3-flmi, f. 'word-skill,' Edda (Ht.) 133.
or3-flinliga, aA\. fluently, MS. 15. i.
or3-fimr, adj. of easy, flowing speech, 6. H. 140.
or3-fj61di, a, m. a 'word-store,' vocabulary, Sk41da 154.
or3-fl.aug, n. a floating rumour, Bs. ii. 66.
or3-fleygr, adj. rumojired, Stj. 463.
or3-fleyting, f. rumour, Bs. ii. 106.
or3-fleyttr, part, rumoured, Ann. 1359, Bs. ii. 153.
or3-fullr, nd].ftdly worded, Jb. 231.
or3-f8Br3, f. a flow of words, Clar.
or3-f8Bri, n. style, of a composition ; pu skalt vanda baedi h4tt ok o.,
Fb. i. 215 : flow of words, eloquence, peir hofu sitt eyrendi med mikilli
snild ok o., Fms. ii. 235; skorti hann hvdrki til vit ne o^ xi. 106; o.
hennar ok vitrleikr, vi. 57.
or3-f8erliga, adv. with great elocution, glibly, Fms. i. 148, xi. 37, Orkn.
268, Fas. iii. 363.
or3-f8err, adj. well spoken. Eg. iii, Faer. 200.
or3-gifr, f. a ' word-hag,' a sbarp-tongued woman, Nj. 49.
or3-gn6tt, f. a flow of words, Barl. 157, Hom. 108, Fb. ii. 175.
or3-g63r, adj. speaking well of everybody, Nj. 147, v. 1.
or3-g8B3i, n. good words, Sks. 438, v. 1.
or3-g8etinn, adj. wary in one's words, reserved, Fms. vi. 304.
or3-h.agr, adj. word-skilled, a master in words, Bjam. 70.
or3-Mkr, m. a 'word-shark,' an abusive person, Fms. vi. 373.
or3-hegi, f. skill in words, Stj. 438 B, Fr.
or3-heill, f. a good omen ; at hann stxdi uti ok saei for hans ok hefSi
o. fyrir, Ld. 96 ; Bjiirn g6kk i skalann inn ok Icitadi ordheilla vid menn,
Glxim. 337 : — report, eigi hafa pau goda ordheill, tbey have no good re-
port, Fs. 34.
or3-heldinn, adj. (or3-heldni, f.), true to one's word.
or3-hittinn, zd]. facetious, Fms. vi. 193.
or3-hvas8, adj. sbarp-tongued, Fms. vi. 367, Nj. 185.
or3-hvatr, adj. = ordhvass.
or3igr, adj. wordy, plausible, Ld. 124, Sturl. iii. 123.
or3-illr, adj. speaking evil of others, Nj.66, Sturl. ii. 39.
or3-k61fr, m., gramm. a ' club-word,' an apostrophe, as mey for meyu,
Skalda 186.
or3-kringi, f. glibness of tongue, facetiousness, Hbl.
or3-kr6kr, m. 'crooked words,' sophistry, Fms. ii. 185.
or3-lag, n. a way of speaking, language, Sks. 454, Bs. i. 766. Fms. x.
404 : talk, language, gordisk bratt mikit o. ok storar fr4sagnir, vii. 393,
Bs. i. 652, 665 : frsegdar ok gods ordlags, good report, Fms. x. 392.
or3-lauss, adj. speechless; lata ordlaust, to be silent about, Bs. i. 621.
or3-lengd, f. using many words, Clar.
or3-lof, n. praise; vinsseld ok ordlof, Fms. vii. 175 ; falla me8 orfilofi
miklu, 245.
ord-lokarr, m. a nickname, Landn.
Ovb-m&Tsr,a.d).long-winded, Fms.vi.32. or8-fleiri,compar., Nj.187.
or3-n8efr, adj. witty, Edda io8.
-or3r, adj., in compds, spoken : fa-ordr, marg-o., g6d-o., ill-o., harS-o.
or3-ranimr, adj. powerful in words, Nidrst. 2.
or3-r6inr, m. report, public opinion; sa o. lagdisk 4, Bs. i. 133 ; lag8isk
pungr o. a, O. H. 141 ; mun sa o. 4 leggjask, at . . . ,people will say, that ....
Nj. 32 ; mikill o., Fs. 47 ; fyrir ords sakir ok ordroms, Lv. 15 ; g68$
ordroms, Fs. 15 ; ok sneri ordrom of konung, the public opinion ojf ih*
king changed, 6. H. 228.
ord>rffida, u, f. discussion; for 611 0. me8 peim a somu lei8, Fms. xi.
^ H H 2
468
ORDR^TT— ORMR.
429; var litil o. afyrst, NJ.-82 : varniikil o., Fs. 46; bar saman orSrseSu
^eirra jarls ok Finnboga, the earl and F. had an interview, Finnb. 268 ; ba6
Sighvatr konung eigi rei6ask J)6tt hann tala6i bert ok segSi orSraeSu
bonda, P'ms. vi. 41 ; at engi o. vaeri a gor at {)it lifit, 345.
ord-rsett, n. part, reported, rumoured, Rd. 286.
orS-sending, f.^a message, Eg. 9, 35, 37, 97, Fms. i. 53, ii. 90, 324,
Nj. 217, Ld. 64, O. H. 141, 228, passim.
or3-sjukr, adj. 'word-sick,' touchy, Isl. ii. 141, Nj. 83.
or3-skaup, n. scurrilous language, Hkr. iii. 433, v. 1.
or3-skd,r, adj. saucy, Fas. i. 392.
or3-skripi, n. scurrility; maelti hann bin mestu o. (fotd language)
a6r hann vaeri hengdr, Fms. vii. 303 ; en hafa eigi hvert o. {every bad
phrase) {)at sem fornskaldin nyttu, Skalda 160.
orS-skreemi, n. = or6skripi, Hkr. iii. 130.
or3-skr6k, n. = or6skripi, Mork. 81.
or3-slunginn, part, cunning in word, {>6r3. (i860) 99.
or3-sl8egr, adj.= ordslunginn, Sks. 508.
or3-snild or or3-snilli, f. eloquence, Fms. iii. 80, Fb. ii. 147, Edda.
or3-siijallr, adj. eloquent, Fms. i. 17, ii. 22, Eg. 107.
or3-spakr, adj. wise-spoken, Fms. ii. 138, vii. 102.
or3-speki, f. wisdom in words, Edda 110, VJ)m. 5.
or3-stef, n. notice; hann var haf&r i orSstefi ^i er um biskupa skyldu
kosningar vera i Vestfir6inga-fj6r6ungi, i. e. he was one on the list for elec-
tion, Sturl. i. 63, v. 1.
or3-stiUtr, adj. moderate in one's words, Nj. 219, Sturl. i. 92.
or3-st6rr, adj. using big words, Fms. xi. 256, 267, Flov. 26.
or3-svinnr, adj. = or6spakr, Fms. v. 332.
or3-S8ell, adj. enjoying a good reputation, Bs. i. 58, 704, Hd.
orS-tak, n. a phrase, expression ; J)at er o. at sa er ty-hraustr, Edda 16 ;
{)viUk orStok hafa menn mjok til J)ess at yrkja folgit, no; ver skulum
hafa allir eitt or5tak {watchword), framm fram Krists-menn ! 0. H. 204,
Fms. ix. 510. 2. speech, words, a way of speaking, language; J)a
fellusk ollum Asum or6tdk, words failed them, they were struck dumb,
Edda 37; J)at {jykkjumk ek skilja a ordtaki Jjinu, at . . ., Fms. xi. 56;
at gu51asta nie6 t)inu heiSingligu or&tseki, ii. 130; o. vandra manna, Nj.
83 ; Gunnarr heyrSi 611 orStokin, G. heard all the words they said, 68 ;
um orStaeki manna, GJ)1. 192 ; en J)at er ySr er sagt fra or6tokum varum
braenda, O. H. 103 ; {'^t var eitt or3tak allra, all said the same. Eg. 282 ;
eiga orStak vi& e-n, to have a talk with one, Sturl. ii. 163 ; var skirt or5-
takift ok romrinn niikill yfir malinu, Fms. viii. 447.
or3-t8eki, n. = orStak, Fb. ii. 130, GJ)1. 192.
or3-vaiidr, adj. sensitive as to others' words; J)arftu eigi sva o. at vera,
Gliim. 354 : careful as to one's words.
or3-varp, n. in or3varps-ma3r, m. a spokesman (in a bad sense), Sks.
436-
or3-varr, adj. 'word-wary,' watchful of one's tongue, Fms. vi. 208.
or3-viss, adj. 'word-wise,' witty, clever. Eg. 147.
ORF, n., also spelt orb, the stock or pole of a scythe, Fms. iii. 206,
Fs. 106 (in a verse) ; orf-hsell, m. the peg or handle by which the orf is
held, Safn i. 108 ; see a drawing in Eggert Itin., tab. viii, fig. i : poet.
orba-strf3ir and orf-J)8egir, m. a mower: freq. in mod. usage, lang-orf,
stutt-orf, a long, short stock.
OKG, n. a howling, screaming ; this word, which is very popular in
mod. usage, is not found in old writers ; it was prob. in the 14th or 15th
century derived from the 'organ' used in churches, — a dismal testimony
to the character of the instrumental nmsic of Icel. at that time.
orga, a8, to bowl, scream; orga og hlj66a, freq. in mod. usage.
organ, n. [Gr.], an organ; allskonar songfxri, organ, symphon . . . , Fms.
vii. 97 ; e6a J)a er o. gengr upp ok ni5r aptr ok fram um alia gamma,
Skdlda 172; strengleikum ok organs-song, 655 xxiv. 2; organ-song,
id. 2. it even occurs in the old poem, — at leikurum ok tniSum hefi
ek J)ik litt fregit, hverr er organ (orgari Cod. A, oergati Cod. B) Jjeirra
Anda6ar at hiisum Haralds ? Fagrsk. 6 ; and, Bjugvor ok Listvor sitja i
HerSis-dyrum organs stoli a, Sol. 76 ; for the word in both these references
can only be derived from the Greek. compds : organs-list, n. organ-
playing, Bs. i. 868. organs-meistari, n. an 'organ-master,' organist,
Bs. i. 866. organs-sini3, f. the making an organ, Bs. i. 908.
orir, m. an alder, MS. 4. 17.
OB.KA, a8, [qs. vorka, akin to verk, cp. also yrkja ; Ulf. waurkjan =
voieiy, kpyd^eadai ; and the pret. worahto on the Runic stone in Tune ;
A. S. weorcjan ; Engl. work'\ : — to work, but only used in a limited sense, for
vinna (q. v.) is the general word ; to work, perform, be able to do, manage,
onnur vann allt {)at er hun orkaSi, the other worked (vann) all that she
could (orka3i), Dropl. 4 ; ek mun hjalpa per allt slikt sem ek orka,
Fms. i. 213 ; ek fiarf eigi meira forvirki en {)etta li6 orkar, Hrafn. 5 ;
moSur sina a ma6r fyrst fram at fsera, en ef hann orkar betr . . . , Grag.
i. 232 ; treysta ek a sem ek orka9a, Fms. v. 301 ; ek orka tolf punda
{)unga {I can carry twelve pounds weighf), en hestr minn berr fjogurra
lesta byr3i, Baer. 18 ; sva skal ger9a J)ann garS sem biiar sja at hann ma
orka a J)rem sumrum, Grag. ii. 331. 2. with dat. ; ]p6 hyggsk hann
einn munu oUu orka, Fms. xi. 267; J)6tti oJium undr, hverju hann gat
fci
fitH
iiive
tirii!,i
itffl
orkat, Grett. 125 A; allt J)at lift er v6,pnum mdtti orka, Fagrsk. 176
likneskjum J)eim, er ek veit eigi hverju orkat hafa, Fms. ii. 265 ; ska ^.
hann a einum degi kveSja alia, ef pvi ma orka {if he can), Grag. (Kb. ""!
i. 162 ; hann matti engu a orka, he could do nothing, Fms. vii. 270 ; sa e * "
olverki orkar Asar, Kormak ; orka {jrek, Orkn. (in a verse) ; orkaSi hoi J' ^^
vel J)eim langa veg, she proceeded well on her long journey. Mar. 9
with gen. of the thing ; o. e-m e-s, to cause, effect; mer orkar t)at margr
vandraeSa, Fs. 2I ; a skip skal skriSar orka, en skjold til hlifa, maek
hoggs, en mey til kosta, a ship shall be worked for sailing . . ., a maii
for giving away, Hm. 81 ; orka e-m fraegSar, to give glory to om
Edda (in a verse) ; hvar skal ek {)ess orka. Fas. iii. 72 ; orka e-ra t
J)arfa, to work for one's good. Eg. (in a verse) : in the saw, jafnan orka
tvimaslis p6 hefnt se, revenge works dissent, Nj. 68 ; allt orkar tvimseli
J)a gort er, 139; ]petta mun orka ti&inda, this will make a story, Fb. i
270 : — to summon, call upon, orka or5a a e-n, to make one speak, accost """',
J)a er menn orku9u or&a a hann, Fms. iv. 165 (ortu orda a hann, froi ^'
yrkja, O. H. 1. c.) ; ef menn tveir eigu land, ok vill annarr-tveggi ork
lands-deildar a annan, Grag. ii. 253 ; en hverr er att hefir skal orka heiir
ildar a seljanda sinn, shall call on the seller to shew his title, 216; han
orkar a Ola til atkvaeSis ok 6rrae6a um J)etta mal, Fms. xi. 33. I]
with prepp. ; orkum ekki a pa fyrri, let us not be the first to use fore,
attack them, Grett. 119 A ; J)6 hann orka6i a j6r3ina, though he tilled A
earth, Ver. 5 ; var pat p6 lengi at eigi orka6i eldr a Jjorolf, that the fit
could not work, had no effect on Th.'s body, Eb. 316 : orka at e-u, to ae
proceed with, execute ; sva skal par orka at kaupi ok at solu sem anna;
sta6ar var tint, Grag. ii. 246 ; peir rae&a mi um me9 ser, hversu at ih
orka, what is to be done? Ld. 242 ; orku9um (aurko6om Cd.) at auftnr
we tried our fortune. Am. 96; orka til e-s, to prepare, = 3.^3. til e-s, orl
til veizlu, to give a banquet. Fas. iii. 66 : — to stride, walk proudly, pe
a jokla orka austr, they strode eastwards on the ice, Ski9a R. 53 : fra
the pret. orkaSi (a^rkaSi) was afterwards formed another verb arka, i
stride (prop, to strive) on one's journey. III. reflex., ekki orkaSii 7'''
a, no work was done, Fms. iv. 328, v.l. ; honum putti seint a orkad
vi. 77 ; — at orkask = orka at e-u, hversu hann skyldi at orkask at seg
foSur sinum pessi tiQendi, xi. 15: — fyrir pa skuld, at pau hef6i sja
orkask hugar a {made up their minds) at bseta meinbugi sina, Orel
162 A; lattu peygi orkask at vistarinnar, 677.12; hann orkadisk£J
strove) at for&ask rangar hugrenningar, Horn. (St.) 2. pai
subst. ; orkandi, the worker, mighty ; Gu9 er alls orkandi, all-po
645. 50 ; Satan alls ills orkandi, NiSrst. 7.
orka, u, f. work, employment; pa skal hann orku gefa honum
praslum sinum, N. G. L. i. 36 ; ef praell a orku, 30, Stj. 263 ; eiga saijfl
verk ok orku, N.G.L. i. 34; m69r af orku, Stj. t6o; orka ok erfijf^?'«:i
farit aptr til orku y9varrar ok byr9a, 263 ; hiis e9r smi9ju par sem hatf H^pn
flytr fram orku sina, 22. 2. strength, power for work; orkan pvi I raid
pviat elli sotti a hendr honum, Ld. 54; fyrir orku sakir, Fas. iii. 223, ail 'Mi f
so in mod. usage. compds : orku-fd,tt, n. zA]. failing in strength, Fm I ?? !?■»,)
iii. 168. orku-lauss, adj. out of work, N.G. L. i. 31: powerUi^^%
mod. orku-nia3r, m. a working-man, Stj. 232, 273 : a strong
orku-vana, adj. bereft of strength. Fas. iii. 387.
Orka-dalr, m. Orkdale, a county in Norway, Fms. : Ork-d8eli7|
pi. the men of O.
orkn, n., and orkn-selr, m. a kind o^ seal; see orkn.
Orkneyjar, f pi. the Orkneys, Lat. Orcades, of Gael, origin, for it
in Lat. writers before the Scandinavian occupation, Tacitus (A
Pliny, and Juvenal ; hence Orkneyingar, m. pi. the men of the On
Orkneyskr, adj. passim.
or-lof, n., or9-lof is a false spelling, [Germ, urlaub ; Dan. orlov;
furlough^ : — leave ; bei9a orlofs, Bs. i. 799 ; hann bi9r ser orlofs ki
at fara. Eg. 29; ek vii bei9ask, herra, at per gefit m^r orlof til Isl
Nj. 10; utan bans orlofs, without his leave, Landn 149 ; si9an tekr hat? --m.i
o. af konunginum til brottferSar, Fms. xi. 430, Fas. iii. 586 ; nie9 orlcj ■'^^].
at spyrja, Bar!. 14, Sks. 52 ; hvart skal ek maela i orlofi, Eg. 46; me; *Ji,i,f
bezta orlofi, Fms. i. 15, passim. 2. in mod. usage, ctvisit to a fin«j 'Xilp
or relative; thus a person boarded out when visiting his parents is sa
'fara i orlof sitt.' compds: orlofs-bref, n. a writ of permisM
authorisation, Bs. i. 799; o. biskups, Dipl. iii. 4. orlofs-laust, a(!'
without leave, Fms. x. 105, Fas. iii. 579, Bs. i. 631.
orlofa, a9, to allow, H. E. ii. 75, Bs. ii. 93, 94.
orm-frfinn, z-A]. flashing like a snake, of the eye, Sighvat, Jd.
orni-gar3r, m. a ' snake-pit^ in tales of throwing men into pits full -
snakes, Og. 28, Fas. (Ragn. S. ch. 15).
orm-geetir, m. rendering oi ophiuchus, Rb. (1812) 18.
ORMR, m. \}5\i.waurms = o<p{.s; A.S.wyrm; Engl, worm; O.H.(j
and Germ, wiirm; Dan.-Swed. orm; Lat. vermis; cp. Orms-bead \
Wales] : — a snake, serpent, also including ' worms' (cp. ma9kr), and ev<
dragons, Hm. 85, Vsp. 44, 50, Gm. 34, Skm. 27, Akv. 31, Am. 22, :
Fms. vi. 143, Hkr. i. 103, and passim; hogg-ormr, a viper; eitr-orffi
the bane 0/ snakes, i. e. the winter time. The abode of the wicked att
death was a pit full of snakes (Hver-gelmir, Na-strond), Edda, Vsp- 4
, which calls to mind the Gehenna in Mark ix. 43, 44, and one of tl
'«ll!i
ORMSBIT— (3DAFAR.
469
Iolgos in Dante's Inferno, Canto 24. Serpents gnawed at the root of
le world-tree Yggdrasil, Gm. 34. Pits of snakes were a place of punish-
ent, Ragn. S. 1. c, Am., Akv. ; but only in mythological, not in histo-
cal records. Serpents brooded over gold and treasures, cp. the serpent
fnir, Edda, Fm., GullJ). ch. 4, Ragn. S. (begin. ); whence in poetry
Jd is called orm-bekkr, -be5r, -b61, -garflr, -land, -litr, -ld.3,
eltr, -setr, -stallr, -torg, -vangr, -vengr, the bank, bed, abode,
trden, land, litter, earth, etc. of snakes. Lex. Poet. For the world-ser-
nt, see niidgarSr. orm-fellir, m. the snake-killer = the winter, Fms.
(in a verse) : a sword is called a snake, bl63-ormr, rand-ormr, see
c. Poet. ; ketil-ormr, a sausage, Korm. : of ships of war with dragons'
ads, Ormr inn Langi, Ormr inn Skammi, 0. T. II. pr. names,
pmr and Ormarr; and in compds, Hall-ormr, Ra6-ormr, {>6r-ormr,
ift-ormr, Ve6r-ormr, = the holy Serpent, a name which indicates serpent
Tship, although no record of such worship is found in the Sagas.
MPDS : orms-bit, n. a snake-bite, Pr. 470. orma-bseli, n. a den
snakes, Fms. vi. 143. orms-tunga, u, f. a snake's tongue cast in
d, Dipl. iii. 4, V. 18, Bs. i. 690: as a nickname, Landn. orma-
m, m. = ormagarSr, |>i6r. 334.
rm-snildr, n. snakes' noses, Konr.
BH'A, a&, [perh. akin to ofn or from varmr?], to get warm; J)a tok
:r at lifna ok ornu9u li&ir hans, es hann vas kaldr allr ordinn, Greg.
; svd tekr brunnrinn at orna, sem sol gengr til viSar, Al. 51 ; ornandi
slar, Sks. 40; orna ok hitna, Barl. 93 ; me6 ornandum t4rum, 90 :
KTi., e-m ornar, it gets warm for one, one gets warm ; taki menn
aur storar ok viti ef monnum ornar, Sturl. iii. 20 ; Jiegar er honum
adi, 633. 33 ; hleypr hann til ara ok vill lata orna s^r, Fms. xi. 141 ;
r var a geysi-kallt, ok hofSusk margir a fotum ok Idtu orna s^r, viii,
> : — oma sdr, to warm oneself; mi lat hann orna ser ok fari si9an
els vars, Lv. 60, and so in mod. usage. II. reflex, pass., flestir
idusk af asjon hennar, Str. 73.
.6f and or-sefl, n., see orof, oraefi.
ra-beinn, adj., better 6rra-beinn, q. v.
iSBI, a, m. (wrongly spelt horri in O. H. 78, 1. 8), [Dan. aarfugf] : —
^beatbcock, moor-fowl, tetrao tetrix, Stj. 77, (3. H. 78; pibra. e3r orra,
449. II. a nickname, O. H., Fms. vi : whence Orra-hriS,
e name for the last onslaught in the battle at Stanford-bridge led
iJjrstein Orri, Fms. vi ; hence, as an appellative, any fierce onslaught
Icel. called orrahri3. orra-sk&ld, n. a nickname, Landn.
sta, u, f., mod. orosta or orusta, with a single r ; in rhymes
tur J)orrinn, Sighvat, shewing that the assimilation had even then
In place : [this word is identical with A. S. earnest = dnellum ; O. H. G.
st=pugna ; whence Engl, earnest. Germ, ernst, of which orrosta is
ilated form, qs. ornosta, see Grimm's Diet. s. v. erfist^ : — a battle,
, Nj. 8, Fms. V. 71, vi. 69, in countless instances, for orrosta and
lagi (q.v,) are used indiscriminately. 2. in local names,
ostu-holmr, -hv411, -tangi, Battle-hill, etc., Korm., Eg. compds :
jat\i-la,nst,n. zd). without batde, Fms. ix. 323, Hkr.ii.300. orrostu-
, adj. warlike, Fms. x. 230. orrostu-maSr, m. a warrior, Nj. 40,
i. 52. orrostu-sl6g, n. pi. battles, Fms. xi 200. orrostu-sta3r
prrostu-v611r, m. a battle-place, Korm. 4, Fas. i. 501, Fms. i, 95.
ostligr, adj. belonging to war, Rom. 309.
|s6k, f. [Germ, ursacbe ; Dan. aarsag\ a cause, freq. in mod. usage,
ika-laust, n. adj. without a cause.
16 or Os-16, f. the name of a town in Norway, which stood where
iiod. Christiania is, Fms. passim.
ace. and dat. pi. from ver; see ek (C. 2-. 7).
iir, adj. pi. oz/rs, = varir. Germ, unser ; ossa van, Geisli 4; at vilja
1, Am. 30; hendr ossar, 52; ossum ronnum i, Skm. 14; ossum
[m, Hkv. 2. 9 ; li9i ossu, Sighvat : in prose, ok SEtladi at lata meida
repa ossa landa fyrir, lb. 10.
3nta, u, f. the mid. Lat. ostentum, Rb.
im, m. [prob. identical with jastr, the Engl, yeast, dropping the
j; ostr is a word common to all the Scandin. languages (Dan.-
ost), instead of the Saxon and Germ, cheese, cese (kdse), which were
ubt borrowed from the Lat. caseus"] : — cheese; slatr, skrei5 ok ostar,
J53 ; smjor ok ost, Nj. 74 ; ^eir hofSu fkyr ok ost (of a supper) . . .
bargsk litt vi& ostinn, be went slowly on with the cheese, Eb. 244 ;
|6ru tveir diskar fram settir, {jar var eitt skamrifs-stykki a diski
[im ok forn ostr til gnaegta, Fbr. 37; Geysu daetr skaru akkeri af
k sogSu at J)au mundi fuUvel halda herskipum Haralds konungs . . . ,
". 253 ; konan haf&i einn ostinn i brott, one cheese, B^. i. 247 ; ef
ia aer til osts, Grag. ii. 309. compds: ost-fj6r3ungr, m. a
\f cheese, Vm. 28. ost-gjald, n. a tax payable in cheese, D. I.
ost-hleifr, m. a cheese, Isl. ii. 351, Fs. 146, Vm. 28. ost-
a slice of cheese, Fbr. 38. ost-kista, u, f. a cheese-press,
in which cheese was made). ost-tfund, f. a tithe paid in
.N. iii. 30. ost-toUr, m. = ostgjald; J)angat liggr osttoUr
Botnsar ok Hvitskeggs-hvamms af skatt-monnum ok buprestum,
for a duty payable in cheese see Vm. 28 (each farm having to
cese), D. I. i, 248.
ostra, u, f. [for. word ; Lat.os/r«a], awo^s/^r.Stj. 88,N.G.L.ii. 363.
ost-veegr, adj. equivalent to cheese; gjalda fjiirftung ostvsegs ma tar,
Vm. 105.
OTA, a&, [see etja L 3, and not akin to hota, as is suggested under
that word] : — to pu^b forth, with dat.; ota s^r fram, to push oneself for-
ward, intrude oneself; jjorir otar s6r fram milli manna, Isl. ii. 150: the
word is very freq. in mod. usage, ota e-u fram, to bold forth; cp. ok etr
hann fram berum skallanum, Fb. i. 190.
OTK, m., gen. otrs, pi. otrar, [Engl, and Germ, otter; O. H. G. otar'] : —
an otter; otr einn, otrinum, otrinn, otr ok lax, Edda 73 ; |)ar la opt otr
i urdinni . . . veifta otr er \k i ur6inni, Orkn. 274, 276; otrs liki. Fas. i.
151 : poet., hafs otr, vanar otr, a 'sea-otter,' i.e. a ship. Lex. Poet.: in
local names, Otra-dalr, in western Iceland, Landn., Gisl. compds :
otr-belgr, m. an otter-skin, Edda 73, Fas. i. 153. otr-gj6ld and
otrs-gjOld, n. pi., poet. ' otter's-gild,' i. e. gold. Fas. i. 154, Bm., see the
tale in Edda 72, 73. otT-h.Viiidi,m. an otter-hound. Kill 10. otra-
skinn, n. an otter-skin, Rett. 47.
oxi, a, m. an ox ; see uxi : Oxi, a pr. name, Bs. i.
6
<3- or U-, the negative prefix before nouns and verbs, [Goth., Engl.,
and Germ, un-; Dan. and Swed. 4-, the nasal being absorbed. The Icel.
at a very early date changed this u into d, for the very oldest and best
vellums use 6, not only the Greg., Eluc, lb., the Miracle-book (Bs. i.
333 SQ^lO' but also the Grag., the Cod. Reg. of the Saem. Edda, etc.; in
later vellums of the better kind u and 6 are used promiscuously ; till
about the union with Norway the u prevailed, and is chiefly used in
vellums of the 14th century; but in the 15th the 6 again took its old
place, and has been retained ever since, agreeably with the usual pronunci-
ation. The 6 is therefore the proper Icel. form, e.g. 6-vitr = Engl. un-
wise; that it was sounded thus even in the 12th century is also shewn
by the treatise of the second grammarian (Gramm. p. i, col. l), — 6 eftr
M J)at skiptir orSum, sva sem er satt e&r 6-satt (li-satt), Skalda 171.
This change of spelling in the MSS. about (or a little before) the union
with Norway cannot have been owing to any change in pronunciation-,
but was simply a Norwegianism, as were many other cases, e. g. the drop-
ping the h before liquids, contrary to the Icel. pronunciation. On the
other hand, as for the rest of Scandinavia, the u has been retained in
Denmark and in the east of Norway ; but 6 in the west and north of
Norway (see Ivar Aasen's Diet.), as also in mod. Swed. (e. g. o-miijlig
= Germ. un-moglich). In early Swed. (in the laws) u and 0 are used in-
differently. The Orkneys seem to have followed the Icel., to judge from
a rhyme in the poem Jd. composed by bishop Bjarni (died A.D. 1322), a
native of the Orkneys, — o'-Zeitan mik su/ar, the metre of which, requires
a half rhyme, a rule followed strictly throughout that poem.
B. Of the compds with «i- or 0'-, all but a few words are from un-;
these exceptional words appear to be contractions, either, o. from
or-, where we have such double forms as or-sekr and 6-sekr, N. G. L. i.
379 ; 6r-viti and 6-viti, 6-ver6r and or-ver8r, 6-v8enn and 6r-vaenn, 6r-
hsefi and u-haefa, or-keypis and 6-keypis, u-diemi qs. 6r-daEmi(?), 6-b6ta
qs. tir-bota (?), 6-birgr and or-birgr ; perh. also li-helgi qs. 6r-helgi, u-heilagr
qs. 6r-heilagr ; cp. also such words as ti-megin and 6r-megna, li-synja qs.
or-synja (?). p. from of-, esp. before a labial or dental ; thus, of-vxgr
and o-vsEgr, 6-frynn qs. of-frynn, Q-skop = of-skop (?), 6-freskr qs. of-
freskr, 6-fyrirsynju qs. of-fyrirsynju (?), 6-hlj6& or ii-hlj65 qs. of-hlj68 (?),
of-dsell and o-daell, of-lj6ss and o-Jjoss, la some of these instances doubt
may arise, for a double set of compds might have sprung up. On the
other hand, the great number of compds with ur-, er- in German and
Saxon, and the scarcity of such words in the Norse tongue, lead to the
conclusion that maay of these compds in the course of time have been
lost or replaced by it- ; cp. also of-allt and a-valt, (of-saka and &-saka,
of-bry5i and a-bry5i, of-munir and a-munr, af-v6xtr and a-voxtr, af-burftr
and of-bur&r?). Since in most Editions the spelling with w- has been
adopted in these classes of words, they must be sought for under that head.
(3, interj. oi, o;&/ Horn. 112, 119, Stj. 155 ; 6 hoson, 623. 16 : freq. in
mod. eccl. usage, cp. ho. 2. as a noun ; in the phrase, e-m er um
og 6, to hesitate, waver; mer er um og 6, eg a sex born i sjo en sex born
a landi, a ditty, Isl. |jj68s. : 6-ja, oh yes I 6-nei, ob no ! 6-ekki I id.
OA, zb, [a contr. form from og, ogur- ogn] : — in act. in the mod.
impers. phrase, e-n oar vi6 e-u, it shocks one, one feels shocked; mig oar
viS {)vi, it forebodes me evil; huga J)eirra tok at 6a fyrir einhvcrri hrell-
ingu, Od. XX. 349. II. reflex, dask, to dread, fear; oumk ek
of Hugin at hannaptr ne komit, Gni. 20 ; I'mmk ek alldregi, Am. 13 ; er
skolud oask dom Gu81igs veldis, Greg. 13 ; \>zt er er oisk at taka Corpus
Domini, 686. 5 ; \>a. oaOisk biskup mjok, then the bishop was much afraid,
655 xxii. B ; "liaSisk hann i hug S(Jr, 623. 62 ; ok oaSisk greifinn er hann
haf&i lati& berja hann, xvi B. 4.
6an or 6un, Ifear, distress ; sigrmark 1 ounum ( = ognum), 656 B. 7.
63a-far, n.; i oSafari, in a hurry, Boll. 350.
470
ODAGOT— ODINND^LL.
<56a-got, n. hurry, flurry.
6da-kapp, n. = 65aonn.
ODAXi, n., pi. 68ul ; in Norse MSS. it is usually contracted before a
vowel (whence arose the forms 681i e61i), and owing to a peculiarity in
the Norse sound of 5 an r is inserted in contracted forms, 6r6Ia, orSlom,
N. G. L. passim : [akin to a8al, 631i, th\\, = nature ; iibhsk = adipisci ;
651ingr, q. v. ; A. S. i^el ^patrimony ; it is also the parent word of Germ.
edel, adel, = noble, nobility, for the nobility of the earliest Teut. commu-
nities consisted of the land-owners. From this word also originated mid.
Lat. allodium, prob. by inverting the syllables for the sake of euphony
(all-od = od-al) ; odal or eihel is the vernacular Teut. form, allodium the
Latinised form, which is never found in vernacular writers ; it may be
that the transposition of syllables was due to the tb sound in o8al ;
and hence, again, the -wot A feudal is a compd word, fee-odal, or an odal
held as a/ee ox fief horn the king, and answering to hei6-launa5 66al of
the Norse law {heib^fee — king's pay), N. G. L. i.91.]
B. Nature, inborn quality, property, ^abz], edli, o31i, q.v. ; this
seems to be the original sense, J)at er eigi at rettu mannsins 6&al, Sks.
326 B ; J)at er helzt byrjar til farmanns 6&als, a seaman s life, 52 ; |)at er
kaupmanna oSal { = inercatorum est), 28; jorlum ollum 66al batni, Gh.
21. II. a law term, an allodium, property held in allodial tenure,
patrimony. The condition which in the Norse law constitutes an o8al
was either an unbroken succession from father to son (er afi heiir afa
lejft) through three or more generations, N.G. L. i. 91, 237, GJ)1. 284;
or unbroken possession for thirty or more years, N. G. L. i. 249 ; or
sixty years, G^l. 284 ; or it might be acquired through brand-erfd (q.v.),
through weregild, barn-fostr (q. v.) ; and lastly hei&-launad 66al, an allo-
dial fief, was granted for services rendered to the king, see N. G. L. i. 91 :
the odal descended to the son, and was opp. to litjardir {onl-lands), and
lausa-fe (movables), which descended to the daughter, GJ)1. 233; yet
even a woman, e. g. a baugrygr (q. v.), could hold an o8al, in which case
she was called 6dals-kona, 92, jor6 komin undir snu8 ok snEeldu = aM
estate come under the rule of the spindle, N. G. L. i. 237 ; the allit. phrase,
arfr ok 66al, 3 1 , GJjI. 250 ; brigSa 6&al, N. G. L. i. 86 ; selja 68al, to sell
one's 66al, 237. The oSal was in a certain sense inalienable within a
family, so that even when parted with, the possessor still retained a
title (land-brig5, maldagi a landi). In the ancient Scandin. communities
the inhabited land was possessed by free oSalsmen (allodial holders), and
the king was the lord of the people, but not of the soil. At a later
lime, when the small communities were merged into great kingdoms,
through conquest or otherwise, the king laid hold of the land, and all the
ancient o6als were to be held as a grant from the king ; such an attempt
of king Harold Fairhair in Norway and the earls of Orkney in those
islands is recorded in Hkr. Har. S. Harf. ch. 6, Eg. ch. 4, cp. Ld. ch. 2,
Orkn. ch. 8, 30, 80 (in Mr. Dasent's Ed.); cp. also Hak. S. Go8a ch. i.
Those attempts are recorded in the Icel. Sagas as acts of tyranny and
confiscation, and as one of the chief causes for the great emigration from
the Scandinavian kingdoms during the 9th century (the question of free
land here playing the same part as that of free religion in Great Britain
in the 17th century). The attempt failed in Norway, where the old o8al
institution remains in the main to the present day. Even the attempts
of king Harold were, according to historians (Konrad Maurer), not quite
aoalogous to what took place in England after the Conquest, but appear
to have taken something like the form of a land-tax or rent ; but as
the Sagas represent it, it was an attempt towards turning the free odal
institution into a feudal one, such as had already taken place among
the Teutons in Southern Europe. III. gener. and metaph. usages,
one's native land, homestead, inheritance ; the land is called the ' o8al '
of the reigning king, a Danr ok Danpr dyrar hallir, se6ra 6&al, en er
hafit, Rm. 45 ; eignask namtii oSal {jegna, allan Noreg, Gauta spjalli,
Fms. vi. 26 (in a verse) ; banna Sveini sin 68ul, St. Olave will defend
bis 6&al against Swey n, ^z6 (in a verse); flyja 63ul sin, to fiy one's
63al, ^0 into exile, Fms. iv. 217; flyja 68ul e6r eignir, vii. 25; koma
aptr i Noreg til ojala s'mm, 196; J)eini er J)ar eru litleudir ok eigi
eigu J)ar 68ul, who are strangers and not natives there, Edda 3 ; 681ask
Paradisar 6&al, the inheritance of Paradise, 655 viii. 2 ; himneskt 68al,
heavenly itiheritance, Greg. 68 ; njota J)eirra gjafa ok 68ala er Adam
▼ar utlaegr fra rekinn, Sks. 512: allit., jarl ok 65al, ear/ {or franklin)
and odal, Gh. 21. 2. spec, phrase, at alda 66ali, for everlasting
inheritance, i.e. for ever and ever, D. N. i. 229: contr., at alda 661i,
id., Grag. i. 264, D. I. i. 266 ; til alda oSals, /or ever, iii. 88 : mod., fra
alda obU,from time immemorial.
C. CoMPDs: 63als-borinn, part, born possessor ofanobzl, noble,
GJ)1. 298. .63als-br§f, n. a deed proving one's title to an 63al, D. N.
<58als-brig3, f. redemption of an 63al, Gfil. 295. 63als-j6r3, f. an
allodial estate, Gp\. 240, 284, Fms. i. 225 { = native country) ; a3r Gyb-
ingar nse8i 6dalsjor3ura sinum (i. e. their Land of Promise), 655 viii. 2.
6dals-koiLa, u, f. a lady possessed of 6&al, N. G- L. i. 92. oSals-
maSr, m. [mod. Norse odels^manti], an allodial owner, like the ' states-
man' of Westmoreland, Gp\. 289, 296: metaph., vaera ek sannr oSals-
maSr til Noregs, rightful heir of Norway, Fms. ix. 326. ofials-nautr,
335-
hlli
i^ s
n. ji
kit
m. an ' odals-mate' or co-possessor, GJ)1. 293, 296. 63als-neyti, n
body o/65alsnautar, GJ)1. 294. 63als-r6ttr, m. allodial right, allodia
/aw, D.N. iv. 593. 63als-skipti, n. /i&esjbarzw^ 02/^ 63al, N.G. L. i. 4;
91, GJ)I. 285. 63als-tuptir, read aSal-tupt (q.v.), N.G.L. i. 379, v.l
63als-vitni, n. a witness in a case of redemption of an 65al, G{)1. 296
63al-borinn, part. = 68alsborinn, Eg. 40, Hkr. i. 125 : of a king, 65al
borinn til lands ok {legna, Js. 15 : native, indigenous, Al. 152.
63al-j6r3, f. = 6&alsjor8, Fms. vi. 339.
63al-nautr, m. = 6&alsnautr, N.G.L. i. 93.
63al-torfa, u, f. patrimonial land, Skv. 3. 60.
63al-tuptir, f. pi. a homestead, Sighvat.
63al-vellir, m. pi. patrimony, Rm. 33,
63al-vitni, n. = 65alsvitni, N.G.L. i. 87..
63a-nialugr, adj. = 66malugr. Fas. i. 230.
odask, a3, = oask, to be struck with terror, Bs. i
63a-stornir, m. = 63ave6r, Rom. 384.
63a-strau.mr, m. a violent current, Bs. i. 386.
63a-ve3r, n. a violent gale, Clem. 27.
63a-verkr, m. a violent pain, Bs. i. 259, ii. 180.
63a-6nn, f. ; vera i 69aonn, to be deep in business, very busy.
63-fluga, adj. with violent speed, as lightning, Fms. viii. 405, Hkr.
150, Nj. 144.
63-fuss, adj. madly eager, f>kv. 26, Band. 8 new Ed.
63-gjarii, adj. = 66fiiss, Isl. ii. (in a verse).
OBIM'N', m., dat. Odni ; [A. S. Wodan ; O. H. G. Wodan, in the 01
High German song Phol ende Wodan vuoron zi holza ; in the Norse tfc
w is dropped, whence Odinn'] : — Odin, Wodan, the name of the found*
of the ancient Northern and Teutonic religion, who was afterwards wo
shipped as the supreme god, the fountain-head of wisdom, the founder i
culture, writing, and poetry, the progenitor of kings, the lord of batt
and victory; so that his name and that of Allf63r {Allfather, the fathi
of gods and men) were blended together. For Odin as an historic
person see esp. Yngl. S., the first chapters of which were originally writt«
by Ari the historian, who himself traced his pedigree back to Odi
For the various tales of Odin as a deity see the Edda and the old poem.'
for the legends explaining how Odin came by his wisdom, how he w; In^
inspired, how he pawned his eye in the well of Mimir, see Vsp. 22 ; ho Bisf
he hung in the world-tree Yggdrasil, Hm. 139 sqq. ; and the most poput w; 1
account, how he carried away the poetical mead from the giant Suptnn Hoi
etc., see Hm. 104-1 10, and Edda 47-49 ; for his travelling in disguise
search of wisdom among giants and Norns, VJ)m., Gm., Vsp. For Odin
many names and attributes see Edda (Gl.) The greatest families, tl
Ynglings in Sweden, Skjoldungs in Denmark, and the Haleygir in No
way, traced their pedigrees back to Odin, see the poems Yt., Ht., Lan
fe3gatal. In translations from the Latin, Odin was, strangely enong
taken to represent Mercury ; thus, k611u6u {)eir Pal 05in, en Barnab
f)6r, they called Paul Odin, but Barnabas they called Tbor, is an ancie
rendering of Acts xiv. 12, cp. Clem., Bret., and passim. This seems
have originated with the Romans themselves ; for Tacitus says, ' deoni
maxime Mercurium colunt,' by which he can only mean Wodan ; tl
Romans may have heard the German tales of Wodan's wonderful travel
his many assumed names and disguises, his changes of shape, his eloquenc tim^
his magical power, — tales such as abound in the Edda, — and the
might make the Romans think of the Greek legends of Herme^ia^
accordingly, when the planetary' week days were adopted from the L*'
'dies Mercurii' was rendered into A. S. by Wodansddg, in Engl. FF*
nesday, in Dan. Onsdag, in Norse (33ins-dagr, Orkn. 386, Fms. ix. a8;
03ins-ri6tt, f. Wednesday night, N. G. L. i. 1 7. 03ias-hani, a, I
a bird, tringa hyperborea, or the phalaropus cinereus, or the redpbalanf ^^
see Fjiilnir viii, Faber, Edda (Gl.) II. Northern local name
C53ins-ve, n. the sanctuary of Odin = Odense in Fiinen in Denmar.
Knytl. S.: (53ins-salr, m. in Norway, Munch'sNorg.Beskr. 79: 0''
lundr, m. Odin's grove. In a single instance Athens is render
05ins-borg, and the Athetiians by (33ins-borgar-menn, Post.
90; the name can only have been formed from the Greek name pr
nounced with the th sound, perhaps by the Northmen at Constantinopll
who may have associated the name, thus sounded, with Odin's supposi
travels from the east to Sweden, and his halts at various places, y/hu
were afterwards called after him, as recorded in Yngl. S. As a pr. nam
Othen villicus, Dipl. Arna-Magn. (Thorkelin) i. 23 ; Oden Throndsso
D. N. iv. 756, 764 ; <3diii-dis, f., Baut., but very rare. It is notewortl
that the name of Odin is, in the old poets, hardly ever used as appellati
in poet, circumlocutions of a 'man;' malm-Odinn is a dn.Key. = uiarrior.:
63-innd8ela, u, f. a dTr.Key., [qs. of-inndala (?) from of and einda|
or inndxll^ strange, odd]:— a puzzle {">); ek skal kaera um 6biadx\
mina sjalfs, / have to complain of my puzzle, an accident that has ha,
pened to me, Fms. vi. 374.
63-iiind8ell, adj. [see the preceding -wori], self-willed, puzzling (j
miklu eru menu Jieir oSindaelli en ver fam v'lb ^t'lm s&b, they arem
too headstrong, more than a match for tts, Fms. xi. 151; er nu einsa
at lata sverfa til stals meS oss, ok eigi vist hvart fseri manna 66ind«.i
inly Ik
»,Hj.(ii
n
4)
'•it',
ODINSLIGA— OLMAST.
471
r en sva (seems here to stand for u-68indaella (?) =/«s embarrassing
rtuni(y), Sturl. i. 157.
L Jina-liga, adv., fsl. ii. 198, read 6-{)insIiga, unlike thee.
oSlask, a6, to get possessed of; see udlak.
6c)-l&tr, adj. headstrong, impatient, Korm. 80, Fms. viii. 447.
6fl-liga, adv. rashly, impatiently. Eg. 543, Valla L. 218, Fms. ii. 236.
63-ligr, adj. rash, vehement.
63-lundaflr, adj. headstrong, Korm. 80.
63-infi.lugr, adj. speaking violently, excited, Orkn. 430, Isl. ii. 318,
'innb. 280.
ODR, adj., 66, ott, \\5\i.w6ds = dainovi^ofitvos ; A. S. wod; Engl, wood,
li.mcer, Spenser; Scot, wud; Germ, wiithend]: — mad, frantic ; mi
■ ma3r sva odr, at hann bry'zt 6r bondum, N. G. L. ii. 54 (band-68r,
so as to be kept in bonds) ; hestrinn var 68r ok kornfeitr, Fms. xi,
; 6&r ma5r, a madman, Grag. i. 155 ; 66s manns vig, 66s manns
, N.G. L. i. 64; 66r hundr, a mad dog, Pr. 473. 2. frantic,
us, vehement, eager; oimr ok 66r, Fms. iv. ili; hann g6r6isk sva
it hann kasta6i skildinuni. Eg. 289; gor6i hann sik 66an um, Fs.
gora sik 68an ok rei6an, Fb. i. 559 ; sva v6ru ^e'n 66ir, Fms. vii.
hvart t)eir leggja \>vi betr fram en ek, sem {)eir eru 63ari, 259 ;
\>eiT 66astir a J)etta mal, Ld. 210; hann var 68r at verki sinu, Nj.
hann 16t sem hann vaeri 66r ok aerr at ishogginu, Fms. vi. 337 : of
ig, violent, odr litsynningr, a violent gale, Bs. ii. 50; orrosta 68 ok
isk2E8, Fms. i. 44; bardagi sem 68astr, vii. 265, Nj. 247 ; 68r byrr,
89 ; 6tt ve8r, Am. 18. II. neut., 6tt e-m er ott um e-t, to
: patient ; var {)eim J>orgilsi 6tt til at flytja likit i brott, Fms. v. 98 ;
kalla6i s^r J)6 6tt um fer8ina, vi. 375 ; Flosi for at engu 68ara en
...;i vaeri heima, not more rashly than if, as calmly as if, he were at
nne, Nj. 220; vdr skulum fara at engu 6tt, not hastily, Hav. 48 ; fekk
:iiiungr sott ok f6r ekki mjok 6tt i fyrstu, Fms. ix. 249. 2.
Iverb. phrase, 6tt ok titt, vehemently and rapidly; J)eir reiddu 6tt
erSin ok hjuggu titt, Fms. ii. 322; drjiipa mjok 6tt, vi. 351: ace.
>an, as adv., bera 68an a, to talk fast and vehemently.
DDR, m., gen. 63s and 68ar, [totally different from the preceding word,
,t akin to Ulf. wods in weit-^ wods' = fiaprvs, weit-wodan = lUipTVpiiv ,
'it-wodipa, weit-wodei = /Miprvpiov ; cp. also Icel. ae6i = sense, wit, fuanner,
swering to the Goth, weit-wodei^ : — mind, wit, soul, sense, Lat. mens,
-. vovs ; the old Vsp. distinguishes between three parts of the human
ul, — ond, 68r, and lae, spirit, mind, and craft (?); the ond was breathed
;o man by Odin, the 68r by Haenir, the lae by L63urr ; the faculty of
ecch seems also to be included in the 68r. The tale in Plato's Prota-
ras is an interesting illustration of the Northern legend as briefly told
id only there) in Vsp. 17, 18 : tryggva 68, hafa g68an 68, to be of good
■'er, Nj. (in a verse). 2. song, poetry ; bragr, hr68r, 68r, maer8, lof,
:da 95 : — metre, sa er 68inn skal vandan velja, Lil. 98 ; 68ar-smi6r, a
>!ig-smith' = poet. Eg. (in a verse); 68ar-ar, 'speech-oar,' Geisli 37;
il 68ar-lokarr, ' speech-plane,' i. e. the tongue, Edda (in a verse) ; 68ar-
111, mind's abode, Likn. i. 63-borg, f. ' mind' s-borough' — the breast,
rms. I. 63-ger3, f. versification, Geisli. II. 03r, the hus-
id of Freyja, Vsp. 29 ; in the tale in Edda of Freyja, she wanders over
Lirth seeking for her lost husband and weeping for him golden tears,
vering to the Gr. tales of Demeter as told in the Homeric hymn.)
5-rae3i, n. counsel of wisdom or a council (?) ; hverr mer hugadr a hli8
: udi, annarr fiegn vi8 66rae8i, what other man shall stand by my side,
■■ a friend, in the council ? i. e. where am I now to look for friendly
and comforts Stor. 14; this we believe is the bearing of the pas-
, and not as explained in Lex. Poiit. ( = a row, tumult, fight, from
.dj.)
-raerir, m. a 'rearer' or inspirer of wisdom, one of the holy vessels
■ lich the blood of Kvasir was kept, Edda; in Hm. 107 it is used of
mead itself =/i&e inspiring nectar.
5am, adv. rapidly; jafn-68um.
)-verki, adj. taken with violent aches or pains, Gisl. 48.
%vi3ri, n. a violent gale, 0. H. 26.
foti, a, m. the name of a giant, Edda (Gl.)
reskja, u, f. a monster; the word is not recorded in old writers, but
q. in mod. usage ; it originally meant an apparition which can only
ai by people endued with second sight (see 6freskir) ; ofreskja and
nsl are used synonymously; eg heiti ekki nd&ugr herra, svara8i
KJan, en eg heiti skrimsl, . . . Ja, svara8i skrimsli8, g68gjarn er eg,
; er ofreskja, . . . Til eru margar manneskjur sem eru meiri ofreskjur
r, Kveldv. ii. 162 sqq. in the tale of the Beauty and the Beast,
eskr, adj., qs. of-freskr (?), a mythol. word, endowed with second
', able to see ghosts and apparitions which are hidden from the
aon eye; J)at sa 6freskir menn at landvaettir allar fylg8u Hafrbimi
ings, en j)eim {>orsteini ok f>6r8i til vei8ar ok fiskjar, Landn. 271 ;
hildr het fjolkunnig kona ok meinsom, {)at sa 6freskir menn, at . . .,
; Jiat sa 6. nia6r um kveld naer dagsetri, at bjorn mikill gekk . . .,
; ok sa hana J)eir einir er ofreskir v6ru, Bs. i. 607 ; ok margir sja
ofreskir menn, ok sva J)eir er eigi v6ru ofreskir, Fms. xi. 136 ; hann
gir menn i bardaga utan t)eir er ofreskir v6ru, Fb. i. 571 (of seeing
a. person invisible in a cap of darkness). The word is now obsolete in
Icel., and 'skygn' is used instead ; it remains in 6freskja, q. v.
6fr^liga, idv.frowningly, Fms. i. 70 (spelt ufry'nliga).
6fr:^nli^, zdj. frowning-like, frowning, Faer. 50, Fms. ii. loi, Boll.
358, Orkn. 440.
6fr^nn, adj., qs. of-fry'nn, see frynn -.—-frowning, Eg. 765, 6. H. 144,
167 (spelt ofrynn).
(3GN, f. dread, terror; 6gn stendr af e-u, to inspire terror; svA st6ft
l)eim af honum 6gn mikil, Nj. 68 ; svii st68 mikil 6gn af or8uni konungs,
Fms. xi. 246 ; J)6tti honum Htil 6gn af {jcim stand*, i. 26 ; maftr kom
til bans Ijoss, ok af honum st6d mikil 6gn, 0. H. 107. 2. menaces,
threats, esp. in plur. ; enga 6gn by'd ek Jw-r at sinni, fsl. ii. 253 ; hvarki
6gnir ne bli6maeli, Lv. 69 ; me8 bliSmselum ok ognum, Fms. i. 109 ;
t)6r hraeddusk eigi 6gnir jarls. Bias. 45 ; 6gnir motstoSu-manna varra,
623. 35 : terrors, of the torments of hell, sa {)ar 1 6gnir margar, Nj. 279 ;
allar 6gnir bar er helgengnir hafa, S61.; hann var8 hraeddr mjok vi6
6gn t)essa, O. H. 107. II. gen. 6gnar-, prefixed as adv. awfully;
6gnar-digr, awfully stout, Fb. i. 258 ; ognar h&r, awfully high. Fas. iii. 480 ;
ognar mikill, awfully great, Stj. 372, 434: in mod. usage joined with
almost any adjective, 6gnar-brei8r, -brattr, -djupr, awfully broad, steep,
deep. COMPOS : 6gnai-andi, a, m. s/)/r//o//«rror, Stj. 643. 6gnar-
bo3, n. a dreadful message, Fms. x. 54, Stj. 447, 649. 6gnar-d6mT, m.
an awful^oom, S'j'j.i^. 6gnar-eyrendi, n. = 6gnarbo8, Stj. 642.
6gnar-geisli, a, m. a dreadful ray, Fms. v. 166. dgnar-hlutr, m.
a dire apparition, Sks. 154. 6gnar-laust, n. adj. without horror,
Sks. 9. 6gnar-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), awftd, Fms. v. 241, Sks. 155.
6gnar-mdl and 6gnar-or3, n. pi. menacing words, Stj. 643, Greg. 74,
Fms. i. 216, vii. 104, x. 292, xi. 408. dgnar-ratist and 6gnar-
rodd, f. a dreadful voice, Fb. i. 41 7, Greg. 39.
OGNA, a8, [Ulf. 6gan = <po^(ia6ai; cp. Icel. agi = awe, A.S. oga,
which point to an obsolete strong verb, aga, 6g] : — to threaten, with
dat. ; J)(5r hafit 68rum ognat, Fms. ii. 266 ; hann f6kk eigi fyrr en hann
6gna8i honum til, Sd. 142; hann 6gna8i J)eim, Fms. x. 217. 2.
with a double dat. ; 6gna e-m e-u, to threaten one with a thing ; 6gna
e-m dau8a, Stj. 35 ; ogna e-m hegningu, 47 ; J)u ognar oss Gu8i J)inu,
er blint er ok dauft, 0. H. 109 ; 6gna8i bra8um bruna allri bans eign,
Fms. ii. 236. 3. 6gna, to be afraid, Al. 34. II. reflex, to
be overawed; 6gnask ok skelfask, Hom. 143 ; 6gnask e-t, to fear, stand
aghast at a thing, I ^t^; hann ognask mjok at hoggva til bans, O. H.L. 3.
ognan, f. awe, menace, Fms. x. 274.
6gur-leikr, m. awfulness, Stj. 314.
6gur-liga, adv. awfidly. Fas. i. 383, Fb. i. 258, Fms. iii. HI, passim,
6giir-ligr, adj. (not ogrligr), awful, Nj. 183, Fms. vi. 376, vii. 172,
viii. 8, X. 241, 242, Isl. ii. 447, 6. H. 108, Hom. 13, Fbr. 57 new Ed.,
Sks. 159, 229, 643, Stj. 96, Bret. 96, and passim.
6-lilj63, n., qs. ofhlj68, a violent singing sound, esp. in the cars, see
u-hlj68 ; 6hlj68s-eyru, the valves of the heart: — but also = ofheyrn, q. v.,
ser er hver 6hlj68s eyrun a {jer ! of a person imagining that he hears
things which have never been spoken.
d-hreesi, n. a loathsome thing, 623. 17 (where spelt ohresi), Isl. ii. 420
(spelt orgsi). Fas. ii. 263, freq. in mod. usage; {)u ert mesta uhraesi !
6hraesi8 {)itt, thou naughty thing I
6-jd., interj. oh yes, yes yes !
(5Ij, f. a strap; var h6fu8it komit a 61ina, Bs. i. 314; the 6, which is
kept throughout all the cases, is a remains of the old umlaut ; for the
references see al.
<3l6fr, m. Olave, an old and favourite pr. name; the oldest form seems
to have been Aleifr, from Anleifr, as seen from rhymes, e. g. Al«fr is
made to rhyme with rc«fum, kl«f, or the like, Hallfred passim ; and, on
the other hand, Alkix with sta/a, ho/a, Eg. (in a verse), Fms. vi. (in a
verse) : then the ei was changed into o, Alq/ar fri8 gfl/ii, Sighvat : then
the initial a into 6, and Olafr is made to rhyme with sol in a poem of
the end of the lith century: lastly, the medial a into a, Olafr. This
Norse name is rendered by Anlaf in the Saxon Chron., and by Amlabh
in the Irish Chroniclers ; thus Righ Amlabh = king Olave the White in
Dublin, see pref. p. iv : in local names, Olafs-dalr,. -fj6r3r, -vik,
Landn. : <3lafs-d8elir, m. pi. the men from Olave-dale, GullJ). The
answering fem. pr. name is Al6f (the still older Aleif, qs. Anleif, is not
recorded), mod. Ol6f, Landn. 2. compds referring to St. Olave ;
<5lafs-gildi, -kirkja, -messa, -dagr, -vaka, = 5/. Olave' s guild, church, mass,
day, vigil, Sturl. i. 23, ii. 99, Vm. 24, Fms. ix. 8, 341, x. 14 ; Olafs kom,
sa8, skot, tollr, a tithe in corn to St. Olave, N.G. L. i. 142, 346. 460;
dlafs minni, see minni, ii. 445 ; Olafs Saga, St. Olave's Saga, Vm. 20 ;
6lafs skript, 21 ; Olafs su8, the name of a ship, Ann. 1360. {St. Olave's
Church, Bridge, etc., still exist in London, Norfolk, and Suffolk.)
OliGA, u, f. [akin to valgr (?), changing vd into 6\ : — a swell, swell-
ing, esp. of water; saevar olga, the swell of the sea. Fas. ii. 378, freq. ia
mod. usage ; cp. also ylgja = /i&f rolling, of waves.
61ga, a8, to swell; 61gandi {)vera {the swoln Cross-water) veltr yfir
sanda, Sn6t 12, passim in mod. usage.
dlmast, a8, dep. to rage, rave, act or wwk furiously.
472
OLMLIGA— ORKOSTK.
61in-liga, zdv. furiously, savagely, Nj.104, Karl. 520
61m-ligr, zdi]. furious, savage. Fas. iii. 411, Ld. 234.
OJj'ULB,, z6,]. savage, furious, worryi'ig ; 6Imr hundr, a savage dog,
Grag. ii. 119; halda e-m sem olmum hundi, Grett. 93 : the saying, opt
hetir olmr hundr rifit skinn, a savage dog has often a lorn skin ; oarga
dyr, sva at J)au vaeri olmari en a6r, Ver. 31 ; 61mt kykvendi, a savage
beast, Grag. ii. 117 ; olmr ok lidaell, Fms. v. 240; olmr ok 68r, iv. iii ;
hinir verQa olmari «. J)vi meir, Sturl. ii. 8.
OIjPA, u, f., mod. ulpa, a' kind of outer cloak, a fur cloak as it
seems; olpu e9r kapu, Jb. 187; graen olpa, Fms. ii. 16, Fs. 92 (in a
verse); lod-olpa (q. v.), a fur cloak; a j^a mynd sem olpa edr lo6kapa,
Mag. 63 ; 61pu-ma6r, a cloaked man, Fms. ii. 17.
oma, a&, to resound : part, omandi, sounding, resounding ; omandi
stolpa gangr, rendering of Homer's alOovaa epiSoviros.
6inaii or omun, f. sound, voice; omon ^verr, the voice fails, falters,
Skv. 3. 68 ; heitir ok rodd omun, Edda 1 10 : 6mun-lokarr, m. ' sound-
plane,' i. e. the tongue, Ad. 16 ; see lokarr.
dmi, a, m. one of the names of Odin or Allfather, Gm., Edda : a per-
sonification of the wind as the voice of God (cp. i Kings xix. 12, God
speaking to man through the 'still small voice' of the wind).
dMB, m. [A. S. wotna and worn and dcBg-iuoma - aurora'], sound, voice,
esp. of a tinkling sound such as a peal of bells heard afar off; klingir mer
fyrir eyrum omr, a sound tinkles in my ears, Bjarui ; held eg s^m helgan
dom, horpunnar saetan 6m, a ditty : the word is freq. in mod. usage, but
is not recorded in old writers, for Edda i. 544, v. 1., is from a paper MS.
6n, f. = van, hope. Am. 67, Ls. 36, Horn. 60.
6n, prep. = an (q. v.), without, Fms. xi. ill,, 153, Eluc. 38, 39, Aim. 7,
and passim in the oldest vellums ; see an.
6-11 ei, interj. oh no I
<5nn, m. = ofn (q. v.) according to pronunciation ; ons-hus, n. a close
stove, Bs. ii. 256.
dp, n. [cp. Ulf. iv6pjan = (pcm£iv, Poav; A.S. wop; Engl, whoop,
weep']: — a shouting, crying: 1. without the notion of weep-
ing ; med dpi ok eggjan, Stj. 365 ; heyrSu {)eir op mikit, Fs. 143 ; J)a
var6 6p mikit (a great shouting) at Logbergi, Nj. 15 ; en er Egill heyrSi
op J)at, Eg. 296; sepa sigr-6p, shouting victory, id., 298, Fms. viii. 141,
Karl. 365, 368 ; her-op, a war-whoop, Nj. 245, Eg. 80, 6. H. 107, Orkn.,
Stj. passim ; hrinda upp opi, to raise the war-cry. Fas. i. 254 (in a
verse). 2. a crying, weeping aloud; J)a setti hann upp mikit op, ok
i J)eim angistar ekka, . . . grata me5 opi miklu, Stj. 167 ; st65 hann {)ar
ok gr6t aumliga, {)essi ma6r ba5 hann ganga inn i biiSina ok taka af ser
opit. Oik. 35 ; ops ok ylfranar, Matth. ii. 18 ; op og tanna gnislan, weep-
ing and gnashing of teeth, xiii. 50 ; selr hon upp stor op, she set up
a great bowling, /Qz. ii. 87; slo si8an opi a barnit, the child began to
weep, i. 341 ; Jieir sog8u konu hans J)enna atburS, en hon kunni ilia ok
gret hatt . . . hann taldi s<5r leiSask op hennar, Edda 48.
opi, a, m. a magical Rune character, causing hysterics, Skm.
<Sp.ligr, adj. weeping ; me& opljgum tarum, with weeping tears, Greg. 39.
Or or or, written with o in older vellums, or now and then even
with y, yr ; in later MSS. with u, ux, which in mod. led. is sounded
long, ur. In other Teut. languages this prep, has been lost as an inde-
pendent word ; only the Goth, has us = eK, dirS, and the O. H. G. ar, ir,
vr, which in mid. H. G. was lost and replaced by the adverb aus, O. H. G.
MZ, answering to Icel. tit, Engl, out, a word altogether diiferent from or,
see Grimm's Diet. s. v. er; ur, however, survived as a prefixed particle
in a countless number of compds, in A.S. d.-, in O.H. G. ar-, ir-, in
mid. H. G. and Germ, er-; causal verbs are formed by means of this pre-
fixed particle, e. g. Goth, m-iuakjan, A. S. a-weccan, Engl, to awaken,
O. H. G. ar-wechan. Germ, er-wecken. In the Scandin. languages, on the
other hand, the independent prep, has been preserved in its fullest ex-
tent, whereas the prefixed particle is rare, mostly with adjectives, and is
sounded and spelt or-, e.g. ox-tndx = exanimis ; seldom er-, for erlendr
(q. v.) is different ; or- or ur- seems to belong only to words of later
formation, as or-lausn, 6r-skurSr, lir-kast, ur-][)V2etti, refuse; lir-haettis, out
of time (from skera or, kasta ur). These compds will be given under the
head of or- and ur-. The quantity of the root-vowel in the particle or,
ur is an unsettled question ; the German and Saxon forms er-, ar-, as also
the Icel. prefixed or-, seem to indicate a short, the present Icel. pronun-
ciation ur- a long, vowel. The MSS. in these cases give no help ; in this
Dictionary it has been assumed as long (or) in deference to the majority
of Editions and the present Icel. spelling and pronunciation.
A. Out. of, from; as remarked in the introduction to the, prep, af,
the prep, or (p. 3, col. 2) denotes from the inside of a thing {put of
which), and in most cases corresponds to i, so that the same case which
goes with or would also go with i, (and thus it answers to i with dat.,
see 1 A. I-III) ; tekinn or jorSu, taken out of the earth (answering to
i J6r6u, of anything lying in the earth), Fnis. i. 51 ; or skoginum, vi. 225 ;
yr afrett, Grag. ii. 233; yr heraSi, Isl. ii. 322, 333; fara or landi, to
leave the country, Fms. vi. 284 ; or {>randheimi, Eg. 32 (opp. to i |jrand-
heimi) ; or Tungu, Nj. 95, 192 ; Island bygBisk or Noregi, /row Norway,
Eyjum (all names compounded from Ey), Landn. passim; or Mon.^ot
the Isle of Man, Nj. 138; or Hrafnistu (an island), 164; or {)j6ttu (
Norse island), Fms. iv. 275; or Skogi, Skogum, Nj. 89; or Gili, 113
or Mdrk, 192; or |j6r61fsfelli, 39; or Saurbae, 164; or GarSi, Landn
Nj. 164; cp. i, p. 315, col. 2 (A. loc. II); er ^a bar or hafi, Fms. ii. 64
or lopti, passim ; lir eldi, Nj. 132 ; or votnum, Fms. i. 226 ; or hiili, x
16 ; or ValhoUu, Nj. 132 ; or tjaldi, Fms. ii. 268 ; or gar6i, Nj. 54; c
kirkju, Fms. ix. 471 ; or poka, Ld. 202 ; hiis or hiisi, from bouse i
house, Bs. i. 3S6 ; flokk or flokki, Karl. 244; or golfinu, Ld. 53; (
hiisum, Grag. ii. 336; or nor5ri, su6ri, vestri, austri. Eg. 133 : 6r hend
out of one's band, Greg. 62, Nj. 84 : the phrase, bi3a or sta5, to bide '01
of one's place, i. e. to bide withojit moving, 0. H. (in a verse). J
with adverbs; ofan or fjalli, Eg. 766: ni6r or, Fms. iii 94; fram 6
out of; ut ur, out of, (Goth. Ht-us, whence arose the mod. Germ. a«s]
lit or hringinum, Ld. 276. 3. ok rseSr laekr or henni til saevar, Dif
ii. 2 ; fesiina er or var fjotrinum, Edda 20 ; ^it skulut spyrja or kanj
stefnu, to ask newsfrotn the meeting, Isl. ii. 346; ra6ask or herna&i,
leave off freebooling , Eg. 2; komask or barnaesku, Sturl. i. 226; vaki
or svefni, to wake out of sleep, 623. 14; risa upp or dau&a, 655 ix. C,
segjask or logum, to secede, lb.. 11 ; vera or sogunni, to be out of i
story, Nj. 22, 120; falla or minni, Bs. i. 39.
B. Metaph., denoting forfeiture ; J)a er hann litlagr ok or go&oi
sinu, Grag. i. 33 ; ok or ollum skru5anum, and stripped off all the
ornaments, Nj. 132. 2. of a part of the whole ; ^essir {6\\yi 6x ii
Haralds, Eg. 11 ; kveSja fimm biia yr s6knar-kvi3, Grag ii. 208; ry8
biia or kvi8i, kvo6, Nj. no; menu sakna Skeggja or flokkinum. Ore
30 new Ed. ; maSr andask or kvo6inni. Band. 14 new Ed. ; Joseph v
or kyni Davi6s, Post. ; |)ri5jungr or feti, Rb. 482. 3. denoting caus
andask, deyja or sarum, sott, to die of wounds, sickness, Eg. 36, Land
217, Fms. ii. 164, Sks. 594. 4. of the substance of which a thii
is made (see af C. Ill) ; or jarni, of iron, Nj. 272 ; or guUi, silfri, Ak
7 ; J)at er or j6r3u, Eluc. 9 ; or Ymis holdi var jor9 of sktpuS, en
sveita sjtir, bjiirg or beinum, ba&mr or hari, en or hausi himin, en
hans heila, etc., VJ)m. ; ur hari, ullu, etc. ; or osti, Fms. vi. 253.
of changing from one state to another, from ; ek veit ekki hvat
honum er or3it, 623. 53; ver6a at osku or miklu mannvirki, Al. 4
gorir heimska or horskum, Hm. 93 ; auka or \>vi sem a3r haf5i ver
beyond what it was, Al. 145, Nj. 192 ; hefir J)u nokkut samit J)ik 6x \
sem var, Isl. ii. 211 ; J)urru mjok vinsaeldir hans or J)vi sem voru, rf
dwindled from what they had been, Fms. x. 160 ; or hofi (cp. orof, orsrf
exceeding, out of measure ; allt or hofi, Al. 54; fegiarn or hofi, K
370; ganga or dsemum, beyond example, unexarnpled, Fms. i. 214, vi
52. II. ellipt. and adverb, usages; annarra brjcistum <
Hrn. ; skar or spjotiS, to cut through, Hkr. i. 37 ; ok skar lit or, Fn
i. 217. III. with verbs; fara or, to take off a garment, Nj. 37
ganga yr, to withdraw, 86, 1 13 ; fyrr en or sliti (6r-slit), till it wai 1
over, 105 ; skera or, to decide ; leysa or, to read a riddle, answer, Fn
ii. 283; ra9a or (6r-rae6i), to solve a difficidty, Nj. 177, 243; ok he
f)u ilia or haft vi3 mik, thou hast behaved badly towards me, 1
140. IV. or J)vi, since; mi er at segja hvat gorSisk i Noregs
Jjvi hann var i burtu farinn, Fas. ii. 84: causal, since, lir J)vi J)U viltj):
since thou wishest it, mod. V. double prepp. as adv. ellipt. a
as prep. ; tok or verk allan yr augum hans, Bs. i. 336 ; at or se gritrai
or skapi hans, Nj. 82.
ora, a3, = vara fq.v.), to become spring, Orkn. (in a. verse).
ora, pres. orir, [orar], to rave, play pranks; orir gestr vid gest, H
31 : the mod. phrase, mig orar til ^tss, to recollect dimly, of Sri?
by-gone time. ,|f a
dRAR, f. pi., in mod. usage masc. pi., [cp. aerr = insane'],fits oftnamtt
J)egar tok af honum orarnar er Davi6 lek horpuna, Stj. 467 ; maela dr
to talk wildly. Mar. 1071 ; segi ek ydr satt, at hon bar eigi ora i angu)
Bs. i. 204; hann var3 aerr ok sag6i i orunum {in Jits of delirium))^,
{)eir hofdu gort, Magn. 522 ; hann gorSi ser orar {feigned insarup/)'
let sem hann felH i brottfall, Landn. (Hb.) 215; af orum ok vitley
Stj. 467; hofu3-6rar (q. v.), delirium. 2. wild fancies, frdu
triiir \>n {)egar a orar Jiair, er sa ma6r ferr me3, O. H. 107 ; {sessum nt
ek vi9 bregma Aslaugar orunum, Fas. i. 257 : wild pranks, madfreak,6^
{ravings) eru liraekdir orar {our), Skalda 162 ; aersli og orar; t^**"
oronum naest {there will be mad doings) er veslu batnar, AL
orar, wild dream-fancies. compds : ora-belgr, m. a tnei ,
in mod. usage of youths or children, {jii ert mesti 6. 6ra-ferO, i
mad imdertaking, Grett. 153 A. ora-m^l, n. a mad talk. Post. J.
82. ora-vegr, m. a way of immense length, an immerise distance; \
er mesti oravegr, mod., perh. corrupt from afar, ofr. ora-verk, ■
law term, a deed done in a state of insanity, Grag. ii. 64.
6r-dau3r, adj. extinct, quite dead, Bs. i. 879 ; cp. ordau3a.
6r-f6r, f. departure ; krefja arfs ok orfarar, N. G. L. i. 53 (Jb. 158 B).
6-ristinn, adj., in the phrase, liggja oristinn, of one who lies down
rest without taking oif his clothes.
6r-kosta, u, f. = 6rkostr; deyja fra allri orkostu. Am. 58
lb. 4 ; austan or Smalondum, Nj. 122 ; or BreifiafirOi, Isl. ii. 36S ; drJL 6r-kostr, m. means, resources; hafa, eiga, orkost til e-s, Grag. i. '
I
(3RLAUSN— 6TTR.
473
It
i>- J55> K. {>. K. 90: in the mod. phrase, ciga einskis urkosti, to be
destitute of means.
dr-lausn, f., mod. tir-lausn, [leysa or], solution of a difficulty, an ex-
pedient, help; hann segir sik vera i hey^roti, ok krefr orlausiia, Isl. ii. 132 ;
hann skal sjnlfr ^eirra vaiidroeSi abyrgjask en hrepps-menn eru til engra
' 6rlausna skyldir, Gn'ig. i. 490; vilt J)ii, biiandi, selja oss korn? vaeri oss
[)at 6. ef v<5r J)yrfiini eigi lengra at fara, h6r skalt J)u fa {)4 orlausn, at
[»urfa eigi at fara lengra, O. H. 112: the mod. phrase, gora e-m urlausn,
to let one not go empty-handed away. 2. an answer, a reply, the
r-etuon given to a question ; J)dr munut einskis Jiess spyrja er ek kunna
jigi 6rlausn til, Fms. x. 329; vaenti ek goSrar orlausnar ok andsvara,
>la. 306 ; engi spyrr hann {leirra hluta er eigi kann hann orlausn, Edda
^7; orlausn til allra spurnmga, Hkr. i. 269: a rfec/s/on, skulu gorSar-
nenn leita orlausna at liigum, Grag. i. 495 ; enda sd eigi aSrar orlausnir
y mseltar, 490 ; til y5varrar orlausnar stunda allir er vanda-malum eigu
skipta, Sks. 13.
6r«lauBS, adj./retf, disengaged, Nj. 76, v. 1.
dr-n&m, n. a picking out, of challenging neighbours, Grag. i. 31, 51.
6rp, adj. an obsolete form = varr (q. v.), our; mara ora, Hkv. Hjcirv.
6rr alda-foSr, VJ)m. 4; orum hollum, 7; oru hofi, Hym. 33; oru
kipi, Hkv. Hjcirv. 33 ; or salkynni, Skm. 17 ; toSur orar, Kormak ; gu5
rjClem. 44; lei3 ora, 40; augu or, Greg. 21 ; ond ora, Horn.; afr^tt
•ra, Grag. ii. 3 14 A ; krapta ora, NiSrst. 2 ; logum orum, id. ; log or, lb.
J; byskopum orum, 3; orum liindum, Grag.; Drottni orum, 623. 7;
nekdir orar, Skalda 62 (Thorodd, with a nasal sound).
6t'X&6, n. = orraeSi ; hvert 6rra& (yrra6 Cd.) skulum ver mi taka, O. H.
8; 6rra8 var kvenna ver8a jafnan me6 litilli forsja, Ld. 42 ; munt {)u
lU mdr bezt til 6rra6a um |)itt mal, Nj. 12 ; liggja her til miklu betri
n^ um J)etta mal, Fms. xi. 11 ; til atkvseSis ok orrada, 33.
As-rsedi, n., mod. ur-rseSi, [rada or e-u], an expedient; var6 pat hans
(Trrae&i Cd.) at, . . . sagSi hann 6rrae6it eigi gott, Fb. iii. 448, 449 ; \>zt
sm 6. Ozurar, at . . ., Dropl. 25 ; potti honum J)urfa nokkurra orraeSa
at leita, Rd. 238 ; her eru skjot orrse&i til, Fms. ii. 7 ; taka gott 6rrae6i,
ij2 ; hvert 6rrae6i {help) vilt \>u veita mer, Nj. 31, Gliim. 352 ; hann
ifti morg orraeSi {many sources) til penninga, Bar6. 173. compds :
ciwda-lauss, adj. helpless. 6rr8e9a-leysi, n. helplessness.
jr-skurda, a6, to decide, give a legal decision, Stat. 296, D.N., and
mod. usage.
S9*8k\irc3r, m., mod. lir-skurSr, [skera ur e-u], a decision ; veita
'dcurd um e-t, Fms. i. 42, v. 333 ; vil ek heyra fieiri manna 6rskur&
\pbuon) um petta mal, Hkr. i. 155 ; en er Nordmonnum J)6tti seinkask
■Asirftrinn, Fms. vi. 20; fengusk J)eir 6rskur6ir, at..., Hkr. iii. 306;
Mt hefi ek skjotan 6rskur6 um {)etta mal okkat, Lv. 53. 2. a
ptl decision, of a debated question ; gefa me6 fam or6um fullan or-
't!r8, GJ)1. (pref. v) ; toku hvarir-tveggju Gunnlaug til orskurdar . . . ,
rir-tveggju undu vel vi3 orskurSinn, Isl.ii. 233 ; mi hcifu vit skotid
■'1 okkarri til y6vars orskurdar, Fms. vii. 203 ; koma til biskups 6r-
urdar, K. A. 118; logmanns 6rskur3r, D.N. i. 93. compds: 6r-
|:ur3ar-br6f, n. a writ of arbitration, Fm. 43, Bs. i. (Laur. S.) 6r-
urflar-maSr, m. an umpire, Isl. ii. 233.
-slit, n. pi., mod. ■lir-siit, [slita lir], a final decision; hann veitti
ijrslit, Sturl. i. 149 ; voru oss engi orslit veitt, Isl. ii. 315; ek hefi
* eigi orslit hingat til um J)at mal, (3. H. 141 ; ok ur3u engi 6. gor af
1, O.H.L. 95.
I'-tolur, f. pi. dissuasion; hafa urtolur um e-t.
r-vinda, adj., proncd. lirvinda, [the word is not recorded in old writers :
etymology may be from lir and vyndi, qs. yndi. Germ. wonne, = out
•t, out of cheer ; if so, it would be an interesting instance of the reten-
: of the w before y] : — restless, distressed, esp. of a person distressed
m want of sleep, e.g. a child crying incessantly is said to be lirvinda;
'■nift er lirvinda, jjaS er lirvinda af svefni, distressed for want of sleep.
-v6l, n. pi. [velja lir], refuse; en mer {jykki ^6 illt at hafa af orvol ein,
a. 5. II. in mod. usage urval, smg. = the choice of a thing.
l-rsesti [see rsesta] ; J)ii ert mesta orsesti, naughty thing I
I'SK, f., dat. osk, but osku when it is a pr. name, [A. S.wiscan; Engl.
'"■; O.H.G. wunsc; Germ, wunscb; Dan. ows^e] : — a wish; l)essi osk
k |)dr, Fb. i. 31, passim : freq. in plur., ok er gott g66u at una er y6r
:r allt at oskum. Fas. i. 189 ; t)u ert virainga-ma8r mikill ok gengit
! at oskum lif {)itt, Gliim. 337 ; ok Jjotti Helga l)etta mal hafa at oskum
-it, Dropl. 14 : — oska-vel, all as one wishes, Fb. i. 34. compds : 6ska-
•1, n. a chosen, adopted child, 625. 179 ; oskabarna andi, Rom. viii.
cptir oskabarna rettinum, 23 ; hverjum oskabarna r6ttr til heyrir, ix.
oska-bjorn, n. [I var Azsen fiske-bjorn=fish-bear], a kind of crab,
oniscus: oska-bjorn is evidently a corruption from the Latin oniscus,
ich then gave rise to the legend that whosoever possessed the ' oniscus'
i;ht have a ' wish' (osk) granted. oska-byrr, m. a wind to one's
d, a fair wind to one's heart's content, Hkv. 2. 30 ; the word may have
ythical bearing, as in the tale of Odd the Archer, who had but to hoist
tl sail to have a fair wind whithersoever he wished — a popular legend
ogous to Homer's Od. x. 6ska-«onr, m. an adopted son, Edda 13,
ii. 242. 6ska-steinn, m. a 'wish-stone,' is the globe-formed ova-
rium of the oniscus; for another record see Maurcr's Volks. 183 ; it is
also called Pc^trs-vaftsteinn, q. v. dska-stund, f. the ' wish-bour,' for
in the popular belief there is a point of time ai short as the twinkling of
an eye, recurring, some say, every day, others every week, or every year ;
and whatsoever one wishes at that moment conies to pass : hence the
phrase, J)ii hefir hitt oskastundina, thou bast bit on the ' wisb-bour,' when
a person has a piece of luck. Akin to this is the legend of three wishes
granted to one by some good fairy ; hence the phrase, eiga i('t osk, to
own a wish; eina vildi eg eiga mer 6skina svo gofta, a ditty, Maurer's
Volksagen. II. a pr. name of a woman, dat. 6sku, Landn.
6sk-barn, n. = oskabarn, Al. 45, Clem. 24.
6sk-berni, n. = 6skbarn, Stj. 103, 252.
Oski, a, rn. the god Wish, one of the names of the highest god. All-
father (Odin), Gm., Edda 2 ; only the name, not the legend, of this
god is left. The name reminds one of the god Eros, as described by
Socrates in Plato's Symposium.
osk-mser, f. the chosen maid, the name of the Valkyriur, who were the
chosen maids of Odin, Og. 18 : = eskimaer, Fas. i. 118.
6sk-m6gr, m, = 6skasonr, Ls. 16, Eluc. 61: a beloved son, Fagrsk.
123 (in a verse).
63-minni, n. the mouth of an oss, Fb. ii. 29.
Oss, m. [Lat. ostium^, the mouth or outlet of a river or lake; at 6si
skal ii stemma, a saying, Edda 60 ; Danubius fellr me8 sjau osum til sj6far,
Stj. 88 ; J)6 at brjoti n^ja osa i giignum fjiiru manns, ok skal inn fomi
oss rfi,aa merki sem adr, Grag. ii. 354; her gekk upp oss {an inlet,
estuary) vi6 nes {)etta, ok (611 sjorinn lit 6t osinum, Ld. 76 ; vatn Jjat
er Holtavatn heitir stemmdi upp, . . . grafa lit osinn, hversu tors6tt mundi
osinn lit at grafa, en er peir komu til ossins, var hann lit brotinn, Bs. i.
333- II- freq. in local names, Oss, Osar, Ob-16, in Norway;
Holtavatns-oss, Bs. i.308; Rangar-oss, N> ; Faxa-oss (Landn. 29), Lsekjar-
oss, Landn.; Hops-oss; Vags-oss ; Nidar-oss, the famous town in Nor-
way; Ar-(')ss = the mod. Aar-huus, and Kindn-oss = Randers in Den-
mark. 6ss-verki, a, m. ajetsum at the farm Oss, Vm. 1 40. III.
the Rune I; , see introduction.
6str, m., see hostr ; lostinn oru 1 ostinn, Fms. vi. 419: kom orin
upp i ostinn (hostinn, Fb. I.e.), viii. 433; hann var lostinn oru i 6stinn
(hostinn v. 1.) ok fekk J)egar bana, ix. 311, Bs. i. 414; var hann lagftr i
ostinn, Sturl. iii. 251: spelt with b, Bs. i. 382, Finnb. 214.
6svift, n. adj., qs. of-svift; e-m verSr osvift, to he stunted; ^t\m var5
osvift vi6 J)essa sy'n, Fbr. 79 ; honum var6 mjtik 6. vi8 op {)etta, Fb. i.
417 (vsvipt) ; en vi& J)essi tiSendi var6 honum sva 6., at hann matti
langa stund ekki maela, Bs. i. 472 ; hinum vard sva 6. (datt, Bs. i, I.e.)
sem hann vaeri steini lostinn, Sturl. i. 211.
6t6t or o-tseti, n. a wretched, bad creature; otaetiS {)itt ! 6%6t-\\gft
adj. looking wretched and ragged, of sheep or beasts.
OTTA, u, f. [an old Teut. word; Ulf. ubtwo = iwvxov, or ubtiugs =
ewaipos, uhteigo = tvKaipws, uhieigs wisan = ffxo^a^fiv ; A. S. ubie ; Hel.
uhta; O.H.G. uohta^: — the last part of the night just before day-
break ; i nott fyrir ottu, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; en i ottu fyrir dag {in the
otta before daybreak) stoS hann upp ok klaeddi sik, Edda 28 ; ottu ok iind-
ver5an dag. Am. 50; i ottu. Fas. i. 148, Hkr. i. 70; f)egar i ottu, iii.
417, Fms. xi. 433; hana-otta, cock-crow, gallicinium, N.G. L. i. 9.
compds; 6ttu-s6ngr, m. matins in the Roman Catholic time, 625. 164,
167, K.{). K. 58, Bs. i. 673. 847; ottusongs-bok, -kver,-mal,-ti8, -sloppr,
Pm. 38, 58, 73, 117, Jm. 36, Fms. v. 224, vii. 317, Hom. 122. 6ttu-
ti3ir, f. pl. = 6ttus6ngr = eccl. borae matutinae. Mar.
6tta-ligr,adj. (-liga,adv.),aii/!//, terrible, Stj. 1 70, freq. in mod. usage.
ottask, a5, dep. to fear, 623. 36 : with ace, ottask e-n, G{)l. I 74 ;
J)6tti mer mi sem hann mundi heldr 6. y&r, Nj. 260 ; hann ottaflisk at
. . ., Fms. i. 93; ottuSusk {)eir {)a eigi at sdr, Bret. 96, Fms. x. 220;
sva heilir ! drepum (5laf digra, hann ottask mi ekki at ser, O. H. 70, Eg.
283 ; ottask um sik, id., 168.
OTTI, a, m. [contr. qs. obt, cp. ogn, 6gna, 6gur-] : — fear, dread; var
peim otti mikill at honum, Nj. 68 ; gjalda 6tta vi8, Isl. ii. 363 ; bj68a
otta, to inspire fear (see bj68a IV. 2) ; otta slaer ii e-n, O. H. 224 ; milli
vanar ok otta, between hope and fear. Mar. 2. a thing to be feared,
danger ; otti var at sjii i augu honum, ef hann var reiSr, 0. H. 16 ; var
ae otti at Sverri konungi,*Fms. viii. 339: fear, danger, vita s^r enskis
otta viinir, Eg. 74, Fms. ix. 467; vaenta sdr enskis otta, 6. H. 220;
vera undir miklum aga ok otta, Fms. x. 409 ; at manns6fnu8r dragisk
at Onundi ok otti nokkurr, Sturl. i. 158. compds : 6tta-bod, n. a feel-
ing afraid, Bs. ii. 32, Mag. 46. 6tta-bragfl, n. a looking afraid. Fas.
ii. 483. 6tta-fenginn, part, and dtta-fullr, adj. terrified, Stj. 119,
154, 201, Hkr. iii. 33, (3. H. 240, Nj. 105, Fms. iii. 216, x. 366, xi.
371. otta-lauss, a<i]. fearless, Bret. 24, Fbr. 88, (3. H, 240; engi
hlutr er J)a ottalauss a himni e8a jdrSu, Edda 41 : neut. not to be feared,
without danger, var jja allt ottalaust. Eg. 371. 6tta-mikill, adj.
much afraid; ^a, gor8isk ottamikit me8 Boglum, tbe B. were much afraid,
Fms. ix. 45, v.l. 6tta-samligr, adj. awful, Sks. 226 B. 6tta-
sleginn, adj. terror-stricken, Fms. i. 138, ix. 497.
-ottr, adj. an inflexion, cp. Germ, acbtig, sec Granjm. p. xxxiii, col. ii.
474
P— PAR.
P (pe), the fifteenth letter, was not figured in the old Runic alphabet,
in which the bjarkan ( fe ) was made to serve for both b and/) ; it is found
only in very late Runes, as e. g. the Runic alphabet of the Danish king
Waldemar (died A.D. 1241), where it is figured |^ or as a dotted ^ (^),
Skalda 177, and the Arna-Magry, Runic MS. II. the p is in Icel.
sounded as in Engl., pma.=pain, hlaupa = /ea/i.
B. Remarks. — As all words with p initial have been borrowed at
different times from foreign languages, the number of them goes on
decreasing the farther we go back into antiquity ; this is also the case in
other Teutonic languages ; the vocabulary in Ulf. presents about seven p
words, — paida, plapja, plats, plinsjan, pungs, prangan, pund ; the old A. S.
poems about the same number, — plega, plegjan, psed, pund, pynd, pyt, pad,
peord (while the oldest and best, Beowulf, has none), see Grein. The
ancient Icelandic or Norse poems of the heathen age have still fewer than
the A. S. ; the first words we meet with are penningr, a penny, Bragi ;
pundari, Egil (see IjoS-pundari); — which, with some other words begin-
ning with p, are from the heathen age. Along with the introduction of
Christianity many such \Vords came in, chiefly through the English, e. g.
prestr, pina, pinsl, paskar, pafi, pistill, predika : through trade from the
Norman-English, priidr, pry'&i, pall, pallr, pell, poki, partr : and lastly,
through the English trade with Iceland in the 15th and i6th centuries,
prenta, pu6r, petti, peisa, etc. ; some few words, too, have since been
adopted from the mod. Danish. A few words may be traced to Gaelic, %nd
a few have been traced to the Chudic (Finnish) ; the scantiness of such
words, however, shews better than anything else how very small indeed
was the influence these languages had on the Norse, all the more so as the
Finnish vocabulary abounds with,/) words. The letter p in an Icelandic
Dictionary stands quite apart from all the other letters, for it is made up
of a motley collection of words, incoherent and broken, containing no
roots, no great verbs, particles, or such words as make the stock of a
genuine vocabulary. The absence of initial p in the Teutonic language
is not due to any inability to pronounce it, but to causes inherent to the
parent language of the Teutonic as well as the classical languages, for
in Greek and Latin the letter 6, which, according to Grimm's law,
answers to the Teutonic p, stands exactly in the same predicament as p
in the Teutonic; there is no single instance of ' lautverschiebung' from
a Gr.-Lat. 6 to a Teut. p (Curtius) ; no word beginning with p is formed
by ' ablaut,' and only a few are derived by ' umlaut' (prydi, pyngja, paela).
For other details see the introduction to letters B and F.
PADDA, u, f. [A. S. pada; Dutch padde; Engl, paddock] : — a toad;
ormar, e31ur, froskar, ok piiddur, snakes, lizards, frogs, and toads. Ems.
X. 380 ; myss ok ormar, e61ur ok poddur, 0. H. 109 ; ekki eitrkvikindi,
hvarki ormr ne padda, Sks. 88, MS. 623. 26 ; \>zv eru eigi hoggormar,
froskr ne padda, there are neither snakes, frogs, nor toads, viz. in Ireland,
referring to the tale of St. Patrick, — a legend taken from a popular ety-
mology of the saint's name, qs. ' padd-reaker,' toad-driver. 2. in
Icel., where no amphibia are found, used of any insects or beetles in pools
or foul water.
Paflreimr, m. = the lirirodponos in Constantinople, Fms. vii. 97, xi. 315.
pakka, aS, to pack, tie up.
pakki, a, m. [Engl, pack], (also pakka, u, f., Grett. 129 A), a pack,
bundle, esp. used of bundles of wadmal exported from Icel. and the
Faroes, D.N. ii. 559, iii. 451, N.G. L. iii. 207, 209, Bs. i. 812, 842.
COMPDS : pakka-lina, u, f. pack-thread, string, N. G. L. iii. 209.
pakka-vadmdl, n. common wadmal, H.E. i. 574.
paktar, m. pi. [Lat. epactum], the epacts, Rb. passim; pakta tal, -old,
/be tale, cycle of epacts, Rb. 4, 6, 70.
paktin, m. a nickname, Fms. ix. 472.
pal, n. (?) ; me6 illsku pali, Bs. ii. 503 (in a poem).
palafrey, m. [late Lat. palafredus], a palfrey, Karl. 495.
palans-greifi, a, m. a palgrave, count palatine, Ann. 1223.
pall-bord, n. the high table, haborS and pallbord are synonymous, Vm.
84 : in the phrase, hann a ekki upp a pallborBit, be is not up at the high
table, i. e. is not made much of.
paU-ddmar, m. pl._;fre-s/(fe^ossrp, = arind6mar, q. v.
pall-d^a, u, f. = pallkoddi, D.N.
pall-klsBdi, n. a carpet or covering for the pallr, Vm. 109, B. K. -tjo,
D.N., Boldt.
pall-koddi, a, m. a cushion, Vm. 55, 109, D. N.
PAIiIiR, m. [the etymology of this word, as also the time when and
place whence it was borrowed, is uncertain ; the true Norse word is bekkr
or flet ; pallr may be of Norman origin, although it is frequently used;
in the Sagas referring to the Saga time (loth century) ; even the benches
in the legislative assembly on the alj)ing were called pallar, not bekkir ;
but this cannot have been so originally. The word itself is, like pall,
probably from Lat. palus, pala = stipes, Du Cange ; Engl, pale, palings ;
in the Icel. it is used of high steps (Lat. gradiis), esp. of any high floor
or dais in old dwellings, sometimes = flet (q.v.) or = lopt (q.v.), and
lastly of the benches in the hall = bekkr (q.v.) The adoption of the
word was probably connected with the change in the floor and seats oi
the halls, as mentioned in Fagrsk. ch. 219, 220, which arrangement of
benches was adopted from Norman England, and is in fact still seen
in English college-halls, with the raised high floor at the upper end.
In Icel. the ladies were then seated on this dais (ha-pallr, J)ver-pallr),
instead of being placed, according to the older custom, on the left hand
along the side walls, see below, II. 2. As the Sagas were written after
this had taken place, so the use of the word, e. g. in the Njala (ch. 34
and often), may be an anachronism.]
B. A step = L!Lt. gradus; J)essi steinn var litan sem klappa&r vseri
gr4&um efla pollum, Fms. i. 137 ; vindur upp at ganga, nitjan pallar a
bergit, Symb. 56 ; stiga pall af palli, /ro?n step to step, Horn. 140. palla-
sdngr and palla-s&lmi, m. = the ' graduale,' chant, or responsorium 'in
gradibus' in the Roman Catholic service, from its being chanted at the
steps of the altar ; sa songr heitir pallasongr Jjviat hann er fyrir piillum
sunginn, 625. 188, Hom. (St.), Mar.: metaph. degree, enn tolpti pallr
osoma, 677. 1 : J)rjatigi palla djupr, Bev. palls-b6k, f. ' graduale,' the
service-book for the high mass, Jatv. ch. 10. II. a dais with its
set of benches ; J)ar skulu pallar J)rir vera {three sets of benches) umhverfis
logrettuna, Grag. i. 4 ; pallinn J)ann inn lixSra, Eg. 303 ; Flosi gekk inn
i stofuna ok settisk ni9r, ok kasta&i i pallinn {he threw on the floor)
undan ser ha-saetinu, Nj. 175; konungr leit yfir ly6inn umhverfis sik a
pallana, Fms. vii. 156 ; hann la i pallinum, 325 ; konungr sat i pallinum
hja honum, xi. 366 ; gekk f>randr i stofu, en J)eir lagu i pallinum, SigurSr I
ok J>6r9r ok Gautr, Fser. 195. 2. the raised floor or dais at the
upper end of the hall, where the ladies were seated ( = t)ver-pallr, ha-p.\
konur skipuSu pall, Nj. 11; konur satu a palli, Isl. ii. 250; hljopi
J)eir inn ok til stofu, ok sat Katla a palli ok spann, Eb. 94 ; hon 1 j!
sik i pallinum, she hid herself in the pallr, Landn. 121; var J)ar hiemmr
undir ok holr innan pallrinn, . . . J)a bad Geirri6 brjota upp pallinn, var
Oddr |)ar fundinn, Eb. 96 : — miS-pallr, the middle bench ; kr6k-pallr, the j
corner bench, Ski&a R. (where the beggar littered himself). 3. in i
mod. usage the sitting-room is called pallr, from being elevated a yard or
two above the level ground; i hlyindin })ar hjonin bua a palli. Snot: i
hence pall-sk6r, f. the ridge of the pallr : palls-h.orn, n. the comer
of the pallr, Nj. 220, Sturl. iii. 141.
pall-sessa, u, f. = pallkoddi, Dipl. iii. 4.
pall-stokkr, m. the ridge or edge of the dais, Nj. 220, Fms. vii. 325. t
"P&W-BtT&j-a. the dais-straw ; verSa ellidauSr inni a pallstram, Hkr. i.149. I
panna, u, f. [Lzt. patina ; Germ, pfanne; Engl. /an], a /an, Dipl. v.
18. 2. [Swed. panna], the skull, head, Ski&a R. 168.
panta, a5, to 6e/, = ve3setja, Bs. ii. 176.
pantr, m. [GeTxn.pfand], a pledge, Stj. 197 ; also panta, a8, to pawn :
the true old Icel. word is ve6, q. v.
pant-setja, tt, = panta, to pawn, D.N.
panzari, a, m. [mid. Lat. panceria ; Germ, panzier, from mid. Lat.
/)a«z«r/a = lorica quae ventrem tegit (Du Cange), ixompanza = abdomen;
Fr. pance ; Engl, paunch = stomach] : — prop, a leather belt worn round the
stomach, whence gener. a coat of mail, a jack, Nj. 70, Sks. 375. 400>
405; panzara hiifa, Fms. viii. 404; hir6-ma6r skal eiga vapntreyju ok
utan yfir panzsara e3a brynju, N. G. L. ii. 427 : a panzari as armour is
chiefly mentioned in the 1 2 th and 13th centuries, and is probably an ,
anachronism in the Nj. I.e. \
papi, a, m. \h2it.papa ; Gr. -ncnnTa ; cp. early Swed. pceplinger, whence
mod. Swed. pebling and Peblinge-soe near Copenhagen ; Germ, pfdfflein] :
— a pope, priest; the Irish anchorites were esp. called Papar; traces of such
anchorites at the first arrival of the Northmen were found in the east oi
Icel. ; J)a voru her menn Kristnir ^eir es NorSmenn kalla Papa, Jb. ch. i.
Landn. (pref.) These ' monks of the west ' had sought this remote desert 1
island in order to shun all intercourse with men, and when the heathen ;
Northmen came to Iceland, the Papas left it ; the statement of Ari Fr«56i ,|
in the Landnama is confirmed by the book of the Irish monk Dicuil (De j
Mensura Orbis), Ed. Paris, 1807. From these Papas are derived some ■
local names, Pap-ey, Pap^li, Pap-oss, Papa-fj6r6r, map of Icel..
Landn. Papeyjar-buxur, f. pi. a kind of wizard breeches, money
breeches, see Maurer's Volks. 2. the pope, Landn. 18.
pappir, m. [Lat./>a/i>rKs], /)a/)cr; href a pappir ok a Latinu skrifao.
D.N. iii. (a Norse deed, A.D. 1364) ; all Icel. MSS. and v/rits (maldagar',
of the 14th and 15th centuries were on vellum, and paper came first into
general use about or a little before the Reformation ; only two leaves on
satin paper (a fragment of the Gragas) are preserved in the Arna-Mag"
Coll. written in the 12th century or early in the 13th.
par, n. [Lit. par], a pair, occurs in the 15th century; hann gaf nier
tvenn por skae6a, two pairs of shoes, Ski6a R. ; par sko, Bs. i. 876 ; g»ng*
me3 porum, by pairs. Mar.: since freq., tvenn por vetlinga, sokka, twopo"''
of gloves, socks. II. a paring, scrap; hann fleyg&i til hennar
porum ok beinum, Clar. : — the phrase, ekki par, ekki pari 8, not a paring,
not a whit, Bs. ii. 254, 323, 341 (l6th century) ; opt eru kv«6a efhm
ryr, ekki a stundum pariS, Tima R. (begin.) : the word may have come
i into use in the 15th or i6th century.
I
PARA— PASKALAMB.
475
para, u, f. pairs, of fish hung up. II. parings.
paradis, f. [Gr. vapdSeiaros ; Lat. paradisus], paradise (also para-
isa, u, f., Sks. 502, 521 B), Stj. 36, Sks. 521, Nidrst. 8; paradisar-
ignadr, -ssela, -vist, -graenleikr, Greg. 68, Fins. i. 227, Bs. i. 202, Sks.
80, Pass. 40. 18, Vidal. passim. II. in local names, Paradisar-
.ellir, m. the name of a cave in southern Iccl., A. A., tab. xii, and Finn
lacniisson's work Rdnamo. In some Icel. farms a grassy hollow or
(^hvammr) close by a dwelling-house is called Paradis, as at SkarS
stem Icel. ; another called Viti, Isl. jijoSs. ii. 32 sqq.
parak, n. a nickname, Landn., prob. Gaelic = Scot. /larrac/t; in mod.
iage parraka, ad, [A. S. parac = park], to keep petit in, under constraint
■id coercion, (slang.)
pardi, a, m. a leopard, Al. 85.
pardun, m. a pardon, Ann. 1349.
jParfs, Paris-borg, f. Paris, Bs. i. 92, 799, Fms. ; Paris-klerkr, a
\er1i of Paris, Orkn. 330.
jparlak, n. = sparlak ; eitt silki p., a silken bed-curtain, D.N. ii. 165.
}arliment, n. [Fr.], a parley, conference, Ann. 1276.
aarta, aS, to part, divide, H.E. ii. 167, Pr. 424.
lartera, aS, = parta, Stj. 106, 151, Bs. i. 242.
jarteran, f. division, Edda (pref.)
jartikula, u, f. [a Lat. word], a particle ox part of a degree, Rb. 462.
^ARTR, m. [Lat.], a part, share, the word appears in writers of the
th and the end of the 13th century, Stj. 50, Grett. 162, Al. 89, Ann.
4, Dipl. V. 3, Bs. i. 848 ; ok keypti honum par part i skipi, Fb. ii.
5 (where Fbr. 25 new Ed. omits the word part) ; nokkurn part (ace),
rily, Fms. viii. 94 (v. 1.), passim in mod. usage ; but the true old word
ilutr : — as a measure, ^ar/ of a degree, Rb. 480 : of time, 489, MS. 732.
7 : a party, mals-partr, q. v. parta-lauss, adj. unparcelled, Boldt.
lass, n. a kind oi tree, Edda (Gl.) ii. 566.
lassa, a3, [Dan. passe], to watch; passa upp a e-8.
"aasi, a, m. a pint, measure; drekka passa og pela, Hallgr. 2. a
\isport, (mod.)
1 assfa, u, f. passion; hann las passiona, Bs. i. 155 : in the name Passiu-
l.lmar, the Passion Hymns, see List of Authors, p. xii.
last, n. {L2.i. pastiis ; Yx.patef], a feast ; in the phrase, liggja a pasti,
a wild beast, to be sucking the blood out of the prey ; the Landn. 235
; liggja a fasti, see fastr : gleSinnar past, Lil. 90 ; hyggju past,
osskv. II. pastr, n. animal vigour; ^ib er ekkert pastr
:jionum, there is no pith in him. pastrs-lauss, adj. pithless, feeble,
1 ;. of children suffering from atrophy.
asta, u, f. a kind oi stuff, postu-tjald, n. a tent of p., B.K. 83.
ata, a5, to ' patter,' prattle, and patari, a, m. a ' patterer,' prattler ;
J patarinn svo patar einn, hann patar sig inn i skaSa, a ditty.
3.taldr, n. [Fr. bataille], a battle, a an. Key. ; bj66a e-m a pataldr, to
illenge tojight, Bs. i. 9.
'iti, a, m. [the word is akin to the Engl. /ia«er] : — a rumour; kva&
]| ekki vera nema kvitt ok pata einn, Horn. 13; ver hofum heyrt
i|:kurn pata af, Fms. ix. 278; \k kom pati nokkurr til Vindlands,
ai . ., 295 ; s6g8u vinir Erlings honum pata J)ann sem t)eir h6f6u spurt,
\ 310, viii. 216, 262, 265 ; sa pati kom fyrir J)a at hon mundi vera
r!> barni, Hkr. i. 188; Hakon jarl faer nokkurn pata af J)vi, at...,
aji; biskup heyrSi pata 4 J)essu, Bs, i. 293.
iitlna, u, f. a paten on which the wafers are laid for mass, Vm. 54,
<jHom. 138, 141.
litrekr, m. St. Patrick, from whom was named the Patreks-fj6r3r,
njn western Icel., Landn. i. ch. 12, where Ari, the Icelandic historian, by
nlipprehension, makes St. Patrick the foster-father of Orlyg (end of the
9 century) instead of his saint and patron. Ari, in this case, probably
n ely repeated the current legend,
triarki, a, m. a patriarch, Grag. ii. 165, Fms. vii. 91, Symb. ^S.
tara-legr, adj. [cp. Dzn. patter to suck; Engl, pet may be a kin-
\ord] : — blooming, thriving, esp. used of a youth or child; J)u ert
^'ipattaralegr, how thriving you look !
;|ufa, a3, to sneak, lurk.
ufl, a, m. a lurking fiend; atu-ma8kr og einhver paufinn odtygir
-em hiin ferr me8, Bb. 1. 15. patifa-legr, adj. dark, gloomy, of a
or a landscape.
JjUri, a, m. a goblin, devil; hofu8-paurr, an arch-fiend.
ijusa, a&,=pusa, [Fr.], to espouse, Fms. ix. 293, x. 106, 1 14, v. I.
Ix-blad, n. a ' pacificale' on vellum, Pm. 68, 112, Vm. 7-
]x-spjald, n. a peace tablet, 'pacificale,' a tablet with a crucifix and
i ax vobiscum' beneath; in the Roman Catholic times it was pre-
sebd to be kissed by the worshippers (osculum pacis), see Du Cange, as
il a description in H. E. i. 173, note a, and iv. 135, note b; the pacifi-
es either a piece of parchment or a slab, paxspjald steint, annat me9
II, Pm. 108; it was different to altaris steinn, altaris steinar {)rir,
•abjald guUlagt, ok paxbl68 tvau, I12; p. me6 kopar, 10; p. gyllt,
V1I83; paskaspjald ok paxspjald yfir altari, Pm. 11, D.I. passim.
^' or pdi, m. [A. S./ied; Eng]. pea-cock, pea-ben ; Lat. pavo ; Germ.
— a peacock; it occurs as the nickname of Olave pa, who was
bom in Icel. about 948 A. D., but of an Iriih mother, and the prob. gave
him the name, Landn. (Ld., Nj.)
p&fi, a, m. [papa ; Dan. /aw; cp. Germ, pfaff^:— a pope. Grig. 'li. 165.
Nj. 281, Landn. (pref.); pafa hob, bodtkapr, a papal mtssage, Ann.
1310, Fms. X. 8, Bs., Ann., passim. compds : p&fa-bann, n. a papal
ban, K. A. 65. p&fa-d6mr, m. the 'popedom,' papacy, 625. 53, Rb.
422. p&fa-dsemi, n. id., D. N. ill. 11. pifa-fundr, m. visiting the
pope, Fms. x. 60, 99. p&fa-gardr, m. the papal residence ( «= Rome),
Grett. 162 A, Fms. x. 8. pdfa-lauas, adj. without a pope, B$.
pdfa-ligr, adj. popish, papal, K. A. 228, D. N. pAfa-st6U, m. the
papal see, 62 e,. ^i. TpMa-tala, m, i. a list of popes, 62 c,. 60. p&fa-
tfund, f. a papal tithe, Dipl. ii. 1 6. p&fa-tni, f. popery. p&fa-veldi,
n. papal power, 625.61. p&fa-viUa, u, f. a popish error, papistry.
pd-fugl, m. a pea-fowl, Karl. 51, 472, Stj. 573, Fas. iii. 359, pasiim
in mod. usage, as the simple pa or pai is not used.
pdll, m. [Lat./id/MS, qs./>a^/Ks; Eng\. pole; Yr.pelle; mid. Lat. /a/a,
see Du Cange] : — a kind of hoe or spade for digging earth or peat, for a
drawing of which see Eggert Itin., tab. viii, fig. 4 ; p41a eftr rekur, K.f>.K.
38 ; pall ok reka, Am. 34; hafa pal ok reku, Isl. ii. 193 ; gcngu i fjof
ok toku J)ar pal ok reku, Dropl. 28 ; J)4 tok Clement graftol i hiind ler
ok hjo tysvar palinum nidr, Clem. 46 ; Klaufi saxar i sundr baggana
me& pdli, Sd. 157. 2. a pale, D.N. i. 527. compds: p41-
sttinga, u, f. a thickness (of peat) which can be cut in one slice with the
pall. pdl-torfa, u, f. a slice of turf cut with the pall. Mar. 31a.
P411, m. (the older form Poll, Bs. i. (the Miracle-book) 333 panim,
K. {>. K. 112) : — Paul, Paulus; the name appears in Icel. about the
1 2th century, and soon became very popular: Pals-kirkja, St. Paul's
Church, 625. 47; Pals-likneski, Pm. 51 ; P41s-messa, see messa.
pilmari, a, m. a palmer, pilgrim, Orkn. 176; for the palmers, when
they came to the river Jordan, used to carry a palm in the hand and a
cross on the breast, bartu ^adan palm i hendi en kross a bringu, Fms. vii.
160 ; kross hangir J)ul J)essum fyrir brjosti, en palmr meftal her8a, a cross
hangs on this wise man's breast, and a palm between his shoulders, Orkn.
(in a verse). p41mara>vegr, m. the palmer's way, i. e. the road to
Palestine, Fms. ix. 417.
pd,lnia-stika, u, f. [Lat. palma], a 'palm-rule,' the striking across the
palm of the hand with a ruler.
Pilm-drottinsdagr, m. Palm Sunday, Nj. 273, Fms. iii. 36.
p41mi, a, m. = palmsunnudagr.
pilm-kvistr, m. a palm branch, Bs. ii. 16.
pdlmr, m. [Lat.], a palm-tree, Edda (Gl.), Fms. vii. 160 ; fagran palm,
656 B. 7 ; laufgir palmar, Lil.; palma-borg, the palm city = Jericho, Stj.
compds: P&lma-dagr, m. Palm Sunday, Rb. 42, Nj. 271, Fbr. 112,
Fms. X. 396; palmadags diikr, an inventory, Dipl. v. 18. pilin-
sunna, u, f. the palm-sun, i.e. Palm Sunday; and pilmsunnu-dagr,
id., Nj. 271; but the usual form at present is p^lmasunnu-dagr, id.,
Sturl. ii. 177, Nj. 271.
p41in-tr6, n. a palm-tree, Stj.
p41m.-vi3r, m. palm-wood, Stj. 386, Bad. 100, Bs. ii. 164.
Pilnir, m. a pr. name, and P41iia-t6ki, a, m.= Toki the Archer (^),
Fms. xi. (Jomsv. S.)
p41-stafr, m. [pall ; cp. Engl, 'falstaff'], a 'pole-staff,' a pole with an
iron spike, a kind of heavy missile, R6m. 164, Fms. viii. 139, 234, 389,
Nj. 274, Sks. 386, Karl. 81.
p£pi, a, m.papa, of children ; hefna papa, hefiia p4pa ! Maurer's Volks.
289 ; but in western Icel. babbi.
papiska, u, f. papistry : pipiskr, adj. popish.
p4r, n. crabbed writing, a scrawl : pdra, ad, to scrawl.
PASKAR, m. pi. ; ancient writers freq. used a fem. pi. p^skir or
paskar, thus, fyrir Paskir, K. A. 194, Stj. 52 ; fyrir Paskar (ace), G{)1.
30 ; hann let i sta6 koma J61 ok Paskar (ace), Fms. x. 393 (Agrip) ;
um varit eptir Paskir, ix. 274 ; when in gen. and dat. Paska, Paskum, the
gender cannot be distinguished ; in mod. usage it is always masc, and, as
of old, never used in sing. : [GT.irdaxa ; NortB.E. Pasci&; Dsin.Paaske;
the ancient Teut. Easter and Germ. Oster are unknown in the Scandin. lan-
guages] : — Easter, Passover-time ; eptir P4ska, Gr4g. (Kb.) i. 141 ; fyrir
P4skana, Ld. 324 ; {)vattdaginn fyrir Paska, 326 ; halda Pdska, 686 C. I,
Rb. 4 ; Paskar eru mer mi {it is an Easter to me, a great feast) er ek n4fta
at sja J)ik, Greg. compds : Piska-aptan, m. Easter-eve, N. G. L. i.
10, Fms. ii. 137, ix. 511. P48ka-bla3, m. = Paska-spjald, Vm. 51.
P^ska-b6k, f. a Paschal book{'i) of lessons, as church furniture, Pm.
74, 96. P4ska-dagr, m. Easter day, K. |>. K., Bs., passim ; Joladag
ok Paskadag, Symb. 22. P4ska.fri8r, m. the Easter-peace, 6. H. ; in
the early Swed. law (Schlyter) the ' paska-frider' lasted from Wednesday
before Easter until the evening of the eighth day after Easter. P&ska-
hald, n. the keeping of Easter, Rb. 66, 428. P&ska-Mtid, f. the Pas-
chal-feast. Pdska-helgi, f. the Easter holiday, K. |>. K. P^ska-
helgi-vika, u, f. Easter week, N. G. L. i. 426. F4ska-kerti, n. an
' Easter-candle,' a kind of church furniture ; p. af tre, a wooden p., Vm.
6; p. steint, painted, 22; Paskakertis umbunadr, a case of a p., 51 ;
P4skakertis stika, Pm. 17,51. Paska-lamb, n. a Paschal lamb.
476
PA'SKAMESSA— PINNI.
Horn. 84. Pfiska-messa, u, f. Easter service; sva virai ek ei6®hvern penning, every penny, Eg. 72; aldrei fer hann af {)vi er ek
I
biskups sem Paskamessu, Sturl. i. 68. Pdska-morgin, m. Easter-
morning, Fb. iii. 239. Pd.ska-n6tt, f. Eai,ter night, K. {>. K. 164,
Fnis. ii. 140. P&ska-paktar, m. the Paschal epacts, Rb. 136.
P^ska-Saga, u, f. an 'Easter Saga,' perh. = the History of the Passion
and Resurrection, Pm. 15. Paska-snjor, n. snow at Easter, Ann.
1310. Pdska-spjald, n. an Easter-tablet as church furniture, a tablet
representing the Resurrection, Vm. 47, Pm. 6, 112 ; it was different from
paxspjald, see Pm. 11. P6ska-timi, a, m. (-ti3, i.), Easter-time, Stj.
148, Greg. 59, Fms. x. 371. P6ska-tr§, n. an Easter-tree, = Fkska.-
spjaid (?), Vm. 47. Pdska-tungl, n. an Easter-moon, Rb. Paska-
veizla, u, f. an Easter banquet, Fms. ii. 137. Pdska-vika, u, f.
Easter-week, i. e. the week after Easter Sunday, Stj. 52, Rb. 70, Fms. vii.
187, Sturl. iii. 164, Ld. 216. Pdska-vist, f. a staying for Easter,
Fms. viii. 30. Pdska-old, f. the Paschal cycle t^cyclus Paschalis =
532 years), MS. 1812. 61, Rb. 64: Paska-aldar-tal, n. computation
according to the Paschal cycle, Rb. 368, 418.
pe3, n. [Fr. peon'], a pawn in chess; k6ngs-pe6, a king's pawn ; hroks-
pe6, riddara-pe5, druttningar-pea, biskups-ped. pe3-m£t, n. (JVIag. 23,
44), or pe3-rifr, m. checkmate with a pawn.
pe3-ina3r, m. a footman, Karl. 31 : a pawn in chess = peb.
peini, a nickname, Fms. viii. 362 ; prob. Gael., cp. Engl. Payne.
peisa, u, f. [from Engl.piece; Gzd.pios'], a jerkin, the upper 'piece,' of
a woman's dress ; in Icel. the word was prob. borrowed in the 15th century
from English or Scottish traders, and is now very freq. ; band-p., prj6na-p.
Peita, u, f. Poictiers in France, Fms. : a Poictier's shaft or missile,
Lex. Poet.: Peitneskr, adj. /row P., id.
peks, n. (peksa, ad), [from the Engl. ], picking a quarrel, (slang.)
peli, a, m. [Dzn. pcBgef], a quarter of a pint; yiidi er ab sitja ols via
pel og gamna ser, Hallgr. ; drekka passa og pela, id. : — a little bottle,
with brandy or liqueurs, brennivins-peli.
pell, n. [Lat. /)a//n/w2; A.S.pelle; Engl, pall; mid. H. G. ^/e//e] : —
costly stuff, velvet (?); sseng tjoldud pellum, Hkr. i. 242; skikkja ok
pell dregin yfir skinnin, fur lined with pell, Lv. 41; pell J)at er hokuU
sa var or gor, er Skarbendill heitir, Bs. i. 77 ; messu-hokull af pelli, B. K.
82; altaris-klaeai meb pell, Vm. 91; altaris-klaeai tvau af pelli, 98;
hokull ok kantara-kapa af nyju pelli, B. K. 83, Vm. 100; tvau handlin
af pelli, B. K. 83 ; pells-altarisklaeai, -biinaar, -hus, -hokull, -kapa, -klseai,
an altar cloth, lining, case, cope of pell, Vm. 49, 80, 92, 114, B. K. 83,
Pm. 123, Am. 15, Dipl. v. 18; pells-kl^ai, -kyrtill, -skikkja, Ld. 328,
O. H. 31, Fms. ii. 246, iv. 27, v. 268.
penni, a, m. [Lat.], a pen, Th. 76. penna-knifr, m. a pen-knife.
pennijigr, m., mod.peningr, with a single n; the double n is borne
out by rhymes, pe««ingi, kentia, Bragi ; a contr. form pengar also
occurs, Dipl. i. 8, iii. 4, Bs. i. 699, Mar. : [cp. Engl, penny; Germ.
pfennig ; Dan. contr. penge ; from Lat. pecunia] : — a penny, in sing, a
coin, coined piece ; in plur. also gener. = money : the word occurs as early
as in Bragi, the oldest of Norse poets, who calls the round shield with
the painted ring (see baugr) ' the penny of Walhalla,' for the halls of the
ancients were hung with shields ; it also occurs in the Ls. 40. It is
probably one of the earliest borrowed Gr.-Lat. words in the Scandin.
language ; Byzantine and Roman coins up to the end of the 2nd cen-
tury A.D. have been discovered in Danish cairns and fens (coins of the
last decennium of the 2nd century have been discovered in a ' mose fund'
in Sleswig) ; see also the remarks s.v. kinga ; but money for trade-pur-
poses was little used until after the introduction of Christianity, and the
first mint-masters were English ; Enskir penningar, English coins, English
money. Eg. 767; see the curious records in the Saga, ch. 55, 61, but
esp. 88; gull-p., a gold coin; silfr-p., a silver coin: for a coin used
as a token see the story in Gisl. 14, 24. II. a small coin,
a penny, a subdivision of an ounce ; but the value varies, thus, thirty
pence to an ounce, N.G. L. i. 225; sixty to an ounce, Grag. i. 500;
tuttugu penningar vegnir 1 ortog, MS. 732. 16 ; ten to an ounce, Grag.
i- 357; logsilfr et forna, J)at er tiu penningar gijra eyri, ii. 188;
penning er tiu vaeri fyrir alin vaamals, Hkr. ii. 231 ; ef pennings er vert
ear meira, 188; halfum vegnum penningi midr en halfan siotta eyri,
175; J)rja penninga Enska, Fms. ix. 442, v.l. ; hann fann grafsilfr ok
t6k af tuttugu penninga, Landn. 146; j)rja penninga ok tvaer ortogar,
N. G. L. i. 76; baeta fjorum penningum ok tveim ortogum, id.; J)rem
penningum minna en eyri = an otmce minus three pennies, 77 ; J)rja penn-
inga ok fimm aertogar, . . . attjan penninga, . . . t61f penninga, . . . tva hluti
fimta pennings ok eyri ; tva hluti sctta pennings J)at er fimtungi minna
en full oln, 78, 79; J)rir pennipgar taldir eru via einn veginn, 732. 16;
half onnur ortug ok tveir peingar, Dipl. iii. 4 ; hann goxbl penning J)ann
er ekki stod minna en eyri, he made a coin which weighed not less than
an ounce, Gisl. 14; gjalda Riima-skatt einn penning taldan {Peters
penny), K. A. 194: — in translations, J)rjatigi penninga, 655 vii. 3 (triginti
argenteis of the Vulgate, Gen. xxxvii. 28); tveim hundruaum penninga,
655 xi. 4 ( = SiaKocriojv brjvapiasv, John vi. 7) ; en hver su kona sem hefir
tiu peninga ... eg hefi minn pening aptr fuhdia, Luke xv. 8, 9 : — phrases,
fyrir-gora hverjum penningi fjar sins, to forfeit every penny, K. A. 144;
emn pennmg, MS. 4. II ; vert eins pennings, a penny's worth, 4. 13
hvarki oln ne penning, neither an ell nor a penny, i. e. not a whit, L
40. III. in plur. money; rikr at penningum, monied, Dropl. 35
penninga upptekt, Fms. v. 162 ; mildr af penningum, i. 257 ; fa e-m god
penninga, vii. 319 ; sva marga penninga sem her verar brestr i, Dipl. i
10, iv. 5 ; friara penga, i. 8 ; frami ok fagrligir penningar, Fs. 6 ; til verald
ligra penga. Mar. ; goBs ok penninga, Fms. iii. 91 : sing, collect., Al. /(
coMPDs: penninga-lauss, adj. /)e««/7esj;, Th. 4. penninga-leysi
n. lack of money. penninga-rikr, adj. rich in coin, monied, Sturl. ii
129. penninga-skortr, m. shortness, lack of money. IV. i
mod. Icel. usage penningr is used of cattle, live stock ; saua-peningr, sheep
naut-p., neat cattle ; mjalta peninginn, to milk the sheep. This curiou
usage is due to an analogy with the old word fe, q. v.
pensill, m. a pencil, (mod.)
penta, ad, [Ft. peindre], to paint; rafit (the roof) var allt steint oj
pentaa, Fms. v. 339 ; hann I^t penta hvifuna, he had the church ceilini
painted, Bs. i. 830 ; hann let Atla prest skrifara p. allt rxfr innan, i stop
linum ok sva bjorinn, 132 ; herra Ketill let p. innan kirkjuna, Vm. 117
p. likneskju. Mar. ; Mariu likneski pentaa ; fjogur bl6a pentua, Pm. i
pentua lesbok, a painted, illuminated, book of lessons (see malbok), Ain
35 ; metaph., pentadar mkligrtmh, painted phrases, Skalda. 2. ii
mod. usage to stain one's clothes with food whilst eating, penta sig ; \\
hefir pentad {)ig ; pentadu Jiig ekki !
penta, u, i. a spot of ineat on the clothes in eating. pent-speldi, i-
a bib or napkin tied round the neck of children when eating.
pentan, f. painting, Vm. 44.
pentari, a, m. a painter. Mar. : also penturr, N. G. L. ii. 246.
pera, u, f. [Fr. poire ; Engl. pear\ a pear : — of a pear-tree, Edda (Gl.
ii. 483. peru-tr6, n. a pear-tree, Karl. 14.
perla, u, f. \Y\.perU; En^. pearV\, a pearl; mitra med perlur, Dipl
iii. 4; kasta perlum fyrir svin, Matth. vii. 6. perlu-knappr, m. <
pearl-stud, Vm. 21.
persona, u, f., pers6ni, a, m., H. E. i. 468, [Lat. persona"], a person
of the Divinity, Stj. 19 ; J)essar personur blessi Gnb af haeaum (in readin;
the banns); manns-p.,kvenn-p.: gramm., Skalda 180, 185, 186. 2. <
parson; einnar personu vera {the wages of one parson) . . . hann valdi ol
hinar visustu personur af prestum sinum, at predika kross, Bs. i. 699
klerka ear kirkjulegar personur, H.E. i. 501 ; prestar ok personar (sic)
priests and parsons, 468. personu-lauss, adj. without a parson.
kirkja personulaus eba. prestlaus, H.E. i. 258, N. G. L. i. 455.
persona-legr, zd]. personal, Stj.: mod. pers6nu-legr.
pervisa-legr, adj. (-liga, adv.), thin, puny.
pest, f. [hut. pestis ; Germ, and Engl, pest], a plague.
Petarr, Pettarr is the older form, Gd. 19, 34, Bs. i. 616; Pettars
messa, K.J>. K. (Kb.) 39; dat. Pettari, Clem. 55; else Petur or P6tr,
Fb. iii. 459; in earlier times (the 12th and 13th century) this name is
very rare, see the list of pr. names to Landn., Sturl., and Bs., but became
in Icel. more freq. in the 15th and following centuries: Pettars-n;
see messa: Petrs-blaa, a picture of Si. Peter, Pm. 126; Petrs-fe, Peter's
pence, 45 ; Petrs-kirkja, St. Peter's church, Vm. 2 1 ; Petrs-kyr, St. Peter's
cow, id.: Petrs-nautr, see nautr ; Petrs-nal, see nal ; Petrs-stoll, -««ti,
St. Peter's chair, cathedra Petri, Rb. 372, MS. 625. 60, 61 ; Petrs-tollt,
St. Peter's tithe, 671. 18 ; Petrs-vaka, St. Peter's eve, Vm. 21, Fms. viii.
122. II. plants and birds with names from St. Peter; P^trs-
budda, u, f., or P6trs-skip, n. a fish, St. Peter's purse or ship=pulvi-^
nar marinum, Eggert Itin. ch. 897 : P^trs-kofa, u, f. a bird, colymbus,
grylla : Petrs-mold, f. a kind of earth : P6trs-s61ey, f , botan. drym
octopetala : Petrs-urt, f. apargia autumnalis : P6trs-va3steinn, m.
= ovarium onisci; also oska-bjorn (q. v.), Maurer's Volks., Bjorn. For
legends referring to St. Peter see Maurer 190. |
petti, n. [Ft. petit; Engl, petty], a small piece of afield; svo litid petti, ,|
freq. in mod. conversation ; the word prob. was imported with the
English trade (15th or i6th century).
pikka, aa, to pick, prick, Bs. i. 319, ii. 163, Stj. 497, v.l.
pikkis-dagar, m. pi. [Germ, pjingsten, from eccl. Lat. pentacoste] :—
Whitsuntide, Str. 47, 66, Bs. i. 706, Art. 75, but never used in speakin;;
or classical writing, see hvitasunna.
piktur, m. [Lat. pictor], a painter. Mar.
pillz, mod. pils, n., older form piliza, u, f. ; [from mid. Lat. pellicir:
whence GtTm.pelz, Engl, pelt] : — a pelt, fir coat ; Ann var i hvitu piH'
^at var sva sitt at {)at nam hael. Fas. ii. 342 ; skrydask pilizum ok kap'J"
d.T. 12. 2. mod. a petticoat; vctsl ipilzi, to wear a petticoat, {tc({.
pillzungr, m. a short pelt. Fas. ii. 343. i
piltr, m. a boy, prop, a boy clad in a pelt or petticoat; hann bai ,
piltinn a handlegg ser, Fb. i. 565, Grett. 117; hann sa hvar piltrnm
st6a a baki hpnum, 1 24 ; piltr J)essi, this youth, Fs. 69 ; bidr f>orleiir
Kol tapa piltinum, 145, Gd. 55 : — in mod. usage also a man, thus the
labourers on a farm (vinnu-menn, hiis-karlar) are called piltar. P"'*
skapr, m. ribaldry ; and pilta-yr3i, n. pi. coarse language, Bs. n. 261.
, pinni, a, m. [Engl.], a pin; pinnar af stali, Bev.
PIPARR— PLOGR.
477
piparr, m. [Lat. piper], pepper, Pr. 470, 475, MS. 4. 21, Str. 45, Rett.
t5, 114. pipar-korn, n. a pepper-corn, Pr. 474.
pipra, a6, to pepper. Fas. iii. 359, Fms. v. 193. II. perh. a
fFerent word, [Lat. vihrare'] : — to quiver, shake; hann (the horse) skalf
c pipraOi, Bs. i. 318 ; jorSiii skalf ok piprafli af otta, 145 ; allar aeSar
prudu fyrir hraeSslu sakir, Fb. 149 : — reflex., Krosskv. 5.
}issa, a8, (piss, n.), to piss, Lat. mingere.
jistill, m., dat. pistli, pistuli, a, m., 656 C. 24, Bs. i. 104, 392,
om. 1.^7,140; [eccl. Lat.]: — an epistle, Bs. i. 100, 271,278, Magn.
58 ; pistlar ok GuSspjoll, Vm. i, 55, N. T., Vidal. passim. pistla-b6k,
a book with the epistles, Pm. 24.
jjitlor, m. a nickname, N.G. L. i. 446.
pik, m. a nickname, Orkn., SturL ii. 168 ; cp. Engl. peak.
')ita, u, f. [Dan. pige; Swed. piga], a girl, lass, virgin ; a for. word,
. h the origin is uncertain, for it occurs for the first time in Nor-
out the end of the 14th century, and in IceL in the 15th ; pikan
ta, the spinster M., D. N. iii. 420 (in a deed of 1378) ; unga plku,
il. 5. 31 ; sveinninn nefndist Herrau3r, en pikan HerriSr, Fas. ii.
romance and ballad of the 15th century); piku-brot, Stef. (5l.
S4) ; piku-skraekr. Snot 136. In Icel. the word is rare and rather
t can hardly be used of a gentlewoman.
ila, u, f. [Germ, pfeil; Dan. pile], an arrow ; it appears in romances of
[5th century. Fas. iii. 329, 337, Skald H. 1. 17 ; and since that time in
j: Bible and hymns, as also Safn i. 89 ; the vernacular word is or, q. v.
jila-grimr, m. [Lat. /i^r^^nraws, whence Fr.pelerin; Engl. pilgrim]: — a
jj^'n'ffj, Fms. iii. 33, v. 2 2 2, vi. 302, Karl. 7 1 , passim in old and mod. usage.
lildrr, m. [Engl.], a pillar, Stj. 46, loi, 210, 284, Bs. i. 830.
ill, m. a kind of tree, Edda (Gl.), Sks. 106.
iment^ n. a kind of wine, piment. Fas. iii. 359.
n, f. = pina, SkiSa R.
ina, u, f. [Lat. poena], a fine ; undir pinu t61f aura gjalds, Bs. i. 733 ;
1 rjar pinur skyldask a ]pa menn, K. A. 224; banns-pina. 2. in
I J. usage, pine, torment, Vidal., Pass.
na, d, [A. S. p%7ian], to torment, torture, Fms. i. 4, Mork. 221, Grag.
i; 29; pina €-n til sagna, i. 347 ; {)ar skulu djoflar pina y5r, Horn. 158,
poim. 2. to punish ; verk pint ok lofat, punished or allowed. Mar. ;
r !r er stuldr, Skalda 204 (in a verse) ; til {jcss cr hafit y8rar syndir
. Hom. 158.
aSr, m. torture, Stj. 56.
jiiari, a, m. a tormenler, Fms. ii. 32, v. 1.
iniligr, adj. passive, Stj. 21 : subject to pains, Eluc. 35, Hom. 86.
ining, f. torture, Fms. i. 4, vii. 227, Mork. 220, Karl. 279: pain,
S 25 : gximm. passive, Skalda 180. 2. eccl. Passion, Stj. 76, Rb.
8 pass., piningar-dagr, -timi, a day, time of passion, Stj. 117, 147, 195.
C;PDs : Piningar-Saga, u, f. the History of the Passion. piningar-
vtr, m. a martyr, 623. 51, Fms. xi. 308. piningar-veetti, n.
nJyrdom, 656 B. 8.
iiakill, m. a small trunk or luggage.
:jisl, f. thus in Hkr. iii. 349, Sks. 676 B, Fms. vii. 91, Hom. 85, MS.
6i. 6 : contr. plsl, and so in mod. usage since the Reformation, and so
jJi in old vellums; pislir, 623. 32; pisla, Fms. x. 389; pislar, Symb.
2tlFms. vii. 195, Al. 130; pisl, Rb. 86, Magn. 506 : — torture, passion,
n^Ti; cp. pining above. compds : pisiar-dagr, m. '/>as5/on-(fay,*
Friday, Bs. i. 733. pislar-feeri, n. pi. instruments of torture,
Al. 130. pislar-mark, n. the mark of the passion, i.e. the
i ms. vii. 195, Hom. 96, 103. Pislar-Saga, u, f. = Piningar-
pislar-sigr, m. 'passion-victory,' martyrdom. Mar. pislar-
, m. a place of tonnent, Sks. 143, Greg. 22. pfslar-tl3, f.
•! time, 623. 63. pislar-tr4, n. the 'passion-tree,' the cross,
102, MS. 625. 70. pislar-vd.ttr, m. a martyr, Stj. 54, Magn.
:id so in mod. usage, Vidal. pislar-vsetti, n. martyrdom, Hom.
'agn. 430, Vidal., passim in mod. usage, for the word 'martyr' is
'ised in Icel. pisla-sjon, f. a vision of the torments of hell. Mar.
I, u, f. [Fr. pipe], a pipe ; drekka af pipu, to drink through a quill,
;S ; mjovar pipur, Stj. 95 ; jarnstika meS pipu, Pm. 90. 2. a
!S a musical instrument) ; blasa pipur, Fas. iii. 359 ; syngja 1 pipur,
16; fiSlur ok pipur, Fms. xi. 353 (in a verse); strengjum, pipum,
rum, Skalda 179 (hlj65-pipa). pipna-hljdmr, m. a sound from
■!■, Karl. 203.
P|ari, a, m. a piper, Boldt 16.
P im-pdr, m. a scrawl; see par.
ra, a&, to whisper, (slang.)
, see pinsl.
1, n. [Lat.], a petal. compds : pital-settr, part, petal-worked,
[7- pitals-spjald, n. = pital, Vm. 74.
:ka, a8, to pick, prick ; ef J)U pjakkar broddinum a hallinn, Fms. iii.
tanga ok pjakka me8 knifum, to stab and prick with knives. Mar. ;
jjakkar sem hann getr fastast vegginn, Karl. 69, freq. in mod. usage.
Bi;kr, m. a stumbling hack; hann er mesti pjakkr.
PJt, n. pewter, Bs. ii. 322.
njikur, f. pi. luggage, esp. of a beggar's bundle, pack, truss.
plag, n. [Eng\. play], manner; upp a \>tim plag, Skald H. 3. 32 ; me*
JEru plag, Bs. ii. 306 ; soma plag, 308 ; me& hefiidar plag, Hallgr.
PLAQA, a8; this word, although found in old writers, it now almost
out of use ; it was no doubt borrowed from the German or English,
perhaps through the Hanscatic trade, for it appears about the end of the
13th century; in Stj., Laur. S. (14th century); — the F16am. S. I.e. U
the sole instance of its occurrence in the classical Islendinga Sogur (see
List of Authors D. I. II), but that Saga is not preserved quite in its original
form: [A.S. plcsgan; Engl, play ; Gtrm. pflegen; Dzn.pleje]: — to culti-
vate; prisa ok plaga sannleik, Stj. 298; plagar hann ok elskar n4ttina,
86; hann plaga&i i honum alUkonar avoxt, Barl. 23 (v. I. to plantafti) ;
allar J)«r listir er J)a pliigu&u dyrar konur. Fas. iii. 238. 2. to treat,
entertain ; presta sina 16t hann sitja yfir sitt bor8, ok plagafti {)a alia vel
me8 goSan kost ok 51, Bs. i. 903 ; satu {)eir sunnu-daginn vel plagaftir i
mat ok drykk, 860, Fas. iii. 373 ; plagar sik nu alia vega vi5 skraut ok
skart, Stj. 417. 3. to be used, wont; eigi hafa menn J)at plagat
mjiik h6r til at gabba niik, Fs. (Floam.S.) 159; ^eir ver&a meft Gu8-
ligum bo6or&um par til samdir ok plagaftir, Stj. 255. 4. reflex.,
kvennbiinad sem J)ar plagaftisk, which was there fashionable, Stj. 186.
plaga, u, f. [Lat. plaga], a region, Rb. 488.
plagg, n. luggage; hann bar vapn {)eirra ok onnur pliigg, Rom. 148;
hvert {)at plagg sem hann hef8i me& farit skyldi heilog Niftaross-kirkja
eiga, Bs. i. 820 ; var eigi traust at hann taeki af mcinnum plogg sin, Grett.
129 A ; at pii leg6ir af vi& mik eitthvert plagg af {)eim sem J>u ferr meb,
id. plagga-margr, m. having much luggage, Fms. iii. 1 1 7.
plag-si3r, m. custom, habit. Snot 164.
planka, u, f. =planki, Rett. 61.
planki, a, m., in western Icel. sounded blanki, \^planca, Du Cangc] :
— a plank, thick board.
planta, a&, [Lat.], to plant, with ace. of the place, Stj. 14, 506, Edda
(pref.) : with ace. of the plant, Barl. 23, 100, Str. 17.
planta, u, f. a plant.
plantan, f. a planting, Stj. 14, 222.
plata, u, f. [L2it. platea], an open road; k pessari hinni miklu platu (v.l.
to slettu), Barl. 209. 2. a plate, mounted metal, esp. oi plate armour
in the later Middle Ages, the 13th and following centuries ; eigi haf&i
hann platu, muzu ne brynju, B6v. : plata is a part of the armour of a
king's man in N. G. L. ii. 427 (Hir6skra, latter part of the 13th century),
D. N. passim, Trist. 1 2 (see Fr.) compds : pl6tu-buna3r, m. 'plate-
apparel,' of lace, Rett. 40. plOtu-meistari, a, m. a plate-master who
makes sheet-iron, N. G. L. ii. 246 (Dan. plattenslager).
platari, a, m. = platumeistari, N.G. L. ii. 246, v.l.
plaxa, u, f. = plass, a plain, open place, Al. 155.
pldga, u, f. the plague, torment, Bs. ii. 118, 160.
plaga, u, f. [Gr.-Lat.], a 'plague,' chastisement, of flogging, Bs. i.
912. 2. a //a^j/e = drepsott ; plagan mikla.
pldna, a8, [Lat. planus], to efface, blot out ; sem rit er planat af vax-
spjaldi, Stj. 647 ; af-plAna, to 'plane off,' efface.
pMneta, u, f. [Lat.], a planet, Rb.
plass-bera, bar, to bring abroad, slander, Snot 211.
pldstr, m. [Germ, pfiaster], a plaster, Pr. 473, 474, Barl. 136.
pldz, proncd. pliss, n. ; the word never occurs in good old writers,
and hardly before the end of the 13th century: [Engl, place ; Germ.
platz; Dan.plads; lizl. piazza; all from Lat. /»/a/ea, see Du Cange ; cp.
plata above] : — a place, spot ; J)at plaz e6r eng . . . , pat pl4z sem pessi
faesti hellir var i . . ., kaupandi petta sama plaz, Stj. 133; hann $& par
einn brunn i plazi nokkuru e8r eng, 171 ; a einn vaenasta voll ... 4 mi5ju
placinu (sic), Bs. ii. 10; siiholl stendr 4 eitt fagrt pl4z, 122, Karl. 545,
Fms. V. 339, V. 1. : freq. in mod. usage, although mostly in a limited sense,
viz. of afield, ground, spot, but seldom in the general sense 'place,' as in
Engl, or Germ.
plokka, a8, plukka, Art. 4, [Engl, pluck; Dan. plukke; Germ.
pflucken ; for. and borrowed, for reyta (q. v.) is the genuine Icel. word] :
— to pluck the feathers of a bird ; tok Randv^r hauk sinn ok plokkafti
af fjaSramar, Edda 77 ; ok plokkudu hann, sva at af honum eru allar
fja6rar, Fms. i. 118; p. skegg sitt, Karl. 322 : — plokka e-t af c-m, to
pluck it out of one, to phick ; muntu pau hvdrki p. af m6r me& miitu-
gjtifum n6 heitan, Ld. 150 ; vi8a plokka&i hann menn meft rani, Ver. 54 ;
tak ekki meir af henni nauSugri en einn koss, en ef pii plukkar nokkura
konu, pa heit ombun ok halt vel, Art. 4.
plokk-fiskr, m. a kind of stewed fish (a dish).
pl6gari, a, m. a plougher, ploughman, Stj. 395.
plog-gangr, m. a plough-furrow ; spanns p., D.N. iii. 976.
plog-jdrn, n. a plough-iron, ploughshare, Fms. vii. 164, Sks. 425.
pl6g-karl, m. a ploughman, Sks. 632, 768, Stj. 556.
PLOGR, m. [Engl. /i/o»/o'A ; O. H. G. //?/oc; Germ, pfiug; Dan.
plov; Swed. plog ; a borrowed word, for ar&r (q.v.) is the genuine
old Norse word; the word was also unknown to the Goth, as well
as to the A.S., for Ulf. calls the plough hoha, and sulh is the A.S.
term ; the Engl, plough was borrowed later, see s. v. arftr, and Grimm's
Gramm. iii. 414]: — a plough; pl6gr first occurs in the poem Rm. —
478
PLOMA— PRESTTIUND.
karta at gorva, keyra plog, 19; skilling silfrs af plogi hverjum. Eg. 378;
bera J)eir J)a ut ploga sina, Sks. 336 ; ef ma3r hoggr eyk fyrir plogi eSr
arSri, N. G. L. ii. 1 15 ; hon setti ^a fyrir plog en plogrinn gekk sva hart
ok djiipt, Edda (begin.); rekum eigi plog af akri, Orkn. (in a verse);
eiga au9an plog, to have an idle plough, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; fjandans
plogr, Gd. 33. 2. metaph. gain, produce, especial emoluments
of an estate, either in down, jetsum, fowl, or the like ; Jia6 er mesta plogs-
jord ; virS litils veraldar plog, this world's gain. Pass. i6. 10. II.
a Dan. pr. name, Plogr, Fms. xi. (Knytl. S.), whence mod. Dan. Ploug.
plogs-land, n. an acre of land; gjalda mork af hverju plogslandi, Orkn.
286; hann gaf henni eitt plogsland, Edda (begin.), (Yngl. S. ch. 5.)
ploma, u, f. [Engl, plum; Germ. pflaume\ a plum, Edda (Gl.) ii. 482,
(or a plum-tree^
plytr, m. a nickname, Fb. iii ; cp. Gael. pliut = a cluh-foot,
plsegja, 8, to plough, Stj. 76, Edda 149 (pref.) 2. metaph. to gain ;
hvat mun ek mer i plsegja? Bret. 91 ; raeSr hann J)at fyrir J)eim hversu
mikit 1 plaegftisk, Bs. i.
poki, a, m. [Gael, poca ; Du Cange poucha ; Fr. poche ; North. E. polte ;
as also pung = pungr, piiss ; Byzantine Gr. iroiryyTj, Trovyyiov'] : — a poke,
pouch, bag. Fas. iii. 338; guSvefjar poki, Ld. 188, 202 ; in old writers
of a small bag, in mod. of a big one ; ullar-poki, a bag of wool, poka-
prestr, m. a bag priest, a poor illiterate priest, a popular Icel. phrase, no
doubt originating from the tale of the Master Thief and the Priest in the
Poke, as told in the Norse Tales.
pollr, m. [Gael./o//; Welsh /iW; Germ, pfuhl; Engl, pool]: — a pool,
pond ; pollrinn var sva djiipr J)ar er skipit flaut, Ld. 78 ; J)eir lenda skipi
sinu i poll J)ann, er })ar gengr norSan at tiini, Sturl. i. 167 C: in local
names, Gislu-pollar, in Bretagne ; Snoksdals-pollr, Brakar-pollr, in western
Icel. ; cp. Liver-pool, Hartle-pool, the Pool on the Thames.
polotur, f. pi., or palata, u, f. [through Byzantine Gr., from Lat.
palatium] : — the king's palace in Constantinople ; Jjeir ganga til konungs
palatu J)ar er hann svaf inni, Fagrsk. 11 1, Fms. vi. 172. polota-svarf,
n. ' palace-scouring,' a right belonging to the Warengs, when the Greek
emperor died, of roaming through the king's treasury for money, see
Fms. vi. 171 — ganga J)eir um allar polotur konungs, ... ok skal hverr
hafa at frjalsu pat sem hondum kemr a (in fact a kind of pillage).
ponta, a6, = punkta, Skalda T76.
ponta, u, f. a mull, snuff-box with a 'pointed' end, shaped like a horn,
freq. in mod. usage ; for a sketch of one see Paikull's Travels in Icel.
pontu-stiitr, m. the pointed end of a ponta.
porri, a, m. a one-eyed person.
pors, m. [Lat. />orr«s], a kind of onion, Pr. 472, N. G. L. iii. 208.
pors-mung^t, n. a beverage spiced with pors, Rett. 59.
port, n. [Lat. porta'], a gate, Al. 49, Stj. 120, Fms. x. 15, Th. 21.
coMPDs: port-greifl, a, m. = A. S. port-gerefa, a port-reeve, Sighvat.
port-hiis, n. a brothel, Fms. viii. 360. port-kona, u, f. a 'gate-
woman,' harlot, Sks. 26, 436, Stj. 338, 405, Karl. 320, Rom. 382, N. G. l!
ii. 417. port-lifi, n. prostitution. Mar.
portari, a, m. a porter, D.N. iv. 18.
posi, a, m. [Fr. bourse], a little bag, Hav. 46, Fb. i. 453.
postilla, u, f. [Lat. post ilia], a postil.
postulera, ad, [Lat.], to postulate, Bs. ii. 186.
postuli, a, m. [Gr.], an apostle, Nj. 275, Sks. 489, Bs., N. T., Pass.,
Vidal. passim ; postula-domr, apostleship. Post. ; Postula-gorningar, the
Acts of the Apoitles; postula-kirkja, an apostle's church, Sturl. iii. 58;
postula-klokka, the name of a bell, Bs. i. 858 ; postula-messa, a mass of
an apostle, Fms. x. 13, Bs. i. 830 ; Postula-suS, the name of a ship, Ann.
1343 ; Postula-Sogur, the Lives of the Apostles, Vm. 60, Dipl. v. iS^.
postulm, n. [corrupted from Lat. procellanea ?], porcelain.
postuUigr, adj. apostolic, Fb. i. 234, Stj., Bs. passim.
pota, a5, [from the Engl, in the 15th century (?)], to put: with dat.,
pota e-u, with the notion of stealth.
pott-lok, n. a pot-lid: hence a small, wretched cap; hva5 {)u hugsar,
a6 setja skrattans pottlokid a3 tarna a h6fu6i6 a barninu ! Piltr og Stiilka 57.
pottr, m. [f)otus, Du Cange, from Lat. potare ; Ft. pot], a pot, Bs. i.
804 ; diskar i borShusi, fjorir tigir diska, sex katlar, niu pottar, Dipl. iii.
4 ; mikinn pott fuilan af bj6rbI6ndu6u vini, MS. 4. 21 ; pottr, munnlaug,
Dipl. v. 18 ; fjorir pottar, einn ketill, ein panna, D. N. iv. 328 ; pottr me6
hiiddu, 457 ; leir-pottr, an earthen pot : freq. in mod. usage = a cauldron
or hver, q. v. 2. a measure = two merkr, see mork, (mod.)
pott-steik, f. a pottage, Stj. 165 (of Esau).
postr, m. a postman, (mod.) p6st-ganga, u, {.journey of the post.
prakkari, a, m. a beggar. Run. Gramm. ; whence a rogue.
prakt, n. [Germ. pracht], potnp, show: praktugr, adj. showy, (mod.,
but occurs in the 17th century.)
prang, n. traffic : pranga, a6, to traffic : prangari, a, m. a trafficker,
in a contemptible sense.
prata, a6, [from the Engl.], to prate. pratara-legr, ad], prating :
also used of a shy pony, hann er prataralegr.
primr, m. [Englprame; Sv/ed. pram], aflat-bottomed boat, Edda (Gl.),
GJ)1. 411, Skald H. 5. 26, prdm-tog, n, the towing ofaprame, G{)1. 427. i prest-tiund, f. a priest's tithe, K. A. 98, Vm. 140.
lisp
'fm
it hi
Km
prebenda and prevenda, u, f. [Lat.], a prebend, H. E. i. 507, K. A. 230.
pr^dika, a5, [Lat.], to preach, Fms. viii. 269, ix. 500, Bs. i. 699, 766,
846, H.E. i. 463.
predikan, f. the preaching a sermon, Magn. 502, Stj. 27, Vidal. passim.
predikari, a, m. a preacher. 2. a preaching friar, i. e. a Domi'
nican, Bs. ii. 223, Fms. ix. 500, 530, x. 76. compds : Pr^dikara«
broSir, m. a Dominican friar, Bs. i. 809. Pr6dikara-gar3r, -htiB,
-klaustr, -lif, -lifnaSr, -regla, u, f. a Dominican convent, order, Bs. i.
700, 809, Fms. ix. 5 20, X. 76. Pr6dikara-kirkja, u, f., Fms. ix. 530.
prefatia, u, f. [Lat.], a preface, Hom. 142.
prenta, ah, [this word was borrowed prob. from the English during
the English trade early in the i6th century; the Germ, say drucken,
whence Dan. and Swed. trycke] : — to print : in Icel. prenta with compds
is the popular word, Biblia . . . prenta& a Hdlum, the Bible of 1584;
Heilog Biblia prentuS ah nyju a5 Holum, the Edition of 1644; Almuga-
folki til gagns og g69a prentu6, the Book of Lays of 1612. On the
other hand, the Germ.-Dan.^ryX-^a is often used on title-pages — J)rykkt i
konungligum sta5 Roscylld, the N, T. of 1 540 ; prykt a Holum, 1 594 (the
graduale) ; J)rykt i Kaupinhafn, the Hymn-book of 1555 : yet the Germ,
and Dan. word was not able to displace the old word, which never ceased
to be used in speech. compds : prent-smiSja, u, f. a printing-house.
prent-verk, n. a printing-office, prent-villa, u, f. a misprint, and so on.
prentan, f. printing : prentari, a, m, a printer.
presenta or presentera, ad, [Lat.], to present, N. G. L. ii. 471, Pr.
405, Stj. 40, 216.
presenta, u, f. a present, Fms. ix. 450, Bs. i. 707, Stj. 503.
presentan or presenteran, f. a presentation, N. G. L. ii. 471, Stj.
109, H.E. i. 390.
pressa, ah, [from Lat.], to press, Lil. 10, and in mod. usage.
pressa, u, f. a press, (mod.)
prest-bor3, n. a 'priest's board,' maintenance ; liggja J)rjar kyr til
prestborSs, B. K. 10.
prest-gipt, f. a 'priest-gift,' donation to the priest, N. G. L. i. 360.
prest-j6rfl, f. a priest's land, D. N.
prest-kona, u, f. a priest's wife, Fms. vii. 391, Bs. i. 348.
prest-lausa, ad], priestless, N. G. L. i. 455 : a person who has forfeited
his priestly orders.
prestliga, adv. in a priestly manner.
prestligr, adj. priestly, H. E. i. 474, passim ; u-prestligr, unpriestly.
prestlingr, m. a 'priestling,' theological student preparing for orders
under the care of the bishop or a clergyman ; J)at er manni rett at
lata laera prestling til kirkju sinnar, K. ^. K. ; kenna prestlingum, Bs.
i. 83 ; Klaengr, er J)a var p. ok ungr at aldri, 165 ; heyrSi hann til er
prestlingum var kennd ijjrott sii er grammatica heitir, 163; J)a hofdu
prestlingar bans farit til fjoru at leika ser, 446, (for records of such
schools see Jons S. ch. 11, Bs. i. 162 sqq., Laur. S. ch. 44.)
prest-maSr, m. a clergyman, Sturl. iii. 225.
prest-mata, u, f. a tithe payable to the priest; see mata.
prest-mdgr, m. a nickname, Fms. viii. 385.
prest-or3, n. =prestd6mr, D.N. i. 276.
PB.ESTR, m., prests, presti, [the word was borrowed through th«
English missions from the A. S. preost, Engl, priest, as is seen from the
dropping of the inflexive r or er, whereas the Germ, has priester, O. H. G.
priestar, agreeably with the eccl. Lat. presbyter] : — a priest, Fms. ix. 8t
Sturl. ii. 31, Grag. i. 152, K. |}. K., Bs., H.E., in countless instances, as
also in mod. usage. compds: prests-bor3, n. = prestbor6, H.E. |.
494. presta-bok, f. a ?nj«2s^eWaZ 600^, N.G.L. ii. 341. prestlpi ||,^|
btir, n. a 'priest's closet,' Dipl. v. 18. presta-domr, m. a priesfg
court, an ecclesiastical court, K. {>. K. prests-domr, m. priesthood,
Bs. i. 795. presta-fdtt, adj. scarcity of priests, Bs. i. 136. prestS*
fundr, m. the visit of a priest; bi3ja prestsfundar, of one dying, Stud*
iii. 206. prests-fsSSi, n. = prestbor9, Vm. 149. presta-garfe
or prests-garSr, m., prests-hus, n. a priest's residence, Sturl. ii. I
Fms. ix. 379. presta-hatari, a, m. 'priest-hater,' a nickname of
Norse king Eric (i 281-1299). presta-heimili, n. a priest's dot
cile, Grag. i. 471. prests-kaup, n. a priest's wage, K. A. I
presta-in6t, n., and presta-stefna, u, f. a conference of priests,
synod, N. G. L. i. 347, Bs. i. 77, 853, K. A. 80, Dipl. ii. 14. preBl
rei3a, u, f. = prestrei3a, D. I. i. 161. presta-silfr, n. the priest's
the contribution which a priest, when at a conference, had to pay,
N. G. L. iii. 309. presta-spital, n. (-spitali, a, m.), a hospital,
infirmary for priests, Bs. i. 853.
prest-rei3a, u, f. the rent payable to a priest, N. G. L. i. 15. t|
prest-renta, u, f. a priest's rent, B. K. 106. *
prest-setr, n. a priest's residence, Bs. ii. 47, 1 16.
prest-skapr, m. priesthood, Bs. i. 157.
prest-skyld, f. = prestrenta, Pm. 21.
prest-st6tt, f. the priestly order, priesthood, Bs. i. 590.
prest-stoll, m. a 'priest's stool,' a pulpit, Vm. 23.
prest-tekja, u, f. (prest-taka, H. E. i. 494), a priest's income, B. K. 8»
klo
HI ok
htpti
kam
KriiDi
Wt,/(
n
PRESTVIST— PROVENDA.
479
t)reBt-vi8t, f. the maintenance of a priest, Fms. vii. lar, Am. 38.
prest-vigsla, u, f. the ordination 0/ a priest, Bs. ii. 158.
pretta, a3, to cheat, deceive ; ekki skal ek pretta y6r i J)essu kaupi,
Fms. vi. 1 10 ; ef J)er prettift hann i ongu, Nj. 90 ; far prettaS mik Grettir,
Grett. (in a verse, but spurious) : pass, to be deceived, GJ)1. 522.
prettdttr, adj. deceitful, tricky, Nj. 128, Stj. 78, Fb. i. 361.
prettr, m., pi. prettar, Barl. 197, but mod. prettir ; ace. pi. prettu ;
[A. S. Dictionaries give a word prat, pi. prattas ; but the age and the
etymology of this word are uncertain]: — a trick; var {)etta ekki nema
prettr J)eirra, Fms. i. 59, Fs. 73 ; konungr maelti, J)etta er p. ySvarr, Fms.
vii. 32 ; hafa J)eir synt eigi godan prett, Ld. 204 ; sviksamliga prettu, Stj.
144, Al. 68, Barl. 24; |>6rir svarir at hann hirdi ekki um prettu {)eina
Erlings, O. H. 115; J)etta voru \>imT prettar, Barl. 197; etja e-n vi5
prettu, Isl. ii. 224 (in a verse of the beginning of the loth century, if the
verse be genuine), compds : pretta-fullr, sid], tricky, Stj. 77. pretta-
lauss, adj. guileless. Fas. i. 32, Fms. viii. 44.
prettugr, adj. = prett6ttr, 0^)1. (pref. xv).
prett-visi, f. craftiness, Th. 2, Hav. 57, Barl. 152.
prett-viss, adj. tricky, wily. Fas. i. 77, Baer. 16, Barl. 24, 150.
prik, n. [Engl.], a prick or dot in writing, Dan. prik, Rb. 530. 2.
a little staff, stick (staf-prik) ; hafa prik i hendinni, freq. in mod. usage.
COMPDS : prika-rfm, n. a computistic table with dots, called Talbyrding,
published in the Rb. 1780. prika-setning, {.punctuation, Rb. 530.
prika-stafr, m. a calendar with points, Rb. 512, 530.
prika, a6, to prick, stab slightly, Ann. 1394.
prim-signa, d and a5, [Lat., an eccl. word], to give the 'prima sig-
natio ' or ' signaculum crucis,' a religious act, preliminary to christening ;
persons thus signed with the cross were catechumens, and if adults they
could join in the social life among Christians ; they were also admitted
to a special part of the mass (primsigndra messz^ the mass for the
'prime-signed'), whereas all intercourse with heathens was forbidden. An
infant who died, having received ihe prima signatio, but not baptism, was
to be buried in the outskirts of the churchyard, where the consecrated and
unconsecrated earth meet, and without burial service, — ef barn andask
primsignt, ok hefir eigi verit skirt (primsignt ok hefir eigi meiri skim, Sb.
1. c.) ok skal |)at grafa vi8 kirkju-garS ut, J)ar er maetisk v(g5 mold ok
uvig6, ok syngva eigi legsong ylir, K. J>. K. (Kb.) 7. A monster-shapen
infant was to receive the prima signatio, but not baptism, and then to be
left to die (exposed) at the church door — J)at barn (a monster-child) skal
ok til kirkju bera, lata primsigna, leggja fyrir kirkju-dyr, gaeti inn
nanasti ni6r til J)ess er ond er or, N. G. L. i. 339 ; i J)essi efan primsigni
prestr ok skiri, iii. 251 ; hann primsignaSi hann fyrst ok skir6i hann
siSan eptir siSvenju, Barl. 147. The words in the English Prayer Book —
■ and do sign him(her)with the sign of the cross' — are remains of the'signa-
culum crucis' of the ancient church. During the heathen age the Scan-
dinavian merchants and warriors who served among Christians abroad in
England or Germany used to take the prima signatio, for it enabled them
to live both among Christians and heathens without receiving bap-
tism and forsaking their old faith; ek em primsigndr at eins en eigi
-kir6r, / am 'prime-signed,' but not baptized, Fms. ii. 240, Valla L. 205,
Kristni S. ch. i, 2, Fb. i. 346, 357, ii. 137, 243; England var KristiS
>k hafdi lengi verit J)a er J)etta var tiSenda, ASalsteinn konungr var vel
Kristinn . . . hann bad |>6r61f ok J)a brae6r at J)eir skyldi lata primsignask,
\ lat J)at var J)a mikill siftr, bae3i me8 kaupmonnum ok t)eim er a mala
ngu me5 Kristnum monnum, J)viat J)eir menn, er primsigndir v6ru,
iofSu allt samneyti viS Kristna menn ok sva heidna, en hof&u {)at at
itriinadi er t)eim var skapfeldast. Eg. 265, Gisl. 96: see also Vita Anscarii,
h. 24. These ' prime-signed ' men, returning to their native land, brought
vith them the first notions of Christianity into the heathen Northern
ountries, having lived among Christians, and seen their daily life and
vorship, and they undoubtedly paved the way for the final acceptance of
he Christian faith among their countrymen. It may even be that some
trange heathen rites of the last days of paganism, such as the bjannak
q. v.), the sprinkling of infants with water, were due to this cause.
prim-signan, f. the 'prima signatio,' Grag. i. 29, 310.
prim-signing, f. = primsignan, Nj. 158.
prinz, m. [La.t. princeps, (?) through the Germ.], a prince, Ann. 1254,
266, and in mod. usage.
prim, n. [Lat.], the prime moon, i. e. the new moon, Rb. 506, 518, Stj.
6. 2. a part of the mass; ottu-songr, prim, non, tertia, aptan-
ngr, . . . prim, ]pzt sem sungit var fyrir predikan, Bs. ii. 247, 249.
prlmi, a, m., or prima, u, f. the 'prima bora' = 6 o'clock a.m., MS.
^5-175.177. Fms. ix. 283 : — the service at prime, U.E. i. j^S'j . compds:
rima-mdl, n. the prime hour, Fms. ix. 283, v. 1. prima-stafr, m.
prime letter, Rb. 8. prima-ti3, f. = primamal, 655 xi. 4.
prior, m. [Lat.], a prior, in a convent, Sks., Bs., Ann. passim.
brfsa, a&, [priss], to praise, Stj. 298, Mar., Fb. i. 408, Vidal. passim.
prisaSr, part, [prisund], pressed, tortured; litt er hann enn prisaSr, Bs.
pindr ok prisaSr, Barl. 54, v. 1.
?ri83, m. [Lat. pretiumf], pomp, state; rikuliga ok me8 pris miklum,
Hkan pris i MiklagarS, vii. 95 ; sAtu Jjar iim vetrinn mc8 mikinn pri*.
Fas. ii. 523; og sigldu J)ame8 pris miklum, Orkn. 376; me8 pris miklum
ok farar-bloma, 370; pris ok prySi, Stj. 142. 2. mod. praise, honour,
glory, passim. 11. price, freq. in mod. usage ; h4ir prlsar, g<i8ir prisar.
prisu-liga, adv. magnificently, Stj. 15, v. 1.
prisund, f. [Fr.], a prison, Fms. vi. 167, xi. 284, Hkr. iii. 69, Bs. i.
822, Al. 18 : metaph., Stj. 157.
prj&l, n. \Gtxm. prahl], a gewgaw, show in dress or manners. Pass. 49.
16 : prj&la, a8, occurs in the 17th century, then freq.
prj6na, a8, to knit, passim in mod. usage : metaph. to rear up, of a
horse ; see ausa.
prj6nn, m. [Gael. />nne ; Scot, ^nn], a prin or pin, esp. of knitting
pins; whence prj6n-les, n. knitted wares, Sn6t 161 : pij6na-peisa, n.
a knitted jerkin : pij6na-stokkr, n. a prin-case : tytu-prjonn, a needle-
pin : — prjonn as a nickname occurs in Sturl. iii. 209, so the word must
then have been known.
processia, u, f. [Lat.] a procession, Fms. viii. 41, ix. 377, 498.
prccessionall, m. ' processionale,' Am. 48.
pr6f, n. a proof, evidence; til profs ok jartegna, Stj. 199; me8 pr6fi
ok skilriki, H.E. i. 436: an ordeal, J)a geng ek til Jjessa pr6fs me8 |)vi
skilriki, at . . ., Fms. i. 305 : an inquest, examination, 611 J)au landamerki
skyldi undir J)vi profi standa sem herra biskup taeki Rafns vegna, Dipl. i.
6 ; |)ar til er pr6f kemr til, GJ)1. 493. compds : pr6f8-br6f, n. a writ
of evidence, D.N. i. 192. pr6fa-fullr, adj. evidential, H.E. i.436.
pr6f a and prdva, a 8, [Engl. /rofe; Gcim.prufen; \.xl. probare]: —
to try, put on trial, Al. 88, Stj. 145 ; J)a skulum vit til pr<')fa, Grett. 158 A ;
J)eir vildu profa hv4rt .... Fms. vi. 156 ; pr<5fa ma ek {»etta, Isl. ii. 12 : to
shew, give evidence, ok profa slikir af sjdlfum s^r at litil mildi muni
biia i annars brjosti, Al. 96. 2. to examine; pr6fa mdl, Al. 7 ; p.
ok daema, Bs. i. 720 ; en ef |)etta er profat a J)ingi. Nj. 99 : to enquire,
Fms. X. 131 ; J)a skal prova ef nokkurir vissu, K. A. 18 ; ef ek p. t)etta
allt sannindi, if I find it all to be true, Fms. i. 295 ; p. me8 likindum, Stj.
105. II. reflex., pr6fa8isk sva til, it proved so, Stj. 160; sem
sidan profaSisk, Fms. i. 59. 2. part., pr6fa8r, proved, convicted of;
sem at 68ru ver8a pr6fa8ir, G\\. (pref. ix) ; mi hofu ver prdfat, we have
found that . . ., Mar.; ok er sva pr6va8 fyrir biskupi, K. A. 64, Bs. i.
755 ; nema J)eir fengi af s^r profat, unless they can clear themselves of it ;
sokum pr6fa8rar harSfengi, Eb. 42.
profan, f. a trial, enquiry, K. A. 31, 134, 216.
profan-ligr, adj. provable, H. E. ii. 74.
profast-domr, m. the office of a profastr (q.v.), Jb. 458, N.G. L.
profast-dsemi, n. the district of a provost, provostship, Ann. 1337.
1394, K. A. 230, Bs. i. 747, 753 : the revenue of the p., allt p., |)at sem
fell i sakeyri e8r o8rum sektum, gaf hann fataskum, . . . skipadi hann
presta at lata reka profastdaemi, Bs. (Laur. S.) i. 849.
pr6fa8tr, m. [Engl. /iroros/; Germ, probst ; — all from the eccl. Lat.
praepositus'] : — a provost ; in the later Roman Catholic times the provost
was a kind of church-steward, a ' biskups armaSr,' and the diocese was
divided into provostships, answering to the secular sysla and syslu-ma8r ;
the provost might therefore be a layman ; eptir ra8i biskups e8r profasts,
Vm. 117, Dipl. v. 18, Fms. ix. 452, Bs. i. 841 ; this division of the pro-
vostship appears in Icel. at the beginning of the 14th century, cp. esp.
Laur. S. and the Annals. 2. in Norway the provost or dean of a col-
legiate church ; profastr i Tunsbergi, Fms. ix. 284 ; Ketill p. er var8veitti
Mariu-kirkju, Hkr. iii. 349. II. after the Reformation the office
underwent some change, and the profastdaemi (Germ, probstie) became
the eccl. division throughout the whole of the land ; each provostship
consists of several parishes, and one of the parish priests is called profastr,
answering closely to the Engl, archdeacon ; he is nominated by the bishop,
and is the head and overseer of his fellow-priests in the district, has to
visit the churches, look after the instruction of the young, etc., and is a
kind of bishop's vicar, is unpaid, and holds his office for life.
prdkurera, a8, [Lat.], to procure, Stj. 157.
pr61aga, a8; p. s^r e-t, to bargain for oneself, Stat. 280.
pr6pheti, a, m. [Lat.-Gr.], a prophet, Hom., Sks., Bs.; but spamafir
is the genuine word.
prosa, u, f. [Lat.], prose, Nikdr. 76.
provenda or pr6fenda, u, f. [eccl. Lzt. praebenda ; Germ. pfr'unde'\ : —
a prebend, for the maintenance of the church or charitable institutions ;
beneficia kirkjunnar er sumir kalla provendur, K. A. 228 ; hann let gora
kirkju norSr 1 Vagum ok lagSi provendu til, Hkr. iii. 248, Fms. vii. 100,
X. 159 ; en si8an er Erkibiskups-stoU var skipa8r i Noregi, \)k voru prdv-
entur skipa8ar at biskups-stolum, Anecd. 76 : — a prebend, af proventum
J)eirra klerka, sem i brott eru at studium, H. E. i. 507 ; dyrar profentur
{presents). Odd. 18. 2. spec; in the Roman Catholic times lay-
men (often men of wealth and rank) in the decline of life retired and
entered into a convent ; at the same time they bequeathed to the church
or convent a portion in money or estates for their maintenance ; this
portion was called profenta, — Magnus konungr gaf sik i klaustr i Holmi,
ok t6k vi8 munka-klae8um, J)a var skeytt {)angat Hemes mikla a Frostu
ns. xi. 315 ; fara me8 inum mesta pris, x, 36 ; rei8 konungr me8 {)^i--L i proventu hans, Fms. vii. 196 ; J)ann hlut jarfiar sem Gr6a gaf me8 i&r
480
PRUDLEIKR— Q.
i proventu til Jjverar-klaustrs, Dipl. iii. 5, B. K. 124; matu v6r ok
daemdum a6r-nefnt proventu-kaup ekki arfsvik vi6 erfingja, Dipl. iii. 14.
proventu- ina3r, m. (-kona, u, f.), a person who has given his prov-
enta, Dipl. iii. 6 ; prestar, klerkar, proventumenn, Bs. i. 848. II.
in mod. usage, gefa profeiitu sina, and profentu-karl, m. ; profentu-
kerling, f., is used of old people in the same sense as arfsal and arfsals-
ma6r (q, v.) in the ancient law.
prufl-leikr, m. show, ornament, Str. 81.
priiS-liga, adv. stately, magnificently, Str. 81 : manfully, courageously,
Bs. i. 128, Hkr. ii. 304.
pru3-ligr, adj. magnificent ; p. veizla, Eg. 30, 44.
pru3r, adj. [from the A.S.prud; old Yxtnch. prudhomme'],fine, magni-
ficent, stately. The word is used in Sighvat, and appears at the beginning
of the nth century (in the reign of king Canute) ; it is very freq. in the
poets of the following century, but less freq. in prose ; it is also freq. in
mod. usage, although not in the mod. Engl, sense of ' proud,' which is a
derived one ; drekans priiSa, the proud ship ; af J)ramval priiSum, id. ;
priiSar ekkjur, the proud ladies; varum Jsa prudir, then were we grand, Fms.
vi. (in a verse), and so passim in Lex. Poet. ; er er litu6 ^a sva pru6a,
stir6u er veslugir upp a ^eirra fegrS, Mar. ; ri6r nu sa pruSr, er vanr var at
ganga fataekliga, MS. 4. 6; priiS hibyli, fsl. ii. 415 ; konu dyriiga ok pru6a,
a stately lady, Str. ; har-pru6r, having splendid hair : — of mzimers, fine ;
hann var hverjum manni kurteisari, J)vi var hann kallaQr Asbjorn priiSi,
Fb. i. 524; hatt-p., si6-p., hibyla-p. (q. v.) ; geb-p., gentle : a nickname,
Hugi inn Pru6i, Orkn. II. gallant, brave ; hug-p., hjarta-p., q. v.
priitta, a&, onomatopoetic, to shout in driving a horse. 2. to
higgle, Dan. prutte.
pry3a, d, to adorn, ornament, Fms. i. 141, Magn. 504, Hkr. iii. no.
pry3i, f. an ornament, Stj. 396 ; J)a er jjii sigldir med fegrd ok pry6i
{with pride and pomp) af Noregi, Fms. vii. 157. 2. gallantry,
bravery; verja rae3 p., Fms. xi. 274 ; falla me6 p. ok or5stir, vi. 42 i ; p. ok
karlmennska, Fs. 17, passim. pr^3i-ina3r, m. a brave man, Fb. ii. 199.
pr^3i-liga, adv. finely, bravely, Fms. iii. 44, v. 324, vii. 223: nobly,
hefir honum allt p. farit, Vigl. 33 : beautifully, passim in mod. usage.
pry3i-ligr, adj. fine, ornamental, noble, Bs. i. 74, Al. 98 ; magnificent,
p. veizla, Hkr. ii. 163.
pry'3ing, f. decoration. Mar.
pry3ir, m. an adorner. Lex. Poet.
psalmr, psaltari, a, m. [eccl. Lat.], a psalm, psalter.
pukr, n. stealth, secret dealing, concealment ; i pukri, in stealth.
pukra, a6, to do stealthily, to do a thing ' i pukri.'
ptila, u, f. = lota, q. V. ; but in a lower sense, i einni pulu.
pulkru-kirkja, u, f. [Lat.], the church of the sepidchre, Symb. 29.
pund, n. [Engl, pound; Germ, pfund; Lat. pondo] : — a pound, of
a pound = 24 marks or I2lbs. ; J^riggja punda smjor, Jieirra at fjorar
merkr ok tuttugu gori hvert pund, Gpl. 524; Jjrir laupar t)riggja punda
smjors, 100 ; engi ma6r kunni marka tal ok varla punda tal, Fms. xi.
202 ; pund matar e9r eyrir vaSmals, Vm. 147 ; ek orka tolf punda ]punga,
Baer. 18. 2. skip-pund, Dan. skibpund ; pund ok naut, Fms. viii.
395 ; Ifi'ga tveggja punda far, Jb. 393, 3. as a rendering of the Gr.-
Lat. talentum, Stj. 151, 570, N.T. ; pund t)at er Gu5 seldi mer, Eluc. 1,
Stj. 151; at J)essi falli ekki fyrir sina pund-tekju, Stj. 151. 4. in
mod. usage pund is = two merkr == a lisb.
pundari, a, m. a steel-yard, Grag. i. 499, ii. 369, Gf)l. 522 (Jb. 375).
pung-elta, u, f. a nickname, Fms. vii. 215.
pungr , m . [Ulf. puggs] , a small bag, purse, hanging on the belt ( = piiss) ;
silki-pungr, Dipl. v. 1 8 ; bu6kr ok pungr, id. ; vefja saman ok hafa i pung ser,
Edda 70, Grett. 161, Fs. 97 ; hefi ek einor6 allra lendra manna Magniiss
konungs i pung mer, Fms. viii. 128, Sks. 27 ; tobaks-pungr, a snuff-bag,
tobacco-pouch : — scrotum, pung-arfl, a, m., botan. bursa pastoris, Hjalt.
punkta, piinktera, ponta, a6, [Lat.], to point, dot, Skalda (Edda ii.
401); rafrit var allt sleint ok puuktera6, Fms. v. 339 : to point with a
full stop, Skalda (Edda ii. 104) : metaph. to point out, Dipl. ii. 5.
ptinktr, m. [Lat.], a point, Rb. 470 : a degree ox part of the circumference
of a circle, Rb. 2. a full stop in writing. II. the point or nick of
time; i J)ann punkt, sama punkt, i sag6an punkt, Stj., Mar., and passim in
writers of the 14th century, e.g. Bs. ii. 2. a point, case, Bs. i. 730.
puntr or pundr, m. [pundari, from its steel-yard-like shape], a windle-
straw; beint {jcgar borSust punti.Gd. : =phleumAlpinum, Hjalt. compds :
punt-hali, a, m., botan. aira caespitosa, Hjalt. punt-stra, n. = puntr.
purka, u, f. [I var Azsen purka ; L^lI. porcus], a sow; in svefn-purka,
« sleepy sow, a term of abuse : a local name, Puxk-ey, in western Icel.,
but called Sviney in the Eb. ; as also a deed of 1533 -A-.D. (baenhiis i
Sviney, i Hrafsey, og Langey, etc.)
purkunar-samr, adj. (-semi, (.), parsimonious, perh. from the Engl.
purpuri, a, m. [Lzt.'\, purple, but also of costly stujf; thus, purpura hokul
hvitan, a 'white' cope of p., Bs. i. 67; hvitr sem p., 'white' as purple,
Fb. i. 33, Stj., Bs., Al. passim ; purpura-hokuU, -klae6i, -mottul!, -skikkja,
Vm. 123, MS. 645. 69, Stj.; purpnra-litr, />z/r//e colour, Stj.; purpura
gull, purple gold, red gold, Fms. vii. 96.
purpur-ligr, nd]. purple, Magn. 514.
pussa, u, f. cunnus, of a beast, a mare, cow.
putlingar, m. pi., Stj. ^^4, = inadventiones (Deut. xxviii. 20).
putrea, a5, [Fr.], to portray, paint, Stj. 97, 192, v. 1.
putt, interj. [Dan. pyt], pish ! pshaw ! putt, putt ! Fms. vii. 31.
pu, interj. pooh! pua, a6, to say pooh, cp. Dan. puste.
pu3r, n. [Engl, powder ; Lat. pulvis\ gunpowder ; the word was
rowed from the English during the English trade, for the Danes say linu
piiki, a, m. [akin to Engl. Pucli ; cp. also D3.n. pohlter'] : — a devil,
with the notion of a wee devil, an imp, see the tale in Fb. i. 416-.
and freq. in mod. tales : — the evil one, moti pukanum, against the a
Stj. 8, 55 ; allir menn heita i skim at hafna pukanum, to forsake thee
N. G. L. ii. 366 ; hann jatar ollum piikans vilja, Th. 4 : maura-j
' treastire-puck' = a miser, Maurer's Volks. puka-bit, n., botan.
biosa. Germ, teufels abbiss, Hjalt.
piil, n. [Dan. pule], slaving, grinding. compds : piils-band,
kind of coarse thread, Snot I 63. piUs-hestr, -klar, m. a cart b
opp. to reiS-hestr. puls-mennska, u, f. a slavish work.
puliza, a6, [Lat.], to polish, Stj. 56.
Piill, m. = Apulia ; in the phrase, a Puli, Symb. 25, Fms. xii.
piisa, a6, [Lat. snidFT.], to espouse, Sir. 20, 21,31,65; lata ptisa sik, 1
120; pusa saman, H.E. i. 523, Fms. ix. 292; piisa konu manni, 29
106 : reflex., Str. 48. The word is now only used in the phrase, lata j
sig, pussa saman ; but it is slang, and cannot be said of gentlefolk,
piisa, u, f. [through French, from Lat. sponsa], a spouse, Fms. ix,
X. 106, Str. 3, 15, 10.
pusan, f. marriage, H. E. i. 493 : pusa3r, m. = pusan, id.
piisi, a, m. a spouse, husband, Str.
puss, m. [Bohem. pass = a girdle], = pungr, q. v. ; hann tok linhul
piissi sinum, Nj. 193 ; tok hann J)a jaxl or pussi sinum, 203, Fms. vi.
{jorst. Si6u H. 1 77 ; ^a mundi horfinn hlutr or piissi hans, Landn. I;
pustr, m., the r is radical, [early Swed. puster], a box on the «
blow with the fist in the face. Fas. iii. 479, GJ)1. 177, Karl. 65 ; kon
slo hana piistr, Fms. vi. 4 ; sella ek at J)ar muni Jia vera hrundningai
piistrar. Eg. 765 ; svivir3r me6 piistrum. Mar.
plita, u, f. [early Fr. pute], a harlot, Nj. 140, Fms. vii. 162, xi
N. G. L. i. 327, Rett. 36, Stj. 188, 558, Fb. i. 158, Karl. 100. com
ptitu-barn, putu-sonr, m. a whore-son, a term of abuse, Fldv
Fb. i. 256, Jb. 102. putna-hus, n. a brothel, Sks. 358. pAl
ina3r, m. a whoremonger, MS. 4. 31.
pylsa, u, f. [Dan. poise], a sausage ; lifrar-p., a liver sausage.
pynda or pynta, t, [from A. S. pund = a fold, Engl, pond, po
and not from Lat. poena ; A. S. pyndan ; cp. provinc. Engl, pinda
pynder] : — to extort, compel by brute force; skal eigi pynda y8
Kristni, Ld. 172; at pynda hann til biota, Fms. i. 38 ; konungr
eigi at baendr vaeri pyndir til sva mikilla fegjalda, x. 1 13 ; sog3u at bf
vildi eigi hafa frekari alog af konungi, en forn log staedi til, . . . sog*
i engu vilja lata pynda sik, xi. 224; en moti flutningi J)eirra, at bisk
pyndi um rett fram, Bs. i. 702 : to torment, pyndir })u ok pinir, drep
dey5ir. Bad. 106; at J)u vilt pina mik e6r pynda, 116.
pynding, f. extortion, tyranny ; aliigur ok pyndingar Haralds kow
Fms. vi. 192 ; hafa slikar pyndingar {extortions) af honum, xi. 253.
h6f3u engar pyndingar a monnum, iv. 84 ; lata engra pyndinga vi6^
vii. 304; pyndingar ok kiigan, O. H. 61 ; konungr fann Jiat, at |>or
var miklu skapstaerri ok kunni verr pynding J)essi, 98 ; krafir ok p £'
ingar, K. A. 220, Bs. i. 702. 2. mod. torture, torment.
pyngja, u, f [pungr], a purse; peninga-p.
pysja, u, f. the young of a pvfiin, called so in the south of IceL
pytla, u, f. [cp. Fr. bouteille ; Engl, bottle], a little bottle.
pytta, t, to dam, D. N.
pyttr, m., pi. pyttar, Fs. 157, but mod. pyttir; [Engl. pit; mid.I
pute; Lut. puteus] : — a 'pit,' pool, cesspool; i Helvitis pytt. Mar.
djxipr ok viSr, Bs. i. 452; i einn fdlan pytt. Fas. iii. 295; i enn i
gasta pytt, Karl. 320: saur-p., Isl. ii. 367: fiae3ar-p., Fs. 158; 1
hrapar i pyttinn, id. ; djiipasta pytts, Stj. : a pit without water, Stj. 19.
pyta, t, [piita], stuprare, Al. 87 : reflex., El. 104.
psekill, ra. [from the Engl.], pickle, but only used of salt, saltf
(salt-paekill), or the like.
pasla, d, [pall], to dig, dig up.
psela, u, f. a rugged, dug up place.
p6T,n.p]. pairs; see par. 2. strkkz-pov, bad tricks ; heimskU'
foolish tricks.
porottr, adj. trickisb. ^
Q
Q, (ku), the sixteenth letter, was in old vellums chiefly or only use
the digraph qu, perhaps under the influence of the Latin ; it wasafitarW
disused in MSS. of the 15th century, but was reintroduced in prin
(even Bjorn HalldiSrsson's Diet, has a special Qu), until of late \X has 1
discarded, and k is used throughout. All words beginning with Qj
therefore to be sought for under k.
R— 11AK.NA.
R
(err), the seventeenth letter, had in the old Runes two forms ; one as
ial and medial (radical), j^ ; the other as final (inflexive), Y °^ <K "
the last two, y is used in the old Runes (stone in Tune, the Goioen
rn) in the words gastir, hol.iiigar, wiwar, as these inscriptions have
Y finally been read and settled by Prof. Bugge of Chrisiian'a; JL is
d in the common Runes ; and its name was re;5, — reiS kvtSa rossum
sta, in the Runic poem.
B. Pronunciation, Spelling. — The pronunciation is as in Italian
n mod. Gr. {rh), and this still survives in Norway and Sweden, whereas
Danes have adopted a guttural r, which an Icelandic throat is unable
produce In ancient times radical and inflexive r were perhaps dif-
nt in sound, as may be inferred from the spelling on the old Runic
numen s, as well as from comparison ; for the inflexive r was in the
hie a sibilant (s), so that the Runic Y ^'^^ /{\ n^ay well have
esented a sound intermediate between r and s. II. the
xive r is assimilated in words such as heill, steinn, lauss ; dropped
agl, fors, son, vin, see the Gramm. : — the ancient writers have a
blc r in nouns and adverbs, such as sarr, storr, ferr, sidarr, optarr,
; even against etymology, as in harr {high), marr (a mew). In
usage a final rr is never sounded. Again, in gen. and dat. fem.
gen, plur. and in compar., in words such as t)eirri, J)eirrar, })eirra, fserri,
., the mod. sound and spelling is rr, where the ancients seem to
sounded one r only, J)eiri, {jeirar, j)eira, faeri, fara, which pronuncia-
is said to be retained in eastern Icel. ; the Editions, however, have
ly adopted rr. The spelling of the vellums is often dubious, as in
1 a double r is written either dotted (r) or with a small capital r, but
ly without a fixed rule : — Norse vellums often give rs for ss (mersa
essa, J)ersi = J)essi, e. g. in the Hauksbok).
0. Changes. — As the Icel. cannot sound w before r, a set of
s%hich in Engl, and even mod. Dan. and Swed. begin with tv, in
bere«g to r; thus, rangr, rong, rata, reini, reitr, reista, reka, ri3a,
rei8r, rindill, risi, rist, roskr, rog, rugl, rolta, qs. wrangr, . . . wrolta.
few words the r has been dropped after a labial, thus Icel. vixl =
wrixl, Icel. beisl = A. S. bridels, Lat./ren«?w, Icel. bauta-steinn qs.
ar-steinn ; Icel. va qs. vra, Hm 25, Skv. 3. 29 ; or a false r is
ed, as in the Icel. abristir = Engl. beestings, Goth, beist. Germ, beist-
; brxla and ba'.a, bal ; analogous are Engl, pin and prin, speak and
spracan. Germ, sprecben, Icel. freta, Lat. pedo : — in a few Norse
lis dr for d is used before s, /, n, oSrla = iidla = oSala, 66rlask =
c, Gu8rs = Guds, hei8rnir = hei&nir, li5rsemd= li&iemd, so8rla =
r48rleitni = ra&leitni, e. g. the O. H. L. (see the pref. to Prof. Unger's
ix), owing to an inability of sounding dl, ds. Again, metathesis
Jcen place in ragr, ras>, = argr, ars.
!• AU words having a radical initial b (br) are to be sought for under
the introduction to that letter.
[>S (rabb, n ), a&, to babble, talk nonsense, Karl. 231.
'A, aS, [ro6], to place in order, with dat. ; ra3a e-u ni6r, whence
ftan, order.
; part, having a voice o/sucb and such tone, Bs. i. 154.
, from rodd (q. v.), the voice.
,-lid, n. a band of singers, musical hand. Fas. ii. 506.
'Znadr, m. a man with a fine voice, Sturl. ii. 230, Bs. i. 127.
'BVeif, f. the ^ voice-'iller' = the tongue, Haustl.
va.d,\\. a rosary OT necklace of amber beads, D.N.i. 743,111.417.
B, m., pi. rafir and rafar, amber; in raf-kastandi. rastar raf, sea
of which necklaces were made. Lex. Poet., cp. Tacit. Germ. ch.
II. metaph. the amber-like fat and fins of a flounder hung
ry and eaten as a dainty; rikling ok rafi. Sturl. i. 164, v. 1.; einn
|ifr, D. N. V. 616; sex rafi, i. 183 ; rafa, riklinga, N. G. L. iii. iiq :
. usage it is called rafa-belti, n. the belt or round of the fins,
4. rafa-koUr, m. a nickname, Sturl.
a roving about.
aft, [Dan. rave'], to stagger about.
" ', part, provided with roggvar, q. v. raggaSar-klseSi, n. =
klsefti. Fas. i. 346.
a, m. a pr. name, Landn. Baga-br63ir, m. a nickname, id.
■n. a reeling ; okyrrt hjol. ragl, rol, Hallgr.
a8, to stagger about. Run. Gramm. ; dyr ragla, Hallgr.
enni, n. a craven person. Fas. ii. 49 (in a verse).
ennska, u, f. craven fear, cowardliness, Karl.
ieli, n. an ignominious calumny, the accu-ing one of being ' ragr ;'
l)ar upp ragniaeli ^r6gmaEli Ed. erroneously) um {jorstein, me6
at |>orsteinu vaeri kona niundu hverja nott, ok aetti J)a v!3-
16 karlmenn, {>orst. S.Su H. 175, Sd. 142, Eb. 60.
a cursing, swearing.
a&, [regin], to imprecate, use exorchm; hygg ek at {)ii hafir
t m^r sva rammar vsettir at ek var& at falla fyrir, Fms. ii. 150;
4^1
2. in mod. usage, to twear ; bl6u
lim ragni illska e3r livizka, unless they he cursed {afflicted f) with Lg\ebin at rakna, SkiSa R.
illness or insanity, N.G. L. i. 3.
og ragna, to curse and swear.
ragna-rOk, see regin and rok.
RAGR, adj. [rtig, ragt (q. v.), by way of meUthesis fronj argr] : —
craven, cowardly; bib pu ef pn crt tigi ragr, Nj. 305; hinnig vxrir
{)u uiidir briin at lita sem J)u mundir eigi ragr, 55 ; en ek vissa p& cigi
at ek munda eiga stafnbu.nn bsefti rauftan ok ragan, Fins. ii. 308; vesol
eru ver konungs er bsedi er haltr ok ragr, vi. 32 i ; ragr sem geit, Karl.
39S ; rennr ^lu mi, Olfr enn ragi, . . . Kallaftir })u \)k eigi C'lf enn raga,
er ek lagda til at hjdlpa ^t, er Sviar borftu yftr uftr sem hunda, 6. H.
167; ragr riddari, Str. 59: Hagbarftr inn ragi, Hbl. 27. 2..= argr,
q. V. ; e. g. to say that a man is a woman (blau8r) is the gravest abuse in
the language ; |>orvaldr svarar, ek {)olda eigi er |)eir kolluftu okkr raga,
Biskup maelti, \>zt var litil Jjolraun, {)6at J)eir lygi \)H at J)U xttir
born, {)u hefir faert or3 Jieirra a verra veg, Jiviat vel mxtta ek bcra bom
t).n ef J)u Kttir nokkur, Bs. i. 44; |)egi \>u, rog v*ttr, Ls. 61 (of Loki,
of whom it is also said, dtta naetr vartu fyrir jorft neSan, kyr molkandi
ok kona, ok hefir J)ii J)ar born borit, ok hugda ek {)at args a&al, 2 j) ;
ver3a ek kona hin ragasta, ef..., Ka^l. 405; rass-ragr: any one who
used this word to a person might be killtd on the spot with impunity,
otherwise the penalty for it was full outlawry ; J)au eru or5 j)rju er
skoggang varSa oil. ef ma6r kallar mann ragan e8r stroft.'nn e6r sordinn, . . .
enda a niaSr vigt i gegn J)eim or3um J)remr, Grag. ii. 147.
rag-skapr, m. dastardliness, MS. 4. 16, Karl, 80, 318 ; illsku ok ergi,
hordoni ok ragskap, Barl. 138.
rag-speki, f. cowardice, Mag. 65.
rak, n. the rakings of hay in afield; en kona t<5k rokin, Grctt. 109
new Ed., freq. in mod. usage, but only in plur. II. the wick in
a lamp.
RAKA, a8, [Engl, to rake"], to rake or sweep away; hann raka8i &
hurt me8 hendi siiini, Lv. 50. 2. to rake hay; hann slo, en kona
bans rakaSi Ija eptir honum, ok bar reifa-barn a baki, Bs. i. 666 ; raka
upp hey, Eb. 260; tok hon eigi at raka upp, J)6tt ^at vaeri maelt, id.;
J)eir rokuSu upp to8una, Hdv. 47 ; raka Ija, Fb. i. 522 : raka saman ((.•,
to rake money together, Isl. ii. 14, Glum. 364. II. [Swcd. raka"],
to shave; l^t hann gora s^r kerba8 ok for i, ok let raka sik, Fms. x.
I47 ; hun rakar af Samson sjau bans lokka, Stj. 41^ ; raka skegg, Karl.
95 ; rakat ja8ar-skegg, Sks. C6 new Ed. ; ok rakadi um hofudit a Hulf-
dani, Fas. iii. 535.
rak-hlaup, n. a running straight ; me8 rakhlaupinu, Fms. viii. 410.
raki, a, m. dampness, wet; rakinn a trenu. Best. 60: passim in mod.
usage, raki i husi, damp in a house; raki i jor8u.
RAKKI, a, m a dog, Sturl. iii. 1 16; rakki, skikkju-r., a lap-dog,
Orkn. 114; la rakkinn a hiisum uppi, Nj. 114; rakkar J)ar geyja, verSr
glaumr hunda . . . , Am. 24 ; h^r eru rakkar tveir, er ek vil g.fa Jxir, J)eir
voru har81a litlir ok fagrir, vi8jar voru a f;eim af gulli, ok spennt guJl-
hring um hals hvarum |)eirra. Fas. iii. 45, Stj. 71 ; sumir menu segja at
hann sendi rakkann til Finns {)ess, er heiti8 haf8i at laekna hann Fb. i. 394 ;
konungr tok J)a faetr rakkans ok lag8i at styrinu, .105 vakka-vig, n.
a dogfight, Bs. ii. 148 ; sma-r., Stj. 99. II. [Shetl. rakie], naut.
the ring by which the sail-yard moves round the mast, Edda (Gl.), passim
in mod. usage : poet, a thip is called rakka hjiirtr, the ring-hart, Hkv.
rakk-ldtr, adj. bold, upright. Am. 61.
rakk-liga, adv. boldly, valiantly, Hallfred.
rakk-lffiti, n. boldness, Hom. (St.)
RAKKR, adj . [Dan. rank = slender, of stature], prop, straight, slender ;
se ek at {)u heldr nokkut rakkara halanum en fyrir stundu. Oik 36 ; rcikk
bru8r, slender, Orkn. (in a verse) ; rokk dros, Bs. ii. (in a verse). 2.
metaph. upright, courageous, bold; but hardly used except in poetry,
vera rakkr at hiisum (better raekinn, v. 1.), Sks. 92 new Ed. ; rakkr j)eng 11,
Sighvat : freq. in poet, compds, folk-r., da8-r., Lex. Poet. : and used in
prose in hug-rakkr, bold, hence is derived rekkr, q. v.
rak-lei3, f. (but used adverb.), straightway ; r. norftr til Bjorgynjar,
Fms. viii. 331.
rak-leidis, adv. straight.
rak-leitt, n. adj. straight, Fms. ix, 385, 473, 484.
rak-lendi, n. damp land.
rak-lendr, sdj. damp, wet, of land.
RAKNA, a8, to be unwound, unwind itself; en l)ru8rinn raknaSi af
horhnoSa, Fms. vi. 296 ; rakna upp, to gel loose, of a seam or the like :
J)a la;tr Lo8inn rakna hendr af Sigri8i, L. loosened the grasp, let S slip
through his hands, hbr. 138; Idta hendr rakna ni8r fyrir sik, to let the
hands sink, hold them still, Sks. 92 new Ed. 2. to he paid back,,
restored; lata rinit r., to slip it, yield it up, Bs. i. 15, Sturl. ii. 210 C;
enda ver8a at r. {must be discharged) leigiirnar allar fyrst, GrAg. i. 188,.
189; t>a skal allt r. fdit pzt er mc8 var fundit, 276; ok raknar {)4
mundrinn, in that case the ' mund' is to be paid, 318 ; \>a, raknar undan
{)eim er a8rhef8u, 190 ; at gripir jarls rakna8i, that tbey should he restored
to him, Fms. xi. 87. 3. lata trii eSr vinfengi r. e8t rena, to slacken
or lessen, Hom. (St.) ; lata eigi sannindi rakna, H. E. i. 245 ; seint tok
II. rakna vid, to come to one's senses,,
Ii
483
RAKNAN— RANG^SKR.
come to oneself, of one in a swoon and the like ; {jorsteinn raknaSi skjott'
vi8, Fb. i. 417; jarl f^U {la i uvit...jarl raknaSi vi6, 212; en aSrir
menn fluttu Jon til lands kominn at bana, satu l)eir yfir honum J)ar til
er hann rakna6i vi6, Fms. vii. 166, Orkn. 238, Fas. ii. 87 ; rakna lir roti,
to recover from a stunning blow : of grief, Fs. 153 : of a person astray,
J)ar til er Gu3mundr raknar vi6, at {)eir mundu eigi fara rett, Bs. i. 472 :
hence the mod. corruption, ranka vi6 ser, of a person who has lost his
way and comes to himself again.
raknan, f. discbarge, outlay, N. G.L. ii, 429, v. 1.
Bakni, a, m. the name of a sea-king, his way, path, poet. = the sea,
Edda ; Rakna st(58, the steed of R., a ship. Ad. 13.
BAKR, adj., rok, rakt, damp, wet, freq. in mod. usage, vera rakr i
faetrnar ; of the earth, Jjad er rakt ; rakar engjar, with regard to mowing,
see rekja. II. straight; fasta sjau daga i roku, seven days con-
tinuously, 623. 27.
rak-skorinn, part, clean-shaven, Gisl. (in a verse).
rak-sp61r, m., proncd. rek-sp61r, the straightway; fara rettan rakspol,
to go straight on.
rakstr, m. a raiting: raktrar-kona, u, f., freq. 2. shaving;
rakatr-maSr, m. a barber, Stj. 418. II. [reka, a different word],
driving, N. G. L. i. 410 ; better rekstr, q. v.
ram-aukinn, part, powerfid, with the notion of charmed power, of a
great wizard ; r. ok fjolkunnigr, Landn. 249 ; hann var mjijk r., 107,
Hdl. 34.
ramba, a3, to roch, sway to and fro; ramba st61 (dat.), to rock a
chair : of the body, to strut, hva5 dugir fio rikr rambi, reigi sig og standi
a {)ambi, Hallgr.
rambaldi, a, m. the axis on which a bell moves. Run. Gramm., Bjarni 77.
ram-bygSr, part, strong-built, Krok. 53, Post. 35.
ram-byggiliga, adv. strongly, of building. Fas. i. 88.
ram-byggligr, adj. = rambyg3r : = reimt, hunted, Bs. i. 467.
ram-efldr, part, powerfully strong.
ram-gorr, adj. strong-built. Fas. ii. 250, Fms. iii. 124, 310, Mart. 127.
ram-huga3r, adj. strong of mind, Bkv. 2. 25.
ram-leikr, m. strength; in the phrase, gora e-6 af eigin ramleik.
ram-liga, adv. s/ro/jg'/y ; gora r. samband vart, 0. H. 61 ; binda r.,
Nj. 136, Hkr. i. 26, Fms. i. 10; sta6 r., locked strongly, 104; ganga at
r., in wrestHng, Fas. iii. 253 ; oxar r. skeptar, GJ)!. 104 ; hestr vel skiiaSr
ok r., Sks. 402; dysju&u t)eir {)6r61f {)ar r., Kb. 172; setja r. skorSur
viS, Fms. vii. 2*"0 ; munu ver ^urfa at gora r. samband vart, 0. H. 61.
ram-ligr, adj. strong; hiis ramlig, Nj. 196; i ramligri lokrekkju, Ld,
268 ; r. ski5gar6r, Fb. i. 545 ; ramligt samband, Fms. iv. 148.
BAMB, adj., rom, ramt ; raminr is a less correct form, as shewn by
the passage, ramr er sterkr en rdmr enn hasi, Skalda (Thorodd) 163 : and
by the rhymes, gra/nr, rami, Hallfred ; sontum, rowzum, Ht. 38 ; but we
also have gamma, ramma, Vellekla ; romm, skommu. Cod. Fris. 255:
mod. usage distinguishes between ramr, strofig, and rammr, bitter, whence
remma, bitterness : [North. E. ram'] : — strong, stark, mighty, of bodily
strength, ramr at afli, Nj. 219, Eb. 182, Ld. 26, Eg. 52, 596, Fs. 3, 54;
kva6atmann raman, Hym. 28 : the phrase, setja ramar skorOur vi6 e-u, af
nokkurum rommum ribbalda, Stj. 65, and passim : the allit. phrase, vi8
raman er reip at draga, to pull a rope with the strong, to struggle against
what is fated, Nj. lo, Fs. 75, Fms. ii. 107 : — strong, mighty, with the notion
of fatal or charmed power ; ramt tre, Hm. 137 ; pau blot ver6a romust er
lifandi menn eru blotaSir, Fms. ii. 77 I atkvaeSi ramra hluta, Fs. 23 ; romm
ummaeli, Grett. 177 new Ed. ; rom ragna 16k, Vsp. 40 ; rom rog, Sdm. 37 ;
ramt mein, Edda (in a verse) ; sa er go6in aetti ramari, Fms v. 319 ; ramar
fylgjur, Fs. 50; rammar voettir, Fms. ii. 150; raman ok roskvan Rig,
Rm. I ; sv4 rikt e5r ramt, Edda 27; gala ramt (adverb.), Og. 6; fatt
er ramara en forneskjan, a saying, Grett. 144 : — vehement, rom ast, strong
love, Korm. ; ramr harmr, Fms. iv. (in a verse) ; rom \'\g. fiery slaughter,
vi. (in a verse) : — as a nickname, hann var mikill ma6r ok sterkr ok
kallaftr Jjorarinn rammi, Korm. 140; Finnbogi rammi, Landn. II.
bitter, biting, opp. to sweet ; ramr reykr, Merl. 1.12; vatn J)at er Jjrysvar
ramt, ... en gott avalt {)ess a milli, Rb. 354 ; romm reyksvxla, Hkr. Cod.
Fris. 255 (in a verse) ; ramt gras, Eiuc. I41 ; rammar siirur, Honi. 119 ;
ramr drykkr, Hom. (St.) III. in poet, compds, ram-dyr, of
ships; -hWs., the stro7ig beam— gold; -glygg, a strong gale ; -J)ing,
a meetings battle. Lex. Poiit.
ram-riSinn, part, hard-ridden, an epithet of the sea crossed by the
sea-steeds. Ad. 13.
ram-skakkr, adj. quite wrong, absurd.
ram-sleginn, part, hard-beaten, mounted, of swords. Lex. Poet.
ram-sta3r, adj. stubborn as if rooted (p the spot, of a horse, Bs. ii.
335. v.l.
ram-syndr, adj. a strong swimmer. Lex. Poet.
ram-viltr, part, quite bewildered.
randar-, see rond ; from rtind, a shield, whence also are formed the
poet, compds, rand-dlfr, -berendr, -ullr, -vi3r, = a warrior ; rand-
61, -f4r, .6p, = fiaw^e ; rand-all, -gdlkn, -heengr, -laukr, -linnr,
-ormr, «= a sword ; rand-gardr, -hvel, -16.3, -v611r, = a shield. 2.
pr. names of men, Band-verr; of women, Band-eiSr, Fms. ; Band
grid, one of the Valkyriur, Gm.
rand-verk, n. ; in Darr. for randverks bla read Randves-bana,s
Odin{?), see the tale in Edda 76, 77 ; the poet seems to take Bikki I
have been Odin in disguise.
ranga-, see rcing, a ship's rib.
rangali, a, m. a passage, a narrow crooked lane, alley.
rang-barmr, m. = rangbyr6i, Edda (Ht.)
rang-beinn, n. wry-legged, the name of a giant, Edda (Gl.)
rang-byr3i, n. [rcing], the gunwale (?) ; An skaut einum fork nnc
rangbyr&it a skiitunni. Fas. ii. 355.
rang-d8Bma, d, to judge unjustly, Anecd. 108, Bs. ii. 60, Barl. 44.
rang-deemi, n. a wrong doom, unjust sentence, Al. 4, Anecd. 118, Si
no.
rang-eygr, adj. squint-eyed, Fms. ii. 154; ert pii J)ar fyrir rangeyg
Jioat ek se g66gjarn, Matth. xx. 15.
rang-fenginn, part, wrongly got, got by iniquity, Fms. xi. 446, G\)\. 1 2
rang-flytja, flutti, to state wrongly, misstate, Anecd. 106. rang-fluti
part, carried wrongly, Grag. ii. 382.
rang-fsera, &, = rangflytja, Jb. 171 : — to misconstrue.
rang-hverfa, u, f. the wrong side of a cloth, opp. to r(5tthverfa, Di
vrangen, vrang-siden.
rang-hverfr, adj. turning inside out.
rang-hvolfa, 3 ; in the phrase, r. augum, to roll the eyes wildly.
raugiudi, also spelt rangyndi, n.' pi. unrighteousness, Nj. 142, 1
350, Fms. vi. 27, ix. 330, x. 402, N.G. L. i. 125, Al. 34, Baer. 16,
36, passim.
rang-kve3ja, kvaddi, to summon wrongly, Grag. i. 51, Nj. 337.
rangla, a3, (rangl, n. ), = ragla (q. v.), to stroll idly about.
rangldt-ligr, adj. wijust, Sks. 15.
rang-latr, adj. unrighteoiis, unjust, Nj. 223, Eg. 336, Fms. x. 4
Hom. 5, N. T., Pass., Vidal. : — as a nickname, Landn, 198.
rang-leikr, m. injustice, Hom. 33.
rang-liga, adv. wrongly, Fms. ix. 509, Band. 9, Bs. i. 392, ii.
N.G. L. ii. 150.
rang-ligr, adj. wrong, unjust, Anecd. 12, Fms. i. 22, Stj. 406.
rang-l^sa, t, to announce wrongly, Grag. ii. 25.
rang-lseti, n. unrighteousness, Anecd. 16, Band. 12, Bs. i. 135, Fs.
Eb. 56 new Ed., Th. 27, Bs. ii. 60, Stj. 546; ranglaetis domr, flekkr,
unrighteous doom, a sentence, a blot, work of iniquity, Anecd. 22, Stj. I
COMPDS : rangl8etis-nia3r, m. an unrighteous man, Fs. 8. tti.
leetis-verk, n. a work of unrighteousness, Stj. 239, Mar., Vidal. .passim
rang-mu3r, m. wrong-mouth, a nickname, Orkn.
rang-mseli, n. a false expression.
rang-nefndr, part, wrongly nominated, Jb. 51.
BANGB, rong, rangt, adj., compar. rangari, superl. rangastr; 0
form vrangr, which remains in Bragi : [mod. Swed. vrang ; Dan. vra
and in southern Norway also sounded vrang, Ivar Aasen ; as also G
wraiqs ; Engl, wrong. The Engl, wrong seems to be a Dan. word, :'
does not appear in the A. S., although it has the parent word wrini
Engl, wring] : — awry, not straight, opp. to rettr ; skor er skapa5r il!.i
skapt er rangt, Hm. 127 ; ofra vrongum aegi, he woidd not paddle v
wrong water, i. e. pull backwards, Bragi ; er hann fottreSr flein |
rangan. Fas. ii. 1 2 2 (in a verse) ; fotr var rangr, the foot was wrung, sprai
D.N. iv. 90: as also in the compds rang-eygr, rang-hverfa (q. v.), '
rang-hvolfa : — this sense, however, although common in mod. Dan.
Swed., was never used in Icel., even by the oldest writers, and the \
is only used II. metaph. wrong, unjust, unrighteous ; telja
rangt er rett er, en |)at r6tt er rangt er, Anal.; rangr domr, Barl.
N. G. L. ii.63; rangr ei6r, 174; rong fyst, Fb. ii. 39I; efmennhafast
rangar e6r kvarSa ranga, Grag. i. 498 ; alnar rangar, id., rangar va
499 ; rong kaup, Hom. 2 1 ; biiar rangir i kvo8, Grag. ii. 40 :— n
mt& rongu, wrongly. Eg. 282 ; aSrir rett en a&rir rangt, Grag. i.
stefna rangt, Nj. 35 ; hafa rangara maela, Grag. i. 393.
rang-sattr, adj. disagreeing, Fms. viii. 30, Orkn. 40, Fas. i. 443'
rang-settr, part, misplaced, Anecd. 20.
rang-sleitni (rang-sleitinn, adj.), f. injustice.
rang-snara, a5, to turn wrong, Stj. 244.
rang-smia, sneri, = rangsara, Stj. 343: to misstate, Bs. ii. 64.
rang-syni, n. a wrong view, Al. 10 1.
rang-sselis, adv. [sol], wilhershins, against the sun, Grett. 107.
169, Fb. i. 553, Fas. iii. 337 (see andsaelis).
rang-sssri, n. perjury, Hom. (St.)
rang-turna, aft, to turn the wrong way, upset, Bs. ii. 'Jl, Mai.
rang-vir3a, 6, to reckon wrongly, Grag. ii. 200. itl
rang-vir3ing, f. wrong reckoning, Fbr. I42.
Bang-seskr, adj. and Bangseingar, m. pi. the men front ^ " 3?
Bang&r-vellir in Icel.: Bang-d., f. the Rang-water, i.e. the'vt BK
crooked water ij),' prob. thus called from the angle or bend near pj
for in old times the Thwera was but a small tributary river until
Markarflj6t broke into its bed ; cp. Dan. Wrange-bek, Dipi. Amain. '•
?!
HANI, a, ni. a hog's snout, Fb. ii. 27 ; brendan rana af svini, Fms
;65 (in a verse) ; tiin-sviii J)at er hringr cSa knappr tba. vift se i rana, Grug.
23i : of a snake, ein iw^ra grof inn sinum rana. Fas. i. 220. 2.
if the snout-^haped battle-order, (cp. svinfylk ng, hamalt); E.iikr konungr
ylk'.i svii liSi sinii, at rani var a framan u fylkingunni, ok lukt allt litan
neb skjaldborg, Fnis. xi. 304 ; J)6 at raninn veriJi harftsottr ii fylking hans,
b. ii. 43 ; Hringr hafdi svinfyikt li6i s'nu . . . rani var i brjosti, Fas. i.
80, cp. ' acies per cuncos componitur,' Tacit. Germ. ch. 6, and ' Germani
X consuetudine sua phalange facta,' Caesar B. G. i. ch. 52. 3. a
og-ibaped hill or elevation.
ranka, a6, see rakna ; ranka vi3 e-ii, to remember dimly,
Ranka, u, f , contr. for Ragnei&r, see Gramni. p. xxxiv.
RANN, n., pi. ronn, O. H. 23 (in a verse), Hkr. iii. 43, 74 (in a verse) ;
!n. pi. ranna, Gm. 24: [Ulf. razna = olKia; A.S. rcEsn; this ancient
' is obsolete in prose, but remains in the Engl, law term ransack,
■ house-search ''\ : — a house; ossum riinnum i, Skm. 14; at hafu
ranni, Vtkv. 3 ; rymr var5 i ranni. Fas. i. 492 (in a verse) ;
..r5 i ranni, H5ni. 24 ; skiiptum er rann rept, Gm. 9 ; i vaeru ranni,
.una {)eirra er ek rept vita, 24; i ranni Randves, Bragi : in prose,
saying, opt er J)at i karls hiisi, er ekki er i konungs ranni. Fas.
, : — poet., solar rann, ela rann, the sun-hall, tempest-ball = the sky;
lann, man's abode = the earth; oSar rann, the mind's bouse = the
, Stirla rann, Reifnis rann = a shield. Lex. Poet. ; and in compds,
:iii,glygg-rann, hA-rann, hregg-rann, J)ey-rann,/ie sky-hall = heavenly
hval-rann, a whale's house = the sea; fjiir-rann, ///e's house — the
. dverg-Tnim, a dwarf's bouse = the rocks ; \eg-T2inn, the bed's rootn
house; mju6-rann, mead's hall = a drinking-hall ; au5-rann, a
ly ; biil-rann, bale's abode = death, etc.. Lex. Poet. The word is
1 used by Icel. poets, but is masc. rannr, though it is still neut. in
Ills of the 1 6th century, heilagt rann, . . . rannid fri6a, Bs. ii. 309 (a
i)f 1540) ; it is freq. even in mod. hymns, i heimsins rann, Hallgr. ;
nns, Pass. 25. lo. II. in a pr. name, Rann-veig, Landn.,
, t'Lrh. Rann-verr, also spelt Rand-verr.
'.nn-sak, n. a ransacking, N. G. L. i. 83, 255 ; slikt ransak sem J)eim
I ir framast at profa, G^l. 33 ; sem hefir bref konungs vars fyrir ser til
1 bs vistar e3a rannsaks, 139.
mn-saka, ad, [Swed. ramaka; Dan. ransage ; Engl, ransack; a
^ J which must be of Dan. orig n, for it does not occur in A. S. ; more-
< r. the A. S. form of the first part of the compd is rcesn, ?nd the
i.ition of zn or sn into ?in is peculiar to the Scandin. language] :
uisack, prop, to 'search a home;' ef hann vill fleiri bolstaSi r. en
- . peir lagsmenn skolu ganga at garSi {)ar er Jjeir vilja r., Grag. ii.
1 ; ef J)eir bera fi la inn a hendr miinnum er r. skolu, 195, Stj. 181,
^ 285; Birkibeinar hiifSu eigi rannsakat bseinn, Fms. viii. 191; en
iiilar vaiiir voru rannsakadar fannsk sveinninn eigi, v. 216; hann
ka&i me5 sundi djiipit, x. 370; ok var rannsakat li5it {mustered)
itiM hann eigi meirr en tvau hundru6, ix. 367 ; si6an rannsaka6i
limit er hon hafSi hvilt i, Eg. 566 ; skulu v^r rannsaka alia eyna,
I ■ ; r. Gu3s bo6or6, 677. 6 ; r ritningar, Al. 6. II. reflex.,
skolu lata rannsakask a6r gangi inn, at eigi beri J)eir fola a hendr
■ .^in, cnda sva ^t-ir er tit ganga, Grag. ii. 195.
in-sakan, f. ransacking, Sij. 181, Ld. 44 ■ — a searching, enquiry.
.n-s6kn, f,, as a law term, ransacking a house for stolen things or
;c, for a description of which see N. G. L. i. 83, 84, 255, in Grag. ii.
195 called ranns6kna-J)d.ttr, as also Rd. ch. 2,18, Njard. 376:
i. a search, enquiry, passim in mod. usage.
PTR, m. [Engl, rafter], a rafter, Eb. 224, GullJ). 1 7 ; {jcir viggyr6u
-garSinn me6 roptum, Sturl. i. 1 85 ; krok-r., birki-r. 2. rafters,
;/, ceding ; hann slakk Gri6ar-veli upp i raptana, Edda 61, Am. 62,
95 ; hann la liti a herskipum, sva at hann kom eigi undir sotkan
Orkn. 478, cp. Yngl. S. ch. 34; inn-raptar, q.v. : — a local name,
a-hli3, Sturl. compds: rapta-bultingr, m. a pile of rafters,
i. 47, f)6r&. 19. rapt-skogr, m. wood for rafters, Vm. 108.
viflr, m. ivood for rafters. Am. 30; rapiviSar-hcigg, D. L i,
n. [Scot, rash'], a rush : allit., fylgir sjaldan r48 rasi, a saying, Fms.
-■i/'7 ; ras ok radleysi, Thom. 249; rasi J)inu ok 4kafa, Fas. iii. 91 ;
'-•k|- ofmikit ras k fyrir J)er, Band. 10.
llSA, aa, to rush headlong; sliks er mer van, sag&i Hoslfuldr, t)u
asandi mjok, Nj. 155 ; en rasa eigi eptir reifti s.nni, Fb. ii. 303 ;
letta folk farit sest ok rasanda, Fms. xi. 275 : the saying, rasa fyrir
m, Ld. 242; haett er rasanda ra3i. a saw, Pass. 48. i i ; rasandi
Mar.; rasa fram, /o r?/,'/!>/orwar£/.s, Al 23. II. to stumble ;
risa6i undir honum, Landn. ^^6; hestr GuSmundar rasafli Fms.
4 ; ef blindr le:3ir blindan fia rasa {leir ba6ir, C55 xx. 3 ; {)a rasar
ok fellr, Bs. i. 527 ; fxirbjorn karl gekk fyrir ok fur mjok rasandi
ering, Ed. hrasandi), Urafn. 15.
; n, f. a rushing, Al. 146 ; see hrasan.
2^£ gj6f, (., in the saying, ragr maSr tekr aptr rasgjcif sins, a miserly
^ell takes back his rash g'f's.
'B:,n.fisb-offal.
K ANI— RAUf)KEMBIN(; R
483
BASKA, a6, to rock, displace, dislodge, with dat. ; ok raskafti lionuni
eigi. 655 viii. 2 ; ver&i cngi svu djarfr at raski J)vi leifti sem hann liggr,
Stj. 650 ; let hann niikla refsing eiga fyrir at koma er konunga-cign var
raskat, Fms. vii. 129; ef Guds retti var raskat, iv. 1 1 1 ; eigi tre«stutk
menn at raska kosti J)eirra, people dared not disturb them, Ld. 146; eigi
raskar ^it kirkju-vigslunni, K. A. 28 ; raski cngi fiistu-tift drottini-dags
haldi, Horn. (St.); medan steinunum cr liraskat i altarinu, N.G. L.i. 133;
rangliga raskat, Bs. i. 392. .
rass, m. = ars (q.v.) by metathesis, Lat. anus; orin flygr beint i raisinn
a konunginum, Fms. xi. 64, Lv. 61 ; hoggit 6r rofurnar vift rass upp, Fai.
i. 80. compds: rass-gat, n.^fss/zra am. Tasa-g6m, {. the great
gut, Nj. 185. paas-hverfingr, m. of a horse of which the anus
protrudes, N. G. L. i. 75. rassa-klof, n. =fi%sura ani, N. G. L. i. 81.
rass-ragr, adj. Sodomitic, a word of infamy, Sturl. ii. 59. rass-snri,
n. soreness from riding.
rastar-, see riist.
RATA, a&, originally vrata, [Ulf. wraton = vopti:(aeai], to travel, fare,
journey : in the old allit. phrase, rata vi8a (prop, allit. vrata vibi), to fart
widely; sa cinn veit, er vi&a ratar | ok hefir fjold urn farit, Hm. 17 ; vits
er J)orf J)eim er viba. ratar, 5 ; VingJ)6rr ek heiti, ek hefi vi8a rata*, Am.
6 : with ace. to find the way, ok ratar hann hardla stora fjallvegu. Fas. ii.
258 : to bit, find, J)at varS stundum, at menn viltusk d mtirkum, at mcnn
rotuSu {)a til J)eirra heimkynna, iii. 4 ; allvel hefir J)etta til borit, {>orgils,
er ek hefi Jjik hdr rataS, Ld. 1 76 ; J)at skip haffti rata8 i hafinu var-
kulda ok aSrar raunir, Bs. ii. 439. 2. in mod. usage absol. to find
the way ; eg rata ekki, I do not know the way. 3. me'.aph. to fall
inio, of misfortune ; ek hefi ratad i vandrieSi mikit, Nj. 98 ; cr {)u skalt
ratad hafa i sva mikla uhamingju, 6. H. 115 ; rata i mikla heimsku,
Andr. 71 ; rata i olukku, Fb. ii. 74; rata i stor 4felli Al. 83; J)essir
st6rhlutir, er vdr hofum i ratad (hratad Ed.), Fms. i. 295 : — reflex, in
the phrase, opt ratask kjoptugum satt (i munn, even a gabbler may by
chance speak a true word. Tl. to reel, collapse; gifr rata, Vsp. 52 ;
ratar gorliga {collapses) r&b SigurSar, Skv. i. 36, (rare.)
ratan, f a falling into, K. A. 104.
rati, a, m., qs. vrati, but the v is dropped even in old Runic inscrip-
tions : — prop, the traveller ; it remains in the name of the squirrel, Rata-
toskr = Tusk the traveller, the clittiber Tusk, see the tale in Edda ; as also in
the name of the gimlet by which Odin ' made bis way' into the moun-
tain where the mead of wisdom was hidden, Edda, Hm. 106. II.
a demoniac, raver, madman, who wanders about as if hunted ; in the
Runic phrase, varj)i at rata haugs upp briolr. may the breaker of bis cairn
become a rati, Rafn i8i ; at rita ( = rata) sa varj)i es stain {> nnsi elti
ej)a ept annan dragi, i>^8; sa varj)i at rita es ailti stein l>annsi e[a he^an
drag!, 194, cp. the Engl, 'blest be the man that spares these stones,
and curs'd be he that moves these bones,' on Shakespeare's tombstone ;
rati remains in the popular Icel. = a heedless, forgetful, semeless fellow,
^u ert mesti rati ! and ratalegr, adj. clownish, silly; rata-skapr, m.
rashness, heedlessness.
rat-lj6ss, adj. so bright that one can find one's way.
rauda, u, f. the red part or yolk of an egg.
rauda-galinn, part. ' red-mad,' quite mad, Clar.
rauda-haf, n. the 'red sea,' of the ocean surrounding the earth, Grag.
ii. 1 66 ; hafit rauda er liggr um lond oil : storskip rauda hafs, Grett. (in
a verse) : the Red Sea, mod.
rauSa-ran, n. a ' red robbery,' a law term, a kind of aggravated robbery
liable to sk 'ggang, defined in Grag. ii. 191 ; graves adhuc immanesque
rapinas ro'boran cognominare solcmus, Saxo Grammat. i. 353.
rau3a-s6tt, f., medic, fiux of blood, GJ)1. 498.
rauSa-vikingr, m. a ' red viking,' great pirate, |)orst. Stang. (begin.),
Fms. xi. 121.
rau3-61£r, m. a ' red elf a person dressed in gaudy colours; sj4i8 it
raudalfinn, sveinar, Nj. 70.
raud-bekri, a, m. a nickname, Landn.
rau3-brestlingr, m., botan. carex saxatilis, Hjalt.
rau3-brystingr, m. the redbreast, a bird.
rau3-dyri, n. the red deer, K. {>. K. 130, Orkn. 448, Karl. 390, Art.
18, Barl. M, 137.
rau3-feldr, ni. red cloak, a nickname, Landn.
BAUD I, a, m. red iron-ore, haematite, from which the Norse settlers
wrought iron (whence rau3a-bld,str, m. = /A* /or^««^ of haematite) ;
hann bjo i Dalsminni (in western Icel), hann bles fyrstr manna raufta 4
Islandi. ok var lann af {)vi kalladr Rauda-Bjorn, Landn. (Melab.) 71 ;
Skallagrinir var jarnsmidr mikill ok hafdi rauda-bldstr mikinn a vetrinn.
Eg. 141, cp. the description in Ski. 162, i6.<; for remains of furnaces
found in Icel. see Eggfrt Itin. eit. '.'.75. 719, 720; for the phrase rauda
undr, the red wonder, see Sks. 1. c. :—ore, hann (Saturnus) fann ok rauda
{)ann i jordu er hann bles gull af, Edda (pref.) 1 48.
rau3-kdpa, u, f. a red cape or cope. rau3kdpu-ma3r, m. the man
in the red cope, Fms. vi. 131.
rauS-kembingr, m. a fabulous whale or sea monster, K. j>. K. 138,
,Sks. 129, Eggert Itin. 545, Isl. f>j6ds. i. 631,
I I 2
484
RAUDKINNI— RAUST.
raud-kiuni, -kinnr, m. 'red cheek,' a kind of savage bear. Fas. ii.
413. i'i- 77-
rau3-magi, a, m. the red maw, the lump-fish.
raud-m.!^ 1 ;nr, m. the red ore = gold, Bm.
BATJDB, adj., rau5, rautt, conipar. rau6ari, rauSastr, [common to all
Tcut. languages, although it appears not in Ulf. himself, but in the Skeir-
ings] : — red; rautt klaedi, Nj. 35 ; rau5r hestr, Fs. 67 ; rautt skegg, Fb.
iii. 2^^ ; blatt e3a rautt, Grkg. ii. 13 ; rau6r sem bl6&, Isl. ii. 220 ; rautt
gull, |>idr. 187; rautt berg, a red quarry, Bs. i. 830: — phrases, rautt
brennr fyrir, '■red hums afar,' i.e. there is some hope yet; taldi enn
nokkut rautt mundu fyrir brenna, Fms. viii. 34, Fs. 68 ; snyta rau6u,
to spout blood, Fb. i. 412, Karl. 149; falda rauSu, to wear a red hood,
to die a bloody death, Landn. (in a verse) : — neut., et raufta, the yolk
of an egg, Pr. 472: — metaph. bloody, fierce, arch, rau&r vikingr = rau3a-
vikingr, Fms. xi. 121; see rau6ahaf, rau&aran, rau3kinni : — various
shades of red. fagr-r.,/azV-rec/, Vsp. ; dreyr-r., crimson; dumb-r., chestnut-
red; dokk-r., dark-red; mo-r., coffee-coloured. 2. in local names,
Bau3a-myrr, Kau3-d, Rau3i-gnupr, KauSa-fell, Ilati3i-melr,
Bau3i-l8Bkr, Bau3i-sandr, Bau3a-skri3a, Bau3a-vatii, Landn.,
from the reddish colour of bogs and moorlands, which was supposed to
be a sign that there was iron in the soil ; whence Baudse-ingar, Bau3-
melingar, Rau3-la3kingar, Bau3-sendir, the men from R., Landn.,
Sturl. : in pr. names, Bau3r, Eau3-ulfr, Landn.
B. CoMPDs : rau3-bleikr, adj. reddish, of hair, beard, Stj. 460,
Eb. 30. rau3-bruna3r, part, red-brown, dark-red, reddish, Fms. vii.
297, Sturl. i. 128. rau3-briinn, adj. red-brown, Ld. 284, Sturl. i. 128.
rau3-buinn, part, dressed in red, Lex. Poet. rau3-drop6ttr, adj. red-
spotted, Konr. rau3-eyg3r, adj. red-eyed, Fas. iii. 504, Mag. 63. rau3-
flekkottr, ad].fiecked with red, Vapn. 21. rau3-frekn6ttr, adj. red-
freckled, plbr. 181. rau3-gulr, adj. yellow-red, orange, Sturl. ii. 114.
rau3-Mrr, rau3-h8er3r, adj. red-haired, Sturl. ii. Ill, Vigl. 23, Grett.
22 new Ed. rau3-kl8Bddr, part, red-clad, Fb. i. 254. rau3-
leitr, adj. ruddy, of the face, Ld. 276, Sturl. ii. 212. rau3-lita, aS,
to dye red, Karl. 505^ rau3-lita3r, part, red-coloured, dyed red, Fms.
viii. 447, Stj. 161, d. T. 44. rau3-litr, adj. reddish, Fms. v. 342.
rau3-mengja3r, part, mingled with red, D.N. rau3-si36ttr, adj.
with red sides, of a cow, D. N. rau3-skeggja3r, adj. red-bearded,
Faer. 12 ; J)at er mitt ra6 at J)ii tniir aldri lagum manni ok rau3skeggj-
u3um, Fms. xi. 428, Fs. 142. rau3-skj6ld6ttr, adj. red-chequered, of
cattle. rau3um-skjaldi, a, m. red-ihield, a nickname, Thorsen.
Bau3-skeggr, m. Red-heard, Barbarossa, a nickname, Sturl., Landn.
rau3-skegla, u, f. a kind of sea-gull.
Baud-Slid, f. the name of a vessel, Fms. viii.
BAirP, f., pi. raufar, [raufa I, rjtifa], a rift, hole; J)at er heilund, er
rauf er a hausi til heila, Grag. ii. 1 1 ; rauf var a belgnum, Ld. 156 ; J)eir
lustu a raufa hellunni, Edda 40; Flosi hug6i at handklse.8inu ok var J)at
raufar einar, Nj. 176; rauf a se'geiranum, Fms. vii. 202; \ieir brutu
Jiar a raufar, Eg. 1 25 ; bora sex raufar a, N.G. L. i. 172, O. H. 108;
raufar himins, the sluices of heaven, 655 ix. B, (himin-raufar. Gen. vii.
11); bak-rauf, got-rauf, q. v. compds : raufar-steinn, m. a stone
with a hole drilled through it, Gisl. 46. ratifar-treQior, f. pi. cloth
riddled with holes, Sturl. ii. 191.
rauf, f. [A. S. reaf; O. H.G. raufl, spoils; see valrauf.
ratifa, a5, to break up, open, rip up; raufa til bagga, Fms. vi. 379;
raufa alia vagna J)a er Serkir hafa att, Al. 112 ; |>orgeirr hleypr upp a
htisit ok ryfr, ok ^ar sem husit raufask, Fbr. : the phrase, raufa sey9, to
break up the fire; raufa J)eir seyftinn ok var ekki so6it, Edda 45 ; J)ann
seySi raufar J)u \zx, at betr vaeri at eigi ryki. Ld. 208. 2. to pierce;
raufa brjost e-m. to cut the breast open, Hkv. i. 40; skjoldr hans var
raufaSr viSa, his shield was riddled, Al. 147; grjoti barSr e&a skeytum
raufaftr, Stj. 300 ; J)u skalt J)4 eigi me3 brum raufa ne sver3i sla, 660.
raufa, a5, [A S. reafian ; Engl, be-reave ; Germ. rauben\ to rob, spoil,
different from the preceding; Vindr logSusk a valinn ok raufu3u, ok
flettu menn bae6i vapnum ok klaeOum, Fms. xi. 380.
raufari, a, m. a robber, Fms. vi. 162, vii. 27, viii. 216, Al. 62, reyfari.
rauf-lauss, adj. without holes; rauflaust gler, Mar.
raufdttr, adj. riddled with holes, Nj. 193, 1-ms. xi. 157.
raula, a3, to hum a song in a low doleful voice ; raula bogu, raula fyrir
miinni s6r ; gri3kur roa og raula, Hallgr. Snot 310 (1865).
Bauraar, ni. pi. the name of a people in Norway : Bauma-riki, n. a
county in Norway : Eaums-dalr, m. the present Romsdalen : Eaum-
dselir, m. pi. the men from R. : Eaum-elfr, f. the river R. in Norway,
Fms.: Eaumskr, ad], from Romsdalen, Fms. ii. 252.
raumr, m. a giant. Titan, Edda (Gl.) 2. a big, huge, clownish
person, Fas. ii. 384, 546, Ski3a R. 51. «
rauTiska, a&, mod. rumska, to say hem! in awakening. Fas. iii. 11.
BATJIf, f. [akin to run, q.v.], a trial, experiment, experience; sem
opt h6f6u raunir k or&it, Bjarn. 66 ; sem mi ver3a margar raunir a, 6. H.
30 ; sem raunir bar a, skipt hefi ek mi skaplyndi til J)in, ok mun ek
gora a Jjvi nokkura raun, Fms. vii. 1 13 ; var ^a sem opt eru raunir, 6. H.
184; pr6fu3um ver fyrir sjdlfra var raun, ok margra dugandis manna.
I
' framsiign, Dipl. i. 3 ; biskup svarar |)vi, at onnur raun mundi a ver5a
en at ... , Orkn. 280 ; sem opt bar raun a, Bs. i. 1 29 ; raunin er lilygnust,
a saying, 656 A. L 25 ; latum fia hafa ena somu raun sem fyrr (xiaaii
raunir, v. 1.), Fms, viii. 134; raun bar vitni, Isl. ii. 335; {)u munt al
raun um komask, 197, Bs. i. 83: — trial, danger, voru J)eir jafnan J)ai
sem mest var r<.un, Nj. 136 ; roskr ma6r i oUum raunum, Fms. vi. 119;
J)vi traustari sem raunin er meiri ok lengri, viii. 134; koma i nokkura^
raun, Fs. 120 ; ^egar i raunirnar rekr, when it presses hard : — trial, grief,
mundir fjii mik J)ess eigi biSja, ef J)u vissir hve mikla raun ek hefi ai
Jjessu, if thou knewest how much pain it gives me, Ld. 232 ; aerin er JwS
raun konunnar, Fs. 76 ; en mi hafi {ler af ena mestu raun, Nj. 139 ; m6i *
er mesta raun a3 J)vi, it pains me much; skap-raun, an affliction; gc8- 1*
raun, the mind's trial ; hug-raun, id. : — in plur., raunir, trials, woes, mis-
fortunes ; mann-raunir : — a trial, ordeal, J)a gengr hann til ^essar raunar
Fms. xi. 38 : — investigation, konungr sag&i, at hann vildi at visu, at m&Ii;
faeri til raunar, vii. 136; J)a skal hann slefna honum til skila ok raunar
Grag. i. 179, 226; raunar-stefna, a summons, citation, inquest, ii. 226,
hann stefndi honum raunar stefnu um J)at hvart hann hefSi r^ttar heimildii
a Sta3arh61s-landi ok Hvitadal, Sturl. ii. 235. II. gen. ratmar. i
as adverb, really, indeed; raunar mjok, much indeed, Ld. 66; ok von r
J)6 margir raunar mjok Jjreka&ir, Fms. xi. I43 ; haf3i hann vitad rauna; i
at Jjar var to undir, Rd. 310; ek heiti raunar Viglundr, my real nami
is v., Vigl. 29 ; en J)at var raunar, at ^ek holdrinn hofdu saezt a laun
i. e. that was at the bottom of it, Orkn. 298 ; hon skildi J)6 raunar, Fs. 76
COMPDS : raunar-laust, n. adj. without proof or trial; Jieir koUuSusi
eigi mundu tnina3 a leggja raunarlaust, Germ, ohne weiter, Ld. 58 ;
raunalausu, unprovoked. raunar-nia3r, m. a nickname, Sturl. ii. 153
rauna-maSr, m. a much-tried, afflicted person. rauna-stafr, m. evi
dence, proof; profa e-t skyrum raunastofum. Mar., Magn. 482. rauna'
stefna, u, f. a citation ; see above. raun-digr, adj. thick indeed, Fms
v. 238. raun-drjugr, did], solid, O. H. L. 2 2. raun-g63r, adj. gooc
wL'hal, trusty, Bs. i. 1 2 2. raun-ilb:, adj. bad withal, Bjarn. 62. raun<
litt, n. adj. very little indeed, poorly indeed, Eb. 130, Fms. x. 172, Gisl
65. raun-mjok, adv. much indeed. raun-tregr, adj. very unwil
ling, Al. 17. raun-vel, zdw. well indeed, Yms. in. i\j^. rauii'
sefr, adj., qs. raunhaefr (?), quite able, Fms. xi. 78. raun-5ruggr
adj quite firm, Fms. i. 305.
raimaligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), sad, distressing.
raund, f. = raun, raundum, or at raundum, adv. really, Barl. 23, 133
raundar, mod. reyndar, really, 62.
raun-dagi, a, m. an experiment, N. G. L. i. 210.
BAUP, n. boasting, Grett. 131 ; karla raup, an old man's boasting Mh
(' when I was young') ; whence the phrase, vera kominn a raups-aldriniti iib
to have reached the boasting time of old age.
raupa, a6, to vaunt, boast, Bs. ii. 502.
raupari, a, m. a braggadocio, Hallgr., freq. in mod. usage.
raup-samr, adj given to boasting.
raus, n. big, loud talk, Karl. 439, v. 1.
EAUSA, a6, [Shetl. rttz, to boast'], to talk loud and fast; t)viat jafnai
rausum ver |)at, er ver erum einar, er litill sannleikr fylgir, Gisl. 99 ; m
munda ek eigi jafnmart hafa rausat, ef ek hefSa vitad, Fb. i. 472, Karl
397, Stj. 620.
rausan, f. glib talk, boasting. Harms. 10.
EAirSN, f. magnificence, liberality, high life ; haf5i {)0r61fr J)ar eig
minna fjolmenni ok eigi minrii rausn, Eg. 67 ; konungr hafSi mikla rausi
um John, Fms. ix. 347; Hoskuldi J)6tti j)at avant um rausn sina, a
honum fxkti baer sinn husa8r verr en hann vildi, Ld 26 ; J)at er sagt a
hann vaeri sva a {lingi eitt sumar, at fjortan synir hans vaeri me3 honum
J)vi er J)essa getiS, at t)at J)6tti vera rausn mikil ok afli, 68 ; hvergi Jjykkt
mi minni rausn ne risna i biiinu en a3r. Band. 3 ; rausn Klaengs biskups
Bs. i. 86 ; of-rausn, q. v. ; rausn ok riki, Jd. compds : rausnar<bti
n. a great estate, Landn. 95, Eg. 478, Eb. 42. rausnar-kona, u, f.
-nia3r, m. a magnificent lady, person, Vigl. 15. rausnar-liga, adv
(-ligr, adj.), magnificently. Fas. i. 446. rausnar-ma3r, m. a magm'
ficent man, GuUJ). 4, 13, Eb. 12, Fms. i. 247, O. H. 112. rausnar-
rfi3, n. a great living; hann var g66r bondi ok hafSi rausnarra6, {)Orf
Karl. 364. rausnar-samliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), grandly, magn^
cently. Eg. 471, 645, Fms. ii. 300. rausnar-samr, adj. id., Hkr.i
83 (in a verse).
rausn and raust, f., prob. a different word, [cp. A. S. rcBsn, to which 3
Norse torm rasn would answer better] : — the fore-castle in a ship ; aptr fri
stafuinum ok til austr-nims var kallat a rausn, J)at var skipat berserkjmn,
Hkr. i. 82 ; til rausnar, 83 (the verse) ; J)essir voru a rausn i siixum, Fntt
ii. 252, where distinction is made between stafn, rausn, fyrir-rtim, krappB-
riim. 2. of a house, the ' raising,' roof, ceiling (?) ; i stofunni, l)euTi
er naest stendr steinhiisinu, vi3r raustid, D. N. i. 525 ; else obsolete.
BAUST, f [Dan. rost], the voice; me6 fagrligum raustum, Stj. 466;'
hvart sem fyrri fylgir raustinni, Mar. ; til skirrar raustar, Pr. 475 ; hanm
kvaS visu J)essa me3 mikilli raust, Nj. 195 ; ok beinir sva raustina, Fb;
ii. 26; kve3a vi8 raust, to 'sing with the voice,' i.e. loudly. Eg. 554J
,hann kvaS dans ^enna vid raust, Sturl. iii. 31?; fogr raust me& song^
;siirai
:iiS,>
■mi
iJvii
Untk
Ml
Bie)
felt, I
[itti
%1]
RAUSTA— Ri^DA.
485
hlj68um, Fb. ii. 26; fagrar raustir syngjandi manna, Fms. ii. 300; sting- ] ok m68ir rkbi mm Qbey broke up the household) ok f6ru utan, Bs. i. 152;
raust, id. ; grat-r., q. v. 2. a voice, vote, N. G. L. ii. 468
rausta, ad, to raise the roof of a bouse ; rausta, sperra, troe8a, J)ekja,
D.N. i. 477.
raustadr, part, voiced so and so, in 14g-rausta9r.
BAUTA, ad, to roar, Barl. 53, Karl. 140 (of a lion), Swed. ryta.
rautan, f. roaring, Stj. 71, Barl. 56, 151, 197.
BA, f., gen. rar, with the article rarinnar, Fbr. 133; dat. and ace. rk,
with the article rana, ranni, N. G. L. ii. 281 ; pi. rar, ra, ram : [Dan. raa ;
Swed. ra; Shetl. rae] : — a sail-yard, Skalda 162, N. G. L. i. 100 ; en ef
T& brestr i aktaumum e9a fyrir litan e&a innan, ii. 283 ; rar langar, Hkv.
I. 48 ; vi6 midja ra, Orkn. 356 (in a verse) ; drekar baru bla segl viS
r4, O. H. 161 (in a verse); brotnaSi rain, Korm. 178; gengr i sundr
segl-r4, Fbr. 132 ; siglu-treit ok rana, Fms. xi. 143 ; Uitid mi koma fi^it
I seglit ok hefla upp um rana, vi. 381 ; seglit var heflat upp vid rana,
Nj. 135; festa seglit vi6 rana, Fbr. 133: allit., skip me6 ra ok rei&a,
Finnb. 278; me5r ra ok ollu rei6i, D.N. iii. 160; rar-endi, rdr-hlutr,
id. 2. metaph. a pole on which fish are hung for drying : poet.,
ri-fakr, m. a ' sail-yard nag,' i. e. a ship. Lex. Poet.
EA, f. (nom. rdi, Skalda Thorodd), originally vra, [Dan. vraa; Swed.
wi] : — a corner, nook ; ra (roo) er hyrning huss, Skalda 162 ; leyniligar
r<5ar (rar, v. 1.) helvitis fylsna, Sks. 536 ; verja forskalann ok husin, stod
|)ar fremstr vi5 rana Jon toddi, Sturl. ii. 249 ; kleif i ra hverja, Am.
58. 2. a cabin on board ship, Edda (Gl.) ; as also in the saying,
skammar eru skips rdr, short, small are the ship's cabins, giving small
accommodation, Hm. 73, (skipsins eru skammar r4r, Mkv.) ; cp. ra-skinn,
a * cabin-skin,' hammock.
BA, f. a roe; veida rau&dyri ok ra, Barl. 137, Bev. II.
BA, n. [Swed. ra'], a landmark; hence perh. the poet., ras seil, ras
fagrsili, the thong of the mark, i. e. a snake, Merl. 2. i, 12 ; ras vi3r, perh.
landmark palings (?), Hm. 152 ; see also ramerki ; the word is obsolete
in Icel., but is freq. in early Swed. in the allit. phrase rd och rbr.
rd-benda, d, to 'bend a sail,' make it fast to the yard, cp. Eg. 579. t&-
bundinn, part, 'yard-bound,' an epithet of a ship, Korm. (in a verse).
Bdbitar, m. pi. the Arabs, Symb. 31, Fms. xi. 415.
rfibitr, m. [mid. H. G. rabbin] : — a race-horse, racer; best einn mikinn
•Abit, Karl. 19 ; or is it = an Arabian steed? — a nickname, Sturl. iii. 58.
r&-bukkr, m. a roebuck, Barl. 81.
BAD, n. [Dan. raad ; Old Engl, reed; Germ, rath], 'rede,' counsel,
idvice; leggja ra9 a e-t, Nj. 4 ; hvat leggr Njall til ra8s ? 72 ; hvat {)ykki
(irra3? 23, Fas. ii. 510; stundum var hann a tali vi& Jjamenn erra6a bans
(urftu, kunni hann til alls g63 ra3 at leggja, J)viat hann var forvitri. Eg. 4 ;
;6ra ra& sitt, to form apian, Nj. 5, 2 1 ; Njall gekk i brott einn saman ok
mgsa&i ra6it, 98 ; ek skal leggja ra5in til, segir ValgarSr, 166 ; ekki er {)at
nitt ra6, Nj. 23 ; var ^etta at ra&i gort, resolved, Ld. 70 ; J)ar til er biskup
orir annat raft fyrir, Vm. 113; gora ra3 fyrir e-u, to expect, Nj. 261 ;
iga ra5 vi6 e-n, to take counsel with one, 127; leita ra6a, Edda 26. 2.
lur. a settled plan, foresight ; me3 ra6um ok kappi, Nj. 79, Eg. 257;
:6Id ra6, Ld. 284; mi skulu v6r fara at raSum vi9 \>u. Eg. 582 ; annat
vArt me6 styrk e6a ra3um, Ld. 1 78 ; viim mun verSa engi, ef ver fcirum
"lum at, Fms. ii. 11 ; ef \ieir hefdi meirum ra3um fram farit, vii. 318 :
a planning, bana-r45, fj6r-ra6, land-raS, alj6ts-ra3, q. v. ; {sat eru ra6,
. ., Grag. ii. 127 ; fraendr Ottars kenndu radin Sigur6i konungi, Fms.
230. 3. wise, true counsel, what is advisable ; varS alll at riiSi
umed to good ends) {)at er hann re6 mcinnum, Nj. 30 ; li'zt mer mi hitt
I, at..., 82; ok er eigi ra& at hafa faeri, 94 ; oss mun ekki haustlangt
at fara til Noregs, Eg. 263 ; mun eigi |)at nu ra5 at J)er hverfit aptr,
ill. 348 ;_ ekki er ra3 nema i tima se tekit, a saying; Illugi kva3 {)at
'i r46, Isl. ii. 247 ; ok er mi raS at gjalda feit (high time), Fms. vi.
8; J)at er mi raS, at leggja at landi ok ganga upp, 260; audi ra6s
'isdom) ok styrktar, 6S6 B. 13. 4. consent, will, agreement, wish ;
gjof var gor me& ra3i konungs, Eg. 35 ; me3 minu ra3i, 737 ; an ra3i
!$, Nj. 38, Fms. xi. Ill, Grag.i.334; 2^ ™^' frsenda hennar, l6+; hon
Ut til ra3a fo3ur sins, 331 ; fjarri mun J)at J)inu ra3i, Nj. 80; me3
.At hinna vitrustu manna, 88, Ld. 232 ; hann nam land at ra3i Skalla-
[ims, Landn. 59, Grag. i. 232 ; vid ra3 fraenda sins nokkors, 307; ef
ir kyssir konu a laun ok at ra3i hennar, 337 ; eigi a at Ija . . . nema
ra ra& fylgi, 437 ; fyrir ra3 skaparfa sins, 202 ; at sinu ra3i, willingly,
one's own accord, ii. 91. II. denoting action : 1. house-
affairs, management, business, usually in plur. ; hann haf3i sell 1
Indr oil ra3 syni sinum. Eg. 22 ; er {)6r61fr var eigi heima, haf3i Jjorgils
t>ar ra3, 53 ; hon var at radum me3 syni sinum, h6f3u J)au rausnar-bti
jt, 478 ; Riitr fekk henni (ill ra3 i hendr fyrir innan stokk, Nj. 11 ;
r einnar konu aetla ek at fe at sii raeni Jjik hvarki fe ne ra3um, Ld.
engi ra3 skalt J)u taka af mer, ok-fara hvergi fyrr en ek vil, Isl. ii.
Bs. i. 819 ; telja hann af raSunum fjarins ella, Grag. i. 202 ; en ef
^^veit at bondi hennar mundi eigi Ija vilja, l)a a hon eigi ra3, then she
right to do it, 382 ; bera e-n radum, (cp. taka ra3in af e-m, to over-
', Nj. 198 ; hon tok vid fe ok raSum eptir fo3ur sinn, Fs. 1 26. 2.
^ 'e of life, condition; vilda ek broflir, at J)u baettir rad f)itt ok bzbh
• konu, Nj. 2; rausnar raS, {>orf. Karl. 364; breyttu \>3u faSir bans
rada-breytni (q. v ), change, porf. Karl, 370 ; er {)er sa til at staSfesta
rad fi'i ok kviingask, Grctt. 5 new Ed.; htim skaitu fara, ok una vel
vid lad {)itt, Nj. 11; ok for ydvart rad J)a betr fram, 198; ilj6tr
mikill er um rad konunnar, Ld. 30; J)ar sem ])h hafit allt riid v&rt i
hendi, 174; kippa undan J)eirri stod er Adr belt mest upp radi hennar,
Gliini. 341; somasamligt tad, Fs. 3i; segja at t)ar liggi honum vid
naliga allt riid ok lif, Fms. xi. loi ; nema vdr kynnim {)eim allt vart
rad, 655 xi. 3; at \)u J)egir skjott ok fleprir ekki um mitt rad,
Fas. ii. 507 ; Vali sagdi gott fr4 bans radi. Band. 4 : \)G hefir mikit at
rddi, 12 ; hann sagdi pa, henni hvat titt var um rad Elisabeth, 625. 85 ;
Joseph vardveitti rdd Mariu festar-konu sinnar hreinliga, Post. ; kona
bet Jjiirdis, et lettari skyldi verda, ok borfdi r4d hennar heldr scinliga,
ok til mikils haska, Bs. i. 195; g(ir sva vel ok unn frsenda J)inun) g6dj
ra3s, a good match, Ld. 198. 3. marriage; Idta \>At standa fyrir
ra3um, Nj. 23 ; lykr sva med Jieini at raiin skyldi takask, ok skyldi bo6
vera at halfs-manadar fresfi at Mosfelli, 99 ; p»\i rkb tokusk ok fekk
f>6rdr fsriSar, Fb. ii. 251 ; en ef pL takask radin egi, drag. (Kb.) ii.
32; engi latti ok tokusk radin. Fas. ii. 347 ; hon er kvcnna fndust ok
med miklu fe, pvi radi mun ek J)dr 1 hendr koma, Fs. 21 ; rad htfi ek
hugat fyrir per, {)ii skalt bidja Kolfiimu, 88 ; rad J)au skyldu takask at
6&ru sumri. Eg. 26 ; ^ar er Asgerdr friEndkona {)in, J)ar vilda ek hafa
fuliting J)itt at ek naeda pvi radi, 331 ; hann a dottur er (!)lof heitir, J)ar
|)SEtti m^r vaxa {)inn heidr ef J)u fengir J)at rad. Fas. ii. 433 ; pa. voru
skilid r4d J)eirra Sigridar St(5rradu, hms. x. 219; pk reiddisk drottning
mjok . . . engi rad vil ek vid hann eiga, 285 ; J)at it gcifugliga rdd, 234 ;
l<5zt Sigvaldi mi kominn til rd3a vid Astridi, xi. 104 ; eigi skal fadir
neyda dottur sina til rada, Grdg. i. 307 ; gipta honum dottur Jjina er
hann J)ess rdds maklegr, Gliim. 360 ; biskup rauf |)au rad (ill sem hann
vissi at uliigum radin vera, Bs. i. 107. 4. in a pers. sense, a coun-
sellor, a council, Stj. 510; annat vart hit aedsta rdd, Fms. vi. 59; er
konungr var a tali vid rdd sitt, ix. 279: a senate, Jjat kollu ver rdd, er
logmadr ok ra3smenn sitja a mdlum manna ok skipa, N. G. L. ii. 244 ;
konungrinn ok bans ra3, Bs. i. 719; konungs rdd, the king's council,
758 ; Dixin ok till hennar rdd, D. and all the queen's councils, Fb. i. 92.
B. CoMPDs : rkba-andi, z,m. the spirit of wisdom, Rh 80. rdda-
bi3, n., in the phrase, gora e-t a radabid, provisionally. Germ, vor I dufig,
Fms. vii. 112. rdSa-breytni, n. a change in one's life or condition,
Fms. ii. 25, Ld. 164, Fs. 21, 23, 171, {>orf. Karl. 370. rdda-brot,
n. pi. plans, a brooding over a thing, Sturl. i. 225. r4da-far, n.
marriage, N. G. L. i. 340. r43a-fd.tt, n. adj. lacking counsel, at one's
wit's end. rdda-g6r3, n. a taking coumel, plan, design ; Brynj61fr
let ilia yfir })essi rd3agor3. Eg 24, 765, Fms. vii. 258, Fs. 39, 55 ; pt\x
raeddu opt um rd3ag6rd sina. Eg. 11.=;; toludu J)au leyniiiga r. sina,
Nj. 5 ; hafa dhyggjur ok rddagordir, plannings, Fms. i. 84 ; hann hafdi
r. fyrir lidinu, Fb. i. 351. rddagerdar-maSr, m. a man of many
devices, a man of good counsel, Fms. i. 127, vii. 32*), Orkn. 346.
ra5a-g6rstr, adj. superl. the shrewdest of men, Fms. ix. 282, v. 1.
rd,3a-h.agr, m. a state of life, condition, Ld. 158, Valla L. 206, Grag.
1. 332, 379, Fms. v. 321, X. 2
wedded life, Fs. 87, Eb. 132,
rd3a-kensl, n. an imputation,
rd.3a-kona, u, f. a stewardess, Nj. 138
housekeeper, Bs. i. 247, ^2>9^ 848, passim
i2, Gliim. 335, Vm. 108: a marriage,
Ld. 18, Fms. ii. 9, Fas. i. 18, passim.
charge, as a law term, N. G. L. i. 178.
rdds-kona, u, f. a stewardess,
rd3a-kostr, m. state, con-
dition, Ld. 6, Eg. 597, Glum. 349: marriage, Fs. 21. rdda-lauss,
adj. 'redeless,' shiftless, helpless, having no resource. Nj. 346, Hom. 153.
rd,da-leitan, f. ' rede-seeking,' contrivance. rd3a-ina3r, m. = rads-
madr. rd3s-ina3r, m. a manager, counsellor, Fms. vii. 130, 194, 259,
ix. 239, X. 27, xi. 252, Eg. 1 18, 202, 271, Orkn. 230. Hkr. i. 19, N.G. L.
ii. 244, Stj. 4()6 : a steward, Nj. 138, Sturl. ii. 145, Vm. 55, Dipl. i. 8 : a
town-cotinsellor, [cp. Dan. raadmand, Orkn. raddman], D. N. T&Sa-
manns-deemi, n. a stewardship, H.E. i. 561. rdSs-mennska, u, f.
a stewardship, H.T. rd3a-nautr, m. = rddunautr, Eg. 98. rdds-
neyti, n. = rdduneyti, Hkr. ii. 171, Fas. iii. 596. ri3a-ruin, 11.=
rdSriim, Hom. 85. rd3a-skortr, m. lack of shifts or expedients. Fas.
ii. 446. rd,3a-skot, n. resources; litid r. er til e-s, Fms. iv. 140, xi.
263. rd3a-8tofnan, f./>/a«5, 6. H. 3^Ld.i86, Fas. ii.124. i^3a-
aBtlan, f. a project, design, Hkr. i. 252, Fms. iii. 48.
BAD A, pres. raed, rsedr, raE3 ; pi. rddum, rddit, rdda ; pret. r6d, 2nd
pers. r^tt, rettu, rhymed with hatta, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; mod. r^dst,
pi. r(53u; subj. rtjdi; imper. rdd, raddu ; part, rddinn ; a middle form
rddumk, Hom. 1 13 ; a weak pret. indie, rtjdi occurs in the poem Jd. 35
(6trau3r a haf redi), and in prose, Fms. i. 223, and is freq. in mod.
usage (eg redi honum ad bida . . . hann icbi l)vi ekki) : [a word common
to all Teut. languages ; A. S. ra^an; Old Engl, rede and read; Germ.
rathen ; Dan. raade ; the Goth, has redan, but it is rarely used in Ulf.]
A. To advise, counsel, with dat. of the thing and ace. of the per-
son ; rada e-m e-t, redu vinir bans honum J)at, at hann berdisk eigi
vid J)ik, Nj. 33; redu honum J)at allir at samna lidi. Eg. 9; rdda
e-m rdd, to give one counsel, VJ)m. i; radumk pit, Hm. 113 sqq. ;
pn Txb ek J)er, Sdm. 22 sqq., Nj. 61 ; makHgr ertu Jwirra, segir
486
llKDA.
Njiill, ok re5 honum ra3in, 71 ! ra6 er J)er ra6it, Fm. 21 ; xdha. em
heilraeSi, Nj. 85. 2. io consult; raSa ra6um sinum, to hold a
conference, Edda 26, Fms. vii. 259; voru opt a tali ok rudj-stefnu
ok re5u landraSum, i. 52. 3. to devise; J)a mcnn er koiiu hafa
numit e5a {jat hafa radit, Grag. i. 354, GuU^. 14. 4. to fix,
decide, determine, resolve, wiih ace. ; ek hefi a5r ra6it bru61aup mitt,
Nj. 4; raSa sambaud, GullJ). 14; ra6i atfiir vi6 Guiinar, i^j. i. 7 ; rc5u
])eir Jiat J)a me6 ser, 93 ; hefi ek ra6u honum kvanfang, 151 ; si3an r66
Gunnarr utanferd sina me6 honum, 41, cp Slurl. ii. 168; ra6a e-m ro,
Ls. 55 : — ra9a e-t af, to form a decidon. Eg. 337 ; en at' ver6r at ra6a
nokkut or hverju vandrseSi, Lv. 39 : — riiSa e-t vi3 sik, to make up ones
mind; hvart hann vildi J)ar vera e3a fara til Islands, hann kva6sk eigi
{)at hafa raftit vi3 sik, Nj. 123: — ra9a um e-t, to deliberate; hann gaf
jarli orlof at ra3a um Jietta kjor vi6 menn sina, O. H. 97 : — ra6a e-t (or
e-u) til sta&ar, to settle fix definitely, Fms. ii. 78, Ld. 17S : — ra3a or, raSa
or e-u, tofindan expedient, solve a difficulty, Nj. 177. Ld. 54, 180. 5.
to hire, take into service; ra9a skipverja, Fms. vi. 238; re6 Hal!ger&r
sdr hjon, Nj. 25 ; ek em kona Njals, segir hon, ok rsed ek eigi si9r hjon
en hann, 54; Njall re9 honum hjon oil, 151 ; bondi sag9i hxisfreyju
sinni at hann hafSi Hrapp raSit me6 ser, 131 ; hon haf3i ra9it mann til
at svikja konung i drykk, Fms. ix. 5 ; vilda ek at vit faerim i herna6 ok
r66im menn til mc6 okkr, Nj. 4I ; raSa land undan e-m, Fb. ii.
171. Q. to plan, plot, contrive, or cause one's death, put to death,
betray, Germ, verra'hen; Regin J)ik ruS, hann J):k ra&a mun, Fm. 22 ;
J)u r^tt hann, Fas. i. 202 ; Jiaer setluSu at konungr mundi hafa raSit
hann, Fms. iv. 312; hann r6S Plog svarta fo3ur-bana sinn, xi. 353;
cf kona drepr bonda sinn eSa rae&r hann fyrir illsku sakir, Js. 27;
xkbz e-m bana, bana-ra3, Nj. 21, 52, Fb. i. 410, Skv. i. 51 : — raSa
e-n af, to put out of the way, put to death, GuUJj. 14, Fms. i. 204, Al.
128; sa otti er mi af ra6inn ok enda6r, Fs. 9; ek hygg at |>6roddr
aetli mi af at ra8a hingat-kvamur J)inar, Eb. 144; ra3a e-n fra, to des-
patch, Ld. 294; rada e-n af dogum, to put to death; ra6a e-n fra riki,
Fms. iii. 18 ; ra3a e-n ofan, to overthrow, Bar5. 164. II. to ride,
govern, with dat. ; ra9a Jjraenda-logum, Fms. i. 52 ; ra5a landi, ra3a riki,
22, Nj. 4I ; Einarr jarl r43 Orkneyjum, Fms. i. 197; Hiikon konungr
re& Noregi, x. 4 ; er re9 fyrir Holtseta-landi, xi. 3 ; ^ann konung er rxbi
J6rsala-landi . . . ^ann er Englandi rxbr, Edda 92 ; ra5a landraSum, to
have the government, govern, Fms. i. 52. 2. to rule, prevail, have
one's oton will, as also to manage, lead, have authority, management, and
similar usages; skal ra5a afl meS \e.\m, Nj. 150; sa reS er rikr var,
Sol.; hann re9 ser ekki fyrir kaeti, Ae was beside himself for joy ; skal
hon sjalf ra6a hvart hon vill hann eSa eigi, Nj. 24; ek skal her Ta3a,
52; Olafr ba9 moSur sina eina ra6a, Ld. 70; sogSu {ja ra6a eiga er
fleiri voru, 74; aetlar Jjii at |)u munir ra9a, Fms. vii. 13; konungr
svarar ok bidr hann ra9a, xi. 29 ; L6gma9r skal ra9a, he shall have the
casting vote, G^\. 18 : the phrase, ef ek ma ra3a, if I can have it as I
like; l)u rse9r {jvi, as you like I ^viat J)ar raeSr eigi fraendsemi, Grag. i.
172 : to rule, sol skal ra9a um sumar en dagr um veir, G{)1. ; landfall rae9r
(rules, makes the boundary) fyrir sunnan, Pm. 88 ; or anni rae9r keldan . . .
ok laekr lit lir henni til sjafar, Dipl. ii. 1 ; raSa landa-merkjum. Eg. 711 ;
ra6a bo6i ok banni, G^l. 76 ; r4&a bui ok kaupum, 269 ; rii9a giptingum,
all ; ra3a sessa kostum, Gm. 14; ra6a kaupum, fe, skipti, G^l. ; ra9a
fe til ])arfa, to dispose of money to advantage, put it out at interest, GJ)1. ;
sigri v^r ra6umk, Orkn. (in a verse) ; hugr rseSr halfum sigri, a saying ;
r46a sinum fer6um, Fms. i. 75; re3 Orn leiasogu, Ld. 74; hvart ek
xak nokkuru um J)at raSa, Fms. vii. 13 ; morgum rae3r litlu hve, 'tis of
small interest. Am. 33 ; ra5a engu, Hdl. 49 ; ra3a ve3ri, Rb. 388 ; ve9r
rz5r akri en vit syni, Hm. ; hvar skal ek sitja — M63ir min skal J)vi ra9a,
Nj. 7; ek red raOi hennar fyrr, \.t. gave her away, 23; hvart hann
kunni rafta fe sinu, Grag. i. 176 ; raSa or6i, ii. 309 ; hvart ra;9r ]pu ^\i
er Steinarr son ^inn saekir sokum {lorstein son minn, hast thou caused it,
is it thy making 7 Eg. "j ly ; J)u {jvi rett er ek ri9a skyldak, Fm. 26; ek
J)vi rae9, er J)u ribs, ser-at, Ls. 28 ; en re9u J)vi Nornir, Orkn. (in a
verse) ; ilia re6 ek J)vi, that was foolishly done, Fbr. (in a verse) ; ek
hefi J)vi rdait, at . . ., Isl. ii. 322 ; \>vi t)ykki mer ra3it, well done, Sks.
100 : — various phrases, ra3a e-u bot (baetr) or ra3a bot (baetr) a e-u, to
mend, better, Horn. 159, Ld. 206, Fms. vii. 162, Landn. 8, Eb. 114: —
with prep., ra3a fyrir e-u (for-ra3), to rule, manage, govern, Fms. i.
288, Hkr. i. 40; ra3a fyrir Icigum, Nj. 5, 150, Eg. '34, 239, 754, Ld.
76, 132, Fms. i. II, Grag. i. 333: — ra5a um e-t, to dispose of (um-
ra3) ; mi megu vit ekki ra3a um hennar gjafor3, Fms. iv. 194: — ra3a
vi3 e-3, to be able to do, manage, Bar3. 163 ; eg rsed ekki vi3 hann (t)at), /
cannot manage him ; vi3-ra3anlegr, manageable : — rada yfir e-u (yfir-rad),
io rule, govern, Fms. iv. 83. 3. to have, possess, enjoy ; hvitum rae3r
t)u enn hjoltimum, . . . ra3a deigum brandinum, Eb. 238 ; ra3a fe ok fjorvi,
to enjoy wealth and life, Fm. 26 ; ra3a arfi, guUi, hringum, Skv. 2.9, Hkv.
Hjorv. 6, 1 1 ; ra3a nafni, aldri, hjarta, lofi, dyr3, to enjoy a name, life . . .,
Lex. Poet. ; rada eign ok au3s61um, Fsm. 8, 9 ; ra3a rau3um manni, to be
red, Fbr. (in a verse) : — part, radandi, with gen., ertu nokkurs radandi
h6r, bast thou any authority here ? Nj. 54 ; J)ess ver3a ek raftandi vi3 mina
mcnn, / will manage that. Fms. xi. 30 ; vera mikils ra3andi, of great
injluence, Fas. ii. 504 ; raBandi postula, the nder of the apostles, Edda 92
Lex. Poet. III. to explain, read; ra9a gatu, to read a riddle.
Fas. i. 4'''4; vard eiigi sti gata upp borin er hann redi (^subj.) eigi, 532
r!i3a e-t, Am. i2 ; raSa draum, to read a dream, Nj. 121, Ld. 126, Isl
ii. 194, 197, X. 270, xi. 3, Kb. 394; Pharao dreymdi drauma ok ur3i
eigi radendr til, Ver. 17; veizai hve rista skal, veiztii hve ra3a skal, o;
magical characters, Hm. 145 :— ra3a i e-t, to guess at, find out, Fms. xi
16; ok VEsntir mik at eigi mundi i J)at ra3it, Isl. ii. 333; munu ^eii
ekki i rada er myrkt er, .78, Faer. 255. 2. to read, prop, to ex
plain, interpret; skal hann lata ra3a skra heima at kirkju, K. |>. K. 46
ra3a runar. Am. 12, Horn. (St.) ; l)egar Domitianus haffti rit raiit
623. 12, Karl. 16: ra3a upp, to read up; J)essi somu bref let erki
biskup upp ra9a i Danmorku, Fms. viii. 293 ; a aljjingi let Pall biskui
ra3a upp jarteinir ens saela fiorlaks, Bs. i. .,52 ; tok ok let t)ar upp ra9a
623. 10 ; ra3a skra, K. Jj. K. IV. Co punish, chastise, with dat.
Gu3 rse3r oss till batnadar sem sonum, Greg. 73 ; fostri bans var har3
V.3 hann ok red honum mjok, Bs. i. 416; nu ef sveinn vill eigi neni;
ok lei3isk bok, J)a skal hann faera til annarra verka, ok r43a honum til
sva at hvarki ver3i af iJrkuml no ilit, K.Jj. K. 56; honum var ra3'
fyrir fiestum hofuB-kirkjurn, Sturl. ii. 147: — with ace, konu sina sk;:
engi ma3r me3 hoggum ra3a at oldri n(S at ati, N. G. L. i. 29 ; mi c
ma3r rscSr konu sina eigna lyklum e3a lasum {beats her with key^ o
bars), J)a er hann sekr, 356 (ra3ning). V. with the notion 0
actidn, to undertake ; riiSa stort, to aim high, aspire. Lex. Poet. ; kau:
vera at ek finna J)ann hofdmgja at minnr vaxi fyrir augum at r;'i3
st6rt (to undertake great things), en \ier konungr, Fms. vi. 399 (stoi
raedi) ; ra3a golt, to manage well, 0. H. (in a verse). 2. wit
prepp., ra3a a c-t, to take to a thing; J)eir r^3u a ishoggit, Fms. v
336; ra3a a e-n, to attack one ; mun eigi ^a a J)ik radit, Nj. 93, 2;
(a-rae3i) : — ra3a at e-m, to attack, invade, passim : — ra3a af, to get 0/,
clear; hann ba3 {ja taka forka ok rada af skipinu, and get the ship oj
set her afloat, Ld. 56; adilinn raedr sik af baugbrotum, ef . . ., Grag. i
173 ; af hefir ^li mik radit brekvisi, thou hast cured me of complaiinnf.
Ld. 134 : — {la redu fieir godord sitt undir Rafn fyrir sakir vinsgelda han
they put their ^godord' in the charge ofR., Bs. i. 642 : — rada moti e-m, /
go against in a fight, withstand; i moti Kara red Mordr Sigfiisson, N
253 : — rada til e-s, to rush in upon ; hann reiddi upp oxina ok r6d til Jjoi
vardar, Sturl. ii. 37, (til-raedi, an assault) : to take to a thing, try, i v^
redu ver til ok hljopum i brott, Eg. 235 ; ok er \)e\m Jjotti ser fseri til i
ra3a leyndusk J)eir a brott, when they saw an opportunity they sloi
away, 572 ; ok er nu til at rada ef {)er vilit, now is the time for actiot
Nj. 154; Skarphedinn kom fotum undir sik, ok red t)egar til i anns
sinn, 202 : — to start, make for, attempt, rada til orrostu, to go to battl
Eg. 530; rada til uppgongu, 229; en ^6 ekki sva at til bans vae
radanda (gerund.), Fms. vi. 352 ; red hann J)a til ok hjo sundr ormini
id. ; J)at var ekki annarra manna hlaup, enda red ok engi til, Eg,
J)eir rada til ok hlaupa 1 munn drckanum, Fb. ii. 317; skal rada t
arinnar edr eigi, shall we try to pa^s the river or not! Ld. 46; han
baud lit miklum her ok red til skipa, Fms. i. 22; rada til ferdar,
start on a journey, Landn. : — rada skipi til hlunns, to put the ship i
a shed. Eg. 515, Nj. 10; rada sik fra e-u, to disengage oneself from
Horn. 147, MS. 655 xxvi. \ ; rada um, hann tok um strenginn, ok r^
um at fara upp i skipit, and was just about to go up into the ship, Fm
ix. 24. 3. periphrasticaliy, with an infin. mostly without the pa
tide ' at ;' radumk ganga, lue do go. Am. 77 ; nidum yppa, spyrja segj;
leyna. Lex. Poet. ; hverr er segja raedr, does tell, Hm. 125; h6n red vakni
she awoke. Am. 10; annan red hon hoggva, 48; ekki rettu leifa, 8c
allt J)ats red heita, 102 ; red ek at ganga. Fas. ii. (in a verse) ; ef ek rse
a viig at vada, Hbl. 47 : with the particle ' at,' red at stokkva, Eb. (i
a verse) : also reflex., r^Ssk at sofna, Rm. 5 ; but red at sofna, went
sleep, 17 : in prose, f)au log sem hann r6di upp at segja, lb. 12 ; radas
geyja. Am. 24.
B. Reflex, radask, referring to the person himself; radask um vi'
e-n., to co7isult ; Gunnarr gordi gcirdina ok r^dsk vid ongan mann un
Nj. 80; hvarigum J)6tti rad radit nema vi3 a3ra re3isk um, 167;
hann hefdi nokkut vid mik um radii-k, Ld. 306 ; J)a redsk hann um vi
vini sina. Eg. 9. 2. to be resolved, fixed, settled; J)a er kaup
r^dsk, Nj. 17; eigi mun J)at sva skjott radask, Isl. ii. 213; J)etta mi
er miklu meira en J)at megi skjott radask, Fms. vi. 18; af Jjeim tii
endum ratdsk J)at, at..., ix. 4,^3; eigi mun J)etta radask {)essu sinn
xi. 4 ; J)4 var radin ssettin, Ld. 308 ; en radit kalla ek kaupit, S
179; redsk hann }}a J)ar at h]6m, he hired himself out, entered serv&
Nj. 57. 3 (answering to and identical with A. V above), radask fir
to leave; J)6at ek radumk fra, Fms. i. 225 : radask i e-t, to undertakt\
radask i hernad, passim; hann redsk i flokk med J)eim, Nj. 94, Fb,
172 : — radask til e-s, to venture on a thing; J)a radsk (imper.) J)ti <
ok far i hauginn, Fms. iv. 28 : — to move one's abode, Hakon spu.di Gunai
ef hann vildi radask til Hakonar jarls, Nj. 4I ; bid Una selja jord sina Ci
radask hingat til min, Orkn.; hann redsk {sangat bygdum, Jjorf. KaiJ
364 ; radask til ferdar ( = Germ, sich begeben). Eg. 4 ; vikingar ok he
. konungar er rddusk til lids med Eiriki, Fms. i. 24 ; redsk hann {)a J)ang
Ri^DBANI— RA'NARD^Tll.
487
nm varit at fardcigum ok m6&ir bans, Bs. i. 455 : ra8ask 6r hema8i, to
give up, leave offfreebooiing. Eg. 2 : — at J)eim haf6i oheppilega um radisk,
tbey bad formed an unhappy plan, Knytl. S. ch. 69 (Lex. I'oet.) ; cp. nii6-
rWit. ^. to turn out; ok rc3sk til allgiptusamliga, Fms. x. 53 ;
and in the mod. phrase, {)a6 reftsk vel, ended well; i]a. hvernig J)a&
Txdst, see bow it will turn out: of a dream, to prove true (see A. Ill),
ok vilda ek at hvergi reSisk, Gisl. 24 (hvariigi redi, impers., 108, I.e.) :
— rddsk mikit maiiiifall, there came to be a great slaughter. Odd.
38, II. recipr., rddask a, to attack one another; J)eir spruttu upp
me8 illyrSum, ok sva kom at peir raSask a, Nj. 128. III. part.
r&fiinn, resolved, determined. Oik. 36, Bar9. 173 ; hann maelti fatt eftr
ekki vi8 fra, . . . ef hann var ra&inn til at drepa {la, Fms. vii. 319: —
likely, eigi er raSit at oss fari sva, Nj. 89 ; J)at er J)6 eigi r43it hvart sva
berr til, Ld. 24 ; eigi er J)at ra&it, at honum J)xtti allt sem hann taladi.
Band. 12 : compar., er engi radnari hlutr, more certain, Horn. (St.) ; at
rWnu, /or certain, id.: valid, nymseli ekki skal vera lengr ra6it en J)rju
sumur, K. Jj. K. 56. 2. clever; rikr ok raSinn, Grett. 90; vitr ma&r
ok ra3inn, Fb. ii.357; roskinn ok radinn. 3. betrayed. Germ, verra-
iben, Akv. 15, Fm. 37.
r&d-bani, a, m. a contriver of a person's death, Grag. ii. 169, Fms. vi.
395. rdflbana-maSr, m. = ra&bani, Orkn. 454.
rid-bot, f. compensation, N. G. L. i. 66.
r4d-deild, f. foresight, husbandry. r^ddeildar-madr, m. a provi-
dent, good hiisbandman.
r43-drJTagr, adj. a shifty man. Fas. i. 325.
rid-far, adj. shiftless, Fms. vi. 155, viii. 286, Grett. 127.
rad-festa, t, to determine.
r&d-festa, u, f. determination, Bser. 4.
pi3-fr6ttask, tt, dep. to cotitult, Stj. 159, 294.
TiJb-if&i, f. instigation, exhortation, |>i9r. 41.
rftS-feera, d ; r. sig v'\b e-n, to consult.
ril3gask, a5, dep.; r. viS e-n, to consult, Bs. i. 815, Stj. 476.
rdfl-gdta, u, f. a riddle, i Cor. xiii. 12.
rafl-girni, f. ambition, Fms. iv. 103, Sks. 357.
rafl-gjafi, a, m. a counsellor, esp. one of the council of a king or princely
person, cp. king's counsel, Sighvat, F'ms. vi. 27, 439» vii. 106, ix. 459,
0. H. 43, Eg. 646, Orkn. 442, Landn. 148.
ra3-gjarn, adj. ambitious, lordly, Fms. iv. III, x. 220, Sturl. ii. i.
rd3-hagr, m. = ra3ahagr, Fb. i. 176.
rdS-herra, m. a counsellor, minister of state. ^
ra3-liollr, adj. giving faithful, good advice, Isl. ii. 341 : oraShollr, not
open to advice, Nj. 68.
ril3-lius, n. [Germ, rath-hails'], a town-hall, D. N.
T&bi, a, m. a boar, Edda (Gl.), Skalda 205 (in a verse).
r^3inn, part, resolved; see ra6a B. III.
ra3-kr6kr, m. a shift, contrivance, Fms. vi. 374, Sd. 155.
rdS-ksenn, adj. shrewd, sAj//y, Valla L. 223.
rii3-lag, n. providetice.
rfi,3-lagning, f. a giving advice, Valla L. 21 1.
r43-lausliga, adv. foolishly, Nj. 104, Fb. i. 305.
ra3-lauss, adj. shiftless, having lost one's head, Lv. 105, Fms. xi. 267,
^73, Al. loi, Stj. 531.
r(l3-legging, f. = ra61agning, (mod.)
ra3-leggja, lag5i ; r. e-m e-t, to advise, Rd. 273, Gisl. 49, Bs. i. 815.
ra3-leitinn, adj. shifty, shrewd, Fms. vi. 374, Sturl. i. 136.
rd3-leitni, f. sagacity, Fms. v. 226.
i'ii3-leysi, n. shtftlessness, confusion, foolishness, Sturl. iii. 315, Stj. 78,
M.ioi.
ra8-liga, adv. cleverly, Fms. x. 29.
ra3-ligr, adj. advisable, Nj. 40, Ld. 66, 172, Bjarn. 15, Fms. iii. 69,
i. 6[, 92 (spelt ralligt).
rd,3-16gur, f. pi. advice, counsels, Grett. 71.
'a3.ma3r, m. =ra6ama6r, B. K. 125; hir3menn dacmdu en tolf ra6,-
iin sam{)ykktu, Ann. 1368.
ra3ning, f. interpretation. Fas. ii. 172 : rebuke, chastisement, Sturl. iii. 73,
B06, Al. 7, 18, Stj. 126, 506, 583, Bs. i. 700, 762 : shrift, Stj. 9, 12.
!rd3-rfkr, adj. imperiotis : r&3-riki, n. itnperiousness.
■'-3-ruin, n. respite for taking counsel, Lv. 61, Grag. ii. 84, K.|). K.
Grett. 136 new Ed.
fa3-samr, adj. = raSri'kr, O. H. L.
rd3-semd, f. counsel, consent, H.E. i. 456.
j rd3-settr, part, settled, considerate.
rfi,3-slaga, a5, irfi,3-slag, n.. Pass. 15. l), to confer, bold counsel.
Ira3-sneld (-snilli), f. sagacity, Fms. vi. 429.
ril3-8njallr, adj. sagacious, wise in counsel, Fms. vi. 265, vii. I02.
i'il3-snotr, adj. = radsnjallr, Hm., Sks. 328.
'3-spakr, adj. = ra&snjallr, Fms. i. 192, Stj. 360, v.l.
5-speki, f. wisdom, Fms. vi. 151, xi. 98, Mar.
'ra3-spell, n. dishonottr, of a married woman, GJ)1. 203, 229.
|r&3-spella, t, to violate, Bs. ii. 65.
rrf^a.atafa, a5, with dat., to arrange, dispose of. ^
r&d-stafan (r&fl-stdfun), f. arrangement.
r&d-stafl, a, m. arrangement, provision, esp. a home, shelter ; |)au f6ni
nor3r um sveitir ok fengu hvergi niSstafa, Landn. 178 ; hann kvaftsk
s6b hafa raftstafa fyrir hoiium, be bad provided for bim, Lv. 98; })aftan
for hann inn A Nes, ok f<5kk J)ar engan riiastafa, Eg. 592 ; vilda ek at
{)u tsekir vi6 honum ok niodur hans ok f iir J)cim |)ar rdflstafa hja \t6r,
Fs. 36, Fbr. 1 2 new Ed. rddstafa-laius, adj. homeless, unprovided
for, |3orf. Karl. 392.
rd,5-stefna, u, f. a consultation, Matth. xxviii. I3.
rd3-stofa, u, f. = rd8hus, D. N., (mod. Dan. raadstue.)
r£3-svinnr, adj. = radspakr, Orkn. 158 : as a nickname, 8.
rd3ugr, adj. sagacious, shrewd; ra&igr til allra vih, Faer. 13 ; rikr ok
riifiugr, Stj. 616 : plur. raSugir, Fms. vi. 155, Fs. 41 : compar., miklu er
haim raftgari ok J)rarri, Fms. vi. 382 ; ellri ok rdftgari, xi. 13.
ra3u-ligr, adj.- raSligr, Fms. viii. 186: to be ruled, Sks. 491.
rd3u-nautr, m. a ' counsel-mate,' counsellor, Sks. no new Ed.
rd3u-neyti, n. a body of councihnen, counsellors, Fms. ii. 183, vi. 394,
vii. 40, 185, X. loi, 420.
rd3-valdr, m. a 'wielder of authority,' ruler, Bs. i. 301: — mod. a
tyrant, despot.
rd3-vandr, adj. 'heeding one's r&b,' honest, upright, Fms. v. 240, viii.
313, xi. 54, Magn. 464, Sks. 67 new Ed., O. H.L. 23.
rdd-vendi (mod. r&3-vendni, Fms. xi. 446), f. probity, honesty, Skt.
2, 80 new Ed., Al. 58, Rb. 368, Clem. 33.
rd,3-viss, adj. one who has one's mind settled.
rd3-J)aBgr, adj. open to advice, pliable, Fms. vi. 37, vii, 175, Orkn.
384 ; ura,b\>xgT, obstinate.
RAF, n., the forms vary, raf is the older form, whence are derived
rdfr, with an inflexive r, as also rsefr, which is the mod. form ; rafit
kirkjunnar, Bs. i. 804 ; rafinu, Nj. 201 (but raefrinu, v. 1.) ; rafit, Fms. viii.
428 (rafrit, Fb. ii. 693, 1. c.) ; rafit, rafrit, rsefrit, Fms. ix. 399 and v. i. ;
rafit varma, x. 68 (in a verse) ; rsefrit, and v.l. rafit, 30; rafri and rdfi,
S'j- 563; raefri, Bs. i. 354; i rafri stofunnar, Dipl. iii. 8; bsE8i at r&fi
ok veggjum, H.E. i. 474; the common as also the sole mod. form is
rxfr, Bs. i. 132 ; raefrit, Nj. 115, Eg. 239 : [Engl, roof; cp. Gr. 6-po(p-ot] :
— a roof; voru {)ar markadar agaetar siigur a J)ilviflinum ok sva a rzfrinu,
Ld. 114; loginn st66 inn um raefrit. Eg. 239; hann let penta allt ratfr
ok sva bjorinn, Bs. i. 132, i)assim, see above: — raf=hr6f (q. v.), Fm$.
viii. 247.
rdfa (rdf, n.), a6, to rove, stray about, Safn i. 586 ; villu-rdfaiidi sauSr,
a sheep astray.
RAK, f. a streak, stripe, Rb. 524, freq. in mod. usage.
rd-merki, n. [ra, n.], a landmark, N. G. L. ii. 489, Ann. Nord. Oldk.
1845, p. 164, from a boundary-writ between Swedqn and Norway.
RAMR, nd]. hoarse; ramr er sterkr en rdmr enn hasi, Skalda 163,
Fms. i. 283, X. 279, passim in mod. usage.
BAN, n. [Dan. raan; Shetl. row], as a law term, any unlawful seizure
or holding of property; J)a skal hann krefja ut festar konu sinnar, ok stemna
honum J)ing fyrir ran, N. G. L. i. 27 ; stefua honum |)ing fyrir rdn ok i-
setu, Jb. 159 ; stefna honum h^rads-^ing fyrir grasrdn ok J)rdsetu, 278 ;
en ef hann heldr a feiiu, J)a er hinn komr eptir, er d, ok nair hann eigi,
J)d er {)at ran, ok var3ar fj6rbaugs-gar8, Grag. i. 427; krefja hann fjdr
sins ok leggja honum ran vi6, GJ)1. 497 ; mun hon reka okkr 6r landi,
en taka fc okkat allt me6 rani, Nj. 5 ; jiess fjar skal {)rysvar kveSja, en
ef hann vill \ik eigi rei6a, ^ix skal hann stefna honum til l)ings fyrir rdn
ok liigleysu, N. G. L. i. 21, Grag. Vigsl. ch. Ii6, distinguishing between
hand-ran and rau3a-ran : — lifs-ran, and-ran, fjiir-rdn, = /oss of life, poet.,
Lex. Poet. ; log-ran, loss of right, Eb. (in a verse) : — seized property,
lata raniS rakna, Bs. ii. 15. 2. plur. robbery, plunder; refsing rans,
Sighvat ; ran ok stuld, 0. R. 5 ; rdn ck hernaft, Jb. 66 ; hema8 ok ran,
Fms. i. 118; rifsi ok ranum, 1 19; rdn (pi.) ok manndrap, O. H. 78;
verda fyrir ranum, Fms. i. 258 ; hann tok af rdn iill J)ar i landi, O. H.
190. coMPDS : rdns-f6, n. unlawful property, booty, Fms. iii. 343,
Stj. 490. rdns-fengr, m. = ranfengr. Eg. 593. rdns-flokkr, m.
a band of highwaymen, Hkr. ii. 395, Fms. viii. 265. rdns-hOnd,
f. a robbing hand, Fms. v. 55. rdns-maflr, m. a robber, Fms. iii.
143, vii. 16, 253, Barl. 44.
Rdn, f., dat. Ran, Hkv. i. 30, Hkv. Hjorv. 18 ; Rdni, Gg. 6, is a cor-
rupt passage ; [this word cannot be related to the preceding] :— the
name of the giant-goddess the queen of the sea; she was wife of Egir,
mother of the Nereids, called Riinar-daetr ; all that perished in the sea
came and abode with her ; Ran atti net, t)at er hon veiddi i menn alia
ta er a sas komu, Edda 66, 69, Eb. 274. Fas. ii. 77, Eb. ch. 54, Frift{).S.
ch. 6 ; {)at hofSu menn fyrir satt, at {)d vseri monnum vel fagnat at Rdnar,
ef sjcdauftir menn vitja8i erfis sins, Eb. I.e., btor. 7; sitja at Rdnar,
Fms. vi. 376 (in a verse); raesis rekka er ^A mundir Rdn gefa, Hkv.
Hjorv. 18:— the allit. phrase. Ran ok Regin, was a form of oath. Oik.
36: in poet, circumlocutions, dynu Ran = a ti/owa«, Hallfred ; osk-rdn.
COMPDS : Rdnar-d8etr, f. pi. the nine daughters of Rdn, the Oceanidcs
of the Northern mythology, also oi the waves, Edda 69, loi, Fbr. 23:
poet, the sea is called Rdnar-land, -salr, -vegr, Rdn-heimr, Lex.
488
UXNBEDR— REGIN.
Poet. rdn-beSr, m. the bed o/Rkn, the bottom of the sea, Fas. ii. 77
(^in a verse).
r&n-baugr, m. a Norse law term, a Jine payable to the king for unlaw-
ful seizure or holding 0/ property ; eyksk landnam at halfu en ranbaug
konungi, N.G. L. i. 44; ok konungi halfa mork i ranbaoig, Jb. 321
(Js. 9t»-
rdn-f6, n. =ransfe, Fms. vii. 54.
rdn-fengi, n. booty, plunder, Fms. ii. 196, Stj. 231, 236, 400.
rd.n-fengr, m =ranfengi, Edda 63.
rdn-semi, f. (ran-samr, adj. rapacious), rapacity, Merl. a. 87.
rdn-si3r, m. rapine, Edda (Ht.)
rto-skapr, m. rapine, Safn i. 6S8.
rdn-taka, tok, to seize on, rob, Bser. 3.
rdp, n. a roving, rambling.
rapa, aS, to rove, ramble about.
BAS, f. [perh. from reiina ; A.S. rces; Engl, race"], a race, running;
hesta ras, Sighvat yO. H. 56) ; gullbitlu8 van gor til r&sar, Hkv. I. 41 ;
efhestr breg6r ras, turns fhy, N. G. L. ii. 13^: of a man, ok hepta
honum sva ras, and stop him thus, i. 68 : the phrase, taka a ras, to take
to one's heels, run off. Eg. 216, Nj. 253, Eb. 62; siSan tekr hann a
mikilli ras ofan eptir gotunum, Hrafn. 7; hefja a ras, id.. Eg. 2,^7:
— metaph., of water, stora Iseki stemmdi upp sva at eigi naSu sinni ras,
Fms. vi. 67 ; toku votnin at baegja ras sinni, Landii. 251, v. 1. ; bl63-ras,
vatns-ras, q. v. 2. a course, channel ; um leyniligar jar3arinnar rasir,
Stj. 13 ; ras heyrnar, the channel of bearing, the ears, Edda {.53^; bru3r
Ixtr eigi fram or enni somu rdos hxbi saett va5a ok beiskt, Horn. (St.)
James iii. 11 : r^ttri ras Gu61igra bo6or5a, Fms. i. 304 ; lifs ras, the race
of life, Hom. (St.) II. plur. a race, host; engla rasir, Lil. 40 ; rasir
daegra, the course of the days, Lil. 67; rasir heiiagra manna. Mar.; rita
tvennar rasir stafanna, MS. 544. 2 ; vitr ok sma-smuguU 1 rasum ritn-
inganna. Mar. ; ep. ' race of heaven,' Shakesp. rdsar-skeiS, n. a race-
course, Sks. 631.
rdsa, a6, to race, run, esp. of flocks on mountain pastures running against
the wind ; ^a3 rasar gegn vindi, or simply rasa.
r&sari, a, m. a racer, race-horse.
r&-segl, n. a square sail.
rds-fimr, ad].Jleet, of a horse, Str.
rds-hallr, adj. sloping, Sks. 440.
rd-sker3, f. (ra-skerSing, f., Boldt 1 29), in Icel. called r£-sker3-
ingr, m.fish hung and dried on poles, having first been split along the
back (opp. to kvi3-flattr), Boldt 97 ; tunna rasker6, 149.
rd-skerda, t, to hang split fish up to dry.
rd-skinn, n. ; this dubious, obsolete word occurs in only four passages ;
in the Fb. (in both the passages), as also in the Fbr. from the vellum Arna-
Magn. 132, it is spelt hraskinn, but no doubt erroneously, unless the h
be a remains of a former v, qs. vraskinn, [for the proper origin of this
word can only be from ra, L = cabin, though only used metaph.]: — a
^cabin-skin,' hammock ( = hu3fat, q.v.), an abode, refuge; J)eir hof6u
rAskinn hja feftrum sinum, Fb. ii. 93 ; hann vildi eigi lata vera vi8 bae
sinn raskinn J)eirra |)orgils ok |>orni66ar, 102 ; Drottinn er minn styrkr,
mitt r. ok frjalsari, the Lord is my strength, my hammock (i. e. refuge),
and my deliverer, Stj. 51. Ps. xciv. 22. rdskinns-leikr, m. the game
of hide and seek{'}), Bar6. 174.
rds-vakr, adj. = rasfimr.
rd-v6rflr, m. a sailor who keeps a look-out at the sail-yard, Jb. 407.
re3inga-b6k, f. [Engl.], a reading-book. Am. 56.
re3r, n. pi. [Dan. rceder; cp. also hreSjar], the genitals, esp. of a beast,
phallus; flennt re8r, Fb. ii. 335 (in a verse), iii. 427 (in a verse) ; hest-
re8r, Fms. vi. 194 (in a verse).
ref3i, n. [cp. Gr. ^d/35os], a kind of rod, staff, cudgel ; J)eir sa mann,
hann hafSi r. i hendi, Faer. 220, 221 ; {)at var buningr hans hvers-dagliga,
at hann hafSi kyrtil svartan ok ref5i i hendi. Boll. 358 ; hann hafdi r.
um 6x1, Fms. vii. 19 ; konungr haffti i hendi r. gullbuit, . . . konungr hof
upp refSit ok slo me6 JxSr, sva at hann hraut af stallanum ok brotnaSi,
i. 44; r. silfrbiiit ok gyllt, vii. 194; hann hafSi oxi i hendi, ok lystr til
j>orsteins, kom oxar-skapti3 i her3a-toppinn, en refdis-munnrinn . . . ,
Sturl. i. 152 ; hann slo meS einu r. a brun honum sva at hon sprakk i
sUndr, Karl. 61 ; konungr slo hann me& gullbunu refdi i hofuSit, Fms.
iii. 196.
ref-gar3r, m. a fox-yard or pit for shooting foxes, G^l. 457.
ref-hv6rf, n. pi. a kind of equivocation which consisted in pairing off
words of opposite bearing, as ' hot, cold,' ' water, fire,' Edda (Ht.) 17-23.
coMPDs: reflivarfa-'br63ir, m. a kind of spurious refhviJrf, viz. when
the opposed words stand separated in the verse-line, Ht. 23. ref-
hvarfa-hdttr, m. a metre or stanza in ret hvorf.
REFIIiIi, m., dat. refli, pi. r«flar, tapestry, hangings round the walls
of ancient halls; refil sextogan at lengd, Gisl. 21; ok skyldu tjalda
hiisin . . . vel k«mi oss mi reflamir J)eir hinir g68u, 37 ; hann fal sik a
bak reflunum, MS. 4. 41 ; {>yri let taka ofan ailan hallar-biining, en si6an
16t hon tjalda i stadinn blam reflum, J)ar til er altjolduS var hoilin, Fms.
xj. 17 ; refla saemiliga, Bs. i. 877. The .churches in the Roman Catholic ]
times were hung with such tapestry ; reflar um kirkju, reflar um alia kirkj 1 \
Ve standing phrases in the ma'dagar ; kirkja a refil er tekr um fram-kirkjj
alia, Vm. 46; fornan refil um kor, 21 ; refill fjorar alnir ok luttugu o
er a Karlamagmis Saga (of hangings with embroidery from the Life (
Charlemagne), Jm. 32 ; reflar um alia kirkju ok engi tj6!d undir, Pm. if
fornir reflar vandir, fimin reflar g66ir, Dipl. iii. 4 ; refil-stubbr, afragmei
of a refil, Vm. 157. In poetry a lady is called refla grund, bru, brik, Le:
Poet. : the shield is refill 06ins, Edda ii. 428 : o{ sails, Fas. iii. 204 (in
verse). II. [cp. refr], a serpent (?), whence the name of a swon
Edda 73. III. the pr. name of a sea-king, Edda.
refil-stigar, m. pi. an obscure word, a serpent-path (?), a hidden, my
terious path ; hann nefndisk Gangleri ok komiim af refilstigum, Edda 2
hann hvarf refilstiga (ace), he disappeared by a mysterious way, Fb.
(in a verse), cp. Prov. xxx. 19.
refjottr, adj. tricky, knavish, esp. of a bad payer.
refjur, f. pi. cheats, tricks, Grett. 75 ; munu ]^dT gora y&r illar refju
Fms. viii. 371, v. 1. refju-samr, adj. = refj6ttr, Gliim. 364.
ref-keila, u, f. a she-fox, vixen, Hav. 55, Fas. ii. 413.
REFIiA, zb, [the word is obsolete in Icel., and only found here aol
there in old writers, esp in the old Norse law : but the Swed. has
word rdfsa of exactly the same sense, and as s and / are often hardll
distinguishable in vellums, it is not impossible that refsa, and not refl:f
is the true form] : — to make enquiry, scrutinise ; en er J)eir koniu i hil
hans, J)a var at reflat i hlj66i hverr t)ar myndi vera Gu5s vinr, Pr. 443I
e6a missker hann krossa, e5a reflar hann eigi, J)a gjaldi . . ., N.G. L.
137; ef JjingboS ferr e&.i hvatki boS, J)a skal J)ingma5r refla a fyrsl^
J)ingi ok hafa sott fyrir {)ri5ja t)ing, 138 ; J)a se nemdr vattr vi3, ok J)©-]
i milium se reflat, at engi finnisk meinbugir a, ii. 368.
reflan, f. (refsan?), [Swed. rafst'], an^nquiry ; stemna honum J)inj
til reflanar, N.G. L. ii 373, (undan faerslu, v.l.)
ref-ormr, m., medic, the ringworm, Fms. vi. 438 (Fagrsk. 142), ¥il
X. 28. reforma-s6tt, f. id., Hkr. iii. 1 78.
REFR, m., pi. refar, mod. refir, [Dan. raiv ; the root word may tl
Lat. repere, serpere, Gr. (piruv'] : — a fox, |>orst. SiSu H. 180, Stj. 41:1
413, Grag. ii. 122 : mostly in sayings, J)ar sa refr rakka, en rakki haftj
ekki, Sturl. iii. 116, J>jal.J6ns. 41 ; sem kona hrae&ir barn sitt, J)egi J)*
barn, segir hon, ek last refinn at J)er ef fiii J)egir ekki, Hom. 144; slaej
sem refr, Bs. i. 750, Fb. ii. 330; \)u ert mestr i mali sem refarnir
holunum, Hav. 41 ; putt, putt, skomm hunda, skitu refar i brunn karll
Fms. vii. 21 ; hafa skal raft ^6 or refs be!g komi, GullJ). 28: metapll
a tricky person, sly fox, hann er mesti refr, bragSa-refr ; J)eir skyldi eklj
lata ^ann gamla refinn sleppa, Safn i. 74. II. Refr, a pr. namif
Landn., also as a nickname, Jb. ref-skeggr, a nickname, Landn.j
Refs-sta3ir, a local name, Landn. : refa-iir3, f. a fox's den, Stj
413 : ref-skinn, n. a fox's skin, N. G. L. iii. 119. I
REFSA, a6, pret. refsti, 6\. 5; part, refst, Karl. 293; but refsa j
Fms. viii. 240 : [Dan. rcev-e'] : — to punish, with dat. of the person ; refsj
e-m, vii. 218, viii. 240, Karl. 319: with ace. of the thing, refsa niji
ings-verk. Fms. xi. 241, Sks. 83; r. ran ok stuldi, (5l. 5; r. e-m rangiml
sin, Fb. i. 363. 2. with ace. of the person ; refsa e-n Anecd. (bil
rare.) II. to enquire, see refla above, which is, may be, tbl
original sense of the word, from which to punish is derived, cp. LaT
quaes/io.
refsan, f. = refsing, Fb. ii. 316, (rare, see refsing.)
refsing, f. punishment, N. G. L. ji. 60, Eg. 89, Nj. 134, Sturl. iii. 261!
Stj. 533, Str. 24, Fms. xi. 242, O. H 60: let hann lika refsing hail
rikan ok lirikan, 190. compds : refsingar-domr, m. a se«/ence 1 1
punishment, Sks. 676. refsingar-lauss, adj. unpunished, Sks. 591I
Eg. 423, O. H. 53, 60. refsingar-leysi, n. impunity, Stj. 513. rell
singar-ma3r, m. a punisher, Anecd. (^o, sks. 666. refsinga-sanul
m. a severe punisher, Fms. vii. 102, viii. 299, 0. H. 190, Stj. 552. rell
smgar-sver3, -vondr, m. a sword, wand of punishment, Sks. 695, 78«|
Stj. 651. refsingar-ver3r, adj. deserving puniihment, GJ)1. 53]]|
refsingar-J)ing, n =refsij)ing, Fb. ii. 172.
refsi-t)ing, n. [early Swed. r'dfsinga-lhing, Schlyter] : — a kind cl
public meeting or high court in old Sweden; stefna refsi{)ing, O.H. 8j
(in Sweden).
refst, f. = refsing, Fr.
regg, n., poet, a kind of ship, Edda (Gl.) Regg-bilss, m. a Wendis]|
pr. name, Fms. vi.
regi, f. [ragr], cowardice, Krok. 48 C. regi-madr, m. a cowara\
Karl. 80, 398, 503.
regi-legr, adj. obscene; regilig kvse6i, amorous songs, Bs. i. 237.
REGIN, n. pi., (inly in nom. and ace, for ragna, rognum are formel
from rogn (q. v.), analogously to magn and megin ; [Ulf. ragin = yvd/ft^l
Soyixa, and raginon = ■^yffiovfveiv, ragineis = avfi0ov\os, /3of Afimjtl
Hel. reginu-gescapu = mighty weird] : — the gods as the makers and niierl
of the universe, the word being peculiar to the ancient poems ; regin hcifcJ
goS hei3in, bond ok rogn, Edda ii. 430: freq. in the Vsp., J)a gengn il
611 a r6kst61a, ginnheilog go3, 6, 9, 27, 29; nyt regin, VJ)m. 25; fir&l
regin, 36 ; vis regin, 39 ; ^old ek for fiold ek reynda regin, 44, 46, 481
REGINDJUP— REIDGATA.
489
50,54; blI8 regin, Gm. 6, 37, 41, Ls. 32; hoU regin, 4; J)4 er regin T slag, n. = reiSard
deyja, VJ)m. 47 ; ur3u heldr haniljot regin, Haustl. 10 ; ru8 oil ok regiii,
Hkm. 18; Hrimfaxi heitir er hvcrja dregr nott of nyt legiii, VJ)in. 13,
l^: — reg n is a {antheistic word, including the world, in such phrases
as, unz rjiifask regin, 40; J)a er rjiifask regin, 52, Gm. 4, Ls. 4I ; J)a, er
i radi at regn (i.e. regin, ace.) uni J)rj6ti, ihen is ibe end of the world
Hdl. 41 ; cp. ragna rok, the world-doom, answering to Saxon
mu^pilli; as also ragna-rcikr, for the explanation of which word see riik
and rokr: ginn-regin, q. v. ; upp-reginn, the heavenly powers, Hausil. ;
brym-regin, q. v. ; ragna sjot, the seat of the gods = the heavens, Vsp. 33 :
1 prose only in the phrase, enda mxlir ran ok regin (ace.) vi5 oss a sogurt
fan, be speaks to us ran and regin, i. e. he scolds and curses, Oik. 36 ; hann
ar Baldr me5 Asum, er 611 regin gr^tu, Fas. i. 473, in a paraphrase from
lost poem. II. in pr. names, Beginn, a mythical name, Edda,
61s. S. ; esp. in compds, Kegin-leif, a fern, name, Landn., but mostly
ontr. Bagn- or Bdgn-: of women, Hagna, Bagn-heidr, Bagn-
ildr; of men, Bagnarr, Bogn-valdr, Landn.; cp. old Germ, and
axon names beginning with Ragin-, mod. Rain-, Rayn-, Ran-, as
eginald, Reynolds. In compds, [cp. Hel. regini-hlind, regin-sca.'ho,
et^in-'hiof], mighty, great: regin-djup, n. the deep sea. regin-
; Bjiipr, adj. mighry deep, Visna bok 16 12. regin-ddmr, m. pi. the
^aigbty doom, the last judgment, Vsp. 64; runar ok regindoma, mighty
^\pelU, Hin. 112 (but not in Cod. Reg.) regin-fjall, n. a wild fell,
<i muntain wilderness, Gsp., and in mod. usage. regin-gaddj, a, m. =
" jeginnagli, Edda ii. 494. regin-grjot, n. the holy stones, altars (horgr),
'^lis. 19. regin-haf, n. the main, freq. in mod. usage. regin-hylr,
t'|i. = regindjup, Stef. 01. regin-kungr, adj. = Gr. Sioytvrjs, epithet
|f a king, H6m. 26. regin-kunnr, adj. world-known, Hm. 112.
Kjdg^-nagli, a, m. a sacred peg in the ancient high-seats was called so,
^ |b. 10 new Ed. regin-sponn, f. a kind of axe, Edda (Gl.) regin-
ing, n. the great council, Hkv. i. 50.
regla, u, f. [Lat.], a rule, Sks. 641, Mar. ; Eddu regla, Lil. 97, Gd. 2,
id mod. passim : a convent, convent life, Sks. 694, Fms. viii. 245, 2'j6,
. H. 195, Bs. passim. 2. a bolt. Germ, riegel, Stj. 363 : a rider, rule.
iMPDs: reglu-bok, f. a hook of rules, Vm. 66. reglu-broSir, m.,
ystir, i.=frater, soror regularis, Dipl. i. 11, Bs. i. 84 , H. E. i. 508.
•glu-hald, -lif, -lifna3r, m. convent-life, discipline, Bs. i. 96, K. A.
).-, Fms. V. 37, Laur. S. reglu-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), accoraing
rule, H. E. i. 492 : belonging to convent life, regularis. Mar. reglu-
.a3r, m. an inmate of a convent, H. E. i. 497 : mod. a person of regular
bits, hann er mesti r. reglu-sta3r, m. a monastery, Landn. 265.
glu-stika, u, f. a ^rule-stick,' rule, ruler.
iEGN, n. [Ulf rign = fipox'r], and all Teut. languages;], rain, Nj. 15,
. 528, Fms. vi. 136, X. 13, Fas. ii. 37, GuUJ) 8, and passim : in poetry,
din-:egn, stal-regn, rogskyja-regn, the weapon-rain, i.e. battle; dal-
'n, the rain of the bow, i.e. arrows; regn augna, the rain of the eyes,
. tears, Edda ii. 500 ; bra-regn, id. ; benja regn, wound-rain, i. e. blood :
i?n-b^, regn-h611, regn-salr, m. the rain-ball, i. e. the sky. Lex.
compds: regn-bogi, a, m. the rainbow, Edda 8, Rb. 3.16,
. V. 342, Bias. 40, Stj. 62, Ver. 70. regn-61, n. a rain-shower,
52 new Ed. regn-glsera, u, f. a glittering of rain, Sks. 227, v. 1.
^s'n-ligr, adj. rainy, Sks. 606: boding rain, Fb. i. 521. regn-
i ar, adj. rainy, Eb. 150, Rb. 572. regn-skur, f. a rain-shower,
''". 227. regn-vatn, n. rain-water, Rom. 306.
■gna, d, the usual as well as mod. form is rigna, Stj. : — to rain, MS.
' I. 5, Fms. X. 323, Stj. 30.
!gna, d, [regin], to swear, Kristni S. (in a verse),
■gula, u, f. ^ regla.
EIS, f. [ri8a ; Scot, raid; Engl, ride'], the riding a horse, Grag. i. 382,
; t)eir vorubeztirhestar at reiS, Nj. 81; fa J)eimhesta tilreiSar, Ld. 82,
vi. 210; hafa einn, tv4 . . . hesta til reiSar, to have one, two . . . horses
:'!ing; toku pen mi a reiS m'killi, Sturl. iii. 185 : — with the notion
^veiling, hann var einn i rei8, be was alone, Fs. 1 26 ; var ^a ok sen
: cirra, they were seen, 26 (epiir-reift, manna-reift), and passim. 2.
!y of riders, a host; hafar reiftar sa ek me8 himnum fara, Sol. 74,
5ugge's suggestion on Hkv. I 15 (havar rei5ar?). 3. a raid;
stada-rei6, Saudafells-rei8, Safn, Bs. ii. II. a vehicle, car-
, with an old dat. rei3u ; rei6 \ik er hann ekr, en hafrarnir draga
a, Edda 14; en er hon ferr, ekr hon kottuni tveim ok sitr i rei8,
henni var ekit i rei6 einni, Fb. i. 3^5 ; sitr |)6rr i rei8u, Kormak,
5 : poet., rynis rei&, the mind's vehicle, i. e. the breast, Stor. ; brim-
haf-reiS. 16g-rei&, a sea-wain, i. e. a ship ; na-rei6 = the gallows. Lex.
: lauka-rei6, hla6-rei5, men-rei8, J)orn-rei6, poet, appellations of
''n. Lex. Poet. ; rei&ar stjori, poet, a king, "it. 27. III. plur.
r; but rei8ir, Stj. 449: a clap of thunder, metaph. from the notion
hor driving through the air, cp^ Swed. dska, qs. as-ekja ; ef rei8
fe, N. G. L. i. 342, GJ)1. 492; er rei8ar ganga me8 mestri ogn,
35 ; reiSir ok regn, Stj. 449 ; rei8ar storar ok eldingar, Mar. ;
ylgSu rei8ar ok eldingar. Fas. i. 372; J)vi naest flugu eldingar ok
", Js. (1824) 41 ; ok tok rei8i(n) sundr i smar flisir, Fb. iii. 175.
Ds : reiflar-duna, u, f. a clap of thunder, Fb. iii. 175. reiSar-^
una. reifiar-tfr, in. = reifiityr, Edda 49. reifiar-
J)ruma, u, f. id., Fms. i. 10, xi. 136, Rb. .^18, Sks. 94. Stj. 274.
reid, n. pl. = reidi, harness. Fas. i. 186 (in a verse).
BQIDA, d, a causal to ri83 — to make to ride, carry ; hverr reiddi
y8r yfjr Markar-fljot? Nj. 142 ; {>6r8r reiddi hann at baki s<5r, Eg. i-»8;
eigi skal J)a rciSa yfir votn e8a ferja, K. |>. K. Si ; r. andvirki, hey, to
carry hay, 102 ; r. hcim ok bcra inn hey, K. A. 1 76 ; rti8a & voll, to cart
dung on afield; rci8a e-t \\\n 6x1, to carry on one's shoulders, Pr. 414,
Finnb. 306. II. to make to rock, shake; rci8it hana af baki
sva at hon falli i Iskinn ofan, Isl. ii.»339 ; Bjom reiddi sik til falls i
streiiginum, Fms. i. 181 ; brott reknir ok af reiddir samkundu, Stj. 53 ;
J)u mun hans ok af reiSa Jjinum halsi, 168; |)eir reiddu {pushed) hann
aptr ok fram eptir vellinum, Lv. 81. 2. to toss, of wind and waves;
en skip {)at reiddi vindr til Koma-borgar, Pr. 442 ; batinn undir honum
reiddi vindr ok straumr nor8r me8 landi, Fms. i. 294 ; fl68 reiddi skipi8.
Lei8arv. 16:— impers. to ride, be tossed about; orkina reiddi urn haf
innan, Ver. 8 ; reiddi J)a ymsa vega, Fas. i. 383 ; ok laetr haim rei8a$k
J)angat sem fair menn voru milli, Sturl. i. 31 ; 1. g8u J)eir i rett < k 16tu
rei8a fyrir nokkurar naetr, they rode before the wind. Eg. 372 ; tok ^k at
rei8a saman skipin, the ships began to drift, Nj. 273; {Jeir letu reiSa
yfir um sumarit, they roamed about, Fbr. 2 1 ; sem hann rci8ir i
bylgjum pessarar ahyggju, Mar.; i slikum hvirfil-vindum reiddi J)ann
bleza8an biskup, Bs. ii. 5, 48, Fb. iii. 409 : — the impers. phrase, e-u
rei8ir vel, ilia af, to end well, ill ; voru \>k margir hrzddir um hversu
af mundi rei8a, Fms. vii. 156; kann {)a enn vera at vel reiSi af, vi.
10. 3. to carry about; kann vera at J)eir menn rei8i or8 min
uvitrlig fyrir zlpybxi, Fms. vi. 208 ; ef nia8r reiSir aukncfni til ha8ungar
honum, Grag. ii. 146; J)eim er rei8ir {)ann verka ok nemr, I48; hann
kallask Iosti8 hafa Ref tvau hogg ok rei8ir |)etta vi8a, Krok. 4.
to brandish; hann greip 6xina ok reiddi upp. Eg. 717, Fms. i. 180;
J)j6st61fr gekk me8 oxi reidda, Nj. 25. Fms. i. 181 ; greip hann til
hamarsins ok breg8r a lopt, en er hann skal fram rei8a, Edda 34; ef ma8r
rei8ir fram J)ann vigvol, er..., Grag. ii. 7, passim. 5. to weigh
in a balance ; rei8a silfr, Ld. 30 ; siSan voru teknar skalir ok met, var
J)a reitt i sundr feit, ok skipt ollu me8 vagum, Fms. vi. 183; mi reiSir
hann rangar vaettir eSa maelir rangar alnar, Grag. i. 499. 6. to pay,
discharge; rei8a kaup, to pay wages, Grag. i. i.;3 ; r. fe af hendi, 199 ;
r. ver8 fyrir e-t, Fms. x. 227; skal hann re:8a sina aura fyrir landit,
Grag. ii. 239 ; Asgrimr setti spj6ts-odd fyrir brjost jarli, ok ba8 hann
rei3a f68ur-gj6'.d, Landn. 216; ef hann rei8ir eigi biskupi rei8u efta
prest-rei8u, N. G. L. i. 13.
reida, u, f. implements, an outfit; kveSja mafar ok allrar rei8u er
hann skal hafa a f)ingi, Grag. i. 133, ii. 54, 55 ; hafi hann J)a reiSu meft
sdr, er barn megi skiia, K. Jj. K. 6 ; Eyjarskeggjar fengu skipverjum J)a
reiSu sem J)eir ^urfiu at hafa til brautferSar, Post. 656 C. 23 ; var sva
h6;8 rei8an J)e:rra, at ekki var at eta nema borkr af vi8i ok safi, Fms.
viii. 32; vis. in ok rei8an, 440, v. I ; skip-r., berserkja-r., Hornklofi :
allit., r68 ok reiSu, rudder and rigging, of a ship ; hence, ra ok rei8i,
Fms. ix. 36. 2. attendance, service; v!st ok 611 reiSa, Edda 69;
vinna e-m reiSu, to serve, attend. Bias. 54; h6n reis upp 6r rekkju ok
vann at nekkverju til rei8u ser, Bs. i. 353; hann iii t)rjar nxtr i sarum,
ok fekk alia rei8u ( = })j6nustu), ok anda8isk, Sturl. i. 140. 3. wages ;
{)a hefir prestr fyrir-farit rei8u sinni J)a tolf mana8r, N. G. L. i. 135;
krefja reiSu biskips, 7, 13 (prest-rei8a). 4. the phrase, til rei8u.
ready on hand; konungr let J)at {)egar til rei8u, the king gave it {paid
it, had it ready) at once, Fms. i. 98, itj. 131 ; fieir s6g8u at {jat var allt
til reiSu me8 J)eim sem hon Jjurfti at hafa, Fms. x. 103. 5. affairs;
sii (kona) er haim hefir engar rei8ur vi3 4ttar, Grag. i. 332. 6. the
phrase, henda reiSur a e-u, to notice, heed ; jarl spur8i hvert hann fieri
J)a8an, Jjeir kva&u.sk eigi re 3ur hafa ii hent, Nj. 1 33, Fms. iii. 530 ; {)a8 er
ekki a3 henda reiSur a J)vi, 'tis untrustworthy, mere gossip. compds :
rei3u-buinn, part. [D.in. redebon'], ready, ready-made, prepared, Karl.
2:9, Nj. 220, Th. 17, Bs. ii. 15, Mar. reidu-gipt, {.payment, D.N.
rei5u-liga, adv. readily ; liika reidiliga, to pay promptly, Dipl. iii. II.
rei3u-ligr, mod. rei3i-ligr, adj. honest, safe, of a payer. relfiu-
iua3r, m. the steward on board a ship, N. G. L. i. 33=' ; the master of a
feast, Horn. (St.) John ii. 5. rei3u-penningar, m. pi. ready money,
N. G. L. ii, D.N. passim. rei3u-st611, m. a 'ready-chair,' easy-
chair {!), Fms. V. 234, 332, Isl. ii. 418, Bs.. i. 506.
rei3ask, d, qs. vrei8ask, [Dan.-Swed. wredes"], to he wrath, angry,
absol. or with dat. ; reiSask e-u or e-m, J)a reiddisk Hoskuldr. ok var
fatt um me8 t)eim brsE8rum nokkura hri8, Nj. 2 ; reiddisk Gunnarr JhS
fyrir y8ra bond, ok l)ykkir hann skapg68r, 68, 0 H. 167: r. vi8 e-t.
Eg. 51, Grag. ii. I46, 147 ; ef ma8r er vi3 {)at rei8andi, Sks. 625 : r. e-u,
Fms*. i. 59 ; konungr reiddisk or8um hennar, vi. 4 ; r. e-m, fyrir |)at
reiddusk heiSingar Fridreki biskupi, 268 ; at eigi reiSisk {)u oss, 623. 33.
rei3-fara, -fari, adj.; in the phrase, verSa vel r., to have a good
voyage on the sea, Bs, i. 160, 411, Ld. 8, 18, 160, Eb. 33, 114, Guilt*. 5,
Fms. vi. 201, 298, Fb. i. 526, ii. 142, passim.
reid-gata, u, f. a riding-way, bridle-path. Eg. 743, Sturl. i. 66, Vm.
156, Dipl. iii. 10, D.I. i. 577.
490
HEIDGOTAR— REIK.
Heid-gotar, m. pi., older form Hrei8-gotar, as seen from the allitera-
tions in VJ)m. 12 ; [A. S. Hre'S-gotnafi] : — the name of an ancient people.
Rei9gota-land, the land of the R., Fas. i. 366, Fms. i. 116.
rei3-g6flr, adj. good for riding, Fbr. 25 new Ed.
rei3-hestr, m. a riding-horse, Bs. i. 138, Nj. 81 ; opp. to a pack-horse.
reidi, n., prop. ' implements,' the rigging of a ship ; mi fyrnisk skip,
fiirlask rei8i (rei6ir Ed.), GJ)1. 77; knorr me6 ra ok rei6i, Bs. i. 411 ;
enda skal hann fa husriim til reidis Jjeirra, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 71 ; giald
fyrir r66r ok rei&i ok allar litvinnur, Fms. viii. 173 ; Jjeir toku fra reiSin
oil fra skipunum, xi. 142. ^. harness; g63ir hestar me9 enu bezta
reidi, Fms. xi. 193; hestr me3 oUu rei6i, Edda 38; so5ul-rei3i, O.U.i^.
reidi, a, m. tackle, rigging, all that belongs to a ship ; bjarga skipi ok
rei6a, G{)1. 371 ; skip, reiSa ok arar, O. H. 103 ; langskip me3 rei6a
ollum, Eg. 35 ; allr var reiSi vanda&r mjok med skipinu, 68 ; rodrar-
skiitu ok J)ar me3 rei5a allan, sva tjold ok vistir, 76; setja upp skip
J)eirra e9r bua um reiSa J)eirra, Ld. 82 ; reiSa-fang, -kaup, purchase of
rigging, N. G. L. i. 197, 199, Jb. 387. 2. the harness of a horse,
Fms. V. 41, Grag. ii. 262, Eg. 547, 579, Edda 38 : mod. the crupper of
a saddle. compds : reiSa-laust, adj. without rigging, Fms. vii. 180,
viii. 146, Orkn. 228 : without a crupper. reiSa-spell, n. damage to
the rigging, Jb. 397 C.
KSIDI, f., prop. vreiSi, which form is preserved in the aliit. phrase, vin,
va\-, (t')rei6i, Akv. 2, and ruaeidi in N. G. L. i. 352 ; [Engl, wrath ; Swed.-
Dan. vrede'] : — wrath, anger, Edda 1 10 ; mark rei&i sinnar, Fms. vii. 195 ;
bi3ja af ser rei3i, O. H. 169 ; rei3in litr eigi hit sanna, Fbr. 85 new Ed. ;
xdi e3r reidi, Fms. i. 15 ; faer honuni {)at mikillar ahyggju ok rei3i, Nj.
172 ; ('jgurliga reidi, Sks. 227; reidi-^oka, Horn. 19; skal sa i brottu ver3a
ok hafa {)6 reidi mina, my displeasure, Nj. 68, and passim. compds:
reiSi-hugr, m. wrath, anger, Fms. ii. 41. rei3i-laus8, adj. without
anger {sine ira), Rb. rei3i-liga, zAv.frowni?igly, Barl. 53, and rei3i-
ligr, adj., Fms. iv. 161, Mar. rei3i-ia&l, n. pi. angry language,
matter of strife ; gora e-t at rei3imalum, Fs. 20; Ingimundi J)6tti J)etta
leibim&l, spiteful language, Fs. 189; var pat meirr r. en sannindi, Hkr.
iii. 64. rei3i-sproti, a, m. a rod of anger, Stj. 382, Pass. 48. 16.
rei3i-svipr, m. a>i angry, offended look, Bs. i. 774, Fb. iii. 449.
rei3i-verk, n. a deed done in anger, Sol. 26. rei3i-yr3i, n. = reidi-
mal, Sks. 795. rei3i-l)okki, a, m. displeasure, Fb. iii. 403.
rei3i-duna, u, f. thunder, N. G. L. i. 342.
rei3i-gangr, n. = reidiskjalf; allt er a reidigangi, Skida R. 76.
rei3i-g6gn, n. { = Teibugbgn), furniture, Edda ii. 260.
rei3i-liestr, m. = rei3hestr, MS. 4. 53.
rei3i-leysi, n., qs. reidu-leysi ; in the phrase, 1 reidileysi, unheeded.
rei3ing, f. a carrying or bringing abroad, Grag. ii. 148 : uproar, wild
confusion, var J)a i reidingu mikilli, Sturl. iii. 188, Mork. 40.
rei3ingr, m. harness, in mod. usage only of a pack-horse, Nj. 158,
Landn. 94, Lv. 59, Fms. vi. 390, Bs. i. 138.
rei3iiin, zdj. prone to anger, hot-tempered, Eg. 187.
rei3ir, m. a discharger, payer. Lex. Poet.
rei3i-skj&lf, n., prop, a ' rocking-shelf rocking-chair Q), (Dan. gynge) ;
only used in the phrase, vera a reidiskjalfi, to be quaking and shaking.
rei3i-tyr, m. the god of the wain = Tbor, Haustl.
rei3i-J)ru.ma, u, f. = reidarj)ruma, Sks. 52 new Ed., Barl. 172.
rei3-kl8e3i (mod. rei3-f6t), n. pi. riding-clothes, Fb. i. 359.
rei3-lyndi, n. anger. Art. 69.
rei3-lyndr, adj. hot-tempered. El. 23.
rei3-nia3r, m. a horseman ; godr r., a good horseman.
HEIBK, reid, reitt, adj., compar. reidari, reidastr, originally vreidr,
which form remains in the allit. poet, phrase, vega vreidr, Fm. 7, 17, 30,
Sdm. 27, Ls. 15, 18, 27; [A.S. wra'S ; Engl, wrath; Dan.-Swed. vred ;
derived from vrida, prop, meaning a-wry, contorted, which sense however
is lost, and the word is only used in the metaph. sense] : — wrathful, angry,
offended; ^k mselti |jprr, gangi mi til einhverr ok faisk vid m:k, nu em
ek reidr, Edda 33, O. H. 16; reidr var J)a VingJ)6rr er hann vaknadi,
|>kv. I ; Gunnarr var reidr mjok, Nj. 68 ; i reidum hug, Fms. vi. 4, and
passim; fok-r., bal-r., all-r., u-reidr: reidr e-m, angry with one; hann
var r. Einari, Eg. 694; konungr vard J)essu mjok reidr, Fms. i. 12: r.
vid e-t, id.; hann vard vid J)at reidr mjok, lb. 10.
rei3r, adj. [rida], passable on horseback, of a ford, river ; var J)ar reitt
at fjorum en eigi at flodum, Sturl. iii. 33, v. 1.; 6-re\bi, ii7ipassable on
horseback; gordi ana lireida, Bs. i. 138; hon var oreid, 54, Nj. 63 :
of weather, ^t for travelling, ^a.b er ekki reitt vedr; oreitt fyrir
stormi, etc.
rei3r, adj. ready, clear; allr herr g^kk reidr (thus, not = vreidr) at
Rognis skeidi, all the host went ' ready,' straight towards the sea, Bragi ;
komr hann eigi til skips adr en reidr (sic) se rudd, before the ship is made
ready for sea (?), N. G. L. i. 335 : the word is rare in old writers ; mod.,
hafa e-d a reidum hondum, to have ready at hand.
rei3-skapr, m. readiness, N. G. L. ii. 2. mod. harness.
rei3-8k,i6ti, a, m., rei3-skj6tr, m., Bs. i. 743 : — prop, a ' vehicle,' but
only used of a horse, a riding-horse, Gr4g. i. 328, GJ)1. 77, 1 1 7, N. G. L.
i. 145, Eg. 246, 460, Fms. ii. 270, ix. 348, xi. 33, 6. H. 15, 62, 170.
rei3skj6ta-
»lo/(i
im,!'
COMPDS : rei3skj6ta-ma3r, m. a groom, Fms. ix. 354.
skipti, n. a changing horses, N. G. L. i. 145, G\il. 118.
rei3sla, u, f. discharge, payment; reidslu hluti, a part of the payment
Am. 22: — a balance, steelyard, see reizla. rei3slu-nia3r, m.
steward, Bs. i. 472.
rei3-sle3i, a, m. a carriage-sledge, 655 xxviii. 3, Stj. 626.
rei3-st611, m. = reidustoll, Sturl. ii. 19.
rei3-tygi, n. '^ riding-gear,' saddle-harness.
rei3u-liga, adv. with wrath, frowningly, Fms. i. 75. ii- 34, Sks. 229,
rei3u-ligr, adj. looking wrathful, Nj. 83, Fms. vi. 122, passim.
rei3ull, adj. hot-tempered, 655 xxvii. 11.
rei3-ver, n, a saddle-cloth, cloak.
KEIFA, d, prop, to swaddle ; r. barn, passim in mod. usage. H
to enrich, present with ; reifa e-n e-u, to bestow upon one ; r. e-n raudun
hringum, Akv. 39 ; r. e-n gulli, Am. 13, Gkv. 2. i ; hoppum reifdr, en
riched with bliss, Pd. 15 ; mjok eru reifdir (not royfdir ?) rogbirtingai
Fagrsk. 4 (in a verse) ; en er {>orgerdr for heim, reifdi Egill hana godun
gjofum. Eg. 644; ek skal reifa Jjik gjofum, Fas. ii. 508, Al. 161
konungr var reifdr morgum gjofum, Jomsv. S. 5. 2. to gladden
cheer; ornu reifir Olafr, Edda (in a verse), Fms. xi, 187 (in a verse)
hann (Christ) reifdi fjtilda ly3s af tvennum fiskum, Leidarv. 27: reflej
to be gladdened, cheered, Fagrsk. 4 (or perh. hreyfdisk). 3. tb
phrase, reifa illu, to come to a bad end, to end ill; sagdi J)at illu i
mundu, it would end ill. Valla L. 214 ; ok J)eini hefdi at illu reift, Frai
xi. 294 ; mun J)er |)etta illu r.. Boll. 336 ; J)at mun eigi godu r., Gret
153 ; ok varir mik at per reifi illu ef pii ferr, Krok. 55.
B. [Prob. a different word], prop, to rip up, disclose; hvart pett
skal fyrst fara i hljodi, ok reifa petta fyrir nokkurum vitrum monnun
Fms. iv. 79 ; at r. engan hlut edr kvittu i konungs-holl, v. 320
as a law term ; in the phrase, reifa mal, to sum up a case, similar t
the custom of Engl, courts of the present day ; pa var3 engi til at :
malit, fyrr en fjorbjorn, hann settisk i dominn ok reifSi malit, Bs. i. 1)
var farit at ollum m;ilum sem a pinga-domum, voru par kvidir borai
reif3 mal ok daemd, Eb. 280; pa stod sa upp er sokin hafdi yfir hofi
verit fram sogd ok reifdi malit, Nj. 243, Grag. passim. In the ol
Icel. court each party (plaintiff and defendant) nominated a member (
the court to sum up his case, and such delegated persons were calk
reifingar-meiin, Grag. I^ingsk p. ch. 21 ; hence reifa mal baedi til sokiu
ok til varnar, Grag. i. 79 ; sva skal s;l msela er sukn reifdi, . . . sva skal s
maela er vorn reifdi, 71 ; sokn skal fyrr reifa hvers mals en vorn, 65
B.EIFAE, f. pi. swaddling-clothes ; vefja, binda reifum, Hom. 36, B
ii. 170, Mar., Lil. 35, 42, passim. compds : reifa-barn, n. an infai
in swaddling-clothes ; kona hans rakadi Ija eptir honum ok bar r. a bal
ser, Bs. i. 666, Al. 14. reifa-lindi, a, ra. a swaddling-string, Kai
547. reifa-strangi, a, m. the ' swaddling-roW of an infant.
reifing, f. a summing-up; sum mal dsemd sum biiin til reiiiaga
Band. 6 ; um reifing, Grag. i. 63. reifingar-ina3r, m. the person uil
si^ims up (see reifa), Grag. i. 63, Nj. 243.
reifir, m. a giver, helper. Lex. Poet.
Eeifnir, m. the name of a sea-king. Lex. Poet.
reifr, adj. glad, cheerfid ; gladr ok reifr, Hm. 14; heima gladr ok vi
gesti reifr, 102 ; er Gudmundr reifr vid pa ok veitir peim stormannliga, Ii
ii. 388 ; reifr gekk herr und hlifar, Edda (in a verse) ; bj6r-r., cbeaf
from wine, Ls. i8; hug-r., joyful of heart, Hallfred ; bod-r., gunn^
her-r., hjaldr-r., ' war-glad,' Lex. Poet., a standing epithet of a warriO
which reminds of Tacitus' ' Germani, laeta bello gens.'
reigingr, m. stiffness, reigings-ligr, adj. stiff, ptffed up.
BEIGJASK, d, the vellums always spell with i, not ey, and Eb.II
new Ed. note 6 is a misprint; [rigr and reigjask point to a lost strotf"
verb, riga, reig] : — to throw the body back, with the notion of stifTiie
and haughtiness ; reigdsk hann vid ok let litniliga, Eb. 320 ; reigSi;
(thus the vellum) naesta briidr i moti, {>ryml. 50; hon reigdisk v
honum ok maelti. Fas. ii. 131 ; ok sva sem a leid peirra tal, pa reigSus
ae pvi meir vid lids-menn, Fms. viii. 158 ; {>6rdis reigdisk (raeiddisk E
wrongly) nokkut sva vid honum, ok skaut dxl vid |)orm6di, Fb. ii. 15.'
reygdisk, Fbr. 38 new Ed., a paper MS., is an error.
reigsa, ad, an iterat. to walk stiffly and haughtily.
EEIK, f. the parting of the hair; hvirfil, hnakka, enni, reik, vang
Edda ii. 430 ; har hans var ijdru-megiu reikar bleikt en odru-megin raut
O. H.L. 34, Fs. i. 212, Fas. iii. 392; hnakka eda reikar, 500; Gyn
kembir mi gula reik med gyltum kambi, Safn i. 33 : poet., reikar eik,^M
oak of the rtik, i.t.thehair,'EAdL7s. 217; and reikar riifr, /^e rye q///>erei,
i. e. the crop of the head, the hair, Gisl. ; reikar-tun = the head. Lex. Poot^
reik, n. [Scot, raik'], a strolling, wandering; vera a reiki: «/a«W
par var helzt reik a radinu, hvart ek munda af rada, Fas. ii. 335 » "|
hans er a reiki, is unsettled. 2. the phrase, vera vel, ilia til reika,
be in a good, bad condition; hann er ilia til reika (reikar?), of a persc^
wet, begrimed with dirt, or the like; p6 ek vxri vel til reika, Fas.^
395 ; ok sem hann hafdi drukkit, var hann miklu betr til reika en ac
Bs. i. 258; fagrliga kliddr ok vel til Tdkz,Jine-clad and in good trii
Karl. 113. ,
VK
f.(!
Ota
f-1
SB
3:].lil|ll
ijtnnt
Sj. 11.(1
'^k
REIKA— REITR.
491
a-'TKA, a3, to wander, tahe a walk; {)rdndr reikaSi eptir fjiirunni, TioW, Sturl. ii. 139 ; heljar reip, Sol. 77 ; festa reipin upp u hestana, Eb.
• 93; Bjiirn reikaai framm meS sjonum, Ld. 6; Gaiitr reikaOi a . 180; gora upp reipi, to tie up a rope; 6lar-reip, band-reip, hrotsh&rs-
Ifinu, Fxr. 242 ; koiiuiigr reikar ofan lil strandar. Fas. iii. 456 ; eptir
Uti6ina dagliga reikafii hann fyrst, Bs. i. 848. 2. to swagger ;
e6r reika, Lil. 92; ok reika&i hans hugr mjiik, Fnis. viii.12: to
reip. 2. of a ship's tackle; drifa til reipa, Fms. vii. (in a verse);
reipa reidi, rigging, tackling, vi. 308 : compds, drag-reip, hjAlp-r., kjal-r.,
skaut-r., J)ra-r., q. v. : — the phrase, vift raman reip at draga, from the
tar on one's legs, pa. reikadi |j6rir a f.,tunum, vii. 1 2 ; meir reikandi en | game of two persons pulling a rope, Nj. 10, Fms. ii. 107, Fs. 75. reipa-
gandi, Mar.; reikar a fotuni, Band. 8, Bs. i. .^38, Lv. 81 ; reikendr, kniitr, m. a kind of cross-knot.
pi. the wanderers, i.e. the planets {■nKavT/rfs'), Rb. (1812) 4
eikall or reikull, adj. wandering, unsettled : a nickname, GullJ).
likan, f. a strolling, wandering ; r. hugrenningar, a wandering of the
nd, Greg. 61 ; sumar foru lir borginni til reikauar, some went out of the
'jnfor a walk, Horn. (St.) compds : reikanar-maQr, m. a land-
iper, Rb. 274, Isl. ii. 243, Sturl. ii. 149. reikanar-samr, adj.ifan-
•ing, Sturl. iii. Ii>9.
likan-ligr, adj. wandering , Mar.
likna, a6 ; this word occurs in writers of the 13th and 14th centuries,
scarcely earlier, for in Hdl. 44 reikna is an error for rekja, q. v. ;
S. recnan ; Engl, reckon ; Germ, rechnen ; Dan. regne'\ : — to count,
late; hann reikna&i sik hundraftfaldan avoxt hafa fengit a py'\ sama
Stj. 162; 'perfecta fortitudo' hvat er reikna ma algorvan styrkleik,
ii. 534 ; a&rir se.t {jeir er Styrmir reiknar i sinni bok, 68 ; item hefir
sk, si6an biskup Michel reiknaSi, eitt hundraS va5mala, 22 ; reikna6i
jorS eiga geldfjar-rekstr, Dipl. v. 7 ; biskupinn reikna6i KoSriin i
. var sii sok hans reiknu&, at . . . reikna5i hann at J)at vaeri niikit
at J)eir hofSu eytt, Bs. i. 830 ; {)egar tok hann J)a, eptir at reikna
nferSi manna, 840 ; reikna e-t vi6 sik, to make up an accoutit of,
II. reflex., lata reiknask eignir klaustranna, to keep an
junt of the glebes, H.E. i. 476; reiknuBusk J)eir J)a vi& um fraend-
, they reckoned up their relationship, Fms. ii. 19 ; J)eir reiknuSusk
um kaerlig ok br65urlig viSskipti biskupanna sinna forverara, Dipl.
I, passim ; reikna6isk portio ecclesiae {jrjii hundru6, was reckoned,
mnted to three hundred, Vm. 19 ; reikiia&isk i fatabiiri rosir ^rettan
tnttugu, Dipl. iii. 4; Jjorlakr reiknask eiliflega milli J)eirra biskupa,
, Bs. i. 280, Fs. 121.
iknan, f. a reckoning, N. G. L. ii. 429.
g, f. calculation, Stj. 150, 15 1,
ngr, m. a reckoning, account, Fms. xi. 441 (v.l.), Dipl. ii. 12,
^, V. 18, Vm. 137, 140, Rb. 196, Ann. 1348, Bs. i. 910, Skiba. R. 38 ;
flings bref, a bill of account, Dipl. iii. 4 ; reiknings brestr, a deficit, ii.
2. arithmetic, passim in mod. usage ; reiknings-bok, -f:ae6i, -list.
aiings-skapr, m. a reckoning, account. Dip!, v. 18, Pm. 35.
k-8tj6rnur, f. pi. the planets, (mod.)
Lkud, f. (?) ; only in the phrase, fsera e-n i reikuS, to handle roughly,
mob or crowd, Fms. vi. 203, Rd. 306, Fs. 150, Bar3. 43 new Ed.
SIM, f., pi. reimar, [Germ, riemej, a lash, thong, Bjarn. 19 (of a
hosnareim).
ma, a5, to string, fasten on a thong. II. [a different word,
eimt], mun af reimask meir en eina nott, the haunting, the ghost, will
'. off for more than one night, Grett. 82 new Ed.
mir, m. a ' thong,' poet, a snake, Edda (Gl.)
m-leikr (-leiki), m. the being haunted by ghosts ; eptir J)etta gor3usk
eikar miklir, Eb. 270; reimleikar ok aptrgiingur, 278, 280, Fms. iv.
"Is. i. 598, Grett. 1 13, 140, 142.
IMT, n. adj. [the root or origin of this word and its derivatives
)t known, perh. qs. vreimr, akin to Dan. vrimmel = a swarni] : —
ted; in the phrase, J>ar er reimt, a place is haunted by ghosts; J)ar
eimt mjok, Grett. 110 ; \>6tti {)ar reimt jafnan siSan, Fs. 59 ; reimt
|[)ar siSan vera hja kumlum J)eirra, Isl. ii. I15 ; {lar potti mtinnum
miok sakir trolla-gangs, Grett. 140, Fas. ii. 115; ok J)6tti J)ar
fyrir er Sigrflugan var A lopti, Fms. viii. 374, v.l.
u3r, m. a an. Key.; r. Jcitun-heima, the haunter of Giant-land =
nt, HaustJ.
tin, f. winding. reiiminar-kefli, n. a winding-stick to wind
d on (as a clew), Krok. 41 C.
IN, f., dat. reinu, e. g. mark-reinu, kaup-reinu, G^l. 460, 485 ; sef-
, Lex. Poet. ; pi. reinar ; [Scot, rills'] -.—a strip of land, freq. in mod.
mark-rein, skogar-rein (q.v.), a strip of woodland; kaup-rein, a
et-place : poet., ragna rein, the heavenly strip, i. e. the rainbow, Hd. ;
ein, the mind's strip, i.e. the breast; svana flug-rein, swan's pinion-
i. e. the sky, Harms. 44 : in circumlocutions, baug-rein, rein steina,
oman^ Lex. Poet.
INI, a, m., qs. vreini, [A.S. wrcene ; Swed. vrensk-hest = a stal-
cp. Swed. vrenska, Dan. vrinske, = to neigh']: — a stallion; reini
' ek J)er {)ykkja . . . J)6tt J)ii hafir reina rodd, Hkv. Hjorv. 20, 21 ;
tk at Steinger3r vaeri giimul jalda i stodi, en ek reini, Kormak ;
Jid is else obsolete, see Bugge 407 note.
tP, M., mod. reipi, [Goxh.. i^-aip ; A.S.rdp; Engl, rope ; Scot.
O, H.G. reif; Dan. reb.-; Swed. rep]: — a rope, Fms. iv. 335,
ii. 361 ; hann sleit i sundr reipin, Edda 26; lata reip a hals
m J)eirra, 623. 33; fyrir hvi gafiit (5r oss eigi eins reips j6r6, Stj.
bat er gyr9i tong e5a reipi, N. G, L. i. 349; reips hald, a rope's L
reipa, a&, to fasten with a rope: naut., var rcipat trdit* 4 skipinu, the
mast was rigged, Fms. ix. 480, v. I. 2. reflex., ef {)u reipask vi8 at
fara, if thou refuse to go, Fms. xi. iij. ' II. in Dan. rebe, to
^rope' afield, to measure land with a rope.
reipari, a, m. a rope-maker, N. G. L. ii. 204.
reip-rennandi, part. ' rope-running ;' in the phrase, lesa, kunna c-&
r., to read or know by heart without a knot, i. c. fluently.
HEISA, t, a causal to risa ; pret. reisSi or raisj)i is freq. in the older
Runic stones, see Rafn ; \Go\.h. raisj an ; Engl, raise, etc.] : — to raise;
takit mi ok reisit viftuna, Fms. vii. 310; {)a let hann reisa viftuna ok
draga seglit, O. H. 170 ; r. n.5stong, Fs. 54 ; r. af dauSa, Rb. 8i : — reisa
e-n upp, to raise up, Fms. i. 10; hann reisti hann upp ok kyssti. I48;
r. upp af dauda, to raise up from the dead, 623. 22 (upjvrisa, resurrection) :
to raise up, put up, Fms. x. 411 ; reisti hann upp (restored) log i landinu,
xi. 296 ; upp mun Gu3 r. spamann mikinn, 655 xiii. B. 4 : — r. dyr, to
spring a deer, a hunting term, G{)1. 447 ; r. net, to lay a net, of a bird-
net, Barl. 55. 2. to raise, erect, build, of ships and houses; Olafr
enn Helgi reisti kaupsta5inn, O. H. (pref.) ; reisa hx, Ld. 96, Fs. 19 ; r.
kirkju, O.H.L. 23, Bs. i. 20, MS. 63. 14; r. hof, Gullj). 55 ; r. stein,
to raise a stone, set up a monument, is a standing phrase on the Runic
stones, — N. M. raisjji, or l(5t raisa stain J)ansi, Baut. ; er {)eir hofSu reistan
laup kirkjunnar, Fms. ii. 234: r. skip, let hann reisa skip inn undir HlaS-
homrum. . . f>orbergr var hofu&smiSr at reisa, 217,218; 16t 6lafr konungr
r. langskip mikit a E)'runum vi& ana Ni5, 50 ; um vetrinn reisti |j6r8r
ferju ni5r vid Mi8fjar8ar-6s, |>6r8. 10 new Ed. : r. upp bus . . .,to restore,
O. H. 37. 3. to raise, start, begin; hvernok r. skal fr4 upphafi
J)essa ra8a-g6r8, O. H. 32 ; reisa ufri&, to raise a rebellion, make a rising,
Fms. i. 84 ; r. fer8, to start on a journey, ix. 344 ; reisa bu or biina8, to
set up a household, Sturl. iii. 166, Bb. 2. 19; J)au voru me8 freku reist,
they were roused, startled by violence, Sturl. i. 105 ; J)eim malum, er
Haraldr haf8i me8 freku reist, Fms. x. 409. 4. the phrase, reisa
rond vi8 e-m, to raise the shield against, to withstand. Eg. 587, Al. 7,
Fms. xi. 318 (in a verse). II. reflex, to arise, be raised, or raise
oneself; hi'n (the river) reisisk a ^a leiS, Stj. 69 ; fia reistisk hann upp.
Fas. i. 346 ; J)ann er upp vildi reisask a moti honum, Sks. 681 ; r. m6ti
konungi, to rebel, H.E. i. 469 (upp-reist = ttpn's««^, rebellion); reistisk
hann \iix upp or rekkjunni, MS. 4. 12.
reisa, u, f. [from the Germ, reise], a journey ; this word, which is very
rare in mod. usage (fer8 and fur are the vernacular words), appears at
the end of the 15th century, Bs. i. 900 (Laur. S. the second recension);
var sva hor8 reisan fieirra, Fms. viii. 32 (,v. I., an error for rei8an, in a
vellum of the latter part of the 15th century, but shewing that the tran-
scriber knew the German word) ; in Norway it occurs in a deed of 1344 •
in mod. usage Icel. say ferSa-reisa, vera a fer8a-reisu : — i J)rju,r reisur,
thrice, Bs. ii. 474. reisu-ni63r, 3d], journey-weary, Jon |>orl.
reisa, t, [Germ, reisen], to travel, (mod.)
reisa, adj. indecl., of cattle so starved or old that they cannot rise, but
must be lifted up, reisa af hor.
reisi-fjol and reisi-sii3, f. a wainscotted roof.
reist, f. rising ; in upp-reist, mot-r., vi8-r.
KEISTA, t, qs. vreista, [Engl, wrest; Dan. vriste], to wrest, wring,
bend ; var skipit sva reist ok hrist, at i sundr brotnu8u brandamir, Fms.
viii. 247 ; lagSisk litt sver8it, en si3an reisti hann })at i glugg einum,
i. e. the sword was soft and he bent it straight in a window. Fas. ii. 465.
reisting, f. a bending, twisting. Fas. ii. 465.
reistr, m., gen. reistar, qs. vreistr, [cp. Engl, wrist], a twist; jar8ar
reistr, the ' ear/h-twist,' ' earth's curl,' poet, a serpent, Bragi, see Bugge
in Philol. Tidskr. : — a nickname, Landn., whence the local names,
E.eistar-4, Reistar-gmipr, Landn., map of Icel.
reisuligr, adj. high, stately; r. baer, Sturl. iii. 166, Hav. 58, Hrafn. 22.
KELT A, t, qs. vreita, [akin to rita ; Germ, reissen, reizen ; Swed. retd] :
— to scratch, prop, to irritate, stir up, excite one's anger, Fs. 46 ; reita
forlogin, Al. 55 ; reita {)inn skapara, N. G. L. ii. 416; r. Gu8s rei8i, Stj.
54, 449 ; r. hug e-s, Barl. 96, 1 14 ; hvi hefir ^u reitta Philisteos i m6t
055, Stj. 414: to charm, sii er mik reitir, Gisl. (in a verse). II.
reflex, reitask or raetask ; reitisk a um e-t, to be stirred up ; mun A bardaga
reitask, will there be a fight? Fms. x. 392 ; reittisk a um tal ok kossa,
iii. 144 ; reittisk {do, a um vist hans, then be was well seen there,- vii. 112;
J)a reittisk ekki af (a) um talit, the conversation dropped, Gliim. 336 ;
mun pa. skjott a rsetask um gle8i manna, Fms. vii. 1 19 ; pat tal ^otti
Agli gptt ok rasttisk af vel. Eg. 686 ; mal-reitinn.
reiting, f. irritation, offence, Pr. 452 : anger. Mar.
reitinn, adj. irritating, offensive. Lex. Poet.
REITB, m., qs. vreitr, ace. pL reitu, Grag. i. 65, but usually reita ;
492
REITUR— REKJA.
[from rita or rita ; Swed. vret] : — a square, a space marked out, a place 1
ske-chsd out, used of a bed in a garden, a square on a chessboard, and :
the like; gor '^a ine3 blo&refli $ver6sins niu reita umhveifis hu6ina, I
Mar. ; Jjrir reitar fe.s bre.flir, ut fra reituni skiilu vera s.engr fjorar,
Korm 80; niu reita ristr |>randr alia v^ga lit fra grindunum, Faer. 184:
J)eir skulu rista reitu tva, Grag. i. 65 ; sva hit sama voru ok reitir niu a
taflborftinu, at annarr hverr var gyllr, enn annarr {)aktr af hvitu silfri,
Karl. 48f) ; salt er Jieini liS allt er 1 sj65 kemr, en a reitum reitt, Gsp. ;
heima-menn eigu skala yztir ok reit a nicil, o( a place for drying Jish,
Vni 88; {)ess-hattar sjoreita kalla J)eir m 6, Bs. ii. 145 ; giira reit, N.G.L.
i. 241 (for sowing) ; naepna-reitr, q. v. ; Gu3s barna reitr, cp. Germ.
Gottes-acker =■ a church-yard.
reitur, f. pi. scourings, scrapings; eiga dalitlar reitur, of a poor man's
property ; fjar-reitur.
reizla, u, f. =rei3sla, weighing; fa J)u mann til at sja reizlur, 0. H.
154; um reizlur, Grag. (Kb.) ii. i^g; reizlu-ma6r, see rei6sla. 2.
a steelyard ; lat fram reizluna, Ld. 30, passim in mod. usage.
rek, n., qs. vrek, [Engl, wreck and wretch; early Dan. wrac, wrag ;
Swed. wrak ; quae cognominantur lingua Danica wrec, Dipl. Arna-Magn.
Thork. i. ,^1 : — -jetsum, a thing drifted at hore ; rck J)au oil er rekr i almeun-
inga, J)a a konungr, N. G. L. ii. 165 ; haf-rek, vag-rek, q. v. II.
metaph. a prosecution ; mundu m.klir eptirmals-menn ok mikil rek at gor,
NjarS. .^72.
REKA, pres. rek, rekr ; pret. rak, rakt (mod. rakst), rak, plur. raku ;
subj. raeki ; imper. rek, rektii ; part, rekinn ; originally vreka ; [Ulf.
wrikan — Siu/teiv, ga-wrikan — fK^iKfiv; A. S. and Hel. wrecan; Engl.
wreak; O. H.G. rechan; Germ, rdchen; Dan. vrage; Swed. vrdka ;
Lat. urgere^ : — to drive; reka hross, fe, svin, naut, to drive horses, cattle,
Eg. 593, Fbr. 30, Nj. 118, 119, 264, Grag. ii. 327, 332, Gisl. 20, Fms.
X. 269, 421, Lv. 47, Glum. 342 ; reka burt, to expel, drive away, Fms. i.
70, X. 264; reka or (af) landi, to drive into exile, Nj. 5, Eg 417 ; reka
af hondum, to drive off one's bandf, drive away, Fms. vii. 27 ; rekinn fra
Gu3i, Grag. ii. 167 ; reka djcifla fra 63um monnum. Mar. ; reka fiotta, to
pursue a flying host. Eg. 299, Hkr. i. 238. 2. to coinpel ; at J)vi sem
hlutr rak J)a til, in turns, as the lot drove them to do, 625. 84 ; segir hver
nau3syn hann rekr til, Fms. x. 2^:, ; er vegit vig Jiau er y3r rekr litiS til,
Nj. 154. 3. with prepp. ; reka aptr, to drive back, repel, Ld 112; reka
aptr kaup sin, to recall, make void, Nj. 32 : to refute, N, G. L. i. 240 :—
reka fyrir, to expel, cp. Germ, ver-treiben, hann giirdi friS fyrir nor6an fjall,
ok rak fyrir vikinga, Ver. 45 ; J)a voru villumenn fyrir reknir, 54 ; fyrir
reka argan go3varg, Bs. i. 13 (in a verse) : — reka lit, to expel. II.
to perform business or the like; reka herna6, to wage war, Fms i. 105,
xi. 91 ; reka eyrendi, Ld. 92 ; ^at er litiS starf at reka J)etta erendi, Eg.
408; reka syslu, to transact business, Grag. ii. 332; reka hjiiskap, to
live in wedlock, H. E. i. 450. III. to thrust, throw, push violently ;
hann rak hann ni6r mikit fall, Fms. i. 83 ; rak hann litbyrSis, Eg. 22 r ;
rak hann at h6f6i i so3ketilinn, Nj. 248 ; Flosi kastaSi af ser sk.kkjunni
ok rak i fang henni, 176: of a weapon, to run, hann rekr atgeirinn
i gegnum hann, he ran it through his body, 115, iiy, 264; hann rak
a honum talgu-knif, stabbed him. Band. 14 : reka fot undan e-m, to hack
the foot clean off, Sturl. iii. 6. 2. reka aptr hurS, dyrr. to bolt, bar.
Eg. 749, Fms. ix. 518; J)eir raku \>ega.T aptr stopulinn, viii. 247 ; hon
rak las fyrir kistuna, Grett. 159 ; reka hendr e-s a bak aptr, to tie one's
bands to the back, pinion, Fms. xi. 146. IV. various phrases;
r ika auga, skygnur a e-t, to cast one's eyes upon, see by chance, hit with
the eye, Ld. 154; sva langt at hann matti hvergi auga yfir reka, so far
that he could not reach it with his eyes, Fms. xi. 6; reka minni til, to
remember, vi. 256, vii. 35 (of some never-to-be-forgotten thing) ; reka
frettir um e-t, to enquire in'o, i. 73; reka sparniaeli vi6 e-n, Grett. 74 ;
reka aettar-tcilur (better rekja), Landn. 168, v. 1. ; reka upp hlj63, skraek,
to lift up the voice, scream aloud; these phrases seem to belong to a dif-
ferent root, cp. the remarks s. v. rekja and rettr. V. to beat iron,
metal ; reka jarn, Grett. 1 29 A ( =drepa jam) ; reka nagla, ha:l, saum, to
drive a nail, a peg (rek-saumr) ; selrinn g6kk Jja ni3r vi5 sem hann rseki
hael, Eb. 272. VI. impers. to be drifted, tossed ; skipit rak inn a
sundit, Fms. x. 136 ; skipit rak i haf lit, Sam. 33 ; rak ^angat skipit. Eg.
600 ; rekr hann (ace.) ofan a vaSit, Nj. 108 : — to be drifted ashore, viSuna
rak vi6a um Eyjar, hornstafina rak i J)a ey er Stafey heitir si&m, Ld.
326; ef \>ii rekr fiska, fugla e3r sela, ef vid rekr a fjoru . . . mi rekr
hval, Grag. ii. 337 ; borft ny-rekit, Fs. 25 ; hann blotaSi til J)ess at ^ar
raeki tre sextugt, Gisl. 140 ; haf6i rekit upp reySi mikla, Eb. 292 ; fundu
J)eir i vik einni hvar upp var rekin kista Kveldiilfs, Eg. 129: — e-n rekr
undan, to escape, Nj. 155 :— of a tempest, J)a rak a fyrir ^e\m hr.3 (ace),
a tempest arose, Fs. 1 08 ; rekr a storma, myrkr, hafvillur, J)oku, to be over-
taken by a storm, . . .fog. VII. reflex, to be tossed, wander; ek hefi
rekisk uti a skogum i allan vetr, Fms. ii. 59 ; gorask at kaupmanni ok
rekask landa i milli, 79 ; litiS er mer um at rekask milli kaupsta&a a
haustdegi, Ld. 312; ok ef Kjartan skal mi undan rekask (escape), 222 ;
at hann raekisk eigi lengr af eignum sinum ok oSulum, Fms. ix. 443 ;
hann bad y8r standa i mot ok rekask af hondum oaldar-flokka slika,
O. H. 213. VIII. with gen. to tvreak or take vengeance ; J5<5,r hafit
jtfi
gtfn
rekit margra manna sneypu ok svivirftinga, Fbr. 30 ; en attu at rd
harma sinna i Noregi, Fb. ii. 120; ok ef J)er rekit eigi J)essa rettar, \
munu ^cr engra skamma reka, Nj.6^ ; J)er vildu3 eigi eitt orS J)ola, er ma
var vi& y3r, svii at J)er rsekit eigi, Hom. 32 ; fraendr vara, J)a er r4tti f^'-
vilja reka. Eg. 45S ; mjok log&u menn til or3s, er hann rak eigi Jiesj
rettar, Ld. 250 ; atru ver ^k Gu5s rettar at reka, O. H. 205. 12
part., J)ykki mer ok rekin v4n, at...,fl// hope past, that..., L
216. 2. Te'k.inn. = inlaid, mounted; oxi rekna, Ld. 288; ham
oxi sina ina reknu, Lv. 30; exi forna ok rekna, Sturl. ii. 220, Gull]
20. 3. a triple or complex circumlocution is called rekit ; fyrst heii
kenningar {simple), annat tvikennt (double), J)ri5ja rekit, J)at er kennio
at kalla ' flein-brag ' orrostu, en |)at er tvikennt at kalla ' fleinbraks-fu!
sverQit, en J)a er rekit er lengra er, Edda 122 ; cp. rek-stefja.
reka, u, f, qs. vreka, [Engl, rake; Germ, rache], a shovel, spad
K. Jj.K. 38, Isl. ii. 193, Vm. 34, Dropl. 28: the saying, stikk m^r
kva6 reka ! Fms. vii. 115 ; myki-reka, fjos-reka.
rekald, n. a wreck, a thing drifted ashore, jetsum, Grag. i. 2 18, Gldn
393, Fs 145 ; J)6tti Ssmundr hafa sent ^eim illt rekald, Fs. 31.
rekendr, f. pi. [A. S. racenta ; O. H. G. rachinr.a'], a chain, Fms. »
168, vii. 184; rekendum bundinn, 623. 12, 655 xiii. B. 3 ; ^k fSl]
lekendirnar (sic) af Petro, 656C. ii; jarn-r., Fms. vii. 183, xi. 32;
Sks. 416; gu!l-r.. El. ; munnlaug skal dottir hafa nem a rekendr s6 gi
(sic) a me&al, N.G.L. i. 283, cp. 211.
rek-hvalr, m. a whale drifted ashore, Grag. ii. 385, K. {>. K. 112, K. j iiff
162, Jb. 335, Am. 36.
reki, a, m., originally vreki, [cp. Goth, wrakja ; A. S. wraca ; Eng
sea-M/ract, etc.] : — -jetsum, a thing drifted ashore, see rek above; hre :si!
ma&r a reka fyrir landi sinu, viSar ok hvala ok sela, fiska ok fugla 0
J)ara, Gifig. ii. 352; kaupa reka af landi annars manns, 358, Fs. 17,
176, passim. In Icel., washed by the Polar stream and the Gulf streao
the right of jetsum in dead whales and drift-timber formed an importai
part of the public law ; numerous passages in the Laws, Sagas, and Dew
bear witness to this, or relate to disputes about whales drifted ashoti
e.g. Rd. ch. 8, Eb. ch. 57, Gliim. ch. 37, Grett. ch. 14, Htiv.ch. 3. 5
in compds : reka-gogn, 'wreck-gain,' returns from jetsum, Dipl. iii, 3
reka-hvalr, Grag. ii. 358, 366, 381 ; reka-biitr, -drumbr, -tre, -vi3r,
drift-log, tree, Fb. i. 213, Hav. 40, K. Jj. K. 84, Bs. i. 674, Eg. 13}
Grag. ii. 211 ; reka-partr, a share in a jetsum, Dipl. ii. 9 ; reka-mark,
landmark of a reki, Grag. ii. 355, Jb. 316, 321, 322 ; reka-maSr, a 'dr^>
man,' lord of the tnanor, oivner of jetsum (as owner or purchaser), Grij ij^lr,
!r,.V
limit
Mm
l-risi
iBiDI.
ii. 359, Jb. 317; reka-strond, a 'wreck-strand,' where whales or tra
are driven ashore, Ld. 96, K. |j. K. 82, Js. 49 ; reka-biii, a neighbour i
juror in a case of jetsum ; ok skulu rekabiiar vir6a hval, Grag. ii. 371
reka-fjara = reka-strond, 357, Jb. 316; reka-balkr and reka-^attr, /2
section in law referring to jetsum, Grag. ii. 3^2, Jb. 313, sqq. H
persecution; var eigi sva mikill reki at gorr um vigit sem van imiiK
{)ykkja um sva gofgan mann, Eb. 194 ; Ei3r var J)a mjiik gamlaftr, var
af {)vi at {)essu gorr engi reki, Ld. 250 ; J)eir g6r3u n)ikinn reka at )>eii
verkum er Jiar voru gor, Fbr. 59 new Ed. III. in com[5ds, 1
eyrend-reki, a messenger; land-reki, a king : — a driver, drover, in sani
reki, hjarS-reki, naut-reki, lest-reki, q. v.
rekingr, m. [? Engl, reckling'], an outcast, wretch; r. ok huglauss, h«t ^^u^
r., MS. 4. 20, 26.
rekinn, rekit, part., see reka IX.
REKJA, pres. rek ; pret. rak&i and rakti ; subj. rekSi, rekti ;
rakinn (older raki6r) ; imper. rek, rektii; different from reka;
7/f-rakjan = iKTeiveiv, iTnc-nav ; Engl, reach ; Dan.-Swed. rcekke, n
Germ, reichen; Gr. o-ptyoj; Lat. rego ; cp. also rakna, rettr, q.
— to spread out, unfold, unwind, of cloth, a clew, thread, and
like, rekja, rekja sundr; hon rakti motrinn ok kit a um hrid, W
202 ; hon |)rifr upp motrinn ok rekr sundr, 192 ; syndi hon f>orstOll
marga diika ok roktu i sundr, Grett. 160; \>at var helzt gaman H *~
at hon rek3i skikkjuna Gunnlaugs-naut, ok horfSi J)ar a longum, Ii
274, 275; hann leiddi hann um eik ok rakti sva or honum Jjarmaw
Nj. 275 ; af skolu J)au klae6i rekja, unwrap the clothes, N. G. L. i. 3391
— reflex, to unwind itself, en ^ra3rinn rak5isk af tvinna-hnodanu, Hk)(
iii. 117; roktusk sva a enda allir bans J)armar, Fb. i. 527 ; lat hendr {)inaj
i tomi rekjask niSr fyrir J)ik, do stretch thy arms straight down, Sks. 293 !
rekjask or svefni, to arise from sleep. Am. 88 : rekjask lir, to unwind itseij
get disentangled, be set right; pub rekst lir bagindum bans.
to discharge; ef \>rse\l manns rekr til lausnar at leysa sik, Jia skal «;,
gefa honum frelsi fyrr en hann hafi half-goldit ver5 sitt, N.G.L.
174. II. to trace; rekja spor, to track, trace; J)eir rekja spo
sem hundar, Fms. i. 8 ; {)eir rciktu spor bans norSan, Landn. 179, Fs. 00|
— rekja kyn, aettir, to trace a pedigree, 0. H. (pref.), Hdl. 44; {lar *•"(
rekja til bauga-tal, Grag. ii. 63 ; gu6in rok&u til spadoma, at . . . , Mttj
18, Stj. 444, Mar.; litt rekjum ver drauma til flestra hluta, Nj. 178}
rekja minui til, to recollect, remember, Fms. viii. 278; Jjcir roktu bi^\ ^.'"
sin visendi, Stj. 603; bad hann fram r. Guas log, to expose, Frns. vi"! ■►jj^'
277; rakti hann fyrir \ieim helgar ritningar, Hom. (St.); r. baenir sina
fyrir e-n, to say one's prayers, 0. H. (in a verse).
REKJA— HENNA.
483
rekja, u, f. [rakr], tvet, rain, dew, as good for mowing ; J)a& er bczta
kja ; sld i rekju.
rekki-ldtr, adj. upright, high-minded, Qisl. (in a verse).
BEKKJA, u, f., gen. pi. rekkna, Edda 29, Rom. 195 (spelt rokna) ;
Iso spelt reykja, Fnis. v. 38, 183, 334, 339 ; or even rjukja in Art. : —
bed, Nj. 14, Eg. 24, 125, 765, Edda 9, Faer. 197, Fs. 5, 143, Fb. i. 43,
ms. iv. 318, passim. compds : rekkju-biinaflr, m. fce(/-/i/r«<Vwre,
b. 258. rekkju-felagi, a, m. a 6et/ye//oK/, Fms. iii. 199. rekkju-
61f, n. a hed-cloiet, Jjorst. Stang. 55. rekkju-illr, adj. unruly in bed,
A. 241. rekkju-kleefli, n. pi. bed-clotbes, Eb. 256, Am. 100, Dipl. v.
rekkju-kona, u, f. a chamber-maid, Str. 2 1 . rekkju-maflr, m.
'jninbed,Lv.gS. rekkju-nautr, m. = rekkjufelagi. rekkju-
(3fill, m. a bed-curtain, Eb. 258. rekkju-skraut, n. bed-ornaments,
|6m. 303. rekkju-stokkr, m. the ' bed-edge,' Nj. 36, Fms. iii. 125,
'• '"'• 375. V'g'- .S3- rekkju-sveinn, m. a chamber-boy, Str. 12, 21,
itl. 295. rekkju-tjald, n. a 'bed-tent,' bed-curtain, Eb. 264.
^kkju-vaSmdl, n. ' bed-wadmal,' a bed-sheet, Dropl. 20. rekkju-
|v3, f., mod. proncd. rekkj66, a bed-^heet, Dipl. iii. 4.
•ekkja, t, [rakkr], to strain, stretch out; u3r rekkir kjol, Ht. : metaph.
':e proud. Lex. Poet. II. [rekkja], to make a bed. Fas. i.
to sleep in a bed, r. hja, to sleep with another in the same bed, Fms.
121, vii. 166, xi. 52, Gisl. 99, Ld. 30; sam-r., id.
iekkj63, f. (qs. rekkjuvad), a bed-sheet.
lEKKR, m., dat. rekki, Hdl. 3 ; pi. rekkar; [akin to rakkr, q. v.] :
>p. a straight, upright man, a franhlin (?), a freq. word in poetry,
■ Lex. Poet. (Hkv. Hjorv. 18), but in prose only used in old law
rases: in the allit. law phrase, rekkr ok rygr, man and wife; J)ann
nn skal leiSa a rekks skaut ok rygjar, N.G. L. i. 209; arbornum
uni (a noble) fjora aura, rekks J)egni {a freeholder, franMinT) J)rja
; a, en leysingja tva aura ; as also, holdr, arborinn maSr, rekks t)egii,
singi, N. G. L. i. 172, 173 (the rekkr stands therefore as the third in
1 k next to a freed man); rekkar Jjeir fiottusk er Jjeir ript h6f5u, they
J themselves proud, Hm. 48 ; Halfs-rekkar, the champions of king H.,
];. ii. 25, Edda 107 (the etymology there given is a mere fancy).
;klingr, m. an outcast, Str. : = riklingr, q. v.
ikningr, m. an outcast; Cain var r. fra Gu8i, Ver. 6, Greg. 26,
1 ni. 38. 2. vagrancy; bera mcyna a rekning, Isl. ii. 23; see
1 kningr, qs. rakningr.
ik-saumr, m. ' drive-nails,' large nails, such as are used in ships,
' . 30, Fms. viii. 199, passim.
'k-sp61r, m., better rak-spolr, q.v.
ek-stefja, u, f. the name of a poem with a complex (rekit) burden
(if), published in Script. Hist. Isl. vol. iii.
!^kstr, m. a driving, chasing, Fms. ix. 409, 497. land-r. : — a drove of
c le, fjar-rekstr : — a beaten track, J)j66gata, saetrgata ok allir rekstar,
J }. L. i. 44, GJ)1. 409 (Jb. 280) : the right of driving cattle into the
Cjimons (almenningar), j6r8in a rekstr oUu geldfe ok lombum i Glerar-
d{ Dipl. V. 19. rekstrar-gata, -vegr, m. a cattle-track, N.G. L.
|kvi3, see r6kvi5 and riikkr.
-lig^, adj. = rifligr, ample, large ; mun eigi annat religra en faera menn
i Ik vandraeSi, will not some other thing do better than the putting people
such difficulties f i. e. is it not better to take some other course f Lv. 96 ;
111 ma ok vera at til ver3i nokkurir at veita {lorgils, J)6at J)in malefni
alegri, even though thy case be the better of the two, Sturl. i. 44.
Lla, u, f. grumbling.
mba, u, f. a nickname, Fb. iii. reinbu-iua9r, m. a puffed-up
w, a coxcomb, Karl. 292.
nbask, d, dep. to strut, puff oneself up, ts\. ii. 219, Fas. i. 81, iii. 131,
1. 126.
mbi-kniitr, m. a knot without a loop.
nbi-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), haughtily, puffingly, Karl. 227.
nbi-lseti, n., rembingr, m. puffed manners.
nja, a6, to roar, of a lion, Stj. 411, Barl. 53; hinn sjuki ma5r
re ar hrx3ilega. Mar. 985.
ijama, u, f. [ramr], bitterness, Tsl. ii. 412, Fs. 45, Stj. 615.
^ima, d, [ramr], to make fast, strengthen, Al. 71, Sks. 400, MS.
\. 69, 60.
I mi-, in poet, compds = m/g'i/y, s/ron^ ; remmi-ski&, -sk6&, -laukr,
'■ -tyr, -J)undr, Lex. Poet.
iimi-g^gr, f. the ' mighty ogre,' Ski&a R., better rimmu-gygr.
mir, m. a strengthener. Lex. Poet.
, n. = r(Snan ; var Jja nokkut ren a hans sott, Bs. i. 145.
a, aS, to dwindle, decrease, Fms. vii. 189, x. 394, Fas. ii. 406 ; skal
; gjalda er r6na l^t, Grag. ii. 211 ; \)ega.T heldr renaSi hin harSasta
ri6in, Fms. viii. 289, v. 1. : to become dilapidated, ef liiggarSr r(5nar
r), Grag. ii. 265 ; ok r^nar kirkja sva at eigi ma tiSir i veita, K.|j.K.
b. 6 new Ed., v. 1. ; litt r6nu8u {withered) ^ar grcis, Fb. J. 539.
«jan, f. decreasing, Fms. x. 252, xi. 41, Bjarn. 58.
dr, adj. [rond], striped, edged; jarni rendr, Grett. 96 new Ed.;
r stall rendr, |ji5r. 95 ; mo-rendr, bla-r. ^
fe
R
n
h'ff,
rengd, f. a challenge ; log rengd, Grag. i. 31.
rengi, n. the layer of blubber between the spik (speck) and the J)vc$ti
(flesh), regarded as n dainty, Gr4g. ii. 363 ; 4tta vxttir af hval, hilft
hvart, spik ok rengi, Am. 32 ; eg tkal gefa Jj^r siirt $m<:T ok rengi, cf ^u
verftr hj4 m^r leiigi, i g68u gengi, og kasta eg »vo fyrir J)ig, is the pre-
amble in the play go6a-tafl.
KENGJA, d, qs. vrtngja, [Din. vr<enge ; Swed. vrdnga; from rangr] :
— to ' wrong,' put awry, ditlr^rt ; hann rengdi til augun, Fms. ii. 59 ; runar
nam at rista rengfli Jjaer Vingi, W.fals^ed them. Am. 4. II.
metaph. as a law term, to dispwe, challenge; kvaft Eyjolfr six mi 4 6vart
koma ef |)at msetti rengja, if that could he shaken, Nj. 236 ; rengja mann
6r domi, to challenge a man of the court (jury), Grag. i. 28 ; at hann hefir
rengftan J)ridjungs-mann hans or domi, 31 ; ok 14ta oss na sj&lfa at koma
r^ttindum fyrir oss, fyrr en J)eir felli dom a at rengja, Bs. i. 201.
rengla, u, f., dimin. [rangr], a crooked thin twig; hlykkjott birki-
rengla, a ditty, renglu-legr, adj. thin, pinched.
HENNA (older form rinna, Hom. 125), pres. renn and rcnnr; pret.
rann, rannt (mod. ranst), rann, pi. runnum ; subj. rynni; imper. renn,
renndii ; part, runninn ; with neg. suff. renni-a, Hkv. 2. 30 : [Ulf. rinnan
= Tp«x*"'> Mark ix 25, = ^«ri/, John vii. 38; as also bi-rinnan, and-
rinnan ; a word common to all Teut. languages ; the Engl, run is prob.
formed from the pret. 3rd pers. plur.] : — to run ■= Lat. currere, of any swift,
even, sliding motion (for hlaupa is to leap, hound), used not only of living
things, but also of streams, water, wind, light, sun ; rakkar t)ar renna.
Am. 24; freki mun renna, Vsp. 41, Gm. 32 ; vargar runnu a isi milli
Noregs ok Danmerkr, Ann. IO47 ; rennia sa marr, Hkv. 2. 30; renni
und visa vigblaer hinnig, Gh. 34; renni rokn bitluS, Hkv. I. 50; Grani
rann at J)'"g'« Gkv. 2. 4; hest inn hraSfaera lattu hinnig renna,
Gh. 18; J)ann hest er renn lopt ok log, Edda 21 ; renna i kiipp vift
e-n, 31; renna skei6, to run a race, id.; J)eir runnu heim. Fas. ii.
loi ; r. at skei8, /o take a run, ill; for hann til ok rann bergit
upp at manninum, 277; hann rennr upp vegg'nn, Nj. 202; r. e-m
hvarf, to run out of one's sight, Sturl iii. 50; mjiikr ok lettr bx8i at
ri3a ok rinna, Hom. 125 ; renna ok ri8a, G|)l. 41 1 ; r. eptir e-m, to run
after one, Nj. 275; runnit hefir hundr {)inn, Petr posiuli, til Roms
tysvar ok myndi renni it {)ri8ja sinn ef })U leyfdir, id. ; J)at J)olir hvergi,
nema renn til tr^s e8r staurs, 655 xxx. 5 ; runnu Jjeir upp til bzjar me8
alvaepni. Eg. 388 ; hann rann Jia fram i mot Bergiinundi, 378 ; r. 4 hendr
e-m, to ue force, K. A. 116, 150; margar slo8ir runnu undir (supported
him) hxbi fraendr ok vinir, Ld. 18; renna d ski8um, to run in snow-
shoes. 2. to run, fly ; \)k spur8i Ker{)jalfa8r hvi hann rynni eigi sv4
sem a8rir, Nj. 27-1 ; hvart skal mi renna, 96, 247 ; ef ma8r stigr cidrum
faeti lit um hoslur, ferr hann a hsel, en rennr ef ba8um stigr, Korm. 86 ;
mi hefir J)U runnit, ok beSit eigi Skiitu, Gliim. 310; rennr \>\i mi tJlfr
inn ragi, . . .lengra mundir ^li r. . . ., O. H. 167 ; r. undan e-m, Nj. 95 ;
reyndusk ilia menn |>6ris ok runnu fra honum, Fms. vii. il. II.
of things ; snara rennr at halsi e-m, of a loop. Mar. ; J)at skal maSr
eigi abyrgjask at kyr renni eigi kalfi, ef hann hefir oxn i nautum
sinum, N. G. L. i. 25 : — of a weapon, hyrnan rann ( = renndi) i brjostiS
ok gekk a hoi, Nj. 245 : — of the sun, daylight, and the like, to arise, er
sol rennr a fjiill Paska-dag, K. |>. K. 124; sem lei8 moti dcgi ok solin
rann, Bev. 20 ; rennr dagr, r6kkri8 l)rytr, lllf. 9. 83 ; renna upp, to rise ;
um morguninn er sol rann upp ok var litt farin, Fms. viii. 146; t)at
var allt senn, at dagrinn rann upp, ok konungr kom til eldanna, ix.
353 ; f"^ I'*"" ^^^ "PP> °^ ''*" ^'1''' baendr til solarinnar, O. H. 109 ;
en er hann vaknadi {)a rann dagr upp, 207 ; dyr og fagr austri i upp
er dagr runninn, a ditty ; stjornur renna upp ok setjask, Rb. 466 ;
rennr Ijos J)it upp, 625. 66: less correctly of the setting sun, as, solin
rann, Ijos lei8, in a mod. hymn, (the Norsemen call the sunset sol-
renning) : — to run up, of plants, var ^ess ok van, at illr dvoxtr mundi
upp renna af illri rot, Fms. ii. 48; J)ar renna eigi upp J)yrnar n^ illgresi,
656 A. ii. 14; eru ver ok sva gamlir ok runnir bitar (?) upp, Fms.
viii. 325, v.l. : the phrase, renna upp sem fifill i brekku (see fifill) :
to originate, xhzr renna J)ar upp ok rstask, . . . renn ok rodd upp fyrir
hverju or8i, Skalda 169, Stj. I98, (upp-runi, origin) : — of a stream, river,
water, to flow, opin renna hon skal um aldrdaga, VJ)m. 16; a hug8a
ek her inn renna. Am. 25 ; rennr ^zbzn litill laekr, Fms. i. 232 ; renn-
anda vatn, a ruiming water, Bs. ii. 18; rennandi ar, Hom. 45: bl65
rennr 6r sari, a running sore, wound; {)ar rann bl68 sv4 mjok at eigi
var8 sto8vat, Fms. i. 46 ; vatn, sjor rennr or klae8um, etc. : — to run, lead,
trend, J)j68vegir, er renna eptir endilongum byg8um, ok \)e'\T er renna
fra fjalli ok til fjoru, GJjl. 413 : — to run, melt, dissolve, ok hefSi runnit
malmrinn i eldsganginum, Orkn. 368 ; malmr rennr saman. Bias. 47 ;
J)at renn saman, blends together, 655 xxx. 5: — of wind, to arise, byrr
rann a af landi. Eg. 389; J>a rann a byrr, Nj. 135 ; en er Bjom var
albuinn ok byrr rann a, Eg. 158 : hvergi var 4 runnit 4 klseSi hans, bis
clothes were untouched, Fms. xi. 38 : — of sleep or mental motion, rann 4
hann hiifgi moti deginum, 0. H. 207 ; t* ^^^^ ^ ^*"" svemn, 240 ;
rennr a hann svefnhofgi, ok dreymir hann, Gisl. 67 ; ^4 rann 4 hann
t)egar rei8i ok ofund, Sks. 154 new Ed.; rann ^L dmegin a hann, be
swooned, Fms. viii. 332 ; J)^ ^ann af Gretti limegit, be recovered bis
494
RENNA— RETTKALLADK.
senses, Grett. 114; let hann r. af ser reidina, Fms. i. 15, iii. 73; rann
nii af konunginum rei3i vi6 mag sinn, xi. 13: e-m rennr i skap, to be
affected to tears ; er eigi trautt at mer hafi i skap runnit sonar-dauOinn,
|)orst. Stang. 5^ (cp. Gisl. 39, allt i skap ' komit') : to he angry, var mi
sva komit at honum rann i skap ok reiddisk hann, Fms. vi. 212, and so
in mod. usage. III. recipr., rennask at (a), to attack one another,
run together, Jight; si9an rennask at hestarnir, . . . J)a er a rynnisk hest-
arnir, Nj. 91 ; ^eir runnusk a allsterkliga, of wrestlers, Ld. 158.
renna, d, a causal to the preceding word, [Ulf. rantijan, Matth. v.
25] : — to make run, let run; keyr5i hann hestinn ok renndi honum at,
put him into a gallop, Fms. ix. 56 ; renna hundum at dyrum, to run the
hounds after game, let slip, G^l. 448 ; konungr renndi ep'ir honum hest-
inum, Fms. viii. 353 ; renna ser, to slide: — to put to flight, J)eir reimdu
J)eim tiu er undan komusk, Nj. 254 ; hverjum hesti renndi hann sem vi&
hann dtti, Vigl. 20 : — to prevent, thwart, eigi ma skcipunum renna, Isl. ii.
106 ; {)at hygg ek at rennt hafa ek mi J)eim skopunum, at hann ver6i mer
at bana. Fas. ii. 169, f^sS ; r. e-u rkhi, to thwart it, Bret., Grag. i. 307 ; ok
er mi rennt ^eim raSa-hag, Valla L. 204 ; ek skal J)vi renna, Jv. 49 : —
r. fseri, neti, togum, iJngli, to let the line, net . . . run out, GJ)1. 426 : Tjorvi
renndi fyrir hann tjorgu, T. flung a targe in his way, Nj. 144 : impers. of
a weapon, atgeirinum renndi gognum skjoldinn, the halberd was run
through the shield, 116 : — of the eyes, mind, renna augum, to turn, move
the eyes, look, tsl. ii. 251 ; r. astar-augum til e-s, 199 ; r. girndar-augum,
623. 23 ; renna hug sinum, to wander in mind, consider, O. H. L. 84,
Rb. 380, Hom. 39 i,hug-renning); renna grunum, /o suspect, Gisl. 25,
Fms. X. 335 : — of a melted substance, to pour, var gulli rennt i skur3ina,
Vigl. 15, Fb. i. 144, Fas. iii. 273; renndr skjoldr, Nj. 96, v. 1. : — renna
mjolk, to run milk, by pouring out the thin milk (undan-renning), Fas.
iii. 373; renna lir trogunum, renna or tunnu, 6.H. 148; renna ni9r,
to let run down, swallotu, Fms. v. 40 ; renna berjum i lofa, to run the
berries out into the hollow hand, Fb. ii. 374 : — a turner's term, to turn,
•with ace, flest tre voru J)ar koppara-jarnum rennd, Fms. v. 339 ; hann
belt a tannara ok renndi J)ar af spanu, C5. H. 197 ; trestikur renndar,
Vm. 110. II. absol. (qs. renna ser), to slide, glide, of swift
movement; flotinn renndi at J)eim, Fms. viii. 222, 288; skip Kormaks
renndi vi5, the ship veered routid, Korm. 230; siSan renna fram skipin,
Nj. 8 ; skipin renndu fyrir straum, Fms. vii. 260 ; J)a renndi jarnit ne6an,
sem fiskr at ongli, Greg. 62 ; ^a renndi hringrinn {slipped) af hendi mer
ok a vatnid, Ld. 126; Jja renndu sver3 or sliSrum, Nj. 272 ; hann (the
salmon) rennir upp i forsinn, Edda 40 ; f)a renndi hann (the hawk) fram
ok drap Jjrja orra, <5. H. 78; lagit renndi upp i kvidinn, 219; hann
renndi {)egar fra 69fluga, Nj. 144; hann rennir af fram f6tskri5u (ace),
id. III. reflex., recipr., rennask augum, to look to one another,
Isl. ii. 251, V. 1. ; \ia, renndusk skipin hja, passed by one another, Eg. 361 ;
skipin renndusk a, Fms. ix. 50, v.l.
renna, u, f. a run, course ; ok nu er skirSr allr Dana-herr i ^essi rennu,
in one run, in one sweep, Fms. yi. 39 ; i J)eirri rennu, O. H. L. 7, 55-
rennari, a, m. a runner, messenger, Stj. 434 : = kallari, hzt. praeco,
353, N. G. L. ii. 242, 251 (v. 1. 26), Post. 645. 75.
rennd, f. = renna or rennsl, Sks. 20 new Ed.
renni-drif, n. snow-drifts, Fms. iii. 74.
renni-kvi, f. a trap, fold, Fms. viii. 60, v.l.
renni-lok, f. a lid sliding in a groove.
renning, f. a spar of timber, a lath ; kirkja a reka ok renningar 4
Sandnesi at helmingi, Vm. 95 ; eigi eru si3r renningar til {)essa nefndar
ok me6 hverju moti er a land kemr, Am. 108, Jm. 18.
renningr, m. a running cord.
renni-staTirr, m. a movable piece of wood in a tether ; ef hes er i
bandi ok r. fyrir, N. G. L. i. 25, Js. 121.
rennsl, n., mod. rennsli, a run; i einu rennsli, in one run, O. H. 78 ;
i einni rensl (fem.), Sks. 20 new Ed., v. 1. : a course of water, vatns-r.
rennsla, u, f. a runnel, water-course ; ok um si6ir fell rennslan aptr vestr,
Landn. 25 1 ; en {)egar hi'n tekr hinar yztu rennslur til su3rs, Sks. 2 1 7.
renta, u, f. [for. word], a rent, Bs. i. 697, Vm. 30, Stj. 157, 171,
N. G. L. iii. 74, 79; rentu-meistari, Fas. iii. 423.
reppetera, aS, /o repeat, Stj. 53.
repta, t, [Dan. rcEbe; Scot, rift'], to belch, bring up wind, Sturl. 21, 22
(the verse, thrice) ; — repta aptr, cacare, of diarrhoea ; sumum repti hann
aptr ok heitir arnar-leir, Edda ii. 296.
repta, t, [raptr], to roof, Gm. 9, 24; marg-r., taug-r.
repti, n. spars used for rooflng.
resignera, a8, to redgn, Ann. 1393, Th. 13.
r6tt, f. (r6ttr, m., Bs. i. 415 ; cp. logrettu, afrettu, ace. pi.) : — a public
fold in Icel. into which the flocks are driven in the autumn from the
common mountain pastures and distributed to the owners according
to the marks on the ears ; the word is no doubt derived from retta, rettr,
to adjust. Germ, richten ; for the sheep pen is a kind of ' court of
adjustment;' and every district has its own 'rett' at a fixed place near
the mountain pastures. This meeting takes place at the middle or end of
September all over the country, and this season is called Rdttir. For
descriptions see the Laws and the Sagas, Grag. (Kb.) ch. 13, 14, Landbr.
hS*t-
:
J). (Sb.) ch. 36-44, Eb. ch. 25, Sd. ch. 15, 17, Bjarn. 59 sqq., GuUJ). cl
14, 16, Bs. i. 415, cp. Ghim. ch. 17, Fms. vii. 218 ; and for mod. cli
scription see Piltr og Stiilka (1867) 15-22. The assemblage at the re'
is a kind of county fair with athletic and other sports; eigi skolu Ri'i;
fyrr vera en fjorar vikur lifa sumars, Grag. ii. 309 ; Rettir byrja, It-
Almanack (Sept. 8, 1871); log-rett, Sd. 149 ; af-rett or af-rettr, q. v .
rettar-garSr. Gul!^. 63, Sd. 149, Eb. 106; retta-menn, the men assemble
at a rett, Sd. 156, Bjarn. 64 (Ed. fri&menn erroneous) ; retta-vig, a fig!
at a rett, Ann. 1 162 ; J)au misseri bor&usk J)eir at rettinum (thus masc,
su6r i Flua, Bs. i. 415.
r^tta, tt, [Ulf. ga-raihtjan = KaTfvOhveiv, Sucaiovv; Germ, richten
cp. Engl, reach] : — lo make right or straight; dvergarnir rettu skip sitt, i
a capsized boat, Edda 47 ; at retta {jenna krok. Ld. 40. 2. to strefc
out, Engl, to reach ; hann rettir hondina moti fesj65num, Ld. 48 ; r. fr;ir
hondiua, Eb. 38; retti Olafr spjots-halann at hverjum J)eirra, 132; |)u
arinn haf&i rett fot sinn annan undan klae6um, 0. H. 74; bad hann eif
r. (viz. the feet) of najr eldinum. Eg. 762 ; r. arma sina, Rb. 438 ; 0
retti fra ser alia faetr, Bs. i. 345 : r. e-t at e-m, to reach it, pass it ow
to one, Fb. i. 149; hann let r. yrmling at munni bans, 6.1'. 42; ban
retti ekki or rekkju, be rose not from his bed, of a bedridden person, B
i. 69 : metaph., retta vi3, to recover, Nj. 195, Fms. vi. 34 (vi3-retting)
lei3-r. 3. to drift (see rettr, m.) ; hla3a seglum ok retta . . ., mat
^a eigi lengr retta, Fas. iii. 118. 4. to drive into a fold ; retta snia
sinn, D. N. iv. 6. II. as a law term (Germ, richten), to mat
right, adjust; r^tta log, to make laws; J)ar skolu menn r. log sin ok goi
n3fmseli, Grag. i. 6 ; retta kvi3, 58 ; r. vaetti, 45 ; hcifum v6r rettan kvic
bur3 varn, ok or3i3 asattir, we have agreed on our verdict, Nj. 238 ;
mal, to redress; konungr vildi eigi retta Jjetta mal, the king refuse
justice, Fms. i. 153, Fs. 33 ; r. riin, Stj. 490 ; leita fyrst at r. kirkju sir
ok sta3i, Bs. i. 773; r. hluta e-s, Eb. 304. 2. to judge, give set
tence; retta m il, to judge in a caie, H E. i. 475 ; retta e-n, to condetn
{to death), N. G. L. iii. 78 : — to behead, Bs. ii. in writing of the l6t
century. IV. reflex., rettask, to be put straight, Bjarn. 60
stretch oneself, rettask gor3i raumrinn stirSr, Ski3a R. 51; r. upp,
r(5ttumk ek upp yfir konung, Fms. ii. 188; jarl rettisk upp, arose, ■^
320, Fs. 101, Greg. 48; hann haf5i fast kreppt fingr at me3alkafianui
. . . J)a rettusk fingrnir, then the fingers were unbended, Grett. 154
r^ttari, a, m. [Germ, richter], a justiciary, justice, mid. Lit. justiciariu
appointed by the king, Edda 93, GJ)1. 141, 195, Bs i. 769, Fms. x. 8.'
N. G. L. iii. 77, rare and not classical, and appears about the middle <
the 13th century : afterwards used of a headstnan, Bs. ii. (i6th century.)
r^tta-skiS, n. [Germ, rechtscheid], a ruler, Stj. 363.
rett-b^rinn, part, legitimate, Fms. vii. 8, Fb. ii. 50.
rett-bundinn, puri. jtistly bound, N. G. L. i. 83.
r6tt-d8Bnii, n. justice in judgment, Fms. iii. 50, x. 281, 0. H. I91
Sks. no, Fs. 123.
rett-dseming, f. = rettdaEmi, Sks. 751.
r^tt-dserar, nd]. just in judgment, Fms. iii. 50, xi. 298, Fb. ii. 12
Rb. 370.
rett-fenginn, Y>^Tt. justly gained, H. E. i. 241.
r6tt-fer3igr, adj. [Germ, rechtfertig], rightful, Dipl. ii. 15 : rigbteou
Stat. 291^, Bible.
r6tt-fluttr, part, rightly carried, Jb. 329.
rett-fundinn, part, duly found; r. sok, 0. H. 190
find a verdict.
r6tt-goldinn, p^rt. justly paid, Jb. 348.
rett-gorr, p^n. justly done, lawful, H. E. i. 433.
rett-hafl, adj. i?i lawful possession of, Grag. ii. 242.
r^tt-harr, adj. straight-haired, Bs. i. 312, Gliim. 335, Fms. x. 321.
rett-lient, n. adj. in a metre with full rhymes throughout, Edda (Ht
132, for a specimen see Ht. 42.
rett-hverfa, u, f. the right side.
r^tt-liverfr, adj. turnmg right; see ranghverfr.
rett-hserSr, adj. = rettharr, Fms. v. 255, 263.
rettil-beini, a, m. ' straight-leg,' a nickname, Hkr. i.
retti-liga, adj. = rettliga, K.A. 114, 204, H. E. i. 471, Bs. i. 739.
retti-ligr, zA].just, right. Band. 6, K.A. 46.
rettindi, rettendi, and rettyndi, n. pi. right, justice; sannendiokr
Band. 6 ; ^a baeti biskupar yfir me3 sinum rettyndum. N. G. L. i. Jja
unna e-m r^ttinda, Fms. i. 82 ; ef ma3r faer eigi r. sin, GJ)1. 34 ; heimt jj,,^
sin r., Bs. i. 738 ; na eigi rettendum, Fs. 47 ; lata oss koma rettendui
fyrir oss {a fair hearing), Bs. i. 201 ; sem J)eir vissu at r. voru til, Eg. 39
virdi litils {)at er hann haf3i frumburSanna r., Stj. 1 61 ; halla domi jne
eptir vilja sinum en eptir rettendum, sks. 11 3 ; log ok r., Fms. iv. 207
{5eir J)f.l3u honum eigi r., (5. H. 190; moti rettindum, Band. 6, Aneci
3, Barl. 108 ; fylgja rdttendum. Anal. 237 ; meirr fyrir fegirni en r., F
125 ; rettinda vald, GJjl. 183, H. E. i. 503, passim ; 6-rettindi, injustice.
retting, f. a putting right, correction; vii ek eiga r. allra or3a xmm, -n^^^^
Nj. 232, Grag. i. 43, Skalda 203: redress, var3 engi r. af Onundi, ^•'^♦ijjj
273 ; fa r. sins mals, Rd. 237 ; Iei3-r., correction. ■'^lii'
r^tt-kallaSr, Tpa.rt. justly called, 677. 23. iPmit
cp. the Engl. 1
3;
■bilk
Bietta
It
,:jieii
im
liii,i]
Bi,iet;
Hi; HI!
>!ijiiiii,
Siettac
Hi
m
ittr
a'lUjf
ttiSa
RETTKOMINN— REYKELSI.
495
tt-kominn, put. legitimate, Fms. ix. 333, 335, 0. H. 45, 0.H.L. 58,
tt-kosinn and r6tt-kj6rinii, part, duly chosen, Fms. vii. 24,
il.L. 95.
tt-Kristinn, part, truly Christian, orthodox, Fb. i. 51 1.
tt-lau8s, adj. [Geim. recbtlos], void 0/ right, Grag. i. 192, Fms. vii.
-:, Aiiecd. 3.
rett-ldtr, adj. righteous, just. Eg. 521, 754, Rb. 232, Fms. i. 256, vii.
1S2, X. 274, Stj. 120, N. T., Pass., Vidal. passim.
r6tt-lei3is, adv. straightway, Grag. i. 295, Fas. i. 9, Str. 45, Mar. : —
ii.ctaph., smia ser r., Fms. x. 274, 277.
rctt-leiki, m. straightness, Karl. 447.
rett-leitr, adj. of regular lineaments, of the face, Fms. vi. 232, Eb.
42. Hrafn. 13, Bs. i. 312, 641, O. H. L. 22.
rett-liga, zdv. justly, duly, Fms. i. 138, vii. 133, K. A. 222, 228.
rett-ligr, adj.jws/, due, meet, Stj. 177. Band. 6, Mar.
rett-lseta, t, to justify, N. T. : r^tt-lseting, f.juitification, Vidal.
rett-lseti, n. [rettlatrj, righteousness, justice, Landn. (Hb.) 259, Fms.
V. 2b, Magn. 513, Horn. 97, Anecd. 4, N. T., Pass., Vidal.; r^ttlaetis-
ii"inr, -gata, -stigr, -gjof, -riiksemd, -s61, -vdg, -vondr, Greg. 4, 21, 46,
iloin. 18, Stj. 242, Mar. passim.
r6tt-m8eli, n. right, justice, Sks. 260 : — a right expression, gramm.
rott-nefjaSr, adj. straight-nosed, Nj. 29, Fms. ii. 20, {>i6r. 20.
■ tt-nsBinr, adj. entitled to take, of one of age, G{)I. 201, 258, 438.
,;tt-or3r, adj. 'right' tpeaking, truthful, Nj. 77, Sturl. i. 98.
llfiTTR, adj., rettari, r^ttastr ; [Ulf. raihts = tvOvs, i. e. straight, mostly
in the proper sense, but ga-raihts = SiKaios ; A. S. ribt; Engl, right;
O.U..G. reht; Germ, recht ; Dan.-Swed. re/, contr. ; Lat. rectus ; Gr.
u-ptyoj ; to the same root belong Icel. rak-, rakna, rekja, in all of which
the fundamental notion is to stretch, extend']: — straight; skapti rettara,
Gsp., Fas. i. 470 (in a verse) ; rett roe&i, straight oars, Fms. vi. 309 (in
a verse) ; rettar braulir, Rm. 14 : r^ttr vindr, Edda (Ht.): upright, erect,
dttarr st66 r«5ttr ok bra ser ekki vi5, Fms. vii. 257; a rettum krossi,
656 C. 37 ; sva mikil at maSr matti standa rettr i henni, Fas. iii. 223 ; rettr
sem laukr, Sks. 131 ; rettr likams voxtr, Stj. 20 ; mannsins likamr er r.
skapaSr ok upp-reistr, 22 ; upp-r. (cp. Engl, upright), standing upright;
upp fra {>eim degi matti hann eigi rettum augum sja Davi6, Stj. 466 ;
^a (JfundaSi hann Olaf, ok matti eigi rettum augum til hans lita, Fms.
iv. 48. 2. neut. rett, straight; ^eir stefndu rett a \id, Fms. ix. 301 ;
fara rett at e-u, to proceed in due form, Grag. i. 80 ; telja r4tt, Vsp. 1 2 ; ok
sr rett, rett er honum zt . . . , the law is, it is lawful to . . ., Grag., pas-
sim. II. metaph. right, just; ver8r honum rett su kv65, Grag.
!. 36; Jiann er rettari er at bera kvi& fram, 58; jamrettir at tengdum,
. ; {jeir eru rettir at reifa mal manna, 76 ; rettir i kvi5um, at heyrum,
93, 146 (see heyrum) ; rettr Noregs konungr, Fms. i. 223 ; betri ok
; ■itari, 129: of a person, vera friSsamr ok rettr, 7«s/, viii. 230. 2.
neut., rett skal at draga vi6 va6mal kvar&a, Grag. i. 497 ; m4 vera
It konungr unni oss her af r^tts. Eg. 520; hafa rettara at maela, Fb. ii.
345 ; nast r^ttu, Sks. 58 ; sem ek veil rettast ok sannast ok helzt
it logum, Grag. i. 76; vir6a sva sem J)eim J)6tti rettast, 195; mun
It rettara, more due, meet, Fms. vi. 299; at r^ttu, rightly, i. 223, x.
;i, Hkr. i. 5, Grag. i. 403; me& rettu, id., 83. III. rett,
idverbially, just, exactly ; sitja r^tt J)ar undir nidri, Th. 76 ; rett
mdir ni6ri, Stj. 393, Ski6a R. 82; {)ar r(5tt i hofinu, Stj.; rett hja,
')00, Ski6a R. 81 ; r<5tt vi6, Stj. 395 ; J)at rett, exactly that, Mar. ; mi
iin,just now, Lv. 34, Stj. 534; her rett, 442 ; r6tt sem, 491, Ski&a R.
I 33, Fms. iv. 211; ritt a J)essari nott, xi. 424 ; r^tt ok slett, downright,
■f]. 276.
r^ttr, m., gen. rettar, [Engl, right; Germ, recht; Dan. ret'] : — right,
aw ; hann gor&i harSan rett fieirra, gave them hard measure, gave them
mall pasture, Fms. i. 66 ; hann gordi harSan rett landsmanna, tyrannised
: tT them, x. 385 ; konungr setti J)ann rdtt allsta5ar, at hann eigna&isk
6&ul, 182; hann skipaSi sva rettum ollum sem fyrr haf3i verit 1
, luju, Edda (pref.) 152 ; at allir jafnbornir menn hefSi jafnan r6tt, Fms.
i. 339 ; J)at er forn rettr, old law, time-honoured law, N. G. L. i. 135 :
mds rem {q. v.), the law of the land ; log ok lands r^ttr : Gubs rettr,
God's right,' i. e. church law, O. H. L. 30 ; Kristinn rettr, the ecclesias-
cal law, Fb. iii. 246; Kristins dums rettr, id., K. A. 2. 2. right,
ue, claim, referring to atonement for injury or trespasses, hence of the
lemniiy itself; thus the 'king's right' is the fine due to the king; ef
|ia6r tekr minni satt um legorSs sok en rett {)ann er maeltr er i logum, en
Wat eru atta aurar, Grag. i. 375 ; J)a skulu J)ar da;ma tolf menn, logliga
u nefndir baeSi rett ok raSspjiJll, G^\. 203 ; ^k a hann baSi rett ok ra3-
ell, of a case of adultery, 229; J)a a hann raSspjoll en giptingar-
a3r rettinn, Jb. 126 ; J)at er argafas, engan a konungr r^tt a {)vi, 102 ;
t eyksk at helmingi rettr J)eirra, 19; jafnan rett ok ofundar-bot, 437;
^ rett sinn ofan eptir laga-domi, 257; rett skal daema or fenu ef rettar-
L>k er, en fola-gjold ef t)j6fss6k er, Grag. i. 84 ; lata var8a fjorbaugs-gar&
k telja rett {^the due portion) or fe hans, 315 ; konungs rettr, the king's
ue : at konungr minnki nokku& af sinum r4tti, . . . rett heilagra kirkna,
ms. X. 21 : the phrase, eigi r6tt a ser, to enjoy a personal right; mi a
igi maSr rett a s6r optar en Jprysvar, hvdrki karl n6 kona ef hann
hcmnisk eigi & miUi, N. G. L. i. 68 ; hvigi mikinn r^tt sem erfingi hcnnar &
{owns) 4 henni, 71 ; hveni r^tt er faSir 4 (owns) & d6ttur, 232. II.
ace. pi. r<;ttu, a dish, prop, what is 'reached,' Germ, gericbt ; {lar sem
hann bjo J)eim fyrr-sagfta sina r6ttu, Stj. 118; jafngofta rcttu af J)cim villi-
bruftum sem Ei-au veiddi, 160; en er hirSin hafdi kcnnt fyrsta r^-tt ok
drukkit fyrsta bikar. Fas. iii. 302 ; hinn fyrsta rett baru inn J)essir Icndir
menn, Fms. x. 17, Clar. 131 (MS.) III. running before the vnnd,
ace. pi. r«5ttu ; ^\m byrjafti ilia ok hofSu r6ttu stora, vclkti lengi 1 hafi,
Eg. 158; fekk hann {)& r^ttu st<5ra ok vAlk mikit, 6. H. 75; |)& kemr
andvidri ok rekr {)a allt vestr fyrir Skaga-fjorS, J)4 16tti ^\m r^tti, Bs. i.
482 ; leggja i r6tt, Fbr. 59 new Ed., Fms. ii. 64, Eg. 373, Bs. i. 420,
483, 484 ; liggja i retti, Baer. 5. IV. rifja r<5ttr. stretching of the
ribs, Hkv. Hjorv. compds : r6ttar-b6t, f. an amendment of the law,
a ' novel ' in law, esp. a Norse law term used in the Icel. law after the in-
troduction of a code of laws, when from time to time new amendments
{tiovellae) were issued by the king ; these were written as an appendix to
the law code (and since then printed), and were, for the sake of distinc-
tion, called rettarbot, see Jb. 441; sqq., N.G. L. i. 257, 258; en er J)etta
spur6isk 1 annat fylki ok J)riSja, hver r4ttarb6t |>raendum var gefin, Gisl.
84, Bs. ii. 18; hann het {)eim sinni vin4ttu ok r(5ttarb6t, O. H. 35 ;
else the word does not occur in the old Icel. law. r6ttar-far, m.
right ; um r. manna, of personal right, N. G. L. i. 69 ; um r. a festar-
konu manns, 71. r^ttar-gangr, m. public procedure (mod.), cp. Dan.
rettergang. r§ttar-lauss, adj. outlawed, out of the pale of the law,
N. G. L. i. 247. rdttar-maSr, m. a righteous man, Fms. xi. 445.
rettar-sta3r, m. a point of law ; ef hann gorir {)a r^ttarstaSi, er fjor-
baugs-garft var6a, Grag. ii. 153.
r^tt-rseSr, adj. 'right-read;' r6ttrse5r stafr, a regular letter, Sk41da
(Thorodd) 161.
r6tt-skripta3r, part, duly shriven, Ann. 1349.
r^tt-smining, f. conversion, Fb. i. 5IJ.
r^tt-streymt, n. adj. 'right-streamed,' i.e. with the stream going the
right way, Gisl. 137.
r^tt-s^ni, f. a straight direction ; sjonhending ok r. 1 v6r8u Jia er
stendr.... Am. 107; {)a3an r. 1 fremstu Gljufrar-drog, Pm. 46; xxbx
Mi3fjar6ar-vatn, ok or J)vi r. upp i Kaga3ar-h61, id.; r. upp <5r Vata-
bergi, Dipl. ii. 2. 2. metaph. seeing right, Al. 4 ; speki ok r., Bs.
i. 300: mod. justice, fairness.
r6tt-8;^nis, adv. in a straight direction, Fms. iii. 441, v.l.
r6tt-s^nn, adj. seeing right, seeing true, fair, just ; hygginna manna
ok rettsynna, Band. 6; at rettsynna manna tilliti, Fms. iv. iii, O. H. L.
22 ; af ollum g66um monnum ok r6ttsynum, Fms. vii. 8.
r^tt-tekinn, part, duly accepted, Fms. vii. 24.
r6tt-triia3r, adj. ' righl-belitving,' orthodox, Fms. i. 2 29, Edda (pref.)
r6tt-truandi, part. = retttruaSr, Fb. i. 244, Stj. 50, Mar.
r6tt-vaxinn, part, upright of growth, Fb. iii. 246, Fs. 129.
r6tt-visa, u, f. = rettvisi, Hom. 32, Sks. 500.
r^tt-visi, f righteousness, justice. Boll. 350, K. A. 302, Stj. 177, Sks.
510, N. T., Vidal. passim.
r^tt-visliga, adv. justly, Fms. i. 242.
r^tt-viss, adj. righteous, just, Hom. 34, 64, Karl. 552, Bs., N. T.,
Vidal. passim.
rett-yr3i, n. = r^ttmaeli, Lv. 105.
rey3i-kula, u, f. a kind of fungus, Bjom.
BEYDiE, f , dat. and ace. rey3i, pi. reySar, [Ivar Aasen royr-hval;
Faroic royur] : — a kind of whale, from its reddish colour ; J)at er
enn eitt hvala-kyn er reySr er kallat, Sks. 1 36 ; haffli rekit upp reyfti
mikla, i hval {)eim attu . . ., Eb. 292 ; fundu J)eir rey3i nydau3a, keyrdu
i festar. Glum. 392 ; reydr var J)ar upp rekin bse&i mikil ok goS, foru
til si3an ok skaru hvalinn, Fb. i. 545, Fas. ii. 148, Edda (Gl.): names of
various kinds of whales are compds with this word, hrarn-rey3r, steypi-
r., vagn-r. : rey3ar-hvalr, m. = rey3r, Sturl. ii. 20; rey3ar-sf3a, u, f.
a nickname, Landn. II. a kind of trout, salmo alpinus, L.. Edda
(Gl.), Sturl. ii. 202 ; aurri3a-fiski ok r<o3ra (sic), Bt Idt 147 ; 4-rey&r,
a female trout: in Icel. local names, Bey3ar-vatn, n. Trout-water;
KeySar-muli, a, m. Trout-mull, for the origin of the name see SturL
ii. 202 ; Bey3ar-fj6r3r, m., in the east of Icel., prob. from the whale.
reyfa, 3, [for. word, from Germ.], to rob; reyfa&i eitt af |)essum sex
nokkurri skreid, Ann. 141 5.
reyfari, a, m. [Scot, reiver], a pirate, robber, Fms. vi. 162, Fs. 14.
BEYPI, n. [akin to A. S. reaf; Engl, robe] \— a fleece, the wool with-
out the skin (but with the skin gaera, q. v.), 655 viii. I, Stj. 279, Sturl.
i. 159, Js. 78, Griig.; ullar-r., K.{>. K. 84, Gr4g. ii. 401, passim in old
and mod. usage : = gaera, Bret. ch. 7.
reyk-beri, a, m. a chimney, Fs. 6.
reyk-blindr, adj. 'reek-blind,' blind from smoke, Fms. iii. 71, 0. H. L.15.
reykeisi, n. [A. S. recels], incense; this Icel. word was borrowed from
the A. S. (words in -elsi not being genuine Norse) ; for incense was first
known in the Scandin. countries through the Roman Catholic mass, as
may be seen from the description of the impression made by peals
of bells and incense on the heathen natives, sec KristniS.ch.il, Bs.
496
llEYKFASTR— RID.
passim, Dipl. iii. 4; reykelsis-brenna, -forn, -ilmr, -offran, Stj., Eluc. ;
reykelsis-buSkr, -ker, -kista, -stokkr, Vm. no, 152, Stj. 565, Str. 80,
MS. 623. 55, Pm. 25, 62, Jm. 35, passim, reykelsi-ligr, adj. belonging
to incense, Stj. 74-
reyk-fastr, adj./?/// 0/ smoke, Fbr. 168.
reyk-hafr, m. a chimney-pot, Isl. ii. 91, passim in mod. usage.
reykja, t, to smoke (trans.), Str. 80, N. G. L. i. 11 ; r. fisk, kjot, etc.
reyk-lauss, adj. smokeless, Fbr. 170.
reyk-mselir, m. a measure (of malt), a tax to be paid from every ' reek'
house, every hearth, N. G. L. i. 257.
REYKR, m., gen. reykjar, dat. reyki, Sks. 211 B, but usually reyk ;
with the article reykinum, Eb. 218, Nj. 58, 20i, mod. reyknum ; pi.
reykir, reykja, reykjum : [rede ; Engl, reek; Scot, reek or reik ; Germ.
ranch; Dan. ro^; Swed. ro^ 1 : — reek, smoke, steam; svartr af reyk. Eg.
183; hann gengr me6 reykinum, Nj. 58: si5an hljop hann me3 reyk-
inum, 202 ; helt t)a reykinum upp i skarSit, Eb. 218 ; hvert hus er reyk
(dat.) reykir, N.G. L. i. n ; ^eir sask til vi6a, ef J)eir saei reyki e9r
nokkur likendi til })ess at landit VEeri byggt, ok sa J^eir J)at ekki, Landn.
26 ; hverfr ^vi likt sem reyk leg6i. Mar. ; hingat leggr allan reykinn,
Nj. 202 ; hverfa sem r. fyrir vindi. Mar. ; mi leggr sundr reyki vara ef
sinn veg fara hvarir, Fms. vi. 244; hvart sem mer angrar reykr e6a
bruni, Nj. 201 ; komusk ^eir me9 reyk i brott, Fs. 84; var fullt hiisit
af reyk, 44 : metaph. phrase, va&a reyk, to ' wade in reek,' to be all in the
wrong : hann lag3i halann a bak ser ok setti i burtu, sva at hvarki sa
af honum ve9r ne reyk, Fb. i. 565 : — reykjar-daunn, reykjar-Jjefr, a
smell of smoke, Fms. ii. 98, Fser. 41, Rb. 2 40; reykjar-brag6, a taste of
smoke; reykjar-svx'.a, a thick cloud of smoke; reykjar-gufa, vaporous
smoke, passim. II. in Icel. local names, Reykir, as well as the
compounds with Reykjar- and Reykja-, are freq., marking places with
hot springs, the sing. Reykjar- being used when there is but one spring,
and the plur. Reykja- when there are more than one, thus, Reykja-d,
Reykja-dalr, Reykja-holt (mod. Reyk-holt), Reykja-laug,
Reykja-nes, Reykja-hli3, Reykja-holar (mod. Reyk-holar),
Reykja-vellir ; but Reykjar-fj6r3r (twice in western Icel.), Reyk-
jar-dalr, Reykjar-holl, Reykjar-strond, Landn. ; and lastly,
Reykjar-vik, thus Landn. 37, Jb. 4 (Ra/kiarvic), Har8. S. ch. 10, for
the spring (in Laugarnes) is but one ; mod., but less correct, Reykja-vik.
Local names beginning with Reyk- are peculiar to Icel., and are not met
with in any other Scandin. country; the pillars of transparent steam, as
seen afar off, must have struck the mind of the first settlers, who gave
the names to the localities. Reyk-dselir, Reyk-nesingar, Reyk-
hyltingar, etc., men from R., Landn., Sturl.
reyk-svsela, u, f. thick smoke, Hkr., Fb 255 (in a verse).
reyk-vellir, m., poet. * reek-pourer' =Jire, Lex. Poet.
reyma, 6, - ryma, D. N. ii. 123.
REYNA, d, [raun ; Norse rbyna ; for the etymology see run] : — to
try ; hann l^t Gunnar reyna ymsar ij)r6ttir vi8 sina menn, Nj. 46 ; segir
sik vera biiinn at J)eir reyni J)at, Fms. i. 59 ; menn eru vi& beygard J)inn,
ok reyna desjarnar, Boll. 348 ; ef pat J)arf at reyna um skipti var sona
Eireks, Eg. 524: — with the notion of ' trial,' danger, spur5i hvar hann
hefdi \iess verit at hann hef5i mest reynt sik. Eg. 687; ef vit skulum
reyna me3 okkr, 715 : — to experience, Hm. 95, loi ; sannyndum ok
einurd, er hann mun reyna at mer, Eg. 63 ; J)ykkir mk undarligt ef
konungr aetlar mik nti annan mann en \>k reyndi hann mik, 65 : the say-
ing, sa veit gorst er reynir. 2. to examine; reynit (ri^nit) ef er elski6
Gu3 sannliga, Greg. 18: to explore, fjold ek reynda regin, VJ)m. : as a
law term, to challenge, siSan skolu peir reyna dominn, Grag. i. 165 ;
reyna sek& i domi, 4S8. 3. reyna eptir, to search, pry, enquire into;
hann het \>6 at fara sjalfr ok reyna eptir honum, Nj. 131, v. 1. : esp. of
a person endowed with second sight or power of working charms, fjorkell
spakr bjo i Njar8vik, hann reyndi eptir morgum hlutum, Dropl. 34; engan
biSr minn lika 1 fraeSi ok framsyni, at reyna eptir pvi sem stolit er,
Stj. 218 : — reyna til, id.; Br66ir reyndi til me8 forneskju hversu ganga
mundi orrostan, Nj. 273 { eptir-reyning). II reflex, to be proved
OT shewn, turn out by experience ; Jjat mun si&ar reynask, Nj. 18; e-m
reynisk e-t, it proves; ef mer reynisk |j6r61fr jamnvel mannaSr, Eg. 28 ;
J)a skal sva fara um arftekjur sem J)at reynisk, according to the evidence,
Grag. i. 219 ; ok er J)egar rett at stefna um, er reynisk for limaga, 258 ;
hann deildi vi6 Karla um oxa, ok reyndisk sva, at Karli atti, Landn.
165; hann bar fe undir hofSingja sem si&an reyndisk, Fms. x. 397: —
part, reyndr, mi em ek at nokkuru reyndr, ^«/ on my trial, Nj. 46:
tried, afflicted: experienced.
reynd, f. experience ; tilikir synum, en miklu ulikari reyndum, Edda 1 2 :
gen. reyndar, indeed, in fact, really, mjo8drekku, en hon var reyndar full
af silfri. Eg. 240, Fms. i. 59, ii. 77, vi. 1^9, Valla L. 207, Hkr. i. 246.
reynir, m. a trier, examiner, Edda 68, Lex. Po<3t.
reynir, m. [Dan. ronne], the rowan-tree (Lat. ornus), Edda passim.
In a few Icel. local names, Reynir, Reyni-kelda, Reyni-nes, Reyni-
staSr, Reyni-vellir, Landn., Map of Icel.; these names mark places
with small rowan-groves at the time of the Settlement, — the only sort of
tree, except the dwarf birch, which was found in Icel. compds : ,
reyni-lundr, runnr, m. a rowan-grove, Edda 60, Sturl. i. 5, 6, Gr
(in a verse). reyni-vi3r, m. rowan-wood, Sturl. i. 6. rey
vondr, m. a rowan-wand, Siurl. i. 6. The rowan was a holy tree c
secrated to Thor, see the tale in Edda of the rowan as the help of T
(Jjors-bjorg) ; for mod. legends of the rowan see Isl. Jjj66s. i. 641 sqq
reynsla, u, f. experience, Vidal., freq. in mod. usage; reynslan
olygnust, a saying.
reypta, t, = repta, Sturl. i. 22 (in a verse) : — to belch, Sks. 229, v. ]
REYRA, 6, [perh. from reyrr, a reed], to wind round; strengi rey
me6 jarni, ropes payed or bound with iron wire, Rom. 362 ; hann let ^
strengi ok reyrSi jarni, Fb. ii. 23 ; orin var reyr3 gulli, Fms. xi. 65 ;
(the arrows) voru gulli reyr3ar. Fas. ii. 511. 11. to tie, fasten ; h
var reyrSr s;erkliga vi6 einn as. Fas. iii. 270; hafdi hann reyrt sik
steininn nieS ka61i, 486; reipum reyr3r. Pass., and passim in mod. usage
REYRA, 6, [reyrr = a cairn'], to put in a cairn, hence to bury
piling stones over a dead body ; Jjat skal a forve faera ok reyra J)a)
hvarki gengr yfir menn ne fenaSr, N.G. L. i. 339; Jieir drogu b;
likama hans ok reyr8u i hreysi nokkuru, Fms. vii. 227; lik |)orbjai
ok . . . voru flutt til kirkju, ea 611 onnur lik voru J)ar reyrS sem J)eir fe
ix. 274 : pung-r0r5r, heavy, weighed down, O. H. 195.
reyra, 3, [Engl, roar], to rattle ; reyrir i barka, Sturl. i. 21 (in a verse
reyr-bond, n. pi. the wire by which the arrow-head' was bound to
shaft. Fins. ii. 320, vi. .^23, ix. 528.
reyr-gresi, n. reed-grass, straw.
reyr-leggr, m. a reed-stalk.
REYRR, m., gen. reyrar, and later reyrs, dat. reyri, Hm. 95 ; ['
raus = KaKa/jios ; O. H. G. ror ; Germ, rohr ; Swed.-Dan. ror] :—
common reed, Lat. arundo, Edda i^Gl.) ; er ek I reyri sat, Hm. 1. c. ; he
reyri vaxinn, . . . felit er y3r J)ir i reyrinum, Fms. i. 71 : used for tha;
ing, {)akt reyr e3r halmi, vi. 153 ; en roknu reyr, the reeky reeds, Oi
(in a verse) : poet., reyrar-leggr, a reed-stalk, a cane (?), Edda (in a vers
holm-reyrr, ^ holm-reed' = a snake, id.; ol-reyrr, ' ale-reed' = a drinki
horn (?), Bjarn. 24 (in a verse) ; dal-reyrr, the ' dale-reed' = a snake,
'■• 353 ('" a verse); or better dal-reySr, ' dale-lrout.'
REYRR, m. [Swed. ror; cp. also hreysi and hrorr, for an h sei
to belong to the word, which has been lost in the Swed.] : — a heaj
stones, a cairn ( = dys) ; in the old Swed. law r5r is a set of mark-stoi
J)ar aer ror sum faem stenaer aeru, Schlyter, see the remarks s. v. lyr
and in the allit. phrase, rd e3a ror; it remains in the poet. reyr-Jivei
}-or-tho?ig = a snake, Edda (in a verse)) as also in Swed. and Norse !<
names, Yngva-reyr, the cairn of Y., Yt. 6 ; Trj'ggva-reyrr, the cairt
Tryggvi, Fms. i. 60. gS* The comparison wi.h hrorligr, hror, hrij]
hreysi (q. v.) seems conclusive that an initial h has been dropped,
that the second r stands for s.
reyr-skogr, m. a rush-bed, Stj. 226.
reyr-sproti, a, m. a ' reed-staff,' cane, Fas. ii. 239, Fb. ii. 72, Fms
181, Stj. 641.
reyr-stafr, m. = reyrv6ndr. Pass. 24. 8.
reyr-teinn, m. a ' reed-twig,' cane. Fas. i. 209, Hkr. i. 79.
reyr- vaxinn, part, grown with reeds, Al. 1 70.
reyr -vondr, m. a ^reed-wand,' Karl. 224.
reyr-J)akinn, part, thatched with reed, Fb. iii. 299.
REYSTA, t, [raust], to lift the voice, hluc. 74, MS. 656 A. ii. Ii, 677
J)ar reystir hljonir Gu3s engia. Post. 64;;. 73; J)ar eru settir englai
reysta til skemtunar, Pr. 407 : — reflex, reystisk, MS. 655 xii. 2, I.e.
REYTA, t, [Ulf. raupjan — riWuv ; cp. Germ, rupfen] : — to pit
pick ; reyta gras, Nj. 119 ; J)eir reyttu a sik mosa, 2(17 ; sumir reyttu
rifu af honum J)a vanda leppa, Fms. ii. i6(, Stj. 71 ; r. ok rupla, H
pa hnykktu pajr af ser faldinum ok reyttu sik, Orkn. 182 ; peir hrifa'.
i h6fu3 ser ok reyta sik, Fb. ii. 25; leysir hon har sitt ok reytir
sarliga. Mar.
reyti-sol, n. ^\. picked seaweed ; allar fjoru-nytjar fyrir titan reyti'
Vm. 87.
ribbaldi, a, m. [through Engl, ribald, from Ital. ribaldo; Fr. ribauld]
a ' ribald,' savage. Fas. i. 3, pibr. 273, Stj. 65, Bs. ii. 134, Fb. i. 358;
a nickname, Fms. viii. ribbalda-skapr, -domr, m. ribaldry.
ribbungr, m. = ribbaldi, Fms. viii. 105 : the name of a party of rebels
Norway, viii, ix. Ribbunga-old, f. the age of the Ribbungs, Fms. \X
RID, n., qs. vrid (?), Lri3a = /o writhe], a winding staircase, stepi
staircase leading to the upper part, esp. outside the walls ; hann let g
kirkju i stoplinum ok ri3 upp at ganga, Bs. i. 132 ; salernit st63 a stoA
en rid upp at ganga til dyranna, O. H. 72, Grett. 98, 99, Stj. 383;
bjorn hljop upp i ri3it ok sva i stopulinn, Fms. viii. 247: — 1
between two buildings, as it seems, ho.lina miklu ok Postiila-kirkjn
ridit i milli, vii. 122; pa felldu peir ofan ri3it milli kastala biskups
kirkjunnar, ix. 523, V. 1. ; see lo^t-rid.
B. [ri3a = /o swing], sway, swing; ok ver3r sva mikit rift 1
and if it comes to such a pitch, Isl. ii. 391 ; Hermundr hafSi sama ri
ok hjo a halsinn, Sturl. ii. 139. 2. weight, importance; munu sts
ri3 i vera, Grett. 20 new Ed. ; cp. at-ri3i. riSa-mikill, adj. beo
ponderous.
RIDA— EINGAR.
497
ivIDA, a5, to Iremhle as from age or infirmity ; hann riftaSi nokkut
liti6, Sturl. i. 20; hann gekk vi3 tvser haekjur ok ri&ar a ba5ar siftur,
Grett. 161, frcq. in mod. usage: of the eyes of an infant, ridu3u augu,
Rm. 18 : riSa skip, Fms. ix. 377, is prob. a mere error = reisa.
rifla, u, f. a shivering fever, ague. El. i, MS. 544. 39, Sks. 137 : in mod.
usage the trembling of the bead and hands from age or infirmity.
COMPDS : riSu-sjiikr, adj. 5/c^ of ague, 656 C. 22, Karl. 547, Thorn. 463.
ri8u-s6tt, i. fever, ague, Str. 25 ; hofufl-skjalpti sva sem af riftusott,
Stj.43, 344 (rendering oifebris of the Vulgate), Mar. 131, Thorn. 463.
riddari, a, ni., older form riSari or riSeri, 645. no, Fms. x. 88,
Geisli (in the burden), where it rhymes to strWum ; and so in the oldest
vellums, Eluc, Greg., Pd. : [Germ. riV/cr and relter ; Dan. r/</t/er and
rytter']: — a rider, horseman, but csp. a hnlghl : the word, like most
of those formed with inflexive -arl, is of foreign origin ; for the old
Northmen or Scandinavians make no reference to horsemen in battle till
the iJth or 13th century, Fms. vii. 56, 236, xi. 331, cp. vi. 411 (refer-
ring to the English in the battle of Stanford-bridge), Stj. passim; Gu3s
riSari, Geisli ; riddara nafnbot. Bar. 6 ; riddara-biiiiaSr, -skj6!dr, -vapn,
-hofaingi, Fms. v. 148, vi. 225, Stj. 163, 204, Ba;r. 5 ; riddara-meistari,
Stj. 513 ; riddara-kappi, Str. : — a knight In chess, O.H. 167, Sturl. iii. 123.
COMPDS : riddara-domr, m. knighthood, Baer. 4. riddara-herr, m..
Jib, n. cavalry, Hkr. i. 216 (of the German emperor's troops), Fms. i. 258
(referring to Wales), vii. 235, Ld. 78 (referring to Ireland), Stj. 513.
riddara-ij)r6tt, f. chivalry, Fjs. i. 463. riddara-liga, adv. (-ligr,
adj.), chivalrously, Str., Fms. x. 230. riddara-saga, u, f. a knightly tale,
■'■""ranee, the popular name for these Sagas, see List of Authors (G) ;
irasi'gur a tveim bokum, Dipl. v. 18. riddara-skapr, m. knight-
/, chivalry, Fms. i. 97, x. 231, 381, Baer. 5. riddara-sveinn, m.
■■^J knight's page, Fms. vi. 93. riddara-tign, f. a knight's order, 623.
'™50. iiS" Riddari as a title was first introduced into Norway A. D. 1277,
Magnus konungr gaf skulilsveihum riddara-nofn ok herra, Ann. s. a.
i-henda, u, f [ri&a], a kind of metre, a specimen of which is Ht. 32 ;
n tiie even lines the rhyming syllables are as far apart as possible, but in
he odd lines as close to one another as possible, which gives a 'trembling,'
rocking' cadence in recitation.
ri8-hendr, adj. in the metre riShenda, Edda 135, Skalda 192.
Bidill, m., dat. riSli, the name of a sword, Saem. 136.
ri3l, n. [ri3a A. 2] ; leika a ri61i, of cows that do not calve.
riSlask, a3, dep. [Engl, reel], to rock, waver, reel to and fro, of ranks
utle ; ri31a3isk fylkingin ok losna5i oil, Eg. 298, Al. 37 ; flokkar toku
olask (began to move), ok upp voru sett merki fyrir hofSingjum, Fms.
.09; ri31u3usk {)a forunautar hans fra honum, his followers dropped
:v, slunk away, Orkn. 457 ; en {)egar er los kom i Ii3it, ... til {less er
ri3!a6isk i sma flokka, (3. H. 1 2 2 ; hann let ri3!ask vinberin me3
5um vinvi6um af vinberjum ok allskyns aldini, the vine clustered with
::-es and fruit, 0. T. 39.
[i6T,m.asbock, shaking; stokk su af jarnunum vi6 riSinn, Fms. vi. 168.
ri3-skelf3r, pzrt. pahied, Thom. 500.
ki3-ti5, f. the time when sheep are at heat (October).
piSull, m., dat. riSli, a milit. term, a small detachment of men; komu
' Rirkibeinar ne3an or baenum ri51um saman, Fb, ii. 578, Fas. i. 530;
um at ri3Ium saman, ok gorum dyninn sem mestan, Fms. viii. 403 ;
iingr hafdi ri3ul einn manna, 355, v. 1. ; var t)etta lift litill r. manna
L [jeim livigja her er hans livinir hofSu, ii. 306, Bs. i. 622, Stj. 522.
'.3-vaxiiin, part, broad-shouldered and short-necked, square-built ; r.
tkki har, herSi-mikill, Fb. iii. 246, Fbr. 183 (v. 1.), Fms. x. 387:
inn skammi var maSr ekki har, ok riSvaxinn, ok ramr at afli. Eg.
1 : lagr a vcixt ok mjok r., Fas. iii. 298.
i)-T61r, m. a short round stick, to carry in the hand ; t(5k hann riSvol
nd ser, Dropl. 29 ; hann greip upp ri6vol, ok iaust sveininn i hofuSit
1 at bl63 fell um hann, Hkr. iii. 285.
tIF, n., gen. pi. rifja, dat. rifjum, [Engl, rib, reef; Germ, rippel : — a
Lat. casta; a si&una milium rifjanna, Nj. 262, GullJ). 26; rifin 611,
1. 18, Fb. i. 531, Ski&a R. 176; {)a t6k Gu6 brott eitt hans rif,
,',3, Eluc. 24, Ver. 3 ; at hann fyndi J)at at mer byr fleira innan rifja
:U eitt, J)viat heSan skolu honum koma kold ra3 undan hverju rifi,
!• 132 ; cp. the allit. phrase, hafa raft undir hverju rifi, to have ' rede '
■r every rib, i.e. to have all one's wits about one : — metaph. cause,
on, vi3 ^at vaknar Geirmundr, ... ok {jykkisk vita af hverjum
in vera mun, Ld. 118 ; J)a skildi hann af hverjum rifjum vera myndi,
1-67; konur J)aer er 6arfgengjar voru af J)eim rifjum at J)aer hiifdu
•^ barngetnaSi sinum, e8a..., Grag. i. 228; ok skal a kve8a af
ivim rifjum hann faerir, 245 : — of a whale's ribs used as rollers for
' hing ships, Hav. 48 (hval-rif) : — rifja retti, Hkv. Hjcirv., see
II. a ree/" in the sea ; tit i holmann la eitt rif mjott ok
t, Bar3. 180; rif nokkut gekk milli lands ok eyjar, Fms. viii. 306,
03 ■• freq. in mod. usage of reefs connecting two islands, but flooded
at high water, whence the local name Kif-ger3ingar in western
^j III. naut. a reef in a sail; J)a var andviSri, sva at byrO-
'■|r sigldu a mot J)eim vi& tvau rif, Fms. ix. 20 ; hvessti ve3rit, ok
*'ku {)a til eins rifs, 21 ; herti seglit, sva helt vi3 rif, Fas. iii. 652;
sigldu 1)4 vi8 eitt rif, 118, Bar. 5 ; var veSrit sv/i harf, at ^it sigldu meft
eitt rifi miSju tre, Bs.ii.50: Ti{-hind = a' reef-bind,' i.e.atbip. Lex. Poet.
rif, n. = rifs, Barl. 134, Bs. ii. 143.
rifa, u, f. [Scot, rive], a rift, rent, cleft, fissure. Ski. a 10, freq. in mod.
usage ; bjarg-rifa, kletta-rifa, also a rift in a wall between two planks.
rifa, ad, [Scot, riv; Engl, rivet'], to tack together, sew loouly together;
Styrr var rifaSr i hii&, Isl. ii. 296, Gliim. 382 (of a corpse); hann varft
djoful68r ok var rifaSr i hu8 innan, Orkn. 302 (of a madman). 2. rifa
saman, to stitch together ; hann vill rifa saman munninn, rifafti (Ob., rifjaSi
Kb. wrongly) hann saman varramar ok reif 6r zsunum, Edda i. 346.
rif-blautr, adj. lean ribbed, of a horse, Bs. ii. 389.
rif-gar3r, m. the swa'hes or rows of bay spread out for drying.
rif-hris, n. brusbtuood, fagots, Grdg. ii. 263, 388.
rifja, aS, to rake bay into rows (rifgar8ar) ; rifja hey, Eb. 260, and in
mod. usage. II. to repeat (akin to reifa); mikil skynsemi er at r.
vandliga |)at, Edda 14 : in the phrase, rifja e-8 upp, r. opp harm sinn, to
rip up one's sorrow, Clem. 45 ; r. e-d upp fyrir ser, logo over with oneulf,
as to what one has learnt, but half forgotten.
rifja3r, part, ribbed; kald-r.
rifna, a3, to be rent, riven, cracked; unz himininn rifnar, Arn6r ; mu8r-
inn brast, ok rifna8i upp i gegnum her8una. Eg. 181 ; hciggvinn, rifna8r
{cracked) e8a brotinn. Grig. ii. 1 1 : esp. of texture, a membrane, or the
like, {)6tt seglin rifnu8u. Fas. i. 156; kyrtillinn rifna8i. Eg. 602 ; tjaldift
musterisins rifna8i mitt i tvennt, Luke xxiii. 45 ; tf klae8i rifnar, ok
skal sauma, K. J). K. 88 ; sarin rifnu8u upp, the wounds were ripped up,
Fs. 67, GuUJ). 79.
rifr, m., gen. rifjar, [akin to rif], the beam on which the warp bung in
the ancient loom; ma8r telg8i J)ar mei8 til rifjar, Rm. 15; rei8i-sky riff
= the banging cloud of the rifr, the warp, poet., Darr.
rifrildi, n. a shred, a thing torn to pieces; bokar-r. 2. metaph.
a brawl, scolding (vulgar).
rifs, n. plunder; ran ok rifs, Fms. ii. 119, vi. 42, vii. 263.
RIFSA, a8, an iterative, [akin to rifa], to plunder; ok rifsuSu bd
J)eirra, Fms. viii. 390; rifsa8i hverr slikt sem hann f6kk, Al. 93.
rig, n. = rigr, stiffness; en svo i kroppinn komi ei rig, karlf61ki8
stundum reyni sig, Bb.
BIGA, a8, [cp. reigja and rigr], to lift heavily or with difficulty, with
dat. ; fengu Jjeir hvergi rigat honum, Eb. 115 new Ed. (thus, not ryga8) ;
rigaSu J)er a faetr. Fas. ii. 369 ; sag8i, at hann I6t eigi vinna |)at er meira
Id vi9, en at riga at sliku, than to do such drudgery, Rd. 263 : in mod.
usage, eg riga Jivi ekki, eg get ekki rigat J)vi, 7 cannot move it.
riga, u, f. roughness on the surface ; sva skirt, at gliiggliga s^r hverja
rigu, Fms. xi. 441, v. 1.
RIGNA, d, regna, Hom. 5, Fms. x. 323, [regn; cp. Dzn.regne;
Swed. regna] : — to rain, 656 B. 1 2 : followed by a dat., rignir eldi ok
brennu-steini, Ver. 13; rignir bl68i, Darr.; bl63i hafSi rignt i skiirinni,
Eb. 260, passim in old and mod. usage: part, rigndr, wet from rain, Bs.
i. 322. II. [regin] =ragna, rigna vi8 rogn, to blaspheme against
the gods, Bs. i. 13 (in a verse).
rigning, f. rainy weather; miklar rigningar, much rain; rigningt-
sumar, a rainy stnnmer, freq. in mod. usage.
rigsa, a8, to stalk stiffly and haughtily, = reigsa.
riklingr, m. a flounder cut into strips and dried (a dainty), Sturl. i.
164, N. G. L. i. 143, D.N. iii. 914, Rett. 47, and passim: also spelt
reklingr, esp. in Norse writers.
HIM, f., pi. rimar, [Engl, rim], a rail in a paling ; en sd er annarr
gar3r er heitir rima-garSr {a rail fence), fjorar rimar i ok okar & endum,
G})1. 381 ; J)a tok hann rim af sle8anum ok studdisk vid, Bs. i. 614;
ok af saumfiirin me8 af riminni, 390 (of a ship) : freq. in mod. usage,
meis-rim, smi8a rim 1 meis, hurS ; skjald-rim, vett-rim.
rimi, a, m. a strip of land, Edda (Gl.) i. 586; hann ferr til fjalls ok
gorir par kenni-mark, . . . ok er sa rimi kalla8r at Kambi, Sd. 137.
rimnia, u, f. a battle, tumult, fray ; i {leirri rimmu raku J)eir Simon &
braut, Clem. 37 ; i J)eirri rimmu fekk hann fjogur sAr, Sturl. iii. 30, Lex.
Poi3t., freq. in mod. usage; 6gna-hor8 var r., tJlf. 7. 96. Bimmu-
g^gr, f. 'battle-ogre,' the name of Skarphe8in's battle-axe, Nj.
rindill, m., dat. rindli, qs. vrindill, a dimin. [cp. Engl, wren; but Dan.
rindef], a bird, the wren (in Eggert Itin. ch. 6'j8 = motacilla fusca, the
smallest bird in Icel., also called musar-br68ir or musar-rindill) : as a
nickname of a small, puny person, Lv., Bs, (Laur. S.) rindil-J)vari,
a, m. = rindill, Edda (GL)
Bindr, f., dat. and ace. Rindi, qs. Vrindr, which form remains in the old
alliteration (F)rindr berr i i/estr-siilum, Vtkv. ; see Bergmann in the Mythol.
Glossary to the Message of Skirnir, 'Strasburg 1871 : — the name of a
goddess or giantess, the mother of Vali, Vsp., Vtkv., Gg. ; sei8 Yggr til
Rindar, Kormak ; the Earth is called Rindar elja (see elja), Edda (in a
verse). The loves of Wodan and Rind resemble those of Zeus and
Europa in the Greek legends. 2. in poet, circumlocutions of a
woman, bands ; sorva Rindr, Kormak.
Bingar, m. pi the men from Binga-riki in Norway: Bingskr, adj.,
Fms. ii. 252.
Kk
RINGJA— EfDA.
ringja, u, f., qs. hringja, a round pail, cp. maelke-ring in Norway = a
pail full of coagulated milk, Stj. 294.
ringl, n. craziness: ringladr, crazy.
ringul-rei3, f. ; in the phrase, vera a r., to be in confusion, topsy-
turvy; si6an for a ringulrey (sic) r^ttr a fsa-landi, Bs. ii. 497.
rippa, a3, [akin to rifja], to sum up ; Jia rippu6u J)eir upp 611 mdla-
ferli J)eirra vel ok einarSliga, Vapn. 30.
ript, f., or ripti, n. a kind of cloth or linen jerkin; rekkar \>c)t Jjottusk
er fieir ript h6f3u, Hm. 48, Edda ii. 494 ; Vala-ript, a Welsh, i. e. foreign
jerkin, Skv. 3. 63; l^-rept, q.v. ; kona sveip ripti, Rm. 18, Skv. 3. 8;
strjiika ripti, to mangle linen, Rm. 35 ; Nanna sendi Freyju ripti, Edda
39 ; and setjask und ripti,*of the bridal veil, Rm. 20 : ' rhenones sunt
velamina humerorum et pectoris usque in umbilicum, intortis villis adeo
hispidi ut imbres respuant...quos reptos vocant,' Isid. Hisp. xix. 23 ; this
corresponds exactly with the use in Hm. I.e.
ript, f. [rjufa or rifa], a withdrawal or breach of a contract, Grag. ii.
214.
RIPTA, t, to ' rip up,' invalidate a bargain or agreement ; with ace,
ripta kaup, Grag. i. 333, ii. 213; r. alia landsoluna, 214; engi ma8r a at
r. gjof sina, i. 203 ; r. grip undan manni, Jb. 422 ; r. g6r5, id. : to break,
fyrir-bj65um ver J)essa vara skipan at r. e&r rjufa, D. N. i. 60 : — to regain,
of an estate, Kolskeggr aetlar mal frammi at hafa ok ripta f]6r6ung i M6-
ei6ar-hvali, Nj. 102 ; ef undan honum riptisk at logum J)essi helmingr
jarQar k Skri&ulandi, Dipl. iii. 6 ; en sva morg hundru6 sem riptask i
Torfa-stodum, e6a Skala-nesjum, J)a. skal Ol4fr taka sva morg hundru6
upp i Bessa-st66um, v. 23. II. in mod. usage, with dat., ripta e-u.
ripting, f. a withdrawal (of a bargain) ; hversugi mikit fe er J)eir gefa
. . . J)a skal engi r. til J)ess vera, \>6tt eigi komi biiar til at vinna ei6a at,
Grag. i. 223 ; hon gaf fyrir heklu flekkotta ok vildi kaup kalia, henni
J)6tti J)at lihaettara vi3 riptingum, Landn. 319.
ris, n. the rise or top of a building ; J)a& er hiitt a J)vi risi6.
-risa, adj., in bl66-risa (q.v.), smeared with blood, prob. qs. vriSsa,
from ri8a, to smear.
risa-legr, adj. gigantic, Al. 67.
RISI, a, m., thus sounded with a short i, but perh. better risi ; qs.
vrisi ; [cp. Htl. vrisul ; Gtrm. riese ; Ivar Aasen ryse and rysel ; the
V shews that the word has no connection with the verb risa, and the
root is unknown; Swed. vresig = burly may be a kindred word]: — a
giant, Hkr. i. 5, Sks. 601, 705, Fas. iii. 24, Ann. 1338. In popular Icel.
usage risi denotes size, jotunn strength, {)urs lack of intelligence; thus,
hkr sem risi, sterkr sem jotunn, heimskr sem J)urs, as tall as a risi, strong
as a jotun, stupid as a ^urs. The ancient legends describe the risar as
handsome, and a long-lived race ; byg6u J)a risar vi6a, en sumir voru
halfrisar, {ja var mikit sambland J)j65anna, {)viat risar fengu kvenna af
T^mislandi, Fas. i. 513, Herv. S. ch. i, Orvar Odds S. ch. 18 ; cp. also the
tales of Godmund on Glasisvellir : compds, half-risi, berg-risi. The
word is very popular (even more so than jotunn) in modern tales, but is
only found once (in the compd berg-risi) in old poems ; risa barn, -dottir,
a giant-bairn, giant-daughter. Fas. ii. 239 ; but in compds risa folk, -kyn,
-x.n, giant-folk, giant-kind, 383, 384, BarS. 163, Landn. u8; risa voxtr,
a giants size, Stj. 326.
riainn, adj., in gest-r., vi'g-r.
Ms-mdl, n. the hour for rising, about 6 o'clock a.m., Dropl. 20, Gr4g.
ii. 224; milli ris-mala ok dagmala, O. H. L. 24; hir3is-rismal.
BISNA, u, f. (spelt ristna, Fb. i. 362, ii. 227), hospitality, munificence;
r. ok orlati, Fms. ii. 1 18 ; hann lofa6i risnu Jjorarins, v. 315 ; hvarki var
nu minni rausa ne risna i biiinu en a&r. Band. 3 ; ek veit risnu J)ina, at
I)u munt taka viS honum, Lv. 26; varS J)eim mart talat um risnu
Sveins, Orkn. 464. risnu-maSr, m. a hospitable man, Fb. ii. 227.
risni, f. = risna, in gest-risni.
rispa, aa, [Scot, resp or risp; Engl, rasp'], to scratch; klora ok r., Stj.
77 (v. 1.), freq. in mod. usage.
rispa, u, f. a slight scratch, Nj. (Lat. Ed.) 163 (v. 1.), freq. in mod. usage.
BIST, f., pi. ristr, mod. ristir, for the ristr in Pass. 33. 4 is poet. ;
older form vrist ; [Engl, wrist, used only of the hand ; Dan. vrist ; the word
is derived from (v)riaa, Engl, writhe; Scot, reist ; cp. also Engl, wrest,
wrestle, which are kindred words] : — the instep of the foot, JjiSr. 86 ;
gegnum ba8ar ristrnar, Fms. v. 347 ; \ik st6 hann faetinum a a5ra ristina,
vii. 13; horfa faetrnir ok ristrnar a ^ak aptr, Stj. 94; il ok rist, 160;
suU haf5i hann a faeti niSri k ristinni, Isl. ii. 218 ; tro6nir i sundr tvennir
skor . . . upp voru hinir a ristum, Skifta R. 193. compds : ristar-
bein, n. the instep-'bone, Sturl. i. 167. ristar-li8r, m. the instep-joint,
Nj. 70, Landn. 153, fsl. ii. 365.
rist, f. a gridiron; panna, rist, steiki-teinn, Dipl. v. 18.
rista, t, to slice ; see rista.
rista, u, f. a scratch, slash, Nj. 82. ristu-bragd, n. a (Runic) character
Edda 58.
ristiU, m., dat. ristli, [rista], a ploughshare, Stj. 386, Magn.
46°' II. qs. vristill, [akin to rist= vrist], poet, a gentlewoman,
from the slenderness of form; ristill cr sii kona er skoruglynd er,
Edda, Rm. 23, Vols. R. 205. 2. the 'twisted' big end-gut in
h
animals. 3. medic, shingles (Lat. cittgulum), ringworm in its most
severe form (zona herpetica), Fel. x. 29.
risting, f. carving, Hm. 113. i
ristir, m. a carver, slasher. Lex. Poet. .'
risu-ligr, adj. = risuligr.
BIT, n. [Engl, writ], a writ, writing; rkbz rit, 623. 12 ; hann let J)4
gora rit ok sendi jarli, id., Ski5a R. 50 ; rit ok innsigli biskups, K. |>. K.
74; rit ok innsigli konungs, GJ)1. 133. 2. penmanship ; hagr at
hvivetna, bx5i at riti ok at o6ru, Bs. i. 127. 3. writing; einn dag
er hann sat at riti (when he sat writing) fell hann fra ritinu, Bs. i. 191 ; at
rit ver8i niinna ok skjotara ok bokfell drjiigara, Skalda 168. compds:
rits-hdttr, m. a way of writing, Skalda 170, 171, Stj. 48, 164. rita-
g6r5, f. writing, correspondence, Bs. i. 475.
rita, a5, to write; see rita.
ritan-legr, adj. that can be written, Edda I74'
ritari, a, m. a writer, transcriber, Bs. i. 175, 191 ; Hallr het ok var r.
bans, bis secretary, 700 : a scribe, Al. 66, Greg. 52.
rit-fseri, n. pi. writing materials. Fas. iii. 407, MS. 625. 87.
rit-g6r5, f. a treatise, (mod.)
rit-liofundr, m. a writer, (mod.)
rit-ina3r, m. = ritari, Hom. (St.)
ritning, f. a writing, Anecd. 18, Sks. 4; postulanna ritningar, Stj. 30:
Holy Scripture, Anecd. 16, Sks. 459, Rb., and passim in old and mod,
usage. Bitningar-grein, f. a passage of Scripture.
rit-sending, f. letter-sending, Hkr. ii. 128.
rit-stofa, u, f. a writing-room, Bs. ii. 148.
rit-stokkr, m. a writing-desk, Pm. 3.
BIDA, ri3, pret. rei8, reitt (mod. rei6st), rei&, pi. ri8u ; subj. riSi;
imperat. ri6, rittu, Lv. 39, mod. riddu ; part, ri&inn : [A. S. ridan; Engl
ride; Germ, reiten, ttc.]: — to ride; in Icel., where all land-travelling
is on horseback, riSa has become almost synonymous with to journey,
travel, adding the road or way in ace. (cp. Old Engl, use of to ride)\
ri3a lei5 sina, veg sinn, etc.; J)eir brseSr riSu til alj)ingis, Nj. 2; nv
skalt J)u ri6a vestr, ...{)a rei& i moti Jjeim f)j6st61fr, rei8 Huskuldi
heim til bus sins, 4 ; si6an rei5 hann vestr i Hjar6arholt, Isl. ii. 199
ok J)egar reiS hann at leita likanna, Eg. 601 ; J)a let AsgerSr skjots
hesti undir mann, rei6 sa sem akafligast vestr 1 Hjar&arholt . . . |>or
ger6r let Jiegar so61a ser best . . . ri8u J)au um kveldit ok n6ttina ti
^ess er J)au k6mu til Borgar, 602, 603; flestir menn ri8u Tyrsdagini
i brott, Sturl. iii. 183 ; toku J)eir mi a rei6 mikilli ok var allgott a
ri8a ofan eptir heraSinu, 185 ; J)eir ri5u {>ri6ja-daginn, . . . J)eir ri8i
til Horgardals um kveldit, rei& Eyjolfr a M68ru-v611u, . . . riSu pei:
upp um Hiirgardal, . . . Rafn ok Eyjolfr ri8u meS flokk sinn upp epti;
isinum, 216, 217 ; g6f ek Jiat ra8 at J)u riSir i mot honum, en ek mm
ri8a til meSan, Fms. i. 70, xi. 364, Gisl. 19, Nj. 85, 86: metaph., a
margir Islendingar mundi kenna a hlut sinum, nema {)eir riSi sjalfir i
vit sin, unless they rode towards themselves, i. e. took counsel with themselves
took care, Ld. 180 : — absol. to start, part, ok hvergi i kveldi ri6a, Ski8aR
108; jarl ba8 hann biiask ok sag8i mal at riSa, Orkn. 48. 8
adding the horse (vehicle) in dat. ; ri8a hesti, riSa svortum, hvitum,,,
skjottum, goSum, vokrum . . . hesti, Nj. 54, 81, etc. ; ri8a hiisum, to '
the ridge of a house (as a ghost), Grett. 83 new Ed. 3. trans,
ace; ri8a best, to break a colt for riding; and hann er vel ri&inn,
broken in; 6-ri8inn, unbroken : also to cover, of horses, cattle,
reflex., recipr. ri6ask at, to attack one another, Al. ; ri8ask hja, to pi
one another, Sturl. ii. 171.
B. To swing, sway, with the notion of a heavy, rotary mi
as of a thing in balance, a weapon brandished, a windlass, or the
[cp. Engl, sea-phrase to ride at anchor] ; i J)vi er hann heyr8i s
ri8a, Karl. 161 ; mi reiS sverS at svira, Bs. ii. 74; ma8r nokkui
sa at oxin reiS, Fms. vii. 325 ; er oxin rei8 at honum, ii. 8
konungr leti ofan ri8a sverSit, vii. 172 ; en er upp rei8 galga-treit,
konungr st63 undir er treit reiS, ix. 386 ; J)a rei8 at honum brunassinii,'Fi;airo.
ok hrata8i hann inn aptr, Nj. 202 ; J)a er sol riSr upp ok {)ar til er hon ;;5pajr,
sezk, N. G. L. i. 218; J)at tre er ri8a skal ollum at upp loki, of a dooi •■E.a.rj
Hm. 137: — to balance; onnur galei8rinn sprakk er hon rei8 a jarnint <iii|)i
Fagrsk. : metaph. the phrase, e-t ri8r miklu (or a miklu), to be ofgrear 'ntgi^
importance, momentous ; honum J)6tti i J)er mest vinkaup ok sixtst I • -n
ri8a um J)ina hoUostu, Fb. ii. 289 ; hve mjok J)at er kallat at 4 hiri -
(sic) ri8i, hversu til falaekra manna var gort i J)essu lifi, Bs. i. 104
a-rl8andi, momentous ; e-t ridr e-m at fuUu, proves fatal to one. 2. '
reel, stagger; i J)vi er fillinn tok at ri8a, Al. 76; tok {ja kastalinn a
ri8a mjok, Fms. viii. 429 ; hann rei8 a ymsar hliSar, Konr. : impers
rei8 batinum sva at honum hvelfir, the boat rolled so that it capsize:
Mar. ; in mod. usage better, alda riSr undir skipi8, aldan rei8 a3, of tr.
rolling waves, freq. in mod. usage.
Bf DA, riS, rei8, ri5u, declined like the preceding word, but alfogethi
different in etymology, being originally vriSa; [A.S.wn'Sflw; Engl.JOT^
Dan.-Swed. vride, vrida; cp. Engl, wreath, wreathe; reibr^ angry,
torted, is derived from this verb] : — to writhe, twist, knit, wind ; har t
hxing, the hair twisted into a ring, Akv.8; libzknut, to knit a knot ; d^*
iriif!),
(I
liFA,
x,i{.r.
mtif]
ihi.l
L'si
iJ,/i
etti
tf>
RfDARI— rIkULIGA.
499
;
ri8a a \trjii knuta, Fb. i. 21 2 ; {)ar var hriskjorr nokkur ok ri8u {jar & knuta
stora, Orkn. 372 ; J)ar a kjiJrrinu reiS ek ^dr kiiut, . . . ekki muii ek leysa
J)ann kniit er j)u reitt mer l)ar, en rida matta ek })^r |)aiin kmit, er . . . ,
Ftns. vii. 123; me8 hverri list J)eir eru saman ridnir, Al. 19; ri5a knapp
4 e-t, to finish, wind a thing up, Isl. ii. 102 ; rifla net, ri5a raexna, to net
I a net; tok hann liu ok gam, ok rei6 a raexna svii. sem net er sidan, Edda
i. 182 ; ekki ri6aiida rscxn, Sd. 188. 2. metaph., vera viS e-t ri6inn,
to be wound up with a thing ; ok ver8r hann litt vi6 sogiina riSinn, Gliim.
334 ; ef J)eir vitu at })u ert nokkud vi8 hennar m&l riftinn, Fbr. 57 ; and
o-vid-ridiiin, unconnected with.
B. [Prob. the same word], to rub, smear, with dat. ; floti var riSit
4 611 spjotskeptin, Sd. 163 ; ri3a smyrslum a, Horn. (St.) ; taka hraka
sinn, ri3a i kross i krismu sta3 a brjost ok milium herOa, N. G. L. i. 339 ;
hann ri3r {)vi (the lime) heitu a limar ok kvistu viSarins, Fms. vi. 153 ;
hann rei8 a bl65inu, Eg. 21 1 ; hann riSr a hann vatni sinu, Bs. i. 460;
hann let ri6a leiri ok kolum i andlit ser, Fms. ii. 59 ; taka snjo ok bra;8a
ine5 hondum sur ok ri3a a, sva at J)at ver6i alvatt, K. {j. K. 12; er
dreifS si6an askan ok ri6it sem viSast um J)au kjot, Stj. 71 ; hon vill
jafnan ri3a hann bl63i ok r66ru, Gisl. 45 ; hann tekr J)a Skofnungs
itein, ok riSr, ok bindr vi6 hiind Grims, Ld. 252 ; tok ek hein or pussi
ninum ok rei5 ek i eggina, Sturl. ii. 62. II. metaph., with dat.
'0 thrash, flog ; ef madr breg&r manni at hann vaeri stafkarl, e3a ri5r
lonum kinn, baeti halfa mork, or smears his cheeks, i. e. hufl^ets him, cp.
iilgar Dan. smore een = to give a sound thrashing, and Swed. han wredb
>ans bak, i.e. flogged him; ef J)at er kennt konu at hon ri6i {that she
tats) manni, e8a J)j6num bans, ...Jia er hon sek J)rem morkum, 390;
lann var bl66risa um her3arnar, en hlaupit hold af beinum . . . flutti J)at
)ddr, at Geirri6 mun hafa ridit honum, Eb. 46 (thus, and not from ri6a,
0 ride ?). III. to wring, press ; mjolk sii er ri5in er or selju bork,
'r. 473-
ridari, a, m. = riddari (q. v.), Fms. x. 88, 104, 109, 140.
BIFA, rif, reif, reift, reif, pi. rifu ; subj. rifi ; part, rifinn ; imperat. rif,
f8u ; when in the sense to pick, scratch, it is also spelt and sounded
rifa, q. V. : [Engl. nVe; Dan. r/i/e] :— /o rive, tear ; J)eir letu dyr ok
rafna rifa hrsein, Hkr. i. 39 ; vaett klaeSi min, rifit ok linytt me6 oUu,
ms. i. 264 ; var {)ar hverr fiskr or ro3i rifinn, Eb. 276 ; J)eir reyttu ok
fti, Fms. ii. 161 ; rifa hold af beinum, Magn. 531 ; J)eir rifu af raefrit
selinu, Ld. 280 ; rifa klae^i af ser, 0. H. 236 : rifa ofan, to pull down,
j. 279 ; rifa ni8r, id., Grett. 50 new Ed. ; rifa i sundr, to rive asunder,
oil. 350, Nj. 279 ; rifa e-n kvikan i sundr, to tear asunder alive, Fms.
. 261 ; at sol rifi i sundr (rived) nyja timbr-veggi, i. 291. 2. to
ltd; klukka rifin, a cracked bell, Pm. 81 : — impers. to be rent, ok reif
glit (ace), Fms. ix. 387 ; ok reif or aesunum, Edda 71 : — rifa aptr, to
p up ; |»6rolfr vildi eigi at aptr vaeri rifit sarit, Eb. 244.
IB. Usually spelt hrifa, to pick; foru ungmenni tvau at hrifa mosa,
pick moss, Bs. i. 329 : rifa upp, to pull up (a thing by the roots), pick
rifa upp hris (also rifa hris), to pull up shrubs for fuel, Grag. ii.
13, 288. 2. to scratch; peir hrifa upp i hofu3 ser ok reyta sik,
-atcbed their heads, Fms. v. 161 ; bita mann eSr hrifa, Grag. ii. 133 :
nn let hrifa ser me5 kiimbum, Fb. i. 212; hann vaknar ok hrifr i
gun, rubs his eyes, Fb. ii. 96. 3. to grasp ; akkerin hrifa vi&, Ld.
J)a hrifu vi5 akkerin, Fms. x. 136, v. 1. ; ok hreif f)egar vi3, it took
ect, Bs. i. 197 ; hann bry'tr upp golfit ok hrifr J)ar ok rannsakar snae-
mdna mold, 198 ; see the references under hrifa.
ifka, a6, to enlarge, Nj. 21, passim in mod. usage: reflex, to be en-
if-ligT, adj. (-liga, adv.), large, munificent; riflegt ver8, Ld. 212:
:taph., ekki r., a poor affair ; eigi synisk mer fer8 ]^essi rifleg, a poor
Imey, Fms. ii. 58; J)6 hvarki vxri riflegt, vi. 13; hvart sem J)at er
egt e8r oriflegt, Hav. 53; jafn-r., equally fine, Lv. 75.
I'tFB, adj. [akin to reifa ; Engl, rife^, munificent, abundant ; mi skulu
■ bera lit slikan mat sem fyrr var rifastr, Fb. i. 545 ; bo8-r., a fair
ding, fair offer ; hlaup-r., very large.
f-skipa3r, part, well-manned, Sks. 29.
f GB, m. [akin to reigjask and riga], stiffness, medic. ; bak-rigr, her8a-
tials-r., stiflness in the back, shoulders, neck, F^l. II. metaph.
swr, severity ; rigr reglunnar. Mar. : stiffness, coldness, J)a8 er rigr
Ii J)eirra. compds : rig-binda, batt, to bind fast. rig-gyr3a,
girth tightly, of a horse. rig-negla, d, to nail firmly.
gr, m. the name of the hero of the poem Bigs-^ula, in the Edd.
neously called Bigs-mal, Edda ii. 496, a poem which traces the
in of royalty to king Rig as the ancestor of all kings. This myth
nged to Heimdal, Vsp. i ; it is very likely that the Rig of the poem
''a invented name, a poetical disguise, borrowed from the Gaelic word
''', which means a king; Bigs-^ula would therefore literally mean
ungs-J)ula = the King's Lay.
jc-borinn, part, high-born, Fms. i. 6, Mag. 466, Stj. 425.
:i:-d6iiiliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), magnificently, Fms. vii. 24.
.-domr, m. power, might, magnificence, Fms. vii. 1 7, 22, 87, ix.
Sks. 467, 698, Stj. 88, 192, 451, Fs, 23, passim, 2. wealth,
s, Sks. 205. ,
rik-deeml, n.= rikdomr, Fms. iii. 45 : mod. rikid«mi, riches.
BlKI,n. [Ulf. re/W = (i/>x^; Scot, ryke; Eng\. -ric in bishopric ; Germ.
reich; Dan. rige] : — power, might; niii ek ekki heita Icndr maftr cf ek
skal eigi hafa riki vi8 cinum Islenzkum stafkarli, Fms. vii. 1 14; vcita
e-m riki, to grant one power. Eg. 20 ; rikis munr, 40, Ld. 38, Isl. ii. 139 ;
heita c-m miklu riki, Fms. i. 113; lagSisk land allt undir riki (rule)
Haralds konungs, vii. 185 ; gaf Askeli erkibiskup upp sitt riki, gave up,
resigned, xi. 392; mxiti engi d moti fyrir riki konungs, Eg. 67; kom
yfir OSS ill old af riki Alfivu, Fms. vi. 96 ; mikit var riki |>inga-manna,
xi. 159; rikis-forrd8, -gaezla, -ru8, ruling, governing, i. 51, Anecd. 34,
Sks. 461, Grett. 97 A. 2. an empire, kingdom ; riki ok konungd6m,
Fms. i. 23 ; at taka Magnus fr4 riki, vii. 185 ; for konungr heim 1 riki
sitt, xi. 392 ; hann kom heim i Danmork i riki sitt, 295 ; skal ek fk menn
til at var8veita rikit, Eg. 119; Skotland var kallat t)ri8jungr rikis vi8
England, 266 ; riki himna, 623. 54 ; konungs riki, a king's rule, kingdom;
himin-riki, the kingdom of heaven ; biskups-nki, a bishopric ; Danmerkr-
riki, Noregs-riki, Austr-riki : also of counties, riki J)at er heitir VendiU
skagi, Fms. xi. 230; Ringa-riki, Ne-n'ki, in Norway and Sweden.
COMPDS : rikis-dalr, m. a rix-dollar, (mod.) rikis-djarfr, adj. am-
bitious, Sks. 340. rikis-domr, m. a reign, Sks. 324. rfkis-gull,
n. the royal seal, Mag. r£kis-kona, u, f. a noble-woman, Edda 16,
Fms. V. 340 : mod. a rich lady. rikis-maSr, m. (-menn), a mighty
man, ruler, Grag. ii. 99, Fms. i. 32, vii. 288, 290, Eg. 9, 26, 270, Skalda
152, passim : mod. a rich, monied man. rfkja-skipti, n, a change
in government. Germ, thron-wechsel, Fms. v. 297, Rb. 478. rikis-
sproti, a, m. a sceptre, Stj. 651. rikis-stjdri, a, m. a governor,
Str. 25. riki8-stj6rn, f. a government, Fms. i. 103, Sks. 61 1.
rikis-st611, m. the throne, Stj. 571. rikis-seeti, n., 'Stadr, m. a
king's Residence, Stj., Sks. 525. rikis-vflndr, m. a sceptre, Fms. x. 15,
Al. 100.
riki-14tr, adj. lordly, mighty, Fms. vii. 321, Fas. iii. 455 : proud, Ld. 80.
rikja, t, [Ulf. reikinon = apx(iv^, to reign, Fms. i. 119, xi. 405, 408,
passim in mod. usage. 2. to rule, with dat. ; t)ar sem ofdrykkja
rikir manni, Hom. 31 ; hann rikti jamnan hinum yngra, Stj. 160 : — with
ace, Skalda 190.
rik-leikr (-leiki), m. power, authority, Sks. 494, H. E. i. 497, Fms.
V.158.
rik-lunda3r, adj. imperious, high-spirited, O. H. 77, Fms. vii. 15, Hkr.
i. 28, Orkn. 158.
rik-lyndi, n. imperiousness, Stj. 575.
rik-lyndr, adj. = riklunda8r, Fb. ii. 109, iii. 247.
rik-mannliga, adv. magnificently, Fms. i. 78, vi. 141, vii. 94, x. 222,
xi. 91, Fas. i. 80, Ld. 234.
rik-mannligr, adj. grand, stately, magnificent, Al. 85.
rik-menni, n. the mighty, the nobility, Fms. x. 1 38, (5. H. 79, Hkv. 2. 26.
BIEB, adj., compar. rikari and rikri, superl. rikastr and rikstr, [Ulf.
reiks = (VTi(xos; Germ, reich; Dan. rig, etc.]: — mighty, powerful, Rb.
370 ; rikr h6f8ingi, Nj. i, Fms. xi. 298 ; rikr ok au8igr, Eg. 22, 83, Fms.
vii. 293 (strong) ; rikastr ok gofgastr, i. 6l ; ekki hefir Hakon latiS hlut
sinn fyrir enn rikari monnum en J)u ert, 74 ; t^'r voru meim rikastir i
|)raenda-logum, vi. 24 : in the phrase, sagSi ^a, inn rikri ra8, the stronger
ruled, might ruled over right, viii. 108, v. 1. ; rikri ra8 sag8i, Am. 62 ; er
J)ess van um alia J)ina daga, at vii fraendr sem rikri. Eg. 475 ; rikastr ok
vi8Iendastr konungr, Fms. xi. 201, 203 ; rikir ok orikir, O. H. 60 ; haf8i
jarl a \>vi rikra manna hatt, Nj. 278; hann er rikstr konung-manna,
Rekst. 2. of things, strong; ok verSr {)a {)at rikara sem verr
gegnir, Fms. i. 69; var sjon sogu rikari, 6.H. 180 (of autopsy); fatt
er skopum rikara, Fs. 23; nau8syn er logum rikri, 656 A. i. 22; ef
ligaefa min gengi rikra en lukka Jjin, |>orst. St. 54, Al. 56 ; var J)ar rikt
var8hald, Fms. xi. 247; leggja rikt vi8, to lay a heavy penalty on, iv.
144, X. 173, xi. 262; banna rikt, to forbid strongly, Sks. 126 new
Ed. ; eru j)eir fjotraSir ok rikt bundnir, Faer. 183. 3. magnificent;
maerin gyr8i sik einu riku belti, 580 A. 2 ; konungr g6r8i mannboS rikt,
Hkr. i. 231 ; ok halda til sem rikast at ollu, K.|>. K. 56. 4. as
a nickname; inn Riki, the Great, Mighty; Kniitr riki, Hakon jarl inn
riki, Rognvaldr jarl inn riki, Fms., 6. H., Orkn. 8. II. [Germ.
reich; Ban.rig; Engl, ricbl, rich, wealthy ; this sense appears about
the end of the 13th century, and was no doubt influenced by the foreign
use of the word ; Jjeir hafa af hennar gozi or8i8 fullir ok feitir ok mjok
rikir, H.E. i. 505; ok aldrei ur8u J)au svk rik, at {)au aetti konungi
skatt at gjalda, Jb. 167 ; rikr at (6, Grett. 153 new Ed. ; oss er mikit
sagt af au8 Jjeim . . . Eigi mun {)at aukit {)6 hann se sag8r rikastr niaftr &
Islandi, Band. 24 new Ed. (but only in the later recension of that Saga,
for the old recension in Kb. omits the word) ; sva miklum au8 saman
koma, ok ver8a fuU-rikir a fam Arum, Fms. vi. 273 ; hann var rikr at f^,
Dropl. 13, where it is no doubt due to the transcriber of the Ama-Magn.
132 ; passim in mod. usage, whereas the old sense has become obsolete,
except in special phrases and compds, e. g. ra8-rikr.
rfkula, adv. = rikuliga, Fms. vii. (in a verse).
riku-liga, adv. magnificently, Hkr. i. 193, Fas. i. 340; at ^u megir
fara Jjangat sva r. sem pn vilt, Ld. 74, Magn. 434 : strongly, strictly,
K K 2
500
RIKULIGR— R JODE HOGGVINN.
halda e-t r., to observe it strictly, Stj. 453, Fms. xi. 298 : mod. abun-
dantly (=gnogliga), N. T., Vidal., passim.
riku-ligr, adj. magnificent ; r. veizla, Fms. i. 291, vi. 342 ; r. ma9r,
a fine man, x. 418 ; gott lif ok rikuligt, Edda 1 1.
rill, m. a mob, Bjiirn. rfl-ottr, adj. chequered, of colour.
HIM, n. [A. S. rim and ge-rimi, a compiitation, esp. a calendar, alma-
nac, Rb. passim; rimna bok, an almanac. Am. 19. compds : Rim-
begla, u, f. an ancient Icel. work on computation and the calendar, see
begla and the pref. to the Rb., List of Authors (H. III). rlm-keenn,
adj. skilled in rim, Odd. 2. rim-spillir, m. 'calendar spoiler,'
' calendar con/ounder ;' a name given to the winters of those years in
which the Elevatio Crucis (14th Sept.) falls on Sunday, if in the same
summer an intercalary week is added (sumar-auki, q. v.), in which case
the calendar of the winter becomes irregular, defined in Rb. 44 (ch. 27),
see also Rb. (i8l2) 58. rim-tal, n. a computation, calendar, Rb.
(pref.), Pr. 384.
B. [Gr.-Lat. rhythmusf], a rhyme, rhymed song; this word, which
is altogether different from the preceding, occurs first in Barl., gor6u s6t
heimskir menn morg rim ok rxbm, 34; hegomlegar sogur, rim e5a
raeSur, Ij63 e6a kvseSi, 40. II. an end-rhyme; in Icel. the word
appears in the 14th century along with the kind of ballads called rima,
with alternate rhymes ; for the ancient poets only used rhymes within
the same verse line, called hending ; see, however, the remarks s. v. riin-
henda ; eitt Jjyzkt rim, D. N. v. 640.
rima, u, f , gen. rimna, a rhyme, lay, ballad, and in plur. riniur, an epic
consisting of many lays ; rima is the name for the epical paraphrases, which
first appear in Icel. about the middle of the 14th century ; the Olafs-rima,
Fb. i. 8 sqq., being the first specimen preserved; then Volsungs-rimur,
SkiSa-rima, Skald-Helga-rimur, and then very many others ; for almost
every Icel. Saga or Romance has been turned into such lays, even the
historical books of the Bible. compds : rimna-bok, f. a book (volume)
0/ rhymes or ballads. rimna-skald, n. a ballad-poet.
rimari, a, m. a rhymer, ballad-maker.
Rin, f. the Rhine, Akv. 27, Bkv. 11, Bm., Gm., Edda, Symb., passim;
the fem. gender (masc. in Germ, der Rhein, Lat. Rhenus) prob. arose from
the appellative, (din Rin, the river Rhine) ; Rinar-kvislir, -osar. Ant. 288:
in poetry gold is called Rinar-malmr, Rin-leygr, = the ore or the fire of
the Rhine, referring to the legends of the Niebelungen Hort, Lex. Poet.
RfPB, m. a crag; hilmir renndi rip i bratta gnipu, Rekst. 28, freq.
in mod. usage ; as also in local names, Ripr, map of Icel. ; Ripar, in
Denmark, whence Bipa-lJlfr, Fms. xi.
BISA, pres. riss ; pret. reis, reist, reis, pi. risu ; imperat. ris, ristu ;
part, risinn; with neg. suff. ris-at, rise not (imperat.), Hm. 113: [Ulf.
reisan — eydpfcrOai, and common to all Teut. languages] : — to arise, rise,
stand up; ristu nu Skirrir, Skm. i; ristii mi Fjornir, Akv. 10, Ls.
10; upp ristii {)akra6r, Vkv. 37, Hm. 146; reis Rigr at Jiat, Rm. 30;
reis fra bor6i re9 at sofna, 1 7, cp. 5 ; er hann kostar upp at risa, Al. 144 ;
elli sotti J)a fast at Unni, sva at hon reis ekki upp fyrir mi6jan dag, Ld.
14; upp reis <33inn, Vtkv. 2 : to rise from bed, ar skal risa, early shall rise,
Hm. 58, Eg. (in a verse) ; ek J)6ttumk fyr dag risa, Em. ; nott J)u risat,
rise not in the night, Hm. 113; risa or rekkju, to rise from bed, Nj. 14 :
of the sun and stars, i austr, J)a5an risa 611 himin-tungl, Horn. 156: risa
61 domi, to rise, leave the court, Grag. i. 78 ; ef hann ry3r at fraendsemi
ok skal nsEsta-braeSri upp risa, 50 : ek vil hafa tvibyli a Mo9ru-vollum
ok risa eigi upp fyrir \>eT, Lv. 71 ; risa upp, to risefro7n the dead, pas-
sim (upp-risa, resurrection) : risa 1 mot, gegn, to rise against, Fms. i.
103 : risa vi5, to withstand; risa vi3 boSi e-s, Mar., Band. 17 new Ed. :
risa upp, to arise, begin; ef dags helgr riss upp a laugar degi, N. G. L. i.
138 ; sundrj)ykki riss upp. Mar. 2. metaph., orS riss, a word arises,
Bs. i. 182 ; bragrinn riss urn batinn einn, Stef. 6\.; J61 eru risin af bur3
Drottins vars, Fms. x. 377. II. recipr., er ver sam bo3ana risask
i moti, Fms. xi. 13.
BfSTA, pres. rist; pret. reist, reist, reist, pi. ristu ; part, ristinn ; in
mod. usage weak, pres. risti, Ski3a R. 27; pret. risti, ristir, risti ; part,
ristr, which forms freq. occur on the Swed. Runic stones, e. g. riinar \)Xi
er Bali risti, Baut. passim : [Dan. m/e] : — to cut, slash ; tak al kvikan
ok rist hann, Pr. 471 ; hon reist a mer kvi9inn, Ld. 214 ; ok reist rifin 611
ofan allt a lendar, Hkr. i. 108 ; Jia reist hann fra h6fu3smatt brvnjuna i
g6gnum ni8r, Ssem. 139, Skv. i. 15; torfa var ristin or velli, Ld. 58;
kesjan reist or skildinum, Eg. 378 ; ^orm68r reist i sundr linbrok sina, Fbr.
60 ; Trausti reist af skyrtu sinni, Vigl. 68 new Ed. ; ristu J)eir sundr i
strengi feldi sina, O. H. 152 ; J)eir letu rista arar ii utbor5a, Fms. viii. 41 7 ;
J)at skyldi engan krok rista, make no circuit, Ld. 96 ; Mariu-su6in (the
ship) reist langan krok, cut a great curve, Fms. viii. 222. II. to
carve; Rafn la i bekk ok reist span, ^viat hann var hagr {carving spoons),
Sturl. i. I40; ek hefi risti5 (/ have carved her image) a hepti minu,
Landn. 248 (in a verse) ; ristin rong, the carved ribs in a ship, Fms. vi. (in
a verse) ; rikula ristin rit, the richly-carved shield, vii. (in a verse). 2.
to slice ; rista tva reitu, Grag. i. 65 ; Jisjin setr sporann vi6 eyra Gunnari ok
ristr mikla ristu, Nj. 82 ; r. sja kili.Ht. 10 1 ; r. baru hlyri, Mork. 228 (in a
verse). 3. to carve, scratch, of characters, Hm. i i 3, 144, Sdm. 6, 9-11,
' 15,18 ; {)urs rist ek J)6r ok J)rja staff . . . sva ek J)at af rist sem ek J)at a reist,
Skm. 36 ; r. riinar, staf, ristum run a horni. Eg. (in a verse) ; skal-at ma6r
riinar rista ... tiu launstafi ristna, . . . Egill reist riinar ok lag6i undir haeg-
indit. Eg. 566 ; Egill bni \>a. knifi sinum ok stakk i lofa ser, hann tok vi&
horninu ok reist a riinar, ok rei3 a bl63inu, ok kva6, 211; rista treni6,
Grag. ; J)viat allan ]peirra kve6skap ok sameign hofdu Jjau risti6 a speldi,
Fas. ii. 551 ; hann reist me6 fingri sinum krossmark, 645. 69 ; at \tu maettir
yrkja erfi-kvse6i eptir B66var, en ek man r. a kefli, Eg. 605, Fb. i. 251 ;
Gisli hafSi kefli ok reist a riinar, ok falla niSr spsenirnir, Gisl. 67 ; tekr
Gisli kefli, ristr a riinar ok kastar inn, 45 ; mun ek kveda J)ar urn kvae6i,
en {)ii skalt r. eptir ii kefli, Grett. 144; eptir ^at tekr hann at yrkja
kvxbit, en {^eir r. eptir a speldi. Fas. ii. 558 ; fslendingr sa ninar ristnar
a kistunni, Fms. vi. 271; riinar er risti6 hafa Njar3ar-daetr niu, Sol.:
also passim on the Dan. and Swed. Runic stones.
risu-ligr, adj. rising high, lofty, of a building ; r. baer, Ld. 94, 96 ; r.
bii, Sturl. iii. 166 ; mikit bii ok risuligt. Eg. 512 ; r. vexti, tall of stature,
of a person, Fms. x. 377.
rit, f., pi. ritr, qs. vrit, [from rita, from the 'written' or carved ring on old
shields] : — a shield, but obsolete and only used in poetry, Korm., Edda (in
a verse), passim ; himins rit = heaven's disk, i. e. the sun. Lex. Poet.
BITA, pres. rit, ritr, ritr; pret. reit, the 2nd pers. does not occur; pi.
ritu ; subj. riti ; imperat. rit ; part, ritinn ; the eariiest writers use the
strong conjugation ; thus in the treatise of Thorodd, ek rit, 165, 1. 26, 166,
11. 22-24, 168, 1. 10; rit'k = rit ek, 166, 1. 36; J)ii ritr, 161, 1. 2 from
the bottom, 168, 1. 19 ; ek reit, 168, 1. 4 : part, ritnir, ritin, ritnum,
161, 168-168: in the other instances the weak form seems merely due
to the transcriber of the Cod. Worm, of the 14th century, and the old
forms ought to be restored; thus, pres. ritar, 160, 1. 3 from the bottom,
165, 1. I ; pret. rita3a, rita3ir, 164, 1. 31 ; part. ritaS, 11. 3, 32, etc.;
infin. rita for rita, 1. 3 : Ari also uses the strong form, lb. 4, Hkr. i. 48 :
in the pref. to Landn. for ritaft read ritiS (?) ; reit, Hkr. iii. 347. In
writers of later times, as also in later transcripts of old writers,
the weak form (ek rita, ritar, ritar, rita6a, rita3) prevails; thus in the
pref. to CH., pres. rita (once), pret. ritaSa (five times), rita3i, 248;
ritaSar and ritu3u, Sturl. i. 107, Fms. x. 371 ; ritad, Knytl. S. ch. 1, 21,
95, Hungrv. ch. i ; and so on : the part, ritinn remained longest, thus,
eptir s6gu p]6b6\k var fyrst ritin sefi Ynglinga, Hkr. Frissb. (pref), Fms.
vii. 156, Grag. i. 76, Symb. (fine). The Norse vellums seem to know
the weak form only, e. g. ritaSi, Sks. 563 B. The root to this word
is well known in the Scandin. languages in derived words, as reitr, reita,
rit (q. v.), yet the verb itself, at least in the sense ' to write,' seems to
have been adopted from the A. S., as it nowhere occurs on the Runic
stones or in old poets, and always means writing on parchment, rista
being used of writing on stone ; the original form is vrita : [A. S. luritan;
Engl, to write; Germ, reissen ; O. H. G. rizan = to scratch; Scot, rit or
ret; cp. also Ulf. writs = Ktpaia, Luke xvi. 17.]
B. Prop, to scratch, cut, sketch, draw an outlitie; h^r eru rita6ir
{irir hringar, Rb. 476. 2. to write, of penmanship, spelling (thus
mostly used in Thorodd), as also composition, for illustrations see the
references above (A).
rja, h, to vex, worry; brott rja5r, Fms. vi. 204; rekinn ok rja5r, viii.
78, Mar. 178. II. to wrestle, Grett. I46 A ; see hrjd.
rj6, f. a ' row ;' at leikum iie at rja annarri. Fas. ii. 505 ; tekr m6r at
lei3ask J)essi rja, Fms. vi. 212.
rjdfr, n. a roof {see raf), Grett. 84 new Ed., Fms. v. 180.
rjala, a5 ; r. vi3 e-t, to fidget, (slang.)
rjd.tla, a3, (rjdtl, n.), to wander astray.
BJODA, pres. ry3 ; pret. rau3, rautt, and rauttu (mod. rau3st), rautt,
pi. ru6u ; subj. ry6i ; part. ro3inn : [A. S. reodan] : — to redden, besmear
with blood; er \>u a Fafni rautt Jjinn inn frana maeki, Fm. 1 ; r. rauSum
dreyra, Vsp. 33 ; r. egg, sver3, vapn, r6nd, to redden the weapon ; as also r.
tonn, klo, fot, nef, to redden the tooth, claw, beak of a beast of prey, a stand-
ing phrase in the old war-songs, Lex. Poet. ; rj63a bang i r69ru nauts er
hann bl6ta3i, Landn. (Hb.) 258 ; rj63a stalla i bl65i, 6. H. 102 ; skaltii
rj63a bl63 (bl63i?) gra6ungsins a holinn litan, Korm. 216; ver skiilum
r. oss i go3a-bl63i at fornum si6, Ljosv. 4 ; }jser ru&u sik i bli'iSi hans,
Bias. 45 ; skal J)aer f(5 baeta en eigi flein rj63a, Grag. ii. 169 ; af ^eir {)urfu
at r. til fjar Jjess odd e3a eggjar, GJ)1. 119 ; rj63a kiSr e-s, to redden bis
cheeks, slay him, Isl. ii. (in a verse) ; hefi ek mi nokkut ro3it tonn 4
J)eim, er ek tok hondum Hakon jarl, (3. H. 32 ; r. h6nd a e-m, id., Karl.
424. 2. of the sun ; um morguninn sem sol ry6r fjoll, in the morn-
ing when the sun reddened the fells (s61-ro6), Fms. xi. 438 ; i J)ann tima
er solin tekr fyrst at rj63a, Karl. 254; aria sunnudags morguninn er sol
rau3, Bs. ii. 47.
rj63r, adj. ruddy, of the face or cheek ; rj63r i andliti, Fms. iv. 38,
viii. 25, X. 35; rauSan ok rj69an, Rm. 18; andlit me6 rjoSum lit, Str.
44; kaf-r., rj6& i kinnum, freq. in mod. usage. 2. red; buna&r
rj66r af gulli, Kari. 181, (rare.)
BJODB, n. [ry9ja ; ried, Schmeller], a 'clearing' open space in a
forest, Nj. 130, Ld. 96, Grag. ii. 29^^, Landn. 43 (v. 1.), (3. H. 135, and
passim. rjodr-hoggvinn, part, cut, cleared, Jb. 237.
RJOMI— ROT.
501
RJ6MI, a, m. [Germ, rahm; Scot, ream], cream: passim in mod.
usage, rjoma-trog: a calm sea is said to be einsog rjonii, like creatn ;
and rjoma-logn, ' creatn-cahn,' dead calm.
RJOTA, rant, rutu, subj. ryti, [Swtd. ryta ; Scot, rout; Old Engl.
rowte'], to roar ; {5a rant vi6 iim regin-kunngi Baldr i brynju sem bjorn
ryti, H6m. 26 ; und raut, the wound gave a rattling sound (cp. 16t i
sarunum), Ht. R. 42 ; see hrjota.
BJUFA, pres. ryf ; pret. rauf, rauft, rauf, pi. rufu ; subj. ryfi ; part,
rofinn ; [A. S. reofan^'. — to break, rip up, break a hole in ; r. uiidir, to make
a wound, Rm. 45; Baglar rufu stofuna, Fms. ix. 55; voru J)eir sem
66astiratr. husin, Eb. 214; hlupu Jieir upp a skalann ok rufu, Grett. 154;
hannlagfli i ost aOlafi, okrauf abarkanum.Sturl. ii. 95; r. bulka,/o 'trea^
bulk,' see biilki, Fms. vi. 378 : to break up, \,a, rufu ^eir samnaftinn, Eg.
98 ; raufsk J)<i flokkr allr, Fms. ix. 2 T 7 ; raufsk leiSangrinn, x. 57, xi. 248 ;
en er raufsk fjolmenni a ^inginu, Orkn. 284 ; var6 Jia at rjiifask sii illinga
seta, Bs. i. 142. II. metaph. to break, violate; rjiifa sattmal, Fms.
i. 109 ; rjiifa, gri3, satt, Nj. 56 ; Gunnarr kva6sk ekki ae'.la at r. saettir,
III ; rjiif aldri saett \>{i er g65ir menn gora niilli J)in ok annarra, 85 ; ef
hann ryfi saettina, Fms. xi. 356; en ef prestr ryfr skript, K.Jj. K. 72;
r. dom, Fb. ii. 171 ; r. heit, Stj. 641 ; r. sina eiSa, Fms. viii. 155 ; r. trygSir,
Grag. ; r. logmanus orskurS, id. ; eigi rjiifask honum fyrirheit Hugonis
abota, they failed him not. Mar. ; J)ykki mer ^at opt rjufask er skenira
er at fretta en slikt, Nj. 259 ; hefir y5r |)at sjaldan rofizk er ek hefi sagt
y8r, Fms. viii. 134, v. 1. : part., var fa enn rofinn valrinn, Hkr. ii.
381. III. impers. it clears, of weather, as of fog or clouds drifting
away in a gale ; J)a er i rauf ve5rit, when the weather cleared, Fms. i.
174 ; ok er fyrst rauf i, sa {)eir fyrir ser bratta hamra, viii. 53, v. 1. ; skiira-
veSr var a, ok var hvasst ve6rit {ja er rauf, en vindlitiS ^ess i milli, Ld.
56 ; en ve6r rauf upp i moti degi, Sturl. iii. 292 ; ryfr t)okuna ok kyrrir
sjainn, Fas. ii. 516.
RJtJKA, pres. ryk ; pret. rank, raukt, rauk, pi. ruku ; subj. ryki ; part,
rokinn: [A. S. reocan; Engl, reek; Germ, riechen ; Dan. ryge, etc.]: —
to reek, smoke, emit smoke or steam, Fms. xi. 36 ; J)ann seySi er betr vaeri
at eigi ryki, Ld. 208, Fms. vi. 105 ; rjuka mun um hauka vara. Fas. ii.
43 ; var stofan litt rokin, i. e. there was steam {smoke) in the room, Grett.
170 new Ed.; hann varp af ser klas5um mxdiliga, ok rank af honum,
it reeked off him, Fms. vi. 226; hiis stendr {)ar ok rykr J)ar upp
ftf, ok mun {)ar fe inni, Lv. 47 ; ambiittin var alsveitt af maeSi ok rauk
af henni, Gisl. 51 ; hvat rykr a diskinum fyrir ySr? Fms. vii. 160; rjiik-
andi ofns-eldr, Stj. 112; hann laust a ok rauk or eldr, Korm. 84 : — of
dust, sva syndisk sem dusk ryki or bjalbanum, 6. H. 2j8, O.H.L. 39;
mjollin var laus, ok rauk hon, Fb. i. 579: — of the spray of sea-water,
J)6tt stormr J)j6ti en sjor rjiiki, Bs. ii. 116 (cp. rok), J)a3 rykr: hann
tok sinni hendi hvern sveininn, ok slaer ni5r vi& steininum, sva at rykr
(was splashed) heilinn um, Finnb. 292. II. metaph. tojly with
violence and suddenly, Dan. ryge; sverSit rauk or hendi honum, the
sword flew out of his hand, Fms. xi. 153 ; hann rauk ofan fyrir bjargit,
Fb. iii. 410; rauk Askell ofan af vi6unni, Fms. viii. 388, v. 1. ; hann
rauk ofugr iit a dyrnar, Grett. 114; ruku J)eir ofan fyrir bjargit, loi ; r.
um koll, to he overthrown, etc.
RJtJPA, u, f., gen. pi. rjiipna, [Dan. rype ; cp. Germ, reb-huhn], a
ptarmigan, Grag. ii. 346, Fms. vii. 3, K. |>. K. 132: as a nickname,
Landn. ; cp. the riddle of the rjiipa, Gsp. (Fas. i.) rjupna-lauf or
cjupna-lyng, n., botan. the mountain avens, dryas octopetala, Hjalt.
rjup-keri i,mod. rjup-karri), a, m. a cock-ptarmigan, Gisl. 67 (I5.s)-
ROD, n. a fish's skin (from the reddish colour), Eb. 276 ; ro& af fiski,
31em. 25 : freq. in mod. usage, J)orsk-ro3, hafs-ro5, skotu-ro6, stein-
3its-ro&, etc. 2. reddening, in hhmn-ro3, s61ar-ro&. II.
a different word], clearing; flotta ro&. Fas. iii. 340 ; flet-ro5, q. v. ; see
u6, rjoOtr, rySja, hrj66a.
ro5a, ad, to gleam red; er ro6a5i af skjoldunum, Fms. viii. 210 ; sem
)a er ro8ar fyrir upp rennandi solu, in the early morning, Karl. ili.
ro9a, a5, to huddle together (i. e. hro6a, q. v.) ; ok ro6u6u Eyjar-
keggjar saman storar eikr, Fas. i. 429.
rod-Mfr, m. shark's skin, shagreen, N. G. L. ii. 137.
ro8i, a, m. redness, of the cheek or sky; ro5i i kinnum, Nj. 30;
ar fagr roSi 1 andlitinu, Fms. x. 149, SkaldaiQS; kinn-ro6i : of the
ky, Jjti laust roda a himin ok sva a solna, O. H. 216; morgun-ro8i,
veld-ro6i. compds : ro9a-gras, n., botan. = Lat. r?/6ra, Pr. 472.
o3a-vetr, m., the winter of 1118 A. D. was thus called, prob. from
;d lights in the sky, Ann. s. a.
ro3nii, a, m. [Dan. rodinel, redress, = Tobi.
jroSna, a6, to redden, become red, of the face, to blush, and the like,
andn. 31, Eg. 43, Ld. 146, 6. H. 59, Fs. 10.
IROF, n. [rjiifa], a breach, opening; rof a bundinni skjaldborg, Sks.
35 ; losna3i fylkingin, ok i rofinu g(5kk Haraldr konungr fram, Fagrsk.
[o; var J)ar mikit rof i fylkingunni, Flov. 30; se ek rof a sviirtu skyi
stjornu staka standa i rofi, Bjarni. 2. a law term, a retracta-
m, reversal of judgment; lysa domi til rofs, Grag. i. 71 ; stefna domi
rofs, 108 ; stefna kaupi til rofs, ii. 242 ; enda a at dxma rof gjafanna,
203 ; faera rof a festarmal, to repeal, N. G. L. i. I55. compds : rofs-
ma5r, m. a pleader in appeals, D. N. i. 7, 5 1, 60. rofs-mil, n. a
case for reversal of judgment, Gnig. i. 205.
rofa, a6, to break up, of the clouds ; J)aft rofar til 1 lopti.
rofna, a6, (hrofna, Bs. i. 378), to be broken, ruptured; J)A er r. t6k
fylkingin. Eg. 29S ; l)akit tok at r., Gisl. 22 ; iva sem hrofnat vaeri fyrir
nagli, Bs. i. 378 : — as a law term, to be rescinded, a l)eirra domr at rofna,
Grag. i. 80 ; rofnar sek& fjOrbaugs mann, ef . . ., 93 ; ok skal kaup upp
rofna ef brek bersk, ii. 242.
rof-torf (or rof-torf ?), n. a cut sod. roftorfs-veggr, m. a wall
built of sods, Sturl. ii. loi.
roga, a5, = riga, q. v.
Roga-land, n. a county in Norway, Fms. passim.
roga-stanz, m. a mighty amazement ; mig rak i r.
Rog-heimr, m. = Rogaland (?), Hkv. Hjorv. (Mr. Jessen).
ROK, n. [rjiika], the splashing, foaming sea, Ski8a R. 203, passim.
roka, u, f. a whirlwind, Bjcirn, Mkv. : fine sn9w like spray, mjall-roka,
sae-roka, spray of sea-water.
rokin-duata, adj. reeking with dust, Fms. ii, 154.
ROKKR, m. [Germ, rocken; Old Engl, rock], a distaff; sat J)ar kona
sveigSi rokk, there sat a lady twirling a distaff, Rm. 16 (yet spinning-
wheels are said to have been first used in the 17th century) ; Katla spann
garn af rokki, . . . J)eir toku rokkinn ok hjuggu i sundr, Eb. 32, 33 new
Ed. : a popular riddle on the distaff by Stefan Olafsson, firifaettr piltr,
prifinn ok vandstilltr, Snot (1866). rokk-snselda, u, f., etc.
rokkr, m, [for. word; Germ, rock], a jerkin. Or. 20 ; it occurs also in
poets of the i6th century, Bs. ii. 488.
rokna-, in compds, as rokna-hljod, a stentorian voice.
roUa, u, f. [for. word ; mid. Lat. rotula ; Fr. role], a roll, scroll, Sturl.
iii. 91, 15s. i. 799. 2. an old lean scurvy ewe.
ropa, a6, to belch. 2. metaph., of the ptarmigan's voice; rjiip-
karrar hcifdu 1 hjali tveir hver J)eirra gaeti ropaS meir, Grond.
ropi, a, m. a belch, Sks. 140, 211, Al. 153.
rosi, a, m. sleet. compds: rosa-baugr, m. a halo round tie sun.
rosa-ligr, adj. sleety, rough, of weather : in hold-rosi, q. v.
roskin-leikr (-leiki), m. ripeness, Stj. 26.
roskin-mannliga, adv. like a grown up man, Horn. (St.)
roskin-mannligr, adj. looking like a grown up man; mikill maSr
vexti ok r., 6. H. 199.
ROSKINN, adj., qs. vroskinn, prop, a participle, the only remains
of a lost strong verb, [answering to Ulf. wrisqan = Tt\ia<popilv, Luke
viii. 14; cp. Riiskva and roskr] : — ripe, mature, full-grown, adult, only
of persons, not of fruit ; ma3r roskinn, Nj. 131, Eg. 4 ; verit J)6r bemskir
at illsku en rosknir at viti, Hom. 50 (l Cor. xiv. 10) ; sveinn sjau vetra
gamall skal skira barn ef eigi er rosknari ma5r til, K. |>. K. 12; {)egar
jarl var r., Orkn. 42 ; J>orgunna var J)a roskin kona (ripe in years)
er Jietta aefinty'r gorftisk, Fb. i. 250: allit., roskinn ok r4dinn, ripe and
wise; sveinninn var spraekr ok roskinn mjiik i or5um, Fms. ix. 241;
ver3a e-m roskinn i leik, Bs. ii. 94.
roskna, a6, prop, to 'ripen,' to grow up, only of persons; ok er hann
var mjok losknabr, full grown, Isl. ii. 208: reflex., en er {>orfinnr jarl
roskna6isk, O. H. 93 ; ef siC randviSr rosknask nasSi, Stor. (MS. rosku-
ast) ; ok er hann roskna6isk (roskva6ist Ed.) fekk Hrolfr konungr honum
skip. Fas. iii. 188.
rosm, n. sweepings, offal, (Oldn. Ordbog.)
rosmall, m. = rosmhvalr, K. {>. K. (Kb.) i. 24.
rosm-hvalr, m. [Ivar Aasen rosmaal; Engl, wal-rus and AS. bors-
hwcel are prob. corrupt forms of the same word : it is not known how
the former part of the compd is to be explained] :— a walrus, Jb. 310,
K. p. K. 1 12, Bs. i. 641 ; and in local names, Rosmhvala-nss, in Icel.,
whence Rosm-hvelingar, m. pi. the men from R., Sturl. i. 224 : rosm-
hvalr and rostungr are synonymous, so that in the Jb. some MSS. have
the one word, some the other.
rosmu-fjell, n. pi. a dub. air. X €7. ; rosmufjoll Rinar, Akv. 17; this
word might, if explained, throw light on rosm- in the preceding word.
Ross, n. Ross-shire in Scotland, Orkn., Nj., Landn. passim.
rosta, u, f. a brawl, riot, Fms. viii. 355, Fb. iii. 452, Mag. 64, 66:
the name of a dog, Bs. i. 667. compds: rostu-maSr, m. a rioter,
Mag. rostu-mikjU, adj. riotous, unruly, fjorO. 23 new Ed., Nj.
86. rostTj-samligr, adj. imruly, Sturl. ii. 166.
rostask, a3, dep. to become scanty; rosta6isk forlag fenaSar, Bs. i. 137.
rosti, a, m. = rostungr (?), a nickname, Nj., Orkn. 2. metaph. a
rough person, a brawler : mod. rusti, a clown ; mikill rusti ertii, Ranzau,
Esp. Arb, ix. 15. compds: rusta-legr, adj. (-liga, adv.), clownish.
rusta-sneid, f. the crust-slice of a loaf of bread.
rostungr, m. a ivalrus, Edda (Gl.), Grag. ii. 359, Sks. 178, Jb., Fbr.
161 : costly things were carved on the teeth. Pals S. ch. 16, Rafn S. ch. 4 ;
and the hide was made into ropes for ships' rigging (sviirftr), cp. Sks., and
Oros. in king Alfred's traivsl. rostungs-hauss, m., and -tdnn, f. a
walrus-tooth, Krok. 54.
ROT, n. a concussion of the brain frotn a blow, as also the stunning
or insensibility from soch a blow; falla i rot, Korm. 230; hann rettir
503
ROTA— ROMR.
,5,
vi8 or rotinu, 62 ; spyrndi Grettir sva fast vi6 eyrun k tveimr at Tpen
lagu i roti, Grett. 127 ; hann slo sveininn i rot, . . .1 J)vi raknaSi sveinn-
inn vi8, Isl. ii. 421 : also the insensibility of a drunkard, rakna or roti,
liggja i roti, Snot 100. rot-h6gg, n. a staggering, stunning blow.
rota, a3, to stun by a blow; rota sel, rota naut, to fell an ox: part.
rota3r, ha!f-rota8r.
rota, ad, to tan ; rota skinn, to tan a skin so that the hair falls off.
BOTIUTN, adj. [Dan. raadden; Engl, rotten; akin to reyta, q. v.],
rotten; var Jia likaminn r. ok ilia {)efja6r, Fb. i. 582 ; rotiS vin, Stj. 367 ;
ser u-rotnar, lo8nar ok lembdar, Grag. : also of paper, vellum. 2.
esp. of hair falling off from rottenness; roti6 (or rota6) skinn, a hide
which has been tanned so that the hair fell off, opp. to rakaS skinn,
a shorn hide : a nickname, Landn.
rotna, a&, to rot, become putrid ; ef hann laetr inni r. mann dau5an,
N. G. L. i. 14, K. A. 70; rotna kvikr, Sks. 457; her a j6r6 J)6 holdid
rotni. Pass. 48. 4. 2. of hair, to fall off; var af rotna6 har ok skegg,
Fb. i. 212.
rotta, u, f. a rat; a for. word, which occurs only in the nickname
rottu-liryggr, Bs., Arna S.
rotti, a, m. a band, gang, company; aldrei muni jafnmikill herr hafa
saman dregisk i einn rotta, Rom. 198.
RO, f. [A. S. row; Germ, ruhe; Dan. rd^, rest, calm, quietness, Sks.
335 ; gefa ro reiSi, to give rest to one's wrath, Karl. 99, Nj. 1 75 ! skomm
mun ro rei8i, Am. 75 ; at Egill skyldi aldrei ro bi&a a Island!, Eg. 402 ;
i t6, in rest, in peace, Orkn. 418; sofa i ro, Fms. vii. 317 ; me5 kyr&
ok meS ro (ra7 Cd.), Fms. x. 405 ; magna sei6, at hann magi ser hvergi
ro eiga i \a.ndi, feel restless, feel no rest anywhere, Gisl. 116: — medic.
relief, honum {)6tti s^r J)at helzt til roar, of one sick, Fms. vi. 156.
R(5, f., pi. rcer, [Scot, rooi/e], the rivet or clinch of a nail ; eyri fyrir
nagla hvern ok ro a, N.G. L. i. 100; rcernar i sauminum, 673 A. 60;
i&mum J)eim sem rcer heita, Jjorst. Si6u H. 1 78 ; hefir bondi slegit rospol
meitlandi af endanum til sni8s fyrstu roarinnar, Mar. 2. the burr
or loose films of iron on the edge of a weapon when over-whetted.
t6, f., i.e. rd6, a cabin; see ra.
B(3A, pres. rx (i. e. roe"), rser, raer, pi. rom, Orkn. 402 ; else roum (Bs.
i. 497)> roit, roa; pret. r6ri, older and better reyri or rori, which form is
still used in eastern Icel. ; imperat. ro, ro&ii ; part, roinn, see Gramm.
p. xxiii: [A. S. rowan; Engl, roif; Dan. roe; Swed.ro]: — to row; sigla
e6r roa, Grdg. ii. 130; roa at, Fms. viii. 315 ; roa lei6angr, vii. 152 ; J)eir
r6ru yfir vatni3. Eg. 109; menn reyru til Sau6eyjar, 219; roa undan,
Fms. i. 45 ; r^ri fram undan eyjunni allr herr konunganna, ii. 305 ; roa
lit or hofninni, iv. 97; Jjeir reyru a brott, vii. 201 ; r6ru J)eir lit fyrir
Nor3nes, viii. 135 ; hann r^ri til J)eirra, 231 ; hann raer ut i Bjarneyjar,
Nj. 19 ; rom ver i mot {)eim sem har6ast, Orkn. 402 ; r6a skipi, Eg. 80 ;
J)eir r6ru J)veran arstrauminn, Fms. vii. 264 ; sa skal fa skip ok mat ok
sae roa, er taki skytr, N. G. L. i. 48 ; roa af fj6r6inn, Fms. ix. 502 ; fornt
skip er homlur se af ronar, rowed off, worn off N. G. L. i. 75 : roa lit, to
row out to sea, go fishing, K.{). K. 90 (ut-r69r) : as also absol., ok er
hann kom J)ar voru allir menn ronir nema Jjorvaldr, all the fishing-boats
were at sea, Nj. 19 ; roa a sja, roa til fiskjar, passim. 2. to fit out a
ship with oars; 611 voru J)essi skip bor8mikil, at J)yi sem {jau voru roin
til, Fms. viii. 372 ; Sverrir l^t taka byrSinga nokkora, hoggva i sundr,
auka at kili, ok roa (fit them out with oars) at endilongum bor6um,
id. 3. metaph., Flosi kveftsk skyldu saman roa sva at keypt yrSi, F.
told them to pull together, come to an agreement, Nj. 259 ; roa vik a e-n, to
pull one ropnd, in rowing ; J)ess hiJfSingja er nokkura gseti a Hrafnkel vik
roit, Hrafn. 16. II. to rock oneself backwards and forwards, in a
sitting posture ; hann sa troUkarl sitja |)ar k uppi ok lata roa fisetr, Landn.
(Hb.) 84 ; satu inni konur tvaer bl68gar ok reyru afram, . . . rom vit ok rom
vit ! rignir bl63i, Sturl. ii. 9 (Bs. i. 497) ; griSkur roa ok raula, Hallgr.; Refr
mundi fifl, J)viat hann lag&i ekki annat fyrir sik en afram roa, Krok. ch.
I ; hann 16t roa tinglit, Hav. 7 new Ed. 2. of a fat beast ; {)a6 raer
i spiki, reri J)a8 stykki i spiki, Od. viii. 476. III. recipr., roask
at, to pull against one another, of two ships in battle, Fms. viii. 181.
r63, n. = rae3i(?), Fms. ix. 36.
r6da, u, f. (r63i, a, m., Vm. 32, and in the name R6&adrapa below),
[a word borrowed from the A. S. rod; Engl, rood, cp. rod; Germ, ruthe^ :
— the rood, holyrood, crucifix, Fms. v. 136, 344, 345, viii. 247, Symb.
20, Rb. 370, Hom. 97, Pm. 77, and passim, but only in this eccl.
sense. compds : r63u-kross, m. a crucifix, Nj. 158, Bs. i. 173, Fms.
ii. 178, 325, Bar3. 179, Vm. 50, 96. r63u-kyrtill, m. a holyrood-
kirtle, as church furniture, Vm. 1 29.
r6di, a, m. = r63a, Vm. 32. Il63a-dr&pa, u, f. the name of a poem, 0. H.
T63i, a, m., poet, the wind, tempest, represented as a giant ; R69a va-
broftir, the woful brother of R. = the Sea-giant or Egir, Stor. : in prose
this ancient word remains in and-r66i, a counter-wind, and in the phrase,
leggja (or lata) fyrir r65a, to cast to the winds, forsake ; J)viat ek man eigi,
at ek hafa heima-mann minn fyrir roSa latiS, Lv. 28, Hom. (St.) ; lata allir
ytar 68ins aett fyrir r63a, Hallfred ; at \>u latir mik eigi fyr r63a, Harms.
53 : the mod. lata fyrir 63al (' fyrir-o&a') is a corruption of ' fyrir roSa.'
KODB, m., gen. r68rar [roa], a rowing, pulling, Eg. 358, Fms, ii. 180 ;
\>ek hiifSu fagran ro&r, vi. 120; var mjok vanda5r ro&r a drekanum,
309, and passim. compds : r63rar-ferja, u, f. a rowing ferry. Eg.
354, 500, Fms. vii. 320, Hkr. i. 185. r63rar-h.ansski, a, m. a row-
ing glove. Fas. ii. 237. r63rar-liiifr, m. the gunwale on which the
rowlocks are fixed, N. G. L. ii, 283. r63rar-lei3i, n. a calm, dull
sea, so that one has to take to the oars. Eg. 203 ; ^eir toku r., at first
they rowed, Orkn. 412, Bs. i. 520, Grett. 150. r63rar-skip, -skuta,
u, f. a ship with oars. Eg. 93, 109, O. H. 62, K. {>. K, 86, Orkn. 463,
N. G. L. i. 304, Faer. 92, Fms. iv. 91.
KODKA, u, f. [Sansk. rudhira], blood, esp. as it seems sacrificial blood,
only used in special phrases ; J)eir hofSu valkask i ro&ru ok blo&i, Gisl.
67 ; slatruni sysliga sjam '^a, r66ru. Am. 19 ; syndisk tungl sva sem r66ra
vaeri, Bs. i, 145 ; ok var sjorinn sem a r63ru saei, Fas. i. 156; ok rj66a
hann i r63ru blotnauts J)ess er hann blotaSi {)ar sjalfr, Fb. i. 249.
r63r-g61tr, m. a kind of luar-ram, Sks. 394.
r63r-h&fr, m. a kind of hafr or bag-net, with which herrings are
caught, G{)1. 427.
ROFA, u, f., proncd. r6a, thus in rhymes, aldrei tryggist \6a, J)6
tekin se lir henni roa, Hallgr. ; [akin to Germ. rumpf'\ : — a tail, i. e. the
vertebral part, opp. to the hair ; mi hoggr ma3r hala af hesti ok hoggr
nokkut af rofu, ]pat er spellvirki, N. G. L. i. 46, Fas. i. 80, G^l. 399,
Eb. 276: in mod. usage esp. of a cat, dog, or the like, kattar-roa,
hunds-roa. rdfii-bein, n. the caudal bone, Jb. 1 14.
HOG-, n. in mod. usage r6gr, m. ; thus, med rikan roginn mest, Bs.
ii. 493, in a poem of the l6th century; originally vrog : [Ulf. wrohs =
KaTTjyopia ; A. S. wroht ; Germ, ruge'] : — a slander, Horn. 85, Eb. 60 new
Ed. ; hrop ok rog, Ls. 4 ; Jiungligt, geysiligt rog, Gd. 29, 33 ; berask rog
milli, Am. 95 ; rog illra manna, Eg. 55 ; hvert efni Jieir hofdu i um rogit,
59 ; bera rog Jjetta fyrir konung, 576; sva fremi skaltii rogit i frammi
hafa, Nj. 166; Haraldr let drepa |>6r61f af rogi Hildiri8ar-sona, Landn.
55 ; engi a s6k a sonnu rogi, GJ)1. 196. II. in poetry, strife; aldar
rog J)at hefir ae verit, Hm. ; vera e-m at r(5gi, to be the cause of conten-
tion, Hkv. 2. 26, Skv. 2, 5 ; rog Niflunga, the strife of the Niebelungs, i. e.
gold, Bm. ; fe veldr fraenda rogi, Rkv. ; haligt rog, warfare, Orkn. (in
a verse) ; lei3a naer rogi, to lead into contention, H&m. ; hjor-rog, malra-
rog, = war. Lex. Poet. : as also in many compds, rog-dlfr, -apaldr,
-birtingar, etc. = a luarrior ; r6g-eisa, -geisli, -linnr, -s)s.f, = a
weapon; rog-leikr, -stefna, -J)iiig, = a battle: r6g-6rr, -starkr,
mighty in war (in a Runic inscription in Denmark), epithets to a warrior ;
rog-segl, a ' war-sail,' i. e. a shield, Vellekla ; r6g-J)om, a ' war-thorn^
either a warrior or a weapon, Akv.
rog-beri, a, m. a slanderer, backbiter, Edda 18.
r6g-bur3r, m. slander.
rog-girni, f. a disposition to slander, Hom. 86,
rog-mseli, n. a calumny, {jorst. Si&u H. 175.
rog-samr, adj. backbiting, Faer. 14.
rogs-madr, m. a slanderer, Fms. xi. 330, G^)!. 195.
ROI, a, m. [ro], a rest, repose, Fms, x. 354; u-roi, tumidt.
rol, n. [from Engl, roll, Lat. rotula'], a walking, rolling to and fro; nii
er eg klseddr og kominn a rol, Kristr Jesiis veri mitt skjol, a ditty; nil
eru f au 611 (i. e. the bairns) a roll, einu faest varla skoli, Espol. Arb. s. a,
1616.
rola, u, f. a swing, Dan. gynge; hanga 1 rolu,
ro-lauss, adj. restless, Sks. 235.
ro-liga, adv. quietly, 655 xiv. A. 2.
r6-ligr, adj. cahn, quiet, [Germ. ruhig~\, Sks. 232.
r6-lyiidr (r6-lyndi, f.), adj. calm of mind, Sturl. i. 8, ii. 185.
Rom, n., Roma, u, f., Roma-borg, f., but also spelt with ii, RH
Rlima-borg, etc., Rome; the forms and spelling vary, Roma, inde
Symb. 24, Fms. vi. 228; or Rom, n., Roms, gen., Sighvat ; til R61
Nj. 275, Bs. i. 900; Petr ok Pall at Romi hjalpi mer at domi, a ditt;
COMPDS : R6ma-borg, f. the city of Rome, Eluc. 50, passim ; Romaborg
keisari, hofBingi, ly5r, the Roman emperor, king, people, Eluc. 50, Fn
vii. 86, 99, 221 ; Romaborgar log, kirkja, the Roman law, church, 6^
98, H. E. i. 464 ; Romaborgar riki, the Roman empire, Bs. i. 71 ; but ; *
Roma-skattr, m. Peter's pence, K. A. 78, 94, 194, Vm. 89. Rl3
vegr, m. (R6ms-vegr, Sighvat), a journey to Rome, pilgrimage, Orfc
Fms. xi. 202.
roma, u, f. a weapon, clash, battle, only in poetry, see Lex. Poet.
r6m.a, a& ; in the phrase, roma vel edr ilia, to utter assent or dissent
by shouting, to applaud or the contrary ; en er biskup hafSi lokit sinu
mali, r6mu6u klerkar ok ly3r vel, Bs. i. 740, Fms. i. 208, 288, vii 8;
roma vel at e-u, xi. 270.
R6m-fer3, Rtoi-fer3, R6m-f6r, f. a pilgrimage to Rome, Fms. iii.
31, Hkr. ii. 24, Isl. i. 329.
R6m-ferill, n. a pilgrim to Rome, Symb. 15, Fms. vi. 302.
R6m-lendr, adj. Roman ij), Rd. 232, (R. at kyni, but the reading
seems to be corrupt.)
RdMR, m. the voice, the ring of the voice; skirt maltakit ok romrinn
sva mikill yfir malinu, at J)6at hann pstti eigi hntt tala Jia skildu allir
1 t)6tt fjarri vaeri, Fms. viii. 447. 2. the shouting, cheering, at an
ROMVERJAR— RtJM.
503
iwembly ; while murmurs, groans, or silence were the signs of dissent,
<p. the remarks of Tacit. Germ. ch. ii, and giira (A. III. 6. fine); in
the phrase, gora godan . . . roni at e-u, at J)essu cyrcndi var6 romr mikill,
Fms. i. a I ; giira g66an rom at e-u, to assent by acclamation, 34 ; engi
Var6 romr at mali hans, vii. 249 ; at Lugbergi var gorr mikill romr, at
Mer8i mseltisk vel, Nj. 230.
B6m-verjar and Rum-verjar, m. pi. the Romans, Fms. i. 106, Hkr.
i, 8, and passim in old and mod. usage ; thus, Pistillinn til Romverja, the
Epistle to the Romans, N. T. ; Romverja kirkja, the Roman church, Stj. ;
Romverja herr, hofdingi, keisari, konungr, land, riki, veldi, the Roman
army, chief, emperor, king, land, empire, kingdom, Symb. 9, Clem. 26,
42, MS. 673. 51, Stj., Ver. 46, Baer. 12, and passim.
B6m-verskr and Rum-verskr, adj. Roman, Fms. viii. 277, Sks. 653,
Ver. 37, N. T. passim.
Bdii, adj., fern, ro, neut. rott, [ro] : — calm, composed; f)orbj6rn man
jekki ror i byg6inni vi6 J)ik, Krok. 37 C; roir menn, hogsamir ok frifl-
isamir, Fms. x. 415; Gu3s bo5or6 ma neykkvi hclzt enn roi hugr of
riinnsaka, 677. 6; miklu eru roari go&ir menn en illir, 12 : neut., sofa
Kitt, to sleep sweetly ; li-ror, restless, unruly; e-m er 6-r6tt, to feel restless.
ROS, f. (the old writers use the Lat. form r6sa, Fms. x. 352 ; rau6r
sini rosa, Stj. 72, Bs. ii), [Lat. rosa]: — a rose; rau8ar rosir, Bjarni ;
c) ra-ros, q. v. ; frost-r6sir,/ros/-roses. 2. a rosary (?) ; i fata-buri rosir
{)! cttiin ok tuttugu, Dipl. iii. 4, B. K. 84. rosa-vatn, n. rose-water, Stj.
ro-samr (r6-semi, f), adj. caltn.
r6-sp61r, m. an iron sheet from which a ro (q. v.) is cut. Mar.
rosta, u, f., see rosta.
ROT, f., pi. raetr (roetr), [a word common to all Teut. languages, cp.
also Lat. rarf/.«] ; — a root; hvers hann af rot um renn, Hm. 139; rot af
grasi, Pr. 471 ; illr avoxtr af illri rot, Fms. ii. 48; metaph., vera rot
cause) undir e-u, Sturl. ii. 72; koma af rotum e-s, id., Fms. ix. 254;
ot ok upphaf, F"b. iii. 245 ; af hverjum rotum J)etta hef&i risit, 308 ; af rot
,'andra manna, Bs. ii. 93. 2. the lower part of a tree ; rot kerlingar
. . hann tvihendi oxina til rotarinnar, Grett. 151 : a root of a tree used in
vitchcraft, of an enchanted thing, engi maSr skal hafa i husi sinu staf
;5r stalla, vit e&a blot, e5r rot, e6a J)at er til heiSins si3ar veit, N. G. L.
• 3^3' ,S^9> cp. Grett. I.e. 3. niathem. a root (square, cubic), MS.
544. 154, passim. compds : r6tar-drd,ttr, m. root-extraction, 544. 45.
•otar-tre, n. a root-tree, a tree with the root, Grett. 151. r6ta-
clumba or rota-kylfa, u, f. a club, Al. 77, Fms. i. 177, ii. 163.
rot, f. [diiferent from the preceding, perh. akin to hrot, q. v. ; I var
\asen rot\ : — the inner part of the roof of a house, where meat, fish, and
tores are hung up ; maer nokkur atti erendi at fara i rot upp, ^k sa hiin
ggja a hurdiisnum sjau fiska skarpa, Bs. i. 209.
rot, n. the tossing, pitching, of aw unruly sea ; kemr ro eptir hvildarlaust
■. calm after rough weather, Sks. 235; haf-rot, a violent rolling of
i-ea.
rota, u, f. sleet and storm; var a rota mikil, ok stcikk saurr af jorSu,
s. i. 334 ; hregg ok rota, 339 ; hagl e6r drifa e3r rota, Edda 87 ; rota
c3r, Hkr. iii. 315. r6tu-suinar, n. a rainy, stormy summer, Ann.
226. II. Bota, the name of a goddess who sends storm and
tin, Edda 22.
R6TA, a5, [Engl, to rout; Dan. rode; Lat. rddere,hMt not borrowed
om the Lat. word] : — to rout up, turn up, of swine ; er unnsvin rota
ip, Eyvind (in a verse) ; nema tunsvin se J)at er eigi ma rota, Grag.
. 232. 2. to stir, turn tipside down, throw into disorder; with dat.,
ita sundr, ok roti eldinum sundr, hingad ok Jjangat, Stj. 330 ; J>eir rotuSu
n koU taflinu, to upset the chess-table, Vigl. 17; J)a rotar karl saman
nu, he sweeps it into one heap, Sd. 180; hann steypti silfrinu a skjold
in, ok rotar i hendi sinni, Faer. 216.
•oteldi, n. = r6takylfa, a 'root-club,' Fms. xi. 129, v. 1.
■6t-fastr, adj. 'root-fast,' rooted, fixed, Hkr. i. 71, Js. 17, Stj. 644
. 1.), Pr. 462, Barl. 86, N. G. L. i. 40, 63.
■6t-festa, t, to root, and reflex, to take root, Barl. 5, 86, 95, Pr. 462.
•6t-lauss, adj. root-less, without roots, Hm. 84.
•ot-mikill, adj. having a large root, Isl. ii. 14.
•6t-setja, setti, to root, plant, H.E. i. 499, Stj. 644.
ubba, a6, [Engl, rubbish], to huddle, with dat. ; r. e-u saman.
ubbi, a, m. (and rubb, n., rubbungr, m.), rubbish, refuse.
lUD, n. a clearing in a wood; hann lagSi a J)at kapp mikit, at ry5ja
irkir ok byggja aptr ruSin, Hkr. i. 45 ; s4 er a ru6i byr, skal kalla til
nda, G^l. 485, D.N. iii. 120: freq. in Norse and Dan. local names,
I id and -rud, Hille-rcid, in Denmark ; Villinge-rud, Linde-rud, in Nor-
y; Orme-rod, in North England ; these names, however, were in olden
les not so frequent as at present, see Munch's Norg. Beskr.
a8a, u, f. ravage; Oddr var eigi ru3u-litill, O. made no small havock,
s. ii. 255 ; to this may also belong ru8u-brandar, the ravenous swords,
kn. 72 (in a verse).
idda, u, f. a coarse kind of club (of an unbarked tree ?) ; ruddu er
nn kalla klubbu, 6. H. 108, 109, Fas. iii. 229. ruddu-vetr, m. the
ne of a severe winter, A. D. 1022 ; as lurkr of the winter 160 1,
iddi, a, m. a clown, rude person.; and of things, coarseness, refuse,
e. g. of bad hay. rudda-legr, adj. (-liga, adv.), rudda-skapr, m.
coarseness.
ruflning, f. (ruaningr, m., Nj. 335, v. I.), [ryftja], a challenging, of
neighbours or judges in the old Icel. court. Grig. i. 29, 33, 52, Nj. 82,
87, passim. ruOningar-m&l, n. pi. the formula of a challenge, Gr4g.
i. 27, Nj. 237.
ruflr, m. = ru& or rj63r, Hkr. i. 45.
rufl-sta8r, m. a cleared place ( = ruft), G^\. 431, (mod. Norse Rustad.)
ruflur, f. pi. parings ; hakarls-r., fisk-r.
rugga, a6, to rock a cradle, with dat., Fms. iii. 178 ; r. barni.
rugga, u, f. a rocking cradle ; barn i ruggu.
ruggi, a, m. a nickname, Landn. 196.
rugl, n. [Dan. vriivl ?], a disturbance, H. E. i. 387, B«. ii. 3 : twaddle.
rugla, aS, to confound, with dat., Al. 50, Rb.164, Sks. 334, K. A. 28,
Stj. 142 ; r. c-u saman, to confound.
ruglan, f. confusion, Stj. 13, 122, 143, 173.
rtiina, a6, to chatter { = T!iusa.) ; um j)at er Amundi remba nimar, Fms.
ix. 332, v.l.
niinba, u, f., rumbvingr, m. a pouring shower, downspout.
rtunpr, m. the ruvip, buttocks.
rumska, aft, rumsk, n., = raumska (q.v.), of one about to awake.
runa, u, f. a rune, string of words or verses; i einni runu, in one strain.
KUNI, a, m. [hence Dan. orne by metathesis; provinc. Norse rone;
Shetl. runnie] : — a wild boar, Skdlda 163, Hdl. 5 ; runa si6a, Fms. vi.
365 (in a verse), Skalda 205 (in a verse).
nini, a, m. [renna], a flux ; in merg-runi (q.v.), vegg-runi, >= «avM-
dropping ; hall-runi, 'lava-stream,' the name of a mountain in western
Icel.
BUNNB, m. (older form ruSr, n., N. G. L. j. 165), [Scot, rone or
ron] : — a bush, grove, opp. to rjoflr, q. v. ; i einum runni, Nj. J 29 ; v6ru
runnar i sumum sto3um. Eg. 377, GullJ). 59, Eb. 71 new Ed.; J)ar sem
heilir runnar st63u, Rd. 240, Magn. 468 ; runnr sd er Moyses sa loga
ok eigi brenna, 655 viii. 3.
runsa, ad, to turn inside out, ransack ; |)eir runsudu biim ^eirra, Fms.
viii. 390, V. 1.
rupl, n. a plundering, Stj. 647.
rupla, a3, to plunder; reyta ok r., Fb. i. 392, Stj. 477; r. c-n e-u,
Al. 93 ; r. drukkinn mann fotum sinum e6a fl, N. G. L. ii. 240 ; rupla
lik, N.G.L. ii. (Hir6skra.)
ruplan, f. a plundering, Anecd. 30; = ruglan, Stj. 121.
rusill, m. [cp. Germ. russel=a snout], &ir. Xty. in rasill kvaedis, a
doggrel poet, Bjarn. (in a verse).
rusk, n. a shaking: ruska, a6, to shake rudely.
rusl, n. rubbish, sweepings; rusla-kista, -stokkr, a box into which things
(broken nails, etc.) are thrown pell-mell : rusli, a aickname, Fms. viii.
rusti, see rosti.
ruza, u, f. a nickname, Fms. viii.
Btida, u, f. Rouen in Norniandy. Budu-jarlaT, m. pi. the earls of
R., dukes of Normandy, Fms. passim.
riifinn, adj. rough, uncombed, Al. 3.
nifr, m. = rugr; a provinc. Icel. form, occurs in a verse in Gi'sl., where
nlfr rhymes with bufa ; as also in the local name Euf-eyjar in western
Icel., Sturl. i. 10, 26, Landn. 92 (v. 1.), where it is even spelt Rup-eyjar.
B'O'QB, m., hy-rogi, Hm. 138, with o as in the Germ. ; [A. S. rige;
Engl, rye; Germ, rocken; Dan. rug] : — rye, H.E. i. 394, Jb. 375, Bjarn.
28 (in a verse), passim ; val-riigr. compds : nig-akr, m. a rye-field,
F'as. i. 173, |>iSr. 180. rdg-brau3, n. rye-bread, Pr. 470, Stj. 560.
rug-hleifr, n. a loaf of rye-bread, Fms. vi. (in a verse.)
BTJM, n. [Ulf. rums = Toi!0s; common to all Teut. languages]: —
room, space ; hvergi naer hafSi J)ar rum 116 J)eirra, Eg. 3 76 ; gafsk honura
sva rum, 532 ; ok rum hindrar J)ik eigi at vera hvar er J)u vill, Stj. 136 ;
fa rfims, to get space, Hm. 106 : the phrase, e-m liggr e-t i miklu riimi,
it takes up much room, is of great concern, Fms. i. 208, iv. 80, Fas. iii.
522, Ld. 210, Al. 152 ; i lettu nimi, of little concern: the saying, ekki
fyllir annars rum, i. e. everything has its own place. 2. a room,
seat, place. Am. 58 ; J)eir skolu sitja a miSpalli, {jar eigu biskupar varir
nim, Grag. i. 4 ; gef mer rum, Fs. 52 ; ef J)eir menn koma til logrdttu
er ^ar eigu setur, en aftrir hafa sezk i rum J)eirra, pA skolu J)eir bei8a
s^r ruma, 5 ; bu6ar rum, 24 ; or logsogu-manns rumi at sja, 26 ; Egill
g6kk til rums J)ess er dottir larlsi^s hafSi setiS um daginn, en er menn
skipuSusk i saeti sin, \>a, gekk jarfs-dottir at rximi sinu, hon kva8— Hvat
skaltii sveinn i sess minn ! Eg. 248 ; hverr i sinu riimi, Ld. 4 ; i biskups
riimi sa ek sitja, Bs. i. 155 ; J)oka3i hann um manns riim, Vigl. 25 ; i dag
mun ek bua rum y5vart a himnum. Post. 656 C. 37 ; aldrei gekk hann or
riimi sinu nema jarl gengi, Fs. 69 ; hann rann sem aSr ok sat i riimi
sinu, Orkn. 200. 3. a place of rest, a bed; hann sa rekkju eina,
. . . er J)etta riim var matuligt, Fs. 5,7; hann gekk til riims sins ok
lagaisk niar i klseaum sinum. Eg. 326; siaan rannsakadi hann riimit
er hon hafdi hvilt i, 566 ; Hallfredr la i lokhvilu . . . i t)vi lag8i Bjorn i
nimit, Fs. 200 ; var biskup faerdr heim 1 Skalaholt, ok var gort nim
hans i kirkju, Bs. i. 63, Nj. 201, Fs. 4. naut.; the ships of the
504
RtJMBRIK— RYBJA.
ancients were divided into ' rooms,' one for each pair of oars ; each '
room consisted of two 'half-rooms' (half-rymi), viz. one for each oar,
thus a ship of thirty ' rooms ' had sixty oars, see Vidal. Skyr. s. v.
sessum at telja; a Lang-ormi voru fjogur nim ok t)rja-tigi, Fms. i. 219
(fjogur riim ens setta tigar, Hkr. i. 294, v. 1.). cp. Fms. viii. 181 ; hann
var sjau rum ok tuttugu, Bs. i. 30 ; var f)at skip J)ritugt at riima tali, ok
ekki mikit i ser, . . . J)at skip kalla5i hann Tranann, Hkr. i. 275 ! mikit
skip, J»ar voru sex nim ok tuttugu, Fms. viii. 131 ; var J)at |)ritugt
rumum, 372. The interesting passage in Fms. ix. 33 (ch. 14) is an in-
stance of ships with double rows of oars ; Kniitr inn riki haf&i skip fur6u-
hga stor, hann hafSi sjalfr dreka J)ann er sva var mikill, at sextugr var at
ruma tali . . . Hakon haf3i annan dreka, var sa fertugr at ruma tali, (3. H.
161 : the Halfd. Eyst. S. ch. 26 (of a ship, tiraett at riima tali) is a mere
fable: only a few of the oar-rooms are known by special names, e.g. stafn-
riim, the two fyrir-riim (eptra ok fremra), the two austr-rum (one fore
and one aft, or even four, cp. senn josu v6v i fjorum riimum, Fms. vi,
in a verse), the klofa-riim, krappa-rum, q. v. ; betra er autt nim en ilia
skipa6, beiier an empty seal than an ill-filled one, cp. Landn. 83 (in a verse).
coMPDS : rum-brik, f., see brik. rum-fastr, adj.fcerf-r/rft/en. riim-
:G61, f. the side-hoard of a bed, see fjol. nim-fot, n. pi. hed-dotbes.
rum-gylta, f. a sleeping sow (?), a nickname, Landn. rum-rusk, n. ;
gora e-m nimrusk, to shake a lazy fellow out of bed. rum-stafr, nim-
stokkr, m. a bed-post, Fs. 6, Fms. ix. 293. rum-stseQi, n. a bedstead.
runi-bora3r, part, 'wide-riddled,' coarse, of a sieve, Fms. viii. 243.
nim-fdr, adj. narrow, Al. 13.
rum-goQr, adj. large, wide.
nim-lieilagr, adj. ; in the phrase, r. dagr, a 'week' day, i.e. a com-
mon day, week day, Grag. i. 30, 73> 293, 395, Am. 101.
rum-lendi, m. the wide land, open land, Fms. viii. 14.
nim-lendr, adj. roomy, wide, extensive, Al. 32.
rum-liga, adv. roomily, largely, Grag. i. 4, Fas. i. 58.
nim-ligr, adj. roomy, ample, wide, Sks. 403.
rfimr, adj., compar. rymri, superl. ry'mstr, [Ulf. rums = evprixcpos ;
Shetl. room] : — roomy, ample, spacious ; konungs garSr er nimr inngangs,
opp. to J)r6ngr, Eg. 519; gatan var eigi rymri {broader) en einn madr
matti riSa senn, Fms. viii. 81 ; riimr vegr, Barl. 70, opp. to J)r6ngr vegr;
Vandra&r styrdi J)ar sem J)eim Jiotti rymst milli skipanna, Fms. vi. 321 ;
ok sem hann er lauss J)ykkir honum skor rymra. Fas. ii. 225 ; til f)ess ens
g66a ok riima lands, Stj. : — roomy, loose, fjoturinn var nimr, Fms. vi. 15 :
as also of clothes : — neut.,flestum var J)ar fyr&um riimt, ample room for
all. Vols. R. 13 ; skipin lagu riimt i hofninni, Fas. ii. 522 : — adv., nimt
fim-tigi,_;f/'/y and upwards, l3. N. iv. 141 ; nimt halfan s6tta tug, i. 168.
nim-snara, u, f. a slip-knot (mod. kappmella), Karl. 161, Fms. v. 288,
Sd. 169, Mar.
rum-seei, n. (mod. nim-sjor, m.), the open sea, Grett. 83 A.
ETJH", f., pi. ninar : [nin, raun, reyna are all kindred words, and a lost
strong verb, nina, raun, meaning to enquire, may be presumed; the ori-
ginal notion is scrutiny, mystery, secret conversation; Goth, runa, by
which Ulf. several times renders the Gr. fivoTijpiov and avfi^ovXiov
(once, Matth. xxvii. i), fiovKri (twice, Luke vii. 30, I Cor. iv. 5) ; A. S.
run = a ' rowning ' mystery, but also = writing, charter ; Hel. runa = collo-
quium, and geruni = loquela (Schmeller) ; cp. Old Engl, to rown, Germ.
raunen ; Gr. l-pivvaai is also supposed to be a kindred word (Bugge).
In Scandin. writers and poets nin is chiefly used of magical characters,
then of writing, whereas the derivative word raun means trial, enquiry,
and runi and nina = a friend or counsellor 7\
B. A secret, hidden lore, mystery ; fra jotna ninum ok allra go&a
segSu it sannasta, VJ>m. 42, 43 ; kenna runar, to teach wisdom, Rm. 33 ;
daema um runar ok regin-doma, Hm. 112 ; minnask a fornar ninar, Vsp.
59 : saws, segja sannar ninir, to tell true saws. Fas. ii. 302 (in a verse) :
a 'rowning' speech, vifs ninir, a woman's whispering, Bm.; heita e-n at
runum, to consult one, Gh. 12, Skv. 3. 14, 43; hniga at ninum, Gkv.
3. 4. II. a Rune or written character ; the earliest Runes were
not writing in proper sense, but fanciful signs possessing a magical
power ; such Runes have, through vulgar superstition, been handed
down even to the present time, for a specimen of them see Isl. JjjoSs. i.
435, 436, and Arna-Magn. Nos. 687. 4to, and 434. i2mo (Isl. J>j66s.
pref. ix) ; the classical passages for these spell-Runes are, Hm. 133 sqq.,
Sdm. 5 sqq., Skm. 29, 36, Eg. ch. 44, 61, 75, Yngl. S. ch. 7, Grett. ch.
85, N. G. L. iii. 286, 300, Vsp. 59; cp. also the phrase, rista treni6,
Grag., Fs. 56. The phrase in the old Danish Ballads, kaste runer, to
throw Runes, i. e. chips (see hlaut, hlautvijr), may be compared to the
Lat. sortes, Mommsen's Hist, of Rome, vol. i. p. 187, foot-note (Engl.
Ed.), or the Sibylline leaves in the Aeneid. 2. Runes as writing ;
the word was first applied to the original Northern alphabet, which at
an early time was derived from the common Phoenician, probably through
Greek or Roman coins in the first centuries of our era. From these
Runes were subsequently formed two alphabets, the old Scandinavian
(whence again the Anglo-Saxon), as found on the Golden horn and the
stone in Tune, and the later Scandinavian, in which the inscriptions in
the greater number of the Swedish and Danish stone monuments are
written, most being of the loth (9th?) and following centuries.—
curious instance of the employment of Runes is their being written or
kefli (a round piece of wood) as messages (cp. the Gr. ckvtAKt)),
is freq. recorded in the Sagas, e. g. Gisl. 45, 67, Fms. ix. 390, 4c
Grett. 154 new Ed., Fb. i. 251 (of the deaf and dumb Oddny). It
doubtful whether poems were ever written in this way, for almost t
only authority for such a statement is Eg. 605, where we read tf
the Sonatorrek was taken down on a Runic stick, the other instanc
being mostly from romances or fabulous Sagas, Grett. 144, Orvar Odds
(fine). This writing on a kefli is mentioned in the Latin line. Barb;
' fraxineis ' sculpatur runa ' tabellis,' Capella (5th century). In la
times (from the 13th century) Runic writing was practised as a sort
curiosity ; thus calendars used to be written on sticks, of which thi
is a specimen in the Bodl. Library in Oxford ; they were also used
inscriptions on tombstones, spoons, chairs, and the like : there ev
exists in the Arna-Magn. Library a Runic MS. of an old Danish law, a
there is a Runic letter in Sturl. (of the year 1241); Runes carved
an oar occur in Fs. 177: a hidden treasure in a chest is labelled w
Runes, Fms. vi. 271, Sd. 146, cp. also the interesting record in Bs
435 (sex manna bein voru J)ar hja honum ok vax ok ninar J)aer.
s6g6u atburS liflats fjeirra). 3. the word nin is also, thoi
rarely, applied to the Latin alphabet ; ef hann er a J)ingi J)a s
hann rista nafn hans ef hann kann runar, N.G. L. i. 171 ; or genera
raeki ek eigi hvart |)u ritr 0 j^itt e6r 0, cO e6a a, g e5a e, y e&a u, en
svara sva, eigi er Jjat ninanna kostr \>6 at J)u lesir vel e&a ra6ir vel
likindum, J)ar sem ninar visa oskirt, heldr er J)at Jjinn kostr, Thor(
163 ; J)essi er upphaf allra hiitta sva sem malninar eru fyrir oSrum riini
Edda (Ht.) 121. III. in pr. names, Kiin-olfr : as the lai
part in pr. names of women, Gu6-nin, Sig-nin, Ol-nin, Landn., Nj.
Sturl., Saem. compds : riina-kefli, n., see above, Sd. 142, Fms
390, 490, Grett. 154 new Ed., Eg. nina-m&l, n. pi. the Runic alp
Skalda 1 76. Hiana-meistari, a, m. a ' Rune-master,' gram
the soubriquet of Thorodd, Skalda 160. runa-stafr, m. a Runiclei
Skalda 177.
runa, u, f. a friend who knows one's secrets; kona er nina bonda s;
Edda ii. 602 ; Kolbeins nina, K.'s wife, Gd. 18 ; eyra-nina, q. v.
riin-lienda, u, f., or riin-liending, f., is the name of the metre u
e?id-rhymes, consecutive, not alternate; the word is now obsolete, ;
in ancient writers it only occurs in two places, the Ht. R. verse 24 ;
in F'dda (Ht.), where the Cod. Reg. gives run-, Edda i. 696 sqq. (
foot-notes) ; but one is tempted to suspect that this is corrupt, and t
the true form was rim-, as im and un can hardly be distinguisl
in MSS. ; rim- would yield good sense, whereas nin- is meaningl
The metre itself is evidently of foreign origin, borrowed from the A.
the first poem in this metre was the Hofu&l. of Egil, who had Ii'
in England; it was little used throughout the lOth and the follow
centuries, and the few poems and fragments composed in it can be tia
to Egil's poem as their prototype. The single verse in Eg. ch. aj
prob. a later composition.
nin-liendr, adj. in the metre ninhenda, Edda (Ht.); see above.
runi, a, m. a counsellor, friend, Edda (Gl.) ; Sifjar-nini, the bush
of Sif= Tbor, Edda (in a verse) ; jarlar ok hersar heita . . . konu
ninar, e3a malar e5a sessar, 94; rekka nini, the ruler of men, 0. H.
a verse); Vagna i\im=Odin, Stor.; fjors of runi, Haustl.
riin-ketill, m., Grett. (in a verse), read nim-ketill (?) ; regns r.,
large rai?i-ketlle, i. e. the mountain cave.
rusina, u, f. resin, (mod.)
Hussar, m. pi. the Russians, Ann. 1348. Buci-land (mod. B6:
land), Baer. 16, Flov. 36.
KtJST, f. [akin to ru8, qs. ru8st?], a ruin, freq. in mod. usage;
hann hljop yfir gar6s nist laga, Sturl. ii. 227 ; miklar nistir, baejar-n
toptar-nist.
rlatr, m., in drykkju-nitr, a drunkard.
BY©, n. (ry3r, m., Sks. 442 (v. 1.), Fas. i. 514, Al. 132):—;-:
from the red colour, Stj. 344, Ld. 114, Hom. 15, Matth. vi. 19.
passim. compds : ryS-frakki, a, m. a rusty old weapon, Hav. .
see frakka. ryS-genginn, part, rusty. Eg. 183. ryfl-akilm
= ry9frakki. Fas. iii. 606. ry3-sk6f, f. a rusty old knife used,
scraping.
rydga, a8, to become rusty, Fas. iii. 240; ry&ga6r, Pm. 114.
KYDJA, ryS, ruddi, rutt, [this word has lost the initial h (qs. hry3.
being derived from hrj66a, denoting 'to clear, rid of cp. also hrt
hry5ja, sweepings, offal ; and is altogether diiferent from rjofta = to redd
the h remains in hruSning, q. v. ; see hrj65a; Engl, nrf; Scot, red
redde ; Dan. rydde.~\
B. To clear; taka at ry5ja morkina ok brenna, ok byggja M'
... en er spur6isk til Olafs at hann rySr markir, kolludu peir ti
Tretelgju, Hkr. i. 55 ; hann ruddi lond i Haukadal, Landn. 103 ; Onu
konungr lag6i a ^at kapp mikit ok kostna5 at ry6ja markir ok byg
eptir ru6in, Hkr. i. 45 ; sumir konungar ruddu marklond stor ok by;
{)ar, 48; Jjeir ruddu markir ok bygSu stor h^ruS, 137; su bygS
RYDJANDI— R^DA.
505
miok siindrlaus, byg6 viS viitn en rudd i skogum, 6. H. 174; hann l^t
luisa ok r. Ekreyjar, Fnis. x. 154 ; her eptir ruddisk landit ok si6a6isk,
^ ''• '• 575; hann lot r. vifla i skogum ok byggja, Landn. 68; r. gotu
uum skog, Fb. i. 72 ; r. land fyrir sor, to clear it, N. G. L. i. 173 ; r.
u, to open a road, Eb. 46 new Ed.; r. veg, stfg, to clear the way,
IS. X. 15, Eg. 293: — rySja ser til rums, to make oneself room. Ems.
• 93 ; t*'' ^^"^ ^^ S^'^ ™*^ "^^^ t'' runis ok kippt manni or
1, Fb. i. 136; r. ser til rikis, to clear the way to a kingdom, con-
lT it. Ems. iv. 60; r. ser til landa, Gliim. (in a verse); — r. skip,
ju clear, unload a ship, Fs. 182, GuUJ). 55, Eg. 100, Nj. 10, Fb. i.
496, ii. 229; ry6ja biirit, to empty it, Huv. 41-43 new Ed.: — to strip,
ilisable, in fighting, Eg. 123: — r. hiifn, to clear the harbour, leave
haven, Fms. ix. 45 ; ry6ja liigrettu, to clear the court of strangers,
ig. i. 7 ; munu halir allir heimsto6 rySja, to clear, make empty the home-
id, Vsp. ; ValhoU ry6ja fyr vegnu folki, to clear Valhalla, make it
uly for receiving slain heroes, Em. i : — with dat., ry8ja e-u brott, to
:ve away, 544. 38, Fms. iv. 231 ; ry&ja herklsdum af ser, to strip off
•s armour. El. 102, cp. Hkm. 4 ; — to heap, pile, J)eir ruddu viftinum a
viJina, they blocked up the door, GullJ). 60 : — r. til e-s, to clear the way
r a thing; at r. til fieirra atbur6a cr Olafr konungr ver8r vi5 staddr, Fms.
S9 ; ok mundi Jjat r. til landau6nar, Bs. i. 24 ; ok ruddu {)eir til lika-
iptarins vi& Sl^ttu-karla, Fbr. 58 ; f>orlakr biskup ruddi til ^ess a sinum
;um, at pa var settr ok ritaSr Kristiima-laga J)attr, Bs. i. 73 ; ok ry6i
irr-tveggi sin vitni til bokar, K. A. 184 : — impers., hvernig skjott ruddi
iniadinn, how the flock dispersed, 6. H. 220. II. as a law term ;
rviija kvi9, dom, or also ry6ja mann or kvi6, domi, to challenge a neigh-
hour, juror, out of the kvi6r or domr, Grag. i. 7, 17, 34, 49, Nj. 110,
235 ; ef hann ry6r kvi5 at fraendsemi, . . . hann skal ry6ja vi6 sjalfan sik
at frxndsemi ok at maegSum, skalat ma6r rySja vi5 sjalfan sik at gu8-
sifjura, hann skal r. vi5 soknar aSilja e6a varnar, ... ok er honum rett
at r. J)ann upp, Grag. i, 50; sd er or er ruddr, 31 ; Jjd er hann ruddi
hann or domi, 31, and passim. III. reflex., ry6jask um, to
clear one's way, make great havoc ; Atli hleypr upp a skip at Ruti ok
ry3sk um fast, Nj. 9, Fb. ii. 219; en {)eir ruddusk um agaeta vel, Fas.
ii. 492 ; andask omaginn, ok rySsk sva til {it turns out) at omaginn atti
fc eptir, Grag. i. 224: — to throng, crowd, rySjask a8.
rySjandi, a, m. a challenger in court, Grag. i. 31.
ry3ugr, adj. = ry6ga6r, Fms. ii. 163.
ryf, u. [Scot, re//"], a skin-eruption, scurf; slo lit um horund hans ryfi
ok upvera me6 klaSa miklum, Bs. i. 181.
Rygir, m. pi. the inhabitants of Koga-land in Norway, Fms. passim ;
Holm-Rygir, the Island ' Rugians.'
rygjar-to, f., spelt rykkjar-to, (5. H. 227, Hkr. ii. 384, and some other
■Hums, see Fms. v. loi, v. 1. 3, cp. also O. H. L. 60: — a 'lady's tae'
c tc')), a tax on linen to be paid by every mistress of a house ; husfreyja
.er(skyldi fa konungi) r., ^at var lin orennt, sva mikit, at fengi spennt
um mesta fingri ok lengsta (lengsta fingri ok J)umalfingri, Fms. 1. c.
'letter); synjar-spiinn, ok rygjar-to, ok reykmela, {)at hafa konungar
tit Naumdaelum, at peir skolu eigi heldr grei6a en allir a6rir |>raE.ndir,
. G. L. i. 258.
BYGR, f., gen. rygjar, dat. and ace. rygi, pi. rygjar. Fas. i. 497 : — a
lady, housewife, Lat. matrona; rygr heitir su kona er rikust er, Edda
108 ; J)ann mann (a person to be adopted) skal leiSa a reka (rekks ?)
skaut ok rygja(r), N. G. L. i. 209 ; rygr kva5sk eiga inni alfa-blot, Sig-
hvat; aldin rygr, an old lady, Kristni S. in a verse, (of a priestess) ; rygjar
blo3, Sol. (dubious) : baug-rygr (q. v.), a matron who receives of the
baugr {weregild), enjoying the rights of an agnate. II. in local
names, Bygjar-dalr, Sol.
Rygskr, zd]. from Rogaland, Hkr. i. 301.
RYK, n. [rjiika], dnst, powder; einsog ryk, Stef. 01., passim in mod.
usage. ryk-mokkr, m. a dust-cloud.
rykill, m. a nickname, Fms. i. 5.
rykki-lin, n. a priest's S7irplice, spelt rykkjuKn, Bs. ii. 248.
rykking, f. the ' rucking,' creasing of a garment.
BYKKJA, t, [Dan. rykke], to pull roughly and hastily, with dat. ;
bann rykkir til sva fast, at . . ., Fb. i. 530; rykkja a, to pull. Fas. iii.
4.87 ; ^eir tolf rykktu honum fram a fj6ru-grj6ti&, Grett. 97 ; r. e-u 1
iundr. Fas. ii. 264, Fms. xi. 438 ; rykkja sver8i, to draw a sword, (mod.) :
to draw into folds [Fr. rucher'], a dress-maker's term. 2. to run, move,
3erm. rucken; en er hon ser Jjat rykkir hon fast undan, Fb. i. 258.
rykkr, m. [Dan. ryk'], a hasty pull or movement; Jiorsteinn hefir allan
inn rykkinn, Fb. i. 258 ; vid J)enna rykk vaknar husfreyja, Fms. xi.
^38; i einum rykk, Thom.: medic, spasms, Fel. x.
RYMJA, pres. rym; pret. rumdi; subj. rymdi; [romr] : — to roar, cry out
vilb a hoarse voice; rymjandi rodd, Bs, ii. lo ; a nott rymr hann, 673. 54;
' aknar hann ok rymr, 56 ; rumdi hann mjiik, Fas. ii. 368, iii. 497.
'•ympill, m. a nickname, Fms. vii. iio.
rymr, m. roaring, of a hoarse voice, Edda 1 10 ; rymr oneagri, 673. 54 ;
ue5 rymnum, 56: poet., rymr oxa, randa, rita, the clatter of weapons :
be sea is called rym-fjall, -lei5, -v6llr, = /-fce roaring fell, way, field,
-e.1. Poet.
ryptft, t, [ropi], to belch, Sks. 91 new Ed.
rysking, f. a rough shaking, Giag. ii. 9.
ryski-86tt, f. a kind of sickness, Ann. 1 268.
ryskja, t, [Dan. ruske], to shake roughly, handle roughly: h<in tok
ba6um hiindum i har s6r ok ryskti sik, Stj. 520; cf niaftr ryskir mann
ok varftar Jiat skoggang. Grig. ii. 9 ; hann hafdi slitift af iii k'lxfti »in ok
ryskt sik, Al. 57 ; mjiik hefir Ran ryskt um mik, Ran has dealt roughly
with me, stripped me, Stor. :— reflex., l)ar myndi ekki |)ykkja vi8 kollotun
at ryskjask, Sturl. iii. 238; eftr mcnn r. edr berjaik meft hnefum, Jb. lOO.
rytja, u, f. a vile, shabby thing, Grett. 1 14 A.
rytningr, m. = rytingr, Js. 31, Fms. iv. 173.
rytr, m., and rytsa, u, f. a sea-gull, Edda (Gl.), »= tbt larus tridactylut,
as Faber ; or rather = /ar»<s albus minimus, mod. rita, at Eggert Itin.
rytta, u, f. a shabby thing, Horn. 152 ; gomul ok vn6\ rytta, Barl. 88,
154. ryttu-legr, adj. wretched.
r^gi-ligr, adj. [rog], slanderous ; r. orb, abusive words, B$. i. 653, v. I.
B."!^JA, ry, ni&i or ry6i, part, ruinn, [Scot, roo], prop, lo pluck the wool
off sheep instead of shearing, as is still done in Ice!.; ryja gemlinga, Sd.
155; hann gorSi Loptr ruinn, L./>i///etfj/ o^, of a twig, Fsm.: the word is
freq. in mod. usage, metaph., hnigr J)a ur hiindum mer, harpan strengja
riiin, the harp stripped of its cords, Niim. (fine); o-riiinn, unplucked.
r^ja, u, f a rag, esp. of worn linen.
RlfMA, d, [rum ; Germ, rdumen ; Dan. rijmme'], to make room for:
l)a mxlti hann at ryma skyldi pallinn. Eg. 303 ; J)viat hann rymdi fyrir
herra Asgrimi, Bs. i. 716; kallar at J>orleifr skyli ryma hofnina fyrir
honum ok leggja or laegi, Hkr. i. 209. 2. to quit, leave; ryma land,
to leave the country, go into exile, Fms. iv. 239 ; Refr man ryma virkit
en flyja Graenland, Krok. 56 ; skoluft er allir eta her inni en ek mun
ryma, leave, Bs. i. 853; J)a&an at ryma ok brott at flyja, Stj. 66; ok
sja pa fyrst fyrir hverju (hverr?) rymdi, Sturl. iii. 214. 3. to clear
away, break up; pa skalt ryma fjalir 1 golfinu, to break deals up from
the floor, Eb. 118; ryma til e-s, Bs. i. 98; jorSin rymdi sik ok opnaSi,
Stj. 42. 4. absol. to make room, clear the way; at ryma fyrir
veginn, to clear the way, Fms. x. 15. 5. with dat., rymi (impcrat.)
a honum fjotrinum, to loosen the fetter, Fms. vi. 35; ryma brott harmi,
Karl. 213. II. reflex., ef rymdisk i kirkjunni, Sturl. ii. 223; er
rymask tekr dalrinn, when the dale widens, Ld. 218.
r^mka, a5, to widen, enlarge: r^mkan, f. an enlargement.
R^NA, d, [run; Old Engl, roun], to enquire; ryna eptir e-u, to pry
into ( = reyna) ; ok mi laetr hann sskja galdra-meim er eptir ollu geta
ry'nt. Fas. i. 5 : part, rynendr, /r/ewrfs, counsellors, Akv. 9: xxba. ok ryna,
to talk and converse, Rm. 1 1.
ryni, f. scrutiny, contemplation : poet., rynis reiS, contemplation's vehicle,
i. e. the breast, Stor. : grammar, sk&ld eru hofundar allrar rynni, the poets
are the judges, the authorities in all matters of grammar, Skalda 164.
ryniixu, adj. wise, deep in lore, in full-ryninn, Am.
rynir, m. a kind of shark, squalus maximus, Eggert Itin.
r^a, 3, [Ulf. rjurjan = (pOtipcivl, to make small, Merl. I. 35 2.
part, ry'nandi, diminisher. Lex. Poet. II. metaph. to depreciate,
disparage, make little of
Tfrb, f. [Ulf. rjurei = <p6npa],a detriment, Sturl. ii. (in a verse), Pass. 50. 7.
r^ir, m. a diminisher. Lex. Poet.
ryr-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), thin, small.
r^rna, aft, to dwindle.
B"?BR, adj. [Ulf. rjurs = Ovrjros, fSapTus, irpoOKaipos, <p0(ip6it(vot,
and un-rjttrs — d<p6apTos] : — thin, poor ; ry rt man ver3a fyrir honum sma-
mennit, Nj. 94 ; vaenti ek at ry'r ver3i praKla-SEttin fyrir oss, Lv. 4 ; var
ryrt fyrir peim li6 Herpjofs konungs, Fas. iii. 21 ; en par sem hann for
var6 ryrt fyrir, i. 281, Karl. 185.
rysla, aS, to clatter ; rysla i penningum.
rysli, n. [cp. Fr. ruisselant], a 'babbling' stream; bekkjar-rysli, Ann.
Nord. Oldk. 1846, p. 163.
B,"S"TA, t, [Swed. ryta = to roar], to squeal, of a wild boar or swine;
rytanda svini, Hm. 84 ; rytandi ok emjandi, Fb. ii. 27 ; ryta man giiltrinn
ef grissinn er drepinn, ^6r&. 20 new Ed. ; en hon (the sow) rytti af
raun, squealed with pain. Fas. i. 482.
luting, f. roaring, of a lion, Stj. 71.
rytingr, m. a kind of dirk or dagger, Gpl. 164, Hkr. ii. 112 ; ryt-
ningr, Fb., O. H. 1. c.
B^aEJDA (i.e. roeSa), d, [Ulf. ro(f/an = XaAtr»'; A.S.radan; Germ.
reden ; a word different from ra8a, q. v.] :—to speak ; Hogni pvi nitti
er hinn um rxddi, Am. 7 ; rxbh er um riiS, speak your rede, say what
is to be done, H3m. 20; ixbn hugat mal fyrir hcildum, Kormak; raefta
via reglur Eddu, Gd. 2 ; kom par bnitt tali at peir rxddu um skald-
skap. Eg. 686 ; ef pti r.-E&ir petta mal (discusses it) fyrir konungi, Fms.
i. 82 ; pd rxddi Hiiskuldr vib Riit, pa raeddi Hoskuldr til Ruts, Nj. 3 :--
rxbz um e-t, to speak about; konungr rxddi fatt um pessi tiSeiidi fyrir
monnum, Eg. 51, Nj. 270, Orkn. 400; also freq. in mod. usage. Pass.
21, 5, 39. I. II- reflex, recipr., racdask vib, to convene; hann
sagVi'henni allt pat er peir hofSu vi& rsE3sk, Nj. 26; en peir fedgar
raeddusk pa ekki vi8 hrarki gott n6 illt, Eg. 194 ; hann rscddisk vift einn
506
E^DA— R^TASK.
saman, Boll. 338 ; J)eir rscSask vi6 J)egar ok takask at orSum fostrarnir,
Isl. ii. 341, Horn. (St.); sv4 seni biiendr hafa rsett me6 ser a t>ingi,
N.G. L. i. 138; {jeirra orSa er ek vil raett hafa, Anecd. 2; marg-raett,
much spoken; full-ixtt, fully-discussed ; tib-rxit, often discussed ; li-raett,
not discussed,
reefla (i. e. roe3a), u, f., gen. pi. raedna, Sks. 636, [Germ, rede'],
speech, talk; siban tolu6u J)eir mart, ok komu J)ar ni6r rxbui Hoskuldar,
at . .., Nj. 3 ; konungr reiddisk mjok vi& rae6ur J)essar, Eg. 51 ; en er
J)eir fjorolfr ok Bjtira komu a J)cssar raeSur fyrir Eiriki, touched on this
subject, 174; jarl tok henni heldr seint i fyrstu, en my'ktisk raeSan sva
sem a lei6, Orkn. 304 ; J)6tti hvarum-tveggjum {jaer rae6ur skemtiligar,
Eg. 686. 2. a speech, sermon ; vcri Jiat upphaf ras6u varrar, Anecd.
(begin.) : a sermon in the pulpit is called raeSa ; orS-rceSa, a report.
raeSa, u, f. [ra3i ; Ivar Aasen rcede], a sow at heat, Skalda 205 (in a
verse), Grag. i. 427.
rseda (i. e. roeSa), u, f. [r66a], a rod, pole; see hjalm-raeSa.
rseSari, a, m. [roSr], an oarsman.
rse3i, n. [ra9], rule, management; skipa e-m rseSi sta9arins, Mar.;
skal hann hafa rae6i J^eirra ok lukla, D. N. iii. 88. rseSis-maSr, m. a
steward, manager, Fms. i. loi, 290, xi. 229, D.N. ii. 235, iii. 149, 506,
Bs. i. 716, Sturl. iii. 47, Sks. 58 new Ed. : rendering of Lat. consul, Rom.
386 -.^imperator (Sallust Catil. ch. 53), 346.
r8e3i (i.e. rce3i), n. [Engl, rudder; Gtrm. ruder], an oar; veif6i
hann rae9i veSrs annars til, he pulled backwards, Hym. 25 ; slita rx5i or
verri, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; Jjeir toku fra skipunum 611 raedin, Fb. i.
194 (rei3in, Fms. xi. I.e., less good); rae5i skjalfa, Edda (Ht.) ; rae8it
e6a styrit, Edda 109.
r8B3ingr, m. [A. S. rteding], a reading, text, Bs. ii. 186.
raB3ir, m. (moA. r8B3ari), [Germ, ruderer], a rower, Fbr. 172.
r893ri, n. a rudder {!); bera ma ma&r ok oil J)ilju-f6t, vxbi skips ok
rseSri allt at usekju, N. G. L. ii. 17, 363, v. 1.
rseflll, m. a rag, tatter, passim in mod. usage.
r83fr, n. a roof; see raf. r8efr-vi3r, m. thatch-faggots, Horn. 97.
reegi-ligr, adj. accusative; r. fall, Skalda 188.
EwffiGJA (i. e. rcegja) or older vrcegja ; [rog ; Ulf. wrohjan «= /carrjyo-
puv; Htl. wrogj an ; A.S. wregjan; O.H.G. rogjan ; Germ, r'ugen ;
Swed. roje] : — to slander, defame, Grag. ii. 99, 309, Eg. 54, 56, Fms. i. 100,
iii. 153, vii. 132, Nj. 166, MS. 655 xvii. I ; raegja menn saman, Jb. 292 :
part, raegjandi, a defamer, Edda 56 ; rogendr = roegendr, pi., Kormak.
reegsla, u, f. slander, calumny, Fms. viii. 295.
rseingi, a, m. a rover; raeingja sveit, Bs. i. 427.
rsekall or reikall(?), m. [Dan. r«M], a rover, used as a kind of
oath; hver raekallinn ! rsekals-: — Reikall, as pr. name, GuUJ).
rseki-brekka, u, f. ; in the phrase, bera e-t a raekibrekku, to put out
for show, exhibit; berr hann ok J)a fram a raekibraeku (sic) J)at glys er
hon hefir syslaS, Thom. 301.
rseki-liga, adv. ' [roekja], earnestly, carefully, sincerely, devotedly;
elska r., Greg. 46 ; biSjask fyrir r., to pray fervently, Orkn. 166 ; geyma
r., K. A. 104; hfa r., 134; halda r., to observe strictly, 188; hefja
song r., H.E. i. 487; varSveita r., Barl. I48 ; i6rask r., to repent sin-
cerely; gor r. vi6 dauSa menn. Fas. i. 172.
rseki-ligr, adj. [reka], to be rejected. Fas. iii. 664.
rseki-ligr, adj. [roekja], trite, sincere, painstaking ; raekilig i5ran, true
repentance, Barl. 42 ; r. hljoman, Skalda.
reBkindi, n. pi. [reka], an unclean thing, refuse; hann kvaSsk aldri
etia hafa raekindi, Fms. viii. 107 ; ef raekindi falla 1 grytu J)a saurgask
hon, Str. 317.
rsekinn, adj., in trii-r., pious, devout. Lex. Poet. ; trii-rsekni, piety.
R.^KJA, 3, qs. vraekja, [reka], to reject, refuse; at \>eT vitiS hvat (5r
skolud eta, ok hvat er skolu6 raekja, what you shall eat and what reject,
Stj. 317 ; skal hann kenna honum retta hluti en r. hann eigi, Greg. 27;
r. syndir,/orM^/«^ the sins, 23 ; hann fyrirleit ok rajkti fornir hans, 656 A.
i.4; J)ann ilni skal hverr Kristinn ma3r r. er hei&nir menn gora fyrir
skur3-go6um, Horn. 53.
B.fflKJA, t, (i. e. roekja), [A. S. recan, pret. rohte; Engl, reck, reckon;
Hcl. rbcjan ; Dan. rogte ; Scot, raik] : — to reck, regard, take care of, heed,
cultivate ; klaeSi er er litt raekit. Am. ; skulu ver r. hu&fot var, let us keep
to our hatumocks, Orkn. 274; raeki ek eigi, hvart J)u ritr . . ., I reck not,
whether, Skalda 161 ; mun ek eigi ra;kja (heed) fjar-ska3a minn, 655
iii. 2 ; r. kirkjur, N. G. L. i. 339, Fms. viii. 410 ; raekja hati3, Barl. 150 ;
raekja eigi aettmenn sina, Fs. 31 : to keep a grateful remembrance of, r^ekti
Ami J)etta allt saman t)egar er hann var biskup or3inn, Bs. i. 680 : but
in mod. usage also in a bad sense, raekja e-3 vid e-n, to hear malice.
CSr By assimilation of <e and ce two sets of words, diametrically op-
posed in sense, have become identical in form and sound, viz. those from
raekja qs. vreka, and those from raekja qs. roekja, with their derivatives ;
in olden times they were sounded differently : but when al! distinction
between them was lost, one of them had to give way; this was raekja
from reka, which, with its derivatives, except rakr {rejected), is now' ob-
solete, whereas raekja, i. e. roekja, with its derivatives, is still in full use.
reekr, adj. [reka], rejected, outcast, Griig. ii. 167; breunu-vargar eru
^raekastir giirvir hxb'i 1 Gu&s logum ok manna, Sturl. iii. 261 ; var/ftkr
ok rekinn (i. e. vargr raekr ok rekinn), Isl. ii. 381 ; hversu J>etta ve»ar
raekt (abhorred) fyrir Gu9i ok g63um monnum, Fms. xi. 280 (Gualfcr
q. v.); at sii fiil synd verSi {)eim mun raekari, H.E. i. 510; raekt Rik-
endi, an unclean beast, Stj. 317 ; raek eru hrae J)eirra, 316.
rsekr, adj., i.e. rcBkr [roekja, roekta], legitimate; sva er maelt e|
eigi naer er arfi er raekr {the next of kin) J)a er arfr taemisk, ok
sa i arf er nanastr er at fraendsemi, N. G. L. i. 207 ; hon var in ral
kona, Fms. iii. 153, v. 1.
rseksni, a, m., prob. qs. vraeksni, [from Tibz = t(f knitf]:—
skulu ver leysa raeksna (rexna Cod.) tortrygSar hans, 623. 26; koi|(
nakta at aldrei bei& a hana riSanda raeksn (better raeksna), Sd. 188 ;
reid a raexna (ace. pi.) sva sem net eru siSan, Edda i. 182.
metaph. raeksni, n. a rag riddled with holes like a net, freq.
usage: the gut of a fish, from the mesh-like appearance.
raekt or rc3ek3, f. love, affection; gor6i hann {)at til skapraun; (tiS
hana en eigi fyrir rsektar sakir, Sd. 184; at hrinda or minu hjarta 'v
raekt, en J)vi heitari brennr ast i mer, Str.; go6in hafa lengi halt 1.
mikla a aettmonnum sinum, 0. H. 87 ; J)a skal hann upp lata gora ki
... en ef hann hefir eigi kost e3a vill eigi raegt (sic) hafa a, N. . L.
i. 387; ok menn vilja enga raekt a leggja, ii. 71. 2. ci.va-
tion ; jarftar-raekt, agr icidtur e, nwd. ; korn-raekt, etc. : 6-raekt, w.ia;,
mod. bad cultivation. compds : raektar-lauss, adj. reckles Lm-
mindful. reektar-leysi, n. recklessness, impiety, negligence, E L 2.
r8Bktar-ina3r, m. a watchful man, N.G.L. i. 455, Barl. 104. rae kr-
[^okki, a, m. devotedness, Horn. (St.)
rsekta (i.e. roekta), b, [Dan. rogte], to take care of, regard; Itta
rettindi, Stj. 162, Karl. 137; at r. sinar kirkjur eda til |)eirra A
N. G. L. iii. 290 ; var hans har klippt ok raektaS, hair cut and trit
Stj. 202 ; hversu dyggiliga sira Egill haf&i raektad (performed) hans ey
Bs. i.911. 2. to cultivate ; rsekta j6r6, /o grow korn, epli, etc., ni j,
rselni, f. sport, play ; gora e-t i r., unintentionally, Safn i. 49. 1
rseina, u, f. a ribbon, Bjarn., = reim. 1
rsema, u, f. [ramr], hoarseness.
E.JEMA, b, (i.e. roema), [r6mr], = r6ma, Al. 108, Ld. 172, l9(}«-t
raemisk a hendr e-m, is rumoured, Sturl. ii. 20. j
K-fflNA, d, and mod. t, [ran], to rob, plunder, with ace. of the {ion
and dat. of the thing. Eg. 81, 85, Orkn. 94, Fms. i. 28, 151, Nj. 5.Ld.
102, K. A. 50, Fas. ii. 521, and passim.
K^N A, u, f., qs. rcEna(?), [prob. akin to run, a corruption fro: :he
old ryni, q. v.] : — consciousness, one's senses, esp. as a medic, term ; [era
me3 fullri raenu, hafa rad og raenu, to have one's full senses; halda 'Uu
fram i andlat. rsenu-lauss, adj. insensible; mallaus og r., of 'ck
person, rsenu-leysi, n. a state of insensibility, torpor.
Ksengjar, m. pi. the inhabitants of the island Rugen (Rae), Knyl/
raeningi, a, m. [ran], a robber. Eg. 736, Sd. 158, Oik. 35, Orki )3,
Fas. iii. 520. 2. in a passive sense ; vera raeningi e-s, to be de} 'ed
of one's right, Hav. 37 new Ed.; ok setlaSir at hann mundi ver va
mikill aettleri, at hann mundi vilja vera raeningi J)inn, Eg. 736 :p.
16g-r., hlut-r.
rsepa, t, to suffer from diarrhoea.
rsepa, u, f. diarrhoea.
H^SA, t, [ras], to make flow ; raesa ar, Ht. ; sa ilytr er raesir, i —
metaph., raesa e-t a e-n, to bring it home to one, trace to one ; ek un
J)etta ekki raesa a hendr y3r, / will not charge it on you, Fms. xi. 5. j^r
raesit (hraesit Cod.) a hendr oss mikla synd, 656 C. 7- 2.
draum (ace.) raesir, a dream proves trtte, comes to pass ; ek em dra ■
maSr mikill, ok eigi uHkligt at bratt raesi suma, Jjorst. SiSu H.
vaentir mik at hann mun mi raesa, Bret. 22 : reflex, to co7ne to pa
f)at raestisk sva, Bs. i. 471 (raettisk, v. 1.)
reesi, n. a gutter.
raesi-brekka, u, f. = rxkibrekka ; bera e-9 a raesibrekku, to pu'vt
for show, esp. in a bad sense, the faults of others or the like.
rsesir, m. [A.S. r(Eswa], poet, a chief, captain, king, Edda (Gl.), ".
Hjorv. 18, Skv. 2. 18, Edda 104. r8esi-ina3r, m. a worthy otowI'-
108. 11. = Txsi, a gutter ; J)at hiis er menn kalla nadhi ••
hann let rsesirinn horfa i kirkju-sta3inn, Safn i. 82.
raeskingr, m. a slight cough, Fel. x.
roeskja, t, [ = rumska], to clear the throat by coughing.
raesta, t, [ras], to clear, clean out; raesta styfldan laek, to clear 0? w
brook which had been ' stifled' or dammed up, Dropl. 34. 2. to c %
sweep; raestu {)eir si3an ok ruddu borgina, Bret. 100; konur skolu ^
hiisin ok tjalda, NJ. 1 75 ; \6t konungr raesta hollina, voru J)a i "
bornir hinir dau9u, Fas. i. 83, Fb. i. 212 ; hence comes undoubted!' le
mod. 6-raesti, an unclean, dirty person ; as also 6-ristinn, of a person i-o
goes to sleep without undressing, liggja 6-ristinn; fiyrptusk vatvf-
honum ok ^ottusk eigi vita hvat liraest var, Fms. ii. 160.
K-ffiTASK, t, qs. roetask, dep. [rot], to take root, strike root, I '^^
68, Skalda 169, Fms. x. 236. II. e-t raetisk vel af, to mojo
good end; for references see reita. III. to be fulfilled, \*
dream, prophecy, Bs. i. 471 (v. 1.), freq. in mod. usage ; see ra;sa.
ROD— ROND.
507
BdD, (., gen. ra3ar, pi. raSar, HofuSl. ; later raSir; [cp. Ulf. rapio =
^ n9n6t,garapjan'=apidmiv; Dan. rnrf; provinc. Norse rarf; Lat.ra/io]:
a row, series ; baSar raSir, of numbers, MS. 544. 6 ; sv4 var skipat
iinnum a l)inginu, at ra6ir voru settar i kring, Fas. iii. 292 ; geirvangs
8ar, ranks 0/ shields, Hofuftl. : freq. in mod. usage, husa-rofl, a row of
mses; ba8Ja-ro6 ; ganga a r63ina, to go down the row, from one to the tiext
turn. II. n bank, ridge, edge ; ok orpinn haugr arciSinni ut vi8
\ (cp. A raSar broddi, Yt. 23), on the sea-bank, Hkr. i. 59 ; ofau at roainni,
N. i. 595 : and so in mod. usage, e. g. the edge of a board or deal.
SODDi {; ge"- raddar, dat. roddu and rodd, pi. raddir; [Ulf. razda^
ikia ind yKuiaaa ; O.H.G. rarta; A.S. reord; the Norse is an assi-
ilated form ; todd and kvorfdusk are made to rhyme in Hkr. i, in a
rse of the loth century] : — the voice; raddir ok ord, Stj. 67 ; hlj68 J)at
rodd heitir ... en annat er eigi er rodd, . . . rodd er hlj68, Skalda 1 74 ;
™ errar raddar, Sks. 635 ; {)eir maeltu einni roddu, 656 A. ii. 5 ; manns
dd, the human voice, 655 xxii. B. 2 ; meS skjalfandi roddu, Fms. viii.
kalla kaldri riiddu, Akv. 2 ; kalla hiirri roddu, Matth. xxvii. 46, Luke
iii. 46; stilla roddu, Vkv. 15 ; ein riidd ur skyinu sagSi, Matth. xvii.
rodd hropanda i eySimorku, John i. 23 ; roddin ni&r af himni, Matth.
1 7 ; engla raddir, angels' voices : — with the notion of music, Skalda ;
■ songr bans ok rodd af 66rum mcinnum, Bs. i. 127; fogr rodd,
;,lj65 raddanna, 240: — reina riidd, Hkv. Hjorv. ; dyrs rodd, Barl.
\( ; lugls rodd, Fms. vi. 445. compds : raddar-grein, f. distinction
Ta\sound, articulation, Stj. So. raddar-stafr, m., gramm. a vowel,
'I'ii (Thorodd) 161. raddar-tol, n. pi. the organs of speech,
. 176, 177, Lil.
jr, m. in the latter part of pr. names, [Goth, and old Scandin. -rid, in
idu-rid] ; Gu6-ro3r, Sig-ro5r (whence by metathesis SigurSr), Hun-rd3r.
lidull, m., dat. ro9ii, poet. ;— a halo, glory; ver6r hann korona&r
5 gulligum ro&li, Sks. 39 ; skinandi ro5ull, 41 : — the sun. Lex. Poet,
sim : as also the compd alf-ro5ull : — ro31ar, pi. =the saints ; lesi bjartar
r bsekr ok ro51a, Merl. II. an edge or crest, of a hill, cliff, or
like, freq. in mod. usage; brekku-r66ull,fjalls-r.,/iiie crest of a hill, fell.
if, f. amber, Edda i. 408 ; see raf.
►OGG, f., gen. rciggvar, pi. roggvar; [Engl, rug; Swed. ragg, rugg
oarse hair, goat's hair'\ : — a tuft, shagginess, of the fur of a cloak ;
iiynd seni loSkapa J)4 er iinnur rogg fellr ofan fyrir aSra, en J)essar
;r voru af skeljum, Mag. 63 ; varar-feldr, J)rettan roggvar um
feld, thirteen strips across the cloak, Grag. i. 500 ; sattu eigi at
u'.ggvamar hraer3usk er hann hlo, Lv. 55 ; er ymist kallat a feld-
niggvar eda lag6r, Krok. 64. The great number of strips to a
nay refer to the ancient Teutonic custom of having their cloaks
with patches and stripes of various skins ; eligunt feras et detracta
:ia spargunt maculis pellibusque belluarum. Tacit. roggvar-
, in. [pro vine. Norse rugge-feli], a tufted cloak, Grett. 81.
,;^g, f., in the popular phrase, .sy'na rogg af ser, to exert oneself, work
I I; it is a corruption from rok in rciksamr, sounded roggsamr.
jJggvaSr, ^^xt. furred, tvfted, of a cloak, Sks. 228, v.l.
JOGN, n. pi. the gods = xcg\n, q. v. ; ramaukin reign, Vellekla; rogn
' ' )?>in, Hailfr. ; Hroptr rogna, Hm. ; rogna kind, Hdl. : and in compds,
-konr, the kinsman of the gods, Vellekla; ragna-sjot, the seat of
ds, i.e. heaven; ragna-rok, the world's doom, spell of the gods, see
''•'■'■ II. in pr. names, K6gii-valdr, etc. ; and of women,
. j,n-ei5r, Ragn-hildr ; see regin.
flgnir, m., and R6giiu3r, a name of the chief deity = Orf/«, Lex.
it., Edda (Gl.) ; rei3 Riignis, the wain of R., of the constellation una
'or{l), also called the wain of Odin, Sdm. 15 : — hnd-T. = aking, poet.
(JK, n. pi. [O.H.G. rahha = sentence, judgment ; the word is prob.
ii to rakna, rak-, rekja, rettr] : — a reason, ground, origin ; segja nokkur
fra Drottins-degi, LeiSarv. 5 ; nu skal tina nokkut um rok tiSanna,
• 164; af J)essum rokum hofsk sja hatiS, Horn. 132 ; enn eru regu-
' r upp hefjask af enuni somum rijkum, Rb. 124 ; ek skal viss verSa
rjum rokum lirar-horn er upp runnit. Fas. iii. 633 ; mi skal segja
' erjum rokum heianir menn heldu J61 sin, Fb. i. 564, Hom. (St.) ;
■ ru ^essi rok til, hvi Gu5 vildi, Mar. ; Drottinn syndi J)eim flest rcik
r dyr5ar a J)essum degi, Hom. (St.) ; fyrra dag siigSum ver nakkvat
■iinuni rokum hatiSar J)eirrar, id. 2. a wonder, sign, marvel;
turn at hann (Christ) var borinn me6 myklum rokum, en J)6 var
med meirum taknum skir6r, Hom. 56 ; onnur rok pan sem Gu8-
! segja, 686 B. 14; spa-sogur ok pan rok er hann (Christ) syndi i
■ ^^25. 163 ; forn rcik, great things of yore; var haldit fyrir speki ok
n flest t)at er hon (the prophetess) sagfli af fornum rokum, Fb. i. 77 ;
;e foru rok firar, i.e. let bygones be bygones, Ls. 25 ; stor rok, mighty
'.■ stor verda rok, rignir bloSi, Merl. 2. 31 ; sja Jiessi rcik J)rennar
, = ■i- 77 ; ra6a morg rok, to foretell many events, i. 2 : — alda riik, the
wing, the creation of the world, Edda i. 36; but also of the end of
world, doom's-day, VJ)m. 39; p]6ba. rok, the origin, creation of
iliind; svH Jjundr um reis (not reist?) fyrir t)j66a rok, thus Tb.
•s ere the memory of man, Hm. 146; tiva riik, the life and doings
be gods, V{)m. 38, 40, 42. 3. the old phrase, ragna rok, the
iry 0/ the gods and the ivorld, but esp. with reference to the last
act, the last judgment, doom's-day, weird of gods and the world;' fcigum
munni niiclta ek miiia forna ttafi ok un» ragna rok, with 'fey' mouth I
spake my old saws of the life and fate of the gods, VJ)n». 55 ; eru J»at »vik
ein er ek sja l)ykkjumk cfta ragna riik, ri»a menn dau8>r, it what I
behold a delusion or is it the last day, do dead men ridel Hkv. 2. 38, 39 ;
unz ragna riik rjiifendr koma, Vtkv. 14 ; fram s«- ck Icngra um ragna riik
riim, Vsp. 40 ; giirftisk ( = giirfiusk) riik ragna, it wa$ at if lb* world't end
was at band. Am. 22,— thus always in old pocm», with the »ole exception
of Ls. 39, see riikr.
rOkkja, pret. rak, an obsolete jtrong verb; [Engl, reach: War Aaicn
rokkja; provinc. Swed. riikkja; Dan. rcekke] -.—to suffice, D.N. iv. 457,
564; medan eigi rak lausa penninga til, i. 72.?. In mod. u»agc led.
say, pa.b hriJkkr ekki til, confounding this word with hriikkva, which
seems to be a difterent word.
rdkn, n. pi. beasts of burthen, as also steeds; riikn bitluA, Hkr. i, 50;
kjalar riikn, rasta riikn, the keel-steeds, sea-steeds, i.e. ships, Edda (Ht.),
Fms. i. (in a verse) ; borft-riikn, haf-r., s\iud-T.,=- ships. Lex. Poet.
KOKB, n., sounded rdkkr (reykkr, Fms. iv. 70) with a double k ;
rokkr, Fb. i. 538; r<)ckr, O. H. 28; in Edda the Ob. gives kk, the
Kb. k, which is the better form, see Edda i. 186, foot-note 3: see
also rokvit:— /Ae twilight; riikr riikra, Hdl. i ; en vi6 riikkr kom J)ar
|>orfinnr Onundarson, Sturl. i. 156 ; um riikkr (rockr Cod.) eiJa um n«tr,
O. H. 28 ; {)au toku faeaslu baefii saman vi& riJkr, Greg. 65 : seldom of
the morning twilight, as rennr dagr riikkrifl Jjry'tr, Olf. 9. 83 : the twi-
light is in Icel. the time set apart for song and story-telling, as in
the ditty, Arni Biiftvarsson til sanns syngr lj65 i riikrum | bczta skald
um bygdir lands, biiandi 4 Okrum. 2. the niythol. phrase, ragna
riikr, the twilight of the gods, which occurs in the prose Edda (by Snorri),
and has since been received into modern works, is no doubt merely a
corruption from riik (q. v.), a word quite different from rokr ; the corrup-
tion may have originated from Ls. 39— (ilfgi hefir ok vel er i bondum
skal biaa ragna rokrs, which resembles, Hjaftningar skolu sv4 bida ragna
riikrs, Edda i. 4.36 : ragna-rokr is the form used throughout in the Edda,
allt til ragna riikrs, 98 ; J)ar liggr hann til ragna riikrs, 114; hver tidendi
eru at segja fra um ragna riikr, 186; en J)at er J)eir giira langa frasiign
of ragna riikr, J)at er Trojumanna-orrosta, Edda (pref.) ; en vid ragna
rokr kom Mi6gar3sormr, id. ; fra fimbul-vetri ok ragna riikkrum, Edda
(Ub.) ii. 290 : the word occurs nowhere else in old writers.
rbk-samliga, adv. on good authority, Rb. 84 ; J>essi saga er svA er til
komin r., on so good authority, so trustworthy, Fms. viii. i.
rdk-samligr, adj. reasonable, just, true; riiksamlig ritning, Stj. X ;
roksamleg bok, a true, learned book, 655 xxii. A. 2 ; riiksamlig skilning,
a true understanding. Mar. ; riiksamlig refsing, a just punishment, Fb,
i. 409; r. i st]6tn, just in government, Bs. ii. 3: freq. in mod. usage in
the sense of conclusive, of an argument, authoritative, of a person.
rdk-sanar, adj. energetic, one who makes bis authority felt ; {)egar Jon
biskup var seztr at st<ili, var hann J)egar riiksamr ok einbeittr i kirkju-
stjorninni, Ny Fel. vii. (pref.)
rOk-semd, f. reason, authority; hann skynjaSi bratt hvilikrar riikscmdar
Brandr aboti var, Bs. i. 681 ; fyrirbjoSa af pdfalegu valdi ok roksemd,
K. A. 228 : moti riiksemd ritninganna, against the authority of Scripture,
230; meiri er roksemd Jjessarar ritningar, en allr gloggleikr mannlegs
skilnings, Stj. 1 2 ; hin fyrsta cr drottnunar r., . . . annat er upphafsins r.,
20; bj66um ver me3 valdi ok r. J)essa J)ings, H.E. 469; a mannligar
boklistir ok GuSligar roksemdir, theological learning, 585. 2. $0
also in mod. usage authority, energy in discharging one's duty.
r6k-st61ar, m. pi. a judgment-seat, Vsp.
r6kva and rOkkva, a6, [Ulf. riquizjan = OKori^tcQai] : — to grow dark,
darken; eigi verfir {)at allt at regni seni riikkr 1 lopti, fsl. ii. 481 (out of
a lost verse in Heidarv. S.) ; rokr at regni miklu, it darkens for rain,
0. H. (in a verse of A. D. 1030) ; ok mi rokr (rekr Ed.) at dlinu annat
sinn, Fms. xi. 137. II. of the twilight, to grow dark; er
tekr at rokkva ok natta, Sks. 50 new Ed. ; er riikkr ok kveJdar, v. I. ;
J)egar er rokkva tok, Grett. 158 new Ed. ; jafnan er riikkva tok a vetrum,
Bs. i. (Laur.S.)
rdkvifl, n. [riikr ; Ulf. riquiz = ckutos], twilight, but only used as a par-
ticiple in the phrase J)a5 er riikvid ; in other phrases riikkr is used ; the
forms also vary, rekviS, rokvift is the oldest, whence riikkid and mod.
rokkvaS ; er rekvi3 var, Hkv. Hjorv. 35 (Cod. requi^)) ; ^a var half-
rokkit, Grett. 150 new Ed. in Cod. Upsal., but rokvaft (I.e.) in the
Edit. 1853; J)a er half-riikkvat var, 79, but riikit. Cod. Upsal. I.e.;
hvert kveld er half-riikkvat var, 141 ; um kveldit cr riikkvat var, 183,
but rokkit, Cod. Upsal. 1. c. ; pa, var riikvii) er J)eir gengu or kirkju,
Sturl. ii. 224; fiistu-kveldit var riikkvit nokkut, iii. 154; er hdlf-riikvit
var, Al. 54.
rOlta, ad, (r6lt, n.), [Dan. vralte'], to stray about restlessly.
ROND, f., dat. riindu, pi. randir and rendr, Rm., Bs. i. 42 ; [Germ, and
Scot, rand] : — a rim, border, Skida R. 103; li fornum skjiildum var titt at
skrifa riind ^a cr baugr var kalladr, ok er viS J)ann bang skildir kenudir,
Edda 87 ; skjaldar riind, Vkv. 31 ; rauOum skildi riind var or guUi, Hkv.
!• 33 i bita i skjaldar rendr, Bs. i. 42. 2. hence in poetry a shield;
508
RONDOTTR— SAGA.
brast rond vi6 rond, Hkv. I. 24 ; undir randir ek gel, Hm. 157 : in prose'
it remains in the phrase, leggja saman randir, to lay shield against shield,
of a hard struggle, Fms. xi. 95, B'as. ii. 208, Korm., Lex. Poet. : as
also in the phrase, reisa rond vi6 e-m, to raise the shield against one, to
resist, withstand. Eg. 587, Fas. i. 35, 292, ii. 190, 2 1 1. 3. a stripe;
rau6 rond liggr eptir baki honiim, Fr. 408 ; dukr me6 gulligum rondum,
Fms. iii. 177. randa-fluga, u, f. a wild bee.
rdndottr, adj. striped, 671. 16, Al. 168, N. G. L. iii. 262.
BCiNG, f., gen. rangar, pi. rengr, qs. vrong; [thus called from the curved
form ; from rangr, q. v.] : — a rib in a ship ; nu ef brestr or byr6i eSr
borSi e6r brotnar riing, N. G. L. ii. 81 (Jb. 147); ristin rong, Fms. vi.
(in a verse) ; bifask rengr i rostum, vii. 49, freq. in mod. usage : poet,
ranga-jor, -hjortr, the rib-steed, rib-stag, i. e. a ship.
rSsk-leikr, m. briskness, deftness, Fms. vi. 35, Stutl. ii. 217, Orkn.
344 old Ed.
rSsk-liga, adv. deftly, bravely ; er sva r. vann at, Nj. 270 ; r. segir J)u,
Grett. 155 ; berjask r., Hkr. i. 342 ; biskupi for sva r., Bs. i. 772.
rosk-ligr, adj. deft, brisk.
rosk-mannliga, adv. bravely, Grett. 109.
rSskott, adj. [Ivar Aasen raaskje = sleet, wet\. — wet, rough; J)eir fengu
hvasst ve9r ok hofdu riiskott (raskott) fyrir stalinu, Fms. viii. 199.
E.OSKB., adj., with a v before a vowel, roskvan, roskvar, roskvir,
roskva; compar. roskvari, roskvastr; prop, vraskr, yet in the Am. rhyming
with r, roskr raeSa, 51, 56, 88 : [akin to Ulf. ivrisqan; Dan. rask ; Germ.
rasch ; Engl, rash (with change of sense)] : — prop, ripe, mature, but only
used metaph. vigorous, doughty, brave. Am. 51,56, 88; roskr ma5r, a
valiant 7nan, Nj. 106; roskr ma6r ok einarSr, 223; hann var roskvastr
ma6r me5 Flosa einnhverr, 205; mikill ska6i er {lat uni sva roskvan
mann, Grett. 155 ; hann Jiotti J)vi roskvari sem nieirr leid a aefi hans,
Fms. vi. 218; mannvali ^vi er roskvast var innan lands. Fas. iii. 292;
verSa eigi roskvari menn en Jjessir at minni raun, Bs. i. 581 ; hyggr ek
at fiiar konur muni finnask jafn-roskvar, Fms. xi. 229 ; sva roskr at viti,
so ripe in understanding, Grag. ii. 68.
Bbskva, u, f., rhymed Vroskva, Jsd., the name of the maiden follower
of Thor; she is a personification of the ripe fields of harvest.
roskvask, a9, to grow up, ripen ; {)ar til er sjalf vinberin roskuSusk,
Stj. 200; sy'ndisk mer visirinn vaxa smam |)eim ok vinberin roskvask,
Stj. ; ef sa randviQr roskvask nse6i, Stor. ; see roskna. 2. to grow
up; ok er hann riiskvaSisk fekk konungr honum skip. Fas. iii. 188.
roskvi, f. quickness, Al. 89.
EOST, f., gen. rastar, pi. rastir, qs. vrijst (?) ; [cp. reistr, rist; Engl.
race ; Norm. Fr. raz] : — a current, stream in the sea, such as the Pent-
land Firth; nu ef ma6r hittir hval a riistum lit, G})1. 464; sigldu J)eir
i rost nor&r fyrir Straumneskinum, . . . fell um sjorinn ok ^vi nsest
vellti . . . hann lagSisk lit i rostina, Fms. ix. 320 ; ok er J)eir sigldu yfir
Petlands-fj6r3, var uppi rost mikil i firSinum, x. 145 ; vestr i rostum,
Orkn. 154 (in a verse): in local names, Latra-rost in western Iceland,
rasta-fullr, adj. full of currents, Sks. 223.
BOST, f , gen. rastar, pi. rastir, [different from the preceding ; Ulf. rasta
= /*i\ioj', Matth. V. 41 ; A. S. and Engl. r«<; O.H.G. rasta ; Germ.
rast] : — prop, rest, but used only in the metaph. sense of a mile, i. e. the
distance between two ^resting-places,' or 'baiting' points: distances on
land were counted by rasts, on sea by vika, which seem to have been
of equal length, thus in the old Swed. law, rost at landi, vika at vatni,
Schlyter. The ancient Scandinavian rast seems to have answered to the
modern geographical mile, which agrees with the Latin mille only in
name, its actual distance being that of the rast, not the Roman mille passus.
The distances were not measured, but roughly guessed, and varied (like the
Swiss itunde) according to the nature of the ground traversed, the rasts
through mountains or deserts being shorter than those in an inhabited
district ; hence such phrases as, J)at eru langar tvaer rastir, it is tiuo long
rasts, Fms. ix. 393 ; J)eir sottu sva hart J)essa eyaimcirk, at skammar voru
J)a J)rett!in rastir eptir, thirteen short rasts, viii. 33 : the following instances
may serve, in Norway the distance from Oslo (the present Christiania) to
Eidsvold was counted at eight ' rasts,' ix. 376; J)eir forusk sva na;r at
eigi var lengra til en rost, 371 ; ^eir rifta sidan atla rastir . . . Jjrjar vikur
eptir votnum, 376 ; ri6u J)eir nokkura halfa rost, 523 ; J)at var eina nott,
at eigi var lengra milli nattstaSa {jcirra en riJst, viii. 63 ; rastar langr, ix.
394, 402 ; rastar-djiipr, Hy'm. : of the old forests, EiSa-skogr er tolf rasta
langr, Fms. ix. 354 ; skogr tolf rasta langr, . . . {)ann skog er attjan rasta var
yfir, viii. 30, 31 ; sii skogr er Tvivi6r heitir, hann er tolf rasta brei6r, Rb.
332; fjogurra rasta ok tuttugu, GuliJ). 52: — six 'rasts' done afoot in
one night is recorded as something extraordinary, (3lafi kom njosnin um
kveldit, en J)eir gengu um nuttina sex rastir ok f;6tti mfinnum {)at furSu-
mikit farit, {jeir komu a RySjokul um ottu-siing, Fms. vii. 317; atta ros-
tum, Jjkv. : an immense distance is given at ' a hundred rasts,' hundraS
rasta a hverjan veg, VJ)m. (Edda 41); hundraS rasta heyrSi smell, SkiSa
R. 150 : heim-riist, a homestead; lit-rijst, the outskirt.
r6su3r, m. one who emits; reyks r., poiit. ' resk-vomiter,' \.t.fire,Y\..
rosull, adj. [rasa], apt to slinnble, of a horse.
r6tu3r, m. [rata], a hitter, finder, Bragi.
It
the Ij
alter
ANGES
For..
t^tOj
«s, is;
0, DJ
i
S (ess), the eighteenth letter, was, in the old Runes, on th<ione ii
Tune, and the Golden horn, figured ^ ; in the common Rur. k ; \\
the latest Runic inscriptions (12th and following centuries) I
name was 'Sol' {Sun) — Sol er landa Ijomi, in the Runic poen
was specially, from its form, called the ' kne-sol' {knee-sun).
B. Pronunciation, changes. — Sounded sharper than ii
The s is in mod. Icel. pronunciation the only sibilant sound ; in o
s and z were distinguished in sound as well as in writing,
wards the z sound was lost or assimilated with s. II.
s into r, as vera, var, er, for vesa, vas, es ; as also the particle
Gothic s into Scandinavian r in the words, Goth, hausjan, at
heyra, eyra ; the inflex. Goth, -s into Scandin. -r: an assimilation
place in such words as laus-s, is-s, for laus-r, is-r : again, in velli
s in such forms as bliss (gen.) from bii, nyss = nys, hir6iss = hir(
in mod. usage this inflexive 5 is dropped in sound and spelling
the ancients, on the other hand, said vissa, vissi, mod. visra, v
entttm, sapienti) : — sn is sounded stn, stntia, stnori, stnoggr, stn
sniia, snori, sniiggr, snjor . . . , and thus spelt in some Norse veli
the Barl.) : here come in also such forms as laustn, njostn, ristn
njosn, risna, reistn and reisn, O. H. L. (pref.) ix; so also the f
riSr, Ast-leifr, Ast-lakr (see the remarks s. v. ast), = As-riSr . .
Baut. 2. skl = sl, thus sklakka = slakka, D. L i. 280,
rare : cp. the Germ, spelling schl = Ice\. and Engl, si (Germ. s.
Icel. sla) ; as also the Fr. esclave and slave. 3. sk corn
skr, skokkr, skykkjum, and skrokkr, skrykkjott ; analogous
skjallr, Engl, shrill: — sk for s, in sjaldan and skjaldan, Icel
Dan. skbr-levned. 4. sk answers to Engl, sh (skip, fisli
ship, fish), except in a few words, as Engl, skin, score, whic
borrowed from the Norse, ^f There are more words begin
s than with any other letter of the alphabet ; this is due to the
tion of sk, sm, sp, and st. ■ |I
SADDB, part., older form sadr, Hym. i, which answers to fGoth.
and Lat., [Ulf. saps, Luke vi. 25, xv. 16 ; O. H. G. sat; Lat. s 'r ,
se&ja] : — sated, having got one's fill, Hym. I ; vera s. a e-u, 1 v,
e-s, Hbl. 3; s. lifdaga,/?/// of days, Bible; half-s., half sated.
sadniug, f. satiety, fill, Stj. 157, 164, passim. j
sa5r, adj. soo/i& ; see sannr. II. sa&r = saddr, q. v. i
safali, a, m., safal, n., Flor. 5, 7, 10, D.N. ; [for. word] :- sahlt,
the animal, and hence the fur. Eg. 57, 64, 71, O.H. 134, FlL 545;
safala-skinn, sable-fur, J>6r6. 61.
SAFI, a, m. [Engl, sap; Germ, saft"], the sap of trees (the lice d
berries is called logr, q. v.) ; borkr af vi6i ok safi, Fms. viii. ; t^™
atu safa ok sugu birki-vi9, 33 ; ber ok safa. Fas. iii. 208, passi
safn, n. a collection, Vm. 6, 15, passim in mod. usage.
safna, aft, see samna.
sag, n. sawdust : — sawing, keppa sag, Ski5a R.
saga, a6, to saw, cut with a saw, Barl. 166, Fms. vii. 89.
SAGA, u, f., gen. sogu, pi. sogur ; gen. pi. sagna is rare ; and i iwip<is
the gen. sing, sogu- is preferred, thus siigu-bok, sogu-fro&r, wh • ' ■"-
is used in a collective sense ; when gen. sagna- is used it is otic::
garded as borrowed from scigti, as in sagna- fr66r, sagna-meistari ; s. ;i
saga, however, occurs in dajmi-sagna, Stj. 560; Orkneyinga-sagBC.H.
90, 1. 3 from the bottom : [from segja ; cp. Engl, saw ; Germ. W.]
B. A story, tale, legend, history. The very word owes its iiu to
the fact that the first historical writings were founded on tradit Iwly;
the written record was a 'saga' or legend committed to wri
story thus written was not even new, but had already taken ^
had been told to many generations under the same name; 1— ■•
written history and the story told were both alike called Saga, '|t »•' '"
Gr. both were called Xo'^os (Herod, i. 1S4, ii. 161, vi. 19). ' ^^^
instances when history is mentioned by name it is difficult to s;.}
a told or written Saga be meant ; the former seems to be the
in the Landnama — J)ar hefsk saga Har6ar Grimkels-sonar ok Gc;
62 ; J)ar gor6isk saga ^eirra {jorbjarnar ok Havar5ar ens halta,
bjorn var viga-maSr mikill, ok er saga mikil fra honum, 15:
g6r6isk saga IsfirSinga ok vig Jjorbjarnar, id. ; J)ar af gorSisk .-
ni63s gerpis ok Gn'molfs, 157 ; t)ar af gorSisk Svarfdxla saga, 2c
gor&isk |)orskfir3inga saga, 1 24 ; ok Jjar var |)6r6r gellir leiddr ;
tok mannvir&ing, sem segir i sogu hans, ill. Some of these ."
perhaps never committed to writing ; others not till a later date,
tradition had deteriorated ; but they were told and known by d
time when the Landn. was first composed, see Safn i. 191. Wr.
again, are those recorded in later works, — ok getr hans i LaN'
•t-b. 334 ; sem segir i sogu Laxdasla, Grett. 15 ; sem segir 1 B.ui —
sogu, 22 ; visar sva til i siigu Bjarnar, 132 ; sem segir i scigu f f**'"?
inga, Ld. 296; sem i sogu |>orgiIs Hollu-sonar segir, 290; serj'^f
Eyrbyggja scigu, Landn. (Kb.) 90 ; sem segir i stigu Eireks, Fm;i."4'
sem segir i VapnfirSinga sogu, 239; sem segir i Njals siigu, |j p '"''''
SOGUBOK— SALDAGI.
509
170; ok nokkut visar til i enum efra hlut sogu Uroks ens svarta,
r!. i. 3 (lost) ; sem segir i siigu Ragnars konuiigs, Fas. i. 346, cp.
0; sem segir i Skjiildunga sogu, Yngl. S. ch. 33; sem segir i siigu
iirSar brings, Fas. iii. 216; i Olafs siigu Tryggva sonar, 237; sern
ir i Konunga stiguni, as is said in the Lives 0/ the Kings, 509, Jimisv.
'24) 52 ; sem segir 1 Jarla sogum, as is said in the Lives of the Earls
Orkney), Fb. ii. 347 ; sem rita3 es i siigu bans, Landn. 41, Eg. 589 ;
n kemr ok vi& Hei6arviga sogu, Eb. 334. 2. phrases, her hefr
htjr lykr N. M. Siigu, see hefja and liika ; haun kcmr eigi vi6 J)essa
u, be touches not the saga, is not connected with it, Grett. 22 ; or kemr
n vid niargar siigur, Eb. 334; hann er or sogunni, he is out of the
■y, Nj. 22, 29, pa-ssim ; or N. M. kemr til siigunnar, cotnes into the story;
vikr sogunni til . . ., noiu the tale turns /o . . ., Nj. 6 ; J)at er liing
X at segja frii, it is a long tale to tell, Fms. xi. 89 ; lesa siigu, to read
lory, X. 371 ; er engin saga af honum, no record of him, Grett.;
1 vid siigu siipa en eigi of mikit drekka, Str. ; sva sem siigur eru til,
'be story goes, Fnis. i. 7 : saga also includes the events which gave rise
he tale, hence the phrase, er saga J)essi giirSisk, when this tale came
nfs, Fs. 3, and above. Classical passages referring to the Icel. Saga
. : {)at var meirr en tvau hundruS vetra tolfrseft er Island var byggt,
11 taeki her siigur at rita, O. H. (pref.) ; flestar allar siigur, \ixr er
I juifdu a Islandi a6r Brandr biskup Saemundarson andaftisk, voru
Jar, en \>xt siigur er si3an hafa giirzt voru litt ritaftar, a6r Sturla
d J>6r6arson sag&i fyrir Islendinga siigur, Sturl. i. 107 (Arna-Magn.
122 B, whence Cod. Brit. Mus.) Story-telling was one of the enter-
ments at public meetings in Icel., at feasts, weddings, wakes ; this
called sagna-skemtan, cp. the banquet of Reykholar, A.D.1119; hann
^i siigu Orms Barreyjar-skalds ok visur margar, Sturl. i. 23 ; dansleikr,
lur sagna-skemtan, id. ; honum var kostr a bo6inn hvat til gamans
di hafa, siigur eSa dans, um kveldit, iii. 281 ; such entertainments
mentioned even at the meetings of the Icel. aljjing, as also at Yule
:, see the interesting record of the Icel. story-teller in Harald S. harSr.
)9 (Fms. vi. 354-356), see also Sturl. iii. 304,305, Fbr. (Fb.ii. 210);
mundr var frx6i-ma5r mikill, ok for vel me6 siigur, Sturl. i. 9 ; J)ar
: mjiik tiifl uppi hiifS ok sagna-skemtan, Jsorf. Karl. ch. 7. II.
.reports; eigi veit ek um siigur slikar hvart satt er, Nj. 259; jar-
ir hans ur6u agsetar ok for sagan fyrir i hvert J)orp, Bias. 41 ; seg
ji , .^^u I pjjij yi_ 207 ; er y3r ^a eigi segjandz-saga til, (3. H. 206 ;
i)r a& segja sva hverja siigu sem hiin gengr, a saying, every saga
, .' told as it happened: — siinn saga, a true story; skriik-saga, lygi-
i,afable; daemi-saga, a parable; alfa-siigur, trolla-siigur, galdra-siigur,
! ^-manna sogur. compds : s6gu-b6k, f. a saga-book, volume
N Vm. 117 ; sogub6k forn, ok a margar sogur, Am. 42 ; Sturla
kinn huga a at lata rita sogubaekr, Sturl. ii. 1 23 ; J)essar siigubaekr,
aga, Olafanna siigur, Karlamagniis saga, Dipl. v. 18. s6gu-
a fragment. s6gu-efni, n. materials for a saga; ritum ver
.i fleira af, eru J)ar mikil soguefni, Sturl. iii. 291. s6gu-ligr,
rtb telling, important, tsl. ii. 360. s6gu-Ij63, n. pi. epic
iKr. (pref.) s6gu-nia3r, m. a szgi-man, Hom. 88 : the hero of
u«, Magn. 448 : one's authority for a report, til-greina sinn siigumann.
<!.i-meistaxi, a, m. a szga-masler, Faer., Bs. s6gu-s6gn, f. a tra-
I ms. viii. i. s6gu-J)di.ttr, m. an episode, Fas. i. 313.
ids-orS, n. = sagor6, D.N. ii. 119.
, a, m. moistness, dampness, freq. in mod. usage.
, a&, to saw or cut with a blunt instrument : metapb. to baggie.
.-ma3r, m. an historian, Sturl. i. 9 ; Josephus s., Stj.
i-meistari, a, m. an historian, Stj. 245.
i-skemtan, f., see saga, Sturl. i. 25, |jorf. Karl. ch. 7.
-•5, n. a saw, saying, N. G. L. i. 368.
A, a6, [siik; Ulf. sahan — fjAxtoGai, kmriftav, ga-saJian = i\(y-
\. S. iacan ; cp. sokn, ssekja, sekr] : — prop, 'to fight,' which remains
30. 2. to blame, Jind fault xuith ; saka sik um e-t, to blame
•ra thing, Nj. 20, Fms. xi. 2; sakask um e-t, to blame one another,
-5, Al. 8i ; |>orvaldr Ut ekki tjoa at sakask um verkit, Giiim.
p. the saying, tjair ekki a5 sakast um or6inn hlut, no use to cry
• -'ill milk; sakask vi6 e-n, to throw the blame thi, to scold. Mart. 1 21 ;
• '■:. saryr8um, to come to words, Ls. 5. 3. part. sakaSr, charged,
. GJ)1. 548 : in the phrase, sakadr ok sifja5r,/oc and friend, 14,
;: convicted, guilty, Fms. ix. 427. II. to hurt, harm,
\)eT skal ekki saka, Nj. 53 ; jarl kvaS J)at ekki saka mundu,
:o8 : impers., saka8i hann (ace.) ekki, Fms. i. 104 ; Skxita sakadi
■'-^l 295: sakaSr, hurt, wounded, Sturl. iii. 267; var ekki bor8
Imnaged) i skipi J)eirra, Ld. 76; mun ek giira ra8 fyrir svii at ekki
Knis. i. 189 ; Olafr kva8 ekki til mundu saka, Ld. 76. 2.
'^'■g' hygg ek okkr myni lilfa daemi, at ver skylim sjalfir um
that we should destroy one another like wolves, H8m. 30.
'- and saka-, for these compds see siik.
aki, a, m. a relation of a,slain person entitled to an additional
'fweregild, defined in N. G. L. i. 79, 185, and Grag. ii. 183; a
I'rother born of a bondwoman, a brother on the mother's side,
!'ather and grandson are so named, N, G. L. I.e., cp. also Grag.^
1. c, where the sakauki is opp. to the receiver of the hofud-baugr, Mk«
auka-b6t, f. compensation due to a %., N. G. L. i. 187.
sak-bitinn, part, guilty, Fms. vii. 135. 394, Ld, 336, 1»1. ii. 385,
O. H. 105, passim.
sak-b8Btr, f. pi. an additional penalty, fine, damages. Grig. ii. 87, 183,
N. G. L. i. 21, passim.
sak-eyrir, m. a fine, penalty, B». i. 36. Jb. 444 : eip. a fine due to the
king, the king's^scws ox privy pur se, Vn\%. iii. 16; konungi $., vii. 300:
= sakgildr eyrir, en khi haf6i geiigit $. »cm { koiiuiigs nial. viii. 270. By
the ancient law all transgressions of law were pmcthkblc with a fine to
the king.
sak-f6, n. = sakbaetr, N. G. L. i. 75.
sak-ferli, n. a lawsuit, action, Landn. 359, Oik. 36, R6tt. 5:»Mk-
ba;tr, D. N. passim.
sak-gildr, adj. current, as legal tender for a sakcyrir, Grie. ii, 187.
N.G.L. i. 228.
sak-geefr (sak-gBoflnn, Orkn. 308), adj. quarrehom:, offensive, Eb.
290. ,
sak-har3r, adj. severe, exacting, Finnb. 270, v. I.
saki, a, m. read sakni (?), Bs. i. 461.
sakka, u, f. [siikkva, cp. Germ, sink-blei], a plummet, Sks. 30.
sak-lau8S, adj. [Old Engl, sack-less; Dan. sagei-liis; Swcd. sacl-liis']: —
' sackless,' innocent, not guilty, esp. as a law term, Nj. I 75, Eg. 49, O. H.
32, Fms. i. 84, Sol. 6, passim in old and mod. usage; vera saklauss af
e-u, Mag. 60: neut. saklaust, without cause or reason, G\i\, 336: mod.
JiaS er s., it does no harm.
sak-leysi, n. the being not guilty; in old writers esp. used in phrases,
um (fyrir) szk\ey si, without due ground, without provocation, Nj. 270; faftir
hans sotti Hjalta um sakliiysi, Bs. i. 19 ; at eigi hafi um $. verit, |)ar sem
Gunnarr rauf saett vi8 J)a nafna, Nj. ic6; ekki gorfti KAri J)etta um $.,
hann er i iingum ssettum vi8 oss, 270; eigi er s. vi5 \>a, Fb. ii. 352;
fyrir s., Fms. i. 302; Olafr var eigi i s. vi8 Syja, O. H. L. 12; sumir
kalla at eigi si s. i, \)6tt . . ., Ld. 64. 2. innocence, passim,
sak-mdl, n. pi. a charge, lawsuit; hefja s. vid e-n, 677. 13.
sak-metinn, part. = sakgildr, Fms. vii. 300.
SAKNA, aS, [Dan. savne ; Swed. sakna^, to miss, feel the loss of,
with gen., Korm. (in a verse), {>kv. i, Gkv. 1. 9, "it. 22 ; sakna vinar i
stad, Fas. ii. 1 79 ; l)a saknar hann hringsins, Nj. 74 ; {>a var hans saknad,
Orkn. 150; hann sakna5i {)eirra um myrgininn, Fms. vi. 325, 0. H. 152,
and passim. 2. to miss, bewail, of the mind, passim in mod. usage.
saknaSr and sdknudr, m. sorrow for a lost thing, Skv. 3, 13, passim
in mod. usage.
sakni, a, m. a /oss, = siiknuSr, Fms. viii. 155, v. I., cp. Bs. i. 461.
sak-neemt, n. adj. liable to a charge, blamable, Grag. i. 337, Stj. 498 ;
eigi skal s. ^6 at menn bloti 4 laun, Fms. ii. 343 ; eiga s. vid e-n, Isl.
ii. 385-
sakrament, n. [eccl. Lat.], the sacrament, boly communion, H.E. i.
513, Pass., Vidal.
sak-rdd, n. pi. consultation in a lawsuit, Grag. i. II.
sak-rdfla, red, to tender advice in a suit, Grag. i. II.
sak-runar, f. pi. Runes causing strife, Hkv. 2. 32.
8ak-s6kiiir, f. pi. an action, lawsuit, Faer, 257, Sturl. i. 134, GullJ). 35,
Fms. vii. I42.
sak-seell, adj. lucky in lawsuits, Bjarn. 45.
sak-taka, tok, to convict, Lv. 96.
sak-tal (s6k-tal, N.G.L. i. 184, Fb. i. 56a), n. the law as to the
penalties (sakeyrir) due to the king; hann setti log . . . gorSi s. ok skipa&i
bdtum, Hkr. i. 72.
sak-tala, u, f. the tale of fines, = sikiz\, Grag. ii. 173.
sak-varr, adj. inoffensive, shunning strife, Bjarn. 51 ; thus written, and
not sattvarr (corrupt reading for sacvarr) as in the Edition.
sak-v6m (86k-v6rn, Nj. 232), f. a defence; peim manni cr hand-
selda s. hefir fyrir hann, Nj. I.e.: an excuse, exculpation, = ikikin, 655
xxvii. 2, Al. 75, Sks. 542.
SAIi, n. [Dan. salg; Swed. salu; Engl, sale], a sale, bargain; {)4 skal
hann sal taka, then he shall make the bargain, N. G. L. i. 75 ; taka 4 sal,
id., Js. 9 ; skyldi a J)essu vera J)riggja ara siil, a sale at three years' notice,
Dipl. iii. II ; til fyrsta sals, G\)\. 27 ; fyrir sal, be/ore the sale, Js. 8 ; selja
e-t solum, to put up to sale, Gr4g. ii. 368 ; fara at siilum, to go on sale,
205 ; at kaupum ok siilum. sala-steftoa, u, f. a ' sale-meeting,' auc-
tion, G{)1. 133, 183, Jb. 99.
sala, u, f. a sale; hafa siilur af e-m. Fas. iii. 91 ; varna e-m solu. Nj.
73, v.l. ; til siilu, on sale, for sale, N.G. L. i. 39; kar.p ok stilur, Sturl,
ii. 3. compds: sOlu-maflr, m. a seller, ilso a purchaser ; siilumann
l)ann cr ek hefi jiird selda, N. G. L. i. 88. sOlu-vdfl, f. a piece of
common stiff or cloth, for wadmal was the standard of payment; hann
kastaSi yfir sik siiluvaft, Sturl. iii. 112 ; siiluviiaar-brx»r, -kufl, -kyrtill,
Finnb. 216, Grett. 148, Nj. 32 ; unless the word in this usage be derived
from A. S. salow, Engl, sallow (?). sOlu-virSr, part, valued, H. E,
ii. 195.
' sal-dagi, a, m. the day of payment, D. N.
510
SALERNI— SAMBYGD.
salerni, n. [akin to salr], a privy, Ld. 208, Fb. i. 416, ii. 87, Sturl. i.'?'328. Fms. vii. 227, Am. 39, Dipl. v. 18, Horn. 139, Bs. passim;
118, f)i5r. 77, Jjjal. Jons. 51
sali, a, m. a seller, Jb. 56, 19 1.
sallaSr, m., ? = salli; |)at hygg ek at hann faeri ut 1 Karanes at biia
urn sallaS sinn, Sturl. iii. 141.
SAIjLI, a, m. dust ox refuse, e.g. of hay left in the crib by cattle;
hveiti-salli, Stj. ; drifu-salli, snow-dust. Snot 73.
SAXiK, m., gen. salar, dat. sal, plur. salir, ace. sali, [cp. Ulf. saljan =
IxivHV, and salipwos = ixovi), ^(via; A. S. selt&a ; Germ, saal ; Swed.-
Dan. saiy. — a saloon, ball; or J)eim sal, Vsp. (Hb.) 20; inn i sal, Hyni.
10; salar gafl, the house-front, 12, Vkv. 7, H5m. 32; salar steinar {the
pavement 9), Vsp. 5 ; endlangan sal, Vkv. 15 ; endlanga sali, Skm. 3 ; sali
fundu au6a, Vkv. 4 ; taug-reptan sal, Hm. 35 ; salr or guUi, ... sal sii hon
standa . . . sa salr, Vsp. 43, 44 ; i sal, Gkv. 2. 24, Gm. 14 : sali (ace. pL),
5, 6, 12, 16; skjoldum cr salr J)akidr, 9; okkarn sal, Skm. 16; til sala
viirra, Skv. 2. 13 ; kom hann at sal, Rm. 23 ; mi skinn sol I sali (ace. pi.),
Aim. 36; Suptungs salir, giant-hall, Hm. 104; i 06ins sali, Em. 2, 3 ;
Svolnis salr= Walhalla, Lex.Po3t. ; i lyda solum, in dwellings of men,
Skv. 2. 3 ; salr ausinn moldu, of a cairn, Fas. i. (in a verse) ; at mitt lik
ok J)itt vseri borit i einn sal, Edda (in a verse) ; disar-salr (q. v.), of a
temple: poet, compds, hjarta^salr, ^heart-hall;' salr J)indar, = ^/je 6reas/;
mergjar-s., ^marrow-ball,' i.e. the bone ; doma daemi-s,, ' speech-hall,' i.e.
the mouth, Eb. (in a verse) ; fjalla-s., hei5a-s., fell-ball, heath-hall, i. e. the
sky; grundar-s. = /ie earth; mana-s., 'moon-ball;' sular-s., 'sun-hall ;'
riidla-s., ' star-hall,' i.e. the heavenly vault. Lex. Poet. ; sanda-s., the sea, id. :
as also berg-s., fold-s., ha-s., heims-s., hregg-s., regn-s., the mountain-ball,
earth-ball, higb-hall, world-hall, tempest-hall, etc., i. e. the sky, id. ; drjiipan-
salr, 'dripping-hall,' i. e. the clouded sky, Aim.; dokk-s., 'dark-hall,' i. e.
the sea ; au&-s., 'treaszire-hall,' Fsm. II. in local names, Sal-angr,
Sal-bjom (an island), Upp-salir, Fen-salir, Fb. iii, Hkr., Edda : in pr.
names, of men, Sal-gar3r; of women, Sal-bj6rg, Sal-dis, Sal-ger3r,
Landn., Fb. iii. compds : sal-bjartr, m. the bright-hall, Yt. sal-
drott, f. household^folks, inmates, Hm. 100. sal-gar3r, m. the
wall, Vkv. 28. sal-gaukr, m. the ' hall-gowk,' a cock, gallus, Gs. 7.
sal-gofnir, m. = salgaukr, Hkv. 2. 47, Edda (Gl.) sal-hus, n. a
closet, Akv. 7. sal-konur, f. a housemaid, Skv. 3. 45, 48. sal-
kynni, n. pi. a home, homestead, Skm., Rm., Gm. sala-kynni, id.,
VJ)m. 3, ( = mod. hiisa-kynui.) sal-v6r3r, sal-v6r3u3r, m. a 'house-
ward,' porter, 'tt. sal-J)j63, f. domestics, Vkv. 20.
^S" This word with its compds is obsolete in old prose writers, and
only used in poets, for Edda 12 is a paraphrase from a poem.
salser, n. a salt-cellar, Dipl. iii. 4, 13.
SALT, n. [a word common to the Teut. as also the class, languages] :
— salt, Stj. 609 ; salt ok brau9, Fb. ii. 24, Pr. 470, passim ; distinction is
made between hvita-salt, white salt, Edda ii. 431, 515, and svarta-salt,
black salt, from sea-water, N. G. L. i. 39 : — of salt used for cattle, salt
skal hann eigi meira gora en hann t)arf at gefa biife sinu, id.:— the phrase,
leggja suk i salt, to shelve a case, Bs. i. 690 : the saying, i salti liggr sok
ef saekendr duga ; mi stendr skuld tuttugu vetr e3a tuttugu vetrum lengr,
t)a fymisk sii skuld fyrir viittum, enn hann ma koma honum til ei6a at
hvaru, t)viat i salti liggr sok ef saekiendr duga, N. G. L. i. 24 (GJ)1. 484,
Jb- 351)- In Norway and Icel. salt was chiefly procured by burning
seaweed, cp. ' brenndum briik a sandi,' . . . hinn l)r?6i var upp a berginu ok
brenndi J)ara, Frissb. 255 ; also from the sea, cp. {>orst. Si8u H. 177, ek
pottumk ganga til sjofar {)ar sem var saltsviaa mikil, ok J)6ttumk ek eta
gloanda salt ok drekka sjainu vi5. Such salt works are often mentioned,
see the compds below. For salt used in baptism, see geifla. II.
in local names, Salt-eyrr (Salt-eyrar-oss), Eb.; of the sea, Eystra-^
salt, the ' East-sea,' i. e. the Baltic, Fms. passim.
B. Compds : salt-belgr, m. a salt-bag, Vm. 29. salt-brenna,
u, f. a salt-burning. Fas. ii. 9 1 , 94. salt-bu3, f. a salt-booth, salt-shed,
GJ)1.37S. salt-ey3a,u,f. a nickname, Sturl. salt-fat, n. a sa//-i;a/,
Dipl. V. 18. salt-fjara, u, f. a 'salt-beach,' where salt is burned, re-
corded as belonging to a church ; kirkja a sahfjoru i Gautavik, Vm. 155.
salt-g6r3, f. salt-making, salt-works, Landn. 131. salt-h.ola, u, f.
a salt-pit, Sturl. i. 6 r. salt-holmr, m. a ' salt-holm,' v. 1. salt-
karl, m. a salt-carle, one who burns salt, as the humblest and poorest
occupation. Eg. 14, Fms. vi. 9, Fas. ii. 499, D. N. ii. 292, v. 286 : a salt-
boiler, salt-vat, Am. 35 (cp. jarnkarl, skeggkarl). salt-ketill, m. a
sail-kettle, G{)1. 378, D.N. ; saltketils sat or setr, salt-works, D.N. pas-
sim, salt-korn, n. a ' salt-corn,' grain of salt, Vigl. 63 new Ed.
salt-kross, m. a cross-shaped salt-cellar, used in church at baptisms,
Pm. 120. salt-ma3r, m. = saltkarl, Fms. vi. 7. salt-sa3, n. a
nickname, Fb. iii. salt-steinn, m. salt-stone, Stj. 123. salt-
svi3a, u, f. =saltbrenna, Anal.
salta, u, f. salt-water, pickle ; kirkjan a (owns) d Steins-myri tuttugu
skjolur scJltu, Vm. 172.
salta, a3, to salt, pickle, Lv. iii ; saltaSr hvalr, Dipl. iii. 4; saltafl
flesk. Art. 24, passim.
saltan, f. a salting, pickling, D.N. ii. 93
saltan, psaltari, a, m. [eccl. Lat.], a psalter, esp. the Psalms, Ld.j^ sam-bygS, f. = sambud, Stj. 367
skra, Jm. 25, Pm. 24, Dipl. v. 12 ; saltara ttiturr. Am. 91
salterjum, m. [Gr. fakT'^piov], a psaltery, Fms. vii. 97, Fas. iii ;q.
saltr, adj., solt, salt: — salt, Sks. 628, Edda 4, 79 (where stithe
myth how the sea became salt), passim, brim-saltr, adj. salt as w,-
u-salir.
saliin, m. [for. word], a kind of stuff, H.E., D. N., Vm., Am.
SAM-, a prefixed particle in compds [cp. samr], signifying cojlna-
tion, not used singly.
SAMA, pres. samir ; pret. sam5i; pres. subj. sami ; pret. sem3i;!in.
saniat, Al. 125; with suffixed neg. samir-a, it befits not, Hkr. 54,
Isl. ii. 253 (in a verse) ; other tenses are taken from soma or saemaJv.;
[akin to sam] : — to beseem, befit, become; e-t samir vel, ilia . . ., i\fii,
well, ill; or also, e-m samir e-t vel, ilia..., it becomes one we,\ll;
sem {)eim sami (subj.) J)at sizt, at . . ., Ld. 264; eigi samir J)er l>;'Ui.
ii. 242 ; samir Jjer J)at ilia at veita mer litnileik, Fms. i. 50, 6. H ifi.
sem J)er semdi bezt, Fms. vi. 150; samir ^at eigi, xi. 123; hittii;:
OSS ilia sama, vi. 260; mart ferr mi annan veg en bezt mundi sa i •,.
76 ; svort eru augun, systir, ok samir J)at eigi, it does not lool dl,
Korm. 20; veittu alia j)j6nustu Jia er sam3i, Fms. x. 149, Skv. ,
J)ann umbuna5 er g63um monnum sem5i, Fms. v. 94 (s6m3i,
224, I.e.); sva samdi Kristi at lata pinask, Hom. (St.) Luke xxi ;6:
liita ser e-t sama, to put up with a thing, Sks. 476: sama ser, t\\ok
well; mundi Gu5run ekki t)urfa at falda sik til at sama betr en rar
konur, Ld. 210 ; Hallger6r sat a palli ok sam3i ser vel, Nj. 25 ; ek
sja hvernig {xir sami skyrtan, how it fits thee. Fas. ii. 201 ; veiztii ar.
konung t)ann er jafn-vel sami ser i herkla;6um sem ek ? Karl. 466.
saman, adv. [sanar], but with a gen. form in til samans : — /o;' r,
lifa, koma, vera, biia, hafa, eiga . . . saman, to live, come, be, dwell, :■•-.
own . . . together, passim : nokkurir s.. Eg. 593 ; allir s., all to: a;
II, Grag. i. 143, 6. H. 40; allt s., the whole; ba6ir s., both to; er.
Hom. Ill; helmingr s., half each, Grag. ii. 152 ; ileiri s., the ma ty,
i. 57 ; einn s., one alone. Eg. 755 ; honum einum s., Nj. 265 ; han na
s., 1 29 ; J)rir, fjurir . . . saman, three, four . . . together, Fms. viii. 34 z\.
22 new Ed.; sma-saman, by degrees, Hav. 45; ko.lum s., piec, a!
f)6r9. 62; mtirgum monnum s., in groups, Fb. ii. 185; ri31uni ■.
small groups, Fms. viii. 124, v. 1. ; fa6m s., Grag. ii. 336, Jb. 21
samans, together, Bs. i. 68, Sks. 367, passim in mod. usage. co
sanian-balla3r, part, balled-together, Karl. 124. saman-bl
ning, f. a mixture, Stj. saiiian-bur3r, m. compilation, H
584: mod. comparison, collation. saman-draga, drog, to ^
together, Bs. i. 134. saman-dr^ttr, m. a contraction, gath
O. H. L. saman-eiga, u, f. a conflict, Stj. 523, Bs. ii. 139, 'itt
90 A. saman-h.la3miig, f. compilation, Skaida 188, 192. sai n-
lesa, las, to compile, Vh. iii. 237. saman-lestr, m. a colh n.
Skaida 212: compilation, H. E. i. 5S4. saman-liming, i. ■■
glutihation, Skaida 177. saman-lostning, f. a collision, S ;.
183. saman-neyta, t, = samneyta, K. A. 226. saman-s a,
a3, to gather together : reflex, to come together. saman-safnar r,
adj. collective, Skaida 191. sainan-sainna3r, ni. a gatberi'. -
gether, Sturl. i. 156 C. saman-setning, f. composition, Skald. ;.
saman-skrifa, a6, to compose, write, Landn. (App.)
sam-arfl, a, m. a co-heir.
sam-band, n. a connexion, Stj. 33, Nj. 49, K. A. 104, 116, Sks.
a league, Nj. 86, Ld. i66, Fms. vii. 280, Mar. passim. samba:
menn, m. pi. confederates, Stj. 261.
sam-beit, f. a joint-pasture, Grag. ii. 287, Vm. 18, Dipl. iii. 8. |
sain-bj63a, bau6, to be equal to, Fb. i. 310; sambo6it e-m, why
of one. I
sam-bland, n. a mixing together, intercourse. Fas. i. 41 1, Bar5. ^
Fms. vi. 123, Bs. ii. 46.
sam-blanda, a3, to blend together, mingle, Bs. ii. 81, El. 13.
sam-blandan, f. = sambland, Stj. 21.
sam-blandinn, part, blended, mixed, Stj. 7, 97, Fas. iii. 113, Eluc.
sam-bMsa, bl^s, to conspire, Bs. ii. 72.
sam-blastr, m. a conspiracy, H. E. i. 507, Ann. 1360, Bs. i. 831, j-
sainborgar-ma3r, m. a citizen, Stj. 9. j,
sam-borinn, part, born of the same parents, Stj. 217, Hkr. iii. %
Fb. i. 78. I
sam-breyskingr, m. [brjosk], ' hotch-potch,' e. g. fat and lean toge ^
sani-br63ir, m. a confrere, esp. oi friars, Fms. vi. 28, D. N. |
sam-brynn, adj. one whose eyebrows meet above the nose; no evil s 'i
it was thought, dared face a man ' with meeting eyebrows,' Isl. |>j"
sam-bundinn, pzrt. joined, strung together, Stj. 602.
sain-bur3r, m. a collection, mod. collation, comparison, s&tab''
ar-6l, n. a kind of symposium or picnic, to which guests brought ,'
own provisions, Fms. vii. 190, 303, 0. H. 151, N. G. L. i. 6.
sam-bTi3, f. a dwelling together, cohabitation, N. G, L. i, Bs. 1. '•
Stj. 21,195, 247.
sam-bu.na3r, n. = sambu3, N. G. L. i. 239.
SAMBYLI— SAMLAG.
511
iam-b^li, n. having a farm in common. samb;^lis-ina3r, m.
jtambaeri-ligr, adj. comparable, Barl. 98, 136.
iani-dau3i, in. clea/b at the same time ; at ykkar ver3i s., Grett. 144.
lam-dauni, adj. smelling alike; s. vi3 annarra syndir, Horn. 54:
inn cr orSinii {)vi samdauna, be is come to smell like the rest, only in a
id sense.
lam-doma, adj. of one mind; ver3a, vera s., to agree, Lv. 46, Grug.
107, N. G. L. i. 124.
lam-drdttr, m. a gathering, Sturl. ii. 191, Stj. 647, Barl. 120.
■•"-droginn, part, lined all over, Fms. ii. 278, vi. 358.
ilrykkja, u, f. a symposium, Fnis. i. 280, Grett. 86 A, Stj. 418.
-daegris, adv., or sam-dsegrs, Grag. ii. 32, which also is the mod.
sam-d8Bgnis, O. H.L. 121, N. G. L. i. 159, ii. 501, [daegr, dxgn]:
:7 Ihssamed3:gx{c[.v.), GJ)1. 140, Fb. ii. 28, Stj. 34, Fs. 153, Grag.
am-eiga, u, f.joint-possession ; samcigu-ma5r, a joint-possessor, D. N.
lam-eiginlega, adv. in common, Stj., Mar.
-eiginligr, adj. common, Stj. 8, 75,-223, Fms. ii. 226, Skalda 185.
eiginn, adj. common, Stj. 403, Al. 154, Bs. ii. 17, Fms. ii. 199,
v-^-eign, f. dealings, conflict, Jight, Odd. 14, Grett. 115, Fbr. 161,
s. i. 424, Fs. 7> 156 : commtmion, Horn. (St.)
im-eilifr, adj. co-eternal, Greg. 19.
im-eina, a6, to unite : sam-eining, f. unity.
im-eldi, n. a living together, Horn. 93.
un-erf 5, f. a joint inheritance.
im-erflngi, a, m. a co-heir, Fms. i. 281, MS. 623. 28, Eluc.
""-fagna, a9, to rejoice ivitb another, Stj. 9, 52, 245, 426.
ragna3r, m. a rejoicing, Fms. ii. 135.
.-j.-fallinn, Y'^tX. fitted, meet, Str. 8.
jiin-fang, n. marriage, N.G. L. i. 230.
im-fara, adj. travelling together, Eb. 306.
-fastr, adj. /as/ together, joined, contiected, Stj. 307, 0^)1.459,
i. 153: sam-fast, adv. continuously; J)rju sumur samfost, Grag.
lau daga samfast, 623. 18; mxla samfast vi& e-n, 0. H. 71 : \>eiT
ki samfast, Fms. vii. 264; hvart sem hann liggr samfast e&r eigi,
» g. 1. 156; Jieir f6rumjok samfast, Fms. viii. 218; roa s., Hkr. ii.49.
|,m-feddr, adj. = samfe9ra, N.G. L. i. i86 ; Astrid var samfedd vi6
I it 6;amla, Fagrsk. loi ; fra samfaeddum braeSrum, G{)1. 53, 215.
fe3ri (-feSra), adj. having the same father, Fms. iii. 79 ; br63ir
\\ s., Grag. i. 170; Hkr. iii. 27; af samfe3rum systrum komnir,
•yi ; hon var eigi samfe3ra vid Magnus konung, Fms. vi. 57 ; hon
nftSra vid Flosa, Nj. 147; eru vit samfe5ri brse3r, Fms. ix. 246;
s Kin hvert samfe3ra, N. G. L. i. 48.
Ini-f61ag, n. fellowship, company, Fms. i. 221.
m-f61agi, a, m. a co-partner, Fms. ii. 122, Mar.
tn-fella, u, f. a joint, juncture : — continuity, tva daga 1 samfellu.
tn-felldr, pzvt.joined together, composed, Skalda 161,168: continuous.
m-felling, f. a joint, Str. 4.
m-fenginn, part, whole, entire, Grag. ii. 362, Stj. 438, 456, D.N.
tn-ferda, adj. travelling together.
tn-festiliga, adv. jointly, Stj. 60, 246.
m-festing, f. a fastening together, Stj. 307, Skalda 203.
3a-Q6r3ungs, adv. within the same quarter, Grag. i. 1 50.
n-fleytt, n. adj.; fara s., to travel together, Fms. ix. 382 : unin-
ipted, in succession, one after another. Fas. ii. 445, GJ)1. 180, 284.
n-flot, n. a fleet sailing together, Fms. vii. 286, 310. 2. a sail-
together; hafa, halda s., Fms. i. 153, viii. 213, Eg. i 26, Landn. 34.
a-floti, a, m. = samflot; fram fra samflotanum. Eg. 355 ; halda,
samflota, Dropl. 5, Grett. 86.
ii-fiindr, m. a meeting, interview, Sks. 277.
a-fylgS, i. fellowship, accompaniment.
a-fylliligr, adj. complete, Skalda 178.
ti-feerr, adj. runnitig along luith ; skip samfaert i r63ri, Fms. viii.
agreeing, ii. 263, Rb. 516, Al. 95, Clar. 131.
a.f6r, f., esp. in pi. samfarar, a travelling together, Grag. i. 405 :
'rriage, maela til samfara vi3 konu, to court, Fs. 1 28, Ld. 302 ; J)a
ir fjiirbaugs-gard samforin, Grag. i. 309; samfor J)eirra, Bret.:
/life, s. t)eirra var g63, Ld. 138 ; hvart samfarar Jjeirra vaeri lengri
mri, 132 : intercourse, Isl. ii. 382 ; vinveittar samfarar, Skalda
1 samfiirum oUum, Grett. 165 new Ed., Fs. 121.
7.-ganga, u, f. a 'going together,' esp. of different flocks grazing
her, Grag. i. 423.
i-gangr, m. a going together, conflict, fight, Glum., Edda 42 : co-
ition, marriage, 21, Stj. 196 ; s. hjona, Grag. i. 277 ; gora samgang
to marry, Fms. ii. 130, N. G. L. ii. 373, Fas. ii. 400 : intercourse,
ii. 117.
i-gengt, n. adj. ; eiga s., to have a cornmon pasture, Grag. i. 423 B.
i-geta, gat, to beget with. Bad. 183.
gjarna, adv. equally willingly, Fms. iii. 45.
^-gledjast, dep. = samfagna.
grei3sla, u, f. a contribution, N. G. L.
gr6a, grori, to grow fast to, Mar.
sam-hald, n. a holding together, unify, Fmi. vi. 286.
sam-haldinn, part, continuous, B$. ii. 66, 156.
sam-harma, a3, to have compaction on, sympaibiu with, B». i. 166, 1 70.
sam-harman, f. companion. Mar.
sam-heiti, a. a common name, Edda.
aam-heldi, n. a league, alliance, Knu. v. 104. ix. 344, 395, 401.
sam-henda, u, f., or sara-hending, f. a metre with the iame rbymn
repealed, e.g. w'rdandi gtfr virdxxm, Edda (Ht.) 133. 2. in mod,
usage it is a kind of memorial verses strung together, e.g. the sam-
hendur of Hallgr. Petrsson in Snot (1866).
sam-hendr, adj. [heiiding], composed in the metre samhenda, Edda
'33- II- [hiind], harmonious, of two men that work well
together.
sam-h^raSs, adv. within the same district, GrAg. i. 239, Ld. 330.
sara-hlaup, n. a concourse, riot, Rett,
sam-hlaupa, adj. leaping together, Fb. ii. 235.
sam-hlaupask, dep. to join in a riot, Bs. ii. 67.
sam-hlida, adj. side by side.
sain-.h]j63, n. a consonant, Skalda 162.
sain-h.lj63a, adj. concordant.
sam-hlj6flan, f. consonance, harmony, Skdlda 173, Stj. 45.
sam-hlj63andi, part, consonant, Edda 121, Skalda 161.
sam-hljddr, adj. concordant, Mag. 2.
sam-hringing, f. the pealing with two bells together, the third and last
peal before service.
sam-hringja, d, to peal with two or more bells; var samhringt ct
J)ri3ja sinn, Hom. 69, Bs. i. 847, Mar.
sam-hringja, u, f. a kind of bell, Bs. i. T32.
sam-huga (sam-hugi), adj. of one mind, agreeing, Fms. ii. 137, vi.
263, Gnig. i. 377, Fs. 29, Bs. i. 107, Fs. 29.
sam-hugi, a, m. concord, agreement, Fms. iii. 85.
sam-huss, adv. in the same house, Horn. 127.
sam-hvfla, u, f. a common bed, K. Jj. K. 1 2.
sam.-hyggja, hug6i ; s. e-m, to be of one mind with, agree with : sam-
liyggendr, part, pi., Gh. 5, MS. 677. 11.
sami, a, m. conciliation ; koma saina a me8 J)eim, to reconcile them,
Faer. 127. 2. honour; tapa sama sinum, Faer. 410. 3. a due; fa sinn
sama, Fms. vi. 20; sem ek hafda fcing a ok ^inn var sami til, Barl. 66;
J)at er ekki sami, 'tis not beseeming, Fbr. 81 new Ed. sama-stadr,
m. ; J)a3 er g63r samastadr.
sam-jafn, adj. equal to, Fms. i. 122, vi. 344; li-s., unequal, Fs. 33.
sam-jafna, a6, to compare : reflex, to emulate, Fms. viii. 240, v. I.
sam-jafnan, f. comparison, Hom. (St.), SkAlda 185.
sam-jafnanligr, adj. = Lat. comparandus, Skalda 185.
samka, a6, [Dan. sanke'\, to gather, collect, of money, with ace, Stj.
99, V. 1., Hom. 151 ; la;tr hann s. feit i einn sta&, Bs. ii. 35 : with dat.,
s. penningum, i. 710 (Ed. sumka wrongly); samka upp, to pick up,
Hom. 117 : reflex, samkask, Barl. 51 ; see sanka.
sam-kaupa, adj. agreeing in a bargain, Jb. 377.
sam-keuning, f. a common epithet, Skalda 193.
sam-keypi, n. a bargain, Grett. 94 A, Fms. ii. 96, R6m. 134.
sam-koma, u, f. = samkvama, Sks. 171 new Ed., Barl. 196.
sam-kristinn, adj. a fellow Christian, Jb. 361.
sam-krcekja, t, to hook together, Finnb. 284.
sam-kund, f. [koma], =samkunda, G^\. 431, Str. 31, Barl. 36; sam-
kundar-iJl, N. G. L. i. 409.
sam-kvtnda, u, f. ajeast, banquet. Am. i, Sturl. iii. 183, Fms. vi. 441,
xi. 109, Finnb. 276, O. T. 24, Fb. i. 564, GJ)!. 200, Sks. 356, Hom. 16,
Greg. 28 ; samkunda-hus, a banquet'ball. Mar. ; fagnaBr, -for, Th. 27,
Greg. 29 ; samkundu vitni, a wedding witness, Js. 62 ; in old writers
always in this sense. 2. mod. a Synagogue, N. T., Vidal. passim,
sam-kvdma, u, f. (mod. sam-koma), a meeting, assembly. Grig. i.
165, 456, K. {>. K. 142, Fms. ii. 225, x. 393 (of a wedding), Sks. 785 :
a collision, Skalda 173. compds : samkvdmu-lag, n. an agreement,
Jb. 361. 8amkvimu-ma3r, m. a kind of umpire, a member of a
meeting, Grag. i. 457, K. Jj. K. 146. samkvdmu-mdl, n. a discus-
sion ; hann kom seint ok var lokit ollum sanikvamumalum, the debate
was closed, Lv. 76 : a stipulation, afbrigd sanikvamumala. Grig. i. 457,
458.
sam-kv8B3i, n. [kve8a], consent, Grag. i. 2, 39, Nj. 333, Fms. v. 70
|)i3r. 183, isl. ii. 361.
sam-kvee3r, adj. concordant, Edda 1 24 (ii. 603).
sam-kv80ind, f. a coincidence, congruity, Edda 315.
sam-kvsBmi, n. a meeting, feast.
sam-kv8Dmiligr, adj. congruous, Stj. 3o: meet, due, u-samkv«miligT.
sam-kv£emni, f. congruity, agreement; 6-samkvaEmni, discordance.
sam-kvajmr, adj. congruous, agreeing, coincident; o-samkvsemr.
sam-kynja, adj. of the same kind, Stj. 254; 6-samkynja.
sam-kynnis, adv. at the same home. Valla L. 205.
sam-lag, n. a lying together, fellowship, partnership; binda, gora s. sitt.
Eg. 9, Fms. i. 314, Stj. 107 ; s. fjdr, Grug. i. 236; taka c-n til samlags.
512
SAMLAGA— SAMSKAPA.
Fms. vi. 183 : a share, jofn samlog, an equal share, Dipl. ii. i ; j6r6 me6
ollum gaeSum, samlijgum ok itiJlum, id. 2. cohabitation, matrimony,
Fms. xi. 310, Stj. 36; eiga s. vi6 konu, Fms. xi.3J^5 ; sauruligt s., vi. 123;
hon hafna5i samlagi bonda sins, 656 B. 8, Fas. iii. 61 ; nauSga henni til
samlags, Fms. i. 225; hjiiskapar s., Stj. 426. 3. communion; i
samlagi Kristinna manna, Fms. x. 242 ; veilir Gu6 J)eim s. engla sinna
ok allra heilagra, 656 C. 34; i samlagi godra manna, Fs. 54; bi6ja sam-
lags, 120; e6r hvert s. hefir Ij6si5 vid myrkrin, 2 Cor. vi. 14.
sam-laga, a5, to join, unite, Stj. 573, Fms. ii. 241 : reflex, to join one-
self to, 41 : in mod. usage, to assimilate.
sam-laga, u, f. a laying of ships together for battle ; blasa skipi til sam-
liigu, Fms. ii. 306, viii. 135.
sam-lagari, a, m. a companion. Mar.
sam-lagning, f. [leggja], addition, (mathem.)
sam-landi, a, m. afellow-coxintryman, Fms. i. 275, vii. 33.
sam-leggja, lagSi; s. ser konu, to cohabit, Stj.
saiu-leid, f., in the phrase, eiga s., to travel in the same direction, so
as to be able to join, Jb. 13.
sam-lendr, adj. living in the same country; Gizurr var eigi s. Jia er
fa6ir bans andaSisk, Bs. i. 66 ; ef '^tir vaeri samlendir, if they happened
to live in the same country, Fms. v. 314; ef ^eir Ufa ok eru samlendir,
Grag. ii. 126, Bjarn. 5, Isl. ii. 386, Fg. 60: a fellow-countryman. Germ.
lands-mann, J)u ert Jjeim s., Fms. i. 284 ; hinn nanasti niSr s. ok arfgengr,
Grag. ii. 67, cp. the pun in Ld. ch. 59, 65.
sam-lengd, f. =jafnlengd, K. f>. K. 42.
sam-litr, adj. of the same colour, Lv. 29.
sam-liking, f. coinparison.
sam-likja, t, to compare : reflex, to imitate, emulate, Stj.: pass, to he
compared with.
sam-likr, adj. lihe, resembling one another, Rd. 255, Karl. 308.
sam-liming, f. conglutination, Skalda.
sam-lokur, f. pi. a pair of shells fastened together.
sam-lyndi, f. concord, oneness of mind.
sam-lyndr, adj. of one mind, Fms. vii. 140, Bias. 44, Bs. ii. 75.
sam-lasgis, adv. side by side, in the same berth, of ships, D. N.
sam-leeti, n., in the phrase, gora e-m e-6 til samlsetis, to make one of a
company.
sam-mdla, adj. agreeing : in the allit. phrase, sattir ok s., Grag. ii.
171, Isl. ii. 381, Grett. 165 new Ed.
sam-mdttugr (-mdttuligr), adj. sharing in power, Barl. 28, 100, 113.
sam-mseSr (-maeddr), adj. of the same mother, Nj. 2, Landn. 272,
GJ)1. 243, Fagrsk. loi, Stj. 188 ; cp. samfe6r.
sam-maeSra (-msaSri), adj. = sammae9r, N. G. L. i. 185, Grag. i. 170,
Fms. V. 93, vii. 177, Landn. 88.
sam-mselask, t, dep., in the phrase, s. a e-t, to be of one mind in a
matter, to agree in a thing, Nj. 86 : J)eir s6g6usk hafa sammaelzk a J)at,
at . . ., Fs. 128 : to fix an interview, i J)at sama rj63r sem J)au hofSu
sammaelzk. Fas. ii. 201.
sam-mseli, n. an agreement, Bs. i. 773, Finnb. 220, Rett. 73, D.N.
samua, a9, also spelt safna, and so in mod. usage, [saman ; cp. Germ.
sammehi], to gather, collect, with dat., and so in mod. usage ; samna
Niflungum, Akv. 17 ; s. H8i, Eg. 9 ; s. herli9i, 10 ; s. her, Fms. i. 12 ; s.
geldfe, Eg. 740, 741 ; f)eir s6fnu6u at ser monnum, Nj. 23 ; var vi3ar
safna t, Eg. 32 : metaph., samna skrokvi, to put together slander. Lex.
Poet. : with ace, samna mikinn her, Fms. x. 337 ; s. saman mikit folk,
289 ; s. lis nakkvat, xi. 27 ; hann samnar Jiat ok saman dregr, Stj. 99 ;
saman samnandi tyndar J)j6&ir, 402. II. reflex, to gather toge-
ther; J)eir samnaSusk saman, Fms. i. 136; siifnuQusk {)eir saman. Eg.
69; honum samnask lito'.uligr herr, Al. 17; \}a, er Pali J)6tti safnask
(increase) fjarhlutr sa, Bs. i. 135.
samnaSr, safnaSr, s6fnu3r, m. a gathering, host; gora samna5, to
gather men, Fms. ix. 359, v. 1. ; rjufa samnaS, Eg. 58 ; kom ^ar safnaSr
nokkurr moti honum, Fms. vi. 406 ; var J)ar fyrir samnaSr ok herhlaup,
O. H. 88; samna5ar-61, sambur6ar-61, 6. T. 24; Hggja 1 safna6i, Fms.
vii. 294, X. 344 ; safna6ar ma9r. Fas. ii. 480. 2. a congregation ;
er hann tekinn i brae6ra samna6. Mar. ; berr sva til at nokkurr af
samna5inum gorir confessionem, id.: in mod. usage sofnuSr, but gen.
safnaOar, eccl. a congregation, worshippers, N. T., Vidal. passim.
sam-nafni, a, m. a namesahe, Sighvat, Finnb. 350.
samnan, f. a gathering, Stj. 52, Hom. 140.
sam-neyta, t ; s. e-m, to sit at table, have intercourse with. Mar.,
K.A. 222, 224, 228, Fms. i. 272; hvarigir vildu oftrum s. Kristnir
menn eSa heiSnir, Bs. i. 41 ; s. bannsettum monnum, 490 ; s. vi5 e-n,
id., 489.
sam-neyti, n. communion, intercourse, Hom. 141, Bs. i. 490, Eg. 265 ;
kristilegt s., Fms. xi. 442 ; s. heilagra, the communion of saints, Hom.
100, in the Creed, passim : participation, Grag. i. 70.
sam-neyting, f. a holding intercourse with, Bs. i. 490.
sam-neyzla, u, f. = samneyting, Anecd. 26.
samning, f. [semja], an agreement, treaty, Sturl. ii. 173; samningar-
madr, a trusty man, one true to bis word, Ld. 116.
&
samningr, m. a mediation, Faer. 244: an agreement, Fb. i. 512, H.
i. 406 : of a written deed, Bs. i. 735, and in mod. usage.
samn-rof, n. a congregation, Edda 108.
sam-okan, f. to express the gramm. term conjugation, Skalda l8j.
sam-pfnask, d, to have compassion upon, H.E. i. 410, Bs. i. 3381
sam-pining, f. compassion, Th. 25, Stj. 155, Bs. ii. 90.
SAMR, adj., som, samt. The definite weak form (sami, sama, san
pi. stimu) has so far prevailed that the indefinite form chiefly remains
peculiar phrases, but not throughout the cases, gen. sams, sams daer
Am. 21 ; sams misseris, Gkv. 1.9; sams konar (but rare) ; sams htra
Grag. i. 92. 152 : dat. sing. fem. samri (me6 samri grein), Dipl. v. 2
ace. sing. fem. sama, in the phrase, i sama saeing, see below : plur. sani
Bs. ii. 41 ; som laun, Clar. ; neut. samt, samt lag, Fms. xi. 55 ; but e;
as adverb, see below : but the ace. sing. masc. saman, ace. pi. san
samar, gen. samra scarcely occur : even at the present day the indef. no:
is used only in peculiar phrases, thus nattiiran er som a6 sja, Eggei
samr og jafn ; so also in the instances where samr means agreein
the indef. form only is used : [in Ulf. only the indef. form remains, sai
= 0 avTus; Dan. -Swed. sajMwa; Engl, same; Old Engl, (and in Spensi
sam ; but not in A. S. ; same in English is therefore a borrowed Noi
word, see Grimm's Gramm. iii. 4, 5, and Mr. Earle's Philol. of the Eu
Tongue ; akin are Lat. simul and similis, Gr. afxa and uixoios.']
B. The same; the def. form is used both with and without t
preceding article (inn in it) ; enna somu, Grag. i. 92 ; i sama hii
329; ens sama konar, Skalda 165; J)at sama, Fms. xi. 68; va
honum opt sama a munni. Fas. iii. 198; i sama staS, Fms. x. 13
sami ok i kveld, Grett. 98 A ; sa er ma5r enn sami, Fbr. 38 ; ha
var samr i bo3um sinum, the same, unaltered, Sturl. ii. 254; m>
samri grein, likewise, Dipl. v. 21 ; komask i samt lag, to become as I
fore, Fms. xi. 55 ; sva for sem samt s(S, it turned out the same way, F;
i. 128 ; enn er samt sem fyrra dag, Fms. vii. 146 ; enn er samt um vii
uefnit, ii. 51 ; samr hiti er J)ar jafnan, Al. 50; som erfi5is-laun, Ch
samir a svorum, Bs. ii. 41 ; at somu, likewise, all the same, Hom. ;
Gp\. 405 ; it sama, the same, likewise, Hom. 27, 75, VJ)m. 20, Gm. 1
sva it sama, Isl. ii. 341 : with dat., kom Gu5run eigi si3an i sa;
rekkju Olafi, Hkr. i. 275 ; hvila i sama saeing konu, to cohabit, Grag.
329; kom hon aldri i sama saeing Arngrimi, she forsook him, nei
shared bed with him afterwards, Gltim. 374; i sama hiisi konu \it\r
Grag. i. 314; ma6r er moldu samr, Sol. 47. II. agreeing, w
ling, of one mind ; sem sex skynsamir menn verSa samir a, G^l. 46.
a&r hon telisk som at Ija vapn, Fsm. 31 ; ek em samr at semja sven
leik, Draum.; seggr var8 samr at {)iggja baetr, Sturl. (in a verse); hai
var samr um y6ra fer9, Fb. i. 19; ek hefi verit avalt lisamr (imwUlin^
at eiga hlut i stormalum, Sturl. iii. 7 ; samr a sattir, to have a viii
to peace, Jd. 23 : worthy, sHkt em ek samr at raeJa of {)ik, Likn. 4
ti-samr e-s, averse to, Merl. 2. 2 ; hjalm-s., behelmed. Lex. Poet. II
samt, adv. continuously, together ; viku alia i samt, Clem. 48 ; atta-ti
daga i samt, Bret. 50 ; fjorum sinnum i samt, Rb. 568 ; sjau vetr u
samt, Sks. I13 B : allir samt, all together, Fms. ii. 261, [Old Engl, a!
somen'] ; 611 samt, 656 A. i. 2 ; ollum samt, Fms. i. 15 ; allt samt U"'
tigir ok atta, Dipl. v. 18; ba3ir samt, bx&i samt, Nj. iii, Isl. ii. :!
(v. 1.), Fms. ii. 49; einn samt, alone, ix. 25, (Germ, einsam); fyrir sjom:
einni samt, Edda 28 : yet, all the same. Fas. i. 443 (paper MS.), freq.
mod. usage = Germ. zwar.
C. -samr, -samligr, as inflex. suffix, like Engl, -some, as in gloi
S07ne, etc., see Gramm. p. xxxiii. (col. 2. VL)
sam-rd3a, adj. of one counsel, united, Bragi, Eluc. 39, Fms. iii. n
Stj. 550.
sam-r&Sit, part. ; hafa s. e-t, to take counsel together, Isl. ii. 344.
sam-reid, f. a riding together, 655 xxv. 2.
sam-reki, a, m. a common jetsum, Grag. ii. 365, Vm. 156, 159.
sam-rekkja, t, to share a bed toith, Fms. ix. 230, Clar.
sam-rennandi, part, running together, Rb. 232.
sam-r6tti, n. a using folds, pastures (rett) together, N. G. L. iii. 35, 3'
sam-riddari, a, m. a fellow knight, 623. 32, Rom. 116.
sam-rikja, t, to rule i?i common with, Faer. 137.
sam-ryndr, adj. [run], intimate, friendly.
sam-raeSi, n. confidence, Sks. 358, Str. II. carnal intercoiir^
Hkr. i. 102, Stj. 318, 540.
sam-rseSur, f. pi. conversation, Barl. 93, freq. in mod. usage.
sam.-sd,ttr, adj. concordant, Landn. 333, Sks. 300.
sam-setja, t, to connect, Skalda 167, Bs. ii. ill ; samsett tala, « W*j
pound figure, Alg. 356: to compose, of writing, Fb. iii. 248, Stj. 55 1
Vm. 123. I
sam-setning, f. composition, Skalda 174. |
sam-si3i, qs. samsinni, a, m. a companion, Stj. 51. j
sam-sinna, t, with dat. to consent. , !
sam-sinni, n. company, fellowship, Hom. (St.), Stj. 521 ; ok flyoi aU:
s. {)eirra, 655 x. I : observance, hly3ni ok s., 677. 4 : consent, (mod.)
sam-sida, adj. = samhli&a.
L sam-skapa, adj. of one mind, Slurl. i. 94, v. 1.
SAMSKARA— SANDLO.
513
uiu-skara, a8, [skor], to join boards; skipit varft mjok samskarat '?' 209 ; kalladi miklu bctri J)eirra samvittu en at hon «tti »v4 eanilan
hi botiiiiin, Fms. viii. 196; see skara.
kam-skipa, adj. sailing in the same ship, Griig. i. 216, Fbr. 53.
-skulda, adj. balancing, of accounts; J)ad er s., making accounts
. I'nis. ii. 246, Fas. iii. 86.
am-slags, adv. of the same hind, (mod.)
ams-ma3r, in. [samr B. II], a peaceful man, 6. H. 92.
ain-stafa, u, f. a syllable, Edda (Ht.) 120, Skiilda 174, 178.
am-stafan, sam-st6fun, f. = sanislata, Skalda 167, Edda 120.
am-stafligr, adj. belonging to a syllable, Skalda 180.
am-staft, n. adj. all of one burden; mjok mun J)er s, J)ykkja, {)viat
niun eiiin veg alia riiSa, Ld. 128.
vm-stiindis (sam-stundar, D. N.), adv. at the same moment, Fms.
168.
am-su3a, u, L fusion, of metals,
iim-sumars, adv. in the same summer, Nj. 251, Korm. 160, Fs. 75,
52 new Ed., Grett. 156.
un-svara, a6, to answer, (mod.)
im-svarning, f. a conspiracy, R6ni. 341, 348.
Iim-sveit, f. a commo7i country. Mar.
iLm-systkin, n. pi. = systkyn, D.N. ii. 807.
sseri, m. [sverja], a conspiracy. samssoris-madr, m. a con-
Haiti, n. a sitting down together; taka s., to sit down at a feast,
. 261, Stj. 460; veita m^r s. (to entertain me) at sjalfs sins bor6i,
an assembly, entertainment, i sva g66u s., in such a good ' set,'
;j;ood company, Sd. 151 ; staddr i s., Sks. 370. compds : sam-
tlrykkja, u, f. a banquet, Sks. 358. samssetis-menn, m. pi.
'Iloivs, Sks. 366, 367.
saett, f. a compromise, convention, H. E. i. 396.
in-sffitta, t, to reconcile, Barl. : reflex., D. N.
m-tak, n. a united effort, pulling together; hafa s. at c-u, fsl. ii. 106 :
plur., samtok, hafa samtijk moti e-m, H.E. i. 433.
taka, tok, to do in common, N. G. L. i. 448 ; s. e-t me3 s^r, Stj.
- i;>9-
m-taka, u, f. the collection of a tax, D.N. ii. 263.
;;-taka, a.d]. pulling together; ver8a s.
tal, n. a colloqiiy, interview, Stj. 129, Fms. vi. 226, Bs. i. 736,
,; : a counting together, 99 : gen. sam-tals, adv. altogether, in
lelja, tal5i, to count together, Horn. (St.)
m-tempra, a3, to moderate, Bs., Mar. : sam-tempran, f., Bs. ii. 61.
ijn-tenging, f. a connection, Rb. 168, Sks. 51, Skalda 180, 183.
J a-tengja, d, to hiit together, join, Fms. iii. 163, Rb. 166, K. A. 20,
KJ 114, Bias. 47 : pass., Stj. 34, Horn. 141, Greg. 31.
f ii-ti3a, adj. contemporary, with dat., 625. 94, Fas. i. 413, Bs. i.
19, ii. 104, Skalda 201 ; J)eir voru allir s., Fs. 124; margar sogur
■t':r s., Sturl. i. 106.
a-tiflis, adv, = samti&a, Fas. ii. 459, Fs. 28.
a-tima, aa, = samti3a, Bs. ii. 27.
a-tiningr, m. picMngs.
a-tvinna, a6, to twist together.
a-tyni, n. [tun], the line of a common fence, common boundary,
V. 19.
^-tynis, adv. abutting on, adjoining, metaphor from fields with a
!i fence (tiin) ; liggja s., to lie together, of land, G^l. 356, 3,S7;
vi6 e-n, cp. Engl. ' to live next door,' Ld. 246, Rd. 285, Eb. 86 ;
.: upp s.. Eg. 729 (samtymis in the Ed. is a misprint); J)at var s.
c Kiilfs, Bjarn. 39.
veldi, n. joint authority, rule, Fms. x. 310, 311, xi. 312, Rb.
Stj. 314, Fas. i. 190, Sks. 340.
i-vera, u, f. a living together, community, Stj. I, K. A. 132.
i-verkan, f. co-operation.
a-verskr^ adj. Samaritan, Ant. R. ii. 417, N. T., Vidal.
i-vi3an, f. a foresting together, wood gathering, Vm. 60.
-vinna, u, f. a working together.
-vinnandi, part, working together, Stj. 198, 467, K. A. 228, Fms.
o.
' ' -vinnari, a, m. = samvinnandi, Skalda 204.
•'ir3a, S, to estimate equal in worth, compare, Fms. x. 338, Stj.
sfi-virdiligr, adj. of like value, Th. 18.
M -vir3mg, {.full value, Stj. 156, Mar.
38-vist, f. a living together, Fms. xi. 424, Grett. 162, G{)1. 227.
M -vista, u,f. = samvist; a malstefnum.ok oUum go&um samvistum,
,'S Sks. 274; mun mi skilja varar samvistur (samvistu), Fas. i.
80, Ld. 286, Fms. vi. 226; ekki breg6r okkarri samvistu, 59;
at likams samvistu, Fms. iii. 63 ; samvistur syndugra, Horn. 105 ;
'6ar honum eigi vi3 log s. vi8 skogarmann, Grag. i. 73, 138;
imvistum me6 e-m, N. G. L. i. 155 : — of wedded life, nytti Hrafn
f" samvistum vi6 hana, Isl. ii. 250 ; ok er J)eirra s. falig, Fas. i.
40.
pa
vers
litid
ann, 50; lion haf8i fcngift bariigetnaft af jKrirra samvittu, Stj. 514.
8amvistu-ma3r, m. a companion, 677. il.
sara-vista, adj. ; vera s. vift e-n, to dwell among, Stj. 318.
sam-vistiligr, adj. attached, Stj. 495.
sam-vit, n. [Swed. sam-veta], the conscience, H. E. i. 561. 2. con-
sciousness; heill at samviti, Munk. 39.
sam-vitandi, part, cognisant of, privy to, Fm». viii. 380, xi. 341, Fbr.
34 new Ed.
sam-vizka, u, f. the conscience, G{)l. 7, K. A. 202. Fmi. i. 141, Dipl. ii,
19, Barl. 85, Bs. ii. 1 18, frcq. in mod. usage, N. T., Pass., Vidal. 2.
consciousness; heill at samvizku, krankr at likama, Munk. 49; heill at
likama ok samvizku, Dipl. iv. 8. samvizku-latias, adj. (-leyti, n.),
without conscience, cruel.
sam-vsBgja, 5, to yield mutually, Stj. 384 : to be of equal weight,
match, samvaegja c-m, Fb. i. 521.
sam-vserr, adj. living in peace together; sittir ok samvzrir, Gr&g. ii.
169.
sain-J)inga, adj. = samj)ingi, Fms. viii. 173.
sam-J)ingendr, part. pi. members of the same district, N.G. L. i. 21.
sam-J)ingi (-J>inga), aai]. froin the same jurisdiction (district); J)ann
mann er samjjingi er vi5 hann, Grag. i. 102, 114; J)css h<;ra8s cr lam-
J)inga er, 256 ; ef J)eir eru s., 84.
sam-J)ingi, n. a common jurisdiction. sainJ>iDgi8-go3ar, m. pi.,
the three priests (go8i) within the same district (l)ing) were so called,
Griig. i. 24, 116, Nj. 2 1 4, Glum. 386; see go8i.
sani-J)j6nn, m. a fellow-servant.
sam-J)r83ll, m. a fellow-thrall, Hom. 38.
sam-J)ykki, n. consent, oneness, concord; opp. to sundr-{)ykki, |)at er
viii varr b6nda ok s., Fms. i. 34, 220; me8 einu s., with one consent,
O. H. 88 ; bratt gor8usk greinir um s. konunganna, Fms. vi. 185 ; vant
var at gaeta til samj)ykkis J)eirra, 220.
sam-t)ykkiliga, adv. unanimously, H.E. i. 528, Th. 12, 25, Str. 54.
sani-J)ykkiligr, adj. consenting, Bs. i.
sam-J)ykkja, t, to consent to ; s. e-t, Nj. 150, GJ)1. 41, Stj. 254 : — also
with dat., Fms. xi. 265, MS. 623. 29, K. A. 134; s. me8 e-m, to agree
with, Fms. vii. 305. 2. reflex, to consent to, Ld. 22, Fms. vi. 177; s.
e-m, 623. 29. 3. to reconcile, Barl., Hom. 67, 82, Ann. Nord. Oldie.
1848, p. 372 : recipr. to come to terms with one another, H.E. i. 247.
sam-J»ykkja, u, f. = samj)ykkt, Fr.
sam-t)ykkr, adj. agreeing, at peace with one, opp. to sundr^ykkr,
Fms. vii. 150, Ld. 38 : consenting, s. e-u or e-m, or s. vi8 e-n, Str. 77 :
vertu snarliga s. {)inum m6tst68u-manni, Matth. v. i^.
Bain-J)ykkt, f. consent, agreement, K. A. 112, 200, Dipl. ii. 8, Mar.;
samjjykktar bref, a contract, Dipl. iy. 5.
sain-J>^3ask, d, dep. to associate with; s. vi8 e-n, Pr. 90.
sandi, a, m. a nickname, Fms. x.
SANDK, m. [common to all Teut. languages, except that Ulf. ren*
ders dfM/jios by malma]: — sand; sandr n6 sxr, Vsp. 3 ; sandi orpinn,
Grag. i. 354 ; sandi ausinn, Orkn. (in a verse) ; funa 1 sandi, O. H.
229; Au6r var grafin i sand J)ar sem fl«8r g^kk yfir, Fms. i. 248 :
the phrase, kasta sandi i augu e-m, to throw dust in one's eyes. Band.
(in a verse): — the sea-shore, skip koma at sandi, Hkv. 1.48; litilla
sanda, Hm. ; a sandinum, fyrir sandi, reka upp 1 sand, and so on, freq.
in old and mod. usage; fjciru-sandr, beach sand; aegi-sandr, q. v. : — also
of the sand from volcanoes, eldr kom upp or Heklu-felli . . . bar norSr
yfir landit sand sva |)ykkvan . . . medan ni8r rigndi sandinum, . . . huldi
sva alia jcirSina af sandinum, annan dag eptir fauk sva sandrinn, at . . ., B$.
i. 804, passim. 2. in ■plur. sand-banks, sandy grojind ; eru ^ar smdir
sandar allt me8 sjo, Eg. 141 ; sandar, oraefi ok brim, Hkr. i. 229 ; ri8u J)eir
austr yfir sanda, Nj. 114; um sandana vi8a, Fs. 157 : — poet, the sea is
called sand-himinn, sand-men, sand-heimr. Lex. Poet. II. freq.
in local names, Sandr and Sandar, Sand-d, Sand-fell, Sand-nes,
Sand-brekka, Sand-dalr, Sand-ejrrr, Sand-gil, Sand-h61ar,
Sand-lsekr, Sand-vik; whence Sand-fellingar, -vikingar, m. pi.
the men from S.: Sandhola-ferja, u, f. /ie^erry 0/5., Landn. (l^ Gen.
sands and sanns (Lat. veri) are sounded alike, hence the pun or riddle,
Mart er smatt i veiling manns, | gettu sanns (guess sand or guess right), |
J)6 {)u verSir i allan dag \i& getur8' aldrei bans.
B. Compds: sand-'bakki,a,m.asa«rf-6a«^,-i///,Bs.i. 287. sand-
bdra, u, f. a sand-wave, Al. 51. sand-brekka, u, f. [Dan. sand-
brink], a sand-ridge, sharp-edged sand-bill, Grett. 133 A. sand- fall,
-fok, n. a fall of sand from a volcano, Ann. 1300, Al. 50. sand-
fann, f. a sand-drift, Rom. 236. sand-haf, n. [Dan. sandhav], a
' sand-ocean,'^ desert, Al. 50. sand-hafri, a, m. * sand-oats' = meh,
q. V. : as a nickname, Fms. ix. 370. sand-hdll, m. a sand-hill, Karl.
24I, Pr. 201. sand-hverfa, u, f. a sand-flounder, a fish, Edda
(Gl.) sand-klyptir, f. pi. ' ^and-clefts,' a local name, Sturl. i. 41.
sand-korn, n. a grain of sand, Sturl. (in a verse). sand-kvdma,
u, f. = sandfall, Ann. Sand-lei3, f. a way through the desert Sand
in Icel., the present Sprengi-sandr, St«5ri-sandr, Rd. 244. sand-16,
L L
514
SANDL^GJA— SANNR.
f. a bird, the sanderling (see sendlingr), Eggert Itin. sand-leegja, u, f.
a kind of whale, Edda (Gl.) sand-melr, m. a sand-hillock, Laudn.
77, (5. H. 226. sand-migr, m. a kind oi shell, niya truncata, Bjorn.
sand-m61, f.^raveZ, Fs. 143. sand-sili, n.akindofi&ernVz^. sand-
st6r, f., botan. bent grass, carex arenaria. sand-sumar, -vetr, m.
a sand-summer, -winter, so called from volcanic eruptions, Sturl. ii. 93,
128. sand-torfa, u, f. a sawrfy sofif, Landn. loi. sand-vi3ir, m.,
botan. * sand^witby,' salix arenaria. sand-J)ufa, u, f. a sand-mound,
Grett. 156.
sangr, adj. singed, burnt, of porridge, freq. in mod. usage.
sanka, aS, = samka, Barl. 37, 206.
sanna, a6, [Goth, sunjon; Dan. sande'], to prove, make good, affirm;
sannafti annarr en annarr synja&i, some affirmed, some said no, Hkr. ii.
216; seg J)at satt vera er J)ii hefir sannat, 645. 61 ; ]}ann 6rskur5 sem
ver hofum sinnt ok sannat, Stj. 3 ; Jjat finnsk i frasogn Ara ins fr66a,
ok eru {)eir fleiri er ^at sanna, at . . ., Fms. x. 275 ; J)at skal nu sanna
(to shew) hversu {)eir telja, id. : — s. e-u a e-n, to convict one of; aldri
var6 {)vi enn a mik sannat, at ek vsera falsari, ix. 262 : sanna e-t a
hendr t-m, to prove it against one ; J)eir sonnuSu J)at honum a hendr,
625. 91, Al. 24; J)a sannar hann ser skuld a hendi, N. G. L. i. 23 ; J)a
sannar hann ser stuld tl hendr, 83 ; siJnnuSu J)eir J)at mikgum or3um,
96 ; sanna e-t me& ei&l, Nj. 235, Dipl. ii. 16 ; s. meS jarteinum, Fms.
vi. 64 ; sanna fraendsemis-toku, Griig. i. 28 ; sanna ek Jiat me& J)er, Sks.
64; peir gatu enga sok sannaSa, 656 C. 19; sanna mal e-s, Fms. vii.
230; t)3t sanna {)aer tvaer jarteinir. Bias. 40; lata sanna at domi dau6a
J)ess er erlendr var, Grag. i. 190; sannat hefir Kjartan or3s-kvi5inn, at
hatiSir eru til heilla beztar, K. has made good the old saying, Ld. 1 76 : —
sanna e-n at e-u, to bring guilt home to one; eSa sanna J)a at \vi
mail, to convict one, Lv. 77. II. reflex, to prove true, hold
good, turn out; mi mun j)at sannask es ek sag&a J)er, Nj. 6; at fiat
mundi sannask er fa6ir bans haf6i maelt, Eg. 227 ; myndi J)at sannask ef
Arinbjorn vari her i landi, at ver myndim, 484 : — lata a sannask, to let
it be proved by oneself, to confess; mi let hann a sannask fyrir Vermundi,
at hann var valdr sau6a-t6kunnar, Rd. 243 ; hann let a sannask, at hann
myndi eigi sjalfr sva miklu orkat hafa, Fb. i. 523.
sanna, u, f., only used in plur. s6nntir, proofs, evidence ; hann vann
J)ar at margar sonnur, at . . ., Fms. ii. 282 ; hann bau6 til Jiess sonnur,
X. 418; finna sonnur a mali sinu (faera sonnur a e-&), Band. 37 new
Ed., Fb. ii. 23.
sanna3r, m., in sanna3ar-nia3r, m. [cp. Dan. sande-mcend, ' veri-
dici '3 : — a law term, a ' sooth-man,' ' oath-helper,' in court ; e. g. in the
Fifth Court, each party had to be backed by two 'sooth-men,' who
on oath testified to the truth of the evidence and the pleadings ; it is
defined in Grag. Jiingsk. \). ch. 46, 47 (Kb.) ; sanna6ar-menn skulu ei&a
vinna . . . , skal sva sanna6armann vanda at fraendsemi vi3 aSilja at {)eir
s6 firnari en naesta bric&ra, Grag. (St.) i. 31 ; ef hann hefir eigi sann-
a6armenn, ^a skal hann kveSja heimilis-biia sina fimm, hvart sa vseri
J)ar veginn e8r eigi, Kb. i. 189; hann skal hafa sannaftarmenn tva, J)eir
skolu t)at leggja undir {)egnskap sinn, at sii er fraendsemis tala rett ok
sonn, ii. II. sannaSar-vitni, n. the witness of a ' sootb-man,' N. G. L.
i.87.
sannan or sOnnun, f. a proof, argument, Edda 127, MS. 655 ix. B. 1 ;
til sonnunar sins mals, Fas. ii. 533, freq. in mod. usage : an assertion,
confirmation, Stj. 3. compds : sSnnvmar-dssmi, -mark, n. evi-
dence, Greg. 73, Stj. 203. sSnnunar-maSr, m. = sanna&arma6r,
Grag. ii. 409, Nj. 241 ; hafa sonnunarmann sogu sinnar, Rd. 238.
sannanar-or3, adj. an epithet, Edda (Ht.) 122. sonnunar -vitni,
n. = sannaSarvitni, Eg. 344, v.l.
sannar-liga, adv. verily.
sannar-ligr, adj. very true, freq. in mod. usage.
sann-fregit, sann-fr6tt, part. ; hafa s., to have true intelligence of,
Str. 38, Baer. 15, Hallfred.
8ann-fr63r, adj. tndy informed, well-informed, 6. H. (pref.), Fms. ix.
253, 465, xi. 120, 280, Sks. 194 ; sannfroSar bxkr, Stj. 47.
sann-frse3ask, d, to be truly informed, Str. 29.
sann-fr8e3i, n. true information, Sks. 149.
sann-f8era, 6, to convince : sann-fsering, f. conviction.
sann-getall, adj. guessing true, Gm. 46.
sann-girni, f. equity, fairness.
sann-gjarn, adj ./a/r, equitable, Barl. 10, passim in mod. usage, sann-
gjam-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), fair.
sann-g6fugr, adj. truly noble, Bs. i. 134.
sann-gorr, adj. true as fact, ^t.. Cod. Fris., cp. sjall-gaetr.
sann-h.eilagr, adj. truly saintly, Bs. i. 84, Fms. vii. 40, 6.H. 227.
sannindi, n. pi. (sing., Sks. 500, 505, 570, Hom. 117, but rare),
sannendi, sannyndi, sooth, truth, verily ; me5 sannendum, /or soo/7j,
K. A. 200; me6 sannindum at segja, Isl. ii. 201 ; vita me6 sannindum,
to know for sooth, Fms. ii. 260; er J)at sagt meS miklum sannindum, Isl.
ii. 344 ; ef hann vill heldr triia lygi en sannindum ok einurS, Eg, 63 ;
manndomr ok s., Fms. ix. 333 ; unna e-m sanninda um e-t, to give
e«e bis due, viii. 149; flytja mdl af skynsemi ok sannindum, ix.
451. 2. ati evidence, proof; engi onnur sannindi hafa meiir I
^ess, Eb. 332 ; v6r sani ok vissum fyrir full s., with full certainly, I
ii. 16; en vita hver s. til eru, af peim er ]per kennit malit, Lv. 77;ii
er J)at meirr til sanninda Jjessa fundar, as a token of this battle, Fs.
en {)6 ^ykki mer J)at merkiligast til sanninda, er berum or&um er sa
kvae6um . . . ef eigi vaeri kvaeSi hxbi ny ok forn, J)au er menn taeki {>;
s. frx3innar, />roq/"o/, 0. H. (pref.) ; med sannindum, Sks. 593 ; gijrit
y3r finnask s. til, Eg. 66 ; sem honum Jiaetti J)ar engin s. til, 39 ; i
hann upp hver s. hann haf6i i tilkalli fjar pess, 341 ; J)eir gengu \>i
cr domrinn sat, at flytja fram s. sin, 340. compds : sanninda-mt
m. a truthful man, Hkr. i. 72. sanninda-samliga, adv. trutbfi
Sks. 495 C. sanninda-sogn, f. true intelligence, Edda (p )
sannindis-umrajSa, u, f. a fair discussion, G^l. 57, Jb. 42.
sann-kalla3r, part, truly called. Fas. iii. 106.
sann-kenna, d, to call a thing by its right name; at sty6ja, rcka,
sannkenna, Edda (Ht.) : part, convicted of, s. at svikum, Al. 124.
sann-kenning, f. a poet, term, a kind oi epithet, Edda 108; J)at 1
'hor3' egg, en 'hvatir' menn, 122, cp. Skalda 194.
sann-leikr, m., or sann-leiki, a, m. ; in nom. and gen. the sti
form prevails, in dat. and ace. the weak ; thus in the Icel. N. T.,
received text of 1644 : a. weak form, nom. sannleiki, 2 Cor. vii.
gen. sannleika, sannleikans, John i. 14, Rom. ii. 20, xv. 8, i Cor. ^
2 Cor. iv. 2, I Pet. i. 22, i John v. 6, 2 John 1 : dat. and ace. s,
leika, sannleikann, sannleikanum, John v. 33, viii. 32, 40, 44, 45, :
19, xviii. 37, Rom. i. 18, 25, ii. 8, 2 Cor. xiii. 8, Gal. iii. i, iv
Ephes. iv. 15, 2 Thess. ii. 12, i Tim. ii. 7, 2 Tim. ii. 18, 25, Janic
14, V. 19, I John ii. 21, 2 John i, 3 John 3; i sannleika, Mark
32, N. T. passim. p. strong decl., nom. sannleikr, sannleikrinn, j
i. 17, viii. 32, xiv. 6, Rom. iii. 7, 2 Cor. vii. 14, xi. 10, Gal. ii. 5, K;
V. 9, I John i. 8, ii. 4 ; gen. sannleiks, sannleiksins, John xvi. 13, 2 Ti
ii. 10, 13, I Tim. ii. 4, iii. 15, Tit. i. i, Hebr. x. 26, i Pet. i. 23, 2
ii. 2, I John iv. 6, 3 John 8 : ace. sannleik, sannleikinn, Rom. i
I Tim. ii. 7, John viii. 32, 46, xvi. 7, 2 Cor. xii. 6, Gal. ii. 14, 3 1
ii. 25, 1 John i. 6, ii. 21, 2 John i : dat. sannleik, sannleiknum, iT
vi. 5, 2 Tim. iii. 8, iv. 4, Tit. i. 14, i John iii. 19, 3 John 3,
B. Truth ; sannleikrinn, Edda (pref.) ; Gu& er sannleikr, K, A. 2
taka fyrir sannleik, Fms. ix. 424 ; i sannleika, in truth, Rb. 362 :
saying, sannleikanum verSr hverr sarreiSastr ; sannleiks-gata, -ast, -el
-hatr, H. E. i. 510, Al. 106, Stj., Vidal.
sann-lifa, 9, to live, Fb. i. 513.
sann-liga, adv. verily, Fs. 93, Fser. 189, Fms. i. 1 13, vi. 20, ix,
xi. 260, Barl. 66, N. T., Pass., Vidal. passim.
sann-ligr, adj. likely to be true, probable, Sks. 555, Fms. vi. 94
463, Band. 18 new Ed. ; ]pykkir su saga sannligust, Bret. 88, 98.
pist, fair, 6.H. 45, Faer. 125, Eg. 526, Isl. ii. 1315, Fms. vi. 151,
vii. 115, ix. 249, 391 '.—fit, meet, proper, x. 379, Sks. 8, 283, Js. 10
sann-mdligr, adj. true speaking, N.G.L. ii. (Hir6skra).
sann-mseli, n. a true speech, truth, Lv. 52, 0. H. 232 ; en Jia n4
s. af morgum monnum til Olafs konungs, 227, Bs. ii. 185; unna
sannmaelis, to give a fair report, Hav. 38.
sann-mseltr, part, true spoken, Sks. 474; l)at er sannmaelt, 'tissp^
truth, Fs. 54.
sann-nefni, n. an appropriate name, Fms. i. 193, vi. 348, xi. 296,
i. 589.
sann-or3r, adj. truthful, Nj. 91, Fms. vii. 226, xi. 297, 326, Bs.i.
sann-profa, a6, to prove for certain, Fms. i. 191, Stj. 571, GJ)1. 1
SAISTNII, adj., fem. sonn, neut. satt for sannt, Dan. sandt; an c
form sa6r, as also sa6rar, sa&ri, see introduction to letter N ; cp. san)
sannastr : with suffix satt-na, Bs. i. 469, v. 1. : [Goth, sunis is assn
from Ulf. simjeins = u\rj$TjS, sunja = aXr]6eia; A. S. and Hel. so'S; I
sooth; O.H.G. sunttis ; old Frank, sone ; cp. Germ, ver-sohnen, all
a radical u sound, whereas Swed.-Dan. sann, sand] : — sooth, true; a,
vitni satt ok saert, D.N. ii. 140; sijnn saga, Ld. 52; sonn sok, !
119; sannar jarteinir. Eg. 476; segja satt, to say sooth, V^m. 43.
194, Eb. 47 new Ed.; hafa e-t fyrir satt, to believe to be true, be
vinced of, Nj. 10 ; eigi er {)at satt, Fs. 97 ; pat er satt, 'tis true, I
469; hverir sannara hafa. Fas. i. 317, N.G.L. i. 40 ; hann kve&sk
hafa sem hann vissi sannast, Ld. 194; it sannasta, VJ)m. 42; i
sannast, fsl. ii. 125 : — at sonnu, /orsoo^Z', Sks. 491 B, MS. 655 ^^^ '
633. 31 : in mod. used as Germ, zwar (Jtis true enough . . ., but)} .
siinnu, Ld. 76; til sanns, /orsoo/Z?, Fms. vi. 41, 128, GJ)1. 3151 Eg.j
568; vera, verda sannr at e-u, to be convicted of, be guilty <^i-
baru Gunnar sannan at scikinni, Nj. 87, Eb. 22 new Ed. ; J)eir er $»
urSu at a verkum vi6 Sigur6 konung, Fms. vii. 248 ; er aSr hefir I
ok saSr or6inn at pjofskap, Grag. ii. 189, Fs. 97, 159; er hann «I
sag5r, is he justly charged ? Bret. 12; ]p& J)ykkir pu bley&i borinn -j
sonnu sag6r, Sdm. 25. 2. sincere; meS sonnu hugskoti, W
due, meet, vaeri jjat sannara at J)U vaerir drepinn, Gisl. 50.
sannr, m. (sa8r. Am. 6), justice, equity, as also evidence, proof ; 1
mer engan sann, do not teach me any lessons, Fms. iii. 85 ; fiw*
heim sanninn, to tell one the bitter truth or the real state of things,
SANNREYNDR— SAURYRDI.
515
;o; e-t er nner sanni, near the tntlb,fair, reasonable, moderate, Kb. iii.
151, Fms. vii. 238 (x. 420) ; astir J)eirra voru at goOum sanni, tbey loved
,ne another fairly, Bjarn. 12; vil ek bxta {)at nie8 sann {estimation)
'65ra manna, Sturl. iii. 139, Fbr. 43 new Ed. ; skulu J)eir giira {)er siEm6ir
13 viirn sann, as we may deem fair, Sturl. iii. 151 ; Jjorgils skyldi saema
lalMor nokkuru eptir {)vi sem saiinr bans (i. e. Th.'s) vacri til, 168 ; eigi
itu vor sann a J)vi, we know not the truth thereof, have no proof of it,
ms. vii. 275; nijiik {jykki mer hann bera sinn sann a J)etta, t's. 46;
,un kvaftsk hafa sinn sann vid (for sitt satt), 170.
sann-reyndr, part, duly proved, Fs. 97, Fms. ii. 57, vi, 144, vii. 115 :
, at e-u, convicted of, Rd. 285.
sann-reynil", m. a true friend, Kormak.
sann-saga, u, f. a true tale, Barl. 11?, Thorn.
sann-sagflr, part, tndy said, Stj. 524.
sann-sakadr, part, convicted, guilty, H. E. i. 467, ii. 71-
sann-sorSinn, part. = sor6inn (ser3a, q. v.), N. G. L. i. 70.
sann-spar, adj. ^ sooth-spaei?tg' prophesying true, Ld. 230, Kri'ik. 55.
sann-sptirt, part. = sannfregit, Eg. 19, Fms. iii. 38, ix. 351, xi. 30.
i|^ sann-s^ni, f. equity, fairness, Sks. 11, 467, Tl^, Anecd.
jann-synn, 3.6]. just, impartial, Fs. 29, Hom. 107, Baer. 5, 14.
jana-ssei, f. a seeing right, Lv. 105.
lann-sogli, f. truthfulness, veracity, Fms. ii. 87.
lann-sogiill, adj. truthful, Stj. 602, Fms. x. 316, Barl. 13, Karl. 390.
jann-talat, n. part, truly said, Fms. ii. 304.
ann-vinr, m. a true friend, Lv. 95, Fms. x. 394.
lann-vitaflr, part, known for certain, Ld. 4.
ann-vitr, adj. tr7dy wise, H.E. i. 249!
ann-viss, adj. = sannvitr. Lex. Poijt.
ann-vsenn, adj. near the truth, fair, Bs. i. 761.
ann-yrdi, n. pi. true words, Fms. x. 316, Fas. iii. 653, Fb. iii. 452.
ansar, m. pi. [Lat.], the se?ises; only in certain phrases, taka sonsum, to
open to reason ; vera veykr 4 sansana, to be of unsound mind, (mod.)
arga, a9, (sarg, n.), [prob. a corruption from saga, qs. sagra = sagia,
v.] : — to hack with a blunt instrument ; sargar, gargar sira Bjcirn,
irni : metaph. to higgle and haggle, eg sarga6i J)a3 ut lir honum.
argla, a6, to clatter; er grj6ti3 sarglaSi, Grett. 135 new Ed.
' j'AHPE, m. the croup of a bird ; tina i sarpinn. II. the name
a waterfall in Norway, Fms. vii. Sarps-borg, (3. H.
aufl-bani, a, m., botan. sheep' s-hane, monkshood, aconitum caeruleum.
iu3-bitr, m. a sheep-iuorrier, of a dog, N. G. L. iii. 37.
iu3-fe, 11. a sheep. Eg. 137, Grett. 112, 148. Eau3fjar-h.agi, a, m.
heep-walk.
iu3-fellir, m. the death of sheep from cold, Sturl. i. 227.
iu3-fena3r, m. = sau3fe, Bs. i. 873, N. G. L. iii. 35.
i.u8-gr63i, a, m. a crop for sheep, Ann. 1370.
iu3-gr6s, n. pi. = sau5gr63i; a J)eirri somu viku voru s. nxx serin,
} i. 171.
• lu3-hus, n. pi. sheep-pens, |3orst. hv. 36, Dropl. 6, Landn.
iu3-h6fn, f. sheep-keeping, Vm. 14, 1 1 5.
,u3-kind, f. a sheep.
u3-kvistr, m., botan. a kind of willow, salix repens, Bjom.
i3-latikr, m. ^sheep-leek,' botan. triglochin maritimum perenne,
J-lauss, adj. sheepless, Grag. ii. 304: a local name, Sau5lauss-
. Bs. i. 461, in western Ice!., mod. Sau3lauks-dalr (sau31aukr).
UDIl, m., gen. sau3ar, dat. sau&, pi. sau3ir ; the gen. sauSs, Barl.
n, is unusual; [Ulf. saups or sauds = 6vaia or sacrifice, which is
x-wn to be the original sense ; sj/iSa and sey6ir are kindred words ;
Vasen saw or saud, ' sauden er daud']: — a sheep ; sau5i e5a bufe,
i. 148, 414, ii. 306, Js. 78, Stj. 171, Grett. 134, 137, Fs. 25, 71,
), Bs. i. 315, 646, 647 ; henda skjarra sau6i, 330 ; svin bans gengu a
;.esi, en sau3ir a HjarSarnesi, Landn. 124: sing, collect., reka sauftinn
r, Stj. 171 ; ^at ^otti honum lital hve margr saudr J)ar var i dalnum,
136 ; hrut e3r hafra . . . ^6tt sa sauSrinn verSi dau3r, Grag. ii. 310:
Clem. 58, Fms. x. 318, cp. John x. 1-16. 2. in mod. usage, a
coMPDs : sau3a-beit, f. ' sheep-bite,' sheep-pasture, Vm. 155.
i-dunr, m. a flock of sheep : in the phrase, sem vargr (lilfr) i
iun, Sd. 164, Bret. 62. sau3a-fer3, f. a searching for sheep,
10. sau3a-flokkr, m. a flock of sheep, Barl. 104. sau3a-
T, m. a sheep-walk, Grag. i. 423. sau3a-geymsla, u, f. sbeep-
?■, Stj. 22:?. sau3ar-g3era, u, f. a sheep's fleece. sau3a-
■ r, m. a shepherd, Stj. 41, 196, 223. sau3a-lius, n. a sheep-
i s. 55, Ld. 44, Nj. 153 : a sheep-fold, Fms. x. 318, John x. i, 16.
ihiis-tun, n. = mod. fjarhiistiin, /i&e_;feW round a sheep-fold, Sturl.
:,'). sauSa-bvarf, -bverfa, u, f. a going astray, of sheep, Fs.
ropl. 34, Rd. 240, 241, Band. 12 new Ed. sau3ar-b6fu3, n.
' 's head, Landn. 2 1 1 , Rd. 263. sau3ar-jarnir, m. a sheep's bleat-
Irafn. 7. sau3a-kj6t, f. mutton. sau3a-klippari, a, m. a
^bearer, Stj. 196. sau3a-kvi, f. a sheep-fold, Greg. 56. sauda-
', f. a tax paid in sheep, Sturl. iii. 258. Bau3a-leit, f. iheep-
T, Nj. 143, Dipl. iv. 9. sau3a-ina3r, m. a shepherd, Nj. 104,,
Grett., Bs. i. 45. sau3a-mj61k and sauSa-nyt, f. tbtep'i milk. Bi. i.
137- sau3a-rekstr, m. /ie rfnw/j^ sAm/, Pm. OJ. Bau6a-r6tt, f.
a sheep-fold (r(;tt, q. v.), Landn. 292, Bs. i. sauOar-reyfl, n. a tbeep't
fleece. sau3a-slitr, n. pi. ' slithers,' shreds of a shetptorn by a beast of prey,
Finnb. 246. sauda-sveinn, m. a shepherd boy, Anecd. 28. sauda-
ta3, n. sheep's dung. 8au3a-taka, u, f. sheep-stealing, Landn. 134,1 28,
Rd. 236. 8au3ar-ull, f. theep's wool, Fms. iii. 180. saufla-
I)j6fna3r, m. sheep-stealing. 8au3a-t)j6fr, m. a sbeep-stealer.
sau3-reki, -rekr, m. a sheep-driver, Gliim. 363, Huv. 40, 42.
sau3-svartr, adj. • sheep-black,' i. e. not dyed, of cloth.
8au3-vant, n. adj. lost on the mountains, of sheep, Hrafn. 6.
SAUMA, a&, [Dan. s'umme ; Swed. summa ; cp. Engl, seaml: — to
sew; sauma e-m klsefli, Fb. ii. 438 ; hann tckr s^r n4l ok ^rkb, ok
saumar, Karl. 149; satu J)aer })ar ok saumudu, Gisl. 15 ; var taumat i
horn um halsinn, Eb. 240; likit var sveipat en saumat eigi um, 264; >.
a nisting, Gliim. 343 ; kyrtill svd {srongr sem saumaftr v«ri at honum,
Nj. 214 ; s. at e-n, to stitch, K. p. K. 88 ; s. at hondum sCr, Bs. i. 453 ;
klaeai ny-saumat, Orkn. 182 ; guU-saumadr, id. ; silfr, Jiat var {)ar uumat
i, Fms. viii. 106 ; s. fyrir hriit (to prevent the ram from covering the
ewes), Grag. ii. 311.
saviin-f6r, f. a seam in a ship's planking, Bs. i. 390, Skalda 163.
saum-gjald, n. damages for breaking the nails in a ship, N. G. L. i. 198.
satim-kona, u, f. a sempstress, D.N. v. 133.
saum-lauss, adj. seamless: without nails, Fb. i. 524.
saum-udl, f. a sewing needle.
saumr, m. [Engl, seam; Dan.-Swed. soot], a seam, of cloth, freq. in
mod. usage. 2. plur. saumar, needle-work, sewing; sitja at saumum,
of a lady, Orkn. 182, Vigl. 28, Dropl. 4; setjask til sauma. Fas. iii. 104.
COMPDS : sauma-kona, u, f. = saumkona. satima-skapr, m. nef(//«-
work. savuna-stofa, u, f. a sewing-room, Vigl. 20. II. a
nail, esp. of a ship, N. G. L. i. 202 ; saum J)arftu ok mikinn & skip at
hafa, Sks. 30; var engi saumr i, Fms. vii. 216; sld saum, Fb. i. 433 (of
ship-building) ; rxrnar d sauminum, 673. 60; skip-s., hno8-s., rek-s.
saum-skeori, n. pi. shears, scissors, Trist. II.
saum-stofa, u, f. = saumastofa, Vigl. 20.
S ATTP, n. [A. S. sype ; O. H. G. $«/; Dan. sob in flesJte-sob, sobe-kaal ;
cp. siipa, Engl, sup'] : — ' spoon-tTieat,' Krok. 64 ; hafra-saup, a sup of
porridge, Eggert. compds : saup-gri3r, f. an epithet of a dirty cook,
Edda (Lauf.) saup-ru3r, ni. a nickname, Fms. vii. saup-s&ttr,
adj. = missattr ; for the pun see Krok. 62.
saur-bla3, n. a fly-leaf.
saur-fulb-, vi&]. filthy, Sturl. i. 77.
satirga, a8, to defile, pollute, Eb. 12, 24, Fms. i. 284, Sks. 796, O. H. L.
71, Hom. 17, Karl. 319.
satirgan, n. pollution, defilement, Hom. 145, K. A. 104, Stj. 520, Sks.
796; saurganar-ma3r, a defiler, Bs. i. 765.
saurigr, adj., before a vowel contr. saurgan, etc., but not $0 in mod.
usage -.filthy, dirty, Sks. 527, 539, Korm. 118, Fs. 51, Karl. 330 ; saurga
myki-kvisl, Fms. i. 75 ; myklar ok saurgar hendr, vi. 207. 2.
mttAvh. filthy, foul, Fms. ix. 223, passim.
saurindi, n. pi. dirt, uncleanness.
saur-kvisl, f. a dung-fork, Fb. i. 77.
saur-lifna3r, m. [Swed. sk'6r-lefnad\, a filthy life, lechery, Stj. 384.
saur-ligr, adj. unclean, Stj. 58.
satir-lifi, n. (opp. to hreinlifi), an unclean life, fornication, GJ)1. 216,
O.H. L. 87, Fms. X. 264. compds : satirlifis-kona, u, f. a harlot.
saurlifls-ina3r, m. a fornicator, Fms. x, 389. satirlifis-synd, f.
the sin of fornication, Fms. v. 217, Stj. 338.
savir-lifr, adj. lewd. El. 16.
saur-ljotr, adj. shewing dirt, of cloth.
8aur-m8eli, n. filthy, foul language, Sks. 370.
saiir-pyttr, m. a cesspit, cesspool, Isl. ii. 367.
SAUBB, m., dat. sauri and saur; [remains with an inserted spurious
k in Swed. skor-agtig = lewd, skor-lefnad = lewdness ; cp. the derived
words seyra and siirr] : — mud; var a rota mikil svd at ekki stiJkk saurr af
jijrdu, Bs. i. 334: jar3ar-s., loam, Barl. 113 ; hlaupa i saur, to dabble in
mud, Fs. 68 ; hann kva&sk eigi vilja reida eptir ser saur, 51 ; at engi saurr
stcJkkvi af hestum y3rum ok a konunginn, Sks. 365. 2. dirt, ex-
crements; eda hrindr ma6r honum i vatn edr i hland e8r i mat, eftr i
saur, ok varSar J)at allt skoggang, Grdg. ii. 132 ; i sauri, 328 ; sem hann
hef&i i saurnum laugask, Fas. ii. 332 ; ausask sauri d, to throw dirt at
one another, Bjarn. 33 ; fugla s., Stj. 620 ; saur ok fiilindi, Mar., Stj. 383,
642, Karl. 320 ; s. Vkvidi maiins, Hom. (St.) : — metaph., synda s., Hom.
45 ; s. illra verka, Greg. 18 : — as a nickname, Landn. II. in \oca\
names, Saurar, Satir-bsBr, esp. the latter is freq. in Icel. of sour soil,
swampy tracts, Landn. ; hence prob. also Sor'6 (mid. Lat. Sora) in Den-
mark ; these local names shew the oldest sense of the word, cp. seyra.
saur-rei3ir, m. a dung-carrier, Korm.
8auru-liga, adv. in afoul manner, H.E. i. 505.
sauru-ligr, adj./o»//, Stj. 116: unchaste, 548, Fms. vi. 123.
saur-yr3i, n. ^X.foul language, Hom. 53, Sks. 436.
L L 2
516
SAUTJAN— SXLA.
sautj^n, an ordinal nan>ber, seventeen; see sjautjan.
sautra, a6, mod. sotra, to suck through the teeth ; s. vatn or lofum ser,
Stj. 392.
SAX, n. [A.S. seax; Dan. sax; O. H.G. sabs'], ?i kind of short,
heavy sword or sabre ; the sword had two edges or was tongue-formed,
whereas the sax had only one sharp edge, as is seen from Grett. 124 — ■
reiddi hann hiitt saxit, laust hann ' bakkanum saxins' i hdfu6 Arnori sva
hart, at haussinn brotna6i ; the ' tvieggjaS' sax, Stj. 541 (v. 1.), is there-
fore incorrect; sax eineggjat, 383 (Judges iii. 16, 22); mikit sax sem
stort sverS, Bs. i. 526 ; soxum ok sverSum, Vsp. 36 (Bugge) ; hoggva me6
saxi, Bs. i. 543 ; hann leggr saxinu Tuma-naut, 536, see Grett. passim ;
sax eitt Htid, Fs. loi ; litlu saxi er hann gyrSr me6 undir klse8uuum,
Frtis. ii. 83 ; hann haf&i brugSit sax undir yfirhcifninni, O. H. 70 : the
saying, ver&r s;'i si9arr at leita er liti6 sax hefir, Vapn. 15; hand-sax,
hepti-sax, mala-sax, q. v. : in mod. usage a large knife (a carving knife,
fisherman's knife, and the like) is called sax, agn-sax, q. v. 2. plur.
SOX, shears, cp. Dan. lyse-sax. Fas. ii. 43 ; eptir faldi skyrtu hans, sva
hvarki komi viS knifr ne sox, Str. 1 2 ; hann gripr mi skserin ok aetlar at
reka ii honum soxin, Bjarn. 66 ; sidan tok biskup sox ok skar af hari kon-
ungsins, O. H. 2 29. 3. medic, a shin-disease, when the hands are sore
and chapped, being scorched and callous from dryness, see Fel. x. 32.
B. A part of a ship, the raised prow; sax e6a sax-bond, hvert
tr^ t)eirra er missir, ^a skal gjalda j)rem aurum, ok fa tre, t)6 at
sidarr s6, N. G. L. i. 100 ; en ef sax brotnar, baeti tva ortogar, ii. 283 ;
h6f5u J)eir lagt naetrnar upp a saxit, . . . brynja Arons la a saxinu skipsins,
Bs. i. 388, 624; hann gengr fram a saxit, ii. 48; hleypr hann af saxinu
ok aptr um stafn, Fms. x. 329 ; Olafr konungr lag6i hann a saxit a lang-
skipinu, i. 277 (Orkn. 34) ; hann hleypr Jjegar a saxit a skip Vandils, Nj.
42 ; in Rom. 195 the word is misapplied. 2. esp. in plur. (i. e. dual)
sox ; saer fell inn um siJxin, Fagrsk. 73 ; um stafninn ok um soxin, Fms.
vi. 78 ; vatt gorir mi a J)iljunum fram ok drifr um soxin, viii. 209 ;
sa gengr fast fram i soxin, Grett. (begin.) ; berserkir konungs tolf voru
i soxum. Eg. 32; a rausn i soxum, Fms. ii. 252 ; J>a mun avinnt um
soxin, 308.
saxa, a3, to chop, hack; saxa i ketil, Stj. 615; saxa ok skera mor,
K. f>. K. 93 ; hann saxar baggana me& pali, Sd. 157 ; peir bera vapn a
hann ok saxa hann J)ar til er hann hefir bana, Fms. xi. 146 ; UigSusk
J)eir a hann ofan ok voru t)ar saxaSir, 367, Sturl. i. 85, Bret. 114; laetr
hann mi saxa a geirvortuna a ser, Fs. 1 76. 2. reflex., J)a6 saxask
a e-t, it is soon chopped up, i.e. the thing is soon finished; saxast mi a
limina hans Bjorns mins, Maurer's Volksagen 234.
Saxa, u, f. the name of an island in Norway, Gisl. : Jarn-saxa, the
name of a giantess, Edda.
Saxar, m. pi. [A. S. Seaxon], the Saxons, i. e. the Germans, Symb. 18,
Fms. i. 116, V. 239, passim ; and Sax-land, n. Saxon-land, i. e. Germany,
Grag. i. 210, Symb., Fms., Bs., passim : Sax-elfr, f. the 'Saxon Elbe' =
the Elbe; opp. to Gaut-elfr, Raum-elfr (see elfr), Symb., Baer.
sax-bond, n. pi. the cross timbers in the prow, N. G. L. i. loo.
sax-knifr, m. a dagger, dirk, (3. H. 73.
Sax-lenzkr and Sax-neskr, adj. Saxon, i. e. German, Bs. i. 65, Fms.
i. 113, 260, X. 297, (5. H. 49, Karl. 373.
sax-oddr, m. the point of a sax, Fb. i. 425, Fms. ii. 205.
SA, fern, su (neut. J)at), demonstr. pron., see Gramm. p. xxi ; an older
form sji, is, esp. in old vellums, often used as common for masc. and
fem. (sja ma6r, sja kona), see the references below : — that.
A. As adj.: I. with a subst. this, that; sa hlutrinn, Fms.
xi. 129; sja ma5r, that man, Fs. 5, 102, 143, Fms. ii. 28, Grag. i. 74,
Nj. 6; sja bok, fb. (fine) ; sa kostr, Nj. i ; sa salr, Vsp. 44; sa sta8r,
Fb. i. 31 ; sa baer, Dropl. 5 ; ajs sveinn, Hom. 50 ; sja hverr, that caul-
dron, Gkv. 3. 9 ; sja bragr, Fms. iv. 12 (in a verse) ; sja fotr, 0. H. (in
a verse) ; sja kylfa, Fms. xi. (in a verse) ; sja byr5r, etc. : — placed after
the noun, so giving emphasis, konungr sja, 6.H. 140; maer sja, this
maid, Nj. 2; minning sja, Ld. 234; a su, thai water, 33: — with the
reflex, particle er, sa er {he, she, that = which), {)oll sii er stendr J)orpi a,
the pine ' she that ' stands, i. e. which stands, Hm. 49 ; old su er, Fms. vi.
336 (in a verse) : contracted sa's, Hallfred (Fs.) ; sns = she that, Hkr. iii.
139 (in a verse); sa ma6r er Soti heitir, that man who is named Soti,
Nj. 5 ; er sa engi minn fraendi at gangi i |)etta mal, there is none of my
kinsmen that . . ., 31 ; sa sem, be, she, that, Stj. 178, passim : — with the
suff. article, sa domarinn er allt veit, Barl. 32 ; var sa likyrr hlutrinn er
l)at merkfti, Fms. xi. 129; sii ein er sagan eptir, er ek Jjori eigi ^er at segja,
. . . sii er ok sva sagan, at mer er mest forvitni a at heyra . . . , this tale is
just that which I should most like to hear, Fms. vi. 355. 2. such;
varS sa fundr {)eirra, at Egill felldi tva menn. Eg. 572 ; vera kann at enn
s& sa rikismunr, Eg.; hann er sa heilhugi, at. . ., Fb. ii. 318; hann er
sa or&hakr, at . . ., Fms. vi. 372. II. with an adjective : 1.
in the indef. form ; sja m68r konungr, Og. 13, stands perh. alone in the
whole literature, otherwise always, 2. in the def. form, with the pre-
fixed article inn ; sa inn mattki munr, Hm. ; sa inn goSi ma8r, that good
man, Barl. 74; sa enn sami ma6r, Fms. iv. 122; sa inn saeti postuli.
Post. ; hyrnan su in fremri, Nj. 198 ; sa inn {)ri&i, the (bird, Gm. 6 : — ^ in Gisl. 120 (where, however, it is put in the mouth of a 'pr'.me
leaving out the article, sja ohreini andi, the unclean spirit, Fms. v.
sa ungi ma5r, the young man, Hom. 1 14 ; su ilia atkvama, 132 :' — ali|
' sa' was simply used as the definite article the instead of the ancient U
sa visasti klerkr, the wisest clerk, Bs. ii. 223 ; sa fegrsti vinvi6r, the fc\
vine. Art. 80 (see foot-note 25), this is esp. freq. in mod. usage, e.
bleikhari Meneliis, sa ru,6a-g66i, sii agaeti Odysseifr, sii vitra Penelopliu
arborua, r6sfingra6a Morgungy&ja, etc., in Dr. Egilsson's TranslaticHof
the Odyssey, as also in Vidal.
B. As subst. used almost as a pers. pron. be, she (it), [cp. Engl.lt;
Germ, sie]; SliSr heitir su, she (it) bight Slid, Vsp. 42; en sa Bair
heitir, 43; or liggr {jar, ok er sii (viz. or) af {)eirra orum, Nj. J;
samkunda, sii (viz. samkunda) var kny'tt festum, Am. i ; skal to! ir-
ei6r skilja, hvart sja eigi arf at taka, whether be is to inherit, Gr ( i.
269 ; somdu ^eir J)essa ra6a-gji>r6, at sja (viz. ra3agor6) skyldi |iii
koma, Nj. 107: esp. 'kostr' understood, er \>a, sja einn til, .7,
Fms. vii. 265 ; {)6tti honum sa (viz. ma&r) aerit har er J)at riirr ar
aetla&, Fs. 5; sja mun vera sonn saga, Fms. ii. 87; sa (he) ke j i
borgina, f>i6r. II ; sa er vel skygSr, 81 ; \)zv ri&r ma6r, sii hefir s Ud
mikinn, loi ; sii er 611 gulli biiin, 189 ; almiittigr Gu&, sa er einn i 16-
domi, almighty God, he is o?ie in Godhead, Fb. i. 30; sa. [be) se6|)ss
me8 lifligu braudi, Hom. 59; sii var stjiip-dottir konungsins, sAttas
the king's step-daughter ; sa er saell, er . . ., he is lucky, that . . ., Hm sii
er hii kona er J)ar for, Nj. 2co; sa y6ar er sik laegir, he of you io
lowers himself, Horn. 50 ; sa er (he who) af oUum hug treystir Kris 'ie
that . . . , Hom. ; sa er leyndr syndum sinum, and so in countless insti |es,
old and mod., except that the mod. usage prefers sa ' sem,' sii sem. I
C As adv. = sva, q. v. ; skrimingr litill sa, Isl. ii. 46 ; landnyr Igr
lettr Sii, Fms. viii. 335. i
SA, pres. saer, Gisl. 147, Edda i. 398 (in a verse of the ilth cen' V),
Edda (Ht. 52);^ but siiir, G\)\. 384; sar, Nj. 82; pret. sori, seri. Dr.
39, Hom. 67, O. H. 135, Edda 83, Fms. i. 9 : in mod. usage, pn jw,
pret. S£i6i, part. sa&, of which the pret. sa5i already occurs, 656 ( ft,
Barl. 18, Fb. ii. 258 : \^A.S. sawan; Engl, sow ; Germ, sdhen ; cpBt.
serol'. — to sow; ok sar hann ni&r korninu, Nj. 82; karlar kor )|b»,
Grag. (Kb.) ii. 170; sa akra, Stj. 225; um varit vildi hann sii, LiSn.
35 ; bar lit korn sitt ok seri, Hom. 67 ; korn haf8i vaxit hvar set {43
hafSi verit, Fms. i. 92 ; sa saefti sinu, Barl. 18 ; sa niSr sas5i, Fb. i (4;
sa eilifu sa3i, 656 C. 32; J)a skal hann sa ^k j6r3, N.G. L. i. 3 '«r
hann hafSi J)essu or8a-sa6i salt i brjost J)eim, Fms. x. 236 : — will ic..
sa J)ar i Gu6s or8, Barl. 18, but rare. 2. metaph. <o sow, mi'
broadcast; aetla ek at sa silfrinu. Eg. 765 ; hon seri J)vi um gam: nn,
Fms. i. 9 ; ok sori allt um gotuna, Edda 83, Hkr. i. 42 ; berr Hav tr i
brott vorduna, ok ser (i.e. saer) hvern stein, Gisl. 147; hann se {)vi
eptir i slodna, (3. H. 135 (sa5i, Fb. ii. 258, I.e.)
sii5, n. [A.S. seed ; Engl, seed; Germ, saat ; hai. satu7n ; a Got? ejbs
is conjectured] : — seed, corn, crop ; Isak haf6i {)ar sa8 mikit ok go' 3ti.
162 ; biluSu monnum sa& ok saefong, Bs. i. 137; faera sa5 ni8r, ii
512 ; ef ma3r hellir vatni yfir sa6it, Stj. 317 ; Jieir hafa ekki sai bey
grow no corn, Sks. 190 : seed, sab ens hvata, 673. 48.
s&3-berandi, part, seed-bearing, Stj. 14. i
s49-g6r3, f. corn-growing, Rett. 10. 2.
sdSir, f. pi. bran ; hleifr J)runginn sa5um, a bran-loaf, the diet of {nd-
men, Rm.4; blanda sa6um vi8 brau5, Stj. 263; ver8a monnum jam! ra:
sa8ar e8a ok dyrri en hreint korn, Sks. 323 B; hey ok sa8ir, Stj ;6:
hann gaf ^eim (the camels) hey ok sa5ir, id.; sundrlyndis sa8ir, i)3:
the old writers distinguish between the neut. sa8 and the fem. lir:
the neut. sing. Sii8in (bran), Fel. ii. 145, 1. 23 sqq., is therefore w giv
used for saftir. compds : sd3a-lileifr, m. a bran loaf, Karl. 61
8a3-j6r3, f. sown land, Vm. 80.
sd.3-korn, n. a seed-corn, Stj. 225, Barl. 19, Fms. iii. I
8d.3-land, n. a sown land, Nj. 82.
sa3-lat, n. spermatorrhoea, P"el. x. 30, from an Arna-Magn. vi
sd,3-ina3r, m. a sower, N. T.
sd3-pl6gr, m. a ploughing for seed, Stj. 164
sd3-ti3, f. (sd,3-timi, a, m., Stj. 61), the sowing season, Eddi
s£3ugr, ad], full of bran; brau6it var ilia bakat, blautt o.
Art. 110.
S&ga, u, f. [akin to saga and segja ?], one of the goddesses,
7 ; often used in circumlocutions of a woman, silki-saga, 61
Lex. Poet.
sdl, f. a skin bag, carried behind the saddle ; skinn-sal, selskii
SALA, u, f., also later form sal, f., gen. salar, which form
mod. usage, but the old writers prefer the weak form, thus &
31, 89 ; gen. sing, salu, K. A. 76 ; dat. salu, passim (e. g. Hallfn
ace. saluna, Fms. viii. 252, v. 1. ; pi. salur, Stj. 243, Hom. 30, Mf
Sks. 99 C; gen. pi. salna, H.E. i. 499, passim. The word is
Teutonic, but hardly Scandinavian, and was prob.ibly adopted
Saxon with the introduction of Christianity ; it is therefore 01
in a religious and ecclesiastical sense: it first occurs in HallfredX
minni vissak borgit) ; it never occurs in heathen poems, for th'.
SALUBATI— SATT.
517
. ,) is, like other verses in that Saga, of later composition (12th cen-
■, ) : [Ulf. saiwala = ^vxh ; A. S. sawl and sawle ; Engl, soul ; HcL seola ;
ll.G. sala, etc.]: — the sottl ; salin, likanir ok si'ila, Horn. 89; allra
rra si'ilir, GJjl. 69, passim in old and mod. usage, N. T., Pass., Vidal.
B. In COMPOS, in old writers sd,lu-, not sdlar- : sdlu-bati.a, m.
iilubot, Bs. ii. 147. sdlu-b6t, f. the soul's health, Hkr. ii. 347,
li,'. i. 144, 202, Fms. vii. 76. s41u-bu3, f. a 'soul's booth,' hos-
pital. Thorn. sdlu-eldar, n. pi. funeral fires. Rum. 21 1, 234.
B&lu-f§lag, n. 'soul's commuuion,' Fb. i. 268. s&lu-gipt and sdlu-
gjOf, f. a soul's gift, B.K. 55, iiq, Grag. i. 202, K. A. 72, Vm. 143, Jm.
3. sdlu-hdski, a, m. ' soul's danger,' perdition, Stj. 21, Dipl. ii. 14,
(ailar-hdski, id., Sturl. i. 122, Sks. 447.) sdlu-hjdlp, f. 'soul's
help,' salvation, Orkn. 492, N. T., I'ass., Vidal. sdlu-hlid, n. a 'soul's
gate,' a lich-gate, fsl. {jjoJs. i. 282. sdlu-hiis, n. a 'soul's house,'
hospital, Stj. 216. salu-measa, u, f. a 'soul's 7nass,' requiem, Bs. i.
712, Vm. 30, 144, Dipl. iv. 8, Pni. 97. sdlu-sdr, n. 'soul's wound,'
Horn. 70. sdlu-skafli, a, m. 'soul's scathe,' perdition, Fms. iii. 170.
silu-stofa, u, f. = saluhiis, Kalfsk., Boldt. sd.lu-ti3ir, f. pi. = salumessa,
Eras. X. 149, Bs. i. 173, 712, Stat., D.N., Stj. 238; saluti3a-kver, Pm.
14. sdlu-tjon, n. ' sozd's-tine,' perdition, Sks. 358, Bs. ii. 68. sdlu-
{tarfligr, adj. useful for the soul, Stat. 291. sdlu-^urft, f. the soid's
ne«/, H.E. i. 252, Hom. 92. sdlu-J)6rf, f. jt/., Horn. 158. sdlu-
61, n. a funeral feast, N.G. L. i. 14. sd.lu-61dr, n. — saluol (see erfi,
'.\:h is the heathen word), N. G. L. i. 15. §»» In mod. compds some-
■ s sdlar-, but salu-hjalp, -hlid, -messa, not salar-hjalp, etc.
.■^alask, a3, dep. to depart, Stj. 165, Fms. iii. 167; sala5 hold. Pass.
49. 17: passim in mod. usage, in a religious sense, whereas deyja is the
common word.
SALD, n. [Dan. sold], a sieve; J)rja hleifa er aldregi hiifSu i said
komit, Fiov. 24 ; riimborat said, a coarse sieve, Fms. viii. 243 : — of a
isure, GJ)1. 524; said korns, Vm. 30 ; saids sa;6i, D. I. i. 471 ; J)riggja
i i)l, 31, Fms. ii. 16 ; sild malts, N. G. L. i. 5 ; sex menu se urn said,
g. ii. 402 : as a measure of a field, sex salda sa5, N. G. L. i. 6; naut
' hafa a salds sa5i hverju, 240.
Ida, ad, to sift ; s. c-u, to let drop as out of a sieve.
1-fastr, adj. ' sotd fast,' firm of soul, Gisl. (in a verse).
Iga, a5, with dat. to kill, put to death.
tligr, ra. [Germ, selig ; A. S. scBlig = blessed; whence Old Engl. Beely;
!. Engl, silly]: — poor, mostly in a good sense, but also in a bad =
!ched, but only in a religious or eccl. style, Stj. 152, 428, Bs. ii. 18,
1. 514. 2. in mod. usage [like Germ, selig] deceased, the late so
: so, very freq., but usually written shortly, sal. ; hun m66ir min sal.,
ir niin sal., hann Jon sal. : the usual ancient word is heitinn, see heita.
-almr (psalmr), [Gr. ipaK^iis], a psalm, Stj., Bs., passim, not only of
the Psalms, but also generally a hymn ; Passiu-salmar, Hugvekju-salmar,
\veld-salmr, Morgun-salmr, etc. compds : salina-b6k, f. a psalm-
V, hymn-book. Mar. sdlma-lag, n. a psabn-tune. sdlma-
ild, n. a psalmist, hymn-writer, Fms. viii. 239, x. 304. sdlma-
iongr, m. psalm or hymn-singing, psalmody, Sks. 600.
Sdlpti, m. the name of a firth in Norway, Grett., Munch's Norg.
kskr.; whence Sdlpt-verjar, m. pi. the men from S., Fms. ix. 471.
Sdm-land, n. Samogitia or Sejngallen, in Russia, Fms. xi. 322 (not
mu'iland), 324, 414.
ra-leitr, adj. swarthy, blackish; J)at sortnar ok verSr samleitt, Barl.
•; svartr ok s. af,sumars-hita ok bruna, 199.
AMB, adj. [the word is prob. from the Finn, saovit], swarthy, blackish,
a the hue of the Finnish tribes; svartaj: ok samar i s61vi6ri, Gsp. ;
-unia Svivor, of an ogress, Edda (in a verse) : — the name of a dog,
: — the name of a giant, Edda (Gl.), Fas. passim : — a nickname, Fms.
1- 372 • — a pr. name, Landn., Hrafn. ; and Saemingr in Yngl. S. ch. 9:
|ie very name is a sign of intermarriage between the Finns and North-
|icn, see Prof. Munch's Det Norske Folk's Historic.
pa, u, f. [Lat. sebum], soap, (mod.)
A.R, m., gen. sas, ace. sa, pi. sair, and so in mod. usage, but saar (i. e.
■ }, N. G. L. iii. 15, 1. 6 ; [Swed. sd] : — a large cask; {lau baru a oxlum
' sii, Edda 7 ; fjora sai fulla vatns, Stj. 593 ; sas-gir6i, cask-hoops, Grag.
,38; silir kallask stor kercild, Krok. ; sma-verplar eSr sar, N. G. L.
15 : freq. in mod. usage of large vessels in a dairy, skyr-sar.
JAE, n., old pi. srfjr, Skalda 162, Grag. passim; [Engl, sore; Dan.-
>i. saar]: — a sore; fellu maSkar or sarum hans, 656 A. i. 2-; ;
idar komu ok sleiktu sar hans, N. T. ; this, although rarer, is the
"nal sense, cp. also sarsauki; hence, II. a wound; in the
:idin. languages this is the general word, 'und' and ' ben' being special;
thus defined, Jiat eru sar, ef t)ar bl»5ir sem a kom, Grag. ii..90 ; ^it
iir er odds farvegr er a e3r eggjar, enda er \>6 sar, at ma3r Ijosti til, ef
'^Ixbh sem vi6 kemr, e9r hvat sem hann gorir J)ess er blxftir, 115,
''; and in the Norse law, ef ma3r kastar at manni ok lystr hann, J)at
lir sar, ef ma9r hefir ekki vapn i hendi, en annars drep, N. G. L. i. 69 ;
t**" er menu fa i orrostum, Post. ; hafSi annarr bana en annar sir a
■ Nj. loi ; veita e-m sar, N. G. L. i. 67 ; Hggja i sarum, Fbr. 96 new
; deyja or sarum, Fs. 120 ; bana-sar, q. v. ; holsar, Fbr. 2 J i ; voftva-
sAr, afiesb wound; sidu-siir, a tide wound; svciSu-sir, and to ptnim : poet.,
sdr-dropi, -flofl, -gf mir, -14, .I6er, =' tvound-drop.' i. c. blood; Bir-
eldr, -Iss, -jOkull, -klungr, -laukr, -Unnr, -teinn, -viti, -vOndr,
-J)isl, -'wound-fire,'. . .'wound-shaft,' i.e. a weapon; sdr-gagl, -gammr,
-geitxmgr, -Ifmr, -mutari, -oxTi, •= <j carrion-crow; lAr-fikiiui, * wound-
greedy,' Lex. Poet. compds : sdra-atiki, a, m. a burl, tnuirt. pain;
kenna sarsauka, Fms. ii. 1 74 ; vcrfta fyrif skcmdum cfta »Ar»aukum, G|)L
19. sdrs-bnin^ f. the edge of a wound. Fas. ii. 375. a&rn-tax, n.
the state of the wounds; harm varft hcill »Araf«r» pCM, B». i. 419; hrak-
ningar ok s., Nj. 137 ; hvert s. hann veitti honuni. Bjam. 65 ; \m er hann
fekk vansa i siirafari, Sturl. i. 103 ; ok er leitaft var til »Arafa*r» j>orbjarnar,
Orkn. 458. adra-fullr, adj. full of sores, Greg, 22. 84ra-menn =
sarir-menn, Sturl. ii. 97 ; cp. s&r-menn, m. pi., Bser. 19. 8&ra-«tki or
s&ra-veyki, f. a kind of scorbutic disease {?), ¥&\. x. 31, U.K. iii. 533;
for a description of this illness see Hungrv. ch. 7, Bi. L 37^
sdr-auki, a, m. = sarsiuki, Js. 28.
sdr-beittr, adj. 'sore-biting,' very keen, Horn. 109, bijr. 123, Fat. iii.
353, Grett. 116 uew Ed.
sdr-boetr, f. pi. compensation for a wound, GJ)I. I49, 190, N. G. L.
>• 67, 7.S-
sdr-dpopi, a, m. ' wound-drop,' poet, blood, Hkv.
sdr-eggja3r, adj. = sdrbeittr, Trist.
sdr-fBBttr, adj. sore-footed.
sdr-heitr, adj. 'sorely-hot,' very hot, Grett. 126 A; [cp. Germ. ubPi
Dan. saare; Engl, sore.]
sdr-hendr, adj. with sore bands.
sdrindi, f. pi. soreness; hvarki svi8i n6 s.. Fas. ii. 151.
sdr-kaldr, adj. ' sorely-cold,' bitterly cold. Pass.
sdx-keyptr, part, 'sore-bought,' dear-bought, Nj. 255.
sdr-leikr (-leiki), m. soreness, pain, Horn. 29, Ver. 72, Stj. 21, 38,
97, 189, Bs. ii. 25 : mctaph. />am, Horn. 11, Bs. i. 142.
sdr-liga, adv. sorely; kveljask s., Stj. 155 ; brenna s., id. ; leika t., lo
handle roughly, Hkr. i. 323 ; hefna s., Fb. ii. 381 ; fyrirfarask s., Fms.
xi. 425 ; minnask s., id. ; svikja s., vi. 218 ; syndga $., K. A. 104 ; grata
s., Fms. xi. 425, Stj. 208; s, hryggr. Mar.; s. {jyrstr, Karl. 55.
sdr-ligr, adj. sore, Th. 19, Anecd. 30, Mar.
sdrna, a&, to become sore, painful. Fas. ii. 451 : impels., e-m tarnar
e-t, it is sore to me, pains, grieves me.
sdr-or3r, adj. using sore, cutting words, Karl. 1241
SABK, adj. [A.S. sar; Scot, sa/r; Engl, sore; Dan. saart]: I.
sore, aching ; the phrase, eiga um sdrt at binda, to have sores lo bind up,
to snuirt sorely, of a loss, Nj. 54 ; hann J)rysti knc-nu ok |)vi er sdrast
var, Fms. v. 224; sar skeina, Stj. 187; ond hennar varft sarari vift
dau6a sonar sins. Mar. ; me3 saru hjarta, 633. 58 ; med sarum huga,
sarr gratr, Fb. ii. 392; sdran sjuknafl, Fms. iii. 172; sdrar pislir, i.
189; sar kyol, Sks. 652, horund-sarr, har-sarr, touchy, sensitive: neut.
sart, painful ; opt ver&r sarin sart at laekna, Al. 99 ; bitr |)at sdrara, Sks,
804 ; en menn hcifdu b6 sart haldit fraendum sim»m, i.e. bad sore losses
among their kinsmen, Isl. ii. 384 ; cp. hafa ilia haldit ; vera sart leikinn,
to be sorely handled, Nj. 27,114; hverjum er lifit s4rast at lata, J>i6r.
119: saran, as adverb, grata saran, to 'greet sair,' Fas. ii. 236: the phrass,
sitja aldri 4 sdrs-hof3i, to be always quarrelling : — nu {>6tt |>orkatli va:ri
matrinn sarr, J)a J)or6i hann J)6 eigi at synja J)eim gjstingar, though it
pained him to part with the meat, yet . . ., Fbr. 36 J skafta-sarr. II.
wounded, Isl. ii. 258; mjiik sarr. Eg. 33; sarr til (ilifis, 190; Htt sarr,
Ld. 222 ; ekki sarr, passim ; u-sarr, not wounded, and so passim.
sdr-rd3, n. pi. the plotting bodily injury to a person, Grag. ii. 116.
sdr-rei3r, adj. bitterly angry.
sdr-vitr» f. 'wound-wise,' skilled in surgery {7), Hkv. I. 53.
sdr-yr3i (-yrtr, adj.), n. pi. 'sore words,' banter, Ls. 19, Horn. 143.
SAT, f. [sitja], a sitting in ambush, ambush, Grdg. ii. 127, Sturl. i.
149 (v. 1.), Eg. .568. 571, Fms. viii. 379, Orkn. 48; fyrir-s&t, um-sdt :
a putting, placing, sealing, in compds as upp-sat, saltketils-sdt.
sdta, u, f., gen, pi. satna, Isl. ii. 329, [setja], a truss of bay carried on
horseback, two of which make a kjyf: as also a small bay-rick, Nj. 194
(arfa-sata), Am. 37, Isl. ii. 329, Brandkr. 60; cp. sxx\, rids, Eb. 224.
sdtr, n. = sat, Sturl. i. 149; better satinni.
SATT, f. and sajtt ; of the sing, in classical Icel. both forms are used
indifl'ercntly, whereas in plur. saettir is usual; in mod. usage s«tt prcvailt
throughout ; [setja] : — a settlement, covenant, esp. any agreement made by
umpires (through giirS, q. v.); hence nho peace,concord; a word much uted
by old and mod. writers and in conversation ; gcira sdtt, Grdg. i. 485 ; eigi
munu Jieir rjiifa {)a satt er ek gori, Nj. 65 ; var8 l)at at ssett, at Hdlfdan
konungr skyldi halda riki sinu, Fms. i. 13 ; verfta sekr at satt, to be fined
in a court of arbitration, Grdg. i. 81 : the word is used freq. in the Lawt
and the Sagas, leita um saettir, Eb. 24, 246 ; sld mdlum i ssett, 286 ;
eptin ssett Eyrbyggja ok Alptfirftinga, 252 ; h^lzk sii saett vel meSan ^ir
lifdu baSir, . . . sumar J)etta hit sama eptir saettina, 246 ; vildi |>orgrimr
J)d eigi halda saettina, 50; bjoSa saettir, 100; varft {iat at saett, Fms. i.
13 ; segja upp satt, to pronounce judgment as umpire, Grdg. i. 118, and
i passim :— of the indemnity, skal aftili eighask tva hluti sattar, 144 ; ok
518
SATTARBIKAR— SEGJA.
skal J)ar af satt til taka, id. ; skal af satlum til taka, 382. II. con-'
cord, consent; segja satt sina a e-t, Grag. i. 66.
B. CoMPDS : sdttar-bikar, m. a ^ peace-heaker ' loving-cup. Fas.
iii. 299. sdtta-bo3, n. pi. an offer of terms, Nj. 105, Eb. 128.
s&ttar-bsetr, f. pi. satisfaction, Fbr. 72, v. 1. sattar-domr, m. a
court of arbitration, Grag. i. 359 ; composed of twelve persons, 487.
sdttar-ei3r, m. an oath taken at a satt, Sturl. ii. 7. sdttar-fundr,
m. a peace-meeting, Nj. 256, Sturl. i. loi, Fms. vi. 209, viii. 44.
sdttar-grid, n. pi. a truce, Sks. 742. sattar-g6r3, f. the making a
treaty, agreement, peace-transactions, Fb. ii. 234, Grig. i. 136, 485 ; sat-
targorSar vattr, 83. sdttar-hald, n. the keeping of an agreement,
Sturl. i. 81, V. 1. sd,tta-leyfl, n. a licence to make an agreement;
J)ar bei8a menn syknu-leyfa allra ok sattaleyfa, Grag. i. 6. satta-lof,
n. = sattaleyfi ; stefna maiini heiman til sattalofs, Grag. i. 359. sdttar-
zaadr, m. an umpire, peace-maker, Grag. i. 118, 137. sdttar-
mark, n. a mark of peace, 623. 50 (Gen. ix. 1 7). s&ttar-nefna, u, f.,
better ssettar-stefna, Sturl. i. 163. sattar-stefna, u, f. = sattarfundr,
Grag. ii. 165. sittar-umleitan, f. mediation, Fms. iv. 141, (saetta-
umleitan, O. H. 58, I.e.) s&tta-vandr, adj. = satt vandr, Sturl. iii.
275. sittar-vsetti, n. /es/!W2o«>' fl< a saett, Grag. i. 183. II.
ssettar- or ssetta-; S8ettar-bo6, n. = sattarbod, Hkr. ii. 103, Eb. 246,
Eg. 281. SBBttar-br6f, n. a charter of agreement, H.E, i. 459.
S8etta-brig3i, n. a breach of an agreement, Sturl. ii. 130, Orkn. 424.
ssettar-efni, n. the basis of an agreement, Sturl. iii. 1 70. S8ettar-ei3r,
m. = sattarei3r, Fms. vi. 1 84 (v. 1.), Sturl. ii. 7 C. ssettar-fvindr, m. =
sattarfundr, Ld. 228, Fms. iii. 38. S8Bttar-g6r3, f. = sattargorS, Fms. i.
160, iv. 368, Nj. 187, Grag. i. 488. S8ettar-h.ald, n. = sattarhald,
Sturl. i. 81 C. saettar-handsal, n. the hanselling an agreement, Grag.
i. 361; see handsal. ssettar-kaup, n. /ie/rzce o/aw a^>-e«we«/, N.G.L.
i. 81. ssetta-laust, n. adj. without truce, unable to agree, Sturl. iii.
■257. S8ettar-ma3r, m. = sattarma3r, Grag. i. 118. ssetta-m^l, n.
the making an agreement, Grag. ii. 87. S8ettar-or3, n. a word of peace,
mediation, Ld. 66. ssettar-rof, n. a breach of an agreement, Nj. 106,
Sturl. ii. 132. S8ettar-sainJ)ykki, n. an agreement, Fms. ii. 242.
S86ttar-skr^, f. = saettarbref, a charter, N. G. L. ii. ssettar-stefna,
u, f. = sattarstefna, Fms. vii. 241, Sd. 172, Sturl. i. 163 C. ssetta-
umleitan, f. = sattarumleitan, Hkr. ii. 86, Fms. ix. 51, Sturl. ii. 172.
sattan, f. = satt, Fms. x. 160, xi. 418.
s6tt-band, n. a treaty, covenant, Fb. ii. 276.
sdtt-fuss, adj. peace-loving, willing to come to terms, Sturl. iii. 275.
s&tt-gjarn, adj. = sattfuss, Nj. 88, Sturl. ii. 179, Fs. 185.
satt-gjarnliga, adv. in a conciliatory way, Fms. ii. 36, vi. 181, vii.
306.
sfi,tt-gjarnligr, adj. conciliatory, Fms. iii. 6^, Sturl. iii. 170.
satt-liga, adv. peaceably, N.G. L. i. 78.
sdtt-mdl, n. pi. words of reconciliation. Eg. 401, Ld. 228, Fb. i. 560,
Fms. i. 37. II. sing, a covenant, Skv. 3. 39 ; esp. eccl., Sti. 56,
62, 115, 129, 305,65i,Fms. vi. 286, 0. H. 78, Grett. 103 A. compds:
86.ttindls-bu3, f. the covena?it-booth. Tabernacle, Stj. 310. s&tt-
m&ls-16g, n. pi. the law of the covenant, Stj. 650. sattm^ls-mark,
n. the mark of a covenant, Stj. 62, 115. sdttmals-Ork, f. the Taber-
nacle, Stj. 427, the Icel. Bible, passim.
sdtt-mdli, a, m. (old writers prefer the neut. sattmdl), a covenant,
Hkr. ii. 119 (but 0. H. I.e. sattmal), B. K. 126, Sks. 51 ; einn sattmala
. . . J)ann eilifa sattmala milli Gu9s ok allra li^andi dyra . . . J)etta skal vera
teikn a \>dm sattmala, sem ek hefi upp reist Gen. ix. 9-17 ; Gamli satt-
mali, the covenant between the Icelanders and the king of Norway, D. L
i. 602 sqq.
sdttr, adj. agreeing, at peace, reconciled; sattir ok sammala, Isl. ii.
381 ; at v6r sem sem sattastir, Fs. 43 ; s. vi8 e-n. Anal. 282 : ver6a s. a
c-t, to agree on; ver6a J)eir a J)at vel sattir, Nj. 22, Fms. i. 279; {seir
ur8u a ongan hlut sattir, x. 24 ; ur6u allir a J)at sattir, Nj. loi ; ef J)eir
verSa eigi a sattir, if they cannot come to terms, Grag. i. £7; s. a fjar-
tolur, 336; at J)vilikum kostum sem J)ii hefir a sattr or3it, Ld. 212:
eg er sattr me6 a5 gora J)a&, / am quite willing to do that, (mod.) ;
mis-sattr, li-sattr.
sdtt-rof, n. a breach of a satt, Valla L. 227.
sdtt-samliga, adv. in peace and harmony, Dipl. v. 16.
sdtt-samligr, ^d]. peaceable, Sks. 520, v.l.
sfitt-vandr, zd]. particular as to terms, Sturl. ii. 63.
sdtt-V8Bnligr, adj. hopeful as to an agreement, Rd. 254.
se3i, f. [sa3r or saddrj, satiety, Greg. 28.
seSill, m. [Lat. schedula'], a slip of paper, (mod.)
SEDJA, pres. se6, pret. saddi, subj. seddi, part, saddr; [^Go'di. sapan,
sop, supposed from ga-sopjan ; A. S. sadjan ; O. H. G. satjan ; Lat.
satiare]: — to satiate, feed ; Gera ok Freka se6r, Gm. 19; s. e-n af e-u,
or 4 e-u, s. hrafn af hrsejum, Hkv. i. 43, F-as. i. 140; s. hrafn a holdi,
Korm. (in a verse) ; og hann girntist a& s. sik af J)eim molum sem feliu af
bor5um bins rika, Luke xvi. 21 ; metaph., Stj. 29; at ek skylda sadda
hafa y8ra fyst a minni frasogn, 655 xxx. A. 4 ; s. fenginn hungr a nyju
ranfengi, Al. 83: s. e-n e-u, s. oss sinum malum hclgum, 625. 79; s. hvers synir J)eir vseri, — peir sog&u, Nj. 125; for sveinninn ok
n
J)orsta, to slake the thirst, Magn. 4S6. II. reflex. seSjask, t
sated, eat one's Jill; vitnir seQsk, the wolf is sated, Edda (Ht.) 9 ; se8
Saehrimni, Gm. ; ver soddumk af konunglegri saelu, Al. 165 ; seSjas
e-u, 677. 3 ; lata ver3a sadda sina reiSi, Al. 106. III. part, sac
[Germ. satt~\, sated, havijig eaten one's Jill, eg er saddr; vera s. a e-i
have got enough of, Ld. 98 ; fuU-s.
s63r, part., from sjil, used as adj. wary, clever ; hann er vel s^6r, h
er seftari en svo.
s^3u or so3u, pret. pi., remains of a lost verb syja, [answering
Goth, sjujan ; A. S. siwjan ; Engl, sew ; Dan. sye ; Lat. suere~\ :
sew; se8u {sew thou) hve vel {leir se3u {sewed) er fyrir saumfoi
re5u, Skalda, Thorodd : part. se3r or s63r, sewn; jarni sse3r, Hal]
(Fs. 205) ; skyrta hamri s6&, hammer-knit, epithet of a coat of r
Fms. xi. 197 (in a verse).
SEF, n. [Engl, sedge; Dan. siv], sedge; var straS golf a Saebo
sefinu af Seftjorn, Gisl. 27; lykklaus sem sef, Al. 173; sem af sef
slyi, Stj. 253 ; stokk af tagum ok sefi gorfan, 251 : poet., svarSar s
the hair, Kormak. compds : sef-dsela, u, f. a ledgy hollow, B
Sef-grisnir, m. a 'sedge-hoar,' po(3t. a wolf. Lex. Poet. sef-r
f. a sedge-bank. Lex. Poet. sef-tjorn, f. sedge-tarn, a local n.
Gisl. 27, 107, III. sef-visk, f. a sedge-wisp, Gisl. 29.
J)vengr, m., poet, a ' sedge-thong,' snake. Lex. Poet.
SEFA, a&, older form svefa, Fms. ix. 444, [akin to svefn], to so
soften; sefa ok svefja, allit., Rm. 41 ; the act. is rare in old writers
freq. in mod. usage. II. reflex, to be soothed, appeased, of an
kom sva at Grimr sefa&isk. Eg. 166, Ld. 52, Fbr. 141, Fms. xi.
svefaSisk (sefa3isk, v. 1.) Jja hugr jarls, ix. 444 ; J)a gekk af he
moSrinn ok sefa&isk hann, Edda 28, Fms. v. 319; J)eir sefu5usk, F:
354 ; vinir hennar ba3u hana sefask ok smia hug sinum til koni
Fms. vi. 4, vii. 128 ; af ^essu nafni sefask hoggormr, 623. 26 ; ef
faer eigi sefat hana, appeased, soothed her, Fms. xi. 135. 2.
aefabr, propitious ; at Drottinn se honum jafnan sefaSr, Stj. 309 i
vertu s. yfir illskur lySsins, 312.
sefan-ligr, ?.d].Jit for sacrifice; s. forn, Stj. 310.
SEFI or sevi, a, m. [akin to sif, sifjar, q. v. ; cp. A. S. sih =peaci
the mind, affection, poijt., Edda (Gl.) ; fr63r sefi, Fsm. 4 ; ok sn
hennar ollum scva, Hm. 162 ; einn er hann ser um seva, 94; J)aer 1
sver6 ok sefa, Sdm. 27; sorgmoBr sefi, Gkv. 2. 40; hverr er ser
slikan sefa, Hkm. 19; smiisk ^eim til satta sefi, Gg. 9. II.
Engl, sib; Engl. ^os-S!/>] = sifi, a kinsman, Hkv. 2. 8; Surtar sevi,
(Hb.) ; Ullar sefi, Vtkv. (in the interpolated part).
seggr, m., pi. seggir, [A. S. sacg ; from segja ?] : — poet, a man,
a messenger, which sense can still be seen in Akv. i, 2, 6, as al
the allit. seggr and segja ; at J)u mer, seggr, ne segir, Skm. 5 ; s
segja mer hvartveggja, Hallfred. 2. gener. a man, Vkv. 7
nottum foru seggir, 6 ; senir voru seggir {strangers) und hjalmum, 1
■20 ; seggja drottinn, Bkv. 5 : the word remains in mod. usage in
phrases as, grimdar-seggr, a cruel man ; oroa-seggr, a rioter. s
fjold, f. a host of men. Lex. Poet.
segi or sigi, a, m. a slice, bit, clot; hjarta mitt var runnit sundr i
my heart was molten into drops, ' torn into shreds' Sol. 43 ; hann si
tungu ormsins einn sega, Tristr. ; hann skar hann sundr i siga, Bret,
hann (the dog) greip i kalfann ok J)ar or siga. Fas. ii. 426 ; {jorir k'
livilja&r at skera staerrum segjum, to cut larger slices, Sturl. i. 61 ; :
segi, the tongs' bit, poet. = the iron in the forge, {)d. 15 ; bloS-segi, a c
blood; r^oT-segi, the heart ; fkl-segi, a bait ; klo-segi, kverk-segi, q.
SEGJA, pres. seg^i, segir, segi, pi. segjum, segit, segja; pret. sagijpl.
scigSu ; pres. subj. segja ; pret. segSa, segSir, seg3i ; imperat. seg, scju;
part. sagSr : doubtful forms are sagat, saga8r, Merl. 2. 4 : a pres. ic
seg, segr, ek seg, Grag. i. 64, 134 ; segr hann, Fms. x. 421 ; segsk, ' ig-
i. 159, ii. 57 : with a neg. suff. segr-at, Grag. ii. 214 ; sag5it, Hynr|4;
segit-a, tell ye not! Vkv. 21 : an older form seggja with a doublil'is
suggested in Lex. Poiit. in two or three passages, cp. A. S. secgo »s
also seggr; but in Haustl. I.e. the g in 'sagna' is soft, and not jird
{gg) as in mod. Icel. pronunciation, and sagna would fairly rhyme litn
sc^'andum : [a word common to all Teut. languages, except at.
strangely enough, no Goth, form is recorded, for Ulf. renders AcW,
\fyfiy, eiTTfiv, by mapljan, quipan, rodjan; so it may be thapM
earliest sense was not to say = Lat. dicere, but a limited one, ttW-.
proclaim; A.S.secgan; Eng\. say; Dan. sige; Svjcd. segja.'] j
A. To say, in the oldest poems chiefly, I. to tell, J"""'-
Lat. narrare, dicere; segSu, imperat. tell thou me I say I VJ)m. i '.v
15, 17, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, Aim. 10, I M-
16, etc., Skm. 3; segSu mer or helju ek man or heimi, Vtkv. ( a'
geirinn sag3i {foretold) manns bana, eins e3r fleiri, Nj. 119; mer g!
sva hugr um, my mind tells me, I have a foreboding; eigi segir ni vc
hugr um J)essa fer5, Ld. 366 ; sag6i honum mjok livaent hugr um h"'
hag, Fms. x. 215; sagSit honum hugr vel {)a, Hym. 14; seg oss ( J^'
{)inn, Nj. 95 ; hann segir honum greiniliga slikt er hann spur6i, Fi '';
99 ; J)essi saga er mi aetlu ver at segja, viii. i (see saga) ; hann
rSi
SEGJA— SEIDR.
519
' HaraWs, Fms. vii. 167; hvat hark var J)at? — Honum var sagt, 168;
hafa spakir menn sagt, lb. 6; sva sag6i fjorkcU oss, 5; sva sagOi
T OSS, id. ; sv;i sag3i oss Ulfh^dinii Gunnarsson, 9 ; |)eiiiia atburd
"li Teitr oss, at t>vi es Kristui kom 4 Island, 13 ; en Hallr sagSi oss
I. IS ; svft sag&i hann oss, id. ; en honuni sag&i |>orarinn brodir lians,
16 ; es sannliga es sagt, at fyrst feri til Islands, 4 ; hvatki er missagt
^1 es i frsedum J)essum (pref.) ; J)ar sag6i hann eigi konia dag a vetr, Landn.
if.); sv:i segja vitrir menn, . . . en sva cr sagt, 25; sv.i sag5i Saem-
Ir prestr enn froSi, 27 ; er sva sagt, at honum hafi flestif hhitir hiifding-
,^t gcfnir verit, Nj. 254 : of inscriptions, writing, segja {)sEr (the
ics) fornu'ila J)enna allan. Eg. 390 ; segja bazkr, at . . ., 625. Hi ; skal
^kra hafa sitt mal, er Icngra segir, Grag. i. 7 : segja lei8, to tell the
-j way, to guide, csp. on the sea, to pilot, Fms. xi. 123, Eg. 359 (leiS-sogn,
I leidsegu-niaSr) : — to tell, bid, far {jii ok seg Agli, at J)eir buisk J)a5an fimni-
:; Nj. 94; hann sendi hu.skarl at segja Steinari, at hann faerSi biistaS
\, to tell S. to change bis abode. Eg. 749 ; segdu honuni aS konia, tell
to come! 2. with prepp. ; segja eptir e-m, to tell tales of one,
rm agaitist, Al. 1 25 ; hann sag3i eptir mer, segSu ekki eptir mer ! —
,1 e-u (fra-siign), to tell, relate, Nj. 96; J)ar er hon nu, Unnr, er ek
>! J)er fra, U., of ivhom I told thee, 3 ; eigi ma ofsogum segja fra
>inuiium J)inum, Ld. 132 : s. fyrir, to dictate, Fms. vii. 226, Fb. iii.
I 533, Nj. 256: to foretel, Rb. 332; s. fyrir uor5na hluti, Fms. i. 76,
»l| viii. 5 : segja fyrir skipi, to bid Godspeed to a ship (on her first voyage),
■ 480: to prescribe, Ld. 54; {jeir sigldu um nottina, en hann sagSi
<: (^piloted) med viti ok gaefu, Bs. i. 562 ; s. manni fyrir j6r3u, to
■■ notice as to the redemption of an estate, G{)1. 295-297, 301 sqq. : —
a til, to give up; s. til nafns sins, to give one's name (on being
ed), Hbl.; hvat er nafn hot&ingja y3vars? Rutr segir til sin, R. told
same {said, my name is R.), Nj. 8 ; sag3i Ornolfr til sva-felldra itaka,
!. i. I ; skal ek her fa J)er saemd ok virding, J)a er J)u kannt mer sjalfr
., Eg. 312. 3. impers. it is told; her hefsk Landnama-bok, ok
r i hinum fyrsta kapitula, hversu, Landn. 24; h^r segir fra Binii
11, 39 ; segir nokkut af hans orrostum, Fms. viii. 3 ; sem segir i sogu
>. i. 4 (see saga) ; sem aSr sag6i, . . . sem sag6i fyrr, as was told
re, X. 382, 410. II. to say, pronoimce, declare; eg seg J)at
"':, I declare to God (in an oath, cp. Engl. ' so help me, God'), Grag.
;, 134 ; ok segi ek J)at JEsi, Glum. 388. 2. so in the law phrases,
■i sik i {)ing, liig, and the like, to declare oneself in a community, to
:,■• a comjnunily tinder the law ; as also, segja sik or {lingi, loguni, to
declare oneself out of, to withdraw from, a community, Grag. and the
Bagas passim; segja skilit vi6 konu, /o declare oneself separated from,
^- divorce one's wife, Nj. 50 ; segja J)ing laust, to declare a tneeting at an
'■. Grag. i. 116: — segja log, to say the law, used of the speaker's
;^ogu-ma9r) decisions ; syni Erlings segi ek engi log, i.e./ give no sen-
r for him, Fms. ix. 331 : iron., sogSu sver3 J)eirra ein log oUum
liim, ii. 315; s. profan (a) malum, K. A. 216; s. dom, to give sen-
[j ence. 3. with prepp. ; s. e-n af e-u, to ' declare a person off a thing,'
1 .6. take it from him; hann sag3i Vastes af drottningar-domi ok oUu
»vi riki, Sks. 462 ; J)a er hann Jegar sag&r af IserSra manna tign, 694;
■£■ kipta sva miklum rikdomi, ok segja hann af einhverjum ok til annars,
'•. to take it from one and give it to another, Fms. ix. 330 ; {)ann dag
,1 log mann at aptni af gri6i, Grag. i. 146; s. e-n afhendan, to de-
, ire a person off one's hands, give him up, Fs. 34 : — s. e-t a, to atmounce ;
()i:; *u skalt segja a reiSi mina, Nj. 216; s. a usiitt sina, 256; baeta at ^eim
Muta sem log segdi a hann, as the law declared, i7nposed, Fms. x. 152 :
-. aptr, to break up, dissolve ; s. friSi aptr, N. G. L. i. 103 : — segja sundr
gja aptr, s. sundr gri6um, fraendsenii, Fms. ix. 276, x. 133, Fas. ii.
136: — s. fram, to say, pronounce, esp. of pleading, to read; s. fram sok
rj pd the like, Grag., Nj. passim : — s. fyrir, see L 2 : — s. upp, to proriounce ;
''' hann hafSi J)enna kost upp sagSan, Fms. xi. 284 ; segja upp gor6, dom,
•.. to pronounce sentence, as a judge or umpire, Grag., Nj., Band. 12,
-m; s. upp liig, to proclaim the law from the law-hill (the act was
d upp-saga), lb. 17, Bs. i. 25 ; at hann segdi upp login, Nj. 164: s.
upp, to give one up, Sturl. iii. 181 C: segja e-u upp, to declare
"J end; segja upp friSi, griSum, Fms. x. 133; segja upp J)j6nustu
e-n, to leave one's service, Hkr. iii. 68. III. to speak, talk;
■ t konungr a erendi, talafti hatt ok hvellt ok segir sva — ^at er . . .,
. i. 215 ; ' J)enna kost viljum ver,' segir Skapti, Nj. 150; ' frauva,'
r hann, ' J)at er satt er J)u maelir,' Fms. x. 421. 2. in a dialogue;
r hann, segir hon, says he, says she, etc. ; ' Kenni ek vist,' segir
ell,— 'Hverr a,' segir Skamkell ; ' Melkolfr ^txW,' segir Otkell,—
nia skulu J)4 fleiri,' segir Skamkell, ' en vit tveir,' 75 ; Gunnarr
ti— ' Veiztii hvat {x^r mun verSa at bana?' — ' Veit ek,' segir Njall, —
^at?' segir Gunnarr; — 'feat sem allir munu sizt setla,' segir Njall,
: and so in countless instances. IV. to signify, mean ; Jjetta
r sva, Fms. viii. 239 ; 'fiat voluntas tua,' {)at segir sva, ' verSi J)inn
' Horn. 157.
B. Reflex, to declare of oneself ; hann sagSisk J)a vaka, be said that
■'-■as awake, Nj. 153; sagSisk Haraldr vilja leggja vib hann vin4ttu,
-• '• 53 ; t^ir sem sogBusk segja fyrir uvorSna hluti, 76 ; at {jii sdr
urr en J)u segisk, Fas. ii. 544, frcq. esp. in mod. usage, for the old^
writers in this case prefer kveSsk, kaSuik (from kvefta). H.
as a law phrase, J)u segsk i {)ing mcft Atkatli gofta, Nj. 231 ; maftr tkal
segjask i {)ing mefl go8a t)eim cr hann vill, Grug. i. 159; nefndu hvirir
vatta, Kristnir menn ok hciflnir, ok $<)g8usk hv4rir or Itigum aiinarra, Nj.
164 (Id. 1 1, Bs. i. 2 2) ; hon sagftisk 1 *tt »iiia. the told her origin, i. e.
she was exactly like her parents, NjarS. 382 : imperj. phraie, c-ni »egi»k
sva, one's tale runs so; honum sagfiisk sv4 til, Am story rvnt; or, honum
segist vel, be speaks well; honum tagftist vel i dag. bt prtached wtll to-
day! \,ib segist 4 e-u, there is a penalty on it, 'tis not allowed; lata i^r
segjask, to let oneself be spoken to, be reasonable, Am. 29, and in mod.
usage. III. part., siinnu sag8r, convicted of, Sdm. 25 ; Jupiter
vill vita hvart hann er sonnu sagdr, if the charge is true, Bret. 12:
gerund., in the saying, scgjanda er allt vin sinum, all can bt uxid to
a friend, one can open one's heart to him. Eg. 330. IV.
pass. /■/ is said; sva segisk, at.. ., Fms. i. 98; ^\\ kvikendi (cgjaik
augnafull umhverfis, Horn. 48 ; hann jegisk (is i,aid to be, L»t. dieilur)
skapaftr or jordu, Eluc. 21 ; segist i hverri viku salu-mcwa, Dipl. i. 8;
Zabulon, ^zi m4 her segjast bygging, Stj. ; ef nokkut riptist eflr af
seg6ist, Dipl. iii. 1 1 ; segist {)ctta med ongu moti aptr, cannot be refuUd,
Fms. ix. 476, Hom. 154; af sog8um bxjum, aforesaid, Vm. 84; fyrr-
sag3r, aforesaid; but this passive is unclassical, being taken from the
Latin, and rare even in mod. usage. V. segendr, part. pi. (seg-
gendr, with a double g, Haustl.), sayers, reporters; sjacndr efta segendr,
Grag. ii. 88. segjands-saga, u, f. a hearsay tale; skoluS er her vera
ok sja {)au ti6endi er h«?r gorask, er yftr \>&, eigi segjanz-saga til, J)viat ir
skolut fr4 segja ok yrkja um si3an, 0. H. 206; hence the mod. {»& er
segin saga, a told tale, a thing of course [cp. Fr. fa va sans </»>«].
SEGL, n. [A. S. segel; Engl. so«7; Germ, segel ; Dan. seil^: — a sail,
Nj- 135 ; vinda, draga segi, to hoist sail, Hkv. i. 29, 6. H. 136, 137, 170 ;
setja upp segi, Fms. ix. 10; taka til segis, 0. H. 140 ; leggja ofan segi, 1 70;
hefla {to reef) segi, 182, Nj. 135, Fms. ix. 285, Fb. ii. 583 ; hlcypa segli
or heflum, 0. H. 182; hleypa ofan scgli, id.; hlafta (/o /«r/) seglum,
Fms. viii. 135 ; nu laegir seghn J)eirra, (5. H. 182, passim. The ancients
took pride in costly sails woven or embroidered with stripes and figures in
various colours (vondr, segi stafaS vendi), stafat segi, Fms. i. 301 ; segi
bl4-stafat, x. 345 ; stiifud segi mcS yrnsum litum, xi. 437 ; scglin voru
stofud oil med bla ok raudu ok graenu, O. H. 161 ; segi stafat vendi bl4ni
ok raudum. Eg. 68, (3. H. 113, 124 ; var seglit hvitt sem drift ok stafat
rau5u ok bla me6 vendi, 170, Orkn. ch. 116, and passim: such sails
were a fit gift to a king, see the narrative in Fms. vi, Har. S. hardr. ch.
100; at menn sendi konungi vingjafir, hauka, hesta, tjold c8r segi, 6. H.
126; hence the poets call the sail a 'tablet' (skript) : pwct. a ship
is called segl-hundr, -marr, -vigg, sail-bound, sail-steed. Lex. Poet.
coMPDs : segl-b6t, f. sail-mending, Sks. 30. segl-btiinn, part.
sail-bound. Eg. 389, Eb. 140, Fms. vii. 68, ix. 439. segl-laun, n.
pi. reward for a sail, Fms. vi. 358. segl-rd, f. a sail-yard, Fbr. 13a.
segl-rei3i, a, m. sail-rigging, Sturl. i. 189, Edda i. 330. segl-teekr,
adj. jfit for sailing; veSr segltsekt, (5. H. 138, Fms. vii. 286. segl-
vidr, n. a 'sail-tree,' of the yard, Skalda 162.
segull, m. a magnet. compds : segul-berg, n. a magnetic moun-
tain. Snot. segul-steinn, m. a lodestone.
seida, d, [answering to si3a, q. v.], to enchant by a spell; sei8a sei8,
to work a spell, Gisl. 31 ; Gunnhildr lot {)at sei8a, at Egill skyldi aldri
ro bi8a. Eg. 403 : s. til e-s, seiddi hon til |)ess i hallaeri, at hvert sund
var fullt af Slid, Landn. 147 ; hann hefir 14li8 s. til, at honum skal ekki
vapn at bana verSa nema hann, Nj. 44.
sei3-berendr, m. pi. sorcerers, Hdl. 32.
Bei3-galdr, m. enchantment by spells, Rom. 383.
sei3-hjallr, m. the scaffold on which the wizard or witch was seated
and where the incantation was performed, Ld. 142, Fas. ii. 84, iii. 319.
seid-kona, u, f. a sorceress, witch, Hkr. i. 19 ; volva ok s.. Fas. ii. 506.
sei3-l8eti, n. pi. the sound heard during the incantation, prob. the
screams, songs, and charms by which the sei8 was accompanied, Ld.
152 ; see var8-loka.
sei3-nia3r, m. an enchanter, wizard, Fms. i. 10, ii. 134, Fas. iii. 319,
Bard. 39 new Ed.
sei3-niagnan, f. the working a spell.
SEIDB, m., gen. sei8ar, dat. sei8i ; the fem. sei8 si'na (sinn), Fms. ii.
136, and seiSit, Fas. iii. 319, are false forms: — a spell, charm, enchant-
ment, incantation, which in the heathen times was solemnly performed at
night ; the wizards pr witches were seated with certain solemn rites on a
scaffold (seiShjallr), from which they chanted their spells and songs ; the
' seidr ' was performed either to work any kind of good or evil to another
person, or to be a kind of oracle or fortune-telltng, to foreshow future
events, such as the life and fate of those present, the weather, or the like ;
of the evil kind is the charm in Gisl. I. c. Ld. 152 ; fa at sei8. Hkr. i. ai ;
Ingjaldr ok volvan aEtlu8u til sei8ar mikils um nottina. Fas. ii. 507 ;
Freyja kenndi fyrst me8 Asum sei8. 8; fremja sei8, {>orf. Karl. 376;
efla seia, Eg. 403, Fas. ii. 72 ; magna sei8, Gisl. 1 16 ; konungr ba8 hann
hsetta sei8i, Fms. i. 10; hon ba8 f4 s^r konur er kunnu frsc8i ^zl sem til
sei8sins l)arf, |>orf. Karl. 378 ; var ^angat at heyra ill Ixti cr ]^\x fromdu
520
SEIDR— SEKR.
seiSinn (sei6it Ed. wrongly), Fas. iii. 319: seiftis-hiis, the bouse where
the spell was worhed. Fas. iii. 166, v. 1. ; in Yngl. S. ch. 7 the charm
of 'seidr' is attributed to Odin; O&inn kunni J)a ij)r6tt, er mestr
mattr fylgdi, ok framfti sjalfr, er seiSr heitir, en af \>v\ matti hann vita
orlog manna ok lior&na hluti, sva ok at gora monnum bana e9r uham-
ingju eda vanheilindi, sva ok at taka fnl monnum vit e5r afl ok gefa
68rum, en Jiessi fjolkyngi, er framiS er, fylgir sva mikil ergi, at eigi Jjotti
karlmonnum skammlaust vi9 at fara, ok var gydjunum kennd sii ij)r6tt,
Yngl. S. ch. 7 ; as to the rites and ceremonies of the ' seidr ' see esp. the
interesting account in |)orf. Karl. S. ch. 3, compared with that in Vd. ch.
10 and Orvar Odds S. ch. 2 and 3 ; even the old poem Voluspa is framed
as a song delivered by a prophetess working a spell. The witch scene
in Macbeth is an echo of the ancient 'seidr' as it survived in tradition
in Shakespeare's time, though the devilry and the cauldron are later
additions.
sei3r, m. [Norse set], the gadus virens, a kind oi fish, L., Edda (GL),
Lex. Poet. ; hence the mod. sei8i, a fry ; vara-seiJii, the fry or young
offish.
sei9-skratti, a, m. a wizard, Gisl. 18.
seiSsla, u, f. = sei8r, Fas. iii. 319.
sei3-sta3r, m. the place where a spell is worked; })ar fannsk kinga ok
s. mikil, Ld. 328.
seiS-stafr, m. an enchanter's wand, Ld. 328, v. 1.
seid-vill&yU, {.spells to counteractwitchcraft ; rista sei9villur. Fas. 111,319.
seigildi, n. a tough substance, a knot.
seigja, u, f. toughness.
seigla, u, f toughness, difficulty.
SEIGR, adj. [Dan. seig], tough; seigu leirl, Sks. 416; seigr i sinum,
Flov. 27, Karl. 475 ; seig bond, Hom. 124. 2. metaph. tough,
stubborn ; seigr a sitt mal, Fms. x. 300 : difficult, pat mun veita seigt,
ii. 118 ; seigt er svongum at skruma, Fb. i. an ; ^at er seigt at segja,
Fms. vi. 376.
SIjIZi, f. [a Goth, form sail is assumed from sailjan = xa.Xav, Mark ii.
4; A. S. seel; Germ, seit]: — a string, line, esp. In Icel. used of a line
on which fishermen string their catch of fish and trail them behind the
boat; the word is rare in old writers, koma a sell e-m, to be carried
along by one, pd. 9; ras sell, Merl. 2. 12 ; sell grundar, 'earth-thong,' a
snake. Lex. Poet.; sellar sol, a shield; J)rym-seil, id.
sella, u, f. a hollow, Bjorn : a local name.
seilask, d, dep. to stretch out one's hands as high or as far as one
can reach ; Jjotti mer sva long hondin a mer, atek Jjottumk s. upp a
bjargit, {)orst. Si5u H. 178 ; {)6rr seildisk sva langt upp sem hann mdtti
lengst, Edda 33 ; hann ba6 |)orfinn J)a s. i moti djaknanum, Orkn. 112 ;
Kormakr seildisk til ok hj6, Korm. 142, Isl. 11. 269 ; s. til sver8sins,
Fms. viii. 332. 2. metaph. to seek far for a thing; skal ekkl
seilask til nafns, Fs. 73 ; s. til saemdar i hendr e-m, Boll. 338 ; s. til e-s,
to covet, 655 xxix. 6: — s. a e-t, to encroach on; s. a Gu8s rett, ok
hellagrar kirkju, Bs. 1. 741, Fb. 11. 261 ; hence, a-saelast, id.
seiling, f. a stretching up the hands; in Icel. the height of a person
stretching his hand up is called selling, J)a8 er selling min, or Jia8 er
sellingar-hae&, J)a8 er seiling upp undir lopti8, and the like. 2.
metaph. a seeking from far ; er {)at honum nau6syn en elgi seiling, it is
a necessity, and not his own seeking, Hrafn. 16.
SEIMR, m. [sima], a wire or string; draga selminn, to drawl out one's
words, 1. e. talk with a canting voice. II. riches; en hvorkl gull
n6 seim, Pass. 36. 5 ; bjartan seim, Fb. 11. 523 (in a verse) ; rautt gull er
s., |)jal. ; seims ok hnossa, Edda (Ht.) ; seima-t)ollr, seim-sker&ir, selma-
slongvir, seim-brjotr, selm-orr, seim-stafr, selm-tynir, selm-J)verrlr, etc. are
epithets of a lordly man, lavish of gold, Lex. Poet. III. a honey-
comb, prop. ' honey-texture ' (cp. Germ, wabe from weben = to weave) ; hon
rettl fram hondina ok tok upp seiminn, Stj. 210 ; ssetarl en hunang e8a s.,
Bs. 1.103; saetligan seim, 240; hunanglegr s., Th. 77; hunangs-s., q.v.
sein, n. a delay ; mi var eigi seln a (seinat?) konungi til motsins, the
king did not wait for him, Fms. vi. 239 : the saying, ein stund verSr opt
at seinum, one hour may make it too late, Harms. 41 ; aldri laet ek at
munni seln, Mkv. 24 ; fri8-sein, lack of peace, disturbance, bd. 9.
seina, a8, [Ulf. sainjan = 0pa5vi/eiv; Germ, sehnen, but only in a
metaph. sense] : — to delay, slacken ; skynda skal hverr sem elnn at
smiask til Guds meSan hann ma, at eigi selnl hann, lest he be too late,
Hom. 13 : seina e-u, to delay; ver6r mein ef J)vi seinum, LeiSarv. 39 : s.
at hr68ri, to lag with his verses, Orkn. (in a verse). 2. esp. in the
part, seinat, too late, mun mi elgi um seinat at flyja, Fms. viii. 162 ; of
seinat hefir J^u at segja, thou hast delayed too long. Fas. 1. 196 ; ok er
J)6 of seinat, Ld. 144, Fms. 11. 195 ; sva at elgi verdi seinat, lest it be
too late, xi. 114 ; seinat er mi, systir, at samna Niflungum, Akv. 17.
sein-buinn, part. ' late-boun,' slow in getting ready, Fms. ix. 304.
sein-fyrndr, part, long-lived, lasting, Edda (in a verse).
sein-faerr, adj. slow, Grett. 90 A, Fms. xi. 434; bru var a, ok var
seinfaert yfir, it took a long time to pass, Stud. ill. 24.
sein-gorr, adj. 'slow-made,' slow-growing ; hann var s. maSr i upp-
vextl, SturL Hi. 132 ; opp. to braSgorr.
B
It.
sein-lieppiligr, adj. slow, dull-looking, Fms. vi. 204.
seinka, a8, to delay, slacken, Isl. ii. 217: with ace, s. gonguna,
106; s. e-t mal, to put a case off, Fms. 1. 74: with dat., and S'
mod. usage, seinka e-u, Isl. 11. 217, Gisl. 12 r. II. reflex. ;
delayed; Jjotti seinkask um kvamu hans, Fms. 11. 72, xi. 70; mjok ]
seinkask atlagan, vii. 259 ; J)a er seinkadisk um svorin, MS. 623. \t
seinkan, f. a hindrance, delay. Eg. 546, Bs. 1. 482.
seiii-ld.tr, adj. slow, dull of motion, Bs. 1. 795 ; opp. to bra5-latr.
sein-liga, adv. slowly ; taka s. undir e-t, or taka e-u s., indiffere
Nj. 217, Fms. 1. 74.
sein-ligT, zd]. slotv, dull ; Oddr var eldsaetr ok s., Landn. 235;
vi6brag5i, Grett. 90 ; Sighvatr \>6tti heldr s. fyrst i aeskunni, Fb
243 ; hann beiddi hann liSveizlu, Halfdan var hinn seinligasti, H.
slow, unwilling, Sturl. iii. 16.
sein-lseti, n. slowness, dnhiess, sluggishness.
sein-msBltr, adj. sloiv-speaking.
SEINN", adj., compar. seinni, superl. selnst, seinstr, mod. selnastr. d
so in Fb. 1. 74, Orkn. 402 ; in mod. usage compar. seinni, but su
selnastr; [A.S. scene; mid. H.G. seine; Swed. sen; Dan. seen
segnis] : — slow, slack, opp. to fljotr; seinn a faeti, Fms. vii. 169 ; hai Rr
seinn, Rb. 358 ; ertii seinn mjok a slikum sogum, Fs. 69 : gramm,
stofur seinar e8r skjotar, Edda 123, passim in old and mod. usage,
neut. as adverb ; fara selnt, to go at a slow pace, Nj. 197 ; ma6r ri6 >k
eigi selnt, Isl. 11. 335; gengr j^at seinna en sol, Rb. 108; kerns fio
seinna fzn = ' festina lente,' Nj. 68 ; hann song seint ok skynsamlega k.
I. 74- II. temp, la/e, slow; forum til skipa ok verSum eilol
selnir, Fms. 11. 300 ; hann var5 s. fra heimbo9inu, GuUJ). 68 ; ver6a s( jai.
to be behind, Nj. 28. 2. neut., honum {jotli J)elm seint verSa, |is.
II. 82 ; runnu J)eir allir, ok var6 Jjorsteinn seinstr, the last, 1. 72 ; {lai-ar
selnst skipa Hakonar, the hindermost, vii. 289 ; at seinstum kosti, < \'be
very last, D. N. Hi. 39 ; Sveinn var5 selnst biiinn, Orkn. 402 ; sottisk jini
seint, Nj. 8, Fs. 71 ; HallfreSi Jjotti J)eim seint ver6a, 100; sva m:|an
mann at seint er at telja. Fas. 1. 49S ; J)ar var& seinst {last) al jt,
Landn. 276; a manaSar fresti et seinsta, at the last, not later than al.
Grag. 11. 205; selnt ok seint, bit by bit, Stj. 11; komsk Jjat isi
(hindermost) ut, Hkr. iii. 144; lauksk seint {slowly) um hag hear,
Sturl. i. 199; hafa margir menu J)ess seint (i.e. never) baetr be6it, ;ns.
ix. 427 ; seint er um langan veg at spyrja ti6enda, Edda 30; tak ;-:.
seint, slowly, coolly, Hkr. 1. 191, Fs. 155; hann leit seint til J; r.i,
Edda 30.
sein-talaSr, part, slow-spoken, Stj. 260.
sein-J)reyttr, part, long-suffering, Nj. 90, Fn;s. vi. 371 ; s. til r i.
seizla, qs. sei9sla = sei8r, Fas. iii. 319.
sekd, f., see sekt. sek3-fe, n. = sektarfe, Nj. no. |
sekja, b or t, also spelt sekkja, to fine, sentence to a fine. |2.
to sentence to outlawry; sa er hann (ace.) sek&l, Gr4g. 1. 81 ; {jeir Inr
er Jieir hafa sekta, 94, Fbr. (in a verse). II. reflex, to be 6/
to a pe7ialty ; sekisk sex aurum vl& blskup, K.A. 22; go8inn seki v.
hann getr engi til at nefna ferans-dom, Grag. 1. 95 ; J)a sekjask J)eir sm
aurum vi8 erendreka konungs, N. G. L. 1. 7. 20, loi, 251; seksk .n;;
eigi fyrir pat er hann kvanga&isk, 656 A. 11. 17; pa er sem ham at
einn sek8an hann, Grag. (Kb.) l.iio; sa ma8r er sek8an hefir an.
Ill; pat er hann sek61 hann breksekS, id.
sekka, t, to pack up; sekka voru, Nj. 259: mod. sekkja, i the
phrase, sekkja skapi sinu, to shut up (i.e. suppress) one's indignatit
SEKKR, m., gen. sekkjar, Stj. 214; pi. sekkar; but mod. s cir.
also Stj. 214, Nj. 134, 1. 2 from bottom: [a word common to all ii--
Germanic languages] ; — a sack, bag ; s. er ilat, Skalda 168 ; peir ?
me5 ser sekka. Bias. 45; but ace. sekki, Stj. 217; i sekkunum,, j,
sekkjar munnr, 214; peir baru milli sin sekk, O.H. 135; sekkr j
heitir byrSr pser er einn fetill er i, N. G. L. 1. 349. 2. a pO'
trunk, in a merchant ship; gefa alin af sekk hverjum, Sturl. 1. 222
toku sekka nokkura or bulkanum . . . foru mi a&rir sekkar a ham
peir er lettarl voru . . . sekklr tveir lagu par hja bulkanum, Nj
hence sekkja-gjald, n. a ' trunk-tax,' a tax payable to the king o:
way by Icel. ships ; this tax is first mentioned in deeds of the 14th ce
N.G. L. ill. 180, 215-218 (deeds of 1360 and 1383), D. N. 11. 514.
SEKB, adj. ; in this word in old vellums a j appears after the
before a vowel, whence also came the old change of the root vowel ;
sekjan, sekjum, sekjar ; in later vellums this^ is dropped, sekan, S'
e\c. : [from sok] : — prop, sentenced, to pay in money or person
of a fine, mulcted, verbr hann sekr um pat premr, sex morkum^
'• 37' 296, 363, 375; pa eru peir sekir fimtan mckkum, N.G
21, 359 (else the Grag. has litlagr, q. v.) II. in Icel. lav
victed, outlawed, condemned to the lesser or greater outlawry ; tm
ma3r sekr at satt, en pa ver8r maSr sekr at salt, er hann handsalS:
sina, Grag. (Kb.) ch. 60 ; sekr sk6gar-ma5r, sekr fj6rbaugs-ma8r, (
til ek hann eiga at ver3a um pa sok sekjan skogarmann, prop. =
victed woodman, Nj. no: ma5r haf6i sekr or8it um praxis mo
leysings, lb. 6 ; but also used singly, ins sekja ijianns, the outlaws,
1. 360; GisH ver8r sekr, Gisl, 39; ver8a sekr um vig, Nj. 88, 1
SEKT—SELSKUTILL.
521
his
K
^4
iiiij
I'l hi
1., Har9. S., and other Sagas passim. 2. guilty, wicked; hefna'
.luin moiinum illar atferdir, MS. 677. 4 ; li'ita {lann undan setja er sekr
'-•, ^}- 13^^! ^'8' S"""^ verkin ein gaman manninu sekjau, 656 A. ii. 16 ;
bar til cr ^c'n fara af heirniuuni sekir, 625. 66 ; sekari n6 dauSlegri, Sks.
533; saint fyrir GuSi sekr crt, Pass., N. T., Vidal. passim.
sekt, f. ; in the Grag., csp. Kb., the older form sekd or sekj) prevails ;
in Kb. ch. 60, sekt occurs nine times, sek& or secjj seventeen times : — a
penalty, Jine, mulct; varSar biianda {)at {)riggja marka sekt, Grug. i. 158 ;
ef madr handsalar manni akveSna sekt sina, 1 19. II. as an Icel.
law term, the condition is one of the three degrees of outlawry or liig-
tekt, — thus defined, J)ser eru logsekftir J)rjar k landi voru, ef maSr er gijrr
skogar-madr oferjandi, c3a fjorbaugs-maSr, en sii en J)ri6ja at auka sva
fjorbaugs-sekfl, at hann skyli eigi eiga fsert lit hingat, Grag. i. 1 19; yet,
as a rule, only the first two degrees appear in the Sagas ; sekt is opp. to
sjett, Fs. 73; lysa til fullrar sektar, Nj.: — hence the outlawry itself,
Grdg., Nj.; hann (Grettir) var lengst i sekt, Grett. (fine) ; |)6tti sumum
seni hann hef6i liti sekt sina ef hann hafdi nokkut af hinu tuttugasta
liri, 149. This clause about the twenty years is nowhere mentioned in
the Gragas, and seems to be a mere popular fiction in the Grett. S., cp.
also Gisl. 126 and Har&ar S. ad fin. 2. guilt; jata \)xr sektina, Th,
78 ; syndir ok sektir, Stj. 55 ; sektir e5a logbrot, Sks. 665. compds :
8ek3-au3igr, adj. ' guilt'-rich,' wicked, Landn. (in a verse). sekdar-
domr, m. a conviction, sente?tce 0/ outlawry, opp. to saettardomr, Grag.
i. 487. sek3ar-f6, n. the property of an outlaw, which was con-
fiscated, one half to the community (fj6r8ungs-menn), the other half
to the prosecutor, Nj. 1 10, Grag. i. 120, Sturl. i. 34, Njar8. 382, Eb.
36, 110 new Ed. ; af hans s. ur6u almenningar, Landn. 12 i : a price put
on the head of the culprit, Grett. sek5ar-g6r3, f. a sentence o/sekt,
Grag. i. 487. sek3ar-h.andsal, n. a ^hansel' or first trial o/" sekt,
Grag. i. 118, 488. sekSar-lauss, ad], free, not convicted; eigi ann
ek J)ess |)6ri at fara sektalausum {unconvicted) af Jjessum fundi, Lv. 45 ;
sektalaust, with impunity, N. G. L. i. 349, K. A. 176, Jb. 22 B, Sks.
602 B, GJ)1. 23. sektar-mark, n. a brand or mark of guilt, Sks.
116: plur. the marks by which to know the person of an outlaw, Band.
>i new Ed. sekta-mdl, n. pi. cases abotU penalties, fines, N.G. L. i.
3. sektar-sakir, f. pi. a case liable to sekt, Grag. i. 462. sektar-
niagi, a, m. the destitute child of an outlaw, Grag. i. 237.
sekunda, u, f. [Lat.], a second, Rb.
sekventia, u, f. [Lat.], a sequence, part of a chant in the mass, Vm. 47,
jm. 14, Fms. viii. 141 ; sekventiu bok, -rskra, B. K. 83, Pm. 28.
S£L, n., gen. pi. selja, dat. seljum, [sel stands for an obsolete ' sali,'
and the word is akin to salr, q. v. ; A. S. sele] : — a shed on a moun-
tain pasture, but within the landmarks of each farm (not in the almenn-
ingar), where the milch-kine are kept in the summer months (it
answers to Germ, senn-hutte). An Icel. word ; in Norway such huts
are called setr (or saetr), q. v. ; sel skal hverr gora s^r i almenningi
cr vil! ok sitja i sumar-.setri ef hann vill, N. G. L. i. 251 (in Icel. this was
not allowed, eigi skal sel gora i afrett. Grig. ii. 302) ; tva sto&la ok sel
I'll), D.N. i. 81 ; ek a sel skamt heSan, vertii \>!lt i nott, Fs. 59; \>a,
' lu \)G\v til selja Griss, Fms. ii. 247 ; Viga-kolr for fra seli adan, Nj.
,S5 ; fara i sel, fara til sels, Grag. ii. 277 ; faera i sel, to bring the kine to
the sel (in June) ; faera, flytja lir seli, to bring them back, in the autumn ;
SDur3i konungr ef nokkur sel vaeri J)ar, er J)eir maetti i bua, 6. H. 187 ;
^-dyrr, -gluggr, -hur6, -veggr, -t6pt, Rd. 310, Ld. 244, 278, 280,
rst. S.hvita 43, cp. Ld. ch. 55, 62, 63, Vd. ch. 40, 41, |>orst. S. hvita
-•-. 43, Vapn. 24, Hallfr. S, ch. 9, Grett. 139. II. freq. in Icel.
il names, Sel, Seljar, Selja-land (whence Seljalands-muli),
l-tungtir, Sels-hagi, Sel-d, Selar-dalr (whence Sel-dselir, the
nfrom S.), Sel-fors, Hei8ar-sel, Landn., Dipl., map of Icel.
B. Compds : Sel-buar, m. pi. the inhabitants ofS., a Norse county,
!s. viii. 35. sel-byggr, m. a nickname, Dipl. ii. 16. sel-fangi,
III. the stores in a dairy (sel), D. N. sel-flutningr, m., in the phrase,
H selfiutning, e.g. when three or more persons cross a river severally
a small boat which can only carry two persons at a time, one always
■\iming to fetch the next. sel-f6r, f. the keeping cattle in a sel,
ig. ii. 277, Eg. 765, Landn. 95, in both passages used as mod. seU
3a : a right to keep a sel in a pasture, kirkja a selfor a Flateyjar-hcifti
rum kiini, a Balafelli, a Nearavoll, Heydal, Pm. 92, •jx, Vm. 18, Dipl.
26. sel-gresi, n., botan. ribwort, narrow-leaf ed plantain, plantago
' znstifolia. sel-g6r9, f. erection of a sel, Rd. 263: = J)eir hofflu
,'ora a sumrum i Selshaga, Dipl. i. 7 ; at Benedict aetti s. a BreiS-
c>um, V. 10. sel-liestr, m. a horse used in the sel, Dipl. v. 5. sel-
ad, n. land for sel (pasture), Pm. 49, Dipl. v. 7. sel-mdnuSr,
the month in which milch-cattle are removed to the sel (June), Edda
v sel-setr, n. a mounlain-shed, = sd; i selsetri eiuu, Fms. viii.
'■'); Kristbiiit A selsetr i Seltungu, Vm. 169. sel-stafla, u, f. the
!ce where a farm has its sel.
eli, a, m., and sili, q. v. [Dan. sele'], harness ; saSuU eda seli, N. G. L.
363 ; hvert hross skal i reiSskjota fara, er seli c6a sa&ull hefir a komit,
- 5 : in mod. usage sili is a strap in the harness,
^e-ligr, adj. s/^M^, = sjdligr. ,
SELJA, pres. sel, sclr (sell, Grag. ii. 80) ; prct, scldi ; part, scldr ;
[A. S. seljan; Engl, sell; Dzn. seeige] : — to band over to another; «.
e-m e-t, or absol. ; Asta selr honum sverdit, Fmt. iv. 37 ; hann tok
sver6 biiit ok seldi Birni ok fingrgull— Sverft |)ctu, sagdi hann, gef
ek J)^r, O. H. 53; hann seldi smala-manni hiifudit, Nj. 70; hann tok
menit af halsi ser ok seldi Finni, 6. H. 136, 148: selja fram, to deliver
up, Hkr. ii. 243; mun hann s, framni Hrapp, Nj. 133, 134; selja af
hiindum, Fms. iv. 278; s. e-t i hcndr e-m. Eg. 180, 715; hann seldi
biiit 1 hendr J>orsteini, 704; s. vapn or hendi sct, Fs. 39; hann scldu
{)au til f(Sstrs i SuSrcyjar, Fms. i. 250; s. c-m sonu sina til f6strs, 5;
seldu honum margir sonu sina til laeringar, lb. 14; meirr en cfni se til
seld, more than is due, Bs. i. 137, Fs. 84. 2. to yield milk, of a cow ;
htin (the cow) selr ekki, vill ekki selja, in which case the Scottish milk-
maids use a tulchan or stuffed calfskin. 3. a law term, selja scik,
to make over a suit into the hands of a delegate to plead it in court ;
sva skal stik selja, at Jjeir skolu takask i hendr, s4 er sok tckr ok hinn
er sell (hand-sal), Grag. ii. 80 ; a8ra skoggangs sok sel ek ^6t a hendr
Starkadi . . . mun ek s. J)dr i hendr legords-siikina, Nj. 98, 99 ; s. vig-
sok, Grag. ii. 80; s. mal i hendr e-m. Eg. 732 ; s. e-m sjalfdaemi (q. v.),
Nj. 92 ; s. e-m grid, Edda 57 ; hann kvadsk hvarki vildu s. grift no taka,
neither give nor receive pardon, Nj. 92 : phrases, s. e-m laun, to give a
reward, pay; hefir hann a8r sell mor laun i heilrieSum, 179, 214 ; s. fe at
lani, to put out money on credit, lend money, Isl. ii. 223 ; s. 4 leigu, to put
out on interest, Grug. i. 390 ; Ija e3a selja 4 leigu, 437 ; selja 4 frest, to iell
on credit, Vapn. 7 : selja upp, to throw up, vomit, (upp-sala.) II.
to sell, part with (derived from the preceding sense), Fms. x. 5, 327;
hann seldi land sitt, Ld. 134; ef Jjii selr land {)etta {)eim Bolla, 312;
ek em kominn at fala at J)er hey ok mat, . . . Hvartki vil ek J)or selja
— Viltii gefa m6r J)a? Nj. 73; ef hon kaupir meira, ok a s4 eigi hcim-
ting til J)ess er hann seldi henni, Grag. i. 334; s. vi8 litlu verfti, to
sell for a small sum. Eg. 100; ekki sel ek hann nema vid miklu verfti,
Fms. X. 227 ; cp. viS hleifi seldu, they sold me for a loaf(?), Hm. : selja
mansali, to sell into bondage, Fms. x. 224; s. sik sem dyrast, to sell
one's life as dear as possible, xi. 376; {)6tti fieim konungr lit seldr,
a done man. Odd. 12; \ie\T Erlendr voru fram seldir {lost men), ef...,
Fms. vii. 318; fram seldir ok til dau3a dsemdir, 65. III. reflex, to
give oneself up; seljask arfsali, to give oneself up as arfsals-maSr (q. v.),
Grag. i. 204, Vapn. 13 ; gjarna vilda ek at hann seldisk meS minnum
vandrtE8um en a horfSisk, Ld. 254 ; aldri mun J)at vel (it seljask, it will
never go well, Karl. 152 ; vi& marga hafit er heit goft, en misjafnt J)ykkir
lit seljask, Nj. 122 : to hire oneself out, ef hann selsk dy'rra a leigu, Grag,
i. 149. 2. recipr. to exchange; \>tiT gorSu frifl ok seldusk gislar, Hkr.
i. 7 ; hafit heilir grid selzk, ii. 166. 3. pass, to be sold, Fms. i. 79,
1 86. 4. part, seljandi, a seller, vendor; seljandi saka, Gr4g. i.
370, 480; selendr ok kaupendr, Greg. 39.
selja, u,f. [A. S. sea/; Engl, sallow; Swed.sdlg; Dan. s<cljt; North. E.
and Scot, saugb] : — a sallow, a willow, salix capraea, Edda (Gl.), Pr. 473,
Lex. Poet. ; kirkjan a alia sma-reka, raetr allar ok seljur, Pm. 69. selju-
tri, n. a willow-tree. Am. iii. II. [si ja the verb], a female
dealer, whence freq. in poet, circumlocutions of a woman, Edda 68, Lex.
Poet. III. the name of an island in Norway ; whence Selju-
jnenTO., the saints of Selja; Seljumaiina-iiiessa, -vaka, see mcssa,
Bs., N. G. L. ; for the story see Fms. i.
seljari, a, m. a seller, dealer. Mar., Horn. 23.
selningr, see sendlingr.
SEIjB, m., pi. selar, but mod, selir, [O. FL G. selab ; A. S. seol ; Engl.
seal; Dan. scel-hund]: — a seal, Lat. pboca, Fs. 143 ; egg ok sela (ace.
pi.), Sturl. ii. 77 ; fiska, fogla e6r sela, Grag. ii. 337 ; sela ok fiska, 358 ;
sela alia, 359 ; syndr sem selr, Nj. 29, cp. Engl. ' to swim like a duck :'
the phrase, m6r er ekki um sel, 'seal likes me not,' i.e. / do not like it.
For a description of various kinds of seals see Sks. 40-44 new Ed. (opnu-
selr, orkn-selr, latr-selr). 2. in local names, Sel-str6nd, Sel-
vdgr, etc. : — as a nickname, Selr, 6. H. ; sels-bani and sels-hefmr,
id.; sela-gnupr, Gisl. 9.
B. Compds: aela-h&tT, m. a seal-boat, boat for seal-catcbing, Giil.
135, Vm. 98. sel-belgr, m. a seal-skin (not cut up), Eb. 96, Landn.
76, Fms. i. 10. sel-biti, a, m. a flip with the finger; gefa e-m sel-
bita. sela-drd.p, n. seal-killing, Vm. 137. sels-eista, n. a seal's
testicle, a nickname, Fbr. sel-feitr, adj. fat as a seal, Fbr. 19, Vigh
36. sel-flskr, m. a small kind of whale, Sks. 1 79. sel-fita, u, f. stai's
fat. Ant. 275. sel-hdr, n. seal's hair, Eb. sels-hreifl, a, m. a seaTs
paw. sela-htiair, f. pi. seal-skins, Sks. 184, Bard. 165. sels-
h6fu3, n. a seal's head, Eb. 276: Dumnial selshiifuO, a nickname, in a
Runic inscription in Ireland, see under mal. sel-kolla, u, f. the name
of an ogre with a seal's head, Bs. i. 604 sqq. sela«kyn, n. a kind of
seal, Sks. 1 78. sela-lagnir, f. pi. places where nets are laid for catch-
ing seals. sel-latr, m. pi. ptaoes where seals litter. sel-nasi, a,
m. 'seal-nose,' a nickname, Sturl. iii. 184. sel-not (sela-net), n. a
seal-net, Grag. ii. 358, Vm. 108, Jb. 317. sela-aaetr, f. pl. = sehiet,
Bs. i. 388. sel-skinn, sela-skinn, n. a seal's skin, Vm. 60; scl-
skinns-brakr, -stakkr, -kufl, Fbr. 139, Sturl. i. 30. sel-skutiUi m. a
522
SELSPIK— SENDA.
seal-barpoon, Fbr. 144, Stiirl. iii. 68. sel-spik, n. seal-fat. sels-
sveif, f. = selshreifi, N. G. L. i. 339, 363. sel-tiund, f. a tithe of seals,
levied as a tax on seal-catchers, D. N. sel-tjaxa, u, f. tar from seal-
fat, |}orf. Karl. 438. sel-vara, u, f. ' seal-ware,' fir, Rett. 47. sel-
veiSr (sela-veidr), f. seal-catching, Ld. 90, Eg. 135, Am. 1 2. sel-ver,
n. a place where seals are caught, Bjarn. 22, Eg. 42, P'ms. iv. 330.
sel-skapr, m. [from Germ, ge-sellschaft ; Dan. sel-skab'\, company,
N. T., Pass., Vidal. (mod.)
Selund, f. the ancient name o{ Zealand, Edda (begin.), Fas. i. (Sogu-
brot), and so called in old poems.
S!EM, a conjunction, and a relative particle, probably from the same
root as sam, sama-, denoting as, the same, the like ; if so, the conjunc-
tion would be the original, and the relative particle the derived use; in
old writers ' sem' is in general use as a conjunction, while the pronominal
'sem' is rare, for 'er' or 'es' is the old relative particle: but in mod.
usage the conjunction has been almost displaced by ' eins-og,' whereas
' sem' as a relative particle has got the better of ' er.'
A. As a conj. as, Lat. ut ; rau6r sern^ bl65, folr sem grass, blar sem
Hel, Nj. 177, fsl. ii. 220 ; hvitt sem drift, 6. H. 170 ; au6igr sem Njor&r,
Fs. 80 ; syndr sem selr, Nj. 29; ragr sem geit, vitr sem Njall, har
sem troll, mjor sem J)vengr, etc. 2. with another particle or
an adjective; sva sem = Goth, swe-swe, so as, like as, Germ, so wie ;
sva sem salt, Pr. 472 ; sva sem born f63ur, Edda 13 ; sva sem fyrr var
ritiS, O. H. 171 ; sva sem her er ritaS, id.; msela sva sem einum munni,
623. 33, and passim in old and mod. usage : temp, about that time, sva
sem hann for at veiSa, . . . sva sem J)eir lifSu, . . . sva sem i J)ann tima,
Stj. 46, 50 : — slikr sem, such as ; slikum manni sem Ljotr er. Eg. ; slika
sxmd sem hon hefir heiti6, Nj. 5 ; me3 slikri grein sem her segir, K. A.
82. 3. referring to a verb or to the preceding sentence (ellipt. =
sva sem); svaela e-n inni sem melrakka i greni, Nj.; hann for sem usekr
ma6r, id.; staup mikit sem manns h6fu6 ( = sva sem), Fms. vi. 183;
{)eir veittu J)er allan hei6r sem siiium formanni, Karl. 221 ; skal hverr
vera sem sjalfr ry6r ser til rums {such as, just as), Fms. viii. 93 ; vit
skulum ginna J)a alia sem J)ursa, Nj. 263; henni var tniaS sem g66ri
konu, Sks. 457 ; hann kom, sem hann haf&i heiti6, as he had promised,
Fms. i. 72 ; sem enn mun geti8 verSa, as it will be told, vii. 230; dugSi
hverr sem matti, every one did as he coidd, his best, viii. 139; lag5i
hverr fram sitt skip sem drengr var til, vi. 315 ; sem fyrr var sagt, Stj. 48 ;
Harekr g6r5i sem hann hafdi sagt, O. H. 170. 4. with a compar. j
t)vi ligorr sem hann er forvitnari, the less, the more, Greg. 29. 5.
with a superl. ; sem hvatast = Gr. ws raxiUTa, Lat. quain celerrime, Fms.
viii. 145 ; sem skjotast, Nj. 4; sem ti&ast. Eg. 206; sem nsest, 127 ; beita
sem J)verast, 161 ; sem bezt, Sks. 623 : sem verst, sem mest, Karl. 222 ;
sem skemst, 225 ; sem minnst, Nj. 263 : ellipt., sem left out, Sks. 171,
201 B. 6. with subj. as if; sva sem hann mselti annat mal, (3. H.
171 ; sem J)in m63ir se, Skv. 1. 41, (hence the mod. sem-se, to wit, viz.,
proncd. sum-se) ; lat sem ^u J)ykkisk J)ar allt eiga, Fms. xi. 112 ; J)eir
voru allir me& vapnum sem til bardaga vaeri biinir, iv. 220; J)a er {seim
J)6tti sem minnstir vaeri fyrir scr. Eg. 123 ; sva skulu ver ok vara oss,
sem ver munim eiga vi5 borSa-mun at deila, Fms. viii. 288 ; sva lizk
mcr sem mi munim ver hafa . . . , Nj. 5. 7. as also, as well as ; hann
tekr sva kirkju-tiund sem sina tiund, B. K. 49 ; oss synisk hon sva hjalp-
samlig sem nytsamlig, as wholesome as useful, Dipl. i. 3 : sva . . . sem,
so . . . as, i. e. both alike ; brag sem leika, Bjarn. (in a verse) ; reyr, stor,
sem rosir vaenar, Hallgr. II. temp, as, when ; sem hringdi til aptan-
songs vildi konungr ganga, Fms. vii. 148 ; mi sem Lucifer hugleiddi,
Stj. 7 ; enn sem Pharao sa J)etta undr, 267 ; mi sem hvarirtveggju . . .,
Karl. 148 ; ok sem keisarinn er viss or6inn, 222 ; ok sem J)ar er komit
J)j6nustu, 223; freq. in mod. usage, — og sem hann var enn mi a9 tala,
Matth. xvi. 47; enn sem hann gekk lit um dyrnar, 71 ; enn sem J)eir
h6f6u krossfest hann, xxvii. 35 ; sem Moises me6 sinum staf. Pass. 40.
7 ; naer sem, 38. 12, passim.
B. As a relative particle, used just like the particle er (es), see
p. 131. After a demonstrative pronoun; konungi fieim, sem sva er
go&r ok rettlatr, Fms. vii. 261, ; eptir J)etta, sem mi var geti3, i. 16 ; at J)vi
skaplyndi, sem ver hofum, Nj. 61 ; ^i menn, sem, K. A. 10; J)au votn,
sem, Stj. 91 ; J)au laeti, sem, Fms. i. 217; hinna fyrri biskupa, sem Qo
whom) landshattr var her kunnari, H. E. ii. 79 ; or J)eim fjordungi, sem
f^it er aSr mest szmzn, from that quarter, whence . . . , Gnig. i. 195 ; i
J)ess konungs veldi, sem sa var, in whose kingdom be was, 190 : answer-
ing to er (IL 2), vi6 slikt ofrefii, sem {)eir attu at etja (viz. vi6), Fms.
iii. 9 ; or j)eim settum, sem J)er {)6ttu ernirnir fljiiga (viz. or), Isl. ii. 196 :
adding a demonstr. pron. (cp. er A. Ill), ef prestr fallerast me6 J)eirri konu,
sem hann hefir skirt barn hennar {whose bairn), H. E. i. 190. II.
after adverbs; J)ar sem = ' there as' = where ; J)angat sem, 'thither as*
= whither; J)a3an sem, 'thence as ' = whence; hann drap J)ar {there)
fotum, sem {where) vatni \>vi var ni3r slegit, Hom. no; muntu J)ar
J)ykkja s6ma-ma3r, sem J)u kemr, Ld. 158; skal J)ar kalla kirkju,
sem hann vill, K. Jj. K. 42 ; felask {)ar sem {where) okkr J)ykkir vsen-
ligast, Nj. 263 : hvar sem hann kom, tuheresoever be came, Fms. vi. 356 ;
l)at sem f^kksk af reidskjotum, 0, H. 1 70 ; hva3an ? {>a3an sem J)u matt
vel eta, Nj. 75, 2. J)u gorir J)ik go&an, J)ar sem J)u hefir verit J)j
ok morSingi, thou who hast been, Nj. 74 : dropping ' J)ar;' eru allir |jraer
sem hann er, all the Tbronds are where be is, i.e. they all back b.
Fms. i. 53.
semill, m. a composer, peace-maker, poet., Fas. i. (in a verse).
semingr, m. slowness, langiior ; gora e-t med semingi ; cp. also sen
n. and semsa, a3, to eat slowly.
SUMJA, pres. sem, semr; pret. sam&i and samdi ; subj. sem&i ; p:
samiSr, samdr, saminn ; [from sam-, saman, but chiefly used in a pe
liar and derived sense] : — prop, to 'put together,' to shape, compose,
range, settle, and the like ; samblandit ok lisamit efni, Stj. 7 ; setlar
her eptir at semja kirkju- vi&iun, tbinkest thou after that fashion to sh
it, Ld. 316; ok semja \>a.T til eitt klaE3i, they shaped a cloth for t
use. Mar. ; siSan sam6i {shaped) Gu3 fagra konu or rifinu, Ver. 3 ;
h\]u?ii^xn, to tune instrumoits. Fas. iii. 221; alia hefi ek sam-hlj63e
S3.mb3. {arranged) i Jiat mark, Skaldai68; samSi hann saman (/?/i
into one) hin fornu Icig ok in ny'ju, Ver. 52 : mod. semja kvseSi, v i
hok, to compose a poem, verse, book ; semja maerS, Lex. Poet. : sci
heit, to make a vow, Magn. 532; semr hann doma, ok sakar k-f
Vsp. ; s. ssett, to tnake peace ; fyrr en ssettin vaeri sami&, Fms. xi. 3(
konungar som3u ssett sina me3 J)vi moti, at . . . , vi. 27; Sveinn konu
haf&i sami8 ssett vi3 hann, ii. 294; s. ra3 sin, vi. 21 ; engir hi-
skyldi J)eir til ver5a, at eigi sem6i {settled) J)eir sjalfir, Nj. 72; h,
kva6 J)a mart talat hafa, en fiat samit, at ... , but this they bad settt
//bfl/. . ., Ld. 44; at })eir hefSi sami5 me3 hvat riki Nor3menn sk;
hafa, Fms. x. 5 ; sam&i hann sik litt vi6 kennimannskap, the priesth
suited him ill, Fms. viii. 9 ; hann Jjottisk trautt mega s. hann j^ar heii
sem hann vildi, be could hardly settle {manage) him as be liked, fsl
204. 2. to restore, reform, mend, put right; hann sam6i U
liga J)eirra lif, Bs. i. 96 ; at {jeir sem&i sina frasndsemi eptir J)Vi sem \
aetti, that they should restore their relationship to a proper footing, Ld.
konungr baetti trii {leirra ok sam5i si6u, the king mended, reformed ti
faith and man7iers, Fms. ii. 128; samdi hann Kristnina, Fb. ii. 2-
hefir J)u mi heldr samiS J)ik or J)vi sem var, thou hast improved thy!
211 ; s. sik eptir si&venju utlendra manna, Fb. ii. 36; sctja ok sci
dramb e-s, compose and put down. Fas. i. 38. 3. semja vi5 1
to treat with one ; Hriitr kva&sk at visu vilja s. vi& Hoskuld, Ld. 1
biskuparnir scimdu til {came to an arrangement) me6 ij&rum la-rS
monnum hver bo& J)eir skyldi bjoda sinum undir-monnum, Bs. i. iiL
semja um e-t, to make a settlement, as also to enter into negot
tion, H. E. i. 396. 4. impers., e-m semr e-t, one agrees 1
J)eim samdi eigi, they could not agree, D. N. ii. 99 ; hann skyldi far
griSum hvert sem J)eim sem6i e&r eigi, either they came to terms or t
Fms. X. 34; sam&i eigi me& ^eim, they came not to terms, 96; i
jattu&usk undir slikar skattgjafir sem {leim semSi, 24; samdi J)e
at J)ar vaeri songr sem at fornu hefir verit, Dipl. i. 5. II. ref
to be settled, agreed on; J)at mal sam&isk a J)u, lei&, at . . ., Fms.
140; foru J)a menn milli konunganna, ok samftisk \izt me& ein
malum, at . . ., i. 23 ; samdisk {)etta meS \>e\m, 35 ; tala J)eir jarl
um langa hriS, {)ar til er {)etta semsk meS {)eim, 85 ; sam&isk J)a m;
me& peim feSgum, Isl. ii. 210. 2. impers. it is agreed; slikar sk;
gjafir sem J)eim semdisk, Fms. x. 24 ; selja man ek enn yngra svein
sem okkr semsk, 227; ef honum semsk um f)at ra& vi6 \>a, sem ri
eigu, K. A. 104 ; sja, hversu semsk me& oss konungi. Eg. 18 ; sam!
hon meir skoti skildi ok sver8i, enn vi& sauma ok bor&a, she took m
to shield and sword than to seam and hem. Fas. i. 430 : part., s<
jandi ok ssekjandi, Sturl. iii. 136.
seins = sem es, Am.
sem-se, to wit, viz. ; see sem A. 6.
sem-sveinar, m. pi., of the Finnish messengers, prob. from Fi
Saomi, Fs. 22, for this seems to have been the real reading in the I
Cod. Vatnshyrna ; Bartholin De Causis Contemptae Mortis, p. 467, gi
the same reading ; other copies read sendisveinn.
SEW, n. a sentence; her er seni skipt, Skalda 183 ; fuUkomit sen, IJ
makrologia er langt sen, 187, 197; eitt var sen i allra J)eirra song,
same burden, meanittg, Stj. 466.
SENDA, pret. sendi ; imperat. send, sendu, sent J)u, Fms. x. 3(
sentu, Gkv. 3. 6 ; [\J\i'. sandjan = ir(inTetv ; A.S. sendan; Engl. s«
Germ, senden] : — to send, despatch, Akv. i ; ek vii senda {lik til Vi
innar, Nj. 5; ef ma&r sendir konu til t)ings, Grag. i. 334; senda
for-sending, to send one on a forlorn hope (like Uriah), Fms. x. 263, 1
iii. 207 ; ma8r var sendr Gizuri hvita, Nj. 85 ; ^xt sendu sina srm
Stj. 206; sent l^u hann til min, Fms. x. 263; hann sendi gri8k«
sinar at raka Ijana, Fb. i. 522 ; mi skal s. mann |)6rhalli syni minum,
244 ; s. e-m sending, 205 ; nema hann sendi {unless he dismiss) {)a k<
er hann haf&i, Fms. x. 388. 2. senda eptir e-m, to send for a peri
Ld. 320, Fms. X. 259 : so also s. at e-m (but rare); senptxi at Saxa, ft
for Saxi, Gkv. 1. c. 3. to send, throw; senda spjot, to cast a spu
senda skey tin aptr, Fms. v. 1 70 ; sendir knyti-skautann a nasir U&ru
Hav. 45, Stj. 402. II. recipr. to interchange, send to one anotbi'
sendask e-t a, hann kva& J)a hafa senzk menn a, Fms. v. 315 ; a&r hot'
SENDI— SESSMEGIR.
523
scn7,k or6 i milli, Sturl. iii. Ill; J)eir scndusk gjofum i milium,
xi. 313. 2. pass, to be sent, rare and unclass., Fms. v. 216.
„oudi-, ii> coMPDS : sendi-bit, f. the ' biting message,' the name of a
poem, Hkr. i. 1 17. sendi-bo3, n. a message, Fms. xi. 351, Stj. 205.
sendi-boSi, a, m. a messenger, Fms. i. 219, Stj. 183. sendi-bref, n.
u letter, (mod.) sendi-ferfl, sendi-f6r, f. a message, errand, Nj. 74 ;
fara s.. Eg. 119, 540, 0. H. 52 ; i sendifiirum, Fms. i. 15 ; ^eir hiifdu sen-
iiferSir konungs allar, Eg. 73 ; koma i s. e-s, Hkr. i. 192. seiidi-f6,
i\. presents sent, Fms. vi. 11. sendi-maSr, m. a messenger, Nj. 53,
Eg, 9, Fms. i. 2, P^dda 19, Rb. 368, Bs. ii. 41, passim. sendi-pistill,
n. an epistle, letter, Bs. i. 766. sendi-skip, n. a despatch-boat, Fms.
i'. 187. sendi-sveinn, m. a messenger, errand-boy. Vols. R. 194, Fs.
i2, V. 1., see semsveinn.
sendi-ligr, adj._;?//o send, Fb. iii. 445, Eg. 515, Hkr. ii. 206, Stj. 442,
sendill, m. the name of a shepherd's dog, Sn()t.
sending, f. a message; hann haf6i {}akksamliga tekit sendingu
iiigs, Eg. 198, passim ; or3-sending, q. v. ; fleygir hann spjoti til Sig-
i, . . . hiaut sendingina sii er styrSi, Fms. xi. 141 ; ek skal senda J)cr
ag, Nj. 205. 2. a ghost raised and sent by a wizard to an
iv is called sending, see Isl. f>j66s. 3. a dish of meat; eptir
1 juggusk menn til bor5a, pvi naest komu inn sendingar, i fyrstu heitt
. Fms. vii.i59; t'"' f*^™ sendingar inn ok var opin hur6, 314, Eg.
: (xrbn sending J)essa Halla, jafnan so ek y3r a kveldum ekki drepa
■; viO go&um sendingum, Fms. vi. 364; tak mi ok snaeS J)essa litlu
ng, Stj. 443 ; J)a er hann sat at einni agaetri veizlu . . . ok er sendingar
u inn, Biaelti einn drottseti, Bs. i. 37. 4t. presents sent ; gjafir
■ndiiigar, Anecd. lo; me& fogrum sendingum, Fms. ix. 338; hann
•nargar sendi-farir me3 agsetum sendingum, 451; senda konungi
afir, hauka, hesta, tjold, segl, e6a a3ra J)a hluti er sendingar eru
IS presents), 6. H. 127; J)a hluti er J)eir vaentu at honum mundi
iig i pykkja, Fms. iv. I.e.
■dinn, adj. [sandr], sandy, Rom. 268, 273, D.N. , freq.
ndlingr, m. (proncd. selningr), [sandr], a bird, the sanderling,
(Gl.)
.gja, u, f. [sangr], ' singedness' singed taste.
NN, adv., an older se3r, Haustl., [Ulf. suns = eiOtus ; A.S.sona;
. soon; Germ, schon']: — soon, at once, = hzt. jam; enn er biskup
. idi {)essar greinir, tok hann senn or at J)at vaeri yfir-drepskapr Asgrims,
aw at once, that . . ., Bs. i. 727 ; se3r g^kk Sviilnis ekkja sundr, then
' the earth asunder, Hausll. ; sa madr stod i dyrum ok var senn
inn, Bs. i. 199. 2. in mod. usage, presently, after a while (but not
tly), e.g. eg get ekki mi komi3, en skal senn koma. II.
a numeral or numeral adjectiv*, at the same time ; fimm sau5i senn,
'. ii. 359 ; fjora hluti senn, i. 37 ; allir senn, all at once, Nj. 97 ; {)a.
allir senn at maela, Ni3r. no; baSir senn, Nj. 178, Fms. i. 189;
oma leigu-li3ar eigi allir i senn, G^\. 354, Stj. 413 ; riSum i flokkum
;!ldri meirr en einn i senn, one by one, Isl. ii. 378; hann skaut
HI senn, Fms. viii. 352 ; ok x tva senn, Karl. 277 ; var J)a mjok allt
, at . . . ok. Mar. ; einn jarl senn, one at a time, Fms. vi. 289 ; ok er
uralegt at vaeta allan senn diikinn, 322 ; ef J)eir msetti oUu senn li&i
iigs, 6.H. 182.
5ENNA, t, to chatter; sennu vit or sodium, Hdl. 8 ; fat erumk sennt,
- told us, Bragi. 2. to bandy words; er J)at makligast at
unir vi3 heima-menn fina, Nj. 52 ; senna vi6 brae6r ok systr, Horn.
sennti Loki pnx vi3 oil goS, Edda 68 ; s. vi8 ser verra mann, Hm.
; einn jotunn, . . . J)ragirni vanr vi& |>6r sennti, Hym. 28.
;ina, u, f. high words, gibing ; deilur ok sennur, sli6rfeng s., Gh. i,
544. 39 ; 6g66gjarnra manna sennur, 677. 6 ; sennur ok ol, Sdm.
Loka-senna, the gibing of Loki, the name of a poem, Saem. 113
ge) ; FlserSar-senna, the name of a poem by Hallgrim Petrsson ; the
■ was prob. borrowed from the Eddie poem.
ini-liga, adv. verily, forsooth, Magn. 488, Str. 29, 126, Stj. 49,
t. 154A, Mar.: mod. usage distinguishes between senniliga=/)ro-
y, and sannliga = ver//y.
rini-ligr, adj. likely, probable, (mod.)
pi, a, m. a lap of jlesh hanging down.
pill, m. a nickname, Fms. vii. 285, ix. 419; prob. from the pre-
ig word.
upi, a, m. a dog, a pet term ; einn a hon seppa ser, Snot.
'^^, reflex, pron. dat. = Lat. sibi (see sik, sin), to himself {herself, itself,
-elves), used when referring to the subject in a sentence, whether
or plur. ; hann hafSi kesjuna fyrir ser. Eg. 532 ; hann segir s6r
It fykkja, 539; hon let so61a ser best, 603; hann baS Gizur sitja
ior, Nj. 226; sogSu pat allir, at hann brygOi ser hvarki vi6 sar ne
i, 116, where it refers to the second subject 'hann.' II.
' ial usages; vera mikill (litill) fyrir sc-r, to be great (little) of one-
'\ a strong (weak) man; {)eir fengu ser roSrar-skip, Eg. 109; drapu
j r ser upp eld, Fms. iv. 338 ; leika ser, to play, Nj. 2 ; gamna s^r,
i- 2. giving emphasis ; ba6 hon ser til Gu3s, she 'prayed her' to
!'^,Sks.465 B; hon veimb'i sir, she 'wailed her' bitterly, Eom. 1^0; eiga
I -t, to own, hirzlu atti halrinn ser, SkiSa R. : t)au attu ser eina dottur.l
they had one daughter, and the like. III. for ontielf, separattly,
singly, as Lat. se- ; for Eyjulfr einn ser, Gliim. 329; einn er hann ser
um scfa, Hm. ; J)cir vcjru stir urn moAur, D.N. i. 149; tettisk Joseph ser
einsliga, Stj. 217; J)eir j[>orlj6tr ok Sigurftr vciru s^r einir ok heima-
sveitin, Tb. and S. on the one band and the house-folk on the other, Sturl.
ii. 53 ; eitt er Jjat ser, that is a thing by itself, Gisl. 15 ; skyldi drekka
saman karlmaftr ok kona svii scm til ynnisk, en J)eir s6r er fleiri v«ri.
Eg. 247 ; ok vera {)eir ser, er naestir biia, N. G. L. i. 98 ; at hverri glefti
hlotna6isk sva til, at Jjau ur?lu ser, Viglundr ok Ketiiridr, Vigl. 19. 2.
in a distributive sense with the pron. hverr, one by one ; ef ser ferr h»err
viirr, Gliim. 329; skulu ver undan hiaupa, s6r hverr varr, Fsrr. 161;
optliga allir saman, en stundurn ser hviirir, Fms. i. 5a ; stundum hkb'ir
samt, stundum ser hvarr |>eirra, Hkr. i. 30 ; ^nt \\b er honum fylgdi Ayr,
ser hvat, Fms. x. 268 ; J)6tt ek greina mi eigi sva, wJr hvat, sem hann
giirdi, each separately, Bs. i. 64 ; var borgin iill brotjn, ok borinn s4r
hverr steinn, each stone of it scattered, Fms. ix. 48 ; grcindusk ser hver
skipin, vii. 289 ; hvartz {)ser (n*tr) eru allar saman efta s<ir hver, vibetber
they be three continuous or separate nights, Grag. i. 143; s^r i iagi.ybr
itself, separate, B. K. 83 ; ser i Jta5, id?., Stj. 288 : the exclamation, s^r
er hvad ! ser er hver oskopin, what a wonder, wonderful ! expressing
amazement.
serda, sard, an obsolete defective strong verb, part, sordinn, also strodina
(formed as if from metathesis), Grag. ii. 147; the word remains in the
vulgar streOa, used of dogs and beasts : [mid. H. G. serte] : — stuprare,
with the notion of Sodomitic practices ; ef ma5r kallar mann sordinn, id.;
viltii serda hann. Fas. ii. 337 ; sard hann ydr Jjii eigi Agdinn, Fms. vi,
360; in Nj. 15 it is not used in a proper sense: pass., Fb. iii. 427.
s6r-deilis, adv. [Dan. scerdeles'], particularly, especially ; pekkta ek
J)a ok s. Viglund, Vigl. 29 ; s. tiltekit, Dipl. v. 36 ; gcfa s., to give ex-
pressly, Vm. 47 ; kirkja a sjau hundrud i metfo ok tvau hundrud s., 3 ;
ein s. djiikna-klaedi, 3.
s6r-gsedingr, adj. a strange, selfish person, s^rgeedings-skapr.
s6r-lilifinn, adj. self-sparing, of a bad worker.
ser-bverr, adj. each, every one; see hverr (B. IV. a).
Serkir, m. pi. [said to be derived from Arabic sharkeyn = Easterlings'],
the Saracens, the people of Serk-land ; used of northern Africa, southern
Spain, Fms. vi, vii, ix, Orkn., also in translations of ancient Lat. writers,
of the Assyrians, Babylonians, Stj., Al. passim : Serkja-konungr, Scrkja-
riki, the king, kingdom of the S., Al., Stj. Serk-neskr, adj. to render
the Lat. Punicus, Rom. 324.
S£jB£R, m., pi. serkir, [Old EngL and Scot, sark; Dan. sark], a sari,
shirt; J)u skalt fara i serk minn, Fms. iii. 190; s. af saudar-ullu, 180;
serkr eda skyrta, Edda; tok ek hamar or serk mer, Fms. x. 329; sidar
slaedr, serk bliifan, Rm. 26 ; blodgan hugdak maeki borinn or serk f inum,
Am. 23 ; serki valrauda, Akv. 4; hon tekr or serk ser steina-sorvi mikit,
Isl. ii. 343 ; hann var svii litill at hafa matti i serk s^r, Edda ; Gisli vermir
hiindina i serk ser, Gisl. 29 ; hafa dreng i serk ser, to have a man inside one's
sark, to be a bold true-hearted man, Fms. ix. 381 : messu-s., a priest's cope,
Vm. 156: poet, of a shirt of mail, hring-s.,jarn-s., Lex. Poet. II.
a 'timber,' a certain number, of skins; fjora tigi serkja grarra skinna, Fms.
xi. 325.
s6r-Iagi, adv. apart; ok epla gard J)ar s^rlagi, B. K. 35.
s6r-lesti8, adv. = serdeilis, D.N.
ser-liga, adv. apart; hafdi hon s. herbergi innan-borgar. Fas. iii.
238. 2. particularly ; s. til reiknudum, Dipl. v. 15; at J)vi s. til
liigdu, 16; bjodum ver ydr ollum saman ok s. hvcrjum, H.E. i. 434 ;
Einarr kvad |>orstein eigi daudan hafa verit s., not exactly dead, |>orst.
S. hv. 39 ; kirkjan li tiu hundrud 1 metfc ok s. (besides) eitt hundrad
voru-virt, Vm. 126; item a kirkjan s. . . ., 23.
s6r-ligr, adj. particular; var honum gorr bakstr nokkurr s., Bs. i.
786; serligt vald, H.E. i. 521 ; ekkr bar neitt s^rligt til tidenda, |>6r8,
76 (but left out in new Ed. 46, 1. c.)
s6r-lundaflr (-lyndr), adj. queer-tempered.
86r-loegis, adv. = serdeilis, D.N. iv. 457.
sermon, m. [Lat.], a sermon, Isl. i. 385 ; sermons-bok, -skra, Pm.
109, 131 ; svo eptir sermon Jjann, Pass. 7. 7.
ser-skapr, m. selfishness, Ld. 288, v. 1.
ser-stakr, adj. isolated, particular, apart.
ser-vitr, adj. odd, sophistical, wrong-headed.
s6r-vitringr, m. a sophist.
ser-vizka, u, f. wrong-headedness, sophistry.
SESS, m. [sitja], a seat; rada sessa kostum, Gm. I4; setsa ok itadi
velit mer sumbli at, Ls. 7; snjallr ertii i scssi, 15; i sessi ok szingu,
Gkv. I. 20 ; hvat viltii, sveinn, i sess minn ? Eg. (in a verse) ; eiga drykk
ok sess vid, 95, Fs. 43 ; hann var hiir i sessi, he was high in the seat,
Fms. X. 151, Ld. 274, v.l.(cp. Iliad iii. 21 1, of Odysseus) ; hvar visar Jjii
mer til sess? Nj. 129; er hann mundi setja yfir sess bans, 656 C. 25;
svd var skipat sessum, Fms. x. 16; var sa sess vcglegastr, Fagrsk. 149;
vera, kominn i vandan sess, in a difficult situation, Bs. i. 141 : the say-
ing, opt er lagr sess hxgr, a low seat is an easy seat, = Lat. bene vixit
qui bene latuit. compds: sess-megir, m. pi. 'bench-mates,' Hm.
524
SESSMEIDR— SETJA.
153. sess-meidr, m. the seat-beam, Akv. 14. Sess-rumnir, m.
the name of the palace of Freyja=/i&e 'large-seated,' Edda.
sessa, u, f. a seat in a ship ( = rum), the size of the ship was counted by
the ' seats ;' Jiat skip er me3 sessum ma telja, N. G. L. i. 39 ; ok gora
eigi skemra en sessum ma telja, 99 ; tvitug-s., a twenty-oared ship, id. ;
}3rettan-s., fimtan-s., sextan-s. (q.v.), id. II. a cushion in a church,
Am. 77, Dipl. iii. 4: in mod. usage, of a pad or cushion on a saddle.
sessu-nautr, m. a bench-male, Fms. ii. 147, vi. 241, O. H. 53.
sessi, a, m. a bench-mate, Edda 94 (in a verse), 108 ; sessar e6a sam-
saetis-menn, Sks. 366 ; tali hverr lagt vi3 sinn sessa, 367 ; sessar manns
beri vitni med honum, N. G. L. i. 68 : — of oar-ttMles, bogi skal liggja vi6
J)6ptu hverja, J)ann skulu sessar tveir fa ok streng 4, G^l. 100.
SET, n., lit. the seat ; in ancient dwellings it appears to have meant the
aisle or wing that ran along the hall on both sides, divided from the nave
or middle hall by posts and a partition- (set-stokkar and bn'kr) ; the
'set' was the daily sitting-room, and here were the beds; innar gengr
hann eptir huUinni, brei6 voru set baSum megin . . . fyrir stokkana, Konr.;
J)a snua J)au rekkjum sinum ok horfa fia um endilangt seti&, Gisl. 106 (en-
dilangt hiisit, 22, 1. c.) ; en um kveldit er menn foru i rekkjur, J)u. bygSu
sitt set hvarir, Sturl. i, 1 73 ; J)eir Ingimundr hjuggu upp i seti6 ^k er J)eir
komu i skalann (during the night when all were in bed), ii. 73 ; hoggvit
er til okkar ofan or setinu, iii. 174; si&an bjuggusk {)eir til rekkna ok
logSusk ni6r i seti J)ar vi& eldinn, 0. H. 153; var bdit um fia i setinu
ok logSusk J)ar til svefns, id. ; ef hundr er bundinn i seti, Ipa skal hann
eigi na a stokk (i. e. setstokk) fram, at bita menn er ganga 4 golfi, Grag.
ii. 119; Grettir ser nu hvar st63u ullar-kambar i setinu, Grett. 24 new
Ed. : the phrases ' innar af seti' and ' litar af seti' are not quite clear, perh.
the former means towards the nave or central hall, the latter towards
the aisle or outer chambers; thus, innar fr4 seti, Sturl. ii. 67; ek heli
btiit, g63a sxng litan af seti, Dropl. 28 ; hann hvildi i lokrekkju innar af
seti, Isl. ii. 262 ; hinu i5ra setinu, Fb. ii. 297 ; dyrr voru fram or skotinu
at setum innan-verSum, gekk Egill fram i seti6, ok lagSi hann ni6r i seti6,
■Eg- 397- seta-skdli, a, m. a sitting-room, Eb. 274.
seta, u, f. a sitting ; nu var5 setan long, Fms. vii. 126 : a remaining,
staying, J)6tti l)eim seta hans Jjar livarlig sva naerri Ljotolfi, Sd. 182 ;
J)6tti J)eim seta sin ill ok lifrelsi, O. H. 141 ; hvat merkir seta sja, ivbat
means this sitting still ? Fb. ii. 122 ; natt-setur, a sitting up at night, Fms.
vii. 126. 2. a seat; hann var hap 1 setunni ( = h4r i sessi), Fms.
viii. 447 ; i innstu setu, . . . i yztu setu, Fb. i. 416: — as a law term,
bj65a biium i setu, to call on the neighbours to take their seats, Nj. 87 ;
voru domendr komnir i setur sfnar, Grag. i. 68 ; ^ir menn er Jaar eigu
setur, 5 : a sitting, of a judge, seta hans er daeming um folksins verSleik,
Skalda 211. 3. a body of men assembled for defence as a garrison;
seta eru sextan, sixteen make a seta, Edda 108 ; mi hefir BarSi skipat
liSi sinu i setu, Isl. ii. 355 ; eptir J)at hofSu hv4rir-tveggju setu, after
that both kept men assembled, as in open hostility, Landn. 104, GullJ). 61 ;
senda J)eir mann til Egilsta5a, at seta mikil vaeri at Hofi, Vapn. 24; J)a
kom Brandr biskup vestan ok fysti J)a at hafa eigi setur, Sturl. i. 170;
hof6u |)eir setu fjolmenna, Grett. 120, Eb. 22, 108. compds : setu-
efni, n. opportunity for resting ; eigi er mi s.. Boll. 358, Fms. viii. 40,
Karl. 181. setu-gar3r, m. a cotintry-seat, manor, Safn i. 270.
setu-gri3, n. pi. an abode; Gliimr bau6 honum me8 ser s., Gliim. 359 :
rest, sagt hefir J)ii oss J)4 sogu er oss mun eigi s. bjo&a, Nj. 203.
setu-hus, n, a sitting-room, N. G. L. ii. 139 (Jb. 181). setu-menn,
m. pi. the people of the bouse, K. Jj. K. 136 ; skemma er J)orkell var vanr
at sofa i ok s. hans, Fbr. 136 : in sing., her vilda ek vera i vetr, en gorask
eigi setuma6r me3 ollu, not as a settled inmate. Fas. ii. 346. setu-
pallr, m. a sitting-floor, Horn. 95. setu-prestr, m. a domestic chap-
lain, Vm. 66, 136, D. I. i. 266, 270. setu-rum, n. a sitting-room,
Isl. ii. 147 : a room, space, Jieir skulu allir inni vera, ef J)eir hafa s., if
they can find room, N. G. L. i. 47.
B. seta = saeta (q. v.), a kind oi bondwoman, N. G. L. i. 70.
set-berg, n. [cp. the Cumbrian Saddleback'], a seat-formed or saddle-
formed rock or crag, Gs. 11, Edda 34 (from the points of Thor's ham-
mer) ; sitja setbergs ( = 4 setbergi), Edda (in a verse). II. in
local names in Icel., Set-berg, in western Icel. These fells were looked
on as the moutitain-seats of tutelary giants (land-vaettir), cp. ' vivo sedilia
saxo' in Virgil.
set-geiri, a, m. a ' seat-goar,' a piece let into a pair of breeches ; i bro-
kum me5 setgeira i, Ld. 136; hann skar rauf a setgeiranum, Fms. vii. 202.
set-geira-br83kr, f. pi. breeches with goars in the seat, Ld. 136.
set-hlis, n. = seta skali, N. G. L. ii. 139, v. 1. 6; called scede-hus in
Lister in Norway, Fr.
SETJA, set, setti, sett; a causal to sitja, q.v.; [Ulf. satjan, ga-sat-
}an,~Ti6ivai,<pvTiiieiv; 'Engl.toset; Dnn.seette; Swed. sa«a.]
A. To seat, set, place, put ; hann setti sveininn i kne konungi,
Fms. i. 16; hon var i haug sett, Ld. 20; bar hann inn ok setti hann i
saeti, Nj. 179; hann setti hann it naesta ser, 46; setti hann i hasxti hj4
ser, 282; setja hofu6it aptr 4 bolinn, Fms. x. 213; setja 4 sik hjiilm,
Nj. 42, 144 ; var settr undir hann stoll, 269 ; s. forsaeti meS endi-longum
bekkjum, 220; setja inn, to put in; s. inn fenaS, svin, hross, to pen
%9
Uijui
fULl!
jiail
is;;i^
them, take them in, GJ)1. 386, Grag. i. 436 : to put in prison, Fms. %
49; s. i fjotra, bond, to 'set in the stocks,' put in fetters, ii. 173, X
301; hann hafSi sett spjotid (stuck it) 1 vijllinn hja ser, Nj. 58 ; s
hest fyrir sIcSa, Landn. 94; s. e-n til bokar, to set one to book, sei
one to learn, Fms. vii. 199, viii. 9 ; s. til rikis, to set one to reign,
Eg. 366 ; hann setti sonu sina hina ellri til lands, Orkn. 4 old Ed. ; s.
4 skra, to enter, set in a scroll, Stj. ; setja inn, to insert, Bs. i. 280 : —
Jiar var fimmtar-domr settr, Nj. 241 ; J)ar er domrinn var settr. Eg. 340;
setja tjold, to set up tents, Fms. xi. 85 ; s. herbiiSir, id.; s. gamma sinn
annan veg brekkunnar, 38, 79 ; s. grundvoll til kirkju, to lay the founda-
tion of, 33 ; s. e-m borS, Nj. 220 ; setja e-m gisla, to give hostages, Fms,
xi. 392. 2. special usages, to drive; hann setti iixina i hofud
honum, Nj. 53 ; J)au setja {legar af Jjeim nyrun, they bite them clean off.
Stj. 94. 3. intrans. to set off; hann lagSi halann a bak ser ok setti 1
burtu, Fb. i. 565 ; enn xihreini audi greip gris, ok setti braut siSan, Greg.
56 : s. undan, to escape, Nj. 136, Fms. ii. 325 ; s. undan e-m, s. undan a-
gangi e-s, to make one's escape, Al. 99, Fms. vi. 379. 4. with prepp.;
setja af, to depose, see above : — s. e-n aptr, to repel, hold back, check,
Hkr. i. 20, Fms. xi. 81, Nj. 123, Stj. 21: — setja at, to set against,
attack; mun ek s. at hinni rau3u toflunni, of a move in chess, Fas.
ii. 67: — setja 4, to put up; s. 4 langar tcilur, Sturl. i. 105; s. e-t a
sig, to mark, notice; sv4 var a sett, at BoSvarr, 32 : setja 4 vetr, of live
stock in the autumn = Germ. cf«6m(feM .• — s. eptir, /o leave behind, Eg.
368, Fms. ix. 43: — setja e-3 fyrir sig, to set a thing before one, i.e. be
sad and depressed on account of it : — setja fram, to put forward, pro-
duce. Mar. (fram-setja) : setja fyrir, to set before, as a thing ordered;
eptir fyrir settri skipan, Sks. 37; setja nei fyrir e-t, to deny, refuse,
Fms. ii. 131, ix. 242; setja e-m e-t fyrir, to set as a task to one;
hann (the teacher) setti mer Jietta fyrir: — setja ni6r, to set down,
quash; J)eir settu Jjorgeir ni3r 4 Anabrekku, /jj/^ him there. Eg. 237;
cp. ni3r-setningr, in mod. usage s. ni3r omaga, to distribute the paupers
among the households in a parish : s. ni3r lik, to lay a corpse in earth,
H. E. i. 491, Fms. iv. iio; s. upp op, gnegg, Hrafn. 7 : metaph. to $M|jA>
Fms. ix. 355, 452, xi. 260, Hkr. ii. 136, Eg. 729: to dispose, s. nipHlillo.
eptir reglu, Fms. xi. 428 : — s. saman, to put together ; s. bii saman, iii. 35. '
Ld. 10; s. saman kvi3, kviSburS, Grag., Nj. : to compose, K.A. 220,
Fms. vii. 242; eptir bokum J)eim er Snorri setti saman, Sturl. ii. 123;
bok J)essi heitir Edda, hana hefir saman setta Snori Sturluson, Edda ii.
250 ; her er lukt ^eim hlut bokar er Olafr |>6r3arson hefir samau sett,
427 : — s. fram skip, to launch a ship, Eg. 160, Fms. ix. 478 : s. lit skip,
to launch, 480, G^l. 371 : — s. upp skip, to draw her up ashore (as used to
be done for the winter months), Hkr. i. 152, Fms. i. 62, ix. 478, Nj. 281,
Eg. 180, G^l. 371 (upp-s4tr); J)ar fellr 4 er heitir Gufu-4, i hann setti
Ketill upp skip sitt (laid her up in the river). Eg. 592 ; (in mod. us^
setja (absol.)" is /o launch a boat); s. upp, to put up, erect, raise, IH
492, Fms. vii. 265, 0. H. 170; s. upp segl, to hoist sail, 165, Fi»«
ix. 10; s. upp boga, Fas. ii. 543; hann let s. upp skur5go&, Ver. 41:
s. lit, to set out for sale, Bs. i. 636 : — s. vi&, to let, Baer. 6. II.
metaph. usages, to make, establish; setja logj lands-rett (laga-setninj
Kristinn-rett setti hann vi3. ra6 Grimkels biskups, O. H. 44;
er Hakon ASalsteins-fostri hafdi sett i f)r4ndheimi, id.; sv4 n
J)eir Ketill biskup ok J>orl4kr biskup Kristinna laga {)att, K. {>.
hann setti f)at i logum, at . . . , 0. H. 4 ; hann setti Gulat)ings-log
ra3i Jjorleifs spaka, hann setti ok FrostaJ)ings-log me3 ra6i SigurSar j
...enn Hei6sefis-log hafSi fyrst sett Halfdaa Svarti, Fms. i. 23 ; a
J)ingi (in Nicea) var settr allr Kristinn-domr, 625- 48; nmldagi vel
skynsamliga settr ok skipadr, Dipl. i. 5 ; sv4 skulu hreppar settir,:
hverr bundi skal sitja it naesta oSrum, Grag. i. 443 ; setja fri& um
allan, setja fri3 milium landa, Rb. 412, Eg. 282 ; settum friSi, Grij
167 ; s. gri&, to make a truce, Nj. 248 (gri3a-setning) ; Julius setti
seris-tal, Rb. 412 ; setja 4 stofn, to start, begin, Fms. ii. 35 : with d«t
to settle, settu Jjeir f)essu, Fms. ix. 452 ; s. J)eim m41um er konungar &tte
um at daema, Ld. 28; J;eir (biiar) 4ttu eigi at s. malinu, Nj.,87:-*4^"
appoint, hann setti Guthorm son sinn til landvarnar, (3. H. 4, Fms.J»
24, 29, Eg. 272, 537, Nj. 129, Horn. 51, Dipl. v. 8 ; ef hann leysir ^t
sv4 af hondum sem hann er til settr, Grag. i. 497 : — af-setja, to depost;
setja e-n af kirkju, to put out of the church, excommunicate, Sturl. ni.
167; af setja e-n konungdomi, Stj.; s. e-n af riki, af lifi, Hkr, i. i/O-
hann hefir af sett niik allri minni eign, Fms. i. 264, ii. 243 :-^to order.
s. e-m skript, ii. 174; hann setti ^eim J)Vilikan niarkaS, x. 237 : — so m
the law phrases, s. e-m dag, stefnu, stefnu-dag, fimmt, to fix a day jor
one to appear, etc., N.G. L. passim, Bs. i. 742 ; setja mal i dom, Hrafii.
25 : — to plan, contrive, setja raS, ra3a-gor3, brag&, Fms. vii. 128, x. 305,
..* nt XTi » ..n/^ O *i^ nil mi . .-A A'...\'. r.-...'r. c^.tin ni 1 n a Qllt. Al.
ittjt
315, xiv 21, Nj. 106. 2. to allay ; s4 dau6i mun setja mina siit. A!
no ; seti3 sva fyrnsku y&ra, H. E. i. 251 : to settle, s. mal, Grag. i. 490;
enda se settar sakir J)aer allar e6r daemdar, 116 : to humble, ek skal s. {)ik
ok semja dramb {)itt. Fas. i. 38. 3. to set, inlay, by way of ornament ;
hann let ggra gullkaleik ok setja gimsteinum, Bs. i. 83; hj41m gimsteinum
settan, Ld. 128, Fms. i. 15; slae9ur settar gull-knoppum. Eg. 516; segl sett
pellum, Hkr. iii. 243; seglit var sett med fogrum skriptum, Fms. x. 77-
i skjold settan jarnslam, Fas. i. 415; brynja sett hringvHn, 215. lH'
SETKLiEDI— SIDA.
625
• XL
rs. It settles; J)cgar er ni5r setti moldrykit (ace), when the dust settled,
! 09 : — to turn of a sudden, jarl (ace.) setti sva rau5an sem blod, Isl. ii.
Finnb. 260; Pall jarl J)agdi, ok setti dreyr-rau6an, Orkn. 194;
ingr J)ag5i, ok setti hanii dreyr-rau5an a at sjii, Eg. 113; J)a setti
>iium hosta ok J)rongd svu mikla, a fit of coughing set on him,
i. 282 ; {)ii setr at hetini grat mikiiin, she burst into tears, iii. 113 ;
mi at honum kvarda, SkiSa R. 41.
B. Reflex, to seat oneself, take a seat; ek settumk a fotskorina,
ii. 188; setxk hanii undir hofu6 honum, Finnb. 238; J)cir settusk
:1 vciilinn, Nj.144; s. a tal vid, e-n, to sit down to talk with a
■'• %• 37; setjask i hasaeti, Fms. i. 18; Hrapp Jjraut vistir, settisk
{ji'i at nied {jeim, Nj.jjS : — to take up one's abode, for hann i Odda
I ttisk {)ar, 117; at hann mundi fa hennar ok setjask J)ar, 280;
-k i kyrrsetu. Eg. 367; setjask urn kyrrt, to settle oneself to rest. Fas.
_\o : setjask i stein, to go into a cell, as an anchorite, Nj. 268 ; s. at
Miui, Fas. i. 531 : setjask aptr, to desist from, esp. of a journey, Fms.
-'9 ; setjask eptir, to remain behind, i. 62 ; s. heima, to stay at home,
',. i. 491, N. G. L. i. 127 ; ek hefi her upp sezk at J)er (/ have taken
.V abode with thee) ok tekit her JjrifnaS, Lv. 36 (in mod. usage with
tion of intrusion, hann settisk {)ar upp); setjask fyrir e-t, to witb-
/, Finnb. 320 ; let Sturla J)a lausa logsogu, ok settisk hja ollum vand-
111, Stud. iii. 30S ; setjask um, to lay siege to (um-satr), Fms. i. 103,
7 ; en {)ar sem hinn himncski meistari sezk um, leggr hann . . ., Bs.
, 4 2 (or sesk um, i. e. sesk um, from sja ?), see the foot-note ; nu setjask
cir yfir {to seize upon) staSinn, ok alia sta&arins eign, Sturl. ii. 13. 2.
' wt, go down ; er ok \>zt meiri virSing at aukask af litlum efnum en at
ujcisk hatt ok setjas^k me3 laegingu, Fs. 13 : of the sun and stars, J)at er
:'^:i ;'i {)vi landi, at sol setzk eigi um naetr, Fms. i. 233 ; vetrardag, en
• r) sol setzk, when the sun sets, N. G. L. i. 348 ; fra jafndaegri er
. til J)ess er sol setzk i eyktar-sta6, Edda 103 (see solsetr = s?mse/) ;
irnur renna upp ok setjask, Rb. 466; en pzr er a milium allt einn
igr, sva at aldregi setzk dagr a allri {jeirri stundu, Sks. 67 (see dagsetr) ;
^m solu er sett, Gp\. 442 ; Jjegar degi er sett, when day is closing in,
!i.ilo. 3. to be settled, ended; mi skortir eigi sokn, ok setzk me5
fids thus) at Sunnan-menn lata undan, Isl. ii. 366; siSan settisk lifri&r
Svibj6&, Fms. X. 47 ; freista ef J)essi kurr maetti ni5r setjask, Hkr. ii.
40 ; en ni3r settusk allar sakar, Fms. iii. 39. II. pass., ef J)eir
tjask ( = eru settir, are appointed) til at daema um mal manna, Sks.
1^9 ; setjask ^k grid allra vinda 4 milium, 234 (influenced by the
itiii)- III. part, settr, placed, situated, doing well or ill ; Rutr
.r eptir me6 frxndum sinum vel settr, Ld. 20; hon skal h^r sva vel
tt sem hon vaeri min dottir, Eg. 156; litt var hann ok settr at klae6um,
IS. ii. 327, Grett. 91 A; langt kvaeSi ok lilt, ok sett me& (set, studded
::b) mfirgum hlutum ilium ok faheyrSum, Fms. x. 264 : — of a ship,
ill the water, heavy, var skutan mjok sett, Finnb. 254 ; sa J)eir at
t var sett mjok, 0. H. 170 ; skip konungs voru sett mjok ok sollin,
. iii. 44. 2. as adj. set/led; eru eigi pa, sakarnar settri en a5r,
;. i. 362 : — composed, settr ok stilltr, ra6-settr, q.v.
sot-kl8e3i, n. a 'scat-cloth,' carpet; inn til elds ok arins, til J)ess huss
s. eru i breidd, N. G. L. i. 218; s. ok bekklaefti, Js. 78.
5etna, a6, = siatna, to settle, subside, dwindle; hefir enn engi fallit,
Idr setna J)eir i jiirft ni9r (of a wall), Finnb. 336 ; en er setna6i ok
66 fekksk, Fms. ii. 43 ; setna5i J)a kurrinn, Fb. i. 56.
ietning, {.position, site, Al. 89 ; s. hussins, the plan of a house, Fms. v.
'/^ ; J)oka e-u or setningu, to dislodge, Rb. 562. 2. order, arrange-
:', mode; hver er s. hattanna, what is the mode, composition of the
t's? Edda 120. 3. an order, rule, rite; skipan ok setning, Stj.
: bera jam eptir rettri setningu (rites), Fms. ix. 283 ; me3 annarri
iiigu, 625. 82 ; eptir heilagra fe5ra setning, K. A. 30 ; manna setning,
an rides, opp. to divine commandments, Anecd. 54; fornar ok log-
r setningar, Sks. 346 ; setningar e8r si8venjur, K. A. 222 ; bo3or8 ok
ngar, Stj. 162 ; logligar setningar, Sks. 342 ; s. landa a milH, 277 ; af
:ngu, according to a plan, Skalda 174, Fms. iii. 184; this last use of
word is influenced by eccl. Lat. In mod. usage the masc. prevails,
otningr, m. set purpose, design, Fms. vi! 372; eptir setningi, pur-
ely, Finnb. 340: a rule, rite, Horn. 142 ; a-setningr.
"tr, n. a seat, residence; kaupsta6rinn i Bjorgyn gor6isk bratt mikill,
u8igra manna setr, Fagrsk. 149 (Fms. vi. 440) ; sselligt setr, Ls. 43 :
■ engum konungi vil ek heldr setr (saetr Ed.) bua en meft {xsr, Fas. i.
; Sighvatr hafSi nokkut ofundar-samt setr fyrst er hann kom i
tjiirS, Sturl. ii. 66, cp. Eb. ch. 65 (begin.); konungs-setr, a king's
!ence ; at-setr, q. v. II. setting, of the sun ; sol at setri komin,
- 700; til |)ess er sol er i setri, G{)1. 416 A; sol-setr, sunset; dag-
(q. v.), ' day-set,' close of day.
B. Mountain pastures, dairy lands, = GeTm. senne, cp. sel, q.v.;
T spelt saetr (mod. Norse s<Bter) ; bsSi til ssetra (setra v. 1.) ok sva i
"lir, Fms. viii. 379 ; til saetra a fjall upp, N. G. L. ii. 130 (i. 41) ; um
a-merki manna, id. ; pat bo6 skal fara at bo6-bur5um r^ttum en eigi
^ sxtrum, 140. coMPDs : S8etra-fer5, f. removal into a shed, GJ)1.
S8etr-bti3, f. a dairy-shed (Germ, senn-hiitte), N.G. L. ii. 121.
tr-gata, u, f. a road to huts, N. G. L. ii. 131.
set-skauti, a, m. = setgeiri.
set-stofa, u, f. = sethus, N.G.L. ii. 139, D.N. passim, see Fr.
set-stokkr, m. a partition-beam or post in a hall between the set (q.v.)
and the centre of the skiili (the wainscotted space between the setstok-
kar or stafir was called brik, q. v.) ; cf hann brytr setstokka or husi efta
brikr, N. G. L. i. 39 (G{)1. 345) ; s. mjiik ramligr var fyrir framan sctift,
ok spyrndi hana par i, Grett. 114 A; Gizurr lagSisk niSr i skiiianum
mei setstokkunum o3runi mcgin, Sturl. iii. 189; pk tok Kdri einn set-
stokk loganda i hcind ser, Nj. 202, Vapn. 28 (used instead of a club) ;
Hallsteinn skaut setstokkum fyrir bord i hafi at fomum sift, Landn. 301 ;
pa. leSi hann |>ergc!>ti setstokka .. .pa. heimti hann setstokkana . . .Eirikr
sotti setstokkana a Brcidabolstad, 104.
s6tt, f. [sex], a body qf six, used only in compds, as, B6ttar-eidr, m.
an oath of six, i. e. of six compurgators, N. G. L. i. 16, GJ)1. 144.
s^tti (proncd. sjbtti), a, m. sixth, Sks. 308, passim.
sett-letr, n. pi. black-letter, of type, opp. to Latinu-letr.
sett-ligr, adj. steady; s. aldr, Al. II4: gramm., settligt nafn=^oj/-
tiviis, Skalda 185.
s6ttungr, m. rt sixth part, N.G.L. i. 135, 346, GJ)1. 514, D.I. i. 470.
SEX, a cardinal number, [a root word ; common to the Indo-
Germanic languages] : — six, Grag. i. 333, passim : the ' size-pint' on dice,
6. H. 90. coMPDs: sex-deegra, adj. six days old, K. |j. K. 122.
sex-faldr, adj. sixfold, Sturl. iii. 182 {in six rows). sex-feettr, adj.
six-footed, Stj. 288. sex-h6ffladr, adj. six-headed, of a monster, V{)m.
(Bugge). sex-nsettingr, m. six nights' (days') notice, N.G.L. i.
218, K. A. 182. aex-stefja, u, f. a poem with six stef (burdens), Hkr.
iii. 53. S(Bx-vetra, adj. six years old. sex-8er3r, adj. six-oared,
Hav. 47, Fas. ii. 31. sex-aeringr, m., mod. sexaringr, [Shetl. six-
areen'\, a six-oared boat, Fms,ii. 164, Isl. ii. 74. sex-eerr, adj.=
sexaerdr, Nj. 19, Vm. 88, Hav. 24 new Ed.
sex-tdn, sixteen, passim. compds : sext&n-mseltr, part, of a stanza
of sixteen sentences, two to each line, Edda 124, Ht. R. sextin-
sessa, u, f. a ship with sixteen seats (oars), Fms. x. 350, 357.
sextandi, the sixteenth, passim.
sexti = setti, N.G.L. ii. 375.
sex-tigir, m. pi. (mod. sextiu, indecl.), sixty, passim.
sex-tugandi (^mod. sextugasti), the sixtieth, 1812. 41, Stj. 52.
sex-tugr, sex-tog*, adj. sixty: of age, sixty years old, Landn. 300
(twice), Fms. ii. 251, Stj. 160, 191 : of measure, sixty fathoms (ells)
long, refil sextogan, Gisl. 21; fordyri sextugt, Fms. viii. 14; J)ar var
sextugt ofan a fjoru-grjotift, a sixty-fathom precipice, Fb. ii. 159 ; dreki
sextugr at ruma-tali, (5. H. 161.
SEYDIR, m. [sj68a ; cp. A. S. sedd ; mid. H. G. s6t=a pit], a cook-
ing-fire, prop, thefire^pit, as seen from the passage in Landn. ; as also
from the phrase, raufa seySinu, to break up the seydi ; en er pt\r hyggja
at so3it mun vera raufa Jjeir seyftinn, ok var ekki so3it, id. ; hence
metaph., J)ann seySi raufar pxi |)ar, at betri vaeri at eigi ryki, to rip up old
sores, Ld. 208 ; var3ar eigi t)6tt sa seyftr rjiiki, never mind, let that fire
smoke, Fms. vi. 105 ; {jar ser hrofit ok sva seyfti Jieirra, Landn. 30; in
the Edda (Gl.) seyftir is among the synonyms of fire ; hann kvaSsk rafta
J)vi erekki soSnafti a sey&inuni, Edda 45 ; bera oxa a sey&i, to put an
ox on the fire, roast it, Hym. 15 ; gora sey3i, to make a fire for cooking.
Eg. 222; biia til seyftis, /owa^e reaJy /or /i&e roas//«^^r«, Nj. 199; peir
taka einn oxann ok smia til scyftis, Edda 45 : in local names, Sey3is-
fj6r3r or Sey3ar-fj6r3r, in eastern Icel. ; whence Seydfirdingar, m.
pi. the men from S., Landn.
SEYMA, d, [saum], to stud; seymdir skor, studded shoes; seymdr
meft jarnsaumi, N. G. L. i. loi ; seymdi d spengr, Stj. 563.
seymi, n. [saumr], strings, of sinews of whales, cattle ; garnar ok s.,
Grag. ii. 361 ; pzt (a ship) var bundit me5 seymi, she was fastened with
strings instead of nails, Ann. 1 189. seyinis-J)vengr, m. a thong of
s., Bs. i. 377.
SEYBA, u, f. [from saurr in its oldest sense = 60^$ and moorland'] : —
prop., as it seems, starvation, famine ; only in the allit. phrase, sultr
ok seyra, hunger and starvation, Yngl. S. ch. iS, Fms. viii. 181, ix. 51,
Stj. 212, and in mod. usage; cp. the analogous word horr, which means
both Lat. sordes and macies ; land-seyra, q. v.
seyrask, 5, dep. to starve, be famished ; at rikit maetti ekki s. i brott-
fxrzlu penningsins, Fr. 2. part. 8eyr3r, drossy, of metal ; also used
meUph. — mixed, bad.
seyrna, aft, to rot. Germ, ver-faulen.
seytill, m. [sautra], a sip, drop; paft er ekki eptir nema seytiil
seytla, aft, to drizzle.
seytjan (mod. sautjan), m. seventeen, Fms. v. 415, passim.
seytjandi (mod. sautjandi), seventeenth.
si3a, aS, [Ulf. sidon = nt\irav, i Tim. iv. 15]: — to mend, improve
o)ie's life and manners, in old writers esp. to reform the faith ; hann setti
eptir kenni-menn at sifta landit ok kenna peim heilog frxOi. Fms. i. 202 ;
lag3a ek fe til prestvistar at sida {)ar folk er naliga var aSr heiSit, vii.
121. II. reflex, to be lettered, civilised; J)ar eptir sida3isk landit,
ok guldusk skattar it efra sem it ytra, Fagrsk. 9 ; pk ruddisk landit ok
526
SIDBLENDINN— SIFSKAPR.
si6a&isk, Fms. x. 192; at \>a, mundi alHr si8ask af honum, Sks. 279. 2.
part, sidadr, mannered; seni J)ingit er betr stillt ok si6at, G\>\. ; hafi |)it
verit vel si6a6ir menu, Eg. 95 ; hann var ma5r trufastr ok vel si9a6r, 770;
Jjorkell miini, er einn heidinna mauna hefir verit bezt si5a3r, Landn. 38 ;
hann var nie6 honum vel si6a3r, Fms. vii. 16, Sks. 57 new Ed.; ilia
siSaSr, (j-si6a8r, ill-mannered, unmannerly.
si3-blendinn (si3-blend.ni, f.), adj. sociable; vera s. vi3 menn, to
mix with other people, Hdv. 54.
si3-b6t, f. reformation of life or religion, Greg. 22 ; mart var Jjat annat
sem J)eir (the bishops) settu ok siJmdu a sinnm dogum til si6b6tar lands-
monnum, Bs. i. 73 ; ok voru }Dar frammi h6f6 erendi erkibiskups ok
J)aer siQbaetr er hann haf5i boSit, 684 ; talaSi konungr marga hluti til
siSbotar J)eim moanum er J)ar voru saman komnir, Fms. ii. 134; til si&-
botar honum ok skilningar, Bs. i. 431.
si3-fer3i, n. conduct of life, morality ; gott s., Fms. x. 295 ; stilltr i
ollu s., Magn. 436. 2. often with reference to religion ; samj)ykkja
fieirra si6fer8i, Bs. i. 38, 39 ; at s. Kristinna manna se betra en vart,
Fms. i. 40 : of convent life, taka e-n i sitt s., Stat. 245, H. E. i. 476 ;
kaupa meS penningum heilagt s., 230.
si3-fer3ugr, adj. of good morals, Stj. 158.
si3-forn, adj. old-fashioned in inanners, Jd. 6.
si3-fr63r, adj. = si8pru3r, Sks. 371, Lex. Poet.
si3-g63r, adj. of good morals, well-mannered ; fyrir kaupmonnum ok
o6ru si6g63u folki, and other good, honest people, Fms. vii. 16, xi. 259;
sem ^eir Kristnir menn er i si3bezta lagi eru, Landn. 38.
si3-g8e3i, f. (n.?), good breeding ; mannvit ok s., Sks. 431, 435.
si3-g8etni, f. observance of good manners, Sks. 431.
sid-lauss, adj. without manners, unmannerly, ill-bred; s. sveinn, Hkv.
I. 42, Sks. 246; si31aust folk, 351.
si3-ld,tliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.) ; lifa s., to live a pure life, Bs. i. 102.
si3-ldtr, adj. well-mannered, of pure life, Skalda 208, N. G. L. ii. 421 ;
g65ir menn ok siSlatir, Edda 43, O. H. 44; s. ok bxnraekinn, 189.
si3-leysa (si3-lausa), u, f. want of manners, immorality, lawless-
ness; livenjur ok sidleysur, Fms. xi. 296; J)6tti monnum mikit um
siaiausu \)a. er konungr gorSi, (5. H. 85 ; si61eysur vandra manna, Bs. i.
105 : ill-breeding, Sks. 280 B.
si3-liga, adv. morally, cleanly ; lifa s., Horn. 53 : nicely, gongum mi
s., Fms. vi. 203.
si3-ligr, adj. well-bred, Sks. i ; mikill ma&r ok s., Fms. x. 205 ; si&-
ligt athaefi, 296.
si3-l8eti, n. good manners, morality, good behaviour, = $iMerbi, Mar. ;
J)a laer3a menn er mi6r gaettu siS'astis, Bs. i. 102, Greg. 41 : with refer-
ence to religion, Kristiligt s., Fms. ii. 200, Bs. i. 42.
si3-inannligr, adj. well-bred; af J)ingi rei3 me& GuSmundi Sorli, enn
siSmannlegsti ma5r, Lv. 13.
siS-nsemr, adj. quick to acquire good manners, Sks. 264 : as an
epithet to a king, gallant, O. H. (in a verse).
si3-pru3r (si3-pr^3i, f.), adj. gentle, well-mannered, Sks. 245.
SIBR, m., gen. si6ar, dat. si6, pi. si5ir, ace. si3u, mod. siSi, [Ulf.
sidus = ^eos; Hd. sidu ; O.U.G. situ; Germ, sitte; Ban. seed ; Swed.
sed] : — custom, habit, manner, Lat. mos, a word of importance and wide
use ; sja, kanna annarra manna si3u, Sks. 1 7 ; sem Tpii var vi3a si3r
til, Bs. i. 41 ; J)at mun her vera si9r. Eg. no; saemileikr hennar ok
si3ir, Str. 21 ; konungliga si5u, kaupmanna si6u, IserSra manna si&u, . . .
si&u ok athsefi, Sks. 5 ; lands-si5r, the custom of the land; i fyrnskunni var
sa si3r, at . . . , N. G. L. ii. 416 : conversation, falla i si3 me6 monnum, to
live sociably, pibr. 149 (si3-blendinn). 2. conduct, moral life [Lat.
mores'] ; gob'n sibiv, ^at er upphaf allra go&ra si6a at elska Gu6, N. G. L.
ii. 419 ; hann tok at semja heima-manna si9u ok hibyla-hattu, Bs. i. 102 ;
sja ok nema go&a si&u, 271 ; at hvergi hef6i \ieir seb fegri si9u, id.;
si3a-tj6n, Sks. 352 ; 6-si6ir, ill 7nanners, a wicked life, Bs. i. 62, N. G. L.
ii. 419 ; |)a6 er 6-si9r, 'tis ill-breeding. 3. si6r (also in plur.) is
the old and expressive word for religion, faith, as it appears in the life,
laws, habits, and rites of a people; thus, inn Forni si9r, the ancient
(heathen) faith ; inn Ny'i s\br , the new {Christia?i) faith ; Kristinn si6r, <J!>e
Christian religion ; HeiSinn si9r, heathenism, etc. ; smia ollum til Kristins
si6ar, 655 iii. 3 ; eptir Jjvi sem mer skilsk, eru mjok sundrlausir si9ir
yarir, Bs. i. 38 ; skur9go9a-bl6t ak allan hei&inn si9, 43 ; at J)eir maetti
sja atferSi si9ar J)ess, er Kristnir menn hof6u, Ld. 174; er J)at ok naer
minu hugbor9i, at J)u, Kjartan, hafir betra si6 J)a er J)u siglir af Noregi
enn fia er J)u komt hegat, 172 ; geldr at nybreytni konungs, ok {)essa ens
nyja si3ar er go9in hafa rei6sk . . . hversu ertii fiiss, frsendi, at taka vi9
trii fieirri er konungr by9r ? — Ekki em ek J)ess fuss, segir Bolli, Jjviat mer
lizt si3r J)eirra veykligr mjok, 168, 170; kom {jat asamt me5 fieim, at
nita si6 Jieim er konungr bau9, 166; Olafr konungr bo&a3i si6a-skipti
J)ar i landi, Fms. ii. 26 ; JDat spur3isk })ar me9 at si&a-skipti var or&it i
Noregi, hijf&u J)eir kasta9 enum forna si9 . . . Ok ef J)eir menn koma lit
hingat er J)ann si9 bj69a, J)a skal ek J)at vel flytja, Nj. 156 ; ^eir hafa
Ebreska ti9a-g6r9 ok alia si9u, Symb. 57; fieir biskup foru me9 nyjan
si3, Fs. 76; me9 nyjum si3 ok bo&or9um, 91 ; si&ar J)ess er varir for-
eldrar hafa haft, O, H. L. 23 ; i fornum si8, in the olden times, in the
^heathen times; hann var gofgastr allra herkonunga ok bezt at s6r
fornum si3, Fb. i. 349. The same term was afterwards used of t)
Reformation (the Reformed faith as opp. to the Roman Catholic faitl;
[cp. Germ, die alte Sitten] ; fellu J)eir helzt i si9 me9 herra Gizv
biskiipi, sira Gisli Jonsson . . ., Bs. ii. 250; nokku9 agrip um gom
si9ina, 247 ; hann tok af alia Papista si9u, 249 ; vegna J)eirra nyju si3
Safn i. 682. 4. a rite, ceremonial, esp. in plur.; bni9kaups-si3
bridal ceremonies ; kirkju-si3ir, church rites ; hir3-si9ir, court ceremonie
bor9-si9ir, table ceremonies. compds : si3a-b6t, f. = si5b6t, Sturl.
126 : mod. the Reformation, see above. si3a-raa3r, m. a well-br
man, Sks. 352 B : the master of a feast. si3a-sarQr, adj. = si3san
Sks. 245. si3a-skipti, n. pi. change -of faith, Nj. 156, Ld. 128, Fn
ii. 26, xi. 12 ; see above. si3a-vand.r, adj. earnest as to other met
conduct, of a master, overseer. si3a-vendni, f. the being si9avandr.
si3-saniliga, adv. properly, decently, Bs. i.
si3-saniligr, adj. well-bred, Lv. 13 : becoming, Th. x.
si3-sanir, adj. well-conducted ; hann ba9 sina menn vera hlj(j91ata <
si9sama a kveldum, Fs. 143 ; kyrrlatr ok s., Magn. 438 ; s. ok fri9san!
Fms. viii. 253 ; vera haeveskir ok si9samir innan-hir9ar, N. G. L. ii. 411
s. ok lettlatr, Sks. 19.
si3-seind, f. habits; J)a s. sem fieir hef3i um vapna-bur3, Fms. xi. 16.
me& hvilikum haetti e9r s., Stj. 298. 2. moral conduct, good mannet
courtesy, decency ; hafna 6si9um en taka si9semd i sta9inn, N. G. L.
419; um si3semdir (courtesy) ok haeversku, 416 ; si9semdar biinai
Mar. ; si9semdar J)j6nosta, id.
si3-senii, f. = si3semd, Fms. ii. 228, viii. 252, Greg. 41 ; 6-si3semi.
si3ugr, adj. vjell-bred, well-condticted ; sva si9ugr ok gu9hatta9r se
hinn si9ugasti spekingr, Bs. i. 38; vel siSugr, Sks. 279 ; spakr ma3r <
s., Fms. xi. 97; 6-si9ugr.
si3-vandi, a, m. a custom, habit, practice, Isl. ii. 198, Nj. 51, Jb. 15
Fms. iv. 278. 2. = sidvendi, Lv. 49.
si3-vandr, ad], severe as to conduct, austere, serious, Sks. 370; v
hann s. um allt fyrir ]3eirra hond, Bs. i, Skalda 210.
si3-vani, a, m. = si&vandi. Pass. 22. 4.
si3-varr, adj. conscientious in one's life, Sks. 279.
si3-V9ndi, f. austerity, Sturl. i. 219, Sks. 497 B.
si3-venja, u, f. custom, practice, Eg. 34, Fs. 126, Hkr. i. 10, Fms. i
496, K. A. 222. si3venju-legr, adj. usual, Str. 15.
SIF, f., pi. sifjar; [Ulf. sibja. Gal. iv. 5, Rom. ix. 4; A. S. and Sec
sib; Eng\. gos-sip— god-sib ; Hel. sibbia ; O.H.G. sibba; Germ, sippe
— affinity. 2. in sing, the word is only used as a pr. name of t
goddess Sif, gen. sifjar (dat. sifju, Edda i. 340). Sif, the golden-hair
goddess, wife of Thor, betokens mother earth with her golden sheaves
grain ; she was the goddess of the sanctity of the family and wedloc
whence her name, see Edda and the old poems passim. 3. plur. 'si
affinity, connection, by marriage ; the word is used in ancient poems ai
in the law, and in compds ; byggja sifjar, to marry ; jafnnait skal bygj
sifjar ok frsendsemi, Grag. i. 308 ; eigi skulu vera skyldri sifjar me3 J)ei
enn fimmta manni, i.e. no marriage nearer than the fifth degree, 31
sifjar (affinity) is opp. to fraendsemi (blood relationship), flest stormen
var bundit i frsndsemi e9a sifjum Yi3 hann, Fms. vii. 299, v. 1. ; spi
sifjum, to comynit adultery; munu systrungar sifjum spilla, cousins to
' spoil the sib,' referring to adulterous intercourse with near relatio
in law, Vsp. ; slita sifjum = spilla sifjum, Merl. 154: again, ^yn.
sifjum, to hold the sifjar holy, Skv. 3. 28 : hence sifja-slit and si^
spell, n. pi. violation of the law of affinity, adtdtery ; frsendsemis-sp
ok sifja-spell, Grag. i. 341, Sks. 338 B; J)at eru sifjaslit en meiri,
ma3r liggr me& systrungum tveim, Grag. i. 358; i manndrapum ok
sifjasliti, Edda. The word sifjar also remains in bu-sifjar (q.v.), Land
147, Eg. 750, Fs. 31 ; gu3-sifjar (q. v.), as also gu3-sefi, gu3-sifja (q.v
a gossip, sponsor : in karl-sift, kvenn-sift, q. v. ; cp. also barna sifjar, /
bond or unity arising from having had children together, or = adoption ('
cp. Ulf. S7miwe-sibja = vlo6effia, Gal. iv. 5, Ls. 16: lastly, the phra;
blanda sifjum, to blend sifjar together, to blend sotds together (7), Hi
125 (akin to sefi, q.v.)
sifl, a, m. a relation by marriage, affinis ; sifja silfr, Sdm. 28 (Bugge
at alnum sifja. Ad. ; but both passages are dubious ; gub-sid, a god-sib.
-sifja, a3, in the compd af-sifja, q. v.
sifja3r, part, bound in affinity ; C9ni sifja9r, Hym. 2 1 ; sifja9an sjolu
gorvoUum, Hdl. 42 : in the allit. sifja3r and saka9r (q. v.), G^l. 67, 54'
eiga skylt e9r sifja3 vi9 e-n, D. N. v. 360.
sifjugr, adj. = sifja9r, Skv. i. 50.
sifjungr, m. a relation by affinity, Edda (GL), Hkv. 2. 32 : of
brother-in-law, Akv. 29, cp. also Am. 81.
sif-kona, u, f. a woman related through affinity, opp. to fraendkon
J)a er ma9r a froendkonu sina e9r sifkonu, Grag. i. 366 ; fraendkonu a
e9r sifkonu at fimta manni, H. E. i. 245 ; til Astri9ar sifkonu sinni'
Fms. ix. 243.
sifr, m. a near relatioti, Edda ii. 496, hence in Ulf. 3. 34.
sif-skapr, m. affinity, as opp. to fraendsemi, N. G. L. i. I48, 382, H.
i. 481, MS. 671. 17 ; varla ma J)at vel allt saman vera sakir ok sifskap
SIFT— SIGRGJALD.
627
,. L. i. 187 ; en ef {)au skiljask fyrir t)ann sifskap, at karlmanns vcild
, til komit, Jb. 127.
it, f. affinity; sec karlsift, kveiinsift. •
I sifiini, a, m. [cp.lJl(.sipotieis = a disciple], a coffj/>a«/o« (?) = sifjungr,
la ciiT. kty., pd.
SIG> II. [siga], a rope which is let down; foru J)a sigiii ofan 1 griifina,
vii |joroddr upp, (J. H. 152, Jjjal. S : also of the rope by which a fowler
!. t down precipices, as described in Bs. ii. ill. 2. in Icel.
> with weights, put over hayricks, boats, or the like, to keep thcni
1 lata sig a hey) ; whence siga-keppr, m. a log fastened as a weight
rope's end: metaph. of a log-like, slow fellow; J)u ert einsog siga-
i'rl
:, n. [sigr], a victory, Edda (Gl.), Lex. PoiJt. passim, but never in
■ ; in poet, compds as, sig-bj6rk, a weapon ; sig-freyr, a warrior;
indni, a shield; Sig-f63r, of Odin, Lex. Poet.: cp. the pr. names,
I, Sigarr, Sig-fastr, Sig-bjorn, Sig-fuss, Sig-hvatr, Sig-
ndr, Sig-valdi, Sig-tryggr, Sig-iirSr; of women, Sig-ny,
riflr, Sig-vor, Landn.
a, aib, = siga; Jjii sigaSi sva at honum (' jV sanh over him ' i.e. ie
11/ aiuay) ... ok la naliga milli heims ok helju, Grett. 85 new Ed.
.,'a, a6, to excite dogs by shouting rrr ! siga or siga hundum. Fas.
S, Art., Mag. 64, see Gramm. p. xxviii.
S lGDR, m., in mod. usage sig3, f. ; in eastern Icel. (Skaptafells-sysia)
still used masc, Jjat verkfaeri kallask fyrir austan mela-sig3r, en af
;u mela-sig3, en sig5rinn ma vera sva beittr . . . me3 sig6inum . . .,
1111 (ace), Fel. ii. 140, 14I, of the year 1781 : [A. S. sicol ; Engl.
/ ; O. H. G. iihila ; Dutch zikkel ; Dan. segel'] : — a sickle; gref. lea
ig3a (ace. pi. sig3ar v. 1.), N. G. L. iii. 15 ; J)rir sniSlar, item i nofrum
Mini ok sigSum, D.N. i. 321, Post. 26, Boldt 112 : the word is now
■ni., beitt daii3a-sig5in sarbeitt sker solfogr blomstrin vxn, Hallgr.
sigg, n. [akin to seigr, sigi ?], = Lat. callus ; hans horund er sva hart
III sigg villi-galtar, pibr. 180, 297 ; J)at var hart sem sigg ok ekki bl6&
Fbr. 77 new Ed., freq. in mod. usage.
Sigg, f. , gen. Siggjar, the name ofan island in Norway, Munch.
Sigga, u, f., Siggi, a, m., dimin. from SigriSr and Sigur&r.
nigi, a, m. = segi, q. v.
SIGLA, 3 or d, [segl], to sail; sigia ok roa, Eg. 86, Grag. ii. 130;
af landi, to stand o^' the land, Landn. 26 ; s. at landi, to stand in to
'id; s. me3 landi, to sail along shore; s. rett i vestr, i norSr, Eg.
Landn. 25 ; s. lit or anni, {>6r3. 26; s. i haf, a haf, or til hafs, to
■ i out to sea, Ld. 32, Nj. 4, Fms. vi. 359 ; en er Jieir hof6u um siglt,
iti/ by, Fms. v. 305 ; freista ef J)eir sigli sva um oss fram, Orkn. 402 ;
iindan, to sail away, id. ; s. meira, to sail faster, O.H. 182 ; s. eptir
;i, id.; sigla djarfliga, Fms. vii. 67; s. a skip, to strike against, x.
the distance or course in ace, sigla {)eir sunnan fyrir Sta5 tuttugu
L szvar, xi. 122 ; J)a mun siglt vera tylpt fyrir sunnan Island, then
^^iirse will be a ' tylpt' south of Iceland, Landn. 25 ; segja menn, at
iti hafi fyrstr Nor&manna siglt Njorva-sund, that S. is the first North-
that sailed by N., Fms. vii. 66 ; s. litinn byr ok fagran, ii. 182 ; sigla
:^63a byri, x. 260 ; sigldi hann inn um Ag3anes sva mikinn storm,
. . . , ix. 314 ; sigldi hann or Su3reyjum sva mikla sigling, a.t . . ., he
'led so famous a voyage, that . . ., Landn. 214; peir sigla norSr um Sogn-
byr g69an ok bjart ve5r. Eg. 1 20 ; sigli fier saelir ! (Gr. finrXofiTf),
32. 2. in Icel. sigla also means to travel, like Fr. voyager;
I sigldi jjrysvar, went thrice abroad; kalfr sigldi, kom lit naut, kusi
V og do 'ann, a ditty; hence sigldr, part, travelled, and 6-sigldr,
ravelled. II. metaph. phrases ; sigla a veSr e-m, to get to
I'Mord cf one, take the wind out of his sails ; engi ma5r mun meirr
siglt a ve3r jafnmorgum hofSingjum, Band. 39 new Ed. ; sigla milli
- ok baru, between the skerry and the billow, between Scylla and
ybdis, Fms. ii. 268, Fb. iii. 402 ; J)eir h6f6u sigr er li-vaenna J)6ttu
L;la, they won the race who were thought to have the least chance at
'art, Sturl. iii. 251 ; J)6tt J)er J)ykki eigi livaent lit sigla, though the
::e be small at the start, 237. 2. to go as with sails; sigldi
milium limanna a aniiat tre, of a squirrel leaping from tree to
O. H. 85. III. recipr., J)eir sigldusk user i sundi einu,
II. 230: part, gerund, siglanda == segltsekt, y?^ /or sailing; siglanda
t)etta veSr fyrir Ja3ar, ef . . ., 6. H. 138 ; li-siglanda veSr, weather
It for sailing.
la, u, f. the mast; fyrir framan siglu. Eg. 33; fyrir aptan siglu, J)eim
II siglu, Grag. ii. 137 ; stoS ma6r vift siglu, Nj. 125, Fms. vi. 359.
ns : siglu-biti, a, m. the step of the mast (?), Fas. ii. 442.
ii-r^, f. the sail-yard. Fas. iii. 659. siglu-skei3, n. the part near
uist, tnidships, Fms. ii. 323. siglu-toppr, m. the mast-bead, Rb.
siglu-tr6, n. the mast-tree, Fb. i. 532, Fms. xi. 143.
isili, n. [A. S. sigele'], a necklace, Ls. 20; hroftit s., Skv. 3. 47 ; sigli-
*i, 'necklace-fairy,' a lady, Korm.
Sli, n. [Lat. sigillum'], a seal; in inn-sigli, q. v.
sling, f. sailing; {legar t)eir sa s. ySra, Eg. 49; Skalla-grimr var
""•jum manni skygnari, hann sa s. J)eirra HavarSs, 120; J)a sa menn
K its konungs siglingina, 6. H. 1 70 ; sjau djegra sigling, seven days' sail, ^
Landn. 25 : a voyage, toksk l)eim siglingin ogrcitt, Ld. 56 ; hafa kaup-
skip i siglingum, Nj. 3 : — in specific Icel. seme, a journey abroad, pasiini
in mod. usage. II. the sailing, the pace of the ship, let Svcimi
\)a minnka siglingina, S. shortened sail, Orkn. 40a ; niinnka s. ok svipta,
Fms. vii. 67 ; sigla sva mikla sigling, Landn. 314: — sailing, navigation,
meSan J)ar vaeri s. at sem mcst, Grett. 103 A. compds : Biglingar-
austr, m. the pumping a vessel, Jb. 407. siglinga-madr, m. a sea-
faring man, seaman, Symb. 15, Grett. 93. siglinga-skip, n. ; gott
s., a good sailing ship.
aigna, a&, [siga, siga], to glide down ; hann hafSi band fyrir augum,
ok hafSi signat nokkut fra augunum, Bret. 90.
SIGNA, in prts. signi ; prct. signdi, but also tignaSi ; part, signt and
signat. This word occurs in one of the oldest heathen poems, and is
applied to a northern heathen rite ; it is common to all Teut. languages
except Gothic; yet as no ' laut-verschiebung' has taken place, it may
be borrowed from the Latin, and perhaps came in with the earliest
missions, cp. the remarks s. v. prim-signing : or sigr and signa may pos-
sibly be kindred words? [Hcl. s^^mo«; Geim. segnen ; Lat. sig-«ar«] :
— to sign, consecrate ; signa e-m c-t : I. in a heathen sense,
see the remarks on hamarr ; signa full, to sign the goblet with the
sign of the hammer before drinking, Sdm. 8 ; enn er hit fyrsta full
var skenkt, J)a maelti SigurSr jarl fyrir, ok signaSi 68ni . . . Sigurflr jarl
maelti, konungr gcirir sva sem J)eir giira allir, er triia a matt sinn ok
megin, ok signa full sitt J>6r, hann gorfti hamars-mark yfir aSr hann
drakk, Hkr. i. 143 ; en sa er gorSi veizluna ok hiifftingi var, J)a skyldi
hann signa fullit ok allan blotmatinn, 139; signdi Bardr fullit. Eg.
210 (61 {lat er BarriiSr signdi, in a verse, 1. c.) ; J)ar v6ru niinni oil signud
Asum at fornum si3, 6. H. 102 ; J)a blsetr hann heifinar viEttir, ef hann
signir fe sitt o5rum en Gu3i, K. |>. K. ; {)eir eru gumnar go8um signadir,
Hdl. 27 ; skylda ek Vikar go8uni of signa. Fas. iii. (in a verse) ; mi eru
her tolf hreinbjalfar er ek vii J)er gefit hafa, hefi ek pa sva signada ok
maguaSa {charmed and bewitched) at eiigan })eirra mun jam bita, Fb. iii.
245. II. to sign with the cross; sem pafinn leit J)a, signadi hann
{)a, Karl. 303 ; pafinn signdi matinn, 20 ; gengu J)eir undir borS ok
signdu mat sinn, Eb. 268; a8r matrinn var signdr, Fms. vii. 159; er
hann signdi Drottinn varn me& sinni hendi, 625. 63 (of the sign of the
cross in baptism) : — signa sik, to sign oneself with a cross on the forehead
and breast; J)au signdu sik ok sveininn, Nj. 201, Barl. 207; sign pik
eigi, Th. 3; {)a er hann hefir signt sik, 655 xi. 4; ekki fra ek hann
signdi sik, Ski3a R. 44; hon signdi sik ok mselti, {)etta er lifaera, Grett.
150 new Ed.; f>orsteinn vakti hana, bi8r hana signa sik, ok biftja Gud
hjalpar, J>orf. Karl. 396. 2. [Germ, segnen ; Dan., Swed., and
Norse signe, signa], to bless; henni mun ek bleza ok hana signa, Stj.
115; er Gu3 signdi ok pangat sendi, Karl. 289; Gu6 signi yOr ! Art.;
signi Gu3 ykkr ba3a, Skida R. 1 18 ; vel ert Jjii signud af sjalfum Gudi,
Stj. 424; komi J)(5r, vel signadir (Dan. vel-signet), til mins Fodur rikis,
Hom. 156; hins signa&a Magniiss, the blessed Magnus, Magn. 512;
hans signu6u moSur, Th. 25, Rb. 422 ; signadr (5lafr, Fms. v. 222 ; hans
signa3i likamr, Th. 28 ; van-signdr, cursed. Mar. : the word in this sense
has been superseded by bleza, q. v.
signan, f. a blessing. Mar., Hom. 149 ; far i Gu5s signan, Karl. 180.
signet, n. [for. word], a signet-ring.
signing, f. the making the sign of the cross. 2. blessing, 655 viii. 2.
SIGH, m., the r is radical, gen. sigrs, dat. sigri, plur. not used ; a gen.
sing, sigrar occurs in sigrar-merki, Karl. 356, 365, 366 ; and sigrar-6p, 365,
368 ; sig without the r is used in poets and in pr. names : [Ulf. sigis
^viKos; He\. sigi ; O.H.G. sigu; Germ, sieg ; Dutch zege ; all with-
out the r; A.S. sige, but usually sigor (see Grcin), answering to the
double form sig and sigr in the Scandin.]
A. Victory; hafa, fa, vinna sigr, to win a victory; hann atti J)ar
hina J)ri&ju orrostu ok haf3i sigr, Hkr. i. 80 ; Haraldr konungr fokk sigr,
79 ; bera sigr af 69rum, to gain the day, O. H. 109 ; raja sigri, Fb. ii.
337 ; mun audna ni&a sigvi, fate will decide the victory, O. H. 209, Nj. 43,
Fms. V. 273, Hkr. iii. 400, Barl. 163, in countless instances; J)ar meft
hamingju at vega sigrinn, Hkr. i. 254, Al. 83 ; ra3a sigri, Fb. ii. 428 ;
drekka 03ins full til sigrs ok rikis konungi sinum, Hkr. i. 140 ; gaf hann
sumum sigr, 10; J)ii nott ina somu gekk Eirekr i hof Odins ok gafsk
honum til sigrs ser, ok kva3 a tiu vetra frest sins dau3a, Fb. ii. 72 ;
fagna sigri, to rejoice over a victory gained, to triumph (but not in the
technical Roman sense, which is not Teutonic) ; hrosa sigri/ id. ; sverdi
hxlir ])u {)ar en eigi sigri, Edda 89.
B. CoMPDS : sigr-audigr, adj. fated to victory, victorious, Isl. ii.
319. sigr-bakn, n. a 'beaconing' of victory ; J)etta kalla menn s. i
lit-londum, Fms. vi. 313. sigr-bltistr, m. the trumpet-blast of vic-
tory, Stj. 534. sigr-bldmi, a, m. a beam of victory, a halo; veil
ek at konungr mun ra3a sigrinum, Hvi veiztii J)at? f>viat konungr er
bjartr at ek ma eigi sja i moti honum, ok setla ek J)at se s. hans, Fb. ii.
337. sigr-blot, n. a sacrifice for victory, Hkr. i. 13. sigr-byrr,
n. a fair wind boding victory, Fms.ax. 505. sigr-forn, f. an offer-
ing for victory, St], i^/^^, sigr-fQr, f. a victorious journey ; fara s..
Eg. 21, (3. H. 107. sigr-gjald, n, a war-con'ribution, Fms. v. 161.
528
SIGRGJOF— SIMUL.
sigr-gj6f, f. the granting victory; e5a mun 6&inn vilja skjoplask i sigr-
gjofinni vi6 inik, Fms. ii. 238 : the offering tip for victory, ok kalla s. viS
Drottinn varn Jesum Krist, Bs. i. 23 (see the context) ; sigrgjafar-heit,
Fms. ii. 238. sigr-go3, n. a god of victory, Fms. xi. 386. sigr-
heimr, m. a home of victory, Sol. sigr-helgi, f. rendering of Latin
triumphns ; kom hati3 sii er Trajanus konungr helt s. sina, 655 x.
2. sigr-lino3a, n. the ' ]<noh of victory,' part of a sword, Edda
(Gl.) sigr-kufl, m. a ' cowl of victory,' cp. Germ, glucks-haube.
sigr-lauss, adj. deserted by victory. Fas. i. 96, Barl. 163. sigr-
leysi, n. lack of victory, Barl. 163, Rom. 278. sigr-lu9r, m. a
trumpet of victory, Stj. 360. sigr-mark, n. a token of victory, Fms.
i. 136, X. 239 (of the cross, 'in hoc signo vinces'). sigr-md,!, n.
the prize of victory. Eg. 495. sigr-merki, n. = sigrmark, Ni6rst. 3.
sigr-minning, f. comrnemoration of a victory, Hkr. iii. 115. sigr-6p
(sigrar-6p, Karl.), n. a shouting of victory. Eg. 296, 298, Fms. viii. 141.
sigr-samligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), victorious, Bs. i. 302. sigr-steinn,
m. a 'power-stone' of victory, MS. 544. 39, pibr. 83. sigr-strang-
ligr, adj. bidding fair for victory, Sturl. i. 27, Fas. iii. 293. sigr-
sseli (sigr-seela, u, f., Sks. 738 ; sigr-sseld, Fb. i. 236), f. the being victo-
rious. Germ, tuaffen-gluck, Rom. 157, Fser. loi, Fms. i. 214. sigr-
ssell, adj. blessed by victory, victorious. Eg. 646, Fms. i. 15, Al. 97;
s. i malum, Nj. 224; inn Sigrsaeli, the Victorious, the Conqueror, a
name of the Swedish king Eric from his conquests in the East, Hkr.
sigr-vegari, a, m, a conqueror, Fms. viii. 234, Sks. 604. sigr-
vegning, f. a victory, 656 B. 7. sigr-verk, n. a victory, Fb. iii. 299.
sigr-V8enligr, adj. betokening victory, Al. 37* sigr-J)j63, f. the host
of victory, of the Einherjar, Hkv. 2. 47. sigr-6r, f. a shaft of victory,
Stj. 634.
sigra, a6, to vanquish, overcome. Eg. 6, Nj. 127, Fms. ii. 307, passim :
to surpass, einn lokkr sigraSi alia, Hkr. i. 72, Rb. 460, Fms. i.
42. II. reflex, sigrask, to gain a victory; Einarr lag&i J)egar
til orrostu ok sigraOisk, Hkr. i. 105; sigrask i orrostu. Eg. 274; fair
hafa af J)vi sigrask, Nj. 103 ; J>eir sog6u at Jieir hofSu opt sigrask (sigrat
Ed. less correct) J)a er J>eir hof3u barizk me6 minna li9i, Fms. i. 42 ;
J)eir kvaSu Bersa af slysi Kormaks sigrask hafa, Korm. 90 : s. a e-m,
to gain a victory over, Fms. i. 127, ii. 314, Faer. 75; nian ek annat-
hvart sigrask a biiondum e&a falla her eliigar, O. H. 209 : impers., optask
sigrask J)eim eigi vel er fleiri eru saman, ef menn eru skeleggir til m6ts,
Faer. 81. 2. pass, to be overcome, Rb. 462 (Latinism).
sigran, f. a triumphing, Stj. 243.
eigrari, a, m. a victor, Stj. 604 B.
sig-tivar, m. pi. the gods of victory, Vsp., Akv., Ls. i.
sig-toptir, f. pi. the homes of victory, Vsp. 61.
sigur-verk, u. [Germ, zeiger], a clock.
Sig-yn, f., gen. Sig-ynjar, the name of a goddess, the wife of Loki,
Vsp., Edda ; hence the female name Signy^, Landn.
SIK, ace. of the reflex, pron. (cp. ser, sin), also often spelt sek, esp.
in Norse vellums and Grag. i. 50, 114, ii. 240, 241, etc., Js. 17, 20, Sks.
276 B, the later form sig : — Lat. se, self; ef ^at drekkr sik sjalft, GJ)1.
504 ; ^eir hvildu sik pat. Eg. 586 ; Gurtnarr verr sik J)ar til er hann fell
af mae&i, Nj. 116 ; mi er at ver}a sik, 83 ; konungr tok stor gjcild af J)eim
er honum J)6ttu i sukum vi6 sik, Eg. 589. 2. referring to the object
in the sentence; Kari ba5 Bjorn hafa sik (viz. Bjorn) ekki frammi, Nj.
261. II. for the use of sik to form reflexive verbs, as a suffixed
-sk, see ek (B) and Gramm. p. xxvi.
sikill, m. [for. word], a shekel, Stj., taken from the Bible.
siklan, f., medic, flowing of the spittle, Lsekn. 475.
siklatun, n. [for. word], a kind of stuff, Karl. 286, 31S, Fas. iii. 359.
Sikl-ey, f., thus in old rhymes Sikl-cy, miklu, (later Sikiley), Sicily,
Fms. vi-x.
siklingr, m. a king, poet. ; Sigarr J)a&an eru komnir Siklingar, Edda
105, ft. I, Skv. I. 33, Hkv. 2. 22, Lex. Poet., and freq. in the mod.
Rimur; sikling dainn syrgir her | saknar lengi friiin, Niim. 20. 58.
sikta or sigta, a6, to sift. II. to take sight, take aim with a
gun (Dan. sigte), Bs. ii. 349.
sikvil-gOrS, f. a girdle, something (uncertain what) belonging to an
ancient ship, Edda (Gl.) ; it also occurs in a poem on king Canute, who
is called sveigir sikulgjar6ar, the bender of the s., Edda (in a verse).
SILFB. n., provinc. Icel. also silbr, Fb. ii. 247 ; [Goth, silubr ; Hel.
silubar ; (J.Yl.G. silbar ; Germ, silber ; Eng\. silver ; Scot, siller ; Dan.
siilv ; Swed. silfuer] : — silver, Al. 21, 1 16, Fms. i.15, ii. 76, vi. 216, Grag.
i. 500, Eg. 278 : when used as payment distinction is made between log-
silfr (q. v.), standard silver, Grag. ; gang-s. (q. v.), current silver ; brenut
s., burnt, purified silver, K. J>. K. 1 72 ; skirt s., pure silver, Fb. ii. 300,
MS. 732. 16; and bla-s. (q.v.), blue, i.e. bad silver (b!a-silfr had only
the third part value of skirt silfr, 732. i6) ; bkikt s., Grag. ii. 192 ; gra-s.,
grey silver, brass ; hence the phrase, bera sem gull af gra-silfri, to surpass
as gold does grey silver, Gkv. 2.2; so also in- the saying, elda gratt silfr,
Eb. 290, Fb. i. 522 (see elda) : of coined silver, J)a var monnum gefinn
mail, {)at silfr var kallat Haralds-slatta, J)at var meiri hluti koparr, Fms.
vi, 243. II. asaniekname, silfri, silfra, Vd., Vapn. 12; whence.
iCi,
:&:
Silfra-staSir, Silfr-tdppr (or Silfrin-toppr), 'Silver-forelock,' Silw
top, the name of a mythical horse, Gm.
B. Used in conipds to denote a thing made of silver ; silfr-amp
-ausa, -bolli, -bu6kr, -diskr, -kalkr (-kaleikr), -ker, -munnlaug, -skal..
a jug, scoop, bowl, box, plate, chalice, vessel, baUn . . ., of silver, Dipl,
18, Hkr. i. 50, ii. 221, Fms. iii. 177, 194, Vm. 56, 63, 95, Js. 78; sil;
spann, a silver spoon, Bs. i. 874, Vm. 58, 109, Dipl. iii. 4; silfr-bauj
a silver ring, Gliim. 388 ; silfr-belti, a silver belt, Ld. 284, Nj. 24, Vi
129; silfr-bor6, a desk of silver. Fas. iii. 670; silfr-still, a silver pene
D. N. iv. 233 ; silfr-flyngja, a silver clasp, Vm. 34 ; silfr-spong, a silt
clasp, B. K. 83; silfr-biinaSr, silver ornamerrts, I'm. 90; silfr-sylg)a,
silver brooch, Bs. ; silfr-festr, a silver chain, Fas. iii. 273, Vm. 109 ; $11:
J)ra6r, silver-wire, Dipl. iii. 4; silfr -hadda, a silver handle, Fms. vi. 18.
silfr-holkr, a silver knob to a stick, O. H. ; silfr-horn, a drinking-ba
of silver. Fas. i. 90 ; silfr -hringr, a silver ring, Fms. iv. 76, Ld. aj.
silfr^ros, a silver rosary (1), Vm. 58, 109, Dipl. v. 18, Bs. i. 874; sUl
kross, a silver cross, Vm. 2 ; silfr-lok, a silver lid, 58 ; silfr-skei6, a silt
spoon, D. N. ii. 627 ; silfr-men, a silver necklace, Nj. 256 ; silfr-penninj
a silver penny, Fms. i. I, Stj., Rb. 508 ; silfr-vapn, a silver weapon, Fi
ii. 178; silfr-hella, a plate of silver, D.N. ; silfr-beisl, a silver bit. Fid
26. II. silfr-skrin, -hirzla, -kista, -kistill, a shrine, chest, box J
keeping silver, Jm. 10, Am. 90, Karl. 13, Eg. 766.
C. Proper compds : silfr-berg, n. silver ore, Stj. 85. sdlf
biiinn, part, silver-moiinted, Fms. viii. 194, Vm. 9, 1 19. silfr-drjtig
adj. well stocked with silver, money, Eb. 40. silfr-ejTir, m. a silt
ounce, D.N. ii. 45. silfr-fatt, n. adj. lacking silver. Eg. 394, Fine
254. silfr-gangr, m. a silver standard, Grag. i. 500, R<itt. 5. 1
sUfr-livitr, adj. silver-white, Karl. 306. silfr-lagSr, part, ink
with silver, f>i6r. 106. silfr-ligr, adj. silvery, Sks. 39, MS. 6.
xiv. B. I. silfr-merktr, adj. = silfrmetinn, Fms. viii. 270. silf
metinn, part, valued in silver; s. eyrir, Fms. vii. 300. silfr-ofln;
part, woven with silver, |>jal. silfr-rekinn, part. = silfrbuinn, Isl.
231, Nj. 224. silfr-slatta, u, f. silver coinage, N. G. L. ii. Z^B^
H.E. i. 394. silfr-snii3r, ni. a silversmith, Fms. xi. 427, Stj. 64
silfr-smiS, f. silver-work, Stj.
sili, a, m. = seli (q. v.), a strap belonging to harness; vagn festr viS 1
e&a sila, Al. 19 ; soSull e3a sili, GJ)1. 117 ; festi e5a sila, beisl eSrtaunj
369 A ; hross, ok hefir sila nokkurn um halsimi. Thorn. 359.
SIIiKI, n. [from Lat. sericum^, silk, Rm. 31 ; harit fagrt sem siU
Nj. 2, Orkn. (in a verse); rautt s., Boer. 19: a nickname, silki-anj
silki-skegg, Nj., Fms.
B. As adjective, made of silk, silken ; silki-band, silki-dre.gill, a sii
ribbon, Fms. iv. 1 10, xi. 2, Edda 20 ; silki-blaka, a silken veil. Fas. iii. 33
s-ilki-bleikr, 'silk-bleak,' light-coloured, flaxen ; harit silkibleikt, Fms.v
55 ; fjogur nierhross silkibleik, Fas. iii. 39; silki-borSa or -bor5i, asUi\
brim, D.N.; silki-dukr, a silken napkin, Fms. i. 112, Orkn. 304:
altaris-dukr, an altar-cloth, Vm. 80, Symb. 26 ; silki-dyna, a silk-pilh
Karl. ; silki-jiipr (hjiipr), a silken jacket, Fms. vii. 69, x. 415 ; silki-hU^
a silk-ribbon worn round the bead, Nj. 184, Dipl. iii. 4; silki-hiifa, k
silk-cap, Fms. ii. 264; silki-hcikull, a cope of silk, Vm. 117; silki-4cln'
a silk-kerchief. Fas. iii. 266; silki-klx3i, silk-cloth, Greg. 22, MS. 6j f
20; silki-koddi, a silken pillow, cushion, Fms. ix. 477, Dipl. iii.
Vm. 58 ; silki-kuh, a silken quilt, Eb. 258, Mar. ; silki-kyrtill, a sili
kirde, Fms. ii. 309, Baer. 4 ; s\\k\-m.txki, a banner of silk, ht\o\\gvci% \
church furniture, Jm. 10; silki-mottull, a silk-mantle, Fms.x. 268; sill 1 |,.
parlak, mod. sparlak, a silken bed-cover, D. N. ; silkii-pell, a silken pa
Str. 3 ; silki-pungr, a silk-purse. Am. 42, Dipl. iii. 4 ; silki-reifar, sUli
swaddling-clothes, Fagrsk. ; silki-raema, a silken ribbon, Edda 1 9 ; (J «W
garter, Fms. iv. no, Hkr. ii. 105, Bjarn. 64; siiki-saumaSr, embroider
with silk, Dipl. vi. 440, Vm. 46, Pm. 12 ; silki-sima, a silken cord, Le
Poet.; silki-serkr, a silken sark, Fms. iii. 125, ix. 477; silki-skaut,
' silken-sheet,' napkin, D. N. ; silki-skyrta, a silken shirt, Fms. x. 383, ^
6 ; silki-slse6ur, a silken gown. Eg. 702, silken scarf {J), Nj. 190; sill
strengr, a silken cord, Karl. 42 ; silki-sseng, a silken bed. Fas. i. 5°'
silki-treyja, a silken jacket, Fms. xi. 271, Nj. 125, Ski&a R. 186; sill
J)raSr, a silk-thread. Fas. i. 508, Stj. 191 ; silki-ver, a silken case, D.>
Mag. j*-^-
silungr, m., better silungr, spelt sijlungr in Run. Gramm. Isiaimt ,
[silung and svilung = yoimg salmon, I var Aasen] : — a trout, Edda (Gil , 'i
Bs. ii. 173, freq. in mod. usage ; silunga-net, -kista, -stong, -vei8i, Egg^i^ , ' ''•
Itin. p. &95- .1 • ■
simfon, m.(?), [Lat. symphonia'], a kind of instrument, a sympbWy,
Str., Fas. iii, Fms. vii. 97. 1 t
simili, n., fiiSr. 73 ; similia, u, f., Stj. 1 18, 6ii, v. I. ; simili-brau
n., f>i3r. 3^ ; similus-brauS, id., Stj. 293, 560 : [from Lat. simil'
mid. H. G. semele ; Germ, semmel] -.—flour foE bread ; not used in gO'
Icel. and obsolete.
simili, m. (?), Lex. Poijt.
simir, m. an ox, Edda (Gl.)
simul, adv. [Ulf. simle^irore ; A. S. symle ; Hel. simla-sem{e
O. H.G. simblun; Lzt.. semper] -.—ever; this ancient and obsolete wo
«1JN^— ISllNNl.
529
■ preserved in only one or two passages, Hkv. i. 41, and prob. Eg. 355
li the verse).
%IN, f., pi. sinar, [Germ, sebnen ; Dan. sene ; cp. Engl, sinews] : I.
plur. the sinews; brjosk eda bein eSa sinar, Grug. ii. 120; hann hjo k
nJlic'ginn vi& hreifann, svii at ckki hult nema sinar, Sturl. ii. 104;
viigguliinn i sinunum, Lv. 86; enn gamli var seigr i sinum, /07^^i&,
27; seigar verda gamals manns sinar, Bcv. ; {)a tok hann i brott
u 6r bans laeri, Stj. 184; bans sinar ok her3ar, 225 ; hxllin kom
nn, rett i J)a sin (of the finger) sem dregit haffti, Bs. ii.
II. in sing, the yard, esp. of beasts, horses, cattle, Fb. iii.
kona sinar, a bnll's yard, Sturl. i. 21 (in a verse), Grett. (in a
2. a sinew, tendon ; af sinuni bjarnarins, Edda ; fils sinar,
:<.); skera sundr allar sinar hxhi fram ok aptr, JjiSr. 87; sina
•sinew-strength,' Vkv. 16; hd-sin, q. v. sina-sdrr, adj. sore
-inews. Fas. iii. 384.
11., botan. carex vesicaria, Norse sen-gras, also called Lap-sho,
cing used by the Lapps for ropes and cords; that this is an old
1 is seen from Hkr. iii. 339 — skiitur tva;r ok voru sini bundnar, ok
saumr i, and sin-bundit skip (in the verse, 1. c, of a boat made in
>i); J)at (the ship) var ok bundit siai, Ann. 1 189 (Cod. Reg.)
, u, f. [Norse sen-gras^ withered grass which has stood the winter
■', Grag. ii. 233, 291 : in the phrase, sem eldr i sinu, like fire in
.ss; flaug J)at sem sinu-eldr allt austr til lands-enda, Hkr. i. 126 :
' mod. usage, fua-sina.
)undinn, part., see sin, n.
. DB, n. [A. S. sinder; Germ, sinter; cp. Lat. scintilla'], slag or
<>m a forge ; sindr }3at er renn or eldinum, Edda 3 ; liggr sa steinn
Ml ok mikit s. hja, Eg. 142.
iidra, a6, to glow, sparkle, like the slag in a forge ; {)at (the sword)
■ i bjart at s. J)6tti af, Fb. i. 157, Fas. i. 371 ; fotti mer aldri so3it
■il fulls en sindra6i avallt or, fjorst. Si9u H. 177 ; ok sindrar of allt
il. ; sindrandi jarn, glowing iron, Sks. 204, Fms. x. 418.
iidri, a, m. the name of a dwarf, a 'forger,' Edda (Gl.)
i-fall, n. impotency, K. A. 124.
igr, n. [syngja?], a chanting, humming; stutt er sjomanna singr,
SI t :i the seamen's chant (prayer) when putting to sea, Hallgr.
. igra, a6, to hum a song or ditty,
nir, m. the name of a horse, Edda.
' ior and synjor, mod. signer, m. [for. word, Ifal. signore; Fr. seig-
1 c] : — a lord, master; Sighvat, who first uses the word, applies it to
Mave, in one passage rhyming iinn]oT with '^innz., in another s^?/jor
iv \>xyn]\\: it survives in Icel. in signor, a title ofahreppstj6ri(signor Jon).
ikill, m. a clasp, Bjorn.
"K, sin, sitt, pron. possess, reflex.; the better and true form is
!i, sitt, with i throughout, see the remarks on minn ; [Ulf. seins,
-his, hers, its, theirs = Lzt. suus, usually placed after, but also, if
:ic, before; J)ar sitr Sigyn um sinum ver, Vsp. 39; sins um freista
Hm. 2 ; nuil sins maga, 20 ; sins ins heila hugar, sins ins svara sefa,
properly referring to the subject in a sentence, HallgerSr fastnaSi
sina, H. gave atvay her daughter, Nj. 51 ; Hriitr var hagraSr
i sina, 2 ; hann skipaSi sinum mcinnum, 50 ; J)eir lei3a hesta sina,
hann kvaddi Olaf stjiipson sinn til at soSla ser best, O. H. 15;
V I'lru honum 611 ra3 sin J)ungrser3 ok torsott, 195 ; var honum
1 hugr sinn bae&i fyrir skjold ok brynju, Fbr. 56 new Ed. The
a may also refer to the object, or, jn a complex sentence, to a
person in the predicate of the sentence, hvat vill Haraldr bjuda
- konungi fyrir sitt starf, what ivill H. offer to the king of Norway
{\. e. the Norse king's) trouble ? Fms. vi. 41 5 ; Sigur6r jarl gaf upp
yingum 69ul sin {their odals), Oikn. 20, cp. the Lat. ' Syracus-
s suas restituit ;' sagSi DufJ)akr at Ormr skyldi hafa byr6i sina,
7nuch as O. coidd carry, Fb. i. 523; eigi ^er at baeta prestinum
11, to the priest his due, Bs. i. 709 ; Eyjolfr J)akkar konungi gjafir
k vinmaeli, /or his (the king's) gifts, Lv. 1 1 2 ; hann J)akkar honum
iii, be thanks him for his help. Fas. ii. 542: so also in mod.
. og hann gaf hann aptr sinni moSur, Luke vii. 15 (Vidal.) ; raen
'' Sinum retti, rob thou not God of his right. Pass. 7. 11, and
II. neut. as subst. ; allt niun ^at sinu fram fara {go its
iirse) um aldr manna, Nj. 259; rydsk hann um sitt, -Lat. fro
f.e.for his own part, with might and main, Fms. xi. 132 : cUipt.,
cgir sinar (viz. farar) eigi slcttar, Korm. 158; kom hann sva
viz. ar) fyrir bor3. Fas. i. 524. III. with sjalfr, both
are declined ; ska6a sjalfs sins, one's own self's scathe, Sks. 228 B ;
Malfs sins, one's own recollection, D.N. ii. no; {)eir ba&u hana
itlfrar sinnar ra3, ' take her own self's rede,' act for herself, Fms.
; me3 hondum sjalfra sinna, Barl.-25; leggr hon i ved sjalfra
' ignir, D.N. ii. 82; sakir oforsjo sjalfra sinna, i. 107: in mod.
both the possessive and the indeclinable forms are used, thus,
>ins eignum, but if placed after, eignum sjalfs sin ; the posses-
owever is more freq., as it also is the better form of the
-I IV. with hvarr (dual), hverr (plur.), in a distributive
^"K a. sinn-hverr in a purely distributive sense ; tok sitt langskip ,
hv&rr Jieirra, they took a long ship, each 0/ (be two, Eg. 74 ; England
ok Skotland er ein cy, ok er {xi sitt hvurt konungs-riki. England and
Scotland are one island, and yet each is a separate kingdom, Synib. 14 ; l^t
sitt naut hvarr fram Icida, Eg. 506 ; sinn vetr {xi hvi'irr heimbod at oftrum,
each his winter, alternately, Nj. 51 ; ef sinn logsogu-mann vilja hv4rir,
Grag. i. 1 ; {jeirra manna er tri-tyngftir cm ok hafa i sinum hvaptinum
hvara tunguna, Al. 4 ; hon belt sinni hcndi um h41s hvurum {)eirra, . . .
liggi til sinnar bandar m6r hvarr ykkar, Fms. i. 9. p. sinn hverr (plur.),
ferr sinn veg hverr um sk6ginn, tbey went each bis own way in tbe wood,
i. e. dispersed, Gliim. 329 ; skulu vaka sinn J)ri8jung nsetr hverir tvcir, ttvo
and two in turn, Fms. iv. 299 ; hann selr sina boloxi i hendr hvcrjum
J)eirra, v. 288; hann s4 J)rju hasaeti ok satu J)rir menu, sinn i hverju,
Edda 2 ; hann kasta6i um iixl hverja sinum saudum tveimr, Grctt. 134
new Ed. ; for sinn veg hverr, tbey went each bis own way, i.e. tbey parted;
but, f6r hverr sinn veg, each his {appointed) way : rarely with the posses-
sive placed after, fdru hvArir lei8 sina, Nj. 34; fara hvarir til sins heitna,
Korm. 222. In mod. usage, when sinn is placed after hverr, it gives
emphasis with the notion of one's due, one's own, thus, gefa hverjum sitt,
to give every one bis due, Lat. suum cuique ; whereas ' sitt hverjum,' with
the order reversed, is merely distributive ; thus hver fekk siim penning,
Matth. XX. 9 (of wages due to each) ; whereas ' fekk sinn pening hverr'
would be said of alms distributed.
B. CoMPDs: 8inn-veg, sinn-eg, sinn-ig, adv. one each way;
{)ykkir nokkut sinnveg hvaru, tbey disagreed, Ld. 90 ; talaSi annarr at
odrum, ok hof sinneg hverr, tbey all spoke in turn, and each began bis
speech differently, Fms. vii. 222. Also, sinns-ig, adv.; flySi sinnsig
hverr, Fms. viii. 413, v. 1. ; sinnsiginn var litr hvers steins, Konr. ;
skildu J)eir sva sinu tali, at sinnsigiiui likaSi hverjum, Bs. (Laur.) ; segir
sva Gregorius papa, at sinnsig ii hvern a at minna, each has to be ad^
monisbed in bis own way, one this way, another that, 655 xi. 2.
sinna, t and a&, [A.S. si^jan"], to journey, travel; enn hverr er austr
vill sinna, whosoever travels to tbe east, Sighvat ; ek s6 hrafna sinna til
hafnar, / see the ravens make for the haven, id. ; en man hon sinna til
sala t)inna. Fas. ii. 34 (in a verse) ; at sinna me& lilfs lifru, to go with
tbe wolf's sister (Hel, i. e. to psriib), Bragi ; sinna lit, Fms. x. 74 (in
a verse) ; this sense is obsolete and not found in prose. II.
metaph. to go with one, side with, with dat. ; vilda ek at {)U sinna3ir fraen-
dum minum, Grett. 9 new Ed.; sem ver hiifum skjotliga sinnt ok sannat,
Stj. 3 ; Runolfr sinna3i mcir me3 Arna biskupi, R. sided more with
bishop A., Bs. i. 709; hann sinnar hvarigum ne samj)ykkir, Stj. 16;
sinnta ek J)vi sem ek matta framast, at . . ., I pleaded tbe best I could,
that . . ., Bs. i. 845 ; J)eir hetu ^li at sinna bans m^li, 882 ; hvart hann
sinna6i meirr \itim erendum, er . . . , 868. 2. to mind, care for, give
heed to, with dat. ; ekki sinni ek hegoma J)inum, / heed not thy idle talk,
fsl. ii. 214; ekki sinni ek Jjinum abur6i, Grett. 161 ; ekki sinni ek f6
(/ do not mind tbe money) ef nokkurr vildi ganga i malit. Band. 6 ; siun-
a5i Pharao bans raSum, Ph. gave heed to bis rede, Stj. 248 ; \iek sinntu
{took care of) skipum \icim sem skatla fluttu, 233 ; so in mod. usage,
sinna gestum, to attend to tbe guests; hon sinnadi ur© engan hlut, she
cared about nothing. Fas. iii. 300: in mod. usage also of a person dis-
tressed or annoyed, hann sinnir engu, hann er engum sinnandi, be
cares about nothing; hon er ekki monnum sinnandi, hon var& honum
aldri sinnandi (of a wife), and many similar instances. 3. part.
siding with one, disposed so and so ; at Jjeir vaeri J)er heldr sinnadir enn
i moti, Fms. i. 297 ; vaenti ek at hann se J)er sinnadr i ])raut, Fb. i. 78 :
part, act., vera e-m sinnandi, to be attentive to one, take care of, Grett. 27
new Ed.
sinna, u, f. [from the Germ, simi], tbe mind ; sinnu-reitr. Skald H. i. 20 :
the senses, kvinnan var aldrei me6 jafnri sinnu ok aflr, Ann. I407.
SINNI and sinn, n., Vtkv. 5, Fas. i. 73, ii. 542 ; sinni is the truer
form, but the word is mostly used in dat.; [A.S. si^ ; Ulf. sinj/]: —
prop, a walk; er mer hefir auki6 ervitt sinni, a heavy walk, Vtkv.
5. 11. fellowship, company; mi skal bru3r sniiask heim i sinni
me& mer, in my company. Aim. i ; ri3a i sinni e-m, Skv. 3. 3 ; latum
son fara fe5r i sinni, 12; hrafn flygr austan . . . ok eptir honum orn i
sinni. Fas. i. 428 (in a verse); maiuigi er mer 1 sinni, i.e. I am alone,
no one in my company, 247 (in a verse); vilja e-n s<5r i sinni, iii. 483
(in a verse) : langt er at leita ly6a sinnis, Akv. 1 7 ; J)j63a sinni erumka
{)okkt, tbe fellowship of men is not to my liking, i. e. men shun me,
Stor. 2. concrete, a company; Vinda sinni, the company of tbe
Wends, Lex. Poet. 3. in plur., a sinnum, on tbe way; heill |)U 4
sinnum scr, be hale on the journey ! VJ)m. 4 ; dagr var 4 sinnum, tbe day
was far on its way, was passing, Rm. 29 ; guSr var 4 sinnum, tbe battle
drew to a close, Hkr. i, 95, Hornklofi (in a verse). III. metaph.
help, support, backing; in prose it remains in the phrases, vera e-m i
sinni, to 'follow,' side with one, help one ; ifanarlaust er Gu8 i sinni med
\>dm manni, Barl. 93 ; mun ek heldr vera Jx-r i sinni, Fb. i. 529; v<Sru
Jjar margir menn me3 jarli um Jjctta mal ok honum i sinni, Fms. iv.
290; J)u vildir at allir vasri fer i sinni, Sturl. i. 36; J)eir dyrka fjalla-
guSin, ok J)vi hafa t)au verit {)eim i sinni, Stj. 598 ; leidir ViSfdruIl
Jolf lit ok J)akkar honum sitt sinni, Fas. ii. 542 ; leggja i sinni via
M u
530
SINNI— Sf.
e-n, to back one, Bs. i. 882; hann J)ekkir sinni J)eirra, at J)eir vinna
konunginum niikinn sigr, he knows (^appreciates) their help. Fas. i. 73 :
in compds, fii-slnni (q. v.), solitude; sam-s., society; vi!-s., q.v.
B. sinn and sinni, as an adverb of time, in adverbial phrases,
the latter form being rare and less correct, but occurring in a few
instances in the accusative, as fyrsta sinni, N. G. L. i. 74 ; annat sinni,
340, Fms. vii. 325, Sks. 205 ; hvert sinni, Sks. 16, K. |j. K. 10; i J)at
sinni, Sturl. iii. 317: [Ulf. sinp, e.g. ainamma sinpa,-^aita^, twaim
sinpam = Sis, prim sittpam^rpis; Dan. sinde]: — a time, with numerals
= Germ. mal ; in ace. and dat. sing., eitt sinn, einu sinni, and dat. pi.
tveim sinnum, etc. : a. ace. sing. ; J>at var eitt hvert sinn, one time it
happened, Nj. 26, Faer. 242 ; annat sinn, the second time; 1 annat sinn,
K. f>. K. 14 : hit J)ri&ja sinn, the third lijue, 10 ; i hvart sinnit, each time,
id.; i hvart sinn, 12; J)at sinn, that time, then, Fms. i. 264; i J)at
sinn, Hkr. ii. 15, Griig. ii. 167; ekki sinn, at no time, not once, never,
Skalda 167 ; aldri sinn siSan, never a time since, never more, Nj.
261 ; sitt sinn vi& hvert orS, K. {>. K. 11 : um sinn, once; eigi optarr
enn um sinn, Grag. i. 57, 133 ; hann skal drepa barninu i vatn um sinn,
K. |). K. 10, 12; eigi meirr enn um sinn, Nj. 85; ganga til skripta it
minnsta um sinn a tolf nianu3um, K. A. 192 : for this one time, ek mun
leysa J>ik or vandrse&i J)essu um sinn, Isl. ii. 133; fyrst um sinn, /or the
present, |>6r6. 69 (paper MS.), and so in mod. usage; um sinn-sakir,/or
this once, Ld. 184, 196, 310. p. dat. sing, upon a time; enu J)ri&ja
sinni, the third time. Bias. 40 : einhverju sinni, a lime, a cer'ain time, Nj.
2, 216; einu sinni, once, in an indefinite sense, H3m. 14 (Bugge, see
the foot-note) ; er J)a kostr at kve&a einu sinni ( = mod. einhvern tima)
skaldskap |)ann, Grag. ii. 151 ; in mod. usage einu sinni means once, for
the old ' um sinn' is now obsolete : J)vi sinni, /or that time, for that occa-
sion, Fms. vii. 129 ; at J)vi sinni, Sks. 258 ; Jiessu sinni, this time, Fms. i.
126: at sinni, /or this time, at prese?it, Nj. 216, Ld. 202, Fms. i. 3, 159 :
sinni sjaldnar, once less, Rb. 450. y. dat. piur. ; sjau sinnum, seven
times, Alg. 262 ; hundraS sinnum, Flov. 33 ; pe\m sinnum, er . . ., when,
Sks. 211 B; endr ok sinnum, now and then, from time to time, Sks.
208 B. 8. gen. plur. ; fimmtan tigum sinna, a hundred and fifty times,
Dipl. ii. 14 ; setta tigi sinna, Rb. 90 ; J)usundum sinna, a thousand times,
Greg. 37- .
sinni, n. mind, disposition, temper, mod. and from the Germ., chiefly
through Luther's Bible : freq. in mod. usage and in compds, sinnis-
veykr, adj. sick in mind, etc.
sinni, a, m. [A.S. ^e-s/5], a follower, companion; A6ils of sinnar,
Bm. ; sol sinni mana, the sun companion of the moon, Vso. 5 ; allir
Heljar sinnar, Edda 41 ; sinni dftins ok Asa, 56.
sinni-ligr, adj. companion-like ; ekki var maSrinn s., Fas. ii. 331.
sin-strengr, m. a cord or tendon, Stj. 416, Barl. 147.
sinvir, f. pi. [sin], sinews, tendons; hann laetr skera sundr sinurnar i
ba6um fotum bans . . . er t)U lezk skera sinar i baSum fotum minum,
{.iftr. S6, 87.
sissa, a5, [sess], to seat; hann skal s. honum i ondvegi, N. G. L. i. 33.
SITJA, pres. sit; pret. sat, sazt, sat, pi. satu ; subj. saeti ; imperat.
sit, sittii; part, setinn ; with the neg. suff. sit-k-a, I sit not, Hkv. 2. 34 :
[UK. sitan = KaOrjadai ; A.S.sittan; Eng\. sit; Germ, sitzen; Swed. sitla;
Dun.sidde; Lat. sedere; Gr. eSos, f^faOai] : — to sit; s. a haugi, Vsp. 34,
{)kv. 6, Skm. 11 ; J)eir satu a vellinum, Nj. 114; J)ar sem biiamir sitja,
no, Grag. i. 4; konungr sat a hesti, Fms. x. 255,408 ; hann sat it naesta
honum, Nj. 2 ; ganga til matar, ok satu J)eir um hn'3, Eg. 483 ; sva
vildi hverr maftr sitja ok standa sem hann bau6, ... ok var rett at segja
at hann vaeri hxbi konungr ok biskup yfir landinu, Bs. i. 67 ; s. fyrir, to
be on the spot, Hm. I : in greetings, sit heill ! sitift heilir, ' sit hale,' be
seated and welcome, Fms. x. 201, Isl. ii. 438; mi sittii heill, Sighvat
(d. H. in a verse) ; seggi biSr hann s. i fri&, SkiSa R. 28 ; s. at mat,
to sit at meat, Fms. x. 378; s. at sumbli, Ls. lo; s. at tafli, to sit
at chess, Isl. ii. 359 ; s. at fe, s. at nautum, to tend sheep, neat-cattle.
Boll. 336, Eg. 714, Sturl. i. 77; s. at malum, to sit over a case, de-
bate it, Ld. 18; s. a stefnu, to be in the chair at a meeting, 6. H.
85: s. upp, to sit up, sit erect; peir letu hann s. upp i hauginum,
Nj. 118: to lit at table, Jokull sat upp ok orti visu, 6. H. 191;
g6kk konungrinn at sja {)a er upp satu, who sate at table, Greg. 43 ;
Eyvindr haf6i mest forrad at veizlunni, ok sat ekki upp, Orkn. 246 ;
{leim sinnum er jarl sat upp (uppi Ed.) mata&isk sveinninn me9
honum, Fms. ix. 245 : s. liti, to sit outside (at night), of wizards (liti-
seta), Vsp. 21, Orkn. 234, 246; {)at er libota-verk at s. uti, N. G. L. i.
350 ; sva segja menn at Gunnhildr, fostra Hiikonar, luti s. uti til sigrs
honum ... en Jjordis skeggja er sii kona kollu6 sem sagt er at uti saeti,
Fms. vii. 275. 2. with prepp. ; sitja a svikraeSum, svikum vi6 e-n,
to plot against, Fms. i. 263, ii. 34 ; sitja a ser, to control, constrain one-
self; Hallger6r sat mjok a ser um vetrinn, Nj. 25 ; hann gat ekki a ser
seti6, he could not keep quiet : — s. fyrir e-u, to be exposed to, to have to stand
the brunt of; s. fyrir amaeli, haettu, afar-kostum, Nj. 71, Fms. v. 71, vii.
125 ; s. fyrir svorum, to stand questions, be the spokesman, iv. 274, vi. 13,
Oik. 36, Band. 1 2 ; s. fyrir malum, to lead a discussion, Fms. ix. 98 ; s.
fyrir e-m, to sit in ambush (fyrir-sat), Nj. 94, 107. Ld. 218 : ellipt., Nj.
94, Eg. 577, 743 : — s. hja, to sit by : — s. til e-s, to watch for ; er {)ar tihs
sitja, Nj. 103 : — s. um e-t, to watch for an opportunity ; J)eir satu um i
rengja, 242 ; er setid satu um J)at at spilla friSinum, Magn. 464 : to pli
against, s. um saemd e-s, Fms. v. 273 ; hann sitr um riki bans, 293;
um lif e-s, to seek one's life, Ld. 40, Fms. i. 223 ; s. um e-n, to waylay
Landn. 287, Nj. 131 : — -s. undir, to sit under one, keep him on one's kneei
s. undir barni, sittu undir mer ! s. undir lestri, to ''sit under' a preaching ;
undir hlySni, to be subject to, Sks. 476 B : — s. yfir e-u, to sit over a thing
s. yfir drykkju. Eg. 6 ; s. yfir sjiikum manni, to sit up with a sick pe.
son, Fms. vii. 166, x. 250; esp. with a woman in labour, iv. 32, viii.
(yfirsetu-kona = a midwife) ; also, sitja yfir malum manna, to attend to (;
judge), (5. H. 86, Fms. vii. 60, Nj. 189; ekki er mi tom at s. yl
kvae&um, to listen to songs, Isl. ii. 235 ; s. yfir vamingi sinum, to sit ov
one's wares, Sks. 28 : to superintend, Fms. viii. 5 (Fb. ii. 533) : sit
yfir e-u, to take possession of what beiongs to another person ; at uvin
minir siti eigi yfir minu, tsl. ii. 146, 224; {)eir menn hafa seti& y
eignum varum ok aettleif&, Fms. i. 223; sitr mi yfir fe |[)vi Atli k
skammi. Eg. 468 ; hann sat yfir vir5ingu allra hofftingja, Nj. 173 ; s.y)
hlut e-s, 89, Ld. 66, Eg. 512 : s. yfir skor6um hlut, to suffer a lou
right, Ld. 266. II. to abide, stay, sojourn; sitja heima, to tb
at home ; sitr Gunnarr mi heima nokkura hriS, Nj. 106; s. heima te
dottir (heima-saeta) ; s. heima sem maer til kosta, Sams. S. 6 ; sat hai^
J)ar halfan manuS, Nj. 106 ; J)at var engi si6r at s. lengr en J)rj^r lut
at kynni. Eg. 698 ; viku var at bo6inu seti6, Ld. 200 ; i slikum fagna
sem J)eir satu, Fms. x. 260 ; hann sat at Gufuskalum inn J)ri6ja vei
Eg. 592 ; seti3 hefir {)u svii naer, at pu maettir hafa hefnt {jessa, Nj. 17!
satu fiingmenn Runolfs i hverju hiisi, Bs. i. 20 ; s. kyrr, to rema
quiet, stay at home, Gnig. i. 163; s. i festum, of a betrothed worn;
between the espousals and the wedding, Nj. 4 : to reside, Haraldr konun
sat optast a Rogalandi, Eg. 367, Nj. 268, Fms. i. 23, Ver. 60: s.
londum, to reign, Hkr. ii. 3 ; s. at biium sinum, Fs. 12 ; sitja bu5set
to live in a booth, Griig. i. 187, ii. 71 ; s. strandsetri, to live on the coc
(fishing), i. 263, 290; s. slimu-setri, to hang on to a place, living upon oth
people, GJ)1. 200, N.G. L. i. 70; J)er munut J)urrt hafa um seti6 all
vitundir, had no part nor knoiuledge of it, Sturl. iii. 261 ; to stay, aiisw
not to a call, Grag. i. 447 ; mi sitr einn hverr lengr niSri, N. G. L. i. 40
s. um stefnu, 344 ; ef hann sitr sva J)rja vetr at hann geldr eigi tiund sii
retta, K. A. 94 ; s. hja e-u, to be neutral, take no part; hann haf6i a
seti6 hj.'i malum J)essum, Lv. 9, Isl. ii. 267, Nj. 84, 97 ; J)u laetr J)a mei
s. hja kyrra, remain undisturbed, Ld. 258; s. hja fe, to tend sheep.
a fishing term, to sit fishing on a mi6, q.v.; a J)aer vastir er hann var va
at s. ok draga flata fiska . . . ])eir varu komnir sva langt lit, at haett var at
litarr fyrir MiSgarSs-ormi, Edda 35. B. to tarry; gorSi li&inu Idtt
sitja, Fms. x. 344 ; s. ve3r-fastr, to lie weather-bound. Eg. 483 ; s. i dibliss
to sit in a dungeon, Fms. ix. 219 ; s. kyrr, Grag. i. 163 ; s. fyrir, to r
main sitting, Fms. v. 66; sitja til jams, to sit preparing for the ordec
308, 311 ; s. fyrir adrykkju e-s, to be one's cup-mate. Eg. 253. II
with ace. ; sitja e-t or hendi ser, to 'sit a thing out of one's hands,' I
it slip through idleness, Fms. v. 276: mod., s. e-t af s6r, id.; skui'
er ekki sitja byri J)vi heldr, miss a fair wind, vi. 358 ; Jjegjandi si
t)etta {>6rir jarl a Mseri, Orkn. (in a verse) ; haf3i annat bref koir
til Lopts a sama sumri, ok sat hann bae6i (ace), he 'sate it off,' i.
did not answer to the call, Bs. i. 726 ; (so in mod. usage, s. e-n af stoki
to 'sit him off,' wait till he is gone;) satu margir af sinum hestur
many 'sate off,' dismounted from, their horses, Fms. vi. 21 1; sitja ret
sinum, to remain inactive until one's right is prescribed, Grag. ii. 9
K. J). K. 26. 2. sitja vel (ilia) jor5, to keep one's estate ingood{bai
order; sat hann ^ann bse vel, Brandkr. 57; J)essi jor6 er vel setin; sai
f)essir allir bruUaup sitt i Gautavik, Vigl. 33; s. hunting, to bold
secret meeting, Fms. xi. 219. 3. sitja e-t, to put up with an iayu)
eigi mundu \>en J)vilika skomm e8r hneisu setid hafa, Isl. ii. 33^
Jjykkisk hann J)a lengr hafa seti6 Sveini J)ann hlut er hann munch'^ei
(i&rum Jjola, Fms. xi. 62 ; menn munu J)at eigi s. J)er, ef J)u me)OfiE>?
manna, Gliim. 342; s. monnum slikar hneisur, Ld. 278; s. moBlitfl
skammir ok skapraunir, Fms. ii. 14; s. e-m fryju, Hkr. iii. 397; er'i
engum manni sitjanda (gerund.), 'tis not to be endured from any fKOi
Korm. 162. 4. to cut one off from; fyrr munu ^cr svelta i he!, er
^er siti6 oss mat, Fms. vi. 152 ; hug6usk {)eir Sveinn at s. honum vat
X. 407 ; ok mundi sva aetla at s. f)eim mat l)ar i Eyjununi, Ork
410. IV. reflex, in recipr. sense; J)eir skulu sva n;Er sitjask (:
so near one another) at hvarir-tveggi nemi or6 annarra, Grtig. i. 69 ; 1
mer liti9 um at haetta til lengr at ^it sitisk sva naer, Ld. 158. "i
part., nu mun eigi mega sitjanda hlut i eiga, there is no time to rti
Nj. no.
sitra or sytra, u, f. a little rippling stream ; laekjar-s., a little brook.
sizing, sizlingr, m.=:suzungull (q.v.), Sks. 403.
SI, adv., contracted from sin, [Goth. sinteino = irdvTOTf, sinttins"
fniovcrios, o KaO' rji-iipav ; O. H. G. sin- and sina- in several compds, e.i
sin-vluot, the great flood = the Deluge (whence by corruption the mo
Germ, sund-fluth and Dan. synd-flod = the sin-flood); A.S. sin-; I*
semper; see Grimm's Gramm. ii. 554] : — ever; it is, however, used dag
SlBYRDA—SfDR.
531
only in the phrase, si ok ae, ever and aye, incessantly, but it is used in
several compds as a prefixed particle. II. with part., as si-(5tandi,
si-drekkandi, si-sofandi, si-talandi, si-snikjandi, si-hisejaudi, si-gratandi,
si-stelaiidi, si-ljiigandi, si-rennandi, etc.
B. CoMPDS : si-byr9a, 6, /o lay ships alongside, broadside to
broadside, in a sea-fight; fieir sibyrSu vi5 ollum skipunum, Orkn. 362;
sibyr8i hann f)ar vid Jarnbar5ann, Fms. ii. 317 ; jarl Ik avallt sibyrt viS
skipin, i. 174, ii. 317, x. 358. sl-byr3is, adv. broadside to, Fnis. viii.
385. si-byrt, n. part. = sibyr5is, Fms. i. 174, ii. 317. sl-dsegris,
. every day, day by day, O. H. 130. si-fella, u, f. continuity; i
11, adv. continuously, Sktilda 173, Fms. x. 353, Al. 70, Bret. 52; i
~11w.11 me&an haun lif3i. Pest. 656 C. i ; minnask i s., Bs. i. 104; avallt
i sifellu, 131 ; J)jona e-m i s., Fms. viii, 242. sf-fleyttr, part, con-
tinuous, Al. 23 : neut. as adv. continuously. sf-frj6r, adj. ever fertile,
yielding crops all the year round. si-gla3r, adj. always cheerful.
sf-grsann, adj. [Old Engl. singrene~\, evergreen, Hb. 6. sf-hverfr,
adj. [O.H. G. sina-hwerpal\ = si\Ar, Mork. 12. si-mdligr, adj.
always talking, long-winded, Sks. 314. si-mselgi, f. talkativeness,
Sks. 314 B. si-reiflr, adj. always angry, Nj. 210. si-soltinn
>nd si-svangr, adj. always hungry. si-vaf, n. winding round;
lann vaf6i henni sivafi, Eg. 579. sl-valr, q.v. si-vefja, vaf6i,
'0 wind round. si-J)6gull, adj. ever silent. Eg. (in a verse).
SlA, u, f. any glowing substance, esp. the molten metal in a furnace ;
jem sior flygi or afii, Fas. i. 371 ; en J)a er dromundrinn tok at loga, sa
')eir sva sem logandi sior (thus, not sjor) hlypi i sjoinn, Orkn. 368;
vtiim ok Slum, Edda 4 ; siur ok gneista, 5 ; solarinnar . . . er godin
1 skapat af ^eirri siu er flaug or Muspells-heimi, 7; jarn-sia ; fid
K Geirro3r me6 tong jiirnsiu gloandi ... ok fterir a lopt siuna, 61, Fms.
I. (in a verse) ; sem e6r lek utan ok innan sem ein sia, Bs. ii. 9.
. sia, u, f., qs. siva or sffa, [Engl, sieve ; O. H. G. s/6] : — a sieve or strainer,
br liquids (said for flour) : esp. of sieves used in dairies, skyr-sia, mjolkr-sia.
!sia, a8, to filter ; lattu gron sia, sonr, sip it through the beard, my son,
rin. 120.
SID, adv., compar. si6r (q.v.), superl. siz\. = least, last; but si3arr,
-t in a temp, sense: [Ulf. seipu = li^'ia, compar. se/y&s ; O.W.G. sid ;
..sell; Old Engl. siV/b] : — late; sonr er betri J)6tt se si3 um alinn,
11. 71; til si6, too late, 65; si6 (i.e. never) muntu raSa hringum,
kv. Hjorv. 6; si3 (i.e. never) lettir mer stri6a, Edda (in a verse); ok
:^ heldr si5 gengit til hamessu, O.H. 118; ef hann spyrr sva si3, so
Grag. i. 109 ; ef sokin kemr sva si& upp, 373 ; pdm er sva si6
:;a, 96; spurSi, hvi hann hefdi sva si& komit, Eg. 150: phrases, si6
iiemnia, early and late, perpetually, Stj. 462, Fms. x. 277, Gisl. 128,
. 57; ar ok si5, id.: — with gen., si6 dags, late in the day, Fs. 84,
. i. 69, Eg. 600; si3 aptans, late in the evening, Stj. 6, Hkr. i. 103 ;
ptans biSr oframs sok, Sighvat ; si6 sumars, late in the summer. Eg.
5; si6 vetrar, or si& um haustid, late in the autumn, Fasr. 128; si6
n kveldit, Eg. 149, 600, Fs. 85. ^ 2. compar. si3arr, /a/er; Jiau
k er si5arr komu fram, Fms. i. 59 ; Asdisi atti si3arr Skiili, i. e. S. was
r second husband, Landn. 88 ; eigi si6arr en mi var talit, Grag. i. 18 ;
larr meirr, ' later-more,' still later, H. E. i. 414; longu siSarr, Stj. 6 ;
u siftarr, a little later, Fms. vi. 93, Nj. 4, 21 ; fam vetrum sidarr,
few years later, Landn. 12 ; tin vetrum si6arr en Styrbjorn foil, Fms.
5i ; hvart ek dey stundu fyrr e&a si6arr, ii. 158. 3. superl.
5ast, last; spur6isk {)at si6ast til hans, Nj. 121 ; maeltu J)at si6ast, sva
menn heyrQu, 201 ; ek setla ^essa veizlu si8ast at bua, Ld. 14; orb
a er hann maelti si5ast. Eg. 356 ; \>a, skulu ^eir si6ast fram segja, Grag.
8; fiessi holmganga hefir sidast framin verit, Isl. ii. 259 ; sa er siQast
igr inn, Fms. i. 16. II. the word remains as subst. in the
lase, um si5 or um s;6ir, al last; \>6 var3 hann um si6 ofrlidi borinn,
'S. i. 79, ii. 41 ; Jjeir komu of siSir til })ess innis, 623. 39 ; skal silt
a hverr of si5ir, Grag. ii. 219 ; gorSisk sva til of si3ir, Fms. x. 392 ;
sva fa;ri um siflir, Eg. 701, fsl. ii. 268; J)6 kom sva um siSir, Nj.
;' ; J)6 at sta9ar nemi um si3ir, Ld. 306 ; J)6 vaknadi hann um siSir,
s. 1. 216; — passim in mod. usage.
i;BA, u, f. [A. S. s/5e ; Engl, side ; O. H. G. sita ; Germ, seite] : —
/e=Lat. latus; hljop sverSit a siSuna, Nj. 262; leggja siSur sinar
spjots-oddum, Fms. xi. 30 ; milium siSu hans ok skyrfunnar, Bs. i.
konungr lagSi hendr sinar yfir sidu Egils J)ar er verkrinn la undir,
. iv. 369 ; reip sveig3 at si6um mer, Sol. 37 ; hafa verk undir si3-
, to have a stitch in the side ; si3u-stingr, si6u-verkr, a stitch in the
, side-ache; si&usar, a wound in the side, 625. 80; siSu-sarr, adj.
nded in the side, Str. 47; a siSu hestinum, GullJ). 72. 2. of
t, a side of meat; nauta-liniir halfr f]6r3i tigr, siSur halfr ^riSi
Dip!. V. 18 ; siaur af nauti allfeitar, Fms. x. 303 ; rauSar runa
r, red-smoked sides of bacon, vi. (in a verse). 3. metaph. side,
■lion ; a allar si6ur, to all sides. Fas. i. 5 ; a hverri heimsins si3u,
194 B ; allar heimsins si3ur, id. II. a local name, coast,
'r-iide; BalagarSs-sifta, Kinnlima-si3a, in the Baltic; J6tlands-si3a,
west coast of Jutland; Hallands-sida, in Sweden, Fms. xii ; or
ities bordering on rivers, Temsar-si&a, Thames-side, Fms. v. (in a
p): of a sloping covnty, Si3a, in the east ©£ Ice!., whence Sl&u- 1
m«nn, m. pi. the men ofS. ; Sf«u-hallr, m. the Hall of S. ; Sfflu-
miili, Kristni S., Landn. ; Hvitar-sifta, /Tlgi-tfda, map of Iccl.
8i3a, aa (?), to side, Stj. 197, v.l.
Sf DA, a def. old strong verb, of which occur only the infin. pret. jcifl,
Vsp. 25 ; pi. sidu, Ls. 29 ; part. siSit ; and a weak pret. sfddi : [sciftr,
seida] -.—lo work a charm through seiftr, q. v. ; {)-ir letu sifta i hundinri
triggja manna vit, Hkr. i. 136; stjupmoftir Domalda k-t sifta at honum
ugsfu, 20; {)a var si8it til t>ess, at. ... 136; hann siddi ^u ok var
kallaar skratti, Fms. x. 378 ; sizt at br*8r l)inum si8u bli8 rcgin, Ls. 29 ;
sei8 hon leikin, Vsp. 25 ; seid Yggr til Rindar, Kormak, of a love charm.
si3an, adv. [Old Engl. sithen],since, Lzt. deinde; \>eiT koma ailir vi6 |)e«a
siigu siaan, Nj. 30 ; si8an gekk h6n i brott, 2 ; cr eigi greint hvArt |)eir
fundusk siaan, Fms. vii. 155 ; ef ver forum fra eyju f)cssari i haust si8an,
656 C. 21 ; hon var si8an gipt Eireki, Fms. i. 61 ; l)au dsemi cr longu
ur8u s., Sks. 469 ; foru si8an lit til Alptaness, Eg. 593 ; konungr f6r ».
lit a Hei8mork, Fb. ii. 192 ; si8an gekk hann 4 stefnur, 6. H. 1 18 ; siftan
litr hann til himins, Bs. ii. 103, passim : hvarki a8r n6 si8an, neitbernow
nor since, \>\hr. 73 ; enginn konungr a8r n<; si8an, Stj. 651 : followed by
ace. (as prep.), J)eir hofdu ekki eti8 si8an laugar-daginn, since Saturday,
Fms. ix. 406. 2. J)ar sem si8an er kallat Tryggva-reyrr, Fms. i.
60 ; l)ar var s. gor kapella . . . , ok hefir sii kapclla J)ar sta8it siftan,
all the time since, vi. 164; hans a»ttmenn gor8u margir sva sidan,
Hkr. i. 2 ; lengi si8an, for a long time after, id. 3. with the
relat. particle either added or understood; si8an er, since thai; siSan er
tengair varar tokusk, Ld. 300 ; si8an er Sveiiin jarl niagr hans andadisk,
O.H. Ill (Fb. ii. 193 I. c. drops the particle er, as is also the mod. usage) ;
siaan's = siaan es. Am. 78; siSan er J)eir spur8u, Grag. i. 135 ; en sidan
er {ever since) Freyr hafai heygSr verit, Hkr. i. 2 ; si8an enn = si8arr
enn, G{)1. 229 ; or the particle ' cr' is left out, ef maar etr kjiit si8an sex
vikur eru til Paska, since that time, N.G.L. i. 342 ; h6n lif8i J)rja velr
siaan hon kom i Noreg, Fms. i. 7.
sib&ri, compiT. the later ; siboBtT, super], the last ; hit si8ara sinn, Ld,
58 ; Mariu-niessa in siaari (opp. to in fyrri), Fms. iii. 1 1 (i. c. the 8th
of Sept.); Olafs-messa in siSari ( = the 3rd of Aug.) ; hit si8ara sumar,
Grag. i. 467; et si8ara sumarit at logbergi, ii. 153. 2. superl., 6,
siaustu stundu, Fms. vi. 231 ; i siaastu orrostu, i. no; 4 si8a$tum
dogum, K. A. 56; bins fyrsta skips ok ins siaasta, Fb. ii. 380; fyrstir
e&a siBastir, Grag. ii. 376; sva munu siSastir verSa hinir fyrstu ok
fyrstir hinir si8ustu, Matth. xx. 16: loc, hinn s(8asta sess, Bs. i. 797;
hit siSasta (at least) viku fyrir t)ing, Grag. i. 100 ; svii it si8asta at $61
se a gjahamri, 26 ; at sumar-malum et siBasta, 140.
si3arla, adv. late; sva s. at . . ., Grag. ii. 105 ; eitt kveld s., Fms, vii.
201 ; eiiin dag s., Hkr. ii. 43.
si3arliga, adv. = siaarla; svii s., Grag. i. 27; eigi ma J)ar s. fara yfir
slik hof, late in the year, Sks. 224.
si3asta, u, f. ; at siaustunni (at last), Fb. ii. 8, Stj. 62.
si3-bTiinn, adj. 'late boun' to sail, Nj, 381, Landn. 28, Eb. 14 new fid.
si3-bserr, adj. calving late, Stj. 178.
sidd, f. length, of a garment ; cp. vidd, lengd, haeft.
si3eriii, n, a kind of garment, Edda ii. 494.
si3-farlt, n. part. ; vard honum s., he walked slowly, Vapn. 23,
Si3-f5rull, adj. late abroad, out late in the evening. Lex. Poet.
Si3-grani, a, m. = Siaskeggr, Aim. 6.
si3-henipa, u, f. a long gown.
siS-kveld, n. late in the evening; a si8kveldum, Fms. vi. 241, ix. 29,
Thorn. 308.
6i3la, adv. (silla, Horn. ic8, MS. 4. 1 2), late, Grdg. ii. 233, Ld. 383,
Hkr. i. 86 ; s. kvelds, Fms. ix. 16.
SIDB, sia, sitt, adj. [A. S. sid; Old EngU side"], long, banging, Lat.
demissus, of clothes, hair, cr the like; hdr sitt ok flokit, Fms. x. 192 ;
lokkar siSir til jarBar, vii. 169; sitt skegg, (3. H. 66; kampa-si8r, Skida
R. 90 ; viiru honum heldr sia herklsedi konungs, Stj. 464 ; sitt pillz, Fas.
ii. 342 ; si8ar sla:8ur, Rm. 76 ; si8ar brynjur, Gh. 7 ; brynja nim ok sift,
{ji8r. 81 ; drag-si8r (q. v.), long-trailing ; sku-siar, reaching to the shoes
(a petticoat) ; knesiar, reaching to the knee ; si8ar hendr, long arms,
Skiaa R. 8 ; sifta hjalma, Anal. 219 ; hann haf8i si8an halt yfir hjalmi,
a hood dropping low over the face. Eg. 407 ; mikla lengju ok sifta,
Ski8a R. 27. 2. neut. sitt; falda sitt, to wear a hood low over the
face, Fms. vii. 161, xi. 106.
B. CoMPDs : si3-faldinii, p»t. wearing a hood ever the face. Mar.
Sf3-li6ttr, m. ' Long-hood,' one of Odin's names, from his travelling in
disguise with a hood over his head, Edda. sid-klffiddr, part, in
long clothes, Al. 15, Fms. ii. 278. sf8-nefr, adj. long-nose, a nick-
name. Fas. iii. 8f3-skeggja3r, adj. long-bearded, 655 xiii. B. 3.
Si3-8keggr, m. Long-beard, one of Bragi's names, Edda. slfi-skota,
adj. late-dropped, of animals, Stj. 178.
si3r, compar., answering to siS, q.v. [cp. Goth, seips = later"] : — Jess;
litlu siar (siSarr Ed.) en hann, little less than he, Fb. ii. 23 ; er menn
eigu si8r sakir vi8 menn, Grag. ii. 137; a J)eirra domr at rofna er siftr
hafa at logum d«mt, i. 80 ; hann var kaerr konungi, ok eigi si8r dr6tt-
ningu, Fms. i. 99; eigi siftr enn pii, 216, x. 179 (in a verse) ; eigi siftr
M M 2
532
SfDRADR— SJALDAN.
en i harSraeSum, Nj. 263, Fb. ii. 38; engu siSr, no less, Fms. vi. 92 ;
miklu si9r, viii. 21 ; en at sidr voni menn sjalfrdSi fyrir honum, at . . .,
it was so far from it, that even . . . (cp. Dan. end-sige, changing <) intog-),
0. H. 34; er {)er at si9r fsert me5 J)essi orSsendingu, at ek hygg at . . .,
53 ; eigi at si&r, not the less; {)eir heldu fram ferd sinni eigi at si6r, all
the same, Fms. i. 228; eigi heldu Vwringjar at si6r til bardaga, Fb. ii.
381 ; eigi t)vi sidr, not the less, Stj. 158 ; ^ykki {)er athygli vert, bondi,
hvar krakan flygr? — Eigi er J)at si6r, segir bondi, 7iot the less ! (i. e.yes)
said the man, Fms. vi. 446. 2. as a conjunction, lest ; si&r ^li Asum
ofund um gjaldir, Ls. 12; si8r oss Loki kve6i lasta-stofum, 10; si6r
J)itt (l)ic?) um heilli halir, lest men bewitch thee, Hm. 130. II.
superl. sizt, the least; er oss gegnir sizt, Fms. viii. 21 ; sem sizt, not in
the least, Eluc. 122 (Ed.), passim.
si&Tabr, ni. some part of a ship's tackling ; qs. sae-J)rd6r (?), sea-thread,
a line; baeta eyri fyrir sidraS hvern, N. G. L. i. 100.
si3-skinandi, part, late shining, poet, of the sun, Skv. 2. 23.
sifra, u, f. [for. word], a cipher, Alg. 358.
SIGA, pres. sig, sigr ; pret. seig, seigt (seigst), seig; pret. se, Karl.
523, 1. 8, Fb. i. 227, 1. 12, Nj. 21 ; pi. sigu ; subj. sigi ; part, siginn :
[A. S. and Hel. sigan'\ : — to sink down, being let down by a rope or by
any slow motion ; letu {)eir siga festi ofan i grofina, they lowered a rope
down into the pit. Eg. 234; O. H. 152; letu J)eir J)a siga skipin ofan
fyrir hellinn me6 reipum (in the verse, skip sigu i reipum), Fms. vii. 82 ;
hon l«tr hann siga i festi ofan fyrir miirinn, Stj. 470; hann let stein
i festar-augat, ok let sva siga ofan at vatninu, Grett. 141 ; letu J)a sva
siga ofan a sjainn dr borginni, Orkn. 312. 2. to slide, but of a
slow, heavy motion; er betri sigandi arSr en svifandi, Bs. i. 139;
hiif&u lit sigit iSHn 1 J)at sarit er Jomarr hafSi veitt, the entrails had
slipped out through the wound, Orkn. 458 ; \>a.T var fjol ein sigin ofan,
Fms. ix. 308 ; hann let siga brynnar ofan fyrir augun, Edda ; var J)a
sigit bl66 fyrir augn {)eim, Hrafn. 21 ; sigu saman augun {ja er dauSinn
for a hann, Fms. xi. 150; seig \>k skipit aptr milium skipanna, Grett.
82; J)a er orrostan s6 saman, Fb. i. 227 (Orkn. 30); hvarigir lata
undan siga sin skip, Fms. x. 131 ; lata siga lit skipin fra bryggjum,
viii. 95 ; lata siga aptr til somu hafnar, i. 303 ; lata siga a homlu,
172; |)eir letu siga fylkingar sinar ofan me& linni, vi. 406; sigr \ia,
saman orrosta, Hkr. i. 51 ; Jiat var si3arla dags er orrosta seig saman,
iii. 125 ; siga saman fylkingar, Stj. 598 ; lata siga til sam|)ykkis vi5 e-n,
to let it slide towards an agreement, let thijigs drift towards it, Sturl. i.
201 ; letum siga sattmal okkur, we came to terms, Skv. 3. 39. 3.
spec, phrases; seig a hann svefn, Fms. iii. 48 ; {ja seig a hann svefn ok
J)6 lauss, O.H.I 95; konungi |)6tti i svefninum siga a sik sva sem
nokkurr umegins-J)ungi, Fms. iii. 51 ; J);! se a hann limattr, Karl. 523 ;
se sorti mikill fyrir augu J)eim, Nj. 21. II. reflex, to let oneself
sink ; laetr hann sigask 6t trenu, he let himself drop from the tree, Edda
45, see the corresponding verse in the Haustlcing ; lata sigask af garSi,
Fms. vi. 368 ; hann var kominn upp a gar6inn, ok let sigask of inn,
hauled himself down, id. ; hann let sigask fast a stolinn, Edda 61 ; laetr
hann sigask ni6r af hestinum, he let himself drop from the horse, Isl. ii.
150; nokkurir menn letu sigask sarir, dropped wounded, Bs. i. 528;
sigask let mi einn her liti {one dropped), Fb. iii. 450 ; bans menn letu
sigask ofan me6 dikinu, Fms. vi. 406, viii. 162, v. 1. ; lata undan sigask.
Eg. 287, Fms. xi. 131. 2. part., get ek at heSan af fari Jieim heldr
siganda, it will go downwards with the77i, Grett. 1 76 new Ed.
SIK, mod. siki, n. a ditch, trench; i ar, laekjar-osa eSr i sik, Eg. 185 ;
fyrir enda sikisins, Fas. ii. 284 ; sik er vatn, Edda 126 (siks in the verse) ;
t)a reia poibr i siki eitt, Sturl. iii. 21 ; Jieir faer6u eykina i siki ]pat sem
su6r er fra Grund, Sd. 141.
sikr, m. [I var Aasen sik; Swed.sj^, smd-sik'] -.—corregonus lavaretus, a
kind of sahnon, Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet. ; hence sik-tcol, plur. from tal, in
the verse in Kristni S., = /Z;e ' s\k-treachery' =^ the bait; halda sik-tdolum
i boSnar smiSju = /o take the bait into the mouth, cp. gina ilugu in the
next verse.
sil, mod. sfli, n. [perh. akin to sili, seil, from its slim shape] : — a kind
oi herring, corregonus albula, Fr. ; iiXii-iwWx, filled with sil, of a sea-gull, Fs.
(in a verse) : freq. in mod. usage, where sili is used of any fish of the
herring kind, horn-sil, geir-sil, q. v. sila-varp, n. a net for sil, D.N.
ii. 762.
SILD, f., pi. sildr. Lex. Poet, but sildar, N.G.L. i. 254; [Dan.
sild] : — herring (i. e. in shoals of herrings, but sili of a single her-
ring), clupea harengus; g(Skk sild upp um allt land, Fms. i. 92, Pr. 431 ;
ansa sild or netjum, N. G. L. i. 254 ; sildar ^xr er a liggja, id. ; Jja kom
ok |)ar um var vi3 litver nokkur broddr af sild, hann reri J)annug sem
sildin var rekin . . . hann keypti sildina til borSs ser, Hkr. i. 185 ; meisa-
sild, barrelled herring. compds : sildar-ferja, u, f. a herring-boat,
Fms. ii. 3. sild-fiski, f. herring-fishery, N. G. L. i. 254, GJ)1. 422,
423, 460, Eg. 4, 68, Fms. iii. 18. sflda-kaup, n. a purchase o/sild,
Fb. i. 301. sild-reki, a, m. a ' herring-driver,' a kind of whale, GJ)1.
400. sild-ver, n. a place for herring-fishing. Eg. 42 ; bjarkeyjar rettr
er a fisknesi hverju ok i sildveri ok i kaupforum, N. G. L. i. 312.
silungr, see silungr.
sil-vetni, n. still water, a fish-pond (?) ; sva at din var8 i auga-bra^
sem bli6asta silvetni. Thorn. 303.
SIMA, n., pi. simu, Hkv. i. 3, Skv. 2. 14, D. N. ii. 1035, declined like
auga; the gen. plur. (simna) does not occur, [popular Norse and Dan.
sime'] : — a rope, cord; ^aer or sandi sima (simo or simu ?) undu, Hbl. 18;
Jjaer um greiddu guUin simo, Hkv. 1. c. ; orlog-simo, Skv. 1. c. ; ]peir er i
lugSu byr-sima (ace. sing.) ok mik bundu, Vkv. 12 ; silki-sima. Lex. Poet:
in compds, har-sima (Dan. haar-sime), a ribbon for the hair, Ragn S. (in a
verse) ; lik-sima (q. v.), a leech-line ; byr-sima, Vkv. 1. c. (uncertain what
kind of cord) ; briina-sima = harsima, Lex. Poet. ; alm-sima, poijt. a bow-
string. Eg. (in a verse) ; varr-sima, ' water-cord,' the wake formed by a
ship : cp. also gor-semi, q. v.
sim-bundinn, part, hound with cords, Fms. vii. 216 (of a ship fastened
with cordage instead of nails).
siment, n. [for. word], cement, Fms. vi. 153.
SIN, gen. of the reflex. pron. = Lat. sui; hann let dikit gxta sin, Eg.
531 ; hefna sin, to revenge oneself, Grag. ii. 7; eiga sin i at hefna, tala
sin a milli. Eg. 541 ; fara heim til sin, to go home; at sin, at one's
own house, Edda (Ht.) ; sjalfs sin, oneself; sjalfra sin (gen. pi.) ; and
so in many instances.
sin-girnask, t, dep. to covet, Sks. 532.
sin-girni, f. covetousness, Hom. 17, 27 ( = Lat. avaritia), Sks. 669.
sin-g.iarn, adj., prop, 'selfish,' 'self-seeking,' avaricious, covetous, Rd.
232, Hkr. iii. 361, Bs. ii. 160, Barl. 136; 6u singjarn = Lat 0 avan'
Hom. 15.
sinka, u, f. [no doubt derived from sinn = singjarn], greed, avarice.
Sks. 451, 585, 665 : stinginess, 440, and so in mod. usage.
sink-gjarn, adj. = singjarn, Barl. 136.
sinkr, adj. stingy, so in mod. usage, but in old writers perhaps covetous;
s. ok fegjarn, Sks. 701, Fms. vii. 239 ; J)eir voru menn sinkir, i. 50.
Sira, m. indecl. ; though so spelt, it is by old people in Icel. sounded
sera, commonly, however, and less correctly s6ra, [a Romance word
borrowed from the French] : — sirrah (a word now only used contemp
tuously), sir, master; the word is in Art. S. used as an address to a
knight, Sira Ivent, etc. ; but this saga is a translation from the French,
In Norway and Icel. the word appears at the end of the 13th centui'.
(Arna S., Hak. S. Gamla, Ann. after 1260, Laur. S.), and is then used
of priests only, as it is in Icel. at the present day a recognised title of a
priest, and with the Christian name only, so that a clergyman is never
named without this title, — Sira Hallgrimr, Sira fjorkell ; thus in the
ditty, Sira Olafr a Scindum, | salma ng visur kvad ; Sira Hallgrimr
hagr I a hroSrar smi6i6 var ; hann Sira Jon, etc. ; cp. Old Engl, sir,
used of priests, with the Christian name only, as Sir Hugh, etc., in
Shakespeare.
sirna, u, f. lethargy. sirnu-ligr, adj. sleepy, Bjorn; hence prob.
sirnir, m. the name of a giant, Edda, Isl. ii. (in a verse).
si-valr, adj. [prop, the same as the early Dan. si<val, early Swed.
sifival, si-hwalf; the word is therefore not from voir, but either firom
hvalf (q. V.) or better from hverfa, by turning r into /, answering to
O. H.G. sina-hwerpal, sin-werbat] : — round, of a stock, steeple, or the
like; sivalr stokkr, Stj. 251 ; s. fiskr, opp. to flatr fiskr, Vm. 91 •.=ball-
formed, jarSar mynd er sivallt, . . . sivallt yfirbragS vatns ok sjovar, Rb.
466 (but rarely), slval-vaxinn, part, round of growth ; lagr madr ok
s., Sturl. iii. 114.
sizt, adv. (siz, sitz), since ; siz Hakon for me9 hei&in go6, Hkra.;
siz, Gm. 48; sitz. Am. 52, Stor. 19; sizt Gunnarr lezk, Nj. 142; six
ek tok at erf6, Grag. ii. 204 ; sitz Haraldr grafeldr fell, Fms. x. 387 ; siB
Magnuss fell, 407 ; sitz hann kom i land, 398 ; sitsz J^eir braeSr hcifSu i
Norc'g sott, 382; {)eir hofSu ekki eti6 sizt laugar-dag, ix. 406, v.l.;
sizt i hanzka-J)umlungi hnuk3ir {)u, Ls. 60 ; sizt {)ik geldu, Hkv. 1.39!
sizt ver misstum skipa viirra, Fms. viii. iSi, v.l.; sitz J)eir Magniiss ok
Erlingr gafu honum J)at upp, Pref. xxi. 2. followed by an ace:
sizt mina sonu dauSa, since my sons' death, Vkv. 29.
sjafni, a, m. [akin to sefi], ynirid, love, affection, poet., Edda.
sjaldan, adv., compar. sjaldnar, sjaldnast (but sjaldar, Barl. 96, 100) ; in
mod. proncd. skjaldan, with a non-radical k : [A. S. seldan; Engl, seldom;
Germ, selten; Dan. sjelden']: — seldom; mjok s.. Am. 78; sem sjaldnar
kann henda. Fas. i. 158 ; {)a vaeri hann sjaldar a tali vi& J)ik, Barl. 96:
miklu sjaldar enn hann vildi, 100 ; ef prestr syngr J)ar sjaldnar, K.{)-1^'
sjaldnar ver3r sa heim sottr er fiim gorir gott, Bs. ii. 98 ; meira virSis^
J)at er sjaldnar ver6r = ' omne ignotum pro mirifico,' Hom. (St.) ; J>a6 er iiytt
sem skjaldan skeSr, a saying (mod.); sem sjaldnast, Hom. (St.) ; tvadaf;i
i viku it sjaldnasta, at least, Vm.94; it sjaldnasta a tolf manu&um,a' ««'■
domeit once a twelvemonth, Bs. i. 168 ; 6-sjaldan,«o< seldom, Vsp. 26. 2
with the notion of never, not ; hann s. sitr er hann slikt of fregn, Vsp.
30 ; s. ver3r viti vorum, Hm. 6 ; s. hittir lei9r i lift, 65 ; s. sut ab-
47 ; s. bautasteinar . . ., 71 ; heldr var ek haeg sjaldan. Am. 95 ; sjaldan
hefi ek a9ra haft at skildi fyrir m^r, Nj. 8 ; s. for sva ^k er vel vildi,
Ld. 290 ; sjaldnar niyndim ver J)ess i6rask, J)6 at ver msehim fleira en
faera, one would seldom have to repent having said too little rather than
too much, Hrafn. 9 ; haf&u J)at fram s., never put that forth. Am. 1p.
Ux
SJALDGiEFR— SJi^.
533
;is : sjald-gsefr, adj. = sjaldgaetr, mod. ; |)a8 er mikit sjaldgseft, this
V rare. sjald-gsetr, adj. seldom gotten ; s. aviixtr, a rare fruit,
^ ; sjaldgaet tOendi, 139. Bjald-heyr3r, part, seldom beard,
iy8. sjald-kveemr, adj. coming seldom, Fbr. 31; ek em
\aBm til kirkjii, 170. sjald-senn, part, seldom seen, Fms. iii.
!14v. 53, Bad. 17; sjaldsdnir hvitir \\Tz.indiT ^wbite ravens are a rare
a saying. sjald-stundum, adv. ' seldom-limes,' seldom, Sturl.
iia, zb, older form setna (q. v.), Finnb. 336, Fms. ii. 43, Fb. i. 56,
I. sitja, setja] : — to 'settle,' sink, dwindle, subside, esp. of food,
Hgested just after having been taken ; fyllask menu ekki af {)vi
sjatnar J)at vel, ok rennr i hcirund sem mungat, Sks. 163; lata
itna, of resting after a meal. 2. metaph. to subside, abate;
{)eir at heldr mundi sjatna xifridrinn, Isl. ii. 386 ; ok megi
5)essi lijjokki er i milium ykkar er, Fs. 158; ilia mun s. (ijafnaSr
braeSra, Lv. 4; ok vit ef sjatni hennar ofsi, Fas. i. 194; J)inn ofsi
la s., 189 ; J)6ttusk allir vita at eigi mundi sogurt s., Nj. 141, Orkn.
verse).
iJATJ, mod. 8J6, a cardinal number; [Goth, sibun; A.S. seofon;
•<!.]. seven; O.H.G. sibun ; Germ, sieben ; Dun. syv ; Swed. s/«; Lat.
■: ; Gr. tTTTO ; the Icel. and Scandin. is a contracted form, suppress-
c medial labial, cp. Engl, sen in 'sennight,' Senhouse'\: — seven,
; sjau-vikna-fasta. Lent. compds : sjau-fald-liga, adv. (-ligr,
iret. 54), sevenfold, Stj. 43, 46. sjau-faldr, adj. sevenfold, AI.
":■ 416. sjau-sinaum, adv. seven times. sjau-stirni, n.
sj6-8tjarna, u, f.), the ' seven-star,' Pleiades, Pr. 478. sjau-
;i, adj. seven years old.
aund, f. a period or term of seven, ' seven-night,' just as fimmt
I V.) is used of a summons before a court, so is this word in the old
1 ■ only used in the metaph. sense of a funeral or even a funeral
'.'Ace; mi er maSr dau3r . . . komi {jeir allir {)ar at sjaund, GJ)1. 254,
. 146; at sjaund e3a J)ritugs-morni, N. G. L. i. 14, D. N. passim, see
1 ■.ziier ; um sjaundar-gijrd {a funeral batiquet) ok skulda-lukning, N.G. L.
i I ; en {)6 mun ek {jvi heita {)6r at J)u komir til nokkurrar hvildar
<. Ir bcond ^m2i = after thy death, Fb. ii. 342 (Fbr. 200).
avmdi, the seve?ith, passim ; mod. sjOundi. 2. Sjavmdi,
t indi, as a pr. name, freq. in early Dan., see Thork. Dip),
avmdungr, m. a seventh part, Rett. 210, MS. 415. 18.
au-r8e3r, adj. = sjautngr, Fms. i. 14.
au-tj^n = sautjan (sjofjan, Thom. 477), seventeen: sjau-tjdndi =
s ijandi, the seventeenth, N.G. L i. 348.
^u-tugr, mod. sj6-tugr, adj. seventy years old, K. |j. K. 134, Fs.
I , Bs. i. 77, Stj. 554: of measure, measuring seventy fathoms, ells,
s atug-faldliga, adv. seventyfold, Stj. 46.
m-tugti, mod. sj5-tugasti, the seventieth.
'.V, pres. se, ser, ser, pi. sem, se9, se, or later, sjam, sja5, sja ; pret.
t, sattu {sdtiu rhymes with rerti, Fms. vi. in a verse), sa, pi. sam,
' : pres. subj. se, ser, and later sja; pret. saei : imperat. se, se&ii :
an; neut. s6b (set): a medial form sjamk, samk : with neg. suff.
sak-a ek, / saw not ; sa-at, saw not ; sdtt-a-8u, thou sawest not. Eg.
erse) : the mod. form is, — pres. se, s6r, ser, sjaum, sjai3, sja ; pret.
t, sa, pi. saum, sdu6, sdu ; pres. subj. sjai, sjair, sjai ; pret. saei;
-i. -rat. sja, sjaSii ; part. seSr, keeping the 6 throughout : [Ulf. saiwan
= wj' ; A. S. seon ; Engl, see ; Germ, sehen ; Dan. see.']
A. To see; se ])u, Hym. 12; se J)ar harm Ijotan, faSir, Edda
• herna, Stj. 22, MS. 656 B. 10; se mi, seggir, Gkv. 3. 8 ; se
u, hve fjandinn var djarfr, Fms. ii. 184; se3 mi, g66ir halsar,
1 6, v. 1. se mi ; se her mi handlin mitt, viii. 308 ; se Jii mi vand-
kostina segir jarl, xi. 31 ; seSii {see thou) hve vel J)eir se8u
/), Skalda 163; merki minna verka, J)au er allir menn si3an um
!ent), Hbl. 19; se J)er ( = se5 er) eigi at Heklungar flyja, Fms. viii.
sittii Sigrlinn, Hkv. Hjorv. I ; nema J)U mey ser (videos), Skv. i.
: ittii fagrar ser (videos) bnidir bekkjum d, Sdm. 28 ; gefit mer
at ek of se (videam) son minn, 623. 56; at \>u ser (videas) hit
655 xvi. B. 4 ; eigi var ek sva heimskr at ek sae(i) (viderem) eigi
• ar fanginn, Finnb. 356 ; se3 er sagSi hann, at Isegir seglin ^eirra,
182 ; se6 {)er eigi (pres. indie), Fms. iii. 44, I.e. (sjai, v. 1.) ; er {>er
■V/eaft's, = sjdit) yfir {jat at ^r hittiS i vdginn, Fms. xi. 124 ; sa J)eir
liti hja Rangaeinga-bu8, Nj. 3 ; {)a er hann haf&i se6 (seeth Ed.) hana,
. 185 ; {jangat er opt senn hauga-eldr. Eg. 767 ; var |)d senn (seinn
Idligr stopull falla af himni, 645. 127 ; sjd draum, to see a dream,
155: absol., blindir sja, haltir ganga, 625. 95 ; J)eir sa eigi heldr
I en hnakka, Hkr. i. 268; Flosi kvaS ^ar gott at sitja ok mega
II, Nj. 224 ; var konungr sjdlfr vi6 ok sa, Eg. 69. 2. to look;
t;r sa til hans. Eg. 46 ; konungr sa'vid honum ok maelti, Ld. 32 ;
iult upp exinni ok sa a um hri8. Eg. 1 80; J)at var einn morgin
II at ma6r sa lit a Hruts-stoSum (looked out of the door) . . .hann
< sjd mann ri3a, Ld. 148 ; Kari spratt upp ok sa lit, 152, Fbr. 14 ;
irr sa i moti tunglinu, Nj. 1 18; sja i gaupnir s6r, Vdpn. 21, O. H.
!• il.'i. 3. with prepp. ; sja d e-t, to look on; d J)ik sjalfan at
[im. 6, Hm.13; sa a skjold hvitan. H9m. 21: impers., d sdr, //JL
T can be seen. Am. 40 ; |)a8 s^r u : metaph. to take care of, ek mun a sja
petu mal febiita-laust, Gliim. 358; at Jxir sjdift d mc8 Htigna, Nj. 113:
—sjd eptir um e-t, to look after. Eg. 536 : to miss, xtlu v^r at eigi
moni a8rir eiga mcirr eptir sinum hlut at sjd, Isl. ii. 384 ; n«r er ^zt
minni aetlan at l>eir Jjykkisk nokkut eiga eptir sinum hlut at sja, Ld.
228; {)ykkisk er til Hli8ar-enda eiga eptir nokkurum hlut at sjd?
Nj- 75 '—sja fram, to see forwards, Vsp. 40, Hdl. 43 : — sjd fyrir e-u,
to provide for, manage, Nj. 14 ; sjd hverr fyrir sinu skipi, ... sja fyrir
skipunum, Fms. x. I46; en J)eir er lihrxdnastir voru, sd ekki fyrir J)vi
(cared not) {xjtt honum yr8i nekkvat til meins, 655 iii. 3 ; eigi mun
nu fyrir iillu ver8a um set, Fms. v. 306 ; ef pu s^r vel fyrir, Nj. 102 ;
sjd {)u (imperat. = se) fyrir, 148; {)eir bd8u hann fyrir sjd, 259; verftr
hverr fyrir ser at sjd, Ld. 264 ; at fyrir \)e'mi konu s6 vel s<-a, sem
\)6t er gipt, 22 ; ef ek gaeta vel fyrir mer se8, Nj. 22 : ironic, sjai hann
fyrir {)6r, 28 : to pttt out of the way, Al. 131, Fms. iii. 112, Hdv. 40: — ■
sjd 1, Hrafiikell sd eigi mjtik i kostna8, Hrafn. 22: to see into, i^r hann
ekki i {jetta, Ld. 264 :— sjd til, to look for; sjd til launa, trausts, fullt-
ings, Grdg. j. 203, Hom. 130, Fms. i. I90; x. ser gjof til gjalda, 296,
Hni. 146: to see after, take care of (til-sj6n) : — sjd um, to see to, take
care of. Eg. 543, Fms. x. 1 16, Nj. 5, 40, 63 : ef nokkurr verSr til at sjd
um me8 honum me8an hann er ungr, Fms. i. 256 ; Hciskuldr sd um meft
honum, sva at hann helt busta8 sinum, Ld. 26; ok ba8, at biskup szt
um meS honum, Landn. 42 ; — sjd vi8, to beware of, Dropl. 25, Fms. vi.
18, Njard. 382, Hdv. 42, Magn. 474: — sjd yfir, to look over, survey; sjd
yfir akra sina, Fms. iv. 35 ; sjd yfir rd8 e-s, Orkn. 418 ; sjd yfir feskipti,
Fms. X. 1 15 ; hann skyldi sja yfir, at J)at greiddisk allt vel, 227; sjd yfir, at
hann gorisk eigi of storr. Eg. 50 ; hann sd eigi yfir (he saw no way) at pen
kaemisk til baeja, Bjarn. 53; ekki matti yiir sjd hvern veg hniga mundi,
Fms. iv. 97; mega J)eir pk eigi yfir sinn hlut sjd ( = sjd epiir sinum
hlut), Grett. 98 B. II. metaph. to look out for, detect, and the
like ; ef hon saei nokkura litlenda hof8ingja vilja dgirnask riki hans,
Fms. i. 76; mo8ir y8ar mun Jjenna mann hafa fyrir sdd (sieth Ed.), 141 ;
ma ek eigi a manni sjd, ef J)ii hefir eigi slikan hug. Eg. 714; ek sd eigi
gdtur J)aer, er . . ., Fas. i. 532 ; eigi kann biskup gloggra sjd mann a velli
enn ek, Fms. x. 326, ii. 173; skuhi ^eir sjd {lat fe, hvdrt {)at sd gilt edr
eigi, Grdg. i. 392; sjd logskipti at landi, ii. 254; ef pn ser eigi log-
skipti at landi, id.; fid hann riSi ofan i Eyjar at sjd verk hiiskarla sinna,
Nj. 107 ; sjd ei8a at nuinnum, Fms. x. 161, K. J>. K. 144, Grdg. i. 444 ;
sja hlut til handa e-m, Fms. ix. 243 ; ma Flosi sjd sinn kost, hvdrt hann
vill saettask, Nj. 250 ; sjd ra8 fyrir e-u, sa hon {)at at rd8i at heitask
f>6rolfi. Eg. 36; at \>u kunnir eigi at sjd soma {)inn, Nj. 77; ma J)at
hverr maSr sja er nokkura hugsun hefir, 656 A. i. 31 ; harm sd hverir
sau8imir feigir voru, Landn. 292 ; set (seit Ed.) er mi hversu vera vill,
Nj. 202 ; set er J)at (/'/ is clear) at hvdrr-tveggi ykkarr man vera haldin-
or8r . . ., Fms. ii. 18 ; kann ek eigi J)at sjd, at ek mona saekja eptir mann-
inum, xi. 152. III. impers. one sees; pa mdtti eigi sjd, Nj.
261 ; ligcirla sd veguna. Eg. 544; at ekki sjdi sver8in, Fms. i. 16; var
{)ar gor dys ok ser J)ess merki, Ld. 152 ; ef nokkut mdtti A sjd, Ld. 30 ;
eSr of ser, now one sees, next in turn, Bragi ; brdtt sir p^t d Olafi, at ... ,
Ld, 36 ; ma pat ok sjd, at ... , Nj. 88 ; var andlit hans sem i bl66 sxi,
232.
B. Reflex., sjdsk, to fear ; fdtt hygg ek y8r sjask, Hkv. Hjorr. 12 ;
sd er d sinni aeS sdsk aldregi hdska, Fms. vi. 413 (in a verse); biiendr
sdsk hdska, Hkr. i. 232 (in a verse) ; menn sdsk orm, vi. 362 (in a verse) ;
lett sesk Atli ofu {)ina, Skv. 3. 33 ; reidi sdsk pek Hiina, Am. 2 ; Kmitr
sdsk fdtt, Ht. R. 69 ; sdsk eigi pen sver8a song, Fms. v. 228 (in a verse) ;
aett dttii, er ek sjamk, that I fear, Hkv. 2. 16; p6 sjamk frjcnda reidi,
14 ; mi sjamk hitt, at . . ., Eb. (in a verse) ; meirr sjdmk hitt, at . . ., Isl.
ii. 244 (in a verse); p6 sjdmk hitt, zt...,yet I do fear, Sighvat; p6
sjamk meirr um Munin, Gm. ; sd sesk fylkir faest at lifi, he fears not for
his life, Hkv. Hjorv. 1 1 ; J)eirrar synar (er) sdmk ey, the sight which ever
I fear, that never-to-be-forgotten sight, Gkv. i. 26; sjdmk ver hans of
hugi, Hkm. 15 (Ed. sja). 2. with prepp. ; pen bog8u yfir ok \6tu
ekki d sjdsk, they let nothing be seen, hide it, Hom. 115, Isl. ii. 747 : — sjdsl?
fyrir, to look before one, to hesitate ; sd er ekivi sesk fyrir, who never blushes,
Edda 16 ; er svd rtiskliga vann at ok sdsk ekki fyrir, Nj. 270 ; er Agli of
mjok aettgengt at sjdsk litt fyrir. Eg. 226 : — sjdsk um, to look about ; sask
konungr um. Eg. 43 ; vera upp a gjdr-bakkanum, ok sjdsk pa8an um,
Nj. 224; sesk um (imperat.) hvat adrir godir kaupmenn hafask at, Sks.
21 B ; {)d litu allir lit nema konungr, hann st68 ok sdsk eigi um, (3. H,
1 19 ; hann var d baen ok sdsk ekki, Fms. iv. 276, I.e. : impers., at |)eim
hefSi kynliga um sesk, that they bad made a queer oversight in this,
made a strange blunder, Lv. 23 ; h6n var tnima8r mikill, p6n henni
saeisk litt um J)etta, she was a true believe'; although sit made an
oversight, sinned in this respect, Bs. i. 451 : — e-m sesk yfir, to over-
look, by a slip or blunder; mun J)eim peXU yfir sjdsk, Nj. 231, 234,
Grett. 126 A (yfir-sjon). II. recipr. to see one another; vit
munum aldri ."ijask si8an, Nj. 202 ; hann kvaS pixi Kormak aldri sjdsk
skulu, Korm. 40 ; J)eir sdsk vi8 B.ir8h61ma, Fms. ix. 54 : with prepp., ef
Jiit sjdisk tveir a, ifyejighlit out among yourselves. Eg. 715 ; skulu t)er
lata J)d sjdlfa a sjdsk, Nj. 147 :— sjdsk til, to look to oiu another; sask til
534
SMLDR— SJ^LtEGR.
siSan a8r i sundr hyrfi, Am. 34. III. pass, to be seen; J)eir^
sask aldri si6an, were never seen since, Nj. 279; var hann horfinn ok
sask eigi si6an, Fas. i. 328. IV. part, sjandi (mod. sjaandi) ; at
oUum a-sjandi, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329 ; sjanda gu&, Horn. 49 ;
Askell skyldi vera J)eim jafnan a-sjandi {help them), Rd. 255 ; sjaendr
e9a segendr, Grag. ii. 88 ; hverir hlutir honum eru veitandi ok hverir
vi8r sjandi, which are to be granted, atid which to be withheld, Sks. 440.
sjdnds-vittr, m. an eye-witness, N. G.L. i. 357.
sjdidr (mod. sjdialdr), n. the pupil of the eye, Sks. 43 ; sva var sem
ormr laegi urn sjaldrit, Fas. i. 346; sjaldr augna bans, Fms. x. 229;
sjaldr var sva bjart 1 augum bans sem lifanda manns, Bs. i. II2 ; vildi
h6n leggja saman augun, sva voru stir6 sjaldrin, at bon gat augna-branum
hvergi vikit, 206 ; baeSi bennar augu sukku me6 sprungnum sjaldrum,
ii. 169; spratt lit auga-steinninn annarr, sva at m65irin tok bann me&
ollu fraskildan sjaldrinu, 170; sakir J)ess slims er a sjaldrin leggsk,
N.G.L. iii. 282.
sjdlf-ala, adj. ' self-feeding,' of cattle grazing witbout a shepberd ; (ft)
g^kk J)ar (ilium vetrum s. i skogum, Eg. 135 ; ef menn eigu vetr-baga
saman er bross eSa sau6ir e5a naut ganga s. i, Grag. ii. 325 ; er m^r sagt
gott fra landa-kostum, at J)ar gangi fe s. a vetrum, Fs. 20 ; ma af \>vi
marka landa-kosti J)a er i J)at mund voru, at feit gekk allt s. liti, 26,
Landn. 47, v. 1. ; en er bann for eptir fe sinu J)vi er par baf3i s. liti
gengit, 53.
sjdf-birgr, adj. self-sufficient, Fb. i. 462 : sjd,lf-biTgiiigr, m. a self-
sufficient fellow.
sjdlf-bjargi (mod. sjalf-bjarga), adj. self-sufficing, self-helpful; voru
|)eir ekki s. til lands, Fas. ii. 269; bann vard eigi s., Fms. ii. 270;
hann kva6 naut bafa stangat J)6r3 sva at bann mundi eigi s. vera, J)orst.
St. 50.
sjdlf-bodiiui, part, self-bidden, self-invited; skal J)er allt sjalfbo&it
innan-basjar, to use it as if it were thi?ie own, Grett. 99 ; sjalfbo6it se
biskupum ok abotum at saekja nor8r til bins Helga C5lafs konung,
N. G. L. i. 4 ; sjalfbo&it let bann SkiSa, SkiSa R.
sjdlf-borgi, adj. = sjalfbirgr, G^l. pref. iv.
sjdlf-dau3r, adj. ^self-dead,' having died a natural death, Nj. 56 : of
cattle = svidda, the flesh of which cannot be eaten, Stj. 61.
sjdlfs-dd.3ir, f. pi. ' self-deeds,' spontaneous action; in the phrase, gora,
segja e-t af sjalfda3um (mod. af sjalfsdaSum), to do, say a thing volun-
tarily, to volunteer ; hann sag6i J)at af sjalfda5um, Isl. ii. 134.
sj&lf-dsemdr, part. ' self-judged^ i. e. as a matter of course, Stj. 162.
sjdlf-dsemi, n. ^self-doom,' absolute power, Greg. 8. II. as a
law term, ' self-jttdgment,' when, instead of submitting a case to arbitra-
tion or to the judgment of a court, one party gave it over to his adversary
to give judgment himself; this was by the old customs the greatest satis-
faction that could be given, and it often was allowed to an injured man ;
it was also sometimes used as the last appeal to the justice and gene-
rosity of a powerful adversary ; the Sagas afford many instances, thus,
Sturl. i. ch. 26, 37, ii. cb. 35 sqq., viii. ch. 24, Glum. ch. 7, Eg. ch. 84,
85, Ld. ch. 50, Nj. ch. 36, 51, Gunnl. S. ch. 10; taka s., selja s., Nj.
54, 77, Isl. ii. 245.
sjdlf-eldi, n., in sjalfeldis menn, men who support themselves, but not
householders nor griSmenn, K. Jj.K. 144.
sj^lf-felldr, Y>zn.falling of itself, as a inatter of course ; segir Kormakr
sjalffelt ni6 a J)a, Korm. 202.
sj&lf-gorr, adj. self-made; me& sjalfgorum sigri, with an easy victory,
Hkr. iii. 156.
sjdlf-hendia, adv. with one's own hand, 625. 176.
sjalf-h61, n. self-praise, Fms. ii. 267.
sjalf-bselinn, adj. self praising, Nj. 257, Grett. 133, {)6rS. 69.
sj&lf-bselni, f. self-glorification.
sjilf-kraf, i\. free-will; gora e-t af sjalfkrafi, Barl. 70.
sjalf-krafi (-krafa), adj. of one's own accord, of free-will, voluntarily,
Bs. i. 702, Stj. 67, MS. 656 B. 3; veita J)eim lif er s. ganga upp a
Jjeirra na.3, Fs. 1 1 ; gefask upp s. i vald konungs, Al. 13, Hkr. i. 85 ; s.
litan nauSsynja, Barl. in, 114; J)4 er f6 er i land rekit, e8r gangi Jiat
s., Grag. ii. 327.
sjilf-kvaddr, part. ' self summoned,' having to appear without special
summons; eru gogn J)au oil sjalfkviidd til al^ingis, Grag. i. 105.
sjdlf-leyf3r (-lofaSr), part. ' self-allowed,' requiring no special licence,
H. E. i. 394.
sj&lf-lopta, adj. lifted of oneself , J)d. 9.
SJALFR, sjalf, sjalft, pron. adj., in old vellums sjalfr, sj<Dlf ; only in
the indef. form ; for the def. sjalfi is never used : with neg. suff"., bon sjilf-
gi, ' self-not,' Ls. 29 : [Ulf. silba =avT6s ; A. S. sylf; Engl, self; O. H. G.
selb ; Germ, selber, der-selbe; Dan. selv ; S wed. «/>(/"] : — oneself himself,
herself, itself; sjalfir AsliQar, Skm. 34; sa er saell er sjalfr um a, Hm. 9;
smi8a3u, sem sjalft vill fara, Fms. ix. 55 ; with the pers. or demonstr.
pron. both are declined, thus, J)ik sjalfan, V{)m. 6 ; viS l)ik sjalfa, Hkv.
HjiJrv. 37; J)er sjalfum, J)er sjalfri, Vkv. 25; hann sjalfan, V^m. 36;
bans sjiilfs, honum sjalfum ; bon sjalf, she herself, Nj. 6, 24 ; henni sjdlfri,
hana sjalfa; sjodlf {)au, Sks. 503; sjalfra J)eirra, D.N. ii. 97; sjAlfum
Jjeim, sjalfum J)er, Fms. i. 83 ; sjalfum ser, Trist. 68 ; sjalfan sik, sjalfra'
varra, D.N. iii. 81; sjalfs sins, sjalfrar sinnar, sjalfra sinna (see sinn),
sjalfs {)ins, sjalfrar J)innar, sjalfra J)inna, passim : again, a menn {jina (ace.
pi.) sjalfs (gen. sing.), = Lat. tuos ipsius, Fms. xi. 59; and sjalfra var
for sjalfra varra, Stj. 392; me& sinum peningum sjalfrar, D.N. iii. 45,
for sjalfrar sinnar penningum. II. self, very ; Jjeir na5u eigi sjalfti
laeginu, Fms. ii. 16; vi6 sjalft borgar-hli5, Stj. 425; skogrinn var vij
sjalft, the wood was close by. Eg. 584 : vi3 sjalft, on the verge of; vat
vi& sjalft at J)eir mundu berjask, Nj. 221 ; vi6 sjalft var at kvikfe {)eina
mundi deyja, Landn. 206 ; var J)a vi3 sjalft at J)eir mundi upp hlaupa,
Fms. i. 206; var vi6 sjalft at ek maetta eigi standask, vi. 115, 136, x.
331 : j?ist, J)eir stukku brott vi3 J)at sjalft er borgar-bli3 voru hyTgb,jusl
when the gates were closed, Stj. 351. III. as prefixed, self-, im-
plying voluntary or independent action ; sjalf-bodinn, -daemdr, -felldr,
-gorr, -kvaddr, -kjorinn, -leyf6r, -lofa&r, -sag&r, -settr, -stefndr, -tekinn.
coMPDS : sjdlfs-dSdir, see sjalfda6ir. sj^lfs-elska, u, f. self-love.
sjd,lfs-v6ld, n. pi.; in the phrase, af sjalfsvoldum, self-caused, self-
inflicted, self-made ; ei er i sjalfsvald sett. Pass. sj^fs-J)6tti, a, m.
pride.
sj&lf-rd3, n. '-self-counsel' independent judgment ; gcira e-t at sjalfr48i,
of one's oivn accord, Grett. 162 A.
sjdlf-rd3i, adj. of free-will, voluntary ; bann hafna3i sj41fra&i blotum,
Landn. 2 78 ; s. do si3an, Skalda (in a verse referring to Christ). II.
the indef. form, sjalf-r43r, adj. being one's own master, independent, free,
Fms. iv. 85, xi. 242; var fyrir honum engi ma6r sjalfra3i, O.H. 34;
en at si6r voru menn sjalfra&a fyrir honum, at engi reS a hver gu5
tnia skyldi, id. ; J)eir J)6ttusk J)a vera mundu heldr sjalfra3a, Hkr. i.
136; vera s. um alia hluti, Fms. vi. 136; en t)egar er lySrinn var3
sjalf-ra3a, (3. H. 46 ; po skal ma&r s. fyrir fe s'mu, free to do with it as
he likes, Grag. i. 202, and so in mod. usage. 2. the neut., e-m er
e-t sjiilfratt, it is in one's power if one likes; J)6tti jarli Jjeim sjalfratt at
taka hann er hann for sva livarliga, Nj. 131 ; one's own fault, mer
^ykkir J)er sjalfratt bafa verit er batrinn er brotinn, Grett. 131 A: er
J)er sjalfratt {'tis within thy power, easy for thee) at leggja til ra3 Jjau er
dugi, sva slsegr ma6r sem pu ert, Nj. 115 ; hon var allra kvenna fegrst
ok bezt at ser or3in um pit allt er henni var u-sjalfratt, en allt ilia
gefit J)at er henni var sjalfratt, she was of all women the fairest and best
in all that was not of her own making (i. e. in natural gifts), but ill in
all that was of her own making, 268 ; thus Icel. call 6-sjalfratt, what one
cannot do for oneself {pub er m^r 6-sjalfratt).
sjalf-r8e3i, n. [Dan. selv-raadigbed], ' self-rule,' liberty, Sks. 523 ; s. ok
hoglifi, O.H. 34: self-will, Sks. 232; at J)inu s., as thou likest, Fms.
vii. 304; at s. sinu, of one's own free-will, Grag. i. 128.
BJ&lf-sag3r, part. ' self -said,' as a matter of course ; se bann s. ok
litsettr af heilagrar kirkju inngongu, B. K. 108 : in mod., hann er s., be
is {to come) as a matter of course, self-appointed, or the like : neut., sjalf-
sagt, of course I no doubt ! Germ, freilich.
sj41f-s&inn (-sa3r), part, self-sown; akrar sjalfsanir, |)orf. Karl. 420,
Rb. 318, Fms. xi. 413.
sj41f-settr, part, 'self-appointed,' as a matter of course, G^l. 177-
sj41f-skapa, adj. 'self-shaped,' of one's own making; sums ertu s.,
some is of thy own making, thy own fault. Am. 64: in the phrase,
sjalf-skapa-viti, n. pi., sjalfskapat viti, Ld. 140: any self-caused evil
{pa-b eru sjalskapa viti), for which no one is to blame but oneself.
sj41f-skei3tingr, m. a clasp-knife.
sj&lf-skeyttr, part., see skeyta ; se jor3 sjalfskeytt, N. G. L. i. 230,
250.
sjalf-skipan, f. a spontaneous order, Stj. 632.
sjdlf-skot, n. a trap or bow going off of itself; ef ma3r leggr s. at
birni, pk skal bann lysa at bera3s-kirkju edr a l)ingi hvar liggr, Gp\. 440.
sj&lf-stefndr, part. ' self summoned^ without special summons; si'
honum sjalfstefnt, GJ)1. 21 ; sjalfstefnt skal sokum bans, Grag. ii. 407.
sjilf- tekinn, part.; er umbo3 sjalftekit af honum, Gt)l. 315.
sjalf- valdi, adj. = sjalfra3a ; e-m er frjalst ok s., N.G.L. ii. 200.
sj41f-vaxinn, part. ' self-grown,' home-bred, Sks. 538.
sjdlf-vili, a, m. free-will; meS (at) sjalfvilja, of one^s own will, Eg
8, 424, Fbr. 181, MS. 625. 67, Stj. 632.
sjdlf-viljandi, part, with ojie's own free-will, willing, Fms. i. 104, 1:
46, Sturl. i. 96, Eg. 410.
sjalf-viljugr, adj. = sjalfviljandi. Mar., and in mod. usage.
sjd,lf-virdingj f. self-esteem, self-opinion, Bs. i. 98.
sja-ligr, adj. sightly, handsome; s. maSr, Landn. 190, Isl. ii. 205 ■
best sjaligan, Nj. 167.
sjdndz-vdttr, m. an eye-witness, N.G.L. i. 357.
SJAB,, m. the sea, = s]6t, sxt: in compds : sjd-byggvar, ni. pi. 'W-
dwellers, coast-people, Fms. viii. 404, v. 1. sjd-dau3r, adj. = sjodauor.
Fms. iii. 1 70. sjd-dreginn, part. ' sea-dredged,' caught, of fish, Bs. h-
5,179. sj£-drif, n. sea-i/ra^, Fms. ii. 177. sjd-drifinn, part.
sea-splashed, Fms. vii. 49 (in a verse). sjd-garpr, ni. a great sea-
champion, Stj. 571. sjfi-ksrrr, adj. ca/w, = sj6kyrr, Fms. vi. 302^
^ sj4-k8Dni, f. sea-skill, Fms. ii. 107, v. 1. sjd-lesgr, adj. lying on tt>e
S JAR AFR— S J tJKNADR.
535
of fog, Fms. vi. 261, viii. 178. sjd-rafr, m. sea-amber, Stud. ii.
, sjd-roka, u, f. sea-spray, Hkr. i. 283. sjii-r63r, m. a
wing out to sea, to the fishing-ground, Bs. ii. 176. sjd-tiin, n. a
idde-town, Bs. ii. 124. sjd-vegr, ni. = sj(')vegr, Bs. ii. 76. sjd-
irkr, m. ' sea-war k,' i. e. sea-sickness, Fms. x. 75.
j&var-, gen., see saer.
ij6DA, pres. sy6 ; pret. sauS, sautt (mod. sau8st), sau8, pi. su8u ;
jj. sydi ; part, so&inn : [A. S. seoiSan ; Engl, to seethe ; Germ, sieden] :
to cook; sjo&a mat, K. {>. K. 88 ; ganga sj63a, Hym. 14; so3inn kdlfr,
5 ; so3in lifr, Gkv. 2. 23 ; soSinn morr, Korm. ; h'lta so&inn, Gm.
er lokit var at s., Korm. 34 ; var ekki so5it, Edda 45 ; at hverr
6r sy&i ok matbjiiggi, Stj. 293; matgort ok so8:t, 167; hann sag3i
v6i sy6im fur3u ill shitr, Fms. ii. 139; hann tok eitt kiS, slatradi
sau5, Stj. 390; hann sau3 i katli miklum, Nj. 247; tak egg ck
b hart (imperat.), Pr. 472. 2. a smith's term, to fuse steel
soft iron ; {)6tti m^r aldri so3it verSa jiirnit til loks en sindraSi
lit 61, J)orst. Sidu H. 177; sara-lauk su&u, Gsp. ; afli softinn, pd.
II. metaph. to brood over, delay; J)at sj66um v(5r er ver
jjum lengi i hugskoti varu, Horn. 83 ; J)dr meltiS slikt ok sjo&it fyrir
sva at ekki ver6r af, Nj. 154.
dd-feldr, adj. lucrative. Fas. iii. 194.
JODB, m., dat. sj6&, (5. H. 157, 11.21,30, but sj68;num 1. 10,
bum 1. 35 ; sj65inum, Nj. 56 ; ace. pi. sj68a, Sighvat (Fms. iv) :
money-bag, Eb. 160 ; sjam hvat vegi sj66r sa er ek hefi her, Ld. 30 ;
)r tekr mi foit ok laetr koma i einn storan sj6&, Gisl. 62 ; sj68s e&a
lis, Edda 84; draga af annars sj68, Sks, 78 new Ed.; s. fullr af silfri,
1.157; hann steypSi fram Ensku silfri or miklum sj66, 194: J)eir
4ttu einn sj63 ba,6ir, they bad both one pnrse. Eg. 2 ; var me5 okkr
kserasti felagskapr ok attum einn sj68, Fms. i. 69 ; mi leggja menn
!» sitt saman ok verja or einum sj()3, Jb. 406 : the phrase, bera e-n
8i, to carry a person {brother, relative) in one's purse, i. e. to accept
eregild (or atonement in money) instead of blood revenge, Grett. 102,
, Fas. iii. 610. 2. = tafl-pungr, GullJ)., Fas. i. (in a verse).
OliI, a, m. [the word is prob. related to Goth, sauls = arvKos ; Icel.
meaning a prop, stay'], a king, prince ; this word occurs only once in
poets, viz. in compd himiu'sjoli, heaven-prop, heaven-defender (?), an
let of Thor, pd. 9 ; it does not even appear in Edda (Gl.) among
ynonyms of kings and heroes ; the word then re-appears in Ski8a R.
king; and (from that poem?) in Run. Gramm. Island.; it became
in mod. lays and rimur, e.g. Ulf. 1. 21, 2.76,81,88, 3.18,44,
,), 50, 5.10, 7.21. 2. sjoli occurs once as a pr. name on a
lish Runic stone.
6N, f., in sing, the old writers prefer sy'n, q. v. [Dan. syn] : — sight,
n, the faculty of sight; mal heyrn ok sjon, Edda 6; missa sjonina, to
ibe eye-sight; sjon ok heyrn, Pass. 41. 10; gefa blindum sjon, 655
2 ; sjon er sogu rikri, sight goes before hearsay, of an eye-^witness,
. 180; sundr stiikk siila fyrir sjon jotuns, Hym. 12. II. plur.
looks; in such phrases as friSr . . . sj6num,yh/r to see, fine-look-
Eg. 486, Hkr. iii. 171. 2. the eyes, esp. in plur. ; augu heita
Edda; engi hefir sa se8 ogurligar sjonir, er eigi mtitti J)at sja er
hvessti augun, 37; hug8isk hann mundu falla fyrir sjoninni einni
n, 38 ; fjandinn blindar sjonir {)eirra, Fms. x. 309 ; leiSa e-n sjonum,
k on, behold, 13 ; ef ek hann sjonum of sek, Hm. 151 ; franar sjonir,
I. 14; a sjonum skjajfandi, Sol. 43 ; ok mun hann ekki eiga sta8
onum bans, Fms. iv. 242 ; vcr8a c-m at sjonum, to be seen by one,
"• 315; lykr hann upp birtandi sjonir, Sks. 43; Jjrjiir hafa J)eir
saman {three eyes), Gsp. (Fas. i. 486) ; hvassar Ijons sjonir, Sighvat ;
briinar sjonir. Eg. (in a verse) ; svart er mer fyrir sjonum, 'tis dark
my eyes. Fas. i. 427 (in a verse); lei8a e-m e-8 fyrir sjonir, to
before one's eyes, expound, Likn. 46, and in mod. usage ; so {)a,
Gu8, fyrir sjonum fier, Sonar J)ins pinan megna, Pass. 34. 1 1 ;
tiir, undr-sjonir, q.v. compds : sjonar-berg, n. = si6nar^hvall :
the head. Lex. Poet. sj6nar-hvd.ll, m. a ' scout-hill,' out-look.
ir-vdttr, m. an eye-witness, Js. 38, freq. in mod. usage. sjonar-
, n. the testimony of an eye-witness, Js. 34. sj6nar-v86tt, f. the
(of a whale or the like) due to the man who first saw it ; hence
lirase, eiga sjonarvaettina i e-u, of a man who first discovers a thing.
.r-v6r3r, m. a scout, P'ms. viii. 212.
-dapr, 6j6n-daufr, adj. dim-eyed: sj6n-depra, u, f. dim-
dness.
-deild, f. an 'eye-mark;' in sjondeildar-hringr, m. the horizon.
-g63r, adj. having good eye-sight.
hagr, adj. = sj6nhannr, Fb. n. 14.
hannr, adj., (sjon-hannarr, O.H. 16 ; sjon-hannr, Fms. iv. 38,1. c;
dr, Hkr. ii. I.e.) : — having an expert^ artistic eye ; hann var s. um
allar, (3. H. ; see hannr.
■bending, f. the line of sight, a straight line, esp. of boundaries;
iitanver8u NorSnesi, N. G. L. ii. 265 ; J)eir namu s. or Miila 1
Is-gnup, Landn. 312; s. milium Arnarstapa tveggja, ok rettsyni
1, Am. 107; J)a8an s. i fuglastapa, D.I. i. 576; skipta me8 sjon-
-um, Jb. 193. ,
InJ
sj6n-henni, f. the eye-sight; J)at er tig! s^ i aljjyftu viti c8r sjonhenni,
Fms. vi. 206.
8j6n-hverflligr, adj. eye-deceiving, of charms, Bs. i. 237.
8j6n-hverfing, f an ocular delusion, worked by spell ; j^^sir gor8u i moti
honuni sjonhvcrfmgar, Edda i ; verSa fyrir sjonhvcrfiugum, Fms. v. 161 ;
honum nuitti engar sjonhvcrfingar giira i augum, J)vi hann s& allt scm
var, Isl. ii. 34 ; hi'.n g6r8i sjonhvcrfingar, {)viat \>zt »em \)xt s&tu d palli
syndisk {)eim standa eski \>t]\i, 78 ; mart Attusk feir 08inn vifi ok Gylvi
i brog8um ok sjonhverfingum, Hkr. i.io; fjandinn hrseri J)4 meS sfnu
falis ok sj6nhverfingum, Fms. i. 304 ; mc8 sjonhvcrfing mannligs likama,
ii. 188, Greg. 80, Stj. 250, Barl. 6.
Bjdni, a, m. a nickname, [akin to son, q.v.. Germ, subnef], Landn.
sj6n-lauss, adj. 'sightless,' blind, Ld. 339, Eg. 759.
sjon-leysi, n. blindness, Eg. 762, Fms. ii. 286, Barl. 133.
8j6n-v8ettingr, m., N.G. L. i. 309 (a false reading).
SJOR, m., gen. sjovar (mod. sjoar), for all three forms, sjor, sjdr, sser,
as also for the compds, sjovar-, sjiivar-, saevar-, see saer: — the sea.
B. Compds: sj6-barinn, part, sea-beaten. Mar. BJ6-borg, f. a
sea-town, Orkn.. Pr. 140. sj6-brattr, adj. ' sea-brant,' steep, of coast-
land, Fb. iii. 408. 8j6-byg3, f. rt fofls/, Fb. ii.51. sjd-daudi, a, m.
death at sea ; saetr er sjodauSi, vcsall vatns-dau8i, a saying. 8J6-daudr,
adj. 'sea-dead,' drowned at sea ( = saE-dau8r, sja-dau8r), Eb. 274, Bs. ii.
182. sj6-drif, n. sea-spray, Landn. 84, Fas. ii. 78. 8J6-d^, n. a
sea-animal, AI. 174. 8J6-fang, n. 'sea-take,' a catch offish, Eb. 13,
Fagrsk. 29. sj6-fer3, f. a sea-voyage. Fas. iii. 538. sjd-fiskr, m.
asea^/f;/.), Bs. ii.179. sj6-fugl, m. n5ea-/oM//, Bs. ii. iii. 8J6-f8Brr,
adj._;f//or travelling on the sea, Gisl. 47, Fb. ii. 401. BJ6-garpr, m.
= sjugarpr. sj6-gy3ja, u, f n sea-goddess. Fas. iii. 241 . sj6-gygr,
f. a mermaid. Fas. iii. 241 . sj6-hr8eddr, adj. ' sea-afraid,' fearful at sea.
Bi6-'h.TieQs\a.,\i,i.' sea-fear.' 8J6-ill8ka,u, f.a bad, rough sea, Vig\. 72.
sj6-j6kull, m. hummocks of frozen sea-water, Grett. 1 25 A. 8J6-kl8edi,
n. pi. sea-clothes. sjo-kona, u, f. a mermaid, J>i8r. 28. sj6-kvi-
kendi, n. a sea-animal, Fms. v. 340. sjo-kyrr, adj. calm, Magn. 486.
sj6-k8eni, f. ^sjakaeni, ¥xv. loo. sj6-lei3i, n. a sea-way ; mikit s.,
A. A. 276. sj6-lei3is, adv. by sea. BJ6-ma3kr, m. a sea-worm,
Jjorf. Karl. 438. sj6-ina3r, m. a seaman, mariner, Bs. ii. 179.
sj6-ni&l, n. the sea-edge, flood-mark, high-water line; fyrir ofan sjomdl.
Fas. iii. 426. sjo-mennska, u, f. seamanship. sj6-myrkr, n. a
sea-fog, Fms. ix. 503, 506. 8J6-reitr, n. = mi8, Bs. ii. 179. 8J6-
ri3a, u, f. a sea-trembling. sj6-rok, n. = sj6drif. 8J6-roka, u, f. =
sjdroka, Fms. ii. 1 78. sj6-sjixkr, adj. sea-sick. 8J6-skor, f. a ' sea-
scaur,' cliff by the sea, Nj. 252. sjo-skrimsl, n. a sea-monster. Fas. ii.
349. sj6-s6tt, f. sea-sickness, Bs. i. 797. sjo-vanr, adj. skilled,
practised as a sailor. 8J6-ve3r, n. weather on the sea. sj6-vegr,
m. a 'sea-way,' a way on the sea, opp. to landvegr, fara sjaveg. 8J6-
verkr, m. ' sea-war k,' = s]6sun, Bs. i. 797. sj6-vetlingr, m. a 'sea-
glove,' worn by fishermen. sj6-vikingr, m. a pirate. Fas. i. 443.
sjo-viti, n. things forbidden at sea in popular superstition. TL.
in local names, Sjd-land and Sj&-land, Zealand, as also a county
in Sweden ; whence Sj6-lendingar, m. pi. the men from Zealand,
Fms. xii.
S J(5T, n., and sjOt, of which s^iJt makes a rhyme with m^ot, H6fu81.
19; [the word is not derived from sitja, but from sveit, q.v., changing
V into_;, as in hvel and hjol] : — a host, assembly, but also home, abode;
manna .sjot, a host of men, Hofu81. 1. c. ; sott hefi ek miirg mildinga sjot,
/ have visited many kings' men, kingly assemblies, Ad. 2 ; flotna sj6t, a
'fleet-crew' mariners. Lex. Poet. ; yta sjot, rekka sjot, id. ; ragna sj<5t,
the seat of the gods, i. e. the heavens, Vsp. ; tungls sjot, the moon's home,
i.e. the sky, Bragi ; solar sjot, the sun's land, i.e. the sky, Skv. i. 52;
J)ursa J)j63ar sjot, the giant-land, Fsm. i ; Heljar sjot, ' Hell-home,' id. ;
sjotum gorvollum, to all men, Hdl.
SJTJGA, or better suga, Stj. 370, cp. luka for Ijuka, but in mod.
usage inssrting a. j ; pres. sygr ; pret. saug, saugt (mod. saugst), saug,
pi. sugu ; subj. sygi ; part, soginn ; a pret. so, Landn. 235, Fs. 1 76 ; 2nd
pers. sott, Horn. (St.); cp. smo, 16, from smjiiga, Ijnga : [A.S. sucan ;
Engl, suck; Germ, saiigen; IDan. suge ; Lzt. sugere']: — to suck ; saell er
s4 kvi8r es J)ik bar ok \>»t brjost es J)u sott, Hom. (St.) ; sveinninn saug
hana dauSa, Fs. 144 (so hana dauda, 176 I.e.); var bjiirninn at ok so
or J)eim bl68it, Landn. I.e. ; \>xt hafa pipu mc8 hverri \>xr siiga, Stj.
270; J)eir atu safa ok sugu birkju-vi8, Fms. viii. 33; J)u hcfir opt sdr
sogin, Hkv. i. 36; s. brjost konu. Mar.; lik oldum kalfi sal mm saug,
Hallgr. ; syg ek or solium segi sylg, Fms. vi. (in a verse); fat savg
NiShoggr nai fram-gengna, Vsp.
sjuk-d6mr, m. [Dan. sygdom'], sickness, Fs. 80, Th. 31.
sjuk-fallinn, part, sickly, N. G. L. ii.
sjuk-leikr, m. and sjuk-leiki, a, m., the weak form prevails in old
writers: — sickness, Fms. vi. 156, 15S, viii. 443, ix. 501, Rb. 33*^, Sks.
105, Jb. 114, Anccd. 2, K. A. 104, passim.
sjiik-ligr, adj. sickly, Bs. i. 810.
sjukna, a8, to sicken, become sick, Sturl. ii. 127.
sjuknadr, n. sickness, Fms. iii, 172, Sturl. ii. 127, Bs. i. 743, ii. 168.
536
SJtJKR— SKAMMA.
S JTJKR, sjiik, sjukt, adj. [Ulf. sinks = daOfv^s ; A. S. seoc ; Engl, sick ;
O. H. G. stub; Dan. syg; cp. Lat. saucius ; the Goth, has a strong
Toot-yerb, sjukan, sank, = d<T6fVfTv; cp. sott] : — sick; hann liggr sjiikr
heima at bu8, Nj. 80; sjiikir ymissa sotta, 655 xiv. B. 2 ; sjiikum kalfi,
Hni. ; sva s. at hann vaeri naliga at bana kominn, Fms. xi. 101 ; Grettir
var sva s. at hann matti eigi a faetr standa, Grett. 153; keli-s., q. v. ;
fjijr-s. ; u-sjukr, not sick ; \if-s., life-sick, hex. Toet. II. metaph.
concerned; sjukr um e-t, Stj. 422 ; hug-s., mind-sick, anxious.
Sjdfn, f. [sjafni, sefi], one of the goddesses, Edda.
sjOtlask, dep. to subside, settle; hark ok hareysti, .. .en er sjotlaSisk
ok hljoS fekksk, Fms. ii. 43 ; en er ufriftr tok at sjotlask, 655 xiv. B. i ;
J)ar til sem s. J)essi mala-ferli, Grett. 112 new Ed.; li-sjotlaS, unsettled,
Grett. (in a verse).
sj6tul, f. a settler; dolgs-s., a ^strife-settler,' peace-maker, of the
peace-mill, Gs., cp. also the verse in Eg. ch. 67.
skada, a6, [see ske&ja ; Engl, scathe ; O. H. G. skado7i ; Germ, scbaden ;
Dan. skade\ : — to scatbe, hurt, in old writers impers. to take hurt, be
scathed; ekki skal ]pik i skaSa, Ld. 212 ; {)ig ska&ar ekki, frsendi, ef ek
einn mgeli J)etta, Fb. ii. 194 ; ma ok vera at skikkjuna ska3i ekki, Fms.
ii. 279 ; baetti hann J)at, sva at ekki ska3a&i, vii. 158.
skada, u, f. a bird, Dan. skade, Edda (Gl.)
SEA.DI, a, m. scathe, harm, damage, Grag. ii. 65 ; gora skaSa,
121, Jb. 421 ; ef fleiri menn bi6a ska6a, Grag. i. 459; er munu9 fa
ska8a bae6i farms ok skips, 656 C. 21 ; henni J)6tti mikill ska6i {great
loss) eptir mann sinn. Eg. 36, Nj. 25 : in plur., hefna ska3a J)eirra er oss
hafa gorvir verit, Fms. ix. 352 ; var5veita fyrir Jijofum, ok vi6 eldi ok
vid sko&um, 623. 21 : death, destruction, veita ser sjalfr ska&a, to destroy
oneself, Al. 106; verda e-m at ska5a. Eg. 114; hversu morgum dyrum
hann heffti at ska5a orSit, how many deer he had killed. Fas. ii. 543 ;
ver5r hverr 63rum at ska&a, Edda i. 190. compds : skaSa-bsetr, f.
pi. indemnity, compensation, Fms. vii. 124, Grag. i. 129, 459. skada-
ferS, f. a disastrous journey, Fms. viii. 180. ska3a-laiiss, adj. scathe-
less, Grag. ii.43, Fas. iii. 306. skaSa-ligr, adj. = ska61igr, Fms. i. 156.
skada-madr, m. a killer, slayer; ver6a s. e-s, to slay, Faer. 200, Fms.
vii. 202, Al. 106, Js. 30. skaSa-samligr, adj. = skaasamligr, Anecd.
82, Stj. 86. ska3a-sainr, adj. destructive, Fms. v. 345, viii. 205.
Skadi, the giantess or goddess daughter of Thiassi and the wife of
Njor6, Edda; declined as masc, gen. SkaSa, i. 212, 268.
skad-lauss, adj. scatheless, unscathed, Fbr. 193. 2. without loss,
Dipl. ii. II, iii. 14: neut., at skaSlausu, id., iv. 12.
ska3-ligr, adj. ' scathely,' hurtful, baneful, Isl. ii. 225.
skad-rseSi, n. a dangerous thing.
skad-samligr, adj. ' scatheful,' hurtful, noxious, Stj. 93, MS. 623. 26,
Orkn. 348, Sks. 445, F.nis. i. 76.
skaS-samr, adj. doing barm, Finnb. 264.
ska3-semd, f. (ska3-semi, Sks. 453), harm, Stj. 24.
ska3-v8enliga, adv. perniciously. Fas. iii. 78.
ska3-V89iiligr, !Ld]. pernicious, 677. 3.
ska3-V8eiin, adj. destructive, baleful, Fms. vi. 145.
skaf, n. [skafa], a scraping, peeling, esp. o( peeled bark used in Nor-
way for fodder for goats and cattle; brjota hris ok skaf, D. N. i. 215 ;
J)rju hliiss vi&ar, ok tvau skafs, Gpl. 344, N. G. L. i. 39, 240 ; reiSa
heim skaf, 358 ; |)4 er uxa-mat atum inni skaf sem hafrar, Sighvat ;
hris ok skaf i morkinni, D.N. i. 291.
SKAFA, skef,sk6f,sk6fu,skcefi,skafinn; [Ulf. skaban = Kelpuv, i Cor.
xi.6; A.S. scafan; Eng\. shave; Germ.skaben; Din. skabe znd skrabe with
inserted r, cp. Engl, scrape; Swed. skafua'] : — to scrape with a blunt instru-
ment (for raka, q. v., is to shave) ; ef maftr hoggr skyli-hogg a viSi e6r
skefr sva at spell se at, Grag. ii. 296 (of barking trees) ; manadag, pa
lofar biskup at skafa fyrir naut sin, N. G. L. i. 141 (see skaf) : the say-
ing, J)at hefir eik er af annarri skefr, Hbl. ; J)ykki mer J)at raft at her
hafi eik J)at er af annarri skefr, Grett. 53 new Ed. ; J)a skefr hann ofan af
skaeaum sin, he scraped the hair off the skin, SkiSa R. ; telgdi hann af
riinarnar ok skof Jjat i eld ni3r, Eg. 567, Bs. ii. 153. 2. to shave,
plane; hann skefr (planes) spjot-skepti. Fas. i. 284 ; "hann telgir, skefr ok
skapar, Rett. 2. 10 ; var f>a kistan spanosa sva sem ny-skafin va:ri, 0. H.
229: — skafa af, to scratch off; u3r Hroarr skof af, Landn. 247; nofn
ykkur eru skafin af lifs-bok, 623. 22, H.E. i. 465; allar (the Runes)
voru af skafnar J)a5r er voru a ristnar, Sdm. 18: so in the phrase, hann
skefr ekki af manni, to be a blunt man, cp. Dan. nhovlet; {)ii ert hof-
8ingi mikill, ok skefr litt af manni, Nj. 223; skafa at fastliga, to shave
to the quick, to press close, Fms. xi. 94, 443 ; eyrsilfr drukkit gefr bana,
J)viat i hvern lim er J)at renn, J)a skefr J)at innan, Pr. 474 : of hair, to
shave; skafa sveinar klif krunu, to shave the head, Skalda (in a verse).
skafa, u, f. a scraper; horn-skafa, a scraper of horn = hikk., q. v.
Bk6fu-leikr, m. a kind oi game, Isl. ii. 70, 71.
skaf-hei3, f. a bright sky, Bs. i. 334. skafliei3-rikr, adj.
skaf-kafald, n. clouds of snow raised by the wind.
skafl, n. [from skafa], a snow-drift, a mass of snow, Fas. i. 116;
standa sumir a skaflinum, Sturl. ii. 118; skafl var lag3r af hamrinum
ni&r a jtifnu, {>6ra. 44; var kominn snjar a jorS i skafla a fjollin, Fbr...
36; hann tok spjot sin ok rak 1 skaflinn, Sd. 163; snjo-skafl, passim:
metaph. of waves white as drifted snow, baru-skafl, Hallfred ; sjovai-
skaflar J)eir sem brokuau oUu megin at skipinu. Fas. ii. 76. II.
the pointed end of a sharp horse-shoe : skafla-j&rn, n. a sharp shoe:
skafla-jd,rna, aS, to sharpen a shoe : skafla-j&rna3r, adj. sharp-shod:
hence the metaph. phrase, beygja skaflinn, to turn up the mouth in the
shape of a horse-shoe, make a lury mouth, hence to cry (in mod. popular
phrase, gera skeifu = make a horse-shoe, of children), Fb. i. 566, beygja
af ; skafl beygjattu skalli, {)6tt skur a J)ik falli, Sturl. iii. (in a verse);
hence, 2. the tusk of wild beasts ; scikk tann-skaflinn djiipt, eg reif
mea ser mikit af holdinu, Od. xix. 451.
SKAGA, skagi, skagdi, skagat (mod. skagar, skagaBi), to jut out,
project; tonnina er skagai ur hofai Melbricta, Orkn. 12 ; skogSu tvai
tenn fram or hofdinu, Sd. 147 (skogul-tonn) ; boginn skagBi um her8-
arnar. Fas. ii. 330.
skagi, a, m. [Shetl. skaw (as the Skaw of Unst)'] : — a low cape or ness
(hof6i is a high head-land) ; a lands-enda j^ann inn nordara ebr skagann,
A. A. 276; milium konungs-garas ok skagans via Olafs-klaustr, N. G.L.
iii. 125; ut-skagi : freq. in local names, Vendil-skagi or Jotlands-skagi,
the Skagerack ; the Skagi, the ness between the Skagafjord and Hunafi6i;
the Skagi in Akraness : Skaga-str5nd, Skaga-fj6r3r, whence Skag-
firSingar, m. pi. the men from S.; Skag-flrzkr, adj.
skak or skakr, n.,qs. skvak (?), [Engl, squeak], a noise; gora skak a-
e-m, to howl at, Ann. 1305 (Hb.) ; gaf Sverrir konungr t)eim gestunum
mikit skak, he scolded them, Fms. viii. 143 (skakr, v. 1.)
SEAKA, skek, skok, skoku, skekinn, [A.S. scacan; Engl, siafc;
Swed. skaka']: — to shake; reyrr vindi skekinn, 625. 95; skekk (skek
ek) her skinnfeld hrokkinn, Orkn. (in a verse) ; skoku loBa, H5m.
16 ; J)eir skoku klseain, ok hreyttu moldinni a pa J)6rodd, Eb. 100
new Ed.; skak (imperat.) brott or hcifai per dupt ok osku, Stj. 208;
sumir skoku at peim vapn, Fms. i. 273; hann skekr at honum sver5i!.
Isl. ii. 364; logdu a spjots-odda ok skoku, Fms. x. 117; toku peir i
hurair ok skoku fjorum-sinnum, Bser. 2 ; skaka hofua, to wag the head
insultingly (but hrista hofua from surprise), Eb. 272, Lil. 53, Matth.
xxvii. 39 ; skaka vaengi, Sol. 54 : metaph., skaka ok skelfa, Stj. 132 ; allr
prottr vaeri skekinn or peim, Sturl. iii. 237 ; sannliga er skekinn prottr
or yar, Grett. 112 ; skekr or lidinu alia aearu, Al. 25 ; skaka skellu at
hrossi, to shake a rattle, Grag. i. 441 ; skaka strokk, to shake a churn, t'.-
churn ; fulla skekna mpeling, Luke vi. 38. II. reflex., hann hefir
ekki skekisk i huginum, his courage has been unshaken, Al. 145.
skaka, u, f. the block of butter from the churn (smjor-skaka). 2.=
skak ; gaf ek henni miklar skokur, Mar.
skakka, aa, to balance ; in the phrase, skakka me& e-m, or, skakka mill;
peirra, to interfere between fighters. Fas. iii. 93, f>6ra. 52 ; as also, skakka
leik, to interfere betiveen two combatants so as to decide the matter.
skakki, a, m. a disproportion, disparity, odd amount; pann skakki
er par er a milium mun ek baeta, Bjarn. 55 ; skal Bjorn liika Ama 1
skakka milium fyrr-greindra kiigilda, Dipl. v. 26 ; pau tvau hundrnJ
hundraaa, sem foru at skakka, the odd hundreds, Sturl. ii. 258; var,
jafnat sarum manna ok frumhlaupum, en baettr skakki, Eb. 212, Orkn.
224; pann skakka gat Ketill prestr niarfelldan, Isl. i. 330.
SKAKKH, adj. skew, wry, distorted (rangr, q. v., is mostly used in a
metaph. sense) ; hvarki vindt ne skakkt, Krok. 42 ; ekki skakkt m-
hallt, 656 A. i. 33; skakkr eaa lami, 656 B. 7; bar hann jafiian
hallt hofuait siaan, pvi var hann skakkr kallaar, Orkn. 364 ; skakkar
tenn, Skiaa R. ; skakkr a banni, with a sprained leg, Hym. 37 : allit., j
skaeldr ok skakkr: neut., skjota augum i skakk, to look awry, Fbr. |
71. II. metaph. unequal; skokk mala-efni, Fms. iv. 332; pott
varir fundir hafi jafnan skakkir verit sakir fjolmennis, viii. 214; at
gora sjci se heldr skokk, unequal, unjust, Eg. 738. Ill- as a
nickname, Skakki = Lat. Claudus : Skakka-sk&ld, a nickname.
coMPDs: skak.'k.-hoTinn,p!in.'skew-born,'illegitinMte,A\.2^. skakk-
horn, n. a diagonal; i skakkhorn, diagonally, 411;. 18. skakki-
fotr, m. wry leg, Sturl. i. 60. skakk-tenntr, part, wry-toothed,
Bara. 178.
skakr, n. = skak, Fms. viii, v. 1.
skaU or skal, n., qs. skvall, dropping the v, a squall, none: ski.
ok kliar, Mork. 100; menn heyrdu skall mikit ok op djofla ok ill l»ti,
Barl. 178. 2. plur. skoll, mocking, derision; vib skiill pau er Pah
potti gor at ser, Sturl. ii. 46.
skallat, n. scarlet; see skarlat.
SKALLI, a, m. [Old Engl, scall, scald-head'], a bald head, L'-. !iO;
beran skallann, Fms. xi. 132; strjuka um skallann, Hav. 55; po''^'
litaair a mer skallann, Lv. I09; tok Faxa mi at sarna skallinn. Fas. n-
451 ; stig upp, skalli, stig upp, s. ! Stj. 609 (2 Kings ii. 23) ; pat se ek
a skalla peim inum mikla, at . . ., Eg. 114. 2. the thick end of c'
hammer. Skalla- Grimr, Grim the Bald, Eg.
skamm, f. = skomm. Skald H. 7. 63.
SKAMMA, aa, [skomm], to shame, disgrace; hraktr ok skammaar. j
Sturl. iii. 11 ; peir er vinir hennar hoibn drepit ok skammat, Fs. 85: ">
scold. II. reflex, to be ashamed, Fms. vi. 302, Horn. 10 ; skarom-
SKAMMFEILINN— SKAPA.
537
I e-s, to be ashamed of a thing; skiia ok broka skamniisk engi ma3r,
II. 60, Sks. 744 ; ek skonidumk at vera nokviSr, 507 B, Bs. i. 469 :
id. skammast sin, to blush, Sturl. i. 210; and skammast sin fyrir
I. 2. recipr. to scold, use bad language to one another.
camm-feilinn, adj., in o-skamnifeilinn, impudent.
camm-fulleikr, ni. shamefastness. Mar. 1028.
camm-fulliga, adv. bashfully, Barl. 59.
kamm-fulligr, adj. [D^nx. skatnfuld'], shainefast, bashful, Stj. 34, Art.
tamm-fyllask, t, to be ashamed, Stj. 34, Barl. 91, 165.
ni-fylli, f. shame, blushing, Al. 80, 104, Th. 78.
iu-fylling, f. bashfulness, Stj. 34, Barl. 173.
amm-fsera, 3, [Dan. skamfere'], to spoil, cut short; skipit er skamm-
ef eigi fylgja iirarnar, 673. 59 ; hestana haSuliga litleikna ok skamm-
>a, Fas. i. 90 (spoiled by cutting off the manes and tails).
amm-lauss, adj. shameless, without shame; aetla ek at J)u ser s. af
iU, 'tis no shame to thee, Eb. 160; J)u g65 kona, skaninilaus ertii af
, Baer. 1 7. 2. neut. not disgraceful ; lizt mer J)etta skammlaust,
m. 192 ; er {)at s. at {)iggja ok veita stor hcigg, Fms. viii. 1 16, Hkr.
t : at skanimlausu, without shame. Eg. 274.
amm-liga, adv. shamefidly , Sks. 503.
amm-naktr, adj. shamefully naked, Sks. 504.
ijamm-raun, f., Fms. iv. 264 ; read skapraun, see O. H. 1. c.
: ivTrim-samliga, adv. shamefully, Fs. 134, Al. 30, Sks. 503.
u-samligr, adj. shameful, disgraceful, Fs. 31, Stj. 585, Rom.
^iE. or skanamr, skomm, skamt, adj., compar. skemri, super].
; usually spelt and sounded with mm before a vowel, but m.
.1 consonant, [cp. Engl, scamped, of carpenter's work when ill-
-sbort; var fotleggrinn skamr, Fms. viii. 447; skammar 'ro
r (see ra, f.), Hm. ; lata e-n hof6i skemra, to make a bead
i. e. behead, Hym. : as a nickname, Atli inn Skammi, the Short,
t freq. in a local sense, except in the neut. skamt, en er {jeir
ant komnir fra skala, Fb. i. 540 ; ok er J)eir attu skamt til garSs-
60; hon bjo skamt fra Skalla-grimi, Eg. 109; {)a3an skamt
. 130 ; skamt i fra honum, Fms. x. 420, Fs. 37, Edda 29 ; urn
a var skamt mllli mals konunga (i. e. they did not dissent much),
I'kk eigi sattin saman, Fms. x. 132: compar., var su leiOin
Kg. 576; orskot e3a skemra, Grag. ii. 264; hann hljop eigi
iptr en fram, Nj. 29 ; fiykki mer J)at opt rjiifask er skemra er
: enn slikt, 259: J)ar er skemst var milli skogarins ok arinnar,
II. temp, brief, short; skamma hri&, a short while,
lil skamrar stundar, Horn. 107 ; skamma stund, Fb. ii. 103,
; skomm ro, short rest. Am. 78 (Bugge) ; skamt mun nu mal
er9a, short conversation, Hbl. ; J)6tti Antenor (dat.) skamt mal
1 verSa, that A. spoke now this, now that, Bret. 80; eigi skemra
viku-stefnu, Grag. ii. 349: neut., skamt segir J)u J)a eptir lif-
ra, Fms. i. 211 ; eiga skamt eptir, skamt eptir olifat, Sturl. i.
. 85; at skamt skyli okkar i me6al, Nj. 114; })a mun \i6t
•\\ afar-kosta, Ld. 222; hann kvaS skamt til Jjess, that would
•itly, Fs. 72. 2. adverbially, skommu, shortly, Hkr. iii. 454 ;
jcssi atburSr skammu, Anecd. 78 ; vildi konungrinn skommum
iiiaela vi3 hann, short at a time, O.H. 71 ; sat hann skommum
kk, Fms. vii. 106 ; ef J)u ert skommum i sama stad, Al. 4 :
., mundi ver3a skemrum biskupslaust, ef tveir vzri biskuparnir,
'9; eigi skemrum en fimm nottum, not shorter than five nights,
i. 42 ; Gautr er me5 |)orvaldi eigi skemrum en nie6 SigurSi,
i : sem skemst, as short a while as possible, Nj. 251 : also
. very shortly, only a while ago, \>k minning er mi bau3 ek J)^r
:, Mar.; fyrir skemstu, recently, Eg. 322, Fms. i. 223; mi fyrir
. Fs. 72.
CoMPDs : skam-biti, a, m. the short cross-beams in the roof.
'irag3s, adv. shortly, soon, Hkr. i. 249. skam-degi, n.
;■/ day,' Midwinter-day, Lat. bruma, Landn. 140, Bs. i. 350, Fb.
skam-fotr, m. short-foot, a nickname, Gisl. 33. skam-
5 adj. good for but a brief time ; s. vermir, a warmth that will not
'^. skam-hdls, m. short-neck, a nickname, Fms. ix. 14.
'lygginn, adj. (-hyggni, f.), = skam-synn, Barl. 55. skam-
:igr, m. short-hand, a nickname, Landn. skam-leikr, m.
S" s. vars lifs, 181 2. 20. skam-leitr, adj. short-faced,
o A. skam-lifl, n. the being short-lived, Fms. vi. 229, Hkr.
skam-lifr, adj. short-lived, Fms. xi. 329, Dropl. 6.
ninnigr, adj. short of memory, Fms. viii. 241. skam-
n. short speech, brevity, Stj. 41. skam-rif, n. pi. the short
lower part of the breast, the brisket, Dipl. v. 18, Fb. ii. 103:
, skamrifja-mikill, stoiit, fat, Grett. 148 A. skam-rsekr,
ing a short memory for revenge, Fms. v. 325, MS. 656 B. 2.
^keptr, part, short-shafted, Sks. 386, Fms. viii. 429, x. 363.
tafa, a6, to abbreviate. skam-stSfun, f. abbreviation.
yni, f. short-sightedness (only in a metaph. sense), Sks. 11, 302,
'7, G{)1. 162. skam-syni-ligr, adj. = Ekamsynn, Fms. viii.
^. 276. skam-s^nn, adj. short-sighted, foolish, only metaph.
^(nsErsynn in a bodily sense), Fms. viii. 17, Sks. 248, Anecd. 10, G})!. 44-
skam-SBDtr, adj. short of stay ; skamsaeta aetla ck honum J)* laug,
Sturl. ii. 99. skam-talaOr, part, short-spoken, Fms. viii. 204, Eg.
62. skam-vaxinn, part, short of growth, of crops, Ann. 827.
skam-vis8, adj. short of wit, foolish, Sks. 292. skamm-aedi, f. a
short duration ; mun {jtr {letta draga til skanmi-eSar, it will not last thee
long, |j6r&. 23. skamm-seligr, adj. short-lived, fleeting, brief; s.
lif, Fms. i. 225 ; s. gledi, Greg. 42 ; girndir skammxligra hluta, 677. 4 ;
hann kva8 hann skammaeligan {short-lived), Sturl. i. 145. skamm-SBr,
adj. (-36, -aett), short-lived; s. sigr, Fms. ii. 10 (Fs. 90); skamas lyti,
Mkv. 19 ; skanmiaett riki, short-lived power, opp. to everlasting, 677. 7 :
Teitr var3 skammaer, F'ms. vii. 40 ; munum skammxir, Am. 29 (Bugge).
skamta, a&, [from skammr], to share, dole out, portion, eip. of food
at meals to the household ; skamta folkinu ; skamta i burinu ; skamta
e-m lir hnefa.
skamtaflar-erendi, n., read skapnaSar-erendi (q. v.), Lv. 79.
skamtr, m. [cp. Engl, scant'], a share, portion; setja e-m skamt, Rom.
132; skornum skamti, in short measure, scantily, Nikdr. 68; J)4 hcfir
hann skamt logit a hendr s6r, N. G. L. i. 73.
SKAP, n. [A. S. ge-sceap ; Engl, ihape; cp. Gctm. be-schaffen]: —
prop, shape, form. II. state, condition; at J)vi skapi, in the same
proportion, Rb. 96 ; nu ferr at {)vi skapi um alia iildina, 62 ; h6\t |)at vcl
skapi, me6an hon lifSi, it kept in a good state whilst she lived, Bs. i. 1 29 ;
J)vi hefir haldit skapi, it has held its shape, remained unchanged, Jd. 3 :
under this head come compds denoting lawful, right, skap-drottinn, -Jjing,
-dau6i, -arfi, -bactendr, -{)iggendr, see below. III. condition of mind,
temper, mood, Fs. 128; ek kann skapi Hrafnkels, Hrafn. 27 ; hogvaerr i
skapi, Nj. 2 ; mitt skap er eigi betra enn til medallags, |>i6r. ; hennar
skap er sva stort, at . . ., 307 ; Hiigni er nu mjiJk rei3r ok illu skapi, in
an angry mood, 321 : mod., 1 illu skapi, cp. vesall maSr ok ilia skapi
{ill-tempered), Hm. 21, where skapi seems to be used as an adjective;
vera vi3 e-s, skap, to be after one's mind, Finnb. 262 ; hon svarar sem
hennar var skap til, Fbr. 137 ; er ok varkunn a at J)vihkir hlutir liggi i
miklu rumi J)eim er nokkurir eru skapi, Fms. iv. 80 ; kofarn i skapi, . . .
illr i skapi, ill-tempered ; goSr i skapi, good-tempered ; at J)eir hafi ilia
borit sik, sva at J)eim hafi naliga i allt skap komit, aftr enn ictti, so that
at last they almost cried, Gisl. 39 ; vera litill i skapi, of small mind,
faint-hearted, Hrafn. 30 ; ef t)eir vseri sva litlir 1 skapi at {)eir J)yr3i eigi,
K. |j. K. 94; hafa ekki skap til e-s, to have no mind to, Nj. 202; nn
hefi ek beSit her \ia, stund er ek fae m^r skap til, Ld. 256, cp. (3. H. 47 ;
honum rann i skap, ok reiddisk hann, Fms. vi. 212 ; ef Jjat vaeri fe3r
hennar eigi moti skapi, Eg. 36, Fms. ix. 244; (Winsaell ok litt vi5
alj)ydu skap, unpopular, Fs. 63 ; enginn ma vi6 mik skapi koma, Lv.
22 ; J)at fannsk a, at henni jjotti {letta mjok i moti skapi, Ld. 88 ; pzt
vaeri mer naest skapi, / should have a great mind for, 86 ; vera e-m vel
at skapi, to be to one's mind, Fs. 16, Fms. vi. 304 ; gora e-m e-t til skaps,
to do a thing to please one, btimour him. Eg. 65, Nj. 198 ; c-m byr e-t i
skapi, to brood over, plan, 6. H. 32. compds: skaps-anninarki,
a, m. fault of temper or mind, the bad side of one's character, Sturl. i. 146,
Fms. iv. 382. skaps-hdfn, f. mind, disposition; J)eir fedgar voru
lilikir i skapshofnum, Fms. viii. 447, MS. 655 xi. 2 ; hann nennti eigi at
hafa Erlend su3r Jjar lengr fyrir skapshafnar sakir, for the sake of his
distemper, Sturl. i. 165. skaps-16str, m. = skapliistr, Sturl. i. 146.
skaps-miinir, m. pi. mind, temper, disposition, Eb. no, Sd. 188, Hrafn.
24, Isl. ii. 12, Fnw. iii. 195, v. 341.
B. Plur. skcip, what is ^ shaped' for one ox fated, one's fate; far
gengr of skop Noma, Km. 24 ; eigi ma skiipunum renna ; skopum
vi3r manngi. Am. ; fatt er skopum rikra, Fs. 23 ; eigi ma vi& skiipunum
sporna, 26; maela verSr einnhverr skapanna malum, Gisl. 17; ill skop,
ill fate ; go6 skop, good luck, Korm. (in a verse) ; rik skop, the mighty
weird, Kormak ; skiptu skop, doom decided, Sturl. (in a verse) ; at
skopum = Gr. Kardi fxoipav, Yt. 9, Gg. 4, N. G. L. i. 204 ; ok gaf honum
naer lif me6 skopum, he escaped almost by a miracle, had a narrow
escape, Fb. ii. 23. 2. a curse, fatality; \>a. er konunga-born ur6u
fyrir stjupmae6ra skopum {curses), Fms. viii. 18; o-skop or li-skiip, an
ill fate, fatality, Hm. 97, Korm. 208, 240, Al. 1 29; verda fyrir ii-skopum.
Edda II, Fas. i. 130 (of evil spells); li-skapa verk, an evil deed which
one is fated to do, iii. 406 : ve-skop, holy ordinance, Vsp. 2. skopin
(with the article), the genitals, Fms. v. 346, Ann. 1426, Edda (pref., of
Saturn), Barl. 135, Fas. iii. 387, Bs. i. 466. skapa-dsegr, n. one's
fated day of death ; engi kemsk yfir sitt s., a saying, Fs. 39.
C. = skaf, q.v.; fimm hloss viftar ok J)rju skaps, N.G.L. i. 240, ii.
no, v.l. 15.
SKAPA, the forms of this word vary much ; there was a strong
form, skapa, skop, but defective, for only the pret. (skop, skopu)
remains ; the other tenses follow the weak form skapa, aS (of the first
weak conjugation), which is freq. in old writers, while it is the only
form in mod. usage. 2. there are also remains of another weak
verb, skepja (answering to Goth, skapjan), to which belong the pret.
skapSi, part. skapiS, skaptr; the infin. skepja, however, only occurs in a
few instances, Kormak, D. L i. 243. I. 31 (H.E. iv. 154), Bs. i. 734; as
538
SKAPAN— SKAPT.
also the pres. part, skepjandi (in ein-skepjandi) : [Ulf. skapjatt = Kri^eiv ;
A.S. and Hel. scapan; Engl, shape; O. H. G. sJtafan; Germ, scbaffen ;
Dan. skahe^
B. To shape, form, mould, which is the original sense; takit einn
tredrumb, ok skapit J)ar af likneskjur, Barl. 165 : the saying, engi
skapar sik sjalfr, Grett. 103 new Ed. ; a hverfanda hveli voru Jjeim
hjortu sk6pu&, Hm. 83 ; Ski3bla8ni a& skapa, to shape {build) the
ship S., Gm. 43; skepja skil, to shape one's words, Korm. 164 (in a
verse). 2. to make; or Ymis holdi var jor& um skopu8, VJjm.
21 ; a9r vaeri jor3 sk6pu5, 29: to create, Gu6 skop allar skepnur senn,
Rb. 78 ; Gu9s er mik skop, Fms. i. 3 ; me9 J)eim hatti er Kristr hefir
skapat, iv. 175; sa ma5r er Gu6 skap3i fyrstan i heim penna, Horn.
(St.) ; morgum ^e\m. hlutum er skapara-spek6in skap6i, 677. 2 ; i upp-
hafi skapaSi Gu8 himin og jor5, Gen. i. i, passim. 3. to shape
for one, assign as one's fate or destiny, as denoting also what is natural or
inborn ; ek skapa honum {)at, at hann skal eigi lifa lengr en kerti J)at
brennr, er upp er tendrat hja sveininum. Fas. i. 341 ; s. e-m aldr, to shape
o«e's/?/ft/re /?/«, of the weird-sisters; Nornir komu \>s.t er 661ingi aldr
um skopu, Hkv. 1.2; at eigi skapi Hallger6r J)er aldr (ironic.), Nj. 57 ;
einu sinni var mer aldr skapa6r ok allt lif um lagit, Skm. 13 ; skapa e-m
kaldan aidr, to ' shape one a cold age,' i. e. to make life sad, Korm. ; var
J)6r J)at skapat, at . . ., Hkv. 2. 26 ; af J)eim vaeri {)at skapa5, if that was
fated to them, Grag. i. 368 ; syni J)inum ver8ra saela sk6pu8, bliss is not
fated to thy son, Skv. 2. 6; mun engi renna undan f)vi sem honum er
skapat, Grett. 159 new Ed.; mer var skapat at eiga hana, Bjarn. (in a
verse) ; lata skapa5 skera, let doom decide, Fms. viii. 88 ; lata skeika at
skdpu6u, to let things go their own course, ii. 112 ; vera at skopuSu, to
be according to the course of nature. Eg. 82; mun J)at sva fara sem
minnr er at sk6pu9u, Sturl. iii. 7 (skop). 4. to appoint, fix ; at
|>6r61fr hafSi sjalfr ser ]par laun fyrir skapit, Th. had taken the reward
himself. Eg. 65 A ; ok J)ar sinn hag eptir skapa, Horn. 68 : s. e-m viti, to
impose a fine or penalty ; sklit viti a honum at s. fyrir {)at a sitt hof sem
karlmanni, ef . . ., Ld. 136; ok vaeri henni sjalf-skapat viti, self-inflicted
punishment, 140 ; s. honum fimmtar-gri6 af J)vi {jingi or landeign konungs
vars, N.G. L. i. 13; {)a skal s. J)eim lei6ar-lengd, 32 ; skap5i hon sva
skaeru, Am. 48 ; J)a eina fjar-muni er ek skapa fi6r, which I grant thee,
Hrafn. 21 ; skapa sinn hug eptir e-u, Hom.; segja sv4 skapa8a sok fram,
Grag. i. 39, Nj. 1 10 ; berum ver sva skapa6an niu biia kvi6, 238. 5.
to shape, trim, the beard, hair ; var skegg skapat, Rm. 1 5 ; brei31eitr ok vel
farit andlitinu, optast skapat skegg, Fms. viii. 447 ; bandingjar ok litlagar
lata ekki har sitt skapa ok skera, Stj. 202 ; Cato skar aldrei har sitt ne
skapaSi skegg, Rom. 190; meS saurgum biinaSi ok u-skapa8u skeggi,
Stj. 538. 6. special phrases; skapa skei3, prop, to 'shape a race,'
take a run; J)etta dyr skapa9i skei5 at oss, Al. 169; Jokull skapar
at skei3, Fs. 51 (see v. 1., so undoubtedly the vellum Vh., not skopa) ;
skjaldmaerin skapaSi skei5, ok aetlaSi at hlaupa eptir honum, en er hon
kom a bakkann var6 henni bilt. Fas. ii. 553 ; whence in later vellums
and in mod. usage, skopa skeid, 283 (1. c), GIsl. 69. II. reflex.
to take shape, grow; \)k matti hann eigi skilja ne skapask til tniar, 655
ix. B. I ; sva skapaSisk ok Kristnin or si8u ens krossfesta Krists, 656
C. 35 ; freista, hve ^k skapisk, how things will shape themselves, Fms.
viii. 42 1; vildi |>6rgautr J)a fara aptr, J)6tti ekki at skapask, iv. 112 ;
Amundi kva8 jarl u-ahly3inn ok mun liti8 at skapask, little will come
out of it, Orkn. 40 ; haf8i mjok skapask um byg5ir, Sd. 138 ; at mi skyli
nokkut skapask at me8 oss, Fms. ix. 509 ; ef nokkut ma at skapask,
if any opportunity should arise, Eb. 186.
skapan and skopun, f. a shape, form ; fri8r at allri skapan, Fms.
ii. 19 ; likr m68ur sinni at skaplyndi ok skopun, iii. 195 ; J)u, prestr,
spurSir mik, hversu J)eir menn vasri i skapan sem illr er sj6rinn...sa er
graleitr ok J)unnleitr sem J)u ert, Bs. i. 797 : an order, precept, H. E. i.
386: allit., skapan ok skipan, Stj. 5. II. creation; Adam ok
Eva a fyrsta degi sinnar skapanar, Stj. 41 : passim in mod. usage, esp.
in the Bible, Pass., Vidal. ; skopunar verk, creation.
skap-axfi, a, m. a right, lawftd heir, Grag. i. 177, D.N. iii. 31 1,
472.
skap-arfr, m. = skaparfi; J)a falli undir hennar rattan skaparf, D.N.
iv. 469 ; cp. the phrase, var J)a niargr oskapa-arfr kirkju-fjanna, the
glebes went into wrong hands, Bs. ii. 242.
skap-arfuni, a, m. = skaparfi, K. |). K. (begin, in Cod. Reg.)
skapari, a, m. (skaperi, 623. 22), prop, a ' shaper,' but only used in a
Biblical sense, the Maker, Creator, Edda (pref.), MS. 677. 2 : freq. in
mod. usage, the Bible, Pass., Vidal., Hymns ; e. g. Skapari himins og
jar8ar, Skapari stjarna Herra hreinn, Einn Gu3 skapari allra sa, etc.
skap-brd3r, adj. hot-headed, Nj. 219, Valla L. 203; e-m ver8r skap-
bratt, to lose one's temper, Grett. 117 A.
skap-brestr, m. a fault of temper or mind, Hkr. iii. 274 (of insanity).
skap-beetendr, part. pi. I awf 2d payers of weregild, Grag. ii. 178.
skap-bsBtir, m. ' mind-betterer ;' pat var maelt at hann vaeri engi s.
Hallger5i, Nj. 16.
skap-dau3i, adj., prop, dying bis destined death; hann er s., Am. 57
(Fas. i. 218).
' skap-deild, f. good nature, Nj. 139, v. 1.; hann var litill skapdeildar-
ma8r, he was but little master of his temper, Grett. 90.
skap-drottinn, m. a lawfitl master, a law term, N. G. L. i. 13, 33,
33, 211-213.
skap-erfingi, a, m. = skaparfi, K. Jj. K. 3.
skap-farinn, part, disposed, tempered, Nj. 256, O. H. 175.
skap-fatt, n. adj., in the phrase, e-m ver8r s., to lose one's temper, Eb.
198, isl. ii. 321, ^orf. Karl. 220, Grett. 1 16.
skap-feldr, adj. to one's mind, agreeable, Fms. vi. 110, ix. 35, xi. 78,
Eg. 265, Sturl. i. 14.
skap-felligr, adj. id., Nj. 191 ; s. i andliti, well-sbapen in face, hand-
some, Isl. ii. 203.
skap-ferd, f. = skapferli, Barl. 27: skap-fer3i, n., Fms. vi. 54, Isl,
ii. 217, 323, Nj.49, 61.
skap-ferli, n. disposition of mind, temper, character, Nj. 60, 61, Fms
ii. 154.
skap-glfkr, adj. alike in character or temper. Glum. 326 : skap-likr,
id.. Eg. 175, Nj. 66, Fbr. 16, 0. H. 15.
skap-g63r, adj. good-natured, gentle, cheerful, Nj. 68; e-m er skap-
gott, to be in good spirits, Fb. i. 540.
skap-g8e9ij n. good nature, Sks. 670 B.
skap-g83fr, adj. gentle of mood, Fms. vi. 109.
skap-h.ar3r, adj. harsh of mood, severe, Nj. 16.
skap-heimskr, zd]. foolish, Korm. 32.
skap-h,8egr, adj. meek, gentle, Fs. 34.
skap-li6fn, f., esp. in pi. sentiments, disposition, temper, Eb. 88, Clem.
32 (skapshofn).
skap-illr, adj. ill-tempered, Nj. 32, Korm. 142, Boll. 352, Ski8a R.63.
skap-illska, u, f. evil-mindedness. Art. 69.
skap-lag, n. a 'law-due,' tax; hvarki s. ne skyldu, D. N. i. 59.
skap-leikr, m. = skaplyndi, Hofu61.
skap-lettr, adj. light-minded, cheerful: neut., e-m er skaplett, to bt
in good spirits, O. H. 58.
skap-liga, adv. duly, fitly, as it ought to be. Am. 75.
skap-ligr, adj. [Engl, shapely^, shapely, handsome ; kona stor vexti en
J)6 skaplig, Grett. 143 new Ed. 2. suitable, due, meet, Fms. vi. 176;
hus svii mikit at J)er se skapligt (suitable) at hvila i, xi. 4; kenningai
bans voru skapligar ok skemtiligar, his teachings were suitable and in-
structive, Bs. i. 164; sem skapligt var, as was due, Ld. 32 : due, meet,
deserved, skapligt erendi, Fms. viii. 90, Eb. 84 ; hann mun |)ykkjask eiga
vi8 oss skapligan fund, Fms. i. 309 (x. 356).
skap-lunda3r, adj. disposed, tempered, Hkr. i. 47.
skap-lyndi, f. mind, temper, disposition, Nj. 112, Eg. 34, 84,195,
Fms. vi. 431, vii. 113, 150, Isl. ii. 217, Lv. 24, O. H. 32 ; slikt er ekki
vi& s. |>orsteins, 'tis not at all to Th.'s mind, Isl. ii. 216; user minu s.,
Fms. i. 42 ; hafa ekki s. til, he could not bear, was too proud to do it,
6. H. 47, Eg. 525 ; J)6 at J)u gorir J)ik sva fyrir skaplyndar (sic) sakir, _/br
humour's sake, Hav. 43 new Ed.
skap-lostr, m. afatdt in mind, temper or character, Fms. i. 33, 0. H
174, 175 : depravity of mind, Sturl. i. 146.
skap-mikill, zH]. proud of mind, Bret. 80, 92, Fms. vi. 193, xi. 78.
skap-'munu3, f. an affection of the mind, Hom. (St.)
skapna3r, m. a shape, form, freq. in mod. usage. 2. what '
due, propriety ; mer J)ykkir jafnt s. at verki komi verka i mot, Bj
46 ; skapna8ar-eyrendi, a due errand, Fms. viii. 90, 221, Lv. 79 ; ska
aSar virding, due honour. Eg. 739-
skap-pru3r, adj. well-disposed, generous, Bs. i. 619.
-skapr, m. [Germ, -schaft^, inflexive, see Gramni.
skap-raun, f. ' a mind's trial,' provocation, whatsoever causes grief
or indignation; hrelling ok s., Hrafn. 15; til skapraunar vi& e-n, Rd.
184 ; giira monnum s., Fms. ii. 13 ; hafa s. af e-u, Nj. 68 ; J)ola s., Fms
iv. 264; m6r er s. a5 pvi, I am grieved, indignant at it. compds:
skaprauna-laust, adj.; ok er mer eigi s., not without cause for provo-\
cation to me, Nj . 1 5 2 . skapraunar-minna, adj . compar. less offensive,
Hrafn. 30. skapraunar-orS, n. provoking language, Nj. 83. skap*
rauna-samliga, adv. in a provoking manner, Sturl. iii. 123.
skap-raima, a5, with dat. (s. e-m), to vex, tease, provoke, Dropl. 15:
impers., honum skaprauna8i, he ivas vexed, Hav. 50.
skap-skipan, f. a change of mind, Bs. i. 537.
skap-skipti, n. a change of mind, Hrafn. 17, Sturl. iii. 142.
skap-storr, 2,6]. proud of mind, Nj. 16, Ld. 32, 286, Eg. 598, Fms.
vii. 175, O.H. 15, 53, 98.
skap-styggr, adj. irritable, excited, Eb. 258, Grett. 76 new Ed.
SKAPT, n., or better skaft, [A. S. sceafi; Engl, shaft; Dan. skafl;^
from skafa] : — prop, a ' shaved stick,' a shaft, missile, Hm. 127 ; skapti
rettara, Gsp., Darr. 3, Gm. 9, Rm. 34, Fas. i. 173; this original sense
is obsolete in prose (for Fas. i. 173 is a paraphrase from a lost poem),
except in the metaph. and allit. phrase, skjota skapti, Stj. 644, Odd. it.
El. 103 ; skjota skapti 1 moti e-m, to shoot a shaft against, to withstand^
(cp. reisa rond vid e-m) ; at engi ma6r mundi skapti skjota i mdti
honum, Fms. vii. 210, xi. 344, Ld. 214 ; as also in the law phrase, skipta
^'Fh
SKAPTHAR— SKARS.
539
jorbu nie5 skapti, to measure land with a spear, G\>\. 286. 2. "of a
shaft-shapen thing, a comet's tail, Fms. ix. 482 : the beam in a weaver's
lr,r,m, Darr. 2 ; skaptiS upp af hettinum, of a high-raised hood, Karl.
, 286 : the shaft by which a top is spun, in skapt-kringla : the phrase,
isk mer sem hann muni ekki |)ar leiigi gengit hafa skapta muninn,
35. 3. a handle, baft, of an axe, hammer, knife, the shaft or
of a spear or the Hke ; var skaptiS (of an axe), svart af reyk. Eg.
: : of a spear-shaft, K. J). K. 96 ; haffii Olafr skaptiS {the pole) en
ppr spj6ti5 {the spear's head), Ld. 98 ; sviftu . . . jdrnvafit skaptiS,
il. i. 63; this is the common Icel. sense of the word. II.
ocal names, Skapt-d, Shaft-river, [cp. the Scot, and Engl, name
. /?o] ; whence Skaptdr-fell (sounded Skapta-fell, cp. Sbap-fell in
-tmoreland) ; Skaptdr-fells-Jjing (sounded Skapta-fells-t)ing) ;
lice Skapt-fellingar, m. pi. the men from S., Landn. ; Skaptdr-
aiU, Skaptdr-fells-j6kull. 2. Skapti, a shaft-maker (?), as
. kname, and since as a pr. name, Landn.
.apt-h.dr, adj. ^ shaf'-high,' above the horizon, of the sun in the early
uing ; til ^ess sol er skaptha, K. f>. K. 94, defined 96.
viip-tiSr, adj. to one's mind, agreeable; J)au letu ser skaptitt allt
vr gott var, 625. 83 ; J)ess-konar atrunad sem oss er 6-skapti&r, fsl.
apt-ker, n., the older and truer form is skap-ker, Gm. 25 (Bugge,
the foot-note), 6. H. 30, Edda i. 128 (Cod. Reg.), N.G.L. i. 31 ;
later and erroneous form is skapt-ker, Edda (Ub. 1. c), Eg. 24,
'. 166, Fb. ii. 33 (a v. 1. to O.H. 30), Fms. vi. 241 : [the word is
cfore not derived from skapt, but from skepja = Gerni. schopfen^ : —
large vessel in the hall from which the horns (cups) were filled ( = Gr.
T77p) ; J)at var horn |»6ris ok hafSi hann unnit {emptied it) ok setladi
It bera til skaptkers, Fms. vi. 241, cp. Yngl. S. ch. 14 ; for the other
fences see above.
kapt-kringla, u, f. a top, Nj. 253, Karl. 255, (mod. skoppara-
-gla.)
skapt-lauss, adj. without a handle, Fbr. 96, Stj. 544 (of a s,pear).
skaptr, part, minded; litt vi3 alj)y5u skaptr (skap?), Krok. 38.
3kap-tr6, n. (thus in the vellum), a Jlour-bin{?), into which flour is
loiued, Gs. 22.
skapular, n. [for. word], mid. Lat. scapulare. Mar.
skap-vandr, adj. difficult of temper ; einlyndr ok s., Nj. 184.
skap-vani, adj. lacking in temper, Faer. 245.
skap-vargr, m. a worrier.
skap-varr, adj. wary of temper, discreet, Lv. 23.
skap-Jjekkr, adj. agreeable, engaging.
skap-I)iggjandi, part, a lawful receiver of weregild, Grag. ii. i75 !
pp. to skapbaetandi.
skap-J>ing, n. an ordinary assembly or parliament ; a helga5u skap-
ingi, Grag. ii. 96 ; skapj)irig prjii, varj)ing, alj)ingi, lei5, i. 163.
skap-J)ungt, n. adj. depressed in spirit; e-m er s., to be depressed in
lind, Nj. II, Fb. i. 451, Fs. 107.
skar, n. the snuff of a candle or lamp ; taka skari5 af Ijosinu, to take
)« snuff off; blakta a skari, tofUcker.
SKAKA, a8, [skor], to jut out; fia skara5i ofan leinn, Korm. 38;
cara fram lir, to stand out, Lat. emiyiere ; fram-iir-skarandi, emi-
'it. 2. to poke the fire ; en J)eirri osku skoruSu J)eir allri ut,
V raked the ashes out, Eb. 316 ; skara eld, to poke the fire, Fas. ii. 109 ;
-ira a5 eldinura, id. (skiirungr, a poker); hann skara6i til spjot-skap-
lui, be poked with the ^ear-pole, 558 ; hann skara8i J)a upp undir fot-
>r6it, Gisl. 31. II. [Shetl. to skare ; Dan. skarre], as a ship-
irht's term, to clinch the planks of a boat, so that the lower edge of
ry plank overlaps the upper edge of the plank below it (hence skar-
\ clinch-work). 2. skaraft skjoldum, a row of shields (formed
• a 'wall of shields'), Al. 47 : — chiefly used of ships, whose gunwale
- lined with shields from stem to stern, var skarat skjoldum milli
ma, Grett. 97, Ld. 68; skipin vora sk6ru6 skjSldum a bae5i bord,
as. i. 100.
pkara, u, f. a little shovel for raking the lire.
Skar -band, n. [skor], a 'bead-ribbon,' fillet, Nj. 46, Fas. iii. 307,
•2;. 32-
kar-bendingr, or better skar-mendingr, m. the name of a cope,
i. 77 ! ^^^ skarmandi, 830.
KAKD, n. [A. S. sceard; Engl, shard; Germ, scharte ; Dan.
■arrf]: — a notch, chink in the edge of a thing; skord voru fallin 1
iSit, Fs. 62 ; t)a beit Egtll skar6 or horninu. Eg. 605 ; skar3 i vor,
'^are-lip, Fms. x. 88 ; skar6 i vcir Skifta, Sd. : of the moon, hvel a
gli er njcr solu, en skarS firr, Rb. 452 (skar^r mani) ; leysi af meS
iini, e6r leysi skar8 or skinni, G^\. 448. 2. an empty, open place,
I rank or a row ; skarS fyrir skildi (see skjiildr). Fas. iii. 42, 43 ; betra
"ss skarft ok missa i flota Olafs, Hkr. i. 334 ; mi ef skor3 ver6a a, {w'l
A arma9r J)au skorS baefa, N.G.L. i. loi ; skarS i aett e-s, Fs. 6;
rgva skar& i sett e-s. Eg. 475 (metaphor from a fence) ; var mi lihaegt
verja J)at skarS er J)essir hof5u sta.5it, Fms. x. 361 ; en ef J)eir synja
■: manntals, |)a roattii telja skor6 {loss of right, deficiency) 4 hendr J)eim, ^
N.G.L. i. 98; ef skriSa skal i ^zX. skarS sem Ormr reytti af {xir, 01k.
36. 3. [cp. Cumbrian Scarf-gap], a mountain pass. Oik. 37 ; vcstr
yfir skorain, Fs. 41 ; austr um skorS, Ski8a R. ; hamra-skarft, fjall-skarS,
q. v.: freq. in local names, Skarfl, SkOrfl; Skarfl-verjar, m. pi. the
men from Skar&, Sturl. i. 199 ; Skarfla-leiS, the way through the Skord,
iii. 15; Skar3s-h.ei3r, Skarfl-strand, VatHsdals-skard, Lj6savatns-
skar6, Haukadals-skar8, Kerlingar-skarft, Geita-skar5, Landn., map of
Icel. skarda-lauss, adj. whole, undiminished, D. N.
skardi, a, m. a nickname, hare-lip; i efri viir hans var skarS, J)vi var
hann kallaSr |>orgils skarfti, Sturl. iii. 123, cp. Korm. II. a freq.
Dan. pr. name on the Runic stones. Skarda-borg, Scarborough,
Korm.
skar3r, part, diminished ; hiun skar&i mdni, the crescent moon, Vkv. 6 ;
meb skar&a skjoldu, with ' sheared,' hacked shields, Hkm. 9 : the phrase,
hafa, bera . . . skar&an hlut, to have a ' sheared lot,' not to get one's share,
to be worsted, Isl. ii. 315, Am. loo ; sitja margir of skorSum hlut fyrir {xir,
0. H. 150 ; menn munu eigi una sva sk6r6uni hhit vi& J)ik, Fser. 160.
SKAKFB, m. [Shetl. scarf; Scot, scart] : — properly the green cormo-
rant, pelicanus gracidus,^ L., Edda (Gl.) ; topp-skarfr, the crested cor-
morant, p. ater capite cristato, Eggert Itin. 554 ; dila-skarfr, the common
cormorant, p. carbo, L., Eggert Itin. 556, passim : also of other sea-fowl,
grd-s., the grey gull, larus canus, L., Eggert Itin. 555 : — as a nickname,
Dropl. 21, Landn., Dipl. ii. 5. II. freq. in local names, Skarfa-
klettr, Skarfa-holl. skarfa-kal, n., botan. cochlearia, scurvy-grass,
Eggert Itin. 321, a plant which grows on rocky sea-shores, good against
scorbutic diseases.
skari, a, m. a snuffer, Pm. 31 ; elda-skari, Magn. Olafsson.
skari, a, m. [Germ, schaar ; Dan. skare\, a host, troop, esp. a proces-
sion; Spes ok hennar skari, Grett. 161 A, Fas. iii. 359, Bs. ii. 122;
engla skari, a host of angels, D.N. ii. 166, freq. in mod. usage.
skari-fiflll, m., see fifill.
skark, n. a noise, tumult, Fms. vi. J48, Dropl. 30.
skarkali, a, m. = skark; skarkala niikill, the making a great noise.
Fas. ii. 330 ; spelt skarkjali, iii. 399.
skark-samligr, adj. tutnulttious, Edda ii. 428.
skarlat (skarlak, skallat, skarlak = skarlat), n., Fb. ii. 75, 273;
skarlakan, n. id., D.N. iv. 363, N.G.L. iii. 205, 208, [for. word;
Eng\. scarlet ; Dan. skarlagen] : — scarlet, Sks. 287, Sturl. iii. 132 ; kyrtill
af skallati, Fms. vi. 358 ; hekla gor af skarlati, ii. 70 ; skarlats kapa, Ld.
330, O.H. 31; skarlats klas3i, Nj. 48, Ld. 330, O.H. 153; skarlats
kyrtill, Nj. 24, Fms. vii. 143 ; skarlats mottull, -skikkja, x. 271, Nj. 48,
169, Bs. i. 636.
siarn, n. [Dan. skarn; cp. Gr. aieiup, aKar6»], dung; einn 6k skarni
a hola, Nj. 67 : grime, dirt, freq. in mod. usage, J)vo af s^r skamiB.
skarn-ssekiim, adj. shewing dirt : skSrnugr, adj. dirty.
skar-nagli, a, m. a clinch-nail; see skara II.
skarp-eggr, adj. keen-edged, Fbr. 143.
skarp-leiki, a, m. keenness, acuteness, of the mind, freq. in mod. usage.
skarp-leitr, adj. sharp-featured, Nj. 33, Orkn. 66, Fms. vii. 321, Sd.
147, |>i8r. 178.
skarp-liga, adv. sharply; saekja at s., Finnb. 352 ; skjota s., Am. 42 :
keenly, acutely, svara s., freq. in mod. usage.
skarp-Iigr, adj. keen, of intellect, freq. in mod. usage.
SKABPR, skorp, skarpt, adj.; [A.S. scearp ; Engl, sharp; Germ.
scharf; akin to skorpinn, related to a lost strong verb] : — sharp, prop.
scorched or pinched from dryness ; meS skorpum rcipum, with hard ropes
(of ropes of skin), Stj. 416; J)vi harSara er hann brautsk, J)vi skarpara
varS bandit, Edda 20 ; skarpar dlar, Ls. 62 ; skarpr belgr, a shrivelled
skin, Hm. 135 ; skorp skrydda, Gd. 34 ; skarpr skinn-stakkr, Fas. ii. 147 ;
skarpr fiskr (mod. har8r), a dried fish, Bs. i. 209, 365, 367, H. E. ii. 120 ;
skorp skreiS, id., i. 457. II. metaph. sharp, barren (Engl, farmers
speak of a sharp gravel) ; landit er skarpt ok liti8 matland, Fms. vii.
78; eiga skarpan kost, to have small fare ; paS er skarpt nm, dearth,
want (cp. Engl, sharp-set). 2. sharp, bitter; skorp deila, Stj. 234;
hin skarpa skalmiild, Sturl. (in a verse) ; skarpt ^1, Edda (Ht.) ; skorp
sksera, Fms. vi. 64 (in a verse) ; taka skarpara ii, to pull sharper, Gs.
19; s. i sokn, Trist. 3. keen, sharp, of a weapon; skcirp sverS,
|ji6r. 322 ; skarpr geirr, Gs. 14 ; skarpr brandr, Rekst. 6 ; skarpr hamarr,
Haustl. : — keen, acute, of the intellect, hann er skarpr, flug-skarpr ;
6-skarpr, dull, freq. in mod. usage. III. in pr. names, Skarp-
li6dinn, prop. ' parched goat-skin,' see Nj.
skarp-skygn, adj. sharp-eyed.
skarp-vara, u, f. 'sharp-ware,' dried fish, D.N. iv, 152, Munk. 154.
skarp-vaxinn, part, sharp-grown, gaunt and bony, Sturl. i. 8.
skarp-vitr, adj. sharp-witted. ^
skarr, m. [cp. ska;ra], a skirmish, tumult; skarr 1 Dyra-firfti, Fb. iii.
Fi7i ; {>otti honum ilia er {)eir hof3u farit me5 skari nokkuruni (nokkuru
Ed.) at BoSvari, Sturl. iii. 231 ; gorr skarr at Krokalfi fSkagafirdi, Ann.
1305 : — the name of a sword, Edda (Gl.)
SKAHS, sounded skass (? gender), [cp. skyrsi and skersa], a monster,
ogress, giantess, Hdl. 39, Hkv. Hjorv. 33, Hkv. i. 38 ; hjalm-skars, the
540
SKARSL— SKAUTHETTA.
• belm-ogre ' = an axe, Lex. Poet. : in mod. usage of a romping lass, J)u
crt mesta skass !
skarsl, n. [skara], n. the snuff of a candle ( = skar), Konr. 13.
skar-sti5, f. [skara], clinch-work (see skara 11), opp. to felli-su6, in
which the edges are fitted together.
SKART, n. show, finery ; bua sik i (vi8) skart, Fms. vii. 321, Ld.
194; fara me& dramb ok skart, Edda 108 ; hofu8-buna8ar skart, Sks.
225 ; skarts-kona, a dressy woman ; skarts-ma9r, a dandy, Eb. 256, Fms.
vii. 219 ; berjask af skarti, J>i&r. 148 ; skart eSr skraut, Bs. i. 92 : as a
nickname, Sturl. iii. 184 C.
skarta, ad, to dress fine, Bs. ii. 450.
skartari, a, m. a vain boaster, Karl. 284; hence are prob. corrupted
the mod. gort and gortari, q. v.
skart-saniliga, ^dv. finely; biiinn s.. Fas. i. 80.
skart- samligr, adj. showy, dressy, Stj. 142, Fas. iii. 77-
skart-samr, adj. dressy, Str. 9, Fms. ii. 169.
skar-6Xj f. a carpenter's adze, opp. to bolox.
SKATA, u, f. a skate (the fish), Edda (Gl.), passim in mod. usage.
coMPDs : skotu-barS, n. a skate's flap. skotu-moSir, f. ' skate' s-
tnother,' a fabulous monster, Isl. {jjoSs.
SKATI, a, m., pi. skatnar, poet. ; [cp. Swed. skata=the top of a tree,
a spar, and skat-vegr or skiitu-vegr, skat-vi3a] : — a towering, lordly
man, but only used in poetry, Edda (Gl.) ; skapleik skata, Hofu31. ; skati
enn ungi, Hdl. 9; skatna margra, 21 ; er at skamt milli skata hiisa, a
saying, great men are not found at every door. Ad. 2 1 ; enginn veifi-
skati, no open-handed men. Oik. 34 ; gull-skati, Edda (in a verse) ; J)j63-
skati, a great, lordly man, H6fu61. : plur. men, skatna vinr, the friend of
men, Yngl. S. (in a verse); skatna drottinn, Skv. 1.5; skatna mengi,
Akv. 31, Skv. 3. 54: as a nickname, Fms. xi. 351.
skatta, ad, to make tributary, lay a tribute on; konungr skatta6i
landit, P'ms. x. 192, Fas. i. 451.
skatt-b6ndi, a, m. a franklin who has to pay skattr, Bs. i. 834.
skatt-fe, n. tribute-money, Fms. vii. 145.
skatt-fserir, m. a ' tribute-bringer,' = skittkommgr. Lex. Poet.
skatt-gilda, d, to lay tribute on, make tributary, Faer. 189, Fms. i.
39, (3. H. 57, Eg. 402.
skatt-gildi, n. payment of tribute, Faer. 192, Fms. x. 386.
skatt-gildr, adj. tributary; s. e-m or undir e-n, Stj. 160, Eg. 268,
Fms. xi. 30, Sks. 489.
skatt-gjald, n. = skattgildi, Fms. i. 103, MS. 655 xiii. B. I.
skatt-gjof, f. the offering of tribute, Hkr. i. 15, 137, Rb. 508.
skatt-heimta, u, f. a craving q/" skattr, tax-gathering. Eg. 574, Mar.
skatt-heimtan, f. = skattheimta, (5.H. 128.
skatt-jarl, m. a 'tributary earl,' a vassal, Faer. 38.
skatt-kaupandi, part, a nickname, Eb. ch. 29.
skatt-konimgr, m. a vassaUking, Edda 93, Fms. i. no, in, iii. 14,
Eg. 268.
skatt-land, n. a tributary land, Fms. i. 98. 2. a dependency;
J)eir bu5u honum J)ri6jung af Noregi, en ekki af skattlondum . . . firiS-
jung af Noregi ok skattlondum, Fms. ix. 263 ; skattlond J)au er fjarri lagu.
Eg- 536.
skatt-penningr, m. tribute-pence, Hkr. i. 13, 185.
SKATTB, m. [Ulf. renders dpyvpiov, drjvapLov, and fiva, all by skatts;
A. S. sceat=a coin ; O. H. G. scaz, v^^hence mod. Germ, schatz ; scatt is an
old Danish tax still paid in Shetl. ; Dan. skat'] : — tribute, Fms. i. 157, Hkr.
i. 58, Nj. 8 ; svarinn Hakoni ok Magmisi Noregs konungum land ok
J)egnar ok sefinligr skattr a fslandi, Ann. 1 262, cp. 1 263, 1 264 : allit., leigt
Island me6 skottum ok skyldum um ^rja vetr, 1361 ; allan Noreg me8
skottum ok skyldum, Fms. i. 3 ; Romz-skzltr, Peter's pence : the phrase,
skatt vel ek honum harSan, pay him hard tribute, Orkn. 20 (ironically, in
a verse on piling stones over a slain king) : in Icel. the tax paid to
the king was levied on the franklins (skattbaendr), as described in Jb. 52,
53. 2. in mod. usage any taxes and dues are called skattr. II.
a share or portion of food, a breakfast is in Icel. called skattr, prob. cor-
rupted from skamtr, skamta ; skyr og rjoma i litla skattinn.
skatt-skrifa, a8, (skatt-skrift, f. a taxing, Luke ii. 2), to tax, Luke
ii. 1.
skatt-taka, u, f. = skattheimta, O. H. L. 42.
skatt-varr, adj. liable to skattr; s. eyrir, taxable property, N. G. L. i.
4^, 82; skattvarar-eyrir, 70.
skatt-yrSask, t, dep., or skat-yrSask (?), to bandy high words, to
rail, rant, Isl. ii. 317, 383, Orkn. 312, Fms. vi. 153.
skatt-yr3i, n. pi. (skat-yrSi '?),foul language, ranting, Gisl. 53 ; cp.
skaeting.
skatt-J)ing, n. an assembly where taxes are levied, D. N.
skatu-vegr, m. a tram-way for carrying heavy loads, D.N. ii. 770.
skat-vi3a, u, f. large spars of wood ; en sperrur e3a skatvi5u yfir
J)ann veg at faera.fyrir-bj66um vor, D.N. i. 595.
skat-yrnir, m. the ' top-sky,' ether (see skati), Edda (Gl.)
SKAUDIB, f. pi. [A.S. scea^ ; Engl, sheath; Germ, schote ; Goth.
skauda in skauda-raip = tfids ; Dan. skede]: — prop, a sheath, but only
used of a horse's sheath ; funu6u af hestinum allar skau3irnar, Bs. i. 319,
145. II. sing, a poltroon, a word of abuse, Edda (Gl.) ; {)u eri
skaud at meiri, Faer. 30 ; ekki man at ykkrum skau3um gagn, Bs. i. 71a;
muntii vera skau3 ein, Isl. ii. 66 : in mod. usage neut., mesta skau8
COMPDS : skau3-hvitr, adj. 'sheath-white,' of a horse's disease, N. G.L,
i. 75. skauS-menni, n. a poltroon, Bret. 134. skaufl-migr, adj
of a horse's disease, N. G. L. i. 75.
SKAUF, n. [A. S. sceaf; Engl, sheaf; O. H. G. scoub], prop, a sbeaj
of corn ; it exists in Dan. local names, e. g. Skevinge ; this sense is, how-
ever, obsolete, and the word is used, 2. metaph. a 'sheaf-like
tail, a fox's brush ; refinum er mi dregr skaufit me3 landinu, Fagrsk. 47.
skauf-hali, a, m. ' sheaf-tail,' one of the names of Reynard the Fox it
the tale, Fms. viii. 314, 319, Edda.(Gl.) ii. 489: Skeufhala-balkr,
the name of an old unpublished Icel. poem, a popular Reynard the Fox
of the 15th century, beginning thus, — Hefir I grenjum | gamall skaufali,
lengi biii6 | hja lagfaetu.
skauf-uggar, m. pi. the hinder fins of a fish, opp. to eyr-uggar.
SKAXJITN, m., poet, a shield, Edda (Gl.) ; prop, a 'protector,' akir
to Germ, schonen; skaunar sell, the shield strap, Jid. g. The word alsc
occurs in J)ing-skaun, the ' Y'^ng-sanctuary,' asylum, within the holj
bounds ve-bond ( = J)ing-helgi ?), Fms. ix. 419. II. Skaun is a
freq. local name in Norway, always of fertile meadow-land ; [Ulf. skauni
= wpaios; Germ, scbon, whence mod. Dan. skfon is borrowed. Thii
ancient Teut. root word is otherwise quite extinct in the old Scandin
languages, see Munch's Norg. Beskr. pref. xvi.]
skaup, f. (?), a plug; en i blegSunum aetla ek vera skaup, Krok. 56 C
SKATTP, n. mockery, ridicule ; skaupi gnegr. Ad. 2 ; fiat var5 hlauj
at skaupi, Kormak ; hafa at skaupi, to mock, scoff at, Clem. 43, Fms. ir
259; hann gorir af mikit skaup, Sks. 247; skaup ok skemmt, Fms. ii
14J ; skaup e6r atyr8i, Fs. 72 ; hafa i skaupi ok hlatri, Bs. i. 812 ; dra|p
J)eir glott at ok mikit skaup, 647 ; ver8a at skomm ok at skaupi, S^
569 : mod. skop.
SKAITT, n. [Ulf. skauts ^ Kpdaindov , Matth. ix. 20, Mark vi. 56:
Luke viii. 44; A.S.sceat; Engl, sheet; O.H.G. skoza; Germ, schossi
Dan. skod] : — the sheet, i. e. the corner of a square cloth or other object;
hann sa ni8r siga diik mikinn af himni me3 fjorum skautum, 656 C. i
(Acts xi. 5); hann var borinn i fjorum skautum til bii6ar, Ghim. 395.
Fbr. 95 new Ed. ; var hann fluttr heim i fjorum skautum, Vigl. 24 ; feldi
fimm alna i skaut, a cloak of five ells square, Korm. 86 : of the heaven.
J)eir gor6u J)ar af himinn ok settu hann yfir jor&ina me3 fjorum skautum.
with four ' sheets,' i. e. comers (east, west, north, south), Edda ; whenc«
himin-skaut, the airts, four quarters of the heavens ; or heims-skaut, ibt
poles, norSr-skaut or nordr-heims-skaut, the north pole; jarSar-skaut, /&
earth's corner, outskirt of the earth, Edda (in a verse). 2. the sheet.
i. e. the rope fastened to the corner of a sail, by which it is let out 01
hauled close, N. G. L. ii. 283 ; J)eir letu landit a bakbor6a ok letu skaul
horfa a land, Fb. i. 431 ; skautin ok Hkin, Hem. (Gr. H. Mind. ii. 662)
the phrase, beggja skauta byrr, a fair wind (right astern), Bs. ii. 48, freq.
in mod. usage. 3. the skirt or sleeve of a garment; of a cloak, ham
hafSi rauSa skikkju ok drepit upp skautunum, Fms. vii. 297, cp. Eb. 226;
skikkju hlaSbiina 1 skaut ni3r, Nj. 48, 169 ; hence, bera hlut i skaut, A
throw the lot into the skirt of the cloak, Grag. i. 37, Eg. 247 (see hlutr;
or is skaut here = a kerchief (skauti) tied together to make a purse ?) ; el
fe liggr i skauti, Karl. 170 ; hann hafdi und skauti ser leyniliga handoxi.
Fms. X. 397 : whence the phrases, hafa brogS undir skauti, of a cunning
person (cp. hafa ra6 undir hverju rifi), Bs. i. 730 ; hafa ra6 und skanti,
Sturl. i. 35 (in a verse) ; hann mun ver3a y3r Jjungr i skauti. heavy in '
fiap, hard to deal with, Fb. ii. 1 30 : hence the bosom, Dan. skjbd (cp. '
sinus), hvern dag sitr hann ok liggr i hennar skauti, ok leikr ser. Mi
Abrahams-skaut, Bible. A new-born infant used to bs taken into the
'skaut' of his parents, and was thenceforth counted as legitimate; hena
the phrases, sa ma&r er borinn er skauta a me3al, skal laka slikan rett seffi
fadir bans haf8i, N. G. L. i. 21 2 : the same ceremony was also a token ol
adoption, Jjann mann skal lei8a a rekks skaut ok rygjar, 209 ; mottul-
skaut, q. v. 4. of a head-dress, a hood, thrown round the head with
the ends hanging down ; klx6i me8 hettu ok mjofu skauti bak ok fyrir,
Mar. ; skaut e6a hiifu, Karl. 60; si3faldin skaut a h6f3i . . . lyptir h6:i
skautinu brott or hiJfSinu, id. ; haf J)at jDer fyrir skaut ok h6fu9-diik,
Stj. 127 ; kasta af hofdi fjcr skautum ok hofua-duk, 20S ; kriisat skaut,
D.N. iv. 359, 363; skaut, hofu5-dukr, 217; kvenna-skaut, Bs. ii. ^B^;
halsa-skaut, a ' neck-theet,' the flap of the hood, Vtkv. 1 2 (in a riddle) :
Ranar skaut, poet, of the waves, Edda (in a verse). cosirr-'
skauta-faldr, m. the hood worn by ladies in Icel. ( = skaut), see faWr,
skauta-segl, n. a square-sail, and skauta-sigling, f. square rigi
in western Icel.
skaut-bjorn and skaut-hxeinn, m. the ' tack-hear,' a ship, Ed
skaut-fagr, adj. 'fair-sheeted,' poet, epithet of a ship. Lex. Poet
skaut-feldr, m. a 'sheet-cloak,' square cloak, Gliim. 336.
skaut-gjarn, adj. an epithet of the giant Thiassi, Hdl. 29 (profc^*
false reading).
skaut-hetta, u, f. a hood with a flap, Bar5. 179.
ill,:.
iiii
SKAUTI— SKi^LI.
541
skauti, a, m. a kerchief used as a purse by knitting all four corners
ther so as to make a bag (see knyti-skauti), Hav. 43, Bs. i. 337.
2. the square piece of wood fastened on an oar where it
cs in the rowlock so as to keep the oar from rubbing is in western
. called skaiiti ; pad er einn skautinn af tlrinni.
tiut-kistill, m. a chest to keep kerchiefs in, D. N. v. 69.
:iut-konungr, m. ' sheet-king,' the nickname of the Swedish king
'. c who was an orphan child and was carried about by the Swedes, as
iale is told in Fas. i. 51 1, cp. O. H. ch. 15 ; but may not the name be
\ ed from his having been an adopted son of the old king? See the
1 races s. V. skaut (3).
;,aut-reip, n. the ' sheet-rope,' of a sail ; vi6 s. hvart-tvcggja, N. G. L.
,9, Edda (Gl.)
aut-toga, a&, to tug at the skirt of one's cloak, to handle roughly,
> ni,. vi. 203, Edda (Gl.)
j skaut-vanr, adj. ^sheet-fitted,' an epithet of a ship, Lex. Poet.
: skd, adv. [cp. Dan. skraa; Germ, schr'dge], askew, askance; and a
ki'i, id.; hence 8kd,-hallr, adj. sloping.
ska3r, part, askew, Lat. obliquus; a skaSum veg til su6rs, Sks. 50
lew Ed., for 427 ; see skja5r.
.skai, a, m. relief, of pain ; ok J)6tti henni nekkverr skai ver6a a
iverju doegri a sinum mstti, Bs. i. 352; var5 engi skai a hans meini,
!.^6 ; var fyrst meS ska ( = skaa ace), // was at first with some relief,
3i3r. 248 ; cp. skiina, skarri.
skdk, f. [of Persian origin], chess, Vm. 1 77 ; tefla skak, Gsp. compds :
;kdk-bor3, n. a chess-hoard. skdk-madr, m. a chess-man, SkiSa R.
64: a chess-player. 2. [O.H.G. scah-man ; Germ, schdcher'], a
ohber, highwayman, {ji5r. loo (v. 1.), 125 (v. 1. 14), 353. skdk-tafl,
. a game of chess, O. H. 167, Fas. i. 523, Fms. xi. 366 (year 1155), Bs.
C35 (year 1238), ii. 186, D.N. (in deeds of the 14th century). There
i no authentic record of chess in Scandin. before the 12th century, for
as. 1. c. is mythical, and as to 0. H. 167 see remarks s. v. hnefi. In Icel.
liere is still played a peculiar kind of chess, called vald-skak, where no
icce, if guarded, can be taken or exchanged. II. metaph. a seat,
ench ; in the popular phrase, tyltu J)er a skakina, take a seat ]
skaka, a6, to check, Fms. iv. 366, v. 1. (skekSi, O. H. I.e.), freq. in
lod. usage : — the metaph. phrase, skaka i J)vi skjoli, to check one in
mt shelter, i. e. to take advantage of (^unduly).
SKAL, f., pi. skalir and skalar, Vkv. 24, 35 (Bugge), and so in mod.
"c ; [Germ, schale ; Dan.-Swed. skdll: — a bowl; skai fulla vatns,
,^92 ; skai full mja5ar, Fms. vi. 52 ; Jiaer skalir er f)6rr var vanr
drekka, Edda 57- 2. a hollow, whence as a local name,
aiidn. II. [Engl, scale'], scales, 643 B ; eyri fyrir bein hvert er
leysir, ef skellr i skalum, N. G. L. i. 67; taka skalir ok vega guUit, Fms.
i. 145 ; skalir goSar, xi. 128 ; leggja i skalir, Fb. ii. 79 ; vega i skalum
cb nietum, GJ)1. 523 ; skalir ok met, Fms. vi. 183 ; ^a ver6u vit at leita
skalum ok vega hringinn, 249. 2. metaph. phrase, st66 sii ogn
honum, at engi lag3i i a5ra skai enn hann vildi, O. H. iii ; engir
■Ml gatu naer i a6ra skai lagt enn Jjeir vildu, J)ar sem J)eir stoSu einn
at malum, Bs. i. 716; J)or6u J)eir ekki or6 i a8ra skai at leggja
konungr vildi, Fb. i. 549 : gull-skalir, Bret. 59 ; meta-skalir, q. v.
MPDS : sk&la-glam, a nickname, see Jomsv. S. ch.42 ; whence Skd,l-
-jar, Landn. skdla-mark, -merki, n. the sign Libra, Kb.
:ala-pund, n. a weight, Dan. skaal-pund, R6tt. skala-veginn,
rt. weighed in scales, D. N.
5KALD, n., pi. skald ; the word is in poetry rhymed as skald (with
4iort vowel), skald and ka/da, aldri and ska/di, Kormak, and so on ;
t the plural is always spelt skald, not skold ; the mod. Dan. skjald is
rrowed from the Icel. : [the etymology and origin of this word is
iitested; Prof. Bergmann, in Message de Skirnir, Strasburg, 1871,
54, derives it from the Slavonic skladi = composition, skladacz = com-
-ileur; but ihe earliest usages point to a Teutonic and a different
t. In the ancient law skaldskapr meant a libel in verse, and was
mymous with flimt, danz, ni&, q. v. ; the compds skald-fifl, leir-skald
.) also point to the bad sense as the original one, which is still notice-
in popular Icel. usages and phrases such as skalda (the verb), skaldi,
kiinn {libellous), see also skaldmaer below. On the other hand,
Ja, Germ, schalte, means a pole (see skalda, skald-stong below) ;
is and imprecations were in the ancient heathen age scratched on
s, see the remarks s.v. ni6, ni&stong. The word is therefore, we
' ve, to be traced back to the old libel-pole, ' scald-pole;' if so, Engl.
l = to abuse. Germ, schelten, may be kindred words; the old Lat.
ise (of Mart. Capella) barhara fraxineis sculpatur runa tabellis may
.1 refer to this scratching of imprecations on pieces of wood.]
B. A poet, in countless instances; J)eir voru skald Haralds konungs
kappar. Fas. i. 379 ; forn-skald, {)]66-skald, niS-skald, hirS-skald,
-skald, krapta-skiiJd, akvae9a-skald, as also salma-skald, rimna-skald :
nicknames, Skdld-Helgi, Skdld-Hrafn, Skdld-Eefr, Landn.,
Its given to those who composed libellous love-songs (?) ; Svarta-
!J, Hvita-skald. Some of the classical passages in the Sagas referring
'poets, esp. to the hirS-skald, are Har. S. harf. ch. 39, Hak. S. G63a ch.^
3a, Eg. ch. 8, Gunnl. S. ch. 9, O. H. ch. 52-54, 1 28, 303, 205, O. H. L.
ch. 57, 58, 60-62, Har. S. harSr. (Fms. vi.) ch. 24, lOI, 108, 1 10. The
Egils S., Korm. S., Hallfred. S., Gunnl. S. arc lives of poets ; there are also
the chapters and episodes referring to the life of the poet Sighvat, esp. in
the Fb., cp. also Sturl. i. ch. 13, 9. ch. 16; for imprecations or libels in
verse see niS. compds : sk&lda-gemlur, f. pi., see Is). Jjjo&s. ii. 557.
skdlda-spillir, m. ' skald-spoiler,' the nickname of the poet Eyvind ;
the name was, we believe, a bye-word, a 'poetaster,' 'plagiarist;' we
believe that this nickname was given to this poet because two of his chief
poems were modelled after other works of contemporary poets, the
HuJeygja-tal after the Ynglinga-tal, and the H4konar-mAl after the Eiriks-
mal; (as to the latter poem this is even expressly stated in Fagrsk. 22);
the word would thus be the same as ill-skaelda, a word applied to a poet
for having borrowed the refrain of his poem, Fms. iii. 65. Sk&lda-
tal, n. a List of Poets, a short treatise affixed to the Cod. Ups. of the
Edda and the Cod. Acad, primus of the Heimskringla.
skdlda, u, f. [O.H.G. scalta; mid. H.G. schalte'], a pole or staff,
whence a flute, pipe; skalda med tiinn, a flute made of walrus tusk, D. N.
iv. 359. 2. [mid. H. G. schalte], a kind of boat, Edda (Gl.) II.
Sk&lda, a contr. form of Sk&ldskapar-m&l (List of Authors C. I),
but usually applied to the old collection of Philological Treatises affixed
to the Edda, (List of Authors H. I.)
skdlda, aS, to make verses, but in rather a bad sense.
skdlda, a&, [cp. Engl, scall or scald], to rot, fall off, of hair ; skaldaSr.
skd,ld-eik, f. [Germ, schalt-eicbe], the holm-oak, ilex, {>d. (the MS.
has skal-eik).
8kdld-f6, n. a 'skald-fee,' reiuard for a poem, Ad.
skald-fifl, n. a poetaster (perh. originally a libeller), Edda 49.
skdldi, a, m. a poetaster, a nickname given in Icel. to vagrant, extem-
porising verse-makers ; thus in this century Pall sk&ldi (a vagrant priest
and verse-maker); and in the 1 6th century Bjarni skaldi; the word is
never applied to really good poets. 2. as a nickname, Baut. (on
Runic stones).
skdld-kona, u, f. a ' skald-quean,' a poetess, a nickname of a woman,
for which the reason given is this ; hann atti Jjorhildi skaldkonu, ' hon
var or&gifr mikit ok for med flimtan,' she was a ' word-witch,' and made
libels, Nj. 49.
skald-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), poetical, Fms. ii. 50.
skald-ina3r, m. a poet ; skaldmenn miklir, fsl. ii. 191.
skdld-meer, adj. a 'skald-maid,' poetess, a nickname of the poetess
Jorunn, Fms. i. 13; the name of her poem Sendi-bit looks as if it had
been of a 'biting' libellous kind.
sk^ld-pipa, u, f. a 'skald-pipe,' a flute (7), Clar. 135.
skdld-skapr, m. ' scaldship,' poetry : I. a libel in verse; eigi
skai lysa legords-sok um skaldskap, Grag. i. 351 ; ef madr kvedr skald-
skap til ha6ungar manni, ... ok var&ar ^at skoggang, skai saekja sem
annan skaldskap, ii. 151, see the whole chapter in Kb. ch. 23S, inscribed,
um Skaldskap, of Libels; the word is therefore used synonymously with
danz and flimt, niS, q. v. II. poetry in a good sense, Edda
passim ; Sighvatr var ekki hraS-mseltr ma3r 1 sundr-lausum orSum, en s.
var hpnum sva tiltaekr, at hann kvad af tungu fram sva sem hann mselti
annat mal, 0. H. 171; ok kom J)ar bratt talinu at ^eir raeddu um
skaldskap, {)6tti hvarum-tveggja fiser raeSur skemtiligar. Eg. 686 ; skald-
skapar greiu, -hattr, poetical metre, Skalda 183, 210 ; skaidskapar laun =
skaldf6, Eg. 152. Sk&ld-skapar-iu^l, n. pi. poetical diction, Edda
49, Skalda 195 ; hence the name of the second part of the Edda, the
ancient Ars Poetica, containing the rules and laws of ancient poetry.
^» Skaldskapr in old writers refers to the ' form ' (metre, flow, diction),
not to the contents ; even in such phrases as, ekki var mikill skaldskapr
i J)vi kvaedi, there was not much ' scaldship ' in that poem, it was a bad
composition, Fms. vii. 38.
skfi.ld-st6ng, f. a 'libel-pole,' a pole with imprecations or charms
scratched on it ; ef ma&r reisir stong ok kallar s., J)4 hefir hann fyrir-gort
hverjum penningi fjar sins, N. G. L. i. 430.
skilgi, a, m. a fish of the carp kind (?), Edda (Gl.)
skil-hus, n. = skali, 655 xxx. 9.
SKAIiI, a, m. [cp. Scot, shieling; I var Aasen skaale — shieling] : —
prop, a but, shed, put up for temporary use ; this is the earliest Norse
sense, and it is still so used in Norway ; |)ar ser enn skala-topt Jpeirra
ok sva hrofit, Landn. 30; skala vist at Rau&abjorgum, of a fisher-
man's hut, Vm. 147; skdla biii, a hut dweller — a robber, Fs. ; hence,
leik-skalar, play-shielings, put up when people assembled for sports;
gufu-skalar, ' steam-shieling,' a local name, of bathing-sheds (?), Landn. ;
f^sk\-skk\2ii, fishing shielings; it also remains in local names as Skdla-
holt. II. a hall (hiJll is only used of the king's hall), see Orkn.
ch. 18, 70, 115, Gisl. 29, Dropl. 18, 28, Fms. i. 288-292, Korm. 58,
Bs. i. 41, Fbr. ch. 13 new Ed, Nj. ch. 78, Gunnl. S. ch. 11 ; in Landn.
I. ch. 2, 2. ch. 13, the skali is a detached building; drykkju-s., a drink-
ing hall; svefn-s., a sleeping hall. In Grag. i. 459 distinction is made
between eldhus and skaU ; in the Sturl. skali is distinguished from stofa ;
and it seems that the men were seated in the former, the women in
643
SK^LKHEIDR— SKEID.
the latter. At still later times, and so at present, the skali is an apart-'
ment near the entrance, a kind of for-skali, q. v. ; til J)ess er ser
mann or skala-dyrum or fjoru i Nesdal, Vni. 87. III. compds,
skala-buna6r, the hangings of a skali, Gliim. 325 ; skala-dyrr, -endi,
-gluggr, -golf, -hur&, the doors, end, window, floor, hurdle of a skali,
Fms. i. 292, iii. 81, Vm. 87, Nj. 201, Landn. 154 (cp. Nj. 114), Krok.
39 C; skala-gor&, -smi6, the building a skali, Vm. 87, Fms. i. 290, Ld.
138, Rd. 245 ; skiila-topt, -veggr, -vi6r, the quadrangle, wall, timber of
a skali, Landn. 30, 136, Ld. 252, Hrafn. 20, Nj. 282.
skdlk-lieiSr, m. mockery, Stj. 63, 122, 127, 241, 263.
SKALKR, m. [Ulf. slialhs = lov'Kos, shalhinon = lov\iviiv , sliC^Jei-
nassi/s = dov\fia ; A.S. scealc ; Germ, schalk; the word remains in seVzw-
calc, seneschal ; mariscalc, mar-shall = a horse-groom'] : — prop, a ^ slave,'
' servatit ;' skalka J)eirra er skjcild bera. Fas. i. (in a verse) ; but that sense
is else lost. 2. a rogue, yet with some notion of a ' mocker,' cp. skelkja
and skalkhei9, Dan. skalk-agtig; lei6r s., Clar. ; Ijiiga sem skalkr, Rett.
61, and so in mod. usage. Pass. 8. 19; skalka mark, a brand, 7. 13;
skalka-por, roguery. It is freq. in Germ. pr. names, as, Godi-scalk, whence
mod. Icel. Gott-skalk, which appears in Icel. in the 15th century.
skalm, f. a short sword, H6m. 14, Gkv. 2. 19, Fas. ii. 229, Ld. 214,
Hkr. iii. 150, Fb. i. 259, ii. 138, Fas. i. 56 sqq., Fms. vi. 402, Grett. 140,
Band, (in a verse) ; ry3-skalm. II. one part of a cloven
thing ; hann tok upp birki-rapt mikinn, ok reiddi urn 6x1 sva at hann
helt um skalmirnar, . . . raptrinn gekk i sundr i skalmunum, Eb. 324;
skalma-tre, a cleft tree, Pr. 421 ; buxna-skalm, one leg of a pair of
breeches. III. [cp. skalpr; old Swed. skafl'], a bean-pod; bauna-
skalmir, Barl. 46. IV. a pr. name of a mare, Landn. V.
the word occurs in the local names, Skalmar-dalr, -fjorSr, -nes,
Landn. ; but may not such names be derived from the cloven shape of
the firths or the fells ?
skalma, a3, to stride with long paces, Hallfred (Fs. 106, where reflex.) :
freq. in mod. usage, hann gekk hurt og skalma6i storum, Od. xi. 539.
skalm-old, f. the ' sword-age,' Vsp. 46 ; at margir g66ir menn mundu
ver5a drepnir i s. J)eirri, Clem. 28.
skalp, f., qs. skvalp, mod. skolp, prop, sctdlery-wafer, wash. II.
metaph. 'wishy-washy stuff,' thick talk; mal heitir skalp, Edda 110;
mal-skalp.
skfilp-grani, a, m. [Dan. grbn-skoldi?ig], a greenhorn, Fms. ii. (in a
verse).
skalp-heena, u, f. the name of a bird (?), a hen : a nickname, Landn.
SKALPB, m. a leather sheath ; var5 laust sver6it, S'gur&r helt um
skalpinn, Sturl. iii. 163; Jjeir atu skalpana af sver3um sinum, Fms. viii.
436; drag sver5it or skalpinum, Karl. 72; skalp-hus, in a pun,
Krok. II. a kind of boat or ship, Edda (Gl.) ; hence perhaps,
Skdlp-ei5, the name of an isthmus in the Orkneys, Orkn.
SKAW, f. a thin membrane, film; hann laust hann me6 likj)ra, sva at
ein skan var alt af hvirfli ofan ok ni6r a taer, Horn. (St.) ; myki-skan, a
cake of cow-dung, Jjorf. Karl. 430. 2. esp. the skin on cooked milk,
porridge, or the like; mjulkr-skan, grautar-skan, a common word in
Icel.; cp. skaeni, skeini.
sk£na, a6, [skai], to get better, of illness and the weather ; mer er
fari6 aS skana, and ve6ri5 er fari9 a3 skana.
Sk^ni and Sk^ney, f. ; the gen. Skaneyjar occurs as early as in a
poet of the loth century, the syllable -ey answering to the Latinised
-avia : — Scania, a local name, the Scandia or Scandinavia of Pliny and
succeeding geographers, mod. Dan. Skaane ; from the Saga time down-
wards the name of a county formerly belonging to Denmark, but since
1658 to Sweden ; it is said to mean border-land, and may be akin to
skan. Skani forms the southernmost point of the great northern penin-
sula, and was accordingly the first district in the peninsula known to the
Romans, whence in Latin writers it became the general name for the
whole of the north ; but not so in Icel. vernacular writers, who use it
only in its proper sense of the county Skani, Fms., Fb. passim.
Skanvmgar, m. pi. the men 0/ Skani, Fms.
skfipr, m. a case or drawer with shelves; klaeSa s., a clothes-drawer ;
boka-s., a book-case; matar-s., a pantry.
SKAR, adj. [ska, skatt; cp. Ulf. tis-skaws, 1 Thess. v. 8, and us-
skawjan = dvavrj(l>eiv ; whence A.S. sceawjan; Germ, schauen]: — open;
only used in the compds opin-skar, made public; her-skar, open to in-
roads, of a country, see herr (p. 259).
skdri or skdrri, a compar., super!, skastr, with no corresponding
positive, [skai] : — better, best ; J)at mun J)4r ra5 skast, it will be most
advisable for thee. Fas. i. 421.
skari, a, ni. [skera], a swathe, the sweep of a scythe in mowing ; as also
skdra, a3, to make a swathe.
skdri, a, m. a young sea-mew, Edda (Gl.) ii. 489 ; ma-skari : hence a
nickname, whence Sk4ra-sta3ir, a local name, ^6r3.
sk6, 6, [from Germ. ge-scheben ; Dan. skee], to happen; it appears first
in the 15th century, i Licia ske'di litlu sid^n, Nikdr. 51 ; ^ar af hefir
opt mikil ohaefa sket, H.E. ii. 168 (seems to be due to a transcript, as
are also passages such as Isl. ii. 66, v. 1. 4); after the Reformation the_
;e6ja
naSi
at s,
:3ia,
idda
stik,
9B;
nni,
II.
:i.a
jum,
» re-
taS
cc.)
•the
in a
lally
i. ii,
npa
ases,
hide
erm.
rett.
hip;
in.
H.:
'word became freq. in the N. T., Pass., Vidal, cp. also Safn- i. 31,
ma-ske, kann-ske, viay be !
SKED JA, pres. ske6r ; pret. skaddi ; the subj. skeddi does nol||cur
part, skaddr, skatt ; [see ska6a] : — to scathe, hurt, with ace. ;
likami J)eirra, H. E. ii. 68 ; ok vilda ek aldri ske6ja. Fas. i. 209 ;
skeSr J)ar j6r6, Grag. ii. 229; s. J)a jordu, 216; eigi 4 J)a jor
{to violate) til Jiess at grafa lik, K. Jj. K. 22 ; ^aer J)ora ekki myss
Pr. 474. 2. to do scathe to, damage, with dat.; i6rumk ek er ek
klseQum hans, that I spoiled his clothes, Sks. 720 ; J)a a landeigandi
ef j6r3u er skatt, Grag. ii. 337; sva at pu ske&ir (subj.) jor&unni, Sk
er hvergi s. hari sinu, Al. 68 ; s. varu riki, 1 20 ; ekki ma vapn s
Karl. 461 ; engu hari var skatt, Fms. xi. 309; s. lift J)inu, Sks.
likomum J)eirra, H.E. i. 464; en J)a er skorit er ske6r beini e&r Sski,
Grag. ii. II ; axi var skatt, one ear of corn was damaged. Fas. i:
skeS.ll, m. [skafa], a scratcher ; eyrna-skefiU, a7i ear-picker.
= skemill, fot-skemill by changing m into/, Bs. i. 155.
pr. name, Rd. 289 ; of a mythol. king, Edda.
skefjar, f. pi. a sheath (?) ; only used in the phrase, hafa sig i s
to restrain oneself. skefju-maSr, m. a wary person, one
strains himself, Grett. (Ub.) 95.
SKEFLA, 6, [skafl], to be drifted together, massed, of snoi
skeflir yfir ]pa6, it was covered with snow : of the waves, haflauS
skeflir, Edda (Ht.)
SKEGG-, n. [Engl, shaggy is akin, but in the sense of the he
word is peculiar to the Scandin. languages, which use bar3 (q.
different sense; T)^.^.. skcBg ; Swed. s^ao'g-] ; — a beard, prop. 01
= shagginess, Jjkv. I, Rm. 15 ; honum ox eigi skegg, Nj. 30,
59 ; stutt skegg ok snoggvan kanp, . . . ja&ar-skegg, Sks. 288
ok skegg, K. p. K. ; hon ser undir skegg Hagbar6i, Korm. 12 :
tJlfarr vatt vi3 skegginu, Eb. 164; skrl6a undir skegg e-m,
behind another's beard, Fs. 31 ; konu skegg, a woman's beard
Kaisers-bart, cp. Edda 19 ; hoggva skeggi ni6r, to bite the dust, .
(in a verse) ; me6an upp heldr skeggi, as long as we can stand
Orkn. (in a verse) ; hoggvask til skeggjum, to put beards together
(in a verse). II. = bar6 (q. v.), the cutwater, beak, of
var skegg a ofanver6u bar6inu, Fms. ii. 310 ; flaugar-skegg.
in pr. names, Skeggi, Jarn-skeggi, Skegg-broddl, Landn.,
Skegg-bragi, Skegg-avaldi or Avaldi skegg, Fs.
B. Compds: s]£esg-}:>aTn,r). a 'beard-bairn,' bearded baby,
given to a man by a giant. Fas. ii. 517. skegg-broddr, m.^tles
of the beard; {jeyta skeggbroddana, Fb. i. 296 (the skeggrodd
skeggraustina, Fms. i. 303, is prob. only a false reading for skeggbrc llna).
skegg-briisi, a, m. an earthen jug. skegg-hvltr, adj. white-i <ded,
Karl. 416. skegg-karl, m. = skeggbrusi ; skyldir erum vi3 sk
tveir, Hallgr. skegg-lauss, adj. beardless, Nj. 52, Land
skegg-ma3r, m. a bearded mati. Fas. i. 150. skegg-si3r, ac
bearded, f>:6r. t8. skegg-sta3r, m., mod. skegg-steeSi,
bearded part of the face, Fb. i. 530, Fas. ii. 256.
skeggi, a, m., pi. skeggjar, in the compds, eyjar-skeggjar,
shaggies,' i. e. islanders, freq. in the Sagas, prob. originally a
soubriquet, owing to the notion that islanders were more rot
wild in their habits than other men; the word is particularly use
Faroe islanders, Faer., O. H. : cp. Gotu-skeggjar, the name of i
from Gata in Faroe ; Mostrar-skeggr, the nickname of Thi
Moster, an island in Norway, Eb., Landn. ; cp. hraun-skeggi, the
the wilderness, Fs.
skeggja, u, f. a kind oi halberd, also called bar5a (q. v.), Edds
skeggja3r, part, bearded, Greg. 74, Fb. i. 134; u-skeggja&r
less, Sighvat.
skegglingr, m. a kind of bird, Engl, shag or green cormo
Edda (Gl.) ; mod. skeggla.
skegg-6x, f. = skeggja or bar9a, Sks. 388, Eg. 189.
SKEID, f., pi. skei6r, Fb. i. 532. 1. i, ii. 43. 1. 4, Fms. iv. % "■
78, X. 54 (in a verse) ; the form skeiftar (see Lex. Poet.) seeir
erroneous : [akin to ski5 and skeiS, n.] : — a kind of swift-sailing
war of the class langskip, but distinguished from dreki, freq. in th
Erlingr sltti skei& mikla, hon var tvau rtim ok |)rjatigi, Fms. iii. 4
passim, cp. Fms. i. 46, vi. 30S ; tuttugu langskip, tvaer skei3r
knorru, v. 169, cp. snekkja. II. the slay or weavers r
which in former times the weft was beaten ; sverO var fyrir sk (cP'
skulum sla sver9um sigrvef J)enna), Nj. 275 ; vind-skei6, q. v.
spoon, Dan. skee, freq. in mod. usage ; a spoon made of silver i
of horn sponn, of wood sleif ; the word is mod., but occurs in
895, ii. 627 (of the begin, of the 15th century). compds: alB^'
kiun, skei3ar-n.ef, a nickname, from the beaks of swift ships
skei3ar-kylfl, n. a club or beak on the skei9, O. H. 40 (Fb
where kylfa, f., as also in Sighvat's verse).
SKEID, n. a race; renna skei9 vi9 e-n, to run a race with ot
31 ; ri&a a skei3, to ride at full speed, Isl. ii. 252 ; hleypa (hesti)
id.; renna at i einu skei6i, in one run, one bound, Gliim. 386 ; ta
skeiSi, to overtake, Karl. 431 ; J)eir t6ku J)a skeid {gallopped) oi
arl
«3-
mg-
the
ltd-
of
and
the
nily
of
nof
)
mrd-
be
of
is;
ftH;
tVtt
rjth
iS,
idn,
44.
iii
eid,
ptif
SKEIDA— SKELPA.
648
Anni, Sturl. iii. 23; skapa skei5 (or skopa skeiS, Fas. ii. 283, Gi'sl. 69,
Fs. 51), to take a run, Fas. ii. 553, Al. 169, Edda 31 ; renna skeifl at
kastala vegginum, Sturl. ii. 144, Faer. no; giira skeid at vegginum, Eb.
:«lo; hann giirdi skei3 at dyrunuin, Sturl. i. 143; hlaupa li skeiS, to
take a run, Njar3. 370; taka skeiS, Orkn. 416 ; reyna skciS, Fnis. vii.
170. II- c course, of space ; var \>at gott skeiS at renna eptir sldtlum
velli, ... til skeids eiida . . . d mitt skeiSit, Edda 31 ; er {jcir koniu d skeid
[lat er sidan er kallaS Diifuness-skeia, . . . a niidju skei&i, Landn. 194;
skamt skeiS, a short way, Fnis. viii. 34 ; for hann nokku& skeid med
Kafni, Bs. i. 766; langt skeid, Edda 54: = Lat. stadium, Stj., Rb.,
Eluc. 2. of a space of lime ; J)at var eitt skei6, it was one space of
lime that . . ., Fas. ii. 408 ; Njall J)agna6i nokkut skeid, a while, Nj. 65 ;
urn skeid, for a while, Fnns. vii. 339 ; hann hafdi nidri adra hendina
& ]6tb\i, ok bregdr henni annat skeid {every now and then) at nosuni ser,
F«r. 170; hann lagdi sverdit um kn6 ser ok dro annat skeid til halfs,
Eg. 304: of the time of day, um solar upprasar-skeid, dagmala-skeid,
lysingar-skeid, midmunda-skeid, non-skeid, nattmala-skeid, solarfalls-
skeid, dagsetrs-skeid, midnaettis-skeid, passim ; see dagmill, niin, mid-
mundi, etc. : of the seasons, mi3sumars-skeid, vetrnatta-skeid, Leidar-
skeiS, see niidsumar, etc. : of life, vera a aesku skeidi, in the prime of
life; & It'ttasta skeidi aldrs, id.. Eg. 536. III. in local names,
Skeid, Skei3ar-a, Landn. Skeida-menn, m. pi. the men of S.,
Sturl.
skeiflft, ad, [skeidir], to sheath a sword, knife, Fas. i. 460. II.
[skeid, n.], to gallop, passim.
skeifl-brfmir, m. the name of a mythical steed, Edda.
skei8-gata, u, f. a broad causeway (to ride on), Isl. ii. 339.
skeifl-hestr, m. a race-horse, also of a horse that ambles (skeid II).
skeiflir, f. pi. [Engl, sheath; Dan. skade ; Germ, scheide]: — a sheath;
w knifi or skeidum, Bs. i. 385 ; taka knif or skeidum, 229, Hav. 49new
Rd. ; m^r synisk sem rettindin skridi mi i skeidir, Rom. 116.
skeifl-kollr, m. a nickname, Sturl.
skeifi-reitt, n. part, a broad way for riding; J)a var allt s., Sturl. iii. 23.
skeifa, u, f. [skeifr], a horse-sboe, |>idr. 105 ; half-s., a broken horse-
hoe; skafla-s., a sharp-shoe : metaph., J)ad er skeifu-mynd ii e-u, it is in
he shape of a s., it is crooked, askew, goes wrong, Sturl. ii. 93 (in a
■crse); mod., {jad er skeifu-lag a J)vi: as a nickname, Sturl. ii. 120:
keifa is rare in old writers, but is the common word in mod. Icel. use ;
he ancients said skor, a shoe.
skeiC-hdggr, adj. cutting askew, using a hammer or axe awkwardly.
skeif-ligr, adj. askew, awry, wrong, D.N. iii. 153 : skeif-liga, adv.,
;!i)tiilarl. 478.
(fl SKEIFR, adj. [Engl, skew; Germ, schief; Dan. skjcev]: — askew,
i hUque; or Jonate fl6 aldri vint n^ skeift, Stj. 495 ; koma skeift vid,
Laii ) go crookedly, Bret. 174: of the feet, skeifum fseti, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ;
r,ialin-skeifr = Lat. varus; lit-s. = Lat. valgus: skeifr, a nickname, Orkn.;
i-skeifr, a nickname, Fms.
CEIKA, ad, [Dan. skeje ; Swed. skeka~\, to go askew, swerve, devi-
hann st^rdi sva at landi at aldri skeikadi, Bs. i. 326; J)ar skeikadi
t. stjornin, 726 : the phrase, lata skeika at skcipudu (see skapa), Fms.
i 2, Eg. 90, (5. H. 146, Gg. 4 : with prep., skeika af, to swerve from ;
iiini sva, aldri skeiki, a hymn.
CEINA, d, [provinc. Swed. skeina = to cut with a scythe], to scratch,
d slightly; hefir J)u skeint ^\k? 6. H. 72; ef madrhiiggr til manns
Keinir klaedi hans, N. G. L. i. 164 ; mi hyggr hann at, hvar hann vaeri
iJr, Rd. 240. 2. reflex, to get a scratch, a slight wound, Gnig.
-. Korm. 62, Fms. ii. 82, Sturl. i. I48, Isl. ii. 258, Fas. ii. 407;
(iusk idrin, Bs. i. 330.
;ina, u, f. a scratch, slight wound; kalla ek t)etta skeinu en ekki
Nj. 205, Hav. 50, Fms. ix. 497, Rom. 239 ; var skeinan saman
upin, Grett. 152. compds : skeinu-hsBttr, adj.; vera s., to be
e who gives good scratches, dangerous, Fb. i. 352, 566, 571, Vfgl. 29.
inu-samr, adj. id., Eg. 293, Finnb. 352. skeini-samt, n. adj.;
: honum ^ii skeinisamt, he was then much exposed to being wounded,
190; vard J)eim {)at s., 214.
•;ina, d, [skeini, skan, skani], to wipe, tergere foramen.
' ini, n. [skani, skan],/oZ«w»* tergendi.
'itan, f. vanity {?), Horn. (St.)
-kill (better skekkill with kk), m. dimin., [skiki ; akin to Engl.
'^■] -.—the shanks or legs of an animal's skin when stretched out,
»• lit-skekill, an oittskirt, of a land or field, tiin-skekill, land-skekill,
II. as a nickname, Sturl. : the mythol. name of a sea-king, Edda.
■kkja, t, [skakkr], to set askew, displace.
' kkja, u, f. obliquity.
vEL, gen. skeljar, pi. skeljar, \V\i. skalja = Kipanoi, Luke v. 19;
^ceala; Engl, shell; cp. Germ, scbalel : — a shell, of flat or spoon-
'■'i shells, as opp. to kiifungr (of whorled shells) ; baru-skel, gymbr-
kii-skel, iidu-skel (ada), kraku-skel ; skurn cdr skel, Stj. 88, Mag. ;
i-karl, id., Skida R. ; kne-skel, the knee-pan. compds : akelja-
', n. = skelja-moli. skelja-hruga, u, f. a mound of shells, Mag.
lia-moli, a, m. a sherd, broken shell, Sturl. i. 119. ,
41
ekel-eggliga, adv. briikly, in a iwtep, Fmi. x\. 1 28.
skel-eggr, adj., cp. mod. skc!-J)unnr; the form ikeligr (tkjalligr) ia
some Editions and paper transcript* is merely a faiic reading, for the
vellums, even such later ones as the Fb., t\yt:\\ '-eggr;' the derivation
in Lex. Foot. s. v. is therefore cnoneons :— shell-edged , ibin-tdgtd, hen,
hence metaph. dauntless ; ef t>6 hefir viljann skclcggjan, Al. 4 ; ske-
leggjum hugum (Cod. scelegiom), 677. 5 ; os« cr usigrinn vim, nema
yer sC-m skeleggir tjalfir r4da-menninir, O. H, 314; snarpir ok skclcggir.
id., as also Fb. ii. 350, I.e.; voru forincnn skeleggir (tkelifor F^.) um
allt, Sturl. iii. 317; t)cir v6ru allir skeleg<g)ir i |)vi ..• i vift
hann, i. 41 ; {jeir svara fa um, ok v6ru i cngu sktU r Ed.,
skjalligir C), iii. 315 ; cf meun eru skeleggir til m«its, i ... .. i .^w , jifn-
skeleggr til orrostu, Al. 183; skulu vir nii ok skeleggir 4 rcra hd-dan I
frd, Fb. ii. 552.
SKELFA, d, a causal to skj&lfa, q. v. : — lo make to thake, give t>n4 a
shaking; skeifa lind, Rm. 34; s. aska, 39; hann rdtti gullrckit spjot at
Armodi ok sktlfdi vid, Orkn. 328; Beiigeirr skelfdi sverdit. Fms. riii,
317 ; skelftan graedi, the troubled waters, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; hann fstr
eigi steinvegginn sundr skclfdan, Sks. 410; {)at er skelfi J)iua haiuingju,
Fms. X. 223. II. to make tremble, frighten; eigi skal cinn |>eirra
skeifa mik. Fas. i. 73 ; lat J)ik pat ekki s., Al. 5 ; okkr skeifa eigi brogd
Jjeirra, 655 xiii. B. i ; s. e-n af e-u, to dtter, Al. 1 5 : skelfdi, frigbttmmi,
Bs. i. 786; 6-skelfdr, dauntless.
skelfi-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), terrible.
skelflng, f. ' ibaking,' terror, Th. 25, freq. in mod. uuge: ai adr.«
awfully, skelfing er ad tarna fallegt, awfully ^e I
skelflr, m. a thaker. Lex. Poet. : a pr. name of a mythical king, Edda.
skel-flskr, m. a shell-Jisb, Edda (Gl.), Stj. 88.
skeifr, adj. trembling, Al. 76, Fas. ii. 192 ; 6-skelfr, undaunted, Fb. ii.
8, 351: compar., at ek skula tala lasgra edr skelfra, with a lower ox
more faltering voice, 296.
skelgjask, d, dep. [skjalgr], to come askew; augu skelgjask, th« tyn
squint, Anecd. 6.
skeliga, adv. = skeleggliga, SturL iii. 147, Hkr. iii. 383.
skeljungr, m. a kind of whale, a sword-fish (?), Edda (Gl.), Sks. 132.
skelkaflr, part, frightened.
skolking, f. mockery, Arna-Magn. 234 (vellum),
skelkinn, adj. mocking. Lex. Poiit.
S-KELKJA, d, [skalkr], to mock; s. at e-m, Stj. 363, Al. 153, Fas.
iii. 37 (in a verse) ; s. at Gudi, Stj. 363 ; J>eiT gengu fyrir krossinn ok
skelktu at likneskinu, Bs. i. 147 ; pa mun hann ei ok ei (aye and aye)
s. at OSS, Karl. 374 : reflex., Gud Isetr eigi skelkjask, Horn. 144 (Gal. vi.
7). II. [skelkr], to frighten, Fms. vi. (in a verse), but rare,
skelkni, f. mockery, [Shetl. skeelkin], Horn. (St.)
skelkr, m. [mid. H. G. schellech ; Engl, skulk], fear ; only in the phrase,
e-m skytr skelk i bringu, one is taken by fear, loses heart, isfrigbtentd,
Fb. i. 418, Ld. 78, Fms. viii. 43, 350, 6. H. 108, 131, Eg. 49, with a
mocking notion, see skalkr, q. v. ; or e-m slxT skelk i bringu, Stj. 373.
skel-kussi, a, m. 'shell-bullock,' a kind of sie// = kiiskel.
SKEIjIjA, d, causal of skjalla (q. v.), to make to slam, clash;
skellduskip mitt er ek skordat hafdak, knocked my ship, Hbl., Sturl. i.
177; hann skelldi peim saman, beat them together, Landn. 84 ; s. sverfti
i skeidin. Eg. 304; s. aptr hurdu, to slam the door, Fb. i. 258, Fms. viii.
341 : to smack, s. a Ixrin, to smack the thigh with the palm; skella
lofum, to clap with the hands, Merl. ; s. hrommum yfir, to clutch, Ld.
52 ; spor sva stor sem keralds botni vseri nidr skellt, /oo/pri«tt as great
as if the bottom of a cask bad been throttm down, Grett. m. 2. with
prepp., skella af, to strike clean off; hann skellir af honum hiindina, Al. 40;
s. fot undan, Am. 48 ; skalmin hljc'ip inn i bergit sva at skellisk vid heptid.
Fas. i. 56 : skella upp, or s. upp yfir sik (skelli-hlatr), to burst out into
roaring laughter, Dropl. 31, Sturl. ii. 136, Fms. iii. 1 13 ; hon skelldi upp
yfir sik ok hlo, Grett. 148 : skella A e-n (Dan. skalde pan een), to scold
one; var pa skcllt 4 |>orstein, at honum hefdi ilia tekizk, Orkn. 264;
peir er opt a mik skella, Bs. i, 667 (in a verse) : rass-skella, to flog be-
hind, punish children.
skella, u, f. a rattle for scaring horses; skaka skellu, Gr&g. i. 441.
skelli-brdgd, n. pi. 7nerry pranks, Fb. iii. 241 (in a verse).
skoUi-hldtr, m. roaring laughter. Fas. iii. 57^-
skelli-hurd, f. a door that slams of itself, Hav. 39.
skellr, ni., pi. skellir, a loud splash ; er hann heyrdi skeilina, the splash
of one diving, Faer. 173 : a smiting, beating, s& hlaut skellinn er skyldi.
Nj. 141 ; hon skell um hlaut fyrir skillinga, |>kr. 33 : ra$s-«., a flogging
behind.
skelmir, m. [Dan. skjelm = GeTm. scbelm], a rogue, devil; drepa
skelmi pann. Boll. 352 ; skelmirinn, of the devil, Th. 76, Fb. i. 417, Bs. ii.
81 ; haim spratt upp ok spurdi hvat skelmi pat vxri, Grett. 66 new Ed.;
hvat vill skelmir pinnt Fs. 52; pinn skelmir! 166; skelmir s4, Bjam.
32. compds: skelmis-drep, n. a plague, murrain, Stj. 326, 344.
skelmis-skapr, m. devilry, Gisl. 31.
skelpa, u, f. [skalpr], a wry face; in the phrase, giira skelpur, to make
a lury mouth, in crying, Fb. i. 566.
544
SKELf>UNNR— SKERA.
skel-J)unnr, adj. ' ihell-tbin,' thin as a shell, of an edge, Eg. (in a
verse), freq. in mod. usage.
ske-maSr, see skima&r, Fb. i. 448 (see ski).
skemill, m. [Eng\. shambles ; Scot, skamyll, ^ bench; IDan. sJcammel
= a foot-stool] : — prop, a bench, whence a foot-stool ; see fot-skemill.
skemma, u, f. [prop, from skamr = 5^or/], a small detached building in
an ancient dwelling, for sleeping in or for a lady's bower ; hann atti eina
litla skemmu ok svaf hann fiar jafnan, Faer. 259 ; J)au voru oil 1 svefni i
skemmu einni, Gisl. 7. fsl. ii. 38 ; sa hann SteingerSi sitja i skemmu
einni, Korm. 228 ; skemmu-biir, a bower. Eg. 560 ; skemmu-dyrr,
-gluggr, -hur5, -veggr, Fms. ii. 123, iii. 67, iv. 335, Faer. 144, Fas. i.
197; skemmu-seta, sitting in a skemma, of ladies, iii. 68, Fms. ii.
90. 2. in mod. usage, a store-house used for keeping things in, an
out-house ; i skemmu ^rettan dynur ok tuttugu, atjan skinn-beSir, hrtlfr
fjorSi tugr haeginda, Dipl. iii. 4. skemmu-niserj f. a chamber-maid.
Fas. i. 193.
SKEMMA, d, [skomm, skarvm], to put to shame, Sks. 702, Barl. 54,
55, 125, 146. 2. reflex, to blush, Barl. 36, v. 1. ; skemmask naktra
lima, Sks. 534, 549. II. [skamr], to shorten; skemma sva sam-
stofur at gora eina or tveim (i. e. by contraction), Edda i. 6ro ; vel (com-
mon Engl, to sl'ifnp) skar aptan ok skemdi fja6rar, Gsp. ; skulu Jieir af kill
hoggva, ok s. sva skip J)eirra . . . gora eigi skemra en . . . , N. G. L. i. 99 ;
s. lif sitt, Al. 43 ; J)a er tveir eru skemdir, degi hvarr, shortened each by a
</a_y, Rb.526: impers., ener dag tok at skemma, Fms. i.67; er nott dimm-
aSisk en dagr skemdisk, Fb. i. 71, Sks. 230. 2. to damage, spoil ;
skemma vapn manna, Al. 168 ; eigi er enn ollu skemt. Band. 39 new Ed.;
vera skemdr, to be hurt, Bs. i. 287; 6-skemdr, unhurt, unscathed, id.: freq.
in mod. usage, skemdu J)a& ekki, Jjii hefir skemt J)a6, thou hast spoiled it ;
or also, J)a& er skemt, it is damaged, in a bad condition.
skemmd, f. shame, disgrace, Barl. 115, 129, Ver. 5, 26, MS. 655 v. i,
623. 31, Rb. 382; {)ola {leim allar skemmdir, Anecd. 12; skemmdar
auki, Boll. 354 ; skemmdar-orS, -verk, -vig, a villainous word, deed,
slaughter, Fms. vi. 33, N. G. L. ii. 49 ; skemmdar fullr, disgraceful, 623.
6, Fms. ii. 47, Fb. i. 512; skemmdar-lauss, without disgrace, Al. 48 :
neut., Hom. 11 1 : without hurl, unscathed, Rd. 247 ; skemmdar-maSr, a
villain, Fms. vi. 32, D.N. iv. 228.
skemmi, f. shame, ^sktmmA, Hom. 17.
skemmi-liga, adv. shameftdly, Fas. iii. 143.
skemmi-ligr, adj. shameful, Hav. 45.
skemmingr, m. a kind of seal, the smallest species, Sks. 177: as a
nickname, Sturl.
skemr, adv. compar., superl. skemst, [from skamr], shorter : of space,
J)eir sog5u at konungr hefSi skemr farit en likligt J)aetti til Osloar,
Fms. ix. 529: er skemr hefir biiit i ^vi heraSi, Grag. i. 423; lifa
skemr, Al. 15 ; alldri s. en ^rjar naetr, Rb. 566 ; hann lifdi skemst J)eirra
braeSra, (3. H. 92 ; a eimjm degi, ok lata sem skemst a meSal, Grag. ii.
124. 2. of time, lengr e5a skemr, for a longer or shorter time,
Finnb. 328 ; at hann vaeri jDar lengr enn skemr, the longer the better, Ld.
162, Al. 105 ; hvart sem Jieir t61u6u lengr e9a skemr, Fms. i. 80; hirSi
ek alldri hvart J)u verr {)ik lengr e9a skemr, Nj. 116.
skemt, f. [Dan. skjemt'], an amuseynent, = skemian. Pass. 21. 2.
SKEMTA, t, but a6, Fms. x. 226, 281, [prop, from skamr = /o
shorten'] : — to amuse, entertain, with dat. of pers. ; skemta ser, to amuse
oneself, play, Nj. 129; pieir drukku ok skemmtii6u ser, Fms. x. 281;
skemta5i hann s^r a hverjum degi, 226; hon gekk um golf ok skemti
ser. Eg. 48 ; ver erum katir ok skemtum oss, Fms. viii. 354, 357 : — so
also of other persons, sveinn J)eirra er inni, ok skemtir J)eim, Isl. ii. 348 ;
J)6tti ok vel skemt, a good entertainment, Fms. viii. 207. II. esp. to
entertain people at meetings or festivals with story-telling or songs ; Bjorn
skemtir visum ^eim, er . . . , Bjarn. 46 ; fra J)vi er nokkut sagt hverju skemt
var, i.e. what the entertainment was, Sturl. i. 23 ; J)cssi saga var skemt Sverri
konungi, this story was to amuse king Sverri, id. 2. absol. to amuse,
entertain people ; \zX er eigi, segir konungr, t)viat vetr-gestr J)inn skemtir
vel . . . en er konungr var i saeng kominn, skemti Stiifr ok kva6 flokk
einn, konungr vakti lengi, en Stufr skemti, . . . hverjum skaltii s. me6
drapunum l)inum? Fms. vi. 391 ; hann kva8sk kunna nokkurar sogur.
Konungr maelti, {)u skalt vera me6 hir8 minni i vetr ok s. avallt, . . . {)at
er sEtlan min at mi muni uppi sogur Jjinar, J)viat \\\ hefir jafnan skemt,
355 ; ok er menn logSusk til svefns, ^k spurSi stafnbui konungs hverr s.
skyldi . . . Sturla inn Islenzki, viltii skemta ? . . . segir hann J)a Huldar-
sogu, Sturl. iii. 304; Jjar var Ski3i af skotnum kenndr, ok skemti af
fer6um sinum, he gave amusement by telling of bis journey, Ski6a R. 19 ;
skemtask me6 skrok-sogur, H.E. i. 584.
skemtan (skemtun), f. an entertainment, Edda 25 ; hafa s. af e-u,
to amuse oneself with a thing. Eg. 232 ; at henni {)aetti s. at tala vi6 (3laf,
Ld. 72 ; at \>\i eigir fa. skemtanar daga {days of joy) h^5an i fra, 154;
skemtanar-ganga, a pleasure-walk, promenade, Sks. 371 ; skemtanar lif,
a life of pleasure, 619 ; hafa skemtanar rae6ur, to have a chat, Fms. vii.
119. II. amusement, entertainment, by story-telling or the like;
l)at var eitt sinn at J)eir attu hesta-J)ing, J)a var {>6r6r be&hm skemtanar,
en hann tok pvi ekki fjarri, en |)at var upphaf at hann kva& visur ^xr er
hann kallaSi Daggeisla-visur, . . . Bjorn hlyddi skemtan hit bezta . . . , I
46; hvarr Jjeirra kva6 allt J)at er hann hafdi kveSit um annan var sii s
ein aheyrilig, 56, Fms. vi. 391 ; ok ma ^a sitja skommum vi6 at 1
skemtaninni, 355 ; toku menn J)a umtal mikit um skemtanina, id
Sturl. passim ; kva6 vill Skidi hiisgangs-madr, hafa fyrir s. sina ? Skii I.
22 ; sagna-s., story-Jelling, see saga. skemtunar-samlig^:, j.
amusing, Sks. 379.
skemtan-ligr, adj. amusing, pleasant, Sks. 379.
skemti-liga, adv. amusingly, pleasantly ; segja fra vel ok s., to
story well and pleasantly, Fbr. 146; sva sem skemtiligast, Mar.
skemti-ligr, adj. atnusing, interesting, pleasant, Fms. ii. 22, vi
Isl. ii. 212, Stj. 91 ; 6-skemtiligr, dull, uninteresting.
skeuking, f. the serving drink at the table ; J)vi naest komu inn send |ar
{dishes), J)ar naest skenkingar, O. H. 86; ekki starf skulu J)eir hafajrir
s. um J61, N. G. L. ii. 447. 2. a present. Germ, geschenk. \
SKEWK JA, t, [Dan. skjcenke ; Germ, schenken, einschenken
serve drink, Jill o?ie's cup, often with dat. of pers.; Orkn. 216;
skenkti honum me6 fri6u horni biinu, Fms. iv. 49 ; drekka silfri si
it fagra vin, Edda (Ht.) ; Freyja for J)a at s. honum . . . , eSa hvi f
skal s. honum sem at gildi Asa, Edda 57; s. mjo3, 76; t)ann ma
Jjar hafSi skenkt um kveldit, Eg. 557 ; s. drykk, Flov. 12 ; oil minr
er baendr skenktu, Fms. i. 37 ; at hann skyldi s. sjalfum honum, Stj.
hann let standa fyrir bor&i sinu skutil-sveina at s. ser me3 borSk
Fms. vi. 442, N. G. L. ii. 447 : to give drink, skenkta ek J)yrstanda
632 : mod., skenkja kaffe, to give one a cup of coffee. ]
make presents, mod.
skenkjari, a, m. a cup-bearer, Stj. 200, 571, N. G. L. ii. 413,
447, Sturl. iii. 182.
skenkr, m., pi. skenkir, the serving of drink at a meal; ok er
hofSu matask um hri6 kom innar skenkr, Sturl. iii. 182 C.
[Germ, geschenk; Dan. skjenk], a present, mod.
SKEPJA, skapSi, see skapa.
skepna, u, f. [skapa; Dan. skabning], a shape, form ; me6 hv
skepnu sem er, K. p. K. (begin.); eptir rettri skepnu, Fms. v. 347,
115. 2. fate, destiny (Dan.skjebne), MS. 4. 8 (but rare).
a created thing, creature ; sa Gu5 at {jetta var allt saman gob skepn
15 ; hann greindi skepnuna i tvser greinir, Rb. 78 ; Droftinn Gu6
allri skepnu styrir, 623. 25, Lil. 6 ; alia skepnuna, ... oil synilig slj^a,
Stj. 29, 30; englar . . . er aeztir varu allrar Gu3s skepnu, 656
skepnu en eigi skapara, Ver. 47 ; Gu6 skop allar skepnur senn, Rb. 78
skepna, 677. 10; a enni somu skepnu gekk Petr J)urrum fotum, be
sea, Greg. 58 : compd., skepnu-dagr, the day of creation, Ver. 7-
in mod. usage esp. cattle, live stock; fara vel me6 skepnurnar, engin
skepna; skepnu-laus, without live stock; skepnu-hold, the keeping 1
stock, and so on.
skeppa, u, f. [Dan. skjeppe; Engl, skip], a measure, bushel, N.
i. 136, ii. 166. V. 1. 35, 366, D.N. V. 77.
SKEPTA, t, [skapt] ; skepta orvar, to make shafts to arrow-bead:
25 ; s. geira, to 7nake spear-shafts, Akv. 37 ; skepta spjot, Fs. 64, I
— to furnish with a handle, ramliga skeptar oxar, GJ)1. 104: metaph.
ba8 hann J)a ekki um skepta = skipta, he begged him not to meddle
viii. 27.
skepta, u, f. a f^a//*, = skeptifletta, Fms. x. 357. II. i
skepta, fer-s. (q. v.), from a weaver's rod.
skepti, n. a shaft; tvennar tylptir orva, skefta e6r brodda, N. C
201; var skepti51angt at spjotinu, Gisl. loi. compds : skepti-1
u, f. a kind oi shaft with a cord, Sks. 389, Fms. vi. 77, 0. H. 217
fred. skepti-smi3r, m. a shaft-maker, Hm. 127. skeptiU^>
m. a kind o^ pike, Hkr. iii. 313. II. a handle; hoggva
skepti, Grett. (in a verse); knif-skepti, a knife-handle.
skeptingr, m. a kind oi head-gear, Edda ii. 494.
skeptr, part, shafted, of arrows, spears ; skeptar orvar, diirr almi
Lex. Poet. ; au9-skept spjor. Ad.
SKER, n., gen. pi. skerja, dat. skerjum; [Dzn. skjcer ; Swed.
Engl, skerry] : — a skerry, an isolated rock in the sea ; i h(')lma e6r
Grag. ii. 131 ; upp a skerit, Faer. 171 ; til ^ess er J)raut sker 611, Ej
Eb. 12, 236-240, passim; as also in local names, Skerja-fj6r3:
the saying, sigla milli skers ok baru, see sigla ; ey3i-sker, a desert s
blind-sker, a sunken skerry : also in the phrase, aS flaska a {)vi si
to split on that rock. skerja-blesi, a nickname, Dropl.
SKERA, sker, pret. skar, pi. skaru ; subj. skaeri; part, sk
[A. S. sceran ; Engl, shear; Germ, scheren; Dan. skjasre]: — A
skera me6 knifi, klippa me5 soxum, Str. 9 ; ^eir skaru boiidin, F
369 ; hann skar af nokkurn hlut, x. 337 ; s. tungu or hof3i manni,
ii. II ; hann skar or egg-farveginn or sarinu, f6r3. 54 new Ed.:
flekk skera or me3 holdi ok blodi, Fms. ii. 1S8 ; s. a hals, Nj. 156 ;
or lit or, to cut sheer through, 244, Fms. i. 217. 2. to slaugbt
a(paTTfiv; skera sau6i, kalf, ki5, geldinga, Landn. 292, K. |>. F
Bs. i. 646, Hkr. i. 170, Sturl. i. 94, Eb. 318; hann skar si6an d
t)ess i6ra3isk hann mest er hann haf6i dilkinn skorit, Grett. 1 3
hof&u t)eir skorit flest allt sau8f6, en einn hnit letu J)eir lifa, 148
to
5.
m
I.
2.
idi
w
I.
It.
IT,
W
B
n,
SKERAUKI— SKIL.
S4i»
^dr haf6i {)u ok skorit i bu sitt seni hann bar nau6syii til, Eb. 316; s.
gass, Korni. 206, 208 ; skera niSr kvikfo, Vupn. 30 ; skera af, id.,
Korm. ; kyrin var skoriii af. 3. to cut, shape ; skoriiin ok skapa&an,
liarl. 166: of clothes, kiaeSi skorin e9a liskorin, Grag. i. 504 ; uskorin
klsedi i)ll, N. G. L. i. 210 ; var skorit uni pcU nytt, Fnis. vii. 197 ; veittii
ni6r jjat, at {)u sker mit skyrtii, Au6r, Jjorkatli b6nda niinuni ... At J)u
skyldir s. Vesteini broSiir niinuni skyrtuna, Gisl. 15 ; skikkju nyskonia,
Fins. vi. 52 : of the hair, {3a skar Rogiivaldr jarl hir haiis, en u6r haf3i
verit uskorit tiu vetr, ii. 1S9; hann haf6i J)ess heit strengt at lata eigi
5. har sitt ne kemba, fyrr en hann vseri einvalds-kon^ngr yfir Noregi,
Eg. 6; hann skar har bans ok negl, O. H. ; ef ma6r deyr nie5 uskornum
I'ugluni, Edda 41 ; s. miin a hrossuni, Bjarn. 62. 4. [Scot, shear,
i of reaping], to shear, cut, reap; skera akr e6a slii eng, to ^ shear an
acre' or mow a lueadoxv, GJ)1. 360; ax uskorit, Gkv. 2. 22; sa akra
y5ra ok skera, ok planta vingar5a, Stj. 644; skera korn, K.A. 176;
SIX ok skerr, G{)I. 329. 5. to carve, cut; glugg einn er a var
skoriim hurSinni, Fms. iii. 148 ; s. jar3ar-men, Nj. 227 ; skaru a ski5i,
Vsp. ; var 4 framstafninuni karls-hiifud, ^at skar hann sjulfr, Fagrsk.
75; skar Tjiirvi J)au a knifs-skepti sinu, Landn. 248; skera fjol, kistil,
brik, «s also skera ut e-6, to carve out (skur6r) ; skornir drekar, carved
dragon-beads. Lex. Poiit. ; skera hluti, to mark the lots, Fms. vii. 140
(see hlutr) ; skera or skera upp heror, to ' carve out,' i. e. to despatch
a war-arrow, like the Scot, 'jftery cross,' Eg. 9, Fms. i. 9J, vi. 24, x.
3S8, Gpl. 82, Js. 41 ; s. bo6, id., GJ)1. 84, 370, 371. 6. special
phrases; skera c-m hoiub, to viakefaces at one, me'.nphoT horn carving
the pole, see ni6 ; hann retti honum fingr ok skar honum hofu5, Grett.
117 A ; skera af manni, to be blunt with one (see skafa) ; {)arf ekki lengr
yiir at hylma, ne af manni at skera, Mork. 138; {)u ert riiskr maSr ok
einarftr, ok skerr (v.l. skefr) litt af manni, Nj. 223; skerr hann til mjok
(be begs, presses hard) ef Hncitir legJli leyfi til, Sturl. i. 1 1 : allit., skapa ok
s., to ' shave and shear,' i. e. to make short work rf a thing, decide. Eg.
732, Hrafn. 29; lata skapat skera, to let fate decide, Fms. viii. 88. 7.
skera or, to decide, settle (6r-skur5r) ; biskup skerr ekki or nm skilnad,
Gr4g. i.328; ef eigi skera skrar or, 7; foru-iiautar bans skuru skyrt or.
Oik. 36; ^otti {)a or skorit, Ld. 74; s. or vanda-malum, Str. 30; mi er
tj( {)at vili varr, at einn veg skeri or, to end it either way, Fb. ii. 57. II.
||reflex. to stretch, branch, of a landscape, fjord, valley ; sa fjor&r skersk i
1 InorSr fra Steingrims-fuSi, Ld. 20; sa J)eir at skarusk i landit inn
r storir, Eb. 5 new Ed.; fj6r6r skarsk langt inn i landit, Krok. ;
hrnir skarusk a vixl, the headlands stretched across, overlapped one
'her, id. ; i dal J)eim er skersk vestr i tjoll, milli Mula ok Grisar-tungu,
1 46; vag-skorinn, a shore iviih many bays; skoriS fj6r6um, scored
many fjords ; par skersk inn haf ^at er kallask Caspium mare, Stj.
2. phrases, hon skarsk i setgeira-braekr, Ld. 136 ; ef nokkut
■sk i, happens, G\)\. 20, Fbr. 102 new Ed.; f>6r&r sag&i eitthvaS
iu i skerask, {j6r5. 67 ; J)at skarsk i odda me6 e-m, to be at odds,
3. to yield so much in meat and so much in tallow, of cattle
II killed; skerask me5 tvcim fjor&ungum mors, meS tiu morkum,
L^irnir skarust vel, ilia. 4. skerask or c-ii mali, to withdraw
!>'. a cause, Nj. 191 ; betra hefSi J)er verit at renna eigi frii magum
un ok skerask mi eigi or saettum, 248 : skerask undan e-u, to refuse,
'i'le, Hrafn. 12, Stj. 425, Rom. 362 ; ef {)u skersk undan forinni, Ld.
-; ef ])eir jata J)essi ferS, J)a mun ek eigi undan skerask, Fms. iii.
to; J)eir fystu hann i at saettask, en hann skarsk undan, Nj. 250 ; at
k munda eigi undan s. {;(5r at veita, 180. 5. pass., boga-slrcngrinn
" rsk. Fas. ii. 537 ; klseSin skarusk, Fms. v. 268 ; tre-tir skal ut skerask
;;3ir, G{)1. 13.
-3r-auki, a, m. a nickname, Gisl. 3.
.er-bor3, n. a dish, plate ; eins og s. rdst a rond, rambar {)ar til
.;r, Tinia R.
kkerda, b, [skarO], to ditninish; J) i skal s. jafnt alia aura . . . skerSa
fundinn, Grag. i, 125, 126; J)at er hviirki sker6i ver6 n<!; leigu, G^l.
erSingr, m. a shark (ha-sker5ingr), as a nickrtame ; whence
^ rSings-staSir, in western Icel.
:;er3ir, m. a dirninisher, Lex. Poiit.
:erfr, ni. [Dan. skjcsrv'], a share, portion.
;3r-gar3r, m. [Dan. skcsrgaard'], a reef of rocks in the sea near
'■e, Bs. i. 842, Trist. 8, Rafn. S. (in a verse).
:er-gi'pr, m. a kind of bird, V&s. iii. 230.
orja, u, f., prop, a <roM = skirja, akin to skars, skersa, a romping
: aS skerjan Jxessi skyldi mcr . . . snuprur nogar veita, Grcind.
erjottr, a.<i]. full of skerries, Fms. ii. 16, Ld. 142.
-ermsl, n. pi. [akin to sker], rugged, broken, rocky ground; halda
^'at feiiu at ^eir fai versta haga ok skermsl cm mest, Isl. ii. 181.
iLer-ii&r, m. a person left to die on d skerry, Griig. ii. 185 ; see nar.
'orpa, t, to sharpen.
-erpa, u, f. [skarpr], Si&flr/i«(?ss: = skorpa, lota, me5 fyrstu skerpu, in
jirst charge, onslaught, Thom. 482.
^orpingr, m. a sharp effort; roa undan i skerpingi, Krok. 59 C : <i
>'pfrost.
skerpla, u, f. tiic second month iu the sumint.., . .03; tee led.
Almanack, May 25, 1872.
skersa (skessa), u, f. [skars], a gianttss, Fb. i. 258 : frcq. in mod.
usage of an unlady-likc woman.
skersi-ligpr, adj. monstrous, Pr. 403.
skettingr, m. [skattr], a kind of coin, B. K. 91, 97.
Skeynir, ni. pi. the imnfrom the county ofSkaun in Norway, (5. H.
skeypa, b, [skaup], to mock; tkcypa at c-u, Koiir.
skeypi-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), [skaup], mockingly, B». i. 340.
SKEYTA, t, [skaut; Dan. skode], a law term derived from tb«
symbolical act used in transferring land by donation or bequest ; the
donor put a sod from the land into the new owner's lap (for the re-
ference from N. G. L. i. 96, sec s. v. mold) ; hence skeyta land, to con-
vey a piece of land to another; mi kaupir maSr jiirS i fjijlda manna,
J)a eigu {)ingmenn at skeyta honum jtirS, . . . J)A cigu |)ingmenn honum
mea vdpna-taki jiird at s J)at skal jamt halda stni 4 {)ingi s^
skeytt, N.G. L. i. 96 ; skeyta jord undir e-n, Munk. 79, 139, U.N.
iii. 250, 253 ; konungr skeytti honum jarftir austr vifl lands-cnda, Fms,
vi. 432; taka ^eir fasteignir kirkjunnar ok s. ok skipta tem |>eim
likar, K. A. 233 : of a person, vera skyldr ok skeyttr uadir e-n i
cillum hlutum, or vera e-m skyldr ok skeyttr, to be bound, tubject to
one, Fms. vi. 53, vii. 315; jor6 brigd ok skeytt undir mik ok minn
aettlcgg, GJ)1. 296, 302 ; skeytti hann (the king) jar6ir miklar tfl
kirkju, 6. H. 168 ; J)a var skeytt {)angat Hemes mikia u Frostu, Fms.
vii. 196; nil kaupir ma8r jiirS til skeytingar ok vill hinn eigi s. cr scldi,
N. G.L. i. 93; skeyta e-m forvitni, to satisfy one's curiosity, Ld. 98, Isl.
"• 375- 2. skeyta saman [skauti], to join together; gt-kk i sundr
skip-rii^eirra . . . vill ^li skeyta ra viira saman, Fbr. 81 new Ed., freq. in
mod. usage. II. metaph., s. um e-t, to care for ; {;cir skeyttu
ekki um \>d, Sturl. ii. 100; ef sii vill sem fyrir veiSr, en ef hann skeytir
eigi um, ^d a konungr ekki a J)vi, N. G. L. i. 334 : freq. in mod. usage,
e. g. Malth. xxii. 16.
skeyti, a. [skjota], a shaft, missile; honum seir Fjolnir i hijnd eitt
skeyti . . . hann berr J)cssa iir fyrir hvern mann, Fms. xi. 71 ; mefl $. sin,
Lv. 66, Fms. ii. 332 ; skafa s., Rm. 39 ; skaftlcg s., Fms. ii. 198 ; ^ung
s. , Magn. 468, Skv. 3. 54: shafts or arrows were used for tokens or
messages (cp. Swed. budkafie, her-or, q. v.), hence the Iccl. popular phrases,
eg heti ekki fengi& nein skeyti, / have received no notice; hann hefir
ekki sent mer nein s., he has sent me no message.
skeyting, f. the conveyance of an estate, see skeyta ; kaupa jord til
skeytingar, N.G. L. i. 93, G\\. 302; skeytingar vitni, N. G. L. i. 223;
skeytings-aurar, a fee for the conveyance, D. N. iv. 1 20, 147, 880. 2.
metaph. heed, care; in the compds, skeytingar-laus, adj. Dan. &lr<><f!fs-
I'os, heedless, reckless ; and skeytingor-leysi, n. negligence.
skeytingr, m. = skating, taunts, Bs. ii. 123.
skiki, a, m., qs. 3kikki(?), [akin to Engl, shank; Germ. «i/ni<n] : —
a strip, lap, skirt, of skin, cloth, land ; bak-skiki (q. v.), land-s. ; hana
hefir skilia eptir litinn skika, passim in mod. usage.
skikka, aft, [from Germ. scbicken'\, to order, ordain, Fb. iii. 337 (the
third hand). Fas. iii. 295, 337 (of the 15th century); for in Sks. JJ03
the o'.d vellum B has skipaftr, Bs. ii. 306 (verse 8).
skikkan, f. an ordinance, order. Pass., Vidal.
skikkan-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), orderly, well-behaved, (mod.)
SKIKKJA, u, f. a cloak, mantle. Am. 47, Nj. 22, Eg. 213, 318, 579,
Fms. ii. 280 ; skikkja and mottull (q. v.) are synonymous, thus, hann gaf
honum ' skikkju,' . . . hann sa altaris-kl«di J)at cr giirt var or • mottlinum '
(both referring to the same garment), Fjjis. vi. 164 ; skikkjur pxr er feldir
heita, Krok. ; skikkju ver6, Eras. x. 199 ; skikkju kaup, id. compds :
skikkju-b6nd, n. pi. the mantle straps, Fms. vi. 348. skikkju-laiiss,
adj. cloakless, Fms. vii. 143, Sks. 289, Ld. 168. Ekikkju-rakki,
a, m. a lap-dog, Orkn. 1 14, Fas. iii. 544. skikkju-skaut, n. the lap
of the s., Fms. iv. 137, Mag.
skikkja, b, to put on a cloak; skikkja sik, to cloak oneself; ^d tok
konungrinn einn grafeldinn ok skik3i slk, Hkr. i. 180; varar-feldir nyir
ok liskiktir, not ivorn, N. G. L. i. 75.
SKIL, n. pi. [skilja; Engl, skill; Dan. skjel ; a word borrowed from
the Norse] :— a distinction, of eyesight and hearing ; menn sa var'a handa
sinna skil, one could hardly distinguiib one's own bands, Eb. 260;
sjd varla fingra sinna skil, Bs. i. 352 ; nema or&a-skil, to catch tb»
distinction of words, Eb. 28 ; kuima daga-skil, Sks. 2. a weaver's
term, the space between the threads. II. metaph. discemmtnt,
knowledge ; kunna gob skil d e-m (e-u), to have favourable kncwledgt of,
to know distinctly, well, Ld. 22 ; vita skil A c-u, id., K. A. 108, G{)I. 25 ;
kunna skil e-s. Am. 9 ; Snorri vissi goi) skil d honum, Eb. 141. 2.
an adjustment, fair dealings, due, Dzn. skjel; segia skil a c-u, to declare,
Ld. 234 ; gora skil d e-u, to give an account of, Grag. i. 440 ; at skilura
ok at liigmdli rettu, G\>\. 306 ; stefna c-m til skila, to cite a person to
answer in court, Grag. i. 175, 179. ii- 227; fa:ra mdl til skila. to put a
case right, Fms. v. 324; vcrSa at litlum skilum, to be of little account,
come to naught, Fnis. ix. 297; svara skilum fyrir c-t, vii. 127; sa arfr
skal at skilum fara, Jb. 156; koma iiilu til skUa, Isl. ii. 131 ; haun scndx
N N
546
SKILABOD— SKILJA.
konunginum einn fri8an hest, ok kom sa vel til skila, Bs. i. 710 ; Jjari inn Kristna ok Span inn heiSna, Fms. vii. 80 ; J)ar er lei6ir skildi (w.
seni J)iyti silfr skyldi bor6buna6inn fyrir gefa, sva at allir hef5i gob skil,
so that all shoidd have their dtie, Fms. x. 147 ; hann atti engan erfingja
J)ann er skil vaeri at, he had no trusty heir, Sturl. i. 45. 3. as a law
Xtrm, pleading, public speaking; leysa oil logmselt skil, Grag. i. 28, Nj.
232. 4i. a despatch, message. compds : sk.i\.&-'bob,\\.^\. a message.
skila-ddmr, m. a Norse law ievm, a private court of adjustment, like the
Icel. gorS, q. V. ; cp. mod. Germ. ' schieds'-richter, N. G. L. i. 87 ; halda
skiladomi fyrir kaupi sinu, GJ)1. 496 (Js. 119), Dipl. ii. 12 ; halda s. fyrir
jorftina (ace), iii. 1 1 ; halda skiladomi fyrir, ok njota vatta sinna, at
hann tok fyrri, G^\. 335 ; halda (landi) til skiladoms, Dipl. ii. 6.
skila-dottir, f. = skilgetin dottir, D. N. skila-litill, adj. = skillitill,
Sturl. i. 56. skila-ma3r, m. a trusty man, Sks. 20, Rd. 260, G{)1.
25 ; 6-skila ma5r, an untrustworthy man.
skila, a6, to perform a ditty; fylgd ok vcirftr skal bo3inn vera snimma
dags, ok skilaflr i seinsta lagi {)ann tinia sem konungr gengr til borSs,
N. G. L. ii. 414 ; at ekki se eptir li-skilat e3r ligort, Horn. 84. 2. skila
e-u, to bring bach, return a thing ; hann skiladi aptr yxnunum, Rd. 257 ; at
t)u skilir aptr st66hrossimum, Vapn. 19 ; fe skilisk eptir fyrra skil-or&i,
G{)1. 311 : to deliver a message, skila e-u, J)vi atta ek at s. til J)in, at . . .,
id. II. = skilja, to decide; til vi6r-tals um {)a hluti er eigi voru
enn ski!a6ir J)eirra i milli, Bs. i. 773 ; J)eir attu eigi um at skila malit,
Nj. 87; me6an J)au voru eigi andliga skilu&, Horn. 79; ok ollu J)vi
mali var J)a skilat er a5r hafSi i milli farit, Eg. 346 ; enda eigi ^eir um
einn hlut at skila, Grag. (Kb.) i. 68. 2. to expound, give reason for,
explain; vilda ek at J)u skilaftir pessa rae9u, Sks. 327 B; at ^er skilit
Jietta meSr nokkurum orSum, 685 B (or from skilja) ; enda skil ek eigi
a6r enn ek heyri J)etta giirr skilat fyrir mer, 36 ; at sjalf decreta skill
pat si5an, hversu . . . , Anecd. 18.
skil-borinn, part, lawfully-horn, horn in wedlock, Fms. i. 193.
skil-dagi, a, m. a condition, stipulation, terms, Nj. 81, O. H. 47, 98,
Gpl. 494, Fms. i. 22, 80, vi. 293, vii. 92, 147, Vm. 129, K. A. 224,
passim, 2. a term, Icel. Almanack, loth and 14th May, 1872.
skildingr, m. = sklllingr, D. N., in deeds of the 14th century. 2.
in mod. usage, of a small coin.
skildi -vondr, m. a reed-wand, Fb. i. 405 (in a verse).
skil-fengin, part. f. lawfully wedded; m65ir s., GJ)1. 215, 232; s.
kona, N. G. L. i. 151 ; s. bam = skilgeti6 barn, Rett. 44; drottningar
skilfenginnar, Fms. vii. 306.
skilfingr, m. [either from skelfa = /Ae shaker, or, it may be, akin to
Germ. schilf=a reed]: — the name of a mythical royal family, a prince,
lord, Edda, Lex. Poet. ; dau6a skilfingr, the prince of Death, Ni5rst. 6.
skil-getinn, part, lawfully begotten, born in wedlock; s. sonr, dottir,
arfi, Nj. 154, Orkn. 318, Fms. ix. 242, 328, Vm. 131: — s. m6dir,=
skilfengin, N. G. L. ii. 75. v. 1. 17.
skil-g63r, adj. trustworthy, worthy; s. bondi, Magn. 536, Sturl. i. 8 ;
framkvaemdar-maSr ok s., 38 ; skilgoSir menn, Eb. 264.
skil-grei3i, a, m. promptness, = greibskzpr, Nj. 18, v. 1.
skiling, f. a disposition, Skalda 197.
skilinn, adj. [skilja; Scot, skeely^, distinct; skilin orS, clear, distinct
words, Hm. 135 ; tala hatt ok snjallt ok skilit, Konr. 56 ; sva skyrt ok
skilit, Bs. ii. 16 ; til pess at J)a verSi skilnari frascignin, Rom. 108 ; snjallr
ok skilinn i ollu framferSi, Mar.
SKILJA, pres. skil, skill, Grag. ; pret. skil8i, skildi ; part. skili5r,
and later, skildr and skilinn ; neut. skili6 and skilt : [the original sense,
viz. to cut, Lat. secure, appears in Goth, skilja — a butcher; A. S. scylan
= to separate.'] ^
A. To part, separate, divide; Tanais skilr heims-JiriSjunga, Al.
131; sii er mi ko!lu& Jokulsa ok skilr lands-fjorOunga, Landn. 251;
Gautelfr skilr Noregs-konungs riki ok Svia-konungs, Rb. 330: — to
break off, break up, Jjessi sott mun skilja vara samvistu, Ld. 286; mun
sa einn hlutr vera at s. mun me9 okkr, Nj, 112 ; mun {)at s. me5 okkr,
Fs. 16 ; segja Riiti at betra mun at s. ykkr, of fighters, Nj. 32 ; Hoskuldr
skildi paer, Ld. 36; J)a er barsmiS skilid, Grag. ii. 114; s. rae8u, s. talit,
to break off the conversation, Ld. 36, Fms. ii. 262, Nj. 48, Bjarn. 22;
s. bo5inu (dat.), Gisl. 116, is prob. an error; skilja hjiiskap, to divorce,
K. A. 6; varu.skili3 ra5 {jeirra Sigri9ar, Fms. x. 219; skilr hann flokk
sinn, then he divided his band, viii. 59 ; {)a, skildi ekki nema hel, vii.
233. 2. with prepp. ; s. fra, to separate, Fms. xi. 350, Bias. 42 ; fra
skildr, excepted, Dipl. v. 22, K. A. 182 ; fra. skili6r, Grag. i. 16; skilja
mik fra tru. Bias. 42 ; at engu fra skildu, nothing excepted, Dipl. v.
22 ; ei3ar fra skildir, K. A. 182 ; sa ma6r er mi var fra skili6r, Gnig.
i. 16, 17: — s. sundr, to put asunder, Nj. 42: — s. viS, to part with,
put away; s. vi& konu, s. vi3 bonda, 686 B. 14, J>6r3. 46 new
Ed.; at ek vilja s. vi6 felaga minn, Grag. i. 326; ok se hann skildr
vi8 {have forfeited) khxxb jar6ar, GJ)1 337 : — s. eptir, to leave behind,
Mag. : passim in mod. usage, eg skildi {)a6 eptir heima. 3. to part
company, leave ; sva skildu ver naestum, at . . ., Nj. 49 ; eptir {)at skildu
t)eir, 98; skildu J)eir me3 mikilli vinattu, 138; hefir {)u mer heiti6, at
vit skyldim aldri s., 201. 4. impers. one parts; hence followed by
ace, one parts a thing, i.e. it branches off, is separated; |)ar fk'lr Span^
the roads parted) f)a skildi ok slo&na, there the tracks too parted,
579; mundi skilja vegu {)eirra, their ways would diverge, 126;
J)essu skilr skipti {)eirra, thus ended their dealings, Isl. ii. 274; er
mi bezt at skili meS oss, Finnb. 334 ; skilr J)a me5 J)eim,
112. p. it differs; at mikit (ace.) skill hamingju okkra, ther
a wide difference between. Eg. 719; hvat skilr \xt astgjafar, 656 i
1 2 ; J)viat mennina skildi, Sks. 733 B. y- *' falls out, comes 1
difference; even with a double ace. of person and of thing, e-n
a um e-t ; \)k skildi aldri a or& (ace.) ne verk, Nj. 147; ef pa skill a, G
ii. 70; peir skyldu sik lata a skilja um einhvern hlut, Ld. 60; peir \
missattir, ok skildi pa. (a) um eignina a Austratt, Fms. ix. 458; si
pa ekki (ace.) a. ck Riinolf, they and R. disagreed in nought, Nj. 1
hver-vitna pess er menn skilr a um saetr, N. G. L. i. 42 ; mi skilr n
a (um) markteig, id.; ef menn skilr a (um) meiki, id.; hann {i
hafdi skill a vi8 gesti jarls, Fms. ix. 449 ; ek vii at pii latir pik a si
vi6 einhvern huskarl minn, Rd. 318 ; ef skrar skilr a, if the scrolls di
Grag. i. 7.
B. Metaph. usages : I. [Old Engl, to skill], to distinguish,
cern, miderstand ; voru sva skilid nofn me6 peim, Isl. ii. 332 ; eru piii
sva, at peir megi s. mal mitt yhear it). Eg. 735 ; spilltisk sva sy'nin at (
peirra matti s. hann, Hom. 120 ; s. Ijos fra myrkum, Sks. 6^6 B ; ki
drauma at skilja, to know how to 'skill' dreams, Fms. iv. 381 : to un
stand, pat er at skilja {that is to say) a vara tunga, Anecd. 16, 18 ; kon'
skildi at petta var me6 spotti gort, Fms. i. 15 ; ver pykkjumk hit
at ... , Ld. 180 ; ef pat er rett skilt, sem par kveSr at, Grag. ii. 37 ; [n
skildi p6 raunar hvat hann mseki til hjalpar manninum, Ps. 76; ki n
ver allra pj63a tungur at maela ok skilja, 656 A. ii. 10: very fre [n
mod. usage, skilr pii petta? eg skil ekki hvat pii segir, pa8 er 6-|l-
jandi. II. as a law term, to decide ; skildi konungr erendi Sighvats |i,
at . . ., Fms. V. 180 ; pa er kvi8ir eigu at s. mal manna, Grag. i. 49 ; s iu
heimilis-buar hans fimm skilja pat, hvart..., 58; allt pat sem lo| jk
skilr eigi, Gpl. 18 ; enir somu biiar skolu um pat skilja, Grag. i. 43 jit
peir eru pess kviSar kvaddir er peir eigu eigi um at s., 55 ; skulu t-
fangs-buar s. um hvart-tveggja, ii. 37 ; tolftar-kvi&r atti um at s., .,
Nj. 238. 2. to set apart, reserve; pat skil ek er ek vii, Nj. ;
pessu sem^mi var skilt me6 peim, Fms. xi. 100; mi hefir ma5r kti ilt
i skyld sina, Gpl. 503 ; pat var skilit i saett vara, Nj. 257 ; pat var s j3
i saett peirra fjoris fo6ur mins ok Bjarnar, at . . ., Eg. 345 ; var pat : jit
til brigSa um a&r-nefnt kaup, Dipl. iii. 10 ; hann skildi af ser {dec \i
responsibility) um fyrnd a kirkju alia abyrgS, iv. 4 ; pat er storms! Ik
skilit {express) bo&or&, Anecd. 46; nema pat vxt'i skilt {expresshi-
served), Fms. x. 447: eiga skilit, to have reserved, stipidated ; p.it !;a
ek skilit viS pik, at..., ii. 93; sem Hrani atti skilt, iv. 31; at [ii
vill hafa gripina sva sem hann atti skilit, vi. 60 : hence the mod. ph |e,
eg a pa5 ekki skili6, 'tis not due to reserve this for me, i. e. 'o
not deterve it; hann a pa& skili6, it is owing to him, it serves '«
right: — s. ser e-t, to reserve to oneself. Fas. i. 527, Fms. v. 293, ix. 5,
Landn. 304; Njall kveSsk pat vilja s. undir Hoskuld, to make c e-
servation, reserve it for H., Nj. 149; peir sem gafu, skildu a; g
forrseSi peirra undir sik ok sina arfa, reserved it for themselves \-d
their heirs, Bs. i. 689. 3. esp. with a prep. ; s. a, fyrir, til, ui [a,
to stipulate, reserve; vii ek s. a vi6 pik einn hlut, Hrafn. 6; skal is.
pat a vi6 hann, Fms. x. 334 : — s. fyrir, hversu var skilt fyrir felagi p^ a,
Grag. i. 330; ok skili peir pa fyrir pegar, 1 18 ; skal einn ma3r s. |if
{pronotmce) en a&rir gjalda sanikvaeSi a, i. 2 ; at sva fyrir-skildiso
stipidated). Dip!, v. 19 ; handa-band peirra var sva fyrir skilit, iv. 9 «i
skil8i Sverrir konungr fyrir ei6stafinum {dictated it), Fms. viii. 15c iff
hann haf8i fyrir skilt heitinu, made {said) the vow, 55 : — pann hlut |l»
ek til s., at v(5r vaerim austr her, Nj. 149 ; pat vii ek pa s. til, segir Ir.
at . . ., 156 ; pat vii ek ok til s. vid ykkr brae9r jarla mina, at . . ., < 1-
98 ; megu peir eigi a&ra giira sek6 hans en til var skilit fyrir val !•
Grag. i. 118 : — s. undir ei8, to take an oath with reservation, Gnig. 'n
Sturl. i. 66 : — s. undan, to reserve, make a reservation ; s. undan go 9,
utanfer6ir, sektir, Ld. 308, Sturl. ii. 63.
C. Reflex, to separate, break up; skildisk pa ok ri51a8isk »■
ingin, Fms. vii. 277 ; at pau vaeri skild, Grag. i. 307 ; voru p.i '>'
skills, Nj. 268: — s. vi5 e-n, to part from; sa er skili6r vi6 koi a.
Grag. i. 33; segja skili8 vi6, konu, bonda, to declare oneself sepa ''i
from, Nj. 14, 50; ef kona skilsk vi3 bonda sinn {divorces), 6; \-
15; hvar hann skildisk vi5 Jjorolf, Ld. 44 : to forsake, Fms. i 4>
Nj. 250; s. vi3 mal e-s, Ld. 308, Nj. 177 ; peir er ekki vildu vi3 ''
ask {leave off) ok lata af heiSninni, Fms. iv. 144. 2. recipr. to
company ; at vit skilimk 1 orrostu. Eg 293 ; pott vit skilimk, Korm
peir skiljask fostrar, Fms. xi. 99 ; skildusk peir me5 bliSskap. fe&gM
790. p. to be divorced, Grag. i. 325, 326, K. A. 1 1 6. II. ia>
e-m skilsk e-t, 'it skills one,' one perceives ; honi'.m hafSi pat skiiidt;]
715 ; hann kenndi honum atferli — Nu skaltii vita hvart mer hafisk
Isl. ii. 2c6; konunginum skil5usk vel orb jarls, Fms. xi. 13 ; ma in^
eigi skiljask, Sks. 61 ; hon let ser pat ok vel skiljask, to make up one's
to it, Hkr. ii. 88; BarSi Istr ser skiljask at sva er, Isl. ii. 327; P
S K I L J ANLIG A—SKIPATOLLR.
547
J)^r ekki skiljask (lata) J)at er a mot er j^iimm vilja, 625. 68. III.
part, skilinn, q. v.
Bkiljan-liga, adv. distinctly. Mar.
Bkiljan-ligr, adj. distinct, SkAlda 174; intelligible, Sks. 157; li-skiljan-
ligr, unintelligible.
skil-kvdngask, a5, dep. to marry laufully, Rett. 44.
skillingr, m. [Golh. skilliggs; A. S. icilUng ; Engl, shilling; Dan.
skilling], a shilling, {)kv. 32, Eg. 278, 280 : as a rendering of tl»e Hebr.
ibeM, Stj. 363, 396, 461, 534, Mar. 1202 ; gull-s., 6. H. 22.
skil-litill, adj. not very truthful, Sturl. i. 56, 193.
akil-mdli, a, m. a condition, term, stipulation. Eg. 35, Stj. 38, 173,
freq. in mod. usage.
skil-merki, n. [Dan. skjelle-mcerl-e'], a land-mark, Gj^l. 452. skil-
merki-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), distinct.
skilmi, n. [Dan. sMtnmel ; Shetl. sW/w], niustiness; and skilma, a6,
to be covered with moiddiness, (Oldn. Ordb.)
skilnaSr, m. a separation, Grag. ii. 13, 114: a separation, divorce,
i. 378, Fms. X. 348 : a parting, Stj. 479 ; at skilnadi, at their parting, at
last. Eg. 574, 575, Nj. 106, Fms. viii. 258. II. distinction, Stj.
271.
skilning, f. (in mod. usage skilningr, m.), a separation, division;
' a Gu6 {)rennr i skilningu, Horn. 146; Gu& giirSi himna i skilningu,
. 9 ; s. milium illra hluta ok g66ra, Sks. 502 ; fiser J)rjar skilningar
t. v:inn Gu8, GJ)1. 40. II. diicer?iment, nnder standing, in-
llellect, Barl. 23, 45; skilningar andi, Sks. 611 ; skilningar himinn, Fas.
iiii. 665 ; lei6a til fullrar skilningar, Sks. 309 B ; fa skjota s. a e-u, Fms.
Ii. 97 ; koma skilningu a e-t. Mar. ; eptir honum hurfu margir menn
i skilningu, Ver. 95 ; retta skilning, kunna gi)6a s. a e-u, Sks. 51, 493 B ;
kla s. ok minni, Stj. 70; vit ck s., Skalda 169. 3. seme, mean-
: ek hefi hina s., at . . . , but I think, that . . ., Nj. 142 ; meSr annarri
U- 53; Jjessor er ra6ning ok s. draums pins, 200; hann bau& J)eim
1 hverja skilning J)eir skildi a hverju hafa, Barl. 2 2 ; eigi skaltii J)vilika
. !ufa ii Jjessu mali, 45 ; iin skilning Jieirra orSa, Anecd. 2. compds :
ijkiliiingar-lauss, adj. senseless, without understanding, Sks. 246 B :
'7 hrute, s. skepna, 45. skilningar- vit, n. pi. mother-wit, sense, in-
•>', Stj. 98, loi : the (Jive) senses, 20, freq. in mod. usage.
lilningr, m. = skilning, sense, meaning, understanding ; J)anu skiln-
, Stj. 2 ; skilningi, id.; andaligr s., 25, 50; var i breiinu sa s., Bs. i.
■, 838; J)essi orS bera J)ann skilning, ii. 42 ; J)at er minn s. at su
iin ii at standa, i. 827 ; tvenna skilniiiga, Skalda 207, and so in mod.
;:: skilnings-g63r, clever ; skilnings-laus, -litill, adj. senseless,
mall understanding.
:il-or5, n. a condition, stipulation, terms ( = skildagi), Jb. 282, GJ)1.
', 483, K. A. 1 1 2, Fms. vi. 19, passim : a regulation, fjar s., N. G. L.
' : a decision, me6 sex manna skilor6i, iL 142.
il-rekki, n. an account, proof, evidence; me6 skynsemd ok s., Stj.
. 150, 163, cp. 23, V. 1.
il-rekkr, adj. trustworthy, respectable ; skilrekkir menn, Stj. 90, 142.
-il-riki, n. a proof, evidence, = skilrekki ; sy'iia s. til e-s, Grett. 1 2 1 A ;
. e-t me& s., Jb. 170; syna fullt s., Dipl. ii. 16; me9 fuUu s., Th. 4;
; ok s., Pm. 68 ; eptir pvi sem g69ra manna s. J)ar um vatta, 46;
ular s., a proof of prescription, Dipl. ii. 5. 2. of a deed (as a
nnent), Ann. 1361 ; bref ok skilriki (plur.), Bs. i. 818, freq. in mod.
-V, but skilrekki seems to be the older and truer form,
il-rikliga, adv. clearly, conclusively, GJ)1. 18 (Jb. 48), Karl. 554;
■l-ly, H.E. i. 487.
il-rikr, adj. = skilrekkr; s. maSr, Nj. 235, Fms. xi. loi, K. A. 208,
58, Grett. 90 A ; s. b;'.ndi, ixo. 2. conclusive; skilrikt bref,
;npt, Stat. 274, Bs. ii. 1 31 ; tja skilrikt, to tell distinctly, 1.2 1.
.il-satnr, adj. (-semi, f.) = skilrikr.
kil-vangi, a, m. = skildagi, N. G. L. i. 136, 151.
kil-visi, f. an account; giira s. fyrir kaupum, GJ)1. 493-
:il-visliga, adv. clearly, conclusively, with despatch, promptly, G{)1.
Dipl. ii. 13, Anecd. 66, Sks. 57, 2S2 B, 315.
il-visligr, adj. trustworthy, authentic, Stj. 17, Anecd.; 611 br6f eiga
: s. niijrk, marks proving their authenticity, 88.
il-viss, adj. = skilrikr, /rws/K/or/iy; s. ma&r, Ld. 274; i skilvisum
!m, Stj. 17, 41, 58.
il-vserm, adj. = skilyiss, K.A. 52.
il-yr3i, n. = skilora, Fms. vi. 194, D.N., freq. in mod. usage.
tilMA, a5, to look all around, of a restless and eager look; liann
ar at fe sinu. Fas. i. 7 ; s. i allar attir ; sec skuma.
imuflr, m., poiJt. a he-goat, Edda (Gl.)
XIN, n. [skina],sife«, shining, of the sun, moon, stars; skin s<51ar ok
Is, 623. 21 ; hann ra;9r fyrir regni ok skini solar, Edda 16; einn dag
ikin heitt, Fms. i. I18, vi. 4"i 1 ; fiann dag var fagrt veSr af skini,
,44; biifau {leir skorpnat i skininu, Hav. 47, passim: sol-skin, sun-
■ ■: ; tungl-skin, moonshine; a poet, name of the moon. Aim. 2.
' = Germ. schein; yfir-skin, mod. compds: Skin-faxi, a, m.
n-mane, name of the sun-horse, Edda. skin-hringr, m. a nick-
.c, Fms. viii.
• skingr, n. a kind of cloth ; Gronl.H, M. lii. 96, Mov., D. N.
Bkininn, part, bleachtd, withered; s. bcin.
SKINN, n. [a specially Scandin. word, not known to the Saxon and
Germ., unless Germ, schinden {-=lo flay) it of the same root; the
Engl, skin is probably a borrowed Norte word, ctp. at tk it not represented
by i*] :--a skin ; hiid af nauti, tkinn af sauSi, N. G. L. i. 420 ; bera (fall)
at skinni, K. Jj. K., passim ; saua-skinn, sbeep-skin ; skinna tiund. N. G. L.
1. 462. II. plur. skins, of fur or a furred cloak, Fms. vii. 34 ; gr4
skmn, 352 ; hvit skiiin, R«5tt. 2. 10; hann tok \>{i skinn sin cr hann haldi
u herftum sur, ok lagfti undir hiifuft Kniiii konunei, 368 ; hann gaf honum
skinn gob ok klaeddi hann vel, 397 ; \>it var skikkja ok peDdrcgiii yfir
skinnin, Lv. 41 ; cp. ' axlcde han sit skin' in Dan. ballads. Skinna-
bjdrn, a nickname, from fur-trading in Russia (Holmgarftr), see Landn.
3. ch. I. skinns-litr, m. complexion of skin, Nj. 319, B4r&. 164,
Fms. iii. 189. skinna- vara, u, f. ' skin-ware,' peltry, fur-ware. Eg.
69, Fms. X. 75, 6. H. 134. Landn. 169, v.l. 7.
B. As adj. of skin : skinn-beflr, m. a bed in a skin case, Dipl. iii.
4, 18. skinn-brojkr, -fat, -feldr, -hosa, -hj\ipr, -hiifa, -k&pa,
-kl8D3i, -kvifl, -kyrtill, -olpa, -rokkr, -sokkr, -stakkr .... skin (or
leather) breeks. garment, cloak, hose, jacket, cap, etc Bs. i. 355, Fbr.
139, Mart. 123, Sturl. ii. 120, Dip!, v. 18, Fms. v. 183, vi. 305, 42a,
X. 204, 401, Sks. 549, Orkn. 326, Hkr. iii. 166, J>orf. Karl. 430, Sturl.
iii. 147, Fas. ii. 93, iii. 471 (Skinn-hiifa is also the lumc of a giantess),
Greg. 59, Glum. 351, Fs. 52, Eb. 68 new Ed., 192, MS. 4. 8, Nj. 356,
Boll. 356, Finnb. 222, in mod. usage.
skinna, u, f. a skin, piece of vellum, in compds, Fagr-skinna, Morkin-t.,
Gra-s., Hrokkin-s., GuU-s., RauS-s., see prefaces to Icel. Edd. of Sagat.
skinnari, a, m. a skinner, tanner, 656 C. 8.
skinn -bjartr, adj. bright-skinned, of complexion, Lex. Poet.
skinn-drdttr, m. ' skin-pulling,' an athletic game, uncertain what ; ef
madr gengr til fangs e6r skinndrattar at vilja sinum 4byrgist sa sik sjilfr
at tJlhi, N. G. L. ii. 59.
skinn-dreginn, part, lined with fur, Isl. ii. 323.
skinn-hvitr, adj. while-skinned, = sk\imhjinT.
skinni, a, m. a nickname, a skinner, Vapn. 5.
skinn-klseSast, d, to put on one's skin clothes, of fishermen.
skinn-kloedi, n. a stdt of skin clothes; see skinrt B.
skinn-lauss, adj. skinless, with abraded skin. Fas. iii. 393.
skinn-leikr, m. a ' skin-game,' = sk\nndTu.ttT, SturL iii. 188, Hiiv. 54,
Fbr. 140, Bs. i. 648, 680.
skinn-reestinn, adj. white-skinned.
skinn-sokkr, m. skin-socks, worn by fishermen ; see skinn B.
skinn-spretta, u, f. a scratch of the skin.
skinn-stakkr, m. a skin cloak, used by fishermen ; see skinn B.
skinn-vefja, u, f. a nickname, Biirb.
skinn-J)aktr, part, skin-thatched, skin-covered, Stj.
SKIP, n. [Ulf. skip = ttKoiov ; a word common to all Teut. languages,
ancient and modern] : — a ship; it is the generic name, including ships
of every size and shape ; lang-skip, a long ship, a war ship (including
dreki, skeiS, snckkja) ; kaup-skip, a merchant ship (including knorr,
huzza, kuggr) ; even of ferry-boats on lakes, rivers, channels, hafa skip
a a {river), Grag. ii. 367; haf-skip, a sea-going ship; segl-skip, r63rar-
skip, N. G. L. i. 335, Ld. 300, Hkr. i. 152, Fms. i. 38 ; riSa til skips, Nj.
4, and in countless instances : of a ship-formed candlestick, jam stika
nie6 skipi, Dipl. v. 18. For the heatheti rite of burying a man in a ship,
see Landn. 81, Ld. 16, Gisl., cp. also Yngl. S. ch. 27 ; Skjold. S., of king
Ring in Arngrim's Supplements (MSS.) . II. compds : 1. with
gen. plur. : skipa-afli, a, m. a naval force, Sturl. iii. 65, Fms. vii. 248.
skipa-buna3r (-buningr, Fms. x. 119), m. the fitting out of ships, mak-
ing ready for sea, Fms. viii. 380, ix. 215. skipa-farir, f. pi. = skipa-
ferft, Orkn. 428, Fms. iv. 50, {>i3r. 249. skipa-f^, n. a ship-tax, R6tt.
I. 5, H.E. i. 414, Jb. 459. skipa-fer3, f. = skip-ferd, Guflj). 67,
Fms. vi. 321. skipa-Ci6ldi, a, m. a multitude of ships, Magii. 450.
skipa-floti, a, m. a fleet of ships, Fs. 16, Nj. 8. skipa-gangr, m.='
skipaferS, Fms. vi. 23!^, 321, Bs. ii. 131. skipa-g6r3, f. sbi[-budding,
Fms. ii. 107, viii. 105, Rett. 42. skipa-herr, m. a naval force. Eg.
13, 31, Fms. iii. 74. skipa-kaup, n. the trading with a ship in harbour,
Grag. ii. 406. skipa-kostr, m. = skipaafli. Eg. II7» 5*7> f^""*- '• ^Ot
Orkn. 380. skipa-lauss, adj. without ships, Fms. xi. 180. skipa-
lei3, f. the ' ship-road,' way by sea, Fms. x. 92. skipa-loidangr,
m. a levy in ships, Rett. 81. skipa-IeiSi, n. = skipaleia, Fms. x. 85.
skipa-leiga, u, f. the hire of a ship, H. E. i. 394. skipa-lid, n. a naval
force, Eg. 7, Fms. i. 147, vi. 225. ak-ipa-lf 6r,m. sbif men, seamen, Fb.
i. 1 2 2. skipa-lsDgi, n. a berth, Landn. 54, Fms. vii. 122. skipa-
ina3r, m. a sbipvian, mariner, pi. a cretu, Griig. i.451, Nj. 133, Rd. 237,
Fms. X. 244. skipa-me3ferd, f. shipping business, Grug. ii. 394.
skipa-crrosta, u, i". a sea-fgbt, Sks. 395. skipa-reidi, a, m. a ship's
rigging, Skalda 194. skipa-savunr, ni. [Dan. skibs-s'oni], ship-nails,
Fms. ix. 377. skipa-smi3r, m. a sW/'-mt;)^*/, Eg. 135. skipa-
smi3, i.'sbip-building, Stj. 570. skipa-stoU, m. a supply rf ships,
fleet, Fms. vii. 292, viii. 163, 177, x. 414, Stj. 346. okipa-tollr, m,
"S-* N N 3
548
SKIPAUPPSAT— SKIPA.
a ship-tax, Rett. 4 2. skipa-upps£t, n. the right of laying a ship
ashore, Grilg. ii. 401. skipa-vi9a, u, f. ship-timber, Fr. skipa-
vOxtr, m. the size of ships, Fms. ii. 299. 2. with gen. sing. ; skips-
b&tr, m. a ship's boat, Fbr. 103. skips-bor5, n. a ship's board, gun-
wale, Vkv. 31, Skalda 192, Fms. xi. 140. skips-brot, n. = skipbrot,
Grag. ii. 389, Gp\. 482, Fms. ii. 80, Edda 131. skips-bryggja, u, f.
a ship's bridge, gangway. skips-drattr, m. ship-launching, Grag. ii.
401, GJ)1. 371, Fms. ix. 402, Fs. 157. skips-drottinn, m. a ship's
master, shipper, 655 x. 2. skips-fiak, n. a wreck, Fms. ii. 246,
Hkr. i. 303. skips-g6r3, f. = skipgor&, N.G. L. skips-baski,
a, m. danger at sea, Jb. 402. skips-bSfn, f. a ship's crew, Fms. ii.
■246, vii. 298, Landn. 56, Ld. 1 18, passim: a harbour, berth; kirkja a
s. i Herdisar-vik, Vm. 14. skips-lengd, f. a ship's length, Grag. i.
309, ii. 399. skips-prestr, m. a ship's priest, Sturl. i. 117. skips-
reiSi, a, m. a ship's tackling, Greg. 76. skips-sdtr and skips-
uppsat, n. a berth, G|)l. 98,113. skips-ver3, n. a ship's worth,
N.G.L. 1.198.
B. Prop, compos : skip-bd,tr, m. a ship's boat, cock-boat, Fms. vii.
82. skip-borS, n. = skipsbor6, Hkr. i. 314. skip-bot, f. a ship's
repair, Pm. 133. skip-brot, n. a shipwreck, Grett. 98 A, Isl. ii. 245 ;
vera i skipbroti, to be sbipwrecksd, Fb. i. 341 : wreck drifted ashore, Grett.
skipbrots-maSr, m. a shipwrecked person, Hkr. i. 310. skip-buza,
u, f., Ami. 1349 > ^^'^ buza. skip-buinn, part, 'boun,' ready to sail,
Bs. i. skip-buna3r, m. a ship's fittings, Eb. icx). skip-drattr,
m. a ship-launch, G>)1. 1 13, Fms. vi. 202. skip-drottinn, m. a
skipper, captain, N. G. L. i. 209. skip-erf3, f. an inheritance among
the ship's company, see the remarks to mis-for, p. 430, N. G. L. i. 50.
skip-farmr, m. a ship's cargo, Sks. 231. skip-fer3, f. [Germ, schiff-
fahrt\, a sea-voyage, Fms. i. 222, xi. 263. skip-fjol, f. a ship's plank ;
only in the phrase, stiga a s., to go on board, Ld. 318, Fbr. 186. skip-
flak, n. a wreck. Fas. ii. 538, Ann. 1419. skip-feerr, adj. navigable
for a ship; ve8r hvasst ok eigi skip&rt. Eg. 482 ; lag9i fjorSinn sva at
ekki var skipfairt, Fbr. 79 new Ed. skip-for, f. a sailing. Eg. 220 :
a voyage; vera i skipforum, 73; banna skipfarar upp i laivdit, Hkr. ii.
12. skip-gengr, adj. 'ship-going,' navigable, of a channel, river, or
the like. Eg. 482. skip-g6r3, f. ship-building, Gpl. 78, Hkr. iii. 118.
skip-herra, m. a skipper, ship-^master, captain, Fms. xi. 426, Stnrl. iii.
61. s'kip-h.lntT, m. the ship's share of a catch, jb. ^2g. skip-hree,
n. the lureck of a ship, Fms. viii. 259, Jb. 392. skip-hreeddr, adj.
= sj6hraeddr, Al. 140. skip-kaup, n. the purchase of a ship, Lv. 97.
skip-kostr, m. = skipakostr. Eg. 202, Sturl. i. 77. skip-kvama
(-koma), u, f. the arrival of a ship, Grag. ii. 405, Nj. 4, Ld. 62, Fms. ii.
68. skip-ksenn, adj. skilled as a seatnan, Stj. 571. skip-lauss, adj.
sbipless, Fms. viii. 371. skip-leggja, lag5i, to bury in a ship, Landn.
81. skip-leiga, u, f. the hire of a ship, GJ)1. 507, Jb. 383 : a ship-tax,
N. G. L. i. 257. skip-lesting, f. damage to a ship, N. G. L. i. 336.
skip-leysi, n. a lack of ships. skip-maSr, m. a shipmate, one of the
crew, Fms. xi. 430. skip-prestr, m. a ship's chaplain, Sturl. i. 1 17.
skip-pund, n. [Dan. skib-pzind], a weight; fjorar vaettir ok tuttugu skulu
gora s., G^L 523 ; tiu s. i lest, tolf lestir i ahofn, 732. 16 ; but, tolf s. i
lest, Bs. i. 545 ; hann kvad a at ekki s. skyldi vera dyrra en hundraS
vaSniala, Fms. vi. 266 ; sex s. af gulH, six talents of gold, vii. 96. skip-
pundari, a, m. a ship-pound steelyard, GJ)1. 522. skip-rei3a, u, f.
'ship-levy;' in Norway the country for the purposes of levy was divided
into ' skipreiSur,' tva menn skal nefna or hverri skipre:&u, G{)1. 10 ; var \)k
rannsakat utbo6 i hverri skiprei5u, (3. H. 148 ; skipta i skipreiftur, Hkr.
i. 146. skip-rei3i, a, m. rt sA;/>'s n^_g-/«o-^ Fms. i. 102. skiprei3u-
menn, m. pi. the franklins of a skipreiSa, G^l. 91. skiprei5u-J)ing,
n. a husting in a s., G{)1. 86. skip-reiki, a, m., corrupt for skipreki
or -vreki, a shipwreck. Fas. iii. 519, passim : in mod. usage, ver6a i skip-
reika. skip-nim, n. a ' ship-room; berth, esp. of fishermen ; veita e-m s.,
to take one among the crew, Sturl. i. II. skip-sala, u, f. a ship's sale,
{jorst. hv. 40. skip-saumr, m. ship-nails, F"ms. viii. 199, Fas. iii. 301.
skip-satr, -sdt, n. the right of beaching a ship, Vm. 136, 164. skip-
skeggja, aa, in a pun. Krok. 64. skip-skrokkr, m. an old hulk.
skip-sle3i, a, m. a 'ship-sledge,' roller for launching a ship, Fb. i. 22.
skip-snii3r, m. a ship-wright, Fms. ix. 377. skip-sini3, f. ship-
building, Bs. ii. 78. skip-sokn, f = skipsogn, Fagrsk. skip-stafn,
m. a ship's stern, Fms. vi. 402, viii. 2 1 7. skip-stjori, a, m. = skipherra.
skip-stjorn, f. the steering or command of a ship, Fms. vi. 246, vii. 287,
Eg. 253. skipstj6rnar-ma3r, m. a ' ship-steerer,' captain, skipper. Eg.
33, Fms. vii. 256. skip-sveinn, m. a ship-boy, Bs. i. 842. skip-
s^sla, u, f. = skiprei5a, N. G. L. i. 153, ii. 3*82. skip-sogn, f. a ship's
crew, Fms. vii. 43, ix. 319, x. 296, 3*90, Faer. 194, Hkr. ii. 226, passim.
skip-taka, u, f. the seizing of a ship, Fms. v. 74- skip-tapi, a, m.
the loss of a ship (at sea), Fms. ix. 427. skip-tj6n, n. = skiptapi,
Fms. xi. 237, Ann. 1227. skip-tollr, m. a ship's toll, Fs. 153, 157.
skip-t6turr, m. a hulk, Sturl. iii. 71. skip-uppsatPj n. = skipsatr,
Jm. 2. skip-ver3, m. a ship's worth, Fms. vi. 248. skip-veri, a,
m. one of a crew, in sing., Eg. 128, Landn. 68 : esp. in plur., skip-verjar,
the crew, Grag. ii. 60, Eg. 100, Nj, 281, 6. H. 56 (spelt skipverar), Fms.
Vi. 248, passim. skip-vi3r, m. a ship's timbers; mi bera
skipviSu e6a draga langvi&u, N.G. L. i. 65 : of a wreck, Grag. ii. 3
sumir fylgSu skipviSum ok komu allirlifandi til lands, 656 C. 22. ak
vist, f. = skiprum, Sturl. i. 1 1 : the right of laying up a ship, — skip-:
Vm. 154.
SKIPA, a6, [from this word has come the Fr. eqtiiper; Engl, equ
— to give order or arrangement to things, with dat., i. e. to d
up, plate in order, arrange them, of seats, lines, rows ; hann ski
monnum i skjaldborg, 6. H. 206 ; J)a fylktu {)eir liSi sinu ok skip
205 ; ^eirra hverr a at skipa tveim monnum i Liigrettu, oSrum fyrir
en o6rum a bak ser, Grag. i. 5 ; Gunnarr hafSi marga bo6smenn
skipaSi hann sva sinum monnum, hann sat a mi&jan bekk, en inna
Jjrainn . . . |>a var skipat konum i annat sinn, sat {)a J>orger6r ni
bru6a, Nj. 50, 51; sva var skipat sessum, at..., Fms. x. 16; '.
skipa5i sva monnum {)eim er merkit baru, Hkr. i. 150; skipaSu h
ingjar herinum til atlogu, Fms. ii. 303 ; jarl skipa6i sva atlogunn:
430 ; J)eir skipaftu sva sinni fer6, at . . ., 468 ; konungr skipadi Ha
i sina sveit, vi. 168; Gizurr skipa6i Oddi yfir Skaga-fjorS, x. 60 ; 1
skipa6i sonum sinum til landa, Rb. 316; skipuSu Ribbungar {jar 0
syslum, Fms. ix. 393; bsendr ok Jjingu-nautar skyldu fyrst ganga a J)
ok skipa domum eptir logum, vii. 138 ; hann skipaSi allri bygd ok s |ti
i skiprei&ur, Hkr. i. 146 ; er skipat i {)attu allri skra ]pessi, Rb. 4. i2.
metaph. to explain; skipa draumi, to read a dream, Fms. xi. 6; sk |3i
konungr fyrst Jjeirra mali, ix. 396 ; ok skipu6u malum |)eim sem nau jn
bar til, x. 32: in the phrase, of a song, eg kann kvasSid, en .|in
ekki a6 skipa {)vi, / know the song by heart, but catuiot givi i;«
order of the verses. II. with ace. to take up, occupy ; k iir
skipu6u pall, Nj. 11 ; Haraldr ok hans 116 skipaSi langbekkinn, Fm j i.
193; hann skipa6i cindvegi, Vigl. 52 new Ed. ; skipa fylking sin jfo
draw up one's line of battle. Eg. 292 ; Vagn ok Bjcirn skipa annan 'a,
Fms. xi. 126: part., vagrinn var skipa6r herskipum, ix. 360; var siiiii
oil holiin, Nj. 269; hir3 hans er skipuS afreks-moinmm eiuum. Eg [j;
hollin var skipu6 hseverskum hofdingjum, Fms. vi. 3 ; voru ski 'ir
J)rettan stolar, x. 16 ; var skjoldum skipat allt hiisit um veggina, the \ Is
all hung with shields, vii. 147. 2. to establish, ordain, appoin, le
place or office given being in ace. ; ^a skipa&i hann log, ... ok sett ai
i logum, at . . ., Fms. i. 6 ; skipa6i hann heraSit sinum feltigum, L; n.
57 ; skipuBu J)eir londiu Arnfinni jarli, Fms. i. 201 ; skipa5i hann n lit
land sinum syslu-miJnnum, viii. 244 ; voru J)eim skipu6 riki {)au a Is idi
sem konungr haf6i J)a heimildum a tekit, x. 45 ; skipa klerkum kii [ir,
K.A. 232; skipaSi konungr riki sin um oil Upplond, ix. 410; Hi
hertogi hafdi skipat allar syslur fyrir nor3an StaSi, 478 ; for hann , i
Sogn ok skipa6i allt rikit, x. 189; ok er skipat var rikit me6 J)c!ni
hstti. Fas. i. 376 ; hann fekk honum umbo6 sitt at s. jar6ir sinai g.
590; Geirmuudr skipar jar3ir sinar a laun, Ld. 112 ; lata drepa |tr-
meniii en hefja upp litilmenni, hafa J)eir verr skipat landit, Fms. vii. 3:
hann skipa5i dalinn vinuni sinum, GuU^. 44. 3. to compose, arrt e;
skipa ba;kr, Sks. 56S ; skipa maldaga (ace), Nj. 4 ; skyldi 6lafr frujea
mega skipa J>enna skur6 til hverrar jar6ar sem hann vildi, Dipl. ii
at hann skipa6i (settled matters) milli ^eirra, Fms. vii. 270: — ski
e-s, to arrange ; skipa til um fylkingar, ix. 489 ; skipa til ailogi
357 ; \>e'iT skipu6u til bus me3 Sigri6i, Eg. 94 ; at s. Jjar til biis, Nj
skipu6u ^eir til a hverju skipi, 8 ; s. til bua sinna, to put one's bous
in order, 219, 251, 259; um daginn eptir var Jjar skipat til leikj
196 ; s. til um fylkingar, O. H. 215 ; J)6 mun eigi of skipat til anna,
jvill not be too many ratns for the ewes, Fms. xi. 149. 4. to ;
skipa6i konungr hana (i. e. the hall) hraustum drengjum, Fms. vi. ;
skal s. hiiskorlum minum annat sklpit en bondum annat, Nj. 42 ; sk
J)eir skipin sem bezt, Fms. ix. 401 ; hverr skal {)au (the ships) skipi
42 ; sex skip, oil vel skipuS, Eg. 87 ; trc alskipa9 af epium
73. III. to bid, comrnand. Lit. jubere ; s. e-m e-9, freq. in
but not found ia old writers; hann skipaBi mdr a3 fara.
B. Reflex, to take a seat or place, draiv themselves up ; geUj^
J)a inn allir ok skipu3usk i dyrrin, Nj. 198 ; er menn skipuSusk
sin, Eg. 248 ; J)ar var fjcildi fyrir bo6s-manna, skipu6usk mejin
saeti, Nj. II ; vii ek at menn skipisk i sveitir, . . . skipisk menn
sveitir, en si3an skal sveitum skipa i fylking, 6. H. 205 (skipta,
V. 53, v. 1.) ; J)a skipaSisk jarl til atlogu, Fms. i. 169. 2. /
dergo a change, sometimes with the notion for the belter, to b
proved; hugr ySvarr hefir skipask, 656 C. 42 ; mart hefir skip
Haukadal, ok vertii varr um J)ik, G!sl. 20 ; ok er hann hafdi
visu kveSit, skipask nokkut hugr jjeirra braeSra, Fas. i. 267 ; hvi si
isk sva skjott hugr pinn um mdlin i dag? Fs. 75 ; hefir ]3U mikit st
siSan vit samk naest, Fms. vi. 303 ; kvaS eigi son sinn hafa vel sk
Fas, i. 528; litr hennar skipa6isk a engan veg, Hkr. i. 102; 1
skipa6isk niattr konungsins, Fms. ix. 214; skipask a betri lei&, Eg.
the saying, mart skipask ii manns sefinni, O.H. 139, Fms. vii. 1 56;
hefir her mi skipask, 148 ; hvegi er siSan hefir skipask, Grag, i.
skipask vi9 e-t, to yield to, be moved by ; ekki er Jiess van, at {)it si
vi&. framhvcit otSa, ef J)it ihugit ekki . . ., Ld. 260 ; skipask viS fo
e-s, Fms. i. 285; konungr skipa9isk viS fortiilur Magniiss, viL aic
SKIPA— SKIPTI.
549
IO7; skipask vi5 orft e-s, id., Fms. ii. 134, xi. 38, 6. H.48; s. vi8 or8-
t sending e-s, io answer to one's call, Fms. xi. 29 ; hann het J)eim dau5a
^ ~)k mei3slum, jjeir skipuSusk ekki vi3 })at, Hkr. i. 277; {icniia kost
G;or8u ver Hakoni, skipaSisk hann vel vi3, he took it in good part. Fins.
:; ii. 35 ; of health, var heiti9 fyrir henni ok skipa5isk henni ekki vidr, it
1 '00k no effect, Bs. i. 791 ; lagfti Hrani urn Jiana belti& ok skipaSisk skjcitt
c /i8, Fb. ii. 9. II. pass., {)e;r skipuSusk niurr ok skjoldr, Mar.
3 a Latinism). III. part. _;?/, meet; vel skipaSr til klerks, Fms.
; (.88; skipaSrar {)j6nustu af Gu6i, ii. 199 ; til-skipa6 sacranientum, xi.
- M3-
. skipa, a6, [skip; Dan. skibe"], to unload a cargo, skipa upp; Vigfiiss
:. kipar upp gozit, Fms. xi. 430 ; {)cir toku land ok skipuflu j)ar upp, Isl.
: i. 246; pen lagu J)ar 1 laegi ok skipu6u upp, 217; skipit helzk ok var
.1 ipp skipat, Slurl. ii. 117.
:- ekipan and skipun, f. order, arrangement, disposition, of men ; A8al-
J- ffinn sag6i hver s. vera skyldi fyrir li5i bans, A. said how his troops should
'rawn up. Eg. 292 ; {)essi var skipan a gongu konungs til kirkju, this
the crder of the royal procession, Fms. x. 15 ; J)eir hofSu se5 li3
mar ok alia skipan {jeirra, vii. 256; varS orrosta eigi long d8r
t'sk a skip! Hakonar, 289; {)a J)ynntisk skipun fyrir framan merki
iiigs, 0. H. 2 1 7. 2. the manning of a ship, a crew ; sex skip skipu6
skipan,/j///y manned, Fms. x. 58 ; Eirikr skipa6i hann (i. e. the ship)
III nionnum nie3 Jjrennum skipuniim, manned her with a threefold
;~['f€w, 368; sva letu J)er sem vart .skip niyndi eigi v€rr skipat enn
. |)rmrinn langi var, en sva synisk mer sem skipti muni a vera um
■ aiiiiia, vii. 1 1 ; of haseti ryfr skipan, if one of the crew breaks the
. by absenting himself or deserting, N. G. L. ii. 276, 278 (Jb. 387);
ttu-s. II. an appointed place, position ; ganga til saetis sins
iiann a gang rettan ok skipan, Sks. 370; Haraldr for {)a austr til
;i3ar ok leitadi S(;r skiponar, O. H. II : = skiprum, hired service on
! a ship, as a mate, fisherman; hann tok s(Sr s. (took hire) web \)e\m
i er J>6r61fr het, Ld. 38 ; er J)at siSr manna at fa ser slika hluti a5r
1 taka skipun, ... Hneitir atti mi hlut i at hr.nn varni honum eigi
nar, Sturl. i. 11 ; i Orfirisey eiga miinkar skipun {the manning of
■/) ok allan viSreka, Am. ill ; ein skipan, 112; allir kaupsveinar
bor ra&it skipan, Fms. vi. 238. III. metaph. order, posi-
af tungu-brag6i ok skipun varranna, position of the lips, Skalda
heraSs-viixtroklands-skipan (landscape), Fs. 22; borga-s kipan, /oif «
raphy, 32 ; landa-s., geography ; or8a-s., the disposition of words, syn-
2. due order, due course, disposition, arrangement ; t61f min-
ii5a-bxkr en J)6 ekki eptir s., Vm. 100; ver sungum vers at skipun,
okit var, 623. 32 ; basna-hald me5 J)vilikri s., Sks. 617 : hann segir
sem hann vildi a gora um rikit, Fms. i. 46 ; let hann upp lesa bref
b. rikisins, viii. 445 ; i milium annarra greina i sinni s. segir hann sva
prestsins, xi. 443 ; Kardinallinn g6r5i J)a s. J)ar a, at, x. 22 : in mod.
c, order, command, — hoh, til-s., an ordinance ; tala um s. ok sctning
r vera a landa J)eirra a me3al, Sks. 277 B. 3. care, charge ;
IT eignir skuli vera undir leikmanna s. ok forsjoo, . . . allar kirkju-
r se undir hans (the bishop's) s., K. A. 30. 4. orders; J)eir
usk skipunar af konungi, Sturl. iii. 137 ; skipan su er menu gora a
;'.im dijgum heitir testamenlum, K. A. 50, 56; gora s. sina, to make
last will, N. G. L. i. IV. a turn, change; var mi betri s.
nin um lund hans, his temper had taken a better turn, had improved,
'• 35 ; var J)a orQin s. mikil a hennar hag, honum sy'ndisk ii henni
r-hofu9, Odd. 28 ; J)eir sa enga s. a hans yfir-brag3i, 655 xiv. A. 2 ;
honum J)ykkja g69 s. a komin, Nj. 14; hversu mdtti sva mikil s.
! ii einni nott? 623. 62; skipan er her a vor5in, eldrinn er mi
folfkaSr enn ek hugSa, Fs. 6 : with the notion of change (for the
r), s. er J)a a or3in ef konungr maelir vel til niin, Fms. vii. 24.
■ii : skipanar-bok, f. a book of statutes, H. E. i. 5 1 6. skipanar-
. n. a writ, Sturl. iii. 138. skipanar-brigS, n. trespass against
' ler, £ks. 592.
iiari, a, m. [Dan. and Engl, skipper'], a mariner. Eg. 373, Fms. ix.
jb. 382, Hkr. ii. 83; skipara-stefna, Fms. iv. 298.
pt, f. [from Lat. excubittim; Byzan. Gr. ecfKvfiiToy'], the camp of
urangiaTis at Constantinople, Fagrsk. III.
IPTA, t, [A.S. scyf/an; Engl, shift; Dan. skifte'] :—to make a di-
' of a thing, with dat. of the thing; to part, share, divide; skipta
J i hluti, Eluc. 8 ; s. hrepp i fjorSunga, Grag. i. 443 ; s. Ii3i i sveitir,
°M*- "^ 5'^' '^- 26S; skipta J)eir mi ftlagi sinu, Ld. 192; s. arfi. Eg.
'^JT : s. me5 ser linicigum, Grag. i. 237 sqq. ; sumum monnum skiptu Jjcir
tT til anau&ar, Fms. i. 77 ; toku J)eir at herfangi allt folk ok skiptu
skipanna, vii. 195; s. vatni me6 nuinnum, Grag. ii. 290; s. land!
okkr, 254; konungr skipti landi me3 sonum sinum, Fms. i. 6 : s.
5 e-n, to share it with another. Eg. -333, Fms. vii. 1 76; s. sundr, to
isunder, divide ; ef sundr er skipt logunum, J)a mun sundr skipt
'im, Nj. 164: to share, nornk skipta ge^'si-iijafnt, Eddali; enda
' GuS niea okkr, Nj. 165; latum s. Gu& giptu, Fms. viii. (in a
)• 2. so in the phrases, vii ek m6r engu af skipta, / will take no
for myself, vjill take no part in, Bs. i. 7, Band. 9 new Ed. ; skipta
tia af e-u, Hom. (St.), Fas. iii. 529; s. mer engu af viS \\k, to
leave thee alone, Fms. ii. 163 ; |,orgils ba* hann i^ ekki 1. af vift hana,
heed her not, vii. 219 ; Gliimr «kipti ii^x ekki af um bu»y»lu, Gliim, 335 ;
t)at er hann skipti ser af um mal manna, when he took part in nun'i
affairs, Ld. 98. 3. ace, skipta bxkr i kapitala, Skilda 1 74 ; jorftiii
var i brott skipt, Stj. 26; s. fong sin, Hom. 151 ; ». fd »itt, 153: thi»
usage is due to the influence of Latin, and it rare in clauical writing!,
old or mod., cp. Grdg. i. 84 ; s. sitt iif i bctra efni. Mar. II. to
shift, change, also with dat.; skipta litum. to change colour, Rb. 354:
s. gongu sinni, 100 ; $. nafni, Fms. xi. 416; $. skapi, Nj. 317; 1, »kap-
lyndi, Fms. vii. 113; s. um tr(ina6i sinum, to turn to the other tide, X. 1 35 :
rarely with ace, skipta i y'mis kvikendi (cp. skiptingr), Earl. 35. 2.
skipta e-u, to be of importance to a matter, to change or alter it; eigi tkiptir
{)at arfi, it does not change the inheritance, Gnig. i. 183 ; eiga m&]i at ».
um at, to be concerned about a thing, Nj. 87, 240; pou'x henni allmiklu
mali s., it concerned her much, 6. H. 31, 97; pit skiptir engu, it doei
not matter, Fms. vi. 14; J)ykki mer t)at miklu s.. Eg. 714; kvc&tk ok
engu mali {jykkja s., it did not matter to him, Isl. ii.350; mik tkiptir
ongii, Nj. 33 ; ek aetla mik iingu s. hverr {)u ert, Fms. x. 295 ; eigi ^ykki
mer s. (V;s indifferent to me) i hverjum flokki ek em, 0. H. 304 ; |)ik
mun litlu s. um mina liSstmd, thou wilt get but little good from my
help. Eg. 722 ; ef mali skiptir, // it be of importance, Skalda 162; hilt
skiptir hana enn meira, it is of more moment for her, Ld. 136; pik. mun
J)at eigi (engu?) skipta, 72; hvat mun J)ik {)at s., dxmftr ertii mi til
dauda, Fs. 96 ; eigi mun J)at nu s., Nj. 134 ; til alls er jarii p6ni skipta, Fms.
xi. 128 ; ]pat skiptir hverr by'3r, // makes all the difference, i. i8j ; |)A
skipti hversu gott vaeri mitt yfir-brag8, ef mikit er, Fb. i. 391 ; J)at mun
tveimr skipta, one of the two, of two extremes, Ld. 34, Fms. vii. 95 ; S45r
Piilnatoki, at mun tveimr um skipta, it must turn one way or the other,
of the decisive moment, xi. 96 ; um J)enna mann mun storum s., O. H.
140 ; eigi skiptir J)at (J)a at) hogum til, 'tis not as it should be, Fb. i. 331,
Fs. 79 : fiat skipti mcirgum hundradum, it is a matter of many hundreds,
amounts to several hundreds, Eb. 328, Bs. ii. 56; sitr CJlafr mi at biii
sinu sva at vetrum skipti, /or sei/^rflZ >'ears, Ld. 1 10 ; matlausir sva at
miirgum daegrum skipti, Fms. ii. 97, Bs. i. 339, Fb. i. 431 ; ]^ib skiptir
tugum, etc. 3. J)annig skipti til (// so turned out, it came to
pass) sem lilikligra mundi {jykkja, Fms, vii. 161 : skipta til = skipa til,
to arrange, dispose, Bjarn. 61 ; skipta um, to come to a crisis, turn one
way or other, Gliim. 369 ; skjott mun um skipta, O. H. 209; l<ita {)ann
verSa fund okkarn, at um skipti me5 oss, 94. III. to exchange ;
skipta e-u vi6 e-n, to exchange with another ; s. hiiggum vi3 e-n, O. H. 2 14 ;
s. orSum vi8 e-n, Nj. 62 ; skipta jorSum i adrar, to exchange them wiib
others, G{3l. Co, Barl. 4, 75, 106; vildi Sveinn skipta hornum vid nafna
sinn, Orkn. 246 ; s. or6um vi8 e-n, s. til, undarliga skipti 6r til, ye make
strange shifts with things, turn them up and down, 0. H. 67 ; s. um e-t, to
exchange; s. um biistadi, lanar-drottna, namn, Nj. 29,571 Fms. xi. 426,
Rb. 300; hann skipti f)ar um er honum J)6tti })urfa, Nj. 122 (um-
skipti). IV. absol. to change, come about, happen ; ef {)eir eigu
nokkuru at s., Sks. 252 B ; ef {)vi er at skipta, if that is to happen, if it
comes to that. Eg. 426 ; ])6tt J)vi s6 at s., Nj. 168, Fms. vi. 416, O. H.
33 ; ])vi er at skipta fjo, it will however turn out so, Faer. 32. .
B. Reflex. /o divide themselves, disperse; skiptusk J>eir, snoni sumir
nordr, Fms. v. 44 ; skiptask til landa, Hom. 1 29. 2. to turn one-
self, change ; naliga matti kalla at hann skiptisk i allan annan mann, Sturl.
i. 125 C; likamir varir skiptask til meiri dyrdar, Eluc. 43; nema fleira
hafi skipzk ( = skipask) um hagi J)ina, Fas. i. 72; {)ar skiptisk storum
solar-gangr, varies much, Sks. 200 B ; pa, skiptusk tungur (changed) a
Englandi, er Vilhjalmr bastar5r vann England, Isl. ii. 221 ; pa er tungur
skiptusk, Rb. 340. II. recipr., skiptask e-u vi6, to make an ex-
change; skiptask gjofum vi8, to exchange presents. Eg. 250, NjarS. 362,
Fms. xi. 224; skiptask or3um, malum vi&, Ld. 38, Fms. vii. 138; s.
hoggum vi3. Eg. 221; skiptask vi6 um r63r, to row by turns, 362:
mod., skiptask a um e-t, id. ; skiptask drottins-dagar li stofum, to change
alternately, Rb. 488 ; skiptask til voku, to take turns in watching, Stj.
394. III. pass., skiptast manna a milli, Sks. 442.
skipti, n. a division, distribution, sharing; J)cgar i tittir er skipt
tiniogum, pa, skal })at s. halda, Griig. i. 237 ; pC-r hafit litift af riki, en
erut margir til skiptis, Fms. i. 52 ; {)essa skiptis mun ek opt iSrask, Eg.
294 ; ok er {leir fundusk um skiptin, or5u pek vel lisiittir, Jjorst. Si8u H.
117. 2. a shift; J)at munu Danir kalla at betra skipti se at drcpa-.
heldr viking Norraenan en broftur sinn Danskan, Fms. i. 85 : a change,
morgum {jotti pem s. mjok li moti skapi. Eg. 64. II. exchange,
dealings, transactions, as also contests, disputes, fights, only in plur. ; i
Jivilikum skiptum konunganna fannsk {)at d, at . . ., Fms. i. 17 ; pm ein
s. munu vit eiga, Nj. 141 ; forn fjcirra s. sva, at..., 196; s. var sona
Eiriks, Eg. :24; mcb Jjessu skilr $. peiiTH, Isl. ii. 274; hafa {wir fengit
minna hlut i varum skiptum, Fms. vii. 256; mailtu menn at htr vxri
makliga um fieirra s., Ld. 148; cf hinn sari maftr segir o8rum fra J>eiiTa
skiptuni, Griig. ii. 33 ; vid-s., af-skip;i, dealings; um-s., a change ; see also
the compds, missera-skipti, siSa-skipti ; hesta-s., a change of horses; all
these compds being used only in plur. III. time; i baeSi skiptin,
both limes ; eitt s., once, skipta-vinr, m. a customer.
550
SKIPTILIGA— SKIRN.
skipti-liga, adv. shifitngly, in parts, 677. 8.
skipti-ligr, adj. divisible, 677. 11, Skalda 203.
skipting, f. a division, dividing, Grag. i. 242, ii. 342, Alg. 356 (of
arithmetic), passim. 2. a shifting, change, Skalda 182, 209. skipt-
ingar-tiund, f. = skiptitiund, K. |3.K. 162.
skiptingr, m. a changeling (Germ, wechselbalg), an idiot, believed to
have been substituted for the right child by fairies, Sks. 296, Fms. xi.
56, 445, Fas. ii. 341, Mar., Stj. 475 ; for the popular superstition see
Maurer's Volksageu. 2. ^t?LTam. = semi-vocalis, the letters / and ti,
Skalda 170.
skipti-tiund, f. a tithe, thus called from being divided into four parts,
between the church, bishop, priest, and poor, K. J>. K. 162, Bs. i. 834,
Vm. 84, H.E. ii. 89.
skipu-lag, n. order, disposition.
skipu-liga, adv. orderly, Fms. ii. 147, Sturl. i. 9, ii. I.
skipu-ligr, adj. orderly, Sturl. ii. 174.
skirfl, n., mod. skrifli, [Germ, scherbe'], a hulk, an old dilapidated
thing; skjaldar-s., Band.; skip-skrifli, bat-s., freq. in mod. usage.
skirpa, t, to spit; hann skirpti vi6, er Jjcir riSu brott, Sturl. i. i77;
s. e-u fram lir ser, to spit it out.
SKIKB.A, 6, [skjarr], to ' bar,' prevent, with dat. ; s. vandrasSum, to
prevent strife, Orkn. 162 ; ek hefi allan mik vi6 lagt at skirra vandrse9um
J)eirra, Eg. 738 ; kva6 jjeim |)at mikit happ ef J)eir maetti s. vandraeSum
sva miklum, Ld. 220; J36 voru J)eir sumir er s. vildu vandraj6um, Bs. i.
21. II. reflex, skirrask, /o si;<;«, x/&r//2/t /row, with ace; skirrask
manndrap, Sks. 576; skirrask slik vandrseSi, Rom. 198, Horn. (St.):
the mod. phrase, skirrast vi6 e-t, to shrink from.
skirvir, m. the name of a dwarf, Vsp. : skirvill, a nickname, Ann.
skita, u, f. [cp. skita], diarrhoea, skitu-leitr, adj. pale, thin, Grond.
skitinn, part. [Dan. skiden'], dirty, Ski6a R. 123.
skit-ligr, adj. dirty, paltry, Rd. 239.
skitna, a6, to become dirty.
skitra3r, m. a nickname, Fms. ix. 421.
SKI, n. jugglery, legerdemain ; undr ok argskap, ski ok skripi ein,
Gsp. (Fas. i. 487) : hence the compd, ski-maSr or ske-maSr, m., prop.
a juggler, impostor, by which word the ancients rendered the ' hypocrite'
of the N. T. ; eigi skulu Jier hryggvir vera sem skimenn, . . . J)eir hrygg-
jask sva sem skimenn, Horn. 74; er skimenn, hverr y5varr leysir oxa
.sinn af basi a J)vattdegi? Greg. 48 (Luke xiii. 15) : in secular writings,
enn Eirekr faSir hans sag&i sva, at J)at var samskulda er Leifr haf6i
borgit skipshofn manna i hafi, ok J)at er hann hafSi flutt skaemanninn
til Graenlands, J)at var prestrinn, Frissb. 157, cp. Fms. ii. 246 (Hkr. i.
304 1. c. spells skemann).
SKID, n. [A. S. scide; Germ, scheite ; the root verb is the Goth.
skaidan; Germ, scheiden ; Lat. scindere, pf. scidi; Gr. cxt'C^i''] : — a
billet of wood {a tablet, Vsp. 20), fire-wood ; kljufa skiS, Nj. 130, Fas.
ii. 117 ; biitr hIaSinn skiQum, Fms. vii. 31 ; ^urra skiSa, Hm. 59 ; Jjeir
baru skiSin a eldinn, Edda 82 ; konungr tok J)a skO eitt ok skelldi a
J)ilit, Fas. iii. 1 25 ; ski9a-fang, an armful of logs, Fms. v. 92. compds :
ski3a.-lila8i, a, m. [Germ, scheiler-haufeti]. a pile of fire-wood, Dropl.
29, Fs. 5, Fas. ii. 424, Landn. 179. ski3a-vi3r, m. fire-wood, kd.
232. II. [cp. Engl, sldd, the drag applied to a coach-wheel],
of snow-shoes, such as are used by the Finns, Norsemen, and Icelanders
in the north-east of Iceland (also called ondurr or andrar) ; ferr hon
mjok a skiSum ok me9 boga, Edda 16, G.H.185; allra manna bezt
fa;rr a ski6um. Eg. 73 ; stiga a ski6, 6.H. 153, Eg. 545 ; kunna vel a
skiSum, Fms. i. 9 ; skri6a a ski6um, Orkn. (in a verse), Fms. vii. 120;
renna a ski6um, Fb. iii. 405 ; for descriptions of running in ski6 see
6. H. eh. 78, 131, Hem. J). (Fb. iii. 408-410): allit., a skipi eSr skiBi,
Grag. ii. 171 : from the likeness of a war-ship (cp. skei6) to snow-shoes
a ship is called ski6 saekonunga eSr ssevar, ssevar-ski9. lagar-skiS, Edda ;
as also, bla-skia, brim-ski6, byr-skiS, haf-ski6, sa6-ski5, unn-ski6, varr-
ski6, etc., i.e. a ship : again, foJk-skiS, her-ski6, etc., i.e. weapons, swords.
Lex. Poet. compds: ski3a-fer3, f. a running on snow-shoes, Fms. v.
337, Hem. skida-geisli, a, m. the balancing-staff used by sliders,
Fms. V. 337-
ski3a, u, f., gen. pi. ski5na, G^l. 381: a splint, stick. Fas. iii. 125,
Mar. 1055 ; klauf hann J)6r i ski&ur einar, Fms. ii. 163 ; taka
skiSur i hond ser, Bs. i. 634. ski3na-gar3r, m. = &ki3gar3r, GJ)1.
381. II. the name of a county in Norway, mod. Skien, Fms.
Ski3-bla3nir, m. the name of the famous mythical ship of the god
Frey, Gm., Edda.
skiS-feeri, n. a passage on snow-shoes; Jjar til at snjofa g6r6i ok gott
s., Fb. i. 21, Fms. viii. 400.
ski3-f8err, adj. good at running on snow-shoes, Edda 18, Fms. iii. 18,
ix. 233.
ski3-gar3r, m. wooden palings, a wooden fence. Eg. 80, 232, 6. H.
135, Fb. i. 545, Fms. ix. 521; ski6gar9s-hli8, iii. 67: a yard, 656 C. 4.
ski3i, a, m. a kind of bird, Edda (Gl.) II. a pr. name, Landn.
Ski3a-Iliina, the Lay o/Ski5i : SkiSungar, a nickname, Sturl. : in plur,
the name of an old family, the descendants ofS., Korm.
sld3i, n. [A. S. sc<£'S, scea'S ; Engl, sheath; Germ, scheide ; Dan. si
a sheath, Wbm. 16. ski3i-jarn, n. a ' sheath-iron,' dirk, id.
Bki3ing, f. = suzingull, Sks. 4C<3.
ski6-kjalki, a, m. = ski9s!e5i, Fb. ii. 169.
Bki3-l8egr, adj. level, horizontal ; J)ar skiSIaegt yfir, Bs. ii. 81.
ski3-sle3i, a, m. a ."naw-sledge shaped like a snow-shoe, 6. H. 85
SKIFA, u, f [Germ. scheibe~\, a shaving, slice, passim in mod. U!
a nickname, Fms. x.
SKIFA, b, to cut into slices, slice ; skifSa hjalma, Fas. i. 158 ; s.|^
hvannir, Bser. 8, Hav. 13 new Ed. ; skif6u hnappinn or grindinni, Lv
skif6i fra si6una, Flov. ; s. undurn, to carve meat. Km. 2.
skima, u, f. a shimmer, faint gleam of light ; dags-s., Ij6s-s.
ski-nia3r, m. a juggler, hypocrite; see ski.
SKIMI, a, m. [Ulf. skeitna = (pavrj, John xviii. 3; Germ, schim
A. S, scima; Engl, shimmer']: — a gleam of light ; nokkurir skimitf
hennar geislum, Sks. 205; at af Jieim geisU J)essi skimi, 206; me& ble In
skima, 627 ; leiSir fram dokkvan skima, 229 B.
SKINA, pres. skinn, Nj. 146 ; pii skiiin, 623. 18 : mod. skin (w
single n) : pres. skein, skeint (mod. skeinst), skein, pi. skinu ; subj. s
part, skininn : [Ulf. skeinan ^Xafmnv, kfaarpcnrTeiv ; common l||U
Teut. languages] : — to shine ; sol skinn, Grag. ii. 170 ; mi skinn sol
Aim. ; sol skein sunnan, Vsp. 4 ; ve6r var fagrt, skein sol i hei6i, ' ||[.
216; geislar skinu, Or. 60; er solin skinn a, Nj. 146; s. me6 n
birti, Fms. i. 77 : the phrase, skina i jarleinum, 623. 18 ; or, s. jartei
of a saint, Bs. passim ; ok er hann skein i t)vilikri dyrd, Fms. x.
J)eim er skein i heims prydi, 656 A. ii. 2 ; heilog Kristni hefir skinitjjj^
bjortum bloma, Bs. i. 237 ; skinanda kla9i, .shining, glittering cl
of gold-embroidered stuff, Dipl. iii. 4, v. 18, Vm. 52, 55. fto
glimmer, gleam; skinu vi6 tolf spjot ok skildir nokkurir,
742. II. part, skininn, bleached, withered ; skininn hross-1
Fas. ii. 300 ; hvitr ok skininn.
SKIRA, 9; a distinction is made between skira (with i) = to p
and skyra (with_y) metaph. = /o explain; but that both words are
tical is shewn from the Goth.: [Ulf. skeirjan = epixr}veveiv, skeire
fpix7]veia, skeirs == clear'] : — to cleanse, purify; s. silfr, Hkr. i. 185
skirir ok birtir augu, . . . J)at bsetir myrk augu ok skirir, Pr. 472,
skira sik, to cleanse oneself. 2. of an oath or ordeal, to clear, pi (
skira sik me9 tylptar-ei6i, GJ)1. 151 ; ok skiri hon sik, ok handsala fa
ef hon ver9r skir, Lv. 77 ; er po van at pu skirir |)ik i hreinsunai
Fms. vii. 38. II. eccl. [as translation of A. S. fullian — to clei ,
to baptize, christen; skira barn, K. f). K., N. G. L., Fms., Nj., B
countless instances, old and mod. 2. reflex, skirask, to be bapt
lata skirask, lb. 10, Fms. i. 23, 129.
skfrari, a, m. [cp. A. S.fullere], the Baptist, N. T., Vidal.
skir-borinn, part, 'pure-born,' born in wedlock, Grag. i. 288, Fr
265.
Skir-dagr, m. Maundy-Thursday, Bs. i. 168, 247, ii. 167, Ld.
Rb. 358, Fms. ix..5oo, Sturl. i. 25, 114, iii. 203 : Skiri-dagr, id.,
177: Skiri-Jon, John the Bapiist, Gd. Skiri- J>6rsdagr
N. G. L. i. 10, GJjI. 177, Fms. ix. 500, Karl. 469.
skir-drsepr, adj. dazzling; let hann tjalda svortum tjoldum til ess
at jia vasri si9r skirdrsept, 6. H. 156 (Faer. 213).
skir-getinn, part. bor?i in wedlock, Fms. ix. 250, Grag. i. 171.
Skiri-dagr, m. = Skirdagr.
skiri-fa3ir, m. a ' baptism-father,' one who has baptized one, Sturl. i
skiri-nafni, a, m. a namesake, Sighvat.
skiring, f. a clearing ; skiringar-vitni, a comptirgatory witness, N. L.
i. 207. 2. a christening = skim, N.G.L. i. 375, 392.
Skiri- J>Qrsdagr, m. = Skirdagr. i
skir-leikr, m. (_-leiki, a, m.), purity; at sla slikt silfr at ski! Iks
sem varr vili ver9r til, N.G.L. i. 446; sakir or9a gnottar eSa skirjcs,
MS. 15. I : mostly in a moral sense, s. andarinnar, Stj. 34, 142, M.J
skir-leitr, adj. pz^re of countenance, Gm. 39, Akv. 35 ; bjarta pk
skirleitari, MS. 234. 80. i
skir-liga, adv. purely, Sol. 10. i
skir-ligr, adj. = skirleitr ; s. i yfirbrag9i, Sturl. ii. 189; s. at jir-
litum, Fb. ii. 431 (MS. skyrligr, less correct). |
skir-lifl, n. a pure life, chastity. Mar.
skir-lifr, adj. pure-lived, chaste, H. E. i. 469, MS. 625. 78, passin: i
skim, f. [as a translation of the A.S. fulluht, which prop, rim*
cleansing, cp. 'En^. fuller = bleacher]: — eccl. baptism, christening; J"
gorir alia hreina ok skira, 655 i. I, K. {>. K., Bs., in countless inst. cs.
old and mod.; heima-s., christening at home; sknrbzx-s., circuma f^i
halda barni undir skirn, to stand godfather, Fb. ii. 264; skirnar |W
the standing godfather, Str. 17; skirnar embaetti, -J)j6nosta, Fms. i.^^-
H.E. i. 473, Karl. 204, Stj. 377; skirnar-dagr, 677. 15; skirnar-b |inr
(-bru9r), the fount of baptism, Fms. iii. 168, MS. 656 A. ii. 2; sk,"-
dropi, Hom. 56; skirnar-ketill, skirnar-munnlaug, afotit, Vm. 17, jj!
skirnar-sar, a baptismal font, H.E. i. 473, Vm. I ; skirnar-kl£e9i, i^
tismal clothing = 'hY\iz.-Viihir (q. v.), a white garment, Fms. x. f4'
Stj. 49, O. T. 25, 29 ; skirnar-nafn, a baptismal name, Baer. 6, Stj. <)'■
it
t
D
SKfRNA— SKJALFHENDR. 55I
ikirnar-steinn, a font, Vm. 38; skirnar-vatii, baptismal water, 655'f'skjaldrinina). ^^aid-Btelxm, m. ibt ' Mtld-t/one,' the ufftr $foiu
0/ a band-mill (y), Gisl. (in a verse). •kjald-sveinn, m.a 'tbield-boy, '
nil. 2.
skirna, a5, to become dear; vatn sem betr hefSi skirnat ok setzk,
Stj. 290 ; |)a tekr {)at Ijos at skirnask ok birtask, Sks. 204.
Skirnir, in. the Bright, the name of the messenger of Frcy, the god of
■\'lit, Kdda. Skirnis-f6r (in mod. Edd. called Skirnis-mdl), Saem.
kirr, adj., conipar. skirri, superl. skirstr, Sks. 138 new Ed., MS. 15. 5 ;
loth.skeirs; A.S.scir; Engl, sheer ; Gemi. schier ; Dan. skjar ; cp.
M) skserr and skyrr] : — clear, bright, pure, of glass, water, sky, light,
'::.; gler allra hrcinst ok skirst, MS. I5. 5; skirt vatn, Hb. 544.
39; skir ok liskir votn, Rb. 352 ; skir ve6r eSr iiskir, Stj. 15 ; Jjrjar
merkr gang-silfrs inoti einni skirri, 732. 16; skirt silfr, id.; syndisk
honuni eigi skirt nu'ila-silfrit, Fms. vi. 243 ; atta hundrud marka skirra,
X.93; drykkr skirri hverju vini, id.; getinn af skirri meyju ok flekklaussi,
' ; ;. 70. 2. me'.aph. cleansed from gtdlt, esp. referring to an ordeal ;
Aim ok skirr, 6^5 i. i ; enik skirr um J)at, / am clear of that, Sighvat ;
iJr hull af jurni skir J)a er hon sykn saka, N.G. L. i. 351 ; J)a varS sa
iiT er undir jar3ar-mqn gekk ef torfan fell eigi a hann, Ld. 58. 3.
< 3 skirri raust, with a clear voice, Sks. 138 new Ed.
skir-skota, a5, to appeal, a law term, with dat. ; the word is prob.
'ierived from the appeal to ordeal; s. e-u undir e-n, to appeal to; s.
•sum orskur6i undir \ik menn alia, ... ok skirskota3i til J)eirra laga er
igu u Uppsala-{)ingi, 6. H. 86 ; J)vi s. ek undir J);k, Arinbjorn, ok J)ik,
rSr, . . . at . . ., Eg. 352; s. skal hann undir vatta svorum J)eirra,
Ci. L. i. 348 ; konungr skirskotaSi \,k fyrir J)eim er hjd voru, at Simon
.k vi3, called them to witness, upon that S. confessed, Fms. ix. 358 ;
cr hann rettlauss ok hefir hann \>vi skirskotad, N. G. L. i. 74.
kirsl, f., ^10^. purification, an ordeal; for the ordeal see the remarks
. bera A. Ill, jor6 A. in fine, ketill I. 2 ; as also the words jarn-bur5r,
lil-tak, jar&ar-men ; gora skirslir, Fms. x. 418 ; Gu5s skirslir, ' God's
leal,' is opp. to manna sk.rsl, man's ordeal (i.e. an oath), N.G. L. i.
i); gora e-m stefnu til {)ings, ok njoti J)ar skirsla sinna, Js. 38; hann
l1 eigi eiga hverft til manna skirsla ef hann by6r fyrri Gu&s skirslir,
. if a man first offers God's ordeal he shall have no right afterwards
nan's ordeal, the oath, N.G. h. \.c. compds : skirslar-eldr, m.
-w. shjers'ild], purgatory, Mur. skirsla- J)ing, n. a meeting for
ordeal, N. G. L. i. 459. II. a christening = skim, q. v. ; um
■^sifjar ok skirsl (skisl Ed.), N. G. L. i. 339; skirsla-stefna, the fixing
i me for christening, 340.
kirsla, u, f. a purification, ordeal, see skirsl, Fms. vii. 164, ix. 284,
\>.K 168, Grag. i. 341, 361 : in a heathen sense, of passing under a
,-ii5armen, Ld. 58: metaph., gora skirslu til e-s, to put to the test, Fms.
xi. 95, Orkn. 356.
skir-teini, n. [cp. jartein], a proof, evidence (documentary or personal),
freq. in mod. usage : skir-teinn, m. the name of a charmed sword,
which shewed the guilt or innocence of one who touched it. Hem.
sklta, skeit, skitu, skitid, [A. S. scitan; Engl, shite; Germ, scheissen ;
Dan. skide; now only vulgar] ; — cacare, Grag. ii 133, Fms. vii. 21 ; J)eir
fuglar er i sitt hrtiSr s., that foul their own nest, Sturl. iii. 253: part.
skitinn (q. v.), dirty.
skitr, m. merda, N. G. L. i. 29, passim. compds : skit-liolt, n. (cp.
ganga til tres), a privy, a low word of abuse ; skitholtid J)itt I skit-
karl, m. a dirty fellow. Fas. ii. 211, Mag. 73.
skftugr, adj. dirty.
SkjaSak, n. [Norse skjak = lolimn temulentum, Gunnerus Flora Nor-
wagica] : — a kind of weed, darnel; stundum spillir s., of a field, Sks.
322. 2. of an ill-flavoured or poisonous brewing, as of a drink
made oi darnel ; mungat {)at er s. var i, Bs. i. 64 ; ]^'d. kom s. i mungatift
..tok J)a J)cgar alia iij)ekt ok s. or mungatinu, 316; {)ar var mungat
leitt ... ok g6r6i si6an af dam ekki godan, ok J)6tti halda vi& vaOa, at
nondi i koma, 340.
kjal, Ii. [ = skval, dropping the v], windy, empty talk, gossip, Edda I lo ;
k hegomi, H.E. i. 475; hann kvaSsk eigi heyra skjal J)eirra, Fms.
,",27; verOa at skjali einu. Fas. iii. 181; skrum ok s., Sk:aa R. 7;
i:j?ydu skjal, Horn. (St.)
B. [A different word; from skil, Dan. skjel, cp. spell and spjall], a
written deed, document, adduced as proof in a lawsuit, D.N. i. 605, iv.
538, 1^50, freq. in mod. usage. compds: skjala-safn, n. archives.
?kjala-v6r3r, m. a keeper of archives; leyndar-skjal, a secret deed.
kjala, aa, to prate, swagger. Fas. iii. 273, 284, Grett. 89 new Ed.
-KJALD-, the form taken by skjoldr in compds : skjald-blsetr, m. a
■Id worshipper (i), Yngl. S. (in a verse). ^ skjald-borg, f. a ' shield-
■'^h,' wall of shields, an old battle array, 6.H. 206, Nj. 274, Eg. 92, 532,
; 'iis. ii.319, vi. 416, 418, vii. 262, described in Har. S. Har8r. ch. 117
[Fms. vi. 413). skjald-fimr, ad].^quicl; with one's shield. Lex. Poijt.
Bkjald-h.vair, m. a kind of whale, from its particoloured skin, Sks. 1 24.
jald-kona, u, f. = skjaldmaer, Lv. 63. skjald-keenn, adj. = skjald-
■r, Lex. Poet. skjald-maer, f. a 'shield-maid,' amazon, Akv. 17,
\1-I2i, Fas. i. 140, 177, Odd. 22, 26. skjald-rim, f. the ' shield-
"im," i. e. the line of shields along the gunwale of a ship (skip skarat
shield-bearer, Sks. 705, Korm. 118, Stj. 631.
skjalda, aft, to enclose in a fenet of ibield$, Fm». x. 78; ikip ikjaldat
med stofnum, viii. 233 ; al-skjaldadr. of a »hip. Landn. 156 (»cc skjbldr; ;
skjadadr, shielded, of a person, F«r. 81, B». i. 204, Karl. 377.
skjalda, u, f. a particoloured cow, l»l. {jjofti.
skjaldari, a, m. a targcteer, Gp). 103.
skjald-bdUy, m. (N.G.L. i. 84), and akjald-Jjill, n. (»hould b«
spelt skjal-, not skjald-, from skilja, not from skjoldr?), [None f*,W-
tile] -.—a wooden partition-wall. Eg. 90. 233, 335. Fms. y. 338, viii, 172,
Grett. 98 A,*Orkn. 1 10, N. G. L. ii. 245 (skjtelldili).
skjald-brik, f. = skjaldbAlkr: skjald-brikja, t, to wainscot, D.N.
SKJALIi, 11. the white membrane of an egg, Edda 1 2 ; hvitr sem skjali,
whi:e as $., id. ; skjalli hvitara, Gsp. 2. a membrane, the white
skm stretched over a round frame (skj4r) and used for a window;
hence the phrase, vera sem skjali a skjA, to be like a skjali on a frame,
of a fickle, shifty person, cp. the mod. ' brittle as glass :' the phrase in
N. G. L. i. 384 — en ef hann svarar, at mi gengr eigi skjali a iV}k'^bul if
he answers, 'tis no matter, never mind! — is somewhat obscure, skjall-
hvitr, adj. while as skjali, Gd. 68 (of a lily).
skjali, n., qs. skval ^q. v.), empty, vain flattering.
SKJALLA, skellr, skall, skuUu, skylli, skollinn ; an infin. skella U
used in mod. writings, but hardly occurs in old writers (except Ob. Lc);
the older form skjalla is analogous to skjiilfa, hjalpa, bjarga, q. v. : — to
claih, clatter, hann latr skjalla honum hoggit, Fms. xi. 149; 14ta
hamarinn skjalla honum, Edda i. 168 (skella, Ob. I.e.); lata hnefa
skjalla, Hd.; en a haelum hringar skullu, clattered, Hym. 34; 4in skall
{)egar a brjost honum, Grett. I40; hnefar f>6rs skullu lit a borfiinu,
Edda 36; enda skellr J)ar mi lass fyrir biirin Reykdsela, Sturl. ii. 53;
hur6in skall i las, the door slammed to : skella A, to burst out on, break
out, of a gale, storm ; vedr, hrib, stormr skall a ; skall mi bardagi 4
J)eim, burst upon them, Fms. xi. 23 : impers., skall {)ar e-m, there was
one struck, iii. 188 : metaph., hjortu skullu, were stricken with fear, Fms.
vi. 39 (in a verse).
skjalla, ad, [skvel, skvaldr], to swagger, talk loud; ver ver8um at
tala me6an ungaiennit skjallar, Mork. 90, cp. Fms. vi. 335. 2.
mod. to flatter ; s. e-n.
skjallari, a, m. a flatterer.
skjal-lauss, adj. without swagger or cant, Mag.
skjall-fili (spelt skjall-fili) =skjaldt)ili, N.G.L. ii. 345, v.l. 27.
skjal-ligr, adj. documentary, authentic; skjalligt pr6f, D.N. ii. 580.
skjall-koDiiliga, adv. in a swaggering manner, Grett. 131 A.
skjallr, adj. [skjalla], loud, clashing, shrill; s. brestr, Bs. i. 798; lesa
snjallt ok skjallt, 220; kalla skjallt, 623. 35 ; hann skelldi miklu skjallast.
Fas. iii. 1 25 : the phrase, hann kvaft ser vera ekki einkar skjallt, be said
he did not feel well, Gisl. 47.
skjal-semi, f. swaggering, Horn. (St.)
skjambi, a, m. = skjanni, (conversational.)
skjanni, a, m. [akin to kiiin?], the side of the bead. Fas. ii. 451 (but
coarse), skjanna-ligr, adj. gaunt-faced.
skjappa, u, f., mod. skeppa, [Dan. skjeppe ; East Engl, skip"], a bushel ;
skjiippur ok vagir, N.G. L. i. 126; fjorar skeppur, 136: a nickname,
Fms. vii. 215.
SKJABB, adj. [Engl, sby ; Germ, scbeul, sby, timid, of animals, deer ;
skjarra saudi, Nj. 27, Bs. i. 330; skjiirr hross, Hrafn. 7: skjarrt hross,
Gjjl. 504 ; sau3fe pa.X er skjarrast var, Ld. 96. 2. metaph., skjarr
vi& e-t, shunning ; skjarr vid skot, Ls. 13 ; giir J)^r sem leiftust oil mann-
drap ok ver skjarr vid, Sks. 382 ; skjiirr a skeiSi^i), sby, faltering in the
race, but the passage is obscure or corrupt, Fm. 5 ; dag-s., shunning
the day, of a dwarf, Vt. 2; flug-s., fl6;t-s., sbitnning flight ; bleyfti-s,,
bold; \x-sk.]?iTT,fraud-thunning, Lex. Poet.
skja, 6, to stretch the membrane skjali over a window-frame ; glyggi sm4
ok alia skja6a, Sks. 42 7 ; konu-tetri3 oiigan gluggan skj4fli, Hallgr.
skjddr, m., Edda ii. 610; read skrj63r.
skjdlf, f. [Engl, shelf}, a shelf seat; remains only in hllft-ikjilA
q. V. II. a pr. name, Yngl. S. (Skjalfar-b6ndi).
SKJALPA, skelf, skalf, skulfu ; subj. skylfi; part, skolfit (skolf*
skalf, Barl. 53) : — to shiver, shake, quiver; honum J)6tti s. bsefti jord ok
himin, Nj. 194; me& skjalfandum beinum, Fms. x. 314; sva |)at skylfi
af hraedilu, Fbr. 1 2 ; s. sundr, to shake so as to burst, Sks. 412; l)eyg! henni
hendr skulfu. Am. 48 ; hann skalf mjok, Lv. 59 ; gridkona kom inn ok
skalf mjiik, Orkn. 326; sa skal vita er a strengaum heldr hvart hann
skelfr, Fb. ii. 129; s. sem hrisia : skjalfandi, shivering; li-skjalfandi,
steady, firm. Lex. Poet.
skjdlfa = skelfa, to make to shake; s. ok hrxfta e-n, Barl. 197.
skjdlf-henda, u, f. a kind of metre, Edda (Ht.) 35, I39. 130 ; for tbe
origin of this metre see Edda I. c.
skjdlf-hendr, adj. in tbe metre skjalfhenda, Edda. 2. [bond],
with trembling hand. , II. [ond], tremulous, with faltering voiet;
kjtildum), Orkn. 104 (in a verse), Fms. vi. (in a verse), xi. 140 (readihxrra no la-gra ne skjalfhendra ( = skjalfendra), Fms. vii. 327.
nr,9.
SKJi^LFRA— SKJOTAi
skjdlfra, a3, lo shiver, ihale ; hann skjalfrafti allr, Fms. x. 314. '
akjalf-raddaSr, part, with faltering voice.
skjdlfti (skiilpti), a, ni. a shivering, shaking, Orkn. 326 (shivering
from cold), Gull^. 8 : pass., land-s., jar9-s., an earthquake. compds :
skjdlfta-fullr, adj. shivering, Fms. i. 162, Bs. i. 39, skjalfta-
lauss, adj. not shaking, Bs. ii. 159.
skjdlg-leiki (spelt skjcxgleiki), m. wryness, Rb. 476.
skjdlgr, adj. [Engl, shallow, although in an altered sense] : — wry,
oblique; me& skjalgum skotum, Sks. 383: the phrase, skjota augum i
skjalg, to look askajice, Fbr. 71. 2. squinting, as a nickname,
J>6r61fr Skjalgr (Fms.), the father of Erling Skjiilgsson (6._H.), whence
it becime a pr. name ; fii-skjulgr, see fe.
skjalgr, m. the crescent moon, Edda (Gl.) II. the name of a
fish, Edda ii. 564.
SKJAR, m. (the older form was prob. ske, analogous to le, kle, q. v.):
— a window (the -opening). In old dwellings the openings were round,
fitted with a hoop or frame (called skja-grind), which had a membrane
(skjall) stretched over it, and this was used instead of glass, and could be
taken out at pleasure ; such windows are still found in Icel. farm-houses,
all such openings being in the roof, not in the walls, cp. Nj. ch. 78 (init.);
and when the frame was taken out, these openings served as outlets for
smoke. In some instances skjtir seems to be used synonymously with Ijori
(q. V.) ; the lili9-skjar (q. v.), or ' side-skjar,' would then answer to the
window or opening in mod. Icel. dwellings ; hristust skjair (chimney-pot =
mod. strompr, q. v.) a hiisum sem fyrir vindi hvossum, Ann. 1 341 ," |jorbjorn
{)reif upp stokk ok reisti undir skjainn ok for {)ar lit, GullJ). 19 ; taka af
skjana ok lata leggja vit reykinn, Fbr. 99 new Ed. ; ef menu sitja i hiisnm
l^eim er skjair eru a, J)a er sva Ijost inni, at hverr maSr kennir annan, Sks.
47 new Ed.; konungr hafdi gort skja fyrir stofuna, Fms. vii. 34; fara upp a
stofuna ok taka af skjainn (i.e. the frame'), Fbr. 1 70; hann kasta6i J)vi
inn um skjainn, Fas. ii. 81 ; brutu Jjeir stofuna um skjana, Sturl. i. 168 ;
hli9-skjar, Sturl. ii. 85 ; hann hUirar vi9 hli9skjainn er a var stofunni, Bs.
i. 628 : the phrase, mi gengr eigi skjall a skja, N. G. L. i. 384 (see skjall) ;
krumminn a skja, skja, skekr belgi t)rja, a nursery rhj'me. compds :
skjd-gluggi, a, m., opp. to a glass window. skjd-grind, f., see above,
skji-vindauga, n. a skja window, Sturl. i. 168, Orkn. 250.
skjdta, u, f. apiece of scorched skin ; skinn-s.
skjatla, a3, impers. mer skjatlar, one falters, misses; see skjoplast.
skj63, f. a skin bag, N. G. L. ii. 248.
skj63a, u, f. [akin to skaub], a small skin-hag, H. E. i. 473, Edda ii.
314, 430; nafra-s., skj69u skru6, Fms. vi. 374, freq. in mod. usage.
skjoSu-pungr, m. a skin-purse, |)orf. Karl. 374.
SKJ(3L, n. [Dan. skjul"], a shelter, cover, Fms. iii. 112, xi. 36; in Icel.
also used of any cover or hollow under a fence, a stone, or the like,
where sheep seek shelter against storm and cold : the phrase, mi er fokit
i -oil skjol, all shelters are covered with snow, no refuge is left, the meta-
phor being taken from a snow-storm, Nj. 258; kirkja a fjoru-tigi sau6a
hofn i Miilafjall, ok skjol i Mariu-helli, Vm. 65 ; reka skal smala J)a9an
til skjola i Vatns-hli9 jafnan er vill, Pm. no; i mitt skj<jl ok hiisa-
skyggni, Stj. 121 ; flyja undir skjol e-s, Fms. i. 264; skjota skjoli yfir, to
give shelter, Ld. 40, Gisl. 40, Fs. 37 : in mod. usage also, skjota skjols-
hiisi yfir e-n. skj61s-ma3r, m. a shelterer, protector, 655 xxiii. I.
8kj61a, u, f. [North. E. and Scot, skeel or skeil, a milk-pan'], (gen.
pi. skjolna, Dipl. v. 18, Lv. 98) : — a pail, bucket, Sturl. ii. 86, Dropl. 34,
N. G. L. ii. 248 (v. 1.), passim in old and mod. usage: of a measure, Lv.
98, Grag. i. 501, Dipl. v. 18; katlamals-s., see ketill. 2. of a Con-
stellation, Rb.
skjol-eygr, adj. [A. S. sceol-eage; Dan. skel-cjed}, goggle-eyed,
sqnin'ing, Ba,r9. 178.
skj61-gar3r, m. a sheltering fence, Vm. 64.
skj61-g63r, adj. giving good cover, warm, of cloth.
skjol-samr, adj. sheltering, Merl.
■■skj6ini, a, m. [Ivar Aasen skjoma = to flicker'], a flickering light. 2.
metaph., skjomi daltangar, the ' ray of the hand,' i. e. a drawn sword,
Landn. (in a verse) : a sword. Lex. Poet. : a nickname, Fb. iii.
skjoni, a, m. a pieball horse, i.e. black and vjhite [see skjottr] ;
skjona, u, f. of a mare.
skj6pla3k, a9, dep., not to be spelt skjoplast, as is seen both from the
spelling of the vellum (o, not au, or do), and also from the mod. popular
form skjatla, which is a corruption from skjapla, a form which occurs in
Norske Saml. v. 158: — to be upset, fail, at eigi skjoplisk, Sks. 86 new
Ed.; at engi skjoplisk i einorSinni vi3 annan, O. H. 61; sva at aldri
skjoplaSisk (skjopl- Ed.) okkur vinatta, Fms. vii. 64; kva9 Sigmuudr
hann skjoplaz (skjopl- Ed.) hafa i fcrOinni til Noregs, ii. 1 14 ; mun 66inn
vilja skjoplaz i sigrgjofinni vi3 mik. Fas. i. 380; aldri si6an skal ek
skjoplask i ySvarri ^jonustu, Fms. viii. 369.
skjor, m. [Dan. skj<zre], the magpie, corvus pica, Edda (Gl.), Karl. 460.
SKJ(3TA, skyt, pret. skaut, skauzt (skauzAi rhyming with laus^, Fms.
vi. in a verse), skaut, pi. skutu ; subj. skyti ; imperat. skjot, skjottu;
part, skotinn : [^k.^. sceotan, scyttan ; ^ng\. shoot znA shut ; Da.n. skyde ;
Germ, schiessen.]
A. To shoot with a weapon, the weapon being in dat. ; skjota
(iirum), spjoti, fleini, skutli, kesju, kolfi . . ., Fms, i. 44, x. 308, 362
380; \>c'n J)ykkjask eigi hafa skotiS betra skot, Fms. vii. 211;
skotinn spjoti i gognum, shot through with a spear, Nj. 274; the o
shot at in ace, skjota dyr, fugla, sela, Edda 16, Nj. 95, Ld. 56, Fn
356, 362, and passim : also, s. til e-s, to shoot at; s. til fugls, Orkn.
s. til haefis, to shoot at a mark, Fms. ii. 268 ; s. kesju at e-m. Eg.
allir skutu at Baldri, Edda 37. II. to shoot, to push or ,
quickly ; skjota loku fyrir (or fra) hur9u (dyrum), to shoot the bolt,
the door ; s. fra lokum, to unlock, Lv. 60 ; hann lag9isk ni9r ok s
fyrir loku. Eg. 6oi ; skaut hann Jdo, fra lokum, Fms. vi. 189 ; ^eir 1
hann i kistu ok skutu si9an fyrir bor9, and shot the chest overboard
127; skaut Egill yfir briinni, E. shot the bridge over the dilcb, 53
brii af, to draw the bridge off or away, Fms. xi. 370 ; s. skipum a
to launch the ships into water, ix. 501 ; s. bati, to lautich a boat ^
the shore, Nj. 133 ; s. utan bati, to shove out a boat, 272 ; brau9 ^
hon haf9i i ofninn skoti9, Horn. 114; menn er i ofn voru skotnir,
var {jeim skoti9 i eld brennanda. Eg. 232 ; then in all kinds of rela
s. hcsti undir e-n, to put a horse under one, mount him. Eg. 397,
Fms. vii. 21 ; var mer her skoti9 a land, / was put ashore here, Nj
s. e-m upp a land, id., Fms. i. 131 ; s. barni heim af fostri, to send
a bairn from the fostr, Grag. i. 276 ; s. e-m brott, to let one escape,
ix. 420; s. e-m undan, id., vi. 1 16, vii. 250; s. ni9r umaga, to le
pauper behind, place him there, Grag. i. 296, 297 ; s. fe a brott (un
to abstract, et7ibezzle money, 334 ; J)etta likar J)6rdisi ilia ok skytr v
peningunum, Korm. 150 ; skjottu diametro solarinnar i tva sta9i, c
it into two, Rb. 462 ; J)a skaut Gu9 {)vi ra9i i hug ^eim, put this
into their mind, 655. 3 ; s. upp hvitum skildi, to hoist a white shield,
X. 347 ; s. upp vita, to light up the beacon, Hkr. i. 148 ; ^a var9 ei
vita upp skoti9, Orkn. 266 ; vita-karlinn skaut eldi i vitann, lighted
beacon, Fms. viii. 188 ; s. land-tjaldi, to pitch a tent, Nj. 157 ; var s
um hann skjaldborg, 274 ; s. a skjaldborg, to draw up a s., Fms. vii
s. a fylking, to draw up in battle array, O. H. 209 ; s. a husj)i
call a vieeting together. Eg. 357 ; s. a eyrendi, to make a speech, Fi
215; skytr or skytsk mjok i tvau horn um e-t, see horn B. I.
fotum undir sik, to take to one's heels, to run, Fms. viii. 358 ; hann
ser ut hja J)eim, shot out, escaped, vi. 189; hann hljop upp a a
ok skaut a knjam sinum, ix. 462 ; barnit skaut ondu upp, the
began to breathe, Hkr. ii. 199 ; s. skildi fyrir sik, to put a shield I
one. Eg. 378, Nj. 156; s. skjoli yfir e-n, to protect (see skjol); V
su9in skaut lykkj-unum, she (the ship) shivered, Fms. viii. 199
segisk, at hann skyti i fyrstu J)essu or9i, eldisk argalinn nu, he is si
have let this word slip, to have said, vi. 251 ; s. e-u of 6x1, to throw
one's shoulder, Gg. 6 ; s. e-u a, frest, to put off, delay : skjota augu
look askance. Eg. (in a verse), from which the mod. gjota augum is i
ruption. III. metaph. to shift or transfer a case to another, ap
skutu J)au til ra9a Olafs, Ld. 74 ; s. firsetu til or skur9ar e-s, Fm:
203 ; ^vi skyt ek til Gu9s, i. 3 ; s. sinu mali a Gu9s vald, x, 10;
J)essu mali til Frosta-J)ings . . . , })eir skutu J)angat sinu mali, i. 3 2 ; vt
domendr, er malum fiessum er til skoti9, Nj. 188; s. mali a fylkis-
N. G. L, i. 2 1 ; skyt ek J)vi til Gu9s ok gi';9ra manna, Nj. 176; mei
er hann skaut ra9um undir, whom he took as his counsel, Fms
308. IV. [A. S. scot; Engl, shot, scof, see skot, I and II]: — to
rett er at fimm biiar vir9i gripinn, ok skal hann J)a skjota i moti
er fieir vir9a gripinn dyrra enn bans skuld var fyrir 6ndver9u, Gr
412 ; skjota fe saman, to club juoney together, make a collection, I
fieir skutu saman fjar-hlutum sinum hverr eptir efnum, Hom. 123
skot) ; hann skaut einn fyrir sveitunga sina alia {he paid their scot)
Jieir satu i skytningum, Ld. 312 (see skytningr). V. impers
skytr upp, it shoots up, emerges, coines forth ; upp skytr j6r9unni
sajnum, Edda 44; skaut upp j6r9u dag fra degi, the earth appearei
by day (as the snow melted), Fms. ii. 22S ; ^6 at J)er skyti {)vi i
though it shot into thy mind, occurred to thee. Band. 37 new Ed.;
skaut skelk i bringu, they were panic-stricken, Ld. 78, Eg. 49, Fb. i
(see skelkr) ; mjok skytr mornar vakri, she is much tossed, Hall
sveita skaut a skjaldrim, the shield-rim ivas bloodshot, blood-stc
Orkn. (in a verse) ; sem kolfi skyti, swift as a dart, Fms. ii. 183.
B. Reflex, to shoot, start, move, slip away; Ski9i fra ek at si
a fastr, iS*. started to his feet, Ski9a R. 52 ; Bjorn skauzk aptr si9
baki Kara, B. shot or slipped behind Kdri's back, Nj. 262 ; at menn
skytisk eigi fra honum, lest they should slip away, abscond, Fm;
49 ; vildi Ijosta Gretti, en hann skautzk undan, started away fro)
blow, Grett. 91 A ; {jeir falmau9u af hrae9slu, ok skutusk hinga
Jiingat undan geislum bans, Ni9r. 5 ; J)6 at fe bans skjotisk fyrir §
enda, to slip through by the end of the fence, Grag. ii. 263 ; nu s
ma9r undan tali {evades,) N. G. L. i. 97; kemr i hug, at hann
skotisk hafa undan, ok vilja eigi fara, Isl. ii. 334 : skjotask yfir (imp
to skip, slip over; mer hefir skotisk yfir a9 telja hann, J)eim haf3
skotisk um fietta, they had tnade a false calculation, Ld. 100 ; \)k skjo
ek mjok yfir, then I am much mistaken, Skalda (Thorodd) ; skyzt
mcirgum visdomrinn sem betri van er at, Gjett. 25 new Ed. : skj
f
y
8
SKJOTADR—SKOIi.
553
, to fail; margir skutask honum, many forsoolt Mm, Fms. i. 32;TKorm. 88; or, fyrir e-n, Isl. ii. 257; era h<-ra at borgnara b<»tt hxna
h
^
>, ri
110)
tyikis-
1; ra
!, Fa
?A
IBOlii
i.'i'jH,
i,ni
rsn()
iinrS
skutusk {Jii margir vift |>6r3 i tninaSinuni, wrtw^f proved false to Thord,
Sturl. iii. 75 C ; vildi dy'riO Ijosta Jjeim hranimiiuim seni heill var, ok
skauzk a stufinn, and stntnbled, reeled on the stimip of the other leg,
Grett. lOl A ; hann var nokkut vi8 aldr, ok skauzk ii f6tum {and tottered
on bis legs), ok J)6 hiiin karlmannligsti, Hav. 45 : also in the law phrase,
hafa e-u fyrir skotia, to have a case forfeited, N. G. L. i. 52, 53 ; ef hann
stefiiir eigi . . . t'^ ^^ ^c'l" vattuni fyrir skotiS, then the witnesses are value-
less, 54 (cp. D&n. for-skyde). 2. reflex., in the mod. skjotask, to go on
a short errand, pay a short visit ; viltu ekki skjotast me5 brefid a8 tarna ?
eg sella a9 skjotast inn sem snoggvast, biddu meSan eg skyzt inn, and the
like. II- recipr., skjotask a, to exchange shots, Fms. i. 93, vii.
54. III. part., of corn, to shoot; nigakr ai-skotinn, {>i8r. 180.
8kj6ta3r, part, mounted, ftirnished with a horse or vehicle (skjotr, m.) ;
J)6 ek se verr skjotaSr, en hann fyrir vanheilsu sokum, although I am less
well mounted, Fms. vii. ■275.
8kj6tandi, part, a shooter, Edda 56.
8lq6t-fall, n. the neglecting to provide a vehicle or horse, N. G. L. ii. 336.
skjotla, adv. = skj6tl'ga, Horn. 109.
8kj6t-leikr, ndj.Jleelness, Edda 31, Landn. 194, MS. 4. 18, Sks. 82.
skjot-liga, adv. swiftly, quicHy, Nj. 130, Fms. vi. 31, vii. 342 : soon,
skaltii mi ok vita s., Ld. 50; sofna s., 156.
8kj6t-ligr, adj. ' shot-like,' fleet, quick, alert; s. i vi&brag&i, Fms. vii.
175; s. til karlmennsku, Nj. 183 ; hann var hinn skjotligsti at sj4, Faer.
256: sudden, s. dau6i, Sks. 231.
SKJOTB, adj., skjot, skjott, swift, fleet; hefir \iu skjotara best s^3 ?
Fms. vii. 169; ^eir hljopu at J)eim, ok varS skjotastr MoSiilfr, Nj. 262 ;
s. til g66ra verka, Skalda 169 : skjott, opp. to seint, Edda 127. 2.
of time; skj6tari skilning, Fms. i. 97 ; skjotan orskurS, 42 ; skjotar scilur,
Isl. ii. 126; Jjat er skjotast at segja, in short! Fms. vi. 84; rifhris er
skj6tara er at rifa upp, it is sooner picked, Grag. ii. 288 ; mjolk ok a6ra
hluti J)a er {)eim voru skjotastir til lifs, Finnb. 234 ; skjot samstafa, a
short syllable, Edda (Ht.) 3. neut. skjott, speedily; hcSn bjo sik
skjott, Nj. II ; bua sik sem skjotast, Fms. i. 73 ; {)eir sja skjott (soon)
logann, Isl. ii. T52 ; birta skjott sinn vilja, Ld. 186 ; sofna skjott, Fms. i.
9; lif mannligt endast skjott, Hallgr., Pass. 8. 17, 14. I.
B. CoMPDs: skjot-fara, adj. swift-going, Sturl. i. 84. Skj6t-
fseri, n.fieetness, Edda 34. skjot-fsettr, adj. swift-footed. skj6t-
g6rr, part, soon made, Fms. vi. skjot-hendr, adj. swift-handed.
Fas. i. 100. skjot-keypt, n. part, a hasty bargain. Bard. 30 new Ed.
8kj6t-kj6rmn, part, soon chosen, Fms. ii. 79, Fas. ii. 188. skj6t-
14tr, adj. quick, alert, Isl. ii. 6. skjdt-leikinn, adj. nimble, Finnb.
352. skj6t-liti3, n. part. ; gora s. e-t mal, to hurry, be rash in a
thing, Ld. 186. skjot-lyndr, adj. impatient, Sks. 641. skjot-
meeigi, f. a rash speech, Barl. 108. skj6t-or3liga, adv. in a few
words, Hkr. iii. 104. skj6t-or3r, adj. qnick-spoken, ready of tongue,
Bjarn. 14, Nj. 38, 6.H. 113, 201. skj6t-r^3it, n. part, hastily de-
cided, Edda 127. skj6t-r&3r, adj. quick in resolving, 6. H. 201.
8kj6t-r8B3i, n. rashness, Fms. i. 74, vi. 104, 133, Njar6. 378. skj6t-
Bvarinn, part, rashly sworn, Sks. 607. skj6t-tindr, part, soon
picked up, Sks. 7. skj6t-yr3i, n. hasty words, Fms. v. 253.
Skj6tr, m. [Swed. skjuts = a post-horse ; Ivar Aasen skjot] : — a vehicle,
esp. a horse ; hann segir honum at buinn var skjotrinn, Fms. iv. 35 : in
Sweden and Norway the word specially means the conveyance (skyds) of
a public person or message as by law required, en sa sem fellir J)enna
skj6t, K. A. 22 ; ok serliga um skjot sem er erut minum herra biskupinum
skyldugir at Uigum, N. G. L. ii. 336; farar-s., rei3-s., q. v.
■ 8kj6t-skipti,-n. the change of a horse, N. G. L. ii. 336.
skj6ttr, adj. [contracted qs. skyj-ottr? see skjoni], skewball (i. e. brown
'id white), only of a horse, Is!, ii. 62 ; rau5-s., jarp-s., mo-s., kinn-s.,
v., cp. skjoni.
<kj6gr, n. limping as if palsied.
kjOgra, a5, to limp as if palsied, esp. of animals dragging their legs
' er them.
-kjSkta, a3, to wag to and fro.
-kjdldottr, adj. dappled, skewball, of cattle; rau&-s.
SKJOLDR, m., gen. skialdar, dat. skildi ; an old dat. in poets
■ laldi, — hjnWrs a minum skja/rfi, Eb. 27 new Ed. (in a verse); hnWor8
I'ug sk'jaldi, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; haWir fast ok skjaWi, Kormak :
■ir. skildir; ace, skjoldu, mod. skildi : [Ulf. skildus = 0vp(6s, Ephes. vi.
6; D^n.skjold; Swed. skold ; common to all Teut. la-nguages : it is
i ommonly derived from skjol, shelter, although the short root vowel and
■ he final d of skild speak against this : ' skillingr' or ' skildingr' (a shil-
''■■g) may be a derivative from ' skildus,' from the shape, and from the
linted or scratched 'ring' on the shields; see below: in fact, an old
■ct (Bragi) calls the shield 'the penny of the hall of Odin.']
A. A shield, the generic name ; the special names are, rcind, tit,
"gr, targa, lind ; {)eir h6f6u ekki langa skjoldu, Fas. i. 379 ; g^San
' ■'•IJ ok {)j6kkan a hiilsi, Sks. 407; skjiild a hlid, Bjarn. 62, and so
j'l countless instances. II. special phrases ; halda skildi fyrir
t-m (e-n), to hold one's shield, as a second in a holmganga, Glum. 332,^
beri skjiild, Fms. vii. 116: hafa c-n at skildi, to have another as on* $
shield, i. e. seek shelter behind him, Nj. 8 ; bcra cfra ikjold, to carry the
highest shield, gain the day. Fas. i. 383, Fms. x. 394 : Jiji'ma undir |jann
skjold, to serve under that ibield, that standard, vii. 293 ; t)j6na undir »ama
skjold, viii. 109 : binda olluni jafuan skjold, to tit the tamt ibield to all.
treat all in one fashion (metaphor from a withy-«hield ?), Clem. 44:
leika tveim skjoldum, to play with two ibields. play a double gam* (meta-
phor from the red and white shields, see B), Am. 70, Hkr. i. (in a vertc) :
koma i opna skjoldu, to fall into the open (hollow) ibield, to attach in flank
{from the left), Fms. vi. 408, Stj. 365, Eg. 295. Fb. ii. 123 ; rennir sA
maflr i kirkjugarft, ok saikir J)iiigat skjiild, and ueki protection ibtrt,
N. G. L. i. 352 ; miirr ok skjoldr, Mar. III. of any ihicld-formcd
thing; tolgar-s., a round piece of tallow; also oi shield-like tpots on cattle or
whales: of a white tablet in churches, Vm. 142, 162, 168, Am. 55. Pm.
1 7 : brjost-skjcildr, a round brooch. IV. a pr. name, Nj.. Hkr. (of
the son of Odin, the ancestor of the Danish kings) ; Skjoldungar, Edda ;
Skjoldr Skiiimnga goft, Fb. iii. 246. compds : skjfvldar-band, n. a ibield-
strap, a nickname, Fms. ix. 249. skjaldar-bukl, n. the sbield-bou,
Al. 40. skjaldar-fetill, m. the shield-strap (mid. H.G. scilt-vezzel,
Gr. TfXafiwv), Bjarn. 36, Sks. 407. okjaldar-jOtunn, m. ' shield-
giant,' a war-engine, Sks. 430. skjaldar-rOnd, f. the fbield-rim.
Fms. i. 266, Korm. 120, Sks. 385. okjaldar-akirfl, n. pi. old worn-
out shields. Band. 33 new Ed. skjaldar-spordr, m. the ' ibield-tail,'
the lower part of an oblong shield, Ld. 78, Gliim. 333, Fas. i. 515.
B. Remarks on the shield. — A shield was raised as a signal in time of
war; a red shield betokened war (raudr skjoldr, her-skjoldr), a white shield
peace (hvitr skjoldr, friftar-skjoldr, a peace-shield) ; in a battle the red
shield was hoisted, Hkv. i. 33; but, breg&a upp friftar skildi, to hoist
the {white) shield of peace, was a sign that the battle was to cease ;
hann let skjota upp skildi hvitum, Fagrsk. 61, Fms. vii. 23; hence also
the phrase, bera herskjiild, or, fara herskildi, to harry, overrun a land
with the ' war shield,' see frid-skjoldr and her-skjiildr (s. v. hcrr). War
ships were lined from stem to stern with a wall of shields, — skip skarat
skjoldum, or skjaldat skip ; hann kom i Bjarnar-fj6r8 meS al-skjolduftu
skipi, si6an var hann Skjaldar-Bjiirn kalla&r, Landn. 156. The halls of
the ancients were hung all round with a row of shields, Gm. 9, Edda 2,
Eg. 43, see the curious story in Fas. iii. 42. For the shield-wall in battles
see skjald-borg. Ancient sayings ; mi er skarft fyrir skildi, now there is
a gap for a shield, a breach in the fence, of a heavy loss, such as the
death of a person, mi er skar3 fyrir skildi, mi er svanrinn nar a Tjom,
Jon {)orl. ; hoggva skarft i skildi e-s, to cut a notch in one's fbield, inflict
a severe blow, Orkn. (in a verse). Shields were furnished with a painted
or carved ' ring' representing mythological or heroic subjects; these rings
are the earliest works of Northern art on record, hence come the names
rit, baugr, rond, of which rit points to scratching (whereas Bragi used ' fA'
= to paint); rau5um skildi, rond var or gulli, Hkv. i. 33. Such shields
were a lordly gift, and gave rise to several ancient poems treating of the
subjects carved or painted on the shield, such as the famous Haust-long by
Thiodolf, the Ragnars-kvi&a by Bragi, the two Beru-drdpur (Shield-songs)
by Egill ; these ' shield-lays ' were afterwards the sources of the writer of
the Edda, but only a few fragments are preserved ; (cp. the Greek lay on
'the shield of Heracles,' and the lay on Achilles' shield in the Iliad.)
Skjdldvmgar, m. pi. the famous lineage of the kings of Denmark,
from Skjold, the son of Odin, Edda, Yngl. S. The Danish legend derives
the name from his being found in infancy in a bed of reeds to which he
had floated on a shield ; but in fact the name is derived from the ancient
Teutonic custom of electing the king by lifting him on a shield in the
assembly. SkjOldunga-eett, f. the kin of the S., Fas. ii. 10.
skjdldungr, m. a bird, the sheldrake, from the shield-like band across
his breast, Edda (Gl.)
skjdlug-leikr, m. wordiness. Fas. iii. 372, v. 1.
sko, interj. see I behold 1 qs. skofta, sko5a<iu.
SKODA, a&, [Swed. skdda; early Dan. skode; the Germ, sebauen and
Goth, skawjan are kindred words] : — to look after, view: skoSa augum,
Hm. 7, Skida R. 196 ; er malit var sko8at, Grett. 102 A, H. E. i. 387 ;
veri sy'slumaSr skyldr at s. ^etta a hverjum tiilf miinufium, G|)l. 526; s.
nauSsyn mannsins, K. A. 76; sva at v6t allir megim $. hvart .... Dipl.
ii. 14 ; hofu ver i6uliga skodat hana, revised it (the book), G{)I. (pref. v) ;
hon byftr at s. i hofdi honum, Ld. 156; at lita ok eptir at $. um landa-
merki, Dipl. ii. 19. II. skodask um, to look about, Hm. 1.
8ko3an, f. a viewing, Stj. 299, H.E. i. 584, Bs. i. 703; undir skoflan
ok yfir-sjon Gunnsteins abota, Dipl. iii. 4.
skoffin, n. an animal, said to be a hybrid between a she-cat and a fox,
Isl. i. 612.
skokkr, m. a trunk, chest; skokkr var a golfi, a carpenter's chest,
Rm. 15; J)eir hof8u med ser skokka (skrokka Cod.) ok i dyra-merg,
{>orf. 430, V. 1.: a ship's hulk, Fms. vi. 141, 252 (in a verse), Orkn. 104
(in a verse), Pd. 20, 38 : mod. skrokkr = a trunk.
skol, n., qs. skval, [Engl, scullery], washing water. •kola-vatn,
n . scullery water.
554
SKOLA— SKORT.
SKOLA, a5, to wash; skola handkteai, H.E. i. 489 ; s. i vatni, MS.T^o the surface, emerged, Fbr., Fb. ii. 215 (in a verse); this certainly
544. 39 ; sjor skolar kjol, Edda (in a verse) : impers., skolar til hafs ollu
or skipinu, it was all washed away, Sturl. i. 120 ; alda skolar kjol, Edda
ii. 492 (in a verse").
skol-beiKn, adj. brown-legged, a nickname, Fnis. x. 123.
skol-brunn, adj. the etymology and exact sense of this word is uncer-
tain, either from skol and brxann — scullery-hrown, or from skalpr or
skolptr, qs. ' scalp-brown' swarthy, perhaps the latter ; svarteygr ok s.,
Eg. 305 ; svartr a har, skarpleitr, niJkkut s., Orkn. 66 ; nokkut s., hvitr
s har ok retthar, Glum. 335 ; s. ok skarpleitr, Sd. 147 ; harr i skeggi ok
s. mjok, Ld. 274; rauSbleikr a har, skolbriinn, eyg6r tiijok ok vel, Eb.
30; HallfreSr var s. nokkut, jarpr d har, Fs. 86; rau6skeggja6r, skol-
briinn, ok heldr illmannligr, 101, Hem. (of earl Tosti).
SKOLLA, skollir, skolli, skollat, to hang over, dangle; belg {)ann er
skollir me6 skrani, Hm. 135 ; J)ar er J)u skollir vi6 sky uppi, Vkv. 35 ;
Bjarni skoldi vi6 tre, dangled in the tree, F"ms. vi. 304 (in a verse) ; gull-
morkuS v6 skollu (skoUdu), the standard floated, Fagrsk. (in a verse) ;
ek laet skei9r skolla vi8 sker, I make the ships hover among the skerries,
Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; letum tjoldut skip s. fyrir landi, we made the thips
hover off the ness, Sighvat : in mod. usage, treyjan {the coat) skollir upp
a herSar bloSum, of a short, ill-fitting jacket. 2. metaph. to skidk
away, keep aloof; J)a skolli J)er sva at mer mun seint verSa at taka
af y3r hjalp, Edda 20; skolla vi5 e.-m, to forsake, prove false to; Jjo laetr
Ger8r i Gor&um gollhrings vi3 mer skolla, she turns a deaf ear to me,
Fms. vi. (in a verse.)
skolli, a, m. the ' skulker,' a fox, Reynard, Edda (Gl.) ; esp. used in
nursery tales and in games, e. g. skoUa-leikr, the fox-game, blind-
man's-buff, in which every man in turn pats the skolli {the blindfolded
man) on the shoulder, shouting, klukk, klukk, skolli minn, klukk,
klukk ! and then turns round ; hann hleypr upp at selinu ok spur3i
hvart skolli vaeri inni, whether the fox were in? Ld. 278, Sturl. iii. 218;
hann gaf stor hogg a dyrnar ok spur9i hvart skolli vaeri inni..., —
answer, Inni er skolli ok ekki hraeddr | bittu til Jjess a6 hann er klaeddr,
Safn i. 53 : in the phrase, skella skolla-eyrunum vi3 e-u, to turn a ^fox-
ear ' (deaf-ear) to a thing. 2. fhs evil one, a word used in swear-
ing ; hva5a skolli I skoUans ! hence in compds : skoUa-brsekr, f. pi.
devil's breeks: skoUa-hraki, a, m. ' devil' s-spittle' = the jelly-flsh, see
Maurer's Vclks. : skolla-fingr, hotAn. = lycopodium selago, a kind of
fern : skoUa-leikr, m. (see above) : skolla-reipi, n., botan. ' devil's
rope,' the bramble, — rubus : skolla-fotr, m., hoX7in. = eqniselum, horse-
tail, a plant akin to the ferns : skolla-kd.1, n., botan. goat-weed = aego-
podium, Hjalt.
skollkini, m. [cp. Engl, skulk"], poet, a wolf, Edda (Gl.) ; no doubt
akin to skolli.
skollr, m. [Ivar Aasen skcell = a fog], = skolli, a fox, Edda ii. 490. 2.
skulking, deceit; byggja um skoll, Fms. xi. 365; s. var 1 skapi biiand-
karla, viii.44. compds : skoU-laust, adj. ^wf/e/ess, Sighvat. skoU-
viss, adj. skulking, wily, Hkv. 1.37.
skoll-valdr, m. a skulker, deceiver, one of the names of Odin, Edda
(Gl.); but more probably belonging to some ancient fable about Reynard
the fox.
skolPi n., qs. skvalp, [cp. Dan. squalpe], scullery water.
SKOLPB,, m. [Ivar Aasen skolpe-jarn], a turner's chisel ; skolpa ok
nafra, Sks. 30.
skolptr, m., spelt thus, Fms. vi. 180 (in a verse), and ii. 259, v. 1. ;
sounded and spelt skoltr ; [akin to the preceding word] : — a snout, of
a dog, dragon, or the like; skei6 bar skolpt inn rau6a, Fms. vi. (in
a verse) ; gnoptu skoltar, ii. 259 (in a verse) ; hann lystr a skoltinn
hesti sinum, ^orst. St. 48 ; kom broddrinn i auga hestinum, ok hljop
augat lit a skoltinn, . . . augat var frosit a skoltinum, Bs. i. 608 : of the
human face, hon var steinblind . . . hon bar vatni& upp i skoltana, ok
J)6ttisk linan af fa er kallt var, ii. 169; Ijotan skolt, langa trjonu. Fas.
iii. 37 (in a verse) ; Ski&a slo a skoltinn enn, Ski6a R. 142.
skona, a3, to serve, attend, with dat. ; skona ok J)vi allir oss me3 dX-
grei3slu ok mikilli hly3ni, N. G. L. ii. 426.
skon-rok, n. [Dan.], a biscuit, (mod.)
skons, n. [Lat. ab-sconsa], a sconce, lantern, Bs. i. 847.
skonsa, u, f. a dark nook.
skop, n. = skaup, railing, mocking. Fas. iii. 37. skop-ligr, adj.
skopa, a3, = skeypa; skopast a5 e-u, to scoff, mock. II. [see
skapa], to take a run; in the phrase, skopa skei3 (skapa skei3), GullJ).
57, Gisl. 69, Fas. ii. 283, Fs. 51.
skopan, f. railing, Hom. (St.)
skoppa, a5, (skopp, n.), [cp. Engl, to skip], to spin like a top.
skoppara-kringla, u, f. a top (the toy).
skoppr, m. a top (?), a nickname, Sturl. iii. 153.
SKOPT, n., better skoft, mod. skott, q. v. ; [Ulf. s^zz/fs = rpj'xes ;
O. H. G. skuft; Germ, schopf]: — hair; skopt heitir har, Edda 109;
skopt it svarta, Fbr. (in a verse) ; J)6 heilagt skopt, Edda (in a verse) ;
only in poets ; it remains in the pr. name Skopti, Hkr., Landn.
skopta, skopti, skopta, to float atop (like hair) ; skopta ek upp, 7 vise
the sense, and not as explained in Lex. Poet
skor, f., pi. skorar, a score, notch, incision ; setja J)rjar skorar a dyra-stO(
N.G.L. i.55 ; bera, J)ola skor, to ' thole a score,' stand a cut, of a good silv<
coin (bad coins were merely silvered over), Grag. i. 392, 500 ; hvitr i sko
white in the cut, of silver, Hkr. i. 185. 2. [North. E. scar, ."^caur],
rift in a rock or precipice ; hleypr hann ofan fyrir skorina, Gisl. 158 ; «
J)u vatt t>a sjau i skorinni, Nj. 146; svelta sem refr i skor. Fas. iii. l8(
636 ; fota-festi i einni litilli skor, Barl. 56 ; Skorar-geirr, a nicknatm
Nj. : the name of a cloven mountain north of Broadfirth in Icel., mil
Skorar og Jokuls : berg-skor, hellis-skor, kletta-skor. II. a tali
or stick for counting, a score or notch being made for every twenty ; 1
skip skal skipa . . . fia skal skorar {they scored the roll) selja armanni
bond, ok augljos nef |)au oil gora at bryggju-sporSi, er skorat er fyri
N.G. L. i. 202 ; hence, 2. a score, a tale of twenty ; ellefu skors
af karlmonnum, sjau skorar af bornum, 415. 16.
SKOHA, aO, (but skor3u, Gs. 14), [Engl, to score], to make a scor
incision ; jarnin skoru9u mjok at beini, Fms. xi. 288 ; af annan futinn e
skora3i mjok annan, Sturl. ii. 158; |)ar skor6u vit {we scored) bl66 <!
benjum, Gs. 14 ; ^eir skora sundr vegginn mefl boloxum, Al. 148 ; skoi
sundr i miSju, Fas. iii. 343 ; J)eir skoruSu af spjotskapti {scored a piei
off) ok g6r6u Jiar af hael, Sturl. ii. iSi ; fieir skora faetr a filunum J)ar t
er J)eir falla, Al. 143. II. skora e-m holm, prop, to 'score' t
mark out a field for battle, hence to challenge to single combat, (risi
reit, to scratch the limits of a battle-field, see Korm. S.) ; skora a e-i
to challenge ; s. a e-n til holmgiJngu, Dropl. 36, Fs. 137 ; hann skorii
a fiorfinn til landa, Landn. 80 ; skora a mann til e-s hlutar. Eg. 494
also, skora e-m a holm or holmgongu, to challenge to fight, Nj. 15, ji
Gisl. 78 : skora e-n (ace.) a holm, Grett. 40 new Ed., is less correct. i
to call on, summon; hann skorar a JjorgerQi, Fms. xi. 134 ; at ^u skor
ii hann, at hann retti J)itt mal, Dropl. 20 : to urge, fast skorar J)
{)at, Ld. 334 ; konungr skorar J)etta mal vi6 hana sjalfa, Fms. xi. 4
skaltii s. vi6 hann fast, 1 13; skorar konungr til vi3 Hakon, hvart..
20; {)6tt J)essir hlutir skora3i samvizkur manna a fornum ian(
skap, Bs. i. 733 ; J)at skorar Biii i sasttina, at . . ., Fms. xi. 86 ; eino <
hlutr skora6r til \>es$, 30 ; skora6i J)vi Biskup J)essa hluti, Bs. i. 736'
|)orvaldr skora3i ^at i mot. III. to score, count by tallies ; en (
skorat var 115 voru nser J)rettan hundruS, Fms. vii. 295 ; hann let ][)4 .
li&it, viii. 416, ix. 382 (v. 1.) ; J)a let hann nienn ganga undir stiing {I
7nade the men pass under a pole), var 113 skorat, 320; skoraBir vor
sex tigir hundra3a, 311 ; var J)a skorat naer fjorir tigir hundra3a mann:
vii. 27_s ; J)a var skorat tuttugu hundra3 manna, 324; var skorat a ban
{her, the ship) tvau hundru3 manna ok atta tigir, viii. 198 ; J)ar vor
fyrst til skora3ir {mustered oiit) hir3menn, Hkr. i. 310; skolu bsBDC
skora gorSir a hendr honum, to itnpose a levy on them, N.G.L. i. 200
var a3r skorat at hverjum {>6r3r viidi ganga, Sturl. iii. 27. XV
reflex., skorask undan, to refute, decline a challenge. Bard. 1 79-
skora, u, f. a score, notch, incision, passim in mod. usage. skoiTD
kefli, n. a ' score-stick,' tally (used in keeping accounts) ; ^6 skal buanc
hverr augljos nef hafa a bryggju-spor3i a skorukefli fyrir armann, eac
frankliji (in paying his levy) is to shew his tally to the king's stetoari
N.G.L. i. 200.
skoran, f. a scoring ; J)riggja marka bol at s., D. N. iv. 279 ; a-skoni
a challenge.
skor-bildr, m. a score-axe. Km. (for skeribildr) ; in the phrase, skoi
bildar ganga i e-u, the axe has been shaving off much, i.e. we have ha
great lossrs, Ld. 60.
SKORDA, u, f. a stay, prop, esp. under a ship or boat when ashon
Grag. ii. 39:, Edda 91 ; setja skorBur undir skip, Fms. x. 98: nietapb
reisa (setja) rammar skorBur vi3, to put a stop to, take precautions againi
Eb. 262, Nj. 88, Fms. vii. 28; vera (standa) i skor3um, to be wn
propped, all right. _ i
skor3a, a3, to prop ; pvertre er skor3a staflsegjur, Hom. 96 : of a shil
skor3a skip, Hbl. 39, Sd. 141, freq. in mod. usage.
skorin-or3r, adj. [from skora II. 2], clear-spoken; heill ok s., Hon
114, Mar. : mod. out-spoken, tala skorinort, to speak out. i
skor-kvikindi, n. an insect, (mod.)
skorningr, m. a strip of cloth, Vm. 127, Pm. 7.
skoron, f. a pomegranate, ' malo-granata,' Stj. 391 (Numb. xx. 5). I,
skorpa, u, f. [Dan. skorpe], a crust, as a nickname, Fms. vii. 304 1
skorpu-skalli, a nickname, 253: = skerpa (q. v.), vinna skorpu, i eim
skorpu.
skorpinn, adj. [skarpr], shrivelled. Fas. i. 60 ; skorpit skinn, iii. 571
skorpna, a3, to be shrivelled, Barl. 81 ; hu3 skorpnu3 vi3 eld, N
208; t)eir (the shoes) hiifSu skorpna3 i skininu, Hav. 25 new Ed.
skorpnar skor at faeti mer, Fms. vi. 45 : metaph., J)a3 skorpnar at e-n
to be hard pressed. Fas. iii. 80.
skorri, a, m. a bird, the pie (?), = skaerr. II. a nickname, Landn.
in local names, Skorra-sta3ir, -dalr, Landn., map of Icel.
skor-steinn, m. [Germ, schornstein], a chimney, Fms. xi. 367, Boldt
skort, n. part., see skorta.
SKORTA— SKOGR.
659
KORTA, t, [Engl, short; Dan. skorte"], to be short of, lack ; eigi niun
.iirlincnnska skorta, Fms.xi. 232 : mostly impcrs., e-n skortir e-t (ace),
korti eigi vapu (ace), Eg. 256; at engaii hlut skyrti, Fms. iv. I(j4,
<). H. 83 ; svii at ^k skyrti eigi sva lengi sem {)eir vildu drekka. Eg.
; nieim skorti bae&i hey ok mat, Nj. 73 ; niik skortir eigi hug. Eg.
: s. fe, 76; eigi skortir mik afla. Ems. i. 75 ; sk )rti hanu tva vetr
'.ligi, 219; eigt niundi J)ar s. lausate, Eg. 236; ok skorti eigi hdlft
irat manna, Gisl. 27. II. part, skort, used as an adverb ; J)eir
1 |)ar litis skort viku, little short of a week, Sturl. iii. 215 C; litiS
t fjora tigu manna, Ann. 1360 ; honum fiotti sik skorta viS oss, to
-hort of, Nj. 90 ; ok hafi (hann) J)o allar ij)r6ttir skort, Eaer. 152 ; var
I'tt at hann mundi skorta vi3 {)enna mann, O. T. 33 ; J)at skortir
rtar Ed.) y5r herra. Fas. i. 76 ; skorta a (i) ; {)at er 4 skorti, what is
■ng? Hkr. iii. 98 ; ef ii9r hefir nokkut a skort, Fms. vii. 19 ; allt J)at
Ilium (sic) skortir i, Grag. i. 214.
ortr, m. a shortness, want; sitja fyrir skort, Hrafn. 9 ; engum skort
i ur5, Fms. iv. 162 ; frama-skortr, Fb. ii. 296 ; bii-skortr, fe-s., or&a-s.,
of words, Gd.
vOT, n. [from skjota ; A.S. scot; Engl, shot and scot; Germ.
s ; Dan. skucf]: — a shot, a shooting; skjota langt skot af hand-
!, Landn. 288; Jiottisk hann eigi hafa skoti5 betra skot, Fms.
mi; hann fell vi5 skotid, Nj. 247, and passim; hand-skot, boga-
. and byssu-skot, (mod.) : plur. shooting, sund ok skot, Fb. i. 368 ;
I in ok spjota-logum, O. H. 183. 2. the thing shot, a missile =
A ; hval ef eigi er skot i . . . ef skot eru fleiri i hval enn eitt . . . leita
N . . . at hann atti J)at skot, . . . ef fleiri menn kalla til skots en
. Grag. ii. 367-371 ; smi6a ser skot, |ji9r. 87. II. metaph.
( , a scot or shot, [in the phrases to pay one's scot, scot and lot, scot-
. contribution; halda sinu skoti upp, Grag. i. 239; sam-skot, scot
:d lot, portion; halfs bolla skot, GJ)1. 80; ploga-skot, Olafs-skot,
iiUvarSar-skot, a kind of tax in Norvfay, N.G. L. ii. 336, op. i.
■■•■\. 2. as a law term, an appeal; mega skoti orka, N.G. L. i.
fullt skot, a lawfjd appeal, 21 ; er til hans miklu minna skot en
ir lata yfir, there is less appeal to or worth in him than folks say,
he will not do viuch, O. H. 57 ; raSa-skot. 3. cheating, fraud;
kot, q. V. ; kne-skot, ' knee-service,' humiliation. III. a
■rrow dark passage, running (inside or outside?) along the wall of
e ancient halls ; separated by a partition wall from the seats (set) ;
ot er um var elda-husit, en dyrr voru fram or skotinu at setum
i:sii-ver9um, Egill gekk fram i seti6, Eg. 397; mi finnr Steinger6r at
1 er sen, hon snyr i skotiS, ok ser undir skegg Harbardi, Korm. 12 ;
1 skyldi leyna fieim monnum i skotinu hja ser . . . mi hleypr ofan
ok menninir fram (viz. into the part where the seats were), Rd.
: skdlinn var algorr ok skot umhverfis, Fms. i. 290; skot voru um
I ok lokhvilur, ok or einni lokhvilu matti hlaupa i skotiS, Fs. 73 ;
. the passage, elda-husit var sva lagat ... ok voru j^at laundyrr, Isl. ii.
)4, 795, where the lost original prob. used the word skot: — of a church,
otiS kirkjunnar, Fms. ix. 492 ; GuSmundr var i skotinu, {)viat hann atti
1,'i kirkju-gengt, Sturl. ii.42 (kirkju-skot) : of a temple, hann setti allt
indum e6r skotum, Stj. 562. i Kings vi. 5; for-skot = a vestibule,
2. in mod. usage a dark nook, corner, skiima-skot.
B. CoMPDs : skot-dss, m. a kind oi catapult, Fb. ii. 23. skot-
ikki, a, m. a ' shooting-bank,' the butts against which the target was
up ; fara i skotbakka, Faer. 46 ; vera a sundi eSr i skotbokkum. Fas. ii.
5 ; Oddr fylgdi J)eim J)ar til er J)eir Asmundr hofSu att skotbakka, 558.
ot-bla3, q. V. skot-bogr, m. the shoulder, a perqtnsite of the shooter
hrirpooner, N. G. L. i. 47, D. N. iv. 268. skot-broddr, m. a missile.
Poet. skot-eldr, m. a shooting of fire, of Greek fire, Fms. vii. 97,
i. 299, |ji9r. 179, Fas. iii. 90; mod. 6o7«6arafwe«^ skot-eygr, q. v.
ijot-f6, n. a shooter's or harpoonersfee, Grag. ii. 374, 377. skot-fimi,
'!-W/ in archery, Fms. ii. 100. skot-flmr, adj. skilful as an archer.
t-feeri, n. shot-range ; koma i s., to come within shot, Nj. 72, Gisl. 51,
J, ; liggja i skotfaerum vi&, to be within bow~shot, Fms. ii. 327 '• shoot-
.1 weapons, Stj. 86. skot-fserr, adj. g'ood as an archer. Fas, ii. 266.
lot-henda, q.v. skot-hlutr, m. a shoo'ers share, Grag. ii. 387.
«ot-hri6, f. a shower of missiles, Faer. 73, Fms. viii. 289. skot-
1 air, m. a dead whale with a marked harpoon in it, Grag. ii. 358,
. '. skot-hyrna, u, f. a kind of axe, D. N. skot-maSr, m.
^ 'Oter, harpooner, Grag. ii. 358, 367, Am. 4, Pm. 69, Rom. 270.
' -mdl, n. a range; langt s., a long range, Fms. ii. 271 ; koma i s.,
'"le within range, Nj. 108, Fms. viii. 40, x. 43; liggja i skotmalj,
skot-penningr, m. ' scot-money' — 'Dsin. tcere-penge, pocket-
- .t7, Fms. xi. 202, Al. 18, Fas. i. 450. skot-silfr, n. 'scot-silver '
<|11^. 46 (Ed.), Ems. vii. 319, 6. H. 55, Orkn. 416 new Ed., Grett. 49
li'Ed. skot-spann, m. a target ; ~ set'yA at skotspaeni, Fms. ii. 271 :
t phrase, hafa e-n at skotspaeni, Fs. 39, Nj. 222, Faer. 30. skot-
tan, m. a stick used as a mark, Sks. 379, cp. Fb. iii. 405. skot-
1 jn, m. a catapult, Sks. 421. skot-vdpn, n. a missile, Fms. i. 45,
S . 386, Fb. ii. 19, passim. skot-v6ndr, m. a wand to be shot, f)iSr.
£>. skot-6gn, f. a 6ar6, Sks. 419, V. 1.
■ :ota, u, f. a nickname, Fms. x. 1 23.
skota, a8, = 8kotra, to shave, with dat., Edda (in a ver»e) ; marr tkotar
knerri, Hallfred.
skotan, f. a shoving; skyfiiig efta «.. N. G. L. ii, D. N. iv. 90.
Skotar, m. pi. the Scots : Skot-land, n. Scotland, Landn.. Fmi^
passim: Skotzkr, adj. Scotthb, Ld. 13. 274. Eg. 266, Landn. 113.
C*S* In some passages of the Landn. Skotar and Skotland seem to be
used of the Irish and Ireland, ukota-kollr, m. a nickname, Landn.
skot-blafl, n. the sheath ofan ear of corn before it open^, Edda ii. 491.
skot-eygr, adj. restless of eye, like a hunted deer, Harft. 38 new Ed.
skot-henda, u, f. a half rhyme (as in la«d lenda), Edda (Ht.) I J5, 139 ;
in the old drottkvxSi the half rhyme was used in the odd iinci, but adal-
henda (a fidl rhyme) in the even,
skot-hending, f. = skothenda ; jorifyri, . . . t)ei$a Mtning hJj«ifttUfa
kollum vcr s., Edda 121, 139.
skot-hendr, adj. composed in the metre s., Edda (Ht.) 52. 2. in
mod. usage a bad rhyme; skaidskapr J)inn er »kothent kluftr | skakk-
settum hufud-stofum med, J6n {)orl.
skoti, a, m. a shooter; in and-skoti, q.v.
skotna, ad ; impers., e-m skotnar, to get a piece of good luck or gain.
Lex. Poiit. : mod., e-m 4 skotuast, to gain; a-»kotnast, to gain, bavt a
piece of good luck.
skotnaSr, m. a gain, piece of good luck, 6. H. (in a verse).
skotningr, m. the name of a sword, Edda (Gl.)
skotra, a6, to shove against, with dat., Grett. 98.
skott, n., qs. skoft or skopt (q. v.), by way of assimilation ; [Ulf.<i«//«;
Germ, schopf; Engl, scut, of the tail of a hare or rabbit] : — a/ox's tail;
tou-skott, passim in mod. usage.
skotta, ab, qs. skofta, which form occurs in the verse Fbr., see skopta,
[skoptj : — to dangle, wag to and fro (like hair or a tail) ; hann let
skotta vid skip sin, ok lagdi ekki til orrostu, Fms. ii. 310 ; t)eir skotta mi
vi3 litan. Fas. i. 10, see skopta.
skotta, u, f. [skott], the popular Icel. name for a female ghost, since,
as she roams about, her head-gear streams behind her like a fox's tail,
Maurer's Volks. ; Hvitarvalla-s., Leirar-s. : Skotti, a, m. a nickname,
prop, a ghost (?), also used of a horse whose body and tail are of different
colours.
skot-yr3i, n. pi. [cp, skatyr5ask], scoffs, taunts, Fms. vii. 20, Sturi.
iii. 199.
skozkr, adj. [skotta], nimble, alert, of a boy or puny person ; hann er
skolli skozkr. II. Scotch, see Skotar.
skoa, a5, to shoe : skdadr, shoed, see skua.
skdari, a, m. a shoemaker.
sk6-b6t, f. a shoe-patch, cobblers patch.
sko-broddr, m. a sharpened shoe, Eb. 338, Fms. viii. 405.
SKOD, n. [ska6i and skCb point to a lost strong verb], scathe, bale, a
fioxious thing; hjalma skod, randar s., skjaldar s., the scathe of helmets,
of shields, i. e. a weapon ; maer sk65, the bright weapons, Hallfred ; Hildar
s., id. : in compds, ben-sk63, vig-s., val-s., remmi-s., i, e. weapons. Lex.
Poiit. ; the word is only used in poetry.
skof, f. [skafa], the singed crust or scraps at the bottom of a pan
or kettle ; grautar-skof, mj61kr-s. 2. botan., -geitna-s., a kind of
lichen.
sko-fot, n. pi. (sk6-fatna3r, m.), ' shoe-gear,' shoes, Vm. 56.
skog-barn, n. a wood-bairn, a dwarf-child, Isl. ii. 437.
skog-bjorn, m. a wood-bear, Landn. gi.
skog-dy^r, n. a wood-deer, Stj. 463, 560, Mar.
skog-gangr, m., prop, a ' wood-going ;' used as a law term for outlawry
(from an outlaw being banished to the woods), Grag. i. 90. compds :
skoggangs-madr, m. a ' wood-man,' outlaw, Grag. i. 137, 143, passim,
skoggangs-stefna, u, f. a trial fur outlawry, Sturl. ii. 2. sk6g-
gangs-sok, f. a case ofoullaivry, Grag. i. 338, ii. 2 29, Nj. 88. Bk6K-
gangs-J)^fl, n. theft punishable with skoggang, Grag. ii. 137.
skog-land, n. wood-land, Hrafn. 22, Grag. ii. 211.
skog-lauss, adj. woodless, barren. Eg. 580, Hkr. i. 45,
skog-ottr, adj. woody. Fas. iii. 119, Stj. 335, Fb. i. 541,
SKOGE, m., gen. skogar (skogs, G\)\. 145, Fms. vi. in a verse), dat.
skogi, pi. sk(5gar, — the ace. pi. skogu, Gisl. 128, in a paper transcript, is
prob. an error; [North. E. and Scot. schaw 01 show ; Dzu. skov; Swed. siog;
perh.akin to skuggi.of a shady place]: — a sbaw,wood,m6Tk being a forest;
var l)a skogr milU ijalls ok fjoru, lb. 28 ; J)a var J)ar sva stiirr skogr, at
hann gor3i ^ar af hafskip, Landn. 47 ; gengu sumir i fen ofan sumir i
skoginn, Nj. 21 ; brenna kol i skogi, 57 ; skogr mikill. Eg. 376; skog
J)ykkvan, Isl. ii. 43; til fjalls eda skogs, til fjoru efta skips, GJ)1. 145;
rjodr i skoginum, Ld. 96; fara i skog, to go foresting, Js. 49, Fb. i,
252 ; hann let skera torf ok hafdi {)at fyrir eldi-vifl, J)viat engi var skogr
i Orknevjum, Hkr. i. 105 (Orkn. 16). 2. the wood or desert wa»
the abode of the outlaw, hence various law phrases ; stefna e-m til
skogar, to cite a person to stand trial for outlawry, Grag. ii. 63, 192 ;
SEekja sok til skogar, 33 ; kaupa sik or skogi, to buy oneself off from out'
lawry, N. G. L. i. 164, 165 ; leysa e-n or skogi, Nj. 193 ; er hann litlagr
ok ollu fyrir-gort er hann a, nema jorftu sinni einni, ok J)vi er hann kemr
556
SKOGARBJORN— SKRA.
i skog me5 ser, N.G. L. i. 165. II. in local names, Sk6gr, Sk6gar,
Sk6gar-str6nd, -gbtur, faykkvi-skogr, Landn., map of Icel.
B. CoMPDS : skogar-bjorn, m. a wood-bear, Grag. ii. 33, Landn.
35. 345- skogar-braut, f. a road broken through a wood, wood-
path. Fas. ii. 197, iii. 587, Isl. ii. 44. skogar-brenna, u, f. a wood-
fire. Oik. 34. skogar-bufl, f. a wood-booth, hut in a wood, GJ)1. 449.
sk6gar-bui, a, m. a ' wood-neighbour,' dweller near a wood, Grag. ii.
300. skogar-dyr, n. a wood-deer, Stj. 219, Bret. 194. skoga-
fullr, adj. woody, Stj. 337. skogar-gata, u, f. a wood-path, Sturl.
iii. 23, Fms. iii. 74 : plur. Sk<5gar-g6tur, a local name in western Icel.
skogar-geit, f. a wood-goat, Fms. ii. 309 (x. 351). skogs-hagi,
a, m. a wood-hedge, hawthorn, D. N. skogar-hals, m. a forest-
hill, Eg. 544, Stj. 485. skogar-hjortr, m. a hart of the forest, Stj.
560. skogar-liolt, n. a ' wood-holt,' ridge, hill. Eg. 744. skogar-
horn, n. = skogarnef, Karl. 98. sk6gar-h.ryggr, m. a wood-ridge,
Dipl. iii. 6. skdgar-hunang, n. w/c? Zjo/zs)', 625. 89. skogar-
hus, n. a hut in a wood, Stj. skogar-hogg, n. [Dan. skov-hugst],
tree-felling, Grag. ii. 295, Vm. 80. skogar-kaup, n. the purchase
of a wood, N. G. L. i. 81, 169. skogar-kjorr, n. pi. brush-wood, a
holt. Eg. 546, Fms. vii. 56, Rom. 183. skogar-klettr, m. a wood-
rock. Eg. 717. skogar-leiga, u, f. the rent of a wood, H.E. i. 394.
skogar-m-adr, m. a ' luood-man,' an outlaw, Nj. no, Grag. i. 72, 87,
119, 137) ^39' I7^> ''• ^36, 159. Grett. and the Laws and Sagas passim,
skogar-raark, n. a wood-mark, land-mark of a wood, Grag. ii. 300,
Sturl. ii. 57. skoga-merki, n. id., Gr<4g. ii. 219, Sturl. ii. 57.
skdgar-nef, n. a ' wood-neb,' jutting outskirt of a wood, Fms. vii. 69,
Karl. 104, Thom. 473, Eg. 376, 377 : as a nickname, Nj. skogar-
partr, m. a share in a wood, Vm. 144, Dipl. v. 3. skogar-rjodr,
m. (see rjoSr), Fs. 69. skogar-runnr, m. a division of a wood. Eg.
219, Fas. i. 4, Rom. 236. skogar-skipti, n. a division of a wood,
Grag. ii. 293, 294. skogar-spell, n. damage done to a wood, Vm.
153. s'kogar-spottr, m. a spot, piece of a wood, Vm. 10^. skogar-
stada, u, f. the place on which a wood stood, Jb. 240. skogar-strond,
f. a woodland-coast, Stj. 90, v. 1. skogar-sura, u, f. wood-sorrel, Pr.
472. skogar-teigr, m. a strip of wood, Vm. 11, 138. skogar-
tr6, n. a tree in a wood, Stj. 256, 274. skogar-ull, f. [Germ, baum-
wolle'], ' wood-wool,' cotton, Al. 166. skogar-vondr, m. a wand. Fas.
i. 333. Sk6gar-J)r6str, m. the throstle or thrush. sk6gar-6x, f.
a wood-axe, Rett. 3. 10.
skog-skipti, n. = sk6garskipti, Grag. ii. 393.
Skog-strendingar, m. pi. the men from Skogar-strQnd, Eb.
skog-sok, f. = skoggangssok, Nj. 232, v. 1.
skog-teigr, m. = skogarteigr, skogartre, Vm. 138.
skog-trd, n. = skogartre, Stj. 399.
skdgungr, m. a nickname, Sturl. i. 76.
skog-vaxinn, part, overgrown with wood, Stj. 615.
Skog-verjar, m. pi. the men from Skogr, Ld. 332.
sk6g-vi6r, m. = sk6gtre.
skog-vondr, m. = sk6garvondr, Njar6. 370.
sk6-hlj63, n. ' shoe -sound ;' J)ekkja e-n a sk6hlj69inu, to know a per-
son by his step.
sk6-kl8e3i, n. pl. = sk6fot, shoes and stockings, Ld. 36, Stj. 259, Fb. i.
547, Edda 21.
sko-lauss, adj. shoeless, Landn. 215, MS. 655 xii. 3, Bs. i. 669.
sk6-le3r, n. shoe-leather.
sko-leistr, m. (see leistr), Bs. i. 322.
sko-lemja, lam9i, to tread on, Eluc.
SKOLI, a, m. [Gr.-Lat.], a school ; vera i skola, Fms. ix. 245 ; g68an
skola, Sks. 246; halda skola. Mar.; fara i skola, to enter a school; fara
lir skola, to leave a school ; skipa e-m i skola, Fms. xi. 427, 428 ; barna-
s., a school for children; Latinu-s., a grammar-school ; ha-skoli, a high
school. coMPDs: skola-bok, f. a school-book, Vm. 61, Dipl. v. 18.
sk61a-br63ir, m. a school-fellow ; hann er s. minn, vi3 erum sk61abrae6r.
skola-genginn, part, one who has been at a grammar-school. skola-
kennari, a, m. a teacher. skola-klerkr, m. a ' school-clerk,' scholar,
Bs. i. 793, Mar., D.N. skola-meistari, a, m. a school-master, Bs. i.
793, 850, Fms. X. 33, Sturl. ii. 49. skola-nafn, n. a school-nickname,
Bs. i. 824. skola-piltr, m. a school-boy (in a grammar-school), D. N.
i. 410, and mod. 8k61a-rdd, f. a list of the boys at a grammar-school
after the examination. skola-stilka, u, f. (see stuka), Boldt 174.
skola-sveinn, m. a school-boy, Sturl. ii. 49.
skolmr, m. = sk61pr (?), a nickname, Landn.
sk6na3r, m. = sk6fot, Ant.Russ. ii. 416.
sko-ndl, f. a 'shoe-needle,' cobbler's needle, Ski6a R. 10, Bs. i. 377.
SKOR, m., gen. skos, dat. and ace. sko ; older plur. skiiar, gen. skua,
dat. skom, ace. skua ; later plur. forms are, skor, skoa, skom, sko, and so
too in mod. usage : [Ulf. skohs = viroSrjiM ; A. S. seed ; Engl, shoe ; O. H. G.
scuob ; Germ, schuh ; Dan.-Swed. sio] : — a shoe; skua (skuo Ed.) a
fotum, Gisl. H3 ; skiiar (skuor), 115 ; lo5nir kalfskinns skiiar, Sturl. iii.
199 ; upphafir skiiar, Fms. vi. 440; upphafir ok lagir skiiar, R4tt. 112 ;
npphdfa svarta skiia, Nj. 184; hann hafSi upphtifa sko, bundna at legg.
Fms. iv. 76; hafa skiia, O. H. 30, I.e.; hann let skera hTi5 til skit
(gen. pi.) foru-nautum Jjorvalds, Bs. i. 669 ; skylda ek skreyta ok skiia
binda hersis kvixn hverjan morgin, Gkv. i. 9; hann kippti skom a faslr
ser, Nj. 28 ; hann haf6i leyst af ser skiia sina . . . hann batt sko sinn. Eg,
719 ; skiiar, Horn. 85 (twice) ; gera sko (ace. sing.), stiga i sko, N. G. L.
i. 31 : referring to the ceremony of adoption, see hemingr. 2. a
borse-sboe ; skornir, skona, aur-skor, Fb. i. 524; Jiott tkiiamir hryti
undan hestum fieirra, Fms. vii. 95 ; hest-skor, a horse-shoe. gj>* The
proper shoeing of horses was probably unknown to the ancients even of
the Saga time ; they used to cover the hoof with a kind of low shoe,
whence the name ; this may be seen from the description in Fms. v. 181,
vii. 1. c. ; as also from words as hof-gullinn, golden hoof. 3. the tip
of a sheath, as in dcigg-skor, q. v. II. phrases, hafa sliti6 barns-
skonum, to have worn out one's bairn' s-shoes = to be past one's youth ; hann
slitr ekki morgum skonum, he will not wear out many shoes, of an old
man on the verge of the grave, as in the story of the merman (marmen-
nill, q. V.) and the ' fey' man with the bundle of shoes, Isl. f>j65s. i. 132,
compared with the Engl, romance of Merlin, p. 434.
sko-sala, u, f. a shoe-sale, Rett.
sk6-si3r, adj. reaching down to the shoes.
sk6-snii3r, m. a 'shoe-smith,' of farriers, Hm. 127.
sko-sveinn, m. a shoe-boy, servant, Nj. 5, Fms. i. 45, vi. 178, 6. H.
83, Bs. i. 635, Gull{). 46.
sko-varp, n. the 'shoe-warp,' binding of a shoe; upp i skovarp.
sko-viitr, adj. 'shoe-wet,' wet-footed, Fms. ii. 273.
sk6-J)urka, u, f. a shoe-wiper, mat to wipe the shoes.
sk6-J)vengr, m. a ' shoe-thong,' shoe-string, latchet, Nj. 74, Jjorst. St,
53, Mar., Matth. iii. 11 ; skiifada sko^vengi, Eb. 220.
skraddari, a, m. [Dan. skrceder'], a tailor, Dipl. iii. 4, N. G. L. iii. 15.
SKKAF, n. a chal, talk, Edda no, Vigl. 24, Fas. i. 14, iii. 221,
Grett. 79 new Ed., Ski5a R. 62.
skrafa, a&, to prate, chat, Hav, 42; J)a6 ma kalla hyggins hatt aS
heyra mart en s. fatt, Hallgr. : recipr., skrafask vid, Fas. i. 505 ; J)eir
skrofu6usk vi8, 63.
skrafari, a, m. a chatterer, a nickname, Sturl. iii. 281.
skraf-finnr, m. a chatterbox, BarS. 41 new Ed., and so in mod. usage;
perh. better skr6-finnr, a book-worm.
skraf-karl, m.>=skraffinnr, Hav. 38 new Ed., v.l. (skratta-karl.)
skramsa, a&, to scream, Hkr. ii. 253 (in a single MS.)
skran, n. rubbish, marine stores, Dan. skramleri.
skrap, n. a clattering, Mag. 7 1 : tittle-tattle, me8 skrokligu skrapi,
90: scraps, trifles, Boldt 167; leikligt skrap, veraldligt skrap, Mar.;
orSa-skrap, Fas. iii. 99 ; vara-s., Sks. 438. skrap-eyrir, m. scrapsy
D. N. iv. 90.
skrapa, a6, [Engl, ser rt/e], /o scrape, clatter; beinin skrapa i skinnim^
Fas. ii. 252 ; skrapanda hagl, Sks. 229 ; oxin skrapaSi vi3, Grett. 88 k\.
jarnit skrapar vi5 tennr. Mar. ; penningar skrapa litt i pungi, Bs. ii.
223. 2. to scratch ; li-skrapat bref, D.N. iv. 304 ; upp gefa, n4
af sinum skram skrapa, Thom. 192.
skrapla, aS, to grate, clatter, Grett. 88.
skrapr, m. a tattler, Edda (Gl.)
SKRATTI, older form skrati, as seen from rhymes, \atr skrati ; [akin
to Swed. skratta = to laugh loud and harshly ; Dan. skrade = crepare'] : — '
a wizard, warlock; sii segir spar sinar sem viilfur ok skrattar fordum,
Blanda ; sei8-skratti (q. v.), a wizard luho works charms; the Swed.
skratta refers to the strange noises with which the enchanter work*
(sei3-laeti) ; skratta-sker, the name of a rock on which wizards were a-
posed to die, Fms. ii. 142 ; hann siSdi J)ar ok var kallaSr skratti, X.
378. 2. a goblin, monster; in vatna-skratti, a water-sprite, s**
monster, see Isl. |jj63s. i. 138, provinc. in the south of Icel. for sju-skrii
a giant, ogre, Edda (Gl.) ; in mod. usage a devil, imp, skrattinn
at skapa mann, a ditty ; skratta-atgangr. Fas. ii. 519 ; skrattans- so
so, in oaths ; karl-skratti, an evil churl, Hav. 38 new Ed. ; kvenn-skri
a hag, fury. skratt-banki, a nickname, Fms. viii.
Skrauma, u, f., or Skraumu-hlaups-d,, the name of a river. Lam
skraumi, a, m. a 'screamer,' Lat. scurra, Edda 213.
SKBAUT, n. an ornament; s. ok skrii&, Stj. 188 ; liti8 skraut. Or]
(in a verse), Gd. 67, freq. in mod. usage. compds : skraut-buinilj
part, richly dressed, Grett. 139 A, Fms. vi. 273, Hallfred. skraut-
girni, f. showiness in dress, Fms. v. 181. skraut-gjam, adj.sZ'0J6'_>'(?),
Hdl. skraut-leikr, m. show, splendour, 656. 624. skraut-
liga, adv. richly; s. biiinn, Fms. vi. 389. skraut-ligr, adj. showy,
rich, splendid, Fms. ii. 261, vi. 179, Ld. 28, 114, Fbr. 143, Hav. 58: of
colours, uxi mikill ok s., a brindled ox, Vapn. 21. ' skraut-mennir
n. a showy person, Nj. 123, 139, Vapn. 7.
skrauti, a, m. a nickname, Nj. 174: the name of a ship; of fl
brindled ox, and skrauta, of a brindled cow.
SKBA, f., gen. skrar, pi. skrar, skra, skram, a scroll, dry skin;
J)ann er hangir me6 ham, ok skoUir med skram, Hm. 2. a scroll^
(written) ; log sem a skr<om standa, Grag. i. 7 ; a skra J)eirri er H;^i^
l^t giira, id. ; gora maldaga a skra, K. |j. K. : setja a skra, to set «
liTi-se
KtSi
M\Eli.
SKRX—SKRIPT.
557
.7, commit to ivritiiig, B&. i. 59 ; setja niifu a skrar, to set a name hi
roll, Rb. 412; i {)essari skra, in this scroll, Bs. i. 59; i skru J)essi,
1^ ; sja skra, this scroll, id. ; skrar ok skilriki, Pm. 68 ; kirkju-skra,
. ii. 19 : onnur skra, Jm. 36 ; fiinytar skrar. Pin. 10, 86 ; a foruri skra
111 heilagra manna sijgur, 94; saltara-skra, 134; skra tiJturr, a shred
scroll, \2(j. 11. a lock; skra fyrir kistu ; hurdar-skra ; lykill-
undr i skranni, the key stands in the lock; skrar-gat, a key-bole.
ni, b, to put on a scroll, to enter, 656 A. i. 13; skra nofn J)cirra allra,
. V. 277 ; vara {)eim brefum skra6 611 nial, Sks. 643 ; haiin 16t ok skra
lilt konungs rikit, at . . ., 464, Jb. 288, Fnis. x. 146 ; hann let Icsa
liverir skra6ir voru a skipit, vii. 287. 2. reflex, to be entered on a
skrusk skal hverr farar-ma6r, sva einyrki sem annarr ma6r, N. G. L.
,1). II. = skrapa; skra (skrapa) Jjetta af, Grett. 163 A.
rafa (skrjafa), aS, to grate, of shrivelled skin,
rama, u, f. [Dan. skra7Time'], a scar, Grett. 71.
lama, 8 (?), to glare; dvalt er ek lit t)angat skramir Ijos i augu mer,
■ i. 5-
■am-leitr, adj. looking scared, Sturl. iii. 105, BarS. 178.
■anir, ni. [Swed. skrdmma = to scare'\, the name of a monster giant.
: apr, m. [akin to skrapa], a shark's skin, shagreen, Isl. ii. 113;
>-sk6r, shoes of shark's skin: s,krdpi, a nickname, Fms. viii. 163.
la-isetja, setti, to put on a scroll, enter, Sturl. iii. 91 ; haun var
cttr i skip (^enrolled), 304.
. ,.ra-setning, f. an entering on a scroll, Bu^K. 18.
skra-veifa, u, f. a scare-crow, bogle; gora e-m skraveifnr: a nick-
uiue, Ann. 1362.
skra-J)urr, adj. parched from dryness.
SKREF, n. [Dan. skrev], a pace; a hlaupanda skrefi, Sks. 374; i
nil skrefi, |)i5r. 99; taka skref niikit, Grett. 153 A : as a measure =
it. passus, Rb. 482, MS. 732. 5. II. skref=skra, in Finn-skref,
V. : for skref-hdrr, adj., Bjarn. 63, read skriif-harr (?) : skref -hlaup,
a leap, Pr. 476.
skrefa, ad, to stride, Pr. 415, Mar. 1055, Bs. ii. 26.
SKREID, f. [skri6a], a shoal offish ( = A. S. scalu; provinc. Engl.
hoiil), this is the Norwegian sense, see Strom Sondmcir's Beskr. i. 317 ;
:iice, skrei6 varga, a flock of wolves : J)ar dreif at hoQum varga skrei&
ikii, Bret. 1 50; this sense is obsolete in Ice)., where it is only used
2. dried fish, as food and as an export (prop, ellipt. for skorp
:iei6), Eb. 272, 316, Grett. 98 new Ed. ; skrei5 ok biiSir, Eg. 69 ; s. ok
jiil, Nj.16; skorp s., Fms. viii. 251 ; Haleysk skrei&, Munk. 51 ; skrei6
II [la eingin flutt, Bs. i. 842 ; skrei6ar-gar3r, a platform for drying fish,
in. 14 ; skrei5ar-hlaSi, a pile o/skreiS, Eb. 276; skrei3ar-kaup, Fb. 348 ;
iciSar-tiund, -tollr, Vm. 47, Am. 10, D.N. iii. 30.
kreiSask, d, dep. [skri&a], to creep, slink ; s. or nimj, Lv. 60 ; s. fyrir
ir3, Nj. 136; skrei6isk hon undan hofSi honum, Ld. 156, Stj. 418;
m\ skreiddisk fram me3 landinu, Fms. viii. 437; hann skrei6isk upp
; 3 berginu, Rom. 148 ; s. aptr af hestinum, to slip down, Fs. 65.
kreiS-fiski, n. a fishing (skreid = a shoal); hann hafdi menn sina i
ilvcri ok sva i skrei3fiski. Eg. 42 ; hann haf3i menn i s. i Vagum, en
ma i sildfiski, 68, Gullj). 5.
krei9-f8eri, n. implements for snow-travelling, Fms. viii. 400.
krei3i,. n. = skrej3fseri; ef ma6r tekr s. manns ef hann ferr til t)ings,
G.L. i. 227.
kreiSingr, m. a subterfuge (7), Sturl. iii. 30.
krei3r, adj. sliding; in 6r-skrei3r.
krei9-ver, n. = skrei3fiski; skrei3ver ok sildver. Eg. 42, v. 1.
krenkr, m. [cp. Engl, shrunk], a nickname, Aon. 1184.
:reppa, u, f. [Dan. skreppe ; Engl, scrip"], a scrip, bag, Stj. 464, 616,
. vi. 374, viii. 26, Barl. 104, Ski3a R. (of the beggar's skrip) : allit.,
ok s., of pilgrims; taka staf ok skreppu ok fara til Jorsala, H.E. i.
. Fms. vi. 303, Fagrsk. 93, Karl. 467 (v. 1.), Symb. 17:0 mouse-trap,
niiis i skreppu, Fms. vii. 21.
KB.EPPA, skrapp, skruppu ; subj . skryppi ; part, skroppinn : — to
' ; skruppu honum fetr, his feet slipped, Fms. viii. 75, 393, Nj. 1 14;
urn iir3u lausar hendrnar ok skruppu af fanga-stakkinum, the hands
ed, lost hold, Isl. ii. 447 ; ermarnar skruppu af hiindunum fram,
. viii. 358, V. 1. ; skruppu or tennr fjorar, Ski3a R. 142. 2. to
away, absent oneself; J)a er min er vandligast gxtt, J)a skrepp
brott, MS. 4. 22 ; margir baejar-menn skruppu inn 1 garda sina ck i
skulked away into their houses, Fagrsk. 165 ; hafa skroppit J)ar um
, Hkr. iii. 3 76, v. 1. ( = kropit) : in mod. usage, to start, move quickly,
tla ad skreppa inn snoggvast, biddu meSan eg skrepp inn at saekja
!p;ana, and the like.
"eyja, u, f. [Dan. skryde'], a brayer (?), bragger, a nickname, Hkr. i.
•eyta, t, [skraut], to ornament, dress fine; skylda ek skreyta
■ ^.m. pynte), Gkv. i. 9; skreytask vid kcjrlum, to dress fine to please
'ten, Bs. i. 453 ; skreyttr inum beztum klaeSum, Fms. i. 149 ; skreytt
Rom. 301 ; s. sina undir-hyggju, Magn. 484.
[reyting, f. ornament, embellishment, Stj. 24.
Ireytinn, adj. [prop, adorned in one's speech, cp. Dza. forblommet] :
'I truthful; and skreytni, f. a falsehood.
skribla, u, f. from the grating sound (?), the name of a. hot spring near
Reykholt in Iceland.
SKBIDA, u, f., gen. pi. skrifina, Ann. 1 1 71 ; [skrifta] :— a land-slip, on
a hill-side ; fyrir skriSum efta vatna-gangi, Grug. i. 219 ; skrifla brast upp {
fjallit, Fb. ii. 72 ; hljop skriSa d baeinn, Hrafn. i ; skrifla hljop i Geitdal,
Ann. 1186; hljop ofan skriSa mikil meft grjoti ok leiri, Hkr. i. 47 ; I
J)cssi skri3u tyndisk Magniiss, of an avalanche, Bs. i. 640 : also used of
the black streaks on a mountain-side from old slips, hann keyrir undir
honum hestinn upp a skriftuna, Bs. i. 625; er hann kom a skriSu {>a
er Geirvor heitir, Eb. 218, 226, 232, Sturl. iii. 83. II. freq. in
local names, Skri3a, Skriflu-klaustr, Skrifl-dalr, Rauftu-skriftur,
Landn., Nj., map of Iccl. compds : skridu-fali, n. an avalanche,
Ann. 1390. skriflu-hjalli, a, m. a shelf in a »., Fbr. 88.
skrifl-bytta, u, f. a lantern.
skri3-kvikendi» n., collect, creeping things, reptiles, worms, etc.
(Dan. kryb), Stj. 19, 317, Fb. ii. 78; foglar, ferfxtingar ok s, jarSar,
Post. 656 C. 8.
skri3-ligr, adj. creeping; s. kvikendi, a reptile, Stj. 18 .
skri3-lj6s, n. a ' creeping light,' lantern, Nj. 153, Am. 6, Fms. iv. 168
(skrilljos), xi. 66, Bs. i. 635, Thorn. 455.
skriflna, aft, to slip, slide, Bret. 92, Fb. i. 414, ii. 87, Mar. 1 146; ^
fellr torfa or gar3inum ok skridnar hann, Isl. ii. 357; skri8na8i hann
odrum fajti, Edda 77; skriSnudu honum fiEtr, Fas. ii. 135; J)a skriftnar
{)at a brott, slips away. Mar. ; hvers manns likami skriftnar i jorflina,
656 C. 8.
skriflnan, f. a slipping, Bs. ii. 151.
skri3-ormr, m. a ' creeping worm,' reptile, Konr.
skri3r, m., gen. skridar, a creeping or sliding motion, of a reptile;
beina ^eir sinn skri3, Stj. 98; til skri3sins ok rasarhmar, id.: of a ship,
voru J)eir Gunnsteinn langt komnir er skriSr var d skipi f>6ris, 6. H. 137 ;
a skip skal skridar orka, Hm. 81 ; tok skri3inn af skipinu, the ship stopped,
Fms. ii. 305; J)egar er festi ok skridinn tok af, vi. 168; me5 fuUum
skri3, Bs. ii. 30 ; tekr nu buzan g63an skrifl, 47 ; fryr skutrinn skriSar,
Grett. 125 ; renna a skrid, to slide, of a sledge. Mar.
skrif, n. a writ, writing, (mod.)
SKEIFA, a5, [from Lat. scribere ; the Germ, schreiben and Dan.
skrive, though borrowed from the Lat., take strong forms] : I. to
scratch, as also to paint, embroider ; this is the earliest sense, for painting
and engraving are older than writing, and the word was adopted by the
Teutons before writing had begun (cp. the use of the Gr. ypdcptiv) ; sogur
]pxT er skrifaSar vorua eldhiisinu, Ld. 114 ; salrinn var skrifadr innaa ok
mjok gulli biiinn, Fas. i. 179 ; a fornum skjoldum var titt at skrifa rond
J)a er baugr var kallaSr, Edda 87 ; skjoldrinn var skrifaSr fornscigum, Eg,
698, see the remarks s. v. skjoldr; skjold, ok var skrifat a leo me& gulli,
Mork. 155 ; yrk, skald, um j)at er skrifaS er a tjaldinu, of tapestry, Fms.
V. 234 ; varir forellrar hafa sva skrifat hana, at hon se f6tlaus en
hafi hendr ok vaengi, Al. 134; allt bans bak er sem skrifat nie3 skin-
andum dropum, Stj. 97, 179 ; sem penturinn skrifa3i J)etta skrimsl. Mar.
1 1 74 : even of sculpture, eru par skrifu6 margs-konar forn tiflendi,
JEs'iT, Gjukungar, Viilsungar, steypt af kopar ok mdlmi, Fms. vii.
97. II. to write; J)a skrifaSa ek J)essa (bok) of et sama far, fb.
(pref.) ; at Itig dr skyldi skrifa a bok, 1 7 ; {)at finnsk skrifat, Fms. i. 231 ;
eptir J)vi sem froSir menn hafa skrifat, fyrst Ari prestr enn Fr68i . . .,
Landn. (Hb.) 320; J)etta br6f gort ok skrifat at Sta3, Dipl. iii. 8 ; hann
skrifa3i ncikkurar baekr, Stj. 48 ; skrifa ok i bok setja, Sks. 6 : of pen-
manship, skrifa vel, ilia ; skrifa3u baedi skyrt og rett, | svo skutnum ^yki
a3 snilli, | or3in standa eiga J)ett | en {)6 bil a milli, a ditty. III.
recipr., skrifast a, to correspond. 2. pass, to be entered, H. E. i.
516. 3. part, skrifandi, able to write ; laes og skrifandi, hann er
ekki s., he cannot write.
skrifan, f. a picture. Mar., Stj. 179; skrifunar-fjiil, a tablet, 307.
skrifari, a, m. a painter, Bs. i. 132, Eluc. 675. 26. 2. a writer,
transcriber, Bs. i. 248, 420 (v. 1.), 832 ; a secretary, as a title, ii.
skrif-knifr, m. a penknife (?), Mar. 1 143.
skriA or skrifli, n. a bulk; see skirfli (arkar-skrifli, see ork).
skrifiiga, adv. in writing.
skrifligr, adj. written. Fas. iii. 421.
skrifnask, a3, [skrifa, cf. skriptlll], dep. it is imposed (of pennact) ;
skript s. e-m, shrift is laid on one, Sighvat.
skrif-samligr, adj. painted, Stj. 307.
skrika, a3, qs. skri3ka [skri3r], to slip; mer skrikar fotr.
skrikan, f. slipping, stumbling, Barl. 48.
skrimsl, skrim, see skrimsl.
skrimta, t, = skolla ; janit laet ek vi3 sky skrimta, Sd. (in a verse) : in
mod. usage, ^a.b skrimtir vi3 a3 tarna ( = Dan. slaber af).
skringi-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), strange, grotesque; s. buningr. Fas.
iii. 653 (v. 1.), freq. in mod. usage.
skript, skrift, f. [skrifa], a picture, drawing, tapestry; skjoldrinn var
skrifa3r fornsogum, en allt milU skriptanna voru lagSar yfir spengr af
gulli, i. e. the subjects represented on the shield were separated by
golden spangles, Eg. 698 ; hoibxx vit a skriptum J)at er skatar leku, ok
558
SKRIPTAEGANGA— SKRTJD.
& hannyrSum hilmis J)egna, of tapestry, Gkv. 2. 15; seglit var sett
me3 fogrum skriptum, Fms. x. 77, see the remarks s.v. segl ; hence
a sail is poet, called hiin-skript, the ' mast-picture,' Fms. ix. (in a
verse) : a painted tablet in a church, 1 krossum, likneskjum, skriptum,
Bs. i. 132; stendr fniin frammi fyrir skriptinni me5 hreinum bsenum,
Mar. ; Mariu-skript, Olafs-s., J)orlaks-s., J6ns-s., Andreas-s., Cecileu-s.,
the picture of the Virgin Mary, St. Olave, Thorlak, John, etc., Vm.,
D. I. i. passim. II. a writ, scripture (Dan. skrivten) ; heilog
skript, Stj. I, Bs. ii. 40; i skriptinni, Stj. 147 (but ritning. q. v., is
more usual). 2. penmanship; skriptin min er stafa-stor . . .
J)a& er einsog kattar-klor, a ditty. III. eccles. confession, Vm.
37; veita monnum skript, Fms. viii. 11, xi. 339, K.J>. K. 72; ganga
til skripta, Bs. i. 446, Fb. ii. 342, Sturl. ii. 34; bera mal til skripta,
N. G. L. i. 152, passim. 2. thrift, penance; setja e-m skript, Bs.
i. (Laur.); taka skript (skriptir) af biskupi, K.A. 116, 136; henni
var J)at bo6it i s. sina, Fms. viii. 12, N. G. L. i. 152; veita s., Fms.
xi- 339; inna s. sina, 156; rjiifa skript. Mar.; storar skriptir ok mikil
meinlaeti, Sks. 486; svara storum skriptum, GJ)I. 169. . 3. metaph.
a penalty, in a secular sense, aetla ek, at henni hafi J)at engi s. verit,
it has been no penance for her, Vigl. 33 ; fa makliga skript, to receive
deserved punishment. Fas. ii. 116. compds : skriptar-ganga, u, f.
confession, Horn. 79, Fms. viii. 114. skriptar-gangr, m. id., Fms. iii.
175, V. 219, Sturl. ii. 34, QJ)1. 41. skripta-bo3, n. an episcopal ordi-
nance as to shrift, D.I. i, MS. 655 xi. 2, 673.61. skripta-dottir,
f. a ^shrift-daughter,' a female confessor, H. E. ii. 190. skripta-fa3ir,
m. a 'shrift-father,' confessor, Karl. 545, Bs. i. 440. skripta-lauss,
adj. unshriven, Fms. viii. 103, MS. 655 xxiv. 2. skripta-maSr, m.
a man under penance, Bs. i. 855. skripta-mdl, n. pi. confession, K. A.
208, H. E. i. 483, Grett. 162 A. skripta-preatr, m. a ' shrift-priest,'
confessor, Fms. v. 214.
skript, f. = krypt, a crypt, Thorn. 493.
skripta, aS, to shrive, hear confession; gekk biskup til Asbjarnar ok
skriptaSi honuni, 6. H. 1 18 ; sa ma8r er skriptaS var, K. A. 148. 2.
to enjoin penance ; skripta e-m at vatnfasta, Sturl. ii. 252 ; skal biskup
skripta henni af landi brott, N. G. L. i. 376. 3. to punish, in a
secular sense, voru sumir hals-hiiggnir en sumum annan veg skripta6,
Fms. x. 96, V. 1. ; Annes bad ^4 Skotana at skripta Hrolfi, Fas. iii. 355,
so in mod. usage in a comic sense. 4. to confess; skripta siiiar
syndir, Stat. 300. II. reflex, to go to confession ; hann skriptaSisk
vi& Sigurd djakn, Sturl. ii. 228 ; ok skripta5isk si5an vandliga, Bs. i. 317 :
skriptaSr, part, shriven, K.A. 22, Sturl. ii. 134.
skript-bera, bar, to bring to confession ; s. synd, to shrive a sin, H. E.
i. 484 ; skript-borinn, confessed, 483.
skript-rof, n. the breach of a penance, K. A. 148, N. G. L. i. 153.
skript-rofa, adj. (-rofi, K.A. 148), failing to fulfil one's penance;
ver6a s., N. G. L. i. 152, 429.
SKEfDA, skri9, skreiS, skriSu, skri&inn ; neg. suff. skn'8i-at, Hkv. 2.
30, [Dan. skride ; Germ, schreifen"] ; — to creep, crawl, of reptiles ; hvert
kvikendi ^at er skri3r k jorQu, Stj. 317 ; hann brast i orms liki ok skrei6
i nafars-raufina, Edda 49; ]>& er hann (the serpent Fafnir) skreiS til vatns,
Saem. 133 ; {)eir skri8a a hu6inni, Stj. 98 ; skribit urn lyng, Fms. vii. 251 :
of vermin, skriSa kvikr, see kvikr. 2. generally, to creep; hann skri5r
heldr en gengr, Clar. ; skri5a a hcndum ok a knjam (mod. skriSa a fjorum
f6tum). Mar. ; sva matt-dreginn at hann var5 at s. a land. Fas. iii. 383 ;
hann gat skriOit upp um siftir, . . .hann skreid upp i fjoruna, Fxt. 175 ;
en a skreiS {advanced) J)a er brimit hratt at, Bs. i. 424; hann skrei&
t)ar upp a grjot, Fbr. 160; hann hub {irgelana skriSa brott, Fms. vii.
29S ; in the phrases, saman niSingar skriSa, ' birds of a feather flock
together,' ix. 389 ; skriSa undir skegg e-m, to creep tinder another's beard
for shelter, Fs. 31. II. metaph. to glide, of a ship ; skip skriSr,
Grdg. ii. 170; er J)u skynjar eigi fyrir hraeSslu sakir hvart skipit skriSr
undir {j^r e&r eigi, Orkn. 402 ; skri3i-a J)at skip er und Jjer skriSi, Hkv.
2. 30. 2. to slide in snow-shoes (skiS) ; Fi9r skriSr, Grag. ii. 170
(Isl. ii. 381) ; Jia skreiS Egilj at leita Olninar, Saem. 89 ; hann skreiS t)ar
eptir allan dag, 6. H. 85 ; skreiS Arnljotr {)a sva hart sem hann fseri
lauss, i;3 ; J)eir skriSu ok veiddu dyr, Saem. 88: metaph., lata skriSa til
skara, '/o slide to the edge of the ice,' to fight desperately, Fms. xi. 15
(the metaphor seems to be taken from sliding) ; skriSa i skarS, to ' slide
into the notch,' fill it up, Oik. 36.
skrikja, u, f. [Engl, shrike'], a shrieker ; in the compd, s61-s., the shrike
or butcher-bird, Eggert Itin. 582. 2. a twittering, skrlkjur: the
name of a giantess, Edda (Gl.)
skrikja, t, [Engl, shriek"], to twitter, of suppressed laughter ; J)aS skrikti
i honum, hvaS ertu aS skr kja ?
skrill, m. [cp. Skrselingi; Dan. skral = parings of apples, potatoes]:
— a mob, freq. in mod. usage. 2. a nickname, Sturl. iii. 117.
skrim, n. [cp. skimi and skrimta], a glimpse; meS sva miklu myrkri,
. . . sa ekki skrim iiti heldr en menn vxri blindir, Ann. 1341 ; naliga
myrkt litan J)at litiS sk(r)im. Mar. 105 1.
skrimingr, m. = skrim ; J)ar i af haugnum var s. litill sa, Isl. ii. 46.
SKKIMBL, mod. skrimsli, n. [cp. Dan. skramsel; Swed. skrdtnsel
' = scarecrow] : — a tnonster ; s. heldr enn menn, Al. 94, Mar. T158 ; kjn
fiska eSr s., Sks. 74.' hann aerSisk at skrimsli ntikkuru, Bs. i. 170
hljopu {jeir upp allir ok lutu J)vi skrimsli, O. H. 109; eitt s. er menri
kalla margygi, Sks. 169; SkrimsliS goSa, the good Beast, in the tale o!
Beauty and the Beast ; sj6-s., a sea-monster.
SKKIN", n., skrini. Bs. i. 134 (paper MS.), [Lat. scrinium], a shrine.
of a saint, 124, 134, 6. H. 235, 246, passim : poet., skyja skrin, byr-s.,
leiptra-s., the shrine of the clouds, wind, lightning, i.e. the heavens. Lex. Poet.
COMPDS : skrin-brot, n. a broken shrine, Pm. 131. skrin-diikr,
m. a shrine-cover, Dipl. v. 18. skrin-g6r3, f. a shrine-making, Bs
i. 134, 325. skrin-kista, u, f. a shrine-chest. Mar. xl. skr^<
kl833i, m. = skrindukr, Vm. 46. skrin-lagning, f. enshrinemenl.
Magn. 513. skrin-leggja, lagSi, to enshrine, Magn. 512. skrin.
sini3r, m. a shrine-smith, Sturl. i. I46, Bs. i. 144.
skrina, u, f. a shrine-shaped chest, in which fishermen keep butter anc
the like ; matar-s., smj6r-s.
SKRIPI, n., mostly only in plur. a grotesque monster, a goblin, pbait'
totn (with notion of absurdity, unreality, scurrility) ; stundum dreki, stun-
dum ormr eSr onnur skaSsamlig skripi. Fas. iii. 342; verSi s. ok undi
mikit, Nj. 20 ; ski ok s., Gsp. ; t)egar myrkva tok, syndisk horiun
hverskyns skripi, Grett. 115 ; {)eir j^oldu mikla skomm ok s., Stj. 436
hann var fjolkunnigr ok gcirSi morg s. ok undr, Bret. 14 ; bessu kvikend
. . . er J)etta s. berr, glaepafull s., Gd. 3, Fas. iii. 620 ; ek hefi eigi s^{
meira s. en {jti ert, 654; sel-s., a monster seal; orSa-s., scurrilous loH'
guage, buffoonery. compds : skripa-h.6fu3, n. a monster-head, Mag
skripa-lat, n. pi. (mod. skripa-lseti), buffoonery, scurrilous gestures
Fms. viii. (in a verse). skripa-tal, n. scurrilous language.
skripindi, n. = skripi. Post. 29.
skripr, m. a monster, Edda 238.
skritinn, adj. funny, witty, full of humour ; segja skritna sogu, J)a8 e
skritin saga ; or of persons, hann er sma-skritinn. compds : skritt
liga, s.dv. funnily, merrily. skriti-ligr, idi.funjiy, amusing. Thi
word and derivatives, which are very freq. in mod. usage, seem not t<
occur in old writers, unless it be Post. 26 (paper MS.)
skritlur, f. pi. merry tales, oddities, = Germ, schwdnke.
skrja, S, to skulk like a coward (skrxva) ; J)eir sottu at Kormaki
Narfi skrjaSi um it ytra, Korm. 48.
skrjdfa, aS, to clatter like shrivelled skin.
skrj63r, m. \\]\i. dis-skreitan = ^iappi^'^vvvai; A. S. screadian; Engl
shred, i. e. to cut into small pieces ; to this root belong the Icel. skrj6ftr
skrydda, skraeSa] : — a shred, see Bs. i. 76, v. 1. : chiefly used of an cit
folio torn to shreds. 2. as a term of abuse, a ragamtiffin, Edda ii
547-
skrjupr, adj. [Ivar Aasen skryp; Swed. skropUg ; Dan. skrobelig]'.—
brittle, frail, Merl. I. 65, Skalda 202 (in a verse) : as a nickname
Landn.
SKROP, n. snow-ice, full of holes and bubbles, passim in mod. u
as a nickname, skrof, skrofl, skrofu3r, Landn. 47, II7-
skrofa, u, f. a bird, pelicanus tninimus.
skropan, f. = skr6par; s. ok lataeSi, Mar.
skropar, m. pi. [akin to skripi?], a juggle, sham, hypocrisy; hrasn
ok skropar (rendering of hypocrisis), Hom. 27, Mar. 220 : in mod. usag>
a feigned illness or the like, {jaS eru ckki nema skropar. compds
skropa-maSr, m. a hypocrite — hypocrita, Hom. 23, MS. 655 xxv. 4
skropa-sott, f. a feigned ilhiess, Fms. vi. J2, Thom. 160, Stj. 199.
skrudda, u, f., see skrydda.
skru3ningr, m. [cp. Dan. skryden = braying] : — a rattling sound, 4
of thunder.
skrugga, u, f. thunder, a clap of thunder; dunaSi skrugga. Sail
skruggu-ve3r, n. a thunder-storm.
skrukka, u, f. [skrokkr ; Dan. skrog], an nrchin (?), in skrukku-ktf
the shell of a sea-urchin; s. er moSir min atti, gylta ros ok spun, D.N
ii. 255. 2. an old shrimp; kerlingar-s. : as a nickname, Fms. ix. f
skrum, n. swaggering talk; ho! ok skrum, Nj. 258; s. ok skjalt
SkiSa R. 7 ; far 1 brott meS s. Jjitt, Fms. ix. 282. I 55i,{^
skruma, aS, to swagger, Grett. 144 A : to chatter, Fb. i. 21 1, ^'i,l• |; -jj^j"
skruinari, a, m. a swaggerer, bragger, porS. 29 new Ed. | i^j^
SKKtJD, n. [A. S. scrdd; Engl, shroud; cp. Norse skrud = shrouds* ;■;
tackle, Ivar Aasen], collect, the shrouds of a ship, standing rigr ifm.
ging ; mi liggr skriiS vart (ojir shrouds, referring to the ships lefk
behind) at skipum niSri, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; generally, tackle, gear
appendages ; skruSi })vi or hann vill or selinu fsera, K, p. K. 80
skjoSu-skniS, a bag's fittings, straps; skreppu-skruSi, SkiSa R. ; lop:i:;
skniS, Sks. 627; himin, jorS ok sae meS ollu sinu skriiSi, Horn. 56
schema er kallat a Girsku en skriiS a Latinu, Skalda 190; sett
skaldskap fyrir sakir skriiSs, 201 : an ornament, skryddr konunglig'
skruSi, Fms. vii. 107; skraut ok skriiS, Stj. 188. 2. furniture 0
a church ; {)eir raentu hana (the church) ollu sinu skruSi, Fms. xi. 194
Josiia reisti upp sattmals-ork Drottins meS ollu skruSi sinu, Stj.; ligg
t)at kirkju til braSs ok til Ijoss ok til skriiSrs (sic) er fyrir ondvet&i
var til skipat, Anecd. 60 ; t)at skniS hennar allt er hvern dag Jwrf-*
"i
•Hi
Bii,ni.,
I
SKRtJDHOSA— SKULDAHEIMTA.
559
b, Gr4g. i. 460. II. a kind of stuff; sem af skniSi einu vaeri
or segliu, Orkn. 464; skriiS ok lervpt, Bs. i. 453; me5 kapriini af
I cniSi, Jb. 187 ; skriid iiytt ok liskoiit, N. G. L. i. 76.
3kru3-hosa, u, f. [skni8 II], hose of skriiS, Sturl. iii. 147; opp. to
cinnhosa.
skru3-hus, n. [skru3 I. 2], a vestry, Fms. viii. 258, ix. 280, 430,
lipl. iii. 4, Stj. 310, Bs. i. 847.
skrufl-liyma, u, f. a nickname, Fms. vii.
akriifli, a, ni. = skriid; ef ma9r ferr med tre, rei8i e&r vi&biind, eSr
vc irt'i skruSi (tackle) sem or, K. {j. K. 88 : an ornament, esp. of church
nts, i fogrum skru6a, Bs. i. 317 ; skry&ask biskups-skru5a, . . .eigi
("lu hinar minnstu trefr a skru3a hans, 42 ; berr eigi heilog kirkja
yra ok hati51iga skni&a, Stj. 52; J)rju goSin, ok or oUum skni&-
. Nj. 132. skruSa-kista, u, f. a chest for church ornaments,
2 ; skriida stokkr, id., Vm. 177.
i3-kl8e3i, n. a suit of fine stuff, [skru8 II], dress suit, Fms. vi. 208,
135 new Ed.; s. ny, Grag. i. 504; skera e-m s. ok skarlat,
. 318; ma6r i skru3klae3um, Eb. 214; skru5klae3a-bur6r, -bunaSr,
:>3-kyrtill, m. a kirtle of fine stuff, Jb. 187.
.ii3-reiill, m. a hanging offitie stuff. Am. 71.
, ;;ru3-sokkr, m. = skriiShosa, Bs. i. 453.
kru3-viking, f. for this word or pun, see Orkn. 464 and Mr. Dasent's
Njal ii. 376.
ll^F, n. a hay-cock, corn-rick, Edda (Gl.) ii. 493 : the phrase, J)a5
i hatt a J)vi skrufi6, the hay-cock is not high, of a low and humble
ifa, a9, to acrew, Fas. iii. 417.
itrufa, u, f. [Dan. skrue ; Germ, schraubel, a screw.
kruf-hdrr, adj. curly-haired, Ld. 274, Fms. x. 420, Bjarn. 63.
krufr, m. = skruf; yglir briinum undir folgnum skriifi, Sks. 226.
krydda, mod. skrudda, u, f. a shrivelled skin; fataekr i skarpri
yJdu, Gd. 34. 2. an old scroll.
■crykkjott, n. adj., see skrykkr.
crySa, d, [skru6], to clothe, put 071 ; Krist skryddu3 er, Hom. (St.) :
i -lihrn, embelliih. 2. reflex, to dress, skrySask harklaidum, sorgar-
' iaiM, Io3kapu, Stj. 356,642, Sks. 226; skryddr konunglegu skruSi,
' ii. 107 ; skryddir dyrligum klaeSum, 623. 53 ; eru mi margir stSdir
; iir (adorned) af J)eim gcirsemum, Fms. vii. 100, v. 1.
>ry3ing, f. apparel, Stj. 304; skry6ingar-kufl, Dipl. iii. 4,
kr^3ir, m. a?i adorner. Lex. Poet.
tryfa, 3, [skruf], to stack corn, s. korn, Bjarn. 22 : metaph., hann bar
t u i hofu3 ser ok skryf5i sem mest harinu, Fms. vi. 375.
tvrymir, m. the name of a giant, Edda.
a-ytingr, m. a shrite, missel-bird, Edda ii. 289.
:r8e3a, u, f. an old scroll, worn old book, Th. 78.
;rsefa, u, f. a coward, Fms. ii. 47, vi. 34, Fb. i. 532, Al. 30, Karl.
(. Edda 213 ; mann-s.
praefast, ad, dep. to lose heart like a coward, Vapn. 26.
IKHjEEKJA, t, [Engl, to screech^, to screech, shriek, Fms. viii. 432,
^•''•- 46: of a raven, Greg. 79, Fb. i. 412.
okr, m., pi. skraekir, a shriek, yell, Edda 61 ; reka upp skraek, Eb.
ine3 skraek, Fbr. 212 ; skrseki stora, Bs. ii. no. skrsek-hljdS-
idj. fhr ill-voiced.
okta, t, to shriek, yell. Fas. iii. 129, Hom. 69, Fms. vi. 446.
cktan, f. a shrieking. Am. 60, Fms. i. 218.
•jslingjar, m. pi. the Esquimaux, the name given them by the old
I'len, lb. 9, Eb. 252, {jorf. Karl, passim, Fb. i. 545, Ann. 1379.
olna, a3, to be shrivelled by the sun ; grasiS er skrselnad.
.•a;l-J)urr, adj. ' thrivelliug dry,' of hay.
itrsBma, d, [Swed. skrdmma; Dan. skramme'l, prop, to scare away;
inlie compd, af-skraema sig, to make a wry face ; af-skrsemast, to be dis-
'■"d. 2. reflex., skrsemdisk hann undan J)eim tveimr, he extri-
himselffrom the two, Fms. viii. 75.
omi, n. a ^scare-crow,' monster; in af-skraemi (q. v.), af-skraemis-
•ionstrous,
x:mi-hlaup, n. a 'searing-leap,' a ruse, sudden onset, Fms. viii.
J3pa, 3, i.e. skroepa, [skropar], to feign; J)eir skraepa at J)eir hafi
- yrt, 673. 48.
Tepa, u, f. [akin to the preceding], a kerchief with faded colours;
skrsepu-ligr, adj.
ROGGB, m. [cp. Engl, scraggy"], one of the names oi the fox, Edda
.0, and as a nickname, Sturl. iii. 228. 2. in mod. folk-lore a
'er giant or goblin famous in Icel. nursery tales, a son of the Gryla
' and Leppa-Lu3i. compds : Skr6ggs-kv8B3i, n. a popular nursery
a pendant to Grylu-kvse3i, see Isl. {)j63s. i. 220, 221. skrOggs-
adj. ycraggy, gaunt and ugly.
ROK, n., dat. skrokvi, [Early Swed. skrtik"] : — a false story, fable,
f'ood ; hvart J)at vaeri skrok edr sannindi, Fms. ii. 185; hegomi ok
*'^|c, Hkr. (pref.), Stj. 484; sing., ok verdr J)at at skrokvi, and tf it
prove a story, N. G. L. i. 13 ; triia J)vi skrokvi, Hom. 1 23 ; bera saman
skrok, Hkv. 1.37; samna skrokvi, to pick up fables, stories (cp. North. E.
to samm it up), 6. H. (in a verse). compds : skrOk-berendr, part,
pi. tellers of fables, Ad. 2. skrOk-laust, n. adj.; {)at er s., 'tis no ex-
aggeration, Fms. ix. (in a verse). skrdk-ligr, adj. false, fiettiiout,
Stj. 90. skrdk-maflr, m. a romancer, story-teller, Hom. (St.), Ki6k.
36. skrOk-mal, n. a story, falsehood, Sturl. iii. (in a verse). 8kr0k«
mfi.la-samr, adj. mendacious. Fas. ii. (in a verse). skrOk-saga, u,
f. a false story, tale, fable, Stj. 85, 87 ; meS sinum skcmtiligum skrok-
siigum, Fms. ii. 142 ; segir Ovidius i sinum skroksogum (in his Meta-
morphoses?), 732. 17. skrOk-samligr, adj. false, Rom. 300.
skrOk-semd, f. a story, falsehood. Thorn. 448, Magn. 484. skrOk-
vdttr, m. a false witness, N.G. L. i. 32, Jb. 441, Fas. iii. 157, Hom.
20. skrdk-vitni (-veetti, Rom. 332), n. false witness, Hom. 86,
Gt)l. 547.
skrdkva, a8, to tell or invent a story ; lokleysa sem kitir menn s. t6r
til gamans. Fas. iii. 193, v. 1.; margir hyggja {)at satt sem skrokvat er,
Sturl. i. 23, v. 1. : with dat., s. e-u, eg s. ^vi ekki, Skifta R. 130; s. e-u
upp, to invent a falsehood; skammi mig ef eg skriikva ! This word is
much used in mod. speech, being gentler than Ijuga, to lie.
skrdlta, t, [A. S. scralletan; Engl, shrill], to jolt: skrOlt, n. a jolt-
ing sound.
SKtTGGI, a, m. \\J\i.skuggwa = taovrpov, i Cor. xiii. 1 2 ; Hzn.sltygge ;
Swed. skugga] : — a shade, shadow, Sks. 41, 219 ; manns s., Ld. 252 ; bar
skuggann a saeinn af fjiillunum, Fms. viii. i8S; s. jardarinnar, Rb. 108;
hundrinn hleypr a briina ok ser skugga sinn i vatninu. Hem. ; bar hvergi
skugga a, it was all light, without a spot of shadow anywhere, Nj. 1 18 ; J)a
bar skugga i dyrrin, Fb. i. 545 ; undan skugga hattarins, /rom the bat's
shade, Fms. vi. 60. 2. a shadow, spectre, leidiligan skugga. Mart.
115, Post. 645. 69, Bs. i. 256, Mar. 3. in the phrase, ganga or
skugga um e-t, • to go out of the shade' as to a thing, to shew one's mind,
Ld. 170; hann bad Halldorr ganga or skugga [speak out clearly) hvart
hann vildi unna honum landkaupsins, 322 : mod. to get a thing clearly
before one, eg vii ganga or skugga um \nb, I wish to have no misgivings
about it; also in the phrases, sem hann stx3i i skugga nokkunim, in
some doubt, Bs. ii. 41 ; hann sagdi ser vera mikinn skugga 4, hvat
Magnus mundi aetlask fyrir, he said he felt much misgiving as to what
M. had in mind, Fms. vii. 3 ; skuggi er honum i malum ykkrum. Valla L.
21 r. 4. skuggi (foreshadowing) ok spar J)ess ins ilia, er — , Hom.
119.
B. Compds: skugga-baldr, m., in popular tales a mystenons
animal, a hybrid between a cat and a fox, Isl. |>j(jds. i. 61 J, 613.
skugga-lauss, adj. shadowless, Sks. 630. skugga-ligr, adj. (-liga,
adv.), shadowy, dusky, suspicious-looking ; s. karl, Fas. i. 6. skugga-
mikill, adj. shadowy, dark, Fb. i. 527. skugga-samligr, adj.
shadowy, Fbr. 138.
skugg-sja (or -8j6), f. a 'shade-show,' mirror, Gd. 6, Stj. 215, Karl.
217, 324, Hom. 3; i skirri skuggsja, Sks. 8; hrein s., Nikdr. 83;
Konungs s., the name of a work, Sks. 8, List of Authors (H. II).
skugg-sjon, f. = skuggsja, 671. 22, Stj. 142, Sks. 8.
skugg-s^nn, adj. glootny, dark, dusky.
skukka, u, f. [skokkr], a/)0<; t)eir hrukku litt me3an full var s., as long
as the pot tvasfull, Fms. ix. 439 (in a verse ; skrukka, v. 1.) II. [cp.
Engl, to shrink, shrunk], a wrinkle, = Lat. ruga ; gullknapprinn giirr me5
{)ungum skukkum gullsmidligs hagleiks, Karl. 2«6 ; eitt klaedi, J)at er
me3 sinum skukkum leynir hennar kvi3ar-voxt, Mar. 447 ; g^kk jcirdin
undir \>t'\m skukkum, the earth rolled in waves under their feet, Edda
i. 144 (Cod. Worm.)
skukkr, m. = skokkr, ahtdk, Fms. vi. (in a verse).
SKULD, f. [skulu ; A. S. scyld; Germ, schuld; Dan. sltylJ] : — a debt,
due; gjalda skuld, N. G. L. i. 52, Nj. 182; skuldir allar ok landaura
gjald, Fms. x. 410; kaupa i skuld, to buy on trust, Hrafn. 4; ganga i
skuld vi3 e-n um e-t, Dipl. iv. 7 ; ganga i skuld fyrir e-n, to be bail for
another; hann gekk i skuld fyrir Kalf ok gaf fe fyrir landit, Bs. i.
507. 2. in the oldest law skuld means a kind of serfdom or
bondage in payment of debt, like that of an ' obaeratus' or nexus in the
Roman law; engi ma konu sva taka i skuld nema hafi fraenda rift
vi3, N.G. L. i. 36; mi ef ma3r selr skuldar-mann mansali, nema hann
hlaupi or skuld, id. ; engi ma3r a at seljask arfsali frd omogum sinum,
J)eim er hann a at ganga i skuld fyrir, Grdg. i. 205 ; ef hann a eigi (& til
pa skal hann ganga i skuld fyrir m63ur sina, 232; kost k madr hvArt
sem hann vill at ganga i skuld fyrir bom sin edr selja J)au ella,
334. II. the name of one of the three works, Vsp., Edda, Gg.
B. Compds: sktdda-br^f, n. a bond, R6m. 250. skulda-
dagr, m. pay-day, the term for paying a debt, K. {>. K. 70 : the saying,
{jad kemr ad skulda-dcigunum. skulda-d6mr, m. a court of pay-
ment, for liquidation of debt after a persons death, Grag. i. 408.
skulda-far, n. a calling in debts ; hann dtti nordr-ftrd at skuldafari ok
cyrendum, Fb. i. 421. skulda-ferli, n. pi. = skuldafar, Fms. ix.
481, v.l. ' skuldar-folk, n. kinsfolk, family ; fraendr ok s., Stj. 190.
, skulda-gildi, n. payment of debts, Grag. i. 302. sktilda-heimta.
560
SKULDAHJON— SKURDGOD.
u, f. a calling in debts. Eg. 202, NjarS. 366. skulda-hjdn (-hjun),
I), a household, family , Gnig. i. 142, ii. 42, Jb. 52. skuldar-kona, u,
f. a woman in bondage for debt (skuld I. 2) ; ef s. leg'gsk nie6 Jjraeli, ^a
a armaSr ekki a henni fyrr en hon hefir goldit hina skuldj N. G. L. i. 36.
skulda-li3, n. = skuldahj6n, Ld. 158, Eb. 6, 8, Ems. i. 107, xi. 406,
Hrafn. 30, Orkn. 184. skulda-lukning, f./qy/wew/ o/cfe6/5. skulda-
lykting, f. id., Jb. 351 B, H. E. i. 520. skuldar-maSr, m., q. v.
skulda-in6t, n. = skulda-fjing, Grag. i. 396, K. f>. K. 70. skulda-
nautr, m. = skuldu-nautr, a 'debt-mate,' debtor, Js. 84. skulda-
skipan, f. a discharge of debts, G\)\. 254. skvilda-staflr, in. an
investment, deposit of money ; gefa fe e6r a9ra hluti a skuldarstiiSum,
Grag. i. 406 ; jata, taka skuldarsta8, Ld. 21 2, G^l. 5 1 1, Dipl. i. 11, Lv.
46, Faer. 233. skiildaj-tollr, m. a due, tithe, Anecd. 48. skulda-
J)ing, n. = skuldam6t, Grag. i. 108.
skuldari, a, ni. a debtor, Horn. 5.
skuldar-madr, m. a person in bondage for debt, Lat. obaeratus ; a
J)ingi skal skuldarmann taka . . . nii ef ma6r seir skuldarniann maiisali, . . .
nu skal hann neyta skuldarmann sinn sem fjrael sinn, etc., N. G. L. i. 36
(ch. 71); uni innihafnir skuldarmanna, Grag. i. 73; Jjorsteinn skuldar-
ma6r, Lv. 86. 2. a creditor, Stj. 613, N. G. L. i. 63, G\>\. 254.
skuld-binda, batt, to engage : part, duty-bound, obliged, Al. 151.
skuld-binding, f. an obligation.
skuld-fastr, adj. ' debt fast,' seized for debt, Lat. obaeratus, Grag. i.
233-
skuld-festa, t, to seize a person for debt, take him as a ' skuldarmaSr,'
Grag. i. 233, 362.
skuld-festr, f. the act of seizing a person for debt, Grag. i. 363 ;
segja til skuldfesti a alj)ingi, 73.
skuld-gengr, adj. of money, current, lawful as tender, D.N. ii.
411.
skuldingi, a, m. the nearest of kin on whom the duty of alimentation
devolves; J)a a til sins skuldingja hverr at hverfa, Grag. i. 250.
skuld-lauss, adj. ' debtless,' free from debt, N. G. L. i. 32 : of property,
unincumbered, Grag. i. 444 ; fe skuldlaust, GullJ). 8 : metaph., e-m er
e-t skuldlaust, 'tis no business of one's, uncalled for, Nj. 185.
skuld-leikr (-leiki), m. relationship, prop, duty, obligation devolving
from kinship, Grag. i. 153, 247, 343, Ld. 40.
skuld-seigr, adj. ' debt-tough,' reluctant to pay, Sturl. i. 223.
skuld-skeyta, t, to transfer a debt to another; mi heimtir ma9r
skuld at manni . . . ef hann skuldskeytir h4num vi6 aiman mann, J)a hefir
hann lokit Jjeirri skuld, N. G. L. i. 29 : mod. with ace, s. e-n vi5 e-n, or
hann skuldskeytti okkr (ace.) saman.
skuld-skeyting, f. the transfer of a debt, GJ)1. 511.
skuldugr, adj. [Germ, schiddig'], in debt, owing; s. e-m e-t (or um
e-t), Dipl. iv. 7.
skuldu-nautr, m., prop, a customer, used of a creditor, N. G. L. i. 51 :
of a debtor, Grag. ii. 216, Mar. 1202 : eccl. in the Lord's Prayer, fyrir-gef
OSS vorar skuldir, svo sem ver og fyrir-gefum vorum skuldunautum.
skuldu-neyti, n. the relation of debtor and creditor, Lv. 103 (the
passage is somewhat corrupt).
skuld-varr, adj., in li-skuldvarr, Njar8. 366.
SKITLU, a verb whose present is in a preterite form, see Grarnm.
p. xxiii ; pres. skal, skalt (skahu), skal, pi. skulum, skulut, skulu; pret.
skyldi and skyldu ; subj. pres. skyli, skuli ; pret. skyldi and skyldu ; pres.
infin. skulu; pret. infin. skyldu; skyli as a kind of imperat., Hm. I, 14,
32. 41. 53-55. Og- 22. In the oldest vellums o is used throughout in-
stead of u, skolu, skolom, skolot, skolo : with the pers. pron. suffixed,
skal'k^skal ek, skola'g, skyla'g, skylda'g: with neg. suff. skal'k-at, I
shall not; skal'k-a, Ems. vi. 417 (in a verse); ska!-at, he shall not;
skal-a, Hm. 29, 34, 37 ; skal-at, 0. H. (in a verse); t)u skalt-at, Kormak ;
skal-at-tu, Hm. 130, Sdm. 29, Skv. i. 22, Plac. 37 (skala-J)u) ; skulu-t,
Sighvat ; skyli-t, Hm. 6, 39 ; skyldo-at, Am. 2, 3, see Bugge (foot-note),
and -at, p. 2. In mod. usage and in less correct paper transcripts of
vellums or Editions the pret. infin. skulu, skyldu are replaced by the
subj. skuli, skyldi; in such cases the infin. is to be restored, as, hann
kva&sk skuli, skyldi koma = skulu, skyldu koma ; see munu : [Ulf.
shulan = o(piL\uv and fifWeiv, but not freq. ; A. S. sculon ; Engl, shall,
should; O. H. G. skolan ; Germ, sollen, with elided k; Dutch ztdlen;
Dan. skulle; Swed. shola^
B. Shall, must, denoting fate, law, bidding, need, necessity, duty,
obligation, and the like, therefore the use is more positive than that
of shall in Engl.; of weird or fate, skyldi, "ft. i, 3, 5, 7-9, 11-13, 16;
deyja skal hverr um sinn, {)vi ek land um ste'k at ek lifa skylda'k,
Gh. 12: in the saying, ungr ma en gamall skal, young may, old
THust (viz. die) : of law, menn skyldi eigi hafa hofu6-skip i hafi, en ef
hef6i, J)a skyldi J)eir af taka hofuS, . . . baugr tvieyringr skyldi liggja
i hverju hofu6-hofi a stalla, }5ann baug skyldi hverr goSi hafa a hendi
ser til logJ)inga allra J)eirra er hann skyldi sjalfr heyja, . . . Hverr sa ma9r
skyldi a9r ei6 vinna, nefni ek i J)at vsetti, skyldi hann segja, hjalpi ni^r
sva Freyr . . . sem ek man (not skal, which however here might be used),
...skyldu vera Jirjii J)ing i fjorSungi, . . . J)eir skyldu nefna doma , . . .
hverr ma9r skyldi gefa toll til hofs, Landn. (Hb.) 258, 259 ; and in the
commandments, fni skalt ekki stela, elska skaltii Drottinn Gu6 binn,
N. T. : of an oath, til J)ess legg ek bond a helga bok, ok {at
jattar ek Gu9i, at ek skal sva ra9a, H.E. i. 561 : of bidding, ganga
skal, skala gestr vera, Hm. ; gattir allar um sko9ask skyli, 1 ; |)agalt
ok hugalt skyli })j66ans barn ok vigdjarft vera, glaSr ok reifr skyli
gumna hverr, I4; vin sinuni skal madr vinr vera, 41; ge&i skaltti vid
{)ann blanda, 43 : of a promise, skal ek auka mikit J)ina saemd, ef...,
Nj. 102 : mixed references, mi skulu ver enn vi9 leita, lei us try, Isl. ii.
367 ; \>a er ganga skyldi undir jar9ar-men . . . skyldi endar torfunnar
vera fastir, sa ma6r er skirsluna skyldi flytja, skyldi ganga ^ar undir,
Ld. 58 ; prestar skulu eigi fara me9 sundr-gor6ir, K. p. K. ; hann skal
fara til ]?ings, . . . hann skal retta vaetti6, Grag. i. 1 15 ; mi skal J)at gijra,
Eg. 458 ; hann streng6i heit, at hann skyldi Jjess manns bani ver8a,
Hrafn. 5; mi skalt J>u deyja, Nj.64; Jia skaltii triia, Ems. ii. 268;
maela, at eigi skyU eiga vi3 Hc3in, Nj. 32 ; skyldi Unnr sitja i festum, ...
skyldi bo& vera eptir mitt sumar, 4; skaltii J)iggja af mer. Ems. ii. 246;
Jja skaltii vera frjals, 268, etc. 2. special usage, denoting purpoie,
doubt, etc., often rendered in Engl, by will; skaliii veita mur baen f)a er
ek man bi6ja J)ik, wilt thou grant the request I ain about to ask thee?
26 ; J)eir Egill krcifdu dagverdar, Jjorfinnr bondi lot heimolt skyldu
{)at. Eg. 564 ; skaltii, segir Skapti, nefna fimmtar-dominn . . . ^renii.i;
tylptir i fj6r5ungi hverjum ? Nj. 150 ; hvat skaltii sveinn i sess miini •
Eg. (in a verse); hvat skaltii, Konr ungr, kyrra fugla, Rm. ; hva
skal ek hanum? — Drepa skaltii hann, Nj. 53; spur9i Gunnarr hvii
hann skyldi, what he was for, 57 ; engi vissi hvat {)at skyldi, Fms. vii:
45, Al. 1 24 ; hvat skal \iei afgamall {jraill, of what use will he be to thee
Ems. iii. 158 ; hvat skal J)er kluniba sii? xi. 129 : periphrast., ^at mu;i
illt til frasagnar, ef ekki skal mega sja a ykkr, at (//" ofie shall not be
able to see that . . .) it hafit i bardaga verit, Nj. 97 ; ilia hefir dottir min
brotid odd af oflaBti sinu, ef J)ii skalt eigi J)ora, 94 ; Sveinn matli eigi
heita gildr konungr, ef hann skyldi eigi {unless he) erfa ftidur sinn fyrir
enar J)ri6ju vetr-naetr. Ems. xi. 69 ; ska6i mikill er {)at er |j6r61fr
eigi vera tryggr mer. Eg. ch. 13 ; gefsk J)u upp, segir porbr, — Eigi
J)at, segir Jjordr, / will not, Nj. 64: heill skaltii, 'hail shalt thou I'
welcome, Gm. 3, Hkv. I. 55 ; hon skyli morna, be a curse on her! Og,
32 ; el eitt mun ver9a, ok skyldi langt til annars sliks, may it be long
ere such another happens, Nj. 200 ; sem aldri skyldi, which I never should,
Ems. vii. 179. 3. so also in phrases like, gordu svo vel a9 koma k
morgun — answer. Eg skal koma, Eg skal giira pa.b, where the Engl, has,
/ will. II. in the infin., attii enskis annars af van, enn ^li muut her
deyja skulu. Eg. 414 A ; ok muntii mi deyja skulu, {)ursinn, and tiou
thou shalt die, thy last hour is come, Eas. i. 385 ; gri9 man sja ma5r
skolu hafa um helgina, 0. H. 148; at Haraldr myndi skulu hafa halfaii
Noreg, Ems. vi. 177; skemta mun ^a fleira (dat.) skulu, 366; haia
munu {)eir skulu friS um helgina, xi. 290 ; grunar mik at ^etta muu:
skolu vera njosn, 333; er Gu6s gotur mundi fyrir skulu biia, at hann
mundi lei5 skulu visa, 625. 87; ek a;tla mik skulu af honum hljota ina
mesta frama, it is fated to me. Eg. 19: poet, infin. skyldu, hann sa;
barnit Johannem heita skyldu, 625. 86; hann kve3sk ri3a skyldu,
55, Eg. 257, Ld. 116, passim.
skiuna = skima ; hafr er liti hvitr i tiini, skumir augum, Hem.
skumpr or skunpr, m. a boar, Edda (Gl.) : skuppr, a word of
abuse, Skald H.
SKUND A, a9, to speed, — skynda ; with dat., hon skyldi skunda prest-
inum til sin, forward the priest at once, Str. 76; skunda fer5 siniii, Fms.
ix. 298; skunda fe saman, to make a colleciion, v. 216. 2. absol.
to hasten; J)eir skundaSu J)angat til. Ems. ii. 185, Stj. iSi ; skundar lit
me9 Jjori, Ski6a R. 52 ; and so in mod. usage, see skynda.
skundan, f. a speeding, Stj. 41.
skundi, a, m. speed; meb skunda, Ems. ii. 223, vii. 134, Stj. 479.
skunza, a9, [cp. Engl, shunt'], to shake, ruffle; eptir {lat skunza6i Einarr
honum i svolunum, D. N. ii. 295.
skupla, u, f. a woman's hood hiding or shading the face, chiefly worn
by old women; skuplu ok skammfyllingar = ' feZawew cculorum,' of
the Vulgate, Stj. 127. Gen. xx. 16, freq. in mod. usage; enda er faldrinri
y6ar fallegr, J)a6 er munr a9 sja knJkfaldana en skuplurnar sem ekki
eru fyrir a6rar en afgamlar kerlinga-hrotur, . . . haf6i hiin ekki ga8 aS
JdvI a9- Ingveldr var Jiar ok hafdi skuplu, Piltr og Stiilka 34; see
skypill.
skupla, a9, to wear a skupla ; briiSirnar falda sitt sva at ligorla ma
sja {jeirra yfirlit, en um morguninn eptir {)a eru fiaer vel katar, ok skupla
J)a ekki, Fms. xi. 106.
skura, u, f. [skera], a score, trench; skurn ok skurur, Karl. 279 ; engar
skurur {diggings f) skulu J)eir gora lit 1 megin-fcrsinn fra vei&i herra
Finns, D. N. iv. 156.
skur3-go9, skur5-gii3, n., spelt skurgoS and sounded skiirgofl, "
carven image, Fms. x. 255, 318, Stj. 102, 181, Pass. 26. 5 ; he',9iii skurS-
goa, Fms. i. 97; hof ySvart ok skur9go9, 623. 24; skur6gu3ir, MS.
4.31; skurgo9, 623. 24, 45, Rb. 400 ; skurgo5, skurgo3inu, skurgoSs,
Stj- 311, 312, Barl. 124; skur9go3a blot, idolatry, Stj. 26, 404, Fas.iii»
^'ilir
r
SKURDHAGR— SKUTA.
561
skiir8go3a dyrkan (mod. skiirgoSa-dyrkan), idolatry; skur8go8a- rekkju-mafir i skut, Lv. 98; setja augu sin aptr um skut, to look bach.
id., Nj. 164, Fms, i. 282, Edda (pref.)
ir5-hagr, adj. skilled in carving. Lex. Poet.
V URDH., m., gen. skur6ar, pl.skurSir, [skera], a scoring, cutting, carv-
^kurb ok skipti a hvalnuni, Grett. 88 A ; hon (the church) a skurd
ii share of whales driven ashore) um 611 J)ing sin . . . ok skurd i iillum
rckum, er . . ., Am. 3, Pm. 133 ; maniis-hlut i fiutningu ok fullan
'. Am. 33 ; kirkja a, skur& fullan milli Ormsar ok Tungu-reka af
iiin hval sem kemr, Pm. 69: of cutting peat, skurdr torfs, Dipl. iii.
ra skur6i um torfvollu, iv. 1 2 : a cut, wound, skera sig djiipan skur6,
-. : fe til skurSar, cattle for slaughtering, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 60;
■ ir-fe, sheep fit for slaughter. 2. carving (of art) ; silfri var
■ i skur&ina, Faer. 102 ; stafnar litskornir ok vi6a i skurSina silfri
I, Fas. iii. 426; gull-gorvar meS inum fegrstu skurdum, Str. 4;
skurda, idolatry, tvorship of carven idols, 655 ix. B. 2 ; skur&ar
r. a carved window, Str. 70. 3. a ditch, channel. Fas. iii.
Jjessi skurSr sva brciSr ok djiipr at J)ar matti vel skipum halda,
V. 167 : hence the metaph., hvat sem gengr i skurSinn, cost it
it may; Gisli kva6sk J)6 aldrei mundu Kolbeini ei6 sverja hvat
skur5inn gengi, Sturl. iii. 3 (the metaphor from filling up a ditch
rhaps from enamelling, cp. renna i skurftina, above). compds :
iur3ar-ina3r, m. a carver, Grag. ii. 370, Jb. 324. skur3ar-skirn,
circumcision, Stj. I4. skurflar-61, n. harvest-ale, D.N. ii. 673.
ikurfir, m. a kind of bird, Edda (Gl.)
:kurfur, f. pi. scurf 071 the head, Hjalt.
kiirka, a6, to roll off with a rattle and noise ; 16t hann s. lit, let hitn
II out, \.&. flung him out. Fas. ii. 341.
kurmsl, f., mod. skurmr, n. ati egg-shell, = skuTn, Mork. 220, see
lis. vii. 225, 1. c.
iKURN, f. (cp. Fas. iii. 215, Clar., but erroneously), an egg-shell or
t-sbell; ostram, J)at koUu ver skurn e3r skel, Stj. 88; haf3i konungr
urnit (sic) fyrir bordker, Fas. iii. 215; eggit, var brotin rauf a
urninni, id.; skurn ok kjarni, Karl. 279; egg-skurn, an egg-sbell,
tla. 2. an ornamented shell-box (?) ; hvit skurn gyllt, med loki
itin, Dipl. V. 18; skurn biiin, Vm. 109; skurnir atta svartar, ok er
rb loki, Dipl. v. 18 ; skurnir niu ok tvaer lokaSar, iii. 4 ; ein skurn
iS.K. 31, D.N. passim; valhnotar-s., a ii/a/nz//-5>[)eW, Fms. vii. 225.
iivirtla, a3, dimin. to graze, cut slightly.
kussi, a, m. [see skyrsi], a slovenly fellow; J)u ert mesti skussi.
• ■ "Ds : skussa-legr, adj. slovenly, weak, skussa-skapr, m. sloven-
■ sluggishness.
it-brei3r, adj. broad-sterned, Thom. 378.
•cut-bryggja, u, f. a stern-gangway, by which people went on board
cuent ashore, Fms. vii. 143, Eg. 121, Fbr. 130.
vut-byggi (-byggvi), a, m. the ' stern-mates,' the sailors set in the
s u of a ship, Fms. vi. 143, viii. 224.
tut-festr, f. a cable from the stern, stern-moorings ; bera a land skut-
• ir, to take the stern-moorings ashore, Fms. vii. 260, viii. 216.
Lutil-diskr, m. [see skutill II], plates on which dishes were served,
I 238, yibx. 87, v.l.
KUTILL, n., dat. skutli, [skjota ; cp. Engl, shuttle'] : — an implement
»<f forth. 2. a harpoon, G^l. 466, Landn. 148, Fbr. 144 ; sel-
sltill, a seal-harpoon, id. ; hval-skutill. 3. a bolt or bar, whence
$ljtla-hli5, a 'bar-gate,' D.N. ii. 735, v. 752.
B. [^A.S. sculel ; Engl, scuttle; Germ, schiissel ; Icel. skutill, etc.;
1 probably from Lat. scutellum, and therefore a different word] : —
lie, trencher, or even a small table ; af helgum skutli, Haustl. ;
setti hon skutia silfri varSa, Rm. 28 ; bar hon meir at fiat
I skutia, 4 ; hon gaf Sveini konungi agaetan skutil, allan gull-
. ok settan dyrum steinum, Fms. vi. 232; tekr hann upp bor3
tr fyrir Butralda, Jjorkell mselti, skammr er s. minn, Fbr. 37 ;
inundi ver3a si6an einn skutill sva veglega skipa3r sem J)a er
' sva voldugir konungar snaeddu af einum diski, Bs. i. 37: the table
I ^x) and the skutill are distinguished in the Rm. skutil-sveinn,
page at a royal table : as a title of honour, Fms. vi. 304, vii. 158,
IX. 362, 426, X. 15, 80, 93, Orkn. 246, Sturl. ii. 124. In Norway
kutilsveinar and other royal pageantry were introduced about the
if king Olave the Quiet (A. D. 1067-1093), see Fagrsk. 150; its
:ence in Fms. ii. 133 is therefore an anachronism, whereas the word
]. in the lives of the kings of the 12th and 13th centuries, as also in
lirftskra (N. G. L. ii) : a bishop's skutilsveinn, 472.
tla, a3, [cp. Engl, to scuttle a ship], to harpoon. II. [Germ.
cln'], to squander; skutia sta3arins gozi, H.E. i. 561, Bs. ii. 82,
■ -.11. 2. reflex, to be scattered; skutlask i tva staSi, Bs. ii. 3.
■litlan, f. a squandering, Dipl. iii. I.
slitlari, a, m. a harpooner.
t-menni, n., Sturl. ii. 192, v.l. (prob. only a bad reading).
UTR, m., gen. skutar, pi. skutir, [from skjota, from shooting or
liing a ship into the water, cp. North. E. scut = the tail of hares or
s] : — the stern, Hofu61. i ; aptr i skut, Hym. 21 ; reri Grettir i skut,
• 125 A ; skaltxi ganga at framstafni en ek at skut, Finnb. 254 ; var ,
Ai. 12 ; hann baft Ketil ganga fyrir skut, ok setja 4 (and push on). Fas.
ii. 112; leggja land fyrir skut, to pass by, Edda (in a verse): in plur.
including stem and stern, opp. to midship, skip minna til skutanna en
um mitt, Fms. viii. 197; skipit var litift til skutanna en breitt um mift-
byrSit, Grett. 88 ; i hvarn-tveggja skutinn, 0. T. 67.
skut-stafn (-stamn), m. the 'tail-stem,' the stem, Fms. ii. 71, vii.
256, X. 348, xi. no, Ld. 76, MS. 656 C. 3 2, N.G.L. i. 203, ii. 283 ;
opp. to framstafn.
8kut-I)ilja, u, f. the poop-deck; jamlangt styri, aust-keri ok skut{)ilju,
N. G. L. i. 59,
SK'O'A, ad, [skor], to shoe; vel hosaSr ok skuadr, Sks. 286 ; fxtr |)Ina
skiiar })u, Barl. 83. 2. of a horse ; at hann l(5ti mcft gulli skiia
hesta sina, Fms. vii. 94; var svd mikill ofmetnaftr hans, at hann vildl
skiia best sinn gullskom sem konungrinn sj61fr, so proud was be that be
•wished to shoe his horse with golden shoes like the king bimielf, O. H. L.
48; hesti skiiu&um, Fbr. 19; skiia {)u hann vel ok fastliga, Sks. 374;
Styrr haf3i skuadan hest, Isl. ii. 294 (in the extracts) ; voru skiia&ir
(skoa&ir, jarnaftir, v.l.) tuttugu hestar, Fms. viii. 182; see the remarks
s. V. skor: — usar skiiadir nedan me3 jami, iron-shod beams, Sks. 425;
u-skiiaSr, unshod, Fms. v. 196.
skiifa, aft, = skyfa, Fas. ii. 60 ; ut-skiifa, to turn out.
skufa3r, part, tasselled; skufada sk6J)vengi, Eb. 220; skildir skiif-
a&ir af skeytum, orum, Fms. ii. 332, ix. 528, x. 361.
SKtJFR, m. a tassel, Eb. 216; diik me8 fjoram skiifum, Post.
16. 2. the hip-tendon. II. a sea-bird = skiimr (q. v.),
Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet., Eggert Itin; 2, a pr. name, Fbr.: a local
name, Skiif-ey, Faer.
skuf-slitinn, part, with the hip out of joint.
skulka, a3, to wzocA-, = skelkja. Fas. ii. 343.
SKTJMI, a, m. [Dan. skummel, skumring,= twilight], shade, dusk;
dagr myrkra ok skiima, Barl. 37, Sks. 229, v. 1. skiima-skot, n. the
dusk, twilight; J)egar i skuma-skotinu, Barl. 190: a dark nook, skrida i
skiima-skot. Mar. 1056. II. skuma, a nickname.
skumr, m. the skua or brown gull, larus catarractes, also called «kufr :
metaph. a chatterer, gossip. 2. a pr. name, Llndn. : skuma, u, f.
a nickname, Fms. xi.
SKtJE., f., but originally masc. as in other Teut. idioms, which
gender is still preserved in the north of Icel. ; it is thus masc. in
Run. Gramm. Island. ; so also Pal Vidal., — Nor&iinga kennum ver af
' generibus vocum,' svo sem skur er hja J)eim karlkennt, en kvennkennt
hja Sunnlingum, Skyr. 126; [A.S. scwr; Engl, siou/er ; GuTm. schautr]:
— a shower; fyrir elum ok skvlrum, Hom. ; regn eSa skiir, Edda i;
dropa e3a skiirir, 350 ; J)au sky er skiirum blandask. Aim. ; skur,
656 B. 12; bl65i haf3i rignt i skurinni, Eb. 260; hvervetna gengu
skurir vi6 annarsta3ar i nond, Bs. i. 339; skurum ok regnum, Stj. 30;
himins i dimmu skiir. Pass. 2. metaph. a shower of missiles ; \,ts%\
skiir lei3 skjott yfir, Fms. viii. 222: poet, tears are skiir augna...,
the shower of the eyes ; vapna, hjalma skiirir, the weapcn-shower, helmet-
shower ; as also, meil-skiir, a!m-skiir, dyn-skiir, skot-skiir, nadd-skiir, i. e.
a shower of missiles. Lex. Poet. compds : skiira-drdg, n. pi. drizzling.
skiira-ve5r, n. showery weather, Ld. 56, Bs. i. 349.
skurr, m. [Dan. skur], a shed. skiir-Qalir, f. pi. shed-deals, Fms.
viii. 329.
skiir-samr, adj. showery, Rb. 104.
skur-v6n, f. the clouds, poijt.. Aim.
skiir-6r3igr, adj. an epithet of a ship, Edda.
SKtJTA, u, f. [Dan. shide], a small craft or cutter; a number of
such used to accompany a fleet for use in rivers or on the coasts ;
they were distinguished from the byr3ingar or ships of burden, which
carried the supplies; J)eir hiifflu sex langskip, finmi skiilur, en |)rja
byrdinga, Orkn. 256; hann for me6 skiitu alskipa&a norSr i Fjorftu,
Eg. 155, Fms. i. 60; gakk a skiitu er her liggr iitbor3a langskipinu.
Eg. 354 ; skiitur ok rodrar-ferjur, id. ; hann haf^i skiitu er hann litti, ok
a prjd tigi manna, 23 ; hrundu ^eir fram skiitu ok hljopu ^ar a sex
karlar, Nj. 18; J)a reyri skiita at skipi jarls, Fms. vi. 317; kom borft
skiitunnar a kinnung karfans. Eg. 386 ; ganga a skiitur ok sigla vcstr
til Orkneyja, edr allt til Su3reyja, Fms. viii ; skiitu goSa, rdni a bor5
tiu menn efta tiilf, 6. T. ; hann let biia snekkju tvitug-sessu ok nieft
skiitu fimtaii-sessu, ok enn vista-byrSing, Fms. vii. 310; skiitu fimmldn-
sessu mea iillum rei&a, Hkr. i. 201 ; hann spur6i at Varbelgir vi'ru
fyrir sunnan a ^xtmx skiitum, Fms. ix. 474 : l^tti-s., hleypi-s., ro8rar-s.,
lagnar-s. compds: skiitna-herr, m. a/ee^ o/s. (manned) ; en er
skiitnaherrinn reyri ofan eptir anni, Fms. vii. 259, viii. 376, ix. 6.
skiltna-lid, n. the crew on the s., Fms. viii. 127. sktitna-menn, m.
= skiitna-liS, Fms. viii. 376.
sklita, pres. skiitir, pret. skiitti, to jut out, so as to form a shade or
cave, of rocks or the like ; fjallit synisk skiita yfir fram sjoinn, Fms. x.
313 ; bjargit skiitti yfir fram, vii. 81 ; ^6x (the glaciers) skiittu fram yfir
dalinn, Grett. 141 new Ed.; ^xx (the trees) skiittu sva langt, at lauf
t)eirra ok limar lagu ii jiirSu, Konr.
O o
562
SKtJTA— SKYLDUGR.
skiita, u, f. (skuti, a, m., Fms. I.e.), a taiint; eigi xtla ek J)er
nii allgoSan {jykkja beinann fyrir skiitu t)essa, Gkim. 354 ; drepa
e-m skiita, to taunt one with; aferli fiat seni konungr drap oss skuta
um, Fms. iv. 310 (in (5. H. 140, I.e., the passage is omitted). skut-
yr3i, n. pi. taunts, reproaches.
skiiti, a, m. a cave formed hy jutting rocks; hverr s. vi5 aiinan . . .{jar
hittir hvergi skiita, Gliim. 312 ; inn i bergit er skiiti ok fellr Jjar lir litill
laekr, O. T. 26; J)a6 er illr skiiti, sem ekki er betri enn liti, a saying;
hellis-skiiti, q. v. II. a pr. name, Rd., see the pun in Gliim. 354.
skiitu-hvalr, m. a kind of whale, Edda (Gl.)
skvaSra, u, f. a nickname, qs. skvaldra, cp. Swed. sqiiallra = a
jackdaw, Ann. for Nord. Oldk. 1846, p. 166.
skvakka, a8, to give a sound, as of water shaken in a bottle ; sokk
oxin ok skvakka&i vi6, Grett. 16 new Ed., v.l. skvatta, see skvetta.
skval, n. [Engl, squeal and squall; cp. skjal and skoU] : — a squalling,
jioisy talk, Edda iio; horna-skvol, Eb. 13 new Ed.
skvala, a6, [North. E. squeal^, to squeal, bawl out; risinn tok at s.
me& mikilli raust. Fas. ii. 517.
skvaldr, n. [Dan. skvalder ; Swed. sqvaller"], a squalling, bawling,
Fms. iv. 112, vi. 287, Bar6. 176.
skvaldri, a, m. a ' squaller,' bawler, a nickname, Fms. vii.
skvali, a, m., in hornum-skvali, the name of a he-goat, Edda (Gl.)
skvampa, a3, to paddle in water.
skvetta, t, to sqtiirt out, throw out, prop, of the sound of water quickly
thrown out of a jug ; skvetta lir fotunni, freq. in mod. usage ; tok hiin
vatn lir laeknum, ok skvetti framan i {)a3, Kveldv. ii. 1 76 ; hann (the
brook) skvetti a mig, Jonas 322.
skvettr, m. a gu&h of water pozired out.
skvlari or sky'ari, a, m. [French], aii esquire, Thom. 100, Dip . v. 18.
skyg5ir, m., poet, a sword, Edda (Gl.)
skygg3r, part, [skuggi], bright, polished, transparent, so as to throw
a light; dyrs-horn skyggt vel, sa gorla i gegnum, Fms. vi. 241, Hkr.
i. 90; hjalmr s. sem gler. Fas. i. 138; s. skjoldr. Lex. Poet.; s. steinn.
Mar., Magn. 450 ; i skygg3um linkyrtli, Sturl. i. 96 C ; fagr-s., svart-s.,
Lex. Poijt.
SKYGG JA, older skyggva, 8, to overshadow ; skyflokum skyggSar
ok huldar, Stj. 30; J)egar skyggva synda-myrkr andar-ljos, Eluc. 17; s.
e-t vi6 solu, to screen it from the stin, Rb. 348 ; also skyggja fyrir,
Sks. 208 B; s. ser vi8 solar-hita, Rb. 344, {>iSr. 215; skyggia yfir, to
overshadow, Luke i. 35. II. to polish; skyggja sver8, {>i5r. 16 ;
half ertug fyrir hjalm en (i. e. er) hann skyggir, N. G. L. iii. 15.
skygn, adj. seeing; tvau skygn augu, Mar.; skygn ba5um augum, Fms.
vi. 235 ; hann hafdi fengit syn sina ok var Jja skygn ma6r, O. H. 224;
heil-s., hale-sighted, i. e. with good sight; li-skygn, dim-sighted. 2.
sharp-sighted; Einarr var einsynn ok J)6 manna skygnstr, Orkn. 16, Isl.
ii. 83, Eg. 740 B ; skygnastr, Ld. 278 ; frar ok skygn ok gl6gg-J)ekkinn,
Finnb. 334 ; hon er sva skygn, at hon ser . . ., Best. 53 ; hvoss ok skygn
hugsunar-augu, Skalda 160; skygnan ok greiniligan, Th. 12. 3. in
mod. popular tales skygn denotes second sight, the power of seeing goblins,
elves, etc. through hills and stones, and whatever is hidden from the com-
mon eye ( = ofreskr in the old writers), see Maurer's Volks. and Isl. f>j65s. ;
baptismal water sprinkled in the eyes of an infant is said to prevent his
becoming skygn.
skygna, 8, to spy, pry; skygna um e-t, to spy after, Sks. 501 B ; J)ar
skygnir hverr um annars athaefi, 278 ; s. um si8u sjalfs sin, 9 ; gakk ^u
lit ok skygn um kaup ^in, id., Horn. 46 : skygna egg, to hold an egg
(fresh from the nest) up to the eye, to see if it is new. II. reflex.,
skygnask um, to look out, Hm. i ; skygndisk hann um fast, ok hyggr at,
Fms. ii. 180; kom ormrinn fram ok skygndisk um, vi. 352; hann
skygndisk vi3a um. Fas. ii. 91, Fs. 42.
skygni, n. [cp. Germ, scheune], the shade of a cap. 2. a shed or
cover, Bs. i. 204.
skygning, f. a looking out, Sks. 43.
skygn-leikr, m. the eyesight, Bs. ii. 148 ; me8 bjortum skygnleik,
O. H. 251 ; s. hugskotsins, H.E. i. 511, Nj. 258, Hkr. iii. 367.
skygnur, f. pi. wide open eyes ; HallbjiJrn rak ^a skygnur'a landit, Ld.
154 ; hann rekr upp skygnurnar, the eyes wide open, Hav. 54 ; hann haf8i
si8a hettuna ok rak undan skygnur. Band. 16 new Ed.
skykkjum, adv., a dat. pi. [cp. Engl, shock}, tremidoiisly ; varS land-
skjalpti mikill, gekk jorSin undir J)eim skykkjum, the earth went rocking
under them, of an earthquake, Edda i. 144 (skukkum v. 1.) ; sva gekk skyk-
kjum (skrykkjum the Ed. 34) hallar-golfit undir fotum honum sem bylgjur
a sjo, Konr. (vellum MS.) : akin to this is the mod. phrase, e-8 gengr
skrykkjott, qs. skykkjott, it goes up and down, i. e. it is rather bad.
skyla, pres. skylr, see skola, [Dan. skylle], to wash ; drofn skylr stal,
Edda ii. 493 (in a verse) ; hefring skylr (skilr Cod.) hlyr, 534.
SKYLD, f. another form for skuld (q.v.), a tax, due; me8 skottum
ok skyldum. Eg. 280 : an incumbrance, outgoing, on an estate or the like,
hann lagSi pessa skyld a heima-land, . . . bondi skal grei8a, etc., Vm. 112 ;
Heggsta8i gaf Herra Ketill me3 J)eirri skyld, at bondi skal luka . . . , 1 16 ;
sii er skyld d Tjiirn, at Jjar skal vera prestr, Jm. 25 ; kenni-manna
skyld, obligatory maintenance of a person ; \i3.r er tveggja presta sk)
Vm. 13; skyldir liloknar, dues unpaid, G^l. 276. II. sa
[Dan. skyld] ; fyrir mina skyld, for my sake, Fms. i. 3 (skuld, Gn
102 A) ; fyrir Gu8s skyld, /or God's sake, Dipl. iv. 8 ; fyrir J)anii (s
skyld, Stj. 125 (J)ann skuld, Grett. 143 A). III. gen. skyldt
= due, obligatory, prefixed to another noun : skyldar-embsetti, Sks. i
485, 487; skyldar-eyrendi, business. Eg. 319; skyldar-farleiga, C:
415; skyldar-gisting, Bs. i. 807 ; skyldar-ma8r = skuldarma8r ; skyld
mal, Sks. 285; skyldar-nauSsyn, 636; skyldar-rei8a, 494; skyld
sysla, 258, 600; skyldar-vapn, Jb. 187.
skylda, d and a8, to bind in duly, oblige, enjoin ; allra {)eirra orSa,
y8r skylda log til um at bera, Nj. 208 ; er ]>a, skylda log til, Grag. i.
en J)at skyldar mik til at rita, Bs. i. 59 ; konungr skylda8i {)a til at flj
likin til graptar, Fms. viii. 231 ; ek em skylda8r til at biota, 656 B.
vera til skyldaSr, H.E. i. 471 : hverrgi ma skylda annan til gar81a
Grag. ii. 262 ; skylda ek ykkr heldr til Jjessa enn a8ra menn, at .
Fms. i. 189 ; J)vi skyldi ek Jjik til biota, 656 B. 4 ; hann skyldir mik
fella tar, Eluc. 56; nau&r skyldi y8r til, urged you, Bjarn. 54: lata J
sem eingu setti vi8 a8ra at skylda, as if they had no concern with
another, Band. 4 new Ed. II. reflex., ^vi skyldumk ver, 671,
Stj. 151, H. E. i. 410 ; skyldask um e-t, to be made responsible for, K,
82 : to be prescribed, J)a hluti er eigi skyldask tiundar-g6r8 af, which
not subject to a tithe, id.; hverjar pinur skyldask a Jia menn, 224, Stj. 4
skylda, u, f. a due, tax, tribute; J)eir (the kings) fengu engar skyl
i |>randheimi, Fms. i. 49 ; {jangat liggr tiund, lysi-tollar, ... oil on
skylda liggr til Hvals, Vm. 96 : = skyldleikr, N. G. L. i. 350. But usui
skyld is the legal and skylda the moral term. II. one's duly, Fm
52, vii. 280, K. A. 134; er {)at vist bans skylda, it is his duty, Sks. 51
and so in countless instances, esp. in eccl. writers, skyldan vi8 Gu?
vi8 naungann. compds: skyldu-embsetti, n. = skyldaremb2tti, J
126. skyldu-hjon, n. pi. = skuldahjun,Grag. ii.42. skyldu-lil;^2
f. due obedience, homage, Fms. vii. 22. skyldu-lauss, adj. hav
no business or duly, Nj. 185, v.l. skyldu-liga, adv. in duly; bj
s., Stj. 148, 277, H. E. i. 472 : dutifully, obediently, K. A. 202, Bs. i. I
Sks. 603 B : necessarily, }3urfa s., Fms. viii. 398. skyldu-ligr, adj. 0
gatory. Mar, skyldu-sSngr, m. the rubrical, official mass, Vm. 74.
skyldan, f. an obligation, Stj. 38.
skyld-bundinn, part, duty-bound, Fms. xi. 74.
skyld-folk, n. kin<folk.
skyld-leikr (-leiki), m. relationship, = s\i\x\dL\&k.x, N. G. L. i. 49, '
freq. in mod. usage.
skyld-liga, adv. duly, dutiftdly, Horn. 80 ; purfa s., to stand in press
tieed of, Grag. i. 334, Fms. viii. 398 (skylliga) : becomingly, J)6 J)eir
s. hvarir vi6 a8ra, xi. 108.
skyld-ligr, adj. in duly bound, Sks. 45, 636: important, vrg
686 C. I (spelt skylligr).
skyld-menn, n. relations, kinsmen.
skyldr, adj., compar. skyldri, skylztr, but usually skyldari, skyldi
see below : — due bounden, obligatory, skyldr J)j(jnustuma8r e-s, E
28; vera s. undir stjorn e-s, Sks. 270 B; sa er skylztr at faera
bans til kirkju, Grag. i. 192 ; {)U mant J)ykkja skyldastr at bseta f
konu J)ina, Nj. 76, Fs. 36 ; vera s. til at gora e-t. Eg. 225 ; or, s.
at gora e-t, N. G. L. i. 352 ; skyldr e-s, Fms. ix. 23 : of an action, a
veita konungi skylda {)j6nustu, 432 ; skylt tal, a due, proper t
Sks. 1 2 ; li-skylt tal, uncalled for, out of the way talk : — pressing,
gent, skyld nauSsyn, G\>\. 266; skylt erendi. Eg. 29, Ld. 176; I
erindi {)ykki mcr skyldast, Fms. vi. 205 : of debt, due, owing; ^
e-m skyldr um e-t, to owe to another. 2. neut. due, bourn
necessary ; enda er eigi skylt {)a {one is not bound) at beiSa a fleiri $
Grag. i. 90 ; Jjat mun konungi skylt {jykkja, at ek fara. Eg. 10 ; skyi
setla ek mer at ganga til messunnar, en a hirSstefnuna, Fms. ix. 4
er J)er ok skyldra, at saekja . . ., Nj. 182 ; t)at er rett en eigi skylt,
right, but not obligatory, Grag. i. 373 ; ef ek upp sem mer |)yl
skyldast, Fms. vii. 146. II. related; skyldr frsendi, a n
kinsman. Eg. 98, Fms. vii. 281, x. 32 ; s. at fraendsemi, related hy i
ship; {)eir er Kjartani eru skyldari at fraendsemi en ek, Ld. 242 : abi
leaving out ' fraendsemi,' mer er ma8rinn skyldr, the man is near t
to me, Nj. 51 ; s. drotfningunni, Sks. 463; at hann viti eigi skyl
samheraSs, . . . ef sa ma8r finnsk er skyldri er, Grag. i. 246 ; hinn.sk;
asti ma8r, the nearest kinsman, 339 ; bonda {jeim er skylztr er, I
freq. in mod. usage: skyld fraendsemi, near kinship, Fms. vii. 64; ei
fraendsemi ef {)ri8ja brae3ra er e8r skyldara, kinship is from third con
ship upwards, Grag. i. 246 ; 6-skyldr, not related.
skyld-samliga, adv. = skyldliga, dutifully, Bs. i. 338.
skyld-semi, f. relationship ; fraendsemi e8r s., N. G. L. i. 355.
skyldugr, adj. [Dan. skyldig], bound, obliged; s. at gora e-t, S
halda ei8, GJ)1. 62, K. A. 8, 22 ; hon var eigi skyldug at liika, not bat
to pay, Dipl. iii. 13; s. til e-s, s. til hoUustu ok hlydni, Js. 17; sem.
erum skyldugir vi8 y3r, H.E. i. 342; s. e-m e-u, hverju prestr e
bjendum, which are his duties towards them ? N. G. L. i. 346 : of a tl
due, skyldug hlySni, K.A. 226; mi er skyldugt, // is obligatory,!
^4e
SKYLFA— SKYRKER.
563
due, skyldug pfna, id. 2. owing, of debts ; e-m, to owe to one, Stj. ^ mega ^ s. hdttu hans, hvers-hittar ma»r hann er, Fb. Ji. 395 ; skynja
151 ; et hann s. kirkjunni fimin aura, Vm. 9 : gen., sv4 mikils gods s.,
Dipl. ii. 8 : in need of, s. es, Sturl. i. 218 C.
ekylla, b, to shove, push, = sky'fa ; skyf m(5r ekki, sagSi sira Guthormr,
— Ekki vil ek Jjcr skylfa, D.N. i. 359.
skylft, n. adj. expensive, craving much (men or money) ; in the compds
"^-skylft, li6-skylft, bii-skylft, qq. v.
Skyli, a, m., gen. Skylja, poet, a 'protector,' king, Edda, Lex. Poet.:
I pr. name, usually Skiili, Fnis., and freq. in mod. usage.
skylmask, 6, dep. to fence with a weapon ; hann haf5i sverSit undir
uklaranum sem J)Ji er menn skylmask, Sturl. ii. 221 C ; talaSi ma3r einn
m, hvart {)eir ber&isk, — • Skylmask menn J)ar,' segir hann, var ])vi ekki til
laupit, Bs. i. 505 (skylmar me6 monnum J)ar, Sturl. ii. 18 C, errone-
nriy) ; i hringinuni innan voru tveir menn meS vapnum, ok skylmSusk,
si. ii. 265 ; {)eir skylm&usk, ok vildu sva reyna vigfimi sina, Al. 137;
andi hon sik burtreiS, ok skylmask me5 skjold ok sver5, Fas. iii. 68 ;
imir ri3a sumir skylmSusk, Karl. 486, SkiSa R. 128.
ikylming, f. fencing, Fms. ii. 100, Trist. 5, Art. 15.
SSTSTN, n. and f., skynjar, f. pi. ; in sing, this word is mostly
:ut., but in old writers also fern. o. fem., niikkura skyn, O. H.L.
; mesta skyn, Edda i. 174; me6 natturligri skyn, Thom. 383; slika
grn, K.A, 194; fuUa skyn, Clar. p. neut., gott skyn, Lv. 43 ;
ift skyn, Nj. 69 (in a verse), Rom. 145 ; skyns ok skilningar. Cod.
ma-Magn. 234 (vellum) ; af skyni sjalfs sin, Eb. 248 ; fullt skyn, Clar.
ellum 657) ; nokkut skyn. Skald H. 63 ; liti9 grasbita skyn, Nj. (in a
rse), and so throughout in mod. usage ; the Dan. skjon is also neut. : in
her instances when the word stands single in ace. and without an ad-
tive the gender cannot be ascertained. 2. plur., neut., litil skyn,
n$. vi. 276: fem. skynjar, Sighvat, Fms. v, 209, Fb. i. 207, ii. 333,
ill. ii. 22 (in a verse), but it is obsolete.
B. Sense, perception, understanding; J)essar stjornur sag5i Plato hafa
ok skyn, Skalda 174 ; vita, kunna, hafa skyn a e-u, to have a sense of,
dtrsland, know ; en |)essir hafa sva dt komit at menn hafi helzt skyn a
aA, Bs. i. 64 ; Flosi kva6sk eigi vita skyn a hverir logmenn vaeri
stir, Nj. 223; medal N. N. ok N. N. sonar, sem er vitud skyn a,
ig. ii. 167 ; J)eir vissu liti3 skyn a Romverjum, Rom. 145 ; Hkligt at
lungr myndi litil skyn a mer kunna, Fms. vi. 276; miJnnum er v<5r
un eigi skyn a, xi. 323; hann kunni allra skyn i borginni, knew
&e people in the town, vi. 410 ; vissi hon skynjar (skyn, i. 186, 1. c.)
lottum ok aett hans, Fb. i. 207 ; gekk hann ut um nsetr ok sa
imtangl, ok hugSi at vandliga, ok kunni J)ar A gott skyn, Lv. 43 ;
Odinn bar J)eim mun vest J)enna ska3a, sem hann kunni mesta skyn
knew best) hversu mikil aftaka ok missa Asunum var i frafalli
Irs, Edda 37, O.H.L. 5; ongar skynjar hofdu |)au A heilagri trvi,
ii. 332 ; kunna mestar skynjar e-s, to understand best, Sighvat ; veit
^vi skynjar, Sturl. ii. 22 (in a verse); bera skyn yfir e-t, to have
eption of a thing, understand, perceive it, Fms. xi. 438 ; sagSi skyn a
gripum, explained all the objects, Edda i. 342 ; gjalda skyn fyrir, to
reason for, account for, Bs. i. 198; skal \k hverr gjalda skyn fyrir
erk ok vilja, Barl. 1 24 ; a6r Geirr goSi fann J)at af skyni sjalfs sins
mum fsekkuQusk skotvapnin, Eb. 248. II. in the phrase, i e-u
ifMiilh that meaning, intention; i go8u skyni, with good intent; eg
'ir bokina i J>vi skyni, at J)u skyldir laera hana.
.•bragd, n. understanding, sense.
da, d, [Dan. shynde'], to hasten, with dat. ; ver viljum sva s. oss
i ok eng, N. G. L. i. 348 ; konungr skyndi ^k fer5 sinni, Fms. ix.
skynda at e-u, to speed with a thing, Grag. i. 39 ; ef ma3r dvelr
iina e8r skyndar hann, ii. 53. 2. absol. to hasten, go quickly; at
Idu skynda a skoginn. Eg. 236 ; skyndum J)a, let us make baste !
I; skynd t>u (imperat.) til at bjarga honum. Bias. 41 ; skynda J)ii
jiyftir til hans, 656 B. i r ; ba6 hann skynda, Fms. ix. 396.
di, a, m. = skundi; me9r skynda, 732. 15.
,di, n. speed, has'.e : in compds, a hurried thing : skyndi-bnil-
n. fl hasty wedding, cp. 'a Scotch marriage,' Eg. 24, Fas. i. 37.
.di-kona, u, f. a loose woman, harlot, Fms. xi. 54. skyndi-
S, m. a hasty making the sign of the cross, Skifta R. skyndi-
m. a hasty deed, Sturl. iii. 245. skyndi-reedi, id., Orkn. 438.
di-liga, adv. in haste, of a sudden, speedily, Nj. 205, Fms. i. 163,
8, Fxr. 261, Eg. 81, 320.
.di-ligr, adj. sudden, Al. 23.
.ding, f. speed, haste, Skalda 167 ; me6 (af) skyndingu, Fms. viii.
. 266, 281, Sturl. i. 25, (af skyndingi, masc, Fms. ix. 377, is less
t.)
dir, m. one who speeds, Sks. 453, Lex. Poet. II. haste,
"'•57-
ftillr, adj. reasonable. Mar.
-g63r, adj. intelligent.
"a, a&, [skyn; cp. Dan. skonne ; Swed. skonjal, to perceive, make
\tderstand, of the senses ; J)u skynjar ekki fyrir hraeSslu sakir, hvdrt
skri8r undir J)5r, Orkn. 402 ; J)eir skynja skjott, hverir hofSingjar
inir Magnuss konungs, Fms. vi. i i ; ef ek s^ i augu manni, at ek
hvat J)etta tiiknaai, Fms. i. 228 ; Jxi kann ek einna sizt at «. l)at er Jx^r
kallit kvc3it, vii. 60; hann kvaftsk eigi s. drauma. Fas. i. 373 (cp. Dan.
jeg skjonner det ikke). 2. to search into, enquire, look out ; siftan f6r
konungr lit a bati at s. vorft Eyjar-skeggja. Fms. viii. 287 ; hann I6t
v6r8u halda um naetr, hann skynjaii optast sjAlfr ura {)A, R<'.m. 133, 266 ;
en reyndar skaltii s. hverr sa maftr er, Fms. i. 188 ; skyldi hann vera fiti
me& solsefrum, ok s. alia ^k hluti cr {xir bera fyrir augu ok eyru, Lv. 43 ;
Vigi skynjaii hvers manns hagi Jtcss er a bzinn kom efta brott fxri, Korm.
58 ; er hann hefSi skynjaft liSs-tjoWa hans ok rada-gorftir, Fms. xi. 263 ;
Haraldr konungr reid um fylking sina, ok skynjafti hvern vcg fylkt v«ri,
vi. 414; hon ba8 hann skynja um sveinana, Landn. 121 ; v^r hofum s^t
ok skynjat opit br(5f, . . . vdr htifum s<'8 ok skynjat maldaga kirkjunnar.
Dipl. i. 5, ii. 13.
skyn-lausligr, adj. senseless, irrational. Mar.
skyn-lauss, adj. senseless, irrational; s. skepna, skynlaust kykvendi,
an irrational being, a brute, animal, Sks. 46, Barl. 165, MS. 623. 18;
skynlaus rodd, an irrational sound, Skalda 170; s. madr, Sk». 246; s.
snapr, Barl. 165.
skyn-leikr, m. intellect, insight. Mar.
skyn-leysi, n. senselessness, want of reason, Sks. 776, Barl. 133, 180.
skyn-litill, adj. small of intellect, Bs. i. 99.
skyn-samliga, adv. sensibly, rationally; hlyda s., Fms. x. 296; fan
s. me3 e-u, Edda 28.
skyn-samligr, adj. rational; s. kvikendi, Sk41da 194; $. skepiu,
Barl. 100, Greg. 33. 2. wise, sagacious, discreet, 656 B. 6; af
skynsamligu viti, Skalda 160; skynsamligt or3a-lag, Fms. ii. 18; skya-
samlig frasogn, x. 374; {)at er eigi skynsamligt, H. E. i. 421.
skyn-samr, adj. rational ; allt mannkyn J)at er skynsamt var skapat,
Greg. 48. 2. wise, sagacious; vitr maSr ok s., Fms. vi. 239, Barl.
lor ; kona felitil ok skynsom, Fms. v. 182 ; me9 skynsamra manna rafti,
K. A. 14 ; skyran ok skynsaman, 625. 79 ; inna skynsamastu manna, G|)l.
(pref.); dyggr, g65fuss, skynsamr, Bs. i. 850; skynsamari, Barl. 165.
skjrn-semd, f. reason; meS litilli s., Barl. 21 ; mcfl engarri skynsemd,
G\>\. 276; vir&i e-t me6 skynsemd, reasonably, K.A. 174; J)d er v^r
erum lidruknir ok me& fullri s., Fms. ii. 262 ; svara s., fyrir sik, Sks. 788
B ; fulla s. e8a vissu, Fms. i. 138 ; kunna litla s. til e-s, ix. 331 ; upp a s.
mina, upon my reason, upon my word, i. 102 ; skilrekki ok s., Stj. 150;
{)a m.untu synja ^ess mc& s., deny it, giving reasons for it, Nj. 80 ; sakir
J)riggja skynsemda, /or three reasons, Stj. 49 ; hver s. er til Jjess ? Sks. 305 ;
krefja e-n skynsemdar, to ask for reasons, 652 ; flytja t)itt fals fram meft
nokkurum skynsemdum, Barl. 6; gjalda skynsemd e-s, to give reasons
for, 687 ; gjalda Gu5i s. af iillum sinum verkum, MS. 671. 5. 2.
with gen. prefixed ; skynsemdar-atferft, a rational proceeding. Mar. ; skyn-
semdar atkvaE6i, Anecd. 80 ; skynsemdar alit, regard to reason, Sks.
668 ; skynsemdar geymsla, Fms. ii. 33 ; skynsemdar gjald, a giving
reasons, Stj. 151 ; skynsemdar grein, discernment, Fms. i. 97; skyn-
semdar leitan, a seeking for reasons. Mar. ; skynsemdar mal, arguments,
Sks. 798 ; skynsemdar rodd, the voice of reason, Mar. ; skynsemdar
skilning, rational insight, 19 ; reason, meaning, 148 ; skynsemdar skipan,
rational order, Anecd. 68 ; skynsemdar svar, a rational answer, Sks.
674, 740.
skyn-semi, f. = skynsemd ; in old usage skynsemd prevails, in later
times skynsemi: moti skynseminni, Stj. 35; aumri skynsemi aetla of hdtt,
aldrei til skilnings koma. Pass. ; af skynsemi ok sannindum, Fms. ix.
451 ; hafa serna s. at leysa or J)vi er J)eir spurftu, x. 374; me8 J>eirri
s. ok viti sem Gu8 hefir oss leS, Dipl. ii. 5 ; mikil s. er at rifja vandliga
J)at, it is a vast amount of knoivledge, Edda 14; konungr ba8 hann at
taka rc'tta tru, ok sag8i honum marga skynsemi, Fms. ii. 167; «5r allir
er skilja megut retta skynsemi, 656 A. ii. 14; pa tok Pall at sy'na {)eim
s. fyrir sik, 656 C. 20 ; gjalda s. fyrir e-t, to give reasons for, Skalda
205 ; gjalda s. fyrir t)ik, 623. 17. 2. in compds an s is inserted;
skynsemis mal, raE8a of skynsemis mal, to speak of rational subjects, Clem,
44 ; and so in mod. usage, skynsemis-trii, rationalism.
skynugr, adj. (skynjugr, Stj. 95), sagacious; vitr ok s., Fas. iii. 75.
skypill, m. = skupla (q. v.), Edda ii. 494.
SKYB, n. [skj6r-ost in Fiinen in Denmark], curdled milk, curds, stored
up for food ; J)eir voru J)yrstir mjok ok supu skyrit. Eg. 204 ; askar
fuUir af skyri . . . toku ^eW askana ok drukku dkaft skyrit, 548, 549;
grant, ost, ok skyr, Korm. 150; Rindill hafSi (see hefja A. 2) skyr ok
mata8isk skjott {)viat skyrit var J)unnt, . . . skyrit sprxndi or honum. Ly.
64; i skyrbiiri skyr niu tigir skjolna, Dipl. v. 18, cp. Grctt. I07;,t)eir
hiif^u skyr ok ost, curds and cheese (for supper), Eb. 244 ; ostr ok skyr
var at nattverSi, Bjarn. 53; skyr ok rjomi, curds and cream; berja-
skyr, blackberries and curds : the saying, l)eir ver8a aft sletta skyrinu
sem J)at eiga. Skyr is quite a national dish of the Northmen and the
Icelanders of the present day, as it was of the Teutons in more ancient
times ; for it doubtless was the Mac concretum ' of Tacit. Germ. ch. 23,
cp. Virg. G. 3. 463. COMPDS : skyr-askr, m. a curd-bowl. Eg. 204.
skyr-blir, n. a ' curd-bower,' dairy, Dipl. v. 18, Sturl. iii. 19 1. skyr-
hnakkr, m. a nickname, Sturl. iii. 97. skyr-kor, n. a curd-vessel,
O o 2
564
SKYRKYLLIR— SK^DR.
Sturl. iii. 97. skyr-kyllir, m. a 'curd-bag;' skyr i hu3um ok'
bundit fyrir, {jat koUuSu menn skyrkylla, Grett. 107 A. skyr-kyll,
m. = skyr-kyllir, Grett. I.e.
skyr-bjligr, m. [the etym. perh. from A. S. sceorfa, Engl, scurf, and
bjiigr (q. v.), which word Icel. use of any tumor which sinks when
touched, e. g. vind-bjiigr, vatns-bjiigr, skyr-bjiigr. In Dutch skyrbjiigr
is called scheur-buyk, in Engl, scurvy, scorbutic, and in both the word
may well be of northern origin] : — scurvy ; tekr hann skyrbjiig i hafi,
{jorst. Si&u H. 38; hann fekk mikinn skyrbjiig i munninn, Bs. i. 781
(also at sea); J)rutnu6u upp a honum faetrnir, en skyrbjiigr hljop i
biikinn, 820.
skyrigr, adj. bedabbled with curds, Grett. 107.
skyrsa, proncd. skyssa, u, f. a monstrous blunder; m^r var3 a skyssa
i dag, {)aS var Ijota skyssan ! this mod. phrase is derived from the follow-
ing word ; see also skussi.
SKYRSI, n. [akin to Ulf. skohsl = 5aifi6viov; Germ, scheusal']: — a
portent, phantasm, as also mischance arising from witchery ; J)eir J)6ttusk
naliga brenna ok ottuflusk J)ann atbur6 sem skussi ( = skyrsi), as a bad
omen, Fms. x. 416 ; ho, ho, skyssi mikit, segir hann, thou monster ! Al.
42 ; margir eru dau&ir {)eir er til hafa komit at brjota, eSr ella hafa Jjeim
ordit onnur skyrsi {mischances), Gull{3. 6 ; brott rekr hann fra manni
skyssi ok h^gomlega drauma, phantasms and dreams, MS. 544. 39.
skyrsi-ligr, adj. monstrous, abnormal; skyssiligar asjonur, . . . skyrsiligar
ok hraeSiligar, Stj. 75, 79 ; skyrsilig skur6go5a-bl6t, 26 ; sa hinn skyrsi-
ligi ok hraediligi hlatr, lot ; af skyssiligri mynd, 96.
SKYRTA, u, f. [Engl, shirt; Dan. skjorte ; Germ, scburz] : — a shirt,
a kind oi kirtle, Isl. ii. 343 ; skyrtu J)r6ngva, Rm. 15 ; xtla g66an mun
styttri skyrtu {jina enn kyrtil, Sks. 287 ; a kyrtlum ok skyrtum, Fms.
vii. 321; skyrtu ok brautargangs-h6fu6smatt, Ld. 134; i skyrtum
einum, GJ)1. 540 ; jarl var nystaftinn upp ok var i skyrtu einni ok lin-
brokum, Orkn. 182 : in the phrase, slita eigi miirgum skyrtum, to wear
out few shirts, have but a short time left to live, Jjorst. St. 53 : in poets,
hring-s., a ring-shirt, a coat of mail ; Hamftis s., id., Lex. Poet. ; fyrir-
skyrta, an apron. 2. a night-shirt, so in mod. usage. compds ;
skyrtu-bla3, n. a shirt-lap, {jorst. St. 49. skyrtu-ermr, f. a shirt-
sleeve, Fms. V. 317. skyrtu-g6r9, f. the making a shirt. Fas. ii. 198,
ao2.
skytari, a, m. [Engl. Si&oo/er], = skyti, Barl. 137.
skyti, a, m., old gen. skytja, [Dan. skytte"], a marksman, shooter,
archer, Vkv. 4. 8 ; mesti bogma&r ok hinn bezti s., Stj. 128 ; skytanum,
Hkr. iii. 312, Fms. vii. 192 ; skyti allra manna beztr, x. 362 ; hundra6
skyta (gen. pi.), Ann. 1393 : a harpooner, Jb. 326; hval-skyti, id.: a
nickname, Sturl. ii. 178 ; li-skyti, a bad marksman; li-skytja or, Fms.
vii. 262, Fas. ii. 358, v. 1.
skytja, u, f. = skyti, mod. skjrtta, [Dan. skytte"], a marksman, shooter ;
li-skytja = li-skyti. Fas. ii. 358, Hkr. iii. 388 (Cod. Fris. I.e.) 2.
[skot], a little nook, D.N. vi. 84.
skytningr, n. [skot], a ' scot-house,' an inn or club, where each guest
paid or contributed his own scot or shot (skot), whence the name ; skyt-
ning and hjiikolf are synonymous, whereas gildi is different, cp. hofu
ver fyrir-bo3it samdrykkju e&a gildi . . . litan skytningar viljum v^r at
haldisk eptir fornum siSvanda, R6tt. 6. 3 ; hann tok s6r skytning i
baenum, Fms. vii. 113 ; drekka i skytningum, 24J ; hann veitti allri hir6
sinni mat ok mungat, sva at engi ma8r Jfiurfti i skytning at ganga, Orkn.
80, O. H. L. 35 ; gengu skipverar i skytninga at skemta ser, Orkn. 206 ;
f6r Kali i hinn sama skytning til Unnar hiisfreyju, 210; J)at var eitt
kveld at J>6r6r drakk i skytningi, Bs. i. 635 ; Jiann tima er menn voru
komnir i skytninga, Fms. ix. 44 ; hann skaut ok einn fyrir sveitunga
sina J)a er J)eir satu i skytningum, Ld. 73 ; skytnings-stofa, an inn, tavern,
Fms. ix. 478, D. N. passim ; hann belt skytning alia tolf manu6i ok
veitti sinum miinnum, O. H. 48 ; hann let ser sverS biia af gulli ok syndi
i skytningi, O. H. L. 48 ; konungr gekk fra skytningi til aptan-songs,
Fms. vii. 152; hann (the king) drakk aldri sva i skytningum, at eigi
drykki hiiskarlar bans me3 honum, 242 ; ^t\x (the soldiers) dreifSusk ok
skipu3u til skytninga hvar hverir skyldi drekka um kveldit, viii. 408 ;
J)at var i Jjann tima er menn voru komnir i skytninga (viz. the evening),
ix. 44. AH the above refer to Norway ; in records referring to Icel.
there is only one instance, ef hann vildi fara ofan a Grund til skytnings,
Gliim. 373, and this looks suspicious.
SK"^, n., gen. pi. skyja, dat. skyjum ; [Dan.-Swed. sky ; cp. Engl, sky,
although different in sense]: — a cloud, Aim. 18, 19; sky dokkt ok
dimmt, Fms. xi. 136; svart sky, prumu-sky, a thunder-cloud; ok synir
regnboga {)inn i skyjum. Bias. 47 ; pottusk menn sja, at regn mundi i
sky'inu, Eb. 260 ; tungl ve8r i skyjum, the moon wades in clouds ; skyjum
efri, above the clouds, Edda ; skyja deild, Skalda 162 ; skyja-rof, a rift
or break in the clouds. For the^ notion that the fleeting clouds were
the scattered brains of the giant Ymir, see Gm. 41. 2. a cloud on
the eye (causing blindness), cataract; drepr honum aldregi sky i augu,
Hom. 47 ; {)a6 er sky a auganu. compds : sk^-b61str, m. a ' bolster '
or bed of clouds. sk^-drlipnir, m. ' cloud-dripper,' poet, the air
full of clouds, Sol. sk^ja-fall, n., botan. tremella. 8kyja-fer3,
f. a cloud-drift, Pr. 385. 8k#-fjall, n. a 'sky-fell,' mountain
clouds, Sks. 229. sk^-floki, a, m. a 'sky-flock,' pack of cloud i., 1
260, Fas. iii. 47 1, Bar3. 169, Stj. 30, 594, Hem. sk^ja-glopr, m
'cloud-gazer,' a fool. sky^-lauss, adj. cloudless, K. {>. K. i;
metaph. clear, certain, ^zb er skylaust, vita e-3 skylaust. sky-pila:
m. = skyst61pi, Stj. 286. sky'-skafa, u, f. a 'shaving' or streak
cloud; |)a vas hei& ok sa hvergi skyskofu a himni, Greg. 65. si
stolpi, a, m. a pillar of cloud, Stj. 326. sk^-svipan, f. the ' wav
of a clozid,' a moment; i J)eirri s., Fms. v. 80. sk^-J)ak3r, p
cloud-covered, Sks. 225.
skyfa, 6, [Dan. skubbe; Engl. Si&oi/e], to shove, push; skyf5r ok reki
Stj. 9 ; lit skyf3r, expelled, 275 ; mod. lit skiifaSr: with dat., latiS r
vera kyrra ok skylit mer hvergi, Grett. 160; J)at skyfir brott skotuni
jarni, Stj. 86 : pass., skyfast brott, to be shoved away, id. 2. w
ace. ; hann skyf&i go8in af stiillunum, Fms. ii. 163, Fb. i. 321 ; en ef
berr skjott fram hja, J)a skyf3u (imperat.) {)egar hnappinn (ir hrips-gri
inni, Lv. 65 ; fieir sstludu hir6irinn brott at skyfa, Bs. ii. 73- H
cut, slash, slice; hann hjo hart ok ti&um ok sky'fSi forkinn sem hvan
Hav. 43.
skyfing, f. a shoving; me& s. e&a skotan, N. G. L. ii. (Hir5skra).
sky'ja, a&, to cloud; skyja ok skyggva fyrir Ijosit, Sks. 208 ; ek \
himininn skyja lati6, Stj. 62 ; skyjat ok ii-skygna8, 142 : vel hefir
einurS haldit h^r til, en mi skyjar a heldr, but now it clouds o
Gliim. 367: part, clouded, Sks. 226; skyjaS ve6r, C.H. 108: shch
of a helmet, Sks. 42.
skyja, u, f. cloudiness ; ef J)ii ferr enga skyju fyrir honum, Konr.
SK'^LA, d, [skjol; Dan. skjule], to screen, shelter, with dat., Fm
136, 274, Stj. 565 ; skyla vi6 e-u, Hkr. i. 26, Fas. ii. 116.
sk^la, u, f. a veil, cover.
sk^li, n. a shelter, MS. 4. 1 2 : a shed, passim in mod. usage, sk^
hiis, n. a shed, D. N, iv. 370.
sk^li-liogg, n. a cross with an axe, so as to spoil a thing ; ef ma5r hi
s. a hafskip manns, Grag. ii. 403 : ef ma3r hoggr s. a vi3i, 296 ; ok se
borftit ofan hvert s. af 66ru, . . . telgSi bor6in sva at or gengu 611 skylihog
Fms. ii. 218, 219 ; t)ar la tr^stobbi mikill, ok i s. mikil, 6. H. 72.
sk^ling, f. a screening. Mar. passim.
SKYB.A, 8, [Ulf. skeiran = (p/xrjvfvfiv ; see skira] : — to explain,
expound, interpret, set forth ; kveSsk skyra mundu fyrir honum, ef 1
vildi vita, Fms. xi. 12 ; J)a er J)at mi skyranda, 'lis fiow to be told,
522 ; skyrir ritningin heimsins g6r8, Stj. 2 ; ok er f)6 rett at hann s
Jjat eigi meirr, enn hann segisk, he is not bound to jnore particulars
that, Grag. ii. 88 ; sva sem skyrir Decreta, Anecd. 38 C ; skyra spurd
to solve a question, Fms. x. 377 ; J)a skyrSi hann {interpreted) bok J
Kb. 368 ; skyra ritningar, Al. 10 ; ra3a ok skyra drauma, Stj. ; ok sj
si8an alia logrettu-menn at skyra J)at hvat hverr ]peirra vill, Grag.
skal dottir konungs sitja hja ok skyra {to decide) hvarir vinna. Fas. ii. '
nema vattar skyri, tinless witnesses decide, Grag. ii. 226 A; lit-skyi
comment on, Mar. 2. reflex., i Jiessu ma {)at skyrask, 677-
framarr enn skyrask megi me8 nokkurum framburSi, Th. 21.
skyring, f. an elucidation, explanation, Sks. 522; s. e8a gloggvari g
ing, Skalda 205 ; til sanns vitnisburSar ok skyringar, H. £. i. 508 ; !
ingar meistari, an interpreter, Stj. 542, 559; skyringar laust, tail
commentary, 236; skyringar-grein, an explanatory note, foot-note.
skyr-ligr, adj. intelligent, clever, discreet; J)vi mun skyrligri sen
ert ma3r vitrari, Fs. 121 ; skyrligr at yfir-bragSi, Sturl. ii. 189 (Ed.)
sk^rr, adj. clear, evident, manifest; me8 skyrum sannindum, Fn
298; me3 skyrri skipan, H.E. i. 462 ; skyrarjarteinir, Gliim. 357; 0
skyrari tilraun, Lv. 78 ; Broddi kva8 t>at skyrst at gora sva sem
vildi. Oik. 72 new Ed. ; a {)vi t)ingi var f)at skyrt giJrt, 625. 48.
clever; skyrr ok gliigg-fiekkinn, Ld. 274; skyran ok skynsaman, 625
Sighvatr var si8an skyrr (Ed. skirr) ma8r, Fms. iv. 89 (skyrr ma8
skcild gott, Fb. iii. 243, 1. c.) ; kona skyr ck skoruglynd, Fms. vi.
Gu3ri8r J)6tti skyr kona, Gisl. 74 (160). 3. neut. as adv., f
distinctly ; t)egar mondi hvert barn maela skyrt, Eluc. 25 ; kalla hi'
skyrt, 623. 35 ; Arnorr kve3r skyrt a J)etta, Ld. 334; ein bok agaet i
skyrt a, Fms. i. 142 ; sva sem hann maelti J)etta skyrra {more dist
Hom. 51 ; ef ma3r handsalar sek8 sina skyrt, Grag. i. 119 B.
= skirr, pure ; drykkr skyrri hverju vini, Sks. 633 B.
sk8e3a, d, to furnish with shoes; skaE8a sik ok vapna, {)i8r. 139.
skseSi, i.e. skoe3i, n. pi. [derived from skor], the piece ofleatbt
square for making a pair of shoes ; {)ar liggr leskrapr, taki hann s^rj
skaeSi, Isl. ii. 113; var \>k skorin yxnis-huBin til skse8a, 71, Sku
23, 24, 26, 32, 38 ; il-skae8i, Od. xiv. 24. skseSa-drifa, u, i./(^
snow. sk8B3a-tollr, m. a ' shoe-tax,' a kind of church-tax ; s. af n
bsenhiisi, Vm. 92 ; s. ok osttoUr, 74; hey-toUr, Ijos-tollr, ost-toUr, si
toUr af ellifu baejum, en af Arnar-vatni osttoUr ok s. at eins, Pm. 76.
sk8e3i, n. [skaeSr], scathe, damage; tungu-skaedi, ' tongue-scatbt,
language.
sk8e3-leikr (-leiki), m. ' scathefulness,' ferocity. Mar., Stj. 336, j
SILffiDR, i. e. skoe3r, adj. [ska8i and sk68], scatheful, noxious,
I. 38; skae8r ok skaftsamligr, Stj. 23, Ld. 278; skseSir vi6 hesti.j
SKiEKJA— SKORUNGR.
665
71 ; skae5ar tungur, Nj. 264, Barl. 165 ; skseSir vargar, wild beasts, Fms.
• 273, X. 362, Magn. 494; aud-skaedr, easily hurt; mann-s., q. v,
skSDkja, i.e. skcekja, [Dan. skoge], a harlot, Stj. 197, Hm. 86, Karl.
173, Rb. (1813) 17; skaekju-sonr, a whore-son. Fas. iii. 556.
skaekja, 6, [skak], to check, Fms. iv. 366, v.l.
sksola, d, [Dan. skjele ; Germ, schielcri], to make a wry face'; sksela sig,
"as. iii. 471 ; hann er allr skaeldr og skakkr : to cry, of children, vertu
•kki a3 skjela ! skaeldu ekki I
sksela, u, f. the making a wry face, crying : a nickname, Fms. ix. 479.
skselda, a6, [skald], to make verses.
Bkaeldinn, adj. skilled or versed in poetry, Hkr. iii. 319, Bs. i. 593.
skeall, m. a dog-tooth, = skiigultonn.
skse-madr, m., see ski and skimadr.
skeeni, n. [skan, skeini], a skin, membrane: skseningr, m. a film,
f ice.
fikser, m., gen. skoes, dat. and ace. skae, [skaeva, skaevaSr], a racer, steed,
ofu31. 12, Orkn. (in a verse), Isl. ii. 229 : metaph., s. skorSu, sunda, =
ship. Lex. Poet.; skir (^skaer), Hy'm. 36 ; only used by poets.
sksera, i.e. skoera, f. a fray, quarrel. Am. 48: esp. in pi., skaerur
:irra vestr i sveitum, Sturl. ii. 38 ; skaerur Arnors ok Sveins, 116 ; sennur
j c skaerur, Greg. 6.
^ ik»ra, u, f. [Dan. skjar in dag-skjcer'], twilight; um skaerur, Fms.
•. 177 (ill a verse) ; aptan-skaera, evening twilight, Sighvat; morgun-s.,
orning twilight, dawn.
. ikseri, n. pi. (or dual), a pair of shears, Bjarn. 66, Fms. vi. 106, Barl.
i, \(), Dipl. V. 18. coMPDs: sksera-hiusi, a, m. a shears' case, GullJ).
i!. sksera-knifr, m. = sk£eri, Dipl. iii. 4.
kser-leikr, m. brightness, Stj. 142.
;, jkeer-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), purely, Mar.
?KjERB., adj. [Dan. skjcer ; Engl, sheer ; see ski'rr] : — bright, clear;
trt lopt, ve3r, Stj. 69, Pr. 415; skaerar sem cristallus, Mar.; skaert
", Stj. 208 ; skaert Ijos, Bs. ii. 93 ; skaerr himiiin, 29 ; skaer asjon, Pr.
Nkxrir silfr-penningar, Fms. ii. 93 ; skaerr kolorr, Stj. 72 ; skaerasta
ic5 skaeru Ijosi, hit skaerasta viSsmjor, Mar. ; skaer rodd, skaer raust,
S30, Sks. 632 : pure, skaer iSran, skserar baenir, med sonnu ok skaeru
-Dti, Mar. ; skaer jungfrii (Dan. en skjcer jomfru), a pure maid, id.,
3, 207; hina skaerustu mey, Magn. 466; hin skaerasta maer Maria,
: I.
ting (skoeting), f., mod. sksetingr, m. [Eng!. skit; cp. skuta,
. i3ask ; the skcet- refers to a lost strong verb skat, skot] : — a skit,
.'aunt; af skaetingu viltii svara oss ok spotti, Rd. 311 ; svara J)er
iigu, Ld. 34; alls })ii mer skstingu einni svarar, Hbl. 59: cp. the
phrase, hann svara&i mer i skaetingi.
iingr, m. = skaeting ; at honum muni skammt til skeytings ef hann
[jeirra hoferan me3 fatxki sinu, Bs. ii. 123.
JRVA, a3, [Ulf. skewjan — d5dy iToieif, Mark ii. 23]: — to stride,
and only in poetry ; hon sksevadi sky'jum efri, Hkv. 2. 3 ; hon
."^i {she strode) veigar J)eim at bera, 35; J)a kom in arma lit skae-
. Og. 32 ; skaeva ver letum, Am. 96.
'/a3r (skaevu6r), m. a racer, steed, Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet,
tiungr, m. (mod. skofnungr), the skin; framan. a knjanum ok
iigunum, Sturl. iii. 192.
tiiungr, m. a kind of weapon ; skiifnungs-iix, Fbr. 1 2 : the name
sword of king Rolf Kraki, Landn. 169, Fas. i, Korm., Ld. 2.
llungr.
fu-, see skafa.
igul, f. (gen. Skiiglar, Km.), one of the Valkyriurs, Edda, Gm.
sul-tonn, f. [a corrupt form, qs. skaeltiinn?], a dog-tooth.
OKULL, m., dat. skokli, [Swed. skakel ; Dan. skagle; from
I i : — the pole of a cart or carriage, Hym. 37, Jjkv. 21 ; ef ma3r
festi, sela, beisl, tauma e3r skokla, G\>\. .^59 ; leysa skoklana fra
, Al. 19 : a nickname, Landn. 2. a horse-yard.
il, f. and n. pi., Sturl. I.e. [cp. skval, skjall], mockery, loud
'er; {)eir gor3u at Jjessu niikia skoll (fem. sing.) ok hlatr, Eb. 60;
iill Jtau (neut. plur.), Sturl. ii. 46.
11, ni. a name of the mock sun, supposed to run like a wolf behind
a, Gm. 39; akin to skoUi, skollkini, q. v.
Uottr, adj. [skalli ; Dan. skaldet'], bald, Hav. 41 new Ed., Eg. 84, Ld.
V.I.), Fms. vi. 302 (v.l.), passim.
6mm, f., gen. skammar, pi. skammir ; skamm, n. also occurs,
irely, Fb. i. 411 ; mesta skamm, Bs. ii. 494 (a poem of the i6th
ry) ; but the fem. still prevails in speech and writing with a double
s seen from Fms. vi. 386, — heyr J)j63-skaldit, kvaltii svii, grow
'I, ekki eru J)£Er hendingar jafnhavar, \ir'6mm sku>nm J)at vaeri jafn-
en hitt er malleysa : [A. S. sceamu; Engl, shame; Germ, scbam;
''kam ; in these and other cognate languages the m is single, cp.
kaman in skaman sih~\ : — a grave bodily hurt, but rare in this
II. a shame, outrage ; skammir edr skapraunir, Fs. 63,
303; skamm (sic) ne xivirSing, 411 ; vil ek eigi lifa vi3 skcimm,
131 ; er ^at s. ef ek sit hja, 123 ; mun J)in s. lengi uppi, Nj. 116 ;
kammir botlaust, 186; reka skammar, 68; fa bana e3r a3rar skam-
mir, N.G. L. i. 122 ; fi»ra skammir at c-m, Eg. a 10; vcr8a at tkomm.
Gisl. 3 ; J)ola skomm a s^r (of lewdness, sec serAa), G{)1. 193. 2. a
shame, disgrace, passim in mod. usage. coMPDt : skammar-erindi,
n. a shameful errand, Fb. iii. 315. skammor-vig, n. = nidiiigsvig,
Nj- 253-
SKOP, n. pi. weird, fate; see skap.
SKOB, f., gen. skarar, [skara], a rim, edge; allt lit aft skorinni, the
rim of ice, Eb. 236; vlda um isinn . . . |)eir lendu litan at skorinni, Fms.
viii. 404 : = tjald-skcir, hljop konungr or lyptingunni, var hann sv4
reiSr at hann hljop lit um skarirnar. Fas. i. 373 ; spretta skiirum, ii. 187,
206, Bs. ii. 108 : the phrase, skriSa til skarar, to slide to the very edge, to
fight it out, Sd. 189; skal mi til skarar skrifta meft okkr Kniiti br6Aur
milium, Fms. xi. 15, the metaphor prob. from running or racing to the
edge of the ice. 2. the joints in a ship's planking, sec skara
and skarsiid ; \ik er skipit hlj6p af stokkunum biladi i skarar nokkurar,
Fms. viii. 196; hiifr skorum hvelf3r, a hull covered with skarar, vi.
(in a verse) ; J)unn skor, the thin planks. Lex. Poet. 8. a row of
benches or steps; it appears from this word that in the ancient halls the
seats sloped upwards, in tiers, as in a theatre ; skyldi sii sitja a skorinni
fyrir hasaetinu, on the bench next before the high seat, Hkr. i. 49 ; sitja i
hasaeti, skiir Izgra enn konungr, one bench, one step lower, Fmi. i. 7,
Fb. ii. 137; sem hann er lauss, J)ykkir honum skor ry'mra. Fas. ii. 225;
var konungr i somu stofu ok somu skor um vetrinn, Fms. x. i, v. 1. ;
fot-skcir, a foot-stool; or skor f6ta = f6tskemill. 4. = skari (better
skor), f>i3r. 288, 291, 311, 350. 5. the hair, prob. from being
cut so as to make a rim round the head, cp. briina-skurftr : skor nam
at dyja, |)kv. i ; skor var fyrir enni, hair cut into a forelock on the
forehead, Rm. 15; skor jarpa, Hdm. 21; skarar jarpar, Gkv. 2. 19;
{)aer skalar er und skorum voru, Vkv. 23, 33 ; diiglings skor dreyra
runna, his gory locks, Gkv. i. 13; alda gengr of skiir drengjum,
Kormak; hafjail skarar, skarar fjall, skarar haugr, the high mount of
the hair, the '■knoll of the bair,' = the head, Hym. 23, Hkr. i. (in a
verse). Lex. Poet. : skor is used of men's hair only, not of women, hence
in the law, ef kona klaedisk karlklae3um e3a skerr ser skiir, eda fcrr meft
vapn, {)at var3ar fjorbaugs-gar3, Grdg. i. 358 : the word is obsolete in
prose, except Grag. 1. c, or in the saying, skomm eru skarar lytin, cp.
Mkv. 19 ; and in the phrase, mun Gu3run eiga at biia um raufta skor Bolla,
G. will have to dress B.'s gory locks, Ld. 244 ; cp. vinna skarar rauftar,
O. H. (in a verse) ; sva segir mer hugr um at rautt mun sja 1 skorina, my
mind tells me that there will be bloody locks. Valla L. 210 : skapa skor
(i. e. skiJr ?) ok jafna u-jafna3, to shape the cut, and make even the uneven,
Fbr. 16 new Ed., skarar-fagr, id], fair-haired, Fms. x. (in a verse).
sk6r36ttr, adj. [skard], notched, Skalda 170, {>idr. 16.
sk6rug-lyndi, n. a noble character, Magn. 480.
skorug-lyndr, adj. noble, authoritative, frank-minded, Fms. vi. 102,
Bs. i. 326.
skSrug-samr, adj. = sk6ruligr; skorugsom hibyli, Lv. 73.
skdru-leikr, m.= skorungskapr, Fagrsk. i.
skoni-liga, adv. bravely, frankly, with authority ; maela vel ok s., Nj.
24, Fs. i8, 91 ; hefna s., Fms. ii. 6, vii. 33 ; fremja, vinna s., v. 308, vii.
164 ; fara s., Boll. 344.
sk6ru-ligr, adj . brave, frank, bold, manly, imposing in appearance ;
mikill ma3r vexti, s., Fms. vii. 102 ; s. madr, a fine, stalwart man. Eg.
28, 199 ; ekki fridr madr sy'num en J)6 inn skiiruligsti i yfirbragdi, Ld.
18; vaenn ma3r at aliti, meSalmadr at vexti, kvikligr ok s., Bs. i. 80;
manna skoruligastr at sja, Fb. i. 539; Magnus konungr var skomligastr
ok skjotligastr, Fms. vii. 63 ; mikill ok s., Finnb. 334 ; vex upp sveinn-
inn, s. mc3 miklu mannviti, O. H. L. 4 : of a lady, hon var vaen ok xtt-
g63 ok skiirulig, Lv. 73 ; mikil kona ok s., Fs. 54, 86. 2. of
manners or things,_;f«e; med skiiruligum Rutningi, with a manly plead-
ing, Hrafn. 18; skurulig rae3a, a fine speech, Fms. vii. 102; skiiruleg
veizla, magnificent. Eg. 44 ; veita hit skiiruligasta, Fms. i. 247 ; all-
skorulig ferd, Fs. 85.
sk6rung-lyndr = sk(3ruglyndr, f>i3r. 175, Hkr. iii. 87.
skOrungr, m. (skarungr, O. H.L. 4), [skara]: I. a poker,
freq. in mod. usage. II. metaph. a foreman, leader; nema
hann gor3isk s. fyrir J)essu mnii, Eb. 126; eigi man ek |)essu mali
skjota til annarra manna, md ek her vera s., a 10. 2. a pro-
minent, brave, noble-looking person, referring to heart and character,
as also to appearance and manner ; a very expressive word, used of
both men and women ; Arinbjiirn var allra manna orvastr ok mestr
skiirungr, Eg. 517, 598, Bs. i. 86 ; vitr ma8r ok s. mikill, Fms. vii. 144,
Orkn. 46 ; {)at er mal manna, at eigi hafi meiri s. verit ok stjornsamari i
Noregi, 150; haf3i au3 fjiir ok var sjdlfr inn mesti s., 238; felitill, en
s. mikill ok drengr g<')3r. Eg. 691, Hrafn. 14; s. inn mesti ok stormenni,
O. H.L. 4; vijt ert ^u s., Sigur3r, {)vi at ^li hefir J)at riift upp tckit er
(ilium oss gegndi bezt, Fms. vii. 144: of a lady, kvenna vsenst ok 1.
mikill. Eg. 2 ; munt ^\\ nu segja, ef ^li ert s., hviirt {)at er ncikkut nxr
J)inu skapi, Nj. 24 ; hon var ok s. mikill i vitsmunum, Ld. 20 ; kvenna
friSust ok s. mikill, Hkr. i. 28; \6n\ hon (the queen) inn mesti s., 4;
hon var s. ok skapstor, Isl. ii. 477, cp. 6 ; Jofriftr var $. mikill, 19a.
566
SKORUNGSKAPR— SLA.
skdrung-skapr, m. nobleness, manliness, generosity; meS miklumT slapa, zb, to hang loose as a Jlap
rikdom ok skorungskap, Fms. xi. 317 ; Hkligr til mikillar framkvaemdar
ok skorungskapar, vii. 76 ; t^ fser&ir {)ik me6 skorungskap i ^ina sett,
Gliim. 338; um ra8a-g6r6ir, vitsmuni ok allan skorungskap, Fs. 15.
sk6tu-, see skata, skati.
slabb, n. dirt from sleet and rain.
slafak, n. rank grass and weeds that grow near farm-houses.
slafast, a6, to slacken, become slovenly ; s. t)egar byrlei6i, Bs. ii. 48.
slafra, a&, (slafr, n.), to slaver, like a cow when grasing.
slafsi, a, m. slaverer, a nickname, Fms. ix. 232.
SLAG, n. [sla ; A. S. slcege ; Germ, scblag ; Dan. slag"], a blow, stroke;
slag undir kinnina, Fms. viii. 414, Ski5a R. 136: blows, afigbt, eigask slog
vi6, <o cowe <o 6/ows, 6. H. 321. II. metaph. a Wow, c?e/ea/ ; veita,
gefa e-m slag, to defeat, Fms. viii. 82, ix. 238 : mostly plur., slaughter, loss ;
J)eir gafu {)eim morg slog, Fms. ix. 313; fa stor slog ok koma a flotta, vii.
325, 6. H. 84. 2. a skirmish, opp. to a pitched battle (orrosta) ;
jarl atti tvaer folk-orrostur, en morg slog ok manndrap, Orkn. 94, Fms. ix.
388. 3. slaughter; slaga-sau5r = slatr-sau&r, (3. H. 208. 4.
medic, a stroke, apoplexy. 5. of time, the nick of time; i J)essu slagi
koma J)eir af ser akkerinu, Sturl. iii. 67 ; annat slagi&, the one mom£nt.
B. slag, n., a different word (?), [Swed. slagg'], wet, water pene-
trating walls or houses, = slagi ; hlifa sva, at eigi komi slag a veggi, protect
the walls from damp, N. G. L. ii. 106 (skott e6a slag, vegg-slag, v. 1.)
slaga, a6, to tack, cruise, Fms. x. 71.
slaga-kollr, m. the brisket, bringukollr : a nickname, Landn.
slag-a, f. (slaga-sau3r, m., Fb. 1. c), a ewe or sheep to be slaughtered,
O.H.L. 64, 67.
slag-alar, f. pi. cruppers, Orkn. 12, 404.
slag-bellir or slag-brellr, a nickname, Orkn. 180 (note 2).
slag-brandr, m. a bolt, bar, of a door, Fms. ii. 223, Dropl. 29, 30,
6. H. 135, MS. 655 ix. B. 2 : a war-engine, Sks. 388.
slag-diikr, m. a packing-cloth, wrapper, N. G. L. iii. 209.
slag-hamarr, m. a sledge-hammer, Vm. 82.
slagi, a, m. [slag B], dampness ; hra-slagi.
slagna, a8, to flow over, be spilt; ketillinn vellandi slagna5i a hana
{scolded her), Bs. i. 351; ok slagna6i a sveiuinn or katlinum, 366;
glerker fell a steina ok brotna6i eigi, ok slagnaSi eigi ni&r viftsmjorit.
Mart. 126; ef vatn slagnask a faezlur y6rar, Stj. 317.
slag-net, n. a fowler's net. Art. 49.
slagningr, m. a dust-cloak or rain-cloak, Fb. iii. 465, Fms. i. 78 ;
karl i svortum slagningi, Karl. 72. 2. = slag B; s. og raki i hiisi,
wet and damp.
slagr, m., pi. slagir, [sla], = slag, a blow, defeat, Karl. 172 ; sva har&an
slag, 176. 2. [cp. A. S. slegel, a plectrum], a tune, air, played on a
stringed instrument, see the remarks s. v. drapa ; konungr spur6i, hvart
hann kynni eigi fleiri slagi . . . hann segir at eptir vaeri enn nokkurir slagir,
sl6 hann J)a Gygjar-slag . . . slo hann J)ann slag er Falda-feykir heitir . . .
skipti hann um slaginn. Fas. iii. 222; Gunnars-slagr, i. 318; J)vi naest
komu inn margir slagir hlj66fiaera, iii. 191 ; (cp. Dan. slags = kind ; mange-
slags = • many-kind,' manifold ; samme-slags = ' same-kind :' metaph. from
the ' tune.')
slag-tog, n. a tow-rope, in the phrase, vera i slagtogi me3 e-m,
(slang.)
slageeS, f. an artery, Dan. pulsaare.
slakki, a, m. [North. E. slack, a hollow of sinking in the ground ; cp.
Dan. slank; Germ. schlank~]: — a slope on a mountain edge; slakki i
bruninni, i fjallinu. Slakka-gil (spelt Sclakka-gil), a local name,
D. I. i. 475 : a nickname, Bs. i. 424.
slakna, a6, to slacken, get slack.
slakr, slok, slakt, adj. slack, almost used as in Engl., e.g. reipi3 er
slakt, slack, not tight-stretched ; vaftr vilgi slakr, Bragi (of a fishing-line) :
also the phrase, sla sloku viS, to slacken one's exertion, to idle; the word
is very freq. in mod. usage,
slamma, ad, to shamble along, walk like a bear.
slamra or slambra, a&, to slam, = slaema, q. v.
slan-baugr, m. a ' sloth-fine' the fine due to the king from a person
who looks on at an assault without interfering, N. G. L. i. 68.
slandri, a, m. [from Fr. esclandre; Engl, slander; hzi. scandalum ;
Gr. aKavSaXov], a nickname, Fms. viii. 112.
slang, n. the eatable inwards of an animal, (the word is freq. in mod.
usage, but in Armanns S. 1 3 it is misapplied both in gender and spelling.)
slanga, a5, to sling.
slanga, u, f., gen. slongu, a sling, Sks. 380, 464, Rb. 382, pas-
sim. 2. a catapult, Fms. i. 127, ix. lo. slOngu-steinn, m. a
sling-stone, Pr. 80.
slangi, a, m. [Germ, schlange'], a serpent; ormr sa er s. heitir, {)i8r.
175 (but rare). 2. a landlouper, tramp; J)u inn vondi s., Skida R.
190; slinni, slangi (flangi Cod.), Edda ii. 495.
slangr, m. a going astray, of sheep ; koniast i slangr.
slangra, ad, to sling; s. storu grjoti, Sks. 410. 2. to stray, of
sheep in pastures straying into another flock.
slappi, a, m. a lump-fish ; see gra-slappi : as a word of abuse, Edda i
496: a nickname, Sturl. ii. 150, Dipl. ii. 5; Hollu-s., Ld
slark, n. a drunken riot, drunken gibes, Fbr. 173: slarka, a&, to I
noisy like a drunkard : slarkari, a, m. a drunken noisy fellow.
slasa, a&, see slys ; slasa sig, to have ati accident.
slatta, a&, = slamma.
slattari, a, m. [see slottr], a landlouper, tramp, Rett. 55.
slaxa (qs. slagsa), a&, to make a babbling noise, like water shaken in
bottle ; slaxafti i sarinu, Fs. 167.
SIiA, pres. slae, slaer, slaer ; pi. slam (m. sl&am), slai&, jl4 : pret. si
slott, slottu (mod. slost, slostu), $16; pi. slogu (slosk = slogusk, Sturl. i
208 C) : subj. s^segi: imperat. »la, sla&« : part, sleginn: a pret. sleri t
slori occurs as a provincialism in the old vellum Agrip — sl^ru, Fms. :
403; sleri, 394; slaeri, i.e. slori, 379: [Ulf. slahan — TvWTUV, Trateii
k.S. slean, slcege ; En^.slay; Dan.-Swed. s/aa; O.H.G. slaban; Gert
schlagen.^
A. To smite, strike, Dropl. 13 ; sla me& steini, Fms. viii. 388 ; sla e
til bana, ii. 183 ; sla e-n hogg, kinnhest, i. ii;o, ix. 469, 522, Ld. 13^
sla knott, Vigl. 24 ; sla til e-s, to strike at one, Finnb. 306, Sturl. ii. 24 ( ei
sla i h6fu6 e-m, Fms. v. 172. 2. sla horpu, fi&lu, to strike t
harp, fiddle, Vsp. 34, Edda 76, Am. 62, Bs. i. 155, Fb. i. 348, Fms. t
356 (in a verse), Sks. 704, Grett. 168 (horpu- slattr) ; sla hljoSfxri, Fn
iii. 184 ; sla slag, to strike up a tune; hann slo t)ann slag, ... slo hann ]
Gygjar-slag . . . J)ann streng er hann haf&i ekki fyrr slegit. Fas. iii. 22
223, cp. drapa and drepa : sla leik, to strike up for a dance or game to "
hann sa at leikr var sleginn skamt fra garfti, Sturl. 11,190; so in el
broidery (see borS), sla danz, 117, Karl. 52: sla eld, to strike fire, Fms. i
234 : sla vef, to strike the loom, in weaving, xi. 49, Darr. ; sla borSa, Fi
i. 193, 205. 3. to hammer, forge ; sla hamri, Vkv. 18; sla svej
|>i&r. 21; sla t>vertre af silfri i hofit, Landn. 313; sla saum, Fms,
218, ix. 377, Stj. 451 ; hann slo gull rautt, Vkv. 5 ; s!a herspora. Fa
vii. 183; sleginn fram broddr ferstrendr. Eg. 285; sla oxar e&a gc ipi,
Stj. 451 : to mount, jarnum sleginn, Fms. v. 339, Fas. iii. 574 : to stn
off, of coin. 4. to mow, cut grass; slegin tiin, Nj. 112 ; J)raElar n
slogu hey, Edda 48 ; ek mun lata bera lit Ija i dftg ok sla undir se
mest . . . sla toSu, Eb. 150, Fb. i. 522; sla teig t)ann er hehir Gu
fit
i«F
ia,'f,i
ii,a.:
Iif£,
14. 1
rron
■5 '
itii.
iti
»a,a},
teigr, Isl. ii. J44; sla afrett, Grag. ii. 303; sla eng, 281, GJ)1. 361
absol., J)eir sl6u (sic) allir i skyrtum, Isl. ii. 349, Grag. ii. 281.
to slay, smite, kill, Stj. passim, but little used in classical writings, vAe tp,
drepa is the word; sverdi sleginn, 656 C. 4; sla af, to slay, Bs. ii. {
89, Stj. 183; sla af hest, to kill a horse, send it to the knacker:^
smite with sickness, sla me6 likjjra, blindleik, blindi, Stj. ; harmi sleri
Fms. iii. II. II. metaph. phrases; sla kaupi, to strike a barm
Ld. 30, Fms. ii. 80 ; sla mali i satt, to put it to arbitration, Fms. x.i|
sla kaupi saman, Fb. ii. 79 : sla fylking, to dress up a line of battle, f)
viii. 408 ; sla ollu folki i mannhringa, x. 229 ; sla bring um, to surrw*
Nj. 275, Fas. ii. 523; sla manngard, mannhring, to form a ring oj
round. Eg. 80, 88, Fms. viii. 67, x. 229; eldi um sleginn, Sol
las, to slam, lock, Sturl. i. 63 : sla eldi 1, to set fire to, Fms. vii,
420, Hdl. 47 ; sla beisli vi& hest, to put a bridle in a horse's mouth, F;
ii. 508 : sla landtjoldum, to pitch a tent, Eg. 291, Fms. ii. 264 ; or also,
strike a tent, take it down, Fser. 147 ; sla landtjalds-stongunum, to loot
them, Hkr. i. 26; sla festum, to unmoor a ship, ii. 222, Fms. viii. af
379 ; sla undan hofu5-bendunum, to slacken the stays, Al. 67 ; sla netjo i^jj.'Jj
to put out the nets, Bs. ii. 145; sla hundum (or sla hundum lansoi fc
Fms. ii. 174, x. 326), to slip the hounds, Hom. 120. 2. with prqJ] I
sla e-u vi6, to display; sla vi6 segli, to spread the sail. Fas. ii. 523 ; {»?
slegit vi6 oUum buna&i, all was taken into use, Fms. x. 36 ; ek hefi
naliga ollu vi& slegit, pvi er ek hefi i minni fest, I have put forth all A
I recollected, Bs. i. 59 : sla e-u upp, to spread a report (upp-slattr), Fn
viii. 232, ix. 358 : sla ni6r, to throw down, Hom. iio ; hann slo s^r ni
he lay down, Fms. ii. 194 ; hann slaer ser niSr (takes to his bed) sem ha
se sjukr, Stj. 520; mi er niSr slegit allri vinattu, an end to all frien
ship, Fms. vi. 286, xi. 72: sla lit, to throw out, N. G. L. i. 31 ; sl»
eitrinu, to pour it out, Edda 40 : ski saman liSinu, to join the army, Ffl
X. 268 : sla upp opi, to strike tip, raise a cry, viii. 414, Fb. ii. 125: !
i sundr kjoptunum, ii. 26: sla a e-t, to take to a thing; sla a gleosi
ghmur, he took to play and sport, Fms. ii. 182 ; hann slo a fiigrmsH^
J)a, begun flattering, Nj. 167 ; sla i ran, to betake oneself to robbery, i
400 ; sld a heit, to take to making a vow, Fs. 91 • -'" " '^ '"'"^
sla a, to takt \
oneself; sla a sik sott, to feign illness, Fms. vi. 32 ; slii a sik ulfnJi 1 1;,. j^^
show anger, ill-will, Eb, 114; skaltii ekki sliku a fiik sla, at t)ra ep i. -.,, ;
einni konu, do not betake thyself to that, Isl. ii. 250: sla e-u afi j » . .'
put off; eg hefi slegiS {)vi af. III. impers., it strikes or brecl l^^^|
out to a thing, i.e. the thing happens; loganum slo ut um kerola ((;,;.
flatnes broke out round the casks, Fms. i. 128; ^a. sleri Ijosi fyrir h»; i; ,. ,'
sem elding vaeri, x. 394; slo a hann hliitri, be was taken in a, '
of laughter, vii. 150; slo opi a herinn, the men fell a-shouting, J
225; t)a sleri a u{)efjani ok y'ldu, x. 379; slo {la i verkjum <? :
Ibrjostid, Sturl, ii, 127 C, Bs. i, II9; slo fa felmt ok flotta a liSit, i'
SL^— SL^TTR.
567
Fb,
men were panic-stricken and took to flight, Fms. i. 45 ; {)6tt {lunga e8r
geispa slai a hana, vi. 199; sld mikilli hraeSslu a konu j)d, viii. 8; slo
Ifa i skap honum, 655 xii. 3, Stj. 424; J)vi slser a (// so happens), at
lunn r^ttir hondina i Ijosit, Bs. i. 462 ; slaer J)egar i bardaga, it came to
fight, Fms. xi. 33 ; slo me& J)eini i niestu deilu, x. 99 ; i kappmaeli,
i. 337; her slsr i allniikit liefni, Nj. 246; var mjiik i gadda
legit, at haiin niuiidi fa hennar (cp. T>zn. klapped og Mart), 280; ^k
16 J)vi k J)a, at J)eir foru 1 a me& net, Bs. i. 119.
B. Reflex, to throw oneself, betake oneself; slosk hon at fram
ildinuni, ihe rushed to the fireside, Fms. iv. 339; slask a bak e-m,
go behind another. Stud. i. 197C; slask aptr, to draw ba/k ; gaeta
!ss at eigi slaegisk aptr liSit, O. H. 214; J)eir komu i Valadal, ok
losk (sic = sl6gusk) J)ar inn, broke into the houses, Sturl. ii. 208 C; J)a
I6gusk i SuSreyjar vikingar, Vikings infested, invaded the islands, Fms.
245 ; slask i for me& e-m, to join another in a journey, xi. 129 ; ef
okkurr slaesk i mat e8r mungat, ok raekir jjat meirr enn J)ingit, GJ)!.
hann slosk a tal vi6 GuSninu, entered into conversation with G.,
fj. 129 ; slask i sveit nie6 e-m, O. H. 202 ; slask a spurdaga vi8 e-n, to
k questions, Sks. 302 B; slask a svikrse&i, Fms. vi. 179. fS" The
Bsk in Ld. 144 is an error for slsevask, see sljofa. II. recipr. to
;bt; hann slost vi8 Enska i hafi, Ann. 1420, cp. Dan. slaaes, but it is
class., for berjask is the right word. III. part, sleginn; me8
;gnu hari, with dishevelled hair, Finnb. 250: hon var morgu sleginn,
himsical, GJ)1. 3 ( = blandin): sleginn, surrounded, Akv. 14, 29; sleginn
gni, beaten with rain, Vtkv. 5 : sleginn, coined, N. G. L. i. 5.
d£, 8, to bar; ok sla8 rammliga, Fms. i. 104.
Hi,, f. [Engl, a weaver's slay'], a bar, bolt, cross-beam, Fms. i. 1 79 ; sla
a ^vert skipit, Nj. 44, 125 ; slarnar eda spengrnar, Stj. 45 ; hann renndi
i sl&num, {jeim er voru a virkis-hur8unni, ok lauk upp virkinu, Bs. i.
a. sld-j&rn, n. an iron bar, Fms. ii. 179.
l&ni, a, m. a gaunt and clownish boor, Edda ii. 496 ; sldni, strakrinn
irra hann Indri5i, Piltr og Stiilka 36. sldna-legr, adj.
l&pr, m. a word of abuse, of a good-for-nothing, Edda ii. 496.
SIiATR, n. [slag, sla, a contr. form, cp. Engl, slaughter'] : — butcher's
at, K. f>. K. 102, K.A. 190, Nj. 75, Isl. ii. 331, 6. H. 33 ; limr slalrs,
1. ; sliitr allt ok beinin me8, eta s. allt af beinum, Edda 31 ; ny slatr
her nu at hiindla, Sturl. i. 169. compds : sldtr-diskr, m. a
tewi/h meat, Fms. vii. 160. sHtr-fe, n. cattle fit for slaughter,
r. 248, Eg. 220, Orkn. 334, GuUJ). 67. sMtr-forn, f. a bloody
rifice, 625. 177. sld,tr-f6ng, n. pi. provision of butchers meat,
549. sl^tr-gripr, m. a head of cattle for slaughter, Fb. iii.
slatr-mangari, a, m. a '■slaughter-monger,' butcher, N.G. L.
04. sldtr-sauSr, m. a sheep for slaughter, Faer. 160, Hkr. ii. 349.
•a-storf, n. pi. slaughtering, Korm. 34. slfitr-toUr, m. a
'ber's toll, G^\. sldtr-trog, n. a trough with butcher's meat, Fs.
sl6tr-vist, f. butcher's tneat, Fms. ix. 360.
itra, a8, to slaughter cattle, with dat. or absol., Am. 20, Karl. 330,
i. 646, Grag. i. 147.
itta, u, f., prop, a 'smiting,' mowing ; sjau daga s., Pm. 77 ; viku s.,
|1. V. 5; dag-slatta, q. v. 2. the mowing season; J)at var um
er8ar slattur, Grett. 107 A. 3. of a field ; {)ar er maetisk slatta
ina, . . . eigi skal i slattu aeja, Grag. ii. 291 ; J)ar voru slattur i ok
, meadojvs and corn-fields, Bjarn. 23 ; slattur ]pser er i almenningi
GJ)1. 454 ; ef tveir menu ganga i eina slattu, go to mow in the same
455 ; hann hafdi {jar slattu, Lv. 84. II. money struck or
tped, coin ; Haralds-slatta, the bad coin of king Harold, Fms. vi. 243 ;
, silver coining. compds : sldttu-kaup, n. mowers' wages, Finnb.
sldttu-maSr, m. n mower, Sturl. iii. 103. sMttu-timi, a,
mowing season, Grett. 66 new Ed.
m., gen. slattar, dat. sloetti : — a smiting, mowing; vera at slaetti,
i. 346 ; leiS mi til J)ess er teki8 var til slattar, Grett. 121 A : freq.
id. usage = slatta, tiina-slattr, engja-slattr, the season for mowing
me-field and the outfield. 3. the striking an instrument =
drepa strengi til slattar, Stj. 458.
.da, u, f. a large knife, scimitar, Ann. 1393.
lEDI, a, m. [Old Engl, sled (' the sledded Polack,' Hamlet, and so
n North. E.); Engl, sledge; G«rm. schlitte ; Dan. slcede, cp. Engl.
a sledge, Sdm. 15, Grdg. ii. 295, N.G.L. ii. I18, 121, Landn.
fg. 543, Eb. 188, 190, Fs. 55, (5. H. 85, Gisl. 37, passim ; sle8a-menn,
ix. 352 ; sle8a-hofu8. Mar. compds : sle6-fseri, n. ; s. gott, good
ing. Fas. ii. 5. sle3-mei3r, m. (see meiSr), Eb. 190.
u, f. slaver (Lat. saliva), Edda 20, Sks. 229; slefu-speldi, a bib
ker round the neck of children. 2. poet, a serpent, from its
: a nickname, Hkr. slefu-maeltr, part, draivling in talking.
gja, u, f. [from sla, slag; A. S. slecge], a sledge-hammer, Bs. i.
Dip!, iii. 4, Vm. 154, fiiflr. 166; nieS homrum ok sleggjum,
1 : the phrase, ver6a milli steins ok sleggju, to come between the
er and the anvil. Fas. i. 34; rek-s., a sledge-hammer; fiska-s.,
in Icel. the sleggja is often a round stone with a hole for the
sleggju-nef, a club-nose. 2. sleggja, a nickname, Vd.
', f., pi. sleifar, [Dan. sIcev'}, a ladle, esp. a wooden ladle to stir with.
sleiking, f. licking, Greg. 23.
SIjEIKJA, 8 and t, [Dan. slikke; Lancashire slack; cp. Engl, lid,
American slick. Germ, lecien; Lat. linguere; Gr, Ktixtiv]: — to lick, Stj,
601, Al. 166, N. G. L. iii. 358 ; ky'rin slcikti steinana, Eb. 316 ; h/m (the
cow) sleikti hrimsteina er saltir voru, Edda 4 ; $. blotbolla sina, Fm». ii,
309 (^- 353) ; s- sar, Greg. 23 ; |)ar komu hundar og sieiktu bans sir.
Luke XV. 21 : with dat., Fms. viii. 410; s. um e-t, Eb. 330; var-at af
voru, slcikti um J>voru, Fs. 159.
sleikja, u, f. a lump (of porridge, etc.)
Sleipnir, m. the ' slipper,' the name of Odin's eight-footed steed, see
Edda, Sdm., Gm.
sleipr, adj. [North. E. slape], slippery, Vigl. 31 ; hifa steinstrxtid heim-
sins sleipt, hcfir m(jr opt i vanda steypt. Pass. 34. 14, freq. in mod. usage.
sleita, u, f. backsliding; me8 ofrkappi ok sleitum, Sks. 341 ; logkrokar
ok sleitur, 439 ; vinna mal meS sleitum. Fas. iii. 1 96 ; drekka vi8 sleitur, to
drink unfairly, in a drinking-bout = Gr. K\f\pnroruv, Eg. 258. compds :
slsitu-domr, m. a sham court, law quirks, Anecd. 1 2. Sleitu-Helgi,
a nickname, Landn. sleitu-laust, n. adj., in drekka s., to drink with-
out heel-taps. Eg. 552, Fms. vi. 241 C.
sleitu-liga, adv. ; drekka s., Gr. KXepiiroruv, Orkn. 246.
slekt, f. [Dan. slcegt; from Germ, ge-scblechi], kind, order; riddara-
slekt, Edda (pref.), Bs. ii. 10, 122 ; konungs gar8s s., Stj. i ; ef eg skal
daemdr af Danskri slekt, | og deyja svo fyrir Kongsins mekt, J6n Arason ;
the word is unclass.
slembir, m. [akin to slaemr], a nickname, also slembi-dj&kn, m. a
sham deacon, Fms. vii.
slembra, u, f. a clot; in grautar slembra, a small spoonful of porridge.
SliEN, n. sloth; nu muntii ver8a at draga slenit af ^^r, mannskraefaii,
Grett. 91 : also medic, dullness, slen ok mattleysi, slen og do8i.
COMPDS : slen-skapligr (slen-samr, slen-samiigr), adj. slothful,
N.G.L. ii. 417 (note 15). slen-skapr, m. slothfulness, laziness, Al.
34, 42, N.G.L. ii. 418.
slengja, d, to sling, with dat. ; see slyngja, slcingva,
slensia, u, f. = slen, sloth.
slentr, n. sloth, idle lounging, Grett. 100 A.
slepja, u, f. slime, viscous matter, esp. on the skin of fishes and snakes.
slepjugr, adj. dabbled with slime, slimy.
SLEPPA, slepp, slapp, sluppu, slyppi, slvppinn, [A. S. slipan; Engl.
slip] : — to slip, slide; sleggjan slapp (slipped) or hendi honum, Bs. i. 342 ;
sluppu honum faetr, his feet slipped, Fms. viii. 393 ; al sva hdlan, at hann
sleppr manni, an eel so slippery that it slips out of one's hands, Stj,
69. 2. to slip away, escape; ef |>6r61fr skal sleppa. Boll. 342 ; lata
e-t s. hja scr. Fas. i. 92 ; hinir hafa refsingar-lausir undan sloppit, N. G. L,
i. 123. 3. to slip, fail, fniss ; vera ma at fleiri se satir a skoginum
ef hin fyrsta slyppi, may be there will be more ambushes if the first should
fail. Eg. 568 ; ef y9r sleppr at festa hendr a Birni, if you fail to get hold
of Bjorn, Bjarn. 52.
sleppa, t, [Dan. slippe], the causal of the preceding word : — lo make
slip out of one's hand, let slip, with dat. ; |>orgils haf8i sleppt oxinni, Th. had
laid the axe away, Fs. 131 : freq. in mod. usage, slepptu mer, let me go.
sleppa, u, f. a nickname, Fms. ix. 294 ( = slappi ?).
sleppi-fengr, adj. butter-fingered, of one who lets slip, Grett. 137.
sleppr, adj. slippery; af-sleppr, taper-formed, so that it slips out of
the hand ; me8 ^w\ at {)eim hafSi sva sleppt til tekizk, i. e. they had
made a mess of it, missed it, Eb. 162.
sletta, t, [from sla, slag, as a kind of iterative], to slap, dab, with
dat. : of liquids — skvetta, taka spann fuUt vatns ok sletta a J)au, N. G. L.
i. 358 ; hann J)reif upp skyrkyllinn ok sletti framan i fang bans, Grett. 66
new Ed. ; hann sletti i munn ser skegginu, he slapped the beard into his
mouth, Dropl. 35 ; J)eir slettu eptir henni svipu, IBs. i. 453 ; hann sletti
flotu sver8inu um he'r8ar honum, slapped him with the flat of the sword,
Sturl. ii. 60, Fas. iii. 102, Jjorf. Karl. 428 ; slettust fitjarnar um hellis-
golfit. Fas, iii. 386; ^eh mega sletta skyrinu scm J)a8 eiga, see skyr: in
iBpd. usage sJetta expresses bespattering with slabby matter, skvetta with
pure fluids.
sletta, u, f. a dab, spot; blek-s., a blot of ink; bak-s., q. v.
sl6tta, t, [Engl, slight; Germ, schlichten], to viake plain, level; litill
blaer slcttir ok hylr \k vegu, Stj. l6 ; sletta ttin, to level, smooth afield:
mctaph., sletta yfir e-t, to smooth over a thing; hafit er vel yfir slett
vanhyggju mina, Isl. ii. 201, Fms. i. 74: s. um c-t, Clar.
sl6tta, u, f. a plain, level field. Eg. 330, 528, Barl. 209.
sletti-baka, u, f. ' smooth-back,' a kind of whale, balaena mysticetus
L., Edda, Sks. 128.
sletti-reka, u, f. an intruder, meddler.
SLfiTTK, adj. [Ulf. slaihts^Xuoa, Luke iii. 5 ; a word common to
all Teut. languages, but in the Scandin. the b is lost, as Dan. slet ; but in
Germ, schlicht and schlecht, in Engl, slight, etc.]:— plain, flat, even, smooth,
level; sl^ttr steinn, Eg. 141 ; a slcttum velli, Fms. i. 137, ii. 319, Edda 31 ;
slett land, Fb. i. 431 ; vcllir slettir, 6. H. 134; slettr sjor, a smooth sea ; par
sem slett er, Fms. vii. 297 ; u-sl<5ttr, uneven, rough : mctaph., segja sinar
(farar) eigi slattar, lo tell of one's journey not having been smooth, i. e. that
568
SLETTFJALLADR— SLJOFGA.
it bad all gone wrong, Orkn. 68, Eg. 75, Nj. 254, Ld. 64, Fms. i, 75 :
gengu pen s\6n (straight) tit af bor8unum, Fms. ii. 319. 2. neut.
&lett, just, precisely ; J)at naegSisk (ilium slett, Stj. 293 : smoothly, well,
eigi mundi fer3in takask slett, the journey luould not go smoothly, Fms.
ii. 127; tala slett, to talk smoothly, Hkr. i. 10; msela sl6tt, Hom. 151 ;
hyggja J)vi flarra sem hann talar sl^ttara, Bjarn. 21. II. [Germ.
schlecht ; Dan. slet], slight, trivial, common ; tvenn bakstr-jarn ok in J)ri8ju
slett, Vm. 58; Mariu-likneski tvau ok J)ri6ja slett, Pm. i, (but rare.)
coMPDs : slett-fjaUaSr, adj. smooth-skinned. Fas. iii. 77. slett-
lendi, n. aflat land, Fms. vii. 70, Stj. 371. sl6tt-lendr, zd.].flat,
of land, Stj. 94. sl^tt-mdll (-miligr, Nj. 89, v. 1.), adj. smooth-
spoken, Nj. 84, Bjarn, 71. sl^tt-mseli, n. smooth language, Thom.
sl6tt-or3r, adj. = slettmall, Fms. vii. 120. sl6tt-sinf3a3r, part.
smooth-worked, and sl6tt-sini5i, n. 'smooth work,' goldsmith's work,
and the like, smoothed with the hammer, Rett. 2. 10, 49. sl6tt-3rr3i,
n. smooth words, Barl. 121, 164.
sleyma, u, f. a scamp, a term of abuse, Edda (Gl.) ii ; cp. slaemr, adj.
slig, n. strain, a horse disease, Bs. i. 389.
sliga, a3, to strain a horse ; reflex, to be strained: sliga3r, strained.
slinkr, a nickname, Fms. x. 123.
slinni, a, m. a clownish fellow, boor, Edda ii. 495. slinna-ligr,
adj. clownish.
slit, n. [slita], a slit, tear; kapa komin at sliti, a worn-out cloak.
Band. 5; rif ok slit, Bs. ii. 143; \>3.b er ekki til slits; kvi6-slit,
hernia. 2. metaph. in pi. a rupture, breach, Jji3r. 94 ; sifja-slit,
friS-slit, flaum-slit, q. v.
slita, u, f. ' cismos,' {jat er 'slita' at varu mali, Skalda 184.
slitna, a8, (neut. of slita), to be rent, break, of a cord, rope, string,
or the like (rifna, being used of cloth, etc.); festr mun, s., Vsp. 41,
Am. 35, Fms. vii. 13, Grett. loi, MS. 656 C. 31, Karl. 450; slitnaSi
skojivengr hans, Nj. 74: medic, of hernia, kvidrinn slilnaSi, Bs. i. 121,
208: metaph. to end, break up, Lv. 11, Fs. 21 : kaupmali slitnar, J>i6r.
85. 2. to be torn in tatters.
slitr or slitri, n. shreds, tatters, Grett. loi, 114 A; klaeSa-slitr, Vm,
77, Pm. 133, Finnb. 246.
slitti, n. tatters, = s\\iT, Clar.
slitt-mseli, n. a reproach for slothfulness, Sturl. ii. 192,
Slittungar, m. pi. the name of a rebel party in Norway, Fms, ix.
sli3, f. [Ulf. sleipa = (rj/xiaj, punishment, the name of one of the
rivers of hell, a place for the wicked, Vsp.
SLfDK, adj., the r is radical, [Ulf. s/ej^zs = xaXtiros, cp. sleipis =
KiVSwos; A.S. s/ttS, slidor] •.—fearful ; hefndir sli&rar ok sarar, Gh. 5;
i sli9ri SiiSvik, in the fatal Southwick, of a place of battle, 0. H. 19 (in a
verse). compds : sli3r-beittr, adj. sharp as a rasor, Akv. 22, Eb. (in
a verse). sli3r-fengligr, adj. dire, fearful, Gh. i. sli3r-liuga3r,
adj. atrocious. Lex. PoiJt. sli3r-liga, adv. savagely; eta s., Haustl.
sli3rug-taniii, a, m. ' the boar with the awful tusk,' the name of Frey's
boar, Edda.
sli3ra, a6, to sheath, put in the scabbard, Nj. 185, Fas. i. 529, 576,
|)6ra. 49 new Ed., Al. 44, Karl. 240, Pass, 7, 5.
sli3rar, f. pi. (sli3rin, n. pi.. Eg. 304), [Engl, slither, sliver'] ; sli6r, as
well as skeiSir, prop, means a lath or ' slither,' used to make cases for knives
and swords, see Fritznex, s. v.; whence 2. a sheath, scabbard ; sli5rar,
Karl. 331 (sli6rir, v. 1.) ; sver6 brugSi6 i miftjar sliSrar, Bs. i, 660
(sliSrir, Sturl. ii. 23 C. I.e.); sli6rirnar, Edda i. 606 (sUarar, Ub. I.e.);
ganga, draga, breg6a, renna, or sli6rum, Korm. 84, 242, Eg. 30, Band,
(in a verse). Fas. i. 57 (in a verse), Orkn. (in a verse), Nj. 159, Sd. 159 :
in poetry names for a sword, sli6ra-tunga, scabbard-tongue; sliar-all,
scabbard-eel; shbi-logi, ' scabbard-lowe ;' sMbx-vondr, sliver-wand : sli6r-
dreginn, -toginn, epithets of a sword. Lex. Poet.
sliki-steinn, m. a 'sleek-stone,' a fine whetstone', D.I. i. 255, Vm. 6.
slikisteins-auga, n. the eye or hole of a whetstone, a nickname, Ld.
slikja, u, f. a smooth, thin texture. slikju-ligr, adj. smooth, of a
kerchief.
slikr, adj. sleek, smooth; hrognkelsi likr, | var a holdi s\i\ix, flabby-
fleshed, of a lump-fish, Bjarn. (in a verse).
SLIKR, adj., prop, a compd, qs. sva-likr, so-likr ; \\]\L swa'-leiks =
ToiovTos ; A. S. swilc, i. e. swa ylc = so like ; Early Engl, silk, whence mod.
Engl, swcib, with the / dropped ; Scot, s/c; Gtrm. solcb; Dan. slig; Swed.
slik] : — such; slikr maSr, such a man, Fms. i. 99 ; slikr maSr sem. Eg. 759 ;
slikan sem, Fms. i. 21 ; slikt sems. Am. 103 ; sliks ufriSar, sem . . ., Isl. ii.
242 ; slikt liS sem hann fekk, Fms. i. 74: slikr sva, such-like; meb slikum
sva fortiilum, Al. 33 ; meira enn slikt sva, Fms. v. 303 ; at slikum sva
monuum, vi. 99 : slikt ok it sama. Post. 645. 66, Stj. 356 : neut., ef slikt
skyldi J)reyta, Fms. ii.176; erhannsUktum fregn,Vsp. 30. 2. similar;
slikan lost, Hm. 97 : neut., att J)U slikt at fretta, the same news. Am. 78,
Rekst. 8 ; svara sliku, to answer in such wise, (5. H. (in a verse) ; annat
slikt, Akv. 6; sliks var Jiar van, Fms. i. 74; slikt megu vor nu reyna,
Nj. 97. 3. this, that, it ; {)6r skulut sliku ra9a, Eb. 46 new Ed. ; fylg6it
sa6r sliku, Am. 45 ; slikt er Viila6s vera, Hm. 10. II. neut. slikt, as
adv. in such wise, so ; slikt sem annar-staSar, 0. H. 47 ; slikt er J)6r likar.
^ as it likes thee, 1 14; hann var slikt lUr sem fa6ir hans,^^ as bad as hk
father, Stj. 585, 588, 625 ; slikan, id.; hygg ek at slikan mun hafa farit
um annat, jws/ so. Eg. 61 ; at sliku, id., Stj. 82.
SLIM, n. [A,S. slim; Engl, slime; Germ, schleim, etc.]: — slime;
drt) af slimit augunum, Bs. i. 315, H.E. i. 513, Mar. : passim.
slima, u, f. sliminess. slimu-setr, n., in the phrase, sitja slimusetr;
in olden times, when wayfarers were hospitably entertained, a man who
remained as guest above a certain time (three days at most, and for a
stranger a single night) was said to sitja s., and was regarded as a
vagrant or cosherer, and might be punished, N. G, L. i. 72, GJ)1. 200;
cp. f)at*var engi si6r at sitja lengr en {)rjar naetr at kynni, it was not
manners to stay longer than three nights in a visit. Eg. 698 : exactly the
same is still said in Scotland, see Lockhart's ' Life of Sir W. Scott,' 1871,
p. 589, in a foot-note.
slipa, t, [Germ, schleifen; Dan. slibe; Swed. slipd], to whet. II.
reflex, to be slim and sleek; J)6 slipist jor og slitni gjor8, slettunum ekki
kviddu, hugsadu hvarki um himin ne j6r&, en haltu |)er fast og riddii,
Pal Vidal.
slipari, a, m, [Germ, schleifer ; Dzn. sliber], a wbetter, N. G. L. ii.
204 (v. 1. 23), Rett. 2. 10.
SLITA, slit ; pret. sleit, sleizt, sleit, pi. slitu ; subj. shti ; imperat. slit,
slittu ; part, slitinn : [A. S. slitan ; Engl, slit; Dan. slide] : — to slit, break,
of a string, rope (rifa, of cloth); snara er slitin, 623. 36; slita ])radu,
reip, bond, Sol. 37, Stor. 7 ; s. i sundr sva mjott band, Edda 20; J)ar
syndu honum silki-bandi& ok baSu hann slita, id. ; J)aer fa mi varla
sva titt spunnit orlaga-J)ra6 sem ein slitr, Al. 141 ; hann tok Mistil-
tein ok sleit upp, Edda 37; sleit hann af s^r sl9e3urnar, Fms. vii. 149;
Steinarr vildi s. hann af ser, threw him off. Eg. 747 ; sleit hann undan
ve6r, the gale drove him out of bis course, Landn. (Hb.) 27. 2,
metaph. to break, break off; slita skipan, Al. 109 ; s. J)ing, to break off a
meeting, dissolve, Fms. i. 34, vi. 193 (J)inginu v. 1.); s. felag, Gisl. 13;
s. samna3, to disperse, Fms. ix. 369 ; J)a var niSr slegit ok slitiS sam-
hald J)at, vi. 286 ; ef p6 vxri bx&i J)ing a5r slitin, divided, Grag. i.
116; slita sattir. Am. 67; s. malstefnunni, O. H. 33. p. with dat.
to break with a thing, i. e. break it up, dissolve; munu J)er slitiS fa flokki
Bagla, Fms. ix. 267 ; slita J)ingi, to dissolve a J)ing altogether, Grag. i.
116; a5r ^inginu se sliti9, before it be dissolved, Fms. i. 34, Hrafn. 19;
var sliti6 veizlunni, Ld. 32; slitu {jcir handlaginu. Oik. 36; s. tali, Ld.
320; s. gildinu. Eg. 23; s. bardaganum, Fms. xi. 96; slita biii, N.G,L. j
i. 201; s. svefni. Heir. 9, II, ^o rend, tear; brynja hans var
slitin til unyts, Fms. i. 173 ; sar hef ek sextan, slitna brynju. Fas. i. 437
(in a verse): to tear like a wild beast, Vsp. 45; slitr nai neffoir, 50 ;|
hrafnar slitu sjonir or hofdi J)eim, Sol. 67 ; ef dy'r eSa foglar s. hrae manna,
Eg. 580 ; jarl let s. hold hans me& uUar-kombum, Bias. 44 : s. sundr, i"
break asunder; bat mun satt, es v6t slitum i sundr login, at ver mouoi .
slita ok friSinn, lb. 12 ; klae&i sundr slitin, torn astmder, Grett. 115 ; isar
meS sundr slitnum vokum, Sks. 175 B ; hendr me6 sundr slitnum fingrum, |
ivith separated fingers, i.e. not webbed, 169, 2. to tear and wear^
out, of clothes ; hann mun eigi morguni skyrtunum slita, be will not
wear out many shirts, not live long, {jorst. hv. 53 ; slitnir skor, worn-
out shoes, Isl. ii. 80 ; slitinn sekkr, Stj. 366 ; dukr slitinn, Pm. 62 ; bjorr
slitinn, 108 ; Ingjaldr svarar, ek hefi vand klseai, ok hryggir mik eigi jx'
ek slita Jjeim ekki gorr, I have bad clothes, and care not whether I wear
them out or not, i. e. / am an old man, and care not for my life, Gisl. 50 ;
s. barns-skonum, see skor ; slitinn skru3i, Dipl. v. 18 ; sliti5 klaeSi, Vm. :;i :
me6 slitnum hokli. III. metaph., slita or e-u, to decide; han
kva5 logmann or {)essu s. skyldu, Nj. 237 ; en konungr slitr eigi or j). .
sva bratt, Fbr. 119 (6r-slit) ; berr hann upp J)etta mal vi3 {)a, J)eir slit.i
J)at or, at..., Rom. 321. IV, impers. one breaks off a thin^,
i. e. it is torn off, from its moorings or fastenings ; sleit af honurr
mann a bati, Landn. 28 ; ef fjosir (ace.) slitr lit fyrir honum eJ:.
bein, ok rekr a annars manns fjoru, Grag. ii. 360; uni allt ^at er^
femgtt slitr lit jf hval , , . ef urgur eru i J)j6sum J)eim er lit sliti, Jb.'i
320. 2. to be cut short, end; munu j[)vi allir ver3a fegnir varir
menn, at sliti J)essa J)rasetu, that it shall come to an end, Fms. vi;:
441; with dat., slitr Jjar tali J)eirra, Fms. xi. 112; slitr J)ar hjali, 47:
sleit FroSa fri5, Hkv. i. 13 ; borgir ok kastalar ok J)orp, sva at h»ergi|
slitr, in an unbroken line, Fms. vii. 94; at sliti3 vaeri friSinum nuHM
NorSmanna ok Dana, Hkr. iii. 176: pax til er or slitr nie3 monnum.
till it comes to an end, Nj. 105 ; hann vill fylgja f^r. t^^r til er or sliti
mea ykkr Hrafnkatli, Hrafn. 19. V. reflex., slitask, to tear one-
self loose; slitask or hondum e-m, Sks. 598; {>6r61fr sleitzk or ^c-
J)rongu brott, Fms, viii. 249 : part., klukka slitin af xyh\, Isl. ii. 459-
sljdkka, a6, qs. sljofga, to abate.
sljofa, aa, to blunt, make blunt. Mar. ; but usually in II. reiicx
sljofask, sljdfgask, to grow slow, didl, blunt, of a sword. Fas. 1
507 ; s^n {the sight) sljovask, Stj. 86, Fms. ii. 286 ; minnit sljofast, Bs.
ii. no; sy'n sljofask, Stj. 16, Fb. i. 471 ; sljofaBr, blunted, dull, Dan
slovet, Mar.; sljovaaisk grimmleikr margra, Al. 126; sljofgadisk skap
jarlsins, was blunted, smoothed, Sturl. ii. 55,
slj6fga, aa, slj6fgast = sljofast, Fas. i. 507, Sturl, ii. 25.
i
SLJOLEIKR— SLiEFA.
569
8lj6-leikr, m. dulness, Bs. ii. 126. ^
Bljo-liga, slse-liga, adv. sloivly, dully, carelessly, opp. to briskly,
Al. 34, Stj. 531 ; reiSa sver6 s., Fnis. x. 360 (sljaliga, ii. 322, Hkr. i.
343, 1. c.) ; roa sla;liga, Fms. ix. 301 ; li-slaeliga, deftly, xi. 277.
sljo-ligr, sl86-ligr, adj. blunt, slow ; cr {)a. for viir sljolig, Fs. 66.
iijOR, sljo, sljott; before a vowel the v appears, sljovan, sljovum,
ilso spelt with/); the older form is slser, slae, slae, slaett (slsevan,
, or even sljar, Ld. 312, v. 1.; analogous to snjor, snjar, snser; sjor, sjar,
: mjor, mjar, ni«r : [A. S. slaw ; Engl, slow ; Dan. slov] : — blunt, Lat.
S' sver6 sljo ok brotin, Fms. ii. 322 ; Jio at sverSin sc slae, x. 360;
ox, Fs. 184; sver& var eru slae, Hkr. i. 343; me& slaevu sverfti, Fm.
slaett sver&, Fbr. (in a verse) ; me5 hljoSi sljofu, a dull sound,
la 160. 2. metaph., hann hvessir sljofa en brynir hugrakka,
,3 ; Jxjtti honum hann i ollu slaer, Sturl. iii. 117 ; at hann hefdi verit
;lsti slaer, er hann hef6i eigi bannsettan Rafn, 13s. i. 775; gefa enum
urum sigr, Ls. 22, 23.
!i3ra, a6, slo6ra, as it is spelt in editions, is less correct, for the
; . slora, q. v., is a contracted and corrupt form of slo5ra {06 = 6) ; [cp.
slaiipjan'\ : — to drag or trail oneself along ; slo3ru3u J)eir J)a vestr af
inni, Sturl. iii. 158; fieir slo5ru6u sva til lands, 163; flestir gatu
t bakkann ok sloSrudu sva at landi, Fb. ii. 511 (sl63ru3u, Orkn.
. I.e., but less correct) ; hefir ek ekki spurt til sanns hverjum J)a
iradi (slo{)ra&e Cod.), Olk. 36.
sick, n. [Engl, sluice; Dan. slug; cp. Germ, schlucbt'], the sluice by
vhich the water is led to the wheel of a water-mill, B.K. 81, D.N. iv.
;^6 ; hann var mylnu-viirSr ok haf6i vakta6 slok (sloa Ed.) undir
u\lnuruar, Post. 246 (the printed Ed.)
sloka, a3, [Dan. sluge'], to slop.
slokna, a8, [Dan. sluhkes; N. Lancashire slocken; Engl, slake], to be ex-
■nguisbed; brennr . . . sloknar, Hm. 50 ; Ijos (log, eldr) sloknar, Rb. 352,
ms. iv. 28, xi. 35, Fb. ii. 8, 1 29, Gisl. 29, GullJ). 50 ; sloknar hann aldregi
varki af vindi ne vaetum, Stj. 86 ; gaus upp stundum eldrinn en stundum
loknaSi ni5r, Nj. 204: part., J)a er slokna6r var eldrinn, Edda (pref.)
slokr, n. the slaver, saliva, from the mouth of animals.
sloppr, m. [A. S. and Engl, slop; Germ, schleppe ; akin to Dan. slaibe],
1 slop, gown, a loose trailing garment ; brynja undir sloppi, Fms. vi. 158 ;
iaSmals sloppr, Bs. i. 674 : esp. of a priest's white gown, skryddr sloppum
k kantara-kapum, 186, Vm., Pm., D. I., Dipl. passim ; slopp-slitri, a
ottered gown, Pm. 133; slopp-toturr, id., 124 (spelt slof-toturr, Bs. i.
65).
slor, n. the offal offish, used as dung : slorugr, adj. bedabbled with
slot, n. abatement ; vind-slot. Aim. ; ve3ra-slot, bylja-slot. II.
|=Germ. schloss, Dan. slot, but mod. and rare.
ISLOTA, a3, slotir, Horn. (St.) ; the pret. would be slotti, but is not
">und (cp. J)ora {)or&i J)ora3) ; mod. usage distinguishes between sltita =
; hang down, and slota = /o abate; [cp. Germ, schliessen and schluss] :
-to hang down, droop ; lata slota hendr ni6r me3 si8u ok hofSusk ekki
'., Fms. ii. 229 ; lattxi slota hattinn, Nj. 32 ; hann var i kufli ok let sliita
ittinn, Sturl. ii. 230, Fas. i. 61 (both paper MSS.) : slota vi6, to slink
way; ok er ekki at slota vi6 e6a svara skatyrSum, Fms. vii. 20; {)at
'i l^egir vi3 ok slotir, Hom. (St.) II. impers. it abates, of wind,
nle ; ve6rinu slotar, the wind abates.
pl6, f. the bone in the hollow of the horns of animals.
SL6D, f. [cp. Ulf. slaupjan; Engl, sleuth, slot, in sleuth-hound], a track
trail in snow or the like ; sloS Fafnis, Saem. 133 ; komu a manna-fiir,
; la sii sl66 framm a skoginn. Eg. 578; {)a skildi ok slo&ina, 579; hann
ri ]pvi eptir i sl66na, O. H. 135 ; skulu3 er mi fara at sl66 Jiessi, Fms.
. 340. II. plur. sl63ir, a ship's wake; {)a velkti liti lengi i hafi,
t komu \>eh ekki a J)aEr sl63ir sem {)eir vildu, |)orf. Karl. 390.
u6d-gata, u, f. a track-way. Fas. (in a verse).
■163i, a, m. [sI66], a truss of fagots trailed along ; draga sI65a, to drag
'')t or trail; and metaph. to leave a slot behind, be fatal ; sl63a mun
iga, at t)vi er ek hygg. Band. ; ma annars sta5ar meiri sloSa draga enn
■ r, Nj. 54. coMPDs : sl63a-hris, n. a truss of brushwood, Grag. ii.
^ ,8 (jb. 21S). sl63a-st63, f., sl63a-vegr, m. a track-way, iram-
ly, D. N. II. of a person, a sloven, slothful fellow. sloda-
gr, adj. slothful. sl63a-skapr, m. slothfulness.
log, n. the eatable inwards (liver etc.) of a fish.
okr, m. [North. E. slotch], a slouching fellow, Edda ii. 495.
6ra (siorir, storSi, slort), contr. from sloSra, [Engl, slur], to trail or
ns;e about; hva6 ertu a3 slora {jarna I see sloSra.
lottugr, adj. sly, wily; li-slottigr, guileless, Hom. 148 ; eigi s. ok
ifaldr, Hom. (St.)
■. ludda, u, f. [cp. Dan. slud = sleet; North, E. slutcb], a clot of spittle
. mucus ; hor-s.
lumsa, a3, to slop and swill, like swine.
lund-samliga, a.dv.fiabbily{1), Eb. 37 new Ed.
Liinginn, part, as adj., see slyngva.
Lungnir, m. the name of a mythical steed, Edda.
lita, t, to project, hang down ; see slota (I), as also skiita.
■lydda, u, f. [Dan. slud], sleet, cold rain, wet.
slydra, u, f. a flabby lump; bloftugar slySrur, Grett. 153 new E4.
slydrask, aft, qs. sloSrast; ymsir foru k kn^ cfta »ly8ruftuit fyrir
iidruni, Grctt. 167 new Ed. (in Cod. Upsai.)
slyndra, u, f.-=slyara; mcir-slyndra, of a lean animal,
slyngr, adj. versed, skilled; s. vift ij)r6ttir, Fa». iii. 195 ; slyngum
l)eim slattu-manni, Hallgr. ; e-m cr e-t slyngt, to he expert in a thing,
Grett. 1 18 A. 2. as a nickname, Fms. x. 1 23.
SLYNGVA or slOngva, prcs. slyng ; pret. siting or tlaung, tlongn :
part, slunginn ; this strong verb, however, is defective in it» tenses and
persons, and is chiefly used in poets, but rarely in pro»c ; and later it wa»
displaced by the weak sldngva, h (or mod. slengja, 6), except in the
part, slunginn, which remained : [Dan. slynge; A. S. dingan ; Engl, iling] :
— to sling, fling, throw, with dat. as Engl, to throw with a thing : I,
strong forms : a. poets ; Sinfjijtli sliing upp \\h ra rau8um skildi, Hkv.
!• 33 ; eik slaung und J)er, the ship swung away under thee, Fm». vi. 174
(in a verse) ; sungu or slungu sniiflga steini, they swung and slung the rolling
mill-stone, Gs. 4; but weak, sva slongflu (for slungu) vit sniiftga steini,
12 (in the same poem) ; doggu slunginn, bedewed, Hkv. 3. 36; slunginn
vafur-loga, encircled in a wavering flame, Fsm. p. prose ; |)eir slungu
J)ar landtjiildum sinum, Fms. xi. 371, v. I. ; J)vi naest slyngr (but slongvir
V. 1. from a vellum) Surtr eldi yfir jorSina ok brennir aliau heim, Edda i.
192 ; var J)essu kaupi slungit, the bargain was struck, Ld. 96: with the
notion to twist, mi er sva f^lagi, at i vandkvseSi er slungit, we are ' in
a twist,' in difficulties, Fms. vi. 114; slungit gull, twisted, coiled gold.
Lex. Poet. ; horna-tog var slungit af silfri, of a cord, twisted of silver,
Fb. i. 320: slunginn, as adj. versed, cunning, s. viS e-t, Barft. 164:
freq. in mod. usage as adj. slungnari, more cunning: slungnastr, most
cunning. II. weak forms : a. in poetry, Gs. 1 2, but better
slungu. p. in prose ; hann skaut 1 slonguna ok sliingSi siftan, Stj. 465;
toku J)eir brandana ok slcingftu lit a J)a, Nj. 20I ; sliJngvir hann J)a stokk-
inum, 202; ok slongfti fra durunum, Fms. ii. 160; slogu menn eldi i
keroldin, ok slongSu at virkinu, i. 128; slongvit m6r at borginni, sling
me from the catapult into the burgh, ix. 10; slongja storu grjoti, Sks.
410 B ; J)at grjot, er J)eir vilja slongva, 422 B ; hann haf8i slengt (better
slongt) hringnum utanbor8s. Fas. i. 27 (paper MS.)
slyppr, adj. [sleppa, sluppu], prop, unarmed, weaponless; ek hugftumk
ganga h^r or gar8i einn saman ok slyppr, Gliim. 375 ; gengu Jicir a
"land upp slyppir. Eg. 81 ; gakk eigi slyppr, Fbr. 58 ; sumir gengu slyppir
a vald biskups, Sturl. ii. 7 C, Orkn. 1 14 ; engi J)or8i at honum at ra8a J)6
at hann vaeri s., 105 ; at {)U baerir vapn, en faerir eigi slyppr scm konur,
Isl. ii. 407; haf {)U saxit i hendi, ok ver eigi s., Fbr. 58; brast sverftit
sundr undir hjiiltunum, — Nu kalla ek, at Hrafn s6 sigra8r, cr hann er s.,
Isl. ii. 258.
SLYS, n. a mishap, mischance, accident ; slys mun J)at J)ykkja, er hann
hjo bond af konu sinni, Eb. 60 ; voru fallnir ni8r hlekkir or soSli hennar,
ok var J)at bae8i slys ok fja,r-ska8i, Bs. i. 341 ; sigrask af slysi e-s,
Korm. 90 ; Dofra Jjotti J)a mikit orSit slys sitt, ef hann hef8i drepit
piltinn, Fb. i. 565, Bs. ii. 175 ; {>orgils ba8 ^a. gaeta sin vi8 slysum, Ld.
280 C. 2. a mischief; hefir hann miklu slysi a oss komit, Fms. xi.
151 C; erfitt mun J)er verSa at baeta oil slys HallgerSar, it will go
hard with thee to mend all H.'s mischief, Nj. 54 ; mer J)ykkir J)u raSinn
til nokkurra slysa, Fs. 42. compds : slysa-f6r, slys-ferd, slys-f6r,
f. an ill-fated journey , Fbr. 31 new Ed., Th. 76, Fas. ii. 437. slysa-
gjamt, adj. ill-fated; e-m verSr s., Grett. 1 15 A (slys-gjarnt, 86 new
Ed.) slysa-laust, n. adj. without mischance, accident, Grett. I50 A,
Fas. iii. 187. slysa-veent, n. adj. unlucky, Fms. v. 254.
slysast, a8, dep. to suffer mischance.
slysinn, adj. mischievous, bringing ill-luck; ma8r s. ok rogsamr, Eb.
44 : in mod. unlucky (like Germ, fatal), of an awkward fellow who
always is blundering, having a broken bone, a cut, or the like.
slys-liga, adv. fatally. Fas. i. 460, Band. 14 new Ed.
slysni, f. fatality : — see slysinn.
slytti, n. [sly], a flabby lump, wet rags or the like ; hann er einsog s. !
slytti-mdkr, m. a lazy fellow, laggard, Grett. (in a verse).
slyttinn, ad], flabby, sluggish; s. ok linafla8r, Fb. i. 521.
slyttu-mannliga, zdv. flabbily, sluggishly, Mag.
SL"!^, n., botan. water-cotton, byssus lanuginosa; af sefi eSr sly'i, Stj.
253 : it was dried and used as tinder, Bs. i. 616 (wrongly spelt slij),
freq. in mod. usage.
slae3a, 8, i. e. sloeda, [slo8], to trail; fax sva sitt at slaeddi jcirft, that
it trailed along the ground, Sks. 100 ; hann slacSir fotspor sin meft
halanum, Stj. 71. 2. to 'trail the fleld,' spread manure; ganga
um fjall um sinn, ok sliitra, ok s. urn var, GrAg. i. 147. 3. to
drag a river. II. reflex., I)a8 hefir slzdst ofan d golf, of thread
or the like swept away and lost.
sl8o3ur, f. pi. a gown that trails along the ground; s. af silki, pelli. Eg.
516, 702, Fms. iv. 164, vii. 149, viii. 149, Nj. 149, Fs. 51, 52 : the train
of a lady's dress, Rm. 26.
sleefa, a8, to slacken = sljofa, q. v. ; slxvu8u J)xr mxgSur mjok lidveizla
^eirra fedga, Sturl. ii. 61 C. 2. reflex., slzvadisk skap jarlsins.
570
SLiEGD— SM^R.
his wrath abated, Sturl. ii. 55 C ; slaevast fyrir bxn e-s, Bs. i. 756 ; f)or-
leikr slaevast mi (slxsk Ed.) nii i malinu, ok {)6ttu honum fogr hrossin,
Ld. 144.
slaegfl, i.e. slceg3, f. slyness, cunning, Nj. 241, Edda 18, Fms. i. 215,
221, X. 269, Stj. 366, Barl. 103, 175 ; lastar hann Loka me& slaegS sina
ok velar, Clem, passim. sl8Bg3ar-ma3r, m. a sly fellow, 655 iii. 2.
slsQgja, 5, [slog], to clean out fish ; s. J)orsk, silung, lax. II. [slsegr],
metaph. to ' clean out,' i. e. to cheat a person or steal a thing ; hann fiann
(the devil) flo J)angat ok vildi slaegja ondina fra honum, and would steal
his soul from him, NiSrst. 5 ; hversu hann vildi pretta mik ok slaegja
(to entice) rae5 sinum fagrgala, Barl. 97 ; s. hug e-s ok hjarta, to entice,
ensnare one's heart and mind, 150. 2. impers., eigi slxgir mik
her til langvista i Noregi, it tempts me not here to linger in Nor-
way, Grett. 206 new Ed. 3. reflex., slaegjask til e-s, to grope or
seek for a thing, of gain, the metaphor prob. from cleaning fish; her er
til litils at sisegjask, but little profit to be had, Lv. 46 ; Jj6r6r unni henni
liti5, hafdi hann mjok slaegzk til fjar, Th. loved her not, and had mar-
ried her for her money's sake, Ld. 124.
slaegja, u, f. profit ; mun y6r ekki sva mikil s. at drepa mann J)enna,
Finnb. 350; J)ykkir sva mikil s. til maeg6a vi3 Bolla, Ld. 186; kve5sk
miklu meiri slaegja (slaegr, Fb. I.e.) Jjykkja til vinattu bans, enn i fe,
Orkn. 428. slsegju-lauss, adj. tmprofitable, Grett. 120 A.
slaegja, u, f. [from sla], a mown field, = sla,tti (q. v.), freq. in mod.
usage : 6-slxgja, the unmown part, in a half-mown field ; si6an gekk hann
lit aptr a voUinn og straSi orfunum til og fra me6 6-slaegjunni, along the
edge of the unmown part of the field, Isl. f)j63s. i. 12. 2. plur., gjalda
slaegjur hiiskorlum sinum a haust, Fbr. 201 (of a kind of Icel. harvest-
feast, at mowing time). compds: slsegju-land, n. meadow-land.
slsBgju-lauss, -litill, adj. having little or no land in grass,
slsegleikr, m. sly, cunning, Nj. 35, 241, Stj. 357.
sleegliga, adv. slily, cunningly, Barl. 90.
slaegligr, adj. sly, cunning, Hav. 55, Fms. x. 358, Barl. 152.
slseg-pungr, m. a purse to hold one's gains. Fas. iii. 194.
SL^GB, m. a profitable thing, gain. Fas. iii. 194, Orkn. 424, v.l. ;
segja J)eir hversu mikill slaegr var til fjarins, Band. 20 new Ed. ; vil ek
sja hann, ok vir3a fyrir mer hverr s. mer J)ykkir i vera, consider what
I think he is worth, Fs. 11 ; Jjykki mer J)6 meiri slaegr til bans, Nj. 42,
Hem. ; hon kvad mi vera slaeg i at hitta Holmverja, Isl. ii. 77.
SIi^G-H, i.e. slcegr, adj., compar. slaegri, but slaegari, Barl. 24, and'
so in mod. usage ; ace. slaegjan, Hkv. 2. 10: [Old Engl, sligh ; Engl, sly'] :
— sly, cunning ; slaegr i skaplyndi, Nj. 38 ; gralyndr ok s., 85 ; ormrinn
var ollum kvikindum slaegri, Sks. 501, Barl. 24; veit ek engan mann
slaegra, Fms. vi. 18; eigi mun hittask annarr slaegri, Band. 35 new Ed.;
li-slaegr, Nj. 102.
slsegr, adj. [slA], kicking, vicious, of a horse.
slsBg-vitr, adj. 'sly-wise,' crafty, Isl. ii. 72, Fms. x. 420, xi. 2,54.
slseki, n. [Germ, schlank ; Engl, layiky], a slender, tall person ; J)u ert
mesta slaeki : hence perh. slaeki-drengr, a nickname of a lady, Landn.
(from her slender stature).
slee-liga, see sljoliga.
SIj.^MA, i. e. slcema, 8, to slam, i. e. to swing a weapon, to strike
at an object almost out of reach; hann slsemir til bans oxinni, Nj. 155;
Bar8i slaemir 4 si8u honum, Isl. ii. 365 ; SigurSr slaemir til hennar sver8-
inu ok hoggr af henni hondina, O. H. L. 42 ; slasmdi hann a fot Hrol-
leifi, Fs. 33 ; hann fekk brug&it sver6inu, ok slxmir eptir honum, 65.
slsemr, adj., without compar. and superl., prop. ' slim,' but only
used, II. metaph. vile, bad, very freq. in mod. usage, but not
found in old writers ; it is a gentler expression than ' vandr * or ' illr ;'
used both of men and things, J)u ert slaemr, {)a5 er slaemt, 'tis a pity.
sleemr, m. [akin to sleyma], the ' slim end,' only used as a technica,!
term for the third and last subdivision of an old poem : these poems con-
sisted of three parts, viz. the ' Introduction,' the ' Middle with the bur-
dens' (Stefja-mal), and the ' Slaemr;' hef ek slaem, enn lyk stefjum, I begin
the Slaem and finish the Bttrdens, Rekst. 24, Gd. 41, Harms. 46, LeiSarv.
24; see as specimens the Edit, of the poems in Bs. ii. 196, 215.
slsepast, t, dep. [slapr], to lounge : slsepingr, m. a slouching fellow.
slser, adj. (see sljor), blunt, Fm. 30, Sturl. iii. 117, Bs. i. 775, Ls. 22,
23, Fms. x. 360 (Hkr. i. 43), Fbr. (in a verse) ; for the references in
full see sljor.
slsetringr, m. wzow« grass ; ef ma8r stelr sltetringi af jiirSu manns
N. G. L. i. 85 (in ii. 171 spelt slcotringr).
sl8eva=:slj6fa, see slasfa.
SLOKVA, originally a strong verb, of which there remains only the
part, slokinn ; in all other parts weak, slokvi, slokSi or slokti, slokt ; in
mod. terms usually spelt and sounded with double k (slokkvi), but less
correctly; thus slecj)!, i.e. sl(jk6i, MS. 625. 70; slcikj), Fms. x. 389;
slaekva, Barl. 135 ; but slokkva, Fb. i. 435, 1. 34 ; and slecqua, 625. 70 :
a strong pres. indie, sliikkr has, strangely enough, been restored in mod.
language instead of slokkvir, which is always found in the vellums and old
writers : [Dan. slukke ; cp. Engl, slake] : — to slake, extinguish, esp. of fire ;
ganga fra sloknum eldi, GJ)1. 377 ; ok var mi allr (the fire) kaldr or8irn
'ok slokinn, cold and slaked, Fms. xi. 35 ; Reginn slokkvir mi Ijosin c
Fas. i. 1 2 (sliikkr Ed. from a paper MS.) ; jafn-skjott sem J)at er slokl
Stj. 123; J)6tti mer slokt hit saetasta Ijos augna minna, Nj. 187; &'
sem vatn slokvir eldinn, 655 xi. 4; hon slokvir sva bans synd se
vatn slokvir eld, K. A. 76 ; tekr sefvisk, kastar i Ijosit ok slokvir J>s
Gisl. 29 ; s. Jjrysvar eldinn, 7 ; J)eir fengu eigi fyrr slokt, Fms. viii. 34J
baru konur syru i eldinn ok sloktu nidr fyrir ^eim, Nj. 199: metapl
aett (ill farin ok slok6, extinct, dead, Fms. x. 389. 2. to slal
qtiench, of thirst ; slokvir hann J)orsta i niunni haf6r, Hb. 544. 39 ; ■
andar ^orsta, Hom. ; slokva hungr sinn, Barl. 35, Fb. i. 435; hann sloekt
(sic) t)ar mi J)orsta sinn, Barl. 198.
slokvir, m. a slaker, one who extinguishes, Barl. 175, Lex. Poet. : :
compds, sl6kkvi-t61, -vel, fire-engines.
slongva, 8, to sling; see slyngja.
sl6ngvan-baugi, a, m. ring-slinger, the nickname of a king, Fms,
slongvir, m. one who slings away. Lex. Poet.
slop, n. pi. the slimy offal offish; see slepja.
slottr, m. a heavy, log-like fellow ; hann er mesti slottr.
smakka, a3, [A.S. smcBcigan; Dan. smage ; Germ, ge-schmack; Eng
smack] : — to taste; the word is mod., for in Sks. 163 it is only in the la:
vellums ; the old B 1. c. has Jjefjat ; but it is freq. since the Reformatio!
Pass. 33. I, 3, 43. I, Vidal. passim; see smekkr.
smala, a8, to tend sheep, act as a shepherd, esp. to collect and dri^
home the flock for milking; with dat., smala fenu, farSu a8 smala.
SMALI, a, m. [from an obsolete adjective smals; A, S. smcsl; Eng
small ; Germ, schmal] : — prop, small cattle, esp. sheep, but also goats, Rl
80; malnytan smala, milch cattle, Grag. i. 158; ^a var ok drepinn all
konar s. ok sva hross, Hkr. i. 139 ; baeSi svinum ydrum ok 6&rum smaL
Fms. xi. 224; tvau kyrlog i smala, two cows' worth in small cattl
Munk. 67 ; smala-kyrlag, id., B. K. 55 ; smala sinum (sauSum ok \oa
bum), Barl. 35 ; ef ma8r nytir {)ann smala er sva verSr dau8r, N.G.I
i. 341. 2. gener. = ca«/e ; hann sa djoful sitja a baki henni,,.
far braut, J)u livinr, fra smala manna (of a cow). Mart. 123; eki
er J)at sem annarr smali, engi skaptr fyrir ars aptr hali, Sturl. ii. (i
a verse) ; smali var rekinn eptir strondinni, Ld. 56 ; s. skal eigi far.
me8 heimboSum, G^l. 406, N. G. L. i. 41 ; bans s., naut ok sau3ir, hverf
einn griSungr brott ok kemr eigi heim me8 ciarum smala. Mar. ; bu
smali. II. a shepherd, abbreviated from smala-ma8r ; Gunnar
ser smala sinn hleypa at gar8i, Nj. 83, freq. in mod. usage, the first sens
having almost fallen into disuse. compds : smala-ferd, -for, f. tendini
sheep in the pastures, Sd. 139, Hrafn. 6, Grag. i. 147. smala-gangr. \i
m. a sheep-walk, Boldt 132. smala-goUur, m. sheep' s-caul, for thi '-'
word see Isl. |)j68s. ii. 579. smala-hestr, m. a shepherd's horse, Nj ^
83. sm.B\&-h.TXJi6.T, m. a sheep-dog. smala-maSr, m. a 'sAe«f »
man,' shepherd ( = sau8ama8r), Grag. li. 224, Nj. 83, Rb. 382, Bs. i. 45 ti
passim. sm.&\&-TaQixa.s)i&, m, i. the tending of sheep. smala-nyt. 'r
f. sheep's fnilk, Grag. i. 333. smala-sveinn, m. a shepherd-boy '^
Magn. 510, Landn. 178, Ld. 138, Al. 31. smala-J)ufa, u, f. a shep-
herd's mound, used in the phrase, sitja a smalaj)ufunni, to sit on the shep-
herd's mound, tend sheep, Konr. 23.
smalki, a, m. = smaelki, smaka, Sks. 8 new Ed. v. 1.
smal-menni, n. = smamenni (see smar), Nj. 188 (Lat. Ed.), in th<
vellum fragment.
smal-vamm, n. a small fault, Hom. (St.)
smaragSr, m. [for. word, from Gr. aiiapa-^tus], an emerald, Bb.
sniarag3-ligr, adj. emerald-like, Sks. 48 B.
SMA, 3, [pzn. for-smaae ; Germ, schmdhen], to scorn; sma e-ni
orSum, Fms. iii. 1 10 ; fio at |)u smair hann me3 ufiigrum verka, ii, 248;
hatrliga sma3r, Bs. i. 45 (for-sma, q. v.)
smaka, u, f, a trifie; i smdku, in detail, Sks. 8 new Ed.
sm^n, f. a disgrace, shame, Fms. ii. 130, Hav, 46, Nj. 210, Vfgl. 59
new Ed., passim. compds: sin.i,Ta.ax-lau.ss, ^d].7iot disgraceful, GtcU.
118 A, Fas. iii. 305, smanar-ligr, adj; (-liga, adv.), disgraceful
^» Gg. 7 reads sinnum for sman, see Bugge 1. c. _ ]m.<
SMAR, sma, smatt : gen. smas, ace. smtin, dat. smam, sma : pi. smtic^fl'^
smar, sma, dat. smam, ace. sma, smar, sma: mod. bisyllabic smiaiid.' ,
smaum, smaa : compar. smaeri ; superl, smaestr. The led. form 'sma
instead of ' smal' of the Germ, and Saxon is peculiar to all the Scandin.
languages, and also prevails in Scotland and North. E., but the words are
one ; ' sma' is only a contracted form, as is seen by the fact that ' smal
remains in the words smali (q. v.), smalki, smaelingr; and (although .'■-
an. Key.) in smalvamm, smalmenni, q.v.: [Ulf. s7/;a/s = Germ, sctinc.
Engl, small, etc. ; but Dan.-Swed. smaa ; Scot, and North. E. sww'.]
A. Small, little, of size, stature; morg skip ok sma, Vapn. !"':
smaeri skip, Fms. i. 93 ; viiru ^au oil smaest, viii. 255; sumir sms'iir.
sumir storir, Sks. 442; keppask til smara hluta, (5. H. 87; hann raeSr
ollum hlutum, stdrum ok smam, Edda 3 ; hof3ingja ok smaeri menn,
Fms. X. 266 ; bin smaeri sar, Grag. ii. 29 ; sma ti3endi, small tidings, Lv,
33, Fms. ix. 477; J)au (mal) er smaest eru, Js. 5 ; skogr Jiykkr ok sin4r, j
a wood thick but dwarf, Fms. i. 136; smair sandar, small sand, a b«Beb
of fine sand, Eg. 141 ; melja mergi smaera, Ls. 43; hann lam8i hawriwj
iii.
SMAATVIK— SMIDJUTOL.
571
nmn mola, Edda 58 ; ok var brotinn fotriiin sv& smatt sem skelja-
li, Bs. i. 423; litlir menu ok smair, Landn. 145 ; smas fylkis niSs,
hvat; smaestir fuglar, id.; kaupa smilm kaiipum sem sti'irum, Fb. ii.
: sas gir6i e3r smaeri, Gn'ig. ii. 338 ; opt hefir \>u m6i hallkvicmr
t, en eigi ma mi smaestu ra8a, thou bast often been good to me, and
is not the smallest instance, Lv. 42. 2. neut., hann seldi smdtt
: iiinginn, be dealt in ' small wares,' sold by retail, Viipn. 7 ; hiiggva smatt,
.'rike small blows, Isl. ii. 265 : hann kvadsk eigi mundu smatt a sja, he
I he would not look minutely into it, i.e. that he would deal liberally,
. 50; miklu vex hon hinnig smaerum, much less, Sks. 71 ; J)eir skulu
ita vikum e8a smaerum, divide by weeks or less, Grag. ii. 350; selja
crrum saman, in lesser quantities, N. G. L. iii. 123 : smam, nema hon
sva smam landit sem a6r var tint, Grdg. ii. 214; en er hann var
I idinni ok for smom {slowly, bit by bit) Jja er hann matti sva, Bs. i.
1 ; smam ok smam, bit by bit, Fms. x. 366 ; reiddi hann silfrit smam
smam, Hkr. ii. 244, Al. 23: smam J)eim, by degrees; vaxa smam
111, Stj. 200; eptir J)at hraerdu {lau sveininn smdom J)cim, Bs. i. 337
dm, 318, I.e.): in mod. usage, smam-saman, sounded sma-saman,
I dually ; smatt og smatt, bit by bit. II. in mod. usage sma-
j'refixed to verbs, denoting little by little, by degrees; honum smd-
;ia5i, he recovered little by little; J)a3 sma-Ii5kast, J)a5 sma-batnar,
i-U8r a daginn, J)a6 sma-styttist, sma-Jengist, sma-brei6kar, smA-
kar, sma-haekkar, sma-vi6kar, sma-kolnar, sma-hitnar, sma-faekkar,
i-fj61gar, etc.
B. In coMPDS, sma- is often used simply as a diminutive, as there
i.s no dimin. inflexion in the language; it is rarely prefixed to any but
jilur. or collective nouns. sma-atvik, n^ pi. details. smd-bdtar,
111. pi. little boats, Fms. vii. 224, Sks. 174, O. H. 137. smd-bein, n.
pi. small bones, N. G. L. i. 172. smd-bj611ur, f. pi. little bells, Vm.
47. smd-borinn, part, of low birth, Hkr. i. 106, Fms. vii. 8.
smd-biiendr, m.pl. = smabaendr, 6.H. loi. smd-busg6gn, n. sma//
house-implements, Dipl. v. 18. snid-byr3ingar, m. pi. little ships of
burden, N. G. L. ii. 251. smd-bsekr, f. pi. little books, Pm. 82, Vm. 23.
sma-baendr, m. pi. small farmers, Grett. 127, Bs. ii. 143, Fb. iii. 458.
smd-bSm, n. pi. little bairns, Fms. i. 363, x. 117, Stj. 25, N. T.
Isma-djoflar, m. pi. petty devils, imps, Sturl. ii. 221. smd-dukar,
m. pi. litde kerchiefs, Vm. 47. smd-d^, n. pi. ' small deer,' small
animals, Stj. 572, Barl. 41. sma-eyjar, f. pi. little islands, Fms. x.
5. smd-fenaSr, m. small cattle, G^l. 393. smd-ferjur, f. pi. '
small ferries, Fms. x. 153. smd-flskar, m. pi. small fishes. Fas. ii.
1 1 2. smd-fuglar, m. pi. small birds, Grag. ii. 346, Al. 132, Fms. vi.
153. smd-geislar, m. -^X. faint beams, Fms. i. 140. smd-gjafar,
t". pi. small gifts, Stj. smd-gjarn, adj.. Valla L. 201 (false reading for
l^in-gjarn, q. v.) smd-greinir, f. pi. small tnatters, Bjarn. 3. smd-
KTJot, n. smal-grit, pebbles, Sturl. ii. 210, Sks. 422. smd-hlutir, m.
p\. trifles, Ld. 286, Fas. i. 113, Bs. ii. 167. sma-hringar, m. p\. small
pi'rc/es, rings, Stj. 80, Fas. iii. 45. sma-hris, n. a shrubbery, Fms. vi. 334.
imd-h-tindar, m. pi. small dogs, Flov. 34. smd-hus, n. pi. small
ottses, Pr. 119. smd-bvalir, m. pi. /////e Wi&a/es, Vm. 91. smd-
ertistikuT, f. pi. small candlesticks, Vm. 171. smd-kirkjur, f. pi.
mall churches, N. G. L. ii. 241, smd-kj5rr, n. pi. scrub, brushwood,
"m^. vi. 334. smd-klukkur, f. pl.swa// 6e//s,Vm.64. smd-kofar,
n. pi. small huts, Bs. i. 240. smd-konungar, m. pi. kinglets, Fms, iv.
;6, X. 283, Sks. smd-koppar, m. pi. small cups, hollows, Fb. ii. 284.
ima-korn6ttr, adj. small-grained, Stj. 292. sma-kvistir, m. pi.
mall twigs. Bar]. 81, Bs. ii. 183. srna-kvsemr, adj. of low descent,
xr. 236. sma-latr, adj. content with little, Vapn. 7, Al. 6. smd-
eikar, adj. smallness, Finnb. 362, Fas. iii. 393 (sing., Fms. iii. 192).
|mi-leitr, adj. smalUfeatured, Al. 52, Bs. ii. iii. smd-16rept,
i. fine linen, Pm. 12^. smd-ligr, adj. /r//?/«^, Sks. 30 B. smd-
ikneski, n. pi. small images, Pm. 80, 120. smd-lyginn, zd]. petty
nng, Rb. 310. smd-lserisveinar, m. pi. little disciples, Bs. i. 219.
md-leeti, n. stinginess (opp. to sttSrlaeti), Vapn. lO. smd-lSnd, n.
1« small lands (islands) ; oil s. i hafinu. Fas. i. 347 ; a local name of the
)anish islands, Fms. vi. 56, 31 : cp. the county 6'w(i/fl«flf in Sweden, Fms.
ii. smd-mannligr, adj. mawn'^<«-/«^e, Landn. 121. smd-menn,
1. pl. = smamenni, Fms. vi. 14, Dropl. 18. smd-menni, n. small
eople, Nj. 94, Eg. 770, Fms. vii. 124, Barl. 169. smd-meyjar, f. pi.
"/e girls, Nj. 2. Smdmeyja-land, n. the land of the dwarf
•.idens, mythical, Sams. S. smd-munir, n. pi. trifles, Ld. 286.
L-ud-maeli, n. pi. small cases, Anecd.46. smd-masltr, part, 'small-
-hoken,' lisping, Sturl. iii. 278 (where a nickname), freq. in mod. usage.
m4-neyti, n. 'small neats,' calves, and the like; mart s., Lv. 91.
tnd-piltar, m. pi. small boys, Stj. 133, Fas. iii. 1 24. smd-rakkar,
I. pi. small dogs. Mar., Fms. viii. 207,Stj. 99. smd-rd3r, adj. aiming
'. small things, Ld. 1 72, Fms. ii. 32. smd-regn, n. small rain, drizzle,
j. 14 (sing.) smd-rekar, m. pj. small jetsums or waifs, Vm. 60, Pm.
). sma-riki, n. pi. petty kingdoms, Fms. ii. 190. sind-r6ar, m.
. small relief, Bs. i. 351. smd-sakar, f. pi. petty suits, Hrafn. 4.
"nd-sandar.m. pi. fine sand, plains.of fine sand. Eg. 141. smd-sauSr,
. (sing.), a little sheep, Stj. 516. smd-skip, n. pi. small ships, Fms.
ii. 302, vii. 266, N. G. L. ii. 352. 8in&-akitligr, adj. tiny; s. 1 andliti,
tiny-faced, Fb. i. 540 ; litill ok s.. Fas. ii. 247. Bm4.sk6gftr, m. pi.
copsewood, Landn. 68. smd-skdtur, f. pi. small craft, Fmi. iii. i, vi.
402, vii. 234, Eg. 341. snid-smifli, n. hardware, opp. to stor-tmidi,
N. G. L. iii. 1 5 (cp. Low Germ, klein-smied). smd-imugall, -smogall,
ad], penetrating through every pore, Rb. 334 : nutaph. minute, subtle ; vitr
ok s.. Mar., Barl., Str.; smasmugul ok hvoss ok fkygn augu, Skalda J 60:
compar. smdsmuglari, 159: mod., in a bad sense, bair-splilting, fault-
finding, smd-smugliga, adv. subtlely, minutely, Stj. 155, Bs. ii. 53.
smd-smugligr, adj. minute, Sks. 637: hair-splitting. smd-smygli,
f. minuteness, Str. 3, Bs. ii. 42. smd-spengr, f. pi. small ipangles,
Nj. 142. smd-straumr, m. and smd-atreymt, n. adj. a neap-tide.
smd-aveinar, m. pi. small boys, Eg. 18S, Fms. vii. 158, Stj. I3i : sing.,
smasveini einuni, Bs. i. 45. smd-sveinligr, adj. boyish; s. nam, Bs. i.
219. smd-svik, n. pi. petty tricks, Fms. vi. 383. amd-nyndir,
f. p\. petty sins, 677. 9. smd-tennr, f. pi. small tusks (<jf a walrus), Sks.
1 79. smd-tfundir, f. pi. small tithes, Vm. 89, H. E. ii. 167. smd-
t5lur, f. pi. (sma-talna), small numbers, Rb. 1 14. smd-Tamingr, ni.
small wares (sing.), Nj. 75. smd-vdfur, f. pi. tiny ghosts, imps, Grett.
79 new Ed. smd-vegis, adv. trifling. smd-Tondir, ro. pi. small
wands, Sks. 443. smd-verplar, m. pi. small casks, N. G. L. iii. 15.
Biud-vidi, n. a shrubbery. Eg. 580. smd-vofrur, f. pl. = snmvafur,
Grett. 112. 8md-t>arinar, m. pi. [A. S. smcEl-\)earmas'], the small
gut, also the lower abdomen, Nj. 262, Fas. ii. 355, Sturl. i. 196, Fb. i. 301,
Mar., passim; smd^arma-mein, Bs. i. 835. 8md-l>ing, n. a tmall
object, Thom. 301. smd-dxar, f. pi. small axes, A. A. 370.
smdri, a, m., botan. clover, freq. in mod, usage.
smd-saman, adv. little by little ; see smur.
smdtka, ad, to make small, Sks. 105 new Ed.
stadtt, f. [from srnjuga; Ivar Aaseu smotta^, the opening for the head,
in a shirt or smock-frock not open at the breast ; see hiifuS^-smatt.
emdtta, u, f. [Norse smotta], a narrow lane, Karl. 152.
smeita, u, f.fat steam, as from cooking; see smita.
smeittr, part. [for. word, qs. smelt, q. v.], enamelled; 5. to&ull, Ld.
274; s. hjalmr, skjcildr, bituU, El., Flov., Karl.
smekkr, m. [see smakka ; from Germ, ge-smack; Dan. smag"]: —
taste; a mod. word, as also deriv. smekk-laus, tasteless; smekk-Ligr,
tasteful : — the ancients seem to have had no exact word for Lat. gustus,
for even bragft (IV) is not found in old writers; the Germ, has kosten,
which answers to Lat. gustare, but the Norse kosta (q. v.) is never
used in that sense.
SMEIjLA, smell, pret. small, defect.; [Swed. sm'dlla; Ivar Aasen
smella ; Dan. smalde'] : — to smack, crack, as a whip ; the word is freq. in
mod. usage, but not found in old writers.
smella, d, a causal to the preceding, to make to crack, with dat.
smellr, m. a smacking or cracking sound ; hundrad rasta heyrSi smell,
SkiSa R. 150.
smelt, n. [Ital. smalto; Fr. imail], enamelling, B. K. 84; smelta-
kross, Isl. i. 391.
smeita, t, [Germ, schmalzen"], to melt; this word is hardly used ex-
cept in the derivatives smolt and smeltr, q.v.
smeltr, adj. enamelled; s. meS gulli, Ann. for Nord. Oldk. 1850. 83,
Fas. iii. 273; s. skjiildr, Trist. 7, Fas. iii. 610, Grett.; bitullinn settr
smeltum steinum, O. H. 30, Hkr. iii. 393 ; s. kross, Am. 34, 76, Vm.
21, 29, 55, no.
smetta, u, f. [akin to smjiiga ; Ivar Aasen records a verb smetta, smatt
= to dart quickly, start, like a mouse; Dan. spiutte, smut-hul ; but these
words are not preserved in Icel., cp. however smatt]: — a nickname,
Fms. ii. 252.
smeygi-ligr, adj.; i-smeygiligr, insinuating.
SMEYGJA, 6, a causal to srnjuga, q.v., [Germ, smeicheln; Dan.
smoge'], to make slip, with dat. ; hann smeygSi fjotrinum af nidr, Fms.
vi. 15 ; smeyg5i hann lykkjunni a hals ser, . . . s. tauginr.i af halsi ser,
he slipped the loop off bis neck, 368 ; hann smeygdi a sik brokunum,
pulled the breeks on, Hkr. iii. 323; smeygja s«^r inn, to insinuate one-
self. II. reflex, to rid oneself; smeygSisk Egill af stafnum. Eg.
333; smeygjask undan e-u, to slip away from, Fms. ix. 333.
smeykinn, adj. [smeygja, smjiiga, cp. Germ, smeicheln], prop. ' in-
sinuating,' cringing, sleek; Snorri bau8 l)d sinum herra smeykinn hcim
i holtiS Reykja, Gd. 3 2. 2. in mod. usage smeykr, timid.
smeykligr, adj. insinuating, cringing, Al. 153.
smi3-belgr, m. a smith's bellows, EIuc, Fms. vi. (in a verse), fiiSr. 80.
smi3ja, u, f. [A.S. smt^Se; Engl, smithy; Dan. smedje], a smithy,
Vkv. 32, Eg. 141, Fms. xi. 427. Isl. ii. 350, |>orst. Si6u H. 177, GJ)!.
454, ftibr. 75, NiSrst. 3, Skida R. 103, passim. compds : smiflju-
belgr, m. = smi&belgr. smidju-btifl, f. a booth used as a smithy, G^)!.
454: as a local name, Fms. viii. 376, ix. 516. smiCju-drumbr,
m. a 'smithy-drum,' anvil-stock: a nickname, Landn. 102. smi^ju-
hus, n. pl. = smi8jubudir, Fms. ix. 516. smidju-mdr, m. a kind
of clay, used in Icel. as mortar in putting up a forge. smiQju-
sveiim, m. a smithy boy, {)i8r. 65, Fas. i. 155. smifiju-tdl, n.
572
SMIDJUVERK— SMYRSLINGR.
smiSju-verk, n. smitby-work, Eg. "^ head through (cp. A. S. smygel), smugu i gu5vefi, H3m. 17; gullbrynJB
cp. sniokkr and smatt. II. to pierce; kom
pi. smithy-tools, D.N. i. 321.
I42.
smiS-kona, u, f. a ' smith-woman' a nickname, fsl. ii. 7.
smiS-ligr, adj. (-ligaj adv. ; A. S. smi'Slice), workman-like, Krok. ;
6-smiSligr.
SMIDK, m., gen. smiSs, old plur. smiSar, ace. smiSa ; thus goU-
smi5ar, goIl-smiSa, smiSarnir, Mar. (xxxvi, xxxvii, in an old vellum frag-
ment) ; but smidir, 733 sqq. 1. c. ; smidar, Hkr. i. 293 ; ace. smi8a, 185,
Grag. i. 149 : the mod. usage is smi6ir, smi3i : the ace. smi6u, Stj. 362,
1. 3, Fms. ix. 377, is less correct: [Ulf. smipa; A. S. smi^; Engl, smith ;
Dan.-Swed. smed; Germ, schmied] : — a smith, craftsman, wright, of workers
in metals and wood, ship or house-building; jarn-s., tre-s., stein-s., gull-s.,
skip-s., knarrar-s., sko-s., skepti-s., hofu&-s., frum-s., q, v. ; himna-s., the
artificer of the heavens, Fbr. ; j)a kom J)ar s. nokkurr ok baud at gora t)eim
borg, Edda 25, 26, Fms. ix. 55 ; hann var stafna-s. at skipinu, Hkr. i.
293 ; voru J)a smi3ar J)ar a8r komnir, id., Fms. v. 74 ; ens hoesta smi&s,
Greg. 20, Eluc. 7 ; mi skulu smi6ir fe taka, GJ)1. 80 ; smi6ar t>eir er
hiis gora, Grag. i. 149 ; fa smiSa til at skira silfrit, Hkr. i. 185 : the
saying, far er smiSr i fyrsta sinni, none is ' smith' (master) the first time;
and leggja smi3s-h6ggi6 a e-6, to give the smith's stroke, the master's
stroke, i. e. the finish to a thing. II. Smidr, a nickname and
pr. name, Landn. (cp. Rni. 21, Ann. 1362, Engl. Smith) ; SmiS-kell,
Smid-Skeggi, Landn.
smi3-reim, f. the ' smith's edge,' the rim running along the back of a
scythe-blade to give it strength ; Ijar ma5r upp i s., Fb. i. 522.
smi3-velar, f. pi. a smith's artifice, Stj. 23, 134, Sks. 51, Bret. 94.
SMITA, a6, [Ulf. smeitan = emxp'mv ; A.S. smitan; Engl, smite;
Germ, schmeissen ; Swed. smeta ; for the change from ' smear ' to ' flog ' see
the analogy in ri3a B, p. 499, col. i] : — to steamfrom being fat or oiled.
SMIS, f., old plur. smiSir, mod. smiSar ; [smi3r and smi& are related to
a lost strong verb smi5a, smeiS] : — craft, smith's work, work of skill or art ;
riss sii smi6 siSan i verki, Eluc. 7 ; ef smiSin unytisk, Fms. vi. 214; Bifrost
er gor me6 list ok kunnattu meiri enn a6rar smiSir, Edda 8 ; oil sja smiS
{edifice) er studd me& stolpum, Eluc. 2 ; er {)ar v6ndu3 mjok smi& a, Fas.
ii. 541; hus vanda3 at efnum ok smi3, Fms. vii. 100; til J)eirrar smi&ar,
Bs. i. 134; hann skal hefja smi6 upp, K. |). K. ; taka til smi3ar, Fms. ix.
55 ; var hann |)ar at smi6inni, he was at the work, vi. 215 ; vera i smi3,
to he 'on the anvil,' in hand; hon var i smi6 tiu tegi vetra, a6r algor
yr3i, Ver. 8; hiis J)at var i smi5 sjau vetr, 27 (mod. i smi3um) ; frum-
smiS, a beginner's work: in the saying, flest frum-smi3 stendr til
bota : jarn-s., gull-s., tre-s., and metaph. hug-smiS = the ' mind's work,'
imagination. i^f Mod. usage distinguishes between smi3 (sing.), the
working, and smi6i, the work; bar-smi3, beating, battle. compds :
sra.ib&-\Ai,stT,m.' smithy-blast,' forging. Eg. 141. smidar-emni
(-efni),n. the materials, Isl. ii. 353, Fms. vi. 214. smiflar-kaup, n.
wages for work, Hkr. i. 185, Edda 26, G|)l. 78, Bs. i. 81. smiSar-
kol, n. pi. smith's coals, Fms. viii. 201. snii3ar-l;^ti, n. a flaw in
the workmanship ; sja s. a e-u, 6. T. 40. sini3ar-t61, mod. smi3a-
tol, n. pi. a smith's tools, tools of a blacksmith or carpenter. Eg. 399,
Fs. 177, Stj. 563, Isl. ii. 81, Skalda 162, passim. sini3ar-6x, f. a
carpenter's adze, Sks. 30.
snii3a, a3, [Dan. stnede'], to work in wood or metals; fara upp i smi&ju
ok s. l)ar, tsl. ii. 315 ; auS smiSu3u, Vsp. 7 ; belti ok knif . . . ek let s.
J)essa gripi i Englandi, Fb. ii. 76; hagliga smiSaS, Fms. vi. 217;
konungs-garSrinn var J)a eigi upp smi6a3r, ix. 338, Stj. 50; smiSa skala,
s. kirkju. Anal. 203; hann smi&aSi himin ok jor3, Edda (pref.) ; mun
ek yfir J)ann stein s. (build) Kristni mina, 656 C. 3 : metaph., smi&a ser
ra&, Fms. xi. 445. II. reflex, to proceed, turn out, take shape, in a
smith's hands ; Jia tok hann ok smi6a3i, ok smiSa3isk ekki sem hann
vildi, hann maelti, aldri smiSa6isk mer sva fyrr, sag3i hann, Gestrinn
maelti, smi3a3u sem sjalft vill fara, Fms. ix. 55.
snii3i, Ii. smith's work, a vwrk of smith-craft; eigi ma geisli skina gognum
t)at smiSi, Hom. 128; gler er gagnsaerra enn annat s., MS. 15. 5; J)eir
t)6ttusk eigi hafa set fegra smi&i, Fms. vi. 216 ; leit hann a smi3it ok let
vel yfir, i. 291 ; s. J)etta, Clem. 50; Jja er ^etta s. var sva mikit or3it,
Edda (pref.); J)u skalt hafa he6an smi3i, Nj. 32 : workmanship, skrifat
smi3i, Greg. 26 ; J)at s. var sva vel vandat, Bs. i. 1 34 ; vanda&an at efnum
oksmiSi, 132; mis-s., q. v. compds: snii3is-gripr, m. a work of
handicraft, Nj. 34. sini3is-kaup = smi6arkaup. Stud. i. 87 C.
smja3ra, a3, to flatter : snija3r, m. adulation: smjaSrari, a, m. a
flatterer.
smjalsa, a3, to smack with the lips.
SMJTJGA, pres. smyg ; the ancients prefer the pret. smo (smott,
smo) ; the mod. is smaug, which occurs in Km. 7 ; pi. smugu : subj. smygi ;
part, smoginn : \_h.S. smugan; Hzn.smyge; Ivar Aasen sm/w^a] : — to
creep through a hole, opening, or narrow space ; at s. lit um glygginn,
Fms. xi. 277 ; {)a smugu {)eir milli spalanna, Edda 30 ; hann hefir smogi3
inn, gar5r me3 hjarra-grind fyrir ok rimar 1, sva at fena3r megi eigi
smjiiga, Jb. 262 ; smygr hann ^a, ni3r undir hja henni, creeps under the
blankets, Hav. 54 ; raeS ek, at J)u smjiigir undir J)ar hja stokkinum i nott,
Glsl. 100 : to put a garment on which has only a round hole to put the
smo, Skv. 3. 45 ; cp. smokkr and smatt. II. to pierce;
lascir i bninina ok smo t^egar 1 gognum, Sturl. i. 180 C ; orin kom aptan
i bak dyrinu ok smo fram T hjartaS, Fas. ii. 246 ; raekyndill smaug rau5ar
ritr. Km. ; oddr smo brynjur, Fms. vi. (in a verse). III. part,
smoginn ; gren-smoginn, of a fox ; madk-smoginn, worm-eaten.
SMJOR, an older form smdr, esp. in Norse vellums, cp. mod. Dan.,
Swed., and Norse smdr; smors, GJ)1. 99, 110, Sks. 123 ; smcer, id., D.N.
passim: old dat. smjorvi, 623. i; gen. pi. smjorva ; in western led.
sounded sm^r (cp. mjiil and mel, kjot and ket, gor and ger), and rhymed
thus, e. g. ef J)u etr ekki sme'r | e3a J)ad sem matr er \ dugr allr drepst i
^eV I Danskr Islendingr, Eggert : again, smjor rhymes with kjor, Ski3a R,
104 : [Ulf. smairpr = m6Tr]s, Rom. xi. 14 ; as also A. S. and Hel. smere;
Engl, smear ; Dan. sm<^r; O. H. G. smero ; Germ, schmeer'] : — prop, greasi
(fat, oil) ; J)at smjor rennr af {)eim hvolum, Sks. 1 23 ; vi3-smjor, ' wood-
smear' = oil ; smjor-bakr, smear-back, a nickname, Fms. ix, but usu*
ally, II. butter; brauS ok smjor. Eg. 204; {xSroIfr kva3 drjupa
smjor af hverju strai a landinu, J)vi er Jieir hof3u fundi3, J)vi var hann
kalla3r {jorolfr ' smjor,' Landn. 31 ; fraus drykkinn ok smjiirit sva at
eigi matti klina brau3it, hann sa at menn sumir bitu annan bita af brau3i,
en annan af smjori, hann tok smjcirit ok vafdi i brau&inu, sva bindu v&
mi smjorit, Fms. ix. 241; mjol ok s., Landn.; smjor ok tin, Fs. 22.
The ancients used to store up butter for years, see Debes in his book
on the Faroe Islands ; hence, J)rifomt s. = butter three years old, Ski6a
R. 197; fornt s., stirt s., sour, old butter. III. local names,
SmjSr-holar, in Skar3 in the west of Icel., ' Bntter-hillock' where the
lady Oluf stored her butter : Smjor-siind, Smjor-vatn, Landn., map
of Icel.
B. Compds: smj6r-askja, u, f. [Dan. 5m0r«s^e], a butter-bowL
smj6r-gildr, adj. payable in butler, D. N. smjor-g8e3i, n. a good
produce of butter, Sks. 191 B. snij6r-g6r3, f. butter-i7iaking, Sks. 191.
smjSr-kaup, n. purchase ofbtitter, Bs. ii. 134. smjor-kengr, -kollr,
-kringr, -magi, -re3r, m. nicknames, Landn. 211, Rd. 260, Fms. viii.
396, ix. 29, 40. smj6r-laupr, m. a butter-chest, Fms. ii. 164.
smjor-lauss, adj. short of butter, Skida R. 105. smjor-pund, n. 0
'butter-pound' a. kind of weight, GJ)!. 524. smjor-pundari, a, m.
a steelyard for weighing butter, GJ)1. 523. smjor-skip, n. a butter-
ship, a ship laden vAth butter, Ann. 1394. smjor-spann, n. a mea-
sure of butter, Bs. ii. 134. smjor-trog, n. a butter-trough. Fas. iii.
404. smjor-tunna, u, f. [Dan. S7n0rt0?ide], a butter-cask, Fms. x.
204. smjSr-svin, n. ' butter-hog,' the beggar's scrip, Ski3a R. I^
smj6r-valr or smjor-valsigill, m. the name of a little sheep-bone,
fjj63s. ii. 554.
smjorr, adj. buttered; smjorvan grauf, Fms. vi. (in a verse).
smjorugr, adj. greased, fat; var smjorug haddan (from cooki<
meat), Hkr. i. I43 : buttered.
smokka, a3, [smjuga], to put on a shirt, sleeve, loop, or the like, wi
dat. ; smokka3u t)vi upp a handlegginn : reflex., J)a3 hefir smok'
fram af.
smokk-fiskr, m.=kolkrabbi (q. v.), a cuttle-fish, Eggert Itin.
smokk-ormr, m. a kind of insect in pools.
smokkr, m. [Swed. smog'\, a smock with an opening in front ; smokl
var a bringu, she wore a smock on the breast, of a lady, Rm. 16.
smolt, n. [smelta; Ivar Aasen smolt ; Germ, schmalz], the gret
swimming on the surface of hot water.
smortr, m. a smart fellow, Edda ii. 496.
smuga, u, f. [smjuga], a narrow cleft to creep through, a hole; hai
gat ekki eina minnstu smugu fundit. Fas. i. 393, iii. 318; morgui jT
tomum smugum, Sks. 148 ; i ne3stu smugur helvitis, 605.
smugall, older smogall, [cp. Engl, stnuggle], penetrating, 656 A,
34 ; see smasmugall.
smug-Iigr, adj. ^ene/ra^rVz^; smugligir vindar, Sks. 148 ; sma-s. f
smurning, f. anointing, Stj. 306, MS. 655 i. i, Gd. 62, Nikdr. SfJ.'
Bs. ii. 156: pass., hon siSasta s., extreme unction. Mar.; smurningar-
klae3i, the dress in which one receives extreme unction, Bs. i. 145.
smyl, n. = grom, the evil one; far Jm mi Jjar er smyl hafi J)ik ! S*ni.
42 (the prose introd. to the poem Gm.), a air. \fy.
smyrill, m., dat. smyrli, a kind of hawk, the merlin. Ft. emerilloH,
Grag. ii. 346, K. {j. K., Edda (Gl.)
SMYUJA, older smyrva, pres. smyr; pret. smur3i; subj. smyrSi;
part. smur3r : [smjor; A.S. smyrian; Dzn.smore; Swed. smorja] : — to
' smear,' esp. of kings, to anoint; smyrja konung til veldis, Fms. vii. 306 ,
haf3i Samuel a3r smur&an hann til konungs, Sks. 704; at hann vxr\
smur3r, of the extreme unction, Fms. x. 148; sjau nottum fyrir andiat
sitt, l^t biskup olea sik, ok a3r hann vaeri smurSr, mselti hann mjok langt
erendi, Bs. i. 296 ; smyrva me3 viSsmjorvi miskunnar, 623. 1 ; Drottins
smur3i, the Lord's anointed, Bible.
smyrsl, n. pi. [Dan. smorelse'], ointment; ilmr smyrsia ok jurta, Magn.
530 ; biia s., Rb. 82 ; dyrlig s., spices, N. T., Vidal. : for wounds, Fnis.
iii. 73, Fas. ii. 116, Bad. 136; smyrsla-bu3kr, Fas. iii. 309
smyralingr, m. a s/i?£W, = sandmigr.
m
lw;ok
Eip-vi
J?
ins, (
Mm
' M
O'lifi
luat
iijtiio
I mini
tit It
fM
■,.|'»Hea
SM^LINGI— SNAPR.
573
rinselingi, a, m. (smeBlingr), a S7nall man, poor man; varisk nu'
tliiigjar rciSi Gu&s, Stj. 495 (Sks. 729) ; sjaldan hefir r^ttr smaelings-
vi& pat batnaS, at margir hafa yfirboSarnir verit i senn, N. G. L. ii.
40',. In the Icel. N. T. 'little ones' is rendered by smailingjar.
Kinselki, n. small pieces, chips, opp. to large pieces ; {)a5 er ekki nema
isniaelki ; see smalki.
I smsBtta, mod. smaekka, smattka, Sks. 105 new Ed. v. 1. [smdr] : — to
igrotu small; smaekka tekr mi smiSi gatu, Gsp., passim in mod. usage;
siii.xttisk pa, med hans hyski, sundr-J)ykkjask ok smsettask, . . . smaettask
;!'!.ir aettir, Sks. 77 new Ed.
nafflr, part, from an obsol. snefja, snaf6i : — sbarp-scented ; s. til at
na aSr spyrja ny tiftendi, sharp-nosed for news, 645. 90 (Acts xvii. 21).
snaga, u, f. a ' snag-axe,' a kind of balbard-like axe, = tapar-6x (?),
jEdda (Gl.)
j snag-hyrndr, adj. 'snag-horned' (see snaga), epithet of an axe, Eg.
180, Fasr. 110, Njar&. 358, Valla L. 208, 212.
i snagi, a, m. [Engl, snagi, a clothes-peg; hengja upp a snaga: a nick-
name, Sturl.
snaka, a&, [Ivar Aasen snalta; Dan. snaga"]: — to rummage, snuff
■it ; at Ingjaldr snakka6i um hiis hennar, Ld. 44 ; hann spurSi, hvi
Kar J)u h&x, Onundr? D.N. i. 349.
snakkr, m. [akin to snakr, a snake], a snake-formed imp, as described
\\ papular superstition, made of a man's rib swaddled in wool; then
jr.der a wizard's spell, it was sent out to suck the ewes and cows of his
leighbours and to bring home the milk to his master or mistress ; butter
nade of this milk (snakk-sm^r) breaks up if marked with a cross ;
he snakkr is also called til-beri (q. v.), Maurer's Volksagen. There is a
iinilar legend among the Finns, who call the imp 'para,' see Ihre's Diet.
ind Castren's Finn. Mythol.
snapa, 8, pres. siiapir, to snuffle, like a dog picking up crumbs on the
loor ; ok snapvist snapir, Ls. 44 ; snapir ok gnapir, orn d aldinn mar,
^ni. 62.
snap-viss, adj. snuffling, parasitical, like a dog under the table, Ls.42.
SNARA, a3, [Engl, to snare], to turn quickly, twist, wring; hann
nara&i skjoldiun, Nj. 43, 262, Valla L. 313; hann snarar (wrings) af
loiium hofuSit, Finnb. 228; BiirSr snaraSi glovana sundr milli handa
er, Fms. ii. 148 ; strengr var snaraSr at fotum peim, i. 179 ; hann snaradi,
va at faetr vissu upp. Eg. 508 ; Hrappr tekr baSum hiindum um fal
pjotsins, ok snarar af lit, Ld. 98 ; snaradi hann harit um bond ser, Landn.
52 ; snara6i hann at ser klae&i, Fms. iii. 77 ; snaraSi {jorkell hottinn at
,(>f6i honum, Landn. 146; snara5r ok sniiinn, wrung and twisted, Bs. i.
fio : to translate a book, snara bok upp i Norraenu, Stj. i, 40 ; her byrjar
. Olafs konungs er Bergr aboti snaraSi, H.E. i. 591. 2. to
niv, fling; hann snaraSi hallinum ok broddinum, Fms. iii. 193; J)a
ar suarat ut or holnum einum krokstaf, 176; snaraSa ek si8an i lopt
pp, Pr. 411 ; snarandi i lopt upp, of water, bubbling up. Mar. 3.
A. S. snyrian], to make a quick turn, step out quick ; hon snarar t)egar
in hja honum, Nj. 153; ^eir snara J)egar a {)ingit, Fms. xi. 85; eitt
%ip snarar fram hja holminum. Mar. ; hann snara3i {»a inn i stofnna,
las. vi. 33 ; fiessi ma&r snara6i fram fyrir konung, 66. II.
■tiex. to turn oneself quickly ; nema J)ar snarisk staerri menn i bragft, Fms.
i. 254 ; hann snarask (= snarar) fram hja Jjeim, Hav. 52 ; Skjalgr snarask
;l lit or stofunni, Fms. iv. 263 ; snorumk 6r sem skjotask, ok gongum
1 skripta, Hom. 71 ; snara&isk oxin ofan a her&arnar, the axe rebounded,
ins. vii. 325 ; ftau votn er snarask i lopt upp, that bubble up or gush
•Jo the air, Rb. 354. 2. snarask i karlfot, to dress in man's clothes,
d. 276.
snara, u, f., pi. snorur, [A. S. sneare], a snare (prop, a 'bard-twisted
•rd'), Fms. i. 206, MS. 623. 36 ; egna snoru, Grett. (in a verse). Mar. ;
.'i sa hann snaruna, O. H. L. 53 ; ek mun sitja i snorunni, Fms. vi. 13 ;
;ja snorur fyrir e-n, ix. 309 ; pa. fann hann i hverja snoru hann hafdi
y;it, 0. H. 232 : a halter. Mar. ; daenia e-n til snoru, Pr. 413.
;nar-brattr, adj. very steep, of a brink,
snar-brekka, u, f. a steep brink.
tJnar-br^a, 6, to whet keenly. Fas. i. 233.
anar-eygr, adj. keen-eyed, like an eagle, Stj. 225, Fms. xi. 205, Nj.
3, 6. H. 16; snareygja (ace), 656 B. 11.
mar-fari, a, m. the swift, smart mdh, a nickname, Landn.
marfla = snorgla, O. H. L. 84.
narka, ad, to sputter, flzzle, of a light when the wick is damp,
narl, n. = sn6rgl: snarla = snarfla (0. H. 84), = snorgla, q. v.
narla, adv. = snarliga. Lex. Poet,
mar-leikr, m. quickness, sprigbtliness, MS. 4. 5.
inar-liga, adv. [A. S. snearlice], quickly. Boll. 360 : temp., nita s., MS.
5, passim.
nar-ligr, adj. keen, quick; snarlig augu, Fms. i. I03 : sprightly, litill
ti&r ok s., vi. 416; snarligt ok snofurligt. Band. 16 new Ed.
jnar-lyndr, adj. quick of mind, Skv. i. 43.
uarp-eggja3r (-eggr, Fbr. 13 new Ed.), adj. keen-edged, Sks. 645,
s. i. 202.
narp-leikr (-leiki), m. roughness; afl tresins ok s. nsefra, the rough- .
ness of the bark, 677. 14: severity, s. frosts. Mar. ; s. hirtingar, H.E. i.
404, Bs. i. 276 : a dash, s. i orrostum, Fms. ii. 107.
snarp-liga, adv. with a dash, sharply; berjask s., Fs. 138, fil. ii. 195 ;
ganga fram vcl ok s., Nj. 96 ; risa $. gcgn c-m, Stj. 143.
snarp-ligr, adj. sharp, dashing; mcb fylktu li&i ok siurpligu, Fms.
xi. 85.
snarp-mannligr, adj.=.snarpligr, O. H. L. 17.
SNABPB, sniirp, snarpt, adj. rough to the touch, opp. to linr;
snarpr dtiiku, hdrklaedi ok snarpa yfirhiifn, Barl. 97 ; mostly used
metaph. II. keen, of a weapon; sniirp ox, Sturi. ii. 230; mcft
snarpri or. Mar. ; snarpt sverft, Sturl. iii. 63 ; sniirp egg, Skv. 3. 58 ; s.
tindr, Bs. ii. 87; snarpir ok hvassir, Hom. (St.); snarpt auga, pibr. 179,
opp. to linr; iina eda snarpa, Skulda 175; linan anda eda snarpan,
1 79- 2. dashing, smart, of a person ; inn blaudi sem inn snarpi,
R6m. 273; snarpir sveinar, Orkn. (in a verse); manna snarpattr i
orrostum, Fms. vi. 60 ; inn snarpasta hund Viga, Fb. i. 387 : of an action,
snarpari bardagi, Fms. x. 314; snarpa atgiingu, GuliJ). 12, Karl. 247;
sniirp viJrn, Fms. vi. 156^ snarpasta orrosta. Eg. 297, Fb. ii. 44; inn
snarpasti kuldi, smartest cold, Fms. ii. 228; snarpr daufli, Magn. 486;
snarpr vetr, R6m. 259 ; land sv4 illt ok snarpt, Sks. 21 new Ed.
SNAKB, sniir, snart, adj. [this word with its derivatives is akin to
smia, pret. sniiri ; Engl, snarl, of cord] : — prop, bard-twisted, of a string ;
snarr J)attr, hard-spun cord, Stor. (snar-Jjattr, Lex. Poet.) ; J)ra8rinn er
snarr : chiefly used, II. metaph. swift, [A. S. snear] ; snarir
vindar, the swift winds, Hdl. 41 ; sniir brog&, gallant deeds, Skv. i. 10:
used as an epithet to a wrestler, fighter, snar glimu-ma5r. 2. keen ;
sniir augu, keen, flashing eyes. Fas. i. 200; augu sniir, J>i8r. 178; snart
auga-brag&, Fms. ii. 1 74 : adverbially, smartly, rann hann at sem snarast.
Eg. 533 ; berjask snart ok hraustliga, Ld. 222. III. temp, soon,
Dan. snart; kom aptr snart, Fms. xi. 266 : in poet, compds, ge6-s., biift-
s., folk-s.
snar-raflr, adj. quick and resolute, Fms. vi. 264.
snar-rseSi, n. presence of mind, a dashing, smart feat, Fms. viii.
392 ; l^etta verk ^utti it mesta s., Lv. IIO; Gisl (ace.) rak pzt til pcsa
snarrae&is, this rash deed, Bs. i. 156.
snar-skygn, adj. keen-eyed, a nickname, Landn. 201.
snar-spjdt, n. a javelin, fsl. ii. 450.
snar-v6lr, m. [provinc. Swed. snar-tvroT], a ' turning-stick,' a tourni-
quet, a stick by which a cord is tightened ; let hann reka at honum
marga snarvolu. Fas. iii. 568 : in mod. usage, a twitch, i. e. a cord twisted
round the upper lip of a vicious horse while being shod, pib er bezt a5
setja a hann snarvol !
snati, a, m. [snatta], the name of a dog, Bar5. : a nickname, Sturl.
snatta, a&, (snatt, n.), prop, to ' snuffle about,' to roam idly from house
to house, roam without aim or business : snattadar-madr, m. a lounger,
N. G. L. i. 327 : snattari, a, m. a roamer, rover, Riitt. 56.
snaud-leikr, m. poverty, Barl. 196, v. 1.
snaud-ligr, adj. stripped, poor; var J)ar mjok snauSligt tilkvdmu, Bs.
i. 839.
SNAUBB, snauS, snautt, adj. [North. E. snod; cp. Germ, schnode;
akin to snobinn = smooth, of hair; referring to a lost strong verb, mean-
ing to strip]: — stripped, bereft, poor; hibyli snauS ok svivirSilig, MS.
4. 27 ; konur snau&ar, beggar-women, Nj. 142 ; fair eru vinir bins snauda,
a saying ; ungr ok gamall, snaudr ok saell. El. ; p6T eru5 menn snaudir,
Fms. viii. 20; fieir foru snaudir i land. Valla L. 227; margr sa er dSr
var fullsaell gekk snaudr i brott, Fms. viii. 361 ; s. at fe, penniless, Isl. ii.
1 24 ; hinir audgu hugdusk leysa mundu en hinir snaudu hiifdu ekki fe
til, Orkn. 20 ; sa madr var avaJlt sidan s., ok aldri festisk fe vid hann,
Fms. v. 194; snaudir menn, poor men, Nj. 53, Bs. i. 355.
snauta, ad, = snafa, Korm. (in a verse); snautadii sjalfr eptir peim, pu
dofni hundr, go for them thyself, thou lazy dog I Fjiilnir ii. 57.
sndd, n.food, meat; snad ok drykk, Fms. viii. 411, v. 1.
snddi, a, m. a parasite; til run.s m^r fylgdi sniiduligr snadi, Hallgr. ;
p3.b er fallegr snadi ! (conversational.)
sndfa, ad, to slink, go snivelling ; in the phrase, snafadu burt, begone I
sndkr, m. [A. S. sndcu, sncece; Engl, snake ; Dan. snog], a snake, only
in poetry, Merl. 2. 16, 22, 89, Fms. ii. 18 (in a verse); snaka strid,
'snake-bale,' i.e. the winter; snaka jiird, stigr, 'serpent-path,' ' snake-
litter,' \. e. gold ; snak-haudr, snak-rann, id.. Lex. Poet. II. a
nickname, Fms. x.
sndldr, n., sujdldr, a snout, of a serpent, Konr. v. 1. (mod.)
sndp-leikr, m. clownishness, Barl. 196, v. 1.
sndp-liga, adv. clownishly, like a dolt; J)er sitid s., lifridr er kominn
at bsenum, Fms. ix. 217; hann eyddi ollu fenu i fullifi sv4 s., at...,
Barl. 46 ; vist reid ek mi s., J)idr. 244, v. 1.
sn&p-ligr, adj. clownish, harlequin-like; hann l^k niiktr sem einn s.
trudr, like a vile juggler, Stj. 505 ; heldu sumir fyrir Gud, sumir hund,
sumir enn sniiplegari hluti, Barl. 139.
SNjLPR, m. [? vulgar Engl, snob; N. Lancashire snape], a dolt, with the
notion of impostor or charlatan ; in the ancient law a person who attacks
an innocent man, e. g. who falsely boasts of having dishonoured a woman,
574
SNAPSKAPR— SNERTIRODR.
was called snapr, and was to be punished as if really guilty, and his fine
was called snaps-gjold or ' snob's fine,' J)ar sem heimskir menn ok snapar
ra5a upp a saklausa menn, N. G. L. i. 20 ; mi vaenisk ma6r J)vi at . . .,
gjaldi slikan rett, sem hann vaeri sannr at J)vi mali, ok heiti ma3r at
verri, J)at heita snaps-gjold, GJ)I. 204: in mod. Icel., when a priest or
a married man breaks the seventh commandment, and to escape de-
gradation and punishment hires another person to bear the blame, this
latter is called snapr ; hence it has become a by-word, a dummy, dolt,
idiot; fiessir menn munu vera snapar ok hafa ekki komit fyrr i onnur
lond, Fms. ii. 64; J)or sofit sem snapar, Edda (Gl.), Str. 71, Fas. ii. 225 ;
skynlauss s., Stj. 473 ; at snapar snubbi J)ik, 423 ; viltir snapar, 418 :
an impostor, laga-snapr, a ' whipper-snapper,' pettifogger ; or6-snapr,
a 'word-snob,' babbler. Acts xvii. 18; sem margr snapr hefir svarat her
til, G\i\. 172. II. the pointed end of a gimlet, pen, pencil, or
the like, which may be the primitive sense of this word.
sndp-skapr, m. the being a snapr, Skalda 208.
snefgir, adj. pi. fleet, swift, epithet of ships ; snefgir kjolar, Hkv.
I. 48.
snefiU, m. a slight scent; hafa snefil af e-u.
snegda, u, f. a wench, Bjorn.
snegla, u, f. a weaver's shuttle, Bjorn : in the nickname Sneglu-
Halli, Fms. vi.
sneid, f. [sni9a ; A. S. swtE'S], a slice, Nj. 76 ; brau5-snei5, ost-s.,
fleski-s., q. v. : metaph. a taunt, hverr a {jessa snei6, who owns to this cut?
who is 7neant by this slight? 0. H. 87 ; stinga e-m sneid, to cut with sar-
casm, Eb. 56, Grett. 102 A, Fms. iv. 311.
SNEIBA, d, [sni3a], to cut into slices. Fas. iii. 24 (in a verse) ; s.
brau6, ost : metaph., s. e-m = stinga e-m snei6, sneiSa honum fyrir sina
elli, |>idr. 339; slikt er ilia mselt, at s. honum afgomlum, Nj. 190; ekki
vilju v6r honum s., Fms. vi. 15 ; hann sneiddi rae3unni a hendr J)eim
braSrura, hinted at them, Hkr. ii. 288 ; Gregorius raeddi um fam or5um,
en sneiddi sva til {hinted) sem..., Fms. vii. 258; in Vapn. 5 read
svaddi, cp. Fs. 66. 2. to walk zig-zag ; sa ma8r er bratta brekku
sneiSir, Bs. i. 75°: s. hja, to pass by; Katia mxlti at Jjorm65r skyldi
J)ar ekki hja gar8i sneiSa, Fbr. 37 new Ed. ; hann sneiddi hja ^eim,
Nidrst. 4; eigi mun ek hja fieim kosti s., declifie it, Far. 252, Bs. ii.
48. II. part. n. sneitt, sliced, a sheep's mark, cutting a slice
aslant the ear ; sneitt framan hsgra, sneitt aptan vinstra.
snei6i-gata, u, f. a zig-zag path up a fcli-side, Isl. ii. 175, Mar.
I055-
snei3ingr, m.=snei3igata.
SNBIS, f. [A. S. snds = a spit; Ivar Aasen sneis — a twig"], a skewer,
by which a long sausage is skewered into a coil ; Hann spur3i hvar
Ogmundr sneis vaeri? — Answer, {>at er likara at J)u hittir oddinn a
hjalta-sneisinni {the hilt-spit, i. e, the sword's blade) aSr sja dagr li6r
af, Bs. i. 568 ; do Bersi par, ok fann sva sneis, er hann leita6i um
daginn, 569 (a pun, for the man Ogmund was surnamed sneis) ; ek
J)6ttumk hafa morbjuga-hlut i hendi, ok var af sneisar-haldit, a sausage
from which the 'spit-hold' had been torn off, Sturl. ii. 132 ; fti mer annat
vapn sterkara, ok skal m^r ekki sneis J)essi, this switch! Sd. 118 (but in
the interpolated mod. part.) II. in Dan. snees, [A. S. snas],
means twenty, prob. from the use of tallies to score by.
sneisa, t, to ' spit ' a sausage, coil it up ; ok lisynna at J)u sneisir mor
J)inn optarr, Bs. i. 568.
SNEKKJA, u, f. [A. S. snace ; Engl, smack; snakkr or snakr] : —
a kind of swift-sailing ship, belonging to the kind of ' langskip ; ' thus
called from its swift ' snake-like ' movement in the water ; Asbjorn
Atti langskip, J»at var s. tvitug-sessa, 6. H., Fms. v. 337 ; hann let reisa
langskip mikit, J)at var s., skipit var J)ritugt at ruma-tali, ii. 50 ; snekkj-
urnar flutu Jjar ekki. Eg. 362 ; hann let biia snekkju tvitug-sessu ok
me5 skiitu fimmtan-sessu, ok enn vista-byr6ing, Fms. vii. 310; })eir h6f3u
J)anga9 snekkju tvitug-sessu vel skipaQa, Eg. 28 ; tvasr snekkjur, ellifu
snekkjur, Fms. i. 27, where the verse has skei&, so that skei5 and snekkja
seems to be synonymous ; tvau skip, var annat ' langskip ' en annat skiita
. . .okhleypti ' snekkjunni'i kaf undir jarlinum, O. H. L.16 (the verse has
here ' skeid ' Hakonar) : snekkja is distinguished from dreki, tvau skip,
var annat dreki go&r en annat s., Fb. i. 154; Vinda-snekkjan, Fms. ii.
308.
snellask, d, dep. to talk in a high-pitched voice ; a hvern snelldisk J)u ?
Stj. 644. 2 Kings xix. 2 2.
snellt, n. adj. harshly, in a high-pitched voice; Onundr segir J)a snellt,
J)u ert fur6u-djarfr, Eg. 337; hann maelti vi6 J)au snellt, i. 70; svara
snellt, (3. H. 115 ; mjok var Skafti i mali snelld. Vols. R. 60.
SNEMMA, adv., older form snimma ; the Cod. Reg. of Saem. spells
it with e and a double m, see the references below (from Bugge) ; fimm
snemwa, Jd. 5 (skothending, according to the metre of that poem) ; but
iimm hundraSa snimmz (a&alhending), Kormak ; ffmr snimma, Ht.R. 29;
the compar. snemr (snimr) and superl. snemst are obsolete : [A. S. sneome'\ :
— early = krln, q.v. 1. gener. of time ; borinn snemma, Vsp. 32 ; hve
^r y6r s. til saka reSut, Skv. 3. 34; sattir J)inar er ek vii snemma hafa.
Aim. 6 ; veSr mun J)ar vaxa verda ott snemma, Am. 1 7 i l>at erumk
i.
sennt at s., sonr AldafoSur vildi freista . . ., Bragi ; sa sveinn var snei a
mikill ok friSr synum, Fms. i. 14 ; gorSisk J)egar iJirottamaSr snen
Hkr. i. 72 ; snemma fullkominn at afli, Eg. 146 ; s. mikill ok sterkr s
86 ; systir fann Jjeirra snemst, she was the first who saw them, Akv,
snemr enn J)u hyggir, soower than thou thinkest, Skv. 3.54; hon
snemr {ere) numin lifi, Edda (in a verse) ; hve snemst {how soonest] ir
fam snekkjur bunar. Fas. i. 268 (in a verse) ; urSti snemst bardir, Br
J)eirrar mildi ok go&vilja er hann te&i oss nu enn snimst {lately) er 1 n
var i Ni3ar6si, D. N. ii. 87. 2. of the day, early; snemma ka
seggr annan, Vkv. 23 ; ganga snemma at sofa, Hm. 19 ; mikilsti snerr
66; si6 eSa snemma, {>i3r. 57; si3 ok snemma, Fms. x. 277; i
e3a snemma a myrgin, viii. 397, v. 1. ; snemma um morguninn, Nj.
})ri6ja dag snimma, Ld. 266 ; Alfr konungr gckk opt snimma <
Hkr. i. 28. 3. with gen., snimma orrostunnar, Fms. viii. 388 ;
aptan snimma Jolanna, vii. 268; J)at var ok snemma orrostu er C
konungr fell, x. 399 ; snemma dags. Am. 67.
snemm-bTimn, part. ' early-boun,' ready, of a ship bound for
Nj. 163, Eg. 404, 158, 6. H. 138 (sne/Tzbuinn with a single m).
snemm-bserr, adj. early lambing or calving, Stj. 178 ; snemmbaer
opp. to sidbaer.
snemm-endis, adv. early; s. um morguninn, Ld. 324 ; bysk koni
s. i braut, Fms. xi. 52 ; Hallr let skirask snimhendis, at an early st
lb. 10; hann let skirask snimendis, Fms. x. 397; sendi hann {)a v
early in the summer, 97, Nj. 47 ; hann var snemendis mikill ok stc ,
Ld. 20, Bs. i. 640 ; s. mikill herma5r, Fms. i. 8, ii. 7 : with gen
sumars, Isl. ii. 264; s. biskupsdoms sins, Bs. i. 67.
snemm-grsDr, adj. early-cropping, Stj. 274.
snemt, adv. early ; honum J)6tti heldr snemt at rekja herinn, too ei
0. H. 207 ; of-snemt, too early, passim in mod. usage.
snepill, m. a snip, flap ; skinn-s., torfu-s. ; eyra-s., the ear-lobe, N. C ,
iii. 263, mod., eyrna-s. : a nickname, Landn.
sneri-Mtr, adj. smart, an epithet of a woman = Dan. vtEi/er, Bjarn i
a verse).
sneri-ligr, adj. smart; s. karl I Bs. i. 603.
snerill, m. = snarvolr, q. v. ; J)eir settu i sneril, ok sneru at streng
Hkr. iii. 365 : in mod. usage the handle outside a door which is tu:
round to lift a latch.
snerkja, t, (mod. snarka, a5), [cp. Dan. snorke = snore'], to s
ter, of a light when the wick is damp ; me3 snerkjanda nefi,
228. 2. to make a surly face; hann sat upprettr ok var sne
mjok. Eg. 304; harm snerkir kinnr, Sks. 230.
snerpa, t, [snarpr ; Ulf. at-snarpjan = Oiyyavuv, Col. ii. 21] -.—to u
s. oxar sinar, Bs. ii. 94 : to raise, quicken; s. roSrinn : impers., enn ■
tok leiSit, as the wind grew brisker, Fas. ii. 73 : reflex., snerpask vie
bestir oneself, Lv. 91.
snerpa, u, f. = skerpa, the smartness of a thing : snerpi, n. sharpn
s. J)essa frosts, 623. 34.
snerra, u, f. a smart shock, onslatight; allhorS snerra, Fms. ix. 5
hann drap fjogur hundra3 hei3ingja i einni snerru ( = einni lotu), Ij.
509; veitti herrinn Davi3s konungs har3a snerru, 534: poet. a_;5|f,
battle. Lex. Poet.
snerrinn, adj. vigorous. Lex. Poet.
snerrir or snerir, m. a smart, sharp-witted person ; hann var li-svi lo
i seskunni ok var hann snerir kalla3r, ok eptir J)at Snorri, Eb. 30.
SNERTA, pres. snertr, Pr. 427; pret. snart, plur. snurtu, Helri;
subj. snyrti. Mar. 528; part, snortinn : a medial form, snertumk, Lai 1.
(in a verse), Korm. 246 (in a verse) : in mod. usage mostly weak, | !.
pret. snerti, part, snertr; the strong form is, however, freq. in e
Bible, snortid, Luke viii. 46, 47 ; hver snart mig, 45 ; hiin snart i
bans klae3a, 44: — to touch; snart oddr sver3sins kvi5 Hromun ,
Fas. ii. 375 ; sveiflandi einu saxi sem fyrst var van at snyrti, P '.
1. c. ; snertumk harmr i hjarta hrot, grief touches the heart's c \
Landn. (in a verse); snertumk hjorr vid hjarta, Kormak; hafa snc 5
hjarta e-s, Bs. i. 769 ; J)6tt hann se nokku3 snortinn, ii. 88 ; s t
hann \)6 med engu moti bor3it, Stj. 210; u-telg3um steinum J3 1
sem ekki jarn haf3i snorti3, 366 ; sem hann snart bein bins helga ma ,
634 ; 6-snortin m63ir = the Virgin-mother, Mar. 2. s. vid, to touch ;
hann hefir sigr hvar sem hann snertir vi3, Al. 136 ; ef v^r snertum 1
vi3 J)a hluti, H.E. i. 461 ; sikr snart vi3 saeJaraS, the fish snappec t
the book, Skalda (in a verse); ok snart vi3 klaE3i J)au, er...,B.
311. II. metaph. to touch, concern; mala J)eirra er okkr sne ,
Lv. 74; {)etta sama snertr marga of ihjok, Pr. 427.
snerta, u, f. = snerra, f J)essi snertu, Fms. viii. 230 : of a short distai ,
Bardi var i skoginum, ok snertu eina fra J)eim, Isl. ii. 355 ; Har '■
jarl tjaldar langa snertu upp fra sjonum, Fb. i. 170 (stund J)a, Fms. •
85, I.e.)
snerta, t, to quaff off quickly ; ok snerti Hrungnir or hvern (sk ,
Edda 57.
snerti-br63r, adj. impatient; verit hefir Jju stundum snertibra3 >
Lv. 107.
snerti-r63r, m. a smart, short pull, Edda 35.
SNERTLINGAR— SNOR.
575
N,G
Snertlingar, m. pi. the descendants o/Snortr, Landii.
snertr, lu. a touch, slight attach, of illness or the like.
SNEYDA, d, [snau&r], to bereave one of; s. e-n e-u, tneyddu {yeir
borgina nautuni ok saudum, Stj. i88; s. (/o cheat) set orikri menn,
656 A. ii. 2.
sneyfli-liga, adv., Grett. 88 new Ed. (read sneypiliga, ^ ior p),
sneySi-ligr, adj. destitute. Mar.
SNEYPA, t, [the original sense, = cas/rare, remains in Swed. sno/a;
and Scot, snib, cp. Engl, to snip]: — as a law term, to outrage, dishonour;
cf maflr sneypir dottur nianns e5a konu, N. G. L. i. 332 : to disgrace,
mjiik em ck svivir6r ok sneyptr, MS. 4. 30; svivirdiliga sneypandi
(gerund.), Fb. i. 89 : in mod. usage to chide (a boy or child), J)u matt
ekki sneypa barni3 svona : the phrase, riSa sneyptr, to ride in slovenly
fashion, i. e. to ride with the horse's tail hanging loose and untrimmed,
instead of being bound up neatly into a knot (gyrdr i tagl).
sneypa, u, f. a disgrace, ignominy; mun sja s. jafnan uppi, Gltim.
389 ; mun ek sneypu fa af monnum um tal okkart, Ld. 44 ; sveinninn
vendi aptr med sneypu, Fnis. x. 394 (snaupu) ; biOa mikla sneypu,
Hrafn. 19; skiimm ok sneypu, Nj. 186; flyja nie& mikilli sneypu,
Fagrsk. 170. sneypu-f6r, f. a disgraceful journey , Nj. 79.
sneypi-liga, adv. disgracefully ; fara s., to be snubbed, J)or6. 44, Bret.
10, J>i6r. 244, Mag. ; tala s. til e-s, to use bad language, Grett. 88.
sneyping, f. = sneypa, Barl. 55, 165, MS. 4. 27.
sneypir, m. as a nickname, a snipper (gelder ?), Landn. 204.
snid, n. [sni3a; Germ, schnitt'], a slice; meitla af endanum til sniSs
fyrstu roarinnar. Mar. ; mi skal hann J)iggja af-sni5 {)yrnisins, the cut-off
piece, Karl. 546 : a cut, of clothes, fata-sni5 : the phrase, a sni3, askance ;
hoggva k sni6, to cut aslant. 2. plur. the cut edges of a book ; b6k
i gyltuni, rau6um sniSum, a gilt-edged, red-edged book.
snida, a&, to go zig-zag; hann sni3ar upp fjalliS.
snidda, u, f. a cut slice of turf.
sniddari, a, m. [Germ, schneider], a tailor, N. G. L. ii. 246, iii. 14.
snid-glima, u, f. a wrestler's term, a hip-trip, Fms. iii. 189.
snid-hvass, adj. keen cutting : metaph., Fms. viii. 134.
sniflill, m. a pruning-knife, D.N. i. 321 ; sniSil at hoggva upp J)orna,
Greg. 62; sni6rli ( = sni&li), GJ)1. 58. compds : sni3il-egg, f. the
edge of a s.. Fas. iii. 626. sniSils-varp, n. a ' cast of the pruning-
,, J hnife;' a person was entitled to land so far outside his fence as he could
throw his sni3ill, GJ)1. 453 : sniSill, the name of a sword. Fas. ii.
sniSugr, adj., [Dan. snedig], clever, cunning, (mod.)
.iflnn, part, of a lost strong verb, = Gr. vitponevos, snowed-on ; var ek
ill snjovi, ok slegin regni, ok drifin diiggu, Vkv. 5.
)igill, m. [A.S. snegel ; Engl, snail; Dan. snegV\, a snail. Fas. iii.
as also the verse) ; brekku-s., freq. in mod. usage,
nikka, a3, qs. sniSka, to nick, cut, esp. as a mason's or carpenter's
1 ; telgja eSr s., Fms. xi. 431.
ouikkari, a, m. [Dan. snedker], a carpenter, (mod.)
: ,,| SNILLD, f. [snjallr], masterly skill, eloquence ; or6hegi, snilld ok skil-
iiiiig, Sks. 438 ; vitra ok s., Mar. : kom hann sva sinu mali, at |)at {)6tti
:m aheyrilegt, bar til J)ess s. hans, Fms. xi. 219; lauk drottning meft
1 sinni tcilu, at allir lofuSu hennar s. ok vitrleik, i. 141 ; ok v618usk til
>i'a hinir snjollustu menn at tala a Jjinginu, ok voru J)essir agaeztir baeSi
, J t viti ok snilld, x. 278 ; me3 s. sinna or&a, 279 ; vitrleik, s. ok hyggju,
Jarl. 12; i {)eirri helgu snilld {in the holy text) niaelir sva, Hom. 155 ;
J,',j^ rfla-snilld, Lil. 64 ; nvA\-sm\\A, eloquence ; snilldar-or5, Gd.41 ; snilldar-
'rTry,r = Lat. disertus. Lex. Poet. 2. gener. excellency of art, skill,
630 ; {)a9 er gort me3 mestu snilld. compds : snilldar-bragfl,
rowess, Fms. x. 258; storvirki ok s., iv. 84. snilldar-legr, adj.
ga, adv.), masterly. snilldar-maSr, m. a great orator, a master,
- iii. 27; s. til maelsku, Sks. 4715. snilldar-verk, n. a heroic
h prowess, Fms. vi. 38, vii. 87, 6. H. 33 : a masterly work.
lilli, f. = snilld; mal heitir s., Edda no. 2. prowess ; spur8i, ef
1 vaeri jam-snjallr honum | Gliimr kvaSsk eigi vita um snilli hans,
""• .^38 ; eigi SEtla ek J)ik J)ykkjask jafn-snjallan gyltunni . . . Ekki
I ek snilli okkarri gyhu saman. Valla L. 203; snilli-fimr = <f/s«-/«s,
"•arv. 6 ; snilli-kenndr, vi6 serna snilli, Lex. Poet, snilli-bragS, n.
■xploit, Flov. 43.
lillingr, m., prop, a master of speech, Edda (Gl.) : in mod. usage
aster in art, skill, or writing; {)j6S-s., ra6-s., a wise man. 2.
-'-oic man ; mi i hvert sinn er ek berjumk, J)a em ek fyrstr, ok J)ykkja
' mi snillingar er jafn-fram fara mer, Fms. viii. 410.
r.uippa, a6, to sniff with the nose.
-hutti, n. [sni3a], a flap or lobe; rasna hann hverju snitti. Mar. 597.
pNfDA, sniS, pret. sneitt, snei5, pi. sniSu ; imperat. sniS, sniddu ;
*• sniSinn ; a weak pret. sniddi (analogous to liddi from li&a). Fas.
•!l (in a verse), 356, I.i: [Ulf. sneipan = OfpiCuv ; A.S. sni^San;
■n. scbneiden; Dan. snyden; Shell, sny] : — to slice, lop, cut, prop, to
■•le trees, as the Gothic shews, cp. sniftill, Al. 120 ; hurt snid J)u grein
anna. Pass. ; sni3u ver loslu af verkum varum, Greg. 32 ; suniir orm
i3u, Bkv. 4; snidit ^r hann sina-magni, cut bis sinew-power, ham-string
'n, Vkv.; skor sni3in hjiirvi, Edda (Ht.) ; skeid sneid, she cut the waves.
Fms. vi. (in a verie); hann snIJr hann sundr f miftju, Nj. 97; ineid Karkr
hiifuft af jarli, Fms.i. 217 ; svd at tneid i tundr kj4Jkana ok barkann, vii,
191 ; sneift Egill af honum skcggit. Eg. 564 : Miifta uni, to circumciu (um-
sniftning). Stj. 353, MS. 635. 86 ; inifta, linia ok niftr-sctja. of inatonry,
Frns. xi. 428 : to cut clolb, of tailoring, tnida tkyrtu, GUI. 97; 10 alto
snida skci or sk«8i : metaph., s. af, hann incift af neftan ^at er taurugt
hafdi ordit, Fs. 51 ; bjorar er menn snida or »kom »inutn fyrir t4 edr
haeli, Edda 43 ; so in mod. usage, $. fat, kUedi, diik : tnida til, /o make a
cut; hvar til skyldi s. um kvdnfangit, Finnb. 296.
snlkinn, adj., an obsolete put. ' intaking,' i. e. eovttota, banltering ;
sinkr ok snikinn, Barl. 136.
SNfKJA, t, \JE.ng\. sneak; Din. snige, although in a different teiue]:
— to hanker after; snikja til mutu, GJil. 175 ; niutur efta gjafir. . . t)eir
er til slikra hluta snikja, Barl. 33. 2. mod. to beg for food silently,
esp. used of a dog.
snikjur, f. pi. begging. snikju-gestr, m. a paratUt, » Dan. mylu-
gjeest.
snfpa, u, f. a snipe; in myri-snipa,
snjall-meeltr, pzil. fine-spoken, Hkr, iii, 87, Nj, 339,
SXJAIjIjB, snjiJll, snjallt, adj. [A.S. inel = qvick; Germ, tehntll ;
Hel. snell = strenuus ; Dan. and Norse snildi^good] : — prop, twift; thif
sense, however, has disappeared, and it is used, II. metaph.
eloquent, well-spoken ; hverr var J)essi inn tnjalli maftr ? Fagrsk. 1 39
(mal-snjaUi, Fms. vi. 415, I.e.); s. at mdii, Sks. 73 new Ed., Rom.
312; f4 menn til at eiga ^ing vid Kniit, t>a er snjallir sc ok sizgir,
Fms. xi. 219 ; voldusk til ))rir hinir snjollustu menn 4 t)inginu at tala, x.
278; snjallara mal, vii. 158; tala langt eyrendi ok snjallt, Nj. 350, Fms.
x. 278 : mal-s., q. v. 2. good, excellent; snjallara r46 ok vitrligra,
Fms. i. 104; hit bezta rad ok snjallasta, vi. 417. 3. valiant, doughty;
snjallr ok vel huga3r, Lv. 52; at hug hafa hjorum at bregda eru hild-
ingar hiilzti snjallir, Hkv. i. 22 ; hvi namtti harm sigri p4, c{ \>6r Jxitti
hann s. vera? Em. 6; ef hjfnn er snjallari en geit, Fb. ii. 233; snjallr i
sessi, brave when in shelter, Ls. 15; vera janm-s. e-m, one's equal in
courage and valour, Gliim. 335, 336, Valla L. 203 ; jamn-snjallr sem
geit, Bjarn. (in a verse): passim in Lex. Poet, as an epithet of kings,
even as an epithet of God, and in various poet, compds ; li-snjallr,
the unwise, Hm. 15, 47 ; ti-snjallara (more cowardly) kvad hann mik cnn
gyltuna. Valla L. III. as pr. names, Snjallr, Landn. ; Snjall-
steinn, id. : in Dan. local names, Snolde-lov.
snjall-rd3r, adj. wise in counsel. Lex. Poet.
snjall-reedi, n. a wise counsel, plan, count, taken in an emergency,
O. H. 54, Faer. 204, Fms. v. 47, viii. 393.
snjall-taladr = snjalimzltr, Stj. 261, Bs. i. 641, T.I.
snja-livitr = snjohvitr, Fms. ii. 281.
snjaldr, n. = snaldr,
snjdr, m., see snj6r.
sujd.va, a3, = snj6fa, q.v.
snjoigr, adj., contr. snjofgir, snowy, Sturl. iii. 158.
snj6r, m. snow; for the various forms, sn«r, snj6r, snj4r, see tnarr.
COMPDS : snjo-byrgi, n. a snow-shed, Sd. 159. snj6-drif, n. a snow
drift, snow raised by the wind.^'^Bnid-fok. or skaf-kafald, Hkr. iii. 138.
snj6-drifinn, part, drifted, Sks. 230. 8nj6-fall, n. a fall of snovi,
Bjarn. 51, Stj. 88, Bs. i. 381. 8nj6-f61, n. a thin cover of snow, Fbr.
59, Sd. 167. 8nj6-f0nn, f. a snow-drift. Fas. i. 115, Dropl. 23,
snjd-hrifl, f. a snow-storm, Ann. 1336. snjo-hvltr, adj. snow-white,
Sks. 93, Fms. ii. 254, viii. 8. snjd-kerling, f. a ' snow-car line,' snow-
man : — in time of heavy snow the Icel. amuse themselves by building a
great snow-man, and this is called ' hla3a snjokerlingu.' Bnj6-lauss,
adj. ' snowless,' free from snow, Gisl. 117, Eg. 548, Fbr. 36; snja-lauss,
Jb, 193 C. snj6-ligr, adj. snotvy, Sks. 230. Bnj6-minna, compar.
less snow, Fs. 25. snjo-naud, f. 'snow-need,' a strong snou-gale ;
isar e3a s., N. G. L. i. 405. snj6-samr, adj. snowy, Al. 41. snjd-
skafl, m., see skafl. snjd-skrida, u, f. a snow-slip, Sturl. snjd-
titlingr, m. a snow-bunting. snjo-vetr, m. a snowy winter, Ann.
snj6va or snjdfa, snjiva, Fms, i. 235, mod. 6nj6a, ao, to snow, Gr.
yi<p(iv; snjavafti a fjiill, Fms. i. 335; adr hafSi snjiifat nokkut. vi. 334;
l)ann tima er snj6va taeki, viii. 431 : impers., snj6far J>4 4 fyrir |)eim, ok
vetrar, Faer. 40.
snodinn, adj., prop, a part. [cp. snauSr], bald; Egill giirdisk eon
snodinn. Eg. 334 ; snoSinn ok stry-hserdr, Sturl. i. 30.
snodir, f. pi. scent, in hunting ; in the phrase, komast 4 snodir um e-t.
sno3ra = snudra, Finnb. 2 1 4.
snoppa, u, f. the snout, of animals, cows, horses, « skolptr, q.r.; 4
snoppu Briin (a horse), Vigl. 21, Konr.; f4 hogg 4 snoppu, Skifta R.
COMPDS : snoppu-frldr, adj. 'fine-faced,' (slang.) anoppu-langr,
adj. long-snouted, a nickname, Sturl.
snoppungr, in. a buffet, a slap on the snout.
SNOB or sndr, f. [A. S. snoru ; O. H. G. snuor ; Germ, scbnur; Lat.
nurns]: a daughter-in-law : snor heitir sonar-kv4n, Edda 109; snor n6
duttir, Gh. 18 (Bugge) ; sndor, Rm, 23 (Bugge), Edda ii. 491 ; fr4 Noemi
576
SNORRI— SNYDJA.
ok snorum hennar tveim . . . hvfirtveggi sndor hennar, . . . sn<or sina
Orpham, . . . af Jiinni siidor, Stj. 420, 421, 426.
Snorri, or better Snori, a pr. name, see snerrir, Eb. Snorrungar,
m. pi. the descendants of Snorri the Priest, Sturl. i. 55, ii. 82.
SNOTB, adj., the r is radical, fem. snotr, neut. snotrt ; [Ulf. snotrs =
0O(p6s; A. S. snotor = sapiens~\ : — wise, a word noticeable for its use in
the old Hm. (where it is used of the 'wise' man, li-suotr of the 'fool'),
Gr. <T0(p6s, Lat. sapiens, cp. Hebr. DDn ; ok me6 snotrum sitr, Hm.
5; snotrs manns hjarta, 54; til snotr, 55; hveim snotrum manni, 94;
6-snotr ma3r, 23-26, 78,160; meSal-snotr, 53-55; al-snotr, all-wise,
54 ; ra8-s., 63 ; otherwise of rare occurrence in old writers, snotr kona,
Edda; ef hann vill snotr heita, Sks. 317; osnotr, 449; Sturl. iii. 241
— logSu menn a {)at eigi fullan triinaS er hann sag6i, ^viat Bjorn var
nokkut snotr (u-snotr ?) ok sva nokkut gralyndr kalla6r — is a dubious
passage and prob. corrupt. II. in mod. ysage snotr means neat,
handsome; \ta.b er snoturt, hann er snotr.
snotra, a&, to make wise; seint er afglapa at snotra. Fas. iii. 585.
Snotra, u, f. the name of one of the minor goddesses, Edda. 2.
as appell., in husa-snotra, ' house-neat,' see hiis.
snotr-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), clever; maela sannara e6r snotrligra,
Valla L. 206.
snokr, m. [Dan. snog-], a snake; see snakr: a nickname, Sturl. iii.
Snoks-dalr, a local name in Icel., from the pr. name.
suopa, pres. snopir, to idle about dismally (destitute and hapless) ; sitr
ok snopir, Hm. 32; snopa snau9r. Fas. iii. 12 (in a verse); so in the
mod. phrase, snopa uti i kulda.
snot, f. [snotr], a gentlewoman, Edda 109; sn6tar lilfr, the 'lady's
wolf' i. e. Loki, who carried off the goddess Idun, Haustl.; snotum ollum,
opp. to jorlum ollum, Gh. 21, Rm. ; the word is poet., and in prose only
ironical, J)essar snotir, these dames, Al. 153.
snubba, a3, [Old Engl, snyhhe; Engl, to snub'], to snub, chide, Stj. 423 ;
h6n fruin snubbaSi hann, Karl. 53; s. e-n *um e-t, Mar.; hence mod.
snupra, q. v.
snubban, f. a snub, chiding. Mar. snubbu-ligr, adj.; s. or&, snub-
bing words. Mar.
snubbottr, adj. snubbed, nipped, the pointed end being cut off; ]pab
er snubbott fyrir endan.
snudda, ad, = snu6ra; s. eptir e-u.
snu5ra, a5, (sno3ra, Finnb. 214), to snuff, scent, like a dog, Vd. 126
old Ed. ; hann ferr ok sno6rar um hvern stein, Finnb. 1. c.
snugga, pres. snuggir, defect, in other forms, [Swed. s«M^g'a = Icel.
snikja] : — to hanker after; snaeliga snuggir kva6u Finnar, it snuffs of
snow, quoth the Finns, Fms. vii. 20 ; horfa ok snugga heljar til, to throw
a hankering look towards Hel, Skm. 27 ; Judaei skyldi eigi J)urfa til J)ess
at snugga, at nokkurn tima komi undir J)a konungdomrinn, they need
not hanker after that, Stj. (MS.)
snugg-fllr, adj. dismal; var heldr snuggillt veSr, chilly weather, Grett.
Ill A.
snupra, a3, to snub, chide a child ; and snuprur, f. pi. chidings.
snurSa, u, f. a knot in hard-twisted thread = Dan. en kurre paa
traaden.
snus, f., see snos.
SNtJA, pres. sny, snyr (snyr5u), snyr ; plur. smim, smiit, smia : pret.
snori, sneri (also spelt sneyri) ; subj. snori and sneri : imperat. smi, snu6u :
part, snuinn: [Ulf. sniwan; Dan. snoe.]
A. To turn, with dat. ; sny ek hennar ollum sefa, Hm. 162 ; ek fekk
sniiit minum hesti, Fms. ix. 382 ; himininn snyr solu fra austri til vestrs,
Rb. 474; hon let hann mala ok s. kvern, Fas. ii. 377 ; J)eir smia skipum
sinum ok lata framstafna horfa fra landi, Fms. xi. loi ; Baglar vildu snua
Rau6su5inni, viii. 378; hann haf5i smiit ut skimmnum, vii. 34; snyr
jarl ^angat herinum, Nj. 127; komask fyrir J)a ok smia ^cxm aptr, Al.
30 : smia umb oUu J)vi er i er hiisinu, Greg. 33 ; um snyr ^u {to turn up
and down) (ilium saemdunum, Oik. 37; smia sinu raQi alei&is me5
saemd, to proceed well, take a good turn, Fms. vii. 21 ; mikit (better
miklu) }56tti mer J)eir J)a hafa smiit til leiSar, Edda i. 52 ; s. mali til
saettar, Fms. x. 413 ; {)a snyr6u ollum vanda a hendr mer, Nj. 215 ; sny
ek t)essu ni9i a hond Eiriki, Eg. 389 ; at ongri hefnd se til hans" smiit,
Nj. 266; smia vinattu sinni til e-s, Fms. x. 51 ; s. lifri&i a hendr e-m,
to turn upon a person, begin hostilities, ix. 436 ; s. e-m til sambykkis
vi5 sik, vii. 307 ; smia at bruUaupi, to prepare for, Ld. 70, Fms. x.
105 ; s. til seySis, Edda ; mi skiptir miklu hversu ^li vilt til smia, what
turn wilt thou take ? Gisl. 58 ; smia aptr ferS sinni, to turn back, Fms.
vi, 89. 2. to turn on a journey ; gora J)a ra6 sitt, hvert hann sneyri
(subj.) J)a5an, . . . sneri konungr J)a me5 {jat 118 austr, Fms. v. 24 : smia
aptr, to turn back; Jieir sneru aptr til Kvenlands, Eg. 59, Fms. vii. 289,
viii. 378 ; at J)eir snori (subj.) heimleiSis . . . vildu pen vi6 J)etta heim
smia, Rb. 261 ; sneyru fiau su&r, Landn. 77! skipin sneru h^r ok hvar
undir nesit, Fms. ix. 314; snori hann J)a fra, Stj. 401 ; J)a sneru J)eir
undan, drew back, Fms. ix. 216 ; smim at J)eim, let us turn upon them, Nj.
245 ; sneri hann pa i moti honum, 8 ; hann snyr i moti honum, 125 ;
»61in snyr um jorSina, turns {passes) round the earth, Rb. 488. 3.
to change, alter; hann sneri si'San namni sinu, Fms. ix. 272 ; mi skul
vit smia visum J)eim er mest eru akve6in or6, v. 173 ; s. skapi sinu, Fai
i. 339; smia J)ingbo5i i heror, Hkr. i. 270; sneri hon Jjvi i villu «
hann haf6i mselt, Nj. 161 ; sneri hann manns-liki a sik, 623. 35 : to turt
translate, smia Latinu-brefinu i Norranu, Bs. i. (Laur. S.) ; Rodbert ab6'
sneri ok Hakon konungr ... let smia Jjessi Norraenu-bok, El. ; smia J)eir
logum i Norraenu, K. A. 122 ; s. or Franzeizu i Norrsenu, Art. I]
to turn, twist, absol. ; fa m6r leppa tvii or hari-J)inu, ok smiit J)it m68i
min saman til boga-strengs mer, Nj. 114 : with ace, let hann smia hin
ramligustu blybond, Fb. i. 564; voru smiin J)ar fyrir speld, a shutter for tl
window, Nj. 114; var vondr snuinn i har Jjeim, Fms. xi. 147; smia e^
undir, to throw down by a turn or twist, in wrestling, 656 B. 9 ; so alsc
smia e-n ni6r, to throw down, Stj. 346 ; harS-smiinn, hard-twisted ; marj
snuinn, many-twisted, cp. snu8r, smiSigr ; smia velar ok svik, to twis
contrive, Sks. 349. III. impers. it is turned; pa, sneri um sae
J)vi, it was upset, Sks. 110 B : ace, pk sneri um holl konungsins ok 6
onnur hus, 648 B, less correct ; henni snyr fra austri til vestrs, Rb. 480
sneri pk mannfalli i 113 Kirjala, Eg. 59 ; sneri mannfalli a hendr Ribt
ungum, Fms. ix. 313 ; bratt sneri fjarhaginum fyrir Teiti, Sturl. i. 131 C
ef konur hengja klaeSi lit ... en ef um snyr, if they he turned up cm
down, N. G. L. i. 349.
B. Reflex, to turn oneself; haf3i Gunnarr smiizk i hauginum, N
118; snerisk hann a haeli, 253; allir fjraendir snerusk til hans, Fms.
55. 2. snerisk hann su8r z^ir, he returned, Fms. xi. 417; snys
Jormungandr i jotunm68i, Vsp. : en fiegar eptir snysk fram Vi5arr, H
comes forth, Edda i. 192 ; snerisk sa ma6r fyrir honum inn i hollini
wheeled round into the hall, Edda 34; smiask undan, Nj. 129; smias
at e-m, i moti e-m, vi8 e-m, to turn upon, face about, to meet an attack c
the like, 84, 115, 129, Eg. 380, 583, passim : smiask um, to turn up an
down ; snysk j6r5in um fyrir sjonum J)eirra, Fms. i. 9 ; smiask i bring, i
spin round, rotate, Rb. lOO ; sva snerisk {it turned out so) at J)er komns
i engan lifs-haska, Eg. 45 ; pk snysk veSratta a inn haegra veg, Rb. lOO
vatni8 snysk til loptsins sva sem {)at J)ynnisk, Stj.; p6 er likast han
smiisk til varrar asttar um vinfengit, Nj. 38 ; smiask til lei9ar, to tur
towards the right, Fms. vii. 136; smiask til hly8ni vi6 e-n, i. 232; p
neita6ir Gu8i ok snerisk aptr {returnest to sin), . . .pu tokt vi5 skim 0
snerisk til Gu6s, Hom. 151 ; ver snorumk fra Skapara orum, tutned awa
from our Maker, Greg. 38 ; at peir smiisk ok finni heilsu anda sinu:
623. 26 ; snerisk allr ly'Sr i siit ok sorg, Stj. : pass., smiask um, s. ni8
he turned up and down, Sks. 1 10 B. II. part., for smiandi, Bs.
139, 1. 28, read suiuandi, i. e. svifandi. 2. past part, sniiinn, tun
ing to, befit on ; smiinn til fegirni, Fms. v. 35 ; snuinn til vinattu viS e-i
xi. 350; ly8r s. Gu8i til handa, 656 B. 8; konungr var mjok snuinn
J)at at sigla til Irlands, enn menn hans lottu, Fms. x. 142, v. 1.
sniian-ligr, adj. that can be turned, Stj. 40.
snu3ga, a8, prop, to ' twist,' win, gain; at ek snu8ga8a honum marga
mann, 625. 27.
smidigr, adj., contr. smiSga, [A. S. snud = quick, agile'], twirling, when
ing ; snu8ga steini, Gs. 4, 12. 2. neut., in the phrase, ganga snii8ig;
to walk at a swinging pace, Ld. 62, 148, Valla L. 212, Fas. ii. 558, Fbi
115 ; fara smi8igt, id., Nj. 100.
snu3r, m. [smia ; Scot. snoocT], a twist, twirl; pzh er har8r snu8r, lie
snitSr ; ptiv knyttu saman ok gorSu smiSa (v. 1. sny8 = smi8) a endunua
and twirled it into a clew at the ends, Fms. iv. 335 (no8a, i.e. hno8
(q. v.), 6. H. 1. c.) 2. the head-piece of a spindle (snselda) ; a snaeld
er smiSr og hnokki, Hallgr. ; hence the allit. phrase, snu3r ok snseldj
N. G. L. i. 92 : the allit. phrase, hann vill hafa nokku8 fyrir smiS sin
og snaeldu, he will get something for his twirl and distaff, i.e. somen
turn, see the legend Isl. f>j63s. ii. 508. II. profit, gain, for spiK
ning and twisting betoken wealth and gain ; hvern smiS sja ptix sina
J)vi? Sks. 251 ; hvat sniiS (dat.), 266 B; til smi&ar ok avaxtar, 0.1
36; J)at er litiS til smiSar, a small profit, 655 xi. 3; ra8 er slikt ti
snu8ar, Bjarn. (in a verse) ; fe-snu3r, money-making. Band. ; })at «
minn smidr, that is my gain, 'tis a good turn for me, Fms. vi. (ii
a verse).
smidu-liga, adv. quickly, Hom. 120.
smiin-brok, f. ' twisted-tartan,' a nickname of a lady, Landn.: snl^
brlini, a, m. ' twirl-eyelash,' a nickname, Sturl.
smina, a8, to turn ; hve mun aefi s. mer, what turn will my life tokt
Skv. 1.6; e-m sminar e-t, to succeed, (5. H. (in a verse") ; hversu snunoU'
y3r konur y8rar, how did your wives cotnfort you^ Hbl. 16.
sminaSr, m. a good turn, windfall, gain, Vellekla.
snuning, f. a turning, rotation, Rb. 480 : in mod. usage masc. sn6n
ingr, (freq.)
snura, u, f. a lace, from Germ, schnur.
sny3ja, snyS, snuddi, a def. verb ; [A. S. snyfSjan ; Ivar Aasen snydi0
Engl. s?iiff"] : — perh. prop, to go S7iiffing, a metaphor from hounds;
£•!;?
for sny8jandi at leita JjoroTfs, he went sniffing in search of Tb.f^^,-^i.
50. 2. metaph., lata snekkjur sny8ja, Edda (Ht.) ; ek l^t (skjji piw,
sny3ja or Sogni, Fas. ii. 72 (in a verse) ; lata sver8 sny8ja i ben, Is ^'H
ii. 362 (in a verse) ; veglig flaust snuddu vi8a, Fms. x. (in a verse) ; .doB'^i'iFi
iagi
ill.!!
kiii
'•(%
SNYKR— SOFA.
577
shafts) siniddu, vii. (in a verse) ; cp. snoddu (better svoddu), Fs.
, kr, in. = fiiykr, Bs. ii. 5.
, rta, t, to trim; in the phrase, snyrta til, (conversational.)
rti-, [from snotr, qs. snytri-], neat, elegant: snyrti-liga, adv.
v. buask s., Str. 81 ; snyrti-ligr, adj., Konr. ; 8nyrti-ma3r, m. a
man, Edda (Gi.) ; snyrti-drengr, -freyja, -gi'itt, -ger8r, -grund, all
epithets oi gentlemen and women. Lex. Poet.
. rtir, m. a polisher. Lex. Poet. : the name of a sword, Saxo.
- pr, m. [akin to sneypa], the penis, (vulgar.)
. Y'TA, t, [cp. Dan. snyde, Engl. snot\ to blow the nose; snyta s^r ;
snyta blofti. Fas. ii. 320 (in a verse) ; snyta rau6u, to get a bloody
Kms. iii. 147, Karl. 149, II. metaph., snytt hefir \,u sifjungum,
bast destroyed thy kinsman. Am. 82 (cp. Dan. snyde = cheat).
nyta, u, f. a 'snot,' worthless fellow ; vessthT snytur, Fas. ii. 550.
■iN^DA, d, [snda], to eat, take a meal, writh dat. ; sem vit hofum snaett
), Stj. (mod. with ace): absol., Jjeir snaeddu baftir samt, Fms. i. 216;
ilium diski, 259 ; er konungr hafdi snaett at dagveraar-bor3um, vi.
(leir hvildusk ok aetlafti konungr at spaeda, ix. 404.
6i, n. a vieal, = snxbwg, Fms. ix. 404, v. 1.
t5iiig, f. (sneeSingr, m., Fms. ix. (v. 1.), MS. 4. 24, and so in
usage), a meal, the taking a meal; snaB6ingunni, Fms. ix. 404 ; sitja
Mngu, to sit at meals, Korm. 232 ; s. ok samsseti, Sks. 632; taka
ig, Sd. l6r, Fms. viii. 411 ; veita e-m snaefiing, to give a dinner,
, efr, adj., the r is radical, [Norse sncev ; Dan. sncever'], tight, narrow;
t(Vi t)eir kyrtla styttri ok snaefrari en hjcirtu betri, Fms. viii. 336. II.
;iaph. tough, vigorous ; snaefrir vinir, Fms. ix. 440 (in a verse) ; h^r var
efrt urn siglu, a close, tough, tight tug. Fas. ii. 76 (in a verse) ; ok hafSi
on eigi verit snaerri ( = siiaefri), he bad never been ' tighter,' more hale and
trty than then, Sturl. i. 150.
OSBfr-leikr, m. alertness, Fbr. 145.
(UBfr-liga, adv. deftly, Hkr. iii. 252.
oeefip-ligr, adj. deft, alert, Fms. vii. 343 ; s. ferS, Ld. 284 : rash,
ybx eigi einn hlutr vel gefinn, at sva er allt snarligt ok sniifrligt um
r, Band. 16 new Ed.
MBfr-mannligr, adj. defi, Hkr. iii. 338 (Cod. Fris. snaefr-).
ISBlda, u, f. [akin to snjallr], a spindle; snu8r ok snaelda, N. G. L. i.
snsBldu-hali, a, m. a ' spindle-tail,' Bret. 32. II. the prop
porting the seat in a boat; sj6r upp i mi6jar snaeldur, the boat is full
voter up to the middle of the s.
l8Bldingr, m. [snaldr], poet, a serpent, Edda (Gl.)
ITiEjIl, m., this word has three different forms, snser, snjar, snjur ;
alogous to saer, sjar, sj6r; slaer, sljar, sljor; maer, mjar, mjor) ; of
sna;r is the oldest, snjar rare, snjor prevalent in mod. usage : gen.
s; ace. snae, snja, snjo; before a vowel the ^(also written/) appears,
•far, Bs. i. 198 ; dat. snaevi, 656 A. ii. 8 ; snjavi, 623. 3 ; snjofi, Vtkv.
Hpl. ii. 14; nom. pi. snjovar, Hdl. 41, Bs. i. 198, etc.; ace. gen. pi.
»&, Lv. 25, Dipl. ii. 14; snjava, Fms. ii. 97; dat. pi. snaevum (snjavum,
, ix. 233), snjavum, snjovum : in mod. usage the v has been dropped,
snjo, pi. snjoar, snjoa ; this shortened form also occurs in old writers,
before the suffixed article, snaenum, K. fj. K. 6 (Kb.); snae (dat.),
g. ii. 88 ; snjanum, K. {>. K. 1 2 B ; snj6num, Bs. i. 198 : [Ulf. snaiws ;
ion to all Teut. languages, as also to Gr. and Lat., though without
initial s.]
A. Snow; snaevi hvitara, 656 A. ii. 8 ; snjavi hvitari, Ni8rst. I.e. ;
ar sem snjar, Hkr. i. 71; haf6i snja lagt a fjoUin, 46; en er
di ok nokkut leysti snjo or hli&um, Fs. 25 ; sem s6!skin snae laegir,
1. 283 ; snjor var a jorSu, Gisl. 32 ; er snjo lag8i a heidar, Orkn. 4 ;
ef snjor er, sjo ef sjor er, N. G. L. i. 339 ; snjor var fallinn, Fms. viii.
; lagSi a \>a, snjava ok ufaerdir, ii. 97 ; mi nair eigi vatni, getr
^^ K. J>. K. 6 (Kb.) ; me& snjofi ok frosti, Dipl. ii. 14 ; J)a voru snjofar
lir. Eg. 543 ; sakir frosts ok snjova, Dipl. ii. 14, and passim. II.
T. names, mostly the older form Snee-, Snse-bjSrn, Snao-kollr,
9-laug (spelt Snjo-laug, Bs. i. 285, note 4) : contr., Snj61fr, qs.
B-iilfr. snjovar-fullr, a.d]. full of snow, Bs. i. 198.
B. CoMPDs: snsB-blandinn, part, blended with snow, Bs. i. 198.
tall, n. afallofsnow, Fms. viii. 52, Finnb. 312. Sn8B-fj611, n. pi.
' //, a mountain in Icel. snse-fugl, m. the snow-bunting, emberiza
\ Edda (Gl.) ; whence Snsefugls-stadir, a local name in Icel.
! olva, u, f. = snjofol, Ld. 204. snse-lnis, n. a snow-house dug
snow, Bs. i. 324. snse-hvitr, adj.=:snj6hvitr, Hom.80. snsD-
, m. a mound of snow, a nickname, Fms. ix. snse-kv&ma,
fall of snow, Bs. i. 669. sn8B-k6kkr, m. (snjo-kokkr), a snow-
Kms. vii. 230, Dropl. 2 2. Snse-land, n. Snowland, the first
given to Iceland, Landn. 26. snae-lausa, adj. = snj61auss; fjoU
^, Landn. 175. snse-liga, adv. snoK'j', Fms. vii. 20. snae-
, adj. with little snow, Fms. xi. 7. snsD-ljos, n. a ' snow-
ig' snow-blink, Eggert Itin. 121. snee-mikit, n. adj. much snow,
n. 324, Finnb. 242. snsB-ndin, n. a thaw, Fms. iv. 42 (snja-
Hkr. 1. c), D. N. ii. 35. snee-skafa, u, f. the whirling of snow, \
La
mod. skaf-kafald, Is), ii. 87. snso-skrifia, u, f. a snow-slip, Bs. i,
Gisl. 33. snae-vetr, m. a snotty winter, MS. 415. 19, anm-
tryma, a nickname, Landn.
SN-ffiBI, i. e. snoeri, n. ; [sniia ; Ulf.s«or>o = a<tpy&yr) ; O. H. G. snuor ;
Swed. snore; Germ, sehnure] -.—a twisted rope, of hemp, esp. such at it
used for fishermen's lines and the like ; harm kom snxrinu a akkeris-
hringiim, Lv. 99 ; V6gb s. umhvcrfis. Eg. 340 ; |)eir tyndu snarum sinum,
their fisbing-lines, Gd. 51 : the thong of a javelin, Lat. amentum; ^\t
fengu fingrum i snaeri, they fingered their thongs. Am. 42, cp. ' inserit
amento digitos ' of Ovid ; giipa i bug snxruni, Jd. 26. compdi :
Bneeri-ddrr, n. pi. a javelin with a thong. Lex. Poet. 8iuerii-spJ6t,
n. a javelin, Eb. 310, Rd. 267, Hkr. iii. 38, Fas,
snseri.ligr, adj. brisk, Fms. x. 393.
snoBUgr, adj. snowy; skor snaeugir, Gisl. 31 ; snasfgum hundum, Fb.
ii. 334 (in a verse),
snfifr-ligr, adj., see snaefrligr.
sndgg-kleeddr, part. ' snug-clad,' i. e. in under-clothing.
Bndgg-liga, adv. suddenly, Landn. 85.
snOgg'ligr, adj. sudden ; s. viftburftr.
SN6G-GB, adj., the v appears before a vowel, sniiggvan, etc.;
compar. sniiggvari ; superl. snoggvastr : [Engl, snug, but metaph. =
smootb'\ : — bald or short, smooth, of wool, hair, crop ; a lodna ok lembda
en a5ra snciggva ok gelda, Vm. 33; snoggvar scr, Grag. i. 505; nauti
rofa sniigg, tb. 273; snoggvan belg, Landn. (in a verse); stutt skegg
ok snoggvan kamp, Sks. 288 ; {)eir bitu allt gras at sniiggu, bit it close,
Fms. xi. 6 : freq. in mod. usage, esp. of grass, J)a6 er sniiggt, tiiniS er
snoggt. II. metaph. sudden, brief; orrosta htirS ok snogg, Vigl.
26 ; sniiggr verki, hasty work, Geisli. 2. neut. sndggt, soon, at
once, Finnb. 226; J)a dro sva snoggt undan, Fb. ii. 15; cp. the phrase,
\)nb er snoggt-um betra, by far better; superl. sn6ggfva8t, /or a moment;
eg fer hurt sem sniiggvast.
sn5kta (sndkt, n. whining), t, to sob, whine; 61 14tiS ilia, snoktid
e8a syrgit, Fms. viii. 234; me6 snoktandi roddu, i. 264.
sndp, f. [snapa], a ' nip,' scanty grass for sheep to nibble at in snow-
covered fields ; JiaS er ekki nema litil snop.
andr, see snor.
sndrgl, n. (sounded snorl), a rattling sound in the throat, Fs. 144,
Sturl. ii.t)7 C.
sn6rgla, 8, to 'snarl,' rattle in the throat, Horn. 121, Fms. v. 213.
snOrtr, m., gen. snartar, [Ivar Aasen snart = a stick burnt at one end].: —
a nickname, Landn. ; hence Snartar-tiinga, a local name.
SNOS, f. [Ivar Aasen snos], a projecting rock; {)eir hofSu {)ar tjald
hja sniisinni, GullJ). 8 : freq. in mod. usage, kletta-sn<is, fram a sntisina;
berg-snos. Eg., GullJ)., Hom. 2. a pot-hook; gullkaleikr meS gyltum
snusum ( = snosum), Vm. 52 : heill og sxil h6r minn eg skal kyssa snos
J)ina ef J)ii graE8ir vor mina, Isl. {>j68s. ii. 553.
snSttungr, m. [snatta], a rover. Fas. ii. 357.
so = sva (q. v.), so : soddan, svoddan, such.
soddi,a,m.,mod.suddi,[so8],</awz/>«M.';,s/fani,as a nickname, Fms. 11.
SOD, n. [sj68a ; mid. H. G. sot], the broth or water in which meat has
been seethed or sodden, Stj. 390, Fms. i. 35, Mag. 157, passim : swill,
gefa svinum so8, Hkv. 2. 37, Vigl. 17. compds : sod-dll, m. a flesh-
hook, rendering of Lat. fuscinula in the Vulgate, Stj. 308, 315, 430.
so3-fantr, m. a cook, Clar. so3-fullr, ad], full of so8, Mag. sod-
greifl, a, m. a ' cooking-lord,' cook (ironic), Fbr. 194, Rom. 333.
so3-htis, n. a 'seethe-bouse,' kitchen, Korm. 34, Bs. i. 357, Pm. 133,
Dipl. V. 18. sod-ketill, m. a cooking-kettle, Stj. 291, Nj. 347, 248.
So3-kr6kr = so8all, Sturl. iii. 176 (a nickname). so3-reykr, m.
' seetbing-reek,' steam from cooking, Fb. i. 87.
8o3inn, part, boiled.
sodna, a8, to become sodden, cooked, boiled, Edda 45, Str. 38.
soSning, f. a soddening, seething, boiling ; vera at s., Rd. 260, Sturl.
iii. 101, Krok. : a thing to be cooked, Stj. 620.
SOFA, pres. sing, sefr, older s0fr, Hom. 152; pi. sofum, sofit, sofa:
pret. svaf, svaft (mod. svafst), svaf; pi. svafu, svofu, or eliding the v,
sofu ; subj. svaefi or soefi; imperat. sof, sof8u ; part, sofinn : [Dan. sot/«,
Swed. sofua; a word common to the Teut. and class, languages, if in-
deed, as Grimm thinks, Goth, slepan, Engl, sleep. Germ, scblafen, arc the
same word in different forms ; cp. svefn, Engl, sivoon.]
B. To sleep; mart um dvelr ^znn er um morgin sefr, Hm. 59
(Bugge) ; sjaidan getr sofandi ma8r sigr, 58, Vapn. 25 ; sofa svefn, Fb. i.
550 ; s. af nottina, 348 ; s. af nott J)a, Isl. ii. 350, Fms. iii. 92 ; t)eir sviifu
um nottina, Eg. 560 ; hann svaf, Fs. 6, Fms. i. 12 ; sefr hann J)rjAr naetr 1
husinu, xi. 5 ; sa er avalt s0fr, Hom. 152 ; sofa fast, Fms. i. 9 ; hve fast
hann svaefi, Fs. 6 ; s. saetan, to sleep sweetly, Sol., Sdm. ; sem \>i\ at hann
svaefi, O.K. 219: the phrase, ok sofi y8r |)6 eigi iill va, woe shall not
sleep for you, shall lie wide awake at your door, Eb. 160 ; sofa lifi, to
sleep one's life away, H8ni. II. reflex., hann spyrr hversu {)eim
hafi sofizk, . . . hann laetr s^r vel hafa sofnazt, be asked how they had slept,
. . . he said be bad slept well, f>i8r. 319. III. part, sofinn, asleep,
Hm. ; hverr la sofinn i sinu nimi, Fb. i. 290, Mag. 154, Clar,
Pp
578
SOFARI— SOKN.
sofari, a, m. a sleeper, Jatv. S. 20. '
sofendr, part. pi. sleepers; sjau s., the seven sleepers, Ann.
sofna, a5, (somna, Bs. i. 340, 1. 5 ; sopna, 673. 2), to fall asleep,
Fms. i. 9, xi. 5, Fs. 6, Nj. 33, 273, N. G. L. i. 102; margir likamir
heilagra dau6ra manna, er sofnat hofOu, risu upp, Ni5rst. 10 ; hann sofnaSi
til Gu6s, Bs. i : to abate, Al. 54. 2. in mod. usage reflex., mer hefir
sofnast vel, I have slept well, cp. |>i6r. 319, passim.
SOG, n. [sjiiga], an inlet ; yfir skerin ^ar sem viiga-sogin voru mest,
ok J)vi skeri naest var sogit miklu brei&ast, Bs. ii. 181. 2. in compds,
a6-sog and lit-sog in Icel. the 'inrush and outsnck' of the surf; lenda
me9 a5-soginu ; en me9 lit-soginu skall J)a6 a honum aptr, og rak hann
langt ut a sjo, Od. v. 428. II. a local name for the outlet of the
Lake of Thingwalla.
soga, a8, to suck, of the surf; aldan soga6i a6 scr skipift.
Sogn, n. and Sogn-saer, m. the name of a fjord in Norway, perh.
akin to sog from the inlet-like shape of this fjord : hence Sygnir, m.
pi. the men of Sogn, Fms.
so-guru, so-goru, so-gurt, so done (see gcira F. Ill) ; enda siti um
sogurt, let it remain as it is, Skalda (Thorodd) ; at soguru, as things
stand, O. H. 202, Skv. I. 24, 40; at eigi mundi sogurt sjatna, Nj. ; a
sogurt ofan, to boot, Bs. i. 178, Oik. 36 ; J)eir foru heim vi6 sogort, 655
vii. 4; fara heim me& soguru, [ = Gr. drrpaieTos], Glum. 332: the full
form, svagorvu. Eg. 155, or svagort, Fas. i. 85, is due to editors or late
transcribers, and is not idiomatic.
sokka, u, f. and sokki, a, m. a horse with white legs : Sokki, a, m.
a nickname, Landn., Fs., Orkn.
sokkning, f. [sokkva], a sinking, Ann. 1254.
sokkr, m. [from Lat. soccus ?], a sock, Ld. 36, Bs. i. 342. compds :
sokka-band, n. a garter. Fas. ii. 374. sokka-leistr, m., see leistr;
ganga a sokkaleistunum, to walk in socks, Dan. gaae paa bose-fodder.
soldan, m. (sultan, Fms. viii. 236, 261), [for. word], a sultan, Fms.
X. 116.
soil, n. (mod. sull), qs. svill, with an elided v, [Norse sull = a sop;
Dan. sw/] : — swill ; teygja tikr at solli, Hkv. i. 31 , 40 ; hrae-soll, carrion-
swill, i. e. blood. Lex. Poiit.
sollr, m. [from soil], a rout, a drunken company; illr sollr, 1 veraldar
vonzku-solli, velkist eg, Pass. II. 17.
solmr, m., poet, the swell, of the sea, Lex. Poet.
son-lauss, adj. sonless, Fms. v. 133, Grag. ii. 70, Hkr. ii. 149, Fb. i.
560, Rom. 121.
son-leysi, n. the having no son.
SONR, m., gen. sonar, dat. syni, pi. synir, ace. sonu, and mod. syni,
which form occurs in vellums of the end of the 13th century (Cod. Fris.),
Sks. 329 B : an ace. sing, sunu, Thorsen 335 (a Dan. Runic stone). The
forms syni, synir refer to an older nom. sunr, which is freq. in Norse
vellums ; on the other hand, Icel. vellums now and then have dat. s<)ni,
pi. s0nir, Grag. ii. 174; senir, 656 C. 14; Gu3s senir, id.; even spelt
seyni, seynir, Bs. i, Rafns. S. ; the 0 (ey) representing the vowel change
of o. When sonr is suffixed to a name, the Icel. (but not Norsemen)
drop the r^ e. g. Snorri Sturlu-son (not sonr) ; it is in Edd. written in
one word, Arni Magmisson, but in the vellums in two words, as in the
list D. I. i. 185, 186 (Fi3r Halls son, Hjalti Arnsteins son . . .) : [the root
is sunu; cp. Goth, sunus, A. S. sunu, whence Engl, son, Dan. son, but
sen when suffixed, as Peter-sen.']
B. A son; skilgetinn sonr, laun-s., broSur-s., systur-s., dottur-s.,
sonar-s., Grag. i. 171 ; sonar-dottir, id.; sonar-kona, sonar-kvon, a
daughter-in-law, N. G. L. i. 350, K. A. 142 ; sonar-synir, a son's sons,
grandsons. Eg. 591 ; sona-torrek, a son's loss, the name of an old poem,
Eg.; sonar-dau6i, sonar-missir, Stj. ; sonar-bani, slayer of one's son, Hav.
44, Fms. vi. 106; sonar-baetr, the weregild for a son, Nj. 21, Fms. i.
194; sonar iSgjold, engi getr s. nema sjalfr ali, Stor. ; sona-eign, Ld.
236, Fas. ii. 112 ; sonar-gjold = sonar-baetr. Eg. 311 ; sonar-hefndir, Grett.
150. (^ We may notice the brief way of stating a pedigree upwards
with a running genitive ; e. g. moSir hans h6t {>6rger9r ok var dottir
f)orsteins ins Rau9a, 6lafs-sonar ins Hvita, Ingjalds-sonar, Helga-sonar,
. . . Th. was the daughter of Th. the Red, son of Olave the White, son of
Ingjald, son ofHelgi; . . . Au8r var dottir Ketils Flatnefs, Bjarnar-sonar
Bunu, Grims-sonar hersis or Sogni, A. was the daughter of K. Flatnose,
son of Bjorn Buna, son of Grim Hersir of Sogn, Nj. 2, see the Landn.
passim.
sopi, a, m. [supa], a sop, sup, mouthful; drekka tva sopa, Fas. i. 70;
hann saup a J)rja sopa, Bs. i. 394; einn sopa vins, pibi. 167.
soppa, u, f. a sop ; soppu af vini, Karl. 56.
soppr, m. = sv6ppr (q. v.), the v being dropped, a ball ; sla sopp. Mar.
1034 ; hann sl6 augat or einum me5 soppinum. Fas. iii. 196. compds :
sopp-drepr, m. a bat, Vigl. 24. sopp-leikr, m. a game of ball.
Fas. iii. 196.
SORG, f. [Ulf. saurga = fifpifiva, Xvnr); A.S. and Dan. sorg ; Engl.
sorrow ; Germ, serge] : — sorrow, care, bereavement ; the original sense is
care (harmr being 'sorrow') ; sorg etr hjarta, Hm. 122 ; kveykva sorg,
worldly care : allit., sorg ok sut, Hm. 147 ; snotum ollum sorg at mii
veri, Gh. 21 ; me9 sorg, Fms. ii. 223, passim : plur. cares, sorrows, l«j
sorgir, Rm. 41 ; at sorgum, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; segja sorgir. Am. 8
minar eru sorgirnar J)ungar sem bly, an old ditty, Sturl. iii. 317; sorg:,
biinaSr, -biiningr, a mourning dress, Barl. 20, Stj. : in old vernacular wi
ings the only records of mourning are the phrase ' to wear a black hoc
(falda bla) in HeiSarv. S. (in a verse), and the hanging the hall with bla
in the celebrated passage in Jomsvik S., see Sir Edmund Head's ball
' The Death of old King Gorm ; ' neither is black used for moumi
in Icel., as it is the national colour. compds : sorg-bitinn, pa
sorrow-bitten, distressed. sorg-eyrr, adj. grief-healing, Hau;
sorga-fullr, adj. sorrowful, full of care, Hm. 115 : sorrowful, Barl
Bs. i. 193. sorg-fullr, adj. sorrowfid, Gkv. i. i, Fb. ii. 387, Fr
i. 263. sorga-lauss, adj. free from care, Skv. 3. 24. soi
lauss, s.di]. free from care, Hm. 55. sorg-liga, adv. sadly. soi
ligr, adj. sad, distressing, Str. 573, Bs. ii. 76. sorg-in63r, a
distressed, Bs. i. 178, Gkv. 2. 40, Og. 14, Th. 9. sorg-mseSi, f. a
tressed, Bs. i. 180, Clem. 47. sorg-samligr, adj. (-liga, adv., i
90), melaticholy, Sks. 546, 547, Stj. 50. sorgar-samligr, adj. si
Pr-35i-
sorga, a3, to sorrow, (rare) : to be concerned for, s. fyrir e-u = D;
sorge for noget, (mod.); cp. Germ, sorgen.
sori, a, m. [cp. saurr, siirr], dross, esp. of metals, but also lees.
sorp, n. sweepings, from houses, the floor, etc., Isl. ii. 367 ; bera S(
a eld, Fbr. 168; haninn rotar haugi i, og hittir perlu i sorp 1 J)vi
ditty. compds: sorp-haugr, m. a mound of sweepings ; leynd
gimsteinn i sorphaugi, Greg. 27. sorp-lisena, u, f. a top, Ivar Aasen
hen without a cock, Bjorn. sorp-trog, n..a dust-bin, Fms. vi. 366
sorta, a5, [Dan. sort], to dye black, N. G. L. iii. 282.
sorta, u, f. a black dye, B. K. 83. compds : sortu-lita, a6, to t
with black heather. sortu-litan, f. a dying black with sorta. sort
lyng, n. ' black ling,' a kind of dyer's weed.
sorti, a, m. [svartr], a black cloud; skuggi e5a s., Fms. v. 172, '
163 ; s6 softi fyrir augu J)eim, Nj. 21 ; sorti a solu, Rb. 108.
sortna, a&, [Dan. sortne], to grow black, Vsp. 57, Stj. 240, Fms.
414, Rb. 346, Fbr. 1 14; e-m sortnar fyrir augum, of faintness, cp. Di
det sortner for mine ujne.
sot-dript, f. (sotdrupt, D.N. i. 590, iv. 328) ; [a for. word, from L
sudarium f] : — a costly veil to cover relics, pictures, or other sacred thii
in a church ; s. blamerkt. Am. 59 ; s. hringofin yfir Martino, Vm. i
s. yfir P^trs skript, 83; s. yfir altari, Pm. 137 ; s. yfir heilogum kro;
Vm. 14.
SOA, aft ; this heathen word remains in only four passages of the >
poems Hm. and "ft., and in those only in the infin. and part, soit ; fr(
these, however, a strong inflexion may be inferred ; in mod. usage
sense II) it is a verb of the 1st weak conjugation (a6) : [the etymolc
is doubtful; not from sa = /o sow; it is more Hkely that soa is 1
root word to son, an atonement. The passages in Hm. and Yt. leave
doubt as to the original sense] : — to sacrifice, make an offering, but it
specific sense, for Hm. makes a distinction between biota and soa ; veis
hve biota skal . . . veiztu hve soa skal, . . . betra er osent en se of st
Hm. 145, 146 ; {)a er argjorn Jota dolgi Svia kind um soa skyldi, Yt
(where the prose is, at {)eir skyldi honum ' biota ' til ars ser) ; at Bolve
fieir spur9u ef hann vaeri me9 bondum kominn e5r hefSi honum Suttui
um soit, or ifS. had sacrificed him, put him to death, Hm. 109
in mod. usage the word is freq. in the sense to squander, with d
and declined ; soa fe sinu, og f)a hann haf6i mi ollu s6a6, Jjad hi
atti, Luke xv. 14; cp. Lat. dapes, an offering, and Gr. Sairavri^
squandering.
s6an, f. a squandering ; fjar-soan, Bs. i. sdunar-samr, adj. a spa
thrift.
s63i, a, m. a dirty fellow, a slut. s63a-ligr, adj. (-liga, ad»
sluttish. s6da-skapr, m. dirtiness.
s6fl, m. a broom; sopa me9 s(5flum, 623. 36
SOKN, f. [saekja ; A.S. socen; Dzn. sogn]: — an attack; i orrosti
ok soknum, Fms. ii. 106, vi. 59 ; harSr i soknum, 24 ; toksk harfta
sokn. Eg. 125; Gud gaf honum sigr hvar sem hann atti soknir, Ver. !
passim. 2. a law term, an action, esp. the prosecution, as opp.
vorn {the defence) ; sokn skal fara fyrr fram hvers mals enn vorn, Gr4g
59 ; domar skyldu fara (it til soknar, Nj. 87 ; saekja meS lands-laga s6l
to raise a lawful action, Bs. i. 749 ; biskups sokn {action) um krist
spell, H. E. i. 251 ; ok a slika sokn hverr ma9r til sins fj4r sem go4i
a, Grag. i. 141. II. the assemblage of people at a church, tat
ing, or the like ; nxi er sokn mikil i Skalholt um allt Island, J)vi ska
fyrir hugsa J)ik um sermon a morgin, Bs. i. 809 ; gorSisk \ik ^egarmi
sokn at GuSmundar-degi, 829; til-sokn, at-s6kn, skip-sokn, a ship's ere
sokn eru sautjan, Edda 108. 2. a parish, Dan. sogn, answering to t
secular hreppr or sveit ; af hverri (jor&) sem i sokninni liggr, Vm. I<
passim in mod. usage; kirkju-sokn; s6kna prestr, a parish priest: o
diocese, Dipl. ii. 14 ; t)ing-s6kn, q. v. III. a drag, grapnel, to &
It-jii
H5m. I ; ala sorg, Orkn. (in a verse) ; hug-sorg, mind's grief; bxik-sorg, ,^thc bottom of the sea, only in plur. ; hvalrinn hljop a sjo ok sokk,^
SOKNARADILI— SOMI.
579
ii menu til u skipum ok gorSu til sukiiir, ok vildu draga hvaliiiii at
ii, Us. i. 641 ; cf ma&r dregr upp akkeri meS sokii edr kafar til,
CS.L. ii. 2S4; soknir g63ar skaltxi jafiian minnask at hafa 11 skip
■i> {)er, Sks. 30 ; foru hvern dag margir menu nieflr soknir at leita
.iniia, Fnis. viii. 231, v.l. 2. in mod. usage soknir means a big
H book by which sharks are caught. compds : s6kiiar-adili, a, m.
prosecutor in a suit, see a5ili, opp. to varuar-adili, Grug., Nj., passim.
knar-dagr, m. a suit-day, court-day, K. A. 180. 86knar-f61k,
!he parish-folk, H. E. i. 472. s6knar-g6gn, n. pi. the proo/sfor a
,^ccution, Grag., Nj. s6kn&,r-kirkja, u, f. a parisb-cburch, H. E.
)ijO, K. A. 40. s6knar-kvi3r, m. a verdict, Grag. i. 55, 255.
knar-maflr, m. a kind oi overseer {!) in the old hreppr; ef hann vill
1, J)a, cr s. sakar-a6ili, ef hann vill eigi, e&r er cigi s. tekinn i hrepp, pi
verr er vill siikina, Grag. i. 297; rett er at })eir se eigi land-eigendr
<.'. suknarmenn eru i hrepp, 444, cp. Js. 31, Jb. 13, 54: mod. a pa-
i-isbioner. s6knar-ind,l, n. an action {lawsuit), H.E. i. 237. soknar-
Miestr, m. a parisb-priest, K.A. 68. soknar-vitni, n. a witness/or
rosecution, GJ)I. 306. s6knar-J)ing, n. a parliament with courts
! pleading, a session, Grdg. i. 99 ; lengr er s. er laust, ^6 skulda-J)ing
!;ist, 108; aSrir eru at domum, J)viat s. var, Gisl. 92; hann tok af
iMa-{>ing, skyldi J)ar eigi s. heita, Sturl. i. 140.
)knari, a, m. [cp. Dan. sag-stio-er], = si')knarma3r, Grag. i. 448.
kn-djarfr, a6kn-h.ar3r, adj. martial. Fas. iii. 233, Fms. iii. 17.
oOL, f., dat. sol, and older solu ; ace. with the article solna, Edda
41, O.H. 216; sol is the Scandin. word, 'sunna' being only used in
pciets: [in Ulf. sauil occurs twice, Mark i. 32, xiii. 24; in A. S.
poets sol occurs once, see Grein ; Dan.-Swed. sol; Lat. sol; Gr.
7;Aios.]
A. The sun, Vsp. 4, 5, 57, Gm. 38 ; ulfrinn gleypir solna, F;dda4l ;
ve3r var heitt af solu, 6. H. ; sol skein i hei3i, 216; mi vil ek heita
jiinn er solina hefir skapat, Fs. 59; hann lot sik bera i solar-geisla i
a-s6tt sinni ok fal sik a hendi peim gu8i er solina haf&i skapat,
i.mdn. 38. 2. various phrases as to the sun's course; fyrir sol, be-
fore sunrise, Bs. ii. 241 ; einn morgin vi6 s6\,witb the sun, about sunrise,
I';'. 717; me& solu, id., Bs. ii. 243; sol renur a fjiJIl, K.{).K.: or
id., sol kastar a fjoll, the su?i appears on the fells; or sol ro8ar, {)a3
y.n af solu ; sol ry9r, or ry9r fjiill, the sun reddens the fells, Fms.
4.^8(s61ar-ro6), all denoting the moment before sunrise : of the sun-
, l)a rann sol upp, O.H. 109 ; J)a er sol riSr upp, N. G. L. i. 218 : early
the morning, sol skaptha, shaft-high, Grag. ; sol litt farin, 0. H.^ sol
' (i lopt komin, Ld. 36 : of noon, sol hatt a lopti, sol haest a lopti, sol
.i5ri, sol i landsu&ri, Landn. 276, Sturl. iii. 70, Al. 51 : of the after-
■u and evening, er solina la!g3i, Eb. 172 ; lagr veggr undir solina, a
■■• tvall under the sun (cp. skaptha sol, in the morning), Sturl. iii. 70 :
the sunset, er sol settisk (sol-setr), Eb. 172 ; sol gengr (rennr) i aegi,
sun sinks into the sea, the phrase suits a coast-land towards the
^t, Fms. ii. 302, Al. 67 ; or sol rennr a vi8u (or til vi3ar), towards the
•id, in a wooded inland country, Hkr. iii. 227; sol affjalla, 'the sun is
' /he fells,' i.e. is after sunset. 3. of. the seasons; cp. the old Dan.
rase, solen bjerges, the sun is ' mountained,' sets over the fells; J)a
liar dagr en sol vex, Sks. 234 (see solar-gangr). 4. s(>\ = day; in
• law phrase, fyrir ina J)ri6ju sol, before the third sun, within three days,
ig. ii. 20, 24, Eb. 222, Eg. 723; til hinnar J)ri6ju solar. Fas. i. ao ;
l)rjar solir eru af himni, when three suns are off the heaven, three days
ice, Nj. 206. 5. hann skyldi snemma upp risa, ok fylgja solu
Jan haest vaeri sumars, Lv. 43; J)eir skyldi um naetr berjask, en eigi
• lir solu, Fms. vii. 296; a J)ann bekk er vissi moti solu, towards the
.'/j, Fms. vi. 439. 6. at s6]\i, following the sun's course, iti due
rse, prosperously, opp. to andsselis (q.v.), ' witbershins ;' \)6v skyldiS
t horfa a solina, ok draumr Jiinn skyldi ])CT at solu ganga, Fb. ii. 298 ;
II biskup var sva mikill gaefu-maSr, at honum gengu naliga allir hlutir
Milu (s()lu = Scolu, Ed.) hinn fyrra hlut sefi sinnar, Bs. i. 137 ; er naliga
III komi& a enda aefi minnar, ok gengit aSr mart at solu, 70; but
/ards used to make a ring or walk against the sun's course, saying
irms, which was thought to work evil, see andsaelis : gygjar-s61 (q. v.),
nock-sun, Sol. ; auka-solir, ' eke-suns,' mock-suns : a beam gener., skinn
sverSi sol, Vsp. 51. II. the Sun-goddess, the sister of Mani
1 daughter of the giant Mondilfori, V{)m., Gm., Edda.
■]^y The sun as an object of worship and reverence: — the heathen
lorkel Mani, when on his death-bed, had himself carried out into the
i, and commended his spirit to the god who had made the sun, Landn.
, see the citation above; sol ek sa . . . henni ek laut hinnsta sinni
Is-heimi 1, I saw the sttn and louted to him the last time in this world,
1. So in Icel. at the present day children, immediately after getting
t of bed in the morning, are made to run out of doors bare-headed, there
say a short prayer or verse, and when they return ' bid good-day,' —
good-day' being not allowable till this is done; this is called to
tch the good-morning,' saekja go&an-daginn ; the verse Pass. 3. 12
j set apart for this use ; but the very words of this verse — a momi
jerjum J)a upp stend eg, fyrst eg stig ni6r faeti a jor3, fxri eg \)6t
artans Jiakkar-gorS — were evidently suggested to the poet's mind by (
'this beautiful and time-honoured custom then general, but now perhaps
fast dying out.
B. CoMPDi : B61ar-&r, n. a solar year, Rb. a6lai-&BS, m, the
sun-god, of Apollo, Greg. 80. B61ar-bnmi, a, m. the burning of
the sun, Hkr. i. 5, Stj. 93, Barl. 198. B61ar-fall, n. sunset. O.H.
238, Fms. viii. 228, Orkn. 234. sdlar-gangr, m. the sun's course
between sunrise and sunset ; en er v/irafli ok s. var scm mestr, Grett.
113 ; ])a, merkdu J)eir at solargangi, at sumarit munadi aptr til vdrsins,
lb. 7 ; litiil dagr ok litill S., Sks. 66. sdlar-geiali, a, m. a sunbeam.
Fas. i. 423, Al. 174. s6Iar-gladaD, f. 'sun-gladdening,' the sunset.
Fas. i. 518. sdlar-god, n. the sun-god, Apollo, Bret., Stj., Post.
B61ar-hiti, a, m. solar beat, Hkr. i. 26, Magn. 430. 861ar-hrmgT,
m. ibe ' sun-ring,' orbit, ecliptic, Rb. 458, 462 ; krabba-mark er
nordast er i solarhring, 476 : mod. the circuit of the sun (day and night
together) ; einn solarhring, tvo solarhringa, one, two whole days.
s61ar-hvaxf, n. «= solhvarf, 181 2. 34. sdlar-lag, n. sunset; this is
the mod. Icel. word. s61ar-litill, adj. with little sun ; solar-litlir dagar,
Maurer's Volksagen. s6lar-lj68, n. sun-light, Rb. 1 10. solar-
rds, f. the sun's race or course, Sks. 21 7. s61ar-rod, n. sun-reddening,
the moment before sunrise, Fms. x. 258 ; konungr stoft upp i solarrod,
viii. 132 ; um morguninn i s., isl. ii. 266. B61ar-seta, u, f. = s6larsetr.
El. s61ar-Eetr, n. sunset, Fms. vi. 411, Fas. i. 518. sdlar-sinniB,
adv. 'with the sun,' from east to w«/ (opp. to a.nA%x\\s — witbershins),
Dropl. 10, II. solar-skin, n. sunshine, 656 A. ii. 2. s61ar-
steirm, m. a sun-stone or /oa<fs/o«c, = lei&arsteinn, used by sailors to
find the place of the sun on a cloudy day, Fms. v. 341, Bs. i. 565, 674,
Am. 52, Pm. 20, 81. 861ar-suflr, n. the iolar meridian, Stj. 96.
solar-tal, n. = s61arold, 181 2. 71. s61ar-td.r, n. the 'sun's tear,' i.e.
amber, Al. 165. s61ar-uppkoma, u, f. = so!aruppras. 861ar-
upprds, n. sunrise, fsl. ii. 334, Eg. 593, Fas. i. 497, MS. 656 B. 8.
s61ar-61d, f. the solar cycle (twenty-eight years), Rb. passim.
sol-baka, a8, to bake in the sun.
sol-bjartr, adj. [A.S. swegel-beorbt], sun-bright, Hkv. a. 43.
s61-bor3, n. = s6lbyrdi, Bs. i. 583, Edda (in a verse).
s61-brd3, n. and (. a 'sun-thaw;' s. mikil, Hkr. i. 71 ; i s61bra5inu,
72 : fern., bli6ar solbraSir, Fms. ii. 228.
s61-brunninn, part, sun-burnt. Art., Rm. 10.
s61-byT3i, n. the ' sun-hoard,' i. e. the gunwale; g6kk baran inn 4 bsefti
bor5, ok tok fni s61byr3in, Bs. i. 484, ii. 50.
sol-eyg, f. (proncd. soley), botan. 'sun-eye,' a buttercup.
sol-gangr, m. the sun's course, 181 2. 38.
solginn, part. [svc]^i], greedy, Hm.
s61-hei3r, adj. sun-bright, Akv. 16.
sol-hvarf, n. the 'sun's turn,' solstice; s. a vetr, s. a sumar, Rb. 90,
454, 456 : in popular usage in plur. s61-hv6rf, fyrir solhvorf, Grag. i.
420, ii. 306; mi lidr fram at si'dhviirfuni, Grett. 162 new Ed.; s61-
hvarfa-hringr, the 'sun's turn-ring,' the tropic, Rb. 472.
sol-hvitr, adj. 'sun-white,' an epithet of a lady, Hm.
aOliI, »,m.[\JU. sulja = aav5dkiov; F.ng\. sole ; Din. saale ; Swed.
sola ; Germ, soble ; Lat. solea] : — a sole of a shoe ; a bcrum solum, Fms.
viii. 405 ; solinn var stiikkr, en briikit var halt, J)a rasar Sturia, Bs. i. 527.
Sol-konungr, m. [A. S. Swegl-cynig"], the King of (be Sun, God, Lex.
Poet.
sol-lauss, adj. sunless, Hb. (1865) 38.
sol-mark, sol-merkl, n. a zodiacal sign, l8i2< 51, Rb. passim; so!-
marka-hringr or solmerkja-hringr, the zodiac, Rb. 104, 1 12.
s61-milnu3r, m. [A.S. sol-mond'S = February], the sun-montb, Rb.
104, Edda i. 512 (also sel-manu8r) ; in the Northern Calendar it is the
third month in the summer, and begins this year (1872) on the 24th of
June, see Icel. Almanack.
s61-myrkvi, a, m. a solar eclipse, Icel. Almanack.
s61-punktr, m. a 'sun-point,' quarter of an hour, Rb. 1 14.
sol-sekvia, u, f., botan. the common avens, geum rivale.
sol-setr, n. pi. sunrise and sunset; milli solsetra, /row sunrise till
sunset, Eb. 190; vurlangan dag solsetra millim, Landn. 264, v.l.; hann
skyldi vera liti me8 solsetrum, all day long, Lv. 43.
s61-skin, n. sunshine, Lv. 14, 50, Faer, 227, Nj. 143, Fms. vii. 68,
6.H.108.
s61-skrikja, u, f. the shrike, butcber-hird, lanius.
sdl-spjald, n. a sun-dial, Icel. Almanack.
s61-sta3a, u, f. a solstice, 415. 10, Rb. 470: usually in plur. s61st6»ur,
mi liSr fram at solsto&um, Grett. 145 (Cod. Ups.)
s61-tf3, f. a 'sun-tide,' season; fjorar sii'tiSir, Rb. 480.
s61-tlmi, a, m. the sun-time, the natural day, opp, to the astronomical
dav, Icel. Almanack.
SOMA, a, subj. sxm6i, Korm. 58, Ld. 3a. [Dan. sbmme'], to beseem,
become, befit; ef hann kann eigi sja hvat honum siimir, Isl. ii. 160, Fms.
ii. 244 ; s6mir \(iX konungum at t)jiina, . . . er konungum s6m8i at hafa,
656 B. 8; Idta si'r soma, 623. 28, 50; at henni sx.mh\ go6 klsedi, Ld.
32 ; at hon sxmai ^t^r, were a fit match for thee, Korm. 58.
s6mi, a, m. honour; vil ek eigi drepa hendi vift soma minum, Nj. 71 ;
Pp 2
580
SOMAFOR— SPANA.
i)eir braeflr J)6kku5u konungi Jiann soma er hann veitti J)eim, Eg. 96 ;
lei6angrs-gor6a ok annars konuiigligs soma (due, honour) er {)er erut
honum skyldir at veita, Fms. vii. 19; eigi er a kve&it hve mikit f6
henni skyldi heiman fylgja, en likligt at vera mundi g63r somi, fsl. ii.
393 ; margs var alls somi, manna tiginna, abundance of all things. Am.
92. coMPDs : 86ia.&-f6v, L an honourable journey, Eg. lo'j. soma-
g63r, adj. creditable, suitable, Fms. v. 336 : decent-looking, Sturl. ii.
134. soma-Mutr, m. an honourable share, F16v. 24, Fms. xi. 55,
Sturl. i. 100. sdma-kona, u, f. a respectable woman. s6ina-lauss,
adj. discreditable, Al. 61. s6ina-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), honourable.
Odd. 6. s6ma-nia9r, m. an honourable, respectable man, Ld. 32,
Fs. 12. s6ina-samliga, adv. beseemingly, bejittingly, Al. 113, Fas. i.
223, Sks. 447. soma-samligr, adj. decent, proper, respectable, Fs.
21, Fms. V. 284, Magn. 434. soma-spell, n. lack of property, Sks.
338. s6ma-S89ind, f. dignity, Fms. i. 259.
SOM", f. [Germ, siihne, ver-sohnung'] : — an atonement, sacrifice, of the
heathen age ; this ancient Teut. word remains in the Norse only in a few
COMPDS : s6nar-bl6t, n. an atonement-sacrifice, and at the same time an
oracle; Dagr konungr. . .gckk hann J)a til sonar-blots til fr(5ttar, Hkr. i.
24, Fas. i. 532. s6nar-dreyri, a, m. the blood of atonement (the blood
of the sonar-goltr, q. v.), Hdl. sonar-goltr, m. the ' atonement-boar,'
consecrated to the sun-god Frey. The ancient sacrifice of atonement
(sonar-blot) was thus performed : — the largest boar that could be found
in the kingdom was on Yule-eve led before the king and his men as-
sembled in the hall ; the king and his men then laid their hands on the
boar's bristly mane and made a solemn vow, strengja heit at Braga-
fulli. The animal being sacrificed, divination took place, probably by
chips shaken in the boar's blood ; for descriptions see Herv. S. ch. 10
(Fas. i. 531, 532), Hkv. Hjiirv. (the prose), Yngl. S. ch. 21 (ganga til
S('mar-bl6ts til frettar). The boar's head at Yule-tide in Queen's
College, Oxford, is probably a relic of this ancient heathen sacrificial
.rite. II. Son was the name of one of the vessels in which the
blood of Kvasir (the mead of wisdom and poetry) was kept, Edda ;
hence poetry itself is called fyllr Sonar, id. ; or6a-sa8 Sonar, the word-
seed of Son, i. e. inspired poetry, Kormak. This whole myth belongs to
the mysterijes of the heathen poets.
s6iia, a9, to sound, = L2.t. sonare. Mar.
86nn, m. [from Lat. sonus^, a sound; me3 saetum son, Fb. ii. 26, Pass.
25. 13 ; lata soninn ganga, to go on trumpeting.
S<5PA, a&, [A. S. swapan; Engl, sweep; Scot, soop, the oo=:wa']:
— to sweep, the thing swept in dat. ; ok s6pa3i a ofan moldu, Fms.
i. 213; hann s^r sopat snjanum, Ghim. 329: ace, norSan-vindr sopar
burt alia illviSris-klakka, Sks. 234 ; gri3konan sopar saman Idreptunum,
Hrafn. 25; hann s6pa3i J)eim af ser, Fms. vi.iio; s. vatni fra andliti
s6t, Bs. i. 355. 2. to sweep, a house, floor; s6pa hiisin ok tjalda,
Nj. 220 ; var s6pat allt ]^zt er bl63ugt var, (5. H. 1 16. 3. in phrases ;
lata greipr sopa um, to make a clean sweep, carry off all, Grett. 127 A ;
J)6tti t)eir sopa ekki hagliga um tiin, Fms. viii. 353 ; sopa hondum um
hirzlur bonda, 235. II. reflex., sopaSisk hon um fast ok tok
beinin ok allt J)at er henni {)6tti sett, ok slo i munn ser, 0. H. 153;
J>6r61fr sopask mjok um fiing. Eg. 42 ; sopask um til vista, Fms. viii.
435 ; sopast um um litstrandir landsins, a6r v^r fengim jafnmikit f^, vi.
150; s6pask at um menn, Fbr. 167 ; brott var sopat ollum vistum, Fs.
145..
sdpi, a, m. a nickname, Sturl.
s6p-limi, a, m. a sweeping-broom; soplimum prytt, Luke xi. 25, in the
N.T. of 1540.
B6pr, m, a ' sweep,' besom, freq. in mod. usage.
SdT, n. [Engl, soot; Dan. sod], soot, Edda (Ht.) ; soti svartari, blacker
than soot, Karl. 341, and passim, (mod. svartr einsog sot.)
s6ti, a, m. a soot-coloured horse, like sotrauSr, Lex. Poet., and mod.
usage : poijt., log-soti, the water-steed; griSar-soti, the ogress-steed, i.e.
ibe wolf. Lex. Poet.
s6tigr, adj. sooty; hann svaf aldri undir sotkum asi, Hkr. i. 43 ; Jjat
var t)rja vetr er hann la uti a herskipum sva at hann kom eigi undir
sotkan rapt, so that he never came under a sooty rafter, Orkn. 478 ; both
passages refer to the old laws of Wikings and warriors, and resemble
in sense and phrase the words of Ariovistus, ' tectum non subissent,' in
Caesar B. G. i. 36.
86t-raftr, m. a sooty rafter.
fl6t-rau5r, adj. 'soot-red,' dark-red, Ysp.
s6t-svartr, adj. soot-black.
S(3TT, f. [from sjukr, by way of assimilation ; Ulf. saubs = daBivfia,
v6aos; Dan. sot"] •.^-sickness, illness, disease, Hm. 94; taka sott, to fall
sick. Eg. 201, Nj. 29, Fs. 12, Ld. 102; kasta 4 sik s6tt, to feign ill-
ness, Nj. 14; sottum sjukr, 623. 50; utan sottar burftarins, without
birth-pains, K. A. 104 : the phrase, sott elnar, the illness (fever)
increases. Eg. 126, Band. 14, Bs. i. 69, Fas. ii. 162 (where of the pangs
of childbirth), 504 ; sottin r^nar, the fever abates ; kenna sottar, to feel
the symptoms of illness or fever, be taken ill, Fs. ^i ; hon kennir s^r sottar,
ok elr sveinbarn, Sd. 176 ; drottning far sott ok f«3ir son, Mirni. ; at sxi
ft
maer hafSi miklar s6ttir, throes of pain, Og. 2 ; br48ar sottir, paroxysms
5 ; sottar-brimi, the brunt of fever, Stor. ; eldr tekr vi3 sottum, Hm. 13J
(see eldr). — Sott has thus a double sense, generic = Lat. morbus, anc
special = Lat. febris or angina : in popular phrases and usages thi:
latter sense is very freq., see the remarks in Fel. x. 39, 40. 2
freq. in compds, land-far-sott = epidemic ; ana-sott, skropa-sott, hug-sott
bana-sott ; it is esp. suffixed to the names of sicknesses followed by strong
fevers, thus, b61na-s6tt, small-pox ; kvef-sott, a cough-fever = influenza
tak-s6tt, a stitch in the side; letta-sott, j6&-s6tt, throes of childbirth
J)unga-s6tt, a severe fever ; stein-sott, the stone ; braSa-sott, sudden death
riSu-sott, a^tte ; amu-sott, erysipelas; bit-s6tt, a 'biting illness,' cancer (1)
Hm. 138, Yt. 17. 3. diarrhoea, (mod.) compds : sottar-far, n
the condition of one's sickness, Nj. 14, Fms. iii. 27, ix. 434. sottar^
fer3i, n. id., Sks. 710 B. sdttar-kyn, n. a kind of ilbiess. Mar
s6tta-lauss, zd]. free from sickness, Eluc. 25 : without fever. s6ttar-
leiding, -umleitan, f. the burden ofan illness.
sdttall, adj. causing illness, contagious, Sks. 96 B.
s6tt-bitinn, part, sichtess-bitten, struck down by illness, opp. to vapn
bitinn, Orkn. 178.
sott-dauSr, adj. sickness-dead, struck down by sickness, opp. to sx-
daudr, vapn-dau3r, Edda 18, Sdm. 33, Eg. 770, Fms. i. 18, vii. 21^.
s6tt-h8Bttr, adj. dangerous, causing sickness, Sks. 96.
s6tt-lauss, adj. not ill; enn er hann kom, var Ottarr s., Fms. ii. 12
without fever.
s6tt-lera, a.d]. prostrate from sickness or fever.
s6tt-ligr, adj. sickly. Fas. iii. 642.
sott-litiU, adj. slightly ill or not very feverish; eru ^xi J)a nokkuf IJj
sottminni enn a&r, Fms. ii. 200.
sott-nsBinr, adj. apt to be taken ill, Ld. 102 : contagious.
-sottr and -sottligr, adj., from saekja (sotti) ; in compds, au5-s6ttr
tor-sottr, q. v.
s6tt-sjukr, nd). fever-sick, feverish, Fel. x. 40,
s6tt-tekiiin, part, taken ill, Bs. ii. 140.
SPAD, n. a stew of meat or fish ; brytja haenginn til spa8s. Fas. ii
131; lamba-spa3, hsensa-spa3. compds: spad-biti, a, m. a bit Oj
mutton. spad-supa, u, f. stew and soup, freq. in mod. usage.
spadi, a, m. a spade, freq. in mod. usage. 2. the check pattert
used in hand-weaving ; tr63ur hafa a spoSum, Hallgr. ; hence the phrase j'
hafa a sp63unum, to be all busy and bustling, id. 3. the spade ir
cards.
spak-fr6inu3r, m. an ' oracle-framer,' soothsayer, sage; valteins s.
the soothsayer of the chosen chip, Tft. ; see hlaut.
spak-ld,tr, adj. gentle, quiet, Stj. 213.
spak-leikr, m. wisdom, prophecy, Sks. 561.
sp&k.-liga,zdv. peaceably, quietly; fri3samliga ok s,, Fms. vii. 31a
fara s. ok gora eigi hervirki, (3. H. 206, Fb. ii. 330 ; J)eir foru at oBi
sem spakligast, Fms. xi. 35S ; J)eir s6g3u ekki spakliga konungs or5, vi
123. 2. wisely, like a wise man; gora spakliga, Fms. iv. 82 ; s
tungan spa3i, Pass. 10. 6.
spak-ligr, adj. wise, sage, Vsp. 23 ; spaklig frae&i, Skalda 161 ; spaklif
rseda, Sks. 237 ; tala spakliga hluti, Finnb. 236.
8pak-m41igT, adj. wise, pibi. 174.
spak-mseli, n. pi. a wise saying; s. J)au er vitrir menn hafa samar
sett, Skalda 200 : a prophetic saying, J)etta virSusk monnum s., Sturl
ii. 78.
SPAKR, spcik, spakt, adj. [Dan. spag], quiet, gentle; s. ok si8ugr
Fms. xi. 97 ; vertu sjalfr sem spakastr, Sks. 31 ; hann var ekki til s. vi?
drykkinn, Bs. i. 634; aH-sau&r spakr, a gentle pet-lamb, Stj. 516 ; hvalii
spakir ok hog-vaerir, Sks. 132 ; spok hross, quiet horses, that graze quietl}
without running astray, Fms. iii. 145. 2. a nursery term for infants
quiet, not crying or restless ; spakt skyldi hit elzta bam, Skalda 162 : anc
so in mod. usage, hann er spakr ; and 6-spakr, restless, crying. II.
wise, = GT. cro<p6s, Lat. sapiens; by the ancients the word is used with the
notion of prophetic vision or second sight ; ek a uxa t)aQn er ek kalla sp4'
mann, Jjviat hann er spakari en fiest naut onnur, Fms. ii. 193 ; var Achillef
vitrastr, Nestor spakastr, Al. 8 ; hann var s. at viti. Eg. 25 ; s. formadr.
fsl. ii. 398 ; spaks geta, Fb. i. aoi ; Isidorus biskup, spakr ok heilagr,
Bs. i. 266 ; Sverrir konungr, er baeSi var merkr i mali ok s. at mannviti,
100 ; hon (|)uri3r) var spok at viti, 6. H. (pref.) ; get-spakr, draum-s.,
q. v. II. as a soubriquet of several wise men of the Saga time,
Spak-B63varr, Spak-Bersi, as also Gestr inn spaki, Ljotr spaki,
6svifr spaki, {)6rarinn spaki, J)orsteinn spaki, {jorleifr spaki ; of womeft,
f)uri3r in Spaka, Landn., lb.; Danish, Eirekr spaki = Eric Ejegod the
Danish king (died A. D. 1 103) : of later times, Sveinn spaki the bishop
(died A.D. 1476); the last man to whom the name was given is Oddt
spaki (died A. D. 1556), the translator of the Icel, N. T.
spak-rd3ugr, adj. giving wise advice. Fas. iii. 104.
spakir8e3a, u. f. a wise speech, Mag.
spak-vitr, adj. wise, Hallgr. (spakvitrir spa3u).
spaldenera, m. [mid. Lat. spadula'], armour for (be back, N, G. L. ii.
(i spana, ad, to provoke ; see spcnja.
Iti-,
Ills/if
Itb,
if,
m.
H
M
It-it]
\
SPANGOL— SPIJGILL.
581
6pang61, n. and spangf lur, f. pi. bowlings.
Bpangola, a3, [yla], to bowl, of a dog.
spaning, f. [spcnja], a temptation, Horn. (St.)
SPANK", n. [Dan. spand], a pail ; s. fullt vatns, N. G. L. i. 358, ii. 248,
V. 1. 13: a measure, esp. of butter, spann snijiirs, 6. H. 227, N. G. L. i.
100, Fms. X. 398, Fb. ii. 529 : also used of grain, D, N. passim, but not
in Icel. writers, see Fritzner.
spanna', a6, [sponn], to span with the band.
spannar-, see sponn.
SPABA, pres. spari ; pret. spar8i ; subj. sper8i ; part, sparat; imperat.
spari ; but also sparar, spara8i, sparat, which prevails in mod. usage :
[A. S. sparjan; Dan. and Engl, spare; Germ, sparen"]: — to spare;
hann sparir eigi penninga {j6r61fs, Fms. i. 290; ok spar8i J)6 aldri
penninga at nau&synjum, Bs. i. 74; hir6ir hann eigi at eins f6 sitt
ok sparar, 656 A. ii. 2 ; J)vi spari ek minn mat, at J)er sparit ySvarn
mat, Fs. 145 ; ef {)eir sperSi sva mat sinn, at ... , Fms. viii. 66 ; GeirriSr
spar3i eigi mat viS menn, Landn. 100; nu spari ek eigi mat vi8 ykkr,
Fms. ii. 105 ; ek spar3a aldri vi6 y&r nytsamligar kenningar, 656 C. 17 ;
ek hefi engan hlut til J)ess sparat. Eg. 423 ; skal ek eigi mitt til spara,
Nj. 3 ; sparar hann hxb\ vi9 sik ok a3ra, 656 A. 2 : s. e-m e-t, to leave
to another; opt sparir lei5um {)at hefir Ijufum hugat, Hm. ; sporum {)etta
verk o3rum, Ld. 144. 2. metaph., partly of things ; \>At hygg ek,
i at meirr komi J)ar til litilmennska enn J)U sparir at ek henda gaman at
( deilu ykkarri, Eb. 170; spari ek eigi go3 geyja, Nj.160; at J)eir mundi eigi
iiaf s. at rasgja f>6r61f. Eg. 59; viltvi kaupa J)rxl at mer? — J)at spari ek
, .jeigi, segir Gunnarr, / am not unwilling to do that, Nj. 73 ; viljum v^r, at
"'*; J»u sparir ekki af vi& {>orgrim, Gisl. 26 ; mun hor ekki af sparat at veita
t'oss, Fms. xi. 341 ; spara e-t vi9 sik, to shrink from; sa er eigi sparir J)at
, lii-happ vid sik, shrinks not from such a crime, Fms. vii. 270 : partly of
*'V persons, ok sper8a ek J)ik til \>tss, I would fain spare thee from that,
j Band. 30 new Ed. ; ek spari {)ik til harSra alaga fyrir okkarn vinskap,
',,Fs. 18; en sja kveSsk hon, at \>eit spor9u hana eigi til erfiSis ok skap-
^irauna, Eb. 126. II. reflex, to spare oneself; J)at or8 flytzk af, at
Hi{)U sparisk vi8, thou sparest thyself, dost not use all thy strength, Gfsl. 26;
'''jspar&isk hann ekki sjalfr vid orrostuna, Fms. ii. 328 ; niuntii eigi sparask
til eins drykkjar meira, Edda 32. 2. to shrink from, forbear ; hefi ek
engi til J)essa sparask, Gisl. 43 ; tok fataekis-folkit at grata er {)at matti eigi
jat skjol saekja er J)at haf6i lengi til sparask, long pined for, Bs. i. 332,356.
spard, n., pi. sp6r&, sheep's droppings : sparda, a&, to drop, of sheep.
sparda, u, f. [cp. Lat. sparusj, a kind of (Irish) axe, Orkn. 50, Fms.
yii. 72, X. 139.
spari-, spare, reserved, used in spari-fSt, -treyja, -pilz . . . , of a
pare suit, jacket, petticoat for holidays only, opp. to hvers-dags, every-
day clothes.
spark, n. a kicking, trampling, Isl. ii. 139,
sparka, aS, to kick, Fs. 31.
sparkr, adj. [cp. common Engl, spark; akin to sprsekr, sprakki] : —
vely, sprightly; sparkar konur, Hbl. ; — a air. \fy.
% sparlak, n. a curtain; tvau sparlok, Vm. 58, 119, Vigl. 30.
'it| spar-liga, adv. sparingly, Hom. 15, Mart, ill ; 6-sparliga.
Jspar-mseli, n. 'sparing words;' in the phrase, reka s. vi3 e-n, to
'tare, deal sparingly with, Sturl. iii. 264, Grett. 154 A.
sparnadr, n. a sparing, saving, passim in mod. usage : sparing, sparn-
1 S'4 Jar ma3r, a person deserving to be spared, Fs. 46.
ispar-neytinn, adj. moderate in food.
jpar-neytni, f. the being sparneytinn ; s. matar ok drykkjar, Bs. ii.
f, Hom. (St.)
if't jparr, adj. [spor, spart], sparing; mdr hefir verit son J)inn sparari til
f4 iaemdar, I would fain have spared him, Eg. 728 ; at J)U vaerir mer sparr
tel idir iixi, Fs. 38 ; li-sparr.
^J 'i iparra, a5, to furnish a house with spars (sperra), Boldt.
4 iparr-haukr, m. a sparrow-hawk. El., Str., Karl., Art., Edda (Gl.)
»it:^ iparri, a, m. a spar or gag; setja sparra i munn, N. G. L. i. 80;
jiiiv., >m-s., a mouth-gag, Geisli, Edda : a spar of timber, D. N. iii. 871.
kA ipar-samr (spar-semi, f. saving), [Germ, sparsam'], adj. saving.
lorj} 3PA, 3, pres. spai ; pret. spa3 : [a contr. form ; Scot, s/ae; cp. Germ.
It. t ai«i ; Lat. spec-, spicio'] : — prop, to pry, look, but only in II.
iK 'j jtaph. to spae (Scot.), prophesy, foretel, the person in dat., the thing
dat. or ace; eigi vil ek [)ess spa, Sd. 160; spa mun ek J)eim J)ess, at
, Fb. i. 548 ; spa u-or3na hluti, 656 C. 6 ; spa fyrir u-or3na hluti,
*{;hs. i. 96; spa mer slikar spar, Nj. 82; {jat spa3i mer {>6rir felagi
nn, 98 ; kemr nxi i hug hvat konungrinn hafSi spa3 honum, Fms. xi.
spasaga er spa3 var, viii. 240.
p4, f. a spae (Scot.), prophecy; spa mer slikar spar, Nj. 182 ; sjaldan
fa spar minar att langan aldr, Grett. ii6 A ; sinar spar, Al. 65 ; spain
inanna, Fs. 25 ; leggja hug a spar, 19; segja spir, Edda, passim. 2.
names of poems, Viilu-spa, Merlinus-spa.
p&-dis, f. a spae-sister. Fas. i. 144.
4-d6mliga, adv. prophetically, Stj. 330, 236.
!p4-d6mligr, adj. /ro/)i»c/ica/, Stj. 432.
p4-d6mr, m. 'spae-dom,' prophecy, Bret. 62, Fb. i. 77, Stj. 230 ; 08inn
tA
haf8i spddom (divination), Edda (pref.); tpdd^ms andi, Fb. i. 121, Stj.
63 ; spAdoms fixbi, 471 ; spddomi gjof, 6; spadoms ord, 63.
sp4-farar, f. pi. soothsayings, vaticination, GJ)!. 137.
spd-gandr, m. ' spae-cbarms,' Vsp. ; for this word see gandr.
sp4-kona, u, f. a ' spae-queen' ipae-wife, prophetess, Fms. x. 223;
s. sii er sybil h(5t, Edda (pref.) ; kona sii er Anna h6t, hiin var s.,
Mar- 35 J cp- t" var Anna spakona dottir Phanuels af kyni Asser, Luke
ii. 36. 2. as a nickname, |>6rdis s. ; whence Sp&konu-fell, a local
name, Landn.
sp&-leikr, m. ' spaeing,' divination, Ver. 26, Rb. 384, Viils. R. 5 : a
prophecy, Sturl. i. 121, Bret. 43; spalciks andi, a prophetic spirit, Sks.
561, Stj. 6, Fb. i. 121 ; spaleiks syn, a vision, MS. 623. 62.
spd-ligr, adj. prophetic ; li-spiiligr, Fbr.
spi-madr, m. a ' spae-man,' soothsayer, prophet, Fms. i. 145 ; Chalkas
s., Al. 52 ; ek 4 uxa ^ann er ek kalla spamann, ^vi at hann er spakari,
en flest iinnur naut, Fms. ii. 193; spamenn, galdramenn, H. E. i. 522;
sei8ma8r, Jiat er s., Fms. x. 378. 2. esp. in a Biblical sense ; Guds
spama8r, Sks. 690, Stj. 6 ; fyrir munn Davids spanianns, Bs. i. 265 ;
Log ok Sp4menn, the Law and the Prophets, Nidrst. 8 : passim in the
Icel. Bible, spamanns otb, the words of the prophet, Bs. i. 728, Hom. 105,
N. T., Pass., Vidal., passim.
spdmann-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), prophet-like.
sp^-masli, n. p\. prophetic words, Sturl. i. 223, Gisl. 94, Fms. v. 322.
spd-meer, f. = spakona, Eb. (in a verse); in Norway spaa-muy is a
knuckle in a cow's foot (the same double sense as in Icel. vala?), used
in the game of playing the wizard or prophet, Ivar Aasen.
sp&n-bakki, a, m. = skotbakki, Fms. ii. 271.
spdn-brj6ta, braut, to shiver, break into splinters, Ann. 1343.
SPANN and sp6nn, m., gen. spanar, dat. spxni, pi. spsenir, ace.
spanu, sponu, Fms. i. 1 28, 290, N. G. L. ii. 131 : the mod. form is spdnn^
spons, ace. pi. as well as dat. spaeni : [A. S. span, spoon; Germ, spann;
Dan. spaan ; Engl, spoon] : — a chip, shaving, made by a plane, knife, axe ;
J)6 at miklir spxnir vaeri af telgdir, Bjarn. I4 ; spann af krossinum helga,
Fms. vii. 91 ; spanu nokkora . . . hann s6pa8i spanunum oUum i bond ser
... let brenna spanuna 1 lofa ser, O. H. 197 ; spanu |)a er J)eir telgdu, Fms.
xi. 34; ok fylldu upp af spanum, i. 127; tjorga8a sponu, 128; afhogg
ok sponu, 290; til t)ess er snjor kemr a sp<'mu, N.G. L. ii. 131 ; hrjota
spaenirnir upp i m(5ti honum, Edda; lokar-spaenir, spana-hriiga, Krok. 5 2 C :
in the phrase, brotna i span, to be ' broken into matchwood,' of a ship. Eg.
405, Nj. 267, 282, cp. Kristni S. (in a verse). II. metaph. usages,
a target; setja span i bakka, Fms. ii. 271 ; skot-spiinn, q. v. : — the gilt
beaks, of dragons' heads on ships (enni-spann), bera goldna spunu, Edda (in
a verse) ; enni-spann, q. v. : — of a sword's sheath, sverS me8 umger8 ok
sponum, J)i3r. 80 : — shingles for thatching, D. N. iii. 409, v. 387, 637 (spon-
|)ak) : — chips used for soothsaying, cp. Lat. sortes, fell honum \ik sva spann
sem hann mundi eigi lengi Ufa, Yngl. S. ch. 42 (see blot-spann) ; J)eir
felldu span til byrjar, ok fell sva, at (!)8inn vildi {liggja mann at hlutfalli
at hanga. Fas. iii. 31. 2. a spoon; eta spon-fastandi, Pr. 475 ; horn-
spann, Fms. vi. 364 ; |>urdis bar inn grautar-trygU a bor3 ok belt med a
sponum, Eb. 36, Gisl. 72 ; allr bor8buna8r af silfri, diskar ker ok spjenir,
Isl. ii. 436 ; sp6na-trog, a trough or tray in which the spoons were served
at table, Gisl. 72.
Spdnn, m. Spain, Fms. vii. 78 sqq., x. 92 : Sp^-land, n. id., Stj. 92
(Spina-land, id. v. 1.) : Sp&n-verjar, m. pi. Spaniards, Mirm. :
Spdn-verskr, adj. Spanish, Karl. 449 : mod. Sp&nskr.
spdn-n^, adj. (spelt spfin;^), [Engl, span in 'spick and span'], span-
new, very freq. in mod. usage; vin spdnnytt at drekka,/r«i wine, J>idr.
15, V. i. 2. metaph. quite fresh, not exhausted. Eg. 585, Fms. viii.
405, 413 ; spannyjar sakir, Ld. 144; hann strykr af s^r eitrid allt ok
ver8r J)a spany'r eptir, Horn. (St.)
sp&n-6si, adj. span-new, of ships just launched; |)au (the ships)
voru spanosa ok nybraedd, Fms. viii. 382 ; kista s. sva sem ny'skafin
vaeri, O. H.
spdn-J)ak, n. a shingle-roof, Edda.
8pdn-J)aktr, part, shingle-tbatcbed, Fms. v. 331.
spdr, adj., spa, spatt, [spa] : — prophetic ; i hjarta sp4s manns, Hom. 58;
{)at er spatt, er spakir maela, Bs. i. 264 : also spa (fern, adj.) er spaks geta,
Grett. 72 new Ed., Fms. xi. 154 : sann-spar, for-spar, ve8r-spar, q. v.
spd-saga, u, f. a ' spae-word,' prophecy ; mi kom fram spdsagan Gests,
Ld. 286, Sturl. ii. 78: plur., g68ar Jiykkja m6r spasogur {)inar, Nj. 146;
J)essi s. er mi fram komin a varum dcigum, Fms. viii. 240, Al. 65.
spd-sdgn, f. = spasaga, Fms. ii. 285, Stj. 240.
spdzera, ad, [from Germ, spazieren], to walk, Fms. xi. 430, Stj. 138,
Bs. ii. 57.
sp&zia, u, f. the margin of a book, skrifa 4 tpdzfuna.
8p6a (spjd), a8, [Dan. spea], to mock; og spt'ar hann upp i ha void,
Hallgr. ; . . . spjiiSu haim. Pass. : sp6-, n. mocking : sp6-koppar, m. pi.
dimples: sp^-hrseddr, zdj. fearing ridicule: sp^-skorinn, part, with
short-cropped hair.
spegUl, m. [Dan. speil; Germ. Spiegel; Lat. speculum'], a mirror, Stj..
9, Fms. iii. 543, Mar. 1032, Pm. 87. g8.
582
SPE(^LA— SPILLA.
spegla, a3, to look in a glass.
Bpeingr, m. a spy; sinum speingum ok galdra-moiinum, Hb. (1865)
30, as also in arg-speingr, n spy, Dropl. (in a verse).
speja or spseja, a6, [Germ, sp'dhen; Dan. speide], to spy; hafa spaejat
(spejat V. 1.) ok rannsakat, Stj. 145; hann leyndisk ok vildi speja um
husfreyju, Grett. 200.
spejari, a, m. a spy, Stj. 219, Rett. 8 (D.N. i, 87).
SPEKI, f. [spakr], wisdom ( = Gr. ao<pia, La.t. sapietitia) ; su speki er
hann sagQi fyrir u-vor3na hluti, Fms. i. 146; eilif speki, Ann. 1848. 372 ;
speki ok visdomr, . . . af speki Salomonis, Stj. 560; speki-meistari =
spekingr, id. ; get-speki, heim-s., q. v. compds : speki-andi, a, m. the
spirit of wisdom, Rb. 80. speki-ma3r, m. = spekingr, Gliim. 388.
speki-mdl, n. pi. words 0/ wisdom, Greg. 20. speki-rd3, n. a wise
counsel. Fas. i. 1 71.
spekingr, m. a wise man, a sage; Sigur6ar Hla5a-jarls er allra spek-
inga var mestr, Fms. i. 20 ; heyrit, or spekingar, or5 min, ii. 240 ; Einarr
bjo Jjii at fjvera, s. mikill, Lv. 36 ; hann var inn mesti s. at viti, Eb. 26 ;
Osvifr var s. mikill, Ld. 122 ; Gestr var s. at viti, framsynn um marga
hluti, 124; si6an for hann til spekings eins ok sag6i honum drauminn,
Nj. 121. 2. the counsellors of kings vv'ere called so ; mi rseSsk Haraldr
konungr um vi3 sina spekinga, Fms. xi. 42 ; sem {ja var konungum titt,
at hafa gamla spekinga til jjess at vita forn daemi ok si3u forellra sinna,
Fagrsk. 150 ; cp. the A. S. witenas.
spekja, S, [Dan. spcBge'], to calm, soothe, keep quiet; s. menn sina,
Flov. 26 : reflex, to be calmed, muntii Jja spekjask, Jjott eigi spekisk jjii
sva bratt, 677- 12 ; let setja hann i jam ok hugSi at hann mundi spekjask,
Fms. vi. 291. II. J)eir er mest eru spaktir {endowed with wis-
dom) af Gu5i, Hom. 136.
spekjur, f. pi. [A.S. spcEc~\, parley ; aQrar varu okkrar spekjur, Gkv.
3. 4 (a air. Kfj.)
spekt, older form spek3 = speki, quietness, peace ; gseta e-s me& spekt,
Sks. 126; spekSar ok hogvaeris, Fms. x. 408 ; spektar-ma9r, a peace-
loving man, K. A. 48. 2. wisdom, Sks. 294, Fms. i. 117, vi. 144;
miklaSi hann spektina, sva at J)eir skildu alia hluti, Edda (pref.) ;
spektar-andi, /2)e spirit of wisdom, Stj. 348; spektar brunnr, Sks. 604 ;
spektar gy3ja, Al. 42 ; spektar Ijos, Greg. 30 ; spektar ij)r6tt, Al. 42 ;
spektar munr, komask 4 spektar mun vi3 e-n, to outwit, Lv. 49 ; spektar
nam, Sks. 15 ; spektar mal, wise words, Fb. ii. 249, Mirm.
speld, mod. speldi, n. a square tablet ; gluggar, ok smiin fyrir speld,
Nj. 114: undir so3ulfj61inni sprettir hann upp speldi, tekr J)ar upp brefit,
Sturl. iii. 295 : a tablet to write on, rita a speldi. Fas. ii. 551.
spelkja, a9, to stuff, of skins; si3an laetr Oddr tro9a belginn ok s.,
Fas. ii. 516.
spelkur, f. pi. [A.S. spelc'], a splint for binding up broken bones;
hann setti vi6 fsetrna, ok batt vi3 spelkur. Fas. iii. 309, passim in mod.
usage; Isetr hann fla af J)vi belg, siSan laetr hann setja spelkur (spjalkir
v.l.) i munn J)vi, ii. 181.
SPELL, n. pi. [A.S. spell], a flaw, damage; abyrgjask landit vi3
ollum spelluni til fardaga, Grag. ii. 216; abyrgjask e-t via spellum viS
kaupanda, 249 ; a9r menn sja at meS spellum ferr, N. G. L. i. 54 : a flaw,
fault, allmikil spell, Fms. viii. 53, v. 1. : a breach, frsendsemis-spell, sifja-
spell, sakar-spell, etc. spella-lauss, zA]. faultless, N.G.L. i. 232.
spella, a9(?), = spilla; fseQask af spellaSum hlutum, Stj.; ok hafi sva
spellask = spilzk, 290; cill veroldin var spellaS, 55; hann haf6i spellat
sinn veg, 56 ; u-spella6r mal, iincorrupt, N.G.L. ii. 78, 81.
spellan, f. defilement, Stj. 24, 290.
spell-reiS, f. the damaging a horse by overriding him, Grag. i. 435.
spell-verk, n. a misdeed, the doing damage, Grag. ii. 327.
spell-virki, n. mischief-working, damage; ver6a sekr (fjorbaugs ma3r)
um s., Grag. i. 88, 129, GJil. 241 ; g5ra spjallvirki eSa ran biium, Grag. ;
hoggva bu e6r taka aSra vist en gora eigi annat spellvirki, id. ; gora
skaSa ok spjollvirki, Eg. 196 ; mi hiiggr ma9r i bor9 skipi manns framan
e6r aptan, J)at er s., N. G. L. i. 46.
spell-virki, a, m. (-virkjar), a mischief-worker, highwayman, Nj. 183,
Fms. ii. 83 ; hug5u J)eir at spellvirkjar mundu vera, i. 226, Fs. 6 ; bjorn
gengr um eyna ok er sa inn mesti s., Eg. 375 ; spellvirkja bseli, a robbers
den, Fms. ii. 81, Matth. xxi. 13.
spelf-virkni, n. the doing damage, Grag. ii. 327, Fbr. 99 new Ed.
sp61ni, f. [spe], a gibing.
spen-bolga, u, f. a swelling of the teat or dug, Pr. 471.
spen-drekkr, m. a sucking child; J>at barn er s. er, Grag. i. 240.
spengi-legr, adj. tall and fine, of stature.
spengja, 9, [spong], to spangle; bor9it var spengt jarni, Fas. ii. 64;
exi forna ok spengda, Sturl. ii. 1 70.
SPENI, a, m. \_A.S. spana], a teat, dug,e:sp. of animals; gris er drukkit
haf9i spenann, Fs. "ji ; fjorar mjolkar runnu 6r spenum hennar, Edda;
yla {legar er J)eir missa mjolkr or Jjurrum spenum, Al. 31 ; Jjat var gyltr
ok spenar a, Fms. vi. 216 ; fjorir hanga spenar, Gsp. ; J)at skrimsl hefir
a brjosti ser stora spena, Sks. 169 ; hann kom hverju Iambi a spenann,
Od. ix. 245. spena-barn, n. a sucking child, Fas. ii. 328.
SPENJA, pres. spenr ; pret. spandi ; subj. spendi ; part, spanit ; cp. ,
spana : [akin to speni ; A.S. spanjati\ : — prop, to draw the teat, but onl
used 2. metaph. to attract, allure ; spenr i saelu sina, sin born jiifur
stjornu, Skalda 248 ; hefi ek menn spanit or J)inni hir9, of allan hein
hefi ek spanit menn til Gu9s, 656 C. 33 ; hann spandi lit hinga9 mei
ser Saemund, brought S. back with him, Bs. i. 240 ; hann mon deyja, oJ
mon ek hann J)a hingat s., Ni9rst. 2 ; J)eir spon9u 119 undan konungi, Fms
vii. 248 ; hann fekk honum lausa-fe mikit at s. 119 undir J)a, 6. H. 25
J)ar sem hann fann sterka menn e9r spekinga at viti Jja span9i hann all;
til sin ok g6r9i ser kaera, Fms. x. 293 ; s. fra honum J)a er honum vtui
hollir, ix. 262 ; honum J)6tti J)ar megin landsins, ef hann fengi J)ar undi
sik spanit, me9an jarl vseri i brottu, iv. 105 (komit, 6. H. 1. c.)
SPENIfA, t, [A. S. spannan], to span, clasp ; s. sver9 ba9uni honduni
Fms. viii. 363 ; spenna ararnar fjorir hverja, 384 ; a langskipum;;i
spenntu tveir eina ar, ix. 310 ; spenntu tveir hverja ar, 303, v. 1. 2
to span ; lin sva mikit at spennt fengi um mesta fingri, to span wif.
the thumb and the middle fitiger, 6. H. ; hjalm a hof9i enn ekki spenn
{clasped) kinnbjorgunum, Grett. 1 18; spennt gullhla9i at hof9i ser
Fms. ii. 264 ; s. um sik beltinu, xi. 272 ; Egill spennti gullhring a hverj
hiJnd honum. Eg. 300; ok er hann spennir J)eim um sik, Edda 15 ; Jiei
spenntu naefrum at fotleggjum ser, Fms. vii. 320; hann haf9i spennt
ser {unclasped) beltinu, xi. 290; spenn af mer belti ok knifinn, iv. 2_
s. hondum um hiils e-m, to clasp the hands round one's neck, Isl. ii. 343
hann spennti um hann stiifunum, GullJ). 59 ; s. karls dottur. Fas. i. 50
prestr nokkurr gekk a land, Birkibeinar spenntu hann, clasped, caugb H'^
him, Fms. viii. 358; har91iga spenntr, in hard straits, Grett. 158 A BiF'*!!
spenna boga, to draw a bow, Jji9r. 39. II. to spend, enjoy ; meir
sa;md en hann hef3i fyrr J)vi lika spennt, Th. 18; eptir ar li9it skal cl )
segja J)er hvat {)u spennir, Fms. xi. 423 ; upp spenna goz e-s, N. G. L
iii. 245. III. = spenja, Fms. ix. 262, v.l. ■"*■
spenna, u, f. spasm ; slikum spennum ok una9um, Isl. ii. 63 : med
a fit of vomiting, fii har9ar spennur : a grasping, hrygg-spenna, q. v.
spenni, n. a locket, D. N.
spennill, m., in Eir-spennill, Brasen-clasp, the name of a vellum MS.
spennir, m. a grasper, compasser. Lex. Poet.
spenni-tong, f. a ' clasp-tongs,' forceps, 6. H. 223, Eb. 244.
spennsl, n. a clasp ; s. bandanna. El. 2 : esp. of books, mod. spennsli
spen-volgr, adj. warm from the cow, of milk.
sper3ill, m. a kind of sausage ; bjiigu og sper91a, Hallgr.
SPERWA, d, (of an older strong verb there only remains the pret
spam), [cp. A. S. spttrnan ; Engl. spurn~\ : — to spurn, kick with the feet
hann spernir til risans me9 faeti, J)i9r. 186 ; J)6 at J)eir viii sperna y9r fn
J)eim fagna9i, Barl. 44; Jjeim sem hann faer spernt fra hir9vist, N.G.L
ii. 422 ; J)a er Haraldr sparn a mornar mo, Hkr. i. (in a verse) ; ok er hani
sparn galgann, Eb. 34 new Ed. v. 1. 1 ; er Egill sparn galgann, Hkr. iii. 199
almr spann ( = sparn) af ser odda, the bow spurned the shafts off', Jd.
sperra, u, f. [Engl, spar], a spar, rafter, of a roof. compds
sperri-leggr, m. a spar-stick, Fms. vii. 72. sperru-tser, f. pi. /ii^s,i
'spar-toes,' i.e. the ends of a spar in a roof. sperru-vegr, m. <
'spar-way,' tram-way, D.N. i. 577.
sperra, 9 and t, to raise the spars in a house, D. N. i. 47 7' 2. /<
stretch out the legs like rafters ; hrossit syktisk ok sperr9i fra ser faetr, Bs
i. 614. II. reflex, to struggle by putting the feet out like spars
hann sperrisk vi9 fast i saetinu, Th. 76 ; si9an gengu J)eir a land, en hoi
sperr9isk vi9, ok tok annarr i har henni ok leiddi hana, Sd. 185: UR
spertr, strutted (better stertr), Hrafn. 18.
spez-skor, m. a kind of shoes, Fms. viii. 358.
SPIK, n. [A. S. spic ; called by the English whale-fishers speck]: — WaJ
ber, the fat of seals, whales ; sel-spik, hval-spik, finnanda-spik, N. G. L. i
252; spik ok rengi, Grag. ii. 362, Am. 32. compds: spik-feitf:
adj. seal-fat. spik-hvalr, m. whale-blubber, Vm. 143.
spika3r, adj. fat as a seal.
spiki, a, m. [A. S. spic-mdse], a bird, the tit, parus L., Edda (Gl.)
spil, n. a tablet, = speldi ; hann J)ildi alia veggi me9 spjoldum eflj'
spilum, Stj. 563. I Kings vi. 15. II. [Germ, spiel], a game;
barna-spil, a child's game, Bb. ; leik-spil, manscings-spil. Skald H. 2.
plur. cards, (mod.)
spila, a9, [Germ, spielen], to play ; the word occurs in the 14th cen-
tury; hann spilar fingrum at Romi, Fbr. 198 (in the text of the Fb. th«
old phrase is ieika fingrum, see Rm.), passim in mod. usage. 2. also.fc
spend; s. xit eigum sinum, of a spendthrift ; lit-spilan, squandering. 3.
to play at cards.
spilda, u, f. [speldi], a flake or slice; her er skjoldr er ek vii gefa ]^i
— JErnar a Grimr fostri minn flagspildur, fsl. ii. 32 ; spilda af isi, ctfblf^
of ice.
spildingr, m. = spilda. "?'
SPILLA, t, to spoil, destroy, with dat. ; brutu ni9r hof ok spiHlt!^
blotum, Fms. i. 51 ; j)e!r spilltu ^vi er {jeir mattu eigi me9 fara, Eg. 385;' m^.
spilt var slae9unum, 703 ; spilla ill mal g69um si9um, Bs. i. 271 ; s. mfili %t',tti
e-s. Eg. 418 ; s. okkru vinfengi, Nj. 49 ; s. ser i saurlifi, Stj. 55 ; s. fyrii
e-m, to spoil one's condition, do one harm. Eg. 255, esp. of harming by
slander. II. reflex, to be spoiled, damaged, grow worse, Griig. ii.
"km
A
%.
SPILLIDYR— SPORNA.
583
. ^8, Horn. 1 20 ; spillask vi8, to gel worse. Eg. 566 ; tru spilltisk, Laiidn. '
117; niiin mikit hafa uni spilzk, taken a turn for the worse, Isl. ii. 369 ;
spilltisk skjott lirferd, Fnis. i. 51 ; spillask {m sakaniar, Grag. i. 373 : —
pirt. spellandi, a spoiler, 0. H. 114; um-spillendr : spilltr, spoiled,
corrupted.
piUi-d^, n. a noxious animal, Fb. ii, 78.
pilli-ligr, adj. corruptible, Bs. ii. 183.
spilling, f. corruption. Mar., passim in mod. usage and ecci. writings,
npillir, m.a5/)o//^r; spillir bauga, Fm., Lex.PoiJt.; skalda-spillir, q. v.
spinka, a&, to sprawl; {)cir draga hann fram at gi'ilga . . . hvcrsu haim
spiiikar, Tliom. 472.
SPINNA, spann, spunnu, spunnit ; [UK. spinnan = vr)0(iv; a word
imon to all Teut. languages] : — to spin; Katla sat ii palli ok spann
11, Eb. 92, 94; ek hefi spunnit tolf dlna garn, Ld. 224; drosir su&-
ir dyrt lin spunnu, Vkv. I ; Grima sat a J)reskeldi ok spann, Fbr.,
^im in old and mod. usage,
spik, f., pi. spikr, [Engl, spike; Dan. spig], a spike, sprig; fjala-spikr,
poard-splinters, Pr. 415 ; skyjdi ek sundr bjota hverja spik er i J)eim er,
Mirm. 70 : in mod. usage of a thin worn-out scythe, Ijd-spik, Isl. {)j68s.
i. 1 1 ; hann hafSi aldri annan Ijd, en spikina alf konu-naut, 13.
^ pira, u, f. a spar, N. G. L. iii. 204, Edda ii. 482 ; spiru-vi&a, a spar-
'•er, N. G.L. iii. 207: a stilt, Stj. 95. II. a kind of beaker
vessel in church furniture, Dipl. iii. 4, Vm. 58, B. K. 84, 130,
' ). N. III. the town Spira, Symb.
.spital, n. (spitali, a, m., Symb. 30, Fms. x. 153, xi. 202, 301 ; not
[ccially for the sick); [for. word; mid. Lat. bospitale'] : — a spital or
"i^pital for the poor or strangers, Symb. 28, Fms. x. 153 ; IserSra manna
I'ital, Ann. 1308; for lepers. Dip), ii. 16, 94; spitals-prestr, D.N.
i. 16.
-spitalskr, adj., spit-elska, u, f. [Dan. spedalskl, leprous, for the old
iDspitals were established for incurable lepers.
.spiz, n. [ for. word ; Ital. spezie'], spices, B. K. 88, Rett. 49, Mar.
spiza, a6, [for. word; Germ, speisen], to furnish with provender; vel
piza5an, Clar., Bkius S., (unclass. and obsolete.)
SPJALD, n., pi. spjold, [Ulf. spilda = mvaKiSiov, nKd^l: — a square
ahlct; me6 spjoldum ok spilum, Stj. 563: a tablet in a church, brik
iir altari, spjold tvau, Vm. 149 ; spjald ok a crucifixio. Am. 58 : the
quare wooden board in the binding of a book, atta baekr i spjoldum, Vm.
77 ; halfr fimti tugr boka i spjoldum, Dipl. v. 18 ; spjalda-laus, without
: cover, id.: the phrase, spjaldanna d milli, _/rom one cover to the other;
g hefi lesiS bokina spjalda a milli, i. e. all, every word of it : vax-spjold,
.ax-tablets, Sturl. iii: for writing, Lat. cera, skrifa a spjald, Stat. 275;
:irk)unnar log ritu& a spjall(d) ok upp-fest, H.E. i. 501: the squares
ude in weaving by ladies, hla5a spjoldum, to make, weave, check, Gkv.
. 26 ; hence a woman is in poets called spjalda gna, the fairy of the
iblets. Skald H, 6. 48 ; spennti eg miSja spjalda gna, sprikladi sal a
Drum, a ditty.
spjald-hryggr, m. the back above the hips, the small of the back;
ndar, spjald-hryggr, mjo-hryggr, bak.
spjald-oflnn, part. ' woven in squares,' of a lady's work.
spjald-vefna3r, m. weaving in squares, check-work, embroidery.
SPJALL, n. [Ulf. spill = iiv9os; A.S. and Engl, spell; O.U.G.spel,
v.ce mod. Germ, spief] : — a ' spell,' saw, saying; hafa mart i spjalli, to
It of many things. Skald H. 4. 10; and-spjall, an answer, reply; gu8-
ill (q. v.), gospel; — else used in plur. and only in poetry: spjoll,
'irds, tidings; forn spjoll, old words, old lore, of bygone days, Vsp. i,
kv. I. 36; ny spjoll, news, Hkv. Hjorv. 31; jo fra ek spjalla, asked
; for news, Gkv. 2. 5 ; sunnan em ek kominn at segja spjoll J)essi,
i. 499 (in a verse); heilog spjoll, holy 'spells,' Skald H. "]. 62;
"clug spjoll, ' moody spells,' lamentations, Gh. 9 ; hermdar spjoll, angry
'irds, Edda (in a verse) ; fe-spj611, 'fee-spells,' Vsp. (see fe) ; vig-spjoU,
nr-news. Lex. Poet. ; lae-spjoll, lewd spells.
-pjall, n. a 'spell,' mischief, damage, = spell; taka spjall af e-u, Sks.
i2 B. 2. a flaw; spjoll a milli, Gliim. 347 ; hafi ^er malit meir
'ilit me6 liskapi, en eigi se spjoUin a, id.; synisk mer au&sae allmikil
ill a y&arri raSagora, Fms. viii. 53, v. I. ; spjoll, opp. to kostir, Merl.
(>7 ; mann-spjoll, a loss in men.
pjalla, ab, [Ulf. spillen = to pronounce], to 'spell,' talk; myrkri vi3
111 spjalla, Hm. 81 ; fjiild nam at s., Bkv. 13; spjallandi = mal-vinr;
alii, Edda ii. 497.
pjalla, a3, to spoil; spj611u6 mal, Hav. 57.
pjalli, a, m. a 'speller,' one who converses with another friend, Edda-
H.) ; gumna spjalli, gauta s., gotna s., the friend of men. Lex. Poet. ;
ungnis s., the friend of H., Hy'm. ; jtifra s., the secret friend of kings;
landreka, /rf.. Lex. Poet.
pjallr, adj. spoken; in opin-spjalir, q. v.
|pjdtra, a6, to behave like a fop : spjatr, n. : spjdtmngr, m. a
'<\ coxcomb.
PJ(3T, n. [Dan. spyd; Swed. spjut ; Germ, spiess ; Engl, spit]: — a
(tr, lance, both to throw and thrust (prop, of a wooden staff), K. f>. K.
3, Nj, 8, 264, Fms. i. 44, viii. 352, Anal. 116; spjots-skot, Fms. viii.
35J,Fs. 17, O.H.I 83, passim. compds : spj6t8-falr, m. /2)e soc>('e/ o/a
spear-head, Fms. vi. 198. Bpj6t-garflr, m. a fence of spears, GJjI. 457.
spj6ts-hali a, m. the ' spear-tail,' the end of the wooden shaft of a spear,
Ld. 132, Eg. 289, Fms. vi. 413. spj6t-lag, n. = spji'»tslag, Fms. ix. 489.
spj6t-leggr, m. the ' spear-leg,' shaft, Nj. 64. v. I. 8pj6ta-l0g, n. pi.
spear-thrusts, Eb. 190. apjdts-oddr, ni. a spear's point, bead, Ld. 71S,
Landn. 215, 308, Griig. i. 89, 133, Fs. 99, Fms. vii. 149. spj6t-
skapt, n.-=a spear-pole, Nj. 70, Sturl. i. 196 C, ¥ms. ix. 405, Eb. 190 ;
spj6tskapts-hali, K. f>. K. Bpj6t-Bkepti, n. == tpjcStsktpt, Sturl. i. 196,
iii. 113 C. Bpj6ts-skopti, n. = spj<')t»kcpti, Nj. 145, v. 1. spjdt-
spik, f. a ' f pear-spike,' thin spear, Ld. 278.
spjdtadr, ^^it. furnished with spears, Al. 21.
SPJOR, n. pi. [A.S. spere; Engl, spear; Germ, speer]: — a spear,
only in plur. and potJt. (neither gen. nor dat. occur), Edda (GI.) ; erat
auflskept almanna spjor, 'tis not easy to make spears for all men, i.e.
to please all men. Ad. 31, cp. Hm. 127; dreyrug spjiir, Hiifudl. ; spjor
guUu, spjor knattu glymja, braka, spears clashed, etc., Lex. Poiit. ; rj6da
spjiir bl65i, Nj. (in a verse).
BpjOrr, f., only in pi. spjarrar, mod. spjarir: — swatbing-bands, used
instead of hose or stockings ; Auftr kona Jjin er i brokum ok vafit spjorrum
nijok i skiia nidr, A. thy wife dresses in breeks (like a man), winding
swathes round her legs almost down to the shoes, Ld. 136 ; hvitar brackr
ok vafit at ne&an spjorrum, {)vi var hann vaf-spjarra Grimr kallaflr, swath-
ing the legs (instead of stockings), /or which be was called ' swaddle-leg,'
Gull{). 14. 2. mod. a rag, tatter; {)at sem aSr er slitiS ok at spjiJruni
or6it. Fas. iii. 7 : the phrase, spyrja e-n or spjorunum, to examine one
without his hose on, i. e. to strip and examine him closely. Snot ; in mod.
usage also sing., hann a ekki eina spjor, not a scrap of clothing on his
back.
sponz, n. [Dan. spunds], a bung of a barrel.
SPOR, n. [Ulf. spaurds = ardSiov ; A.S. spyrd, spor,'=a track, foot-
step; O.H.G. spurt ; Germ, spur ; Dan. s/>or; these last having, like the
Icel., dropped a d] : — a track, footprint ; eptir J)etta stc FroSi i bergit . . .
til J)essa spors mun ek koma hvern dag, ok vita hvat i sporinu er, F'as.
i. 63 ; manns-sporin i snjonum . . . heim munu liggja spor hans, Fs. 41 ;
matti eigi hraerask or J)eim sporum, Bs. i. 357 ; standa i Jjeim sporum,
Sturl. ii. 63 ; {)eir rekja spor sem hundar, Fms. i. 8 ; standa i scimum
sporum, to stand still, Clem. 32, Fas. i. 63; hann stod i spori er hann
haf6i gort ser, Grett. 89 ; ganga i spor e-m, to go in a man's footsteps,
go behind him, Nj. 26 ; vist hefir J)(i vel fram gengit, en J)6 hefir J)ii eigi
gengit mcr i spor, not followed in my steps, 108 ; hvetja sporit, to quicken
one's steps ; spretta lir spori, to question the pace of a rider ; fot-spor,
q. V. : metaphorical phrases, \>6tti synir hans vel stiga i spor honum, bis
sons stepped well in his footprints, were like him, Fs. 61 ; blistra i spor
e-m, Korm. ; sja ben markar spjoti spor, Sd^: the phrase, renna bl65i i
spor, Bkv. 1 7, referring to a heathen rite of making foster-brotherhood
by blending blood in one's footprints (vestigia sua mutui sanguinis asper-
sione perfundere, Saxo 12), cp. Gisl., Fbr. S. : at vormu spori (adverbial),
on the warm track, instantly, in return: poet, usages, sverda spor, a
'sword's prints,' i.e. wounds, tJlf. il. 16; eggja spor, an 'edge-print,'
Lex. Poiit. ; d(Slg-spor = dolk-spor, dirk-prints, Hkv. 3. 40. spora-
dijiigr, ad], fast pacing.
spora, a3, = sporna; {)or3u eigi hestarnir s. hana, Fas. i. 226.
spor-askja, u, f. an oblong*box.
spor-baugr, m. an elliptic ring, (mod.)
sporS-dreki, a, m. a ' tail-dragon,' scorpion, Rb. 102.
SPOBDIl, m. a fish's tail; s. sem li fiski, Sks. 167; hrygg hofufl ok
spor3, N.G. L. i. 59, G{)1. 459: of a serpent, Fms. x. 407; hann (the
world serpent) bitr i sporS ser, Edda : hence of a ship with dragon heads
at her bows, the stern is called-sporSr, var a stafni visundar-hofu6, en aptr
sporSr, Hkr. iii. 25 : phrases, standa e-m a spor6i, to be a match for, mctaph.
from fighting a dragon ; vitr madr ertii, sva at fair munu standa a sporSi
J)6r, Nj. 244; mun engi maSr \)k {)6r a spor6i J)(5r standa, ill; {)essa
menn er mi hafa mjiik y8r a sporSi sta6it, who have withstood you, ham-
pered you, 655 xiii. B. 2 ; vita hvarki hiifuft ne spor& a e-u, to know
neither the bead nor the tail of a thing, know nothing about it. 2.
metaph. the tail or pointed end of a shield (the oblong shield, skjaldar-
sporSr) ; hjo i skjoldinn ok af sporSinn, Nj. 200, Fs. 135 : — of a bridge,
briiar-sporOr, a bridge's end (see brii) ; bryggju-sporSr, byg5ar-s., out-
skirts. Skald H. sporda-kost, n. pi. the flapping of a fish, salmon, Bb.
spor-ganga, u, f. (cp. ganga i spor e-m), backing, assistance; veita
e-m fylgd ok sporgongu, Eb. 1 1 2. sporgdngu-madr, m. a ' step-goer,'
follower. Fas. iii. 46, Eb. 112, Bs. i. 766: a persecutor, grimmir spor-
giingumenn, 623. 35.
spor-hundr, m. a slot-hound, bloodhound, Fms. vii. 50, Orkn. 150.
spori, a, m. [A. S. spor, spora; Dan. spore], a spur, Nj. 82, Fms. vi.
424; sla (keyra, hiiggva) hest sponim, ix. 518, GuUJ). 68; spora-hiigg,
Nj. 8 ; the oldest spurs were pointed (oddar), see Worsaae, No. 356.
spor-latr, adj. slow or lazy in walking.
spor-16ttr, adj. quick of step.
spoma, a5, [A. S. spurnan], to spurn, kick, tread on ; sporna voll, Vsp.
584
SPORRAKKI— SPUEN.
38; s. moldveg, Og. 9; sem Absalon spornaSi cnn a eikinni, Stj. 534.
2 Sam. xvi. 14 ; en er hann spornar galgann, Eb. 96, Trist. 3 ; hann vildi
taka af mor hringinn en ek spornaji vi3, struggled against ( = sperrast
vi8). Fas. iii. 395 : metaph. to withstand, eigi nia, vi3 skcipum s., Fs. 26 ;
kva6 eigi mundu tja vi6 at s., 22.
spor-rakki, a, ni. a slot-hound, Str. 3.
spor-rsekt, n. a.d]. footstep-tracking ; hafSi fallit snjofijlva sva at s. var,
Ld. 204, Ann. 1362, p. 310.
spott, n. (spottr, m. ; drag ongan spott at oss, Nj. 16; J)eim J)6tti
J)etta spottr einn, Fms. viii. 437); [Dan. spot; Germ, spott'] : — 'sport,'
mock, scoff, Fms. vi. 156; mart annat spott gcirSu J)aer Nor8monnum,
253 ; ver3a fyrir spotti, 209 ; spott ok ha&, Nj. 66 ; meS spotti, Fms. i.
15 ; hafa e-t at spotti, viii. 10; svara skfetingu ok spotti, Gltim. 363.
SPOTTA, a&, [Germ, spotten; Dan. spotte], to mock, make sport of;
J)6 J)eir spotti mik, Fms. vi. 3o8 ; eigi ^arf at s. {)etta sva mjok, Ld. 216 ;
mun J)u vera spotta&r, duped, mocked, made sport of, Fms. vii. 153 ; t)6tti
honum peir hafa mjok spottaS sik, er honum hofdu komit i J)essa fer8,
212: spotta e-t af e-m, to cheat one of a thing ; hafa fraer hseSiliga spotta6
af mer mitt riki, Bret. 164; s. at e-u, to make sport at, Nj. 95.
spottan, f. a mocking, Flov. 30, Skalda 199.
spotti, a, m., spottr, Vm. 103, [Engl. spot\ a bit, small piece; bratt mun
hann beita upp land vart J)egar er hann fiykkisk nokkurn spotta i eiga,
Fms. vi, 103 ; tak mi til {)in J)essa tiu spotta mottulsins, Stj. 576 {scis-
sura of the Vulgate) : freq. in mod. usage, band-spotti, a piece of string ;
reipis-s., 61ar-s. : of distance, vegar-s. ; fara litrnn spotta ; or spotta-
korn, n. a bit of the way.
spott-samligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), mocking, Barl. 197.
spott-samr, adj. mocking, sporting, Nj. 61, Bjarn. 3.
spozkr, adj. [Dan. spodsk], mocking, jeering.
SPOI, a, m. [Swed. spof], a bird, a curlew, scolopax arquata L., Edda
(Gl.), Grag. ii. 346 ; spoa-egg, vella einsog spoi, freq. in mod. usage.
sp6ki, a, m. [Engl. spoke\ a small spoke, piece of wood; dreng-spoki,
a ' boy-spoke,' an imp, Grond.
spola, u, f. a weaver's shuttle (in the mod. loom).
sponn, m. a spoon; see spann. compds : sp6n-bla5, n. the bowl
of a spoon. sp6na-matr, m. ' spoon-meat.'
spraSka, a8, to sprawl, Al. 179.
spraka, u, f. a little flounder.
spraka, a&, to crackle; J)a tok brau&it at spraka sem steinn 1 eldinum,
Greg. 57.
spraki, a, m. a rumour, flying report, Fms. i. 187, viii. 365, 416. 2.
[A. S. sprcEcal, a speaker ; in for-sprakki, a spokesman.
sprakki,a, m., qs. spraQki, [cp. Dan.sprade or sprade-basse — a dandy~\ : —
a ' spark,' poet, a woman, Rm., Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet., freq. in mod. lays,
but not used in prose, spraka-leggr, n. a nickname, (5. H.
sprang, n. lace-weaving ; diikr halfr me8 sprang (lace), halfr me3 glit
(brocade), Pm. 123 ; diikar tveir blamerktir, hinn {)riSi meS sprang, 14,
cp. D.N. v. 386. sprang-dukr, m. = spranga3r dxikr, Pm. 51.
spranga, a8, to walk sprightly, tllf. 11. 50; spratt hann upp fra
spa8s r6tt og spranga8i lit a hiisgang, Stef. 6I. 2. to braid
lace; part., spranga6r diikr, laced. Am. 46, Vm. 21 ; diikr spranga8r ok
annarr glitaSr, 40 ; altaris-diikr spranga&r, 52 ; lectara-dukr s., 119, D.N.
sprek, n. a stick; eldivi6ar-stikum eSr sprekum, Stj. 264; sma-sprek,
small sticks.
spreka, a8, [from Germ, sprechen] ; spreka e-m til, to accost one.
spreklottr, adj. speckled.
sprengi-kveld, n. ' bursting-eve,' i. e. Shrove Tuesday, from the habit
of over-eating at that time, Icel. Almanack.
sprengja, 6, the causal of springa, [A. S. and Germ, sprengan ; Dan.
sprcBnge] : — to make burst; oxi forna ok sprengda, Sturl. ii. 170 ; s. egg,
to break an egg; s. ber, Stj. 200; s. augu ur hausi e-s, Landn. 51 ; s.
hest, to ride a horse to death, Korm. 68, Isl. ii. 331, Landn. 84, Karl.
308 ; ok vilit J)er s. mik, to work one to death, Sturl. iii. 225.
sprengr, m. bursting; honum belt vi6 spreng (from exhaustion), Fas.
iii. 411 ; folkinu helt vi& spreng (from heat), Sturl. iii. 223; ek hefi
unnit her til sprengs i sumar, worked me to death, Grett. 121 A.
SPRETTA, pres. sprett; pret. spratt, sprazt, spratt, pi. spruttu ; subj.
sprytti ; part, sprottinn : [an iterative from springa ; Swed. spritta ; Engl.
spirt; Germ, spritzen] : — to spirt out, of water ; J)ar sprettr einn brunnr,
Ver. 2 ; spratt t)ar vatn upp, Edda (pref.) ; Jiar spratt upp brunnr, Fms.
vii. 251 ; belli })eim sprettr vatn or berginu, i. 232 ; veita votnum J)eim
er spretta upp i engi manns, Grag. ii. 289 ; sa er nsestr byr votnum
{)eim i h^raSi, er upp spretta nsest liki a fjalH, K. f>. K. 34 ; spratt honum
sveiti i enni, sweat burst out on his forehead, Nj. 68. 2. to start,
spring; hann sprettr upp, starts to his feet, Fms. xi. 151, Bs. i. 420;
Hriitr vildi upp s. ok fagna henni, Nj. 6 ; t)eir spruttu upp me& illyr6um,
128; hann spratt upp skjott ok hart. Eg. 717; s. a faetr, 129; s. af
baki, to spring off horseback, Ld. 220; s. or sniiru, to spring out of a
snare, 623. 36; spratt upp lassinn, up sprang the latch, GullJ). 27; \>k
sprettr tjaldskorin, Sturl. i. 117; ok sprettr J)a lass af limum, Gg. ;
.sprettr m6r af fotum fjoturr, Hm. ; spruttu honum faetr a jakanum, be
slipped, Eb. 238; spratt henni f6tr ok fell hon, Bs. i. 385 ; spratt upp
fjandskapr, Sturl. ii. 57; spretta upp af honum einstaka mansongs-visur,
Fbr. 69; spratt J)at upp af heima-monnum {it was rumoured), at . . .,
Dropl. 17. 3. to sprout, grow, of hair, grass, crops; harift
spratt a sau&um, J)ryml. 8 ; honum var sprotti6 bar or kolli, Fms. iii.
125; sva ungr at eigi mun gron sprottin, Sturl. iii. 129; honum var
ekki gron sprottin, Ld. 272, v. 1. ; J)a er blomin spruttu, Karl. 546; vel
sprottiS (ilia sprotti8) tun ; sprottnar engjar, good, bad crops.
spretta, t, a causal to the preceding, to make spring up, un-
loose; s. gjordum, to ungird, Isl. ii. 339, 340; s. belti, Fms. iv. 31;
hon spretti fra ser nisti, Bs. i. 337; s. af ser digrum fesj66, Fms.
viii. 141 ; s. fra loku, to unlock, 332 ; s. tjaldskorum, Fbr. 65, Fms. vi.
179, Bs. i. 420; sprettir hann upp speldi, Sturl. iii. 295 ; s. gildru um
naetr, to unbend a trap, Gf)l. 445. 2. to rip up, of a seam ; hana
spretti af annarri erminni, Fms. vi. 349; s. saum, to rip up a seam; s.
upp fati, to rip up an old cloth; J>jalfi spretti a knifi sinuni, Tb. split the
bone with his knife, Edda 28 ; ek let spretta berkinum, / peeled off the
bark, Al. 173.
spretti-tiflindi, n. pi. flying news, Fr.
sprettr, m. a 'spurt,' spring, bound, run; hlaupa i einum sprett, to
run in one spurt : esp. of a horse, riSa i einum spretti, hleypa a sprett,
har8r a spretti. sprett-h.ar3r, adj. id.
spreyta, t, [spjatra], to make show, sport : spreytingr, m. prudery.
sprikla, a3, to sprawl, = sprokla.
SPRINGA, pres. spring ; part, sprakk (Early Dan. sprank), sprakkt
(sprakst), sprakk, pi. sprungu ; subj. spryngi; imperat. spring; part,
sprunginn : [common to all Teut. languages] : — prop, to spring, leap,
bound ; this sense, however, is obsolete in the Icel. and only found in
poets ; hefSir egi mat nema a hraejum spryngir, unless thou springest on
carrion, as a beast of prey, Hkv. 2. 31. II. to burst, split;
steinar springa. Bias. 47 ; hornit sprakk i mi5ju, Eg. 212 ; kylinu |)vi er
ek hug6a fyrir longu myn8i s., Fms. vii. 121 ; sprakk futrinn i natt, of
a boil, Hrafn. 15 ; eggi3 sprakk, the egg burst ; rak hann ni8r annat knS
a arinhellu sva at sprakk mjok, Bs. i. 680 ; sprotinn kom a andlitiS ok
sprakk fyrir, struck him in the face so that the skin was grazed, Nj. 16;
kom hamarinn i hofuS {>orvar8i ok sprakk mjok fyrir en haussinn
rifna&i, Sturl. ii. 38 ; ok springr fyrir undir, sva var hoggit mikit, Fms.
xi. 133 ; hold bans b61gna6i ok sprungu a s^r. Mar. 2. to die
from over-exertion, grief, or the like, Bs. i. 631 ; sumir sprungu mad
ollu ok do lisarir, Fms. vi. 421 ; ok- voru J)a sprungnir baSir, Eb. 178;
eykirnir sprungu, Fms. x. 203, Gisl. 15, Karl. 310; annat mun J)6r verSa
enn {)u springir af torfkasti, Sturl. iii. 225 ; Grimr var sprunginn af
roSrinum, Fas. ii. 355 ; s. af harmi, Saem. 158, Gkv. 1.2; at hon h^
sprungit af strifti, Ld. 230 ; sprakk hon af harmi ok do, Edda 38.
sprita, a3, to sprawl; s. fotum, |ji8r. 94, v. 1.
sprok, n. pi. [Dzn. sprog ; Germ, spracbe], foreign phrases, gibberish f^
utlend sprok, Eggert, (mod.) sprok-verskr, adj. mixing one's nati^
language with foreign jargon. • ■"
sproti, a, m. [Germ, spross], a sprout, twig, stick, rod; vinviSis tein-
ungar e9a sprotar, Stj. 200; stangir e8a sprota, N.G. L. i. 380; hann
laust sprotanum a pallinn, Landn. 121 ; laust hann sveininn me8 spro'
Nj. 16 ; rei8i-s., a rod of ire. Pass. 48 ; veldis-s., rikis-s., a sceptre :-
end-piece or clasp of a belt, f)iSr, 1 14 (beltis-sproti). sprota-b
n. a 'rod-child,' Fas. ii. 328 ; ef atta vetra gamalt barn stelr e6r yngi|
J)at er s., berja skal f)at ef vill, N. G. L. i. 325.
sproga, a8, to amble, of a horse ; yfir um skog at sproga, Fms. vi. (|
a verse) : Sprogr, m. an ambler, the name of a horse, Sturl.
sprog-setja, t, to stare at mockingly or critically ; ambatt hann
sprogsetti. Pass. Ii. 4.
sprund, n. a woman, poet., Rm. 22, Edda 108, Hailfred (Fs. I
v. 1.), freq. in mod. lays.
sprunga, u, f. a chink, fissure; j6kul-s., a crevice.
sprsekr, adj. (sprsek-ligr, adj., -liga, adv.), sprightly, sproutii
sveinninn var sprsekr, Fms. ix. 241.
sprsena, u, f. a spirt, sprout, spring, of water ; laekjar-s.
sprsena, d, to spirt, sprout; spraendi fram saurrinn, Stj. 383; sk;
spraendi or honum, Lv. 64 ; bl65 spraendi a brand, Lex. Poet. ;
spraenir rauSum legi, 0. H. (in a verse).
sprokla, a5, spelt spraukla, mod. sprikla, [Dan. sprcBtte'], to sprt
kick with the feet ; annarr sprauklarnii, Al. 41, Mag. 134; J)eir letu si
born spraekla a spjota-oddum, Fms. x. 1 17 '• also of fishes, hann naer S(
ok kastar ^vi spriklandi a land upp, Od. xii. 254.
spuni, a, m. [spinna], spitming.
spurall (spurull), adj. speering, asking many questions ; vera glaSr ok
spurall, Fms. iv. 82 ; g6r8isk hann spurall vi& J)a menn er nor3an komu,
viii. 15 ; hverr er sa ma8r er sva er spurall? Finnb. 250.
sptir-dagi, a, m. a speering, report, Sks. 86, Fms. x. 377 ; t)ann einn
spurdaga hofum ver til \>m, at . . ., Ld. 22, Fas. i. 266 ; eigi munu m«in
til slikra fer3a spurdaga haft hafa, Orkn. 278.
spTirn, f. a speering, report; hann hefir goda spurn af J)6r, Fms. ii. 2611
hafa s. af e-u, Eg. 15 ; hann hafSi s. af um farar Asbjarnar, 6. H. llM
SPURNING— STADFESTULAUSS.
585
hafa sanna s. til e-s., Fms. viii. 239 ; mun t)egar s. (news) koma til
lloskuldar, Nj. 154.
spurning, f. (sptimingr, m., J)enna spurning, Sks. 193 B), a speering,
king a question; niinni spurningu, Sks. 5 ; min s., , . . ein litil s., 220;
niia s., 6 ; at yftr J)ykki bernsliga reika s, min, 566 ; leiSa spurningum
•It iini e-t, Fnis. iv. 230 ; at {)essi s. vaeri meb sva mikilli v61, vii. 203.
spurs-m&l, n. [Dan. spiirsmaal^, a question, (mod.)
spiia, S, = spyja.
spusa, u, f. [a Fr. word], a spouse, Str. 20.
spiisa, aft, to espouse, Str. 65 : spUsi, a, m. = pusi, 20, 53,
.spyrSa, d, [sporSr], to tie up Jiib by the tail. Fas. ii. 352.
spyrfla, u, f. a pair offish bung up, also oi the strings for tying tbem up ;
\s hence the phrase, gefr Gud i gorftar spyrftur, God will supply tbefisb
!o the ready-made spyr3ur.
SPYBJA, pres. spyr, spyrjum, pi. spurSi ; subj. spyrSi ; imperat. spyr,
spyrSii ; part. spurSr, spurt : a part, spumum, as from a strong verb spurinn,
Sks. 12 B. In mod. usage sounded as with u throughout, thus, infin.
spurja ; pres. spur ; imperat. spur8u : with neg. suff. spyrjattu {speer tbou
not). Fas. i. (in a verse) : [spor ; A. S. spurian ; Scot, and North. E. speer ;
Germ, spur en ; Swed. spbrja, sporge.']
B. To track, trace steps or footprints ; mi er maftr stolinn f^ sinu, ok
sir hano manna-farveg liggja fra gar8i, J)a skal hann . . . spyrja til garfts
manns, GJ)1. 539? "^^^ hundum, er J)vi voru vanir at s. {)a upp er undan
hljopusk, 6. H. 247, Hom. 159. 2. metaph. to track, investigate,
find out (Germ, atifspuren) ; ok er engi likari til enn annarr, J)a skolu
olhiis-menn morS spyrja, N. G. L. i. 62 ; en erfingi spyri morS ef hann
kann eptir koma, ii. 215 ; J)a spyri erfingi morSs (mor8), i. 309, but this
sense is old and obsolete : s. upp, to find out ; Jieir fengu hann eigi upp
spurSan, Sturl. ii. 1 25. II. to speer, ask, absol. or with gen. : spyrja
logspurning, Grag. i. 21 ; Gunnarr spurSi, hvat hann vildi ^a, lata at gera,
Nj. 100 ; J)eir spurSu hvat |)ar vseri komit, Fms. i. 9 : — with gen., s. e-s,
to enquire after; spyrr konungr margra tiftinda, iv. 192 ; hann spur8i
margs or brennunni, Nj. 213, passim: to request, spyrja siSan alia log-
r^ttu menn, Grag. i. 8. 2. with prepp. ; spyrja at e-u or spyrja
e-n at e-u, to speer or ask after; spur8i hann at Astri8i ok syni hennar,
Fms. i. 70; s. at ^ingfesti manna, Grag. i. 19; spyrr Sigvaldi at ferftum
Olafs, Fms. x. 226, GJ)1. 221; konungr spur8i hann at nafni, speered
at bim for bis name, Nj. 6: — s. eptir, spur8i Hoskuldr dottur sina
ekki eptir, did not ask ber, ask her consent, Nj. 17 ; spurSi Fjolnir eptir
bixbx sina, F. asked after bis brothers, Fms. xi. 44 ; s. eptir e-u, to en-
quire after, i. 263, iv. 32, Eg. 89 : — s. e-n um e-t ( = eptir e-u), pair spur8u
Gunnar um fundinn, Nj. 100. 3. to bear, be informed o/(Germ.
erfabren) ; J)at spyrja synir Haralds, Fms. i. 18 ; J)at spyrr Bar8r, at ... ,
Eg. 31 ; Snorri spyrr nu hvar komit er malunum, Nj. 244, passim: s.
til e-s, to get intelligence as to; J)eir spur8u til Birkibeina, Fms. ix. 224;
Gregorius spurSi til J>eirra J)ar sem heita Saurbseir, vii. 270 ; spur8i hann
til Sota, at hann var farinn su8r, Nj. 7. III. reflex, to be re-
ported, get abroad; skipkvanian spyrsk, Nj. 5; ti8endi spyrjask, 25,
85 ; til fjorveigar spur8isk J)at, at hon la hstt, it was told of Tb. tbat
tbe was very ill, Korm. 164 ; hefir til J)ess skips aldregi spurzk, nothing
has since been beard of this ship, Nj. 28a : impers., mir spyrsk a {)ann
veg, / am told, Eg. 20 : spyrjask fyrir um e-t, to enquire, Ld. 226, Hkr.
"• 333 • spyrjask um vandliga, id., Sks. 284. 2. recipr. to ask one
another; spyrjask tiSenda, Nj. 227, 228, Eg. 547. 3. part., svara
spumum hlut, Sks. 12 B.
spyrna, d, [spor, cp. sperna, spoma ; A. S. speornan ; Engl, spurn] : — to
spurn, strike with the feet; er ulfrinn spyrnir, Edda 20 ; s. faeti a e-m, Ghim.
338, Edda 38; stinga hnefa e8r spyrna faeti, Grag. ii. 13,^; s. vi8 faet-
mum, Bs. i, 462 ; spyrna fotum i e-t, to spurn with the feet at, Fms. vii.
120; sva haf8i Bjorn hart spyrnt til Vagns, xi. 153; hann spyrndi til
sveinsins, Dropl. 31 ; s. i e-t, to put tbe feet against, to kick, Bs. i. 462 ; s.
moti broddinum. Acts ix. 5 ; s. af ser fjotri, fsl. ii. 52. II. reflex.,
spyrnask i iljar, of two stretched on their backs, heels to heels. Fas. ii.
147, |>orf. Karl. 410, v. 1. 2. part., fra spyrndr allri eign, spumed
from, bereft, Fagrsk. 100.
spytta, t, [spott], to cheat; s. e-t af e-m, Anecd. 10.
SPYJA, pres. spy; pret. spjo, spjott (spjost), spjo, pi. spjo ; subj.
^pyi ; part, spiiinn : the mod. form is a weak spua, spu8i, spu8 : [Ulf.
ipeiwan; common to the Teut. and Lat.] : — to spew, spit up, vomit; hon
spjo bl68i, Bs. i. 323; h6n haf&i mikla sott ok spjo jafnan, 189; spyja
upp, to cast up, Sks. 629 B ; s. e-u or ser, id., Al. 44 ; sumir spjo (plur.)
fiar inni i stofunni. Eg. 206 ; lykr hundi J)eim er spyr, Hom. 159.
spyja, u, f. a vomit. Eg. 553, Magn. 532, Hom, 151, 159.
spyta, t, [spjot], to spit, pin with sticks; s. at s6r va8mal, Fas. iii. 10 ;
hann spytti aptr tjaldinu, ii. 285 ; s. «kinn, to spit a skin, for drying it.
sp^ta, t, [spyja], to spit, Bs. ii. 45, Edda 47 ; s. lit bita, N. G. L. i. 343 ;
ipytir hann honum lit, Greg. 49 ; s. i andlit e-m, Pr, 445 : to sputter,
}zt vatn er keldan hefir spytt, Sks. 147.
sp^a, u, f. [spjot], a spit, stick, wooden pin. Fas. ii. 285, iii. 10; s. er
■yrir er stungit, Edda ii. 431, freq. in mod. usage. 2. a candlestick;
Eerta-klofi ok s. me8, Am. 6.
*
apfta, u, f. [ipyja], medic, a running sore ; fotar-mein Jat er menn
kalla spytu, Bs. i. 457. sp^u-leggr, m. a nickname, Orkn.
spiting, f. a spitting. Mar., Th. 23.
spytingr, n>. a roll containing sixty ells of wadmal, D.N. iii. 914,
Bs. i. 842.
spseja, see speja.
spsDkja, u, f. [Engl, spoke], a thin board or dtal.
spaena, d, [sp4nn], to cut a chip.
Sp89nskr, adj. Spanish, Fms. x. 139.
spsetr, n. [Dan. spette ; Germ, specbt], a wood-pecker, pieus, Edda (GI.)
spOl-kom, n. a little bit of a road ; fylgja e-m ».
SPOIjK, m., pi. spclir, gen. spala, ace. spcilu (the gen. spalar and dat.
speli hardly occur) ; [cp. Fr. espalier] : — a rail, bar, lattice^work ; sniugu
{)eir milli spalanna, Edda 30 ; ro-spolr, q. v. ; bring-spelir (q. v.), ' breast
spars' 2. metaph. a bit, short piece; hefja upp togu ok segja af spol
nokkurn, a bit of tbe story, Fms. vi. 355 : a bit of a road, Bb. 3. 19.
SPONQ, f., gen. spangar, pi. spengr and spangir ; [A.S. and Germ.
spang]: — a spangle; voru lagdar yfir spengr af gulli. Eg. 698; hann
gor8i af J)eim spengr ok festi a altara, Stj. 330 ; spengr ok listur, 563 ;
sldrnar e8r spengniar, 45 ; brynju-spangir, tbe spangles of mail, Edda
(Ht.) ; jarn-spong, gull-s., q. v. ; hjosk ni8r spongin, Rd. 278: of ice
making a bridge across water, Markar-fljot f^ll milli hofu8isa, ok
voru a spengr her ok hvar, Nj. 143 ; J)ar var mjo spiing yfir (viz.
the river), Sturl. ii. 248. spanga-brynjs, u, f. plate-maU, Ld. 276,
Hkr. iii. 390.
SPONN, f., gen. spannar, [A.S. span, sponn; Engl, span] : — a span
(from the end of the thumb to the end of the middle finger is called
lang-sponn or 'long-span ;' but that to the end of the fore-finger a stutt-
sponn or minni sponn, ' short-span ') ; var8 {)at ekki fjarri hinnar minni
spannar langt, Bs. i. 387 ; spannar (a span long) fram fra hepti, Eb.
250; tveggja spanna digra, Baer. 16; ekki meirr en alin e8a spiinn, Bs.
ii. 168; fat var spannar breitt, Fs. 51 ; spjot spannar langt, N. G. L. i.
44. II. = spann, a pail, R6tt. 2. 10, B. K.
spdr, f., sp6r3, Sighvat, [spara], sparing, Barl. 120 ; erat af spor8, not
sparingly, Sighvat.
SPOBB, m., gen. spors, Yt. 8, but sparrar, Landn. 135, [A. S. spearwa;
Engl, sparrow; Dan. spurv ; cp. Fr. epervier] : — a sparrow, Edda (GI.) ;
sporr einn, Hkr. i. 24 : as a nickname, Landn. 1. c. : the word is, how-
ever, rarely used in Icel.
sp6ru3r, m. a sparer. Lex. Poet.
stabbi, a, m., also stobbi, stubbi [from stafr], a block; tr^-s., Fms. vi.
1 79 : also used of a stack, hey-s.
STADA, u, f., gen. sto8u, pi. stoSur, [standa], a standing, place, posi-
tion ; leiddisk basndum sta8an, Fms. viii. 415 ; viti J)a hverr sina sto8u . . .,
gefa gaum at um sto8ur sinar, O. H. 204, 215 ; skipa mtinnum i st68ur,
Bs. i; halda vel stoSunni, Sturl. ii. 44; hann hugSi at $td6u hiissins,
Fms. V. 338 ; var brotinn hverr steinn or sinni stoSu, ix. 48 : the position
or quarter of the wind, ve8r J)vert at stoSu, Fms. viii. 209 (ve8r-sta8a) :
= s61sta3a, er fimm nsetr eru til sto8u, N.G. L. i. 39. 2. position,
state, condition, of life, Skalda 211 ; lifs-s., heims-s., tbe era of tbe world,
Rb. 82, Fb. (inscription). compds : stOflu-brunnr, m. a well of
still water, N. G. L. i. 341, Trist. 11. st03u-gar3r, m. a standing,
permanent fence, G{)1. 350. stddu-merki, m. a standard, Karl. 364.
st63u-vatn, n. a 'standing-water,' pond or lake, Stj. 75, 82, 89, Str.
78, MS. 623. 33, Fms. viii. 31.
sta3aldr, n. continuity; at stadaldri, continuously.
staddr, part., see ste8ja.
sta3-fastliga, adv. steadfastly, K. A. 230, Fms. iii. 168, Dipl. i. 3,
passim.
sta3-fastligr, adj. steadfast, firm. Fas. iii. 90, Sks. 452, Fms. ii. 38.
stad-fastr, adj. steadfast, residing, abiding; s. a Hadalandi, Fms. x.
378. 2. metaph. settled, steadf ast, fixed ; s. domr, Sks. 598 ; staSfast
i skapi c-s, fixed in one's mind. Band.: steadfast, true, Bias. 44, Fs. 69,
Bxr. II ; stadfasta ast, 10.
sta3-festa, t, to give a fixed abode ; s. timaga, Grag. i. 128 ; stadfestr
limagi, 206 ; s. sik Jjrjar naetr til vistar, v. 10. 2. metaph. to make
steadfast, make up one's mind; ekki hefi ek sta8fest um J)at, Grett. 129; s.
sattmal meS sor, Fms. vi. 286 ; sva er mselt ok sta8fest, established by law,
GJ)1. 168 ; stadfesta ra8 sitt, to establish oneself, Ld. 14. 2. eccl. to
confirm, K. A. 174. II. reflex, to take up one's abode, establish
oneself, Eb. 12, Eg. i8a, 596, Nj. 46, ^s. i. 25. 2. to be deter-
mined; sta8festisk J)essi rada-gor8. Eg. 271: to grow strong, sem riki
bans sla8festisk meirr, Sks. 684.
sta3-festa, u, f. a fixed abode, residence ; hafa sta8festu, Sks. 525 ; taka
staSfestu, Eb. 12, Eg. 319; kaupa ser staSfestu, Ld. aio; go8or8 ok
sta8festu . . . ^xt staSfestur er braeSr minir biia a, 308, passim. 2.
metaph. steadfastness, stability, firmness, Sks. 587, 701; friSr ok s.,
K. A. 200: truth, faithfulness, Sks. 590. 3. a confirmation, K.A.
a; bref ok sta8festur, Anecd. 88. compds: sta,5f estvL-href , n. a deed
of confirmation, Pm. 43. stadfestu-lauss, adj. without a fixed abode
or livelihood, Grag. i. ao6, Sturl. i. 136.
586
STADFESTI— STAFR.
stafl-festi, f. steadfastness, Bias. 44; s. ok jafnlyndi, Bs. i. 141, pass.
sta3-festing, f. confirmation, K. A. ao, H. E. i. 261.
sta3-g63r, adj. vjell-lempered ; staSgott sverd, Fas. ii. 465.
stad-hsefa, 8, to aim true; s. a e-t, to make a bit.
stad-hogg, n. a good hit ; koma sta5hoggi a, Fas. iii. 332, 353.
stadi, a, m. a rick, stack ; ef tveir menn eigu sta5a saman hvart sem
J)at er korn eSr hey, GJ)!. 349, Jb. 223.
sta3-lausa, u, f. absurdity; raaela staSlausu stafi, be will say many
absurd tbings, Hm. 28.
stad-lauss, adj. timid, unsteady, Rom. 237.
sta9-leysi, n. restlessness of tnind; s, ok vitleysi, Fms. vii. 150;
unsteadiness.
sta3-ligr, adj. local, Skalda 211, 212 : firm, Bs. i. 724.
stad-litill, adj. weakly, timid.
sta9-lyndr, adj. 'steady-minded,' stubborn, Brandkr. 63 : steadfast.
sta3na, a6, to stop, pause, abate; sta9na6i orrostan (kurrinn), Fms. i.
34, 386, xi. 224, 0. H. 69, Stj. 445.
8ta3-nefna, d, to fix, determine, Grett. 129.
sta3-n89niask, d, dep. to take up one's abode, settle, stop.
STADR, m., gen. sta6ar, dat. sta9, and older staSi, pi. staSir: [from
standa; Ulf. staps = ruiros; A. S. s/«'5 ; Engl, stead in home-stead;
Dan. steed; Germ, stati]: — a 'stead,' place, abode; stjomur fiat no
vissu hvar ^aer staQi attu, Vsp. 5 ; sessa ok sta6i, Ls. 7 ; fa monnum
sta6 ok mala, Grag. i. 473 ; nu hefir ma3r eigi staS J)eim monnum,
465 ; faera limaga til staSar, 256 ; faera varna9 til staflar. Eg. 535 ;
koma i fjann sta6, Grag. i. 485; i einn sta6, in one place; i annan
sta9, in another place, 656 C. 1 1 ; fimmtan i hvarum sta3, fifteen in
each place. Eg. 577; i einhverjum staS, in some place, somewhere,
Sks. 94 ; i einum sta6 i England, somewhere in England, Fms. x.
392; ek hefi i einum sta6 a stofnat, >jj. 3; i iJllum sto3um, in
all places, altogether, Grag. ii. 178; i ollum sto3um J)eim, er...,£«
every case, where . . ., i. 153. 2. skipta i tva, fjora, sextan . . . sta3i,
to divide into two, four, sixteen . . .parts, 656 C. 16 ; skiptask i tva staSi,
Fb. ii. 437 : — fara af stad (mod. a sta6), to go away, leave, G{)1. 177 ;
hafa sik af sta8, to absent oneself, Fb. i. 565 ; bi9a e-s or sta5, to wait
in one's place, wait till ojie is attacked, Fms. iv. 268, viii. 48, 318,
355 ; ra3a e-u til sta9ar, to settle, ii. 78, Ld. 178 ; gefa e-u stn3, or gefa
staSar, to stop, halt, Edda (pref.) 3, 40, Fms. vi. 384 (gefa A. V. 3), viii.
400; nema sta6 or sta6ar, to stop, Nj. 18, 54, 132, Dropl. 29, Fms. i.
167, 206, Fas. ii. 535, Ld. 104, Bs. i. 144, Edda 40 (nema A. 5) ; leita
sta9ar, to seek a place {privy), Hm. 1 13, Hkr. i. 16, Faer. 197 (leita I) : to
seek an outlet, ¥zs.\{.Cj2S; gangaat sta6ar, eacare, N.G.L. i.127. 3.
adverbially, i sta&, on the spot, at once, presently, Dropl. 9, Fas. ii. 508,
Stj. 263, 555, Fms. iv. 249 ; r(5tt i sta.b,just now, Flov. 7 ; i marga sta9i,
in many respects, Fms. vii. 221 ; i engan sta3, noways, i. 80 ; i alia sta9i,
in every respect, Nj. 213, 224, 237, Fms. vi. 59, xi. 58 ; i sta9inn, instead,
Grag. i. 61, Fms. i. 24, Nj. 73, Fb. i. 285 ; i annan sta9,o« the other hand,
secondly, Fms. vi. 191, Nj. 210, 216: — gen. as adverb, alls sta3ar, every-
where; annars s., elsewhere; einhvers-sta3ar, nokkurs-s., somewhere;
marg-sta3ar, fas sta3ar, in many places, in few places; n6 eins staSar,
nowhere ; sums-sta3ar, somewhere ; see allr, annarr, einn, nekkverr, margr,
sumr. 4. metaph. a goal, aim; hvern sta3 a saettar-umleitan \iessi,
Fms. ix. 51 ; ef {)ann stad tseki vizka J)eirra, H.E. i. 249; vii ek vita
hvern sta3 eiga skal malit, I wish to know the final amwer, Isl. ii. 216 ;
hann spyrr hvern skal eiga hans mal, Eb. 132 ; koma i einn sta3 ni3r, to
turn out the same way, Fb. ii. 168. II. spec, usages, a stop, pause,
hesitation; J)eim var3 sta3r a um andsvorin, Fms. ix. 461 ; mi drepr or
hlj63, ok ver3r honum sta3r a, ok mselti J)6 vanu bra3ara, xi.
115. 2. elasticity, of steel or the like; ok dregr or allan sta3inn
or honum, it {the bow) lost all its elasticity, 623. 19; var J)a, or sver3inu
allr staSrinn, Sd. 118,132; sta3r i sverBi, Kormak, freq. in mod.
usage: — strength of mind, courage, {)ann lihreinan aiida er hann atti
eigi sta3 vi3 at sja, Sturl. iii. 246 ; mun hann ekki eiga stad vid
sjonum haus, he will not be able to stand his looks, Fms. iv. 242 ; ef
J)u })ykkisk mega gora sta9 i hestinn {make the horse firm), ^a far til,
Bs. i. 633. 3. a mark, print; syndi hann oss a sinum limum jarna
sta3 ok banda, Horn. 121 ; sa J)ar ongan sta3 {no marks, traces were
seen) Jieirra tidenda er J)ar h6f3u or3it, Fb. i. 283. III. a churcb-
establisbment (church, see, convent) ; h6fu3-kirkja a sta3inum, Fms. ix.
369 ; sta3rinn i Skalaholti, s. a Holum, or H61a-sta3r, a stadnum a
Holum, Bs. i. passim ; sta3r i Lundi, Ann. 1234 ; klaustr e3a aSrir storir
sta3ir, Fms. xi. 202 ; Brandr er setti sta3 {a benefice) at Hiisa-felli, Ld.
332; sta3r i Vi3ey (a co«i/e«/), D. L i. 51a ; sta3 her at Helgafelli, 282 :
a town, sta3r i Lybiku, Fms. x. 48 ; s. i 03insve, xi. 267 ; fiann inn
dyrliga sta3 (Konunga-hella), vii. 187; sta3 e3a borg, K. A. 222:
stadar-abiid, sta3ar-b6t, stadar-spjoll ; sta3ar-bu, a rectory ; sta3ar-eign,
church-possession ; sta3ar-fe, church-property ; sta3ar-forni3, administra-
tion of church-establishments ; sta3ar-jor3, a glebe ; stadar-prestr, a />an'si-
priest ; sta3ar-setning, a« establishment, Sturl. i. 1 13, 143, iii. 229, Vm.
6, Am. 28, Dipl. iii. 4, v. 18, Bs. i. 546; sta3a-mal, the church contest.
' ownership and administration of the churches and glebes (sta3a-forra3),
which took place in Icel. at the end of the 13th century, and was partly
settled by the agreement of A. D. 1 296, Bs., Arna S., Ann. passim ; stada-
menn, the lay proprietors of the church estates, Arna S. ; sta3a-gjafir, the
yielding up of sta3ir, Ann. 2. ' sta3r ' was hence (but always in
sing.) added to several local names where such an establishment had been
erected, e.g. Sta3r, Sta3ar-feU, Staflar-kraun, Sta3ar-h611, as
also Mel-sta3r, Reyni-sta3r, the old names in the heathen age of these
places being Fell, Hraun, Holl, Melr, see Sturl., Band., Bjarn. 3.
again, the plur. -sta3ir is freq. in local names of the heathen age ; Grani
bj6 at Grana-sto3um, Grimarr a Grimars-std3um, Hi3skulds-sta3ir, Alreks-
stadir . . . , Landn., Fms. passim, see also map of Icel.
sta3r, adj. restive, of a horse; hross skjart e3a statt, G^^\. 504; verSa
sta3r at, to stop, start, from surprise, Korm. 76 ; J)a var9 f)eim sta3ara
at hoggva, Fms. ix. 225.
stad-ramr, adj. = sta3fastr, Clem. 26.
sta3-rd.3a, re3, to fix, determine, make up one's mind, Fms. iv. 148,
vii. 144, Vigl. 28.
sta3-remi, {.firmness, 623. 58.
sta3sa, adj. indecl. ; in the phrase, ver3a sta3sa, to stop, hesitate; the
word is a a-n. \ey. occurring in a verse on the fly-leaf of the Ub. of the
Edda, cp. Dan. slandse.
sta3-^rotinn, part, quite exhausted, GuUJ). 20.
stafa, a3, [A. S. stafjan'\, to make staves; in the phrase, J)at stafar i
sjoinn, of a dead calm sea under sunshine. 2. to put letters together ;
stafa3r vi3 annan raddar-staf, ... a hverja lei3 stafi skuli saman stafa,
Skalda 164. 3. stafa fyrir, to rule; hvergi er hann stafar fyrir, how-
soever be ordains, rules, Grag. ii. 249 ; skyldi J)eir s. fyrir J)eim slikt er
J)eir vildi, to dispose of them as they pleased, 0. H. 151 ; s. e-m dau3a,-
to pass sentence of death on ; sy'nisk oss J)essum nianni har3r dau3i stafa3r,
Fms. ii. 173 ; s. e-m ei3, to dictate an oath to another, Sturl. iii. 3.
stafa3r, part, striped, coloured. Eg. 68, Fms. ii. 301, iii. 136; see segl,
staf-golf, n. a ' stave-space,' the distance between two posts or pillars,
of about two yards : the length of a building is denoted by its number
of stafgolf.
stafi, in ra3-stafi.
staf-karl, m. [Norse stakkar ; Dan. stakkel], a 'staff-carle,' an old and
infirm person, a poor beggar, Fms. i. 70, ii. 59, iii. 94, v. 287, vii. 360,
Fas. i. 22, Bs. i. 525 ; stafkarla stigr, beggary, vagrancy, Fms. vi. 302,
viii. 279; stafkarla-hattr, Hav. 40; stafkarla faersla, N. G. L. i. 138.
stafkarla-letr, n. a kind oi Runic letters, Sturl. ii. 241.
staf-kerling, f. a beggar-woman, Fms. viii. 106.
staf-kerti, n. a staff-taper, Str. 6, 46, Karl. 86.
staf-lauss, adj. 'staff-less,' without a stick; ganga staflaust, to walk
without a stick, i.e. firmly, Ld. 82, Bs. i. 179, Hav. 50.
staf-ligr, adj. of or pertaining to letters, Skalda 180.
staf-luxkr, m. a cudgel. Fas. ii. 362.
staf-leegja, u, f. ' staff-layers,' the plates or long beams along the walls
joining the pillars (stafir), Horn. 95, 96, N. G. L. i. lor, Ld. 316.
STAFN" and stamn, m. [A. S. stefn; Engl, stem; Dan. stav7i\ : — the
stem of a ship (prow or stern) ; stafna a medal, /ro7K stem to stern, Fms.
i. 278; hann hj6 stafna af skipi sinu, vii. 215 ; a3r stamnar se seymdir
vi3 kjiil, N. G. L. i. ipi ; fram-s., the fore-stem = the prow; aptr-s., the
' aft-stem' — the stern; hvarn-tveggja stafn, Bs. i. 146; vard Jieim litift,
aptr um stafn, Fms. x. 226 ; flo hann aptr um stafn : esp. of the stem or
prow, iv. 57, vi. 78, Eg. 32 : the phrase, fyrir stafni, ahead, Sks. 223:
and metaph., hafa e-t fyrir stafni, to aim at, be engaged in a work, Fms.
iii. 102 ; ^essa i3n hefir hann mi fyrir stafni. Band, i : berjask um stafna,
to fight stem to stem, Fms. i. 93, vi. 76 ; deila um stafn vi3 e-n, to have
a hard struggle with one, Orkn. 232 : the gable-end of a building, pykkir
mer sem undan se ba3ir stafnarnir, Nj. 197, v. 1.
B. CoMPDs : stafn-bui, a, m. the forecastle-men on a war-ship.
Eg. 33, 54, 772, Fms. ii. 331, vii. 266, Nj. 8, passim; the best men
were selected for this post. stafn-gldma, u, f. a nickname. Fas. ii.
stafn-gluggr, m. a gable-window, Sturl. i. 160. stafn-liaf or stafn-
hald, n. a standing, course on the sea. stafn-hdr, adj. stejn-high,
Fms. ii. 50. Btafn-hvila, u, f. a bed in the gable, Sturl. ii. 67 C.
stafn-lag, w. fighting stem to stem, Sturl. iii. 63, v. 1. stafn-leggja,
lag3i, to lay stem to stem in battle, Fms. viii. 3S6, v. 1. stafn-16, m.
a grappling hook, in sea-fight, Nj. 47, Fms. vii. 64, Sturl. iii. 63. stafn-
lok, n. the locker in the stem, Sturl. iii. 106. stafn-rekkja, u, f.=
stafnhvila, Sturl. iii. 186, Hav. 40. stafn-sveit, f. the fore-castle-
men, Fms. vii. 289, viii. 385. stafn-SEong, f. = stafnhvila, Fas. iii. 209.
stafn-tjald, n. a tent in the bow or stem, Fms. vii. 1 14, Hkv. i. 24.
STAFB, m., gen. stafs, old pi. stafar, Hom. 97, Plac. 48, Korm. 178,
246 (in a verse) ; stafana (ace), Fms. x. 16, v. 1. ; [Ulf. stabs = ffToixetov,
cp. staua = Kpiais ; a word common to all Teut. languages] : — a staff,
post, esp. in a building, as is still seen in Norway ; bundinn vi3 staf einn.
Eg. 232 ; {)rir aurar vid staf hvern, ok sva fyrir staflaegju hverja, N. G. L.
i. loi ; asa, stafi, pvertre, syllur. Dip], iii. 8; hit nyrSra megin vid inn-
the name given to the struggle between clergy and laity about the +, stafana sat konungr, the inner posts in a hall, Fms. x. 16, v. 1. ; Egill tok
STAFANOFN— STANDA.
587
iiwiiduni i axlir hoiium ok kneikti haim upp at stiifuni, Eg. 553 ; hann
hafSi lagt af stT kapuna ok viipniii ok sat upp til stafa, Ld. 282 ; kastal-
iruir vuru sva gorvir, at stafir fjorir st66ii upp ok syllr upp i milli ok J)ar
linn a, en hur6ir milli stafaiina, . . . hann bar kaSalinn urn einn kastala-
-uifinn . . .tok J)ii kastalinn at riSa mjijk, Fnis. viii. 429 ; cp. Ivar Aascn,
i. V. stav-bus, stav-kyrkja, stave-naust ; horn-stafir, dyri-s. (q. v.) 2.
a slave of a vat or cask; faera ker ut af stiifum, Grag. ii. 339; tunnu-
',:ifr, detta i stafi, to fall into slaves, i. e. to pieces, also metaph. of amaze-
:(,nt. 3. a staff, stick, to walk with ; ganga vi& staf, Nj. 2 19 ; hringr
\ ar i stafnuni, . . . hann holt tveim hondiim uni stafinn en beit i hringinn,
Landn. 251 ; staf J)ann er \)U heldr a, Stj. 197 ; staf ok skreppu, H. E. i.
J43 : of a beggar's staff, see Skida R. : of a crozier, Bs. i. 489 : of a staff
used in a horse-fight, Nj. 91, Bs. i. 633, 634; stafs-broddr, Landn. 251 ;
stafb-endi, Sturl. ii. 180 ; stafs hijgg, Rd. 304, Faer. 239; brodd-s., klafa-s.,
ingu-s. : of a magical wand, hafa i hiisi sinu staf e6r stalla, N.G. L. i.
;>!3 ; kerti s., Dipl. v. 18, Pm. 17. II. written letters, staves, ori-
(Mually derived from the magic twigs and rods used for enquiring into
fate, see the remarks s. v. riin : of magic staves, Hm. 143 (stinna stafi,
st(')ra stafi); ^urs rist ek J)er ok J)rja stafi, ergi, ae&i, 6J)oIa, Skm. 36. 2.
lore, wisdom; forna stafi, VJ)m. i, 55 ; sanna stafi, Sdm. 14; laun-stafir,
hidden staves. Eg. ; stadlausu stafi, Hm. 3. letters (Germ, buch-
siabe), Skalda 174, Mar., passim; bok-stafr, h!j6&-s., raddar-s., a vowel;
nial-s., a consonant; upphafs-s., cm initial letter; hofu6-s., Latinu-s., q. v.
COMPOS : stafa-nofn, n. pi. the names of letters, Skalda 175. sta^a-
setning, mod. staf-setning, f. arrangement of letters, spelling, and the
like, Skalda 1 78 : of alliterative staves, Edda (Ht. begin.) stafa-
setningar-regla, u, f. orthography, Skalda 160. stafa-skipti, -vixl,
n. a transposition of letters, Skalda 182 : of prosody, Edda (Ht.) stafa-
snuning, f., gramm. metathesis, Skalda 182.
staf-rof, n. (prop, a row of twigs, Lat. sortes), [A. S. stafrawa'], a
' stave-row,' the alphabet, Skalda 160, 176, Bret. 106, Al. 48, Rb. 186 :
metaph., Sks. 16, freq. in old and mod. usage. stafrofs-kver, n. an
ABC book.
staf-setning, f. spelling, orthography, (mod,)
staf-slanga, u, f. a sling on a stick, Sks. 388.
staf-sleggja, u, f. a 'pole-sledge,' Sks. 415.
staf-sproti, a, m. a stick, Fser. 236, Fs. 74.
STAG, n., pi. stiig, [A. S. stceg^ : — a stay, esp. the rope from the
mast to the stem ; en fyrir dragreip tva aura silfrs ok sva fyrir stag,
N. G. L. ii. 283, Edda (Gl.) ; stogin a kugginum festi a hofSi skips-
ins, ok tok af nasarnar, Fms. x. 135, v. 1. ; baendr skulu fa reip til skips,
cu ef missir stags, J)a liggja vi3 aurar tolf, N.G. L. i. 199; en er {)eir
drogu seglit gekk i sundr stagit ok for seglit ofan J)ver-skipa, 0. H. 137 :
the phrase, a stag, ahead, of a ship ; rett a stag, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ;
a stag stjornmorum steypa vildi, to make the ship go down headfore-
most, Hkv. I. 29 (thus to be emended, stagstiorn morum Cd.) 2.
a rope between poles to hang clothes on for drying.
staga, aS, to darn or to patch coarsely; draugr stagaSr nabondum.
Mar. ; ef ma3r stagar {sews »p) h6fu6 sva, at ekki bitr, Grag. i. 383 ;
hvitum svortum stagat allt meS ^raSi, Hallgr. (of a beggar's rags). 2.
reflex., stagast a e-u, to harp on the same thing.
stag-brellr, m. ' stay-brails ' (?), a nickname, Orkn.
STAGL, n. [Dan. steile'], a rack; J)enja i stagli, 625. 76; pisl sem i
sfagli, 656 B. 3 ; festa i stagli, id. : a local name, Stagl-ey, Sturl.
stagla, a6, dimin. from staga, to keep harping On, lit. darn often; s.
upp aptr og aptr = jaga: as also stagl, n. a darning; bota-s.
stagl-festa, t, to fasten on a rack, 623. 51.
stag-nagli, a, m. a ' stay-pin,' the pin to which the stay is fastened,
Edda ii. 494.
stag-ndl, f. a darning-needle, a nickname, Fms.
STAKA, zb, to punt, push ; stoku6u J)eir huskorlum Sveins, Landn.
^."56 (stjaka, v.l.), Fms. vi. 269; J)eir stoku6u Gretti, Grett. 198 A;
>i3an tok hann ok stakadi (stjakaSi) honum, Fas. i. 62, Bs. i.
<S6o. II. to stagger; stakar hann at eldinum, Finnb. 310; hrindr
nia6r o6rum sva at hann stakar vi3, N.G. L, i. 69; hann stakaSi vi&,
iFms. i. 44; hann stakar nser at honum {)orleifi ... ok jafnt i ]pvi hann
stakar vi6, xi. 133; ok stakar hann fyrir vapna-ganginum, Al. 80;
hestrinn staka5i, Karl. 538.
staka, u, f. a single ditty; kve&a stoku, Eb. 218, Fas. ii. 313 ; honum
var& s. af munni. Band., passim in mod. usage.
staka-stormr, m. a gale with squalls and gusts, Fms. ii. 177.
otakka, u, f. [akin to stakkr; cp. Dan. stakket = brief , scant']: — a
:ump; hafi sa stokku er stytti, G^l. 399, Jb. 274. 2. a hide,
when flayed, but not cut up ( = belgr); in bjarn-stakka, hafr-stakka,
hrein-stakka, varg-stakka, q. v. (not staka).
stakkaSr, part. [Dan. stakket], short, curtailed, D.N. v. 87 (of time).
stakk-gar3r, m. a stack-yard (for hay), Grag. ii. 233, Eb. 58, Njar&.
,74, Bs. i. 669, Dipl. iii. II, iv. 9, Sturl. ii. 31, 140, passim.
STAKKE, m. a short coarse bag-like blouse without a waist. Fas. ii.
J43, Nj. 143, Fbr. 59, Fs. 33; skinn-s., fanga-s., bak-s., {)(5fa-s., q. v. ;
ptakks-ya5mal, Ann. 1330. II. a stack of bay, from the shape ;
*/
atta stakka voll, Fb. i. 523 ; myndi Jxi af gaoga fimm stakkar, f»l. ii.
138; utbeit sva g68 at pat var jafnt ok ». tiidu, Eg. 711 ; torf-stakkr.
stakks-vOllr, m. afield producing one s., Fb. i. 522.
STAKK, adj. [sliik, stakt], single, odd; handlin stakt, an odd
napkin, Pm. 73 (cp. Dan. umage) ; tvcnnir hanzkar og einn sfakr,
stakr sokkr, etc. ; annan vctr verftr stakt sxvar-fall, Rb. 90 ; fjortAn
hundrud, sextigi, ok eitt stakt, Ann. 415. 10; sjaldan er ein baran ftok,
a saying : adv. stOku-, in compds, st0ku>8innum, adv. now and then ;
ein-stakr.
stakra, aft, = staka, to push; jafnan finn ck at 4-flod {river-itream)
stakrar, Mkv. 2. to stagger; hann stakrafti vift, Al. 66; stakrafti
Eyvindr vi&, Hkr. i. 159.
stak-steinar, m. pi. single stones, stepping -storus.
stak-stein6ttr, adj. stony, with stones here and there. Eg. 755, v.l. :
rough, of a road.
stalla, a8, to put in a stall, Ann. 14 13.
stallari, a, m. [through A. S. stallare, from Lat. slabularius], a king's
marshal ; the word and title first occur in the reign of St. Olavc (Bjiim
stallari), (5. H. ; then Olfr s., Har. S. HarS. ; since freq. in Norway,
stallara-ssEti, stallara-stoU, Sks. 289, Hkr. iii. 181, N. G. L. ii. (HirSskra).
stall-broflir, n. [Dan. stald-broder], a companion. stallbraDdro-
lag, n. fellowship. Fas. iii. 649.
stall-heilagr, adj. altar-holy, Fsm. 40.
Ktall-hlis, n. [stallr 4], the step of the mast. El.
STAIjIjI, a, m. [see stallr], an (heathen) altar; moldina undan stali-
anum J)ar er jjorr hafSi a setiS, Eb. 8 ; st66 J)ar stalli a mi&ju golfinu
sem altari, ok la par a hringr einn mutlauss...a stallanum skyldi ok standa
hlautbolli . . . umhverfis stallann var goSunum skipat i afhusinu, 10 ; baugr
tvieyringr skyldi liggja i hverju hofudhofi a stalla, Landn. 258, Stj. 335 ;
engi ma3r skal hafa i hiisi sinu staf e&r stalla, N.G. L. i. stsJla-
hringr, m. the altar-ring, see above, Eb. 330; vinna ei8 at stalla-hring,
Landn. 89, Hrafn. 16.
STAIjIjK, m. = stalli, [the word may be akin to standa, cp. Lat. sta-
bilis ; A. S. steall ; Engl, stalf] : — any block or shelf on which another thing
is placed; skur8go& sett a stall, Fms. x. 255 ; af hei6num stalli, Kristni S.
(in a verse). 2. a pedestal; kross me6 stalli, a holy rood, Vm. 165 ;
hann er holr innan ok gcirr undir honum sem stallr se, ok stendr hann par
a ofan, 0. T. 3. a stall, crib ; hestr at stalli, Fas. ii. 508, Hdl. 5, Og.
3 ; etu-s. 4. the step of a mast ; en pat voldi, at iss var i stallinutn,
Fms. ix. 386 : the phrase, hjarta drepr stall, the heart fails, Fbr. 36,
O. H. 214; the metaphor is taken from the mast rocking in the step,
(and not as suggested s. v. drepa A. L 4.)
stallra (staUflra, Fms. iii. 178, and so in mod. usage), aS, to bait,
stop a bit; stallra vi5, Stj. 383 : to falter = dtepn stall, pa tok at stallra
hjarta heidingja, 357, 463, 491, v.l.
stall-stada, u, f. a standing in a stall, Gpl. 392.
stall-systir, f. a female companion.
stamba, a5, = stumra; stamba at e-m, Fbr. 16, v.l.
stam-bendr, adj. of a metre, Edda (Ht.)
stamma, mod. stama, a&, to stammer, Anecd. 10, Nikdr. 3.
stampa, a&, to push with the foot.
stampr, m. a large tub; trogum, stiJmpum, kercildum, skjolum, tunnum,
Vm. 177. stamp-austr, m. a bucket for haling out, Grett. 51 A.
STAMR or stammr, adj. [A. S. stamor\ stammering ; pa var& hann
svii stammr, Fms. i. 282 ; sja ma8r varS sva stamr at ekki nam, x. 279 ;
annar het |>orvi3r stammi, hanii fekk eigi maelt prem or&um lengra saint,
(3.H. 87. 2. wet, damp, so as not to go on smoothly, of gloves,
socks, or the like, cp. gly-stamr (q. v.)
stand, n. [Dan. word], a position, rank in life; a-stand, condition.
STANDA, pres. stend, stendr, stiindum, standit, standa ; pret. sto8,
stott, stottii (mod. stoSst, stodstii), stofl, pi. sto&um ; subj. stje6i; im-
perat. statt, stattu (cp. stand-pu) ; part, stadinn ; pret. infin. st63u =
stetissf, Fms. vi. (in a verse); a medial form, pres. stiindumk {=stat
mihi), Fm. I, Kormak; pret. st63umk {=:-stabant mihi), Hm. 106 : with
neg. suff. st63-k-at, Fas. iii. 22 (in a verse). [Common to all Indo-
Germ. languages.]
A. To stand ; p6 at hann gangi c3r standi aSr, Grag. ii. 95 ; hann
st6& vi3 vegginn, . . . st65 a vixl fotunum, Sturl. ii. 158 ; standa hiiUum
fseti, Nj. 97; koma standandi ni3r, to come down standing (ziiex a leap),
85, Grag. ii. no; skal niik ni6r setja standanda, in a standing position, Ld.
54 ; munkr er eigi matti standa a baenum ok reikaSi, Greg. 62 ; standa a
giitu e-s, Nj. 109 ; standa fast, to standfast, 92 ; standa frammi, to stand,
be on one's feet, Fms. vii. 85 ; s. fyrir domstoli keisarans, 656 C. 19 ; s.
fyrir manni, to stand before a man, so as to screen him, GrAg. ii. 12, 115,
Eg. 357 : s. hja, to stand by, metaph. to assist. Fas. ii. 501 : standa user
e-m, to stand near one, metaph. to back, Nj. 76 ; na;r standa vinir
Gunnars, 88. 2. to stay; Egill st66 meSan ok bei8 peirra. Eg. 483 ;
statt {stop) ok trii mer, 623. 17. 3. to stand, stick; st63u spjot peirra
ofan fra peim, Nj. 253 ; at hann standi fastr i fiinninni, 84 ; skildinum, sva
at fastr st63 i vellinum, 262 ; iixin stod a hamri, i. e. went through to the
back, and stuck there, 165 ; sveininum stod fiskbein i halsi, the bone stuck
588
STANDA.
in bis throat. Bias. 40; ef nokkurum stendr beln i halsi, 655 ix. B. 2 :
absol., {)aS stendr i e-m, it sticks in one's throat. 4. to stand, remain;
hoib stu8u, stood, were not removed, Fms. vii. 144 ; skala Jjann sem enn
stendr i dag, J>6r&. 58 new Ed.; sva lengi sem heimrinn stendr, Rb. 64;
skyli bu y3r standa li-raent, Nj. 208. 5. to stand, be seated, placed;
i J)eini dal stendr kirkja, Greg. 57; kirkja sii er stendr i Reykja-holti,
D. I. i. 476 ; baer einn st66 skamt fra J)eim, Eg. 230 ; or J)eini sal er und
l)olli stendr . . . ask veit ek standa, . . . st68 fyrir nor5an salr, sal veit hon
standa, Vsp. ; LissibfSn stendr a Spani, Fms. vii. 80 ; Narbon stendr vi8
Jorsala-haf, x. 85 ; oil J)au fylki er i bans biskups-riki st68u, vii. 300 ;
IllugastaSi ok Hrafnagil er standa i Laxardal, Dipl. v. 17; standa a
bok, reikningi, skra..., [Germ, es stebt geschrieben], ii. 12, 13, Bs. i,
passim. II. with prepp.; standa a e-u, to stand on, insist on, per-
severe in ; statt eigi a \)vi er J)er er bannat, Mirm. ; s. a illu r^Si, id. ; s. a
hendi e-m, Nj. 88, Grag. i. 121 (see bond); mest mundi a fyrir-monnum
standa, Nj. 106 : to stand upon, s. a logum, Js. 41 ; s. a retti sinum, . . .
standa d domi e-s, to stand by, abide by : — s. gegn, a moti, to withstand,
Horn. 7, Fms. ii. 36, 225, x. 401 : — s. af e-u, to give up, Dan. afstaae, Fb.
'• 523 : — s. at, to help (at-sto6) ; hva6an Gu5mundr stendr at, . . . hva8an
sem hann stendr at, Nj. 214 ; J)eim er {)a3an standa at, 193 : — s. eptir, to
remain, N. G. L. i. 335, Fms. ii. 231, vi. 248, Grag. ii. 301, Eg. 202, Rb.
1 16, Hom. 1 2, Stj. 42 2 (eptir-sto9var = arrears) : — s. fyrir, to stand be/ore,
to stand in the way of a thing, Isl. ii. 362, Fms. vi. 61, Grag. i. 140 ; s.
e-m fyrir J)rifum, Fms. ii. 154; s. e-m fyrir gle&i, vii. 162 ; s. e-m fyrir
svefni, Gisl. (in a verse) ; s. e-m fyrir Ijosi, to stand in the way of one's
light; lata e-t s. fyrir kaupi, Nj. 17; lata s. fyrir kvi6bur8i, 87; ef afl
hefir staSit fyrir kvi8 Jjeirra, Grag. i. 53; J)at a eigi fyrir malum at s.,
106; ei8r Vermundar st68 fyrir, Fbr. 22; jarni a hann fyrir at standa,
N. G. L. i. 342 ; s. fyrir me8 einei8i, 346 : — s. i e-u, to be deeply engaged
in ; s. i bardogum, einvigum, malum, stormaelum, kvanbaenum, etc.. Eg.
486, Ld. 262,Nj. 53, 224, 227, Isl. ii. 216; standa iabirg8, Dipl. V. 24; s. i
J)j6nustu, Mar. : — standa saman, to stand together, put together in one place;
J)ar stoSu saman fe mikil. Eg. 318 ; st68 umegS morg saman, Isl. ii. 198 ;
J)ar st68 au8r mikill saman, Ld. 124: to consist, Hom. 2 : — s. undir e-u,
to be subject to ; s. undir profi, Dipl. i. 6 ; f^it stendr undir honum, is in
bis keeping, Grag. i. 395 : standa undir me8 e-m, to support, Sturl. i. 20 ;
s. vel undir e-t, to support well, back, Nj. 215, Fms. vii. 125 ; jarl st68 vel
undir bans mal, viii. 282 ; munu margir vel undir J)at s., to back it up
well, 0. H. 52 : — standa upp, to stand up from a seat, Nj. 3, Fms. i. 33, x.
401 : to rise from bed, Nj. 69, Eg. 121 ; s. upp fyrir dag, 577 ; s. upp
ok klse8ask, Ld. 44; hann liggr sjukr . . . J)ar er standi aldri upp, Nj. 80
(standa upp or sott) ; s. upp me8 e-m, to rise, join one, Sturl. ii. 203 :
■ — s. uppi, of a ship, to be laid up ashore (during the winter), Nj. 259,
Isl. ii. 273 : of a corpse, to lie on the bier, Fms. ii. 257, Am. loi : of
a bow, to be kept bent, 623. 19: standa upp, to be standing, be left
standing on one's feet ; fxrri standa upp enn fallnir eru, Fms. xi. no;
st68u J)a enn upp mjok margir A skei8inni, many still stood up (not
dead or wounded), 142 ; fly8i allt li8 er upp st68. Eg. 33 ; fimm einir
menn st68u upp a skipinu, Orkn. 356 old Ed., (new Ed. 414 I.e. leaves
out ' upp') ; meSan ek ma upp standa ok vapnum valda, Ld. 1 70 : standa
uppi, id., Fms. viii. 139, Hkr. i. 210: — standa vi8 e-u, to withstand,
Grag. i. i, 336 (vi8-sta8a) ; sva har8fengir at ekki stendr vi3, Nj. 271 ;
sva mikit troll at ekki stendr vi8 honum, Bar8. 177; Jjcir skutu sva
hart, at ekki st68u vi8 hlifarnar, Fms. i. 173: to stand against, stop,
hann st68 vi8 litla stund (vi8-sta8a, a pause, halt) : — standa yfir, sva lengi
sem |)ingbo8 stae8i yfir, lasted, Fms. ii. 216: hversu lengi skal fjarbon
sja yfir standa ? Nj. 141 ; i J)essum gri8um ok svardogum sem yfir standa,
which now stand, are in force, Fms. xi. 365 ; J)ar er J)eirra riki stendr
yfir, extends. Eg. 344.
B. Metaph. usage, to stand still, rest, pause; ver8r h6r fyrst at
standa sagan, the story must stop here, Fms. vi. 56; nu skal h6r
standa um athsefi Varbelgja, ix. 473; skulu soknir standa, me8an
lei8angr er uti, GJ)1. 486 ; litlegdar-sakir skulu eigi standa um varjjing,
Grag. i. 103 ; skyldi malit standa um nottina til rannsaks, Fms. ix.
414; skal ]>a, standa leigan i bross-verSinu, Grag. i. 434; st68 {)a
kyrrt nokkura hriS, Fms. xi. 397; at sva buit stae8i, Nj. 139; eigi
matti sva buit s., Fms. ii. 9 ; standa me8 bl6ma ; stendr buit me8
miklum bloma, Band. 3. 2. to last; Gu8s riki stendr ei ok ei,
Hom. 160; ok standa eina Jjrja vetr, Sks. 323; J)a sjau daga sem
veizlan st68, Stj.; en er J)rja.r nsetr hafSi veizlan sta8it, Landn. 117;
hafSi lengi sta8it bardaginn. Odd. 18 ; er deildir varar s. lengr, Eg. 738 ;
st68 mikil deila milli J)eirra langa hri8, Fms. x. 169; st68 J)etta heim-
bo8 nokkut skei8, Nj. 8r ; meSan erfit st68, Eb. ch. 54; stob hennar
hagr meS J)eim haetti, Bs. ii. 166 : — to be valid, skal }3etta testamentum s.
ok haldask, Dipl. iv. 8 ; ok standa enn Jjau log, Ver. 5 2 ; um t61f
manaSr stendr J)eirra mal, Grag. i. 143 ; skal {)at allt s. ok satt vera,
655 xxvii. 28 ; bans tala skal s. a f6 sjalfs bans, K. |>. K. 146 ; ma J)at
eigi s. ne fyrir satt balda, Stj. 31 ; hann mun lata s. bo8 J)essi (stand by
it), Nj. 77 ; J)rju kugildi J)au er standa me8 jor8unni, Dipl. iii. 8 ; ekki
a Bjarkeyjar-r4ttr a \)vi mali at standa, this case does not fall under
the town jurisdiction, Fms. vii. 130; stendr J)at mal {it extends) um {irja
fj6r8unga, Grag. i. 464. 3. to befit, become; konungr kvaS ]pA
ekki standa, at menn laegi sva, Fms. x. 157; berr J)at eigi n6 stendr
J)vilikum, Stj. 132; hvi stalt J)u gu8um minum, ekki stendr \)6i slikt,
181. 4. phrases, mi st68 i stilli, see stilli ; var J)at bo8 me8 sv4
miklu kappi, at st68 i stonginni (cp. Dan. saa at det stod efter), Fms. xi.
424; standa i haska. Mar. 5. sem inn atti dagr Jola standi i,
Drottins degi, Rb. 128; en 4 J)eim degi st68 Olafs messu-aptann,
Hom. III. II. of direction, to stand in a certain way, project,
trend; fji'gur horn ok st68u fagrt, hit J)ri8ja st68 i lopt upp, hit
fj6r8a st68 or enni, ok ni8r fyrir augu honum, Ld. 120; geitar-horn
stendr or hofSi henni, Fms. vii. 156; vapn st68u a Birkibeiui sva J)ykt
at varla matti hann falla, 325 ; gakk af bryggjunni e8r spj6ti8 stendr a
J)4r, 144; ella hef8i spj6ti3 stadit gegnum hann, Nj. 246; bl68bogi
st68 or hvaru-tveggja eyranu, 2io, Fms. vi. 419; boginn st68 inn um
rsefrit. Eg. 239 ; kallar hann betr standa ve8rit, at fara landhallt, the wind
stands better for making land, Fms. x. 347 ; sunnan-vindr hvass ok
st68 at virkinu, xi. 34 ; st68 gnaeSingr meS fjiillum, Bar8. 171 ; af illsku
ok uj)ef t)eim er af st68, Fms. iii. 128 ; st68 vindr af landi, Vigl. 79 new
Ed.; stendr inn straumrinn, Bs. ii. 143; st68 stropinn um kyrtilinn,
Clar. ; standa grunnt, to be shallow ; vinatta okkur stendr grunnt,
Eg. 520; st68 hon alia vega jor8, touched the earth, Art. ; stafir storir
ok st68u grunn i anni, Fb. ii. 19 ; orkin st68 grunn, st7(ck to the ground,
Stj. 50, GJ)1. 460, Grag. ii. 358 ; J)rjar raetr standa a J)rja vega undir
aski Yggdrasils, Gm. ; augu y8ur standa lengra fram, Sturl. iii. 1 29 ;
fiunr konungr at mikit stendr undan vi8 hann i vinfenginu af hendi
Sigvalda, Fms. xi. 106 ; heilrseSit st68 a J)enna sama sendiboSa, re-
ferred to him, 433 ; hva8an GuSmundr inn riki stendr, on which
side be stands, with whom he sides, Nj. 214. 2. to proceed
from, be caused by ; eigi standa J)in or8 af litlu fari. Fas. i. 195 ; stoft
litil stjorn af honum, Fms. xi. 223; Jjotti af honum minni 6gn standa,
Eg. 268 ; e-m stendr mein, uhapp, litili, illt, gagn, hjalp . . . af e-ni,
175 ; gu8in rdk8u til spadoma at af systkinum J)essum mundi J)eim mikil
mein ok uhapp standa, Edda 18, Nj. 65, Bad. 39 ; eigi mun sva mikit illt
af J)er standa, Nj. 368 ; opt stendr illt af kvenna hjali, Gisl. 15 ; y8r munn
vandrae8i af standa, Nj. 1 75. 3. standa til, to tend towards ; nu st63
a8r til sva mikils va8a, at ... , Fms. vii. 144 ; J)a stendr J)6 til meira geigs,
xi. 275; standa til umbotar, to stand for mending, need it, Fb. li.
234; flest frumsmid stendr til bota, needs mending; standa til
mikils kostnaSar, D.N. ii. 18; sem baen ySur stendr til, tends to, Nj.
192; hvart honum standi hugr til nokkurrar konu, tsl. ii. 285; engi
van e8a ver81eikr stendr til at faisk, Al. 91 ; sem baen y3ur stendr til,
Nj. 192 ; eptir J)eim efnum sem honum J)8etti til standa, according
to the merits of the case, Fms. vii. 60 ; eptir J)vi sem log stoSu til, as
the law stood, Nj. 146, Ld. 28 ; frekari alog en forn log stae8i til, Fms.
xi. 224; latari enn likendi staeSi til, 356; fremr enn ritningar sto5u
til, tended towards, i. e. warranted. Mar. ; lita a mal bans eptir Jjeim
efnum sem honum {)aetti til standa, as the merits were, Fms. vii. 60 ;
eptir J)vi sem log st68u til, Nj. 146, Ld. 28; standa til vaSa ok
au8nar, Fms. x. 271. III. to catch, overtake; hann drap
menn Eiriks konungs hvar sem hann st63 ^k, Hkr. i. 91 ; var hverr
drepinn J)ar er sta3inn varS, 107 ; let hann raena hvar sem hann st68 J)a,
Fms. vii. 181 ; hcirmuSu baeSi at {)au mattu eigi fa staSlt hann, Horn.
120; ef hann er me3 vatta inni stadinn, Grag. ii. 18 ; ef ma8r tekr fo
manns ok vinnr {)j6fskap at, enda standi hinn hann (ace.) at J)vi er fe {)at
a, sva at handnumit ver8r, ok . . ., 136; hinum er j[)yf8 var i hondum
sta8in, id. ; nu stendr ma3r fe sitt J)j6fstolit i hendi 68rum manni, G{)1.
537. 2. to stand, i.e. to endure or bear ; hverr sem fyrir-smar dom-
arann, ok vill eigi dom standa, N. G. L. i. 452 : to discharge, skal daema
landit J)eim manni er var8veizlu stendr, to the man who stands as guardian,
Grag. ii. 251; saervitna J)arf skal standa J)eim kostallan,Jb. 358. 3.
to press, urge, trouble; ef ofvi8ri stendr mann, N. G. L. i. 349 ; Alfhildi
st68 sott, Hkr. ii. 199, Stj. 425 ; mun J)ik mi braeSsla standa. Fas. iii.
429 ; elli st68 Harek, Isl. ii. 482 ; hver fjiilskylda sem {)ik stendr, Fms.
xi. 429 ; segja mattii hvat J)ik stendr, what urges thee. Mar. ; ok vaenti
af J)er mests trausts, J)vi heldr sem mik stendr meirr, Fms. iii. 70 ; standa
mik sva storar J)r6ngslir, at..., Stj. 495; hvat stendr J)ik, what ails
thee? Grett. 75 new Ed. ; hvat stendr {)ik, Bergr, sag8i biskup, Bs. i.
807; t)vi at eins at Jieim (t)a?) standi ofviSri, N.G. L. i. 371. 4.
to be of weight, value ; skal hann eigi standa tomr meirr enn atta merkr,
G|)l. 524; gullhringr stendr sex aura, miirk, Fms. ii. 246, xi. 204;
striitrinn stod tiu merkr, 77! vaettir {)aEr er hver fieirra standi halfa
niundu mork, GJ)1. 523.
C. Reflex, to stand right, be able to stand; ste8ja8i hann upp
yfir torguna ok stoSsk J)6, Nj. 144 ; J)ar mundir J)u eigi hafa staSizk
fylgjur Jjeirra J>orvar8s, Lv. 104; hann drukna3i, fvi hann stoSsk ekki
fjolkyngi Ragnars, Bar3. 181. 2. standask e-t, standask ahlaup, Sks.
41 1 ; hoggum standask fair, Sks. 41 1 B ; fair st63usk honum, {)6tt fraknir
vaeri, Grett. 87 A ; gull stendsk elding, Grag. i. 501 ; Jjetta el var me3 sva
miklum bysnum, at ekki mattu sumir menn betr enn fii sta8izk, Fms.
xi. 1 36 ; var vi3 sjalft at ek maetta eigi standask, x. 331; st65sk hann
eigi ok do, 623. 33 ; hvi let Gu3 J)eira freista, J)ar er hann sa at ^noi
i'
STANDALI— STAZA.
589
,;ittu eigi standask, Eluc. 28 ; at \)6r standisk jafnvel ef {)6r sjait frxndr
ydra svi'virSa, F'ms. v. 370. 3. to stand, bear, tolerate; hann skekr at
honum sverSit, |)etta fa J)eir eigi staSizk ok hlaupa, Isl. ii. 364 ; Kuri
t flsk {)etta eigi, Nj. 270; Bjiirn stoSsk eigi dmzlis-or8 Sigmundar,
■ laL. 218; standask fryju-or3, Fser. 196. 4. standask vid e-m, /o
stand, be able to withstand; HeiSrekr va me8 Tyrfingi ok stodsk ekki
vi6 honum, Fas. i. 526 ; engi hlutr var sva sterkr at standask maetti fyrir
honum, Edda. 5. to be valid; skulut mal hans standask urn Jxi sok,
Grag. i. 64 ; a J)eirra domr at standask, 80 ; eigu jammikit J)eira or8 at
standask, sem annarra logrettu-manna, 10; ef {jii kemr til konungsins, ok
igi^in orO nokkut standask, Fms. xi. 193; hennar or6 stoSusk sva mikit,
, Fas. i. ao8 ; um {)at vilda ek at min at kvxb'x stsedisk, at . . ., Eb.
98. 6. of direction, to proceed from ; standask af e-m, af henni
mun standask allt it ilia, Nj. 49 ; sva stenzk af um fer8 mina, the matter
stands so as to my journey; Olafr sagSi jarli hversu af st68sk um fer8
hans, Ld. 1 1 3 (hversu af st68, 340) ; ekki sagSi Kjartan f68ur sinum
hversu af stoSsk um fer3 {)essa, 208 ; Gautr segir honum geiniliga allt
hversu af stoSsk um fer8ir hans, Fms. iii. 57; sva stendsk af um ferSir
miliar, at ek ma her ekki dvelja lengr, vi. 350 ; eigi veit ek hvernig af
stenzk (stennz) um for ]pina, hvart J)u ferr nokkut i konungs leyfi, O. H.
143. 7. a middle form ; yfir ok undir st68umk jotna vegir, the
'giant-ways' (rocks) stood above and below, Hm. ; stondumk hjorr til
hjarta, the sword touches me to the heart, Fm. i. II. recipr. to
stand opposite one another in the same line : to meet, of ends ; pit st68sk
a, nesit |)vert ok fylking {)eirra, Isl. ii. 326 ; st68sk fiat a, at John firaut
ok lokit var sogunni, Fms. vi. 356 ; vigin Askels ok Steingrims skyldi a
standask, Rd. 281 ; st68sk {)at a endum ok ostkistan, Nj. 76 ; stoSsk |)at
a endum ok pzt er Gunnarr atti at gjalda, III; 16tu jjcir pzt a endum
standask, 1 20 ; standask a mot ; sandmelr sa er a stendzk ok Seftjom,
Gisl. 23 ; baer hans st68sk a ok konungs atsetr. Fas. ii. 63 ; bi8a {less
at k staeSisk misganga straumanna ok austan-ve8r, Orkn. 266 ; stendzk
heldr i moti me6 |)eim hjonum, they were rather at sixes and sevens,
did not agree well, Bjarn. 21 : hendingar standask sem nsest, to stand
as close to one another as possible, Edda (Ht.) ; tungl {)au er naest
standask, nearest to one another, Rb. 34, 1812. 56. III. stadinn
= staddr, steadfast, placed, abiding ; hvar sem ma8r er stadinn, N. G. L.
i. 163; vildi hann nu til staSins vita {knew for certain) hver svor jarl
vildi gefa, Vigl. 18.
standali, a, m. a post : a nickname, Sturl. iii. 234.
stand-eykr, m. a nickname, Fms. ix, 372.
stand-s63uU, m. a 'stand-saddle,' high saddle, Ld. 374, Sturl. iii.
163 ; such a saddle is described in Mr. Freeman's Norman Conquest, iv,
1. 703 (the death of William).
stanga, a8, to prick, goad, Fms. iii. 193, vii. 62, 161, viii. 281, xi.
155 ; stanga or tiinnum s^r (s. tennr), to pick the teeth, Nj. 185. 2.
fo spear fish, Grag. ii. 346. 3. to butt, of cattle, Bs. i. 345, Grag.
i. 119, G{)1. 190. II. reflex, to butt one another, Grag. ii. 329,
/apn. 46, Bret. 55.
stangan, f. a goading, stimulus, Stj. 78.
stank, n. a bustle, shaking; starf ok stank, Fbr. 173.
stanka, a8, to stand stumbling; hann stanka8i mjok vi8, be was very
eluctant, Faer. 12 1.
stanz, n. [akin to sta8sa (q. v.), ds = nz\ : — a standstill, hesitation ;
lonum ver8r stanz at svara, Sturl. i. 18: amazement, e-n rekr i stanz,
mod.)
stanza, a8, to pause, stop. Fas. iii. 443.
stapi, a, m. a steeple-formed single rock. Fas. iii. 7 : freq. in mod.
isage and in local names, Arnar-stapi, iEtternis-s., etc.
stappa, a8, [Germ, stampfen; Engl, stamp'], to stamp; stappa fotum,
0 stamp with the feet, Grett. 130 A ; s. ni8r stafnum, Band. 16 new Ed. ;
tappa e-n til dau8s, MS. 4. 32: to stamp down, {)eir stoppu8u snjoinn
ie8 spjot-skoptum sinum, Fms. ix. 234: phrases, stappa stall i e-n, to
ut steel into, to encourage ; pzb stappar naerri, it ' stamps near one,' is on
be point. Fas. i. 420. II. to bray in a mortar ; stappa lauk, 0. H.
23, Pr. 471, 472.
STABA, pres. star! ; pret. star8i ; part, starat ; [A. S. slarjan ; Engl.
are]: — to stare, gaze; stara eptir e-m, Isl. ii. 261, v. 1. ; hon starir a
enna vaena mann, Baer. 12 ; ormrinn starSi i mot, Edda.
star-blinda, f. [A. S. stdr-blind; Engl, stark-blind], blindness.
STARF, n. a trouble, labour, business, Sks. 549 ; |)etta starf, Nj. 77 ;
inn haf8i ekki starf fyrir J)vi, Fas. i. 36 ; hafa mikit starf, Fms. ix.
80; hvers starfs (employment) e8r st6ttar, H.E. i. 514; hafa {jvilikt
arf, Eg. 50. starfs-madr, m. a worker. Eg. 303, Grett. 123 A, Lv.
35, Bs. i. 738.
starfa, a8, to work, labour. Eg. i ; starfa i e-u, to be busy about, Nj.
^5. Al. 99, Fms. X. 231 : starfa at e-u, Fbr. 16, Al. 147: starfa a
onnum, to trouble people, Bs. i. 439.
rtarf-hiis, n. a factory, workshop, Gph 178.
Jtarf-hvalr, m. blubber paid as wages for cutting up a whale, Pm. 69.
starf., a, m. = starf ; ptim starfa, Fms. vi. 344; starfa mikinn, ii. 27 ;
ifa starfa a monnum, iv. 215 ; leggja starfa a e-t, to take trouble, Fb.(g, 8t4za, a8, to dreis finely.
i. 118. starfa-lftill, -miklll, adj. doing little, much work. Urafn.
21 ; starfa-meiri, Sturl. iii. 41.
starf-laun, n. pi. wages. Mar.
starf-samr, adj. industrious : of a thing, laborious, ttarftanit iif. Bar!.
Ill ; hafa starfsamt, to be busy, have much trouble. Fm». xi. 31 1, 383,
vii. 73, Fas. i. 374 : a nickname, iii. 593.
starf-semi, f. industry.
starf-sveinn, m. a workman, apprentice, Fms. xi. 431.
Starkaflr or better StOrkufir, m., q». Stark-ho8r, [from »terkr and
Ho8r] : — a pr. name, Landn., Fas., the famous Danish mythical hero.
Starka3ar-lag, n. the name of a metre, Edda (Ht.)
Starr, adj. blunt; starr sta8r, in a sword, Kormak.
starri or st&ri, a, m. [Lat. sturnus; A.S. and Dan. star; Engl. i.lart,
starling] :— a bird, the starling, Edda (Gl.) 2. a pr. name, Landn.
star-s^nn, adj. staring; vera starsynn 4 c-t, Nj. 50, Korm. 50 : mod.,
mer er starsynt d e-t, id.
statiit, n. [for. word], a statute, H.E. i. 514-
staulask, a8, to walk with infirm steps; ttanlut k fxtr; itafkart-
arnir staula, Hallgr.
stauli, a, m. a lad, urchin ; in svein-stauli, q. v.
staulpa, u, f., mod. stelpa, a girl; mey-staulpa, Sturl. i. 152, ii. loi.
STAUP, n. [O.Yi.G.stouf; A.S. steap; Engl, stub; Dan. W06] :—
a knobby lump ; pk kom upp staup mikit sem manns-hofu8, . . . hvar
er nu {)at gull er |)u leggr i mot J)essum knapphiifSa ? of a ball-formed
piece of gold, Fms. vi. 183; J)eir drepa fotum sinum i hvert staup (ob-
stacle) er fyrir verSr, Barl. 71 ; hatt-staup, the * hat-knoll,' i. e. the head.
Ad. 7 ; gull-staup, q. v. 2. [A. S. stoppa ; Engl, stoup], a stoup, beaker,
cup, prop, from the form, freq. in mod. usage ; taka i staupinu, to take a
stoup of brandy.
stauple, ad, see stopla.
statira, a8, to raise a post; J)a skal staura nidr & kistu (to drive a stake
down to the coffin) ok steypa helgu vatni a, N. G. L. i. 14. 2.
staurask, to be ripped up, Pr. 473.
staur-karl, m. a hobbler on crutches, staurkarls-ligr, adj. clumsy,
stiff.
STAURR, m. [Gr. aTavp6s], a pale, stake; v6ru settir storir staurar
yfir dikin. Eg. 529; skjuta staurum, Fms. vii. 190; hcifuA a staumum,
on the stake, xi. 376; tr^s e8a staurs, Pr. 472 ; staurs-hogg, GJ)1. 177, v. 1.,
passim : a local name, Hkr. i. 295. staura-gardr, ni. a paling. Fas.
iii. 280, Mar. 1198.
staut, n. a stuttering in reading. staut-fearr, adj. able to read a
little.
stauta, a8, [Dan. stode; Germ, stossen], to beat, strike; stautar 4
honum spjotinu, Karl. 182. 2. mod. to read stutteringly.
st4 = standa, q. v.
STAIj, n. [a common Taut, word; O. H. G. stabal], steel; sterkatta
stall, Karl. 285, Fms. x. 172, passim: phrases, sverfa til stals, to file to
the very steel, to fight to the last, vii. 244, Gull|). 69. 2. plur.,
of weapons ; er stalin maettusk. Art., Lex. Poiit. passim. 3. a
part of a ship, the beak; J)eir hiifSu raskott fyrir stalinu, Fms. viii.
199; kjalar, stala, suda, Edda 66, Lex. Poet. II. metaph.,
from steel wrapped in soft iron before being fused in the forge : —
the inside of a hay-stack or rick ( = sta8i); hann tok laust hey or
stalinu, Njar8. 378; ef ma8r a kom fait i stali eSr hey, N. G. L. ii.
Ill (v. r. to stadi), freq. in mod. usage. 2. an intercalary sen-
tence in a verse, much used by the ancient poets, esp. in the metre
drottkvaett, Edda i. 618; thus in Haustl. 13 the words * sveipr varS i
for ' is a stal. In the old poems of the metre dr6ttkvaE8 the strophes are
interwoven with such intercalary sentences ; in some editions these sen-
tences are marked by [ ] or by ( ) : — as a gramm. term, embolismus, kolluni
var J)at gort a stal ef a me8al ver8r hendinga, Skalda ii. 106. compds :
stil-broddr, n. a steel prod, Fms. iii. 180. st&l-gaddr, n. a steel
goad, Barl. 109. st&l-gdrr, part, made of steel, MS. 4. 30. st&l-
hanzki, a, m. a steel glove, D. N. st&l-taiirdr, adj. hard as steel,
Sks., Karl. 164, Al. 40, 394. stdl-hattr, m. a steel bat, Hkr. iii. 203.
stil-hj&lmr, m. a steel helmet, Karl. 366. stdl-hiifa, u, f. a steel
cap, Sks. 400, Ld. 276, Bs. i. 31, Landn. 330, Sturl. ii. 91, passim,
st&l-nagli, a, m. a steel pike. Mar. stil-pfk, m. a steel pike, Karl.
stU-sld, f. a steel bar, Mag. stdl-sleginn, part, steel-mounted, Jb.
345. stil-sorfliui, Y^^n. filed to the steel, Grag. i. 501.
stalligr, adj. of steel, Art.
st^lmi, a, m. a swelling of the udder with milk ; standa i st&lma.
stdlpadr, part, grown up ; ungarnir voru litt stalpaflir, Fas. ii. 33T.
stdlpask, a3, to grow strong, be full grown.
stdlpi, a, m. pith, strength, esp. of the young : as a nickiuune, Fms.
ix. 26.
stdt, n. prudishness ; sprettir lir sporunum stdti, Hallgr.
stdta, a8, to be prudish ; heimskir helzt sig itata, Hallgr.
stdz, n. [Dan. stads; Engl, state], finery, (mod.); stdz-mey sat i
sorgum, Stef. Ol.
590
STEDDA— STEINABllU.
stedda, u, f. [Germ.sMe; cp. A.S. stood; Engl, stud] : — a mare, Grett. Eg. 338 : — s. s^mzn, to call together ; stefna saman |)egn ok t)r«l, Stj. 6ll;l
(in a verse), Art. 53.
STEDI, m., gen. steSja, pi. steSjar, [Engl, stilhy'] : — a stithy, anvil,
Edda 9, Ems. i. 177, J>i5r. 166, Dipl. iii. 13, passim ; konungs steSi, the
'king's stithy,' the mint, GJ)1. 139, Bs. ii. 58. compds : ste6ja-br6f, m.
a writ granting licence to the mint, D.N. steSja-kollr, m. a nick-
name, Nj. 182. ste5ja-nef, n. the ' stithy-neb,' thin end of a stithy.
Ems. i. 133 ; cp. nef-ste9i. ste3ja-steinn, m. a stithy-stone, base of
an anvil, |>i6r. 166. 8te9ja-stokkr, m. a stithy-stock, id.
ste3ja, ad, to bound, leap, Bs. i. 527, Al. 146; ste6ja&i yfir upp, Nj.
144; steSjar upp yfir hann, Finnb. 310, passim.
STEDJA, pret. staddi, part, staddr, neut. statt ; the word is little used
except in part. pass. ; [sta8r] : — to stop ; stoddu J)eir ferdina er i fyrstu
ri6u, Fagrsk. 138 : to permit, ste6ja fyrir-bo6na hluti (cp. Dan, tilstede),
R6tt. 95 : to fix, appoint, J)eir stoddu nie3 ser a alj)ingi J)ann samning,
at . . ., Bs. i. 770. II. reflex, to be decided on; saettar-g6r6 J)a
er nyliga staddisk, H.E. i. 458; kaup staddisk, Dipl. iii. 10; stoddusk
Jja t)eir hlutir, N. G. L. ii. 428 ; hafa statt e-t, to have tnade one's mind tip.
Ems. i. 284; hafa e-t statt fyrir scr, to have determined on, Ld. 184 : to
tnake firm,])a. er hann hafdi statt ok styrkt riki sitt, Stj. 455; hann
hugdisk hafa statt sik i rikinu, Barl. 61 : giira e-t, to resolve. Ems. ii.
293, BarS. 164; me3 stciddum endi-morkum, fixed limits, GJ)1.
44. III. part, staddr, as adj. placed, present, esp. used of
a temporary chance abode; hvergi sem J)au eru stcidd, Grag. i. 332;
ef hann var J)ar staddr bar sem blot voru, happened to be present. Ems.
i. 35; margir ef J)ar v6?u hja staddir. Eg. 64; vera vi6 staddr, pre-
sent, Nj. 63, Eg. 64, passim. 2. placed in such or such a position;
Einarr spur9i Egil, hvar hann heffli J)ess verit staddr, at hann hefSi mest
reynt sik. Eg. 687; J)er erut staddir ekki vel, ye are in danger. Ems. ii.
16; litt staddr, doing poorly, x. 173; t)eim monnum er i sottum voru
staddir. Bias. 40 : neut., hvi er y3r sva statt til Sigfiissona, why are you
thus troubled about them? Nj. 252.
STEF, n. (root stafi), gen. pi. stefja, dat. stefjum, a summons, term,
time fixed, ( = stefna); viku-stef, a week's notice. Eg. 274; var kveSit a
viku stef, 394 ; {)riggja natta stef, a summons with three days' notice,
Grag. i. 385 ; bardaga stef, Al. 54. II. a stave in a lay, burden,
refrain ; hann orti Hafger3inga-drapu, J)ar er Jjetta stef i, — ' Minar
biS ek,' etc., Landn. 106; kvae6it, ok er J)etta stefit i, Isl. ii. 222;
|>6rarinn orti J)a stef, ok setti i kvse8it, . . . ok er {)etta stefit, 0. H. 180,
Eb. i. 210. In the old poems, called drapa, the middle part had a burden ;
this part was called 'stef or stefja-bilkr, m. the 'stave-balk,' stave-
section, O. H. 180 ; and consisted of several equal sets of verses, called
stefja-mel or stefja-mdl, n. stave-measure; the number of stanzas
to each ' stave-set ' varies in different poems (3, 4, 5, 7) ; the number of
the sets also varies according to the length of the poem, e. g. if the stave-
section were of twenty-one stanzas it would fall into seven ' sets '(3x7);
if of twenty, into five (4X5); er rctt at setja kvae&it me5 sva morgum
stefjamelum sem vill, Edda (Ht.) i. 686; hef ek {jar lokit steljum, here
the staves end; hefja upp stef, and so on, see the remarks s. v. slsemr.
The stave or burden usually stands at the end of each ' set ; ' the burden
might even be distributed among the stanzas of the stefjamel, as may
be seen in the Togdrapa on king Canute in 0. H., or in the poem Rek-
stefja or Banda-drapa (Hkr. i. and Scripta Hist. Island, iii.)
stefja, a8, to prevent; stefja manntjon. Ems. x. 418. II. to
address with a stave or stanza ; \>a. stefjaai troUkona a hann ok spurSi
hverr J)ar for (then follows the ditty), Edda 95.
-steQa, u, f. a suffix indicating a lay with burdens ; Rek-stefja, Stolin-
stefja.
stef-lauss, adj. without burden, Edda (Ht.)
stef-ligr, adj. belonging to a stef, Lil. 51, Gd. 24.
stefna and stemna, d, [stafn, stamn], to 'point with the stem,' to stand
in a certain direction, (esp. of sailing, from which the metaphor is taken) ;
s. inn fjorSinn, Landn. 56, Eg. 128 ; s. xit or firSi, to standout of the firth,
6. H. 37; s. lit a haf, Ems. i. -26; \,e\T stefndu inn i Vikina, 60; s. a
land upp, vii. 202 ; s. til baejarins, Eg. 230 ; J)at stefndi til Riits-staaa,
Nj. 35 : — 'o aim at, hoggit stefndi a fotlegginn, the blow aimed at the leg.
Ems. vii. 325 ; sendi or af lasboga, J)6 oafvitandi a hve'rn hann stefndi,
Stj. 604: phrases, e-m verdr naer stefnt, /o escape narrowly. Ems. viii.
328 ; betr enn til var stefnt, better than it was begun, of luck better than
foresight, ix. 414 ; stefna ser til orkumla, to court, expose oneself to, Bjarn.
56. II. a law term, to give notice to one, summon him, the person
in dat., Grag., N. G. L., Nj. ; s. manni i dom, til alj)ingis, etc., passim ; s.
e-m um e-t, Grag. i. 107; s.um sok, 21 : with a double dat., s. manni beirri
siik er tolftar-kviSr fylgir, to summon a persoti in such a case, 20 ; ek skal
J)er Mor6r vera ok stefna J)er af konunni, Nj. 15. 2. to cite, of a
case ; stefna sok, to call a case into court, Grag. i. 36 ; s. mali, Nj. 33 ;
s. domi til rofs, Grag. ii. lOl ; s. til alj)ingis, i. 106; s. i hvtlrt J)ing sem
vill, 162 : the word is used in countless instances in Grag., Nj., and the
Sagas : to recite the summons, hann stefndi fyrir malinu, en hann mtelti
eptir ok stefndi rangt, Nj. 35. 3. to call together, with ace, of a
meeting; s. J)ing, to call a meeting, Fb. ii. 38, Ld. 2, Hkr. iii. 26, Yxt. 119,
saman oUuni 1yd, 541 ; s. at scr li8i, to summon the troops. Eg. 270
s. til sin, 26, 32, 369 ; s. at s^r monnum, to gather men, Nj. 104 ; stemna
stemnu, to summon formally, Grag. i. 108 ; s. veizlu, to bid people to a
feast. Ems. xi. 45 ; {jcssi astlan er mi er stefnd, Hkr. iii. 384.
stefna or stemna, u, f. a direction, Hkr. i. 158 :— a« appointed meet-
ing. II. a law term, a summons, citation ; eiga stefnu vi8 e-n. Eg.
271 ; koma fyrr til stefnu. Ems. vii. 151. 2. the term = stei; t>"ggja
natta stefna, Fms. viii. 200 ; mana9ar-s., at li5inni J)eirri stefnu, Grag. i,
378; er at Jieirri stefnu kom. Eg. 30; er su s. var li8in, 277; toh
manaSa stemna, N. G. L. i. 43; selja jorS or stemnu, to sell an estatt
held by lease, GJ)1. 309: the saying, allr dagr til stefnu, all the day
for a citation, a summons being lawful if served before nightfall, Jb. |
hence metaph., J)a8 er allr dagr til stefnu, i. q. plenty of time or leisure, of a
thing which is not pressing. compds : stefnu-bo3, n. « sumvtoning
to a meeting, Bs. i. 785. stefnu-dagr, m. a day of summons;
stefnudag, Stud. ii. 207 ; koma a nefndan stefnudag, Dipl. ii. 5 ; bi6a
stefnudags, Eg. 274: plur. stefnudagar, citation-days, when citations can
be lawfully made, Nj. 79 ; J)at var um stefnudaga (in the spring), Eb. 46;
er vara8i ok stefnudagar komu, Band. 14 new Ed. stefnu-dsegr, n
= stefaudagr, Baer. 19. stefnu-fall, n. a failure to appear on sum-
mons, N. G. L. ii. 482. stefnu-fundr, m. a meeting, Str. 27,
stefnu-for, f. a journey to appear on summons. Eg. 722, Nj. 78, Lv. 5.
stefnu-g6r3, f. a summons, N. G. L. i. 344, 350. stefnu-j6r3, f.
land held on lease; brig8a s. sina e8r mala-jcird, G^\. 309, passim in the
Norse law. stefnu-lag, n. an appointment; gora s., Eg. 41, Fms. L
19, vii. 151, 279, Orkn. 404. stefnu-lei3angr, m. a naval expedi-
tion, Ld. 28; i viking e8a s., Fms. iii. 41. stefnu-li3, n. a body of per-
sons summoned, N. G. L. i. 382. stefnu-1^3r, m. an assembly, D. N,
stefnu-nia3r, m. a summoner, K. |). K. 86. stefnu-morginn, m,
the morning of a citation-day. Mar. stefnu-rof, n. failure to appear
at a stefna, Fms. ix. 378, v. I. stefnu-sta3r, m. the place of cita-
tion (where it is to be lawfully made), Grag. i. 153, 297: a meeting-place,
Fms. ix. 378, x. 393. stefnu-stofa, u, f. a citation-room, D.N.
stefnu-sok, f, a case of citation, Grag. i. 69, 177. stefnu-tal, n. a
discourse at a stefna, Fms. vi. 145. stefnu-timi, a, m. a fair time
(cp. timi til stefnu =/>/e«/y of time), Grett. 100 A, the metaphor from
citations. stefnu-vargr, m. a mythical word, e. g. used of a house
haunted by mice or vermin as if it were under a spell, see Maurer's Volk-
sagen. stefnu- v&ttr, m. a cited witness, a witness to a sutnmons, Grag.
i.42. stefnu-vitni, n. a citation, bera s., Jb. 191, Nj. 36, Grag. i. 42.
stefnandi, part, a summoner, Gp\. 32.
stefni or stemni, n. the prow, = stafn, Edda (Gl.)
stefning, f. a summoning, Sturl. ii. 116.
stefningr, m. a kind of snake. Lex. Poet.
stefnir, m. one who directs. Lex. Poet. : a helmet, poet., Edda (Gl.)
steggr, m., steggi, a, m. [prop, a mounter; in Yorks. a steg is a gan-
der; from stiga, cp. seggr from segja, hugga from hugr] : — a he-bird;
andar steggi, a male duck, Karl. 260 (Dan. andrik) : in mod. usage stegp
also means a tom-cat. .
stegla, d, [stagl], to put on racks, Fms. xi. 375.
stegla, u, f. [A.S. stcegl; Dan. steile'], a rack (stagl), esp. in plur.
steglur: a low name for a woman, Edda ii. 629.
steigur-liga, adv. /)rwJM/6/y ; lata s., Korm. (in a verse) ; standa s. i
stigreip, Fms. vi. 416.
steik, f. a steak; steikarnar, Stj. 45; steikar (gen.), N. G. L. i. 84;
lamba-s., kalfa-s., passim.
steikari, a, ni. [cp. Engl. stoker~\, a roaster, cook, Edda 23, Rom. 302,
Bs. i. 810, J>i6r. 86, Orkn. 170, Fms. x. 302 ; steikara hiis, Fas. i. 4571;
steikara htifSingi, meistari, Fms. x. 302, Stj. 200.
steiki-teinn, m. a spit, Dipl. v. 18.
STEIKJA, 6 and t, [a common Teut. word], to ' steak ' or ' stokiy
roast ; s. a teini, Am. 79 ; s. hjarta vi5 funa, Em. 32 ; eta litt steikt, Hkv. ;
2.7; en er Sigur8r steikSi hjarta6, Edda 74 ; sa hann at maSr steiktr I&
a eldinum, Fms. viii. 107 : the phrase, steikja smsera enn . . ., to have a
smaller steak on the spit than ...,414: steikja is in Icel. also used of meat
baked on embers, steikja koku, steikja ro&, opp. to baked in a pan.
steiklingr, m. a nickname, Fms. xi. 126.
steina, d, l_A.S. stdnj an; Engl. /o staitt], to stain, colour, paint; s.
skipit me8 allskyns litum. Ems. x. 320: esp. used in the part, pass.,
skipit var allt steint fyrir ofan sjo, Orkn. 332, Eg. 68 ; karfi steindr allr
fyrir ofan sjo, 371 ; aitara-klae8i steint, brikar-klaeSi steint, Vm. 10, Jna.
22 ; steint merki, B. K. 83 ; hiis tjaldat me8 steindum klaeSum, Fms. X.
16; i steindum so61i, Ld. 272; lopt steint med likneskjum, Str. 5;
steinda kistu. Am.
steina-bru, f. a stone-bridge, stone-arch, a natural one, not made by
human hands, hence the phrase, gamall sem steinabrii, old as a stone bridge
= ' stone-old,' Fas. iii. 61, cp. Ht. (fine) : the very phrase shews the ancient
Scandinavians, like the old Germans, knew not the arch, as their buitdr
ings were all of wood, cp. Tacit. Germ. 16, Herodian. vii. 2 : indeed, stone
masonry first became known after the introduction of Christianity.
STEINASORVI— STfirr
oi)i
;teina-s6rvi or -seyrvi, n., see scirvi, Edda 68, Isl. ii. 343, Fas,
5 f3-
stein-bitr, m. a fish, anarricbas lupus, Edda (Gl.). freq. in mod. usage,
itein-blindr, adj. stone-blind, Stj. 121, 6ao, Bs. ii. 81, Fm». vi. (in a
rse), passim.
tein-bogi, a, m. [A. S. s/dwfto^'a], = steinabni, Fas. iii. 668, Fms. xi.
|, Y\bv. 100.
tein-delfr, m. (mod. Btein-depill), [Norse steindolp], tbe wagtail,
■,taciUa L., Edda (Gl.)
tein-geit, f. a ^stone-goat,' the Germ. s/««6oc>t, Al.l67,Rb.loa, Deut.
v. 5 : of the zodiac, MS. 732. 18, Rb. 102.
tein-kast, n. a throwing stones, Fms. iii. 186, Grett. 151 A.
tein-kla33i, n. = steint-klaedi, Vm., Am., Bs. i. 641, D.I. i. 597.
-tein-kol, 11. pi., [Germ, stein-kobl ; Dan. stenltull, mineral coal, mod.
tein-ligr, adj. stony, Greg. 45, Hom. 79.
tein-meistari, a, m. a stone-mason, Hom. 122, Fms. v. 215, xi. 428.
STEINM", m. [a word common to all Teut. languages], as/one,N.G.L.
'15 ; meistari a stein, Barl. 167; steinn einn mikill, Fms. viii. 8, passim :
!<imlder, rock, stein at lyja jdrn vi6, Eg. 141 : allit., stokkar e5a steinar,
ig. ii. 132, Fb. ii. 102; gengr mark fyrir ne&an or steinum J)eim er
;ta Klofningar, D. I. i. 471 ; dyrnar a steininum lukusk, Fas i. 514 : of
;cni (gim-steinn), Js. 78, fjkv. 16, 19, (5. H. 30; settr steinum. Eg.
^; altaris-steinn, Vm. 37; lei6ar-s., s61ar-s., a loadstone: stones used
warming rooms, ok hofdu hvarki a |)vi kveldi Ijos ne steina, Eb.
76 ; cp. mjolk var heit ok voru a steinar, Lv. 70 : dragging stones as a
iiishnient, see Sol. (draga dreyrga steina) ; draga stein ok vera (itiaegr,
N. G. L. iii. 16, 210, but it is of foreign origin. 2. metaph. phrases ;
^cr5a milli steins ok sleggju, between tbe ^ stone and tbe sledge-hammer'
(stones being used for anvils). Fas. i. 34 ; taka stein, or kasta steini um
inegn ser, to throw too heavy a stone for one's strength, to break down,
Faer. 58, Eg. 473 ; {)ykkir ekki dr steini hefja (see hefja), Gisl. 54; Ijosta
e-n ilium steini, to hit with an evil stone, hit bard. Glum, (see the verse);
steins hljod, stone-silence, dead silence. II. spec, usages, a
cell for an anchoret, Fms. x. 373; setjask i stein, Nj. 268, Grett. 162,
Trist. ; gefa sik i stein, Jatv. ch. 8 ; sitja i helgum steini. III.
medic, stone, gravel, in the bladder, Pr. 472, Bs. i. 123, 644. IV.
pr. names; Steini, Steinarr, Steinn, Stein-bjorn, Stein-finnr,
Stein-grimr, Stein-kell {the stone-font for sacrifices), Stetn-61fr,
j Stein-m63r, Stein-ro9r, Stein-J)6rr : of women, Stein-unn,
Stein-vor : and in the latter part, Hall-steinn, |j6r-steinn, Ve-steinn
{the Holy stone for sacrifices), Her-steinn, Ha-steinn, Ey-steinn, tJt-steinn,
Inu-steinn, etc., Landn. : and in local names, Steinar, etc.; Dverga-
inn.
B. CoMPDS, of stone : stein-altari, a stone-altar, Stj. ; stein-bogi,
(j. V. ; stein-borg, a stone-castle, Fms. x. 154; stein-gar3r, a stone-wall,
Str. 6; stein-dyrr, stone-doors, Vsp. ; stein-golf, a stone-floor, Stj., Fms.
vi. 440 ; stein-hjarta, a heart of stone. Mar.; stein-hur6, a stone-hurdle,
I'as. iii. 213; stein-hus, a stone-bouse, Fms. x. 154, v. 1. ; stein-holl, a
^tone-hall, 153, Nj. 6 (where it is an anachronism), Hkr. iii. 62; stein-
kastali, a stone-castle, Sks. 423, Orkn. 318 ; stein-ker, a stone-vessel, Stj.
268 ; stein-ketill, a stone-kettle, 6. H. 223; stein-kirkja, a stone-cburcb,
Fms. vi.440, ix. 535, X. 409 (iith and 12th centuries), Bs. i. 32 (KristniS.
line); stein-kjallari, a stone-cellar, B. K. 103; stein-knifr, a stone-knife,
Stj. 117, 261; stein-topt, a stone-floor, Str. 70; stein-musteri, a stone-
minster, Fms. vii. 100, Orkn. 258 ; stein-miirr, a stone-wall, Fms. ix,
';^4, X. 153; stein-ncikkvi, a stone-boat. Fas. ii. 231, BarS. 164 (of a
lilt in a tale) ; stein-ofn, a stone-oven, Bs. i. 830 (Laur. S.); stein-rafr,
^tone-roof. Mar. ; stein-sker, a rock, Fms. viii. 367, v. 1. ; stein-smi6i,
^lone work, stone implements, lb. ch. 6 ; stein-spjald, a stone-tablet,
^ks. 671, Am. 46 ; stein-stolpi, a stone-pillar, Fms. i. 137 ; stein-siila, id.,
• s xxviii. I ; stein-tabula, a stone-tablet, Stj. 31 1 ; stein-veggr, a stone-
• dl, Fms. vii. 64; stein-virki, id., Sks. 415 ; stein-|)ildr, stone-wainscotted,
. 75 ; stein-Jiro, q.v. ; stein-iir, a stone-arrow. Fas. ii. 260.
teinn, m. [Engl, stain"], a stain, colour; birt me& hvitum steini ok
nSum, 6. H. 124; rau9um steini, red paint, Karl., Edda (in a verse).
tein-63r and stein-63i, adj. 'stone-wood' (cp. Engl, stone-deaf;
rm. stein-alt), violetit, of a gale ; utnyr3ingi steinodum, 656 C. 2 ;
>ynningr steinoSr, Clem. 24 ; steinoSi, Eg, 600.
otein-pikka, u, f. a mason's pick, Flov. 37.
stein-setja, setti, to set with stones, Fms. xi. 427.
stein-smidr, m. a ' stone-smith,' mason, Fms. xi. 428, Stj. 562, Bs. i.
stein-smfS, f, stone-masonry, Grett. 162 A.
stein-8im3i, n. id., Fms. xi. 429 : articles worked of stone, lb. 9.
stein-snar, n. a stone's throw, of distance, N. T., Pass. 4. 2.
stein-sott, f., medic, stone, gravel, calculus, Bs. i. 123, 310, 644.
tein-talga, u, f. stone-carving, masonry, Stj. 562, Fms. viii. 279.
tein-tjald, n. a coloured tent, Vm. 17, Pm. 14.
. stein-Tingi, a, m. a nickname, Sturl.
j stein- J)r6, f. a stone-coffin, Fms. viii. 236, x. 384 ; s. ins helga Stephani
-5 xiv. B. 2, Pass. 50. 16.
STBKKR, ni., gen. stekkjar, pi. stekkir, a fold in which lambt io
ipring are weaned during the night before l)cing ukcii from the ewe»
and driven to the mountain pastures; which teaton in Icel. u called
stekk-tia, f., Edda 103; eggtift eSa stckktia, Icel. Almanack, 187a.
May 27; merkja lamb i stekk, Gr4g. i. 415 ; taka lamb <Sr rtckk. Ld.
1 70 ; lamb skal marka or stekk hvert var ok tkal F6lr 4byrgjask ok
gefa um haust cr aptr kemr, D. I. i. 301 ; gora upp stckka, Sturl. i. 37;
stekkjanna, 28 ; skal gefa lamb or stekk, ok gefa um haustid ef aptr
kemr, Vm. 169; hafSi faiir minn stekk fyrir ncftan langa-garftinn fyrir
utan ana, Dipl. v. 35. Btekkjar-l»mb or stekk-lamb, n. a lamb
from the stekkr.
STELA (stel, stell, Js. 128), pret. sUl, italt, $tAlu; iubj. ttsli; im-
perat. stel, steldii ; part, stolinn : [a common Tcut. word] : — to Keal,
with dat. (stela e-u). Eg. 337, Boll. 350, Nj. 74. N.G.L. i. 83; stela
stuld, to commit a theft, 83 : the phrase, hann steir ollu tern ttciiii cr
lettara, be steals whatever is lighter than stone, of a thorough thief. 2.
with ace. to bereave, rob a person ; viirr skal engi annann stela, N. G. L,
i. 81 ; stela mik (ace.) eign minni, to rob me of my property. Boll. 350;
mi er ma6r stolinn fo sinu, GJ)I. 539. II. reflex., stclask, to steal in
or upon ; stelask at e-m, to steal upon, attack a person unawares, Lv. 47 ;
berjask um Ijosa daga en stelask cigi at l>eim um naetr, Fms. vii. 296 ;
hviirigir staelisk a aSra, ix. 489, v. 1. ; stclask u e-n, id., Fas. i. 144, Al.
158. 2. rccipr., stelask fra, to steal from one another, Sturl. i.
173. 3. stolinn; med stolinni hendi, with a stolen, thievish band,
Js. 24.
stelarl, a, m. a stealer, {>i8r. 21,
stelkr, m. a bird, tringa islandica L.
stelling, f. [cp. Germ, stellen, stallr], tbe mast-step; iss var i stell-
ingunni, Fms. ix. 386, v. 1. : hence the phrase, setja e-b i stellingu, to put
it firm, right; lir stellingu, out of groove; setja sig i stellingariur, to put
oneself in posture, metaphor taken from raising the mast.
stel-viss, adj. thievish.
STEMMA, d, [stamr], to stem, stop, dam up, esp. of a stream or fluid ;
steinn sa er stemdi J)urftina, stopped tbe urine, Bs. i. 310; tckr kuldinn
at s. vindaeftamar, Al. 22 ; stemdu sva upp vatnit, 6. H. 163 ; stenmia af,
Fms. vi. 351 : impers., stora laeki stemdi uppi, were stemmed, obstructed,
67 ; vatnifl (ace.) stemdi uppi, Bs. i. 315 ; at osi skal a stemma, to dam
up a river at its outlet, a saying, Edda ; demma ok stemma, D. N. i. 275 ;
hljop skrida . . . fylldi dalinn ok stemdi ana Gaul, Ann. 13^5 : reflex.,
stri& stemmisk, grief abates, Brand. 60.
stengja, d, [stiing; Dan. stcBnge], to bar; s. liti. Mar.
sterk-leikr, m. (-leiki, stjrrk-leikr, Fms. i. 261), strength; afl ok
s., Edda 7 ; agaetr at sterkleik, Fms. x. 293.
sterk-liga, adv. (styrk-liga, Fms. iii. 60, vi. 267), strongly, Th. 4 ;
berjask vel ok s., Fms. iii. 77,
sterk-ligr, adj. (styrk-ligr, Fms. ii. 81), strong4iki, strong looking ;
mikill maftr ok s.. Eg. 486.
sterk-mannligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), = sterkligr. Fas. ii. 478, v I.
STEKEB, adj., and stjrrkr, q. v. ; the older form takes a j before
a vowel, sterkjan, sterkjum ; whereas styrkr has both_/ and v, styrkjan
and styrkvan : compar. sterkari, sterkastr, but sterkstr, Hom. 46, 95, 97 :
[a common Teut. word ; A.S.stearc; Engl, stark; Din. stark] : — stark,
strong; mikill ma5r vexti ok sterkr, Nj. 29; hverjum manni nieiri ok
sterkari. Eg. 179; allra manna sterkastr, Fms. i. 3; styrkr at afli, 19;
hverjum manni meiri ok styrkari, 17; a6rir styrkari njosuar-menn, ix.
365 ; meiri ok styrkari enn a5rir menu, vi. 65 ; sterkstu stodir, Hom.
95, 97 ; sterkst allra dy'ra, 46 ; sterkjan va&, Edda 36 ; styrkja treyju,
Fms. ix. 527. 2. metaph., sterkari fx5u, 655 xvii. 5 ; sterkt mungat,
Bs. i. 316 ; hit sterkasta mungat. Eg. 551 ; styrkan drykk, Fms. vii. 316 ;
styrkt vin, ix. 420; grasadr mjo6r ok inn styrkasti, iv. 168; sterkr
vetr, Rb. 572; sterk orrosta,. Bret. 56 ; xbri kraptr eda styrkri, Sks.
25 ; tvaer skepnur J)aer er styrkvar urSu |)eirra motstoSu-miinnum, Fms.
iv. 56; styrkr allir enir styrkustu ei&ar, Nj. 150; sverja hina styrkastu
eifta, Fms. i. 189.
sterk-vi3ri (styrk-vi3ri, Fms. ii. 177), n. a strong gale, Grett. 131.
sterlingr, m. [Engl. Easterling, sterling ; a word given to the Flemish
and Baltic traders] : — sterling; Enskra sterlinga, Ann. 1265.
sterta, t, to crease, pleat; in the phrase, strauk of ripti, sterti ermar,
she smoothed the kirtle and pleated the sleeves, Rm. ; cp. {w hiifdu mcnn
ermar fimm alna langar ok sva J)rongvar, at draga skyldi at vid
handtygil, ok lerka allar at cixl, Fms. vi. 440.
sterta, u, f., in hosna-sterta ; cp. drambhosur lerka5ar at beini, court-
breeches tight to tbe leg, id.
sterti-nia3r, m. a stately, fine-dressed person, Edda (Gl.)
stertr, m. [A. S. steort; Engl, start in redstart; O. H. G. sterz], a tail,
the vertebrae of the tail ; skera tagl upp i stert, to dock a horse's tail ; |)vi
berr hann styfSan stert. Fa", i. (in a verse).
stertr, part. [cp. Engl, start, upstart], stately, haughty; Samr g^kk mjok
upp stertr, S. stalked very stately, haughtily, prob. from the fine dress
(sterta) ; gengr hann upp stert mjok, Mork. 38.
ST:6TT, f. [no doubt akin to A. S. stibtan-to found; Germ, stiflen ;
593
STETTARKER— STIKLA.
fonned like r^ttr, lettr (q.v.); st6tt therefore prop, means a founda-
tion] : — a pavement; en er hann kom fram i stettirnar, Sturl. ii. lo^ ;
kirkju-stett, iii. 200, 321 : in Icel. the raised pavement running along
the front of houses is called stett, baejar-st6tt. 2. stepping-stones ;
teir fserSu stettir Jiaer i ana, er aldri hefir or rekit si8an, Grett. 113
A. 3. the foot-piece or base of a vessel ; fj6r3i kaleikr er undan er
Stettin, Vm. 29. II. [influenced by, if not derived from, the Lat.
status]: — degree, rank; hverrar stettar ertii, Fms. iii. 182; makligan
j[)eirrar stettar. Mar.; til allra klerkligra st6tta, H.E. i. 475; margar stettir,
Stj. 299: very freq. in mod. usage, andleg stett = /;&e clergy; veraldleg
st6tt = the laity: old writers freq. use it in masc. when in- this sense
(stettr), hann tekr aptr allan fyrra stett, Th. 5 ; resignera ab6ta-st(5ttinn,
Ann. 1393, Bs. ii. passim. compds : 8t6ttar-ker, n. a vessel with
a base, Fs. 5, Vm. 58, 109, Dipl. iii. 4. st^ttar-lauss, adj. without
a base, D. N.
st6tta, t, to found, establish; s. mikit illt, to cause much evil, Stj. 33 ;
to avail, s. har81a mikit, 298 ; hvat stettir, at . . . , 1 10 : to support, at s.
vara J)orf, Mar. ; stetta baen e-s, Karl. 355 ; J)au stoSa J)er ekki ne stetta,
Stj. 20; at J)u megir fleirum stetta ok sto8a, 143.
st6ttr, m., see stett (II).
steyldr, part, [stauli, staulast ; cp. Ivar Aasen stol = a horseshoe-shaped
iron hook or clasp] : — crouching ; steyldr a haeli, standing in a crouching
posture, Fbr. 53,
STEYPA, 8 and t, [a causal answering to stiipa, staup] : — to
' make stoop,' cast down, overthrow (Germ, sturzen), with dat. ;
at vor steypim hanum, Fms. vii. 261; s. J)inum livinum, viii. 220;
at eigi maetti ofsi logum s., x. 120, Hkr. i. 72; s. ni8r e-u, to throw
down, Barl. 152; s. hjalminum ^t\m inum gulIro6na, Fms. vii. 242;
})eir steyptu fimm konungum i eina keldu, 6. H. 69 ; hann steypir ser
fram, stooped down, Karl, 161. 2. to let sink down, put on (or off)
a smock-formed garment ; hann tok selbelgi ok steypti yfir hofu3 J)eim,
Fms. i. 10; s. kyrtli yfir e-n. Bias. 46; hann steypti a sik grarri kapu,
Fms. vii. 289 ; s. af ser brynjunni, kyrtli ( = Lat. exuere), i. 43, vi. 421, Fb.
ii. 214 : of a hood, hann hafdi lo8kapa yzt ok steypt hettinum, he let the
hood sink over the face, Fms. ii. 149. II. to pour out, with dat. ;
steypa so3i a lei6i hans, Fms. vii. 251 ; steypa viSsmjorvi i var hjortu.
Mar. ; hann let s. J)ar a gullinu, poured the gold out into it, Hkr. iii. 80 ;
hann tok byttu eina fulla af drykk, ok steypti yfir dokkuna, ok kaeldi
sva eldinn, Fms. x. 54 ; s. vatni i munnlaug. Mar. ; J)a er sinu bl68i
hafa lit steypt, 671. 4; tekr orvarnar ok steypir {)eim ni8r fyrir sik, Nj.
107; s. heitu vaxi a andlit s^r, Fms. vi. 153, vii. 30, 225 : s. ut, to pour
out ; s. ut geislum, Sks. 48 : s. niSr, to pour down : s. yfir e-n, to pour
out over one, Fms. i. 97. III. reflex, to tumble down, fall stoop-
ing. Germ, sturzen; steypSisk hann dau&r a golfit, Fms. iii. 193; {>or-
kell steyptisk yfir hann, Fagrsk. 52; jarl steyptisk fram a golfit, Orkn.
48 ; hon steyptisk i gljiifrin, Grett. 141 ; i3rin steyptusk or honum
ofan i ana, id.; steypask yfir borS, to plunge overboard, Fms. i. 178,
Hkr. i. 239 ; |)a steypumk a ^a, ofan fyrir brekkuna, let us plunge upon
them, like a stream, Fms. vii. 297 : of a waterfall, forsinn steypisk fram af
berginu. 2. part., in the phrase, me3 steyptum kertum, with candles
reversed in the ceremony of excommunication, H.E. i. 146, Stat. 283,
Sturl. iii.
B. With ace. [staup ; Dzn. st'obe], to cast, found; steypa skur3-
goS, gu3a af malmi, Barl. 139, Stj. 188, 583; steyptr kalfr, Sks. 574;
steypt af kopar ok malmi, Fms. vii. 97, passim in old and mod. usage:
svelli var steypt i gilit, lumps of ice. Mar. : metaph., rendering of Lat.
fundere, s. fram hxn =fundere preces, id.
steypari, a, m. a caster, Clar. ; eir-s., a brassfounder, Rett. 1 20.
steypdr, stop3r, part, [see stopi, stapi ; A. S. steap], steep, rising high ;
steyp3ir hjalmar, steep helmets (cp. Fris. stdpa helm), Gkv. 2. 19 ; stop8ir
reykir, steep (pillars of) s7noke, Edda (in a verse).
steyping, f. an overthrow, Fms. viii. 16.
steypir, m. a caster {?), a nickname, Fms. viii.
steypi-regn, n. a pouring rain.
steypi-reyflr, f. a whale, balaena maxima.
STEYTA.t, [Ulf.s/a«/a« = Ti57rTeti'; Dan. s^orfe; Swed.s«/a; Germ.
stossen ; connected with a lost strong verb stuta, staut] : — to push, with
dat., cast violently ; hverjum hlut er {)ar i hefir steytt verit, cast into the
lake, Stj. 75 ; J)eir steyta t)eim lit or vagninum ni3r a jor&ina, Karl. 161 ;
steytandi honum dau3um a jiird, 194 ; steytast (/o be thrown) ni3r i eina
dyblizu, 550; voru J)ar lit a steyttir {flung) dau8ir menn, Ann. 1349;
steytir urd af ur3, was flung from rock to rock, Bs. ii. 25 ; skipi8 steytti
a skeri, she struck on a skerry ; steyta fot sinn vi8 steini, Matth. iv. 6.
steyting, f., in a-steyting, a stumbling, N.T., Vidal.
steytr, m. [Dan. stod], a capsize; fa lihagligan steyt, Bs. ii. 129 ; hon
(the wave) horf3i a J)vert skipit ok 6gna8i hraeSiligan steyt, 50.
stibba, u, f. [akin to stifla], a stifling; J)a3 er stibba i m4r, stibba i
nefinu: in reykjar-s., a stifling smoke.
stig, n. [stiga], a step ; stig fyrir stig, step for step. 2. a path = stigr,
hann freista3i um 611 stig, Rom. 310. 3. as a measure, a pace—LzX.
passus; fjogurfet gorastig, MS. 732; vaxM-stig, a degree, laiXhem. 4.,
the step of a ladder ; var ek |)a kominn i hit efsta stigit, 6. H. 211 (mod.
hapt or stiga-hapt). II. a step or degree in point of birth or
family; in the phrase, af...stigum, of low {small, high) degree; at
meirum stigum e8r minnum. Fas. i. 242 ; af litliim stigum, Sks. 749 ; af
hafum stigum, and the like.
stig-gata, u, f. a footpath, Sks. 728.
stig-hostir, f. pi. riding-stockings, Fms. x. 415.
stigi, a, m., stegi, Sks. 423 (v. 1,), 428 B, [stigr] : — a step, ladder,
steep ascent; hann sa stiga fra himnum, O. H. 211 ; stiga sex alna havan,
Vm. 129; stigi skal til eldhiiss hvers vera, ok tveir kr6kar i hverjum
fj6r3ungi, N. G. L. ii. 248, passim in old and mod. usage : of a scaling
ladder in war, Al. 146, Sks. 413, 423, 428 : the phrase, leggja a stiga, to
stretch on a ladder, as on a rack, Fms. ix. 349. II. Stigi, Stiga-
grnipr, a local name, Landn. stiga-hapt, n. a step in a ladder.
stigning, f., in upp-s., ni3r-s., q. v.
STIG-E (also sounded stigr, stig and vig make rhyme in old poems),
m., gen. stigs, dat. stig ; n. pi. stigar, stiga, which forms seem older and
better than stigir, stigu, which also occur: [A.S. stig; Early Engl, stie ;
Engl, stair; Dan. sti; Germ, steg ; cp. North. E. stye or stie, a steep
ascent or pass, as in Stye-hea.d Pass] : — a path,footway ; sveinarnir hljopu
J)egar a stiginn er heim la til baejarins, Fms. ii. 100; sa er stigana haf3i
bannat, Fs. 5 ; dreif li8it af hverjum stig (dat.). Anal. 88; ok ferr })4
stigu, Edda 44 ; taka likunna stiga, to walk in unknown paths, Fms. viii.
30 ; kanna 6kunna stigu, to visit unknown paths, i. e. foreign lands ; gangft^
^essa stigu, Fs. 32 ; Jxittii lafir a stigum, id.; hylr stigu alia, of snoi^
Gisl. 28 (drift i stigu alia, 112, 1. c.) ; stemma stiga fyrir e-m, to bar 01
way, cut one off, Rom. 213 ; vega ok stiga, ways and paths, Sks. 625 B'
gotu ok stigu, Greg. 31 ; ry8ja stiginn, to rid or clear the way, Eg. 281
af-stigr, Fs. 5; hja-stigr, a by-path; leyni-stigr (q.v.), a hidden paAf,
gagn-stigr, a ^gain-path,' short cut; glap-stigr, vil-stigr, stafkarls-sti
ein-stigi, q. v. stiga-maSr, m. a highwayman. Eg. 537, Fs. 8, Gull]
10, Fms. V. 46 ; stigamenn ok ransmenn, Hkr. ii. 336.
stig-reip, n. [A.S. stig-rap; O. H. G. steka-reif; Engl, stirrup]:— 0
' stepping-rope,' stirrup, Fms. vi. 416; menninir st68u i stigreipum, Bi^
i. 670; var3 fotrinn fastr i stigreipinu, Orkn. 450.
STIK, n. pi. stakes, piles, which in times of war were driven
in the mouths of rivers, inlets, and along the shore; stiku3u Gautat
Gautelfi, at konungr skyldi eigi mega leggja skipum sinum upp i landit$.'.
Haraldr konungr lagdisk vi3 stikin, Hkr. i. 92 (see also the verse); Jx'
16g3u at landi vi8 stikin, Fms. vii. 188 ; uppi vi8 stikin, 256 ;
hjuggu tengslin fra stikunum, 259: sing., J)ar gengr Sjolfr til er stiki
er, a stake for shooting. Fas. ii. 266.
stika, ad, [A.S. stician], to drive piles (stik), Hkr. i. 92 (see stik'
hann let stika ana Temps, Bret. ; stikadr var lit ossinn, sem vani
er a i Austrvegum (as is the custom in the Baltic) at stika fyrir lifrii
O. H. L. 12; sva er sagt at (5lafr konungr let stika ana uppi, ok si
votn er naer lagu, 52 ; hann skyldi ok lata stika J)j681ei8 . . . sva at
vaeri J)ar skipum faert, Fb. ii. 72 ; stika hvert grunn, Edda (Ht.): sA
driven in between high and low water-mark for whale or salmon cat
ing, s. fyrir hval, N. G. L. i. 61 ; s. laxa-fiski, D.N. v. 531.
to measure with a yard-measure ; stika lerept, Fms. vi. 348; s. va8;
Oik. 36 ; s. ni3r hundra3 viiru, Bs. i. 849 ; {)ar fyrir skaltii s. {)er or hs
biiri J)rjatigir alnir 16repts, 876.
stika, u, f. a stick; hvarki steinn ne stika, Stj. 531 ; eldivi3ar-stikui
sticks for fuel, 264. 2. a yard, yard measure (equal to two ells]
me8 stikum \ieim er jamnlangar eru tin, sem kvarSi tvitogr sa er merl
er a kirkju-vegg a fjingveili, Grag. i. 497 ; met, maeli-kerold ok stiki
GJ)1. 523 ; hafa ranga stiku, Jb. 375 : grei3a va3mal eigi skemra sam
en stiku, Vm. 16 ; stiku-brei3r, yard-broad, Grag. i. 498 ; stiku-bligr,
nickname, Landn. : compds, kerti-stika, a candlestick ; reglu-s., a r\
^f The old stika seems to have answered to the Engl, yarof; gaf
J)at ra3 til Pall biskup, at menn skyldi hafa stikur, {)2er er vaeri tve:
alna at lengd, Bs. i. 135 (Pals S. ch. 9).
stikan, f. a measuring, Grag. i. 497.
stikiU, m. [Ulf. stikls =^ nor-qptov], the pointed end of a horn, ofl(
mounted with gold or silver ; manns-h6fu3 var a stiklinuni. Pre ^
iii. 190; stikillinn hornsins, Edda 32 ; ristin horn voru a honum (thff
ox) ok rennt guUi i stiklana. Fas. iii. 30 ; slaer sik eitt horn a auga hest-
inum ... stikillinn stingr J)at brott, Bs. ii. 177. II. = stilkr, a
stilt; bauna stiklar, Barl. 46.
stikki, a, m. a kind of short, measured poem ; stundu v6r til stikka
. . . mi er vel tami3r stikki, Fms. xi. 222 (in a verse) ; Siirla-stikki, the
name of a poem, Fb. i. 277; stikka-lag, a kind of metre, Edda (Ht.) i.
712. -gM)
stikkinn, adj. stickling, saucy, Fb. ii. 134. ^^1
stikkjask, dep. ; sa er vi8 J)at stikkisk,_/cf/s himself hit, Hom.
stikk-knifr, m. a sticking-knife, dirk, H.E. ii. 113.
stikla, a8, to leap, as on stepping-stones ; sa studdi hiindunum a
balkinn, ok stikla3i sva lit yfir balkinn ok mannhringinn, Orkn. 112;
hann stiklar i s68ulinn, Nj. 112; ok stiklar sva me3 reykinuni, 202;
hami stiklar yfir inn, Isl. ii. 357 ; si8an stiklar hann lit af Jarnbar8anuffli
mil
'■III
'libf
innii
iitshf
Vo
i.ia
STIKNA— STfCJA.
598
,..^. xi. 133 ; hann stiklaSi ^a. hart upp ii J>ettlcif, 367 ; stiklar hon
jfan af sei3-hjallinum, Fas. i. 12.
Stikna, a6, [steikja, ei and i indicating a lost strong verb] i^—to be
■■•(I, scorched; brefit stiknar, Th. 3 7> passim.
. Ikr, m. [Dan. stilk'\, a stalk, stem, freq. in mod. usage : as a nick-
iime, Fb. iii.
iSTILLA, t, [A.S. stilljan; Engl, still; Dan. stille'] -.—to still, soothe,
ilm ; NjiirSr stillir sja ok eld, Edda ; stilla sik, to still oneself, keep down
■ie's wrath, Nj. 27, Fnis. i. 15; hann var svti 6&r at {jeir fengu varla
illt hann, Fs. 38 ; s. skap sitt, 34 ; s. sonu okkra, to restrain them,
g. 2. to moderate, temper ; stilla til mundangs-hofs, Sks. 778 : with
it., sva stillti hann lifi sinu, at . . ., 655 iii. 4; stilltu vel aflinu, Nj. 32 ;
atli J)inu, Fms. vi. 105 ; s. litt drykkjunni, Hkr. ii. 249 ; stilla ordum,
ms. vi. 323, vii. 158, Gliim. 338; s. roddu, Vkv. ; vel er l)essu i hof
i!lt, Nj. 54 ; engi er sva snjallr, at svii kunni at s. sinu viti, at . . ., Flov.
I ; stilla g6r6inni, to moderate, regidate the arbitration, Nj. 54; mi, ef
idir {)ik kaemi gor&in, vil ek at {)u stillir henni. Band. 9 : s. til um e-t, to
range; hversu ^eir skyldi til stilla um ferSina, Fms. i. 163 ; skulu v6r
sv.i til, at . . ., Eg. 582, Fs. 29 ; hann stillir sva til um roSrinn, Guilf).
) : stilltu J)au AsgerSr um, watched the opportunity, 702 ; Gud stillti
mum til lausnar, Fms. x. 391 ; Fjolni J)6tti nu ofra9ar-vel um stillt, xi.
■ ; stilla til friftar, to make peace, conciliate. 3. to tune an instru-
eiit ; stilla horpu, stilla strengi, Bs. i. 155. II. to walk with
'asured, noiseless steps; hvert stillir J)u, Halli (?)... Hleyp ek fram at
yrkaupum, Fms. vi. 363 ; ok stillti naesta Bruna, Ski6a R. 163 ; fekk
n siSan lurk, ok stillti at selnum, Bs. i. 335 ; hann stillti at rekkjunni
uMiga, Grett. 126 new Ed.; fieir stilltu at steininum, Fms. viii. 343;
stillti Davi6 til, ok skar nokkut sva af kyrtil-blaSi Sauls konungs, Stj.
S. I Sam. xxiv. 4 ; hann stillir mi fram tre undan tre, Karl. 67. 2.
entrap; hann J)ykkisk mi hafa stilltan J)ik mjok i J)essu, Fms. xi. 113;
r stilltum sva til glaeps, Sighvat ; mi kve3 ek her stilltan, led into a trap,
.'rapped, Fms. vi. 420 (in a verse). III. part, stilltr, q. v.
tilli, n. a resting-place ; fri&ar-stilli, Pass. 21.8, 12 ; til-stilli, um-stilli,
i arrangement. 2. a trap on the sea or in a river ; st66 sva i stilli,
In i. 61 ; nema selr liggi a latri J)vi er stilli er til hladit, GJ)1. 465;
1 i stilli, to go into a trap. Fas. iii. 355 ; koma i stilli, id., Grett.
: stillis-vei6r, catching in a trap, Dipl. v. 23.
tilli-liga, adv. composedly, calmly, with moderation ; svara s., O. H.
;, 97, Isl. ii. 351 ; fara s., Fms. vii. 262 ; fara s. meS e-u, Bs. i. 139 ;
I'la s.. Eg. 51.
:illi-ligr, adj. moderate, composed, Al. 87, Stj. 381.
billing, f. moderation, cahnness, temperance, Fms. ii. 38, Fs. 36 ;
i5 stillingu, Th. 11, Bs. i. 136 ; hafa stilling vi3, tsl. ii. 347 : manage-
f ■;/, kunna g66a stilling a e-u, Fms. i. 98 ; stillingar-ma6r, Bs. i. 635.
illir, m. a ^stiller,' ^moderator,' i.e. a king, poet., Hdl. 42, Hkv.
Ikv. 31, Lex. Poet.
illtr, adj. (or part.), still, calm, tempered, composed, of mind, cha-
rter ; akafr ok eigi mjok s., {>orst. Si6u H. 173 ; vel stilltr, Fs. 23, Nj.
]; s. manna bezt, Eg. 702 ; 6-stilltr, unruly.
illur, f. pi. stepping-stones, in water,
impast, a& ; s. vi6 e-t, to tug against.
TINGA5 sting, pret. stakk, stakkt (stakst), stakk, pi. stungu ; subj.
<^i ; imperat. stikk, stikktii ; part, stunginn : [GoXh. stigg an ; A.S.
iin; Engl, sting, stick, and stitch ; Germ, stechen; Dan. stikke^ : — to
, , stick, stab ; ma3r stingr a manni stauri, stiingu e3a iixar-skapti,
t spiotskapti, N. G. L'. i. 69 ; hann stakk oxar-skaptinu a jirandi. Eg.
7 ; hann stakk vi5 forkinum, 220 ; s. hiindum vi3 e-m, Finnb. ; stinga
r'ltum, to put the foot forward, of one suddenly stopping, Finnb. 300;
stingr niSr atgeirinum, Nj. 83 ; hann stakk ni6r merkinu i jorSina,
uck the pole fast, Fms. viii. 363 ; hann stakk sverSinu i bug hring-
1, Eg. 306 ; at Biii hafi stungit stiifunum i hringa kistnanna, Fms. i.
: stikk stafs-broddi minum i vatnid, Landn. 251 ; stikk m6r i, kva&
, Fms. vii. 115 (stikk i mer, Mork. I.e.); fjorolfr stakk J)ar sver8-
Ld. 204 ; hann stakk J)vi i munn s^-r, stuck it in his mouth, Eb. 242 ;
tk hendinni i eldinn, Bs. i. 341. 2. naut., stinga stafni, to stick to
stem, to stick close to ; Baglar stungu stofnum at nesinu, Fms. ix. 45 ;
imenn sja land sva nxr at J)eir stungu naer stafni at, Ld. 76 ; J)eir
ga at stafni, Finnb. 232, 354; hann stakk stafni a milU ok skips
r&ar, Fms. vii. 264 ; stinga saman stofnum, to come to close quarters,
\ sea battle, xi. 131. 3. to stab; stinga augu or hof8i manns,
ii. II, Fs. 99, Fms. vii. 185 ; s. augat brott, Bs. ii. 177; })eir
gu raufar a hasinum peirra, Hrafn. 20 ; hann stakk i lofa s^r. Eg.
of a stitch of pain, sva stingr mik i hjartaS, Bs. i. 810
bgi). 4. metaph. to sting, instigate; stakk hana natturan til
Skalda, 5. phrases, stinga nosum niSr, to bite the duit, Flov.
Fas. i. 41 ; stinga saman nefjum, Grett.; s. nefi i feld, Fms. x. 401
nef ) ; stinga e-n af, to thrust one through, slay, Ld. 262 (Germ.
ichen) ; s. e-n af stokki, to spear, slay with a spear, Nj. 166 ; stinga
1snei6 (see snei3), Fms. iv. 310 ; stinga e-n, to sting, goad, to blame,
viii. 369; s. at e-m, to have a hit at, SkiSa R. 124. II.
with the case, Oik. 36 : in mod. usage, to tlick fast, r»4lin hefir ttungizt
1 koddann, hiiifrinn stakst 4 oddinn, of a knife dropping on its point ;
stingast A hcifuSid, to make a somersault; stakktt k hnifil fcigftar-far, lh»
boat sank stem foremost, Stcf. Ol. 2. part, (tunginn, gramm. dotud,
pointed, Skulda 1 78 (see introduction to Ictteri G and T).
stingi, a, m. a pin, stiletto; in fetil-stingi. 2. medic, a ttileb in
the side (mod. stingr) ; hann haf&i tekit stinga »vA hattligan, at hann
matti varla draga ondina fyrir sarleikinum, Bs. i. 183 ; kenna s/rr stinga
undir siftunni, Band. 41 new Ed.; stjarfa ok stinga, N.G. L. i. 39; med
hordum stinga, Ann. 1349. stinga-adtt, f. the Uitcb {illness), Ann.
1310.
stinn-leggjadr, part, strong-legged. Fas. ii. 358, Fb. i. 69.
stinn-leikr (-leiki), n. solidity, N. G. L. i. 446.
stinn-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), strongly, Hkr. iii. 161, v. 1.
STINNR, adj. stiff, unbending, strong, esp. of anything like a jtick,
opp. to klokkr, q. v. ; stinna stafi, Hm. 143 ; stinnt spj<5t, Sturl. ii. 331 ;
setja undir stafi, ok aerit stinnt fyrir grjoti, Hkr. ii. 1 1 ; stinnr bogi, stinn
skeyti, Karl. 168; s. hjulmr, 285; stinn stiil, Stj. 544; stinnr jukuU,
Mar. : ncut., fljiiga stinnt, to fly with great force, Hm. 151. II.
metaph. stiff, very large, of a measure, amount ; stinn manngjold, a stiff,
heavy weregild (beyond the average), Lv. 55 ; stinn sAr, teveri wounds,
Edda (Ht.); stinnr laupr, D.N.
stipta or stifta, aft, older form atigta; [A.S. stibtan; Germ, stifttn;
old Low Germ, stiflion = aedificare ; Dan. stifte ; see std-tt] : — to establish,
found ; the word with its derivatives is mod. and from the Dan.
stiptan, f. an establishment, foundation.
stipti, n. [Dan. s/ift, and earlier Low Germ, form stigt] : — in Denmark
and Norway the country is divided into stifter, i. e. bailiwicks, or ecci.
bishoprics ; in Icel. the word and thing are quite mod. ; hence stiptamt
and stiptamt-maSr, a governor.
stira, 8, [Dan. s/jrre; see stara], /o s/flr«, = stara ; stirSu er a j^irra
fegrS, Mar. 655 xxxii. 3 ; hann spurfti hvi sj4 ambattar-son jtirfti (not
styrdi) sva a sik, Fs. 68.
stirSna, a3, to become stiff, Greg. 67, Fms. iii. 129, Eb. 23o; stirft-
na3r ok daudr, Faer. 269; stirdnat lik, Fms. viii. 232, freq. in old and
mod. usage. 2. metaph. to become severe; tok vedrit at stirdna,
Grett. 86 A ; J)a stir3nadi (styrmdi ?) a fyrir {)eim, it grew rough, 135 A :
of the temper, {)eir toku mjok at s. vid hann, Fms. xi. 245.
STIIIDB., adj. stiff, rigid ; hann var anda3r ok sva s., at menn fengu
hvergi rett hann, Eg. 396 ; er ek la stir3r a stram, Sol. 47 ; fotinn giirfti
stir3an sem tre, Bs. i. 180; akafliga m63r ok stirdr, Grett. 98 ; gamlan
mann ok stirdan, Sturl. ii. 251; af stir3u lerepti, Sks. 404 B; me3
stir3um or3um, Mar. ; stirt kvae3i, stiff, tiot fluent, of rhymes, Fms. vi.
217, Isl. ii. 237, V. 1. ; e-m cr stirt um m41, to talk with difficulty, Fms.
vii. 165 ; honum var malit stirt, be had not a fluent tongue, B$. i.
277' II- harsh, severe; talar langt ok snjallt ok stirt a hendr
baendum, Fms. xi. 251 ; stirSr domr, v. 191 ; har3r ok stirdr, 343 ; var
frii Kristin stir3ari til sveinsins, enn hon hafdi adr verit, ix. 244, v. 1. ;
Helga gor3isk Jja. sva stir3 vi3 Rafn, Isl. ii. 249; i stir8um hug, in sad,
gloo7ny mood, Fms. vii. 159; vi8 stirdan hug. Ad. 4; stirdr ok stri8r,
Bs. i. 136 ; svara stirt ok stutt, 0. H. 69. compds : stird-faettr, adj.
stiff-footed, stiff-legged. Fas. ii. 354. stirS-kveflinn, part, stiff and
hard, of poetry, Isl. ii. 237. stirS-lyndr, adj. peevish, 0. H. 92,
Fms. ix. 243, Hrafn. 4. stird-lseti, n. frowardness, hardness, a bard
temper, 6. H. 70. stir3-or3r, adj. stiff-bpoken ; Halldorr var ma8r
fiimaeltr ok s.. Hkr. iii. 97.
stirfiim, adj. [stjarfi], peevish, f reward, Fs. 78, Grett. Ill ; u-stirfinn,
unfroward, Hkr. i. (in a verse).
stirna, d, [stjarna], to sparkle, gleam ; in the phrase, {)ad stirnir i {)ad.
stimdr, adj. starry; s. himinn, Al. 134 ; al-stirndr, hei3-s., star-bright;
stirnt hasiEti, a sta&y throne, i.e. the heavens, Sks. 637; stirnd hjalnx-
gjor3, studded, Hkr. iii. 455.
stlrtla, u, f. a dry cow. stirtlu-ligr, adj. dry, dull.
stirtla, a3, [stirdr], /o hobble, stagger ; karlinngetr stirtlaS s^r A fsetr, i#
staggers to bis feet, Mag.
STf A, u, f. [.\. S. itige; Engl, sty; Dan. 5/1], a sty, kennel; sem hundr
hja stiu. Fas. iii. 129; hundr til var3ar fyrir biiri, biid eda stiu, Gxag. ii.
119; svina-sti, a pig-sty.
8tfa, ad, to pen, to pen sheep, putting lambs into the separate knS, q. v. ;
hann heyrdi jarm J)angat er stiat var, GullJ). 19, cp. Pall Vidal. 519, and
so at the present time, see the remarks s. v. stekkr ; hence metaph.,
stia e-m sundr, to separate.
STfFLA, d (mod. ad), [Engl, to stifle'], to dam up; Ixkrinn var stifldr
{dammed, blocked), Dropl. 34 ; stifldu med vidum ok torfi, ok itifldu svA
upp vatnit, Fb. ii. 380 (stemdu, 6. H. I.e.)
stifla, u, f. a dam; giira stiflur i engi, GrAg. ii. 381; gora stiflu,
O.H. 163; brjota stiflurnar, 164; Isrkr, voru ^ax i stiflur, HAv. 51 (for
flooding a field) ; brast stiflan, Ann. 1345.
STfGA, pres. stig; part, steig, steigt (Fms. vii. 160), steig, pi. stigu;
also ste, Nidrst. 8; l)u stdtt, Bias. 50, Fms. vii. 160, v.l. ; st^ttu, Edda
54 (in a verse) ; subj. stigi; imperat. stig, stigdu ; part, stigina : [Ulf.
Q-CL
594
STIGANDI— STOD.
H
steigan = A.S. sttgan ; Old Engl, (o sly ; Gemi. sleigen, etc.]; — to step, esp.T stjfi, n. toil, esp. daily toil, irksome houble, (conversational.)
to step upwards ; hon miitti ekki stiga a fotinn, Bs. i. 343 ; stiga fotuni 6,
' Noreg, a land, to set foot on, Fms. x. 259 ; sva naer landi, at ma&r ma sti'ga
a holmann, Sks. 93 B ; stiga i sko, N. G. L. i. 31 ; hann sie i gulfit upp at
iikla, Fms. iii. 188 ; {)u steigt (v. 1. stett) upp or anni, vii. 16b ; annarr fotr
sokk a9r o&rum vaeri upp stigit, ix. 511, v. 1. ; s. yfir borS, to step over
■the table, Sks. 259; s. fram, to step forward, Nj. 50, 52 ; s. undan borSi,
to rise from table, Isl. ii. 352 ; {jcir stigu a ski3, Eg. 545; stiga a skip,
■to go on board, Nj. 19, Fms. viii. 22S ; s. i bat, ix. 374, Nj. 172 ; s. a
hest, to mount one's horse, Fms. xi. 332 ; s. a bak, to get on horseback, Nj.
58 ; s. af hesti, af baki, to alight, 53, 58, 104, Eg. 744 : stiga storum, to
stride, take long steps ; hann spur&i hverr J)ar stigi storum, Bs. i. 628 (stor-
stigr, sma-stigr) ; s. fyrir bor6, to leap overboard, Fms. ii. 117; s. ofan,
to step down, x. 238; s. upp, to ascend; s. upp til himna, Rb. 56; s.
■nibr, to descend, 623. 8; cp. upp-stigning, ascent; ni3r-stigning, descent:
■s. i fotspor e-m, Fs. 4, Sks. 13 ; s. til rikis, to ascend the throne, Fms. x.
390,410,415; s. til fo6ur-leif3ar sinnar, xi. 331 ; konungr steig til
•vizku, X. 380 : — s. yfir, to overcome. Bias. 50 ; stig {)u yfir illt me6 g65u,
Hom. 6; at stiga yfir h6fii9 J)vilikum hcifdingjum, Fms. vii. 296; en
mi er sva komit aldri minum, at J)at er a ongri stundu orvasnt, njer
•elli stigr yfir hofu3 mer, Eb. 332 ; ef talan stigr yfir (oversteps, exceeds)
sjau, Rb. 128. 2. with ace, steig hann keflit af spjots-oddinum,
Fms. xi. 347; hann steig i sundr orbit, Fb. i. 522. II. reflex.,
sii rei3i stigsk yfir nie9 J)olinm£E&i, Hom. 26; hir9 eigi pu yfir at stigask
af illu, 6. Rom. xii. 21. 2. part., yfir-stiginn, overcome, vanquished,
625. 40, Sks. 551.
stfgandi, a, m. a stepper, strider, a nickname, Eb., as in the name
Stigand. 2. of a ship, Fs.
stigr, adj. striding, stepping ; in stor-s., sma-s. 2. a pr. name,
Stigr, Knytl. S., freq. in old Dan.
stig-v§l, n. pi. [a for. word, a mod. form of styfill, q. v.], boots.
stila, to put into style, fix.
still, m. [Lat. stilusl, style, Bs. ii. 55 : as a school term, Latinskr
still, Latin composition.
stim, n. a struggle. Skald H. 7. 44; in stima-brak, n. a hard
struggle, hard tug, Bjarni 138.
stlma, a6, to wrestle, have a hard tussle with; s. vi5 e-n (e-t), Fas. iii. 502.
stirur, f. pi. stiffness in the eyes, from sleep ; hafa stirur i augum. 2.
stira, a nickname, Fms. x.
stivarSr, m. [from the Engl.], a steward, Stj., Fms. ix. 421,
stjaka, a8, to punt with a stjaki, q. v.
' stjaki, a, m. a punt-pole, stake, boat-hook. 2. a candlestick ;
kerta-s.
stjana (stjan, n.), a8, to serve, attend (as a drudge) ; stjana undir e-n.
stjanka, a9, to be busy about small trifles, Dan. ptissle.
stjarfl, a, m. [A.S. steorfa = a plague; cp. Germ, sterben, Engl.
starve] : — epilepsy, N.G. L. i. 29, 182, Fel. x. 40.
stjarfr, adj. subject to fits; hross stjarft e6a statt, GJ)1. 504, v. 1.
STJARNA, u, f. [a word common to all Indo-Gerni. languages], a
star, Vsp. 5; hei&ar stjornur, 57, Rb. no, Stj. 299, and passim. In
olden and modern days in Icel., the time in the winter evenings was
marked by the position of the Pleiades above the horizon (as that of the
day by the sun, see dagr, dags-mark) ; that constellation is therefore
/cot' «£. called ' the Star,' J>6r6r rei9 Fimmta-daginn um hadegi af
|jingvelli en kom til Helgafells Fostu-nattina er stjarna var i austri, on
Friday night when the Star was in the east, i. e. was just risen, Sturl.
iii. 25 ; sendi hann Einar djakna lit at -sja hvar stjarna vaeri komin,
he sent Einar out to see where the Star was (i. e. to see what the
time was), Bs. i. 874; t)egar er lithallaSi a kveldum, skyldi hann halda
til stjornu, he ' should keep to the Star,' ' keep to the time,' Lv. 43 ; so
also in the ditty, Sjo-stjornu spyr enginn aS | inn i bondans gar6i | hiin
er komin i hadegis sta8 | halfu fyrr enn var8i, Eggert. But with
sailors ' the Star' means the load-star (leiSar-s.), allt norSr undir Stjornu,
north under the Star, to the north pole, Fms. x. 112; J)ar (J)adan) er
stjarna er Hafshvarf heitir a austan-ver8u landi, A. A., cp. Symb. 31 :
'stjarna' also may mean Arcturus ; vzgn-s. = the 'wain-star,' i.e. Arc-
turus; kveld-s., morgun-s., bld-s., Iei8ar-s. Northern mythical names
of stars, Orvandils-ta, the toe of Orwendel = Rigel in Orion (?), Edda
59 ; |)jassa augu, the Eyes of Thiassi = Castor and Pollux (?), 47 ;
Loka-brcnna = * Sirius ;' Rei6 Rognis = the ' Wain of Odin ' = the Great
Wain (?), Sdm. 2. a star on the forehead of a horse ; such horses
are called Stjami, a, m., and Stjarna, u, f. II. compds :
Stj6rnu-b6k, f. a star-book, register of stars; stjornub6kar-ma3r, an
astronomer, Rb. ; stjornubokar-list, astronomy, id. stjOrnu-frsefli, f.
astronomy, stjornu-frsefltngr, m. an astronomer. stj6rnu-gangr,
m. the course of the stars, Al. 42, Earl., Mar. stjornu-hrap, n. a
shooting star. stj6rnu-ij>r6tt, f. as/rono7?zy, Stj.64, AI.42. stjornu-
list, f. astronomy. Fas. iii. 497. stjornu-ljos, n. star-light, Fms. i. 54.
stj6rn.u-niark, n. a constellation, Rb., Stj. stjornu-meistari, a, m.
an astrologer, Barl. 7. stj6rnu-rim, n. astrology, Stj. 278, Barl. 189.
stj6rn.u-Tegr, m. a ' star-way,' constellation, Kzxl, I2g. ,
stjori, a, m. a steerer, ruler, Lex.PoiJt., mostly in compds
stjori, a, m. a kind of stone anchor (Gr. tvj/jj) ; hleypa niSr stjdra, }
142 ; draga stjora, to weigh the s., Hallgr. : metaph. phrase, taka st-
ann, to ' cut and run.'
STJdBN, f. a steering, steerage; setjask vi6 stjorn, Fms. i. 147 ; si
vi& s.,to sit al the helm, xi.141, Fb. ii.14, (3.T.62 ; kvaddi hann {)urari
til stjornar, Fb. i. 405 ; Ormrinn let fekki at s., yielded not to the rudd
520 : so in the phrase, a stj6rn, on the starboard side ; sa er naestr hv:
bor5i a stjorn ( = stj6rn-bordi), N. G. L. i. 103 ; betr a stjorn (a word
command), Fms. vii. lo; a stjorn Hakoni jarli er SigurSr sonr hans, Fagri
48 ; la landit a stjorn, |>orf. Karl. i. 410. 2. rule, Fb. ii. 308; J
er meiri stjorn, Fms. vii. 133 ; t)at mun fleiri ok meiri s., at . . ., Fas.
73 : govern?nent, mod. ; J)j63-s., Iy5-s., a republic ; har3-s., tyranny, e
(mod.) COMPDS : stj6rnar-bla9, n. the blade or flat of a rudd
Sdm. 10. stjornar-bot, f. a constitution, (mod.) stjorns
lauss, adj. without rule ; s. riki, Fas. iii. 57, Sks. 751. stjornE
nia3r, m. a steersman, Fms. x. 368 : a ruler, 236, Sks. 610 B, (>.
Edda 8, Bret. 72. stjomar-skrd, f. a constitution. stjoriiE
vald, n. authority, Bs. i. 280. stjornar- voir, m. a tiller,
ii. 51.
stjorna, a8, to govern, with dat., Fms. i. 18, xi. 99, Anecd. 40, Al.
stjornaflr, m. = stjorn; in Stj6rna8ar-ma3r, a ruler, Anecd. 26.
stjornan, f. a ruling, Stj. 26.
stjornari, a, m. a steersman, Fb. i. 405 : a ruler, Edda (pref.), Ma
stj6rn-bitla3r, part, with the bit for a rudder, poet, of a horse, Og. .
stj6rn-bor3i, a, m. [A. S. steorbord; Engl, starboard], (sounded stj
hoxhx), the starboard side, Fms. vii. 10 (v.l.), viii. 386, Orkn. 362,passir
stjorn-byrflingr, m. a starboard man, Fms. viii. 224.
stjorn-fastr, adj. provided with a rudder ; s. skip, Fms. vii. 47, Orl
152, Fas. ii. 20.
stj6rn-lauss, adj. rudderless, Hm. 89 : unruly, Stj. 255.
stjorn-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), well-steered, orderly, Hom. 26; li-stjo
ligr, immoderate, Bar3. 26 new Ed.
stjorn-marr, m. a ' rudder-steed,' i. e. a ship, Hkv. : see stag.
stjorn-samr, adj. a good, wise ruler, epithet of a prince or the lil
Fms. vii. 150, Orkn. 176, O. H. L. 22, Magn. 464, Grett. 40 new Ed.
stjorn-taumar, m. pi. the mod. word for the old stjornvidjar.
stjorn- vi3, gen. -vi3jar, the ' steer-withies,' steerage-ropes, by which t
rudder is worked instead of a tiller, Edda (Gl.) i. 583, v. 1. 7 ;
brestr i sundr stj6rnvi3in, ok gengr fra styrit, J>i3r. 313; stjor-viJ
(gen. sing.), Edda (in a verse).
stj6rn-v61r, m. a ' steer-wand,' tiller, Edda (Gl.)
stjorr, m. [Ulf. stiurs; A.S. steor, slirc ; Eng]. steer ; North. E. a
Scot, stirk ; Germ, slier] : — a steer, slirk, young bull, an obsolete wA
which seems to occur in Edda i. 460 (in a verse), unless the true readi
be stj6rnvi3jar, q. v. The word may be preserved in such local naic
as Stjora-dalr, and prob. in the dimin. Sturla, q. v. (qs. stjuri-la).
STJlJP-, in later, esp. Norse, MSS. the form is deteriorated into stft
N. G. L. i. 1 70 ; thence into st^f-, 392 ; and, lastly, the/ is changed 'is
g or k, stjiig-, 405, stjuk-, D. N. : [A.S. steop-; Engl, step-; Ger
stief- ; Dan. stiv- ; Swed. styf- : the mod. Dan. sted- is a corruption
quite modern date; the original sense of stjiip (^ = bereft, orphan) is p
served in the A. S. verb steopofi.]
B. Step-, in step-son, -child, -daughter, -mother, -father: stjfi;
barn, n. a stepchild, Hkr. ii. 1 18, Ld. 300, Orkn. 434. stj1ip-d6tt:
f. a stepdaughter. Eg. 597, Landn. 136 (v.l.), 245, N. G. L. i. 350, K.
142. stjiip-faSir, m. a stepfather, Edda 53, Fms. i. 277, vi. J
Karl. 490. stjiip-ni63ir, f. a stepmother, Landn. 261, N. G.L.
350, K.A. 142; stjupm63ur skop, a stepmother's spells, from nurse
tales, Fas. i. 31 ; var J)vilikast sem i fornum sogum er sagt, at ve ,
hef3i, ])a er konunga-born ur3u fyrir stjupmae3ra-sk6pum, Fms. viii. I j
stjiipmaeSra-sogur, stepmother-stories, nursery tales; ok betra er sll;-
me3r ganini at heyra, enn stjvipmaeSra-sogur er hjardar-sveinar segja,
engi veit hvart satt er, er jafnan lata konunginn minnstan i sinum ft
sognum, (5. T. (pref.) stjup-son, m. a stepson, Edda 18, Griig.
45, Fms. xi. 183, Rb. 416, Fas. i. 374.
stjiipa, u, f. = stjupHi63ir, Fas. iii. 471.
stjiipr, m. (mod. stjupi, a, m.), a stepson, Hkv. 1.40, Sturl. iii. 14
Edda 56, Fs. : dat. stjupi, Sighvat.
STJOLB, m., ace. pi. stjolu, Homkl. [cp. stel]: — the hinder part ; le
upp stjolu stiipa, Homkl. ; stjiilinn konungsins, Fms. xi. 64 ; me3 breiS
stjol, Bjarn. (in a verse).
stjornottr, adj. [stjarna], starred, with a star on the forehead, ot
horse.
stobbi, a, m. a stub, block; see stubbi.
STOD, f., pi. st63r or ste3r, later sto&ir, Hom. 95 ; stuSir, 9
[sty3ja] : — a post ; stukku ste3r fra lu3ri, Gs. 20; stod hon und stc
Gkv. I ; broddrinn st63 fastr i sto3inni, Fms. viii. 258, Sturl. ii. I'l
ste3r ok stolpar, Edda i. 78; abyrgjask hiis, ef ste3r eru til fei^n;
Grag. ii, 336 : metaph. a prop, in phrases, kippa undan {leirri sto*
^ik
STODA—STOTI.
59ri
£(r helt mest upp ra&i hennar, Gliiiii. 341 ; inargar stodir (stoftar*
Cod. C.) runnu undir haiin, fraeiidr, niugar ok vinir, Sturl. i. 160; sto8
ok styrkr, Bs. i. 131 ; at-sto6, help.
stoda, aS, to stay, support, back; er J)u vill eigi sto8a mal var, Vapn.
14; l)er vilit ekki stoSa mina nauftsyn, Fms. xi. 325; J>iiin sto&a ek
• it, Sighvat : sto6a e-m til e-s, to help one towards, Stj. 570 ; stoSa til
!'j help towards, Horn. 4, 73. 2. to avail, boot; ekki mun mer
\i, ef mer er daudi setladr, Nj. 62; stoSaSi {)at ekki, Hkr. i. 277;
t sto5ar J)at? what boots it f Fins. vii. 183 ; mun J)er ekki stoda undan-
Mr, ii. 115; ekki stoSar heimbod vi6 hana, af. .., Grng. i. 381 ; leita
irrar laekningar ef onnur sto3ar ekki, 623. 26; hvat hann stodar 1
.uiu, Skdlda 165.
fito3i, a, m. = sto8; vinna mikinn stoda, Fms. viii. 167, v. 1.
STOFA, u, f., older form stufa ; [A. S. stofa ; Engl, stove; Old
'^ :m. stuve ; Germ, stube; Dun. st»e'\: — the oldest sense seems to be
; of a stove-room, like Germ, stube, a bathing-room with a 'stove ;'
iir tvaer, J)ar skyldi konungr taka bad, Bs. i. 632; baS-stofa, q.v. :
to this refers the phrase, kafna i stofu reyk, to be choked with the
F-reeh in a bath, as an ignominious death, Grett. 116; stofu-reykr,
'cek of a stove; kafna i stofu reyk, Grett. 116 A; stofu-smiS, Sturl.
^ 1 . 2. one of the rooms in an ancient dwelling, esp. used for
!adies' sitting-room, and opp. to the skali ; stofa, eldhus, bur, Grag.
9 ; eldhus e6r stofur, 468 ; sat Gunnlaugr i stofu, fsl. ii. 250; gekk
noQr milli stofu ok eldhuss, Fbr. 164; Rannveig gekk til stofu, Nj. 83,
; ganga inn i stofu. Eg. 23, 49, no, 149, 205, 206, 215, 233 ; ganga
ok finna stofu, J)ar satu konur tvaer, Faer. 41 ; i stofu J)a er konur satu
It verki, Bs. i. 627 ; {)ar var karlfatt heima ok hvildu allir menn i stofu,
^turl. i. 142; var sleginn danz i stofu, ii. 1 17; hann dreymdi at hann
luttisk sitja i stofu i nimi sinu, J)6tti honum stofan alskipuS, stodu bord
ini alia stofu ok vistir a, 186, 206, iii. 267 ; fram i stofunni fra ek hann
ar er folkit skyldi hatta, Ski9a R. 36 ; ^eir gengu fra elda-skala me^
kutil-diska ok baru inn i stofu, Eg. 238 ; til stofu er jarl drakk inni, Fs.
12; litla stofa, Sturl. ii. 152, 153, 181, 185, iii. 100, 187, Orkn. 182;
tri stofa, Sturl. iii. 42; almanna-stofa, ii. 153, iii. 194, 198; baS-stofa,
. 121, 167, iii. 102, 176,196; biskups-stofa, 267; set-s., svefn-s., q.v.;
ivrkva-s., a ' mirk-stcve,' a dungeon; stofu-bvinaSr, hangings, Fms. vi.
42 ; stofu-dyrr, -gluggr, -golf, -horn, -hur3, -pallr, the door, window,
. . .of a stofa. Eg. 46, Sd. 142, 143, GuUJ). 62, Fms. ix. 55, Fbr.
\ G{)!. 344, H.E. i. 495, Faer. 194; stofu-refill, Dipl. iii. 4.
sTOFN, m., or stomn, N. G.L. i. 243, [Ulf. stoma = vir6aTaffi»;
V. S. stofn ; Engl, stem; Germ, stamm ; Lat. stipes'] : — a stem of a tree;
rr a sterkum stofni, Al. 132 ; likt sem stykki af stofni tre, Ski3a R.;
f maSr hoggr tr6, ok hylr stofn, the stump of a cut tree, Grag. ii. 296,
()S ; var eytt skoginum ok sto&u stofnarnir eptir, Sd. 169 ; hann hnekSi
It stofni einum, Isl. ii. 268 ; ef ma&r hoggr vi3 i morku manns, \k
A hann lei3a menn til stomns ok lata sja viftar-hoggit, N. G. L.
I c. 2. metaph. a foundation; standa a sterkum stofni, on a strong
\)oting, Al. 119 ; hefjask tveim stofnum, to look uncertain. Fas. iii. 76 ;
btja a stofn, to establish, Fms. ii. 35 ; |)u settir ilia a stofn vi6 hann,
jirett. 138; fjar-stofn, bu-stofn, stock to begin with.
istofna, ad, to establish, lay the foundation of; s. musteri, Ld. 316;
ofnuS me& goSum efnum, Bs. i.146; livaent stofnat, Rd. 270; land-
uip sem ^er hafit stofnat, Ld. 212; J)essi kaupmali sem J)it hafit stofnat,
24; stofna heit, Fms. ii. 16; stofna ra&, 655 iii. 3; stofna raSa-
i\ Ld. 64; stofna hesta-J)ing, Gliim. 366; {lessi aetlan sem mi er
au3, Fms. vii. 258 ; ^6 hefi ek i einum sta3 a stofnat, 7 have decided
'itte place, Nj. 3.
stofnan, f. a founding, establishing.
J3tofn-setja, t, to establish: stofn-setning, f. a foundation.
irtokka, a6, to build, raise; in the phrase, s. hatt, to aim high, from
■oing a high scaffold, Fb. i. 134, Fas. ii. 552.
^tokk-bolga, u, f. a hard swelling, hard as wood to the touch :
okk-bolginn, part, hard-swollen.
^tokk-lauss, adj. without a stock (of an anchor). Fas. iii. 377-
5TOKKR, m. [A. S. stoc; Engl, and Germ, stock; Dan. stok, etc.] :
; stock, trunk, block, log of wood; J)ar htifSu stokkar storir verit
tir heim, ok sva eldar gorvir sem J)ar er siSvenja til, at eldinn skal
'ja i stokks-endann, ok brennr sva stokkrinn, Egill greip upp stokk-
. Eg. 238; sa eldr sem lagdr er i eiki-stokkinn, Bs. i. 223; hann
isk a einn stokk er st68 fyrir honum, Finnb. 222 ; ^eW gorSu bruar
•ir yfir dikit ok g6r6u stokka undir, Fms. xi. 34; skyrker sU.b &
kkum i burinu, Sturl. iii. 192 ; hann Idt hola innan stokk einn, Mar. ;
;;u \)e\T stckki a hrygginn, Fms. vii. 227: allit., stokka eSr steina, stocks
-tones, ii. 265, vii. 227, x. 274, Grag. ii. 132, 360 (of idols). II.
c. usages, stocks on which ships are built (bakka-stokkar); skipit hljop
stokkunum fram a ana, she slipped from off the stocks into the river,
us. viii. iq6: — the mast-step, tok treit at falla fram eptir stokkin-
, ix. 3S6 -.—the gunwale of a ship (bor6-stokkr), Fas. ii. 38 -.—the
-ties or beams laid horizontally on a wall, hence the mod. Norse
kka-biir, Gisl. 88 ; hence the phrases, ' innan stokks' or ' fyrir innan
kk,' in-doors, opp. to ' litan-stokks,' ' fyrir utan stokk,' out-of-doors;
according to an Iccl. phrase, the wife rult» ...-.-..-.ivkks.' the ho«band
' utan-stokks.' Nj. 11, Isl. ii. 401, Gritg. i. 333, Rd. 1 76; innan itokk»
c8r iiman gar8$, GJjI. 136 :=.gafl-stokkr. Eg. 91 :-$et-ttokkr(q. v.), N).
203, Gisl. 72, Gr4g. ii. 119; hann g^kk sidan inn i eldahd* ok steir
si8an a stokk upp ok skaut cxinni upp a hurftWlta, 1 83 ; Hcirftr it«jft »io
stokk, ok gt'kk nu hit fyrita sinni fr4 itokkinum ok til m«4dur sinnar,
Isl. ii. 15, cp. Floam. S. ch. 4 (the local name Stokk$-eyrr) : cp. al»o the
phrase, stralaust er fyrir stokkum, no straw before the benches, Fai. ii, 38:
— a bed-side (rum-stokkr), hvila vift stokk eftr |)ili, Sturl. i. 307 ; A stokk
fram, Ld. 214, Eg. 560; sitja fram a stokk, 396 : — the stock of an anvil,
Edda 74 : the stock of an anchor, see stokklauss : — a pair of itockt for
culprits, setja e-n i stokk, to set one in the stocks, Bs. i.910; liggja i rtokki
vi5 vatn ok brauft, Rett. 61 ; fella stokk a fsetr e-ni, . . , sitja i ttokkinum.
Fas. i. 125 : also of a piece oftuood put on the hortif of cattle, Eb. 334:
the single square pieces of a silver belt are called stokkr, whence ttokka-
belti = a belt composed of several pieces clasped together, as worn by ladje»
in Icel. 2. a trunk, chest, case, Pm. 103, Ld. 326, Sd. 191 ; sivalr
stokkr af tagum ok sefi, Stj. 251 : freq. in mod. usage of small east*
in which women keep their things (often carved), ^r4dar-s., prjuna-
stokkr. 3. the narrow bed of a river between two rocks is called
stokkr, or ain rennr i stokk, Hbl. 56, freq. in mod. usage. 4. phrases,
drekka e-n af stokki, to keep drinking with one till be drops, 0. H. 71 ;
sitja e-n af stokki, to sit one out, till he leaves; stinga af stokki v'lb
e-n (mod. stinga e-n af stokki), to prick one out of one's seat, Nj. 166 ;
stiga a stokk ok strengja heit, /o /i/ace on^'s _/bo/ o» /fc* s^oej(r (the set-
stokkr) in making a vow, tl heathen rite, Fas. ii. 393. 5. a pack
of cards. compds : stokka-belti, n. (see above), Sturl. ii. 212.
stokka-bur, n. a chamber built of stocks (as in Norway), Gisl. 88, Fbr.
172, Glum. 358. stokka-ker, n. a cask placed on stocks, Gisl. 88,
Am. 6.
etola and stoli, adj. stolen; in draum-s., vit-s., ham-s., q.v.
stola-fi§, n. stolen property, Bjarn. 39 (Ed. wrongly stela-fe).
stola-herr, m. [A. S. steel-here'], a band of robbers, Bs. i. (in a verse).
stolin-stefja, u, f. a poem with a stolen burden, Fms. iii. 65.
stolt, n. pride, (mod.)
stoltz and sboltr, adj. [for. word from the Germ, stoltz], proud; in
alliteration, sva styrkr ok stoUz, Jji3r. 112; sva stoltz e8r storr, Fms. iv.
162 ; J)6tt {)u ser stolz ok storr, Mag. 3 ; \>6 J)eir vxri sv4 stollz, at. . .,
Eb. 10 new Ed. (see the foot-note 4) : the form stoltr only occurs in
later vellums and paper MSS., stoltum n^ dramblAtum, Fas. i. 89, Eb, 10,
V. 1.; J)eim hvita hesti, er ek sd engan stolltara, Karl. 234: passim in
mod. usage since the Reformation, through Dan. from Low Germ., stoltir
herrar, stoltan staft, Bs. ii. 305 (verses 2-4 of a poem of A. D. 1540);
borgaSi holtid stoltum, Bs. ii. 482 (verse 18), Pass., Vidal. compds :
stoltar-flj63, f. a gallant lady. stoltar-menn, m. pi. stout, gallant
men.
stoltz-liga, adv. proudly, Fms. x. 278, J>i8r. 156.
stopall, adj. [sttipa], shaking, reeling, rocking; fara stopalt, to go
rocking, meet with a mischance, Fms. iii. 84, vii. 23 ; ganga stopalt,
vi. 108 ; stopalt monuS ganga. Am. 14. 2. in mod. usage stopull
mezns, variable, unstable, of a thing; stopul atvinna ; stopul gseSi, Bb.
stopdir, adj. pi. [see steypSr], erect, steep, like a steeple, epithet of a
column of steam ; stop5ir reykir, Edda 102 (in a verse).
stop-hnisa, u, f. a ' somersat/// (?),' = kollhnis, q.v. : the name of a,
giantess, {>d.
stoppa, a3, [Germ, stopfen], to stuff. Fas. iii. 211 : to stop, mod.
STOBD, f. a young wood, plantation, Edda ii. 483 : in the phrase, falla
sem stor3, to fall like stor3. Fas. ii. 554 : poiit., stor3ar ulfr, storSar gandr,
-galli, the wolf, bane, etc., of the s., '\.c.ftre. Lex. Poet. ; stordar lykkja,
' wood-loop,' i. e. a serpent. Km. 2. the earth {grown with brush-
wood), poijt., Lex. Poet.; stor3ar men, poet, the necklace of the earth = tbt
sea, Hd. ; hauk-stor3, ' hawk-land,' i. e. the wrist. Lex. Poet. II .
the name of an island in Norway, Fms.
storgr, m. a nickname, Fms, vii. 281.
storka, a3, to provoke, irritate; s. e-m: storkan, f. provocation.
storka, u, f. coagulation, a nickname, Fms. ix.
storkinn, part, coagulated; bl6d-s.
storkna, ad, [\J\f. staurknan =•: ^TjpaivtffOai], to coagulate; storknad
bI63, Clem. 55, freq. in mod. usage.
storkr, m.' [common to all Teut. languages], a stork, Edda (Gl.), freq,
in mod. usage.
STOEMR, m. [A. S., Engl., and Dan. storm ; Germ, slwm'], a storm,
gale, tempest, Fms. x. 135 ; stormar miklir, s. mikill, i. 102, Eb. 48, 50,
Al. 67, Bs. i. 484, Sturl". ii. 121 ; s. veSrs, Fms. iii. 16, passim. 3.
metaph. an uproar, tumult, Fms. i. 36, vi. 437, xi. 160: storm, fury,
hann (the bear) for me3 miklum stormi, Fms. ii. lOO. atorma-oamr,
adj. s/ormy, Sks. 181.
storm-samr and storm-samligr, adj. stormy, Sks. 629, Stj. 446,
Fms. i. 97. _
stdrm-viSri, n. storm-weather, a tempest, Bs. i, Grett. 138 new Ed.
stoti, a, m. a nickitame, Landn.
Qq.2
596
STO— STORMENNI.
'ST6, f. [a contracted form of stofa?], a stove; in eld-sto (qs. eld-
stofa ?), q. V.
STOD, n. [A. S. stod; Engl, stud; Germ, stut"]: — a stud of horses,
Fms. vii. 31, Fas. iii. 91, Krok. (in a pun), Saem. 128 ; fylmerr i sto&i,
Grag. i. 504 ; jalda i st66i, Kormak ; hann g6kk upp eptir dalnum til
St63s sins, Hrafn. 8. compds : st65-hestr, m, a stallion, Grag. i.
441, 504, Landn. 93, Lv. 19, Nj. 69. stofl-hross, n. [A. S. stod-
borsl, a stud-horse, Nj. 63, Landn. 93, Bjarn.. 55, Gull^. 13, Fms. vi. 98,
Isl. ii. 62 ; st69-hrossa beit, -hagi, Vm. 18, 80, Dipl. v. 22, H. E. ii. 121,
passim. st63-inerr, f. [A. S. stod-myre'], a brood-mare, mod. st6&-
nieri. ^S" Studs are freq. mentioned in the Sagas, not for racing, but
for horse-fights (hesta-vig, hesta-J)ing), see the passages above, as also
{>kv.
stola, u, f. [eccl. Lat.], a stole, Sturl. ii. 2, Fms. iii. 168, Vm. 13, Dipl.
iii. 4, V. 18, MS. 625. 184, N. G. L. i. 347 ; stolu-blad, -buningr, Pm. 19,
Dipl. iii. 4. .
st61-bru3a, u, f. a ' chair-bride,' chair-post, thus called from the heads
carved at the top of the uprights (Worsaae, No. 556) ; pen sa |j6r me6
hamri sitja skorinn a st66bru3unum, Fbr. 1 70 ; Jjeir sa Solrunu sitja a
stoli ok var har hennar bundit vi& st61bru6urnar, Bard. 31 new Ed. (thus
the vellum bru6irnar of the Ed. is an error) ; hon hnigr pa, aptr at
stolbruSunum, Fas. ii. 223; siSan drap hann ser vid stolbruSi (-bru6u?),
ok fann at Jiar sat ma&r a stoli, Grett. 37 new Ed.
st61-kl8B3i, n. = stola, Dipl. iii. 4, B.K. 84.
st61-konungr, m. 'the throne-king,' thus the Northmen styled the
Greek entperor, Fms. passim.
STOLIi, m. [common to all Teut. languages], a stool, chair ; setjask
& stol, Nj. 179 ; eptir endi-longu voru skipa&ir stolar, Fms. x. 16; stolar
%veh (in a church), Vm. 70. 2. metaph. a bishop's see or residence,
Fms. ix. 3 (biskups-stoll) ; sitja at stoli, Bs. i. 1 71 ; for biskup heim til
stols sins, 508 ; skal annarr biskup vera at stoli i Skalaholti, K. |>. K. ;
Hola-stoll, Skalaholts-s., the see of H., Sc. : of the pope, a see, 625. 58 :
pf a king, a throne; stol ok hofu3sta6, O. H. 65, Fms. vii. 159, Stj.
stoli, m. [Gr. (TtoXos?], a stock; in compds, skipa-stoll, a stock of ships,
a fleet, see skip; hofu6-st611, /t/ntfs, stock. 2. plur. stolar, eccl. hosts
qf angels, Hom. 133 ; stola-fylki, a host of cherubim, Greg. 37 (from
the white gown ' stola' ?).
st61-ina3r, m. a chairman, MS. 234. 157.
stolpi, a, m. a post, pillar, Bs. ii. 122, Stj. 285, Eb. ii. 24, Al. I16,
Magn. 428 ; ste8r ok stolpar, Edda. compds : st61pa-gripr, m. a
pillar of an animal, of a fine horse. St61pa-sund, n. the 'Pillar-
sound,' Straits of Gibraltar.
stol-setning, f. enthronement, Fagrsk. 134.
st61-settr, part, enthroned, Fms. vi. 93, Stj. 631.
STORR, adj., compar. stxri or staerri, superl. staerstr, i. e. stoeri, stcerstr ;
[a word peculiar to the Northern languages, from which it has entered
into the Finnish; A. S. slor ; Engl, sturdy; North. E. stordy]: — the
original sense seems to be 'stirred,' 'disturbed' (cp. Ill), bilt it is only
used in the sense big, great, of size ; ein staerst, Fms. iii. 1 23 ; bein miklu
staerri, Eg. 769 ; storir jarnrekendr, Sks. 457 ; storir askar. Eg. 204 ; stor
heruS, 275 ; stor veir, [cp. Shetl. stoor'], rough weather, great gales, Ld.
50 ; storr saer, a high sea, Sks. ; stor, staeri sar, Nj. 153 ; staerst hof h6r a
landi, Landn. 335 (Mantissa) ; i storum toskum, Hkr. iii. 244. II.
metaph. great, potent ; vi6 alia ena staerri menn, Ld. i?4; maeltu at hann
skyldi gora Olaf eigi of storan, Fms. i. 99 ; at hann gorisk eigi of storr,
Eg. 50 ; gor t)ik «igi stxrra enn J)u &tt kyn til, Fms. x\. 7.2,6 ; hve marga
(aura) ok hve stora, Grag. i. 136. 2. great, important ; enna staerri
mala, Nj. 2. 3. proud; baendr voru {)ar J)vi staerri enn annarssta6ar,
at engi vildi til koma, Fms. iv. 1 1 2 ; Sigria, kona bans var heldr stor, v. 30
(skap-st6rr, O. H. I. c.) III. neut., gorSi pk stort a fir&inum, the
$ea rose high. Eg. 60 ; tiSendi J)au er honum Isegi sv4 stort vi6, Fms. xi.
102 ; hoggva stort, to strike hard, Nj. 53. IV. adverbial
phrases, st6rum, very greatly, much; sva at ek finna storum, tsl. ii.
343; storum stauplar mi yfir, Fs. 153; pat berr storum, it amounts
to much, Fms. ii. 37; aetla ek staerum bera hin laga-brotin, vii. 305;
storum rikr, very mighty, Hkr. iii. 244; storum vinsxU, Fms. vii. 102 ;
storum feginn. Eg. 567 ; storum skoruligt, Ld. 106. 2. stsernim,
more, in a greater degree; skjotara ok staerum, Sks. 71 ; gefit hefir bii
mer staerum, Fms. vii. 56 ; eigi staerum ne smaerum, neither more nor
less, Gr4g, i. 241. 3. stors, adv.; ekki stors of iikla upp, Bs. i.
349. 4. st6ru-gi, adv. much, greatly, Isl. ii. 384 ; see -gi.
B. In COMPDS, and with nouns, stor-, like smar-, is chiefly pre-
fixed to nouns in plur. or in a collective sense ;. st6r-audigr, adj. very
wealthy, Landn. 68, Eg. 2, 23, Fms. xi. 293, Hdl. 39. st6r-6r, f.
pi. great waters, Stj. 87, Rb. 350. st6r-beixi6ttr, adj. bony,
coarse-faced, Eb. 30, Fas. i. 173. st6r-bl6t, n. pi. great sacrifices,
Fms. v. 164. st6r-bokkar, m. pi. ' big bucks,' lordlings, mighty
and overbearing men, Eb. 334, Fms. viii. 238 (spelt bukkar), xi. 260,
Bs. i. 621. 8t6r-borgir, f. pi. big towns, Rom. 264. stor-
borinn, part, bigh-born, Hkr. i. 343, Baer. 14. st6r-br6g36ttr, adj.
very sly, HSm. 13. ist6r-bur3igr, adj. = storborinn, Fas, ii. 474, v. 1,
st6r-bu, n. pi. great estates. Eg. 170, Fms. i. .13. st6r-byg3ir, f.
pi. large counties, settlements, 0. H. 1 74. stor-byssur, f. pi. big^
catapults. Fas. iii. 428, v. 1. : big guns. stor-bseir, m. pi. great
estates, Hkr. i. 20. stor-beendr, m. pi. great freeholders, Fms. ii. 40,
Orkn. 136, Sturl. i. 37. stor-deildir, f. .pi. great differences, quarrels,
Sturl. i. 140, iii. 7. stor-deilur, f. pi. id., Sturl. i. 140 C. st6r-
draumar, m. pi. portentous dreams, Sturl. ii. 204 C. st6r-efl.i, n.».
in stor-eflis-menn, m. pi. mighty men, Fms. xi. 7, 13, Gisl. 55, Hav.;
50, Glum. 37. stor-efni, n. pi. important cases, N. G. L. st6r-
eignir, f. pi. great landed estates, Hkr. iii. 19 ; storeigna ma3r, a great,
landowner, Isl. ii. 202. st6r-ervi3i, n. severe toil, bard work, Sturi.
iii. 65. st6r-eyjar, f. pi. great islands, Fms. vii. 85. st6r-f6,.
n. great wealth, Nj.178, Eg. 75, Fms. ix. 320; storfjar ok dyrgripa,
vii. 186. st6r-feginn, adj. very fain or glad, Ver. 19, Bret. 46,
Fms. jci.„29. stor-fengr, adj. gross, huge; hann var s. ok auftigr^i
Sturl. i. 8 ; f66ur atta ek heldr storfengan. Brand. 62 ; storfeng kyr, a,
good milch cow, Bs. i. 194. st6r-feta3r, part, long-striding, taking
great steps. Fas. ii. 348; s. hestr, Edda 57. stor-fetr, adj. id.,
Greg. 17. st6r-fir3ir, m. pi. big firths, Fb. iii. 446. st6r-
fiskar, m. pi. big fishes (whales). Fas. ii. 113. 8t6r-fja3rar, f. pi.
big feathers, Sks. 114. stdr-fjarri, adv. very far, Lex. Poet. st6r-
fj6116ttr, adj. with great fells, Eb. 8. stor-flokkar, m. pi. great
'flocks,' large detachments, 0. H. 208. st6r-fr6rar, m. pi. ice-
fields, Grett. (in a verse). stor-fuglar, m. pi. big birds, El.
2. stor-fvmdir, m. pi. great meetings, great battles, Nj. 107.
st6r-f6t, n. pi. big clothes. Glum. 390. stor-geSr (-ge3ja3r), adj.
great-minded. Lex. Poet. : = storgaetr (?), Bs. i. 606. stor-gjafar,
f. Y>^. great, lordly, rich gifts, Nj. 151, Fms. vii. 2. stdr-gjofull,
adj. munificent, Hkr. i. 291, Fms. viii. 238, Bs. i. 81, Magn. 464.
stor-gjold, n. pi. heavy fines, Fms. i. 66. stor-gleepir, m. pi. great
crimes, Fms. vii. 261, Stat. 260, Sks. 773. st6rgl8epa-nia3r, m.
a great criminal, Stj. 40. stor-glsepligr, adj. highly criminal,
Sks. 773. stor-gnipur, f. pi. huge peaks, mountains. Fas. ii. 76.
stor-goz, n. .a great property, Bs. i. 853. st6r-gr^ti, n. pi. big
stones, rocks, Mag. Bt6r-gr:^ttr, adj. rocky, stony, Fms. xi. 239.
stor-geettingar, m. pi. magnates, 623. 32, Al. 16. stor-gorr, part,
of great size. Lex. Poet. stor-liagr, adj. very skilled, handy. Fas.
ii. 347. st6r-heimsligr, adj. ' big-foolish,' grossly foolish, 625. 73.
stor-heit, n. pi. great vows, Bs. i. 421, Fms. ix. 387. st6r-h^ru5,
n. pi. great districts, Stj. 83, MS. 655 xvi. A. 3, 6. H. 125. st6r-
hlutir, m. pi. great things, Fms. vii. 136 : in an evil sense, great sins,
MS. 671. 16, N. G. L. i. 459. stor-lirseddr, adj. much afraid, Fbr.
149. stor-huga, adj. aiming high, aspiring. st6r-hugaflr, adj,
high-minded, proud. Am. 72, Stj. st6r-hvalir, m. pi. big whales, Sks.
122. stdr-hveli, n. id.. Fas. ii. 78. st6r-li6f3ingjar, m. pi. great
magnates, Fms. vii. 206, 209, Hkr. ii. 140, Barl. 127, Sks. 6. ,st6r-
h6ggr, adj. dealing heavy blows, Fms. xi. 131, Landn. 69, Fb. ii. 138.
stor-flla, adv. very badly, Grett. 120, Fms. i. 12, Fb. i. 41 1. stdr-
illr, adj. very bad, Fms. ix. 393, Lv. 68. stor-jarteinir, f. pi. great
wonders, Stj. 289. stor-kappar, m. pi. great champions. Fas. ii. 481,
stor-katlar, m. pi. big kettles, Fms. x. 29. st6r-kaup, n. pi.
wholesale buying. st6rkaup-ma3r, m. a wholesale dealer, Fb. ii.
75. st6r-keralda, a6, in a pun, Krok. 63, 64. stor-kerti, n.
pi. great tapers, Flov. 35. st6r-ker61d, n. pi. large vats, Digl. v.
18. stdr-klseki, n. pi. great wickedness, Band. 38 new Ed., 6. H.
237. st6r-kostliga, adv. /« grand style, Bs. i. 645. stdr^
kostligr, adj. grand; baer s., 6. H. 66 ; s. gjafir, Sturl. i. 48 : colossal,
Fb. i. 522. stor-kvikendi, n. pi. great beasts, Stj. 70. st6r-
kv8B3i, n. pi. great poems, Skaida 205. st6r-langr, adj. very long,
Eb. 34. st6r-lfi.tr, adj. proud, haughty, Fms. i. 3: munificent, Fs.
51, Al. 70 : not content with a little (opp. to sma-latr). Eg. 17, Fms. vi.
368. 8t6r-lei3i, n. a long way, Bs. i. 458. stor-leikr, m. pre-
sumption, pride, Fms. iv. 206, 01k. 34, Stj. 537. st6r-leitr, adj.
big-faced, Sturl. ii. 99. stor-lendur, f. pi. great lands, Bs. i. 326.
st6r-liga, adv. greatly, very, Bret. 34, Eg. 57: proudly, Edda 30;
svara s., Fms. i. 3; maela s., vi. 246, x. 194. stor-ligana, adv.=
storliga, Stj., MS. 227, passim. stor-ligr, adj. great. Eg. 46. st6r-
Ijdtr, adj. very ugly, Gliim. 387. st6r-lokkar, m. pi. long locks.
Fas. i. 173. stdr-lyndi, f. magnanimity, Fms. vii. 198, Hkr. iii. 245 ;
sina s., Fms. vii. 96. stdr-lyndr, adj. magnanimous, Fms. vii. 98 ;
high-spirited, Nj. 18, Fs. 129, Grett. 158. stdr-lasti, n. liberality, Ld.
30, Fms. X. 235 : pride, v. 71, Oik. 34. st6r-i6nd, n. pi. g^'eat
counties, Fms. iv. I40. st6r-maiiiiliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), like u
grand man, munificently, Fs. 15, Isl. ii. 337, Eg. 62, Fms. xi. 244.
stor-mannligr, adj. magnificent, Fs. 11, 30, Fms. ii. 133, vi. 13, xi.
321. stdr-margr, adj. very many. Eg. 219. st6r-infil, n. pi.
great suits; standa i stormalum, Nj. 227, Fs. 39, Vapn. 22. st6r-
mein, n. pi. great evils, Fs. 44. stor-meizl, n. pi. great injuries,
Sturl. ii. 49. st6r-nieniii, n. great men, men of rank. Eg. 30, Fs.
II, Fms. i. 31, vi. 19, 0. H. 71 : great folk, Bard. 172 ; fra Birni bunu
JLer komit naer allt s. a tslandi, Landn. 39 : a liberal man, Sturl. i. 4, 9»
I
ST()RMENNSKA— STRAKR.
697
Eg. 38, 198: a big man, giant, Edda 33. 8t6r-menn8ka, u, f.
greatness, munificence, Fms. xi. 19, 393, Fs, 15, passim; meir af stor-
inennsku enn forsja, Bs. i. 83. stdrmennsku-fullr, adj. munificent.
stdr-merki, n. pi. wonderful things, great wonders; Gu8s s., Edda
i.ref.), Fms. i. 133, Magn. 534, Symb. 29; hvat er fleira stormerkja
I askinum, Edda. stor-merkiliga, adv. wonderfully. Mar. stdr-
verkiligr, adj. wonderfid. Mar. st6p-inikill, adj. huge, immense,
V. 68, Eg. 59, Fms. i. 63, vii. 79, 278. st6r-mj6k, adv. very
••.neb, immensely, Fms. vii. Iio, Fb. i. 411, Bret. 54. Bt6r-m8eli, ii.
jil. great affairs ; standa i stormaslum, Nj. 224 : grave affairs, J)au s. er ek
hcfi mot y3riim vilja broti3, Orkn. 118 ; eccl. the greater excommunica-
tion, haf6i biskup i sttkmaelum (in ban) tva hofdingja, Sturl. ii. 2 ; lysa
stormselum yfir, to excommunicate, iii. 201 ; biskup viidi ekki meft harm
tala, t)viat hann var i stormaelum, Bs. i. 286, 490, Stat. 260, Aneed. 8, 26.
stor-nauSsynjar, f. pi. bard necessity, GJ)1. 27, 35 2. stdr-neer, adv.
very nigb, Bs. i. 21. st6r-or3r, adj. using big words, Fms. i. 75, xi.
94 ; storort kvxSi ok ufagrt, a big-tvorded, high-sounding poem, Isl.
ii. 237. Bt6r-r6id, n. pi. great undertakings, Fms. i. 83. st6r-
rafla-samr, adj. daring, venturesome, Grett. 158. st6r-rd3r, adj.
ambitious; st6rra& ok ra5gjorn, Fms. x. 220; s. ok agjarii, vii. 28,
Orkn. 144; a nickname, SigriSr storra&a, ep. Lit. superbus. st6r-ref-
singar, f. pi. severe putiifbtnent, Fms. vii. 36. st6r-regn, n. pi. heavy
rains, Fms.viii. 202. stor-reki, m. ^big-wreck,' big pieces ofjetsum;
allan storreka, opp. to smdreki, Vm. 129. st6r-ri3inn, part, with big
meshes, of a net. st6r-rita3r, part, written in large letters, Pm. 125.
8t6r-riki, n. p\. great empires, Bs. ii. 43. st6r-rikr, adj. very powerful,
Isl. ii. 202, V. 1. stor-rseSi, n. pi. daring, dangerous, great undertak-
ings, G{)1. (pref. vi), Nj. 66, Fms. i. 83, vi. 10, 37, viii. 120, Sks. 746.
st6rr8e3a-ma3r, m. a man of great aims, Fms. ix. 283. 8t6r-r6k,
n. pi. mighty events, Hom. 55. st6r-sakar, f. pi. great offences, Fms.
ii. 4, 33, Ld. 1 72. st6r-samligr, adj. severe, Sks. 49. stor-sdr, n.
pi. grievous wounds, Fms. iii. 1 18. st6r-ska3ar, m. pi. great damage,
Bs. i. 144. st6r-skip, n. pi. great ships, Fms. vii. 259. st6r-
skorinn, part, huge, gaunt, Fb. i. 566 ; mikill vexti ok s., Bar8. 175 ;
s. i andliti, Fb. i. 258 ; s. sem Goliath, Stj. 464; storskorit hofuS, Grett.
83 new Ed. st6r-skriptir, f. pi. heavy penances, K. A. 192, H. E.
i. 509 ; storskripta-maftr, ii. 78. st6r-skuldir, f. pi. great debts,
Grdg. i. 500. st6r-sl5g, n. pi. great visitations, plagues, Stj. 268.
8t6r-smi3r, m. a notable workman. Eg. 4. st<5r-siaf3i, n. pi. a
huge, btdky work, Edda 19. st6r-sta3ir, m. pi. great towns,
Stj. 68; in Icel. or Norway of great church-prebends, Fms. vi. 157.
stor-stigr, adj. long-striding. st6r-strauinr, m. a spring tide.
stor-streymt, n. adj. = st6rstraumr. st6r-sveitir, f. pi. a large
detachment, Fms. ix. 429. st6]>S3mdir, f. pi. great sins, H. E. i.
521. st6r-s8emdir, f. pi. great honours, Nj. 134, Fms. xi. 331.
Bt6r-S8eti, n. pi. large ricks, Eb. 150, 224, Brandkr. 30. stor-
t&kn, n. pi. great wonders, Fms. i. 29, Stj. 261 ; sing., Bs. i. 42.
st6r-tignir, f. pi. high dignity, 625. 98. st6r-ti3indi, n. pi. great
tidings, great events, Fms. iii. 15, vi. 230, Nj. 195, Rb. 394, Sturl. i.
107 C; wonders, Edda 14, Fms. xi. 38. stor-tre, n. pi. huge beams,
Karl. 448, Fms. x. 358, Krok. storu-gi, see storr (A. IV. 4). st6r-
'dbigr, adj. high-minded, Hbl. 15, Valla L. stor-vandi, a, m. a
great difficulty, Sturl. ii. 79. St6r-vandr8e3i, n. pi. id., Fms. vii. 25.
stor-vegir, m. pi. broad roads, highways, Barl. 190. stor-vegligr,
adj. very honourable, Hkr. ii. loo. stor-veizlur, f. pi. great banquets,
Fms. i. 291. stor-vel, adv. n^i/K/e//, Eg. 60, 423, Isl. ii. 382. st6r-
verk, n. pi. great deeds, Fms. v. 345. st6r-vi3a3r, adj. large tim-
bered, Fms. ii. 218. st6r-vi3ir, m. pi. great timbers, big beams,
iFms. ii. 328, X. 361, Nj. 201, Bs. i. 81. st6r-vi3ri, n. a great tem-
pest, Fms. vii. 310, Grett. 153. 8t6r-virki, n. pi. great feats, Fms.
i. 287, ii. 109, vi. 55, Nj. 193, Ld. 40, Eg. 686, Korm. 242, Al. 160.
st6r-virkr, adj. working mightily; sterkr ok s., working like a giant,
B4r8. 163; storvirkr, opp. to g66virkr, Nj. 55: as the name of a
giant, Edda (Gl.), Fas. i. (Hervar. S. begin.) st6r-vitr, adj. very
wise, Nj. 22, Fms. i. 31, vi. 10, xi. 13, 205. st6r-vi3a, adv. very
loidely, Fbr. 41. st6r-yr3i, n. pi. big words. Eg. 258, Nj. 261, Fms.
X. 41 9, X. 71 , xi. 256, Al. 18. st6r-y3igr, adj. = st6ru5igr. Valla L. 208.
rt6r-l)ing, n. a ' storthing,' great council (oecumenical), Karl. 548, Pr.
104, Rb. 8t6r-J)orp, n. pi. ^rea/ T/:7/ao'«, Fagrsk. ch. 193. st6r-
>ungt, n. adj. very heavy, Eb. 284. st6r-J)urftir, f. pi. great need,
i. 525. st6r-8etta3r, adj. high-born, Eg. 16, Nj. 178, Fms. i.
t86, vi. 246. st6r-8ettir, f. pi. great families.
STRAFF, n. [from Germ, strafe], punishment, N.T., Pass., Vidal.,
mod.) ; not used before the time of the Reformation.
Straffa, aft, to punish, N. T., Pass., Vidal., (mod.)
stranda, a&, to founder : strand, n. foundering, (mod.)
strandar-, see strtind.
strand-h6gg, n. a ' strand-raid,' such as the raid of the old Vikings who
mded on the coasts and drove off cattle and stores for their ships ; J)ar
r nogt biife til strandhoggva, Fms. i. Ia8 : in the phrase, hiiggva s.,
ntake a strandhcigg, Eg. 81 ; J)urfa strandhoggva, . . , leita eptir strand-
hiiggvi, Fms. vii. 68 ; um morguninn k(5mu |)eir ofan mtb ttrandhcigg
mikil, much cattle, great booty, vi. 79.
strand-lag, n. ' strand-laying,' tbt right (flaying a net along a $bort
or bank, (Jrag. ii. 350.
strand-madr, m. a "ttrand-man,' one who livts on the coast, Shirl. ii.
205 : Strand-menn, m. pi. the men from a (country) ttrand, iii. 376.
strand-setr, n. the being left behind on the ttrand after the ihip hai
sailed ; sitja strandsetri cptir, Grdg. i. 263 ; sitja &trandM;trum, 290.
strand-varpa, u, f. a net to be laid along the coau, |>idr.
strand-vegr, m. [Dan. strandwi], a coatt-road, road to Ibt eoait,
D.N. iii. 496.
strangi, a, m. a roll of clothes ; fata-s., kke&a-c., IcrepU^., reifa-*., q. v,
strang-leikr, m. strength, Bs. i. 349.
strang-liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), strongly, severely, Stj. 155.
STBANGB, adj., strong, strangt, [a common Tcut. word] : — strong:
of a stream, strong d, a strong, rapid river, Isl. ii. 352, Fms. viii. 49;
strangt straumfall, Stj. 489 ; allra 4 (gen. pi.) strangast, Stj. 73 ; strangr.
opp. to haegr, Hom. (St.); strongust orrosta, the strongest, hottest fight,
Eg- 33 ; bardagi langr ok s., Stj. 544 : of pain, strangan augna-verk, Bs.
i. 317 ; strong sott, Pr. 41 1\ 2. bard, rigid, severe, [Germ, streng] ;
strangr ok slriSr, Stj. 155, Bs. ii. 58; strangt atkvxfti, Hom. (St.); at
{)eir se strangari i at gijra yftvarn vilja, Ld. 178; strong var sturhugud.
Am. 72 ; li-strangr, gentle, meek, Fb. i. 340. II. a nickname,
strangi, Landn.
8traum-brot, n. a breaking the stream, Fms. vii. 27.
straum-fall, n. a stream, current; s. arinnar, 623. 37 : a tide, kustuSa
akkerum ok biSu straumfalls, 0. H. 136.
STB.AUMR, m. [a common Teut. word ; A. S. stream ; Germ, strom ;
Dan. Strom] : — a stream, current, race, of the sea, the tide, a river, Rb.
438; ullar-lagft rak fyrir strauminum, Edda 74; straumr var i sundinu,
Fms. i. 93 ; sigia {)eir inn at straumum (of the currents through the belt
of islands which bar the mouth of Hvamm-firth in western Icel.) i {)ann
straum er het Kolkistu-straumr, sd er i mesta lagi |>eirra strauma er a
Brei&afirSi eru, Ld. 56 ; misganga stiaumanna, Orkn. 266 ; fyrir vedri e6r
fyrir straumi, Grdg. ii. 384 : in the phrase, brjuta straum fyrir c-u, to break
the stream for one, bear the brunt, Karl. 136, Orkn. 344. 2. o( the
tide ; Gunnsteinn segir at })a skipti straumum (change of tide) ok mil vaeri
at sigla, O. H. 136; stor-straumr, a spring-tide; smd-straumr, a neap-
tide. II. in local names, Straumr, Straum-fjOrSr, Stratun-
nes, Landn. strauma-skipti, n. pi. the change of spring-tides, Fms.
iv. 304.
straujn-vatn, n. stream^water, running-tvatir, Stj. 490.
stratim-Ond, f. a ' stream-duck,' anas torquata.
strax, adv. [from Germ, stracks], at once; the word first occurs in the
14th century, Fms. xi. 435, Fas. iii. 420, and is freq. in mod. usage,
both in speech and writing, Vidal., Pass.
STRA, f., dat. pi. strdm, [A. S. streaw ; Engl, straw ; Dan. straa ; Germ.
stroh] : — straw; af hverju strai, Landn. 31 ; hann tok eitt strd ok dr«
eptir golfinu, Fms. vii. 219; liggja stirflr d strdm, of a corpse, S<')1. 47:
the floors of ancient halls were covered with straw (sedge), hence flets-stra,
pall-stra, bench-straw, Ls. 46 : allit., i buri , . . , d starru efta strai, N. G. L.
i. 383 : corpses were laid on straw at a lyke-wake, su eina n6tt er ek Id.
stirdr a strdm, Sol. 47 ; lik skal fsera i lithus ok hylja meft- starru e6a
strai, 392; lik-strd, nd-slrd, q.v. 2. phrases; oil stra stanga e-n,
every straw stings one, of an ill-used man (perhaps from some old tale
similar to that of Herr Korbes in Grimm's Miirchen), Fms. xi. 155',
nijok vilja mik oil strd stanga, Sturl. iii. 141 ; strdin stangi ^ik, an
imprecation. Fas. iii. 206 (in a verse) : — falla i strd, to fall into straw,
be lost, Fbr. (in a verse) ; falla sem strd, to fall like straw, be mown
down, perish.
etT&, b, [A.S. streowjan; Engl, strew], to strew, cover (benches) with
straw; strait bekki, pkv. 22 ; bekki at strd, Em. i ; g61f var strad, Rm.
23 (but only in the house of Fa6ir and Modir); var strdS golf a Sxb6\i
af stfinu af Seftjorn, Gisl. 27 (cp. si3an tekr hann sefit af golfinu, 29);
brynjum um bekki stra5, Gm. 9. CV The ' strd golf (Hkr. iii. 180)
is an error for stein-golf, see Fms. vi. 440, I. c, for the custom of strew-
ing the hall was not a novelty, but a well-known custom of the heathen
age from time immemorial. 2. to strew, Sks. 633 (138 new Ed.)
8tr&-beygir, m. the ' straw-bender,' u e. the wind, in a pun, Krok. 64.
8trd-dau3a, adj. [Dan. straa-dod], 'straw-dead,' dying a natural
death, from the corpse being stretched on straw, see strd (above), Korm.
(in a verse); iu xh^i old heathen times an inglorious death, opp. to
vdpndauar, cp. {jat otVuftumk ek um hria, er friflr t)essi inn mikli var, at
ek niunda verSa elli-dauar inni a.pall-strdm minum, Hkr. i. 149.
str&-drepa, drap, to slay all, leaving none.
stri-hattr, m. a straw-hat, D.N. v. 835. (mod.)
STRAKB, m. [strjQka?], a landlouper, vagabond, Korm. 196; h6n
dtti born me8 strdkum, Bs. i. 286, 807 ; strakar, opp. to g68ir menn;
Sturl. i. 62 ; strakar, stafkarlar, gongu-menn, opp. to ' roskir menn,' ii.
6; einn litan-herads strakr . . . strakrina, Bs- i. 627; l)ar voru menn
fengnir at vaka strakar fn'r, Sturl. iii. 146: in mod. usage an idle
sn
STR^KLIGR— STRJtKA.
lad, a rascal, J)egi5u, strakr ! compds : str&k-ligr, adj. roguish,
Skida R. strdk-maSr, m. a rascal, Fxr. 254. strdk-ottr, adj.
rascally. str^k-skapr, m. rascality.
strd-lauss, adj. ' slrawless,' of a floor, Fas. ii. 38,
strd,-vi3i, n. brush-wood, = hr&v\b'\, Fas. ii. 178.
streda, a&, see serda, part. stroSinn, Grag. ii. 147.
streita, u, f. a hard struggle, tug.
streitask, t, [strita, the i, ei referring to a lost strong verb], to struggle
hard, tug (conversational), Finnb. 220.
strembiim, adj. hard to digest.
Strendir, m. pi. the inhabitants of the county Strcind, Sturl. ii. 90, Bs.
i. (in a verse), passim : also -strendingar in compds.
strendr, adj. [strond], only in compds, fer-strendr, Jjri-s., att-s.,«=
Square, triangidar, octagonal.
streng-beint, n. adj. = strengrettr (q.v.), Fr,
streng-flaug, f. the notch for the bow-string in an arrow, Fms. ii.
271, Hem. MS. (Fb. iii. 404 has wrongly strenglag).
streng-feeri, n. pi. stringed instruments. Mar.
strenging, f. a stringing, binding fast ; in heit-s.
strengja, d, [strengr], to string, fasten with a string, to bind tight;
hosan strcngd at beini. Eg. 602 ; sterkliga saman strengt, Stj. 1 2 ; strengdr
ni6r i kistuna, Pr. 412 ; s. aptr dyr, kirkju, hliS, port, to fasten the door,
Grett. 159, Bs. ii. 76, Mar.; s. e-n inni or liti, to shut one in or out,
Karl. 152, Stj. 40; J)eir letu bua um akkeri, ok strengja um vi6u, Fms.
viii. 113; hann strengdi allt 1 milli skipanna ok bryggnanna, stretched
cables between the ships and the bridges, 121 ; steinninn a sle6a settr ok
lamliga strengdr. Mar. 2. the phrase, strengja heit, or s. e-s heit,
to 'fasten a vow,' make a solemn vow, Fs. 122, Hrafn. 5, Fms. i. 3, xi.
26, 109-112, Fb. ii. 353, tsl. ii. 166; see heit, heit-strenging.
streng-leikr, m., pi. -leikar, a stringed instrument ; alls-konar si'mg-
faeri, organ, simpon, salterium, gigjar, hiirpur ok alls-konar strengleikar,
Fms. vii. 97, Stj. ; marghattadir strengleikar, Fms. viii. 48 ; leikastreng-
leik, to play an instrument, Bret. 56, 104; heyra t)j6tandi strengleika,
Sks. 633, Fms. xi. 341. 2. [as a rendering of the Breton or Fr.
lai] : — a lay, Str. 37; a collection of such lais translated into Norse
is called Strengleikar, see List of Authors (G. II. fi) ; strengleiks-lj63,
Strengleiks-saga, Str. 14, 74.
STRENGR, m., gen. strengjar, pi. strengir, strengja, strengjum,
Strengi; ^A.S. streng; Engl string ; O.H.G. Strang ; Dzn. str ceng'] :
— a string, cord, rope, with a notion of being hard-twisted ; var
strengr snara6r at fotum {)eim cillum, of an execution, Fms. i. 179;
bundnir a einum streng, xi. 146 ; leysa menn or strengnum, 147 ; strengir
til at festa me5 hus, Nj. 115 ; Jpeir ristu i strengi feldi slna, they cut and
twisted their cloaks into ropes, 6. H. 152, Fms. xi. 3. 2. naut. a cable
(anchor-cable, mooring-rope) ; bera strengi a land, Nj. 273 ; J)eir skutu
lit bryggjunum ok slogu strenginum, ok drogu lit skipin. Eg. 75 ; drekinn
ilaut um strengi, rode at anchor. Fas. i. 395 ; liggja um strengi, to lie at
4inchor, Ld. 76; hcimta^skipin lit undir strengina, Fms. viii. 202, 379;
draga upp strengi sina, 6. H. 136; ek fae dreng til strengjar, Fs. (in a
verse) ; til strengjar, Grag. ii. 399 ; gekk i sundr akkeris-strengrinn . . .
hann kafaSi eptir strengnum, Fs. 92 ; rann a blasandi byrr sva at st66 a
hverjum streng. Fas. iii. 630; hann let {)ekja sundit ok bera strengi a
land, Nj. 273 ; at skip J)eirra hafi eigi riim, ok eigi liggi skip a strengjum
J>eirra, N.G. L. ii. 281; hofSu Jjeir ^a strengja-raun mikla, Fms. ii.
16. 3. spec, usages, a bow-string (boga-strengr) ; brast strengr, en
or su er skotiS var . . ., Fms. i. 182 ; boga ok streng a, N. G. L. ii. 41 ;
boga-strengr, Nj. 115, n6: the string of an instrument, strengir gullu,
Og. 30; glumdu strengir, Akv. 31 ; drepa strengi, Stj. 458 ; J)ann streng
hafai hann ekki fyrr slegit, Fas. iii. 223; harpa strengja ruin, Num.
(fine) : of a bell-rope, Hom. 69 : buxna-strengr, the cord ro?md the top of
a pair of breeches. 4. a narrow channel of luater ; ain rennr i streng,
.the river flows in a narrow channel. compds : strengja-ferja, u, f. a
rigged ship, Fms. ii. 1 1 7, v. 1. strengja-lauss, adj. stringless, Pm. 66. ,
streng-r6ttr, adj. '■string-right,' straight by the line (Germ, scbhur-
recht), D.N. i. 92.
streng- v6r3r, m. a watch at the anchor-cable (moorings) ; halda
strengvord, Fms. x. 135 ; vi8 strengvorft a styri, Kormak.
streyma, d, [straumr; Dan. strdmme], to stream; votnin streymdu i
sinn farveg, Stj. 355, freq. in mod. usage.
streymr, adj. running; streymt sund, a sound (strait) with a current,
Flov. II ; and-s., mot-s. (q.v.), adverse; stor-s., sma-s.
STRIQ-I, a, m. [Dan. strie'], sack-cloth, coarse cloth; l^rept, vaSmal,
strigi, N. G. L. iii. 205 ; skyrta af striga. Art. 10 ; tolf alnir striga, Rett.
4; striga-dukr, Fb. i. 212 ; striga-slitri, Clar., freq. in mod. usage.
Strik, n. a kind of cloth, Dipl. iii. 4, v. 18 (spelt stryk) ; silki-strik,
D. N. ; strik-skaut, a hood of strik, id., B. K. 83.
Strind, f. the name of an island. 2. land, earth, in poet, cir-
cumlocutions ; in mod. poets even strindi, n. : Strind-seer, m. a local
name in Norway : Strindir, m. pi. the men of Strind, 6. H.
stripill, m. a 'stripling;' a smooth white-haired dog is in Icel.
called stripill.
striplast, a&, to run about stripped, of children ; vertu ekki aS stripla;
strit, n. a hard task (strit-vinna) ; standa i striti.
strita, a9, to struggle, strive bard; hann stritaSi heim til skala, Gre
151 A. 2. reflex., strita&isk hann vi6 at sitja, he strove hard to &
Nj. 66 (ironical).
STRfD, n. [A.S. stri^, whence Engl, strife, by changing the
into/; O.H.G. strit; Germ, streit"]: — woe, grief, affliction, calamity 1
sotti baedi at henni stri5 ok elli, Ld. 82; hann bar Jiat meS allmiki |
stri9i, he was much afflicted by it, Fms. x. 239; springa af strii i
Ld. 330; si& lettir mer stri8a, Edda (in a verse); stemma stri6 mann ;
Brandkr. 60; munar-stri6, hug-stri6, Skv. 3. 38 ; aldr-stri6, of-stri6, ' j
heavy grief. Heir. ; af striOum, Og. 28 ; mitt striS er {)at . . . striS hai \
staddan mik, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; bi6a striS, Hallfred; sexta e-m stri| j
Am. IC2 : poet., snaka stri3, 'snake-bale,' i.e. the winter, Fb. ii. ^'■{m
(in a verse). 2. a strife, combat ; hann gekk fyrstr i hvert strift, Frr
iii. 1 7. II. war, strife, Lat. bellum ; this sense occurs first at tl
end of the 13th century; J)a var6 stri6 mikit a Englandi, Fms. x. 15!
halda stri8 vi6 e-n, Stj. 435, v. 1. ; heyja stri3, to wage war; i stri6i, E
i. 799 ; stri6 milli Engla-konungs ok Frakka-konungs, ok hafdi Engl
konungr sigr, Ann. 1340; lauk sva striSinu, Fas. iii. 421. compd
stri3s-afli, a, m. an army, 420. striSs-kostr, m. the means ofjigl
ing, Sturl. iii. 240. stri3s-ina3r, m. a warrior, fighter, Edda (pref
Grett. 118 A, Fas. iii. 421.
stri3a, u, f. adversity, Stj. 445 : hardness, austerity, severity, er biski
lag8i striSu a stora hofftingja, Sturl. iii. 266 ; me5 valdi ok stri&u he;
agrar kirkju, Bs. i. 288 ; me3 freku fuUrar stri6u, Fms. ii. 243 ; striJ
vendisk bratt i bli8u, Bs. i. 125 ; hvart sem hann maetti bliSu eSr stri9
Fms. vi. 250; gangask heldr fyrir bliSu enn striSu, to yield sooner
gentleness than to hardtiess.
stri3a, d, to harm, punish, with dat. ; stn'ddi hon sett Bu51a, Am. 7-
hann stri6ir J)eim me& morgum bysnum ok bardogum, Stj. 436, 51;
s. misgorandum en miskunna idrandum, 567, Bs. ii. 72 : the saying, si
striSir vesall ma8r, he is a fool that plagues himself, Hom. (St.) ; hei
belongs, H6m. 8 (at ser ne striddit). 2. in mod. usage, to vex, teas
provoke, with words ; {)ii matt ekki stri5a henni, do not tease her so !
with prepp. ; striSa mot, to strive against, Fms. ix. 399, Stj. 370 ; stri?
a e-n, to fight against, 142, 379, Mar. II. to fight, to war
EatvarSr Engla-konungr striddi a Skotland, Ann. ; J)eir striddu sin
milli, Fms. ix. 229. 2. recipr., stri6ask a, Edda (pref.), Stj. 384
at ver samlandar ok fraendr striSimk a me8 ofr-kappi. Mar.
Stri3-gri3, f. an affliction (1), Gh. 13.
stri3ir, m. a« adversary. Lex. Poet.
stri3-leikr (-leiki), m. vehemence, of a stream, Sks. 154; s. vatnsini
id, 2. metaph. severity, rigour, Sks. 639, H.E. i. 515 : sullennes
obstinacy, Fms. iv. 165.
stri3-liga, adv. rigidly, Sks. 496 ; fara fram s., 569 ; daema s., Mar.
blasa s., roughly, Sks. 229.
stri3-ligr, adj. severe; s. domr, Sks. 726; s. kvama, Hkv. 1.47.
stri3-lunda3r or stri3-l3nidr, adj. obstinate, sullen, Hkr. iii. 97, |»<3
stri3-l8eti, n. backwardness, sullenness, Fms. vi. 245, xi. 240.
stri3-m8Dli, n. strong language, Bs. i. 102.
stri3-in8altr, part, using hard language, Fb. i. 506.
STRIDR, striS, stritt, adj. strong, of a stream, Stj. 73; keldan val
stri6ara. Art. ; i stri8ri m66u, Fms. vii. (in a verse) ; stri3r straumr
Bs. ii. 5, Edda (in a verse) ; striSr verkr, a strong pain, Bs. i. 183
Mar. II. metaph. hard, stubborn, Fb. i. 558 ; menn striSastir ol
torsveigastir, Isl. ii. 346 ; s. ok drambsamr, Sks. 701 : — severe, stridrai
refsingar, 581 ; stri8r domr, Fms. xi. 246 ; stri6 nefst, see nefst : — vexed %D.
i stri6um "hug, Hkr. iii. 277 ; hvart sem t)at er blitt eSr stritt, be it eitbei %
blithe or adverse, Sturl. i. 193 ; tala stritt, to speak harshly, Fms. vii. 38, ^li
stri3-vana, adj. ' sorrowless ;' era s., grief is not wanting, Fms. vi. (in Wi
a verse).
stri3-vi3ri, n. a contrary wind, Vigl. 2 7.
fetri-nefr, m. a nickname, Fms. viii. 310 (stry-nefr?)
stripa3r, part, stripped, naked.
stripr, m. a stripling, Run. Gramm.
strip-rendr, part, with stripes, Sturl. iii. 113.
strjd.1, n. [cp. A.S. stra:l = a dart; Germ, strahl; Dan. straale]: — a|f**&,:
scattering abroad; vera a, strjali : also as adj., fara strjalt, to go one
by one.
strj&la, a8, to disperse, be scattered abroad, sau&irnir strjalast.
strjalingr, m. = strjal; a strjalingi, scattered abroad.
strjona, u, f. [A.S. word], a nickname, Fms. xi. (see Saxon Chrou.)
strjiigr or striigr, m. [the Engl, stew may be the same word, dropping
the r] : — a stew of meat, esp. of a coarse kind ; stafkorlum strjug skal
senda, Hallgr. ; beina strjiigr, bones boiled to a jelly. 2. metaph.
bile, fastidiousness; striigs gzlU, ' bile-destroyer,' i.e. wine, Edda (Ht.):
fae3a striig sinn heima, to nurse one's own bile at home, |)6r5. 10 new Ed.
STRJtJKA (strykja, O. H. 61, Fms. viii. 217), pres. stryk; pret.
strauk, straukt, strauktu, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; mod. straukst ; pl.ui-
struku ; subi. stryki ; imperat. strjiik, strjriktu ; part, strokinn : [Dan. Jj^kk
am
neigi
t^i, iO
*|l,l
'Mil
'- 2
■ri, .
STRJtJPI— STUND.
699
4 iry^* ; Engl, strolee] : — to stroke, rub, wipe ; hann strauk bl68 af sver5inu,
xm. 135 ; strauktu um maekis munn, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; hann strauk
iskinn me& duknum, 6. H. 154 ; {)a stokk SigurSr af baki, en ek strauk
est hans ok \>o ek leir af honuni, Vh. i. 354; tok diikinn, strauk hann sor
urteisliga a miSjum, Hkr. 597 new Ed. ; let konungr gtira scr laug ok
rykja (strjiika, strykva, v. 1.) klaeSi sin, to brush, beat his clothes, Fms.
iii. 217 ; en hiiskona strauk of ripti, smoothed it, brushed it, Rni. ; nu
kr hann enn iir ok strykr blaSit ok fi5rit, f>i3r. 88 ; hann strauk hofu5-
ij siuin, Gi'sl. 47 ; J)reifadi um hendr J)eim ok strauk um lofana, Fms. vi.
ju 3 ; strauk hann hendi sinni um augu honum ok bein, O. H. 250 : in the
Jj [irase, strjiika aldri frjalst hofud, ' never to stroke a free head,' to live
worry and work, cp. the Engl. ' no one dared to call his life his
•jjAvn,* Fms. viii. 413 (v. 1.), Sturl. ii. 124; aldri strykum (sic) ver frjalst
!] )fu3 medan Olafr er a lifi, O. H. 61; Skarphedinn strauk um ennit,
190 : with prepp., strjuk J)oku ok mcirkva fra augum t)er, Barl. 1 16,
?0. 2. to stroke gently, with dat. ; gekk hann jafnan ok strauk
ossunum, Finnb. 280; strjiika ketti (or kott), to stroke a cat; kott at
rjuka og kemba liimb, Jon Jjorl. II. metaph. [Dan. stryge'], to
■oke,flog, Clar. ; strjiika af e-m alia hu3 milli haels ok hnakka, id.;
■jiika e-n til bl66s, Bs. ii. 149 ; see strykja, hu5-strykja. 2. to
ike out, dash off; strykr hann ut jambratt til skogs, Horn. 120; at
omi vill hann s., Ski6a R. 20, 33 ; s. brott (cp. Dan. stryge af sted),
alda (in a verse); strauk hann y3r (dat.) {)ar, grautnefr, Sturl. iii.
strauk Rogvaldr oss (dat.) mi, Mag. 120: to absent oneself, J)eir
uku brott 1 myrkrinu, Stj. 351 ; enn hann strjiiki veg sinn, Rb. 174;
u eru oil strokin, all gone, Fms. xi. 423 ; gozin strjiika. Mar. : so
0 of a horse or sheep running away from a new owner or pasture to
old home, hestrinn strauk fra mer (strok-hestr).
trJTipi, a, m. [Dan. strube; Swed. strupe = throat ; akin to stropi,
.] : — the spurting, bleeding trunk, when the head is cut off; hann let
ggva kiilf, ok blaeda or kalf-strjiipanum, Njard. 374; mjolk hljop or
jupanum fram fyrst, 655 xiii. A. i.
trodinn, part., see streSa, serda, Grag.
brok, n. [strjiika], a running away, strok-hestr, m. a stray horse.
troka, u, f. a stroke, in a game of cards, Piltr of Stiilka.
brokka, a&, to chum, freq. in mod. usage; {)a6 er fariS a& strokka.
TBOKKK, m. a churn (the hand-churn with an upright shaft which
worked up and down), Vm. 177; hence the name of the famous hot
ing in Icel., the name being taken from the churn-like perpendicular
uinn of water. strokk-hlj63, n. the sound of churning.
;ronipr, m. [Germ. strumpfe~\, a chimney-pot, Skyr. 512.
;ropa, a5, to be not quite fresh, of an egg : part. stropa6r : an egg is
t glse-nytt, then stropa6, and lastly ungaS.
aropi, a, m. [Ivar Aasen strope = a spurt}, the thin yolk of a stropaS
f, Clar., and so in mod. usage.
irandi, a, m. an idler, Edda ii. 496.
XTUiKa, a&, [strundi], to strut; s. framhja e-m, (slang.)
TRTJTB, m. [Engl, strut'], a sort of hood jutting out like a horn,
s, xi. 77 (whence the name Strut-Haraldr), D.N. ii. 380, Mag.
; hettu-striitr, a 'strutting' hood, H.E. ii. 652 ; hafa strut a hofSinu,
wear a handkerchief wound round the head, as old women do in
2. the name of a dog with a white neck or head, Fs. (in a
ie), and in mod. usage; cp. stryta. 3. as a local name, of a
lit '-formed fell in Icel., see map of Icel.
yk, n. [Engl, stroke, streak; Dan. streg], a stroke; merkja hina
l^u (letters) me3 stryki fra hinum skommum, Skalda 163 : a dash.
ka, a5, to streak, mark with lines.
kja, strykva, see strjiika.
ykr, m. a stroke, gust of wind ; ok var 4 nor8an-strykr sa ok heldr
r, Isl. ii. 135.
ylltr, m. a stroller (?), as a nickname, Fms. ix.
■ympa, u, f. [strompr], a kind o{ water-jug or bucket, Skyr. 512.
PB.'Y, n. tow of hemp ; naefrar, stry ok brennu-stein, Fms. viii. 342,
799. str^-hser3r, adj. tow-haired, Sturl. i. 20.
ykja, t, [strjiika], to flog, punish; hiiS-strykja, strykja barn, to
a child.
ytSL, u, f. [striitr], a cone-formed thing.
cltr, adj. [ = the mod. strjalt, strjalingr; cp. A.S. stra:l = a shaft;
G. strdla'] : — scattered, dispersed; allr herrinn for strxlt, Baer. 13.
ota, t, to waylay (?) ; hann ferr heimleiSis, \)6 leyniliga, ok vill
i \)(i ardegis, Sturl. i. 14.
a.ffiTI, n. [from the Lat. strata ; A. S. street ; Engl, street ; O. H.G.
■! ; Germ, strasse ; Dan. strade] : — a street in a town (braut, q. v.,
oad). The word is no doubt borrowed from the Latin, for as the
Northmen and Teutons had no towns, they had no streets ; it is
tore strange to find such a word in an old poem like HSm. 13, (the
:;e is prob. corrupt) ; so also, einn dag var ^at er Kormakr g6kk um
'■. Korm. 228, referring to the middle of the loth century ; but as the
is of the 1 2th, the words may perhaps here too be taken as an ana-
lism; Olafr konungr g6kk einn dag uti a straeti, Fs. 115, referring
'>ar6s of the year 996; since in the ilth, and csp. in the 12th and
13th centuries, the word becomet frcq. in Sagas referring to Norway, but
never to Icel., Fms. vi. 363, vii. 39, Blai. 40. In the old Norte market-
towns of the nth, I2th, and following centuries, the '(trcet' ran along the
shore (bryggjur), with 'scores' or cross lanes (veitur or almcnningar)
leading up to the houses (garftar), N.G. L. ii. 340. 343; straetis-biia, a
street-booth, opp. to gards-bu&, iii. 112; sttxtis-gord, ii. 344; strxtis-
kaup, i. 324 ; strxtis-lopt, -stofa, D. N. (Fr.) 2. a kind o( gangway
on board of a ship, [cp. Fr. pont] ; gijra n)c8 bryggjum litan tv4 vcga
sl^tt strzti, til astigs hjd vidum, Sks. 4C0. II. Streiti or Btneti,
a local name, Landn., |>6rst.Si&u U., is no doubt a different word, perh.
Gaelic.
STBdND, f., gen. strandar, dat. strondu and striind, pi. strendr and
strandir, the latter being the older form used in local names; [A. S.,
Engl., and Dan. -Swed. strand] : — a border, edge ; skjold, ok gylltir naglar
ok strendr, Fms. vii. 323. II. a strand, coast, shore (not of x
river, though the London Strand is such); allt annat lid hans it6b cptir
a strondu, Fms. i. 159 ; ferr hann til strandar, Fas. ii. 505, Gh. 13; oil
hin nyrSri strcind Sey3is-f]arflar, Landn. 252 ; 4 hv4rri-tveggju striind,
Gisl. 8 ; a inni syftri strtind, id. ; her fyrir striindinni, Fms. viii. 230; n4-
striind. III. freq. in local names, of a coast-land, 8tr0nd»
Strandir, and in compds, Horn-strandir, BarSa-strond, Skarft-strond,
Me9alfells-strond, Syr-strond, Landn. compds : strandar-gl6pr, m,
a strand-fool; in the phrase, ver&a s., of one who arrives after the ship
has sailed, Bs. i. 482, Sturl. i. 165. stranda-menn, m. pi. men from
the county Strand, Sturl. ii. 169 ( = Strendir).
stubbi, a, m. (stobbi), stubbr, O. H. G. 79, [Engl, stub] , a stub, stump,
Grett. 84; J)ann litla stubbinn er eptir var tungunnar, 6. H. I.e.; med
J)eim stubba, Karl. 511, v. 1. ; arar-stubbi, an oar stump, Isl. ii. 83; tr6-
s., kertis-s. 2. as a nickname, Bs.
STUDILL, m. [styftja], anything that ' steadies,' a stud, prop, stay'}
styrkir stuSlar, Barl. 5 ; ^.u. skulu styrkir studlar stySja {)ik alia vegu,
41; tjold ok tveir stu&lar, Stj. 308 { = columna of the Vulgate); \>e\r
settu j)ar i stuSla, ok festu J)ar vi& viggyrSlana, Fms. viii. 3i6; iiruggir
stuStar bae&i brjosti ok herflum, Anecd. 4. 2. spec, usages, an up-
right on board ship, Edda (Gl.) : the four posts of a box are called studlar
(meis-stu8ull, opp. to rim, q. v.) : pentagonal basalt columns are also
called stu&lar, and stu3la-berg, n. is a basaltic dyke. II. metaph.
and as a metrical term, the supporter, second repeated letter in an alli-
terative verse ; thus in ' sol varp sunnan sinni mtina,' the s in ' sunnan'
and ' sinni ' is studill, supporting the head-stave in ' s61 ' (see hofudstafr,
p. 308, col. 2), Edda i. 596, 612, ii. 150.
stu3la, a5, [stu6ill], to prop, help ; in the metaph. phrase, s. til c-s.
stu3iiing, f. (mod. stu3mngr, m., Bs. i. 836, 874), a steadying, sup-
port; meb stu6ningi. Fas. ii. 68; ganga mefl stu8ningi manna, Bs. i.
837, 874; styrkr ok stuSning, Stj. 51 ; allar stu&ningar, R('m. 366: — a
gramm. term, Edda i. 604. 8tu3ningar-laust, adj. without support.
Fas. iii. 370, Bs. i. 614.
sttifa, u, f., see stofa.
stuggr, m. [styggja], loathing, abhorrence; m^r stendr stuggr af J)vi,
it bodes me ill. stugg-lauss, nd]. free from dislike, Bs. i. (in a verse).
STITIiDE, m., gen. stuldar, pi. stuldir, [stela] : — thefi, stealing, Skalda
204, G{)1. 531, Stj. 63; an oks., K. b. K. 176; stcfna e-m stuld, Nj. 78,
Landn. 161 ; refsa stuldi, Magn. 464, passim. stulda-madr, m. a
stealer, thief, Sturl. i. 61, Fms. iv. III.
sttimpr, m. [Germ, stumpf; Engl, stump], a s/ttm/>, = stubbi, Bs. ii.
138, D.N. ii. 61.
stumra, a5, [Engl, stumble], to stumble, of the gait ; for hann seint ok
stumraOi, Fms. ii. 59 ; stumrar hann geysi-mjiik, iii. 94 ; stumrafti hann
ok gekk via tvser haekjur, Grett. 161. 2. = styrma ; stumra J)eir at
Butralda, Fbr. 40.
STUND, f., dat. stundu, pi. stundir, with neg. suff. stund-gi, q. v. ;
[^k.S.stund; Old Engl. s/OK«rf; Din. stund ; Genu, slunde] -.—a cerlaiit
length of time, a while, hour, of a longer or shorter time according to the
context, mostly of a short time ; en er at ^c'nn stundu kom at h(5n
mundi barn ala, Fms. i. 14; var stund til dags, it was a while before
daybreak, Ld. 44 ; stund var i milli (a good while) er \>e\T sa fram-
stafninn ok inn eptri kom fram, Fms. ii. 304 ; langa stund eSr skamma.
for a long while at a short, Gr4g. i. 155 ; langri stundu fyrr, long ere,
Fms. ix. 450; litla stund, a little while, for a short time, MS. 633. 32,
Bs. i. 42, Eg. 160; jafnlanga stund sem aSr var tint, Grag. i. 406;
er a stundina li3r, er a lei6 stundina, in the course of time, after a while;
Fms. X. 392, 404 ; jarl mselti er stund lei8. after a while. Far. 93 ; ^zt
var allt d einni stundu, er . . . ok, that was all at the same moment, Bs. i.
339 ; var ok stundin eigi liing, it was but a short time, Fms. iv. 361 ;
t)at var stund ein, but a short time, 623. 32 ; allar stundir, always, Fms.
i. 219, xi. 76; mi li8a stundir, the time passes on, Faer. 23 ; er stundir
li8a, as time goes on, in course of time, Nj. 54 ; vera J)ar |)eim stundum
sem hann vildi, whenever be liked, Isl. ii. 205 ; stundu eptir Jol, a wbilt
after Yule, Fms. ix. 33 ; stundu siSarr enn Skalla-Grimr haf8i lit komit;
Eg. 137; alia stund, the whole time, all the time, Faer. 123; a Jjpirri
stundu, er . . ., during the time, 'hat . . .,,in the meantime. Fms. xi. 360,
II
600
STUNDAREL— STYDJA.
K.|). K. 33 newKd. ; a J)essi stundu, Eg. 424; fyrir stundar sakir, in
respect of time, GJ)1. 31 ; but um stundar sakir, but for a while; dvelja
af stundir, to Mil the time. Band. 23 new Ed. ; hann gaSi eigi stundanna,
Fms. V. 195 : sayings, opt ver5r li'til stund at seinum, Li'kn. ; litil er
li6andi stund, brief is the fleeting hour, Hkr. i. 154; hvat bi3r sinnar
Stundar, Grett. 168 new Ed.: allit., sta6r ok stund, /)/acea«(friwe. 2.
adverbial phrases ; af stundu, ere long, soon, lb. 1 2 ; fundusk J)eir af
stundu, Sighvat; munu J)eir margir bans uvinir af stundu, er .. ., Ld.
146, Fms. vii. 159, xi. 357 ; af aniiarri stundu, ' the next while,' ere long.
Band. 27 new Ed.; fyrir stundu, a while ago. Oik.; um stund, for a
while, Fb. i. 170, Isl. ii. 260; nu um stund, now for a while, Grag. i.
317: stundum (d.it.), [cp. A. S. stundum'], at times, sometimes, Ld. 256,
Fms. i. 14 ; optliga allar saman en stundum {but now and then) ser hverir,
52 ; stundum . . . stundum, sometimes . . . sometimes, Sks. 96 ; gaus upp
eldrinn stundum en stundum slokna&i, alternately, Nj. 204. 3. in a
local sense, a certain little distance, a little way, a bit; hann st65 stund
fra dyrunum, Bs. i. 660 ; hann hafSi tjaldat upp fra stund \)a, ; stund J);i,
a bit, Fms. xi. 85 ; jar6hus-munna er stund \>a, var brott fra baenum, Peer.
169; J)ar i brekkunni stund fra ^e'mi, Rd. 316; stund er til stokksins
tinnur til steinsins, Hbl., cp. Germ, stunde. 4. gen. stundar, stundar
hiib, a good while, Hkr. i. 150: very, quite, with an adjective, stundar
fast, Grett. 84 new Ed. ; stundar-hart, Fms. iv. 153 ; stundar hatt, vi. 303,
Eg. 408 ; stundar mikill, Jjorf. Karl. 426 ; ox stundar mikil, Fbr. 12;
stundar heilraftr, Eb. 54. II. an hour, adding ' dags' (cp. Lat.
hora diei) ; i daegri eru stundir tolf, Rb. 6 ; onnur, J)ri6ja stund dags,
Mar., Fms. iii. 57; eina stund dags, 623. 29; tvaer stundir dags, two
hours, Fms. x. 218 ; of J)rjar stundir dags, 623. 14. III. metaph.
care, pains, exertion ; leggja stund a e-t, to take pains, Isl. ii. 341 ; leggja
her mikla stund a, to make great exertion. Boll. 354 ; leggja mesta stund
a, Nj. 31 ; leggja minni (litla, onga) stund a, Isl. ii. 347. compi>s :
stundar-^l, n. a brief storm, Nj. 200. stundar-lirifl, f. a small dis-
tance, Hkr. i. 150. stundar-stefna, u, f. a summoning with short notice,
Jb. 30. stunda-tal, n. a tale of hours, Rb. 568. stundar-vegr, m.
a short distance, Pr. 4 1 1 . stundar-J)6gn, f. a brief silence, H . E. ii. 80.
stund, n. dttst ; gneri hann of andlit honum moldar stundinu, Greg. 54.
stunda, a6, [stund HI], to go, proceed; stopalt munuft ganga ef it
stundit hingat, if ye intend to go thither. Am. 16 ; stundu ver til strandar,
Fms. xi. (in a verse) ; obsolete in this sense. 2. metaph., ef hann
vildi s. til Kniits konungs, cultivate his friendship, Fms. iv. 293; hvat
tjair mer mi at hafa til bans stundat, Al. 129; hugr minn stundar til
l)ess Gu5s, er..., Fagrsk. 11. II. to strive, usually with
prep. ; stunda a e-t, er til e-s, (rarely single) ; J)eir stunda fast a at
raena okkr, Bs. i. 40 ; man ek a t)at stunda me&an ek lift, Fagrsk.
II, Sks. 14 B ; sa hann at ekki var at stunda a J)at li8, they were not to
be trusted, Fms. viii. 29 ; roit lit or fir5inum, ok stundit ekki a Vikverja,
ix. 507 (a-stunda, q. v.) : stunda til e-s, to strive towards, seek; til
y5varrar orlausnar stunda allir, Sks. 13 ; stundu6u baSir til {)ess, at konungr
skyldi gefa '^dm konungs nafn, Fms. x. 28 ; stunda ek enn til J)eirrar
r8E6u, Sks. 483 : to take pains, afla J)ess er hann stundar ekki til, Al.
88. 2. with ace, vilda ek, at allir minir menn stunda5i hann, Grett.
119 A ; Isodd stundar hann i hvern sta& framar enn y5r, Trist.; stunda
sik mea fiJstum ok vokuni, Barl. 148 ; sa fagnaSr er ek vil sjalfan mik
til s., 99 ; hann J)6tti enga |)a hluti stunda er lands-monnum vseri til
nytsemdar, Fms. xi. 346 : mod., stunda bokiSnir, s. lestr, to study,
cultivate.
stundan, f. a paying respect, regard; ^eir menn er hann a&r hefir haft
stundan af, Ld. 146: heed-taking, painstaking, hefi ek verid meS ySr i
goSum fagnafti, en ^u hefir ekki haft fyrir J)ina s.. Bar. 5 : pursuit,
industry, af lifi J)inu ok s. munu mikil stor-tiSindi hljotask, Orkn. 140 ;
a-stundan, industry, painstaking.
stund-gi, no time; hvi gegnir er g68ir menn Ufa stundgi {that good
men live no time) i J)essum heimi, Greg. 67.
stund-liga, adv. with zeal, eagerly, Stj. 557 : temporally, Vidal.
stund-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), temporal, worldly, opp. to eilifr (mostly
eccl.), Sks. 794, Bias. 44, Fms. i. 274, x. 371.
stundum, adv. [Dan. stundoml, sometimes; see stund L 2.
stunga, u, f. [stinga], a stab, a wound from a pointed weapon ; blodi
J)vi er or stungunum hafSi runnit. Mar.
stunga-foli, a, m. ( = borufoli, q. v.), N. G. L. i. 383.
Sturla, u, f. (or perh. better Stiirla, later corrupt form Stulli, a, m.,
Ski&a R. 99) ; [this word is probably not related to the verb sturla, but
is better explained as a diminutive noun (qs. stjuri-la) from sijorr (or
stjurr), meaning a stirk, young bull, cp. mey-la ; the ancient Gothic
abounded in such diminutive proper names] : — a pr. name, Sturl., Landn. ;
hence Sturlungar, the Sturlungs, a family famous in Icel. in the 1 2th
and 13th centuries. Sturlunga-saga, see List of Authors.
sturla, ad, qs. sttirla, [a derivative from stiira, q. v.] : — to stir, de-
range, disturb, esp. of the mind ; illr andi sturla8i hann, Stj. 460 (of king
Saul), Barl. 160, 180, 186. 2. reflex., samvizkan mjog {)ar sturlast
vi5, Pass. 34. 6: part. sturla8r, deranged; 611 em ek sturlud af angri,
Str, aa, freq. in mod. usage of religious madness.
sturlan, f. derangement of mind, gloom, despair; sturlan ok a-hyggg
Fas. iii. 456, Pass. Ii. 4; hugar s., Stj. 461.
STUTTR, adj., compar. styttri, superl. stytztr; stuttara, Sks. 38!
stuttr is no doubt assimilated qs. stuntr : [A. S. and Engl, stunte
stinted^ : — prop, stunted, scant; stutta brynju, Gkv. 2. 19, Fms. vi. 6(
s. kyrtill, vii. 63, Valla L. 208 ; sella styttri skyrtu ^ina enn kyrtil, SI
287; har styttra en eyrna-bl63, Sks. 66 new Ed. ; s. toppr, id. ; stE
skapt, Sturl. i. 64 ; ^rja tigi alna var yfir gjana t)ar sem stytzt var, Fj
ii. 405 : of time, stuttar samvistir, Bs. i. 629 ; fyrir stuttu, a short wh
ago. Fas. iii. 532 ; stuttr mals-hattr, Bs. ii. 6; haf6i hann stuttar kva
ningar, Fms. iii. 95 : scant, stutt hjaip, Barl. 58 ; svara stutt, to ansu
shortly. Eg. 95, 175, K^rl. 200, Stj. 578; svara stutt ok styggt, Fa
vii. 65.
B. CoMPDs : stutt-brsBkr (mod. stutt-buxur), f. pi. short breei
curt hose, reaching to the knees, Sturl. ii. 221. stutt-biiinn, pai
clad in a short mantle. Mart. ill. stutt-feldr, m. short-cloak, a nic
name, Fms. vii. 75. stutt-klseddr, part. = stuttbiiinn, Sturl. ii. 38
stutt-leikar, m. pi. abruptness ; J)au hofSu skilit i stuttleikum n
kveldit, parted abruptly, Eb. 46. stutt-leitr, adj. short-faced, J)jj
stutt-liga, adv. shortly, abruptly; msela stuttliga til e-s, Korm. 22;
skilja s., <Band. 13 new Ed. ; for s. me6 Jieim braeSrum, Sturl. ii. 9
stutt-ligr, adj. 6w/, abrupt, Mkv. 11. stutt-ma3ltr, part. s,&ot
spoken; s. ok fatalaSr, Hkr. ii. 275 ; hon var s. (harsh) vi8 sveinin
Fms. ix. 242. stutt-nefja, u, f. ' short-beak,' prob. the little au
Eggert Itin. 355. stutt-ordr, adj. short-worded, Fms. vi. 250.
sttidera, a8, [Lat.], to study, Sks. 6, Bs. i. 793, Karl. 129.
studeran (mod. studering), f. studying, Stj. 8.
stufa, u, f. a stu7np, N.G. L. i. 85 (the reference see under hniifa'
the name of a poem (by the poet Stufr), Fms. vi. 2. botan. t
scabius, scabiosa succisa, Eggert Itin.
stiaf-liendr, adj. apocopate, of a metre, of which a specimen in Edc
(Ht.) 74.
STtJFB, m. (stufi, a, m., N. G. L. i. 350) ; [cp. Engl, stump ; Gem
stumpf] : — a stump, Nj. 97, fsl. ii. 268, Fms. i. 178, Oik. 36 ; festar-s
Grag. ; tungu-stiifr, see festr, tunga. 2. a kind of metre {apoci
pate), see Edda (Ht.) 49-51. II. of an ox {short-horn?), Edc
(GI.) III. a pr. name, Landn.
STtJKA, u, f. [mid. H. G. stuche = manica'] : — a sleeve; nxfc
stiikan a hendi bans annarri, Fas. ii. 281; bryn-stuka (q. v.), a sleevei
mail. II. a wing of a building ; hiis . . . \)Zt voru fjorar stiiku^
Fms. V. 287 : esp. of a church, a wing, chapel, vestry, i musteris-veggin
er stuka, Symb. 57; kemr br69ir i stukuna. Mar.; leiddi hann i ein
stiiku norSr fra songhus-dyrum, Fms. viii. 25 ; Nikulas-stuka, Vm. II8
J6ns-s., Bs. i. 430 ; stiiku-dyrr, Sturl. iii. 90.
stulka, u, f., staul-ka, [cp. stauli, staulpa ; the -ka being a diminutiT
inflexive] : — a girl, lass; ung stulka, Fser. 41 ; sa hann stulku gang
me8 vatns-fotur, Fb. i. 258 ; sjau vatn gamlar stiilkur. Fas. ii. I49
ef J)at er sveinn ... en ef \>zt er stulka, 236 ; hversu lizk J)^r, br68ii
a stiilkur J)essar, Isl. ii. 200 ; mey-s., Fb. i. 262 : the word is very free
in mod. usage, and answers to girl in Eng\. ,flicka in Swed., genia i
Norway. jij
stiimi, a, m. [Germ, stumm'], dumb ; ok J)egir sem stumi. Skald BH
5. 10; the root-word is else rare and obsolete. 2. the name (BH
giant, Edda (Gl.) %
STTJPA, a defect, obsolete strong verb, [Ivar Aasen stupa, sUt^
Swed. stupa; Eng\. stoop ; mid.E.G.stiebeti]: — to stoop; letu upp stjol'
stupa, stungu i kjol hofSum, Hkr. (Homklofi) : the word is thus i
diT. Key., and is now obsolete in Icel.
stur, n. = stura; J)eir kenna Gu5i sultar-stur, Bb. I. 7.
STtJRA, u, f. gloom, despair; SteingerSr hefir steypt mer i sturu, S
(his lady love) has steeped me in gloom, made me unhappy, Kormak
ekki er mer (manni ?) at stiiru gaman, a gloomy mind has no happinea
Mkv. 22, cp. Hm. 94; en er hann heyrSi Jjetfa, ^k drap honum i stun
he was stunned and downcast, Barl. 8. sturu-ma3r, m. a care-woi"
man. Valla L. 208.
stura, stiiri, stur8i (stiirat ?), [Ulf. and-staurran — iiilipiimaOai] :— '
mope, fret; hann stur8i ok svarafii engu, D.N. i. 961.
stiita, a8, to kill, destroy, with dat., of dogs or the like (slang), q
lata hofSi skemra : to stunt, heldr mun fyrir hoggin stor pinn hrottim
verSa at stiita, Ski8a R. 163 ; Starka6 gamla stiita let, 171.
stlitr, m. [Dan. stud; Swed. stut ; Engl, stot ; akin to stuttr?], n bvU
D.N. i. 63, iv. 664, 782, Boldt 165, 167; uxa-stiitr ; this sense, howc-
is not in use in Icel. II. metaph. the butt end of a born (usi
as a cup or vessel); Heimdaell gaf honum hoggit J)at, horns me& stu:
sinum, Ski5a R. 126. 2. a stuvipy thing; drykkju-stiitr, a kind y
can, Bs. 1.877 ; ferju-stiitr, a stumpy ferry-boat, Fbr. : the neck ofabotUi
is called stiitr, fliisku-stiitr -.—the spout of a kettle or can, Ingveldr t6k
vi5 katlinum, bles i stiitinn og setti hann a bor8i& og tok a8 skenkja
kafre8, Piltr og Stulka 51.
STY© JA, sty8, pret. studdi ; subj. styddi ; imperat. sty8, styddu ;
part, stutt ; [sto8 ; A. S. studu; Dan. stotte] -.—to steady, prop; s. hfn '
ggtsi
i,iiii.j
id
HR-leil
%•%
*s,l
Wn
TOG]
Si,«l:
aivi:
lit!
'it Bail
STYDJA— STtRA.
601
fo lean upon the hand or foot; ])at er fall ef hann styftr niftr kno e8r'
;i, Grag. ii. 8 ; s4 studdi hondunum a balkinn, Orkn. 112 ; annarri
sty6r hann a herftar Jtikli, Finnb. ; stySja sik vi3, to lean upon;
iiiunda ek nu, ef eigi stydda ek mik vi5 bii6a faetr, Fas. i. 22 ; Hrafn
(M at stofni einum ok studdi |)ar d stufiiium, Isl. ii. 268; hann
;i sik nied hendinni . . . Jjeir segja at {)at var alls ekki at fotr styddisk
iiind, Edda 77; sty6ja e-n, to hold one up, support one; at eigi
iiienn til hans ok styddi hann er hann g^kk ut a skipit, 0. H.
2. metaph. to prop, back ; allt skal ek styftja J)ar um, Nj. 41 ;
skal sty6ja allar fylkingar, Fms. xi. 127; hamingja er y8r stydr,
4 : as a law term, to back, second, fimni menn skolu s. vaetti hans,
. i. 42, ii. 321 ; sty&ja sva orSin me8 sonnu efni, Edda (Ht.) ; s.
di, rae3u e-s, Fms. vi. 44, passim. II. reflex, to lean oneself
: at J)U stySisk vi3 konungs bor&, to lean the bands on the king's
. Sks. 292 ; J)eir stoSu ok studdusk vi5 spjot sin, Fms. i. 280; {)a
k .J)u a kne fyrir hanum, to lean upon one's knee, Sks. 363 : metaph.,
isk vi6 {)eirra raSa-giirft, Fms. viii. 28. 2. part, studdr,
irted, backed; studdr riki ok vir3ingu af keisara, Mar.
B. To hit with a pointed thing (Dan. stode); Bragi stySr a hann
yr-sprotunum, touches him with the wand, Sturl. i. 2 ; er Gullveig
|.irum studdu, when they goaded G. with spears, Vsp.
jityOja, u, f. = stoS, Stj. 210.
utyflU, m. (mod. stigvel), [from Ital. estivale, stivale; Germ, stie/el] : —
nfs, D.N. iv. 221.
itygd, f. a 'shunning,'' aversion, anger; me& s., Stj. 268 ; hafa s. vi8
n, to shew dislike to, Fms. x. 98 ; gor&i hann J)a stygd mikla vi8 fraendr
iubjarnar ok vini, Eg. 538 ; hann maelti fatt, en af styg8 (peevishly)
t er var, Eb. 2 70 ; styg8ar strengr, Pass. 2 1. 1 2 ; and-styg8. stygflax-
.llr, zd'j. froward. Mar.
3TYQG-JA and styggva, 8, prop, to make shy, make to run, which
ise remains in the phrase, styggja saudina (fe8), to worry, start the sheep,
'. herd. 2. to frighten away, offend; J)at sama sem fyrr gladdi oss
nn nil vera at styggi oss, Fms. vi. 13 ; ek ottask meirr at s. veraldligt
Id, H. E. i. 502 ; ek vil J)ik eigi styggva, Fms. i. 98 ; J)u styggir Gu8
jd svoddan si8. Pass. 34. 6. II. reflex, to become shy, start, of
eep, horses, herds ; sau8arnir stygSusk. 2. to shun, abhor; styggjask
uindrap, Sks. 674 B : to shun, shirk, sva hugsterkr, at hann styggisk
ga ogn, Str. 3. with prepp.; styggjask vi8 e-t, to be offended with,
I. ii. 387, Ld. 52, Horn. 97 : to forsake, shun, allir munu J)er vi8 mik
•ggvask . . . aldregi mun ek styggvask vi8 J)ik, J)6at allir styggvisk
rir, 656 C. 4 (Matth. xxvi. 31) ; landsmenn stygSusk vi8 J)essu, Fs.
:^s. i moti e-m, Bs. i. 867.
tygg-leikr, m. aversion, Sks. 485, Fb. i. 410: a hasty temper.
tygg-liga, adv. harshly, angrily; svara s.. Eg. 40, Fms. vi. 158, 364,
286 ; s. haf8i farit me8 J)eim, Sturl. ii. 98.
tygg-ligr, adj. = styggr; in and-styggiligr, loathsome.
tygg-lyndr, adj. hasty-tempered, peevish, Fms. ii. 98, vi. 250.
ITYGGR, adj. [Dm. styg = ugly'], shy, wary ( = skjarr), of deer, birds,
imals, which are easily startled ; hann vildi hondla hann (the horse),
hann var J)a sva styggr, at Einarr komsk hvergi i nand honum,
afn. 7 ; styggr sau8r, N. G. L. i. 36 ; ef menn eigu haglendi saman
styggan sau3, 38 ; very freq. in mod. usage, in which skjarr (q. v.) is
^o!ete; h\a.\ip-s., \x-s., RotX-s., fraud-shunning ; dag-styggr, 'day-shy,'
"tning light, of ndwzr{; Dag-styggr, a pr. name, Landn., Sturl. 2.
, vish, of temper ; hvern dag er at kveldi kom g6r8isk hann styggr, sva
tair menn mattu orSum vi3 hann koma. Eg. i ; konungr gor8isk
ggr ok far til hans, Fms. i, 100 ; |>or3r var8 s. vi8 {jetta, Ld. 42 ; ver
' ' *^ygg. husfreyja, Grett. 98, Fas. iii. 244 : neut., svara, maela styggt =
: ggliga, Nj. 142, Fms, vi. 118, vii. 65 : skap-s.
:ykki, n. [Germ, stuck; Dan. stykke], a piece, chop; skipta i tolf s.,
'■ 384 ; sma s., 458 ; sni8a i s., 309 ; hon leggr sitt s. (a piece of
M fyrir hvern {jeirra br8e8ra, Isl. ii. 337; fiska-s., Skf8a R. 40; eitt
disk konungs, F'ms. v. 149 ; i oUum sinum stykkjum, in all its
, s Dipl. ii. 13 : in a local name, Stykkis-hdlmr, map of Icel.
yn-fullr, adj. sighing, groaning, Al. 153.
TYN JA, styn, pret. stundi ; subj. styndi ; part, stunit ; [Dan. stiinne ;
' mi. stohnen] : — to groan ; gr^t ok stundi, Hkr. iii. 366 ; styn^ndr,
1 II. 54; Helgi tekr at stynja fast, Gisl. 47; stynja dvergar, Vsp. 53,
in.
nr, m., pi. stynir, a groan, Hom. 57, Fb. i. 145 ; sjukra manna s.,
iai74; dau8ans stynir, Stj. 50; s. ok syting, 51; me8 miklum
Fms. V. 218; styn ne hosta, Nj. 201 ; sarum styn, Fb. ii. 392.
yrflnn, adj., better stirfinn, q.v.
yrja, u, f. [Germ, stor; Norse styrja, makrel-siyrja ; Engl, sturgeon],
nrgeon, Edda (Gl.) : a nickname, Frtis. viii.
/rj-61d, f., gen. styrjaldar, spelt stjorjold, Bs. i. 581; [styrr and
— 'stir-age,' war, fray, tumult; vekja styrjold, 623. 35; hefir
i' ^at skap er engi styrjold fylgir, thou art no man of war, Landn.
^ ' ; me5 mikilli s. ok gny, Fms. x. 265 ; opi ok s., i. 273 ; standa k s.,
iii. 155; fremja s., 623. II ; gora mikla styrjold, Stj. 489 ; me&
"engi sinni ok s., Fb. ii. 71 ; orrosta |>essi ok s., 398. stjrrjaldar- .
maOr, m. a warlike man, Ul. ii. 361 ; vir fundum {>enna styrjaldar-
mann, /i»«s peace-disturber, 645. 97; hann haf8i engi ». verit hi-r til,
Sturl. iii. 7; styrjaldar-Magntii, Fm». vii.
etjnrking, f. a strengthening, refreshmtnl, Stj. 493, Bt. ii. 161 : confir-
mation, Dipl. ii. 14.
styrkja, 8, to make strong ; skepta »pj6t, ttyrkja ikjoldu, Fai. i. 505 ;
minta styrkir kvi8, Pr. 473, 474. 2. metaph. to Urengtben, con-
firm; sty8ja ok styrkja, hb. i. 93, Bs. i. 132 ; (. meft handa-bandi, Dipl.
iv. "]•■ to assist, s. c-n, Nj. 41, Fms. vi. 38; at hvarir »tydi ok stytki
a8ra, ii. 36. II. reflex, to be strengthened, get ttrength, Fm». ii.
230, viii. 26, xi. 291 (of a sick person), Sks. 717 ; styrkitu aumr, Orkn.
styrkjandi, part, a supporter, Bias. 42, Stj.
styrkjari, a, m. a strengthener, Stj.
styrk-leikr, m. strength, Bs. i. 39.
styrk-ligr, adj. strong-looking, Fms. ii. 8i.
styrkna, a8, to grow strong, Al. 23.
STYBKB, m. [A. S. stearc ; Engl, stark; Dan. slyrke], strtngtb,
bodily strength ; hann drakk eigi meira enn hann matti halda ityrk sinum,
Fms. i. 82 ; eljan ok styrkr, vii. 228; reipi iiruggligt til styrkjar, a rop9
strong enough, Sks. 420 B. 2. force, of war ; sog8u at bzndr hofda
gort meira styrk moti honum, Fms. ix. 496 ; spurt hofum ver hversu
mikinn styrk |)u hefir, i. 103 ; konungar sendu sinn styrk, Rom.
264. 3. help, assistance; leggja styrk me8 c-m, Nj. 7; rae8 styrk
e-s, Fms. vi. 25; e-m er s. at e-u, Eg. 44; let hann J)ar sitja til ttyrks
vi8 sik, Orkn. ; li8-styrkr, fd-styrkr. 4. the main strength ; konungr
sat Icingum i J>randheimi, l)ar var mestr ttyrkr landsins, Fms, i. 32.
styrkr, adj. strong ; see sterkr.
styrkt and styrkd, f. strength; styrk8ina, Fms. x. 373; s. ok hof-
semi, Hom. 97, Fb. ii. 37, 365 : help, Orkn. 108 ; styrk8ar-andi, Rb.
80; styrktar brdf, a writ of confirmation, Ann. 1371. styrktar-
maflr, m. a helper, Dropl. 23, Fms. vii. 229.
STYRMA, d, [stormr ; A. S. styrmian], to blow up for a gale ; gt-kk
um ve8rit ok styrm8i at Jieim, Bs. i. 775, Grett. 113 new Ed.; J)a t6k
veSrit at s. af land-su8ri, id. 2. metaph. in the phrase, styrma
yfir e-m, to storm, make much ado about a body or a pierson suddenly
slain or wounded; styrmdu heima-menn yfir honum, Ld. 40, Sturl. ii.
38, Gisl. 142, Faer. 112, Orkn. 452 ; styrma at liki, Fbr. 40 ; |)eir stoktu
vatni strdkinn a ok styrmdu yfir mc8 Ijosi, Ski8a R, 189; see stumra
(by a metathesis).
STYBR, m., gen. styrjar and styrs, [Engl. stir\ a stir, tumult, brawl,
disturbance; styrr var8 i ranni, there arose a stir in the hall, H8m. 24;
lilitill styrr, no small stir, Edda (Ht.); stala styrr, hjalma styrr, randa
styrr, 'steel-stir,' 'helm-stir,' 'shield-stir,' i.e. a battle. Lex. Poet. 2.
a stir, battle, war ; i styr, or slikum styr, Hallfred ; gera har8an styr, i
Jieima horSuni styr, vekja styr, (5. H. (in a verse); styrjar vaeni, Hornklofi ;
styrjar skyndir, deilir, kennir, valdi, = a warrior ; styrjar-gjam, martial;
as also styr-flmr, styr-remdr, stjnr-brdSr, atyr-vifir, styr-bendir,
alert, mighty . . .in battle, — all epithets of a warrior ; styr-vindr, ' war-
wind,' i. e. battle. Lex. Poet. ; all these compds are solely poetical ;
styrj61d (q. v.) alone is used in prose, both old and mod. II,
Styrr as a pr. name, gen. Styrs ; and in compds, Styr-bj6m, Styr-
laugr (mod. Stxir-laugr), Styr-kirr, Landn.
STYTTA, t, [stuttr; F.ngl stunt], to make short, shorten; hafi s4
stokku er stytti, who scamped it, GJil. 399 ; ok styttu sva strcnginn, Fm';,
V. 289 : freq. esp. in mod. usage, stytta ser stundir. 2. to gird up a
frock, by tying a band round the waist ; hann stytti upp um sik kuflinn,
Grett. 91 new Ed. ; s. upp kyrtil sinn, 656 C. 5 ; stytta sik upp. Fas. ii,
333, iii. 283 ; mod. simply stytta sig, esp. of women. II. reflex.
styttask, to be shortened ; vegrinn styttist, dagr styttist: metzph. to get
angry, Vapn. 26. 2. part, styttr, shortened, Skdlda 1 71.
stytta, u, f., in styttu-band, n. a band to hold up a woman's dress.
stytta, u, f. [Dan. stotte], a column, (mod.)
stytti, f. (styttni, Mork. 51), = stytting, Fms. ix. 329.
stytting, f. a shortening ; daegra-s. 2. shortness, unfriendlinea ;
skilja me8 styttingi, to part coldly, abruptly, Eb. 106, Fms. iii. 133,
Vapn. 36 ; styttingar foru i me8 J)eim, their intercourse grew cold, Fms.
ix. 329, v.l.
STYTA, 8, [stiifr], to cut off, chop off, curtail, Jb. 374 ; af styfa, Stj.
379; s. af tungunni, Hom. 115; s. h6fu8 af e-m, Al. 53; ^vi berr
hann styf8an stert, a docked tail, Gsp. II. part, styft, a metrical
term, apocopated; sty'fd visu-ord, Edda (Ht.) 133. 2. a mark on a
sheep's ear, made by cutting the top off (styft h«gra).
ST'l^RA, 8, [stjorn, styra ; Goth, stiurian ; A. S. steorjan ; Engl, stetr;
Germ, steuern ; Dan. styre] -.—to steer, with dat., Hbl. 7; s me8 bryggjum
okarum, Fms.xi. 193: styra skipi, N.G.L.i.98; styr Jjii hingat cikjunni,
Hbl. ; en Loki sty'rir, Vsp. 51, passim ; styra a e-n, to steer upon another;
styr8u ekki a mik, SteingerSr, Kormak : metaph. phrases, s. til vdfta, to
steer into straits, take a dangerous course, Fms. vii. 14? ; mt-r J>otli |)i'i
styra oss til ens mesta va8a, 6. U. 136 ; eigi hefir tckizk misrxSa vi8,
en var J)6 til sty'rt, i. e. attempted, byt failed. Grig. ii. 61 ; styra undan,
to escape. Post. 645. 88; hversu sem ek fe imdan styrt, Fms. xi. 193,
602
STtRA— STOKKVA.
Lv. 69, Fb. ii. 80; ok or&it J)6 heldr nser styrt, ' sleered near,' i.e. had
a narrow escape, id. 2. to be skipper; skip kom i Arnarbselis-6s,
ok styrSi skipinu Hallvar6r hviti, Nj. 40; ef styri-maar styrir ilia skipinu,
^73- 59- II- nietaph. to direct, govern, manage; styra riki, Fb.
ii. 146; styra logum, Fms. xi. 99; s. sakferli, Landn. 2^9; s. vapnum,
Al. 10 ; aetla ek flestum ofrefli at s. t)eiin, Eb. 112; mega ekki styra ser
fyrir rei6i, could not steer himself for wrath. Mar. ; tok hann scStt sva
akafa, at hann matti varla s. ser, Bs. i. 746 ; hann kvaS illar vaettir pvi
snemma styrt hafa, /// fate had ruled it so, Korm. 240 ; f)at mun J)6
mestu um styra, hversu |>6rdisi er um gefit, it will all depend on how
Tb. likes it, Ld. 302. 2. styra e-u, to rule, possess, Fs. 27, Hkr. i.
307 ; J)at mun mestri giptu styra, fntist bode good luck. Odd. 22 ; J)vi at
v^r styrim penningum, Hrafn. 10 ; hverju ge3i styrir gumna hverr, Hm.
17; s. au5i, Skv. 3. 16; mattkum Gu9i styrir J)u, Fms. ii. 152; styra
mattkum hlutum, x. 229; hvart sem hann styrir meira viti eda minna,
Fb. iii. 402. III. part, st^andi; s. Mjolnis, the keeper of M.,
i. e. Thor, Edda 53.
styra, u, f., in bii-styra, q. v.
st^^ri, n. a helm, rudder, Korm. ■230; leggja s. i lag, Hkr. i. 32, Fms.
i. 42, vii. 47 ; leggja styri or lagi, Al. 67 ; sitja vi6 sty'ri. Eg. ; lata (vel,
ilia, ekki) at styri, to answer (well, ill, not) to the rudder, O.T. 70, Fms. x.
368. coMPDS : st^ris-drengr, m. a rudder-post {?) ; sty'ri ok styris-
drengi, N. G. L. i. 102. st^is-fiskr, m. a fish, echinus cauda
bifurca, Eggert Itin. 994. st^i-hamla, u, f. the ' rudder strap,' the
loop by ivhich the tiller is worked (see hamla), G{)1. 122 ; sitja viS styri-
homlu, O. H. 16 ; skiptusk menn vift styrihomlurnar, Fms. viii. 383 : in
the phrase, raena e-n styrihomlu, to take the skipper's place, N. G. L. i. 98.
Sfc^is-hnakki, a, m. the ' rudder-neck,' the top piece of the rudder, Fms.
ii. 320. styris-knappr, m. = sty'rishnakki, Fb. i. 486. st^ris-
lykkja, ii, f. the rudder-book, by which the rudder is hooked on to the
stern-post. Eg. 360.
styri-16tr, adj. manageable, Grett. 98 ; u-sty'rilatr, unruly.
stfri-lseti, n., in li-styrilaeti, unruliness.
styri-maSr, m. a ' steersmati,' but only in the sense of a skipper,
captain, N. G. L. i. 98, 103, Grett. 95, 6. H. 136, Fms. vii. 257, 286,
ix. 19, Landn. 51 ; styrima3r ok hasetar, Grag. i. 90.
st^i-st6ng, f. a rudder-post, Fms. v. 186, Eg. 360, Fas. ii. 37.
stseda, d, to establish; s. ok staSfesta, H.E. ii. 187.
STJEDI, i.e. stoe3i, n. [standa, st68], the place which a thing takes
vp; fimm manna staeSi, room for Jive men. Am. 98 : the place on which a
thing stands, skegg-stseSi.
stseSi-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), _;?/ to stand, stable; stae&iligt hus, s.
veggr ; gegn-s., q. v.
st833ingr, m., a naut. term, braces, 673. 60 ; dragreip, stoeSingr, hofu6-
benda, N.G.L. i. 199, Edda (Gl.)
8t8e3r, adj., neut. staett, standing; in compds, gagn-s., contrary; sam-
s., harmonious.
stsekja, u, f. a bad stench.
stsekka (stoekka), qs. staerka, a8, [st('ir], to grow, wax, impers.; sjo
staekkar, Jjorf. Karl. 372, v. 1. (better staera) : reflex, staekkask, Hav. 12
new Ed. : freq. in mod. usage, J)a8 staekkar.
stsekr, adj. [Engl, stink, stench; Dan. stinke'], a stinking.
ST^LA, d, [stal], to steel, put steel into, a blacksmith's term ; hence
to temper, hann let staela oddana, Str. 77 ; sver5 staelt meS eitri, a sword
tempered with poison, poisoned, Bser. 15 ( = eitri herSr) ; staeltr le, Grag.
i- 501. II. metaph. to intercalate a poem with burden (stal);
stefjurn ver6r at staela brag, Mkv. 1 1 ; J)d tok Sighvatr at yrkja drapu
um Olaf konung enn Helga, ok staelti eptir Sigur&ar-sogu . . . {)u skalt
fara til mots viS Sighvat skald mitt ok seg honum sva, at ek vii eigt at
hann staeli drapu yk, er hann yrkir um mik, eptir Sigur8ar-sogu, heldr
vii ek at hann slaeli eptir Uppreistar-sogu, . . . Sighvatr sneri J)a drapunni,
ok staelti hana eptir Uppreistar-siigu. Fb. ii. 394; — Fms. v. 210 (I.e.)
has ' drapu ' wrongly for ' sogu ; ' for the sense is that the poet intended to
borrow the subject for the burden from the Saga of Sigurd Fafnisbani,
but the king bade him not do so, but take the burden from the
History of the Creation : specimens of such poems, furnished with inter-
calated sentences taken from mythical subjects or old wise sayings, are
the drapa of Kormak on Earl Sigurd, and the Edda (Ht.)i3: — neut.
staelt, intercalated sentences (st^l) in an old poem, Jjessa figiiru er ver
koUum staelt, Skalda 198 ; standa J)essir haettir mest i \\i sem stselt er
kve6it, 206; J)etta er staelt kallat, Edda (Ht.) 125; hjd-staelt, the 'stal'
at the end of a verse line, id., — ok skal or6tak vera forn minni, Edda
(Ht.) 2. hence in mod. usage staela means to plagiarise, imitate;
staela eptir e-u.
ST^RA (i. e. stoera), 3, [storr], impers. of the wind, sea, it swells,
waxes rough ; staer3i ve8rin (ace), Eg. 404 ; sjo tok at staera, fjorf. Karl.
373 ; haustar, staerir sjoinn, Finnb. 242 ; stxrir sterkar barur (ace), Bs.
i. (in a verse). II. reflex, staerask; sjar tok at stxrask, 656 C.
21 ; vegn staerask, Sks. 231. 2. the phrase, staera sig, to pride one-
self, boast; and staerask, id., Fms. x. 107, Al. 36, Stj. 635, Earl. 172 ;
stKrask af sinni aett, Landn. 357, v. I.
steerS, f. size, bigness; borgar-staerS, Vols. R. 10, freq. in mod.'
usage. 2. pride, Karl. 411 ; staer8 ok metna6r, Sturl. iii. 130;
taka staer5, to take pride, Fms. x. 107 ; s. ok si9Ieysa, iv. 206.
steeri-ldtr, adj. proud, Korm. (in a verse) : steeri-lseti, n. pride.
STOD, f., gen. stodvar, pi. stoOvar ; [sta3r, standa ; A. S. stce'S ; Engl.
stead, in roadstead; cp. Lat. stdtio'\ : — a berth, harbour ; styr J)u hingat
eikjunni, ek mun J)er st66na kenna, Hbl. ; ef hvalr rekr i st63 manns, . . ,
er i sto5inni liggr . . . er sto6ina a, er um gengr sto5ina lit, N. G. L. i. 252:.
esp. in plur., {jeir komu i Jjaer stoSvar, ... ok log5u skipit undir mels-hof6a,
Sd. 147 ; i t)aer sto6var er atti Sveinn konungr ok leggja {jeir skip sin i
Isegi, Fms. xi. 70 ; {)eir komu i stiiSvar Gorms konuiigs si3 um aptan,
15. 2. metaph. place; ok ver6r sa at skilja af sto6 {from the
context) er raeSr skaldskapinn um hvarn kve6it er konunginn, Edda
92. 3. st6bva,r, dwelling-places = Gr. TjOfa; a somu stoSvum, freq. in
mod. usage. II. in local names ; StoS, the harbour in Skard in
western Icel. ; fara ofan i Sto5, lenda i St65inni : St63var-fj6r3r,
Landn.; whence St63fl.r3ingar, m. pi. the men from S., id.
st63-renni, n. a neighbourhood ; biia, sitja i s. vi6 e-n, Fas, ii. 152,
Bs. i. 417, Sturl. i. 115.
st63u-, see sta6a.
st63u-gleikr, m. steadfastness, firmness, N.G.L. iii. 92, Bs. ii. 159.
st63ugr, adj. steady, stable ; ver s., ok hraedsk eigi, Th. 3 ; sto5ugir i
ser, Al. 173; s. i framfer&i. Mar.; {)essi stoSugi riddari, Magn. 496;,
sto8ugan stolpa, Fms. iii. 174; storlyndr ok sto6ugr, Fs. 129; var3S
honum Jjat (viz. the heart) eigi stodugt, Edda 58 ; gora st(j5ugt, to con-'-
firm, Vigl. 29, Dipl. iii. 9 ; standa sto6ugt, Pass., D. N. ; halda e-t
st66ugt, to observe, Dipl. v. 16; til stoSugrar eignar, i. 12.
st63ull, m., dat. stoSli, [A.S. sta^ol ; O. H. G. stadal]: — a milk'
ing-shed, for kine ; niilli baejar ok sto8uls, K. |>. K. ; griSkona ^u
^errir faetr a jafnan er hon gengr af st631i, Fb. i. 268 ; naut voru 4]
st631i, . . . graSungr var a sto51iiium, Vapn. I ; fe var a stoSli of aptan-^
inn, Bjarn. 47 ; voru konur at mjoltum, Jjoroddr rei6 a stoSuIinn, .
hvert sinn er fjoroddr kom a stodul, Eb. 316, 320; reka naut a stodul
Eg. 712 ; konur er til sto3uls foru, 713; konur voru a stoSli, Nj. 83
nor&r i st651um, Sturl. ii. 249; stciSul ok kviar, Vm. 18; tva sto31a okr:
sel, D. N. i. 8l; stciSuls-hliS, Landn. 78. sto3ul-ger3i, n. a milk:
pail, Isl. ii. 74.
st63va, a3, with neg. sufF. st68vig-a-k, Horn. i5i,[sto6]: — to stop; hai
StiiSvar sik ekki, Nj. 144; hann st65va3i her sinn, halted. Eg. 274;
li3it, Fms. vii. 298. 2. to soothe, halt ; hlaupa menn ok sto3va Hallj
Ld. 38 ; kva3 baendr mundu st68va sik, they would calm themselves do^
Magn. 424; sto8va rae5u y&ra, Sks. 250; s. uhreina anda, Hom. 133
s. J)orsta sinn, Al. 83 ; s. bl66, bl63ras, to still the blood, Laekn. ; ok varj
eigi st66vat, Nj. 210, Fms. i. 46; stoSva sik, to contain oneself, Grel
93 new Ed., Hom. (St.) II. reflex, to stop oneself, calm down
st65va3isk Dana-herr, Fms. i. 109 ; kyrrask ok st63vask, 623. 26*
settisk J)a niSr ok stodva3isk lifriSr allr ok agi, Fms. vi. 286: to
fixed, sto3vask sii ra3agor3, Bs. i. 809.
stSkkottr, adj. [stakkr; Dan. stakket\, stinted, curtailed, D.N.
stokkr or stokr, m. [provinc. Norse staak = noise\, a stir, disturbance,
vaer komum stokk (dat.) i 113 J)eirra, we put them to flight, Stj. 515 ;
mun vita ef ek koma nokkurum stokk i 113 Jjcirra, Fms. viii. 49 ;
hann g6r3i stokk i orum bu5um, ere he brought discord into our dwellingt
Bjarn. 28 (in a verse, if thus to be emended) ; stokkr ox, the swell (of
the sea) waxed, Edda (Ht.)
st6kkr, adj. ' springing,' brittle, of steel or the like ; koparr har3r
stokkr, Fms. v. 344; stokkr stalbugr, Hallgr. 2. slippery; solii
var stokkr . . . rasar Sturla, Bs. i. 527.
stokkull, m. (stokkvill, D. L i. 408), a sprinkling, Eb. lo, Stj. 27(
Bs. i. 195, Hkr. i. 139. 2. a 'jumper,' the name of a whale, see
Isl. f>j63s., Eggert Itin.
STOKKVA, pres. stiikk, pi. stiikkvum ; pret. stokk, stokkt, stol
pi. stukku ; subj. stykki ; imperat. stiikk, stiikktii ; part, stokkinn : alsd
spelt with ey (steyqva) : [Ulf. stigqwan ; A. S. stincan'] : — to leap, spring,
stiikkva hatt, to make a high leap, Faer. 57 ; hann stokk ofan or loptini
Fms. i. 166 ; ^eir stukku upp, they sprang to their feet, Korm. 40 ; stukki
{leir a skip sin, Fms. ix. 275 ; s. a hest, Karl. 261 ; {>essi ma3r stokk
bjarginu. Fas. iii. 197. 2. of things, to spring, rebound; sver3it stiikt
af i braut a ulfli3inn a Mo36Ifi, Nj. 262 ; stokkr undan hold, of a blow,
Grag. ii. 15 ; fotrinn stiikk or li3i, the foot sprang out of joint, Isl. ii.
246 ; sundr stiikk sula, Hym. 12, hann stiikk i sundr i {)rja parta, Bs. ii.
127; hringrinn stokk i tva hluti, sprang in two, Ld. 126; J)ar var stein-
veggrinn helzt stokkinn, broken, f)i3r. 3 25 ; or Elivagum stukku eitr-dropar,
V{)m. 31. 3. to take to flight; margir stukku or Noregi, Fms. i. 7?
vetrinn eptir er hann haf3i stokkit or Noregi, 82 ; stukku \)en Hak(
undan, vii. 270; uvinir stukku undan, vi. 24; stukku sumir af landi
brott. Eg. 20 ; stukku t)eir fe3gar til Gautlands, Nj. 8 ; stiikk Jja Hi
gerdr til Grjotar, 218; stiikk {jangbrandr til Noregs, Ld. 180;
flotta, Fms. v. 84. 4. impers., Flosa stukku aldrei herm3ar-yr3i,
angry words never escaped him, Nj. 281 ; honum stokkr aldrei bros, be
never smiles, of an cirnest, austere man. II. to be sprinkled, cp.
STOKKVA—SUMAR.
603
n. 31 : in the part, stokkinn, bedabbled, sprinkled; sveita stokkinn,
32: bloSi stokkinn, Hkv. i. 15, 2. 6; Erlingr var ^a. a cifra aidri
•okkit h«ir bans nokkut, his hair was sprinkled with grey, O. H. L. 54.
(ikkva, t (8), a causal to the preceding, to cause to spring, make start,
jfl, drive, with dat. ; s. tialdar-flokki {)essum, Fnis. vii. 263 ; suni-
:iii stokti haun brott, i. 98; ek stokta i brott Steinari, Isl. ii. 215;
( ir hafa stokt honuni norfian, Eb. 304, Dropl. 35 ; hann stokti
"\m or landi, Fms. vi. 27; hvi er J)er stcikt 61 landi, Hkv. Hjorv.
ver munuin ri6a at seni har&ast ok s. i sundr {break) fylkingu
H lira, Orkn. 12. II. to sprinkle; hon haf&i stokkul i hendi ok
i.ikkvir of hus, Bs. i. 195 ; nie5 ^vi skyldi s. hlautinu a mennina, Hkr.
i39; stokti hann vigdu vatni um allt skipit, Fms. ii. 178; vatn stokt
t litis, Pr. 474; ef J)u stokkvir a meS honum, Hb. 544, 39: to be
triiiMed, hann stokkvir bl66i himin ok lopt, Edda 8.
st6kkvi-br6g3, n. pi. an unforeseen accident (?) ; nii hafa vorSit 1 s.,
b. iii. 450.
stokkvi-vfg, n. a single, isolated case of manslaughter, Ann. 1 296,
Crok. 36.
st6k-land, n. [stakr], an isolated land ; sitja a stoklondum, N. G. L.
.v'^o. 39.^
STONG, f., gen. stangar, dat. stongu, Haustl., but else stiing ; plur.
taiigir and stengr : \_A.?,. steng ; 'North. E. stang ; Germ, stange ; Dan.
'ang, pi. sttxnger] :— a pole ; taka mikla stiJng ok binda vi6 hvita blaeju,
ins. ix. 358 ; berja e-n stongum, to beat with staves, Bias. 51, MS. 655
i:i. B. 3 : of a standard pole (merkis-stong), taka merkit af stonginni,
j. 274 : the phrase, ganga undir stiing, to go under a pole, in order to
c counted up (see skora), Fms. viii. 320 : the phrase, bera fe til stangar,
f cattle as booty, to bring to the pole, that it may be counted and valued
;p. Lat. 'sub has/a'), Barl. 188; allt J)at er J)eir fengi i herftirum ^a,
cvldi til stanga bera, Fms. xi. 76; var f^it til stanga borit ok skipti
ion jarl fenu me5 s6t ok sva vapnum Jieirra, 147 ; me3 sva miklu kapp,
•l.jS i stonginni, thai the tally was full {?), 424 (probably a metaphor
oin scoring). compds: Stangar-bolli, -foli, a, m. names of ships,
s. stangar-fylja, u, (., -h.6gg, n. a nickname, |3orst. St. 48, 49.
STOPLA (^better than staupla), ad, (stolpa, N. G. L. iii. 27, v.l.),
iwed. stjelpa; Dutch over-stelping = overwhelming']: — to bespatter,
mnkle; storum stauplar mi yfir, Fs. 153; st6pla3isk ut af keri, a drop
as spilt out of the beaker, Vigl. 52 ; stopluSusk yfir kerit (af kerinu)
ikkurir dropar, Flov. 2. ekki aetla ek at stgplaz vi& h<ott Haralds
linings, Mork. 89.
5t6ppu6r, m. a nickname, Fms. vii.
3t6pull, m., dat. stopli, [A.S. stypel ; Engl, steeple'], a steeple, tower, Rb.
52 ; smi3a einn stopul, Edda (pref., of Babel) ; J)ann stopul, 656 A. ii.
3 ; hann let gcira stopul mjok vandaSan . . . uppi i stoplinum, . . . stopuls-
-, Bs. i. 132, Fms. viii. 247, ix. 12; kirkju-s., 285; klukkur fjorar i
■ Ii, Pm. 99 : a beacon-tower, Fnis. vii. 122, viii. 97 : a pillar, Eluc.
vi stiipull, a pillar of smoke, Ver. 21 ; stopul-dyrr, Sturl. iii. loi ;
nl-g6r&, -smi9, Pm. 9, Bs. i. 132, Edda (pref.) ; st6pul-v6r3r, a steeple
tper, N. G. L. ii.
3T6BB, f., mod. st6r, gen. starar, old dat. starru, bent-grass, Lat.
rex ; a starru e3a strai, N. G. L. i. 383, 392 ; star-engi, star-gresi, q. v.
;ubb, n. sluttishness : subba, u, f. a slut.
iub-djdlkn, m. [for. wrord], a sub-deacon, H. E., K. A., Bs. i. 418, 871.
;ub-dufl, -tripl, n., of extracting the square and the cubic root, Alg.
lubtili, a, m. = eccles. Lat. subtile, Stj., Vm.
uddi, a, m. = soddi, [so5], prop, steam from cooking, whence drizzling
in. wet mist; suddi og vxta. compds : sudda-ligr, adj. wet and
-nh. sudda-J)oka, u, f. a drizzling fog.
>UDK, n., gen. su9rs ; older form sunnr; in poets sunm gunmr,
HUT Tunnz, Hkr. i. (in a verse) ; sunnr runnw, Vellekla : [A. S. s?/3 ;
.p;!. south ; Germ, sud; Dan. syd] : — the south; af su6ri, Fb. ii. 481 ;
u3ri, Rb. 92 ; til su8rs, Sks. 163; i su6r, passim ; land-su&r, south
iit-su6r, south-west. II. as adv.; ri6a su&r, Nj. 4; su&r
Hallands, Dyflinnar, Danmerkr, Jotlands, Fms. i. 26, Eg. 157, Orkn.
fi ; su8r um lond, Bs. i. 744 ; fara su3r, to pass southwards. Eg. 53 :
1. of pilgrims to Rome or Palestine, Nj. 268, Gisl. 73. ^ 2. with
111 ; hann dvaldisk su9r i landi, Fms. i. 96 ; su6r i Sogni, O. H. 26 ;
t'ra, southwards, Nj. 118 ; {)eir attu su&r {in the south) Engey, 22 ;
[in the south, i.e. in southern Iceland), |jorkell mani, Bs. i. 4, 31,
II. compar. sunnar, more to the south, Fms. vi. 379, Rb.
; sunnar meir, Sks. 213. 2. superl. simnarst, Rb. (1812) 18;
1st i zodiaco, 732. 4, Rb. 478.
:(3r-biir, n. a south bower, south room, Sturl. i. 63.
u(5r-dyrr, n. pi. south doors, Sturl. iii. 172, 186, Fs. 72, Fms. ix. 522.
'u3r-ey, f. a local name. South Island, Fms. ii : plur. Su6r-eyjar,
lor, the Hebrides, Landn., Orkn., Fms. : Su3r-eyiiigr, m., Sudr-
I skr, adj. /rom Sodor, Landn. 89, Fms. ix. 420, Nj. 16.
(ST-ferd, -for, f. a journey to the south, Bs. i. 867 : esp. a pilgrim-
Fms. iii. 19, Fb. ii. 421.
i3r-ganga, u, f. = sudrf£r5, Nj. 257, Fms. vi. 35.
u3r.haf, n. the South-sea, Stj, 88.
8u3r-hallr, adj. south-slanting, of the tun, Akv.
Bu5r-halfa, -ilfa, u, f. the ioulbern region, Rb, 398 : of Africa, Ver,
9 : of Asia, Edda (pref.)
Suflri, a, ni. a dwarf, cp. NorSri, Edda, Skida R. 203.
au3r-j6klar, m. pi. the south glaciers, Landn. 63.
sudr-land, n. a southern county, the south shore of a fjord, Fin»,
viii. 220: plur. suflrlOnd, the south-lands. Saxony, Germany, Fb. i,
502. II. a local nzme =^ Sutherland in Scotland, Orkn., Landn.
sudr-madr, m. a southerner, esp. of a Saxon, German, at opp. to a
Northman, Magn. 528, Fm», viii. 348, xi. 303, 354, Fb. i. 540, Karl.
28y, 365, passim.
Sudr-nes, n. pi. a local name, Landn.
suflr-reid, f. a Journey to the south, Sturl. iii. 19.
Sudr-riki, n. = suarhalfa, esp. used of Central and Southern Europe,
Ver. 52, Rb. 420; Austrliind ok S., Fms. iv. 82 ; ymist til Saxlands eftr
S., vi. 7; viSa hafSi hann verit i S., viii. 148; i Vallandi eftr i S.,
Fagrsk.
Bu3r-strdnd, f. the south shore, Grett. 13 new Ed,
sudr-sttika, u, f. the south wing of a building, Fms. xi. 277.
8u3r-vegar, m. pi. the southern ways, opp. to nordrvegar, Gkv. a. 8;
vera a sudrvegi, on a pilgrimage, Fbr. 196 : southern countries, as opp. to
nordrlond, Fms. x. 375.
su3r-veggr, m. the southern wall, Fms, viii. 264.
Su3r-virki, n. Soutbwark in London, Fagrsk., 0. H. : rhymed. Slid
bw')ir, 0. H. (in a verse).
8u3r-8Bnn, adj. sow/i&em; suSrzn veftr, |>orf. Karl. 436 ; var 4 suBr-
aent, Fms. ix. 42.
su3r-8ett, f. the southern regions, Rb. 468, Fms. x, 350, Sks. 215.
STJFIi, n. [cp. Goth.su/)o« = d/jTi;<ji'; A.S. svfol; Swed. sofvel ; Dan,
sul] : — whatever is eaten with bread, = Gr. oij/ov, ^aiviov ; Lat. ohsonium ;
hleif ok sufl A, N. G. L. i. 316, Fb. iii. 419 (in a verse) ; ok vaeri hverjum
var deildr halfr hleifr, en oUum saman suflit . . . hefSi eti6 brau6-suflit allt
ok halfan sinn hleif, {)orst. Sidu H.
suga, u, f. [sjuga], a sucking; opt eru tregar kdlfsugur, Hallgr. : a
cake (diisa) given to suck (barn-suga).
sukk, n. = svakk, [Engl, soak], a muddle, N. G. L. iii. 80, Fas? iii. 129,
142 ; kennslu-piltar gordu sukk i kirkjunni, Bs. i. 792 ; maki enginn sukk,
801, veraldar sukk. Mar. 2. the phrase, hafa allt i sukki, to have
all in a muddle, waste, of bad husbandry, Nj. 18.
sukka, ad, to make a muddle, Bs. ii. 143 : to squander, with dat., i.
734. 767. 820, K. A. 230, Grett. 197 new Ed. : augu sukkud {soaked)
i laugu, Fas. ii. (in a verse).
sull, n, = soil, q. v. ; sam-sull, suUum-bull, a swill : sulla, a&, to swill,
(vulg-)
sullr, m., pi. suUir, [svella], a boil, Bs. i. 465 ; sullr a fseti, Isl. ii. 318 ;
s. a hendi, 176, 196; kverka-s., id.: in mod. usage esp. of an internal
boil or swelling in the liver, lungs, intestines.
sultan, m. Sultan, Fms. viii : as a dog's name, her er J)^r skattr. Sultan,
Skalda (in a verse).
SULTB, m., gen. sultar (suits, N. G. L. i. 140), dat. sulti ; [sveita;
Dan. suit; A.S. swylt = death] -.^hunger, famine (the notion of death
found in A. S., is lost in Icel.) ; deyja af suhi, Nj. 265 ; or sult(i),
Magn. 510; heim i sultinn, Band. 12; {jorgils tekr lir seggnum suit,
SkidaR. 2. famine; \>k var sva mikill s. i Noregi, Fms. i. 86; s.
ok seyra, q. v. : the phrase, sitja i suits hiisi, to ' sit in hunger's house,' be
starved, N. G. L. i. 140; sultar-kvi, a 'famine-fold,' Fms. xi. 248.
SUMAB, n., dat. sumri ; pi. sumur; sumra, sumrum ; in the old lan-
guage this word was masculine in the form sumarr, of which gender a
trace may still be seen in the contracted forms sumri, sumra, sumrum, for
a genuine neuter does not admit these contractions. But there remains
a single instance of the actual use of the masculine in the rhyme of a
verse of the beginning of the lith century, sumar hvem frekum emi,
Skalda, — from which one might infer that at that time the word was still
masc. ; if so, it is not likely that in a poem so old as the Vsp. it would
be neuter, and ' sumur' in ' of sumur eptir' perhaps ought to be corrected
'sumra' or ' sumar' (ace. sing.) ; as also ' varmt sumar' should be ' varmr
sumarr,' V{)m. 26: [A.S. sumar; a word common to all Teut. lan-
guages ; in the Orm. sumerr, denoting a long u ; the mod. Dan., Germ,,
and Engl, have sommer, summer, with a double m] : — a summer^
passim. II. mythical, Sumair, the son of Svasaft, Edda 13.
B. Chronological Remarks. — The old Northmen, like the Icel. of
the present time, divided the year into two halves, summer and winter ;
the summer began on the Thursday next before the 16th of April in the
old calendar, which answers to the 26th of the Gregorian calendar (used
in Icel. since A. D. 1700). The Northern and Icelandic summer is there-
fore a fixed term in the calendar, and consists of 184 days, viz. six
months of thirty days, plus four days, called aukanaetr {' eke-nights').
Summer is divided into two halves, each of three months (= ninety
days), before and after midsummer (mi&-sumar) ; and the four ' eke-
nights ' are every summer intercalated immediately before midsummer ;
,.thus in the Icel. Almanack of 1873 — Sutnar-dagr fyrsti, or the first
604
SUMARAUKI— SUNDRINGUM.
summer-day, falls on Thursday the 25th of April ; Auka-naetr from the
S4th to the 27th of July; Mi&-sumar on the 28th of July; Sumar-dagr
si'Sasti, or the last day of summer, on the 25th of October; cp. sumar-
natt si6asta, Gisl. 67. In mod. usage the time from April to October is
counted by the summer weeks, the first, second, . . . twentieth . . . week of
the summer, and in Icel. Almanacks every Thursday during summer is
marked by the running number of the week. The ancients, too, counted
the summer by weeks, but only down to midsummer, thus, tiu vikur skulu
vera af sumri er menn koma til alj)ing!s, K. p. K. 166 ; but in the latter
part of the summer they counted either by the weeks from midsummer or
by the weeks still left of the summer, thus, halfum manaai eptir mitt
sumar, Nj. 4; er atta vikur lifa sumars, Grag. i. 122; fra miftju sumri
til vetrar, 147 ; er atta vikur eru til vetrar, Nj. 192 ; er tveir manadir
voru til vetrar, 195 ; lidr a sumarit til atta vikna, 93 ; ellipt., var Riitr
heima til sex vikna (viz. sumars), 10.
O. CoMPDs : sumar-auki, a, m. 'summer-eke,' the intercalary
week, an Icel. calendar-term ; the ancient heathen year consisted of 364
days, or twelve months of thirty days each, plus four days, which were
the auka-naetr or ' eke-nights ' (see above) ; the remaining day and a
fraction was gathered up into an intercalary week, called ' Summer-eke '
or ' Eke-week,' which in ancient times was inserted every sixth or seventh
year at the end of summer, which in such years was 191 days long; the
• Summer-eke' was introduced by Thorstein Surt (Thorstein the Wise) in
the middle of the loth century, see lb. ch. 4, and is still observed in
Icel. ; now that the Gregorian style is in use in Icel. the intercalary week
is inserted every fifth or sixth year; thus the year 1872 is marked as the
•first year after sumarauki,' (the years i860, 1866, and 1871 being years
• withsumarauki'); 1872 sem er ' fyrsta ar eptir Sumarauka,' Icel. Alma-
nack, 1872 ; the years 1864 and iS7o were ' fj6r8a ar eptir sumarauka ;'
thus in 1871 the summer had twenty-seven weeks, the eke-week being the
2 1st to the 2 7th of October. sumar-d,v6xtr, m. the summer produce,
Fms. X. 337. sumar-bjorg, f. support during the si/tmner, Sturl.
i. 136. sumar-bdk, f a summer-book (missal for the summer),
Vm. 52, Pm. 86. sumar-bu, n. summer-stock, Sturl. ii. 65. sumar-
baer, adj. calving in the summer. sumar-dagr, m. a summer day,
N.G. L. i. 348; cp. Sumardagr inn fyrsti, Fms. ix. 511, Jb. 204; inn
fimmti dagr viku skal vera fyrstr i sumri, K. {>. K. ch. 45 ; J)a var sva
fram komit ari, at Paska-aptan var sumardagr inn fyrsti, en J;etta var
Laugar-dagr i Paska-viku, Fms. ix. 511 (of the year 1 241). sumar-
fang, n. a summer-catch, Krok. 38, Bs. i. 335. sumar-fullr, adj.
full as in summer, Karl. 134. sumar-gamall, adj. a summer old,
Fms. vi. 368. -sumar-gjof, f. a summer-gift, a present on the first
day of summer, which in Icel. is observed as a feast day. sumar-
hagi, a, m. summer pasture, Grag. ii. 313, Jb. 298. sumar-her-
bergi, n. = sumarh611, Stj. 383. sumar-hiti, a, m. summer heat.
sumar-hluti, a, m. a part of summer, Vm. 81. sumar-hold,
m. Tp\. summer flesh on cattle, Eb. sumar-h611, f. a summer palace,
Fms. ix. 372, X. 162. sumar-kaup, n. summer wages, Isl. ii. 124.
stimar-langt, n. adj. the summer long, Ld. 72, fsl. ii. 240, Fms. x.
456, xi. 59. sumar-liSi, a, m. a 'summer-slider,' a sailor,
mariner; the Saxon Chron. s. a. 871 says there arrived a ' mycil sumar-
li'Sa,' i.e. a great fleet of Vikings, as has been explained by Prof. Munch.
SumarliSi as a pr. name is freq. in Icel., Landn. : cp. vetrliSi. sumar-
ligr, adj. summery, Sks. 48. sumar-magn, -megin, n. ; at sumar-
magni, in the height of summer. Fas. ii. 210, iii. 145, 187. sumar-
mdl, n. the ' suvimer-meal ;' the last days of winter and the first of
summer are thus called, e.g. in the Icel. Almanack for 1872 ' sumar-
mal ' is on the 20th of April and the following days : in sing., N. G. L.
i. 240 : plur., at sumarmalum, Grag. i. 140, 198, G\>\. 422, Rb. 42, Fms.
ii. 99 ; sumarmala dagr = sumar-dagr fyrsti, Fb. i. 132 ; sumarmala-helgr,
the Sunday that falls in the beginning of the summer, Sturl. ii. 235 C.
sumar-ndtt, f. a summer-night; sumamatt si6asta, Gisl. 67. sumar-
neetr, f. pl. = sumarmal, G^\. 422, v.l. ; cp. vetrnsetr. Sumar-
Pdskar, m. pi. 'Summer-Easter;' whenever Easter falls between the
32nd and 25th of April inclusively, the first summer day will fall on the
preceding Thursday, so that Easter Sunday falls on the first Sunday in
summer ; this is in Icel. called Sumar-Paskar. sumar-setr, m. a sum-
mer abode, GJ)1. 454. sumar-skeiS, n. the summer-season, Fms. viii. 55.
Bumar-stefna, u, f. a market, D. N. sumar-s6ngr, m. summer ser-
vice, Pm. 90. 8umar-ti3, f., sTimar-timi, a, ni. summer-time,
Baer. 17, Fms. xi. 441. sumar-tvmgl, n. the 'summer-moon,' i.e.
the moon at the time when summer begins. In popular belief one
ought to notice when he first sees the summer-moon, and then mark
the first word spoken by the first person he meets, for it is pro-
phetic ; this is called ' svara einum i sumartungliS,' ' to address one at
the summer-moon,' see Isl. {jj68s. ; in the Icel. Almanack for 1872 the 7th
of April is marked as the ' sumar-tungl.' sumar-verk, n. sj/7nmer'
work, Bs. i. 336. sumar-viflr, m. wood for charcoal to be gathered
in summer, opp. to fuel in winter, Hrafn. 6, Vm. 164.
sumbl, n. [A.S. symbel; O. H.G. sumbal ; prob. a compd from sam-
and ol] :— a banquet, symposium ; a J)at sumbl at sja, Ls. 2 ; at sunibli,
2. ha
P
8, 10 ; gamban-s., 8 ; gcira s., 65 ; segja fra sumbli, to tell the news ft
the banquet, Kormzk; nema sumbl = g6ra sumbl, Hym. I ; Jolna-s^
banquet of the gods, Ht. ; kalla s. Suttungs synir. Aim. 35 ; Sutti
svikinn hann let sumbli fra, Hm. no. compds: sumbl-ekla, u
lack of drink at a banquet. Eg. (in a verse). sumbl-samr, adj. bi
queting, Hym. I.
sumla, ad, to be flooded; sumla&isk konungrinn ok sopaftisk, iet
overwhehned and swept away, Stj. 287.
SUMB, adj. [Ulf. swwzs = T<s; common to all Teut. languages, I
mostly with o; Dan. somme ; Engl, some']: — some; J)a fell ain st
{some part of the river) i landsuSr, Nj. 263; haim raenti folk, en di
sumt, sumt hertok hann, Fms. i. 28 ; Anakol ok sum sveitin var ep'
Orkn. ; y8r J)ykkir sumt ofjarl en sumt ekki at manna, Fms,
53. 2. plur., sumra presta, H. E. i. 513 ; sumir . . . guldu fe, sumir.
Hkr. i. 89 ; Hvat gorSu hviskarlar Njals ? Eigi veit ek hvat sumir gori
einn ok skarni a hola, Nj. 66. compds: sums-kostar, adv. pan
Fms. v. 69, ix. 329. sum-sta3ar, adv. in some places. Eg. 41, H
ii. 93, passim.
sumr, m. (qs. svumr), [sund, svimma], the sea, Edda (Gl.)
sumra, a5, to become summer, Fms. i. 32, vii. 304.
sumrungr, m. an animal a summer old, Grag. i. 501.
var s. einn, Sturl. i. 88 C (,?).
SUND, n. (qs. svumd), [from svimma, dropping the v and changing
into «] : — a swimming; koma a sund, GJ)1. 447 ; kasta ser a sund, I
219; a sundi, sji/zmw/n^, 123, Ld. 130; me3 sundi, by way of swi:
ming, Fms. i. 112, Eg. 261, passim, see Grett. ch. 40, 80, Faer. ch. :
KristniS. ch. 10, Ld. ch. 33, 40; cp. also the story of Heming. Swi
ming was a favourite sport, the antagonists trying to duck one anotht
'sund' is one of the sports in king Harold's verses, — hefik sund nun
stundum, Fms. vi. 170.
B. Compds: sund-farar, f. pi. swimming, Fms. ii. 29. suniBOffiA:
fj63r, f. a swiitiming feather, a Jin, Sks. 133. sund-feeri, n. a swi;
ming apparatus, Sks. 179. sund-fserr, adj. a good swiiiimer, L
168, Fms. ii. 20, X. 295. sund-fSt, n. pi. swimming clothes. Fas.
545- sund-hreifi, a, m. a swimming paw, of a seal, Sks. 17
8und-iJ)r6ttir, f. pi. the art of swimming, Fms. ii. 27. sund-lau
f. a swimming-bath, Sturl. iii. 170. sund-leikar, m. pi. swimmii
sport, Fms. ii. 27. sund-lseti, n. swimming movements. Fas. ii. 45
sund-magi, a, m., q. v. strad-m63r, adj. tired with swimmin^
Faer. 155.
SUND, n. [quite a different word from the preceding, derived fto
sundr] : — prop, that which sunders, a sound, strait, narrow passage, chaniu
of water, Nj. 8, Fms. iv. 41 ; var ^ar sund i milh eyjanna. Eg. 218 ; i fjdr
um e6r i sundum, Grag. ii. 385 ; JjuriSr sunda-fyllir, hon seiddi til J)es$
hallaeri a Halogalandi at hvert sund var fullt af fiskum, Landn. 147: 1
in the saying, mi eru lokin sund oil, all passages were stopped, all boi
gone, Hkr. i. 251 : in local names, Eyrar-sund, Nj6rfa-s., Stokk-s., a
in countless other compd names, Landn., Fms. ; also a lane, alley, bu6a
sund, the lane between two booths; bxjar-sund, the lane between A
walls; 1 sundinu milli hiisanna, in the lane between the houses, freq. i
mod. usage : so also, floa-sund, holta-sund, myrar-sund, strips of fen h
tween hillocks. 2. a defile, hence Mjo-syndi, q. v. ; var sund brei
(a broad channel) milium knarranna ok skeiftanna, Fms. v. 165
svuida-lei3, f. the 'sound-passage,' the course through the islands alooj i.^j,'
the coast of Norway, Eg. 476, Fms. viii. 334.
sundl, n. (or sunli, Fel. x. 43), [Germ. schwindeT], a swimming
the head.
sxindia, aS, to be giddy: impers., mik sundlar, Fas. ii. 236.
sund-magi, a, m. ' swim-maw,' the bladder of a fish.
SUNDR, adv. [Goth, sundro; A.S. sundar ; Dan. sonder; commo
to all Teut. languages]: — asutider ; skipta, deila, hluta s., Nj. l6j sj.]
ganga, stokkva, rifa, bresta, brjota, hoggva, skera . . . sundr, 19, passimlj
rekja sundr, Ld. 192 ; breiSa s., Karl. 423 ; segja sundr, to declare a/fl|j
end. ►!
sundra, aS, [Germ. sondern\ to break asunder, Al. 32 : to cut I
pieces, cut up, of a killed beast; s. hjortinn, Flov. 27; s. fornina, Stj
430, 454 : reflex, to be sundered, scattered, ef flokkr sundrask, Fms
ix. 36.
sundran, f. a sundering, separation, N. G. L. i. 155.
sundr-borinn, part, different in origin, opp. to samborinn, Fm. 1 3.
sundr-brotna, a5, to throw asunder, break asunder, Fb. ii. 389. •
Bundr-dreifa, 6, to scatter, Barl. 161, Rom. 244.
sundr-grein, f. distinction, Skalda 177 : discord, Sturl. iii. 276, Bs. ii
44. sundrgreini-ligr, adj. different, Isl. ii. 191.
Bundr-greining, f. division, Stj.
sundr-g6r3ir, f. pi. show in dress, fashion ; s. utlenda siSu ok klsJa
sni&, Fms. vi. 440 ; prestar skolu eigi fara me8 s, Jjaer er biskup baniwr
K. |>. K. suiidrg6r3a-ma3r, m. a showy person, in dress, Fb. i. 36^
Eb. 242 : — an ostentatious man, inn mesti kappi ok s., Isl. ii. 367; ^.
orftum, showy in one's speech, Fms. iii. 153, v. 69.
sundringum, adv. scatteredly, Fagrsk. ch. 279.
its, 11
:\
'%\i
iia
^Ufi
SUNDRLAUSS— StJTLKiR.
605
<)'\r-l&\isa, ?Ldj. incoherent ; litil bygd ok s., O. H. 57; fara sundr-
'v go in loose order, Sturl. iii. ^,2, Fms. ix. 320 (opp. to in a
suudrlaus or5, ' unbound words,' ' sermo solutus,' prose, (opp. to
I, bound, of poetry"), Fms. iii. 153, 6. H. 171.
. Ir-leitr, adj. differing, at variance; s. litr, variegated. Best. 50;
AljOd, Eiuc. 45 ; suiidrleitir siSir, Fms. i. 261 ; J)at var sundrleitt, two
Vemes, Eg. 771 ; sundrleitir litir, of white and black, Eluc. 16.
'imdr-ligr, adj. different, Karl. 209, v. 1.
indr-litr, adj. = siindrleitr, |)i6r. 178.
imdr-lyndi, n. discord, Eluc. 58, Sd. 153, Stj. 173, Glum. 360.
nidr-lyndr, adj. disagreeing, Bs. i. 278.
ndr-merja, niardi, and sundr-mola, a8, to crush. Gen.
r-mseflr, adj. born of a different mother, H8m. (opp. to sam-
ndr-or5a, adj. ; ver8a s,, to come to words, Sturl. i. 142, iii. 134.
mdr-skila, adj. ; ver6a s., to be separated, Fms. xi. 131.
ndr-skilligr, adj. separable; in xi-sundrskilligr.
ndr-skilning, f. diversity, Kb. 438.
ndr-skiptiligr, adj. divisible, Alg. 364, Str. 61.
ndr-skipting, f. a sundering, separation, Stj. 5, 198, 286.
ndr-skorning, f. a cutting asunder, Skalda 184.
ndr-slita, adj. slit asunder, torn asunder, Fms. ix. 382.
udr-tekning, f. a taking asunder, Skalda 183.
Irung, f. a sundering, scattering; renna d sina s, hverr, Fms. vi.
sundrungu, scattered.
.dr-J)ykki, n. discord, Fms. i. 7, ii. 242, vii. 240, Stj. 400.
: ndr-Jjykkja, u, f. = sundr{)ykki, Fms. x. 161, Isl. ii. 217.
; udr-J)ykkjask, t, to fall out, quarrel, Sks. 339.
I adr-J)ykkni, f. = sundr^ykki, Anecd. 76.
:ndr-J)ykkr, adj. dissenting, Fms. ii. 24I.
! idr-J)ykkt, f. discord, Stj. 13.
i f NNA, u, f. [Ulf. sunna (masc.) ; A. S. sunne ; Engl, sun ; O. H. G.
• : ■ but in the Scandin. languages the proper word is sol, sunna being
■d in poets] : — the sun; sol heitir me5 monnum, en sunna meS
;/ is called ' sol' among men, ' sun' among the gods. Aim. ; sunna
1, ok er viS hana kenndr Drottins^dagr, Rb. 112 ; rettlaetis-sunna,
kaf-s., mars s., the sun of the deep, i. e. gold; sunnu skeid, ' sun-
. e. the heavens. Lex. Poet. : sunna is also found in the compds,
i-dagr, m. Sunday, which word the Northmen prob. borrowed
le Saxon (see the remarks s. v. fimt and dagr), passim: in local
in Sunnu-dalr in southern Icel., Landn. ; but that name may
r ?iwnnda\x = Southdale, cp. Sundal in Sweden. Suiinu-n6tt,
ioy night, N. G. L.
:an, d.&v.from the south ; su&r ok sunnan, Sturl. i. 194, Vsp. 4, 5 ;
soma, fara, ri6a, sigla, roa . . . s., Fms. i. 27, passim. 2. of di-
without motion ; Gizurr st66 sunnan at Rangaeinga-domi, Nj. 1 10;
iindir heiSinni, Eg. 277 ; fyrir sunnan, with ace. and absol., Ld. 10,
i. 141 ; fyrir sunnan land, in the south of the land, Ld. 6 ; voru J)eir
at komnir, Eg. 99 ; i borg J)eirri er naest var hei6inni fyrir s., on
:h side 0/ the heath, 281 ; leggja hann i steinvegginn i Krists-kirkju
innan, the south wall of a church, Fms. vii. 291. compds :
in-fer3, f. a journey from the south, Fms. vii. 282. sunnan-
iV, adv. south of the firth, G{)1. 9. sunnan-herr, m. a southern
1 as. i. 374. sunnan-lands, adv. in the south, H.E. i. 437.
n-maSr, m. a southerner, Isl. ii. 362. sunnan-ve3r, n. a
■'y wind, Fms. iv. 306, vii. 310. sunnan-verflr, adj. ' south-
southern, Edda 12; sunnanvert England, Eg. 271; a sunnan-
! -landi, Landn. 25 ; rettsyni upp i sunnanverSa Hundatjorn, Dipl.
sunnan- vindr, m. a southerly wind, Fms. i. 128, xi. 34, Sks.
aria, adv. = sunnarliga, N.G.L. i. 257, Fms. v. 252.
lar-liga, adv. southerly, Ld. 26, Sks. 71.
'! aarr, conipar. more southerly : siinnarst, superl., see su8r.
y mlingar, m. pi. = sunnlendingar, Sky'r. 1 26.
^1 nr, adv. south ; see su&r. II. in local names, Sunn-dalr,
nlale, in Sweden: Sunn-mserr, a county in Norway; whence
' -maerir, m. pi. the men of S. : Sunn-H6rdar, the South Hords,
.ibitants of a district in Norway ; whence Sunnh.6r3a-land, a
. Fms. passim : Suxin-lendiugar, m. pi. the men of SuSrland in
-unnlendinga-fj6r6ungr, the south quarter, Landn.: sunn-lendr,
lenzkr, adj. southern, Ld. 276, Sturl.
• R, m. a son; see sonr.
ot, n. [for. word], a surcoat, B. K. 98.
a, u, f. [a corruption from Lat. sirenal, a siren, Fms. iv. 56.
r, m., gen. surts and surtar, [svartr], the Black, the name of a
it, the world-destroyer, Vsp. 52, 54, VJ)m. 17, 18; Surta(r)-logi,
neofSurt, the last destruction of the world by fire, VJ)m. 50:
ib the phrase, gott er Jia a Gimli med Surti, Edda (Cod. Ups. ii.
surtar-brandr, m. ' surts-brand,' is the common Icel. word for
Kggert Itin. The word is found on vellum MS. of Bret. (1849)
id is therefore old, and interesting because the name of the mythical,^ silt-ligr, adj. painful, Mar.
fire-giant and destroyer is applied to the prehistoric lire at a kind of
heathen geological term. 2. in local names; Hellinn Surts (mod.
Surts-heUir) is the name of the famous cave iii Icel. ; hellinn Surtt,
Sturl. ii. 181 ; hann for upp til hellisins Surts ok fstrSi J)ar drApu J)4 er
hann haf5i ort um jiituninn i hellinum, Landn. 199. II. a nick-
name and pr. name, Landn. 2. the name of a black dog. ■urt«r-
epU, n., botan. ' Surt's apple,' the pod or capsule of an equiutum, Eggert
Itin. 434.
8U88U, interj. of wonder or amazement; suuu, sasrof fyrr er fuUt
enn ut af floi, Isl. Jjj6as. ii. 482.
Suttungr, as spelt in Hm. 104, 109, no. Aim. 35, Edda i. 218-233,
(Suptungr seems to be an erroneous later form) : — ^thc name of a giant,
the keeper of the divine mead of wisdom and poetry ; Suttunga mjoAr,
the mead ofS., i. c. poetry, 218, 244.
suzingull, m. [for. word], a surcingle. Ski. 403 B.
su, see sa.
StJD, f. [syja], prop, a sewing, suture, but only used of the elincbing 0/
a ship's boards (see skara and skarsu8) ; skipa, siiSa, syju, Edda, freq. ;
skar-siiS, felli-su5 ; poet. su8-bani, 'plank-bane,' i. e. the sea, as destroyer
of ships, Stor. ; siid-marr, ' suture-steed,' i. e. a ship. Lex. Poet. 2.
of the outer boarding of a house, Nj. 114. audar-steinn, a nickname,
Bs. : a local name, Stida-vfk, whence Sild-vikingr, m. a man from
S., Bs.
8u3-I)aki8r, part, clinch-boarded, of a house, Nj. 114.
STJGA, saug, to suck; see sjuga.
8ugandi, a, m. a gush of wind: a nickname, whence Stigandis-
fj6r3r, a local name, Landn.
sugr, m. a ' sucking,' a draught of wind; arn-siigr.
SXJIiA, u, f., and sul ; [O. H.G. sul (in Irmen-sul); Germ, saule :
A. S. syl ; Dan. so'ile'] : — a pillar, Hym. 1 2 ; sulur i gognum, 29 ; sula
. . . jarn-siila, Edda 61. II. a bird (haf-sula), the ganntt, solan
goose, Edda (Gl.)
sulda, u, f. dankness. slUda, a8, to be dank. siUdu-legr, adj.
dank.
StJPA, saup, supu, sopinn ; [A. S. supan ; Engl, sip, sop, sup ; Dan. so6«] :
— to sup, drink; siipa kal (Dan. siibe kaal), p6ib. 51 new Ed., Fms. xi.
348 ; skal vi8 siigu siipa en eigi of mikit drekka. Art. ; siipa a, to take
a sup; lattii son {)inn siipa a handlaug konungsins, Fms. vi. 199; hann
saup a prja sopa, Bs. i. 394 ; siiptu a aptr, Siggi minn, Stef. 01.
siipa, u, f. a soup ; kjot-siipa, spa8-supa.
siira, u, f., botan. sorrel, Lat. rumex, Stj. 176, 279, Pr. 470.
fiiir-eygr, adj. blear-eyed, Fs. 88.
sur-leikr, m. sourness, Stj. 176.
siirna, a&, to become sour; siirnar i augum, the eyes smart from smoke,
Nj. 202.
StJRR, adj. [A. S. sur ; Engl, sour; Dan. sur; cp. saurr, sori, all forms
indicating a lost strong verbj : — sour, acid; sur mjolk, sour milk; sfir
blanda, sour whey; surt vin, Pr. 470 ; siir epli, Stj. 73, passim : of the
eyes, bleared, siir augu, Skalda (Thorodd).
SUIT, m. a sour drink. 2. a nickname, Gisl.
Bursa, a8, to pickle ; sursu8 svi8, roasted and pickled sheep's-head.
siir-skapr, m. sourness, a sour face, O. H. 141.
sus, n. [cp. Dan. suse ; Germ, sausen'], the roar of the surf; a av. kty.
in a paper MS. to Vsp. 17, at ' siisi,' to the roaring sea (7), but as both
the extant vellums, the Cod. Reg. and the Hb., read ' hiisi,' this reading,
if correct, must be traced to some lost vellum of the Vsp. (perhaps a lost
leaf of the Cod. Arna Mag. No. 748 ?). The context, and the para-
phrase in Edda, ' me8 saevar-striindu,' are in favour of the reading of the
paper MSS. and against that of the vellums,
siis-breki, a, m. a roaring breaker (?), surf, a dubious word, Skm. 29.
sust, f. = t)ust (q. v.), Fms. viii. 96, 436, v. 1.
susvort, f. the nightingale; einn fugl ^ann er heitir philomela 4
Latinu en a Norrxnu heitir susvort, sumir kalla ok niktigalu, Barl. 39 :
the word is obsolete in Icel., and the passage in Barl. stands alone in the
old literature ; not even does the Edda (Gl. in the list of birds) record
this word ; but it is preserved in provincial Norse sysvorta (sisvorta, svis-
vorta) = turdus torquatus, the ring ousel, Ivar Aasen : the etymology is
quite uncertain.
STJT, f. [A. S. subt; siit and sott are identical, but s<5tt is used of
physical sickness, siit in mental] -.—grief sorrow, affliction ; ala sut um e-t,
to pine, Hm. ; ver8a e-m at sutum, to cause grief to, Hallfred : the older
sense of sickness is perceptible in Hm. 147 ; manna biilva s(itir hverjar,
H8ni. I ; eigi siit ne stStt, Fms. ii. 199 (Rev. xxi. 4); sorg ok siit, Stj.
265; Slit ok i8ran, H.E. i. 484; siit sizt m4tti sorgum lotta, siit flaug
1 brjostiS inn. Pass. II. 8.
suta, a8, to tan skin.
sutari, a, m. [Lat.], a tanner, Gr4g. ii. 84, N. G. L. ii, R6tt„ D. N.
siit-fenginn, adj. mournful. Mar., Bs. ii.
sut-fullr, adj. mournful, Hkr. iii. 366.
siit-laust, n. adj. = s6ttlaust.
606
SYAD— SVARTADR.
SVAS, n. and svadi, a, m. [sveSja], a slippery place, a slide, as of
frozen ground with a half-thawed muddy surface ; \)k var {)eyr, var sva5
(sva&i, Fb. 1. c.) a J)elanum, Fms. viii. 393 ; sva8 (svaSi C) var a vell-
inum, ok skri6na6i hann, Stur). ii. 104; hestrinn skri8na3i a svaSanum,
iii. 141 : metaph. phrase, var vi6 svaS um, at mart manna mundi drukna,
it was on the slide, was imminent, that many people should be drowned,
Mork. 92. In mod. usage svaSi is chiefly used of slippery ledges of rock
projecting into the sea, and washed by the tides.
svaSa, a6, to swathe; sva3a6ir upp 1 kurt ok skart, Karl. 168.
svad-hall, adj. slippery.
sva3i, a, m., see sva3. sva3a-ligr, adj. slippery, dangerous. Sva3i,
a pr. name, Fms. ii : the name of a giant, Orkn.
svaSill, m. a slippery place : in the phrase, fara sva5il fyrir e-m, to get
on slippery ice, get a bad fall, Fms. vii. 56, Stj. 433, 513. compds :
svaSil-farar, -ferSir, f. pi. disasters, Isl. ii. 54 ; veita e-m sva5ilfarar,
Fms. viii. 408; fara svaSilforum fyrir e^pi = fara svaSil, vii. 261.
Sva3il-fari, a, m. a mythical steed, the father of Sleipnir, see Hdl.,
Edda.
svafnir, m. [svefja], a sleep-maker, soother, Lat. sopitor; fjor-svafnir,
the name of a sword, Nj.: poet, a serpent, Gm., Edda, Lex. Poet.
svagi, a, m. a giirgler{l), a nickname, Fms. viii.
svagla, a&, to gurgle, Sturl. iii. 192 C.
svak or svakk, n. [cp. sukk], a muddle, disorder, Nj. 18, v. 1.
svakka, a8, to riot, be disorderly, svakk-samr, adj.
sval, n. a cool breeze.
" SVALA, gen. svolu ; a v has been dropped, as the proper form would
have been svolva (gen. svolu), cp. volva (volu) ; \A.S. swealwe ; Engl.
swallow ; Germ, schwalbe] : — a swallow. Eg. 420, Edda (GL), Karl. 304,
Fas. iii. 280; sv6Iu-hrei8r, a swallow's nest: poet, dolg-svala, a 'war-
swallow,' i. e. a shaft, Eb. (in a verse) : a pr. name of a woman, Band.
svala, a3, to chill, cool ; frost ma viS koma sinu afli at svala, Sks.
197 B ; svala ser, to slake one's thirst. 2. impers. it is cooled; svalafti
honum meSan, Sturl. iii. 189; it is chilled, Fms. vi. 422 ; hann lagSisk
i bergskor nokkurri, honum svalaSi mjok, vii. 220.
svala-drykkr, m. a cooling draught.
svala-lind, f. a refreshing stream. Pass.
svalar, f. pi. a kind of balcony running along a wall ; st6& jarl i svala-
glugg einum, Fms. ix. 427, v. 1. ; Sverrir konungr var genginn or her-
berginu ut i svalarnar, . . . si9an hljop hann ofan i garSinn, viii. 123;
hann hljop lit um svalarnar ok ofan i klrkju-garftinn, var ^at fur3u-hatt
hlaup, 191 ; jarl svaf i o8ru herbergi, hann hljop upp vi9 ok gekk lit i
svalarnar, ix. 449; hann var liti i svolum i gaezlu haf&r, 6. H. 1 17, cp.
235, Stj. 211, 402. Judges ix. 51. svala-klefi, a, m. an alcove with
balcony, D. N. v. 342.
svall, n. [identical with soil (q.v.) and Engl. £i4'/7/] : — a drunken bout;
and svalla, a5, to swill, drink hard : svallari, a, m. a swiller, debauchee.
SVALB, svol, svalt, adj. cool, fresh ; me& svalri ve6r-bl6ku, Sks.
234; svolum regnelum, 629; vindr mikill ok s., Fms. vi. 421 ; haegra
ok svalara, 226; svolum eggjum, Hdl.: poet, eitr-s., lir-s.. Lex. Poet. :
freq. in mod. usage, svala-drykkr, q. v. : as a nickname, Bs. compds :
sval-br36sta3r, adj. cool-breasted, chilly, Edda. sval-kaldr, adj.
cooling, cold, of the sea, Hdl.
svamla, a6, (svaml, n.), to swim with great fuss and noise, like a
whale, Fas. iii. 443 ; vi6a trui eg hann svamli | sa gamli, Jon Arason.
svangi, a, m. or svangr, m. [svange Ivar Aasen], the groins, esp. of
animals; tina i svanginn, to fill the belly; ek em lag3r i gognum spjoti
svangann, ok er ut kominn oddrinn at hrygginum, Karl. 404 ; takit or
mer svangan og langann, Isl. f>j6?is. i. 152 ; svangs suSir, ' belly-boards,'
i. e. ships, O. H. (in a verse).
SVANGB, adj. [svangi], slender, slim, thin ( = Germ. schlank), of a
horse ; svangir (hestar) sol draga, Gm. 37 (Bugge) ; svangri und s661i,
Hkv. I. 41 ; svipta so51i af svongum jo, Og. 3; this sense is obsolete,
and the word is only used, 2. metaph. hungry, Fms. ii. 328 (in a
verse) ; seigt er svongum at skruma, Fb. ; at hestar y8rir se svangir,
Lv. 20 ; svangir ok soltnir, Fms. x. 194, and so in mod. usage. svang-
rifja, adj. bare-ribbed, of a steed, Rm. svang-vaxinn, part, slim of
stature, Vigl. (in a verse).
svanni, a, m. [akin to svanr or svangr?], poet, a lady, Edda 108,
Kormak, Hallfred, Rm., freq. in old and mod. poetry.
SVANB, m., gen. svans, Pr. 478, pi. svanir ; [A. S. swana ; Germ.
schwan; a common Teut. word, but in Icel. svanr is the poetical, alpt
(q.v.) the common word] : — a swan; svanir hvitir at lit, Stj. 90; fugls
^ess er s. heitir, Barl. 135; hja songvi svana, Edda 16 (in a verse):
poet., svana be8r, fold, fjiiU, dalr, strind, the swan's bed, land . . ., i. e. the
sea : as also svan-bekkr, svan-bingr, svan-fjSU, svan-flaug,
svan-fold, svan-mjSll, svan-teigr, svan-vangr, svan-vengi, the
bench, bed, fell, field, earth, snow . . . of the swans, i. e. the sea, the waves.
Lex. Poet. II. Svanr, as a pr. name, Landn., Hdl. compds:
svan-:Qa3rar, f. swan's feathers, Vkv. svan-hvitr, adj., as a pr.
name. Swan-white, Vkv. svan-mserr, adj. swan-bright, Isl. ii. (in a
verse). svana-sdngr, m. a swan's song.
svar, n., pi. svor, a reply, answer, in ancient writers only in pit
sag6i Kari Eireki svor ^eira, Nj. 137: the phrases, halda upp sv.r
fyrir e-n, to be one's spokesman, Fms. ii. 292, vi. 269 ; sitja fyrir svGn
id., iv. 274, vi. 13, Band. 36 new Ed.; gjalda svor fyrir e-t, to givt
reason, Barl. 91 : in mod. usage also in sing. : compd, and-svor.
SVARA, a6, [A. S. and-swarian ; Engl, answer'], to reply, ansu
absol. or with double dat. (s. e-m e-u), ef ma&r svarar eigi, Grag. i. :
svara engu or3i, Fb. ii. 63 ; Hriitr svaraSi J)a — ' aerit fogr er mser s
Nj. 2 ; J)vi (dat.) mun ek svara \t6T um J)etta er satt er, 49 ; hon sva
sva, at hon vill . . ., Fms. i. 2 ; svara e-u fyrir sik, to make answer
defence, 656 C. 29. II. as a law phrase, to answer, respond; sv
til laga J)eim j6r6um sem keypt hefir, Dipl. iv. 9 ; s. logriptingum a jor
ii. 20 ; svara mali fyrir e-n, to answer for, Nj. 106 ; s. sokum fyrir e-t,
pay the penally for, Sks. 796; s. e-m Icigum, to answer according to
law, D. N. ; s. J)essum logbrotum, to amwer for them, Sks. 546 ; at 1
svarit sliku fyrir sem J)er hafit til gort, that you shall answer for w,
you have done. Boll. 350 ; s. skilum fyrir, to give an account for, Fi
vii. 127 ; eiga at s. malum, Stat. 309; um presta, hverju J)eir skulu
what duties they have to discharge, N. G. L. i. 345 ; svara til allra stet
to pay taxes to all estates (king and clergy). 2. svara e-u, to
equal, amount to; sva mikil kol sem svaraSi fimm hrossa gongu, D
V. 14; er svari innkaupum, N. G. L. iii. 16; sam-s.
svar-dagi, a, m. an oath, usually in plur., allra svardaga, bir
svardogum, veita svardaga, and the like, Nj. 164, Eb. 302, lb. 16, Hki
272, Faer. 191, Fms. i. 49, 206, Stj. 303.
svar3-fa3tr, adj. [svor6r], 'sward-fast,' swarded, turfed, with swc
or sod; svarSfast land, Grag. ii. 291, 355.
Bvar3-lauss, adj. without greensward, rotten, of soil, Hrafn. 26.
svar3-lykkja, u, f. [svorSr], a ring of a rope of walrus-bide, Fi
viii. 216.
svar3-iner3lingar, m. pi. a poet, word, read svartmerlingar, the bU
glittering (see merla). Fas. i. (in a Verse).
svar3-rei3i, a, m. tackle {harness) of walrus-hides, Fms. vi. 147, v
440, Dipl. V. 18.
svar3-reipi, n. a rope of walrus-hide, Sks. 184, Bar5. 169.
svar3-svipa, u, f. a whip of walrus-hide, Fms. vii. 227.
SVARF, n. [sverfa],_;?/e-c/Ms/; J)^lar hann sver6it allt i sundr i sv
eitt, Jiiflr. 79; j&rn-svarf, kopar-s.; rau6 svorf J)dlar, Lex. Poet., freq.
mod. usage. II. metaph. a hard fray, broil; })eim J)6tti i or
nokkut svarf, Isl. ii. 41 1 ; hann riSr at i J)essu svarfi, in the midst of
fray, Al. 40 ; ok sannast hit fornkve6na, at sitt ra& tekr hverr er i svcJr
ferr, Fms. iv. 147. 2. plur. shaving, extortion; meS ranum
svorfum, Fms. iii. 146 ; margr hefir sa meiri svorf {is more exactin
er minna treystir gongum, SkiSa R. 23 (the passage should thus
emended).
svarfa, a8, [Engl, to swerve], to sweep, of filings, thence gener.
upset, by sweeping, overturning ; Jjorgils svarfaSi taflinu ok 16t i pui
inn, Th. upset the chess, Sturl. iii. 123. 2. to swerve; ok svarf;
( = svarfaSisk ?) leinn upp eptir siSunni, Hkr. iii. 390. II. refl(
to swerve, turn aside, to be turned upside down ; taflit svarfaSisk, Fr
vii. 219 ; sv6rfu3usk ski8in utanbor5s, 31 ; J)eir xtlu8u fyrst at svarfa
mundi hafa aptr hurSin, Grett. ; svarfa6isk ok s6pa6isk allt dt i sjov.
djupit, Stj. 287 ; hof6u fotin svarfask af honum ofan a golfit, Grett. 17
J)6tt a6r hef3i nokkut um svarfast (svarfat Ed.), Fms. xi. 97 ; svarfa
um, to cause a great tumult, make havoc, 40.
svarfa3r, sv6rfu3r, svorfr, m. a sweeper, desolatorQ), a nic
name, Landn. ; whence Svarfa3ar-dalr, the name of a county in Itt
Svarf-deelir, m. pi. the men from S. : Svarfdsela-saga, u, f the Sa,
of the S., Landn. II. svarfadr eru sjau tigir, Edda i. 534, v.l.
(in Cod. Ub. and Arna-Magn. 748).
svarfan, svSrfun, f. a wild fray, Am.
svarf-bvalr, m. (?), a kind of whale (perhaps the Shetl. swarfish, t
spotted blenny) ; hlasshvalr ok s., Vm. 150.
svarf-samr, adj. turbtdettt, Sks. 31.
svari-br63ir, m. (svara-br63ir, Gisl. 21, Fms. xi. 206), a swo
brother, confederate, ( = fostbroQir, q.v.), Fbr. 32, 128, Fms. xi. 343.
Svarinn, m. the name of a dwarf, Edda.
svarka, a8, to quarrel, grumble ; s. um e-t, Fms. vii. 143 ; ly8r svar
a8i jafnan af sinu fangaleysi, R6m. 263 ; hann sytti ok svarkadi mjo
Stj. 634. ' X , • c
svarkr, m. a proud, haughty woman, Edda 108, 0. H. 11, Hkr. i. lb
Fbr. 163, Gisl. 82, Orkn. 382 (v.l.), Grett. 195 new Ed.
svarmr, m. [Eng]. swarm ; Germ, schwarm], a tumult, Bs. i. 663 (
a verse); sver5s s., 'sword-fray,' i.e. battle, Orkn. (in a verse).
svarning, f. [sverja], a conspiracy, Rom. 349.
svarra, a8, to swarm (?), a air. A67. ; svarraSi sargymir, Hkm.
svarri, a, m. = svarkr ; svarri ok svarkr, J)ser eru mikillatar, Edda 10'
hon var s. mikill ok sjalig kona, Faer. 233; hon var vxn ok s, miki
Fms. i. 288 ; fri9 kona ok s. mikill, Orkn. 382.
svar-stuttr, adj. giving short replies, Fms. iv. 165.
svartaSr, part, dyed black, Sks. 400, 405.
I
4'
S V AHTR— SVKFNHOFGI.
(m
V'ABTB, svijrt, svart, adj., compar. svartari, superl. svartastr : [a
nionTeut. word; Goth, swarts = nfXai] : — swan, black; s. sem bik,
1 95 ; s. sem hrafii, Edda 76 (hrafn-s.) ; s. hestr, Fms. ix. 523, Nj. 58 ;
orii, a black bear, Sks. 186 ; svartr sem jiirS, Fms. i. ai6 ; sviirt augu,
nak, Sighvat, 6. H.; s. at lit, Fms. xi. 7 ; s. 4 lit, x. 420; tjalda
;u, Fas. ii. 534 ; svartara, Landn. 306 ; myrkr sem J)a er svartast er,
, 134I ; svartir djoflar, Honi. 33; J)at svarta uaran, Fms. xi. 7: as
:, kname, svarti, Landn. passim ; Jjorsteinn svartr, Dipl. v. 15 : as a
uinie, Landn.: a local name, Svarta-haf, n. the Black Sea, Hkr. i.
MS. 732.17.
B. CoMPDs : svart-dlfar, m. pi. the black elves, Edda. svart-
\v, m. [Shell, swariback, or sivabie']: — the great black-backed gull,
.^ marinus, Fs. 145. svartbl&-eygr, adj. dark-bhie-eyed. Eg. 305,
svart-bldr, adj. dark blue, Aim. for Nord. Oldk. (1848) 191.
rt-bles6ttr, adj. black-headed with a while stripe, of a horse,
;. iii. 199. svart-bnina3r, part, dyed black-brown, B. K. 98.
rt-brunn, adj. black-brown. Eg. (in a verse), Eb. 258 (of the eyes).
:-t-eygr, adj. black-eyed. Eg. 305, Fms. vii. 175, Fas. iii. 627.
rt-flokkottr, adj. black-flecked, Mkv. svart-fygli, n. a gull,
troile L., Ann. 1327 (mod. svart-fugl). svarta-lirifl, f. a pitch-
, snow-storm. Fas. ii. 144. svart-h6f3i, a, m. a nickname, Landn.
rt-jarpr, adj. dark-brown, Ld. 276 (of hair). svarta-kampi,
hlack-beard, a nickname, Sturl. ii. 240. svart-klseddr, part.
in black, Fms. ii. 195, Sturl. ii. 9. svart-kollr, m. black-pate, a
name, Sturl. iii. 220. svart-leggja, u, f. 'black leg' or black
: , of a battle-axe with a smoky black handle, Band. svart-leitr,
warthy. Fas. ii. 149. svarta-meistari, a, m. a ' black master,'
e Dominican order, Fms. viii. svart-mimkr, m. a black monk,
^ friar, Dominican, Fms., Bs., passim ; svartmunka klaustr, -lif,
.i6r. svart-nsDtti, n. the black night. svarta-salt, n. black
ur. N.G. L. i. 39. svarta-skald, n. a black poet, a nickname, opp.
) hvita-skald, Sturl. svart-skeggjaSr, adj. black-bearded, BarS. 38
sw Ed. svart-skjor, m. = svartbakr, Edda (Gl.) svarta-slag,
a black or dark blow, a law term, of a blow which draws no blood,
id to which there are no witnesses, N. G. L. i. 73; s. hit hvita, 357.
/arta-svipr, m. deep gloom; var mikill s. at frafalli bans, his death
-.used deep gloom, Bs. i. 144. svart-s63l6ttr, adj. black-saddled,
a beast with a black saddle-shaped mark on the back, D. N. ii. 225.
/arta-J)urs, m. black giant, a nickname, Landn.
iSvasi or Svdsi, a, m. the name of a giant, Fms. x. (Fb. i.)
|3VA, adv., so in old rhymes in the 13th century, e.g. ivd zni gd, Mkv.
^ : f:vd and a, Ht. 82 ; later form svo (freq. in the 14th and 15th cen-
>) ; whence svo, and lastly so : [a common Teut. particle ; Ulf.
. A. S. swd ; Engl, and Germ, so ; Dan. xaa.]
B. So, thus; ertii Islenzkr maSr? — Hann sag3i at sva var, he
•d it was so, Nj. 6; beiddi Jjorsteinn Atla at . . . Hann g6r8i sva, he
-3, Isl. ii. 193; mi gor6u J)eir sva, so they did, Fms. x. 238; eigi
enn sva, ' not farther than so,' only so far, Gikg. i. 136 ; J)eir heita
/bus, Edda, Horn. 141 ; ef J)u vill eigi segja mer, ok farir J)u sva
>, i.e. without letting me know) he3an, Fms. vii. 30; J)eir segja sva
konungi, at . . ., iii. 181 ; sva er sagt, at.. ., it is told, that . . ., vi.
2. joined with another particle ; sva ok, so also, also ; sva skal
itla J)eim er J)a kiimr vi&, Grag. i. 235 ; sva rans-ma8rinn ok okr-
iliun, the robber as well as the usiirer. Mar. ; 611 landra5, sva logmal ok
ttar-gorSir, the law as well as the s., Sks. 13 B ; sva starf ok torveldi,
toil and trouble, Fms. vii. 221 ; ok sva, and also, as also; h6fu6
ok sva marga dyrgripi. Eg. 86 ; sumarit ok sva um vetrinn, the
"ler, as also the winter, Fms. xi. 51 ; fiigr augu ok sva snarlig,/a!r
and also sharp, i. 102 ; ekki likr yfirlits fo3ur sinum ok sva i
yndi (here ok sva is adversative = ne), x. 266 ; i Su&rlondum ok sva
i, |5i5r. ; J)eir minntu konung opt a f)at, ok sva J)at me&, at . . ., Eg.
' k hla5a sva veggi, and also make the walls, Gvkg. ii. 336 ; austr undir
; ;oll ok sva austr i Holt, and so also east ofH., Nj. 261. II. so,
ting degree ; aerit man hann storvirkr, en eigi veit ok hvart hann er svil
My) goSvirkr, Nj . 55 : with a compar., eigi getr naer enn sva, it is not to
•t nearer than so, Clem. 46 ; ekki meirr enn sva, not more than so, so
•lot more, with an adverse notion ; ekki |)6tta ek mi daell meirr enn
Fms. xi. 91 ; eigi fengiligri enn sva, Sturl. i. 159. 2. sva followed
!i adjective and 'at;' sva rikr, go&r, mikill, margr, fair . . . at, so
^^y, good, great, many,feiu . . . that, Nj. i, Fms. i. 3, passim ; svii at,
•at, contracted svat (as ^6tt for {jo at), Ste ' at' HL 7 (p. 29, col. 2) :
va put after the adjective, kaldr sva at, so cold that, Edda (pref.) ;
ndir sva, Mkv.; sjiikr sva, at {so sick that) hann so kominn at
, Fms. xi. 158: with a gen., Hallfre5r er sva manna, at ek skil sizt
manna at er, H. is such a man as I never can make out, Fs. 98;
er sva kvenna, at mer er mest um at e.\gA,just such a woman as
J 'ie best, Ld. 302 ; hon er sva meyja f Noregi, at ek vilda helzt eiga, Fms.
',10. 3. sva sem, so as, as; J)j6na honum sva sem born fo6ur,
^ la 13 ; ok sva sem hon er sterk, ^a mon hon brotna, er . . . , strong as it
( 2 bridge) is, it will break when . . ., 8 (see sem) ; harit var sva fagrt
I 5ilki,/m> as silk, Nj. 2 ; J)eim konungi sem sv4 er goSr ok r^tt-
viss sem Ingi, i.e. so vtry f^.,-,,, .,/../ y,,., u king, Kuik. vn. ^h', , ^vh vd
sem \,(!T ferr, well as thou bebavut, Nj. 225. 4. the phra»«, gtir
sva vel, be so good as to, I pray lb*t I Nj. ill, Fnn. vii. 157; gori
guSin {)tt sva vci, laii niik eigi bifta, Al. 106. 6. in greeting; heiU
sva 1 623. 17; hcilir svA, Stj. 124. 475, Karl. 507; ek iva heill I Fnj».
v. 230; sva vii ek heiU Grctt. 170 new Ed; farit it i tv4 gramendr
allir ! Dropl. 23. HI. tlikr »V8, nokkur iv4, |)vi.likr iv4, mjok
sva, somewhat so, much in that way, about so ; ilikum »v4 fortulura,
such a persuasion, Al 33 ; ekki nicira enn tlikt »v4, not more than to,
Fms. V. 308 ; J)vilikun» sv4 nuinnum, sem \)\t erut. Eg. 739 ; |>iggja
gjafar at slikum sv4 monnum, Fms. vi. 99 ; nakkvat »vd, somewhat m, xi.
II ; fegnir nokkut sv4, i.e. rather glad, quite glad, viii. 37 (v. I, mjok
sva, very) ; mjok sva, almost, very nearly, ail hut; hafa lokit mjiik svi
heyverkum, Isl. ii. 329; mjiik sva kominn at landi, Fnu. i. an; mjuk
sva kominn at bana, 158; mjok sv4 feginn, viii. 37, v. 1. ; allmjuk tv4,
V. 320. 2. the phrases, sva-gurt, see soguru and giJra (F. Ill); »v4-
btiit, see biia (B. IL 2. 5) : sva-nacr, so near, i.e. quite near; |)at man )>6
sva nser fara, // will be quite on the verge of that, Nj. 49; cf bara eltk
sva-njer Paskum, just before Easter, K.|j. K. 7 new Ed.; lagfti p4 tvi
naer, at ... , Nj. 163 ; haf5i sva nser, at, 160.
8vii-gi, adv. not so, Hm. 39 (Bugge) ; svagi mjok, Akv. 25 ; fv4gi . , .
e6a, Fms. x. 406.
sv4-lei8i8, adv. thus. Fas. ii. 378.
sv4-na, mod. svona, sona, adv. [see na], thus. Band. 18 new Ed.,
Fms. V. 318 ; her svknz, just here. Fas. ii. 473.
SVARR, adj. [Ulf. sK'ers=;.t^T4/<o»; k.S.swcer; Scot.st«/r (>«ieovy);
Germ. schwer~\ : — heavy, grave ; svaran siisbreka, Skm. 29 ; sins iiu svara
sefa, /or her strong affection, Hm. 106; svarra sara, Gh. 11 ; sv4rt ok
datt, Skv. 3. 26; at svarra fari (compar.), Kormak: svdran, as adv.
sorely, slo svaran sinar hendr (thus to be emended, sv4rar Cod.), she
wrung her hands so sore, Skv. 3. 25, 29. The word is poet, and obsolete,
and not used in prose, either ancient or modem ; the mod. Dan. stvter is
borrowed from the Germ.
svas-ligr, adj. lovely, delightful; af bans nafni er |>at svisligt kallat er
blitt er, Edda 13.
SVASS, adj., originally a possessive pronoun; [Ulf.sves^iSioi; A.S.
swcES = proprius ; cp. Lat. £uus] : — prop, one's own, which sense is ob-
solete, and the word is used, II. metaph. beloved, dear; hvars
getr svast at sja, Fsm. 5; 4 sr4sum armi Mengladar, 41, 43; at bjori
svasum, Akv. i ; buri svasa, my own dear sons, 38 ; svasa brzAr, my
dear brother, Gkv. 3, 8 ; in svasu go5, V})m. 17, 18 : in prose it remains
in lisvast veftr, unpleasant, wretched weather ; ve5r er lisvast liti, Gr4g. i.
216 (Ed. 1853); ve5r var xsiliga lisvast af hreggi ok regni, Bs. i. 199;
hregg ok rota ok sva osvast, at trautt {)6tti uti vxrt, 339.
Sv4su3r, m. the delightful, the name of a giant, the father of the too,
VJjm., Edda.
sv4t = sva at, so that, Grag. ii. 214.
SVBDJA, pres. sveSr ; pret. svaddi, [svaS], to slide, glance off',
as a sword from a bone ; sverdit sveflr af stalhorSum hjaimi, Al. 40 ;
svaddi sverSit ailt ofan a kinnar-kjalkann, Sturl. iii. 186 C; sverftit beit
ekki t)£gar beinsins kenndi, ok svaddi ofan i knes-botina, Dropl. 24 ;
hlif8u hellur J)ser, ok svoddu login af honum, F». 66 ; kom i helluna ok
svaddi (thus to be emended, sneiddi Ed.) af henni sva hart, at hann fell
eptir laginu, Vapn. 5.
sve3ja, u, f. a kind of sax (q. v.), Nj. 96, v. 1.
SVBFJA, svefr, pret. svafSi, [see sofa, svsefa], to lull to sleep, as-
suage, soothe; hon endir ok svefr allan ufriO, Al. 71 ; gorir sa betr er
annan svefr, Mkv. 28 ; at {)u sardropa svefja skyldir, to still the blood,
Hkv. 2. 40 ; saeva ok svefia, sorgir I«gja, Rm. 44 (Bugge) ; attu margir
hluti at svefja (sefja Cod.) Ssemund, Sturl. ii. 47 ; svcfja reidi e-s, to soothe
one's wrath, Al. 16 ; svefja |)eirra siit, Al. 90 ; at svefja litrii Steins, Sturl.
i. 210 C; voru |)eir 6&astir, en Bolli svaf3i heldr, Ld. 3lo; gramr svafSi
bil, Vellekla. 2. reflex, to be soothed; svafftisk hann ok var hann
\)6 allrei5r, Bs. i. 558.
SVEFN, m., also sOfn, s6mn, semn; [A.S. swefen; Old Engl.
sweven ; E\\g\. swoon ; lie\. sweban; Dzn. sHvn ; Sv/ed. somn; Gr.vwvoe ;
Lat. somnus; see sofa]: — sleep; ganga til svefns, Nj. 7 ; i sofninum,
Hom. 114; i semnenum, 1 19, and passim. 2. a dream; J)6r er
svefns, thou art dreaming, Fbr. 73, Ld. 1 20 ; illt er svefn slikan segja
nau8manni. Am. 23; e-m ber e-t i svefn, to tell one something in a
dream, Fas. i. 432 (in a verse) : esp. in plur., sii bar m^r i mina svefna,
Kormak; mer gengr sjiifn i svefna, Gisi. (in a verse); grand svefna,
bad dreams. Am. 31 ; svefna synir, dream visions, Stj. 492.
B. CoMPDs : svefn-biir, n. a sleeping-bower, bedroom, Landn. 2 1 5,
Str. 46. svefn-farar, f. pi. dreams, a dreaming state, Bjam. 63 ;
har8ar svefnfarar, Gisl. 44, 58. sve&i-fdtt, n. adj. lacking sleep,
Kormak. svefn-gaman, n. 'dream-joy,' poet, the night. Aim.
svefn-hellir, m. = svefnhus, of a giant. Bard. 176. svefn-her-
bergi, n. a sleeping-room. Bard. 20. svefn-hiis, n. id.. Eg.
420, Bs. i, 74. svefia-hvlld, f. the rest of sleep, Str. svefh-
hOfgi, a, m. heaviness from sleep, drowsiness, Nj. 104, Gisl. 67.
608
SVEFNHOFUGT—SVEIPOTTR.
svefn-hdfugt, n. adj. sleep-heavy, droivsy, Nj. 264, Ld. 120. svefn-
I16II, f. a sleeping-hall, Stj. 631, Karl. il. svefn-inni, n. a sleep-
ing-inn, A.\. 1^. svefn-ker, n. pi. ^sleep-basins,' i.e. (he eyes, Gisl.
(in a verse). svefn-klefl, a, m. a sleeping-room, Stj. 149, 204.
svefn-lauss, adj. sleepless, Rom. 195. svefn-leysi, n. sleeplessness,
Fms. viii. 48, Sturl. iii. 73, Pr. 470. svefn-lopt, n. a sleeping-loft,
bed-chamber, Grett. 118 G, Art. svefn-orar, f. pi. dream-phantasms,
Hkr. ii. 354, Anecd. 8 ; see orar. svefn-purka, u, f. a ' sleep-sow,'
a drowsy fellow. svefn-samt, n. adj.; e-m er ekki s., to be sleepless,
Nj. 210, Fms. iv. 336, Al. 73. svefn-sel, see sel; selin voru tvau, s.
ok bur, Ld. 242. svefn-skdli, a, m. a ' bed-shieling,' sleeping-ball.
Fas. ii. 416. svefn-skemma, u, f. = svefnbur, Fas. i. 359, Eg. 80,
Fms. vi. 188, Landn. 215, v. 1. svefn-stofa, u, f. = svefnbur, Ld. 16,
Bs. i. 78a. svefn-stiind, f. a sleeping hour, Sks. 618. svefn-
styggr, adj. * sleep-shy,' sleeping lightly. Fas. iii. 124. svefn-timi,
a, m. the time of sleep, Str. 21. svefn-vana, adj. wanting sleep,
Sturl. iii. 256. svefn-J)orn, m. a '■sleep-thorn;' the popular notion
was that charmed sleep is produced by putting the 'sleep-thorn' into
the sleeper's ears, then he will not awake until the thorn falls out ;
stinga e-m svefnJ)orn, to stick one with the sleeping-thorn. Fas. i. 18, 19 ;
or, stinga e-n svefnJ)orni, Isl. ii. 183, iii. 303, (cp. Fm. 43, Hrafnag. 13.)
svefn-J>vuigi, a, m. = svefnh6fgi. svefn-eerr, adj. 'sleep-raving;'
in the phrase, s. ok dauSa-drukkinn, sleep-mad and dead-drunk, Hkr. i.
17, Fms. viii. 189.
svefni, n. sleepiness, Horn. 26 : cohabitation, in the law phrase, bi&ja
konu svefnis, Grag. i. 337, 338 ; brjota konu til svefnis, to ravish, ii. 60,
N.G.L. i. 71,357-
svefnugr, adj. [Dan. sovnig"], sleepy; svefngar (pjur.), Sdm. 36 ;
svefnugr ok latr, 656 B. 2 ; J)eir voru mjok svefnugir, Sturl. iii. 256, v. 1.
SvegSir, m. one of the names of Odin, as also of a Swed. mythical
king, Edda, Yngl. S.
SVEGGJA, d, [Ulf. af-swaggwjan = f^airopuaOai'], to make to sway
or swag, turn round, veer round ; sveggja let fyrir Siggju s61bor3s goti
norSan, she (the ship) stood, veered round the island Sigg, Edda (ait. Key.
in a verse).
SVEI, interj.^ye.' svei, segir hon, aldri muntii vel reynask, |>6r8. 74:
with dat., svei J)er, fye upon thee ! Th. 2 1 ; svei mer syndugum ! 20 ;
svei verdi jpinum legg ! Fms. vii. 122 ; svei verSi minum herra, ef . . .,
Karl. 301 ; svei ver9i ySr sva rennandi ! Fms. viii. 401 ; svei J)^r! ij
the cry of an Icel. shepherd to a dog if he worries a sheep or barks at a
stranger ; svei-svei-svei 1
sveia, a8, to shout svei ; sveia hundum, hann hljop 4 eptir hundunum,
sveia6i J)eim, Od. xiv. 35.
sveidandi, part., in the air. \ey. ek skal senda per sveidanda spjot
= svi8u-spj6t or sviSa (q. v.), Fas. ii. (in a verse).
Svei3i, a, m. the name of a sea-king. Lex. Poet.
svei9u3r, m. a bull, poet., from the spear-like horns, "^t.
SVEIF, f. [svifa], a tiller. Fas. iii. 197; sels sveif, a seal's paw,
N.G.L. i. 363.
sveifi-rum, n. room for the tiller to work so as to veer the ship ;
sigla sva naer at eigi se sveifrdm, N. G. L. ii. 281, Jb. 396 ; sveiflngar-
rlim, 396 B: svif-nim, N.G.L. I.e. (v. 1. 8, 11), whence mod. svig-
riim: room to move the body freely, eg haf5i ekki svigriim til {)ess.
sveifla, a5, to swing or spin in a circle, like a top; s. sverSi, exi, Nj.
56, 97, Eg. 80, Fas. i. 415, Fbr. 209, 6. H. 222.
sveifla, u, f. a wrestler's term, a swinging round with one's antagonist ;
snua e-m til sveiflu. Fas. iii. 392, Grett. 15 new Ed.
sveiging, f. a bending, swaying.
sveigir, m. one who bends, a swayer. Lex. Poet.
SVEIGJA, 8, [svig; cp. Engl, to sway; North. E. swag"] : — to bow,
bend, like a switch; s. armleggi hans, Landn. 169, v. 1.; s. tren, Faer.
50 ; s. aim, to bend the bow, Fms. vii. (in a verse) ; s. rokk, to swing the
distaff, Rm. 16; s. fast arar, Fms. ii. 180; s. horpu, to sway, strike the
harp, Og. 27; s. a e-n, to pull rotind, in rowing, Nj. 90; s. e-t eptir
sinum vilja. Mar.; pa aetla ek at login mundu sveig8 hafa verit, the
law was tampered with. Valla L. 209; it priftja ma kalla nokkut sveigt,
the third is not straight. Band. 6 ; sveigja til vi8 e-n, to give way, yield
somewhat, Hkr. i. 142, Stj. 578; v^r skulum s. til, sva . . ., cotne to a
compromise, so that . . . , Fser. 35 ; konungr pdttisk hafa mykt sitt skap,
ok sveigt til sampykkis me8 peim, Fms. vi. 280 ; heljar-reip sveig8 at
si8um mer, Sol. 39 ; jcifurr sveig3i y, drew the bow, H6fu61. ; s. hala sinn,
to droop the tail, Hkv. Hjorv. II. reflex, to be swayed, sway,
swerve; pa tok at sveigjask hugr j»rls, Fms. ix. 444; hvergi sveig8isk
hugr hans fyrir peirra kugan, Bs. i. 287 ; Idta sveigjask eptir e-s vilja,
Fb. ii. 146; sveigjask til ( = sveigja til) vi8 e-n, i. 410.
sveigja, u, f. a bending, elasticity.
sveigr, m. [Engl. sw/Cife; Swed. si/«^s; Norse si;«'§'; cp. svigi] : — a
switch; alm-s., Fas. i. 271; sveigar kor, a "■ switch-bane,' i. e. a« axe.
Eg. (in a verse). II. metaph. a bow, Edda (Gl.) 2. a head-
dress or snood, a kerchief wound round the head ; sveigr var a hof8i,
Rm. ; s. a h6f8i mikill, Ld. 244 ; hence sveigar-saga, -poll, -gatt, the .
fairy of the hood, i. c. a wotnan. Lex. Poet. : the passage, nu mun per ek
sveigr a (sveigra Ed.) ver8a, er pii ferr aptr, it will be no bend in thy wa
it will all be straight, Fas. iii. 281.
SVBIMA, a8, [akin to svimma], prop, to swim, Sks. 116, but on
used, 2. metaph. to soar, tower, wander about; peir sveimut
um baeinn ok drapu mart af Birkibeinum, Fms. viii. 1 73 ; fylgjur uvii
varra sveima her mi i nand, 281 ; pott ver hafim sveimat i sumar u
byg8ir peirra, vi. 261; sveimaSi BarSr vi8a um landit, BarS. 170;
uti um naetr, Stj. 424 ; sveimar purbr at peim, J>6r8. 78 ; hyrr sveimat
the flame soared, spread wide. Lex. Poet. ; ef eg sveima elli-grar, ei
sinn heim at Froni, Niim.
sveimadr, m. one who soars, wanders about. Lex. Poet.
sveiman, f. a soaring, of fire. Fas. i. 519 (in a verse).
sveimr, m. (sveim, n., Orkn. 1. c), a soaring, bustle, stir; gci
fjdndsligan sveim, Hallfred ; •sa sveimr gorisk um allar herbiiSir, at . .
AI. 117; i Eyjunum var sveim mikit, in the islands there was mickle sti
Orkn. 334 : a nickname, Sturl.
svein-bam, n. a 'boy-bairn,' a male child, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 14, Fb.
252.
svein-domr, m. youth, boyhood, Stj. 25 : Lzt. pubertas.
Sveinki, a, m. a diminutive of Sveinn, Fms, vii ; veit eg pa8, Sveink
Esp. Arb. 1550.
SVEINN, m. [a northern word, from which the A. S. swan, Enj
swain, seems to be borrowed] : — a boy ; fxddi Vigdis barn, pat v
sveinn, sa var vaenn mjok, Ingimundr leit a sveininn ok maelti, sja sveii
. . . son attu pau annan . . . pessi sveinn, Fs. 23 ; sveinninn Hor8r sti
vi8 stokk ok gekk mi it fyrsta sinn fra stokkinum til m68ur sinnar, I
ii. 15 ; skal pat barn lit bera ef pii faE8ir meybarn, en upp faeSa ef sveii
er, 198; kona hans faeddi barn, ok het sveinn sa Hrafn, Eg. 100; i'
sem peir sveinar adrir er voru sex vetra eSr sjau vetra, 147 ; sveinar tvt
leku a golfinu, Nj. 15 ; var pa nafn gefit sveininum, 91 ; kallaSi Nji' "
sveininn Hoskuld, . . . hann let sveininum ekki i mein, ok unni miki
146, 147 ; sveininn {>6r8 Karason . . . hinu hefir pii mer heitid, ammi
segir sveinninn, 201, Bs. i. 599. II. boys, lads! often used
addressing grown-up men ; eld kveykit er mi, sveinar ! Nj. 199 ; hart riJ
er, sveinar ! 82 ; sjait 6t mi rau8alfinn, sveinar 1 70 ; hverr a sveina (ge
pi.) hendr i hari mer? Fms. xi. 151 ; hvernig er, sveinar? 145 ; sveinn <
sveinn ! hverjum ertii sveini borinn ? Fm. i ; inn franeygi sveinn 1 id
Hjalla-sveinar, Hofs-sveinar, GuUp. 4, Fiimb. 2. a servant, attendat'
waiter; sveinar 6lafs, Ld. 96: esp. a page, sveinn Gunnildar, Nj. 5, Fms.i
236, Ann. 1346 C ; skutil-sveinn, sko-sveinn, q. v.: of bondsmen, N.G.
i. 35, 76 : in mod. usage an apprentice, Dan. svend. III. a nic
name, SigurSr Sveinn ( =the Germ. Siegfried), SkiSa R. 2. Svein
a pr. name, very freq., Landn., Fms. : in compds, Svein-bjom, Sveu
tmgr, Sveinki, Berg-sveinn, KoU-s. compds : sveina-lauss, a(
without attendants; ri8a s., Lv. 43. sveins-leikr, m. a boy's gavis^
Hkr. i. 46, Eg. 189. sveins-ligr, adj. boyish, Fas. iii. 486. ' '■
svein-piltr, m. a boy, youth, Bs. i. 539.
svein-stauli, a, m. = sveinpiltr, a little boy, Edda 31.
SVEIPA,8 and a8: stray forms of an obsol. strong verb (svipa, svei;
are, pret. sveip, Rm. 18, Vkv. 23, Skv. 3. 13 ; pres. sveipr (for svipr), 3. f
part, sveipinn (for svipinn), Fm. 42, Fas. i. 439 (in a verse) ; [cp. En;
sweep; a Goth, sweipan may be assumed from midja-sweipans = KarcueX
fffios, deluge ; A. S. swapan ; Germ, scbwehen ; cp. svipa, sopa] : — to sum
stroke ; hann sveipa8i harinu fram yfir h6fu3 ser, stroked the hair with t
hand, Fms. i. 180 ; sveipar hann peim saman, Grett. 129 new Ed. ; gre
hann til hendinni, ok sveip3i af ser flugunni, swept the fly away, Edda 7<
hann sveipa8i harinu fram yfir hofu8 ser, Fms. i. 180; hann sveipa6i
hendinni duki peim er . . ., Bs. i. 188. 2. to wrap, swaddle; hai
hafSi sveipat at ser miittli einum, wrapped himself in a mantle, Stj. 49:
let hann s. {wrap, swathe) skipit allt fyrir ofan sja me8 gram tjoldui
(3. H. 170; hann sveipar sik i skikkju sinni, Sks. 298 ; peir fundu ba
sveipat lindiik, Fms. i. 112; faeddi hon barn, var pat sveift kteJui
6.T. 4 ; kona sveip ripti, Rm. 18 ; ok hana Sigur8r sveipr i ripti, Sk'
3. 8 ; peir pogu pvi ok sveipSu pat (the corpse) lindiikum, Fms. v. 3(
var kistan sveip8 pelli, O.K. 229; let aboti pa s. likit, Sturl. iii. iii
lik konungs var sveipa8 diikum, Fms. viii. 232 ; en paer skalar STC
hann litan silfri, Vkv. 23 ; eldi sveipinn, wrapped in a sheet of fire, Fl
42, Fas. i. (in a verse). II. to sweep, swoop ; peir sveipuSu (v..
svipuSu) yfir 4na, Fms. viii. 170; hann sveipaSi til sver8inu, swept rout,
him with the sword, v. 90; hann sveipar iixinni til hans, Fbr. Ill ne
Ed.; sveip sinum hug, 'swooped,' turned his mind, Skv. 3. 13. !
to be twisted; eitt er lyti3 a, harit er sveipt i enninu, a falling ford^
on the forehead, Korm. 18; and the verse, hon kvaS hari niinu svei;
i enni, id. 3. part, sveipandi ( = svipandi), swooping, flaming
Cherub me8 sveipanda sverSi, Gen. iii. 24.
sveipa, u, f. a kerchief, hood ( = sveipr, sveigr), Edda (Gl.) ; h<5n sA
pa sveipu sina ok veifSi upp yfir hofu8 ser, isl. ii. 76.
sveipin-falda, u, f. ' Swooping-hood,' the name of a giantess, Ed«
sveipr6ttr, adj. eddying, an epithet of a river, Od. xi, 240.
SVEIPR— SVELTIKVI.
G09
• Bveipr, m. a fold, Lat. plica; gyrda urn sik me& tvaufiildnm sveip, /o
gird with a two/old ' swoop,' wrap it twice round the toaisl, Sks. 405 B :
a twirl, a falling lock on the forehead, s. i hari, Nj. 39 ; svartr n, hdr ok
sveipr i hariiui, curled hair (7), Korm. 8. 2. a hood ( = sveigr),
Edda ii. 494. 3. poet., (ildu-sveipr, a ' wnve-sweeper,' \.t.an oar, Fms.
ii. (in a verse). II. a sudden ' swoop,' an accident, catastrophe ; sveipr
vard i for, Haustl. ; opt ver6r sveipr i svefni, a saying, Sturl. ii. 310.
• Bveip-visi, f. (svip-visi, A-ni. 7), a ' swooping-mind,' fickleness,
versatility. Am. 70.
SVEIT, f., svit. Eg. 19, [A.S. sweotl, a body, esp. as a milit. term,
a squad, small detachment, company, each with its own officer (sveitar-
hofjingi), sveit ef sex eru, Edda 108 ; vil ek at menn skipizk
i sveitir, ok heimtisk saman fraendmenn ok kunnmenn, O. H. 204 ;
iidi var skipt i sveitir, tolf montium saman, Eg. 229; J)eir fengu til
Imargar sveitir, at veita Varbelgjum bakslag, Fms. ix. 491 ; |»6rir hundr
me6 sina sveit, 6. H. 214; gckk hann i sveit meft JJeim, 215; en
eptir fall hans Jia fell flest sii sveit er fram hafSi gengit me& honum,
219; Arnljotr gellini ok })eirra sveit oil, 217. 2. a company, train;
[)eir hiifflu samborSar-ol ok h6ldu sveit um John, held revels at Yule, Fms.
n\. 303 ; Grjotgar&r h^lt {36 sveit, i. 53 ; ek var me6 hanum ok i hans
iveit, Eg. 65 ; J)ykki mer allfysiligt at koma i {)eirra sv(e)it, 19 ; J)6ttu
vomir i sveit me8 hirdmcinnum Haralds, 21 ; J)essi sveit {troop) kom
il Virfils bonda, Fms. iii. 212; ef 16gs6gu-ma6r er i inni minni sveit,
n the minority, Grag. i. 9 ; drogu GySingar sveit saman mikla, Hom. (St.) ;
um sveitin . . . sum sveitin, one part . . ., another . . ., Rom. 261 ; eigi skal
)a draga sveitir saman Jia er aSrir menn eru sofa farnir . . . J)a skolu Jjeir
ita er i sveit {jeirri voru hverr bani er, N. G. L. i. 16 j: poet., ly&a sveit,
eggja sveit, a company of men. Lex. Poet.; flj66a s., a bevy of women,
ilerl. I. 49 : of the crew of a ship, skirskota a onnur skip, at J)eir hafa
it^i meira mat en mana6ar-mat hvars i tvennum sveitum, N. G. L. i.
.9. 3. a party; fia giirSusk {)raetur miklar, ok gekk lidit sveitum
ijdk, Clem. 43 ; mannkyn var 1 tvenningu, i annarri sveit Gy&ingar er
sannan Gu5' trudu, en i annarri hei6nar J)j68ir, 625. 170; (ill goftra
lanna svek, Hom. r42. II. geograph. a community, district,
ounty ; RauSamels-lond voru betri en onnur suSr J)ar i sveit, Landn.
o ; mikil kynsloS i fjcirri sveit. Eg. 100 ; g^kk Jiat hallaeri um allar
veitir, Nj. 73; allar kirkjur fiaer er i J)essum sveitum voru, 623. 14;
or3r um sveitir, Lv. 20 ; fara um sveitir ok bo3a Gu3s eyrendi, Bs. i.
5. 2. in mod. usage a district for relief of the poor, like hreppr;
uch phrases as, fara a sveitina, to become a pauper; vera a sveit,
.1 a sveit, t)iggja af sveit, to receive parish relief; honum la viS
;, he was on the verge of becoming a pauper; sveitar-kerling, an
'I'male pauper ; sveitar-omagi, a pauper ; sveitar-J)yngsli, burdens of
veit ; sveitar-tillag, a poor-rate ; sveit-laegr, q. v. 3. the country,
; p. to town ; bua i sveit, to live in the courvtry ; sveita-b6ndi, a country
! aer, husbandman ; sveita-folk, sveita-menn, coww/ry/o/A; sveita-bragr,
\untry costumes, habits ; sveita-biiskapr, husbandry.
B. CoMPDs: sveitar-bot, f. an acquisition to a party; |)ykkir
s s. at br66ur J)Innm, he is good company, Eg. 199 : a nickname, Sturl.
reitar-drattr, m. a faction, Orkn. 180, Fms. x. 251. sveitar-
rykkja, u, f. a drinking party, Hkr. i. 50, Sturl. iii. 126, Eg.
58. sveit&T-g&ngi, n. help from a party, Hkv. ^o. sveitar-
rjf3ingi, a, m. the captain of a sveit (I. l). Eg. 272, 380, 0. H. 205,
vii. 259, Orkn. 476. sveitar-menn, m. pi. the men of a com-
lity or district: J)ar var sett h^ra8s-J)ing me& ra6i allra sveitarmanna,
in. 97 ; J)a menn heldr enn aSra sveitarmenn, Isl. ii. 324; voru J)eir
sveitarmenn, Sturl. i. 146 ; sveitarmenn skulu leggja tiund, Vm. 36 :
iod. usage, see II. 3. sveitar-rsekr, adj. expelled from the
■ try, Hrafn. 29. sveita-skipan, f. an arrangement of the country,
.1. iii. 243. sveitar-skitr, m. a nickname, Fms. viii. sveitar-
st, f. abode in a sveit, Lv. 24.
veita, t, [ A. S. swc&tan ; Lat. sudare"] , to sweat : esp. reflex., sveitask ok
1 ervi6i, Lv. 61 ; sveitask blc')di, to sweat blood. Mar., Rb. 334 ; {)a sveitt-
u3an helgz, sweated blood, Fms. viii. 247; sveitask vi&smjyrvi, Mar.
veita, adj. = svidda (q. v.), of cattle; sveita ok svidda, s. ne svifta,
G.L. i. 341.
veit-biii, a, m. a man of the same sveit, a comrade, Fms. vn. 362.
veit-fastr, adj. dwelling in a sveit (I. i), N. G. L. ii.
•VEITI, a, m. (mod. sviti), [A.S. swat; Engl, sweat; Germ.
eiss ; Dan. sved ; cp. Lat. stidorl : — sweat; h\6b ok sveita, Bias. 45 ;
tt honum sveiti i enni, Nj. 68 ; konungr hafSi fengit sveita, ^0/ into
rspiration, Fms. viii. 444. 2. a bloody-sweat (bl66-sveiti). Fas.
> COMPDS : sveita-bora, u, f. a sM/tfa/-/)ore, Rom. 338. sveita-
'jkr, m. [cp. Lat. sudarium], a napkin, 655 A. 3.
reit-lsegr, adj. ; hann er t)ar s., he is entitled to alimentation there.
Wittr, adj. (or part.), in a steaming 'beat, Sturl. ii. 317 C, Isl. ii. 210,
■ 254; kof-s., lodrandi s.
eitugr, adj. = sveittr, Sturl. ii. 217, ^iSr. 229, Karl. 315.
citungr, m. a man belonging to a sveit (I. i), a comrade; vil ek fylgja
unigum minum, 6.H. 209. 2. followers; Hroi sveitungr jarls,
■ ix. 413 ; Magnuss ok hans sveitungar, M. and bis men, vii. 169 ;
■*:
ckki
iicimta
jafnan skildi sveitunga Jxrirra a, i.x. 424; svcituiiga miiia riiuii ck <
af hendi lata. Eg. 66 ; sncri hann aptr mcft tvcitunga sina, 300 ; hci
at sveitungum sinum, Nj. 356; hann drap nwirt af iveHungum Jxirra,
J*"^*- V"- .103; Snsekollr ok cnn flciri sveitungar, ix. 42J; at |»u komir
mtT i saett vi8 sveitunga mina, my countrymen, Fb. i. 1 36.
SVELGJA, svelg; pret. svalg. pi. lulgu } subj. lylgi"; imjKrat. ivclg ;
part, solginn ; since it became weak, svelgftist, Bt. ii. (in a venc of the I4tb
century), and so in mod. usage; [A.S. iwelgan ; Engl, swallow, twill;
Germ, scbwelgen] -.—to swallow, with ace, Yt. 4 ; hrse 6Uf» hofgyldir
svalg, 31 ; at jorSin sylgi hestinn, Nj. 163; mun h4'.n »olgit hafa
yrmling, Fms. vi. 350 ; s. sinn fo6ur-arf, Al. 1 14; eitt Jwlgar-dyr
svalg hann, Stj. 319; svelgja l)ik, Barl. iii : to iwallow. «velg hr4k-
ann niftr, Pr. ; svelgr hann allan Sigfodr, Li. 58; Eljuftnir vaan
solginn Baldr, Mkv. 2. with dat. ; ef hann ivclgr niftr l)cini biU,
N. G. L. i. 343 ; |)a svelgit m^r scm fyrjt, Barl. 54. 8. ab»ol. ; vir
honum baefli meint niftr at svelga, ok sva at drekka, en meinst at hotU,
Bs. i. 347 : to take a deep draught, hann tckr at drekka, ok »velgr
allstorum, took a deep draught, Edda 33 ; J)cir suigu storum, Grctt. 4 J
new Ed.; svelgjandi eldr, Hom. 31. II. recipr. (weak); e-m
svelgisk a, to go down the wrong way, Dan . faae i den vrange strube; honum
svelgaist a. III. part, solginn, hungry, Hm. 33, Haustl.
svelgr, m. \S\\c\\. swelchie\ svelga, a swirl, whirlpool, current, Uream,
= rost, q. V. ; var {)ar eptir svelgr i hafinu, Edda ; scm svelgr i hafi efta.
Sirtes a5r Scylla, Al. 50. 2. esp. as a local name of the race in the
Pentland Firth, Orkn. 376, 6. H. 193, Fms. x. 145. II. mctaph.
a swallower, spendthrift; J)u inn graflugi svelgr. El. 95 ; hvel-svclgr
himins, Edda (in a verse); vin-svelgr, a wine-swiller, drunkard : hrae-
svelgr, carr ion-devour er, VJ)m.
svelja, pr«s. svelr ; pret. svalfti, to swell, an obsolete word, only two
forms of which are recorded ; gadd svelr blo&ug-hadda, Edda 33 (in a
verse); hiifar svol8u, Edda (Ht.)
svell, n. swollen ice, a lump of ice ; mikit svell var hlaupit upp, Nj.
144; svell {)rutnar upp hja gardi, Gr4g. ii. 383; svclli ok hjarni vat
steypt yfir alia jiirft, Fms. ii. 328 : in mod. usage ' svell' is ice with solid
ground beneath, ' iss' ice on water : poet., handar svell, the ice of the band,
i. e. gold; si'irs, dreyra, fetla svell, ' wound-ice,' i. e. weapons. Lex. Poet.
SVEItLA, pres. svell ; pret. svall, pi. suUu ; subj. sylli ; part, sollinn ;
[A.S. swellan; Engl, swell; Gern>. schweUen; Dan. svolne; Swed.
swdlla; cp. Goth, uf-swalleins = ipvaiaiais] : — to swell; skip konungs
voru sett mjok ok soUin, of ice, 6. H. 182 ; hiifr svall, sjor svellr, soUit
haf, sollinn sser, 61i sollinn, ve3r-sollinn, hrimi sollinn (of the waves). Lex.
Poet. : of a wound, sar |)at tok at J)rutna ok svella, Fms. ix. 276 ; sarit
var sollit, O. H. 223 ; hestrinn svall sva akafliga at allan bles kvidinn, Bs.
i. 319. 2. metaph. to swell, of wrath, anger; med soUinni ))ykkju.
Mar.; soUinreidi, Al. 3; nu svall Sturlungum mjiikmodr, Bs. i. 521 ; m«iir
svaH Meila. br66ur, Haustl. ; \>ii svall heipt f Hiigna, Bragi ; synd hans
svall, SiH. 5 ; siitir suliu m6r, 38 ; sorg svall, Bs. ii. (in a verse) ; af
slikum hlutum svall mjok med l>eim biskupi ok Asgrimi, i. 730.
svella, d, a causal to the preceding, to make to swell ; svellendr, Eb. (in
a verse) ; bciS-svellendr, sveldr hiifr, blown up, Fms. viii. (in x verse) ;
sveldr ^f harmi. Skald H.
svellir, m. who makes to swell. Lex. Poet.
svell-6ttr, adj. swollen with lumps of ice, Fb. iii. 408.
svellr, part. qs. svelldr, swelling high ; meb svellu sinni, Pass. 7. 4 ;
svellt hafdi hon belti, Bs. ii. (in a verse). II. svtllad, swollen
with ice. Hem.
SVELTA, part, sveit; pret. svalt, 2nd pers. svaltz. Ls. 63 (Bugge);
mod. svalst : pi. sultu ; subj. sylti ; part, soltinn ; [Ulf. swiltan ^ dvo-
Ov-qaKtiv; A.S. sweltan; Early Engl, swelte']: — to die; this sense, which
agrees with the use in Goth, and A. S., is disused in the Northern lan-
guage and remains only in poetry ; svalt \>a. SigurSr, saztu yfir daudum,
Hm. 7 ; {)at mal it hiimsta dSr hann sylti, Og. 16; bjort a8r sylti, Akv.
43 ; hafa skal ek Sigurd m6r a armi, e6a \>6 sveita, Skv. 3. 6 ; J)cini er
sultu me5 Sigurfti, 62; nema J)u Sigurd sveita latir, II, Gkv. 3. 3; er
annan let s., Fms. i. 258 (in a verse), ii. 271 (in a verse); soltnar J)yjar,
sernar soltnar, Skv. 3. 45, 48; soltinn var5 SigurSr sunnan Riaar, Bkv. 1 1 ;
aliir sveita, J)eir er af belekjar bergja drekku, Merl. i. 7. II. [Dan.
suite"], to starve, suffer hunger; ok svahz J)u J)a hungri heill, Ls. (Bugge):
mod., sveita heilu hungri; J)6 at fe svciti, Grag. ii. 338; s. i hcl, or, til
heljar, Fms. vi. 132, Bret. 8; soltinn ma&r, G{)1. 400; hann var mjok
soltinn, very hungry, Edda ; s^rt bitr soltin Ids, Landn.; svangr ok soltinn,
Fms. x. 149, and so passim in old and mod. usage.
sveita, t, a causal to the preceding, to put to death (by hunger?) ; svinna
systrungu sveitir J)ui belli. Am. 53; 14ta sveitask, Og. 20. 2. to starve a
person,VeT. 51, Rb. 394; laesti hann i kistu ok svehi hann Jjar |)rjA minu&r,
Edda ; J)a var hann sveltr svi'i at Jwu kcnndu hann eigi, Landn. 205 ;
hann sveiti menn at mat, Fms. i. i ; s. sik til fjar, Nj. 18. II.
reflex, to refuse to take food ; hann sveltisk ok l>a eigi fcAslu, Fms. x.
369 : pass, to be famished, K. A. 130.
svelti-kvi, f. a pen in which one is put to starve. Grig. ii. 338, iJPr
reka fe or sveltikyium, K. {>. K. 90.
R R
610
SVELTIR— SVIGNIR.
sveltir, m. a starver, one who starves. Lex. Poet. ; hrafna-s., raven
famisher, a nickname, Fb. iii.
svemla, u, f. a cow (a cow with a great belly).
svengS, f. \j,\a.ngt], famine, hunger, Fms. iii. 96; sveng6 ok fiistur,
Horn. (St.)
svengjask, d, [svangr], to grow thin in the belly or waist, Pr. 47o>
Sks. 167. 2. in mod. usage, impers., mig svengir, to get hungry.
Svenskr, adj. Swedish, Fms. x. 394; see Svxnskr.
SVEKD, n. [A. S. sweord; Engl, sword; Germ, schwert; Dan. sv<Brd~\:
— a stuord; soxum ok sver6um, Vsp. ; ox, sver6, spjot, K.Jj.K. 170;
sverS a vinstri hli5, Hkr. i. 120; sver& J)at er hjoltin voru af gulli, Fms.
i. 17; i J)enna tima voru her a landi sverS uti8 monnum til vapna-burdar,
Fbr. 13 ; fell ni6r sverSit, Nj. 9, in countless instances. Every king's man,
from an earl downwards, had in token of homage to lay his hand on the
hilt of a sword in the king's hand, and this done he was the king's ' sword-
taker ' (sverS-takari) ; this is described in the HirSskra ; mi skaltii
vera ^egn bans er {)u tokt vi5 sver9i bans, Hkr. i. 119 ; ek tok lystr vi6
sver6i ^inu, I took gladly thy sword, gladly entered thy service, Sighvat ;
gengu menn ^a til handa honum ok toku vi5 sver5i bans, Fms. viii. 28 ;
sverS heilagrar kirkju, Sturl. iii. 30 ; her hefir latizk eitt hit bezta sver&
af varum ^egnum, the best sword, i. e. the best knight, Bs. i. 638. 2.
poet, compds, sver6-alfr, -berendr, -freyr, -gautr, -ma9r, -merlingar, -rj66r,
-runnr, a sword-elf, sword-bearer, eic, i.e. a warrior; sver8-dynr, -el,-hri5,
-jalmr, -leikr, -regn, -tog, -fiing, sword-din, sword-storm, etc., i. e. battle ;
sver8-fen, i.e. blood; sver3-fold, i.e. a shield; sverS-bautinn, 'sword-
bitten,' wounded. Lex. Poet.
B. CoMPDs : sver3-berari, a, m. a sword-bearer, Rom. 1 14 ( = Lat,
lictor). sver3s-egg, f. a sword's edge, Edda 74. sverS-fetill, m. a
sword-strap, Sturl. iii. 163, Fas. iii. 643. sver3-fiskr, m. a sword-fish,
Edda (Gl.) sver9s-lij61t, n. pi. sword-hilts, Landn. 181, Fms. iv.
37, xi. 133, Ld. 204. sver3s-h6gg, n. a sword-stroke, Fms. viii.
180, xi. 190. sverS-skdlpr, m. a scabbard, Fms. vi. 212. sverd-
skepti, n. a sword-hilt (meSal-kaflii), Sturl. i. 177. sver3-sk6r,
m. a 'sword-shoe,' the chape of a scabbard, Fms. vi. 212. sverS-
skrei3, f. sword-cutlery, Grag. i. 468. sver3-skri3i, a, m. a sword-
cutler, Nj. 247, Grag. ii. 84. sver3-taka, u, f. sword-taking, as a
token of homage, (see above under sver9) ; allt J)at sem a3r vattar i
jarls sver6-toku, N. G. L. ii. (see sverd A). sver3-takari, a, m. a
'sword-taker,' a king's man, N. G. L. ii. 399 (see above).
sver3-6tt, n. ad], full of swords, Hallfred ; as a pun.
SVERFA, sverf ; pret. svarf, pi. surfu ; part, sorfinn ; [Ulf. af-swair-
ban = k^aXe'i(j)etv,' (Kf^affffeiv; Engl, swerve; Dutch swerven; Swed.
swerfvd]: — to file; jarn sorfit, Stj.i6o; sverfr hann, 158; svarf hann
me9 snarpri {jel, Bs. i. 237 ; sverfa til stals, to 'file to the steel,' to the core,
i. e. to fight it out to the last; kva6 J)a ver&a at s. til stals me8 J)eim, Fms.
vii. 244 ; lata {)a til stals sverva me9 Jjeim, O. H. 41 ; ok lata s. til stals
me6 ykkr brae6rum, Fb. ii. 122, Orkn. 234, 428: sverfr at, it presses
hard ; er i kreppingar kemr ok at sverfr, Fms. iv. 147.
SVEBJA, pres. sver, pi. sverjum ; pret. sor, pi. soru (also svor. Fas.
iii. 393, Fms. X. 396; svoru, 416, Grag. ii. 410) ; subj. sceri; imperat.
sver, sverSu ; part, svarinn. A weak pret. svar3i, part. svar9r, also freq.
occurs in old writers, thus, svar5i, Hkr. i. 79, Fas. i. 178, Edda i. 136
(Cod. Reg., sor Cod. Worm. I.e.); }pu svar5ir, Gkv. i. 21 (Bugge) ;
svor8u, Landn. 154 (soru, Hb. I.e.), Fms. xi. 67, Nj. 191, Grag. ii. 410
(twice) ; sv6r6usk, Mork. 207 (in a verse) : but in mod. usage the strong
form alone is used : [a common Teut. word ; Ulf. swaran^bjivvvai; A. S.
swerjan; Engl, swear; Germ, schworen ; Da.n. svcerge ; Swed. svar/a.]
B. To swear; allir menn vir5u fe sitt, ok soru at rett vaeri virt, lb.
16 ; sverja ei3, to swear an oath ; sverja rangan ei5, to swear a false oath,
K.A. 150; s. ei6a, Edda I.e.; J)eir sv6r5u ei8a til lifs ser, Landn. 154;
at J)u ei6 no sverir, nema J)ann er sa^r se, Sdm. ; gangi mi allir til min
ok sveri ei6a . . . {)a gengu allir til Flosa ok sv6r5u honum ei8a, Nj. 191 ;
hann svar6i honum truna8ar-ei8a, Hkr. i. 79 : halda log 6-svarit, without
oath, Bs. i. 727. 2. with ace. to confirm by oath; sor hann log ok rettindi
Jjegnum sinum, Fms. x. 80 ; flutti hann krossinn nor6r . . . sem hann var
svarinn, as he was sworfi, bound by oath, 417 ; var hann a hverju |>ingi
til konungs tekinn, ok svarit honum land, Fms. iii. 42, 6. H. 181;
J)eir sv6r5u Sveini land ok pegna, Fms. xi. 67 ; svarit Hakoni ok
Magmisi Noregs-konungum land ok J)egnar ok sefinligr skattr af Islandi,
etc., Ann. 1262. 9- with gen.; {)eir svoru J)ess {they made oath
that), at tsleifr biskup ok menn me6 honum svor&u..., Grag. ii.
410 ; skal hverr ^eirra taka bok i hond ser ok sverja J)ess allir, at . . .,
N. G. L. i. 68 ; viltii s. mer J)ess, at J)u . . ., Nj. 137 ; sor konungr J)ess,
at . . ., Hom. 106 ; ek sver Jiess vi5 Palladem, at . . ., Bret. 90 ; s. Jwss
ina styrkustu eiSa, at..., Fms. i. 189; ^ek svor8u til J)essa rettar,
at . . ., Grdg. ii. 410; nema hann sveri til fjorSungi minna enn se, . . .
sem hann hefir til svarit, ... er hann sverr til, K.Jj. K. 146; s. urn,
konungr sor um, at Jjat skyldi hann vel efna, Fms. i. 113. II.
reflex, to swear oneself, get oneself sworn; sverjask e-m i br68ur-sta8,
Mork. 207 (in a verse) : recipr. to get oneself sivorn in; sverjask i fost-
brseSra-lag, to enter a brotherhood by mutual oath, 0, H. 240.
nii«
mid
^■^
Aw
sverra, 3 (?), an obsolete defective word, [svarri, svarkr; cp. Gotfe
sweran = riiJ.dv'], to be mighty (i) ; sverrandi hjaldr. Eg. (in a verse): hence
sverri- in poet, compds, sverri-flagd, the mighty ogress; sverri-fjor6c,
the mighty firth ; sverri-gjor3, the vast belt of the land, i. e. the main sea.
Lex. Poet. : Sverrir, a pr. name (of king Sverri), the worthy (?).
sverta, t, [svartr], to make black, blacken.
sverta, u, f. a black, a black dye.
Svertingr, m. a pr. name : Svertingar, [cp. A. S. swertling'], the
name of an old family, Ld. 2, Saxo.
sve-viss, adj. a air. \fy., Hkv. 1..38, (prob. an error for sve(ip-)vis.)
svi3, n. pi. singed sheep's heads, Sturl. i. 166, freq. in mod. usage.
svi3, n. a space, esp. on the sea, = mi5. 2. a local name for a fisher-
man's sea-mark near Reykjavik ; roa lit a Svi5 ; perh. so called from the
bottom of the sea there being an old lava-field (svi&a) ; hence Mardoll 4
miSi, . . . seiddu nu a3 svi5i sae-kinda val, Jonas.
SVIDA, u, f. [svida], a roasting, hirmng, iiiigeing ; bacta eyri fyrir
svi3u hverja er svi9in er, N.G. L. i. 67. 2. in Norway svi&a means a
woodland cleared for tillage by burning, see Ivar Aasen. compds : sviSu-
eldr, m. a roasting fire (for roasting sheep's heads) ; um hausti8 satu
menn vi3 svi6u-elda at Hofi, cp. svi6u-kveld var J)at, Fms. vi. (in a verse),
fjorst. St. 50. 8vi3u-f61skvi, a, m. ashes, Stj. 124. Svi3u-k&pi,
a nickname ( = Brennu-kari), Landn.
svi3a, u, f. a kind of weapon, a halberd, Edda (Gl.) ; spjot, svi8ur,
bryntroll, K. J). K. 170; Vi8ku8r haf8i svi8u, silfr-rekinn leggrinn, jam-
vafit skaptiS . . . Iag8i Vi8ku8r til Jons me8 sviSunni, Sturl. i. 63 C ; hann
haf8i svi8u i annarri hendi, Nj. 96 ; skaut hann svi8unni eptir Ospaki, Eb.
298 ; bjarn-s,, q. v. Bvi3u-skapt, n. the handle of a svi8a, Fa&.
iii. 546.
Svi3arr, Svi3u3r, Svi3rir, m, the burner, destroyer i^), one of the
names of Odin, Edda (Gl.)
svi3-bdlki, a, m. a nickname, Landn.
svidda, adj. indecl., contr. form svida3i, N.G. L: i. 341, v. 1. 14;
svedae, 399 ; svidau3ar, 341, 1. i ; qs. sve-dai, sve-dau8r ; [the ety-
mology is uncertain, but it appears to be a compd word, the latter part
being -dai or -dau8r] : — suddenly-dead, from falling sickness or the like ; ia | ^(i
the old eccl. law the word is used of cattle that have died a natural death,
whose flesh may not be eaten ; um svidda ok uatan, — eta svidda
. . . {)at kollu ver svidda er engi ma8r veit bana at, N. G. L. i. 18 ; sveita
ne svi8a . . . J)at heitir allt svi3a er sva ver8r dautt at eigi ganga mannt
handa-verk til, 341 (svi3a8i v. 1. 14) ; um svedae, 399 ; allt annat ef
sviSa liggr, 144, 342 ; verSa s., K. f>. K. 172, K.A. 198.
svi3-eldr, m. = sviSueldr, Faer. 17.
svi3i, a, m. a burn, the smart from burning; J)ola sar ok svi8a, Edda;
svi8a ok J)rota, Ld. 252 ; sviSar ok hitar, Bs. i. 183. svi3a-lauss,
free from burning pains, Bs. i. 182 ; brj6st-svi8i, heart-burn.
svi3inn, part, singed; see svi8a. svidin-lioriii, a nickname, La;
svi3-kaldr, adj. ' roasting-cold,' Fms. i. (in a verse describing
waves) : in mod. usage of a drink.
svi3na, a8, /o be singed; lo8i svi8nar, Gm. I ; eigi svi3nu8u hinar
minnstu trefr, Fms. i. 266 ; svi8nar J)at at eins en brennr eigi, Sks. 145;
torfi pvi er svi8na8i, Isl. ii. 412 ; hendr svi8nu8u, Gkv. 3. 10.
sviSningr, m. = svi8a 2 ; brunnu skogar viSa um hraunit, ok er ^
nu kallat a Svi8ningi, Oik. 34.
sviSnur, f. pi. a local name of islands in western Icel., where salt was made
by burning sea-weed (salt-svi8a), see Landn. 2. ch. 23, and GuUJ). S.
svi3ra, a8, to burn, singe, Lil. 77-
svi3vis, (?), a part of a ship, the kitchen (?), Edda (Gl.)
S VIF, n. [svifa], a swinging round, veering, esp. of a ship ; J)a varJ
sva mikit svif at skipinu, at eldr kom i dokkuna, Fms. x. 53 : plur„
at-svif, an attack, swoon ; um-svif, turmoil. 2. the nick of tin$i
i J)eim (^essum) svifum, Fas. i. 26, Karl. 182, 261.
svif-rum, n. room for a ship to swing round when at anchor; s^Kkjrj,
sveif-, (mod. corrupt, svigrum.)
SVIGr, n. [sveigja, from a lost strong verb sviga, sveig, sviginn], a
bend, curve, circuit, esp. in the adverbial phrase, fara i svig, to pass by
in a circuit, avoid; for snekkjan i svig vi8 jarls skip, Fms. ii. 299 ; feu
foru i svig vi8 konung, Eg. 52, Karl. 243; i svig vi& HliSarenda, Nj- 1 , .^;'
69, V. 1. ; sa hann at ma8r gekk i svig vi8 hann, Fas. ii. 344; '|t-|j,
svig londum, off the coast. Lex. Poet. 2. phrases, vinna svig a e-m, 1 f, '.
to make to give way, overcome; gaetum til at {)eir vinni engi svig a oss, j ;.j,^
Fms. vi. 324 ; fa svig a, id. (cp. Dan./aa bugt med), Al. 89, Rom. 354; j ,r^^^'
baS ^a. ef J)eir fengi nokkur svig a, at glettask vi8 Bagla, Fms. nu« jj ':
305 ; freista svigs a, ^o /ry, 413. , ^.j!*,!.
fILI,
iWii
»,Fli.
mil
is. ky
'•ftpla
liBiei.
•»!(];-(
■Jtivinii
'^peiiop
iten
SUM
svigi, a, m. [Engl, switch], a switch ; sviga lae, switch-bane, i. e. tbe^, |
Vsp.; hann tok einn sviga ok aetlar at berja piltinn me&, Isl. ii. i79'i
sviga i hendi, 6.T. 6, Fms. viii. 322, x. 216; berja e-n svigum, BUs.
42 ; skulu J)6r hoggva ySr sviga stora or vi3i, Vapn. 15. 2. mod.
a hoop of switch ; tunnu-svigi.
svigna, a3, to bend, give way, like a switch, J>i3r. 197, 236, freq.
Svignir, m. pl. = Sygnir, q.v.; in Svigna-kftppij a nickname, Landn
Svigna-skard, a farm in western Icel.
■^il.
SVIGRMiELI— SVIPR.
611
!(;r-in<Bli, n. pi. taunting words.
V IK, n. pi. [A. S. swic ; Scot, swick or swyk; Dan. svig],
',n, fraud, fahtbood, betrayal; segja upp svikin, Karl. 318; ef eigi
M svik, Nj. 105 ; brugga, ru&a s., Fms. i. 59, v. 316 ; hver svik haiin
': lieyrt, V. 320; verSa fyrir svikum, Skv. i. 33; sitja a svikuni viS e-n,
. 39, passim ; drottins svik, treason. 2. poison; gefa e-m svik, to
n, Fms. viii. 275. compds : svika-drykkr, m. a poisoned drink,
svika-fullr, adj. treacherous, Sks. 456, Fms. xi. 435. svika-
s, adj. guileless, free from treason, Fms. ix. 420, Bret. 88. svika-
, ;idj. treacherous, Sks. 525. svika-tjofl, i. false people, Horn. (St.)
i k, n. = svig ; fara a svik, Fms. vi. 41 (in a verse), viii. i"65, v. 1. : — in
■lirase, opt er svik a milium tanna (^gisnar teiiiir?), Hallgr.
kail, mod. svikull, adj., coiitr. sviklar, Gd. 49; inn svikli, Flov. 36;
vikalir, Hkr. iii. ■237 ; svikalasta, Anecd. lOO, as also in mod. usage :
icberous, Faer. 138, Fms. i. 219, passim.
kari, a, m. (sykeri, 655 iii. 2), a traitor, Fms. i. 205, ix. 375, Karl.
15s. i. 40. svikara-d6nir = svikd6mr, Mar.
v-domr, m. treason, Hom. 159, Fms. xi. 303 (in a verse),
k-folk, n. rebels, Fms. xi. 296 (in a verse),
k-fullr, zd].full of falsehood, P'ms. v. 217^ Anecd.
I ki, a, niv a traitor ; in drottins-s.
svik-liga, adv. treacherously, Stj. 312.
svik-ligr, adj. treacherous, Sks. 525, 558, Anecd. 86.
svik-lyndr, nd]. false-minded, Rom. 308.
svik-nid,ll, zdj.false'Spoken, Rom. 139.
svik-rd3, n. pi. treachery. Fas. i. 83, Stj. 553.
svik-reefli, n. pl. = svikrii&, 0. H. 63, Orkw. 268, Sks. 710, 753, Fms.
. 34 : sing., s. nokkut, i. 188, (rare.)
^vik-samliga, adv. treacherously, Fms. i. 72, Faer. 133.
svik-samligr, adj. treacherous, Fms. i. 74, x. 221, Stj. 144.
svik-samr, Sid]. false, Hkr. iii. 227, v. 1.
ivik-semd, f. Xsvik-semi, N. T.), treason. Mar.
!vikul-g6r3, f. the cap of a mastl^), see sikulgorS; which is a less
rrect form, having dropped the v, Edda (Gl.), = Dutch mars. Germ.
ast-korhi^).
;vil, n. pi. the milt of fish, Bjorn ; takit lir m^r svilin og vilin, Isl.
('>5s. i.
3 Villi, a, m. [qs. sif-ili, from sif, sifjar?], a brother-in-laiv, but in a
aited sense, viz. the husbands of two sisters are called svilar (Gr. de\ioi),
Ida (Gl.) ii. 497, freq. in mod. usage.
ivill, f., pi. svillar, = syll, sylla ; [A. S. syl ; Engl, sill ; Germ. scbwelW] :
a sill of a door; nyjar svillar, n^jar sperrur, D. N. 111.-409.
vima, a5, to swim; svimaBi J)ar yfir ana, Grett. 137 new Ed. (svam
1.); svimar, Sks. 28, v. 1. II. impers. to be giddy; mig svimar
ly head swims), in mod. usage = svimra, q. v.
vimi, a, m. [A. S. svima ; Engl, swim^ a swimming in the head, giddi-
ss ,• sla, Ijosta i svima, Fms. i. 150, Grag. ii. 16, Bs. i. 342 ; liggja
vima, Fb. ii. 387.
iVIMMA, a defective and obsolete word, which has been superseded
Icel. by synda, q.v. ; pres. svimm ; pret. svamm, pi. summu ; part.
limit ; the spelling with one w (svam, svimr) in Editions is erroneous ;
mm rhymes with gximtnu, Sd. (in a verse) ; \>Tamma. svimmi, Hallfred :
1 pars. plur. symja, Sks. 177 B: a pret. svamu, Fms. viii. 38; subj.
i;nii, Bret. 1 2 : [A. S. swimman ; Engl, swim ; Germ, schwimmen ; Dan.
mme] : — to swim; svimma til lands, Fms. viii, 264 ; hann var \>vi opt
at svim(m)a i brynju sinni, x. 314; {)eir symja eigi a gnifu, heldr
a l)eir opnir, Sks. 177 B ; svimma hestar J)eirra yfir storar ar, Edda 8 ;
nm)a i m65u marir, Fm. 15 (Bugge) ; svimma yfir vatniS, Al. 167;
1 svim(m)r J)a Jjangat a lei&, Fbr. 104 new Ed. ; svimm ek viS sky,
ill a verse); {)ess manns er i sjo svimmr, Sks. 28 new Ed. (svimar
: svamm sjalfr konungr, svamm hann milli skipanna, Fms. x. 366 ;
jr svamm at skipinu, 367 ; svamm hann si&an . . . er hann svamm,
■ 225; goltrinn svamm J)ar til er af gengu klaufirnar, Landn. 177;
1 in hljop fyrir borS ok svamm til lands, Orkn. 150, Fms. viii. 291 ;
1 svamm yfir 4na me3 vapn sin, Bjarn. 50, Fms. vii. 123; eigi
im ek skemra enn J)u, I19 ; J)eir summu fr^ landi (Cod. sumu), Eg.
A ; svamu sumir yfir ana, Fms. viii. 380 ; sog6u at hann svaemi um
, Bl-et. 12; pres. subj. svimmi, Hallfred; hann mun hafa summit
svimit, Ed.) i holminn, Fbr. 104 new Ed. ; svimmandi fiskar, Stj.
Harl. 22, v.l. ; symjandi, v. 1. 2. metaph., er d6r svimma i
•:rum, 625. 87 ; svimma i fuUsaelu, to swim in abundance, Fms. ix.
II. reflex., svimask i e-u, to swindle. Thorn,
imr, n. giddiness, Fel. x. 43.
imra, a8, to be giddy, stunned by ablow ; impers., Rognvald svimraSi
15s. i.624; Clitum svimradi med'hgggit, Al. 78; sva at hann (ace.)
rar, Gliim. 356.
fna, orig. a strong verb svina, .svein, whence the pres. weak form,
\: the contr. form svia, q. v. ; [O. H. G. svinan ; Germ, schwinden'] :
) subside, of a swelling ; tok {)egar at svina skop hans, Bs. i. 466 ;
kar ok svenat allr ])roti, Sks. 235 B.
ingla, a6, (svingl, n.), to rove, stray to a>tdfi>o.
■vinna, u, f. sagacity, good itnse ; kaim tk inir inciri sviunu. enn at
takask 4 hendr eiun litlcndan niann, 0. H. 144; meS cng» ivinnu, Fmi.
i. (in a verse) ; li-svinna, discourtesy, rudeness.
svinn-eygr, adj. clever-eytd, Mkv. 3 (tvineyg?).
»vinn-ge3r, adj. ready-minded, Fbr. (in a Tcrte).
svinn-hugadr, adj. wise, Hkv. 3. 10.
svinn-liga, adv. wisely, sensibly; all-i.; li-tTinnliga.
svinn-ligr, adj. sensible. Fas. ii. 270.
SyiNNB, adj., also »viar («« = <)); [VU.sv/inps^lffxvpoi; A.S.
swiH; Hel. swidi; Germ, ge-scbwind] :— prop, swift, quick, which-
sense, however, only remains in svinn Rin, the swift, rapid Rbine, Akv.
2^7; veg-s., 'way-swift' (of a river), Gm. 38. 2. rnctaph. wiu; in*
svinna mans, Hni. 162 ; u-sviflr, unwise, 30, 33 ; konan tvinna, Korm.;
alls t)ik svinnan kveSa, VJjm. 34, 30; ek mun segja Ji^r srinn 6r reiftiK
Heir. 5; svinna haffti hann hyggju, Hdm. 9; und svinnum iignmni,
gallant, Vellekla : the saying, sa er svinnr er »ik kann, he it wiu who
knows himself, i. e. knows bow to moderate bimttlf, Hrafn. 10 ; sviftr um
sik, wise of oneself ; heima gla&r gumi ok vid gosti reifr, jviftr skal um
sik vera, Hm. 102 ; al-svi&r, all-wise, the name of the wise dwarf; ge6-
jyinnr, mind-wise; hug-s., orS-s., wise or swift in words (,7), eloquent;
rad-svinnr, wise in counsel; 6-svimir, unwise, a«d also indiscreet, rude:
with gen., in the sense of ready, quick, elsku-svinnr. s. heilags tafiw,
Edda 51 (in a verse). 3. in mod. usage svinnr (like gloggr) mean*
stingy. II. as subst. in the phrase, sniia 4 svinn sinn r46i, to turn
to reason, viend one's ways, Fms. ii. 235.
SVIPA, a&, [svipr], to swoop, flash, of a ludden but noiseless motion';
16tu sidan fra landi ok svipu&u yfir ana (sveipudu v. 1.), and swooped, wenl
swiftly across the river, Fms. viii. 1 70 ; fug! einn flo inn um gluggiim ok
svipaSi {swooped) um husit, |)jal. ; sverft pit er svipar (flashes) allan
veg meftr eldbitrum eggjum, a flashing sword, Sks. 548 B ; svipandi
logi, a sweeping fire, 203 B (cp. svcipanda svcrft, Gen. iii. 24) ; {)Cgar
hann sezt i ssetid ha, svipadi J)a6an 6tu, fear flashed out from him wberi
be sat, Niim. II. [A. S. swipjan; cp. vulgar Engl, swipe], to whip,
horsewhip ; var utraust at hann svipafti honum eigi stundum, Sturl. iii.
125. III. reflex., svipask at e-n, to look after ; svipask at hrossum,
Sturl. iii. ^2^7; er Jjeir svipa&usk at, sa {)eir..., Fms. v. 160: svipast
eptir e-u, id.: svipask um, to look around, Isl. ii. 353; svipaftisk Einarr
um ok sa eigi Kalf, Fms. vi. 28 ; Jja er ek svipuSumk um, Stj. 600.
svipa, u, f. a whip; berja me& svipum, Stj. 578, MS. 623. 12 ; hann
haffii svipu i hendi ok keyr&i hana, Sd. 185 : esp. a horse-whip, svipu-61,
svipu-skapt, the lash, handle of a whip. svipu-leikr, m. a play,
' swoop-game,' perh. it should be svi8u-leikr (svi{)U-leikr, p having crept
in io\ p), Fms. iii. 193, 196. II. gramm. a polysyndeton; svip*
heitir J)at ef fleiri sann-kenningar heyra einum hlut, Skalda 193.
svipa3r, part, looking so and so; svipadr illa = svip-illr. Fas. iii.
627. 2. mod. like, looking like, with dat.; hann er svipadr henni
moSur sinni, \izb er svipaS J)vi . . . 6-svipa8r, unlike.
svipall, adj. (svipull), shifty, changeable; svipul verftr m^r sona"
eignin, Grett. 123 A; afla svipuUa saemda, Al. 163 : unstable, svipul er
sj6-vei6r, svipull er sjuvar-afli, a saying, Hallgr.
svipan, f. a 'swoop,' suddenness; Jiessi atburftr var8 meS sva skj6tri
svipan, at . . ., Nj. 144 ; kasta me& har8ri svipan, quickly. Fas. i. 67;
sver8a s., the' swoop of swords,' poet., Skv. 2. 19 : a fight, {)ar var8 hori'
s., Fms. viii. 317 ; var8 hord s. um hriS, ix. 257, 31 1; svipan {leirra fr&
ek snarpa, Nj. (in a verse). II. the nick of time, critical moment,
in battle; i |)eirri s. f61l {jorgils. Eg. 93^ Fms. vi. 78, v.l.; fellu menn-
hans i {)essi s., Fms. ii. 313 ; i J)essi s., Ld. 244, Fb. ii. 355 (sk^-svipan,
Fms. V. 80, 1. c), Fms. x. 365 (in all these instances of a battle) ; varla
vitum ver hver s. i er, Njar8. 378.
svip-g63r, adj. good'looking.
8vipil-kinna3r, adj. with gaunt cheeks (7), Fas. ii. 149.
svip-illr, adj. ill-looking. Fas. i. 234, v.l.
Bvip-liga, idv. sweepingly, rashly; fara hiilzti s., Valla L. 223 : sud-
denly, of a sudden ; deyja s., to die suddenly.
svip-ligr, adj. unstable; sviplig saela, Al. 115: sightly, ckki syndislt
henni konan sviplig, Ld. 328 : sudden, s. atbur8r, a sudden accident; hljop
fram piltr einn heldr svipligr, suddenly (prob. an error for li-svipligr, iU"
looking, ill-favoured. Cod. Ub.), Grett. 93 new Ed. ; konungr var8 svipligr
viS^enna atbur8. Fas. iii. 610; ill-svipligr, ill-looking, Fb. i. 260.
svip-lj6tr, adj. hideous. Fas. iii. 183, v.l.
svip-lyndr, Adj. fickle, Fms. vi. 287.
svip-lsekja, u, f. the brown sandpiper, tringafusca, Edda (Gl.)
svip-mikill, adj. imposing, Fms. iii. 192.
svipr, m., pi. svipir, a swoop ; svipr einn var J)at, it was a sudden iiuoop,
but a rjioment, Hkv. ; sver8a svipr, a swoop of swords, Fms. vi. (in a verse):
a moment, i {)ann svipinn, i i)essum svip = svipan, q. v. ; sitt i hyern svip--
inn, one moment this, another that. 2. a sudden loss ; at J)€im pykVx
heldr svipr i at missa min, Fms. vi. 222 ; mur t)ykkir n.^sta s. at brautfor
ykkarri, ii. 102 ; fraendum Hrafns l)6tti mikill s. er hann for i brott, Isl.
ii. loi ; Friggjar t)6tti svipr at syni, Mkv. II. metaph. a glinipse
iOfa person, a fleeting, evanescent appearance; vi& Jaetta vaknaSi Grimr,.
R R 2
613
SVIPSTUND— SVINBEYGJA.
ok J)6ttisk sja svip mannsins, G. awoke and thought he saw the shadow
of a man, Fins. iii. 57; Olafr vaknafti ok J)6uisk sja svip konunnar,
Ld. 122; en er konungr vakna&i, J)6ttisk hann sjii svip mannsins er
braut gekk, O. H. 196; {)6ttusk J)eir sja svip manns ni5r vi6 ana, Fs.
73 ; hauii hefir af svip af giingu mannsins, ok maelti, at hann {jottisk J)ar
kenna Eyjolf, Bs. i. 531 ; |jorbjorn hafdi svip af konunni, ok let eigi sja
sik, Grett. 121 ; Jxittisk Kolbeinn sja svipinn til konungs, at hann stokk
lyrir bor6, Fms. iii. 2 ; annarr segir, at hann sa svipinn mannsins er
stokk yfir gcituna . . . {)eir vissu eigi hvart J)essu olli menn e6r troll, Fb.
H. 132. 2. a look, countenance ; syndi konungr vinganar-svip (a
friendly look) til Einars, Fms. vi. 279 ; me6 ahyggju-svip, a grave, con-
cerned look, 239, vii. 30; spurt muntu hafa u{)yktar-svip Isolfs til var,
his frowning towards us, Lv. 79; rei5i-s., Bs. i. 774; gleSi-svipr, a
cheerful, glad countenance ; svipum hefi ek nu yppt, Gm. 45. 3. a
likeness ; aettar-svipr, a family likeness ; J)a5 er svipr me8 ^im ; or, hann
hefir svip a-f henni m66ur sinni til augnanna.
svip-stund, f. a moment, the twinkling of an eye, Eg. 34O ; 4 einni s.,
Hkr. i. II, Rekst.
• SVIPTA, t, [cp. svipr, svipa ; Engl, swift'], to full quickly ; hon svipti
(sweeped, swept) at mtitli sinum, Fs. 60 ; hon svipti honum a her5ar ser,
623. 36 ; svipta e-u ofan, to sweep off, knock down, Fms. ii. 45 ; svipti hon
soSii af svongum jo, Og. 3 ; s. ofan forfallinu, Konr. ; er hann svipti
honum Siwzxix, gave bim a shaking, Fs. 140; t)at (the bear) svipti honum
undir sik, 149; s. undir sik tjaldinu, Fms. vii. 114; hann svipti undir
bond ser einum litlum gullbaug, Edda 72 ; s. e-u undan e-m, to strip one
of it, Sks. 682. 2. to strip, deprive; svipta e-n e-u, to strip one of
a thing ; hann sviptir hana faldinum, strips her of her hood, Nj. 131 : to
deprive one of, s. e-n e-u, this sense is freq. in mod. usage ; syptir (i. e.
sviptir) riddaratign, stripped, bereft of, 623. 30 ; sviptir saemdum, Ld.
164. 3. a naut. term, to reef, (Dan. svigte, gt=ft) ; svipta af handrifi,
O. H. 182, Fms. iii. 44; s. seglunum, to reef the sails. Fas. i. 138; J)eir
toku veSr stor, ok vildu margir minnka sigling ok svipta, Fms. vii. 67 ;
ve6r 6x i bond ok ba6 Bjarni J)a svipta, Fb. i. 432 ; skal engi . . . sigla fyrir
mer ne ek vilja svipta fyrr en {)eir, Fms. v. 337 ; svipta til eins rifs, to take
in all reefs but one, ix. 21. II. recipr. to tug, wrestle; sviptask
fast, Fms. i. 306, iii. 224.
svipta, u, f. a loss; hann kva8 s^r sviptu at J)eirra skilna8i, Fs. 20.
svipti-kista, u, f. a movable chest, Eb. 356, Sturl. iii. 304.
sviptingar, f. pi. a tugging, wrestling ; har3ar, miklar sviptingar, Edda
33, Fms. iii. 188. 2. sing., naut. a reefing-rope; svipting ok skaut,
Edda (Gl.) ; J)rae8r ok sviptingar (ace), Sks. 30 B.
sviptingr or sviptungr, m. [cp. Engl, swifters = shrouds, thus in a
different sense] : — reefing-ropes, (Swed. svigt-linor, Dan. svoft, tage svbftet
ind) ; eyri vi8 svifting hvern, til J)ess er kemr i sex sviptunga . . . sviptung
hvern, N. G.L. i. 199.
sviptir, m. a loss; e-m er s. i e-u, Vapn. 13.
Svipul, f. one of the Valkyriur, Edda (Gm.)
. svipull, see svipall.
svip-vindr, zA], fickle, Fb. iii. 360.
svip-visi, i. fickleness. Am. 7.
svip-viss, z.&].fickle, = sveipviss ; svipvisar konur, /a/A&/fss wives, Sol.
svirgull, m. [sviri], a kind of coarse necktie (J); hence svirguls-
ligr, adj. coarse, bulky.
. sviti, a, m. sweat, perspiration ; see sveiti.
svitna, a8, to sweat.
svi, interj. = svei, q. v. ; svi ver8i {)eim ! Karl. 364 ; this form is else
only used as prefixed ia svi-vir8a, -vir8ing, q. v.
svia, a8, [Dan. svia], to abate, of pains, (mod.) ; see svina.
Sviar, n. pi. [Suiones, of Tacit. Germ. ; Swed. Svear], the Swedes,
originally in the limited sense of the Northern Swedes, — ' Svea och Gota
konung ' is still the title of the king of Sweden ; Svia-kind, Svia-drottinn,
Svia-kappi, the kind, lord, champion of the Swedes, '?t.. Lex. Poet. ;
Jreyr Svia-go8, Frey the god of the Swear, Fb. iii. 246 ; Svia-herr, the
host of Swear, Fms. x. 349 ; Svia-sker, the Swedish skerries, islands in
the Baltic near to the Malar lake ; Svia-griss, the name of a mythical ring,
Yngl. S., Edda : Svia-konungar, the Swedish king, passim. II.
Svia-veldi, the empire of the Swear, Fb. i. 139, 6. H. ; Svia-rfki, mod.
Swed. Sveriga, i. e. Sweden, Fb. i. 139, ii. 57 ; Svi-{)j63, q. v.
Svfarr, m. the name of a dwarf, Vsp. : the forger, the smith {"}), akin
to sia. q. v.
SVf DA, svi8r ; pret. svei8, svi8u ; part. sviSinn : a weak pret. sviddi,
Greg. 60 ; sviddu, Lil. 56, Fms. vii. (in a verse) : [Dan. svie'\ : — to
singe, burn ; tak rugbrau8 ok svi8 vi8 eld, . . . et J)at sviSit, Pr. 475 ;
sviSa dilka-h6fu8, to singe, roast sheep's heads, |>orst. St. 51 ; mi svi8r
hann litt um h6fu8it, Rd. 260 ; hann sviddi <itan af J)ornunum, Greg.
60; hann svi8r klumbuna litan, Fms. xi. 129; svi8a har, Grag. ii. 129;
nauts-rofa svi8in, Eb. 276; annat brj6sti8 svi8a ^xt, A1. 121 ; svidu
hverja er svi8in er, N. G. L. i. 67 ; jijfurr svi8r bygSir, . . . logi svi8r by,
Lex. Poet. ; svi8nir fuglar, Sol.; hann svei8 hrae, Fms. vi. 55 (in a
verse). 2. to smart, of a wound, burn; sar svi8a, (5. H. (in a
.verse) ; svi8r sart brendr, Hallgr. ; svi3a get ek bringspala-dilaan (meta-
lek<
phor from caustic), Sturl. i. 140; vant er J)ar er brennr at s., Rkv,?
armar sviddu af broddum, Lil. I.e. ; sviSa saetar astir, a saying, Fldf.
41. II. svidandi, a nickname of the stingy Danish king Swein,
Fms. xi ; see svi3ingr.
sviSingr, m. a ' singer,' a stingy man ; hann er mesti s.
SVIFA, sveif, svifu, svifit ; [Ulf. sweifan = 5ia\(in(iv, A. S. swifan;
Engl, sway ; Germ, schweben, schweifen] : — to rove, ramble, turn ; sumir
svifu at nautum, some rambled for the cows, Sturl. iii. 241 ; sveif hann {)&
til stofunnar, GuU^. 62 ; hverr svifr at sinni eigu, Al. I17; sveinn sysliga
sveif til skogar, Hym. ; lata skiiturnar svifa su8r urfi Sta8 me8 landi fyrir
vindi, to stand southwards before the wind, Fms. vii. 186 ; baendr komu at
svifandi (hence the mod.a8-vifandi)okdrapuhann,over/ooiii)iVnq/aswd(i«t
and slew him, viii. 414; kom hiiggit a oxlina ok sveif ( = svaddi, &o««rferf)
ofan a bringuna, vii. 167; lata samj)ykki sitt s. til e-s, to sway one's con-
sent towards, to agree, 8 ; cp. letum svifa sattmal okkur, Skv. 3. 39
(which is prob. the right reading for ' siga' of the Cod.); betri sigandi arjir
en svifandi, Bs. i. 139 (see ar8r). 2. to drift; sveif {>a skipit fra landi,
Fms. vi. J08, V. 1. ; skip Gregorii sveif upp a grunn, vii. 186; Sigfds
(Sigfiisi V. 1.) sveif at landi, Bs. i. 139. 3. impers., with dat. ; svifr
skipinu fyrir straumi ok ve8ri, f>i3r. 313; sveif \)k skipinu fra landi,
Fms. vi. 108 ; sveif skipi bans a eyrina, x.98 ; sveif oUum saman flotanum
inn me8 strondinni, viii. 222 ; sveif mj ok stor-skipunum, vii. 264; sveif
honum J)ar at, ix. 24; festa batinn sva at ekki svifi fra, ii. 71; hann
belt sva at hvergi sveif, so that the boat swerved not, Grett. 125 A ; sveif
saman konungs skipinu ok Hallvar&ar, Fms. viii. 385 ; en J)egar Jjser h6f
fra skipinu sveif J)eim til ens vestra fjar8arins, Eb. 8 ; setstokkum sveif &
land, Fs. 123; J)6tt J)er svifit af J)essum aettj6r8um, 21 ; segir {>6r8r at
svifi yfir hann, that he was taken suddenly ill, Sturl. iii. 286 ; svifr \)k af
honum, Grag. i. 14; ^6 svifr enn nokkut kynligt yfir J)ik, Ld. 328;
svifr jarli J>vi i skap, at lata . . ., Fms. x. 358 ; hinu sveif honum lengstum }^
rziH
i hug, iii. 48 ; sveif honum J)vi i skap . . . J)essu sveif m& i skap, it
shot through my mind. Fas. i. 342 ; svifr mi ymsu a mik, Fs, 1 78. II. *
reflex., svifask um, to make a sweep, bustle about; svifsk hann um, grip:
upp einn asna-kjalka, Stj. 414; settisk siSan til matar ok sveifsk um sva
fast, at J)eir J)rir fengi hvergi naerri jafn-skjott eti8 sem hann, El. 2. ^
^■M
in the phrases, svifask einskis, to shrink from nothing ; and so, hann sveifsk
(svifSisk Ed. from a paper MS.) einskis J)ess er honum bjo i skapi, Lv. 68;
ganga undir vapn heljar-mannsins J)ess er einskis svifsk, Bs. i. 290 ; nu«
sii atfcir J)eirra at J)eir munu einskis ills svivask, Nj. 240 ; Halli er sa orJ-
hakr, at hann svifsk enskis, Fms. vi. 372 ; at J)u mundir fas svifask, ok
lata J)er mart soma, ii. 51, Fs. 93. In mod. usage the weak form is often
used in this phrase, e. g. hann svifist einskis, hana svif8isk einskis.
svifr, adj., see li-svifr.
SVIKJA and svikva, svik ; pret. sveik, sveikt (sveiktii), sveik,
sviku ; imperat. svik, sviktu; part, svikinn (svikvit = svikit, Hom. 6i
a pres. sykva {y — vi). Bias. 42, 59, Clem. 53 ; sykr rhymed with 1;
Mkv. 18 ; a weak form svikvir, Hom. 33 ; [A.S, swicjan; Dan. svigi\',
— to betray ; vii ek Jjik i engu svikja, Nj. 49 ; mundo eigi mik of sykva,
623. 53; sykva andir listyrkra manna, Bias. 42; J)essir hlutir svikw
J)a er elska, Hom. 28; viltii svikja mik, Fms. i. 159; J)etta mun m&
kallat illt verk at svikja fostrson minn, 85 ; svik mik J)a eigi
mun ek svikja J)ik . . . ilia sveiktii mik mi, Isl. ii. 369 ; engi femiita s
bans auga. Mar. ; af sviptr ok svLkinn J)inni dsjonu, Stj.; svikit
fiii OSS mi . . . Er sva ? {)ykkisk fiu svikinn ? . . . Svikinn J)ykkjumk
ok hefir J)u svikit mik . . . f>at J)ykki mer vel at ek svikja (subj.)
er engum triiir, Band. 36; J)eir er land ok J)egna sviku undan Olafi
konungi me8 fegjofum, Fms. iii. 41, vi. 12; hinn er Svein konuag
sveik or landi, (3. T. (in a verse) : — s. e-n e-u, to cheat one of; fe opt s'
inn. Am. 52; hann (Loki) sveik Asu (ace.) leikum (dat.), Ha
Suttung svikinn hann let sumbli fra, Hm. no. II. reflex, svikj:
svikjast a8 e-m, to steal upon one. 2. svikjask um, to fail, break
an engagement or promise, from laziness or not fulfilling an obligatii
hann lofa8i a8 koma, en sveikst um J)a8.
SVf N, n. [a common Teut. word], a swine, Grag. ii. 315, Fms. i,
Fs. 36, Landn. 177 '• the saying, opt er it sama svin i akri, Fms. vi.
viii. 233, Mkv., cp. Odyss. xviii. 29: of the hog-shapen beggar's
Ski8a R. ; (cp. Daa. ' gris,' = a clay-pig used as a money-box) ; svins be]
bl68, bogr, rani. Fas. iii. 632, Stj. 363, 644, Sturl. iii. 44; svins hrin, Fas.
iii. 149 ; svins-lifr, swine's liver, as a charm used to still enmities or in *
truce-making, Gkv. 2. 23 (cp. Stj. 363, v. 1., — J)vi voru heiSnir menn
vanir at . . .) ; hafa svins minni, to have a swine's (i. e. short) memory, Ld.
216. II. in local names, Svina-fell (whence Svln-fellingax),
Svfna-vatn, Svina-dalr, Svina-nes, Svin-ey, Svin-hagi, etc.,
Landn. compds: svina-bseli, n. a bog-sty, Fms. i. 213, Hkr. i. 7' i
(of dreams in a hog-sty). svina- geymsla, -geezla, u, f. swine-tend- fj
ing, Grag., Fs. 71, Fas. i. 218. svina-lur3ir, m. a swine-herd. Mart, i
123, Fas. i. 430 (see the verse). svina-lnis, n. a swine-house, pig-styi
Fms. X. 269.
svin-beygja, 3, to make one stoop like a swine, a word of contempt (cp. n
make one pass the Caudine forks) ; svinbeygt hefi ek nu J>ann er rikasU
er me8 Svium, Edda 83, Fs. 53
s-nrfa,
nvviiJii
Hi V
k(i..
'feiii.ti
Jisp
SVfNDRUKKINN—SYKN.
613
n-drukkinn, part, dnink as a swine, Bar8. 176.
n-eygr, adj. swine-eyed, Mkv. 2, (svineyg dros, not sviww-eyg, cp.
• viii.319.)
ii-fylking, f. a 'swine-array,' the wedge-shaped phalanx of the
iuavians, from its being shap>ed like a swine's snout (see hamall and
. Sks. 384, Fb. i. 140.
ii-fylkja, t, to draw up in a svinfylking, Sks. 384 ; mjott framan,
1 i6ast aptan, ok kalla menn J)at svinfylkt, Mag. 167 (Ed.)
ii-fsBtr, m. pi. a term of abuse (cp. Germ, hunds-vot), Mag.
bvin-galinn, part, mad {drunk) like a swine, Bar&. 33 new Ed.
svin-hvalr, m. a kind ot whale, Sks. 123.
ii-h6f3i, a, m. a nickname, Landn.
Ilka, ad, [Germ, scbwanken'], to stagger; fr^tta ]pat sem Girard
svinkat, Karl. 192 : part. svinkaSr, the worse for drink.
a-skinn, n. pig-skin, Edda 69.
m-sti, f. a swine-sly, Fms. x. 388.
SVIPA, pret. sveip, for the other forms of this strong verb see sveipa.
SVIB.I, a, m. [A. S. swira'], the neck, esp. of an ox or beast of burden ;
' hefi ek svira a feitari bukkum en J)u ert, bowed the neck, metaphor
an ox under the yoke, Fms. xi. 237 ; J)it brutu6 svira minna
vota, Th. 9; saur-stokkinn sviri, Fms. vi. (in a verse); til svira,
: har vigra songr of svirum, Hornklofi ; ly6r {jessi er me& horSum
.,, stiff-necked, Stj. 312 (har6-svira5r, stiff-necked); herSa J)eir sinn
iia gegn Gu6i, 639; en er bl63it lit springr af sviranum ( = strjupi),
ui. 56: svira \m = blood. Km. 7. II. a bust, image; svirar
iiKinniikan tvau gylld meS kopar, Dipl. iii. 4. 2. of the beaks
a ship of war at stem and stern ; var hvarr-tveggi svirinn (both fore
d aft), ok sva stafninn, me6 guUi lagSr, Fms. i. 179, Hkr. i. 284;
.rSrinn ok svirarnir ba8ir, iii. 25 ; biinir enni-spsenir ok svirarnir, Fms.
,^04 ; biinir svirar, vii. 51 (in a verse). III. Sviri, the local
uc of a neck-shaped ridge in Brekka Gils-fj6r8r in western Icel.
vi-vir3, f. = svivir&ing, Anecd. 104.
vi-virfla, 3 (mod. t), [svi and vir&a], to dishonour, disgrace, put to
■ '.me, Fs. 60, Fms. xi. 55 ; svivir6r, Ld. 40.
vi-vir3a, u, f. a disgrace, Nj. 15, 139, Fms. xi. 65, 86, Stj. 21.
vi-vir3mg, f. = svivir5a. Eg. 155, Nj. 139; svivir&ingar-lauss, Fms.
269 ; svivir&ingar-ma3r, -namn, -or8, Grett. 1 16 A, Sks. 270, Fms. vii.
">, Ld. 92.
/i-vir3liga (mod. svi-vir3iliga, Karl. 159), adv. disgracefully,
l:s. vi. 245, vii. 23, x. 237, .^^41, Karl. 160.
>ri-vir3ligr (mod. svi-vir3iligr), adj. disgraceful, Fms. x. 217, 372,
1 263, 6. H. 220, Stj. 58, passim.
vi-J)j63, f. (often spelt Svi3io3), dat. SviJ)j63u, Gs. 13, Fas. ii. 485
( a verse); SviJ>juSu, Rafn 181, 189: [Sviar and J)j66 ; the d in the
1 ;ns Suede, Schweden, Sweden is from the p in J)j63 : the etymology
(i a 107) from Odin's name Svi6rir is quite fanciful, for even Tacitus
< s the people Swiones, not Swi/,&ones] : — the people, land of the Swedes,
Sweden, orig. only of Sweden proper as opp. to Gothland ; i
lirku, Gautiandi e3r i SviJ)j6&, N. G. L. ii. 277; afterwards
IS a general name for the later Swedish empire, including Goih-
(Svia-veldi, Svia-riki) : again, Svi{)j63 in Kalda or in Mikla,
6, 'the Cold, the Great' was the old name of the east of Europe,
Ilia,' see Hkr., Yngl. S. ch. I; Symb. (begin.), Al. 131 : the
can Svi6j63 was therefore SviJ)j66 in minni, or ' Swecia Minor,'
^ .b. 13.
o, adj., see sva.
Tddan, adj. indecl. such, Dan. saadan (mod. and borrowed from
( ierm. through Dan., and much used since the Reformation), Pass.
35- 6, 50. 6, Vidal. passim, so in mod. speech, in which it is
ally displacing the old and vernacular slikr.
Igra, a 3, to i.will, swallow, drink greedily.
Ii, a, m. [svola ?], prop, a burnt rafter Q) : metaph, a huge brutish
■'. svola-legr, adj. brutish.
nta, u, f., in the east of Icel. svinta, QWn. Ordb., [from a mid.
nccinctum or the like ; the word was prob. borrowed during the
trade of the 15th century] : — an apron, very freq. in mod. usage,
'gStulka35; rondotta svuntu, 50 ; svuntu-rhorn, id.
k, n.(?); bollar tveir annarr med svyk, Dipl. iii. 4; bolli me8
V. 18.
3i, n. an open space ; gor8i a storm ve8rs er ^n U'lgu a svx8inu,
li. 16 ; Kingaia st68 a t)ar sem mest var svaeftit, Grett. 91 A : in the
ber-svaE8i, a bare, open field exposed to wind and rain. (^ On
iiiiic stone, Rafn 189, read Svit)judu.
MFK, a8, [cp. svefja and sefa = /o sooth, ssefa^/o kill], to lull to
hon svxfir me8 fogrum song, Fms.' iv. 56, v. 162 ; hann slo hiirpu
>f8i ormana, Ssem. 162 ; svikja ok s. fa er v^r skyldim vaka, Fms.
-• : vekja upp sv*f3a rei8i, Al. 127 ; sv«f3r, B. K. lai.
1111, m. a head-pillow.
la, u, f. [A. S. swol = heat, swcelan^to burn; Engl, swelter, sultry;
. schwiiW] :—a thick, choking smoke; reykr ok svaela, Sturl. iii.
C; dimri svxlu, Fas. iii. 441; mi gorSisk bratt s,- mikil i hus-^
'unum ok reykr tok at vaxa, {>or»t.Si8a H, 175 ; reykjar-»., a stifling
smoke, freq. in mod. usage. 2. metaph. cheating, rapacity; draga
saman au8 me8 siikum ok svxlum, 623. ai ; tvzia e8r flserft, Storl. i. 20.
avsela, d, to smoke out, suffocate with smote, used of a fox ; s. c-n inni
sem nielrakka i greni, Nj. 198; leita hcldr lit en vera svatldr inni, Sturl.
iii. 189 C. 2. metaph., sviela undir sik, to gain by fair or foul
means.
Svsenskr, more freq. Soenskr, adj. [Sviar], Swedish.
SVjEBA, u, f. [Ulf. swaihra-'ir(u$fp6$ ; A. S. sweor, sweger; O. H. G.
swehor; Germ, scbwager ; Lat. socer'\:—a mother-in-law, 623. 57, Stj.
.343 ; svaeru leztu |)ina sitja opt gr4tna. Am. 94 ; $. heitir ver* moAir,
Edda 109 ; s. Nonnu, 63 : $. Sifjar, 6f . The word wa» obsolete CTcn io
old writers ; Icel. use a compound, tengda-fa8ir, -sonr, -mdb.r, -duttir. •
svsesinn (svaesni, f.), adj. coarse, gross, rude.
sv63u-8dr, n. [sva8], a wound from a weapon glancing off a bone;
s. i enni, Lv. 86; s. en eigi beinhogg, Sturl. i. 13; grunn vcrSa sToda*
sarin, 140; & bringuna, var J)at s., Fms. vii. 167.
svOlr, m. the cold sea, sea-spray. Fas. ii. (in a verse).
SVOPPR, m., gen. svappar, dat. sveppi, pl.sveppir, ace. sviippu : the
mod. form is sveppr, pi. sveppir, ace. sveppi ; an assimilated form :
[Ulf. stmmms = aniyyos ; A.S. and O. H.G. swam; Germ, scbwamm ;
Dan. swamp"] : — a sponge; vata svcippu, Stj. 17, see v. 1. 3. 2. a
ball (mod. soppr (q. v.), dropping the v); einn svopp at Icika me8, ...
einum digrum sveppi . . . svcippinn, svopp J)enna, . . . f essum sveppi, KarL
64, 65.
SVORDR, m., gen. svar8ar, dat. sverSi, sverSinum, Fas. iii. 503 ; pi,
sverdir ; ace. svor8u : [A.S. sweard; Engl, sward = turf , and Swed. sward;
Dan. swcerd, in gr'dnswcerd, fleske-swcerd ; Germ, schwarte] : — the skin,
esp. of the head (har-s., hofu6-s.) ; me8an s. ok hold fylg8i, of the skull.
Eg. 77°; sviirSinn d hiifSinu, Fms. vii. 227; har manns m-i keiuia vid
svorS e3a hvirfil e8a hnakka, Edda ii. 430 ; hnakka, reikar, svar8ar, e8a
ennis, 500. 2. often o{ walrus-hides used to make ship-shrouds, in
ancient times an article of trade ; Einarr haf8i me8 ser tannvoru mikla
ok svor8 (viz. from Greenland), Fb. iii. 445 ; sviirS tekr heldr at hcr8a,
Fs. 92 (in a verse) ; let konungr bera J)ar at svorSa ok stor reip, Fms,
ix. 521 (v. 1.), cp. Sks. and Alfred's Oros., — on )>aem scip-rdpum j>e beCS
of hwaeles hyde geworht, Edit. Dr. Bosworth, p. 20. II. the sward
or suff ace of the earth, passim in mod. usage ; jar8ar-svor8r, gras-svor8r
•=Da.n. jord-svcerd, gron-svcerd.
sv6rfr, sv6rfu3r, see svarfaSr.
sv6rr, n. a kind of bird, Edda (Gl.) svCrr-gselir, m. the gladdenew
of a bird of prey, Vellekla.
SYDBI, compar., from su8r, the more southern; superl. synnstr, the
southernmost (mod. iho sy3str, to make it conform to the comparative,
but less correct; on the other hand, the old poets also use compar. synnri) ;
hinn sy8ri hlutr, Edda 4 ; naer enu sySra landinu, Ld. 6 ; {jvera hinni
sy3ri, Fms. i. 251 ; a Vi8iv61lum inum sy8rum, Dropl. 7 ; inum sy8ra,
Landn. 218 ; Reykjadal inn sy&ra, Nj. 27 ; i sydra Bretlandi, Str. i : hit
sy&ra, as an adverb, in the south, southwards, Landn. 62 ; vendi Magmiss
konungr it sy8ra {he stood southwards) me8 Bretlandi ok Skotlandi, Orkn.
150; at inu synnsta fjalli, Landn. 43, v. I. ; it synnsta fjall, Isl. ii. 398 ;
fra hinum synnsta vita, Hkr. i. 147 ; Valla hina synnstu, Dipl. iii. 8 ;
synnsta Grund, v. 3.
S YF JA, a&, [svefn, sofa], be gets sleepy, only impers. ; e-n (ace.) syfjar,
mik syfjar, Finnb. 340, Nj. 94; hvArt syfjar j[)ik, J&rnskjoldr faSir? Fb.
i. 258 ; hanakva8 sik sva syfja, at hann msetti engan veg uppi sitja, Hav.
55. 2. pass. part, syfjaflr, sleepy, Fas. i. 231, 256, Fms. viii. 94,
ix. 532.
syfla, d, to furnish with sufl, q.v. ; syfldr brau8hleifr, Ejam. 27.
Sygnir, m. pi. the men from Sogn, a county and firth in Norway,
Orkn. 214, Fms. ; Sygna-fylki, the county of Sogn, x. l63 ; Sygna-kappi,
-kjuka, -trausti, a nickname, Landn., Gisl., Fb. iii ; Sygna-rrsir, the king
0/ Sygnir, i.e. the Norse king, Hallfred : Sygnskr, id]. from Sogn, Fms.
SYKN, adj.; not ?fkn ; the short vowel is borne opt by rhymes,
\yki\\, syknv, ... as also by etymology, for vi changes into y, not into j?
(sykn = svikn) : [Ulf. swikns = dyvos, oaios, dei^os ; Prof. Bugge suggests
that this word may be a compd, from an intens. particle sve-, and
an adjective, ikn or akn, Gr. ayv-6s'] :—' sackless,' free from guilt,
innocent; hlutlauss e8a sykn af manndrapi, Fms. ii. 225; hafit ok hir8it
syknar hendr y8rar, Stj. 193: with gen., sykn saka, N. G. L. pas-
sim. II. esp. as a law lerm, free; se mi, scggir, sykn em ek
or8in, blameless, declared free, by performance of ordeal. Gkv. 3. 9 ;
v(5r dsmum M. N. mann syknan, give sentence for him, declare htm inno-
cent, Grag. i. 71. 2. esp. of a person who has been outlawed, but
who is now declared a free man, one who is released, reprieved, having for-
merly been sekr; vdgum or skogi \>»nn vildum syknan. Am. 97 ; gordi jarl
|>orkel syknan a alsherjar-Jiingi, Fms. ii. 106 ; far ^u litan me8 mer ol?
mun ek gora t)ik syknan, Bs. i. 17 ; leysa sekt mina . . . ek skal gcfa p&r
heilla-ra,8 at ver8a sykn, Fms. ii. 208 ; si8an for hverr til sinna heim-
kynna, er allir voru syknir, Isl. ii. 392 ; syknir menn ok t)eir menn er
la'ndvjert eigu tit her, Grag. i. 209 ; t)6tti mi at visu ganga, at hani)
614
SYKN— SYRPA.
mundi sykn vera a o9ru sumri, Grett. 1 74 new Ed. ; ok ver&i Grettir
sykn ... at Grettir yr6i sykn, 1 16, 1 1 7 new Ed. ; taldi hann vera syknan,
Rb. 292.
sykn, f. = sykna; ok var5 ekki af sykninni, it was dropped, Grett.
117 new Ed.; af J)essu eyddist sykn (syknan Ub.) at sinni, J73 new
sykna, u, f. [Ulf. swiknipa, stviknei = ayv6Trjs, ayvfia, dwXeJrTjs ; swik-
neins = KaBapifffios] : — blamelessness, the state of being sykn ; ef sk6gar-ma6r
hefir vegit annan skogar-mann til syknu ser, Grag. ii. 160; vig |)orvalds
skyldi vera til syknu Helga, Rd. 265 ; lysa syknu e-s, ... ok f^kksk J)ar
hvartveggja syknan, . ..mxla nioti syknu e-s, 29a ; faera fram syknu e-s
(to bring it out in parliament). Ems. vi. 119, Ebr. 53 ; me6an J)eir hafa
eigi farit syknu sinni, Grag. i. 97. compos : syknu-leyfi, n. a licence
of the alj)ing to grant sykna; 16gsogu-ma6r a upp at segja s. 611, Grag.
i. 2 ; ok tal3i hann vera frjalsan ef J)ar fengisk syknu-leyfit, Rd. 292.
syknu-lof, n. = syknuleyfi ; ef monnum er syknulofs beSit at logrettu
skogar-monnum e6a fjorbaugs-nionnum, Grag. i. 99.
sykr, n. [Dan. swMer], sugar, (mod.)
sylgja, u, f. a brooch or buckle, chiefly of silver or gold, worn by
women ; J)rjar sylgjur sex aura, Dipl. iii. 4 ; s. ok fingrguU, Fms. ix. 263 ;
gull-5ylgja tyndisk ... ok fannsk ekki sylgjan . . . het hon at gefa halt-
virSi sylgjunnar, . . . sylgjona J)a ena somu, Bs. i. 348; fimm sylgjur ok
J)rju nisti, 874.
sylgr, m., gen. sylgjar and sylgs ; [svelgr, svelgja ; Engl. swiW] : — a
drink, beverage; allt er senn ef hann sylg um getr, Hm. ; ylgr faer af
hraem sylg, Edda (in a verse) ; the word is not used in prose, see Lex.
Poet.
SYLL, f., qs. svill, gen. syllar, p!. syllr ; mod. sylla, u, f. ; [A. S. syll ;
Engl, sill; O. H.G. and Geim. schwelle]:— a sill, door-sill; reisa upp
g66a stolpa ok })ar yfir leggja storar syllr, Sks. 91 new Ed.; stafir fjorir
st68u upp ok syllr upp i milli, Ems. viii. 429 (so also Cod. Eirsp. 192,
Ed. 1871) ; fjora asa, atta stafi, tvau J)vertre, ok tvser syllr, Dipl. iii. 8 ;
hann f^kk komizt lit undir syll kirkjunnar, Sturl. iii. 102 C (kyrkju-
.sylluna Ed.) ; syllr ok st65r, Ld. 316, cp. v.l. ; songhus-syllur, Fms. ix.
?6 : syllar-efni, Pm. 11. syllu-stokkr, m. a sill-post, Horn. 94, 96.
sylla, d, to furnish with a sill; ok syllt upp i milli, Fms. viii. 429, v.l.
Syllingar, f. pi. the Scilly Islands, Fms. passim.
syn, f., gen. synjar, [synja ; syn is the root from which syn-S is a deriva-
tive] : — a denial, protest; used in law phrases, koma, setja, hafa syn fyrir,
to protest or repel a charge on oath, by ordeal, or the like ; ef J)eir hafa
syn fyrir, {)a skulu J)eir synja meft einsei6i, K. A. 150 ; hann setti {)ar syn
fyrir, ok bau8 skirslur, Fms. ix. 5 ; bsendr komu J)ar sumir syn fyrir sjk,
Hkr. i. 89 ; hon er sett til varnar a Jiingum . . . {)vi er J)at orStak, at ' syn
s6 fyrir sett' ^a er hann neitar, Edda 21 ; the word is freq. in the compd
nau9-syn (q. v.), necessity, otherwise obsolete. II. the name of a
goddess, Edda 21 ; arin-syn, the goddess of the hearth, fjd. ; mens Synjar
(gen.), the goddess of the necklace, i.e. a woman. Lex. Poet. ; according
to Edda 21, Syn was the goddess of lawsuits: synjar-spann, N.G. L.
i. 258, is prob. an error = smj6r-spann.
SYND, f., older form syn-S, syn-J), shewing that the d is inflexive,
svnj), svnj)ir (sins). Mar. pref. xxxii, xxxiii, Eluc, Greg., passim ; [A. S.
syn and synn, whence the Norse word may have been borrowed when
Christianity came in, for it does not occur in poets of the heathen age ;
Engl, sin; Germ, silnde ; Dan. synd] : — a sin (it prop, means ' negation,
denial,' no doubt referring to denial by oath of compurgators, ordeal, or
the like). Mar., Stj., Bs., H. E., passim in old and mod. writers in an
eccl. sense only, for the very word implies a Christian, not a heathen,
notion (the heathens said glaepr or the like) ; synda-freistni, bot, auki,
band, bruni, byr6r, dau^i, daunn, diki, flekkr, fysi, gjald, g6r5, iSran,
jdtning, kyn, lausn, lifnaftr (lif), likn, saurgan, saurr, sar, sott, verk, =
the temptation, atonement..., sickness, work of sin, H. E. i. 462, 522,
Greg. 9, 18, 19, 22, 45, 46, 73, K.A. 76, Stj. 51, 119, 123, 142, 145,
162, 220, Rb. 82, 400, Hom. 5, ,11, 41,48, 59, ;^,Vm. 84, Magn. 542,
and passim; synda far, Stj. 123; synda J)raell, Hom. 94. compds :
synda-fullr, adj. sinful, Stj. 404, Barl. 99. synda-latiss, adj. sin-
less, Stj. 567, Sks. 486, GJ)1. 169. synda-liga, adv. sinfully, Stj. 18.
synda-ligr, adj. sinful, Stj. 26, 119. synda-maSr, m. a sinner,
677. 8. synda-Jff8Bll, m. a thrall of sin, Hom. 51.
synda, d, mod. t, [sund], to swim; synti allt ut i haf, Brandkr. 60
(paper MS.) ; ok syndu vestr yfir Jokuls-a, Sturl. ii. 157 ; the word has
prevailed in mod. usage, but is very rare in old writers, who either use
the tenses of svimma (q. v.) or more freq. leggjask, see leggja.
syndari, a, m. a sinner, freq. in mod. usage.
8ynd-au9igr, adj. sinful, Greg. 76.
synd-fullr, adj. sinful, Hom. 63.
syndga, a9, [syndigr, from A. S. syngjari], to sin, N. T., Pass., Vidal.
passim ; in old writers only «sed in the 2. reflex, syndgask, id.,
Hom. 154, Sks. 573 B, Fms. iii. 167, Barl. 46.
synd-getinn, part, sin-begotten, Eluc.
syndigr, adj., contr. syngan (qs. syndgan), Hom. 40; syndgir, 130;
syn^gom, Mar. pref. xxxii, 1. 23; but else uncontr. syndigir, NiSrst. 7;
ijA
gm;
ncm
0:K
■tta'u
gir,llj
U
iiiijoi
ijnkii
0:1
itj, I
mi, G
f, ikti
ii,
synduga, Stj. 173, 316, and so in mod. usage: [A.S. synig ; Dan
syndig']: — sinful; einn syndugr ma9r, Barl. 173, passim ; see the refer
ences above.
synd-ligr, adj. sinful, Sks. 449 B.
syndr, adj., qs. symdr, svimdr, [from sund; symd, Ivar Aasen], able t(
swim, swi?nming ; vera syndr, Fms. x. 66 ; s. vel, Fb. i. 368 ; s. sem seir
Nj. 29, passim.
synd-samligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), sinful, of a deed, Sks. 674.
syndvar-liga, adv. warily against sin ; lifa betr ok syndvarligar, Bs. i. 23
synd-varr, adj. wary against sin, Hom. (St.)
SYNGJA, pres. syng ; pret. saung or song, pi. sungu ; subj. syngi
imperat. syng, syngdu ; part, sunginn ; older syngva, and then evei
sounded singva, as seen from rhymes, \>ings, singv?i, Eb. 27 new Ed
1. 24, in a verse of the loth century: [Ulf. siggwan = aS(iv; A.S. an<
O. H.G. singan; Engl, sing; Dan. synge ; Swed. and early Dan. s/wra^a],
— to sing, prop, to ring, clash, of metals, weapons ; to whistle, of wind, 01
the like ; hur6 syngr i lasi, Fms. iii. 67 ; syngr i atgeirinum, Nj. 44
119 ; bitia {)at sver6, nema sjalfum J)er syngvi um hofdi, Hkv. 2 ; (orvar
sungu a minum skjaldi, Eb. (in a verse) ; sver6 saung of vanga ra^
Kormak ; J)aS syngr 1 reiQanum, syngr i bondum, of the rigging of s
ship in a storm, see Lex. Poet.: of the swan's single sad note, syngi
syngi svanir minir. II. to sing, in tunes ; sungu ok slungu snu3g<
steini, Gs. (of the maids at a hand-mill) ; s. salm, to sing a hymn. 2
in an eccl. sense ; s. messu, to sing the mass, Nj. 157 ; prestr a eigi x
syngva fleiri messur enn tvaer, K. {>. K. 21 new Ed.; s. messu heiman
Bs. i. 440 ; um morguninn er sungnar v6ru ti6ir, Fms. x. 10 ; ok sungi
upp responsorium, 15 ; s. psaltara, Bs. i. 74, Fms. xi. 274 ; syngja ti5ir
to chant the ' hours,' passim : absol. to officiate in a mass, Jiar song presti
sa er J>randr het, Fms. ix. 233 ; J)angat song hann einn hati8ar-dag, Bs
i. 435 : spec, phrases, s. e-n til moldar, ' to sing a person into the earthy
to perform the funeral rites ; J)eim laerSum manni er mik syngr til moldai
gef ek J)rju kiigildi, Dipl. iv. 8 ; syngja yfir e-m, to sing over one, i. e. ft
sing the burial service; syngja yfir liki, J)aer tiSir er til byrjar, N. G. L,
i. 16, and so in mod. usage (yfir-songr) ; also of the sick, Fms. m
39; s. e-n i bann (bannsyngja), to chant an excommtmication, Bs..i.
768. III. pass., ^ann tima er songst ottu-songr, Fms. vii
310; J)a er messa syngst, Am. loi ; skal syngjast messa, Dipl. i. lOj
syngjandi salu-messa, iv. 8.
syngn, see sykn.
SYNJA, a6, [this is the root verb for syn and synS], to deny; sannaS' »)£
J)at annarr en annarr synjaSi, Fms. iv. 294 ; J)a muntu s. J)ess me3 skju-
semd, Nj. 80, passim. 2. esp. as a law phrase, see syn, the chai^ Juinio;
to be repelled in gen., s. e-s ; syni hann vilja sins me9 settar-ei9i, at bana uplisti
vildi J)at verk eigi giirt hafa, Gt)'- 162 ; mi .ver5 ek sjalf fyrir mil
synja lyta, to prove my innocence by ordeal, Gkv. 3. 8 ; vil ek {leai ijistf
mals s. fyrir mik ok fyrir oss alia skipvera, vil ek J)ar bj66a fyrir ei8i
sva sem log ySur standa til, O. H. 140. 3. to deny, refuse; ii
hann vill synja mer rikis, Fms. i. 83; s. mer maegftar, Isl. ii. 215; s;
kaups, Vapn. 7 ; honum skal bei6a fars at skipi . . . ef honum er synjaJ
J)ar, Gra^. i. 90 ; J)riggja marka utleg6 varSar J)eim er synjar, 80 ;
J)eir syni, 90. II. reflex, to refuse an offer, of a lady
synjask hverjum konungi. Fas. i. 365 ; J)eirrar konu ba6 Catilina, en
synja9isk, Rom. 332.
synjan or synjun, f. a denial, refusal, Grag. i. 91 ; far-s., Hbl
synnstr, superl. southernmost; see sy6ri.
syn-samr, adj. unobliging, 655 iii. i.
syn-semi, f. an unobliging mood, petty denial of a favour ; en syi
mun ^er i J)ykkja ok eigi storroannlegt ef ek synja, Fs. 34.
syptir, m. [Germ, seufzen; Engl, sob and sigh'\, a sobbing; in
syptir or and-syftir.
syrgi-ligr, adj. sad, Stj. 52, Bs. i. 819.
SYKQJA, 6, [sorg ; \]\{. saurgan = iJ.epifjLvav,\vTrfTadai; A.S.
jan; Engl, sorrow; Germ, sorge; Dan. sorgel: — to sotvow, mi
hann ba6 menn eigi syrgja ne lata o6rum herfiligum latum, Nj. I
snokta e3r s., Fms. viii. 334 ; ^e'n syrg^u ok hryg&usk, Barl. 191.
to bewail, with ace. ; «yrg9i hann hana dau6a, Fms. x. 379 ; J)essa
syrg6u J)eir, Barl. 189; ek syrgi eina jungfni ok fse hana eigi, Fas. ui.
643 ; s. af e-u, to mourn over, Barl. 91 : s. sik, to bewail oneself, Vimk
Rom. 233, passim in old and mod. usage.
syrja, u, f. [sori], dress; as a nickname, Sturl. iii. 74-
syrpa, u, f. [sorp; prop. = a swill for beasts; Norse sorpe']: — fl rfxrO' fe ;j
woman, Edda ii. 629: the name of an ogress, Edda (Gl.) 2.«li!p,ijjj^
volu7ne of miscellaneous things; kvae9a syrpa, syrpa mm {'my syrpa, i.e.H)i^j^^
the book into which the poet entered his occasional songs), pret j|m
to the Poems of Bjarni Thorarinson, p. i. syrpu-ting, n., i"
syTpuJ)ings-16g, n. pi. a kind oi mock pleading, mock lawsuit, compose ■
as an entertainment ; var hann eptir i stofu a kveldin er f}orkell gtki;
at sofa, ok hefir frammi margs-konar ertingar, ok {)at hafa menn sagt at
hann hafi fyrstr fundit upp a SyrpuJ)ings-16g ; menn komu vi9a af bsBJum,
ok gor6isk {)ar af J)yss mikill, Lv. 26; the exact thing is now lost, perh.
it was something similar to the mod. Skraparots-predikan.
^^u;
loindt
iSYllTA— JSYiNiN,
Cli
syrta, t, [sorti], lo grow dark; J)a3 syrtir a5.
SYSTIE, f., gen. ace. and dat. systur, pi. nom. and ace. systr, gen.
tra, dat. systrum; [Goth. swislar ; A.S.swuster; Engl, sister ; O.H.G.
-tar; Germ, scbw ester ; Dan. soster ; Swed. sysler ; Lat. soror^: — a
r, Nj. 30, Grag. i. 288, passim ; s. samfeftra, sammx8ra, 1 70 ; al-systir,
-systir, a half-sister; moflur-systir (Dan. mosler), a mother s-sister,
.',• fo6ur-s. {Y)^n. faster), a father s-sister, aunt; afa-s., ommu-s., a
it aunt. II. metaph. in addressing; eigi ma ek hlj65 vera,
^ystirin, segir griSkona, Grett. 170 new Ed. ; allra-s., all men's sister,
ickname, Landn. ; leik-s., stall-s., a play-sister; fostur-s., a foster-
r : eccl., Gu6 vakti {)ik, systir, Bs. i. 438 ; braeSr ok systr, Horn.
,,-. 2. a sister of charity, nun, Ann. 1343 ; systra-klaustr, a nun-
fiery, H. E. i. 470 ; systra lifnaOr, lag, id., 470, 476. compds :
isystur-barn, n. a sister's child, niece, nephew, Sturl. i. 163. systra-
jorn, n. pi. sisters' bairns, i. e. cousins, G{)l. 245. systur-dottir, f.
I :-ister's daughter, Grag. i. 171, Ld. 26, Finnb. 258; systurdottur sonr,
\. (i. L. i. 77- 8yBtra,-d8BtT,{.p\. daughters of two sisters. systur-
ionr, m. a sister's son, Grag. i. 171, Nj. 193, Ems. vii. 269 ; tveir systur-
yuir Bar3a, Isl. ii. 236. systra-synir, m. pi. sisters' sons, GJ)1. 242,
si. ii. 208, Landn. 151.
.systkin, n. pi., sounded syskin and spelt thus, Edda i. 56, Landn.
49, Ems. vi. 398, Grag. i. 232, N. G. L. i. 151; [Dan. sosken~]: —
i)llcct. a brother and sister, brothers and sisters; till syskin sin, J)au
ysikin, systkin sin, passim; telja fra systkinum tveim, N.G. L. i. 147.
oMPDs : systkina-b6rn, n. the bairns of systkin, first cousins, G^\.
45. systkina-dsBtr, f. pi. the daughters of systkin, first female
ousins, GJ)1. 242 ; systkinadaetra-synir, N. G. L. i. 188. systkina-
ynir, m. pi. the sons of systkin, Jirst male cousins, Hkr. i. 327 ; systkina-
(inir i^rst cousins) ok systrungar, 'systkin-so«s' and sisier-sons, Grag.
.172.
systlingr, m. = systrungr, a ' sisterling,' a sister-son, N. G. L. i. 76.
systrung, f. = systrunga ; ef ma&r tekr brae6rung sina e3r systrung
.)rae3rungu, systrungu, v. 1.), N. G. L. i. 148, ii. 302 ; GuSrunu systrung
)ddkotlu, Sturl. i. 132 ; systrung sinn (sina), K. A. 140 ; hon var systrung
3od. systrungr) bans, she (Rachel) was the systrung of him (James), Stj.
71 ; whereas James and Rachel would collectively be called systkina
IJm.
systmnga, u, f. one's mother's sister's daughter, a female cousin,
m. 52; systrungu Oddkotlu, Sturl. i. 132 C; hon var s. dfeidar,
09 C ; ef \>XT eru brae6rungur e&a systrungur e8a nanari, Grag. i. 346.
systrungr, m. one's mother's sister's son, a male cousin (Dan. master soft),
aiidn. 107, 178; s. vi5 konung, the king's cousin, G\>\. 54; Johannes
langelista, systrungr hans (i. e. Jesus) at fraendsemi. Earl. 49 ; braftrungar
k systrungar, brother's sons and sister's sons, first cousins on the mother's
nd father's side, Grag. i. 171 ; munu systrungar sifjum spilla, Vsp. (or
systrungar here the plur. fem. from systrung?); systrungs barn, a
s/er's son's child, a cousin's child, GJ)1. 244.
SYDA, d, [su6], to wainscot; sy8a loptid fyrir gaflinum, D.N. i. 506.
sy3ing, i. wainscotting ; nyjar syllar, sperror, ok nyja sy8ing, J)ekja
ic3 spon ok bras8a, D. N. iii. 409.,
SYJA, pret. se&i, s66i, [Ulf. siujan ; A. S. and O. H. G. siwian ; Engl.
w; Dan.-Swed. sye, sy ; Lat. suere^ : — to sew; only occurs in the part.
i3r and pret. se3u, q.v. ; s6 J)u hve vel,t)eir se8u er fyrir saumfcirinni
5u, Skalda (Thorodd) ; hamri siiSr, jarni so&r, hammer-knit, iron-knit,
a coat of mail, Lex. Poet,
syja, also spelt sygja, u, f. the suture of a ship (su8 is the board, syja
e single suture, a su6 therefore contains so and so many syjur) ; komnar
ru niu syjur a hvart bor& (mod. saumfiir). Ems. viii. 196; kjalar, stala,
5a, sygju, Edda 66; kjol-syja, q.v.
31?KI, f. [Ulf. siukei; Dan. syge], sickness, freq. in mod. usage, e^.
compds.
ykjask, 8 and t, [sjiikr ; Ulf. sjukan^daOevuv'], to grow sick, sicken,
s. 97 ; syk8isk. Ems. x. 410 ; sykisk oil sii hin uhrausta kona, 656 B. 7 ;
kSusk af heilsu hennar, Greg. 46 ; sykjask i hugnum, Pr. 124.
•iYKN, adj. an ecel. term, in sykn dagr; the more correct form is
okn, N. G. L. i. 385 ; [from sokn, Dan. sogne-dag] : — a day on which
vvsuits and actions are permitted ( = Lat. dies fastus), opp. to a holy day
Sabbath ; in the phrase, syknt e8a heilagt, syngnt (sic) eSa heilagt,
' J. L. i. 349 ; me8an s)Tikt (sic) er . . . ^^gar syng' ^r, 3S0 ; mod.
. sounded, synt og heilagt ; a sy'knum dogum, G\i\. 80 ; soeknum
nm, N.G. L. i. 385; nu er eigi langt til morguns ok er J)a sykn
, 6. H. n8, Enis. iv. 265.
/la, d, or better syla, with^*, qs. svela, [svell; Engl. swell; cp. Dan.
•tUne'] :: — to swell, turn into ice, of water ; syldi hvern dropa er inn
m, . . . sy'ldi um hann 611 klae8in, Isl." ii. 461, 462 ; allt syldi bseSi liti
y\n\, Eas. ii. 144: part, s-^ldr, stiff with ice; kuflinn var syldr allr,
tt. 117 A; skipit meS ollum joklinum, en {)at var mjok sylt, 125 A ;
ir skiiaj- Gtisla liggja ok eru syldir allir, Gisl. I15: of a wound, syldi
ijarnar (ace), {>jal. j^o.
tit, n. adj. (part.), [from syll = a sillf], a sheep's mark, a piece being
from the top of the ear; kirkja k mark, sylt hit haegra, en heilt hit
II
^ vinstra, Vm. 29, freq. in mod. uiage. 2. a horse when ilcck and
dappled is said to be 'syldr f lend," ' loin-dappltd :' of a short-legged
dwarf it is said, ' var sylt 1 nc8an J)ar sem fjctrnir v6ru,' instead of
instep there was but a groove, Fb. iii. 48.
s^n, f. = sj6n, q. v. [Dan. syn], a tight; sjfn, heyrn, Fras. i. 97 ; hevm
e8a sy'n, Grag. ii. 16 ; |)at birtir syn, Pr. 471 ; syn er sugii rikari, a say-
ing, Stj. 621 ; kunnugr at syn ok mdli. Fb. ii. 58; syn, at sju it rc-tta,
623. 26, G{)I. 58 ; er m^r J)at at sy'n orftit er ck hefi opt heyrt (i&. sagt,
/ have seen it with my eyes, 6. H. 57 ; i sy'n vift bzinn, within sight of
the farm. Ems. ix. 510; koma i syn vi8 menn, Rb. 388; ganga i sy'n
vi8 e-n. Ems. x. 329; l^t hann leiSa i sy'n vi8 ^a tvser dxtr sinar, 105 ;
sva at feli syn (ace), Vm. 88 ; sol hvarf'at sy'n, (3. H. 218 ; solar-gangr
vex at sy'n, visibly, Rb. 92 : tungl er {id ekki at sy'n, not visible, 45a;
hvarf hann fra htnni at sy'n, Bs. i. 184; var J)eim at sy'n \>»t vel fagnat,
apparently, Hkr. i. 73 ; hann druknafti a firftinum, ok g^kk ^it inn i
fjallit at sy'n, apparently, Landn. 159, v. 1. ; an appearance, bregda & sik
mannligri sy'n. Ems. x. 301 ; forkunnar s/n, Fsm. : a vision; bar fyrir
hann i svefiii mikia sy'n, Ems. i. 137. 2. a^um, adverbially, by
sight, apparently; fri8 synum, Nj. 2 ; hann var friSr sy'num. Eg. 2 3 ; hinn
likiigsti synum, Hkr. i. 262. II. [a different word = sunna, q. v.],
poet, the sun, Edda (Gl.)
SYN" A, d, to shew; hon ba8 hann sy'na ser sverSit, Gull^. 14; &
Jiinginu sy'ndu menn vapn sin, Fms. iv. 326; ^u skalt enga faleika a
{)er syna, Nj. 14 ; syna sik gla8an, Barl. 16 ; hann syadi mun ek syna ydr
(dat.) i fata-bur |>orfinns, Grett. 98 A, passim. II. reflex, synask,
to appear, Rb. 478 ; s^nisk J)at jafnan at ek em fegjarn, Nj. 102 ; hann
kva8 mikla usaemd i sliku synask af Sturlu, Sturl. i. 87 ; ok sy'ndisk
hann J)a Nero (dat.), he then presented himself to N., 659 C. 29. 2.
to seem, with dat.; e-m synisk e-t, it appears lo one; oss syiiisk limak-
ligt, at ... , Elue. 3 ; sy'ndisk vitrum miinnum hann afbragd, Fms. x.
397; hefir mer tvennt um sy'nzk, Nj. 3 : to see in a dream, somnadt
hann, honum syndisk J)a enn helgi Olafr konungr, 6. H. 240; sy'ndisk
honum i svefni engill Gu8s, B«r. 1 2 ; sem konunni haf8i sy'nzk um
nottina, Fms. v. 222 : so also, m6r syndist hann koma, / thought I saw
him come ; mer syndist eg sja hann, / thought I saw him ; ekki er allt
sem synist, a saying, varla synisk allt sem, Mkv. 3. to think fit ;
veitiS mer gropt slikan sem y8r synisk, such as you deem fit, as you like.
Ems. ix. 309 ; fekk konungr sveitar-h6f3ingja {» er honum syndisk. Eg.
272; syndisk monnum, at Andres misti szmda sinna, Fms. ix. 309;
.synisk J)at J)6 flestum, at fa mer ^zt er ek vil, Grett. 129 A; |>randr
kvaS hitt mundu synask {that would seem better) at unna Leifi fiiflur-bota,
Eaer. 159.
s^d, f. = syn, in d-sjfnd, a countenance; ti\-syndzi, adverb, to stefrotn
afar off; a-syndar, adverb, to see (as in the phrase 'fair to see').
s^dr, adj. with eyesight so and so; gamall ok syndr Htt, Eg. 710;
Htt s., Hkr. iii. 127; hinn mikli maSr er svd litt var sy'ndr, Nj. 34
(where ironic); u-sy'ndir hvelpuT, a litter of blind whelps : of weather,
clear, i bjortu ok vel syndu ve8ri, Konr.
s^i, n. the sight; in the adverb, phrase, til sy'nis, /or the sight's sake;
var hann sendr konungi til sy'nis, /or the sake of curiosity, Fms. vi. 362 ;
til syhis vaxtar hans, as a sample of his sight, Fas. i. 331 ; vi8-syni, a
"■far-sight,' a wide horizon ; mis-syni, eye-deception ; glam-syni, glamour-
sight, sf^nis-horn, n. a sample, specinien.
s^ni-liga, adv. visibly, Fms. x. 332, 374 (Jublicly) ; li-syniliga, i«-
visibly.
s;^i-ligr, adj. visible, Fms. i. 139, Bias. 44; li-syniligr, invisi-
ble. 2. sightly; mikill ma8r, hdrr, s.. Ems. x. 393; enn sjTiiligsti
ma&r. Ld. 24: advisable, O. H. i66: likely, syniligri, more likely (to
pay), K. fj. K. 48.
syning, f. a shewing, 655 xxvi. 3 ; s. ok sky'ring, Stj. 30.
s^n, adj. visible; {)6tt ek sja sy'nar vafur, Grett. 112 A. 2.
clear, evident; fjer skal syn biihlifS i J)vi vera, Fms. v. 306; lysir hana
J)vi, at hann er synn at brigSar-manni, if he declares himself as the un-
mistakable brig8ar-mann, G\>\. 290; J)eir atbur8ir er miklu eru synstir
til ^ess liarans, most likely to cause, Sks. 332 B ; syna stund, a good while,
Grett. (in a verse) : likely, ef y8r j)ykkir eigi annat synna fyrir liggja enn
vera h^r, if you have nothing better to do than ..., Fser. 45 ; synisk mer sem
eigi muni i annat sinn synna at leita til fundar vi8 Bolla enn mi, there will
not be a belter chance another time, Ld. 238 ; er |)essu synna at sva beri
(berr Cod.) til, there is every probability that it will turn out so. Ems. xi.
1 14 ; t)6tti monnum 6-synt (uncertain) hverr frifir gefinn mundi, O. H.
188. - 3. sightly; vdpnum ok vadum skolu vinir gle8ja6k, Jiat
er k sjalfum synst, Hm. II. spec, or adverb, usages ; J>6tti Jw
ollum at synu ganga, at storflokkar mundi komnir i h<^ra8it, all thought
that it was clear, beyond doubt, that..., Sturl. iii. 41. 2. synu
with a compar., a great deal; syn\i minna, a great deal less, far less.
Ems. vii. 242, xi. 112; synu meiri, ff»/ci» greater. Fas. ii. 515; synu
verri, much worse, Ld. 322, Fb. i. 259 ; synu betri, s. betr, a great deal
better, Fms. iii. 232, xi. 154; synu yngri, v. 263: superl., synu fyrstr,
far a-head, Fxt. 168. 3. synt, as adv. evidently, quite, very ; greindi
1^)4 synt um, Vapn, 5 ; |)ik skortir synt vi5 hann, tboufallesl quite short
616
StPINN— S/ENGARFOR.
of him, thou art no match for him, fsl. ii. 215 ; hildr var sy'iit i vexti, the
battle ivaxed quite hot, Km. III. in compds, ein-syiin, one-eyed;
tvi-synn, douhful; vi3-synn, auS-synn, evident; 6-synt, uncertain.
s^pinn, adj. a corrupt vulgar pronunciation for sytinn (q. v.), used esp.
of a niggardly person ; hann er sypinn : as also s^pa, t ; sypa i e-6 (qs.
syta), to grudge an outlay, of a miser, cp. Hm. 47.
S'^Il, f., gen. syr, ace. sii, pi. syr (declined as kyr, q. v.) ; [A.S. su;
Engl, sow; Dan. so; Germ, sn?/; Gr. vs ; Lat. sits] : — a sow; syr ok
grisir meS, Grag. i. 504; su (ace.) rseSa, 427; siir eru augu syr (gen.),
Skalda (Thorodd) ; the word is obsolete in prose. 2. a nickname,
Sigur3r syr, gen. Sigur5ar syr, Fagrsk. 106 ; syrar, v. 1., also Fms. x.
405. II. one of the names of the goddess Freyja, in gen. Syrar,
Edda ; a ek Syrar mey dy'ra, Edda (in a verse) ; folk-syrar, Korm. (in
a verse).
s;;^, m. a dish, kind unknown ; syr var kallaSr rettr a Grsenalandi
er konur gor6u or kalfa-gornum, Fbr. 108, v. 1. (A word of doubtful
genuineness, and wanting in the vellums of that Saga.)
SYKA, u, f. [siirr; Germ, sailre], sour whey, stored up and used for
drink instead of small beer, Nj. 199, Gisl. 58; syru-ker. Eg. 701, Bs. i.
120, Sturl. iii. 192, Gisl. 7.
Syr-dselir, m. pi. the men of Siirna-dalr, a county in Norway, Gisl.
Borland, n. Syria, Stj. passim : S#r-lendingr, a Syrian, 656 B. 10 :
S^-lenzkr ( Str-n«skr, 655 xiv. B. 2), adj. Syriac, Al. 77, Stj. 641.
ST^SA, t, a defect, verb, of which only the pret. and the past part,
remain ; [this is the root word from which sy'sla (q. v.) is a derivative,
cp. also siis and sus-breki] : — to be busy with a thing, give effect to it ;
either with dat. (s. e-u), or s. at e-u ; or used absolutely, to be busy ;
hon systi um ^orf gesta. Am. 6 ; systi hann sva mikit at a litilli stundu,
Barl. 177 ; at ver faim ekki at sy'st, Fms. v. 155 ; er systuS su3r,>e went
busily, hastened, southwards, vi. (in a verse) ; ef Magmiss konungr yr3i
viss hvat syst vaeri, 13 ; J)a er ^vi var syst, Hom. 117 ; {)a er hann hefir
systeyrendum sinum, when he had done bis errand, Fms. ix. 345, v.l. ;
Jfvi er syst, that is done, Geisli 1 2 ; J)eim er J)ar sy'st saman, there they are
busied together, Hornklofi (Fagrsk. rather to be taken as a part, than as
a fern, subst., see, however, Lex. Poet. s. v. syst) ; fara brottu me6 sva
systu eyrendi, Stj. ; hvat hann hefir at sy'st a {)eirri stundu, Rd. 304 ; hvat
J)eir hofSu at sy'st me3an, Fms. xi.41 ; J)eir systu pat eitt, at J)eir sattusk
a vig Snorra, Sturl. 186 C ; hoggva isinn, ok var J)at syst a tveim dogum,
Fms. ix. 400 ; Eysteinn konungr haf8i mart sy'st i landinu t)at er nyt-
semd var a, vii. 100; bau6 ok sag9i, ok var t)egar syst allt a einu auga-
bragQi, Barl. 22 ; ef hann mgetti nokkurn J)ann mann fa syst honum {if
he could get him a man) er J)essa mxtti honum baetr raSa, 16 ; ef
hon hefir eigi Jjann riddara nu systan, MS. 4. 30 ; var sva til syst, at . . .,
Fms. vi. 38 ; ef t)etta systisk fremr en aftrir hofSu sy'st, x. 7, v. 1. ; J)a
hefir \>u vel sy'st, well done, ix. 366 ; J)eir gatu alls engi at syst, coidd
procure none, Str. 12 ; var sva til S3?st {it ivas so arranged that . . .) at
Sighvatr skald hlaut..., Fms. vi. 38; ef hon gaeti nokkut at syst, Str.
13 ; leituSu margir vib at bera hana, er alls ekki gatu at sy'st, 54; sem
vist er at ver faim ekki at sy'st, Fms. vi. 155, Hkr. iii. 162.
afsl, f. business, = sys\a. ; gob sysl var J)at, Fms. vi. 333 (in a verse).
s^sl (sysla, Mkv.), a.d]. eager, painstaking ; nokkxib var5 hon sy'sla
of sik ( = sy'sl), she was a meddlesome thing, Mkv. ; ^k er \>u ferr me6
livin J)inum a gotu, ver J)u sysl at leysask fra honum, Greg. 41 (an old
rendering of Matth. v. 35).
s^sla, a&, [Dan. fys/e], to be busy, transact business; menn skulu
sysla J)at Fostudag hverr vera skal logsogu-maSr, Grag. i. i ; Olafr
setr upp skip sitt . . . en er J)at er syslat, Ld. 87 ; er J)etta-.var at sy'slat,
AI. 123: to procure, s. einn sva g66an mann, MS. 4. 27; sumir sysla
bann ok bolbaenir i land vart, Anecd. 1 2 ; sysla6i biskup J)eim allt 116 er
hann fekk, Fms. viii. 144; sysla sinum braeSrum nokkurn kost. Mar.;
s6r syslaSan ok sendan, Stj. 250 ; at |)u maettir s. mer nokkura staSfestu,
Sturl. i. 209, 210; segl ok akkeri skal til sysla af bonda fe, GJ)1. 81 ;
sy'sluSu hvarirtveggi vel i J)eiri ferS, made a good job of it, succeeded,
Frns. ix. 270. ^ II. reflex., vit skulum sitja a Noramaeri ok freista
sva hvat at syslisk, Fms. i. 53, Hkr. i. 171.
sysla, u, f. business, work; hjon satu J)ar, heldu a syslu, Rm. 14;
hygg ek at ver eigim aSrar sy'slur en bjor at drekka, Hkv. I. 17 ; and-
legu verki, jarftligum syslum, 655 xxvi. I ; hann hafdi lokit {)eim syslum
er hann vildi, 656 A. 4; var J)at si5r hans, at risa upp ardegis, ok ganga
J)a um syslur manna. Eg. 2 ; fyrir sy'slu g69s verks, doing a good work,
Hom. 26 ; ef hann hefir eigi sy'slu a {if he has no time, no leisure) at
faera barn til skirnar, K. {>. K. 4 : — hence, bu-sy'sla, husbandry; um-sysla,
activity, endeavours. II. as a law term, any stewardship held from
the king or bishop, also as a geographical term, a district, bailiwick, pre-
fecture ; syslur ok armenningar um oil {>r£enda-log, Hkr. i. 303 ; Guttormr
t)vari, hann hafSi haft syslu, Fms. ix. 15; Olafr sem J)a hafdi hirSstjorn ok
syslu nor&an lands, Dipl. ii. 1 5 ; allt til J)ess er J)eir komu or syslu f>6ris, 6. H.
137 ; skal sysluma3r lysa hversu margir uda6a-menn ur8u i hans syslu a
naestum t61fmanu3um, GJ)1. 22; hafa syslu a Halogalandi, Eg. 66; J)a
er hann (the bishop) haf6i yfir-for um sy'slu sina, a diocese, Bs. i. I40.
COMPDS : 9tslu-br6f, n. letters patent, N. G. L. iii. 77. «^»lu-f5err.
id), fit for work; vel s. at flestu verki, Bs. i, 307. s^fslu-lauss, ad},
unemployed, idle, Barl. 156, Fb. i. 508. s^slu-leysi, n. idleness, the
being out of work, Rom. 333, Mar. syslu-maSr, m. a worker; s. mikill
ok starfsma6r goSr, Eg. 203, Ld. 73 : a prefect, bailiff, king's steward,
G^\. 22, Eg. 67, Fms. ix. 429 (v. 1.), x. 10, Nj. 1 26 ; syslumenn konungs
ok biskups, . . . lendir menn, syslumenn, armenn, G{)1. 12 ; sy'sluma6r ejhi
arma5r, 6 ; Jamtr hofSu J)a Svja-konungi skatt goldit, ok t)a8an hofSu
verit syslumeim yfir landinu, O. H. 142, and so in mod. Icel. usage, the
country being divided into syslur, answering to the Jsing (q. v.) of the
Commonwealth, each sysla with its bailiff (sysluma6r), who at the same
time is the justice and the tax-gatherer or steward of the king ; syslumenn
skulu l)ing eiga a LeiSum, Jb. 23 ; logmenn ok syslumenn, 27.
B. In local names, A8al-sysla, the present Esthonia, Yngl. S.; Ey-sysia
= the present Osel in the Baltic: also simply S^sla, a Slavon. word =
Sysyle in Alfred's Orosius, a country in eastern Prussia ; in Syslu-kind,
the people of Esthonia, V't.
s^s-liga, adv. busily, smartly, speedily ; ris upp J)u s., rise up thou briskly \
656 C. II ; hogg enn mennina s., Fms. xi. 152 ; hann sa merki konungs
fara s., viii. 86 ; slatra s., Am. 20 ; sveinn s. sveif til skogar, went quickly
to the wood, Hym. 18 ; ganga s., to walk briskly. Fas. i. 433 (in a verse)
s^sl-rsekr, adj. transacting business, Bs. i. 754.
SYTA, t, [sut], to wail; veit ek at vaetki of sy'tig, hvar aldri skal
slita, Hallfred ; J)eir sy'ttu hann sem dauSan, Bs. i. 743 ; Elena sytti alia
aefi dauSa hans, Bret. 77: absol., Skalda 211; syta ok klokva, Hom,
193; \i^T munuQ syta og grata en heimrinn mun fagna, John xvi. 20;
to pine for, with ace, er J)at (ace.) illt at syta er maSr fser eigi, Fas. i.
174; sy'tir ae gloggr vi8 gjofum, a saying, Hm. 47 ; sytir eigi drengr vid
dau3a, a saying, . . . er-at sytandi dauSi, Km.
syti-ligr = sutligr, sad. Mar.
syting, f. wailing; gratr ok s., Fms. x. 290; stynr ok s., Stj. 51;
uggr ok seating (sic), Mar.; sytingar timi, a time of mourning, 238
s;^tinn, adj. [Norse syten'], peevish, Lat. morosus.
S.^DI, n. [sa8], seed; salds sasOi ni6r faert, D. I. i. 476 ; sa sinu sae8i,
Barl. i8 ; rotfesta sae5i sitt i hjarta sinu, 5. 2. metaph. seed, off-
spring, freq. in eccl. usage, kvinnunnar saE8i, Abrahams sae6i, Bible. 3.
plur. crops ; J)ar let hann hafa ssedi ok kallaSi at Okrum, Eg. 1 36 ; slatttri
ok saeSi, Bjarn. 22; i f3e8um Philistinorum, Stj. 413; arfer8 tok at
versna ok sxbi manna toku at breg8ask, . . . eptir um varit fengusk litil
sae8i, pvi at engi gat fraekorn at kaupa, 6. H. 113; J)etta var J)ann tima,-
er sae8i manna voru eigi tekin til avaxtar . . . er hanu gengr sinn veg nSBf
saeSum {fields) nokkurum, Mar.
ssedingr, m. [Norse scEing~\, the common gull or sea-mew, larus cant»
L., Edda (Gl.), 6. T. (in a verse).
S.ffiPA (i. e. soefa), &, [akin to svefn, svaefa ; cp. Lat. sopirel, prop,:
to put to sleep, but distinguished from svaefa, and only used to kill,'
slaughter beasts; vok sii er menn saefa hvali i, Jb. 331 15; skal gefa af
inn fimta hlut af ollu fe nema ma6r soefi, K. J). K. ; bl68it floar sva senv
lifandis maSr hef6i scef6r verit, Mar. ; hann saefSi girndar-synd, Greg.
38. 2. esp. of a sacrifice; ef saefS voru J)au kvikendi er go6unum
var fornat, Eb. 10 ; lamb Gu8s er soeft til J)essa n6ttur3ar, Greg. 29;
saefandi son sinn ysak, Stj. 130 ; skal hverr s. sitt lamb, 279 ; lamb soeft
ok eti6. Post. 645. 83 ; sa er saef&i fornina, Stj. 430 ; saefa hjarSir, Hsni.f
svaefa naut, to kill a beast by driving a sharp instrument into the nape
of the neck, severing the spine, as the Spanish Torreadore do (the
heathen way of killing the sacrificial beast?). II. reflex, to ho
killed, expire; saefisk hon a spjotinu ok deyr, Fb. i. 258; jarlinn saefSisk
a spjotinu. Eg. 289 ; Hrafn hrserSi hvarki hond ne fot er hann saefdisk,
Bs. i. 674 (of a man beheaded) ; mi vei8ir madr hval ok saefisk hann 4
djupi, N.G. L. i. 59 ; val-saefendr, Yt.
ssefari, a, m. the slaughterer, sacrificing priest, Stj. 430.
ssefing, f. the sacrifice, Stj. 377. <
seegr (i.e. scegr), m. [cp. A.S. gar-secg = the ocean'], sleet, wet, raitt;
J)at var allt a einui stundu er soegr enn mesti var, ok J)at at J)urrt var
ok heid ok solskin, Bs. i. 339: saegjum, a.dv . pouring ; J)6 sjor um t)ilp
saegjum drifi. Fas. ii. (in a verse). 2. a tumtilt, confusion, swarm;-
vera mun mikill scegr i baenum, ok allt 113 olott, Fms. viii. 392. Sv
in mod. usage saegr means a swarm, mesti saegr. II. the name of
the man in the moon's pail ; saegr heitir sar, en simul stong, Edda.
ssei, n. [through the Fr. soie, Ital. saia, from Lat. sericum ; as are alsft
A.S. seo/c, Engl. «7,{r], silk, R^tt., N.G.L. iii. 122,125, D.N., B.K.,
Vm. ; saei-kapa, 90.
S.ffilNG-, f., gen. saeingar, these being the old forms ; the later and mod;
contr.form sseng, gen. saengr, pl.saengr,which is used in vellums of the 14th
century; {Din. scB7ig ; Swed.s««^]: — abed; sakna ek i sessi ok i saeingu-
mins malvinar, Gkv. i. 20; saeing foru si3an sina J)au Hcigni, Am. 105
sofnu6 var GuSriin i saeingu, Skv. 3. 24; ganga i sama saeing konu, Grag. i-
^75'3li> 329, Gliim. 374(saengEd.); hann lag8i hanaisaeng hja ser, Fms.
i.4; konaliggrisaenginni,...isaengina, Fb. i.258. 2. childbed; er hon
a saeng ferr, N.G.L. i. 30; J)aer konur sem a saeng anda8isk, Bs. i. 687;
liggja a saeng, to lie in childbed; kona la a saeng. compds : saengar-
ferd, f. childbed, K. A. 18, Bs. i. 687. ssengar-fOr (mod. S88ngr-f6r),'
^'il
iiK
■I
i
S^NGRFOT— SiELL.
617
. H. E. i. 492 ; kona hans var Jja iinduS af saengrfor, Vigl. 53 new Ed.
1111 of the 14th century). Bseiigr-f6t,n.Y>l. bed-clothes, saengar-
iM, n. pi. id., Jm. 24; ssengr-klasSi, Karl. 57. seengr-kona, u, f.
'iian in childbed, Fb. i. 71. ssengr-stokkr, ni. a bed-side, Grett.
V (vellum of the 15th century); but saengar-stokkr, Bs. ii. 228.
vi-ligr, adj., in u-saekiligr, impregnable, Str. II.
kinn, ad], plucky ; eigi afl-mikill en \>6 akafliga s., Sturl. i. 23.
|S.ffiKJA, i.e. soekja, an irregular verb, pres. sseki (seek!) ; pret. sotti,
l|?. si'ikti (as \)6iti from J)ykkja ; cp. Engl, seek, sought) ; subj. Siekti
ai); imperat. saek, saektii : part, sottr, sott (qs. soktr, cp. {)6tt from
ui): [sak, sok, s6k-n, referring to a lost strong verb, saka, sok ;
i'lkjan = CtjTfTv, airfiv ; A. S. secan ; Engl, seek; O. H. G. sohbjan ;
I. suchen; Dan. soge ; Swed. soka.'\
A. To seek, fetch ; ek mun fara heim ok s. m6r bendi, Fms. iii,
; s. ser skala-vi3, Nj. 280; s. ser kirkju-viS, to fetch church-timber,
;, 16; s. heilrsedi at e-m, Nj. 31 ; ssekja vatn, to fetch water. Fas. ii.
b. i. 257, Fs, 100; g^kk Gunnlaugr til lackjar eins ok sotti (vatn) 1
inum, Isl. ii. 269; er {)er skyldra at s. Svanlaugu, Nj. 182;
uikr sotti (Germ, abbolen) Steingerai, Korm. 228; skatt er Egill
^6tt til Vermalands, Eg. 588 ; s. giptu a fund e-s., to fetch, derive good
■rom, Fms. v. 253, 254. 2. to visit, frequent (Germ, besuchen) ; enn
jotun ek sotta, Hm. 104; skyldi menn J)angat til s. um alia Vest-
;,, Eb. 26; stekja {)ing, to frequent a |)ing (J)ing-s6kn) ; J)eir vildu
; angat s. f'ngit. lb. 9; s. kirkju, to visit, frequent a church (kirkju-
; J)essa brennu sotti margs-konar J)j68, Edda 38 ; ssekja e-n at lift-
izlu, to call on one for support, Fms. xi. 344; saekja e-n at eptirmali,
seek one's aid in .. ., Sturl. i. 193 ; hann var mikill malafylgis-ma&r
hann var at sottr til asja, Bs. i. 82; s. or s. heim, to visit; fyrir
i sotta ek J)ik heim, at mik hafSi her at landi borit. Eg. 165, (cp.
iin-sokn, in a hostile sense), Nj. 107 ; hann sotti marga okunna
\b\, Fms. vii. 199; saekja fuglar haleik lopts, Sks. 47 B; saekir
iselmus heim J)at klaustr. Mar. ; hann mundi aldri fljiiga sva langt,
eigi mundi hann s. heim hond, come back to the hand, Edda 70;
fund e-s, Sturl. iii. 81 ; skyldi Bar8r s. norSr J)angat raSit, B.
')uld go north to fetch his bride. Eg. 26 ; Svcinn sotti ser friSland,
•nt in search of, Fms. x. 404; drottning by6r honum veizlu me&
i miki6 fjolmenni sem hann vill til hafa sott, Orkn. 340 ; var
itveizia mikil ok sotti J)ar til konungr, Fms. i. 35 ; hann saekir a
iid Engla konungi, sought his service, Eg. 76 ; til Tunsbergs sottu mjok
upmenn, Fms. i. 11 ; at J)er saekit nor8r higat a varn fund, Sturl. iii.
; ^eir hofSu sott (advanced) langt a land upp, Fms. x. 239 ; J)eir
kja {advance) upp holinn, Eg. 744; t)a saekir (arrives) sa maSr vestan
Irlandi er Haraldr het, Fms. x. 418. 3. to proceed, advance, absol. ;
hann sotti langt austr, had advanced far eastward. Eg, 56 ; J)a er pen
tu ofan at skipunum, Fms. vii. 159 ; er mornaSi ok sol sotti a himin,
P 372, v.l. ; J)eir bi&u {)ess at solin sotti a himininn, Fms. viii. 114:
■jpers., fur hann litleiS, er su5r sotti, 82 ; Jjegar er or saekir enum mesta
ieik hafsins, Sks. 173 B ; er siSar er a hausti ok naer meir saekir vetri,
5 B. 4. to catch, overtake ; fi6r hann geldinga ok faer eigi sott,
ii. 331 : to overcome, munu J)eir mik aldri fa sott meSan ek kem
iiiuni vi5, Nj. 116; hann varSisk sva vel, at {)eir fa eigi lengi sott
, 153 ; m^r lizt ef J)eir standa liti sem v^r munim {)a aldri sotta
. 197 ; {)angat saekir t)ik engi, . . . er ]pat eigi allra at s. hann J)angat,
?. I ; mun ek eigi skjott verSa s6ttr, Eb. 188 : to carry, take, eigi
. . eyin sott ver3a, Faer. 98; her eru hiis ramlig, ok munu J)eir eigi
i)n saekja, Nj. 198; var ain allill at saekja, the river was very bad
' cross, Ld. ch. 15 ; by3r hann J)eim at s. fjallit nordr i byg5, to
the tnountain, take that road, Bs. ii. 32. II. to attack; pa,
na (ace.) sotti {)etta mein (nom.). Mar. ; s. e-n me6 vapnum, Fms.
72; gri6ungr sxkir mann, Grag. ii. 122; s. e-n til dau5s, Stj. 99;
:.i liSi ok s. hann nor6r {)angat, Nj. 20; pa. er J)eir sottu Gunnar a
■■- larenda inn i hus inn, Eb. 248 ; ptk sottu ^a halfu djarfligar,
2. to pursue; hann let ^a3an s. litroftra ok selveiSar ok eggver,
r 135 ; Skallagrimr sotti fast smiSju-verkit, 142 ; hann let mjok saekja
J)au er fyrir voru, 134; saekja knaliga ferSina, lei5ina, roSrinn, to
a matter, urge it on, 203, Fms. viii. 144; straumr var mikill,
sotti fast sundit, swam hard, Grett. 148; s. bardagann fryju-
. Fms. xi. 136; reri skip innan fjorSinn ok sottu kndiiga, Grett.
{)eir er eptir Agli r^ru sottu akaft. Eg. 362. 3. as a law
c, sakja sok, mal, to prosecute, lead a cause; a hverr at saekja
k er viU, Grag. i. 17; skalt pn s. J)aer sakir baSar, Nj. 98; mi
[irjii |)ing Jjau er menn aetlu8u, at hann mundi s. malit, 71 ; at
r-hvarr okkarr saeki malit, ok munu vit J)a verSa at hluta meb okkr,
uefndu p^T nokkura vatta at or8unum — Onga, segir Skarphedinn,
t tium ekki at s. J)etta nema a vapna-{)ingi, 141, passim: metaph.
,,r«, press, hann sotti l)at mal m'jvk, pressed the case hard. Eg. 108 ;
[urged) hann pa enn um li&veizlu, Sturl. iii. 232 : s. mann, to pro-
in a lawsuit; manna ptiuz er menn vilja s. her d l)ingi, Grag. i.
a pingi, Jjess manns er sottr er, 26 ; sa skal s. goSann er sott vill
, til fullra laga, 34 ; s. mann fullri sekt, 1 20 ; s. e-n sokum. Eg.
; sotti Kolskeggr til lands at M6ei6ar-hvali, laid claim to the
estate at M., Nj. 103 : with prcpp., i. cptir, to pursue, JO, Fms. x. 339,
Sturl. i. 1 1 (cp. cptir-S('.kn) : s*kja at (cp. at-tokn), to punue, attack, Km».
vii. 70, Nj. 83, 84, Eg. 585 : i. frani, to advance in battle, 297. Fni«. i. 38.
B. Reflex, to be advanced, he pant, of a road or distance, work la
hand, or the like ; sottisk po, mjiik hafit, Fms. iv. aoi ; nii er meir en half-
sott, more than half-way passed ; dr<'» sundr nicd J)cim, ok lottisk mjiik
hafit, vi. 263 ; en er a lei6 vetrinn sottisk mjok borgar-gordin, Edda 70 ;
sottisk {)eim seiiit skip peirra, Nj. 8 ; seint mun pz\ ok szkjask at grafa
undir borgina, Fms. vi. 152; Galta jMitti Lopti seint szkjask, that be
went on slowly, Bs. i. 650; en |)eim monnum hefir lltt s<!)kzk (little
succeeded in attacking) ofr-mcnni slikt i hiis inn, Eb. 348; pvi ncma
peir mi sta8, at peir ztla at peim muni ilia szkjatk at vinna oss, Nj.
198- 2. recipr. to seek one another: szkjask s<'t um likir, to flock
together, Fms. ix. 389: to attack one another, fight, {)cir nafnar suttusk
lengi, Landn. 85 ; ))eir Hrafn sottusk medan ok f>orkcll svarti, Isl. ii.
268 ; fa ser vigi ok saekjask padan, Sturl. ii. 193 : of a lawsuit, ef {>eii
vilja eigi saekjask, K. |>. K. 52.
Bsekjandi, part, a prosecutor, opp. to verjandi, Grig., Nj. passim.
seekn, adj., see sykn.
sae-konungr, m. a sea-king; v6ru margir sxkonungar J)eir er riba
li&i miklu ok attu engi lond, J)6tti sa einn meft fullu heita mega sac-
konungr, er haim svaf aldri undir sutkum rapti ok drakk aldri at arins-
horni, Yngl. S. ch. 34, cp. Caesar Bell. Gall. i. 36 ; ssekonungar, opp. to
herkonungar, Fb. i. 25, 11. 6, 7 ; Au6i ok Buflli voru sxkonungar ok foru
badir me& her sinn, id. ; Haki ok Hagbarftr hetu braedr tveir. J)eir v6ru
saekonungar (sj4-konungar Ed.) ok hofSu 116 mikit, Yngl. S. ch. 25 ;
Gorr haf&i Eyjarnar ok var hann {)vi kalladr saekonungr, Orkn. 8;
Svafu barn ok saekonungs, Hdl. ; hvernig skal sac kenna ? Kalla sse-
konunga lei3 ok braut, Edda 66 ; hvernig skal kenna skip ? — Sva at
kalla hest e3a dyr e8a ski8 saekonunga, 90. For a list of the names of
mythical sea-kings see Edda (Gl.), ending thus, — sekk-at ek fleiri sae-
konunga, III. The word is poetical, and refers only to the ancient age
of the Vikings in the 8th and 9th centuries, see konungr.
S^LA, u, f. [a common Teut. word ; A. S. tal, sceld] : — bliss, happi-
ness ; veitti Gud {)eim fe ok saelu, Edda (pref.) ; me& Eireki at Upp-
solum var saela mest. Fas. i. 339 ; pzT fyrir muntii cidlask eilifa sselu,
Fms. i. 138; ujirjotanliga sselu, Sks. 523; himneska szlu. Pass. ; saelur
J)essa heims, Hom. 28, passim.
B. In coMPDs, for hospitals, refuges, or charitable works, built or done
for the soul's salvation, see the remarks s.v. brii ; the forms vary between
saelu- (salvation's) and salu- (soul's). S8Blu-bru« f., see brii. seelu-bu,
n. a hospital, abns-bouse, D. I. i. 169. seelu-dagar, m. pi. the ' days of
bliss' = the Ember days, see Bingham's Orig. Eccl.; Laugar-daginn, Mift-
viku-daginn i Saeludogum, the Saturday, Wednesday ...in the Ember weeks,
Fms. viii. 446, Sturl. i. 1 37. SBeludaga-vika, u, f. the week of the sselu-
dagar, i.e. an Ember week, Sturl. ii. 130. sselu-hus, n. a ' refuge,' hospice
in deserts or mountains to receive travellers, Fms. ii. 82, iii. 124, iv. 338
(salu-, (5. H. 153, 1. c.) ; um Dofra-fjall var fiir or |>randheinii, ur8u menn
pzx opt liti ok foru horSum forum, let ek pzr sseluhus gora ok leggja fo
til, Mork. 187, Fms. vii. 122; Jiar var mikit saeluhiis vi8 kirkjuna, ix.
353 (v.l. salu-stofa, saeluhvis-sfofa, Fb. i.e.; or saluhiis-stofa. Cod. Eirsp.
302, V. 1.); saeluhiiss brenna, Grett. 121 ; sem ver komum til saluhiissins
a veginum, Stj. 3i6. seelu-setr, n. = sxluhus, Fms. viii. 439. seelu-
skip, n. a ferry-boat, K. {>. K. 142, v.l. (salu-skip), bridges and ferries
being originally works of charity, (cp. the legend of St. Christopher.)
sdlu-stofa, u, f. = saeluhiis ; J)essar jar6ir liggja til salustofu Helga Ivars-
sonar, B. K. 45. sselu-sdngr, m. a mass for one's soul, Hom. (St.)
seelu-vika, u, f. an Ember week, abbrev. = s«ludaga-vika, Sturl. i. 137,
iii. 146.
saela, d, to bless, MS. 677. 8.
ssela (i.e. soela), d, [sol], to slake; slokvir eld, soelir andar-Jwrsta,
Greg. 62.
saela, u, f. [sol], in for-saela, to shade.
saeld, f. bliss, = sx\i; saeldar kostr, -lif, -staSr, Landn. 276 (v.l.), Sks.
523, Fas. iii. 8.
saelda, d, [said], to hoult, sift; s. mjol, Greg. 58, Fas. ii. 513. 2.
metaph., eiga saman vid e-n a8 saelda, to have dealings with a person,
metaphor from two persons sifting their corn in one sieve.
saeldingr, m. a measure; s. korns, Vm. 18 ; szldings land, 168.
sael-gaeti, n. a dainty.
saelingr, m. a wealthy man (cp. Gr. oAjSioi), Edda (Gl.), Eb. (in a
verse) ; sslingr, opp. to ligiifgir menn, Hom. (St.) : a nickname, Landn. ;
whence Saelinga-dalr, a local name.
88el-k6ri, a, m.= szlingr, Edda i. 533: in mod. usage an epicurean,
hann er mesti s.
S^fflLL, adj. [sael, sselt], compar. sxlli, faelstr (mod. saelli, but sxlastr) ;
[A.S. see/; Old Eng\. seely ; Kngl silly ; Germ, selig ; Dm. sal, salig;
cp. the double use of Gr. firi9i}s; Engl, simple] -.—blest, happy; hann
})6ttisk s«ll ef pen skyldi daema mal hans. Oik. 35 ; l)r«llinn mxltj,
at hann J)a;ttisk sxU ef Otkell xtti hann, Nj. 73 ; hann gordi hana «v4
ssela sem pk at hon vaeri sselust, Sd. 187 (paper MS.) ; eru p^r pvi s»lli.
618
S^LLIGA— S^FARAR.
sem..., G^\. 173. 2. poor; ek hefi eigi kysst kerlinguna .saelu '
inni, Bs. i. 469. 3. phrases, saelum monnum ok vesselum, Fms. vii.
220 ; senda kve6ju ungum ok gomlum, sxlum ok veslum, (3. H. 1 26 ; vi&
alia rika ok lirika, saela ok fatxka, wealthy and poor, Fms. i. 33 : in greet-
ing, kom heill ok saell, Nj. 175 ; far heill ok saell, Fms. vii. 197 ; bondi
saeil, Isl. ii. 24 : freq. in mod. usage, komdu saell, welcome ! (the address
to one who comes) ; vertii ssell, farewell I hann kyssti kerlingu ok
maelti, vertu mi heil ok sael kerling, Bs. i. 470. 4. of a saint (cp.
Germ, selig), the blessed; hinn saeli Magnus jarl, Orkn. ; sxlan Johan-
nem, 623. Ii ; ins sasla Jjorlaks, Bs. i. passim; ins saelsta Erasmus, MS.
655 V. 2.
ssBl-liga, adv. blissfully; sva s. sett i Paradise, NiSrst. 4; s. framm-
li8andi, Fms. iii. 172.
S8el-ligr, adj. happy, wealthy, blissful ; sva sselligt setr, Ls. 43 ; hann
sag&i sseljigra {more blessed) vera at gefa enn ^iggja, 655 xvi. B. 2; petta
er ok saelligra, Horn. 28.
ssel-lifi, n. a life of enjoyment; krasir e6r s., Stj. 68; vanr a5r saemd
ok s., Fms. in. 95 ; a engis konungs aefi var J)ar alj)y8u slikt s. sem um
hans daga, vi. 441 ; ssellitis paradis, Stj. 39: = Lat. luxuria, Rom. 303.
ssel-lifr, adj. living a life of enjoyment, Edda 13 ; s. at ixbslu, Greg.
22 (of Dives) ; sva s. sem Salomon, Eluc. ; hirt J)u likam J)inn ok georsk
eigi s., Hom. (St.)
Sselund, better Selund'(q. v.), rhymed SjVunz k//ir, O. H. (in a verse),
f. ; the gender varies betv/een fern, and neut., gen. Selundar, Hkr. i. 132 ;
but Selundz, Fms. i. 27, I.e.; Selund, Skaney, Gautland, x. 381 ; heima
a Selund, rikit a Selund, 366; af Selundi, 371 : — the old name of Zea-
land; Jjar setti Gefjun landit ok gaf nafn ok kalladi Selund, Edda I,
Fms., Fas., Lex. Poet. ; svals Silunz, (3. H. (in a verse of A. D. 1027):
dat. Selundi, Fms. i. 115, but Selund, v.l.; af Selundi, x. 371. The
word is said to be derived not from Sae-lund (i. e. Sea-grove), but from
the root sal-, the und being inflexive, cp. ' Insula Oceani,' Tacit. Germ,
eh. 40, which is not improbably a kind of translation of Selund, cp.
Prof. Munch's remarks on this name.
SJEMA (i. e, soema), d, [sama, soma], to honour; ef hann vildi saema
(endow, grant) hann i nokkuru leni, Fms. vi. 52 ; J)eirra saetta er ver sem
vel ssemdir af i alia sta8i, Nj. 1 76 ; rituSu J)a ser hverir J)at sem eigi vildu
saema ne jata, Bs. i. 718. 2. saema vi& e-t, to bear with, submit or con-
form to; s. mun ek viS slikt, lizk m^r J)etta skamlaust, Korm. 192 ; J)eim
hlutum er ek vii fyr engan mun vi6 s. {put up with), Fms. ii. 51 ; ferlegr
fotr, en ekki ma gaum at J)vi gefa, s. ver6r vi& slikt, vii. 162 ; sva stillti
hann lifi sinu, at hann saemSi meirr vi6 heiminn (conformed more to the
world) en a6rir helgir menn, 655 iii. 4; Skeggi kva& hana helzti lengi
hafa saemt vi6 klaekis-mann J)ann, |>6r6. 49 ; J)u, kerling, skalt s. vi3
gestinn, attend, wait on him, Fas. ii. 540.
ssemd, f. (prop. ssemS), honour; auka J)ina $aem5, Fms. i. 76; gora
okkr saem8 sem hon hefir heiti&, Nj. 5 ; saemdar ok virftingar, Bs. i. 764 ;
stendr hann i greindri saemd mikils virSr, Mar. passim. 2. plur.
saemdir, redress ; hann fekk Jiar engar saemdir, Landn. 122 ; hann skyldi
engar sasm&ir hafa fyrir J)a averka, Ld. 230. compds : ssemdar-
atkv8e3i, n. honourable mention, Sks. 31 1. ssemdar-auki, a, m.
honour, Korm. 150. ssemdar-boS, n. an honourable offer, Fms.
vii. 88. ssemdar-ferS, f. an honourable journey; fara s., Finnb.
268, Grett. 151. seemdar-fyst, f. ambition, (5. T. 71. ssemdar-
f6r, {.id., Fms. ii. 118, Hkr. ii. 173 (sigrfor, 6. H. 107, I.e.) ssemdar-
hlutr, m. a share of honour, Lv. 55, Sturl. i. 105 ; J)essi tvau hun-
dru6 silfrs skaltii J)iggja, ok er {)etta nokkurr saemdarhlutr, some ac-
knowledgment. Band. 26 new Ed. ssemdar-klsBSi, n. pi. robes of
honour, Stj. 52. ssemdar-lauss, adj. honourless, Fms. v. 327,
Stj. 5. S8enidar-ma3r, ni. a man of honour, importance, distinction,
Nj. 40, Fms. i. 85 ; s. ok fuUhugi, vii. 150, Fs. 23 ; hon var haefilat ok
sink, en J)6 s., Sturl. iii. 169, Sks. 280. ssemdar-m&l, n. pi. honour-
able mention, words of praise, Sks. i. 702. ssemdar-nafn, n. a name or
title of distinction, Sks. 270 B. seemdar-ord, n. pi. words of praise,
Th. 18. ssenidar-r&3, n. honourable match, Fms. i. 103, vi. 56.
S8Dmdar-spell, n. dishonour, Sks. 775. ssemdar-sseti, n, a seat of
honour, Sks. 251, 616, Fs. 22.
ssemi-leikr, m. hecomingness, propriety, Str. 21.
saemi-liga, adv. honoirrably, becomingly, Ld. 62, Nj. 281, Fms. ix.
315, 418; vel ok s., Bs. i. 129; kaleikr s. gorr, handsomely, Vm. 31 ;
saemiligar haldinn, in more honour, Fms. vii. 299 ; sem saemiligast, i.
147.
ssemi-ligr, adj. becoming; karlmannligr ok s. at sja, Bjarn. 3, Fms.
vi. 52 ; veita e-m saemiligan umbunaS, Eg. 92 ; makligt ok saemiligt,
Fms. ii. 304; hit saemiligsta saeti, Nj. 7 ; s. songvari, Bs. i. 832 ; kirkja
a saemiligan kaleik, a costly chalice, Vm. 21, Bs. i. 872 ; steintjald nytt,
saemiligt, Vm. 129.
ssem-leitr, adj.^ne to look at; s. solar-geisli, Gh. 15.
ssemr, adj. becoming, fit ; par eru eyru saemst sem oxu, Nj. 80; baugr
er a beru saemstr, Edda (in a verse), a saying ; h6fu5 {)itt mun J)ar saemst
sem mi er J)at, Fb. ii. 290 ; J)er vaeri sgmra, it would become thee better,
Hkv, 2. ai ; heldr er SdOmri hendi J)eirri meQal-kafli enn mondul-tre, 3. 2,
'PA
Hkv. Hjiirv. 34; fyrr vseri sasmra, it would have been better sooner. Fa
ii. 518.
sseng, f. a bed; see saeing.
soeni, n. [son], in hapt-soeni, the reconciliation of the gods, Kormak.
Ssenskr (i.e. Scenskr), adj. Swedish, passim in old writers; the fu
form Svsenskr is much rarer
SJ^K, m., there are three forms, saer, sjor, sjar (cp. snaer, slaer, etc.)
in old writers saer is commonest, sjor in mod., sjar is the most rare : tb
V (also written/) appears in gen. saevar, sjovar, sjavar; dat. saevi, sjov
sjavi ; ace. sae, sjo, sja ; the dat. sing, was then shortened into sae, s)i
sja, which forms prevail in prose : in mod. usage the v has also bee
dropped between two vowels, sjoar for sjovar, pi. sjoir for sjovir, da
sjoum : a gen. sjos is only used in special phrases, and is borrowed froi
the Danish : [Ulf. saiivs and mari-saiws = Kifjivr], Luke v. 12 ; A. S. sa
Engl, sea; O. H.G. seo; Germ, see; Dan. so; Swed. s/o.]
A. The sea, never used, like Germ, see, of a lake ; himin, jor8 ok sji
Fms. i. 304 ; a sja ok landi, 31 ; ef sjar kastar a land, Grag. ii. 388 ; ^
sem saer maetisk ok graen torfa, N. G. L. i. 13 ; saer e3a votn, Grag. ii. 27*
saer ok vindar, Eluc. 10 ; saerinn fell a land, Fms. xi. 6 (and sjorinn, id.)
upp or sae (dat.), 7 ; saenum, 6, 7 (four times) ; and sjonum, 6 (once);
sseinn, 6, 7 (thrice) ; sjoinn, id. (once) ; a saeinn ut, Hkr. i. 229 ; lit 1
ssevar, ii. 106, (5. H. 69 ; ]par er vatni nair, e6a sja (sea-water) ef eigi na
vatni, K. J>. K. 5 new Ed.; sjar kolblar, Nj. 42; sjor kolblar, 19;
hverngi veg er sjor blendr saman fe manna, Grag. ii. 389 ; sa Jieir skir
Ijos a sjoinn, Fms. i. 228; vestr me& sjo, Landn. 36; sjor i midjui
hliSum, 25, v.l. ; Danavirki var gort . . . um J)vert landit milium sjov.
Fms. xi. 28 ; sjor enn rau5i, the Red Sea, 655 viii. a ; hann ba5 J)raelin
faera ser i dselu-keri {)at er hann kalla&i sjo . . ., Ekki J>ykki mer J)et1
sjor, Landn. 251 ; bar sjoinn i scglit (the sea, waves), Fms. ix. 320; hd
hjo fram oxinni a sjoinn . . ., var6 af brestr mikill ok bl66ugr allr sjorini
Lv. 68, 69 : the phrase, kasta a sae, to cast into the sea, throw away, O.I
38 (see glaer); t)vikalla mennasaekasta6 er ma8r laetr eigu sina,oktekr ekl
i mot, Ld. 128: storm mikinn ok storan sja, a high sea, Fms. vii. 51
sigla su&r um sja ( = sail through the Straits of Dover southward), Nj. 28
COMPDS : a. seevar- : ssevar-bakki, a, m. the sea-beach, Sturl. i
31 C. seevar-borg, f. a castle on the sea-side, = s3s.hoTg, Fms. xi. J.
ssevar-djiip, n. the depth of the sea, the deep sea. Mar. ssevar-fil ^^^^
n. tides, Rb. 6, 90. ssevar-floti, a, m. a float, raft of timht'
N. G. L. i. 423. ssevar-gangr, m. the swell of the sea, the sea runnin
high, Edda 4I. ssevar-hamrar, m. pi. sea-crags, Orkn. 31
(sjdvar-hamrar, Fbr. 155). seevar-strSnd, f. the sea-stram
655 xii. 3. S8evar-ur3, f. piles of rocks on the sea-shore, Orki
114. p. sjivar-: sjdvar-brekka, u, f. a shelving shore, Bs,
669. sjfivar-djTip = saevar-djup, Nj. 279. sj^var-gata, u, f. ll
way from the sea to a house; eigi er long s. til Borgar, B. is not far fro)
the coast. Band. 28 new Ed. sjdvar-liamrar = ssevarhamrar, Nj. 18
Fbr. 155. sjdvar-hdski, a, m. danger, distress at sea, Fms. x. 131
sjdvar-h.ella, u, f. a flat rock projecting into the sea, Landn. 33
(Append.) sjdvar-h.611, f. a king's ball on the sea-side, Fms. x. at
sjavar-lopt, n. a house built aloft in the sea, Fms. vi. 162. sj^vai
riki, n. the kingdom of the sea, Bret. 6, Edda (pref.) sj^var-stjam*
u, f. the star of the sea, i.e. the Virgin Mary, ' Stella maris,' Ma;
sjdvar-stormr, m. a sea-storm, MS. 415. 9. sjdvar-strSnd
f. = saevarstrond, Edda i. 50. y. sjovar-, often spelt sj5fax-
mod. sjoar- : sjovar-afli, a, m. sea-fishery, produce from the sei
Grett. 88 A ; svipull sjoar afli, a saying, Hallgr. sjovar-bakJB
a, m. = saevarbakki, Fms. vii. 145. sjovar-bryggja, u, f. a landin,
bridge, Fms. vi. 5. sjovar-djiip, n. = saevardjiip, Str. 288. sj6tU
fall (sj6ar-fall) = saevarfall, Rb. 438, Jb. 338. sj6var-floti = saBTaj
floti, K. A. 178. sjovar-gangr (sj6ar-gangr) = saevargangr,
Fms. xi. 6, Edda (pref.) sj6var-h.&ski = sjavarhaski, Fas,
Bs. i. 326, Stj. 27. sjovar-hringr, m. the circle of the oce»
girding the earth, Rb. 466. sjovar-logr, m. sea-water, Stj. 24;
sjovar-olga, u, f. the swell of the sea. Fas. ii. 378. sj6var-sandl
m. sea-sand, Stj. sjovar-skafl, m. (see skafl), Fas. ii. 7<
sjovar-skrimsl, n. a sea-monster, Sks. 86. sjovar-stormr, ni.»
sjavarstormr, Stj. 287, Al. 99. sjovar-straumr, m. a sea-eurrm
Fs. 142. sjovar-strond (sj(5ar-str6nd), = s3evar-str6nd, N. G.L.
345, Fms. X. 233, Stj. 288. sjovaj-syn, f. an outlook at sea
J)viat eins at allg66 s6 s., in bright weather only, Landn. 25 (v.l.,
Stj. 288. sj6var-\ir3, f. = s9evarur8. sj6var-vatn, n. sea-watei
Stj. 287. 8. sjoar-, passim in mod. usage. |1
B. Proper compds : I. in pr. names, Sse-bjpm, SsBi^
mundr, Sse-unn (See-u3r), Sse-hildr ; contr. in Sj61fr,qs. Sse-ulfi
Landn. II. see-borg, f. a sea-side town, Clem. 24, Fms. xi. 75
a sea-castle, saeborgir Birkibeina, i.e. their ships, ix. 221. sse-bratti
adj. 'sea-brent,' steep towards the sea, Isl. ii. 73, Bret. 90. sas-byg^ |
f. a coast-land, Fms. iv. 1 16. S8s-byggjar, m. pi. coast-dwellers, Fmu
viii. 404. S8e-dau3r, adj. dead at sea, drowned, Sdm. sas-farar, ^'PL ,j.(^
sea-faring; a hann(Njor6) skal heita til saefara ok vei&a,Edda; kennanuen^ ^^^
til viga eSr saefara, id.; hann het a |>6r til sjofara ok hardraeSa, Landn. »<'^|tvr
*)•«
hi
ilia
SiEFARI— SOG.
019
-fari, a, m. a sea-farer : as adjective = saEhafi, Landn. 129, v. 1. : for
>.Kfa ill Orkn. 406 (v. 1.), Grett. 88 A, read saefara (saepia). sse-flskr,
' fea-Jlib, Karl. 476. sse-feerr, adj. sea-worlhy, Fnis. iv. 246, Landn.
: of weather, Jil for sea-fariug, ve&r hvasst ok eigi saefasrt, Eg. 483 ;
rn dag er sjofaert var, Gisl. 47. seB-f6ng, n. pi. stores from the
, uaran, bilu6u monnum s(i6 ok saefong, Bs. i. 137. sse-garpr,
! great sea-champion, Fb. iii. 446, BdrS. 169. see-hafi or sse-
::i, adj. sea-tossed, driven out of one's course; in the phrase, verSa
inn var s. til Hvitramanna-lands, Landn. 129, Bs. i. 675, Orkn.
. Grig. i. 93, 217, ii. 410; kemr a andviSri ok ver&a J)eir saehafa at
um, Fbr. 68 (new Ed. 36 I.e. line 15 has wrongly 'saekja'), Grett.
icw Ed. SoB-hrimnir, m. the name of the mythical boar whose
the heroes in Walhalla feed on, Gm., Edda. sse-karl, m. a sea-
r, raftsman, SkaldA 16^. S8B-konungr, m., q. v. s8D-kykv-
ii, m. a sea-beast, Ver. 2, Skalda 170, Rb. 104. see-kyrra,
a sea-calm, smooth sea, Orkn. 164. see-lid, n. service at sea,
142. sse-lsegja, u, f. a mist on the sea; j)oka ok saelaegjur,
!'.. 358. sse-lsegr, adj. lying on the sea, an epithet of a sea-
• ; s. mjiirkvi, Fms. vi. 261, viii. 178 (spelt sjalaegr). S8B-naut,
sea-cow (fabulous) ; J)j6rr, ok var saenauta litr a hornunum, Vapn.
Re Isl. {jjoSs. i. 134, 135. aes-n&T, m., Grag. ii. 131, see nar.
sjiikr, adj. sea-sick, Fb. iii. 427. S8e-tr6, n. pi., poet, sea-trees,
>hips; her eru vit SigurSr a saetrjam, Skv. 2.17; hann la uti a
iim vetr ok varmt sumar. Fas. ii. 242. j^ For the compds in
- andsj6- see pp. 534, 535.
.stjcr, sae, saett, adj. [sja], seen, in the compds, au3-saer, ein-saer, clear,
vident.
S^BA, S, [sar; Dan. saare"], to wound, Grag. i. 92, 442, ii. il, Nj.
iS, passim ; saera e-n sari, to inflict a wound, Grag. ii. 35 ; saera e-n
olundar-sari, Nj.; hana skyldi s. til barnsins, of hysterotomy. Fas. i.
ij>. II. recipr. to wound one another; nu drepask menn eSr
crask e5r vegask, Grag. ii. 92. 2. pass, to be wounded, Fms. viii.
48 (saer5usk for ur3u sarir).
S^SiRA (i. e. scera), b, [sverja, sor], to conjure; ek saeri J)ik fyrir t)ann
hiS er . . ., Fas. ii. 547 ; ek saeri J)ik fyrir alia krapta Krists, ... at, Nj.
-() ; soeri ek fyrir gob var J)essa riddara, 623. 31 ; {)at bar eigi Kristnum
iDiinum, at s. Gu3 til ncikkurs vitnis-bur3ar, of an ordeal, Fms. x. 547;
iiin scerbi hann i nafni GuSs at bi3a sin, Barl. 135 ; ek sasri y3r, minn
crra, fyrir nafn vars herra Jesii Krists, Bs. i. 192.
seeri (i.e. scsri), n. pi. oaths, swearing; heit ok saeri, Fms. i. 205;
iima s., vi. 94; at kaupi ^eirra voru sterk vitni ok morg saeri, Edda
6 ; go&inn sor soerin, Skalda 162 ; faera fram svaeri (sic), N. G. L. i. 4;
fSar, or6 ok sceri, Vsp. 30 ; heilug soeri, Bret. 40 ; var J)at scerum bundit,
hygg t'u heldr a {)inn ei3 | og obrigSanleg saeri, a hymn,
ri, n. [sar], a sore, boil; olboga-saeri, a sore on the elbow.
■staring, f. a wounding, Stj. 46, 88.
peering, f. an exorcism, H. E. ii. 52.
'■•sp.TT (i.e. soerr), adj. to be taken, of an oath; hann sor jjeim eiS, ok
"^i \>6 at eigi mundi vel saerr vera, it was not quite a fair oath, Fms.
,44; li-soerr eiSr, Sks. 80 new Ed., N.G. L. i. 17: the saying, liti8
1 ei6i vi-ssert, see eiSr ; hei3-sserr : — so in the mod. phrase, mer er sa
sxr, I will swear to it that it is so : — of the time when an oath can
taken, soerr dagr, GJil. 379, K. A. 186.
3^TA, t, [sitja, sat, satu], to sit in ambush for, waylay; with dat.,
{leim saett vi3 saetr nokkur, voru J)ar drepnir sumir, Fms. viii. 380 ; at
-;Eti3 ^eim a Ei6a-sk6gi, Eg. 576 ; hann aetlar at s. y5r (waylay you)
r J)er farit sunnan, 261 ; s. honum ef hann faeri austan, Orkn. 406;
1 saetti J)ar skipum ok rsenti, Hkr. iii. 336 ; saeta {)vi er Aki faeri aptr,
)k taka hann af liii, Fms. xi. 46 ; {)essu saetir Sturlaugr ok hoggr. Fas.
,^,31 ; s. averkum vi6 e-n, Orkn. 408, Fbr. 29 ; s. uppgongum vi6 Birki-
ina, Fms. viii. 73 ; s. fiaraSum vi6 e-n. Boll. 348 ; s. leyni-brogSum,
. V. 257. 2. to undergo, expose oneself to ; saeta fjandskap af
Sks. 268 ; s. motgang e9r fjandskap af e-m, Fms. vii. 280 ; s. af m(5r
I ok refsingum, i. 282, Eg. 89 ; er sa heimskr er saetir {)vi (waits for), at
irr gori eptir hans daga, Hom. 153. 3. to amount to; J)at ssetti
un eigi allfam. Eg. 512; J)at er nau8synjum saetti, Hom. 129;
um er honum Jjaetti gcirsemum saeta, Landn. 331 (Mantissa); geta
er mer Jjykkir mestum ti6indum saeta, Fms. vii. 240 ; J)au ahlaup
eig sxtti, 656 B. I ; var a henni hugar-otti ok kviSi sva at meinum
!. in an alarming degree, Fms. vi. 353 ; hvi mundi J)at sxta, what
' reason 7 Nj. 67 ; hann spurSi hvi (dat.) J)at saetti, asked bow it came
•-1 ? what was the reason ? Fms. i. 302, vii. 353 ; hann vildi vita hverju
saetti, er jarl haf&i ekki komit, xi. Ii; hvat sxtir {lyss J)eim ok
Hipum? Gisl. 143 ; J)essi tvau or6in er sxta (which regard) sanuindum
rettindum. Band. 18 new Ed. " II. sxta hey, to stack hay, put
'0 ricks (sxti).
ta, u, f. a kind of bondwoman ; tvxr eru hans enar beztu ambattir,
'■ ok deigja, N. G. L. i. 70, 234; sxta heitir sii kona, er buandi
!iar er af landi farinn, Edda I08. 2. in poetry, a woman (gene-
> ), Lex. Poet. ; sxtan atti sjiikan mann, ser kaus dauda ef liffti hann,
litty; heima-s., a marriageable girl staying at home. II. a
midden, dung-bill; jam-mikit $«m hann taddi %6r med tmta han$,
N.G.L. ii. 113.
seeta (i. e. sceta), t, to swHtm, MS. 23. 38.
88Bti, n. a seat ; sitja i Jjvi sxti, Edda 1 3 ; visa e-m til Mrttt, Eg. 39-;
halda mattu J)essu sacti, Nj.6; leida e-n til »seti«, Fmt. vii. 315, ix. 250;
{)at sxti (i. e. the throne) xtlafti ter hverr sona hani, i. 7 ; hof J)at
er sxti t)eirra standa i, Edda; hiWsxti, a bigb teat: cccl. a ue, chair,
postulligt, pavaligt s., H. F:. i. 503, Dipl. v. 4; »am-$. compdi:
sfiBtia-pallr, m. a seat-bench, N.G. L. ii. (Hirftikri). seDtia'atdU,
m. a chair of state, Stj. 550. II. bay-rich; keyra naut 6t ueU
sinu, Fms. vi. 104; stor-s., Eb. 324.
seeti, f. (sseta, u, f., 656 A. 12), stt/eetness, 673 A. 3 ; uEti min, my
sweet! Fms. xi. 424: in addressing, saeti niinn, B». ii. 133.
88Bti-ligr, adj., in li-sxtiligr, q. v.
saetindl, n. pi. sweetmeats.
S8Bt-leikr (-leiki), m. sweetness, Stj. 60, 310, Sks. 107, Magn. 486,
Fms. X. 288, Eluc. 54.
sset-liga, adv. sweetly, Stj. i, 70, passim.
sset-ligr, adj. sweet, 655 v. 3.
S.ffiTB. (i. e. soBtr), adj., compar. saetri, Hom. 4 ; but txtari, Bs. i. 377,
1.25; superl. sxtastr: [IJU. suts ; A.S.swete; Eng). sweet; O.H.G.
suozi ; Germ, sjiss; Dzn. sod ; Swed. sot; Gr. i)8v«] : — sweet; sztt epii,
MS. 4. 9; sxtan ilm, Fms. i. 228; sxtt vatn, Stat. 251 : metaph., saett
mal, Fms. v. 239 ; svi8a sxtar Astir, Flov. 41 ; saetar syndir vcrSa at
sarum b^tum, Sol. ; Jxkti mer slokt et sxtasta lj6s augna minna, Nj. 187 ;
sxtr svefn, a sweet sleep; the phrase, sofa sartan, to sleep sweetly; engan
mattu J)eir sxtan sofa, Sol. 13 ; ok bi8ja sxtan sofa, Sdm. 34 (Buggc'i
emend, for sxlan of the MS.), cp. the Germ, scblafen sie wobl !
saetr, n. pi. mountain pastures, see setr B (p. 535).
S.ffiTT, f. [as to the etymology satt or sxtt is the same word as A.S.
saht =^ peace; cp. Lat. sancio : it must not be confounded with Germ, sacbte,
whence Dan. sagte, a Low Germ, form answering to Engl. sq/?J : — a recon-
ciliation, an agreement ; for the references see s4tt : also for compds in
saettar- see satt B (p. 518, col. 1).
Saett, f. Sidon in Palestine, Fms. vii.
seett, n. adj. [sitja], what one can sit under, endurable; stod hann upp
ok mxlti, seti& er mi medan sxtt er, we have sat as long as we could bear,
Eb. 280, Bs. ii. 224 ; vist likar m^r ilia, ok er eigi um slikt sxtt, it is not
to be endured, Bjarn.
saetta, t, [satt], to reconcile, make peace among ; s. mennina, sxtta Jwi,
Nj. 149, Landn. 105, Fms. i. 36, 48, vi. 337, x. 266, passim ; sxtta e-n vift
e-n, to reconcile to another. Eg. 226. II. reflex., sxttask vi8 e-n,
Fms. vi. 286 ; lata sem {)u vildir saettask, Hdv. 57 ; at sxkja eSr sxttask,
either to prosecute or to come to terms, Grag. i. 226; hann hafdi sxtzk
a vigit, Nj. 57 ; svii at \)U sxttisk a Jyat, Ld. 50. 2. recipr. to come
to terms, agree; {jeir sxttusk, Fms. i. 13, 57; sxttask A mil, Nj. 22 ;
J)eir hofSu sxtzk i konungs dom, a 611 mal sin, Fms. x. 8 ; er J)eir sjalfir
mundu a sxttask, Sturl. iii. 246.
saettir, m. a peace-maker, reconciler; engi var hann s. manna (manna
sxttir G), Sturl. ii. 39 ; er Tyr ekki kallaftr s. manna, Edda 17 ; garftr er
granna sxttir, a law saying, N. G. L. i. 40.
saevar-, see sxr.
sddla, a8, to saddle, Nj. 20, Eg. 396; hestr s6dla5r, Isl. ii. 333, Hkr.
ii. 77. 2. the phrase, sodla \>vi a ofan, to add one (affront) to
another; hann so31ar \>vi a ofan, at hann kvaS visa ^ssa til |>6r&ar,
Bjarn. 26; s. glxp a uhapp, Sturl. iii. 116, Bs. i. 329.
sddlari, a, m. a saddler, N. G. L. ii.
SODULL, m., dat. so51i, [A.S. sadol, sadel; Engl, saddle; Germ.
sattel; Dan. saddel ; this word cannot belong to the vernacular Teut.,
but is borrowed from Lat. sedile, as appears from the unchanged medial
d, for sitja would require an Engl.-Icel. /, Germ. 2 (sotuU, satzel)^ : — a
saddle; the word occurs in such old poems as the Vkv. 7,. Akv. 4, Og. 3 ;
leggja si)3ul a best, Eg. 719 ; bera s631a i haga, Nj. 33 ; saSul, Sks. 403 ;
steindr soBull, a stained saddle, Ld. 272; trog-s68ull, q.v. ; stand-s.,
q. V. : in mod. usage s66ull is a lady's saddle or pillion (formed like an
arm-chair), hnakkr a man's saddle. compds: sddul-bakadr, part.
' saddle-backed,' hollow-backed, of a horse, when the back sinks in instead
of being straight. 863ul-bogi, a, m. the saddle-bow, Sks. 406.
s63la-bTir, n. a saddle-room, Sturl. ii. 250. sOdul-fj61, f. the saddle-
board, the side board of an Icel. lady's saddle, which is made like a chair,
Sturl. iii. 295, Nj. 205. s53ul-gj6r3, f. a saddle-girtb, Lv. 92, Mag. 8.
s06ul-hringja, u, f. a saddle-buckle. Fas. i. 319. s63ul-ker, n. a
saddle-bottle, Sks. 725 B. s68va-kl«e5i, n. a saddle-cloth. Akv. 7, Sks.
725. SOdul-kolla, u, f. the name of a mare. SOSulkoUu-visvir,
f. pi. the name of some verses, Grett. sdflul-neQaflr, adj. bottle-nosed.
s63ul-rei3i, n. saddle-harness, Nj. 33, K. A. 166, Sks. 403, Gisl. 103.
s63ul-reim, f. a saddle-strap, Sturl. i. 1 7 7. sOfiid-tre yja, u, f. a saddle-
tree ; i hann lagOi tennr upp d so&ultreyjuna, Fms. iv. 58 ; see trog-soSull.
s6fn, m. --^ svefn, q. v.
SOG, f.,gen.sagar, pi. sagar, [saga; A.S. saga; Engl. sow/; Dan. sav]: —
a saw, passim in mod. usage. saga-tenn, f. pi. sato-teetb, Stj. 77.
620
SOGGR— SbKUNAUTR.
s6ggr, adj. [saggi], dank, wet.
sogli, f., in sann-sogli, q. v.
SOGtN, f., pi. sagnir, [Dan. sagn ; see segja and saga], a saw, tale,
report; at sogn Ara prests ins froQa, Fms. i. 55 ; bra flestum sii sogn
(tiews) i brun, vi. 226; nau3ga e-m til sagna, to force one to confess, by
tortures, Fbr. 46; pina til sagna, id., Fms. vi. 14: gramm., Skalda 174,
178, 180. II. a host, men, poet., Edda (Gl.) ; sagna segendum,
Haustl. ; skipa-sogn, a ship's crew, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; skip-sogn,
q. V. ; sjau fylla sogn, seven make a crew, Edda. compds : sagna-
nia3r (q. v.), m. an historian, Sturl. i. 9 ; inn visi s. Josephus, Stj., Mar.
sagna-skemtan, f. an entertainment of story-telling, Sturl. i. 25, f>orf.
Karl. ch. 7.
sdgu-, in compds, see saga.
-s6gull, adj. [segja], in sann-sogull, q. v.
sog-visi, f. tattling, Sks. 25 A.
SOK, f., gen. sakar, dat. sok, and older saku, which occurs on Runic
stones ; pi. sakar, later sakir ; a gen. sing, soku or saku (from saka,
u, f.) remains in the compds soku-dolgr, soku-nautr : [Ulf. sakjo = fj.dx'] ;
A. S. sacu; Engl, sake; Germ, sache ; Dan. sag; Swed. sak.'\
A. A charge, then the offence charged, guilt, crime, like Lat. crimen ;
gora sakar a hendr ser, to incur charges, Ld. 44 ; sannr at sok, guilty,
Nj. 87, Grag. i. 75 ; sok er sonn, a true charge, 294 ; sakar allar skulu
liggja niSri meSal okkar, Grag. i. 362 ; svasfa sakar, Gm. 15 ; semr hann
doma ok sakar leggr, Vsp. 64 ; ef sakar gorask J)aer skal fe bseta, Isl. ii.
380 ; bseta sakir J)aer allar me6 fe er gorzk hofdu i J)eim malum, Eg. 98 ;
mi er sagt hvaSan sakar g6r6usk, Hkv. ; veiztii hverjar sakir ek a vi6
konung jienna ? . . . hann hefir drepit foSur minn, Fas. ii. 532; f)eim
megin siglu er menn eigu si3r sakir vi6 menn, Grag. ii. 137; gefa e-m
upp sakir, to remit a charge, Ld. 44; or, gefa e-m sakir, id., Fms. x.
326 ; gefa e-m sok (sakar) a e-u, to make a charge against one, Landn.
145 ; gefa e-m e-t a3 sok, id., Fms. i. 37 ; bera sakar a e-n, to bring
a charge against, Hkr. i. 168; eiga sakar viS e-n, to have a charge
against a person; faerask undan sokum, to plead not guilty, Fms. xi. 251 ;
verjask sok, id., Grag. i. 38 ; luka sokum me3 ser, to set/le the charges
brought by one against the other, 361 ; lita a sakar urei6r, Fms. i. 15 ;
vera bundinn i sokum vi6 e-n, to stand committed. Eg. 589, Fms. i.
61. 2. the offence charged; falla i sok, to fall into crime, Sks. 575 ;
fyrir sakir (for wrongs committed) skyldi ni5r falla JiriOjungr gjalda, Fms.
ix. 227; dau&a ver6r fyrir sokina, Sks. 575 B; fyrir-gef oss varar sakar
(pur trespasses), Horn. 158 ; fyrir hvi var hann pindr, e9a hvat sok g6r6i
hann ? Bs. i. 9. II. a law phrase, a plaint, suit, action in court ; ef
hann a sok at ssekja, J)a er . . . , Grag. i. 64 ; sakar-a6ili, a plaintiff, Grag.
passim ; eiga sok i domi, i. 74 ; saekjandi ok sakar verjandi, 17 ; a sa sok
CT . . ., he owns the case, i. e. is the right plaintiff, 38 ; fara me6 sok, to
conduct a suit, 37, Nj. 86 ; faera fram sok, Grag. i. 83 ; segja fram sok, 39,
43, Nj. 36, 87, no, 187 ; sok fyrnisk, is prescribed, Grag. i. 381 ; i salti
liggr sok ef saekendr duga, see salt ; gora tvaer sakar or vigi ok fram
hlaupi, ii. 35 ; hafa sok at saekja, or, hafa sok at verja, i. 37, 76 ; hafa
sok a hendi e-m, 75; hluta sakir, 74, 104; lysa sakar, 19, Nj. no;
lysa sok a bond e-m, 18, 19, no; selja e-m sok a hendr e-m, at {)u
maettir hvarki saekja J)ina sok ne annarra, 99 ; ssekja sva sok slna, Grag.
i. 75 ; hafa sok at saekja, etc. ; verja sok, 298 ; eiga sok a e-u, to have
a suit against one, of the injured person ; hvat hafSir J)u til gort a6r ?
— f>at er hann atti enga sok a, what hast thou done? — That for which
be bad no ground for complaint, i. e. which did not concern him, Nj. 130 ;
eg a sjalfr sok 6, J)vi, that is my own affair; domar fara xit til saka,
the courts are sitting to hear the pleadings, 295 ; ^vi at eins ver5r sokin
(the action) vi3 hann, ef . . ., 405 ; bjoSa sok a Jjingi, N. G. L. i. 20;
scikin Tyrfings, the case of T., Nj. 100, loi ; t)riggja J^inga sok, a case
lasting three sessions, Grag. i. 441, ii. 233; tolf aura, sex aura, merkr,
J)riggja marka sok, an action for three marks, N. G. L. i. 81, 82, Grag. i.
405, ii. 113 ; vig-sok, a case of manslaughter ; fjorbaugs-sok, skoggangs-
sok, a case, action of outlawry, passim ; borgit malinu ok sva sokinni,
the case and the suit, Nj. 36. 2. spec, persecution; sok e5a vorn,
Grag. i, 17, (rare, see sokn) ; at sokum ollum ok sva at vornum,
104. 3. phrases ; hafa ekki at sok, to no effect; hann kva6 ser ^6
t)ungt, at nokkut mundi at sok hafa, Eb. 53 new Ed.; tok |>6roddr at
vanda um kvamur hans, ok haf6i ekki (not eigi) at sok, 50 new Ed. ;
ok hafSi ekki vsetta at sok, Fms. viii. 18 ; hann eggjar 115 sitt ok hafdi
gott at sok, Flov. 44. III. a ' sake,' cause ; eru fleiri vinda sakir,
are there more causes of the winds ? Rb. 440 ; J)6tti konungi sakir til
l)6tt hann hefSi eigi komit, Fms. xi. 13 ; hann skal segja hvat at sokum
er, tvhat is the reason, cause? Grag. i. 310 ; su var sok til {)ess, at . . .,
Fms. i. 153; brynar sakar, Al. 7 ; fyrir hverja sok, /or the sake of what?
wherefore ? Fms. i. 81 ; af sok nokkurar ovinattu, /or the sake of, because
of, Hom, 20. 2. adverbial phrases; fyrir sakar (sakir) e-s,/or the
sake of, because of; fyrir sakir orma, Al. I ; beztr kostr fyrir sakir
fraenda . . . , Gliim. 348 ; er Jier J)at sjalf-ratt fyrir sakir hoffting-
skapar J)ins, Nj. 266; fyrir tignar sakir varrar ok lands si3ar, 6; fyrir
styrks sakar ok megins, Eg, 107 ; fyrir viraek&ar sakar, . . . fyrir veOrs
sakar, K. {>. K. ; fyrir astar sakir, Nj. 3: leaving out 'fyrir,' where! 'y
«>
sakar (ace.) becomes quite a preposition ; sakir harma varra, Lv. 6
sakar refsingar ok astar sakar vi& hina, Sks. 666 B ; sakir J)ess at hai
var ekki skald, Fb. i. 215 ; sakir (^ess) at hann var gamall, Fas. iii. 2&
ace, fyrir J)inar sakir, Nj. 140; fyrir varar sakir, Fms. vii. 190;
sakar e-s, id. ; um konu sakar, Grag. ii. 62 ; of ora sok, Skv. 3. 49 : temj
um niikkorra natta sakir, /or a few nights, Fms. i. 213 ; of stundar sak
for a while, Nj. 139, Al. 99, Fms. xi. 107; um viku sakir, a weei
respite. Eg. ; um hridar sakar, a while. Mar., Al. 83 ; gefa mat um mi
sakir, /or one meal, Vm. 16 ; um sinn sakir, /or this once, Ld. 184, 19
310, {>6r5. 36 new Ed. : — dat. plur. sokum, placed after a genitive,
which case even indeclinable fem. nouns for the sake of euphony assun
a final s ; af hennar sokum, for her sake, Ver. 44 ; af fraendsemis sokui
Grag. ii. 72 ; af hraesnis sokum, Horn. 23 ; at sinn sakum, /or this oru
Sks. 483 B ; fyrir J)eim sokum, on that account, Grag. i. 48 ; fyrir veii
scikum, K. f>. K. ; fyrir aldrs sokum, for old sake, Fms. xi. 50 ; fyi
veilendi sokum, Grag. i. 41 ; fyrir fafrae&is sokum ok uga, Bs. i. 13'
fyrir minum sokum, /or wzy sake, J>orst. St. 54 ; at hann mundi eigi mej
vera einn konungr fyrir Aka sokum, Fms. xi. 46; sokum snjovar, L
25 ; fylgir J)ar enn sokum J)ess J)vi go3or5i alj)ingis-helgun, Landn. 3:
(Append.), and passim.
B. Compds: sakar-a3ili, a, m. the chief party in a suit, Grag.
144,355, ii. 405, Nj. 239; see aQili (p. 3, col. 2). sakar-aberi,
m. a plaintiff, accuser, Sks. 644, Gfil. 22. saka-bsetr, f. pl. = sakbaBI
Fs. 34. saka-dolgr, m. = sokud61gr, Fs. 63, Fbr. 102 new E
sakar-eyrir, m. = sakeyrir (q. v.), Fms. vii. 300, GJ)1. 159. saka
ferli, n. pi. = sakferli, q. v. ; ksera mal ok s., Stj. 164. saka-full
adj. guilty, Fms. viii. 326, Sks. 341. sakar-gipt, f. a ' charge-giving
charge, Fms. vi. 163, vii. 293, K. A. 174, Nj. 11. saka-lauss, ad
' sackless,' guiltless, = saklauss (q. v.), Sks. 337 ; {jat vilda ek at J)u tsek
sjEttir ok sjalfdaemi sakalaust (dropping the prosecution?), Lv. 30. sakt
ma3r, m. a man qualified as an attorney ; vxnn maSr, gorr at ser ok
mikill, a great litigant, Ld. 1 24: a man under charge, Lat. reus, Bs. i. 72;
a guilty man, criminal, (mod.) sakar-spell, n. ' suit-spoil,' mi
pleading, by which a suit may be spoiled or lost, Grag. i. 40, Nj. 23
sakar-sta3r, m. an offence, transgression ; hann kva6sk vilja g63u vi
hann skipta ok upp gefa sakar-sta6inn, Finnb. 346; Askell gorSi Mylauj
viS jafn-mikinn ok tolf aura silfrs fyrir sakar-staSi (where sakastadr
almost identical with ldgmals-sta3r) ; fellu halfar bxtr ni3r fyrir sakastaJ
{ja er hann {)6tti a eiga, Nj. 166. sakar-taka, u, f. the taking up a stii
sakart6ku-vd,ttr, m. a witness in sakartaka, Nj. 234. sakart6ktiB<§
veetti, n. a witness to a sakartaka, Nj. 36. sakar-vaudrse3i, n. p
litigation, Edda 18. sakar -v5rii, f. = sakv6rn (q. v.), Sks. 510,54:
546.
sokk, n. pi. a sinking; lata skip liggja fimm naetr i sokk (in a sinkin
s<a/e)J)a, skulu J)eir upp ansa, N.G.L. i. 102. 2. [UK. saggqs = dvajjt^
Engl, sink^, a hollow, a pit; sokk si3ra briina, the pits under the brow
i. e. the eye-sockets. Ad. 8 ; siikk-dalir Surts, the pit-dales ofS., deep abysse,
Ht. sokk-Mimir, the giant of the deep, Gm., (see Mimir.)
SOKKVA, pres. sokk; pret. sokk, sokkt (sokkst), sokk; plui
sukku ; subj. sykki ; imperat. sokk, sokktu ; part, sokkinn : [Ul
siggqan = 0v6i^fffdai, Swetv ; A.S.sincafi; Engl. si?ik ; Germ. sinieH
Dan. synke'\: — to sink; hann sokk ni6r, sank down, Landn. 44, v.l.
sokk niSr hestr hans, Fms. ii. 202 ; sokk hon ni6r me3 ollum farminun
Nj. 19 ; exin sokkr, Faer. 49.
s6kkva, b and t, a causal to the preceding, [Ulf. saggqian; Dat
sanke'] : — to make to sink, sink, with dat., Fms. vi. 286, Bias. 48
ok sok6u fiar ni3r kistunni, O. H. 226; brutu a raufar ok soktu
Eg. 125, (cp. Dan. bore i sank) ; bar ek a sae lit ok sok6a me3
656 B. I ; sokkva i fi>tu (dat.), to sink a pail into the well or brooht^^
fetching water; gekk Gunnlaugr til laekjar ok sokti i hjalminum,
ii. 269, V. 1. ; Egill tok hjalminn ok scikkvir (sokkr Ed.) ni3r i kjol
ok drakk firja drykki mikla, Fms. xi. 233. II. reflex, to sat
oneself; mi mun hon sokvask (seycquaz Ed.), Vsp. fine ; sokstii (imperat
seycstu Ed.) nu gygjar kyn. Heir. 14 ; hann sok6isk i hafit, Edda (pief.
i. 226 ; hann skaut, kom a hvalinn, ok sokSisk, Korm. 164 ; sva sem vagi
snysk a himni ok sokkvisk (soksk Ed.) eigi, Magn. 470, cp. Od. v. 275-
Sokkva-bekkr, m. the ' sink-bencb,' deep seat, the mythol. seat 0
Freyja, Gm., Edda.
sQkott, n. adj., in the phrase, eiga sokott, to have many enemies, L?
36, Eb. 54, Korm. 150, Fms. vi. 112 ; J)ykki mer vera mega, at sok^t^
verSi mi i dag, v. 258.
sok-tal, n. = saktal (q.v.), N. G. L. i. 187, Fb. i. 562.
s6ku-d61gr, m. an enemy lying under penalty; biskup segir oilun
sokudolgum sinum, at . . ., Bs. i. 771 (of a person under ban); sa ma3
er Ingolfr heitir, hann er sakadolgr (sic) minn, Fs. 63 ; siikudolgar [ih
murderers) hygg ek si31a muni kalla6ir fra kvolum, Sol. 24; mun \i
ekki upp tekit af sokudolgum minum, Nj. 257.
s6ku.-iiautr, m. «= sokudolgr ; s. viirr ( = Lat. reus) by3r okkr Gu9muni
til gor6ar, Oik. 35 ; sva sem ver fyrir-gefum varum scikunautum, Hoiii
158 (Lord's Prayer); .skal hann bj63a skapdrottni hans til me3 vattyn|i(, -u
ok bj63a eigi scikunautum hans, N. G. L. i. 33. J *
iiiV;
*«,!
SOKVORN— TAFL.
r,?i
,^^-^v6Tn, f. = sakvofn (q. v.), Nj. 232.
ISOL, n. pi., gen. pi. solva; an eatable sea-plant, perh. the samphire;
fi ok sol eigu menn at eta seni vilja at lisekju i annars landi, Grag. ii.
hvat er nu, dottir, tyggr ^u ncikkut . . . ? Tygg ek sol, scgir hou
kt gorir at er solin etr, J)yrstir x {)vi meirr, Eg. 604, 605 ; t'req. in
isage. coMPDs: Bblva-fiaxa., m, {. right 0/ picking samphire ;
I :i solvafjoru til bunautnar iillum heima-monnum, Vm. 96. sOlva-
iiup, n. pi. purchase 0/ samphire, Sturl. i. 18. s6lva-n&m, n. sam^
hire-picking ; s. ok J)angskurd eiga Gaulverjar, Vm. 18.
Hdlna, aS, to be begrimed.
30LR, adj. [A. S. salu, salwig ; O. H. G. salo; Engl, sallow'], yellow,
■ cu or the like: a pr. name, S61-inundr, Landn.
I, a6, to rob; s. e-6 undir sig, to get by covetousness and avarice.
vi. a, m. a pr. name, the ' Sallow (?),' Landn.
iii-lei3is, adj. likewise, N. T.
lugr, adj. £sandr], sandy, Stj. 96, Fms. vi. (in a verse).
j;la, a5, (sdngra, Mag. 8), to make a rattling sound, like pebbles ;
uirnit a goifit sva at songla3i viS hdtt, Fms. v. 255 ; en er hann
; at grjotia songlaSi, Grett. 134 A; J)a s6ngra6i i lokinu ok si6an
ptt upp hurdin, Mag. 8.
'idNG-B., m., old dat. songvi, later song; gen. ace. pi. siingva : [Ulf.
^, = 9)577, avfupwvia; a common Teut. word]: — a song, singing,
, J)eir lasu aptan-songinn, var& songrinn eigi greiSligr, Fms. vii.
: : strengjum ok allskyns song, Skalda ; fagrlig samhljoSan songsins,
i. 240; syngja me& fogrum song. El. 21; fugla-s., a bird's song;
's., a swan-song; songvi svana, Edda (in a verse) ; vapn-s.,a 'K/ea/)o«-
clasb of weapons, Akv. 2. a chanting, of Ave Marias, etc. ; heita
I, fegjofum ok songum, liti6 var5 af scingum, SkiSa R. ; yfir-
ir, Bs. i. 242 : laga-s., q. v. (in the mass); tvi-s., q.v. 3. a
lay; ok er Jiessa naest upphaf sanganna (gen. pi. sic), Str. i ; me&
. tiskap ok songum, Bret. 48 ; man-songr, a love-song; Grotta-s., the
1 uc of a poem, Edda 79, (lj66 J)au er kallat er G.) ; s6ngs-ij)r6tt, music,
I in. 33. s6ngva-clikt, n. a song, composition, Stj. 560.
B. CoMPDS : song-bok, f. a song-book, chant-book, missal, Vm.
• 47' 55! songbokar skra, Pm. 24. song-fseri, n. pi. musical in-
i\itnents, Stj. 181, 407, 631, Fms. vii. 97, Al. 71. song-hljoS, n.
i.sitiging, tunes, music, Fb. ii. 16, Stj. 632. song-hljomr, m. the
JT- 0/ music. Mar. song-hus, n. a choir, N. G. L. i. 348, Fms.
t . 25, ix. 18, 19, xi. 271, Eb. 10, Grag. i. 460, Vm. passim, Stat. 267 ;
' ictum sanctorum ' er ver koUum songhiis, Stj. 563 ; siinghuss dyrr,
\ 11, palir, sylla, tjald, N. G. L. i. 348, Fms. vii. 230, viii. 25, ix. 26,
1 i. 670, Vm. 64, Sturl. ii. 125. s6ng-k6rr, m. = songhiis.
i.ig-\&'\xs&, zd]. without service, kxm. 122,2. song-list, f. music,
S 45, 86, Bs. i. 220, 239 (en einn saemiligan prestmann er Rikini het,
liklin sinn, f^kk hann til at kenna songlist ok versa-g6r&). s6ng-
T6T,m. a singing-man ; mikill raddmaSr ok s., Bs. i. 127; ijirotta-menn
ngmenn, 655 v. I. sSng-mser, f. a 'singing maid,' a kind of
klukkur, songmeyjar tvaer, D. I. i. 476 ; Postula-klokkur ok enn
s L^meyjar fimm, Bs. i. 858. song-ndm, n. the learning of music ;
kjndi sira ValJ)j6fr s. (in the cathedral of Holar), Bs. i. 850. s6ng-
■^■str, ni. a priest who chants mass, Pm. 60. s6ng-raust, f. a
:g voice, Fms. ii. 199, Hom. s6ng-skrdi, f. a music-book, Pm.
song-tol, u. pi. ' song-tools' instruments to accompany singing,
<. 1. 86, Stj. 49.
ugra, ad, = songla, Mag. 8.
ngvari, a, m. a singer ; saemiligr s., Bs. i. 832.
agvinn, adj., hann var s. ok mikill bsenahalds-ma8r, Ann. 1341 ;
rar u-s6ngvinn ok trulauss, Grett. ill.
nun, f. a proof , evidence; see sannan.
Icvir, m., qs. Sverkir, m., [akin to svarkr, q.v.], a pr. name and
viiame, Landn., Fagrsk.
Ii, a, m. [the root is Goth. sarwa = on\a, navotrXia; A. S. searo;
Ci. saro, ga-sarawi ; mid. H. G. ge-serwe = Lat. armatura] : — a pr.
, H5m. (_the son of king Jonakr), Landn., Sarins of Jornandes;
• ia Sor-li is a dimin. inflex., which would in Goth, be sarwi-la, since
IS a pr. name, Landn., Lv. S6rla-stikki, the name of a poem,
likki. II. meton. a gross, rough fellow is called siirli, (from
omance of Sorli the Strong ? j, whence sorla-ligr, adj., and s5rlast,
' go about as a sorli.
RVI, pi. s6rvar, for the root see the preceding word, a lady's
ice of stones; sorva gefn, sorva Rindr, the goddess of the s., i.e. a
n, Kormak; in prose, in the compd steina-s<)rvi (seyrvi), a stone
ice; hoggr a halsinn ok brast vift fur8u hatt ok kom a stein {jann
^nu, er Jwkask haf&i, Isl. ii. 364 ; l)at var i forneskju kvenna-b(jna8r
ilat var steina-sorvi er fjaer hof3u a halsi s^r, Edda 68 ; hon tekr or
ser steiua-seyrvi mikit er hon attiok dregr a hals honum, Isl. ii.
hon tok eitt steina-sorvi ok batt um hals honum, Fas. iii. 443, cp.
lae, Nos. 90, 397: armour, sorva hyrr, the armour-fire, i.e. the
/, Vellekla. II. o band of men, siirvar ; seven men make a
r, Edda 108.
■a, 6, see sautra.
*
T (t<5), the nineteenth letter, was in the Runic alphabets represented by
-t*. and in later Runes also by ^ ; its name was 'lyr — * Ty'r er cinhendr
Asa,* in the Runic poem ; a marked 4. ' stunginn Ty'r,' represented the d.
Tyr was the first of the third and last group in the alphabet, Tblmy,
which was therefore called Tys-actt, or the family of Ty, q), the intto-
duction to letters F and H.
B. Changes. — T is sounded as in English. Various kinds of
assimilation take place with this letter, — dt into //, c. g. neuters of ad-
jectives, gott, 6tt, blitt, qs. goS-t, 66-t, blift-t, see g6dr, oftr, bU*r : bt
or kt into //, sott from sjiikr (Goth, saubts), sec Gramm. p. xxx, col, I ;
nt into tt, stuttr, brattr, vottr, for stunt, brant, vant ; vittr (i. e. vetr) for
vintr : ndt into tt, as statt, batt, bitt, vatt, hritt, hratt, qs. sUndt, bandt,
bindt, from standi, binda, vinda, hrinda : the mod. preterites, benti, lenti,
synti, kynti, from benda, lenda, synda, kynda, qs. bcnd-ti, lend-ti, where
the ancients have bendi, lendi, etc. : tp into / or tt, as imperatives, viltu,
sittii, vittii, vertii, for vil-J)u, sit-{)(i, vit-{)u, ver-J>u : also in mod. pronun-
ciation, tott for topt, batt for bagt : tt for t after a long vowel or diph-
thong, mj6-tt, fa-tt, ha-tt, $ma-tt, ny-tt, from mj6-r, fa-r, h4-r, sm&-r, ny-r :
kd, pd, into kt, pt, sekt, vakti, dy'pt, dreypti ; older and better, sekft, dypd,
see introduction to letter D. In some Norwegian vellums a digraph id
is used for 6, et5a, mat8r, atSrum, })at8an, smitSja, ytftru, = eda, madr,
aSrum, J)a3an, smidja, y3ru, see f>idr. (pref. xvi) : also stn for in, stniia,
stnjor, for sniia, snjor, see introduction to letter S. II. an
initial /, as is remarked by Prof. Bugge, has become k in the words kvistr,
kvisl, qs. tvistr, tvisl (from tvi-). III. following Grimm's law
the Teut. / answers to Gr. and Lat. d, iva- <= tor-, Saxpv = t4r, 8<5pw =
tre, 8t«a = tigr, Lat. rfCwo = temja, videre = y'\l3i, sedere = i\i]i, and so
on. 2. the Norse t, as well as Engl, ansWers to High Germ, z,
Icel. ti&, tal, = Germ. zeit, zahl, etc.
tabardr, m. [for. word; Low Lat. tabarduni], a tabard, Bs. i. 876;
vas-t., a rain-tabard, D. N. : a nickname, Fms. vii.
tabula, tabola, u, f. [for. word ; Lat. tabula], a picture, altar-pitee.
Mar., Fms. vii. 159, 194, Bs. i. 143.
tabur, n. [for. word ; through Fr. from Arabic atambor"], a labour, tam-
bourine, Karl. 157, 284.
TAD, n., pi. t63, Stj. 344: — manure, dung; rei8a taft & akrland, Bs.
i. 348 ; si3an hulSu |)eir me8 ta8i ok riiku inn svinin, ok tra8u J)au niSr
taSit, Fms. x. 269 (i. 213); akrlanda skiptis ok sva ta8s, Grag. ii. 260, v. I. ;
hrossa-ta8, horse-dung ; sau8a-ta8, sheep-dung ; but kiia-myki. compds :
tafl-fall, n. droppings of manure, G^\. 354. tad-kldfr, m., -hrip,
n. a dung-box, dung-cart. tad-skegglingar, m. pi. dung-beards, a
soubriquet, for which see Nj. 67.
ta3a, u, f., gen. pi. ta8na, Grag. ii. 257, [ta8], the bay from the well-
manured home-field (see tiin), Nj. 67 ; J)a er J)ar utbeit sv4 g6ft
nautum, at J)at er kallat jamnt ok stakkr to8u, Eg. 711 ; auka sina tiidu,
Grdg. ii. 257; raka toSu sina alia saman i stor-sxti, Eb. 224; var t>4
sva komit heyverkum at Fr68a at ta8a 611 var slegin, en fuU-Jjurr naer
helmingrinn, 260 ; ve8r er gott, sag8i hann, ok mun skina af i dag,
skolu t)er sla i to8u i dag, en ver munum annan dag hirSa hey vdrt, 152 ;
ta8an st68 liti umhverfis hiisin i stor-saeti, Bandkr. 59 ; hann setti fyrir
tveggja yxna sle8a, ok ok saman alia t68u sina, Landn. 94 ; hey heima
ok utangar8s naer fjorum tigum fa8ma t68u en mjok sva engi lithey, Dipl.
V. 18 ; sja um bii sitt me8an t68ur manna eru undir, Nj. 193. 2.
the home-field, infield; Vali beitir to8ur orar, Kormak; tiiSur ok
engjar, the infields and outfields, Grag. ii. 217; menn eigu ok at brjota
j6r8 ef ^eir vilja til ta8na ser, 257 ; ok er hann hafSi lokit heima-
to8unni, when be bad done mowing the itifield, Finnb. 340 ; sva gorisk
at J)essu mikill gangr, at J>at beit upp alia t68una, Krok. 5 new Ed.
COMPDS : tddu-alinn, part, fed on infield hay, of a horse, Lv. 19.
tOdu-annir, f. pi. the season for mowing the infield, beginning a little
before the Icel. midsummer time, the middle of July, from the lath to
the 14th week of the summer, see Icel. Almanack; in 1872 it falls on
the 13th of July; after the t68uannir follows the engja-slattr, or mow-
ing the open outfields, Nj. 192. t63u-gar3r, m. a stack-yard of
infield hay, Sturl. i. 83. t63u-gj61d, n. pi. a kind of * cbum-feaU'
in Icel., when all the infield-hay is dry, stacked, and housed, and a
kind of porridge, called t68ugjalda-grautr, is given with cream to the
labourers. td3u-g8eft, n. adj. bay as good as if it were infitld, of
hay grown in an outlying field. t63u-g0ltr, m. a home-boar, kept
grazing at home, Fs. 141. t63u-verk, n. the making bay in tbt in-
field, Finnb. 340. t63u-v6llr, m. a manured infield, Grag. ii, 259,
Hav. 46.
tafar-, delay; see tof.
tafemis-hus, n. [for. word ; Lat. taberna], a tavern, R^tt., Mar.
TAFL, n., pi. tcifl, [from the Lat. tabula, but borrowed at a very
early time, for it is used even in the oldest poems]: — a game, like
the Old Engl, tables or draughts, used also of the old hneftafl (q. v.),
and later of chess and various other games ; sitja at hncf-tafli, , . .
62%
TAFLBORD— TAKA.
Hvitserkr ok Sigur&r lata t^^gar falla ni5r taflit, Fas. i. 285; leika T Herculean strength to lift them; so also, {laS er tak, 'iis a heavy
skak-tafl, 523 ; J)ar voru mjok tiifl uppi hofd ok sagna-skemtan, ok
mart J)at er til hibyla-botar matti vera, f>orf. Karl. 407 ; J)eir bitusk
baeSi um tafl ok kvatru, Sturl. i, 173; vera at tafli, Fs. 40; Valdi-
marr konungr 16k at skaktafli . . . konungr sa eigi af taflinu, Fms.
xi. 366; konungr bar aptr tafl bans, O. H. 167; konungr sat ok
tefl6i hneftafl, ok nefndi ma6rinn tofl (fem. sing.) kouungs, . . . tafl-
madrinn aetladi at konungr mundi tala til taflsins, Fms. vi. 29 ; leika at
tafli, O. H. 167 ; J)a skildi a um tafl, of chess, Sturl. iii. 123 ; tafl em ek
orr at efla, ij)r6ttir kann ek niu, Orkn. (in a verse) ; ek em ma&r
hagari ok teflig hneftafl betr, Mork. 186; tefldi annarr AustmaSr vi6
heima-mann {)orgils . . . kalladi Austma5r a Sigur6 at hann reSi um taflit
me6 honum, |)viat hann kunni J)at sem a3rar ifjrottir, ok er hann leit a,
J)6tti honum mjok farit vera taflit, ... en taflit svarfa5isk, 204, 205 ;
um daginn eptir tefldi Grimr vi6 Austmann ok rann at borSinu sveinn ok
rotadi taflinu, Dropl. 31 ; EiSr sat at tafli ok synir hans tveir, Isl. ii.
359' V'g'- 1 7 ; jafnan skemtu J)au Helga ser at tafli ok Gunnlaugr, Isl.
ii. 205 : the pieces were of gold and silver, cp. gullnar-toflur, Vsp. ; {)ar
satu konur tvaer ok leku at hnet-tafli, ok var taflit allt steypt af silfri
enn gyllt allt it rau6a ... en hann hefdi taflit ok ^at er fylg6i, Gullj).
20 ; taflbor& ok tafl af lysi-gulli gort. Fas. iii. 627 : of walrus, tennr eigi
staerri en gora ma mjok stor knifskepti af e6r tafl, Sks. 127, cp. Ski5a R.
164, Worsaae, Nos. 560-563 ; hnefa-tafl, skak-tafl, go6a-tafl : in the
phrases, verSa tafli seinni, to be too late ; Snorri kvaft enn farit hafa sem
fyrr, at ]peir hofSu or3it tafli seinni enn Arnkell, Eb. 166 ; mi eru brog& i
tafli, a trick in the game, foul play. Fas. iii. 607 ; merkti Ogmundr biskup
at t)a voru brog6 i tafli ok lika3i storilla, Bs. ii. 318, cp. Jiryml. 13 ; jarl
kvad Aron sva tafli teflt hafa vi6 sik {played him such a game), at okkur
sambxiS mun skomm vera, Bs. i. 632. 2. also of dice-throwing,
dicing ; en |)eim er leggr fe vi6 tafl e6r a3ra hluti, verSar fjorbaugs-gar3,
Grag. ii. 198; enn eru"J)eir hlutir er ^u. skalt flyja ok varask, J)at er
drykkja, tafl, portkonur, Sks. 26.
B. CoMPDS : tafL-bor5, n. a chess-board (for playing the hneftafl or
chess), O.H. 167, Fas. iii. 627, Mag. 43 : a board, tray, Fms. x. 15, 109
(a board to carry the crown jewels on). tafl.-brog3, n. pi. feats of play-
ing; t. Ulfs jarls, Fb. ii. 283 ; eigi skildi minna glimu Jjeirra en tafl-
brogS, Vigl. 17. tafl-byrSingr = tal-byr8ingr (q. v.), see Rb.
tafl-fe, n. a bet, Mag. tafl-kast, n. dice-throwing, Sks. 436 B.
tafl-maSr, m. a player (at chess or hneftafl), Fms. vi. 29. tafl-pungr,
m. a bag for the pieces, GuUf). 20. tafl-speki, f. skill in playing, Mirm.
tafla, u, f. a piece in a game of tables ; gullnar toflur, Vsp. (gull-tafla) ;
hnef-tafla ... mi skulu ver skjota tofluna or hof6i sveininum, Fms. ii. 271 ;
mun ek setja at inni rauSu tiJflunni, Fas. ii. 67 ; ok skytr Sjolfr {)ar ofan
tofluna, 267; hann greip upp tofluna, ok setti halann a kinnbein Jior-
birni, Grett. 161 new Ed. II. like tafli, a tablet, any square-
formed board; altaris-t., an altar-piece : mathern. the table, stora, litla-t.
TAFM", n. [cp. Lat. daps; Gr. Sanavrj ; the Greek word is analogous
to soa, which means to sacrifice and then to waste^ : — a sacrifice, =^L^t.
victima, hostia, but only in a heathen sense, and obsolete ; heilagt tafn,
the holy sacrifice, Hd. ; Gauts tafn, the victims of Odin, i. e. the slain,
who in the heathen creed were an offering to Odin, the god of victory,
Landn. (in a verse). 2. a bloody prey, poet. ; tafn fekksk hrafni,
tafns leitandi hrafnar, hrafn fagnaSi tafni, hrafn a ylgjar tafni, bola tafn
und klo hrafni. Lex. Poet, (in all these references 'tafn' is used by the
poets to rhyme to hrafn) ; val-tafn, id. ; gefa serit tafn hrafni ok vargi,
Karl. 152 : in old eccl. writers, ssefa tofn, Stj. 348 ; tafn Gu&s, 310 {vic-
tima Domini, Vulgate) ; forn ok tofn, 655 xxiii. I ; fornir ok tofn, id.
tafsa, see tapsa.
taf-samr, adj. dilatory.
tafsi, a, m. a scrap, shred, \_(afs= filings, Ivar Aasen.]
TAGIj,n.,pl.togl, [Ulf./a^/ = eptf; A.S.tcegel; O.E.G.zakal; Engl.
tail ; Swed. tagel'] : — prop, hair, but only found in the sense of, II.
a horse's tail (cp. skopt and skott) ; hvarki toppr ne tagl, Fas. i. 80, 486
(in a verse) ; skera tagl or hrossum, . . . ef maSr bindr tagl i munn hrossi,
Grag. i. 383 ; ef ma6r skerr tagl or stoShesti manns, J)at var9ar
skoggang, ef ma3r skerr tagl or Jjinghesti manns efia Jiess manns hesti er
i briiSfor er, ^a varflar f]orbaugs-gar3, 441 (riding a horse with a
docked tail has always in Icel. been looked on as a disgrace, hence
the heavy penalty), cp. Fas. i. 80 (hoggit or rofurnar ok skerit or
toppanna) ; toglin fylgja hanum (ha. = lhe hide of a horse), Haligr. ;
hann tok i taglit annarri hendi, Grett. 108: of a cow's tail, GJ)1.
399. 2. a horse-hair rope, for trussing hay (reip-tagl), see hcigld
(togl og hagldir).
tagl-skur3r, m. the docking a horse's tail, Grag. i. 441.
TAK, n. [taka], a taking hold, a hold; urSu menn konungi J)vi verri
til taks sem hann J)urfti meirr, i. e. they slipped out of the king's hold,
forsook him, Fb. ii. 304 : a hold, grasp, esp. in wrestling or fighting
(cp. Dan. tav, tage et tav), laust hann hestinn af takinu, Rb. 299,
Grett. 69 new Ed. ; af maeSi ok storum tokum, Bs. i. 634 ; halda fasta-
tiikum, with a firm grasp; lausa-tok, q. v. ; Grettis-tak, the lift of
Grettir the Strong, a name for those boulders which would require
task, as of cleaning an Augean stable. 2. medic, a stitch, also
tak-sott. II. as a law term, chattels; hann skal fara tak
sitt ok hey af landi |)vi, er hann bjo a, Grag. ii. 249 (cp. tak-fxft,
'lack of holding,' i.e. poverty; fa-taekr, 'few-holding,' i.e. with few
means, poor); i-tak, q. v. 2. seizure; daemdum mer Heilagti
kirkju fyrir takit {)rj4r merkr, D.N. iv. 231. 3. bail, securifyf
aesta taks, D.I. i. 66, N.G. L. i. 47, passim; synja taks, to
bail, id. ; mi aestir ma5r taks annan, mi skal engi ci&rum taks s;
fa honum tak samdaegris, . . . vardar bii hans taki . . . J)a skal h;
vera manad i ]pvi taki ef hann aestir laga-taks, 47 ; ganga i tak fyrir e-a,
segjask or taki . . . eigi skal hann lengr i taki vera, . . . mi ef hann a kaup-
skip J)at er sessum ma telja, J)a ma J)at var6a taki fyrir hann, l.c.i^
102 ; fsera tak fyrir (to bring bail), ... fa mann i tak fyrir sik, 15^
lei3a mann i tak fyrir sik, ii. 264; saekja J)at mal me5 takum sem a&rar
fjarsoknir, 191 ; ok fseri sa, er taksettr var, tak rae6 fuUum viirdslum,^
id.; sitja i tiikum, to sit as bail; J)a skal ^raell i tokum sitja til hann
hefir undan faerzk e6a hann er sannr at, i. 85 ; selja, skjota fe undaa
tiikum, 154; ok fe hans allt i tokum a me9an, 306 ; laga-tak, legal
bail; kyrrsetu-tak, security; brautar-tak, 44; trausta-tak, in the phrase,
taka e-d trausta-taki ; taks-aesting, a demanding bail, D. I. i. 66 : the
word is chiefly a Norse law term, and hardly occurs in the Icel. law,
the Commonwealth
TAKA, pres. tek, tekr ; tokum, takit, taka ; pret. tok, tokt (to!
tok, pi. toku; subj. taeki (toeki) ; imperat. tak, taktii; part, tei
with neg, sufF. tek'k-at ek, I take not, Kristni S. (in a verse) ; tak-a
take thou not. Fas. i. (in a verse) ; tekr-at, Grag. (Kb.) i. 9 : [Ulf. A
pret. taitok = aTTTea6ai ; Swed. take; Dan. tage, sounded td, 'du tar
ikke, vil du ta det ;' Engl, take is a word borrowed from the Dan., wl
gradually displaced the Old Engl. niman.'\
A. To take hold of, seize, grasp; takaseralvaepni. Eg. 236; toku
ser f)ar byrSar ok baru ut, Egill tokundir bond ser mjod-drekku, 237;
taki best minn, ok skal ek riSa eptir honum, 699 ; toku J)eir ski& sii
stigu a, 545 ; hann tok inni vinstri hendi spjotiS ok skaut, Nj. 42 ;
upp kistu ok tok upp g66 kvennmanna-klaeSi, Ld. 30 ; hann tekr
bogann, . . . tekr nu ka3al einn. Fas. ii. 543 ; taka upp net, K. Jj.K. 90;
hross skal ma3r taka ok teyma ok hepta, J)6tt heilagt se, id. 2, /q ||£jiij, j
seize ; Jjeir toku J)ar herfang mikit, Nj. 43 ; toku skipit ok allt J)at er 4 tW( khm[
iliikb
Fms. vii. 249 ; J)eir toku J)ar skutu, viii. 438 ; toku skip hans, landtjai4
klae6i, ix. 275 ; taka fe okkat allt me8 rani, Nj. 5 ; engi ma3r skal
o3rum taka, G]pl. 473 ; hann leiddi J)ik til arfs . . . munu taka ovinir
ef ^li kemr eigi til, Nj. 4; ^eir toku baeinn, seized, Sturl. ii. 149;
haf6i tekit (stolen) ... ok vildi hann refsa henni,. Fms. vii. 330.
to catch; Skotar munu hafa tekit njosnir allar, Nj. 126; standi
upp ok taki hann, 130; hann skyldi taka hundinn, 114; Jieir tol
sundi mann einn, Fms. vii. 225 ; griif, at taka i dyr, Flov. 33 ; taka hi
um, to lay hold of, take captive, Nj. 114, 275 ; in a good sense, F
314. 4. taka e-n af lifi, to take one from life, Fms. x. 3, Eg. 70 :
e-n af lifdogum, «(i., Fms. vii. 204: ellipt., takaaf (al-taka), to take o.
put to death, Js. 23 ; taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive of. . . , Eg,
toku J)eir af eignum jarla konungs, Fms. i. 6 : taki af e-m, to li
thing from one, x. 421, Nj. 103, 131, Eg. 1 20, Ld. 288 ; taka fra e
take from, off,K). 253,K.f).K. 48; Uk^ ofan, to take down, pull down,
119, 168 ; taka or, to set apart, 232 ; taka undir sik, to take under
self subject, Fms. x. 24: to take charge of, Nj. no. Eg. 725 : taka
to take up, pick up, assume, 23. 5. to take, grasp; taka i hond
to shake hands, Nj. 129 ; taka a, lopti, to interrupt, Fms. x. 314;
i ketil, of the ordeal, Grag. i. 381, Gkv. 3. 7 ; taka i jorS, to graze,
animal, Bs. i. 338 ; jo laetr til jar5ar taka, Skm. 15 ; skulu \>ei lata
ni3r hesta y9ra, to graze a little. Band. 14 new Ed. ; tok einn J)eirra ^
i sinn klse3sekk, Stj. II. metaph., taka upphaf, to begin, Horn, Riij.jJ
49; taka vcixt ok J)roska, to increase, Rb. 392; taka konungdoni, Eg. k.^jj.
646; taka raS, 49 ; taka skirn, 770 ; taka trii, to take the faith, becom ;)!;■. 1. '
a Christian, Nj. 273 ; taka hvild, to take rest, 43, 115 ; taka a sik sveft, kjj^r^'
252 ; taka raeSu, to begin a parley. Eg. 578 ; taka umrae3u, id., Nj. 146; |k
{)au taka J)a tal, Ld. 72, Fms. ii. 254 ; taka nxrri ser, see naer I. 2 ; taki k
a sik gongu, Fbr. loi new Ed. ; taka a sik svefn, Nj. ; taka eld, to ligbl ii,.j^'
afire, 199 ; taka e-n or3um, to address ; taka i saett, to receive into reeoKf H ,j.^i
ciliation. Eg.. 168 ; taka sxttir, to accept terms, id. (also taka saettum, id.)t ' ™
taka-Jjenna kost, 280; taka samheldi, Fms. ix. 344; ok toku t)at fast-
liga, at fri6r skyldi standa, declared firmly that, x. 40, v. 1. ; *"'"
stefnu, to fix a mseting, xi. 400 ; toku J)eir stefnu i milU sin
mi er sva teki& um allt landit, at ... , fixed by law that . . .
275; \>e.\x toku fastmaelum sin i milli, at..., Bret. 82; taki _ ^_
to take into fellowship, Fms. xi. 96 ; log-taka, cp. lofa-tak, vapna-uki |«
Gunnarr bau3 ^ai g63 bo6 enn J)u vildir engi af taka, thou wouldsl ij
accept none of them, Nj. 77; tok hann {)ann kost af, at l_eggja allt » |,
konungs vald, Fms. iv. 224 ; ok ^zi toku )^e\x af, ix. 367 ; Olafr kvaOsK ji
J)at mundu af taka, Ld. 72 ; taka e-t til ra6s, or taka ra3s, bragSs, '0 .
resort to, Nj. 75, 124, 199: also, taka e-t til, to resort to, 26, Fms. xi.
253, passim (til-tteki) ; taka mot, to receive, Edda 15 ; taka e-t vi5»'<' x
mm
K takai
liniiist;
I;i2hii
Riflji,
•Melrat]
Ifcjiar
■iiieititli
'■'it
"■till
TAKA.
{i'S6
eive in return, Fnis. ii. 269; taka baetr fyrir e-t, xi. 253; me& J)vi*
giirir seni ek by3 J)er, skaltii niikkud eptir taka, tahe some reward
it, Ld. 44; J)at er baefli at ver roum hart, eiida mun uii mikit eptir
, a great reward, Finnb. 232 (eptir-tekja) ; taka faE8u, to take food;
a corpus Domini, Mar. ; taka samsxti, Fms. ii. 261 ; taka arf. Eg. 34 ;
a erfS, G{)1. 241 ; taka fe eptir fii&ur sinn, Fms. xi. 47 ; taka laun, Nj.
taka veiziu, to take, receive a veizla (q. v.), Fms. xi. 239 ; konungr . . .
im tekr {receives) af morgum, skal haim J)vi mikit gefa, 217; taka
kit lof, X. 367 ; taka helguu af Gu3i, Kb. 392 ; taka heiisu, to recover,
624; ek skal taka haedi-yr6i af J)cr, Nj. 27 ; taka af honum ran ok
nntjon, Ld. 64 ; taka liskil af ilium moimum, Greg. 44 ; taka pislir
dauda, 656 B. 30 ; drap hann J)ar menn nijkkura, J)6tti monnum hart
taka {)at af utlendum manni, Bs. i. 19 ; J)eir toku mikinn androSa,
s. viii. 438 ; taka andviSri, Eg. 87 ; ^eir toku norSan-ve&r horft, ivere
rtaken by, Nj. 1 24; taka sott, to be taken sick or ill (North E. to take ill),
Fms. xi. 97, Eg. 767; taka {jyngd, «J., Isl. ii. 274; taka f6tar-mein,Nj.
1; taka ugle8i, to get out of spirits. Eg. 322 ; hann tok ^k faleika ok
efti, Fms. vii. 103 ; hann tok langt kaf, 202 ; taka arftaki,/o adopt, Grag.
32 ; taka konung, to take, elect a king, Fms. ix. 256 ; taka konu, to
a wife, X. 397 ; hann kvangaftisk ok tok broQur-dottur J)ess manns
Finnr het, 406; tok Magnus konungr Margretu, 413 ; taka konu
tt nauSga, to carry off a woman, Grag. i. 353; tok hann ^a til haseta,
hired them. Eg. 404 ; taka far or fari, Landn. 307, Grag. ii. 406 (far,
j) ; taka likunna stigu, to take to unknown ways, Fms. viii. 30 ; taka
i, to start, Stj. ; taka til konungs, or the like, Eg. 367, 400, Fms. vii.
; taka til siftar, Sks. 313 ; taka e-n vel, to receive well; ok taki er,
I, vel ]pa Hjalta ok Gizur, Bs. i. 19; tok Skota-konungr hann vel,
,xi. 419; taka e-t J) vert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly, Nj.
taka fyrir e-t, to stop, interrupt, refuse, Fms. x. 251. III. to
'b, stretch forth, touch; hann beit skard, allt J)at er tennr toku. Eg. 605 ;
djiipara enn J)eim tok undir hendr, Ld. 78 ; skur6rinn tok a framan-
an bakkann, Krok. ; hyrnan tok andliti6, Nj. 253; rodd tekr eyru,
Ida 175; doggskorinn tok ni6r akrinn upp-standanda. Fas. i. 173;
)i fl66 tekit {)ser, swept them away, Fms. xi. 393 ; spjot langskept sva
el taki skipa medal, Sks. 385 ; nef hans tok austr til landsenda . . .
■fjardar toku norSr i Finnabii, Fms. viii. 10; tekr morkin naliga allt
ra su6r. Eg. 58 ; f)viat ekki tek ek heim i kveld, Nj. 275 ; mun ek
I J)angat i dag ? Hbl. ; bondans bot tekr fyrir (encompasses) konu
ok born ok hjiin, N.G. L. i. 341 ; taka ni8ri, to take the ground,
ship or thing floating. Fas. iii. 257; sva at upp tekr um klaufir,
• 336; at eigi taeki hann (ace.) regnit, Stj. 594; skulu ver varask,
igi taki oss J)au daemi, Hom. 70 ; sva mikit er uxa-hu& tekr yfir,
S ; naer J)vi er {)u ser at taka mun en ekki or hofi, Sks. 21 ;
ir bundinn sva at taki eigi til manna, Grag. ii. 119 ; taka hiindum
to lift up hands, Bs. i. 735, Edda 22 ; ek se fram undir brekkuna,
pp taka spjots-oddar fimtan, Finnb. 286; ]petta smiSi (Babel) tok
6t veSrum, Edda 146 (pref.) ; harit tok ofan k belti, Nj. 2 ; stopul
1 himins taeki, 645. 71 ; h^.r til tekr en fyrsta bok, reaches here, 655
J.; taka matti hendi til fals. Eg. 285; t)eir toku fram krava, took
ars, Fms. vii. 288 ; smeyg3i a sik ok tok lit hiindunum, 202 ; {)eir
tmdan, to escape, viii. 438 : to reach, land, take harbour, gaf honum
yri ok toku BorgarfjorS, Nj. 10 ; toku J)eir Fri3ar-ey, 268 ; \ie\T toku
a Melrakka-slettu, Isl. ii. 246 ; byrjadi vel ok toku Noreg, Ld. 72,
|; toku {jar land sem heitir VatnsfjorSr, Landn. 30 : ellipt., hann tok J)ar
li heitir Herjolfs-hofn, id. ; J)eir toku fyrir sunnan land, 175. 2.
■e.hold, of a vessel ; ketill or tok tvaer tunnur, Fb. i. 524; lands J)ess
ki (0/ the value of) fjora tigi hundraSa, Sturl. i. 98, v. 1. ; hringrinn
olf hundru& morend, Nj. 225 : so in the phrase, J)a6 tekr {)vi ekki,
ot worth the while; J)ann enn eina grip er hann atti sva at f^ taeki,
|3/e object of value he had, Bs. i. 636. 3. spec, usages ; fara sem
ega af taka, Finnb. 288 ; konur aepa sem Jjaer megu mest af taka,
7, (aftak, aftaka-ve3r, q. v.), Karl. 109, 196; foru hvarir-tveggju
if tok, went as fast as possible, Fms. iv. 304; hann sigldi suSr sem
k, Eg. 93 : in the phrase, taka mikinn, litinn . . . af e-u, to make
; little of, take it to heart or lightly; mikit tekr |)u af {)essu, thou
it much to heart, Lv. 10 ; ongan tek ek af um liSveizlu vi8 J)ik,
7 not pledge myself as to helping thee, Ld. 105 ; eigi toku ver
af at tortryggva J)a bok, ^6tt mart s6 undarligt i sagt, we will not
ly question the truth of the book, although many wonders are told
n, Sks. 78 ; 6spakr kvaS hana mikit af taka, said he used very strong
age, Ld. 216; mikinn tekr J)U af, segir konungr, thou settest much
\ said the king, Fms. vi.206; munda ek sy'nu minna hafa af tekit
J. vaera udrukkinn, I would have kept a better tongue, xi. 112 ; {>6r-
V* tok eigi af fyrir utanferS sina, did not quite refuse the going abroad,
SM iii. 244; hann kvaSsk eigi taka mega af t)vi hvat maelt vxri, be
\ot much mind what folks said, Nj. 210; hon tok \it\b af oUu,
^ittle about it, took it coolly. Eg. 322; tok hann minna af enn
16 Islendinga, he spoke not so strongly of them as he used to do, Gliim.
jok er sendi-menn komu tok hann Hti3 af, Fms. x. loi ; Flosi svara&i
fel, en tok J)6 litiS af, F. gave a civil but reserved answer, Nj.
IV. with prepp. ; taka af hesti, to take {the saddle) off
a horse, Nj. 4, 1 79 ; taka af s^r opit, to cease weeping. Oik. 35 ; taka
skriainn af skipinu, Fm«. ii. 305; taka e-t af, to abolish, vii. i, x. 152,
Isl. ii. 258 : — taka d e-u,/o touch (u-tak), Nj. itS ; J)cgar sem na:r t>fim
er komit ok a ^cim tekit, Stj. 76; su er tekr fyrjt 4 funa, Gm. ; Jiat er
ok, a3r J)eir taki a doniuni sinum (ere ibey deliver sentence), at ^eir skolu
eid vinna aSr, Grag. i. 64; taka vel, auftvcliiga, iitt, ekki vel, ilia ... 4 e-n,
to take a thing so and so, take it well, in good part, ill, in ill part, etc., Ld. 50,
248, Fms. xi. 124, Nj. 206, 265 ; Guunarr talafti fatt um ok tok & ongu
ulikliga, 40 ; tak glaftan k (cheerfully) vifl konunginn, Fms. xi. 113; |)eir
hiifdu sagt hversu hann haf8i li tekit peim fc&guni, Rd. 284 ; Leifr tekr
k {)essu eigi mjok, Fb. ii. 397; tok Bijrkr (a) \)vi scinliga. Eb. 15 new
Ed. : — taka eptir, to notice, observe, Sturl. i. 2 (cptir-tekt) : — taka m6ti,
to withstand, resist, Nj, 261, Fms. ix. 307, 513 (mot-tak): — taka meb,
to reserve, accept, iv. 340, xi. 427 (meft-taka): taka vift, hann tok
J)ar ok vi6 morg iJnnur daemi, bx6i konunga sefi, be tacked to if many
records, the lives of kings, etc., (5. H. (pref.); this isolated phrase
has led editors (but wrongly) to substitute hann *j6k' {)ar vid :^
taka aptr, to take back, render void, undo, Bs. i. 631, Nj. 191, Ski.
775; ^'gi "niii aptr taka unnit verk, a saying, Fms. ii. 11: to recall,
unsay, mun ek ^au orb eigi aptr taka, Ld. 42, Fms. ii. 253 : — taka i,
to pull off; taktu i hann, to pull bis stocking off: — taka um, to
take hold of, grasp. Eg. 410, Hkr, ii. 322: — taka upp, to pick up,
assume; nidr at fella ok upp at taka, 625. 68, Eg. 23 ; taka upp borft, to
put up the tables before a meal ; tekr upp borft ok setr fyrir J)a Butralda,
Fbr. 37 ; voru bor8 upp tekin um alia stofuna ok sett k vist. Eg. 551 :
but also to remove them after a meal ( = taka borft ofan), 408, Hkr.
ii. 192, Fms. i. 41, Orkn. 246 (see borS II); taka upp vist, to put food
on the table, Vm. i68; taka upp bygd sina, to remove one's abode,
passim ; taka upp, of a body, to take up, disinter, Hkr. ii. 388 ; taka upp,
to seize on, confiscate, Nj. 73, 207, Ld. 38, Eg. 73 ; J)eir t6ku upp (laid
waste) J)orp {)at er heitir Tuma-{)orp, Fms. i. 151; var J)a tekin upp
bygS Hrolleifs, Fs. 34; hon tekr l)at mart upp er fjarri er minum vilja,
Nj. 61 ; at t)u gefir ro rei&i ok takir J)at upp er minnst vandraedi standi
af, 175 ; taka upp verknad, to take up work, Ld. 34 ; taka upp stzrd, to
take to pride, Fms. x. 108 ; halda upp-teknu efni, i. 363 ; taka upp siik,
mal, to take up a case, Nj. 31, 71, 231: to interpret, eigi kann ek 66ru-
vis at ra3a J)enna draum . . .glikliga er upp tekit, Sturl. iii. 216; ok skal
sva upp taka 'siks gl63,' {)at er 'gull,' Edda 137; kvae&i, ef {)au em
rett kveSin ok skynsamliga upp tekin, Hkr. (pref.) ; tok hann sva upp,
at honum vseri eigi lihsett, Fms. ix. 424; drykk ok vistir sva sem skipit
tok upp, as the ship could take, iv. 93; er fiat skip mikit, ok mun
pat taka oss upp alia, Nj. 259 ; pat hjona er meira lagdi til fd>lags skal
meira upp taka, Gpl. 220; potti peim i hcind falla at taka upp land
petta hja ser sjalfum, Ld. 210; skal sa sem at Kalfafelli byr taka upp
vatn at sinum hlut, Vm. 168 ; taka upp giptu hja Dana-konungi, Fms.
xi. 426; taka upp godord, Nj. 151, 168, Grag. i. 24; taka upp ping,
Ann. 1304 (to restore); tokusk pa upp log ok landsrettr, Fs. 17;
taka upp vanda, Fms. vii. 280 : — taka til, to take to ; hefiia sva at ekJd
fysi annan slik firn til at taka, 655 xiii. A. 3 ; toku margir pa til at
nida hann, Bs. i; taka til rada, rads, bragds, Nj. 19, 75, 124; hann
tok til ra&a skjott, 19; enn po munu ver pat bragSs taka, 199; hvat
skal mi til ra3a taka, 124; ef haim tekr uokkut illt til, 26; hverja
lihaefu er hann tekr til, Fms. xi. 253 ; taka til mals, to take to talking,
Nj. 16, 71 ; taka til or6s, or or3a, 122, 230, 264; hann tok mi til at
segja soguna, to take to telling a story ; taka til varnar, to begin the de-
fence, Grag. i. 60, Nj. 271; nu er par til at taka, at..., 74; " blot
toku til, Landn. ill ; pa tok til rUci Svia-konungs, Fms. iv. 118; um
Sl^svik par sem Dana-riki tok til, xi. 417 : to concern, pat mun taka til
y3ar, Hom. 150 ; petta mal er til konungs tok, Fms. xi. 105 ; lata til sin
taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with. Band. 23 new Ed. ; Gisl l^t fatt
til sin taka, Fms. vii. 30 ; vii ek mi bi&ja pik at pii letir ekki til pin taka
um tal vart, Nj. 184 : to have recourse to, pii tekr eigi til peirra lidsinnis
ef ekki parf, Fms. vii. 17, Grag. i. 41; taka til segls. Eg. 573, Fms. ix. 33;
taka til sunds, 24 ; taka til e-s, to note, mark, with dislike : — taka undir,
to take under a thing ; hann tok undir kverkina, took her by the cbin, Nj. 3 ;
pa tok Egill undir hcifda-hlut Skalla-grimi, Eg. 398 : to undertake, pat
mal er peir skyldi sjalfir undir taka, Hkr. i. 266 ; pa skal hann taka undir
pa somu pjonostu, 6. H. 1 20 : to back, second, hann kvaftsk ekki mundu
taka undir vandraeSi peirra, Nj. 182; undir pann kvi&ling tok Riinolfr
go8i, ok sotti Hjalta um go3ga, Bs. i. 17: ek mun taka undir meft p6r
ok sty3ja malit, Fms. xi. 53; hann tok ekki undir pat ra8, Fb. ii. 51 1 ;
pau toku undir petta lettiiga, seconded it readily, Ld. 150; hann tok
seinliga undir, Nj. 217; hann haf8i heyrt tal peirra ok tok undir pegar,
ok kva8 ekki saka, Ld. 192 ; giira tilraun hversu p^r txkit undir petta,
Fb. i. 129 : to echo, blesu herbliistr sva at fjiillin toku undir, Fas. i. 505 ;
taka undir siing, to accompany singing: — taka vi8, to receive; mi tiiktii
sva vi8 sver8i pessu, Fms. i. 15; siSan hijopu menn hans, enn hann
tok vi8 peim, 105; jor8 tekr vi8 oldri, Hm. ; til pcss er akkerit t6k
vi8, grappled, took bold, Dan. bolde igen, Fms. x. 135, v. 1. ; par til er
sjar tok vi8 honum, Edda 153 (pref.) ; taka vi8 riki. Eg. 341, Fms. i. 7;
taka vi8 tni, Nj. 158, 159; taka vid handsohim 4 e-n, 357; ef maBr
624
TAKA— TALA.
taka.
vi. 431.
240.
gorr vi8 at taka vi5 dsemdum limaga, Grag. i. 258; taka vel vi6 e-m, /o'¥'ok er allt mal at aettvi'g J)essi takisk af, 258.
receive well, Nj. 5 ; ekk^ torleiSi tekr vi6 y9r, no obstacle stops you. A).
120; Jieir toku vi5 vel ok v6r5usk, made a bold resistance, Fms. i. 104;
eggjuSu sumir at vid skyldi taka, vii. 283 ; at J)eir skyldi verja landit, en
J)eir vildu eigi vi6 taka, xi. 386 ; ganga fram a mel nokkurn, ok segir
Hriitr at Jieir ninndu J)ar vi& taka, Ld. 62 ; {aar st65 steinn einn mikill,
J)ar ba3 Kjartaii ^a vi6 taka, 320; seg J)u aefi-scigu {)ina, Asmundr, en ^a
skal Egill vi9 taka, tell thy life's tale, Asmund, and then shall Egil tahe his
turn. Fas. iii. 374 ; tok vi3 hvarr af o6rum, one took up where the other left
off: — taka yfir, hann vildi eigi til raSa nema hann setlaSi atyfirtseki, Fms.
iv. 174 ; J)eir munu allt til vinna, at yfir taki me& oss, Nj. 198 ; at eyrendi
J)eirra skyldi eigi lyktu3 ne yfir tekin, Fms. iv. 224. V. to take to,
begin : 1. with infin., toku menn at binda sar sin, Eg. 93 ; hann
tok at yrkja J)€gar er hann var ungr, 685 ; bans afli tok at vaxa, Fms.
viii.47; a ]Deim veg er ek taeka ganga, Sks. 3 ; taka at birtask, 568 ; tekr
at dimma, birta . . . rigna, it gets dim, takes to darken . . . rain ; allt {)at er
hann tekr at henda, Nj. 5 ; J)a tok at laegja veSrit, 1 24 ; tok J)a at morna,
131 ; tok J)a at natta, Fms. ix. 54; kvolda tekr = Lat. vesperascit, Luke
xxiv. 29. 2. in other phrases, taka a ras, to take to running, to run,
Nj. 253, Eg. 216, 220, Eb. 62 (hofu a ras, 67 new Ed.), Hrafn. 7:
ellipt., tok bogma&r ok bans menn a land upp undan, they took to the
inland and escaped, Fms. ix. 275 ; tok hann fiegar upp um brii, viii. 169 ;
sva illt sem nu er fra at taka {to escape, shutt), ^a mun \>6 siSarr verr, Fs.
55; taka flotta, to take to flight, Hm. 30; Eirekr tok ut or stofunni,
took out of the room, ran out, Sturl. ii. 64 ; J)eir toku lit eitt ve6r allir,
stood out to sea with the same wind, Fb. ii. 243. VI. with dat., to
take to, receive (perh. ellipt. for taka vid e-u); jarl tok vel sendi-monnum
ok vinattu-malum konungs, Fms. i. 53 ; konungr tok honum vel ok
bliSliga, vii. 197 ; tekit mundu ver hafa kveSju {jinni J)6ttu hefSir oss
fyrri fagnat, Ld. 34 ; Grimr tok J)vi seinliga, Eg. 764 ; Sigur9r tok J)vi
mali vel, 38, Fms. x. 2 ; konungr tok J)a vel or8um {jorolfs. Eg. 44 ;
hann tok J)vi J)akksamliga, Fms. i. 21 ; taka vel J)eirra eyrendum, x. 33 ;
Bar5i tok J)essu vel, Ld. 236; Hakon tok J)vi seinliga, Fms. i. 74; eigi
mun konungr taka {)vi J)6tt sHk lygi se upp borin fyrir hann. Eg. 59 ;
tok Brynjolfr J)a saettum fyrir Bjorn, 168; Njall atti hlut at, at ^eir
skyldi taka saettum, Nj. 120; taka handsiilum a fe, 257; taka heim-
ildum a e-u, Fms. x. 45 ; taka fari, Grag. ii. 399, Nj. Ill, 258 (see far) ;
taka boli, to take a farm (on lease), GJjI. 328, 354; mun ek mali taka
fyrir alia Islenzka menn \k er a skipi eru, speak for them, Bs. i.
421. VII. impers. it is taken; hann bra upp hendinni ok tok
hana af honum ok hofu8it af konunginum, Nj. 275 ; ok tok af nasarnar,
Fms. X. 135, v.l. ; Jja tok af veQrit (ace), the weather 'took up' (as is
said in North of England), the storm abated. Fas. i. 157; sva at J)ar
taeki af vega alia, all roads were stopped, Fms. iii. 122; af Jjeim tok
malit ok gorask lifaerir, Fas. ii. 549 ; kom a hondina fyrir ofan ulflid sva
at af tok, Nj. 84 ; kom a fotinn sva at af tok, 123; ^a tok efa af morgum
manni, Fms. iii. 8 ; synina tekr fra e-m, to become blind, x. 339 ; undan
kunni tok nyt alia, Eb. 316; jafnskjott tok or verkinn allan, Fms. iv.
369 ; tok lit skip |)angbrands or Hitara, she drifted out, Bs. i. 15 ; i J)at
mund dags er lit tok eykSina, when the time of ' eyk6' was nearly passed,
Fms. xi. 136; um varit er sumar-hita tok, when the summer heat set in,
Fs. 67 ; reru sva skjott at ekki tok (viz. ^k) a vatni, Fms. vii. 344. 2.
as a naut. term, to clear, weather a point; ve6r var litiS ok tok {jeim
skamt fra landi, the weather was still, and they kept close in shore, Fms.
vi. 190: hence the mod. naut. phrase, e-m tekr, to clear, weather; mer
tok fyrir nesit, I cleared, weathered the jiess; vindr J)ver, svo a6 ^t\m
tekr ekki. 3. Jjar er eigi of tekr torf e&r grjot, where neither is at
hand, Grag. ii. 262 ; J)au daemi tekr til J)essa mals, the proofs of this are,
that when . . ., Horn. 127.
B. Reflex., takask mikit a hendr, to take much in hand. Band.
3, Nj. 228, Fms. i. 159; tokumk ek ^at a hendr, xi. 104; lata af
takask, to let oneself be deprived of. Eg. 296 ; takask e-n a
hendr. 2. to be brought about, take effect, succeed; cp. J)ykkir
mikit i hsettu hversu J)er teksk, Ld. 310 ; J)at toksk honum, be
succeeded, Bar&. 167; tekst \>k tveir vilja, it succeeds when tivo will,
i.e. joint efforts prevail, a saying: — takask til, to happen; Asgrimi
toksk sva til {it so happened to A.), sem sjaldan var vant, at vorn
var i mail bans, Nj. 92; ef sva vill til takask. Fas. i. 251; sva
erviSliga sem J)eim hafSi til tekizk at herja a \>k fedga, Fms. i. 184;
mer hefir ugiptuliga tekizk, Ld. 252; ^aetti mer allmiklu mali skipta
at |)er taekisk stormannliga, that thou wouldst behave generously, Hkr.
ii. 32 ; hefir Jjetta sva tekizk sem van var at, er hann var barn at
aldri, 268. 3. to take place, begin; toksk orrosta, Nj. 8; teksk
t)ar orrosta, 122 ; ra5 takask, of a marriage ; en ef J)a takask eigi ra6in,
if the wedding takes not place then, Grag. i. 31 1 ; lykr sva at ra3in
skyldi takask, 99 ; ra& {)au skyldi takask at 66ni surari, Eg. 26,
Fms. X. 40: to be realised, hvataniaSr at pessi fer5 skyldi takask,
Ld. 240 ; si6an er maeg3 hafdi tekizk nie6 J)eim, since they had
intermarried. Eg. 37; takask me6 J)eim g66ar astir, they came to
love one another much, of newly-married people, passim ; ferans
domr teksk, Grag. i. 95 ; takask mi af heimbo&in, to cease, Ld. 208 ;
II. recipr.
takask or6um, to speak to one another, Fms. xi. 13; ok er beii
tokusk at orSum, spur3i hann . . . , Eg. 375 ; brae6r-synir takask arf eptir
entreat one another, G^\. 241 ; ef menn takask fyrir arar eSa {)iljur, taki
from one another, 424: takask a, to wrestle, Bar&. 168 ; takask fang-
brcig&um, Ld. 352, Isl. ii. 446 : takask i hendr, to shake hands, Grag. i
384, Nj. 3, 65. III. part, tekinn; voru J)a tekin {stopped) 51
borgar-hli& ok vegar allir, at NorSmonnum kaemi engi njosn, Fms, vi
411 : Stein J)6rr var til {)ess tekinn, at . . ., S. was particularly named ai
. . ., Eb. 32, 150 ; hann var til J)ess tekinn, at honum var verra til hj6n!
en o6rum monnum, Grett. 70 new Ed. (cp. nwd. usage, taka til e-s, A
wonder at) : la hann ok var mjok tekinn, very ill, Sturl. i. 89 : Alfhild
var {>ungliga tekin, ok gekk henni nser dau6a, Fms. iv. 374; hann va
mjok tekinn ok ^^yngdr af likj)ra, ii. 229 ; pu ert ilia at tekin fyrir van
heilsu sakir, vii. 244; li-tekin jcirft, an untaken, unclaimed estate, Sturlli
iii. 57, GJ)1. 313. 2. at af teknum J)eim, except, Fms. x. 232; a
af teknum livinum sisum, 266, (Latinism.)
taka, u, f. a taking, capture, Fms. x. 41 7 (of a fortress) : of a prisoner
Ann. 1254: a taking, seizing, unlawful or violent, of property, Grag. ii
188, 301 ; gjalda fyrir hval-tokuna, Bs. i. 657; fjar-taka (see fe), upp
II. revenue = tek)3 ; me6 ollum tokum ok skyldum, Fms
III. tenure of land; eiga toka a j6r6, N.G. L, i
IV. bail, security ; hlaupask undan toku ok sokn, N. G. I
i. 258; see vi8-taka, a-taka, tiiku-vaetti.
taka3r, part, bailed; a J)vi moti er hann er taka6r til, N. G. L. i. 338
ef ma&r lystr mann ok ferr sva a braut at hann er eigi taka6r, 306.
tak-fall, n. a failure to find bail, N. G. L. ii. 482.
tak-f8B3, f. destitution. Fas. iii. 10, cp. fkixki^ poverty.
tak-fsersla, u, f. a bringing or finding bail, N. G. L. ii. 260, 263.
takka, a3, to shout takk, takk, a drover's or shepherd's cry. Run
Gramm. ; smalar trutta ok takka, Hallgr.
tak-lauss, adj. without security; taekr er taklauss eyrir sva mikill sen
sok var gefin til, N. G. L. i. 364 (434)
tak-mark, n. [cp. North. E. take-note], a Uake-mark,' i.e. line ofdemar
cation, boundary ; setja fri6 milli landa varra til J)eirra takmarka sem . . .
O. H. 53 ; i hverju hera6s-takmarki, Grag. ii. 404; prestar J)eir sem buna.
hafa i fyrr-s6g5u takmarki, Vm. 28 ; milli Lons ok Bjarnar-gmips, ok lamb
eldi af s6g3u takmarki, 82 ; J)eir er bygSum voru i Siiganda-firfti ok vest
J)a&an i J)vi takmarki sem kbr var t]kb ... ok skyldu aldri koma i Jwtt
takmark, Bs. i. 675 ; allt fyrir vestan J)essi takmork, Fb. i. 2 3.
tak-merki, n. = takmark, N. G. L. i. 265.
tak-mikill, adj. who takes a good pull, able-bodied, Fb, i. 509
takmSrk, f. = takmark, pi. takmerkir, i. e. takmarkir, N. G. L, i. 336
innan takmarkar f)ess er jiird a, GJ)1. 449
tak-setja, t, to put to bail; ok faeri sa er taksettr var tak
fullum vor6slum . . . ef menn ver5a aflogliga sottir ok til laga taka
N. G. L. ii. 191 ; skal sa, er tuftir a, taksetja J)ann mann til sin, en
faeri J)at tak me& logum, 244 ; en um allar a^rar fjar-soknir skal
taksetja sem sok kemr a hendr a {)essum timum, K, A. 182.
tak-setning, f. bait-setting ; hvarki fyrir forbo& ne taksetningar,
ny'jar alogur, taksetningar e5a stefnur, H.E. i. 419 ; um mannhelgi rk
ok um taksetning ok adrar soknir, N. G. L. ii. 265, passim.
tak-sott, f., medic, a stitch =^ tak. Eel. x. m
TAL, n. [tala, the verb], talk, parley, conversation ; tolu3u J)eir lefl
for tal J)eirra vel, Nj. 11 ; en i J)essu tali J)eirra brae6ra, whilst they fflP
talking, 23 ; stundum var hann a tali vi6 menn. Eg. 2 ; peir brae6r v6r
optliga a tali vi3 konung, 60 ; helt biskup mikit tal af honum, bd
much talk with hint, Bs. i. 7 1 6; satu J)au oil samt a tali, kom J)at uppd
tali {)eirra, Fms. iv. 196; skilja taliS, 142 ; eiga tal vi& e-n, hafa tal s(|uj°.
e-m, taka annat tal, to change the conversation to another subject. i
speech, language ; fiu munt vera utlendr, J)viat tal ^itt ok yfirbragS t
ekki likt herlenzku folki, Fb. i. 79, Stj. 94, 204. II. [telja],
tale, number; i b6nda-tali, Bs. i. 716; i tali med oSrum himin-tungluni
Barl. 133; engi veit tol a, Bret. 86; daga-tal, tale of days: gen
in tiujnber; tolf einir talsins, Barl. 169; krossa fimm at tali,
85. 2. a tale, list, series ; x.ttzx-tz\, a pedigree ; konunga-tal,
520; presta-tal, skalda-tal, Logmanna-tal, a list of priests, poets, '/dK
men;' fara a Jjing ok bjoSa sik i tal me3 oSrum monnum, and enter A
lists, N. G. L. i. 99 ; 6-tal, countless. tals-verdr, adj. worth counHtt,
or worth speaking of, considerable. ff-^El
pan
WaJiTi
a. 8/
i.
f.f
in
;^i(Gi
tala, u, f. [tala, the verb], a talk, speech, oration; haf6i konungr all
i einni tolu at hann sag6i fyrir skipinu, ok setti gr'ib manna i milli, Fni'
ix. 480 ; ne ek heyrSa tolu greiSri, Sighvat ; hann tok at lofa })««
tolu {this speech), 656 A. ii. 16 ; lata ganga toluna, Grett. ; telja tolu fyr i^jj
e-m, /o make a speech, lecture, Hom. (St.) ; hann sneri \)k tolunni a heoc b, "J
J)eim braeSrum, Fms, iv. 380 ; \tk hof hann tolu sina upp, ok sag&i. Hi (..'_"
12. II. a tale, number, Eddz 120; 611 tala minni enntiu, Hb. 54/1 1,."^'
151; hann haf&i tolu a J)essum monnum {took tale of, counted them), at {)€ i i
voru tolf, Grett. 97 ; J)ar matti eigi tolu a koma, not to be told, Barl. 26 1 i
margfalleg tala, Skalda 185 ; einn i tolu |)eirra sjalfra, one of them, 6» '
35 ; i kappa tolu, i J)raria tolu, of the number of, Fms. i, 289 ; vinna
I
TALNABAND— TASVIGR.
625
tolum at nuttar eru tal5ar, Grag. i. 327. 2. an account: kost li
ona at beiSa talna biianda sinn um fjarfar a milli {)eirra, Grag. i. 336 ;
ans tala skal stauda a fe sjalfs, K.|). K. 146: calculation, tcjlur eru
rennar, Rb. z. 3. a bead, of pearl or glass; gler-t., D. N., and
mod. usage, so called from the practice of telling beads while the
ater Noster was said; tolur me& raf, iii. 260. compds: talna-
aad, n. a row of beads, a rosary, D. N. and in mod. usage. talna-
w8i> f. arithmetic, (mod.) tSlu-eyrir, m. an ounce's worth on the
andard of quantity (not of weight), N. G, L. i. 244. tdlu-madr, ni.
teller; mi eru eigi tcilu-menn til, N. G. L. i. 49, 350. tClu-mark,
a mark in counting, Rb. 564. t61u-anjallr, adj. eloquent, Rom.
tfilu-sveinn, m. chatterbox, a nickname, Sturl. t<51u-ver5r,
Ij. worth counting, considerable, Sturl. iii. 145.
FAIiA, ad, [Swed. tala; Dan. tale; A. S. tale, talian; cp. telja], to
Ik; tolum J)etta eigi lengr, Isl. ii. 237; mun ek {)etta mal tala vi5
Uur minn, talk it over with him, Lv. 22 ; siSan tiiluSu {)eir leyniliga
8a-g6r5 sina, Nj. 5; tala hljott, 140; tala halt ok hvellt, Fms. i.
5 ; Njall talar {says), at monnum vaeri mal at lysa siikuni sinum,
149 ; si6an tiiluSu {)eir mart, 3 ; J)eir braeSr toludu, Ghimr ok
Tarinn, 22 ; toIu9u J)eir Ketill allan dag, 146. 2. to speak, make
speech; talaSi konungr fyrir liSinu ok maelti sva, O.H. 204; taladi
eyrendi hvarr Jwirra, Nj. 188; tala langt orendi ok snjallt, Fms.
163 ; er hann hafSi talat snjallt orendi . . . J)6at baendr talaSi snjallt,
br&sk {)at J)6 jafnan yfir er konungr tala&i, 322 ; J)etta J)arf eigi
tarr at tala, to discuss; tala af hendi e-s, to speak in one's behalf, i.
8. to record; ok er ekki um bans fer6ir at tala fyrr enn
m kemr heim, Nj. 2i5: = telja, tala trd fyrir monnum, Fms. x.
er J)au mal voru fram tala8 (i. e. t61u3), Sks. 642, (rare.) II.
Iiprepp. ; tala um e-t, to talk about; hann taladi |)ar um miJrgum
rum orSum, Nj. 255 ; tala J)eir um malit, ok J)ykkir {)eim eigi
1 veg ba6um, 139 ; {)eir tcilu&u mart um draum J)enna, 380 ; {)a
1 Kdri um tala, 139; leita um saettir ok var3 saman talat, agreed,
547* — ^^'^ eptir vi6 e-n, Dipl. v. 14; tala eptir vig, = maEla eptir
Dropl. 10: — tala til e-s, to talk to otie, Nj. 3;. of a thing, J)eir
8r t61u9u til {entreated) at Kari mundi fara til Grjotar, 139; finnsk
um fatt um, ok talar ekki til f)essa gripar, makes no remarks. Fas. i.
; |)eir kva&usk mikit eiga at Jirani naer sem J)eir taladi til {laid claim to
Nj. 139 : — tala vi6 e-n, to speak to, address, Nii talar Flosi v!3 menn
197; Njall taladi vid Hiiskuld, 139, 148; Hafr sat i midri budinni
taladi vid mann, 182; tala vid e-n um e-t, Fms. x. 12; tala J)eim
im vid konung, id. III. reflex., okkr hefir talask sva til, we
agreed. 2. recipr., J)eir toludusk mart vid, Nj. 222 ; toludusk
vid, sagdi Olvir at . . ., Eg. 62. 3. part, talad, spoken; d-talad,
>oken; van-talad, var-talad, of-talad.
aSr, part, spoken; vitrastr ok fegrst taladr, Edda 15; litt taladr
ngum, Fms. vii. 102 ; snjallr i mali ok taladr vel a J)ingum, ix.
famaligr optast, eigi taladr a J)ingum, gladr vid 61, malreitinn i
ok blidmaeltr, vi. 438; famalugr ok ekki taladr a {jingum, Orkn.
;. taladr vel, djupradr, Fagrsk. 32 ; fa-taladr, of few words.
azuli, f. (or m.), elocution.
•byr3ingr, n. = taflbyrdingr, a reckoning table containing the solar,
', and paschal cycles, published as an appendix to the Rb.
'hl^Sinn, adj. listening to talk, credulous, easily swayed (not in a
sense), Nj. 102, Bjarn. 21, Eg. 254.
, a, m. a teller, counter, in ar-tali.
aa-, see tala.
■vlss, adj. wise in numbers, Rb. 448.
g, f. [temja], a taming, breaking, Sks. 79, Al. Up.
MK, torn, tamt, adj.; [A. S. tam; Engl. /ame; O.H. G. zam, etc.;
;mja] : — used in Icel. mostly in the sense of ready ; J)at vard tamast
aeskunni hafdi numit, Grett. 150; allskonar leikar er tidir ok tamir
Karl. 482 ; emk-at ek tamr at samna skrokvi, 6. H. (in a verse) ;
mr, val-tamr, Veg-tamr, gang-tamr, ready for, used to ..., Lex.
2. = tamidr, tame, of a colt; ilia tamr, Hm. 89; li-tamr,
td, wild. tams-vondr, m. a taming-wand, Skm, 26.
gen. tandrs = tandri, Rekst., (of a sword.)
a, ad, fengu ^tix varla tandrat Ijosit, Orkn. 308 (tendrat, v. 1.),
snabok, 1748, p. 49.
"-rau3r, adj. 'fire-red,' of gold, Baer. 6, Mag. 13, Clar.
"DRI, a, m. [Ivar Aasen tandre, frisk som ' tandre ' = fresh as
cp. Germ, zunden; A. S. tyndre; Engl. tinder\. — fire, only in
, Edda (Gl.) ; a nickname, D. N. tandra-sel, a local name in
Icel.
QI, a, m. [A.S. tange; North. E. tang\, a spit of land, a point
ing into the sea or river (but tunga when two rivers meet) ; d
um nessins, Eb, 1 3 ; er skipit kom fram fyrir tangann, Isl. ii. 99 ;
angi, see eyrr : in Icel. local names. 2. the pointed end by
the blade is driven into the handle; sverdit brast i tanganum,
313; lagdi hon klaedi um tangann ok togadi, of a knife, Bs.
.
n., in the phrase, hvorki tangr li^ tegund, not a wbil.
*
TANN, m., see tiJnn,
tanna, ad, [tonn], to dent, Korm. (in a vene.)
-tanna, u, f., •tanni, a, m., and -tannr, m. tootbtd; in compdi,
Grottin-tanna, slidrug-tanni : Tanni, a pr. name, Landn. ; Hildi-tannr,
a nickname.
tanna-, gen. pi., in conipdi, see tiinn,
tannari, a, m. a tusk-chisel ; hann hafdi 1 hcndi knif, ok h^t 4 Unnara,
ok renndi \)iT af spdnu nokkora, 0. H. 197 ; ein tylfskciA ok einn Uwuri,
D.N. ii. 627.
tann-bagall, m. a crozier of walrus-tusk, Dipl. iii. 4, y. 18.
tann-belti, n. a belt of walrus-tusk (worn by a scidkona), |>orf. Karl.
384.
tann-berr, adj. ' tooth-bare,' with prominent teeth, Ld. 37a.
tann-bu3kr, ni. a box of walrus-tusk. Am. 102, Pm. 17.
tann-f6, n. a ' tooth-fee,' a gift to an infant when it cnti its Crft
tooth, a custom still observed in Icel., and mentioned in Gm. 5 ; ek skal
i dag heimta tannfe {jitt at Sveini komingi, Fb. i. 481 ; |)etsi \)Txl\ haffti
Hakoni verit gefinn at tannf6, Fms. i. 3 10; {>enna grip gaf faftir minn
mer at tannfd-, Ld. 72; J)at sem |)au hofdu gefit Asmundi $yni |>cirra i
tannfe, D. N. ii. 364.
tann-fj61d, f. the row of teeth. Ad. 9.
tann-gardr, m. 'tooth-fence,' 'tooth-wall,' the row of teelb = Gt. I/mmw
o56vrQ}V, Nj. 39, Skalda 170, Dropl. 25.
tann-gnj6str and tann-grisnir, m. ' tootb-gnasber,' the name of the
goat, Edda ; as a nickname, Korm.
tann-hj51t, n. pi. a hilt of walrus-tusk, of a sword, Fms. vii. 69.
tann-hjalta3r, part, walrus-tooth-hilted, Fms. vii. 69.
tann-hold, n. the tooth-flesb, gums.
tann-krOm, f. teething pains, of infants, Fel.
tann-lauss, adj. toothless, K. {>. K. 38, Barl. 15.
tann-leysi, n. loss of teeth.
tann-pina, u, f. tooth-ache.
tann-reflll, m. a ' tusk-chisel,' |>jal. 8 (cp. bl<5d-refill).
tann-sd,rr, adj. tooth-sore, from having one's teeth drawn (mctaph.),
Lv. 95, Fms. vii. 261, viii. 415, Stj. 544.
tann-skafl, m., see skafl.
tann-skari, a, m. = tann-refill, as a nickname: in a local phrase,
tannskara-8ta3ir, Orkn.
tann-skeptr, adj. with handle of walrus-tusk. Fas. ii. 357.
tann-skrin, n. walrus-tusk shrine, Vm. 105.
tann-spj61d, n. walrus-tusk tablet, Bs. i. 874.
tann-tafl, n. pieces of walrus-tusk, of chess, Kr6k. 54 ; t. meft taflborSi,
D.N. ii. 255.
tann-vara, u, f. ' tusk-ware,' i. e. walrus-tusks as an article of trade,
Rett. 47, Fb. iii. 445, cp. Sks. 127.
tann-veggr, m. a (?), A. A. 370.
tann-seta, u, f. decay in the teeth.
TAPA, ad, [Swed. tapa; Dan. tabi]: — to lose, with dat.; eigi hefir
{ni tapat (irlyndinni, Bs. i. 53 ; J)ar tapadi hon kambi sinum, Ld. lO ;
tapa lifi ok sxmd, Bxt. 14; tapa sama sindrn, MS. 4. 10. 2. to
destroy, kill; tapa minu lifi, to put one to death, Fms. viii. 240; bidr
hann tapa piltinum, Fs. 145, Merl. i. 28 ; tapa sveininum ok drepa hann«
Mar. ; tapa s6r sjalfum, Barl. 123. II. reflex, to be lost, Fb. ii.
391; topudusk J)au heit 611, came to nought, Fms. v. 113: to perish,
Clem. 26. 2. part, tapadr, /os/ = Lat. perditus, Barl. 133; for-
tapadr, /or/or«, N.T.
tapan (mod. tOpun), f. loss: tj6n ok t., Stj.: perdition, Fnu. ii. 48,
passim in mod. usage.
tapar-6x, f. [from the A. S. taper-ax'], a small tapering axe or hal-
berd of English workmanship, Lv. 6, Nj. 32, 179, Sturl. iii. 135, Fs,
68, 69.
tapit, n. [for. word], a carpet, tapestry, D. N.
tappa, ad, [Engl, tap ; Germ, zapfen], to tap, draw, from a cask ; t.
mungfit, Rett. 2. 10; t. ok drekka, Norske Saml. v, 159.
tappi, a, m. a tap, in a cask, bottle.
tappr, m. a tapster, Rtitt. 13. 3 ; bjor-tappr.
tapsa, ad, to tap; r^tti lambit fot sinn ok tapsadi honum, Clem.
46. 2. in mod. usage, to read hurriedly ; |)u matt ekki t.
tapsi, a, m. a nickname, Bs.
tara, u, f. [perh. a for. word], poet, war, fight, battle, Edda (GI.)
tarfi-, m. [Lat. taurus], a bull, Edda (Gl.); leida kii undir tarf.
targa, u, f. [perh. a for. word ; A. S, and Fr. targe], a target, small
round shield, occurring in Kormak and Hkm. 6 (poets of the middle of the
loth century), Nj. I44; torgu-buklari or torgu-skjoldr, a target-shield,
143 ; himin-t., the 'heaven-target,' i. e. the sun, j[>d.
tarna, interj. /,&«, there; tarna er fallegt 1 tama cm lj«it lacti! Uma er
lj6ta vorid, Jonas.
tarra, ad, to stretch, spread out ; breida pell 4 alia borgar-veggi, ok
torrudu. fyrir J)eim gulli ok gorsimum. Fas. i. 274.
tas-, [etymol. uncertain] : in compds, tas-brenndr, part, quiti burnt,
duly cleansed, of silver, Norske Saml. v. 150, a &w.\(-f, taa.vigr,
S s
•626
TASALDI— TAR.
adj. a air. \fy. in vera t. at e-u starfi, quite busied (^), Vigl. 6l new Ed.,'
also a air. \ey.
tasaldi, a, m. a tassel {"}), as a nickname, Landn. (Glum.)
taska, u, f. [Germ, tascbel, a trunk, chest, Fb. ii. 288, Fms. vi. 182, 183,
vii. 95 ; tolf hesta klyf]a8a ok toskur a, Landn. 218, Grett. 123 new Ed.;
toskum J)eim sem konungs-brdfin voru i, Bs. i. 709 ; ef hann hittir fe sitt
i ork manns e8r tosku, N. G. L. ii. •zyi ; hestr buinn me8 toskum,
Kr6k. 2. a pouch, pocket. Germ, tasche; prestar syni onga lausung
i klaefta-biinaSi si'num, hvarki toskur ne stikknifa, H. E. ii. 1 13. tosku-
bakr, m. a nickname, Landn.
tasla, u, f. [Engl, tassell, a tassel, Edda ii. 494.
Tattarar, m. pi. the Tartars, Fms. x. 44, 56, 152, Ann. 1286; Tartara,
Bs. i. 756.
TATJFB, n., the mod. form is tSfrar, m. pi, Fas. iii. 608 ; [O. H. G.
zoubar; Germ, zauber']: — sorcery, also, charms, talismans; hann hefir
me8 ser leynd taufr, Konr. 21 (leyndar tofrir, v. 1.) ; skj68u-pungr, ok
var6veitti hon {)ar i taufr sin, f>orf. Karl. 374 ; t)inn skelmir treystir
taufrum (tiifrum Ed.) moSur |)innar, Fs. 166 ; taufr, lif, riinar, N. G. L.
iii. 386 (foot-note 2) ; farit eigi meS taufr n6 lyf, . . . taufr eSa me6 lyf
e3a me6 spar, Hb. (1865) 30, 31 ; hon kunni mart 1 tofrum, Fas. iii. 196 ;
spurSi hvar mi vaeri komin taufr hennar, 102. compds: taufra-maSr,
m. a wizard, Korm. 82. taufr-maflr, id., H. E. i. 522.
tatifra, a5, to enchant. Fas. iii. 416.
TAUG, f., pi. taugar, MS. 623. 33, and so in mod. usage ; [A. S. teag,
tige; Engl, tag, tie; Germ, tau; Swed. tag, etc.] '.—a string, rope;
lausa-taug, tauginni. Eg. 579 ; taugar-endi, . . . smeygja tauginni af halsi
s^r, Fms. vi. 368; toku hestana ok logSu taug vi8, Vigl. 21 ; taugar
J)2r h61du, er a halsum J)eirra voru, 623. 33 ; guSvefjar-taug, Stj.
360. 2. mod. cords, strings, nerves ; hjarta-taugar, heart-strings
(see tag) : hence the phrase, {)a5 er g68 taug i honum, there are good
fibres in him (of feeling and character) ; ragr i hverja taug, a coward
in every fibre, Fas. iii. 297 ; see tog and tag.
taug-reptr, part, roofed with fibre (?), of a poor cottage, Hm. 35.
tauma, a6, to bridle, K. J>. K. 90 ; see teyma.
TAUMB, m. [A. S. team = a line of descendants ; Engl, team; Germ.
zautn; Dan. tomme]: — a rein, bridle; leida best i taumi, MS. 4. 29,
Fbr. 65 new Ed. ; taumr hestsins var bundinn vi8 hael, Fms. vi. 234 ; J)eir
bera taum a isinn, a cord for measuring, viii. 416 ; h6n hafdi hoggorma
at taumum, Edda 37; beils e8r tauma, GJ)1. 359 : of a ship, taumar ok
stcedingar, 673. 60 ; ak-taumar (q. v.), N. G. L. ii. 283 : metaph. phrases,
Ija e-n tauma, to give it the rein. Mar. ; leysa tauma sins valds, H. E. i.
501 ; ganga litt i tauma, to go quietly in harness, i. e. to go straight, prove
true, Nj. 20; gekk J)at litt i tauma er hon sag6i, J>orf. Karl. 380; at
mer akisk J)etta eigi i tauma, id., Fms. xi. 121. compds: taum-
bur3r, m. = albur8r, measuring with a line, G{)1, 286. taum-hestr,
n. a led horse, N. G. L. L 386. tatuna-lag, n. the holding the reins,
Al. 6.
taurar, m. pi., poet, treasures, Edda (Lauf.); taura tyr, Korm.
Taurr, m. a local name in Sweden, Yt. (Hkr. i. 26).
taut, n., in the phrase, koma ongu tauti vi8 e-n, to be unable to
manage a person, Bs. ii. 355 ; J)a& verfir cingu tauti vi3 hana komid,
she is quite ungovernable.
tauta, a&, [Engl. /oof; Dutch tuyten"], to mutter, murmur in a low
voice : ekki tyr yhi mi at tauta e5r tutla hann Sverri af konungdominum,
Fms. viii. 234 ; hva6 ertu a& tauta ? tauta e-8 fyrir munni s6r ; tauta i
hljoSi : poet, of a stream, vatni8 af hei8um veltist ni8r, var {)a8 a8 tauta
giljum i, Bb.
taxti, a, m. [for. word], a tax.
lA., f., gen. tar, pi. taer, gen. tk, dat. tam ; [A.S. ta; Engl, toe; Germ.
zebe ; Swed. td ; cp. Lat. digitus ; Gr. SdKrv\os] : — a toe ; tain in mesta
var miklu meiri a 6lafi enn a 68rum monnum, Sd. 167; tana mestu,
Nj. 245, 6. H. 75 ; fimm taer, id. ; tam e8a hael, Edda 42 ; horfa haelar
i tk (gen. pi.) sta8, en taer i haels sta8, N. G. L. i. 339, Bs. i. 423;
standa a ta, to stand a-tiptoe : phrases, graeSa a ta og fingri, to make
money with toe and finger, of one who grows quickly rich. 2.
the tip of a ness ; Skaga-ta : Orvandils-ta, a star, Rigel in Orion (?),
Edda 59.
TA, n. [Swed. taa — a hye-patb, loa/J (=Tcel. geil or tr68); Swed. ta
also means a sheep-walk, in naut-ta, fd-ta, svin-td, Rietz 770b; the
word also remains in Dan. for-tov =fbre-path, pavement'] : — a path, walk,
as rightly explained by N. M. Petersen in his Nordisk Mythology ; the
word is only found in the phrase, standa a tai, to stand on the path,
Skv. 2. ai ; spruttu a tai tregnar i8ir, . . . sprang up on the walk,
H8m. I ; g^kk hon tregliga k tai sitja, she moodily sat down on the
iwalk, Gh. 9 : in prose only once, heiratusk nu a ta enir vitrostu menn,
Mork, 17, (unless 'ta' be here but a misspelling for ta(Z), see Fb. iii.
306 I.e.)
TAG, f., pi, tagar, (taegr, Barl. 86), a willow-twig; stokk af tagum
ok sefi gjorvan, Stj. 251 : of the roots of a plant or tree, tr6 tekr at
hniga ef hoggr tig undan. Am. 69 ; upp at rifa baer rsetr ok taegr, Barl.
86; lagu J)ar a tdgar af hjartanu (heart-strings), 0. H. 223.
stiff
ti-hreiun, adj. (qs. t4r-hreinn ?), quite clean, e. g. of linen, clean fn
the mangle.
t&-jd.rn, n. a ' toe-iron' fetter, Ann. 1343.
TAKN, n., also teikn, [Ulf. taikns = a-qiiuov ; Engl, token ; A. S. tacen
Germ, zeicben ; Dan. tegn] : — a token, mark ; krossa ok oil heilog takn, N;
167 ; at v6r megim betr skiija t<ckn hennar, Hom. 51 : a zodiacal sigt
Barl. 132, Stj. 15. 2. a token, wonder; gora morg takn, to ttmr
wonders, 625. 30; takn J)au er sog8 voru fra Olafi konungi, Fms. 1
104; takn hennar, Hom. 51 ; takn ok stormerki, passim.
t^kna, a8, to betoken, Fms. i. 228, vi. 202, xi. 12, Rb. 336, Barl. 57
takna fyrir, to forebode, Hom.
taknan, f. a betokening, significance. Mar.
tikn-samliga, adv. significantly, Stj. no.
takn-samligr, adj. significant, Al. 117, Mar., Hom. 84.
TAL, f., pi. talar, in mod. usage neut. when sing.; thus dat. tit
Pass. 33. 2 ; but af tai (dat. fern.), Bs. ii. (in a verse) ; [A. S. ttel ; Earl
Engl, tele ; cp. Lat. dSlus ; Gr. 56\os ; the Icel. vowel is long, as
denoting some contraction] : — a bait, allurement; tinga vel e8r ti jiiiii
Fms. V. 172 ; maela tai ok h^g6ma, to talk deceitfully and untruthful^
Nj. 258 ; hverjum manni er tai at mxla annat, Fms. vi. (in a verse)
ver8r {)at morgum tai. Pass. 2. pi. devices ; talar ok svik er fyt
hann voru settar, Fms. x. 339 ; draga a talar, to draw into a trap, ii
tray, Al. 46: to defraud, eigi vil ek J)ik a talar draga, Grett. 112 ; sijt
Svein konung sveik 6t landi ok Tryggva-son a talar dro, O. T. (f
verse) ; ongan drogum ver a talar, we defraud none, 2 Cor. vii. 3 ;
c-m at talum, to betray, Sol. 20; taeldr miklum talum. Aim.
compds: t&lar-dlsir, f. pL false fairies, Skv. 2. 24. tal-gr6:'
pit used as a trap, Sks. 425, Eluc. 34. tdl-hxeinn, m. a decoy
deer, used as a stale or lure to catch other deer, a air. \ey. in Hausi
for this prob. is the sense ; and this may have been the very Norse
that 6ttarr (Ohthere) used to king Alfred, and which the king rem
into English by stcel-hrdnas ; but see hreinn. tal-lauss, adj. gui!
Merl. 2.81; n. tallaust, as adverb, /orsoo/Zi, verily, Fms. ix. (in a vi
tdllaus-liga, adv. sincerely, Bs. i. 170, MS. 655 xi. 4. tdl-rf
devices, Merl. i. 24. t6.1-samligr, adj. treacherous, Fms. x,
tdl-samr, adj. id., Merl. 2. 45. tal-sigi, a, m. a treacherous
bait, Fb. ii. 290. til-smuga, u, f. a treacherous hole to slip thn
opt eru'tapar talsmugur, Hallgr. td,l-snara, u, f. a treacherous
tdlar-snara, u, f. id., Bs. i. 244. t&l-vinr, m. a treacherous
Gisl. (in a verse).
tila, adv. deceivingly ; in li-tala. Lex. Poet.
TALGA, u, f,, prop, taiga, [Fr. tailler, a Norman word ; cp.
and Engl, tally = a shaped stick] : — a cutting, carving; hoggy
vi8ja, bteta aUri hot me8 talgu ok bandi, K. |>. K. 88 ; hvarki
hogg n6 oxar-talga, Stj. 563 ; stein-talga, stone-cutting, 562. CO]
t£lgu-grj6t, n. [Norse talg-stein], a quarry of free-stone, Fms. v.
Hom. 122, D.N. iv. 82. t&lgu-knifr, m. [Dan. tolle-kni
carving-knife, to carve wood and walrus-tusks, usually worn in th(
(knifr ok belti), Korm. 144, Band. 42 new Ed., Bs. i. 330, Eb.
passim. t<Llgu-6x, f. a shaping-axe, adze, Eb. 182, Rd. 313.
tilga, a8, to shape or carve wood. Fas. iii. 546 ; see telgja.
tfilgi, a, m. a mason (J), a nickname, Fms. viii.
TALKN", n., usually in pi. the gills offish, as also of whale-bone ;
e8a talkn, Grag. ii. 371, Jb. 315 ; fann hann talkn ok voru J)ar 4
hann brenndi talkni8 allt. Eg. 566, 567; talkn J)au er vaxin^
munni honum, Sks. 135; J)essir fiskar {those whales) hafa hvarki
n6 talkn, 120 : as a nickname, talkni, Landn.: whence Tdlkna-Qi
id. compds: t&lkii.-ta,n&T,{.i>l fan-like fringes of whale-bone,
V. 183, Fas. ii. 518. tdlkn-kefli, n. apiece of whale-bone, Eg.
t&lkn-skfS, n. a splint, rod, wand ojf whale-bone, Fbr. 61, Fas. ii.
t6,lkn-sproti, a, m. a wand of whale-bone, Mag. t&lkn-stiki
a candlestick of whale-bone. Am. 60.
TALMA, a8, to hinder; talma e-t or talma e-m e-t ; t. fer8 ۥ
vii. 118 ; t. m^r ^k giitu, Barl. 163 ; t. t)ann inn litla geisla, 180;
J)eirra, Ver. 32 ; tefja ok t. e-t, Fms. ii. 140, vi. 146, 301, Fser. I
framkvamd e-s, Al. 83 : hann vill talma (to obstruct) neSri hi
Grannesi sem frii Magnildr gaf fyrir sal sina, D.N. i. 193.^
reflex., tunga min er taknu8, 655 xx. 7 ; at sampykt megi talmaz.
♦P(tP
Tjtjl
'%\
tvdf
j1
liLi:
^ h
l[DlB
. '^i
iueif;
lintii
fteJdit,
'ikt; i
aeti
n
S«tf
51. Ti
1. 393.
tdrlman, f. a hindering, obstruction. Fas. iii. 542, Barl. 60, Stj
t^mi, a, m. a hindrance, obstruction ; in farar-tdlmi, see for.
t^-meyra, u, f. ' toe-decay,' a disease of the toes, Eel.
tkp, n. [perh. akin to Germ, tapfer], pith, pluck; {)a8 er svo Ii' ^
i honum. compds : tap-lauss, adj. pithless. tdp-maSr, «<
braae man. tip-mikill, adj. brave. The word is not recorded
old writers. ^ ...-V'^itii
TjS.B, n., pi. t4r, old pl. t«r; [Goth, tagr; A.S. tear; Engl.ftWi;, J
O.U.G.zakar; Germ.zdbre; Swed.tar; Vzn.taare; Lit.laeryma; Oi t-
MKpv] : — a tear, tears ; m68ug t4r, moody tears, Gh. ; fella tar, to *«'J*|^. ; j, ^^
tears, Stj. ; tarin hrundu, Fms. vi. 235 ; hrutu or augum honum ^^ *" ^ ^' ''^
sem J)vi voru lik sem hagl ^at er stort er, Glum. 342 (cp. pa fann Fall
TARBLANDINN— TELGJA.
627
Irit fra, ok sti)kk or andlitinu sem haglkorn vaeri, Sturl. iii. I93) ;
rr mi {)at vi6, faSir niinn, er J)(5r hrj'nja tar, Ld. 133 : the instances
word in the Sagas are rare, bearing out the remarks of Tacitus
nta et lacrymas cito, dolorem et tristitiam tarde ponunt ; feminis
honestum est, viris meminisse, Germ. ch. 27, words which call
id the scene in Faer. S. ch. 7 — sveinarnir satu a klettinum ok
a fiessi tiSendi, ok gr^t |>6rir, en Sigmundr mxhi, gratum eigi,
. en munum lengr ; vig-tar, ' war-tears,' tears boding revenge,
t: in poets 'tears' are called the brd-regn, bra-dogg, skiirir, ^1
lird, i. e. rain, dew, shower, hail of the cheeks, brows, see Edda : gold
1 Freyju-tar, i.e. tears 0/ Freyja ; 'tears of the wound' = Woorf,
nrs of the sky' = ra/«, etc.. Lex. Poet. : the mod. Dan. and Swed.
calling a drop of wine or spirits ' en taare,' god tdr, is curious.
■ s : t6x-blandinn, part, blent with tears, Fms. xi. 425. t&r-
ggr, -d6ggva3r, adj. tear-bedewed, Sks. 237. t&ra-fall, n. a
iding tears, Eluc. 150. t&r-fella, d, to shed tears. Fas. i. 264,
332. td.r-felldr, adj. weeping, tearful, Bs. i. 876. tdr-fell-
', f. a shedding tears, Stj. 220. t&r-melti, f. a melting into tears,
9. tto-mildr, adj. profuse of tears, apt to weep; tarmild augu,
472 (cp. hlatr-mildr). t&r-stokkinn, part, tear-besprinkled, of
eyes, Bs. i. 784, Karl. 166, Mar.
irask, a5, dep. to shed tears, weep, Faer. 104, Fms. ii. 108, Barl, 10,
ai4, Bs. i. 876.
mgr, adj. tearful. t6rug-hlfra, adj. v/itb tearful cheeks, Gh. 9,
5. tearig-bleor.)
ta, u, f. [Engl, teat'], a teat, esp. a sugar-teat for babies ; skinn-tata,
vt-teat. II. a pr. name, in the nursery rhyme, Tata, Tata,
u dsEtur ^inar.
>tilja, u, f. a kind of outer soles or socks worn by fishermen.
6, n. [tja], in the phrase, lata e-m e-8 i t6, to grant a thing to one;
er y8r jafnan i te, it is always free to you. Fas. iii. 156.
SSJA, ted, taddi, tatt, [ta6], to dung, manure; akra toddu, Rm.
t. vel gar&a. Am. 59 ; ef land ver8r J)a verr tatt, Gikg. ii. 341 ;
aikiim akr sem hann taddi meS myki hans, . . . hvar er taddan hefir,
KL. ii. 113.
, m. a hinderer; orSa-tefiU, Fas. i. 533, Gsp. 1.
ilFJA, tef, tafSi, tafit, [tof], to hinder, delay; tefja fyrir e-m, hann
'. fyrir oss hvildina, Fms. ii. 140, Faer. 149, (Sturl. iii. 56 read kafdi
af&i) : freq. in mod. usage, tef&u mig ekki, do not interrupt, disturb
of a person when busy and wanting to be let alone. 2. reflex.,
ifSist, / was delayed.
B. [Dan. tceve'], a bitch, an altogether diflferent word ; in Clem. 44,
lann Ty, ni&ir hann Njor&, he calls Ty (the god) a bitch; cp. grey
dr mdr Freyja, in a verse in Kristni S,
IFLiA, d, [tafl], to play at tables or draughts; tefldu i tiini teitir
, Vsp., Hkr. iii. 330 ; menn skolu ok eigi t. sva at {)eir leggi f6 vi&,
;. ii. 198; konungr sat ok tefl5i hnettafl, Fms. vi. 39; sumir tefldu
tafl e5a hnettafl e3a kvatru, Konr. ; tveir menn voru L heystali ok
J* 1, brann |)ar Ijos, tsl. ii. 69 ; t. kvdtru, Sturl. ii. 184 ; fa skildi a urn
t) irildi Samr bera aptr riddara er hann haf5i telft i uppndm, iii. 123 :
n ph. in the phrase, t. e-n upp, to take one up, beat in a game of
A ^bts ; J)ann veg mattii m4r mest upp tefla, Ld. 42 ; hann hefir ykkr
»0 eflt um fjarreiSur, Bjarn. 40 ; ekr hart at monnum ok eru margir
if pp tefldir, Isl. ii. 133 ; en sa er tefldr verftr til eyris, gjaldi konungi
ct( ura, ok sva sa er af honum teflir, Js. 128. 2. the word is also
f dice ; the early passion of the Teutons for the dice is attested
acit. Germ. ch. 24, cp. the story in Magn. S. ch. 49 (Orkn. 200 re-
ig to England), as also the Icel. phrase, um lifi6 er a& tefla, life is
die, metaph. of a great emergency. II. to weave checks
r8a borSa), of ladies' work ; hon saumaSi, telfSi, e5a vann aSrar
5ir, Bs. i. 341.
, in jafn-tefli, a drawn game.
- i ng, f. a playing.
; i ngr, m. [tefla II], a weaving of checks; altaris klse&i meSr tefling,
•i ?9, Pm. 7, 78 ; teflings haegendi, a cushion, ease oft. ; teflings-ver,
V; [09, Dipl. v. 18; sex saengr, haegindi, g65r teflingr um, D.N, i.
6< ^ = the mod. kniphngr.)
■J i a, 8, see telgja.
t ind, f., see tigund.
;• t a, a8, to take a long draught in drinking; teiga mjolk.
'. 1 :GB, m., gen. teigar, Landn. 241 ; later teigs ; ace. pi. teigu, Grag.
ii. ' : — a strip of field or meadow-land, a close ot paddock ; a teigum
.|Ut est. 47; eng J)at er J)u kallar Graena-teig . . . selja mun ek J)er
^ei I, Fms. vi. 103 ; teigr la onuminn , . . t)ann log8u ^eir til hofs ok
ihe sa mi Hofs-teigr, Landn, 241 ; ^ek .sa at {>6rir rei8 ut um teig
fy«estan fjorS, Gull{). 13; mseli hann s^r jammikinn teig, GJ)1. 355 ;
sl««g |)ann er heitir GuU-teigr, Isl. ii. 344; mundi sleginn vcr&a
.Gilfcigr J)ann inn sama dag, ganga til teigs, gekk Gisli um teiginn
i. er J)eir setlu8u at sla, . . . sem {)eir vaeri staddir a Gullteig,
35II55; sag8i hann at jor8in aetti halfs-manaSar-teig i Au8brekku-
joJbk annan h41fs-mana8ar-teig a Mo8ruvalia-sta5ar-ne»jum, Dipl,
v. 38; skal landeigandi gjalda teig$-Ter8 inn fimta dag viku er tjau
vikur eru af numri, Grdg, ii. 238; harftslatgr var Hrisa-teigr i dag,
sveinar, Gliim. ; beitu-t., livaeru-t. 2. metaph. a long draught of
drink; drekka sti'iran teig. II. local names, Teigr, Teigar-4,
Landn. 241 ; Hof-teigr, Landn.; Hrisa-teigr, Glum.; Gullteigr, hi. il,
344; Graeni-teigr, Fms. vi. 103. compdi: teig-Bk6gr, m. a mea-
sured strip of wood-land; teigskogr ok torf-skur8r i Topta-dal, Vm.
97: poet., sval-teigr, /itf cold strip, i.e. the sea; svan-tcigr, the auan-
field, i. e. the sea. Lex. Poet. teig-yrki, a, m. a field-labourer,
Rom. 390.
teikn, n. [see tdkn], a token ; ek gef J)4r J)ctta teikn, Bret. 108,
^"- 2, a sign, N. T. passim (Matth. xii. 38, 39, xxir. 3, 30,
xxvi. 48, I Cor. i. 3?, Rev. xv, i) : the mod, usage prefers teikn, the
ancients the form tdkn, q. v.
TEIKNA, a8, [see takna], to mark, denote; tcikna ok fyrir-benda,
Stj. 87 ; teiknar ok merkir, no; hvat mun J)etta hafa at teikna, |>orf.
Karl. 433. 2. to beckon; hann r^tti fram cixina ok teiknafti til, at
nokkurr skyldi vcga at Her8i, Isl. ii. 104; t. me8 bendingum, Stj. 79;
r^tti konungr hond sina til min, ok teiknafM mc-r at ek ikylda byrla
honum, Fb. i. 399. 3. to draw, paint, mod,
teiknan, f. a beckoning, Ski. 70, 294,
teindr, part, becUen into bars ; teint j6m, GrAg, (Sb,) i. 504, (Kb.) i.
250, 251.
teiningr, m. the horn-beam or maple, earpinus or acer, Bjiirn.
tein-lautar, in Vellekla, see hlaut; cp. also A. S. tan-blyta or tan-
hlytare = a soothsayer.
TEINN, m. [Ulf. tains = K\ijfMi ; Dan, teen, cp. Engl, tiny ; A, S, tan ;
Engl. ' toe,' in mistle-toe'} : — a twig, sprout, of a living tree ; sem mj<5r
teinn, Stj. ; hugda ek h^r i tiini teina fallna, ^ er ek vildig vaxna
lata, rifnir me8 r6tum, Gkv. 3. 39 ; hon {jottisk vera stcidd i grasgarSi
sinum, ok taka {jorn einn, ox hann sv4, at J)at var8 teinn einn mikill,
Hkr. i. 71 ; mistil-t., /2iff mistletoe; gamban-t., a divining-wand : of twigs
for soothsaying, see hlaut ; hrista teina, Hym. I ; hlaut-teinn, vaUteinn,
the chip chosen for soothsaying. II. a spit ; {)eir myndi smaera
steikt hafa en hafa konunginn a teinum, Fms, viii. 414, v. 1.; t6k ek
Jjeirra hjortu ok a teini $teik8ak. Am. 80, 2. a stake to hang
things on ; hla8a sild 4 skip, flyti ok festi upp, ef gcirvir eru teinar ok
a8r til biinir, N. G. L. i. 140. 3. a stripe in a kerchief or clothes ;
rau8ir, blair teinar. 4. poet., lAr-teinn, a wound-sprout, i. e. a
sword, Landn. (in a verse) ; unda-teinn, id. ; skarar-teinn -= hair, Kormak ;
egg-teinar, q. v. : in pr. names, Ben-teinn, Mar-teinn,
teinuugr, m, a twig, sprout; vi3ar-t., Edda 37; vinvi5is-t,, Stj. aoo
(cp. Goth, weina-tains).
teinur, f. pi. [cp. Ulf. tainjo = K6<(>ivot], a basket, creel, used for fishing ;
eigi eigu menn at leggja net um J)vera a ne giira teinor 1 e8a giira gar8a
eda ker, nema einn ma8r eigi alia &na, Gr&g, ii, 350. teina-steeoi, n.
a place where creels are put (in a river), D, N, i. 889,
tein-vSridr, m. a wand, Karl. 58.
tein-8eringr, mod. teina-hringr, m. [tiu and dr ; mod. Norse tend-
ring] : — a ten-oared boat, Eb. 234, Fbr. 180, Orkn. 343, Vigl. 63 new
Ed., Vm. 109, Gull^). 69, Grett. 18, 175 new Ed.; cp. dtt-seringr, sex-
aeringr,
tein-serr, adj. ten-oared, Ld. 293.
teista, u, f., and teisti-kofa = {)eista, q, v.
teistixLn, adj, peevish, fretful, Bjorn,
teita, t, to gladden, cheer; hvat er mik teitir, Gisl. (in a verse);
gamm-teitandi, ' vulture-cheerer,' i.e. a warrior. Lex. Poet.
teitan, f. = teiti (q. v.), Kormak; 6-teitan, sadness, Jd.
teiti, f. gladsomeness,joy, cheerfulness ; maela teiti, Gh. 3 ; opt var i
tiini teiti meiri, Gkv. I. 33 ; ek ver8 at hefja J)essa teiti, Fms. vii. 119;
hitt er 61si8r meiri, at menn gori s^r gaman, ok fam oss olteiti ntikkura,
id. ; leik ok teiti, play and joy, vii. (in a verse) : poet., hugins teiti, tb«
raven's cheer, Geisli. teiti-m&l, n. pi. words of good cheer, Kormak.
teitir, m. a gladdener, cheerer; varg-t., (ilf-t., Lex. Poet.
TEITR, adj. [A.S. tat; mid.H.G, zeiz = dear, beloved], glad, cheer-
ful; tefldu i tiini teitir v6ru, Vsp. 8 ; teitum jo, a wild steed, Hm. 89 ;
vit skolum teitir, Hkv. I. 6; li-teitr, downcast, Hym.; ein-teiti, q. v. ;
6I-teiti, q. v. II, Teitr, a pr. name, Landn.
TEKJA, u, f. [taka], a take, taking; dbu8 jar8ar heimilar tckju,
Gfl. 329: seizure, booty, plur., miklar tekjur fj4r, Fs. 14; hafa kostgrip
af hverri tekju, Fms. i. 158. 2. an income, revenue (the king's);
konungr gaf l)eim halfar tekjnr vi» sik, Fms. i. 7 ; lieir Gunnildar-synir
fengu engar tekjur i {jrdndheimi, Hkr, i. 174; konungs-t., minni tekjur
enn fa8ir hans haf8i haft, Fms. vii. 3 : in mod. usage income, gener.,
both in sing, and plur.
tekt, f., qs. tek&, [taka], =« taka, bail; nj6ti vdtta at Jjat K var i txkt
(sic) fengit, N. G. L. i. 434; d-tekt, a touching; inn-tekt, 'intake,' in-
come ; fyrir-tekt, til-tekt, upp-tekt, q. v.
TELGJA, a8, [taiga], to shape, hew vrood or stone with adze or knife :
of wood, telgja tr^, N.G.L. i. 64; timbr er hann telgir, iii. 15); t)6.at
miklir sp«njt vsri af telgdir, Bjarn. 14; sumir at fella, sumir at telgja,
S s 2
628
TELGJA—TEPPA.
some to fell the trees, some to hew them into shape, Hkr. i. 293 ; sidan
gekk Jjorbergr til ok telgdi borSit sva at or gengu 611 skylihoggin, 294;
Arnorr telg3i {)4 nie& knifi, en talgoxin la ^zi hja honum, Rb. 313 ; t.
lokar-spanu af tyrvi-tre, Fms. vi. 183; spanunum J)eim er hann hafSi
telgt, 6. H. 197 : of whalebone, siSan telgSi hann af runarnar, ... a
telgSu talkni, Eg. 566, 567: of stone, Mag. 63; af telg6u grj6ti, 655
XXV. 2.
telgja, u, f. a cutter; in tre-telgja, a wood-cutter.
TELJA, pres. tel, telr, tel, pi. teljum, telit, telja ; pret. talSi and taldi,
pi. t616u ; subj. telSi ; imperat. tel, teldii ; part, taliftr, taldr, and talinn;
neut. older form talt, then talid : plur. neut. taliS, Gh. 20 ; thus in Edda
i. 401, V. 1. 22, all forms occur, told, taulld, i.e. told, talin, see also the
references below: with pron. suff. tel-k, Stor. 22: neg. suff. telr-at,
Grag. (Kb.) i. 178: [A. S. tellaii, telian; Engl, tell; Dan. tcslle ; Germ.
zdhleni]
B. To tell, count, number; arum at telja, Vsp. 6; mi hefi ek
dverga tal3a, 12 ; me3an teljum hans aett til go8a, Ht., Vsp. 14; talSi
aura, Skv. 3. 37; t. fe i haga, skalat fyl telja, Grag. ii. 258; skalat
umogum fe t., K.|>. K. 142; t. aett e-s, Mar.; toldu margir kyn sitt
til hans, Ld. 12 ; sa ma8r tal3i frsendsemi, telja knerunnum, . . .ef ma6r
telr rangt, Grag. i. 28 ; tal8ir til arfs, 172 ; tal&ir, Edda i. 482 ; pott J)u
eigir fraendsemi at t. vi8 mik, Nj. 42: t. ser e-t, to claim; |>6rarinn
krokr taldi ser dalinn, GullJ). 4; pa taldi hann til rikis, Fb. ii.
70. II. to tell, say, mention; ef it betra telk, Stor.; fyr
telja (Dzn. fortcelle) fornspjoll, Vsp. i ; telja bol af trega, . . . t. mo&ug
spjoll, . . . trauSmal talid, . . . tregrof um tali6, to tell a woful tale, Og.
12, Gh. I, 9, 21 ; t. tiva fyr fyr9a libl, to tell tales of the gods be/ore
men, Hm. 160: to call, say, pat tel ek undr, Yt. ; hann tal8i litla sina
fysi at roa lengra, he said he had little mind for roving farther, Hym. 20 ;
tal3i honum happ ef . . ., Am. 87; lifs tel ek van (inga, 88; as a law
term in pleading in court, tel ek (7 declare) hann eiga at ver3a um sok pa
$ekan, Nj. 229 ; tel ek hann af sok peirri sekjan fjorbaugs-mann, Grag. i.
365, 366 ; eigi si3arr enn nu er tali6, told, 18 ; pa taldi Jj6r3r Gellir tolu
um at Logbergi, ... ok tal3i hvat honum varS fyrir, adr . . ., then Thord
Gellir spoke at length on the Law-hill, and told how much trouble it cost
him, ere . . ., Jb. 8. 2. to talk, speak; Skeggi kvaS engan mann t. af
s^r pat er hann aetti, talk it from him, talk him out of his own property,
Grett. 93 A ; telr hann merkiliga t'6\u, preached a remarkable sermon, Bs.
U 465 ; faer Porus talt huginn i pa, he put courage into them by his speech,
Al. 142 ; tal3i hann honum allt hversu hann kom pangat, Str. 10 ; Saulus
tal3i a mot GySingum, spoke against the Jews, 656 C. 1 3 ; Gydingar tol5u
i gegn Pali, 15 ; Gu&, sa er sva telr (tolr Cod.) ' gefit allt' . . ., Bias. 43 ;
tja ok telja, Fms. ii. 157. III. with prepp. ; telja af, to dissuade.
Eg. 765 ; telja at e-u, to blame, find fault with, object to, Fms. i. 35, x.
38, Eg. 252, Nj. 66: t. a e-n, to charge (atolur) ; me6 pvi at hvarir-
tveggi teli nokkut a a8ra, Fms. x. 28 ; peir pottusk mikit eiga at telja a
vi& i)ani, 50, Nj. 26 ; er tali 6 einlat a hendr honum, he is charged with
'einlat,' Grag. i. 178, Ld. 282: t. fram, to tell out, count out; t. kviS
fram, Grag. i. 53 ; t. vaetti fram, Nj. 233 : t. eptir, to grudge, Fms. ii.
150 (eptir-tiJlur) : t. ofan, to dissuade, xi. 11 : t. upp, to tell up, enume-
rate, Nj. 23, Fms. i. 21, 80 : t. fyr, to tell, narrate, record (Dan.fortalle),
Vsp. I ; t. fyrir e-m, to persuade (for-tolur), Nj. 160 ; t. trii fyrir e-m, to
preach the gospel for one, 623. 28, 656 C. 19 : t. til, to claim. Eg. 338,
Fms. xi. 388 ; t. til vi3 e-n, to count, plead; a ek hvarki at t. til via pik
maegSir n6 fraendsemi, Nj. 213; skaltu til telja skatna marga, Hdl. : t.
um e-t, langt es um pat at telja, 'tis a long tale to tell, 655 xiii. A. 2 ;
t. um fyrir e-m, to persuade, Fms. xi. 105 : t. vi3, to speak against, Greg.
29. IV. the naut. term, telja fyrir vindi, to be going well through
the water, of a ship, but only in the pret. ; var byrr g63r ok tijl6u (tolpo
Cod.) snekkjurnar ekki lengi fyrir vindi, the wind was fair, and the
smacks were making good way, 0. H. 104 ; toldu snekkjurnar ekki lengi
fj6r3inn fyrir vindinum, Fms. iv. 237, I.e. ; skipin v6ru orskrei& ok toldu
vel fyrir vindinum, the ships were fast, and went well before the wind,
i. 100; toldu snekkjurnar skjott fyrir vindinum, Orkn. 412; the phrase
is now obsolete, but an analogy is found in lesa (lesa . . ., esp. as in the
phrase lesa hafit, Fs. 28). V. reflex., telsk saman fraendsemi peirra,
they prove to be relations, N. G. L. i. 350 ; ekki var ek her til me3
pjofum talin, Fms. vi. 106 ; em ek eigi raSspakr taliSr, Skv. i ; pii munt
taliSr aettar-spillir, Isl. ii. (in a verse) ; teljask me8 dugandi miinnum, Fms.
xi. 270; i Bjarka-malum eru t616 (to3 Kb. erroneously) morg gulls
heiti, Edda i. 400, v. 1. 22 ; engi faer talt me& tungu, Likn. ; nu hefi ek
talt tiu landreka, Fb. ii. 524 (in a verse) ; er pat enn utalt (untold) at ... ,
Fms. vi. 222 ; sva mikit sem til telsk, in proportion (til-tala), Grag. i.
270 ; pat telsk sva til, it turns out, of accounts ; teljask undan, to excuse
oneself, decline, Fms. iii. 109, x. 99, Nj. 200. 2. to say of oneself ;
teljumk ek mi a6ili at sok peirri, Grag. i. 365, 366 ; tal3isk eigi vita s6r
van verka-manna, told that he knew of none, Edda 48 ; telsk m6r pat helzt
i hug (Lat. animum inducere). Eg. 521 ; pat taldisk lengstum i huginn
at hugsa, ef..., 6. H. 195; peir t613usk ilia vi5 komnir, 51. 3.
part., talis silfr, counted silver, i. e. the wadmal-standard, opp, to vegit,
Grag. i, 500; li-taldr, untold, uncounted; van-talid, of-taii&.
teljandi, part, a letter, counter, Grag. i. 30.
telpa, u, f. a girl, = stelpa, by lisping and dropping the s, Piltr og St 1
9, freq. so in popular usage, for stelpa sounds too harshly; litla tel|
biddu telpuna a6 koma.
TEMJA, tem, pret. tam3i ; subj. temSi ; imperat. tem, temdii; p
tami6r, tamSr, taminn : [Ulf. tamjan = Sa/xdv ; A. S* tamjan ; Engl, tai
O.H.G. zemen ; Germ, zdhmen ; Da.n. tcetttme ; Swed. tdmja; Lat
mare ; Gr. Sa/xdv'] : — to tame, break, of a steed ; vel taminn, ilia tami
oxn nam at temja, Rm. 19 ; tarns vendi ek pik drep, en ek pik t. ir
Skm. 26 ; t. sterkustu flugdreka, Sks. ; Kjalarr tamSi mara, Skalda
a verse); hross li-tamit . . . hrossit li-tamda, Sd. 177; 6-t6m8um,
94. 2. temja e-n vi3 e-t, to break or train one with a thing
sik viS iprottir, Hkr. iii. 283 ; hann atti hrafna tva er hann haf&i ta
vi6 mal, i. 1 1 ; v6l8u menn at afli ok tomSu vi8 skaplyndi sitt. Eg.
t. sik viS hesta, Stj. 409 ; litt hefi ek tamit mik til leika, Ld. 196 ; ■
pik til, hversu . . ., Sks. 371 : t. s6x e-t, to exercise; t. s6r leika, Ko
t. ser iprottir, id.
temja, u, f., in 6-temja, an unbroken colt.
tempra, a3, [Lat.], to temper, moderate, Rb. 440; t. lispaka i
hirting, Gpl. (pref. xi) ; t. reiSi sina, Al. 43 ; tempra doma ok gr<
milli laerdomsins ok leikmanna, Bs. i. 724; t. skaplyndi sitt, Fms. xi.
part. tempraSr, temperate, mild, Sks. 196. 2. to temper, blend; temj
viS mjolk . . . tempraS vi6 hunang, Pr. 473 ; temprandi sin tar me6 ]
tarum, Bs. i. 243.
tempran, f. a tempering, Stj, 68, 91, Stat. 233; tempranar-laust,
temperately, Th. 77.
TEMPS, f. the river Thames; Tempsar bakki, -si3a, -minni, the h
mouth of the T., O. H.L. (in a verse), Fms. xi. 195.
temsa, a5, [ = tempsa?], to eat slowly and reluctantly, of da
children ; pii tempsar, pvi ertu a3 tempsa me3 matinn ?
t6na3r, n. a help ; see taena6r.
TENDRA, aS, [tendr; Dan.tcende; Swed.tdnda; cp. A.S. tym
Engl, tinder ; cp. Germ, zilndeti] : — to make afire, light; t. Ijos, Stur
67, Orkn. 208, v.l. ; t. kerti, Hkr. i. 283, Fms. viii. 56; t. eld, i. 2
Hallfre6r slo eld ok tendraSisk eigi skjott, ii. 82 ; v6ru pa lj6s
tendru5, iii. 139 ; tendra sinn hug, Bs. i. 238 ; kveykt eSa tendraS, 'hi.
tendrask me6 aeSi, upp tendrandisk, id.
tengSir, f. pi. ' bonds,' affinity ; as a law phrase this word displ;
the old heathen sifjar, q. v. ; r6ttr at tengSum, Grag. i. 191 ; fyrir tei
sakir, Nj. 177 ; var honum efling at tengSum vi3 Myra-menn, Ld.
binda saman lag sitt ok f^lagskap eptir pvi sem tengdir peirra v6n
Fms. iv. 295 ; hann batt vi5 pa tengSir, Eb. 4; na-teng3ir. com
teiig3a-fa3ir, m. a father-in-law. tengSa-liS, n. relations by qffi
Al. 45. tengSa-menn, m. pl. = teng3ali5 ; fraendr ok teng8am
Fms. i. 203, Ld. 104. tengda-moSir, f. a mother-in-law. teng
systir, f. a sister-in-law.
tenging, f. a joining, Mork. 138 {points of meeting) ; sam-ten§
conjunction.
TENGJA, 3, [cp. tong], to fasten, tie together; hann 16t t. skip
hvert fram af stafni annars, Fms. i. 157; vi3um er peir teng3u litar
vigin, Bs. i. 392 : to tie ships together in battle, pat var pa si3vani er n
bor3usk a skipum, at tengja skyldi skipin ok berjask um stafna, HI
85 ; par sem konungarnir hofdu barizt ok tengd voru flest skipin sai
Fms. vi. 319 ; tengi saman skipin, ok biii menn sik til bardaga, ii
heimti skip sin saman ok se biinir vi3 at tengja, O. H. 38 : saman tei
to knit together, 656 B. 7 ; sem tengjask saman & fitfuglum, Sks. 39
Ed. : eigi var3i oss, at er mundu3 petta mal pannig tengja til v4r,
nect us thus, mix tis up with this case, Fms. xi. 54. II.
tengSr, bound in affinity, Fms. v. 345 ; na-teng3r.
tengsl, n. pi. the ropes or fastenings by which ships were b<
together during battle, Fms. vii. 259 ; peir log3u hvem aptan ski]
tengsl, Orkn. 418 ; hoggva tengslin a skipum sinum, Fms. i. 174
par eigi fram komask fyrir skipum peim er lagu i tengslum, vi. •
peir hjuggu tengslin fra stikunum, vii. 259.
tengslur, f. pl. = tengls; eigi pykkjumk ek slikar tengslur s48I
Grett. 119.
tenningr, lattr teningr, m. [Dan. terning is a corrupt form, for
word is no doubt from t6nn = a tooth, tusk, the dice being mad
walrus-tusk] : — a die; tenninginn, tenningonum, 6.H. 90; tenning
Orkn. 200 ; teningr, tafl ok ten[n]inga kast, Sks. 436 B ; dufla e8r I
ten[n]ingum um penninga, N. G. L. ii. 165 ; kasta til teningum, Stui
159, Fb. ii. 174, (where it is spelt teningana 1. 7, tenningunum
te[n]ingum 1. 5.)
tenntr, part, toothed, Lat. dentatus, Al. 173, Sks. I21, Fas. iii. ,'
sma-t., with small teeth; skogul-t., with a dog-tooth; hvit-t., white-tOOi
tepet, n. [for. word], a carpet, D.N.
teppa, t, [tappi], to confine, enclose, shut in; vildi eigi lata teppi
par, Rd. 303 ; ok teppir oss inni, Stj. 526 ; teppa eyrun a hesti, to
the ears, Karl. 282 ; vera inni tepptr i vaginum, Fms. xi. 63 ; tepp
inni 1 dolunum, viii. 60. 2. to close, stop, bar; teppa e-m tti
stop the way for one, Al. 20. _^
lifO.i
'^4
TEPPA— TIGR.
629
eppa, u, f. an ohslrvclion; medic, andar-tcppa, 'breath-stoppage,* croup
r. la grippe) ; ti3a-t., stoppage of menstruation.
eppi-madr, m. an impeder, Ann. for Nord. Oldk. (1845) 168.
apra, u, f. dimness, faintness; augna-t. tepru-legr, ad], foppish.
armin, m. [for. word; Lat. terminus'], a term, Stj., Rb. (a comput.
m).
anninera, aft, to limit, Stj. 148.
arra, &, = tarra (q. v.), to stretch out, Dan. spile ud; terra fingr, faetr;
nt er fingr a6 terra | ^a, tekr sjon a6 J)verra, Hallgr.
artia, u, f., mathem. [for. word ; Lat. tertia'], apart of a second, Rb. :
bird part, 625. I'j J.
Mtament, n. [for. word ; Lat. testamentum], a bequest, will, Bs. i.
8; bequests were an innovation from the Roman law, for as Tacitus
S — heredes successoresque sui cuique liberi, et ' nullum testamentum,'
ao; the ancient Northern law knows no Mast will,' yet cp. Eg. ch,
II. eccl. the Testament, N. T., Vidal.
jtr, n. (see tiiturr), SklSa R. and in mod. usage.
(Xtl, a, m. [mid. Lat. textus], an evangelistary, the four Gospels, in a
"tly cover, silver, gold, ivory, as church property; smida texta tva
Uiga ok kaleik, Bs. i. 872 ; textar fjorir meft silfr ok einn med tcinn,
. iii. 4 ; J)etta i bokum, messu-bok, texti, legendu-b6k. Am. 29 ;
|ta, graduale, Vm. 117; texta-dukr, 52 ; texta-silfr, D. N. ii. 16; texta
Id, 136, Am. 55. 2. a text, context, Stj. 25, D.N.
y3a, u, f. a vile, wicJted person (abuse), Edda i. 532 ; cp. tuddi.
ygi-agn, n. a bait, Fasr. 254.
ygi-ligTj adj. seductive, tempting, Bs. i. 372.
yging, f. an enticement, temptation, Bs. i. 372, Ems. i. 304, MS.
^ (spelt taegingum).
G-JA, S, with neg. suff., imperat. teygj-at and teygj-at-tu, draw
.', Sdm., Hm. [referring to a lost strong verb, tjuga-, taug-, of which
e part, toginn remains ; cp. Engl, tug] : — to stretch out, draw; teygja
teyg Jiik sem mest. Fas. iii. 488 ; si3an laetr hann teygja, Fs.
cvgja sig, to stretch one's limbs; or, teygjast sundr og saman, to
like a worm. 2. to spread out dough into a loaf or flat
:iod. fletja brau8); J)eir kvaSusk vilja at hon teygSi brau6, en
iiindi baka a eptir, Fas. i. 244. 3. to draw out; teygja
iia. taegja) uU, to card wool; ofu ok teyg6u, of the wind and the
es, Edda (in a verse), the metaphor is from wool-dressing. II.
ph. to draw, allure; teygjattu \)6t at kossi konur, Sdm. 28, 32,
loi, 116, 121; sa er ^zbzn teygir e&a t. la;tr, N.G.L. i. 148;
Loki ISunni lit um AsgarS i skog nokkurn, Edda 46 ; teygir hann
ann a brott me5 ser, Nj. 114; t. Herjolf lit, Rd. 265; er hann
teygt Kalf vestan um haf, Fms. vi. 295 ; t. tikr at solli, Hkv. i.
t. e-n til hlySni, Fms. ii. 33 ; ef pu fasr teygt af honum sverSit
It hann grati eigi, iv. 37 ; teyja (sic) hann J)angat med fam skipum,
341 ; t. til {)essarar gildru, Bs. i. 372 ; hann teygir en ney6ir
Horn. (St.) ; t. til e-s, to draw towards, contribute to a thing ; varS
I)(5 mjok at teyja til (from tygja?) ok mart stort at vinna a6r vi8
izk um triina, Fms. x. 322 ; hug5umk ek me& Jiessu til teygja at ver
im friS ok na9ir hafa, D. N. vi. 69. ®S" For the phrase, teygja
see tonn, tja (B. L 2).
ma, 6, [taumr], to lead by the rein, S<)1. 55 ; teyma hest, freq. in
usage.
, a&, [akin to tapsa?], to trip, move the feet quickly ; faetrnir tifu8u
en vant var, Od. xxiii. (begin.) ; tifa3isk \-a t)egar saman fenaSrinn,
>eep hastily floclied together, Stj. 458.
I, a, m., poet, a king ; see tyggi.
I, n. [O. H. G. z{^ = a charge], a charge; only in the phrases,
n i tigi nema fiu, none can be charged but thou, there is no question
but thee; kalla ek J)ar ongan mann annan i tigi til at eiga J)enna
me8. mer enn y3r, konungr, Jomsv. 6 (cp. Fms. xi. 53, wrongly spelt
er })ar J)6 enginn i tigi til, nema J)u, at vera fa3ir at barni {)vi er
ng me8, Fas. ii. 235 ; at hon vaeri me3 barni, ok er J)ar engi ma&r
til nema ek, Fb. i. 1 36 ; spur9i hverr aetti (sveininn) me& henni, —
li at Jiar var engi ma3r i tigi til nema Haraldr konungr, 157 :
those instances of paternity ; so also, J)a6 eru tveir i tiginu, there are
spected,
i-borinn, part, of noble birth. Eg. 343, Mar.
UNN, adj. [tiginn and tigund are kindred words, so that tiginn
means notable, marked] : — high-born, of high estate, of a king
earl ; Uppsvia-sett er tignust er a Nordrlondum, J)viat su aett er
i fra goSunum sjalfum, 0. H. 87 ; en t)eir mundi {)rju hundru3 vetra,
;i mundi vera i aett hans kona e3r li-tiginn madr . . ., Edda 104 ;
gr maelti, far \>u vel, vitr ma3r ertii ok si3ugr ok kannt vel at vera
'gnum monnum, 6, H. 66 ; ^a. sagSiOJafr konungr, vel kanntu at
ireft tignum monnum, Sighvatr, Fb. ii. 112 ; litt nyt ek {jess l)a,
i6n, at ek em konungs-dottir, ef mik skal gipta u-tignum manni, . . .
igfta ek, segir hann (the king), at ek munda hafa vald at gora |)ann
mann her i landi sem ek vil, Fms. ii. 298 ; hiiU skipat me3 enum
TOn monnum, |>i3r. 319; tiginn at metordum, 655 x. 2; gora
manna mun hvart er tiginn e3a li-tiginn, Eg. 351 ; ollum gaf
hann Jieim nokkurn grip, |x;!m tlxni' er trgoiri voru, Fms. vJ, 181 -
segir s(;r torfcnginn slikan mann li-tiginn una Kjartan var. Ld. 189; nii
er |)css engi van, at ek giptumk li-tignum manni ... mi vill h6n eigi
eiga 6-tiginn mann, {)/i meguft 6t gcfa mZ-r tignar-nafn, hefi ek til [mm
aett, at ek maetta jarl heita, Fm«. vi. 389 : in tigna, a nickname, Orkn,
tigi, n. [Lat. tegula], a tile, brick; af tiglinu . . . mcftr tight, Stj. 46;
elta leir ok gijra tigi, 247 ; stcikja tiglit, 263 ; {)cir hofftu tigi fyrir
grjot, Al. 29 ; see tigull. compds : tigl-gTJ6t, n. * tile-grit,' tiUt of
bricks used as stones, Stj. 264. tigl-gOrd, t. brick-making, Stj. 264.
tigl-hils, n. a tile-bouse, D.N. ii. 37 (Norse deed of 1290); tjglh6>-
t(5pt, N.G. L. ii. 483 (A.D. 1 277), tigLker, n. an ear/ben pot^
Mar. tigl-ofn, m. a tile-oven, D.N. i. 341 (deed of I336); f«»
ofn, tigl-veggr, m. a tile-wall, Stj. 612, Al. 86.
tigla, ad, to reimburse, refund, of small sum* ; ok skaiat b«Sandanain
tigla \)Zt, Grag. i. 156 ; ok skal boandinn tigla honum ef \>k er hroti Jat
verra en {)a er hann tok vid, 435 : to dole out, of food or drink, opt ef
tiglat baulum tOdum, Hallgr. ; tigladu e-u i hann !
tign, f. the state of being high-born, highness ; taka af honum (the carl)
tignina. Eg. 271; med mikilli tign ok virftingu, Fms. xi. 88; eptir
tign verdleiks, Hom. 29 ; kyns tign, birth, rank, Greg. 64 ; fyrir tignar
sakir varrar (of a king), Nj. 6; tign ^in, your highness, 655 xxviii. 2r
ha-tign, majesty, (mod.) compds : tignar-brago, u. rendering of Lat,
reverentia, Al. 70. tignar-dregill, m. rendering of Lat. vitta, Bret.-
ch. 7. tignar-kleedi, n. pi. princely robes, robes of state, Nj. 6, 6. H.
50, Stj. 396. tignar-k6r6na, u, f. a prince's crown, diadem, Stj."
495, Karl. 2 1 7. tignar-lauss, ad). = u-tiginn, Fms. vi. 93. ti^nar-
madr, m. = tiginn ma8r, Fms. v. 5. tignar-mark, n. a mark of
high rank, Stj. 396. tignar-nafii, n. high rank; t. at ek mztt»
jarl heita, Fms. vi. 289, cp. i. 53, 61, vii. 119; tignar-nofn sva sem
konungs nafn e3r nafn jarls, Edda 104. tignar-sknxd, n. = tignar-
klae3i, |)i3r. 118, Hom. 131. tig;nar-st611, m. a chair of state, a
throne, Pr. 113. tignar-svipr, m. an air of highness, royal counter
nance. Fas. ii. 475. tignar-seeti, n. a seat of honour, high seat, Stj.
551.561.
tigna, a3, to worship, honour ; t. sik konungs-nafni, to assume a king's-
name, Fms. x. 387 ; skal ek t)au aldri tigna, / shall never worship tbent
(the gods), i. 98; t. likneskjur, Barl. 1 71. 2. reflex, to be glorified,
exalted, Bs. i. 141, Fms. x. 177 ; tignadr veldi ok virdingu, Magn. 434;
af-tigna and an-tigna (qs. and-tigna), to depreciate.
TIGB, tegr, also t6gr, togr, tugr, m., gen. tigar, pi. tigir, ace. tigtf
(togo, tugu), later tigi. Band. 36, Fb. iii. 578 ; [a Goth, tigus is suggested
by the adj. -tigjus ; A. S. tig, teg ; O. H. G. zic, zuc ; Germ, zebn; Dan.
ty ; EngL ten,]
A. A ten, decade. The ancient Scandinavians and Teutons had no
indeclinable numeral adjectives from twenty to a hundred ; the word tigr
(like hundra3 and Jmsund) being a regular substantive. The ancient
way of counting is therefore complex and curious ; e. g. forty-one was
called 'four tens and one,' or 'one of the fifth decade;' forty-eight was
called ' four tens and eight,' or by counting back, ' five tens short of two,"*
cp. the Lat. un-de-viginti, duo-de-triginta : forty-five was called ' half the
fifth ten,' and so on, as will best be seen from the references below; and
so it goes on to ' one hundred and twenty,'- for in Icel. a hundred means
the duodecimal hundred. In the 14th century (in deeds) 'tigr' began
to lose its character of a substantive, e. g. |)rjutigir, fimtigir .... or J)rjii-
tigi, fimtigi (used indecl.), whence at last came the mod. J)rjatiu, fjiiru-
tiu, fimtiu . . ., the tiu being a contracted form from the ace. pi. tigu.
At the same time hundrad and {)usund became indecl. adjectives, c. g.
J)rjatiu, J)rjuhundru3, {)rjuj)usund skipum, for the old {)rem tiguni
hundrudum, J)usundum skipa.
B. References: t)essi vetr fylldi annan tiig aldrs Magmiss kon-
ungs, this winter completed the second ten, i. e. the twentieth year, of king
Magnus' life, Fms. vi. 90 ; ^at skipti togum, it amounted to tens, several
tens, ii. 32 ; J)rja tigu manna, three tens of men. Eg. 41 ; a {)rem tigum
daga, on three tens of days, 656 A. ii. 14; ^ut tigir hundrada, Dipl. v.
2 ; niu tigu manna. Eg. 62 ; {)retta.n tigi aura. Band. 36 ; n«r fj6rum
tigum fa3ma todu, well-nigh four tens of fathoms, i. e. forty, Dipl. v. 18 ;
fjora togo daegra, 655 iii. 3 ; sex togo hundrada, D. L L 350; sex tigir
manna, Grag. ii. 194; sex tigir })usunda manna. Post.; sex tigu
hundrada, six tens of hundreds, i. e. sixty hundred, i.e. six thousand, Orkn.
416 old Ed.; tiu tigir manna, ten tens of men, i.e. one hundred, Nj.
191 ; tiu tiga fjar, K. {>. K. 140; tiu tigum Asaudar, a hundred sheep,
Dipl. V. 19 ; tiu tegu baeja, Fms. viii. 203 ; ellifu tigir vastta skreidar,
eleven tens, i. e. one hundred arui ten, 655 iii. 4 ; even, {srettan tigi aura,
thirteen tens, i.e. one hundred and thirty. Band. 36; fimtdn tigum sinna,
fifteen tens, i.e. one hundred and fifty, Dipl. ii. 14: repeating, f)6r*
tigi vetra ok fj<')ra velr, four tens of winters and four winters, i.e.-
forty-four years, 6. H. (pref.) ; med tveim skipum ok atta togum skipa,
Fms. x. 394; sex tigi vetra ok fjora vetr, O. H. (pref.); |)rja tigi ara
ok sex ar, three tens of years and six years, Bs. i. 30 ; eitt skip ok sjau
tigu skipa, i. e. sevetUy-one, Fms. x. 344 ; h&lfan fjorda tiig vetra, half
the fourth decade, i. e, tUrty-five, vi. 430 ; hilfan fj6rda tog skipa, i. 76 ;
630
TIGR— TIL.
Mlfr fimti tugr kiigllda, half the fifth decade, i. e. forty-five, Dipl. v.
l8 ; halfr ^nh\ togr manna, tsl. ii. 387, Ld. 292 ; halfr atti togr kirkna,
seventy five, Clem. ; d einu ari ins fimmta tigar konungdoms Hakonar,
on the first year of the fifth ten, i. e. forty-first, Sturl. iii. 308 ; hann
haf8i vetr ens s^tta tigar, one winter of the sixth ten, i. &. fifty-one, Fms. ix.
534; a 6&ru ari ens fjorSa tigar, i. 67; annann vetr ens fj6r8a tigar
konungdoms bans, Fms. x. 33, Bs. i. 74; Ijora vetr ens tiunda tegar,
O. H. (pref.) ; sex ens fjorSa tigar, i. e. thirty-six, Thorodd ; vikur tvaer
ens s^tta tegar, i.e. fifty-two, Fb. 7; hann hafSi sjau vetr ens sjaunda
tigar, i.e. sixty-seven, Ld. 330; a enum sjaunda vetri ens sjaunda tugar
aldrs sins, Eb. 125 new Ed. ; a enum setta vetri ens atta tugar aldrs sins,
Sturl. ii. 187 ; |)orkell haf6i atta vetr ens fimta tigar {)a er hann druknadi,
i.e. forty-eight, Ld. 326; atta dagar ens niunda tegar, i.e. eighty-two,
181 2. 49; atta aurar ens fimta tigar, Grag. ii. 144; a niunda ari ens
sjaunda tigar ens tiunda hundraSs, in the ninth year of the seventh ten of
the tenth hundred (i. e. 969 A. D.), Fms. i. 67 ; J)a var Egill a niunda
tigi, then was Egil in the ninth ten {between eighty and ninety years of age).
Eg. 764 ; vetri fatt i fjora tigu, one year short of four tens, i. e. thirty-
nine, Fms. X. 2, v.l.; litid fatt i fimm tigi vetra, iii. 60; einu ari fatt i
fimm tigi, i. e./or/y-n«we,. . .vetri einum fatt i niu tigi ara gamall, i.e.
aged eighty-nine, Fb. iii. 578 : curious is the phrase, af-tig gamall, = Lat.
unde-viginti, aged ^lacking twenty' i. e. nineteen years old, Fms. vii. 84 (in
a verse) ; the context and chronology shew that this is the sense, and not
as explained in Lex. Poet. s. v. afstigr : niu tigir ok tvau ar (elliptically
dropping gen. ara), Dipl. v. 3 ; whence lastly as adj., J)ritigir alnir (sic)
lerepts, id.; fjore-tiger manns, Bs. i. 867. As this method was some-
what unwieldy, the counting by twenty was also resorted to, cp. Gramm.
xxi, sex merkr ok tuttugu ; spaenir J)rir ok tuttugu, . . . sjautjan merkr ok
tuttugu, Bs. i. 874 (Laur.S.), or the word tigr was altogether discarded,
and replaced by skor or sneis (Engl, score, Dan. snees). ^5r As in vellums
the numbers are mostly represented by Roman figures, and abbrevia-
tions used, the editions cannot in these cases be implicitly relied on ; the
same is the case with old texts preserved in mod. paper transcripts.
-tigr, -t6gr, -togr, -tugr, adj. (the mod. form is -tugr), only in
compds, tvi-tugr, pri-tugr, fer-tugr, fim-tugr, sex-tugr, sjau-tugr (then dtt-
raB8r, ni-raeSr, ti-rxix, \.6\i-Txbr), = twenty, thirty ... years old, or mea-
suring twenty . . . ; so also, half-J)ritugr, hdlf-fertugr, half-fimmtugr, half-
sixtugr, half-sjautugr, aged, measuring half the third, fourth . . . seventh
ten, i.e. twenty-five, thirty-five, . . . sixty-five; var honum vetri fatt i
hdlf-fimtugum.Jft/e tens minus one, i.e. forty-nine, Grett. 186 new Ed.;
skorti J)rja vetr a fimtugan at aldri, i. e. forty-seven, Bs. i. 74 ; tveim
vetrum meirr enn Jjritogr, 30 ; J)a skorti hann vetr a J)ritugan . . . ,
fimmtugan, i.e. aged twenty-nine . . ., forty-nine, Sturl. iii. 308; pa var
hann vetri meirr enn half-fertugr, i. e. thirty-six, Bs. i. 79.
tigu-liga, adv. nobly, princely; peir letu t. yfir ser, Hkr. i. 213;
taka t. vi&, Fms. xi. 341 ; klaeddr tigurliga, Barl. 35.
tigu-ligr, adj. (tigurligr, Fms. vii. I.e., Barl. 35), lordly, princely;
t. forvista, Fms. X. 273; tiguligir siSir, Magn. 434; inn tiguligi maSr,
O. H. 241 ; i hinu tiguligstu yfirlseti, Bs. i. 130; hcrligra mann ne tigur-
ligra, Fms. vii. 69 ; tigurligt bor8, Barl. 35 ; at engi hefSi s(5t fegra mann
e8r tigurligra synum, Fms. vi. 438 ; tigurlig ok tillystilig, Stj. 417.
tigiUl (proncd. tfguU), m. = tigl, q. v. 2. metaph. any tile-
formed thing, a square: in cards, the diamond (Dan. ruder), tigul-
myndaSr, tile-shaped; the deigul-mor (q. v.) is a corruption from tigiil-
in6r = ' tile-clay.'
tigund, f., older and better form than tegund, see below; [akin
to tiginn, tign] :— a hnd, sort, species ; at hverr s6 mundang-ma8r i
peirri tigund {condition of life) sem hann er i skipaSr, Sks. 496 B ;
hverrar st^ttar ok tegundar sem hann er, H. E. i. 432; stettar e8r
tigundar, D. N. ii. 504 ; pau or8 er peirra tigund haefi (where tigund is
= tign), Sks. 432 B; hversu menn skulu landnam taka hverr i sina
tigund, N.G.L. i. 239; rakkar tveir..., eigi J)6ttusk menn s4t hafa
slikar gorsimar i peirri tegund, Fas. iii. 45 : the phrase, ekki tegund, not
a whit; agaetastir hlutir, hverr i sinni tegund, Fms. ii. 285; axla attir
sinar hverr 1 simi kyni ok tigund, Sks. 12 new Ed. ; sjau pau er at eru
af tegund, Ver. 8 ; hann gleymir sva sinnar tegundar (sex) ok nattiiru-
ligs e81is, Stj. 78.
tiktiira, u, f. a whim.
Till, prep, with gen. As to this particle, the two branches of the
Teutonic family vary: all the South Teut., including the Goth., present
the form without the final I; Goth, du (qs. tu)=iTp6s, tis; A. S., Hel,
Old Fris. te, to; North. E. te ; Engl, to; Dutch te, toe; O. H. G. zi, za,
zuo; Germ, zu ; Old Frank, to, te, ti; while the Northerners add the /,
as Dan., Swed., North. E. and Scot, til; the Swedes double the /, till.
That til is the truer form is seen from rhymes, /// w7ja, Vigl. : on the
other hand, mod. provinc. Norse and Swedish <lrop the /, thus te, Ivar
Aasen, Rietz. The Engl, uses both forms, to, of place, till, of time, of
which the latter is no doubt borrowed from the Norse or Danish : til == to
is quite common still in Cumberland and other North. E. counties, ' to
gang til Carlisle,' etc.; a single instance of the form til is said to
iif
exist m an old Northumbrian vellum. Both forms, ^0 and ftV, are, we 1 to be fishing, Korm. 142, rare, but cp. the Dan. phrase, til sos
believe, identical, the latter being a compound particle, //-/, althoi
the origin of the / has not as yet been made out. The uncompouni
particle ti- is not entirely unknown in the Scandinavian, for it has bf
preserved in the compds mikils-ti, holz-ti, unz-t, qq. v. ^i* Partici
even brief monosyllabic ones, often turn out to be compds, as e. g,
(conj.), or the suffixed verbal negative; the prep, 'til' therefore is
more akin to the Germ, noun ziel than is ' ok ' {and) to ok (a yok
the apparent similarity in sense is in both cases merely accidental.
A. To, with gen., also used elliptically or as an adverb ; bjc
e-m til sin. Eg. I40; til kirkju, Nj. 209; koma til bo6s, 50; gai
til bu8ar, Grag. i. 31 ; ri6a til skips, Isl. ii. 192 ; lei5a til ski
Ld. 74; til Islands, Nj. 10; riSa til Nor8rardals, ok sva til Hni
fiar8ar ok til Laxardals, 32; koma til Noregs, 121; hann for
Olafs a Drongum, til Gests I Haga, Landn. 154; sekja giptu til <
Fms. v. 154 : adding direction, austr, vestr, su3r ... lit, inn, upp, fra
norSr til |>randheims, austr til Danmerkr, vestr til Englands, su5r
Bjorgynjar, etc., passim; 6t til, inn tO, Landn. 140; heim til, Fms.
382; upp til borgar; ne6an til knja, Nj. 209. 2. with verbs,
towards; le'ida, stefna . . . til, to lead, tend towards, Eg. 230, Nj.
102 ; tala vel, ilia til e-s, to speak well or ill ' towards,' i. e. of; ^
til e-s, to know of, be conscious of, Fms. i. 142, x. 377 ; illorSr til 1
Nj. 14:2 ; minna til e-s, to remember; minnask til e-s, to kiss, 282; drek
til e-s, to ' drink towards' (vulg. Engl.), L e. drink to one. Eg. 552 (a
ellipt. drekka e-m til) ; visa til e-s (til-visan), Landn. 192, Nj. 209 ; ti
til e-s, 196, Fms. i. 151 ; with verbs denoting to look, see, hear, turn,:
gaeta, hly'Sa, heyra, hugsa ... til e-s, to look, listen, think, speak . .
one. Eg. 380, Nj. 2, 10, 87, 91 ; peir sa eyjar i haf til utsuftrs, Landn.:
hann sa opt Ijos til leiSis konungsins, Fms. xi. 386 ; peir sa eld
Olfars-fells, Eb. 156; heyra gny ok glam til hersins, Fms. vi. 156, ?
125 ; til norSr-aettar, xi. 230 ; sa menn elda brenna til hafs, x. 157 ; v
til lands. Eg. 389 ; pann veg er veit til Hla5a, Fms. x. 265 ; horfa a
til hala; i peim hlut Kuss er til vetfangs horfir, Grag. ii. 125: sp)
til e-s, to speer after, hear tidings of one, petta spyrsk til skipa, i
i. 241, Nj. 7; spyrja gott til e-s, Hkr. i. 140: segja til e-s, to tell
(see segja), Nj. 46, Ld. 40, Hrafn. 5 ; Ijiiga til e-s, to tell a falsebt
of, Finnb. 318. 3, til annarrar handar, on the other hand or si
Nj. 50, 97; til vinstri, haegri handar, til beggja handa, Hkr. i. 158, ]
65. II. denoting business, reason, purpose, capacity, respe
leggjask til svefns, 6. H. ; ganga til svefns, Eb. 156 ; halda bami
skimar, K. A. 146; ri3a til dagverSar, Nj. 219; fara til vistar, ^
domar fara ut til soknar. Eg. 725 ; falda ser til v61ar vi& konn, Grag
338; skipa monnum til umraSa, i. 5; svelta sik til fjar, Nj. 18; dn
e-n til fjar, gora e-t til fjar, Ld. 264; gefin {married) til fjar, 26,'
257; skora a e-n til landa, Landn. 80, Eg. 498; saekja til trausts, 1
26; saekja til landa, Nj. 103 ; saekja til fa6ernis, Grag. i. 140; leggja
til hofuSs e-m, taka fe til h6f"u5s e-m, Ld. 50, Eg. 375 ; berjask til rfl
Fms. vii. 283; biota til ars, Hkr. i. 13; sver& oruggt til vapns, 1
244; hafa e61i til e-s, Skalda 171 ; selja e-t til silfrs, to convert it ii
silver, Landn. 293 (Hb.); «tla e-n til draps, Nj. 163; hla5inn til hi
ready for use, Fms. x. 157; liggja til byrjar, i. 135, Eg. 183; taka
konungs, Fms. i. 21; taka til logsogu-manns, Nj. 164; kjosa
veganda, 100; vinna til e-s (see vinna) ; gefa til bota, loi ; gora
saka, 80 ; taka til raSa, 75 ; hvat er til raSs, 76 ; pat er til jart^
Eg. 768; til merkja (til marks), 766; til gagns, til litils, Nj. 6a;_
meins, 106 ; til saemdar, 79 ; til tiSenda, Eg. 201 ; til naeringar, til vi
vaeris, til faeSu, til matar, Stj. 87, Fms. i. 136, Eg. 221 ; hross til rei8 Jtiitr,
Hrafn, 7 ; til skjols, Grett. 169 ; til soma, til eptirlaetis, Nj
til spotts, Korm. 232 ; til gamans, til hvars, for what purpose;
also, til einskis, til g65s, til ills, til nokkurs. 2. kaupa
tuttugu hundra8a, to the amount of, Landn. 145; til fulls ef 1{i[,[.
Grag.; fe til tveggja aura gulls, Fms. vii. 218; til M]s, fully; til ja
vi6, Nj. 46; til halfs. Eg. 379; til \oks, finally, to the end (see
vaxa meirr en til dasma, beyond example, unexampled, Stj. 87 ; di
daemis, to produce for the sake of example, Mar. ; hence, til
(as adverb), for instance (written abbreviated in mod. books, t. A
e. g.) 3. e-m ver&r gott, illt til e-s, to be well or /// offfv
thing, have little of it; peim var& gott til manna, Nj. 20; land
til hafna, a land ill off for havens. Eg. 332; par var illt til Vi
mala, short of, Bar3. 5 new Ed. ; henni fell pungt til fjar, Nj. 3
godr til {open-handed as to) fjar ok metna&ar. Eg. 17; fxxr ^^ *
able to do a thing, Nj. 97, Fms. ix, 530; vaenn til framkvaemdar, 48 '
likligr til e-s, likely to, Nj. 132; hafa verSleika til e-s, to deservi l^^^
Eg. 226. 4. with verbs; gora e-t til skaps e-m, Nj. 198; gora
skaps vina minna, 80; jafna e-u til e-s, to compare it with, Ld. 60; v
til eptirmals, Nj. 166; gora vel, ilia til e-s. Eg. 542, Ld. 62 ; vinna
e-s, 50, Isl. ii. 253, Nj. loi. Eg. 519; hlutask til e-s, Nj. loi ; b«
til, biia til, afla til, efna til, fa til, gora til, hjalpa til, inna til, leggja '
reyna til, ra6a til, segja til, skipa til, stilla til, sto8a til, stofna til, t»
til, vinna til, visa til, vdna til, e-s, all verbs of providing, doing, he
ins. disposing, and the like; as also kalla til. 5. vera til ve
mi.
51,1,
W,il.(
'■'■It; »
Bllotii
feiSr,
M:
€,1
TILAFLAN— TILM^LI.
631
III. temp., til miSs aptans, Hrafn. 7 ; til dli, Ld. 12; til
liags, Nj. 109; allt til dau8a-dags, Fms. i. 17, etc. 2. til
if stundar, i.e. till within a short time, a short time ago, Horn.
i6r a sumarit til atta vikiia, the summer passed till eight weeks
left), Nj. 93 ; vika til {)ings, a week to (i. e. before) the season of
•r,, Grag. ; J)rir dagar til sumars, Edda 26 ; tiu vikur til vetrar, Ld.
-tund til hddegis, stund til mifls morguns, dagniala, in measuring
used in Icel. exactly as in Engl., ten minutes to eight, a quarter to
. (but mod. Dan. follows the Germ, mode of reckoning, for there
lutter til tolv,' ten minutes towards twelve, is == Engl. ' ten minutes
\vcn'); til fiess, until, Nj. 153; allt til, all the time till, 272,
7 ; J)ar til er, until, Nj. 4. IV. ellipt. and adverbial usages ;
', to be 'toward,' to exist; eiga til, hafa til, to possess; fala hey
t ef til vaeri . . . hvart-tveggja er til, Nj. 73; ef fiii kemr eigi til,
earnest not to hand, 4; ef nokkut var til, Eg. 267; {)at ra& sem
ir til, ready on hand, 43 ; munu eigi tveir til, Nj. 261 ; k6mu {)eir
til, 80; xtla sva til, 86; vera til neyddr, to be forced, 98 ; l)at er
:t til at taka, 105 ; gefa f^ til, 75 ; vaeri mikit gefanda til, at, 98 ;
\n {)at til, at . . ., Fms. xi. 137 ; skilja til, to reserve, Nj. 54 ; spara
ilkr. i. 196; maela til, 99; tala til, 216; eiga astt til, Edda 7 ;
ar til, Eg. 190; skorta til, Nj. 73 ; illt ^6tti m^r til moti at maela,
u. 242; verSa fyrstr til, to be the first to do a thing, v. 103;
^' st68u til, Ld. 32; hlj6task af mer til, Nj. 113; saekja m&l til
-^>. 2. of direction; sunnan til, Sks. 3l6; norSan til,
nnan til vi8 ana, on the south side of the river, Sks. 216.
>. Too, Lat. nimis; eigi til vi&lendr, Fms. vi. 94; eigi til
205 ; til ungr, til gamall, Grag. i. 192 ; ver8a til seinn, Baer. 15 ;
i ^otti sinn hluti til lagr, Lv. 97; engi hefir til djarfligar risit,
helz til, mikils til, by far too much, as in mod. usage ; but the
ts said holzti (helzti) and mikilsti, thus mikilsti {too much), Hm.
0 Us. i. 775; holzti, Nj. 191, Ld. 18S, 216, Al. 37, 41, Fms. viii. 91,
1 , Hkr. iii. 376; helzti, Eb. 154, etc., see heldr, B. lU ; unzt, see
tl word.
-aflan, f. produce, supply of stores, Ld. 298, Eg. 84.
annaSr, m. furtherance ; tilanna8ar-ma6r, a furtberer, Orkn, 286.
-beiSsla, u, f. adoration.
-iieini, a, m. furtherance, help. Eg. 139, Glum. 326, Fms. vi. 368,
V. 1.
eri, a, m. =snakkr (q. v.), a word used in western Icel.: [Fin.
Swed. bjdra; whence probably tW-beri, for in witchcraft and
. the Finns were the teachers, and it is more likely that the
>. t'.in. borrowed this word from them than the reverse.]
i-bi3ja, ba6, [Dan. tilbede'], to adore.
l-bo9, n. an offer, Dan. tilbud, (mod.)
1-brag3, n. a contrivance, Ld. 150; me6 skjotu tilbragSi, Mar.
i-hrigfli, n. pi. a change. Bard. 169. 2. nature; sem hann a
Art. ; sem likindi eru a ok J)eir attu t., Sturl. i. 3 ; hon hefir illt
li hlotift af ilium tilbrig&um, Al. 153, Str. 61, ^iSr. 129, Fb. ii.
niinn, part, ready.
linaSr, m. an arrangement, Fms, xi. 431 : preparation, Nj. 86,
'■ 373-
I. ouningr, m. = tilbuna5r, Grag. ii. 30.
t beeriligr, adj. [Dan. tilb'6rlig\,fit, suitable, (mod.)
tlra, a6, [akin to tjald?], tildra e-u upp, to build loosely.
tidr&ttr, m. a pulling, attraction. Mar. : an incident, occasion, Stj. 35.
t dr6g, n. pi. what leads or conducts to, the cause or origin of.
fni, n. business, affairs, deserts; hann vissi t. sin, understood bis
'fairs, own deserts, Fms. vii. 61 : a cause, reason.
yg3r, part, squint-eyed.
mgi, a, m. and til-f6ng, n. pi. materials, provisio/is; timbr ok
It'anga, GJ)1. 377, D.N. vi. 167.
cUi, n. [Dan. tilfcelde'], an occurrence, circumstance, accident, case,
.'24, 226, Bs. i. 288, 711, 728, Fms. vi. I18, G^l. 483, H.E. i.
~^turl. ii. 80, passim : gramm. a case, Sk41da 175, 178, 180, 185 :
fi, 204.
■Uiligr, adj. suitable, Bs. i. 234, 769, (Fr.)
•r3, f. admittance, Stj. 68.
nning, f. feeling, sensibility.
atning, f. a supply, 6. H. 129, Fms. viii. 179, v. 1. (ia mod. usage
ndiligr, m. suitableness, Skalda 167.
vndinn, zA]. fault-finding (mod. a8-fyndinn), Grett. 108 C^
v'si, f. a desire, longing, Al. 115.
raUigr, adj. desirable, Str. 38, Barl..56.
-'st, f. = tilfysi, Barl. 122.
erur, f. pi. instruments.
-ng, n. pi. supplies, means, Fs. II, 13, 25, 6. H. 113, Fms. xi. 69.
IV, f. the moving to a place, Grag. i. 451, ii. 334 : an attack^
i.v.), Nj. loi, Eb. 90 new Ed., Ld. 226, Grag. ii. 37, Gull{). 12 :
xution, in civil sense, N. G. L. ii. 89. ,
til-gangr, m, circumstanen, grounds, shewing how a thing comet
•to pass; vigit ok allan t)ann tilgaiig, |>6ra. 69; er long fr4»aga urn
malaferli |)essi ok tilganga, Sturl. i. 10; segir honum tilgang tiimar J)ar-
kvamu, Fms. ii. 197, Sturl. iii. 155, Sks. 587. 11. recouru; at om
s6 t., at varr hlutr $(5 r^ttr, I$l. ii. 141, III. mod. inttntion.
til-gjam, id), forthcoming, Stj. i86.
tU-gj6f, f. a dower, bridal gift, given by the bridegroom to the bride
(cp. mundr), G^l. 212, 214, 321, Fms. ii. 133, ix. 453, x. 309,340,
D. N. passim. 2. endowment of a church, K. L 24. 8. an
additional payment (Dan. tilgifi), D. N.
til-g6ng, n. pl.=^tilgangr, Aiiccd. 56. Sks. 588.
til-g6r3, f. desert, merit; eptir tilgiirftum, according to one's destrU,
Fms. i. 104; fyrir enga t., without provocation, v. 135; litan varrar
tilgordar, id., ix. 352; hiiiini skomm en tilgorftir haiis voru til. vii.
167; lita a t. med efnum. Eg. 417; giji eigi eptir tilgiirfium rArum,
Mar.; fellt 4 sik bann af siuum tilgiirdum, by their deeds, K.k. 64.
til-gdrning, f.=-tilgord, Hom. iii.
til-gOrr, put. full-shapen, finished, Bs. i. 59,
tU-hald, n. (Dan. tilbold), tilhalds-maar, m. a sbowy person; Bjom
var t. mikill, Eb. 200 (Cod. Wolph.) = aburdarma»r.
til-heyriligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), due. proper, Stj. 44, 283, F«r. 141,
H.E. ii. 190, Th. 13; u-t.
til-hj«p, f. help, Norske Saml. v. 551,
til-hli3ran, f. a yielding, concession.
til-hlutan, f. an interference.
til.hl^3iligr, adj. due, becoming.
til-hl6kkun, Ljoy; hiakka til e-i,
til-hneiging, f. a bent, inclination, desire, Stj. 70, 79 : frcq. in mod.
eccl. usage, girndir og tilhneigingar.
til-hugi, a, m., in tilhuga-lif, n. the life of longing, of a loving pair
before the wedding.
til-hsefl, n. the foundation of a statement ; |)a6. er ekkert t. 1 J)vi.
til-haattni, f. a venture, Sks. 231.
til-inning, f. an indication, Hom. (St.)
til-kail, n. a claim, laying claim to, Fms. i. 83, ix. 327, Grag. i. 177,
Eg. 267, Hkr. i. 198.
til-kaUa, u, f. = tilkall, B.K. 125.
til-komandi, part, coming, H. E. i. 389.
til-kostna3r, m. costs, expense.
til-kvdma, u, f. a coming, arrival, Edda 9, Grdg. ii. 293, Nj. 112,
175, Fms. ii. 188, ix. 415, x. 31. compds : tilkv&mu-f6Ik, n.
comers, Stj. 568. tilkvdmu-lauss, adj. of no consequence. Fas. ii.
442. tilkv&mu-ma3r, m. a comer, Fms. ii. 285. 2. a matter
of importance, Fbr. 140.
til-kv8B3i, n. the addressing one in verse. Fas. i. 296.
til-kveemd (til-kcemd. Anal. 247), f. =« tilkvama (?), Fms. x. 212;
tilkvaemdar-madr, Ld. 10.
til-lag, n. a help, contribution; heit ek l)6r nokkum tillagi. Is!, ii. 387,
Faer. 69, Fms. xi. 56, 1 14, Fs. 13 ; t)eir beiddu hann tillaga, GuU{>. 46,
Glum. 314; fjar-tillag, a contribution in money; hann cfldi sta6inn i
miirgum tillogum, endowments, Bs. i. 77. II. counsel, advice;
tillog min ok raSa-gordir, Fs. 41 ; haf J)okk fyrir J)in tillog, ok vi8 skal
ek leita at yrkja kvaeflit, Fms. vii. 1 13, xi. 6j ; J)etta er ra8 mitt ok t.
me& y8r, 98; J)at er mitt t. at Kjartan gori annat-hvart . . ., Ld. 316.
COMPDS : tillaga-f^, adj. reserved in counsel, cold. Fas. ii. 403. til-
laga-g6dr, adj. well-disposed to, furthering, taking interest in, Nj. i. Band.
12 new Ed. tillaga-Ulr, adj. interfering in a hostile way, evil-dis-
posed as to a thing, Orkn. 424, Nj. 73, Sturl. iii. 35 ; hinir tillaga-verstu,
the most hostile, Orkn. 310. tillaga-surr, adj. sour, Bs. i. 732.
til-laga,u,f. = tillag, a co«/n6«//o«, N.G. L. iii. 77, D.N. ii. l6. II.
counsel, advice; vilju v6r heyra fleiri manna tillogur, Fms. ix. 338, xi. 84,
Stj. 194; raSgjafa sins tillogu, Barl. 151, Fb. i. 386; till6gu-f6, a contri-
bution-fee, GJ)1. 12.
til-lagan, f. a contribution, H. E. i. 309,
til-l&ta, n. compliance, deference, Fms. iii. 208. compds : tilldts-
samr, ad], yielding, Grett. 49 new Ed. tiU&ts-semi, f. compliance.
til-lei3ing, f. an inducement, temptation, H.E. i, 490, Th. 15.
til-leitinn, a.d]. pert, sawcy, = aleitinn, Grett. lOO new Ed., Fb. 1.135.
til-leitni, f. an attempt, Krok. 30 C.
til-lit, n. [cp. Germ, ant-litz], a look, glance; hefir Hiittr illt t., a
dismal look. Fas. i. 67 : an opinion, Guds vilja ok r^ttsynna mam» tilliti,
Fms. iv. 1 12 : the looking after a thing.
til-lokkan, f.^w allurement. Mar., Bs. i. 857.
til-lotning, f. reverence ; vegsemd ok t.. Mar.
til-lystiligr, adj. = tilfysiligr, Stj. 417.
til-lffiti, n. deference, Nj. 169, Sturl. iii. 94; giira e-m t., to sbnu
deference to, Finiib. 322 ; veita e-m t.. Stj. 126 ; veita mcr t. ok virfting.
Fas. ii. 545 ; hafa t. vid e-n, Fms. iv. 127; ek vii syna t>er litiS t., gefa
l)t'r gullhring. Boll. 356.
til-m&li, a, m. an admonition, H.E. i. 253.
til-niBDli, n. a claim ( = tilkall), Fms. ix. 327 ; Knuti txStti sem hana
632
TILEAUN— TITLA.
a request, Sks. 78 ; veita t., to answer to
tilmaelis-ord, Stj. 199: a wish, verba. vi5
aetti r6tt t. til Noregs, x. 402
one's request, lOi, 656 C. 12
tilmaBlum e-s = veita e-m t.
til-raun, f. a trial, experiment, Fms. iii. 72 ; gora t., Faer. 32, Ems.
vi. 163, Fs. 6; onnur skirri tilraun, Lv. 78.
til-rfid, n. an onset, fsl. ii. 357 ; veita e-m t., to assault, Clem. 37.
til-r&Sning, f. the clearing the way /or a thing, Fms. i. 244 ; af t. e-s,
by one's efforts, Bs. i. 710.
til-reefli, n. an assault, outrage, virith a weapon ; veita e-m t., Korm.
38, Fms. viii. 249, xi. 148, 151, Ld. 278 (of an outrage) ; hann hjo til
hofuds Flosa — Gliimr gat se6 tilraeSit, Nj. 220; var& hann fyrir Averka
af minu tilrseSi, Isl. ii. 327. 2. boldness, daring; tilraeSi sitt ok
hraustleik, Fms. ii. 217; mun oss sigrs audit ef oss skortir eigi Jjra ok
t., 6. H. 168 ; eljan ok t., Fs. 4 ; tilrje6is-ma5r, a daring man, Fms. vii.
396.
til-saga, u, f. a giving notice of, Grag. ii. 328, Horn. 5.
til-sagt, part, the name of a metre, Edda (Ht.) 129.
til-setning, f. disposition, Al. 104, Fms. x. 300.
til-sigling, f. a shipping to a place, Fms. vi. 440.
til-BJa, f. the looking to a thing, attention, care, Fms. i. 71 ; nie8 t. e-s,
superintendence, supervision, vi. 13 ; hafa tilsjar um hag e-s, 354, Orkn.
446 (where 'vi5' should be 'uni'); fiottisk eiga j^ar t. (recourse) um
eptirmal er hann var, Hrafn. 15; i einn sta& var tilsjain me6 Gu5s
miskunn, Fms. viii. 56, Str. 55.
til-8J6n, f. superintendence; tilsj6nar-ma8r, an overseer.
til-skipan, f. an arrafigement, disposition. Eg. 67, Isl. ii. 355, Fms.
xi. 126; at baen ok t. Eiriks konungs, 319; eptir Gu5s vilja ok t., viii.
329; eptir t. dla, i. 128, Bret. 4. 2. mod. law term, a royal ordi-
nance, as a translation of Da.n. forordning.
til-skyldan, f. one's deserts, due, Stj. : compulsion, aft. eSa kugan, Bs,
i. 857.
til-sleegr, m. a profit, Hkr. iii. 341.
til-s6kn, f. a crowding, frequenting. Mar., Hom. (St.), Stj. 190.
til-spiirn, f. = tilspurning.
til-spTirning, f. a hearing, intelligence, Fms. vii. 24.
til-stada, u, f. a condition, state, circumstances, Fb. ii. 146.
til-stand, n. a condition, state, = d^stand.
til-stilli, n. an inducement, management ; af {)inu t., by thy guidance,
Lv. 34; af sinu t. ok vitru, Fms. xi. 104; hafSi konungr allt t. um
br6g6 t)essi, 6. H, 163 ; t. um malaferli, a conducting of suits, Band.
16 new Ed.
til-stilling, f. = tilstilli ; y8ra t. ok forsjo, O. H. L. 43.
til-sto3, f. assistance, Fms. vi. 235.
til-stofning, f. a causing, Grett. 146 new Ed.
til-studning, f. assistance, backing, Norske Saml. v. 551.
til-stundan, f. an inducement, exertion, Fms. vi. 224, Al. 1 14.
tU-styring, f. = tilstilli, Fms. ii. 68, Clar.
til-s^n, f. an appearance; in the phrase, tilsynum, Sks. 46 new Ed. :
til-s^dum, id.. Fas. i. 246: mod. til-s^ndar: of such and such an
appearance ; fagr t., fair to behold.
til-s^i, n. a look-out, view; J)ykkir mer J)ar gott t., Sd. 174.
til-s^sla, u, f. management, Fms. xi. 120.
til-s6gn, f. (segja til), a confession ; t. synda, 625. 1 79 : mod. informa-
tion, teaching, tilsagnar-fingr, m. the index-finger, Stj. 210.
til-taka, n. a laying hold of; vera g63r, illr tiltaks, to be good
or ill to resort to, 6. H. 44 ; hondin varS honum hvergi betri tiltaks,
the hand was of little use to him, Ld. 140, Eg. 524; ur6u konungi {)vi
verri tiltaks menninir, ok fekk hann litiS 118, 6. H. 177; J)eir kva8u mi
liti8 tiltak bja ser vera mundu sakir fastra heita vi3 Sturlu, Bs. i. 626.
coMPDs: tiltaka-g63r, adj. = g68r tiltaks, good to aid, Fb. i. 433.
t.iltaka-samr, adj. busy, meddling; hann var t. um allt, Fms. ii. 68,
til-taka, t6k, to appoint, fix.
til-taka, u, f. = tiltekja, Fms. xi. 248: the mod. phrase, J)a8 er ekki
tiltoku-mal, there is «o question, possibility of it.
til-tala, u, f. proportion, of numbers ; eptir rettri tiltolu, in due pro-
portion, GJ)1. 214, K. A. 18, Dipl. V. 21 ; ok svarar stund sii er barnit er
fjett J)eirri tiltolu sem til heyrir, N. G.L. ii. 26. 2. a claim — tilkaW,
Fms. i. 52, iv. 86, xi. 388.
til-tekit, part, n. the name of a metre, Edda 125, Ht. 15, 39.
til-tekja, u, f., lit. what a man takes to do (esp. in a low sense), an
expedient, contrivance, Fms. iii. 85, vi. 189, xi. 15, Fs. 18, 64, Nj. 54;
J)a grunaSi mjok um tiltekjur jarls, about the earl's designs, Orkn. 440;
at hvarri-tveggju tiltekju ,J)essi, in either case, Grag. ii. ^28.
tU-tekt, f. = tiltekja, Lv. 25, Bar8. 181, Fs. 9, 17, 73.
til-teyging, f. a temptation, Stj, 146.
til-tni, f. [Dan. tiltro'], trust, confidence, (mod.)
til-tSBki, n. = tiltekt, jjorst. SiSu H. 182, Fs. 9, Anal. 237, Fms. vi.
107, vii. 2, 218, viij. 15, ix. 428; fyrir Jjetta J)itt t. skaltu i)iggja frelsi,
Landn. 150, v, 1. ' •
til-tsekiligr, adj. expedient. Eg. 271, Grett. 33 new Ed., Fms. i. 127,
O.H. 178, Karl. 397.
til-tSDkr, adj. seizable; gora draepan 6k tiltaekjan, hvar sem h,
yr8i fundinn, Eb. 4 ; draepr ok t., hvar sem hann verSr stadinn, Fms.
319; er sekt (6 bans allt ok tiltaekt (forfeited), Grag. i. 461.
ready, at hand, in a condition fit for use ; sk J)€ir at belgirnir voru el
tiltaekir, Sd. 157; sva at fiegar vaeri sver5it tiltaekt er vildi. Eg. 5c
skaldskapr var honum sva t. at . . . , 0. H. 171.
til-verki, a, m. desert, merit, Sks. 551, 615. II. a dt
action; engi skyldi gjalda annars tilverka, Fms. x. 152, Barl. 28,
( = tilg6r8).
til-verkna3r, m. = tilverki, Fs. 10.
til-vik, n. a circumstance, Sks. 565.
til-visan, f. guidance, direction, instruction, Landn. 27, 287, Edda
Fms. vii. 296, Sks. 58, 195, Ver. 34, Stj. 156, passim.
til-vising, f. = tilvisan, O. H. L. 61.
til-vonandi, part, to be expected, future.
til-eesking, f. adoption, a translation of Lat. adoptio; tilaeskingar-si
an adopted son, Fbr. 21, Fb. i. 512.
til-eetlan, f. an intention, purpose, Fms. x. 336, Fs. 109.
TIMER, n. [Engl, timber; Dan. tommer ; Germ, zimmer"], timl
wood felled for building, = Lat. materies; hann haf8i 14ti8 hoggv
skogi timbr. Glum. 368 ; timbrit var J>urt ok braeddir veggirnir, Eg. ;
f)etta var J)ar haft til timbrs, Al. 166 ; hjoggu ]f)eir timbr mart ok hK
saman, Eb. 178; forn timbr fellu, Akv. 42; t. i annars manns miir
N. G. L. ii. 106 ; maer8ar-timbr mali laufgat, Stor., passim in old ;
mod. usage. compds: timbr-fastr, adj. /m6er;/as/, an epithet c
house, "ft. timbr-hus, n. a timbered-house. timbr-hogg, 1
felling of timber, Fms. viii. 116, D. N. iii. 236. tinabr-kirkja, u,
timber-church. timbr-maSr, m. [Germ, zimmermanii], a ho:
Wright, (mod.) timbr-stofa, u, f. a hall of timber, Bs. i. 826, 8
874. timbr-stokkr, m. a timber-stock, beam, of the beams ii
wooden wall, Eb. 118, Eg. 233, Hkr. i. 17, Bs. i. 828. timbr-veg
m. a wooden luall. Eg. 234, Fms. i. 291, vii. 54.
B. A set of forty skins, Fms. xi. 325, Rett. 2. lO.
timbra, a8, [Ulf. timrjan or timbrjan = oiKo5ofnuv ; A.S. timbri-
Engl, timber; O.H.G. zimbaron; Germ, zimmern ; Dzn. tomre ; S\\
timbra]: — to 'timber,' i.e. to build of timber ; the very word pro
that all ancient Teutonic dwellings were of wood; hus at t., Ri
timbruSum ver has«ti, Sks. 626 ; upp at t. Gu8s Kristni, Fms. x. 2
Sks. 26, passim ; ha-timbra hus ok hof, to raise high houses and t»mp
Vsp. 7, Gm.
timbran, f. an erecting, building, Hom. (St.)
timpan, n. [for. word; Lat. tympanum], Konr.
TIN, n. [a common Teut. word; hai. stannum], tin, Fs. 22, Stj. 3
Konr., Dipl. iii. 4, Vm. 47, passim. compds : tin-bjalla, u, f. tinhl
bells (^), Grett. 129 C. tin-diskr, m. a tin plate, Vm. 109, Dipl.
4, V. 18. tin-fat, tin-flaska, and tin-kanna, n. a vat, flask, car.
tin, D. N. tin-ker, n. a pewter-pot, Vm. 104. tin-knappr, m. a
knob, |)orf. Karl. 3 74. tin-kross, m. a tin cross, Vm. 53. tin-li
adj. of tin, tinned, 732. 15. tin-smi3r, m. a tin-smith, whitesmith, St
iii. 191. tin-s63ull, m. a kind of saddle, Vm. 177. II. ni
names, Tin-forni, Eb. ; Tin-tetnn, Korm. ; (tindidttar-ma&r
pewterer, in Kormak's verse.)
tina, a8, to tin ; tinaSr, Am. 83, 84 ; tinnat beisl, Grett. 1 29.
to twinkle or blink with the eyes, like an albino, Lat. tintinnare.
h
tinAa., ib, to fiirnish with iindr ; tinda hrifu : nndi?i.bv, dented ; tinda i^j.
rekendr, byrstr me8 eiki-tindu8u baki, Sks. 419. (jj^
tindil-feettr, adj. walking as on tiptoe.
tindottr, adj. toothed, spiked, covered with spikes, Edda 58, Rb. 3.
Bs. i. 326, Odd. (in a verse).
TINDK, m. [A. S. tind; Germ, zinne], a spike, tooth, as of a rail
harrow, carding comb ; hrifu-tindr, gekk lit kerling ein ok hafdi ullkan
hendi . . . muntu festa, bokki, tindinn i kambi minum? Fb. iii. 446; jar .
tindar, iron spikes, Gd. ; me8 snorpum tindum, Bs. ii. 87:0 mounlain-pi'i \
hann komsk upp i tindinn ok varSisk fiar, Sturl. iii. 50 ; her er mcr sagt | j
sk6gar-mannsins upp i tindunum {jessum, Grett. 134, passim ; fjalls-tirj |
jokul-t., hamra-t., kletta-t. : also freq. in local names, Tindr, Tindi ':
Tinda-st611, Hafra-tindr, Landn., Sturl., map of Icel. : as a pr. nat ; ,
Tindr, Landn. tinda-bikkja, u, f. a kind of skait, raia clavata. 1 |
tingja, u, f. =tingl; kermanna tingjur, Stj. 289.
TING-L, n. [akin to tungl, q. v.], an ornamental bead-piece or h , ;
(Lat. rostra) on a ship; me8 ginandum hof&um ok grofnum tinglf
Hornklofi ; tingls marr, a ' tingol-steed,' i. e. a ship, Hkr. i. (in a ver-
tingla tong, the ' tingl-tong,' i. e. the rostrum, the ship's beak, Halltn
tingla tungl. Lex. Poet. ; enni-tingl, the forehead beaks, i. e. the C
Bragi (thus, not tungl, as seen from the rhyme tzKgl gwgu); g^
JjormoSr inn i skalann ok let roa tinglit, of a ghost, /o wag the headi
Hav. 7 new Ed.
tinna, u, f. a flint; taka eld nie8 tinnu, Fms. viii. 56; tinnu-grj6t
flint-stone, Gsp. : freq. in mod. usage, hrafn-tinna (q. v.), ' raven-flitU.
ttnta, u, f. [tint, Ivar Aasen], a pint, sjnall bottle, D. N. iv. 359.
^ titla, a8, [titull], to give a title.
TITLINGR— -TlLI.
633
ngr, m. [a dimin. from tittr, q. v.], a tit, sparrow, 623. 36, Stj. 318,
i. 13, Trist. ; sma-t., snj6-t., a snow-hunting: titlingr is the com-
uel. word for spcirr (q.v.), which, strangely enough, is quite obso-
thus seljast eigi tveir titlingar fyrir einn penning, Matth. x. 29 : a
line, Landn. II. the penis.
:i, a9, [O. H. G. zittaron ; Germ, zitteml, to twinkle ( = tina) ; hann
:iugunum, he twinkles with his eyes. Band. 119. 2. to shake,
; hvert bein titrar, MS. 4. 5 ; titra af kulda ; hann tok ^& til at
iast og titra, Matth. xxvi. 37.
lugr, m. a shivering.
:•, m. a small peak, a pin ; see hor-tittr. II. a tit (bird),
te.
11, m. [for. word; Lat. titulus'], a dot, abbreviation, Skalda 167,
an inscription, Stj. 650, Horn. 139, Dip), v. 18; mod. titill = a
Pass. 35. 5.
), f. ; the curious phrase 1 J)ann ti6 is prob. not to be explained
old masc, but rather hy pan — ^a,, '{)an' being an obsolete pron.
with a final «, cp. j^ansi on the Runic stones: [A. S. tid;
tide; Dan.-Swed. tid; Germ. ze/V] : — tide, time; langa ti6, a
•.vhile, th. 12; skamma ti3, a short while; alia tiS, all times.
Island byg8isk i J)ann tiS es..., Jb. 4 ; i {)ann tid ars, Anal.
i {)ann ti5 var ufri6r. Bias. 43, Hkr. ii. 211 (J)enna ti6, 6. H.
(irag. i. 500; ^eirrar tiSar, then and there, Fms. vi. (in a verse);
ir tiSar riki, 656 ; nokkuri ti3, once upon a time, Fms. iv. 46 ;
:u tiSum, Ver. 7; a8r a ti3um, in days of yore, Hallgr. 2.
-eason; hin bezta ti3 mun koma yfir Egiptaland, Stj. ; g66rar ti&ar,
a happy hour, Fms. x. 432 (in a verse) ; sa er borinn var beztrar ti3ar,
i. (in a verse); haestrar ti3ar, ix. (in a verse); illrar tiQar, in an
,ur, Hallfred, Stor. 8 (allrar tiSar Cod.) : freq. in mod. usage of the
..i.cr, season, J)a3 er g66 ti3, bezta ti3 til lands og sjoar; 6-ti&, a had
•un, bad time, bad weather; Paskar eru helgari enn aSrar ti3ir. Anal.
! : at hann hafi haft J)rjar ti3ir a sinum dtigum, Fms. x. 276; skal
1 ti3 at eiSfsera limaga . . . eigi skal faera um Langafostu no log-
ti3ir, Grag. i. 245 ; konur skal taka a tiSum {in seasoji) en eigi
uim (cp. Dan. i utide = out of season), N.G. L. i. 16; a helgum tiS-
■ sacred days, 10 : the phrase, a ollum ars ti6um. 3. an hour;
. iuiidu tid dags, Stj. ; Iei6 eigi helmingr einnar ti6ar, a3r . . ., Fms. x.
,;; J)ri6jung tiSar, halfa fimtu ti5, Rb. 480, 524; a enni fyrstu ti6
)'iiunar, 623. 32 ; sem leiS at J)ri6ju ti3 naetr, Al. 168. 4. service-
I e, bora canonica in the eccl. law ; miSs-morguns ti6, dagmala ti6, mi3s
( ;s ti&, eyk6ar ti3, aptan-songs tiS, Horn. (St.) : esp. in plur., syngja
1 r, Fb. ii. 295 ; flytja ti6ir, Stat. 267 ; syngja yfir liki ^xx tiSir er til
1 iar, N. G. L. i. 14 ; kaupa tiSir, 12 ; til kirkju J)eirrar er hann kaupir
iL, 19; var J)at lengi at hann matti eigi syngja ti3irnar, Nj. 279;
ti3ir, fylgja ti3uni, etc., passim ; Mariu-ti3ir, |)orlaks-ti3ir, tbe^
■-•, chant to the Virgin Mary, St. Thorlac, Bs. i. 847. 5.
n., Skalda 179, 185, Edda 124. compds : ti3a-b6k, f a
ry, Fms. v. 172, Bs. i. 83, Vm. 15. tiSa-fserr, adj. able
to church, Bs. i. 180. ti3a-f6r, f. church-going, Fms. viii.
ti3a-gata, u, f. a church-path. Am. 107. tl3a-ger3,
i.Jivine service, Fms. i. 260, Bs. i. 38, 84, Sym. 57, Dipl. ii. 14.
tk-hald, n. performance 0/ tidir, N.G.L., Mar. tl3a-kaup, n.
" 'est's salary, K. |>. K. 170, 172. tida-lauss, adj. without ti3ir,
ii. 13. tl3a-nia3r, m. a worshipper, Fb. iii. 449, Fms. v. 182.
offr, n. = ti3akaup, Vm. 129, Dipl. i. 5, Bs. i. 287. ti3a-renta,
'/., H. E. ii. 108. ti3a-skra, f. a ' tide-scroll,' missal, Pm. 18,
v. 18; arti3ar-skra, an obituary. ti3a-s6kn, f. church-going,
Iv. 46, Hom. 74, Vm. 77; ti3as6knar-madr, a worshipper, K. A.
ti3a-s6iigr, m. a church-chant, 625. 163. tl3a-veizla, u,
'>agor3, Str. 5.
, d, impers. to long for, wish; mik fata tiSir, / long to go, VJ)m.
fjalli e3a fir3i ef t)ik fara tidir, Hm. 117; ek get hins, at ykkr
'i3i (subj.), Skm. 24. 2. reflex., sva at hsegra ver3i at rita
1, sem mi ti3isk ok a J)essu landi, Skalda (Thorodd) 161 ; hvi hafa
ir liiga skua ok rauSar hosur? — Ymist ti3isk mi, Fms. viii. 358.
hjalat, part. n. much-spoken ; J)at er t. um e-t, Ld. 160 ; gora
Miiala3 vi3 e-n, {jorst. Si3u H. 175.
ndi, n. pi. [Engl, tidings is a Norse word, d having been changed
i,' ; Dan. tidende ; Ormul. tipennde] : — tidings, news ; meiri t. ok
I ! ligri, Fms. ii. 194; hver t., xi. 102; J)a er hann fretti l)au t. er
- voru ver3. Eg. 51 ; Bjorn spur3i J)essi t., 160; sog3u J)eir Jjau t.,
. 168; segja Snorra Go3a fessi t., Ld. 224; spyrr Helgi hvat
saei til ti3enda, 172 ; {)u skalt eigi {jurfa frd ti3endum at segja, be
report the tidings, Nj. 8, Bs. i. 521 ; segja t. sunnan or heradinu,
.^.^3; spurdusk J)essi t. um allar Faereyjar, Fxr. 33; eigi kaemi
. til eyrna m^r at mer J)a3tti verri, Nj. 64; mikil t., great tidings,
-'6, Edda 12 ; sag3i Bragi ^gi fra mcirgum tiBindum pt\m er JEsk
att, 45 ; en somu ti3endi, 655 i. I ; ny ti3indi, new tidings; fom
' /ales, Ht. R. 2 ; ill t., ill tidings, Hom. 150; g63 t.,good tidings;
, 0. H. 85 ; spyrja almaeltra ti3eiida, the news of the day, Eb. 250 ;
voddusk ok spurdusk almaeltra ti3enda, Band. 2. 2, news, an
event; hann s& tiSendi gbnra & Gullteig, htsaw clearly vihat happened la
G., isl. ii. 349 ; er J)etta var tidenda, happened, Fb. i. 1 27 ; vita tifteoda,
to be important, ii. 87 (gegna tiftendum, 6. H. I. c.) ; verfta til tiftcnda. to
betide, happen, O. H. 1 20 ; vift staddr l)au in mikin t. er , . ., Fm*. vi. 186;
her segir frii {)eim tiftendum, sem mi hafa verit um hrift, viii. 5 ; eptir jKsti
t., X. I. COMPDS : tidenda-lauat, adj. void of news, void of Hartling
tidings, Ld. 148; cptir um sumarit var kyrt ok tiftendalaust, Fb. ii. 123.
tf3euda-pati, a, m. a rumour, Al. 17. tfdends-sogs, u, f. a
telling tidings. Eg. 513. tiSinda-Skopti, a, m. S. the news-teller.
a nickname, Hkr. i. tldenda-spurn, f. a hearing of newt, Al.
188. ti3inda-86gn, f. a report, Fms. i. ao2, Ld. 82. tiflendih-
vsenligr, ad], fraught with great tidings, Eb. 2 30 (foreboding great
things), Karl. 259. tldenda-veenn, adj. id. ; draumar tiftenda-vaenir,
Sturl. ii. 109.
tf 3i8, adv., in the phrase, vita hvat ti&it Tar, tt>bcU vtot tb* turn f Stj.
"3-
tidka, aft, to be wont; hefi ek eigi tiSkat at taka vift munnum, f>j&l.
7- II. reflex, to be in use, fashion, be in vogue; ^au tiftkask nu
enu brei3u spjotin, Grett. 103 new Ed. ; sem mi tekr mjtik at tiftkatk,
Fs. 22. 2. tiftkast e-m, to become dear to; hann tiftkaOitk M4riu,
be courted Mary, Fagrsk. ill.
tidkan, f eagerness; e-m er tiftkan a e-u, to be eager for, Karl. 35.
tf3kan-legr, adj. usual.
tf3-leikr, m. popularity ; fa tidleik ok metnuft, Vcr. 26 ; vera i Xib-
leikum vid konu, to go a courting, Bs. i. 652.
ti3-ligr, adj. temporal, Eluc. 8, Hom. 41.
Tf DR, ti3, titt, adj. [cp. Dan. tidt = often"], frequent, usual, customary ;
sva sem titt var at biia um lik gofgra manna. Eg. 94 ; knattlcikar voru
t)a tidir, 187 ; J)au vapn voru J)a, ti3, 189; annat var tidara me3 Olafi
konungi, Ld. 196 ; sva sem konungum e3a jiirlum er titt i o3rum liindum,
Orkn. 80 ; langa kanpa sem t)4 var titt, Fb. ii. 376. 2. often spoken
of, noted, famous ; vard Martinus tidr af t)vi, es hann gordi |)at es. ..,
Mart. 119; a ^eim tidum var Ambrosius biskup i Meilansborg, haria
ti3r ok agaetr, Ver. 50 ; hvarrtveggi var tidr alj)y'du {popular), 655 vi. A.
14 ; ok var ordinn enn tidasti, most famous, Fms. x. 417. 8. skilled
in, versed in; tid erum bok ok smidir, Fms. vi. (in a verse). II.
metaph. dear, beloved; i Gymisgordum ek sa ganga mer tida mcy . . .
maer er mer tidari en, dearer than, Skm. 6, 7 ; {)a s4 Olvir hniifa Solveigu,
ok giirdi s^r um titt, and courted her, Eg. 5 ; er honum titt um ferd sina,
he has no time to lose, is eager to return, 54. 2. eager ; J)eim var titt
heim at fara, 0. H. 165 ; kann ek skaplyndi aljjydunnar, at til |)ess vaeri
ollum titt at komask undan ^raelkan utlendra hofdingja, 33 ; hana
bysk heiman, ok er titt at reyna J>essa vitru hennar ok tilskipan, Fm$.
xi. 4 ; ok er honum titt til at Jjcssi rada-hagr tzkisk, 106 ; nti er honum
titt til sins matar, |>idr. 168 ; hann vissi hve titt vera matti bans kvamu,
how eagerly his coming was looked for, Bs. i. 392 ; til einskis var honum
sva titt, hvarki til svcfps n6 matar, at eigi . . . , 643 ; Jiorolfr giirfti i^r
titt vid Bjorn, Tb. courted B.'s friendship. Eg. III. neut., ok s4
Jja hvat titt var, what had happened. Eg. 216 ; hcifdu njosn af hvat titt
var um bans mal, 6. H. 120. 2. adverbially = sem tiftast, at once,
with all speed; J)eir reru i brott sem tidast, Fms. iv. 169 ; kuflmadr r^ri
yfir iina sem tidast, v. 182 ; x sem tidast, Karl. 24O ; geng ck aldri
tidara (Dan. tiere^ after) never more, ^si eyrendis, Clar, ; an er {)eit
raeddu {jetta tidast, Fms. vii. 214; gangi menn eptir J)eim sem tidast^
Eg. 206; at hvarrtveggi sem tidast, Edda 31 ; fara t)eir Jiegar i Hereyjar
sem tidast, Fms. xi. 124; foru |)eir i brott sem tidast, Hkr. i. 244; br4
hann saxinu baedi hart ok titt, Stj. 383 ; hann sprettr upp hart ok titt,
Fms. iv. 173 ; hoggva titt ok hart, i. 45 ; titt nefndr so and $0, Dipl. iv.
13 ; ott ok titt, Fms. ii. 322, see odr H. 2.
ti3-r8Bkinn, adj. often attending service, Bs. i. 265.
ti3-r8Btt, part. n. = tid-hjalat; {)eim var tidraett Einari ok {xJrvaldi ok
Steingrimi, Gliim. 372 ; J)at hiifdu menn a mali hve tidrsett J)eim jarli
var ok {>orbirni, bow much parley the earl and Th. bad with one another,
Orkn. 300 ; var ekki jafn-tidrsett sem Jiat, Grett. 81 new Ed.
ti3ska (tizka), u, f a custom, fashion ; efna til erfis, ^ivi ^at var tizka
i {)ann mund, Ld. 104 ; J)at er tidska at binda miinnum helsko, Gisl. 24 ;
ddr a tidum var tidska hj4 lydum, Hallgr. ; ^at var \>k xibzkz i |«r
mundir at konur paer foru yfir land er volfur v6ru kalladar, Fb. i. 524.
tl3uliga, idv. frequently, repeatedly, R^tt. 40.
tidum, adv. frequently ; hiiggva hart ok tidum. Fas. ii, 556 ; lagdi
spjotinu hart ok tidum, Fbr. 78, Karl. 242 ; drekk {jii sm4m ok ddum,
drink little and oft, i. e. keep sipping, Sks. 379 ; opt ok tidum, many
times and oft, D. N. i. 195, freq. in mod. usage.
ti3ungr, m. a full-grown bull (and not gelded, see Ivar Aasen s. v.
tidung), Edda (Gl.)
ti3-virkr, adj. industrious, Fms. xi. 377.
ti-faldr, adj. tenfold. Mar.
TlK, f , gen. tikr, pi. tikr, [North. E. tyhe'], a bitch, Hkr. 1. 34, Sd.
168; hafa tikr eyrendi, Kormak; hjard-tik, hund-tik.
tili or tili, a, m. [this word belongs to a root freq. in the other Tent
languages, Goth, til^fit; A.S. til=^^t, good, also tU'^fitness, till = am
634
TfLI— TJALD.
end, a scope; Engl. till= cultivate; Germ, ztel; in Norway, people have
a word ' tilna,' (tilna3r, ni., would be the answering Icel. form, but
it is lost), aptitude, fitness, in a phrase like ' e hev ki " tilna" for da,' =
I have no aptitude for thai] : — scope, found only in the compds, aldr-tili,
' life' s-sc ope,' i. e. death, and li-tili, a mishap, mischance ; konungr sag3i,
at t)eim haf3i otili mikill staSit af Kveldiilfi ok sonum hans, Eg. 175;
J)6ttu RauQssynir likastir til at valda slikum otila, O. H. 174.
Till, n. Thule (geograph.), Landn. (pref.)
TIIjT (better than tilt), n. [the word is undoubtedly the same as A.S.
tibtle = a charge, suit"] : — strife, litigation, a air. \ey. ; \>vl kunnir aldregi
bera tilt meS tveim, Ls. 38 ; prob. = Lat. componere lites, (' deila ' tilt
would better suit the sense.)
tfma, d, only used with a negative ; tima ekki, to grudge, he dis-
tressed at an outlay ; hann var sva sinkr at hann timdi ongu at launa,
Fas. iii. 40 ; hann hafSi au8 ijar, an timdi hvarki at hafa sjalfr ne lata
a3ra hafa, |)6r6. 50 new Ed. ; J)u timir ekki til at vinna at J)u fair
nokkura framkvaemd, Faer. 24; Atli timdi ekki at halda vinnu-menn,
Hav. 53; hann timir af ongu at sja, Stj. 516; hann timdi eigi at gefa
monnum sinum mat, Fas. ii. 104. II. impers. to ' betime,' be-
fall; varS honum \)it sem margan timir, Fb. i. 208. III. reflex.
to happen to one, betide or befall one (cp. Dan. times) ; ef timask vill, er
slikum manni tok sva J)ungt at timask, Al. 122.
timanliga, adv. timely, betimes, ear/y, = timaliga. Fas. iii. 158.
timgask, 6 (spelt and sounded tingast), dep. to thrive; litt hafa
menu setiS yfir varum hlut Myra-manna, ^A er oss timga3isk, Sturi. i.
225. 2. to increase, multiply, of breeding ; eptir J)at kom hafr til
geita hans, ok tinga&isk J)a sva skjott fe hans, at hann var9 skj6tt vell-
au8igr, Landn. 271.
TlMI, a, m. [A.S. tima; Engl, time; Dan. time; it is strange that
TJlf. uses no word analogous either to ' ti& ' or ' timi '] : — time ; langr timi,
Fms. vi. 92 ; eptir tima li&inn, after a little time, Bs. i. 857 ; eigi langan
tima upp fra J)essu, Fs. 6l ; i J)ann tima, at that time. Eg. 15, Stj. 50; i
})enna tima, at the time, then, Fms. x. 27, Sd. 138 ; einn tima, once, a time,
H. E. i. 516 ; tva tima, twice, Fms. xi. 159 ; um tima,/or a time, Mar. ;
hann sat J)ar um tima, Ann. 1363 ; i annan tima, the second time, again,
Stj. 50, Fb. i. 145, 211 ; |)riaja tima, the third time, D. N. i. 263 ; fyrstan
tima er ek var her, the first time that I was here, Fb. i. 512: gramm.,
Skalda 159, 175 : a time, season, allir arsins timar, Stj. 148. 2. time,
fit time ( = Gr. /caipos) ; er J)eim J)6tti timi til at ganga a fund konungs.
Eg. 28 ; J)eir h^ldu vorS a naer timi mundi vera at hitta konung, 421 ;
eigi hittu J)^r mi i tima til, Fms. vii. 197; u-timi, the wrong time; i
otima, too late; akve&inn timi, a fixed time, Grett. 161 ; a haefiligum
tima, in due time, Fms. vi. 133 ; i tima, betimes, Karl. 12 ; hon for at
molka kyr eptir tima, Grett. 80 new Ed, II. metaph. a good
time, prosperity; en sa timi fylg5i fer6 {)eirra, at . . ., Edda 152
(pref.) ; gefi Gu8 ykkr g63an tima, Stj. 426 ; hann skyldi Jiar vel
kominn ok me9 tima a J)enna enn nyja bolstaS, Ld. 98 ; halda tima
sinum oUum, Al. 59 ; gangi Jj^r allt til tirs ok tima, Fb. i. 566 ; en upp
fra t)essu gekk Eyjolfi hvarki (til) tirs ne tima, E. had henceforth bad
times, Bs. i. 286; me5an riki st63 meS beztum tima ok sidum, Sks. 526;
me5 betra tima, with better times, Al. 100. compds : tima-dagr, m.
a day of bliss, Fms. i. 214, Ld. 154, Fas. i. 141 ; let {)at vera mundu
tima-dag •er J)eir h6f8u lendt viS Saelu, 0. H. 36. tfma-liald, n.
chronology, observation of time, Stj. 279. tf ma-land, n. a land of
bliss, Mag. tima-lauss, adj. luckless, Fms. ii. 240. tima-leysi,
n. lucUessness, Al. 57 : lack of time, (mod.) tfma-liga, adv. timely,
early, Stj. 184. tfma-ligr, adj. temporal, Stj. 3. tima-samliga,
adv. successfully, Faer. 108. tima-skipti, n. change of time (gramm.),
Skalda 206.
Tim A, d, [akin to teinn = a twigQ), pointing to a lost strong verb,
tina, tein] : — to pick; tinda ek saman alia goagripi J)a er i skalanum
voru, Fb. i. 262 ; var J)a niSr breiddr einn mottull ok {)ar tind a af
herfangi oil eyrna-gull, Stj. 396 ; hann tindi upp gullit, Grett.
161. 2. to pick, cleanse; kom tint ok ii-tint, D.N. i. 432 ; tina
ok rsekja korn, ii. 48 ; skera ok tina, R^tt. 10. 2 ; tina gros, to pick
moss (separate it from the leaves) ; li-tind gros ; tina dun, to pick eider-
down. II, metaph. to recount, narrate; ok tina Imbrudaga-
hald ok fostu-innganga, Grag. i. 2 ; sva sem tint er i logum, 6 ; hann
skal tina J)at, er reifir, hver gogn fram hafa komit . . . sa maSr er vorn
skal reifa, hann skal tina gogn J)au 611 er til varnar hafa fram farit, 64,
65 ; sem tint ok upp sagt, K. |>. K. ; sem aSr var tint, Grag. i. 208,
Fms. vii. 91 ; ek mun tina fa articulos. Mar. ; er Jni J)inn harm
tinir. Am. 53 ; i morgum frasognum, J)6at ver munim far tina, Fb. i.
435 ; {)arf |)ar eigi or& um at tina, Sturl. ii. 180 : allit., tja ok tina, Fms.
vii. 125 ; sem a5r er tint ok talt, ii. 47, Barl. 138 ; engi tunga ma tina
ne hugr hyggja, Fms. v. 241. III. reflex., bad jarl sina menn
tinask {go one by one) undan hverjum enda, Fb. i. 532. ',
tina, u, f. a handful of a thing to be cleansed ; tina eina tinu af dun.
tlningr, m. pickings ; lir-tiningr, offal.
tinir, m. a gatherer. Lex. Poet.
TfBJB, m., gen. tirar and tirs, dat. tiri ; [A.S. tir ; Germ, zier]:
^ — glory, renown; me6 tiri, with glory; me5 ollum, haestum, oflgif
tiri, me& frygSar tiri, with glory. Lex. Poet. ; tiri gxddr, gifted w\
glory; styra fremd ok tiri; bella tiri; J)at faer e-m tirar, Vellek
goSs hofum tirar fengit, H8m. ; fa ser langs tirar, lasting fan
styrir alls tirar ; ins sanna tirar, etc.. Lex. Poet. : the word is poetic
in prose it only remains in the allit. phrase, tirs ok tima, Bs. i
(see timi) : in the compounded words, or8s-tirr, good report; lofs-ti
fame, praise ; in li-tirligr, inglorious : in the phrase, taka tirar-hei
k e-m, to treat with distinction, Sturl. i. 183 C: it is freq. in po
compds and epithets, tfr-bra3r, tir-eggja3r, tir-g6flgr, tir-kuni
tir-mildr, tir-pni3r, tir-rsekr, tir-samr, tir-ssell, — all poeti
epithets to a hero =gloriotis. Lex. Poet. compds : tirar-f6r, f
glorious expedition, triumph, Hkr. iii. 3. tirar-gjarn, adj. g'/ono
Lex. Poet. tirar-h6fu3, n. an illustrious bead. tirar-laui
adj. inglorious. Lex. Poet. tirar-sterkr, tirar-fr63r, adj. gloria
tirar- J)ing, n. a glorious meeting. Lex. Poet.
Tirs-dagr, m. Tuesday; see Tyr.
ti-r8B3r, adj. decimal, of a hundred, tvau hundruS tirseS, two decin
hundreds, opp. to the duodecimal (see hundra8), Bs. i. 136, Skalda it
at bokmali verSa 611 hundru& tirae8, Sks. 57:0 hundred years old, Fi
iv. 24 ; vetri midr enn t., 623. 27 : measuring a hundred (fathoms, elJ
eldhusit var tirsett at lengd, en tiu fadma breitt, Gisl. 14.
tista, t, to twitter, of a small bird ; to squeak, of a mouse ; hestr, m
titlingr . . . gneggjar, tistir, syngr, a ditty.
TllT, [Swed. tio; Dan. //; cp. tigr, and Engl, -ty in twen-ly, tbir-
etc.] : — ten ; tiu tigir, ' ten-ty,' i. e. o hundred, Nj. 219; hundraS ok t
tigir, a hundred (i.e. 120) plus ' tenty' ( = 220), Vm. 107, see hundra
hence mod. tiu-tiu, indecl. ' ten-ty' = hundred.
tiund, f. the 'tenth;' kona ma gefa tiund or heiman-fylgju sia
N. G. L. i. 153 ; tiundar gjof, q. v. II. as a law term, a tit
Scot, teind, being the tenth part of the produce, K. A. 96 ; for the int
duction of the tiund by Bishop Gizur, in the year 1097, see lb. ch. :
For the Law on Tithe, Tiundar Log, see D. I. i. 70 sqq. For Norw:
see N. G. L. ii. 310. The tithe was divided into four parts, — betwf
bishop, priest, church, and the poor, biskups-t., prests-t., kirkju-t., fatsek
t. : names of other tithes are, osta-t., sel-t., skipar-t., skrei3ar-t., bata-
kaupeyris-t., D. N., N. G. L. : other special names, lei6angrs-t., hofu8
(see p. 308, col. i), avaxtar-t. (see p. 48), in meiri tiund, Grag. i. 2(
K. J>. K. 37newEd. ; 16g-tiund, skipti-t., heima-t. compds: tiunde
fe, n. tithe-money, Grag. i. 308. tiundar-gjald, xi. payment oft., D
i. 77, Bs. i. 68, Fms. vii. 91. tiundar-gj6f, f. a gift of a tenth, ,
tenth part of a thing; fj6r3ungs gj6f ok tiundar gjof, Dipl. v. i, D.I
N. G. L. ti\mdar-g6r3, f. a tithe-making, setting the tithe, K.k.i
Dipl., N. G. L. i. 346. tiundar-hald, n. a holding back the til
Grag. tiiindar-lieinita, u, f. a claim of the t., H.E. i. 544, ii. ic
tiundar-lag, n. a levying t., Vm. 113. tiundar-mdl, n. a case:
garding t., Grag. i. 18, Sturl. ii. 4. tiundar-reikningr, m. a titi
account, Pm. 36, Dipl. v. 23. tiundar-skipti, n. the apportionnu
of the tithe, Grag. i. 443, Jb. 185. tiundar-sokn, f. a suit of
K. J>. K. 162. tiundar-s6k, f. a case referring to t., K. f>. K. l(
tiundar-timi, a, m. a term for paying tithe, Stj. tiundar- vai
u, f. tithe goods, Sturl. i. 220, Bs. i. 481. tiundar-vir3r, a
titheable.
tiunda, a8, to pay tithes, or have one's property taxed for tithe; t
sitt, Grag. i. 202 ; tiunda fe sitt inni meiri tiund, id., K. f). K. I-(
passim : also used with the amount, hann tiundar tuttugu, sexto
hundru8, i. e. his titheable property amounts to twenty, sixty hundred; i
hundraS B.
tiundi, the tenth, N, G. L. i. 348, passim.
tiu-tiu, indecl. ' ten-ty,' i. e. one hundred: the older form is tiu tig
see tigr.
TfVI, a, m., also spelt with/; mostly only used in pi. tivar; a 4
sing, tiva occurs in Haustl. 8 ; fro&gum tiva (thus Ob., the Kb. has ti
a less correct form) : a gen. sing, tiva, Vsp., in valtiva ; [this old wo
is identical in root with Lat. divus ; Sansk. devas ; Gr. Aius (Zews) ; (
also Tyr] : — a god, divinity; {)riggja tiva, Haustl. i ; tormi81adr tivu!
3 ; tiva rok, VJ)m. 42 ; Alfheim Frey gafu tivar at tannfe, Gm. 5 ; ril
tivar, {ikv. 14; mserir tifar, Hym. 4 ; sig-tivar (q. v.), gods of vicfm
Ls. I, 2, Vsp., Gm., Fm., Akv. 29 (Bugge) ; val-tivar, the gods of I
slain, Vsp. 50 (Bugge) ; sjeki-tivar, the martial gods, Landn. (in a veise
kykvir tivar, living beings, applied to men, O. H. (in a verse of t
Christian time), all the other references being heathen.
tivor, m. [this word, a air. Xty. in the Vsp., is, as the form slw
(the r being radical), different from the preceding, but identical wi
the A.S. tifr or tiber = a victim, hostage, and akin to tafn, q. v.}:-
victim ; Baldri, bl68gum tivor. Balder, the bloody victim, Vsp.
TJALD, n., pi. tjold; [A.S. teld; Engl, tilt = the cover of a m
Dan. teW] : — a tent, Isl. ii. 178, Eg. 276 : tents were pitched not only 1
land, but on ships, esp. when in harbour ; dreki nieS tjoldum ok ollu
rei8a, 44; r65rar-skutu ok Jiar me8 reiSa allan, tj61d ok vistir, 7^; j>»]
gekk ut a skipit ok fyrir utan tjoldin, 195 ; lata ^th t)egar af ser tjoWi
TJALDASS— TJtJGA.
635
i6l ; bregSa stafn-tjoldum, Hkv. I ; hlnpu menn ^ upp skyndiliga ok
(iku af ser tjiildin, Fms. x. 135 (v.l.), viii. 130. At the time of public
;ings (such as parliament) the men lived in tents; at {)inglausnum
; menn breg6a tjiildum sinum, Grag. ii. 93 ; en er hann kom &
t ok bu5 hans var tjoldut J)a let hann tjalda undir svortum tjiJldum
af til J)e5s at J)a vaeri si6r skirdraept, 6. H. 156; for the tent-
is in market-places, see Ld. ch. 12, Fbr. 51, 52 new Ed.; land-
, a tent ashore. 2. hangings, of a church ; kirkja d tjold
. crfis, . . . kirkju-tjold 611, ... tjold um alia kirkju, . . . biining allan
lum . . .tjold um kor, D. I. i. 251 sqq. passim. II. for local
s, Tjald-brekka, Tjalda-sta3ir, Tjalda-nea, Tjalda- vellir,
anda., Sturl.
I B. CoMPDs : tjald-fiss, m. a tent-pole, Fms. x. 54. tjald-
|ii3, t. a tent-booth, Stj. 247 ; J)eir gor8u j)ar tjaldbiiSir er heitir 4
"jalda-velli, Landn. 370: eccl. the Tabernacle, Hb. 544. i, Fms. v. 276,
'tj., N.T., Vidal. tjald-dyrr, n. pi. tent-doors. Fas. ii. 441, Fms.
44. tjald-ktila, u, f. a ' tent-ball,' tent-knob, the knob on the
tgs; J)eir berja J)eim tjaldk(ilur ok fella &, J)a tjoldin, Isl. ii. 56,
I. 522, Fb. ii. 16. tjald-lauss, adj. tentless, in open air, Fms.
50, X. 135, v.l. tjalda-lauss, adj. i'flf., Hkr. i. 108. tjald-
ppr, m. a rag of hangings, Jm. 9, Pm. 5, Vm. 161. tjalds-
jagli, a, m. a tent-peg, Fas. ii. 263 : also of the pegs to which hangings are
\sltned, Sturl. iii. 146. tjalds-rtim, n. a lodging in a tent, Grag. ii. 55.
ald-8k6r, f. the border, edge of a tent; kona sat lit vi6 tjaldsktirina,
1. 30; ^a. hljop inn of tjaldskarar Sigurdr J>orlaksson, 6. H. 158;
um gengr inn til tjalds J)ess er Gautr var, sprettir tjaldskorum, gengr
n i tjaldit at runii Gauts ok vekr hann, Fbr. 52 new Ed., Bs. i. 509.
alda-slitr, n. worn hangings, Dipl. v. 18, Pm. 23, 37. tjald-
notti, a, m. an oblong piece of tapestry (?) ; bloSrefiUinn kom upp i
iMsmottann, Sturl. iii. 188. tjald-sperra, u, f. tent-spar, a nick-
me, Sturl. ii. 233 C. tjald-sta3r, m. a tent-stead, baiting-place
btre to pitch a tent. Eg. 275, Fms. v. 286; kirkja a tjaldstad ok
ossa-beit, Pm. 38. tjald-steinn, m. a tent-stone, a rock looking
■e a tent, Dropl. 33. tjaJd-stokkr, m. a tent-block. Fas. ii. 285.
vld-stu3ill, m. a tent-pole, Fms. viii. 388. tjald-steedingr, m.
it-pitcher, a nickname, Landn. 294. tjald-st6ng, f. a tenP-pole,
>cr. i. 26. tjalds-trSmir, f. pi. a platform on which to pitch a tent,
jrl. i. 147. tjald-teturr, m. worn hangings, Pm. 36. tjald-
3ir, m. pi. the wooden frame of a tent, K.^. K. 90, Stj. 321.
jalda, a5, to pitch a tent, Fms. vi. 181, v. 286, Hkr. iii. 286: on
ips, fiat var annarr si6r J)eirra at tjalda aldri a skipum. Fas. ii. 37 ; J)eir
'3u skip sitt til hafnar, en er J)eir hofSu tjaldat ok um biiizk. Eg. 37 ;
r sa {)ar fyrir baenum fljota langskip tjaldat, 88, Hkr. ii. 43 ; er J)eir
iViu tjaldat ok fest skip sitt, Fms. vii. 314; J)eir hof&u tjaldat yfir
pi sinu. Eg. 121 : vagn tjaldaSan, a tilted or covered wagon, Hkr. i.
; tjalda klaeQum of kistu, Bs. i. In places of annual popular meetings
,h as the Icel. AlJ)ing, each priest or man of mark had his own biid,
four roofless walls, which remained open ; and when parliament
he threw a tent over his booth as a roof, dressing it out as a
! with hangings and benches ; this was called ' tjalda bu&,' see Grag.
S6, and Nj. passim, 6. H. ch. 133 (for the Faroe), and Mr. Dasent's
:at Njal. 2. of the hangings of a bed ; rekkjan var vel tjoldut,
,5; holl tjaldat inum fegrsta bor8a, Nj. 6; tjalda hollina gram
limdlum, Fms. i. 118; hann let t. kirkju borSa ^eim er hann haf6i
1 haft, Bs. i. 77 : of a canopy, tjaldat var um J)veran skalann i milli
Jrra, 41.
aldan, f. the pitching a tent, N. G. L. ii. 256.
aldari, a, m. [tjaldr; O.H.G. zeltari and zeltian'], a racer, race-
he, Edda (Gl.)
ildr, m. a bird, an oyster-catcher or sea-pie, hcematopus ostralegus L.,
I (Gl.), and mod. usage, (Dan. tjald); so called prob. from its long
Hke tent-spars.
' ARA, u, f. [A. S. tearo ; Engl, tar; Dan. tjere^, tar. Grig. ii. 404,
43, Sks. 425, Fas. i. 18; bera tjoru i h6fu5 ser, Nj. 181, Fms. i.
; svart sem t., black as tar. Band. 15 ; tjoru-pinnr, a tar-pin, Sturl.
^9; tjoru-skinn, a tarred skin, a nickname, Sturl. i. 112, 155 (a
of waxen cloth ?) ; tjoru- spann, N. G. L. i. 198 ; tjoru-tjom, the tar-
^ Lat. lacus asphalti, Stj. 73 ; tjoru-tunna, a tar-barrel, Vm. 62 : the
phrase, torfs ma3r ok tjoru, a sort of running the gauntlet, cp. the
'tarring and feathering,' N. G.L. i. 253, 334 (§ 168). .*J^ru-
'-ii, n. tar-works, where tar is made; ssetr, smiSju, tjoru-virki, veiSi-
ir e8a andvirki, N. G. L. ii. 145.
irga, zh, to tar : in part. tjarga3r, tarred, Rekst. 4.
isna, u, f. [akin to Engl, tassel ?], an old obscure word ; the pegs by
ch lists for battle were marked oifwere called ' tjosnur,' for the
riptioii see Korm. 86. compds : tj6snu-bl6t, n. a kind of sacri-
or rite to be performed at a wager of battle ; meS J)eim formdla sem
n er eptir haf6r i bloti {)vi er kallat er tjiisnu-blot, Korm. 1. c.
in-tjasna, u, f. oak-peg (?), is the name of one of the bondmaids in
from her stumpy figure. * . ' . .,.
•^A., qs. tea ; the pres. varies between several forms, ter, tjar, tjair ; ^
pret. tjuSi ; imperat. t6 ; part. tj48r (analogoui to »j4) ; tj4 it a contracted
form from an older tega, which only remain* in the pret. reflex, tegar,
tegumk, in four instances, (tec B. Ill) : [Ulf, l»iban~iwarri)<\M ; Hel,
tihan; O. H.G. ziban ; Germ, zeigtn or xeibtn; cp. Engl, leacb; A.S.
teecan; Lzt. dicere,in-dicare; Gr. ttiKywat ; cognate or derivative it Goth.
taiknjan ■=Stticvwcu, whence takn, teikn, Engl, toktn, and to on.]
B. To shew, exhibit ; er honum er Xib tverft, wbm the sword i$
shewn him, Vkv. 17 (Bugge) ; tyndi h<5n ok ti-3i b<inda tinuni Jonn
miittul, Stj. 199 ; t4 tkal fyrri tj4 v4tu tina fyrir d6mt-in6nnum, er . . .,
G]?l 372 ; lypti h6n tkautin brott af hiifainu, tj4ndi tina 4»jonu. Mar.;
hann tjair mikinn hciftr tinnar risnu, Rb. 196 ; hann X6i tinn ham af
sinum likam a vetrar-tima, Stj. 97 ; ots t*jandi Krittni frsrgja, ibtwing
to us, Gd. 44 ; l)cir b4ru tit pell ok tilki ok marga dyrgripi, ok tjAAu
fyrir Jieim {and shewed it to them) ok baSu J)4 eptir tsekja, Fat. iii. 99 ;
teer ok endrf6rnar, offers and presents, Stj. 50 ; |)eir kv6Autk engan
varning hafa meir enn J)cir hofSu t6t, D. N. i. 147. 2. in the phratc,
tj4 tanna, or tega tanna, to shew the teeth, i. e. to tmiU, cp. Dan. tr<eikt
paa smile-baandet ; ek m4 eigi tj4 tanna n6 nokkura glcfti fa, B*r. 14 ; vi6
J)essi tiftendi ugladdisk Guitalin konungr tv4 at hann tj4fti ekki tanna,
Karl. 38a ; tenn honum tegask (teygiaz Cod. lett correct) er honum er t^
sverft, Vkv. 17 (Bugge) ; traulla m4 ek of tela (sic Cod.) tanna, tizt faftir
J)inn fastnaSi ^ik blota-manni, Kormak 162 (in a verte). 8. to
shew, grant; J)ann goftvilja er {)^r hafit m^r t6fl. Fas. iii. 315; ok
frelsi t)at er Gud hefir tjad {granted) hverjum, H.E. i. 243; tj4 e-ni
tillaeti, to shew one a kindness, Stj. 137 ; tj4 e-m j)j<5nustu, to pay homage
to, Norske Saml. v. 98. 4. to mark, note; eptir t)vi sem jafnan hefir
fyrir y8r tjad vent, Fms. viii. loi, v.l.; i J)essum f4ni ordum tir (teer
Cod.) fyrr-nefndr sp4ma8r, Stj. 39 ; Niuvikna-fatta t^r herleidingar-ttma
Israels folks, 49 ; tj4r ok presenterar, id. ; t^r ok synir, 71 ; tyndi h6n ok
t^fti bonda sinum ^ann sama mottul, 199 ; synisk enn ok tcez ( =t^$k),
388. 11. to tell, report, relate; ^ir tjaftu J)at fyrir honum,
at . , ., Fms. i. 220; tja ok telja fyrir honum stormerki Gu8t, ii. 157;
hann tjaSi fyrir konu sinni ok dottur at Hrafn vaeri litkapgsefr, vi. 109 ;
var J)at tjaS fyrir honum at hann skyldi vera erkibiskup, x. 160; rseftir
Veseti mal sitt, ok tj4r 4 Jjessa leid, xi. 84 ; tj4fti m4lit fyrir honum vel
um styrimanninn, Gliim. 324 ; Gunnarr tj4fti hversu vel {)eim haffti farit,
Nj. 71 ; t)4 hluti er J)ar gorSusk t^8a {told) ek ^x i fyrra br^fi, Al. 165 ;
t6 (imperat.) honum innvirSuliga allt okkat tal, Stj. 261 ; ^ tj4fta
(teede v. 1.) ek |)eim eigi mitt nafn Adonay, 365 ; mun ek nii tina |)6r ok
tj4 minn harm ok angr, Baer. 14; l>etu tj4ir Stiifr ik41d, Hkr. iii. 73 ;
Jjeir t66u oss me3 br^fum, H.E. i. 439; goftir menn hafa oss te3 ok
varu ra8i, 433 ; sva var sagt at {)essir menn heffti |)at tj4ft ok r43it
Skula jarii, at..., Fms. ix. 335; sem mi var tjaft ok sagt, xi.
130. III. paraphrast., hann tegaz sxkja mik, Hallfred ; |>eir
tegask giirva Olaf fjorvaltan, Sighvat ; mi tegaz old at satkja, Orkn. (in
a verse) ; ek tegumk at drekka, Eb. (in a verse). IV. reflex.,
J)ar synisk ok tesk (teezCod.) enn s4 sta&r, Stj. 105 ; t^8isk fotleggrinn
brotinn, Bs. i. 889 ; hann \(iX. taka bref |>orsteins b6nda, i hverju tjask
ma {may be seen) hans sogn ok vitnisburdr, Dipl. ii. 5 ; t^ (tce«) ok
audsy'nisk, Stj. 7 1 ; t^sk (teez) ok synisk, 28.
tj41gr, n. [A. S. telgor=^a branch, bough; Gr. hoXixoi ; Let. dilga{\ :
— a prong, fork (?), an obsolete word, which occurs only twice, viz.
handar-tjalgr, ' band-prongs' i. e. the arms or the fingers (?), Sighvat ;
uxu tjalgur, langir leggir ok Ijott h6fu3. Fas. iii. 18 (in a verse).
tjogu, prop, an ace. from tjogr, =togr, tigr; [Swed. ft'o^o; Dan. tyve;
Early Dan. tjuge ; Norwegian kjogo'] : — twenty, Sighvat, 6. H. 333 (in a
verse) ; else not used in Icel. except in the compd tut-tugu ; but in full
use in Swed. as well as in Dan.
tjossi, a, m. a he-goat {7), Merl. 2. 75.
T JODB, n. [Engl, tether ; Ivar Aasen tjor], a tether, N. G. L. i. 390 ;
hestr i tjodri, 46, passim. tj63r-hestr, -k^, a tethered hone or
cow, Gf)l. 388.
tj63ra, a&, to tether, Vm. 14, D. N. v. 518, passim in mod. usage.
TJOKT, f., the gender varies : o. fem., sii tj6n, Sks. 74 new Ed.,
1. 36; slika tjon, 159, 1. 8 ; af tjon (dat.). Bad. 91 ; mann-tj6n mikla,
Fms. X. 394. p. neut., mann-tjons, Bs. i. 327 ; mikit mann-tjon, Fms.
vii. 263; lif-tjons, viii. 147, v.l., and so in mod. usage; in old writers
the fem. prevails, so that it may be regarded as fem. wherever the form
is ambiguous, as in ace. sing., without an adjective, or in dat. pi., as c. g.
falla i tjon, Stj. 6; ver8a me8 tjonum, to be lost, Sks. 6; si8ar-tj6n,
mann-tjon, fjar-tj6n, Sks. 79 new Ed. : [A. S. teon and teona ; early and
provinc. Engl, teen, tene ; Scot, tyne, and both as verb and as noun.]
B. A loss, damage; verba, fyrir tjonum, Sks. 34: allit., tj6n ok
tapan, Fb. i. 324, Bad. 91 ; gora e-m tjon, O. H. L. 41 ; af tjon ok tapan
e-s, Barl. 91 ; mann-tj6n, fj4r-tj6n, lif-tjon, freq. in mod. usage, but then
always neuter.
T JTJGA, taug, tugu, toginn ; an ancient obsolete verb ; [Ulf. tiuian,
= afuv, ohrffiiv; O . M. G . ziuban ; Germ, zieben ; cp. Lat. dueere —
is in the Icel. and Norse only preserved in the part, toginn]: — to
draw; enn togni hjorr, a drawn sword, Merl. 2. 66; mcft tverfl um
togin, Hkm. 9 ; tognum sverftum (Germ, ge-zogenes scbwert), Darr. ;
636
TJTJGA— TORF.
toginn skjomi, Vellekia; cp. the derivatives toga, teygja, as also in
tjiiga.
tjiiga, u, f. [Dan. bo-tyv; Swed. tjuga ; from the obsolete verb tjiiga] : —
a pitch-fork, prop, a 'drawer;' hey-tjuga, a hay-fork; rann verkjjraell
a arbakkann, ok skaut hey-tjugu i lid Jjeirra, Hkr. i. 25 : a nickname,
Sturl. ii. 160. tjugvi-skegg, n. fork-beard, a nickname of the famous
Danish king Swein, the conqueror of England, Fms. This word is quite
obsolete in Icel., but in full use in Swed. and Dan.
tjtigari, a, m., prop, a pitch-fork; hence poet, tungis tjiigari, the pitcb-
forker of the moon, who forks the moon out of heaven, Vsp.
tjiistr, adj. [Dan. tystl, Fms. ix. 510, v. 1. ; see tvistr.
tjorgaSr, part, tarred, Fms. i. 128.
TJORN, f. [North. E. and Scot, tarn], gen. tjarnar, pi. tjarnir, a tarn,
small lake; tjorn ein, Fser. 46, Rb. 352, Stj. 75, 268; J)eir leika knatt-
leika a tjorn {jeirri er Sef-tjorn heitir (viz, on the ice), Gisl. 26 (cp.
leikpallr iss a votnum var6 | i vetrinn {)annig hjuggu skarS, Bb.), cp.
Vigl. S. ch. 13 new Ed., very freq. 2. a pool; hann kenndi at t. var
a golfinu, a pool of water, Fms. v. 95. II. also in local names,
Tjorn, Sef-tjorn.
tjorugr, adj. tarred; tjorgum arum, Hornklofi, (but in mod. usage
uncontr. throughout.)
Tjorvi, a, m. a pr. name, prop, a charmer, wizard (?), akin, by way
of metathesis, to Tyrfingr, q. v. ; as also taufr ; the later and common
form is Torfi, Landn.
tjosull, m. [cp. A.S. tese/; "En^.teasle; hat. dipsacus fullonum ; perh.
from the herb being used for charms] : — a magical character, Skm. 29 ;
cp. Swed. tjusa, fortjusa, = to charm, spell-hind.
todda, u, f. a nickname, Dropl. 9.
TODDI, a, m. [an almost obsolete word in Icel., but preserved in
Engl, tod, a weight of wool = 28 lbs.; a tod is also = a bushel; in
Jamieson toddie is a bit of cake ; Germ, zotte answers in form to the
Norse toddi] : — a tod of wool ; toddu gefn, the fairy of the tod, i. e. a
woman, Bjarn. (in a verse) : a hit, in vinjar-toddi, q. v. ; J)a eru tveir um
toddann, thafi two go on each piece, cp. Maurer's Volks. 306 ; hon gaf
aldregi minna enn st6ra todda J)a hon skyldi fdtaekum gefa, Dropl.
(viz. the large apocryphal Saga).
TOG, n. a ' tow,' rope, line; flota ok tog i bae5i lond, G\>\. 410 ; hafi
sa varp er fyrr renndi togum sinum, of an angler's line, 426 ; akkeri meS
digru togi, Gsp. 2. a cord by which another is led; hafa hest 1 togi,
io have a horse in tow, a led-horse, Grag. i. 441, Fbr. 77 ; pinn hestr skal
m^r mi i togi vera, MS. 4. 16 ; hann helt hondunum um tcgit (leading a
calf), Fms. vi. 368 : the phrase, sva eru log sem hafa tog, law is just as
it is stretched, i. e. might goes for right. II. goat's hair, or in
Icel. the long coarse flax-like hair in the wool of mountain-sheep ; the
English wool merchants call it 'kemp,' see {>j6861fr, 12th of June, 1872,
p. 120.
TOGA, a3, [see tjiiga ; Engl, fug], to draw; mer {)6tti sem vit h^ldim
a einni honk ok toga5im, Fms. vi. 312 ; er J)essi ma5r goSr af tiSindum,
{lurfum v4r eigi at toga or6 lit or honum, Grett. 98 C ; si5an togar hann
a honum tunguna, Fms. iii. 103, 154; toga ok teygja, Hom. 114; toku
hann tveir ok togu6u hann milli sin, Fms. ix. 241 ; meS tongum toga8r.
Earl. 166: in the phrase, fara sem fsetr toga, to run all the feet can
stretch, Gisl. 61, Fas. i. 434; toga af e-m, to draw the shoes and stock-
ings off a person (of an attendant, mod. taka i e-n), Ld. 36, Bjarn. 29,
Fbr. 137, Bs. i. 847, cp. Eb. 242 ; toga af ollu afli, id. 2. reflex.,
togask vi6 fast, to pull hard, Fms. iii. 188; hon togaSisk or hondum
honum, Fbr. 137; eigi muntii vi6 mikinn aldr togask eiga, Fas. ii.
507-
tog-dr£pa, u, f. a drapa composed in a special metre, called toglag, for
specimen see Edda (Ht. 68-70), and the fragments in 0. H. ; togdrapu-
hattr, -lag, the metre of a togdrapa, Edda (Ht.), 137, 138.
tog-flski, f. line-Jishing, atigling, Isl. ii. 303.
-togi, a, m. a leader; in her-togi, lei6-togi ; [cp. A. S. heretoga; Germ.
her-zog.] II. [tog], carded wool, wool drawn into a hank, from
which the thread is spun ; esp. in the metaph. phrase, J)a3 er af ][)eim
toga spunniS, 'tis spun from that tow, of causes or motives.
togin-Ieitr, adj. long-faced.
toginn, part., see tjiiga.
tog-lag, n. the metre of a togdrapa, Edda (Ht.) 138.
tog-166, f. a body of twelve; t. eru t(51f, Edda 108.
tog-meeltr, part, in the metre toglag, Edda 138.
togna, ad, to be stretched; dagr tognar, the day lengthens, Sks. 67 ;
var J)a hvonnin nasr oil upp tognub, pulled up, Fbr. 88 ; J)a9 hefir togna6
sin, been stretched, strained ; J)a& tognar ur \)vi, it unwinds itself.
TOLLA, pres. tolli ; pret. tolldi ; part. tolla6 : — to cleave to, hang fast,
without dropping oft"; hiifan tollir ekki a hof6inu, \iab gat ekki tolla6,
it would not sit fast, dropped off; i tizkunni eg tolli, 7 cleave to the cus-
tom, Eggert ; the word is very freq. in mod. usage, but only once occurs
in old writers, viz. in the old ballad, — sva vil ek ok, kva6 kerling, meS
Ingolfi ganga, me3an mer tvaer um tolla, tenn i efra gomi, whilst two teeth
still cleave to my upper gum, Hallfr. S. ch. 2 (in a verse), Fs. 86.
toUa, a9, [tollr], to toll, take toll; tolla ok ti'unda, Stj. 441 : ti ay,
t. fyrir e-t, D. N. i. 266. 0
TOLIiIl,m. [A. S. and Engl, toll; Germ. zoU ; Dan. told], a tot :sp
of excise duties ; Islendingar skulu engi toll gjalda i Noregi nema Ian ira,
Grag. ii. 408 ; hverr ma&r skyldi gefa toll til hofs (hof-toUr) sem nu Ii ju-
tiund, Landn. (Hb.) 259 ; hann faer toll af hverjum uppdal sem i
Fms. X. 185 ; Isesa hafnir ok taka J)ar toll af, xi. 321 ; tollr kirkj
Vm. 91 ; spyrr hann um skuld sina — Hann kvaSsk eigi vita, h'
mundi ver6a um slika tolla, NjarS. 396 ; tiundir voru J)a ongar en
voru J)a til lag5ir um land allt, Bs. i. 55 ; haf6i hann Jia tekjur a
sveitunum ok sau8a-toll, a sheep-tax, Sturl. iii. 78 ; hafnar-t., a ha
toll, Grag. ii. 401, Fs. 157; skip-t. (q. v.), a ship-tax; hof-t.,
vapna-t., N. G. L. iii. 80 ; Olafs-tollr, D. N. v. 660 ; tollr Holts-1
Bs. i. 737. coMPDS : toll-heimta, u, f. the levying a toll.
heimtu-maSr, m. a publican, tax-gatherer, N. T. toU-laus
toll-free, Vm. 87.
TOPPB, m. [Germ, zopf; cp. topt or tupt], a tuft or lock ofh
a horse's /ore/oc^. Fas. ii. 207, 534; ok var si6an skorinn stuttr
yfir briinum, Sks. 288 ; tuttr litli ok toppr fyrir nefi, and a tuft unt
nose. Fas. ii. (in the giantess' lullaby song) : Katia 16k at hafri sini
jafnaSi topp hans ok skegg (a goat's tuft or beard), ok greiddi floka
Eb. 92. 2. of a horse ; hvarki toppr ne tagl. Fas. i. 80 ; hesti
at lit, rau& eyrun ok topprinn, Ld. 194 ; enn ef topp skerr or hofSi
manns, sa er sekr aurum tveimr, N.G. L. i. 228; lata kasta toj
amble so as to shake the forelock : the poet, names of steeds, C
Gold-tuft; Silfrin-t., Silver-tuft, Edda. II. metaph. a top
apex), prop, a ' crest;' toppr siglu, a mast-top, a mast-head, Mar.
topp-6nd, f. a tufted duck.
TOPT, tomt, tupt, toft, tuft ; the vowel is short, and toft i
a rhyme to opt (Sighvat), Hroptv, lopt. Skald H. 6. 8 : in mod. pnj^c.
tott, cp. Dr. Egilsson's Poems, p. 95 ; [the forms in early Swe(
Norse also vary much, tompt, top, toft, Schlyter ; the word is id<
with Engl, ttft.]
B. A green tuft or knoll, green, grassy place, then general!
mid. Lat. toftum, Engl, toft, a piece of ground, messuage, home
en nil Ska5i byggir fornar toptir foflur, Gm. 1 1 ; atgeirs-toptir,
' halberds-homestead,' i. e. the hands holding the halberd. Ad. ;
toptir, an allodial piece of ground, Fms. vi. (in a verse); ef ma5i
hiis fra 6&als-tuft, \k skal hann bera einu sinni me6 vatta tva a
tuftir, if a man removes a house from its ancient (allodial) gt
N. G. L. i. 379 (v.l. 14, 15); toptar nokkvi, the 'toft-ship,' i
house, "tt. ; Hropts sig-toptir, Odin's homestead of victory, i. e. Wal
Vsp. 2. a place marked out for a house or building, a toft; en
kirkja brotnar ok falla hornstafir, {>a eigu v^r timbri ;i tuft at kom:
tolf manu6r, bring the timber to the toft within tivelve months, N. G
7, 8 ; gora kirkju ok hvergi tuft ey9a, build a church, and not lay
the toft, 8 ; en ef h6n er eigi til, J)a skal kaupa tuft ^ar sem mem
sva sem menn meta, purchase a toft where to launch the ship, lOO ;
a skog halfan nie6 tupt ok vexti, Vm. 114; mylnu-hiis, tuppt ok /
voll, I). N. iv. 537, B. K. 55, 57; skyldi J)ar vera kaupstaSr, har
monnum toptir til at gora ser {jar hiis, Hkr. i. 27J.; hann markaSi
til gar5a, ok gaf biiondum e6r kaupmonnum, O. H. 42 ; verk Di
vars marka topt fyrir verkum orum, Greg. 56. 3. a square p.
ground with walls but without roof (cp. i]a.\daL), this is the special
Icel. sense ; Hjorleifr let gora skala tva, ok er onnur toptin atjan fa8n
onnur nitjan, Landn. 35 ; skogr umb skala-tofst, D. I. i. 475 ; s<
tuptina sem hann let giira hrofit, Ld. 34 ; en er hiis voru ofan tek
var {)ar si3an kallat Hrafn-toptir, Eg. 100; lit me9 fir6jnum eru vi3a
ok vitt land J)at er engi ma6r a, J)ar vil ek at vit reisim okkr biistad,
41 ; rett er at kve5ja biia at toptum ef biiar eru brott farnir, Gr
124; bii9ar-t6pt, the square walls of a but without a roof, Rd.
toptin var full af torfi ok grjoti, id. ; hann let grafa hann hja t(,||ii
nokkurum, Fs. 141 ; hiis-topt, skala-t., kirkju-t., skemmu-t., fj6s-t'
hiis-t., bsejar-t., nausta-t., the bare walls, ruins of a bouse, sktili, cbur
augna-tcjpt, eye-socket; sva st63 toptin eptir i varr-simanum at J)
logn, the water in the wake was like a lane, with a wall of waters 01
hands, Hkr. i. 283.
TOB-, an adverbial prefix to compds, opp. to au&-, q. v. ; [th
separable particle answers to Gr. Svs-, and remains only in O. H. G.
in Ulf. ttir- in a single word tur-werjan, Mark xi. 23; it is lost in
Engl., Germ., and in the mod. Scandin. languages; in Icel. it is i
use up to the present day] : — difficult, hard.
tor-breytligr, adj. very difficidt, Fms. viii. 12, v. 1.
tor-bsenn, adj. hard to move by prayer, Skv, 3.
tor-beettr, adj. hard to make good again, Hom. 73*
tord-yfiU, [ = A. S. /orc?-w/e/, /orJ; 'Engl, turd ; Swed. and mod,
skarn-basse]: — a dung-beetle ; ver hofum veiddan tordyfil einn, 1
10.
TOBF, n. [A.S. and Engl, turf; Dan. torv], a turf, sod; hylj;
grjoti, torfi, kledum e8r suae, Grag. ii. 88 ; til gar81ags torf e9r
262 ; torf ok grj6t, Nj. 64; toptin var full af torfi ok grj6ti, Rd.
esi,
lar,
til
liar
■af
11-
idj.
of
'Pr
the
ok
ns,
itr
issi
to
-t.,
at.
nd
cal
ike
d
in
a.
II
lis
la,
ii
TORFBASS— TORTYNA.
687
pt(
f
N.G
I' a*
Vorgar-vegg af grjoti ok torfi ok viaum, Fms. i. 133; let konungr bera
til viJu ok torf ok fylla dikit, vii. 54 ; torfs-maar, a person who runs the
gauntlet pelted with sods, N.G. L. i. 253. 2. tur/ for fuel, peat ;
geita gaettu, grofu torf, dug turf, peat, Rni. 13 ; haim farm fyrstr manna
at skera torf or jiirau til eldiviaar a Torfuesi a Skotlandi, |)viat illt var til
▼iJar i Eyjunum, Orkn. 16 ; skera torf til eldibranda, Grig. ii. 338 ; elda
cr r^tt at gora ok kljiifa torf til, K. Jj. K. 88 ; hann &\6b i myri niikkurri
ok grof torf, Njard. 370; eldi-torf, 'fuel-turf,' i.e. peat. Is!, ii. 112.
B. CoMPDs: torf-b&sa, in. a boose or shed to keep sods (or peat f)
in, Isl. ii. 113. torf-bingr, in. a pile of turfs or peat, Isl. ii. 1 13.
torf-fseri, n. pi. tools for cutting sods and peat, Hav. 47. torf-garflr,
m. a fence of sods, D. N. v. 957. torf-gr6f, f. a turf-bole, peat-pit,
Grag. ii. 338 ; kirkja 4 tvituga t. f Nesland, Viti. 39 ; eptir myrinni fyrir
sunnan Molastada torfgrafir, Dipl. v. 25 ; Haraldr jarl ungi fdll vi8 torf-
grafir nokkurar, Orkn. 476 (referring to the Orkneys). torf-hraukr,
ni. a peat-slack, Sturl. i. 1 79. torf-hrip, n. a basket to carry peat,
Nj. 252. torf-lius, n. a peat-sbed. torf-kast, n. a pelting witb
sods, Sturl. iii. 225, cp. Eb. ch. 41, torf-krokr, m. a kind of box (a
sketch of which see Eggert Itin. tab. viii. fig. 2), to carry peal and sods,
Sturl. i. 1 79 C. torf-k6str, m. a turf-stack, peal-slack, Vm. 1 3, torf-
leikr, m. a game, Uurf-laking,' pelting, Eb.210; prob. = the Scot, game of
bickers, see Sir W. Scott's Waverley, the Appendix to the General Preface.
torf-]j&r, m. = torfskeri. torf-menn, m. pi. ' lurf-mtn,' dealers in turf,
N. G. L. iii. 15 (year 1 282). torf-m6r, m. a turf-moor, Grag. ii. 338.
torf-mfrr, f. turf-moor, a local name, Vm. 5. torf-naiist, n. a
sbip-sbed (naust) built of turf (or a 'turf or peat-sbed f), Laiidii.
118. torf-skeri, a, m. a turf-cutter, Landn. 283, (mod, torf-
Ij4r.) torf-skurSr, m. cutting turf or peat, Sturl. i. 79 ; Vetrliai
dcald var at torfskurdi med hiiskorlum shium, Bs. i. I4 ; stadrinn
1 Runa a torfskurd i Bakkaland a Torfmyri sva sem {)arf til eldividar,
Vm. 5 ; t. er i H6Ialand fra Spakonu-felli, Pm. 67 ; skogr i {)verdr-
hlia at vida til sels, t. i Steindors-stada land, D. I. i. 471. torf-
stada, u, f. a place where turf or peat is cut; joraia a torfstiiau a H61
©fan fra Ongulstoaum, Dipl. v. 5. torf-stakkr, m. a peal-slack,
IsL ii. 116; griaungrinn heiir broti3 nibr torfstakka bans, Ld. 336.
torf-verk, n. a cutting turf or peat, Rd. 278, Vm. 5. torf-virki,
B. pi. a false reading for tjoru-virki, N. G. L. i. 251, cp. ii. 145. torf-
Tfillr, m. a place to dry peat, Dipl. iv. 13. torf-v61r, m. [torvol,
Ivar Aasen], a tbin plank running along tbe eaves of a turf-tbalcbed cot-
tage, so as to prevent the earth falling down, N. G.L. i. loi, GJjI. 331.
torf-Ox, f. a turf-axe, for cutting turf ox peal, Hav. 47.
IB* The passages quoted all refer to Iceland, except two or three to
the Orkneys, and one to Norway, viz. torfmenn. In a country bare
or stripped of wood, turf plays an important part in husbandry, as sod
for buildings and fencing, and as peat for fuel. In the Orkneys the
Norse earl Einar got the soubriquet of 'Turf-Einar' (Torf-Einarr)
for having taught the Norsemen to dig peat (having probably learnt it
himself from the Gaelic tribes in Scotland) ; the place was hence called
^orf-nes, Orkn. The digging of peat in the poem Rigsmal is one of
the many proofs of the birthplace of that poem. The only passage re-
ferring to Norway is that cited under torfmenn, a peal-man (see B), unless
the legislator here specially had in mind the Norsemen of the Orkneys
who, at that time, were an integral part of the Norse kingdom, without
P a special code of laws.
torfa, u, f. turf a green spot; a yztu torfiir sinita herbergja, Fbr.
156; |)ar sem saer maetisk ok graen torfa, N. G. L. i. 13. 2. many
farms built together are in Icel. called torfa. II. a slice of sod
• "'f square it is called hnauss, q. v.) ; J)a fellr torfa or garainum ok skrianar
in, Isl. ii. 357; eyri fyrir torfu hverja (troau, naefra kimbul, torfu),
■ G.L. i. loi, Ld. 58, 60, referring to the ordeal of going under a sod
turf; torfu bugr, the bend of tbe sod, Ld. 1. c. : metaph., hoggva torfu,
lice, af hcifai, N. G. L. i. 81. torfu-^iSr, adj. thawed, Jb. 302.
Porfa, u, f., and Torfi, a, m., pr. names, Landn. (in Skald torfa).
or-fenginn and tor-fengr, adj. hard to get, Fms. v. 187, Ld. 188.
or-flutt, part. n. ; bat eyrendi muadi torflutt, difficult to carry, {>orf.
:rl. 386.
torf-viar, m. = tyri-viar, [A.S. tyrwe], a tarred tree; kasta loganda
iorfviai mea brennu-steini, Rom. 277 ( = Lat. 'picem ct sulphure taedam
'^pixtam ardenti mittere,' Sallust, Jug. ch. 57).
torf-v61r, m., see torf B.
or-fyndr, adj. bard to find, rare, Stor.
iior-feera, u, f. a difficult, dangerous passage or road, Al. 20, Fms. xi.
53. Sks. 207, MS. 655 viii. 3, Clem. 39.
tor-feeri, n. = torfsera, Orkn. 208.
tor-fsBTiligr, adj. hard to pass, Al. 54, Sks. 214,
tor-frerr, adj. id., Fms. vii. 297.
•or-feerur, f. pi. places bard to pass.
iORG, n. [Swed. torg ; Dan. torv ; the other word markaSr is from the
J at., and torg is prob. a Slav, word ; Russ. torge ] : — a market or mart;
lenn konungs hcifau torg ok skemtun ok leika liti hja herbergjunum,
ms. xi. 366; hann var titi staddr » torgi, J)ar var fjolmenni raikit, i.
ituni {ann kr>tt, t\ {>rir
,44 ; M:t)i t-iii t<ir>; til
'- r^.>k
K.rtl-
80; hann Icitafti fjnir >■: * ;
mundi ictja j)eim torg 1
niatkaupa, Fm«. vii. 78 ; ..,,.... ,
annarr farar-grei6i. Fa». i. I43; hafa
1 2 ; A bryggjum cftr A »u*ti edr 4 ! ... '«• 3.
xxiii. 7, Mark vii. 4. Luke rii. j»3, Atu «vt.'i9, Ji»ii. 17. H.
a market-place, in Nidaroi, D. N. iii. 195 ; in Bcrgco, B«. i. 636 ; ia
Oslo, D. N. iv. 307, 697 ; cattle and thcep were to be bought * 4 torcl*
in the market-place, but frc»h fiih ' fyrir torgi,' Wtt. 9. 5 (Fr.) ; tbe
word it never used in reference to IceL In Scandin. town* tiie tqMna
are called 'torg,' e.g. Kongcnt Ny-torv. Oainnicl-TofT, in CopeohaMa:
allit., um tiin eg torg, {)iudin ijll um tiin eg torg | t6k npp hfyraitf*
klzai, Barbarossa kvzdi (Ed. by Maurer).
torga, ad, to eat up; with dat., eg torga t>vi ekki, / tommot tat it vp;
hann at sem hann torgadi, be ate all he could.
Torgar, f. pi. (name of an island in Norwaj), a maritt(e); tee
Gramm. p. xvii, col. 3, I. 12 from the bottom.
tor-gaetr, adj. bard to get, rare, Fmi. iv. 134, Ld. 138; torgsUr
giirsimar, Stj.
tor-hOfn, f. atrophy, Bjcim.
tor-kenna, d, to transform, to or to mdka it bard lo rteogmiit; ldt>
aausk t)au vid at torkenna haon tern {>au m&ttu, to ditttmblt, diiparagt,
Finnb. 320.
tor-kenndr, part, hard to recognise, Sturl. iii. 148, Fm». x. 383.
tor-kenniligr, adj.>=torkcnndr.
tor-kenning, f. a disguise. Art.
tor-lei8i, n.=torf«ri. Eg. 410, Edda 60, Al. 50, Greg. 33.
tor-merki, n. pi., in the phrase, telja t. a e-u, to diuuadt by dttmling
all the difficulties. Fas. ii. 393.
tor-moltinn, part, hard to digest, Bjom.
tor-maBdi> f. rancour, Hom. 36 ( = Lat. ranear).
tor-nsamr, adj. bard to learn, Sks. 344, 365 : of a penon, dow to
learn, opp. to nsemr.
tor-r&dr, adj. embarrassing, a pr. name, Landn.
tor-rek, n. (qs. tor-wrek, a dismal wreck, sad lou), a lou, dttrimtnt;
ef maar er stolinn i& sinii ... ok lysa sinu torreki, N. G. L. i. 83 ; fur&tt
mikit t. gorir faair ^inn s4^-r at, Hkr. i. 73 ; vart t. lizk verra, Sighvat :
the name of a poem, Sona-torrek, Sons' loss. Eg.
tor-reyflligr, adj. difficult, Sks. ao (v. I.) new Ed.
tor-raeki, n. misfortune. Eg. 699.
tor-s6ttligr, adj. of persons, bard to overcome, eome at, Lt. 49, Ld.
338 ; eiga vid torsottligt folk, Fb. iii. 445 : of things, bard to perform
or the like, Fms. ix. 295, Ld. 178, 393.
tor-86ttr, adj. = tors6ttligr, Nj. 333, Ld. 378, Fbr. 38, Fmi. v. 37.
tor-sveigdr, part, hard to sway, bend, Fms. x. 388.
tor-sveigr, adj. id., Isl. ii. 246.
tor-B^n, adj. bard to see, Nj. ill, v. 1.
tor-888kiligr = torsottligr, Grett. 133 C.
tor-sser, adj. = torsynn, Isl. ii. 333.
torta, u, f. tbe podex of a beast.
tor-talinn, part, bard to count, Fms. viii. 411.
tor-tuna (mod. tor-t^a), d, to destroy, with dat.. Fas. ii. 517,
519, Stj. 456 ; drepit hafa {)cir Jamund ok allt 118 hans, ok tortimt hafa
|)eir guaunum sjalfum, Karl. 231 ; fyrirbj68u v^r hverjum manni J)eim
at tortima ear {jeirra vaniaai aflogliga, D. N. i. 80. 2. to kill ;
engu skyldi tortima i fjallinu hvirki fi ni monnum, £b. 7 new Ed.;
vildi hann eigi t. hindinni, |>iar. 165 ; ok I6t ougu tortima (tortyna Ed.)
J)ar nema kvikfe heimilu, Landn. 254 ; taka vio baminu, fara me* p*t
til Reykjadals-ar ok tortima t)vi ^tzT, Isl. i. 19 ; hinum mitti hrirki
tortima galgi nd virgill, O. H. L. 81.
tortis, m. a torch, Mar., Karl.
tor-tryggS, f. doubt, suspicion, incredulity, 623. 36; nu skulu rir
hnekkja J)eirri t. ok syna einurjj vArrar frAsagnar, Fms. viii. 48 ; skula
J)eir vera vitnis-menn ok ef nokkur verar t. Jiar A, ok skal (6 rir&a, Jb.
406 ; hafa t. A e-m, to suspect, Str. 16, 76 ; t. leikr A e-u, Js. 26 ; e-m
er t. A, |>idr. 128, passim.
tor-tryggiliga, adv. doubtfully, suspiciously, Sks. 80.
tor-tryggfiligr, adj. doubtful, suspicious, Nj. 103 C.
tor-tryggja, b, to mistrust, doubt, suspect; ok baft hann ekki t.
J>ess ins helga manns miskunn, Fms. v. 147 ; enn niargir eru J)eir menn
cr t>etta gruna, ok tortryggva \>cssz hluti, x. 371 ; skal ck aldrigi tor-
tryggva matt hans. Bias. 48 ; verai hann tortryggar um eiftinn, GrAg. i.
56 ; ef sA tortryggvir bodit er mAlann A, ii. 345 ; mi riU maftr liskyldr
kaupa ok tyrtryggir (sic) sa er n«sU cr kaupi, N.G. L. i. 93 ; ef sA tor-
tryggir er fyrir vara, GJ)1. 164.
tor-tryggleiki, a, m. distrust, Str. 3a.
tor-tryggr, adj. doubtful, incredulous ; Hiigni var hljoftlyndr, torttyggr
ok sannorar, Nj. 91 ; hann er svA t. at hann tniir engum maimi, Glum.
397 ; hann livitaai fia, {jviat J>cir T6ru tortryggvir, Horn. 88.
tor-t^a, d, an etymologizing corruption of tortima, but only in very
late vellums and in mod. paper transcripts; Fms. r. 213 is an cnor, for
638
TORUG^TR— TRADK.
Fb. ii. (I.e.) 389 has the true old form, cp. N. G. L. ii. 9, v. 1. 18; the
reading Landn. 254 must be due to the transcriber of the lost vellum.
toru-g8Btr, adj., older form = torgactir, Korm. ch. 12 (in a verse), Fms.
iv. 124 (torgsetr, O.H. I.e.), ix. 450, x. 62, 116, Eb. 92 new Ed.; jafn-
torogaett, Bs. i. 143.
tor-unninn, part, hard to overcome, Fms. viii. 220.
tor-velda, d, to make difficulties; t. e-t fyrir e-m, Ld. 238.
tor-velda, u, f. a difficulty, Rb. 336. torvelda-laust, adj. without
difficulties, Bs. i. 307.
tor-veldi, f. a difficulty ; engi torveldi, Fs. 50 ; starf ok t., Fms. vii.
221 ; hver t. J)ar er a. Fas. i. 266: neut., meira torveldi, Stj. 326; me&
miklum torveldum, Fms. x. 368.
tor-veldligr or tor-velligr, adj. 'hard to wield,' hard, difficult, Nj.
122, Fms. vii. 257, Isl. ii. 223, Greg. 62, MS. 656 C. 24.
tor-veldr, adj., torvelzt, Eluc. 58 (mod. torveldari, -astr) ; [valda] : —
hard, difficult; torveldar sendifarar, Fms. i. 15 ; ]p6tti honum torvelt at
retta t)eirra hlut, Orkn. 12 ; torvelt get ek y5r verSa at . . ., 358, passim.
tor-Tir3r, adj. difficult to estimate. Band. 31 new Ed.
tor-J)eystr, part. (opp. to au3-t)eystr), hard to stir, Nj. 90 C; opp. to
au3-J)eystr, Stor. 2.
tor-seri, n. a bad season, famine, = ha.\]xn, Bs. i. 744.
tosa, a6, [A. S. tcesan; Engl, tease'], to drag a dead weight; tosa vi6
e-& ; perh. from the English.
toskr, m., thus (not toskr) in Gm. (see Bugge, foot-note), in Edd. of
Edda it is erroneously spelt with o; [A.S. tusc or tux; Engl, tusk ; Fris.
tosk and tusU] : — a tusk, tooth ; only remaining in the pr. name, Rata-
toskr, Gm., Edda ; see the remarks s. v. ikorni and rati.
Tosti, a, m. a pr. name, a Scandin. and Swed. name, in Skoglar-tosti,
the father of queen Sigrid the Proud, Hkr. i ; hence the name came to
England, as in earl Tostig, son of Godwin ; it occurs several times on
Swed. Runic stones : as appell. it means a frog, see Bosworth's A. S. Diet.
tota, u, f. a teat or teat-like protuberance, e. g. of the toe of a shoe ;
stendr fram eins og tota ; cp. A. S. totodon, p. 105 in Gregory's Pastoral,
edited by Mr. Sweet; cp. tottr, tiitna (Dan. tude = a spout).
toti, a, m. = tota; in the saying, hverr vill sinum tota fram ota : a
nickname, Fms. i. 8.
totta, ad, [akin to tuttr, tottr], to suck, esp. to suck the last drop of a
drained teat ; totta mina pipu, to suck my pipe, Sig. Pet.
tottogo = tuttugu, D.I. i. 476.
tottr, m. [Dan. tommel-tot = tom-thumb], a nickname, Sturl., Fms., of
a dwarfish person.
T(5, f. a tuft of grass, grassy spot, among rocks ; J)ar var to undir er
hann for ofan, Rd. 310 ; einn dag foru J)eir i bjarg at ssekja ser hvannir
i einni t6 er sidan er koIluS {>orgeirs-t6, Fbr. 87 ; gammrinn settisk i
eina t6, er var8 i bjorgunum. Fas. ii. 231 ; hann hljop ofan fyrir
hamrana i to eina, 251 ; gras-to, grass-turf, af homrunum ofan i
grastona, Fbr. 156 ; freq. in mod. usage. II. [A. S. taw = spin-
ning, weaving ; Engl, tow ; Ivar Aasen to ; cp. toddi, Dan. uld-totl : — a
wool-tod, a tuft of wool ; vinna to, to dress wool {spin, card), konur unnu
J)ar to a daginn, Grett. 34 new Ed. ; rygjar-to, q. v, compds : to-
vara, u, f. ' tow-ware,' i. e. socks and gloves, and the like. t6-vinna,
u, f. wool-dressing, spinning, carding.
T(5A, u, f. (qs. t6fa) ; [this word, at present the general name for
the fox, seems not to occur in old writers (cp. foa, refr, melrakki),
not even among the names of foxes, Edda ii. 490 ; but it occurs in the
modern rhyme quoted by Maurer, 169 ; the etymology is not certain,
between the two vowels some consonant has been absorbed, perh./, qs.
tofa, from the fox's tufted tail ; or, it may be akin to taefa, tyja (q. v.),
Dan. tceve = a dam with cubs.]
B. A fox, passim in mod. usage; aldrei tryggist toa | {)6 tekin
s6 lir henni roa, Hallgr. ; aldrei ver3r t6an trygg3 | teiga& hefir hun
lamba bl68, | sizt er von a djupri dygg5 ] d6ttir Skolla er ekki
g68, a ditty; there are in Icel. rhymed fables called T6u-kv8B3i
= Fox-songs; one at least (not published) is attributed to Hallgrim
P4trsson (17th century) ; but the earliest is the Skaufala-balkr, cp. the
words gryla, refr, skroggr, skaufali, mel-rakki (see melr). compds :
tdu-skinu, t6u-skott, n. a fox-skin, fox-tail. t6u-yrlingr, m. a
fox-cub.
t6bak, n. tobacco, (mod.)
Tofl, a, m. and T6fa, u, f. freq. old Dan. and Swed. pr. names, Sighvat,
Baut. ; cp. Germ. zdbe=-a handmaid.
Toki, a, m., prop, a simpleton (Swed. toket= silly, idiotic); hence a
pr. name, freq. in old Dan., whence mod. Dan. Tyge, and Latinised
Tycho (Tycho Brahe) ; the name is connected with the ancient tale of
the master-archer T6ki (the Norse form of the Tell legend in Swit-
zerland), told in Saxo and partly in the Icel. J6msv. S. (Palna-toki), an
Indo-Germanic legend,
T6Ij, n. pi. [A.S. tol; Engl, tool], tools; tangir skopu ok t61 g6r8u,
Vsp. ; hamar, tong ok ste8ja ok J)a8an af oil tol onnur, Edda 9 ; brjota
borgina me8 J)ess-konar tdlum sem J)ar til haEf8i, Al. Ii ; skolpa ok nafra
ok 611 onnur {)au t(51 er til skipsmi8ar J)arf at hafa, Sks. 31 ; tonn smiin^
sva sem hon s6 me5 tolum gor, 131, passim ; smi8ar-t61, graf-tol (qq. v
tola-kista, a tool-chest, Fs. 176, Isl. ii. 81. II. metaph. genitali
Mar. 867 ; hringja tolunum, naturalia aperta gerere (like the Cynic;
cp. the pun in Maurer's Volks. 62. (the verse).
TdLF (qs. tvalf), [Goth, twa-lif; A.S. twelf; Engl, twelve; Gen
zw'dlf; Dan. tolv] : — twelve, Grag. i. 16, ii. 20, 31, 45, Rb. 36
passim. II. as noun, both sixes on the dice; in the phras
kasta tolfunum, of a great piece of good luck. compds : tolf-eyring
m. a twelve-ounce ring, Grag. ii. 171. t61f-fe5mingr, m. a twelv
fathom square. Am. 22; fylgir |)ar t61ffe8mings skurSr torfs, Dif
iii. 6, iv. 12. t61f-f6tungr, m. a 'twelve-foot,' a kind oi gn
or maggot. t61f-gremdr, part, divided into twelve, Stj. 281
t61f-mdiiu3r, m. a twelve-month; mi li8r J)essi t., {>i8r. 68 ; inns
t61fmanu8ar dags, D. N. iv. 323 ; t61fmana8r stefna, N. G. L. i. 34
tolf-menningr, m. a company of twelve at a banquet; en J)a er t. v.-
skipa3r til at sitja, Gliim. 331. t61f-r833r, adj. consisting of tweh
tens, epithet of a hundred ; tolfrsett hundra8, a duodecimal hundred, \.
a hundred and twenty, (5. H. (pref.), Grag. ii. 91, Sks. 56, Fb. i. 27
(see hundra&). t61f-tigr, adj. = t61frae8r, Sks. 56, v. 1. t6l!
seringr, m. a twelve-oared boat, Sturl. ii. 162, Fas. ii. 509, N. G. L. i
138. t61f-8eiT, adj. twelve-oared, N. G. L. i. 159.
t61ffc, f. = tylpt, a number of twelve, duo-decade, dozen; in t61ftai
kvi3r, m. a verdict of a jury of twelve neighbours, Grag. i. 138, 16!
207, K. J>. K. 16S, Gliim. 365, cp. Eb. 19 new Ed.
tdlfti, a, m. the twelfth, Grag. i. 1 18, N. G. L. i. 348, passim.
tdlftungr, m. the twelfth part of a thing (cp. J)ri8jungr, fj6r8ungr . .
attungr), Sks. 59, Vm. 48.
t61gr, m. (mod. also tolg, f., or even t61k); [Engl, tallow; Germ
Dan. talg ; akin to Goth. tulgus = aTfpf6s] : — tallow, when melted an
stiffened; til tolgs ok vax, Pm. 103; tolgar skjoldr, a round piece (
melted tallow.
TOM, n. emptiness, vacuity ; jorSin var ey8i og torn. Gen. i. 2. I]
metaph. leisure = 'Lzt. otium; J)eir baSu hann gefa s^r tom til, at J)eir hit
ASalstein konung, Eg. 279 ; tom er at klaedask, Bev. ; gefa s6r torn t
e-s, Horn. (St.) ; Ija e-m t6ms, Ld. 276; Aron kva3 mieigi tom at ^v
there was no time (leisure) for that, Sturl. ii. 69 ; ok vaeri lengra torn t:
gefit, Fms. xi. 37 ; sa er uraekir langt tom, 656 C. 34 : — with prepp., th
phrase, i tomi, at leisure, Fs. 105, GullJ). 18, Eb. 256, Fms. ii. 261 ; leik
vi8 e-t i tomi, Fms. vi. 152, O. H.L. 22; hann kalla8i akaft en J)ai
bjoggusk i tomi, Fms. x. 216; af tomi, by and bye, Nj. 18, Fs. 24;
g68u, sernu t6mi, in good, full leisure, Fms. viii. 88, Fb. i. 196.
tom-ldtr, adj. slow, slovenly ; Skofnungr er t. en pu oSlatr, Korm. 80
eigi v6ru t)er mi tomlatir tslendingar, Fms. vii. 35 ; Jjorir var inn torn
latasti. Fas. ii. 414; var hans sakna8 . . . |)eir kva&u ongan ska8a ver,
um sva tdmlatan mann, Fs. 69 ; mjok fiisum manni t)ykkir flytirini
jafnvel t. vera, Stj. 172.
tdiu-liga, adv. slowly, leisurely, Fms. ii. 275, ix. 357, Isl. ii. 345
GJ)!. 108 ; en er hann kom su8r um Sta3i t)a f6r harm allt tomligar, Hkr
i. 264.
t6m-l8eti, n. slowness, slovenliness, indolence ; J)eir sogSu |>orleif mjft
Islenzkan fyrir t. sitt, Eb. 198; t. (indolence) g68s verks, Hom. 26; t
vart er latir erum, 84.
t6mr, adj. [Dan. tom; North. E. and Scot, toom], empty; tomr lanpr,
G{)1. 524; it toma haf, Sks. 199 : empty-handed, missir hann ok ferrllTl
tomr aptr at landi, Hom. ; me3 tvser hendr tomar, empty-handed, Sttnl
iii. 258: slovenly, tomr mzbT = 'homo otiosus,' Hom. 26: vain, ven
kann, at J)etta se eigi tom or8, Ld. 254; tom er laekning su er eigi
graeSir sjiikan, 623. 19 ; tom dyr8, vain-glory, 655 xvi. 3.
t6m-stund, f. a leisure-hour, leisure ( = t6m), Nj. 77 ; gefit m^r t. til
ra8a-g6r8ar, Fms. vii. 258.
tona, a3, [Lat. tonare], to intone, of the priest in the service : to sHw
tunes, in a book, syngja sl(5ttan song eptir J)vi sem tonat vaeri & '
bokum, Bs. i. 847.
tdnn, m. [Lat.], a tune; syngja ti8ir vi8 ton, Sturl. iii. 210. tSlfit
a, m. = t6nn, Sks. 633 : as a nickname, Ann. 1393. '
t6pi, a, m. [Dan. taabe = a fool; cp. Germ, toben], a 'fool,' obsoL4|
Icel. 2. the name of a Runic magical character causing madn^'
Skm., a Slit. \ey. '
tora^ t6ri, pret. t6r3i, part. t6rt, to lounge, linger; latiS |)a t6ra it
eins, let them be all but living. Fas. i. 80 ; me8an eg tori, as long <K
I live, freq. in mod. usage ; also of a light, to gleam faintly (see etjj*).
t6t, n. [akin to to, q. v.], a fiock of wool; in 6-t6t and (5-taeti, a*1<t
flock,' a rag.
tra3ar-, see tro8.
tra3-gj6f, f. cramming, giving sheep and cattle as much fodder as
they can eat, Jb. 224.
tra3-j61a, a&, or tro3-j61a, to drop; en \zh er til i tungu vorri, aS
sa sem tynt hefir nokkru, hann hafi 'tra8j61a8' J)vi e8a 'tro8j61a3,
sumir segja ' ta8j61a8,' allt i somu merkingu, a8 hafa J)vi ni8rfellt, ao
tro3ast undir f6tum e3a velkjast a golfi. Pal, Skyr. 265.
, traSk, n, (or better tra3kr, m.), a track, a path or trodden spotvi
y
\f
TRADKA— TRfiKIRKJA.
689
enow, or the like; komu \,c\t d traftk mikinu ofarliga i dalnum, Grett.f kominii at »«kja heilrsBfti at Wr ok trtutt, Ni. q8: ef ek heU trausti
Ill new Ed.; traSkit var niikit, Finnb. 248; er par umhverfis traSk
mikit (tra6kr, v. 1.), Konr. 30.
tradka, aS, with dat. to tread on with the foot, to trample on : metaph.,
t. r^ttinduni e-s.
TB.AF, n. [cp. trefr], in old writers only in pi. trof, a bent, fringe ;
}ia tok hon til trafanna es d klaeaum peim voru er tjaldat var of kistuna,
i. 347 ; hon hafai knytt urn sik blaeju, ok voru 1 mcirk bla, ok triif
r enda, a kerchief with blue marks or stripes and fringe at the ends,
244; at t)eir gori triif me8 dreglum um skikkjur sinar, Stj. 338
\.iX. fimbria of the Vulgate); at snertum trofuni klacSa sinna, . . .
"i.i-trofum, the hems of one's garment. Post. (Unger) 29. II.
iod. usage traf, sing., is a white linen kerchief; hvitr sem traf, white
itiaf: traf-hvftr, adj.icf..- trafa-kefli, n. a man^/e .- trafa-Oskjur,
:. 1 1. a linen-chest.
trafali, a, m. [prob, from Engl, travail], a hindrance, impediment;
ivera e-m til travala.
trafn or tramn, ni. [Swed. trem; Dan. treme = a beam], a beam, log,
Korm. (in a verse, the Ed. has trafr, but the rhyme with 'bramni'
,hews that the true form has mn).
traktera, a3, [for, word], to treat, H. E. i, 469, 528 : to entertain, Bs.
. :20.
trakteran, f. treatment, Stj. 30.
: traktr, m. a kind of chant, Horn. (St.)
Itramar, m. pi. [Norse tramen; pTov'mc.T)zn.tremmind = the evil one;
trami um jag da gar' is a Gottland oath; provinc. Swed. trommd,
tii Bugge's note, ad loc. citand. ; but Jjramar, not tramar, may be the
original of all these words, for the Icel., at least now, say, t)remillinn !
.ver t)reniilliun !] -.—fiends, demons, a air. Xf^., Skm. 30 ; but in this
assage 'gramar' would better suit the alliteration, which is otherwise
oniewhat lame ; it is to be borne in mind that in ancient vellums g
nd t initial are often hard to distinguish (see gramr II).
jtrampa, aft, to tramp, (mod.)
jtrana, u, f., see trani. II. pi. tr6nvir, a frame-work, e. g. on
i'hich trunks of trees are laid to be cut by the saw ; cp. tjald-tronur,
I tent-frame.
jtrana, a5, to intrude ; esp. in the phrase, trana s4r fram, to push one-
\lf, of an impertinent and intruding person.
jtrandill, m. [A. S. trendel = an orb, sphere; Engl, trundle], a
\undle{?) ; as a nickname, Landn. (Nj.), Bs. i. 173.
JTEANI, a, m. ; this is the oldest form and gender, whence later,
bana, u, f. ; the masc. form occurs in Hofu81, 10 (tranar) ; tranann,
:c., Fms. x. 50, 353, 354; trananum, 304; traninn, 347, 350, 6. T.
2; tranann, 32; but Tronona, tronu, 55, 11. 19, 23; tranann, trana,
\, I. c. (in an older vellum) : in the verse of Hallfred (Fs. 209) Tronu
lould be Trana ; cp. also Fagrsk. ch. 76, 80 ; [A. S. crdn; Dan. trane] :
-a crane. Fas. iii. 359, Art. 86, Str. 67, Edda (Gl.): metaph. as the
ime of a ship, Fms. : of a sword, Edda (Gl.) 2. a snout =Tzai,
BS. iv. 58 (but rani, Fb. ii. 27, I.e.)
irantr, m. a snout, in vulgar use.
rapiza, u, f. [a Gr. word, rpdnt^a, from the Byzantine, through the
aerings] : — a table at the entrance of the hall, w^here the skapker (q. v.)
JS kept, and the horns were filled, and on which also stood the washing-
sin, Fms. iii. 177, iv. 75, vi. 442, vii. 148, viii. 13, x. 331, Sd. 161,
rappa, u, f. [Dan, trappe; Germ, treppe], a step in a staircase,
rassa, a8, to be sluttish ; litt haf5i hann verit upp a skartsemi ok
ti ekki hvemig J)a& trassaSist, Safn i. 656.
trassi, a, m. a slovenly fellow, esp. one negligent as to one's dress or
bearance: trassalegr and trassa-fenginn, adj. slovenly: trassa-
apr, m. slovenliness.
raud, f., in the phrase, vi8 trau8 ok nau8, ^let or hindrance,' cp.
n. ' med nod og neppe,' Bs. i. 200, Karl. 384.
pauda, a8, to impede; in the phrase, i)at trau8ar eigi, that does not
itder, Fb. i. 260, Fas. i. 564, ii. 201.
raudla (spelt traulla, Orkn. 204 in a verse, Fms. vii. 239, Korm. in
Jrerse), adv. scarcely, hardly, = tii\ib\igi.
raudliga, adv. scarcely, Nj. 245 C, Rom. 312, Hkr. iii, 361,
pau3-niil, n. pi. dismal sayings, laments, Gh. I,
'RAUBB, adj. unwilling, loth, reluctant, Hkv. 2. 28, Skv. 3. 49 ;
tan var trau8r til ok h^t ^16 ferSinni, Ld. 204 ; t. mun ek af hendi
ta sveit J)essa, Eg. 65 ; eru ver J)vi trauSir at taka vandraE8i annarra,
! Si ; t. em ek at fyrirlata J)ann atnina8, sem . , ., Fms. i. 129 ; hann
t. til, he was loth to do it, Orkn. 40 ; trau8r em ek at tyna ^c\m
-i-i, 6. H. 74 ; Bjorn var t. til ok m^ltisk undan, 51. 2. with gen.,
* j8r e-s, esp. in poets, Korm. (in a verse) ; trauSr g68s hugar, Gkv,
.2:0; all-trau3r flugar, Hkv. i. 52. 3. neut. trautt, as adverb,
I dly, scarcely ( = Germ. kaum). Band. 32 new Ed., Hkr. iii. 85, Fs. 67,
< 111). 9 ; trautt til faer, Bs, i. 267 ; sem trauSast, Clem. 36, J>i8r. 203.
EAUST, n. [Dan. trost; Engl, trust ; derived forms from triia, q. v.,
t St being inflexive] : — trust, with a notion of protection, shelter, safe
P<fe; hann setti hann eptir til trausts Berg-Onundi, Eg, 368; em ek
niinu edr umsj4, 260 ; h6n hafSi t>emtia maim icnt honum til haldt ok
traustj, Ld. 46; i trausti konungs, Landn. 314, v. I.; er hann spuiAi at
synir hans hiifSu ekki traust i Englandi, Fmi, i. 36 ; me&an ek cm trautt-
lauss, slikt traust sem Jjii hcfir af Skota-konungi, iv. 333; J)u tkait hafi
tv4 hluti landa ok J)ar me8 trau»t mitt, 339 ; ea ek veiu ydr mitt trautt,
vi. 54 ; mc8 hamingju ok trausti hins heilaga 6iaf», 166 ; vera c-m traust
ok hlifi-skjcildr, viii. 239; Icita t^r trausti til e-», Fb. ii, 169; iitja
i trausti e-s, 80. 2.firmnefs, confidence; veil ek eigi v4n )>eina
manna er traust muni hafa at brjota ord konungs, to whom ii will bt taft,
who will dare, Fms. iv. 357 ; af Guds trausti, Ver. 32 ; {>cir er heldr hufSu
ser traust at nisela sem l)utti, who bad no fear of tpeaking at tbty ihovgbt,
Fms. i. 32 ; vdr meguiu me& minna trausti um tala, witb leu confidmut,
vii. 261 : mun ek selja ^&\ ii at lani undan hans trausti, i. e. takt it out
of bis keeping and lend it to thee, 655 iii. i ; ek hefi litift traust undir mir,
small power, authority, fsl. ii. 145 ; |)oran eftr traust. Fms. i. 365,
trausta-tak, n. a taking in trust, only used in the phrase taka t-b
trausta taki, e. g. of going into the rooms of a friend when absent and
there taking a book ' in trust,' knowing that he will have no objection.
Trausti, a, m. a pr. name, Vigl.
traust-lauss, adj. [Germ, trostlos; Dan. triistes-los], without protec-
tion, helpless, Fms. iv. 222, Sks. 253.
trauBt-leiki, a, m. strength, firmness, Sks. 430, Bser. 9 (valour).
traust-liga, zdv. firmly, G{)1. 105 : confidently, Hom. 14,
traust-ligr, adj. safe, to be relied on, Bser. 9; miklu v«ri traustligra
(much safer) at tyna barninu, 3.
traustr, adj. trusty, sure, firm, strong, safe; J)eir hof&u skjoldu traustari
enn Kvenir, Eg. 59 ; kv68u silki-bandit vera nokkuru traustara enn
likindi l)etti k fyrir digrleiks sakir . . . ijuturinn var sl6ttr ok blautr sem
silki-raema, en sva traustr ok sterkr sem mi skaltii heyra, Edda 19, 20;
hvart af osti eru gtir akkeri vdr, e8r reynask {)au nokkuru traustari, Fms,
vi, 253; traust brynja, Gd, ; hlifar traustar, Edda (Ht.) ; to also Icel.
say, issinn er traustr, the ice is safe ; 6-traustr, unsafe. 2, metaph.,
traustr til vapns ok har8fengi, Fs. 13; l)eir hdtu honum traustri fylgft,
Orkn. 258 ; eigi berjumk ek ef ek fx eigi traustara her, Fms. vi. 35 ;
var eigi traust at hann naemi eigi galdr, it was not free from it, Bdrd.
164 ; vera e-m traustr, to prove true to one, O. H. (in a verse).
trdss, n. [Dan. trods], obstinacy.
trfissask, a8, [Germ, trotz], to be obstinate, dogged; zb hann hafi
trdssa8 og sagt, hann skyldi vinna allt Island med sjounda mann, Bs. ii.
271 ; trassast vi8 e-t, to neglect defyingly.
TB;6, n., gen. tres, dat. ace. tre ; pi. U6, gen, trjd; spelt tree, Stj. 14,
74, Barl. 138; dat. trjdm; with the article tr(5-it, mod. tr^ft ; \\Jl{. triu
= (v\ov; A.S.treow; Engl, tree; Dan. trie; Swed. trd, triid, the d
representing the article ; in Germ, this word is lost, or only remains
in compds, see apaldr] : — a tree, Lat. arbor ; askrinn er allra trjd mestr,
Edda 10 ; hamra, horga, skoga, votn, trd ok oil onnur bl«jt, Fms. v,
339; hoggva upp trd, GullJ), 50; raetr eins trds, Fms. x. 219; hiiggva
trd i skogi, Grag. ii. 296, Gliim. 329; milli trjd tveggja, 656 B. 4;
lauf af trd, Fs. 135; barr af limum trds l)css, er.,., Edda; tvau trd.
Ask ok Emblu, id. ; ymr it aldna trd, Vsp. : of trees used as gallows,
ef ek sd d trd uppi, vdfa virgil-nd, Hm. 158; skolla vi8 trd, Fms.
vii. (in a verse) ; cp. the Swed. allit, galge ok gren : hence of the
cross, 655 xvi. A. 2, Fms. vi. 227, Vidal. passim; and so in mod, ecci.
writers. Sayings, eigi fellr trd vi8 it fyrsta hogg, the tree falls not at
the first stroke, Nj. 224; falls er vAn at fornu trd, of a person old and
on the verge of the grave, Isl. ii. 415 ; trd tekr at hniga ef hoggr tig
undan. Am. 69. II. wood (= Lat. lignum) ; hann sat d tre dnu,
Fms. i. 183 ; trd svd mikit at hann kemr J)vi eigi 6r flaedar-mdli, Grdg,
ii. 351 ; at jjar r«ki trd sextugt . . . sulur er hann let or trenu gtira, Gfsl.
140. 2. the mast of a ship; ok skyldi standa trdit, Fms. ix. 301 ;
£esti storminn sva at sumir hjoggu trdin, x, 136; Idt hann eigi setja h«ra
enn i mitt trd, Orkn, 260 ; viti haf8i brenndr verit, ok var brunnit rnjok
trdit, Finnb. 232 ; d skipi Munans brotna8i trdit, Fms. viii. 309. (siglu-
trd = mas/.) 3. a tree, rafter, beam; sax eftr saxbiind, hvert U&
|)eirra er missir, N. G. L. i. loo ; ok ef hus fellr nifir, J)8 skal ekki trd af
elda, 240 ; Jjver-trd, a cross-tree, Nj. 30i , 203. 4. the uat of a privy ;
gengr til kamars e8r setzk d trd, Grag. ii. 119,
B. In compds, made of wood. tr6-bolli, a, m, a wooden bowl,
Vm, 110. tr6-borg, f. a ' tree-burgb,' wood fort. Eg. 344, Fms. viii.
113. tr6-b6t, f. as a nickname, Sturl. tr6-brti, f. a woodtn
bridge, |)jal, 53. tr6-drumbr, m. a drum of wood, log, Fms. vi.
1 79, V. 1. tr6-f6tr, m. a wooden leg, Eb. 66, Bs. i. 31 3 ; the phrase,
ganga d trdfcStum, to go on wooden legs, of a thing in a tottering, bad
state, Fb. ii, 300 ; t)a8 gengr allt d trdfotum. tr6-gufl, n. woodtn
«</o/s, MS. 4. 68. tT€-hs£t,m. a wood-goat, Yb.i. ^20. tr6-h<iB,
n. a wooden house, Fms. vii. loo, D. N. ii. 152. tr6-hv41f, n. a wooden
ceiling Bs, i. 251, tr6-h6U, f. a wooden ball, Fms. ix. 326. tr6-
kastali, a, m. = trdborg, Sks. 423, trfi-kefli, n. a wooden sHei,
Orkn. 150, Sturl. i. 15. tr6-keP, n. a vtooden vessel, Stj. 268, Karl.
546. tr6-kirkja, u, f. a wooden cbureb, Fms. xi. 271, Hkr. iL 180.
640
TREKROSS— TRfZA.
tr6-kross, m. a wooden cross, Vm. 38. tr6-kumbr (tr^-kubbr),
m. a log, Barl. 165. tr^-kylTa, u, f. a wooden clnb, Sturl. i. 15.
tr^-kyUir, m. a ' -wood-bag,' name of a ship, Grett., whence Tr^kyllis-
Vik, f. a local name. tr6-k6ttr, m. a ' wooden cat,' a mouse-trap,
mod. fjala-kottr ; sva veiddr sem miis imdir treketti, Ni5rst. 106. tr6-
lampr, m. a wooden lamp. Am. 51, Pm. 108. tre-laust, n. adj. treeless,
Karl. 461. tr#-lektari, a, m. a wooden reading-desk, Pm. 6. tr6-
ligr, adj. of wood. Mar. tr§-lurkr, m. a wood-cudgel, Gliim. 342.
tr6-iiia3r, m. a ' wood-man,' Fms. iii. loo ; carved poles in the shape
of a man seem to have been erected as harbour-marks, cp. the remarks
s. V. hafnar-mark (hofn B) ; in Hm. 48, of a way-mark ; a huge tre-ma9r
(an idol ?) is mentioned in Ragn. S. fine, (Fas. i. 298, 299) ; the Ask and
Embia (Vsp.) are also represented as ' wood-men ' without living souls.
tre-ni3, n., see ni8, Grag. ii. 147, N. G. L. i. 56. tr6-rei3i, a, m.
wooden equipments, harness, Jb. 412, Sturl. iii. 71 (of a ship, mast, oars,
etc.), K. p. K. 88 (of horse-harness). tr^-rsefr, n. a wooden roof, J)jal.
53. tr€-sauinr, m. wooden nails, Ann. 1189. tr6-serkr, m. a
wooden coat ; in treserkja-bani, as a nickname. Fas. ii. 6. tr6-skapt, n.
a wooden handle, Grett. 141. tr€-skdl, f. a wooden bowl, Dipl. iii.
4. tre-skj61dr, n. a wooden shield, GJ)1. 105. tr^-skrm, n. a
wooden shrine, Landn. 51 (Hb.), Vm. 54. tr6-smi3r, m. a crafts-
man in wood, carpenter, Bs. i. 858, Karl. 396, Rett. 2. 10. tr6-
smidi, n. and tr6-snii5, f. craft in wood, wood-carving, Bs. i. 680 ;
hann (the steeple) bar eigi miSr af ollum tresmiSum a Islandi en kirkjan
sjalf, 132 ; hagr a tresmi6i, Stj. 561. tr^-sp^nn, m. wood-chips, O. H.
tr6-spjald, n. a wooden tablet, such as was used in binding books ; forn
bok i trespjoldum, Am. 35, Pm. 131, Vm. 126. tre-stabbi (tr^-
Btobbi, O. H. 72; -stubbi, Fb. i. 433), a, m. = tredrumbr, Fms. vi.
179. tr6-stokkr, m. the ' stock of a tree,' block of wood, Fms. ii. 75.
tr6-st61pi, a, m. a wooden pillar, Fb. ii. 87. tr^-telgja, u, f. a
■wood-carver, a nickname, Yngl. S. tr6-toppr, m. a tree-top, Al. 174.
tr6-virki, n. a wooden engine, Sks. 425, Bs. i. 872. tr6-t)ak, n. a
timber roof, Bs. i. 163. tr6-6r, f. a wooden arrow, as a signal,
N. G. L. i. 102, GJ)1. 83. II. plur., trja-lauf, n. leaves of trees,
Stj. trj6-heiti, n. pi. names of trees, Edda (Gl.) 85.
TREDJA, traddi, traddr, [cp. tro3a], to tread, occurs only in a few
forms; J)a er Jormunrekr jom of traddi, H6ni. 3; torgur trciddusk,
Hkm. ; hafit 6t mey um tradda, H9m. 18 ; J)u lezk tradda grund, Fms.
vi. (in a verse).
treflU, m. a dimin. [Dan. trcBvler'], a fringe, fringed kerchief; hekk
annarr t. fyrir enn annarr a bak, Sd. 186 (of rags). 2. in mod.
usage, a fringed scarf; lata trefil um halsinn. II. as a nick-
name, Landn. Trefla-kolla, the name of a witch, from her rags.
TREFJA, traf6i, trafiSr, to tear into fringes ; a defect, verb, of which
there only remains the part. trafi5r, Pr. 329.
trefja, u, f. = hefr, mod. form.
treflugr, adj. [Dan. trcevlet'], fringed, with fringes, Fb. iii. 37.^.
trefr, f. pi. fringes ; eigi svi6nu3u hinar minnstu trefr a skru3a hans,
Bs. i. 42 ; bl63gar trefr, Fas. ii. 554 ; trefr af einu dyrligu klae8i, i. 230 ;
bl9EJu ok trefr fyrir enda, Ld. 244, v. 1. ; sjukir menn komu vi5 hans
trefr ... at snertum trofum klse3a J)inna . . .trefum (dat.), Post. (Unger) 29.
TREG-A, irreg. verb, pres. tregr, pret. tregfti, part, tregad, with
suffixed neg. tregr-a&, Gh. 2 : part, tregnar, H6m, i. The mod. form
is trega, a&, which, though but rarely, occurs in vellums, e. g. tregaSi,
Bs. i. 301, in a vellum of the earlier part of the 14th century; [A. S.
tregjani : — to grieve, used impers. ; fjold er J)at er fira tregr, many are
the woes of man, Sdm. 30; tregr mik J)at, Gkv. 3. 2 ; hvi tregra3 ykkr
teiti at maela, bow can ye be gladf Gh. 2; (hana) tregSi for fri6ils,
Vkv. 27; \)Zt mal er mik meirr tregi, 35; alia menn tregr fall grams,
the king's death grieves all men, Hkr. i. (in a verse) ; tregnar i9ir,
dismal thoughts (?), HSm. i ; marga menn trega6i mjok andlat {jorlaks
biskups, many were grieved over Th.'s death, Bs. i. 301 ; munaSar-riki
hefir margan tregaS, brought many to grieve, Sol. 10. 2. in mod.
usage, person., hann (nom.) trega6i, he wailed.
tregda, u, f. reluctance, difficulty, unwillingness; ef konungr hefir
nokkut treg6ur i at fara, Fms. vii. 116; hann haf6i i nokkura tregSu
um vigslu hans, Bs. i. 73; gora treg3ur i e-u, Mag. 134. treg3a-
laust, n. adj. without cavil, willingly, Bs. i. 388.
tregi, a, m. [Ulf. trigo = Gr. Xvirrj ; A. S. tregal, difficulty, reluctance;
vil ek mi biSja y&r alia at ver hafim onga trega i malum {)essum, to
raise no objections, Nj. 188; J)a gekk at {)6rir 6r Gar5i ok leita3i
at faera i alia trega J)a er hann matti, Grett. 150; at allir tregar myndi
lir leggjask malum biskups, Thom. 381. II. grief, woe,
sorrow ; me3 tarum ok trega, Thom. 45 ; af trega storum, Gh. i ; ok
leiSa me8 tarum trega, Skm. 30; trega J)6r at segja, Hkv. 2. 28 ; hver
sagSi sinn trega, each told her woe, Gkv. I. 3; longum trega, Sol. 34;
sva fellr mer Jietta naer um trega, at . . ., it grieves me so, that. , ., Nj.
T71 ; l)rutinn af trega, Ld. 272 ; hon matti hvarki eta n6 drekka fyrir
trega, Fms. iii. 12.
tregliga, adv. with difficulty, as opp. to smoothly ; komu J)eir honum
at kalla ok J)6 sem tregligast, they moved her (the ship) with great diffi-
culty, Fms. iii. 13.^ 2. unwillingly, rehtctantly; Bnisi gekk tregligj
at iillu sattmali, 6. H. 98; beiddi leyfis ok fekk t., Karl. 277; hafSi
hann J)at t. fengit af Katli ok J)6 nau9ungar-laust, Sturl. iii. 224 : scarcely,
mega ver t. at oss gaeta, Bs. i, 300 ; matti hann t. bera J)au lihaegindi,
318. 3. wofully ; g6kk hon t. a tai sitja, Gh. 9.
tregligr, adj. ; it tregligasta, with the greatest difficulty, Fb. i. 260; var
J>orgils heldr tregligr i fyrstu, Sturl. iii. 222.
TB.EGR, adj. [O. H. G. tragi ; Germ, tragi, '^^^SS^'^S^ slovenly, going
with difficulty ; sag&i at lombunum vaeri tregast um ati6 fyrst er f)au vaeri
nykefld, Eb. 244 ; tregum otrs-gjoldum, Bm. ; opt eru tregar kalf-sugur,
Hallgr. ; mun honum J)at tregt veita, it will go hard with him, Rd. 276;
tregt hefir feit lit greiSzk, Fb. ii. 123. 2. unwilling; {jorir gekk
at eldinum ok var J)6 tregr til, Fms. i. 106; at J)u haldir J)vi betr helg ^
trii sem J)u ert tregari til, ii. 32; t. til sxtta, Bs. i. 658; at Sver
konungr mundi tregr at ganga lit or treborginni, Fms. viii. 113: v6r
margir tregir til, at segja af hendi ser, Bs. i. 686 ; 6 J)er heimskir
tregir i hjarta, Luke xxiv. 25.
treg-rof, n. a lamentation, Gh. 21.
trekt, f. a funnel, (mod.)
Trektj f. a local name, Utrecht, Bs.
trena, a9, to become woody, dry, Edda (pref.) 11, Fms. ii. 179, Y.i.\
in mod. usage of turnips or the like.
tresk, n. (?), a doubtful word, a veil (?), cushion, pillow, or the like
sva at tar flugu tresk (tresc Ed.) i gcignum, Gkv. i. 16 (where the tre
seems to be ace, the tears flew through the t.)
TREYJA, u, f. [Dan. troje'], a jerkin; for i treyju ok kipti skom 1
fsetr ser, Nj. 28; treyja me9 kapriini af skru6i, Jb. 187; hann haf3i
hvarki brynju ne treyju, Sturl. i. 197; hann hjo a oxl Oddi, gengu
sundr treyjur tvaer, ok brynjan lu6isk, iii. 205 ; voru J)rir tigir manna :
hringa-brynjum ok tvxr treyjur meS, 184; hann hafdi g69a brynju
styrkja treyja, Fms. ix. 527 ; Aron var i si6ri treyju ok g63ri stalhiif
Bs. i. 624; graen treyja, D.N. iii. 160; so5ul-treyja, q. v. compos
treyju-hosa, u, f. a kind of hose ; sva at sundr tok treyju-hosuna, bry
hosuna ok sva fotinn, fjiSr. 203. treyju.-s63ull, m. a kind oi sadd
= trogso3ull, Grag. ii. 239 (Kb.)
treyna or treina, d, to use sparingly, esp. of food, so as to make
last longer ; treyna ser e-t.
treyskr, adj. [Dan. trcedsk; Germ, trotz], obstinate; villan treyt
Pass. 50 (from the Dan.?)
TREYSTA, t, [traust; Dan. trdste = to comfort'], to make trusty^
make strong and safe ; Hoskuldr treysti mundri9a i skildi, Nj. 66 ; hanu
setti f)ar forra6a-menn ok treysti ser folk, Hkr. i. 84 : to confirm, make
firm, at treysta vinattu Snorra, Sturl. ii. 260 ; hann treysti salu t)ina, Barl.
94 ; J)a treysta fol hinn heimska sva at hann skal rikastr vera, Sks. 342 ;
treysta herinn ok eggja, 6. H. 2 14 ; t. heilsu hans, Greg. 49 ; treystr raed
holdi ok blo&i Gu5s, Fms. xi. 38 ; varir menn J)urfu mi at J)er treysti8
J)a, viii. 317. 2. to try the strength of a thing with the band; Egill
faer6isk vi3 ok treysti stafinn {grasped firmly) til J)ess er upp losna5i, Eg,
233; hann treysti meS handa-afli ok slitna8i silki-bandit eigi, Edda 20;
ganga at asendunum ok t. sva fast, at brotnaSi, Ld. 280 ; tok ek ^a til,
treysta ek a sem ek orka6a, gat ek honum J)a fram kipt, . . . tok ek i
hendr Bo3vari, treysta ek J)a af ollu afli . . . , Fb. ii. 136 ; treysta mi a timbp-
veggina sva brakar i hverju tr^, Grett. 99 ; treystu si3an a asinn, til J)e»
er hann brast i sundr, 154; for hann ^0, ok treysti a sira |)orlak med
alvarligri baen, Bs. i. 269. II. reflex, to trust to, rely upon;
with dat., ek treystumk hamingju minni ok sigrsaeli, Fms. ii. 108;
treystask eigi J)eim gri6um, ix. 520; at engum manni treystisk hanri
betr enn honum, xi. 392 ; engi hlutr er sa er ser megi treystask er
Muspells-synir herja, Edda 8 ; (ilium J)eim sem honum treystask, Stj«
641 ; treystask i e-u (Latinism), Horn. 78, MS. 655 iv. 2 ; ek treysti
(better treystisk) eigi at halda y6r heima me3 m^r, Fms. ii. 4 : cp. treysta
ser, to dare, passim in mod. usage ; eigi mun Sveinn konungr })vi treystask
at taka, be won't dare, xi. 364 ; treystask betr fotum enn vapnum, R6m.
291 ; hann mun eigi treystask 68ru enn gora sem ek vil, Nj. 229 ; hof3u
J)eir setla8 at veita honum atgongu, en treystusk eigi, 36 ; treystisk <k
{be of good cheer), ok hir9it eigi at ottask, 623. 32 ; er meS engu moti
treystanda a hennar hverfanda hvel, Fms. i. 104; treysti hann sva vel
her sinum, at ... , 24.
treystir, m. a strengthener. Lex. Poet.
Trinitatis, [Lat. gen.], Trinity-Sunday ; in Trinitatis-dagr, Fms. ix.
340, Vm., and so in mod. usage; fyrsti, annar. . .sunnudagr eptir Trini-
tatis, Icel. Almanack.
tripl, n. treble, Alg. : tripla, a9, to chant in treble tunes, Bs. i. 847.
trippi, n. [cp. Engl, to trip], a young colt before it is broken in. Fas. U
9 : freq. in mod. usage, 6tami9 trippi.
tritill, m, [Dan. trilde'], a top.
tritla, a9, [Dan. trilde], to trot at a slow pace; cp. Dan. trilde-bdr=a
wheel-barrow.
trfza (proncd. trissa), u, f. [mid. Lat. tricca], a pidl{l); hann ser
at i berginu voru steinar sem triza vaeri giir, Rom. 148 ; in mod. usage
= Dan, tridse.
TRJONA—TROS.
641
irjona, u, f. [Dan. tryne ; trana and trjona seem to be akin]: — a
■J, Lat. rostrum, Fms. vi. 143 (of a serpent) ; nie6 ginandum trjonum.
In. 257 (Hb.) : of a hammer, trjonu-troll, the ' mout-ogress,' of the
iiier of Thor, Haustl. : of projecting land, Selmcina trjona, the ness
dund, i. e. Zealand, Hkr. i. (in a verse). 2. of a pole ; harSar
lur, Gs. 17; var J)a ok veift af hverju skipi trjonum (or = trjanum
i tr6?), {jorf. Karl. 424; tjald-trjona, a tent-Jrame, Sturl. i. 147,
I ^'
lro3, n. a treading, trampling ; ef fellr i nauta-tro&, if trampled down
V catde, N. G. L. i. 379.
TRODA, pres. treS, tre3r, older form tr05r; tro&z, Grag. ii. 285:
r< 1. tra9, tratt (traSst), trad, pi. tra9u (mod. tr66, tr66st, pi. troOu) :
. trceBi ; imptrat. tro3, troddii ; part, tro&inn : \\]\i.trudan = vaTtiv,
,ai', Luke vi. 44 ; A.S.tredan; Eug\. tread ; Germ, treten ; Swed.
/ ; Diu.trcede^ : — to tread; vegrer vetki Ueybr, Hm. 120; at vcgrinn
troSinn, beaten, Eg. 578 ; t. stafkarls-stig, to tread a beggar's path,
. vi. 304 ; tro3a skii, to 'tread shoes,' wear them out, Eb. 20 ; tro3nir i
; tvennir skor, Ski5a R. 193; tro&.i villu-stigu, Bad. 29; tro&a halir
t g, Vsp. 52 ; manna J)cirra er mold tro6a, Vm. 23 ; tro&a go6veg, Hdl.
; aur traSu ver a&an, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; ek trad hau3r um heiSi
;iiulvillr, Eb. (in a verse); hlynbjorn tra3 Ata j6r3, Orkn. (in a
■) ; mi treSr Jjii mik undir fotum, Nj. 82; hann traS jarnin,
xi. 38 ; tra& nipt Nara nattver3 ara, H6fu31. ; reyks rosu3r tra&
r. iald, Yt. ; mara tra3 hann, . . . tra& Hon fotleggina, Hkr. i. 20;
ut)u (tr66u Ed.) J)eir ser gadd hja brekkunni, Fms. ix, 490, (tra3u,
b. iii. 139, I.e.); ni3r-tro&inn ok svivir3r, Fms. x. 305; tro3a nidr
uicbann, to beat down under one's feet, Ni3rst. 6; skulu er mi J)vi si3r
()5a fyrir y3r, sem ek var J)a erfi3ri, metaphor from beating down the
()\v, making a track, Nj. 229, Grett. 174 new Ed.; t. illsakar vid e-n,
fight it out with one, Nj. 219 ; en ef a3rir-tveggju tro3a J)ing ok vitni
ns, if they quash his suit and witnesses, Js. 41 ; f6t-tro3a, q. v. II.
stop or stiiff (a bag), metaphor from treading with the feet, with dat. of
e thing which is stufied ; heyi var ok troSit i gluggana, Sturl. i. 160 ;
T t)er tro3it 1 kyl, sem korni i beig, Fms. vii. 21 ; var {)cr I hanzka
Bit, Hbl. 26 ; iit k^rin, ok J)6 Htt, ef ma3r tra3 i munn henni, Bs. i. 615 ;
,nn fiaer belg ok treSr hann si3an lyngvi ok mosa, Konr. ; J)eir tradu
ip otr-be!ginn. Fas. i. 153 ; J)at dyra vin er J)u tre3r J)ik me3 dagliga,
rl. 210. III. reflex. tro3ask, to throng, of a crowd; troSisk
i sva akaft, Fms. xi. 102 ; ef menn tro3ask sva mjok at liigrettu fyrir
nkost...ok var3ar {)at fjorbaugs-gard, Gnig. i. 5 ; ef fe tro3sk at
yvi, ii. 285 ; ef fe treydsk i svelti-kvi, ii. 119 (Kb.)
rofl-fullr, adj. choke-full, of animals, also of a bag.
ro3ningr, m. a crowded throng : — a beaten track,
HOG-, n. [A. S. trog; Engl, trough and tray ; Dan. trug"], a trough,
Ida 31 (slatr-trog) ; sa ek konur tvaer, Jjser hof3u trog i milli sin, ok
u bl63i hera3it allt, Gliim, 376 ; Ija ser trogs at saelda mjol, Greg. 58 ;
U-kona, hon hafSi i annarri hendi trog en annarri skalm, Grett. 140,
:r. iii. 150; var sem trogi vasri hvelft li siSumar, Bs. i. 330; trogs-
oi, Greg. 59 ; rjoma-trog or mjolkr-trog, a milk-trough in which the
Ik is kept for cream ; reima ur trogunum, to pour out the milk so that
cream remains; slatr-trog, a meat-trough.
rog-s53ull, m. a kind oi pummel-f armed saddle, Eb. 34.
?ItOIjIi, n., the later but erroneous form is troll ; the rhymes require
to be troll ; thus, \xoll and o//u, Fms. vi. 339 ; tro// and ko//r, Sturl. ii.
6 (a ditty) ; Xxoll and so//inn, Rekst., Landn. 21 2 (in a verse) ; and so
It in old vellums, trollz, Vsp. (Kb.) 39 ; in later vellums triill, Mar.
55; and so rhymed, tro//, o//, Mkv.: [Dan.-Swed. /roW; Low Germ.
//, whence the mod. Dan. drollen ; cp. also trylla and Dan. trylde =
charm, bewitch."]
A. A giant, fiend, demon, a generic term. The heathen creed
ew of no 'devil' but the troll; in mod. Dan. trold includes any
osts, goblins, imps, and puny spirits, whereas the old Icel. troll con-
ys the notion of huge creatures, giants. Titans, mostly in an evil, but
3 in a good sense ; Jjorr var farina i Austrveg at berja troll, Edda ;
■ matti engi madr liti vera fyrir trolla-gangs sakir ok meinvaetta,
H. 187; et mat J)inn, troll, Fas. iii. 178; trolla {)ing, ii. 131 ; troila-
:tr, Fms. x. 330 ; ma3r mikill sem troll. Eg. 40S ; haim var mikill
cti sem troll, Gisl. 132 ; har sem troll a3 lita, Ulf. 7. 13. 2. a
^ewolf one possessed by trolls or demons, — eigi einhamr, cp. hamr, ham-
nr ; ef konu er tryllska kennd i hera3i \k skal hon hafa til sex kvcnna
ai at hon er eigi tryllsk, sykn saka ef J)at fxsk, en ef hon faer J)at eigi,
i brott or hera3i me3 fjar-hluti sina, eigi veldr hon {)vi sjoif at hon er
11, N.G.L. i. 351 (Maurer's Bekehrung ii.418, foot-note), see kveldrida
i Eb. ch. 16; muu Geirri3, trollit, fiar komit, G. that troll! Eb. 96,
the Dan. din lede trold; troll, er ^ik bita eigi jam, troll whom
steel can wou7id ! Isl. ii. 364 ; {)u ^ykki mer troll er {jii bersk sva at
^er er fotrinn — Nei, segir Jjorbjorn, eigi er {lat trollskapr at maSr ^oli
, 36^5; fjolkunnig ok mikit troll, {)idr. 22; Si'ti var mikit triill i
lu, Isl. ii. 42 ; kosti ok skeri troll j^etta, this Jietidish monster, Eb.
) new Ed. v. 1. ; trolli likari ertu cnn nianni, J)ik bita engi jarn, Hiiv.
; mikit troll ertu, Biii, sag3i hann, Isl. ii. 451, Finnb. 264; Jjotti
likari atgangr bans trollum enn monnum, 340 ; ford«3u-skap ok liti-setu
at vekja troll iipp {to ' wake up a troll,' raise a ghost) at frcmja heiSni
meft {)vi, N.G.L. i. 19. 3. phrases; at triill standi fyrir dyrum, a
troll standing before the door, so that one cannot get in, Fbr. 57 ; troll
milli hiiss ok heinia, Fms. viii. 41, cp. the Engl, 'between the devil and
the deep sea ;' troll brutu hris i hacla {)eim, trolls brake fagots on their
heels, heat them on their heels, pursued them like furies, Sighvat ; glipa
eins og troll d hinma-riki, to gaze like a troll on the heavens (to gaze in
amazement): in swearing, troll hafi J)ik I Fms. vi. 216; troll hafi lif!
Korm. (in a verse); troll hafi jjik allan ok svii gull J)ittl 1S8; hon baS
troll hafa hann allan. Art. 5 ; troll hafi J)a skikkju I Lv. 48 ; troll (traull)
hafi J)ina vini ! Nj. 53 ; troll hafi J)itt hoi I 258; troll visi yftr til biirs I
Bs. i. 601 ; {)ykki mer })vi betr er fyrr taka troll vid {)6r, the sooner tbe
trolls take thee the better I Band. 37 new Ed., Fs. 53; ^\i munt fara i
trolU-hendr i sumar 1 Ld. 230, Fms. v. 183 ; Jjii munt fara allr i trollindr
( = trolla hcndr), Band. (MS.) ; munu troll toga y3r tungu or hijffti, the
evil one stretches your tongue, some evil demon speaks through your
mouth, Fb. i. 507 ; honum J)otti helzt troll toga tungu or hiifSi honum
er hann maeiti slikt, Rd. 276; {)u ert fol, ok mjok toga troll tungu or
hi)f3i J)or, Karl. 534; the verse in Korm. 210 is corrupt; trautt man ek
trtia J)er, troll, kva3 Hiiskollr, Sturl. ii. 136, from an ancient ballad. In
one single instance the trolls, strange to say, play a good part, viz. at
being grateful and faithful ; trolls and giants were the old dwellers on
the earth, whom the gods drove out and extirpated, replacing them
by man, yet a few remained haunting lonely places in wildernesses and
mountains ; these trolls, if they meet with a good turn from man, are
said to remain thankful for ever, and shew their gratitude; hence the
phrases, tryggr sem Xx'oW, faithful as a troll; and tryg3a-tri>ll, hann er
mesta tryg3a-tri)ll, a yhiVi/j// soul, faithful person; triJlla-tryg3, ' /ro//s-
trust,' faithfulness to death; troll eru i trygdum bezt is a saymg; these
milder notions chiefly apply to giantesses (troll-konur), for the troll-carles
are seldom well spoken of: for trolls and giants as the older dwellers on
earth, see the interesting tale in (Jlafs S. Trygg. by Odd, ch. 55, 56
(Fms. x. 328-332). II. metaph. usages, a destroyer, enemy of;
fiess hlutar alls er troll sem J)at mii fyrir fara, Edda ii. 513 ; bryn-trtill,
q. V. III. in local names; Trolla-botnar = /ie Polar Bay,
between Greenland and Norway, believed to be peopled by trolls, A. A. ;
TroUa-dingja, TroUa-gata, Trolla-lidls, Trolla-kirkja, Isl. {>j6d$.
i. 142 : [cp. Troll-haettan in Sweden.]
B. CoMPDs : troUa-gangr, m. a troll-haunt, Grett, 148 new Ed.,
Fms. ii. 185, x. 330, c5. H. 187. trolla-gr6s, n. pi., botan. lichen
rangiferinus, Hjalt. trolls-hamr, m. a troll's shape, Vsp. trolls-
h&ttr, m. a kind of vielre, Edda (Ht.) trolla-hlad, n. a trolVs
building. Cyclopia works, a giant's causeway. trolls-liga, adv.
fiendishly, Nj. 181, Fs. 43. trolls-ligr, adj. huge, but nho fiendish,
Eb. 314; ugaefusamligr, har31igr ok trollsligr, gaunt and fiendish, Nj.
181 ; skessa ha ok digr ok at iiUu trollslig, Fb. i. 258; t. var sii tiinnin
ein, huge, gaunt, Ski3a R. trolls-lseti, n. p\. fiendish bowlings, as of
one possessed by the evil trolls, Eb. 318. trolla-saga, u, f. a tale of
giants and trolls, with the notion of coarse and vulgar fiction. trolla-
slagr, ,m. the name of a song, see Lex. Runic. troUa-urt, f., botan.
' troll' s-wort,' louse-wort, rhinanthus pedicularis, Hjalt. trolla-J)dttr,
m. an episode, a tale of trolls, Fms. x. 330. trpUa-^ing, n. a meet-
i?ig of trolls. Fas. ii. 131.
troll-aukinn, part, 'troll-eked,' possessed by a troll, but only in
heathen sense = hamramr, epithet of a werewolf; |>orgrimr var trijll-
aukinn ok tok J)o Kristni, Landn. (Hb.) 45, Fms. iii. 195.
troll-domligr, adj. belonging to witchcraft, Baer. 19.
troll-domr, m. [Dan. trolddom], witchcraft, Stj. lOl : monstrosity.
Mar. 1055.
trolli, a, m. a nickname, Landn. (cp. Dan. Herluf Trolle) ; whence in
local names, Trolla-tunga, Landn. 2. a huge horse is called Trolli.
troU-karl, m. a giant, a male troll. Fas. iii. 178.
troll-kerling, f. = trollkona. Fas. ii. 519.
troll-kona, u, f. a giantess, Fs. 145, Fb. i. 257, Grett. 140, Edda 53,
Fas. ii. 151, Sturl. iii. 304; sendi drottning eptir Sturlu, ba& hann koma
til sin, ok hafa me3 ser triillkonu-sijguna, 305, passim.
troU-kyndr, part, of ' troll-kind,' Yt.
troll-marr, m. a 'troll-steed,' i.e. a wolf, Hallfred.
troU-menm, n. a giant-like man, Finnb. 344, Fas. iii. 159, 2S5.
troll-ri3a, adj. ridden by a troll, witch-ridden ; yxn \>e\T er {>6r61fr var
ekinn a ur3u trollrida, Eb. 172.
troll-skapr, m. = trolld6mr, the being a troll; eigi cr ^zt trollskapr at
ma3r Jjoli siir, fsl. ii. 365, Fs. 43 : witchery, berja grjdti i hel fyrir fjol-
kyngi ok troUskap, Landn. 236 ; hann verr hauginn meS trollskap, Gull^.
6, Karl. 241.
troU-skessa, u, f. = trollkona.
TKOS, n. droppings, rubbish, leaves and twigs from a tree picked
up and used for fuel; en er Piill samna3i trosum til elds, 656 C. 32;
mik grunar at tros nokkor af kvistunum f611i i hofud mer, Edda 30; cp.
^6-tTo^, rubbish; otxosp.AybT, ragamtjffins.
^ Tt
6413
TROSNA— TRtJNADR.
trosna, a5, to '/all into tros,' split tip, of a seam or the like.
trossa, u, f. a /rwss of nets, a fisherman's term.
TROD, n. fagot-wood ; hxb'i timhr ok tr66, D. N. i. 657 ; bae&i tr66 ok
sperru, iii. 669 ; tr46usk J)aer und {)ungu tr68i, |>d. ; gl65 var fost i tr69i,
Fms. vi. 340 (in a verse). 2. in mod. usage troS and tr69vi6r mean the
fagots stuffed in between the thatch and the rafters.
trdda, u, f. = tr6&; eyri fyrir tro&u hverja ok sva fyrir naefra-kimbul
hvern, N. G. L. i. loi ; remains in the compd mseni-tr66a. 2. in
poetry trofta is freq. in circumlocutions describing women, auS-tro&a,
gulls-tr65a, menja-tr63a, see Edda, Lex. Poet.
tr63-h6gg, n. the cutting 0/ fagot-wood ; timbr-hiigg ok troS-hogg,
D. N. iii. 237.
troS-nsefr, f. bark nsedfor thatching (see naefr), Eg. 238.
tr63-vi3r, m. = tr69; eldrinn las skjott tr65vi6inn, Eg. ■238, 239.
Troja, u, f. Troy : Tr6ju-land, n. the land of Troy : Trdju-menn,
m. pi. the men of Troy: Trdverskr, adj. Trojan, Rb., Fms. ix. 416,
Bret. 62.
truflf, n. trumpery, Thom. 40, 76.
trumba, u, f. a pipe; veita {)agat vatni i leyniligum trumbum, Horn.
131 ; hvann-jola trumba, the stalk of the angelica, Fms. ii. 179. 2.
a trumpet; umb sa er J)ytr i trumbu, Fms. viii. (in a verse); blasa
trumbum, Karl. 180; Jjeyta trumbu, 157 ; Ijosta trumbum, 236 ; trumbu-
l)ytr, Fas. i. 503 ; trumbu-hlj69, Hom. 68. trtimbu-beiii, n. a nick-
name, Landn. 255.
trumba, a9, to trumpet, Sks. 779. Matth. xiv. 6.
trunsa, a8, to turn tip one's nose at; t. vi3 e-u. Fas. i. 54.
trunt, a shouting; trunt, trunt ! og trollin i fjiillunum, tsl. f>j6&s. i. 193.
trutta, a9, to shoiit trutt trutt ! or trrrh, as shepherds or horse-
drivers do; tauta e9r trutta, Fms. viii. 234 (v. 1.), Fb. ii. 619; smalar
trutta og takka, J)a teygja J)eir meS s6r rakka, Hallgr.
trfi, f., see triia.
TBTJA, trui (monosyll. try, Str. 46, 1. 17), pret. tru9i ; subi. trydi
(thus rhymed, \y6i, trydi, Bs. ii. 308, in a poem of A. D. 1540, but the
mod. form is trySi with a short vowel) ; imperat. trii, tru9u ; part.
triiaS : \\J\i. trauan = -niTToidkvai; A. S. treowian; Y.ng\. trow; Germ.
trauen; Dan.-Swed. troe, A-o] ; — to trow, believe; seg J)u fra, Njall,
segir Gunnarr, J)viat allir munu J)vi triia, Nj. i;i; mundir J)u triia
fyrirbur& J)essum ef Njall seg6i |)er e3a ek? — Triia munda ek, segir
hann, ef Njall seg3i, J)viat Jiat er sagt, at hann Ijugi aldri, 119;
henni var tniaS sem g68ri konu, Sks. 457; tnia megit J)er mer J)ar
urn, at . . ., Fms. ii. 241 ; vili6 J)er mer ei til J)ess trua, sem tala3 hefig
um biiskap lands, Bb. 3. 100; mant J)u triia mdr bezt til 6rrse3a um
J)itt mal, Nj. 12 ; engu 65ru J)vi er mer er til truat, 112 ; ek triii honum
til J)ess bezt allra manna. Eg. 34 : imperat. as adv., timinn li3r, tru9u
m6r, trow once ! forsooth ! a ditty ; trii mer til, depend on it I tnii-eg,
I trow, Ski9a R. 34, 35 ; eg trii 'ann s^ dainn, freq. in mod.
usage. 2. in a religious sense, to believe, with dat., or tnia a e-n,
to believe in; J)eir tni9u seint upprisu bans, Greg. 14; triia a matt sinn
ok megin, Landn.; ae tru9i Ottarr a Asynjur, Hdl. ; a sik Jiau tru9u,
Sol.; Jjeim er eigi tru9u Gu9i, Hom. 51 ; er a Gu9 tni9u, 625. 70;
skulu allir vera Kristnir her a landi ok triia a einn Gu9, Nj. 164; tru9u
J)eir J)vi at {leir daei i holana, they believed that they were to die into (i. e.
go after death to) these hills, Landn. III. U. to trust ; vin J)ann
er J)ii vel triiir, . . . ef J)u att annan ^anns \u ilia triiir, Hm. 43-45 ;
akri arsanum skyli engi triia, 87 ; meyjar or9um skyli manngi triia, 83 ;
v^la J)ik i tryg9 ef ]pii triiir, Sdm. 7; ef J)ii hug triiir, if thou hast heart
to do it, Hym. 17 ; triia magni, trust on his strength. Fas. i. 438 (in a
verse) ; nott ver9r feginn sa er nesti triiir, Hm. 73 ; tni9ir vel joxlum.
Am. 80 ; Hlenni maelti at J)ii skyldir eigi triia J)eim, Gliim. 369.
triia, f., gen., dat., and ace. trii, like frii (q. v.), but without plur. ; this
is the old form, whence comes the contr. nom. trii, and later even a gen.
truar, which is prevalent in mod. usage ; the gen. triiar occurs in vellums,
Barl. 151. 1. 16, Fs. 103 (from the Arna-Magn. No. 132), and Skalda (in
a verse); so also passim in Post. S. Edit. C. R. Unger, 1872 ; the old
bissyll. form still occurs in the Icel. N. T., 6 J)(i kona, mikil er fiin triia.
Matt. XV. 28 : [Dan. troe; A. S. treowe"] : — trust, belief; segja upp a trii
sina, Fms. xi. 385 ; Jjeir sog6usk vildu tala vi6 hann me9 trii, 400 ;
rjiifa trii sina, 356 ; ok gafu J)ar til trii sina, Fas. ii. 540 ; sva sem triia
J)eirra 691ask, Bias. 50: as an oath, {lat veil triia min, upon my word!
by my troth! Edda 25, Bser. 2 ; ^at er min triia, at . . ., Edda 5 ; sva
njota ek trii minnar, by my troth ! i. 130. II. faith, belief, in a
theological sense ; Helgi var blandinn mjok i trii, J)ann tni9i a Krist, en
h^t a f)6r til sjofara ok har9raE9a, Landn. 206 ; taka vi9 trii, to receive
the Christian faith, Nj. 158, 162 ; at tnia J)essi skuli vi9 gangask, id.;
ung er mi triian. Valla L. 209, Lil. 34 ; at sii var sonn tnia, Fms. i. 231 ;
J)at er hei9inna manna tnia, at..., Bret. 56; tni vtirrar, Greg. 14;
sinnar tni, Pd. 8 ; J)innar tni. Bias. ; sniiask til tni, Blanda ; rettrar tni,
id., Lex. Poet. ; til styrk9ar tniar (gen.) varrar, Greg. 14; J)at haf9i
hann helzt til tniar, at . . ., Fs. 103 ; ung at aldri fegri at tni, sva var tnia
hennar mikil, at . . ., Bs. i. 204 ; 6-tni, unbelief; van-tni (as also Fb. i.
312. 1-c.)
B. CoMPDs : tni-boS, n. a preaching the gospel, as a missionary,
Fms. ii. 31. trii-bot, f. a reformation in faith, H. E. i. 584. trti««
b6t, f. td., Skalda 203 (in a verse ; the flow of the line, however, shews
that it should be trii-bot, a dissyllable). trii-brogd (mod. truar-
br6g3), n. pi. religion, Magn. 442, Fms. ii. 256, Orkn. 140. trfi*
fylgja, u, f. religious observance, Hom. trii-hald, n. observance, ritet
of faith, Fms. ii. 31, MS. 655 xxvii. 18. triiar -j^tning, f. a confer ■ *^
sion, creed, in an eccl. sense. tniar-niSingr, m. an apostate. ' lartii
skjoldr, m. the shield of faith. Mart. 121. trii-verk, n. a work Oj
faith, 645. III. triiar-villa, u, f. heresy.
trua3r, part, believing; hon var skir9 ok vel triiu9, Landn. Ill ; r6tt
triia9r, orthodox (in a good sense) ; oUum g69um monnum ok r6tt trtSf
u9um, Fms. i. 229 ; ekki var hann mjok triia9r at si9 ^eirra, 154 ; van
triia3r, unbelieving ; vert eigi vantriia9r, heldr tnia9r, John xx. 27
triian-ligr, adj. credible, Fms. i. 293, Magn. 448; li-tnianligr.
triiari, a, m. a believer, Fms. v. 219.
trii-bundinn, part, bound in truth, Fr.
tru3r, m. [A.S. tru^ ; a word of doubtful origin, but it is old an
occurs in a verse of Hornklofi, also in a verse of the beginning of tbi
nth century, and as a nickname in Dropl. of a person who lived in thi
middle of the loth century]; — a juggler, Grag. ii. 84; inn i bii8 »
tru9um, Nj. (in a verse); both passages refer to the jugglers at tb
alj)ing; einn snapligr trii9r, Stj. 505 ; at leikurum ok trii9um hefig _
litt fregit, Hornklofi ; leikarar ok trii9ar voru margir i herinum, ^
132 : as a nickname, Ann trii9r, Dropl.
trii-fastliga, zAv. faithfully, Fms. ix. 485, x. 370.
trii-fastr, adj. [A.S. treowe-fast ; Old Engl, true-fast; Dan. troe-faO^
— truthf id, faithful, of belief: trusty, Bs. i. 392 ; hann var ma9r tnifast
ok vel si9a9r, Eg. 770 ; vitr kona ok tnifost. Bias. 50 : as a nicknam
of the English king Athelstan, Eg. 265, Fms. i. 15.
trti-festa, t, to pledge one's faith, Str. 46.
trii-festi, {. faithfulness, firmness in faith, Jatv. ch. 4.
trii-fylgja, u, f. the observance of the faith, Hom. 108,
tru-girni, f. credulity.
trii-gjarn, adj. credidous.
tru-g63r, adj. religious, sound in the faith, Bs. i.
trii-kona, u, f. a religious, devoted woman, Ld. 328, Bs. i. 438.
trii-lauss, adj. infidel, Grett. in, Greg. 71, MS. 673 A. 46.
trii-leikr, m. (-leiki, a, in.), faithfulness, fidelity, Al. 104, Nj. 62, Eg^ t
50, 65 ; i cillum tnileika ok {)j6nustu vi9 y9r, Fms. vi. 36.
trii-leysi, n. infidelity, Hom., Barl. 145^ Fb. i. 36.
trii-liga, adv. faithfully, Nj. 62, 146, Hrafn. 28, Sks. 705, Hom. 3^
Bs. i. 39, 203, passim.
triilig-leiki, a, m. = triileikr, Nj. 260.
trii-ligr, ad], faithful ; tnilig geymsla, Fms. vii. 25; vinattu ok ttHpekof
liga fylg9, Eb. 45 new Ed. : safe, to be relied on, ve9r er tniligt, tf
weather bids fair, 53 new Ed. ; {)6tti honum {)eir ekki tniligir, Eg. 538
at engum varum brseSrum J)ykki tniligt {safe) at sitja undir hendi ^ Jjiig,
J>raendum, Fms. i. 53 ; ekki fri9samligt ok ekki mjok tniligt, O. H
li-tniligr, ve9r li-triiligt, suspicious weather, Vapn. 1 1 ; t)eir munu
li-tniligir, Nj. I02, Fms. xi. 249, Lv. 62 : credible, likely, li-tniligr,
credible, Edda 2, Fms. x. 307, Sks. 138.
trii-lofa, a9, to pledge one's faith, = \o fa. a sina tni, Mar., H.E. i. 483
ii. III. 2. to betroth; tnilofa ser konu, D.N. i. 160.
trii-lofan, f. the pledging one's faith, N. G. L. iii. 1 24, 148. 2. bt
trothment, of lovers, Fas. ii. 69, H.E. ii. in.
trii-lyndi, i.faithfidness, truth, Fms. i. 305, Sturl. i. 57 ; i allri t., S^
488 ; traust ok t.. Mar.
trii-lyndr, ad], faithful, true, trusty, Nj. 83, Fs. 10, Fms. i. 14I,
230, xi. 246, Stj. 433, Matth. xxv. 21, passim.
tru-nia3r, m. a true believer, good Christian, Fms. viii. 238, ix,
Sturl. i. 126, Vidal. passim.
trii-mennska, u, i. faithfulness.
tru-mikill, adj. strong in faith, believing, Fms. viii. 410; tni
Bs. i. 526.
triinaSr, m. [tnia], trust, good faith; halda mun ek vi& J)ik
triina9i til dau9a-dags, Nj. 109; halda tninaS vi9 e-n, Fms. vi. 53; *■
l)etta sattmal bundit me& fullum truna9i, i. 57, vii. 280 ; veita e-m trat»
ok tnina9, vi. 19 ; skipta triina9i sinum, Al. 46 ; draga hann fra konung
triina9i, allegiance, Sturl. iii. 142: selja e-m sinn tninaS, Fb. ii. 285
ganga i triina9 fyrir e-n, to become bound for another, Fms. xi. 356 ; e'Jfr(^.^j ^
trunaS undir e-m, x. 103 ; eigi J)6tti mer go9in gora af truna9i bnina, i.e -i^^.^^
they built it not sufficiently strong, Edda 8. 2. trust, confidence, bStj |%n.yj||
festa, leggja triina9 a e-t, to give credence to, believe. Eg. 5t, Ld. J04
til hvers reitt J)ii til J)ings ef {aii vill eigi segja mer truna9 J)inn, j/A"
wilt not open thy heart to me, Nj. 1 1 ; J)eir einir menn eru her at hverr wi jhj^,
annars triina9, 2 26 ; triinad ok leyndar-mal, Fb. i. 64; J)eir menn er vesta: ^■-
komu ok helzt maeltu triina9 fyrir honum, spoke in confidence to bin
Orkn. ; ^h mun ek segja tninaa mhm, I will open my heart to thee, F«
248 ; hann atti truna9 {secret information) i hvers J)eirra herbergi, Ld. I7"
, af triina9i, in confidence, secretly; ef ma5r selr manni fe af tninadi. Grig-
iskii
Kl
1,1
!; te
{U/m'i
IHli
«\u
ialt
Bi.'tr;
itahil
■V.G.L
I M hilar,
jr, « hi: I
"%tl
TRtJNADAREIDIU-TUNGA.
643
Fcgja em e-t af tninaSi, Fas. i. 187, (j. H. 56. II. a creed,
Sks. 647. coMPDs: truna3ar-eiflr, m. an oath of allegiance,
1. 127, vi. 53, ix. 48, G{)1. 69. triinaSar-hylli, f. allegiance,
(App.) 340. truna3ar-kona, u, f. a female confidant, Bs. i.
truna3ar-ma5r, 111. a confidant, Fms. i. 66, 113, Ld. 167, Sks.
trunaSar-tomr, adj. loom (Scot, for empty), void of faith, Al.
triinaSar-traust, \\. protection, security; veita e-m t., Bs. i. 728 :
nfidence, trust. trilnaSar-vdttr, m., for definition see Grag.
truna3ar-viiir, m. a confidential friend, Fms. vii. 279.
or3, n. a word of faith, creed, Sturl. i. 34.
:, trii, triitt, adj., compar. truri, triistr or triiastr; [Dan. tr6\: —
aiihful; trur skal ek \^x i ra6iim, Nj. 75; ef })u vilt mer triir
jjorst. St. 54; hefir J)u lengi verit tnir oss fraendum, Ld. 320, Fs.
. ,U er ri'i6 mitt at ])u ser trur konungi {)inum, Fms. i. 145 ; undir-
!-ma3r ok mc3al-lagi trur, iv. 198 ; eigi var Magnus triir, viii.
trusty, safe, enn triiasti hlifskjoldr, Hom. 72; tnitt traust, Stj.
:it eigi mundi allt tnitt vera, Fms. viii. 337, v. 1. ; at hon vaeri tru
^'g fyrir bergrisum, Edda 25 : triir a Gu5, believing in God, Hom.
[cir voru eigi triiir at ]pvi {tiot free from) at J)eir feri eigi meO
-;^or6, Sturl. iii. 80 : er eigi triitt, at m6r hafi eigi i skap runnit
d.iu6inn, {>orst. St. 55 ; 6-tnir, unfaithful.
i,-rof, n. a breach of faith, Karl. 151.
u-roekinn, adj. religious, Fms. ii. 163, |jorf. Karl. 174, Fs. 185.
u-raskni, i. piety.
u-skapr, m. = triileikr, Fms. v. 24, Fs. 18.
uss, n. [Engl, truss'], a trussed-np bundle, only of vile things, of a
gir's wallet, Ski6a R. 28, 42, 199.
ygg3, f. [Ulf. renders StaOrjKT] by triggwa ; A. S. treowiS ; Engl.
hence mid. Lat. treuga; Engl, truce] : — faith, good faith, trusti-
:< of a friend ; trii og tryg6. 2. as a law term, esp. in plur.,
J faith, truce; ciba. svar6a, unnar trygSir, Skv. 3. 20; griSum ok
in, N. G. L. ii. 50 ; gengu til ok veittii Gunnari tryg&ir, Nj. 88 ;
; e-n i trygS or tryg6um, to betray one in time of truce, Hkr. i. (in
■), Ld. 8 ; Hrafn son ^inn sveik hann i tryg6um, Isl. ii. 272 ;
leal bans tryg&um tnia, Hm. no; u-tryg3, falseness, perfidy.
- : tryg3a-ei3r, m. an oath of fidelity ; vinna t. at pvi at eigi s6
lal vi& hann, Griig. ii. 21. tryg3a-festa, u, f. a pledge of
"-ir. 32. tryg3a-kaup, n. a giving truce, safe conduct, N. G. L.
tryg3a-ina3r, m. a man of good faith. Odd. 2 : one with
m one is at truce, J)at er ni6ings-verk ef ma6r vcgr tryg&a-mann
, N.G. L. ii. 50 (v.l. 26). tryg3a-mdl, n. pi. a formula for
ing a truce, Grag. Vigsl. ch. 1 13 (ii. 168, cp. tsl. ii. 300). tryg3a-
n. pi. a breach of truce. tryg3arofs-nia3r, m. a truce-breaker,
102.
gg5-rofi, a, m. a truce-breaker, G^l. 27, 198. tryg3rofa-ma3r,
d., G^\. 198.
•ggi-liga, diAy. faithfully, Sks. 33.
gging, f. security, assurance, D. N. i. 82 : freq. in mod. usage,
ggja and tryggva, 8, to make firm and trusty ; at J)eir tryggvi
ir sinar, O.H. 90; tryg6u ]peir {)6rir J)a ssettir me5 ser. Eg. 169;
"rsendr mundi seint at tryggja, 227; aldrei ver6r toan trygg6, a
ng; or aldrei tryggist toa, J)6 tekin se lir henni roa, Hallgr. ; er ek
umk at oss hafi ekki vel tryggt hafnirnar, Fms. viii. 328: to
re, skeyta ok t., hon (the estate) var trygg6 ok skeytt undir mik
inn aettlegg, N. G. L. ii. 99, Munk. 79; t. e-m eign, D.N. i. 80;
gja trygSir, N. G. L. ii : tor-t., q. v.
"•gg-lauss, adj. truceless, treacherous, HaustL
'•gg-leikr, m. faithfulness, N. G. L. ii. 399, Sks. 457.
'•gg-liga, Vidiv. faithfully, H.E. i. 561, Sks. 705, Sol. 20.
'•gg-ligr, adj. trustworthy, reliable. Fas. iii. 269; li-tryggligr.
lYGG-K, adj., before a vowel tryggvan and tryggan ; it was even
ded with i, as in Gothic, as is seen from rhymes, trz^g-laust ^rigg]^,
nl.; \}J\L triggvs = Tnar6s]: — trusty, faithful, true; tryggr vinr, Ad.
trygg ok g6a kona, Str. 15 ; t. hofBingi, Sks. 456 ; t. i triina&i, Fms.
2; J)a mun far vera tryggr, viii. 314; at eigi myndi allt tryggt
. ix. 337 ; trygg ok staSfost ast, Str. 26 ; t)u enn g66i Jjrsll ok inn
;i, Hom. (St.); tryggr vinum ok fraendum, Fs. 23. 2. uncon-
d, Dan. tryg ; verOit ma3r sva tryggr at i)cssu triii ollu, Hm. 88;
I {)at tryggt ne ognlaust. Ad. 5 ; jiitnum J)6tti eigi tryggt at vera
Asum griSa-laust, Edda 25.
gg-rofl, a, m. = tryg6rofi, N.G.L. i. 13,106, K.A. 62, Barl. 181.
ggva-kaup = trygSa-kaup, N. G. L. i. 8 1.
ggva-v&ttr, m., -vitni, n. a faithful witness, N. G. L. i. 223.
Srggvi, a, m. a pr. name, the Faithful, Fms. i. (Olafr Tryggvason) ;
ryggr, O-tryggr, Tor-tryggr, Landn.
gg-vinr, m. a trusty friend, Skalda (in a verse),
gill, m., dimin. [trog], a little trough, tray, Isl. ii. 350 ; bl6t-t.,
ar-t., q. v.
YLLA, d, [troll; Dan. trylde], to enchant, turn into a troll;
h\x J)eir hann ok trylltu hann svii, at hann varS engum mennskum
u likr, Fas. ii. 242 ; J)u })ykki liu'r troll ... ok vaeri t)at sva at ,
virSa en trylla menn eigi, ibou art a troll ...it would be better to put this
construction upon it, and not call men trolls, hi. ii. 366. II. reflex.
to be turned into a troll, enchanted; ok hafi hann »iftan tryllsk ok orftit
at ormi, Fms. vi. 143 ; eigi vitu v<Sr hvArt hann trylltisk dauAr cfla kvikr,
GullJ). 2. part, trylldr, charmed; mikill ok mjiik trylidr »v4 at
hann var eigi einhamr, Fb. i. 522 ; sva kann ok rerfta, at af itundu eru
J)eir trylldir er aftr v<5ru bluta&ir, ... en ])u munu v^r ^(vi nae$t bl^uSir
ok siSan trylldir, ii. 7 ; kcttir svartir ok mjiik tryitdir, Ft. 44 : to htcome
mad, furious, demoniac.
tryllska, u, f. witchery, the being a witch, N.G. L. i. 351.
tryllskr, adj. bewitched, the being a troll or a witch; ef konu er
tryllska kcnnd, . . . skal hon hafa til sex kvenna vitni at Hon er eigi
tryllsk . . .ekki veldr h6n Jjvi sjalf at h6n cr troll. N.G.L. i. 351.
tr^u-sOSull, m. = trogso8ull, Grdg. i. 175.
tr^ni, n. [trjona], the snout of a dog, Fms. iiL 13; passim in mod.
usage, hunds-try'nift ; of a bear. Glum. 330.
tr^ta, t, [I var Aasen tryta], to growl, murmur; trytti z tronu-hvot,
H&m. ; the passage is somewhat corrupt, but the word is still used in
Icel. ; kerling trytir se sem tidast at bera fyrir Thomam, brudur Christjan,
^at cr hon hefir bezt til, ertrnar, eplin ok ostana, Th6m. 360.
ti^till, m. a bird, Isl. {>jo8s. ii.
TI16D, f,gen. traftar, pi. traSir; [akin to trofta]: — in the Norte, a /»*«
of fallow land where cattle arc kept grazing ; ef maftr leggr trod sina vi6
akr e5a efig annars manns, {)» skal hann hverfa garfti gildum um, G\i\. 407 ;
af jor3u skal leggja fjorSung i tro8 (trod Cod.), vctrar-myki alia skal reifta
i triift (treSe, v. I.) J)ar sem omykjat er . . . en ef troS er mykjat, N. G. L.
ii. 110 (tro6, tro6in, i. 240, I.e.) ; this sense remains in or-tro5, in ganga
i or-tro3, a pasture overcrowded with sheep or cattle. II. in
Icel. sense, a pen for cattle during the night; traSir vrtru fyrir ofan
gar8inn a Hlidarenda, ok namu Jjeir |)ar sta3ar me8 flokkinn, Nj. 1 14;
graSungr einn i tr63inni ... 1 J)vi stora byrgi, sem nauta-hjurd foftur
hans stoS inni um naetr, Karl. 550; reka fenad lausan i hiis inn efta triid,
Jb. 264 ; {)eir menn er sambeit eiga upp a VoU skulu hafa i trcifi fd sitt
upp fra 6lafs-messu, Vm. 18. 2. in mod. usage, traSir means a
lane leading up to the houses, which in old writers is called geil, q. v. ;
{)a6 kemr ma6r ri6andi heim traSirnar. III. in local names,
Tra3ir, Tra3ar-holt, Landn., Fs. compds : tradar-gardr, m. the
enclosure of a tro3, G{)1. 350 (where in the Norse sense). trador-
lag, n. enclosure of pastures, N. G. L. i. 239. traflar-veggr, m. the
wall of a pen, in the Icel. sense, Sturl. ii. 209. trada-stadr, m. a
place where to build a tro& (II), Jm. 20.
trof, n. p\. fringes; see traf
TROLL and compds, see troll.
tronu-beina, u, f. ' crane-leg,' a nickname, Rm.
tuddi, a, m. a bull is in the east of Icel. called tuddi : hence a mean
fellow: tudda-legr, adj. mean, vile.
tuSra, u, f. in skinn-tu3ra, a flap of skin.
tuft, f., see topt.
TUG-GA, u, f. [tyggja], a chewed mouthful, the word is freq. in mod.
usage, but seems not to be found in old prose, although it occurs in
poets (in poiit. phrases), munins tugga, Gisl., Lex. Poet.
tugla-, see tyguH.
tugr, m. ten, decade; as also in tvi-tugr; see tigr.
tug-tugti, the twentieth, Fb. ii. 469.
tug-tugu, twenty, D. N. ii. 67, 172.
tumba, a6, [a for. word; Fr. tomber], to tumble, Finnb. 352, Fas. iii.
503 ; J)eir tumba baSir ofan fyrir fiinnina, Hav. 9 new Ed. ; hann tumbar
af hestinum, Mag. 8, Bs. ii. 225, Mar.
Tumi, a, m. a pr. name = Thomas, Sturl.
TUNDR, n. [A. S. tynder ; Engl, tinder; Germ, zunder ; early Dan.
tunder; mod. Dan. tonder]: — tinder, Bs. ii. (in a verse), Fms. vii.
192, freq. in mod. usage : tundr-6r, f. a tinder-arrow, a burning shaft
hurled in taking possession of land ; for this heathen rite see Landn. 3,
ch. 8, p. 193 ; cp. also Fms. vii. 192, where the tinder-arrow has magic
power, like silver-buttons in mod. tales.
tundra, a&, to 'tinder,' catch fire; eldrinn tundra&i skjott, Fas. i. 83.
TUNGA, u, f., gen. pi. tungna; [Goth, tuggo; common to all Teut.
languages; cp. Lat. lingua]: — a tongue, Sol. 44, Grag. ii. II. passim:
metaph. usages, hraSmailt tunga, Hm. 28 ; skseaar tungur, evil tongues,
Nj. 264 ; hafa tungu fyrir c-m, to have tongue for a person, be the spokes-
man, Fms. vi. 223; har&r i tungu, Hallfred; sk4!dskapr var honum sv4
tiltaekr, at hann kvaft af tungu ftam sem annaft mAl, O.H. 1 71; hann
sa, eld mikinn i tungna likjum, Hom. 91 ; lof-tunga, 'praise-tongue,'
flatterer, a nickname. 2. sayings ; tunga er hofufts-bani, ' tongue is
head's bane,' is the ruin of a man, Hm. 72 ; c-t leikr d tveim tungum,
N.G. L. i. 2X1 (see leika II. 4) ; tungan leikr vifl tanna sur, the tongue
touches sores of the teeth, Mkv. ; hann hefir tonn og tungu d ollu, of a
ready tongue ; gaiti hann, at honum vefisk eigi tungan um hoftift, let
him beware lest his tongue winds round his bead, i. e. let him beware (/
loose talk, (a long tongue being = inconsiderate tongue that works evil),
Nj. 160, {jorst. Siftu H. 17S ; also, e-m vtfsk tunga um tiinn, to be discon-
T T 2
644
TUNGUBRAGD— TtJN.
certed : a person endowed with poetical gifts is believed to have a
tongue longer than other men (the tongue-tip reaching to the nostrils),
Isl. |>j66s. ii. 557 ; to this refers the legend of Hallbjorn hali, sidan togar
hann a honum tunguna, ok kva& visu ^essa, then he stretched his tongue
and said, Fb. i. 315 ; on the other hand, of words spoken in an evil hour,
it is said that fiends have stretched (pulled) a man's tongue, troll toga
tungu or hofSi e-m (see troll) : in nursery talk, swearing is said to leave
■a black spot on the tongue, bl6ta6u ekki, J)a& kemr svartr blettr a
tunguna a l)er ! II. a tongue, language ; Diinsk tunga, the Danish
(Norse) tongue, see Danskr ; tungan er ver kollum Norrsenu, Fms. xi.
413; vitr ma5r ok kunni margar tungur, 298; par eru tungur sjau
ok tuttugu, 414; hverega tungu er ma3r skal rita annarrar tungu
stofum, J)a ver6r sumra stafa vant, af pvi at eigi finnsk J)at hlj66 i tung-
unni sem stafirnir hafa peir er af ganga, ... mi eptir peirra daemum, alls
ver erum einnar tungu, ... or voru teknir fieir (stafir) er eigi gegna at-
kvaedum varrar tungu, Thorodd; ein var \)k tunga a Englandi, sem i
Noregi ok i Danmorku, en J)a skiptusk tungur i Englandi er Vilhjalmr
bastardr vann England, Isl. ii. 221 ; Danskir, Soenskir e3a Norraenir or
J)eirra konunga veldi priggja er var tunga er . . . af oUum tungum o6rum
enn af Danskri tungu, Griig. ii. 72 ; tungna-grein, tungna-skipti, divi-
sion of tongues, Stj. III. metaph. of tongue-formed things, a
tongue of land at the meeting of two rivers ( = Gr. ixeaonoTafua) ; i tungu
einni milli giija tveggja. Valla L. 223, Sd. 141 ; Onundr nam tungu alia
milli Hvitar ok Reykjadalsar, Landn. 60; fra F16kadalsar-6si til Reykja-
dalsar-oss, ok tungu J)a alia er J)ar var a milli. Eg. 186 ; very freq. in
Icel. local names, Tunga, Tungur, Tungna-jokull, Tungna-fell,
Tungu-a, Tungu-heiSr, Hroars-tunga, Biskups-tungur, Stafholts-
tungur, Skaptar-tunga, Landn., map of Icel. : Tungu-go3i, a, m. a
nickname : Tungu-menn, m. pi. men from T., Landn., Sturl. 2.
the tongue of a balance, in tungu-pundari ; in the poets, a sword is
sli8r-tunga, hjalta-tunga, slitber-tongue, hilt-tongue, and the like. Lex.
Poet.
B. CoMPDS : tungu-bragS, n. tongue, speech; mjiikt t., Fms. i.
283; hefir |)vi t. ekki omjiikligt, ii. 60; maJit gorisk af blaestrinum,
tungubrag6inu ok skipan varranna, Skalda 170. tungu-fimi, f.
fluency of tongue, Konr. tungu-hapt, n. a tongue-tie; medic.
anchylo-glossum, Fel. x. tungu-hvass, adj. keen-tongued, Sks.
315. tungu-lauss, adj. tongueless, Rb. 348. tungu-mjukr,
adj. smooth-tongued, eloquent, Fms. viii. 314, Sks. 315, Sturl. i. 105.
tungu-ni3, n. a libel by word of mouth, opp. to tre-ni6, a libel carved
on a tree, N. G. L. i. 56. tungu-pvindari, a, m. a steelyard with a
tongue, Jb. 375. tungu-rsatr, f. pi. the roots of the tongue, Pr. 474;
gull J)at er sii nattiira fylgir, at hverr ma5r sem mallauss er, ok leggr
])at undir tungu-raetr ser, J)a tekr J)egar mal sitt, . . . hann faer6i moSur
sinni guUit ok tok hon t)egar nuil sitt er {)at kom undir t. henni,
Fb. i. 255, 256: metaph., J)essi or9 sem hann haf&i lagt undir tungu-
raetr J)eim, Stj. 398 ; eigi J)arf ek at eiga J)etta undir tungu-rotum
Odds, Eg. 73 ; rae6a pessi mun vera komin undan tungu-rotum J)eirra
manna er miklu eru oyitrari enn hann ok verii, Fser. 200 ; {)au
svikrae6i h6f6u fyrst komit undan tungu-rotum biskups, Fms. viii. 296.
tungna-skipti, n. change of tongue or language, Stj. 25. tungu-
skorinn, part, tongue-ciit, Hkr. iii. 285. tungu-sksefli, f. ' tongue-
scathe,' slander, Sks. 25. tungu-skaeSr, adj. evil-tongued, Nj. 264,
v.l. tungu-snjallr, adj. eloquent, Fms. viii. 314. tungu-sott,
f. a tongue-disease, Ann. 13 10. tungu-seetr, adj. sweet-tongued, Lil.
tungu- varp, n. the motion of the tongue, Sks. 438.
TUNGL, n. [Goth, tuggl in a gloss, to Gal. iv. 9 ; A. S. lungol ; Hel.
tungal; O. H. G. zungal; Swed. tungel ; cp. also tingl] : — prop, a
luminary ( = Lat. sidus), which sense remains in the compd himin-tungl ;
in Icel. prose, ancient as well as modern, this word has altogether super-
seded the word ' mani,' which is only poetical. II. the moon
( = Swed. tungel), Nj. n8, Grett. 114, Rb. 108, Sks. 627, Al. 172;
nytt tungl, fuUt tungl, Icel. Almanack (cp. the words ny and ni6),
passim : phrases, tungli6 ve3r i skyjum, the moon wades in clouds : for
poet, usage, enni-tungl, tungl \)xk, = the eyes, etc., see Lex. Poet, j®* No
word in the language rhymes with tungl, hence the tale of the man
capping verses with the devil, Maurer Volksagen. The ancients called
the full moon the * new moon,' ny (q. v.), but used nid (q. v.) = no mooti
for the new moon; the modern phrase 'new moon' (nytt tunglj, =the
young moon, is derived from the Latin.
B. CoMPDS : tungl-aldr, m. moon's age, a calendary term, Rb.
tungl-aukan, f. growth of the moon, Rb. 428. tungl-fi,r, n. a lunar
year, Rb. 438. tungl-fyllr (tungl-fylling), f. a lunation, a calen-
dary term, Rb. i8, 132, 442. tungl-ganga, u,.f. the lunar course,
Rb. 116. tungl-hlaup, n. 'leap-moon,' a calendary term, Rb. 32
(see the foot-note). tungl-hoppan, f. = tungl-hlaup, MS. 732 B. i.
tungl-kvdma (tungl-koma), u, f. a new moon, Stj. 278, Bs. i. 165,
237, Icel. Almanack. tungls-ljos, n. moon-light, Fms. ii. 64,
{>i6r. 311. tungl-mein, n., medic, a kind of scurvy in the head.
tungl-sjiikr, m. moott-sickness, lunacy. tungl-skin, n. moonshine.
Ad. 5, Nj. 118, Grett. 114, Fms. ix. 357, passim. lujigl-s^ki, f.
T epilepsy, F61. x. tungl-tal, n. 'moon-tale,' lunar computation, |^,
tungltals-old, f. = tunglold, Rb. tungl-ti3, f. a lunar hour,^,
tungl-timi, a, m. = tunglti6, Rb. ttingl-seSi, f. binary. txaa^,
serr, adj. ' inoon-mad,' lunatic, 6566.7- tungl-old, f. a luiuif
cycle, Rb.
tungli, a, m. = mani, Fms. viii.
tunna, u, f. a tun, barrel, Nj. 133, Al. 114, Fms. ix. 425, N. G. L. iiD
D.N., EddaHt. (sal-tonna) : as a measure, Fms. iii. 21 1, the word seemCV
not to have come into use before the 13th century.
tunni, a, m. a nickname, Yngl. S.
turfa, u, f. [torf], a vile hack or beast, turfu-ligr, adj. vile, of a hack.
turn, m. [Dan. taarn; Germ, thurm; from the Lat. turris'] : — a toner
Symb. 30, 56, Fms. vi. 158, 164, ix. 3, Hkr. iii. 69, Ski6a R. 68; thiy^
word appears in the 12th or 13th century.
tiu-na, 6, [Fr.], to turn; turna essi, to wheel a racer round, Karl. 72
turna e-u uni, to turn upside down, overthrow, Al. 22, 42, Stj. 287; it i
now used in the compds, um-turna e-u, to turn upside down, and urn
turnan, a turning upside doiun.
turnera, a5, to ride a tilt, turney, Bev.
turniment, n. a tilt, tournament, Fms. viii. 158, Fas. i. 369, Mag. 8, Jji''
24, 36; a for. word, which appears in the 12th or 13th century.
turn-reiS, f. = turniment, Fms. viii. 158, |>i6r. 23.
turtil-dufa, u, f. = turturi, N. T. (mod.)
turtviri, a, m. [for. word], a turtle-dove, Stj., Horn., Mar.
tusi, a, m.fire, a an. \ey., Edda (Gl.) ; a Tzeckish word, Hung. As
Rask i. 33.
tuska, u, f. (qs. tuzka, akin to tuttan), a rag, vile cloth.
tuskast, a6, dep. to wrestle, wrangle (slightly) ; tuskuSust hiiskarb
ok gestir, made a row, Fms. ix. 340, v. 1. and mod. usage.
tustleiki, a, m. (qs. tvistleiki), dusk; t. timans, Norske SamL
164. "
tutl, n. a nibbling, picking, teazing.
tutla, a6, to nibble, teaze ; tauta e6r tutla, Fms. viii. 234.
tuttan, f. [from toga], a pulling, tearing ; ef hann hxb'i gorir (viz. tdf
i har o6rum ok kippir) J)a heitir ]pat tuttan, |)a skal hann bseta fujlqi^
rotti fyrir, N. G. L. i. 70.
tuttr and tottr (q. v.), a nursery word, a tom-thumb, cp. tiita ; tnti
litli, in the lullaby song of the giantess. Fas. ii. 234; cp. totr and tut
Edda ii. 496 : the word has therefore no relation to stuttr, like telpa q
stelpa.
tuttugandi (tuttugti, D.N. ii. 285, Post. (Unger) 47, N.G.I.,i
355, tutukta hvart pund), mod. tuttugasti, the twentieth.
tuttugu, indecl. 3.d]. tiventy ; prettan dynur ok tuttugu, Dipl. i__^
fjortan vetr ok tuttugu, Bs. i. 445, passim. tuttug-sessa, u, £S
tiventy-oared ship, Fms. ix. 474-
TtJLKA, aa, [a Slavon. word], to interpret; t. mal e-s, to plead m
case, be the spokesman. Eg. 410 ; t. eyrendi e-s, Fms. i. 139 ; Gu5s<*r
ok eyrendi \>6it eigi se med snilld mikilli fram tulkat, MS. 15. i ; An*
menu munu ilia tiilka fyrir J)er, give thee a bad report, Nj. 178; ^xhrm
kva3 sik mi gruna hversu Vegghamarr mundi t. fyrir peim, Njar6.3f*
mun ek fylgja {)er til staSarins ok t. fyrir Jier, be thy interpreter, "
iii. 58.
tulkan, f. a pleading, Stj. 144, Thom.
tiilkari, a, m. an interpreter : a nickname, dottir Kara J)ess er
kallaSr, Landn. 158, v.l., of a person of the ilth or 12th century.
tiilkr, m. [a Slavon. word ; Lett, ttdkas'], an interpreter, spokesm
a foreign language, Ld. 76, Orkn. 330, Fms. iii. 33, vii. 192, xi
Stj. 542 : a broker, pen brakkernir er ver kollum tiilka, Fms.
(Fb. ii. 138): a spokesman, Stj. 157.
TIJIf , n. [a word widely applied and common to all Tent. Ian,
the Goth, is not on record; A.S. tun; Engl, town; O. H. G.
Germ, zaun; Norse tun'] :— prop, a hedge; this sense is still used
Germ, zaun; but in Scandin. the only remnant seems to be the
tun-ri6a (see B). II. a hedged 01 fenced plot, enclosure,
which a house is built; then the farm-house with its buildings, the
stead; and lastly, a single house or dwelling: in Norway tun is
gaards-plads, the quadrangle or premisesznncxed to the buildings; wl
'bo' answers to the mod. Icel. 'tvin:' in Norse deeds each single "
called tiin, i efsta tiini i Ulfalda-stoOum, D.N. ii. 534: the same
of the word town remains in Scotland, see Scott's Waverley, ch
fin.: many of the following examples run from one of these senses ini
other ; tefldu i tiini teitir voru, Vsp. ; allir Einherjar 06ins-tunum i,
ok gullu vid gaess i tiini, Skv. 3. 29, Gkv. 1. 15 ; her i tiini, 2. 39; ^
er J)eir koma heim J)a er Ulfr fostri J)eirra heima i tiini fyrir, Fb. i. IJ;
jarls menu toku skei6 or tiininu, galloped out of the tiin, Orkn. 4 16: til
sense still remains in phrases as, riSa i tiin, (o arrive at a house, Nj. 3;
cp. skal hann ei braSum bruna i tiin, bondann dreymdi mig segir btt
Bb. ; fara um tiin, to pass by a house; peir foru um tiin i Saurbx.B
i. 647 ; 1)4 fara peir Ingi her i tiin, 648 ; i tiini fyrir karldyrum, K. |).K,
tiin fra tiini, /row house to house, Karl. 129, 138; t)eir fa broti6 skjal ,
J)ilit, ok komask lit fram i tiinit, ok par lit a ri5it, Grett. 99 (Cod.Ub.
3k;T
iGenii
HioOl
Kol'toi
ilcdanj,
■Jl! appi
IHllllt
18, [c
to,,
til.
treg
III
U
TtNANNIll—TVlMANUDR.
nr
tieir komu ;i R6, gengu J)eir or tiini a veginn, fylktu {jeir fyrir*
ki3-gar6iim, Fms. vii. 324; borgir eda herud e&a tiin, x. 237;
ok kastala, JicruS ok tun, Karl. 444; for ck um f)orp ok um tun
hera6s-bygair, Sks. 6.^1. 2. in led. a special sense has pre-
viz. Ibe 'enclosed' in-field, a green manured spot of some score
iS lying around the dwellings; bleikir akrar, sJegin tun, Nj. iia ;
inn ganga lit 1 tiin at sin, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 209 ; var ])a flutir farnir
nu upp i tun at Borg, Eg. 163; um einn voll svu til at jafna
It tiin vitt vel ok kringlott, Tins. vii. 97; hitiS hesta viira vera
uni, Lv. 44; i tiininu i MavahliS, Eb. 58; i tiininu i Odda mun
s holl nokkurr, Bs. i. 228, and so passim in old and mod. Ice).
: thus tiin and engjar are opposed. III. metaph. in poets ;
uin, ' snake-town,' i. e. gold; reikar-tiin, ' hair-ioivn,' i. e. the bead,
liit. ; bragar tiin, the ' totvn of song ' i. e. the mind, tbe memory of
\d. (fine); mun-tiin, the 'mind's toiun,' i.e. the breast. Fas. i. (in
) ; niaelsku tiin, hyggju tiin, the 'speech town,' ' mind's town,' i.e.
1st, Lex. Poiit. : in local names, but rare, Tiinir; Tuns-berg,
vay ; Sig-tunir, a place of victory, in Sweden ; Tun-gorSr, in
'.ndn.
;. CoMPDs: tiin-annir, f. pi. haymaking in the iti-feld; um
um tiinannir, i. e. in July, Eb. 248. tun-barS, n. the outskirt
n in-field. tiin-brekka, u, f. the brink or edge of an in-field, Ld. 36.
-f6tr, m. the outskirt of a home-field. tiln-garflr, m. a ' totvn-
tb,' fence of a^ tiin, Grag. i. 147, ii. 263, Eg. 713, Ld. 138, GullJ). 61,
Bs. i. 648, K. A. 64, Fms. vi. 368. tun-g61tr, m. a home-boar,
94, Gliim. 365. tun-hli8, n. the gate of a castle, in the Norse
e, Hkv. I. 47. tun-krepja, u, f., botan. a cryptogamous plant
mbling the lichen tribe, tremella. tun-ri3a, u, f. a ' hedge-rider,'
itch, ghost; witches and ghosts were thought to ride on hedges and
tops of houses during the night, see Glam in the Grettla ; cp. Swed.
•kulla ;' the word is a arr. Ktf., Hm. 156. tiina-sl^ttr, m. = tiin-
r, as also the season, the i ath and following weeks of the summer.
-svi3, n. tbe vdn-space ; sem tiinsviS kringlott, a field like a round
enclosure, Fms. vii. 97 (v. 1. naer tiins-vidd, of the largeness of a
tiin-svin, m. = tungoltr, Grag. ii. 232. tun-seekinn, part.
ittle, greedy to enter and graze in a tiin. tiin-vollr, m. a strip
le in-field, Kormak, Grag. ii. 257, Jb. 423, Sturl. i. 83, Eb. 250 ; hann
sera farminn heim a tiinvoU sinn ok g6r6i J)eim tjald, Fb. i. 422.
T The ancient Scandinavians, like other old Teutonic people, had
owns ; Tacitus says, ' nuUas Germanorum populis urbes habitari
notum est . . . colunt discreti ac diversi, ut fons, ut campus, ut nemus
lit,' Germ. ch. 16. In Norway the first town, Niftaros, was founded
he two Olaves (Olave Tryggvason and Saint Olave, 994-1030), and
town was hence par excellence called Kaupang, q. v. But the real
der of towns in Norway was king Olave the Quiet (1067-1093);
Iceland, the words of Tacitus, ' colunt diversi ut fons, etc., pla-
still apply; 120 years ago (in 1752), the only town or village of
:ountry (^Reykjavik) was a single isolated farm. In the old Norse
the 'Town-law' is the new law attached as an appendix to the old
id-law.'
a, u, f. [cp. tota ; Dan. tude = a spout'], a teat-like prominence : the
; of a dwarf, Fms. vi.
na, a6, [cp. A. S. totjan], to be blown up ; hann tiitnadi allr upp.
,u-falda, a6, to double.
.u-faldr, mod. tvo-faldr, adj. twofold, Sturl. i. 85, Rb.
ru, adv., see hvarr (II. 2).
eggi, in annarr-tveggi, hvarr-tveggi, q. v.
im-megin or tveim-eginn, adv. on both sides, Nj. 24.
"EIK, gen. tveggja, dat. tveimr or tveim, ace. tva (mod. tvo), tvaer,
(mod. tviJ) ; tvau zndpau make a rhyme. Skald H. : [Goth, twai ;
twii ; Engl, two, twain ; Germ, zwei ; Dan. to ; Swed. tva ; Lat. duo ;
w, etc.] : — Aifo, passim; tveir ok tveir,/«/o ana? /wo, Hkr. i. 125; ba6ir
t Fms. vii. 202 ; b2E6i tvau. Skald H. 3. 7, 6. 55 ; tveim hondum,
both hands. Eg. 532, Fms. vii. 290; hvarr-tveggja, annarr-tveggja,
i tvau, adverb, in two, asunder, Fms. vii. 72, 193 : in the saying,
T er tveggja hugr, two men two minds (=quot homines, tot senten-
Fas. ii. 228; cp. tveir erut einsherjar, Hm.
ing, f. duality, Fms. vii. 292, MS. 625. 17.
r and tvinnr, adj. (tviSr, Hom. 74), [Ulf. twaihnai], a
tjvo and two, twin, in pairs; tviSr skriptar-gangr, Hom. 74;
burSr, ttuins, Stj.; til tveSra gjalda, Grag. ii. 188; guldu opt
ar landskyldir, 6. H. 27; heimta tvennar fulgur, Grag. i. 258,
eigi ma tvser sakir af J)vi gora J)6tt tvennum sc lyst, ii. 15 ; a
num voru tvennar lei6ir. Eg. 576; tvenna t61f-manu8r, Griig.
7; voru tvennar hallir, a8rar yfir.oSrum, Fms. vi. 147; bjoda
ver6, Ld. 146; gjalda konungi tvenn (gjiild) slik, Jb. 208;
ir flokkar engla, Sks. 142 new Ed.; skjota tvennum orum, Clem,
i tvennu lagi, Horn. 74; ok er tvenn frasogn um, Sturl. i. 107;
ar (ii Cod.) frasagnir, Bs. i. I.e.; mi ferr tvennum scigunum
tiuo tales running parallel, 6. H. ico. 2. two different
.
Nj. 3 ; |)6 segja mcnn nokkut tvcnnt til, Hg. 63 ; tvennu mun skipta.
there are two chances, either ... or, Fas. ii. 515 ; hefir Guft fram i tvennu
verk sitt, annat tveggja, efta . . ., 677. 6. 3. two pain; tvetmir
sk6r, two pairs of shoes, Ski&a R. 193 ; tvenn por skzSa, id., 33 ; tvennir
sokkar, tvennir vetlingar {gloves); tvennar buxur; skaltii N6i taka
tvinn karlkyns ok kvcimkyns, Stj. 4. indcci. tTinni or tvinni,
/u/o or /u/o, as indecl. adj. ; tvinni or tynni, indcci. ; tvinni t(!)lf-nianudr,
a8ra tynni tolf-manuftr. N. G. L. i. 344 : -tkaltti st taka mcft lama hxiti
tvinni ok tvinni, Stj. 57, Barl. 24.
tvennum-brlini, adj. a nickname, with meeting eyebrows (?), Landn.
tvirma, ad, to twine, twist thread.
tvinni, a, ni. twine, twisted thread; tvinna-hno&a, Hkr. iii, 117.
tvinnr, see tvennr.
tvist, n. [Dan. Ivisl = discord] ; in the phrase, 4 Ivbt og batt, scattered
to the four winds.
tvist-ligr, adj. = tvistr.
tvistr, m. tbe two or ' deiice' in cards.
tvistr, adj. [Swed. tjust; Dan. tysl = silent"], dismal, sad, distressed,
whence in deep silence, noiseless; varS J>egar hlj6tt allt f6lk ok tviit
(Dan. lyt og tyst), Fms. vi. 374; allt kyrt ok tvist, ix. 510, v.l.; tviit
ok daprt. Fas. ii. 392 ; mist hefik flj68s ins tvista, Korm.; tvist hjarta,
tvistar sorgir. Lex. Poiit. ; (i-tvistr, gleeful.
tvistra or tvlstra, a6, to scatter; munu tvistrast sau&irnir. Post.;
sau6ir hjarftarinnar munu i sundr tvistrast, Matth. xxvi. 31.
tvi8tr6ttr, adj. scattered, Hkr. iii. 228.
tvisvar (also tysvar), adv. twice, Sks. 677, Fms. ix. 265, passim ; in
tvisvar ver5r gamall maSrinn barn. tvisvar-sinnum — tvisvar, Hom.
118; tysvar-sinnum, Nj.
tvl, conj. used to express loathing (Dan. tvi),fie! Fb. iii. 303.
TVi-, [Germ, zwei-], twice, double, in many compds : tvi-angaflr,
adj. double-forked. Fas. iii. 385. tvl-aukinn, part, twofold, H. E. i. 437.
tvi-baka, u, f. [Germ, zwiebach], a biscuit (mod.) tvi-benda, u,
f. a complicity, entanglement. tvi-breidr, adj. of double breadth, of
cloth, Vm. 10, N.G. L. iii. 205, D.N. ii. 1127. tvi-buri, a, m.
a twin, esp. in dual, Fms. i. 4, Sturl. i. I, Rb. 100; in the N. T.=
SiSvfios ; tvibura-merki, the Twins or Gemini, Rb. tvl-burur, f. twin
sisters, Str. 15, Fas. i. 358. tvi-byxdingr, m. a twofold shield,
GJ)1. 103. tvi-byrdr, part, double-lined, B. K., D. N. : of a shield,
N. G. L. ii. 42. tvi-bytna, u, f. a bottomless lake or pit, in
popular belief, or thought to be in hidden connection with the sea.
tvi-byli, n. a double household, on one farm (opp. to einbyli), Eb. 38,
Vm. 83, Lv. 71. tvi-b611r, m. a double ball, Skalda 177. tvl-
dreginn, part, double-lined, Jb. 1 87 ; k\xbi tvidregin, Ann. 1 330. tvi-
drsBgni, f. discord. tvl-drsBgr, adj. ambiguous, Fms. ix. 255, 324, 503.
tvi-dyr3r, part, double-door ed, Eb. 274, Fms. vi. 1 21, Fs. 66, ^iftr. 143.
tvi-d8Bgra, the name of a mountain desert taking two 'daegr' to cross,
Isl. ii. 345, Ann. 1242. tvi-eggja3r, part, two-edged, Stj., Sks., N. T.
tvi-elleptr, part, twice eleven ; in the phrase, vera t., to be a twenty-two-
year-old, i. e. in high vigour and spirits. Fas. i. 98. tvi-eln, adj. two
ells broad, Grag. i. 498, 504. tvi-eyringr, m. worth or weighing two
ounces, Landn. 258, Eb. 10. tvi-falda, a5, to fold, double, Stj. 53,
Sks. 763, N. G. L. i. 23, Alg. 360. tvi-faldan, f., arithm. doubling,
Skalda 191, Alg. 360. tvifald-leikr, m. twofoldness, Stj. 263,
Hom. (St.) tvifald-ligr, adj. of twofold kind, Sturl. i. lai, K. A.
74. tvi-faldr, adj. twofold, double, K. A. 46, 136, Sks. 225, 405,
Vm. 168, Hom. 10, passim. tvf-f63ra5r, part, double-lined, Fms.
vi. 422. tvi-fsettr, adj. two-footed, Lat. bi-pes. tvi-gilda, d, to
pay double, GJ)1. 378, K.A. 80. tvf-gildr, adj. of double value.
tvi-giptr, part, twice married. tvi-g6rr, part, double, pibr. 80,
8i. tvi-heilagt, n. adj. twice hallowed, of two holidays follow-
ing one another. tvi-henda, d, to burl or wield with two bands,
Edda 122, Korm. 136, Fms. x. 383, Grett. 45, 178 new Ed. tvi-
hendis, adv.; hciggva t. = tvihenda, D.N. tvi-hlj6flr, m. a
diphthong, Skalda 177. tvl-h6lka3r, part, mounted with a double ring,
|jorf. Karl. 376. tvi-hiLBabT, pzn. double-housed. Si]. {i7. tvf-
hsetta, u, f. a dilemma ; in the phrase, leggja a tvihaettu, to run a risk,
Faer. 144. tvi-h6f3a3r, part, two-headed. Fas. iii. 574. tvi-
kenndr, part, with double circundocution, in poetry, Edda 123: of double
meaning, 1 10. tvl-klifa, a5, to harp twice on tbe same, repeat, Sks.
307. tvi-kl^pt, part, a bad reading for tvi-kylft. tvi-kostr, m. a
choice between two, an alternative. Fas. ii. 68 ; hafa ekki ef eda tvikost
ti e-u, Barl. 1 73 ; bjoSa e-m tvikosti, Mag. tvi-kvAngaflr, part, twice
married, Bs. i. 233. tvi-kve3a, kva6, to repeal, Edda 133. tvi-
kvenni, n. bigamy, Grag. i. 367. tvi-kvialaSr, part, two-pronged,
|>iar. 178, Baer. 19. tvi-kylft, part, [kylfa, the verb], stammering,
of metre, a metrical term, Ht. 45. tvi-lembdr, part, with two lambs,
Rett. 2. 5. tvi-litadr, mod. tvi-litr, id}, parti-coloured, Stj. 306.
tvi-lo3inn, adj. double-hairy, thick, of fur, Fbr. 145. tvl-m&nu3r, m.
the double month, the fifth month in the summer ; in the Almanack for
1872 this month begins on the 27th of August and ends on the 35th of
s;" lengi hefir mer {jat i hug verit, ok hefir mer ^6 tvennt um synt, 1 September, which answers to the 15th of August to the 15th of September
64S
TVlMENNA— TYTTR.
of the old style, Rb. S56; at TvimanuSi or at Tvlmana3i sumars, at the
time when T. sets in, Grag. i. 152, Ld. 134, Finnb. 298, Grett. 174 new
Ed.; bo6 skyldi vera at TvimanaSi su8r at Olvusvatni, Isl. ii. 8, 31 ;
leid nu fram at TvimanaSi sumars, Grett. 150 ; bru6kaiip var i Garpsdal
at Tvimana6i, Ld. 134. tvf-menna, t, to ride two on one horse; naer
halfum manaSi si6ar var honum (the horse) tvimennt, Bs. i. 389 : in the
phrase, tvimenna yfir ana, to cross a river two on one horse, an every
day's occurrence in Icel. ; as to Scotland in ancient times, there is a
curious record in Orkn. ch. 5 ; a lively sketch of this is found in the
Queen's ' Leaves from a Journal,' ' Fording the Poll Tarf.' tvi-
"inenning, f. riding two on one horse, Sturl. ii. 131, iii. 23. tvi-
menningr, m. drinking together in pairs, two and two ; Jjar var hluta8r
t.. Eg. 22; Kormakr drakk tvimenning a Steinger5i, Korm. 232; hon
segir J)at ekki vikinga si5 at drekka hja konum tvimenning, Hkr. i. 50.
tvi-merkingr, m. of the value or weight of two marks, of a ring, Grag.
ii. 172, 178. tvf-mseli, n. a dispute, a discordant report, one
saying this, another that, Nj. 68, 139, Edda 147. tvi-mselis, adv. two
meals a day, N. G. L. i. 422. tvimselis-lauss, adj. undisputed, Sturl.
iii. 261. tvi-mselt = tvimaelis ; eta t., K.|). K. 102, 106, Bs. i. 106.
tvi-odda3r, part, two-pointed. Fas. ii. 386. tvi-ri3inn, part, double-
netted or knitted, of a net or the like: as a metrical term, Edda 122.
tvi-rseSi, n. ambiguity, Fb. iii. 427 ; tvira!dis-or5, id. tvi-rseSr, adj.
' double-read,' ambiguous, which can be read ' both ways,' Fms. ix. 324,
V. 1. tvi-sagB,,zd].; verbatviszgsi, to contradict oneself. tvi-sagSr,
part, twice-told. tvi-settr, part, double, Karl. 193. tvi-skafinn,
a nickname, Fms. x. tvi-skelf3r, part, the name of a metre, each
verse-line beginning with two long syllables, Edda 129; for a speci-
men see the Rekstefja, which is composed in this metre, whence it is
also called ' Drapan tviskelfda.' tvi-skinnimgr, ni. a double skin or
film (on a wound). tvi-skipaSr, part, double-seated, in two ranks,
Fms. X. 16. tvi-skipta, t, to divide into two parts, Fms. i. 154, ii.
240, viii. 363: to waver, hann tviskiptisk i aetlaninni, x. 270, tvi-
skipti, n. a division into two parts ; t. mun vera a ollu landi, Fms. v.
347 : the phrase, J)a5 er ekki til tviskiptanna, it is too small to be divided.
tvi-skiptiligr, adj. divided, Bs. i. tvi-skiptingr, m. a change-
ling, idiot ( = skiptingr, q. v.) : a nickname, Fms. x. 2. tvi-skiptr,
part, divided, Fms. viii. 16, Hom. (St.) : uncertain. Fas. i. 42 : of two
colours, t. vesli, Rd. 309, Fms. ii. 71 ; t. brynja, |3i5r. 80. tvi-
skseldr = tviskelfdr, metric., Fms. ii. 310. tvi-slsegr, adj. ambi-
guous; t. draumr, Fms. viii. 444; gorask t. i vinattu vi8 e-n, Sks. 3.:; 7.
tvi-stiga, steig, to waddle. tvf-st^ft, n. part, a metrical term,
'double apocope,' Edda 134: a mark on a sheep's ear, t. framan haegra.
tvi-syngja, sing, to chant double in the church, a kind of two-
voiced music, a relic of the early Middle Ages, still practised in
Icel., recorded in Laur. S. (Bs. i. 847). tvi-s^ni, n. uncertainty,
doubt. Fas. iii. 207, Gisl. 86. tvi-s^nn, adj. precarious, doubtful,
of danger, Nj. ill, Bs. i. 814. tvi-songr, m. a two-voiced song ;
see tvi-syngja. tvi-taka, tok, to repeat, Skalda 208. tvi-tala,
u, f. the dual number, Stj. 13. tvi-tala, adj. of tivice the number,
Fb. iii. 362. tvi-tjalda3r, part, hung with double tapestry, Vm.
171. tvi-tjan, twice-ten, twenty, Fms. x. 378. tvi-tjandi, the
twentieth, Mork. 109, Grett. (Ub.) 150, Petr S. 47, v. 1. tvi-tola,
adj. [Dan. tve-tullet'], an hermaphrodite (tol II). tvi-tugr, tvi-togr,
Ad], aged twenty, Grag. i. 307, 465, ii. 108, Fms. ii. 7, vi. 90, Jb. 143,
passim : measuring twenty (fathoms, ells), Grag. i. 497, ii. 337, Fms. iii.
194, passim; atta vetr um tvitugt, i.e. twenty-eight years old, Stj.
26. tvitugs-aldr, m. the age of twenty. Eg. 2, Fms. iv. 254,
'f- 377> Njard. 396, passim. tvltug-sessa, u, f. a twenty-oared
ship (see sessa). Eg. 28, Fms. ii. 253, iv. 322. tvi-tugti, mod. tvi-
tugasti, the twentieth, passim. tvi-tugu = tuttugu, D.N. tvf-
tylft, f. twice twelve; tvitylftar baugr, Grag. ii. 89. tvi-t3mgdr,
part, double-tongued, Al. 4. tvi-vegis, adv. ' two-ways' to and fro ;
fara t., to go back again, fsl. ii. 327, Fms. iii. 83, vi. 119, Grag. i. 213,
436 : hence in mod. usage gener. twice. tvi-verkna3r, m. doing
the same tivice over again. tvi-vi3r, m. a double-pieced cross-bow,
poet., Edda (Gl.), Merl. 2. 65, f)d. tvi-seri, n. a period of two years,
D. N. ii. 193. tvf-serr, adj. of two years, two years old, D. N. ; tviser
landskyld, id.
tvfl, n. [Ulf. tweifls; Germ, zweifel ; Dan. tvil], doubt. tvil-laust,
n. adj. without doubt, forsooth. tvfla, a6, to doubt, (mod.) ; as also
tvilugr, adj., in 6-tvilugr, quite safe; hann er 6-tvilugr, j)a8 er 6-tvilugt ;
but none of these words are found in old writers.
tvfie-vetla, u, f. a ewe two winters old.
tvse-vetr, adj. two winters old.
tyggij thus, not tiggi, as seen from rhymes, ty^^i, glygg, hnyggi
^yS^^' ^y^? ^yE^g]^< Gelsll 9, Lex. Poet. ; [the word is therefore derived
from tjuga (q. v.), toginn, (cp. Germ, ziehen, ge-zogen), and is akin to
Germ, -zog, in ber-zog, Lat. dues'] : — a leader, chief, but only in poetry.
Lex. Poet., freq. in old and mod. ballads.
TYGGJA (tyggva, Gkv. 2. 39), pres. tygg; pret. tug&i; subj
tyg6i; part, tuggit. A remnant of a strong inflexion is the pret. togg,^ tyttr, m. a little pin; hor-tyttr,
Fbr. 24; tciggtu (2nd pers.), Am. 39; plur. tuggu (mandebant), Orlcn,
(Arnor, in a verse, MS.) ; part, tugginn : tyggja has since become a regidai
weak verb, like spyrja: [Dan. tygge ; Engl, to tug a.t food]: — to cbew\
Lat. matidere, manducare ; hvat er mi, dottir, tyggr J)u nokkut? — Tfttj
ek sol, segir hon. Eg. 604; tak pipar ok tygg, Pr. 475 ; toggtu tiSiiga
trii&ir vel joxlum. Am. 79; vi5 hunang tuggin, Gkv. 2. 40; hann togg
me& grimmum kulda-tonnum allar jarSir, Fbr. 24 ; togg hold ok bein,
Ann. 1362 (in a verse) ; eggin togg af honum faetr baSa, Clf. 7. 74;
lilfar tuggu hrae, Arnor; hraera sinn kjaika til at t. me8, Stj. 77.
tygi, n. \^k.S. ga-teaiva ; O.U.G. ziug; GcTm.zeug; Dzn. tot; Engl,
toy]: — gear, harness ; flestoU tygi J)au er ^eir hof5u att, Fb. iii. 567;
s66ull me6 ollum t}'gjum, D. N. i. 321 ; |)itt ess eSr tygi, Pr. 422 ; rei8-
tygi, saddle-harness. 2. metaph. kind; einn af \iessu vanda tye
( = tyge) er Robert klerkr af Broc (de funesta ilia progenie). Thorn.
231 : mod., af sama taegi, a sample of the same piece.
tygi-ligr, adj. [perh. a bad reading for rygiligr] ; t. or5, haughty
words, threats, Bs. i. 653, 658 (but ry'giligr v. 1. in both instances), Grett.
172 new Ed.
tygill, m., pi. tuglar (like lykill, pi. luklar), a dimin. ; [akin to tog;|
cp. Germ, zugel'] : — a string, strap, thong, esp. of the strap with which a
cloak was fastened round the neck ; mottull a tuglum, Fms. vii. 201 ; tygilJ
er menit var fest me9, 6. H. 135 ; a tuglunum taflpungsins var gullbaugr,
Gull|). 20 ; in Lv. 41 read, ok gullbaugr (for guUband) a tyglinum,
coMPDS : tugla-mottuU, -feldr, m. a cloak with a strap, Faer. 263,
Fms. v. 292, Sturl. ii. 154, (Bs. i. 556 spelt tugla-.) tygil-knifr, m.
a knife or dirk hanging from the belt on a tygill, Fms. vi. 165, x. 149,
isl. ii. 277.
tygja, a3, to harness; allir tyaSir panzerum, Fb. iii. 582; her-t., to
armour ; herty'ja6, clad in armour, Ulf. 7. 1 1 1 (' herdti a9 ' in the Edit.)
tykta, a9, whence typta, Bs. i. 805, 846: [Germ, zuchtigen; Dan.
tugte] : — to chastise, H. E. i. 509.
tyktan, f. chastisemeiit, Stj. 167.
tylft or tylpt, f. [tolf], a number of twelve, a ' duo-decade,' dozen, a
body of twelve. Eg. 341, Nj. 150, Fms. viii. 140, Hkr. ii. 398; fernar
tylftir, Jjrennar tylftir, of the courts, Nj. 150, 244, Grag. i. 4,
(twelve being a holy number) : of the sea, tylft, twelve miles, L
25, Rb. 482, Bs. ii. 5. tylftar-ei3r, -kvi3r, -kvo3 (see ei3r, kviSr,
kvijb), Gt)l. 121, 547, Js. 30, K. J). K. 168, Landn. 89.
tylla, t, [toUa], to sit loosely; tylla ser ni6r; tylla ser a ta, to stand
tiptoe. II. reflex, to go with a light step ; myrar lagu ilia, maul
tyllask a vetrar-brautum, the ice on the moors was unsafe, but could be
tripped over, Sturl. iii. 140.
tylli-ssett, f. a loose, unreal, shifty agreement, Bs. i. 519.
tylli-sok, f. a light, futile charge. Glum. 377.
typpa, t, [toppr], to tip, top ; ok hagliga um h6fu6 t3'ppum, to tip bis
head, with a woman's hood, pkv. 16 : typptr, adj. tipped, laced, Js.
78 ; silfr-typptr, silver-tipped, of the waves, Siiot 36.
typpi, n. a tip (Lat. apex), Fms. vi. (in a verse), and in mod. usage.
typpingr, m. [toppr], a kind of lace or edging; diikar me5 typpiiig,
Vm. 52, 65, 125 ; typpings-diikr, 62 ; typpings-ver, a case of typping,
D.N. i. 590.
typta, t, = tykta (q. v.), changing kt into pt; analogous is stipti from
stikti, Bs. i. 805, 846, Lil. 81, (not from TvnTou, as suggested in Lex.
Poet.) ; this form is freq. in mod. usage, whereas tykta is obsolete.
typtaii = tyktan. Mar. typtu-meistari, a, m. a master of cere-
monies, Clar. ; hof-typt, court ceremonial.
tyr3il-inuli, a, m. a bird, the rasor-bill, alca tor da L., Edda (GI.)
tyrfa, d, [torf], to cover with turf, sod. Fas. i. 134, iii. 389, Sturl. i.
155, passim. 2. [Swed. torf a], to pelt (with turf and stones?); t.
e-n me6 grjoti ok meS torfi, N. G. L. i. 82 ; cp. ' tyrva med stenom
in Swed. law ; torfleikr, a peltittg game.
tyT& and tyri, n. a resinous fir-tree used for making a fire ; me9 tjn\
e&r o8rum eldfimum vi5i, Sks. 427 B; lokar-span af tyri, Fagrsk. 109;
hence t^ru-tre, Fagrsk. 1. c. ; tyr-vi3r, Hkr. i. 32, iii. 61 ; tyrvi-tre,
Fms. vi. 153 ; cp. tj6r-vi3r; all various forms of the same = tar-wood.
Tjrrfingr, m. the name of the enchanted sword, Hervar S. ; prop, ftom
its flaming like resinous-wood (tyrfi) : a pr. name, Landn.
tyrfinn, adj. resinous; tyrfit tre = tyrvi-tre, Mork. "j.
Tyrkir, gen. pi. Tyrkja, m. pi. the Turks, Bret., Edda (pref.), Landn.
19 : Tyrk-land, the land of the Turks, Bret. : Tyrk-neskr, adj.
Turkish, Mar., Karl.
tyrma, d, qs. tyrfa? (rm = rf), prop, to pelt {7), only used in metaph.
phrase, J)at tyrmir yfir e-n, to be overwhelmed, from ailment or evil.
tyrming, f. an overwhelming illness.
tyrrinn, ad], peevish, freful, Grett. iii ; u-tyinnn, peaceful, Glsl. (m
a verse).
tysti, a, m. = tosti, a frog (J) ; a nickname, Sturl. iii. 298.
tysvar = tvisvar, twice, Nj. 102, 109, N. G. L. i. 340, Sks. 378 B, Fms.
viii. 313, O.H.L. ch. 113.
tytta, t, to knead, of bread, N.G, L. i, 304 ; 6-tyttr, Bs. i. 244.
14 1.:
•■i!0;v(
■-"laiis,!,
"sttiioi
".'■BM
aGliim,
■jat lils
•I; |ii I
'■ i:
:■!'(«{
'felliOlj
^U[
■-■Sir. 81
TYTTUGTI— TODU.
647
yttugti, the Iwentieth ( = tuttugti or tvi-tugti), N. G. L. i. 348.
yza, a nickname, Fms, viii.
;^a, u, f. (sounded tia), [akin to taefa ; Dan. t<eve ; cp. t6a] : — a dam,
)!ber with her young, of a dog, cat, or the like.
^ja, u, f., qs. tvia, doubt; var hut tyja er vit tveir lifaum, Akv. 27.
[■"^^JA, tflBJa, tj6a, and tj&, the forms of this verb vary: teeja,
\iEJa. make a rhyme, Pd. 18 ; pres. tcer, pret. toe8i, part. neut. toe3 :
, tyr, ty3i : t.i6a, pres. tjoar, pret. tj6a6i or tj68i, see below B :
stly, tj4, pres. to, ter (mod. tjai), pret. tt6i, part. te8r, te8 : with
\iff. txr-a, does, not, Fms. vii. (in a verse): [Ulf. (aujan = voiuv ;
•n on the Golden horn; A.S. tawjan; O.H.G. zawiati; Germ.
Dutch to7iwen.']
B. Prop, to do, work; but here giJra (q.v.) has in the Scandin.
the place of taeja, it is therefore only used in the sense, II.
A, assist, with dat. or absol. ; at tceja Kleppjiirni, Isl. ii. 482
irv. S.) ; J)eir menn er taeau mali {>orsteins, Isl. ii. 305 ; Jjii tjeSir
Drottinn ok huggaSir mik, 655 v. 2; t.-cja sjukum ok viilu8um,
■v; ; {)at goz eptir verSr skal ek toja {bestow on) gubs moSur, Mar. ;
vilt taeja honum, Clem. 56 ; Gu8s mildi taeSi malum hans, 45 ;
syan let enn eigi seinat ser at toja honum, Al. 139; hir8 er tsedi
I vel, Fms. vi. 317 (in a verse) ; Kristr taer hodda hristi . . ., Lex.
.; at tyjanda Gubi = Deo auxiliante, Horn. 27; arnendr varir ok
1 !iJr (toyiendr Cod.), 149 ; sa er 66rum vill tyja til orrostu, 42 ; segir
} most tyja, at eigi hafi Gu& iiau6ga J)j6nustu, O. H.L. 42 ; tyja sva
'< gri baen, Hom. i ; opt hefir hofSingjum mikit tj6a8 at berjask at
•.cb frameggjan, Al. 5 ; kolluSu {)eir a Jacobum, at J)eir ka;mi til at
: helm, 656 C. 2 ; Drottinn varr t6 (subj.) oss til j)ess, at v^r niegim,
] m. 90 : recipr., teisk at ba6ir, help one another ! H. E. i. 245. 2.
i ivail; ok tor J)at J)vi at eins, ef hann vissi eigi, at, . . . it avails only
i 'he case^ that he Itnew not, Grag. i. 315 ; fjat tyr ekki, boots not, avails
t , or tySi ekki, it was of no avail, eigi t0r bonda sja bjorgkvi3r,
.1 ; ek vissa at mer myndi ekki tyja at forftask {)ik. Eg. 165 ; eyfit
t fjott skyndi seinn, a saying (see ey vit) ; ekki tyr y6r mi at tauta
t tutla, Fms. viii. 234 (tjar, Fb. ii, 1. c.) ; hvarki Ixb'i (tySi, Hkr.
I : ijaSi, Fms. v, I.e.) bsen manna ne febo6, (5. H. 190; konungr var
i5r at henni ty8i ekki at bi8ja, Hkr. i. ico; allir lottu Sigur3
It ganga ok tydi ekki (tjaSi, v. 1.), Nj. 271 ; liti5 tyr oss at masSa
... varn i foitum, Hom. 73 ; hvat mun mer tyja at eggja {)a menn,
vit need I? Fms. viii. 136 (tja, v. 1.) ; ok er hon sa at eigi Xybi at
f,v,i }5etta mal lengra, {}a haetti hon, xi. 288 (v. 1,); sem hann sa at
c.i iybi piT at standa, Str. 42 ; |)orvaldr let ekki tjoa at sakask um
V kit, Glum. 374; mun mik ekki tjoa at letja, Nj. 16 ; eigi mundi tjoa
abrjotask vi8 forlcigunum, Fs. 20; at ekki moni tjoa, Fas. i. 364;
e i mun tjoa at gora Jjat, Fms. ii. 194 (v. 1.) ; eigi J)ykkir oss l)at tjoa,
( 1{). 20 ; veit ek eigi hvat J)at mon tjoa, Mork. 194 ; Baglar sa at ekki
t Si (tj66i) eptir at halda, Fms. ix. 13 (v. 1. 7); ok tjoaSi ekki fyrir-
t r hans, X. 301 ; hefir ek um talat ok tjoar m^r eigi, Fs. 60 ; eggjat
li ef nokkut tjoaSi, 4 ; {)eir biSja at ... ok tjoar ekki, Gliim. 390 ;
iionum alls ekki, Str. 42 ; ekki tjoar skriptar-gangr ^eim er . . .,
.( en at sva bunu tjar ekki. Fas. i. 364 ; hvat mun \>a, tja vi& at
nia, Gliim. 324 ; hvat tjar mer mi, at hafa til hans stundat, Al. 129 ;
mun tja at saka sik um orSinn hlut, Nj. 20; and so in mod.
J)etta tjair ekki, this won't do; \)a.b tjair ekki, 'tis of no use;
-i Jiat ails ekki, Gisl. 43. 3. peculiar usage, to grant,
aw; J)vi meiri gaesku er hann te3i J)eim af sinni hendi, Hom.
I . III. as an auxiliary verb ; sol ter sortna, the sun does blacken,
V. 57 (see p. 264, foot-note 3); a3r taeSi ben blxbz, blood did flow,
^ (in a verse) ; tja bu31ungi blaeSa undir, Hkv. Hjcirv. ; taer-a standa
t af f)6ri, Fms. vii. (in a verse); hon taer binda, Orkn. (in a verse);
a Xzbi velja, Rekst. ; hyggja tae3i, did think, Bkv. 13 ; tae6i fsera, did
g, Fms. vi. 340 ; BoSnar bara X('.v vaxa, does wax, Edda (in a verse).
See also tja, which is a different word.
iandi, a, m. a helper; toyendr, helpers, Hom. 149.
?NA, d, [tjon ; Scot, to tyne], to lose ; j)eir tyndu hcstunum, Nj. 21 ;
tyndu J)ar oxi sinni, Landn. 312 ; tyna honum, Fms. vi. 121 ; tyna
inu, Str.^ 86 ; t. J)eim {)remr hlutum, er . . . , Fms. x. 338 ; ^6t skolut
1 fyrir tyna nema Hfinu, Nj. 7 ; with ace. a Latinism, Mar. 2.
estroy, put to death; tyna sveininum, Fms. i. 1 13, Sks. 695 ; tyna
um ser, to destroy oneself, K. A. 62; tyndi sor {)ar sjalfr, Landn.
II. reflex, to perish; Hakon jarl tyndisk i hafi, O.H.;
ra tyndisk i feni, Landn. 195 ; kom at honum austan-ve6r mikit . . .
yndusk {)ar, Nj. 25 ; Jiar tyndisk Geirhildr i Geirhildar-vatni, Landn.
Eg. 123, Edda 3, Fms. i. 215, passim.
ning, f. destruction. Art.
li-samligr, adj. destructive, A need. 34.
fB, m., gen. Tys, ace. dat. Ty ; the- form tivar, see tivi, may even
Jgarded as an irreg. plur. to ty'-r ; cp. Twisco, qs. Tivisco, in Tacit,
n. ; [for the identity of this word with Sansk. (fyaj/s, divas •= heaven,
Z(vi, Aio's, Lat. divtis, O. H. G. Ziw, see Max Miiller's Lectures on
Jce of Language, 2nd Series, p. 425] : — prop, the generic name of
ighest divinity, which remains in compds, as Farma-tyr, hanga-tyr : .
as also in T^s-fittungr, the offspring of gods (Or, Ito^tiHji), ft. : tf-
framr, adj., Hausti. i : t^-hraustr, valiant as a god: ti-spvJa,
godly-wise, Edda 1 6. II. the name of the god Tyr, the one-
armed god of war ; see Edda passim. T^s-dagr, m. Tuesday, (Germ,
Dienstag), Fms. ix. 42, N. G. L. i. 10, 343, 348, Hkr. iii. 416; »pelt
T^B-dagr (Dan. Tirsdag), Fms. vii. 395, ix. 4J, Rb. 573.
t^a, b, to flame faintly ; cp. t6ra.
t^a, u, f. a faint light; Ijus-tyra, freq. in mod. usage. 2. doubtful
is the passage. Ad. 8, — tyru fylgfiu sokk timleit liftra bnina.
t^-eygflr, part, with peering eyes.
tit&, u, f. [akin to tuta, tottr], in t^u-prj6mi, m. a pin.
taefa, u, f. [Dan. tceve'], a dam, mother, of a dog, cat.
taegja, pres. tae, pret. tdfti, part. ta8 ; [akin to tog, teygja]: — prop.
to ' stretch out ; ' taegja ull, to pick or teaze the wool before it is spun and
carded ; ullar-reitur eg um kveldifl tiifti, Hallgr.
teegja, u, f. a fibre; see taug.
tSBJa, b, to help ; see tyja.
taeki (i.e. toeki), n. pi. [taka], implements, outfit; sel J)iS m^-r taeki at
ek mega rita, 623. 54 ; tol ok t., Stj. 22 ; ar8r ok oil txki at J)eim arftri,
Karl. 471 : means, eg hefi engin taeki til J)ess.
tseki-faeri, n. opportunity.
tseki-ligr, adj. due, proper; t. timi, lift, Stj. 429, Fms. ii. 1^3, MS.
623. 40; me8-t., acceptable.
TJEKR (i. e. tcekr), adj. [taka], acceptable, fair, legal, of a tender
made, GJ)1. 500 ; ^a.w handsol er honum J)ykki tsek, K. |>. K. 1 70 ; J)4 eru
taek vitni J)eirra, 6. H. (pref.) 2. fit, meet ; the phrase, i taeka lift,
in due time. 3. d-taekr, unacceptable, unfair ; kg-tzkr, skilful of
hand.
T.ffiLA, d, [tal], to entice, betray ; t. menn mc5 fjiilkyngi, Clem. 56 ; t.
J)a me8 svikum, Fms. ii. 137 ; tsela {)ik, Sks. 537 ; taeldr miklum tuluni.
Aim. 36 ; er Herodes konungr sa at hann var txldr af Austrvegs-kon-
ungum, Hom. 48.
tsela, d, [tol], to manage; fa8ir })inn ))ykkisk ekki mega um ^ik t.
her i hibylum sinum. Eg. 194 ; var hann sva i lyzku ok athatfi, at trautt
{)6tti mega um taela, Fms. xi. 78, 92.
teeli-grSf, f. a pitfall, Sks. 425 B.
T.^MA (i. e. toema), d, [tom], in the phrase, txma sik til e-s, to give
one's leisure to, to attend, Sks. 22, Stj. 144, Horn. 63 ; t. sik til at heyra
Gu3s orS, 656 B. 1 2 ; hann matti eigi txmask til fra kenningum vi8 menn,
had no leisure, no time left, Clem. 52 ; hugr taemisk til hvildar, the mind
takes to rest, Hom. (St.) 2. the law phrase, c-m tzmisk arfr, an
inheritance falls to one by right, Grag. i. 173, N. G. L. i. 216, Eg. 31 ;
honum taemdisk arfr nordr i Vatnsdal, Isl. ii. 210; e-m taemisk limagi,
alimentation devolves upon one, Grag. i. 390. ' II. [tomr], to
empty (Dan. tomme. North. E. and Scot, to loom) ; scggrinn txmdi svinit
halft, Ski8a R. 41, passim in mod. usage.
toenadr, m., tcE«a3 and ban make a rhyme, Likn. 8, Lil. 82 ; [toeja or
tyja]: — help, assistance; biSja taenaSar, Sturl. iii. 278; fullting eSr
taenad, H. E. i. 502, Fms. x. 238, Bs. i. 215, 355; an manna tjcnadi.
Mar. t8ena3ar-ma8r, m. a helper, Stj. 157, Bs. i. 340.
tsepi-djarfr, adj. timid. Fas. ii. 297.
taepi-liga, adv. sparingly, scantily; launa e-t t.. Fas. iii. 8; ganga t.
fram, 437 : scarcely, J)a8 er t. sva mikit, Dan. knapt.
taepiligr, adj. scant, scarce; hit tsepiligasta, Mag. 160.
taepi-tunga, u, f. a 'tip-tongue,' lisping accent; gora s«Sr tzpitungu,
to lisp, as in saying ' telpa ' for ' stelpa.*
teepr, adj. scant, too short, too narrow, or the like; Kalfr g(5kk J)a
heldr taepara, stopped more cautiously, Fb. ii. 360 ; ony t er idran taep . . .
ef J)u i gordum glaep girnist a3 liggja. Pass. 8. 25 ; tok hann henni txpt
i mitt laer. Fas. ii. 234; spj6tin toku tsept til hins, the spears scarcely
reached him, Sturl. ii. 251 : a path in the side of a mountain is said to be
taep : |)a3 er t. J)ri8jungr.
taepta, t, [taepr], to tap, touch lightly, just reach with the point; taepti
eg minum triiar-staf 4 tr68 sem drypr hunang af, Pass. 3a. ai ; txpta &
e-u, to utter faintly.
taera, 3, [Dan. tcere; Germ, zehren], to consume, spend; t>u txrir lit
tveini hondum, Fms. xi. 423 ; t. penninga, Bs. i. 699 : to entertain, kon-
ungr tok Sturlu vel ok txrbi honum vel ok sxmiliga, Sturl. iii. 307.
taeri, n. in the phrase, komast i txri vi3 e-n, to come to btive dealings
with a person.
tseri-litr, adj. cleanly, nice, esp. as to eating.
tseri-laeti, n. cleanliness, nicety.
tseri-penningr, m. pocket-money, D. N.
tserr, ^id]. pure, limpid, of water; txrt vatn, txr vatns-lind, Ixkr bI4r
og txr, freq. in mod. usage, but not recorded in old writers ; see tar.
tseta (i. e. tceta), t, [akin to to and txja, or is it to be written txta,
from tata?]:— /o tear, of wool, to teaze or pick the wool; t. sundr,
to tear to shreds, the word occurs in Edda (in a verse), and is freq.
in mod. usage.
tseta, u, f. and tsetingr, m. shreds.
tfiSu-, see ta8a.
648
TOF— UM.
t6f, f., gen. tafar, [tefja], a delay, hindrance; mikil tof; vera e-m til'
tafar, to be a hindrance to one. tafar-laust, n. adj. without delay.
t6fl, f. [tafl], a tablet, a piece in a game, Fms. vi. 29, Fas. i. 285.
t6fr, tofra, tSfrar, see taufr.
tefring, f. a delay, D.N. v. 622.
tdggla, a8, to tug; er toggla5 hefir eyrendin fram, Skalda H. 7- 63."
tiigglast a e-u, to harp on the same thing.
t6gr, m. ten, = tigT, q. v.
tOku-, see taka.
t6k-visi, f. rapacity : t6k-viss, adj. rapacious, Horn. 19, MS. 645. 83.
tSlta, a5, [A. S. tealtjan; Engl, tilt], to 'tilt,' amble; hence also t61t,
n. an ambling pace ; hof-tolt, 'hoof-tilt.'
tolu-, see tala.
teiugr, adj. ivell-spohen. Fas. iii. 269.
t61-visi, f. sMll in numbers, arithmetic, Edda lio, Clem. 33.
tol-viss, adj. skilled in arithmetic, Clem. 33 ; as a nickname, Bjarni
inn tolvisi, of a learned Icel. of the 12th century, Rb.
T6NG, f., gen. tangar, pi. tangir and tengr; the gen. tangu, J)d., refers
to a form tanga, u, f., dat. tongu, Sturl. i. 121 (vellum), but else tong ;
[A. S. tanga; Engl, tongs; Germ, zange ; Dan. tang; cp. tangi] : — a
smith's tongs; tangir ok tol, Vsp. ; dregit a me5 rau9um steini hamarr ok
tong, fyrir \>\i at smi8r var fa8ir hans, {>i8r. 98 ; hamar, tong ok ste6ja,
Edda 9 ; tok Geirro3r meS tong jarnsiu gloandi, 61 ; sker5u til jarnsins
sva at vel megi na me8 tonginni, . . . si8an tok |)orm68r tongina ok
kip8i braut orinni, O. H. 223; drogu tveir karlar beinit med tongu,
Sturl. i. 121 (tong, Bs. i. 425, I.e.); eigi J)ykkjumk ek slikar tengr se8
hafa, such tiny tongs, i.e. limbs so poorly knit, Grett. 119; kalla ma
hondina tong axla, Edda ; tangar-arnir, the tongs-fork, J)i8r. 96 ; spenni-t.,
klypi-t., ' cltp-tongs,' pincers : in N. G. L. i. 349 for ' tong ' e6a reipi, read
'taug' e8a reipi. tangar-hald, n. a tongs-hold.
T6ITW", f., this word (like nagl, q. v.) was originally a masc. tann
or tannr, like ma6r, mannr, of which gender there are remnants in pr.
names, Hildi-tannr, gen. Hildi-tanns, Edda (in a verse) ; dat. Hildi-tanni,
see hildr B ; it then became fem. tijnn, gen. tannar, dat. ace. tijnn, gen. pi.
tanna, dat. tonnum ; nom. pi. tenn (as if from ma9r), skakkar tenn rhymes
with menn, SkiSa R. 5, 9 ; litlar tenn, Al. 3 ; with article, tennrnar, Fms.
xi. 139; brjota tenn 6r hof&i manns, Grag. ii. 11 ; ace. tennar, Bs. i.
641, i. 21 (perh. an error); old poet. pi. tehr rhyming with vedr. Lex.
Poet.; mod. plur. is tonnur: [a word common to all Indo-Germ. lan-
guages; Goih. tunpus; A. S. /08 ; 'En^. tooth, "pX. teeth ; O. H.G. zanrf;
Germ, zahn; Dan. and Swed. tand; Lat. dent-is; Gr. 6-5ovt-os] : —
a tooth, including the sense of tusk; te8r hans, Eluc. 49; or tonnum,
Nj. 185 ; me& tonnum. Eg. 233 : phrases, glotta um tonn, or vi& tonn, to
grin scornfully, Edda 30, Nj. 182, 6. H. 1 14 ; rj66a tonn a e-m, to redden
one's teeth, taste blood, metaph. from a beast of prey ; heii ek mi nakkvat
roSit tonn a pelm er ek tok hondum Hakon jarl, (3. H. 32 : allit., tonn
ok tnnga, hafa tonn og tungu a oilu, to have tooth and tongue on
everything, of a quick-witted child learning to speak ; tungan vefst um
tonn, see tunga ; tungan leikr vi8 tanna sar, the tongue touches on the
tooth-wound, a saying, Mkv.; taBJa tanna, see tseja ; fram-tennr, the front
teeth. 2. a tusk (of the walrus), Krok. ch. 9, Bs. i. 641 ; biskups-staf af
tonn gorvan . . . grata tonn, to carve, Bs. i. 143, cp. Ski6a R. 199 : a thing
worked in walrus-tusk, M4riu-skript me& tonn . . ., hiislker me8 tonn,
Vm. 22, 54 ; bu6kr me8 tonn, B. K. 84 : in Icel. an ivory box, scent-box,
snuff-box, or the like, is called tonn. 3. metaph. the tooth or iron
of a plane, hefil-tonn : poet., lagar-tonn, ' sea-tooth' = a stone ; foldar tiJnn,
' earth-tooth,' id.. Lex. Poet, : the golden teeth of Heimdal, the Lucifer
of the Northern mythology, represent the rays of the dawn. 4. hildi-
tonn, a dog-tooth, usually called vig-tonn ; skogul-tonn or skael-tonn, a
tusk; cp. tann-. com?ds : t&n-n.&-f&r, n. tooth-tnarks. tanna-
gangr, m. a tearing vnth the teeth, of beasts, Fas. iii. 378. tanna-
gnastran, f. a gnashing of teeth, Fms. iii. 168; so also, tanna-gnistran,
f., N. T. (gnista tonnum).
tSnnla, a6, to attack with the teeth, backbite, guarrel; . . . ^er tonnli3 ok
upp eti6 hverr annan innbyrSis, Gal. v. 15 ; tonnlast og tyggjast, to quarrel.
tdpun, see tapan.
tSrgu.-, see targa.
tostugr, adj. harsh.
tStrug-liypja, u, f. a tattered frock, Rm., Hkv. Hjorv.
tStrugr, adj. tattered, torn. Fas. i. 30, Horn. (St.)
TOTtTKB, m., dat. tiitri, pi. tiitrar ; or better t6ttuiT with tt, and so
tottrar, Barl. 60, 1. 5 ; tottrug, Hkv. i. 43 (Bugge) ; hvatt and t'ottrz make
a rhyme, Fms. vii. 153; [Engl, tatters]: — tatters, ragi; margir totrar
saman vafSir, Faer. 187; vefju sauma3a saman af morgum totrum, Fbr.
92 new Ed.; slitnum totri, Bs. i. 381; svartr fats-tiiturr, 506; undan
totrum hans, {)vi hann var ilia klseddr. Fas. i. 230; var J)ar ekki i nema
totrar ok J)at er iingu var nytt, Fms. vi. 379, vii. 153 (in a verse). 2.
hence mod. tetr, n. in speaking to one, poor! poor thing 1 so and
so ; tetriS, tetrid aS tarna ! compds : tStra-baggi, a, m. a rag-
bag, Faer. 186, Fms. ii. 59. t6ttra-bassi, a, m. a ragamuffin,
Gliim. 328.
TJ (vi), the twentieth letter, was represented in the Runic alphabet, be
on the stone in Tune and in the later Runes, by P\, and was called 1
Skalda 176, — lir er af eldu jarni, the Runic poem; ji is sounded like
in Fr. feu, 0 in Germ, horen; u like 00 in Engl. root. In mod. Engl, t
Icel. u is represented by ou, ow, e. g. Icel. lit, hiis, biir, = Engl. out, ban
bower, such words being in Early Engl, written ut, hus, etc.; they s'
retain their Scandinavian pronunciation in North England. For t
changes between o and u and d and « see the introduction to the let'
O, p. 462. As with 0, so with u, the words with initial v have, in t
Scandinavian languages, dropped that letter, e.g. una = wone; undr
wonder; -and = wound; u\\=wool; nUr = wolf,
^ I
TTbbi, a, m. [A.S. Uffa], a pr. name and a nickname, Skjold. S., Ski I
R.; Uifr er ubbi var kallaSr, Fms. xi. 212.
U3r, f. a pr. name, = Unnr: as masc. U8r, a son of the Night, Edda
UGG-A, pres. uggi ; pret. uggSi ; subj. j'ggSi; imperat. uggi ; pa
uggat : — to fear, suspect, apprehend; ugga e-n, uggi eigi Jjii {fear th
not) Isungs-bana, Hkv. i. 20; eigi uggi ek brasdr J)ina, Fas. i. 2S
kann vera at J)eir uggi oss, Rd. 226; ef ma3r uggir eigi andvitni mot, G
475 • ugg^ s'^-r e-t, to apprehend ; ef hann yggSi s6r aljot e5r fjorran, Gr;
i. 493 ; J)eir ugg5u alls ekki at ser, to apprehend no danger, he off on
guard, Nj. 252, Fms. i. 117, Ld. 262 ; er J)at ugganda (gerund.), it is
be feared, Fms. ii. 286, xi. 98; Jpeim er ugganda (hugganda Cod.), at,
' metuendum est, tte,' Hom. 13 : with infin., ugga, at viSinn mundi skor
Fms. vii. 97. 2. impers., mik uggir, at..., it fears me, I fear that .
Isl. ii. 146 ; hitt mik uggir hann komi eigi aptr heill, Ski3a R.
uggi, a, m. a fin of a tish ; eyr-uggi, a fore Jin; bak-uggi, a hackji
the word seems, strange to say, not to occur in old writers ; cp. the i
lowing word.
uggi3r or ugga3r, part, 'finned,' provided ivith fins ; hjalt-u. (q. v.)
ugg-lauss, zA). fearless, unconcerned, without apprehension. Harms. .5
neut. ugglaust, as adv. no doubt, undoubtedly, forsooth, Rekst. 6, and fr
in mod. usage.
ugg-ligr, adj. [hence Engl, ugly (?)], to be feared; e-t J)ykkir uggli
Fms. iii. 129, Greg. 25, Eb. (in a verse); J)at Jiykki mer uggligt^at
J)urfa skamma hri3 ra3 at gora fyrir jarli Jiessum, Orkn. 418: in Fs.
read li-glikt.
uggr, m. fear, apprehension; mer er uggr a, at..., Fms. i. 2'
hraezlu-uggr. Mar. ; g6r5isk monnum mikill uggr a um sam^yl
konunganna, Fms. vi. 221, x. 410; ala ugg of e-t, Edda (in a ver^
ra3a af hendi mer penna ugg, Fms. i. 84 : allit., me6 ugg ok otta, I'l
ii. 12. 2. = Yggr, a name of Odin, Edda.
-uggr, adj., in 6r-uggr, q. v.
ugg-viss, adj. = uggligr, Fser. 116.
UG-LA, u, f. [A.S. ide ; Engl, owl; Germ, eule ; Dan. ugle ; I.
ulula]: — an owl, Al. 169; natt-ugla. II. metaph. a ho'
formed clothes-peg is called ugla, from the resemblance to an ow
beak. 2. a part of a ship, a tally (?).
irLIi, f., dat. ullu ; [Goth, wulla ; A.S. wull; En g]. wool ; O.H.
wolla ; Germ, wolle ; Dan.-Swed. uld or ull ; cp. Lat. vellus] : — wo
Fms. V. 314, Fs. 44; sau6a-ullar, Grag. i. 505; i ullu e3a gaerr,
K. |>. K. 148 ; fe gilt ok i ullu, Grag. i. 503 ; ullar-tiund, H.E. i. 39
ser ok af ullin, Sturl. i. 159 ; hvit, svcirt, m6rau9, mislit ull ; haust-ii
greiSa, taegja, kemba, spinna ull. 2. with gen. woollen; ul!
skyrta, ullar-sokkar, uUar-peysa, etc. compds : ullar-hnoSri, ullc
lag3r, m. a flock or lock of wool, Grett. 127, Edda 74. ullar-rey
n. a fleece, Ver. 25, Grag. ii. 401.
uU-band, n. woollen yarn. Fas. iii. 240.
ull-g63r or ullar-g63r, adj. of good wool or well-fleeced.
uU-hvitr, adj. white as wool, Fms. x. 321.
uU-hottr, m. wool-hood, a nickname, Vapn.
ullir, m. a tree, = yllir, Edda (Gl.)
ull-kambr (uUar-kambr), m. a wool-comb, Fas. iii. 471, Grett. (
Bias. 44.
uU-latipr, m. a wool-chest, Orkn. 28.
Ullr and Ulli, m. [akin to Goth, wulpus == glory], the name of one
the gods, the step-son of Thor, Edda, Gm. 2. Ulli, a dimin.
Erlendr, Hkr. i, see Gramm.
ull-serkr, m. a nickname, Fms. x.
vill-strengr, m. a nickname, Fms. vii.
ull-J)el, n. soft wool (see J)el), Pm. 61.
UM, umb, of, prep, (sounded umm) ; umb is used in the oKi
vellums (the Eluc, Greg., Miracle-book, Jb.), and occurs now and thui
later vellums (e. g. Orkn. 218, Fms. x. 378, xi. 63, 64), perh. from be;
(la transcript of an old vellum; in rhymes, umb, Uumbu, Fms. viii. (i"
I
UM.
G49
of A. D. 1184); for of see 'of at p. 462, col. 2: [k.S.ymbe;
;\. tim; um and yfir (q. v.) are identical.]
ITH ACC.
A.. Around; silki-hla5 iim hofu6, Ld. 188 ; um hiifuft hcnni, 36;
um sik belli, Nj. 91, 184; um herOar s(Sr, Ld. 56; leggja linda
...J kistu, leggja lindann umb enu vanheila mann, Bs. i. 337 ; gyr5a
m sik, Sks. ; bera strengi um asenda . . . festa endana um steina, Nj. 1 15 ;
efjask um fotimi, Fms. iv. 335; upp um herdarnar, Eg, 580; giira
^ of engi, Grag. ii. 288; lykja um akra ok eng, Eg. 529; skjota um
. skjaldborg, Nj. 274; sla bring um c-n, 275, Eg. 88; fara i bring
skipit, Ld. 56; taka um bond e-m, O.H. 176; {jar var poki um
•,111, Ld. i88; bonum vefsk tunga um b6fu6, Nj. 160; vefsk tunga um
:! (see tonn) . . . strjuka diiki um augu, Fms. v. 326, Fs. 1I4 (in a
.■); sjo, er fellr um beim allan, Rom. 193: A3ils jarl fell ok mart
la um bann, Eg. 297; tjalda um skip sin, Fms. xi.63; bafa um sik
ut oneself) fjolmenni, Eg. 12, 38; selit var gort um einn as, Ld.
II. about, all over, denoting tbe surface ; manna-ferS um
Mt, Ld. 257; fylgja {leim um einn skog, Karl. 348; hann hafdi
r5 su5r um Nesin, Isl. ii. 207; berja um Skotland, Irland, Fms.
; ; neefrum var {)akt um raefrit, Eg. 90 ; dasma for limogum um
|)ing, Grag. i. 127; flyja hingaft ok {)angat um eyjarnar, Fms.
(3 ; um allar sveitir, all over tbe country, Boll. 362 ; kunnigt er mer
lit fsland, Nj. 32; of allan Noreg, Fms. x. 118; um alia Svi{)j6S,
1,17; um allt riki sitt. Eg. 278; sitja um mitt landit, about tbe
itid, Fms. i. 26; um midjan skoginn er smavifti. Eg. 580; sja um
. vcrold, O. H. 202 ; kominn um langan veg, come a long way off,
v.. 366, Skv. 8; of lopt ok um log, Hkv. i. 21 ; fatt kom um lengra,
ir!her off, Fb. ii. 303 ; harit fell um hana alia, Landn. 151, Fas. i. 244;
iirit hekk ofan um bringu, Fas. ii. 518 : mikill um berOar, large about
'e shoulders, broad-shouldered, Nj. 200 ; {)ykkr um b6ga, {)eim manni er
eit a of gardinn, Grag. ii. 286 ; skalat hann verja um b6sta3 bans, 222 ;
vc5ja um J)ann vetvang, 106 ; kveSja biia beiman um {jann sta3, i.
;,o, 355 : liggja um strengi, Ld. 76 ; or liggja um akkeri, to ride at
'"or, Eg. 261, 374, Fms. ii. 5, ix. 45, x. 351. 2. of proportion ;
ir voru um einn, too many against one, Ld. 156 ; par voru fjorir of
{/our to one) mot Hakoni, Fms. x. 382 ; eigi minni Ii6s-munr, en
:iiundi vera um Hakonar mann einn, i. 43 ; um einn best voru tveir
.1 nil, two men to each horse, vii. 295 ; sex menn se um said, Grag. ii.
02 : Hrafn var mjok einn um sitt, kept for himself, Fs. 29; malit befi
,< mitt of leiti? Gs. 16. III. off, past, beyond (cp. yfir), witb
erbs denoting motion ; fara . . . su6r um StaS, Eg. 12 ; nor8r um Stad,
ms. vii. 7; sigla vestr um Bretland, Nj. 281 ; er \>dT komu fram um
iarkey, O. H. 137 ; nor6r um Ja5ar, 182 ; austan um Foldina, Eg. 8i ;
: um Eldey, Eb. 108 ; austr um biiSina, Nj. 231 ; riSa um {)a ^t]& baei,
irag. i. 432 ; bann hljop um J)a, ok i fjall upp, /lasseof them by, Landn.
n ; sigla sva um oss fram, Orkn. 402 ; leggja um skut jpessu skipi, to pass
y this ship, Fms. x. 346 ; leita langt um skamt fram, Nj. 207 (cp. Lat.
uod pefis hie est); va5a j6r& upp um kiauflr, Ld. 336; fram um stafn,
'andn. 29 ; aptr um stafn, Fms. x. 266 ; bonum var ubaegt at boggva
m brikina, Sturl. iii. 219; ri6a um tiin, to pass by a place, Isl. ii. 252 ;
L5an um sa81andit, Nj. 82; fara of engi manns, Grag. ii. 277; fara
in gob b^ru6, Landn. 37; ganga upp um bryggjuna, Eg. 195; ganga
m strsEti, by the road, Korm. 228 ; roa lit um sund. Eg. 385 ; kominn
p langan veg, 410 ; {jeim dropum er renna um {)ekjuna, Fms. i.
p3. 2. over, across, along ; sa er annan dregr um eldinn, Fms. i.
!^5 ; skyldi ganga um golf at minnum ollum, to cross the flood. Eg.
, ; but also to walk up and down tbe floor, 247; bera 61 um eld, to
:>■ the ale across the fire, Fms. vi. 442 ; sla um J)vert skipit, Nj. 44;
igla vestr um baf, Fms. i. 22 ; ri5a vestr um ar, austr um ar, Nj. 10,
\); su6r um sae, Eg. 288; flytja e-n um baf, Nj. 128; austan um
' •!, 6. H. ; sunnan um fjall, Fms. x. 3; sudr um fjall. Eg. 476; um
a stofu, Fms. vi. 440; um J)vera bu8, Grag. i. 24; um {)vert nesit,
. xi. 65 ; um 6x1, round or across the shoulder, Ld. 276; um knd
■ icross the knee. Eg. 304: tbe phrase, mer er e-8 um bond, difficult
lay hand on, hard, not easy; and again, hxgt um h6nd, giving little
rouble, easy to lay hand on ; ykkr er {)at hjegst um bond, easiest for
mi, Nj. 25; Jjegar eg vii er haegt um bond, beima a Froni at vera,
•11.; kastaSi (tbe mail) um s65ul sinn, across the saddle, Grett.
A. IV. witb adverbs denoting direction, upp um, lit um, niSr
, ofan um, inn um, fram um, witb ace. or cllipt. ; s«r fell ut ok inn
Kikkvann, Edda 36; loginn stoS inn um raefrit, Eg. 239; bann var
iiinn upp um sky, Fms. i. 137 ; ut um bringuna, Ld. 150 ; bann g6kk
if Mi5gar&, Edda 35 ; ganga tit um dyrr. Eg. 420 ; fara lit um glugg,
. ix. 3; lit um glugginn, Ld. 278; lata ser um munn fara, to pass
if the mouth, H^v. 51 ; ferr oxh er um munn li6r, Sturl. i. 207.
B. Temp, during, in tbe course of, cp. Engl, that spring, that sum-
,er; um messuna, Fms. x. 109; um t'"g't> ^g. 765; "ni sex ar,
j. ; um vetrinn. Eg. 168 ; of sumarit, Fms. x. 93 ; um sumarit, Nj. 4 :
b varit. Eg. 42 ; um nott, Grag. i. I15 ; ^^i var um nott, by night,
d. 152; bann matti eigi sofa um nxtr, Nj. 210; sofa um nottina, 7
one day, QrAg. i. 89 ; um daginn, for the rul 0/ lb* day, Ld. 42 ; um
morna, Landn. (in a verse), 0. H. 44 ; um n«tr icm um daga, by night
as well as day, Sks. 20 new Ed. ; um allar aldir, Edda ; um alia daga, all
day long, Skm. 4; um alia sina daga, ali bit days, Hom, 114: allt um
bans *fi. Eg. 268 ; um aldr, for ever, passim ; um tima, for a vibile.
Mar. ; um hrid, um stund, for a wbili, sec stund, hrifi ; um . . . sakar,
a while, see s6k (A. \\\. 3); um samt, altogether, Sks. I13 B. 2.
above, beyond; stands um v4rt>ing, Griig. i. 103 ; un) hAlfan munud, Fmi.
ix. 526, v. 1. ; um viku, above a week. 3. at a point of tim*, at;
bann kom at hollinni um drykkju, Nj. 269 ; of matnwl, at meal lime,
Gr4g. i. 361 ; um dagmdl, um n4ttm41, einnhvem dag um |>ingit, Ld,
290 ; eitt hvert sinn um haustift, Nj. 26 ; \>»t rar of var, Fm». x. 389 ;
um varit urftu mikil tiftcndi, 2 ; {)cir hofftu vcrit & sundi um daginn, Ld.
130; opt um daga, Edda 39; um daginn, the other day: um J)at,
when; um {)at er prit vctr eru liSnir, Ld. I46; um \>»t \>e%ui cru bzttir.
Eg. 426 ; um {jat lykr, when the end is there, in tbe end. Fas. ii. 361 ; ef
ck kom eigi aptr um J)at, then, at that lime, Fms. ii. 58 ; um |)at er T<5r
erum allir at velli lagftir, Eg. 436; um sinn, once, see sinni B, p. 530;
um siOir, at last, see sift (II); um \t\b, at tbe same time ; h6r um bil,
about so and so ; um allt, of allt, always ; Kristinn dom m4 um allt
saekja, at all times, N. G. L. ii. 154 ; nokknim sinnum, ok hefir mir
ofallt illt J)6tt, Fms. v. 205 (see dvallt, p. 47, col. 3).
C. Metaph. usages, of, about, in regard to a thing, Lat. de; halda
v6r8 A um e-t. Eg. ch. 27 ; annask um e-t, to attend to, Nj. 75, Gliim. 342,
Kormak ; gefa gaum at um e-t, to give heed to, 0. H. 2t5 ; bera um t-t,
daema um e-t, to bear witness, judge about, Nj. 100 ; tala um c-t, to speak
of, 40; {jraeta um e-t, to quarrel about; spyrja um c-t, to speer or ask
about, no ; gora, yrkja um e-n, Fms. x. 378 ; halda njosn um c-t. Eg. 73 ;
nefna, btia um mal, Nj. 86; um alia ra&a-g6rft, lol ; stefna e-ni um
e-t, Grag. i. 175, 313, Nj. 87 ; vera til eptir-miils um c-t, passim ; fraek-
inn um allt, in everything, 89 ; bera ga;fu til um e-t. Eg. 76 ; kappsamr
of allt, Jjcir hyggja J)at log um Jjat mal, Grag. i. 9 ; eitt xkb myndi
honum um J)at synask, Nj. 79 ; kunna hof at um dgimi sina, <3. H. 131 ;
J)at er um {)at (itan, er . . ., N. G. L. i. 19 ; {)au tiSendi er gorzk hofSu
um ferSir Egils ok storvirki. Eg. 686 ; stor ufarar gorask of menn
{)essa, Fms. xi. 151 ; aumligt er um e-t, Hom. 159 (Ed.); seinkaflisk of
svorin, 623. 16; mikit er um fyrirburdi slika, Nj. 119; \>k var hvild 4
um bardagann, 248 ; hann telzk undan um forina, Fms. xi. 69 ; ruftning
um kviSinn, Nj.; misfangi um mark, a mistake as to a mark, Grag.;
binda um heilt, to bind up a sound limb, Ld. 206 ; groa um hcilt, to become
sound, be healed, Fms. xi. 87, Al. 120; ganga um beina, to attend; ieita
e-s i um mein bennar. Eg. 565 ; veita tilkall um arf. Eg. ; leita um saettir,
gri8, Nj. 92; selja laun um li&veizlu, 314: in inscriptions of chapters,
um so and so, = Lat. de; um vidrtal Njals ok Skarpb^flins, um misfanga
ok um mark, um bxjar bruna, Nj., Grag., Fms.; gora mikit um sik, to make
a great fuss, Fb. i. 545 ; gorfti mikit um sik ok var sjalfhaelinn, Grett.
133 A : vera vel um sik {of good quality) ok vinszll, Fms. xi. 118; mey
er ok vissa vaensta ok bezt um sik, 104; at hon vaeri i engum hlut verri
um sik, Hkr. ii. 129 ; svi8r um sik, wise of oneself, Hm. 102 ; auga bl4tt
ok snart ok vel um sik, Mag. 7 ; hvarr um sik, each for himself, one by one,
Dipl. ii. 1 1 ; v6t staftfestum Jjessa articulos hvcrn um sik ok sir hverja,
13; {)ykki mer })at undarligt um sva vitran mann, of a man so wise.
Eg. 20 ; var mart vel um hann, be bad many good qualities, Rb. 364 ;
{)at matti vera um roskvan mann, Fms. vii. 327. 2. ganga um syslur
manna, to go about or upon men's business, as an overseer. Eg. 2 ; ganga
um beina, to attend, see beini. 3. e-m er mikit (ekki) um e-t, to like,-
dislike; Guftriinu var litid um |)at . . . litiS fetla ek {)eim um \>»t braeSrum,
at . . ., Ld. 246, 264, Fms. ii. 81 ; var honum ekki um Norflmenn, Hkr.
i. 128 ; J>6r8i kva5sk ekki vera um manna-setur, Ld. 42 ; er J)er nokkut
um {bast thou any objection ?), at ver rannsakim {)ik ok biis pin, Gisl. 53 ;
s4 er monnum vaeri meira um, whom people liked more, Fms. ix. 36 ; ef
{)er er mikit um ra8a-hug vi6 mik, if thou art much bent on it, xi.
4. 4. biia um eitt lyndi, to be of one mind, Jb. 396; biia um
naegtir, grun, skoll, biia um heilt, see biia (A. II) ; biia um hvilu, to
make a bed; biia um okkr, Nj. 201 (see bua B. I. 2. 7) ; setjask nm
kyrt, to settle oneself to rest, take rest. Fas. ii. 530; or sitja um
kyrt. II. because of, for, Lat. ob; ofunda e-n um e-t (invidere
a-i a-d), Nj. 16S ; rei8ask um e-t, um hvat reiddusk gofiin \>k, Bs. i. 22 ;
telja 4 e-n of e-t, to blame one for a thing, Nj. 52 ; berja e-n illyrftum
um slikt, 64 ; lagu margir a halsi honum J)at, Fms. xi. 336 ; ty'na aldri
um ora s6k, Skv. 3. 49; verda litlagr um e-t, /o be fined for a trans-
gression, Grag. i. 16; dsemdr {j6rbaugs-ma8r um spcllvirki, 129; maftr
vegr mann um konu, if a man slays a person for [violating] bis wife,
61 ; um sakleysi, without cause, Nj. 106, 270, Bs. i. 19. III.
beyond, above; fimm bundru8 golfa ok um (/)/ms) fjorum togum, Gm.
24; kistan var eigi um vxttar h6fga, Bs. i. 712; margir fengu eigi
blaupit um rost, Karl. 351 ; liti8 um tuttugu menn, Sturl. i. 183 ; hann
var ekki um tvitugan, Rom. 327; hafa vetr um Jjritugt, to be one
beyond thirty, i.e. thirty-one, Sturl. i. 183: freq. in mod. usage, hafa
tvo um J)ritugt (thirty-two), atta um fertugt (forty-eight), tvo um
ra{)ar'um nottina, 252; lengra enn fara megium dag, ««/iecof/rseq/^ fimtugt (fif'y-f^°)' «'"" ""^ ^"^*" (eighty-one); sa dagr, scm um
650
UM— UMHVARF.
vikur fullar er i arinu, Rb. 128: at y5r verSi J)at ekki um afl, beyond
your strength, more than one can do. Band. 21 new Ed. ; um niegn, id.,
Fms. viii. 62 ; J)etta mal er nokkut J)er um megn, vi. 18 ; kasta steini
um megn s^r, to overstrain oneself: um of, excessive; J)6tti morgum
^etta um of, Vigl. 18: um fram (q.v.), beyond; um alia menn fram,
above all men, Ld. 20, Fms. v. 343 ; um alia hluti fram, above all
things ; um J)at fram sem ykkr var lofat, Sks. : um hug ; vera e-t um
hug, to have no mind for, dislike; ef J)er er nokkut um hug a kaupum
vi5 OSS, Nj. 24. IV. turned over, in exchange; skipta um,
snua um, venda um, see skipta III and sniia A. III. V. over,
across ; detta, falla um e-t, to stumble over ; hverr fell um annan, of heaps
of slain. Eg. 24 ; fell boandinn um hann, Nj. 96 ; detta um stein, {jiifu, to
stumble over a stone, mound ; glotta um tonn, see tonn. VI. by;
draugrinn hafSi J)okat at |jorsteini um ^rjar setur, by three seats, Fb. i.
417; hefja upp of fa6m saman, by a fathom, Grag. ii. 336; minka um
helming, to decrease by one half; hverr um sik, each by himself, Rett.
114. VII. about; eiga e-t um at vera, to be troubled about a
thing; Jjcir sog6u honum hvat um var at vera, ivhat it was about,
Hrafn. 18 ; sem engi otti vaeri um at vera, no danger, Fms. iv. 57 ; eiga
ekki um at vera, iii. 156; or, eiga um ekki at vera, Gisl. 30; eiga
vandrae&i, fjolskyldi um at vera, Fms. vi. 378, xi. 78 ; hann segir honum
um hvat vera er, what was the matter ? Gisl. 36 ; {)ann sag6i J)vilikt er
hann haf6i um at vera, Krok. ; var fatt um me9 J)eim, they were on cold
terms, Nj. 2 ; var J)a ekki litiS um, there was no little fuss about
it, BarS. 174; mikit er um J)a ma&rinn byr, mart hefir hann a5 hugsa,
a ditty. VIII. ellipt., til marks um, Nj. 56 ; J)ykkir honum
vankask um, Fms. xi. 135; {)ann mala-buna6 at hann verSr sekr um,
Nj. 88 ; ef satt skal um tala, 105 ; mer hefir tvennt um synzk, 3 ;
menn raeddu um at vant vaeri skip bans, 282 ; her ma ek vel svara J)er
um, 33; hann bra diiki um, Fms. x. 382; enda er J)a djcifullinn um
{about, lurking) at svikja fiann mann, Hom. 159; J>annig sem atburdr
hefir or8it um, as things have turned out, Fms. xi. 64 ; ekki er vi6
menn um at eiga, this is no dealing with men (but with trolls or devils),
Nj. 97. IX. with adverbs ; i bring titan um, all round, Eg.
486; gekk um veSrit, veered round, changed, Bs. i. 775 ; ri6a um, to
ride by. Eg. 748 ; sigla um, to sail by, Fms. x. 23 ; er konungr faeri
nor6an ok su6r um, Eg. 53 ; langt um, far beyond, quite ; flj6ti8 var
langt um lifsert, quite iinpassable, Nj. 63, 144 ; {)essi ve9r eru langt um
lifaer, Grett. 181 new Ed.; cp. mod. J)a& er langt um betra, by far
better; kring-um, all around, see A. V. 2. um lidinn, passed by, of
time ; a {jeirri viku er um var liftin, in the past week, Isl. ii. 332.
WITH DAT.
A. Local, over, Lat. super; but almost entirely confined to poets,
sitja um matbordi (of Hkr. iii. I09)=sitja yfir matbor&i, Fms. viii. 51 ;
um ver5i, over the table, Hm. 30; sitja of ( = yfir) skor6um hlut, 6. H.
150; sa er tva hiiskarla a, ok um sjalfum ser, two house-carles besides
himself, Grag. (Kb.) i. 10; um alda sonum, Fm. 16; er ek hafdak veldi
of herudum {)essum, Clem. 35 ; har songr of svirum, Hornklofi ; nema
J)er syngi um h6f6i, Hkv. 2 ; sitja um sinum ver, Vsp. ; er ek sat soltin
um Sigur6i, Gkv. 2. II ; opin-spjallr um e-u, . . . Jiagmaelskr um J)j661ygi
(dat.). Ad. I ; um styrkum aettar stu91i, 12 ; aegis-hjalm bar ek um alda
sonum, meSan ek um menjum lak, Fm. 16; gol um hanum, Vsp. ; lilfr
J)aut um hraefi, O. H. (in a verse) ; see ' of,' prep., p. 462, col. 2, and yfir.
B. Of time, by ; um dogum, by day, Fms. vi. 98, ix. 48 ; um nottum,
by night, vii. 166; um haustum, in the autumn, Eb. 216; bae&i um
haustum ok varum, both in autumn and spring, Sks. 235 B ; um sumrum,
Fms. vi. 255 ; um sumrum herju5u J)eir i Noreg, Eb. 3 ; Jjakt me8 isum
um vetrum ok sumrum, both winter and summer, Sks. 181 B; opt um
vetrum, Eg. 4 ; peir liggja uti hvert sumar, en um vetrum eru ^e\x
heima, Fms. xi. 97. This use with dat. is obsolete in mod. prose.
um, an enclytic particle, see 'of,' p. 462, col. 2.
um, adv. too; see ' of,' p. 462, col. 2, and p. 463, col. i.
um-annan, f. care about a thing, a looking after it, Lv. 74.
Timb, see um.
um-band, n. a bandage, Korm. 90, (3. H. 219.
um.-bergis, adv. = umhverfis.
um-beygiligr, ad], flexible, Skalda.
um-bo3, n. a charge, commission, administration by a delegacy ; hafa
u. af eigandi, Grag. ii. 374; taka u. konungs, Fms. ix. 458; fa e-m u.
sitt, Eg. 590, (5. H. 105 ; gora e-t at umbo5i e-s, Ver. 31 ; stjorn ok u.
af bans hendi, Eg. 18, Sd. 184 (of a minor's property). 2. a steward-
ship; i Flj6ta-umbo5i hundrad kiigilda, Dipl. iii. 4; esp. in mod. times,
when a king's domains were divided into such ' umbo5.' umboSa-
madr, m. a trusty manager, K. A. 206, Fms. ix. 243 : a commissary,
konungs u., vi. 33 ; biskups u., H. E. ii. 49 ; tva umbo5smenn {steiuards)
munklifisins, Fms. iii. 61 : in mod. usage a manager of the king's domains.
umb-ogr, m. [hugr], care, concern, Hom. (St.)
um-bot, f., esp. in plur. repairs, GJ)1. 416; J)urfa umbota, Bs. i.
693 : a mending, bettering, Fms. iv. 262, vi. 2c8, Sturl. iii. 3 C, G]>\. iv.
(pref , where it means an emendation). umbotar-maSr, m. one who
mends matters, Sturl. iii. 3, Fms. x. no, Bs. i. 651.
I
um-breyting, f. a change. Fas. i. 81, freq. in mod. usage.
um-brot, n. pi. a violent struggle, convidsion (brjotask um), Fim,
342, Fbr. 173: of physical changes, Sks. I48; sa ek J)ar bu&ar-to-j ■
niargar ok umbrot mikil, / saw a great levelling, i. e. all turned vpn
down, Nj. 162.
um-buna, a5, and um-bun, f. a reward; see ombuna.
um-burdr, m., in umburSar-lyndi, n. forbearance.
um-bu5, f. [bua um], an apparatus, equipment, furniture, Fms. x. 37
Fas. iii. 30 ; J)a ver8r u-heilog sxi umbud, Grag. ii. 350 : a preparatio
crrangeme/tt, J)eir toku strengina ok veittu {jessa umbud alia, Nj. ii-
taka {)eir fiessa u. sem Palnatoki gaf ra& til, Fms. xi. 66 ; konungr 1
J)a veita u. nokkura, v. 167. 2. mod., esp. in plur., ivrappe
bandage, cover, Lat. involucrum.
um-buna3r, m. = umbu6, Sks. 402, 405, Fms. vii. 147, Stj. 6y
veita sari umbiinaft, to bandage a wound. Fas. i. 222, Eg. 35 (of a de.
body) ; groptr e8a u., burial, Fms. v. 94 ; sofa i g68um umbuna6i, i. 6(
var honum veittr haegligr u. (a soft bed) ok sofnar hann bratt, Odd.;
a skipi til varnar, Sks. 397 B ; sa u., Fms. xi. 34; er J)essum umbiina
var lokit, 35 ; allan umbunad J)eirra Hakonar, vii. 256 ; sprakk lit aiu;
auga 6t umbuna6inum, out of the eye-socket. Mar. : = dyri-umbuna6r.
doorway, Stj. 415 : a case or covering, Pm. 10, see umbu3.
um-buningr, m. = umbuna5r, Rb. 378, H. E. i. 298 : a bandage, I'?.
i. 222 : trimmings, oulfittings, var henni veittr u. {she was fitted out) si
hon purfti at hafa til at fremja sei6inn, f>orf. Karl. 376; breyta umbi'i
ingi sinum, to change one's tritn, Orkn. 274.
um-bylting, f. a turning upside down.
um-bseta, t, to mend, D.N. iii. 419.
um-botun or vun-batan, f. an amendment, Bs. i. 292.
um-drfittr, m., gvzmm.^ catachresis, Skalda.
um-dyri, n. = ofdyri (q. v.), a lintel, Hom. 82.
um-dsemi, n. (umb-deemi, Fms. xi. 83, 84), an adjustment ; unna e-(
ssemda ok umdaemis, Fb. iii. 450. 2. a charge, business ; sem nefud'
eru me6 sviirnum ei6i til J)essa umdaemis (viz. to elect a king), GJ
75. 3. a jurisdiction, mod., cp. Landn. 334 (App.)
um-d6gg, f., poet., u. arins, 'hearth-dew,' i.e. smoke, Gkv. 2. 23.
um-fa3ina, ad, to embrace, mod. Dan. om-favne.
um-fang, n. a struggle, Karl. 158, Fb. i. 260, Finnb. 266, Th. 76:
bustle, u. sitt ok raup, Grett. 135 A. umfangs-mikill, adj. unru[
making a great tioise, Finnb. 222, Grett. 98 A ; u. ok garungr, 144 A.
um-far, n. one course or round of boards in a building, Boldt i6«
esp. of boards in a ship, D.N. v. 597.
um-fe3inings-gras, n., botan. the creeping vetch, Bjorn.
um.-fer3, f. a circuit, round, journey, Stj. 3: vagrancy, ekki linn
umfer6unum um Fijotsdalinn enn, Stef. (5l. ; umfer&ar-maSr, a yoMrn*;
man, GJ)1. 369; imrferSar piltr, Fas. ii. 418.
um-flotinn, part, surrounded by water.
um-fram, umb-fram, lb. 7, D. I. i. 476 : prep, and adv., with ao
beyond, above, Fms. vi. 321 ; u. a9ra menn, Bs. i. 36 ; u. alia menn, Fm ^'j
i. 81, vii. 228, Eg. 146, Band. 39 new Ed., Sks. 455, K. A. 58. S
besides, over and above; J)at sem u. gengr, the surplus, Hb. 41<
9, Eg. 59; t(')lf menn ok 16gs6gu-ma6r u., Grag. i. 4, Landn. 161, N
250, Jb. 7. 3. umfram um ; u. um klaedna6 sinn, Grag. i. 250
vera u. of a&ra menn, to excel others, Fms. x. 381 ; u. of eljun annan
manna, Hkr. iii. 349, v. 1. ; umfram of J)at es a&r es sagt, D. I. I.e. 4
adverb., ri8a umfram, to pass by, Nj. 261 ; fara u., G\A. 262 ; at hvafigi
gangi ^ar umfram, trespass beyond that, 0. H. 53.
um-ganga, u, f. a passing over, H. E. i. 459 ; umgdngu ma8r, a but
bandnian, 515.
um-gangr, m. [Dan. omgang = conversation'], a circuit, a passag
round, of a building, = skot, q.v.; i hennar (the churches) umgongOB
e8a forhusi, H. E. i. 510, Mar., D. N. v. 722. 2. management; mft
umgangi ok sattar-bo6um g66ra manna, Eb. 128 ; hlita bans forsja ol
umgangi, Grett. 98 A ; vanraekja allan umganginn {all the husbandryp]
Fms. xi. 423. umgangs-maSr, m., mikill u., a great husbandman
good manager of the household. Fas. ii. 347.
um-gengi, n. management ; me3 u. e-s, Isl. ii. 38. #!
uin-ger3 or uin-gj6r3, f. (rhymed umgerd sverdi, Hallfred), a shetf^
scabbard, Fms. i. 15, ii. 51, vii. 298, Ld. 204, N.G.L. ii. 255, Isl. ii
39. 2. = umbuna3r, Barl. 21 ; u. a hjalmi, Karl. 91.
um-geypnandi, part, [gaupn], the compasser of, Geisli.
um-gj6f, spelt umb-gj6f, f. a gift, Clem. 45.
um-groptr, m. a digging round, searching, Krok. 51 C. ^
um-gyr3a, 3, to encircle, surroimd, Sks. 628 B.
um-gSng, n. pi. a circuit. Lex. Poet.
um-hJeypingr, m. a landlo?iper, Sturl. iii. 28, v. 1. 2. of th*
weather, changeable, stormy weather ; J)a3 er umhleypinga-samt, storina
og umhleypingar.
um-borf, n. a looking rou?id, in the phrase, hversu par var umhotft
hoiu did it look, |>jal. 6.
um-bugsan, f. reflexion, Fms. i. 229.
um.-hvarf, n. a circuit, round, N. G. L. i. 36.
■wl
UMHVERFA— -UNA.
651
, n-hverfa, 9, to turn inside out.
Lim-hverfl, n. = umfar; tvau eSr {jrjii u., D.N. i. 477.
am-hverfis, conj. and adv. (umb-verfls, Plac. 49, MS. 623. 39;
mb-hverfls, Rb. 1812. 66, Grag. (Kb.) i. 21 1 ; um-vergis, Stj. 177,
32, 206 ; um-verbis. Bias. 39 ; um-bergis, a form prevalent in the
4.th century, Bs. ii. passim, Mar., Karl. 189, Fb. ii. 309, Nj. 88, 198,
1.) : — all around, with ace. ; u. hann, Fms. vii. 191 ; u. hiisin, Nj. 198 ;
' Undit, Fms. xi. 41 1, Nj. 88; kirkja ti tjold u. sik, Vm. 69; u. him-
, Rb. 132. 2. as adverb.; gekk mikill mann-fjolSi ^tlx u., Fms.
377 ; t)ar er djiipt vatn u., Grag. ii. 131 ; festir skildir u., Eg. 43 ;
,: cr hraun allt u., Nj. 264; stutt har u., Fms. viii. 29 ; allt u. i bring,
/ around, iv. 160.
lam-hverfum, adv. = umhverfis, Fms. viii. 322, 347, 377 (v. 1.), Bjam.
[2, Orkn. 428.
'm-hyggja, u, f. [Dan. otnbti], thougbtfulness, care; svipta {)ik v&rri
\ ggju ok forsjil, Bs. i. 40; meS astsemd ok fo3urligri umhyggju, Dipl.
coMPDs : umhyggju-lauss, adj. careless, Fms. vi. 204. um-
p^ggju-litill, adj. id., Pass. umhyggju-ma3r, m. an overseer, Horn.
ft.) umhyggju-samr (-semi, f.), adj. thoughtful, painstaking.
•ni, a, m. [akin to ymr, q. v.], a noise, rumour; uma J)ann er a lek,
1. 318.
ira-kaup, n. exchange, barter (Dan. bytte), Bs. i. 751,
|im-keypi, n. = umkaup, Fms. iii. 51.
im-komulauss, adj. helpless.
i-kringing, f. a surrounding ; umkringingar mal = periphrasis,
im-kringis, adv. = umhverfis, [Dan. omkring'], Symb. 58, Dipl. ii. i,
rt. 28.
im-kringja, 6, to surround, Rb. 132, Sks. 198, Fms. xi. 435.
iin-kv8e3i, n. [Dan. om-kvcede = burden of a song], a term, expression,
trding ; {)au or6 ok u., sem hann ma, frekust hafa, Isl. ii. 149.
imla, a9, to mutter, mtnnble ; hann umlaSi vi6, Fms. vi. 372.
im-lei3ing, f. a leading round, Stj. 377.
im-leitan, f. a seeking for, negociation, O. H. 58 ; hafa u. vi6 vini sina,
ns. ix. 242, 406, V. 1. ; saetta u., Orkn. 272; var um saettir leitaS . . .
ed u. margra manna. Valla L. 215 ; at {)u komir m^r i saett vi6 jarl
,e3 ^eirri u. at . . ., Fs. 9.
iim-les, n. (lesa um e-n, Hm.), Old Engl, leasing = slander . compds :
jailes-iiiaSr, m. a gossipper, slanderer, Horn. (St.) umles-samr,
ij. backbiting (spelt umlassamr), Hom. (St.)
im-lestr, m. = umles, Stj. 155, 291, Stat. 238; me5 ofund ok umlestri,
;■ '• 790-
unli, a, m. = umi ; umla-samr, 686 B. 2 ; read umles-samr, q. v.
im-li3inn, part, past, of time ; see li6a.
un-li3ning, f. a passing by, of the time, Stj. 49.
un-mal, n. = ummieli (q. v.), Sturl. iii. 295, Bjarn. 58. 2. a cir-
mference, Stj. 564.
un-merki, n. a marking out ; settar stengr til ummerkja. Eg. 275 : a
iindary, landmark, til {)eirra ummerkja, Jb. 229; Hola, me6 J)essum
kum ok ummerkjum, Dipl. ii. I, Stj. 405, 440: the phrase, sja vegs
imerki (verks of merki), Orkn. 220; vegs ummerki (verks of merki,
I.), Nj. 28, Fb. i. 209, 260.
im-merkja, t, to make a landmark, Stj. 560.
im-mseli, n. pi. utterances, a declaration, Nj, 56, Bs. i. 141, Fms. vi.
199, vii. 95; sakir ummaela konungs, id.; J)er skulut ra3a y5rum
imaelum, en ek mun J)vi ra5a hvat ek tala, Isl. ii. 167; kunnu ver
kk t)inna ummaela, 392, Finnb. 358. ummsela-laust, n. adj. blame-
,s; var6 {)at aldrei u., it was talked of, got an evil report, Sturl. i. 63.
jon-mseling, f. = ummal, a circumference, Rb. 476, Hb. 415. 18.
'.m-mfirk, n. pi. = ummerki, Bs. i. 742.
-]-rd,3, umb-rd,3, n. guidance, management; me3 umbra6i Markiiss
;;u-nianns, lb. 16 ; hann hefir umbraS um ferS {)eirra, Isl. ii. 343 ;
umraSi biskups, K. A. 214; skipa manni a pall a bak ser til umrada,
iHsultation, Grag. i. 8 ; skipa tveim monnum i Logr^ttu til umra5a
i M'r, 5 ; einn dag til umrada, Eg. 279 : fl commission, Herodes haf&i
I at umrafti Rumverja, Rb. 402.
ni-rds, f. a round, course, circuit, Sks. 42.
ni-renna, rann, to pass round, Rb. 362 : um-rennendr, part, a
■ lander, Fms. iv. 168.
n-renningr, part, used as subst. a vagrant, |j(jr8. 43 new Ed. : a
■lit, marauder, 0. H. 71, Sturl. ii. 75, Fms. viii. 329, 439.
:n-r8e3a, u, f., umb-r8e3a, Fms. v. 207, Nj. (Lat.) 314, v.l. :— a
course, talk, Nj. 112, Ld. 76, Fms. ii, 37, vi. 227 ; leggja i umraE6u, to
fuss, Orkn. 426; lyk ek her umraeSu {the discussion) raddarstafanna,
lilda. umr6e3u-ver3r, adj. worthy of remark, Sturl. i. lOi, Sks. loi.
.m.r8e3i, n. = umraa, Hom. ill, Sks. 672 B, Anecd. 74.
m-r£e3iligr, adj. worth mentioning, worthy of mention, Sks. 10 1 B,
m-sdt, f. (pi. umsetr, Str. 29), [sitja], an ambush, waylaying, Faer.
4. Fms. i. 181, vi. 152, viii. 427, x. 293, 348, Valla L. 226 (Cod. um-
T for umsatir, wrongly) : metaph., J^eir veittu opt umsatir at eyda
um fjand-monnum, Fms. viii. 436;
um-i&tr, n., mod.Mumiit.
um-seta, u, f. — ums4t, a tiegt, Vcr. 43.
\im.sitendr, part. pi. used as »ub»t. • round-iiUtrt,' neighbours ; hcimi-
menn ok umsitendr, Sturl. ii. 94.
um-sji, f. (um-8j6, Grctt. 103 A), gen. omtjft, B«. i. 131 ; later nm-
sj4r, Fb. ii. 200, I. 7 : — overugbt, cart, provition, npervition, b6rb.
13 new Ed., Fms. vi. 104; vcita e-m u., Eg. 321 ; heiu traiuti ok u.,
Nj. 260, Bs. i. 131 ; med rkbum ok umsja e-s, ¥h. ii. 133. compdi:
iimsjA-lauss, adj. unprovided for, H4v. 55. ximsji-rreinn, m. a
boy under guardianship, D.N. ii. 138.
um-8j6n, f. = umsjd,, Karl. 13, is the mod. form.
\im-BJ6r, m. the surrounding sea, the ocean, main, Pr. 409.
um-skera, skar, to circumcise, (mod.)
um-8kipti, n. a change, turn; ilh u., Fms. ii, II9; J)v( u., vi. 346;
{)4 er u. or8it me8 t>eim, Hrafn. 28: mostly in plur., skj6t u., Fms. ii,
158 ; giira u. 4 e-u, G{)l. i j ; d4samlig u., Magn. 53a ; niikkur u., Ld.
254; bor6usk J)eir iengi, sva at eigi urSu u., an indecisive battle. Nj,
122 ; {)ar til er u. yrSi mc8 J)eim, Finnb. 332, 338.
um-skiptiligr, adj. shifty, changeful. Mar., Fms. viii, 16, v.l.
vim-skipting, f. = umbreyting, Stj. 242.
um-skorning, f. = umskuni, Gcisli, Hom. (St.)
um-skur3r, m. circumcision, Symb. 22, Stj. 116.
um-skurn, f. = umskurSr.
um-skyggja, 3, to overshadow, Hom. 31.
um-skygnari, a, m. an oullooker, scout, Stj. 522.
um-skygning, f. an overlooking, inspection, D. N. ; umskygningar-
ma3r, a scout, Stj. 522, v.l.
\mi-8k^rdg, f. an explanation, H.E. i. 395.
um-slettan, f. a levelling, Stj. 142.
um-sniSning, f. circumcision, Stj. : um-snfda, sncift, to circumeiu,
Hom. (St.)
um-sniia, sneri, to turn inside out.
um-snuning, f. = Gr.-Lat. metathesis, transposition, Skalda.
um-s6kn, f. = yfirsokn, Eg. 177, v.l.
um-spillendr, part. pi. used as subst. slanderers, disparagers, Fms.
ix. 282, 449, 454 (umspilla-menn, v.l.)
um-stang, n. a bustle, trouble.
lun-stilli, n. = tilstilli, Fms. vi. 375, Fbr. 117, Al. 156.
um-stillingar, f. pi. machinations, 6. H. (in a verse).
um-svif, n. pi. activity, bustle. compds : umsvifs-madr, m. an
active man; u. mikill um bii sitt, Hav. 52. umsvifa-m^ikill, adj.
active, bustling.
um.-s^sla and umb-s^sla, u, f. occupation, management, Ld. 26 ;
hann het umsyslu sinni vid f63ur sinn. Eg. 174, Faer. 67 ; J)eir hetu
honum umbsy'slo sinni, lb. 10. compds : iims^slu-mafir, m. an
active man, a man of business; J)u ert umsyslumaflr mikill ok hagr vel,
Fms. i. 290, Eg. 4 : a manager, steward, Sturl. ii. 145 ; umsyslumaftr um
fe e-s, Gr4g. i. 336. ums^slu-mikill, -samr, adj. active, busy,
Brandkr. 63.
um-tal, n. talk, conversation; er hann heyrfti u. manna, Fms. ii. 283;
med umtali (gossip) vandra manna, Orkn. 162. uintal8-ni4I, n. a
thing proper for discussion, to be talked of, Grett. 133 A, 155.
um-ttima, a5, to turn upside down, upset, Fms. xi. 435, Stj. 123.
tim-turnan, f. a turning upside down, upsetting, Stj. 15.
UJn-t61ur, f p\. persuasions ; med vinsseld bans ok umtiilum, ^«rj«a-
sions, Fms. i. 32 ; cggjan bans ok umtulur, vi. 47 ; vift umtolur gddra
manna, Nj. 267.
um-vandan, Tim-v6ndun, f. a reprimand, MS. 625. 94; veita u.,
Bs. i. 166; domr e3a u., 759.
um-varp, n. a fence.
tim-venda, d, to turn about, change, Stj. 91, 179: um-vendan, f.
conversion.
um-vergis, see umhverfis.
um-v6s, n. a bustle, turmoil, X5\(. 1. 19.
um-v6xtr, m. growth, circumference, Landn. 275, v. I,
um-J)enkiiig, f. a thinking about, (mod.)
umi-dnnun, see um annan.
UNA, pres. uni ; pret. undi, later undi ; subj. ynbi ; impcrat. uni,
Gliini. 354, Fas. i. 146, Eb. I.e.; part, unat : [a Goth, wunan is as-
sumed from the participle unwunands = dtSrjfwyuy, Phil. ii. 26 ; the word
prop, means to dwell, abide; A.S. wunian ; Old Engl, to wane; Germ.
wobneri] : — to abide, dwell ; born 4ttu {jau bjoggu ok undu, dwelt and
abode, Rm.; fiskr unir i flodi, the fish lives in water, Qm.; h^r munda
ek e31i una, Fsm. 2. to dwell, abide, in a Biblical sense ; med Gufli
unir s4 er unir i helgum fri3i, Horn. 5 ; una skolu ver i elsku Gu8s
ok naungs, . . . s4 cr unir I dstinni i Gu3i unir ok Guft i honum, Hom.
(St.), rendering of Lat. manet. II. but mostly, as in the Goth.
word above cited, in a special sense, to dwell on, enjoy, be happy in, con-
tent with a thing, with dat. ; {)angat se§ii hann hafSi a3r Icngst verit
ok sinu ra3i bezt unat, Fms. i. 135 ; Gullharaldr undi \>& miklu verr
eun a3r, was still less at bis ease, 83 ; gamni niaer unfii, enjoyed her
652
UNADR— UNDIR.
lucli, Hbl. ; at hon ser ne ynSit, Am. 54; hvartki ser un&i, 86; una
lifi, to enjoy life, Hkv. I. 54; eigSii um aldr J)at ok uni dottir, Gkv. 2.
32; ok unandi au8i styra, ok sitjandi saelu njota, Skv. 3.16; ek uiii
allvel me3an sva er biiit, Sturl. i. 206 ; una munda ek me6 ^er, ef J)U
fengir mer konu J)a er . . ., Fms. i. 289 ; J)6tti Hallfre3i sva niikill skafti
at um (3laf konung at hann undi ongu, iii. 24; hann un6i ser engu, was
restless and unhappy, Fs. 113; hann un6i litt eptir Gimnlaug, Isl. ii.
273; uni (imperat.) mi vi6 })at, Fas. i. 146; uni \>n mi vel vi6, Eb.
117 new Ed.; en J)U uni vi& sva, vel sem J)U vill, Gliim. 354; una vel
sinu ra8i, Fb. i. 116 ; skalt {)u fara ok una vel vi6 ra9 J)itt, Nj. 11 ; \ieiT
undu vi6 it versta, 251 ; f>6rolfr unir ilia vi& sinn hlut, Ld. 40; uni ek
J)vi bezt vi8 sefi mi'na, Fs. 21. 2. sayings; unir auga medan a ser,
Vols. R. ; J)ar er allr sem unir, Vidal. ii. 62 ; saell er hinn er unir sinu,
happy is he who is content with his lot, Edda (Ht.), in a ditty by bishop
Klxng; (ing er sorg verri en ser ongu at una, Hm. 94.
unaSr, m. and una3, n. ; eilift una8, Hom. (St.) ; sezta una9, Si'il. 7T ;
Hti6 una8, Skv. i. 46 : rarer una5r, m., Eluc. 49, and so in mod. usage,
although unan (q. v.) is more freq. : [A.S. wy«; Germ, wojine ; Dan.
ynde']: — delight, happiness ; fri&ar fagna6ar, ok una8s, 623. 22; ollum
{)ykkir unat i, a at heyra, Fb. i. 348 ; una6r es, Eluc. 49 ; eilifs una6ar,
625. 188 ; me5 una6i ok inndaeli, 16S; slikt er azta una3, Sol. ; i Para-
disar una&, Hom. (St.) ; una6s-b6t, skomm una8s-b6t, a short delight,
Fms. xi. 329 ; una8s hilmr, a sweet smell, Eluc. 54; una6s-syn, a happy
sight, 53 ; una8s-vist, a happy hoiyie, Bs. i. 146 ; cp. yn6i.
una3-samligr, adj. delightful, Greg. 30, Eluc. 45, Sturl. i. 206 C,
Fas. iii. 87, Mar.
unad-samr, adj. delightful; au5rae6i ok unaftsamar vistir, a happy
home, Bs. i. 146 (better una6s vistir, see the foot-note).
una3-semd. (-semi, 655 xxvi. 1), f. a charm, delight; bI6mga6a
me5 allri u., Fms. i. 137; eilif u., Th. 6, Stj. 15 ; unaSsemdar vist =
unaSs vist. Mar. (655 xxxii. 1).
unan and unun, f. a charm, delight (Germ, wonne), freq. ; this is the
current mod. form. ununar-samr, adj. delightful, Fas. iii. 644.
UND, f. [Goth, wunds — wounded and wundiifni — fiaari^ ; A. S. wund ;
Engl, wound; O. H. G. wunta; Germ, ivtinde'] : — a wound; undir svella,
Skv.3.68; undir dreyrgar, 32 ; bl66 hljop or undinni, Eg. 216, SaBm.179;
taka vapnit or undinni, Gisl. 22 ; hann belt y5r stora und, Fas. ii. 378 ;
tok at lata i undum J)eim er voru fyrir brjostinu, Rom. 232 ; hol-und,
merg-und. This word is little used in prose, having been superseded by
the word sar, a sore : in poet, circumlocutions, unda-log, und-bal,
und-leygr, wound-fire, i.e. weapons; und-b^ra, -gjdlfr, -logr, a
wound-wave, i.e. blood; und-reyr, -fleinn, -linnr, = a wound-reed,
wound-snal-e, a sword; und-gagl, a carrion bird, Lex. Poet. linda-
fiflU, m., botan. hawhveed, hieracium.
UND, prep., see undir.
undadr, part, wounded; geiri undaSr, Hm. 139; vapn-u., hj6r-u.,
sword-wounded, Skv. 3. 46, Hkr. i. (in a verse).
undan, prep, with dat. and zAv. from under, from underneath; hann
kastadi i pallinn undan ser hasaetinu, he threw the cushion away from the
seat he sat on, Nj. 175; hjo undan honum fotinn, cut his foot from
wider him, cut his leg off, 9 ; ma8r kippti fotum undan honum, sva at
hann fell, Fms. ii. 149; hann haf6i rett fingrinn ut undan hu5inni, Nj.
208 ; berjask undan skildi e6a buklara, Sks. 374 B ; hann spratt upp
undan bor6inu, he sprang up from the table, Nj. 152; spratt upp u.
gardinum, up from under the fence, where he had been hidden, 170;
roa fram undan eyjunni, Fms. ii. 305 ; sja {)eir renna skip undan eyjum
fram, x. 205 ; halda skipum undan landi, to Iteep with his ship from
under the land, stand off land, i. 225 ; gaf byr undan landi, Isl. ii. 243 ;
J)4 er hann var {)revetr, gekk hann eigi u. konum, Eb. 320; hestisk
|>6r61fr a hann en gra5ungrinn gekk eigi u. at heldr, 324 (of a vicious
bull). 2. without motion, of position ; skerit var lit undan firSinum,
the skerry was out at sea just off the ford, Htiv. 49 ; isar liggja langt
undan landi, lie off the land, Sks. 173 B ; . . .skeri, ^at er vika u. landi,
Landn. 134; undan {)rihyrningi,/row (the farm) Th., Nj. 93, 103; undan
FdVi, from Fell, Sturl. i. 9. 3. from, away, in the sense of retreat-
ing, pursuing, shunning, escaping, flying from a thing ; sniia undan, to
turn away from, Nj. 95 ; get ek f)ess at J)u vilir eigi renna u. J)eim, id. ;
komask undan, /o escape; rifta undan, 105; varpa ser undan, 91 ; ef
J)etta berr undan, escapes, 63 : metaph., fara undan, to keep aloof with-
draw fro7n, refuse, 99; J)eir J)agu \i{x undan, got them relieved, 16^;
frelsa e-n undan valdi e-s, Fms. x. 142 ; skilja undan, see skilja; ganga
undan, to pass away, be lost, i. 23 ; lata jarl ra6a sva miklu riki undan
y3r, 52 ; Styrr dro alia menu undan |)orgesti, Eb. 108 ; heimta f6 mitt
undan Hriiti, claim it from under Rut's hand, call on R2it to yield it up, Nj.
31 ; hve j^cr mundi undan, ef J)ii hefSir nokkut J)at gort er frami vaeri
at, Isl. ii. 358 (a corrupt passage). 4. ahead of, befoi-e, both as prep,
and adv. 4 ganga, fara undan e-m, to go before, ahead of, opp. to eptir ;
hann laetr fara undan sau6fe {jat er skjarrast var, Ld. 96 ; hann var a
undan mer alia lei6ina ; farSii'a undan, eg skal koma a eptir, freq. in
mod. usage ; the ancients here mostly use fyrir, q. v. 5. lomb
undan am, a lamb under a eiue (born of it); ki5 undan geitum, kdlfar^
undan kii, Grag. ii. 305 : so in mod. usage, hann er u. henni Hymu,
the young and the dam; so also, smjor undan tuttugu kiim, tiu am, Fil
ii. 529. ^ I
undan-bo3, n. ; u. fjar, taking invested money out of a person's kee}[
ing, Grag. i. 197. I
undan-brag3, n. a device, subterfuge, Fms. i. 137, v. 286, x. 24c'
Lv. 65, Fs. 5, 97. _ j
undan-drattr, m. a putting off, evasion, shirking, Fms. i. 115, i>
251, X. 423, Eb. 114, 6. H. 97 : a shift, trick, H.E. i. 506. '
undan-eldi, n. a breed; gott til undaneldis.
undan-fari, a, m. a precursor.
undan-farinn, part, preceding.
■undan-fer3, f. a getting away from wider, an escape, Njar5. 374
Sturl. iii. 71.
undan-ferli = undandrattr, Post. (Unger) 96.
undan-fseri, n. = undanfer8. Fas. i. 454.
undan-fsersla, u, f. an evasion, Fms. vii. 1 15 : a law phrase, a pleat^
one's innocence, by ordeal or otherwise (fasra 11) ; skirsla e6r u., K. A. 303
Fser. 201, G^l. 550.
undan-hald, n. a flight, Rd. 312 : a running before the wind, bein
u. : in the phrase, J)a6 er hgegt undanhaldit.
undan-hallr, adj. sloping.
undan-herka, u, f. a shirk, shift, quibble, Bjarn. 16.
undan-Maup, n. a running away, Rd. 193.
undan-kv^ma, u, f. an escape, Eg. 406, Fms. i. 136, vi. 421, ix. 3S7
X. 240, passim.
undan-lausn, f. a releasing, redemption, Grag. ii. 221, Fas. ii. 387.
undan-ld,ss, m. the lees and dregs in a cask.
undan-mseli, n. an excuse, Konr.
undan-rds, f. running away, Fs. 42.
undan-renning, f. skimmed milk.
undan -r63r, m. a rowing away, escaping, of one pursued, Fms. ii. iSr
undar-liga, adv., qs. undrliga, [undr], wonderfully, extraordinary
Eg- I33> 769, Nj.62, Orkn. 418, 6. H. 220.
undar-ligr, adj. wonderful, extraordinary, Fms. i. 34, vi. 392, vii!
8, Eg. 47, Nj. 7, passim. 2. ivonderftd, marvellous. Bias. 47, Th
10, Ld. 200, Edda i. 16.
und-genginn, part, wound-printed, Nj. (in a verse), an epithet 01
wounds, as sword-prints.
-undinn, part., from unna, in af-undinn.
UNDIB, prep, with dat. and ace. ; an older monosyllabic und is often
used in poets, Ls. 44, Hdl. 11, |jkv. 16, Hm. 58 ; und valkesti, und
arum, Lex. Poet. ; und hanum, Haustl.: unt = und, Akv. 26 (Bugge) ;
[Ulf. undar; A. S., Engl., and Dan. under; O. H.G. untar ; Germ.
unterl : — under, utiderneatb, below.
A. With dat., undir hesti bans, Nj.158; treit u. honum, under-
fieath him, 202 ; mana vegr und hanum, Haustl. ; skipit undir t>elK
Hav. 42, Ld. 78; tro9a undir fotum, Fms. ii. 172; bera undir hoB
ser, Eg. 237, Nj. 200; sverSit brotnaSi undir hjaltinu, 43; sitja ui^
borSum, 68; roa undir seglum, Fms. viii. 131 ; skip t>ungt undir a.vSm
heavy to row. Eg. 354; undir tiingarSi, Ld. 138 ; u. veggnum, Hav. 49;
u. haugnum, Eb. 94; u. hei8inni, Eg. 277; fjo" undir joklum, Fb. i.
540 ; liggja undir nesi einu, Nj. 43 ; undir garSinum, Njard. 374 ; und
kveruum, Ls. 44 : und Mi3gar6i, Hdl. 11; undir |>rihyrningi, Nj. 89,
114; undir Hrauni, Eb. 52 ; undir Felli, Nj. 16, of places seated under
a fell, Landn. passim. 2. hvart J)at fe hefSi undir J)vi kvikendi
alizt, of a dam, Grag. ii. 312 ; undir ^eim var alinn Freyfaxi, she {&e
mare) was the dam ofF., Landn. 195. II. metaph. usages; a! '
sem undir honum eru, Sks. 677 B; u. {jeim biskupi eru ellifu hundrr 1
kirkna, Rb. 332; biia u. e-m, Fms. i. 107; undir hendi, hondum e-n:
bond (B. L fine) ; eiga undir ser, to have under one, in one's power, Fin-
iv. 271, Ld. 250, Vigl. 33, Sturl. i. 20 ; see eiga (A. IV. 2) : eiga fe uiui .
e-m, to have money in his hands, deposited ivith him, Nj. loi ; tak i
tiu hundru6 u. Eiriki bonda, ten hundred in E.'s keeping, Dipl. ii. 0:
tvau hundru3 u. sonum herra Stephans, i. 1 1 ; J)eim manni er feit er
undir, Grag. i. 184; er und einum mer 611 hodd Hniflunga, Akv.
26. 2. under, depending on; sva var avisat sem u. vaeri bani
ykkar beggja, Am. 12 ; orliig var eru eigi u. or3um ^inum, Karl. 339;
bans lif stendr J)ar u., Stj. 219; undir ^vi vasri, at ek hefda goS maln-
lok, Nj. 47 ; hvart J)ykkir {jcr u. f)vi sem mest, 263 ; mikit Jxkti spcikur
monnum undir, at . . ., Ld. 38; undir Jjinum ]pokka |)ykkir mer mcst ::
J)inum fraendum, / am most concerned for what thou thinkest, L v. 7 2 . •''
undir vitni e-s, 623. 15; u. handhgi e-s, Dipl. i. II ; hann a vin uni! i
hverjum manni, he has a friend in every man. Fas. i. 290 ; jafnan er niu:.
undir manns li3i ( = i manns li3i), a man's help is somethifig, Bs. i; ^6 a'
smatt s6 und einum, though otie man (more or less) makes little difference,
Halifred ; um J)a gripi er gorsemar eru undir, things of value, Gisl. 80;
litil eru tiSendi u. forum minum, Fms. xi. 118; fela van sina alia u.
Gu9i, 686 B. 2 ; eiga traust u. e-m, Fms. i. 261 ; undir trausti, skji'il;.
hlif3...e-s, 623.15; u. gri3um, Grag. ii. 194; segja hvat honum c:
undir frettinni, Grag. (Kb.) i. 51 ; mjok var undir heimboBi vid ^lik, at
i
UNDIRALDA— UNDORN.
658
uldim, Ld. 236; hvat undir mun biia baen J)essi, Eg. 764; J)at bjo
undir fer5 Aka, at . . ., P'nis. xi. 45 ; jarl spyrr hvat uiidir kvedju
I as. iii. 567. III. ellipt. or adverbial usages; voru J)au
ibruniiin undir, underneath, Nj. 208 ; nier J)6tti hann vera i raudum
losum undir, 214; var J)ar undir ni6ri skogr. Eg. 580; medan t63ur
nanna eru undir, xvhilst the bay is down, of hay mown, but not got in,
>ii. 192 ; hart mun {jykkja u. at biia, 90. 2. at l)at se eigi verr undir,
• vara, of not less value, substance, K. |>. K. 172 ; ef ni6r {jaetti niikkut
11 niik. /// thought it mattered aught, Nj. 19 ; {)ykki m6r mikit u.,
. ., does it matter much to theel 65; hverjum manni muni Jjykkja
;:iit undir, at . . ., Sturl. i. 176.
B. With ace, under, widerneatb, Lat. sub, denoting motion ; var
Lttr undir hann sloll, Nj. 269 ; koma fotum undir sik, 202 ; fara undir
Ikipit, Njar3. 376; kominn undir jardar-menit, Ld. 60; renna u. hendr
!, Hiiv.41 ; t)eim tok undir hendr, Ld. 38 ; kom u. kverk oxinni, Nj.
Ii'ita u. belti ser, 168 ; setjask u. bor3, 176 ; heimtask lit u. akkerin,
. ix. 44; styra u. ve3r, . .". beita undir ve6r, Fb. i. 540; leggja I'lt
iar, Nj. 125; ri9a austr u. Eyjafjoll, 216; sigla su&r u. England,
1.129; 'eggj^sk nidr u. hauginn, Eb. 94; ganga u. hamar-skiita
.urn, Nj. 264; hleypa heim undir J>rihyrning, 105. 2. of
: hrokk undir miSdegi, it drew close to midday. Fas. i. 506 ; cp.
lod. phrase, J)a6 er koniid undir dagmal, hiidegi, . . . nattmal, of time,
to, hard upon. II. metaph. usages ; gefa hann undir vapn
. Njar6. 354 ; leggja vir5ing konungs undir vapn min, to let it depend
i ms. X. 199; jarl hverr skyldi hafa und sik J)rja hersa ( = undir ser),
: Hj(Tt Jiotti mer J)eir hafa undir, they bad him under, had him on
round, Nj. 95 ; leggja undir sik, to lay under oneself, subjugate, Fms.
. skattgilda undir sik, Eg. 402 ; ganga undir e-n, to submit to, Fms.
^,7, 156, Ld. 166; jattask undir e-t, Fms. ix. 227; taka vel . . . u.
'. Ld. 150; J)j6na u. e-n, /o serve under, Fms. x. 23; draga u. sik,
:;. 6x ; arf berr undir e-n, devolves upon, Grag. i. 179; J)essa laxvei&i
if hann undir kirkjuna, be made it over to the church, Fms. i. 272;
tmsey er undir biskup, is under a bishop, xi. 230 ; {)aer eignir liggja undir
i sett, vi. 432; leita ra9s u. e-n, xi. 80, MS. 686 B. 13; vikja mali
e-n, Nj. 77; skirskota u. e-n, 6. H. 86, Eg. 352, N. G. L. i. 348;
•u u. e-n, to bribe, Ld. 114, Fms. v. 187; jata sik undir at gjalda,
:i:age oneself, Dipl. ii. 2; leggja e-t undir })egnskap sinn, upon one's
:Mur, Griig. (Kb.) i. 48 ; Jsa niselti Einarr sva undir malit, interrupt it,
p.rl. i. 66 C. 2. special phrases; ef kona tekr mann undir bonda
111, if ^he be Jtntrue to her husband, N. G. L. i. 351, H.E. i. 236;
i fylg6u engir mann-lestir, Jjvfat ek tok engan mann undir Gisla, I was
ue to G., Gisl. 15 ; land styrkvara undir bu, at heyfongum, stronger in
-: ivay of household, yielding more crops, Sturl. iii. 271 ; bjo&a fe i leigu
sik, to offer money for a passage, Nj. 128 ; taka penning veginn u. bl66-
1, for letting blood, Rett. 2. lo; taka eyri u. hvert lispund, id.; Ii6a
idir lok, to come to an end, Nj. 156. III. ellipt., sol er undir,
iiti is uij^er, Grag. i. 104 ; dagr er undir, Fb. iii. 384 ; sla u. sem mest
i jessa viku, to mow as much as possible this week, so as to prepare for
ymg it the next, Eb. 150; standa undir me5 e-m, to back, Sturl.
I20.
indir-alda, u, f. an under-wave, the undertow of a wave.
mdir-biskup, ni. a suffragan bishop, H. E. i. 406.
indir-borg, f. a suburb, Stj. 342.
mdir-brot, n. a breaking down, subduing, sicbjection, Fms. iv. 84, Mar.
indir-bu3, i. an under-booth, cellar, D.N. : undir-biir, id., D.N.
283.
mdir-bui, a, m. tmder- dwellers, Fms. ii. 149.
ndir-byrli, a, m. an under-cupbearer, Karl. 327.
uidir-djup, n. an ' utiderdeep,' gulf, abyss, Sks. 15 1, 626, Skalda 209,
'. 288, MS. 623. 33, Gen. i. 2.
mdir-drdttull, adj. covetous, making unfair gain, Fms. vi. 191.
mdir-eldi, n. offspring, breed, of animals, Stj. 178.
indir-folk, n. subjects, Fms. i. 201, iii. 48, Magn. 472.
mdir-furSa, u, f., in undir-fur3tiligr, adj. shy; see undrfur3a.
Lndir-forli, f. craft, wiliness.
Lndir-foruU, adj. dealing rtnderhand, false, Fms. ii. 145, Fas. ii. 365.
indir-gefinn, part. [Dan. under-given'], subject, Fbr. I, Mar., Stj.
, 61.
indir-gefni, f. submtssiveness.
dir-gjof, f. subjection, H.E. i. 388.
dir-grefill, m. an underminer (cp. Dan. underfundig), Stj. 160.
lir-groptr, m. undermining, Bs. i. 7'4-
ilir-g6r3, f. a cushion under a saddle, Flov; 25, Karl. 440'
udir-haka, u, f. an under-cheek, double-chin.
j.ndir-heimar, m. pi. the nether world, the realm below, Fms. iii. 178,
^- iii. 391. 2. in Icel. undirheimar is a name given to the lower
h between a reef of rocks and the sea ; fara ofan i undirheima, hann
•■\)n i iindirheimum.
dir-blutr, m. the lower piece, lowest part, Fms. vi. 244, ix. 478,
'1. 36 new Ed.
indir-bufr, m. the mider-hdl of a ship. ^
undir.hiia, n. the nether part of a bouit, Stj. 383, 590, R6m. 208.
undir-hvesta, u, f. (tindir-hve«tl, n., v. l!), ibt under flttb of a
whale; undirhvcslu or hulfum hval, Vni. 79, q». {)ve»ti, q. v.(?)
undir-hyggja, u, f. ' under-ibougbt,' cunning, wiUi, Fni». i. 74, Slj.
187, Hav. 57, Al. 71. coMPDs : undirhyggju-fuUr, adj. guiltful,
Fms. i. 2ig. undirhyggju-madr, ni. a guileful man, Fin«. i. ao^
X. 420, Fser. 17. undirhyggju-aamr, adj. vnly,faltt, b^ib. 69.
undir-klefl, a, m. an under-cell, V'm%. ix. 425, D. N. vi. 04.
undir-kloefli, n. an under-garmenl, Stj.
undir-konungr, m. an under-king, tributary king. Eg. 383.
undir-kyrtill, m. an undtr-kirtU, Karl. 1 74.
undir-lag, n. 'under-laying,' reservation; mcft jKini »ki!in41a ok
undirlagi, Dipl. v. 16.
undjr-land, n. a subjected territory, frovinee, Fmi, iii. 174.
undir-leitr, adj. drooping the bead, baibful.
undir-lendi, n. nether land, low, level land.
undir-laegja, u, f. the plate on which the spars rest.
undir-maSr, nj. an ' under-man,' a subject, Fms. iv. 155, vii. 20.
tmdir-mil, n. pi. underhand dealings, a secret stipulation, ¥m%. xi. 34,
Grag. i. 148; kaupmali, ok eru eigi u. n^ lausa-kjor, 335, Nj. 12, Ld.
104, Isl. ii. 207.
undir-mOrr, m. the kidney fat (mod. garn-miir), Vm. 1 19, Dipl. iii. 4.
vmdir-oka, a8, to ' under-yoke,' subject, Fms. ii. 133.
undir-orpinn, part, subjected, Stj.
undir-prestr, m. a subordinate priest, H.E. i. 478.
undir-rot, f. the ' undfr-root,' origin, prime cause of a tbing, Grett.
124 A, Sturl. ii. 4, 0. T. I, Bs. i. 796, Pass. 16.
undir-seta, u, f. an ' under-sitting,' pressure, influence, Bs. i. 733.
undir-skali, a, m. = undirklefi, a cellar, Fms. ii. 149.
undir-skemma, u, f. = undirskali, Hkr. i. 17, Eg. 236, Stj. 383.
undir-sta3a, u, f. a stand, = stett ; krnss meft undirstuAum, Vm. 6,
4F, 51 ; kirkja a tvaer undirstodur, 36; skriii mefl undirstudum, Pm. 10;
piiska bla6 me3 undirstoflu, 108. 2. a groundwork ; \.xt baekr er
undirstudur heilagra ritninga, Ver. i ; skiija grundvoll ok undirstodu &
sokununi, Sks. 581. 3. the true sense, true meaning, SkAlda 305, Rb.
192 ; vardar mest til allra orda, at undirstadan {the substance) t6 r^ttlig
fundin, Lil. 96 ; cp. the senses of the Gr. xnroffraait.
undir-sta5ligr, adj. = Lat. substantivus, substantialis, Sk&lda.
undir-sta3ning, f. an understanding, making out, R6tt. 50.
undir-stafr, m. a sub-letter, Skalda 171, see Gramm. p. i.
undir-stakkr, m. an under-jacket, D. N. iv. 564.
undir-stallr, m. a stand, pedestal, Vm. 29.
undir-standa, stoS, [a word borrowed from the Engl, or Low Germ.],
to understand; undirst65 engi tungu {)eirra, Ann. 1337; skiija eftr u.
Latinu, Stj.; ek undirslend, sag8i Jon (John the Fleming), Bs. i. 801,
passim in mod. usage, Vidal. : to perceive, Bret. 4, Stj. 201, H.E. i. 433,
Th. 76; en er J)eir undirst63u bans ihugan, Fb. ii. 667; en J)6 at hann
undirstaE3i at bans ofsi vaeri laegSr, Edda (pref.)
tindir-sto3, f. a stay, support, Symb. 4.
undir-stokkr, m. an under-post in a building, Horn. 94, Jon. 24.
undir-stolpi, a, m. a pillar, Stj. 415.
undir-stOSuligr, adj. substantive, Skulda.
undir-tekt, f. a responding to; vitrleg u., Fms. iv. 83.
undir-tjald, n. an under-banging (under the refill, q. v.), B. K. 83,
Boldt 166, D.N.
undir-varpning, f. subjection, Karl. 138.
UNDOBN, m. (not n. as stated in Lex. Poet.), also spelt undum
and undarn, see the references below : [this word occurs in all ancient
Teut. languages; Ulf. undaurni-mats or undurn-meat = apiaTov, Luke
xiv. 12; A. S. undent; Hel. undorn; O.H.G. untarn. Afterwards it
was disused in writing, but in provincial dialects it still survives in all
Teutonic countries, Scandinavia, Germany (Bavaria, the Rhine), England
(Cumberland, Yorkshire), everywhere, except in Iceland, where, strange
to say, it is unknown in speech as well as in writing ; thus, Swed. undan,
undarn, unden ; in Norway undaaln ; Bavaria unlern (Schmeller) ; Fris.
ounern ; provinc. Engl, orndorns, ownder (Brocket) ; in all these dialects
it means a middle-meal, a kind of lunch, taken either in the afternoon
at three o'clock (this seems to be the prevailing sense, at least in Scan-
dinavia), or in the forenoon at nine : even a verb has been formed, thus
in Sweden sova und is to take a nap at lunch-time, at midday (Rietz);
in the Rhine country ondern is said of cattle lying down at midday
(Schmeller).]
B. Usage. — In old Icel. or Norse writers the word occurs five times,
thrice in poets, twice in prose ; the original sense was undoubtedly a time
of the day, either mid-afternoon, i. e. three o'clock p.m., or mid-forenoon,
i.e. nine o'clock a.m., the sense oi food being a derived one (like
mal, q. v.) : I. mid-afternoon, answering to the nones of eccl.
writers; morgin hetu ok midjan dag, undorn ok aptan, tbey called
morning and midday, 'undorn' and evening, Vsp. 6 (unduni, Hb. I.e.),
where undorn is placed midway between noon and eve. 2. mid-
forenoon; uni morguniim at undurni, in tbe morning at unduni time.
654
UNDR— UNNA.
O. H. L. 65 ; J)a hringt er til mi8s-morguns, ok hafa unninn eiSinn
fyrr en hringi at undurn (dat.) at Krists-kirkju, when it rings at mid-
morning time, and shall have taken the oath ere the bells at Christ's
kirk ring at undurn, N.G. L. i. 308. II. a meal; hjuggu
ver undurn frekum vargi, we carved a meal for the greedy wolf,
i. e. ive slew many in the battle. Km. 2 ; orn drekkr undarn, the eagle
drinks undarn, Edda loi (in a verse of about I030 A. D.), the various
readings (undranar and undjarn) shew that the transcribers did not
understand the word. gg" In the Icel. day-marks only non (q. v.)
is of eccl. Lat. origin ; may not undorn be the old heathen term which
was displaced by that word? the passage in Vsp. favours this sug-
gestion.
UNDK, n. [A. S, wundar; Engl, wonder; Germ, wunder; Dan. u?ider'] :
— a wonder; undr J)etta helzk til dags, Nj. 272 ; skripi ok undr, 20 ; ella
mun y6r henda hver undr, Fms. iii. 28 ; |)eir segja hverju undri J)eir voru
orSnir, x. 304 ; Fr65ar-undr, the spectres of Fr66a, |>orf. Karl., Eb. ch.
52-55 ; en er sva var komit undrum J)eim, Eb. 1. c. ; heyr undr mikit,
heyr orlygi, Gisl. 15 (a ditty); nti breg6r undrum vi6, ek em nu her
kominn, en litlu a9r var ek me6 fostra minum, Fms. i. 292 ; brestr sva
mikill, at oUum J)6tti undr at, 6. H. 135; undra ar, a wonder-year,
Ann. 1 1 18; undra-ma6r, a portentous person ; undr at afli. Fas. ii. 328:
gen. plur. emphasizing, undra-digr, -har, -brattr . . . , wondrous big, high,
steep ... 2. with the notion of shame, scandal ; J)at var undr mikil,
at hann skyldi liggja fyrir fotum Jjeim, Eg. 758 ; gora sik at undri, Faer.
262, Fms. vi. 359 ; gorask sva at undrum, 364 ; mannfoli mikill ok gort
J)ik at undri, Boll. 350; ok ver6a at undruA i drykkju-slofunni. Eg.
553 ; aldri fyrr sa ek menn sva at undri ver3a sem her, Fms. viii. 234;
undrum verSi sa er hann hirftir, Karl. 45.
undra, a3, to wonder at a person or thing, with ace. ; J)etta undra vikin-
gar. Fas. ii. 530 ; allir undra ^essa manns afl, Finnb. 274 ; undra allir geysi-
mjok bans meSferSi, Th. 77 ; {)eir undra hvi eigi var upp lokit, Stj. 383 ;
undrandi er hann var {)ar kominn, 359 ; si8an undra5i engi ma&r, at ... ,
Sks. 646 B; folkit gekk allt lit lir kirkjunni ok undraSi, 116; vendu
heim jia&an ok undru5u mjok, Hom. 120. 2. in mod. usage the
active is mostly impers. ; mig undrar, // astofiishes me. ^11. reflex.
to wonder; undrask oglis landa eik hvi ver sem bleikir, O. H. (in a
verse); foru menn lit or hverri borg at undrask J)a, Nj. 48; hann
undra&isk J)at, at . . ., 185 ; hann undra8isk J)at mjcJk, at . . ., Edda I.
undran, f, (tmdrun), wonder, adtniration, amazement, Fms. x. 240,
freq. in mod. usage.
tmdr-furSa, u, f. a wonder, laughing-stock. ■undrfurSu-legr, adj.
shy, bashful.
undr-ldtr, adj. wondering, curious, eager for strange news; veit ek
at Haleygir eru undrlatir, Fms. vii. 132 ; 116 vart er undrlatt Haley-
gjanna, Mork. 178, I.e.
undr-ligr, adj. wonderful, strange, Th. 10.
undr-samligr, adj. wondrous, Vsp. 60, Stj. 75.
vindr-sjonir, f. pl. a wonder to see, a spectacle, Skm. 28.
undr-skapa3r, part, of wondrous, portentous shape, Fb. iii. 418.
und-varp, see unnvarp.
tinga, a&, to bring forth young, hatch an egg, with dat. ; ungaS egg, a
hatched egg ; unga ut, to lead the young out of the egg.
ung-barn, n. a ^ young bairn,' an infant, Bs. i. 122, Stj. 630.
ung-domr, m. young people.
ung-dsemi, n. youth; i u. minu, in my youth.
ung-fe, n. young cattle, young stock, Grag. i. 414, Sturl. i. 84.
tmg-liryssi, n. a young colt, Landn. 194, Dipl. v. 18, Vm. 18.
ungi, a, m. the young of a bird (Lat. />«//?«), Grag. ii. 347, Fms. vi.
153; fleygir ungar, Hom. 89 ; alku-ungi, Fs. 180; haenu-ungi, alplar-
ungi, hrafns-ungi : also barns-ungi, dimin. a little child, chicken.
ung-lamb, n. a young lamb, Stj. 439.
ung-ligr, ad), youthfd, Bar6. 165, Fas. ii. 357, Fms. viii. 15; u. i a-
sjonu. Mar. : boyish, Fms. ii. 46.
ung-lingr, m. a youth; mod. from Germ, jilngling.
iing-nienni, n. young people, youths, Fms. i. 78, 283, Bs. i. 417, Eg.
88, Karl. 332, Stj. 54; ef ung.Tiennit skjalar, Fms. vi. 335.
ung-neyti, x\. young cattle.
UNGR, ung, ungt, adj., compar. yngri, supsrl. yngstr; for the form
jungr see p. 327, col. 1 : [Goih.juggs, compar. juhiza; A. S. geong;
Engl, young; O. H. G. and Germ, jung; Dutch jong ; but Dan.-
Swed. nng ; cp. Lat. juvenis.^ p. an older and obsolete compar.
ceri or cerri, early Dan. tirce; ]p6tta'k hsefr J)a er vorum ceri, Korm.
(in a verse) ; ongr mannr ceri honum, Orkn. (in a verse) ; ceri endr
bar ek maer8 or hendi, Edda (in a verse) ; fylkir ceri J)er forat
heiman, 0. H. (in a verse) : in prose, hit ellra barn ma oera {madden)
it oerra {the younger), Skalda 162 (Thorodd) ; engi ceri enn attjan
vetra gamall, Fms. xi. 90 ; J)u er miklu oeri ma&r at aldri, 93 (yngri,
V. 1. of the later vellums) ; eigi skyldi 0ri djaknar enn half-{)ritugir,
Greg. 60; tungl tveim nottum oera, Rb. 1812. 52; skal J)at eigi vesa
oera an fimtan natta (spelt eora), 20; ok skal Jjat vesa at eora (.-era)
tungl, 57; enum eorum tunglum, 55; gott x 0rum monnum, Landn.
(Hb.) 45 ; Jja telja Paktar nott oeri (aerna Ed.), Rb. 32 ; \i6 at eigi s^
{)U ceri at vetra-tali, {)i8r. 339 : the superl. eerstr occurs but a single
time, hann rau3 oerstr {youngest, i. e. tvhile quite young) lilfs fot, O. H.
(in a verse). According to Thorodd the grammarian the ce in ceri was
sounded as a nasal diphthong, indicating its contraction, (cp. Goth,.
juhiza), and distinguished from the verb oera (from orar, q. v.) with
pure diphthong.
B. Usage. — Voting; ungir ok bernskir, Fms. i. 22; J)a er
vorut yngri, Nj. 198; hinn yngra manninn, Fms. vi. 187; hann var
{)eirra yngstr, Nj. 269 ; kaert gorSisk me8 J)essum yngrum monnum,
Ld. 160 ; tvau naut vi6 ku ef yngri eru, Grag. i. 147 ; ungra manna, ii.
II ; a unga aldri, in one's youth, 623. 59 : sayings, ungr skal at ungum
vega, Isl. ii. 309 ; upp at eins er ungum vegar, the way of the y\
is upwards, Mkv. ; ungr ma en gamall skal, see skulu ; lengi
]pat er ungr getr, 248; J>eygi a saman gamalt og ungt, tJlf. 3.44; P,
vera ungr i annat sinn, — eptir |)at stcft Hakon upp ok tala6i, maeltu
tveir ok tveir sin i milli, at J)ar vaeri \k komiini Haraldr inn Harfagri,
ok orSinn ungr i annat sinn, Hkr. i. 125, Gisl. 84; cp. ' Hamilcarem
juvenem redditum sibi veteres milites credere,' Livy xxi. 4. 2.
young, recent ; ungir 1 Kristninni, Fms. i. 244 ; Ljotr maelti, ung er nu
triian, Valla L. 209 ; hann kva8 ungt vinfengi J)eirra Bjarnar, Bjarn,
56. II. Ungi or inn Ungi, as a nickname, the Younger, Ju:
— Lat. minor, opp. to inn Gamli ; Eindri8i ungi, Hakou ungi, Koll
ungi, see gamall IIL
C. -ungr, an inflexion, see Gramm.
ung-smali, a, m. young cattle, GJ)1. 346.
ung-vi3i, n. young trees, a young plantation, Stj. 74 '• ^^so
metaph. oi you7ig stock collectively.
UNKTA, see Gramm. p. xxiii ; pres. with a pret. form ann, annt,
pl. unnum, unnut, unnu ; pret. unni; subj. ynni; part. neut. unnt
unnat; unnt. Band. (Cod. Reg.) 20, Sturl. i. 207, Ld. 94, 194, Nj. i
unnat (as kunnat from kunna), Fb. i. 36, Str. 32, (Nj. a vellum fragmi
Lat. Ed. 315, foot-note y): a weak pret. unti (Dan. tindte) occurs!
later vellums, Fb. iii. 469 (1. 6 from the bottom), Gisl. 129 (paper t:
script), and is used in mod. speech : even a weak pres. occurs in
burden to an Icel. lullaby, sofSii, eg unni J)er, sleep thou, I love tbet:
[A. S. and Hel. unnan ; Engl, own ; in Early Engl, with a pres. pret.
(Morris, Spec. 36, 1. 19) ; Germ, g-onnen, qs. ge-unnan^
B. Usage. — To grant, allow, bestow, with dat. of the person, gen,
the thing (unna e-m e-s) ; ann ek honum isetu i domi, Griig. i. 17,
bceta munda-baugi er jamnendr unnu, the su7n which the umpires alio
Hbl. ; bi8 J)u 6laf, at hann unni {jer grundar sinnar, 0. H. (in a ve
unna e-m gamans, Skm. 39 ; Hrei8marr unni J)eim einskis penningS'
gullinu, Edda 73, J)i3r. 308 ; hann unni honum ijngra bota fyrir,
125 ; J)a penninga sem biskup vildi unna honum, Dipl. v. 2 ; unna e-m ^r
saetta, Fser. 113; unna e-m saemdar, Fms. vi. 133; unna e-m laga, to \^jf\n^
give one the benefit of the law, give one a fair trial. Eg. 473 ; unna e-m tJ.,;,
sannmaelis, to give a fair report ; J)eir unnu J)eim bezt rikis er fieini vdrn
undir hendi, Fms. i. 7 ; ef {)u annt honum betr konungdomsins, Sks.
761 : eigi ma J)at vita, J)ar sem margir koma saman, J^eir sem litt em
vandaSir, nema nokkurir ynni ser glseps, ivbere many who are Mi
very honest are gathered together, some will allow themselves evil, f9
will do some wicked thing, Fms. xi. 275 : allvel ann ek J)er nafns ^cmP
vi. 229; gaf honum riki, J)viat hann unni honum bezt at njota, Fb.
ii. 134; unna honum ennar asztu tignar, O. H. 35 ; var5 Jjeim |)a unnt
af metor5a, Laxdailum, Ld. 94 ; mi msetti sva vera, at sva kaemi mal
Odds, at OSS fraendum vaeri t)ess af unnt, at Bandamenn taeki sjalf(
that we might succeed in getting sjalfdaemi. Band. 20 (MS.) ; ek
kennist at ek hafi unnt ok veitt velbornum manni, Birni Gu8nas;
mins herra kongsins syslu ok umbo8, Safn ii. 191 ; ek ann J)er eigi fai
lagsins Helgu innar Fogru, Isl. ii. 269; Gu6 unti (sic) honum eigi rikis- j|!;[jj(j
ins, Fb. iii. 469; ek ann eigi Jiess f>orkatli fraenda minum, Nj. 223;
ek ann eigi J)ess fraendum minum ok f6stbrae5rum (7 cannot bear that)
at J)eir hafi hingat J)vilika ferS, Eb. 332 ; ek ann engum manni tignar
namn(s) i Jiessu landi nema mer einum, O. H. L. 18. 2. the phi
unna e-m ast, to bestow one's love on one; 611 Engla fylki unnu h(
ast Gu8i, 'paid wartn love to God,' i.e. loved God, Hom. 136; ('
er sva heita ast unnu Gu5i, 135 : hence II. with dat. to U
prop, ellipt., qs. unna e-m ast, to bestow one's love on a person ; unna
hugastum, to love dearly, Fms. x. 339; ma6r sa er manngi ann, Hm,
49 ; unna fra visum vilja, 98 ; Egill unni henni liti&. Eg. 702 ; einn
son er hann ann liti&, Hkr. i. 204 ; meistari J)inn ann J)er mikit, Bs. i-
228; hon unni honum mikit, Nj. 27; ek mun J)er vel unnandi ver8a,
24; hon var8 honum litt unnandi, Isl. ii. 2 74! Magniiss var3 henni eigi
unnandi, Fms. vii. 176 ; hvart unni 68ru me8 leyndri ast, Fb. ii. 134 ; h6n
J)u annt at vi'su, . . . J)(i matt unna, Str. 8 ; hinir sem Gu&i hafa unnat, Fb.
i. 36 ; aldrei hafSi hann henni meirr unnt enn J)a, Sturl. i. 207 ; {)u hefir
engum manni jamnmikit unnt sem Bolla, Ld. 194; eigi leyna augu, ef
ann kona manni, a saying, Isl. ii. 251 ; lengi hefi ek mikit unnt firani,
Nj. 146 ; J)eim var ek verst er ek unna mest, Ld. 334. 2. recipr.,
,unnusk Jsau af oUu hjarta, Mar.; \>zw unnusk mikit systkin, Fms. iii.
MHO;
Mft
'5»(li
UNNANDI— UPPH AFSSTAFR.
655
ok unnumk vit mikit, Glum. 326, Gisl. 44 ; {)eir unnusk mikit
idr, Ld. no; sva unntusk (sic) {)au mikit, Gisl. 129.
andi, part, used as subst. a lover; ek var J)in uniiaudi, 625. 77 ;
unneiidr, Greg. 30; unuandi manna, Rb. 370.
asta or unnusta, u, f. a sweetheart, Kormak, MS. 655 xvii. 20,
:ssim in mod. usage. 2. a mistress, Fms. i. 209, Szm. 171,
i. 301, Greg. 47. 3. mod. a betrothed.
i aasti or unnusti, a, m. a lover, Fms. x. 255, Str. 9, 25.
nningi, a, m. [from unna = /o grant; eii\y Swed. iiridingbja lagb,
. .tor]: — an ' owner s fee,' a law term, of the fee granted to the finder
'xn or lost property; unningja lausn, an owner's release, i.e. owner's
/ (due to the finder of a runaway slave), N. G. L. i. 227; it is
!y spelt 'undingja' lausn, 35.
jsm, old form also u3r, Lex. Poet, passim ; [A. S. yfS ; Lat.
: — the waves, sea; svalar unnir, the cold waves, Vsp. 3, Gm. 7;
unnir, Skv. 2.16; bh'ir unnir, Sdm. 10; ormr knyr unnir, Vsp.
hregg-biasin, svidkold u5r, Fms. i. 165, iii. 27 (in a verse), freq. in
. also in mod. usage: poet., unn-blakkr, -d^r, -skid, -vigg, =
, unn-rOdull, -eldr, -furr, -gl63, -sol, =g-o/rf; unn-heimr,
-home,' i. e. the sea. Lex. Poiit. : in prose it is only used in unn-viJrp,
unnar steinn, a sea-stone (a boulder on the beach by which the
ire noted?), Hkv. 2. 29 (an oath is sworn, at ursviilum unnar
I ; unnar hestr, a ' wave-steed,' i. e. a ship, Isl. ii. (in a verse) ;
dagr, ' wave-day,' i. e. gold. Lex. Poet. II. one of the
is or Riinar-dsEtr, Edda loi. 2. the name of a woman,
-r and U3r, Landn., Ld. ; and in compds, Stein-unn (Stein-uSr),
jr-unn, Ing-unn, Sae-unn, Ljot-unn, (again, in the man's name Auft-unn,
1 ' unn ' is qs. ' vini,' A. S. wine) : the names Unnr (U5r) and Au5r
.lange; thus is the queen Au3r djiipau&ga in the Ld. called Unnr,
Landn. Au6r.
nu-svin, n. a sen-SK/me, = marsvin, Hkr. i. (in a verse).
an-v6rp, n. pi. a swoop or drift of waves; in the phrase, falla sem
I iviirp, to fall (in battle) lihe wave-drifts, = Lat. catervatim, Hkr. iii. 34 ;
{ li'igu menu sva {)}kkt sem unnvorp vaeri, Fms. viii. 405, vi. 68 (also
sit undviirp) : in mod. usage undvSrpum, id.. Fas. i. 451 ; sau8-
t:i(^r staSarins datt ni6r unnvorpum i megrS, Bs. i. 873.
NZ, or better unnz, adv. (also spelt unst, Fms. v. 158, Fas. i. 126,
1^5 ; undz, MS. 623. 2, Grag. i. 259, ii. 202 A) ; [unz is a compd
imd and the relat. particle es, q. v. ; Goth. und=fws; Hel. unti ;
/>. ii5; Engl, until; O. H. G. rmt']: — till that, till, until, with indie;
I- {)rjar kvamu, Vsp. 8, 16; unnz sinn bi3r bana, Hm. 15; unz
' Minn er, 57 ; unnz or var6 jiitunn, VJ)m. 31 ; unz rjufask regin, Gm.
rge) ; unz J)eir fundu, Haustl. ; unz himininn rifnar, Fms. vi. 196
\erse); unst kemr at Langa-fcislu, v. 158; for hann lei& sina unz
kom, Fb. ii. 697; unz {leir komu til Svinafells, Nj. 208; unz
i^'r baniiafti, lb. 4; unz hon kom a jofnu, Bs. i. 461 ; undz (hann)
ilcyja, Nidrst. 2 ; undz 611 eru brigd, Grag. ii. 202 ; unz lei& J61,
I 29 ; unst haustar, Gisl. 45 ; undz fimm vikur eru af sumri, Grag. i.
.): unz f(5 hyndisk, N. G.L. i. 23; unz sol kemr a Jjingvoll, Grag.
i 7; unz reynt er eiginorS, ii. 274; unz hann for til Danmerkr, Bs.
i. 29 ; unst allir eru dau&ir. Fas. i. 126.
• nzia, u, f. [for. word ; Lat. uncia'\, an ounce, Rb. passim.
TP, adv. [Ulf. M</) = ai'a); A. S. and Engl, w/); Din. op ; Germ, auf;
the compounded particle upp a ( = Engl. upon) comes the mod.
/aa, as also the provinc. Dan. 'pi, 'punder, qs. upp-a, upp-i, upp-
I rj : — up; upp ok ni&r, up and down, passim ; J)rifa upp, to catch up;
g >a upp, to pick up, Fms. xi. 124; taka upp, Nj. 55 ; ganga upp, to
up, ascend. Eg. 717; upp a hauginn, Fms. ii. 60; upp {)angat, i. 60 ;
til FIj6tshli8ar, Nj. 69 ; upp meO, up along, 74 ; upp ok ofan
anni, Fms. iii. 56 : of direction, sja upp, lita upp, to look up, iv.
; naest tungli upp fra, upivards, Rb. no; hanga upp yfir J)eim, up
one's head, BarS. 170; skamt a land upp, Fms. i. 60; hann hefir
liking manns. Best. 47; upp var fj66rin brei&. Eg. 285. II-
1 verbs; setja upp skip, to launch, Fms. i. 62, Eg. 592; setja
gnegg, see setja A. L 4 ; skipa upp, to jtnload cargo, see skipa ;
"a upp, to dig up, Nj. 86, 99; binda upp, to bind up, Bs. i. 194;
ask upp, to stretch oneself, Fms. v. 29; risa upp, to rise; reisa upp,
aise tip, Fms. i. 148 ; standa upp, to stand up; spretta upp, to spring
vekja upp, to wake up, awaken, also to raise a ghost,' x. 309;
ja upp, Nj. 69; koma upp, to come up, appear, Sturl. ii. 124; skella
, to burst into laughter, 136; Ijosta upp opi, to lift up the war-cry,
!. vii. 260; syngja upp, to sing 7ip or loudly, x. 15, cp. Engl, to
■k 7ip; lesa upp, to read up, ix. 255 ; ra8a upp, id.; segja upp, to
up, announce; telja upp, to count up, i. 21 ; inna upp, id., xi. 89;
1 upp, to open up, etc., see liika ; bjo&a upp, to give up, yield up,
a 32, Fms. vi. 241, Nj. 25, 76, Dipl. ii. 4, Grett. 147; gefa upp,
^ive up, pardon, Fms. ii. 33, x. 6 ; skipta upp, to share, iii. 92 ;
da upp, to pay 7ip or oxit, x. 199, xi. 81 ; bxta upp, gora upp, smida
, to make tip, repair, iv. 93, ix. 43, 338 ; bua upp hvilu, to make
a bed, Nj. 168; gora upp hvilu, id., Sturl. ii. 124; drepa upp eld,
'rikefire, Fms. iv. 338 ; tendra upp, to light up, H. E. i. 455 ; bregma
upp, to break up, Hkr. ii. 1 21, Fmi. xi. 219. 2. with the notion of
consuming; drtkka upp, eta upp, /o drink up, tat up; gcfa upp, /o
give all up, Fms. vii. 197 ; brytja upp, ikipta upp, to tbare it all out;
ausa upp, Grett. 95 B; brenna upp, K. |>. K. ; ey&a upp, Fni». ii. 118,
xi. 236; gjalda upp, a6 ; beita upp, Eg. 49, 713; lcggja»k upp. to be
deserted, Ld. 60. 8. with the notion of diKOvery ; »pyrja upp, lo
find out, Sturl. ii. 125; fr6tta e-t upp. Edda (prcf.) 4. denoting
guite; kistur fullar upp b(5ka, quite full, 656 B. I ; fullr upp flxrftar,
full up, i.e. brimful of falsehood, Fms. viii. 391 ; cp. Dan. 'have fuldt
op af noget,' to have a thing in abundance; hoggva upp, to cut up,
cut in pieces, ix. 381 ; hann t)ag6i upp morguni dxgrum lamao, ir,
167. III. of time; vctrinn er a leift upp, Fmi. xi. 52; Mm
upp a liSr, as it advances, vi. 217; upp fr4 Fardugum, Dipl. ii, 10;
upp fra {)vi, ever since, Fms. xi. 334, Sk$. 717, Stj. 282. K. f>. K.; upp
h(5aan, henceforth, Gm. ; til l)ings upp, up to the time of the J»ing, Gr4g. i.
262. IV. with prepp. ; up a, upon; upp k trii Jjina, upon my
faith, Fms. i. 79; segja upp a tru sina, xi. 285 ; hafa statt upp k hjarta
mitt, i. 284; upp a Ebresku, in Hebrew, Stj. 5, Am. 16; upp 4 f6 efra
umsyslu. Valla L. 202; sja upp 4, horfa upp a, Vigl. 20; abbatk, tlist
upp a, to assail, Nj. 194, Grett. 143 ; fara mcb her upp k Dani, Fms. xi.
417; herja upp a, 11 ; upp a Svia-riki, x. 50; Icggja hatr upp k, Stj,;
mannfalli sny'r upp a Vindr, Fms. xi. 390; upp k skada e-s, Th. 78;
fysask, stunda upp a e-t, Stj. ; hugsa upp 4. to yearn for, Fms. xi. 423;
upp a vald ok forsja Guds, i. 185 ; heimta skuld upp 4 e-n. Dipl. i. 4;
upp a kost c-s, upp 4 erfingja mina, at their expense, Isl. i. 149 (v. 1.),
Dipl. iv. 8 : — upp-i, up into; upp i Norraenu, upp i vart m41, Stj.; skipafti
hann {)at upp i fjorSungs gjiif sina, Dipl. v. 1 ; upp i jurdina, upp i skuld,
21: — upp-at, up to; upp-iir, upp-yfir, up above; upp-undir, upp-eptir,
upp-me6, up along.
upp-alinn, part, brought up, reared, upp-alningr, m. a fosterling.
upp-angr, m. an upheaval, elevation, Horn. (St.)
upp-austr, m. a scooping; uppaustrar-ma&r, a babbler, f>orst. St. 48,
upp-a, prep, upon; see upp IV.
upp-bo3, n. an auction, sale, (mod.)
upp-bixr3r, m. a bringing tip; uppbur8 ok litburd, Jb. 405 : metaph. a
request, Hom. 129. uppbtirSar-litill, adj. sby, timid, Finnb. 300.
upp-dalr, m. an tip-dale, inland valley, Fms. x. 185, 0. H. 46; a
local name in Fas. ii. 125.
upp-drdttr, m. a pulling tip; the phrase, eiga or&ugt uppdruttar, to
be in straits, hard pressed. 2. medic, a wasting sickness. 8. 0
sketch, map, (mod.)
upp-drifinn, part, in high relief, of sculpture, Ann. 1339.
upp-dyri, n. = ofdyri, N. G. L. i. 38, Grett. 84 new Ed.
upp-eldi, n. [ala upp], a breeding, education; gott, illt u.
upp-festa, t, to suspend, Fms. vi. 273, N. G. L. i. 140.
upp-festing, f. suspension, Fms. v. 318, Stj.
upp-fostr, n. a rearing, fostering, Fms. iii. 318.
upp-fr8e3ing (upp-frseSsla), f. instruction, Sks. 283.
upp-fylling, {.fulfilment, (mod.)
upp-fseddr, part. /erf up, brought up, reared. Band, i (MS.)
upp-f8e3i, n. = uppfxBsla, Fagrsk. 55, Sks. 547, Stj. 235, Fas. ii. 359.
upp-fse3sla, spelt upp-fCBzla, u, f. a breeding, fostering. Eg. 34, Fmi.
vi. 4, vii. 119, 186, Lv. 72.
upp-ganga, u, f. a going up, ascending, ascent, Sks. 3; u. i borgina,
Fms. X. 238 ; u. solar, sunrise, Rb. 472 : a going up to land, a going
ashore, Eg. 339, 242; veita uppgcingu, Fms. vi. 89; bjo&a uppgongu
(in a verse) : a boarding a ship, Fms. vii. 235. 2. a landing-place,
a pass, Faer. 162, Grett. 154 B (cp. Dan. opgang).
upp-gangr, m. = uppganga, a pass or stile, Grett. 184 new Ed.: ibe
opening of a bath, Eb. 136. 2. metaph. good luck, success, fame ;
var J)4 u. bans sem mestr, Finnb. 290, Hav. 45 ; u. Jjcirra gtir&isk bratt
mikill, Fbr. 7 ; u. ok ofrkapp, Fms. vii. 22, Stj. 451, Fb. i. 400.
upp-gefinn, part, exhausted.
upp-gefning, f. = uppgjof, Stj. no : remigsion, H. E. i. 410.
upp-gj6f, f. a giving tip. El. 2 : remission, u. um sakir, Ld. 44 ; til
merkis J)essar uppgjafar, H. E. i. 405: uppgjafa- in compds. = Lat.
emeritus, e. g. uppgjafa-prestr.
upp-greizla (i. e. -grei3sla), n, f. a payment, discbarge, B. K. 95.
upp-grip, n. abtindance ; J)a& eru u. af heyjum.
upp-gr6ptr, m. a digging up, Krok.
upp-g6r3, f. a restoration, Vm. 7, Stj. 67 : dissimulation.
upp-haf, n. a beginning; upphaf siigu, Fms. viii. 3 ; u. sins m4U, i,
20; u. at kvaeai. Eg. 647 ; kvaedi ... ok er {)etta u., Hkr. i. 161 ; ^aX.
er u. a sogu {)essi, Gisl. 77 ; i upphafi skapaSi Gu& himin ok j6r8. Gen.
i. 1 ; upphaf ok endir, Rev. 2. an origin, cause, beginning; |>4
fellr J)at mal ok heitir bans u., N.G. L. i. 352 ; upphaf alls 6fri6ar, Fms.
viii. 345, v. 1. ; the saying, s4 veWr mestu cr upphafinu veldr. 8.
advancement, honour; fa u. af konungi, Sks. 450, 468. 4. renus-
sion, Stj. 1 10 (Dan. ophreve). compds : tipphafa-dagr, m. beginning
day, Rb. 80. upphafs-ma3r, m. an author, Rb. 412, Stj. 149.
upphafs-mdnu3r, m. the first month, Rb. 58. upphafs-stafi:.
656
UPPHAFSSYND— UPPSKIPAN.
m. an initial letter, Edda i. 598, Skalda 192. upphafa-synd, Horn.
(St.) upphafs-vitni, n. a witness as to the upphaf of a thing, D. N.
i. 961.
upp-hafari, a, m. a founder. Mar.
upp-hafligr, adj. original, Sks. 5, Fms. xi. 109, Horn. 27.
upp-hafning, f. elevation, Greg. 17.
upp-hald, n. a holding up, lifting. Fas. ii. 268, Stj. : of the host in the
mass, Stat. 299, Pm. loi : a keeping up, preservation, veita upphald
musterinu, Fms. viii. 279; um husa u., N. G. L. i. 37, Anecd. 56; u.
heilagrar trii, Stj. : tnaintenance, MS. 302. 170, Sks. 312 B. compds :
upphalds-kerti, n. a taper to be held up or borne in processions, Vm.
23, no, Pm. 26, B. K. 80, Fms. v. 339, v. I. upphalds-ma3r, m.
an upholder, maintainer, Fms. i. 275, N. G. L. i. 136, Anecd. 56. upp-
halds-stika, u, f. = upphaldskerti, H. E. ii. 360.
upp-liar, adj. high, of shoes, Hav. 24 new Ed., Nj. 184, Fms. iv.
76, vi. 440, vii. 321 ; stafir upphavir, v. 338.
upp-lief3, f. elevation, honour.
upp-liefill, m. [Germ, bebet], an upheaver, lever ; orSa u., Gsp.
upp-liefjari, a, m. an upholder, lifter. Mar.
upp-lieiniar, m. pi. the upper home, the heavens. Aim.
upp-heldi, n. maintenance, K. A. 102, Vm. 50, Fms. ix. 236.
upp-MUingar, f. pi. ; see hillingar, q. v.
upp-himinn, m. (O. H. G. uf-himil], the ' up-heavens,' ether, Vsp.
upp-Maup, n. [Dan. oplbb\ a riot, Fms. iii. 177, Vigl. 19. upp-
hlaups-maSr, m. a rioter, Grett. 97.
upp-Mutr, m. the upper part of a Jdrtle, Fms. vii. 321 ; cp. upplltinn
qs. upphlutinn. Eg. 602. , 2. in mod. usage a waistcoat, of ladies ;
cp. vefjar-u., Ld. 244.
upp-hvatning, f. an exhortation.
upp-hseS, f. an elevation, Dropl. 23, Al. 51, 2. an amount, sum,
of money.
upp-hogg, n. a felling, Greg. 48.
uppi, adv. \\]\Ljupa-; Dan. oppe'], up, upon, above, cp. niSr and ni6ri,
framm and frammi; sitja uppi, Nj. 220; jar! sat uppi, sate up, of a sick
person, Fms. ix. 245 ; hafa uppi oxina, to lift, Nj. 19 ; hann gr^t uppi yfir
honum, he wept, bent up over him, Fms. x. 1 74 ; ^ar stendr skip uppi,
to lie ashore, Nj. ■259 ; var uppi rost mikil a fir3inum, the current rose
high, Fms. xi. 145 ; seglit var u., the sail was up, Ld. 76; eiga vef uppi,
to have a loom up, to be at work, weaving, Fms. xi. 49 ; bor3 eru uppi,
X. 19, Hkr. ii. 192 (see bor6) ; boginn ma eigi einart uppi standa, cp.
'neque semper arcum tendit Apollo,' 623. 19; vera snemma uppi, /o
be up early, Fms. ix. 504 ; aria dags er uppi sa, Ski&a R. : often vi^ith
other prepositions, a uppi or uppi a, upo7i ; a hjalminn uppi, Fms. xi.
133 ; {)ar u. a hellunni, Nj. 14; standa J)ar a uppi, 155 ; a hci3um uppi,
Grag. ii. 352; uppi i; uppi i musina, Fms. i. 45; uppi i Me6aldal,
57 ; uppi meS anni, Nj. 154. II. metaph., lata e-t uppi, to come
forthwith, Grag. ; heiman-fylgja ."jkal uppi vera vi6 erfingja, is to be dis-
charged, N. G. L. i. 49 ; hafa e-t uppi, to take forth, Nj. 32 ; hafa litoa
uppi, to shew, Fms. ix. 270; skyldi uppi vera rannsokiin, a ransacMtig
was up, i. e. was to take place, Ld. 44. 2. vera uppi, to be ' all up,' at
an end; voru uppi allar orvarnar, Fms. viii. 140; var u. hverr penningr,
every penny gone, vi. 299 ; mi munu uppi sogur J)inar, it will be all up
with thy stories, 355. 3. J)eim er Jja sto&u uppi, who were left,
Hkr. i. 210; t)essir voru allir uppi {lived) a einn tima, Isl. ii. 209: pat
man se uppi meftan Island er byggt, Landn. 149, v. 1.
uppi-hald, n. [Germ. axifhalt\ delay, (mod.)
uppi-skroppa, adj. empty-handed, having nothing left.
uppi-sta3a, u, f. the weft, Lat. stamen.
uppi-vaflsla, [vaSa uppi], in uppiv63slu-ma3r, m, a turbulent,
noisy man, Eg. 596, 710. uppiv63slu-mikill, adj. quarrelsome,
troublesome. Band. 6 new Ed., Fas. ii. 325, Fms. v. 171.
upp-kast, n. a sketching, drawing ; Jjrju bl66 meS u., Vm. 23, Pm.
5, 108, 137; gullsmiS, gropt ok u., Bs. i. 843.
upp-kv&ma, u, f. a coming up, emerging, Fms. vi. 149.
upp-kveyking, f. a kindling, Mar.
tipp-kv63, f. a calling up, summons, Orkn. 242.
upp-lag, n. an alloivance ; mth y3ru lofi ok upplagi, H. E. i. 561 ; me3
upplagi ok samjjykt hiisfrii hans, Dipl. iv. i. 2. = Germ, aufiage,
an edition, of books, (mod.)
upp-16tti, n. a holding up, ceasing, of rain, Bs. i. 334.
upp-litning, f. a looking up, Greg. 60, 61, Mar.
upp-litill, adj. small at the upper end, taper-formed. Eg. ; see upp-
hlutr.
upp-ljostr, m. = upplost.
upp-lok, n. ati unlocking, opening, Hm.
upp-lokning, f. an opening, delivery (liika upp), Sks. 645, Stj. 170.
upp-lost, n. (Ijosta upp), a false rumour, Fms. vi. 240, vii. 310, viii.
293, K. A. 116.
upp-lostning, f. = upp!ost, {>orst. Si3u H. 176.
upp-lykt, f. a discharge, payment, B. K. 125 ; u, fjar, GJ)1, 154.
upp-l8Bgr, adj. elevated, Stj. 373, 380.
(tigi
Kcl.
fp-itok
M,
'talt,
(tib
'tekii
%i
:;pp-tekt,
US lem, I
Kp-iend:
Upp-16nd, n. pi. Uplands, inland counties : a local name of the eastern
inland counties of Norway (Oplandene), (3. H., Fms. passim : Upplend-
ingar, m. pi. the men from the Uplands: Upplenzkr, adj., passim.
upp-mjor, adj. slim, taper-formed.
upp-n^m, n. = Dan. oppe-borsel, a receipt of a fee or the like; vera i
uppnami, to be in receipt of a thing, N. G. L. i. 76, 77 ; uppnama-ma&r
a receiver of a fee, id. 2. a chess term ; tefla i uppnam, to expose
a piece so that it can be taken, Sturl. iii. 123 ; hence the phrase, vera i
uppnami, to be in imminent danger.
• upp-numinn, part, takeri up into heaven, Mark xvi. 19, passim.
upp-rLumning, f. [nema], eccl. a being taken up into heaven, assump-
tion, Stj. 241 (of Enoch); u. saellar Mariae, Mar., Greg. 13; uppnuniip
ingar dagr, the Assumption-day, Fms. vi. 353, Mar. 2. grai
anticipation, Skalda.
upp-nsemr, adj.; as a law term, seizable, forfeitable, u. konungi,
104' 537; f^ uppnaemt konungi, K.A. 94; J)a er bii hans uppa
N.G. L. i. 72; in the phrase, vera u. fyrir e-m, to be helpless, at
mercy, Fs. 46, Eg. 578, Fms. ii. 151, Orkn. 104.
upp-orpinn, part. = uppnsemr, Fas. iii. 226.
upp-ras, f. a rising up ; u. elds, an eruption, Bs. i ; siSIar u., sui
Fms. viii. 346, Stj. 68 ; u. dags. Mar. 2. a raid, descent (l
ships), Korm. 166, Fas. ii. 196, Fms. i. lOO, 166, viii. 380.
origin; uppras ok aefi J)eirra merkismanna, Bs. i. 59, Stj. 44, Si
209; brunnr ok u. (source) hita, solin, MSS. 415. 9; u. alls lift
Fms. viii. 345.
upp-regin, n. pi. the upper-gods. Aim. ; see regin.
upp-reising, f. (upp-reisning, Barl. 145), a raising up, repan
Stj. 632.
upp-reist, f. (upp-reisn, less right, N. G. L. i. 311, and in
usage), an uprising, in arms, Orkn. 98, Fms. v. 69, xi. 261 ; gura
moti konungi, Eg. 538, Fms. x. 410; veita u., 399; allir er honum
grunr a at uppreistar var af van. Eg. 73 ; me5 sviklegri u., Sks. 5
mod. rebellion. 2. a rising; fa u., to rise again, Fms. vii. aj
196; hversu mikia u. staSrinn J)yrfti at hafa, ef . . ., 299; eiga u,
mals, G{)1. 15; hljota ska5a en enga u.. Eg. 115. 3. the gentSt
creation, in the following old compds : uppreistar-drapa, u, f. a
poem on the creation; skaltii baeta vi6 Gu5 er J)u hefir sva mjok gengit
af trii J)inni, vii ek mi at J)ii yrkir uppreistar drapu, ok baetir sva s&l
J)ina, Fms. ii. uppreistar-saga, u, f. the story of Creation, Genesis,
Fms. V. 65, Vm. 6 ; sva sem segir i uppreistar sogu at Gu6 got6i alia
hluti i senn, Bs. i. 575, Hom. (St.)
upp-reistr, part, upraised. Pass. 37. I.
upp-rennandi, part, uprising, of the sun, Hbl,
upp-r6ttr, adj. upright, in bodily sense ; me& upprettum likam, Sks.
529 ; sitja u., Eg. 304, 457 ; standa u., to stand upright.
upp-risa, u, f. a rising up, resurrection, Sks. 579, Fms. viii. 444:
likams u., Greg. 57 ; andar u., id.; upprisu-dagr, the day of resurrectio'i.
Rb. 80, 392, Hom. 52 ; upprisu ti6, timi, 52, Sks. 43 : esp. the Resur-
rection, passim in mod. eccl. usage, N. T., Pass., Vidal. ; upprisu-salnuur,
hymns on the Resurrection.
upp-risinn, part, risen, of Christ.
upp-risning, f. = upprisa, Hom. 154.
upp-rvmi, a, m. [renna], an ' up-running,' growth, origin, Barl. i
Sks. 136 new Ed., passim in mod. usage. 2. the growing age, yi
Glum. 335, Fms. xi. 8, 90, Hkr. iii. 175, pibv. 127, Trist. i
runa-ligr (uppruna-liga, adv.), adj. origiital.
upp-rseta, t, to uproot, Stj. 650.
upp-saga, u, f. a ' saying forth,' protioimcing ; u. doma, Sks. 646 S;
uppsogu-vtlttr, Grag. i. 1 24 ; esp. a law term, the public recital (segja upp
log) of law by the Speaker, in the Icel. aljiing, which was to take place
partly every year, partly every third year, Grag. i. 11 ; sem at kveSr i
uppsogu, as is said in the Speaker's recital, ii. 37 ; var pat uppsaga ^i-
geirs, at allir menn skyldi vera skirOir a Islandi, it was Thorgeir's 'saw'
(i. e. judgment, sentence) that all men should be Christians, Bs. i. 25. !-• ^...
upp-sala, u, f. a bringing up, vomiting (selja upp). ''■■fGenn
TJpp-salir, m. pi. Upsala, a famous town in Sweden, the residence «! f b>j];-.(
the king, and the central seat of the cultus of Odin, see Yngl. S. ch. 5 sqq., }'iit.tiil
6. H. ch. 60; Uppsa!a-au6r, the treasure o/U., the public exchequer of ^•j's.D.N.
the kings of Sweden, Yngl. S. ch. 12, 6. H. ch. 60 ; Uppsala-ping, 63,64;
Uppsala-log, 60.
upp-sdt, f. a place where ships are launched, dockyard, Gpl. 1 16, Fms.
ix. 368, Jb. 412, Eg. 185.
upp-sdtr, n. = uppsat, Gpl. 116; uppsats-eyrir, Grag. ii. 402.
upp-setning, f..= uppsat, Jb. 151.
upp-sjii, f. a nickname. Fas. ii. 325.
upp-skdr, -ska, -skatt, adj. co7nmunicative ; gorask u. um e-t, Sks.
362 ; giira e-t uppskatt, to make knoivn, of a secret.
upp-skelldr, part. (?), mounted; uppskellt skaptiS me6 silfri. Eg.
upp-skera, u, f. the ' up-shearing,' harvest, N.T.
upp-skeri, a, m. a shearer, reaper {?), a nickname. Fas. i. 381.
upp-skipan, f., Dan. ' skibe op,' ths unloading a ship, Jb. 398,
f *SiMi
W««
UPPSKOT— UXI.
657
-skot, n. a delay, Rom. 279.
-sMtta, u, f. = upplost, Fms. ix. 285.
.-smid (upp-smifli, n., Magn. 450, Bs. i. 830, Fms. xi. 438), f.
Hng, raising a bouse, Am. II.
i-spretta, u, f. an ' up-spiri,' spring, fountain-head, Stj. 30, 75, 612 ;
liar, Fms. iii. 183, Edda 3 ; ut i Laxaros fra uppsprettum, Vin. 5 ;
iJi votn fljota af ymissum uppsprettimi, Fms. ii. 8q; u. allrar
,1 .1. u. lifriSar, rot ok u., Al. 11,124. compds : uppsprettu-
runnr, m. a well, spring, Stj. 29. uppsprettu-vatn, n. spring-
i.'tr. uppsprettu-sedr, f. a spring-vein, Stj. 89.
ipp-sta6a, u, f. a standing upright, Str. 36, Greg. 48 : a standing up,
mi^, Bs. i. 825, Sturl. iii. 12; uppstiiSu-tru, a poit, Ld. 316.
ipp-standari, a, m. an upright post, of a bed or the like,
ipp-stertr, adj. [cp. Engl, upstart], see stertr, Hrafn. 18.
ipp-stiga, u, f. [A. S. upstig; Germ, aufsteigen'], an ascent, Sks. 56;
M'-tigu-dagr, Ascensio)i-day, N. G. L. i. 422, Horn. (St.)
■ iin-stigning, f. a rising, of the moon, Sks. 54, 55. 2. esp.
eccl. sense, the Ascension, Greg. 16, 17, Rb. 392, N. T., Pass.,
., passim. uppstigningar-dagr, m. Ascension-day, K. j[>. K.,
U. 73, Fms. vii. 187, Vm. 76, Icel. Almanack.
P13-stigari, a, m. art ascender, Stj. 348.
pp-st5kkr, adj. bounding, excitable.
Tpp-sviar, m. pi. the ' Up-Swedes,' the North Swedes, Hkr. ii. 137,
i;. xii.
pp-tak, n. an income, resource, Barl. 71 ; hann haf6i biiskylft ok
]d upptak, Sturl. iii. 258. 2. plur. upptok, beginnings; hann
l'5i upptokin, he began the game.
pp-taka, u, f. a taking up, Stj. 414 : a seizure, cotifiscation, u. biianna,
lis. xi. 87. 2. a ioj^rce = uppspretta ; i keldu-sogit er gengr sunnan
i'liit, fyrir sunnan upptoku, Dipl. v. 19. 3. eccl. the translation of
cairif, Bs. i. 305, 829.
pp-tekja, u, f. a taking to a thing ; J)essa upptekju, Sturl. i. 224 : re-
c 'ion (taka e-t vel, ilia upp), Rom. 298, Bs. i. 735.
pp-tekning, f. the translation of a saint, Bs. i. 186, 187, Magn. 512 ;
ikrlaking, 623. 32.
pp-tekt, f. = upptekja, Sturl. i. 224C : income, revenue, Barl. 71, v. 1.:
aiw term, a seizure, confiscation, Fms. v. 46 ; um upptektir, N. G. L. i.
J; a beginning, hann haf6i {ja u. at . . ., Sturl. iii. 103.
pp-tendran, f. a lighting, kindling. Mar.
pp-tsekiligr, zA]. fit for resorting to, Fms. viii. 348, v.l.
op-taekr, adj. confiscable, forfeitable ; daema sekt f^ hans ok upptaekt,
Cig. i. 463, Jb. 188 ; uppnaemr, Fms. ii. 166.
jp-vakntng, f. an exhortation, awakening.
)p-vaknmgr, m. a raised spirit, Maurer's Volksagen..
pp-varp, n. a throwing up, Ann. 1341 (of a volcano). 2. a
Si'-ce, cause, Fms. viii. 345, v.l.; u. allrar villu, Post. (Unger) 214.
jp-vaxandi, part, growing up.
3p-vekjari, a, m. an awakener, Mar.
Dp-vesandi, part.; at u. solu, when the sun is up, N^ G. L. i. 4, Hbl.
5 (where uppverandi).
iTi-viss, adj. coming up to light, found out, of a crime ; var6 aldri
t, hverr t)etta vig haf8i vegit, Nj. 248 ; lata e-t uppvist, Fms. i.
l)a er mal uppvist er aSili hefir spurt, Grag. ; t)essi skiimm varS
N Mar.
i-vsegr, adj. (qs. upp-aegr?),/MnoMS, wrathful.
)-v6xtr, m. [Dan. opvaxt'], the tip-growth, the youth; efniligr 1
xti. Eg. 147; litill var u. hans, Fms. vii. 239; seinligr i uppvexti,
i. 2. growth, tallness ; mikill u. risa ^eirra, Al. 68. upp-
ir-ma3r, m. a grown-up man, Grett. 92.
;)-vozltuna9r, m. = uppiva6sla, Eg., Valla L. 201. uppvozlu-
lAR, adj. = uppivo&slumikill, Grett. 163 new Ed.
' p-J)unnr, adj. thin upwards, thin-edged, Isl. ii. 445.
S, f., spelt ux, N. G. L. i. 368, cp. Lat. ixi for ipsi, Sueton. Octav.
^; [IJI(. ubizwa = aroa ; A.S.efese; Engl, eaves ; O.H.G. opusa ;
ic. Germ, obsen (Schmeller) ; Swed. ufs; kindred is A. S. efesian;
c Isa] : — the eaves, D.N. vi. 84; upsar-dropi, a dropping from the
I Lat. stillicidium), N. G. L. i. 345, 368; logaSi upp undir upsina,
;,.S, D.N. vi. 84; freq. in mod. usage : metaph. of a mountain, norSan
berginu vestan fyrir ok sva upp i upsina, D. N. i. 616, v. 957.
i si, a, m. a fish, gadus virens; upsa gall, Lsekn. ; a nickname, Bs. i.
UD, f. [the origin of this word is uncertain; the 6 is radical, for
it inflexive, an 'umlaut' would have taken place in the vowel
)uld then be yr6, not urS), see Gramm. xxxii, col. 2, 1. 10 sqq.] :
heap of stones, on the sea-beach, or from an earth-slip; saevar-
/iles of broken stones on the sea-shore, Orkn. 114; at vei3a otr
i ur3inni undir hof3anum . . . {jeir segja at hann vaeri J)ar a ur3-
276 ; grj6t ok ur6ir, Edda 5 ; ur3 sii la i dalnum er SefsurO heitir,
r J)ar hvarki faert monnum ne hrossum . . . ur3ar-brot, break-
' rough an ur6, (3. H. 186 ; faetr Loka taka ni5r grjotiS, ur6ir ok
Edda 45 ; latum liggja Ljotulf go&a, i ur& ok i ur3, Sd. (in a
); draga ur5 at e-m, to pile stones on, Fms, vii. (in a verse).
'compds: urdar-kdttr, m. a «//7</-<ra/ = hreysi-kottr, a nickname, Finnb.
urdax-madr, m. a man of the urft, an outlaw; gora c-n at urSar-nuiiiii,
Eg. 728. urflar-steinn, m. a nickname, Sturl. i. 144. urfl-
hsBingr, ur8-l)vengr, m. the fish, the tbong of ibe tub, i. e. a tnalct.
Lex. Poet.
UBDB, f., qs. vurftr ; gen. urftar ; ace. dat. would be urfii, but doe»
not occur unless it be Vsp. 20, where urfl must stand either for urfti,
dropping the vowel, for the next word begins with b; or it is nom. =
ur&r, according to the A.S. and general rule (cp. Rm. 36), that verb$
signifying to call, name, arc followed by a flom. : plur. utftir : [A. S. wyrd;
Engl, weird; Hel. tftfr/i]: — a weird, fate; the word is obsolete in prose ;
en sja urftr sjallgaetust (-gsetastr. Cod. wrongly) me8 Sviuni t»otti, that
weird, extraordinary accident, viz. that he slew himself, Yt. ; gengo ^ett
a milli grimmar ur6ir, 'grim weirds,' a cruel fate prevented it, Skv. 3. 5 ;
urftr 66linga \>\i hefir x verit, the evil Norn, evil angel of kings, Gkv, I.
23. II. esp. as the name of one of the three Norns, Vsp. 19.
COMPDS : Urflar-brunnr, m. the Weird's spring, the holy well where
the Norns reside, Vsp., Edda ; there is a curious passage in an Icel. Chris-
tian poem written shortly after the introduction of the new Faith, where
Christ is represented as sitting at the well of Urflr in the south, id. (in a
verse). urflar-f&r, n. perdition, ill fate, Sturl. ii. (in a verse). urdar>
lokur, f. pi. (also varSlokur or varSlokkur), 'weird-spells,' charms, Gg.
7. tirdar-magn, n. Fate's power, Gkv. a. 21. urdar-m&ni,
3, m. a ' weird moon,' warlock moon, a moon-shaped appearance boding
evil, Eb. 270. xur3ar-or3, n. weird's word, i.e. Fate, Fsm. 47.
urga, u, f. [provinc. Norse wrt/e], a strap, rope's end; ef urgur eru
i fjosum, Jb. 320 ; Jjegar drengrinn vildi festa 4 sig mannbroddana,
sag3i hann, ' mi er tynd urgan min,' ... eg spurdi hann hvort |>cssar
olar bxdi litan og innan futar h{sti urgur, hann kva& j4 vid t>vl, P&I
Vidalin in Skyr. 591.
urga, aS, to gnash; urga tonnum, to gnash with the teetb, Fas. i. 425 ;
urga saman kiimbum (of carding combs).
urgtir, f. pi. [urigr=/ie«/jsA], peevishness, ill temper; J)a6 eru urgur
i houum, to be in bad mood.
urinn, part, [is a mod. participle (i6th century, see umingr below)
formed from yrja, ur3i, urinn, = erja, arfti, arinn, cp. erja fi ; it can
therefore have no bearing on the false reading, Gsp., Fas. i. 475] : —
rubbed, scratched; jor8in er 611 upp urin, the crop bitten close off, as if
shaven.
urka, u, f. a nickname, Fms. x. 1 20.
url, n. [Ital. orlo; Fr. ourlet; mod. Lat. orlum], a kind of bat or
hood, O. H. 30, a ait.\(y.
urmull, see ormcil.
tumingr, m. [yrja = erja], a rubbing; af ari e8r urningi, Skyr. 590
(Bjiirn a Skar6sa).
vutra, a6, to snarl, of a dog.
tirt, f. a herb ; see jurt.
tirta, u, f. a female seal with litter. Skald H. 6. 5, and in mod. usage.
urt-hvalr, m. a kind of whale, whence ITrthvala-fjOrSr, a local
name, Eb. 8 new Ed.
Iir-J)j63, f. = yrfijod = verj)j65. Ad.
ITSLI, a, m. [^k.S. ysla or ysela=fire, embers; a compd form is au-
visli (q. v.) qs. af-usli (?) ; cp. Lat. urere] : — a conflagration, esp. in the
allit. eldr ok usli, Fms. i. 201, viii. 341 : a field of burning embers, xi.
35 : the sense damages (see auvisli) is prob. secondary, usla-gjald
or usla-b6t, n. compensation for u., N. G. L. i. 246, GJ)I. 387 ; see
auvisli.
UXI, a, m., older form oxi; in plur. yxn, oxn (cp. the A.S. oxa,
pi. oxan ; Engl, ox, oxen) ; also spelt eyxn, exn, eoxn ; the masc.
forms 'yxn' and 'yxninir' being formed like menn, menninir from
mann-r; uxar is rare and later; thus fjorir oxn, Edda i. 30, v. L
7; oxnemir, id., v.l. 12, Cod. U; fjora oxn, id.; but cixninn (for
oxninnir). Cod. Reg. I. c. ; tva gamla ar6r-yxn, Stj. 446 ; vexnuin,
Fms. X. 404; tveir yxn, Bret. 22; feita eyxn, Sks. 697 B; tva yxn,
J)rja yxn, Eg. 181, 733; marga yxn, 181 ; korn ok yxn, N.G. L. i.
75 ; yxninir, Fms. vi. 69 ; yxnennir, xi. 7 ; yxnina, Bret. 26 ; eyxn
f)rir hvitir, Fms. xi. 6; eyxn marga. Eg. 733; oxn minir, Greg. 44;
eoxkn (sic) fyrir arSri, MS. 1812. 65; oxnunum, Bret. 26; yxn {)cir er
{jorolfr var ekinn d ... tva sterka yxn, . . . voru J)a {)rotnir yxninir ok
teknir aSrir . . . ^a aEr8usk yxninir ok urSu {)egar lausir, Eb. 61, 62 new
Ed. p. it became neuter; eyna ok yxnin me8 (yxnina?), Ld. 122,
Fas. ii. 232 ; yxinin (sic), Stj. 446 (but v.l. yxnina and yxnin); yxna-
flokkr and oxna-flokkr, a herd or drove of oxen, Edda i. 168, 208 ; yxna-
kaup, Rd. 256 ; 6xna-ok, Greg. 28 ; yxna rdttr, an ox-stall, Sturl. ii. 203 ;
yxna tal, Jb. 103, G\\. 189. y. next yxni was used as n. sing. ; yxni
fimm vetra gamalt, Isl. ii. 330; J)eir hafa drepit yxni mitt, Sd. 158;
yxni J)rev4tt, Sturl. i. 72, v.l.; yxni hans la i keldu, Landn. lao;
yxnis hu8, Isl. ii. 71; yxnis hvarf, id.; yxnis-ma8r, an ox-keeper, id.:
[Ulf. aubsa = fiovt; A.S. oxa; Engl. 0*; O.H.G. obso; Germ, ocbs;
Dan. oxe.] ,
B. An ox; uxi alsvartr, uxa-hofu8, Hym. 18, 22 (Bugge); on
U u
I
658
tJ— UDAUNAN.
gamlan, uxaimm. Glum. 348 ; uxana, Rd. 257 ; uxamir, Dropl. 8 ;
uxar, Dipl. iii. 4; uxa J)revetran, Sturl. i. 72; uxum. Eg. 742 ; uxann,
Edda i. 208, but oxanuni, 210, 1. I ; uxna (gen.), 484; oxa-hu&, Landn.
326; oxa hofuS, Edda i. 168, 169 (Cod. Keg.), but uxa, Hym. 1. c. ;
oxans, fsl. ii. 331 ; Iser af oxa J)revetrum, Fms. x. 398; oxa liki, Baer.
19 ; uxa-bass, Stud. ii. 43 ; uxa-fotr, a nickname, Fb. i ; uxa-gjof,
Glum. 390; uxa-kjot, Stj. 91; uxa-knuta, -horn, -hub, Fms. iii. 18,
186, Fas. i. 288, ii. 337 ; uxa merki, Taurus, in the zodiac, Rb. 100 ; uxa
si6a, Dipl. iii. 4 : oxa-stutr, m., see stiitr. II. yxna-megn or
Oxna-megn, a nickname, Gr'ett., Landn. 2. in local names, Oxn-
ey, Landn., Eb. : Oxna-brekkur, Oxna-dalr, Oxna-lsekr, Oxna-
skar3, Landn., Isl, ii : Oxna-furda, Oxford, Fms. iv. 64 (v. 1.), cp.
Thom. 544.
U
TJ- or 6- is the negative prefix before nouns, adjectives, and adveAs
(Engl, and Germ, un-), for the spelling of which see p. 469, col. 2. The
use of this particle is almost unlimited ; it may e. g. be prefixed to almost
every past part., in frequent instances answering to Engl. ' not;' okominn,
not come; ofarinn, not gone; tigefinn, not given; or to the part. act. as
gerundive, \>zb er ohafandi, unfit for use ; ogoranda, not feasible ; «drekk-
andi, undrinhable ; oetandi, uneatable; lisigrandi, ovinnandi, invincible;
otakandi, impregnable. 2. special usages : o. prefixed to com-
paratives, answering to Engl. ^ less ;' eigi liauSgari, not less rich; lidauf-
Vigii, less dull ; and so in endless instances, see the references below:
esp. after a negative, eigi osannara en, not less true than. p.
often with another negative, with an intensive force ; hann var aldrei
ligratandi, ' be was never unweeping,' i.t. be cried all along ; aldrei osof-
andi, never unsleeping, i.e. always sleeping: so also, eigi ugaman, not
unpleasant, i. e. very pleasant ; eigi liakafr, ' not uneager' i. e. very eager ;
eigi uj)essligr, not unlike that, i. e. quite of that kind; eigi ufothvatr, not
unstvift, i. e. very swift indeed. y. eiga skamt ulifa6, see lilifaS ; at
usogSum sundr griSum, hafa ufengit J)ess fjar.
B. CoMPDs : il-afl^tliga (u-afldtanliga), adv. incessantly, Fms. i.
331, X. 391, Sks. 628. li-aflatsamr, adj. (-semi, f.), unintermit-
tent, Fms. iii. 175, Ti-afskiptinn, adj. not meddlesome, Lv. 73.
^i-afskiptasamr, adj. id., Fms. vii. 358. u-alandi, part, a law term,
one who must not be fed, of an outlaw, Grag., Nj. passim. ii-aldar,
see liold. li-alinii, part, unborn, Js. 73. ii-andligr, adj. vnspiritual,
Skalda. li-annt, adj. no/ fcws^, «o/ ea^er, Fs. 99; see annt. ii-aptr-
■bsBtiliga, adv. irreparably, H. E. i. 476. u-arfgengr, adj. not en-
titled to inherit, Grag. i. 228. li-argr, adj. ; this word is perh. not from
u- and argr (q, v.), but qs. of-vargr ; cp. the spelling of the word in the old
Norse vellum, |>iSr. I.e.; in the phrase, dyr et uarga, the worrier, the great
beast of prey, the fierce animal, i. e. the lion ; dyrum enum uorgum, . . .
liorgu dy'r, Stj.; liarga dyrinu, Fas. iii. 95; oarga dyr, Rb. 102; et
4Sarga dyr (ovarga, the vellum), J>i5r. 183; as a nickname, enn liargi,
Landn. u-athugasamr, adj. inattentive, 623. 35. li-athygli, f.
inattention, Fms. v. 195. Ii-au3igr, adj. unwealtby, destitute, Hm.,
Grag. i. 324; bsendr allir J)eir er liauSgari eru {less wealthy), enn t)ing-
farar-kaupi eigu at gegna, 133. li-auSligr, adj. poorly, Hm. 74, VJ)m.
10, Fas. iii. 603. u-au3na, u, f. ill-luck, misfortune, Fms. viii. 286.
<i-auSrd3inii, part, not easily managed, Hkr. ii. 2 2 2 . u-au3s6ttligr,
adj. not easy to overcome, Ld. 238. li-aukiim, part. ' wne-teJ,' un-
augmented, GJ)1. 149. xi-dfenginii, adj. not intoxicating, Bs. i. 394.
ti-dgangsamr, adj. not encroaching upon others, peaceful, Fs. 29.
li-agengiligr, adj. not aggressive, Isl. ii. 181. ti-iigjarii, adj. uncovet-
<Ms, Hkr. ii. 31. u-dhly3iiin, part, unlistening, self-willed, Orkn. 40,
Fms. xi. 246. li-ikafliga, adv. listlessly, Fms. vii. 288. ti-fikafr,
adj. not eager, slovenly, Fms. vi. 312 ; engu liakafari, less eager. Fas. i.
503, Fms. vi. 312, Lv. -61. la-dleitinn, adj. unencroacbing ; ma6r
g63gjarn ok 11., Fms. ii. 248, Eg. 754 u-firan, n. a bad season, dearth,
Rb. 388, Stj. 333, Fms. xi. 7 ; liarani, x. 400; mikit u. i bui, Sks. 322 ;
ji. k folki, 324; atta tigum vetra si6arr var6 annat oaran, Landn. (App.)
323; liarans-vetr, Ver. 18; 6arans-auki, increase of dearth, Bs. i. 76.
■6-drenniligr, adj. not easy to run against ox attack, Nj. 187, Ld. 102.
Ti-drligr, adj. unseasonable; g6r5i Grim mjok uarligan, G. became
very famished, Brandkr. 60. li-dLrvsenn, adj. an unpromising season;
sumar uarvaent, Hkr. ii. 183. u-&r8e3iligr, adj. unlikely, Fms. viii.
445, V. 1. d.-6stf61ginn, part, unbeloved; uastfolgnari, less beloved.
Fas. ii. 408. li-dstagr, adj. loveless; uastugt var me& J)eim hj6num,
little love, coldness, Landn. 151, v. 1. la-dstuSligr, adj. loveless.
li-4tan, f. a thing not to be eaten, forbidden in the eccl. law ; eta liatan,
•^55 xii- 3. K. ^. K. 136, 172, N. G. L. i. 342; atu menn hrafna ok
melrakka, ok morg ii. ill var etin, Landn. (App.) 323. ■fi-fivaxtasamr,
adj. unproductive, Fms. iii. 166. ti-bar3r (-barinn), part, unbeaten,
Fms. i. 75 ; enginn ver&r libarinn biskup, a saying. li-bastaSr, part,
vnbasttd, unbound, D. N. ii. 560. ia-be3inn, part, unbidden, K. ^. K,
^'0.'
50, (Kb.) 16 ; <5be5it, Hm. 146. ti-bei3ull, adj. not requesting, 686
C. 2. u-beinn, adj. not straight, crooked, Ver. 19. li-beit, n.
dislike; hafa dbeit a e-u, to have a dislike for a thing ; this word is not
found in old writers. u-bergan, n. an ' unrock,' a flinty rock, Barl. 1811
■d-bernskliga, adv. unchildisbly, like a grown-up man, Fms. xi. 53,
u-bemskligr, adj. unchildish, manly, Fbr. u-berr, adj. ' unbare,'
hidden, Skalda 194. Ti-bilgjarnj adj. wrong-headed, Skv. 3. 21,
Hkr. iii. 138, Sturl. i. 104: impatient,' Hakon var obilgjarn, Fms. vi. 334,
Fas. ii. 426 ; illt er at eggja libilgjarnan, a saying, Grett. 91. u-bilt
(see bilt), lata ser ver6a libilt, to take no fright. Fas. i. 126. Ti-birgr,
adj. (not ubyrgr), unprovided, Vm. 16, Bs. i. 868, Fb. i. 431, Hav. 47,
Isl. ii. 142. u-birktr, part, unbarked, of trees, Stj. 177. u-birta,
u, f. darkness, Fms. vii. 108. ■u.-bi3ingr, m. an ' unbiding one,' runa-
way, Landn. (in a verse). u-bitala3r, part. [Germ.], unpaid, Vm. 26,
li-bjartr, adj. not bright, dark, Flov. 30. li-bjugr, adj. not convex,
Rb. 468. li-blandinn, part, unblended, Horn. 59. Ti-blau3r, adj.
not blau9r (q. v.), Fm. ; a pr. name, Landn. li-blindr, adj. not blind, '*''^
Fms. iv. 13 (in a verse). ii.bli3a, u, f. a disfavour, Fms. v. 235, Fa,
i. 531, Stj. 200, Bs. i. 714. ■u-bli3liga, adv. ' unblithely,' unkindly,
212. ■u.-blf3Ugr, adj. unkind, Arons S. (MS.) u-bli3r, adj.
ward, frowning. Eg. 524, Sks. 285. u-bl63igr,adj. wM6/oo<i^, Fas. i,
ia-bo3inn, part, unbidden, N. G. L. i. 93, Odd. 61 ; koma libodit, to
unbidden, Fms. viii. 46. li-borinn, part., see bera ; J)a er
uborit se, of a witness, Grag. i. 40: unborn, Stj. 159; in the phi
alnir ok libornir, born and unborn; ek maelta eitt or6 liborinn (of
Viilsung), Fas. i. 123 ; liborins erf6, N. G. L. i. 49 ; fe liborit, bewl
or charmed things, charms, K. p. K. : as a law phrase, ' unborn,'
illegitimate, hon var3veitti barn drottningar uborit me6an hon
laugu : as a nickname, Uni enn liborni, Landn. ; . . . l3lfnin en liborna,-
Ii-b6kfr63r, adj. unlettered, H. E. i. 584. li-bota, gen. pi. from til
q. V. ub6ta-ma3r, m. a criminal; J)j6far . . . drottins-svikar,
vargar, brennu-vargar, fieir eru allir obota menn, N. G. L. i. 405 ; bif
a aliar fiar sektir til {)ess er ma9r er u., 350 ; gora e-n at ubota m;
Nj. 59 ; J)6 J)eir vaeri frjiilsir menn J)a vaeri J)eir \)6 6b6ta menn, Eg,
u-b6ta-m.il, n. a case which cannot be atoned for by money, a crime,fe
Js. 134, GJ)1. ii8, 136, N. G. L. i. 352. ubota-sdk, f. a felony, Js,
ribota-verk, n. a bootless work, i. e. a felony, crime, N. G. L. i.
u-brag3ligr, adj. dull-looking, Fbr. 142. li-brd/Sgdrr, part, late
slow of growth, of a youth, Gliim. 335. li-brdSr, adj. slow,
viii. 327; ubratt, slowly, taka e-u ubratt, Orkn. 42. u-brd3rei
adj. unimpassioned or dispassionate. Fas. iii. 90. Ti-breididr,
unspread, Jb. 193. ti-brenndr, part, unburnt, Fms. ix. 357> ^-T"
li-breytiliga, adv. in a common manner, Fms. ii. 267. u-breytte
adj. unaltered, Fms. i. 296 : common, u. ma6r, a common, plain,
day man, Stj., Fms. v. 182 ; einn u. bondason, viii. 12 ; ekki heyi
tala sva til libreyttra manna, Skalda ; li. klae6na6r, plain clothing,
u-brig3anliga, adv. invariably, Rb. 214. Ia-brig3anligr,
unchangeable, K. A. 2, Sks. 604. Ti-brig3iliga, adv. incoavi
Dipl. i. 2, 3, H.E. i. 259, 528, K. A. 52. li-brig3iligr, adj.
changeable, G^l. 41, Greg. 11 : irreversible, of a deed, act, testai
Dipl. V. 26. u-brig3r, part, unchanged, Hm. 6, Bs. i. 763 ; en
aurum var librigt. Fas. iii. 194. li-brotgiani, adj. not brittle,*
Tl-brotinn, part, unbroken, Fms. ii. 144, Orkn. 444. ■u.-br63ur]
adv. unbrotherly. Fas. i. 500. u-brugSinn, part, unchanged,
23, Edda (Ht.) i. 606, Mar. Ii-brvmninn, part, unburnt, O. H.
Fms. i. 129, vii. 164, Nj. 208. li-bryddr, part, unshod, Hm. ^
u-breeddr, part, untarred, Krok. 53. u-bundinn, part. unbo\
Hkm., Hom. 120, f)6r9. 48 new Ed. li-bliinn, part. ^ un-boune^g;^kii
ready, unprepared, Hkr. i. 248 : unready, ufiwilling, Fms. vii. 248
adorned, Pm. 2-3: undone. Fas. i. 231 ; see bua. li-bygS, f. AF'Sj.jjj
unpeopled tract, a desert (see byg5), Grag. ii. 197 ; til libygda i Graenr-
landi, Landn. 26; hann fekk liflat a Graenalandi i 6byg9um, Bs. i
sjoinn ok a5rar ubygSir, Fms. xi. 225; mer tekr mjok at lei&j
libygSum J)essum, ii. 104. li-bygSr, part, unpeopled, Grag. ii,
Dipl. iii. I3. li-byggiligr, adj. uninhabitable, Sks. i, Hkr. \\^
u-byggjandi, part, uninhabitable, Sks. 197. li-byrja, adj. barrt
a woman ; paer konur er u. eru, Stj. 89, 248 ; konur libyrea, 175 ; koB -^,,ny
hans var li., MS. 623. 51 : in mod. usage, as subst., Elisabeth var obyijj y"'ni^
Luke i. 6 ; saelar eru obyrjur, xxiii. 29 ; sael mi obyrjan barnlaus a '■
Pass. 31. 4. li-beenir, f. pi. curses, imprecations, Isl. ii. 220, T^M -..^i^j
li-bseriligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), intolerable. Fas. i. 79, Stj. 187.
bsetiligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), irreparable, Fms. ii. 297. iS-T:
f. pi. a law phrase, an act that cannot be compounded by money, a fa
fellr J)at til libota, K.A. 144: gen. plur. libota- in compds, see
li-bsBttr, part, unpaid, of weregild ; hon kva5 betri menn liggja uB
Nj.54; libsett synd,a sm not atonedfor, K.A. 208. u-daudahra
adj. not afraid for one's life, Finnb. 260. ti-dau3leikr, m.
taliiy, Stj. 24, Lil. 67. Ta-dau31igr, adj. undying, Stj. 24, Mar., JK -'
623. 59. u-dau3r, adj. ; li. at eins, all but dead, Ld. 242, K. p. K- '■ J' fj^ljf
\i-daufligr, adj. not dull; J)at er udaufligra, less dull, Fms. ix. 45>^|
ii. 178. u-daufr, adj. not daufr, q. v. d-daunan, n. a bad s«wl|
pii
Gretl
■mai
h
i,Ui
t
asJii,
WXj.
mi
tlDAUNN— UFRIDV^NN.
659
, Mar. ; li. mikit, Orkn. 208, v. 1. ti-daunn, m. id., Fms. iv. a8.
5ir, f. pi. a misdeed, outrage (Germ, untbat) ; fyrir ofsa ok udadir,
I. 208 ; udaSuiil sinum . . . uda8um e8a illsku, Fb. i. 548, Stj. 271 :
!a-ina3r, m. a malefactor, K. A. 60, G^l. 22, Fnis. iii. 61 : tid&fia-
, u. a crime, Vigl. 31, K. A. 142 : TJddfla-hraun, 11. the Desert
:sdeeds, is the name of a desert in the north-east of Icel., near
t Herdabreid, from the popular legend of its containing unknown
s, peopled by utilegumenn, q. v. u-dfiinn, part. ' undead,' alive,
\. 200 (in a verse): in the name TJdains-akr = /Ae Z,a«rf of the
'i-r, a kind of Paradise or place of bliss in the Northern mythology,
c legend of Eric the far traveller, Fb. i. 29 sqq. u-deigliga,
' unsoftly,' harshly, Gisl. 69. li-deigr, adj. not soft, Jji6r.
ildr, part. ^ undealt,' undivided, whole, Grag. i. 173, ii. 349.
■{'?>, f. lad of courage, faititness. Stud. iv. 99 (ofdirfS, Bs. i. 766).
•fska, u, f. = udirf8. ti-djarfliga, adv. timidly, Fms. viii. 124,
-•2. -u-djarfr, adj. timid, Rd. 310, Fms. x. 317, Eg. 284.
pgjarn, adj. «o/ bloodthirsty, Fms. v. 191, Rb. 364. Ti-dreginn,
r.ot dragged, undrawn, not measured (see draga A. II), N.G. L.
■li-drekkandi, part, undrinhahle, Rb. 354. 'u-drengiliga,
nmanfidly, meanly, Ld. 234, Fms. iii. 121, vii. 71, 269, Isl. ii.
Ti-drengiligr, adj. unworthy of a man, Ld. 266, Fms. vi.
Ti-drengjask, 6, to disgrace oneself, N.G. L. ii. (Hir5skrd).
drengr, m. a bad fellow, Grett. 155 A. u-drenglyndr, li-
•>'iglyndi, f., and udrengskapr, m. meanness, Fms. vi. 121, xi.
iliiv. 41. li-drepinn, part, unkilled, Js. 30. ■u-dreymdr,
lot dreamed, Sturl. ii. 217. li-drjugr, zd]. falling short, Fms.
270, viii. 134. la-drukkinn, part, 'undrunk,' sober. Eg.
I'ms. i. 162, xi. 112. u-dr^gindi, n. pi. the being udrjiigr.
• luldr, part. 7iot unaware of, knowing, G\)\. 417, Orkn. 140. Ti-
( nldr, part, undelayed, Magn. 534. li-dygS, {.faithlessness, bad
j'l\ Grett. 131, 154 A: dishonesty, wickedness, Fms. i. 141, vi. 109 ;
I , ;;3ar-ma6r, a bad fellow, ix. 261. u-dyggiliga, adv. (-ligr,
. dishonestly, Rd. 258. Vi-dyggleikr, m. = udyg5, Sks. 349,
u-dyggligr, adj. dishonest, 623. 9. ia-dyggr, adj.
/, Fms. ii. 140, vi. 96, Magn. 484: faithless, of a bad worker.
1 lyrr, adj. not dear; land lidyrra, Ld. 322 ; eignir udyrri, lidyrrum i
I I. Dipl. V. 26 ; lidyrstr, at the lowest price, cheapest, Fms. iii. 158 ; inn
uisii gripr, least valuable, Grag. i. 452 ; leggja udyrt, Eg. 715 ; kaupa
iviTii, to buy at a less price, Fms. vii. 285. la-dseSi, n. an ' un-
d,' tnisdeed. li-dssld, f., in lidseldar-inaSr, m. an overbearing
m, Ld. no, NjarS. 376. Ti-dsell, adj. difficult, Hm. 8: over-
\ring, agjarn ok ii.. Eg. 179; u. ok illr viSreignar, Nj.17; uj)y8r
■ii., Fms. viii. 175 ; inn lidaelasti, Njar6. 376. u-dselleikr, m.
overbearing temper, Sturl. i. 1 14. u-dsemdr, part, unsentenced,
s. i. 80; standi lidsemt mal {)eirra, Js. 20; udaemdr t)j6fr, vii. 114.
imi, n. pi. an enormity, monstrous thing; me3 miklum lidaemum,
114; morg endemi J)au er mundi lidxmi fjykkja, Bs. i. 62 ; vera
lidsemum, unexampled, Gisl. 22 : tideema-niikill, adj. portentous,
4. 20: udsema-verk, n. a monstrous deed, enormity, Sturl. i. 29,
s. xi. 347, vii. 293. Ti-dsemiliga, adv. enormously. Mar. li-
gr, adj. enormous; u. glaepr. Mar.; ill ok u. gor6, Fms. ii. 226.
sinn, adj. unwearied, Fms. vi. (in a verse). li-dokkr, adj. not
k, Edda (Ht.) Ti-efanligr, adj. indubitable. li-efni, n. a per-
tly, precarious state of affairs ; her slaer i allmikil ii., Nj. 246 ; horfir
nna mestu liefna, 164, tsl. ii. 339; ({)a5) for i liefni, Sturl. iii. 210;
lann sa i hvert li. komit var, Orkn. 106. li-eiginligr, adj. (-liga,
), not proper, Skalda. li-einarSr (ueinar3-ligr, -liga), adj. insin-
, Krok. 38. u-einkyTintr, part, unmarked, of sheep ; ef {6 er liein-
nt, Grag. i. 415. li-einsligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), lieinsligra, less
ly, Stj. 393. Ii-eimxr3, f. adulation, Al. 153 : insincerity, Stj. 102.
ira=ueir&, in tieini-maSr, m. an unruly man, Korm. 90, Nj. 152
L), Fms. X. 420. u-eir3, f. disquietude, tumult; kapps fullr ok
8ar, Fms. vii. 357; ueir3ir, uproar; ueir8ar-ma&r, an unruly man,
m. 140, Nj. 152. li-eirinn, adj. unruly, Fms. vii. 199 ; li. i skapi, i.
; udaell ok u., Lv. 26 : unforbearing, harSr ok li. vid ransmenn ok vik-
, Orkn. 158. li-eldinn, adj. not made hot in the forge, Grag. i. 501.
idaligr, adj. endless, interminable, Fms. ii. 42, Mar. u-endiUga,
. interminably, H.E. i. 409. u-endiligr (u-endanligr, Fms. i.
, and mod.), adj. endless, Stj. -d-endr, adj. infinite, endless, 656 C.
■u.-erfi3r, adj. not toilsome; uerfi6ast, Mar. u.eskliga(?), Fms.iv.
Ti-etinn, part, uneaten, N. G. L. i. 349. li-fagna, aS, to be ' tm-
' to condole; u. ySrum uhgnabl =fiere cum flentibus, Sturl. ii. 14 C.
tbgna3r, m. ' ungladness,' sorrow; harmr ok u., Hom. 121: wickedness,
a ok li., K. A. 227 ; ufagna8ar folk, wicked folk, Stj. : a plague, hann
5 t)ar sjalfan ufagna8inn inni vera, the devil himself, Grett. 1 35 A ; eetla
t {)essi ufognu5r se sendr af 68ni, Fms. iii. 1 79 ; ufagnaSar kraptr,
lisb power, Grett. 1 1 4 A. la-fagr, adj . ' unfair,' not handsome, ugly ;
hond, Fms.vii.162; itufegra, /i6e/Msj(f«e,94; lifegri enn a6r, Lv. 78;
;rt kvaeSi, Isl. ii. 237; ufagra samsetning stafanna, Skfilda. Vi-fagr-
k, adv. inelegantly, Skalda 188. ■li-fagrligr, adj. unhandsome, Fs. 43.
U, n. a mishap, Bs. i, 646. 6-fallinn, adj. unfitted, Sturl. i. 45 :
unbecoming. Eg. 730; kvai lifaliit at deila vift fiidur linn, Lv. 9, Ytnt.
ix. 240, H. E. i. 248, ti-falr, adj. not for sale; inn yngri er m&i lifalr,
Fms. X. 227 ; hann kvaft pk s6r eigi ufalari til daufta, Fai. ii. 483 ; »kal
ck l)ann velja er ek veil at 1>4t er ufalaitr, Ld.faa. ti-falsadr, part.
unfahijied. Mar.; kaup li., Jb. 372; hallkvsemr ok ti. beini, Fm». il.
261. li-farinn, part, not gone; var honum J^ssi ferft betr farin enn
ufarin, Fms. iii. 181 ; lifarin mundi |>cssi (ferft) ef ek r<^»a. Boll. 346,
u-farna3r, ni. ' evil speed,' a misfortune. Eg. 30, Gliim. 370, Fms. ii. 24 J.
u-fatla3r, part, unhindered. u-fdguligr, adj. unpoliibed, Fnii. ii. 1 63.
u-fdr, adj. not few, i. e. many. Lex. Poi-t. li-fegiim, adj. • unfain,' not
glad, sorry, Sol. ; lifegnari, less rejoicing, Bs. i. 199 ; bvi hef&i hann orftit
lifegnastr er Jjann var eigi J)ar, Sturl. ii. 106. li-fegradr, part, unadorned.
Fas. ii. 471. ti-feigr, adj. not fey (see feigr), Fms. viii. 117, Bs. i. 139.
Ti-feilinn, adj. unfaltering. ti-felldr, part, unfelled : lifellt, unbecom-
ing = ufallit, Orkn. 214, Sturl. ii. 1 4 5. H-fengUigr, adj. of little valut,
unimportant, Fms. vi. 367. li-fenginn, part, not gotten ; f6 fcngit ok
lifengit, GullJ). 5, Fas. iii. 375 ; ef hcnni er lifcnginn staftr, Grag. i. 146;
jarl kve6sk ufengit enn hafa J)ess fj4rins, Fms. xi. 82. id-ferjandi,
part, (gerund.), who may not be ferried, of an outlaw, Grag. i. 88, Nj. 1 10
(in the formula). li-f^samr, adj. unprofitable, yielding little profit,
Sturl. i. loi C. Ti-festr, part, unfastened, Gr&g. ii. 362. 1i-flm*
leikr, m. unhandiness. Fas. iii. 6. li-fimliga, adv. awkwardly, Fms.
ii. 268, Isl. ii. 198, Fas. ii. 297. li-flinligr, adj. unhandy, Fms. ii. 371,
Fas. ii. 35, Bs. i. 60. u-flmr, adj. awkward, Fbr. 142. 6-Q6ll6ttr,
zd). flat, not hilly, Fb. i.431. Ti-fj6t, n. pi. ' unfits,' broUs, blunders;
ef 16gs6guma8r gcirir J)au li. nokkur, er nieiri hlutr manna vill kalla l)ingt-
afgliipun, Grdg. i. 12. li-flattr, part, uncut up, of fish, Gr4g. ii. 357.
il-flekka3r, part. ' unflecked,' immaculate, Th. 26. li-fleygr, adj.
unfledged, not able to fly, Edda. u-flj6tr, adj. 'not fleet,' slow;
lifljotari, Fms. xi. 362 ; taka e-u lifljott, Fbr. 119. ti-flokkr, m. a
rabble, Fms. ix. 410. li-fluguniaimligr, adj. not like a flugumaftr,
Sturl. i. 13. u-fl;^an.di, part, (gerund.), in the phrase, li. herr, an over'
whelming host, Fms. i. 199, ii. 198, vii. 189. li-forn, adj. notold, Pm.
62. \i-forsjd,liga, adv. improvidently, Stj. ii-forsjdliga, adv.
improvidently, Fms. vii. 128. li-forsj61igr, adj. improvident, Stj, 3.
u-forsynja, u, f., see lifyrirsynja. li-forvitinn, adj. not curiout,
Fms. ii. 100, Fb. i. 538. Ii-f61giiin, part, unbidden, Hkm., N.G. L.
i. 21. u-fothvatr, adj. unswift of foot; ekki vartii pi u., tbou
wast not slow of foot, i. e. thou didst run well, Gliim. 363. ti-f6t-
linr, adj. not hard for the foot, Greg. 5. ti-firamarr, compar.
less forward; i engum sta& uframarr, Fms. xi. 326; hvergi li., 48;
launa liframarr enn skyldi, Fas. i. 365, iii. 53 ; |)6tt til vaeri actlat
ekki li., Gliim. 333. u-framgjam, adj. shy, Grett. 53. u-frami,
a, m. bashfulness; u. ok otti, 655 xxvii. 2. Ii-framliga, adr.
notforwardly, shyly; fara li.. Fas. ii. 90; hann g4kk heldr u., Fms. vi.
113; ok kogu3u til bans li., NiSrst. 5. u-firamr, adj. t/«/br«»arrf,
shy, Edda 108; u. ma8r, Fas. ii. 500; aptans biSr uframs siik, a saying,
Sighvat, Ld. 1 36, Fas. iii. 80 ; uframara, Fms. x. 83, v. 1. ■fi-frams^nl,
f. improvidence, |>6r3. 63. li-frainsi^im, adj. improvident. li-fri-
leikr, m. slouness, Eluc. 14. u-fr&ligr and Ti-fr&r, adj. not fleet,
faint, weakly; li. ok livanr gongu. Valla L. 2 16; lift klzdfdtt ok lifrAtt,
Bs. i. 442 ; nu er barnit sva lifratt (faint) at eigi m4 presti n&, N.. G. L.
i. 12. ii-fregit, part. n. unasked; Kmitr sag8i Gunnari ufregit allt,
Nj. 49, Fs. 19. Tl-freista3, part. n. untried; ekki dugir ufreistaft, a
saying, Nj. 8, Fas. ii. 1 15. u-frekliga, adv. not greedily; ongu
lifrekligarr, Fms. iii. 96, vi. 123. ti-frekr, adj. not frekr; eigi
iifrekara, Bs. i. 729. u-frelsa (li-fredlsa), a8, to make captive; hann
fangaSi oss ok ufrjdlsafti, Stj. 147: to molest, attack, with dat., u. e-m,
H.E. i. 460: J)au hundruS sem hann ufrelsa&i honum upp a hald
framarr meirr, i. e. the money, the further possession of which be op-
posed, Dipl. iii. 13. Ti-frelsi, n. 'unfreedom,' tyranny; lifrelsi eftr
ofriki, Fms. vii. 293 ; konungr lagfti pk i li., deprived tbem of tbeir free-
dom, Hkr. ii. 234, Sks. 510; leysa hann af J)essu li., Fms. x. 235.
u-freskr, adj., see ofreskr. Ii-fri3ask, a&; J)a8 li. me8 e-m, to be-
come enemies, Fms. xi. 201. Ti-fri3liga, adv. in unpeaceful manner;
lata li., to be unruly, Grett. 149. ■(i-£ri3ligr, adj. unpeaceful, unruly,
Fms. ix. 351, Fs. 121. ■d-f'ri3r, m. 'un-peace,' war, slate of war;
lifriSi, Fms. i. 29 : an attack, the enemy, s6g8u at ii. for at f)cim. Eg. 131 ;
hefi ek frett at ofriSr er kominn i ana, Nj. 43; hann kallaSi hitt, af
tjoldin, h4r ferr ti. ! Fms. ix. 49 ; er \t\x urSu varir vi8 lifriS, that lit
enemy was near, i. 58; ufri8ar Agangr, 188; ufri8ar-efni, vi. 286;
ufri8ar-fi)r, -fer8, v. 292, Sturl. ii. 227 ; lifriSar-flokkr, a band, Fms. viii.
211, ix. 266 ; lifriSar-fylgjur, the 'fetches' of enemies, |>6r8. 33 ; lifriSar
herr, Fms. ii. 308; lifriftar-kvittr, 296; ufri8ar-Iaust, peacefully, ix.
280 ; iifri8ar-ma8r, J)ar msetti hann ufri8armonnum {enemies), |)eim ef
hann vildu drepa, i. 146; hann sk at Jjetta voru lifridar menn, xi.
333 ; iifri8ar stormr, Fas. ii. 79, Stj. 255, 278 ; lifriSar-vxnn, Fms. ix. 390.
ti-fri3saniliga, adv. = ufri81iga ; fara li. herja ok r«na, Fms. xi. 123;
li. hefir mik dreynit, Njar8. 374. ti-friSBamligr, adj. unpeaceftd,
warlike, disturbed, Hkr. ii. 333, Ann. 1 239. ti-fri8Bamr, adj. unndy,
^Fms viii. 266, xi. 270. 1i-fjri3v«enn, adj. pnpromising for peaee^
'S U u 2
660
UFRITT— tJGOFUGR.
Eg- 373. 'ii-fritt, n. adj. unpeaceful ; erm er lifritt, one's life is without
rett, Landii. 295. u-friflleikr, m. ugliness, Sturl. i. 1. u-fridr,
adj. ugly ; hvarrki minni ne lifriSari, Faer. 153: of payment in kiud, opp.
to cattle (see fri&r II) ; ^ar a moti bau5 Bjarni ufritt vir6ingar-fe, Dipl.
iii. 13; hundra5 lifritt, Vm. ii; hit ufri8a, Grag. i. 221, H.E. i. 561.
■d-frjils, adj. unfree (cp. Swed. frelse och vfrelse) ; en lifrjalsa aettin, the
unfree, tiie slaves, Fms. ii. 69. u-frjoleikr, m. unfruitfulness, barren-
ness, Stj. 78, 203. li-frjor and u-^frsor, adj. barren ; ofrjovari,
Stj. 61 ; ongan hlut ufraean (ufrean Cod.), 20 ; lifreom, 195 ; ufrse, Rb.
354 ; akr lifraer, Glum. 340. u-frjosamr, adj. unfertile, unproduc-
tive, Sturl. i. loi . li-frjosemi, f. infertility. u-froSleikr, m. want
of knowledge, Sks. 554, Fms. x. 288. u-fr63liga, adv. ; spyrja li.,
to ash foolishly, Sks. 28.^ Edda 13. u-fr63ligr, adj. uninteresting,
Sks. 519, Fms. xi. 117, Hkr. ii. 83. Tj-fr63r, adj. ignorant, Kormak;
u. ok uvitr, Fms. ix. 55; li. ok heimskr, vi. 113; eigi ufroSari, not
worse informed, Sks. 503. .il-fromr, adj. dishonest, thievish. ti-
fr^nn, ti-frynligr, zd]. frowning ; see offrynn. ■a.-irsebi, f. igno-
rance, lack of information, Hkr. iii. 96. u-frsegd, f. discredit, Stj. 430
(v. 1.), H.E. i. 463. u-fr8egja, a6, to defame, Th. 14, Skdlda 208.
li-frsegr, adj. inglorious; eigi ufroegari, not less famous. Fas. i. 347.
ti-frsekn, adj. unwarlike, Baer. 16. li-frSBiidsamliga, adv. unkins-
manlike, Finnb. 304. li-frser, adj. = lifrjor. u-fullr, adj. not full, Pm.
22, 37. .■u.-fundinn, part, unfound, undiscovered, Landn. 173, Grag.
ii. 384, Jb. 339. u-fdinn, part, tinrotten, Ld. 100, Sd. 191. li-fuss,
adj. unwilling ; li. e-s, Nj. 198, Fms. vii. 272, viii. 145, xi. 375. u-
fylginn, adj. not following ; Grettir var honum li., Grett. 76. u-fylli-
ligr, adj. insatiable, Horn. 25. -u-fyTirMtsainr, adj. intractable, head-
strong, Grett. 9 1 , 1 44. li-fyrirlitsemi, f. obstinacy, u-fyrirleitmn,
adj. intractable, reckless, Fms. iii. 206, Orkn. 290. li-fyrirleitni, f.
recklessness. Fas. i. 52. u-fyrirsynja, u, f. a thing not to be endured;
{)at ma {)ykkja mikil ii. . . ., ok J)ykki mer Jjat uJ)oIanda, Isl. ii. 420 :
«sp. in the adverbial phrase, lifyrirsynju, wantonly, for no purpose,
Lv. 28, -Isl. ii. 141, H.E. ii. 80; pessi seta J)6tti lifyrirsynju, Fms.
viii. 455, v. 1. ; liforsynju konungr, Fb. i. 28. ti-feegflr, part.
uncleansed, Hom. 70. u-fseliliga, adv. undauntedly. Fas. iii.
,75. u-feelinn, adj. undaunted. Lex. Poet., Fms. vi. 2i6, Sks.
382 B: mod. lifeilinn, Sturl. i. 99 (paper MS.) li-fsera, u, L an
impassable place ; ar eSa lifaerur, N. G. L. i. 64 : impracticability, a despe-
rate task, hlafla skip til lifaeru, to overload a ship, Bs. i. 276; ek kalla
J)at lifasru at berjask vi3 Jia, Fms. vii. 258 ; J)eim var u. {langat at
fara, ix. 479 ; vera i lifseru, to be in a critical state, 404, Hkr. ii. 279 ;
er li. at komask J)ar yiir, Edda 5 ; var J)at en mesta li., J)viat J)egar
mundi hann keyra ,oxina i hofu6 {)er, Ld. 324; J)at er en mesta u.
at . . ., // is sheer rashness, Orkn. 360, 474 ; at ^eirri lifaeru var komit,
at J)eir mundi brenna skip J)eirra, Bret. 60 ; lifaeru-vegr, an impassable
road, Al. 51. ii-.feevd, f. impassableness, esp. from snow; lag5i a
snjava ok lifaeiSir, Fms. ii. 97; sva miklar lifaerftir at Jjeir fengu eigi
brotift snjainn, ix. 334; mer er leitt at rekask I lifserSum, Lv. 26. u-
f8Br3r, part, unbrought, Isl. ii. 329, Grag. i. 247. Ti-feBri = lifaera ;
hlaSa skip til lifaeris, G^\. 427 ; meiSa til lifseris, to disable, Sturl. iii. 68 C.
^-fseriligr, adj. impracticable, not to be done, Grett. 110: impassable,
Sturl. iii. 160. li-fserr, adj. impassable, Nj. 63(v. 1.), Edda 3 ; li.
vegr, Fms. iv. 218 : impossible, at honum mundi ekki lifaert, vi. 400 :
improper, i. 83 : of a person, disabled, Isl. ii. 247, Orkn. 264,
Grag. i. 142 ; drekka sik lifaeran, Fms. ix. 23, Hkr. ii. 108, Eg. 206,
551. li-fdlr, adj. ' unsallow,' not pale ; lifolvan belg, {)orf. Karl. 424.
Ii-f6r, L a disastrous journey, disaster; hvarrgan ykkarn mun hann
spara til at hljota liforna, Fms. xi. 113 : esp. in plur., lifarar, a disaster,
defeat, ill-luck; er hann ser lifarar sinna manna, Faer. 74, Sks. 551, Fms.
vii. 204, .212: ill-treatment, ufarir ekki goSar, Ld. 278; lifara-ar,
-sumar, an ill season, bad summer, Ann. 1392, Sturl. i. 123 ; lifara-Hroi,
H. the unlusky, Fms. v. 253. li-gagn, n. an ' imgain,' ' unprofit' hurt,
harm, Hkv. i. 37, Hom. 151, Ems. viii. 312, Grag. ii. 57, Edda 41 : li-
gagn-au3igr, zdj. unprofitable, Stj. : ugagn-vsenligr, a.d].id., Fb. i.432.
u-gaman, n. no pleasure; vaeri eigi li., Grett. 134 new Ed., Fas. ii. 414.
il-gangr, m. ; iigangs-ma6r ( = ligagns-maSr), an aggressor, N. G.L. i. 1 71.
Ti-gaumgsefi, f. inattention, Sks. 280. li-gaumgeefr, adj. heedless,
673. 61. li-ga, f. sloth; liggja i liga ok i drykkju, Fms. viii. ic6,
320 : inattentioti, fafraE5i ok ligii, Bs. i. 1 37. li-gfit, n. = liga, thought-
lessness; gora e-6 i ogati, J)a6 var af ogati. u-ge3ligr, adj. dis-
agreeable, Bs. i. 537- ■u-gefinn, part, tiot given away, Nj. 29 (iin-
married): vacant, Bs. i. 778. li-gegn, adj. unreasonable, self-willed;
l)egi8u, {>6rir, {)egn ertu li., Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; oror3r ok li., Eb. 104 ;
6. ok heimskr, Clem. 44: li-gegnliga, adv. Hw/ro/ier/y ; ilia ok li.,
Gliim. 330, ti-gegnd, f. unreasonableness : u-gegndarliga, adv.
unreasonably. ■u-geigveenligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), fiot dangerous, Isl.
ii. 305. -d-genginn, part. 720/ ^o«e, K. A. 152. li-gengr, adj.
vnjit to walk on, of ice, Bs. i. 356 : unable to walk, 443. u-getinn,
part, not begotten, Grag. ii. 1 70 : the phrase, lata ser iigeti6 at e-u, to be
displeased at, Ld. 164. u-geyminn, part, heedless of, Stj. 633, Grett.
J69 new Ed. li-gildi, n. ' unvalue,' of a thing that may be destroyed or ^
i
.1
Iiiq.a
■Hltll
damaged with impunity or without liability to compensation ; aldrei geny
f^na9r ser til ligildis, GJjI. 397. li-gildr, adj., see gildr; i engu va
hann ogildari nia3r, less brave, Eb. 200 : as a law term, invalid, i. e./o)
whom no weregild is to be paid ; vera li., Nj. 56 ; falla li., to be slain mil
irnptmity, without liability to weregild, of one slain in the act or the like
falla ligilda a sjalfra sinna verkum. Eg. 502 ; falla li. fyrir tijafnad sinn
Hav. 57; munum vit ver5a at hluta me3 okkr e5a ella mun matrim
ligildr, or else no weregild will be got, Nj. 86. li-gipta, u, f. ill-luck
haplessness, mischief, Fs. 99, Nj. 20, Fms. ii. 61, Sks. 26 ; ligiptu bragS
an ill-boding countenance, Fms. x. 232 ; ligiptu-ar, a hapless year, ix
535; ligiptu-verk, id.: ligiptii-liga, adv. haplessly, Ld. 252 : ligiptu-
ligr, adj. of luckless appearance, Isl. ii: ugiptu-maSr, m. a luck
less person, Nj. 66: ugiptu-saniliga, adv. haplessly, Ld. 154: 6.
giptu-samligr, adj. hapless-looking, evil-boding, Fs. 31. u-giptr
part, not given away, unmarried, Nj. 22, Fms. x. 115, Js. 59; in mod
usage also of a man. u-girniligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), u?idesirabh
verra kost ok ligirnilegra hlut, Fms. x. 260. ■u.-gjarn, adj. unwilling
Lex. Poet. VL-giarna,, ?idv. unwillingly. VL-gladr, zd]. ' unglad,
cheerless, gloomy ; verSa li. vi6 e-t, Hkr. i. 243 ; gora sik ugla6an, Sks
446 ; ef hann sa ^a liglaBa, Fms. vii. 103 ; hvart sem at hendi kom, J);
var3 hann eigi glaBari ok eigi ugla5ari, Hkr. iii. 97. u-gle3i, f. 'vn
gladness,' sadness, melancholy, Fms. ii. 146 ; sja u. a e-m, Hrafn. 10 ;
u., Eg. 322, Fms. vii. 103, passim; ugle6is-klse6i, a mourning dress,
549 B ; but ligleSi-kyrtill, 228 B. ■u-gle3ja, gladdi, to make ' ungi
distress; t)arf {)ik J)etta eigi at ii., Fms. ii. 193 ; lat J)ik meirr |)at li., ef... J
Sks. 447 B: impers., ^k ligleSr Islending, he turned sad, Mork. 72 : reflex.
hann tok at ligleftjask, Fms. ii. 193; Slafr ligladdisk er a lei3 vetrinn
Ld. 72, Fms. vii. 355 ; {)eir ligloddusk er J)eir sa sik i herfiligum kiaeSum
623. 20; J)a tekr austan-vindr at iigle9jask, Sks. 225. ■u-glikindi
n. pi. (spelt li-likindi), improbability, Finnb. 216, Fas. iii. 77; mei
miklum atbur3um ok olikindum orSit hafa, Hav. 51, Sturl. iii. 132
sham, dissimulation, gora e-t til lilikinda, Sturl. i. 80; ^at hafSi veri
gort til lilikinda at teygja {)a lit, Hkr. ii. no. li-glikliga, adv. (spel
li-likliga), improbably ; taka a ongu li., Nj. 40; er Jiat li. maelt, Hkr
ii. 229; spyrja li., Ld. 268. u-glikligr, adj. (spelt li-likiigr), ?/?:
likely, Nj. 113, Eg. 107,127, Fms. vii. 173, Bjarn. 11 ; eigi ligliklii;
Isl. ii. 387 ; ulikligra, Fms. vii. 161. li-glikr, adj. (spelt li-likr), un
like, Nj. 183, Fms. vi. 204, xi. 57, Edda 12, Hav. 50; mi er J)at liglik
{two different things) at hafa me6 s^r g69a drengmenn e6r einhleypingja
Isl. ii. 325; ok er j)a uglikt (thus to be emended) hvart J)u ferr iloi. ,
minu e3r leynisk pii, Fs. 22. li-gliminn, adj. not good at wrestling !~jj
Grett. 26 new Ed. u-gl6ggleikr, m. lack ofi?isight, Rb. 446. 6 *^ '
gl6ggr, adj. not 'gleg' or clever {see gloggr) ; sa ligloggt i andlit honum
Grett. 123 new Ed.; vita ligloggt, Hkr. ii. 63, Isl. ii. 321. li-gl6gg'
J>ekkinn, adj. not clearly seeing, Mag. 5. li-gnogligr, adj. (-liga
adv.), insufficient, Ld. 322. li-gnogr (li-nogr), adj. i?isuffcient, no
enough ; lignogr fjarhlutr, Bs. i. 265 ; lignogt fe, Gliim. 350 ; ser linogr
Fms. vi. 368 (the vellum Hulda) ; lignjegra, Fms. x. 107, v. 1. ; linaegia
Stj. (MS. 227, col. 518); linaegri. Fas. ii. 489 (a vellum of the 15th
tury). u-goldinn, part, unpaid, Grag. i. 399, Fms. xi. 30.
gjarn, adj. not benevolent, spiteful, Greg. 6. ug63gjarn-liga,
spitefully, Greg. 5. ug63gjarn-ligr, adj. spiteful, id. u-g63r,
' ungood,' bad, wicked; ligott rkb, Fms. iii. 22 ; ugott, Hm. 28, Ls
gora ser ligott at e-u, to be displeased at it, Ld. 134. li-grandvaeri
f. unwariness, Hom. 86. li-grand-vserr, adj. unwary. li-grdtandi
part, not weeping, without tears. Lex. Poet. li-greiddr, part, no
comieJ, of the hair ; no/ /la/^, of money, Fms. ii. 116. li-greiSfsBiT:
adj. difficult to pass over. Eg. 149. u-grei3i, a, m. an impediment \'^*''>
difficulty. Fas. ii. 518; li. stendr af e-u, Bs. i. 736. li-greidr, adj r-'lGlil.
unexpeditious ; u. songr, Hkr. iii. 270; ef J)at er ligreitt, Grag. ii. 274 [ [^'"''''<
e-t teksk ligreitt, Hkr. ii. 41 ; J)eim forsk ligreitt, Fs. 52 ; fara ligreitt r^li, p
Clem. 40; ligreiSara, Fas. ii. 518. li-greiniligr, adj. (-liga, adv.). ''''(liii
indistinct, Skalda. u-grimmliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), not fiercely, F«l ';'^*«/!
iii. 77. li-griniinr, adj. not blood-thirsty, tiot cruel, humane, Bs.i| ,-*itier
665 ; ligrimmari, Fms. iv. 65, Mar. li-grunnr, adj. not iioWow, L^'jlfi
deep. Lex. Poet. u.-grnnsa,m.liga., zdv . decidedly ; vinna li. at e-a,S'-".io6
Sturl. iii. 282. u-grunsamligr, adj. decided, Nj. 185, v. 1. t-
grynni, n. boundlessness ; in the phrase, li. f]ar. Eg. 42, 59, 179, Fnis,
i. 28; li. hers, ii. 294; li. h3s, viii. 48 (v. 1.), xi. 29; u. manna, Hkr,,
iii. 354, Fas. ii. 514. H-gylldr, part, ungilt, Fms. x. 147, Dipl. iii- ' " •
4, V. 18. u-gsefa, u, f. = iigipta, Nj. 8, Sks. 338, 350: as a nick-
name, Landn. 148: u-geefufullr, adj. unlucky, Isl. ii. 37:
ma3r, m. a luckless fellotv, Fms. vii. 227 : li-gsefusamliga, adv.
/e«/^, Fms. iii. 217: u-gsefusamligr, adj. luckless-looking, Nj. I?^,
181. .Ti-gaefr, adj. luckless; var Jjat maelt at monnum yr6i ligacira
veiSi-fang ef lisattir yr3i, Ld. 38: unruly, hiiskarl li. ok vinnu-litill
Grett. loi new Ed. u-gsefungr, m. a luckless fellow. u-gseti-
liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), heedlessly ; fara li., Grag. ii. 336 ; ma;la li., Fms.
vi. 283. li-gsetinn, adj. heedless, Fms. viii. 292. u-gsetni, f. heed-
lessness. -Q.-gbfnglei'k.v, m. lack of nobleness, Gitg. 6^. u-g6fugr,
adj. not of noble extraction, cojnmon ; iig6%um, Fas. ii.466; gofgano^J^^J^.i^
" Ik
i.
'J-he;
'Hit.
IJGORANDI—tJHiEGJA.
661
jiDi'gan, Mar.; x'lgofgari, less noble, Imver ; sa er ugofgari, er tiSrum'
Ltr;ir barn, Fms. vi. 5. ti-gdrandi, part, (gerund.), that cannot be
!'ms. viii. 155, xi. 259; nii er {)at ligoranda, Lv. 49, Hkr. i. 153;
|.c'ss er OSS er eigi ligoranda, Fms. i. 34. li-gOrla, adv. not ex-
vita, sjii li., Hni. 133, Fms. vii. 166, Faer. 268, Nj. 203, Eg. 373,
.'43: not quite, Grag. i. 6. li-gOrr, part, wwrfowe, unaccom-
!. Njar5. 370; limaelt e5a ugiirt, Fms. i. 207, Ver. 42, Grag. i.
iigorvar syndir, Greg. 42 ; ugor liigbrot, Sks. 510 B. il-g6rr,
iiupar. less clearly; vita li., 656 C. 19, Faer. 154; kunua sik
Fms. iv. 209. Ti-g6rviligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), in a wretched
■on, Ld. 120. 6-hagfelldr, adj. inconvenient. Eg. 738, v. 1.
aagliga, adv. inconveniently, Sturl. iii. 9. u-hagligr (mod.
.jhaganlegr), adj. inconvenient, Fms. viii. 162, 404, v. 1. u-hag-
^■r, m. an inconvenience, Sks. 352. li-hagr, m. a disadvan-
't'l- .^43- Ta-h.&gT,<id]. ufihandy, unskilled, St]. I ^S. 'd-hag-
', adj. unfavourable, of wind and weather; u. vindr, Ld. 74;
\e6r ok uhagstae9, Eg. 203. \i-hagvirkr, adj. unskilled
iLorker, Nj. 19. u-haldivsemr (-koemr), adj. disadvan-
■, Fms. viii. 92; minni ok uhaJdkvsemri veizlur, Fms. iii. 17.
Ir, adj. not slant, Fms. x. 213. u-haltr, adj. not ball or lame,
..\, Fms. v. 206. u-hamingja, u, f. bad luck, Fms. x. 338 :
iter, Bs. i. 78, Fms. i. 76, passim; see hamingja : uhamingju-
gr, adj. unlucky-looking, evil-looking, Orkn. 234; diikkt ok u.
•,'3, Fms. i. 97; u. i svip, Fas. ii. 477. u-handlatr, adj.
u< of hand, Nj. 55. li-happ, n. a mishap, ill-luck ; gxttii, at
:5i eigi at uhappi, Landn. 146 ; aerit er lihappit, Fms. i. 182 ; firra
ippi, vii. 161 ; hverr er sa at eigi spari J)at u. vi3 sik, ix. 270;
iuippum hefir hafizk ok sva mun slitna, Lv. 1 1 ; kvaft hann eigi
fleiri uhopp vinna, Faer. 243 ; hefir Jiat mest lihapp verit unnit,
, a 37 ; sa uhappa dvergr, that wicked dwarf. Fas. iii. 344: lihappa-
1 st, adj. without a mishap occurring ; skilja li., Lv. 53 ; lata li., Fs.
1 ; {)ess get ek at ekki se lihappa-laust her {without some fatalities),
nzkr ma5r skal her vei;a, Gliim. 327: uhappa-maSr,. m. a
int, Fs. 39, Ld. 42 : lihappa-verk, n. a misdeed, Hav. 52.
dfserliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), not hardly, on easy terms; tala u.
, Ld. 132. ■u-har5raannligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), not hardy,
1. 477. u-harflna3r, part. unhaYdened, Grett. 91. u-
•3r, adj. not bard, Stj. u-harSskeyttr, adj. a weak archer,
339. u-hdskasamr, adj. not dangerous, Fms. v. 275.
.fittr, m. a bad habit, Bs. i. 165; ran ok averkar ok allskyns
ttir, bad manners, 142. ii-h.efndr, part, unavenged, Bs. i. 533,
256. u-hegndr, part, iinpunisbed, Hkr. ii. 89, Fas. i. 225.
eilagr,. adj. unholy. Bad. i. 210: profaned, \k var voUrinn li. af
itar-bl66i, Landn. 98 (cp. heilagr I. 2) ; Bjorn var3 uheilagr af
ihlaupinu vi3 Helga, Eb. 106; ok ver9r li. sa er Jjraelinn vegr
dr6ttninum, Grag. (Kb.) i. 190; u. verSr fjorbaugs-maftr, ef . . .,
. i. 89 ; hann falli u. fyrir Glumi ef hann er lengr {)ar, Nj. 23 ;
lleklingar kolluSu alia \k hafa fallit lihelga, . . . er t)eir hofSu fyrr
J)ann hug at {)eim farit at berjask, Eb. 24 ; uheilog sar, Grag. ii.
u-h.eilendi, n. debility, ill-health, esp. of chronic organic
ises, Grag. (Kb.) i. 144. u-heill, adj. ^ unhale' insincere, Fms.
03, Sturl. iii. 281. 11-116111, f. a mishap; liheillir J)essa heims,
62; liheilla-tre, a fatal, cursed tree, Grett. 178 new Ed. u-
sa3r, part, ungreeted, Th. 77. u-heilsamr, adj. unwholesome,
u-heimila, a6 ; u. s^r jor3, to lose a title, Js. 91. li-heimild,
bad title. li-lieimill, adj. unlawful (see heimoU) ; ala born me9
milum manni, Grag. (Kb.) i. 249; liheimil jor6, jb. 207; selja
mult, GJ)1. 491 ; hafa uheimilan, Krok. 38. li-lieimskr, adj. not
sh, I. e. clever, intelligent; hann var ii. ma6r, Fms. vi. 391, Fas. i. 78.
eimtr, part, not got back, Grag. u-helga, ad, to proclaim a
5n /o fee viheilagr ; ek uheJga8a Otkel fyrir buum, Nj. 87. u-helgi,
e state of being uheilagr; stefna e-m til li., Nj. 99 ; sa er veginn var
i maelt ser til li., Fs. 74; vinna til u. ser, 122 ; verka, gora til ohelgi
Grag. (Kb.) i. 182, 190, passim; Snorri (bjo) drepit til lihelgi vi&
n, Eb. 106; en se til lihelgi enum vegna biiit, Kb. i. 182 ; uhelgis
, 194. Ti-hentugr, adj. unbecoming, unfit. li-heppiliga,
unhickily, Fms. vii. 69, xi. 294: sadly, Hkr. ii. 373. u-heppi-
, adj. unlucky, Fms. xi. 259. d-lieppni, f. mishap, mischance,
. 743. •d-herjaSr, part, unharried, Hkr. iii. 67. u-hermann-
, adv. 7inlike a warrior, Hkr. i. 235. u-hermannligr, adj. un-
ial, unworthy of a warrior, Fms. viii. 436 ; eigi uhermannligri, ii.
ti-herskdr, adj. not harried by war, of a country; var liher-
; i SviJ)j(j8, Fas. i. 255 : of a person, tiot martial, ii. ok sat i kyrr-
Orkn. 184 ; ligrimmari ok liherskari, Fms. iv. 65. liwheyrSr,
unheard-of Mar. u-heyri, n.,in iiheyris-verk, n. an un-
i-ofdeed, a crime, G^l. 197, v.l. li-heyriliga, adv, in an un-
Y-ofway, cruelly, wickedly, Fms. i. 189. u-heyriligr, adj. unheard-
icked, only in a bad sense ; li. iijofnu6r, Hav. 45 ; u. skomm, Finnb.
li. brag6, 212. la-lieyrni, compar. more unbeardi^), Bs. i. 784.
[ifinn, adj. not sparing oneself, Fs. 71 ; u. i mannraunum, Fms. vi. 60.
j6S, n. shoutings ; op ok ohljod, Nj. 1 5 ; spyrr hann hvat valdi lihljofti
liessu, Fms. iii. 95 : a ringing in the ear, Pr. 474 : 1ihlj68s-«yTU, n. pi,
(be valves of the heart (sec (>h\)(>b) ; old f«)nn tUUJddanB-eyra, a dtaf
ear: faera olj66ans-cyni vift Guft« cnitetti, /o turn a dtaf ear to it, Horn. 34.
ii-hlj63r, m., poet, the never-siltnt, i. e. the wind. Lex. Poet. ti-hluU
deilinn, adj. unmeddlesome, Kb. 47, Band. 32 new Ed., Fmt. iii. jj6.
li-hlutr (li-hluti), m.an' evil ibare,' barm, burl ; ef inenn verb* imrbh
eftr fa cinhvern annaii lihlut, GJ)!. 19 ; rennr »ii i kirkju-gard er lihlut
fxT, N.G. L. i. 152; peW er hon skirikotafti undir ohiula linnm, 157,
167. li-hlutsamr, adj, (-semi, f.), wnntddling, neutral, Pmi.vii. 14J.
li-hlutvandr, adj, not nice as to ont't proper share, ditbontst; marg-
lyndr, kve:isanir, \i. um J)at cfni, Fms. iii. 83; at ek mynda vera 6hlat<
vandari enn Gudmundr ok mynda ek vilja fylgja rongu mili, Nj. 184.
lihlut-vendi, f. dishonesty, G\>\. 201. ti-hl^dinn, adj. ditobtditnt,
Stj. 624, Mar., Hkr. ii. 85, passim. li-hl^flnl, f. diiobedienet, Horn.
86, K. A. 116, Stj. u-hneistr = lineistr, part, undiigraced, Eb. 156.
u-hneppiliga, adv. not scantily ; li. at l)riftjungi, fully the third part,
Ld. 106. li-hneppr, adj. not scant, large, Edda (in a verie). 4«
hnOggr, adj. ' unniggardly,' i.e. liberal, Hkr. iii. 188. ti-hoUr,
adj. unwholesome, ij-hoUusta, u, f. unwbolesomeness. 6-h6f,
n. excess; u. ok ranglseti, Sks. 609; ofrkapp ok li., G\t\. 199; mod.
esp. in meat and drink: sayings, skymni or lihtifs zfi. Hrafn. 2a;
fa eru (ihof lengi, Sturl. ii. 199: immensity, lihof kvikfjir, Lv. 46:
lilidf-samliga, adv. immoderately, Str. 5 : iUi6f-saniligr, adj. im-
moderate, Str. 8 : uh6f-samF, adj. intemperate, Str. 82: iihdf-semd.
(mod. 6h6fsemi), f. excess, Str. 25. il-h6gliga, adv. inconveniently,
Sturl. iii. 9 C. ii-h6gligr, adj. uneasy, difficult, Gliim. 345. ^-hdg-
vikinn, adj. not easy to manage, sturdy, Fms. iv. 301. ti-hrakiAr
(li-hrakinn, li-hraktr), part, unharmed, Orkn. 424. il-hrakligr,
adj. (-liga, adv.), ' unu/r etched,' not shabby ; li. at klaeSum, Sturl. i. lO;
16t hann lihrakligan i brott fara, Bs. i. 416. ii-hrapadliga-, adr. i/n-
hurriedly, leisurely ; kyssir Stcingerfti kossa tva heidr li., Korm. Z24;
maela litilatliga ok li., Clem. 33. u-hraustligr, adj. (-Ilea, adv.),
weak, Hav. 46. li-hraustr, adj. weak, of a woman with child; {)i4
er hon var lihraust, Bret. 18, Nj. 59; lihraustar konur, S^j. 624. ^
hreinandi, f. (?), = lihreinindi ; ef ma8r berr li. i mat manna, N. G. L. i.
421 ; ef li. fell: i mat e5r mungat, 144. u-hreinindi, n., mostly in
pi. uncleanliness, Greg. 22, Stj. 272, Fas. ii. 397; onnur li., H.E. i.483;
en i8ri li., Hom. 53. li-hreinliga, adv. uncleanly, Rd. 274; $6pa 11.
um hirzlur biianda, Fms. viii. 235. li-hreinligr, adj. unclean. tu-
hreinlifl, n. an unclean life, fornication, H. E. i. 250. tl-hreinn, adj.
unclean; lihreinn andi, Fms. v. 172 ; i J)eim sta& ma ekki vert lihreint,
Edda 15 : unchaste, Al. 56, Bs. i, Grett. 202 new Ed. ; eccl., Stj. ;
lihreinstu kvikvenda, Fms. x. 374, passim : of a course at sea, not clear
of shoals, lihreint ok skerj6tt, ii. 16; 6hrein leift, an 'unclean,' dan-
gerous sea-passage; J)eim syndisk lihreint fyrir J)ar sem Birkibeinar
st66u a landi uppi, viii. 50; J)eir sogSu at lihreint var i osinum, in-
fested by a monster, iv. 56; {)ykkir {)ar jafnan lihrcint {haunted) siftan er
nienn sigla i nand, Hav. 41. li-hreinsa, u, f. uncleanliness, Greg. 6l.
li-hreinsi, f. id., Hom. 38. u-hreinsan, n. = lihreinindi, Eluc. 25.
u-hreystiligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), unmanly, not valiant, Faer. 132. 'A-
hreystimannligr, adj. (-Mga, adv.), id., Fms. ii. 120. 1i-liro5inn,
part, uncleared, of ships in battle, Fms. vii. 290. ti-hr68igr, adj.
inglorious, Skv. 3. 45. li-hryggr, adj. unconcerned, Stor., Kormak.
li-hrseddr, ^ii]. fearless, unfearing, Nj. 217, 255, Hkr. ii. 10 J. ti-
hraediliga, adv. fearlessly, Fms. iv. 27. li-hrsBflinn, adj. daunt-
less, 655 iii. 3. u-hreeriligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), immojiable, Skilda.
li-hrsBsi, n. a filthy thing, MS. 623, Fas. ii. 263, Isl. ii. 420; see 6hrse$i,
li-hrCrnadr, part, unwithered, undecayed ; lihrornud blom, Eluc. 44.
u-hugna3r, m. discomfort, Sks. 35 2 B. Ii-hugr, m. gloom, despair;
en er af honum lei5 lihugrinn, a fit of gloom, Fms. vi. 234 ; medan sa
li. {a fit of madness) var a Jieim, Fas. iii. 115 ; slo 4 J)aBr lihug miklum
ok grati, Grett. 43 new Ed. li-huldr (6-huli8r, u-hulinn), part.
uncovered; lihuldu, Sks. 290; lihulit, Eb. 218 ; fe hult ok tlhult, N. G. L.
i. 256 ; from the neut. lihult comes the mod. 6-hviltr, adj. safe. tl-
hvatr, adj. unvaliant, Fm. 31. li-hverfrdSliga, adv. unwaveringly,
677. 8. li-hygginn, adj. imprudent, Grag. (Kb.) i. 169. 1i-h^p-
liga, adv. with unfriendly look,frowningly. Fas. iii. 496. ii-h^ligr,
adj. frowning, Fms. iii. 191, x. 35. li-h^rr, adj. unfriendly-look-
ing, frowning, Fbr. 12. li-hsefa, u, f. an enormity (Lat. nefas), Lv.
49, Fms. i. 41 ; at J)eir Hakon deildi enga iiha;fu, 122; iHxmd ok li.,
126; slikar lihacfur, GJ)1. 441 ; til mikillar lihaefu, 623. 15; hann baft
hann selja fram Gretti ok hafa sik eigi i lih^fn, Grett. 59 A ; uhafii-
hlutr, an enormity, Sturl. i. 69 C ; iih«fu-verk, a wicked deed, G^\. 197.
li-lisefiKga, adv. nefariously, Fms. v. 102. ii-haefr, adj. unfitting,
Clem. 127: wicked, nefarious, Sturl. i. 66. li-haegS, f. uneasiness, Fms.
X. 396. li-heegiliga, adv. uncomfortably. Fas. iii. ii-haegindi,
n. pi. uneasiness, difficulty, Grag. i. 371 : pain, ill-bealtb, Fms. x. 418
(sing.); stor li. af verkjum, Bs. i. 69; min li., 70; einskis nieins kenna
ne lihiEgenda, 655 xxvii. 10. ii-h»gja, 8, to make uneasy, uncom-
fortable; t)yngja ok li. fyrir e-m, Hkr. iii. 259: reflex., henni lihxgftisk
fjarhagrina, Sd. 176: of pain, tok at lihaegjask med verkjum miklum
663
tJH^GLIGR— I^LOGADR.
sott hans, Bs. i. 144. li-heegligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), painful; sar u.,
Sturl. i. 150 C. u-heegr, adj. hard, difficult; var uhaegt at koma
or6um vi5 hann, Eg. 227; uhaegra, Fms. iii. 161, vi. 210; hsegst . . .
lihaegast (sic), Sturl. ii. 134 C: painful, of illness, sott strong ok uhaeg,
Bs. i. 69 ; honum var sva lihsegt, he felt so uneasy, Nj. 214. li-liSBtt-
ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), not dangerous, Sturl. i. 150. li-hsettr, adj. ;
eigi ohsett, not without danger, Bs. i. 78 ; t)egar skipuni var lihaett at
halda a milium landa, Ld. 84; e-m er lihaett, oiit of danger, Grkg. ; er
J)eim litlu ohaettara, Fms. vii. 262 ; gorisk lihsett me& J)eim Aka ok
konungi, safe, xi. 45 ; lata uhsett vi6 e-n, not to plan against one, i. 13 ;
lihaettr skuldu-nautr, a safe customer, Grag. ii. 216 ; fieir er ohzttir se at
borga fyrir oil kirkna-fe, Bs. i. 770. li-hseverska, u, f. discourtesy,
Sks. 276. li-hseverskr, adj. unmannerly, Sks. 279. u-li6f3ing-
liga, adv. unworthily of a great man; lihofdingliga maelt. Fas. iii. 306.
u-li6f3ingligr, adj. unworthy of a great man, undignified, Orkn. 234.
ii-li6gginn, part, unhewn. Fas. ii. 481. u-ifanligr, adj. (-liga, adv.),
later oefanligr, undoubting, Horn. 15, Fms. xi. 309. li-illt, n. adj.;
in N. G. L. i. 42, ' liillt ok uspillt,' read ' livillt,' cp. Sdm. 19. u-itar-
ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), humble, slight, Horn. 131, Greg. 24, 43. li-jafn,
adj. uneven, unequal, unliJce, untrusting ; lijofn mala-efni. Eg. 719 ; tveir
kostir lijafnir, Fms. ii. 31; ujafn gangr himin-tungla, Edda (pref.) ;
lijafnt, unequally, unfairly, Hbl. 25 ; skipta ujafnt, Fms. vii. 269 ; skipta
J)aer geysi-iijafnt, Edda II ; hann kvaS ser til lijafns ganga er hann kom
i vandann, i.e. that he found no match to fight, Fms. v. 186: odd, of
numb(5rs, Alg. 356. li-jafnask, a&, to become unequal, Edda (pref.)
u-jafnaSr or u-j6fnu3r, m. injustice, tinfairness, tyranny; hvart man
Gunnari hefnask J)essi li., Nj. 38, Fms. ii. 152 ; ujofnud ok rangindi, Nj.
251; J)ola uj6fnu6, Hav. 45, passim: ujafna3ar-fullr, ad], full of
injustice, Fas. ii. 404 : ujafna3ar-ina3r, m. an overbearing man, Nj.
86, Hrafn. 4. u-jafngjarn, adj. unfair, Fas. i. 56, Sks. 271. il-
jafnliga, adv. unevenly. Fas. ii. 414. Ti-jafnligr, adj. uneven, un-
equal, unfair, Nj. 77! ujafnlig orrosta, J)viat margir voru um einn,
Fms. xi. 334. ■u.-jafnskipa3r, part, unevenly manned, Fms. vii. 288.
?i-jdrna3r, part, unshod, Sturl. ii. 183 ; 6jarnu6 kista, a chest ' unironed,'
unlocked, Pm. 137. u-j6fiiu3r, see lijafnaSr. u-kanna3r, part.
= umerktr, of cattle, H. E. i. 519. li-kappsaniliga, adv. (-ligr,
adj.), not zealously, slovenly, Fms. ii. 135. u-kassadr, part, uncased,
Vm. 103. li-kitr, adj. gloomy, dismal. Eg. 44, Fms. vii. 159, O. H.
.52. ti-kembdr, part, unkempt, Hkr. i. 99. ■d-kenndx, part.
unknown : a poet, technical term, likennd heiti, plain poetical words,
opp. to kenndr, see kenna (A. V. 2), Edda i. 464. li-kenniligr,
adj. unrecognisable, Fms. ii. 59. li-kerskr, adj. = uhraustr, Grag.
li-keypis, adv. gratuitously. Eg. 116, Symb. 27, Fms. viii. 352.
li-keyptr, part, unbought, Eb. 292 ; er J)essu var likeypt, that no bargain
was made, Finnb. 298. u-kj6rligr, adj. ' unchoicely,' wretched; u.
kostr, Fms. xi. 143 ; J)6tti honum sa hlutr likjorligastr, the worst choice
of all three, Edda (pref.) li-kMrr, adj. impure, Sks. 135. li-
klaksirr, adj. not sensitive, thick-skimied, GullJ). 48. u-klusa3r,
part, unhampered, Fser. 265. u-klseddr, part, unclad. Fas. i.
245. li-klokkvandi, part, unmoved; sa einn hlutr er hann matti
aldri u. um tala, without tears, Nj. 171. la-kn&leikr, m. lack of pith,
Fms. vi. 203. u-kn&ligr, adj. pithless, infirm, Finnb. 350 ; it likna-
ligra li6it, Sturl. iii. 175. li-knir, adj. 'unstrong,' weak, infirm; J)a
varS hann sva liknar, at hann gat eigi valdit klumbu J)eirri, Sd. 147 ;
yngri ok iiknari, Korm. 108 ; sa komsk heill or skri5unni er oknastr
var, Bs. i. 640 ; votn 6oe6 oknom monnum, Jwjtt rosknir vseri, 349. li-
knyttir, m. pi. bad tricks;' liggja a liknyttum, Js. 25 ; J)eir menn er at
slikum oknyttum ver8a kenndir at hlaupa brott meS eignum konum
manna, N. G. L. ii. 51. li-kominn, part, not come, Grag. (Kb.) i. 125,
H.E. i. 246, Hom. 43 : future, Fms. ii. 201 ; li8it eSa likomit, Hkr. ii.
290. u-konungliga, adv. unkingly. Fas. iii. 456. -u-konungligr,
adj. unkingly, Fms. viii. 158, v.l. ■|i-kosta3r, part, untried, Hom. 158 :
undamaged, see kosta (H. i). il-kostigr, adj. = iikj6rligr, Fs. 1^28.
u-iioatT, m. afault; vera at verri fyrir likostum, Grag. ; sakir annarra
likosta, id. : dkosta-lauss, zd]. faultless, Isl. ii. (in a verse) ; see kostr
(IV. 4). u-kolnir, m. the ' uncold,' a mythical local name, Vsp. 11-
krismaSr, part, unanointed, 655 i. I. u-kriatiligr, adj. (-liga,
adv.), unchristian-like, Hkr. iii. 291. li-kristinn, adj. unchristian,
Fms. ii. 294. u-krsesiligr, adj.MM<;a/«/y,^Z/i)', Hrafn.8. li-kropt-
ugr, adj. lacking strength, iveakly, Sturl. i. 189. ■u-kr6ptuligr, adj.
(-liga, adv.), weak, feeble, Sturl. i. 189 C. ti-kulsainr, adj., Grett.
144, and li-kulviss, adj. insensitive to cold, 160. la-kunnandi, f.
ignorance; sakir livizku ok li., Fms. x. 317. u-kunnigr, adj. un-
acquainted, Sks. 556; breg5ask li. vi5 e-t, Rd. 235. ti-ku.nnliga,
adv. like a stranger ; ekki ri6a J)eir u. at, Fms. ii. 247. li-kviniir, adj.
unknown; u. e-m, Nj. 3, Sks. 19, Ld. 184: of places, unknown, strange,
saekja likunna sta6i, Fms. vii. 199; likunnra landa, Sks. 241 ; ukunnir
siSir, 596. u-kiirteisi, f. discourtesy, N. G. L. ii. li-kurteisliga,
adv. (-ligr, adj.), uncourteously, Flov. 22. u-kvaldr, part, untor-
mented, Bs. i. (in a verse). ti-kvantaSr, part, unmolested, Bs. i. 806.
u-kvd,nga3r, part, unmafried, Nj. 39 (of a man), passim. u-kve3iim, i 276 : unperformed, 623. 39. ■d-16ga3r, part, not disposed of, K.]
TpzTt.unrecited, of a poem, Fms.vi.39i. li-kvenligr, adj. (-liga,ad
' unqueanly,' unwomanlike. li-kvikr, adj. ' unquick,' inanimate, 1
Poet. ■u.-kvi3inn, adj. unconcerned, Fms. xi. 388 ; katr ok u., Eb.
u-kv8e3i, u-kv8e3a, adj. speechless from wonder ; hann gekk i bran'
656 A. 2. 17 ; ver8a u. vi8 e-t, Al. 108 ; ukvzbs. ok otta-fuUir, 655
656 C. 36, Clem. 58, Fas. iii. 282, Grett. 194 A. new Ed., Fms. xi. ;
Ti-kvseSi, n., in likvaeSis-ni^l, n. offensive language; ef ma8r n
u. vi8 karl e9r konu, G^l. 194; ukvae&is-or6, «c?., Js.44. li-k-^ser
part. = ukvangaSr, {>orf.Karl. 436, Fms. ii.93. ti-kynjan, n. a mon
Ls. 56. la-kynligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), not strange, Sks. 256, F:
265. Ti-kynni, n. uncouthness, bad manners, Hm., Eg. (in a ver
hafna sinum likynnum, id., Fms. v. 2 1 8, Sks. 595 ; ivonders = kynstr, v
slikum likynnum, Fms. iv. 380. Ti-kyrr, adj. unquiet, moving; li;
haf, Sks. 630 B ; varrar jarls voru likyrrar, quivered, Fms. viii,
li-kyrra, a8, to stir; u. hug, Hom. 22 : reflex, to be stirred, exe
Fbr. 100 new Ed., Sks. 221. u-kyrrleikr, m. a commotion, dist
ance, of the sea, Sks. 27, Fms. xi. 10, 13. li-kyssiligr, adj. tm
able, bad to kiss. Fas. ii. 149. u-ksenn, adj. unwise, 655 xviii. 2.
ksenska, u, f. lack of skill or knowledge, Bs. i. 148, Skalda 169 (T
odd). u-kseti, L joylessness, Lv. 97, Fas. iii. 433. li-lag,
disorder; J)aS er allt i olagi : naut. (see lag A. I. 5), Fas. ii. 435.
lagat, n. part, unmixed, of beverage, Hm. 65. u-lag3r, part, um
not placed, N. G. L. i. 29. ■u.-lairLi3r, part, unthrashed. Glum,
u-land, n. an ' unland,' i. e. foreign land, Nj. 10, v. 1., but see aulanc
34, col. 2). li-latliga, zdv.'unlazily,' quickly, Al. 33, Stj. 326. H-l
adj. ?iot lazy, willing, Bs. i. 1 7 1 . u-launa3r, part, unrewarded, N,
i. 40. u-launkarr, adj. indiscreet, unreserved ; var hon jafnan
t)3endum, Bs. i. 621. li-lauss, adj.7^n/oose, i.e._;?Aiec?, Haustl. ti-1
adj. not low, i. e. high, Haustl. \i-ld,tr, adj. unmannered, disordt
hon var olat i sesku, ok avallt J)vi udaelli sem hon var ellri. Odd. 107
Ed. ; hann var olatr mjok (Ed. olatr) ... ok J)6tti au6saett at honum m
i kyn kippa um odselleik, Bs. i. 416 ; knair menn ok lilatir, Grett. 50
Ed. ; cp. lilaeti. ii-1^3r, part, utilent^ G{)1. 403. li-leiddr,
unled; u. i sett, not adopted, N.G. L. i. 48. u-leiSigjam, adj
irksome, Stj. 246: not easy to be led. ■d-lei3inga-sanir, adj
easily led, headstrong, Sturl. ii. 6. u-lei3r, adj. not loath, Skm
Eb. 256 ; Donum skal eigt lileiSara at . . ., Fms. ii. 302, x. 346.
leigis, adv. without rent, Grag. i. 200 ; flytja alia menn li., Vm
u-lendr, adj. outlandish, Hom. 38. u-lestr, n. an ' unreading,' i
bungling way of reading; hence the phrase, fara a8 olestri, to go allwt
li-lestr, part, unbroken, undamaged, Jm. 11. u-l^ttr, adj. be
ulett kona, a woman heavy with child, Grag. i. 318, MS. 655, and
mod. usage. ■u-leyf3r, part, unallowed, Ld. 102 ; hafa e-t lileyft,
67 : forbidden. Mar. li-leyfi, n. an 'unleave;' in the phrase, i
uleyfi e-s, without one's leave, Grag. ii. 215, Eg. 156, Fms. x. 313
63: uleyfl-liga, adv. without leave, K. A. 164: lileyfi-ligr,
unallowed, forbidden, Stj. 142. li-leyndr, part, unhidden,
608, O.H. 151. li-leyniligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), unbidden, Sks.
li-leysiligr, adj. indissoluble, Stj. 465. u-leystr, part, unrelt
unabsolved, K. k. 220, Bs. i. 709 (of a ban). u-li3, n. ' w«(
barm; mi mun ek veita braeSrum minum eigi liliS, Lv. 77 ; ba8 J)i
veita ser uli8 i sinni tilkvamu, Finnb. 354 ; gora e-m e-t til uli8s,
vii. 30 ; vera ma at J)6r verSi at J)vi liliS, vi. 210, Sks. 505. li-lio
Yiart. not past ; hlutir li6nir ok uliSnir, 656 C. 40. u-li3liga,
unhandily, awkwardly. Fas. ii. 264 ; mi ferr li., Lv. 78. u-li8.
adj. clumsy. Boll. 354. u-liSmannliga, adv. awkwardly, Bs. i.
il-lifat, n. part., in the phrase, eiga (hafa) skamt lilifat, to have a
time left to live, Nj. 82, Fms. v. 201, Al. 42. u-lif3r, part, unit
deceased, Hkv. 2. 42. u-lifhrseddr, adj. not afraid for one's
Fbr. 8g. u-lifi, n., in ssera or sarr til lilifis, wounded to death
190, Nj. 131, Rd. 288 : ■alifls-ma3r, m. a person deserving of dea
criminal, Fbr. 46 new Ed., Ld. 142, Fms. v. 264, xi. 241 : -ulifls-sft,
verk, n. a case or deed worthy of death, Fms. xi. 241, Grett.
new Ed. 'u.-lifligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), inanimate, Skalda. li-Uk
ligr, adj. not bodily, Hom. 146, Greg. 19. li-lfkan, n., medic. />
fiesh ; graer um li., Korm. 94; svi9a lilikan a sari, N. G. L. i. 67;
ok li., Hom. 70 ; ulikans bl66 ok vagr, id. u-likligr, u-HkT,
unlike; see uglikr. •u-litill, adj. not small, i.e. very great;
er u. herr, no small host. Fas. i. 99. u-lj6ss, adj. unlight, dark,
u-lJTifan, n. = ulyfjan(?), Hbl. 41 (see Bugge's foot-note). 1i-lj
adj. ' unlief,' H.E. i. 421. -fi-ljugfrodr, adj. unlying, accura
an authority ; hon (f>uri8r) var margspok ok 61jugfr66, she was
and fidl of true information, lb. 4. u-ljugheitr, adj. ' «rt/y»
threats,' making no empty threats ; hann vissi at Nor31ingar voru he
oljiigheitir, Sturl. ii. 65. li-lof, n. = uleyfi; i lilofi e-s, Gri
II, ii. 215, Landn. 189. li-lofaSr, part, unallowed, Fms. ix.:
lilofat, without leave, Grag. i. 3 : forbidden. Mar. li-loginn, -
'united,' true, Sks. 78; i uloginni ast, i?i true love, Hom. 71. ^^
loka3r, part, unlocked, without a lid, Dipl. iii. 4, B. K. 84. li-lok J^
part, unshut, Fms. iii. 98 : unpaid, liloknar skyldir, unpaid debts,^ %i.
tJLUKKA— URADAN.
C68
,) i6, Fm$. viii. 252, y. I. ti-lukka, u, f. ill-luck (Dan. ulyike) ;
: ti-lykka, Fms. v. 225; ulukku-kerling, a wicked old woman,
t. 155 new Ed.: lilukku-liga, adv. unluckily, Bs. i. (Laur. S.
to Bs. i, 812); see the remarks on lukka. tl-ltiktr, part, not
:'. Vm. 20. u-lund, f. ill temper, spleen, Edda no; ulundar-
V. Finnb. 210. li-lyQaii, n. [see lyf], a poison, Fms. iii. 190;
k li., Horn. 16; ulyfjans drykkr, 655 xxx. 4, passim; in Hbl. 41,
■ R. oluban, Cod. A. oliyfan, it seems to be a corruption for olyfjan,
M e-ni olyfjan, to poison, vex, annoy a person. Ti-lyginn, adj.
:rig, truthful; Hallr er baefli var minnigr ok u., lb, 15; forspdr
11., Nj. 146 : the saying, raunin er ulygnust, 656 A. i, 25. li-lyndi,
= ulund, Hav, 45. li-lyst, f. a bad appetite. li-lystugr,
unwilling, Skalda (in a verse). Ti-l:^atr, part, unproclairned,
:. ii. 36. li-lserSr, part, unlearned: ecci. lay, lb. 14, K. |>. K.,
issim. il-lsestr, part, unlocked, fsl. ii. 409, Vm. 10, Dipl. iii. 4.
■ti, n. pi. [see ulatr], ill-manners, disorders, riot; li. mikil, Fas. iii.
: pranks of a child are called olaeti. li-ldg, n. pi. ' unlaw,' injustice,
ssness, Nj. 106 ; beita e-n lilogum, Sks. 22 ; daenia uliig, Grag. (Kb.)
, ; ganga undir li., Hkr. i. 260 ; at ulogum, in a lawless manner, Fms.
42, Band. 21 new Ed. -u-lOgliga, adv. illegally, Fms. vii. 173.
-logligr, adj. lawless, Dipl. i. 7. u-magi, a, m., q. v. il-mak,
umaki, Fms. vii. 24; mikit umak, loi, v. 1. -d-maki, a, m.
. umage], ' unease,' trouble ; veita yfirgang ok umaka, Fms. ii. 183,
J24, Edda 7, Stj. 491. u-makindi, n. = umaki, Fms. vii.
Tl-makliga, adv. undeservedly, unworthily, Fms. ii. 186, Ld.
Fs. 35, 63, Nj. 166, V. 1. u-makligr, adj. unworthy, unde-
■!g, Nj. 200, Fas. i. 404, Hom. 50, Fms. i. 221, iii. 25, vi. 398.
annan, n. a person Jit for nothing, Sturl. iii. 240, Fas. iii. 76.
uannliga, adv. in unmanly wise, shabbily, Magn. 530; ilia ok u.,
.IS. i. 285, iii. 166, Nj. 166. Tl-mannligr, adj. unmanly, in-
'-.an, Fms. ii. 226, Magn. 494; ijlr ok u., Ld. 336. li-markaSr,
unmarked, G\i\.. 288, 526. Ti-mdli and u-mdla, adj. [Dan. umce-
i, void of speech; ikh vita omala mein, a saying; limali eda liviti,
bless or witless, Grag. i. 9 ; kona J)essi er umdla, Ld. 30 ; 611 6vitar,
iinala, Hom. 50; ef ma6r ver&r umali af averkum, Grag. ii. 27;
;.V e9r limala, id.: as a nickname, Sd. 176. u-m&ligr, adj.
n^peaking,' silent, Fms. xi. 223; maSr ti., Hkr. iii. 252, v. 1.: as a
■ame, in ximalgi, the mute, Landn. 279, Orkn. ch. 56. -d-m&ta-
adv. (u-md,tuliga, v. 1.), immoderately, Stj. 383. ii-m6tis, adv.
iingly,^\]. 75 (u-mattis, v.l.) u-mdttigr, adj. (Germ, ohn-
■'ig), without strength, weak, infirm. Eg. 125 ; limattkan, Eluc. 34;
kari. Eg. 125, Rb. 348. la-m^ttis = limatis, Stj. 75, 269, 275.
liidttr, m. ' unmight,' faintness, Korm. 236, Eluc. 66. u-indttuliga,
i. [mati], immensely, Stj. 383: [mani], faintly, slightly; koma ii.
irQina, to touch the door slightly. Fas. i. 30. u-mdttuligr, adj.
O.K. 144: impossible, Fms. ii. 199, iii. 223, Stj.ioo, 119, 254.
.uiituligr, adj. impossible, Bs. i. 720. li-megS, f., q. v. li-
|egiD, n. ' tinmigbt,' a swoon, Fbr. 79 new Ed., Fas. iii. 433, Bs. i. 882.
tmeginn, adj. impotent, Bs. i. 41. il>niegn, n. = umegin, Bs. i. 199.
megna, b, to swoon: impers., hann (ace.) limegnir bratt, Al. 197.
nieiddr, part, unmaimed, Orkn. 286, Fms. ii. 160, xi. 54. d-meinnr
"(irmless, 677. 2. Ti-meinsamr, adj. id., 625. 91. li-mein-
i, f. harmlessness, Skalda (in a verse). Ti-mennska, u, f. un-
■ •mness, sloth, Grag. i. 301 A: inhumanity, Fms. ii. 225, Stj. 272.
merkiliga, adv. insignificantly. Fas. i. 363 : foolishly, ii. sagt, Bs. i.
a J)at hsEtt vi6 orfii at li. J)ykki ver9a, Band. 1 2 new Ed. u-
-;iiigr, adj. imperceptible, Skalda : unworthy of notice, silly, foolish,
412, Band. 38 new Ed., Ld. 82, Fms. ix. 440; li. draumr, Landn.
)rkn. 366, fsl. ii. 196 ; ver3a frasagnir limerkilegar, O. H. (pref.) ;
I'tkunnir ok fimerkiligir, 655 xiii. B. i. u-merkr, adj. insig-
'it, silly, of persons, Fms. ii. 268, Ld. 232 : of things, not to be relied
1i. li-merktr, part, unmarked, of the ears of sheep, Grag. i.
I^.|>.K. ■a.-m.eak.inn,zd]. 'unmerry,' drooping, Ld.ij\.S. Vi-met-
, m. disdain, 677. 7: uinetna3ar-8amliga, adv. unpretentiously,
1 Laur. S.) u-mettr, part, unsatiated, Fas. i. 245. u-mildi,
"aritableness, Greg. 24. u-mildleikr, m. inclemency, severity,
•!.S- Ti-mildliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), ungracefully, Hom. 10, Stj.
Ti-mildr, adj. 'unmild,' ungracious, unrighteous; storlatr vi3
h, Fas. i. 43 ; rettviss sem u., Stj. 1 20, Eluc. 37 : the phrase, komast i
ar hendr, to come into cruel hands, to be ill-used: — illiberal, li., au6igr,
24. Ti-minnask, t, dep. ; li. e-s, to be unmindful of, Fms. vii.
■fi-minni, n. unmindfulness, oblivion; sakir liminnis ok van-
!u, Dipl. V. 26 : with the notion of a spell, gleymska ok li. (caused
potion), Stj. 84; illska ok u.. Fas. i. 401 ; elli ok li., Fms. iii. 95 :
ixinnis-hafgi, a, m. a lethargic sleep, Al. 72 : timinnis-veig, f. a
'ion of oblivion, ^xm. 162; liminnis hegri, Hm. 12. ■u-minnigr,
. unmindful, forgetful, Fms. v. 230, Stj. 246. ti-miBlyndr, adj.
'n-tempered. Mar. u-missandi, part, what cannot be done without.
missifengr, adj. not losing one's mark, li-missiliga (n-missila,
rmak), adv. unsparingly, Grett. 43 A. new Ed. ■d-mj6r, adj. not
n, Geisli 2. u.mjukliga, adv. unsoftly, Hkr. ii. 75 : stijly, lifroaiiga. I
ok u.. Fas. .ii. a37, V. I. fi-mjtikUgr, adj. inflex.Mf, u,jj. rn,.. .,. 60.
^-mjiikr, adj. ' «nso//,' har^h; li. j orftum. Fni». vi. 324; rtyerlyndr.
u., ok kappgjam, 350 ; itorr ok li.. haughty and rudt, Kb. 114: uiiiiukara,
less smooth, Hkr. i. ti-m<S6r, adj. not wary.fretb. Fmi. ii. 315. xi.
'7.3- 6-m<3taar, part. unUaml>4d, uneoitud, Rb. 78. H-muad,
adj. f. »= limyndr ; diittir limuiid, a daughter ytt m mimor; faAir ok mdbit
skal riida giptingum d*tra siiina ... en «a^ hdmanrylnu in4 arf
giptingar-nianni rjiifa nctiu rimund (uni und Ed.) t4, S a.L i tzo
(cp- Js- 59. Jb. 116). ti-mykjafir, part, unmyettd. 0>1. 342.
U-myldr, part, uncovered wilb earth (mould); Ikgt lik^mif bcirfm
6myldir, 623. 58 ; |)cir k6itu6u likama Stephaui dnvMiM frrix in
ok fugla. Post. (Unger) 35. ti-mynd, f. a ibaptUu thng, htrngU;
^aO er mesta omynd ! 6-myndiU«T, adj. tbaptUn. Krok. 4».
u-myndr, adj. [Germ, unmundig], not of age. a minor, a iw. Kty., u an
epithet of a marriageable damsd, Fnii. vi. (in a vcr»«). A-maddr
part, unwearied, Hom. I. ^-maeldr, part, unmttuured, Fm«. iii. 18 :
unbounded. Mar. l^maeltT, part, unspoken, Fnu. i. 207, 1*1. ii. ao;.
u-msBtr, adj. worthless, void; gora limait or* c-i, Eg. 345; enda era
linixt or& {)eirra, Grag. i. 78 ; dxma liik umteta. Kb. i. 75 ; kail*
{)eir OSS limaeta i kviftinum, Lv. 40. ii-m«Btta, t, to lou Urength,
inipcrs. to faint away; ok er a leiS daginn limxtti konung. the king
fainted away from loss of blood, Hkr. i. 160. ti-mOffuli^, ad).
impossible, Stj., Edda (pref.), freq. in mod. uiage; cp. Dan. umuelig.
u-nafnligr, adj. ill-sounding, of a name, Fms. vi. 390. tUnaa6iKr,
adj. uncompelled, not compulsory, Ld. 172 ; eigi unau&gari. not less un-
willing, Gliim. 348. li-n&Sa, a5, to trouble, disturb, Fnis. ii. 38,
H.E. i. 437, ii. 119, Stj. 65. ti-nWir, f. pi. troubles, disturbance;
fyrir linaSum hennar, Grett. 141 new Ed.; gora e-m linijir, Fmi. ix.
277; gtirit engan hernad eda linaftir, i. io2 ; herna* cda linAAuni,
vi. 332, v.l.; mein ok unuftir, iv. 79; hafa unadir af c-m, Grett. 158
new Ed. Ti-nd3tiligr, adj. troublesome, vexatious, Bs. i. (Laur. S.)
u-nfi,kv8Binr, adj. inaccurate. u-ndtturKgTi adj. (•liga, adv.),
unnatural ; u. svcfn, Fxr. 238. 6-nefndr, part, unnamed, Grag. ii. 1 71.
il-neiss, adj. umhamed, i.e. honourable, valiant, Hkr. I. 18, 23, Akr.
12. u-neytr, adj. useless, incapable, MS. 4. 28. i(i-neyttr, part.
unused, not made use of, Grag. i. 155, N. G. L. i. 244. «L-notadraa
lineyttr, Pm. 86. d-notinn, part, unused, Gxag. i. 500, 504. t^
n6gr, see ugnogr. u-numinn, part, not taken in, unenclosed, Ot
land, Landn. 284; m Gisl. 8, 1. 17, *onumin' read ' numin,' cp. Safa L
363. ^-nytja, u, f. waste ; til slikrar xinytju, H. E. i. 244 ; in the
phrase, fara at linytju, to be wasted, Grett. 80 new E<i. u-nytjungr,
m. a good-for-nothing fellow, Lv. 28, Rd. 307. 6-iiytsaniliga, adv.
uselessly, Greg. 27. li-nytsamligr, adj. useless, Hom. 135. Bs. i.
(Laur. S.) u-nytsamr, adj. useless, Sks. 352-. ti-n^ta, t. to mak*
useless, spoil, destroy, Fms. i. 264, Hkr. i. 269, Eg. 507, Fs. I43, N. G. L.
i. 342 ; ey6a ok li., Fms. i. 279 : in law, to quasb, Fs. 125, Eb. 103 new
Ed. ; ek linyti logru&ning Eyjolfs, Nj. 235 ; {)at megi eigi li., 33 : impers.,
linytti hondina, GullJ). 15 ; reflex., Fms. vi. 214, Eg. 5oi6 : to be quasbedj
of a suit, Landn. 181, Fs., Eb. 19 new Ed. 'd-n^lr, adj. useless, spoiled^
Eg, 507, Ld. 220; slitin til unyts, Fms. i. 173 ; hoggva til unyts, Korm.
88; brotin til unyts, Fms. x. 360; hence the mod. til (>Ry\\s,forno pur-
pose; lysa linytu, to defy, disregard, Ld. 396: of persons, Fms. ii. 69;
malum varum- se komit 1 linytt efni, Nj. 164; uny't atfcrft, worthiest,
Stj. 386 : umaet unyt or8, Grag. (Kb.) i. 82 ; Hriitr sagSi linytt (quashed)
malit, Nj. 36 ; J)a 14tu ver J)at mi linytt, this is worthless, Edda (Ht.) 1 24.
in-naBfr, adj. unskilled, MS. 4. jo. tiHieefrleikr, m. the being linaefr,
MS. 4. 9. Ti-naegr = unogr. li-neemr, adj. slow of learning,
Skalda (ii. 96) : mod. of children, hann er oskop unzmr. ti-ofinn,
part, unwoven, Js. 78. u-or3, n. bad language. Boll. 356, Bi. i. 7 : an
evil report. u-orban, n. an evil report, Horn. 11 fi. u-orfiaaamr,
adj. chary of words, reserved, Fms. xi. 78. ti-orAinn, part. ' unbap-
pcned,' future. li-ordssell, adj. in bad repute, Rd. 239. ti-pindr»
part, untormented. Mar. li-pfniligr, adj. not liable to pain, Eluc.
35. u-planta3r, part, unplanted, Stj. 256. Ti-pr6fa8r, part.
unproven, Bs. i. 775, K. A. 134. ti-prufiliga, adv. ungallamtlf,
Grett. 187 new Ed. ti-pruflr, adj. inelegant, 656 C. 42. Hom. 9&
<i-pr^ddr, part, unadorned, Greg. 44. "d-prfbi, f. ineUgancy,
clownishness ; ek lat J)essa u. m^r hlyfia, Fms. vii. (in a verse) ; opry'&i
= ofpry'&i, too much pride, Hom. 33. li-pr^8iliia, adv. indegamdy.
u-ragliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), not cowardly, Fms. xi. 86. ^ragT. adj.
not ragr (q. v.), Fms. xi. 94, Fas. iii. 62. li-ramligr, adj. (-liga^
adv.), eigi liramligri, not less strong, Edda 36. li-nunr, adj. * wa-
s/row^,'H/ea/J'/y, N. G. L. i. 131; sec ramr. il-ramiMikadr, part.
unransacked, N. G. L, ii. li-raakaflr, part, vnditturbed, Sks. 56ft
B. ii-r63, n. an 'unread' bad counsel, an iU-admsed step; hiiut
kvad {)at vera it mesta or&b, Nj. 107 : an evil detign, jarl hafBi levnt
hann Jjessu lirafti, Orkn. 166; Sveinn jatafti at fylgja J)essu uridi,
6. H.; J)at vard li. {)eirra braeftra at J>eir drapu fodur sinn til guUsins,
Edda 73, A\. 124: lir&fia-kona, u, f. an unready woman, Barl. :
'dr&da-mannliga, adv. improperly, {>orst.Siflu H.6: urdda-mikill, adj.
base (read ureiau-mikill), Sturl. i. 61 C. Vi-rd5an, f. = ur4i, Rom.
664
toADANDI—USKIKKTR.
345. i5.-ra3andi, part., in the law phrase, u. olliim bjargraSum,
Nj. no, 230. u-r&3h.ollr, adj. self-willed; heimskr ok li., Nj. 68.
li-raSinn, part, nnsettled, Isl. ii. 214, Ld. 164, Hrafn. 17, Lv. 104
{not having made one's mind up) : uncertain, Rb. 2, 4; hrapa i ura6it
ve9r, Str. 67. u-TdSleitinn, adj. tnaking no experiments, Bs. i. 438.
li-rdSliga, adv. unadvisedly, Bret. 16, Grett. 162 A. ii-rddligr, adj.
unadvisable, inexpedient, Fs. 66, Ld. 174, Nj. 4, Orkn. 108. ii-ra3-
vandr, adj. dishonest, Fs. 51, Sks. 436, Horn. 53, Barl. 91. u-r&3-
vendi, f. dishonesty, wickedness, N. G. L. i. 444, Bs. i. 7,'i, Sks. 340.
■u-r£3j)8Bgr, adj. not taking advice, self-willed, Korm. 82. li-
refjusamr, adj. nntrickish. Eg. 754. Ti-refsingasanir, adj. remiss in
punishing, Fins.viii. 299. u-rei3a, u, f. unreadiness : as a nickname,
the unready, Sturl., Ann. 1243, 1250 : ilrei3u-ma3r, m. an unready
man, Sturl. i. 61, Nj. 152. li-reiddr, part, undischarged, Js. 100.
ii-rei3r, part. ' unrideable,' impassable on horseback, Bs. i. 138. u-
rei3r5 adj. (qs. un-vrei9r), notxvroth, calm; leit si6an a sakar \i., Fms. i.
15; lita iirei6um augum, with friendly eye, Sdm. 3. li-reiSuligr,
adj. (-liga, adv.), calm, without anger, Nj. 83. -d-reiknaSr, part.
ftot reckoned, Vm. 12, Dipl. v. 18. u-rekinn, part, not drifted. li-
Jekki, f. lack of valour, Horn. (St.) li-rengdr, part. undressed{?),
of flax or linen; in the phrase, urent lin (spelt variously, orent, O. H.
227, Fms. V. loi ; oprengt, x. 398; oraengt, O. H. L. 60); let konungr
taka lin orent ok vefja saman i bru5u, Fms. xi. 309, v. 1. (' lihreint '
of the text is false). Ti-r^ttindi, n. pi. injustice. u-r6ttliga,
adv. unrightly, N. G. L. u-r^ttligr, adj. unjust, lawless, Sturl. ii.
237, H. E. i. 435. la-r^ttr, adj. unright, Ad. 13 : incorrect, Pm. 86.
Ti-rettvisi, f. unrighteousness. li-r^ttvisliga, adv. unjustly, Th. 77.
u-r^ttvfss, adj. unjust, unrighteous. Boll. 350, Horn. 159. li-reyk-
blindr, adj. not reek-blind. Fas. i. 94. li-reyndr, part, untried, Nj.
66; at lireyndu, Ld. 76, Fms. i. 142. ■u.-ristinn, i.e. uraestinn, un-
cleansed ; see raesta. ■u.-rita3r, part. = uritinn, Hkr. iii. 96. li-
jitanligr, adj. unwriteable, Skalda. li-ritinn, part, unwritten, Fms.
vi. 265. li-rifliga, adv. unfavourably ; mer er li. af J)vi sagt, I
iear unfavourably of it, Vapn. 29. u-rifligr, adj. scanty, Ld.
146, Band. 36 new Ed. : bad, unfavourable, li. fer6, u. sendifer6, a
shabby message, Nj. 122, Eg. 541, F^. 97; ririfligir skulda-sta6ir, Far.
233. u-rikborinn, part, of low birth, Fms. vi. 93. u-rikmann-
liga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), humbly, Fms. xi. 237, Fas. ii. 239. li-rikr,
adj. unmighty, humble, Fms. i. 33, xi. 250, Sks. 353; ser urikri menn.
Mar. : mod. not wealthy. u.-rotinn, part, unrotten, Gr^g. i. 502.
-Ti-rd, f. unrest, restlessness (Germ, unruhe), stir, disturbance, trouble,
Str. 7 ; 6r6ar grima, Stor. 1 8 ; stendr serin liro af per, Eg. 157; liro ok
styrjold, Fms. v. 342 ; gora liro, ix. 488 ; eptir slika liro, Sks. 350 ;
riroar axlir, an unresting axle, Sks.; liroar eldr, Str. 8 : ■u.r6ar-ma3r,
m. a peace-disturber, Str. 67, Fagrsk. li-roask, a9, to become icnruly,
Fms. ix. 482, v. 1. ; tok hugr bans at ii., x. 410. u-rdi, a, m. = ur6,
Fms. ix. 4, Orkn. 424, Sks. 338 B, Bs. i. 763; ur6a-seggr, an unruly
man ; liroa-skap, an unruly mind, 655 xi. 3. li-roliga, adv. in un-
ruly fashion, restlessly, Fms. ix.45, v. 1. u-r61igr, adj. restless, uttruly.
■fi-ror (ro, rott), adj. restless, uneasy; hestrinn gor6isk oror, Sturl. i. 25 ;
■e-m er rott, to feel restless. li-ruddr, part. ' unrid,' uncleared, Fas.
iii. 182. ■u.-rum, n. an ' un-room,' a taking up room, Greg. 48 ; Jiat
er u. at e-m, id. u-rumligr, adj. not roomy. Ti-riimr, adj. close,
tight. ■a.-rfv, adj. not small, big. u-ryrliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.),
unscantily, largely, Fbr. 28. li-rsekiliga, adv. negligently, Fms. ii.
279, Anecd. 36. ii-rsBkiligr, adj. badly kept, = liraestilig, Sturl. ii. 109
X3. la-rsekinn, adj. 'untrained,' savage; li. ulfr, Kormak : negli-
gent, Greg. 23, Th. 14. Ti-rsekja, b, to neglect, Hkr. ii. 44, Fms. ii.
•140, xi. 237, Grag. i. 226 : reflex., id., 371.^ u-rsekja, u, f. a nick-
name and a pr. name, Landn., Sturl.; cp. Osvifr, Oj)veginn, Oj)yrmir :
part, li-rsektr, neglected, 655 xiv. B. i. li-rsekt (Ti-ra3k3), f.
■neglect, negligence, Grag. ii. 337, Fms. xi. 13, Skalda 162, Clem. 25 ; li.
bo8or8a Jjinna, Sks. 606; uraek6ar myrkvi, -svefn, Fbr. 72, Hom. 37;
•liraektar J)okki, dislike, Fbr. 38 new Ed. : bad cultivation, of an estate,
J)a8 liggr i oraekt. u-r8ekta3r, part, uncultivated. li-reentr,
part, unrobbed, Nj. 208 ; of a person, Gp\. 546. u-rsest, f. [raesta],
Jilth, nastiness, Fms. ii. 160 ti-rsestiligr, adj. uncleansed, filthy,
Sturl. ii. 109. li-rSskr, adj. slovenly; eigi liroskvari enn . . ., Isl. ii.
243. Ii-sag3r, part, unsaid, Grag. i. 80, 140; at viscigSum sundr
gridum, Fms. ix. 508. ia-saka3r, part, unhurt; heill ok li.. Eg. 458,
Sturl. i. 107, (3. H. 229. u-sakgsefr, adj. inoffensive, clement, Orkn.
254. li-sakvarr, adj. incautious in giving offence, Bjarn. 51 ; see
sakvarr. li-saltr, adj. ttnsalted, fresh, Stj. 93, Fms. v. 196. u-sam-
Tjseriligr, adj. discordant, Stj. 80. li-sambserr, adj. different, N. G. L.
1. 165. li-samiim, part, unsettled, uncomposed, Stj. 7. 256. li-
samlyndi, f. discord. ti-sainr, adj. unwilling; see samr (B. H);
Norse usams = disagreeing. ■(i-samver3iligr, adj . incomparable. Post.
1i-samJ)ykki, f. disagreement. Fas. i. 35, Orkn. 134. li-sainj)ykkr,
adj. disagreeing. •d-sainj)ykkt, f. disagreement, 655 vii. 2. H-
sanna, a8, to refute, prove untrue, Ld. 90, Sks. 722; en ekki er at
gleyma e3r u. {scorn or disregard) sva Jiessar sogur, Edda (pref.) 154;
1
usanna mal, to refute a case, Edda i. 116 (foot-note 17) : reflex, to pr(.
false, MS. 4. 31. ■u-sannindi, n. pi. untruth. u-sannligr, a
(-liga, adv.), unjust, unfair, Fms. ii. 4, vi. 54, Bret. 50, Eg. 743, Orl-
96, Sturl. iii. 18, v. 1. ti-sannr, adj. untrue; lisatt, Fms. vi. i(
vii. 242, xi. 260; iisa8ra (gen. pi.), Skv. 2. 4: as a law phrase, L
insons = tiot guilty ; lisannr at e-u ; attu, f)6r61fr, mundir u. at vera, }•
55 ; telr hann sik lisannan at Jjessi sbk, Fms. vii. 133 ; sog&u Sigmu
usannan vera at J)vi, Fasr. 201 ; u. at averkum, Grag. ii. 90 ; J>6rir le
hvarki vita pa, sanna ne usanna at {)essu, Fms. iii. 146. u.-sannsse
adj. unfair, Fms. ii. 35. T5.-satirga3r, part, undefiled, Stj., Ho
40. li-s^inn, part, unsown, Vsp. 61, GpX. 285, Edda 44. ti-sai
adj. not sore, not smarti?ig ; eigi visarari, Hrafn. 15: unwoundo
Eg. 33, Fms. ii. 325, Hkr. i. 165. ti-Eitt, f. disagreement; ha
kva9 J)ar eigi lisatt a hafa gengit at logum, Eb. 166 ; Jieir vildu eigi fy
saettask enn Kari sag6i a osatt sina, bis displeasure, Nj. 256, Grag.
200; segja a osattir, id., 222; at osatt e-s, without one's consent;
osatt fraenda sinna, 645. no; ok er J)at at osatt hans, Grag. i. 143;
osatt minni. Aim. 6. li-s^ttan, n. = usatt, Fms. xi. 43. li-sdlt
adj. disagreeing, Fms. i. 6 : unreconciled, Nj. 80. ■u.-se3janligr, a
insatiable, Clar. li-sekja, u, f. in the phrase, at lisekju, with t,
punity, Fms. vii. 240, Grag. i. 420, Js. 26, passim. li-sekr, adj. 7
guilty, GJ)1. 536; lisekir hvarr um sik, Dipl. v. 26. u-seligr, a
unsightly, Fms. vi. 330, Fas. ii. 453. u-sendiligr, adj. not fit to
sent, Bs. i. 73. u-senn, part. (mod. 6s63r), unseen; kaupa risen
grip, GJ)1. 505, Nj. 184; osen (osenan, ace), Bs. i. 130; lisena mei
Ld. 132. u-sent, n. part, unsent, undespalched, Hm. 146. li-set
Hgr, adj. (-liga, adv.), immoderate, H. E. i. 505. u-settr, adj. ?,
settled ; sva at usett se malunum, Fb. iii. 452. u-si3blendi, f. h
sociability. ii-si3blendinn, adj. tinsociable, Glum. 336. u-si
latr, adj. unmannered, barbarous, Magn. 448. u-si3ligr, adj. (-lig
adv.), ill-mannered, Barl. 37, Fs. 14. u-si3r, m. ' unmantier,' ba'^
barity, Grett. 97 A : pi. immorality, Magn. 448, Stj. 429 : usi3a-ina3J
m. an evil-doer, Fms. iv. 1 1 r, v. 240, Magn. 448. u-si3sainligr, a
(-liga, adv.), indecent, H.E. i. 477. ■u-si3sanir, adj. ill-mannen
ill-bred. ■u.-si3senii, f. indecency, 645. 77, Mar. u-si3ug
adj. ill-mantiered, wicked, barbarous; p]6b drapgjorn ok usi5ug, Sks. .^
Stj. 429; li. um kvennafar, Fms. i. 187. ■u-si3vandr, adj. disorderi
Sturl. ii. 4. li-siglandi, part, not fit for sailing, of weather, (3. H. 13
u.-sigr, m. a defeat, O. H. 29 ; hafa usigr, Fms. vii. 265; fara ii., i. kj
Eg. 287 ; fa li., Landn. 105. ■ii-sigra3r, part. [Lat. invictus], unco
quered, Stj. li-sigrandi, part, invincible. li-sigranligr, adj. ii
Fas. ii. 298, Fms. iii. 168. u-sigrsamr, adj. not victorious, 623. 3
li-sigrsaell, adj. defeated, Fms. vi. 265. li-sigrvaenligr, ai
with little hope of victory, Orkn. 360. li-sinniligr, adj. unsight
{unfit as a companion), Fms. vi. 203, Fas. ii. 327. u-sitjandi, pai
unbearable (sitja III. 3), Korm. 192. li-sjaldan, adv. not seldoi
Vsp. u-sj&lfraSr, adj. ' un-selfruled,' constrained, Hkr. ii. 212; allt Ji;
er henni var usjalfratt, what was her own making, Nj. 268 (see sjalfri
H. 2) ; J)etta allt var honum usjalfratt, Fms. ii. 46 ; Jjad er mer osjalfrat
/ cannot do for it, cannot help it. li-sjukr, adj. unsick, Fms. >
347; heill ok li., Grett. 154 A; usjiikari, Bs. i. 193. u-sj6tla3,
pzTt. unsetded{?), Grett. (in a verse). Ti-skaddr, part, unscatbe,
untouched, =^ Lat. integer; liskatt, Fb. i. 548; at liskaddum geislui.j
hennar, Sks. 63. u-ska3liga, adv. unscathingly , H. E. i. 503
ska3ligr, adj. harmless. u-skakkr, adj. not awry, N. G. L. i. 24
la-skap, n. a fatality ; see skap. u-skapa3r, part, unshapen,
538. li-skapbra3r, adj. calm-minded, well-tempered, Sturl. iii. I2(
li-skapfelldr, part, disagreeable to one's mind, unpleasant, 'H]zx'b. 366 ; eij
eru J)au mer at uskapfelldri, Sturl. i. 171 C; e-m er e-t uskapfellt, Koni
192. u-skapfelliga, adv. £?2sa^rfraWy, Fas. ii. 335. u-ska] " '
ligr, adj. not in one's mind, Sturl. i. 171. u-skapglikr, adj. unl\
temper, Fms. ii. 145. ■u-skapgsefr, adj. not gentle, moody, Fms. vL
u-skaphaegr, adj. = uskapgxfr, Fms. vi. 109, v. 1. Ta-skapl6ttr, ad
not light-minded, care-worn ; e-m er liskaplett, to be in a bad humour, F.i
i. 372. li-skapliga, adv. against nature's order, enormously. Fas. i. i;
Ld. 1 18 : immoderately. li-skapligr, adj. against nature's order, mm
strous, horrible; ^at er liskapligt, Isl. ii. (in a verse), Fms. xi. 121 ; '
I'lburdr, a monster birth, Fms. viii. 8, v. 1. ; verst verk ok uskapligas
Fas. iii. 36. li-skaplikr, adj. = uskapglikr, Nj. 112, 227, Kom
80. -u-skapstorr, adj. not proud-tempered ; uskapstaerri, less proru
Fms. iv. 226. u-skapti3r, adj. not to one's mitid; Jiann atriinad sei
OSS er u., Isl. ii. 391. li-skapvserr, adj. restless of temper, Sturl. i. 87 1
Ti-skapt)ekkr, adj. unpleasant, Korm. 32. u-skeifligr, adj. not fltfff)
Grett. 120 A. u-skeinisamr, adj. tiot hurtful; ver8a eigi li., to i
not a little hurtful, Nj. 262. -d-skeinuhsettr, adj. id., Nj. 26;
V. 1. -li-skelfdr, part, unshaken, undaunted, Magn. 470. u-skelft
adj. untrembling, Fbr. 88 : fearless, Al. 28, Fms. x. 213. la-skemdl
part, uninjured, Bs. i. 286. li-skepna, u, f. = uskop, evil fate, Oi^
(in a verse). ■d-sker3r, part, unscored, whole, entire, Grag. ii. 3^3
Nj. 256, Fms. i. 85, Rb. 458. ti-skeyn (oskeyn), (?), a nicknamf
Fms. vii. 271. li-skikktr, part, without a mantle; feldr li., HMj
ipi^i
;^^
TJSKIL— USYNN.
cc:
./ into a clonk, N. G. L. i. 75. li-skil, n. pi. unfair dealings, im-
r treatment; valda uskilum vi8 nong sinn, Hoin. 44; vera kenndr vi&
. G{)1. 482 ; gora skil, . . . gora liskil, Griig. i. 216 ; svara oskilum,
: : gora oskil um e-t, i, 382 ; merkja fe at oskilum, ii. 309, Fms. vi.
'j65a e-m li., Grag. i. 11. la-skilaflr, part, unsettled, Horn. 84.
,lcila-ma3r, m. an unready man, Sturl. ii. 136. u-skilfenginn,
|rt. illegitimate, natural, Jb. 137. u-skilgetinn, part, tiot born in
'■'!')ck, Landn. 131. u-skilinn, part, not set apart, not reserved; mi
einn hlutr cptir er liskilat er, not disposed of. Band. 8 new Ed.
iljanligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), unintelligible, Rb. 470, Magn. 448.
ilmerkiligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), indistinct. li-skilrekki, f.
hity, Stj. 196, v. 1. (u-skilriki, v. 1.) u-skilrikiliga, adv. un-
. hvart hefir \in tekit vinnu-mann minn? ok er slikt li. gtirt,
. 120 A. ti-skilsamliga, adv. disorderly, Sd. 156. u-skipti-
adj. indivisible, Skalda, Sks. 604, Fas. iii. 663. ii-skiptr, part.
Jed, H. E. ii. 127, Fms. vi. 148, Grag. i. 291, Ld. 70. u-sklr-
la, part, not 'pure born,' not born in wedlock, Grag. i. 306. li-
V, part, unbaptized, Horn. 53, lb. 12, K. A., Mar.; oskird enni,
, i. (in a verse, of the heathen Wends). li-skfrr, adj. unclean,
., Rb. 352; uskirt silfr, Fms. v. 346; skir veQr efta liskir, Stj.
mal, indistinct, Sturl. ii. 222 ; saurgir ok liskirir, defiled, 655 i. i.
alfandi, part, not trembling, 656 B. 3. ii-skj6ti, a, m. an ' un-
n^,' impediment: as a law term, an affront; veita e-m liskjota,
L. i. 161, Sd. (in a verse); cp. uskundi. li-skoSanligr, adj.
be beheld, Magn. u-skopnir, m. the unshapen, a mythol. local
, Fm. 15. 'u-skoraSr, part, unchallenged, without reservation ;
kyldi einn gora um mal Jjessi sva sem hann vill, oskorat, Eg. 733 ;
. mal oil 6skoru5 undir 6laf, Ld. 228; hafa gefizk tvau kiigiidi
tvau hundruS liskoruS, two entire hundreds, Vm. 79. li-
; jrinn, part, uncut, Hkr. i. 99, Edda 41, Grag. ii. 363; of clothes,
i. u-skrapaSr, part, unscratched; bref me6 hanganda innsigli
kiiskrapat, Dipl. ii. 5. u-skrdmligr, adj. = oskranligr, Th. 19.
riptaSr, part, unshriven, H. E. i. 482. la-skriptborinn,
iHconfessed, H. E. i. 519. u-skuggasamligr, adj. without a
:l' or suspicion, Fbr. 1 38. li-skuld, f. an unlawful debti^), Jb.
. 1 A. Ti-skuldvarr, adj. incautious in incurring debts, Njar6. 366.
". ^kundi, a, m. an ' nnspeeding,' affront; g(3ra e-m liskunda, Fs. 28.
iskuaSr, part, unshod, Fms. v. 196. u-skursamr, adj. not
t\wery, Rb. 104. la-skygn, adj. dim-sighted, Fs. 88, Sturl. i. 178 :
I having second sight, see skygn. li-skygna, d, to make dim, darken,
; 142: reflex, rt grow c?/wz, augu uskygnask, Anecd. 6, Stj. 431 ; eldisk
■ 'skygndisk, 655 vii. 2. u-skygnleiki, a, m. dim-sightedness,
. 16. u-skyldigr, adj. not due, K. A. 220. li-skyldr, adj.
kyldr), Fms. iii. 179, vi. 361, Nj. 199 ; J)at var ^er liskylt, uncalled
]. 1ms. vi. 369, Fs. 72; vseri honum eigi liskyldra, Fms. vi. 367;
i !^ir sik eigi liskyldara, Eb. Ill new Ed. ; liskyldan mann, Fms. i. 17,
J 40, Horn. 62, Grag. i. 196. li-skylduligr, adj. = uskyldigr,
JE. i. 464. li-skynsamliga, adv. unreasonably, Sturl. iii. 261.
likynsamligr, adj. irrational, foolish, Hom. 127, Fms. x. 374.
ilskynsamr, adj. irrational, K. A. 202. li-skynsemd and
rskynsemi, f. unreason, Fms. ii. 144, Post. 645. 77, Mar. passim.
1 ikyti, a, m. and u-skytja, u, f. a bad marksman ; eigi veit hvar
1 \ tja or geigar, Fms. vii. 262, Fas. ii. 358, v. 1. (liskytju, Hkr. iii.
. c.) u-sk^rligr, adj. ' unclever,' stupid, 673. 55. li-sk^r,
/. ; af liskyrra manna aliti, Greg. 71. li-skserleikr, m. a
■/transparency, Stj. 10. li-skserr, adj. untransparent, not clear.
jruligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), feeble, slack, Ld. 44; see skotuligr.
kr, adj. not slack. Ti-sleginn, part, unmown, Grett. 107 A,
'■■ 335- u-sleituliga, adv. ; drekka u., to drink without heel-
Kg. 551. u-sletta, u, f. unevenness. Eg. (in a verse), Bs. i.
u-slettr, adj. uneven, Krok. 42 : itnlevel (ground), Fms. v.
cp. segja sinar farar eigi slettar, Orkn. 68. u-slitinn, part.
' ,• )3a voru {)ing oslitin, unbroken up, Grag. i. 16 : not worn.
ina3r, part, untorn, 656 C. 5. Ti-slj6r, -slsBr, -sljdir, adj. not
. syna sik uslaera enn fyrr, Ld. 212. li-sldttigr, adj. not wily,
148. u-slyngr, adj. unskilled, Sturl. i. 11. ti-slysinn,
0/ slysinn, q. V. u-sl3rttiiin, adj. i/ns/i^^^j'sA, Lex. Poet. Il-
ia, u, f. the unmown part; see slaegja. li-slsegr, adj. not sly, not
"§',Nj.io2. li-slseliga, adv.no/s/oK'/j',Si&ar/i/>'; hoggva li., Fms.
,7. li-slokvandi, part. ?/«s/a^fa6/s,- u. eldr, Stj. u-8l6kvi-
idj. inextinguishable, Sks. 160, MS. 4. 10. Ti.smd,boriaii, part.
small extraction, Hkr. i. (in a verse). 'u-sm^ligr, adj. not
. Isl. ii. 405 (Dan. smaalig). u-smdr, adj. not small, i. e.
. Snorri var usmar i ollum sattmalum, not very nice, making no
I ties, Eb. 286; e-m fellr e-t usinatt, a thing has no difficulties
' . Sturl. iii. 281 ; lismar bsetr, Og. 19. u.-smeltr, part, not
Ued, Pm. 105. u-smiaiigr, adj. (-liga, adv.), unworkman-
ivrok. 43. li-siniSaSr, part, unwrought, GJ)1. 491 ; smiSat ok
lat silfr, Fms. ix. 470. u-smur3r, part, unanointed, Stj. 237.
arr, adj. not quick, slow; ^n ert ykkar eigi lisnarari, Vapn. 19.
1 Sinn, part, ufdopped. u-snilld and li-snilli, f. lack of eloquence, ,
unskill; usnilld sinni, Sks. 316; uMniii iwini, i 11. 71). u-stijollr, adj.
(see snjallr), unwise, unsiilUd, Hdi. 1 5. 47. Valla L. 504 ; li. at mkU. im-
skilled in speech, Sks. 31;;; hit lisnjallasta ikb, Fms. iv. 161, vii. 265.
li-snotr, adj. unwise, Hm. passim (s«e snotr), Sks. 44(> B. (i-inotr*
mannligr, adj. improper. Odd. 12. (k-snOfrmaiuilicr. adj. duU,
faint; litid tilruA ok usnofurmannligt, Isl. ii. 357. ^-soltiim, part.
not hungry, Al. 18, Fas. iii. 81. <i-Borg, f. ' vnutrroui,' po«'t. tba
night, Edda (Gl.) u-s6knar-dacr, m.-^iisykii dagr. Lat. diti ftUut,
K, A. 184. il-B6nii, 4, m. a diibonour, ditt^race. Bind. 34 new Ed.,
Fms. i. 209, vii. 220, Hom. 152, Stj. 384. ii-«6ttiMBmr, adj. «o/ a^ ft>
take ill ; hcfi ck verit li. maftr, Ld. loi : of a place, btaliby. Sks. 96, ». I.
li-apakliga, adv. tumultuously ; fara li., Hkr. ii. 373, Fiiu. ix. 394. Orkn.
424, Fas. iii. 534. tl-spakligr, adj. unwist. fooliib, 677. 5 : •»«-
ndy, turbulent, Sturl. ii. 8, Ai. 13. ti-spakr, adj. unwiu, as also reU-
less, unruly (see spakr), Vigl. 20, Sks. 31, Fms. ix. 394; (6 6spakt, run-
ning astray, Krok. 42 (of cattle) : a nickname and pr. name, Ospakr,
Landn. passim. li-spardr, part, unspared, Ld. in ; Ujtu J)cir lispart
vi6 {)a, Eb. 308. u-sparliga, adv. unsparingly, Sturl. i. 67, Orkn.
424, V. 1. Ti-sparr, adj. unsparing, Lv. 78, HAv. 44; e-m er lispart
um e-t, Ld. 138 ; hoggva ospart, Fms. xi. 91. ta-sp&ligr, adj. (•lig«,
adv.), unpropbetic, Fbr. 95. ^•speki, f. = lispckt, Hom. 34. ii-spektt
f. turbulence, uproar; menn kunnugir at lispekt, Lv. no; gtira lispekt,
Fms. ix. 394 ; hann hefir marga lispckt gort i Noregi, Fser. 88 ; rin ok
lispekt, Fms. xi. 236; baendr munu launa {x-r ii. J)ina, v. 90 ; var opt
talat um lispektir Sigurdar-manna, vii. 293 ; marga adra lispckt sidaAi
hann, Fas. iii. 163 ; lispekSar-bragS, Fs. 57 ; lispektar-ferft, a ra/rf, Njard.
376 ; uspektar-maflr, an unruly person, Sturl. i. 92 C. li-spell, f., Fas.
iii. 163 (a false reading for uspekt). li-spelladr, part, unspoiled, un-
violated, G{)1. 227, Baer. 15. ti-spilltr, part, inviolate, Sdm. 19 ; s& er
vegr a lispilltar trygftir, Js. 65 ; ti. varningr, Sks. 20, Rd. 233 : uninjured,
Hkr. i. 1 19 ; lispillt maer, immaculate, Bret. 58, Vigl. 33 ; taka til lispilltra
mala, to fight out in earnest, Nj. 220. "d-aptinninn, part, unspun,
Rd. 233. Ii-spur3r, part, unasked ; at t)eim lispurftuni, without ask-
ing them, H. E. i. 458 ; lata lispurt, to leave unasked, Sks. 5. li-
spurull, adj. ' unasking,' not curious ; falatr ok li., Fas. iii. 219 ; fafrodir
ok lispurulir, Sks. 320. li-staSfastr, adj. unsteadfast, Stj. 27. ti-staA>
festa, u, f. unstead fastness. Fas. ii. 124. ti-stadfesti, f. id., Hom.
124. Ti-sta3igr, adj. unsteady. i^-starfsamr, adj. idle, re-
miss in ivork, fsl. ii. 113. il-stefliga, adv. disorderly, H.E. i. 476.
Ti-sterkligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), not strong, Edda 33. il-sterkr, adj.
not strong, feeble, Hkr. ii. 350; eigi listerkari, Grag. ii. 361 ; hann var
listerkari, Eg. 188, Korm. 248. ii-Btilling, i. vehemence ; mcb dkafa
ok li., Fms. vii. 293, Hom. 24, 25, passim. li-stilltr, adj. intem-
perate; xistillt gle8i, Greg. 25, Hom. 24, 25 : romping, J)ii ert svo listilltr.
il-stirfinn, adj. undaunted, Lat. impiger, poet, epithet of a king, Hkr.
i. (in a verse). ia-stj6niliga, adv. immoderately. ti-stjdmligr,
adj. immoderate. u-stund, f. disregard; leggja u. a e-t. Fas. i. a).
Ti-styTk3, f. infirmity; varar ilstyrkdir, 623. 19 ; likams ustyrkt, Stj.
145; mannlig li., H.E. i. 477. li-styrkjaat, h, to- grow infirm,
Fms. iii. 177. ii-styrkleiki, a, m. and u-styrkleikr, m. infirmity,
Stj. 61, Fms. iii. 51. li-styrkr = listerkr, Bret. 72, Hom. 135, Magn.
448, Sks. 543. u-8t^il6tr, adj. ' unyielding to the rudder,' ungovern-
able. Fas. iii. 382, Grett. 92 A. ti-st63ugr, adj. unsteady, unsettled,
Al. 12, 15, 55. u-st03uligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), unstable, unsettled,
Al. loi. u-sundrgreiniliga, adv. without distinction, Skalda. ti-
simdrskilligr, adj. inseparable, 623. 59, Eluc. 3. u-sundrskipti-
ligr, adj. indivisible, Stj. 4. u-surr, adj. not sour, Bs. i. 743. ti-
8v6ss, adj. (see sviiss) ; lisvast ve5r, Grag. (Kb.) i. 216, Bs. i. 199,
339, Sturl. i. 1 2. u-8vefhugr, adj. not sleepy ; arvakr ok li., Lv. 43.
u-svifr, ii-8viflnn, Ti-8vifrandi, qq. v. li-sviflrungr, m. an enemy,
Edda ii. 497 : = usvifrandi. li-svikuU, adj. guileless^ Lex. Poet,
u-svinna, u, f. indiscretion. li-svinnliga, adv. unwisely. ti»
svinnr, adj. unwise, Hm.20, 22, 162 ; in the saying, eptir koma lisrinnum
raS i hug, unwise is afterwise. Fas. i. 94, VApn. 17: indiscreet, Hafr
J)6ttisk lisvinnr or6inn, Grett. 147 A, Fas. i. 319; lisvinni {less discreet)
lizk mer {)in fjar-varSveizla enn min, Fs. 130. li-svipligr, adj. ill-
looking, Grett. 117 A, Fas. iii. 355. li-svipt, see osvift, p. 473,
col. 2 ; to the references add HAv. 28 new Ed. fi-ayndijpr, adj.
unsinful, Greg. 33. li-syndr, adj. not swimming, Edda 47. 4-
syngjandi, part, not fit to sing; mi hrornar kirkja sv& at lisyngjanda er
i, so as to be unfit for service, K. {>. K. 54. li-synju, gen. as adr.
without provocation, unprovoked, without justification ; ef maftr bindr
frjalsan mann usynju, Js. 43; at lisynju. G\>\. 179; t)cssi seta J)ykkir
lisynju, Fms. viii. 435, Orkn. 254;«var J)at mjok usynju er Jw^r kolluftut
til rikis i Noregi, 6. H. 58 ; at AslAkr hafi fracndvig upp hafit ok mjok
osynju, 184; 6synju tokt t)u hiindum k |)eim. MS. 4. I?: usynjum (mi
vain) vseri hon sv4 frO, ef..., Str. 35; v^r villtumk «lsynju fr4
eilifum fagna&i, Anal. 338 ; ok var usynju nokkum tima tckift vift
Hrolleifi, Fs. 36. li-s^iliga, adv. invisibly, Fms. x. 330. <i-8^ni-
ligr, adj. invisible, Sks. 155, 528, Fms. i. 139: unlikely, Bjam. 44:
unsightly, ugly, Ld. 274, Fas. ii. 327. ^-Bfim, adj. • unseeing,' blimdi
666
US^BRATTR— UVINULIGR.
lisyndir hvelpar : uncertain, n. saemdarauki, Korm. 150 ; li, fri8r, Hkr. ii.
121 ; lisynt var hvarir sigrask mundi, Fms. xi. 372 ; at lisynt vaeri um
heilsuna, Lv. 39; mer J)ykkir lisynt, at..., Ld. 224; us^nar hefndir,
Fms. xi. 47. ii-S8Bbrattr, adj. not steep towurds the sea (see saer B),
Fb. i. 539. li-ssBkiligr, adj. impregnable, Str. 11. li-ssela, u, f.
unhapplness. li-ssDll, adj. (cp. Dan. ussel), wretched; lissell ok aumr,
Horn. 151. li-sselligr, a-d]. joyless, ill-favoured, Fms. vi. 303, vii. 162.
6-S89ma, S, to dishonour, Clem. 44 ; lisasmandi, improper, Fms. vii. 8.
li-S8Bind, f. disgrace, dishonour, Fs. 60, Sks. 279, 457, Edda 33, Fms.
X. 388: impropriety, Ld. 214; lisaemdar hlutr, contumely, Gliim. 352;
lisaemdar or&, unseemly language, Fms. ii. 248. il-ssemiliga, adv.
dishonourably, unbecomingly, Nj. 82, f)6r&. 23 new Ed., Fms. iii. 87.
Tl-ssemiligr, adj. unseemly, Fms. v. 307, vii. 186, Eg. 21 : unworthy
of, li. e-s, Sturl. i. 45. li-sseinr, adj. unbecoming, unseemly ; lisoemar
. . . uscemstar, Hom. 73 ; J)at er lisaemt, 677. i. il-sserr, adj. not to
be taken, of an oath ; bera lisaer vitni, Sks. 341 ; eidar usaerir, Sks. 358 ;
at lisaert var, GJ)1. 550 : the saying, litiS skyldi i ei5i usaert, Grett. 161,
see eiSr. li-S8Btiligr, adj. intolerable, Sturl. iii. 18. li-Sfiett, f. =
lisatt, Fms. vi. 27; go6in hof8u usaett viS {)at folk er Vanir heita, Edda
47. li-ssettask, t, to become an enemy, Sks. 227. li-seetti, n. =
usaett, 655 xxi. 3, Fms. viii. 153; styrjold ok li., x. 268; sag6i at J)at
mondi at ^vi usaetti ver3a, lb. 1 2. u-s63la3r, part, unsaddled, N.G. L.
i. 45. li-sSngvinn, part. ' unchanting,' who make few prayers, Grett.
Ill A ; see songvinn. li-tal, n. (Germ, unzahl), a countless number;
sva morg hundru6 at lital var, Bret. 58 ; otal {)j63ar (gen.), a countless
host of people, 656 C. 36 ; lital jarteina, 40 ; me& otali engla. Post. (Unger) :
later used as adj. or adv., utal marga, Fms. iii. 178: in mod. usage,
otal skip, otal eyjar, always indecl. il-tala, u, f. = utal; otiilu
lifts, Hkr. iii. 201, v. 1. li-talhlySinn, part, unheeding advice,
bard to persuade, Fms. x. 177. ij.-tali3r (li-taldr, u-talinn), part.
untold, uncounted ; at litoldum konum, not countihg the women, 623.
25 ; litalit allr verka-ly6r. Fas. iii. 20 ; litalit J)at er til stafiia vissi,
Fms. X. 319 ; kyn litold, Sks. 133 ; litaldar skrar, Dipl. v. 18 ; litalt ok
lidaemt, G{)1. 474. li-talligr, adj. untold, countless, Fms. xi. 381,
Magn. 450, Stj. 389, Hkr. ii. 393. ■u.-tamdr, untamed; see temja.
6-tdla, adv. [tal], unfeignedly. Lex. Poet. ti-teitr, adj. not glad-
some, Hym. -d-tekxan, ^zn. not taken, unleased ; n. '}drb, a freehold,
GJ)1. 313, Sturl. iii. 57 ; see taka B. HL i. li-telgdr, part, uncarved,
Grag. ii. 359, Stj. li-tempraSr, part, untempered, Stj. 256. u-teygi-
ligr, adj. untempting ; ve6r u., uninviting, Bs. i.442. li-tiginn, adj.
not tiginn (q. v.), being a commoner, Edda 104, Fms. i. 16, ii. 298,
vi. 250, Eg. 351, Ld. 189, Nj. 83, Hkr. i. 262. il-tillieyriligr, adj.
(-liga, adv.), improper, Stj. 34. il-tili, a, m. a mischance. Eg. 175,
Hkr. ii. 288. li-tillfitsamr, adj. (-semi, f.), unyielding, Grett. 100 A,
Sturl. iii. 99. li-tilleitmii, adj. inoffetisive. Eg. 512, Grett. 120 A.
'd.-tilteekiligr, adj. inexpedient, Grett. li-tid, f. an ' un-time,' wrong
season; eta kjot a uti8um, N. G. L. i. 11, 348 ; konur skal taka a tiSum
en eigi a liti&um, 16. u-ti3r, adj. rare, infrequent, Faer. 195, Fms.
viii. 353, V. 1. ; lititt, Fser. 195, Landn. 261 (v. 1.), Hdl. 4. li-tlmi,
a, m. an evil time, mishap, affliction; utimar ok ligxfur, Sks. 353 ; at sja
u. hverfi af ^er, Fs. 59 ; a engum manaSi missti hennar sa u., Hom. 122 ;
dtima-dagr, an evil day. Fas. i. 193 ; out of time, koma i otima, to come
too late. li-tfndr, part, unpicked up, Jb. 294. li-tirligr, adj. in-
glorious, mean, wretched (mod. oterligr = dirty) ; J)a kom at gangandi
maftr 6., sa haf8i kross a her5um, 623. 9. ■u-torvelligr, adj. not
difficult, 655 xviii. 2. li-tonaSr, part, not noted for singing. Am.
77. Ii-traii3r, adj. not repugnant, willing, Sturl. i. 132 : not doubt-
ful. Fas. ii. 68 : neut. litrautt, quite, Fbr. 19. u-traustr, adj. un-
trusty, insincere, weak, Fms. vi. 31 2, 406 ; li. iss, unsafe ice, vii. 2 73 (v. 1.),
Rd. 277, Orkn. 348 ; var utraust, at hann svipa&i honum eigi stundum,
Sturl. iii. 125. u-tregr, ad], unrepugnant, Bjurn. e^6, Sd. iS'j. H-
trii, f. unbelief, faithlessness, 623. 26, 27, Fms. x. 301, 317: gen. litrii,
Magn. 534, Sturl. i. 210; utru-dau6i, 656 C. 2 ; utru-ma9r, an infidel,
Hom. 49. Ti-trua3r, part, unbelieving, Greg. 17, MS. 623. 26.
■fi-tnianligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), incredible, 623. 67, Fms. i. 142. li-
triUeikr (-leiki), m. unfaithfulness, Fms. i. 50, ix. 428, Hkr. ii. 87,
Eg. 64, Sks. 457. H-triiliga, adv. unfaithfully, Fms. i. 289; tala u.,
to talk threateningly, Eb. 320 : incredibly. il-tniligr, adj. incredible,
Fms. X. 307, Edda 2 ; not to be depended on, Nj. 102, Fms. xi. 249, Lv.
62 ; ve3r li., Vapn. 11. ti-tnilyTidr, m. (-lyndi, i.), faithless, Stj.
243. Ti-trlina3r, m. faithlessness, Fms. ix. 390, xi. 303, Hkr. i.
168. li-trur, adj. faithless, Orkn. 10, Fms. i. 219, xi. 201, 252,
Hom. 78, Eg. 402 : unbelieving. Post. 645. 68. 1i-tryg3, {.faith-
lessness, falseness, Fms. viii. 314, Gi^. 148, Bs. i. 665. li-tryggiligr,
adj. (-liga, adv.), not to be trusted, Nj. 102, v. 1. 'fi-tryggleikr, m.
= utryg6, Sks. 547. u-tryggr, ad], faithless, untrustworthy, Hkr. ii.
87. Eg. 51, 269, Fms. ix. 52, 417, Hom. 109. ti-tr61Isligr, adj.
unlike a troll (q. v.), Mag. li-tvistr, adj. not dismal, gladsome, Edda
(Ht.) ■d-tyrrinn, adj. not irritable, Gisl. (in a verse). u-tsepi-
liga, adv. unsparingly, Fms. ii. 82 ; ganga li. at, Fas. iii. 98 ; kenna li.,
to feel it unmistakably, smart sorely, Faer. 1 26. u-t8Bpr, adj. not scant, ,
'ample, Fas. i. 58; {)rysta iitaept, Fms. iii. 130. ii-t6luligr, ad
countless, Barl. 22, Gp\. 42, Magn. 410. Tl-unibr8e3iligr, adj. (-ligjl
adv., Th. 23), unspeakable, Fms. i. 263, x. 356, Magn. 448, Fas. i. 20;
■fi-umraeSiligr, adj. unspeakable, Barl. 22, 161. li-uraskiptiligj
adj. unchangeable, Barl. 1 13. ti-una<Jsainr, adj. discontented, 655 xv
I. u-unna, ann, to grudge; er hann uyndi manni himin, Hom. 2c
Vi-unninn, part, 'unwon,' unperformed, Nj. 266 : uncitltivated, teigr 1
11., Landn. 241, v. 1. ; at liunninni j6r3u, untilled field, G{)1. 28:
Vi-valdr, part, innocent; sniia sok a uval&a menn, Nj. 136; vera e-s il
not guilty of, sackless, Fms. ix. 292, xi. 380. ii-vanda3r, part, con
mon, vile; u. fe. Band. 36 new Ed. ; kva6sk {jat Jjykkja uvandaS, Orki
420 new Ed. livand-blsetr, adj. [biota], easily propitiated, easii
appeased or satisfied, metaphor from a sacrificial feast (blot), a a;
\ey., Bs. i. 394 (uvandlatr, 108, I.e.; a later vellum). livand
fenginn, part, not hard to get (ironic), Fms. xi. 150. 'dvand-gSn
part, requiring little pains, Fms. vi. 390, v. 1. u-vandi, a, m. an ev
habit, Fms. i. 281, ii. 226 : naughtiness of a child. ilvand-launadi
part, easy to repay, needing small reward, Bjarn. 53. tivand-leikit
n. part, little to be regarded, Hrafn. 21. li-vandliga, adv. car
lessly, Faer. 217, Orkn. 368: not quite, fell {)ar u. lit sjorinn, Ld. 7'
ia-vandr, adj. not difficult, plain, Nj. 139, Fms, i. 125, iii. 95, Lv. 2C
caring little for, at J)u munir livandari (less particular) at varum hlu
Orkn. 240; {)at mun J)6r mi livant gort, Fms. vi. 390; um ^aer skuld
er livant, iv. 346; hversu dvant hann let gora vid sik, how little pri
tensions he made, Bs. i. 131. li-vani, a, m. a bad habit, Fms. ii
70, Stj. 36. d-varandi, part, wnai^are, Hom. 115, Barl. 61. i
varit, n. part, (verja), not spent, Jb. u-varliga, adv. unwarily, N
8, Fms. iii. 15, vii. 73, Grag. ii. 119. u-varligr, adj. unwar
Hrafn. i, Fms. ii. 34. ti-vannseltr, part, unwary in speech, Hk
ii. 234. li-varr, adj. unaware, unwary, Fms. iv. 125, x. 41,
xi. 161 ; koma a livart, to take one by surprise, i. 196, vi. 8, vii. 21;
ix. 478, xi. 290, Barl. 61, Nj. 9; at livorum, unexpectedly, 95. t
vaskr, adj. not stout, cowardly, Nj. 85, Fms. x. 326. ii-v6nt, ad
n. (van) = livant, unlikely; ok er li. um at J)roski minn verSi annar, _,^,
sta6ar meiri en hit, Orkn. 14; lata eigi livant yfir ser, to bear oa< I ^
self proudly, Finnb. 300. ii-ve3r, n. (Germ ungewitter), ba
weather, a storm, Fms. xi. 384. T3,-ve3ran, f. = uve3r. Fas. i
412, Ti-ve3rdtta, u, f. bad weather, Lv. 73. ix-vegligi
adj, undistinguished, unhonoured, Hkr. i. 48, Fms. vi. 439, Fas.
363. ti-vegr, m. a dishonour, H. E. i. 242, Eluc. : livegs-lauai
adj. blameless, K. J>. K. u-veitull, adj. unspending, close, Bs.
Ti-vendiliga, adv. disorderly, Grett. 114 A. li-vendismaSr, n
a discreditable person, Rd. 260. li-venja, u, f. = iivani, K. A. 19^ j.
H. E. ii. 69, Jb. 175, 186; livenjur ok siftleysur, Fms. xi. 296, Hk
ii. 65. u-ver3r, adj. unworthy, NiSrst. 10: undeserving, Baer. I<j
guiltless, lata liverSa menn gjalda, Nj. 135. u-veT3ugr, adj. m
worthy, GJ)1. 62: undeserving of, Fms. ii. 182, vii. 158, Bs. i. 87; t
ti-verk, n. a wicked deed, Hrafn., Orkn. 174. ti-verkan, n. =uvetl |
Grett. 121 A, Bs. i. 529, Orkn. 280 (where fem.) u-verknadr, n
= liverkan, Grett. 121. li-vesall, adj. not wretched; engum liveslun
none hut a wretched one. Band. 36 new Ed. T3.-vi3an, n. ' utiwood*.
thorns or shrubs ; J)yrni e6a uvi3ani. Post. (Unger) 23, v. 1. ii-''
inn, part, unprepared. Fas. i. 454. ia.-vi3kV8emiligr, adj. (-liga,
G^l. 276), or u-vi3koeniiligr, unbecoming, Faer. 132, Fms. i. 244^'!
168, vi. 5, GJ)1. 167. ^-vildff. lack of good-will, enmity. vt-vihfl
m. ; at livilja e-s, against one's good-will, Grag. i. 191, Js. 49, H. E. i. l8a f ^y.
livilja-verk, n. an involuntary deed, Vapn. 49 (P). u-vilja3r, par' '^''^
unwilling. Fas. iii. 127. li-viljandi, part, unwilling, unintentioiub
Stj. 617 ; eg gerdi J)a& oviljandi. li-viljanligr, adj. unwilling, Bs. ;
703. li-viljugr, adj. id., Stj. 69. li-villtr, part, unfalsifiec
Hm. ; fjoldi liviltra biskupa, orthodox bishops, Anecd. 98. u-vin
dtta, u, f. unfriendliness, enmity, Fms. v. 24, Orkn. 386. u-vinj
fengi, n. unfriendliness, YMn L. 224. li-vingan, f. unfriendlinesf.
bad feeling, Lv. 40, Fas. iii. 150. li-vingask, a5, dep. to sbttii^
enmity towards a person; livingask vi6 e-n, Fms. v. 69, vi. 112, xi. **9tL,. "■'
li-vingjarnliga, adv. unfriendly, Faer. 182, Fms. i. 166, fsl. ii. I9!8|l^''
li-vingjarnligr, adj. unfriendly, hostile, Fms. ii. 41, ix. 52, Sks. 524 jX?''^
u-vinliga, adv. unfriendly, Lv. 74. ti-vinnandi, part, invincible ; \;'^^
and u-vinnanligr, adj. id.. Fas. iii. 239. u-vinr (6-vinr), m.nr -^
'unfriend,' foe, enemy, Fms. i. 50, 219, ii. 192, Eg. 336, Sks. 110, A
56; eta skal livina-mat ok ongu launa, Nj. 220 (v. 1. paper MS.); ve
hyggjum at lygi hafi verit ok livina-mal, Gliim. 373 ; hon kva& l)ar far
livina fylgjur, Sturl. iii. 54 (see fylgja) ; gor J)u eigi |)ann livina-fagnaJ
at J)ii rjiifir saett {)ina, Nj. 112 ; v^r kollum slika vist livina-fagnaft, of :
bad fare, Bjarn. 53. li-vinsamligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), unfriendly
Ti-vinskapr, m. = uvinatta. ii-vinssela, 3, to make oneself dis
liked; Eirikr konungr livinsaeldisk ae ^vi meirr, sem . . ., Fms. iv. 10
hann kva3sk eigi nenna at li. sik svk, Vapn. 18. u-vins8Bld
f. unpopularity, disfavour, Fms, i. 21, x. 387, Eb. 116, Orkn. 254
Ti-vinseell, adj. unpopular, disliked, Nj. 38, Fs. 28, 76; livinssel
verk, Fras. vii. 183, 247. Ti-vinvUigr, adj. unfriendly, Skalda 19X
iiA;
Mi'"
1(11
Mt,
ai,F
I?; HI'
I
mt,
mi
^Ik
tVINVEITTLIGA— tJf'VERASAMR.
667
vinveittliga, adv. unUndly, Landn. 2 1 7, v. 1. li-vinveittr, adj. of
rsoiis, hostile, Nj. 32, Ld. 86, 336 : of things, unpleasant, Fs. 34,
. i. 340. u-vir3a, b, to disregard, slight, Fnis. vi. 280, x. 421.
virdanligr, adj. inestimable, Th. 18. li-vir3Uiga and Ti-vir3u-
ja (Fs. 90, Fms. ii. 10), adv. scornfully, Nj. 89, Fnis. vii. 21. li-
rfliligr and u-vir3uligr, adj. scornful, contemptible, Nj. 77, Fms. vi.
7, Hkr. ii. 102, Isl. ii. 371 ; hvila eigi livirduligri, not less splendid,
ag. I. u-vir3ing, f. a disgrace, Nj. 327, Fins. vii. 113, Landn.
6; gora li. til e-s, to scorn, O. H. 115. u-vir3r, adj. unvalued;
livirt, Grag. i. 200; ii. eyrir, Js. 62. li-virkr, adj. out of work,
?, Bs. i. 719- u-viss, adj. uncertain, Rb. 2. u-visoa, u, f. an
certainty; see xivisa. li-vissligr, adj. ?/«se«/e(i, Stj. 27. li-visti-
adj. unendurable to live in, Grett. 114 A. ii-vit, n. a swoon,
ibility, Bs. i. 818 ; liggja i liviti, Nj. 89; hann maelti i livitinu, Fms.
.33, Pr. 472 : foolishness, ignorance, H.E. i. 462. li-vita, adj.
tss, insane; folk aert ok uvita af hraeSslu, Stj. 642; at h6n se
djorf ok livita, Fms. i. 3. ■li-vitand, f. ignorance, K.A. 238,
tandi, part, without knowing, unconscious ; u. e-s, Fms. i. 264, x.
at e-m livitanda, without one's knowledge, 227 ; konungr var li.
. vii. 207 ; ^u gorSir Jiat u., unintentionally, Eg. 736. la-viti, a,
\.S. unwita^, an idiot, witless person ; ef logs6guma3r ver6r omali
. iti, Grag. i. 9 ; ligaefumaSr var ek, er ek 61 {)inn livita, Kr6k. 39: of
'ant, hann var barn ok uviti, Hkr. ii. 268 ; J)au (the infant) voru oil
; , en sum limala, Hom. 50. li-vitr, adj. ' witless,' void ofunder-
':ng ; uvitrum kykvendum, 6r;^/e 6^05/5,673.47: unwise, foolish,
.1)1 ok li., Fms. vi. 220, ix. 55, Nj. 15, Eg. 718. li-vitra, u, f. un-
-dom, 6'i'j. 67, MS. 655 ix. B. 2. li-vitrleikr, m. foolishness, Stj. 22.
vitrliga, adv. ufiwisely, Korm. 178, Fms. ii. 64. u-vitrligr, adj.
wise, foolish, of things, Nj. 78, Fms. i. 139, O. H. 123. li-vit-
mlegr, z^]. foolish, Rd. 260. Ti-vituliga, zdv. foolishly, Niftrst,
u-vizka, u, f. unwisdom, foolishness, Nj. 135, Fms. vi. 209, Stj.
5, Sks. 440, Gj^l. 44. u-vizkr, adj./oo/«Sii>, sfV/y, 6. H. 123. li-
3a, adv. ' unwidely,' in but few places, Fb. i. 541. •'d-vi3r, adj. ' un-
tie,' narrow in circumference. Eg. 744, Jb. 193. u-vlg3r, part.
consecrated, Nj. 162, Vm. 19, K.A. 28, Sks. 726, Stj. 315. li-
gliga, adv. in a state unfit for war, Fms. vii. 258. li-vig-
^r, adj. unmartial, Sturl. iii. 84 C, Al. 33. li-vigr, adj. unable to
bt, disabled {hors de combat), Korm. 220, Fms. v. 90, Landn. 80, v. 1. :
igr herr (cp. ofvsegr herr, 6. H. 242, older form), an overwhelming, irre-
ftble army; draga saman her livigjan, Fms. i. 24, 122; eptir solar-
r kom sunnan at borginni Haraldr konungr Gu6inason me6 uvigjan
. vi. 411 ; me6 her tivigan, Hkr. iii. 405. li-vikjanligr, adj.
-hakeable, Th. 13. li-visa and li-vissa, 11, f. a doubtful bearing,
utility ; syna sik i livisu, Vigl. 33 ; synit onga livisu me8an J)it erut
:kipinu, Fbr. 132 ; ef hann gorir ncikkura livissu af ser, Grett. no A;
II Jjii, Bergr, hefir mjok dregizk til livissu vi& oss braedr, Fs. 57:
jrisa-eldl, n. the maintenance of a stranger, Grag. i. 143: livisa-
!irgr, m. a law phrase, an outlaw not known to he such; the law
i>le the sheltering an outlaw, under penalty, unless the host
d that, at the moment, the stranger was an ovisavargr to him,
tliat he had acted under compulsion, N. G. L. i. 71, 72, l']0, 178;
aia J)eim se li. er hysti, GJ)1, 144: metaph., var J)eim Jietta inn mesti
I'f the sudden appearance of an enemy, Hkr. iii. 63. u-visligr,
'.nwise, foolish, Fms. viii. 196 (v. I.), MS. 636 C. 20. u-viss,
uncertain, Hm. i, Sks. 250, Fms. i. 76, ii. 146, vi. 38, D.N. i. 70:
wise, foolish,^uviu, MS. 656 C. 30, Post. 645.98. li-vittr,
rt. unfined ; ]pa skal hann li. vera, N. G. L. i. II. u-vor3mn, part.
laving happened, future; segja fyrir uvordna hluti, Fms. i. 76;
I hluti ok liordna, MS. 623. 13; spamann, hann segir mer fyrir
M livordna hluti, Bs. i. 39. li-veegi, f. an overbearing tem-
Kas. i. 55. Tj-vsegiliga, adv. ungently, violently. Eg. 712,
X. 331. ti-veegiligr, adj. not to he weighed; li. gull, Stj. 571.
oginn, adj. unyielding, headstrong, Fms. ii. 33, tsl. ii. 203, Nj. 16 ;
ok u., MS. 655 xiii. A. 2. u-vsegr, adj. (also of-vaegr), head-
;>•; grimmr ok li.. Fas. i. 55. -li-vsell, adj. guileless, Ld. 30.
oni, n. a maim or bodily hurt; veita e-m \i., N. G. L. i. 74; sa er
II. var3, Js. 36, N.G.L. i.69: uveenis-hOgg, n. ammVmwg- Wow(?),
. ii. 154. li-vsenkask, a3, dep. to grow ivorse, of one's chance
ccess ; {)ykkir jarli ii. sitt mal, Fms. xi. 134. u-V8Bnliga, adv.
-7nall chance of success, Fs. 10; horfa u., to look hopeless, Nj. 187,
iv. 156. li-veenligr, adj. leaving little hope of success, Rd. 278 ;
III, Eg. 336. u-vsenn (li-vant, Orkn. 14), adj. hopeless, with
chance ^ success ; uvaen aetlan, Fms. vii. 30; uvaent ra6, xi. 21 ;
|aeut efni, Nj. 164, v. 1. ; Egill segir at {)at var livaent (little chance) at
Inn mundi J)a yrkja mega, Eg. 606 ; J)6tti honum s6r uvaent til undan-
'iiu, 406 : not to be expected, not likely, J)ykki m^r livaenna, at hann
skjott a minn fund, Fms. ii. I13, xi. 94: livsenst, most unlikely,
. 62 : of persons, ver erum til J)ess eigi uvsenni, en J)eir menn er J)at
jtir hendt, Fms. viii. 286 : neut., uvsent, e-t horfir livaent, looks hopeless,
\. 340 ; horfa livaenna, Fms. v. 250. u-v»ra and ^-veerd, f. rest-
Fb. i. 212 : liv8Bru.t«igr, m. a 'tlrip 0/ dhtvrhanct,' a don of land
overrun by strange cattle ; ef maftr 4 beiti-tdgu i «nnar» manrii landi,
|)a er finmi aura id vcrftir eSa minna fjar, ok heitir ik li., GrAg. ii. 337,
ti-Vflerr, adj. restless, fierce; grimnur ok liv^rir urn allt. Fmi. iv, 33:
uncomfortable, gora c-m livstrt, Ld. 140; er livwt at biia pit tern Ugt
liggr, Fms. vi. 136; uv*rt er m<5r, I fttl unta%y, Grett. lOO new Ed.
li-veettr, f. an ' unwigbl,' evil spirit, ogress, motuler (Germ, vnbold),
Fms. V. 164; ailar livjtttir hr«eda»k hann (Thor), Edda ; trolla gangr ok
uvBtta, Fms. ii. 185 : in later MSB. used masc., but less correctly, Fas. U.
Ill ; {jessum livxtti, i. 60; t)es»ir livxttir. Fms. xi. 379. fi-yflrteri-
ligr, adj. impassable, Ld. 46. ti-yflratigligr (-■ti«anl«Kr, Stj. 377),
adj. insurmountable, 633. 1 1, Fas, iii. 665. 11-]rmialisa, adv. imiari'
ably, 677. 8. H-yndl, n. a feeling restlen, irkiomtnes*, feeling
unhappy in a place; segja sumir at hon hafi tortynt s^r af li., Sd.
191; hefir vastr mcirr til liyndis hagat enn ^Bi-i.-jg; u. rdkanar,
655 ''"vi : ^yndis-drrsBfii, n. pi. a dire expedient, a last emergency ;
horS verfla uyndis-orrxdin, Fas. iii. 523 ; ef gerdi J)aft i 6yndis-urrcduin,
or, J)a6 eru 6yndis-urraE8i =» * malum necessarium.' ti-^kklAtr, adj.
ungrateful, Sturl. i. 149. ii-J)akkl»ti, n. untbankfulness, ingratitudt.
u-takkneemr, adj. unthankful, Al. 36. ii.l>arfl, adj. needles*,
wanton, Fs. 46 : as subst. needlessneis, wantonness ; J)a8 er 6|>arfi, 'tis
not wanted I J)a8 er 6J)arfi fyrir J)ig, it was a wanton deed. ^ ti-
l>arfiiga, adv. needlessly, uncomfortably; biia e-m u., to make it un'
comfortable to one, Fms. v. 86. ti-J)arfllgr, adj. uncomfortable, Fms.
viii. 404, V. 1. Ti-t)arfr, adj. unsuitable, useless, Fms. vii. 113, Fs.
48: doing barm, O. H. 209, Fms. vi. 129, 276, Nj. 58; tiftindi mikil
ok uj)6rf, bad news, Finnb. 316. 1i-t>eQan, n. an ' unsmell,' steneb,
Fms. X. 379. u-t>ef!r, m. a stench, foul smell, Fb. i. 259, Pr. 473,
Stj. 91. 1i-J)ekkiligr, adj. repulsive (Dan. utcekielig), Ld. 314:
disagreeable, Lv. J K„ Fas. ii. 453: unrecognisable, mod, 1i-J>ekkr,
adj. disagreeable, 655 xiii ; flestum monnum u., Lv. 45 ; mer er ut>ekkt,
at honum s6 {)annig fagnat, Bs. i. 537: unmanageable, unruly, e.g. of a
horse, (mod.) 1i-l>ekt, f. a dislike, Fms. xi. 329 : a disgusting thing,
an offensive smell, sight, or taste, Stj. 61 3, Bs. i. 316, Fms. iv. 57 ; unruli'
ness, mod. : uj>ektar-f6r, f. a hateful journey, Sturl. i. 15 : ut>ektar-
ligr, adj. offensive, disgusting. Fas. ii. 150, v. 1. : tli>ektar-8vipr,
m. a slight, offence; syna e-m li., Fb. iii. 449. ti-J>errir, m.
wet weather : TiJ>erri-sainr, adj. wet; sumar u., Eb. 360. ti-twss-
ligr, adj. not like that, quite unlike; eigi uj)essligr, Fms. vi. 376,
Karl. 492. ii-J)ingf8Brr, adj. unable to go to tbe Jjing, lb. 1 7. ^-tjins-
ligr, adj. ' unthine-like ,' unworthy of thee, Isl. ii. 198. ti-l>J411 and
ti-J)j&lgr, adj. hard, stubborn, unmanageable. ti-^j63, f. [cp. Dan,
utyske = Germ, unhold], evil people, rabble, devils, Vellckla, Fas. ii.
396 : uj)j63a-1^3r, m. a rabble. ^-^j6fligr, adj. not likely to be
a thief, Fms. v. 330. ti-t>okka, a8, to disparage; u. fyrir e-m, Fms.
vi. 6 ; u{)okkask vid e-n, to bate, dislike a person, Fms. ii. I45, Sturl. iii.
12. ia-J>okkadr, adj. disliked, abhorred, Fms. i. 13, vi. 382, vii. 351,
303 ; mdr er lijjokkat til {)eirrra, / loathe them, i. 302, Gisl. 5 ; frsendum
Odds var allt o^okkat til hans, Bs. i. 710. 1i-J>okki, a, m. a disgust,
dislike, disfavour, Fms. x. 27 ; fa uJ)okka e-s, Js. 46 ; ilfund ok li., Rb.
390, V4pn. 13, Fs, 140; at {)okka eftr rit>okka, /avoj/r or disfavour,
Hom. 135; lata vaxa u{)okka vift e-n, Nj. 107, Korm. 198; offensive-
ness = u{)ekt, Bs. i. 340; of a person, a miser, (mod.) : ti^kka-dael, f.
a filthy hollow, Sd. 191 : uJ)okka-fer3, f. ; fara li., to make an un-
pleasant journey, Hav. 39 : u^okka-gripr, m. a nasty thing. Fas. i.
56: TiJ)okka-ligr, adj. nasty. Fas. ii. 453; dirty, nasty, Hrafn. 8:
■dJ)okka-svipr, m. a frowning mein, cross countenance, Fs. 31 : iiJ>okka-
ssell, adj. hated. Eg. 484, Fms. vi. 6, Isl. ii. 125, Fs. 28, 67, Eb. 290:
u^okka-vlsa, u, f. an obscene ditty, Fms. iii, 23. ti-J>olandi, part.
intolerable, Grett. 94, Orkn. 420 new Ed. li-J)olanligr, adj. id., Bs.
i. 746. ii-J)oli, a, m. restlessness : the name of a magical Rune, Skm.
■|i-J)olinin63r, adj. impatient, Hom. 73, passim. ^-jwlinnuBfli, f.
impatience, Hom. 73. u-j^olinn, adj. unenduring, Fms. v, 344.
Ti-t)orstl6.tr, adj. not causing thirst, slaking thirst, Landn. 34. ti«
J)riflim, adj. unthrifty, shiggisb, Grett. 144 A; li. ok cljanlauss. li. ok
daSlauss, Al. 100, 106, Stj. 212: mod. dirty, sluttish. ti-t>rifnafir,
m. slotbfulness, sluggishness, Faer. 193, Fas. iii. 30, Stj. 97. <i-l«j6t-
andi, part, inexhaustible, Th. 5. Ti-J)rj6tanligr, adj. (-liga, adv.),
never ceasing, Sks. 523, 632. -u.Jjrjdzkr, adj. not refractory, Fms.
V. 316. Ti-J)roskligr, adj. «o/ s/ro«^, w^flW^, Finnb. 318. ti-
{>rotanliga, adv. incessantly. Mar. li-Jtrotinn, part, never ceasing,
Fbr., Sks. 604. ti-l)rotligr, adj. never ceasing, never failing, Sks.
533, 604 B, 633, Fbr. 24. ii.l»rotnandi, ti-tffotnanligr, - tijjrot-
ligr, Eluc. 55, Mar., Dipl. ii. 14, Sks. 604. li-lirdttligr, adj. not
stout, feeble, Hkr. i. 46. li-trutinn, part, not swoln, Nj. 309. A-
I)r80l8ligr, adj. not like a thrall; li. augu, Fas. i. 2 3. ti-titirft, f.
a scathe, harm, Tsl. ii. (in a verse), Fms. iii. 53, Landn. 148, Eg. 738:
li]^urftar-ma3r, m. an ill-doer, offender, Sks. 335. ti-^veginn, part.
unwashed, Dipl. v. 18, Landn. 97 (Eb. 10) : as a nickname, Nj. 7, Landn.
232, ti-J)veri, a, m, a scab, skin disease; sl6 tit urn horund hans ryfi
H-vseri, f. uneasiness, itch; livseri hleypr urn allan bukinn.^ok ut)vera, Bs. i, i8i : txtvera-samr, adj. scabbed, Bs. 1. 183 {Vh. i.
668
I?i>VERIlALEGR— UMAGI.
for liveri read u-J)veri); mod. I'ljiverri mezns jfilth, dirt: lijjverra-legr,
zd}.Jilthy. il-Jyykkja, u, f. = uj)ykt, Fms. iv. 109, Sturl. iii. 272 ; dis-
like, ill-will, Skalda, Stj. 520. u-J>ykkr, adj. not thick, Sks. 429.
Ti-^ykkt, f. discord, Nj. 169, Sturl. i. 79 C ; dislike, Lv. 79, Fas. iii. 67.
■u-J)yriniliga, adv. roughly, cruelly, harshly, Rd. 257, Fas. i.46t, Horn.
155. u.-'j^yrmiligT, ad), unmerciful, harsh, Fs.^i. u-{)yrinir, m. a
merciless matt ; ^u ujjyrmir ok vsegSarlauss stormr, Bser. 5 : a pr. name,
Landn. u.-l)yrinsainliga, adv. in an unmerciful manner, Grett. 154.
Ti-J)yrstr, adj. not thirsty, Nj. 43, v. 1. ii-J)^3ligr, adj. harsh, cross-
tempered, Fbr. 77. u-J)y3r, adj. unfriendly, rough, Hkr. i. 28; xi.
ok udaell, Fms. vii. 175; grimmr, u. ok falatr, i. 9. Ti-JjSegS, f.
crossness, restiveness. u-J)8egiligr, adj. disagreeable, Sturl. iii. 260.
■u-J)8egja, 9, to trouble, vex. Fas. iii. 196. u-J)8egr, a;dj. unaccept-
able; u^2eg bsen, Greg. 53 : unrtdy, hann er o^segr. ■u.-J)6kk, f. an
'unthank,' reproach, censure, Isl. ii. 383, Hkr. ii. 305, Fms. ix. 432.
Ti-J)6rf, f. = uj)urft; e-m til uj)arfar, Landn. 148 (v. 1.), Hom. 159.
Ti-oe3r, adj. [va6a], not passable on foot, of a stream ; votn 6oe6 oknom
monnum, Bs. i. 349. li-seflri, compar. lower in rank; useQri bekkr,
Nj. 34, Eg. 547, Fms. iv. 439, x. 70 ; enn uae8ri kraptr, 677. 5. li-sefi,
f. an evil age, Sks. 348. li-oell, adj. [ala, 61], a law term ; skogar-
ma5r liaell, an outlaw that must not be fed, Grag. i. 88, passim, Nj.
iic^ u-8epandi, part, uncrying, Fms. ii. 186. li-serr, adj. not
mad, Grag. (Kb.) i. 167. u-seti, n. an uneatable thing, not fit for
human food, Fms. x. 249, Ver. 45. u-setr, adj. unfit to he eaten, Ver. 8,
K. f). K. 134. li-Sld, f. a bad season, famine, Ann. 975, Lv. 17 : an
unruly time, riot, uproar, in lialdar-flokkr, m. a band of rovers, Eb.
312, Fms. xi. 242, Hkr. ii. 357: ualdar-maSr, m. a rover, villain,
Sturl. i. 61 : ualdar-vetr, m. a famine-winter, Landn. (App.) 323.
■u-Slmusu-gjarn, adj. uncharitable, Fms. ii. 118. u-6rt, n. adj. not
profusedly, hesitatingly, Skv. 3. 60.
TJA, pres. liir, pret. u6i, to swarm; hvert vatn li&i af fiskum. Eg. 134
(Cod. Wolph.) : in mod. usage, u6i, J)a& uir og griiir.
Ii3, f., qs. hugS, contracted [A. S. hyde], the mind, but only existing in
compds, har6-u6, ill-u3, lett-u6, lilf-iiS, var-u5, etc., qs. har6-hug5, etc.
tiSi, a, m. [a corruption for ur, q. v., changing r into 6, as in fredinn
from frerinn], a drizzling rain, freq. in mod. usage.
-lidigr, adj. minded; har6-u6igr, 16tt-u3igr, ill-u8igr, etc.
Txfat, n. part, roughened, edged; only in the phrase, pzb er svo ufa8,
eg veit hvernig J)a6 er lifad, / know all its rough edges, all its diffi-
culties, of matters troublesome or of fishing in troubled waters.
TJFR, m. a roughness, rough edge, e. g. on a board being shaped by an
»dze, also of ruffled hair, as when stroked backwards ; hann sa jarn-
loku eina, J)ar haf6i komit hogg i mikit ok reis a rondinni lifr hvass.
Fas. iii. 380. 2. metaph. roughness, hostility; risu J)egar miklir
lifar a me6 J>eim, Stud. iii. 178; ok get ek at storir lifar risi a me8
oss, Fb. iii. 450 ; settu Gislungar nokkut ufa (ace. pi.) vi3 honum, Isl.
ii. 314 : the metaphor taken from a wild beast bristling its hair. II.
the uvida, mid. H. G. uwe; fekk hann sar laekni at skera ser uf, . . . ok
skar meira af uf jarlsins enn hann haf6i aetlat, Fms. iii. 31, 32, and freq.
in mod. usage.
liifr, adj. ruffled, rough; sva lifr ok {)rj6tr, at allir J)urfi til at ganga,
N. G. L. i. 335 ; livar 'ro disir, the fairies are wrath, Gm. 53.
■fifr, m. a bird, perhaps the widgeon or whewer ; sa hann einn lif i
limum eins nalaegs tres, Post. (Unger) 69, elsewhere the word occurs only
in Edda (Gl.), and perhaps in the compd vallofr, q. v.
ula, a&, to howl (?), a doubtful aw. \(y. ; e.f ma6r skerr har af hofSi
manns e5a lilar (whistles ?) honum nokkut til haSungar, Grett. ii. 131 A ;
see yla.
iHbiiS, f., see ulfu5.
uldinn, adj. decomposed, putrid.
uldna, a3, [idna, Ivar Aasen], to rot; rotna ok uldna, Stj. 268-273,
passim in mod. usage.
. ■ulfaldi, a, m. \\J\L ulbandus = K&ix-qXos ; A.S.olfend; Kel. olvunt ;
O. H.G. olpente; from the Gr. tKecpas, -avros, although in an ahered
sense] : — a camel, Stj., Greg, passim ; the word occurs as the nickname
,of a man early in the nth century, Fms. vi. (Brynjolfr ulfaldi); it
is still in full use in Icel., hsegra er ulfaldanum at ganga i gegnum
nalar-augaS enn rikum manni at komast i Gu6s riki, Luke xviii. 25 ;
hann tok tiu lilfalda . . . af sins herra lilfoldum . . . hun segir drekk ]pa, eg
vil og gefa |)inum ulfoldum ab drekka, Gen. xxiv. The word ' camel'
has never been adopted in the Icel.
ulf-garSr, m. a wolf-pit, GJjI. 457, v.l.
ulf-gi = rilf-gi ; lilfr (q.v.), with a neg. suffix, Ls. 39.
■dlf-grdr, adj. wolf-grey, Faer. 48 ; lilfgratt har, Eg. 305, cp. Ad. 7.
■filf-hamr, m. a wolf's skin, referring to the superstition of men turn-
ing into a wolf's shape. Fas. i. 130; cp. hamr: also a nickname,
Hervar S.
tUf-hanzki, a, m. a glove of wolf-skin, used by a sorceress, Fas.
iilf-h§Sinn, m. a wolf's skin : a pr. name, TJlf-h^Sinn, Landn. : also
as an appellative of berserkers wearing wolf-skins, Hornklofi, — at ' ber-
serkja' reiSu vil ek spyrja . . . ? — answer, 'ulfhe5nar' heita, q)J
berserkir er ulf heSnar voru kalla6ir, Fs. 1 7.
lUf-hugaSr, adj. ' wolf -mooded,' fiery, Skv. 2. II.
lilf-liugr, m. a wolf's mind, = ulfub; li. sa er J)er J)6tti dyrit h:
okkr, Fas. ii. 172.
Tilf-hvelpr, m. a wolf's cub. Fas. i. 181.
lilf-iSi, n. a wolf's lair (cp. bjarnar-hiSi), Hkv. 1. 16.
lilf-liSr, m. the wolf's joint, i. e. the wrist, see the story of Ty
the Wolf Fenrir, Edda 20, — ' then bit he (the wolf) the hand off, wh
it is now called wolf's joint (the wrist):' the word is often spelt as al
e.g. GullJ). 59, Fms. i. 166, Nj. 84, 262 (Cod. 468 in both insta
gives ' aulfliS'). This etymology, although old, is quite erroneous, fo
word is derived from oln- or oln-, see alin (p. 13, col. 2) ; the true in
being oln-li&r, q. v.
TJLFB, m., lilf-gi, Ls. 39; [Ulf. wulfs; A.S. and Hel. wulf; E|
Germ, wolf; North. E. Ulf-, in pr. names, Ulpha, Ulverston ; I
Swed. ulv ; cp. Lat. lupus and vulpes ; Gr. \vKof\ : — a wolf, C
ii. 122 ; lysa J)ar vigi, . . . kallask hvarki lilfr ne bjorn nema sv4
hann, N. G. L. i. 61 ; lilfa fiytr mer J)6tti Illr vera hja songvi si
Edda (in a verse); lilfa hus, wolf-pits, GJ)1. 457: freq. in poets, w
' to feed the wolf,' ' cheer the wolf ' are standing phrases, see Lex, Pi
a warrior is hence called lilf-brynnandi, -gxSandi, -grennir, -oi'
-seSjandi, -teitir, i. e. the refresher, cheerer, . . . gladdener of the U
lilf-vin, wolf's wine, i.e. blood. Lex. Poet. 2. sayings, fxdiski
i skogi, the wolf is bor?i in the wood, Mkv. ; etask af lilfs munni, and
eta annars eyrindi, see eta (2. S) ; eigi hygg ek okkr vera lilfa ii
at ver mynim sjalfir um sakask, H3m. 30 ; fangs er van at frdi
lilfi, see fang (IIL 4); au6j)ekktr er vilfr i r63; J>ar er mer lilfi
er ek eyru se'k, / know the wolf when I see the ears, Frru 35, Finnb. i
hafa lilf undir baegi, evidently from the fable of the wolf in sheep's doti
sem lilfr i sau6a dyn, Sd. 164; ala e-m lilfa, to breed wolves to
brood over evil ; spyr ek ^at fra, at Danir muni enn ala oss lilfa, 1
viii. 303, Kormak-; syna lilfs ham, to appear to a person in a wolf's i
i. e. savagely ; eigi heldr J)ykkisk eg honum e&r o6rum fataekum pres
|)ann lilfs ham synt hafa, at J)eir megi eigi m^r opinbera ney6 sina, I
iii. 438 (in a letter of bishop Gudbrand) ; hafa tilfs hug vi6 e-n, mk '•
atGu6runu J)ykki hann lilfs hug vi6 okkr hafa. Fas. i. 211 ; skala lill
ungan lengi, Skv. 3. 12 ; annas barn er sem ulf at frja, Mkv. ; lilfr
ungum syni, Sdm. 35 i for legends of were-wolves cp. Vols. S. ch. 8.
lilfa J)ytr, howling; paer badu honum ills a moti, var inn mesti lilfe]
(wailing) til J)eirra at heyra, Grett. 98 ; finnr Sigmundr menn ok
lilfs roddu, Fas. i. 131 ; lilfum likir J)ykkja allir ptit sem eiga hrt
hug, Sol. 31. II. in poets, wolves are the 'steeds' on wl
witches ride through the air during the night, Edda. At nigh;
wizards were supposed to change their shape, hence the nickname fcV'
lilfr, evening wolf, of a were-wolf; in Icel. the fretful mood caused
sleepiness in the evening is called kveld-ulfr ; thus the ditty, KveU
er kominn her | kunnigr innan gatta | solin li8r synisk mer | senn er:
a& hatta, Icel. Almanack 1870 ; or, Kveldiilfr er kominn i keriing
mina, the evening wolf has entered my child, a lullaby, Sveinb. Egjlss*
Poems, cp. en dag hvern er at kveldi kom, J)a gor3isk hann styggr,
at fair menn mattu or&um viS hann koma ; hann var kveld-svaefir,
var mal manna at hann vseri mjok hamramr, hann var kalla5r Kvddi'
Eg. ch. I. In the mythology there is the wolf Fenrir, Edda ; whence. C
bagi, the 'Wolf's foe' = Odin, Stor. ; Ulfs-fa&ir, the Wolf's father ==L
Ls. : mock suns were imagined to be wolves persecuting the sun, C
37; hence in popular Icel., lilfa-kreppa, u, f. 'wolf-strait,' when
sun is surrounded by four mock suns (sol i lilfa kreppu), Isl. {)j6&'
658. III. freq. in pr. names, tJlfr, tJlfarr, TJlf-hamr, t
li63iiiii, tJif-ljotr, TJlf-kell ; women, XJlf-hildr, iJlf-eiSr, TJlf-rv
esp. as the latter part in men's names, being then sounded (and otten sp
-olfr, As-61fr, Au6-61fr, B6t-61fr, Brynj-olfr, Bjorg-olfr, Eyj-oifr, Grimn.
Ing-olfr, ls-61fr, Herj-olfr, Jjor-olfr, J>j68-6lfr, Stein-olfr, Riin-olfr, 1<.
olfr, Orn-olfr, M66-iilfr, etc.: contracted are, Snj61fr = Snse-ulfrr Bri
= Hr68-iilfr, Sjolfr = Sae-iilfr, Bjolfr = By-iilfr = A. S. Beowulf (Betm
i. e. honey-thief, a name of the bear, from popular tales, in whidi.
bear, being fond of honey, is made to rob hives ; the name has of I
been thus explained by Mr. Sweet).
ulfu3, f , in Icel. now sounded ulbii3, and so spelt, Stj., Sturl., Eg. 1
' wolf's mood,' savageness ; enn er Halli fann ^at slo hann ii sik uli
ok illsku, Eb. 114; hann er fullr upp ulfu8ar (lilbuSar, v.l.), Eg. 11
toku menn J)egaj- at reisa iilfu3 i moti, Fms. v. 102 ; sakir Jjeir
lilbiiaar er faSir hans haffti a David, Stj. 473 ; p6 var lilbiiS serin i an
hoffta brjosti, Sturl. i. 35 (in a verse).
■iilf-vi3r, m. [Norse ulv-ved], privet, Lat. viburnum, Edda (Gl.)
lUpa, u, f., see olpa.
li-magi, a, m. [mega], a helpless one, who cannot maintain himsi
a law term, relating to the duty of maintenance ; it included childr^
aged people, men disabled by sickness, paupers, etc. ; ma9r hverr
J)ess hann er fimtan vetra, fia er hann omagi, N. G. L. i. 168 ; sinn oma
a hverr fram at faera, Grag. i. 233 ; odr maSr er li. arfa sins, ]s^mi
1?MEGD— tTAN.
[ill verftr li. af bardogum, Grag. ii. 155 : the saying, ximaet eru omaga
'}isl. 5 ; sveitar-omagi, a pauper, a charily-boy or girl; umaga aldr,
1:1 (the children) l)au eru a omaga aldri, Griig. i. 240; vera af
■ a aldri, to be grown up. Dip), v. 3 ; (jmaga balkr, a section in the
lirag. i. 230 sqq. ; omaga eyrir, the money of a viinor, iy6 ; 6maga
,1, umaga ly'sing, Grag. (Kb.) ; omaga skipti, omaga siik, Grag. i. 264 ;
iiaga tiund, K.{j. K. 156; omaga verk, Jb. 255; omaga vist, Dipl.
5. coMPDs : 6maga-lauss, adj. having no omagi to sustain, Grag.
iiaga-maSr, m. a person who has many omagar to sustain, Grag.
jnaga-mot, n. a law term, of the case in which a person maintains an
! until he becomes destitute himself, Grag. i. 289.
ieg3, f. the state 0/ being limagi, but also as collect. term = umagi,
people themselves ; born i umegS, Js. 60 ; me8an erfingjar v6ru
uMst the heirs were in infancy, Fs. 65 ; enda se dottir J)eirra i u.,
i. 172; ]i6ttisk hon sva helzt mega forSask u. sina, Rb. 237;
/miegaar sakir, K. f>. K. 116; eitt haust er fundr fjolmennr at
Him, at tala um hreppa-skil ok omegSir manna, Lv. 17 ; J)eir skiptu
i!ueg5, {jat voru born tvau, Gisl. 17 ; hann let eptir u. aSra, Fs. 140 ;
! It var pk sidvandi nokkurr er land var allt alheiSit, at J)eir menn er
; v(5ru en st66 u. mjok til handa letu tit bera born sin, ok |)6tti J)6
rt avallt, Isl. ii. 19S ; omegSar-bxi, K. f>. K. 90 ; 6meg3ar-madr =
i;;ii;aina6r, Eb. 164.
IE, n. [cp. Swed. ur-vcBta, ur-vdder'], a drizzling rain ; lir efta dogg,
• 531 ; "" l)af9r, of the sea-serpent, Bragi ; var |)oka yfir heradinu,
Ax af hafi ok lir vid (ur-viSri ?), Isl. ii. 308 ; er 'pk lett af allri sunnan-
kunni ok urinu, Hrafn. 8 ; \k h^ldi yfir {)annig lir J)at er af st66
'■'., Edda i. 42 (Cod. Worm. ; oc J)at = or J)at = ur J)at, Ub. 1. c.) : a
mt is in the mod. phrase, J)aS er 'lir' honum, it rains; cp. also
ina and u3i.
. prep., see or, pp. 472, 473: in compds, lir-eldast, 3, to become ob-
lir-hsettis, adv. out of season, too late ; \)ab er ekki li. enn.
-kast, n. offal. lir-kula, in lirkula-vonar, see orkola. ilr-kynja,
degenerate. lir-lausn, f. a small gratuity; gora e-m u., to make
>Ma// concession. lir-raeSi, n. an expedient. ur-sktir3a,
decide. ur-sktirSr, m. a decision. ur-slit, n. a final end.
■tiningr, m. pickings. -ax-tolvLr, {. p\. dissuasions. lir-val,
r jicked thing. Tir-vinda, see orvinda. lir-J>v8Btti, n. a wash.
-SBtta, adj. degenerate.
jr-driflnn, Tp^rt. foam-besprent, of a ship, Edda (in a verse).
T-felli, n. = urkoma.
rig-hlyra, adj. wet-cheeked, weeping, Gh. 5.
rigr, adj. [lir], wet; lirgan stafn, Hkv. Hjorv. 15 ; lirgu bar5i, Orkn.
.erse) ; lirga strond, Fms. xi. 307 (in a verse) ; urgar brautir (cp.
■'s vypa Kf\(v6a), Rm. 36 ; lirig fjoU, Skm. 10, H6m. 11 ; urgum
Ad. 4. II. qs. origr, and quite a different word, ill-tem-
vicious ; hann gorSisk lirigr vi3r-eignar, Ld. 54 ; gra6fe var3 urigt
j;ut6i mikit um sik, Fb. i. 545 ; staf karl sva illr ok lirigr at ekki lAti
ort, 211.
rig-toppi, a, m. dewy-mane, poet, epithet of a horse, Nj. (in a verse).
r-fllr, adj. [lirigr and iWx], fretful, esp. from want of sleep; hann er
af svefni.
r-koma, u, f. rain, freq. in mod. popular usage, esp. of a mild rain,
BB, m., gen. lirar, [Germ, ur-ochs; Lat. urns'], the urus or ur-ox ;
r-horn, an ur-ox horn, Fas. iii. 616 : as a nickname, O. H.
r-vdn, f. a poet, name of the clouds, Aim.
>V8eta, u, f. = urkoma, Fb. ii. 222.
■skap, n. ' unshape,' sbapelessness, deformity; me6 liskapi, J)6r hafit
lit meirr til biiit me6 liskapi enn eigi se spjollin a, Ghim. 347 :
:eH, madness, xbi ok liskap, Hom. 1 13; hugr heitir liskap, Edda no.
iaps-maSr, m. an ill-disposed person, Sturl. ii. 149. II. in
Jr., uskop, evil spells, imprecations : the saying, hlseja skyldi at oskcip-
m en ekki fyrir l)eim ver6a, see skap (B) ; ganga J)6 rikt uskopin er
Jr verSr foQur sinum at dau6a, Al. 129 ; {)eir menn er fyrir uskopum
3a, J)a valda J)vi illar nornir, Edda 1 1 ; kva6 illar vaettir })vi snemma
t hafa e9r uskop, Korm. 240 ; at fyrir-koma J)eim uskopum er
J veig hef6i a lagt ykkr SteingerSi, 208 ; liskapa verk. Fas. iii. 406 :
mod. usage, oskop and oskapa. — immensely, awfully ; oskop fallegt,
enormity ; J)a6 er oskop aS vita til J)ess !
■-svalr, adj. wet-cold, Hkv. 2. 42; tirsvalar unnir, 2. 11; ursvol
volva, Edda (in a verse) ; lirsvolum munni, Grett. (in a verse),
ddying stream.
-|jv6ginn, .part, wave-washed, Hallfred.
svifinn, adj. coarse, impudent (prop, 'unclean?'), Fb. i. 216:
vifni, f. impudence.
svifr (not lisvifr), adj. (the r is radical) ; [the latter part, which only
ts in this and the following compds, answers to A. S. syfer, O. H. G.
v. Germ, sauber, Engl, sober, Lat. sobrius, meaning clean; usvifr =
. unsyfre] : — prop, unsober, unclean, but only used in a metaphori-
sense. 2. 'unwashed,' coarse, overbearing; Austmenn voru
r usvifir, Sturl. ii. 233 ; lisvifir ok illorSir, Fms. iii. 143 ; hann var
'> vi& s^r minni menn, Eb, 42 ; u, ok har5gorr, Fas. ii, 470 ; Osvifr ,
ti.svifrandi, pm. polluting, a iw.K0y. in H.u»tl. ai an epithet of tb«
g^nt I hiazzi ,n an eaglc'i ,hapc ; u. Aw. ibe dtfiln- ofibtgodsCf).
7: 1 -■• '^'"P"'- ^^^' »"P'^'- <i»*>'"t. *"<! '»«" font.%«t ; nnt
and A.S. ui ; Engl, out ; Scot, b-ul ; O. H.G. uz ; Germ. a.. .n.
ud] -.—out, towards the outer udt (of a door, ouukirt. circu j.p
to mn. q. v.; lit cptir 4nni. Eg. 81 ; ut ok inn meft hverjum uA.. Aii.tt
ined sjo, 746; ut cptir firfti.87; inn til L«rul«kjar. ok dt til Straum.
tjardar, 140; ut efta inn. Nj. 104 ; kalla mann nl. out of door*, 17: iii M,
to look out, Ld. 148 ; ut l)«r dyrr. Sturl. i. 1 78 ; ut 6r. out of, outfrxm.
Wj. 182 : ut munnmn, out of the mouth, Fmi. vi. 351 ; uiiia tit, to Imn
out. Mar. ; tit ^ar. out there. Eg. 394 ; J,angat Ut. out ibm, Fnu. x.
400; stiga 4 skip lit, Ld. 158; bera % k lit. on hoard. Eg. 08: nrAr
var 1 tunmu meirr lit {farther out) k vollinn. HAr. 53 : of time lit
Jol, 'Yule out,' all through Yule, Pm, 104; vetrinn tit. fumant lit.
throughout the winter, summer; lita tit. to stand out to sea, Butd.
39- 2. as a naut. phrase ' lit' often mean* going out to Icdsoi
from Norway (cp. litan) ; far ^u til Islands tit. Eg. 475 ; koma it
hmgat, Gr4g. (Kb.) ii. 211 ; and simply, koma tit, Nj. 4, Ld. 230, Eg
339, passim (tit-kvaraa); cigu ^au born arf at taka lit hingat. out ben
I.e. here in Iceland, Grig. i. 181 i-^dti. tit 4 IsUndi, Ld. 254: then of
other far countries, fara tit til J6rsala, Fms. vii. 199; |)eir menn er farit
hof&u lit me3 Skopta (i. e. to Palestine), 74 : also of going to Rome. \x.
41 2 : lit ( = uti), a Serklandi, Hom. 130 ; lit i Paris, Fnis. x. 58. 8.
with verbs; brenna lit. to bum out. Bard. 180; tit-brunninn. out-burnt:
Ivika lit, to lay out, Dipl. ii. 13; bj6fta tit lifti, /o /«y (lit-boft); taka
lit, to take out (money), iv. 7 ; Icika vel, ilia lit, to treat well, ill.
Fas. i. 90 ; dauftr lit af, dead out and out, 65. II. compar.
farther out; finna hval litarr. Grag. (Kb.) ii. 130; sitja litarr, of a fisher-
man, Edda 35 ; ganga litar eptir hiisi. from outside inwards, Ld. 16.
200, Fms. vi. 102 ; sat hann litar fr4 Hiiskuldi, towards the door, Nj. 50 ;
^ar litar fra, Eg. 206, 547. HI. superl. utmoU ; {)ar eru netlog
litarst, Grag. ; t)a8an fra sem fyrvir litarst, ii. 380 ; yzt i annan arminn,
Fms. vi. 315 ; hann hafSi yzt lodkapu, he wore it outermost, i. 149.
lit-altari, a, m. the low altar, Vm. 58, Dipl. v. 18.
litan, [Ulf. utana = ii(uefy], from without, from outside; gcngu |)eir
litan brygginna, they went up by the pier (from the sea). Fms. ii. 281 ;
ok er {leir sotlu lit 4 fjordinn, ^4 r^ru litan i m6ti {)eim Rognvaldr, tbtm
R. rowed towards them, coming from the outward. Eg. 386 ; skj6ta uUn
bati, to put out a boat, Nj. 272 ; fyrir litan (with ace), outside of a thing,
opp. to fyrir innan, 271 ; litan at Hafslxk, Eg. 711 ; Strandmaflr liun,
a man from the Out-Strand, Sturl. ii. 205 ; litan or |>r4ndheimi, Fms. i.
36. 2. litan denoted the coming from without, of a voyage from
Iceland to Norway, for to the Norse traders Iceland was an outlying
country ; also of a journey from Greenland to Iceland, Gr4g. i. ai i ; but
the Icelanders also soon came to use it of going out of their own land ; ferja
e-n litan, fara litan, to go abroad, i. e. from Iceland, passim ; fara litan. to
go abroad, Grag. i. 99, 181, Nj. 94, Eg. 196, Ld. 230; spurfti |>6rarinn
Glum hvart hann xtla&i litan sem hann var vanr, Th. asked G. if be in-
tended to go abroad as be was it/on/, Nj. 22 ; mcdan hann vsrri liUn, whilst
he was abroad, 4 ; pk var ValgarSr litan, fa&ir hans, 72, Ld. 254, passim
(cp. lit) : then of other far countries, koma litan af Jorsalaheimi. Fms.
vii. 74; litan af Africa, Ver. 51. II. without motion, outside;
litan a siSuna, Hkr. i. 239 ; litan ok sunnan undir cldhiisinu stoft dyngja.
outside, towards the south, Gisl. 1 5 ; hon s^ri J)vi um gammann bxfti
litan ok innan, both outside and inside, Fms. i. 9 ; jamt titan sem innan,
Grag. i. 392, Greg. 19 ; |)ar titan um liggr inn djiipi sj4r, Edda; lagftir
i kring titan um, Eg. 486 ; jorflin er kringlott litan, Edda ; poki um titan.
with a poke about it outside, wrapped in a poke, Ld. 188 ; skali siid{>aktr
litan, Nj. 114. HI. conj. except, besides (Dan. uden); verdr f4tt
um kvedjur, litan pen leggja skip saman, except that they .... Fms. x. 205 ;
eigi skal hann, titan {but) keypti, Gp\. 538 ; titan hcldr, but rather, Stj.
10; litan eigi, 15 ; engi, titan synir Tosta, Hkr. iii. 170; eiigi hlutr litan
sa einn, Fms. ii. 38 : of whole sentences, titan pit skildi. at . . ., wilb
that exception that, i. 21 ; fridr at yfirlitum, titan eygdr var hann mjok,
fine-looking, but that be bad goggle eyes. Fas. iii. 298 ; fjOgtiT 4sau&ar-
kiigildi, titan hann leysti pa. pcgar citt i kosti, Dipl. v. 7 : unless, kvcAsk
eigi vid |)eim vanbtiinn, titan pt'w sviki hann, Korm. 202. Fms. vi.
70. 2. without, with ace. ; Scot, but, as in the motto of the Mac-
phersons, ' touch not the cat but the glove ;' titan alia pryfti, Stj. lO; titan
starf ok ervidi, 38; titan frxnda r4fi, Hkr. i. 232; titan Icyfi konungs. GJ)L
115; titan konungs r^tt ok adildar-manna. Orkn. 312; titan adrar logligar
pinur, H. E. i. 478 : gen., titan sxtta, Nj. 250, 255 ; titan allrar saurganar,
K. A. 104; litan orlofs, Jb. 285. 3. outside of; litan kirkjugards,
N. G. L. i. 352 ; titan Paradisar, K. A. 104; titan arkarinnar. Sij. ; titan
bor6s, h<ira8s, brautar, see B. 4. fyrir titan, outside, off, beyond,
with ace; fyrir litan bodan, Nj. 124; fyrir titan Mon. 271 ; fyrir titan
Jjjorsa, Landn. 299, Fms. x. 1 14 ; fyrir titan haf, Ver. 39 ; bar vdpna-burft
fyrir titan pAX skip, Fms. vii. 232 ; fyrir litan rckkju hcnnar, Grag. i. 371 ;
vera fyrir litan bardaga, Fms. vi. 137; fyrir titan silfr, ^m\\, except, Gr4g.
670
UTANBORDS— TJTHELLING.
J- 397. Sks, 258, Fms. xi. 394, x. 403; fyrir litan leyfi, Sks. 548; fyrir
litan allar fiaerSir, 358; fyrir smala-for litan, except, Grag. i. 147; fyrir
J)at utaii, 139 ; ^ar fyrir litan (Dan. desforuden), Fms. iii. 44 : as adverb,
sva at af gengu nafarnar fyrir litan, Eb. 118 ; {)a menn er land eigu fyrir
litan, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 80.
B. In coMPDs, prefixed to gen. : litan-borSs, [Dan. udenbords],
overboard, Sturl. i. 1 18, Fms. vii. 202, v. 1. litan-borgar, out of town.
Mar., Bias. 50, Fms. xi. 160. utan-bokar, without book ; kunna, Isera
u., by rote. utan-brautar, out of the way, left in the cold, Bs. i. 728,
MS. 625. 189. litan-bsejar, outside the town, Arons S. (Bs. i. 517).
litan-fjarSar, outside the firth, Vm. 165, N. G. L. i. 1 74. iitan-fj6r3-
ungs, outside the quarter, Grag. i. 165 : 'utaiifjordungs-maSr, m. a
person living outside the quarter, Grag. i. 96. litan-fotar (opp. to innan-
fotar), o« the outside of the foot (leg), Nj.97, Fas. iii. 35 7. litan-garSa,
outside the yard (house), Grag. ii. 222, 233, Fsm. i. litan-gards,
outside^ the fence, Grag. i. 82, 448, ii. 263, N. G. L. i. 42 : outside the
farm, Am. 6, 26. iitan-g4tta, out-of-doors, Stj. 436. litan-hafnar-
fat, an outer cloth. litan-hafs, beyond the sea, Stj. 93. utan-
h^rads, outside the district, Js. 92 : utanh6ra9s-ina3r (-strfi,kr), m.
a man not belonging to the county, Ld. 228, 272, Bs. i. 627. utan-
hrepps, outside the Rape, Grag. i. 293, 447 : Titanhrepps-maSr, m.
an outsitter, Grag. i. 448, K. {>. K. latan-lands and utan-lendis,
abroad. Eg. 185, 195, 691, Hkr. ii. 114, Fms. iii. 118, vi. 233, vii. 121 :
iitanlands-ina3r, m. a foreigner, Grag. i. 2 24, ii. 405 : litanlands-
sidir, m. pi. outlandish, foreign manners, Fms. vii. 1 71. litan-leers,
outside the thigh. Eg. 298. utan-sdknar, out of the parish, N. G. L. :
■dtansoknar-maSr, m. a man not of the parish, H. E. i. 483. litan-
Stafs, outside the border ; eignir Jsaer er li. eru kallaSar ok i almenningum
eru, N. G. L. i. 125. utan-steins, outside the stone. Fas. i. 514.
■dtan-sveitar, out of the sveit : litansveitar-maSr, m. an alien to the
sveit, Fs. utan-J)inga, outside the parish, Pm. 47. \itan-J)ings,
outside the {ling (the place), N. G. L. i. 63 : Titaii]^ings-ma3r, m. a
man of another district, Grag. i. 85.
latan-ferS, f. a journey abroad, Nj. 41, 281, isl. ii. 214, Ann. 1290,
Bs. i. 510, Grett. 100 new Ed.; litanferda-laust, Sturl. iii. 264.
Titan-fbr, f. = utanferS, Clem. 48, Bs. i. 503, 506.
litan-stefning, f. a summons abroad, from the king of Norway to a
person in Icel., Bs. i. 503, D. I. i. 635.
Titan- ver3r, adj. outward, outside; i litanver&ri hofn, Fms. iv. 302;
i litanverSum kirkjugarSi, Eg. 770; i litanvert Digranes, 193; rettsyni
upp i Hraukbaejar-grafir utanver6ar, Dipl. v. 19; til kors litanverSs,
Symb. 57.
ut-arfl, a, m. an ' out-heir,' distant heir, not in the direct line, K. A.
54, G^l. 226.
Titarla = litarliga, Fms. viii. 71, K.|). K. 40.
litar-liga, adv. ' outerly,' far out ; sitja, setjask xi., i. e. near the entrance,
Fms. ii. 3, Nj. 32 ; ef ek sit sva lengi ok li. sem ek em vanr, Edda 35
(of a fisher) ; litarliga i eyjum, in outlying islands, K. A. 70 ; biia u.,
N.G.L. i. 14.
lit-armr, m. the outer branch, Rb. 440.
■dtarr, compar. /ar/^er out, outer; superl. latarst, outmost; sitja hit
naesta litar fra, Nj. 50 ; haett var at sitja litarr, farther out seawards,
Edda 35; utar fra korinum, Fms. vii. 278; utarr fyrir annars landi,
Grag. ii. 380 ; faera skip xitarr, Hym. 20 ; litar meirr, ' outermore,' farther
out, Fms. vii. 260 : superl., litast vi& strondina, viii. 216 ; J)ar eru netlijg
titarst i sae, Grag. ii. 538 ; {jaSan or fjoru sem fyrvir utarst, 380.
lit-dsa, a5, to tack out, as a naut. term : hence metaph., utasa sig, to
make one's preparations.
ut-beit, f. an ' out-hait,' grazing, opp. to stall-feeding ; g63 u., tg.
710 ; ek ^arf bae6i hey ok li., Fms. vi. 103.
ut-beizla, u, f. sequestration, execution, for fines ; ssekja e-n lit meS
utbeizlu, N. G. L. i. 249.
ut-bita, a5 ; u. augunum, to turn the eyes in the head, so that the white
alone is seen, Fb. i. 566.
tit-bo3, n., mostly in pi. ' out-biddings' a calling out, levy, conscription,
of ships and men, Sks. 27; hafa leigu-laust ok uihobn, free from levy,
GJ3I. 432 ; synja honum leiSangrs ne utbo6a, 76 ; hann var opt a sumrum
i herna5i ok hafSi utbo& mikil i landi,... J)at var eitt var at jarl haf&i
litboS mikit sem hann var vanr, Orkn. 40 ; i ^vi biskups-riki eru ellifu
tigir skipa konungi til litbo&s, Fms. xi. 229 ; ek vii at \>u farir sendifer&
mina nor&r a Halogaland ok hafir J)ar utbo&, bj68ir ut almenning at li3i
ok at skipum, . . . {)a, atti hann Jjing en sendi menn sina fra ser at krefja
litboftsins, O. H. I47; utbo8a-br6f, a writ of conscription, Fms. ix. 297,
X. 64; utbo8a framlag, Sks. 27 B.
Tat-bor3i, a, m. the outboard, seaward side ; in the phrase, a litborSa,
Eg- 74. 195. 354. Fms. viii. 138, 417, v.l.
lit-borg, f. an 'out-borough,' outworks, Fms. ix. 41, x. 153, v.l,
■fit-brot, n. an eruption.
lit-brotning, f. an outbreak, Greg. 22.
■u.t-bur3r, m. a bearing out; skipleigu, uppburS ok litburS, unloading
Qnd freighting, of ships and cargo; utburSar eldr, afire cast out, G^].
377
2. esp. the exposing of infants (see bera A. III. a'
utburSr, lb. 12 : in popular superstition, the spirit of an expose ifant,
the
flarri
rarfti,
laces.
'), xl
which is heard in desert places to emit a shrill, piteous cry, h
Icel. phrase, 'to cry like an utbur5r;' in the earlier eccl. lawfcurfir
means the spirit of an infant that died unchristened ; born er e "engu
skim skyldi grafa litan vi& kirkju-gar3, en aSr voru J)au gra '"' '
vigdum stoSum sem sekir menn, ok k611u6u fafro&ir menn Ipa
Bs. i. 687. latburSar-vfiel, n. a piteous wailing heard in desola
of evil foreboding, cp. Maurer's Volks. 59, and tsl. |)j63s. i.
iit-bu3, f. an outlying shed, D. N. ii. 784,
"ut-buinii, pzTt. fitted out, Fms. vi. 445.
lit-buningr, m. outfittings.
1it-byT3is, adv. overboard. Eg. 123, Nj. 125, Fms. ii. 17, v
129, Landn. 44, v. 1.
ut-b^a, t, to give alms, N. T.
Tat-bsenhVis, n. an outlying chapel, Pm. 99.
lit-dalr, m. an outlying valley, opp. to fjalldalr. Valla L. 206.
■dt-dyrr, n. pi. = utidyrr, Fms. v. 338.
lit-eng, f. an outlying field, D. N.
lit-erf3, f. an inheritance to the litarfar, GJ)1. 458.
lit-ey, f. an outlying island, 655 xiii. B. 4, Fms. i. 5, K. {>. K
ut-eygr, adj. ' out-eyed' goggle-eyed, Sd. 147, Bar&. 165
lit-eyrr, f. an outer-bank, Fms. viii. 316, v.l.
Tit-fall, n. the ' out-fall,' ebbing tide, low water, opp. to at-
362, 600, Ld. 56, Orkn. 428, v. 1.
Tat-fer3, f. an ' out-journey,' journey to a remote, outlying pi,
to Palestine, Fms. vii. 75, 160, xi. 351 ; utfer&ar saga, the st
journey to the Holy Land, vi. 355 ; utfer6ar skip, a ship for a i
the Holy Land, Orkn. 260 old Ed. : = eccl. exodus, Stj. 236, 24
journey to Iceland (fara lit), utferftar-leyfi, the king's leave to 1
Iceland from Norway, Sturl. iii. 307; heldr mik ]pa ekki til
Nj. 112 ; Jjeirra manna er 11. eigu, Jb. 156.
Iit-fir3ir, m. pi. the outer fjords; Titfjar6a-ma6r, Sturl. ii. 149,
Tit-firi, f. ebbing ; J)ar er li. mikil. Eg. 528.
Tlt-fsettr, adj. 'out-footed,' bandy-legged, = L!it. varus, Fbr,
Tiit-for, f. = utfer&; hann sviku Blaku-menn i litfaru, Bai
farar skip, an outward-bound ship, esp. for Palestine, Fms.
Orkn. 322, 334; litfarar driipa, a poem on a voyage to I
Fms. viii. 207 ; litfarar-saga, vi. 355 : a journey to Iceland, (
408 ; skal konungr raSa litforum varum, G\>\. 76. 2. a
phrase, a levy for service out of the kingdom ; litfara-biilkr, G{)1. ;
ingar eru skyldir litfarar meS Noregs konungi, Grag. ii. 408
lei&angr, H.E. i. 414. 3. a burial; var hennar litfor gor
eptir fornum siS, Fas. i. 463, f>6r3, 59, Pass. 49. 19 ; utfarar-r
a memorial.
Tit-ganga, u, f. a going out (from a house), Lat. exitus, 1
Eg. 89, Nj. 200, Fms. ii. 2, ix. 55, Stj. 60: a passage, Fas. i
91 . II. a quittance, clearing, payment, discharge ; stefna t
ok litgongu, Grag. i. 184 ; stefna til utgongu um feit, 183. titi
s&lmr, m., -vers, n. the dismissal hymn or verse.
Tat-gangr, m. = utganga, Eg. 91.
■ut-gar3ar, m. pi. the outer building ; faera e-n vi9 utgarSa, /
to the ivall, Gliim. 344 ; J)ann mann er um utgar3a fser&i {who c
alia fraendr sina, Gisl. 84. 2. mythol. the ' out-yard,' abod
giant tJtgar3a-Loki, Edda.
Tit-gjald, n. pi. a payment, discbarge, Fms. ii, 114: an outli
viii. 127, Bs. i. 751.
■dt-gjof (mod. Tit-gipt, Dan. udgivt), f. an expense, MS. 4. II
Tit-greizla, u, f. a discharge, Nj. 15, Bs. i. 713.
Tit-grunn (Tat-gryimi, Fas. i. 351), n. 'out-grounds,' shallou \ i of
shore, Bs. i. 530. i
Tit-grtmnr, adj. shoaling gradually from the shore; ^zt er tiI ^ mt
Fms. viii. 317, xi. 241, GJ)1. 460. i
■(it-g6r3, f. an outfitting, of a war expedition, esp. in the old
used of the force or ships kept at sea for defence of the coast ; 1
gorSir fyrir landi, Orkn. 64; Eyvindr for \>k i vestrviking ok h;
gor&ir fyrir Irlandi, Landn. 205 ; ^eim monnum er her eru i Titj
me6 OSS, N.G.L. i. 227; gora utgor6ir, to serve in the defence
ii. 409 ; litgorSar-bolkr, the section of law treating of the levy, I
i. 96 ; skyldir ok utgor6ir, Fms. vi. 339 ; hann var i litgorS
herfer8um Pharaonis, Stj. 198. 2. in mod. Icel. usage, ut
a fisherman's stores of food whilst in fishing-places.
Tit-baf, n. the out-sea, the main, Al. 113, Rb. 440, Symb, 14,
74. 82.
Tit-h.afl, a, m, the outlying pasture, GJ)1. 368.
lit-h&lfa, u, f, the outskirts, Stj. 82 (v. 1.), 461, Al. 83,
lit-heinita, u, f. a craving for payment. Fas. iii, 194, Fb. iii, 3^^
heimtu-ina3r, m. a collector, H. E. i. 511.
Tit-heimtiiig, f. = utheimta, D.N. vi. 238.
Tit-helling, f, an outpouring, shedding, Skalda, Orkn. 170, Ka
.Bs. 1,847.
%
'elo
of a
nto
8ar,
ut-
[20,
daw
d-
fara
lilig
ing.
49-
Eg-
Ida
feu-
rmt)
ml)
the
\lne,
TJTHEY—tJTMANUDTlt.
eri
tJ tit-hey, n. the ' out-bay,' i. e. hay of the ntimamred out-Jields, opp. to"t
Z toda(q.v.). Uip'-v. 18.
[i„ll titWrafl-maflr = utansh(5ra6s-ma8r, N. G. L. i. 88.
tit-hlada, u, f. an outlying barn, Fms. ix. 234.
it-hlaup, n. a raid, sally, excursion. Eg. 98, Fms. vi. 363 (in a verie);
jiiaups-skip, a pirate ship, Grag. ii. 140. uthlaups-maflr, m, a
!er, pirate, Ld. 82, Fs. 3, Grett. 40 new Ed.
it-hluta, a6, to share out.
!-horn, II. an outskirt, out-corner; gaeta e-s 1 lithorn, Bs. i, 91.
t-hurS, f. the outer-door, N. G. L. i. 38.
t-hus, n. an out-house, K. A. 70, Jb. 424.
t-hverfa, 6, to turn inside out.
%hverfa, u, f. the outside, of a garment.
i-hverflB, adv. outside; sja u., to look out, Sfurl. i. 117 C.
/,-hverfr, adj. turned inside out. Fas. iii. 317.
i-h^sa, t, with dat. to ' out-house,' deny shelter to a stranger, Eb. 68,
. ii. 225.
-h^si, n. an outlying house, Grag. ii. 333, Glum. 382, Jb. 424.
t-hOfn, f. the carrying out {to Iceland) ; taka ddnarfd til lithafnar,
•g. i. 209, ii. 409; uthafnar-ma6r, i. 275.
ti, adv. [Goth, uta ; Dan. ude"], out, out-of-doors, of place, not of
;ion; liti e8a inni, out-of-doors or in-doors. Eg. 407 ; hann gdkk liti,
f ; liti hja Rangaeingabu5, Nj. 3 ; Gunnarr var liti at Hli6arenda, 83 :
fyrir dyrum, Orkn. 218; sva sjiikr at hann m& eigi uti vera, Grag.
, : Asley frsendi bans var J)ar liti fyrir, there out-of-doors, Fms. xi. 368 ;
/a liti, to lie in the open air, houseless, esp. of deserts; J)eir liggja liti
dxgv, Gisl. 57 ; byrgja liti, to shut out, Fms. ix. 281. 2. ver6a
to be lost, perish, in a snow-storm or in a desert; jjeir ur8u uti k
koga-hei&i, Sturl. i. 97. 3. out at sea ; vera uti it, herskipum. Eg.
; {)eir voru liti firjar vikur, they were out on a three weeks' voyage, Nj.
iiita i haf ok eru liti aukit hundrat daegra, Gisl. 8 ; drekka J61 liti, to
■:k the Yule out at sea, Hornklofi ; hafa her liti, to have a fleet out;
Mr hiifSu liti her mikinn, Fms. vii. 188; sat hann um sumrum i
idheimi ok hafSi her liti, i. 63 ; hann hefir liti 6tal skipa. Fas. ii. (in
rse). 4. a/ fl« e/2flf= Dan. «Je, cp. Engl. o«/a«cfott/; mi er liti s&
. Fms. vi. 304; en sem veizlan var uti, Vigl. 33 ; er uti voru J61in,
d. 37; er uti var bardaginn, Grett. 138; mi er uti (done) at segja
Vitalin, Karl. 204 ; ok er hon hafSi liti soguna, Grett. 48 new Ed. ;
hann hef6i uti (finished) sekt sina, 173.
uti-btir, n. an out-house, store-house, Nj. 74, 168, Fms. vi. 106, vii.
214, {>crf Karl. 404 (Ed. -bii).
titi-dyrr, n. pi. the outer door, Njar3. 376, Grett. 44, 83, 90, 102,
151 new Ed., Sturl. iii. 145.
dti-f($, n. cattle that graze outside in the winter, Isl. ii. 155.
M-fugl, m. wild-fowl, opp. to alifugl, Fms. ix. 265, Str. 75.
Htl-fyigsni, n. an out-of-doors hiding-place, Jb. 424.
iti-gangr, m. 'out-grazing,' grazing out in the winter, Grett. 91 A.
gangs-j6r5, f. ; gob u., an estate with a good winter-grazing, Grett.
.-,iA.
6ti-hjallr, m. an outlying shed, A. A. 275.
1iti-hur3, f. the hurdle for the outer door, Isl. ii. 182, Js. 93, Eb. 183,
liti-hils, n. an out-house, Sturl. i. 58, 143.
6ti-klukka, u, f. an out-bell, opp. to a church-bell, Vm. 64, Bs. i. 456.
^ti-lega, u, f. an ' outlying' in the desert, of robbers or highwaymen;
fyrir Jjjofsku e8a litilegu, N. G. L. i. 182 : o( piracy at sea, Eirikr bloScix
var i litilegu ok i hernaSi .... fSU Eirikr i Spanialandi i litilegu, Fms. x.
385 ; afla ser gengis i Vindlandi af sinum vinum er honum hofSu 1 liti-
legu hollir vinir verit, 394. compds : litilegu-madr, m. an out-
lier, a highwayman, Fms. vii. 16, Ld. 154; u. ok illvirki, Fms. i. 226,
Mar.; vikingar ok litilegumenn, Fms. vii. 16, x. 413. In Icel. popular
legends, the inland deserts of the island are represented as having
hidden valleys, peopled by an older race of men, indeed, a kind of out-
laws, called litilegu-menn. The tales referring to them have a special
name, litilegumanna-sSgur, f. pi., see Maurer's Volksagen 24O, and
Isl. {)j6Ss. ii. 160 sqq. The first traces of these legends, so peculiar
to Icel., are those of the hidden valley Thorisdale, recorded in Grettla,
peopled by a race half men half giants. litilegu-vikingr, m. a
pirate, Fb. i. 69, Fagrsk. ch. 37. utilegu-l)j6fr, m. a highwayman,
^turl. i. 61.
titi-seta, u, f. a silting out, in the open air, esp. of wizards sitting out
^t night for the sake of sorcery or prophesying; litiseta ok vekja troll
iipp. N.G. L. i. 19; spafarar ok litisetur, Gf)!. 137; efla litisetu ok leita
fpadoms, SkiSa R. 56 ; mor&, fordae8u-skapi, ok spafarar ok litisetu, at
I'ekja troll upp ok fremja hei3ni me5 {)vi, 1 82 ; cp. sitja liti (see sitja 1. 1 ).
fiti-skemma, u, f. an outlying, detached bouse, Hkr. i. 1 16, Fas. i. 30.
6ti-Bta3a, u, f., eccl. a standing outside a church, as penance, H. E. i.
52i,D.N. iv. 187.
liti-verk, n. out-of-door work, in a field.
titi-vist, f. a being out at sea, a voyage; hafa langa u., a long voyage,
*^j-l24; ekki langa ii., Ld. 50.
fit-jOr3, f. an outlying estate, Pm. 3 : as opp. to 68ai, GJ)I. a33. .
tit-kaaUli, a, m. am amtmrk, Vtm. ix. 435. ».|.
tit-kirkja, u. f. «m maying tburch. Vm. 38.
ilt-klj&, ad. to wind tip,fiimib: m« kJji.
tit-kv4m» (iikmI. tit-konui), u, f. a nmhg md, Pmi. U. cjo: nm
outbreak. MS. 4. 5. 2. Ibe arrmU im Ittlmd (luNU 4l). Ni. 40,
Ann. 1 388, B». i, 507, pauim.
lit-kveemt, n. adj.. in eiga 6tkvsmt, to U ptrmimd to nimu m Im-
land, Nj. 251, I»l. ii. 386.
'aUl^ti,i(i).[\6g].ouiltmtd.baiiUbed: iitlagafeadl.M.48a; fonitlafi
afeignum tinum, Fmt. X. 32; tkyldi )>cir allir itun, via. ate; takado^
cptir litlaga mann, Jt. 30 ; margir rikit-roon af Nwcgi tyA* Mafamir
Haraldi, Hkr. i. 96; t>at varmikill niannQdUi cr fit 4tbga ^ Svl^|A. g/k
lit-Iagaak, dep. to befitud; cnda 0. hano am, Or4g. L a}4: A. [
morkum, i. 216 (Kb.)
ilt-lagdr, adj. oudawed, banubed, Fmt. x. 219, 35a. Al. 96.
ut-lae;i, a, m. an outlaw, Bt. i. 719; hann a litJagi Dana I
Nj. 8 ,- vikingum ok dtlOgum konungt. Eg. 344, v. 1.; er bcir hMa
laga bans, Fms. vi. 100 ; hann giirdi Hrulf utlaga of allan NoML Hkr.L
icx} ; hun var litlagi af Noregi. Eg. 344 ; hann gorfti Egil lithfi fjik wM
langan Noreg, 368; hann Mst dcma Kol litlaga, N). laa; gdta 4f%p
verk, to commit an outlaw' t deed, K. A. 144.
iit-lagr, adj. 1. esp. in None law, outlawed, banubtd: itbor
of l)yfsku, N.G. L. i. 85 ; erSngi litlags mannt. 180; tkyldi Mr al&r
litlagir, Fms. viii. 380; litlagir ok fridlaustr, vii. 334; dtlagir m Oodi*
Hom. 37. 2. esp. in Icel. law, having to ' lay out,'J!tu3; Tcrfta it-
lagr um c-t, Grag. passim ; uttagr er s4 um ^at er lynjar. id. ; |)4 era
biidirnar littagar (forfeited) vid )>ann er landit a, Kb. i. 1 1 3 ; voAr bam
litlagr ok 6r go&ordi tinu, 49 : the amount in dat., titlagr ^ttm . . .
miJrkum, Grag. passim ; litlagr eyrir, N.G. L. i. 180.
ilt-lausn, f. a redemption, from captivity. Fmt. i. 358 : a rantom, bj<i&a
Ilelju li., Edda 37 : a ransom ox fine, Fmt. vii. 4 (v. I.), xi. 38 J.
lit-l&ss, m. a lock outside; u. fyrir kirkjunni, Pro. 16.
ut-l&t, n. pi. outlays. Fat. iii. 194, Th. i : ctp.^fiius (I4u uti). S.
sing, a putting out to sea; i iitl4ti fengu |>cir veftr hvaut, Konn. 1 78;
Englands-far albiiit til litl&ts, Isl. ii. 3 31.
tit-legd, f.. in Norse law, hanisbment, exile •" Lat. exilium ; vera i u.,
Fms. i. 78, 222, Hkr. i. 193; litlegd ok crlending, Stj. 313: litleg&ar
dagar, id. : outlawry, ef landbiii er i litlcgA, Gt>l. 340 ; ttefna hoonin
fyrir li. ok brennu, 379; litlcgSar-eiftr. N. G. L. i. 161 ; utlegftar-«7Tir,
a fine, GJ)1. 161 ; utleg8ar-f«$, N.G. L. i. 163; titlegftar land. Stj. 365;
litlegdar-madr, an exile, N. G. L. i. 133 ; litlegdar-mAl, -pina. -timi, 161,
H. E. i. 409, Stj. ; litlegftar-verk, Gj)!. 474. Grett. 149 A. 2. cap.
in Icel. law, a fine ; |)riggja marka litlegd. Grig. (Kb.) i. 45 : litkgSir
ok 611 41ug, ii. 148; litleg&ir t>cssar allar, ii. 3 70 A; utlegftar tok, a
finable case, i. 103, 338.
iit-legging, f. an ' out-laying,' translation.
tit-leggja, lagfti, to translate (mod.)
tit-legjaak, lagdisk, [litlagr i], to he fined; litleggsk hann um ftam,
Grag. i. 348 ; ok vcrdr hann litlagr t>rcm murkum ok gjaldi fiUgn, . . .
en eigi titleggsk hann, ef hann getr l)ann kvid, at . . ., 359.
ut-leid, f. the outer course, at sea, esp. along the thore of Norway,
Eg. 78, Fms. i. 60, vii. 312, 6. H. 75 ; opp. to innleid, q. v.
ut-leidis, adv. standing on the outer course; tniia li., Fmt. viii. 186.
Ht-leizla, u, f. a ' leading out guests,' i. e. a taking leave of them after
a banquet ; var veizlan bin vegsamligtta, ok litlcizlan bin skuruligtta.
Eg. 44 : a buried, virdulig ti., Fms. ix. 345 ; jarfiadr med kgxln litlcizlu,
iii. 172.
ut-lenda, u, f. the outlying estates, Fms. ii. 90 ; opp. to heimaland.
ilt-lendask, d, dep. to settle abroad, Stj. 623.
ut-lendingr, m. a foreigner.
iit-lendis, adv. abroad, Fms. iii. 103, Isl. ii. 1 18. Vitlendia-maAr*
m. a foreigner, Fms. x. 107.
tlt-lendr, adj. outlandish, foreign, Hkr. i. 147, Eg. 523, Fmt. i. 76,
vii. 219, Grag. i. 188, passim; opp. to innlendr.
ut-lenzkr, adj. outlandish, Grdg. ii. 72. GJ)!. 87, Eg. 364. N.G. L. i.431.
tit-limir, m. pi. the out-limbs (hands, feet); utlima-tmir, hammg
small bands and feet, Isl. ii. 34; litlima-grannr, etc.
Vit-lit, n. an out-look.
tit-l8Bgja, 8, to banish, Sturl. ii. 64 C ; t>^ titlegit mik c»r rekit bk
y8r, Fms. ii. 1 19 : pass.. Stj. 1 1 2, Rb. 362.
lit-leegr, adj. outlawed, banished, Js. 30. K. A. 190, 194 ; fara ■&., Fmt.
vii. 240; li. af Svil)j68, x. 32; li. i Noregi, Eg. 160; utl«gan, Fmt. vi.
33 ; litltegjan, 3.f ; gora litlsega, vii. 353 ; bjiim ok lilfr tkal hvcrvetna
litlaegr vera. N.G.L. i. 45. 2. ttrange; litlcgnm ok amuriigiim
guSum. Stj. 3. litlaigr eyrir - litlagr ejrrir. N. O. L. i. 145.
tit-lOnd, n. pi. the outlying field*: i heimalandi ok litlonduro, Vm.
137. 2. foreign countries; storvirki cr Jn'r hafit unnit i litldndum,
Hkr. iii. 267 ; sem titt var i litlondum. Ld. 330, Rb. 400. passira. S.
outlying provinces ; \k bygdusk litlond. F«reyjar ok Island, Hkr. i.96.
Tit-m4nu3ir, m. pi. tbe ' oul-montbt,' the latt three montbt of t
winter ; see mdnudr.
the
672
tJTMERKI— V.
lit-merki, n. a locality; ok kve6a a rett ok litmerki, and name the
dock and the place, of a summons for launching a ship, Grag. ii. 400.
ut-messa, u, f. service in the afternoon, opp. to high mass, Fms. x. 163.
lit-mokstr, m. a shovelling out, Bs. i. 315.
lit-iies, n. an outlying ness, Fms. x. 185 ; til ills foru ver um g66
heru6, er ver skulum byggja litnes ^etta, Landn. 37.
lit-norSan, adv. from the north-west.
iit-norSr, n. ' out-tiorth,' north-west, K. {>. K. (Kb.) 36, Hb. 415. 12,
Rb. 92, Sd. 156, Fs. 143, passim; opp. to landnorSr.
lit-nyrSingr, m. a north-west wind, Ld. 42, Lv. 99, Sks. 40; lit-
nyrSingi steinoSum, 656 C. 21.
ut-ras, f. an outlet, Barl. 64.
ut-rei3, f. a riding out, an expedition. El. 2 : the phrase, fa ilia utrei6,
to meet with ill-treatment.
ut-r63r, m. an outrowing, rowing out to sea, of fishermen ; ef menn fa
ve6rattu til litrodrar, K. A. 176, Dipl. iv. 15, freq. in mod. usage; hann
let J)a6an saekja litroSra, Eg. 135, Fs. 174; pen hoffiu vei6ar af megin-
landinu, eggver ok utr66ra af sjonum, {>orf. Karl. 416. utr63rar-
maflr, m. an outpost fisherman who lies at a distant fishing-place during
the fishing season, Fs. 143, G|)l. 425.
■dt-ryma, d, to turn out.
■ut-r863i, n. = utr66r, K. p. K. 84.
ut-rsena, u, f. a breeze from seawards, an onshore wind.
ut-rost, f. [Ivar Aasen ut-rast^, the outer inarch or boundary ; baSar
jarSirnar eru jamstorar til alia litrastar ok utbiida, D. N. ii. 784, v. 435 ;
J)a er jarla bagi vildi byggja litrost, when the king wished to remove to
the u., Ht. (Edda 55); opp. to heimrost.
ut-saumr, m. an ' out-seam,' embroidery, brocade.
Tit-selr, m. a kind of seal, Vm. 165.
lit-sending, f. exclusion, Hom. 139.
ut-setning, f. excommunication, H.E. i. 414, B. K. 107.
lit-sigling, f. a sailing out to Iceland, Nj. 9, 47, passim ; see lit.
•ut-sjdr (lit-sjor, ut-sser), m. the outer sea, ocean, Hkr. i. 5, Stj. 74.
lit-skagi, a, m. = utnes, Fms. xi. 252, Stj. 377, 406, Bs. i. 724.
■fit-skeifr, adj. ' out-footed,' handy-legged, Lat. varus, Fms. x. 151, v. 1.
Tit-sker, n. an ^ out- skerry,' distant skerry, Grag. ii. 131, Edda (Ht.)
131, Hkr. i. 98 ; u. ver3a af barum J)vegin, Mkv.
lit-skript, f. a transcript, D.N. i. 164, ii. 205 : inscription. Pass. 35. 1.
lit-skufa, a6, to repudiate.
ut-skyld, f. a tax, D.N. iii. 132.
ut-sk^ra, 9, to explain, H.E. i. 501.
■ut-skyring, f. a commentary.
ut-sksekill, m. an ouiskirt.
ut-sldtta, u, f. exposure, = uthvLrbT, N. G. L. i. 131.
lit-sog, n. the receding of the surf, Sturl. i. 120 C.
lit-sott, f. a breaking-out on the skin, eruption, Stj. 141, 436.
lit-stafr, m. a post outside a wall, Fms. v. 338.
lit-strond, f. the outer strand, Fms. vi. 148, Stj. 70.
ut-su3r, n. the south-west, Fms. i. 131, x. 272, Rb. 97, 476, Sks. 174;
utsuSrs-Ktt, K. A. 152, K. Jj. K. 92, MS. 4. 11.
lit-sunnan, a.dv. from the south-west. Eg. 195, v. 1.
Tit-synningr, m. a south-westerly gale, Sks. 40, Eg. 195, 600, Ld. 56 ;
litsynnings byrr, -stormr, Fb. i. 431, Bs. i. 282.
ut-taka, u, f. = uttekt, D.N. ii. 263.
ut-tekt, f. a valuation, of an estate, when passing from one tenant to
another.
ut-valinn, part, elected.
lit-valning, f. an electioti.
ilt-v6, n. = litrost, utgarSr, J>d. (see ve).
lit-vega, a6, to procure. Fas. iii. 417.
ut-veggr, m. an outer wall, Fms. ix. 41.
ut-vegr, m. a way out, device, expedient; atdraettir ok litvegar, Fms.
xi. 423 ; eiga ongan xitveg, litveg til undan-kvamu, i. 136, vii. 261, ix.
478 ; leita allra litvega, vii. 140 ; at ek gora fyrir |)in oxh nokkurn litveg
^ann er per likar, Finnb. 272; segir hann konungi allan litveg Jjann
sem a var, state of affairs, id. ; |)egar Einarr haf5i innt ok mselt allan
J)enna litveg, Fms. iv. 283. 2. = litrost, D. N. passim.
ut-ver, n. an outlying place, for fishing, taking eggs, or the like, Eg.
369, Hkr. i. 185, Fms. iv. 330, D.N. ii. 233; i litverjum, Ld. 38.
lit-vinna, u, f. service at sea; r63r ok rei6i ok allar litvinnur {)aer er
konungr a at hafa, Fms. viii. 1 73 ; J)eir h^ldu lei5ongrum fyrir hanum
ok o6rum litvinnum, ix. 247, v. 1.
lit-vigi, n. an out-ivork, Karl. 324.
ut-vik, f. an outlying creek, Fms. ix.
■u.t-v6r3r, m. an out-post, Hkr. i. 244, Fms. viii. 90.
•u.t-J)anning, f. [J)enja], out-stretching, Skalda.
tJt-f>roendir, m. pi. the Outer-Thronds, opp. to Inn-|>raEndir, Fms.
TJt-J>rcenzkr, adj., N. G. L. i. 173.
ut-J)y3ing, f. a commentary, interpretation, Hkr. iii. 255.
Ti-vsegr, adj., qs. of-xgr, furious; J)eir hlaupa i m6t honum livsegir ok
berjask, Isl. ii. (Hei6arv. S.) 367. ^
V
V (vaflF), the twenty-second letter of the alphabet, was by the ancien
called vend, q. v. = A. S. wen, whence Icel. vindandi, q. v. ; like u, it
represented by P\ in the Runes; in old vellums by "V, a form borrowi
from the A. S. ; later by v or u, according to the Latin usage. The Ic<|
V answers etymologically to Engl, and Germ, w (not v), but the form
is little used, though not quite unknown in Icel. vellums.
B. Pronunciation, Changes. — The v is now sounded in Icel. ;
in English, by a slight touch of the lip and teeth (not like the Soul
German, with both lips). It is said (Rietz) that z w ot double v
still sounded in a remote Swedish county (Dalarne), and the opinion <
English phonetic philologists is that the English w represents the o
Teutonic value of that letter, which has since been lost all over tl
Continent, as well as in Iceland. The Icelandic formation of words gor
far to prove that the old Scandinavian v was a semi-vowel, and not a fi:
consonant as it is now ; 1. traces are found of v alliterating with
vowel; on an old Runic stone (of the loth century?) in the islai:
Oland (off the coast of Schonen) we read — Fandils jormungrunda
«r-grandari (i/, i, and u making the three staves). In verses whic
have passed through Icelandic oral tradition, alliteration like this ecu:
hardly have survived, except in a very few cases (there are, howeve
some such, svaf faetr Freyja atta nottum, Jakv. 28; 66inn ajarla{)a er
j;al falla, Hbl. 24 ; onu verr, Ls. 36, cp. Hni. 22) ; but on the Runic ston
the words still remain as they were first engraved. 2. the frequei
' vocalisations' involving the loss of v, which is indeed the most mutab
of all letters : a. ve, vi change into y, vd into 6 : zv cannot be sounde
before a w-vowel, viz. before o, 6, u, u,y,^, ce, 0; countless instance
of this are to be found under the heads of v-, dv-, hv-, kv-, sv-, tv-, pv-
cp. as specimens the tenses of verbs, va6a, valda, vaxa, vefa, sofa, korn;
vinna, vinda, svimma, svella, vella, velta, verpa, verSa, hverfa, svelt;
svella, sverfa, J)verra, svelgja, fiva, sverja ; and also hvall and hoU, hvs
and hot, van and on, varu and oru, kvef and kof kaf kcefa, svartr an
sorti surtr syrta, verk and yrkja orka. p. more rarely, before otht
vowels, as, J)eita for pveita, silungr for svilungr, hika for hvika, ska
for skvak, pi and pvi. y. v and j interchange, as in hjol for hve
sjot for sveit, skjal for skval, jurt for vurt, jartegn for vartegn, hver
for hjarni ; in verbal inflexions, -va into -ja, as byggva into byggja
syngva into syngja. 8. in a few words the v has been saved by
change in the following vowel, as in verk, cp. A. S. weorc, virkr for vyrkr
virguU (a halter, Goth, wurgils), vxbr and oe9r, Svxnskr Scenskr. <
for the loss of v before a ?^-vowel see the introduction to the letter
O, U, Y, JE, 0 ; so in parts of England and in Scotland at the present da-
men say ool for wool. f. in a few other words initial v is dropped whei
in compds, vegr in Nor-egr, einn-ig, hinn-ig, pann-ig, hvern-ig; vaug
in kaup-angr, Har6-angr ; vollr in preskj-oldr ; valdr in Arn-aldr, Har ^L^^
aldr; ver6r in d6g-ur9r ; vindr in On-undr ; vin in Bjorg-yn ; ve or yeiiHjj,,
in fjyri, qs. f>6T-v6, and in Dan. Odens-e. tj. again « has changcc^
into V in varr qs. lirr, orr, A. S. ure, Engl, our, and in vesall qs. usal
(see varr and vesall). II. changes of later date, in the 14th aiK
15th centuries, or somewhat earlier, — old Icel. vd was turned into vu
and at last into vo ; sva, svo, svo ; var, vor, vor; tva, tvo, tvo ; vaii
von, von ; vapn, vopn, vopn ; vatr, votr, votr ; va6i, v69i, vo9i ; kvama
kvoma, koma : the old vd is proved by rhymes, as vdtc and grJ/a
sva and d ; that this vd did not change immediately into the present
vo, but passed through an intermediate vd, is shewn by rhymes in poeni:
of the 14th and 15th centuries; e.g. Wrr and f>orr, Ski9a R. 47, 7°
119, 181 ; sto'r, vor, 69 ; vddinn, 0(?inn, 109 ; vott (testem), vdrt, 122 ,
gdma, kvoma.. Veils. R. 199 ; vorr, sto'rr, 212 ; stdrr, hforr, 248 : the re
still remains in voru (erant), although short 0 in voru is rapidly displac-
ing the old long vowel. This later change of vd into vd, compared
with the old dropping of the v whenever it came in contact with a n
or 0, shews that at the time when it took place (the 14th century), t
cannot any longer have had the same sound as it had five or six cett-»v ■
turies before, when the great and systematic vocalisation of it tookK
place. In mod. Icel. v has even reappeared in a few, especially verbal, IP'
forms (where people are still conscious of the lost v), so that Icel. nowj
say hvurfu, hvorfinn, hvyrfi (from hverfa); so also, but esp. in later |
vellums, less in speech, the forms vur8u, vor6inn, vultu, vundu, vorpift, I
etc., from ver9a, velta, vinda, verpa; cp. also the mod. sound of the |
word Gu9 : again, in words like ull, lilfr, or9, una, etc., a restoration
was impossible, all remembrance of the v having been lost for a thou-
sand years ; but phonetically, since v became a labial consonant, aa
Icelander might and could say vull, viilfr, vorka, vorS, etc., just as well
as von, vor, votr. III. for the dropping of v before r (and
see the introduction to the letter R (as in rangr = Engl. wro«j') :
doubtful whether Icel. vag-rek ( = a wreck, flotsom) bears any relatioi
vagr {a wave) : the v may here have been saved by means of a i
etymology, va^rek for vrak. 2. in a few cases an aspirate (i^)
has been substituted for an original w, e. g. Icel. hreiSr (a nest), tf-
*E
VAD—VAGAR.
678
J,, wreath, Goth, u/ripus; Icef. hrista, akin to Engl, wrist, Dan.
u-tsle; Icel. hrekja, akin to A. 9. wrecan, Engl, wreck; Iccl. hrina,
jkin to Dan. wrinske ; and perhaps a few more words. 3. in still
, 1 instances the r has fallen out, the w oi v remaining ; these words
, lita {to trench), veiting (a trench, drainage), for vreita, vreiting (akin
■) vvrita) ; veina (II) = vreina ; and lastly, va, for vr/i (a cabin). IV.
|i interchange oft/ and /occurs in a few instances, e. g. Ai-fangi, Afangi,
K I'li-vangr; in var-nagli and far-nagli ; in varinn and farinn, see fara
I. /3; in valgr and fjaigr. 2. in inflexive syllables, like orfar,
ir, bolfi (or, snjor, bol), and the like, the change of v into / is
iiiogically erroneous, but phonetically indifferent, final or medial/
' one in sound with v. V. for the v or « as the cause of
vel change, see Gramm. p. xxix. 2. it is dropped in inflexions
iny words, such as in morr, bo5, stod, diigg, hogg, bol, ol, sol, fjcir,
r, mjol, kjot, hey, saer, snaer, frx, bygg, lyng ; adj. har, mjor, J)jokkr,
,r, roskr, gloggr, etc.
>• Many of the preceding phenomena (esp. in 1. and III) could not
;)ly be accounted for, unless we assumed that, at some early time,
those changes took place, the v was sounded, not as a consonant,
:S a kind of oo sound, half consonant, half vowel ; if so, no sound
I answer more nearly to it than the mod. Engl, w; the change
have taken place at a very early date, prob. before the settlement
II. Norse words in the Shetland and Orkney dialects point to v
L u; e.g. foe = Icel. vagr.
jVAD, n., pi. v63 ; [A. S. wad; Swed.-Dan. vad, vade-sted; cp. Lat.
idum; va8 is derived from the verb vaSa, and is not borrowed from
e Latin noun] : — a wading-place, ford, across a river or creek ; a
bakkanum viS va6it, Fms. xi. 255 ; J)ar vissi hann va& eitt ok rei&
ir til, 354; rekr hann ofan a va8it, ok heitir Jjar si6an |)orgeirs-va&,
j. 108; 611 v68 a anni, Stj. 394, Grett. 140; haska-va6. Art. 66; J)ar
;r J)a, va3 a anni, en mi er ekki. Glum. 352; halda v6r& a v63um
lum, Dropl. 30 : phrases, hafa vaSit fyrir neSan sig, to act warily ; fara
hunda-va3i yfir e-t, ' to pass by a dog's ford over a thing,' i. e. to slur it
■er, do it hurriedly and badly. II. the word is very freq. in Icel.,
;o in local names, ' -ford,' Germ, -furtb, being an unknown form ;
mrar-va9, Edda ; Holta-va6, Nj. ; Nauta-va6, Eyja-va5, Isl. ii. 179.
/ADA, pres. ve& ; pret. 63, ott (63st), 63, pi. 63u ; subj. oe3i and
;di ; imperat. va3, vaddu; part. va3inn : [\.?>. wadan; Y.ngX. wade ;
:xm. waten; Dan. vade'\: — to wade, go through shallow water, Gm.
j, 29, Hkv. Hjorv. 5 ; va3a J)unga strauma, Vsp. 45 ; hann gengr golu
laekjarins, en ve3r si3an laekinn, Gisi. 28 ; {jar ma vel va3a lit i hol-
;inn, Fms. i. 71 ; J)eir 63u lit a mot margir, viii. 161 ; J)eir 63u til
ids, 317; en Jjorr 63 til lands, Edda 36; ok 63 a saeinn tit, Hkr. i.
9 ; h6n 63 lit a vadlana, Lv. 68, 69 ; ver hofum va3nar leirur, Orkn.
1 a verse) ; va3a mjoll, to wade through snow, Sighvat ; var mjollin
i djiip, at hrossin fengu eigi vaSit, Fb. ii. Ill ; {jorr gengr til d6msins
ve3r ar Jjaer, Edda 10; vaxattu mi Vimr, alls mik va3a tldir, 60:
0 of fire, smoke, wind, va3a loganda eld, Fms. i. 265, Nj. 162 ; var
i likast sem J)eir vae3i reyk, Fms. iii. 176; sem hann vae3i vind, vi.
9 ; sem hann ar3i vind, Mork. 1. c. ; J)eir 63u jor3ina at knjani, Fas. i.
4 : the phrase, tungl ve3r 1 skyjum, the moon wades in clouds. II.
taph. to go through the thick of a thing, rush, storm ; Kolskeggr 63
honura, rushed at him, Nj. 97 ; va3a fram, to rush forth, in battle,
; : J)ars J)u at vigi ve3r, Skv. 2. 24; va3it hefir J)u at vi'gi. Am. 90;
. laetr va3a stein til eins J)eirra {he lets fly a stone at him) svA at sa liggr
ima, Fs. 36 ; {)a 63 annat litan i mot, Fms. viii. 19 1 ; J)ar er ve va3a,
IT. 6 (of the standard in battle) ; Ebresk or3 va3a opt i Latinunni,
hrew words often get into the Latin, Skalda (Thorodd) ; synisk mer
1 her va3i allt saman {be all mixed together) kalfar ok lilfar, Fms. viii.
■■, ; hon let skiran malm va3a, threw gold broadcast, Akv. 39 ; lata
kiiiir a flet va3a, 10. 2. va3a uppi, to 'wade up,' appear above
■; 63u limarnar uppi en rsetrnar i sj6num, of a tree, Fms. vii. 163 :
uppi is used of sharks or dog-fish coming to the surface ; hence to
ilent, J)enna tima 63 herra Asgrimr mjok uppi, Bs. i. 722, 730.
ttd-berg, n., see var3berg.
a3-beygja, u, f. a score in the thole for thefisbing-line.
a3-bjugr, adj., va3-boginn, part. (Mork. 1. c), falling slack like a
J'ing-line: in the phrase, fara v. fyrir e-m, to give in, Fb-. iii. 383.
J.3-drfi,ttr, m. a pulling the fishing-line.
aS-gelmir, m. the name of a river. Lex. Poet.
i3-horn, n. [va3r], the horn on a fishing-line; in the phrase, hann
Jikisk mi vd hafa til stillt ok komi3 upp i vaShorni Ti3 Sigur3, he
t ugbt that S. had been made to gulp the hook up to the horn, metaph.
In a fish gulping the hook, Fb. i. 182 (Fms. xi. 113).
i3i, a, m. a wader ; in mar-va3i, q. v. II. a pr. name, Gull{).
i3ill and voSuU, m. [Shetl. vaadle ; Dan. veile\ a sballo%v water, esp.
i ces where fiords or straits can be passed on horseback ; h6n 63 lit d
y lana, Lv. 68; var flaB3r ssevar ok ekki feitt yfir va31a, Sturl. iii. 46;
1 1 til va3!anna (v63Ianna Cod.), id. ; ok er hann rei3 at va31inum, GullJ).
<: vi3 vas ok va31a {wading) spillisk mjok meinit, Bs. i. 386. 2.
' "^ph. gabbling talk ; hva3a va8air er a J)er(?). II. a local
name, Vdfllar, VOdla-)>ing, in the north of kcland, Kb. 2>ji, Ana.
1125 ; HuM-va&ill, cp. Vcilc in Denmark.
vadil-stind, n. a iballow tound, Eg. 362.
vaflinn, part., prop. gont. done with, cp. gcnginn (ganga C. X) : dati-
tute, poor, vaftin at vi\]i. joy-bere/t, Akv. 29, Hni. ^, Skv. 3. 55.
vad-krumla, ti, f. a crooked band from tbe^sbing-tine, Bjom.
vaSla or vOflla, u, f. a flock of uiaier-lieaiti (leaU); hence rOAln-
eelr, Sks. 177, v. 1., mod. vOOu-selr, a kind of mo/, ■• opnuselr ; abo in
Icel. called vada, u, f., from swimming in flocks.
vafl-mAl, n. (sounded vammal, N. O. L. i. 362), no doubt qi. yibmti,
measured stuff, standard cloth, from viift, ttvff, and mk\, a mtature;
in the old Scandinavian communities the va&mil was the ttaridard of
all value and payment before coined gold or silver came into use, see the
remarks s. v. alin; \Sco\.. wadmaal ; Orkney and Dan. var/nu'/] :— a />/a(i(
woollen stuff, woven in hand-looms; in mod. Icel. the home-spun »aft-
mal is distinguished from the foreign stufls, called klzdi (vadmiU-tieyja.
klaedis-treyja) ; ssemri mun ei sinum ver, silki-klseddr sprakki, en meyja
hrein og hj^rlynd er, hulin vaSmals stakki, Eggcrt ; g63 vaftmAls ktefti,
Fms. vi. 208 ; skera til klx3a vaftmal, id. ; stika vaftmal i sundr. Oik.
36; let {)yri tjalda hollina gram vadmalum, Fms. i. 118; tjalda mcft
gr4u va&mali, Grett. 132 new Ed.: Fxreyskt vadm&l, D.N. ii. 559;
tt\f.k]n-\ibmk\, wadmal for bedclothes, Dropl. 20; va0m4! til seglb^ta,
Sks. 30 ; varning Islenzkan i va3malum ok i ullu, Fms. x. 294 ; J)at fh
skal vera i va3m41um eda i vararfeldum . . ., GrAg. ; sex aln r va&mAls
gilds, Kb. ii. 192 ; hafnar-vadniAl, /■/«/« common wadmal ; hafnar va5-
miil ny ok onotin, GrAg. i. 504 ; Riitr gaf henni hundrad Alna hafnar
va3mAla, Nj. 7; pakka vadmAl, H. E. i. .S74, cp. Bs. i. 842 (spytingana
ok ' pakkana'): as a standard, alin vadmAls, mork vadmAls, Fb. iii. 343 ;
va3mala skuld, a debt paid in wadmal, Dipl. iii. 13: vaSmAls-klzdi,
-miittull, -sloppr, Fms. vi. 208, {>orf Karl. 384, Bs. i. 674.
VADB, m., pi. va3ir, a^5i&«n^-/«ne; hcimta upp vadi sina, K. |>. K.
90 ; V6orr vi3 velar va3 gordi s^r . . . egndi A ongii, Hym. il ; vaftr vilgi
slakr^Bragi ; Jjorr greiddi til va3 heldr sterkjan, eigi var ongnllinn minni,
Edda 36; draga fisk annan fyrir ongul hinn J)ridja fyrir va3, Fbr. 189;
va3r sa enn sterki, Nidrst. 3 ; hann tok va3 af Jjili ok oil veifiar-faeri.
Band, i ; grefr jArnit bans kjapt . . . fiskimiadrinn kippir at sdr vadinum,
Bs. ii. 79. II. a line for measuring ; at vadr s e dreginn yfir Jjveran
akrinn, Fms. xi. 441. vador-hald, n. the management of aflsbing-
line.
-va3sla, u, f., in uppi-va3sla, q. v.
va3-steinar, m. pi. the stones (leads) on a fisbing-line ; hence Vafi-
steina-berg, a local name, Gisl.
VAF, n. [vefja], a wrapping, winding round, in si-vaf (see si) ; var
tekinn knifr ok vafdr . . . {jorsteinn stakk i augun knifinum upp at vafinu,
Sturl. ii. 181 : the phrase, vera mikill i vofum, to be bulky and
heavy. 2. in Icel. the piece of skin wound round a quill for
infants to suck is called vaf. II. [vefa] = fyrir-vaf, the weft.
vafi, a, m. a doubt, uncertainty ; ef i nokkum vafa slaegi, Sturl. i. 176;
vanda J)enna ok vafa, Norske Saml. v. 151 ; vera i vafa um c-t, to waver.
coMPDS : vafa-gepill, m. a stray animal without a master. vafa-
lauss, adj. undoubiing. vafa-samr, adj. doubful.
vafin-leysa, u, f. = vafurleysa.
vafln-skepta, u, f. an axe with an iron-bound handle ; ox v., Nj. 19.
vafka, a3, mod. vakka, = vafra, R6m. 270.
vafl, n. a wavering, hesitation; vil ok vafl, Bb. 3. 90.
vafla, ad, = vafra, Konr.
vafla, u, f , esp. in pi. voflur, a wavering ; J)a8 komu' voflur A hann, b*
became confused, from guiltiness.
vaflan, f., in vaflanar-ftJr, vagrancy; fara vaflanarforum, GrAg. i. 163,
294, ii. 482.
vafningr, m. [vefja], a twist : metaph. cm entanglement, Nj. 164.
vafra, ad, to hover about; skrimsl J)au er vafra i hofum, Sks. 74, Fas.
ii. (in a verse).
vafr-leysa, u, f. nonsense; gettti eigi vafurleysu J)eirrar er einskis er
ver3. Band. 29 new Ed.
vafr-logi, a, m. a ' waver-lowe,' flickering flame, a mythical word ;
an enchanted princess or an enchanted land is surrounded by a ' waver-
lowe,' Edda (of Brynhild), Skm. 8 (of Skimir and the giantess Gerda),
Fsm. 32 (of Menglod). In mod. Icel. legends, a kind of ignis fatuus,
said to flicker over hidden treasures, is called either mAlmlogi or vafrlogi,
Maurer's Volks., Isl. Jjj68s.
vafr-ufli, a, m. = vafrlogi, {>d.
vaf-spj6rr, f. a strip or band of cloth wound round the leg instead of
stockings, Gull{).
Vaf-J)ni3nir, m. the mighty in riddles, the name of a giant, a kind
of Northern sphinx, wise in riddles, Vjpm.
vaga^ a3, to wag, waddle ; J)u vagar einsog kalffull kyr sem komin er
a8 bur3i, J6n {)orl. ; vaga um haula, Hallgr. (see haull) ; graeSast kymar
J)a setzt er a3, hjort-kaelar naer til vatnsins vaga, Bb. 2. 41.
vagar or vagir, f. pi. (from v6g, (.), also v6gur, pi. (from vaga, u, f.) ;
pi. vegr, Fms. viii. 430: [vega ; cp. vagn]: — i kind oi bier or hand-barrow,
X X
674
VAGABORUR—VAL.
the sing, being never used ; toku J)au likit ok 16g5u i vagarnar, ok oku . . . ,
Nj. 153 ; Bjorn var liti a tiinvelli ok smi6a3i vogur (v. 1. vagr, i. e. vagar),
Eb. 90 new Ed. ; toku J)eir best ok 16g9u a vogur, Bs. i. 335 (here the
vagar seem to have been carried on horseback, as coffins are at the pre-
sent day in Icel.) 2. a level ; J)eir hofdu til vegr ok vagu fram af
berginu, Fms. viii. 430; vagir (vagir?) e3a sliingur, i. 127. compds;
vaga-boruT, f. pi., Eb. 1. c. vaga-drumbr, vaga-nef, vaga-pungr,
m. a nickname, Landn., Fms. viii. vaga-skalm, f. = meiSr (q. v.), a
nickname.
vagga, u, f. [Dan. vugge"], a cradle; fellr vaggan undir sveininum,
Ld. 108 ; Gu3ri6r sat i dyrum inni me3 voggu Snorra sonar sins, Fb. i.
545; born i voggu, Rb. 344; born er J)a lagu i voggu, Fms. xi. 381,
Am. 17, Str. 18. COMPDS : voggu-barn, n. an in/ant in a cradle.
voggu-bragr, m., -kvseSi, -lj63, n. pi. cradle-songs, lullabies.
voggu-mein, n. a ' cradle-ailment,' metaph. of an old inveterate ail-
ment; {)a9 er gamalt v.
vaggaldi, a, m. a waddler, a nickname, Landn.
VAGL, m. [Ivar Aasen vagi; Sw^ed. vagel = a roost]: — a beam, esp.
att tipper cross-beam, roost ; hann hljop i {)vertr4 a hiisinu ok si6an a
vaglinn ok af vaglinum ok lit i glugginn, Fms. x. 290. II. [cp.
Engl, wall-eye], a beam in the eye (a disease) ; vagi a auga, Isl. {>j65s. ;
at J)eim vaglinum sem er i J)inu auga gxtir ^u ekki — J)u hraesnari, drag
fyrst ut vaglinn lir J)inu auga, Luke vi. in the edit, of 1540. III.
a local name, Vaglar, Lv.
vagl-eygr, adj. wall-eyed. Thorn. 355 ; cp. valdeygr.
VAG-N", m. [from vega ; A. S. wcBgn ; Engl, wagon, wain ; Dan. vogn ;
Germ, wagen] : — prop, a vehicle, such as a hand-barrow, sledge, but also
a chariot, carriage, as used in foreign countries, for the ancient Scan-
dinavians hardly knew such, yet hvel-vagn, q. v. ; meS sle6a, vagn e9a
vagir, Grag. ii. 295 ; hon bjo ser vagn ok beitti best fyrir (called sledge
below), Fms. x. 373; toku J)au likit ok 16g8u i vagninn, Nj. 153 (v. 1.
vagarnar, vagirnar) ; hann haf6i tva hreina ok vagn. Fas. ii. 1 18 ; vigg at
soSla vagn at beita, Gkv. 2. 18; hafi3 i vagna, 34; freista ef |)eir maetti
koma vognum yfir urSina, 0. H. 187 ; er hon sett i einn vir3ilegan vagn,
Fms. xi. 25 ; skyldi J)au Freyr ok kona bans sitja i vagni . . . fylgja vagn-
inum ok lei5a eykinn, ii. 75 : a chariot, vi. 146, Stj. (referring to
foreign countries) : the saying, gott er heilum vagni heim at aka = a/Z is
well that ends well. Eg. 182, 6. H. 166 : poet., kjalar vagn, a ' keel wain,'
i. e. a ship, Lex. Poet. 2. astron. the Wain or Charles' wain, Ursa
Major, Magn. 470; birnur, vagn, kvenna-vagn, Rb. 1812. 16; in the
heathen time called OSins vagn : Odin is called vagna verr by the poets,
Aim. 3; vagna runni, Stor. 21 ; vagna grimnir, Fms. xi. (in a verse), —
prob. from the constellation, unless it refer to the legend mentioned in
Gm. 49 (er ek kjalka dro) : the heaven is vagns-hoU, vagn-raefr, vagn-
braut, the hall, roof, road 0/ the Wain, Geisli, Edda i. 316. II.
Vagn, a pr. name, Fms. xi, Jomsv. S. compds : vagna-borg, f. a
fence of chariots, Fms. v. 137. vagna-lxvel (-hjol), n. a wagon-
wheel, Al. 140, Stj. vagna-li3, n. a host of chariots, Stj. 495, 604.
vagna-meistari, a, m. a master of a chariot, Stj. 604. vagn-hestr,
m. a chariot-horse, Stj. 560. vagn-hlass, n. a wagon-load, Hom.
(St.) vagn-karl, m. a wagoner, Fms. vi. 422. vagn-sle3i, a, m.
a sledge-wain. Fas. ii. 162. vagn-sloS, f. a wagon-track. Fas. ii. (in
a verse).
vagna, u, f., also vogn (q. v.), a dolphin or porpoise, Edda (Gl.), Fas.
iii. 507 : poet. v6gnu-la3 = ^As sea. Lex. Poet.
vagn-bvalr, m. = vagna, Sks. 121.
vagn-h6gg, n. whale-blubber ; hval-flystri J)at er ver kollum vagnhogg,
Rett. 10. II.
VAKA, pres. vaki; pret. vak3i, vakti ; subj. vek8i; imperat. vaki,
mod. vak, vaktii ; part, vakat ; thus having lost the strong inflexion
which it has in Goth, as well as in Engl.: [Ulf. wakan, pret. wok;
A. S. wakjan; Engl, wake, pret. woke; Germ, wachen; Dan. vaage ; Lat.
vig-ilare] : — to be awake; hann hefir vakat i alia nott, Nj. 55; attii
vakir i alia nott. Eg. 418; praelarnir voktu, Fms. i. iii ; vaki ek
avallt, Vkv. ; hann hug3isk vesa at Logbergi ok vaka, enn hann hug3i
alia menn a9ra sofa, lb. 7 ; ok einn morgin er {)eir voktu baSir, Fms. ii.
197; setlar hann at ek skyla J)ar vaka yfir ok yrkja um skjold hans, Eg.
699; Asgrimr vakna3i eina nott ok heyr3i at Kari vakti, Nj. 210; J)ar
hefir ek vakat ok hugsat um nott ok dag, Fms. i. 84 ; vaki J)u Angantyr,
Fas. i. (in a verse) ; vaki maer meyja, vaki min vina, Hdl. i ; vaki J)u
Fr66i, Gs. 1 7 ; vaki J)u Helgi ! fullsofit er, Dropl. 30 ; vaki menn i
skalanum ! Gisl. 29 ; the mod. imperat. is vak, as in the verse, — Vak J)u
miim Jesu, vak i mer! vaka lattu mig eins i J)er, Pass. 4, the last verse
of the hymn ; vak6i hann longum, O. H. 207 ; 6svi3r ma6r vakir um
allar naetr, Hm. 22 ; vekSa ek Einherja, Em. ; Litlu si3arr vakna3i J)6r-
hallr ok spur3i hviirt {>i5randi vekti, Fms. ii. 195 : with prep., vaka yfir
e-u, to walch, i. 9, iv. 299, Eg. 375 : the phrase, lata e-t i veSri vaka,
to make believe, pretend. 2. vakna, Sturl. iii. 186 C. 3. part,
vakandi ; van er vakandi (i. e. vakanda manns) draumr, hope is a quaking
dream. II. to come to the surface, of fish ; fiskar vaka J)ar i
oUum am, Sn6t, passim in mod. usage.
f
to I
Wftt'V
vaka, u, f., pi. vokur, gen. pi. vakna, Fms. ix. 29, 218: the bein
awake, waking, i voku og sve^ni, awake and asleep ; haldi hverr vok
sinni er ma, to keep oneself awake, Ld. 152 ; halda voku fyrir e-m t\
keep a person awake; i fostum ok vokum, 623. 18; halda voku yfi|
hjord sinni, Hom. 37; hafa vokur miklar ok ahyggjur, sleepless night:'
Fms. X. 146 ; and-vaka, sleeplessness. 2. in Icel. during the wintc;
the evening (when one works by lamp-light) is called vaka [Engl, wake'
kvefti voku einni a {during one evening) a3rir kvxb'm betr, a ditty
kvold-vaka, an evening ; naestu vikuna fyrir J61in eru vokur haf&ar lengsta
a Islandi ok vakan mi6u6 viS sj6-stj6rnuna til sveita, er svo vaka3 l)anga
til stjarnan er komin i n6nsta5 e8a miSaptan, Isl. ii. 568 : even evenin
entertainments are called vaka, wakes, hence viki-vakar, q. v.
a vigil, eve of a saint's day, eccl. ; skyldu J)eir fara til bins heilaga
konungs til voku, Fms. vii. 309 ; Jons-vaka, St. Johns-wake, St.
Eve, Norse Jons-ok. compds : vakna-bu3, n. the house near the a
where the lykewakes were held, D. N. vi. 84. vakna-skei3, n. the
time, the time about St. John's-day (the end of June), Fms. ix. 29,
viii. 248. v6ku-li3, n. watching people, scouts, Fms. vii, 310.
nia3r, m. a watchman, Fms. iv. 299, Fas. i. 405. v6ku-n6ti
vigil, eve, Baer. 17. voku-skarfr, m., prop, a kind oi gull, the
wakeil), only used metaph. a person wide awake; hann er mesti
skarfr ! II. = vok, an opening in ice, Sturl. ii. 248 ; bl
vaka, q. v.
vakinn, part., qs. vakandi : in the phrase, vakinn og sofinn,
and sleeping, i. e. by night and day.
vakka, a&, = vafka, to stray, hover about; lata vakka vi& skipin,
viii. 289, Fas. ii. 88.
vakka, u, f., prob. an error either from veski or kakki, qq. v. (1
kakki) ; hunang i tunnum e3r vokkum, N. G. L. ii. 254.
vakna, a3, to awake, i. e. to pass from sleep to waking (opp. to sol
hugdisk hann sofna, en hann hug3i J)a alia menn a8ra vakna, tl
vakna3i hann, Fms. ix. 24, O. H. 208 ; vakna viS e-t, to be awai
a thing, Fms. xi. 117; v6knu6u J)eir vi3. Eg. 80; menn v6knu5ul
er hann gekk ut, Nj. 28; nii skulu ver vakna snemma i morgin, Fi
542. 2. metaph., vakna vi6 e-t, to wake as to a thing, to recoi
recollect; J)a vakna5i konungr vi3 sett J)eirra, Fms. v. 348; v
konungr J)egar vi3 Olaf fyrir sakir fraenda hans, Ld. 72; ef maSr
ser mark ok vaknar eigi vi6 a varj)ingi, Grag. ii. 304; f^ll \a, lid
a3r J)eir baendr v6knu3u vi3, Fms. v. 77.
vakna-, gen. pi., see vaka.
vaknan, f. an awakening, Skalda 211.
vakr, adj. vokr, vakrt, the r being radical ; [Dan. vakker ; Swed. «
= handsome ; Germ, wacker] : — wakeful, watchful, alert ; ven J)u J)ik JnlJ, pei
sem vakrastan, Sks. 24 ; vakrir gegn allri freistni, Hom. 58 ; vakr i bseiu
haldi, Barl. 156; veri per vakrir (vakkrir Cod.) ok minnisk kenninj
{)eirra, er . . ., 655 xiv. B. 2 ; vakrir i Gu3s hraezlu, Greg. 35 ; inn
freistari, Stj. 144; ar-vakr, q. v. 2. alert, nimble; ba8u menn
vakra ok skjota, O. H. 215; hann var hverjum manni katari ok l(
ok vakrari, Fms. x. 152. II. in mod. usage, vakr is used offl Sinjsi
ambling palfrey, a horse which moves the legs on each side togethi
(like a camel), such horses being much valued in Icel. ; Her er faelda
hofa Ijoni, | heiminn kvaddi vakri Skjoni, a ditty by Jon |jorl. ; ri?
vokrum hesti, opp. to har&-gengr ; bra&-vakr, skei&-vakr, fleygi-v;
epithets of such a horse ; cp. vekr&.
vakr, m. a kind of hawk, Edda (Gl.), Rom. 383.
vakr-liga, adv. tvatchfully. Mar. : on the alert, Fms. iii. 189, SI
vakr-ligr, adj. watchful, Th. 13: lively, Fms. x. 418.
vakr-lyndr, zA]. frisky, Bret. 175.
vakt, n. a watch, (mod.)
vakta, a5, [as the form shews, a word of Germ, origin, as is
vogte] : — to watch, Al. 171, Stj. 151, Karl. 60, Clar., Fas. iii, and in
usage, but not in the old classical Sagas.
vaktan, f. a care, charge, H.E, i. 513, Rett. 56.
VAL, n., pi. vol, [Dan. valg, val; Germ, wabl; North. E. wait
velja] : — a choice; hann spurSi hverjar sogur i vali vaeri, be askti
stories there were to choose among, Sturl. iii. 281 ; ganga i vali8,
out the best ; engi voru vol k l)vi, there was no chance of that,
371 ; mod., eiga vol a e-u, J)a3 er' ekki vol a g65u.
val, adv. = vel, according to the spelling of some vellums, e.g.
89 sqq. (Cod. Holm. No. 5), Stj., Barl. ; but not so in good st
Icel. spelling.
val-, [A. S. wealh-], Welsh, foreign, in several compds, see below,
in pr. names, Val-brandr, Val-gar3r, Val-gautr, Val-J)j6fr;
Jj^flingar, m. pi. the descendants of Waltheof Landn. : and of woiWi
Val-dis, Val-ger3r, Landn. : it is strange that none of these nanu
seem to appear on the old Runic monuments of Sweden and Denmark
they are therefore scarcely to be derived from valr {the slain), but froi
A. S. wealh = Welsh, foreign ; in England such names were frequent ; i ! '
Icel. they first appear in families connected with the British Isles; Va jti
J)j6fr in the Landnama is evidently borrowed from the English. I|^'
^Sweden a Valgautr appears in the llth century, 6. H. | ^
jdaik
w<
iDi,
thi
lfl.H,G.
htm
>3!
•it! da
ivit
-,1
«..
hi
Uldi
VALA— VALNESKR.
075
11, f. (be rolling knuckle-bone, Lat. talus, Gr. affrpayaXot ; in
se bones are dried and used for winding clews of yam (Jjrdftar-
1 the old heathen times they seem to have been used for fortune-
■hence the compds, v61u-brj6tr, m. a knuckle-breaker, a nick-
1.: v61u-spakr, adj. 'knuckle-wise,' prophetic (7), Edda (in a
valu-mseltr, adj. talking thick, as if with a knuckle-bone roU-
, one's mouth : hvel-vala, a rolling pebble, J>d. (poet.) II.
tame of a dog ; vappaSu me6 m6r, vala . . . keyrSu f68 i hala, a
ittungr, m. a chosen eighth part; kirkja a valattung . . . val-
ig i hvolum, Vm. 102.
'bassi, a, m. the ' Welsh' bear, i. e. wild bear, Edda (Gl.)
baugar, m. pi. ' Welsh' rings, i.e. foreign gold, Akv.
r(-bj6rk, f. [Dan. valbirk"], a kind of birch.
fl-blistra, u, f. = Dan. skalmej, Bjcirn.
bl63, n. blood, gore. Lex. Poet.
br43, f. venison, cp. Germ, wildpret ; in melta knattii moftugr
a valbraSir, Akv. 36. 2. (mod. val-br4), a livid spot on the
'port-wine mark,' medic. Lat. macula, Bs. i. 423 (see foot-note
also vellums of Sturl. 1. c.) : freq. in mod. usage, e. g. hann hafSi
4hsegri kinn : in Bs. i. 1. c. as the nickname of a person so marked ;
lythol. term reminds one of Hel, the northern Hecate, who is re-
ted as black on one side, see Edda.
byggj n. • Welsh,' i. e. foreign barley, Edda (Gl.), Hkv. 2. 2.
bdst, f. a part of a sword, it is not exactly known which, perh.
(bond (q. v.), Edda ; a valbostu (ace. pi.) verpr na&r hala, Hkv.
9 : dat. valbostum, Sdm. : gen. valbasta, Geisli.
LD, n., pi. void, [Germ, ge-walt; Dan. void; cp. valda] : — power,
, authority ; eiga vald a e-u, Sks. 160 ; hafa vald til e-s, Ems. x. 337 ;
ik log, vald ok dom, Bs. i. 741, 742 ; ef ek a sva mikit vald a per,
); gefask a vald e-s, to submit to one. Ems. xi. 392; ganga til
Bs. i. 764; valds-dagar, 280; Gu3 er oil hefirvoldin, id.; vald ok
1,694; leggja a e-s vald, Fb. 11,179: me& valdi, by force. Ems.
2, Eg. 41 ; yfir-vald, authority. 2. power, dominion ; vald land-
'ms. i. 23 ; kirkju-vald, Bs. i. 789, 0. H. 47 ; Jia skal valds-ma3r
6t sinu valdi, Js. 4. II. plur. the cause or making of a thing,
)r in a bad sense, Ems. vi. 350 ; kenni ek J)er void um J)at, I charge
bee, thou hast done it, Eaer. 255 ; kenna ser void um fat harSretti,
4.9 ; af minum voldum, by my making. Ems. ii. 188 ; af bans vcildum,
94 ; ok gora hann sannan at voldunum, bring it home to him,
ka&a J)ann er or6inn er af voldum konu {)innar, Nj. 76 ; af manna-
, by human bands, see p. 408, col. I. III. in chess, a guard ;
■Tald, pe8s-vald. valds-ma3r, m. a mighty man, in plur. the
Fms. iv. 209, vii. 315, Js. 4; hof6ingja ok valdsmenn. Ems. vii.
valdsmaSr (a ruler) 3^r Jjessu riki, xi. 232 ; veraldligir valdsmenn,
eat of this world, K. A. 2 20.
[iDA, pros, veld, pi. voldum, valdit, valda : pret. olli, ollir, olli ;
frausn stillis, in a verse of A. D. 1066, as also by Ari, lb. 7 : in
ition as a vowel, einn J)u J)vi ollir, ekki . . . , Am. 80 ; a pret.
or oldi also occurs, for references see B : subj. ylli, also voldi,
see B : imperat. vald : with neg. suff. vald-at-tu, cause thou not,
in a verse); veldr-at, Nj. 61 : part, valdit: a mod. verb has been
1 from the pret. olli, — oUa, olli, oUat, oUa being used of to cause,
0 be able : [Ulf. waldan, ga-waldan = to rule ; A. S. wealdan ; Engl.
O.^i. G.waltan; Geim.walten; Dan. void ; cp. Lat. va/ere.]
i. To wield, with dat. ; ef ek em sva usterkr, at ek ma eigi valda
lu, if I be so weak that I cannot wield the sword, O. H. 209 ; {)£er
er v^r megum eigi valda, Greg. 65 ; me8an ek ma vapnum valda,
o; hvern fann mann er vapnum matti valda, Stj. 61 1. 2.
e; en {jar Heimdal kve6a valda v6um, where Heimdal reigns,
, Gm. 13 (cp. Ulf gar da waldands = o'lKoSfcriroTrjs). II.
; with dat. or absol. ; ok J)at olli, lb. 7 ; ver pvi voldum er J)u
ilt, Hkm. 12; ekki veldr J)vi, Stor. 2; fjorvaldr veldr pvi, Nj.
essu mun Svanr valda, 21 ; hvat J)at valdit mundu hafa, at . . .,
3ur8i hvat vyldi ugle8i bans, Ems. vii. 106 (olli, v. 1.) ; J)eir hinir
ix J)vi voldu, ix. 280; eigi vissu menn hvat ^vi voldi, 282 ; spur&i
gleSi bans ylli. Eg. 322 ; spurSi hverr Jjvi olli, Isl. ii. 160; olli
I, at ... , Eg. 400 ; hon fretti hvat voldi hans liglefti. Art. 5 ; J;at
>vi, at ... , Stj. 91 ; J)vi voldi breiskleikr, 548, Post. (Unger) 21 ;
hverr })vi volli, Sturl. ii. 60 ; sa er liskilum volli, Horn. 45 ; at
;f3i mestu um valdit, Hkr. ii. 395 ; \>iu uUu (i. e. oUu) lifldti hans,
4; Jjeir vissu hverir valdit (ollat Ed. from a paper MS.) hof8u,
pat oldi 6gagni J)vi er v6r fengum, Blanda (vellum) ; ok voldi
i mest, at . . ., Ems. viii. 197, 292 ; pat voldi at iss var i stall-
ix. 386 (volli and olli, v. 1.): sayings, sjaldan veldr einn ef tveir
508; eigi veldr sa er varar annan (veldrat sa er varir, Nj.),
6; sa veldr mestu er upphafinu veldr; si skal hy6ing valda
'«) er heimskastr er a pingi, N. G. L. i. 349. III. part.
'>Hadi, a wielder, ruler; Drottinn sa er alls er valdandi, Horn. 100 ;
vitandi ne valdandi pessa verks, Ems, ix. 42 ; alls-valdandi, yfir-
[cp. A. S. Bret-walda.] ,
:.
al
valdari (spelt valderi, Pd.), a, m. a wielder, keeper. Lex. Poet,
vald-borg, f. a tlronghold, Stj. 284.
vald-eygflr, adj. wall-eyed, of a horse, N. G. L, i. 75 : q». vagl-cygr,
q.v.
valdi, a, m. a wielder, keeper; kj61a valdi, a * htel-wieldtr' tkipper.
Hym.; ein-valdi, f^lk-valdi, a ruler. Lex. Poet: a« a pr. name, Sig-
valdi, A-valdi, Ol-valdi, Landn., etc.
valdr, m. = valdi. Lex. Poet, pajsim ; but in proie only in the compd
all-valdr; besidei many poet, compds, her-valdr, dgn-vaidr. ice Lex.
Poet. 2. in the latter part of pr. names, |>6r-valdr, A»-valdr, Riign-
valdr, dropping the v in Har-aldr, Ingj-aldr, Am-aldr, Landn.
val-dreyri, a, m. the blood of the slain ; and val-dreyrigr, gory,
bloody, Gs. 17.
val-d^, n. a carrion-beast, c$p. a wolf, Vsp. 55,
val-d6gg, f. the ' dew of the slain,' blood, Hkv. a. 42 (poet.)
val-fall, n. the fall of the slain, Fms. vi. 67, Fas. i. 385, BKf. 13.
val-frekr, adj. greedy for carrion : a nickname, Sturl.
val-f03r, m. the father of the slain, i.e. Odin, Vsp. I, Edda.
val-galdr, ni. charms, a kind of tucromancy ascribed to Odin ; nam
hann vittugri v. kvefta, unz nauSig reis, nis-ord um kvaft, Vtkv. 2, (a
air. A.«7.)
val-gammr, m. the carrion-bird, vulture, Am(5r.
val-gjam, adj. = valfrekr, of the wolf, Hkv. 1. 13.
val-glaumr, m. the swarm of the slain in Walhalla, Gm. 21.
val-grind, f. the grating of the gates of Walhalla, Gm. 22.
val-g61tr, m., poot. a helmet. Lex. Poet.
val-hnot, f. a ' Welsh nut,' i. e. a walnut (Germ, welscbes nuss), Fms.
vii. 98, 225, Eas. iii. 226.
val-hverfa, ad, to roll the eyes in the bead, like the hawk (ralr) ; rzU
hverfa augunum.
Val-h6U, f. the Hall of the Slain, Walhalla. see Edda, Gm., Hd!., Em.,
Hkm., Ski8a R., Nj. 132, Hkr. i. 161, Fas. i. 424. II. a foreign
ball, of king Atli, Akv. 2. 14. 2. the name of one of the booths in
the Icel. Althing, Sturl. ii. 126 ; see hub.
Vali, a, m. the name of one of the gods, Edda : a pr. name, Korm.
valin-kunnr, adj. respectable; v. madr, N. G.L. i. 43, Gpl. 373,
Grett. 162.
Valir, m. pi. [A. S. Walas or Wealas; mid. Lat. Wallus'], ibe ' Webb,'
esp. the Celtic people in France, Erakkar, Flsemingjar, Valir (Franks,
Flemings, Walloons), Symb. 18 ; Volum Kjarr, Cear ruled the ' Welsh,'
Eas. i. (in a verse) ; Valir ok Bretar, Art. ; allir Valirnir undruSusk, the
'Welsh,' i.e. French, KutI. 25- II. spec, usages ; Vala milnir,
'Welsh' ore, i.e. gold, Hdl. 8, Eas. iii. 31 (in a verse); Vala ript, a
texture of the ' Welsh,' i. e. foreign, costly texture, Skv. 3. 63 ; Vala mengi,
a host of ' Welsh,' id.
val-keri, a, m. the prober of the slain, i. e. a sword. Lex. Poet.
val-kj6sandi, a, m. the chooser of the slain, Kormak.
val-klif, n. the hawk's cliff, i. e. the band. Lex. Poet.
val-koka, a3, = valhverfa, q.v.; valkoka augum.
Val-kyrja, u, f. the chooser of the slain (kjosa val), the Valkyriur were
a troop of northern goddesses, for whom see Edda 22, Gm., Em.; for
the Valkyriur as guardian angels and tutors of the heroes, like Athene
in the Odyssey, see Hkv., Vkv., Sdm.
val-k6str, m. a heap, pile of slain. Ems. ix. 31. •
valla, adv. = varla.
Val-land, m. the land of the ' Welsh' or foreigners, esp. in the Sagas
relating to France, Vilhjalmr . . . hann_ vann pat riki i Vallandi er siftan
var kallat NorSmandi, Fagrsk. I42, 6. H. passim.
vallar-, see vcillr.
vallari, a, m. [from mid. Lat. wallus; cp. Germ, wallfabrten], prop, a
pilgrim, traveller in a foreign land, hence a destitute person, tramp;
ey6a landit meS morgum stafkarlum ok iiSrum vallarum, N. G. L. iii.
29 ; sem einn v., en mi er hann sva stoUz ok sv4 rikr, at ... , {>i8r. 299 ;
capra er skygn, sva at hon kennir hvart eru vallarar edr veiSinienn, sem
einn v. ok forflottamaSr . . ., Bret. 53 ; hann (Cain) raksk vi8a veraldar
sva sem vallari, Stj. 43, 94, 113.
vall-gangr, m. (spelt vald-gangr. Mart. 118), [viillr], 'field-going,'
excrements, Stj. 436, Bs. i. 382, BarS. 166.
vall-gr6inn, part, turf-grown, groum with turf; bakkar vallgrdnir, AL
28 ; toptir vallgronar, Fas. ii. 299 ; hon kvaS pat mi yallgr6it, Fms. ri.
105 ; er par nokkur daeld ok vallgroit, x. 319.
vall-humall, m., botan. the milfoil or yarrow, Hjalt.
vall-lendi, n. the flat land, turf.
vall-6fr (vallokr ?), m. a bird, perh. the willock, a Siir.\*f., Edda (Gl.)
vall-pru3r, adj. proud of gait, Sks.
vall-ro6, n. a reddening of the battle-field, slaughter, Mcrl.
Vall-veijar, m. pi. the men from Viillr, Landn.
valmar, in Gs. 19, is an obscure, prob. corrupt word, or = varmar(?).
val-menni, n. a chosen man, a good man; hann er mesla valmcnni.
Val-maer, f. «= Valkyrja, Edda i. 420.
Val-neskr, adj. = Valskr, Gkv. 2. 34.
XX3
G76
YALR— VANSKORUNGR.
VALB, m. [A.S. wceI or tealre], the slain; allan {)ann val, sem fellr
a J)eim k velli, gef ek 09ni, Fas. i. 380; konungr let skip upp setja ok
bera a valinn, and bear the dead on hoard, Hkr. i. 152 ; |)aEr (the Val-
kyriur), ri3a jafnan at kjosa val, ok ra9a vigum, Edda 22, cp. VJ)m. 46 ;
kanna valinn, to search the field after a batde, Eg. 123, Ems. i. 182,
Nj. 45; raena val, (3. H. 184; val J)ann -allan er Jiar haf6i fallit, id.;
braut or valnum, 220; sneru J)ar til er valrinn la, 219.
valr, m., pi. valir, [prob. an abbreviation for val-haukr = a carrion-
hawJi] : — a hawle ; veiSa vali, Grag. ii. 346, G^l. 51 ; vals hamr, the sltin
of a valr, Edda, passim.
valr, adj. [A. S. ana-wea/^ = avalr] , round, oval; en vinferill valr rifnaSi,
Hym. 31 ; in a-valr, see voir, a round stick.
val-rau3r, adj. blood-red, crimson; serki valrauSa, Akv.
val-rauf, n. = valrof, [O.H.G. wala-raupa; A.S. weal-reaf], spoils,
prop, the robbing the slain, cp. Gr. tvapa, Lat. spolia, Bragi (in the verse
Hkr. i. begin.)
val-rof, n. = valrauf, [Dan. val-rov], a law term, the plundering the
slain on the battlefield, N, G. L. i. 66.
vftl-rugr, m. = valbygg, pd.
val-runar, f. pi. [A. S. wcelrun'], 'Welsh' Runes, i.e. riddles, obscure
language, Hkv. 2. 10 (a an. \ey.)
val-serkr, m. a ' Welsh' sark, i. e. a coat of mail, Vellekla.
val-setttingr, m., see valattungr, Vm. 102.
Valska, u, f. the ' Wehb ' tongue, esp. the French language ; nem J)u allar
tungur en allra helzt Latinu ok Volsku, Sks. ; J)a skiptusk tungur i England!
er Vilhjalmr bastarSr vann England, gekk J)adan af i England! Valska
er hann var J)a6an aettaSr, Isl. ii. 222; hann mselti a Volsku, Orkn.
348. 2. = volsk mxis, a ra/.
val-skikkja, u, f. a 'Welsh' cloak (1), Ems. vii. 321.
Valskr, adj. [A.S. Wealisc; Germ. Welsch'], ' Welsh,' foreign, esp.
French, Pagrsk. 143; Valskt mal, Volsk tunga, the 'Welsh' tongue,
Str. I, Elov. ; Volsk mila, Fas. iii. 140 ; Valskar myss, ' Wehb' (Jbreig?i)
■mice, 'i.e. rats, Ems. xi. 279: of weapons, Valskir hjalmar, Sighvat,
6.H.39.
val-slSngva, u, f. [cp. ballista'], a ' war-sling,' catapult. Ems. vii. 183,
186, viii. 177, Sks. 410, K. A. 222, f>orf. Karl. 426.
val-stefna, u, f. a war-meeting, battle, Hkv.
val-strendr, adj. oval, half round.
val-tafJQ, n. an offering of slain, the slain being an offering to Odin,
Kormak, Lex. Poet.
Val-tamr, m. one of the names of Odin, Vtkv.
val-teinn, m, a chosen chip, for soothsaying, V't.
val-tivi, a, m. the god of the slain, V?p. (of Surt the giant) ; val-tivar,
the gods, Hkv. i, Vsp. ; see tivi.
VALTE, volt, valt, adj. [A. S. wceltan'], reeling, easily upset ; hegomlig
ok volt dyx5, Al. 130 ; volt hamingja, 133 ; valtir ver6a oss {jessa heims
hofSingjar, Sturl. ii. 153 ; verold volt og fla. Pass.; fall-valtr, u-valtr,
stable.
Val-t^, m. the lord of the slain = Odin, Lex. Poet.
Tal-vei3r, f. hawking, Bs, i. 120, H.E. ii. 45.
valz-ligr, did], proud, Ebr. 86 new Ed.
vambar-, see vomb.
vamb-xnikill, adj. big-bellied, of a cow.
VAMM, n. =y6mm, [Ulf. wamm ■= a spot, un-wamms = anoiixos ; A. S.
wamm; cp. vamr] : — a blemish; litan va6a ok vamm, N.G. L. i. 67;
leita e-m vamms, barm, Og. 6; vammi firSr, without blemish, Stor.
23 : plur. vommin, Ls. 52 ; vamma vanr, Hm. 21 ; vamm J)at er voeri,
Skv. 3. 5 ; sva lastvarr at hann vildi ekki vamm vita a sik, Stj. 547 : in
mod. usage, hann vill ekki vamm sitt vita, of a conscientious thoroughly
honest person ; enda mun J)at eigi til vamms vera lagt, Karl. 375; far
er vamma vanr, a saying, Mirm., cp. Hm. 22 ; see vomm. compds :
vamma-fullr, adj./w// of blemishes, Sdm. vamma-lauss, adj. un-
blemished, Sol., Ls.
vamm-lialtr, adj, dead-lame, of a horse, G^l. 504.
vamm-lielti, f. lameness, N. G. L.
vamm-lauss, adj. spotless, Hsm.
VAKT-, a particle prefixed to nouns and adverbs, [cp. vanr ; Goth, and
A. S. wan-, deficient ; O. H. G. wana-] : — lacking, wanting ; only used as
a compd except in the phrase, of og van, or ^a& er of sem van, now too
much, flow too little.
B. In COMPDS van- is freq. as a prefixed particle, mostly denoting
lacking, slowly, short, not svfficient, under-, but also simply as a negative,
much like Gr. bva- : van-afla, -afli, adj. weak, waning in strength, Al.
5, Ems. vi. 107, Sks. 590. van-alinn, part, under-fed, Grag. i. 455.
van-briika, a6, to misuse; mod. van-bruktin, f. a misuse. van-
burSa, adj. horn prematurely ; v. eldi, 656 B. 7. van-biiinn, part.
unprepared, Korm. 202, Ld. 324, Ems. vi. 214, vii. 127, viii. 288. van-
drengr, m. a bad man, Es. 166. van-deemt, part, under-judging, i.e.
too leniently ; hafa v. e3a ofdsemt, Grag. (pref.) van-efni, u. pi. lack of
means, Grag. i. 257, Band. 31 new Ed., Ems. viii. 23. vaii-er3, f. (?),
inferiority, N. G. L. i. 212. van-farinn, part, in a strait, Fas. i. 518
(see also the verse) ; ver erum vanfarnir hja honum, we are viucb\
of him, Orkn. 332. van-ferli, n. things going wrong. Ems, x.
van-festr, part, badly fastened, MS. 4. 8. van-fylgt, n. {I
hafa V. e-m, to back one slowly, Bs. i. 739. van-fseri, n. dis^
Stj. I. van-faerr, adj. disabled, infirm, Ems. ii. 146, x. 354, xi.
Fas. i. 532, Bs. i. 393 ; vanfaerr ok ilia heill, Honi. 122. vaii-(
lack of care. van-gefinn, see vargefinn. van-ger3ing, f. a 1
tive fencing, GJ)1. 382. van-geymsla, u, f. = vanga, Ld. laS
42, Dipl. v. 26. van-geymt, n. part. ; hafa v. e-s, to neglett,
ii. no. van-giptr, part, married beneath one, Nj. 17, v. 1.
goldit, part. n. underpaid, O. H. 87. van-gsett, n. part. = vang»
GJ)1. 463. van-gsezla, u, f. = vangeymsla, Grag. ii. 341, Fms
364. van.-g6rr, part, defective, imperfect, imperfectly done, half
Ems. vi. 13, X. 318, Bs. i. 59; ung Kristni ok mjok vangor, Fb
mer syndisk vang6rt,/aj^Z/)', Fms. x. 320. van-h.aft, n. part.;
v., not to get one's due, Grag. i. 265. van-baga, aO ; impers.
vanhagar um e-t, to miss a thing, want. van-bagr, m. dismay
advantage, Grag. ii. 49, Fms. xi. 245, Eaer. 7: misconduct, Bs. i.
van-bald, n. a damage, loss; bi8a vanhaid af e-m. Ems. x. 421
plur. ill-luck, thriftlessness. Band. 37 new Ed. van-baldinn,
getting less than one's due, wronged, H.E. ii. 126; ef J)u ^ykkif
Ld. 108, Sturl. i. 77 C, Fas. ii. 297. van-befnt, n. part, (bettei
hefnt), Nj. 280, v. 1, van-bei3r, m. dishonour, H.E. i. 562, F
289. van-beila, u, f. = vanheilsa, Bs. i. 353. van-beilagr
profane. van-beilindi, n. failing health, illness. Ems. vii. 208
280, H. E. i. 1 2. van-heill, adj. [A. S. wanhdl], not hale, disable
Grag. i. 50, Fms. x. 420 ; e-m ver6r vanheilt, to be taken ill, Grag.
—pregnant, Bret. 10. van-beilligr, adj. ill, wretched. Ems. vi
van-heilsa, u, i. failing health, illness, Bs. i. 83, 84, 353 (v. 1.), (
i. 226, Ems. vii. 157, passim. van-belga, a5, to profane.
belti, f., better vammhelti, q. v., Jb. 366 A. van-benta,
stand in need of, to want ; hann kva3 ser v. annat, be said it wa
that he wanted, Ld. 212. van-bentr, adj.; e-m er e-t vanhc
suits one not well, Fms. x. 260. van-ber3r, part, not pudm
to one's mettle. Fas. iii. 487. van-bir3a, t; v. um e-t, to ne
vaii-bir3irLg, f. = vangeymsla. van-birzla, u, f. = vanhir8ing
446. van-bluta, adj. unfairly dealt with ; verQa v., to be wo
Bjarn. 56, Isl. ii. 255, Grag. i. 157, ii. 92, Fms. i. 306 ; retta {)eiin
er a3r eru v., Eb. 156. van-blutr, m. an unfair share, Sturl. i.
vaii-buga3r, n. part. [? A.S. vanhygig'] ; e-t er v. i mali, it was no
considered, Lv. 30. van-byggja, u, f. a lack of forethought, Ld.
baeta fyrir vanhyggju mina. Valla L. 209. vau-kunnandi,
wanting in knowledge, ignorant, ill-informed, GJ)1. vau-kmu
adj. ignorant. van-kunnindi, f. ignorance, G{)1. (pref.)
kvmnusta (mod. van-kvmndtta), u, f. want of knowledge, ignoi
H. E. i. 479. van-leita3, n. part. ; e-s er v., examined it
fectly, Bs. i. 329. van-lofa3r, part, under-praised, Fms. vi.
van-lokinn, part, half paid, of debt ; vanloknar skuldir, Grag.
van-luktr, part, half finished; ganga fra morgu vanluktu, Stui
279. van-lykta, a3, to leave unfinished, H.E. i. 409.
lyktir, f. pi. ; me6 vanlyktum, unfinished, half done, Fms. yi
ok var at vanlykSum nokkut, er hon \d h6fu6 bans, Isl. ii.
hvarigar vanlykSir {fatdts) er Jiaer koma a go6ans hendi, Grag.
van-mdtta, adj. weak, sick, sore ; i tana ^a er v. var, a sore toe, Hrafi
van-mdttigr, adj. failing in strength, weak, itnpotent, Fms.
van-indttr, m. failing strength, illness, Eg. 565, Vapn. 17» Fn
12, Bs. i. 84. van-megin, n. weakness, Fms. vii. 156 : a swoon, ^
ing, slo yfir mik hrsezlu ok vanmegni, 108. vau-meginil (
megn, Stj. 20), adj. weak, feeble, Fms. i, 305, Stj. 20, v. 1. ; v. af n
Fb. iii. 447 ; hcindina J)a ma vanmegnu, an infirm band, Sturl. i.
van-megna, adj. = vanmeginn. van-megna, a9, to weaken
sterkjan hug, Al. 6 : reflex., vanmegnast, to faint, sink down, ^
passim. van-menni, n. (van-menna, u, f., Lv. 30 ; vaDm<J
^XT, Fms. xi. 257), a worthless person, Gisl. 149, Vapn. 15, Fms. iii.
van-meta, adj. m a weak, bad condition; var fotrinn v., of a
leg, Bs. i. 344 ; vanmeta skepna, an ill-favoured creature.
inetna3r, m. a disgrace, Grett. 160 A. van-mettr, part, bu
Sol. 3. van-mselt, n. part.; eiga e-t vanmselt, if thou hastcny
unsaid, anything to say, Bs. i. 668 ; hvart mer ver6r ofmaelt ebi
mxlt, Nj. 232. van-msetti, n. an infirmity. van-refsa&f.
not didy punished, Stm\. li. 10. - van-refst, n. part. = refsa8;
er af domarans hendi, GJ)1. 172. van-rekstr, m. = vanr6ttr,
xi. 253, v.l. van-r6tti, n. loss of right, Ls. 40; J)ola v., O.fl.
a defeat, Isl. ii. 367. van-rettr, m. = vanretti, Fms. xi. 253.
reekiliga, adv. carelessly, slovenly, Bs. i. (Laur. S.) van-W
t, to disregard, Stj. 157, Fms. xi. 423, K.A. 72: reflex., vannt
e-n, Fms. viii. 252. van-rsekt, f. lack of care, GJil. 33*, H
251, Dipl. ii. 14. van-raett, n. part. 7iot fully discussed; t.
e-t, Sks. 271 B. van-samit, part, unsettled, Stj. van-sen!
a disgrace, offence, Bjarn. 67. van-signa3r, part. c«rW,j
MS. 655 XX. 3. van-sk6rtragr, m. = vandrengr, Es. 4, Eg.
VANSPURT— VANDLyETI.
677
spurt, n. part, left unasleed, Sks. 52, 191. van-stilli, n. lach
deration, intemperance, Al. 45, 71 ; gefa svd kappsamliga mat, er
m mikit vanstilli, no measure, Isl. ii. 337, Fms. vii. 162 (of a Jit
amty); v. lopts, Al. 55 ; {jurfa menn ekki h6r at lysa v. {men need
lew ill temper) fyrir ^essa sok, Sturl. i. loi C. van-stilling, f.
stilli, Horn. 25. van-stilltr, part, wanting in temper, ra!,b. Fins.
, X. 264 ; marglyndr, vandlyndr ok v., wanting in temper, 420 ;
rftum, vi. 324: excessive, Stj. 142. van-svarat, n. part, insu/-
tly answered, of a question ; hafa v., H. E. 11.93 '> vanspurt e8a v., Sks.
van-svefta, adj. having too little sleep. Van-ssemd, f. dis-
; tontumely, Fms. ii. 291, vi. 109. van-S89tti, n. discord, Sturl.
,T.I. van-s6k, f. a/a«/^ q^«ce, Magn. 524. van-talafl,
Mvanmselt; er enn mart vantalad, Lv. 20; 4 ek vi8 hvdrigan
vantalad, / want to speak to neither of you, Fms. v. 327. van-
(van-talt), n. part, not full accounted for, short in the tally,
385; oftalt, vantalt, Gl)l. 478. van-tekit, n. part. />«//e<f
iently, Eb. 242. van-traust, n. a lack of trust. van-
f. unbelief [Dan. vantro"]; villa ok v., K. A. 218, H. E. i. 390,
Tan-trua3r, part, unbelieving, N. T., Vidal. van-trunaflr,
^^tntst, Fms. ix. 398. van-unninn, part, unfinished; vanunnin
Grdg. i. I.S7; litis vas eptir vanunnit {undone) i vingarftinum,
57. van-virfla, t, to disregard, dishonour, put to shame, isl.
i?; affsera ok v., Bs. i. (Laur. S.) ; part. vanvir3r, Fms. ii. 67, Fs.
vanvirt, Fms. v. 326. van-vir3a, u, f. a disgrace, Fs. 60, 159,
38. van-vir3ing, f. = vanvir8a, Fms. ix. 278, 289, GJ)1. 157,
vanvir3u-laiiss, adj. not disgracing, Grett. 118. van-
a, ■, f. a defect, fault, Stj. 158, Isl. ii. 201, v. 1. van-vit, n.
van-vid = insanity'], want of thought, Nj. 135, v. 1. van-vita,
\!sane, N.G. L. i. 213, Js. 79. van-vita3, n. part, not quite
',• enn er v. nokkut um saettina, Bjarn, 56. van-vizka, u, f.
mess, Al. 115. van-J)akka3, n. part; not duly thanked; eiga
t V. van-J)akkl&tr, adj. 2/«^a/e/"7//. van-J)akkl8eti, n.
itude. van-J)ekking, f. lack of knowledge. van-J)3rrnisla,
■olation; v. hatida, Horn. 146. ■<T&n.-]}6k.'k.y f. unthankftdness.
*, a&, to make to wane, diminish; orSum aukit e6r vanat, Sks.
2. to disable, spoil, destroy; Jjar sem rong maeli-kerold
is, vani sva at ekki se til {)ess haeft si&an, G^\. 526. II.
yanask, to wane, fail, Gm. 25. 2. vanaOr, disabled, sick;
m&llausa, vanaSa, Matth. xv. 30.
.ft and -vani, adj. indecl. wanting: in compds, but only in
and-vana, still-born, lifeless; and several poet, compds, fjor-vana,
ana.
Ibreyttr, part. = vand-breytt, to be risked; hon kva3 vannbreytt
|s. 141 ; er mer vannbreytt um Jmt, Sturl. i. 10.
L, a5, to make elaborately, take care and pains in a work or
l;^ to pick out the best, choose ; vanda til ferdar baeSi menn ok skip,
|3; bua fer6 sina ok vanda menn til, Orkn. 108; fiat var si6r um
anna born, at vanda mjok menn til at ansa vatni ok gefa nofn,
14; ^urfti ^ann sta6 at vanda, at hann vaeri sl6ttr, Eg. 275;
ttenn vanda6ir til at varSveita hofin at vitrleik ok rettlaeti,
(Append;) 334; sva skal sanna6ar-menn vanda at fraendscmi vi5
lit..., Grag. i. 30, 75, ii. 245; vanda skal biia i J)ingkv68, at
I i. 142 ; sva skal vanda sogu sem um erlendis vig, i. e. the pro-
is the same as, 183 ; sva skal vanda ti3 at eiSfaera omaga, sem
ateiga hreppa-dom, the same season is to be appointed for it as for
2. to work elaborately; J)ann bae let hann mjok vanda,
; h6n gorSi honum klae&i 611 J)au er mest skyldi vanda, Fs. 61 ;
pra skip ok vanda sem mest, 322 ; gora drykkju-skala ok vanda
St, Fms. i. 290; {)u skalt vanda sem mest baeSi hatt ok or5faeri
na mest kenningar, Fb. i. 215: vandaSr, choice, elaborate; stofu
vanda8a. Eg. 49 ; skip vandat at ollu sem mest, 68 ; skip
I forkunnar-mjok at smiS, Orkn. 332 ; mikit lid ok fritt ok mjok
Van skipabuna5, Fms. x. 36 ; var vanda8r mjok r63r a, drekanum,
1; stopul vandaSan, Bs. i. 132; vanda6ar krasir, choice, Fms. iv.
ttgorS vanda8a, Fs. 97. 3. vanda sig, vanda ra8 sitt, to be
I lettd a righteous life, passim ; litt vanda8r, not very honest, Fms.
i-vandaSr, plain, common, dishonest. II. \yanda = to
Vfind fault, Ivar Aasen], to object, make difficulties r 1. only in
pative phrase, vanda ekki, not to mind; hann sag5i dottur sinni, at
liimdieigi vanda at gipta honum dottur sina, Stj. 206; vanda eigi,/o
t, care not; vanda ek eigi (/ mind not) J)ott sa s6 drepinn, 181 ;
ekki (care tiot) hvart luklar finnask, Al. 44; vandar eigi J)6tt
|s6 skipat, 41. 2. to find fault, be fastidious ; hvdrt sem
nda e8r gefa ossemilig or8, D.N. ii. 16; J)a eigu hasetar eigi
la J)4 hlezlu fyrir styrimanni ok fari vi8 sva buit, N. G. L. ii.
lad thus freq. in mod. speech of Norway, 'vanda maten' (cp. Icel.
pdr) ; in Icel. it remains in the phrase, vanda um e-t, to complain
I142, 711, Landn. 141, Orkn. 90, Fs. 137, Eb. 144, Gull{). 26,
t5. III. reflex, /o become difficult, precarious ; mi vandask
^.4; vandask ra8a-g6r8in, Fms. vii. 183.
-, see vondr, a wand. ,
vand-bdlkr, ni. [viindr]. a wall of wand* or uicier, a watdtd parti-
tion, Orkn. 430, O. H. L. 73 (Fbr. 209).
vand-blffltr, adj., icc uvandblxtr. p. 666. col. a.
vand-dreginn, part, drawn over with a uriekle, oi a buthel or mcanire
of grain, N.G. L. ii. 166.
vandendi, n. pi. difficulties, 677. 9 ; vandcnda mil. Ski, 516, 6jo B,
Anecd. 4.
vand-fenginn, part, (also spelt vannfenginny. difficult to get, or
requiring careful thought to choose; ^yVkxt o%% vandfengit mam* i (tad
I)inn, Ld. 33 ; eru yftr vannfcngnir hdr menn yfir til forrAfia, Eg, 50, y.L;
vannfcnginn mun m6r scssu-nautr cf vit skiijum, 6. H. 53.
vand-ffsinn, adj. (-fisni, {.), fastidious.
vand-f8Brr, adj. difficult to pass, of a road, Fm». il. 81, Stghrat (Pb.
ii).
vand-gajfr, adj., honum var vanngseft um farfttluna, Sturl. i. 30.
vand-gSBtt (vann-g.), part, n., in the phrase, e-m vcrftr ranngctt til
e-s, difficult to keep or manage, Fs. 93, Grett. 205 new Ed. ; Tcr&r m«r
vanng«tt til skaps konungs, 0. H. 114; vanngzttra, 337.
vand-hffifl, n. [hof], difficulty, difficult management, Fbr. 53, Konii.
81, Lv. 19 (vandsefi),
vand-heefir, adj. difficult to manage, Grdg. i. 137, Gliim. 358.
vandi, a, m. a difficulty, difficult task; lizk m^r {)at mikill vandi,
Korm. 150, Nj. 177; ^kj nokkurr vandi liggi a, Fms. vi. 10 ; hafa hxbl
vit ok vanda at vera hofSingi, xi. 217 : sayings, J)at er vandi vel boAnu
ad neita {a good offer is not to be refused) ; vandi fylgir Tcgsemd
hverri, cp. noblesse oblige. II. obligation, duty, csp. of re-
lationship; thus in the phrase, c-m er v.nndi k vift e-n, JxStt J)^r s^
vandi a vi8 Helga, Ld. 264; er J)6r miklu mciri vandi k vi6 Eirik
konung en Egil, Eg. 423 ; {)at er m^r 6kunnara hvcrr vandi m^r er
a vi8 hann, Fms. i. 297 ; sveiktii {)ann er J>^r var mciri vandi k enn
vi8 mik, vi. 17; fyrir vanda sakir ok tengda, xi. II ; binda s^-r vanda
vi8 e-n, to enter into an obligation, Gisl. 1 1. compos : vanda-bund-
inn, part, duty-bound, obliged, from duty, relationship, affinity ; vera e-m
vandabundinn, Fms. iii. 15, Stj. 424. vanda-hlutr, m. a difficult
thing, Fms. vi. 166. vanda-lauss, adj. standing under no obligation
or in no relation to another, a stranger, Fms. i. 1 89, F«r. 1 34 : mod.
vandalausir as opp. to skyldir : neut., e-m er vandalaust vi8 e-n, to he
quite free, neutral as to a person, Orkn. 214, Fms. vi. 107 : easy, vii. 141.
vanda-litill, adj. easy, Fb. iii. 367. vands-madr, m. a relation,
friend, or the like, Stj. 424, Ld. 72, Orkn. 452. vanda-m&l, n. a
difficult, complicated case; mikit vandamal, Nj. 31, 71 ; hafa v. at tala,
Eb. 132 ; hugsa {)etta vandamal, Fms. i. 84; er konungr sat yfir vanda-
malum, held council, vii. 106. vanda-mikill, adj. difficult, Fb. iii.
381. vanda-rdd, n. = vandamal, Fms. x. 273. vanda-samligr,
adj. difficult, Stj. 5. vanda-samr, adj. difficult, complicated.
vandi, a, m., qs. vanSi (vanjii, 6.H.); [from vanr, and different to
the preceding word] : — a custom, habit, want. Eg. 41, 70; drd til vanda
me8 {)eim, Nj. 12 ; leggja i vanda, Gliim. 324; at vanda, as usual, Nj.
3, 103, Eg. 125, 491 ; li-vandi, unmanners, whimsies, wayward manners,
vanda-ti3ir, f. pi. customary feasts, Bs. i. 164.
Vandill, m. a pr. name, Fxr., Nj. ; the Runic stone, sec p. 673, col. 3.
vand-kv8e3i, n. pi. (spelt vaiua-k.), perplexity; J)etta v., Fms. iv.
199; vandkvaE8i var, ii. 12; hitta, koma 1 vandkvxSi, vi. 107, vii. 33;
sitja i miklu v., 6.-H. 195 (vannquefti), Lv. 50; mesta v., Fms. viii.
146.
vand-launa3r, part, difficult to reward as is due, Njar8.-378, Fms. vi.
382 (vann-1.), Nj. 181, v.l.
vand-laupr, m. a basket of wands (osier-twigs), Stj. 147, 443, Greg.
61, Post. 645. 86 (vannlaupr).
vand-l&tr, id], fastidious, difficult to please, Fms. vi. 386, passim in
mod. usage ; mostly in a good sense, one who wants things to be well
done, 6-vandlatr.
vand-liga (vannliga), adv. carefully ; gxta e-s v., to watch closely,
6. H. 73; byrgja hauginn v., Fas. i. 387; laesa v.. Eg. 339; spyrja r.
fra e-u, 106; hyggja v. at e-u, 172, Nj. 6, MS. 623. 39, Sks. 19, Fms.
vi. 2 1 6 ; hugsa vandliga, 400. 2. completely ; sva at t. var oil hu8 «f
honum, Fms. vii. 327 ; brenna sv4 v. byggS alia, at .... v. 54 (vendiliga.
6. H. v.l); V. saklauss, quite sackless, Fms. xi. 329; svi f#ll v. !«•
Eriings, at engi ma8r st6a uppi, 6. H. 183; gjalda v. tit, Ld. 60; viljo
ver at J)essir ci8ar falii ni8r v., altogether, G{)I. 199.
vandligr, adj. difficult, Orkn. (in a verse).
vand-lifl% adj. living strictly: miklu er o$s mi vandlifra enn i hrcrri
ti8 annari, 655 xi. 3.
vand-lota, u, {.jealousy; hrirr vakti yfir odrum fyrir vandlotu sakir»
Fms. i. 9.
vand-lyndi, n. a difficult tender. Mar.
vand-lyndr, adj. difficult of temper, Fms. x. 420. Sturl. iii. 133.
vand-lseta, t, to be zealous; vandlarta ok afbrySa, Stj. 94; fircq. in
eccl. sense, Vidal.
vand-l8Bti, n. zeal, Stj. 256, 321, 629. Magn. 474; af Guftligu vand*
laeti, Stj. 384, passim in eccl. usage, N.T., Vidal.
678
VANDL^TING— VANYFLI.
vand-l8Bting, f. zeal. vandl8Btinga-samr = vandlatr.
vand-mseli, n. a difficult question, O. H. 85, Fms. i. 32.
VANDR, vond, vant, adj. difficult, requiring pains and care; nafn
mitt er ekki vant, Faer. 208 ; er hverjum manni vandara at biia sik i kon-
ungs herbergi enn annars staSar, Fms. vi. 208 ; syndisk henni vant at
neita J)essu bo3i, it was a risk to refuse such an offer, ii. 133, cp. vant ;
vant ^ykkir oss meS sliku at fara, a delicate thing, Nj. 75 ; er her ok
vond vistin, 61 ; vera vant vi6 kominn, to be in a perplexity, Ld. 158 ; {)eir
s6g6u vant at vera i storum samdrykkjum, Lv. 24 ; bseSi er, at ek triii
Jjer vel, enda er {jer fia vant um, Faer. 92 ; vant er at vita hverir mer eru
tniir, ef feSmir brcg6ask, Fms. ii. 1 1 : a saying, vant er vi& vandum at
sja (play on the words ' vandr' and ' vandr'), Hrafn. 23; vant er or vondu
at rada ; vant er vel bo3nu at neita. 2. choice, picked, = vandadr ; hattr
fegrstr ok vandastr, Edda (Ht.) 132 ; var vandr mjok r69r a drekanum,
Fms. vi. 309, v.l. 3. zealous; hon var allra kvenna vondust bae&i
fyrir sina hond ok annarra, Bs. i. 129 ; ra6-v. (q. v.), li-vandr.
vand-rata6r, part, difficult to find, of a road.
vand-raun, f. (?) ; mi mun ek eigi kaupa at t)er vandraun ne frelsi,
Lv. 50 (somewhat corrupt).
Vand-raSr, m. a pr. name, Landn., Bar9.
vand-rseSask, d, dep. to grumble over a thing, Bs. i. 289, 396.
vand-rse3i, n. difficulty, trouble. Eg. 7, 161, Sturl. iii. 195 C; hann
leysti hvers manns vandrse5i, Nj. 30 ; v. g6r5usk {)eirra a meSal, Grag.
ii. 167; etja vandrse&um vi5 e-n, Eg. 458. 2. gen. as adj.; vandrseSa
felag, troublesome fellowship, Ld. 266; vandraeSa gripr, a troublesome
thing, Fms. ii. 56 ; vandrae9a-skald, the troublesome poet, the nickname of
Hallfred, Fs. ; vandrae9a magr, Sturl. iii. 76; vandraeSa kostr, a dire
choice, Fms. xi. 31. compds : vandrseSa-laust, adj. without troubles,
Fms. ix. 425 ; skildu Jieir allir vandraeSalaust, they parted without a
quarrel, Sturl. ii. 236. vandrseSa-likligr, adj. lihely to cause
trouble, Fs. 90. vandrseSa-maSr, m. a troublesome person, Fms.
ii. 115, vi. 114, xi. 61, 78, Sturl. i. 9. vandrseSa-samr, adj.
troublesome, Bs. i. 546.
vand-senn, part, difficult to see; fio er vands^n b6tin, Fms. ii. I46;
verSa oss vandsen ra3 })eirra, Finnb. 338 ; ^zX er mcr vandset, Gliim.
354; er mer J)etta vandset mal, Lv. 75 ; eru mix mi vandsenir skogar-
menn, Grett. 130 A; vandsenir eru margir, dangerous, 142 A; vandset
er vi9 honum, Fms. ii. 254.
vand-settr, part, difficult to place; eru y9r vandsettir her menn yfir
til forra6a, difficult whom to place there. Eg. 50.
vand-skafa, skof, to draw a strickle over a bushel, GJ)1. 526, 534, v. 1.
vand-skafi, a, m. a strickle, GJ)1. 524.
vand-skipa3r, part, difficult to man; v. mun J)er stafninn, Fms. vi.
243-
vand-stilltr (vann-st.), part, difficult of temper, Grett. 125 A.
vand-styggr, adj. ' wand-shy^ flinching from the stick, of a horse, Akv.
vand-tekit, part. n. difficult to receive; J)at er v. vi& e-m, it is not safe
to receive him, Grett. 130 A.
vand-veittr, part, difficult to give, f>jal.
vand-virki, f. = vandverkt, Eluc. 22.
vand-virkliga, adv. painstakingly, carefully; sko8a, var5veita v.,
Stj. 17, 99, H.E. i. 515.
vand-virkr, adj. painstaking.
vand-virkt (mod. vandvirkni), f. good workmanship, Stj. 102, Fas.
iii. 281 : carefulness, painstaking, Sturl. i. 211, Alg. 370.
vand-vserr, ad], fastidious, Sks. 658, v.l.
vand-yrkliga, adv. = vandvirkliga, 655 xi. 3.
vangi, a, m., akin to vangr; [Ulf. waggari ^napaKetpaXaiov ; A. S.,
Old and North-west. E. wang ; Germ, wattge; O. H. G. wangal: — the
cheek; vangi is the whole side of the head, kinn the cheek ; bleikt var har
bjartir vangar, Rm. 31 ; hann setti hnefann utan vi3 vangann, Fms. ii.
330; hann leggr til hans i vangann ok lit um annan, Al. 37; setr piistr
undir hans vanga, Karl. 65; litan a kinnar vanga, Ski6a R. 136; af
minum vanga, Kormak; Au6unn var hogginn a vangann ok kinnina,
Sturl. ii. 179; vanga hogg, Fas. i. 60, freq. in mod. usage: olr vanga,
poet. = /ie hair (or beard f), Skalda (in a verse); vanga buna6r, Stj.
396; vanga gull, 106, 136. vanga-filla, u, f. the cheek-flesh, Fb. i.
530, Fas. ii. 256, iii. 392.
VANGR, m. [Ulf. waggs = iiapa^nooi; A. S. wang; Hel. wang;
early Dan. vang, as in the ballad, Uanmark deiligst ' vang ' og ' vange'
lukt meS bolgen blaa] : — a garden, green homefield, Edda (Gl.) : in
the allit. ve ok vangr, house and home; fra minum veum ok vongum,
from my hearth and home, Ls. 5 3 ; J)ar var arnar-flaug of vangi, Edda (in
a verse) ; hiin-vangr, ' ship-field,' i. e. the sea, Eb. (in a verse). II.
in prose this word is obsolete except in compds, in which (as in vegr)
the V is often dropped (-angr) ; ai-vangr, vet-vangr, kaup-angr, qq. v. :
in a great number of local names, f)nio-vangr, Aur-vangr, ^vangr : in
names of fiords in Norway, Staf-angr, Har5-angr, Kaup-angr. In several
mod. Scandin. local names ' vangr' remains in the inflexion -ing, -inge;
it is often impossible to say whether the termination is from engi or vanta fe enn a3ra menn. Band. 4
yangr. In poet, compds, himin-vangr, sol-vangr, hlae-v,, the heaven : the \ yan-f&i, n. pi. [the latter part of this compd has preserved the 1
'sea is called svan-vangr, the swanfield; al-v., fley-v., the shipfield,,-.,-^
the sea; all-vangr, the ^ all-men' s field,' a place of assembly (=ali|iijj.
vangr), Isl. ii. (in a verse) ; ge3-vangr, ' mind' sfield,' the mind's o^,-
i.e. the breast; baug-v., folk-v., hj6r-v., geir-v., the shield field, lird-
field, i.e. the shield; orm-v., ' snake field,' i.e. gold. Lex. Poet, ; r^j.
vangr, the abode of Thor, Gm., Edda.
vang-ro3, n. a reddening of the field, a bloody fray, Kormak.
vani, a, m. a custom, usage ; eptir vana, Fms. i. 76 ; forn log 0 an
viii. 277, v. 1. ; hattr ok vani, Stj. i ; eiga vana til e-s, to use, ^orla;:
i. 404 ; lands-v., the custom of the land; li-vani, a bad habit; a-v j, an
inveterate habit. compds : vana-liga, adv. wswaZ/y. vani.gr,
adj. usual, Stj. 141. vana-sott, f. a chronic, habitual illnt\ v
kvenna, menstruation, Stj. 118, 181. [
Vaningi, a, m. [Vanr or Vanir = the gods of that name], name! the
god Frey, Skm.
vanka, a9, (qs. vakka or vafka?), to rove, stroll about as ifdil-fxr'
in mind: part. vankaSr, of a sheep with the turning disease; '> ;>
scorn of a person, J)u ert vankaSr. II. [A. S. wincian; m.
wink~\, to wink; komu J)ar inn menn ok v6nku3u til Sveins kciag;,
Fms. xi. 366, v.l. I
vanki, a, m. the turning disease.
vann-, in vann-liga = vandliga, vann-laupr = vandlaupr, vann-s
vandstilltr, etc. ; see vand-.
vanning, f. [venja], exercise, training, Sks. 351, v.l.
VANR, vein, vant, adj., compar. vanari, superl. vanastr, wont,
tomed; vanr e-u, used to a thing; varg-lj66um vanr, Hkv. ; vis m^
Stor. 23; tungan er malinu von, Skalda (Thorodd) ; vanr g66u d\.
Sks. 321 : with infin., hann haf3i jafnan vanr verit at matask i lit! lis;,
Fms. i. 35; hversu mikill skatlr er vanr at koma af Finnmdrk, J 70;
ganga til saetis {)ess er hann var vanr at sitja, (5. H. 66; vanan sk! iht
wonted tax, Bs. i. 757 ; er hann var vanr at hafa, Sks. 228 B. ' 2.
neut., ekki fekk ek minna til biis enn vant var, Nj. 18 : impers., e essa
vant ? — opt berr sva at, is this wont to happen ? — it often betides, ! ;. ii.
9 ; li-vanr, unwonted.
VANR, adj. [Ulf. wans; A.S. wana; cp. Lat. vanus ; cp. a th
prefix particle van-"]: — lacking, wanting ; vamma vanr, Hm. 22 ,68;
J)essa muntii lengr vanr vera, 163 ; andspillis vanr, Skm. 12 ; han em
ek vanr, Ls. 39 ; von vers ok barna, Gkv. i. 23 ; von geng ek vil jvi-
bereft, Skv. 3. 9 ; bl63s vanr, H6fu31. 11 ; vanr slikra drengja, H; ed:
landa vanr, a lackland, Bragi. 2. neut. vant, with gen. ; vz eii'
vettugis vant, Vsp. ; mikils er a mann hveru vant, er mannvits er 5m.
26; fas er froQum vant, Hm. ; or3s vznt, wanting one word, Hi 9:
era m4r gulls vant, Skm. 22 ; vara gamans vant, no lack ofgooceer,
Fms. vii. (in a verse) ; eitt sinn var vant kyr i f>ykkvabse, a c, wa<
wanting, Ld. I C)6; var Gliimi vant margra geldinga, Nj. 26; var8 un)
vant kvigna tveggja, Gliim. 340; konungi potti or9s vant er ns;
var talat, the king wanted a word when one was uttered, i. e. he ■: ar.
ear, listened eagerly, Fms. ii. 139; let honum engra hluta vant, .■> 26:
era hlunns vant, kva3 refr, vii. 19; sjaldan er engri vant, a sayi Al.
166; muna vant, or muna a-vant, sja munr, a moment, p. 438 an:i
keyr9i hann ni6r, eigi lifiyrmiliga, sva at honum var litils vant, 'hat
he did not want more, i. e. killed him on the spot, Bjarn. 41. ^ * ■
words, of the same form, but diametrically opposite in sense, cann ve;:
stand side by side, and so we find that while the old poets mak ti «
use of vanr [adsuetus), on the other hand, in prose and mod. usaj an:
(orbus) has become obsolete, except in the neut. vant, in van is 2
prefix, and in compds such as and-vanr, and-vana.
Vanr, m. [cp. Va'inomo'inen, the son of Ukko, in the Finnic I
Kalevala] : — one of the gods, Vanir, used in sing, of Njord; kallal
gu9 Vana ni6 e6r Van, Edda i. 260 ; nama go5bru6r una Vani 1
Skalda. II. usually in pi. Vanir, in northern mytholoj
gods who waged war with the Asir, but were afterwards combintJ
made one with them ; this is recorded in Vsp. 28, 30, Yngl. S. ch.ijl
47 (the legend of Kvasir), also in the myth of Haenir, 15, VJ)in. 3;r
gods Frey, Freyja, Njord, and Haenir belonged to the tribe of M
me9 visum Vonum, id. compds: Vana-dis, f., name of the gl
Freyja, Edda i. 114. Vana-gu3 or Vana-ni3r, n. a name oil
Edda 55 ; a name of Njord, id. Vana-heimar, m. pi. djeal^
the Vanir, Edda 15 (sing.), VJ)m. 39 (i Vana heimi).
vansa, a6, to do too little ; ofsa eSr vansa, N. G. L. i. 184.
vansi, a, m. lack, want; vansi matar ok klaeSa, Barl. 82; fk. ^
vansa, 70; v. truar, Sks. 2. metzph. shame, disgrace; veiu.>
fa vansa, to be harmed, injured, Jb. 19 ; J)eir fengu ongar bsetr fyrir
sina, Nj. 251 ; ef^u ofsar J)ik eigi J)4r til vansa, Hrafn. 29; heim. '■
ok vansi, Greg. 30.
vanta, ad, [vanr], to want, lack: impers. with ace. of perse 5
thing, e-n (ace.) vantar e-t (ace), engan penning vanta3i a, Nj ii^'
vanta9i J)a eigi hesta ni aSra hluti, Fms. iii. 77 » mundi vant. ''J;
hundrua, }i. 64 ; vanta3i tva hesta, Grett. Ill A ; at hann skyldi -I'lf
t
VANYFLASOTT— VARDLOKKUR.
i form, answering to Goth, ubils = ilh, q.v.; cp. Engl, m/ and
J . ill] •.—chronic ailments; J)essi vanyfli skaltu hafa k {jinum hag,
;,, 360 B. vanyfla-s6tt, f. habitual «7/ness = vanasott ; kom v. hans
Jionum, Sks. 706 B (of king Saul's insanity).
uppa, aft, [an assimilated form, akin to vafra], to waddle. Eg. (in a
vse); vappaSu meS mer, vala, a ditty.
»r, n. [cp. v6rr = a lip], the raised edge of a shovel.
w, n. = vagr, the rheum running from the eye, Bjorn.
AB-, a prefixed particle ; as to its root, var- is prob. akin to compar.
ni, verstr, Goth, wariza: — scarcely, scantily; see below.
AHA, a5, [varr], to warn; vara sik, to be on one's guard, beware,
1 s. viii. 288 ; vara Jjii l)ik sva, Hkr. i. 253 ; v. e-n vi6 e-u, to bid one
I are of a thing; ill daemi vari oss via syndum, Horn. 97 ; Hrafn hafdi
lat hann vi6 ufriSinum, Stud. iii. 186 (ufridinn Cod.) ; J)u hefir J)at ikb
>i tekit er ek varaSa J)ik mest vid. Eg. 82 ; varaSa ek ykkr baedi vi&
s|)it skyldit, Sks. 544; vil ek vara y3r vi&, at ^6z flytid hann eigi,
] s. passim. II. reflex, to beware of, be on one's guard against,
in; {)eir hjala mart ok varask hvargi annan, Sturl. i. 27; varask |)u
{ {beware) at eigi hittir J)u hof fyrir {)er. Eg. 21 : eigi ma varask nema
». a saying, D. N. iii. 751 ; varaSisk Ingolfr hann ^6, Fs. 64 ; varaSisk
(marr put ekki, Nj. 63 ; Jieir vissu s^r engis otta vanir ok voru8usk
Eg. 74 ; sva at a8rir varisk af j^inum liforum, Sks. 744 ; hvat ek
irask. Ems. i. 261 ; hann skyldi varask at gora Olaf eigi of
„:;, Hkr. i. 212 ; varask vi5, Bias. 46 ; varisk ok vid at byggja dautt
leigu, K. A. ; ])it skaltu varask (beware, take care) um allan varning
111 setr at hann se ospiltr, Sks. 19.
ABA, pres. vari, pret. var6i, part, varat; [Engl, ware, a-ware ; cp.
M^i]: — to be aware of, ween, expect, have a forboding of: impers.,
f varir mik, at {)u maelir feigum munni, Nj. 9; mik varSi eigi J)essa
rftar. Ems. ii. 57; eigi varfti mik {)ess af y3r, xi. 54; mundi mik
- -"; vara af ybr. Eg. 426 ; mundi mik af J)er alls annars vara, enn at
idir OSS stuld kenna, Ld. 206 ; sem mik varir, as I ween, Rb. 196 ;
"mu jafnan fram sem engi mann var5i, where no one expected,
''•43'; fy" «nri hann (ace.) varSi, x. 413; J)a er hann varSi
, Eg. 296 ; skjotar enn J)a var6i, Korm. 40 ; \>a, er minnst varir,
i ■! one least expects it, Ems. i. 104; ver5r J)a3 opt J)a varir minnst
V ilipg haetta biiin finnst. Pass. 5. 2: the saying, ver&r J)at er varir
I t)at er ekki varir, Grett. 91 A. II. to endure, last,
^3,A, u, f., pi. vorur, [Dun. vare; Engl, wares], wares; in Norway
c|:fly offur, in Icel. ofwadmal; vara i sekkum ok allskyns vamingr, Fs.
? voru-hla3i, id.; flytja voru til skips, Nj. 4 ; bera upp voruna. Eg. 54 ;
ra, light ware, i. e. ermine, opp. to gra-vara, grey fur, 69 ; skinna-
^ins,fur, id. ; vir9ingar-fe e8a vara, Vm, 140 ; sex hundruS virt til
A. 259 ; kyr, korn, smjor ok voru, GJ)1. 305 ; annat-hvart haust
cida gelding tvsevetran, en annat-hvart halfa mork voru, Vm.
J . uann fser honum viJru ok silfr nokkut, Gisl. 44 (va3mal, 129, v. 1.);
{tigi pakka voru, Bs. i. 912 (vaSmals, 872, I.e.); voru hundrad, a
hdred (value) in wares, i. e. wadmal, Vm. 83. compds : v6ru-
glr, adj. being a legal tender, marketable, Vm. 152. vSru-klseSi
( rept), n. a common cloth, D. N. v6ru-sekkr, m. a pack ofwad-
!. ii. 204. v6ru-sinl3i, n. work in wood or metals; flatsmifti
' irag. i. 504. v6ru-vd3, f. marketable cloth, common wad-
voruvaSar kufl, kyrtill, stakkr, Isl. ii. 80, Nj. 32 (v. 1.), Fas. ii.
v6ru-vir3r, part. = v6rugildr; sex hundru6 voruvirSs fjar,
(Ann.) 330 ; i voruvir6um eyri, Vm. 7 ; prettan hundrud voru-
I ; tvau hundru5 i hafna-va6um voruvirftum, Dipl. iii. 6 ; i viini-
jozi, v. 3 ; tvau hundruS i hafnar-va6um, tvau hundrud voru eSa
ivirt, 7.
ra-, see vorr.
ran and vOrun, f. a warning, Nj. 260, Sturl. ii. 241. 2. a
^ ware of, shunning, Hom. 13.
ranligr, adj. endurable.
rar-feldr, m. [in this and the following compds varar may be
'""'^ either from vara or better from vor (q. v.), denoting goods as
re sold in harbour] : — cloaks marketable in the trade, Grag. i. 500 ;
;' kom af Islandi, J)at var hla6it af vararfeldum, Hkr. i. 176, Nj. 7,
m. 158. .
rar-skinn, n. skin current in trade; vararskinns-olpa, Lv. 93.
rar-v43, f. = v6ruvaa, Gull J). 14.
r-belgr, m. a nickname, of a party of rebels in Norway, Ems.
ix.
r-bo3it, part, under-rated, under-bidden, Ems. i. 247, Ebr. 59.
r-btiinn, part, unprepared, Nj. 142.
IRDA, ad, [Ulf. in fra-wardian; A.S. wardian; Engl, ward,
rant ; Germ, warten ; Er. guarder, etc. ; cp. vara] : — to warrant,
::ee, answer for; esp. as a law term, bjorn ok ulfr, J)eirra verk
gi ma9r var5a, N. G. L. i. 45 ; var8ar hann J)at alls ekki
a via Gua, . . . varda ora ok verk fyrir e-n, Grag. (Kb.) i. 139;
Isala-menn \a. er varda vildi, at . . ., Sturl. iii. 43 ; ek vil at Flosi einn
i via mik, / shall be my sole surety, Nj. 256 ; vill hann sjalfr var8a
679
(6a//) fyrir honum, |>i8r. 75 ; ef maftr kaapir man at manni. bi deal f4
varda, cr solumadr cr. vift itinga ok via »tiarfa. N. G. L, i. jo ; ikal b6o4i
hverr emum hiisum varfta, at eigi fall! kroiur, li ; td hant var^ar taki.
IS bailable, ^T, varfla taki fyrir cm.. /o ** bail /or a ftnom, A» ; varM
vuV-^ !**''" "• "*''• 33» ; ok varfta ri* hey *ino viA hey hant. Ofig.
\:, v" ^ ^^^- '•♦^^ • "^ *''»' ""*" *'* *"P l>^' Kb. ii. 94 : ok iri
skulu ^ir via varfta. Jb. 277; cinyrkjar ikulu rarfta fjcigur |Mflg. OJJ.
438 ; skal hann varda ^m af bcwum cignimj fulU logikyld. D. N. iii.
88 ; s4 vita-vorar skal varfta \>TJkt . . . ortugar. N. O. L. »i. 37 ; \Ka »iftar
er hann hafdi ddr vardat fyrir lina bond, $tctirtd, himghl. Rd.
'53- 2. mctaph. to be 0/ impariantt ; ef )f^ )>ykkir wrftt on
mina vin4ttu. Ems. ii. 119; l^izk hann ikyldr at teg|a ^ |»t rr hik
varaar, Gliim. ; {xi hluti cr |)cim Jjseiti tik varfta. Eb. 1 1 j ; v
litlu, ongu, to matter much, little, nau/fbt; um >& hluti er m. i 1 -
mestu varfta. Ems. ii. lao, v. 102; varftar cngu um rira aptrkvAiuu. *i,
13; varftar mcst til allra orfta, at.... Lil. : with a doubk dat., e-m
varftar e-u, miklu varftar |)cini, at J)cir t4, G>l. ix : ace, hvat mon r.
J)ott v»'r hcyrim, what will it matter T i.e. why not bear it f Fm». vii. 60,
vi. 95 ; hvat mun v. (Jxitt ek eta) ? Eg. 604 : ace. of the pcrton. t»t
varftar {)ik engu, 'tis no business of thine; |)eir spurfta hvi hann var ^r
kominn, hann kvaft J)a cngu J)at varfta. {>orf. Karl. 4 1 4 : »o in rood.
usage, J)ig varftar ekki um faft. 'tis no business of thine ! II. to
guard, defend; varfta sjAlfs j)ins land, Lv. ; v. e-m e-t. /o ward a
thing off from a person, i.e. to warn one off from a thing (-Lat.
arcere) ; varfta m^r b^tinn, to forbid me the boat, by force. Fm«. rii.
3a ; V. m(5r skarftit. Oik. 37 ; v. {i vAni at komask yfir ina, Krok.
38; V. {)eim oil voft ok vatns-fijll k ^nni, Stj. 394; hann kraftfk
mundu varfta, at eigi ksemisk hann J)ar litan, Rd. 244 : to guard, ))4
vegu er hann varaafti, Sol. i ; cr t)u 4 haugi sitr ok varftar alia vega,
Skm. II, Fsm.: of boundaries, himinn varftar fyrir ofan, en hafit
Raufta fyrir litan, Isl. ii. 489 ; j)aftan rseftr a . . . Jiaftan varftar tekr er,
fellr, D. I. i. 577. III. as a law term, denoting the fine, punish-
ment, and liability legally incurred, absol. or with dat. of the person
(Gr. 6<pti\(u, otpXia/civw), to be liable to, finable, punishable ; J)cim varftar
eiai J)eirra, Grag. (Kb.) i. 108 ; varaar |)cim |)at ekki vift log, tbey incur
no penalty by the law .... 44, passim : the penalty (amount) in ace,
slikt (ace.) varfta bjargir bins, ii. 25 ; Ijugritni varftar skoggang, varfta
N. M. marka sekft, to be finable so many marks : ^ vardar ekki J>itt
gognum s6 haldit, Kb. i. 143; eigi varftar haga-bcit, ii. 107; varftafti
eigi um bjargir hans, Sturl. i. 92 C; hvat konu varftafti, cf . . ., Ld. 136,
Grag. in countless instances; sk6ggangr (nom.) varftar, cf . . ., Grug. ii.
89 (is prob. an error for ace.) ; skyldi varfta fjorbaugs-garfti (better garft,
ace.) ef vattum kaemi vift, Bs. i. 25.
varda, u, f. \Gtrm. warte], a beacon; hann baft ^ gora ^r rorfta
til minnis, Orkn. 208. 2. a pile of stones or wood to ' warn ' a
wayfarer ; in Icel. varaa is the popular name of stone cairns erected
on high points on mountains and waste places, to * warn ' the waj'farer
as to the course of the way, (in the Tyrolcse Alps they are called
' daube' = lce\. J)ufa, q.v.); hann reisti J)ar vorau hja dysinni. Hrafn. 9;
varfta d hdlsinum fyrir sunnan Stiga-bcli, Dipl. v. 19; hzftir (jer er heitm
Hallbjarnar-vorftur . . . \)vi em \)T]kr vordur k |>eirri hzftinni en fimm 4
hinni, Landn. 153 ; haug efta stora vorftu, Stj. 183; n&ttm&la-varfta,
f)6ra. 58 (see ndttmal) ; dagmdla-varfta, of piles of stones by which the
' day-marks ' are fixed : freq. in local names, VOrfiu-foll, HoltavOr3u-
hei3r, Landn., map of Icel.
var3a3r, m. a ward, keeper. Lex. Poet.
var3an, f. security, K. A. 208.
var3-berg (mod. vaflberg), n. a ' watch-rock,' outlook; in the phrase,
vera a varftbergi (mod. vera 4 vaftbergi), to be on tbe look-out; v4ru
opnar dyrnar ok engir menn a varftbergi, Mar. (655 xxxi. A. 2).
vard-hald, n. a holding ward, keeping watch and ward; vera k varft-
haldi, Nj. 264; varfthalds ok varhygftar, Jb. 407: plur., hafa fjolmcnnt
ok varfthiild mikil, to keep good watch and ward, Orkn. 300 ; hafa k sir
styrk varfthold n6tt ok dag. Ems. ii. 31, Eg. 46, Ld. 170; tvenn varft-
h61d, 656 C. II. 2. custody; hafa e-n i varfthaldi, Fms. i. 306. ii.
1 7. COMPDS : vardhalds-engill, m. a guardian angel. Fas. iii. 671 .
var3halds-laust, adj. n. without custody, 623. 15. varflhald*-
maSr, m. a watchman, Stj. 188, Fb. i. 283. <
var3-helKi, f. a sanctuary, asylum, Fms. i. 80, v. I. ( ■= grifta-staftr).
var3-hundr, in. a watch-dog, Sturi. ii. 67 C.
var3-hti8, n. a watch-house, G\>\. 86.
var3i, a, m. = varda; J)eir hl6au {)ar varfta er bli'tift haffti vent.
Landn. 28 (Hb.) ; var varOi storr fyrir ofan tjaldit, Dropl. 33 ; rcis*
havan varfta, Orkn. 208 (in the verse, the prose uses the fern.) 2.
in mod. usage varfti means a monument, memorial, or niitmis-»-arfti.
var3-karl, m. a watch-carle, warder, Clem. 136.
var3-klokka, u, f. a watch-bell, Eros. ix. 369, v. I.
var3.1okkur, f. pi. [Scot, warlock], ' ward-songs,' ' guardian songi,'
charms (or better, 'weird-songs,' cp. the other form, urftar lokkur);
hvarki em ek fjcilkunnig n6 visinda-kona, en JxS kcnndi Halldis foitra
min mer a Islandi ^at kvarfti, er hon kalladi varftlokkur, |>orf. KarL
680
VARDMADR—VARNADR.
378 ; from this word comes the Scot. ' warlock,' though it has changed
its sense to that of the wizard himself.
■var3-ma3r, m. a watch-man, warder, Fms. i. 41, ix. 217, Eg. 88,
121, 284, Grag., Stj., passim.
-varflr, m., in pr. names, Ha-v., Hj6r-v., Sig-v., Jjor-v.
vard-run, f., poet, a giantess, an enchantress, Hallfred.
var3-veita, t, prop, two words, var6 (ace.) veita, i. e. veita v6r8, to
give 'ward' to, hold, keep, preserve; hence in the oldest writers the word
is used with dat. (as the verb veita), varSveita fenu, GJ)1. 227 ; v. bornum
peirra ok fe, 258 ; geyma J)eim ok v., Stj. 99 ; v. jpessum steini, Fms.
viii. 8 ; V. ollum fjar-hlutum hennar, G^l. 227. II. with ace.
to keep, defend; skal ek v. J)ik, Nj. 53 ; v. J)aer, Bias. 45 (vellum of the
I2th century); v. rikit, Eg. 119; hann var var5veittr, Fms. x. 369;
Gu& var6veiti J)ig, God ward thee ! (a mod. phrase) : to keep in one's pos-
session, J)u munt hafa at v. eina kistu. Eg. 395, Nj. 5, 76, Ld. 70 : to
keep, ef ma6r tekr gri9 ok var8veitir Jjat ekki, // a man takes up an
abode and does not keep it, Grag. i. 150; v. sik vi6 e-u, Hom. 13: ^o
observe, freq. in mod. usage, v. Gu6s bo6or6, and the like. III.
. part. pi. varSveit-endr, warders, watchmen, 623. 35.
var3-veiting, f. a keeping, observance, Sks. 770.
var3-veizla, u, f. a keeping, custody ; daema e-m var6veizlu fjar, Grag.
i. 84; til framf«rslu ok varQveizlu, 62 ; fa e-m fe til varSveizlu, Nj.
Ill; varSveizlu-handsal, Sturl. ii. 202. compds : var3veizlu-lauss,
adj. watchless, Grag. i. 278 : unguarded, Hkr. iii. 287. varSveizlu-
nia3r, m. a warder, keeper, Grag. i. 420, K. A. 190.
var3-viti, n. a ' ward-fine^ fine for neglect on watch; sekr um varSviti
vi6 konung, Q\\. 86.
var-farinn, adj. = varraerr.
var-fleygr, "pTLXi. faltering in flight, Stor.
var-fserr, adj. cautious, wary. Eg. 63. var-f89rni, f. wariness.
varga, a6, to soil ; better verga, q. v.
varg-dropi, a, m. a ' wolf-dropping' wolf's cub : as a law phrase, the
son of an outlaw (of a vargr), Grag. i. 178, Sdm. 35.
var-gefin, f. part. ' under-married,' of a misalliance ; hon Jjottisk var-
geiin, Nj. 17, MS. 625. 94, Skv. i. 45.
var-gipt, f. part. = vargefin.
var-goldinn, part, underpaid, O. H. 149: of instifficient revenge,
Sturl. ii. 224.
varg-h.amr, m. a wolf's skin ; taka a sig vargham, ' to wear a wolf's
skin,' i. e. to be wolfish and wild, Clar.
varg-lj63, n. pi. wolf-songs, wolf-howling, Hkv. i. 40.
VARGIl, m. [A. S. wearg ; Hel. warag ; the root-word is preserved
in Germ, er-w'urgen, whence virgull, q. v., and Engl, worry ; vargr and
ulfr are ^said to be from the same root] : — a wolf; berr bjorn, bitr vargr,
N. G. L. i. 341 ; ri6a a vargi, Hkv. Hjorv. ; troUkona sat a vargi, Fms. vi.
403 ; marga varga, Nj. 95 ; va6a vargar me8 lilfum, a saying. Fas. i. Ii ;
sem menn vi3ast varga reka (prop, allit. varga vreka), as wide as wolves
are hunted, Grag. : sem vargr i sau6a-dun, Sd. 164 : poet, of a?iy beast of
prey, varga vinr, Hkv. 1.6 (of ravens) ; hann barg fjorvi varga, Vellekla :
the saying, sjaldan vaegir vargrinn, the wolf spares not.; vargarnir etask {)ar
til er at halanum kemr. Band.; vargs-hamr, -har, -hold, a wolf's skin,
hair, flesh, Str. 32, Fas. i. 199, Fms. i. 273 ; vargs-liki, -rodd, Edda 8,
Fas. i. 130 ; varga ilokkr, a flock of wolves, iii. 77 ; varga matr, i. 139 ;
varga-{)ytr, a howling of wolves, 205 : varga leifar, a ' wolf's homestead'
(see leif), i.e. the wood, the wilderness, Gkv. 2..11: in Icel. vargr
is used of the fox. II. a law phrase, metaph. an outlaw,
who is to be hunted down as a wolf, esp. used of one who commits
a crime in a holy place, and is thereon declared accursed ; hann hafdi
vegit i veum ok var hann vargr or6inn. Eg. 259 ; vargr i veum, a wolf
in the sanctuary, Fms. xi. 40 (go5-vargr) : also of a truce-breaker, hann
skal sva vi6a v. heita sem verold er byg6, Grag. (cp. gri3-vargr) ; armr
er vara vargr, Sdm. ; eyba. vorgum, to destroy miscreants, Fms. xi. (in
a verse) ; livisa-vargr, see p. 667. 2. in mod. usage, a violent, ill-
tempered person ; hon er mesti vargr, a fury of a woman ; ge8-vargr,
skap-vargr, a fury : poet, compds, varg-fseSandi, -f8e3ir, -h.ollr,
-nistir, -teitir, a feeder,. ..cheer er of the wolf, i.e. a warrior, Lex.
Poet.
varg-sk^nn, n. a wolf-skin; in vargskinns-olpa, -stakkr, a cloak of
wolf-skin, Fms. x. 201, O. H. L. 69.
varg-stakkr, m. a cloak of wolf-skin, Bret. 32 (as worn by the old
berserkers) ; J)eir h6f3u vargstakka fyrir brynjur, Fs. 17; cp. tJlf-he8inn.
varg-tr6, n. the worrying tree, the galloius, H6m. 18.
varg-iilfr, m. a ' worrying-wolf ,'were-wolf ; bisclaret i Bretzku mali en
NorSmandingar kalla6u hann vargulf, Str. 30 ; v. var eitt kvikindi me6an
hann \)jx i vargsham, id. This word, which occurs nowhere but in the
above passage, is perhaps only coined by the translator from the French
loup-garou qs. gar-ulf; ver-iilfr would have been the right word, but
that word is unknown to the Icel. or old Norse, the superstition being
expressed by eigi ein-hamr, ham-farir, hamast (qq. v.), or the like.
varg-ynja, u, f. [A. S. wyrgen, Beowulf], a she-wolf, L,at. hipa, Rom.
381, Hbl. 39, passim.
varg-61d, f. an age of wolves (i.e. of wars and worry), Vsp.
var-haldinn, part, being unfairly treated; vanhaldinn, Sturl. i. 7
var-hendr, adj. [bond], outstanding, of a score or quarrel ag
one ; in the phrase, eiga varhent vi6 e-n.
var-hluta, adj.; verda varhluta fyrir e-m, to get an unfair sba;
wronged, Isl. ii. 255, Fbr. 8.
var-hugi, a, m. a precaution ; in the phrase, gjalda varhuga vi5
to beware of, Sighvat, Fms. ii. 166, iv. 172, viii. 341, Al. 154.
var-h.yg3 and var-yg3, f. wariness, watchfulness, Jb. 407 ; gaet
me6 varhyg6, Fms. ix. 279, v. 1. ; heldr hugleysi enn varhyg6, i
(v. 1. varygd) ; s6g6u at varyg3 gengi til, viii. 409 ; gjalda varygijiS
e-u, vi. 42; til varygSar, Fbr. loi. varhyg3ar-saiiir, adj. jn,
cautious.
vari, a, m. wariness, caution. Fas. iii. 268; bj66a e-m vara k t\ta
bid one beware of, Grett. 148 A ; betri er fyrri varinn, fore-tbout
better than after-thought, Fs. 65 (see the foot-note). I
vara . . ., Bs. i. 735 ; til vonar og vara, and til vara (as adv.), /or
of precaution, in case that . . .; and-vari, q. v. 2. as prefixf
compds, vara- is = Engl, vice-; vara-skeifa, vara-forseti, vara-frum
etc. (mod.)
varinn, part. = farinn, see fara (A. VI. 2. /3) ; it occurs in the lates
lums of the 15th century, Fb. iii. 240, Fas. i. 121, ii, 83 ; freq. in 1
transcripts ; cp. Lv. 80, Ld. 266, v. 1.
var-karr, adj. cautious, wary, var-kdrni, f. wariness.
varla (valla), adv. hardly, scarcely; varla samir mer Jiat, N],
kunna varla, Grag. i. 28 ; varla mannhae6, Sturl. i. 118 ; gat valla
J)a, Fms. i. 9 ; gat varla gengit, Njar8. 380, passim.
var-launa3r, part, insufficiently rewarded ; eiga e-rn varlaunat,
in debt to one, Grett. 153 A, Nj. 181.
var-leika, adj.; ver5a v., to be worsted in a game, Grett. 107.
var-leiki, a, m. wariness, Fb. i. 301.
var-leita3, part. n. insufficiently searched ; hafa v. e-s, Eb. 94
varliga, adv. insufficiently ; vera v. haldinn, GJ)1. 259. 2. sem
hardly ; vannsk honum v. lengdin til, Edda 34. 3. warily;
varliga, Ld. 242, Nj. 42 ; maela v., Hkr. ii. 184; tala v., Lv. 46; t
um sem varligast, Fas. ii. 520. Mod. usage distinguishes between
hardly, and varliga, warily.
varligr, adj. requiring wariness, safe, of a thing ; {)a& vaeri var..
it would be safer, Fms. ii. 64 ; {)at J)6tti varligra at . . . , x. 79 ; mi
kalla eigi varligt, vi. 7; l>st mun m^r ekki varligt, vii. 1 14, I
223, v.l.
varrai, a, m. heat; older form, vermi, q. v.
"VARMR, vorm, varrpt, adj. ; [A. S. wearm ; Engl, and Germ, Wt
Dan. varm] : — warm; varmar bra6ir, Hkv. 2. 41; varma di
Hornklofi ; varmr be3r. Lex. Poet. ; meS vormu vatni, Stj. .
gor8i varmt vatniS, 623. 34; tak kott ok drep ok stikk hendi i
er hann er v., Pr. 470 ; var honum varmt mjok, he was very 10
Nj. 95 ; sva at af klse6a-yl matti hann eigi heitr ver6a e3r vannr<
548. Warm is used of blood-heat, and is distinguished from heii-
mod. usage it is not much used, being replaced by 'volgr'
valgr). II. in local names, of warm baths, Varmi-lt
Varm-fi, Varmi-dalr, Landn. yarma-htis, n. a warmed r
Bs. i. 207.
var-meeltr, part, cautious in one's language.
VABNA, a8, [A. S. wearnian; Engl, want], to warn off; v. e-r
( = var&a e-m e-t), to warn a person off from a thing, deny bt
thing; varna e-m liSveizlu, Korm. 206; varna {)eim kaups, 218; v
rettinda, to deny thee justice, Fms. i. 82; var honum J)ess vamat
261 ; V. Birni konungsd6ms, v. 246 ; varna henni mals, Nj. 48, Band
new Ed. ; varna e-m bota, Isl. ii. 327 ; skal \>ei eigi pessa varna, Ld. :
varna honum gjaldsins, Rd. 234 ; konungr varna8i J)ess eigi me6 olio
106 ; ek vil allra bota v. um sonu {)ina, Korm. 48 ; ef hann varnar g
(if he refuses to pay), verSr hann utlagr, Grag. ii. 281 ; ef menn V,
j)ess at ganga ^ar i dom, 322 ; hvat ek gaf e8a hvers ek varnafti, Fm
220: with dat. less right, v. e-m logligri atvinnu, Fb. i. 437 '• ellipt
honum er vamat (viz. J)ess), Grag. i. 405 ; hinum var5ar utleg& ef
varna, 439 ; hann beiddi heima-monnum gri6a, ok varnaSi Egils, 1
hann eigi heima vera, and denied Egil, saying he was not at home, I
iii. 173. 2. varna vi8 e-u, to abstain from; varnadit vi8 t4
could not forbear weeping, Gh. 29; vi8 hverju skal hann varna,
410: varna vi8 kjotvi, to abstain from flesh, K.|j. K, 124; i 1
daemum megu allir sja hvat J)eir skolu gcira e8r vi8 hvi varna, Eli)C>
ma8r a at varna vi8 (beware) at hann gori aldregi si8an slikar tf
Hom. 159.
varna3r, m. safeguard, protection, keeping; taka mal {)eirra &
varna8, Fms. x. 24 ; ek hefi fia menn a minum varna8i (in my keej
y8r megu sva styrkja, at ... , 655 xiii. B. 2 ; Gu8 er vorn ok v. si
ok meinlausra, Str. 29 ; varna8ar-skj61dr, a shield of defence, Mvj
12. II. wariness, caution; lata ser annars viti at varnaSi V<
Nj. 23, Barl. 51 ; vil ek J)ar mikinn varna8 a bj68a, bid you str
beware, Fms. xi. 94, Hrafn. 6, Akv. 8; er J)6 einna mest v. & al
*
til
ke
to
P- r
VARNADARAR— VATN.
68L
mgit aldri d {wnn skog, Fms. ii. lOO ; margir hlutir voru J)ar til varnaftar"
\x\Xw, forbidden, Fagrsk. 58. compds : varna3ar-4r, n. a term in
le Icel. calendar, a year to beware of, an irregular year, = rinispillir,
,b. 508. varna3ar-bref, n. = Dan. leide-brev, a letter of protection,
ife-conduct, H. E. i. 432, ii. 91 (N. G. L. iii. 27). varnaflar-maflr,
I. a warder, guardian (Germ, vormund), Eb. 156, Fms. x. 393: a
■ustee, delegate, hof6ingjar e5a varna6ar-meim J)eirra, iv. 284.
varnaflr, m. [vara, f.], wares, goods; Egill let upp setja skip sin ok faera
iriia& (cargo) til sta6ar, Eg. 535 ; hanii msetir Austmanninum Erni cr
mil g6kk at varnaai sinum, Isl. ii. 149; rei8a ok annau varnaS, 6. H.
-0: goods, fjarhluti, hiis ok hibyli ok allan sinn varnaS, Sks. 159,
:;4 B, H.E. i. 432, Fms. vi. 301, ix. 398 ; ek hefi sett hann yfir varnad
6. H. 112; hertoginn hafdi sent frii Ragnilldi ok fru RagnfriSi
111 aniian varnad sinn, Fms. ix. 486 ; konungr gaf frid ollum
: aiim ok allra manna varna3i, Hkr. iii. 210 ; erkibiskups-stolinn ok
,,;i hans varna9, N. G. L. i. 446.
iirar-nagli, a, m., better varr-nagli, with a double r, [for it does
|)t come from vara, to beware, the pun in Fas. i. 15 being a poetical
()ureit; the word is rather derived from varra or vorr, q.v.]: — the
for the bole in a boat's bottom ; chiefly in the metaph. phrase, sla
iL^la vi6 e-u, to take precaution against a future leakage, a future
urgency.
.^arnan, f. a warning, caution; ok er J)at boSit til varnanar at kasta
;in of {)vert golf, Edda 59 ; ok er J)at fyrir J)vi varnanar vert af . . . , /o
ware of, 41 ; um guSsifja varnan, N. G. L. i. 150.
.rarnar-, see viJrn.
r-arumgr, m. = vana5r, wares. Eg. 159, 467 (of a cargo); vil ek at
1 takir mjiil ok vi3 ok slikt annat sem J)er likar af varningi, Nj. 4;
rnings skipti, Krok. 60 C ; kaupmanna v., a merchant's wares, Fb. ii.
4; reiSa ok annan varning, Fms. iv. 372 (varnaS, 6. H., I.e.); hann
ck stir varning fra skipi, Fs. 63 ; kistu er i er varningr, Fms. vi. 272 ;
i nijol ok i malt, D.N. ; stykki varnings, D.N. ii. 468; Hjaltlenzkr
, Munk. 33. varnings -tiund, f. a kind of tithe or duty, Lange's
)rske Klost. Hist. 378 (foot-note «).
arn-kynna = varkynna, Norske Saml. v. 119. vam-kynd = vdr-
nd, Norske Saml. v. 123, 141.
ar-orSr, adj. wary in one's words, Lv. 51.
arp, n. a casting, throwing; munn-varp, a-varp (qq. v.), and-varp, a
;Z'. II. in a spec, sense, a cast, of a net ; hafi sa varp er fyrst
nidi, GJ)1. 426 ; a sa sild alia er varp a, id. 2. a ' casting' or laying
eggs; egg-varp = egg-ver, freq. in Icel., esp. of eider-ducks; varpid
- aukizt, toa komin i varpiS ; xbnT-vurp, eider-ducks' eggs ; kriu-
3. the warping of a thing ; sko-varp (q. v.), the stitched edge
shoe; unn-varp, unn-vorpum, q.v.
/AEPA, a5, [Engl, warp; see verpa], to throw, cast, with dat. ;
'pa fra ser sver&inu, Finnb. 316, v. 1. ; varpa6i honum til helvitis, Barl.
hann varpar ser undan, Nj. 91 ; Grettir varpa6i ser um voUinn,
. 95 new Ed.; varpaSa ek mer upp or s661inum, Pr. 414; varpa
r kyrtlinum, Fms. iii. loi ; hann varpa6i {burled off) veslinu ok
1, vii. 20; hann varpaSi nokkut sva hettinum, threw the hood aside,
ij' bis head, id. ; varpa ondinni, to draw a deep breath, sigh, Fb. ii.
ofn er or s6r varpaSi ohaefiligum hita, Barl. 162 ; jard-varpa, a law
-e, to throw to the earth : koU-varpa, a-varpa, qq. y.
arpa, u, f. a cast, net, Boldt 79, 104, D. N. passim. 2. as a law
'!!, a 'dropping,' outcast; enginn skal J)at vi5 annan msela, at hann
rbarn e6a varpa, N.G. L. i. 311.
pa3r, m. a thrower. Lex. Poet. : in compds, au8-y., etc.
varpi, a, m. an edge, outskirt ; in hlaS-varpi, q.v.
arp-net, n. a casting-net, D. N. i. 594.
arp-skiifla, u, f. a shovel, N. T.
arp-timi, a, m. the egg season (May).
1''AEE,, vor, vart, adj.; [Goth, wars; A. S. wear; Engl, ware; Germ.
•; Dan. .var, etc.] : — ware, aware; verSa varr vi5 e-t, to be aware of,
I, hear, Fms. i. 27, Eg. 58 ; hlaupa i hiis inn ok ver6a ekki vi5 menn
, 230 ; ^eir ver&a vi& t)at varir, at . . . , Lv. 7 ; aftr Riitr var8 varr vi5,
; vara hann varr af tulki hvat {)eir t61u8u, Al. 104; er |)eir urSu {)cssa
. Fms. iv. 309; gora e-n varan vi8, to warn a person, Faer. 248 ; gura
vi6 e-t, to make a thing noticed, Isl. ii. 329 ; gora vart viS sik, to
o««e//( = segja til sin), Eg. 79. 2. wary, cautious ; varastr
ig, Ls. 13; enn vari gcstr, Hm. 7; varan bid ek t)ik vera ok eigi
tran (6-varan?), vertu vi6 61 varastr, 132 ; ver8r engi til fulls varr,
u . ., Sks. 23 ; verum varir vi6 hofu5-syndir, Hom. 33 ; voru Jjeir
ri um langar farir en a3r, Sturl. i. 81 C: vera varr um sik, to be on
guard, Ld. 268, Nj. 92, 106, 109.
!Ta, u, f. = vorr, water, esp. the wake^ of a ship. Lex. Poet. compds :
-bfij, n. 'sea-flame,' i.e. gold. varr-ski5, n. = a ship, Lex.
, FxT. 171.
tr-reka, u, f. a shovel with var, q.v.
jiurri, a, m. (not vari), the lymph or watery substance of the blood; ef
! 3 lifrinn skersk . . . vatn er menn kalla varra, . . . ef varri er oiestr hluti
'6i manns, Hb. (MS.)
varr-slmi, a, m. a ttrtak ofwalir, lb* wait of a thip; \\tA topi qKi*
i varrsimaiium, Fms. ii. 178; virrsfma bar fjani. Edda (Ht.)
varr-8k6gr, m. knotty tvood('t), q). A.S. wtarr, B. K. 55. or q». rkt-
ikugr -= wood-cutting in tbt *pring{'i).
varp-8iigr, ni. [vorr], tbt track in tbt wait o/atbip, Bjom.
var-akinns61pa = varaiikiiiiuulpa.
vart, adv. [sec varr], uantily; vart btSnar, Am. 26; litib Tart tuttugn
vetr, littlt ibort of tunnty uiinlert. Clem. a6: Uttretlynri*, vart tv4
munafli, |>orf. Karl. 430; vart tvau hundrud, Fm*. viii. 436; vart h41£ui
mdnud, Al. 13 3.
VAST A, u, f., gen, pi. vartna. Mar.; [A.S. wtart; Eogl. wart;
Germ, warze; Dan. vorl]:—a wart on the body. Mar.; )>at ttkt af
vortur, Pr. 473 ; hafa vijrtu 4 kinninni, ef maftr hefir vortu »*o hvorki
hyli hur n6 klzdi d6 maSr sj4i hana »j41fr. )>aA er auft»Hnerki, a wart ibat
one cannot see oneself is a mark of wtallb or ^ooJ luei, ill. p'i6bt. tl.
665; geir-varU, q.v.
varta, u, f., perh. tie gunwalt of a tbip, Edda (Gl.) ; ben rdod 4 drp
viJrtu, Orkn. (in a verse) ; cp. vartari.
vartan, f. the threads holding together the woof in a loom, B)dre.
vartari, a, m. a thong, strap, Edda 71. 2. a kind ofjitb, Edda
(Gl.); holt-v., a 'bolt-Jisb,' i.e. a snake, Landn. (in a verse).
var-ii8, f., qs. var-hu6, var-ygft, ■» var-hygft. Gliim. 368 ; meft r.,
Rom. 367; til vani&ar. Eg. 371 ; gjalda varuft viA e-u, /o btwar* of,
Hkr. i. 50; variidar bending, fl6tti, Fms. i. 10, Mar.; vaniftar mil,
warning words, Sturl. iii. 183 C. vartidar-madr, m. a man to bt oh
one's guard against.
var-u5igr, adj. wary, Lv. 80 ; kyrrlatir ok varu&gir, Fb. iii. 447.
varud-liga, adv. warily, Bs. i. 133.
varzla, qs. vardsla, u, f. a watch ; siSan ^im var v. vitud, Ftm. 2.
a warranty; vera i viirzlu fyrir e-u, to be one's secvri/y, Gp\. 424; tetja
sik i borgan ok vorzlu, H. E. i. 525 ; ganga i vorzlu fyrir c-n um kaup,
tsl. ii. 135, |>idr. 75, D.N. iii. 56; Rafn j4Ai biskupi at fullar vorzlur
skyldi gefask fyrir oil fd kirkna, Bs. i. 740 ; mcb fullum vorzlum, GJ)!.
259. 3. a forbidding, ban; lyrittar varzla, Grig. (Kb.) ii. 15,
v6rzlu.ma3r, m. a warranur, N.G. L. i. 347, GJil. 389, Bs. i. 77 1 , Str. 73.
vas, n. = ves, q. v.
vasadr or visadr, ra. ibe wet and sleety, the name of Winter's grand-
father, Edda.
vasask, ad, to bustle, meddle ; ^tta m41 kemr ekki til t>in, nema )>d
vilir vasask 1 me8 J)eim, Nj. 337 ; ek vil ekki vasask i sliku, Isl. ii. 139.
vasi, a, m. a nickname, Dipl. v. 5. 2. a pocket, freq. in mod.
usage, but prob. from some foreign root ; vestis-vasi. buxna-vasi, treyju-
vasi ; vasa-kliitr, a pocket-kerchief ; vasa-knifr, a pocket-knife, etc.
VASI, a, m. [from Swed.i»as< = a »i*q/"f], only remaining in thecompd
vasi-kanpr, m. a ' sheaf-beard,' i. e. a rustic, farmer (cp. breiftskeggr) ;
hversu sem vasikanpinum JxJtti, however the rustics might like it, Fms.
viii. 59, v. 1. ; 6r hiisbsendr, vasikanparnir 1 234, v. 1.
VASKA, ad, [A.S. wascan; Engl, wash; Germ, waseben; Dan.
vaskel : — to wash, but rare or at least hardly used in Icel., having been
superseded by {)vu, q. v. ; in Dan. and Swcd. it is freq. ; in the Sagas only
of washing the head with a kind of soap, see lauSr ; vaska s^r, to wash
one's bead, Vigl. 30 (cp. the verse 1. c.) ; vaska honum betr, Isl. ii. 334,
Bjam. 68 ; pveginn ok vaskadr, Sks. 363 ; vaskafti dasi, er ek dro t)essa
ar at bordi, the laggard had bis head washed, i. e. scU snug at borne,
whilst I pulled this oar, Fs. (in a verse); in all these instances of the
head: metaph., vaska e-n i orftum, to wash one in words, MS. 4,
6. 2. to wash, as a naut. term of the waves ; brim vaskar, Edda (in
a verse), so too in Dan. del vasker over.
vask-leikr (-leiki), ni. bravery, valour; vaskleiki ok karlmenntka.
Fms. xi. 80, Fas. ii. 404, Str. 3, Bs. i. 526, Art. il.
vask-liga, adv. valiantly; skipa li&i voru sem vaskligast, Fms. vii.
131 ; jafn-vaskliga sem J)u, 137 ; vaskliga fortu enn. Valla L. 330; hlj6p
a bak vaskliga, Flov. 30. ^ • 1,
vask-ligr, adj. va/«a«f; vaskligr maftr, Nj. 118. Eg. 568; mn vadt-
ligi riddari, Ld. 78; madr mikill ok styrkr, v. synum, Fmt. vii. 338;
allra manna vaskligastr, 199, 337 ; vsenn ok inn vaskligsti, xi. 153, Njard.
36S ; enir vaskligstu menn. Fas. ii. 509.
VASKR, vosk, vaskt, adj.; [origin uncertain, prob. from verr — a
man] -.—manly, valiant; ^u ert ma»r vaskr ok vel at ^t (of Gunnar),
Nj. 49 ; margir verda vaskir i einangrinum, \>6 at lltt t6 vaskir k milli,
Eb. 60 ; {jorarinn mun vera enn vaskasti maftr, en slys mun J)at J)ykkj*
er hann hjo bond af konu sinni, id. ; vaskr i vApnum, Str. 1 ; meft enum
voskustum, Al. 136 ; pu ert enn vaskasti madr. en HAkon er enn veriti
madr, Fb. i. 142 ; David var manna vaskastr til viipna, Sks. 686 ; hvat
ek veil, segir Guunarr, hvdrt ek mun pvi livaskari madr enn adrir menn
sem mir l)ykkir meira fyrir enn odrum monnum at vega menn, Nj. 85.
vaala or vazla, ad, to wade in water.
vastr or vast, n. a botch ; ollum l)ykir J>etta vast, SkAld H- (fine),
vastra, ad, to make a botch, prob. qs. vafstr, q. v.
VATN, n., pi. vdtn; vant occurs in N. G. L. i. 363 : the gen. smg. 1$,
agreeably with the pronunciation, in old vellums invariably spelt vate or
683
VATNSAGI— VAXLJOS.
vaz, vazt, Clem. 148, 1. 32; the mod. sound is vass; in the Editions,
however, the etymological form vatns has mostly been restored ; all the
South Teut. languages use a form with an r. The form vatr only occurs
in two instances, perhaps used only for the rhyme's sake, in hva/r va/ri,
a poem of the beginning of the 12th century; and htilt und vatr enn
vitri, Sighvat ; but vam vitni in another verse of the same poet : [A. S.
wcBter ; Engl, and Dutch water; Hel. watar ; O. H. G. wazar ; Germ.
wasser ; cp. Gr. vSar-os ; Lat. udus : on the other hand, Icel. vatn ;
Swed. vatten ; Dan. vand, qs. vadni]
A. Water, fresh water; j6r&, vatn, lopt, eldr, Eluc. 19; spratt J)ar
vatn upp, Edda (pref.); bl66 ok vatn, Rb. 334; grafa til vatz, Edda (pref.) ;
taka vatn upp at sinum hluta, Vm. 168; J)a er votnin voru sktipud, 655. i ;
drepa 1 vatn e9a hella a vatni, K. |j. K. ; ef vatn er sva mikit at J)ar ma
barn i hylja, N. G. L. i. 363. 2. phrases; ausa vatni, to besprinkle
in/ants with water, see ausa I. 2. /3; to which add, J)ar stendr J)u, Ozorr,
kva6 Helgi, ok mun ek ekki vi6 J)er sja, J)viat ^u jost mik vatni, Dropl.
25 ; maerin var vatni ausin ok J)etta nafn gefit, Nj. 25 : ganga til vatns,
to go to the water, to go to the ' trapiza,' q. v., of washing before
meals, Ld. 296 : {la er sol gengr at vatni, when the sun goes into the
water, sets in the sea, K. |>. K. 96 ; ser ekki hogg a vatni, a blow in
the water is not seen, of a useless effort : a vatni, afloat, Fas. ii.
532 ; sva skjott, at ekki tok a vatni, Fms. vii. 344. 3. of
tears; halda ekki vatni, could not forbear weeping, Fms. vi. 236
(in a verse), viii. 232. II. a lake; [cp. North. E. Derwent-
water, etc.] ; uppi vatni8 Vaeni, Fms. vi. 333 ; let flytja sik lit i vatn
eitt, ok leyndisk J)ar i holma nokkurum, i. 66 ; er i norSanverSum
floanum vatn J)at er nes liggr i, Isl. ii. 345 ; til vatz J)ess er A en Helga
fellr or, 6. H. 163 ; sjor e3a vatn, a sea or lake, Edda. III.
streams, waters, esp. in plur. of large streams ; hnigu heilog votn af
Himin-fjoUum, Hkv. 1. 1 ; J)a8an eigu votn 611 vega, Gm. ; |)ar er djiipt
vatn (deep water) er umhverfis, Grag. ii. 131 ; geysask votn at ^eim
me3 forsfalli ... votnin flutu um voUuna alia, O. H. 164; briiar um ar
e5a votn, Grag. i. 149; votn J)au er or joklum h6f8u fallit. Eg. 133 ;
fjor5r sa er floir allr af votnum, Fs. 26 ; en nu falla votn oil til Dyra-'
fjar3ar, Gisl. 20; foru J)ar til er votn hnigu til vestr-aettar af fjollum,
Orkn. 4. IV. in local names, Vatn, Vatna-hverfi, Vatns-
lausa, Vatns-fi, Vatns-dalr, Vatns-endi, Vatns-fell, Vatns-
fj6r3r, Vatns-nes, Vatos-hom, Vatns-skar5, etc., Landn. ;
Vatns-dselir, Vatns-firSingar, the men from Vatnsfj6r6r, Vatnsdalr,
id., Sturl. : of lakes, Grims-votn, Fiski-votn, Elli8a-vatn, My-vatn, (3lvus-
vatn, Landn., map of Icel. ; more seldom of rivers, as Hera6sv6tn in north
of Icel. : Vatns-dsBlskr, adj. /row Vatnsdalr, Finnb. 334, Isl. ii. 335 ;
Vatnsfir5inga-kyn, -bu3, Nj. 248, Ld. 120 (see bu8).
B. CoMPDs, with gen. vatna-, vatns-, in vellums vatz-, vaz-:
vatns-agi, a, m. dampness. vatns-bakki, a, m. a bank, shore of
a water or lake, Grag. ii. 355, Jb. 315, Fms. viii. 32, Fas. i. 360.
vatns-beri, a, m. the water-bearer, Aquarius in the zodiac, Rb. vatns-
blandaSr, part, mixed with water. vatns-boUi, a, m. a water-jug.
Am. 35. vatns-borinn, part, mixed with water. vatns-botn, m.
the foot of a lake, Hrafn. 11, Fms. ix. 367. vatns-b61, n. a watering-
place, well, where drinking-water is drawn. vatns-bola, u, f. a water-
bubble. vatns-brag3, n. a taste of water. vatns-bur3r, m. carry-
ing water, Bs. i. vatns-dau3i, a, m. water-death, death by drown-
ing in fresh water. vatna-djup, n. a water-deep, abyss, Skalda 209.
vatns-dropi, a, m. a drop of water, Stj. 154. vatns-drykkr, m.
a drink of water, Stj. 150, 581, Edda 24. vatns-dseid, f. a watery
hollow. vatns-endi, a, m. the end of a lake, Fms. ix. 406. vatns-
fall, n. a stream, river; liti8 vatnsfall, a small river, Eg. 134, v.l. : of
rain, vindr ok vatnsfall. Art. 85. vatns-farvegr, m. a ' water's fair-
way,' the bed of a river, Grag. ii. 291. vatns-fata, u, f. a water-pail,
Fb. i. 258, O. H. L. ch. 96. vatna-flaumr, m. [Norse vand-flom'], a
water-flood, swell of water, D. N. vi. 148. vatns-fl63, n. water-flood.
vatna-gangr, m. a flood, Stj. 59, Grag. i. 219, Landn. 251 : a fall of
rain, = vatnfall, veSratta ok v., Grett. 24 new Ed. vatns-beldr, adj.
water-tight. vatns-liestr, m.==nykr, q.v., Landn. 93, v.l.; but
vatna-hestr, m. a good horse to cross rivers. vatna-Maup, n.
floods, a rushing forth of waters, Landn. 250. vatna-liorn, n. a
water-born, a vessel for holy water in church, Pm. 6 : the end or angle of
a lake, and as a local name, Ld., Landn. vatns-hrl3, f. a storm, Ann.
1336 C. vatns-iss, m. ice on a lake, Stj. 510, Fms. viii. 398, ix.
367. vatns-kanna, u, f. a water-can, Vm. 86. vatns-karl,
m. a water-can shaped like a man; vatnskarl til vig5s vatns, Vm. 21 ;
vatnskarl ok munnlaug, Fb. i. 359, D.N. iv. 457. vatns-ker, n. a
water-jug, Stj. vatns-kerald, n. = vatnsker, Fms. i. 127, Vm.
31, Jb. 409, vatns-ketill, m. a water-kettle, Vm. 21, 114, B.K. 83.
vatns-k6ttr, m. a water-insect, in foul pools. vatns-lauss, adj.
waterless, without water, Barl. 196. vatns-leysi, n. lack of water.
vatns-litr, m. water-colour, Rb. 336. vatns-megin, n. fulness of
water. vatns-mikill, adj. swelling with water, of a river. vatns-
minni, n. the inlet of a lake, Fms. ix. 394. vatns-mumxlaug, f.
a water band-basin, Pm. 60. vatns-6sa, adj. soaked wiA water.
vatns-6ss, m. the mouth of a lake connected with the sea, Landn.
vatns-r&s, f. a trench, water-course, Bs. i. 148, Stj. 593. vai
sdr, m. a font, Vm. no, N. G. L. i. 327. vatna-skdl, f. a wi
jug, D.N. vatns-skirn, f. baptism in water, Barl. 116, 144 (va
skirn). vatna-skortr, m. lack of water, Barl. 196. vatns-s6t
water-sickness, dropsy, medic. Post. vatns-steinn, m. a fon
stone, Vm. no. vatns-strOnd, f. the bank of a lake, Fms. viii.
MS. 623. 33, Vkv. (prose, vaz-stronds). vatns-stdkkull, m. a wi
ing-pot, a vessel or brush for sprinkling water, Bs. i. 464. vatns-tj<
f. a 'water-tarn,' pool, Sks. 682. vatns-tunna, u, f. a water-
vatns -uppspretta, u, f. a jet of water, Stj. 646. vatns- ve
u, f. a drain, trench, aqueduct, Grag. ii. 289. vatns-veiting
a draining. vatns-vetr, m. a winter of floods, Ann. 1191
vatns-vigsla, u, f. consecration of water, Bs. i. 97. vatns-i
f. a creek in a lake, Fms. viii. 67. vatna-voxtr, m. 'water-grot
a flood, Bs. i. 138, Grett. 133 A, D.N. ii. 35, passim. vat
J)ytr, m. the thud, sound of falling waters, Skalda. vatns-sed:
a vein of water, Stj. 29, 205.
C. Real compds, with the root word vatn- prefixed : vatn-bs
m. a lake-boat, Jb. 410 B. vatn-beri, a, m. = vatnsberi, Rb. (16
65, 66. vatn-dau3r, adj. drowned in fresh water, Grag. i. ;
vatn-dragari, a, m. a drawer of water, Stj. 358. vatn-dragi, a
id.. Fas. iii. 21 (in a verse). vatn-d^r, n. water-animals, AV. '.
vatn-fall, n. a waterfall, stream; vatnfoll deilir: a torrent, strea
bra3a-J)eyjum var ^ar vatnfall mikit, a great torrent. Eg. 766 ; litif ,
134; var v. J)at fullt af fiskum, Fms. i. 253; sva mikit v. sem ain i
er, v. 182 ; deilir norSr vatnfoUum til heraSa, Isl. ii. 345 ; er vati
deila til sjovar. Eg. 131, Grag. i. 440; me& ollum vatnfollum, Nj. 2
of rain, fyrir vatnfalli ok regni. Gull J). 8 ; vatnfall fylgQi her sva mik r
lopti, torrents of rain, Gisl. 105, Fms. x. 250. vatn-f^tt, n.
short of water, Landn. 34, Fms. ix. 45. vatn-fiskr, m. afresh-w
fish, Fs. 165. vatn-gangr, m. a swelling of water, Vapp- 24. va
horn, n. a water-horn, as church inventory, Vm. no. vatn-kai
a, m. = trapiza, q.v. ; gekk hann til vatnkakka ok J)6 ser, Korm.
vatn-kari, m. a jug, Stj. 153, D.I. i. 597, Dipl. v. 18; vatnka
fjorir, konnur sextan, iii. 4, Rb. (of the zodiacal Aquarius). va
k^lfr, m. dropsy; fia sott er heitir idropicus, })at kollu ver vatnli
Horn. 25, 150; hann er g66r vi3 vatnkalfi, Hb. 544. 39. va
ker, vatn-kerald, vatn-ketill, n. a water-jug . .., Grag. ii. =
Stj. 311, Nj. 134, Isl. ii. 410, Fms. xi. 34, Am. 29, Vm. 35. va
lauss, adj. = vatnslauss, Al. 172, Stj. 194. vatn-legill, m. a wa
jug, Stj. 128. vatn-leysi, n. lack of tuater, Al. 173. va
ormr, m. a water-serpent, Al. 168; Hercules sigraSi v. (the Hyd
MS. 732.17: a pr. name, Mork. vatn-ris, f. = vatnsras, Stj.
642, Isl. ii. 92. vatn-skjola, u, f. a water-skeel, pail, D.I. i, -a
vatn-sta3r, m. a water-place, 655 xxviii. 3. vatn-torf, n. soa
turf, Isl. ii. 413. vatn-tmmba, u, f. a water-pipe, Horn. I
vatn-veita, u, f. = vatnsveita, a drain, water-trench, Grag. ii. 389,
498. vatn- vi3ri, n. = vatvi8ri, Bs. i. 245. vatn-vlgsb^ I
the consecrating streams and wells, of bishop Gudmund, Bs. i. W
serinn, adj. plentiful as water, abundant; vatnxrin hef ek vi
Sighvat.
vatna, aS, to water; er allri hennar hjor6 var vatna3, Stj. 171 ;
hestum sinum, Sturl. iii. 24. 2. metaph. phrases ; vatna mtl«i
to ' water mice,' weep, have tears in the eyes (see auga) ; vatna I61
um, to ' water lambs,' to lie down and drink from a running stna
lata vatna undir e-t, to lift (a heavy thing) just from the ground so t
water can flow underneath. 3. the naut. phrase, sva su&r D
landi, at saer var i miftjum hliSum en stundum vatna&i land (ace), G.
149 ; J)eir sigldu J)rja daga til J)ess er landit var vatna3, Fb. i. 4-
eyin er naer v6tnu5, Fms. vi. 379 ; {)a draegi sva skjott undan at nal
vatnaSi seglin, Fb. ii. 15. 4. eccl. = vatnfasta ; heitr hon at va
aefinliga fyrir dag Gu&mundar biskups, ok gefa malsverS, Bs. i. 619;
fyrir ba3ar |)orlaks-messur, Sturl. ii. 252, H.E. ii. 188; fyrr en Ixrir
leggja af blot ok Laugar-naetr at vatna, Ski3a R. 202.
vatnan, f. a wateri?ig, = v2itnhstz ; votnunar nott, H.E. ii. 188.
vatn-fasta, a3, to fast on water, K. A. 78.
vatn-fasta, u, f. a ' water-fast,' H. E. i. 521, K. J>. K. ; vatnfostu-di
-natt, K. A. 78, 190.
vatta, aS, [vega], to lift; er \)u vattar streng, Lv. 100; hence 1
mod. jarn-hatta, qs. jarn-vatta, to lift (a heavy thing) above one's bn
holding it with straight arms, eg jarn-hattaSi hann. """-
vattar-, see vottr, a gauntlet.
vatz-, the common spelling of vellums for vatns-, see vatn B.
VAX, n. [A.S. weax; Engl, wax; Geim. wachs; Dan. t/o«] :— «»
bra8na sem vax vi8 eld, Rb. 356; steypa heitu vaxi i andlit s^r, ft
vii. 30; likneski or vaxi a innsigli, Eluc. 18; tvaer merkr vax (ger|
fyrir eyri, Grag. i. 213, 504, Fms. vi. 153; vilju ver {)akka 6!h
J)eim monnum er hingat hafa flutt lerept, lin, vax e&r katla, viii. »[
COMPDS : vax-blys, n. a wax-torch, Bs. i. 804. vax-kerti, m
wax-candle, Fms. v. 339; vaxkerta-ljos, Bs. i. 38. vax-lj68, n.
VAXSPJALD— VAFALLR.
wax-light, taper, Fb. ii. 390, K. {>. K. 51. vax-spjald, n. a wax-
tablet, for writing, Lat. cera, Bs. i. 848 ; fa m(5r nii vaxspjold mi'n, give
me my wax-tablets ! (of Sturla the historian), Sturl. iii. 307 ; Ut borgils
rita a vaxspjaldi ok sendi konungi, 131. vax-toUr, m. a tithe in
wax, payable to a church; af {jrem baejum hdlfan v., Vm. 35:= the
mod. Ijostollr. vax-ver3, n. the price of wax, D. N. iv. 77.
VAXA, pres. vex, pi. voxum ; pret. ox, pi. 6xu, mod. uxu ; subj. eyxi
yxi, which is the mod. form ; imperat. vax ; part, vaxinn : with the
vilx, voxu, vyxi : with suff. r.eg. vax-at-tu, wax thou not, Edda (in a
>e) : [Ulf. wahsian, wobs, ~ av^avuy ; A. S. weaxan ; He!, and O. H. G.
hsan; Eng\. wax; Gtrm. wachsen ; Dutch tt/assf« ; Dan.vojce; Swed,
xa; cp. Gr. av^avuv ; Lat. augere; and Icel. auka, q. v.]
B. To wax, grow, of grass, plants, trees, wool, as also of men,
nials; munu osanir akrar vaxa, Vsp. 61 ; vegr vex hrisi ok ha grasi,
1. 120, Gm. 17 ; st66 um vaxinn mistiUteinn, Vsp. 36; {jar sem {jessi
uxu, Al. 173 ; hann heyrir |)at er gras vex a jor&u e5a ull li sauSum,
!v!a 17 ; {jar eru eyru saemst er oxu, see eyra ; {ja nam at vaxa Almr itr-
! irinn, flkv. I.9; vex viftar-teinungr einn fyrir austan Valholl, Edda
37; i syni minum var-at ills Jjegns efni vaxit, Stor. 1 1 ; hann nam at
vaxa ok vel dafna, . . . upp ox J)ar jarl a fletjum, Rm. 8, 19, 32 ; lekum
leik margan ok i lundi oxum. Am. 68 ; \k nam ek vaxa ok vel hafask,
1.142; J)a er hann ox upp. Eg. 702; 6x (vox Ed.) Olafr J)ar upp,
,. i. 96 ; hann var ^k vaxinn mjok, 466 ; syni fuUtifta . . . dottur ef
1 er vaxin, G{)1. 432 ; enn vaxni ma&r, Grag. (Kb.) ch. 91 ; hvernig
'. xttir saman {)a6an, Edda 4. II. to wax, increase ; 6x sva mjok
riKi Sverris konungs, Fms. viii. 105 ; honum vox alldr, iv. 32 ; hann ox
dag fra degi i goSum verkum, 686 B. 4 ; vox hann ok {jroa&isk, Fms. x.
230; at Gu5s rettr xtti jafnan at vaxa en hvergi {)verra, 271 ; oxu
.iubx{i J)in, Hom. 151 ; vex minni manns, Rb. 352 ; Eiriks livinsaeld vox
! \i meirr, Fms. i. 22 ; pa tok enn at vaxa klaSinn, ii. 188; veSrit 6x
at hriS mikla g6r5i, Nj. 267; vindrinn tok at vaxa, Fms. x. 136;
\attu mi Vimr, of the river, Edda (in a verse); sol vex, Sks. 57; 4
\anda vari, 12 new Ed.; dagar voxu, Lil. 10; \)a vox or3 af orSi,
i. vii. 269; hvars hatr vex, Hm. ; J)eir sa at vit hans 6x ok eljun,
I ■us. ix. 244, V. 1. ; vaxanda vagi, a waxing wave, Hm. ; vaxandi tungl,
I uaxing moon. 2. of fame, report; {)6tti J)6rgeirr mjiik hafa
laxit ok framit sik, Nj. 254; {)ykkjumk ek ekki af ^vi vaxa J)6tt
ek bi3a heima {)ra;la Haralds, Ld. 4; J)6tti hann mikit hafa vaxit af
f)essu verki, 150 ; Sigurdr konungr Jjotti vaxa mikit af ]pessi veizlu, Fms.
iv. 83 ; lizt mer sem vant muni sva malinu at fylgja at ciruggt s6 at vit
vaxim af, Glum. 346 ; hvar viti er J)ann konung er meirr hafi vaxit a
einum morni, O. H. L.; mun J)ar vaxa saemd {)in vi3, Nj. 47 ; sem minnk-
aSisk var saemd heldr enn yxi, Fms. x. 7 ; vex hverr af gengi, a saying,
'^■I'hvat. 3. in the phrase, e-m vex e-t i augu ; ... at minnr vaxi fyrir
um at ra,6a stort, Fms. vi. 399; minnr myndi fijostolfi i augu vaxa,
!repa Atja, Nj. 58 ; at slikir lati sdr eigi allt i augu vaxa, Fms. xi.
lit Iper {)at ekki i augu vaxa, Nj. 13. III. part, vaxinn,
iwn, of land ; holmi reyri vaxinn, Fms. i. 71 ; dalr vi5i vaxinn, viii.
110; land skogi vaxit, Fb. i. 431 ; i J)ann ti6 vas Island vifti vaxit mi61i
fjalls ok fjiiru, lb, 4; {)ar skal engi domr vera er engi er vaxit, Grag.
(Kb.) ii. 86. 2. grown, shapen ; figura vaxin sem spjot, Ann. 560 ;
Noregr er vaxinn me5 J)rem oddum, Fms. x. 272 ; hagl sva vaxit sem
trauka rigndi, Al. 169; guU-ker vaxin a \)k mynd sem, Stj. 437; sva
1 axinn hringr sem. Mar. ; at sva voxnu mali, Fms. vii. 141, xi. 37 (mdla-
> 'Xtr), Anecd. 70; sva er vi6 vaxit, matters stand so, Fms. vi. 234; mi
; ek ef sva vaeri litanlands vi& vaxit, at.. ., x. 244, Nj. 186; eigi er
vi3 vaxit, that is not the case, Fms. vi. 234, Nj. 180, v. 1. ; sva er til
it, id., Hom. (St.) ; ma3r vel vaxinn, well-grown, handsome, Fms.
102 ; har3-vaxinn, fagr-vaxinn, {)ykk-vaxinn, ha-vaxinn, itr-vaxinn.
-vaxta, see in gjaf-vaxta.
vartar-, gen., see voxtr, growth.
vaxt-samr, zd]. fruitful, Al. 41.
VAZTIR, f. pL, i. e. vatztir, not vastir, for vaztz rhymes with baz/an,
Edda; in sing, vozt, Edda (Gl.) i. 574: [from vatr = vatn] : — afisbing-
!>ani, = mia; a Jjser vaztir (thus Cod. Reg., vastir Worm.) er hann var
'•anr at sitja, Edda i. 168; sitja a voztum ok hafa va& fyrir borSi,
G. L. i. 65; finna hval a voztum, 60; J)enna dag var Ingjaldr r6inn
istir (late vellum), Gisl. 48 ; vazta (gen. pi.) undirkula, Edda i. 350
-p. the verse) ; hrein-vaztir, poet, the reindeer's abode, mountain, Skalda
ya. a verse).
VA. (v6, vo), f. n., gen. var, 655 i. 2 ; [A. S. wa ; Engl. «/oe] -.—woe,
calamity, danger; J)at er litil va, 'tis no great harm, Hkv. a. 3, Hkr. i.
114 (in a verse); J)u vaktir va mikla, thou workest mickle woe. Am.
?7 ; va vikinga, the woe of vikings, Fms. xi. (in a verse) ; in prose only
Jsed in phrases or sayings, ok sofi y6r po eigi oil va h^ra3s-m6nnum,
Eb. 160 : e-m breg6r va fyrir gron, a woe passes by one's beard, to suffer
I shocTi or a sudden fright ; bra J)eim va fyrir gron er t)eir s4 Birkibeina,
i^nis. viii. 350, v. 1. ; J)a er o3rum va fyrir dyrum er 63rum er inn komin,
me is it at one's own door when it had entered the neighbour's bouse, =
at. tua res agitur..., Grett. 113 A; allit., va ok vesold, woe and
nisery, Stj. 40, Bad. 36, 61, 125 ; getnir til var ok vesaldar, 655 i. 2 ;^
sec var-kunn. vAr-kynna. II. in tome of the compd* (iw bdow).
t4- may be a contraction of wu- or ran., as in r44jiigr, Ti-«iaMao. t4-
litill, vA-skeyttr.
v4, f.«» vr4. a cabin, nook, Hm. 35, Skr. 3. 79, Eb. 73 new ) '.
v4, b, to blame; with gen.. 6kynnit Jwm vAr (pfc».) ))tk engi nu4r,
at t)u gangir snenuna at sofa, Hm. (a iw.A.ff., xuticu L». $a be a MnOd
passage).
vd-beida, u. f., found in but two inataoon, and poMiMjr ooljr • cor-
ruption of v&dadi. [cp. A. S. tMA-<Ut1S], am tM-hoSmg Momftr; girit
sv4 vel, skcrit vdbeiftu ^m (r. L troll jietta). Eb. 116 imw Ed^ «fa«n it
is spelt with y, but wrongly, as it teen from the parallel ptaMfB la a
vellum of Eg. (in a verse), where the word alto occvra.
v&-bre8tr, m. a • wot-cr<ub,' a tuddtn eraib or mnmd in the earth or
in the air, thought to bode ttrange and eril tidings, Fbr. 147 ; cp. OMou
ch. 21, Ann. 1338.
v4-b6l, n. an affliction ; i t6ttum e8r oAmm viboluin. 655 xi. I ; af
ymsum vdbijlum sem verfta kann, dyrbiti eftr oftni, 6.T. a6.
VAD, v6fi, vod, f . ; [A. S. wad ; remaint in Engl, widow'* WMdt] i—a
piece of stuff, cloth, at it leaves the loom ; tat J>ar kona tvcigAi rokk, breiddi
fadm bj6 til vAdar, Rm. 16 ; tegl hvitt tcni tnj6r af Hilcytkum viAtim,
Fagrsk. ch. 102 ; ef segl er eigi fengit, tkal gjalda tex aura . . . en ef ciaoar
v43ar missir (i. e. one breadth of the sail is missing, if it bt tbort by oatf
v4&), \tk er madr sekr sex aurum, N.G. L. i. 199; cp. hafnar^viA, a
common cloth; dlna hafnar-v4dar, Vm. 103: )>etta k kirkja i baa
gozi, ky'r sex ok sex hundrud i hafnar-vaftum, Pm. 57 ; {njiHigi
hundruA voru ok hafnar-v4da, Dipl. ii. 6, iii. 8 ; gefa umaganuro XiM
alnir hafnar va5ar 4 hverjum misserum til klxfta t^r, Vm. 117, D.N. ii.
225, iii. 451, Munk. 66; also called hafnar vaAmal, D. N. i. I34,Grig.;
voru-v4d and sdlu-v43, a common cloth in trade, tee vara, tala. II.
metaph. a fishing-net is called vad ; veiSa, draga v4d at hviru landi,
Gr4g. ii. 349 (Jb. 305); at alto in mod. utage; thit may be the
' wad ' in the Scottish ballad cited s. v. aflautn ; in the Icel. rcfernKc,
Fbr. 154, 'vaft' may be = vuft: in poett alto of lb* sail, greida nAir
glygg va3 . . . hri3 fdll 1 bug v48a . . . v4d blet. Lex. Poet. ; cp. v4d-
haefr. III. a ' weed, cloth, cut and sewn ; v4dir minar gaf ek
tveimr trdmiinnum, Hm. 48 ; kven-v48ir, a woman's weeds, pkr. ;
matar ok vada er manni porf, Hm. 3 : allit., v4pn eda v4dir, Gr4g. ii.
8 ; v4pnum ok vadum skolu vinir gledjask, Hm. 40 : poet., Hogna vkb,
Hddins vaft, v48ir Vafa8ar, the weed of H., etc., i.e. armour, the coat of
mail. Lex. Poet. ; her-v4dir, id. ; heidingja v4Air, ' wolf's wttd^ i. e.
wolf's hair, Akv. 8 ; hvita-v4ftir, see hvitr.
B. CoMPDs : T4d-4ss, m. a pole to bang elotbes on, Hrafn. ao.
v48-be3r, m. a case of cloth ; skinnbedir, haegindi v4dbeftr, DipL iii.
4. vdfl-feldr, part, soft, of raiment. vida-gangr, m. the casting
a net, D.N. iii. 1108. v4d>hffifr, adj. ^/ /or tad; vkbhxh-vcbr, a
favourable wind ; hvessti sv4 at varla var va5hseft 4 konungs skipi, Fmt.
ix. 387. vafl-ker, n. a tub in which clothes are stamped or trodden.
Fas. ii. 34. v4fl-ni41, see va8m41. v4d-meidr, m.^ykbin,
Gliim. 390, Rd. 296. v48ar-varp, n. the casting a net, D. N. v. 971.
v48-verk, n. cloth-making, Eb. 358. v&fl-virkja, t, to wind up,
end, finish, metaph. from the loom, Krok. 63.
VABI, a, m. (v6fli, vofli), [prop, derivative from v4; Dan.
vaade] : — a danger, peril, of extreme sudden danger ; ttyra til v4da,
Ch. 136, Fms. vii. 145 ; m6r J)ykkir vift vada biiit, ef v^r vcrdum
rangsattir, 6. H. 92 ; heldr vift v48a, 168, Fms. ii. I16; J>at var vift
va&a sjalvan, vii. 64. 2. a dangerous object; v4pn eftr annarr
va3i, Grdg. ii. 117, Sks. 299; orms v48i, poet, 'snake-bait,' i.e. tbt
winter, Edda (Ht.) ; vitnis v4Si, the Wolf's foe, i. e. Odin, (in a verte) ;
lindar v48i, ' lime-scathe,' i. t.fire, Fm. 43. compdi : T&da-bl6t, n.
a pernicious sacrifice, 645. 75. v&fla-eldr, m. an accidental fire,
G{)1. 377, Jb. 355. v4fla-hark, n. a terrible noise, B4rd. 175,
vdfla-kuldi, a, m. perilous cold, of mortification from cold, Bt. i.
444. v4da-lauBt, adj. n. without danger, H. E. i. 143. vAfla-
ligr, adj. scatbefid, perilous, Stj. 77, 212. vifla-samligr, adj.
perilous, pernicious, Fms. ii. 340. v4fl-veifliga = vaveifliga, Bjam.
48. va8a-verk, n. a law term, an accidental deed, of an uninten-
tional harm inflicted, Oik. 36 ; engi skolu va8avcrk vera. Grig. ii. 64 :
a chapter on v48averk, N. G. L. ii. 59. riA-vmvMgr, adj. perilous,
Fms. X. 274, Sks. 47. vifi-veenn, z&y fraught wub peril, Fmt. ix.
263, V. 1.; var va8vxnt at upp mundi reka, Bt. i. 330; itraoma tA*-
vaena, dangerous currents, Orkn. 406.
VAPA, v4fi, vdf8i ; 6fir = v4fir, Pd. 3 ; (later v6fa, mod. voCa) .—to
swing, vibrate to and fro; belgr v4fir, Hm. 135: ef ek t<5 4 tri nppi
v4fa virgil-D4, 158; v4n min v4fir, my bopt wavers, Fmt. vii. 115 (in a
verse) ; s4 v4f8i milli himins ok jarBar, Post. : ttill otcd in the phraie,
e-t vofir yfir, is imminent, of danger ; cp. JmS man ek y8r {>at er yfir |
<5fir, l)egjuni mi, segja, then I wiU tell tbtt what is impending, though
now I am silent, Pd. 3. , r^ • >
vifa, u, f. a ghost, spectre, shade, Grett. II3 A; Tcry treq. 10 mod.
usage, but sounded vofa, Isl. J>j68s.
v4-fAllr, adj. making a dangerous fall, tottering. Eg. (in a verte).
684
V^FOLALD— VAN.
vd-folald, n. and vfi-foli, a, m. a vicious horse, Nj. i68.
vdfuSr, ni. the waverer, one of the names of Odin, Gm., Edda ; or-
v^faftr, Lex. Poet.
vdfur, f. pi. a wavering, lettering gait. Eg. (in a verse); elli-vafur,
see elli.
VAG, f. pi. (v6g, vog), [Germ, wage"], scales, a balance; einar vagir
skulu ganga um land allt, Jb. 376; pundara n6 aSrar vagir, GJ)1. 526;
hann biSr Gilla taka vagina, Ld. 30 ; skipta me5 vagum, Fms. vi. 183 ;
r^ttri vag, Al. 46; vag ok mseling, Stj. 23. 2. a weight; vag mina
af guUi, Flov. 33 ; skalir jafna tvaer vagir, 732. 18.
vdga, a6, spelt voga or voga; [Germ, wagen; Dan. vove"] : — to dare,
venture ; })ann J)6tti mikit voga, Bs. i. 868 (Laur. S.) ; J36 skal mi nokkut
til voga, Grett. 157 new Ed. ; J)6 skal nu J)ar til voga, 143 A ; menn hafa
opt vogat vi& slikan li&smun, 72 ; at {)u vogir at berjast vi8 Jja, Fas. i.
450 (paper MS.) ; the word is freq. in mod. usage, but hardly older
than the 15th century.
v^gan or vogan, f. hazard, risk.
va-gestr, m. a ' woe-stranger,' terrible stranger, appearing all of a
sudden like a wolf among sheep, Grett. 133 A, Fms. vii. 110, v. 1.
vag-griss (sounded voggris), m. a small pimple.
vd-glati, a, m. destruction, harm; hvat sem e-m ver5r at vaglata
( = va9a), Grag. i. 431.
vig-meri, f. a ' wave-mare,' a kind oi flounder.
"VAG-R, m. [Ulf. wegs = auaii6s, pi. wegos = Kvixara; A.S. wcEg ;
Engl, wave; Dan. vove; Germ, wogen; the root word is vega, to
stir^ : — a wave, sea; but in this sense obsolete except in poetry; vind
ek kyrri vagi a, Hm. 155, Aim. 25; vagr vindlauss, a windless wave,
T?t. ; J)au a vagi vindr of lek, Gkv. i. 6; roa a vag, Hym. 17; vags
r66i, Stor. ; vags hyrr, ' wave-flame,' i. e. gold, Bragi : in prose the
allit. vindr e6a vagr, N. G. L. i. 34. compds : vag-gar3r, m. a
dyke, D.I. i. 512. v^g-marr, m. a wave-steed, ship, po(3t., Skv. 2.
16. vag-J)eystr, part, wave-sprayed. vig-J)r^str, part. ' wave-
pinched,' of the planks of a ship. Lex. Poet.
B. [This may be a different word, connected with varra, vorr,
= a lip'\: — a creek, bay, Hbl. I, 12; {)eir lendu i vaginn, Landn. 97;
log&u i inn ytra vaginn, Fms. ix. 21 ; J)eir liggja a vagi J)eim er Hjor-
unga-vagr heitir, xi. 122 ; i skerin ganga vagar. Fas. ii. 533 ; very freq.
in Icel. II. also in pr. names, Vagr, V^gar, a fishing-place in
northern Norway, whence Vaga-floti, Fms. iv. 277 : Vdiga-stefna, a
fair at Vagar, Fms. iv. 277. compds : vdgs-botn, m. the bottom
or bight of a bay, Fms. vii. 184, viii. 126. Vdgs-bru, f. Bay-bridge,
a local name, Fms. ix.
vfigr, m. [no doubt different from the preceding word, prob. qs. vargr,
absorbing var into wd; O. H. G. warag ; mod. H. G. ware, wcerch,
Schmeller ; Dan. voer"] : — matter, from a sore ; vella vagi ok hryfi, Stj.
344; freyddi or upp bl66 ok vagr, Isl. ii. 218; vags litr, 677. 22.
COMPDS : vd,g-fall, n. the running 0/ matter, from a sore, Nj. 244, Bs. i.
319. vdg-nagli, a, m. the core in a boil.
vdg-rek, n. [the vdg- may be but a popular attempt at etymology or
a misapprehension of an older form vrek or vrak, cp. 'quae cognominantur
lingua Danica wrech,' Thork. Dipl. i. 3 ; ' wrek quoque quod specialiter
nobis in toto regno retinuimus,' 97 ; vagrek and reki (q. v.) would then
be two forms of the same word, only that in the Icel. law the former
word is used in a more special sense] : — in law phrase, a ' wave-wreck,'
flotsam; J)at heitir v. er kemr a land, manns-lik e5a vara, e3a fe, e8a
,skipvi8r, Grag. ii. 387 ; heita lata {jcir v. er minnr er fjarat fra skutstafni,
Ld. 76 ; skip braut . . . i Danmork, Danir toku upp fe allt ok k611u5u
vagrek, Fms. i. 153; of hvalreka ok vagrek, Grag. ii. 212, 359, 389,
Post. (Unger) 155.
v6g-skorinn, part, seamed with bays, of a coast. Eg. 117, Hkr. i. 5.
v£kr, adj. [A.S. wdc ; early Dan. vaak ; cp. veykr], weak = veykx ;
iss mjok vakr, Fb. i. 235, Hb., MSS.
v&kx, m. [I var Aasen vaak], a weakling, Edda i. 532.
v^la, aS, mod. vola, to wail, Barl. 20; veinandi ok valandi, Hom.
144
VALAD, n., mod. volseSi, [prob. contr. = A. S. wcEdl = ambitus, and
hence begging, poverty] : — woe, misery, destitution ; taka barn af vala9i,
Isl. ii. 326; J)ann svein hafSi Eyvindr tekit af valaSi, Hrafn. 25, Bs. i.
299; latum eigi hug varn styggjask vi9 valaS J)eirra, Greg. 46; ok vaeri
honum likunnara valaSr hans, 24 ; ganga a valaS, to go begging,
Mag. 150; kennda ek J)at valoSum, at Jjeir fagna6i v41aSi sinu.
Post. 209.
vil&br, part, wretched; einn v. ma8r het Lazarus, Greg. 22, 46; J)a
komsk vi8 inn vala6i, Fms. vi. 234, viii. 251 ; slikt er valads vera, Hm.
vd,lan, f. a wailing.
vd-laust, n. adj. undoubted, certain, Geisli, Sighvat.
T&lgna, a3, i. e. volgna, to become warm, Fas. i. 84, passim in mod.
usage.
VALGB, adj., or better valgr, sounded volgr; [this word, so freq.
in mod. usage, is not found in old writers (Fas. i. 84 is a paper MS.) ;
they always use fjalgr (q. v.), identical in sense, but unknown in mod.
^ Icel. ; the mod, form, gl68-volgr, ember-hot, exactly answers to ' glo
fjalgr' of the Yt. ; in-fjalgr, Hkv., must be a false reading for u-fjalgr
ojjelg, a word frequent in the mod. Norwegian dialects, meaning ' u
warm,' i. e. cold, chilly, dismal, see Ivar Aasen ; in A. S. wealg occurs
a single instance, viz. in Gregory's Pastorale of King Alfred, edited 1
Mr. Sweet] : — warm, luke-warm ; en me8 J)vi fiu ert volgr, og hvor
kaldr ne heitr, mun ek lit-skirpa J)dr af minum munni. Rev. iii. 16 ; it
in rendering this very passage that king Alfred (1. c.) uses wealgh, so the
can be no doubt as to the identity of the A. S. and Icel. word : passi
in mod. usage, volg mjolk, volgt bl68, gl68-volgr, spen-volgr; spenvo
mjolk, milk warm from the cow.
va-ligr, adj. woful, awfzd, terrible; kona valiga. Am. 52; sn;
valigrar brakar, Fms. vi. 362 : wicked, in the phrase, spyrja er bezt
valigra Jiegna, wicked men are best to hear of, not to see, i. e. the forth
off the better, Njar8. 370. II. = [Dan. vcelig = mighty], inight^
valigt virki, Fms. vii. (in a verse) ; valig maer8ar-efni, mighty, grar
S2ibjects for one's song. Ad.
vd-lltifl, n. adj. harmless, doing small harm, Ls. 33, Sturl. i. 21 (in
verse). 2. very little, quite small, opp. to ' langt,' Og.
va-ljugr, m. = vanljugr, a disappointment ; mi er er mer orSinn t, i
f)eim atruna8i, Fms. ii. 151 : of a person, 'hope-belying,' disappoitUin
hope. Ad.
vdlk, volk, n. a ' walking,' tossing to and fro, esp. on sea ; hitta
storma e8r valk, Jb. 390 ; at eigi l^tti varu valki fyrr enn fiat er ii
byrOis, Fas. ii. 516 ; hann J)ol8i i J)essu valki hungr ok kulda, Fms. vii
18 ; vas ok valk, Stj. 514; metaph. worry, valk ok vandrse8i, Al. lOf
valka ok vandrse8a, N. G. L. i. 445, MS. 4. 13; haskum ok valklU'
Sks. 634: sjo-valk, sea-tossing; hand-valk, crumpling between tl
hands.
VALKA (volka), a8, [A. S. wealcan ; Engl, walk ; Germ. walken\
prop, to roll or stamp, but usually metaph. ; Gu8 bolvi J)er, at J)u viSkA
mik sva lengi, MS. 4. 18; eigi haefir gomlum kadi at valka sva V(
mey. Fas. iii. 62. 2. metaph., valka sik, to hesitate, Str. 37; v. e
i astar bandinu, 55 ; hvi fiu valkar slikt fyrir fier, hvert ra8 J)u ska'
taka, Fas. iii. 48 ; valka8u J)eir mjok lengi ra8in fyrir ser, (5. H. 169
valkaSi hann J)at i hugnum ok vissi eigi hvat hann skyldi upp tak:
195. II. reflex, to roll oneself, to wallow; J)eir h'5f8u valkask
ro8ru ok bl68i, they had been wallowing in gore and blood, Gisl. 67
veltask ok valkask i leirinu, Stj. 72 ; valkask i sauri, Hom. (St.) : metaph
engi vandi, er herra hans J)urfti i at valkask, Str. 24 ; J)at er J)u hef
lengi i valkask, 32. III. part., flj(jtt er J)at er skjdtt c;
' valkat' {jat er ' seint,' Edda (Ht.) 126.
vd-lyndi, f. shiftiness, flckleness.
va-lyndr, zd]. shifty ; valynd ve8r, Vsp., cp. Sol. 3.
vdlsefli or volse^i, n. misery, = valaSr, q. v.
vdnaa, u, f. [cp. Dan. vccmme = to loath, vcemmilig = loathfuT], a qualm
ailment; fia hof af mer allar vamur, Sturl. ii. 54.
vdmr, m., v67nr rhymes with domi, isl. ii. 50 (in a verse) : a loathsom
person, a word of abuse, Edda i. 532 ; vondr hrokk, vamr la bundsBOJ
Fms. vii. 356 (in a verse).
VAN (von, von), f., old nom. Vdon with umlaut, Skalda (Thorodd)
old dat. vanu, with compar., see below ;' onu, Ls. 36 ; tungan er mdlin'
Vdon en at tonnunum er bitsins VMn, Thorodd : von, sponum make ;
rhyme, Gisl. ; on, Am. 67, Hom. 60 ; dat. onu, Ls. 36 : [Ulf. win
= «A.7rts; A.S. wen, cp. Engl, ween; Germ, wahn; the Dan. baah',
Swed. hopp are mod. and borrowed from the Germ.] : — a hope, expecta
tion; er mikil van, at . . ., Fms. xi. 13 ; mer er van, at , . ., / expect
apprehend, that . . ., Eg. 353 ; sem hann haf8i a6r sagt a van um, givei
to understand, Fms. xi. 87 ; eiga van til e-s, 623. 17 ; allar J)j68ir muniff
hafa on mikla (a high hope) til namns hans, Hom. 60; sliks var van
Nj. 5 ; engi van er til Jjess, Eg. 157 ; sem van var at, as was to be e* \
pected, Gliim. 337 ; vita s^r engis otta vanir, to apprehend no danger-
Fms. xi. 46, Orkn. 414, Eg. 74; konungs var fiangat van, the king wa.\
expected, Fms. x. 323; J)ar var van fefangs mikils, Eg. 265; van cj
honn, past hope, Ld. 258; van er J)rotin, Eg. 719; van rekin, id., Ldi
216 ; e-t stendr til vanar, bids fair. Eg. 173 ; e-t er at vanum, it is wha
could be expected, Nj. 255 ; but, eptir vonum, as good as could be ex
pected, very good indeed ; eiga e-t i vanum, to have a thing expected,
eiga barn i vanum, Grag. 2. spec, usages ; ef hann giJrir aSrar vanii
yfir land annars manns, GJ)1. 449 ; J)a er allar vanir voru rannsaka3ar, al
places where it could be expected to be found, Fms. v. 216 ; cp. leita af sei
vonina, to seek until one is satisfied it cannot be found. 3. dat. v4nu,
with compar.; vanu bra8ara, sooner than expected, i.e. quickly, at once.
Fms. ix. 408, xi. 112; vanu skjotara, x. 408; onu verr, worse than
might be expected, quite bad, bad indeed, Ls. 36 ; yrkja kann ek vani;
verr, Mkv. ; vanu betr, we// indeed; vita e-t v4nu mer, to know quite.
Sks. 183 B. II. eccl. /&o/'e, N.T., Pass., Vidal. passim. lH.
in a few instances, esp. in a few compds (vanar-volr, see below), van seems
to denote despair, cp. also the name of the myth, river V6n, despair,
agony : Van and Vii were the rivers produced by the slaver from the ^ ,
mouth of the fettered wolf Fenrir, who is hence called Vanar-gandr, tbt i
Vi^^KARLAUSS—V AKFERLl.
686
.ter of the water W., Edda. compos : viuar-lauss, adj. hopeless,
iii. 73. v&nar-madr, m. a man who has a hope 0/ being taved,
1. 113, Mar.: an alms-man, ie^^ar, = limagi (q. v.), N.G. L. i. 211 J
maflr fxrir J)a konu af landi er vanar ma8r nianns cr, •212. v4nar-
rdlr, m. a beggar's staff; bera vanarvol, Hm. 77 ; gan'ga meS vanarvol,
a wallc with a beggar's staff, be brought to beggary, N. G. L. ii. 71 : mod!
,lso, fara a vonarvol.
vina (vona), a6, to hope; vana fulltings, Fms. vi. 165; ek vdna at
;6d verSi ^tssi fer&, 123; hanii kvaftsk vana, at hon njedi'lifi at halda,
as. i. 4.^0.
vto-biflill, m. a wooer waiting; for an answer; in the phrase, ek vil
igi vera vanbiaill {)essa ra8s, I will not long stand bat in hand, Eb. 130,
.d. 192, Isl. ii. 159.
VANDR, mod. vondr, adj., without compar. or superl. ; [Dan.-Swed.
nd] :—bad; of a thing, vand klaedi, Fs. 150, Fms. i. 70; vdnda leppai
. 161 ; or hiisi Htlu ok vandu, Hkr. ii. 380 ; psaltari vandr, Vm. 13 ; v!
s. rotten ice, Fms. vii. 273; vant vatn, bad water, Karl. 62; vdnt
■ bad weather, Fb. iii. 240. 2. in a moral sense, wicked, bad;
I maar, Fms. vii. 1 1 7, Bs. i. 163 ; v. hefi ek verit, en aldri hefi ek
verit, Nj. 74; ilium ok vandum, Bias. 46; vand verk, N.G. L. ii.
iin.
ivandska or v&nzka, mod. vonzka, u, f. wickedness, Rett. 18, D.N.
]'. 66: in mod. usage, esp. of fury, ire, anger, hann libi ser ekki fyrir
^'i7ku; vonzku-ve6r, a furious, bad gale.
iid-skapr, m. wickedness, Stj. 363, 588, Fms. i. 207 ; v. ok ill-
:;ska, Mar.
ids-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv. ; ilia ok vandsliga, Stj. 47), bad, wicked,
-4-
.an-foli, a, m. = vafoli (q.v.), Nj. 168.
van-gofir, adj. of good hope.
jvan-leysi, n. hopelessness, Fms. ii. 48.
vin-ligr, adj. likely, to be expected, Fms. vi. 301, Hkr. iii. 60 (v. 1.),
ndd. 8.
/dn-lygi, f. \_cp. ykVjugT'], frustration of hope, disappointment ; varSa
iiilygi er ver reyndum, it was not an exaggeration, i. e. // proved but
0 true, Am. 91 ; cp. ok gafsk van at lygi, Fms. x. 389.
VAPN (vopn, vopn), n., old plur. Vdopn or vopn; [Ulf. wepna =
n-\o; A.S. wcEpen; Scot, wappen (in wappenshaw) \ Engl, weapon;
.H.G. wafan ; Germ, waffen ; Dan. vaaben ; Swed. vapen"]: — a
•lapon; t)au eru vopn til j^ess taliS, ox ok sver6, spjot, ok svi8ur
: bryntroll, K. {j. K. 170; skotvagn er ok gott vapn, . . . talgrafir
u god vapn, Sks. 421,425; vapnum ok herklaE8um, Eg. 48 ; bera
ipn, to bear weapons, Js. 6; leggja ni8r vapn utanj)ings, N. G. L.
(13; mun ek {)^r eigi vapnum verjask, Fms. ii. 257; ef hirft-drengr
mann a vapn, missi bond sina, N. G. L. ii. (HirSskra) ; um vapna
,'6, Grag. ii. 95 ; J)au vapn voru J)a ti5. Eg. 189; it bezta vapn,
■'I ; sver& allra vapna bezt, 746; sverd, it bitrasta vapn, Fms. ii. 255 ;
ipn . . . hornbogi e8r lasbogi, Sks. 408 ; taka vapn sin af veggjum. Eg.
^ ; ^eir fundu hesta sina ok vapn, Nj. 21, Sturl. ii. 69 ; sverS ok spjot
uut Jjau af skapti ... en vapnin (i. e. the steel part of the weapon)
1 hann i yfirhofn sinni. Eg. 218. compds : vdpna-afli, a, m.
> of arms, Sturl. ii. 203, Nj. 122. vdpna-bit, n. a ' weapon-bite,'
luiid. Fas. ii. 471. vdpna-brak, n. a din of arms, 6. H. 69, Fms.
j 1 36. vdpna-bur3r, m. a bearing weapons ; lagSr v. a aljjingi a
llandi,Ann.ii54; Jia var sva litill v., at ein var stalhufa a al^ingi, Landn.
' (App.); tekinn af v. i kaupstoSum i Noregi, Ann. 1152; i |)enna
voru sver6 utid her a landi til vapna-burdar, Fbr. 13 : a fray, shower
^capons in battle, Hkr. i. 237 ; bar fyrir litan J)at skip vapnaburd hei&-
g]i, their inissiles fell outside the ship, they missed it, Fms. vii. 232, Orkn.
)0. vdpna-bunadr, m. an equipment of arms, armour, Nj. 104, Ld.
, GJ)1. 100. vfipna-d6nir, m. a weapon-ordeal, poet. vdpna-
.11, n. a law term, a failing or absence from a ' weapon-show' or muster
apna^ing), G^\. 107. vdpna-ganga, u, f. a meeting at a vapna-
ng, Rett. 112. vd,pna-gangr, m. a clash of weapons, also a shower
missiles, Fms. xi. 117, v^pna-glamr (Fas. i. 461) and -gn^, m.
clash of weapons. Fas. i. 506. v^pna-kista, u, f. an arms-chest,
url. ii. 107 C. vapna-laust, n. adj. weaponless, unanned, Mar.
ipna-samkv^ma = vapnaj)ing, Sks. 384. vdpna-skipti, n. an
change of weapons, Gisl. 5 : a passage of arms, exchange of blows,
201 (where plur.), 261. vdpna-sta3r, m. a 'weapon-spot,'
place (where one may be wounded) ; sja beran v. 4 e-m,
■ 9: weapon-marks, wounds, er J)eir hafa sen sar ok vapnastaSi,
.G. L. i. 306. vd,pna-stefna, u, f. = vapnaj)ing, Fms. vii. 48.
Ipna-tak, q. v. vd.pna-tollr, m. a kind of toll, N. G. L. iii.
>. v4pna-vi3skipti = vapnaskipti. Fas. i. 107, Js. 24. vdpna-
ti, n. a fine for not appearing at a vapna{)ing, G{)1. 109. vipna-
ng, n. [Scot, wappenshaw. Old Mortality], a ' weapon show,' muster,
meeting where all the franklins had to appear and produce for inspec-
« the arms which every man was lawfully bound to have, G^l. 106 ;
.1 morguninn atti konungr v., ok kannaSi lid sitt, Fms. ix. 478 ; hafi
nn atgeirinn til Valhallar ok beri ]?ar fram 4 vapna-J)ingi, Nj. 119. ,
B. Proper compoi : vipn-baatiim, ptrt. wta fom trntUrm, Ux.
roet. v4pn-b«rr, adj. fnpoud to wtapomt. Us. Po«t. vipn.
bitinn, part. ' wtapon^iitm,' diad by tin mord, Hkr. L 14. Ld. 190,
Grett. 1 59 new Ed. Tipn-barr - vApnh«fr. )>iAr. 78, ». I. vApn-
dauOr, adj. • weapon-dtad,' Skv. i . 34. Stj. 500, GrAg. i. a 13. rtpa-
djarfr, adj. gallant. Hkr. ii. 366. Km*. »ii. 154. S«j. a8<,. Tipn-
dOgg, f. ' weapon-dnu,' blood. Lex. Poet. Tipn-flmi, f. »iiU «<■
arms, Isl. ii. 117, Al. 4. 8. b.irft. 38 new Ed. rApn-flmr. adj.
dexterous in arms, N.G. L. if. 421, Fimib. 328. T*pn-terr, adj.
skdled in arms, Nj. 221. B». i. 525 : of a weapon. Fm». r. 337. Tipn.
fat, n. pi. armour, Fai. i. 239. vipn-c>j6t, n. 'ntafnm ttmm! u
thiigs, catapults, Sks. 398 B. vipn-gOflgr, adj. glorknu im anm,
epithet of Odin, Gm. ▼ipn-hauski. a, m. a warglovt. Ana. 1 394.
rApn-hestr, ni. a war-boru, Karl., Sir. TApn>hrid, f. 'wwe^iom
storm; Lex. Poet. vipn-haBfir, adj.//. managtahU a» a totafem, Sd.
146, Fas. 1. 240. v&pn-Uudr, n. • wtapom-foam,' blood, Le«. Foil.
v&pn-lausa, adj. weaponless, unarmtd. Eg. i to, Fm». rii. ^5. Hupa-
rakkr, adj. bold, N.G. L. ii. 421. vApn-rokkr, in. a bi^-*o<U,
{jidr. 9. v4pn-8l»gr = v4pnfimr, Karl. 107. vApn-atainn. m.
= vapngrj6t, Hkr. iii. 293. Sk». 380. vApn.s«kJA, »*itti. /o aaaei.
Art. 21, 26. TApn>sOngr, m. the 'weapon-song,' clatb of arms,
Gkv., Akv, vApn-treyja, u, f. a war-Jacket, a huff-<oat, N. G. L.
ii. 427. vApn-imdaflr, part, weapon-^wounded. Lex. Poet. rApn*
vana, adj. = vapnlauss. Karl. 349. vApn-t>riin*, u, f. lb* wtapm-
clash, battle. Lex. Poet.
vApna (vopna), ad, to furnish with arnu, Al. 66 ; vApnit yftr, Fm».
ix. 217; vapna sik, to arm oneself. Fas. i. 41, Bser. II. II.
reflex, to take one's arms, Nj. 231, Fms. viii. 85, pauim. 2.
vdpnaflr, armed. Eg. 77, 564, Nj. 69, Al. passim.
v4pna-tak, n. [A. S. wcepen-getac ; Engl, wapentake], a wtapon-grasp-
ing, a law phrase ; in their assemblies the ancients used to expreu their
consent by waving or brandishing their weapons, ' si placuit [sententia]
frameas concutiunt, honoratissimum assensus genus est armis laudare,'
Tacit. Germ. ch. 11; 'more Daconim tela mutuae voluntatis pacto
una concusserunt,' Dudo De Moribus et Actis Normannorum, iii. 96 ;
'coUisione armorum ct contactu,' .Andreas Suneson (Lex Scan.); var
Sverri gefit konungs-nafn 4 J)essu 4tla-fyrlkna-l)ingi ok d«mt me*
v4pna-taki, Fms. viii. 41 ; aeptu allir upp mcd vapna-taki, at J)eir skyldi
allir vera litlaegir, Hkr. iii. 325, v. 1. 2. metaph. a vote or decree,
resolution passed at a public assembly ; veita giira vapnatak, eiga y. at
e-u ; skulu Jjingmenn honum jorft dzma ok veita hoiium v. til ^i, at
hann knegi verja jor8 sina meft logum ok domi. N. G. L. i. 89 ; ^ eigu
byjar-menn at leggja doni a ok veita v. at, Grug. ii. 409 (referring to
Norway) ; beiddi {)ess alia er a voru t)inginu, lidsmenn, bxndr ok bsejar-
menn, at {)eir skyldi giira v. at {)vi, at d«ma nied lugum .... Fm». vii.
293 ; attu J)eir handfesti ok v. at |)essu hciti er konungr mxiti fyrir. riii.
55 ; var J)4 gort liigtekit, ok att v. at, at Sveinn konungr skyldi kjika
J)ann af sonum sinum sem hann vildi til konungs cptir sik i Daninork,
xi. 213 ; njoti sd vatta sinna ok aisti bxndr v4piutaks, N.G. L. i. 250;
J)a eigu {)ingmenn honum me& vapnataki jord at skeyta, 96 ; ef maftr
ryfr J)ann dom er dxmdr er a alj)ingi, ok v. er at 4tt innan Logr^ttu ok
litan, Js. 7, N. G. L. ii. 190 ; ok v^r saman scttum ok samt>yktum ok lyst
var J)a i Tunsbergi fyrir almiiganum ok v. 4 tekit {resolved) at fyrir log
skyldi dxma . . ., iii. 206. II. in the Icel. parliament (al^ingi) the
word assumed a peculiar sense, for in the Grag. 'vapnatak' means the
breaking up of the session, when the men resumed their weapons, which
had been laid aside during the session (see vapnaburSr, vapn A) ; )>at skal
vera fj6rt4n nottum eptir vapnatak, en |)at heitir v. cr ilpybn ridr af
alj)ingi, Hrafn. 19, referring to the middle of the loth century, where how-
ever it may be an anachronism ; but in the Gr4gas and in Icel. of the 12th
and 1 3th centuries it was a standing term, see Gr4g. passim ; cptir vApna-
tak, i. 80; fj6rt4n nottum eptir vapnatak, 123, 194, ii. 178. III.
in that part of England which formed the ancient Denelagu, * waepentak'
or ' wapentagia' came to mean a subdivision, answering to ' hundred ' in
the Saxon shires. Although altered in sense, this word was no doubt
imported from the Danish, for in Leges Edvardi Confcssoris, ch. 30, the '
words ' sub lege Anglorum' and ' lingua Anglica' arc simply an error of
a scribe for Danorum, Danica, for ' taka ' is not A. S., but None, see
Konrad Maurer, Germania xiv. 317 sqq.
v4pni, a, m. a nickname, Landn. ; whence local names, VApnA-
QOrflr, VApnfirdingar, m.p\. the men from W., id. ; VApnfirftinga Saga,
Fms. ii. 239. VApnlingar or Vespnlingar, m. pi. descendants 0/
Vapni, Landn. 254.
VAB, n., mod.vor; [Lat. v2r; Dan.-Swed. raar, »&• ; in mod. Danish
this old word has been displaced by for-aar ^Gtxm. frub-jabr ; although
vaar is still used in special and poetical phrases] : — the spring ; vctr,
sumar, vdr ok haust, Edda ; hit nssta v4r, . . . um varit. Fms. vi. 90 ;
allt til v4rs, Nj. 11 ; i v4r, last spring. Eg. 235 ; i vari, Eb. (in a verse),
passim in old and mod. usage.
B. CoMPDs: v4r-b6k, f. a mass-book for the spring. Am. 5.
v4r-dagar, ra. pi. spring days. Boll. 354, Fms. iii. 91. vAr-ferli,
686
VARFODR— VATTK.
a, m. a spring-traveller, Boldt 136. V&r-f63r, n. spring-feed, for
cattle, N. G. L. i. 38. v^r-fseddr, part, born in the spring, D. N.
vdr-gr63i, a, m. a spring-crop. vd,r-liluti, a, m. the part of a mass-
book for the spring, Vm. 80, 12 2. vdr-lag, n. the price (in cattle)
when paid in the spring, opp. to haustlag. vd,r-langr, adj. spring-
long ; in varlangan dag, Landn. 264 (v. 1.), tsl. ii. 381. var-lei3angr,
m. the spring-levy, D. N. ii. 390, vdr-ligr, adj. belonging to the
spring, vernal, A\. gS. vdr-orka, u, f. = varonn, G{)1. 410. var-
skdgr, m. a wood in spring, B. K. 55 ; see varrskogr. var-ti3, f.
spring-tide, the spring, Eluc. 30. var-timi, a, m. spring-time, Stj . 1 4, 2 2 8 .
var-tiiind, f. a tithe payable in the spring, K. |>. K. 144. v4r-ve3r-
dtta, u, f. spring-weather. vfir-vinna, u, f. spring-work, N. G. L. ii.
vdr- viking, f. afreebooting expedition in the spring, Orkn. 462. v£r-
yrkja, t, to do the spring-work in a household, Grag. ii. 332. v£r-J)ing,
n. a spring-parliament, one of the quarter assizes held in Icel., see lb.
ch. 5, Grag. (Kb.), J>. |). ch. 56-59; varj)ing, al{)ingi, leiS, Grag. i. 4,
105, Ld. 56, Dropl. 5, 8, 13, Nj. 251, passim. vdr-6nn, f. spring-
work, Grag. ii. 261.
vara, a6, (ora, Orkn. in a verse), to become spring: impers., pa er
vara&i, Fms. i. 22, Nj. 11 ; en er varar, Ld. 176 ; er vara t6k, Eg. 156 ;
v4ra6i sva seint at jor6 var litt igr66ra at fardogum, Bs. i. 172; J)er
berit aptr er o'rar | oxh J)au, Orkn. 1. c, and passim. 2. reflex., Nj. 9.
VABAB, f., only in pi. [A. S. wcer ; O. H. G. ware =foedus ; cp.
the adjectives, A. S. waer, O. H. G. war. Germ, wahr, Lat. verus'] : —
a pledge, troth, plight ; the word is obsolete, and only occurs in the fol-
lowing references, — Helgi ok Svafa veittusk varar, ok unnusk fur6u-
mikit, Helgi and Swdfa plighted their faith to one another, and loved
each other much, Saem.; einka-mal er veita sin k milli konur ok karlar,
J)vi heita J)au mal varar, Edda 19; leggit Mjolni f meyjar-kn^, vigit
okkr saman varar-hendi,_;o/« us with a wedding-hand, J)kv. ; Jiat rae6 ek
J)er at J)u truir aldri varum vargdropa, Sdm. ; hann lagSi sitt mal i kne
honum ok seldi varar, Fms. ix. 432 (in a verse). 2. the sing, only
occurs in V&r, the name of one of the goddesses, Edda (cp. vseringi) ;
no doubt from varar. vfira-vargr, m. a truce-breaker, Sdm.
vdr-ktinn, f. the 'var' is probably gen. sing. fern, from va (woe),
governed by the following 'kynna;' var-kunna, qs. kunna vur, to feel
woe, feel compassion for, cp. the verb va, Hm. 74 : what is to be ex-
cused, er put mikil varkunn, frsendi, at J)ik fysi at kanna annarra manna
si6u, Fms. ii. 24; p6 heldr J)ik varkunn til at leita a, Nj. 21 ; er ok v.
a, at slikir hlutir liggi i miklu riimi J)eim er nokkurir eru kappsmenn,
0. H. 33 ; mi er {)at varkunn at hann vili ekki vi8 oss jafnask, Orkn.
332. 2. compassion, pity; satt rettlaeti hefir varkunn i ser (render-
ing of Lat. compassio) en logit rettlseti rei8i, Greg. 33 : eigi likar Gu3i
varkunnin ein saman, 19; varkunnar hugr, a compassionate mind, 25.
coMPDS : vdrkunnar-lauss, adj. unmerciful: inexcusable, hitt er var-
kunnarlaust, at J)u bregdir oss brigzlum, Nj. 227. vdxkium-leysi,
n. mercilessness, Al. 95. varkunnar-verk, n. an excusable deed,
Fms. vi. III.
vd,r-kiinna, kunni, to excuse, Fms. ii. 296, v. 1.
varkvmnigr, adj. mercif id, forbearing, Stj. 2, 172, Karl. 489; forsjall,
vitr ok v., 655 XX. 3; vera v. e-m, compassionate, Stj. 217.
vdrkurm-Mtr, adj. = varkunnigr ; vera ser v. um e-t, to excuse one-
self. Fas. ii. 344: compassionate, Horn. 95, 130, (St.) 4.
vdrkunn-liga, adv.; var6veita v.. Fas. iii. 131, v. 1.
vdrkunn-ligr, adj. excusable, Fms. x. 343.
varkunn-lseti, n. forbearance, Horn. 6, 95.
vdrkunn-samr (-semi, f.), zd]. forbearing.
vdr-k3nina, 8, mod. vorkenna, qs. kunna var, see varkunn above :
— to excuse; v. e-m, Greg. 72 ; vil ek y&r v. at J)er Jjykkisk alls til lengi
hafa heiman verit, Fms. ii. 296; munu ver eigi varkynna o5rum J)6
at h6r skatyr5isk, Isl. ii. 384. 2. to pity ; varkynndi hann fatsekt
(dat.) hans, 655 iii. 4; varkynna syn6gum, Greg. 45 ; likna ok var-
kynna, 623. 23; per varkynndut oss eigi, pitied us ?iot. Fas. ii. 76.
vdr-kynnd, f. = varkunn, compassion, mercy; fyrir litan alia v., Sks.
537 B; varkynndar g66vili, Fms. ii. 296, O. H. L. 82; meS v., B. K.
107.
VARR, var, vart, mod. vor, a possess, pron. This word has undergone
several changes, starting from an original form uns, Goth, unsar, which
was contracted into us, cp. orir, p. 469 ; next the s changed into r (as in
vera, heyra, eyra, jarn), thus it became urr or 6r-r, cp. A. S. ure, Engl.
our; lastly, the initial vowel was turned into the cognate consonant v,
prob. from being confounded with the personal pronoun ver. The old
poets seem only to know the vowel form, as is always seen in al-
literation, VJ)m. 4, 7, Hym. 33, Hkv. Hjorv. 23 ; and so in rhymes,
stoVr, o'rar, Kormak. Thorodd cites this form, orar eru u-raek6ir drar ;
and the earliest vellums use it throughout. About A.D. 1200 varr
begins to appear, an innovation prob. imported from abroad ; thus in
Clem. S. (Arna-Magn. 645), p. 147, ' or,' ' orum,' six times (11. i, 4, 9,
12, 13, 28), but ' varra,' ' var,' twice (11. 6, 25) ; in a few poems of the
12th century, preserved in late vellums, the spelling is'vorr,' whereas
the alliteration and rhyme demand 6, e. g. Likn. 24, Harms. 53, 54, 58 ;
&.
in Ls. 52 ' viimmin var' is an exception and otherwise corrupt, for 'v^r
could not have existed at the time when that poem was composed. &
this way the modern varr arose, being quite peculiar to the Scandinavian
[Dan. i>or, Swed. t;dr; whereas Goth, unsar. Germ, unser, answer ti[
the obsolete Icel. ossir ; and A. S. ure, Engl, our, answer to early led
orr] : — our.
B. Usages. — Our; vart h6fu&, Fms. x. 7 ; vars herra, Stj. ; varrai
id. ; me8 vorum afla, Hkr. ii. 92 ; varra glsepa, Stj. 2. neut. a
subst. ; [cp. Engl, ours^ ; lata slika sitja yfir varu, Isl. ii. 224. 3
with another pron. ; varr skal hverr eina konu eiga, N. G. L. i. 20
varr skal engi blandask vi6 biif^, each of us, 18 ; skipi hvert vart styr&i
Am. 96 ; einn varn, one of us, Fms. vi. 165 ; hverjum varum, each ofui
O. H. 61; kva8 hvern varn skyldu falla pveran of annan, Fms. vi. 31
(in a verse) ; sjam hverr varr {who of tis) fai fyrst biinar snekkjui
Fas. i. 350 (in a verse); engum varum, none of us. Glum. 332 ; fundi
varir Hakonar, our meetings, i. e. of H. and myself, Fms. vii. 256.
VAS, n. wetness, toil, fatigue, from storm, sea, frost, bad weather, 0
the like ; pola vas ok ervi&i, Fms. i. 222 ; fekk hann mik-t vas ok ervi&i
viii. 18 ; pverr kraptrinn mikit i vasinu ok hernaSinum, Orkn. 464 ; Eirik
kveSsk minna mega vi& vasi (uosi Cod.) ollu, enn var, Fb. i. 538 ; i pein
fer5 fengu peir mikit vas af illvi5ri, frosti ok snjavum, Fms. ix. 233
hofu ver mi moSir verit af hungri ok kulda ok miklu vasi, Post. 645
100; per erut menn m68ir af vasi. Eg. 204.
CoMPDS : vds-bu3 (mod. vosbu3), f. toil, fatigue from vas
fleiri v. hafdi hann en v6r hofum, Fms. ix. 369 ; var par hor5 vasbuS, pvi
at 611 hladan draup, 234; hafa haft marga v., id.; geta vasbu3. El
(in a verse). vd.s-fer3 and v&s-for, f. a wet journey, Fms. vii. (i
a verse), Fagrsk. v4s-kl8B3i, n. rain-clothes, Fms. i. 149, Greti
98 A, Mar. v^s-kufl, m. a rain-cloak, Nj. 32, Ld. 268. vis
kyrtill, n. a rain-cloak, D.N. iv. 468. vds-samr, adj. wet am
toilsome; austr v. e8a erviSr, Grett. 95 A; vassamt embaetti, Stj. 36^
vds-tabar3r, m. a rain-tabard, D. N. vas-verk, n. wet worl
Eb. 256.
vd.-sjaldan, adv. very seldom, rare indeed, Sks. 318 B.
v^-skapa3r, m. a ' woe-shaper,' woe-maker, the terrible, Hym.
v4-skeyttr, part., qs. var-skeyttr, van-skeyttr, a law phrase, unconvey
able, untransferable : hence fickle, shifty, vaskeytt er annars vinatta,
saying, Gpl. 61 ; par er eigi vaskeyttr vili sa er ymsu vindr fram, 677.8.
v^-stigr, m. a woful path, H8m. 18.
vd,ta-drifa, u, f. a fall of sleet, Hkr. iii. 425. vdta-reykr, m. a m
reek, Krok. 58 C.
vat-eygr, adj. wet-eyed.
vdt-fserr, adj. wet to pass, of a road, Grett. 161.
vdtka, u, f. wetness, moisture, Rb. 442. ts
v6t-lendi, n. a wet soil, Stj. 59, 201.
vatna or votna, a5, to become wet ; cp. vokna.
VATB, vat, vatt, mod. votr ; [A. S. wcet ; Engl, wet; Dan. vaad\ :-
wet; peir voru vatir mjok. Eg. 203; hann var ekki vatr stors of old
upp, Bs. i. 349 ; peir voru allir vatir, Eb. 276; allr al-v., Faer. 184; regi
hafdi verit, ok hofSu menn or5it vatir, Nj. 15; hendinni vatri, (5. H
224 ; me8 vata bra, . . . vatar ki8r, wet cheeks from weeping. Lex. Poet.
sumar vatt, a wet summer, Rb. 572 ; vatt ve8r, Fb. ii. 308 ; par var all
vott, 367 ; (vatt, 0. H. 1. c.) ; hvi er vatt ? Fs. 38 ; hafa innan-vitt
* in-wet,' shipping of seas, a naut. term, Hav. 42 new Ed., Faer. 256.
vdt-samr, adj. wet.
vatta, a3, mod. votta, to witness, affirm; with dat., hon vattaSi pvi, a
hon aetlaSi honum alia sina eigu, Fms. i. 248 ; hann vattaSi pvi, at ham
vseri framarr at ser enn a5rir menn. Mar. ; Haraldr let fram vitni pau e
hann vatta8i fyrir, at Jatvar6r konungr gaf honum konungdom ok rik
sitt, Fms. vi. 396 ; sem enn vattar i dag, Gpl. 46 ; sva sem vattar vi8
i sogum, Hkr. iii. 99 ; sva miklar tuptir sem mi vatta provendu-hii
hans, D. N. iii. 90.
vd,tt-bera, bar, to testify, N. G. L. i. 306.
vitt-bserr, adj. admissible as a witness, Grag. i. 332, Jb. 296.
vdtt-dagr, m. witness-day = Thursday, Magn. 540.
vd,tt-lauss, adj. unwitnessed; vattlaus kaup, Grag. ii. 406; selja {&'
leigu vattlaust, i. 398.
vdtt-nefna, u, f. a law phrase, a calling witnesses, Nj. 14, Grag. Ji
48. Eg. 732, Hrafn. 18.
vfitt-nsemdr, part, attested by witnesses, Fms. ii. 237.
v6tt-or3, n. evidence, testimony ; peirra priggja vattor3a er i d6mini
attu at koma, Nj. 36; hann fiutti fram vitni sin ok v., Fms. vii. 143
reifa vattor6, Nj. 243; kve3ja vattor&a allra, er s6k eigu at fylgja
Grag. i. 34; vattor3a-kv63, summons to give evidence, ii. 124.
VATTR, m., mod. vottr, pi. vsettir, D. N. i. 7 ; [cp. vitni ; the ety
mology of this word is not altogether established, but it is highly probaW:
that it, like vitni (q. v.), is derived from vita and is related to Goth, tuett
wodei = pxjprvpiov; if so, a would stand for Goth, ei, and the ' -or9 11
vattorS would not be qs. ' word,' but would answer to the Goth. ' woda.
with an inserted r] :— a witness ; hafa vatta v\b, Nj. 3 ; l<5t hann ganga fran
vitni sin ok vatta, Fms. vii. 141 ; njota vatta sinna, N.G.L. i. 55, passim
i
VXTTANEFN A— \iLi)R.
687
i.. Gufts-vattr God's xoitness, a martyr, saint. Bias. 43 ; Krists vittr. f quel with Egir / »o .Ik, in the vcr.« of Krirtui Sdi8»^k«i.nL<».
^ ; pislar-vattr (q. v.). id. compds : vdtta-nefna, u, f. = vattncfna, «^ - "-■'- ■ —^ ■ - • ■ ■ '-*^ » g«- 1*, from
. 236. vdtta-saga, u, f. a declaration, GJ)1. 355, Eb. 166.
dtt-visi, f. a declaration, Fms. ii. 270.
v&tvidra*
■4t-vi6ri, n. wet weather, Bs. i, Fbr. 147, Fas. ii. 378.
mr, adj., Stud. ii. 89 C.
'i-veifl, n. ' woe-waving,' fearful suddenness, as in the waving of a
nd, always used of a visitation or calamity ; at eigi dsei |)eir med sv&
Iclu v., Stj. 330; ek mun vega J)a meS skj6tu v., 329.
■i-vei&a, adv. all of a sudden ; nxsta vaveifis skein J)ar Ij6s fagrt,
art. 102.
iveifliga, adv. (mod. voveifliga), suddenly; bersk J)at at vAveifliga,
{)eir voknu8u vi6 J)at at skalinn loga8i yfir {)eim, Fms. x. 290 ; tiftindi
ma V. til eyrna e-m, Bs. i. 139 ; flugu hja ^eim fuglar margir v4veif-
a, Fms. i. 273 ; koma v. at e-m, kom konungr at honum v., x. 315,
H. 98, Edda (pref.) : freq. in mod. usage, but with the notion of
I, danger.
iveifligr, adj. sudden; at sizt bryg6i vid vafeifliga hluti, Fms. vi,
0 ; V. vatna-voxtr, Stj, 87 ; v. sott, sudden illness, Horn. (St.) ; verSr
5 opt J)a varir minnst, | voveiilig haetta biiin iinnst, Pass. 5. 2.
■■fi, n. [a form v^s would answer to Ulf. weihs or webs, n. = kw/xi], dyp6s ;
1. uuib = templum ; the identity of this word with the Lat. vicus and
. (Skos is indubitable, the abbreviation being analogous to fe and pecu ;
ereas Goth, weihs = holy is prop, a different root word, see vigja; for
; double sense of Lat. aedes and templum does not depend on the etymo-
y, but is analogous to what has taken place in the word hof, q. v.]
A. A mansion, bouse, Lat. aedes, this is the original sense, then a
ictvary, temple, cp. hof; til v^s heilags, to the holy mansion, Hdl. i ;
1 ve, the borne of men, i.e. the earth, Hm. 107; l5t-ve, l3t-gar3r,
outer-mansion, of the outskirt of the earth, where the giants live,
ginnunga ve, the mansion of the gods, the heavens, Haustl. 15;
I ve go5a, to dwell in the homes of the gods, VJ)m. 51 ; hapta ve,
piaces of gods = holy places, Vellekla ; ve mana, the moon's mansion,
the heavens, Edda i. 330 (in a verse) ; valda veum, to rule house,
'11, reside, Gm. 13; sva mikils vir6u godin ve sin ok gri6a-sta6i, at
(ji vildu t)au saurga J)a meS bl66i ulfsins, Edda 20 ; 611 Vandils-v^, the
dofV., Hkv. 2. 33 : allit., ve ok vangr, fra minum v4um ok vongum
■lu J)er ae jafnan kold ra6 koma (see vangr), Ls. 51. II. a temple ;
vi banda, all the temples of the gods, and hapta v6, id., Vellekla ; granda
im, to violate the temples, Hkr. i. (in a verse) ; v^s valdr, the lord of the
i.e. lord of the county, or = temple-lord (1), an epithet applied to the
1 Sigurd, Kormak. 2. the law phrase, vega vig i v6um, to slay
nan in a sanctuary (a temple, an assembly, or the like) ; hann va
i veum ok var6 litlaegr, Landn. 80 ; Ozurr va vig i veum a Upp-
dum, J)a er hann var i briidfor me3 Sigur&i hrisa, fyrir {)at var6 hann
I ifl6tti til islands, 304 ; Erpr lutandi vA vig i veum ok var setlaSr til
Skaldatal 252; vargr i v^um (see vargr), Fms. xi. 40; Eyvindr
.egit i veum ok var hann vargr or5inn, Eg. 259 : also in the
cure passage, Grag., J), {j. ch. 24, ' um v6s liti,' perh. ' um v^s iitan,' =
iide the court, absent from court, of a judge prevented through sick-
from being in his place in court, Grag. (Kb.) i. 76, 1. 3.
B. Ve, in local r\!Lmes,'V6-hj6rg =Vi-borg in Denmark, Fms. ;
torf, Thork. Dipl. : Vear, f. pi. (like Torgar, Nesjar), Munch's Norg.
kriv. : V6-ey, an island in Romsdal in Norway, Edda ii. 492 ; 08ins-
-Odense in Funen in Denmark, Fms. xi. (never in Icel. local
les) : freq. in mod. Dan. and Swed. local names, Vi-um, Vi-bcek, Vi-
i, Vis-by. II. in names of persons, either from ve = aedes or
n ve = Goth. weihs = holy, thus, e. g. Ve-laug may be = Heim-laug,
ch name also occurs : V6-geirr (hann var kallaSr Vegeirr J)vi at hann
blotmaar mikill), Landn. 149 : V^-gestr, V6-di8, V^-mundr (all
e names in the same family), Landn. ; as also, V6-gar3r, V6-
1, V^-brandr, V6-frey3r, Ve-laug, Ve-leifr, Y6-nf, id.: or
V6J)-orinr, VeJ)-orii ; cp. Widu-ric, Widu-Jeind, Wodu-rid, and
imilar old Teut. pr. names.
, n. pi., different from the preceding -worA ; [the Lat. vexillum is a
in. derivative from root of veho ; the root word is vigan = /o carry
T, Lat. vebol : — a standard, remains only in poetry ; gyld ve, golden
dards, Fms. i. 1 75 (in a verse) ; ve5r-blasin v4, vii. 345 (in a verse) ;
II o3u ve, vi. 409 (in a verse) ; J)ar er ve vaSa, Darr. 6; gullsett v(5
ve geysa, glymja, skj41fa, blasa, ri6a, all poet, phrases of the
sd carried high in battle, see Lex. Poet. ; reisa v6, to hoist the
is. viii. (in a verse); hildar v6, the ' war-standard,' i. t. a shield,
'-■ I, (for shields were used as such, see remarks s. v. skjoldr.)
2 qs. vei, a, m. [Goth. weiha = l(pfv$, John xviii. 13], prop, a priest
o3i (q. v.), remains as a pr. name, V6i, brother of Odin, Yngl. S. ;
V^a, Ls.
, interj. [Goth. t»aj; Germ, wehe; Lzt.vae; cp. vi], woe, misery ;
d e8r ve, Stj. 39.
ar, m. pi., is in Lex. Poet, entered among the names of gods, but
cely rightly so, for the Hym. 39 is corrupt ; ' v^ar skulu ' probably
»^eorr skyli' . . . drekka eitt oldr, may W. (i.e. Tbor) enjoy a ban-
vn'- aedes; pcrh. tanna vi^atdei dttuiim^lb* mmiA{1).
v6-brandp, m. [from v« - w*i//*m (?) j. o ttmdard, orijhmm (I), m
&n. \fy. rendering of Lat. txcutitni BtUtma 'facn' Al. 41.
v6-braut, n. a doubtful &*. Xty., tb* bmuHltad or ibt frmum 0/ a
bouse, the place cleared to build a bouu on - ruA (q. t.), Horakiofi (Hkr.
i. in a verse).
v6-h6nd, n. pi., prop. ' mansion4>ond$,' i. e. tie boimdarm ot fewiimela
of a dwelling, but used only in a special tentc. viz. ibe nff fiuMMd to
stakes by -vhich a parliamentary assembly or court wa« turrooadad; ^
cr domrinn var scttr var vollr slettr ok setUr uiftr besli-stcagr I vdOina i
bring, en liigfl um liUn sneri umhrcriis, vciru J)at kollut fibdod (cp.
Engl. 6ar), Eg. 340 ; J>cir skAru i sundr v^bondin en brutu niftr (tengr, JI50;
Snorri logmadr l^t skcra v«5bond i Liigrettu k Al|)ingi i sundr, Ann. 1 339;
logmaAr skal lata giira v<-bund i Gula 4 t>ingstad r^ttum, sv4 vib at ^r lufi
riim fyrir innan er i Ltigr^ttu skolu vera, G()l. 13 ; rar Jat minn fuJIr «loinr
meft allri Ltigr^ttunnar sam))ykt, ' wtan we banda ok innan," D. N. ii. 66a
(A.D. I421); aff al lagrettith innan vebondith ok uthcn. i. 1030 (A.D.
15") ; s'l'" logrettu-manna innan v^>banda ok litan, ii. 385 (A.D. 1347).
VED, n., dat. pi. veftjum ; [Ulf. wadi •> ippa0i>f ; A. S. wd ; Old
Engl. (Chaucer) «/*«/«/«; Scot, wad-set = a mortgage ; Gtrm.Ufelte; Lat,
vas vad-is, vadi-monium] : — a pledge, surety ; vurzlu-mann Jann er
veftjum s6 jamg68r, N.G. L. i. 347; leggja ve8 fyrir grip, ii. 161 ; )Mt
veft sem t)eir cm & sAttir, GrAg. ii. 334; Sighvatr handsaladi hooum
Sauftafell i ve6, Bs. i. 507 ; hann bau8 J)ar at ve8i alia eigu sina, Fms.
ix. 47, viii. 303 ; i hiind skal Icigu gjalda, eda sctja red hAlfu betra,
Vm. 16; selja e-m ve8, Js. 135, N. G. L. ii. 162; ^ir bu8u at leggja
sik i ve8, Nj. 163 ; leggi cinn-hverr htind sina i munn m6r at vc8i, EdtU
20 ; hann lit eptir {& mikit at ve8i, Fb. iii. 400 ; ciga ve8 i grip,
N. G. L. i. 51, jji8r. 68 ; hafa e-t i ve8i, or vera i ve8i, to have at stake;
hafa mi i ve8i fe {jitt ok fjor, Fms. iv. 321 ; eigi vil ek hafa saemd mina
i ve8i mots vi8 illgirni bans, Grett. 95 A ; lif mitt er i vc8i, Fas. i. 30.
ve3-br68ir, m. = ei8br68ir, a plighted brother, confederate, Karl. 435,
4.';3.
vefl-fals, n., ved-fleerS, f., and vefi-fox, n. a fraud in a ved ; nii sclr
ma8r tveim monnum eitt vc8, J)A A sA vc8 cr fyrri tdk, en hinum er veft-
fals, Js. 125 (G{)1. 511, 1. c, veSfox).
ve3-f6, n. a bet, wager; dxm8u ^eir at dvergrinn sctti veftf^it, Edda
70 ; eigi munt ^u hljota vc8f(Sit, Fms. vii. 203 ; A ek mi ve&fAit . , . ef
m^r baerisk ve8feit, 6. H. 75.
ve3-festa, u, f. a pledge, D. N. ii. 206.
ve3-hlaup, n. [Dan. vaddelob], running a race, (mod.)
ve3ja, a8, [Ulf. ga-wadion = ap/w^ny; A.S. weddian; Scot, wad;
Germ, wetten; Dan. vadde] : — to lay a wager, bet; with dat., vedja um
e-t, or absol., ve8ja hof8i um gctspeki, VJ)m. 19; vcdjar Loki hofSi sinu
vi8 ^ann dverg, Edda 69 ; ek vil vedja um vid {)ik, at ek mun finna . . . ,
0. H. 75, Fms. vi. 369 ; skal vist veSja h^r um. Fas. i. 318 ; viltu vedja
vi8 OSS, at . . ., 317 ; ef menn ve8ja, hafi at alls engu, GJ)I. 533 ; vefiit
eigi optarr vi8 ukunna menn. Fas. i. 319; l>eir reiddusk ok veSjuAo,
Korm. 142. II. a Norse law term, [Swed. vddja], to appeal; )>&
skolu ^ingmenn skjota d6mi ^irra ve8judum A fylkis-^ing, N. G. L. i.
88; ver8a J)ar a8rir ve8ja8ir ( = for-ve8ja8ir?) ok af sinu mill, id.
ve3ja3r = ve8jan, an appeal; in ve3jadar-d6mr, N.G. L. i. 339.
ve3jan, f. (ace. with the art. ve8junna, Edda 70), a wagering, betting ;
eptir {)essa ve8jan ok kappmxli, Fms. ii. 276, Hkr. iii. 281, Fas. i. 318,
ii. 546 (ve8jun) ; ve8janar-fi6, a wager =veb(e. Fas. i. 319. 2. an
appeal ; bj68a veSjan, N. G. L. i. 330 ; ve8janar domr, a court of appeal,
id.
ve3-leg6Ja, lag8i, to lay a wager, N. G. L. i. 347.
ved-mAli, a, m. a pledge, mortgage ; skal sA |>eirra hafa veflmAla sinn,
er hann hefir at logum at farit, GrAg. i. 136; um Iands>vir8ingar ok um
ve8mala, id. ; daema konu sitt f^, ef hon Atti, c8a vcdmAla ef v6ru, ok
hverjum sina aura fulla, 84; |)A er at logum farit, ef synt er vittum
ve8mali, 126.
ve3-m8ela, t, to pledge, mortgage, GrAg. i. 1 36 ; f<5 ve8maelt at logum,
413 ; sa er fe sitt Ut ve8maela, 137 ; {)6 at hann hafi mcira veSmaelt, id.
VEDK, n. [A.S. and Old Engl, weder; Engl, weather; Germ, wetter;
Dan. vceder, sounded var-et] -.—the weather ; kalt, vindlitiS veftr, gott
ve8r, kyrt ve8r, Fbr. 356 ; spur8i hvat ve8rs v«ri, id. ; i hvcrju veSri,
K. |>. K. ; ve8r rxbr akri, Hm., Fms. ix. 353 : the air, nA upp 6r ve8rum,
out of the upper air, Edda (pref.); eldr, ve8r, j6r8, 615. 178. 2. a
wind; stormr ve8rs, Fms. i. loi ; bera klst8i i vc8r, Eb. 264: wind,
a gale, hvasst ve8r, a gale, Eg. 196 ; tiik at l«gja ve8rit, Nj. 1 34 ; veftrit
ox, 367 ; reka fyrir veSri ok straumi, GrAg. ii. 384 ; sscr eSa votn ebh
ve8r, 275; stor vebr, great gales. Eg. 160; at ve8r tvau vcrSi senn i
lopti. Fas. ii. 515, passim. 3. naut. phrases ; sty'ra A ve8r e-m, Fms. ii.
305 ; beita undir ve8r, Fb. i. 540 ; rcru i kring um Bagia ok A ve8r {jcim,
Fms. viii. 335 ; A ve8r eldinum, 383 ; sigla A ve8r e-m, to gel to windward
of one, to ia'lie the wind out of his sail. Band. 39 new Ed. ; veifa r«6i veftrs
annars til, H/m. 25 ; lAta i ve8ri vaka, to ' see which way the wind blows ' (?),
metaph. to make believe, pretend, sec vaka. 4. phrases; hafa
688
VEDKAB ATI —VEGA.
veSr af e-u, to get the ivind of one, scent him, metaphor from hunting ;
bersi haf3i ve3r af manninum, the bear had wind of him, Grett. loi A ; ek
haf6a ve&rit af {)eim sem kallaSi, Fas. i. 14; komask vi6 veSri, to be
scented, rumoured abroad, Fms. vii. 165, Isl. ii. 482, Rd. 252 ; Hjalti let
koma ve6r a {)au {threw out hints to them) um rae9ur J)aer er hann hafSi
upp-hafit, 6. H. 59 ; sta3ar-menn maeltu mjok a ve&r um, hinted broadly,
Orkn. 342.
B. CoMPns : ve3ra-bati, a, m. a bettering of the weather, Rd.
248. veSra-bdlkr, m., Eg. 202. ve3ra-brig5i, n. a change
of weather. veSr-belgr, m. a weather-bag. Fas. ii. 412. vedr-
blaka, u, f. a weather-fan, Sks. 234. ve3r-bor3, n. the 'wind-
board,' weather-side. ve3r-dagr, m., in the phrase, einn g66an ve6rdag,
one fine day, once on a time, Ld. 40, Nj. 122, Fs. 144, GullJ). 64.
ve3r-eygr, part. = veSrgloggr (?), Vkv. ve3r-fall, n. the set of the wind,
direction, = vebrsUba., Band. 40 new Ed., Thorn. 314; at {jvi sem ver
hofum ve5rf611 haft, Nj. 124. ve3r-fastr, adj. weather-bound, Grag.
i. 454, Eg. 482. ve3r-f6lnir, n. a mythical name, of a hawk,
Edda. ve3r-gl6ggr, adj. ' weather-gleg,' sharp in predicting weather.
ve3r-gn^, m. a gust of wind, Sturl. ii. 107 C. ve3r-g63r, adj. with
a mild climate; laud vefirgott, Sks. 200. ve3r-h.ar3r, adj. hard, of
weather ; haust veSrhart, Eb. 54. ve3r-liiinin, m. the atmosphere, 677.
16. vedT&-hj6,lTaT, m. 'wealher-hehnet' = the sky, Edda.. ve3ra-
holl, f. 'weather-hall,' i.e. the heavens, Edda. ve3r-k8enn, adj.=
veSrgldggr, Sks. 222. ve3r-litill, adj. calm, light, of wind, Fbr.
25, Orkn. 332. ve3r-sjiikr, adj. 'weather-sick,' anxious, Fbr. 24.
ve3r-spdr, adj. ' weather-spaeing,' weather-wise, Landn. 231. ve3r-
sta3a, u, f. the 'standing,' direction of the wind, Bs. i. 388, Fms. ii. no.
ve8r-s8ell, adj. blessed with good weather, Fbr. 23. ve3r-tekiiin,
part, weather-beaten. ve3r-vandr, adj. nice as to weather, Bjarn. 54.
ve3r-viti, a, m. a vane, 6. H. 170, Fms. x. 78, ix. 301, Orkn. 332,
Edda (in a verse).
VEDK, m., gen. ve&rar, but ve8rs, Stj. 133; [A. S. vfeder; Engl.
wether ; Germ, widder; Dan.-Swed. vceder, vdder'] : — a wether; the word
is obsolete in Icel. except in poetry (cp. hriitr), Edda (Gl.) ; J)eir gloddusk
sem ve6rar, Stj. 177 ; ins hornotta ve&rs, 133; veSr, N.G. L. i. 212;
ve&ra-fjor&r, or corrupt, Vi8ris-fj6r6r, in a pun = Hruta-fj6r6r, Grett.
(in a verse). 2. a battering-ram, Sks. 411. II. as a nick-
name, Landn. compds: ve3rar-h.orii, n. a wether's horn; hvat
raxlir hyrningr sja, er staf heiir i heiidi ok uppi a sem ve&rarhorn sc
bjiigt, of a bishop's crozier, 6. H. 108 ; fiski-stong ok veSrar (horn) upp
af, a fishing-rod with a wether's horn (or crooked like a wether s horn) at
the top, Gisl. 21. ve3rar-lainb, n. a wether-lamb, Stj. 279.
ve3rd.tta, u, f. the weather, conditions of weather, temperature, Fs. 52,
Sks. 322, Nj. 267, K. A. 176, Fms. ii. 29, Orkn. 394; kold v., Bs. i.
171 ; ve6rattu-far, Rb. 100.
ve3r-h.yrndr, part, wether-horned.
ve3r-leikr, m. = ve&ratta, Fbr. 33.
ve3-setja, setti, \SiCo\. wadset'], to pawn, mortgage. Fas. i. 317, Stj. 601;
ve5setja jarSir sinar, Fms. xi. 293, Eg. 77 ; v. sik i J)etta mal, to pledge
oneself to this case, Fms. iv. 77 5 v. sik ok fe sitt, to hazard, slake, Ld. 42,
Fms. vii. 34; eigi vil ek v. virSing mina vi3 illgirni t)ina, Eb. l6o.
VEFA, pres. vef ; pret. vaf, vaft, vaf, pi. ofum, ofut, ofu (vofu. Fas.
ii. in a verse) ; subj. cefi, mod. vxfi ; imperat. vef; part, ofinn : with suff.
vaf-k, Fms. xi : [A.S.wefan; "Engl, weave ; Genn.weben; Dan. vceve ;
Gr. v(j>aivoS] : — to iveave ; var ek at ok vafk, ok var litit a olit, Fms. xi.
49 ; ek vil senda J)ik inn a baei me6 vept er hafa skal i vef J)ann er {)ar
er ofinn, Fbr. 31 new Ed.; vofu Valskar bru6ir, P'as. ii. (in a verse);
gengr hildr vefa, Darr. 3 ; vef J)ann er J)ar er ofinn, Fbr. 58 ; ef vefr
stendr uppi, ]pa. 6. sonr ^at sem ofit er, en dottir fiat sem li-ofit er, Js. 78 ;
ofinn orma-hryggjum, Edda 43 ; teygSu ok ofu, they stretched and wove,
of the wind playing on the waves, Edda (in a verse), passim. 2. to
brocade; atta aurum gulls var ofit i motrinn, Ld. 200; baekr ofnar
volundum, H&m. 6.
v6-fang, n. [from ve-, a prefixed negative particle answering to
Goth. waia- = ill, in waia-merjan, to ' ill-praise' = ^\aa<prjiiiiv, and
waja-merei = blasphemy ; this waia- is not to be confounded with the
interjection wai = \e.i, but is related to wk-^woe, evil, cp. Goth, wai-
dedja = an evil-doer; v6-fang therefore stands for va-fang, prop, mean-
ing ' misfetching,' miscarriage, but is only used in a specific sense as
a law term] : — division or disagreement in court. In the old Icel.
courts of law the whole court was composed of thirty-six members, the
quorum being six; and in case of disagreement the court was held
to be divided if the minority could muster at least six votes ; in this
case, each side delivered a separate judgment, which was called v6-
fang and vefengja, whereby the suit was stopped or quashed, the
one judgment neutralising the other ; in the earliest Saga times if
a case thus broke down, it could only be taken up again by an
appeal to wager of battle (holmganga), but after the introduction
of the fifth court (the court of appeal), it was brought before that
court. The vefang is described in an especial chapter of f>. |>. (Kb.),
. . . um vefong, , . . skolut J)eir fari til v6fangs ganga en sex, ... ok
skolu })eir sitja allir saman er samaTi eru at vefangi, . . . bera til vef
... ok kveSa a Jiat me9 hvdrum hann mun vera at vefangi, . . .
vefangs-malum . . . si6an skolu |>eir vinna viSfangs-eid' er saman e
vefangi ... ok kve6a a hvat hann berr til vefangs ok kve6a a a;
hann berr J)at til vefangs, . . . J)eir skolu gjalda samkrx&i sitt a
vefangi voru me6 honum, . . . J)at berum ver til vefangs ok ^ann
daemum ver, at ... , Grag. 1. c. ; j^aer sakir skulu koma i fimtar-
ljugkvi5ir . . . , enda vefong J)au er her ver6a, Kb. i. 78 ; her skolu
koma vefangs-mal 611 J)au er menn vefengja i fjor&ungs-domi, ok
J)eim stefiia til fimtar-doms, Nj. 150. A vefang in passing laws ir
Logretta is mentioned, ef J)eir eru jam-margir Logrettu-menn hi
tveggju er sitt kalla log hvdrir vera ... ok skolu hvarir-tveggju 1
vefangs-ei5 at sinu mali, Kb. i. 214; cp. Konrad Maurer in his Behra
vefari, a, m. a weaver.
ve-fengja, d, to deliver a vefang, q.v. ; ef Jjaer sakir eru nokkur
{jeir ver&a eigi asattir a dom sinn, ok skolu J)eir \}k vefengja, . . . se;
J)at Gu6i, at ek mun J)at v. er ek hygg liig vera, . . . nema ])ar (v:
the quarter-court) verSi enn vefengit (a remnant of a strong inflexion
skal liikask i fimtar-domi, Grag. ii. 324; J)eir eigu at vaefengja er
eru hvarir-tveggju, ok fara sva at vefangi sem at fj6r6ungs-d6mi,
vefengja mal, Jieir munu setla at v. brennu-malit ok lata eigi dxma n
Nj. 240, cp. 150. 2. in mod. usage to impugn, doubt a stati
viltii V. JjaS sem eg segi ? eg vil ekki v. {)a6 ; or also, eg vefengij
ekki, I impugn not thy veracity.
vef-gefn, f. the fairy of the loom, poet, a woman. Lex. Poet.
vefgin, n. a false reading for veigaSr (q. v.), N. G. L. i. 211.
VEFJA, pres. vef; pret. vaf6i ; subj. vefSi ; part. vafi6r, va;
vafinn; \\]\i. bi-waibjan = -nipifiaK\uv, ■nepiKVKXovf] : — to wrap, j
vefja diiki at hofSi e-m, Nj. 200 ; vafSr, Bs. i. 367 ; J)a var ^
fotrinn, Isl. ii. 247 ; of vafit spjorrum i skua niSr, and the legs bound'
ribbons down to the shoes, Ld. 136 ; barniS var vafit 1 diiki, Fms. i.
barn vaft i reifum, Horn. 36 ; og vaf5i hann i reifum, . . . J)er m'
finna barni3 reifum vafiS, Luke ii. 7, 12 ; vefja saman, Barl. 37 ; v»|
vafdi hann i yfirhiifn sinni, Eg. ; hann tok vaSmal ok vafSi at
Dropl. 20; margir totrar saman vaf&ir, in a bundle, Faer. 187 ; t^
skinn ok vaf6i um h6fu5 ser, Nj. 20. II. to wind, i. e. to enla
embroil ; J)u Isetr Egil vefja 611 mal fyrir ^er, Eg. 349; vefjum sW
fieirra i flokki varum, Fms. vii. 131 ; vafdr af Jiungum glaepum, \
vafiSr i villu Arius, Ann. 492 ; hafa vafit sik miklu vandrae6i, ewiftT'
himself, Sturl. i. 65 C ; bratt setla ek at J)u fair vafit fyrir mer, Fm
156 ; vefja mal, to embroil a case, Nj. 150. III. reflex. 1
wrapped; at eigi vef6isk har um h6fu9 honum, Landn. 146 ; vefjast
faetr e-m, Fs. 33 ; e-m vefsk tunga um tonn, see tunga. 2.tosa»\
straggle; \)An (the horses) h6f5u vafizk i einu Isekjar-fari, Korn>.
margr er vafizk haf6i i flokkinum, Fms. ix. 36, v. 1.; ]pen foru a H'l
sta&i ok v6f6usk ^ar, and sauntered there, Sturl. ii. 120 C. 3. .
entangled; vefjask i ahyggjum, 625. 80 ; ek tek J)at til er hanum si
sva mjok vefjask, Fms. vii. 277; f'^'y'^'^' ^r hann haffli lengi i VJ
Barl. 125 ; hann haf&i langa stund vafzk i Jjessum vesaldar-veg, 197.
vefna3r, m. a woven stuff; dyrum vefnaSi, Fms. ii. 69 : freq. in I
usage, glit-vefna3r, q. v.
vef-nisting, f. a woven texture, poet, the sails, Hkv. i. 26.
vefr, m.. gen. vefjar ; pi. vefir, gen. vefja ; ace. pi. vefi, Rb. j
[A. S., Engl., and Germ, web; Dan. vcev] ; — a web in the loom; ef
stendr uf^i, N.G. L. i. 211, Js. 78; J)ar voru konur ok h6f6u fse
upp vef. . . rifu fiaer ofan vefinn ok i sundr, Nj. 277, 279, Fbr. 581
J)6ttumk uppi eiga vef, en J)at var lin-vefr, hann var grar at lit,
{)6tti klja5r vera vefrinn . . . f^ll af einn kleinn af midjum vefnum, )
xi. 49; en er vefr hennar fell, J)a var va6malit fjorum alnsm lengr
hon atti van a, Bs. i. 367; einardr vefr, Stj. 416: phrases^ hafii
vef, sla vef, verpa vef (Darr.), klja vef. The chief passages referring tc
ancient weaving, are the Nj. I.e. with the poem Darra5ar-lj68, and,
Jomsv. S. (Fms. xi. 49) : the old upright loom is sketched in 0'
Reise-bog, and in Worsaae, No. 558 ; in Icel. it was (about A.D. i;
displaced by the horizontal hand-loom (since called in Icel. the 'Da
loom'), which is now in use; the appendages to an old loom weK
vefjar-hrsell, -hleinar, -16, -skei5, -rifr, -vinda, see Bjorn. 2.
textile stuff; dyrir vefir, Al. 85 : esp. of brocade, altaris-klseSi annat :
saei annat me& 'vef,' Vm. 116; fjarg-vefr, gu3-vefr, sigr-vefr, q
COMPDS : vefjar-hSkull, -kdpa, -mottull, -skikkja, -upphli
m. a costly woven cope, mantle . . ., Vm. 68, 1 26, Nj. 24, Ld. 244> ;
Js. 78. vefjar-stofa, u, f. a weaving-room, Nj. 209.
vef-sk6pt, n. pi. the foot-piece in a loom, Bj6rn.
■vef-sta3r, m. a 'weaving-stead,' a loom, Vm. 177? ^^q. in t
usage ; also vef-stoll, m.
vef-stofa, u, f. a weaving-room, D.N. vi. 84.
veftr, m. a woof; ek sendi hann inn i hiis me5 veft, Fbr. 63 ; Ti
31 new Ed.
VEGA, pres. veg; pret. va, vatt, va. (later v6); subj. vaegi; J
veginn; with neg. suflf. vegr-a, Hm. 10. In N. G. L. it is often s
with i, viga, vigr, viginn: [Goth, wigan is supposed from ga-m
V1:gaNDI— VKGK.
689
(jakivtiv, Luke vi. 38; O. H. G. wegan ; Germ, ivdgeii; cp. Lat.*
here; Gotli. and A. S. wagjan, and Engl, wag and weigh, in the phrase
weigh anchor,' are derivatives] :— prop, to move, carry, lift, as by a
rer; hanu vegr heyit upp a her6ar ser, Fb. i. 523; v4gu Jjcir upp
;d (forkiuum) balit, Fnis. vi. 405 ; hann vegr hann upp (u atgeirinum),
. 84; ^eir hofSu til vegr (i.e. vcigur) ok vagu skiituna- fram af
rginu, Fnis. viii. 430; J)erra hey sin en eigi a brott at vega edr
ra, Grug. (Kb.) ii. 107 ; onguUinn va i giiminn, Edda 36 ; en er lokit
r at sjoSa va Narfi upp morbjiiga, Korm. 34 : vega ii bal, to lift on the
le fire,\'iky.; vaguni or skogi {)anns vildum syknan, Am. 97; var
iinr verum vegin at hiisi, Gh. 10; vegnest verra vcgra hann velli
1. 10. II. to weigh ; vega Jjeir haglkornin ... ok vdgu {)eir i
1, Fms. xi. 143 ; va Halli ser J)a J)rjar merkr, vi. 372 ; J)at er vcgit
.itt er, Sd. 155; cyrir veginn, Grag. ; sex merkr vegnar, Orkn. ;
eiminga silfrs vegna, Hkr. i. 185 ; mork vegin brends silfrs, and so
; virdr ok veginn, Grag. ii. 369 ; hann let vega allau bordbiinaft
i ins. X. 147: inetaph., skal y3r engi vera traustari vin, {)6tt J)cr
.) pit Mb, though yefaid it light, ix. 297, passim. III. neut.
f:^h, he of weight; sjam hvat vcgi sjoSr sa, Ld. 30; hvert haglkorn
i, Fnis. i. 175 ; vega halfa mork, ii. 80; er sagt at eyri vsegi hvert
ru, xi. 142 ; t)6tt J)at vegi meirr enn halfa vaett, Grag. (Kb.) i. 24,
^74: metaph., skal ek allan hug a leggja cf J)atvegr nokkut, (5. H.
nia y3r J)ykki minna vega min reiSi, Fms. vii. 141 ; mer vegr J)at
Mag. n. IV. reflex.y i ollu sem vegask ma me& storum
I ok smam, K. A. 204, freq. 2. to yield in weight; J)aa vegst
J)a6 heiir vegist so and so, it has been of such and such weight.
B. [The Goth, has here a separate strong verb, but in the Icel.
I ii verbs have been amalgamated into one; Ulf. weigan, waih, wiguu,
,Hv; A.S. wigan; cp. vig], to fence, fight with a weapon; tok
ok atgeirinn ok vegr me3 baftum hondum, Nj. 96 ; hann va sva
ineS sver6i, at J)rju J)6ttu a lopti at sja, 29 ; eiga J)eir at vega upp yfir
i 5 stir, Fms. x. 360 ; vega meS vapnum, to resort to arms, Nj. 139 ;
c at e-m, to fight against; {>jalfi va at Miikkur-kalfa ok fell hann,
;8. 2. to attach with a weapon, Nj. 63, Grag. ii. 156 ; hann
M fyrst er menn vagu at honum, Fms. vii. 333 ; ungr skal at ungum
:-\. ii. 309; vega at flugdreka, Nj. 183. II. to fight; vega
gain the day, Fms. viii. 133, Bret. 66 ; meft vapnum ma sigr vega,
hamingju at vega sigr a sfnum livinum, Fms. i. 218; dst GuSs
a {overcame) likams pislum ok hraezlu, Greg. 21 ; vega til landa,
land weapon in hand, Korm. ; slikt sem ver hcifum til vegit,
'. Fm.s. viii. 92. 2. with dat. to forfeit, = iyx\x vega, vega landi
um eyri, Hkr. ii. 384 ; ef hann felli a holmi Jja heffli hann vegit
igu sinni. Eg. 495. III. to smite, slay, slaughter;
■^r vegr mann, ok varSar J)at skoggang, Grag. (Kb.) i. 145 ; vega
ir tryg5ir, fsl. ii. 491 ; vega vig, ek hefi vegit vig eitt, Nj. 128,
; vega i enn sama knerunn, 85 ; vig Jia er J)at er vegit, Grag.
vegin s6k = vig stik, 20,41; vega mann or menn, passim; i
iircJi var sva mikil friShelgi, at drepa skyldi hvern er mann
in va, Fms. i. 80 ; Kolskeggr va drjugum menn, . . . vegr Gunnarr
II menn, Nj. 96, 108; |>orsteinn va hann Jjar, Eg. 713; ek va
Nj. 28 ; ^li sitr hja, en nu er veginn Egill husbondi J)inn, 97 ; ef
! me6 vapum veginn, 146; hraeSisk eigi J)a sem likamann vega,
S (Mark x. 28) ; J)u skalt ekki mann vega, the Sixth Command-
IV. reflex., ok J)at sver& er sjalft vegizk, a sword
nces of itself, Skm. 8, 9 ; J)at [sverSit] vask sjalft, Edda ; vask
1 hlut Grikkja, the battle went against the Greeks, they lost the
:en, Bret. 74 ; J)a verdr um rsett at mjok heffti a vegizk J)eirra
uan-manna, Isl. ii. 389 (a-viga) ; at Jiegar hafi vegizk a J)inn her,
1. 2. recipr., vegask or vegask at, to fight, slay one another ;
isk menn at, N. G. L. i. 64 ; ef ]pr2e.\zt manna vegask, Grag. (Kb.)
{)ii vagusk skogar-menn sjalfir, Landn. 323 (App.) ; miklu eru
.UgorSa-meiri enn fyrr hafa verit, {)eir flugusk J)a a, en mi vilja
!,'ask, Nj. 56 ; mi eru konur Jjasr sjau, er maSr ma vegask um
1st viS konung, N. G. L. i. 169.
adi, part, a slayer; vegandi Hrungnis, Edda 53; ef vegandi
-<r griSa, Grag. ii. 20; kjosa e-n til veganda at vigi, Nj. 100;
til dyra sva at vegandinn megi eigi lit komask . . . er eigi ver&r
indann vart, Gisl. 30 ; veganda bjorg, Grag. ii. 80.
jjartr, adj. 'way-bright,' clear enough for one to find the way. Lex.
iiiinn, part. ' way-houne,' ready for a journey, D.N. iv. 363.
arandi, a, m. part, a wayfarer; v. menn, H. E. i. 483, Ann.
\Iatth. xxvii. 7.
srill, a, m. a wayfarer, traveller, GJ)1. 415. II- a tracit,
'\^\. 448.
drni, f. ambition, vanity, Horn. \f, 26, Al. 145.
aflr, part, walled, Stj. 640, Str. 78. 2. a metrical term,
t, 'wedged' into the verse, of an intercalated word, Edda (Ht.)
li-gjam, m. vain-glorious.
IIGGE, m., gen. veggjar, pi. veggir, [Ulf. waddjus = rtixos; A.S.
"-!'•; Engl, wedge; Dan. vcBg] -.—a wall; hiada vegg, Jb. aia ; liggja ^
utiaycgg.num. Nj. 115. »ci> .,.., . u-utrr »fg« JuUMf
{)& er inn n«sti brcnnr, Bi. i. 744 ( . ; . • tgnc ttu ic( agttw
pane* quum proximu* ardcf); 1,,^: ^ »■ 70: tocf-rcnr!
vcggja-hiozla, wall-buildtHg. Rd. 267 ; ' -ihim frfffr.H^
</oo« (cp. innanitokkj). D.I. i. 179; vu: r i^lim, StarL.
111. 70 (s6l A. 3). 2. a w*dgt; Uui.-vcgg». U.M*-vc^gr (qq. r,). a
wedgt of bont, walrvt-tutlt. courot : Test>b«rc, n. a • wtdg»-roch,'
boulder, Vsp. Tegs-hanurr, in. a wdgt-bammtr. bttdt, malUt. a
nickname, Njarft. veggj»-hv»lr-»i.gnhv«Ir(?).Dipl,iii.4. ▼•«-
la«r, m. wall-layer, a nickiianic, Fbr. TeggjA-Kia, f. [Dan. *mggtlia\,
a bog. N. G. L. ii. 4 2 7. vegg.tlaginn, part, wtdgt-formtd; hx »,.
Hkr. 111. 16. Tegg-tdli, n. ' waU-dtalt,' wainuoliHg, Eb. x68. Edda
45. Horn. 95.
veg-hringr, m. a cireumferenet. Ski. 630.
veg-l&tr, adj. ualely, bigh-nundtd, Fnji. ri. 431, vii. loa, 311.
"veg-Uga, idv. nobly, magnijicently; v. biiiiin, Fxr. lOJ; bii *tk v..
Fms. i. 145 ; halda c-n v., 81.
veg-ligr, adj. grand, magnificent, Fms. i. 261 ; veglig bibyli, Ld.
196; madr bjartr ok v., Fms. i. 254; vcgligt urti. vi. 439.
veg-lj688, adj. * way-bright,' clear enough for otu to find ibt teay.
veg-lyndi, n. generosity, Ld. 10, Landn. 1 10.
veg-lyndr, adj. generous, high-minded, O. H. L.
veg-mannliga, adv. magnificently, Karl. 529.
veg-mennska, u, f. noble manners, generosity, Fb. i. 265.
veg-mikill, id], famous. Lex. Pol-t.
veg-mildr, adj. glorious, Rckst.
vegna, see vegr B.
vegna, aft, to proceed; vcl hefir J)at vcgnat, Nj. 38; at J)eini hcfSi
ilia vegnat, done badly, bad bad luck, F$. 33 ; eigi er »ynt hve vrgnar ivi
biiit, Kd. 220; hversu honum hafi vegnat ok Hrafni, ^oic // wtn/ oh
between him and R., Fs. 113; vera nia at {xSr vcgni eigi annat betr,
another thing will be no better for thee, Isl. ii. 246: eigi m4 koiia »vi
vegna (to treat) bonda sinum, sem bondi konu sinni. H. E. i. 247.
veg-nest, n. provisions for a journey, Lat. viaticum, Hm. II.
VEGR, m., gen. vegar; but vegs, Eg. 295. Bret. 262; vegtins, Hbl.
56 ; dat. vegi and veg ; with the article veginum. Eg. 544 ; but veg,
Fms. i. 9 : pi. vegir and vegar, Eg. 544 ; ace. vega and vcgu, the former
is the better form, for the root is 'vig,' not ' vigu;' vega is also used iu
old adverbial phrases, as alia vega, marga vega : [Ulf. wigs'=ii6i; A. S.,
O. H.G. and Germ, weg; Engl, way; Dan. vej; Swed. vag; Lat. via;
the root word is vega, q. v.] : — a way, road; vegir er lenna til
baeja, GJ)1. 413 ; vegir aliir. Eg. 543 ; )>rongastir vegir, Fms. ix. 366.
passim. 2. metaph. phrases ; fara vel til vegar, to be well on one's
way, go on, Fms. ix. 283 ; ganga til vegar, to be in the way totvardt, to
come to an issite, vii. 136, Boll. 355; komask til vegar, Hav. 51;
einum verftr e-8 a8 vegi, to find one's way out; koma e-u til vegar.
to put one in the way, Ld. 320; gijra veg 4 vift e-n, to travel with on*,
come to an understanding ; gora endiligan veg & mali. to bring it to
an issue, Bs. i. 905 ; var {)at endiligr vegr her k, Dipl. ii. 1 1 ; veiida
sinum vegi, to wend one's way, Fms. xi. 425 ; verda a veg e-^, i.
9; rida i veg med e-m, on the way, iii. 1 10; um langan veg. a long
way off. Eg. 410, Horn. 7, Edda 30; um farinn veg, a fumum vegi,
sec fara (A. VI. 2). II. special, partly adverbial, phrases ; vioa
vega, /ar and wide, 655 ix. C. I ; miftja vega, midway, Gisl. 5 ; annan
veg, another way, Gr4g. (Kb.) i. 153 ; a hvum tveggja veg. both ways;
a hxgra veg, on the right hand, Fms. x. 16; 4 vinstra veg. Mar.; tv4
vega, both ways, Fms. x. 14; 4 alia vega, to all sidts,-Gxkg. (Kb.) i.
148 ; a alia vega fra, 1 19 ; flySi sins vegar hv4r. Fms. vii. 250, Ver. 1 1 ;
sinn veg hverr, Landn. 36; flyja vids vegar, to fly scattered about. Eg-
530, Fms. vi. 87 ; 4 verra veg, to the worse, i. 270 ; 4 alia vega, in every
way, manner, respect, Ld. 222, Fms. xi. 76; 4 marga vega, Skalda ii.
148; a J)rj4 vega, Horn. 157; fjora vega, on four sides, D.N. iv.
506. 2. engi veg, in no way. Bias. 43 ; hvcnigi veg, bowtoevtr,
Grag. (Kb.) i. 75 ; annan veg, otherwise, Fms. vii. 263 ; einn veg, omt
way, in the same way, Grag. i. 490 ; er eigi einn veg farit tigzfu okkarri*
Nj. 183; engan veg, in nowise. Fas. ii. 150: gen., eins vegar, on on*
side. Art.; annars vegar, Fms. viii. 228 ; bins vegar, on the farther side;
sins vegar hverr, one on each side, Pr. 7 1 , Fbr. 67 new Ed. ; til vinstra vegtins,
Hbl. 56 ; skogrinn var til haegra vegs. Eg. 295. III. a region,
county; in local names, Austr-vegir, Suflr-vegir, Nor-<gr. IV.
peculiar forms are niegin (ace. sing.) and mcgum (dat. pi., see p. 42 1, col.
2), dropping the initial v and prefixing the m from a preceding dative,
the true forms being -egum. -eginn, as in b4&um-egum, t>llum-eginn.
sinum-eginn, hinum-egum, {)eim-egin, tveim-egum, whence b4Au-megin
. . . tveim-megin ; the v remains in tvcim vegum, GJ)1. 418; ncirftrum
veginn, B. K. 32, 97; ncirdra veginn, 97; tveim veginn. Sk». 414
B. 2. suffixed to pronouns, einn. hinn, hvern, |)ann. sinn, in the forms
.,>, -og, -ug ; einn-ig, also ; hinn-ig or hinn-og, the other way ; hvern-ig,
hvern-og, iow ; l)ann-ig, \)inn-og, thilber ; sinns-egin. sinii-«g. (see these
words, as also hinn B, p. 264 ; sinn B, p. 52$ ; so also in N6r-«gr, q. v.)
B. vegna, a gen. pi. (?) ; twcr heiftar er vatnsfbll ddlir af tveggja
Y r
690
YEGABOT— VEILL.
vegna, on both sides, Grag. i. 44O; stukku menn fru tveggja vegna, Eg.'
289 ; senda fjogurra vegna, Fms. i. 209. II. a vegna e-s, on one's
behalf; this is only found in later vellums, and is said to be derived from
the Germ, von wegen (Grimm's Gramm. iii. 266) ; which etymology is
strongly supported by the fact, that af vegna or a vegna ( = Gerni. voti
wegen) is the oldest form; af hins fatseka vegna, Stj. 151 ; af staSarins
vegna, Vm. 55 ; kom a stefnu fyrir oss Sira Einarr ra5sma6r af vegna
Hola-kirkju, Dipl. ii. 18 ; a vegna ( = af vegna) Arna, Vm. I31. 2.
then, dropping the particle, simply vegna ; vegna e-s, on one's account
or behalf, on the part of; jarls vegna, Fms. x. 1 13, v. 1. ; sta5arins vegna,
Dipl. iii. 9, V. 9; minna vegna, on my behalf, Fms. iii. 154 (a late vel-
lum) ; varra vegna, H. E. i. 436 ; sem Halldorr hafSi a5r fram leitt sinna
vegna, Dipl. ii. 5 ; Lo&inn gaf upp sinna vegna, Fms. x. 99. 3.
lastlj', in mod. usage it has become a regular prep. vf\\h gen., having
displaced the old fyrir . . . sakir ; but in this sense it is hardly found in
vellums ; but in inaccurate paper transcripts it is often substituted for
the ' sakir' of the vellum ; cp. Vd. old Ed. 100 and Fs. ch. 24 fine ; alls
vegna, J>6r6. 63 old Ed. ; but fyrir alls sakir, new Ed. 13, I.e.
C. CoMPDs : vega-bot, f. way-mending, Gpl. 409. vegar-fall,
n. a failure of a way, G{)1. 416 ; cp. messufall. vegar-ganga, u, f.
a going from the way, wandering, Barl. 119. vega-lauss, adj. out
of the way, lost in the woods. vega-leysi, n. ' waylessness,' want of
roads, Barl. 104. Vega-mot, n. pi. a joining of roads, Stj. 71 : the
saying, vi3a liggja vegamot, there are many cross ways (meetings) in the
world. vega-ran, n. a highway-robbery, G]p\. 409. vega-skil,
n., Dan. vej-shjel, D.N. i. 616. vegs-ummerki, n., see verk.
VEGR, m., gen. vegs, glory, honour; er y6r J)at vegr mikill. Eg.
410; |)6tti ^eim miklu minni vegr at J)essum, 67; leita e-m vegs,
Nj. 78 ; me6 miklum veg, ok J)6 eigi allir me5 jtifnum veg, Fms. x.
170; skina me3 mikilli birti ok veg, i. 77; rekinn fra oUum veg, es
fyrr vas pryddr ollum veg, Eluc. 13 ; J)eim se vegr ok veldi, lof ok dyrS,
623. 57: so in the phrase, hafa veg ok vanda af e-u, to have both the
honour and the responsibility of a thing. compds : vegs-bo3, n. an
honorary offer, Greg. 28. vegs-kona, u, f. a great, noble lady;
Au8r var v. mikil, Landn. 117. vegs-lauss, adj. inglorious. vegs-
inuriir, m. pi. honours, credit, fame, Fser. 212.
vegr-eygr, adj., better ve8r-eygr, Vkv.
veg-sama, a5, to honour, glorify, Fms. i. 97, x. 363, Magn. 504, very
freq. in mod. eccl. usage, N. T., Vidal.
veg-samliga, adv. honourably, gloriously; taka v. vi3 e-m. Eg. 28;
ver6a vi3 e-u vel ok v., Fms. xi. 114; setja e-n v., Hkr. iii. 9.
veg-samligr, adj. glorious; v. veizla, Fms. xi. 104, Eg. 44; v. viS-
tokur. Fas. ii. 507 ; vegsamlig skilning, 656 C. 33.
veg-semd, f. honour, glory. Eg. 20, Hkr. iii. 79 ; styra riki sinu me&
V. ok soma, Fms. xi. 18 ; v. heimsins, 655 iii. 4, N. T., Pass., Vidal.
■veg-skar3, n. a blemish in one's honour, Nj. 118.
veg-tj6n, n. a discredit, 655 xxxi. 3.
veg-tylla, u, f. a bit of honour. Band. 33 new Ed., Karl. 549.
Veg-viss, adj. [cp. Germ, wegweiser'l, '■way-iuise,' acquainted with the
road, Fms. viii. 52 : in mod. usage, good at finding one's way.
veg-t)ur3r, m. = vegskar6, Sks. 775 B.
VEI, interj., veis when followed by se, cp. Engl, yea and yes; [Ulf.
wai-ovai; Germ, wehe ; Dan. t/cE ; Lzt.vae; Gr.ovai]: — woe, with
dat. woe is me! vei oss vesolum, Stj.; vei {)er vesol ond, 655 xix. i ;
veis se mer ! . . . veis se mer veslum, MS. 4. 10 ; vei verSi varu vanmegni,
Fms. ii. 186; vei ver3i hanum, x. 330.
veiSa, d, to catch, hunt; vei6a fimm orra, 6. H. 79; vei9a ikorna,
85 ; veiSa rau5dyri, Orkn. 448 ; vei6a sel ok fiska, Hkr. ii. 245 ; vei6a
fugla ok fiska, Grag. ii. 345 ; at hann hefSi veitt i einu hoggi otr ok lax,
Edda 72 ; veiSa laxa, Nj. 69 ; vei5a dyr a morkinni. Fas. iii. 4. 2.
metaph., {lotti J)eim mi mundi liliS fyrir at veiSa Gunnar, Nj. 113 ; ok
fait er hann eigi veiddan, 102 ; ok mun ^a {)ar mega vei6a i er stundir
li6a, they will be caught by that, 207 ; latum J)a eigi vei6a oss inni, Fms.
ix. 217; veiSa J)eima ni6ing i sniiru, i. 206; vei5a e-n i ordum, N. T. ;
vei8a e-t upp or e-m, to fish it out of one. II. reflex., hversu
vei6isk, how goes it with the catch ? {)eim veiddist vel, they got a good
catch, freq. in mod. usage.
veiSinn, adj. expert in fishing or catching, Sturl. i. 8.
VEIDB, f. (mod. vei3i), dat. and ace. vei6i, pi. vei6ar; a gen. vei8i,
vei&i sinnar, Sks. 126 A, Str. 24, but esp. in compds, see below: [A.S.
wade; O.K.G. waida; G&xm. weide = a pasture']: — a catch, hunting,
fishing, 6. H. 79, 85; 611 veiSr fugla ok fiska, K. J). K. 172; at sii
veiSr hafi Jjar jafnan si5an til legit, Fms. i. 272; fara a veiSar, to go
a hunting, Fas. ii. 263, Str. 28 ; veiSrin (the fish) hvarf {)egar, Fms. i.
25.^ C, O. H. 78 ; fyrir utan netlog a hverr ma5r vei6i sina, en ^at er
veiSr er menn faera a skipi til lands, en flutning ella, Grag. ii. 360 :
metaph., vel vaeri at J)a vei6i baeri eigi undan, Nj. 69 ; {jeir menn er veidr
mundi i vera, Eg. 121 ; i honum er J)6 vei9rin meiri, Nj. 155, 264.
B. Compds: vei3i-bjall£t, u, f. a 'fish-bell,' a popular name in
southern Icel. for the sea-gull, for by its cries it marks the shoals of fish
for the fishermen. vei3i-brd3r, adj. eager, too eager, and so losing
i
' the game ; heldr v., Fms. viii. 1 76 ; hann ba3 menn sina vera eigi vei
bra3a, ix. 491. vei3i-brellaj u, f. a trap, hunting device. vei^
bu3, f. a hunting shed, G^l. 454. vei3i-dyr, n. deer, game, Sti. -J
vei3ar-efni, n. a chance of a good catch, Grett. 99 A. vei3i-fan
n. a catch, Ld. 38, Hkr. ii. 246. vei3i-faiigi, a, m. = vei6ifn;,
allr vei8ifangi, Fas. ii. 144. vei3i-far, n. hunting or fishing, Sturi.
195. vei3i-fer3 and vei3i-for, f. a fishing or hunting expediiu:
Gisl. 73, 160, {>orf. Karl. 372. vei3i-f88ri = vei9arfaEri, Post, {\jivj_k
19. vei3ar-f8eri, n. pi. id.. Band. (MS.), Orkn. 262, Fbr. 143, F:
iv. 89. vei3i-g6gn, a. pi. fishing gedr, G^l. 421, Am. 91. vei^
bjortr, m. a hart or stag for hunting, Stj. vei3i-hundr, m. a bom.
Fas. iii. 4, Barl. 137, N. G. L. i. vei3i-kona, u, f. a huntress, Ih
vei5i-konungr, m. bunting king, a nickname of king GudrcJd t
Hunter, Yngl. S. vei3i-ina3r, m. a sportsman (of a hunter, fouL
fisher). Eg. 14, Fms. x. 88, 0. H. 85, MS. 623. 36, {)orf. Karl. 4c
Sks. 127. vei3i-inatr, m. meat from game or fishittg, Hym. i
Karl. 482. vei3i-mork, f. a hunting forest, Str. 28, 48. veic
skapr, m. a catch in hunting or fishing, Grett. 106 A ; roa at vei6isk
fishing, Nj. 25 : game, Stj. 167 ; munum ver eigi ^urfa veiSiskap at kauj
to buy fish, Sturl. i. 12. vei3i-spell, n. a spoiling the catch; vi.
v., GJ)1. 428. vei3i-sta3a, u, f. = vei&ist66, Landn. 280, Karl. 3;
and in mod. usage. vei3i-sta3r, m. a fishing-place, GJ)1. ;/
vei3i-stigr, m. id., G\>\. 448. vei3i-str6nd., f. = vei3ist66. Art.
vei3i-st63, f. a fishing-place, Grag. ii. 347, Eg. 135, Landn. 50, 2>i
i ^a vei6ist65 kem ek aldregi a gamals-aldri, Ld. 4. vei3ar-tffil
n. = vei6arfaeri, Stj. 71. vei3i-vatn, n. a fishing lake, N. G. L. i. _
vei3i-van, f. the expectation of a catch, GJjl. 456. vei3i-veL;
f. pi. hunting-gear, traps, or the like, Gj^l. 419, 456, Barl. 137, P
(Unger) 19.
veif, f., pi. veifar, anything fiapping or waving; sels veifar, a seal's ji
N. G.L. i. 340.
VEIFA, 8, (mod. a8), part, veifat, Fms. vii. 154 (in a verse); [A
wafjan ; Engl. wave~\ : — to wave, vibrate ; veif8i hann slaeSunum, Nj. n.
veifa svipu yfir h6fu8 ser, Lv. 30 ; veifa hofSinu, f>i8r. 235 ; Ormr ve:
honum um sik sem hreyti-speldi, Fb. i. 532 ; i J)vi veifSi hann svercSi
at Grimi, Dropl. 36 ; veif8i hann raeSi, he pulled the oar, Hym. 25 ; ve
vaengjum, to ivave with the wings. Fas. ii. 137 (in a verse) ; veifa e-m si
barni, Fms. vii. 32 ; J)eim var veift solar-sinnis, |)orf. Karl. 422 ; vei
hann Mjollni fram, Hym. 36 ; veifa he8ni um hofuS e-m, of an enchants
Eb. 92, cp. Isl. ii. 76 ; hon veifSi kofra sinum, Vigl. 63 new Ed. In t
fishing-places in the south of Icel. (Skaptafells sysla) a man stands
the shore waving a flag to tell the fishermen if it is safe to land or m
this is called ' veifa,' or ' veifa fra,' to wave off, i. e. to signal them i
to try (Mr. Jon Gu8mundsson). 2. metaph., til 'jjess kenndu 1
J)er J)etta vers, at ^u veifSir J)vi ^a er Jier lika8i, Mar. II. refle
veifask um lausum hala, to 'wag a loose tail,' be free to do as one pleoi
Sturl. iii. 30 (see hali 2).
veifan, f. waving ; in the compd veifaiiar-or3, n. a ' wafting tMT
rumour, Hallfred.
veifl-skati, a, m. a spendthrift ; but only in the phrase, engi T.,
spender, rather close-handed, Ld. 26, Oik. 34.
VEIG, f., pi. veigar, [A.S. wage; Hel. wegi], a kind of siro.
beverage, drink; 61 heitir me8 monnum . . . kalla veig Vanir, Aim. 3
dyrar veigar, Hdl. 49, Hkv. 2. 44 ; skirar veigar, Vtkv. 7 ; fagrar veig
Fas. i. 494 (in a verse); kna-at su veig vanask, Gm. 25; Fj61nis?eB,j
the drink of F., i.e. poetry, Kormak ; Dvalins veig, /c?.; bj6r-T«|i
draught of beer, Hym. 8. 2. metaph. pith, strength, gist ; m^
popular phrase, J)a8 er engin veig i honum (mod. veigr) ; spyrr Oddiln
hann visi honum til J)ess vikings er nokkur veig se i. Fas. ii. 522 ; 1
Jjat 118 aptr er honum t)6tti minni veig i, Fms. iv. 3.50, v. 1. (fylg8> O.
159, I.e.) II. in pr. names of women, Gull-veig (Vsp.), f*" ^.j^
veig, Sol-veig, Alm-veig (Hdl.), Mja8-veig (Maurer's Volks.)
veiga3r, adj. brocaded {9) ; veiga8 handklaeSi, Vm. 15 ; diikr v., ;
123, Am. 6, 71 ; typt klaE8i ok vaeiguS, N. G. L. i. 282 (vefgin, 211)
veiki, f. illness.
veikindi, n. pi. sickness, illness.
veikjask, t, to grow ill.
veik-leikr (spelt veyk-leikr, Fms. ii. 48), m. weakness, infirm
Magn. 504, Barl. 1 96, freq. in mod. usage.
veik-ligr, adj. weakly ; mer lizk si8r J)eirra veykligr, Ld. 170 (soa Ife
Fms. ii. 30, I.e.; but veikligr, Fb. i. 312, I.e.)
VEIKR, adj., also veykr, see also vdkr; the ei is the usual and '
mod. form : [A.S. wflc; 'En^.weak; Dzn.vccg; cp. Germ, schwach-
weak; hornbogi veykr, Sks. 408 B; veikr stolpi, Bs. i. 724; ^^}
sproti, Stj. 641; litil-magni ok veikr, Barl. 100; engi er sva veikr
aflit skorti, ef . . ., 119; of-veikr, of-veikr allvallds bogi ! Fms. ii. 331 (■
veykr, Fb. 1. c.) 2. weakly, sick ; J)6tt hon verSi veyk. Mar. ; vey
sal, id. : freq. in mod. usage, sott-veikr, far-veikr, dau8-veikr. •
veilindi, n. a disease, ailment; hvatki veilindi sem madr hefir, Grt
i. 45, ii. 45 ; synda-v., Hom. (St.) J '
VEILL, adj. ailing, diseased; veill a fotum, go^ity, Fms. vu.3^j|,^|_^
fer!
'Km
ill id
*4(i
VEIMILTVTA— VEKJA.
691
.1 ina veilu, an ailing hand, Bs. i. 462 ; likjjruir ok veilir, Horn.
2. metaph., i lyiidi veill, guileful, firyml. 2a ; inn veili Parcival,
J, II. Veili, a nickname, Hs. i. 14.
iimil-t#ta, u, f. [cp. Dan. vimmel-shaft = the handle of an auger'], prop.
aioimble-stick,' i. e. a crooked stick ; but only used, 2. metaph. a
' /, weakly, thin thing or person ; hann er mesta vcimiltyta.
n. (I wailing.
WA, a5, [Germ, weinen], to wail, Greg. 51, Fms. v. 122; beir
; ok maeltu, vei oss vcsiilum ! Stj.; veinaai s6r sii sal, Horn. 155,
y3 ; veina sik ilia, D. N. iv. 90. II. [perh. a different
;s. vreina ; see reini ; Engl, whinny], to whinny, neigh, of a mare ;
ktir sem geit blaesma ok veinar sem merr, Fb. ii. 364.
n, f. a wailing, Isl. ii. 133 ; veinun ok gaulun, Fms. v. 90; vxl
111, Orkn. 78 ; se, J)at er veinon kallad, Skalda 171.
., u, f. [Ulf. waips and wipja — crrffpavos], a kind of wimple or
^ hood, Edda ii. 494.
aterj., qs. vei se, see vei.
SA, u, f. a pool, pond of stagnant water, cesspool; J)a rei8 hann i
rja veisu, Fb. i. 354 ; stoSu Birkibeinar i veisu niikkurri, Fms.
v. 1. ; fyrir ofan veisuna, viii. 191 ; var veisa ein yfir at fara,
;6iA; veisu-galti, a cesspool-bog, a nickname, porb., freq. in
I. II. the name of a farm, Lv. 80; Veisan is the name
at Lister in Norway, Fritzner s. v. Veisu-menn, m. pi. the
j^',\,m Veisa, Lv. 82.
t» f., pi. veitr, qs. vreit, a trench, = veiU, D. N. iv. 198. 2. a
mlane in a town, N. G. L. ii. 243, Munk. 83.
IITA, t, [Dan. yde] , to grant, give ; veita far, to give a man a
gt, Grag. ii. 268 ; veita e-m lid, to give one help, assist (liS-veizla),
xi. 27, 121 ; veita hjalp, a&sto6, huggun, to give help, comfort;
gab, trygSir, varar, etc., passim ; veita manni fyrir GuSs sakir, to
urns, G^l. 274 ; konungr veitti honum skatta alia, condoned, remitted,
1. 120: absol. to help, assist, {jeir veittu Giziri hvita at hverju mali,
5; veita fraendum J)inum ok magum, 226 ; hann veitti J)eim Ingolfi
battle), Landn. 32. 2. veita veizlu, to give a feast, Nj. 6, Fb.
7t 301 ; veita bru3kaup e-s, to hold a wedding; veitti hann bnid-
J>eirra um vetrinn J)ar at Helga-felli, Eb. 142, Fms. x. 47; veita
e-s, to hold an ' arvel,' funeral feast. Fas. i. 387; konungr veitti
Jjorgyn, Fms. ; veita J61 sin, Fb. iii. 274 : also absol. to give a feast
artainment, konungr veitti sveitungum sinum, Fms. ix. 340 ; veita
annliga. Eg. 62 ; konungr skyldi veita i {)eim tveim trehollum ... let
gr |)ar veita i, Fms. x. 13. 3. to give a grant, grant a fief ;
1 veitti Eireki Raum-riki, Fms. iii. 15. 4. to grant a request,
permit; J)at munu ver mi veita J)er, Ld. 2 1 8 ; veita e-m eina baen, Fms.
cigi mun ek J)at veita ykkr. Eg. 95 ; konungr kva6sk veita mundu,
dtti hann J)eim at vigja Jon, Fms. vii. 240. 5. of a perform-
veita e-m J^jonustu, Eg. 112 ; veita e-m nabjargir (q.v.), Nj. 154 ;
tiftir, to perform the service, 195 ; veita ser afskipti, to take part in,
ii. 241 ; veita e-u ahald, to lay bold on, Fms. x. 393 ; veita
J, to manage, Nj. 115; veita formala ( = maela fyrir). Eg. 389; j
drskurS, to give a decision, 281; veita tilkall, to claim, Grett.
eita t)6gn, to be silent, Fms. x. 401 ; veita e-m atfor, heimfer3, to
in expedition against one, i. 54, Eg. 73 ; veita atsokn, to attack, Nj.
veita averka, to inflict a wound, 98 ; veita a{)jan, to tyrannise,
'; veita e-m vegskarS, Nj. 118. II. spec, usages; e-t veitir
so, a thing turns, proves {hard, easy) ; veitti J)at flestum {)ungt, it
bard, difficult. Eg. 754 ; keisaranum veitti J)ungt, the emperor bad
i against him, Fms. i. 121 ; e-t veitir ervitt, Nj. 171 ; ok hefir oss
Bitt, it has been bard work indeed, 1 1 7 ; ervitt hafa draumar veitt,
have been bard, Ld. 270; {leir borSusk, veitti Geirmundi betr,
ried the day, Landn. 125 : the phrase, hoifum veitir ekki af, he
thing to spare. 2. to happen ; J)at verSr ok veitir optliga,
t happens and comes to pass, Stj. 38 ; veitir J)at jafnan, at J)eir
Js. 53 ; mi kann veita {lat stundum, at baendr fa eigi vinnu-menn,
t; \>vi veitir J)at allopt, at J)eir fa fyrst mann-ska&ann, GJ)1. 169;
am veitir t)at optarr, N. G. L. i. 11. III. recipr. (0 give,
'0 one another; Jjeir veittusk at tillum malum, backed one another,
; vit Egill munum mi veitask at. Eg. 425. IV. pass., a
m, to be given, 623. 20, H.E. i. 514; y5r skal fyrr veitast till
a, Fms. vi. 48, 94, xi. 309.
TA, t, qs. vreita, probably different from the preceding word,
e following] : — to make a trench, make an aqueduct, lead water,
DC. and dat. ; hann veitti sjainn i gognum hava hdlsa, AI. 93 ;
atn, gora stiflur, grafa engi sitt, veita sva vatn a engit, Gr&g.
; grafa mikit dikit ok veita vatni i a eptir, Fb. ii. 124; veita
, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 97 ; but a few lines below, ok skal eigi ^a (ace.)
enn veita nierki-vtitn ; so also, Grimr veitti honum (the brook)
ok grof land Ljots, Landn. 145 ; hann veitti vatnid ({lau viitn
, v. 1.) meS fjolkyngi austr fyrir Solheima . . . si8an veitti hvarr
in fra ser, 250, 251, freq. in mod. usage, but then always with
II. reflex., in the following passages the word may be
q. v, ; einn stjornu-veg, hverr upp riss af sjo Frisiae, ok veittist L
T {trends) meftal Tciitt.nnuin <jk luinain. Karl. 129; ok \\t6t hann (ace.)
undan veitt, turned bim to flight {7). Bret. 66; veitir vstn tU »j6vaf.
rivers trend towards the ua, Grdg.
veita, u, f., qi. vreita, dropping the r, [akin to reitr, r(t, q. v.. the root
word ; A. S. wrUaii - to trench ; thi» it borne out by the mod. NortregiM
forms as stated by Ivar Aaicn, veil in Sogn, but vrn/t in Thdcmarkca ;
reite near Mandal] :— a trench, ditch ; of vatn-veitar, o/woMr^ywicto,
aqueducts, GrAg. (Kb.) ii. 97 ; eigi tkal hann aimarra load mctfta i
veitunni, ... of veitu-garfta, trentb-dilchu. Grig. ii. a8i ; dgi 4 madr at
giira vcitur i landi tinu sv4 at hann tpilli landi cAa engi muuM ^CM cr
fyrir ncAan byr, 282.
veitall, iA). giving freely, open-handed; vciuU af pcnniognm, Faa. i.
443 ; 6-vcituli af c-u, Bs. i. 415.
yeitandi, part, a giver, Edda i. 456. 2. a Mptr; veitendr, Fmt.
vi. 34 ; veitendr at miili |))nu, Hdv. 44.
veitari, a, m. a giver, donor, H.E. i. 499, Stj. 83.
veiti-engi (qs. vrciti-engi), n. a trenched mtadow, H4v. 35 new Ed.
veiting, f. a grant, gift, Bs. i. (Laur. S.) 2. in rood, usage an
appointment to a living, brauSa-v., etc.
veiting (qs. vreiting), f. a trenching, leading ofwatir; vatns-vcitingar.
veizla, u, f. [veita], a grant, gift, allowance ; veizla eilifrar uelu, . . .
hafa e-t at veizlu GuAs, Horn. (St.); veizla ulmusu-gor&a, Horn.; gefa
storar gjafir ok veizlur, Stj. 64. 2. help, assittance, backing, Horn.
140 ; vardar honum ekki sii veizla. Grig. ii. 13 ; kynlig v. ok at illu mun
verfla, Lv. 7 ; til heilla sAtta ok hollrar veizlu, Gr4g. ii. 21 ; oil mitkunn
ok v., 623. 21 ; ek s6 mik n(i futt mega giira j)at er veizlu munr s" i.
Fas. ii. 437 (li8-veizla). 3. an entertainment ; veita gDngu-moiiiiuni
engar veizlur nema til skfia afta fata, Grdg. i. 454: a treat, feast, ban-
quet, O. H. 112; g<'ift veizla, Nj. 6; virAulig veizla, Ld. 186; skorulig
veizla. Eg. 44 : of a wedding feast, 30 (mod., bruAkaups-veizia), very
freq. in mod. usage. II. as a law term, tb* reception or entertain-
ment to be given to the Norse king, or to the king's * landed-men,' or
his stewards, for in olden times the king used to go on a regular circuit
through his kingdom, taking each county in turn ; his retinue, the
places of entertainment, and the time of his staying at each place, being
regulated by law ; this was called * veizla ' or fara at vcizlum, taka
veizlu ; as also, biia veizlu muti konungi ; hann l<-t bjuAa upp veizlur \)ZT
sem konungs-bii v6ru, 6. H. 35 ; Olafr konungr for (itan um Hringa-rfki
at veizlum, en er veizlur cndusk eigi fyrir fjo'niennis sakar, jja l^t hann
J)ar baendr til leggja at auka veizlumar, 6 1 , cp. 59, 111,173; **''* veizlur,
Fagrsk. ch. 11, see also Har. S. harAr. ch. IIO (Fms. vi), ch. 23, 93, Eg.
ch. II, 18, Hem. {)., 6lafs S. Kyrra ch. 4 (Fms. vi. 442), and passim in
the Fms. 2. a royal grant, revenue; f^-kk konungr honum veizlur
miklar. Eg. 27; hann hafdi af konungi veizlur allar, |)vjlikar sem Bryn-
jolfr haf6i haft, 31 ; Hrxrekr ok GuAlaiigr hofUu veizlur storar um Sogn
ok um HorAa-iand, Fms. i. 6 ; en mcA l)vi at hann hafAi eigi miklar
veizlur J)a varA honum fefdtt, viii. 273 ; ^t munut riAa veizlum yArum,
xi. 237 ; hann hafdi 43r alia (syslu 4 H&logalandi) suma at veizlu suma
at Idni, partly as a grant, partly as a fief, (5. H. 1 23 ; en veizlur konungs
hafAi hann miklu minni enn fyrr, ill; hiiskarlar konungs er hafa f«S af
konungi i veizlur, sumir tolf aura, sumir tvser merkr, Sks. 261 ; t6!f
marka veizlur, Fms. vi. 266.
B. CoMPDs: veizlu-biinaSr, m./>r<r/flrart'on /or o/*ai/, Fms. vi.
146. veizlu-dagr, m. a banquet-day, Bs. i. 791, Sturl. ii. 58, Stj.
199. veizlu-fall, n. /2»e/a«7«re q/"a/*as/, Fms. vi. 95. veizlu-f6,
n. a fee, money paid in lieu of veizla (II), Fagrsk. ch. 1 1. veizla*
gjald, n. = veizlufe, Fms. x. 184 ; hann (the king) tok veizlugjold norAan
or Dolum ok viAa um HeiAmork, 6. H. 63. veizlu-gj6f, f. a grant,
D.N. ii. 25. veizlu-gOrfl, f. a feast-giving. Vs. 1^. veizlu-
I16II, f. a banqueting hall, Fms. x. 1 54. veizlu-j6rfl, f. land held as a
grant, N. G. L. i. 47; ef maAr seir v. sina J)4 verAr hann J)j6fr at, 85.
veizlu-kirkja, u, f. a church, the patron or rector of which bad to enter'
tain the bishop at his visitations, D. N. iii. 39. veizlu-msflr, m., in
Norway, an endowed man, holding grants from the king, G^l. 108;
lendir menn ok veizlumenn allir, N.G. L. ii, HirAskra ch. 36: but in
Icel. it mezns a pauper living upon charity, her d at vera v. kvengildr, Pm.
121, Am. 14. veizlu-sk&li, a, m. = veizluh611, Hkr. i. 90, veislu«
skylda, u, f. the duty of entertaining (sec veizla II), D.N. iii. lo.
veizlu-spjOll, n. pi. the spoiling of a feast; gora v.. Fas. i. 445 (of a
peace disturber). veizlu-stofa, u, f. = veizluhiill, Fms. vi. 440, vii.
317. veizlu-sveinn, m. a charity boy ( = mod. niAr-scta), Nj. 15.
veizlu-taka, u, f. the receiving a veizla (II), Fagrsk. ch. 33. veialu*
upphald, n. a maintenance, H.E. i. 258.
VEKJA, vek, poet. vakAi, later vakti ; subj. vekAi (vekti); part, vakiftr,
Post. 236, 1. 8, vaktr, vakinn : with ncg. suff. vekk-at ek, 7 wake (you) not,
Bm. I : [Goth, wakjan ; A. S. weccean ; Engl, waken ; Germ, wecken ; Dan.
vcekke] : — to waken, roitse from sleep; hon gat varla vakit {)d, Fms. i.
9; viiktu konurnar hann, ix. 24; var hann vakinn, Ld. 314; J>orAi engi
at vekja hann, 0. H. 72, 1 22 ; konungi ^6tt\ heldr snemt at v. herinn, . . .
J)& vaknaAi liAit, 207; J)a vakAi Finnr konung, 210; hann bannar ^at
hverjum manni, at hann se vaktr, Fms. iv. 274; Jesus Kristr vekr \>ik,
Y Y 3
692
VEKKA— VELJA.
ris J)u upp, 623. 14. 2. vekja upp, pen viiktu ^a, upp konung, Eg.
282 ; hanii vak9i upp alia heima-menn sina, Nj. 35 : metaph., hanii vakti
upp tva bo3a niikla, Fms. x. 324 (of a wizard) : to raise a ghost, vekja
troll upp, N. G. L. i. 19 (see troll); v. upp draug, Isl. |>j66s. (uppvakn-
ingr). II. metaph. to stir, rouse; gor j)u eigi {)at, son minn,
at pu vekir ^a er Tpcir hafa aSr fra horfit, Nj. I15; ek vak6a opt
rei6i J)ina, 623. 27 ; ilmr J)inn vak3i fysn mina, 28 ; ^a tok ek at vekja
klada a faeti honum, Fms. x. 331. 2. to cause, begin; vekja vig,
N. G. L. ii. 54 ; sigr-vaenlig heill, er konungr hefir sva roskliga vakit vig
fyrstr manna, Al. 37 ; hverr mun J)a vig vekja nema J)vi ok J)inir menn,
Stj. 597 ; hann samna3i her miklum ok vak5i styrjold, 623. 25 ; eigi
vil ek vekja lata or minum flokki or8a-lag ne ahlaup, Sturl. i.
157 C. 3. to start a question, hint at a thing, of a request ; Egill
vak3i J)at mal {started it) vi3 |>6r61f. Eg. 1 04 ; hann vekr ^etta mal vi9
konung, Fms. vi. 54 ; ok vok3u bonorSit, Nj. 17 ; v. til um e-t, Harekr
vekr til mjok opt viS konunginn um stafnbuann, Fbr. 119 ; Sigtryggr
konungr vak9i \ik til um eyrendi sitt vi6 SigurS jarl, Nj. 271 ; vekja
Jieir \>k til viS Gi/.ur um bonorSit, id. ; Jdji vakSi Njall til um boiiorSit, 40 ;
hann vakti til ok spur6i, Fms. vii. 106 ; vekr Hakon jarl (til) vi3 Eirik
konung, at hann fai honum . . ., x. 220.
B. [Perhaps a different word, akin to vekka, vekvi, q. v. ; cp.
also v6k = a hole in the ice; the pres. vakkir, N. G. L. i. 352, favours
this derivation]: — to make to flow; vekja stk bl(j6, to make one's
blood flow, open a vein, let blood ; fieir voktu ser bl6& i lofum, Fas. ii.
445 ; Eystein setti dreyrrau9an sva at honum matti nser einum fingri
dreyra vekja, Fms. vii. 145; nii vekja J)eir sor bl66 ok lata renna
saman dreyra sinn, Gisl. 1 1 ; (vokva {)eir ser bl66, 93, 1. c.) ; en ef bl63
vekkir me3 cifund i kirkju-gar6i, J)a skal sa lata vigja kirkjugarO me9
sinu fe er bl66 vakti, N. G. L. i. 387, 388 ; ef menn berjask i kirkju-
garSi . . . sa er bl66 vekkir (vaekkir), . . . sa skal viging kaupa er blod
vakti, 352.
vekka, u, f.=:v6kvi, a fluid, moisture, Hom. 68; kviSr tekr vl3
vekku sem saer viS votnum, Eluc. 61.
veklingr, m. a weakling, in a dubious passage, vinr Ve6orms veklinga
t0s, a friend of W., (he helper of the zveak, Ad.
vekra, 6, [vakr], to freshen up, rouse ; fietta er mi vekrir hug margra
g66ra manna, O. H. L. 86 ; vekra sporiS, to quicken the pace.
vekrd, f. an ambling pace, from vakr, q. v., of a horse.
vekt, f. [for. word, as shewn by the kt; vsett, q.v., is the genuine
Norse form ; Germ, ge-wicht; Dan. v<Egt~\, weight, N. G. L. ii. 482.
vekta, t> to weigh against; svo mikit sem vektir e-u, D. N. v. 342.
vekvi = vokvi, q. v.
VEL, adv. (compar. betr, superl. bezt, see betr, p. 61), in some, esp.
Norse, vellums spelt val, Stj. ; val stilltr, Bs. i. 90; lifa val, 91 ; jamval,
92; laerSr val, 94, etc. ; val biiin, Fms. ii. 187: [VW. waila = icakws ;
A. S. wel, etc.] : — well; eyg5r vel, Nj. 39 ; hserSr vel, id. ; stilltr vel, 30;
vel stilltr, vel au6igr, har vel litt, vel vigr, 38 ; hringr g69r ok vel gcirr,
325 ; vel smi8a6r, Orkn. 310; vel i vexti, well-grown, well-shapen, Eg.
305; har mikit ok for vet, Nj. ; vel at ser, fine, Korm. 142 (see 'at,'
C. IV. 5, p. 27, col. 2); vel borinn, well-born, of good family, Fms. xi.
80; har61a vel, well indeed, Finnb. 270; vera vel til e-s, to be kind
^°> Nj. 73; ver&a vel asattir, Grag. (Kb.) i. 83; {jakka e-t vel, to give
good thanks, thank very much, Isl. ii. 231 ; heilsaSi hann honum vel, to
greet well. Eg. 408; {)6tt hans vseri eigi vel leitaS, Fms. v. 252; lika
vel, to like well. Eg. 7 ; hversu vel mer synisk J)eirra athasfi, how well I
like it, Fms. x. 296 ; mer gefr vel at skilja, / understand quite well, i. 141 ;
taka vel vi& e-m, to receive well, xi. 1 1 ; gor sva vel, ' do so well,' please
to do; gorSu sva vel, at {jii halt saett ^essa, Nj. iii ; gorit mi sva vel,
piggit mitt heilraeai, Fms. vii. 157 ; gorit sva vel, latiS oss eigi . . ., Al.
106,120; ])-AeT vd,e{..., it is well done, if . ..,'N.G.L.i. 18. II.
intensive ; vel flestir, the most part, Bs. i. 685 ; vita vel mart, very many
things, Hom. 53 : with a notion of overdone, vel mikill. Eg. ; vel full-
mikill, rather great, Hym. 16; hundra6 manna e8a vel sva, a hundred,
or full that. Eg. 319; i manaSi eru vikur vel sva fjorar, Rb. 6 ; vel
tuttugu menn, twenty and upwards, Ld. 320 ; vel tvau hundru5 skipa,
vel J)rju hundru8, Fms. vii. 151, ix. 313; vel tuttugu vxtlir, Dipl. v.
18. 2. rather; handox vel mikil, rather big, Eg. 769; hafr einn
vel g66r, Hkr. i. 192 ; vel vegnar fimm merkr, largely measured, Fms.
vii. 146. III. as interjection, ja, ja, vel, veil Bs. i. 421 ; vel
ek! well II Vkv. 27.
V;filj and veli, n. [Gr. ovpa ; Lat. ad-ul-ari, Bugge], the tail of a bird;
kom sver5it a velit. Fas. i. 488, freq. in mod. usage.
V^L and v8b1, f., both forms are used in vellums, but are difficult to
distinguish, e and g (e, cb) being often written alike ; el velum rhyme in a
verse of Hallfred : — an artifice, craft, device ; vid velar, with artifice, con-
trivance, Hym. 21 ; med list eSr vel, Sks. 82 ; me8 list ok vael, Edda i.
no; hann hafdi vaelar til allra hluta, 104; gorva velar til e-s, Hym. 6;
hann vissi ser engrar vaelar van, Fms. ii. 202, v. 1. ; gefa sva sigr sem
06inn gaf me5 vjaelum (sic) en engu valdi, 154; hverja vael sem Jjorirgcirir
honum, i. 189; j)eir skyldu freista nokkvorra vaela, Edda i. 220. 2.
an engine, machine; gora vel, Vkv. 20; vael til at taka fiska me&, an
engine to catch fish^ i. e. a net, Edda i. 182 ; {)eirri vel er menn kalia ve8
the engine that is called a battering-ram, Sks. 89 new Ed. ; til J)essar v^la '
88 ; vig-vel. II. a wile, device, trick; draga vel at e-m, Skv. :
33, Nj. 17; beita e-n velum, 40; allar {)aer vglar, Og. 18; Kristr gor
eigi vel, ok eigi ver6r hann veltr er a hann triiir. Bias. 46 ; hefir hann
hverjum manni velar lengi haft, Lv. 44 ; ef ma6r feldr ser til velar vi
konu eSa ferr i kvenklaedi, ok var6ar ^at fj6rbaugs-gar8, Grag.
338. 2. ^Xwr. frauds, tricks; fullr lygi ok vaela, 656 C. I4; skalt
neita Djofli ok oUum hans verkum ok vxlum, Fms. i. 300 ; Djofulsii
vaelum. Post, (linger) 92. compds : V61a-bo3, n. a fraudulent offe.
cheating, N. G. L. i. 95. v61a-kaup, n. a fraudulent bargain, jo.
G\)\. 254. v61a-lauss, adj. guileless, Nj. 24. vela-sokn, f.
fraudtdent prosecution, GJ)1. 489. v61a-verk, n. a bad trick, N. G. ]
i. 94.
v61a and vsela, t, to defraud, trick; illt er vin vela, Am. 90; v.
hann i nokkvi, Grag. ii. 22 ; ok vill hann sva vela hinn, ... ok a sii si
er hann vildi vela, i. 362 ; nu eru vit vaelt, Eg. 605 ; ef go6 y6ur raset
eigi velt verSa, Bias. 46 ; eigi ver6r hann v61tr, id. ; segir {)ik vaeldan
villu J)eirri, es })u gofgar Christum, Clem. 147 ; konur veltar me5 brogdui
ok legor6um, Sks. 77 new Ed. ; vaela fra honum sverSit, to get the mo)
from him (by cheating), Fms. v. in. II. vaela um e-t, to dec
manage (cp. taela); sa hlutr er um at vaela, Lv. 15 ; vig Jjorkels ok u
hvat vaela var, Gisl. 57 ; er J)at grunr at Jier eigit J)ar um konungborii
mann at vaela sem Nor5brikt er, Fms. vi. 144 ; dyr grinmi e3a torveldl
um at vela, Sks. 20 new Ed. ; hef6a ek einn saman velt um mitt ra6, 507 1
e6a J)urfir J)u um ^in vanda-mal at vaela, Baer. 81 ; ok vaeldu J)ar u
margir, 14; skal sa bondi sem J)ar byr a naestum eignuni vaela um Ii
K. A. 66 ; fekk hon ra& til at vela um hann, Baer. 14 ; J)6tt ek v^la «
mina kosti. Eg. 66, Fms. viii. 339 (v. 1.), 440 ; at hvarir vaeldi um -
kosti, 339 ; vaela heima um sina kosti, Sks. 266. III. recij
skyldi pen vaelask um ba8ir samt, have to deal with one another, Sturl.
142. ' 2. part., vaelandi go6anna (of Loki), Edda i. 268.
velan or vselan, f. a wailing, Fb. ii. 408.
vel-borinn, part, well-born, noble. Am. 21, H.E. ii. 74.
vel-burSigr, adj. = velborinn, Mar.
VELDI, n. [ = vald, q.v.; Dan. vtelde'], power ; veldi er J)at en eigi t
K.f3.K.i42; me6 miklu veldi, Fms. X. II ; hafa veldi yfir e-u, Bias. 4I
veldi rikis mins, 623. 59 ; gefit mer at moti veldi sva mikit, 656 C. I
veldi stafs, value, Skalda. 2. an empire ; tekib alia konunga af nai
ok veldi. Eg. 268; Grikkja konungs veldi, A. A. 286; biskups-veldi
annars konungs veldi, Grag. i. 180; Dana-veldi = Z)««?«ari ; Norej
veldi = Norway ; Skota-veldi = iS'co//rt«(f, Orkn. (in a verse); Svia-vel
= Stueden. compds : veldis-engill, m. an archangel, Hom. 1 33, Gr<
35. veldis-hringr, m. the ring or halo round the head of a sail
Mar., Fms. v. 340. veldis-sproti, a, m. a sceptre. veldis-stc
= veldissaeti. veldis-sseti, n. a /Z^ro/je, Stj. veldis-vondr, m.
sceptre, Stj. 395.
vel-farandl, part., drekka velfaranda, to drink a farewell cup, Fms. i *
191.
vel-fer3, f. well-doing, Fb. i. 434 ; v. til lifs ok salu, Bs. i. 790.
vel-fer3ugr, adj. well-behaving, righteous, Stj. 141, Bs. i. 264. '
vel-fimi, f. = velfinni, Fas. iii. 90. '
v61-flnni, f. an artifice, Stj. 177, 178, Fms. xi. 74 (Ed. velfimni). '
vel-for, f., in velfarar-minni = velfarandi. Eg. 213. velfara-61, '
a parting batiquet, D. N. iii. 954. '
velgja, u, f. lukewarmness. 2. medic, nausea ; pib er, velgja i mei
velgja, 3, [valgr], to warm; velgja mjolk, to warm milk; sella ek
hann (the porridge) se full-velgdr. Fas. iii. 389 ; v. upp, to warm up.
vel-g6r3, f. a well-doing, benefit.
vel-gorningr, m.=±:velg6r&, Nj. 123, Faer. 63, Stj. 151.
veli, n. = vel, a bird's tail, see vel. v61i-fj63r, f. a tail-feather, Fn
viii. 10. ,
v^lindi, n., mod. vselindi, the gullet, Skalda 169, and in mod. usai,'
velendis-gangr, m. belching, a disease, Sturl. i. 20.
v61indi, n. pi. [vel], tricks, Fas. iii. 391.
v^linn, adj. wily, 656 B. 2 : veelinn, adj. id., Anecd. 88.
VELJA, pres. vel; pret. val8i, valdi; subj. vel3i ; part. valiSr, vale
valinn; [Ulf. waljan=alpeTv ; O.K.G. weljan; Germ, wiihlen; D;
vcelge ; Swed. v'dlja ; Old Engl, wale ; cp. val-] '.—to choose, elect, pick 01
at er velit J)at er y6r gegnir, 623. 30 ; ok er gott um at velja, Nj. 3 i '"5 !
um tva kosti, Gisl. 16 ; konungr valSi mjok menn me6 ser i hir8 atafli |
hreysti, Fms. i. 43; Jjeir fe6gar vol&u mjok menn at afli til tvigoarv
sik. Eg. 84; J)eir brae3r vol6u ser li&, 119; peir hof3u vali6 \\b,pid\
troops, Nj. 24 ; vali3s meistara, Post. (Unger) 108 ; velja vi& til, Grag.
356; ef eigi er rj66rum hogginn sk6grinn ok er vali&r, 294; valior
e-s, Fs. 71 ; rita tal allra valdra manna, Hom. 36. 2. to pick out, I
promere; kuml konunga or kerum val6i, Gh. 7 ; hverr vildi mer hnossir
Gkv. 2. 20 ; valSi Sigri&r vinum sinum gjafar, S. made gifts to berfne"
0. H. 124; velr hon honum morg hae6ilig or&, Ld. 48; v. momi'
neisulig or3, Isl. ii. 384 ; v. e-m h6r5 or5, Fb. ii. 376. II- 1'^'''
pen sjau voldusk til, ok gengu, came forward, picked themselves out, ri
ia:Tt
!'c.
if; vd
■.JdMlt
-^i causa
;2j; tti|:
;iii^;
i'lita,
^iaiiS.(
'*iip
■«ii,a(ii,
'■■\\\
Ma
i
VELJUNGR—VENJA.
693
^117; volduskmargirgofgirmenn til]pessar fcrfiar, Orkn.3aa. 2.
m. to be chosen, H.E, i. 478.
ikjungr or veelungr, m. a nickname, Sturl. iii. 187.
'PLKJA, t, [vfilka], to toss about; {)eir velktu Tuma lengi, gorSi
'- {liikaltmjok, Sturl. ii. 66 C. 2. as a n^Mt. Xcrm, to be sea-tossed ;
ok hans felaga velkir i hafi lengi, Kb. ii. 108 : impers., velkti {)d
ifi, Eg. 159; velkti J)a liti allt siimarit, Landn. 226. II.
to waver, hesitate; haiin ser at eigi niun duga at velkja raftit,
■T,; ertii mjok hugsjiikr um raSa-aetlan {)ina er \,u velkir Jiat
;. O. H. 196; hann velti (i.e. velkti) lengi i huga sdr hvernig
ii best til reidd, Jon pari, (the mod. phrase being, velta e-u fyrir
revolve in one's mind, waver; but this 'velta' is merely a cor-
. if the older 'velkja'). III. reflex, to be tossed; ok er
-(^usk far lengi sva haldnir, Fms. x. 29; tcksk af byrr allr ok
{lau liti lengi, Fs. 142.
lokr, adj. wily, Stj. 223.
miim, part, welcome, esp. in greeting, Nj. 140 ; vera v., Fms.
at hann skyldi Gu6i v. ok sva honum, ix, 373 ; konungr baft
i. 16.
[veila], gold, prop, molten, i.?. native, gold, or = Germ, 'ge-
i(old,' (perh. the word comes from the superstition as to serpents
and hatching gold, cp. foru J)eir til bxlis drekans, ok sa J)eir
■ gull, ok ' heitt sem nyrunnit I afli,' Ingv. 24.) The word is only
poets, and in the compds, vell-au6igr, vell-rikr, q.v. : poet.
vell-bjoSr, -broti, -meiflir, -ryrir, -ataerir, -vOnuflr, all
'it a princely man.
I, A, pres. veil; pret. vail; pi. ullu ; subj.ylli; part, ollinn; [A.S.
Engl. <o well] : — to well over, boil, be at boiling heat; vellanda bik,
232 ; rigndi blofti vellanda, Nj. 272 ; vellanda vatn, Bs.T. 40, Sks.
landa viasmjor, 623. 12 ; vax heitt ok vellanda bly, molten lead,
^o; vellanda gulli, molten gold, 625. 38; tok stillit at vella,
; vellr nu or jarni allt })at er deigt er, {ji6r. 79 ; vellanda katli,
: hafit vellr ok geisar, Rb. 444; keldur cr ae ok ae vella akafliga,
: s6 mi hve sa hverr velli, Gkv. 3. 9 ; hver vellanda, 6 ; pub
-/Sr, of a boiling kettle; brunnr veUr af hita, Al. 51 ; vellandi
t. II. metaph. to well up, swarm, esp. of vermin, maggots,
-e; vella mo6kum, /o 5K/ar;n w/;& it/orws ,• hann vail mo5kum,
:8o; t)at vellr moakum allt, Horn. (St.) ; Herodes vail miiakum
r. 40; ullu lit or {swarmed out) ormar ok eyaiur, Hkr. i. 103
380); vella vagi, to run with matter, Greg. 75, Stj. 617 (of
). III. to cry, screa77i, of a curlew; spoi vail i tiini; also
rse-cuckoo.
I, causal to the preceding, to make to well up or boil ; vella mat,
lew Ed.; vella lauk ok gros, Fb. ii. 36.5; ok vellt Jjat saman,
,> ; velld tjara, Sks. 90 new Ed. ; hann velldi fiau svera sjau vetr
li. 40; velldr i vidsmjorvi, 623. 13.
II, f. boiling heat, ebullition, MS. 732. i, Fbr. 97, Nj. 247; af
r-hita, Rb. 478 ; ok er hann var i vellu t)essi, 655 v. 2. vellu-
11. a boiler, 656 C. 40.
I -fasti, a, m., poet, ajire, cooMng fire, boiling beat, Edda (Gl.)
-katla, u, f. the name of a boiling well near the lake Thing-
istni S. ch. II (now prob. sunk beneath the level of the lake).
Li5igr, adj. rich in gold, prop. '^ swelling rich;' madr v., Eg.
72, Sturl. i. 160 A, Orkn. 176: mod. very wealthy, hann er v.,
'tensely rich.
uss, adj. guileless; at vellausu, without fraud, Grag. i. 73 ; v61-
^o, 137, Horn. 104.
ivla, u, f. lack of gold, the name of a poem. Eg. 694, Hkr. i,
gr, m. pottage, Stj. 160, 165.
, m. a seether, boiler; in eld-vellir = smo^e, Homklofi; log-vellir
'i/ron, Hym. ; reyk-vellir, ' reek-weller' =fire. Lex. Poet,
^kr, adj. = ve]lauaigr.
idr, adj. well-minded, O. H. L. ch. 30.
egan, f. well-doing, wealth; freq. in mod. usage.
enning, f. the being well brought tip; cp. manna, Fb. iii. 367.
ottr, m. a trick, wile, Barl. 156.
3r, adj. wily, Hkr. ii. 230 (vael-raSr, Fms. iv. 310, 1. c.)
3i, n. (vselrseSi, Fms. i. 189: veilreeSi, Sks. 544 B; veil-
I'nis. i. 57) : — a device, contrivance, trick; til allra velraaa, Fms.
' Iniaum, Eg. 49, V. 1. ; fremja t)etta velraeai, Hkr. iii. 324 ; setja
yrir e-n, Fms. vii. 154.
tnr, adj. wily, Rom. 273.
tiling, f. well-doing, a good position, Fms. x. 178.
iipr, m. well-beittg, Fms. viii. 281, v. 1.
parr, adj. ' wile-sparing,' guileless, Haustl.
a, adj. f. (thus, rather than vel-spa =^well-spaeing), 'guile-spae-
;>. 25, where it is an epithet of a Sibyl (volva), referring to the
us, deceptive character of her words, as of the witches in Macbeth.
uttr, adj. short-tailed, of a bird, Fas. i. 488.
TA, velt, pret. valt, pi. ultu; subj. ylti ; part, oltinn, or vultu,
1: [Ulf. valtjan; cp. A.S. walwjan — KvXivitiv ; Lat. volvere,^
volutare: Engl, walloui] i—io roH.roUover; al(u |)eir ofan fyrif brek-
kuna, Landn. 179; |,at (the wheel) Icann opt relu andtn, Fnu. i. 104 :
vcltanda vatn. Akv. ; J)6ttii yitir aptr fyrir bylgjunni. Horn. ; ek htfi Uti»
velta slika sem l)u crt. Eg. 338 ; incri h<illinni Km myliu ylti, Karl. 473 ;
K' g«';kk hann hcldr en valt. Sturl. iii. 158; tunnan rait oir iSr hei
ofan i dji'ipa kcldu, in a ditty ; dagarnir i«x at rUu vultu, lil.; n ;
oltinn i svA mikia heinuku. Post. 645. 6x, 83 ; i hvcrja »ynd ok vc»' i<i
1)11 ert voltinn, Stj. 36 ; Jxi at hann vclii i mikIa vewild. Al. 95. 2.
metaph. to turn out; mun vdia til vanJan*. Lv.45; ok rait til randa. at
bas ndr fiyftu, // wnt as usual, that they fled, Fms. riii, 408 ; rcltr )»ngat
sem vera vill um fiesta hluti. Isl. ii. 201 ; ef sr4 rdtr til. at . , ., Mar. ;
skipan er voltin eigi sem hann hug&i, Fm». xi. 436 ; Toltn tOir d6mar
til striftrar refsingar, Sks. 581.
velta, t, a causal to the preceding ; in Runic inscriptions it is ipdt
'eha' or 'ailta,' Rafn 188, 194 (see rati); [Ulf. valtjan •- mkUittv ;
A. S. waltan ; Germ, wdlzen ; Dan. valti ; sec valtr] : — to roll, ttt rollimg,
a stone or the like, with dat. ; velta biikum fra fotum )arli. Fb. i. .495 ;
velta grjoti, Gs. 12 ; velta torfi. Grag. ii. 266; r. steini. N.G. L. ii. I jj ;
steininum hafSi velt vcrift af grofinni, Luke xxiv. 2 ; ^ir velto hoaum,
Eb. 115 new Ed.: impers., J)vi naest velti {^vi), then the eapwud, Fmi.
ix. 320. II. reflex, to turn oneself, rotate; sul reltisk um .m^
aettir, Sks. ; hann vcltisk inn yfir Jireskoldinn, Fb. ii. 38a ; hcslrinn »
um tolf sinnum, the horse rolled itself over, Hrafn. 6 ; sumir hestar JioiAu
velzt, Grett. 29 new Ed. 2. the phrase, veltask or konungdiimi.
jarldomi, to roll oneself from kingdom to earldom, to descend from a
higher to a lower estate, e.g. from king to earl, or from earl to
thane, Fms. i. 195, Eg. 7 ; HallaSr, sa veltisk 6t jarld«Smi i Orkncyjum,
Landn. 260; veltisk hann l)a*6r jarldomi ok t6k holds r^tt, Hkr. i. 104;
the phrase is borrowed from the symbolic act, for which see Har. S.
Harf. ch. 8.
velta, u, f. the state of being valtr. 2. in the phrase, hafa mikift
i veltunni, to have much in circulation, rolling, of money.
velti-, in compds, velti-flaug, f. rotation ; velti-reid, f. of a tbip.
Lex. Poet. : in prose, velti-4r, n. of an extra good year.
veltiligr, adj. rolling, voluble, Lil.
velting, f. rotation, Stj. 15.
veltir, m. (Lat. volutor), one who makes to revolve. Lex. Poet.
vel-vild, f. kindness, good-will (also vel-vili, a, m.), Isl. ii. 441,
passim in mod. usage.
vend, n. [A. S. wen], name of the letter v, see introduction to this
letter ; ok er v ^0. vend kallad i Norrxnu m4li, Skaida (Edda ii. 400 ;
'und,'365).
VEND A, d, pret. venduSu, Edda i. ao (pref.); \\3\i. ga-unmdiaiira
arpecpfiv ; A.S. wentan; Engl, wend ; Germ, tvenden; D»n. vende"]:—
to wend, turn, with dat. ; vcndi SigurSr aptr herinum, Fms. viii. 152;
venda sinum vcgi, to wend one's way, xi. 425; venda til hans allr*
hollustu. Mar. ; venda godvilja til e-s, Dipl. i. 2 ; vaida 4st ok vindttu,
Sks. 741 : with ace, venda bak muti e-m, Bret. 54; venda sina vinattu
til e-s, Fms. ix. 51, v. 1. ; venda e-t til sin, Sks. 443 B. 2. to turn,
change; GuB vtndi {)vi ok sneri til goSs, Stj. 239; um smia ok venda,
N.G.L. i. 349. II. absol., venda aptr, /o r*/i/r/i, Hkr. i. 76; vendu
\)e'n })a nordr aptr, Fms. vii. 301 ; jarl vendir mi aptr til Sj6landa mcft
J)etta fe, xi. 83; vendi hann aptr somu leiS. 3.S9; vildi Agamemnon J)a
aptr venda med sinu lidi til Griklands, Bret. 84 : foru l>adan um nott.
vendu \>h a l)at fell er kallat er Vatnsfell, Fms. viii. 36 ; venda til hefnda
via e-n, Ld. 244. III. reflex., vendask um. Mar., MS. 671. 22.
vendi-liga, adv. [vandr], carefully; spyrja v. at e-u. Fms. i.68; segja
vendiliga fra tiaindum. tell minutely. Eg. 124; sja v., Ld. 54: quite, en^
tirely, sva var v. upp gengit allt lausa-f6 hans. Hkr. i. 186; stefndi til
sin cillum bygaar-monnum ok ^t\m ollum vendiligast (Jrincipally tbost
who) er first bygau, (5. H. 59.
vendiligr, adj. careftd, H.E. i. 410.
Vendill (also Vandill), m. a pr. name. Rafn 1 78. Edda (Gl.). Lex.
Popt. 2. Vandil, a local name, the northern part of Jutland in
Denmark ; a Vendli, Yt. (whence prob. came the famous Vandals who
conquered and sacked Rome, and who have left their name in Andal-usia
in Spain) ; Vandils jormungrund, the great land of Vandil = Jutland {^),
on a Runic stone : Vendil-skagi, the Skaw or Skagerack, Knytl. S.
COMPDS : Vandils-byggi, m. a man from the county VendilL Vendil-
krdka, u, f. a nickname, Yngl. S.
vendr, adj. =: venzUar, N. G. L. i. 30. 2. vendr, part, wont, accus-
tomed: V. a afrek, Skida R. 19; ofstopa vendr, Landn. (in a verse).
vend-rsefli, n. = v^ndraeai, B«. i. 341.
vend-vserr, adj. difficult to appease, Mork. 7a.
vengi, n. = vangr, [like Dan. vcenge and vang], tbt ground; ok vatt
(a) vengi, and threw- it on the ground, Gkv. I. 13. 2. the sea;
vengis blakkr, hjoitr, the steed, the hart of the sea = a ship. Lex. PoiJt.
VENJA, pres. ven ; pret. vandi, later vandi ; subj. venfti ; part, vandr,
vaninn :■ [Dan. vanne ; see vani] : — to accustom ; venja e-n e-u or v'lb
e-t ; venja hann vid ij)r6ttir ok hseversku, Fms. i. 78 ; gcstrisni vandi
hann sik, be practised hospitality, 655 v. B. 2 ; vandi Dofri hann vi8
694
VENJA— VERA.
i{)r6ttir, aettvisi ok vigfimi, taught him, trained him in, BarS-T
164. 2. in phrases, kostgaefSi hann af peim at venja oil tikynni, to
imteach them all bad manners, Bs. i. 687 ; hann venr kvamur sinar til
Ormhildar, Nj. I07 ; vcnja leidir sinar til e-s sta&ar, to haunt a place,
Fb. i. 303; siSan venr hann fe sitt i akra hennar, Fms. vii. 357: to
train, tame, bjarndyri vel vani&, vi. 398, Fagrsk. ch. 21 : to educate,
engi born voru sva vel vanin, sem J)eirra born, Bs. i. 129; barn var
ek. ok ilia vanit, Karl. 197. II. reflex, to he wont, accus-
tomed to do a thing; vanSisk fjosa-kona ein at J)erra faetr sina a Jjiifu
J)eirri, er . . ., Landn. 51, v. 1. ; si6an vanSisk Einarr optliga at ganga til
tals viS Egil, Eg. 686 ; a hverri arti8 hans venjask menn at gora {)a
minning hans, JBlas. 51 ; vondusk margir at fara til hans, Hkr. iii.
249. 2. with dat. ; vanSisk hann J)vi J)egar a unga aldri at rsena
ok at drepa menn, 6. H. 212; at J)at venisk vapnfimi, to be trained in
arms, Al. 4 ; nu miin ek ver3a at venjask hestinum um hri6, Fms. ix.
56 : venjask af e-u, sem hugr varr vensk meirr af himneskum saetleik,
Greg. 28 ; Darius hafSi af vanizk styrjold ok lifriSi, Al. 17.
venja, u, f. = vani, a custom, habit, MS. 4. 7,10; gjorn er bond a
venju, a saying (see bond); at venju, as usttal, Ver. 24; varga venja,
Horn. 38. coMPDs ; venju-brag3, n. a habit, Bs, i. 781. venju-
liga, adv. usually, Str. 68. venju-ligr, adj. usual. Mar., Bs. i. 822 ;
venju-ligra, jnore usual, Fs. 52.
venzl, n. pi. [vandi], relationship (ties of blood or affinity); fyrir
venzla sakir, Nj. 79 ; er hann J)6 i venzlum vi6 oss bundinn. Boll. 354;
fyrir fraendsemis scikum ok margra annarra venzla, Orkn. 452 ; at ek se
J)ar i meirum venzlum enn a&rir menn, Lv. 78 ; at hann mundi allitils
virda vi6 Sverri venzl ne vigslur, Fms. viii. 266 ; ek vil biSja hennar
mer til eigin-konu, ok sta5festa sva vi5 ydr venzl me3 vinattu, Fas. iii.
59 ; ^eim monnum er minni venzl mundi a, O. T. 7. compds :
venzla-lauss, adj. bound by no ties, a stranger; liskyldar konur ok
venzla-lausar, Stj. 179, Fb. ii. 415 ; si&an venzlalausir menn eru i mot,
Orkn, 104, = vandalauss. venzla-maSr, m. a person bound by ties,
a kinsman, relation; vinir ok venzlamenn, Bs. i. 21 ; y5r venzlamonnuin
|j6ris, GuUJ). 20 ; Kolbeini ok hans venzlamonnum, Sturl. ii. i, Bs. i. 489,
494-
venzlaSr, part, related.
vioTT, v6o3r, contr, veiSr (Haustl.), only used as a name of Thor,
Hym., Vsp., Edda (Gl.), meaning either the holy, a priest ( = Goth.
weiha), or from ve, n., referring to Thor ' as the defender of hearth and
home.'
veptr, f. [vefa], the woof, Fbr. 31, 33 new Ed.
VER, n. a case; undir ulfalda verjum, Stj. 181 ; be6r me5 |>y3eskt
ver, D.N. iv. 218; verit var af pelli, Karl. 495; kodda-ver, a pillow^
case; sxngr-ver, a bed-case.
VER, n. [akin to viirr; A.S.wcer; cp. Engl. wezV, usually sounded
ware about Oxford stiU] : — the sea, only used in poets ; vestr for ek of
ver, of a journey to England, Hofu&l. i ; fyrir vestan ver (prose, fyrir
vestan haf ), beyond the ' western weir,' i. e. in the British Isles, Hkv.
2, 7 ; fyrir handan ver, Gkv, 2. 7 ; fyrir austan ver, east of the sea, i. e.
in Norway, Edda (Ht.) ; um ver, across the sea, Fms. vii. 329 (in a
verse) : in poet, compds, ver-bdl, ver-gl63, ' sea-Jire,' i.e. gold; ver-
fdkr, a sea-steed, i. e. a ship. II. a fishing-place, station, for
fishing, taking eggs, catching seals, herrings : farmers in Icel. at certain
seasons of the year (spring, winter, and autumn) send some of their
labourers to out-lying fishing-places (called gora mann ut and ut-g6r6) ;
here people meet for fishing from all parts of the island ; these fishing-
places are called ' ver ;' ma6r het Glumr, hann var til vers, he was in a
fishing-place, Korm. 142; J)ar sem menn rjufa skipan i veri, Jb. 440;
they are called ver-menn, m. y>\. fishermen ; and ver-ti3, f. the fishing
season; vor-vertiS, haust-vertid, vetrar-verti&, see Icel. Almanack : the
phrases, fara i veriS, vera 1 veri ; so also the compds, egg-ver, sild-ver,
sel-ver, alpta-ver, fisk-ver, the taking eggs, catching herrings, seals, swans,
fish, as also of the places where these things are caught ; lit-ver, an out-
lying ver : in local names, Alpta-ver, in southern Icel.
v6r, pers. pron,, [Goth, weis ; A. S, we; O. H. G. wir; Dan. vi] : — we,
passim ; see also the forms vxr and mer,
ver, m. a husband ; see verr.
VERA, older form vesa, the verb substantive ; pres. em, ert, er, pi.
erum, eru6, eru : pret. var, vart (mod. varst), var, pi. varu or voru; an
obsolete oru occurs, Saem. (once), Orkn. 426. 1. il, Nj. 81, Thorn. 28,
90, 102, 116, 150, 196, Isl. ii. 482 : pres. subj. se, s6r (VJ)m. 4, 7), se ;
the older form is sja, en ek sja, Clem. 138. 1. 14; at ek sja, ... ok se
m6r eigi rei&r, 145, Fms. viii. 299, x. 384, xi. 124, Eg. 127; for the
forms sjak, sjakk, see below : the mod. forms are se, sert, s6r (eg se, {^u
sert ; sert and ert make a rhyme in Pass. 34. 5) : imperat. ver, vertii ;
see Gramm. p. xxiii : there also occurs a subj. pres. verir, veri, Sdm. 22,
Ls. 54 ; })atz an veri, Am. 36 ; skosmiSr J)u verir, Hm. 126, but rarely.
A. Changes and Forms. — Vera is an anomalous verb, which has
undergone several changes : I. by changing s to r ; of the older
form there occur, the infin. vesa, pres. es, pret. vas, vast (vastu), vas ;
pres. subj. vesi ; imperat. ves, MS. 633. iZ- 1. 14, 645. 61. 1. 33, 677.
40. 1. 38 ; vestu, 623. 25, Post. (Unger) 129. 1. 37, 229. 1. 12 ; vesuir' rC
Horn. (Arna-Magn. 237) p. 214. 1. 8 ; pres. indie. 2nd pers. est, Gluir '''^
372 ; 3rd pers. es : but no traces remain of the older form in pret. plu ^^
indie, and subj. (varu vaeri, never vasu vaesi). Rhymes in poets »n
the spelling of the oldest extant poems shew that the s form alon
existed in Icel. down to about the end of the 1 2th century, the time i
Snorri Sturluson, when the modern forms crept in probably from Na
way, for there the change seems to have taken place a century or 5
earlier ; the old Norse vellums (written in Norway or by Norsemen) a
distinguished from the Icel. by their constant use of the r : the phras ^*'J'
' at upp vesandi solu,' in N. G. L, i. 4, being the only instance of tl
s form in all the Norse vellums. The earliest instances extant of
rhyme to the r form are, the Ht. of Rognvald, earl of the Orkney!
he was a native of Norway, born about A.D, iioo, and the poem w;
composed about A.D. 1145; another instance is ^ \ara, fara 'in Fm
vii. 185, in a poem about A.D. 1140, written by an Icelander whob
lived in Norway the greater part of his life, the rhyme is therefore
Norwegianism. The first instance in an Icel. poem is in the Ht. of Snor:
A.D. 1222. Instances from poets, Hallfred, Sighvat, Arnorr, and cotv
poets; vesa, visi ; sds me& Sygna r<Bsi; \)kgi vas sem pessum ; vask-
Roms i hdska. ; vastu, kosta. ; vas fyrir Mikkjals-7?zessu ; mi es um ve;
J)au er visi ; brdskzt {lat daegr hdski : from A. D. 1 100 -1 150, Geisli, P>
etc., svds, rasir ; esat, risna ; vasa, (ysvar ; i/estu./re/'stni ; vestu, tramt'i
on the other hand, in the poem of earl Rogvald, vera, skera ; gera, ver;
var, skar (twice) : from later Icel. poems it is sufficient to note, er6 \
fyrdum ; ertu, hjartz ; verdn, forecast, LeiSarv. etc. This may sometim
serve as a test, e. g. var ek nser vi8r-eign J)«Vra, Grett., and skap
saman vera, Gisl., are impossible in the mouth of poets of the earW
time; th# verses of both these Sagas are a later composition.
to the spelling of the MSS., — the oldest (the Arna-Magn. 677, the Elo
674, the tb. etc.) use the s throughout : vellums of the next perio
about A.D. 1200 (e, g. Ama-Magn. 623 and 645), use the later for trana
sparingly, even the second hand in the Reykholts maldagi gives ' es,' n ''-• ™'
' er.' Again, in the vellums of the middle of the 13th century, such ri'ii'
the Cod. Reg. of the Saem., the Grag., and the Mork., the mod. spellii I ^^ ''■*'<
has entirely got the better of the old, and an 'es' only creeps in, as p'''"Fl
unawares, from an older copy. Of the poetical literature, the Pd. alo ['•'"'"i"
has been preserved in a copy old enough to retain the s; all the rtf'- *'
have the modernised spelling, even in the rhymed syllables quoted abov '
such too is the case with the Cod. Reg. of the Saem. Edda ; but had th
vellum been but fifty or sixty years older, the forms vesa, es, vas, er ■""
would now be the established spelling in Editions of these poems. H^ij:
on Danish and Swedish Runic stones, the 3rd pers, pret. sing, is a-juAil'M
of frequent occurrence; the best Danish monuments have vas, &■■**''((
vas farinn vestr, Thorsen 93 and loi (on a stone of the r«lp|^'.'«i«
Sweyn, died A.D. 1014). In Sweden the great majority present t |*?i: nn
later form : the so-called Ingvar stones are chronologically certain, bd jif,)oim|
of the middle of the nth century (Ingvar died A.D. 1039); thflMr'*'*
read, 'vas' (twice), ' varinn' (once), 'var' (thrice, being twice spc
f^ , once with [^) : this shews that about this time in Sweden the!
or more modern form had begun to be used, but that the old was 5'i'';i;i
remembered. II. suffixed personal pronoun or suffixed negatioj'liivtn
em'k (tautologically ek em'k = 7-am-7), emk. Ad. i, Vt)m. 8, Fnu. f^ailien
91 ; ek emk, Mork. 89. 1. 13, 104. 1, 23, Clem. 136, 1. 20, 138, 1. Ift^nsttti
vask, I was, 133. 1. 25, Mork. 89. 1. 16; vark. Post. 225, v. 1. 15; ''wi
vark, Ls. 35 ; vestu, be thou, Clem. 129.I.37; es'^u, art thou, 1. 30, i;l'",e!o
1. II ; sja'k (may I be), ek sjak, Mork. 134; at sjak, 189. 1. 29 ; ek sjsM ini,^
Hbl. 9, Hkv. I. 20; at ek gjarn sjak, Stor. ; with double kk, ^6 it |>:iaiie;i
sjakk, Mork. 89. 2. a medial form, erumk, erumz, or apocopat tsiin,/(,
erum, Stor. i. Ad. 16, Hkv. i. 25, Korm. ch. 5. 2, Ls. 35, Bragi (s
senna) ; lei6 erum-k fjoll, Edda (in a verse) ; varumk, were to w^l
78. 3, sufF. neg. eru-mk-a, it is not to me, Stor. 17, Eg. (in ai
emkat-ek, am I not I, i.e. I am not, Hbl. 34, Skm, 18, O. H, T
a verse) : er-at, es-at, or er-a, es-a, is not, passim ; eru^&, are not, SKp'-a/ioif,
42 ; ert-attu, thou art not, Vtkv. ; vart-attu, thou wast not, Gs., Eg. I'r'yjKi;,
averse) ; veri-a, be not, Mork. 37. 1.8, 4, sa's = sa es, /to/s, HaUftl'rSrn;
(.Fs.95); sva's = sva es, so js, Fms. vii. (in a verse). III. theplj';,:;}^,,,
era when suffixed to words ending in r drops the initial e, and is suffice t ; r,
this spelling, which agrees with mod. Icel. pronunciation, was afterwai)' .
disused; {)eir-ro, they are, Gm. 34; margir-ro, many are, Hkv. 3. 1 iii" jw Jf
.ffisir-ro, the Ases ore, Vsp. 49 ; skildir-ro, shields are, /^\; *3rWB.i»«ii, g j
ro, rare are, Korm. (in a verse) ; hverjar-ro, which are, V{)m. 48; ^W;l)a}
ro, long are, Gg. ; tveir-ro, J)rir-ro, fjorir-ro, two, three, four are, ^Wr'iii^
108; ba.3ir-ro, 6o/i& are, Mork. 169; h^r-ro, j&ere are, 234 ; peWO' • ■ I'skaj
are, MS. 686 B. i ; hryggvir-ro, id. ; hver-ro, who are, Mork. 96; "^'^-itou
ro, wroth are, Gm. 53; vaerrom, verrom, we are, Edda i. 526, F""*' ' , iail(ij((
421 ; hverrtu [cp. North. E. •W/&'ar/'oM, lad] (hverrtii karl, who arttk'^-xiu..
carle?), Frissb, 256. 1.8; ir-rot,>'e are, 6. H, 151. ^ IV. thepPl
1st pers. em [Engl, am] has changed into er (eg er, J)U ert, hann « '
making the ist and 3rd pers. uniform ; this new form appears in **'}" -''4141,
, about the end of the 13th century, but the word being usually abbreria *' iisjjfj^
VERA— VERDA.
695
11, ^ = er), it is often hard to distinguish. In the Icel. N. T. and in
s the old ' em ' still remains in solemn language, em eg, Matth.
24; eigi em eg, John xviii. 17 ; eg em hann, 5, 8, xi. 25, xv. I, 5,
. xiv. 27; em eg eigi postuli, em eg eigi frjais, I Cor. ix. I ; em
■^ inn, 20, 23, and passim.
:i. Usage. — To be : I. to be, exist; J)fer sakir skal fyrst d»ma,
eru, if such there are, Grag. (Kb.) i. 73 ; eigi voru hans jafningjar,
Rachel gret sonu sina, . . . J)vi at j)eir eru eigi, Hom. 49 ; ^eir
\oru, cr J)ess gatu, there were men who, Nj. 90. 2. to he,
; J)at var, at hon for brott, Nj. 51 ; el eitt mun vera, 198 ; l)ess sem'
!l, that which is to be, 186 ; ok er (is) Vagn J)a fimtan vetra gamall,
;t,i er, when this came to pass, Fnis. xi. 97 ; at t)essi orrosta hafi verit
[irum degi viku, iii. 11 ; i ^ann ti8 var lifridr Kristnum monnum, Ver.
hvat er henni, what is the matter with her? Fms. ii. 290; hvat er
Atli? er \,&T hryggt i hug, Gkv. 3. 3. to last; meflan Jjingit
i, Nj. 12 ; hirdit eigi at ottask pislir J)eirra — J)viat stund eina eru, 623.
meaan lif hans var, Bret. 100 ; J)ykkir eigi vera mega sva biiit, Fms.
'32: to remain, leave alone, lattu J)a9 vera, let that be, Flov. 4.
e, dwell, stay, sojourn; vask til R6ms,Iwas at Rotne, Sighvat ; hann
hana vera i biiS sinni, Nj. 12 ; Gunnarr var a H6skuld-sto3um um
, passed a night there, 34, N. G. L. i. 347 : so the phrase, bi6ja afl
ser aS vera, to ask for night-quarters, of a stranger or traveller ; lofa
um a6 vera, to tahe a stranger in ; honum var bo3it at vera, Vapn.
hefi ek her verit si9an, Nj. 45 ; Hallkell var J)ar me6 Otkatli, 73 ;
vildu eigi vesa her vi& hei6na mean, lb. 4 ; vera samvistum vi5 e-n,
g. ii. 80 ; vera vi3 e-t, to be preserit at, Hom. 1 29 : vera at, to be pre-
; vark at J)ar, Gliim. : vera brottu, to be away, absent, Nj. 113;
an ek em i brautu, 52 : sag5isk eigi vita hvar {)au vgeri, were to be
d. Dip), ii. 20; hvar ertu? sla ein var um J)vert skipit, Nj. 44;
:; ek at {jar hafi verit Bolli, Ld. 274; er J)er her mi minja-griprinn,
a03 : as with the notion of ' towards ' a place, an irregular construc-
, vartii a land upp, Fas. ii. 174; meSan J)eir voru til Danmerkr, Fms.
Ribbungar hofSu ekki verit ut i landit, ix. 359 ; verit eigi til
stu, vii. 263, V. 1. ; vera a fund hans, Eg. 26. 5. with prepp. ;
at, to be busy at (see 'at' A. II. 4, p. 26, col. 2): vera fyrir, to
(see fyrir) : vera til, to exist (see til IV) ; eiga fjolskyldi, vandrjedi,
at vera, to be in straits (see um C. VII) ; e-m er mikit, liti6, ekki
e-t (see um C. I. 3) ; vera vi9 (see vi& B. VIII). II.
a predicate : 1. with a noun, to be so and so ; vera broQir,
r, faSir, sonr, dottir , . . e-s, vera konungr, jarl, biskup . . ., passim ;
s son ertu? — Ek emk Kattarson, Mork. 104; ek skal J)er Mor5r
, Nj. 15: followed by a gen. ellipt., er {)at ekki karla, that is not
s (affair), 75 ; er Jjat ekki margra, ' that is not for many,' few are
I to that (cp. Lat. ' non cuivis homini,' etc.), 48. 2. with ad-
vcs, to be so and so, of a state or condition ; vera kunnigr, Fms.
70 ; vera gla6r, saell, hryggr, dau5r, lifandi, . . . ungr, gamall, to be
. . ., young, old, passim ; \i6 at ek sjakk otignari, Mork. 89 ; nema
au8r sjdk, Hbl. 9; J)6tt ek sjak einn, Mork. 134; vera kominn,
I come : so too with adverbs, vera vel, ilia ... til e-s, er vi3 e-n,
e, behave well, ill . . .to one, passim ; or also, J)at er ilia, it is sad,
70, 71; ilia er J)a, fyrr vaeri ilia, 75, 260; drengr g68r, {)ar sem
ikyldi vera, wheti it was to be, i.e. when she wished, I47; vera
:liga i heraSi, to behave gently, Sturl. iii. 143 ; at {)u fraendr {)ina
msLlinst veiir, to behave blamelessly, Sdm. 32; or6 kva6 hann ])ats
iferi, words which he had better not have said, Am. 36. 3.
TS., e-t er skylt, it is incumbent, Grag. ; e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt,
is warm, cold, Nj. 95 ; er au8it, q. v. 4. with participles, in a
ve sense ; vera kalla6r, vera sag6r, tekinn, elska8r, etc., to be called,
taken, loved. 5. with iniin. ; hlymr var at heyra, was to hear,
'0 be heard. Am. ; J)ar var at sja, there was to be seen, passim. 6.
t., dropping a noun or the like, denoting futurity, necessity, a thing
nd, about to happen, or to be done; ok er her at {)iggja, Hrafn,
» grei5a sem {)u vill, and it is now for thee, Rafn, to partake
hat food thou wilt, Isl. ii. 262 ; mi er J)eim lit at ganga oUum, er
er, now it is for them to go out, Nj. 200 ; mi er at verja sik, 83 ; er
igi Kara at varask, now there is no need to beware ofK., 359 ; nu or
gja fra, now is to be told, 75, 259 ; er mi ekki fyrr fra at segja en
koma . . ., 21; er ekki um hans ferSir at tala fyrr en...,
III. irregular usages : 1. ellipse of the infin. vera ;
kal Jier Hrutr, / will \be'\ Hrutr to thee, Nj. 15 ; Gunnarr segir ser
dvoru, G. says it \is to be'] his earnestness, 49 ; vil ek {ja lauss mdls
1, 76 ; baa hann alia metta at mi8ri nott, be begged all eating [to be
]. at midnight, Fms. ix. 353 ; {)a {)6tti hverjum gott \)zr sem sat,
50; at skamt skyli okkar i me8al, II4; mun {)in skomni lengi uppi,
hans vorn uppi me9an landit er bygt, 116, 117 : or also ' var,' ' er'
be understood, hann haf6i hjalm a hofdi, og gyr6r sverSi, 70 ; sa ek
gt hvat titt var, — barn at aldri, en vegit slika hetju, a bairn in
and to have slain such a champion ! Gliim. 382 : the dropping of the
. vera is esp. freq. after the reflex, forms kveSsk, segjask, latask,
Cjask, vir8ask, synask when followed by a part. pret. or by an adjec-
as also after the verbs munu, skulu, — thus, hann sag3isk kominn, be
said be was come; hann Wzt biiinn, b* mad* as tf U was ready; hum
tuttisk staddr. be thought that b* was ... ; skal )>at k )>(nu urndxroi. Fnu.
XI. 89 ; >css cin» er nU^x \>yVk\t bctr, ... til hvert |)ykkja»t hewir meao
ferir, Hrafn. 17; mun J)at harflla MWb, Ji ; at fitt muni manna 4
fotum, 20; l)u virftisk okkr vaskr maftr. 33 ; |>cui hertr lyniik mfa eigi
bctn en aftnr. id. 2. an irregularity, occuning now aod then, U
the use of the sing. ' er* for plur. eru ; mannfoll )xui er %6gb, OollJ). 71 ;
nu er fram komin »6knar-gogn. Nj. 242. rV. recipr., cru»k,
v6rusk; vi»r-gefendr ok endr.gefcndr cro»k lengrt vinir. Hm. 40:'beir
er f n4nd crusk, those who are neighbours, 655 xxi. 3 ; Jnitt bau i^ak
eigi hjona, though they he not man and iw/«,'k. j>. K. 1 58: ok v4ro»k
g66ir vinir, were good friends, Fms. xi. 39, 89 ; ok vAnisk Jieir fdrt-
bfaeSr, 55. V. as to the poet, medial form, erumk. v4rumk (fee
ek C), the following instances are from the poems of Egil : grimtnt
vArumk hliS, the breach was cruel to me, Stor. ; erunik-a Icitt, it u
not to me. Eg. (in a verse); enimka Jxikkt \>j6bi linni. ice tinni II;
marftar-efni erumk au8-sk«f. Ad. ; mjiik eruni(k) tregt tungu at hr«i,
tt is bard for me to move the tongue, Stor. i ; (hence one might eorrect
the end verse of that poem into mi 'erumk' torvelt, for the modernised nd
' er mer ' torvelt) ; blautr erumk bergi-fotar borr. Eg. (at the end) ; to which
add, {)at erumk sennt, it is told us, Bragi ; lyst vdrumk pets, I bad a longing
to. Am. 74 ; van erumk, • a hope is to me,' I hope, Fagrsk. 133; the phrase,
titt erumk, 'tis ready to me, Eb. (in a verse). VI. part., allir
menn verandi ok eptir komandi, Dipl. i. 3 ; sc-verandi, everlasting, Horn.
107 ; hjA-verandi, being present, Vm. 47 ; natr-verandi5,/>r««i/; engi nxr-
verandis ma8r, iillum ly'8 naer-verandis, Th. 77 ; klerkar ok n»r-verandj
leikmenn, Mar. ; at upp-vesandi solu, at sunrise, N. G. L. i. 4 ; verandi eigi
liminnigr, being not unmindful, Fms. v. 230.
vera, u, f. 1. = vaera, a shelter; at t>eir hef8i n^ eina veru {com-
fort) af eldinum. Eb. 100 new Ed. (v. 1. 9) : a mansion, i mins foSurs hiisi
eru margar verur, John xiv. 3 : in the allit. phrases, eigi vist ni veru. Fb.
iii. 467 ; hvtirki vist ne veru, Grett. 143 new Ed. ; vist n^ vari, Fb. iii.
52 ; ef hann 4 s6r i va veru, Hm. 25. 2. [vera = /o be'], a dwelling;
seg mer i hverjum sta8um J)in vera er, Barl. 79 ; skaut i hug honuni
vesold sinnar veru, 196.
veraldar-, see veriild.
verald-ligr, adj. worldly, secular, Fms. vii. 88, Anccd. 38, K. A. 50,
220, Edda (pref.), Gp\. (pref. viii), N. T., Vidal., passim in eccl. usage,
veran, f. being, essence, an eccl. word ; cin veran of eitt lif, Stj. 19 ;
af Gu8ligri veran, 31.
ver-bergi, n. an abode o/wi«i = herbergi (q.v.), Stor. (a air.Xf^.)
ver-br6dtr, m. a husband's brother, brother-in-law, D. N. v. 388.
VEBD, n. [Ulf. wairps = Tiixr); A.S. weorfS; Engl, worth; Germ.
wertb; Dan.-Swed. vard, viird]: — worth, price; taka hey ok mat ok
leggja ver8 1 staSinn, Nj. 73, Isl. ii. 140; prtnn verd, Ld. 30, Hkr. iii.
408; bjo8a tvenn verS, Ld. 146; gjalda ver8it i gulli, Fms. vi. 248;
selja vi8 ver8i, v. 221, Fs. 151 ; halda til ver8s, to />«/ o«//or sa/*, O. H.
139 ; marka ver8 a e-u, to fix the price, GrAg. ; leggja verd & bokina, to
tax, Bs. i. 248 (cp. leggja lag a varning, Isl. ii. 126).
verfla, u, f. the ' ward,' the bulwarks of a ship which ward off the waves ;
hrimi stokkin verSa hriikk. Amor, (also called varta.)
VERDA, pres. verd, vcr8r, verS ;? pret. vard, vart (mod. varSst),
var8 ; pi. ur8u ; subj. yr8i ; imperat. ver8 ; part. orAinn ; pi. orSnir,
spelt phonetically ornir, Ni8rst. 6 : in later vellums occur freq. the forms
vur8u, vyr8i, vor8inn, see Introd. ; but the old poets use it for allitera-
tion as if it began with a vowel ; with neg. suff. ver8r.at, Fm. 6; varft-
at, V{)m. 38 ; ur8u-a it, Gh. 3 ; ur8u't. Lex. Poet. : [Ulf. wairpan =
yiyvfaOai, tataOai; A.S. weor^an; Old Engl, worth, as in the phrase
^woe worth the day!' Germ, werden; Dan. vorde ; Swed. varda.]
A. To become, happen, come to pass; sa atbur8r var8, at...,
6. H. 196 ; var8 hitt at lyktum, at . . ., 191 ; ef sva ver8r, at . . ., Al. 30;
ef sva ver8r (jf it so happen), at ek deyja. Eg. 34 ; fundr {)eirra varft 4
Rogalandi, 32 ; morg dsemi hafa or8it i forneskju, 6. H. 73 ; var8 J)ar hin
snarpasta orrosta. Eg. 297 ; at J)vi sem mi er or8it. Bias. 46 ; jjii vard
(arose) hliitr mikill, id. ; var8 op mikit, Nj.; Jiat vard um si8ir, and so tbey
did at last, 240; er {)etta allvcl or8it, well done, well happened, 187;
J)au tidendi eru her vor8in, Fms. iv. 309 (or8in, O. H. 139, I.e.); Jiat
var8 ekki, biit it came not to pass, Nj. 2. adding dat. to happen, to
befall one; J)at var8 m^r, it befell me, Isl. ii. (in a verse) ; var8 beim af
in mesta deila, Nj. 189; Eyjolfi varft orftfall, speechlessness befell £., be
faltered, 225; Jiat var8 SkarphtSftni at stokk i sundr sk<i{)vengr hans,
145; ur8u l)eim {)egar in somu undr, 31. 8. to blunder, mate
a slip; J)at var8 Jjinni konu, at hon atti mog vift m^r, Ls. 40;
sjaldan vcr8r viti vorum, Hm. 6; Jut verftr miirgum inanni at um
myrkvan staf villisk. Eg. (in a verse) ; skalat honuni J)at ver6a optarr
enn um sinn . . . ef eigi verftr {)eim optarr enn um sinn, Grng. (Kb.) i.
55; e-m verSr ^.ilrf e-s, to come in need of, Hm. 149; ef t)eim verftr
nokkut er honum hefir fylgt, if anything should befall tbem, Hom. 65 ;
annat. man J)dr verfta (another fate, death, will be thine), enn Jiii
sprongir, Sturl. iii. 225; cp. verfta uti, to perish in a storm from cold,
Fms. vii. 122; sumir urftu viti, Bs. i. 71 ; verfta til, to perifb. 4-
696
VERBA— VERDLEIKR.
to happen to be, to occur, or the like ; i laek ])ann er Jjar ver3r, in the '
brook that happens to be there. Eg. 163; holt J)at er J)ar ver&r,
746; varS J)a enn bratt a er {ivers var& fyrir J)eini, {)a kolluSu ^eir
bvera, 132 ; var5 fyrir Jaeim fjor6r, they cajne on a fiord, 130; ver5a a
leid e-s, /o be in one's path, happen to one, 0. H. 181 ; taka ^at sem a lei6
hans ver6r, Grag. ii. 346 ; verda a faetr, to fall on one's feet, Fbriii. 301 ;
ver5a ek a fitjum, Vkv. 27 ; ^t\m J)6tti honum seint heim ver9a, Fbr. 8
new Ed. : verda brottu, to leave, absent oneself; Jjeir sa pann sinn kost
likastan at verSa a brottu, Ems. vii. 204 ; verd i brottu i sta5, begone,
Fs. 64: ver5a liti, id., Nj. 16. II. followed by a noun, adjective,
participle, adverb, as predicate ; J)a verBr J)at Jjinn bani, Nj. 94 ; hann varS
tveggja manna bani, he becaine the bane of, i. e. s/«f, t%uo men, 97 ; hann
mun verSa engi jafna5ar-ma5r, Ld. 24 ; ef hann vyr5i konungr. Ems. i.
20 ; ver&a biskup, prestr . . . , Bs. i. passim ; ok ver9r eigi gjof, ef . . ., it
becomes not a gift, if. .., Grag. (Kb.) i. 1 30 ; verSa J)3Er malalyktir, at ... ,
the end was that . . . , Nj . 88 ; ver&a alls halft annat hundr at, the whole amount
becomes, Rb. 88 ; honum var& visa ii munni. Ems. xi. 144 ; var5 henni
J)a lj65 a munni, Eb. i. 525 ; pat var5 henni a munni er hon sa J)etta,
Sd. 139 : hvi henni yrSi J)at at munni, Ems. xi. 149; })a. er i meSal
ver6r, when there is an interval, leisure, Skalda (Thorodd) : cp. the
mod. phrase, J)egar i milli ver5r fyrir honum, of the empty hour ; var5
Skarphe3inn {)ar 1 milium ok gaflhlaSsins, S. was jammed in between,
Nj. 203; prob. ellipt. = ver6a fastr. 2. with adjectives, to become
so and so : a. ver&a glaSr, feginn, hryggr, to become glad, fain,
sad. Ems. i. 21, viii. 19, passim; ver&a langlifr, to be long-lived,
Bs. i. 640; ver6a gamall, to become old, Nj. 85 ; verSa sjiikr, veykr, to
become sick ; verSa sjonlauss, blindr, to become blind, Eg. 759 ; ver&a
ungr i annat sinn, Ems. i. 20 ; ver&a varr, to become aware (see varr) ;
ver&a viss, Nj. 268; verSa sekr, to become outlawed; ver&a vatr, to be-
come wet, 15; verSa missiittr vi& e-n, Landn. 150 (and so in endless
in.stances) : in the phrase, ver&a dau&r, to die ; dauSr var& inn Hiinski,
Am. 98; a5r Haraldr inn Harfagri yr&i dau&r, tb. 6; si&an Njiiil var(3)
dau&r, Nj. 238, and a few more instances, very freq. on Runic stones, but
now obsolete. p. with participles ; ver&a biiinn, to be ready. Ems. vii.
121; ver&a J)e;r ekki fundnir, they could not be found, Gisl. 56 ; verSa
staddr vi& e-t, to be present. Eg. 744! in mod. usage with a notion of
futurity, e.g. eg verft buinn a morgun, I shall he ready to-morrow; eg
ver3 farinn um J)a&, I shall be gone then : with neut. part., jarn er nytekit
ver&r 6r afli, just taken out of the furnace, Sks. 209 B ; var& ekki eptir
honum gengit, he was not pursued, Nj. 270 ; J)eim var& litift til hafs, they
happened to look, 125 ; honum var& liti& upp til hli&arinnar, 112 ; bl6&
var3 eigi sto&vat, the blood could not be stopped. Ems. i. 46, Nj. 210. y.
phrases, e-m ver&r bilt, to be amazed, Edda 29, Korm. 40, Nj. 169;
ver&a felmt, 105 ; ver&a illt vi9, hverft vi&, id.; Kolbeini var& ekki fyrir,
K. lost his head, was paralysed, a« if stunned, Sturl. iii. 285. 3.
with adverbs or adverbial phrases ; ef Ji.at biSr at ver3a vel, Hm. ; ma
})etta verSa vel J)i')tt hitt yr3i ilia, Nj. ; ver&a verr enn til er styrt, Rom.
321 ; hann var& vel vi& ska9a sinn, bore it well, like a man. Eg. 76,
Nj. 75 ; fa3ir hans var3 ilia vi3 J)etta {disliked it), ok kva3 hann taka
stein um megn ser, Eser. 58 ; jarl var3 ilia vi3 {)etta, was much vexed
by it. Ems. ix. 341; var& hann udrengiliga vi& sitt Hflat, Ld. 234;
hvernig var& hann vi& J)a er {)er ruddu& skipi&, 6. H. 116; hversu
Gunnarr var& vi&, ho%u G. bore it, Nj. 82 ; verra ver&r mer vi&, enn
ek aetla at gott muni af lei&a, 109 ; mer hefir or&it vel vi3 J)ik i
vetr, I have been pleased with thee this winter. Ems. vii. 112; eigi
vildi ek sva vi3 ver3a bl631ati3, fiskbleikr sem J)u ert — Ek aetla, segir
hinn, at {)d myndir verr vi& ver&a ok odrengiligar, 269 ; {)ar var3
ilia me3 {)eim, things went ill with them, they became enemies, Nj.
39 : to behave, var& engum jafnvel til min sem {)essum, Ems. vii.
158 ; hann Isetr s^r ver&a a alia vega sem bezt til Aka, xi. 76; hann
let henni hafa or3it stormannliga, Hkr. iii. 372. III. with
{irepp., ver3a af; hvat er or3it af e-u, what is come of it? where is
it? of a thing lost; seg3u m^r J)at, hvat var& af hiinum minum, Vkv.
30 ; hvat af motrinum er or&it, Ld. 208 ; mi hverfr Ospakr & brott sva
at eigi vitu menn hvat af honum ver&r, Band. 5 ; varS ekki af atlogu
biianda, 0. H. 184; ekki mun af saettum ver&a, Eb. i. 126: to come to
pass, var3 ekki af eptir-for, // came to naught; var& J)vi ekki af fer&-
inni, Isl. ii. 247 ; Simon kva& {la ekki mundu af J)vi ver&a, S. said that
could not be. Ems. vii. 250 ; ok ver&r J)etta af, at hann tekr vi& svein-
unum, the end was that at last he took the boys, Eaer. 36 ; eigi mun J)er
J)ann veg af verSa, Karl. 197 : — ver&a at e-u, to come to; hvat J)er mun
ver&a at bana, what will be the cause of thy death, Nj. 85 ; ver&a at
flugu, Eas. i. 353 (see 'at' C. L a); ver3a at undri, skiimm, honum
var& ekki at J)vi kaupi, the bargain came to naught for him, Al. 7 ;
cp. the mod. honum var3 ekki a& fivi, it failed for him : — e-m ver&r
a (cp. a-vir&ing), to make a blunder, mistake; kollu&u {)at mjok
hafa vor&it a fyrir fii&ur sinum, at hann tok hann til sin, Fs. 35 ;
J)6tti Jxir ekki a ver&a fyrir honum er hann na&i eigi f<5nu, Nj. 33 ;
|>orkell settisk Jja ni&r, ok haf&i hvarki or&it a fyrir honum a&r no
si&an, 185; aldri var& a um hof&ingskap hans, 33: — verda eptir, to
be left, Rb. 126, Stj. 124, 595; honum vard J)ar eptir geit ok hafr,
' Hrafn. i : — ver8a fyrir e-u, to be hit, be the object of; fyrir viginu heSr
or&it Svartr, S. is the person killed, Nj. 53 ; ver&a fyrir iifund, gorninguni,
to be the victim of. Lex. Poet. : e-m ver&r liti& fyrir e-u, it costs one small
effort (see fyrir) : — ver&a til e-s, to come forth to do a thing, volunteer, or
the like ; en sa er nefndr Hermo&r er til peirrar farar var&, Edda 37; til
J)ess hefir engi orSit fyrr en J)u, at skora mer a holm, Isl. ii. 225; en
engi var& til J)ess, no one volunteered, Nj. 86; einn ma&r var3 til ai
spyrja, 82 ; Jja ver3r til ok svarar mali konungs sa ma3r, er . . ., Odd.
12 ; hverr sem til ver3r um si&ir at koma J)eim a rettan veg, Fb. i. 273:
fengu {leir ekki samit, J)vi at J)eini var& mart til, many things hap-
pened, i.e. so as to bring discord, Sturl. ii. 17 C; mundi okkr Einari
eigi annat smatt til orftit, Hrafn. 9 ; eigi var& verri ma&r til, there was
no worse man, Stj. 482 : — ver3a vi3, to respond to; bi& ek J)ik at J)u verSir
vi& m^r J)6 at engi se ver&leiki til, Barl. 59 ; at hann beiddi Snorra asja, ea
ef hann yrdi eigi vi& ba5 hann Gretti fara vestr, Grett. 112 new Ed. ; ver8»
vi3 baen e-s, to grant one's request, passim. IV. with infin., denot-
ing necessity, one must, needs, one is forced, obliged to do ; J)at ver3r hverr
at vinna er setla3 er, Nj.io; var3 ek J)aat selja Hrafni sjalfdsemi, Isl. ii. 245;
e3a yr3i J)eir ut at hafa J)ann (Smaga, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 21 ; J)at munu ^k ^a
reyna ver3a, ^om must try, Fbr. 23 new Ed.; par er bera ver3r til grjot,
where stones have to be carried, Grag. (Kb.) ii. qo ; lagu hestarnir i kati
sva at draga var& upp, Eg. 546 ; en vita ver& ek (7 must know) hvar til
petta heyrir. Ems. ii. 146; munu per pvi ver&a annars-sta9ar a leita, Nj.
223 ; at hann man ver&a ssekja a okunn lond. Ems. viii. 19 ; ok ver3r af
pvi li&a yfir pat, it must be passed by, Post. ; ma&r ver&r eptir mann iifa,
a saying, Eas. ii. 552; ver5 ek mi flyja, 6. H. 188; ur&u peir at taka
vi& Kristni, 105 ; ver hofum or&it til at haetta lifi ok salu, hefir margr
saklauss or&it at lata, sumir feit ok sumir fjorit, 31, 32 ; ver munum
ver3a Iifa vi3 odrum vei3i-mat, Hym. 16 ; ver3a at skiljask vi3 e-n, Skv.
I. 24 : the same verb twice, pa var3 ek ver3a hapta, then came I to be-
come a prisoner, Gkv. 1.9; eg ver3 a3 ver3a eptir, / must stay behind.
B. Peculiar isolated phrases, in some of which 'verda' is proba-
bly a different word, viz. = var3a (q. v.), having been confounded with
ver3a ; thus, ver3a, ver3r ( = var3a, var3ar), to be liable, are frequent
occurrences as a law phrase in the Grag. ; sva fremi ver3r beitin, ii. 226;
peim manni ver3r fj6rbaugs-gar3r, er . . ., 212. 2. the phrase, eigi
verdr ( = var3ar) einn ei3r alia, see ei3r ; also ymsar ver&r sa er margir
ferr, in many warfares there will be some defeats. Eg. 182. Z.to
forfeit, lose, prop, of paying a fine or penalty ; heit ek a pann felaga er
mik laetr eigi slikt verSa, Vapn. 11 ; aeti pik ormar, yr&a ek pik, kykvan,
that snakes ate thee alive, and that I lost thee, Am. 22 ; fullhuginu sa er
var& drottinn, the brave man bereft of his tnaster, Sighvat (O. H. 236);
ek hefi or&inn pann gu3fo3ur, er . . ., 7 have lost a godfather who , . .,
Hallfred (Js. 210); her skaltii lifit ver3a, here shall thou forfeit life,
i.e. die, Sturl. iii. (in a verse). 4. the law phrase, verSa sins,
to suffer a loss; leiglendingr baeti honum allt pat er hann ver3r sins fyrir
lands-drottni (i. e. ver&r missa), whatever he has to lose, whatever damage,
Gpl. 362 ; praell skal ekki ver&a sins um, N. G. L. i. 85 ; allt pat er
hann ver3r sins i, pa skal hinn baeta honum, Jb. 207 A ; hann kvaS p:
ekki skyldu sins i ver&a (var3a Ed.) um petta mal, they should ha
nothing, Rd. 253: vildi hann (viz. Herode) eigi ver3a heit sitt (=fyi!'
ver3a ?), he would not forfeit, break his vow, Hom. 106.
C. Reflex. ; at paer rae3ur skyldi eigi me3 tjonum ver3ask, to be lost,
forgotten, Sks. 561 B. 2. recipr. ; braE3r munu berjask ok at bonura
ver3ask, Vsp. (Hb.) ; pa er braE3r tveir at bijnum urdusk, '^t. il. 3.
part.; eptir or3na primu geira, Od. ; hluti orSna ok uordnn, past and
future, MS. 623. 13 ; kvenna fegrst ok bezt at ser orSin, Nj. 268; peir
voru svo vor&nir sik (so shapen. Germ, beschaffen), at peir hofftu . . ., Stj.
7 ; peir eru sva vor&nir sik, at peir hafa eitt auga i mi&ju enninu, 68.
VerSandi, f. the ' Being,' the Weird, the name of one of the Norns, Vsp.
ver3-aurar, m. pi. a medium of payment; gjalda fena& verSaurum,
N. G.L. ii. 127, D.N. i. 89; seija ok kaupa ver&aurum, Sks. 468 ; leys*
63al me3 ver3aurum, Gpl. 290 ; peim praeli skal hann frelsi gefa er hann
hefir fulla ver3aura fyrir fundit, Grag. i. 358 ; taka ver3aura af e-m, 272.
ver3-gangr, m., proncd. and spelt ver-gangr, [ver&r], a going beg-
ging one's food; stefna e-m um vergang, Ld. 350; sa ma3r er a verO-
gangi er alinn, Grag. i. 178, 225.
ver3-geta, u, f. an entertainment, fare, Fbr. 37, Glum. 354.
ver3-gj6f, f. a giving a meal, K. f>.K. 88.
ver3-hald, n. = var&hald, Karl. 378.
ver3ing, f. a taxing; leggja saemd sina i verBing vi3 e-t ( = ve5), Lt.
7, v.l.
ver3-kaup, n., but verk-kaup (q. v.) better, a reward, Sd. 170; Jia»
at ver3kaupi, Isl. ii. 199, v. 1.
ver3-ke3rptr, part, purchased. Ems. i. 281.
ver3-lag, n. a price, tax ; leggja ver31ag a e-t.
ver3-laun, n. pi. a reward, H. E. i. 484.
ver3-launa, ad, to reward. Am. 30.
ver3-lauss, adj. valueless. Am. 28, N. G. L. i. 89, Stj. 155.
ver3-leikr (-leiki). m. merit, desert, Hom. 37, Stj. 157; eptir sinum
vcr&leika, Gpl. 40: esp. in plur., me8 ver&leikum, Barl. 18; eptir verO-
.i.liijiii
,:ait'
1 r: slils
1 r£iid
-i; Gem,
'■^: iiisli
::•;„ mt
rkijpr,
):t3ui.
ii%,ailj
It-iiki,!:,
j'- Tiiit,
t^^^u
'^■■55
«).I
l^A.
''^IM
VERDLIGR—VERKSOFMKRKI.
e&r
im, after one's deserts, Fnis. xi. 124; hafa verSIeika til e-s, to deserve,'
; (verSleik, 6. H. 205, 1. c); at Btirar hefSi verflleika til pcss er hami
irepinn, Eg. 226; er af sinum verSleikum |)agu af Guai, Barl. 64;
baen ok ver&leikuni ins helga Nonni, 89 ; fvrir vcrdleika Jjcirra
dyr&linga, Fins. i. 232 ; verdleikum betr, Gul'lJ), 48 ; cptir eugum
leiicum, Anal. 236.
rfl-ligr, adj. valuable, Barl. 1 21, Bs. i. 99.
rfi-lykning, f. a discharge, payment of the price, Jb. 222, GJ)1. 290.
tiBSB, m., gen. verSar; older form virftr, Grag. ii. 92, Hm. 31 :
Ulf. wairdus = ^(vos; Germ, uirtb; the word remains in Dan.warf-
Swed. natt-vdrd, = the Lord's Supper] : — a meal, prop, a portion of
, Hym. 16; fii arliga verSar, Hm. 32 ; sd er urn verSi {during a
) glissir, 30 ; enn vari gestr er til verSar kemr, 4, 7 ; hrosa 4rligum
inum, Hbl. 4 ; hverr boandi er skyldr at gefa j)riggja natta verU
a sinna, K. p. K. ; gefa einn karlmanns-verd fataekum nianni, Dipl.
; J)ann inn helga verb, the holy meal, 625. 196 ; ef dcildr er verSrinn,
. 27 ; ef hann er vis-vitandi at ver8i e6r at virfti vid hann, Grdg.
; en at vir6i vrekask, Hm. 31 ; natt-verdr, dag-vcrSr (dogur6r),
verSr, bu8ar-vor8r (qs. buSar-ver3r) ; lilfs verSr, hrafns ver&r, wolf's,
n's meal, i. e. prey. Lex. Poet. ; sleipnis ver&r, 'horse's meal,' i. e. bay,
vera-gjafi hrafns, or ver8-bj65r, the ravens meal-giver, i.e. a
ior. Lex. Poet.
DBBB, adj. [Ulf. wairps = Ikovos ; A. S. weor^'S ; Engl, worth ; Germ.
b; Dan. vcsrd'] : — worth, with gen., Grag. i. 362 ; meira J)ykki mer
vinatta ^in, Nj. 74 ; hitt J)ykki mer meira vert, er hann tok Dyfl-
fer& a sik, Fms. vi. 98 ; sma-sveini, sem yftr mun t>ykkja litils
hja y6r, vii. 158; mikils ver3r,. m«cA worth, Ld. 18; svii J)6tti
m mikils um vert, he took it so much to heart, Orkn. 286 ; mikils
, litils ver5r, einskis verOr, etc., passim ; li-verdr, unworthy. 2.
by; J)a t)ykkja ^eir GuSi Ijiifir ok verSir, loved of God, and worthy,
.159: deserving, \>\i vasrir J)ess ver6ust kvenna, Skv. 3. 32 ; ek
klji at Jwr gjafa verSr, Bjarn. 55 ; launa J)er sem J)u ert verSr,
39; minni verSa launin en vert vaeri, Nj. 10; sem vert er, Fms. i.
|)ess vseri vert, at .... tV would be right, Nj. 73 ; verSr til e-s, worthy
j. 496.
EiBDB, adj. [Ulf. -wairps, only in compds ; A. S. -weard; Engl.
is; Germ, -wartz, -wartig ; Lat. vertere, versus'] : wards, only in
ds ; austan-verSr, eastwards ; norSan-verar, sunnan-v., vestan-v.,
m-y., innan-v., litan-v., ofan-v., cind-v., qq. v., etc.
'8-skapr, m. esteem, Bs. i. 879.
d-8kulda, aa, (or older form ver3-skyld.a, H. E. i. 498), to de-
, Fms. xi. 445, passim in mod., esp. eccl. usage.
d-skuldan (verS-skyldan, Stj. 83), f. merit, Fms. xi. 445 (v. 1.),
^4. 10, Vidal.
dugr, adj. worthy, with gen., K. A. 49. 2. deserved; sem
gt var, Bs. i, Fms. ix. 435, passim; mostly used in later writings,
in old poems, 'verBr' being the old word. In Hdl. Z read 'verd-
* for ' veraugr.'
9u-liga, adv. deservedly, Stj. 43, 213, Barl. 1 15.
5u-ligr, adj. deserved, Barl. 148.
9nng, f. [from vera ^pretium], a king's body-guard, ' king's men,'
Jy in the king's pay, = hnb, q. v. ; the word is only used in poets,
(01.), Hkv. J.9, Heir. II, Skv. 3. 41, Hallfred, Sighvat, passim,
ex. Poet.
vdaelir, m. pi. the men from the Norse county Vera-dalr, Fms.
-fa3ir, m. a husband' s father , fafher-in-law , D.N. v. 446.
-fang, n. the taking a husband, marrying. Heir. 13, Rom. 195.
-fdkr, m. a sea-steed, i. e. a ship. Lex. Poet. : in prQse ironic, but
•plied in Fbr. 156; the word is only poet.
gftj aa, [A. S. wcereg], to soil; ek hafaa hreinan serk, en hennar var
dr, Trist. 1 1 ; hleypti J)r8ElIinn hja fiorarni, sva klaeai hans ver-
k (vorguSust Ed. less correct), Lv. 11 2.
-gjorn, f. adj. libidinous, of a woman, Ls. 17, 26, Fms. xi. 21.
gr, adj. soiled, dirty; teaja vel garaa, vinna it vergasta, to do the
St work, Akm. 59.
j», u, f. [verja = /o wear], an outer garmetit, an outer frock; i siftri
Fbr. 156; annat verja en annat hit, Sd. 157; ulfalda verjur (but
ra), Stj. 181.
BJA, pres. ver, pi. verjum; pret. var8i ; subj. verai; part. variBr,
.varinn: \\]\i.warian = KwXvtiv; A.S.werjan; Chii\iceTwerye,were;
.. wehren ; Dan. vcerge] : — to defend; verja sik . . . hvdrt J)u verr J)ik
ear skemr, . . . verja sik vel ok fraekniiga, Nj. 116 ; verja sik ebr
c upp, 1 24 ; verja sik e&v Helga, 136 ; verja hendr sinar, 47, 84 (hond
) ; verja land fyrir e-m, Fms. i. 23 ; at jarl verdi landit fyrir yikingum,
2. in Jaw ; verja mal, to defend, opp. to saekja ; var nialit hvarki
i yarit J)aaan af, Nj. 37 ; ek skal sva mal Jjetta verja sem ek veit
t...,239; v^ra yaridr, varar sok, enda er hann varar sokinni,
i. 56 ; ok er hann variar sokinni, ii. 36 : the law phrase, verja e-t
ly
to set a veto on, forbid, Grag. passim (see lyritr) : also 'verja' absol.,
' being understood, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 81, Nj. 87, 240. 3. verja
verja e-m e-t, to guard a place, bold it against a comer ; Egill
varfti dyrrnar, held the door. Eg. J39 ; af vom drengtiicri er Orauinn nr
variftr, Fms. x. 364; verja t>eim bxinn, viii. 72; |ietr attluftu at vcT)a
konungi land, i. 306; at vitu *tla ek at rerja ^r riki mitt. ix. 424;
livinir ))eirra ztludu at verja t>eini vigi |>insvullinn, ii. a.H ; o^ bciddi at
J)eir vcrdi honum cigi vigi land »itt, vii. 180 ; ' ' k
verja \tcim vigit, Nj. 228; efta atlar \>\i at v 7 ;
at hann skyldi eigi verja Rugnvaldi jarii ^anu . .. .:i,
Orkn. 394. II. reflex, to defend ontMlf; J>eir viirdiuk med
drengskap, Fmt. i. 104 ; hann vardisk vel. N). I as ; f v4 varditk hana
vel, . . . vardisk hanii ^a nied aniiarri hendi, 64 ; t6k hann \fk einn {Kirra
ok varai»k mcft, Fms. vi. no; mun ek {)«r eigi v&pnum »efja*W, ii. 257;
hann vard upp at standa ok vcrjask l>eim. xi. 279 ; ni.< ' ' m-gilknj
ok vardisk J)vi lengi, defended himself againu it, bra: :r a Umg
time, Nj. 183 ; citt lopt \>»t cr )>cini ^tti sem leiigtt lii.n.ui .v>j<»k mega,
Fms. xi. 1 17 ; {>u versk hann tiikinni, Gr&g. (Kb.) t. 43.
B. Though similar in inflexion thit word it etynjologically dit«
tinct from the preceding, having had a radical f, which hat tince
been changed into r; this is seen from the Goth.: [Ulf. waynn-^
afKpi-ivvwai ; A. S. werjan ; Engl, wear {clothes) ; akin are Lat. v
f(a$T)s; perh. also the Icel. viift, cp. Hel. u>a</i3s Lat. vettii and :
= vestire, a contracting of vast- or vasd- into vad- instead of asiuiuiiiing
into dd : in vesl, a cloak, the s has been preserved] : — to clothe, wrap,
enclose; verja e-n armi, to embrace, fold in one's arms, Hm. 164, Hkr.
Hjorv. 42 ; verja e-n fadmi Ijosum, . . . vardi hvitan hals Volundar, Vkv.
2 ; hann vardi mey varmri blxju, Og. 7 ; ok l^ttliga lini ver&it, Gkv.
3. 2 (both the latter phrases refer to a wedding) ; vexa vel bl^ju at
verja J)itt liki, to shroud thy body. Am. 101. 2. to mount, of metal-
work ; skutla silfri varda, Rm. 29 ; af gulli viirSu altari. a gold-adorned
altar, Geisli ; sverd varia gulli, Hkv. Hiorv. 8. 3. part. fagr-variSr,
fair-dressed, Vkv. 37 ; brudr baug-variS, a ring-wearing bride, Hkv. 2.
33 ; graetr J)u, guU-varia, thou gold wearer, clad in gold, 43 ; mulmr
hring-variar, gold-enamelled metal, Skv. 3. 64; drcki j4rni varftr, iron-
mounted; jarn-varar yllir, Darr. ; orkin var gulli varift utan, Ver.
22. 4. verja sverdi, to wield the sword, Hftm. 8. II. metaph.
to invest money, lay out; vardi Ing<51fr fe ^eirra til Islands-ferdar,
Landn. 32; selr jardir sinar ok verr fenu til litan-ferdar. Ld. 158;
hann hafdi varit {)ar til fe miklu, Eg. 79 ; verja varningi, Barl.
68; verja aurum sinum i gimsteina, 623. 19 ; hann verr sumt i gripi,
O. H. L. ch. 56; verja fe sinu 1 lausa-eyri. Eg. 139; hann cr ijdlfs
sins lif ok likam (liii ok likama) vardi, Magn. 468 ; finitan hundrud
varia i Norraenan eyri, Lv. 25; J)eir vcirftu varningi sinum i trausti
Arinbjarnar, Eg. 465 ; fengu ^\x fullendi fjar, allir J)eir er nakkvat
hofau at verja. Fas. ii. 513; var enn tirsett hundraft livart. not used up,
D.N. ii. 154; J)eir menu er vart hafa til Grznlandt, who have invested
money in coasting Greenland, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 197 ; mi leggja menu felag
sitt ok verja or cinum s]6b, Jb. 406 ; vxuli ek at *k hafa J)vi vel
varit, that I have made a good bargain, Ld. 284 ; veit ek at {>Ti
mun iiUu bezt yarit er e)t hefi giJrt til J)akka ydvarra, Eg. 63 ; ^ykkir
honum ^vi ilia varit, er . . ., Fms. xi. 58. 2. to exert oneself; en
mea |)vi at hann varai s^r miok til, |)a spruttu honum faetr a jakanum, but
as be strained himself much, bis feet slipped on the ice, Eb. 2 38. III.
reflex., hann tok niikit kaup . . . honum vardisk {)at sva, at hann hafdi
mat ok klaeai, ok ekki um jiat fram, Stufl. i. 146 C ; hversu versk fenu,
how does the money increase ? Fms. vi. 238. 2. part, varit ; attu sva
til varit of menn, at . . ., thou art so provided with men, that . . ., Nj. 55 ;
J)u att til {)ess varit, that is thy nature, 01k. 35 C ; ororir muntu, attii
ok litt til J)ess varit, Fms. iv. 257; son Melkorku var skoruligr, enda
atti hann til J)ess varit, Ld. 82 ; fullvel aetta ek til J)ess varit, Mkv., ree
fara A. VL 2. /3 : the participles of the two verbs fara and verja having
here been confused with one another.
verjandi, part, a defender, in law, Grag. passim.
VEBK, n. [Ulf. ga-waurki = irpayiiartia, KtpSot, and waurstu = «p70i' ;
A.S. weorc ; Engl, work; cp. orka and yrkja, foT-urtir, (oi-dUa, qq. v.;
Gr. Ipyov, qs. fipyov, is from the same root] : — work, business ; vera 4
verki, to be at work. Eg. 744; verks i gjam, Fb. i. 521, passim. S.
a piece of work ; var Jat meira verk en h6n hugdi. Bs. i. 611 ; TCik
hefi ek hugat ^er, Nj. 12; skipta verkum med huskprlum, Ld. 98 ;
halfs manaaar verk, Dipl. v. 5 ; l)riggja vikna verk, iv. 9 ; verk hus-
karla, Nj. 107, Eluc. 7: oiliterary work, composition { = vetki), SV&lda.
(pref.) 3. a deed, work, esp. in pi.; eptir verk {jessi. Nj. 85 ; »Uk
verk hafa verst verit unnin, 184; bann-settum verkum, K. A. 2J6; verk
J)ykkja l)in verri miklu, Hym. compds : I. gen. sing. : verka-
efai, n. pi. = verk.efni, Fbr. 1 9, v. 1. verka-foll, n. a failure in dotng
one's work, G{)1. 398. verka-kaup, n. M/fl;5'M, = verkkaup, GrAg. i.
148, Fms. i. 215, viii. 200. verka-kona, u, f. a workwoman, servant,
Sd. 182, Fms. vii. 233. verka-laun,n.pl. « rf«/nrrf. Sd. 179. verka,-
Ifir, m. pi. workpeople, Hkr. i. 141. verka-maar, m. a workman,
labourer, G^\. 512. verka-naufl, n. a heavy task, Stj. 247. verka-
tj6n, n. a loss m work, G\>\. 514. II. sing. : verks-faeri, n. im-
plements, =verh{xn, Isl. ii. 329. verks-h4ttx, m. work-management,
plan, Eb. 150. verks-of-merki, verks- tun -merki, n. pi. (mod.
698
VERKSVIT— VERR.
sounded vegs-um-merki), traces ofworlt, esp. in a bad sense, of marks
of a devastation, slaughter, or the like ; in the phrase, sja v. ; spelt vegs-
um-merki, Fb. i. 209, ii. 159, Nj. 28, Fms. iv. 303, Sturl. i. 43 (Cod. C.
vegs-of-merki) ; but verks-of-merki, Nj. 28 (Cod. B = Ka!falsekjar-b6k),
which is no doubt the true form. verks-vit, n. cleverness in work ;
hann hefir gott verksvit ; hafa ekki verksvit.
B. Real compds : verk-dagr, m. a work-day, Rb. (1812) 48,
Fb. ii. 334 (in a verse). verk-efhi, n. pi. work to be done, a task,
Bjarn. 43. verk^^kr = verkhestr, Fbr. verk-fseri, n. an iinple-r
ment, tool, esp. of household or farming implements, Vm. 72, Rd. 274;
laust hann orninn me6 verkfaerinu er hann haf&i i hendi, Bs. i. 350,
passim in mod. usage ; biisgogn ok verkfaeri, Jb. 166. verk-feerr, adj.
able to work, Eb. 256, Bs. i. 336. verk-hestr, m. a cart-horse (mod.
puls-hestr), Vm. 18, Landn. 84. verk-hus, n., in verkhiis-bryti, a
steward, foreman of work, N. G. L. i. 162. verk-kaup, n. wages,
Fms. ii. 42, Isl. ii. 199, Greg. 4, Stj. 177 ; the mod. but less correct
form mostly ver&kaup, e. g. Luke vi. 35 ; ySar verSkaup er mikit a himni,
23. verk-kona, u, f. awor^owaw, wa^tf-sert/awi", Bjarn. 29. verk-
laginn, part, skilled, expert in work. verk-lagni, f. skill in work.
verk-laun, n. pi. wages, N. G. L. i. 73. verk-leiga, u, f. wages,
Jb. verk-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), working, Sks. 627, v. 1. verk.
lund, f. a mind for work; in Htill verklundar-ma6r, Grett. 1 29 A. verk-
madr, m. a workman, labourer, servant ( =vinnuma6r), Fms. ii. 230,
vii. 217, Isl. ii. 329, Landn. 162, Nj. 55, Hkr. ii. 356, Edda 48; hon
var verkma6r mikill, a good worker, Lv. 74; verkmanna dyrr, the ser-
vants' door, Fs. 72. verk-nau3, f. = verkanau6, Stj. verk-reki,
a, m. one who does another's work. Thorn. 450. verk-smid, f. craft,
work, in timber or metals, Isl. ii. 321 (verksmi6 mxkinn is undoubtedly
an error for mik/a) ; engi var hann verksmi6ar-ma8r, no craftsman.
Band. 3 new Ed. verk-stj6ri, a, m. a ' work-steer er,' overseer, Nj.
52, Stj. 255, Fb. ii. 206. verk-stjorn, f. supervision, overseeing, of
a work, Bs. i. 711, Eg. 93. verk-vi6r, m. 'work-timber,' G^l. 346.
verk-{)j6fr, m. a ' work-thief a trifle that makes one lose much time.
verk-J)r8ell, m. a 'work-thrall,' slave, Hkr. i. 25, Fbr. 83 new Ed.
verk-onn, f. business, Horn. (St.)
verka, a&, to work, esp. as a law term ; verka til e-s, to work towards,
deserve, Horn. 89, 117 ; {jess manns er a6r hefir til uhelgi ser verkat, to
make oneself by one's deeds, Grag. ii. 10, Orkn. 216; til J)essa hefir J)u
J)6r verkat, Bs. i. 452. 2. verka fisk, to dress fish, i.e. split it
up, dry and prepare it, a fisherman's term, and hence to cleanse a
thing. II. reflex., verkask til e-s, H. E. i. 238.
verk-bitinn, part. ' wark-bitten,' dead from sickness, T^t.
verki, a, m. a work, esp. composition, verse-making ; fornskalda verka,
Edda i. 612 ; sma hana me5 lifogrum verka, with a libel, Fms. ii. 248 ;
enda varSar J)eim er nemr })ann verka, Grag. ii. 148 ; greypan verka,
Fas. ii. (in a verse) ; |}orkell ba6 hann haetta verkanum, Fb. i. 500.
verkja and virkja, t, to feel 'wark,' i. e.pain : impers., eigi er sa heill
er i augun verkir, a saying, Fbr. 75 ; virkir (sic) mik i hofuSit, Stj. 614 ;
er hon vindrukkin e&a virkir hana i h6fu&, Karl. 56 ; sarit virkti hann
mjok, Str. 5.
verk-lauss, nd]. painless, Fms. ii.i88, viii. 444, Hkr. i. 35, Bs. i. 462.
verkna3r, m. a work, business. Eg. 714; taka upp verkna8, to take
to some work, Ld. 34; ek hefi haft um-6nnun ok verkna6 her, Lv.
74; Halla i verknaSi (a woman's handiwork) ok bokfraeSi, Bs. i. 138;
u-verkna5r, q. v.
verk-63i, adj. mad with pain, Gisl. 133; var h6n si6an verkoSa nott
alia, Bs. i. 340; en er hann vakna6i \ik var hann verk66i, 329.
VEKKR, m., gen. verkjar, pi. verkir, [A. S. ware; North. E. wark, in
head-wark, belly-wark, etc. ; Dan. vcerkl : — a ' wark,' pain ; ala born vi5
sarleik ok verki, Ver. 5 ; una ser hvergi fyrir verkjum, Bjarn. (in a verse) ;
var verkrinn at akafari i augunum, . . . eptir J)at tok or verk allan or
augum bans, Bs. i. 336 ; hafSi far-verki, 339 ; vaknaSi viS pat at hon
haf3i aeSi-verk i augum . . . tok pa verk or augum henni, 340 ; lystr i sarit
verkjum, Fms. viii. 339 ; ok kemr verkr a hendr henni, if she is taken
ill, N. G. L. i. 358 ; augna-verkr, fota-v., hand-v., iSra-v., sj6-v., bein-v.,
hofu6-v., bak-v., lenda-v., hlustar-v., far-v., seQi-v., of-verkr, etc.
ver-laus, f. adj. I. [verr, m.], without a husband. Mar. 1061,
Skv. 3. II. [ver, n.], without a case; diinbefir verlauss, D.N.
Jv. 457.
ver-li3ar, m. pi. men; vinr verli5a,/ne;2(f of men, i.e. Thor, Hym.
VERMA, d, [varmr], to warm, heat; solina til at birta ok verma
veroldina, Fb. i. 438 ; sol skal lysa allan heini ok verma, Sks. 10 new
Ed. ; s61 vermir doggina, Fms. v. 344; vernidi hon vatn til at faegja sar,
O. H. 222; liggja naer honum ok verma hann, Sks. 758. i Kings i. 4;
Egill for til elds at verma sik, Eg. 759, 762 ; konungr kom til eldanna
ok vermSu menu sik par urn hri8, Fms. ix. 353.
ver-ina3r, m. (see ver, the sea), Bs. ii. 325 ; vermanna-st66, a fishing-
place, Landn. 55, v. 1.
Vermar, m. pi. the men from Verma-land in Sweden, Fms. :
Vermskr, adj. from the (Swedish) county Vermaland, Eg 582 :
Verma, u, f. the name of a Norse river, Fb. i. 23.
' vermi, a, m. warmth; an verma e3r yl, Sks. 2 10 B; leita ser veriru
Nj. 267 ; hafa verma af eldinum, Eb. 100 new Ed., v. 1. 9 ; hann skyid,
eigi kala eptir pann verma er hann haf3i fengit af reiSinni, Art. 15; ^^ .^w
hann msetti fa verma af hennar heitu horundi, Stj. 548; vermis-steinn, ttiw*
a 'warming stone,' kept to warm milk and the like, see Lv. ch. 21 (cp. Ljitri
h6f6u hvarki a pvi kveldi Ijos ne steina, Eb. ch. 54). (jjj,
vermi-kveisa, u, f. a colic. ,Jjj„j
vermir, m. = vermi; paS er skamm-godr vermir, that is but a brief j'llBt'
warmth, i. e. that will not last long, said of a temporary contrivance. IsBfe;
vermsl, n. [vesl, Ivar Aasen], a spring that never freezes ; at honhafi rjtf»
lagizk af vermslum nokkurum at drekka, Fms. vi. 350 : hence the mod. fcmSj
Icel. kalda-vesla, qs. kalda-vermsl, ' cold-warm,' of wells that do not freeze i; ««»
all the winter, although icy-cold. . j|,.|j
verna, a6, to protect, defend, Stj. 3, 178. ''ji^jot
vernd, f. [cp. verja, vorn; Swed. vdrnd], defence, protection, Iteeping, ^m
Fms. vi. 146, 260; til var6veizlu ok verndar, ii. 141 ; vernd ok hlif, .f^ji
184; ef einn nia6r roskr er til verndar, Grett. 133 A: an excuse, ,fjiiili-
veita e-u vernd, to excuse, Fms. v. 55 ; standa par til verndar i moti, /o Amy;
make excuses, D.N. i. 157: as a law phrase = vorn. Band. 22 new Ed., ijii.'bii
Flov. 22. 2. = verndan; eiga vernd a e-u, to have a title, right lo, ^sjjLi
Fms. V. 55. COMPDS : verndar-bref, n. a safe conduct, H. E. i. 386, j: fJ,(^(
Dipl. ii. 15. verndar-lauss, adj.£^e/erace/«s, H.E. i. 237. verndar. '^j_^tf
ina3r, m. a protector, Bs. i. 699, Barl. 144, H. E. i. 500. verndar- t.juKii
stofa, u, f. a licensed ale-house, Hkr. iii. 180. Mtct
vernda, a3, [cp. Dan. vcerne om noget'], to protect, Fms. vi. 70, Stj. 6". ^'
H. E. i. 509, passim in mod. usage.
verndan, f. an excuse, subterfuge, Stat. 245.
verndayi, a, m. a protector, defender. Mar., Magn. 504.
VEKPA, pres. verp ; pret. varp, pi. urpu; subj.yrpi; part, orpinn;
vurpu, vyrpi, vorpinn : a medial form verpumk, Vpm. 7 : [Ulf. wairpan
— fidWeiv; A.S.weorpan; Engl, warp ; O.H.G. werfan ; Germ.ww-
fen~j : — to throw, with dat. ; hvigi er hann skytr eSa verpr, Grug. (Kb.)
i. 144; varp af ser klse5um, Fms. vi. 226, vii. 167; hann varp af ser C'^^'
skildinum, Nj. 95 ; hann verpr ser i s63ulinn, 83 ; hestrinn fell ok varp Ly,,
honum af baki, threw him off, Fms. x. 408 ; peir urpu ser jafnan meJal |'
vi8anna, Nj. 126 ; Gisli varp honum a lopt annarri hendi, Fms. vii. 3J;
mun per orpit i pann eldinn, 37: absol., ef ma&r hoggr til manns eJi f;jj,y
verpr, Grag. (Kb.) i. 144: verpa maeSiliga ondinni (and-varp), to draw '
a deep sigh, Nj. 272; verpa braut, to throw away, Rb. 126, Mar., Th.
78; verpa til, to add to, Rb. 124; verpa e-u af ser, to throw off,(tli.
36. 2. impers. to be thrown ; mi verpr tre eSa hval a gras upp,
Grag. ii. 354 ; par varp ut lidaun miklum, a great stench oozed out,
Isl. ii. 46. 3. phrases ; verpa orSum a e-n, to address. Fas. ii. 5I4;
pessi varp or3um a konung, Fms. x. 35 ; at margir verpi par gddum
orSum a mik, Nj. 179 : verpa a e-t, to guess at, calculate (a-varp); tw
vorpit a pat, at 113 j)6rdar mundi vera a attunda hundra3i, Sturl. iii, 41,
42, 211 ; verpa menu sva a, at latizk hafi niu menu, Bs. i; peirorpu
a tvaer merkr, Sturl. i. 26, iii. 303. 4. to lay eggs; verpa eggjnm,
Stj- 77; foglinn varp naer eingi, Bs. i. 350; vali alia pa er i bergnm
verpa, Gpl. 429 ; freq. in mod. usage of all kinds of birds. H.
to fence, guard; hinn skal verpa um gar3i, Gpl. 453 ; ok urpu Danir
Nor3menn inni, shut them in, Fb. iii. 359 : to cast up a cairn or the like,
verpa haug eptir fornum si3, Gisl. 31 ; peir urpu haug eptir Gunnar, Nj.
118 ; ok vurpu yfir harla mikinn haug af grjoti, Stj. 366 ; ok var haogr
orpinn eptir hann, Fms. xi. 17 ; si3an let hann verpa aptr {shut) hanginn,
X. 186 : verpa vef, to warp a weft ; sa er orpinn vefr yta pormum, Darr. a:
cp. also hla3varpi = /^e_/e?zce round a house: sandi orpinn, wrapped in stnd,
Sol. 49 ; allt var sandi vorpit, Bs. i. 308 ; tre i flae3ar-mali sandi otpin,
Grag. (Kb.) ii. 124. 2. bent, [cp. Engl, warped, of wood-work];
aldri orpinn, 'warped with eld,' i.e. bent with age. Fas. i. 143, Fm*. *•
21, Stj. 374: vera Crm undir orpinn, subject, prop. = Lat. obrutus. Ski.
547 B, Stj. 376 : vera eigi upp orpinn fyrir e-ni, quite overwhelmed, Fas.
Hi. 226, Eg. 578, Ld. 144. III. reflex., urpusk flestir vel "8
or3sending Dana-konungs, to turn a favourable ear to, yield to the tall,
Fms. vii. 309 ; cp. bak-verpask vi3 e-n. 2. middle voice; hvatet
pat manna er verpumk or3i a, who is it that casts words on nwf !•*•
speaks to me, Vm. 7.
verpa, t, to edge ; verpa sko, to edge or border a shoe (sko-varp). *
reflex, to warp, shrink, from heat ; pili3 verpist af hita, and the like.
verpill, m. [Germ, w'urfel], a die, Grag. ii. 198 ; verpils tala, aeim
mtmber, Alg. 368; verpils vcixtr, a cubic form, 358; verpla-kast, «"«»'
of dice, Grag. ii. 158. 2. a barrel, cask; drykkr i verplum, %•
196, Fms. vi. 263, ix. 355, x. 233, xi. 34.
VEBR, m. [Ulf. wair = avrjp; A. S., Hel., and O.H.G. v)er=afm',
Lat. vir ; the derivation from verja suggested in Edda 107 is fanciralj-
— a man : 1. sing, a husband; Sifjar verr= Thor, Hym. 3, 15. P"^^'
24, Grett. (in a verse) ; pott var3ir fai ser vers, Ls. 33 ; par sitr Sigyn
um sinum ver (dat.), Vsp. 39 ; vildi hdn ver sinum vinna ofr-hefodii.
Am. 72; hvernmyndirpiikjosap^rat ver?Kormak; sof hja ver pinmn, rM
id.; vein vers, Skv. 3. 9; lei3a annarrar ver, 40; ganga me3 vOJ, w ^ ""
marry, Gkv. 2.27; vorSr ne verr, [nor'] ward nor husband, 3. 3» ""
tlx;
i^iivaim
ILfiUtl
pri,i
a 1 vetso:
l,!12Si
n.Bi.i,
lu, i5, /
; tiDir i
itWtsii
ivera5i
8»b,ail'
rau(sM
hill
hRc
\ I
*'■'■•, vtia
i'spect.)
■Hf.,
ui.
5?;
'■Bald
sildi
VERR— VESL.
conu, the husband of a wise woman, Kormak ; lirla veri sfnum, to sing
ihyfor her husband, Fms. vi. 251 (in a verse) ; viir ok grom at veri,
wsyfor her husband, Ls. 54; frum-ver, one's wedded husband, Skv. 3.
prose used in law phrases or sayings, sva er nuirg vi5 ver sinn vaer j
i^ser hon af honuin naer, Skalda (I'horodd); til er hi'm kemr i vers
aria ',
u, Grag. ii. 183 ; verr hennar, 89. 2. in plur. verar, men ; ^zr er
u verar, Ls. 46 ; fir6ar ok firar ok verar heita landvarnar-menn, Edda
; sleit vargr vera, Vsp. ; vapn-dauSa vera, Gm. 8, Sdm. 33 ; {)u ert
sastr vera, VJ)m. 55 ; vera tyr, the lord of men, i. e. Od'in, Gm. 3 ;
J)eim vera enginn, none of men can ward them off, Gsp. ; megut
ri var3a verar, id. 3. in compds ; ver-br65ir, ver-fa8ir, ver-
:;, ver-gjarn, ver-lauss, ver-Uaar, ver-old, ver-saell,- ver-iilfr, ver-Jjji'id,
/., of which only verold is a prose word, all the rest being poetical
obsolete. 4. plur. verjar; skip-verjar, shipmen; suffixed to pr.
les of people, mostly of counties or small tribes, Man-verjar, the Manx-
, Fms. vii. (in a verse) ; Hvin-verjar, Odda-verjar, Gaul-verjar, Dal-
ar, Skard-verjar, Sturl., Landn. ; Vik-verjar, the men of the county Wik
-forway : Rom-verjar, the Romans : in mod. usage, Span-verjar, the
nish; {>j65-verjar, the Germans: this was a freq. usage in old Teut.
es, in Lat. rendered by -varii; it remains in the Engl. Cant-^r-bury
3. Cant-wara) = the burgh of the men of Kent. II. in the
X. -eri or -art, see Gramm. p. xxxii, col. i. III. in pr. names,
•-mundr, Rand-verr.
SUB, compar. worse, and verst, superl. laorst, answering to ilia ;
'.wairs; A.S.wyrs: Eng\. worse ; Scot, waur; Swed. varr] : lika
t vid e-n, Landn. 287; bykki mer ^at verst, Eb. 170; hann var
a verst til Gunnars, Nj. 38 ; J)eir hafa verr {behave worse) er trygSum
Mkv. ; verr en ilia, worse than bad, i.e. exceedingly bad, Sturl.
; vanu verr, worse than expected, see van.
rr-fe3rungr, m. a person worse than his father, Lv. 78 ; Leifr strengSi
heit, at vera eigi v., Fs. 1 21.
fri, compar., and superl. verstr ; [Ulf. wairiza = ytipan/'] : — worse,
tf; ok heiti drengr at verri, N. G. L. i. 231, Nj. 68 ; ekki at verra
g, Ld. 42 ; hafa verra af e-u, to have the worse of it; sjaldan vaegir
verri, Stj. 544; at versta kosti, at the worst, at least, N. G. L. i.
{ ef sa er inn bazti, J)a er illr inn versti, if this be the best, then the
>/ is bad indeed, a saying, Sighvat., and passim : cp. illr.
ro, n. [Lat. versus'], a verse ; astraft Catonis, {)at er hann re8 syni
m i versum, Skalda (Thorodd) 1 64 ; klausur eda vers, 174: of Latin
position, les fyrir oss J)at er J)ii hefir diktad — Hann las J)ar af vers
ann haf&i gort til Frii Abbadisar a Sta& — Legg af he&an af versa-
, sagdi erki-biskup, ok studera heldr i kirkjunnar logum, Bs. i. 799,
; kenna songlist ok versgor6, 239 ; h6fu6-staf Resins rit ek hvergi
a i vers-upphafi, Skalda 168. In mod. usage 'vers' is said of the
ses' of hymns, but else ' visa' or ' erindi' (eyrendi), Mariu-vers = ^t'e
ia, Bs. i. 352. compds: versa-bok, f. a book in verse, poems;
er Cato med glosa, item niu versabaekr aSrar, Vm. 61 ; versabok J)a
eitir Ovidius, Bs. i. 238. versa-gra3all, m. a gradual, in a
ch, Dipl. V. 18. versa-g6r3, f. verse-making, Latin composition,
da; versagorS ok boka-list, Bs. i. 127.
rsa, a&, to put into verse (Latin), opp. to dikta, of prose composi'.
; framr i klerkdomi at dikta ok versa, Bs. i. 794 ; Galterus sa er
it hefir sogu J)essa, Al. 30 (of the Alexandreis) ; baeSi dikta8i hann
)k versafti, Bs. i. 239.
ikr, adj. [verr, m., 2], in Rom-verskr, Vik-v., Hvin-v., qq.v.
rana (sounded and often spelt vesna), aS, to ' worsen,' get worse ;
a n6 versna, Grag. i. 206 ; at henni J)ykki versna at kyssa J)ik, Isl.
69, xi. 139; nu versnar mjok frasognin, Ld. 274; {)a er versnaSi
J)eim, Rd. 307 ; er vesnar af annarra ordum, Horn. 53 ; versnaSi
r Ulfars, Eb. 154.
r>S8el, adj. f. happy in one's husband, Skv. 3. 54.
r-tiQ, f. (see ver = sea), a fishing-season, A. A. 278; vor-verti&,
t-v., vetrar-v., see Icel. Almanack, 1872, 12th May, 29th Sept., 3rd
(respect.) ; um voriS viku fyrir vertiSar lok, Bs. ii. 256.
r-vist, f. the right of sending a man into a fishing-place ; kirkjan &
ervist a Sleitu-nausti, Vm. 157.
rzla, a8, [ver&], to trade, freq. in mod. usage. verzlan, f. trade,
im in mod. usage, but hardly used in old writers.
r-Jj63, f. mankind, men, Ls. 24, Darr. I.
r61d, f., gen. veraldar, dat. verold and veroldu; [from verr = a man,
old, q. V. ; A.S. weorold; Engl, world ; Hel.werold; Germ, welt;
d. w'drld; Dan. verden qs. verlden, with the suffixed article] : — the
Id, esp. in eccl. sense ; til enda veraldar, Rb. 134; vi5a um veriildina,
xi. 97; i veroldinni, Edda (pref.), K. A. 132, Sks. 447 B; um
Idir veralda, rendering of per secula'seculorum, Sks. 617 B, NiSrst.
jf allar aldir veralda, sa er rikir 1 verold veralda, Horn. 112,125; "•"
•komandi veraldir,/or ages to come, Stj. : very freq. in mod. eccl.
uage, as in the Bible, Pass., Vidal. ; veraldar audafi, agirni, glys, girnd,
dly riches, desires, Greg. 30, Hom. 14, Fms. v. 317 ; veraldar vdlaft,
Idar vir6ing, Greg. 27, Fms. v. 219; veraldar fri&r, a world-peace,
ersal peace, Fagrsk. ch. 128; veraldar glys, goSs, lin, !ifn«5r, spekt.
starf, s«la, tign, worldly loyt, treamm, grants, lift, toitdom, huuntm, Uia,
glory, Hom. 27, 108. B«. i. 862, Clem. 23, Skt. 615, MS. 625. 165. Far.
145, Stj. passim; veraldar Ijd*. the light of tbi$ vorld, Stj.; venkUr
liig, the civil law, H. E. i. 506 ; veraldar bygd, tbt ynrld'^if obrav^t^.
Stj. 464, 643, Rb. 394; veraldar kvikendi. Stj,; veraldar f6lk. Magn.
466 ; veraldar hofftiiigi. tbt great ontt of tbt world, K. A. 46 ; veraMar
maftr, a man of this world, a ucular ptrton, layman, B%. i. 863, H. E.. Stj.,
passim ; vcraldar-prcstr and veraldar kicrkr. a ucular clerk, a panon,
Bs. i. 840. H. E. i. 502. Karl. 275 ; veraldar tW, ucular aulbority,
868 ; veraldar metnadr, -riki, worldly rank and power, Gic£. 77. Ver.
40, Anecd. 38, Fms. v. 343 ; veraldar »igr, x. 395 ; veraldar rikr, migbly.
Mar. ; veraldar sj6r, tbt ' world-sea,' the ocean, Stj. i ; veraldar vift, tbe
existence of the world, MS. 1 81 3. 48; veraldar-vitringr, a pbitosopbtr
( =heimspckingr, q. v.) ; Phytagoras veraldar vitringr, Stj. 98, fjl,
v6s, n. toil, turmoil, bustle.
VESA, vas, vesi, vestu. vask ; see vera, to be.
v^sa, ad, [vas], to bustle.
vesalingT, m. = ve$lingr, Hom. 31, Hav. 53, MS. 656 C. 2.\
^u mi, Dr^ttinn, eigi ma vesalingr minn, Bs. i. 533.
VESALIi, adj., fem. vesul or vesiil, neut. vesalt. The forms Tmry, being
contracted or uncontracted, veslir, etc., as well as vesaiir, etc., whence
lastly, vesaelir, etc.: a. contr. veslir, veslar, veslum, Al. 57, Th. 6;
vesla (ace. pi.), Hom. 109 ; vcslu (gen. fern.). Post (Ungcr) 108 ; veslir,
O. H. 151, Sks. 681 ; vesla (gen.), Fms. viii. 343 (vctzia, v. 1. of a later
vellum); selum ok veslum. p, uncontr. vesala «= vesla, Fms. ii. 46;
vesala. Post. (Unger) 18 (vesaela, v. I.) ; vesaiir, Al. 96, 1. 18 ; this regular
declension is still in full use in Icel. speech, only not contracted, e. g.
vesall, vesalingr, vesaiir (not veslir) ; vesaela. Fas. i. 49 (paper MS.) : so
also in the compar. either vesalli, Greg. 37, Sd. 188 ; vesalla, 656 C. 34;
vesalstr, Kormak, Bjam. (in a verse) ; but veslari, Barl. 33 (vesalli, v. I.)
Ves is the root, -all the inflexivc syllabic ; the form vesaell is a latA
form, from a false etymology, as if from v6- privative, and sxll, bappy.
The origin of vesall is dubious, the radical s is against a derivation
from the compar. verri, Goth, wairiza; and the short vowel is agaiiut
deriving it from vas, ves, q.v. The true etymology, we believe, is
that vesall stands for ' usall,' being derived from the prep, ur, or-, in its
ancient form us ; Goth, us- ; Icel. ur-, or- ; this etymology is confirmed
by form and sense alike ; the old phrases, alls vesall (omnium expert),
vesall eigu (proprii expers), were originally alliterative phrases ; in Hm.
22, 69, vesall is made to alliterate with a vowel (vnall madr ok t'lla skapi
. . . erat madr alls vesall ^utt hann i6 ilia heill) ; usall is actually found
written in Nj. (Lat.) 264, v. 1. ; the change of ws into ves may be illus-
trated by the case of varr (q. v.) ; it is the opposite to that vocalisation
of V which so frequently takes place. As to sense, vesall originally
meant bereft, destitute q/', = Lat. expers; and is followed by a genitive:
[the Dan. form is usel, less right ussel."]
B. Usages: I. with gen. bereft of; msel ^u alls vesall,
Nj. 124, V. 1.; ok em ek vesall eigu, bereft of my own, H4v. 43
new Ed. ; mxl ^u alls usall, Nj. (Lat.) 364, v. I. (but allz vesall the
other vellums) : wretched in respect to, vesall ^6ttisk {)6ttisk hann sinnar
ligaefu, ttom. 12 1; vesall vigs. Am. 58; vesall ertu halds, Dropl. 30;
vesol em ver konungs, Fms. vi. 322. II. poor, destitute,
wretched; ^\i vesall, Ls. 40, 42; mir vesalli, Stj. 523; ba& hana aldri
J)rifask sva vesul sem hon var, Nj. 194; vesol vzttr, Hom. 150; veslir
menn, poor wretches, 6. H., I.e.; veslir menn ok vitlausir, Barl. 25;
aumhjartaSr vi5 alia vesla menn, Hom. 109; J)at er veslum til vilnadar,
Al. 57; sii ond er enn vesalli, Greg. 37; J)ykki mir |)vi betr sem |)u
giirir hana vesalli, Sd. 188; su ond er vesol, enn vesalli {still more
wretched), er. . ., Greg. 37; vei verSi m^r veslum, Th. 6; szlum ok
veslum, O. H. 126, Mork. 216; vesaelum, Fms. vii. 330, I.e.; s4 reit
ekki sdr vesalla, 656 C. 34, and passim, see A above. III. as
a nickname; inn vesaeli ( — vesli), Fms. vi. 16, 17.
vesal-ldtr, adj. shabby. Fas. iii. 122.
vesal-liga, adv. miserably; lata v., Lv- 58; deyja v., Clem. 39.
vesal-ligr, adj. wretched-looking, Finnb. 280, Hav. 40 new Ed. ; litill
vexti ok vesalligr, Fb. i. 540; sakir vesalligra synda, Stj. 51.
vesal-mannligr, adj. wretched, of a person, Hav. 53 ; vesalmannligt
verk, Grett. 91 A.
Tesal-menni, n. a miserable person. Boll. 352, Fas. ii. 347, Grett.
vesal-mennska, u, f. penury, sbabbiness, Grett. 155 A.
vesask, a5, to murmur; gora einn vesadan, to make unhappy. Fas. i.
502 ; Austmenn vcsu&usk ilia {the Easterlings were wrtlcbed and uncom-
fortable) er J)eirra J)yrfti at bi&a ef byrr kaemi a, |>orst. hv. 40.
veski or vezki, n. [Dan. veedsie, qs. va5-skinn (?)], a bag, knapsack;
klyfjar a ok ostar i veskjum, Lv. 58 ; freq. in mod. usage, of a poueb;
br6fa-veski, a letter-bag.
v6-sk6p, n. pi. holy ordinances, Vsp. 64.
VESL, n. [from verja = Goth. wasjan; cp. Lat. vestis], a kind of
cloak ; vesl blatt yfir ser, Fms. vii. 20 (vetzl Cod. A) ; vesl gott eSr
slagning, Fms. i. 78 ; hann haffti vesl yfir s6r tviskipt, svart ok hvitt, Rd.
309 (Gliim. 361) ; vesl haf&i einn yfir j4r ok siteftur, Fs. 51.
700
VESLA-
vesla, u, f. a well that never freezes ; see vermsl.
veslaflr, part, wretched, Nj. 124, v. I.
veslask, a8, to grow wretched, poor ; segja at sta8r J)eirra mun ekki
veslask vi6, J)6tt . . ., J)i6r. 47 ; veslast upp, to pine away.
veslingr, m. (veslingi, a, m.. Art. 43), [Dan. usling, used in a bad
sense]: — a poor, puny person; hvat myndi veslingr ^essi {this wretch)
varSa mer batinn, Fms. vii. 32 ; sveinar tveir, vcsHngar, Faer. 42 ; Gu6s
veslingr, Mar. ; mostly in a compassionate or charitable sense, like Engl.
poor. 2. prefixing the gen. veslings- ; veslings-barniS, poor child !
veslings-konan, poor woman ; veslings>ma6rinn, poor man ! Grett. 79
new Ed.
veslugr, adj. poor, wretched, Nj. 194, v. 1. ; aum kona ok veslug, Stj.
428; fataekan ok veslugan, 212, Fas. iii. 525.
vesning, f. [cp. Germ, wesen'], a being, essence, MS. 677. 3, 10, Horn.
(St.) ; hverjar greiiiir bans vesningar eru, id.
vessi, a, m. [perh. akin to vatn or to varri ; Dan. vcedskel, a watery
humour, of the body, freq. in mod. usage. vessa-mikill and vessa-
rikr, adj . humorous, of the body.
v6-stallr, m. the 'temple-stall,' i.e. the altar; v6r5r vestalls, a priest
and Mng, Yt.
vestan, adv. /row the west; vestr e3a vestan, Ld. 126; vestan or
Fj6r5um, Nj. 14, passim : the phrase, vestan um haf, 'from west over the
sea,' i. e.from the Western Islands, a special phrase for the British Isles
across the North Sea, Fms. i. 26 : or simply vestan, at hann var vestan
kominn, viz. from Britain, Eg. 74 ; even used of a voyage from thence
to Iceland, Ra861fr ok Jolfgeir brseSr komu vestan um haf til Islands,
Landn. 298. 2. of position without motion ; fyrir vestan (with
ace), on the western side of; fyrir vestan votnin, Nj. 196 ; fyrir vestan
Heinabergs^sand Sota nes, 158, Fms. i. 60, Landn. 194, passim; lit um
AlptafjorS fyrir vestan, in the west, Nj. 215. compds : vestan-bsejar,
f. west of the houses. vestan-fer3, f. a journey from the west, Fms.
viii. 15 (from Faroe to Norway). vestan-fjar3ar, west of the firth.
vestan-lands, in the west. vestarL-ma3r, m. a man from the west,
Sturl. ii. 204, iii. 86, Isl. ii. 170, GuUJ). 45. vestan-ve3r, n. a west
wind, Eb. 234, Rb. 440. vestan-ver3r, adj. westwards, western, Stj.
75> Eg. 135, f)orst. SiSu H. 7. vestan-vindr, m. a west wind, Sks.
39, Stj. 69.
vestari, compar., as also vestri, more westerly ; superl. vestastr, most
westerly; vestri ubyg&, Landn. 105 ; til vestri bygOar, 107 ; ena vestri
lei5, Nj. 281 ; um vestra strseti, Fms. ix. 22 ; eptir Ranga enni vestarri,
ii. 208 ; inn vestasti farvegr, Pm. 42 ; liggja J)essi lond vestust, Fms. ix.
412 ; for hann til vestasta Asolfs-skala, Landn. 52.
vestarliga, adv. westerly, Fb. i. 541, Bar6. 6 new Ed.
■Vest-fir3mgar, m. pi. the men from Vest-fir3ir, the West-fiords (in
Icel.), Landn., Sturl.; Vestfir3inga-fj6r6ungr, the West Quarter, Landn.
167.
vest-fir3is, adv. in the west of a fiord, Landn. 352.
vest-fLrzka, u, f. a custom in the west (of Icel.), Sturl. ii. 167 : an idiom,
language of Western Iceland.
vest-flrzkr, adj. /rom the Vestfirair, Sturl. i. 26.
Vest-fyldir, m. pi. men from the Norse county Vest-fold, Fms. xii.
vesti, n. [from the Engl, through Dan.], a waistcoat (mod.)
Vest-ma3r, m. a man from the West, tear. <f. one from the British
Isles, esp. the Irish, Landn. 36, whence Vestmanna-eyjar, the Isles of
the Westmen, i. e. of the Irish who were slain there, see Landn. ; Hildir
ok Hallgeirr voru Vestmenn, Landn. 344.
Vest-myst and Vest-musteri, n. Westminster (the Abbey), Jatv. S.
vestna = versna, Barl. 24 (according to pronunciation).
VESTK, n., gen. vestrs, [A. S., Engl., and Germ, west; Dan. vester'] : —
the west; sol i vestri, K. J>. K., Landn. 276 ; til vestrs, Sks. 179 ; i vestri
mi6ju, Rb. 92 ; i vestr, towards west. II. as adv. to the west-
ward; riSa vestr eSa vestan, Ld. 126; vestr til Brei9afjaraar, Nj. i : of
western Icel., J)ykki J)er eigi gott vestr })ar, 11 ; vestr, in the west, Bs.
i. 4, 31. 2. westwards, towards the British Isles, a standing phrase
(cp. the use of Hesperia in Lat.) ; sigia vestr um haf, to sail westwards
over the sea, Fms. i. 22, Orkn. 144; ssekja vestr til Eyja, west to the
Orkneys (Shetland), Orkn. 136; vestr for ek of ver, I journeyed west-
ward over the sea, Hofu&l. i ; in which last passage it is even used of
a voyage from Iceland to England ; til rikja {)eirra er liggja vestr J)ar,
Orkn. 144.
vestr-dlfa, u, f. = vestrhalfa.
vestr-f6r and vestr-fer3, f. a journey to the west, Sturl. ii. 144
C. 2. esp. a journey to the British Isles, Orkn. 142, 240, Fms. iv.
219, passim. Vestrfarar-visur, f. pi. a name of a poem by Sighvat,
verses on a journey to England and Normandy, 6. H.
Vestr- Gautar, m. pi. the Western Goths, in Sweden, 6. H. Vestra-
Gautland, n. West Gothland, Orkn. 136.
vestr-h41fa and -ilfa, u, f. the western region, Stj. 68 : of the ancient
Neustria, Fms. x. 235: of Western Africa, Al. 157, 158; setlaSi hann
Cham vestrhalfu, Edda (pref.) ; p^bm (from Spain) for hann i vestralfu
heimsins, Bret. 30. 2. mod. of America.
VETRARDAGR.
i
14 ai
ifiw/f
■iJSl,
vestr-li6ra3, n. a ivestern county (of western Iceland), Sturl. iii. k
(cp. h<5ru3in vestr, Skifta R. 31).
Vestri, a, m. one of the dwarfs ; see NorSri, Edda.
Vestr-lond, n. pi. the Western lands, of the British Isles, Grag. ii. 141
Ld. 82, Magn. 514 ; of Western Africa, 656 C. 24. 2. sing., Vestr Ijj
land, Western Iceland.
vestr-sveitir, f. pi. the western counties of Iceland, Skida R. i6, Grett
140 A, Bs. i. 912.
vestr-vegir, m. pi. the ' western ways' the West, of the British Isles
Baut. 962 ; opp. to Austr-vegr, Su3r-vegr, Nor3r-vegr, qq.v.
Vestr- Vindr, m. pi. the Western-Wends, Fms. xi. 398.
vestr-viking, f. afreebooting expedition to the West, i. e. to the Britisl
Isles (Normandy, etc.), Fms. i. 8, Eg. 513, Orkn., Korm. j, Landn, 32
108, 121, 133, 140, 174, 204, 205, 314; see viking.
vestreenn, adj. westerly; v. vindr, Fms. ix. 135, Merl. 2. 44.
vestr-eett, f. the western quarter, of the heavens; lita 1 v., Nj. 194
stefna i v., Fb. i. 539; fljiiga or v., Isl. ii. 196.
Vest-Saxar, m. pi. the West-Saxons, Fms. i. 1 10, v, 1.
ves8ela = vesla, to make wretched, Fms. vii. 186.
vessell = vesall, q.v.
vesold, f. (vesasld is never found), gen. vesaldar, [vesall], misery. Fas
iii. 129, MS. 677. 8, Hkr. iii. 288, Stj. 50; valaSs ok vesaldar, Clem
135 ; vils ok vesaldar, Fms. iii. 95 ; eynidir ok vesaldir, Stj. 45 : passiirHfi!^
in old and mod. usage, vesaldar-ina3r, a destitute person, Grett. 1 1 2 A.
vetlingr, m. a diniin. from vottr, a glove, gauntlet, Fms. iii, 176
the common word in Icel. ; bandrvettiingar, prj(3na-v., sjo'vetlingr, iea
gloves, used by fishermen.
vetna, prob. a gen. pi. from vetta = vettr or vaettr, a weight (cp. th«
Lat. -cunque; Gr. ttot* ; Engl, -ever); chiefly used in hvat-vetna, what
ever, or hvar-vetna, wherever, everywhere ; it hardly occurs except ir
composition, for Aim. 9 is inserted from paper MSS. ; see vaettr B.
VETR, m., gen. vetrar, dat. vetri ; pi., nom. and ace. vetr, gen. vetia,
dat. vetrum : it was an assimilated form anciently written vettr or vittr,
qs. vintr; vitrar or vittrar (gen.). Post. (Unger) 233 ; vettr is freq., esp
in N. G. L. ; double consonants are in vellums difficult to distinguid'
from single, and so tt may well have been the current form, although
the Edd. give the mod. form (vetr) : in poets we find, mitt sextigu vitttz.
Gliim. (in a verse) : vintr occurs in Icel. ballads of the 15th century, set ( ^
{>ryml.. Vols. R., Skald H. R., but here it is merely an imitation of Danish
originals, for the word in Icel. always took the assimilated form : [Ulf.
«/z«/rMS = x^'A'Wi' and 4'tos ; A. S., Engl., and Germ. tf««/er; Dan.-SweA
vinter, for the assimilation of nt into tt did not prevail in the south ol
Scandinavia, see Gramm. p. xxx, col. i.]
A. A winter ; winter, like summer (see sumar), is a calendary period,
containing 180 days, or six months of thirty days; the winter begiw
on the Saturday next before St. Luke's day (old style), or on St. Lul "
day, if a Saturday. In the Gregorian style, for 1872 and 1873, vc
dagr fyrsti, the first winter rfa^ = Saturday, the 26lh of Oct. ; miSr
fyiid-winler, the 24th of Jan. ; si5asti vetrar dagr, the last winter dt
Wednesday, the 23rd of April ; Laugardagr skal fyrstr vera i vetri, en J);
skal vera sex manu6r J)rjatigi natta til sumars, K. p. K. 166 ; vetr k(
laugardaginn er naestr er fyrir Lukas-messu, en hana sjalfa ef hla
ferr eptir, Rb. 490 ; Drottins-dagr inn fyrsti i vetri skal vera
]>nbi fra messu-degi Cosmi ok Damiani, Rb. 434 : as a general t
i vetr, this winter, Nj. 4 ; hafa blot hvern vetr, 6. H. ; Miftr
Mid-winter, see above ; miSs vetrar skeiS, mid-winter time, Fl
204; mi6s vetrar blot, a sacrificial feast at mid-winter, see miSr
a vetri, or i vetri, see prepp. a and i; mikill vetr, a cold tvint^i
Bs. i. 873 ; har8r, kaldr, Kominn er kaldr vetr, initial words ojf,
hymn. II. = a year; as in A.S. days were reckoned by ni|
(see n6tt), so years were counted by winters ; in Ulfilas (Matt, ix,
Luke ii. 42, viii. 42) eras is rendered by wintrus ; and so at present,
Icel., a person is so many ' winters' old ; tolf vetra gamall, K. Jj. K. I
sextan vetra gamall, Grag. i. 197; and ellipt. leaving out gamall,
vetra, Fms. i. 8 ; tiu vetrum siSarr, 61 ; sex tigi vetra konungr. Eg
sjau vetr ena arsomu, Ver. 17 (of king Pharaoh's dream); J)eirra
vetrar-munr, difference in age of one year, Dropl. 7 \ for more refer-
ences, see tigr B. III. mythol., Vetr, a giant, the son of
Vindsvalr or Vindl6ni, VJ)m., Edda i. 82. compds: vetrar-blot, n.
a winter-sacrifice ; in miSs vetrar-blot, 0. H. vetrar-b6k, f. a winter-
book, missal for the winter, Pm. loi. vetrar-braut, n. a winter-road,
in winter time, Sturl. iii. I40, Dipl. ii. 5 : cp. Dan. saying, ' vise en vintti-
vejen,' to shew one the luinter-way, i. e. leave one in the cold. 2. astron.
the milky way, in Icel. called vetrar-braut, undoubtedly from old heathen
times, although the word happens not to occur in old writers ; Icel.
weather-prophets use in the autumn to forecast the course of the winter,
by the appearance of the milky-way ; this is evidently a very old cus-
tom, whence probably the name, for in old times fortune-telling used
to take place at the great autumnal feasts and sacrifices, see the refer-
ences s. V. volva. vetrar-dagr, m. a winter day, N. G. L. i. 348; »
vetrardag, in the winter, Fms. viii. 50, Bs. i. 324, v. 1. ; fyrsti vetrardagl.
"*-(jn
VETRARFAK— via
701
\ vi. 143, Icel. Almanack. vetrar-far, n. the course of winter;
liuii (the Sibyl) monnuin forlog sin ok vetrar-far ok aOra hluti,
;. 506; blotuau {)eir ^k til friftar ok vetrarfars gofts, Fms. iv. 335.
trnr-hell, f. the winter ball, D. N. ii. 409. vetrar-langt, n. adj.
,' winter long, Fms. vii. 25. vetrar-megn, n. the depth of winter;
var vctrarmegn ok treystisk hann eigi u haf at halda, Kb. 6.
itrar-messa, u, f. ' winter-mass' = 0c\.. 14, D. N. vetrar-myki,
winter-muck, manure, G^\. 342. vetrar-nau3, f. ' winter-need,' a
winter, Isl. ii. 155, Lv. 206. vetrar-nott, f. a winter's night;
iltii sofa i ina fyrstu v., Fms. xi. 4. vetrar-riki, n. = vctramauS,
re winter, Eb. 290, Fbr. 41, v. 1. vetrar-rugr, m. wi/iter rye,
,43. vetra-stefna, u, f. a winter term; mi vill hann til vetrar-
jorS selja, fimmtan vetr, N. G. L. i. 92. vetra-tal, n. a number
■Iters, Kb. 508 : years, fyrr rosknir at afii en vetra tali, Fms. i. 30,
o, 419. vetrar-ti3, f. winter-tide, Bb. 3. 34. vetrar-timi, a,
'tter-time, Stj. 69, 97, Bs. i. 324. ve'trar-tiingl, n. the winter
. the moon when winter sets in, Icel. Almanack (Nov. i, 1872).
B. Realcompds: vetr-beit, f. 'winter-bite,' winter pasture,\'m. iS.
tr-bj6rg, f. winter-provender, Sturl. i. 173 C. vetr-gamall, adj. a
r old, i.e. a year old, Fms. i. 185, GrAg. i. 236, Ld. 108 : of sheep,
i. 503. vetr-gata, u, f. a winter-road. Eg. 742 A. vetr-
lulingr, m. a ' winter-gimmel,' sheep a winter old, Grag. ii. 247.
jtr-gestr, m. a winter-guest. Eg. 167, Isl. ii. 391. vetr-grifl, n. a
Uter-stay; hafa eitt v. biiiiir. Eg. 252 ; bj69a e-m v., id, vetr-hagi,
111. a winter-pasture, Grag. ii. 325, Jb. 298. vetr-hluti, a, m. the
'erpart, Vm. 52. vetr-hringr, m. = vetrarbraut, the ' wititer-ring,'
Iky-way, Pr. 478. vetr-hTis, n. pi. winter-houses ; at vetrhusum
scli, Ld. 138, Fs. 105 ; opp. to setr, GJil. 438. vetr-liSi, a, m.
ji'/jo has past a winter, esp. a 'winter-old' bear, Edda i. 590, Grett. :
) freq. as a pr. name, Landn. (mod. Norse Vetle) ; cp. Sumar-li6i.
tr-ligr, adj. wintry, Sks. 39, Rom. 259. vetr-lsegr, adj. lying up
harbour for the winter (Fr.) vetr-messa, u, f. the 14th of Oct.=
rarmessa, Pm. 90. vetr-nsetr, f. pi. the winter nights, the three
s which begin the winter season, (in Icel. Almanack, 1872, the 24th
the 26th of October are the ' vetrnaetr ') : gener. the season when
■Iter begins, fyrir vetrnaetr, eptir vetrnaetr, at vetrn6ttum, etc., Grag. ii.
6, 220 ; for the feasts and sacrifices at that time (called vetrnatta blot),
Fms. i. 35, ii. ^4, Gisl. 18, Eb. ch. 37; vetrnatta-helgr, the first
lid ay in the winter-season, Sturl. iii. 167; vetrnatta skei3, /ibe season
en winter sets in; um vetrnatta skeiS, Ld. 186, Gisl. 96, Fms. iii. 24,
108 (cp. sumar-naetr). vetr-riigr, m. winter-rye, G\>\. 343 A.
tr-seta, u, f. winter-quarters, Landn. 228, 310, Fms. ii. 29, Orkn.
i. vetr-seti, a, m. a 'winter-sitter,' guest, D.N. i. 122. vetr-
ka, u, f., in vetrtoku-maSr = vetrgestr, Grett. 100 : vetrtaks-
(3r, id., Rd. 286, Fbr. 89. vetr-vist, f. a winter-abode, winter
irters. Eg. 470, Landn. 218 (v. 1.), Grag. i. 156, 158, 6. H. 42.
etra, a3, to become winter; liSr fram haustinu, tekr at vetra, the
tier began to set in, it became wintry, Fms. viii. 435 (v. 1.), Finnb. 310 ;
: ii hridir ok vetrafli, Orkn. 190.
etrungr, m. an animal one winter old, yearling, esp. a calf, Edda i.
6 ; vetrungs eldi, Am. i lo.
ett, vettna, = see vxttr.
ett-fangr or vett-vangr, see vaettvangr.
ettir, m. [viJttr], a nickname, Fms. ix. 56.
ettki, see vaetr, vasttki.
ett-rim, see vaettrim, Korm. 88.
ettugi, see vaettugi.
ett-vangr, see vaettvangr.
etving = vaettvangr (?) ; ok var herranum at komit at hann miindi
:ian verSa, ok dvalSi hann dau6a i vetvingum, he was on the point of
iig taken, but escaped death for the present. Mart. 123.
exa, t, I. [vax], to wax, to smear with wax; vexa vel blxju,
i. 101 ; vexa kyrtil sinn, Fms. xi. 420; vextr diikr. II. [vaxa],
tvax, grow ; impers., en brim vexti, Fms. vi. (in a verse),
eykr, adj. weak, and veykja, u, f. to weaken; see veikr, veikja. .
'^ID, f., gen. sing. viSjar, pi. vi6jar, [Dan. wcf/e; Eng\. withy ; akin
' ii'^ir, q. v.] : — a withy or with; siSan var vidin (a withy halter) dregin
Is honum, Fms. vii. 13 (see v. 1.) ; J)armarnir ur6u at vi3u (sic)
:i, Fas. iii. 34; ef rong tha. vi8jar slitna, Jb. 398; var enginn
r i, en viSjar fyrir kn6, of a boat, Fms. vii. 216; hiiggva tre til
. K. J3. K. 88 ; vidjar af gulli ok silfri, on a dog, Hkr. i. 1 36, Fas.
45 ; tiin-svin l)at er hringr, knappr e8a vi& se i rana, Grag. ii. 232 ;
rii-via, the 'rudder-withy' the strap in which the paddle-like rudder
vcd, like the CfVKTrjpiai in Act. Apost. xxvii. 40.
^ID, pron. pers. dual ( = vit), we two (see ek C) ; this spelling, which
ilso that of the oldest vellums, answers to the mod. pronunciation,
jisini : in mod. usage it has quite taken the place of the old plur. ver.
rID, prep., also used ellipt. without its case, or simply as an adverb;
s a curtailed form of vi3r, which latter form remains in a few
; ds, even in mod. usage, thus, vi3r-eign, vi&r-kenna, vi5r-nefni, viflr-
i3r-vaeri; when found singly, vid is the common form in Icel.; but
as in MSS. it t» conin , ui.uit....itu. i, iiic two form* arr i;jr>jiy di»-
tinguishabie ; vift, however, it received at the utual fonii, viftr being mofV
frcq. in Norte vclluint, and in tome later Icel. vclluntt imitatiuc th«
Norse tpclling: [Goth, ioiftra ^ wi,6$ ; K.S.wdtr; q>. Scot, ttt/fcir^^iun ;
O. H . G. widar ; Germ, wedtr ; but Kngl. with ; Dan. vtd ; Swed. vmf\ ;—
'against, towards, etc.
WITH DAT.
A. Against, denoting a leaning or retting on, tinkinc againtt, or
the like ; hann hju hann upp vift garftinum, itnoU bim iHnSimg agauut
the wall, Nj. 120; ttinga honduni vift bcrgiou, Symb. 59; gangs rift
brekkunni, up-hill, against the hill, cp. L»t. advenut motuem. ValU L.
213 ; skjuta viA honum tkildinum, Fmt. i. 44 ; Ijotta tkildi vib ketjuoui,
^g- 378: hann spyrndi vift tvi fait , . . tpyrria vift gninni. Edda 36:
kasta t^r nidr vid veliinum, Nj. 58; leggja c-n vift vclli. Boll. 344; si4
honum nidr vift ttcininum, dashed bis bead againu the Hone, Finnb. 393 ;
hann drap hann vift borftinu, Korm. 336; hju af honum hufvA vift
stokkinum. Fas. ii. 285 ; ok lagfti (1)4) vift ttokki. Am. 73 ; hiit liggja rift
velli, lie down in ruins, Fms. iii. 144; er hinn efri kjoptr vift hinini enti
hinn neftri vift jiirflu, the upper jaw touching the heaven, ibt lower tbe
earth, Edda 41 ; skera af si-r strenginn vift uxinni, rubbing il againit tba
axe, Nj. 136 ; v6ru segl hant at sj4 vift hafi, ibt sails were uen out at tea,
far in the offing. Fat. ii. 403. II. against, towards, of direction ;
gapa vift tunglinu. Fas. iii. 6i3 ; horfa vift e-m, to look towards, face. Eg.
293 ; horfa baki vift e-m, Hkr. iii. 384; lita vift e-m, Nj. 133, Fmt. i. 135,
vii. 314; horfa vift landi, A. A. 34; sniia baki vift e-m. Fat. i. 396; tniiatk
vift e-m, Hkr. ii. 1 20. III. along with, with, denoting company ;
hann haffti vift s^r harpara einn, Str. 57; hann haffti marga tmiftu vift
ser, Fms. ix. 377 ; for Margaftr ok Gutbormr vift honum, Hkr. iii. 1 13;
at Astriftr mundi vera vift feftr sinum, i. 188; er h^r ok Sigutftr rift
jarii, Fms. ix. 327 ; hann var |>ar upp fzddr vift henni, x. 431 ; bjoftum
ver {)er vift Hakoni {)angat, ix. 252 ; ferr heini rift sinum munnum, Rd.
312; for hann vift lifti sinu, Hkr. iii. 44; vift hundraft tkipum. Fat. i.
461 ; gengr siftan i saeti sin vift uftrum munnum, Fms. x. 17 ; baft bitkup
rifta vift ser ( = meft ser), 6. 2. with, of an instrument ; jarl hljiip upp
vift sverfti, Fms. ix. 340 ; sjau menn vift v4pnum, viii. 14 ; gengu tveir
menu vift merkjum, x. 15: the phrase, eiga, ala, geta bam vift konu,
Grag., Fms. i. 113, iii. no, Ld. 102, Eg. 31 ; merrin fekk vift }>eim hetti,
Landn. 195. 8. spec, usages; vift g6ftunt vinskap. Boll. 363; halda
vinattu vift fiistum triinaSi, Fms. ix. 37«i; at J)SEr sagnir muni vera vift
sannindum, true, viii. 6 ; at berjask vift honum eftr vift honum Iffit lAta,
ix. 332 ; fara vift herskildi . . . eyfta land vift eldi, x. 134; auta e-t vift
moldu, Hkr. i. 220; skipuftu miirgum hlutum vift {with, among) tinum
monnum, Fms. x. 91 ; gengu siftan i sseti sin vift oftrum monnum, among
other men, 17 ; skreiftask fram vift ( = meft) landinu, viii. 437. 4."»
ok, with, together with ; putt vift (irimni =• Tb. and G., Hallfred ; hiifuA
vift hjarta, head and heart, Kormak.
B. Metaph. usages: I. denoting barter, exchange, against,
for (like Gr. avri) ; gefa gull vift grjoti. Fas. iii. 45 ; selja vift verfti, Fmt.
i. 80 ; seldu mik vift hleifi, Hm. ; vift litlu verfti. Eg. 100 ; vift f^miitu, Nj.
215; meta e-t vift silfri, Fms. x. 5; gefa margra manna lif vift yftvarri
J)ralyndi, iv. 194. 2. denoting remedy, against ; beiti vift bit-«6ttunt
en vift biilvi riinar, Hm. 140; hjalpa e-m vift e-u, to help against, pas-
sim. II. against, denoting contest, warding off, withstanding ;
hafa afla vift e-m, Lv. 43 ; hafa lifts-afla, lifts-kost vift e-m, Ld. 372. Hkr.
i. 272 : ellipt., hafa (viz. afl) vift e-m, to be one's match, Lv. 109; Jxitti
seni engi mundi hafa vift t>eim i vigi, Nj. 89 ; eg hcfi ekki vift l>^r, / can-
not lift with (i.e. am no match for) thee; abyrgjask e-t vift e-u, Grag. ii.
216, 364 ; forfta e-m vift haska, Edda i. 1 16 ; halda Jxi vift Agangi Hakonar,
Fms. i. 224; varftveita e-n vift e-u, Gr4g. ; ekki helzk vift J)eini, Eg. 135 ;
risa vift e-m. Sturl. ii. 1 19 ; vera biiinn, van-biiinn vift e-m, Ld. 334 ; ut
hann J)ar vift dhlaupum Dana, Fms. i. 38 ; vinna vift skiipum. Fas. i. 199 ;
sporna vift e-u, gcira vift e-u, see giira, sporna ; ef Jiat nemr vift forinni,
Ld. 70 (see nema A. I. 7, 8) ; maela vift e-u, Hkr. ii. I98 ; tiilftu allir vift
forinni, Greg. 28; setja hug sinn vift e-u, Fms. x. 333; kvefta nei vift
e-u, Sturl. i. 27 ; drepa hendi vift e-u, Hkr. ii. 164; reiftatk vift e-u, Nj.
182 ; e-m riss hugr vift e-u. Fas. i. 30; mcr byftr vift e-u, /o loathe; tj4
vift e-u, to shun; varna vift c-u, to beware of; vera haett vift e-u, in dan-
ger of, Isl, ii. 262 ; u-haett vift e-u, safe, Landn. 319. III.
with verbs; liggja vift e-u, to lie on the verge of; honum 14 vift
falli. Fas. iii. 261 ; biiift vift skipbroti, Isl. ii. 245 ; honum var vift
andhlaupi. Eg. 553; sj4, horfa, lita... vift e-u, to look towards; taka
vift .e-u, to receive; biiask vift e-u, to prepare for, expect, Ld. 106 ;
verfta vel, ilia, vift e-u, to behave well, ill, on some occasion ; komatk
vift veftri, see veftr. IV. ellipt. utagct; t>eir tnerutk \>k rift.
turned round, facing, Nj. 345 ; Iwn drap vift hendi. Lv. 38; hann lauit
vift atgeirinum, Nj.84; hann stakk vift forkinum. Eg. 330; hann tukk
vift fotum, stopped, Finnb. 300 ; hrifa vift, to catch bold, Bs. i. 197. 433,
Gisl. 125; biiask vift, to make oneself ready ; gora vift, to resist ; risa vift,
to withstand, Fs. ; at ek bjofta vift tvenn verft, Ld. 146 ; hvatz hinn fiftr
vift, whatsoever he may object, Nj. 99 ; taka vift, to begin where another
stops; l)u skalt gefa m^r vift («« return) verjuna, Fbr.
702
VID— VIDA.
WITH ACC.
A. By, at, close to: I. denoting proximity ; skjoldr vi3 skjiild,
shield to shield, in a row, Nj. 125; skip viS skip, 6. H. (in a verse);
samnask hlutr viS hlut, Rb. 108; halsinn vi6 herSarnar, Ld. 40; sni6a
skeggift vid hokuna, Eg. 564; vi& bryggju-sporSinn, Fms. i. 14; grafa
barn vid kirkju-gar6 ut, K. {>. K. ; uppi vi6 fjallit, Eg. 137 ; vid Sandhola-
ferju, Nj. ag ; vi6 va5it, 83 ; vi5 veginn, by the way-side, Fb. ii. 330 ; hur
vi3 ana, by the river, Ld. 46 ; bua vi5 Jjjorsa, Nj. 93 ; liggja viS land,
Fms. i. 14; viS Island, Grag. ; binda stein viS halsinn, Ld. 154; draga
segl vi3 hun, hoist sail to the top, Hkr. ii. 6 ; reka spora viS eyra
e-m, Nj. 82 ; festa e-n vi5 meiS, tre, to fasten to a pole, a tree, Gliim.
391; nista vi6 golfit, to pin it to the floor (see nista) ; binda vi6 fot
e-s, to bind up a broken leg. Barb. 167; dro upp floka vi6 austr, in
the east, Vigl. 22. 2. temporal, towards, at; vi5 vetr sjalfan,
Fms. ii. 97; Krok. 51 C; vi9 solar-setr. Fas. i. 514; vid sol, with
the sun, at sunrise. Eg. 717; vi5 aptan, towards evening, Grag. (Kb.)
ii. 143 ; vi6 J)at sjalft, at that moment, Fms. xi. 432 ; bregSa i kross
vi6 hvert or6, at every word, K. i>. K. ; vera vid aldr, to be stricken in
years, Eb. 18, Isl. ii. 192, Fms. ii. 8l ; ef barn er vi3 dau6a, on the
point to die, N. G. L. i. 345 ; vi3 sjalft, on the verge of (see sjalfr) ;
vi6 vd6a sjalfan, biiiS vid geig, on the verge of. Eg. 158 ; Grettir var vid
svefn, just asleep, Grett. 137. 3. phrases, vid sva biiit, after all done,
often with the notion of ' in vain, nothing having been done' (bua B. IL
5); foru vid J)at heim, Fms. i. 54, ix. 469, Nj. 127; skildu vid {)etta,
260, Isl. ii. 217. II. at, to; Hriitr er vid skip, Nj. 4; Hriitr
var vid bud, 79; vera heima vid bii sitt, 215; hanga upp vid siglu-ra.
Fas. iii. 659 ; bundinn vid staf. Eg. 232 ; fastr vid altirn, fastened to the
altar, Vm. no; stydja sik vid e-t, to lean on, Fms. ix. 512 ; sitja upp
vid haegindit, leaning on it, Ld. 16; sitja upp vid vegginn, Nj. 153;
ganga vid staf, 219; ganga vid trefot, Eb. 66 ; stydjask vid hondina,
Fas. i. 228 ; ri'sa upp vid olboga, |}6rd. 15 ; sitja vid styri, at the rudder.
Eg. 385; hafa barn vid brjost, to have a bairn at breast, N. G. L. i.
340; leggja, baeta, auka, vid e-t, to add to; blanda vid e-t, to mix with;
vera vid e-t, to be present at, Ld. 92, Eg. 540 ; sitja vid drykk, mat, to
sit at drink, meat. Eg. 303, 420. III. denoting association,
together with; vera samj)ingi, samfjordungs vid e-n, Grag. ii. 237; vera
saman vid e-n, vera samvista vid e-n, eiga samneyti vid, vera sammaedr
vid e-n, passim; vera utan-fjordungs vid vig, Grag. ii. 89; vera v d e-t
ridinn ; J)eir vildu eigi vera her vid heidna menu, lb. 4 ; bua vid e-n,
Gisl. 17. 2. direction; i syn vid baeinn. Fas. ii. 507; i orskots-
helgi vid gardinn, Grag.; standa i hoggfaeri vid e-n, Nj. 97; vid J)at lik
at lifa, Hm. IV. denoting company, with ; baud jieim heim vid
alia sina menu, Vigl. 27; ridu vid sextigi manna, Nj. 10, 213, Ld. 164;
g^kk a land vid einn svein, Fms. ix. 502 ; saekja land vid utlendan her,
Hkr. i. 198 ; vid fa, marga . . . menu. Fas. i. 35 ; the phrase, vid annan,
J)ridja fjorda . . . mann (see annarr I. i) ; J)u art her kominn vid sva
mikit fe, Ld. 112; saekja mal vid niu biia, Grag.; vid vattord, Kb. i.
103 ; leyfa e-t vid vitni, Ld. 104 ; bjoda e-t vid vattord, in the presence
of, by witnesses, Nj. 243.
B. Metaph. usages : I, towards a person or thing,
respecting, regarding; hrydja vid adilja, Grag. (Kb.) i. 127; missa fjar
sins vid J)j6f, Grag. ; skilja vid e-n, to part with (see skilja) ; til
metnadar vid sik, Edda i. 20; til huggunar vid sik, Ld. 228; til
J)j6nustu vid e-n. Eg. 28 ; til gaezlu vid e-n, for keeping, watching
one, Ld. 152 ; ganga, koma, fara til fundar, til mots ... vid e-n, 62,
90, Nj. 4, Eg. loi ; mildr, blidr, lettr, katr, astudigr, godr, hardr,
grimmr, reidr, hardradr, stridr, . . . vid menn, mild ... towards, Nj. 2,
47, 48 ; vikjast undan vid e-n, Ld. 42 ; fyrir kapps sakir vid e-n,
til hdveizlu, hjalpar . . . vid e-n, Eg. 44, Nj. 75; syna vinskap, halda
vinskap vid e-n, Ld. 150; leggja ast vid e-n, 34; lika vel, ilia vid e-n,
Nj. 53; eiga eyrindi vid e-n, Eg. 260; eiga ord vid e-n, 255; liafa
log vid e-n, Nj.106; tala, maela, raeda, segja, spjalla [vid e-n, /o talk,
speak . . . with a person, passim ; skipta, eiga, . . . vid e-n, to deal . . .
with; berjask, deila vid e-n, to Jight with, against; gora e-t vid e-n^
so to act with, Greg. 43 ; reyna e-t vid e-n, to contend with one, Nj.
46, 94, Edda i. 106; hafa misgiirt vid e-n, Fms. viii. 103; lata vaxa
6J)okka vid e-n, Nj. 107 ; tilfor vid Gunnar, loi ; mala-tilbiinadr vid e-n,
100; sekr vid e-n, litlagr vid goda, Grag. 2. hraeddr vid e-n, a/ra/c?
of one ; verda varr vid e-t, to perceive ; vanr vid e-t, used to a thing ;
hann var sva vanr vid vini sina, Fms. viii. 220; fella sik vid e-t, kunna
vid e-t, to apply oneself to, to like. II. of cause, by, at; falla
vid hogg, to fall by a stroke, Nj. 163; hrata vid lagit, Eg. 379; vakna
vid e-t, Fas. ii. I16; vakna vid draum; verda gladr, reidr, hryggr,
likatr ... vid e-t, to become glad, wroth . . . at, lb. 10, Eg. 102, 321,
passim; bregda ser vid e-t, Ld. 190: by, vid minn atbeina, Fms. vi.
66; vid sam{)ykki e-s. Eg. 165; vid rad e-s, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 30; gort
pat vid einraedi J)itt, Ld. 188 ; et pat at vanum vid skaplyndi {)orgeirs,
Nj. 255 ; hlada seglum vid mikinn haska, with great danger, Korm.
168 ; sigla vid stjornu-ljos, to sail by star-light, Fms. i. 24; lesa vid Ijos,
to read with a light ; biia sik vid skart, to dress fine. III. as com-
pared with, see off against; sex saer vid kii, Grag. i. 502-504; selja^
virding sina vid illgirni pina, Eb. 160; prjota mun mik illsku vi8 Ja
Hkr. i. 322 ; mik skortir vid hann, Nj. 90; hafa afla vid e-n, Eg. i8'
eigi minna virdr enn vid konunginn, i.e. of equal worth with the Utl
Fms. xi. 45 ; er petta vid mikia feniuni, Hrafn. 19; fjordungi sker&y:
godord onnur, Grag. (Kb.) i. 211 ; Skotland er pridjungr rikis vid Eni
land, Nj. 266; pridjung vid lidsmenn. Eg. 57; at pridjungi vid ykk
Ld. 102 ; helming vid hann, Fms. i. 22 ; gaf peim halfar tekjur vidsil
7. IV. vid pann kost, oti that condition, Grag. (Kb.) i. 233: «
medicine,/or, vid svefnieysi, vid orms-bit, vid offeitan kvid . . ., Laeka
in mod. usage dat., and so in Hm. 138. V. denoting iitness, pr<
portion; gcira klaedi vid voxt e-s. Eg. 516 ; vid peirra haefi, 109 ; er Jis
ekki vid pitt aedi, Ld. 298 ; vera vid alpydu-skap, Fs. 63 ; vid sik, i
proportion, B. K. 8 ; neyta skogar vid sik sem parf, Grag. ii. 292
pat er hann ma eigi sjalfr vid sik njota, himself alone, 623. 21 ; ban
var skapadr allr vid sik, tvell shaped, symmetrical. Fas. i. 173 ; fagrtd
allt vel vid sik, Fms. x. 321 ; vedrit vesnadi en natt-myrkr a vi& tSk ^^^'
Bjarn. 52 ; vita hvat vid sik vaeri, to know what was the matter, Fms-x
II, Fas. ii. 516; leggja mal vid tr^, Ld. 316; draga kvarda vid 16rej»l
vadmal, Grag. i. 497, 498. VI. with, by, denoting means ; teni
eld vid fjallrapa, to light fire with, Bs. i. 7 ; vid pessar fortolur, Ld. 204
kom sva vid umtiilur godra manna, Nj. 267 ; vid askoran pina, 258
mykjask vid e-t, Fms. v. 239 ; hiid skorpnud vid eld, Nj. 208. VII
with verbs ; lifa vid skomm, meizlur, harm, lifa vid slika harma, to Uv
with or in shame, sorrow, Nj. 92, Hkr. ii. 107, Eg. 604, Ld. 332 ; leilc
vid e-n, Nj. 2 ; kaupa vid e-n, Grag.; binda vid e-t, to bind, fasten to
saetta, raegja, frida e-n vid e-n. Eg. 226, Grag. ii. 99; tala, . . . vid e-n
to speak, deal... with, Nj. 2, 197, Ld. 22 (see I); hefja upp bonori
vid e-n. Eg. 38 ; leita eptir vid e-n, leita rada vid e-n, eiga hlut at vii
e-n, Nj, 75, loi, 213, Eg. 174; fxda, lifa, faedask, ala, biia, bjargasl
vid e-t, to feed, live, subsist . . . on, Edda i. 46, Fms. i. 226, v. 3X0
Nj. 236, passim; vera vid e-t, to be present at, and metaph. to enjoy
Hom. 87, Edda (pref.) ; nema lyfsteinn se vid ridinn, Ld. 250; ham
bra upp vid faetinum (viz. vid lagit), Nj. 264; binda vid e-t, to hint
to, Fms. ix. 35S ; at peim heimijum ok i (irskotshelgi vid (viz. pau'
a alia vega, Grag. (Kb.) i. 88 ; par vid, her vid, at engi mundi pai
pora vid at etja, Nj. 89. 2. hagr vid e-t, skilful at; kunna ve
vid e-t, id. ; skjarr vid skot, Ls. ; temja, venja, . . . vid e-t ; drekka vii
sleitur (see sleita) ; kveda vid rausj, Sturl. iii. 317, Eg. 554; syngja viJfc™
ton, Sturl. iii. 210; biia sik vid skart, skikkja bum vid gull, Fms. x
199 ; skyrta saumud vid gull, embroidered with, Fas. ii. 529; gloa vid gull,
to glow or gleam with gold, Lex. Poet. VIII. elliptical or ad-
verbial usages ; bregda vid, to start; hann pagdi vid, remained silent, Wy
2 ; verda bilt, felmt vid, Isl. ii. 274, Nj. 105 ; fa vid prju skip, to add
three ships, Fms. xi. 73 ; jok mi niiklu vid, it waxed much, Ld. 54;
kveda vid, gella vid, to scream, yell; purfa vid, to need, Nj. 74; nj6ta
e-s vid, to enjoy, 85 ; komask vid, to be touched; leita vid, to try;
bera vid, to happen (see bera) ; koma vid, to touch; standa, bida vid, A>
stop a bit; nema vid, to hinder, cause a hindrance; kunna vid, to like;
koma e-u vid, to bring a thing about, loi; ef ek vidr um kaemumk, if I
could manage it, Hbl. ; bjarga e-u vid, hjalpa vid, to help, put right;
reisa vid, rdtta vid, to raise up again, put right ; kannask vid, to rec^gt
WDni,
ilit,ii.
1M|
HjoJr,
Uidi
M,
SB.!}!
mse ; vera vid staddr, to be present, = vid e-t staddr. T^, \
recipr. phrases, talask vid, eigask vid, fask vid, etc., to speak . . .to
another, where the object is suffixed to the preceding verb.
with an adverb or particle, of direction ; upp a vid, nidr a vid, upwm
downwards; vestr ^ vid. Fas. ii. 244; mots vib, towards; a vid, eqtd Jjj;,
lent to (pad er a vid tvaer merkr) ; austan vid, vestan vid, sunnan
fram vid, inn vid, etc., followed by an accusative.
VID A, ad, to furnish wood; pu skalt vida heim ollum sumar-'
Hrafn. 6; vida i skogi, Landn. 214, v. 1. ; vida heim til eldi-brafl l4(tir,
^biim.
nDiii
Fms. ii. 82. 2. to pile tip wood; hafi sa bjorn er veiddi ne
inni sa vidadr, pa hafi sa er inni vidadi, N. G. L. i. 242 (cp. Orkn. I
ok hlodu kost fyrir dyrum) ; peir vidudu fyrir dyrr (dyrr oil, Sturl. L
allar ok logdu eld i pekjuna, Bs. i. 672.
B. Metaph. to cut down, fell, destroy; unz fotverkr vigmidlung
vida skyldi, Yt. 26 ; er sikling vagr vindlauss um vida skyldi, I
Adils fjorvi vitta vettr um vida skyldi, 16. This sense of the word
poet., peculiar to the poem "^t., for Bkv. 11 is somewhat corrupt :
cannot stand for ' vinna,' for nn changes into d only before an r.
VIDA, u, f. a mast with its step and other supports (?) ; allt pat rdfi'
er pvi skipi fylgir, baedi vida, vatnker ok akkeri, Grag. (Kb.) ii. l6Jj[
hann braut skip sitt en meiddisk sjalfr i vidum, Landn. 272; hann
ofan leggja seglit ok sva vidu ... pa let hann reisa viduna ok draga se;^
6. H. 170; pa reistu peir vidu ok settu upp segl sin, 165 (vidor, Fi
iv. 362, V. 1.); reisa vidur (vidurnar, viduna, v. 1.) ok draga upp segl
Fms. viii. 146: reisit vidurnar dragit sidan seglin, vii. 310.
renna at vidum, to let her run under bare poles, of a ship ; logdu seg'
ok letu skipin renna at vidum at Eyrum, they took in sail and let her
under bare poles to E., Fms. viii. 161 ; letu renna skipin a vidum ini
hofnina er hladit var seglunum, x. 245 ; renndu skipin at vidum f;
vindi, viii. 335 ; en skipin renndu at vidum fram pa renadi hvart
eml
VIDA— VR)R.
70:
, Hilars ok braut i sundr, 288. II. a high deck or bridge
as a shelter, amidships, on ships of war ; ^a. er maftr stoft upp
Ilium, \>k imbu J)eir upp il l)ilfarit, Fms. ix. 33; {)enna umbiinad
. skipi at hafa til varnar, viggyrftla vel ok vigusa rammliga, Icggja
>i3u ok gora undir vidu fjogur hliS . . . en gera me» bryggjum
•va vega slett straeti til astigs hjii vi6um, Sks. 86 new Ed.; 4 mitt
tyrir aptan siglu undir vidurnar (viSuna, v.l.), Fms. viii. 388; fell
1 ofan af vi8unni, id. (af viSunum, v. I.) ; var hann upp kominn a
I hja siglunni, id. ; st6& konungr upp a viduna, 381 : Sverrir
ijr hljop upp a viSuna, 139; J)eir urpu s6r jafnan meSai viaanna,
J); eigi voru vi6urnar upp reistar a konungs skipum, en t)at sa
ok aEtlu3u at kaupskip vaeri, Fms. viii. 417 (thus, viSurnir upp-
Cod. F; viaurnar lag&ar Ed., but erroneously). 2. ofa6tt/-
ii land; hleypr hann J)egar ut yfir vi6una, Sturl. ii. 251.
I , u, f. fl skein of yarn — vinda.
II or vi3un, f. a '■■wooding; cutting and fetching wood. Am. 22.
irr, m. a pr. name. Landn. ; the name of the god, Vsp., Edda.
land, n. a withy-strap, K. Jj. K. 88, Grag. ii. 295.
bara, u, f. an objection, pretext.
!)eina, n. (mod. viSbein), vin-bein, Bs. i. 367 (recent MSS.) :
ollar-bone; ma3r braut viSbeina sitt, Bs. i. 119 ; hjo i sundr vi5-
. 648 ; viabeimV, in Nj. 27 and Finnb. 330, is prob. only an erro-
I eading of an abbreviation, for a t above the line represents -at as
^ -it.
bit, n. whatever is eaten with bread, esp. butter (cp. Gr. 6\f/6n'ioy),
\i. 4I.
'3-bitull, m. a withy bit, of a bridle, O. H. L. 6.
5-bj63an(ii and vi3r-bj63andi, part, a bidder, at a sale, Gr4g. ii.
twice).
Lij63r, m. disgust, Fms. ii. 22, p6ii). 17: vi3bj63slegr, adj.
!, adv.), disgusting.
bj6m, m. a wood-bear, black bear, Bm., Grag. ii. 121, Glum.
1 :Er. 48.
S-bland, n. an admixture; taka v. af e-u, Skalda (Thorodd).
v5-blindi, a, m. wood-blind, name of a giant, Edda.
' -l)or3i, a, m. [from vida (II) ; the spelling viarbordi, Al. 1 28, is there-
I ong] : — the broadside turned towards the enemy ; in metaph.
, vera a viaborda, to be broadside on, in an exposed position,
li. 292 ; hann sparBi ekki Grikki til at j)eir hefdi sik a viSboraa,
used them as a forlorn hope, vi. 137 ; er Jjvi triiat at ek hafa latid
(Ta a viaboraa, Al. 128.
brag3, n. a quick movement, start; skjotligr i viabragSi, on the
ins. vii. 175; seinligr i viabragai, slow, Grett. 90 A ; hermannligr i
-;3i oUu, Isl. ii. 203, v. 1. ; hann bregar nu engum viabrogaum,
te no starts, no movements, stirred not, Ld. 156 : a pull, hratt fram i
ta viabragai, Edda 38. 2. a look, countenance, appearance;
& voxt ok viabraga, Fms. vi. 12 ; undir \)vi vidbragai (under the
') sem uskylda konu, Stj. 252 ; reiauligr I viarbragdi, Mar.; me8
viSrbragai, id.
■brekkt, n. adj. steep; ])ar var viabrekkt mjok, Orkn. 450 (of a
ow hollow with steep walls on both sides).
3-bruni, a, m. a being burnt.
5-bu.r3r, m. a?i event, accident.
J-buinn, part, ready.
UbTina3r, m. a preparation, Fms. vii. 87, 256, xi. 339, Isl. ii. 132,
• 137; vidrbunaar, Bret. 50, Fms. i. 121, iii. 223, ix. 19, xi. 244
biia . . .).
l-btiningr, m. = viabunaar, Nj. 44, Ld. 78, Fms. iv. 119, 378;
•btiningr, Fms. v. 248, Sturl. i. 33, v. 1.
J-bsetir, m. an appendix.
Udr&ttr, m., prop, a carrying wood, metaph. a providing of stores,
ll. Hist. Mind. i. 566, v. 1.
•fall, n. the lowering the tree (the 7nast = v\br), Fas. ii. 515. 2.
iph., na iingu vidfalli^ to come to no conclusion, Bs. i. 911 ; vaentir
at eigi fai Jseir viafall fiaaan af, Karl. 233.
i-fang, n. 'wood-stores,' whence gener. stores; mundi eigi lit leitaa
inga ef gnogt vaeri inni, Nj. 115 ; en er {)at J)rytr })a mun illt til
inga, Fms. viii. 349. vi3fanga-laust, n. adj. without provisions,
ii. 1 1 8. II. [via prep.] dealing with ; verri (vestr, harar)
ngs, Finnb. 29'2, Nj. 32, Fms. vii. 20.
5-fellinn (mod. vi3feldinn, agreeable), idj. pliant, pleasant ; vera
8 e-n, Bjarn. 4; liaugr ok v., Fb. ii. 135.
■flnnr, m. a pr. name, Edda.
fl6r3r, m. a local name : Vi3-flr3ingar, m. pi. men from Witb-
Landn.
flaki, a, m. (better vigflaki, q. v.),Sturl. ii. 54, v. I.
•f6r, f. treatment, Barl. 104, Al. 57; hafa verri vidfarar, Fms. ii.
; lUar viafarir, x. 124.
' ganga, u, f. access, admission ; veita e-u vi8gongu, to admit, ac-
'ledge,]h.i']o,. 2. confession; v. syada, confession of sins, Greg.
eptir br^fi ok viargongu sira Bjarna, B. K. 79, Sturl. iii. 293.
vld-gangr, ni. ^ro;. ,; „^ ...-g-.g.
Tid-ficjald, n. = gagtigja!d. Or4g. i. 174-
vlfl-gOrd, f. a reparation, taking preeauAom agoimt: veSr nt hna/t
ok viagurdar-mikjt, a ttrong gale requiring grtat tffortt, Pnw. li. I94.
viS-gOmingr, m. a treatment, Fa». iii. 31a, Sturl. i, 10.
vifl-hald, n. preservation.
vi3.hj41p and vifir-UjMp (viflr-hjAlpan, Art. 135), f. a Mp, np-
/or/, Th. 32. Mar., Stj. 18, 19. r r-
vifl-hOfn, f. pomp, ibow. viflhafoar.Uust, n. plauuuu.
vifl-hOgg, n. a wood-cutting, Vm. 134.
viai-heell (or vidi-tuell), m. a wiAy, unllow-tuig; hrokkvt Km »,
Fms. iv. 250.
vi3ja, u, f. = via, a withy ; cf viftja »litiiar, N. O. L. ii. 381 (vift. r. I.)
vi3-kenning, f. as metrical term, an additional 'kenning,' Edda i.
534: but viar-kenning = a confession.
vi3-koma, u, f. = vidkvunu, a touch, pibt. 6.
vid-komaudi, part, coming; vcrandi ok v., D.N. i. 51.
vid-kunnanligr, adj. agreeable.
vi3-kvdnia, mod. vid-koma, u. f. contact, touch, Fa». ii. 150. S.
the young stock, which is to replace the old stock, esp. of animals.
vid-kve3, n. a scream, yell, shriek, Fms. iv. 58, viii. 354 ; rift-kvud
(n. pi.), Fb. ii. 27.
vi3-kv£e8i, n. the burden of a poem, a refrain, chorus.
vi3-kv8eair, adj. sensitive : vid-kveDinni, f. touchiness, ttniittvcnai.
vi3-k68tr, m. a pile cf wood, Fms. i. 291, ii. 195.
vi3-lagnmg and vi3r-lagmng, f. an addition = viAlag. Stj.. Skilda :
addition, in arithmetic, Alg. : in the calendar == sumarauki, Rb. 564, 568 ;
viarlagslaust, 542.
vid-l&tinn, part, ready to do a thing; vera v. at greida. ready to pay,
FiEr. 125; eg er ekki viaiatinn, I have no time; mi er sv& vifl litiA,
at ... , now things stand so that .... Orkn. 1 18.
vi3-leggjanUgr, adj. adjective, Skalda.
vi3-leggr, m. wooden-leg, a nickname, Eb.
vi3-leitiiin, adj. trying one's best; vera v. um e-t, Fms. iii. 1 13.
•<ri3-leitm, f. a trying to do one's best, an attempt, Fms. ii. 271.
vi3-lika, adv. in a similar manner.
vi3-likr, adj. 'such like,' similar; grjdns eftr aonars vidliki iraxtar.
G|)l. 524, freq. in mod. usage.
vi3-l8egt, n. adj. on the verge of; var J)a vidlzgt at J)eir mundi berjask,
Fms. ii. 235; viarlsegt, Stj. 394.
vi3-16gur, f. pi. = viarlog,^w« ; mannhelgr mikif ok miklar vidlugur
via manns aftak, Fms. x. 391, Jb. 56 (sing.): mod. phrase, i vidlogum,
in an emergency, stress. II. mod. also betting, staking money,
kast um viaiogur, Sks. 26.
vi3-in6t, n. manners; hWbz, godr i vidm6ti.
vi3-in6ta, adj. indecl. like; ^ad vidmota hatt. of the same height.
vi3-ni8Bli and vi3r-m8Bli, n. conversation ; blidr viamxiis. ^6rd. 3 ;
godr vianiaelis, Hkr. ii. 143; veita e-m v.. to grant an interview to one,
Stj. 536; me8 br68urligu vi8maEli. Horn. 26; vi8rmxlis er hverr ver8r,
a law phrase, every man is entitled to a iean«j'. = * audiatur et altera
pars.' GJ)1. 30: a parley, colloquy, ongir hcyr8u ^irra vidrmaeli (=»sam-
tal), Nj. 13, Eluc. 2 : an agreement, ^ttusk honum eigi haldizk hafa
viamaeli J)eirra, Sturl. iii. 1 97.
vi3-m8eltr, part, a metrical term, an apostrophe; h^r er annarr fjorS-
ungr mxltr til annarrar personu. ok kiillu ver ^at vi8mzlt, Skiilda.
vi3-na = vi8 (see -na), Fms. iii. 73.
vi3-ndin and vi3r-n4m, n. resistance, an obstacle ; ekki var8 v.. no
resistance, Sturl. i. 1 29 C ; farit vi8a um heim ok fengit hvergi vidn&m.
Fas. ii. 3lo; veita vidrn4m, i. 105; var ))ar hart vi8m4m, Orkn. 354;
lAtum Volsunga vi8rnam fd, Hkv. l. 52 (Bugge).
vi3r, see vi8.
VIDR, m., gen. yi8a, dat. vi8i, pi. vi8ir, vi8u (mod. vifti) : [Dan.
ved; Swed. viid; A.S. wudu; Engl, wood]: — a tree; undir skugga
eins viaar, MS. 4. 21 ; hriitr fastr a medal vi8a. 655 vii. 3 (Gen. xxii.
13); griis ok vi8u. Rb. 78: trees, collect., tekr vi8r at bidmgask.
Fas. ii. 95; vi8r vex, Gr4g. ii. 299; vJ8i vaxinn, fb. 4; ig8Qrnar s4tu i
vianum. Edda 74. 2. a wood, forest ; villask 4 vi8um 6ti. Clem. 59,
N. G. L. i. 46 ; renna sem vargr til vi8ar, Sol. ; er sol rann 4 vi8u. Hkr.
iii. 227 (or renna til vi8ar) ; s61 gengr til vi8ar, Al. 51 ; sol rySr 4 Ti8u
4 morgin, Trist. 3 ; til varna vi8ar. ' to the wood-shelter; i. e. till sunset,
Gm. 39 ; grjotia, ur8ir ok viau, Edda ; ganga til hi8s fyrir ofan riftu
{above the woodland) ok hleypa lit birni, N. G. L. i. 46. 8. felled
trees, wood; briiar ok lag8ir yfir vi8ir. Eg. 539: rj4frit, vidiniir ok
J)ekjan, Grett. 85 new Ed. ; st<ir-vi6ir, mattar-viSir : timber, sv4 mikinn
via at J)at m4 eigi eitt skip bera. Fs. 37; gjalda i vaxi e8a vifti.
Gr4g. (Kb.) ii. 210 ; mjol ok vid. Nj. 4 ; vidar kaup. purchase of timber,
Rd. 253 ; via ok nsefrar, Fms. ix. 44 ; undir vidi annars . . . neyta vi8arin^
. . . voxtr viaar, Gr4g. (Kb.) ii. 1 1 1 . II. compds ; vi8ar-bulnngr,
-byr8r. -fang, -farmr, -flutningr, -hlass. a pile, armful ... 0/ wood. Sti.
132. 592. Rd. 306, Fbr. 209, Landn. 177, Grig. ii. 357. Eg. 565. K.A.
176, Fms. viii. 174; vi8ar-ver8, Gr4g. i. 195 ; viSar-mark, a mark om
704
VIDUA— VIDVINDILL.
trees, ii. 353 ; vi6ar-rif, the right of picking fagots, Sturl. i. 195 ; vi&ar-
fong, wood-stores, Bs. i. 81 ; vi&ar-hiigg or -hiigst, wood-cutting, right
of wood-cutting (Dan. skov-bugst), Fms. ii. 84, Eg. 743, Grag. ii. 295 ;
vi5ar-hoggstir, id., GJ)1. 77, D.N. ii. 202; vi3ar-val, picked wood, Fs.
27, Ld. 212; vi9ar-taka, wood-pilfering, Grag. ii. 356, D.N.; vi&ar-
taiga, wood-cutting, Stj. 561 ; vi6ar-verk, wood-work, Sturl. i. 194 ; viSar-
kostr, a pile of wood, Fb. i. 420; viSar-flaki, a hurdle of wood, Jjjal.;
vi3ar-laiif, wood-leaves, Al. 166; viSar-holt, a wooded holt, copsewood,
piece of brushwood ; at kirkjan aetti J)rju vi5arholt, Dipl. ii. 20; vi6ar-
heiti, names of trees, Edda ; viSar-raetr, the roots of a tree ; undir vi6ar-
lotum, undir vi5arraetr, Skm. 35, Fms. i. 113, x. 218, 219, Landn. 243;
vi6ar-teigr, a strip of wood, Vm. 150; vi8ar-voxtr, a young plantation,
brushwood, Grag. ii. 300 ; viSar-runnr, a ^rove, Stj. 258 ; vi5ar-teinungr,
a wand, Edda 37 ; vi&ar-taug or -tag, a withy twig, Hkr. ii. 1 1 ; viSar-ox,
-ex, a wood-axe, Fms. ii. 100, Nj. 168, Rd. 306, Ld. 280.
vi3ra, a6, to be such and such, of the state of the weather ; ok vi9ra8i
{)at liingum um suniarit, Eb. 259 ; fjold um vi6rir a fimm dogum en meirr
a manu6i, Hm. 2. to snuffie, scent ; hon vidraQi i allar aettir, Fas.
ii. 417, Gisl. 33; hann (the ox) vi8ra6i mjok, Isl. ii. 89; um daginn
vi3ru6u ])eir tit {aired themselves) um skogar-runna karls. Fas. i, 4.
vi3r-auki, a, m. an augmentation, addition, Hom. (St.) : a?i appendix.
vi3r-dtta, u, f. dealings M/iV;&, = vi6skipti, D.N. i. 349.
viSr-eign, f. intercourse, management ; lirigr, illr, har3r vi6reignar,
ill to manage, Ld. 54, Nj. 18, {>iSr. 171, Stj. 380 : an encounter, Faer.
88, Fms. viii. 158.
vi3-reisn, f. a restoration, rising again ; hann a engrar vidreisnar von.
vi3-reki, a, m. a drift of wood, Grag. ii. 359, D. L i. 476.
vi3r-eldi, n. a stock of food or provisions ; gora tiund af avexti ollum
ok vi5reldi, fiski ok cillum rettum fongum, N. G. L. i. 6 ; vi6reldis-tiund,
a tithe of the stock, 137 ; en ostar standi fyrir viSreldi, ii. 355.
vi3-retta, u, f. = vi6retting, Fs. 18, Mar., Orkn. 76.
■vi3-r6tting, f. a rising again, redress, restoration,
vi3r-hending, f., a metric, term, the ' sub-rhyme,' ' after-rhyme,' the
latter rhyme-syllable in a verse-line is so called, Edda (Ht.) ; thus, in
fastordr skyli fyr^a, 'or3r' is the fore-rhyme, 'fyrQa' the after-rhyme.
vi3r-hjal, n. conversation, Fms. xi. 52.
-vi3ri, n. [ve6r], weather; in compds, haf-v., land-v., hvass-v., etc.
vi3-ri3inii, part, connected with ; vera v. vi6 e-t.
vi3rini, n. [an obscene word, not recorded in old writers, but etymo-
logically remarkable, not being related to the prep. vi3, but akin to A. S.
wrcEne = libidinosus ; the preservation of the initial v by turning it into
' vi6' is similar to vagrek, q. v.] : — an impotent person. Ti3rinis-legr,
adj. impotent, and metaph. false, spurious.
Vi3rir, m. one of the names of Odin, Edda, Lex. Poet.
vi3r-kenna, d, to confess, (mod.)
vi3r-kenning, f. = viSrkomning, Bs. i. 70, 304, Magn. 480 : mod.
a confession, acknowledgment.
vi3r-koinning, f. compunction ( = eccl. Lat. compunctio), Stj. 380, Bs.
i. 116, 387, Hom. 9, MS. 165. 164.
vi3r-kv8Bmiliga, adv. becomingly, Stj. 25.
vi3r-kv8einiligr (-ksemilegr), adj. becoming, Barl. 57, Stj. 57, Fms.
vi. 54, Sks. 3 new Ed., Th. 11, Js. 51, Faer. 113.
vi3r-lifna3r, m. sitstenance, Fms. i. 126, K. A. 174.
vi3r-lit, n. a looking towards, facing ; augu heita ok lit e3a viSrlit
(an etymologising form for an older form vlit ?), Edda i. 538. Ti3r-
lita-mikill, adj. big to behold, dangerous. Fas. iii. 387 : the mod., J)a6
er vi3rlita-miki5 (sounded vi6r-hluta-mikiS), it is running too great a
risk, it is not safe to do.
vi3r-lifl, n. = vi3rlifna3r, Sks. 106 new Ed., B. K., freq. in mod. usage.
vi3r-lifl, n. maintenance, Sks. 499 ; til vi3rlifis mcinnum, Sturl. iii. 19 :
spelt vi31ifi, Ver. 10 { = behaviour).
vi3r-liking, f. a comparison, imitation, Stj. 55.
vi3r-likjask, t, to imitate, with dat., Stj. 7, 36.
vi3r-likr, adj.=vi31ikr, similar, Bs. ii. 98, H.E. i. 520, Dipl. v. 10.
■vi3r-l6g, n. pi. a fine, penalty ; eru slik vi3rl6g ef fra er brugSit, Grag.
i. 223; of log tiund eru scimu viSrliig, 380; konungr haf&i vi&rlog mikil
ef vitar vaeri rangt upp bornir, Hkr. i. 147.
viSr-mseli, n. a conversation, talking together, Nj. 89 (Lat. Ed.), Fb.
i. 315 ; eptir vi6rmaeli J)essi, Clem. 147.
vi3r-n&in, n. resistance, Stj. 406, Al. 11 ; see vi3nam.
vi3r-nefm, n. a surname, soubriquet, Finnb. 338, Fs. ii. 51.
■vi3r-or3, n. rendering of Lat. ad-verbium, an adverb, Skalda.
■vi3-r8e3a, u, f. a speaking with, conversation ; til fundar ok vi6rae5u
vi6 e-n, Sks. 284 : a discourse, Nj. 194, Fms. xi. 4, Str. 10, 62, passim.
vi3r-styg3, f. an abomination.
vi3r-s:^ and vi3r-s^d, f. = vi8sj6n, Sks. 9, 107 new Ed., Fms. vi.
134, Stj. 5.
vi3r-taka, u, f. ; g66r vi3rtakna, obliging, charitable, Bs. i. 654.
vi3r-t8Bkiligr, adj. susceptible, Stj.
vi3r-vist, f. presence, G^\. 495 ; bli&u ok g65ar viSrvistir, affability,
Fms. ix. 535. 2. sustenance, maintenance; 611 onnur skepna var sk6pu8
'manninum til viftrvistar, Sks. 536, K. A. 174; Sverrir haf6i eigi aj^
til viOrvistar li6i sinu, Fms. viii. 159, v. I. vi3rvistar-ina8r, ig||
person present, N. G. L. i. 3J0. -t
■vibv-viBTi, n. sustenance, = v\bxy\si; naegS monnum til vi5rv»ris, Stj
89 ; vi3rv£Bris kostr,/are, Mar., freq. in mod. usage : viQvaeri, Bs. 862 r
O.H.L. oh. 78.
vi3-sjd., f. a shunning, being ware of; voru viSsjar miklar ok varSholi f
meS flokkum, Sturl. i. 104; voru ^a dylgjur ok vi3sjar me3 i)eim, Eb
214; gjalda vi3sja, to beware, be on one's guard, Fms. vii. 263 ; at hani
styrki til vi3sj6 synda, Hom. 130 ; veita vi6sja vi6 e-u, Fms. viii. 18, Sti
410; var Lambkarr at vi3sja gorr {shunned) um brefa-gor3ir allar, Bs. i
475 ; hann gor&i at viSsjam at finna hann, shunned him deliberately, 143
COMPDS : vi3sjdr-ma3r, m. a person to be on one's guard against, iob(
shunned, Sturl. iii. 145, Lv. 49. vi3sjdr-ver3r, adj. that which isu
be shunned, guarded against, Nj. 156.
vi3-sjdll, adj. cautious, wary, Grett. 198 new Ed. : = vi3sjar-ver3r, fa{ ^'
er viSsjiilt, 'tis not safe. ■'
vi3-sj6n and vi3r-sj6n, f. a warning, a thing to be shunned; ijhvm
til vi3sj6nar, H.E. i. 436 ; vi3rsj6nar, 418, D.N. ii. I08; hata3r ok
haf3r at vi3rsj6n, hated and shunned, Barl. 60.
vi3-skipti and vi3r-skipti, n. pi. dealings, intercourse; illr, hagr,
g63r, . . . vi3skiptis, ill, easy, good, . . .to deal with, Fms. vii. 193. xi. 8,
91, Band. II. 2. plur. intercourse; J)eirra vi5skipti, Bs. i. 531;
segir honum fra fer3um sinum ok vi3skiptum J)eirra Asgrims, Nj. 3;
ur3u eigi long var vi3skipti. Eg. 40 ; sattir at ollum viSskiptum,
ii. 179; at Jjii mundir eigi sigrask i okkrum vidrskiptum, O. H.
vi3rskipti, Fms. viii. 136, 155.
vi3-skot, n. pi. an elbowing, pushing against; in vi3skota-illr,
ing, malignant ; tyrrinn ok vi3skota-illr, Grett. 1 1 1 A.
vi3-slag or vi3r-slag, n. a 'gain-blow,' the parrying a blow, in fenc-
ing ; nema haefileg hogg ok vi3rsl6g, Sks. 84 new Ed.
xib-sra.20T, w. 'wood-s7near,' oil ; smyrva me3 vi3smjorvi, Nidrst. I:
smur3r helgu vi3smjori, of extreme unction, Bs. i. 144; hann steypti
J)essu inu helga viftsmjcirvi yfir h6fu3 honum, Stj. 443 ; eigi smur3ir _
h6fu& mitt vi3smj6rvi, Greg. 47 ; vi3smjori, 623. 13 ; grytur fuUar at
vi3smjori, Fms. vii. 232 ; vi3smj6rs-horn, ker, ketill, a born, box, caskt I
of ointment, Stj. 460, 625, MS. 656 C. 40; vi3smj6rs Ijos, an oiRigbt, f
Stj. 306; vi3smjors kvistr, an olive branch, Ver. 9. compds: ^
vi3smj6rs-tr6, n. an olive tree, Stj. 304, 399, 403, Rom. xi. 24, Rev. '
xi. 4. ■vi3sinj6rs-vi3r, m. = vi3smj6rstre, N.T., Rom. xi. ij. r
vi3smj6rsvi3ar-fjall, n. the Mount of Olives, Acts i. 12 (elsewbae
called Oliufjall, Pass.) .^^
vi3-spellan, f. a conversation, 655 xxviii. 3. ^^H
vi3-spyTna, u, f. a thing to rest the feet against. ^^B
vi3-sta3a or vi3r-sta3a, u, f. a withstanding, resistance ; fekk ham
enga viSstoBu, Eg. 34, 270, Fms. i. 28; J)eir hofdu eigi vi3std3a ok
flySu, viii. 401 ; var3 engi vi5rsta3a, Hkr. i. 67. vi3st63u-laust»
n. adj. without a stop, instantly.
vi3-standa, st63, to withstand, Stj. 69.
vi3-s83inaiidi, part, beseeming, Korm. 76.
vi3-S8eming, f. seemliness, decorum, Fms. i. 261 ; giira einn at Ti8-
ssemingar manni, to put up with, Orkn. 454.
vi3-taka or vi3r-taka, u, f. a reception, receipt, receiving ; fe heimtat
vi3tokum e3r handsolum, Grag. i. 84; fraendr skolu skipta vi3t(3kunni roeJ
ser, ii. 181; synja vi3rt6ku, GJ)1. 147; bei3a ser vidtoku, Fms. i. 110; hann
fekk J)ar enga viStoku, be was rejected, vii. 207 ; veita konungi vidrtoku,
Hkr. ii. 40; beiddi ser vidtoku af landsmonnum, 262, Orkn. 384; til
varSveizlu ok vi3t6ku, Grag. i. 245 ; handsala faderni at barni ok viJ-
tciku, 361; bi3ja e-m vi3t6ku, Sks. 336, Ld. 232; J)ar ver3r rumfttt
til vi3rt6ku, Al. 79 ; hann hlaut mikla tign ok vidrtoku, Fms. x.
417. 2. plur., esp. hospitality ; vera g63r vi3takna, to be a good
host, Ld. 268, Al. 79 ; J)akka, fa goSar vidtokur, Fms. i. 20, vii. 24?.
Eg- 15. 75. 81, 172, Ld. 34, Nj. 4. 3. resistance; var |).ir litil
vi3taka, Orkn. 296 ; vi3rtaka, 292, Fms. i. 60 ; var3 par all-hor3 viJr-
taka, 178; var3 engin vi3rtakan i baenum, viii. 333; likligt at*"'
mundi vera v. er baejarmenn vaeri, Eg. 241 ; hann hafSi enga vi6(
Fms. i. 258 ; hann sa engi sin efni til vi3t6ku moti Hakoni, 22,
vi3t6ku-nia3r, m. a receiver, Grag. i. 394; v. arfs, Jb. 153. '.j<!
vi3-takandi, part, a receiver, Grag. i. 245. -.
vi3-tal, n. (vi3r-talan, Fms. x. 392), a conversation, parley ; violal
konungs ok bonda, Fms. i. 32 ; eptir viStal \>einz f63ur hans. Fas. i._5°'
lauk sva J)eirra vi3tali, Fms. viii. 324; hon hafdi heyrt vi3rtal H:irr»i
Nj. 60.
vi3-tekja, u, f. a reception, Hkr. i. 134, Fms. iii. 71-
vi3-tekt, f. = vi3taka; hafa godar vi3tektir, Fbr. 73.
vi3-utaii, adv. [Engl, ivithout'], without, outside of, in a nickname,
Fas. iii.
vi3-varnan, f. abstinence from, Hom. 14.
vi3-vik, n. a stirring; litid vi3vik, a small act.
vi3-vmdill, m. [Dan. vedbende], 'wood-windle,' ivy, Edda(Gl.)»'
483, Str. 66, Pr. 431.
l.f.[l
(;l;iffl
Tie lid
COllIlttd
ti.v,kt
iclkje
iemidi
iHelja
iio,D,l
\ki%.
No, see
&jjj ti,
•nsj,si}ai
M^jiFii
';■ Ti
■■''30 lies
■a let],;
'■s'- point
Mil SI
VIDV^NINGR— VILDR.
. ningr, m. a tiro, beginner, vifivaninga-legr, adj. bungline. *
lings-skapr, in. a bungling.
)ruii and vifl-varan, f. a warning, Nj. i06, 254, Fas. i. 491.
1, n. [A.S. wicg; akin to vega = /o carry; cp. Lit. vebic-ulum] :
-c, steed, Edda (Gl.) ; vigg at so&la, vagn at b«ita, Gkv. 2. 18:
puct. phrases for a ship, sundvigg, the bone of the sea, sea-iteed;
.',' uiin-vigg, haf-vigg, sund-vigg, bord-vigg, hlunn-vigg, hlyr-vigg,
;, stafn-vigg, segl-vigg, = /Ae wave-steed, ... sail-steed ; veggjar
a house, Lex. Poiit. : as also in compds, vigg-baldr, -beitir,
,ndi, viggj-dlfr, vigg-rennandi, -ridandi, -runnr, -J)ollri
i/or, mariner, farer on the sea-steed. Lex. Poiit. II. Vigg,'
nd in Norway : viggjar-skalli, a nickname, Fms. vii.
a, m. a bull (?), Edda (GL)
;r, m. = vigg, a steed. Lex. Poet.
lia, u, f. [Lat.l, a vigil; vigiliu-dagr, Vm. 24.
J-B, f., pi. vigrar, [the short vowel and the radical r arc against
ig vigr from vig] :— a spear, Edda (Gl.); flugbeittra vigra, Horn-
vigrar rj63a, to redden the spears (vigrat Cod.), id.; vel hefir
f skepta, Kormak ; vigrar seiOr, a spear-charm, spear-song, i. e.
Sturl. (in a verse); vigra duiiur, dynr, 6], = the din, song, shower
ars. Lex. Poet, passim. II. Vigr, a local name of an
(in shape like a spear's head) in north-western Icel. ; i Vigr (ace),
651; 1 eynni Vigr (dat.), 652: in the Orkneys, the mod. Veir ;
Orkn. S. Fb. ii. 1. 9 from the bottom, einn 'ungr' read 'i Vigr'
'Hr, the island where Kolbein Hriiga lived, after whom is named
lastle of Cuppi Row ').
a. a stirring, moving ; handar-vik, a band-waving ; vi3-vik, at-vik,
:ident. II. [cp. vik], the corners in the hair above the
S (vik-6ttr) ; munn-vik, the corners of the mouth.
' 1 Ui f.. gen. pi. vikna, pi. vikur: [this can hardly be a genuine
■lie word, but rather is adopted from Lat. vice, otherwise the k
not have remained unchanged ; thus Lat. vic^is is Icel. v(5, Goth.
Ulf. only uses the word in a single instance, viz. to translate iv
fet T^s ecprjutplas avrov by in wikon knnjis seinis in Luke i. 8,
the Latin text 'in vice sua' perhaps suggested the word to the
tor; A.S. and Hel. wica ; Engl, week; O.H.G. wecha; Germ.
Dan. uge; Swed. wecha; in Norse dialects vika, veka, vuku,
id in compds -oke, Jons-oke, Ivar Aasen.]
I. Usages. — A week, passim : used in a peculiar manner, as marking
nsiining weeks of the summer ; li5r a sumarit til atta vikna, viz.
ht weeks remained before winter, Nj. 93 ; var Riitr heima til sex
10 ; va Bo&varr Kolbein Drottins-daginn at fjorum vikum, Ann.
The ancient Scandinavians and Teutons in heathen times seem
J counted the year by pentads, called fimt, as has already been re-
i s. V. fimt (p. 153), to which may be added the authority of the
f. Schlegel of Copenhagen in a notice of 1825, mentioned in Lex.
.p. 753- The time when the Scandinavians changed their system
(unknown;, it would seem that in Icel. 'weeks' were already in
the middle of the loth century, could we but trust the record
:h. 4 as authentic in its details. II. spec, usages in the
ir; Helga vika, the Holy-week (i.e. after Whitsun), Thorn. 22,
i. 10, D. I. i. 594; Efsta-vika, the last week of Lent, 1. e. Passion-
rkn. 386, D.I. i. 594; Paska-vika, Easter-week; Saelu-vika, Ember-
assim, see Icel. Almanack ; as also Auka-vika or Lagningar-vika,
liHonal week, intercalary wee^, = sumar-auki, see p. 604; fyrsta
vika, si&asta vika sumars, siSasta vika vetrar. compds : viku-
. a week-day, Horn. (St.) viku-frestr, n. a week's notice,
405, Fms. v. 50. viku-f6r, f. a week's journey, of distance,
15. viku-gamall, adj. a week old. viku-lagning, f. the
t of a week, of the sumarauki, Rb. 564. viku-munr, m. a
difference, Grett. 1 50. viku-stafr,.ni. a week-letter, an almanack
510. viku-stef, n. a week's term, week's notice. Eg. 274,
, ii. 349. viku-stjefna, u, f. a week's summons. Eg. 274,
viku-J)ing, n. a tneeting that lasts a week, Grag. i. 99.
'indt, n. a ' week's meet,' the ending of one week and beginning
her, Rb. 94. vikna-tal, n. a tale or number of weeks, Rb.
568.
i, u, f. [a word quite different from the preceding, akin to vik and
root word being vikja, q. v.] : — a sea mile, knot, answering to a mod.
)hical mile, and equal to a ' rost' on Jand (see rost, p. 508) : the
:ems to have been derived from vik, a small bay, denoting the
: from ness to ness, and so referring to a time when ships coasted
hore ; the word is still in almost exclusive use in Icel. The
Ig instances may suffice: — the distance from Reykjanes to Flatey
em Icel. is counted as three vikur (fra Reykjanesi til Flateyjar,
Jjrjar vikur sjofar, Bs. i. 461); from Dtangey in the north to
rest point on the mainland as one vika (frii Reykjum cr skemst
rinnar ok er Jjat vika sjovar . . .pat var vika sjafar scm skemst
lands or eyjunni, Grett. 144, 148) ; cyjarf- pxr sem Olafs-eyjar
liggja lit a firainum halfa aftra viku undan Reykjanesi, 125;
Y&t til Skarfsta6a halfa viku sjovar (viz. from Ljarskogar), 129;
705
^°' ^h,r"^^^*''^ distance* tee tke map o( Icel. ; fo h Norway, vatniA
var hdJfrar viku brcitt. Fms. viii. 3a; sigh J,eir fyrir t>.t forldfti ktx
v.kur s*var, Fb. 1. 186 : in the Faroes, ^an^.t rar .kcmifok rar bat b6
lung vika s;ovar, Farr. 173 (viz. from the Great D.mon to Sudrey): in
orccniand hann lagftisk eptir geldingi gomluni ut i Hvalser. ok flutti 4
baki s6r, |)a cr hann vildi fagna Eircki frarnda sinum, cii ekki var *m(KTt
skip heima. J>at er long hdJf vika, I.andn. 107 : great distance* at the
open sea are counted by ' tylpt." 'dozens, ic. of knoti,' leaving out the
word • vika,' Jw mun ligit vera tylpt fyrir 1 « - - "
- _ . . ,-- suniun Isiadd. Landn. 25: _
writer of the 14th century calculates the voyage round Iceland direct
trom headland to headland at ' fourteen doren*,*— fj6rtAn tylptjr uin-
bergis at sigla rettleiftis fyrir hvert ncs. B». ii. 5.
viki-vaki, a, m. [this word, which hardly occurs in old writeri, teem*
m the 15th century to have been adopted] :— a weekly tuak; popuUr
festival meetings and entertainments on Sunday evenings, with soug
and dance; forum v<5r til vikivaka | vxrSir bar og hvild aA taka,
Eggert; songs and ballads sung at such wecldy waket were called
either vikivaka-kveefli or forn-kvxfti, q.v.
vikna, aS, [vikja], to give way, to bend; rcksanmr viknar i itranmi,
Edda (in a verse) : of ranks in battle, gd-kk Ljotr svA fait fram at beir
viknuSu fyrir Skotarnir, Orkn. 28 ; freistum ef {)eir vikni fyrir, Fms. viii.
68 ; veilum J>cim J)a8an dhlaup sem harSasf, vacnti ek at J)eir vikni vift.
.^56; aetlaSi hann at Glamr skyldi vikna vift, to bend, give way in wrest-
ling, Grett. 1 14 A (for kikna). 2. to be moved to tears, compauion,
or the like, freq. in mod. usage ; viknar hann vi» |)aft, ja, hun verdr
dy'rari, Jon J>orl.
vik-6ttr, adj. [vik], bald on the forehead above ibt timplu, Ld. 173 ;
rauSbleikr a har ok v. snemma, Eb. 30.
VIKB, f., gen. vikrar, pumice-stone, from a volcano ; vikr sv4 mikil, Bs.
i. 803 ; vikrin sast reka hronnum fyrir Vestfjcirftum at varla m&ttu skip
ganga fyrir, Ann. 1362; vikra(r) kast, a fall of pumict, 1390 ; st4fai
vikr, ' steel-pumice,' a wbet-stone, Haustl.
vikra, ad, to rub with pumice.
VIL, n. pi., root viii, dat. viljum, the bowels; ^aa vil er Cikut hafa af
saellifis krdsum, 677. 9; ok er hann sundradi griSunginn knytti hann tv4
kniita a viljunum, Rom. 187 (a loose version of ' pallida taetris viscera
tincta notis,' Lucan. Phars. i. 619, which, may be, the translator mis-
read as ' cincta norfis') ; takiS or mdr svangann ok langan, . . . takiA 6t
m^r svilin og vilin, Isl. jjjofts. i. (in a ditty).
vil, n. [vilja], self-will, wilfulness, self-indulgence ; in vil ok-dul, vtilful-
ness and conceit, Sol. 34 ; fyrir dul ok vil, Gkv. 3. 38 ; vil er mest ok
dul flestum, Hallfred ; dul vaettir ok vil at linna muni erfiAi ok vil, Skalda
(Thorodd), with a play on 'vil' and 'vil,' which are diametrically
opposed. 2. in the phrase, i vil e-m, al one's will, to one's liking,
favour; at J)eir (the dreams) se i vil r4Anir, Ld. 126; konungr tniir J)vi
er J)essi skrxfa segir i vil honum, Al. 30 ; and freq. so in mod. usage,
giira e-8 mdr i vil, J)a8 er honum 1 vil, in bis favour ; cp. vil-hallr, vil-
gali, vil-maeltr, vil-gi. II. in pr. names, Vil-hjilmr, Vil-
mundr, Vil-borg, Landn., Edda.
vil, n. [Lit. velum'], a veil, of nuns; taka vilit af hofAis^, Mar.; hda
er sarliga hrygg, lati& vilid, sem fyrr segir, id. ; taka vil, to takt the veil,
K.A. 214.
vil-bj6rg, f. a doubtful fiw. \if., help desired or help in need (vil-
bjorg), Gm.
vild, f. [viii], mil, liking, good-will; lueA vild ok samjiykki allra
hofAingja, Fms. xi. 97 ; tok riki af vild (villd) alls lands-folksins Haraldr
GuAinason, x. 372; meS vild, /avoi/ra6/y, as one wills; endask meA
vild, to end well, MS. 4. 10 ; eptir vdrri vild, after our will, Fms. vi. 261 ;
i fyrstu g(5kk honum meA vildum, at first all went to bis will, x. 41 4. 2.
a favour ; fyrir vildar sakar viA lyAinn, Fms. x. 381 ; ok gorAi honum
mart i vild (villd), 6. H. 249 ; meA vild ok vinattu, Str. 14, D.N. ii. 13 :
goodness, good quality, skulu ^eir skipta at jafnaAi milium sin eptir
bonda vild, baeAi boAburA ok staf karla-fzrslu, N. G. L. i. 1 38. compos :
vildar-f61k, n. the chosen people, Clar. vildar-klaafli, n. pi. the best
clothes, state-robes, Stj. 599. vildar-lid, n. the best men, chosen
men, picked troops, Fms. vii. 169, ix. 353, 392. vildar-maAr, m.
the best man, a trusted, distinguished man, Fms. x. 293 ; konungr ok
mart vildarmanna, vi. 279; fell mart vildarmanna, ix. 408. vildar-
luser, f. a favourite maid, maid of honour, Mag. 30.
vildi-, n. = vild ; only in compds : vUdis-gripr, m. a^ne animal, of a
steed ; ^aA er mesti v. vildis-l^flr, m. the best men ; hiifAingjar ok
v.. Fas. iii. 432. vildis-madr, ni. = vildarmaAr, Stuil. i. 20.
vildr, adj., compar. vildri and vildari, 'willed,' i.e. chosen, choice, good f
vildir menu = vildar menu, Dropl. 25; vildri hcstar, KarL 334 ; hinli
vildasta vapnhest minn (cp. Dan. vcelig), MS, 4. 6 ; vildra sverA, a Jinn-
sword, 30, Karl. 332 ; meA hinum vildastum klxAuni, Str. 12; skikkju
muni vildri, a cloak a good deal better, Fms. vii. (in a verse); gangvera
t)eim sem ^li hefir vildastan til . . ., vildasta yfirhtifn, Sks. 386; vildastaa
miklu, the very best man, Sighvat; ef ekki eru vildari fiing k, if there is
no better choice, Faer. 207, Bs. i. 66 ; kauss hann {)ann af sem honum
botti viidastr, Fms. ii. 165 ; honum var ekki vildara af vAn, be could
Zz
706
VILGALI— VILLA.
expect nothing better, "Eg. 364 ; kva3sk J)at gjarna vilja ef Grimi vseri J)at
nokkoro vildara, . . . vildra ok iiruggra, better and safer, Magn. 468.
vil-gali, a, m. flattery ( = fagr-gali), Horn. (St.)
vilgi, adv. (see -gi), very ; vilgis oft, very often ; enda er lisynt at vit
finnimk sva vilgis opt at mitt se vxnna, Mork. 50 ; vilgi mjok, very
much; hann langaSi til engra daegra, hann kviddi ok engu vilgi mjok,
Bs. i. 393 ; ef J)ii aettir vilgi mikils vald, Hbl. 25 ; vilgi vi6r, very wide,
immense, ^A. 11. negative, not at all ; hann vissi J)at vilgi gorla,
Skv. 3. 13 ; vilgi tryggr, untrue, false, of Loki, f>d. i.
vil-hallr, ad], partial, leaning to, favouring ; hitt grunar mik at li6s-
menn ySrir muni vilhallt sagt hafa, giveti a partial, unfair report, Fb.
ii. 124; hon sag8i niikkut vilhallt sem henni var beini veittr, Gliim.
354; li6smenn segja opt vilhallt ok segja J)at er J)eir vildi at vseri,
Karl. 383.
VILI, m. (sounded vilji), gen. vilja ; [Ulf. wilja = OfXrjfui ; Dan. villje] :
— will, a wish, desire; sigr-saell er g65r vili, Bs. i. 74^; gora e-t vilja
hendi, to do with willing hand, purposely, Jb. 363 A. 2. good-will,
liking, favour ; nema hennar vili vseri til, Nj. 24 ; ef J)at er Jjinn vili, id. ;
Jieir menn er vaka i kirkju til Gu3s vilja, Horn. 34; mot ^inum vilja,
625. 68 ; fa sinn vilja, Skalda ; mi hefi ek minn vilja be8it, Fsm. ; vili
minn enn vaeri. Am. 83 ; at ossum vilja, 30 ; g66r-vili and goft-vili, good-
will. II. in old poets, delight, joy, desire ; glaSr, me6 g66an
vilja, ok lihryggr, Stor. 24; at vilja gefin, happily married, Skv. 3. 54;
va6in at vi\]z, joy-bereft, Skv. 3. 55, H&m.4; vaki hann at vilja, may he
wake with joy, Gs. 5 ; von vilja, Skv. 3. 9 ; en hon vaknadi vilja fir6,
joy-bereft, 24. 2. carnal lust ; unna visum vilja fra, Hm. 98 ; cp.
gora, fremja vilja sinn viS konu, Stj. 121, Karl. 472 ; hafa konu vilja,
|>i&r.247. coMPDs: vilja-klseSi, n. = vildar-kl8e8i, Vm.117. vilja-
lauss, zd}. joyless, joy-bereft, Vkv. 1 1 (29 ?) ; mer viljalaussi, Gkv. 2. 9 :
arna viljalauss a vegum, Gg. 7. vilja-leysi, n. unwillingness, G{>1. 338.
vili-sess, m. the mind's seat, the breast or heart {7), Sdm.
VILJA: — the forms of this verb, a. the 1st pers. pres. indie, was
originally dissyllabic, like the pres. subj., both in Goth, and Icel.;
the only form used in the Saga-times (loth century) being prob. vilja;
vilja'k hlj66, Eyvind (Edda i. 248 ; the v. I. ' vilra ' and ' vilka ' shewr
that the scribes did not know the old form) ; eiga vilja heldr, Aim.
7 (but ek vil in the following verse) ; segSii m(5r {)at ek vilja vita, Skm.
3 ; vilja ek sofna, Vkv. 31 ; ne ek J)ik vilja nita, 37 ; ek vilja'k, U^m. 9 ;
vilja ek J)at Hta, Am. 58 : in prose, enn \)6 vilja ek heldr einn staf rita,
Skalda (Thorodd) : in law formulas, at ek vilja skilja viS f^laga minn,
= Gr. OTi ffovXaftai; J)at villag, Fms. vi. 205, v. 1.: the monosyll. form
is later, vil'k eigi ek, I will not, Gkv. 2. 27 ; accordingly the ' ek vil' in
Aim. 8 should be restored to ' allt Jiatz ek vilja'k vita,' as is required by
the preceding verse ; so also in Vsp. i the true reading may be ' vilja
ek ' valfo6ur (see foot-note 5 in Bugge, 1. c.) j3. 2nd pers. pres. is
monosyll. vili and vilt; J)u vili, V^m. II, Hbl. 55, Gkv. 2. 8, 33; vili
{jii, Ls. 28 : the older vellums have vili, the later vilt, ef {)u vilt, Hm.
130, Isl. ii. 214 (thrice), Nj. 41, 77, and so in mod. usage (ek vil, J)u
vilt, hann vili). y. 3rd pers. vili, Skv. I. 4, Hm. 63. 8. pret. vilda ;
part, viljat ; pret. infin. vildu, Nj. 359, Ld. 216, Mork. 168. «. forms
with suffix ; with pers. pron., 2nd pers. vil-du [Chaucer wiltoui], wilt thou.
Post. 134, 135, 231 ; but in mod. usage, viltu, and so Fb. i. 222, 1. 36 :
with neg. suff., vilka ek. Am. 13 ; vilkat ek, I will not, Skv. i. 26 ; J)u
vill-at, thou wiliest not, Hm. 114; vildigak, I would not, Gkv. a. 40 ; er
ek vildigak. Heir. 13 (all the references to Bugge's edition). [Ulf.
wiljan = ee\eiv,Pov\ea0at; A.S.willan; Engl will; Dan. ville; Swed.
vilja; Lat. velle; Gr. 0ov\fa6ai.']
B. Usages. — To will, wish: I. with infin., sa maSr hefir
viljat villa leitina fyrir oss, Fms. i. 72 ; Gu3run kva^sk vildu (pret. infin.)
vita hvat {)eir vildu at hafask, Ld. 216 ; hverjum vilt J)u heldr gipta dottur
J)ina . . . ef J)U vilt eigi . . . hverju J)u vilt svara, tsl. ii. 214 ; spmbi ef hann
vildi ri6a, Gunnlaugr kva8sk {)at vilja, . . . hvi by6r J)u mer eigi t)at er
ek vil t)iggja, 212,213; AustmaSr kvezk vildu {said he would) fyrir hafa
land, Nj. 259 ; hann letzk eigi {)at vildu, Mork. 168 ; mi vil ek spyrja
y3r, Nj. 35; hvi vildo Ijiiga, Clem. 134; enda vildu triia {)a mundu
miskunn fa, 135; her vil ek bj68a fyrir g65 bo8, Nj. 77; sumir
vilja skilja, 673. 51 ; f)orgeirr jataSi ^vi sem Kari vildi beitt hafa, Nj.
257. p. denoting futurity; ma8r er andask vili, a person about to die,
Hom. 155 (in a Norse vellum) ; in mod. Danish this usage has prevailed,
but is hardly known in the old language, for in Icel. vilja always implies
a notion of volition ; hvarn J)u vili (vilt, v. 1) hafa valit. Post. (Unger)
20. 2. with subj., J)at vilda ek brodir, at J)U, Nj. 2 ; vildir ^li at ek
staeSa upp, . . . J)4 vildi ( = vilda) ek, Fms. vi. 205 ; viltu at ek fara til
eyjanna, Fb. i. 223. 3. with ace, vita skyldir {)u hvat ^u vildir,
Isl. ii. 214; eigi vil ek J)essa, 215; J)u vilt eigi J)essa kosti, Nj. 77;
hvat vilt |)u hanum, what do you want him for? 41 ; hva& viltii
m6r ? vilja hverjum manni gott, to will {wish) good to everybody, Fms. i.
21. 4. ellipt. an infin. being left out or understood; vildi A9alra8r
hann ekki J)ar, A. wished him not [to 6e] there, Fms. xi. 419 ; ek vilda
ekki vistir hans h^r i landi. Eg. 523; hon vildi hann feigan, wished
bint dead, Nj. 269 ; ok skyra t)at hvat hverr J)eirra vili log um j)at mil,
]
It
what he thinks to be the law, Grdg. (Kb.) 5. 214; ek vil d fund 6u
I wish to go, Nj. 41 ; ef hann vildi upp or grofinni, Eg. 234 ; hvart s(
heldr vildi (viz. gora), Nj. 251 ; vildi aljjydan hann til konungs, Fms. L
8 ; lit vilja vegar f>inir til Islands, Fb. i. 222. 5. impers., var si
inn eptir fir&inum sva sem vera vildi, as it would be, at random, Fms.
22 ; sjaldan for sva {)a er vel vildi, seldom went it thus when the luck u
fair, X. 408, Ld. 290 (of a bad omen) ; sva kann ok stundum at ver
ef eigi vili vel, when matters go wrong, Sks. 323. 6, vilja e-ni,
favour one ; J)at er van at \ei mundi saemSin vilja, Karl. 230. 7. w
prepp., vilja til, to happen; ef {)at a til at vilja, Fas. i. il.
reflex., viljask e-t, to wish for, Fr. 2. to bear good will to or,
(Jjeir) viljask eigi vi3 oss, they bear no good will towards us. Fas. ii. 3
(but rare). 3. part, viljandi, willing; gora e-t viljandi, Greg, i
and passim. 4. past pret. neut. vilt, q. v.
vilja3r, adj. (prop, a part.), willing, inclined ; mi vaera ek a J)at viljai
at . . . , / should like to .. ., Sturl. i. 61, 67 ; (a-vilja6r), Fb. i. 63 ; skal
eigi verr v. {less eager, less ready), en hann, Fms. vii. 275 ; at allir mui
vel til vilja&ir at styrkja hans riki, viii. 104; engi skal vera v. betr e
ek {more eager than I) at vera uj)arfr J)eim buondum, 0. H. 209 ; au
jafnt viljuS til allrar umsja, 655 xiii. A. 2. 2. intentioned, a
posed; at drottning mundi miklu verr vilju3, Eg. 339 ; vera e-m ■
viljaSr, well disposed, isl. ii. 325 ; y3r vel vilju3 i J)vi er ek maetta, B'
356 ; vitrastir ok bazt vilja6ir, Sks. 640 B ; mann y6r vel viljaS.
Lv. 7 ; ok mer bezt vilja3a, Fms. vi. 5 ; e-m er (litt) vilja& til e-s,
like, like not, Stj. 169 ; svara J)vi sem ver vitum at honum er vel vilj.
to answer what we know to be most to his liking, 137 ; jatta J)vi nokku
er J)eim vseri eigi vel vilja5, not to their liking, Fms. ix. 445 ; J)^r er
allir viljaSir til likamans en eigi til salarinnar, Barl. 5 ; in mod. usa
obsolete except in the phrase vel viljaSr, well-wishing.
vilja-ligr, adj. willing, N. G. L. ii. 365.
viljan, f. = vild, Skald H. i. 20, 37.
viljandi, part, willing ; gora e-t v. : = viljugr.
viljanliga, adv. willingly, Fms. xi. 442, Skalda 208.
viljanligr, adj. willing, Fms. ii. 33, K. A. 74, Skalda 208.
viljari, compar. viljastr, = vildari, vildastr, Sks. 286 B, Barl. 98; v
jastr = vildastr, Barl. 12, 121, 126, 174; tva menn J)a sem viljastir e
{the two best men) a J)eim fundi, N. G. L. i. 383.
viljugr, adj. willing, ready, Sks. 348 ; v. til e-s, Fms. v. 144 : to on
liking, honum var viljadra en nokkurum o8rum gott at gora, Karl. 54,
var mer ok viljugt at heyra ekki br^fit, Bs. i. 861 ; hvart sem henni va
J)at viljugt e3a midr, Fas. i. 1 7 ; {)ann veg sem honum vseri viljugastr, I 4
i. 910.
vilkit, adj. n. [this word is a air. Xey., formed from vilgi, by turaii
the indecl. -gi into a regular adjective form, analogous to what h
taken place in einginn or ongr from einn-gi, margr or manngr fro Sdtt,
mann-gi] : — not wished for, dismal ; J)6tt vilkit se, though it is dim ii,
news, Skv. I. 26.
vil-kvi3r, adj. speaking good of, singing one's praise. Ad. i.
VILLA, u, f. a going astray, losing the %vay : metaph. error, falsehoo
villa ok fafrse&i, Sks. 613 B; logvilla (q.v.), hann snori {)vi 1 villn
hon hafSi mselt, Nj. 161 ; |)orleifr spaki er me3 viti lagSi |)4 villu, Fo
x. 379: eccl. false doctrine, heresy, Rb. 338; Djofuls villa, 655. 5'
villa Arii, the Arian heresy, Ann. 2. villu-andi, Stj. 240 ; villu-kennin
a false doctrine; villu-atruna3r, /a/se belief, unbelief, 103; viUu-eft
Fb. i. 409 ; villu-bond skur3go5a, Fms. ii. 96 ; villu-bo8or6, fortal
Anecd. 32, 70; villu-glapstigr, Stj. 49; villu-hellir, Barl. 154; vilh
myrkr. Post. ; villu-ra6, Anecd. 28 ; villu-draumr, a false dream, "Bat
108; villu-nott, a night of error, Hom. 41 ; villu-^oka, GJ)1. 45;
biskup, villu-pafi, a false bishop, a false pope, Fms. viii. 369, Ann. 4I
villu-prestr, a false priest, Anecd. 12 ; villu-spama3r, afalsepropi
593. coMPDS : villu.-d:^ = villidyr, N. G. L. i. 317. villU'
m. = villuma3r, Barl. 102. vUlu-lauss, zd^]. free from error,
thodox, Barl. 99. villu-ma3r, m., eccl. a heretic, Barl. 149, Stj. 3
Clem. 52; Maumets villumenn, Orkn. 364, N. T., Vidal. passin
villu-r&fandi, part, roving astray ; v. sau5r. villu-samligr, ii
false, Anecd. 30, Sks. 528. villu-sainr, adj. erroneous, false, Bai
157. villu-stigr, m. a false path, Barl. 145, Anecd., Stj. 63J
V. 1. villu-tru, f. unbelief, Barl. 103. villu- vegr, m. a wc^t
error, Fb. i. 117. villu- vig, n. an intended murder; e. g. vega man
til arfs, GJjl. 252.
villa, t, to bewilder; ok er sva villt fyrir mer {there is such bewilde) ^
ment before me) at ek veit eigi fra m^r, Hav. 56. 2. to falsify, fif^
counterfeit, as a law term; um fe {)at er hann haf3i markat, ok vilK rki.
heimildir, Lv. 48 ; hinn skal segja heimili sitt, en ef hann villir heimi
sitt, N. G. L. i. 223 ; er ^eim liti3 fyrir at villa jarnburd J)enna, 6. H. 140
sa ma3r hefir viljat villa leitina fyrir oss (cp. Dan. ' bringe en paa vk l
spor'), Fms. i. 72 ; hvart sem J)eir villa {give a false account of) faSeH"
e6r m66erni e8a bxbi, Grag. i. 357 ; ef hann leynir f^ eOr villir heimildi
gives a false title, Jb. .^36; hvar ^ess er a3rir taka arf enn erfingi r^
fyrir Jivi at kyn var villt, Grag. i. 191 ; villir hann visddm allan, /o W«
Fms. vii. (in a verse) ; draumar villa oss, ei. . ., do our dreams beU* •
ii!i,[
6e{.,
ioiii
"4,1},
im
m
VILLATTA— VINDHALS.
ror
;isl. (in a verse) ; villtar raiv^r, falsified. Am. 9 ; riita viilt, to write
•nis-write, 1 2 ; allr lands-lyar syrg3i hann villtan, Hkr. i. 1 02 (Fmi.
II. reflex, to go astray, miss the way; kenndi J)A hvarr
jiat er i)eir htifSu villzk, Bs. i. 288; haffti hann villzk ok sniiisk
, Fb. ii. 392 ; nu villask \ie'\T ^ibzn 4 braut, Gr4g. ii. 312 ; l)a
mum villtisk, 192 : with gen., mi villtusk J)eir vegar, lost the road,
77; villisk 6t mi vegarins, Valla L. 217 ; villtujk hundamir farsins,
■ids lost (be track, Horn. 1 20. 2. metaph., J)at verftr morgum
It um myrkvan staf villisk, Eg. (in a verse) ; ef {)eim villask
wir, Grag. ii. 209 ; villtusk allir spddomar, Rb. 381 ; ok er svd villt
m6r (/ am so bewildered) at ek veit eigi fr& m^r, Hav. 56 ; |)eim
villtisk syn, at engi |)eirra matti finna hann, Fb. ii. 385 ; villtisk
mer ok matti ek eigi finna hann, Karl. 309; h6n villtisk cill fr4
(she forsook me quite) ok lag8i h6n illt fyrir sik, Clem. 137.
li&tta, u, f. = villiatt, a false direction, bewilderment ; ef maSr gcngr
littur 4 mcirk . . ., ganga a mork ok villattu, N. G. L. i. 393, 400.
L-, in coMPDs: villi-att, f. a false direction, Sks. i, 4, v. 1.
br&d, f. [mid. H.G. wilt-prdt ; Germ, wild-pret, -braten] : — venison,
0, 160, Fas. iii. 274; in western Icel. a kind of minced-meat is called
r&S ( = kaefa, q. v.) villi-d^, n. a wild beast, Slcs. 50, Stj. 18,
81. villi-eldr, m. wild-fire, Edda 34. villi-fygli, n. a wild
Karl. 472. villi-feerr, adj. bewildering, difficult to find the
Jjeim var villifaert til baejarins, Bjarn. 53. villi-gata, u, f. a
path. villi-graflungr, m. a wild ox. Art. 78. villi-gdltr,
wild boar, Stj. 80, Karl. 472. villi-r43a, adj. bewildered, con-
, Rom. 226, Eg. 389. villi-sau3r, m. a wild sbeep, Karl. 246.
■kdgr, m. a wild forest, Karl. 7 1 . villi-sk:^ , n. a bewildering cloud,
47. villi-stigr, m. a wild path, Barl. 50, Stj. 637, Sks. i, 616,
viii. 48, V. 1. villi-svin, n. a wild boar, Fms. x. 88, Karl. 10.
LIiB, adj. [Ulf. wilpeis = aypios; A. S., Engl., and Germ, wild;
Q.wildi; Dan.-Swed. w7J] : — wild; hverfa af villum g6tum,/rom
(Jalse) paths, Sks. 4. 2. bewildered, erring, astray ; {)eir ur6u
& hvara hond J)eim sjor skyldi liggja, Landn. 215 (Hb.); {)a ferr
gi villr, 625. 75 ; bera e-t villt upp, to report it wrong, Trist. ;
Sir, N. G. L. i. 400 ; villr a mcirkum, Fms. iii. 56. 3. with
J)4 var6 ek vjllr vega, Hm. 46 ; villr ertu vegarins, Fas. iii. (in
se); en J)eir villir fari sinna heimhama, Hm. 156; fara daga villt,
fuse the days, to take e. g. Thursday for Friday ; also verSa daga-
80 also atta viltr, confused as to the ' airts ' or quarters of heaven, e. g.
south or east. 4. neut., fara villt, to go astray, Fb. i. 131.
mfil, n. = vilmali, Skv. 3. 12.
meeli, n. a kind word, word of good will ; br^f me5 viteaElum ok
t, Stj. 676; hafa vilmseli vi5 e-n, Hav. 50 ; mi var svd komit at
heimti {)essi vilmaeli af Ragnildi, 6. H. 114 : volu vilmaeli, Hm. 86.
meeltr, part. ; vera e-m v., speaking well of a person, Rom. 298.
uUir, m. a joy, comfort ; J)at eina var veslum til vilna8ar, Al. 57.
or vilntm, f. = vilnaSr ; styrkrleik viluunar, . . . heilsu fyrir
Greg. 46 ; i5rask me& vilnan, to repent with hope, Hom. 78 i
i go&ri vilnun, in good cheer, Sks. 168 B; vaenta ser engrar
lar, Al. 109 : in mod. usage, /avowr ; or-vilnan, despair.
ask, aft, to hope for a thing, deem so and so of it, with gen. ;
nk ek {)ess nu, at . . ., would that, Vkv. 29 ; J)6 vilnumk ek hins,
, Fbr. 213 ; vilnadisk hann jafnan Gu5s miskunnar, en tortryggSi
Fms. V. 152; mun ek J)ess vilnask at hamingja mun fylgja, Fs.
ifilnumk ek ok gle6jumk ek af Drottins vars gaezku, 655 xxxiii.
2. act. in mod. usage, to favour, make concession to one; vilna e-m
vilna e-m i, to remit, a debt or duty. II. er honum mikit i
lna8, it will do him good, 'tis a favour to him, Clem. 57 ; J)au ein
h6f6u t)eir vi& attzk, at J)eim var eigi vilna6 i. Oik. ch. I :
lask, to despair.
a, u, f. a cesspool, a word freq. in mod. usage, but not recorded in
titers.
feitni, f.= vilna &r, Hom. (St.)
, n., part, from vilja, wished, desired; era s4 vinr odnun er vilt eitt
be is no friend who only speaks as one wills, Hm.
jrbi, n. a favourable wqrd, promise.
a, u, f. matter out of a sore ; vogr ok vilsa.
or vim, n. giddiness, a swimming in the bead, wavering, as if out
's senses.
arr, m. one who waves or brandishes (Lat. vibrator), Kormak.
" piU, m. [Old Engl, wimple], a ' wimple,' a kind of hood, veil, Edda
n. ^.
ul, f. = vimarr; in geir-vimul, name of a Valkyrja, Gm., Edda.
lur, f., gen. Vimrar, [cp. Germ, ttnmmern'], the name of a myth,
ri' Edda 60, Lex. Poet.
r, f., gen. vinjar; [Ulf. winja^vofi^, John x. 9; A.S. wme=»a
P(^e; O. H.G. wini; see Grimm's Gramm. ii. 55, 56] :— a meadow;
rir hann s^r hiis ok hagi (perh. haga) ok vini (a bouse, a pasture,
"»•' vin') ])k skal biskup eigi taka hann or setu sinni, N. G. L. i. 9 : this
t word also remains as appellative in vinjar-spann and vinjar-
*#, the technical name for an old Horse tax payable by every household, iship's prow and stern, Bjom
6. H. (sec spann and toddi). H. freq. in None locil nimet. Bj5rg-
vin, Sand-vin, Leik-vin. Hom-vin, Hellu-vin, Endi-rin. Skcff-»in, T«>»-rin,
Ska6-vin, Dal-vin, Dijl-vin, Vaft-vin or Vod-vin : utually altered into -yn,
Bjorg-yn (-ynjar), |>opt-yn. Bambl-yn, Toft-yn : or -in, Leirin, UUar-in :
or -ini, Voft-ini, Dijl-ini, Skoft-ini, Biiid-ini : lartly into -m, Berg-«n : to
alto Skand-in qi. Skand-vin, cp. Scandinavia q». Scand-in-avia. In led.
these names arc unknown,— shewing that at early u the time of settle*
ment the word had fallen into disuse as an appeUative, see Munch't
Norg. Bctkr. (pref. xii, xiii),
vin, m. = vinr, q. v.
Vina, u, f. a female frimd, Lat. amiea; vinor ok kunn-konor, Greg.
33 ; trygg Vina, Al. 92, Art.
vinaat, aft, recipr. to fondle one another, i. e. to pair (sexually. Dtn.
parres), esp. of birds ; fuglar vinatt meft sxtum song ) sizt verfta bestum
dxgrin long, Bb. 1. 18 ; matti svo vinatt hvort eitt jar, i. 29 (of fishes).
vinitta, u, f. friendship, Nj. 81, Eg. 96, 170, Hrafn. 33. Stj. 171,
0. H. 126; forn vin4tta, Eb. 33, passim in old and mod. uugc : vinittu
bo&, a friendly offer, Hkr. ii. 207 ; vtn4ttu kzricikr. affection, Stj. 38 ;
vinattu bragS, a friendly turn, Nj. 328; vindttu g<iftvili, Stj.; vinAnu
heit, a promise of friendship, Fms. vii. 18: vin4ttu kveftja, a greeting iff
friendship, Sturl. ii. 108 ; vin4ttu mark, -mcrki, a token of fritndMp,
0. H. 125, Fms. iv. 280; vin4ttu-mal. a message, intereoune of friend-
ship, Nj. 18, Fms. i. 53, xi. 329, 349.
vin4ttu-liga, adv. a friendly manner, Dipl. ii. II.
vindttu-samllga, adv. infriendly wise, Dipl. i. 3. vin&ttU-Bamligr,
id], friendly, amicable, H.E. i. 388, Bs. i. 71a.
vin-beina, n. = vi6beina, Bs. i. 367.
VINDA, prcs. vind, (vin'g = vind ek, Grett. in a verse, ving ek h4l»
af kjiikJ/w^um) ; pret. vatt (Dan. vandt), vazt, vatt, pi. undu (rundu) ;
subj. yndi ; part, undinn : reflex., pres. vizt, and pret. vazt, see below :
[Goth., A. S., and Hel. windan ; Engl, wind; Genu, winden; Dan.
vinde]: — to wring, twist. Fat. ii. 525; vinda klz&i, to wring {wtt)
clothes, Ld. 46; en er hann kom i eyna vatt hann klaeSi sin, Eg. 219;
voru allir vatir, settusk {}eir nidr vid eldinn ok tuku at vinda sik, Eb.
274; hann vatt {}ar 6r sk41 fulla vatns, Stj. 392 ; hann t6k til fjotursini
ok vatt hann i sundr, Fms. xi. 289 ; hann vatt IjAinn i sundr milH
handa s<5r, Fb, i. 522. 2. to wind; ok undu sv4 trdit allt at r6tinnl,
Fms. V. 286 ; vinda vef, to wind the woof; vindum vef Darradar, Darr. ;
vinda segl, to hoist sail; undu J>eir tegl sin, Orkn. 356, Fms. ii. 176;
vindit ^k upp akkeri y8ur, to wind up the anchor, weigh it, Fb. iii. 384 ;
vindum af raefrit af skalanum, Nj. Z. to twist; |)xr (5r sandi tima
undu, Hbl. ; salr undinn orma hryggjum, Vsp. ; Ulfarr vatt vi8 skoggino,
U. twisted bis beard (Germ. ' sich den bart streichen '), of a pcrton being
flattered, Eb. 164; hofSi vatt \k Gunnarr ok Hogna til sagfti, G. turned
his head round and spoke to H., Akv. 6. 4. to put, thrust ; Ey vindr
vatt {)a miklu horni i hdnd Sveini, E. thrust a big bom (cup) into
Sweyn's hand, Orkn. 348 ; hon vatt upp skriftlj6si, hoisted up a lantern,
Nj- 153; vili sa er ymsu vindr fram, that puts forth various things,
677. 8 ; greip 4 stafni, vatt me8 austri upp log-faki, be launched the boat
with the water in her, Hym. 27. 6. to throw, burl; svipti h6a
blsEJu af Srgur8i, ok vatt (a) vengi, fyrir vifs knj4m, and flung it on the
ground, Gkv. i ; sv4 segja menn at FriSjjjofr hafi undit clda-skiOn i
naefrarnar, F. hurled a burning brand on the roof. Fas. ii. 87. II.
reflex, to turn oneself, vindask vift ; J)4 undusk hestar af giitu {they strayed
from the road) ok v6f8usk i taumum, Mart. 131 ; vizk eigi ^at (vinnz,
V. I.), that will not go amiss, will not fail to pass, 6. H. 3q8 (in a verse,
cp. Fms. V. 61, V.I. 4) ; mi mun ok endr undit ^ssari frdsogn, to turn
back in the narrative, Orkn. 202. 2. to make a quick movement, turn
quickly; en er Helgi s4 \)it, ^ vizt hann undan J)eim, Fms. viii. 75, v. I. ;
Jokull vazk (vazt) vi8 hart ok f611 ski8a-hla8inn, Fs. 42 ; ok nu vizt
(i. e. vizk) hann vi8 hart, sva at spj6ti8 gekk af skaptinu, Fas. i. 339 ;
i t)vi kemr {)orger8r inn, ok vizt Helgi vi8 fast ok fellr ofan af {)ilino,
Gisl. 47 ; ok er minnst er vanin vizt Gisli ri8 ok hlcypr upp 4 hamar,
70. 8. part, undinn, wound, twisted; undinna festa, twisted moor-
ings, Edda (in a verse) ; Ijos-undinna landa linns, the bright-twisted ter-
pent-land, i. e. gold (A. S. wunden gold).
vinda, u, f. a hank of yam; vindnr erhafa skal i vef, Fbr. 58.
vindandi, f. [vend], a gramm. term, implying the use of the old letter
' vend ' in spelling v-rungu, v-rangr, v-rci8r, see introduction to letter R ;
sem J)4 at t» s6 af tekit i {)essu nafni * vrungu,' \)vi at {)y8er$kir menn ok
Danskir hafa v fyrir r i f cssu nafni ok morgum o8rum ok J)at hyggjum
v6t fornt m4I vera, en mi er \)it kallat vindandin (vindandi in) Ionia
i sk41d-skap, J)vi at \>2it er mi ekki haft i Norrxnu-mili, SkAlda 189 (in
tfie treatise of Olave Hvita-sk41d).
vinda-spika, u, f. = vindass. Fas. iii. 233. v. I.
vind-auga, n. [from vindr, m. ; A. S. wind-eage; Engl, window; Dan.
vind-ue] : — ' wind's-eyt,' a window. Grig. ii. 286, Sturl. i. 155.
vind-as8, m. [Chaucer windas], a winding-pole, winJIats, N.G.L. i.
33S,O..H. 28, Nj.115. Fas. iii. 333. ., u .
vind-hdla, m. the ' winding-neck, the twjsted onumentil wow at a
Z Z 3
708
VINDI— VINNA.
-vindi, n. a wind; in compds, bli5-vindi, J)y5-vindi.
vindill or vindtill, m. a wisp.
vindingr, m. windings, = &^]ou, strips wound round the legs, instead
of hose, Art. 4.
Vindir and Vindr, m. pi. the Wends; Vinda-h6f6ingi, -herr, -skip,
-snekkja, Fms. ii. 299, 308, v. 134, xi. 375. compds: Vind-land,
n. the land of the Wends. Vind-lenzkr, adj. Wendish, Fms., passim ;
for Vindlendingr, Grett. 90, read Vinlendingr. Vind-verska, u,
f. the Wendish language, Fms. vii. 192. Vind-verskr, adj. Wendish,
Fms. i. 290.
vindla, aS, (see vindill), to wind tip ; J)ix sitr yfir ull-laupi konu J)innar
ok vindlar ull, er hon kembir, Bret. (1849) '^^- ^3' ^- ^•
vindli, n. = vindill; stundum fauk hann sem vindli, Mork. 41.
vindligr, adj. windy, Sks. 605 B ; ve5r var vindligt, Fms. ix. 353, v. 1.
VINDR, m. [Ulf. winds = dvffx.os; A. S., Engl., and Germ, wind;
O. H. G. wint ; Lat. ventus] : — the wind, passim : the air, fram i loptiS i
vindinn, into the air, Fms. vi. 313; sem hann vae5i vind, 419; kasta
e-u lit i vind, Mar. ; verpa or&um i vind, id. ; lata e-t sem vind um
eyrun {)j6ta (see eyra) : allit., ve3r ok vind, kviSa fyrir vind ok vatn,
Fms. viii. 234; i vindi skal vi6 hoggva, Hm. ; J)okur miklar en vinda
litla, Ld. 74 ; vindr hafSi hlaupit milli, Bs. i. 336 ; bl6s mikinn vind a
lj6sit en Jjat sloknaSi, Bar9. 180; gekk vindr or filnum, Al. 144;
austan-v., vestan-v., sunnan-v., nor3an-v. (but ut-synningr, land-nyr9ingr,
etc., of the ' middle-airts ').
B. Compds : vind-auga, n., q. v. vind-belgr, m. wind-bellows,
bellows, Edda. vind-blaka, u, f. a wind-flaw, a breeze, Sks. 234, Grett.
153 A. vind-bMstr, m. a wind-blast, Barl. 133. vind-blser,
m. a gentle air, Stj. 16, 78. vind-bylr and vinds-bylr, m. a gust
of wind, Stj. 608, Th. 23. vind-egg, n. a wind-egg. vind-
frosinn, part, wind-frozen, Sks. 230. vind-fullr, adj. windy. Fas.
iii. 636 : so also vinds-fullr, adj.. Fas. ii. 150. vind-gangr, m.,
medic, flatulence. vind-gluggr, m. a window, of an opening in
the clouds, Bar3. 170. vinds-gnyr, m. a squall of wind, Ld. 326.
vind-gul or vind-gol, n. an air, wind, breeze, Fms. viii. 382. vind-
lieimr, m. ^wind-home,' Vsp. : a local name, Grett. vind-hj^lmr,
m. ^wind-helmet,' i.e. the shy; vindhjalms-brii, the 'wind-helm-bridge,'
i.e. the rainbow, Hkv. 2. 47. vind-kaldr, adj. wind-cold, H3m.
18. vind-ker, n. the ' wind-basin,' the vault of heaven. Ad.
vind-lauss, adj. windless, calm, smooth, "^t., Fms. vi. 262, vii. 68, Bs.
ii. 234. Vind-16r (i. e. Vind-hler), m. the ' ivind-listener,' i. e. the god
Heimdal, Edda. vind-litill, adj. calm, light of wind; ve6r vindlitid.
Eg. 370, Ld. 56, Fms. 353. Vind-lom, a, m., myth, the Father of the
Winter. vind-rum, n. a /assa^e o/w/«c/, Stj. 91. vind-stseSi,
n. the direction of the wind. Fas. i. 14, v. 1. vind-svalr, adj. = vind-
kaldr, Fas. i. 78 ; the myth, name of the Father of Winter, Edda.
vmd-J)rotmn, part, short of wind, Sks. 629 B. vind-J)ru.tinn, part.
' wind-swoln,' Sks. 230. vind-J)urr, adj. 'wind-dry,' of wood, Vkv.
9. vind-895, f. a ' wind-vein,' Al. 2 2 : prop, an artery, according to
vulgar belief that the arteries were ducts of air, and the veins of blood.
See Liddell and Scott's Lex. s. v. dpTtjpia. vind-61d, f. ' wind-age,'
time of tempests, Vsp.
vindr, m. a winding; austan vi6 bergit er vindr upp ut ganga, Symb.
56 ; hann hyggr at um steina nokkura J)a er sva lagu sem vindr er gorr,
R6m. 309.
vindr, adj., vind, neut. vint, [vinda, vatt], awry; telgja vint n6 skakkt,
Krok. 42 C ; or Jonathe flaug aldri vint ne skeift, Stj. 495.
vind-skei3, f. [from vindr, adj., or vindr, m. (?)], the 'wind-sheath,'
barge-rafter, the edge-boards at a gable end, prob. so called from being
twisted in the shape of dragons twisting their tails at the top, while
their heads are at the eaves, N. G. L. i. loi, Fs. 62, Eg. 749.
vind-skei3a, a8, to furnish with vindskeiSar, D.N. i. 477.
vindugr, adj. windy ; vindga, contr., Hm. 139.
vin-fas-tr, adj. steady as afriend, Nj. 30, Fs. 23.
vin-fengi, n. friendship, Nj. 38, Ld. 246, Bs. i. 76, 657, passim.
vin-festi, f. steadfastness in friendship, Bs. i. 80.
vin-flaki, a, m. a rendering of Lat. vinea, Rom. 292, 309.
vingan (vingyn), f. friendliness, friendship (but less emphatic than
vinatta), Karl. 17, Fms. v. 135, xi. 55, Fs. 15, 24, 144, Baer. 7 : favour,
hafa Gu8s vingan, Grag. ii. 167 ; alj)y5u vingan, popularity, Fms. i. 31 ;
koma sinu mali i betri vingan vi& e-n, v. 136; vinganar-heit, -mal, -or3,
-ivipr, friendly assertions, words, looks, Bjarn. 51, Ld. 344, Fas. ii. 249,
Fms. vi. 279.
vingask, a6, dep. to make friends ; in vingask vi5 e-n, to enter into
friendship, friendly intercourse or relation with a person. Eg. 42, 175,
Fms. viii. 214, x. 298; vingask til e-s, viii. 108. II. part.
vingadr, in friendly relations ; vel vinga3r ve3 lenda menn, Hkr. ii. 48 :
well-liked, var hann sva vinga5r af morgum manni, at ... , Fms. xi. 277 ;
hann atti ok vel vingat vid hofSingja innan-lands, vi. 397 : friendly,
well-disposed, iv. 87.
vin-g&fa, u, f. = vingj6f, D.N.
vin-gjarnliga, zdv. friendly, kindly, Ld. 38, Fms. xi. 244.
i
'fS.il
vin-gjamligr, a.d']. friendly, kind, Fms. vii. 62, Sturl. ii. 8, Barl. 51
vin-gj5f, f. a friendly gift. Eg. 52, 278, Clem. 133; sendi h
konungi vingjafir, Fms. 1.53; gefa a ma9r vingjafar at ser lifai
Grag. i. 202 ; vingjafar J)agu Jjer, enda veitiS er sva, 656 C. 12 (M
X. 8), and passim ; cp. Hm. 40, and the old custom of exchan^j
gifts.
vingl, n. disturbance, vacancy of mind.
vingla, a9, [vinguU], to confound, disturb; vingla5r, confused, ou.
one's mind.
Vingnir, m. a mythic, pr. name, Edda, Orvar Odds S.
vin-g63r, adj. = vinga9r; let Hanef vera ving69an mann (a popt
man), Rd. 239. 2. neut. vingott in phrases as, me6 J)eim
vingott, they were good friends. Eg. 514, Rd. 289, Nj. 135 ; eiga vinj
vi9 e-n, to be good friends with a person, Fms. ix. 219.
Vin-golf, n. [vin, f., or vinr, m.], the ' rnansion of bliss,^ a kind
Elysium or ' Sans-souci' of the Northern mythology; O&inn . .
oska-synir eru allir J)eir er i val falla, ^eim skipar hann ValhoU ok ^
gulf, ok heita {jeir ^a Einherjar, Edda 13; Gimli e3a Vingolf, Jiat
hiirgr er gy5jurnar attu ok var hann allfagr, J)at hiis kalla menn A
golf, 9.
vin-gretta, u, f. a law term, wrangling, contemptuously so cai
when (e. g.) two persons pull one another by the hair, but use no »
pons, N. G. L. i. 70.
vingsa, a9, to swing round, with dat. ; vingsa stafnum kringum si{
vinguU, m. an oaf, sitnpleton, freq. in mod. usage ; Jni ert m
vingull! and vingvils-ligr, adj. oafish. 2. a horse's pizzle, Fb
332. 3. hotan. festuca, Hjalt. Vingul-mSrk, f. name of a cou
in Norway (referring to phallus worship ?), Fms.
vin-gseSask, d, = vingask, N. G. L. i. 137 (prob. only an error)
vin-g8B3i, n. kindness, amiability, Rom. 175: friendship, Lan
215. V. 1.
vin-hallr, adj. biassed, partial in one's friendship; eigi var hann
i d6m\im, he was no respecter of persons in his judgment, Orkn. l(
vinhallr undir hofSingja, Bs. i. 142 ; at erki-biskup hafi nokkut v. ver
malinu, Fms. viii. loo, ix. 33l,v.l. 2. = vinhollr, a» affection
friend, {)orst. SiSu H. 171 : prob. only an error (hallr for hollr)
vin-hollr, adj. [Dan. venne-huld], true, steadfast as afriend, affection
as afriend, Orkn. 460, Fms. vii. 103, passim. 2. = vinhallr, Fms,
331 (if not an error, as is vice versS. the f)orst.Si6u H. I7l)'
vinjar, gen., in vinjar-toddi, vinjar-spann ; see vin, f.
vin-kaup, n. the acquisition of afriend; honum J)6tti i J)er mestv
kaup vera, Fms. v. 188.
vin-kona, u, f. a female friend, Stj. 230, Isl. ii. 260, 369.
vin-lauss, ?id]. friendless, Rd. 308, Fsm.
vin-leysi, n.friendlessness, lack of friends, Norske Saml. v. 1 59.
vin-ligr, zd]. friendly, Sks. 229, v. 1.
vin-margr, adj. having many friends, Sturl. ii. 236, iii. 180.
vin-m^l and vin-mseli, n. friendly words, greetings ; Egill J)akki
konungi gjafar ok vinmseli, Eg. 312, 6. H. 133 (vinmal, Fb. ii. 255,1.0
hneigjask fyrir minum vinmaelum e3r ('ignar-orSum, Fms. vii. 104; m
fegjofum ok vinmaelum, i. 53; bar Karl fram vinmaeli J)eirra Leift
Gilla, Fser. 211 ; sendi hann J)a menn austr a fund Haralds konungsm
vinmalum, Orkn. 122; senda menn me5 vinmalum (vinmaelum, v.
ok presentum, Stj. 503.
vinn (?), in the phrase, gora e-t of vinn, to over-exert oneself, 677-
(a air. \ey. and doubtful).
VINNA, pres. vinn, vinnr, older viSr, Gkv. 2. 30, Fms. vii. 239 (
a verse), Edda i. 492, Am. 45, Ad. 21, etc.; pret. vann, vannt (mc
vanst), vann; pi. unnu ; subj. ynni; imperat. vinn ; part, unninn (vuncl r«M.
vynni, vunninn) : with suffixed pers. pron. vinn'k, Hm. 15S; vann; ■-.
Bkv. 2. 26: pres. reflex, vinnz, Gr^g. (Kb.) i. 3, 85, 86: pret. vanr
Stj. 131, and passim : with suffixed neg. vant-attu, thou workedesj w
Hkv. 2. 20; plur. vinna-t, 2. 21 ; [Ulf. winnan = irdffXftv, oSvvaaSai: .y.i
A. S., O. H. G., and Hel. winnan ; Engl, win; Dan. vinde ; Swej f-ti|)t
vinna.l -j i
A. To work, labour, of any household work, as also in a wid
sense; fasta ok vinna til nons, Dipl. ii. 14; hann var felauss ok vai
til matar ser, worked for his food, 656 C. 24 ; J)essi er sva roskliga van
worked so well, Nj. 370; J)at ver5r hverr at vinna sem aetla6 er, K
vinna hvart er vill, to do whichever he will, Grag. (Kb.) i. 99; eiga se:
mest at vinna, to be very busy, Nj. 97 ; Asmundr vildi liti6 vinna, wott:
not work, Grett. 90 ; {)raellinn vann allt J)at er hann vildi ... at honui,
J)aetti J)raEllinn litiS vinna, Nj. 73; hvat er {)er hentast at vinna (V), 5^ j
vinna verk sin, to do one's work. Eg. 759 ; vinna e-m beinleika, bein
reiSu, to do one service, attend on him as a guest, Fs. 52, MS. 623' 5 |
54: ellipt., vinna e-m, to wait upon, tend; ba3 hana vinna J)eim hj6nuE
Ld. 34. 2. to work, till, cultivate ; i)eim manni er jor6ina vinnr c
erviSar, Stj. 30 ; vinnit hana (the eartli) ok plaegit, 187. ^^■
work, perform; mi hefir J)u J)at unnit er }3U munt eigi me5 fe9r mimii
lengr vera, Nj. 129 ; vinna e-m geig, bana, to work harm, death to, 25.
,Fbr. (in a verse), Korm. 116; v. e-m usaemd, Fs. 33 ; vinna e-m but,. ■«.(
VINNA— VINSTRI.
700
ood; er morgum nianni vann b()t {)eim er aSrar mein-vaettir gcirftu
II, Landn. 211, Hkr. iii. 69 ; viniia baetr 4 e-u, to redress. Eg. 519;
la e-m hefnd, to take revenge on: of feats, prowess, deeds, hvat
iitd me8an(?), Hbl. ; keisari vann J)ar mikinn hemad, Fms. xi. 301;
a ok vinna margs kyns fraegaar-verk, . . . af storverkjum ^im er
11 vann, x. 231, 232. 2. to win, gain ; vann hann aptr borgir ok
ala, Fms. x. 231 ; vita ef ek mega aptr vinna {)at riki er Idtid er, id. ;
vi3r ser frama, Fas. ii. 473; vinna mikla ssemd, Fms. i. 96; vinna
14, kastala = e«/i//^«a>-e, i. 23, vii. 79, x. 414; vinna undir sik allan
;g, i. 4, 87 ; vinna orrostu, to gain a battle, vii. 123; vinna sigr, to
a victory, i. 85, x. 231, passim; er vunninn var Ormrinn iangi, iii.
3. to conquer, vanquish; er hann vann konung sv4 dgsetan,
i. 34; vinnr Sigmundr hann skjott, Fxr. 82; at Egill ynni fiesta
n I leikum, Eg. 191. 4. to avail; veil ek eigi hvat {)at vinnr,
vii. 160; margin liig&u gott til ok vann {jat ckki, Sturl. iii. 261 ;
a e-m |)orf, to suffice, be sufficient, do. Grig. i. 457, Orkn. 138;
vinnr hverjum presti at segja eina messu, H.E. i. 473; naegisk mdr
)6rf vinnr, ef son minn Joseph lifir, Stj. 221 ; maetti J)orf vinna lengi
mu liti6 mjol, Bias. 43 ; {)a tok hann sott \a, er honum vann at fullu,
xi. 2 ; galdrinn vann honum at fullu, i. 100. 5. special usages ;
I eiS, sseri ..., to take an oath, Grag., Nj., passim ; J)eir unnu honum
ok trunaft, swore homage to him, Fms. x. 401. 6. to make,
wed by an adjective or participle ; hann vann vaeltan hann, Post. 645.
hnitr, er hann matti eigi heimtan vinna, Gn'ig. i. 419 ; me8 sinum
eftum vann hann yfir kominn Harald, Fms. x. 257; ef goSinn viSr
ddm fullan a8r sol komi a J)ingvoll {)a er hann litlagr, Grdg. (Kb.) i.
ef hann vi5r dominn fullan, 80; ef hann vi&r eigi heimilt, ii. 142 :
a poet, phrases, vinna e-n felldan, barSan, saran, reiSan, hraeddan, to
fdUen, i. e. to fell, etc. ; as also, vinna broti3 = to break ; vinna hefnt,
!.'« revenge ; vinna svarat e-u, to respond to. Lex. Poet. ; Paulus vann
innat, at ... , Post, (linger) 231. III. with dat. to withstand
t. for vinna vi8 ?) ; skopum vi8r manngi. Am. 45 ; vinnat skjold-
r skopum, Hkv. 2. 21 ; ek vaetr honum vinna kunna'k, Vkv. 39 ;
it skopum vinna, Skv. i. 53 ; Korm. 104 (in a verse). IV.
[^, undergo ; according to the Gothic this would be the original
but it only remains in such phrases as, vinna vii, vinna vas, Lex.
; vinna eld, to suffer fire, Fms. viii. 9. V. with prepp. ;
at, to 'win to' a thing, effect; jjeir fa ekki at unnit, Fms. vii.
drekinn vinnr si3an at honum, does away with him, Stj. ; vinna
i8fd, svinum, to tend sheep, swine, Dropl. 16, Rm. I2; vinna at
to manage, attend to the sail, Grett. 94 B : — vinna a, to make,
; hofum v6r mikit a unnit, Fms. xi. 264; t)U munt mikit a vinna
a mal, Fas. i. 459 : to do one bodily harm, kill, ef gri8ungr viSr a
i, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 188; ef fe vi3r a f^, i. 192; ma8r vinnr a
i, Nj. 100, Lv. 29 ; a-unnin verk,- bodily injuries, Kb. i. 145 ; ma6r
at hefna, ef vill, sa er a ver8r unnit, 147 : — vinna fyrir, ok var ekki
innit um sumarit, Jjorf. Karl. 414; vinna fyrir ser; vinna fyrir mat
, to win one's food; hann vinnr ekki fyrir mat sinum, he wins not
tad (mat-vinnungr): — J)at vinn ek til eingis at svikja J)a er m^r triia,
31 new Ed. ; vildi hann vinna pat til saettar me6 ^eim braEftrum,
liv. 17 ; hann hirti ekki hvat haim vann til ef hann fengi J)at, x. 7;
|1 ek til vinna, Nj. 170; mun ek heldr {)at til vinna at giptask Jjor-
Ld. 70; vilja gjarna nokkut vi6 hann til vinna, Faer. 25 ; {)a& er
il vinnandi, it is not worth the trouble; fe fivi er ek vann til, earned,
9: — vinna vi3 e-u, to withstand; skopum vi6r manngi, matti hann
:S skopum vinna ne sinu aldrlagi. Fas. i. 199 : — vinna e-n yfir (Dan.
), to overcome, Fms. iii. 156, Finnb. 266.
'. Refiex., ekki unnusk J)au mjok fyrir, they did little to support
'ves, Ld. 146 ; lata fyrir vinnask, to forbear, desist from ; \i6 skal enn
.ta fyrir vinnask, Fms. vii. I16; f>orgeirr let eigi fyrir vinnask
tta mdl, Rd. 296; 16t prestrinn fyrir vinnask of umbraeduna ^zban
i. 341. 2. to last, suffice; alia t)essa {jrja daga vannsk
Ed.) t)eirra vegr, Stj. 131; riki Assyriorum vannsk {lasted) um
4ra, 140; lUugi elti hann meSan eyin vannsk, to the end of the
Grett. 172 new Ed. ; me6an dagrinn vannsk, as long as the day
till evening. Fas. iii. 4 ; festrin" vannsk eigi til jar6ar, the rope
|)r long enough to touch the ground, Fms. ix. 3 : to reach, smi&u3u
})ann er vinna(sk) skyldi til himins, Edda (pref.) ; far sat" •^o""''
sem vannsk, as there was room, Fms. x. 16 ; skyldi drekka sainan
ftr ok kona sva sem til ynnisk, Eg. 247 ; me8an Jolin ynnisk,
. 138 (vynnisk, Fms. i. 32, I.e.); KetiU ba8 Eyvind svd vitt
and at ^dm ynnisk habum til vel, Rd. 231; ef eigi vinnsk til
hvdrs-tveggja, Grag. i. 288; fe J)at skulu ^ek hafa sem vmnsk,
:& vinnsk (vinnz Ed.) betr (Dan. slaae til), Grag. (Kb.) i. 85, 86 ;
at vinnask maetti at semu {)usund manna, 623. 21 ; l)ess vtoar er
megi mal ok misseri, Hm. 59; ef hanum vinnsk (vinnz) eigi
til J)ess, Gras. (Kb.) i. 209 ; v6r triium orku, afli ok sigr-saeli,
OSS J)at at^gnogu, 6. H. 202 (cp. 'vinna ^iotC above); ek
igi til J)er at launa, / am unable to reward thee, Fninb. 238 ;
,k eigi at dyrka f'" nafn. Bail. 181. II- recipr.,
to wound one another; {)ar er menn vinnask a, Grag.; \z\x
vinnask k |)ann dverka, er . . . . Kb. ii. 40 ; viniutk i enom mcinnn
saium, K. J>. K. 116.
vinna, u, f. a work, labour, huuiuu; (k iit c-t til rinna. Q)il. 483:
taka vinnur af c-m, Fmi. 1. 33; vera at vinnu, to 60 at teork, vi. 187;
at-vinna, q. v. coMfDi : vinnu-afll, a, m. tarmtigt, fndmt* ^
labour, H.E. i. 396. vinnu-f61k, o. « vinaabj^ Tiana*
fullr, adj. having plenty of work, Stj. 25. TiBaQ-flBrr, »dj. tM*
for work, able-bodied, GbK 483. 531. Tinnu-gdAr, adj. doiHg good
work, Fs. 31, Finnb. 296. vinnu-greill. a, m. an ovfntir. Stj. 570.
vinnn-hjun, n. pi. work-people, lervatut on a farm, Lv, 33. (mod.
vinnu-f61k, as opp. to hiisbziidr.) vinna>UtIU, adj. doing lUH* wtrh,
Grett. 69, 70, 1 20 A. vinnu-maAr, m. a labourtr, maH-4tnmU on
a farm, Fms. i. 33, Ld. 98, N.G. L. {1.163. Stj. S^*. MS. 1 34. 69, 70:
in a town, N. G. L. iii. 15, 44.
vinnandi, part, a doer, worker of; 6r vinnendr (Uka, Greg. 34 ; ».
e6a fremjandi, Edda 68.
vinnanligpr, adj., in u-vinnanligr.
vinnari, a, m. a worker, maker, Sk&lda 304.
vinningr, m. a gain, profit, Stj. 225, Mag. 62, 66; 4-vinningr.
vinon, i.-^f'min, friendship, Korm. (in a vcrie).
VINR, m., gen. vinar; dat. vin, Hm. 41, 43 (seldom vini); pi. vinir,
ace. vini, 24 (vinu, Hkr. i. 183, in a verse, cannot be an ace. from rinr).
As in sonr (q. v.) the nominative r is freq. dropped, and vinr and vin
are both in old and mod. writers and speech used promiscuously: [in A.S.
xvine ; Dan. ven ; Swed. van ; vinr is ' par excellence ' a Scandinavian word,
fraendi being used only in the sense of o kinsman ; vinr is akin to rin, f.,
referring to a lost root verb vinan.van, vunun.to which also belongs the verb
una, q.v.; analogous to vin and vinr are the Lat. amicus and amoenuti\
B. Usages. — A friend, prop, an 'agreeable man;' vin sinum skal
maSr vinr vera, feim ok {>ess vin, en (ivinar sins skyli engi madr, vinar
vinr vera, Hm. 42; til ilk vinar, til go8s vinar, 33; meft ilium vinum,
50 ; vapnum ok vaSum skulu vinir gleftjask, 40 ; til g^fts vinar Hggja
gagn-vegir J)6tt hann s6 firr farinn, 33 ; ek vii vera vin l>eirTa, Nj. 5 ;
Gu8s vin. Bias. 49 ; hann var vinr Otkels, Nj. 73 ; hann gaf Prey vin
sinum {)ann best halfan, Hrafn. 5 ; vinar mins, Ad. 16; tryggr vinr minn,
10; vinr J)j68ans, 11 ; {)inn vin fuUkominn, Fxr. 132 ; mesti vin bcggja,
Fms. i. 12; leyniligr vin, Bs. i. 760; segjanda er allt vin sinum. Eg.;
era sa vinr 68rum er vilt eitt segir, Hm. ; i J)6rf skal vinar neyta, a
friend in need is a friend indeed, Fms. viii. 399 ; hverr & s6r vin meft
livinum, every man has a friend among foes, Fs. 96 ; en ^ var sem
maelt, at hverr a vin meS ovinum, 0. H.62; missa (or sakna. Fas. ii.
179) vinar i sta8, to 'miss a friend'** the bird is flown, Grett. 1 39;
J)egnar gripu J)a i tomt {jottusk vinar missa, in a ditty ; vera e-m i vinar
hiisi, to be one's friend; {)at mun ek kj6sa, at J)u ser m6r i vina h(isi,
Sturl. i. 96 ; giira vina skipti, to change friends, ii. 142 ; Freyr litr eigi
vinar augum til {)in, Fms. ii. 74 ; Hrungnir s<5r eigi vinar augum til |x'>rs,
Edda 5 ; dst-vinr, lang-vinr, alda-vinr, trygg-vinr, u-vinr (or ovinr), qq. v. :
in the saying, vera vinr vina sinna, to be the friend of one's own friends,
of one whose sympathies are narrow, with a notion of self-willed, fanciful
friendship ; e. g. hann er ekki allra vinr, en hann er vinr vina sinna ;
vinr em ek vinar mins, en geld ek {>at er ilia er til min gcirt, Nj. 128.
coMPDs : vina-bo3, n. a feast of friends, Nj. 2, Fs. 13, 54, Fb. ii. 185,
227, Sturl. iii. 105. vina-fundr, m. a meeting of friends, Gliim.
336 ; var me3 t)eim engi vinafundr, Fms. x. 60. vina-styrkr, m.
strength, backing of friends; mc8 fraendafla ok vinastyrk, Vail. 213.
vina- vandr, adj. /iar//o//ar as /o^iVnrfs; an expressive word, in the
phrase, vinfastr ok vinavandr, to have few but chosen friends, Nj. 30.
vina-veizla, u, f. /nVnrf/y = vinabo8, Sturl. iii. 105, 125, Fs. 132, v.l.
vin-raun, f. a trial of friends or friendship ; h6r8 mun v. verSa, viz. to
choose between two friends, Orkn. (in a verse): a proof of friendship,
hann tok allvel vi8 fjorkatli ok kva8 slikt v. mikla, Dropl. 23.
vin-rei3, f. a troop of friends. Ad. 19 (but the reading is doubtful).
vin-reeSi, n./r/e«<f//««s = vinsemd, Fb. i. 163.
vin-samliga, adv. in a friendly manner, Fms. viii. 1 39 ; allt tal f6r
me8 Tpe\m v., ii. 262 : in mod. usage, often at the end of a letter.
vin-samligr, adj. friendly, amicable, Rom. 303, Eb. 341 ; vinsamlig
or8, ra8, Fms. vi. 278, Sol. 32.
vin-samr, adj. 'friendsome,' friendly, Sks. 19, v.l.
vin-semd, {.friendliness (less than vinAtta), Eras. xi. 433.
vin-semi, f. = vinsemd, O. H. L.
vin-sending, f. a friendly message; mun hann sent hafa os$ enga v.,
of a Urias message, = forsending (q. v.), Fas. ii. 79.
vin-skapr, m. [Dan, venskab], friendship, Hm. 50, Fs. 160, Eg. 41,
Fms. i. 284, x. 37 ; the saying, svA fymisk vinskapr sem fnndir. Fb. i.
392 (mod., svo fyrnast astir sem fundir).
vin-slit, n. pi. a breach of friendship, Isl. ii. 317.
vin-spell = vinslit, a .";/'Oj7»Vo//n>r»rfsA«>, Gkv. I, 34. _
vinstr, f., pi. vinstrar, = the third stomach in ruminating animah ; eina
vinstr, vinstrina, freq. in mod. usage, but not recorded in old writers.
VINSTRI, compar. [Dan. venstre; Swed. vHnstrt], the left; um
vinstri bond, Nj. 28, Fms. vi. 165 ; til vinstri bandar, 439; hrirki til
710
VINS^LASK— VIRKI.
haegri handar n^ vinstri, Stj. 438; a vinstri hliS, Fms. ii. 330; vinstri^
hiind, vinstra auga, eyra, vinstri fotr, etc. ; gorask vinstri handar menn
e-s, ones left-band men, i. e. adversaries, Horn. 102 ; vinstra megin,
Hrafn. 13.
vin-sselask, d, to endear oneself, Str. 3.
vin-sseld, f. a being beloved, popularity; kom sva vi6 vinsseld bans, at
. . ., Fms. i. 32 ; um fram alia menn at vinsaeldum ok har3fengi, Eb. 30 ;
ofundsjiikr um vinsaeldir Magniiss, Orkn. 160 ; afla5isk honum vinsael(3)
mikil, Fms. x. 402, passim.
vin-ssell, adj. [Dan. venscel], compar. vinsaeUi, superl. -saelstr and -sselastr ;
— blessed with friends, endeared, beloved by many, much liked ; hann var
vinsaell af oUum monnum, Eg. 3 ; {)u ert ma6r vinsaell af bondum, Nj.
17 ; Ketill var yngri sona biskups ok enn vinsaelli, and the more popular,
ibe most lilted, Sturl. i. 226; var mi skipan a komin um lund bans, —
maSrinn var miklu vinsaelli enn a&r {much more liked than before) . . .
Samr var vinsaell af sinum |)ingm6nnum, Hrafn. 24 ; hinn vinsEclasti af
ollum g65um monnum, Fms. vi. 59 ; hinn vinsaelasti af Vaeringjum, very
popular with the Wcerings, 144; manna vinsaelastr ok g69gjarnastr, ii.
19 ; hann hefir verit einn hverr hofSingi vinsaslstr i Noregi, vii. 4 : of a
deed, action, case, eigi mun vinsslt vera malit, Gliim. 380; mungatin
eru misjafnt vinsael, a saying, Oik. 34.
vin-tengdr, part, bound in friendship, f>jal,
vin-traust, n, trust in a friend, Hm. 64.
vinu-ligr, adj. [Dan. venlig'], friendly ; in li-vinuligr.
vin-vandr, adj. = vinavandr; fastiiSigr ok v., Fms. viii. 447, v. 1.
vin-veittliga, adv. kindly, good-naturedly, Nj. 217.
vin-veittligr, z^d], friendly ; ^^t^yg\ v. hlutr, a thing not agreeable,
Bjarn. 33.
vin-veittr, adj., prop, given in a friendly spirit, friendly, agreeable,
favourable, of things; gora {)eim vinveittar samfarar, Skalda (Thorodd) ;
byrrinn ekki vinveittr, Ld. 56; nu mun ek gora J)er um vinveitt {shew
thee a good turn of friendship, humour thee) ok riSa til t)ings me& fier, Nj.
215; eigi er J)a vinveitt gjofin, Fms. vi. 238; Ulfi J)6tti u-vinveitt
skemtan konungs, unfriendly, spiteful, 347. 2. of a person, easy
to please ; uvandblxtr ok vinveittr at veizlum, Bs. i. 394 : in mod. usage,
graceful, friendly, hann var m^r mikiS v.
vinza, a9, [En^. winnow; from vindr], to winnow corn; ferr h6n til
i8ju sinnar at vinza korn, Thom. 484. 2. mod, to pick out ; vinsa
lir J)a5 bezta, and the like.
vinzari, a, m. [provinc. Dan. vindser; corrupt from bismer?], a steel-
yard; pundara rangan e3a vinzara, N. G. L. i. 324.
•viii-J)j6fr, m. a ''friend-thief a false friend. Ad.
vippa, u, f. [cp. Dan. vippe = Eng\. wbip~\, a nickname, Sturl. i. I18 C.
'vxpi, f., pi. viprar (?), not vipur, for the r is radical, as is seen from
the spelling in vellums and also from Norse vipre, Ivar Aasen : — a toy ;
barna vipr, a child's toy; J)at J)6tti allt sem barna vipr er aSrar konur g6r8u
hj4 J)vi sem hon gorSi, Mirm. 140 (Ed. Kolbing) ; fiykkir honum allt
sem ungmennis-leikr e3r barna vipr J)at sem |iann hafSi a5r numit hja
klerkdomi meistara Peri, Clar. ; J)6tti allt barna vipr J)at er a5rar konur
hof8u 1 skarti hja henni, Ld. 122 (vipur einar, Fms. ii. 21, I.e., should
be viprar einar ?).
"vipra, a8, to draw the lips together; vipra varirnar, Bjorn.
vipta or vifta, u, f., in Darr. perh. read ' vipt' er orpin, [vefa], the woof;
Jf»armar or monnum fyrir viptu ok garn, Nj. 275.
VIESA, pret. vir6i, mod. virti ; [cp. ver5 ; this word and its deriva-
tives are in mod. Norse proncd. and spelt with^, vyrda; Swed. vordd] :
— to fix the worth of a thing, to tax, value; si6an voru vir6 id Hallger8ar,
Nj. 24 ; biiar skolu vir6a fulgur dmagans tvennar, Grag. i. 259 ; J)ar skolu
fylgja einn eyrir ok tuttugu, ok vir5a til fri6s, D.I. i. 199; J)rjar merkr
ok virt til va3mala, 203 ; biiar skolu vir&a skip {)at til voru e3r til brends
silfrs, Grag. (Kb.) ii. 68 ; vir3a e-t til smoers, D.N. ii. 93. It.
metaph., J)at kann engi vir3a nema Gu3 einn, Fms. vii. 144: with gen.
of the price, vir3a enskis, Bhs. 44 ; vir8a mikils, to rate highly. Eg. 167 ;
konungr vir3i hann mikils, Fms. vi. 132; vir5a e-t litils, O. H.L. 76;
<ivinir hans h6f3u grun a ok virftu til utriileika vi3 konung, Fms. ix.
428 ; er J)at ilia virdanda fyrir {)dr, it is to be ill-esteemed, blamed, ii. 53 ;
mun J)at vera vel virt fyrir Jier, Karl. 99 ; sva virSu vinir jarls sem
{>orkell mundi J)a braeSr sizt spara til deilu, Orkn. 180; vita ok vir&a,
Stj. 145 ; virSa e-t me8 sjalfum s^r, to bethink oneself of , consider, 132 ;
hygg at ok vir8 me3r J)^r sjalfum, 142 ; vir& me3 sjalfum J)er hvat hann
mun mega me3 sins herra fulltingi, Karl. 542. 2. with prepp. ; vir3a
at e-u, to give heed to a thing, consider it, Stj. 153 ; vir3a e-t fyrir ser, to
count, consider; vir3a til, to pay heed to, regard; Rafn vildi eigi J)at,
J)viat hann kve3sk vilja vir3a til enn heilaga Jacobum postola, ok berjask
eigi vi5 |)orvald, i. e. Rafn said be would respect the holiness of St. James
and not fight Tb., Bs. i. 668; heldr skal hitt til vir3a, at hann vildi
Kristni sinni 1 {)yrma, Hom. 109; eg vii ekki vir3a mig til {less, not de-
mean myself to that: vir3a um e-t = vir3a til, D.N. ii. 95 : virda e-t vi3
e-t, to value, count ; virSa vi3 saur ok hegoma, Barl. 74 '• vir3 einskis vi3
t)a er J)6r gora 1 mein, take no account of it if they do thee wrong, Hom.
(St.) ; vir3a sakar vi6 annan, id. ; Gu3 virdi vi3 hann {7nay God reward
bim) undir hvilikan J)unga hann a at standa, Bs. i. 821 ; bi3ju vcr ai
takit vara dvol eigi til J)rj6zku, vir3andi vi3 oss um lei3ar-lengd okh
ve3rattu, we beg you not to account it for disobedience in tts, but con.
the length of the way, and the severe weather, D.N. iii. 80;
of gratitude, eg vir3i J)a3 vid hann, a3 . . . , to regard past
vices. III. reflex., impers. to like; m^r vir3isk ekki skap
hans, Isl. ii. 217; vir3isk J)eim vel allt til konungs en eigi ver
drottningar, Fb. ii. 120; hann vir3isk par hverjum manni vel, every
liked him. Eg. 27, Nj. 46, Fms. i. 61. 2. to deem, think ; vii
oss sva, sem minnka3isk var saemd i pvi heldr enn yxi, Fms. 1
vir3isk konunginum hann af brag3s-ma3r, Bjarn. 4 : very freq. in 1
usage, mer virdist, metbinks. 3. to deign, vouchsafe; af hanilf
vir3isk varr Drottinn Jesiis at faeSask, Stj.; J)U skapari minnvirv:!
miskunna mer, Barl. 92 ; fiau miskunnar verk er hann virSisk at
95 ; oil br6f J)au er J)eir vir3a sik ( = vir3ask) vi3 at taka, Rom. 24:
vir3a, u, f., in u-vir3a, disregard.
virSar, m. pi. [from ver3 ; cp. hir3, verSung], poet, king's men,
in the king's pay, a body-guard ; the etymology implied- in ' vii
heita J)eir menn er 'meta' mal manna, Edda 107, is scarcely t
heill skaltfi, visi, vir3a njota, Hkv. 1.54; vapn-songr vir3a, Akv.
afkarr songr vir3a, 38; efla vig me3 vir3um, Skv. 1. 12.
-vir3i, n. the worth of a thing; in compds, and-vir3i.
virSi-liga, adv. worthily, honourably, respectfully ; kve3ja e-n v.
32, passim : magnificently, skry3ask v., Fms. i. 147.
virSi-ligr, adj. worthy, worshipful; v. herra U.M., gracious
the title of a king, Gp\. 130, Bs. i. 755, Stj. 2. 2. venei\
hann spyrr Jienna inn virSiliga mann, hverr hann se, Fms. x. 245 ;
sjfnum mikill ok inn virSiligsti, stately, imposing, 380. 3. of tii
fine, splendid; busta3 g63an ok vir3iligan. Eg. 197; gora vir5
kirkju, Ld. 334; vir3ulig veizla, Fms. ii. 16, 103, xi. 4 ; vir3illgt
11; erfi gott ok vir3iligt, iS ; me3 g63um gjofum ok virSiligun
inn vir3iligsti gripr. Eg. 180.
vir3mg, f. a valuation, taxing ; ef eigi er rott at vir3ingu farit, C
i. 189 ; kve3ja biia til skiptinga e3a virdinga, ii. 342 ; J)au J)rju hun
er hon atti J)ar 1, eptir goBra manna vir3ingu, Dipl. iv. 16; at lof
virSingu, Nj. 103. II. metaph. worship, reputation, hon
konungr h^t at auka vir3ing {)eirra, Eg. 33, Fms. i. 20 ; gora e-D
virSing, to do that honour to one, v. 309 ; ver skulum halda Paska-dag
allri virSing, K. A. 154; me3 mikilli vir3ing, with great respect, ;|[
me3 allri saemd ok vir3ing, Bs. i. 123, 2. opinion, esteem; at n
vir3ing, to my mind, opinion, Fms. vii. 261 ; i ollum londum er su vir
a, at .. .,Bs. i. 131 ; var |)at ok v. manna, at . .., O.H. 232. 3.
rank; void, l^ni makt' ok virSingar, Hallgr. compds : virSin;
fe, n. a thing of special value, Grag. i. 500 ; kirkja a J)rju hundruS
Vm. 9 ; Bjarni bau3 ufritt v., baeSi fyrir va3mal ok kiigildi, Dipl
13; tiu hundru3 i v. ok sjau hundruS i flytjanda eyri, v. 12. v
ingar-f6r, f. an honourable journey, Fms. vii. 99. vir3ingar-gji
adj. greedy of honour, ambitious. Valla L. 206: in mod. usage, 1
fond of flattery. vir3ingar-heiinbo3, n. an honourable invito.
Sturl. i. 40. vir3ingar-h.lutr, m. an honourable share, great er
Lv. 13. vir5ingar-kona, u, f. a worthy lady, Sturl. i. 19. T
ingar-lauss, adj. without honour, ratik, distinction, Hkr. ii. 90. T
ingar-ma3r, m. an appraiser, Grag. i. 208 : a man of distinction, t
Eg. 162, 466, Nj. 22, Fms. vi. 113 ; h6f3ingi ok v. mikill, Fs. 156; E
i
var v., GullJ). 3. vir3inga-inikill, adj. of mickle worth, worsbtj ^ ""
akts
tan,!'
Isl. ii. 9. vir3ingar-inunr, m. disparity in rank, Fms. iv. 28, ■« ';
^'* 359- vir3ingar-rd3, n. a respectable estate, condition, poti.i ^,™'
370: an honourable offer, Fms. vii. 26. vir3iiigar-v8eiiligr,
honourable, Fs. 44, Grett. 100 new Ed. vir3ingar-v8eiUlf
honourable, Sturl. i. 105 C.
vir3ir, m. a taxer, Edda, Lex. Poet.
vir3i-sanir, adj. vain-glorious, JjiSr. 96.
vir3r, m. = ver3r (q. v.), a meal; in the allit. law phrase, at ver3i
at vir3i, neither at meal nor mess, Grag. ii. 92, cp. Hm.
vir3u-ligr and vir3u-liga = vir3iligr, virdiliga, qq. v., Stj., Fb., B
passim, and so in mod. usage.
VIRG-ILIj or virgtill, m. [Goth, wurgils ; the root is in Gern;
w'urge/i]: — a halter; hoggva virgulinn sundr, Hom. 117; virgilinn.
i. 225, Pr. 414; var virgill dreginn a hals honum, Fms. vii. 13; '■
(ace), Fb. ii. 330; hvarki galgi n6 virgill, Hom. 118 (virgull, Fm
i.e.): poet., virgill handar = a bracelet, Edda; hryn-virgill bryt!
ring in chain-armour. Eg. (in a verse). virgil-n^, m. a corp^''
gallows, Hm. ; cp. galg-nar, Grag.
VIRKI, n. = verk, Anecd. 8 new Ed. : esp. in compds, ill-virki, s'
J)rek-v., mann-v., qq. v. II. a work { = wark in bulwark, S
work, etc.), tvall, stronghold, castle, Bs. i. 672, Landn. 69 ; hann K :
kirkju a Ag3anesi, ok J)ar virki ok hofn, Fms. vii. lOO ; virki pa
heitir SkarSaborg, the work that is called Scarborough, Korm. 24,
509, O. H. L. 10; virkis-armr, the wing of a castle, Nj. 247 ; virkis-d
-gar3r, -horn, -hur3, -veggr, -stokkr, Fms. iii. 148, Sturl. i. 31, Krok.
, Bs. i. 672, Eb. 310, GuIIJ). 10; virkis-ma3r, a defender in a ivork, Eb.3
VIRKI~VIT.
711
rki, Soulbwark in London, O. H. L, 2. in mod. usage the
1 frame of a saddle is called virki (soSul-virki). 3. a build-
ig8u fjiir-hluti til J)essa helga virkis, O. H. L. 78 ; til kirkju virk-
(u virkis-bufl, the name of one of the booths in the
see bu8.
i, a, m., gen. virkja, a worker, doer; in compds, ill- virki, tpeil-v.
ja, a, = verkja, to pain; sarift virkti, ibe wound was painful,
r, adj. working; in compds, stor-virkr, mikil-v., har8-v., giiS-v.,
irkr dagr, a work-day, week-day, K.A. 176, Rb. 78. 2. care-
nstaking; virkr at e-u, working at, busy at, fond of; hann var
it hestinum, Fs. 55; virkr at henni ok kaerr, Sks. 131. 8.
dear; kaerr var hann ok virkr konunginum, dear was be and
hy the king, O. H. L. 76 ; Jjeir inenn voru {)eini goSum virkastir
•;ir udaair gorSu, to those gods the men were dearest who did most
b. (1865)23.
t, f., older virkS, [verk = K/or*], prop, work, but with the notion
:al care, lender care; hann skalt fiii varftveita meb allri virkd,
,; ; AstriSr laeknaSi hann me5 mikilli virkft, Fms. x. 370 ; hann
^leim virkta vinum sinum ok friEndum, be bespoke their kindness
'> bis friends and kinsmen, i. e. be recommended bis friends and
•I to their special charge, Hkr. i. 160. 2. good wishes; Hriitr
jorftu vestr, ok baS henni virkta a8r, H. left for the Fjords, hav-
lien her a fond farewell, Nj. 14 ; Asdis baS honum margra virkta,
hed him all good wishes, Grett. 94; ok ha.b honum virkta vift
inn Svein aftr J)eir skildi, recommended him to king Sweyn before
:rted, Fms. xi. 64. 3. fondness, affection; konunginum var
irkt a honum, the king liked him much, Barl. loi ; spurdi hverja
! nraldr hef6i ^k er honum vaeri mest virkt a, which were dearest to
lis. vi. 178 ; hafa e-n i kaerleik ok i virktum, to hold one in love
.- Jfection, x. 413; me6 virktum, id., Karl. 286; leggja A {)a alia
V t, to cherish tbem in every way, Sturl. iii. 261 ; i kaerleikum ok virkS-
u Mork. II. hann let gora skip af virktum, he had a ship built
u care, i.e. bad it well built, ^s. ii. 28 ; lit hdr skepnu af virkt skapaSa,
U 1 2. III. virkta vel, very well; verjask virkta vel, to make a
g ant defence, Al. 47. compds : virk3a-hus, n. a private cham-
6. where one receives intimate friends, Clem. 130. virkta-li3, n.
- -^kfamenn, Isl. ii. 91. virkta-maflr, m. a chosen man, favourite
virktamenn Sveins konungs, the king's best men, Fms. xi. 366 ;
;i3u hann vera virktamann, said he was a capital man, 6. H. 152 ;
p i t'eim er lengi hefir hennar virkftamaSr verit, Clem. 130. virkta-
r , n. excellent advice, Sks. virkta-vinr, m. an intimate friend,
F-^o, Sol. 13, Gisl. 35.
-ku-liga, adv. carefully, Al. 7.
r, n. [A.S. wyrt; Engl, wort; Ivar Aasen vyrt or vurl; Swed.
—the sweet-wort, new beer, not yet fully fermented ; virtr ok vin
.id wine) is an allit. phrase; 4 vini ok virtri, Sdm. 8; and so in
t! 1 aroe lays, virtur og so vin, A. A. 322.
lSINN, adj. [Dan. vissen; Engl, wizened], wizened, withered, also
nb palsied; var visinn annarr fotrinn, Fms. vii. 239. 2. of
iierbs; sjau ox mjok visin, Stj. 201.
iitera, a6, [Lat.], to visit, of a bishop or dean, Vm, 15.
Uiteran, f. a visitation, Vm. 49 : mod. visitfi.zia, u, f. ; visit4ziu-
*" T register.
, f. a wisp, of hay or the like, freq. in mod. usage ; cp. sef-visk,
Lsk, qq. V.
I, a8, to wither, of limbs; visna6a bond, Bs. i. 123; hondin
skjalfa ok visna5i, 781, Stj. 184; morkna ok visna, 185,
41 : esp. of grass, herbs, trees, Matth. xxi. 19, 20; visnaS tr6,
,2.19.
■,inan, f. a withering, palsy, medic. ; al-visnan, half-visnun.
TSS, adj. [Germ, gewiss] ; viss and viss are two forms of the same
"' ' the former of a more limited use, = certain, sure; thus Icel. say,
visast {it is most likely); but {)a8 er vissast, 'tis safest; er sii regla
. the safest rule, Rb. 262 ; see viss.
I, u, f. certain knowledge, certainty; hafa vissu af e-u, to have a
7, certain knowledge of, Stj. 12 ; hafa orugga vissu af hvar hann
: p6 at hann hef6i eigi fulla vissa af hverr sa Gu6 var, Fms. ii. 47 ;
ynsemd e9r vissu af e-u, i. 138 ; utan alia vissu, Stj. 6 ; gora e-ni
t e-u, to give notice of, Grett. 68 new Ed., Fas. iii. 118, Fb. iii.
jii kom sii vissa {certain news) nor&an fra Hoium, at..., Bs. i.
ita sina fulla vissu, to know for certain, R^tt. 30. 2. a surety,
A- term ; setja vissu fyrir e-u, N. G. L. ii. 336, D. N. i. 480.
i-liga, adv. certainly, verily, Stj. 147, Mar.
i-ligr, adj. certain ; v. van, Stj. 4 ; v. mals-rodd, 81 ; v. sannleikr,
nark, 203.
T, f. [from vera, i.e. vesa, preserving the radical s; cp. Germ.
whence mod. Dan. vcBsen] : — an abode, dwelling, domicile; the
IS, both in olden and modern times, mostly used of the
'e of servants or labourers of any kind; vera 1 vist, fara lir
hann for til visfar til Hli8arenda, Nj. 40; mi em ek 4 vist me&
br68ur minum. Hrafn. 13 ; hann ikal l>k fan t.i viiU tiuiu emu •omn.
Or4g. 1.91 ; hann var vittum me8 fi>dur linum. Nj. 39; b«M var vktom
me8 Ive.m b.'.nda er |x>rl4kr hiH. Magn. 5,4 ; Einarr Mtar tfl Mmv Ti6
Hrafnkcl, Hrafn. 5 ; nii hafa riitir {.Inar rent Mt nokknm ftandir
Frns. XI. 310; ek vildi ekki hit i Undi hafa riitir buM. Eg, 513; er {tar
g6a vist ok gle8ihg, , . . mun eigi vera h^r ri»tin jafh-gloft ton t Norcgi,
tt. 25; veita em »i»t, to lodgt oim, 13; fart /.r grifti ok iufa ckkj
yi$tar,/oirtv*«o*o»i*, ofiicrvant. GtAj' " ^ 1 ; viia md ^ Titt«
id.; hann ztla8i »er vist urn vctrinn n.' i^rmt-tyni, Pott. sL
19; jjii tkal fara brolt ok vera eigi v,.; , F». 57; at b^
skipti iillum vistum me8 ^\m er til hennar »<'iru »endir. Edda 18;
margar eru vijtir i hiui f68ur mfnr, Greg. 69 (John air. 3) ; ef t«n hafa
vist tvau mi»»eri eptir hujgang, Grig, i, 301 ; maona-Tittir, ice in»*r C ;
brott-vist, l)ar-vist, hirft-vist. 11. food, prwinomt, Momdi, odea
in plur. ; (inga vist {larf hann (bt requires no food), rin er hoaoin bsM
drykkr ok matr, Edda 34 ; lettu borft ok bAru 4 ri«t fyrir |)4, Fau. U. 98 ;
brott var sopat tilluni vistum, F». 145; hvat hefir hann at f4 t>^ at
vistum, Edda 23 ; vapn ok kl;r6i ok vistir, Hrafn. 1 2, Eg. 76, 111. iL
341 ; Hrapp J)raut vistir i hafi, Nj. 1 28 : vist ok drykk, mtat and drimk,
Fms. i. 213, X. 270, Eg, 420; vistir ok drykk, Fmi, i. ii. compm':
vistar-byrflingT, m, a store-ship, Fms. ri. 402, rii. 310, riii. lai.
vista-fang, n. provisions, stores, Bs. i. 781, Fb. iii. 453, Brandkr. 6j,
yistar-far, n. a domicile, Fs. 64 ; r4daik a& rittarfari til e-t tuAar, Stotl.
i. 75 ; hafa busto8 ne visfarfar. Eg. 737 ; vera {)ar at ristarfari, 1 '
Grag. i. i8o. viata-fari, adj. changing one's abode; fara \
Stud. ii. 21, Fb. i. 256. vista-fitt, n. adj. running short 0/ , ....
sions, Fms. x. 133; lengi haWi vistafatt verit 4 skipinu. 655 xrii. 4.
vistar-ferli, n. = vistarfar. Eg. 737, Grett. 125 A. vist»>ted,
f. a running short of provisions, Rom. 307. viata-gjald, n. a con-
tribution in food, Fms. ii. 216, viii. 323. vistar-gOrfl, f. a sofotm,
fare; eigi er h^r v6ndu8 vi$targor8, Grett. I25 A. viatar-laon, n.
pi. board-wages, Lv. 41. vista-lauss, adj. without provisiom, Fni». i,
126, X. 249; but vi8tar-latx«8,iomW*ss, of a servant. viatar-maAr,
m. a lodger, boarder, Vm. 120. viata-malr, m, a mtai-hag, Grett.
93 A. vista-skortr, m,.= vistaf«8, Fs. 177, Fms. i. 118, vist*-
taka, u, f. a charge for boarding, N. G. L. ii. 41 : foraging, Fms. x.
146. vistar-tekja, u, f. a sojourning, boarding, lodging, Fms. r. 314 ;
bj68a e-m vistartekju. Glum. 326. vistar-veizla, u, f. a hoarding,
bousing a person, Fbr. 33, Fms. vi. 345. Tistar-yera, u, f. a sojourn,
Grett. 144: a mansion, John xiv. 1 (Vidalin). vista-l)rot> n.«
vistaskortr, N. G. L. ii. 44, v. 1.
vista, a8, to lodge, board; 16t hann setja upp skip litl, ok rista
Ii8, Eg. 320; hann vistar kaupmenn naer skipi, Korm. 190; vistadi
annat 118 sitt i Danmork, Fms. xi. 19 ; ef menn rilja vista e8r ala f4-
taeka, Jb. 185 B. 2. with dat. ; ok vista ^t\m Jiar, N.G.L. i.
168. II. reflex, to take a fixed abode, lodgings, board; Anst-
menn vistu8usk, fsl. ii. 192, Lv. 5, Fb. 152 : to sojourn, hann vildi hir
vistask um sumarit, Gliim. 324; i hvers biskups-dxmi sem |>eir rilja
vistask e8r vera, Norske Saml, r. 550. 2. in mod, usage esp. of
servants in a household, see vist,
vist-fang, n. stores, Orkn. 4io:=<vistafang,
vist-fastr, adj. having a fixed abode, Grag. i. 52, D. L i. 1 74.
vist-lauss, adj. homeless, with no fixed domicile, a condition liable to a
fj6rbaugs-gar8r, Gr4g. i. 279, Nj. 54 ; gefa hiisnim vistlausum, 625. 1 71,
vist-liga, adv. = vissuliga, Fms. i, 1 85.
VIT, n. [from vita ; A. S. ge-wit ; Engl, wit ; Germ, witz ; Dan. vid] : —
consciousness, sense ; vera i viti sinu, to be in one's senses, to be conscious,
of a wounded person, N.G.L. i. 306; ef hon mjelir eigi i viti, 340;
vitandi vits, Hm., Fb. ii. 76 ; u-vit, insensibility ; ong-rit, a swoon : inn
fyrsti gaf ond ok lif, annarr vit ok hrsering, {>ridi m41 ok heym,
Edda. 2. intelligence, cognisance (=:vitor8); rar )>etta fyrst 4
farra manna viti, Nj. 229; ok var ^at 4 f4rra manna riti, S58,
Mar. 656 A. 18 ; ^at er eigi var 4 allra manna viti, within all mtn't
knowledge, Sturl. iii. 5 ; er t)at eigi 4 varu viti, Stj. 216. 3. wit,
understanding, reason ; \>{x mjelti Austmadr at Sighvatr skyldi fyrst eta
hofuSit af fiskinum, kva8 {)ar vit hvers kvikendif 1 folgit, Fms. ir. 89 ;
ganga af vitinu, to go out of one's wits, go mad, Fas. i. 93, Karl. 468 ;
hann var fyrir reidi sakir mjok sv4 af vitinu, Barl. 102 ; rit heitir speki.
Edda 110; minni, vit, skilning, Sk41da; engi er bans maki at riti, Nj.
36 ; 4g«tr fyrir vits sakir, Fms, ii. 44 ; spakr at viti, wise, i. 58 ; |)ar ferr
vit eptir vaenleik, Ld. 198; manna vxnstr til vits, Fms. ix. 480; em ek
sv4 viti borinn, Fser. 200 ; vel viti borinn, with a good widtrstanding , Fb,
ii. 109 ; mann-vit, u-vit, verks-vit, hug-vit ; the allit, phrase, mefl vitum
( = vitnum) ok vattum, with wit and witness, N.G. L, i, 180; Jwt er mitt vit
{my opinion), at ... , Sturl. i. 45. II. plur. in spec, usages, a place whtrt
a thing is kept or hoarded, a case (Dan, gjemmer) ; fannsk engi hlutr i r itum
bans, Fms. ii. 57 ; hann var8veitti i vitum sinum annars manns fingr-gnJI,
Bs. i. 197 ; \>u hefir i vitum ^inum lik bams, . . . lata rannsaka vit sin, Clem.
134; ek ictla annat heldr at Jjii munir hafa hann i vitum t)inum, Vapn.
9 ; rannsokum vit Simonar ok vitum hvat ver iinnum l)ar, . , . Simon vill
eigi 14ta rannzaka vit sin, Clem. 134, 2. a dual (?), the nostrils.
712
VIT— VITI.
including the mouth, i. e. the ' cases ' of breath and life ; bl66 rann akaft
af munni bans ok vitum, Fas. iii. 437 (a paper MS.) ; belt bann peim (the
hands) fyrir vitin a ser, ellegar hef6i bann ondiiia misst i ogna hver, he held
his hands before his nostrils and mouth, or he would have lost his breath
in that dreadful cauldron, Stef. Ol. ; rann niikill sjor af vitum hans = ii/
arofjux re pivds 0', Od. v. 456 ; hence later, esp. in eccl. usage, one's wits,
the five senses ; fimm likams vitum varum, Greg. 23, MS. 625. i77> oHuna
vitum ens ytra manns ok ens i6ra, Horn. 53; gaeta fimm likams vita varra,
Hom. (St.) ; also skilningar-vit = ' K///-casfs,' i.e. the five senses.
B. vit [vita A. IV], in the adverbial phrase, a vit e-m or e-s, ' to-
wards a person,' calling on, visiting; koma e-m a vit e-s, to bring one
towards, Yt. ; jarl sneri J)a J)angat a vit J)eirra, turned towards them, Fms.
ix. 310; Englands a vit, towards England, Od. ; for Magmiss jarl vestr
um haf a vit rikis sins, M. returned to his kingdom, Orkn. 158 ; mi kaupir
bann skip, ok aetlar at fara utan a vit fjarins, Bjarn. 13 ; jarl atti festar-
mey ^ar a Englandi ok for bann pess raSs a vit, O. H. 192 ; ri6a a vit
sin, to look after one's own affairs, Ld. 150 (see ri6a) ; lyfja J)eim sitt
ofbeldi, nema Jieir ri&i skjott a vit sin, Al. 10.
vit, pers. pron. dual, we two ; in mod. usage vi3, and so in old vellums,
but mostly abbreviated v, passim ; see ek C and Gramm. p. xxi.
VITA, a verb whose present is in a preterite form, see Gramm.
p. xxiii : pres. veit, veizt (veiztu), veit ; plur. vitum, vitu3, vitu, later and
mod. vitiS, vita; the latter form appears in vellums early in the 14th
century, e.g. ^er vitiS, Fms. vi. 144, from the Hulda: pret. vissa, vissir,
vissi (never visti, cp. Goth, wissa, mod. Dan. vidste): subj. pres. vita,
pret, vissa ; imperat. vit, vittu ; part. vitaSr (vitinn, Hornkloh) : with
neg. suft". veit-at, knows not, Hm. 74 ; veit-k-a-ek, ' wot I not I,' Hkr. iii.
376 ; veizt-attu, Hbl. 4 ; vitum-a, we know not, Skv. 3. 18 ; vissi-t, knew
not: [\J\Lwitan = ei8(vai,'fiyvcuffKuv, A. S. and Hel. K/t/an ; Eng\. wit;
Germ, wissen; Dan. vide; Swed. vita; Lat. videre ; Gr. ilbivai.~\
A. To wit, have sense, be conscious ; hneig hon aptr ok vissi ekki
til manna, Bjarn. 68 ; var5 hann sva feginn at varla vissi hann, Fl(jv. ;
fadirinn vissi ekki lengi, sva |)6tti honum mikit, Bs. i. 369 ; hann J)6ttisk
nser ekki vita fyrir hraezlu, Fms. vii. 142 ; bann var enn eigi orendr en
vissi t)6 ekki, Fb. ii. 453; ek var sva syfja6r at ek vissa fatt fra mer,
Gisl. 61 ; hestr laust einn ungan mann i h6fu6it, ok sprakk mjok, ok
vissi ekki, Bs. i. 314, I.e.; tok hann einn J)eirra ok var6isk me5, J)ar til
er sa vissi ekki til sin, Fms. vi. no; hann tok augna-verk strangan, ok
vissi hann Icingum hvarki i J)enna heim ne annan, Bs. i. 317; hann vissi
lengi ekki bingat, 336; ok vissi J)a ekki til sin longum, 335 ; hvart skal
hj6na faera annat fram J)at sem heldr hefir fe til, nema annat J)eirra viti
eigi vel (unless he be not in the enjoyment of his full senses) en J)egar er
J)vi batnar, Grag. i. 300 : with gen., gra6igr hair nema ge8s viti, Hm.
19 (see B. 3). 2. vita skyn a, to understand, know, Nj. 223, Grag.
ii. 167, Fms. i. 186, xi. 3-23 (see skyn) ; vita van e-s, to expect. Eg. 746,
Fms. viii. 180, Nj. 75, Bias. 46. II. to wit, know; vitu3 ^r enn e6a
hvat, Vsp. ; J)eir er vel mart vitu, Hm. 53 ; ek veit, 76 ; vita sik saklausan,
to know oneself to be sackless. Eg. 49 ; si&an skaltu vita J)itt eyrendi, Finnb.
258; ef J)eir vitu ^etta eigi, Nj. 231; skaltu ok ^at vita, at.,., 88;
lat sem Jni vitir eigi, Isl. ii. 250; {)eir munu vitaS hafa me& f)rani, Nj.
136; ek veit allt me& henni. El. ; hitt veit ek eigi hva5an fjofs-augu
eru komin i settir varar, Nj. 2 ; veit ek J)ann mann er J)ora man, 89;
veizt J)u hvat J)er man ver6a at bana ? — Veit ek, segir Njall, 85 ; veitat
hinn er vaetki veit, Hm. 74. 2. with prepp. ; vita fram (fram-viss);
vissi hann vel fram sem Vanir a6rir, |}kv. 1 5 : vita fyrir, to foreknow
(for-vitri) ; vita orlog sin fyrir, Hm. passim ; mundi hann {jat vita fyrir
er hann vissi dau&a sinn, Nj. 98 : vita til e-s, to know of, Fms. x.
337 ; ekki vissu landsmenn til um fer& {>6r61fs, Eg. 78. 3. with the
particle ' at ;' f ottisk Jjorkell vita at Grimr var J)ar, Dropl. 34 ; hann
vissi at ski8a-hla6i var vi& dyrr Jjaer, 29 ; eigi munda ek vita at bl()6-
refiUinn ksemi vi6 mik i gaer littaS, Fms. xi. 144: veitka ek nema J)u
J)ykkisk nu minn lavarSr, Hkr. iii. 376. III. in ex-clamations ;
hvat veit ek hvart menn munu aldri haetta lygi-sogum, Fb. i. 184; var
petta bans bani, sem vita matti, i. e. of course, Stj. 541 ; hvat ek veit, hvart
ek mun, what know II shoidd If..,, as an interjection, Nj. 85;
veiztu, ef {)u vin att, farSii at finna opt, Hm. 43 ; veit J)at tnia min,
upon my faith ! Edda ; veit menn, mod. viti menn 1 see ma6r B. 3 ; hvar
viti menn {whoever knew) sliku bellt vi3 konungmann. Eg. 415; hvar
viti a8r orta mserd me5 aeSra haetti, Edda (Ht.) IV. to see, try;
ma ek vita at ek fa af henni nokkurn visdom, Stj. 491 • ek mun ri6a ok
hitta Ospak, ok vita at hanni vili saettask. Band. 5 ,<"ok vita at ver naeSim
Sokka vikingi, Fms. ii. 5 ; sa skal vita, er a strenginum heldr, hvart hann
fkelfr, Fb. ii. 129; vil ek fara ok vita, at ek mega bjarga honum, 623.
16; vittu ef J)u hjalpir, see if thou canst help, Og. 5 ; vit at fiii nair
sverSi J)vi, Dropl. 28; fara heim ok vita hvers viss yr6i, Nj. H4; ver
skulum blaupa at fylkingu J)eirra, ok vita at ver komimk sva i gegnum,
Faer. 81 ; skal y&r J)at beimilt, ok vita at J)it jproskizk her, 45 ; sendi
Sirpa bonda sinn at vita scr um briin-gras, to fetch for her (cp. vitja),
Finnb. 258; okunaugr ertii mer, ok vil ek vita vi8 skipverja hvat J)eim
synisk raS, Fbr. 62 new Ed. ; ok ba6 bana vita af hon kenndi bofuflit.
&.
Bjarn. 68. V. to look towards, of a place, = Lat. spectare ad, vergere ia.% a warning signal when a fleet or enemy was in sight or had arrived,
in t)at er vissi til norSr-xttar, Edda 22 ; sa armr er vissi at dikii
Fms. vi. 406 ; ok 16g3usk {)a8an undir sem at veit baenum, viii. 37
bae&i {jat er aptr vissi ok fram, vii. 94 ; a J)ann bekk er vissi moti soh,'
vi. 439 ; ^ann arminn er vissi at sjanum, viii. 115 ; rokSu {langat sporin
sem klaufirnar hofftu vita3, 0. H. 152; vissu ^a grundvellir upp, en
veggir i jcirS ni8r, Sks. 142 new Ed.; faetr vissu upp, Eg. 508; jiar a
eynni er vissi til Atleyjar, 222; Jjeir fundu vinvid allt J)ar sem holt*
vissi, they found the vine wherever there was woodland, Jiorf. Karl. 420;
en {iroask, ef hann vissi til mikilleiks, if it shewed growth, Korm. 8;
allt {)at er honum J)6tti grjots vita, Jjotti honum vi8 gull gloa,
Konr. 2, metapb. to come under that and that head, to respect, mean,
have such and such bearing; sokin veit til lands-laga en ekki til
Bjarkeyjar-rettar, this case comes under the country-law, and not under
the town-law, Fms. vii. 130; eigi veit {)annig vi3, that is not the
case, Nj. 180; ef o6ru-visi veit vid, Al. 106; seg m^r et sanna, hversu
vi6 veit, bow things stand, Fms. iii. 70 ; konungr svarar, at mal J)at vissi
allt annan veg vi8, O. H. 199; hvat veit hryg3 Jjessi? Stj. 600; hvat veit
op J)etta, what means this shouting? Fms. viii. I41 ; hvat vissi laga-fret;
sii er Emundr spur8i i gaer? O.H. 87; skipan er her a vor5in, ok veit ek
eigi hvat {)at'Veit, / know not what it ?neans, cannot understand it, Fs.
6 ; pat man eigi ongra tidenda vita, i. e. that will mean something great,
Nj. 83 ; giir sem ek by6 Jj^r^ ok kann vera, at per viti vel, do as I bid
thee, and may be, it will be well with thee, 655 xiii. B. 4 ; ok raedda um pat
at mi mundi vel vita, Isl. ii. 354; hraezlu (gen.) pat vissi, it savoured
fear. Am. 97 ; ekki vita slik or6 litils, Sd. 151 ; hlaera pii af pvi at
g66s viti, it is for no good that thou laughest, Bkv, 2. 31 ; er litils
vissi, Barl. 20 : pa gle3i er viti til meins, Hom. (St.) ; pat er til bans veit,
what respects bim, Orkn. 314; pat er til heiSins siSar veit, N. G. L. i.
383. 3. vitz a, to forebode; brakar i klaufum, vind mun a vita, Mar.
1057 (cp. a-vituU) ; pa6 veit a regn, storm, . . ., of weather marks.
B. Recipr. to know of one another ; peir vissusk jafnan til i hafina,
Landn. 56 ; ok vitask peir vi6 mala-munda pann sin a mi&Ii, to know mutu-
ally, Grag. i. 469 ;. better, ok vitusk peir pat vi8 mala-munda pann, Kb, i.
131. 2. pass.; skyldi aldrei annat vita^, /o JeA'wowH, Fas. i. 22. 3.
part. ; vitandi ne valdandi pessa verks, Fms. ix. 41 2 ; margs vitandi, Vsp.
20, Edda II ; vitandi vits, Hm. 17, Fms. v. 258 (cp. A. I); vitandi mann-
vits, Edda 9 ; viss vitandi, intentionally, knowingly, Jb. 309 A ; visir vitendr,
Grag. (Kb.) i. 243, ii. 57; visar vitendr, Grag. i. 228. 4. the
past pret. ; a morgun skal okkur saga vitu6 ver6a, to be known, proved,
655 xiii. B. I ; pat matti eigi vita& ver6a, 625. 83 ; ef petta er satt, pa er
pat vitaS {clear, manifest) at hon hefir eigi maer verit, Fms. x. 294; {)at
er vita8 (well known) at sja ma&r er afbrag6 annarra manna, vi. 144;
ok er pat vita5 hver st6rti8endi gor6usk um bans mal, vii. 124; sa er
peim vollr of vitaBr, that field is fnarked out for them, Vpm. iS; valr
vitinn Friggjar fa8m-byggvi, allotted to Odin, Hornklofi.
vita-fe, n. a law phrase, secure money, i. e. secured by a verdict or the
like ; pat er allt vitafe er vattar vitu, ok allt pat er domr daemir manni,
etc., Gpl. 508 ; saekja sem vitafe, 306 ; pat er v. er fest er fyrir vattum,
N. G. L. i. 221: mod. vita-skuld.
vitand, vitend (mod. vitund), f. intelligence, consciousness, a being
privy to, conscious of; var pat gort me3 ySvarri vitand ok ra8i, Fms. vii.
305 ; i pvi ra8i ok vitand haf6i verit Hakon dufa, ix. 452 ; pii Biii hefir
her vel verit i vetr, at varri vitund, in our opinion, to our knowledge,
Isl. ii. 442; at minni vitund, Orkn. 254; at ver fam hvarki af peim
vitand ne syn, Fb. iii. 156; bin minnsta synd at vitan gor, a willi/^,
conscious sin, Eluc. 675. 26 ; halda fyrir eins-ei6i at sinni vitend (sic),
N. G. L. ii. 68, 128 ; um sum illvirki eigi tvimaelis laust hvart per manit
purrt hafa um seti& allar vitundir, Sturl. iii. 261 ; hyggr pii at hann muni
af per bera vitundina pa er hann skal sik undan sokum faera, Orkn. 454;
me5-vitund. II. a whit, bit; ekki vitund, not a whit, freq. in
mod. usage, but only with the negative.
vitandi, part, knowing, witting ; gora e-t vitandi or 6-vitandi.
vitan-liga, adv. wittingly: ekki mer vitanliga, not in my knowledge.
vitan-ligr, adj. known; ekki mer vitanligt, 'tis not known to me.
vita-skuld, m. an acknowledged debt; at loknum oUum vita-var-
skuldum, debts contracted in the spring, Dipl. v. 18. 2. metaph. in
mod. usage, a matter of course; pa5 er vitaskuld I
Vitaz-gjafl, a, m. (of a gen. vita3r = surety), a ' sure giver,' the name
of a field, the crop of which never failed ; pat var akr er kallaSr var
Vitazgjafi pviat hann var6 aldregi lifraer, . . . eigi brask hann Vitazgjafi
enn, Gliim. 340, 343.
vit-fatt, n. adj. short of wit; e-m ver5r vitfatt. Fas. i. 104.
vit-flrring, f. ' wit-estrangement,' insanity, madness, Grag. i. 154' ^''^'
vi. 141, Bs. i. 371.
viti, a, m. a signal ; pat potti eigi g66s viti, it boded nothing good,
Fs. 20; ills-viti, boding evil. 2. as a naut. term; hafa vita af landi,
to stand so near land as to be aware of it, of the marks by which sailors
note the proximity of land ; hann sigldi fyrir sunnan Island ok hafoi
vita af, 6. H. 75 ; allir settu augu sin aptr um skut, me8an peir niattu
nokkurn vita sja til fostr-jarSar sinnar, Al. 12. 3. a beacon kindled
VITI— VITSMUNIR.
718
\Uik. S. G65a ch. 21, and Orkn. ch. 71-74, N. G. L. i. loa ; cld'^'
brenna fyrir austan borg . . . J)at mun viti kallaftr, Gs. i8; vita
1 gcira a ham fjoUum . . . sva at hvern nixtti 8J& frA oftrum, sii var
;. iija, at vitar foru austan eptir landi, Hkr. i. 147; skj6ta upp vita,
1 ii.458; fleygja eldi i vitana, Fms. viii. 74, 188; liigSu Jiar i eld ok
^; {iar vita, Eg. 222 ; brenna vita, Fas r. ; halda vita, gaeta vita, kynda
sl/i eldi i vita, etc., Orkn. I.e.; ve8r-viti, a vane, weatber-cock.
karl, vita-v6rflr, m. a beacon-walcbman, Fms. viii. 73, 188, G{)1.
vG. L. i. 102.
, a, m. a leader; in odd-viti ; li-viti, an artless person, e. g. a child;
, an evil hoder ; iir-viti or 6r-vita, insane.
!, n. (?), a moment, poiftt of time {f); en hvcrt viti (every time) cr
lestir (itleg&ar-eid, J)a skal . . ., N. G. L. i. 161.
a, aS, [vit B], to call on, visit, with gen. ; vitja frxnda sinna, Fms.
\ : at J)eir mundi koma ok vitja Gizorar, pay G. a visit, attack bim
■le, Sturl. iii. 183, Fms. vii. 37 ; {)6ttusk j^eir vita, hvar bans var at
where he was to be found, 203 : to come to look after a previous
i LLiuent or promise, vitja |)essa mala, Faer. 255 ; hann er kominn
aiitja heita |)eirra, er . . ., Fms. v. 43; vitja t)eirra einka-mala, er. ...
\ ->S8 ; vitja raftsins, Isl. ii. 241 ; J)eir vitja graSungsins (they went to fetch
t ball = Germ, abbolen), en selja Kormaki bauginn, Korm. 218 ; at vitja
t i.ir jjeirrar er hann hafSi J)egit, Eg. 35 ; ver her i nott ok vitja heilla,
( oothsaying, Korm. 206. 2. with prep. ; at vitja eigi optarr lit til
]iuds, Fms. i. 275; Gu8 Drottinn vitjaSi til Saram, the Lord God
I ted Sarah, Stj. (Gen. xxi. i). 3. eccl. to visit, of a bishop ; J)egar
\ ill vitjar, D. N. iii. 10 : vitja sjiikra, to visit the sick; hus-vitja, q. v.
itjan or vitjon, f. a visit, Fms. vii. 88 ; J)u kennir eigi tid vitjunar
J liar, Greg. 39, = J)ekkja ekki sinn vitjunar-tima, N. T. 2. eccl.
t imitation ; let hann Arna biskup taka af ser vitjun til J)ess er vera atti
( ir nyjum logum, Bs. i. 783, v. 1. ; hiis-vitjan, q. v.
itka, a5, to bewitch ; in finn-vitka, q. v., and perh. in Hm. — skylit
] 111 vitka var, 74.
itkask, a3, to recover one's senses, Ver. 31, MS. 625. 72 ; oerir
vc;i?k, Horn. (St.) 2. to recover from a swoon, Orkn. 212 ; hann
i i ongvit, en er hann vitkaSisk, Fms. vi. 230 ; Ijosta hann i svima
i mundr vitkaSisk, ii. 69 ; endr-v.
iitki, a, m. [A.S. witiga = a prophet; whence Engl, wizard, witch;
i}^.G.wizago ; of which word the mod. Germ, weissager is a corrup-
\n, as if from sagen"] : — prop, a wise man, but only used of a wizard;
« volar allar fra ViSolfi, vitkar allir fra VilmeiSi, Hdl. 32; vitka liki
( a warlock's shape) fortu verj)j63 yfir, Ls. 24.
it-lausa (mod. vitleysa), u, f. witlessness, nonsense, Nj. 214.
it-lauss, adj. witless; vitlaus hljoS, Skalda : witless, foolish, Fms. ix.
■5, Barl. 127: mad. Boll. 350; v. snapr, Stj. 625, Bs. i. 371, Magn.
p", Eg. 317 (of a drunken person),
it-leysi, n. madness, Stj. 91, Fms. vii. 150.
it-leysingr, m. a witless, insane person, idiot, Fms. i. 292.
it-litiU, adj. small-witted, of little wit, Grag. ii. II2, Fms. ii. 154,
jafii. 10: compar. vit-minni, Lv. 32.
it-lostinn, part, ^wit-struck,' insane, K. A. T20.
it-maQr, m. a wit, a clever person, Bar8. 169.
it-menni, n. = vitma8r, Lv. 32.
it-mikill, adj. of much wit, clever. Odd. 4.
;|itna, a9, [Dan. vidne^, to witness, attest, with ace. ; vitna malit ok
<ija..., Al. 125; vitna me8 lyrittar-eiSi, GJ)1. 435; vitnad kaup,
iG. L. i. 24; vitna e-t undir e-n, to call one as a witness, ii. 259, Nj.
2. pass, to be proved by witness, Bs. i. 786.
itna, u, f. = vitni ; bera vitnur. Mar.
itneskja, u, f. a sign, signal ; reisa upp hafa stong til vitneskju, Al,
kva6 J)at vera myndu g66a vitneskju (a good sign) er sva hafSi at
izk, 0. H. 26. 2. intelligence, information; hafa vitneskju af
, to be aware of a fact.
ITNI, n. [A.S. witnes ; Eng\. witness ; Din. vidne = testis']: — wit-
s, testimony (prop, vitni is the act, ' vattr' the person, but sometimes
: terms are confounded, as witness is in Engl.); bera vitni, to bear
ness; bera vitni me6 e-m, Eg. 61, Fms. vi. 194; sama vitni berr Gale-
i, Lsekn. ; bera e-m gott vitni, Nj. 1 1 ; eins t)eirra vitni skyldi hrinda thi
rftmanna vitni, O. H. J27 : an evidence, outward mark, var {)ar orpinn
jgr til vitnis, 655 xiv. B. 2. 2. = vattr, a witness, of persons ; nefna
i, to call witnesses, Fms. vii. 142 ; nefna vitni at e-u, Grag. i. 2 1 1, 214;
i;i hann fram vitni sin ok vattorS, Fms. vii. 142 ; kjosa me8 vitni,
irt .... Grag. i. 210; eptir vitnum ok giignum skal hvert mal daema,
G. L. i. 31 ; mi eru J)au vitni er eigi skolu and-vitni i moti koma, {lat er
mstefnu-vitni . . ., 32 ; var {)at vitnum bundit, Fms. vi. 149 ; ef ma8r
lask lostinn, ok eru eigi vitni vi8, ba, . ., »/a man says that he has
n beaten, there being no witnesses, N. G.L. i. 73; hann skal bei8a
n me8 vitnum at breg8a af marki, Jb. 290 : allit., l)a let hann ganga
|m vitni sin ok vatta, Fms. vii. 141. ^ compos: vitnis-biirflr,
a bearing witness, giving evidence, K. A. 50, Fms. x. 22 : as a law
m, G\>\. 475 ; gjalda samkvaeSi at v. J)eim er hann hefir borit, Grag.
J9; leita vitnisburSa, Fms. vi. 194, passim. vitnis-bud, f. the
booth of witneu,' tbt TabernacU, Stj. 310. vitnis-bviT, adj. able
to bear witness ; vera r. urn m4l, GJ)1. 400 ; ikal hann nied cngu moti
v., H. E. ii. 67. vitaiis-fMtr, adj. ' proof -fait,' that can be frovtii,
Fms. ii. 242. vit&i«.QaU, n.-.lbe mount of the Covenant, Horn. 107.
vitnis-lauas, adj. unaUtMd; vitnitlaiuar »ogur, Hkr. iii. 96. vltn*-
lauat = vitnijjaust, Sd. 140. vitnis-madr, m. a witnett, - rittr. 655
xxiii. I, D. N. i. 51, Grig. i. 219. Jb. 406. vitnlo-sannr, adj. «w-
vicied by evidence, G^\. 393. Titnia-Ork, f. the ark ofibt ewmam^ -
sattmiils-f.rk, Stj. 311, Eluc.
vitnir, m. [vitt = ci^orms], a poet, name of th* wolf, no doabt ftom its
being a charmed, bewitched animal (witchct rode on wolve»). Lex, Podl^
Gm. 23, passim.
vit-orfl, n. [cp. Ulf. weit-wods - nafnvt, weit-wodiTta and wtil-v/odei —
Haprvptov, weit-wodian'= itaprvpuv ; thus Icel. vitorO would be q». vitoA] :
— private counsel, confidence; vera d flciri manna vitorAi, in tbtconfidttut
of more men, Nj. 231 ; var |)etta fyrst a farra manna vitorfti (riti, v. I.),
229; ekki var margra manna vitor8 a bans aettcrni, Km». x. 391 ; ekki
var \>it i vitor8i al{)y8u, vi. 134 ; af niikkuru vitor&i, Riini. 286; t>at var
a margra manna vitor8i me8 hverjum skildaga..., (3. H. 95 ; vera i
ra8um ok vitorSum me8 e-m um verk, Eg. 139; nema hann kalli bik
til vitords me8 ser, unless be takes tbee into his counul, Sks. 361 B ; fyrir
litan vitor8 e-s, without one's knowledge, 745 : allit., fyrir utan vitorA eftr
vilja J)ess er atti, Gnig. ii. 348 ; fekk hann ekki »kirt sik fra vitordinu,
be could not clear himself from tb* charge of cognisance. Ri'mi. 287 : in
mod. usage, vera i vitorSi meft e-m, as a law term mostly in a bad
sense. 2. a report; tuk at vaxa vitorfl of hann ok sva metorA ok
yfirlxti, Fms. x. 391. vitorfls-madr, m. a person cognisant {Din.
medvider), D.N. v. 61.
VITB, vitr, vitrt, adj., the r is radical ; compar. vitrari, supcrl.
vitrastr : — wise, of a person ; vitr ok viAfrsEgr, Symb. 3a ; {>u ert okkar
vitrari, Fms. i. 59; vitr nia8r ok rettordr, Fb. i. 516; manna vitrastr,
Nj. 2; kvenna vitrust ok vznust, Fms. vi. 119; ^ir sem vitrari varu,
13; honum vir8isk maerin vitr ok hxversk, 57; at ruAi allra vitrustu
manna. Anal. 160 ; t)eir er vitrir hug8usk vera, Barl. 1 27 ; vitr kona ertii,
Ragna, Orkn. 254 ; hvat {« var8 vitri (dat. fem.). Am. n ; SigurAr jarl
var manna vitrastr, Fms. i. 13 ; hann var vitr maAr ok forspar um marga
hluti, Eb. 42; jafnan vaegir inn vitrari, Fms. vi. 320; far er sva vitr at
allt sjai sem er, a saying, Orkn. 304; stor-vitr, all-vitr, al-vitr, u-vitr,
spak-vitr, mis-vitr, slaeg-vitr, qq. v. 2. •= vitrligr, of a rare thing;
vitr ahyggja, Eluc. 2.
vitr, f. = vaEttr, a wight, Hkv. i. 53.
vitra, u, f. wit, wisdom, sagacity ; talAi \ik hafa litla vitni synda i sinum
raSum, Fms. viii. 168 ; fyrir vitru sakir ok dirfAar, iv. 263 ; baeAi sakir
vitru ok framburAar, Orkn. 62 (in Lex. Run.) ; at vitra ormsins efldi
einfaldleik diifunnar, Greg. 20; af heilagri vitru, Clem. I43.
vitra, a8, to manifest, lay open, reveal; vitra monnum liorAna hluti,
Greg. 75, Magn. 538 ; Drottinn lysir ok vitrar oil ra8 hugskota, Hom.
84; Helgr andi vitra8i {leim berliga, 656 C. 13; fyrir Gedeon vitraAi
Engill Gu8s, Rb. 376 ; enn iimta dag at aptni t>a var vitrat fyrir {>eim at
Gu8s ma8r myndi finnask, 623. 55. II. reflex, to reveal oneself,
appear in a dream or vision, Al. 16; mikit er um fyrirburAi slika, er
hann sjalfr vitrask okkr, Nj. 1 19; a naestu n<Stt vitraAisk inn helgi
Martinus bidcup Olafi konungi i svefni, Fms. i. 380 ; J)a vitrask Olafr
konungr konu bans i draumi ok mzlti sv4 viA hana, v. 210; sj4, t>4
vitraAist honum Engill Drottins i draumi, og ;ag8i, Matth. i. 30.
vitran and vitiain, f a revelation ; GuSlig vitran, Magn. 492. II.
a vision, appearance in a dream. Mar.; eptir J)essa vitran, Fms. v. 3IO;
1 vitran {>orvalds prests, Bs. i. 133, 303 ; vitranar-draumr, Post. 656 C. 6 ;
vitranar-sta8r, 655 x. i.
vitringr, m. a wise man, sage (like A.S. wita), Barl. 137; hann var
hdf8ingi mikill ok vitringr, Ld. 34 ; hinn mesti vitringr, Fb. ii. 80 ; freq.
in mod. usage, log-vitringr.
vitr-leikr (-leiki), m. wisdom; at |)u raAir drauminn ok lysir tv4
yfir vitrleik J)inum, Fms. xi. 6 ; sva bar v. hans af itllum monnum,
Edda (pref.) ; skorungr at laerdomi ok vitrleik, Bs. passim ; snilld ok v.,
Fms. i. 141 ; vitrleiki Einars, Lv. 53 : of a dog, cleverness, Fms. x. 354:
ironic, vitringinum Eyj<Slfi, the wiseacre E., Nj. 335. vitrleiks-
madr, m. = vitringr, Gisl. 48.
vitr-liga, adv. wisely, with wisdom, Fms. i. 303, Sks. 773, Fb. ii. 136,
passim ; li-vitrliga.
vitr-ligr, adj. [Old Engl, witterly}, wise, of a thing or action ; v.
stjorn, Fms. vi. 30; v. raA, ix. 442, xi. 38; vitrligar riAagflrAir, Ld.
238; snjallara ok vitrligra, Fms. i. 104: er Jat vitrligra, vi. 8; vitrlig
andsviir, Barl. 125, passim; li-vitrligr.
vitr-mdll, adj. wise in speech, Clem. X28, Stj. 460.
vit-samligr, adj.=vitrligr.
vit-skertr, part. ' short of wit,' insane.
vits-munir, m. pi. 'stores of wit,' sense, sagacity, cleverness; mun no
betra at hafa vitsniuni viA, Nj. 76 ; Ixrdom ok vitzmuni, Bs. i. 90 ;
hefir hann komit a vitzmuni viA mik, outwitted me. Lv. 48 ; meA
vitzmunum minum ok hvatlcika, Nj. 276; ok er hann var nokkurra
714
VITSTOLA— VIFLUR.
vetra ganiall, oxu ]^6 eigi mjiik v. hans, Sd. 176; heill i sinum vitz-
rauiium, in one's full senses, D.N. (phrase in wills); eigi er jafnkomit
um vitzmuni mtb ykkr, Fb. ii. 43 ; freq. in mod. usage. 2. = vit,
the five senses; allra vitsmuna, augiia, heyrnar . . ., Horn., St. (rare).
vit-stola, adj. 'wit-stolen,' insane. Fas. iii. 300: freq. in mod. usage,
— wild, frantic ; cp. ham-stola.
vit-stolinn, part. = vitstola, Fms. vi. 198, K. A. 120, Stj. 153; vit-
stolnir menn ok vana6ir, N. G. L. ii. 300.
VITT, n. [akin to vita], witchcraft, charms; engi mair skal hafa 1
hiisi sinu staf eSr stalla, vitt e9r blot, N. G. L. i. 383 ; engi ma6r ma
trua a vitt e8r blot, e8r rot, 389; ok draptu a vitt (vaett Cod.) seni
volur, Ls. 24 ; vitta-vattr, a bewitched wight, a wizard, witch, Yt.
vitta, 6, to bewitch, charm ; vitti hon ganda, Vsp., cp. vitka.
vitta-fullr, 3id]. full of charms; belgr vittafullr, a bagfilledwitb charms,
Kormak., cp. {>orf. Karl. 374 (see taufr).
vittlingr, m. a tuitling, simpleton, Krok. 6 new Ed.
vittugr, adj. skilled in witchcraft; nam hann vittugri valgaldr kve&a,
Vtkv. 4.
vittuU, m. a wittol, simpleton ; in mann-vitull (q. v.), Isl. ii. 340.
vitugr, adj. [Engl, witty], clever; vitugr ok snjallr, Fms. viii. 390
(v. 1.), Fagrsk. 14; sva vitugir, at |)eir kunni at raSa fyrir or6i ok eiSi,
Griig. ii. 46.
vitu-ligr, adj., in u-vituligr.
vitund, f. conscience (see vitand). II. ekki vitund, not a whit.
vit-vandr, adj. requiring cleverness, Konr.
vixtr, part, [see vitka], bewitched; at hann myndi vixtr vera, ok eigi
sva vitandi seni hann skyldi (sem hann myndi vixtr ver5a e8a ovitandi,
V.I.), Fagrsk. 32.
viz, adv./ar, widely ; see vi5r II.
vizka, u, f., qs. vitska, [vit], wisdom. Fas. i. 392; synit vizku ySra,
623. 29 ; kraptr ok v., Barl. 99 ; gef honuni vizku J)ins helga anda, 100 ;
skildi iconungr {)at af vizku sinni, at ... , 6. H. 98 ; er J)at eigi undarligt
at g9efa fylgi vizku, 123, passim; vizku-bragS, a wise contrivance, Faer.
157 ; mikill er vizku-munr or&inn, Nj. 36 ; vizku-tre, the tree of know-
ledge, 671. 6 : freq. in mod. usage, Jesu ox aldr og vizka og na8, N. T.,
Pass., Vidal. : TS.-\\zka., foolishness ; ser-vizka, q. v. compds : vizku-
liga, adv. wisely, Barl. 98. vizku-ligr, adj. wise, Sturl. iii. 246, v. 1.
vizku-ma3r, m. a wise man, Fms. vi. 204, x. 170.
vizkr, adj. clever, sensible; vizkan (Cod. vijjcan) mann, Fms. x. 405;
kona kno ok vel vizk, Bs. i. 345.
VI, VI, vi, interj. expressing the twittering of a young bird.
VIA, a6, to twitter, of young birds in the nest ; og vi8ka kokin vesallig,
viandi lata mata sig, Bb. 2. 25.
via, u, f., mostly in plur. viur, the eggs of flies in blown meat, freq.
in mod. usage.
via, a8, to blow meat, lay eggs, of flies (Lat. verminare), also to swarm ;
prob. akin to lia, yja (qq. v.), to swarm.
vi3a, adv.; vi8ar, vi5ast, widely, far and wide, in many places; sa
vi5a ratar, Hm. ; fara viSa, Eg. 41 ; vi&a um lond, 32 ; hann skal sva
viSa vargr heita, sem . . . , Grag. ii. 169 ; hann var viSa blar, Fs. 141 ;
vi5a onumit land, 18 ; viSa um heiminn, Anal. 39 ; um Ag8ir ok vidar.
Eg. 32 ; um allt Halogaland ok viSarr, Fas. ii. 161 ; sem viftast er verold
bygS, the farthest, Giag. ii. 169 ; vi8ast um veroldina, 'widest in the world,'
cp. the wide world, Edda (pref.) : with gen., vi6a veraldar, Stj. 43. 2.
metaph., hann 16 vi8a, lied in many cases, Nj. 270; J)ykkir m6r vi8ast
(in most instances, mostly) sakir hafa til verit, Orkn. I20 ; vi8ast hvar, in
most cases ox places; J)a6 er viSast hvar rett, it is correct in most parts.
vi3a, d, to widen ; braut isinn ok viddi vokna, Bs. i. 346 ; var brotinn
issinn ok vidd vokin, 319.
viSdtta, u, f. wideness, openness, of a district, Sks. 504; a vi&attu
slettra hafa, 506 ; viSatta jarSar, 549 ; vi6attu skaldskapr, loose, libellous
poetry, Grag. ii. 150.
vidd, f. width, wideness, extension; breidd, vidd, lengd, Fms. x. 272 ;
sva vitt land at J)at var mikil borgar-vidd, of the size of a large town.
Fas. i. 289 ; vi8r sem stakkgar8s-vidd, Bs. i. 669.
vi3erni, n. jf/c?/^, widening, extension; innan J)ess vi&ernis, H.E. i.
467 ; matti J)at varla standa fyrir viftemi Kristninnar, it could not hinder
the widening of the Church, Mar.
vi3ga, a&, = vi5ka. Mar.
VIDIE., m. [A. S. wi^ig; Engl, withy; cp. Lat. viiis"], a willow, Edda
(Gl.) ; J)at er vex a viSi, Pr. 474 : in Icel. esp. willow-scrub, dwarf-willow,
salix repens, fjalla-graviSir = sa//* alpinn glauca; bein-viSir, q.v. ; lo8-
vi8ir or kotuns-vi6ir, the cotton-willow; haga-gravi8ir, salix repens,
Eggert Itin. ch. 267; used for thatching (cp. taug-reptr, Hm.), but esp. as
fodder ; many local names are derived from this plant : 'V"i3i-dalr, -nes,
-hjalli, -ker (see kjarr), -skdgr, Landn., Fs., map of Icel. : Vi3-d8elir,
men from Vi6idalr (whence the family name Vidalin, descended from
Arngrim laerdi). compds : vi3-dselskr, adj. from Vi3i-dalr, Stud. iii.
263. vi3i-h8ell, m. a peg of willotv ; J)eir hrukku fyrir sem viSihaell,
as a willow-twig, Fms. iv. 250. vi3i-rif, n. the picking willow-twigs
for fodder, Sturl. i. ig^ C.
T vi3ir, m., poet, the wide sea, the main, Lex. Poet. ; freq. also in mod.
ballads, cp. tJlf. 2. 29.
vi3ka (sounded vikka), a6, to widen, Bb. 2. 25 ; dalrinn vi6kar, BarS,
173 ; vi5kast, id., Stj. 163.
VIDB, vi5, vitt, adj., compar. viSari, superl. vidastr; [A. S. uiid;
Engl, wide; Germ, weit; Dan. vid]: — wide, large, of extension; viJr
ok riimr sjor, Stj. 78; viSir skogar. Eg. 130; vi& mork, 57; vi8an
skjold, Stj. 461 ; vi6a oxi, Sturl. i. 63 ; pallar sva vi&ir, at . . ., Grag. i.
4, passim: allit. phrase, a vi8a vega, wide abroad, broadcast, Sdm. 46;
vi6s vegar, in all directions, being scattered about ; flyja vi&s vegar,
Fms. ii. 217, vi. 87 ; dreifask viSs vegar, Eg. 530. 2. neut. ; yfir
Noregi sva vitt sem Haraldr inn Harfagri haf6i att, Fms. v. 238; mi
brennr vi6ara enn hann vildi, Grag. ii. 295 ; ain fell miklu viBara, Stj.
284; nema hann hafi hross lengr e9a vi&ara, more widely, for a greater
distance, Griig. i. 433 ; um allan Noreg ok enn miklu vi6ara, Hkr. i. 71;
um allt Halogaland ok J)6 vi6ara hvar. Fas. ii. 504; forum heldr vi5in
til, Fms. vi. 15 1 ; leggja eld i Hallvar5s-kirkju ok viSara (m more plates)
i baeinn, vii. 212. II. vi3s, gen. used as adverb, mostly spelt vis,
very far, full ; enn er hann vildi tala hann Ipa, var hann vi6s fjarri, i/oj
far off, Edda i. 344 (Cod. Worm., vitz Cod. Reg.) ; viz ramligr, fyll
strong, Merl. 2. 50; viz errilig, very fierce, Fms. vi. 169 (in a vene);
viz morg ekkja./w// many a widow, Mork. (in a verse).
B. Compds: vi3-bld;inn, m. the wide blue, poet, the benm,
Edda. vi3-byg3r, part, wide-peopled. Lex. Poet. vi3-fa8n»,
adj. wide-fathoming; vi6fa5mara riki, Fms. v. 344; vi6fa9mi, nidt-
name of an ancient conqueror (the Danish king Ivarr Vi5fa8im),
Skjold. S., Landn. vi3-fe3m.ir, m. wide-fathomed, name of
one of the heavens, Edda (Gl.) vi3-fleygr, adj. wide-fiying, Skt.
78, Rom. 331. vi3-fl0gull, adj. id.. Lex. Poet. vi3-fra9gJ8,
9, to make wide-known, of praise, Bs. i. 329, Fms. i. 258 ; mun uafo
t)itt vi9fra;gjask um veroldina, Fms. i. 136. vf3-fr8egr, ai]. far-
renowned, famous, Symb. 32, Fms. vi. 431 ; dgaetari ok viBfraegri, Fb.
ii. 118. vi3-f6rli, f. a far-travelling, Bret. 30. vid-fdmll,
nd]. far-travelling, Fms. i. 100, Al. ii; as a nickname, inn vidforii,
the far-traveller, Oddr, Jjorvaldr, Eirikr, Hrani inn vi9forli, Fmj. L
60, 274, Fb. i. 29 sqq. vi3-gymnir, m. the wide-grappling, poet,
Lex. Poet. vi3-gyr3ill, m. the wide girdle of the earth, i. e, Ae
sea. Lex. Poet. vi3-heimr, m. the wide world, the heavens, Edda
(Gl.) vi3-leikr (-leiki), m. width, extent, Stj. 67, 89, 163, 174,
348. vi3-lenda, d, to extend a territory, Sks. 460. vift-
lendi, n. broad lands, wideness of land, Stj. 618, {ji8r. 146, Hkr. ii.
171 ; mart er at segja af vi91endi fer9ar 6lafs, the extent of his travA,
Fms. X. 395 : the wide, open, fiat country. Eg. 294 ; vi91endis-ferJ,
O. H. L. ch. 8. vi3-lendr, adj. having broad lands, of a king, Fnu.
i. 199, vi. 94, xi. 201, Al. 17, Stj. 610. vi3-liga, adv. widely, H.E.
i. 512. vi3-ligr, adj. wide. vi3-opnir, m. the ' wide open,' the
hall of Hel, Edda ii. 494. vi3-r883r, adj. ; ver9a vi9raEtt um e-t,to
talk far and wide of a thing, Sd. 148. vi3-rsess, adj. [ras], runtuHg
far, far-roaming, of deer; dyr 61m ok vi9raes. Art, 79! '" Gkv. 2. II
the true reading may be, a vi9raEsar varga leifar (an hypallage for vi9rstSM
varga leifar), into the realm of the wide-roaming wolves, i. e. into the mid
forest (see vargr, and leif I). vi3-s^ni, f. a wide outlook. t1&»
s^nn, adj. with wide prospect ; menn voru uti staddir a haugum nok-
kurum par sem vi9synt var, Fms. vi. 120 ; a vi&syna vegu. Mar.
VfF, n. [A. S. wif, wif-man = woman; Engl, wife; Germ, weih; sup-
posed to have originally meant a weaver, from vefa, vifi9r] : — a wonutn,
but only in poetry ; for in Icel. prose, old as well as modern, the word U
quite obsolete, Rm. 22; er vakna9i vif 6r svefni, Skv. I. 16; |)a rttJ
hilmi hugr a vifi, Hkv. 2.13; haf9a ok J)ess vsetki vifs, Hm. 102 ; vif ai
fogru, Fms. vii. 61 (in a verse) ; vant er stafs vifi. Am. 12 ; velskufaSra
vifa, Orkn. (in a verse) ; hamra vif, the wife of the rocks, a giantess ; gjorn-
inga vif, a witch; 6sk-vif, a 'wish-wife,' chosen, [wedded wife; geir-vif,
spear-wife, = Bellona, Lex. Poet.
vifandi, part., in the phrase, koma a8 vifandi, to arrive as of a ««»•
den, or by chance,
vifl3r, part, wound round; svell-vifi9r, wrapt in ice^ Lex. Poet.
vifl-lengjur, f. pi. = Lat. ambages ; also vain pretexts, subterfuges.
viflllj m. [A.S. wifel; Engl, weevil; Germ, webel], prop, a bui*;
cp. tord-yfill qs. tord-vifill, this sense, however, is lost. 2. a p.
name, Landn. ; whence in local names, Vifils-fell, -dalr, etc.
vifinn, adj. given to wowze;?, = kvennsamr, Fagrsk. ch. 66, Konr. 14,
Kr6k. ch. II, Vols. R. 47.
VIFL, f. a cudgel, bat, used in washing ; me9 viflinni, sem konur y6ra
vanar at hafa til J)vattar, Rd. 297 ; kona f6r me9 kls9i til t)vattar, hfa
haf9i vifl i hendi, ok bar9j hann i hel me6 viflinni, Fms. v. 181 ; grio-
kona hefir vifl i hendi, ok lystr a helluna, viii. 243 ; vera sem vifli*
brunni, to be like a bat at the well, i. e. to be in a surly, beating mood,
Kormak.
vifl, n. hesitation; also vii, vila.
vifla, a9, to stutter; ]^b vifla9ist fyrir honum, Bjorn.
, viflur, f. pi. waverings, slutterings, confusion ; \>a.b komu viflur a hann.
)• T
Vli'iM— Vl(jJ3LA.
i, f. the being vlfinn, = kvennsemi, Merl. 2. 74.
i, n. [from vega B; Ulf. waibjo = fxixv]^ ^ Jigbt, battle; this is
lest sense of the word, prevalent in old poems and in compds ;
k at vigi, to meet for battle, V{)m. 17, 18; at vigum, Gm. 49;
irau8r, Skm. 24; varr via vlg, Ls. 13; val J)eir kjiisa, ri&a vigi
V^m. 41 ; vapn til vigs at Ija, Fsm. ; viga gud, viga Njiir&r, viga
r, the god of battle ; verja vigi briiar-spor&ana, Fms. ii. 207 ; Heiftar-
tbe battle on the Heath, Heiaarv. S. ; hvar sem hon (Freyja) riftr til
, J)a a hon halfan val, Edda 16 ; verja {jeim vigi t)ingv611inn, lb. 1 1 ;
a t)eim vigi vollinn, Eb. 20 ; at vit myndim jafn-farir til vigs, Nj.
eiga vig saman, to have a fight together, Bret. 48 ; engi hcstr
idi hafa via J)eim i vigi, Nj. 89 (hesta-vig, a horse-fight) ; Taiini
sk i moti Biiraa, teksk {)ar vig afburaa-fraeknligt, Isl. ii. 369 ; hann
ig moti Ty, Edda 42 ; vigs atvist, presence, abetting at a fight, Grag.
38 (as a law term) ; hence is derived II. as a law term,
licide, any slaughter with a weapon, in open warfare and private
*^ ' : for the legal meaning, see the remarks s. v. mora, Grag., and the
passim. compds : 1. with gen. plur. : viga-brandr, ni.
ir-brand' a sword in the heavens, a kind of 'aurora' boding war.
i.ii-far, n. 'warfare,' battle, slaughter; ofriar ok v., Landn. 270;
a i niargar uspektir um kvenna-far, ok vigafcir, Orkn. 444. viga-
f c5ir = vigaferli, Js. 8 : or viga-fer3i, n., N. G. L. i. 19, Sks. 252 B,
(I. 26. viga-ferli, n. pi. 'warfare,' war and slaughter of men;
rn l)etta upphaf vigaferla J)inna, Nj. 85; holmgongum ok vigaferlum,
I 645 ; oeiraar-menn um kvenna-mal ok vigaferli, Lv. 3 ; lijafnaaar
c vigaferla, Krok. 36. viga-gxi3, n. the god of battle, Edda (of Ty).
^ ;a-hugr, m. a ' war-mood,' a murderous mood, = vighugr. viga-
ii3r, m. a fighting man, one ever at war, one who kills many men, Nj.
i Landn. 150, Eg. 77°! hann Iczk vera v. ok eiga uvaert, Gliim.
;:>. 2. with gen. sing. : "vigs-h^tT, i. ^\. compensation for man-
sughter, Grag. ii. 95, Fms. iii. 56. vigs-gengi, n. the baching one,
Jbting side by side with one in battle; heita, veita e-m v., Ld. 222, Y.h.
K), Lv. 95. vfgs-gjald, n. = vigsbaetr, Sturl. ii. 168. vigs-
ii3r, m. a champion, Bs. i. 763. vigs-md.!, n. a trial for man-
i lighter, Nj. 71, 100, Boll. 340. vigs-s6k = vigsok, Fms. iii. 155.
B. Real compds: vfg-dss, m. a war-beam, for defence; J)eir
Jmdr hofau vigasa i dyrum, Sturl. ii. 97. vlg-bjartr, adj. 'war-
l s;bt,' glorious. Lex. Poet. vig-bleer, m. ' War-breeze,' name of
t jar-steed, Hkv. 2. 34. vig-bsetr, f. = vigsbaetr, Grdg. ii. 95. vig-
Ind, n. pi. the gods of battle, Vsp. vig-dfs, f. 'war-fairy,' name
« one of the Valkyrja ; a pr. name of a woman, Landn. vig-djarfr,
: . daring, gallant, stout-hearted, Hm., Al. 8. vig-dr6tt, f. war-
) rs, Hm. 39. vig-dvalinn, m. name of a dwarf, Sol. vig-fimi,
I kill in arms, a feat of arms, Dropl. 24, Faer. 129, Fms. i. 97. vig-
:iv, adj. skilled in feats of arms, Ld. 242, Sturl. i. 150. vig-fleki
; 1 vfg-flaki, a, m. a 'war-board,' mantlet of boards, used in battle, =
;t. vinea (vigflaki, 655 xxv. 2), Sturl. ii. 54; faera lit a borBit vigfleka
( verjask sem bezt, en vega litt i mot, Fb. i. 542. vig-frekr, adj.
' ar-eager,' Edda (in a verse). vig-fraekn, adj. martial. Lex. Pott.
- g-fr6mu3r, m. a partisan of war. Lex. Poet. vig-fiiss, adj. eager
j battle, Grett. (in a verse) : a pr. name (cp. Gr. <pi\o-iTT6\(iios, <pi\6-
; Xos), Landn., Gliim. vfg-gla3r, adj. rejoicing in war. Lex. Poet.
■ j-grimmr, adj. murderous in battle. Lex. Poet. vig-gyr3ill, m. a
' ar-girdle,' a shelter made in ships during battle, Fms. vi. 263, viii.
6, N. G. L. i. 335. vig-gyr3la, aa, to put up the shelter before
; skip buin ok viggyrdlua, Fms. viii. 132 ; v. skip sin, Orkn. 360,
;,97; on land, Sturl. i. 185. vig-har3r, adj. hardy in war,
x.Poet. vig-hestr, m. a zt/ar-Aorsc, Eb. 54. vig-hugr, m. a
■n.y-mood,' martial mood; ef J)u verar med vighug til nokkurs manns,
IS. xi. 429 ; J)a var hann sva biiinn er v. var a honum. Valla L. 208 :
nurderous mood, scr J)u eigi at hann stendr mea vighug yfir J)6r uppi ?
IS. vi. 249 ; J)ann veg bra honum opt via siaan er v. var a honum,
11111. 342. vig-kseni, f. a feat 0/ arws, = vigfimi ; vel laerar til
rar v. k hesti, Sks. 402. vig-ksenn, adj. = vigfimr, Fms. i. 257,
;,58. vig-ksenska, u, f. = vigkaeni. El. vlg-leysi, n. t/f/ence-
-tiess, Stj. 213. vfg-li3, n. war-folk, warriors, Hkv. I. 25. vig-
;r, adj. martial, doughty. Am. 51, Ld. 80, 276, Fms. vii. 69, Bs.
559 : V. a velli at sj4, of martial appearance, Eg. 475 : l<5t hann it
'ligasta, Grett. 118 A. vig-ljdss, adj. having daylight for fight-
>• ; en {la var J)6 sva kveldat, at eigi var vigljost, ok leggja J)eir skip
I i Isegi, Fms. xi. 63. vig-liindr, m. ' war-grove,' poet, a warrior,
d a pr. name, Vigi. vig-lystr,adj. = vigfuss. Lex. Poet, vig-l^sing,
a law term, a declaration or confession of homicide committed,
1. 153 (lysa n. 3. )3). vlg-ma3r, m. a champion. Post. (Unger)
vig-mannliga, adv. martially, doughtily, Fms. vii. 225, Mag.
vig-mannligr, adj. martial. vig-m63r, adj. weary in battle,^
las. viii. 41 1, xi. 274, Ld. 222. vig-nest, n. pi. a 'war-knitting,'
\coat of mail, Hkv. Hjorv. vig-olfr, m. a 'war-wolf a pr.
jme, Sol. : "Vig61fs-3ta3ir, a local name in western Iceland. ^ vig-
jkkr, adj. gallant, Lex. Poet. vlg-rei3r, adj. ' war-wroth,' in mar-
■l mood, Nj. 256. vfg-reifr, adj. ' laetus bello,' warlike, Lex. Poet.
vfg-risiiu), adj. gallant in war, Skv. i, 13. vlg-rUni, f. froutn m
arms, Ls. a. Vig-rlflr, in. the name of the battle-fitld where the go^s
and the $011$ of Surt meet, Fm. vig-roA, n. and vig-roA, a, m. war-
redness, a meteor or red light in the tky boding war ; vigroAi ly»tr 4 ikyin,
O. H.L. 68 ; verpr vigroda 4 vikinga, Hkv. 1. 17, cp. Merl. 68. rUt-
skarfla, aft, to furnitb with ramparts, Fmi. x. 153. vfg-sk&r, adj.
harried, exposed to war; vigtk4tt riki, Ad. vig>skerdr, part./vr-
nisbed with vigtkiira, Stj. 61 1. 628, 641 . vig-ak6A, n. pi. wtttptmt t^
war, murderous weapons. Lex. Poet. vig>skOrd, n. pi. bauUmuUi,
ramparts, Stj. 640, Sks. 416, 648, Fms. vi. 149. vfg-alangA, u. f. a
' war-sling,' catapult, Fbr. 1 43, v. 1. vig-Bl6di, i.m.tbt' war-slot,' i. e.
the section of law treating of battle and manslaugbttr, Gr4g., lb. 1 7.
vfg-snarr and -wig-anjaUr, adj. martial, heroic. Lex. Poet. Tlg-
s6kn, f. a suit for manslaughter, Nj. 109. vlg-ip4r, adj., in V'»p.
28 at epithet of a battle-field, prob. an error for vigtk4r, q. v, vig-
spjOll, n. pi. 'war-spells,' war-neu/s, Hkv. 3. ii, G». 18. vig-aOk, f.
prosecution for manslaughter; tzkja vigtakar, lb. 8, Grag. i. 1 04, Nj.
86, Ld. 258; vigsakar adili, Gr4g. ii. 23, Eb. 195, Bi. i. 676; viguka
baetr, Gr4g. i. 189. vlg-tamr, adj. stilled in u/ar, Lex. Poet. rlg-
t4r, n. pi. ' war-tears,' i. e. blood; fella vigt4r, to shed war-ltars, to bleed,
Sighvat. vfg-teitr, adj. = v(ggla8r. vig-tOnn, f. a war-tootb,
tusk, Vigi. 20, Fas. i. 214, iii. 331 : an eye-tooth, N.G. L. i. 171, vlg-
v61, f. a war-trick, ruse, engine of war, Fms. i. 103 ; vupiium ok rig-
v<^ium, vi. 69, vii. 93 ; heidingjar huf&u vagna j^rnvarda ok margh4tt<-
aaar adrar vigvelar, vi. 145; vinna borg med vigveluni, Stj. 513 (vig-
vaelar). vig-v611r, m. a battle-field, Bret. 54, Eg. 491, Nj. 213, Ld.
224, Hkr. i. 159, Fms. xi. 372. vlg-v6lr, m. a 'war-stick,' weapon,
a collective term ; med iixar-hamri, cda hvarngi vigvtll er mafir hefir,
Grdg. ii. 14, Pr. 415, Fms. viii. 249. vfg-J)eyr, m. a 'war-breeze^
i. e. battle. Lex. Poet. vfg-J>rot, n. ' war-abatement,' end of the battle,
\\>m. vie-^Tjraa,,M,{. a 'war-storm,' i.e. battle, Hkv. 1.6. vig-
sesa, aa, (vigass), to furnish with vigass. vlg-Orr, adj. eager for war.
Lex. Poet.
•vigi, n. a vantage-ground, stronghold; |)ar var $v4 mikill vigis-munr,
at ekki . . . , Fms. viii. 427 ; var hamarrinn vidr ofan ok vigi gott, ii. 93,
Eb. 188, 238, Fs. 90 ; iiruggt vigi, GullJ). 53 (Ed.) ; J)ar er vigi nakkvat,
Nj. 95; renna til vigis i Almanna-gja, 228: metaph., engi vom e8r
vigi, Sks. 131 . II. the bulwarks or gunwale of a ship, Edda (Gl.) ;
{)eir toku jiar frii (from the ships) vigin, Fms. ix. 44; hldftu skipin til
ufaers af lausa-viaum J)eim er ^eir tengdu litan vid vigin, Bs. i. 393 ;
kemr annat afall, . . . ofan drap flaugina ok af vigin bxfti, 432.
Vfgi, a, m. a fighter, only used as the name of a bound, e.g. Vigi, the
dog of king Olave Tryggvason, Fms. i-iii ; and so in mod. usage,
vig^ing, f. a consecration, N.G. L. i. 345, 353.
VfGJA, a, [\Jl{.weiban,ga-weiban, = &fta(fiv; Germ, weiben ; Dan,
vie ; Swed. viga ; cp. Ulf. weiba = Ifptvs, weibipa = holiness, weis = aytoa ;
the adjective has been displaced by heilagr, q. v. ; the ve (q. v.) is a
different word] : — to consecrate ; in heathen sense, with the hammer
of Thor, vigit okkr saman Varar-hendi, {>kv. 30; tok upp hamarinn
Mjolni ok bra upp ok vigdi hafr-stokurnar, Edda 38 ; konungr vigdi \>a.
(the dwarfs) utan steins meb mala-saxi. Fas. i. 514, ii. 327, 338. II.
in Christian sense ; ver skulum vigja tv4 elda, Nj". 163 ; vigja kirkju,
K. |>. K. ; vigja prest, biskup, djakn, Bs. passim ; vigja til konungs, to
anoint as king, Ver. 25, Rb. ; vigja konung til koronu, Fms. x. 13 ; but
this was unknown in the earlier times, king Magnus Erlingsson being
the first Norse king who was consecrated by the church (A.D. 1164);
in Denmark the custom was somewhat earlier: of wedlock, lata sik saman
vigja via Ceceliu, Hkr. iii. 293 ; vigja saman hjon, Vm. 76. 2. pass. ;
vigjask til biskups, prests, nunnu, to be ordained, Jb. 17, Gr4g. i. 307,
Bs. passim.
vigr, adj. infighting state, serviceable ; allir vigir karlar, Fms. i. 309 :
skilled in arms, vigr vel, Nj. 2; vigr manna bezt, Fms. ii. 30, Eb.
32. II. neut. vigt, a law phrase, in self-defence; J«r er vigt i
gegn Jpeim frumhlaupum, Grag. ii. 9; sex eru konur J)«r er maftr 4
vigt um, 60: m6r t)ykkir eigi at \>6t vigt, sva gomlum manni, Fmt.
xi. 155; teir drdpu karla J)a er vigt var at, they smote the mm that
might be slain, Hkr. i. 235 (referring to the rule in the old code of
honour, that it was a disgrace to slay women and children, the aged and
the helpless).
vigsla, u, f . a consecration, ordination; messu-djakn at vigslu, Nj.
272 ; kom erkibiskup heim fra vigslu, Fms. ix. 423; taka vigslu af biskupi,
•Bs. i, Grag. passim; kirkju-vigsia, consecration of a church; biskups-
vigsla, prests-vigsla, ordination of a bishop, priest; hjona-vigsla. a wed-
ding; konungs-vigsla, a coronation; vatns-vigsla, Bs., passim : vigslu-
dagr, the day of consecration ; vigslu-faftir, an ordaining father (of a
bishop), cp. ' god-father.' Bs. ; vigslu-gorft, a performance of ordina-
tion, Fms. X. 1 1 ; vigslu-madr, a man in holy orders, viii. 269 ; vigslu-
gjof, id., Ann. 1356; leggja vigslu-hendr yfir e-n, to lay bands on, of a
bishop, Bs. i. 850 ; vigslu-hnitr, the sacrificial ram, Stj. ; vigslu-eiftr, the
coronation-oath, Fms. viii. 155; vigslu-gull, a coronation-ring, x. 15;
vigslu-kaup, a consecration-fee, K. A. 76 ; vigslu-klsEfti, -skru8, the coro-
716
VfK— VfKJA.
nation-robes, Fnis. x. i6, viii. 193 ; vigslu-sverS, a coronation-sword, x.
15, 109; vigslu-taka, a receiving consecration, H. E. i. 255 ; vigslu-pallr, a
degree of ordination, H. E., K. A.
VfK, f., gen. vikr, pi. vikr, [from vikja ; Dan. vig], prop, a small
creei, inlet, bay ; vik gekk upp fyrir austan nesit en upp af vikinni
st('i6 borg mikil, Eg. 161 ; {)eir namu vikr Jjaer er vi& J)a eru kenndar,
Landn. 236; i vik eina . . . hja vik {jeirri, 57 ; sa ek at i hverja vik voru
rckin brot af J)essu tre, Fms. vii. 163 ; vikr ok fjor6u, Fbr. 14 new Ed. ;
tveim megin vikrinnar, Fs. 143; margar vikr, 146; roa vik d t-n, to
row one round, get the better of another; J)aetti mer mikit vaxa
min vir&ing, e6r J)ess hofdingja er a Hrafnkel gaeti nokkura vik
roit, Hrafn. 16 (metaph. from pulling in a race), f>jal. 48. II.
freq. in local names, Vik, Vikr, Hiisa-vik, Reykjar-vik, etc. : the name
of Vik or Vikin was specially given to the present Skagerack and Chris-
tianiafjord with the adjacent coasts ; i Vik austr, i Vikinni, sigla inn, lit
Vikina, Fms. passim. The form -wick or -wich in British local names is
partly of Norse, partly of Latin origin (vicus) ; all inland places of
course belong to the latter class. compos : vikr-barmr, m. a little
bay ; komu i einn vikrbarm, Krok. 46 C. vikr-hvarf, n. a creek,
Grett. I 28 new Ed. ; spelt vikhvarf, Fms. vii. 260. Vik-marr, m.
the bay at Bergen, Fms. vii.
Vik-dsalskr, adj. /row the county W., Fms. vii.
viking, f. a freebooting voyage, piracy ; see vikingr. In heathen days
it was usual for young men of distinction, before settling down, to make
a warlike expedition to foreign parts, this voyage was called ' viking,' and
was part of a man's education like the grand tour in modern times ;
hence the saying in the old Saga, — ' when I was young and on my
voyage (viking), but now I am old and decrepit ;' so a son begs his father
to give him a ' langskip,' that he may set out on a ' viking,' cp. the scene
of the young Egil and his mother Bera, and the reference Fms. i. 69 ;
see B. The custom was common among Teutonic tribes, and is mentioned
by Caesar B. G. vi. ch. 23 (latrocinia nullam habent infamiam, quae extra
fines cujusque civitatis fiunt, sqq.), only there it is a foray on land ; (cp.
the mod. Amenca.nfilibustering.)
B. References illustrating this word : Leifr for 1 herna& i vestr-
viking, Landn. 32 ; Olafr inn hviti herja&i i vestr-viking ok vann Dyflinni,
108; Geirmundr heljar-skinn var herkonungr, hann herja6i i vestr-viking,
121 ; hann kom lit si6 landnama-ti&ar, hann haf6i verit i vestr-viking
ok haft or vestr-viking J)raela irska, 133 ; Ann var& missattr vid Harald
konung inn harfagra, hann for J)vi or landi i vestr-viking, 1 40; Ingi-
mundr var vikingr mikill ok herja&i i vestr-viking jafnan, 174; iEvarr
for til Islands or vikingu, ok synir hans, 185; Bjcirn var a sumrum i
vestr-viking en a vetrum me3 Ondotti, Eyvindr for Jja i vestr-viking,
204 ; fia var |3orsteinn son Asgrims i vikingu, en fjorgeirr annarr son
hans var tiu vetra, 292; hann var i viking a sumrum ok fekk ser fjar,
Hkr. i. 171; Hjorleifr konungr fell i vikingu. Fas. ii. 35; leggjask i
viking ok hernaS, Fms. xi. 73 ; fara 1 viking. Eg. 260 ; Grimr, ^e'n
voru i vestr-viking, ok drapu i SuSreyjum Asbjorn jarl skerja-blesa, ok
toku {)ar at herfangi Olofu konu hans, Grimr for til Islands, Landn. 314 ;
^a er ek var ungr ok i vikingu ... en mi halfu si&r at ek em gamall ok
iirvasi. Glum. 337 ; ek vii senda y3r aiistr til Svi{)j6aar a fund eins bezta
vinar mins, er nxi er kalla6r Hakon gamli, vi5 vorum lengi ba6!r samt i
viking, var me5 okkr inn kserasti felagskapr, ok attum einn sj6&, Fms.
i. 69 ; en er hann var a unga aldri, la hann I vikingu ok herna6i. Eg.
(begin.) ; Bjcirn var farmaSr mikill, var stundum i viking en stundum i
kaupfer6um, 154 ; er mer J)at nsr skapi, sag9i hann, at {)u fair mer lang-
skip ok IpzT lib me3, ok fara ek i viking (the words of a son to his father),
157 : of an expedition in the East (in the Baltic), {leir fiiru um sumarit
i viking i Austrveg, foru heim at hausti ok hof6u aflat fjar mikils
. . . skip J)at hof&u J)eir fengit um sumarit i viking, Eg. 170, 1 71 ; Bjorn
var mi i vikingu at afla ser fjar ok fr3eg6ar, Bjarn. 13 : the word occurs
also on Swed. Runic stones, sa varS dau6r i vestr-vegum i vikingu,
Baut. 962 : J)a log3usk sumir menn ut i viking ok a herskip, ok morg
endemi toku menn J)a til onnur J)au er mi mundi odsemi J)ykkja ef menn
henti slikt, Bs. i. 62 (referring to Iceland of A.D. 1056-1180) : one of
the last instances on record is Sturl. i. 152, — hann haf8i verit litan nokkura
vetr ok verit i vikingu, referring to A.D. 1195: in the Orkneys, among the
Norsemen, the viking-life lasted till the 13th century, if not longer.
vikingligr, adj. like a viking, martial, Ld. 276.
vikingr, m. a freebooter, rover, pirate, but in the Icel. Sagas used
specially of the bands of Scandinavian warriors, who during the 9th
and 10th centuries harried the British Isles and Normandy : the word is
peculiarly Norse, for although it occurs in A. S. in the poem Byrnoth (six
or seven times), it is there evidently to be regarded as a Norse word ; and
prob. so too in the poem 'Exodus,' in the words rondas bcerun sce-
wicingas, over saltne mere; lastly, in ' Widsith,' as the name of a
people, and Li^vicingas ( = LiSungar? q.v.) The word 'vikingr' is
thought to be derived from vik (a bay), from their haunting the bays,
creeks, and fjords; — or it means 'the men from the fjords,' the coin-
cidence that the old Irish called the Norsemen ' Locblatinocb,' and
Norway ' Locblan,' is curious.
B. A few selected references will illustrate the word : — Naddoddr
het maSr, hann var vikingr mikill, Landn. 26; Floki VilgerSarsoii
het ma3r, hann var v. mikill, 28 ; slogusk i Eyjarnar vikingar ok
herju5u ok rsentu viSa, 41 ; tJlfr vikingr ok Olafr bekkr furu samskipa
til Islands, 202 ; en er Jjeir lagu til hafs komu at J)eim vikingar ok vildu
rsena Tpa, en Gautr laust stafnbuann Jjeirra vi6 hjalmun-veli, ok 16g3u
vikingar vi6 J)at fra, si5an var hann kalladr Hjalmun-gautr, 223; Hrafn
hafnar-jykkill var vikingr mikill, hann for til Islands ok nam land . . .,
269 ; Olvir barna-karl het ma5r agaetr i Noregi, hann var vikingr mikill,
hann 16t eigi henda born a spjota-oddum sem \)a var vikinguni titt, bvi
var hann barna-karl kallaSr, 30S ; ma9r het Jjorsteinn, gamall nia6r ok
sjonlitill, hann hafSi verit rau5a-vikingr (q.v.) i aesku sinni, J>orst. S. ;
j^orkell mi6langr, hann er rau5r vikingr ok i missaetti vi5 Hakon jar),
Fms. xi. 121; her-vikingr, a pirate, i. 225 (p. 259); vikings efni,
vikinga hofdingi, konungr. Eg. 190, Fms. vi. 389, Fas. ii. 132; vikinga
lid, Stj. ; vikinga skip, skeiS, snekkja, Hkr. i. 296, Korm. 236, Fms. i,
289; vikinga baeli, Eg. 251; vikinga ran, Fms. vi. 291; Bera kvaj
Egil vera vikings-efni . . . ])egar hann hefSi aldr til ok honum vxri fengin
herskip. Eg. 190 (and the following verse — {)at maslti min m65ir, at mer
skyldi kaupa fiey ok fagrar arar, fara i bring me5 vikingum . . .) ; af
Gizori ma gcira J)rja menn, hann ma vera vikinga hofSingi . . ., J)i'i ma
hann ok vera konungr . . ., me6 J)ri6ja haetti ma hann vera biskup, ok er
hann bezt til J)ess fallinn af fiessum Jjremr, Fms. vi. 389 : oil Swed.
Runic stones, sa var vikinga-v6r5r me& Gauti, Baut. 267 ; allir vikingar,
Brocm. 197. Of old poems the Hkv. Hund. well illustrates the life and
warfare of Vikings of the 9th and loth centuries, where also the word
itself occurs (verpr vigroda um vikinga) ; as also vinr vikinga, in the
song in Hervar. S. ; vikingr Dana, Heir. 11 ; the saying, vikingar fan
ekki at logum. 2. in after times the word fell into discredit, and is
used, esp. in eccl. legends, as = robber, being applied by a misnomer even to
highwaymen, Stj. passim ; vikingsins Alexandri, Al. 98 ; Besso {)eim vanda
vikingi, 122 ; vikinga drap, Grett. ico; Jyessum vansigna6a vikingi, S^.
463 (of Goliath), so in Grag. ii. 136; or even in the Landn., |}orbj6m
bitra het maSr, hann var v. ok illmenni, 159. For the laws of the ancient
Vikings, their discipline and manners, see esp. Halfs S. ch. 10, Jomsvik
ch. 24 (Fms. xi), Floam. S. ch. 2, Vd. ch. 2, Yngl. S. ch. 34, 41, Eg.
ch. 48, 6.T. (Hkr.) ch. loi, 102, 6. H. ch. 21, the Orkn.S. (Sweya
Asleifson) ch. 115, f)orvalds S. Vi6f. ch. i (Bs. i. 36, 37) : records of their
wars and voyages, the Landn. passim, the first chapters of Eg., Eb.,
Ld., Grett., Orkn., Hkr. i. passim. II. Vikingr, a pr. name,
Landn. and several times on the Swed. Runic stones; cp. Siift-vikingr,
a man from Su5avik, Bs.
vikingskapr, m. piracy, Fms. i. 98, Fs. 13.
VIKJA, older vikva, MS. 325. 76; the spelling with y is curious;
pres. vykr, Horn, (a very old vellum) ; pret. veyk, 0. H. 174. 1. 9, Mork,
171.1.34; ykva, q.v., also occurs (w'=>') ; pres. vik ; pret. veik, veikt,
veik, pi. viku ; subj. viki; imperat. vik (viktu) ; part, vikinn ; a pret
v6k (like ste, hne, from stiga, hniga) has prevailed in mod. usage (vet,
lei, tJlf. 3. 34), but is hardly found in old writers: [Dan. vige; Swed.
viha.']
B. To move, turn; veik hann J)a6an ok kom fyrir konung, Stj.;
hann veik {)a upp a halsinn, GullJ). 61 new Ed. ; vikr hann lit a borgar-
vegginn, Fms. x. 238; Jjorir veik aptr til Jomalans, 6. H. 135; \ea
viku aptr {returned) ok leita {>eirra, Fms. ix. 54; hann veik heim,
returned home, Isl. ii. 203, v. 1. ; veik ek hja {I passed by) allsta&ar er
spillvirkja baslin eru viin at vera, Fms. ii. 81 ; J)eir viku \ik i Eystri-dali,
ix. 233 ; es ma&rinn vykr (sic) eptir teygingu fjandans, Horn. 216 (Ed.);
{)at skyldi eptir 63ru likja e8r vikja, Fms. v. 319; margir hiifSingjir
viku mjok eptir honum {followed him) i aleitni vi6 Harald, vii. 165;
megu ver Jiar til vikja, we may call there, Grett. 5 new Ed.; vikja
morgum hlutum eptir J)inum vilja, Fb. i. 320; Arnkell veik J)vi af sit,
A. declined, Eb. 122, Ld. 68; tok hann })vi seinliga ok veik nokkut til
ra5a braeSra sinna, Eb. 208 ; veik hann ser hja dyrunum, Fs. 62 ; sva at
sveinninn maetti hvergi vikja hof6inu, tnove with the head, i. e. turn, sttr
the head, Fms. ii. 272 ; engi ma6r skal J)er i moti vikja hendi ne faeti, stir
band or foot against thee, Stj. 204; vikja hendinni, 581 (in mod. usage,
vikja hvorki hendi ne faeti, of a lazy person) ; hann veik honum fra s^,
he pushed him off, Fms. ix. 243 (v. 1.), Stj. 614; hann veik ser undan,
turned aside, Bs. i. 861 ; vik (imperat.) hegat keri J)inu, pass the
beaker I Stj. 136; helgir fe6r viku til bindendi niu-vikna-fostu (dat.),
49. 2. metaph. ; veik hann til samj)ykkis vi6 baendr rxbn sinni,
Fms. ii. 35 ; hon veik tali til kongs-sonar, she turned her speech to
the king's son, Pr. 431 ; var J)vi vikit til atkvse9a Mar&ar, Nj. 207;
viku J)eir til Haralds malinu, Fms. vii. 169; Jiessu veik hann til Snorra
Go3a, Eb. 84 ; ok forvitnask um J)at er til hennar var vikit af J)essum
st6rmaelum, 625. 86 ; konungr tok vaenliga a ok veik undir Gizur
hvita, Nj. 178, Fb. i. 273; veik hann a {)at fyrir })eim, at..., hi
hinted at, Ld. 26 ; {>orm65r vikr a nokkut i Jjorgeirs-drapu ii niis{)okka
J)eirra, Tb. bints at, Fbr. 24 new Ed.; hon veik a vi6 Onund, at hon
vildi kvxna 6laf fraenda sinn, Grett. 87 ; vikja sva baekr til, at...,
the books indicate, Karl. 547 ; h^lt |>orleifr a um malit en Arnkell veik
VfKJANLIGR— vfSA.
717
ium, declined, Eb. 182. 3. io trend; ^it riki vikr til norSr- f Lex. Poet.
' ins. XI. 230. 4. to turn, veer, of a ship, better ykva ; skiitan
tram hart, ok var3 {jeini seiiit at vikja, Fins. vii. 202 ; ok (she)
.1 ruman krokinn at ^dr fengu cigi at vikit, viii. 386 ; onnur
viku iiiH til hafna af leiSinni, ix. 310; lat vikja I vikja til, til at
j^, vi. 244, 262, 1. c. ; |>6r&r veik fra ok or laeginu {)vi skipi, vii. II? ;
J)eir nii stofiium, veered round, ix. 301 ; {x'l gatu ^\r vikit ja'rls
nu, viii. 386; {)anii hjuimun-vol, er hanii hneigir ok vikr mefi
um stor-hofaiiigja, Sks. 479 B : nietaph., matti |j6rir eigi vikva skapi
til Magniiss, Fms. x. 411 ; {jar veik annaii veg, it took another turn,
60; J)at t)6ttusk menn skiija, at konungr viki meirr uieiftis med Gizuri
king was biassed towards G.) {)at allt er honum |)6tti sva mega,
■J"-9I- 11. impers. to turn, recede, trend ; iandi vikr, /i>«>
recedes, draws back, as one sails on, Orkn. (in a verse) ; |)adan vikr
i til landnor6rs, A. A. 289; feninu vikr at halsinum upp, Eg. 582;
veik viar veginum, at {lar var hraungata mikil, the road was thus
ed, Pr. 411; mi vikr stigunni vestr til BreiSafjaraar-dala, the story
s west to B., Nj. a ; en {)ar veik annan veg af, but it turned quite
her way, Fms. viii. 60; mi veik sva via {it came to pass) at lidit for
eina a mikla, 33. III. reflex, to turn oneself; vikjask aptr,
rn back, Fs. 37 : /o stir, hon sat ok veiksk eigi, she sate and stirred
Landn. 152 ; vikjask eptir e-u, to turn after, imitate, Fs. 4; vikjask
in e-u, to evade, shun, decline, Ld. 18, 42, Fms. xi. 94; hann viksk
tt via {)etta mai, respond to it, 27; kvear hann vel hafa vikizk
sina nauasyn, 29, i. 208 ; flestir menn vikusk litt undir af oraum
a, Bs. i. 5 ; islendingar hofau J)a vikizk undir hlyani via Magmis
mg, Fms. x. 157 ; hann veiksk via skjott, s/ar/ec? a/ once, Hrafii. i8.
q'anligr, adj. movable.
;-skart = vikskorit, indented with bays. Post. (Unger) 234.
k-vei:jar, m. pi. the men from the county Wik in Norway, Fms.
Im; Vikverja biskup, -konungr, etc., Landn. 313, Ann. 1209: Vik-
skr, adj., Faer. 34, Nj. 40, Eg. 72.
"L, n. [A. S. wil- in wil-bec ; cp. Lat. t/i//s], misery, wretchedness;
i ok vil, Skalda ; via vil ok erfidi, Hbl. 58 ; lifa via vil ok erfiai,
da; vils ok vesaldar, Fms. iii. 95 ; ^a, er m6ar er at morni komr,
er vil sem var, Hm. 23 ; hafa vil at vinna, to have bard work to win,
inak (in a verse).
.a, aa, (qs. vifla?), to hesitate, waver; vila e-a fyrir sdr.
.-m^gr, m.,pl. vilmegir, a son of toil, bondsman, Hm. 135, Skm. 35,
I (0. H. 208), Edda (Gl.), but obsolete in prose.
-sior, m. = vilstigr; hungr ok J)orsti, valad ok vilsiar, Horn. (St.)
,-8inni, n. a 'walk of misery,' distress; v. ok nana, Barl. 60; vas
wlsinni, 63; vilsinni .ok eriiai, 132; i vilsinni via sjalfan sik, in
Inflicted misery, ^\hx. 176; vinna vilsinn, to toil, Gisl. (in a verse);
tinis spa, a dismal prophecy, Gkv. 2. 3.
.-siniir, m. a companion in distress; v. volu, Edda (in a verse).
.•Stigr, m. a path of misery; margan vilstig vard hann at ganga,
viii. 48 ; sa var mer vilstigr of vitaar, Hm. 99.
I, u, f. [cp. vim], giddiness, hesitation, (in Sturl. ii. 54 for vimur
vamur) ; ol-vima, giddiness from drink, F^l. x.
a-laukr, m. a kind of narcotic leek. Fas. i. 229.
!N, n. [this word, though foreign, is common to all Teut. lan-
ces, and is one of the few words which at a very early date was
owed from the Lat. ; it is found in the oldest poems, and appears
e as a naturalised word; Ulf. has w«« = o?vos ; A. S. and O. H, G.
Germ, wein; Engl, wine; Dan. f /«] : — wine; at vini. Ham. 21,
(in a verse) ; en via vin eitt vapn-gofigr, (5ainn ae lifir, Gm. 19 ;
var i konnu, Rm. 29. Wine was in early times imported into Scan-
via from England ; J)eir komu af Englandi mea mikilli gaezku vins
lunangs ok hveitis, Bs. i. 433, (in the Profectio ad Terram Sanctam,
, for vim mellis, tritici, bonarumque vestium, read vini, mellis,
or it was brought through Holstein from Germany, as in Fms. i.
; |)yaerskir menn aetla h^aan at flytja smjor ok skreid, en h^r kemr
iSinn vin, in the speech of Sverrir, Fms. viii. 251 ; the story of
kir the Southerner (German), Fb. i. 540, is curious : — for wine made
Tries (berja-vin), see Pals S. ch. 9, and Ann. 1203 : cp. the saying, vin
til vinar drekka, Sturl. iii. 305 ; eitt silfr-ker fullt af vini, id. : allit.,
ok virtr, Sdm. 2. poet., hrae-vin, hrafn-vin, vitnis-vin, = Woorf,
, Poet.
B. CoMPDs : vin-belgr, m. a wine-skin, Fms. v. 137. vfn-ber,
vine-berries,' grapes, Stj. 200, Fb. i. 540, SkAlda, N. T. ; vinberja
gull, |>orf, Karl. 412; vinbers-bl(3d, the blood of the grape, Stj.
berill, m. a wine-barrel, Stj. 366, Fb. ii. 24, Hy'm. 31. vfn-
li, a, m. a cup-bearer, Karl. 10. vln-dropi, a, m. a drop of wine,
544. 39. vfn-drukkinn, part, drunken with wine, Bret. 96,
124,428, Post. vm-drykkja, u, f. wine-drinking, Fms.* viii.
vfn-drykkr, m. a drink of wine, Fms. viii. 124. vin-fat,
wine-vat, R^tt. vin-fdtt, n. adj. short of wine, Ann. 1326.
ferill, m., no doubt erroneous for vinberiil, Hy'm. 31 (cp. Engl.
el). vin-gar3r, m. a vineyard, Stj. 63, 113, Fb. ii. 24, Edda
f.), N, T. vin-gefn, f., poet, appellation for a woman, cp. Hebe,
vin-g:u0, n. the wint-god (^iiactmu i, Al. 6. Tia-sOrO,
f. wine-maiing, Edda (in a vcr»c). vin-htLa, n. a wiru-bouu.
Mirm. vin-hOflgr, adj. heavy with wine, of a goblet, Akv. 34.
vfn-ker, n. a wine-beaker, Bs, i. 798, v. I. vin^kjallari, a, n». a
wine-cellar, D.N. ii. 513. Gd. 71. Vin-land, n. Wtneland, the
name given to the American continent diicovcred by the old Nortemeo.
|>orf. Karl., Fb. i, 538 tqq., Ann.; Vinland* fcrft or -fdr. an expfdiliom
to Wineland, faorf. Karl. 346, Fb. i. 541. 544. vln-UuM, adj. wine-
less, Ann. 1326. Vfn-lenzkr, adj. a nickname of a traveller in Wine-
land (America) ; fjorhallr enn Vinlenzki (not Vindlenzki). Landn.. Grett..
cp. |>orf. Karl. S. vln-leysi, n. lack of wine, Nortke Sanil. v. 1 59. rln-
68r, adj. wine-mad, drunk, Stj. 428. vin-6rar. f. pi. wintravingi.
Stj. 484. vfn-pottr, m. a wine-pot, Fm». viii. 428. Tin-srelsr,
m. a drunkard. vln-tr6, n. a ' wine-tree,' vine, Lat. vitit, Al. 165, Stj,
399> 403- vfn-tunna, u, f. a wine-tun, wine-cask, B». i. 453. Stj. 429,
483. vfn-vifli, n. = vinviar; vinvidij tcinungr. Stj. 200. vln-vlflr,
m. wine-wood, the vine, Fb. i. 540 (in Wineland). Magn. 470, El. 15. Stj.
86, 200 ; vinviflar ski'gr, Karl. 326. vln-^niga, u, f. = vin^riiiig, lo
in mod. usage. via-'^6ng, f. a wine-press, Stj. 620, Magn. 486.
vlrr, m. [Engl, wire], a wire, thread of metal ; draga vir, »ilfr-rlr.
vira-virki, n. 'wire-work,' csp. oiflligree, Pr. 434, Clar., D. N. il. 147 ;
kaleikr mea vira-virkjum, Vm. 52.
Vf SA, aa ; pret. visti, Str. 66. I. 37 ; part, vfft, 73. \. 30, 81. 1, 10:
[Ulf. ga-weison = iiriaKiirrtaOat ; O. H. G. wuan ; Germ, weiten ; Dan.
vise] : — to shew, point the way for one, direct, indicate, etc. ; cf nuAr
visar at maimi ulmum hundi, ;/ a penon sets a hound on a peruon,
Grag. ii. 118; hann idradisk at hann visti honum i brott, Str. 66 ; ef
konungr visar gestum at ovinum sinum, Sks. 258 ; visa e-ni til sxtis, lo
shew one where to sit. Eg. 29 ; visa e-m til lands-kosfar, to shew him to
the best of the land, 138; ok visudu honum til Ko!s, and shewed him
the way to Kol, where he was to be found, Nj. 55 ; ok viiudu honum til
Valhaliar, Hkr. i. 161 ; hcfir })u heyrt hvat atburft oss hefir hingat vist
(sic), Str. 81; sem honum visar til skipan fo8ur bans, Fms. x. 419;
hverr honum hefir visat at rekkju hja dugandi konuin, vii. 166; visa
e-m leia, Skv. i. 24; visa Jni mer mi leidina, Hbl. 55; visa e-m til
vegar, /o shew one the road; munu ver ekki rasa i helina opna, Jxitt
Hreiaarr viii oss J)annig 4 visa, Fms. viii. 437; visar |)u augum & oss
J)annig, thou aimest with thy eyes at us, starest at me, Hdl. ; ef ma8r visar
manni a forua, Grdg. ii. 17 ; {)6tti J)eim Jia li visat um biistaSinn, Ld. 6 ;
ef maar visar unjaga sinum eptir eldi, gives him directions to fetch bis
food, G\)\. 377; v's* «-ni fri*. 'o shew one the way out, send one away,
reject an application, Fms. i. 157, Grett. 125 ; vxrir |)U slikr madr sem
hann, {)a mundi J)cr eigi fra visat, of a wooer, Isl. ii. 214. 2.
metaph., visa 4, to point at, indicate; ek hefir |>annig helzt a visat, Fms.
ii. 260 ; ii {)at l)ykkir visa meistari Johannes i bok )>eirri er . . . , Rb. 466 ;
sem eaii ok aldr visar til, Fms. x. 177; visa ok sv4 til Enskar biekr,
at..., xi. 410; visar sva til i scign Bjarnar, Grett. 132 new Ed. (visar
sva at i sogu Bjarnar, Cod. A) ; ok visar sva til, at konur .... Fms. xi.
414 ; J)at visar, at . . ., demonstrates, Rb. 382 ; sem {wSr visit, at J)ir leggit
mi hug a, H.E. i. 251.
visa, u, f. [Germ, weise; Dan. vise], a strophe, stanza; kveJa visu,
Nj. 12 ; hann orti kvseai ok eru J)essar visur i, Fms. v. 108 ; visu Icngd,
the length of a stanza, Edda (Ht.) i. 606, 656: referring to the repeti-
tion of verses as a means of measuring time (minutes), Fs. (Vd. ch. 26) ;
lausa-visa, a ditty; nia-visa, song-visa; holdar danza haria snart, {>4
heyrist visan min, a ditty : as the names of shorter poems, as, Nesja-visur,
Austrfarar-visur, by Sighvat ; Visna-bok, a book of lays. Unlike the old
Greek epics, as well as the poems of the Saxon Beowulf,all ancient Northern
poetry is in strophic lays. Four sets of alliteration make a verse (visa),
two a half strophe, visu-helmingr, Edda (Ht.) i. 610, or half visa,
Grag. ii. 148 ; one set a quarter of a visa (visu-fjoraungr) ; each allitera-
tive set being again divided into two halves, called viau-orfl, a word or
sentence, Edda (Ht.) i. 596, cp. Hallfr. S. ch. 6 (Fs. 96. 97) ; thus ' fastorAr
skyli fyraa | fengsaell vera ^engill' is an alliterative set. 49* The vel-
lums give verses in unbroken lines, but in modem print each allitera-
tive set is divided into two lines ; this may do for metres of the drott-
kvaea kind, with two rhyming syllables in each visu-orA; but in the
brief kvidu-hattr (the metre of the Vsp.) each alliterative set should,
for the sake of the flow of the verse, be printed in one line, thus,
HljoBs bia ek allar helgar kindir [ meiri ok minni mogu Heimdalar ;
for a pause only follows between each pair of sets, but none between the
sub-staves and the head-stave. This plan is that advocated by Jacob
Grimm : the other, commonly followed in the Editions, chops the
verse into — hlj6as bib ek allar | helgar kindir | meiri ok minni | niiigu
Heimdalar.
-visa, -vis, -visu, -vlai, and so in mod. usage ; [Gemi. weise ; Engl.
-iws* = way or manner ; see visa] ; only in the compd iidru-vis, otherwise,
N. G. L. ii. 136, Stj. 213 ; en ef oftru-vis verftr, Fms. vii. 161 (odru-visu,
V. 1.); nakkvat odru-vis, xi. 136, K. A. 102; gora ofiru-vis, 174; nu
hefir odru-vis ordit, Ld. 252; hann var aldri odru-vis, Fs. 184 : hafSi
hann niikkut 6aru-visa sagt, Ld. 58; niikkiit i>aru-visa, Fms. v. 341 ;
718
vfSAEYRIR— V^GD.
gora o6ru-visa enn hann by3r, Fas. iii. 125, Fb. iii. 282 : tiSru-visu, Fms.
vii. 161 (v. 1.), Bret. 12 (v. 1.), Fb. i. HI : o6ru-visi (which also is the
current mod. form), Stj. 237 (but o&ru-viss, v. 1.)
vfsa-eyrir, m. = viseyrir, Ann. 1335, N. G. L. ii. 429.
visan, f. a pointing, direction ; mi skulu {)er fara eptir minni visan,
Fms. ii. 71, Fas. i. 61 ; til-visan, lei8ar-v.
visa-vin, f. a thing sure to happen ; at J)vi osaetti es visavan vas, at
J)2Er barsmiSir gorSisk, er, tb. 12, Mar.
vis-bending, f. a signal, Fms. xi. 332 ; gora e-m v., to give a signal,
Fs. 85, Stj. 357.
vis-d6mr, m. [Engl, wisdom], knowledge, intelligence; vitran ok \., fore-
boding, Stj. 30; J)eir s6g3u allir eitt af sinum visdomi, Fms. i. 96; bera
fullan visdom a e-t, to know for certain, iii. 6 ; bera sannan visdom a e-t,
id., Fb. ii. 126 ; siJgSu allir af sinum visdomi, at . . . , of a prophecy, i. 88,
Stj. 491. 2. wisdom; vizka ok visdomr, Stj. 35 ; baeSi visdom ok
heimsku, Karl. 477 ; visdoms brunnr, Horn. 155. compds : visdoms-
fuUr, adj. full of wisdom, Stj. 524. visdoms-kona, u, f. a wise
woman, a sibyl, Stj. 363. visd6ms-nia3r, m. a sage, Fms. i. 141.
"visd6nis-meistari, a, m. a master in wisdom, a magician, Stj. 492.
visendi (mod. visindi), n. pi. knowledge, intelligence ; af kvaeSum
Hallfre6ar tcikum ver helzt visendi ok sannindi J)at er sagt er fra Olafi
konungi, i. e. we draw information from H.'s poems, Hkr. i. 289 ;
Saul baS hann segja ser hvart hann skyldi ssekja eptir Philisteis, en
hann fekk |)ar um engin visendi, Stj. 455 ; Sturla skald Ji6r6arson
sag6i fyrir Islendinga sogur ok haf3i hann {)ar til visindi af fr66um
monnum, Sturl. i. 107 ; hvi muntu vilja taka af m6r visindi e3r sagnir,
Orkn. 138; at hann megi af t)eim daemum marka ok taka visendi,
Sks. 497; hann (the well) er fullr af visindum, Edda 10; sva er sagt
i fornum visindum (iti old lore, old songs) at J)a&an af voru daegr
greind ok ara-tal, 5; fara me5 visendi ok spadom, Orkn. 138; 03inn
hafSi spadom, ok af fjeim visindum fann hann, at..., Edda (pref.),
Post. 645. 89; fa. visenda-svor af e-m, Sks. 531 B; komu engi visindi
af J)eirra eyrendi, hvert orSit var, Fms. viii. 302 ; vita me6 visendum at
segja, to know for certain, Pr. 418. compds : visenda-b6k, f. a
learned book, Pr. 403 : mod. a scientific work. visenda-kona, u, f.
a wise woman, a sibyl; visindakona ein sii er sag6i fyrir orlog manna,
Fms. iv. 46, Post. 645. 89. visinda-maSr, m. a soothsayer, Orkn.
138, 140, Stj. 439, 491, Fas. i. 5: mod. a scholar, man of science.
visenda-tr§, n. the tree of knowledge, Sks. 499. visinda-vegr, m,
the way of knowledge, Stj. 381.
visendr, part. pi. a law term, defined in N. G. L. i. 184; vegandi e3a
veganda sonr skal rei6a bauga alia nema hann hafi visendr til, the slayer
and his son are bound to pay off all the parts of the weregild, unless he
has visendr, viz. living relations who are sure to pay each his share.
vis-eyrir, m. ' safe money,' a king's revenue, answering to the revenue
of modern times, including land-tax, payment of lei6angr, Rett., Thorn.,
D,N. passim, Ann. 1331 ; viseyris stefna, a meeting of tax-gatherers, D.N.
vlsi, a, m. a guide, leader, captain, = \is\x (II), only in poets, Hdl.,
Hkv., Edda (Gl.), Lex. Poet. ; skei3ar-visi, a/)j7o^, steersman, Baut. 8i6.
visi, f. knowledge, science ; mostly in compds, sett-visi : of manners, in
lae-visi, dramb-visi.
visi-fingr, m. the index-finger, fore-finger.
visir, m. an index, botan. a sprout; syndisk mer visirinn vaxa smam,
of a grape, Stj. 200 : the saying, mjor er mikils visir, reminding one of
the para:ble of the mustard seed in the N. T, II. = visi, a leader,
king. Lex. Poet.
vis-liga, adv. /or certain, Dan. visselig, Stj. 174; vita visliga, 617,
Fms. iii. 154; spyrja v. til e-s, i. 185; hann xtlaSi v. undir sik at
leggja eyjarnar, x. 35.
vis-ligr, adj. certain, Fms, ii. 276; bykkir m6r visligra at fara aptr,
Fb.ii. 382.
VISS, adj., gen. pl.vissa, Skm. 17; dat. sing. f. vissi (likehvassa, laussa,
laussi) ; \\J\i. weis, in hindar-wiis, un-weis, fulla-weis ; A.S. wis; Engl.
wise; O. H.G. wisi; Germ, weise; Dutch wijze; Dan.-Swed. vis'] ; — certain ;
J)6tt ek vita visan bana minn, Nj. 95 ; li6u sva sex ar at {)etta var3 ekki
vist, was not known, fsl. ii. 200 ; visar eigiiir konungs ( = visaeyrir),
Fms. vii. 20 ; uvisa-vargr, see p. 667 ; ver3a e-s viss, to ascertain, he-
come aware of; J)essa mun ek skjott viss ver3a, Nj. 1 1 ; ek mun ^essa
bratt viss ver3a af konungi, Eg. 54 ; gora hann varan vi6 svikrae3i, er
hann vard viss, Fms. vi. 41 ; ver8a viss J)essarrar ra3a-gor6ar, Nj. 80;
er Egill er viss or5inn {)essara ti9enda, Eg. 406 : er J)eir voru visir ordnir
alls ins sanna, 123 ; mun {jessa aldri vist ver&a, Fb. i. 554 : vis van, J)a er
J)6 vis van, at t)eygi vili allir til eins faera ef mali skiptir allra helzt 1
logum, Skalda (Thorodd) ; J)a skjotumk ek yfir, sem vis van er, as is to
be expected, id. II. wise; visa nienn af li-visum, Stj. 191, v.l.;
inn visi sagna-ma6r Josephus, 43 ; Ingjaldr var enn visasti ma6r i ollu.
Fas. ii. 505, Rb. 466 : allit., vissa Vana (gen. pi.), Skm. 17 ; me3 visum
Viinum, V{)m. 39, but in this sense ' vitr' (q. v.) is more used. III.
neut. as adverb (Germ, ge-wiss) ; ma slikt vist utriiligt ^'ykkja, Fms. x.
309 ; ^ar eru vist pislar-sta3ir, Sks. 154 ; vita e-t vist, to know for certain,
Rb. 2 ; J)at vii ek vist, surely I will, Nj. 41 ; ^leir ba3u hann drekka so&it, ^
' hann vill Jjat vist eigi, that he would by no means do, Fms. i. 35 ; vist eigi
certainly not, Sturl. i. 84 C ; it visasta, most certainly, Hom. 5 ; at visu
certainly, surely ; hann hefir |)at at visu i hug ser, Ld. 40 ; vill konunp
nu at visu lata undan bera, Fms. xi, 69 : til viss, for certain ; hann lezk
kenna Baering til viss, Baer. 16 ; er ^sirnir sa {)at til viss, at J)ar var berg-
risi kominn, Edda 26; Jjat vitum ver til viss, at..., Fms. xi. 380 ;
sja fyrir vist, Stj. 213. IV. viss vitandi, intentionally, knowingly;
in two words, gora viss vitandi, Stj. 39 ; enda varSar ok fjorbaugs-garJ
(ilium J)eim monnum sem samskipa fenu fara litan visir vitendr, Grag.
(Kb.) i. 243 ; at hann hafi J)a konu fastnat viss vitandi, ii. 35 : in mod.
usage, vis-vitandi, indecl., in one word. V. of mind or manners,
in compds as brag6-viss, wily ; dramb-viss, Ix-viss, qq. v.
visundr, m. [O.H. G. wisunt; Gr. /3tVa;j/], the bison-ox, Nj. 160,
{>i6r. 230, Fas. i. 201. 2. the name of a ship of St, Olave the king,
from a bison's head on the stem, 6. H., Sighvat.
vis-vitandi, part, knowing ; eg gerfti J)aS v., see viss IV.
vita, t, [A. S. witan ; Old Engl, wite], to fine, sconce, mulct ; Jiar sem
menu ver6a vittir a Gula{)ingi, Gbl. 20 ; vera vittr {to be sconced) fyrir
bor5s tilgongu, Fms. iii. 155 ; var6 Halldorr vittr . . ., settusk ^t\x i mar-
halm um daginn ok skyldu drekka vitin, H. was sconced . . . , they sat
him on the straw and were drinking the sconces, Fms. vi. 242 ; en ef eigi
koma, J)a eru J)eir vittir, N. G. L. i. 4 : so in the saying, sa er vittr sem
ekki fylgir landsiSnum ; hvert viti J)eir hofdu fengit er vi3 fenu hof&u
tekit, Fms. vi. 277.
VITI, n. [A.S, wite; Old Engl, wite], a fine, sconce; sex marka
viti, Grag. i. 319; skal J)ar gjaldask vitiS, 451 ; {>orgiIs segir, at h6n
skal viti {punishment) fyrir taka, Fms. vii. 219 ; slikt viti sem hann hafSi
a ser tekit, xi. 117 ; ef J)u bregftr eigi af . . . ella liggr ^er a viti, iv. 27;
er ]pat ra& at Hakon skapi J)er viti fyrir, ok far Jii i sveit hans, »fi,
153 ; lei3ar-viti, see lei3 ; hel-viti, q. v. : the saying, lata s^r annars viti
at varna&i, Nj. 23 (Sol. 19); bor8a-viti, a table-sconce ; en er kom at
Jolum voru viti upp s6g8, but when Yule came the sconces were declared,
Fms. vi. 242 ; (cp. the sconces in the Oxford Colleges). compds : vftitN
gjald, n. the paying a viti, Grag. i. 451. vftis-horn, n. a scoaet-
horn or cup, Fms. vi. 242 ; vitishorn J)at er hir5menn eru vanir at dreldU
af, Edda 32. vita-lauss, id., Sks. 798. viti-latiss, id.; ellaff
vitilaust, Grag. i. 6, 90. vitis-lauss, adj. ' witeless,' without pun^
ment, Nj. 164 ; Jjat er ok vitislaust, at . . ., Grag. i. 147 ; Gu6 laetr aldregi
vitislaust undan ganga ofmetna3ar-nienn, 655 iv. 2. vita-ver3r, adj.
finable, worthy of punishment, Hkr, iii. 203.
VIXL, n. [^k.S. wrixl ; cp. Germ, wechseln ; Ttzn. vaxel ; cp. Lat.
vices'] : — only in the adverbial phrase, a vixl, across, passing by <m
another; standa a vixl futunum, to stand cross-legged, Sturl. ii. 158;
aka vognum a vixl, Fms. iv. 49; J)eir ri5usk a vixl, Fs. 159; p4
er hestarnir runnusk a vixl, Mag. 8 ; hann let lei3a tva yxn sanufi
a vixl (saman a vixl, v. 1.), two oxen with beads crossing one anotbtf,
Eg. 181.
vixla, aS, [Germ, wechseln; A.S. wrixlian; Dan. vcsxle] : — to crou,
put across : part, vixla&r, broken, of a horse ; hann er vixla6r.
vixlingr, m. [Germ, wechsel-balg], a changeling, <=s]a.p\.\ngx, q. ?.;
J)u vixlingr (as abuse), Flov. 37, Jji6r. 127.
vixtr or vixltr, part, changed, idiotic, Fagrsk.
VOD, vo3i, vog, vogr, vola3r, volgr, von, vondr, vopn, VCtf,
vos, votr, and compds, see va5, va5i, vag, vagr, valaQr, valgr, vin,
vandr, vapn, var, vas, vatr, pp. 683-6S6.
voga, a3, to dare, Bs. i. 868, Fas. i. 450, Grett. 157 ; see vaga, p. 684!
vogan, f, daring.
vokins, adv. [akin to vakr = veykr], in faint hope; vera vokins um
e-t, to doubt, almost despair of.
voldugr, zd]. powerful. Germ, ge-waltig ; see voldugr.
vos, n. a small suppurating pimple; perh. fern, is the better form;
the word is freq. in mod. usage, and seems to occur in Harms. 44 (vos
ok lostu, see Lex. Poet. s. v. vos).
vrangr, vrei3r, vreka, etc., see introduction to letter R.
vrungu, a pret. 3rd pers. plur. of a lost vringa, to wring, Skalda (in Jf=
verse of Egil) ; this is the only authentic written instance of vr.
v^lir, prob. a saying, in the extracts of the lost part of the HeiSarv.S.J
vylir (vii er ?) fjarri en verr sjaldan, Isl. ii. 483 (somewhat corrupt),
vse, interj.=vei; vesijl eru ver, ok vae er oss fyrir, Fagrsk. ch. 193.
VJEBA, d, [va&], to clothe; {)6tt hann set vseddr til vel, Hm. 60;
her-vae6a (q. v.), to put on armour, Edda 41. 2. a naut. tennJ
Fugley var a haegri hijnd, Hjaltland t)okan vaeddi, the fog clothed (shrouded
Shetland, Eggert.
V8B3i, n. = ve&; V3E3islauss = veSlauss, D. N. i. 163.
V8eg3, f. mercy, forbearance ; bi&ja v»g3ar, Stj. 579, 582 ; vxgb t*
miskunn, 180, H. E. i. 237, 239; eiga ongrar vsegSar van, Edda 89;
skipa malum til vxg5ar, Fms. x. 409 ; fyrir litan allar vaEg6ir, So.
518 B; l^at er til vaegSar maetti komask J)etta mal, Hav. 57, pa*''**
V8eg5ar-laus3, adj. merciless, exacting, Sks. 583, Fms. v. 162; n^yrtoi
ok vaeg9arlauss stormr, Bxr. 5 : neut. as adv., falla vaegdarlaust, Sks. 582;
heimta v., Orkn. 98, T?hom, 425.
V.EGI— ViENTA.
719
;i, n. we!gb(, moment; vera li'tils vsegis, to be 0/ small moment,
n. 116; litil-vaegi, a /ryfe; of-vxgi, immensity.
;i.liga, idv.forbearingly, leniently, Lv. 10, Fm*. vii. 18, Barl. 73,
94, Sks. 42.
i-ligr, A^]. forbearing, lenient; v. domr, Sks. 587, 615, 660.
ing, f. suppuration.
:inn, adj. lenient, yielding, Fms. vi. 377, Sks. 683 B.
ilGJA, 6, [a derivative, akin to vcga, vag, to weigh'] :— to give way ;
vxgbi J)eini, the sea gave way to them, Barl. 26 ; vaigja gOngunni, to
the road, when two meet one another, Orkn. 374 ; ef menn sigla meft
i samfloti, J)a skulu Jieir v. er ytri sigla, N. G. L. ii. 282. 2. to
oib kvaa hitt Hogni, hugSi litt voegja. Am. 38 ; leggjum ni8r |)c$5i
tli ok vsEgjum ba&ir, Barl. 125 ; jafnan vaegir hinn vilrari, a saying,
vi. 220; sjaldan vaegir inn verri, Stj. 544; vaegja fyrir e-m, to
to one, Nj. 57, Ld. 234, Eg. 21,187; vaegja eptir e-m, id., Stj.
vaegja undan, /o give way be/ore one; vaegja undan lifriSi livina
Mar. 3. to regard, comply with; vaeg frsendsemi vid broftur
Sks. 752; hann vxgH i \)vi fesiiikni riddara sinna, 699: to
r, bi& ek Drottinn at \\x vaegir nokkut rei6i J)inni, Sks. 589;
vaegSi rei5i sinni, 590; vsgja domum, to temper judgment, judge
ih' 639 ; vaegja or6a atkv8e5um, to forbear from words, Fms.
3; hvervetna Jjar sem domarinn vaegir eptir mala-vcixtum, GJ)1.
4. to spare, with dat. ; {>orkeIl baS jarl vxgja bondum, Orkn.
irjEgit fo8ur minum ok drepit hann eigi, Fms. ii. 158 ; very freq. in
usage, but rare in old writers, where the primitive sense of yielding
As. II. reflex, to give way, yield; betra er at vaegjask
5s en baegjask til ills, Bs. i. 729 ; betra er aS va-gjask til vir8ingar,
sgjask til vandraeSa, Fms. vii. 25; vsgjask til vi& e-n, 0. H. 51;
til konungs ok vaegjask vi6 hann, Fms. ix. 431 ; hann vildi J)6
sk J)ar via. Eg. 753.
ja, 8, [vagr], to suppurate ; hendr hans haf8i vaegt ok faetr, Greg.
'«g8i ta hans, Fms. vii. 319 ; blindan sau8, ok haf&i vaegt or augun
Bs. i. 196.
r-leidinn, adj. = vaegiiin; vera v. vi3 e-n, Bs. i. 708.
;r, adj. balancing, of scales ; fiaer skalar syndusk honum sva vaegar
oales so nicely balanced), at ef eitt litiS har vaeri {)ar lagt i, at ^6
u J)«r eptir lata, Sks. 643 B ; of-vaegr, over-weighing, overwbelm-
of-V£egr manna missir, Bs. i. 142 ; ofvaegr herr, 6. H. 242. 2.
t, merciful; vaegr, opp. to hardr, exacting, freq. in mod. usage.
'sl, n. = vxg8, Barl. 116.
;ka, u, f., see vekka.
, n. a wailing ; me8 vael ok veinan, Orkn. 78, passim.
a, d, to wail, Fbr. 212.
indi, n. = v61indi, the gullet.
I, adj. = veill, Bs. i. 513, v. 1.
on, f. a wailing.
ilMA, u, f. [vamr], nausea ; vsemu-brag8, a nauseous taste.
aa, 8, to feel nausea : impers., e-n vaemir vi8 e-m, Clf. i.
ainn, adj. nauseous, of taste.
iiNA, d, [van; Engl, to M»ee«] : = vaenta, to hope for, with gen.;
honum enn me8 pvi miskunnar ok eilifrar dyr8ar, Fms. v. 218 :
e-m e-u, {)ess biS ek, at J)U latir eigi gipta konu fra m<5r, J)vi vaeni
ir, I count on that from thee, Glum. 358 ; J)a var honum vaent af
itus ollu Gy8inga-landi, all the Jews-land was promised him by A.,
mun her morgum manni saklausum vsent grati i J)essi ferS, many
mve cause to weep, Sturl. iii. 233, v. 1. 2. to ween, think; 1
vaeni ek, at ek heiti Ofeigr, Fms. vii. 31 ; vaeni ek ok, at . . ., vi.
3. vaena e-n e-u, to charge one with a thing, Horn. 109;
e-n lygi, Nj. 134; tortryg5 ok lygi vaend, Sks. 77; ef ma8r vaenir
h6ri ok kallar hana horu, N. G. L. i. 70 ; nenia ma8r se vsendr konu
30; sii er Gu3riinu (ace.) grand! vaetti, Gkv. 3. 10; biskup haf8i
lira {)orstenii, at . . ., given Th. to understand (cp. a-vaeningr), Ann.
4. impers., vaenir mik mi, at . . ., Fms. viii. 398. II.
, vaenask e-s or e-u, to hope for; mi slendr madr fiS sitt i hendi
I manni, en hann vaenisk heimildar-manni, N. G. L. i. 83 ; vsenisk
ok engra manna liSveizlu, Sturl. iii. 232. 2. ef ma8r vaenisk
oasts of), at hann hafi legit me8 konu, GJ)!. 203 ; mi vaenisk s4
J)vi, er drap, at hinum yr8i a synt J)ar er eigi var8, Grag. ii. 15 ;
itiisk hinn J)vi, at hann hafi drepit hann, 19 ; venisk eigi goSr ma8r
6 vandr ma8r vaenisk g68um konum, Skalda (Thorodd).
id, f. expectance (Germ, aussicht) ; ok i ^xt vaendir komit, at J)au
i bam ala, Grag. i. 348 ; eiga e-t i vaendum, to have in expectance.
.di, [from vandr] ; in compds : V8Bndis-f61k, n. people one thinks
bad, wicked people, Fms. xi. 2.i;2, v. 1. vsendis-kona, u, f. a
', Fms. vi. 241. v8Bndis-nia3r, m". a miscreant; {)j6f ok vaendis-
Fms. ix. 380 (v.l.), Karl. 71, Rom. 184, |>orst. SiSu H. 12.
,gi, n. a cabin on board a ship, Edda (Gl.) i. 584.
iKTGB, m., pi. vaengir; [A.S. winge ; Engl, wing ; Dah. vinge ;
»ot word is vega] : — awing; ba8a vaengi, Grdg. ii. 170; brci8a
iia lit, Al. 21; J)essa tva vaengi, 677. 3; enn af hans vaengjum
vind koma, V^jm. 37 ; vaengi J)eir sk6ku, Sol. 54 ; me8 vaengjunum .
'huldi hann landit ailf, Fnis. viii. 10: the phrate. hcyra c-A
to bear a thing - under the wing,' i.e. to bear ii by a tidt-wimd, htar it
whispered. II. nietaph. lb* wing of a building. D. N. »i, 84 ;
esp. of a church, ii. 41 j, 439 : a tide cloth on the aJtar, einn vmg me»
ttrik, B. K. 83; vxngir fj<'irir meft daouum, Pm. IJJ; »«ng}a-hurd. a
double door: a nickname, Orkn. comfdi: vvng-brotinn, part.
broken-winged, Gtctl. 91 A. vaBng-kntil, a, ni, lb* wing joint, ¥u.
iii. 212. Taengja-j^ytr, m. the soaring of tb* wings.
vaeni, n. = vxnd, a prospect; jHjtti honum vseni 4, at.,., Fm*. is.
475 ; mikilt illi af vaeni, Edda 18.
yeenlng, f. a ' weening,' imputation ; kvaeftit rar mjok kvdHt, tri at
helt vi8 vaeningar, of a love-song, Fm». r. 1 73.
VeBnir or Venir, m. Lake Wener, in Sweden, Fa». H. 4, 6, Hkr. I.
41 ; k i»i vatns {wss er Veni hcitir, Edda 82. One ii tempted to tbfaik
that in the verse of Bragi (Edda begin.) the word * vineyjar* may cover
this local name ; perh. ' Vaeneris (like miitaris, Tartaris, iee Oramm.
p. XX vii, col. 1,11. 2i-25)vi8ri valrauf;' tbe'widespoilof the Wener' •'the
island of Zealand, for the legend can only have applied to Lake Wener,
and not to Lake Malar.
vaenkask, a8, to bid fair, look well, take a good turn ; ^ykkir )>eim
v«nkask um sinn hag, Fas. iii. 174; t>ykkir honum vznkatk umb, Fm»,
xi. 1 35 ; ok vaenkask mi mjCk, Fs. 25 ; Jxltti mer mi ekki v. uni, Pr. 4 1 2.
vaen-leikr (-leiki), m. fairness, beauty; v. ok atgorvi, Fms. xi. 8;
fyrir vits sakir ok vxnieiks; vxnleik ok vitzku, vi. 57; v. ok kurteiti
systranna, xi. 106; meirr mun J)^r gefit vaenleikr, Fb. i. 581 ; agztis
menn at vaenleik, Isl. ii. 336; vaenleiks-madr, a fine man, Fm». xi. 78;
{)a var J)eim eintalat um Helgu, ok lofa8i hann mjok vxnleik hennar, hi.
ii. 245 ; afbur8ar-ma8r at vexti ok vxnleika, Fb. ii. 136.
vasn-liga, adv. hopefully, promisingly ; J)etta mul lynisk oit v. $ett,
Fms. xi. 243 ; taka v. a e-u, Nj. 178.
vsen-ligr, adj. hopeful, promising, fine; v. ok friftr synum, . . . son ok
var hinn vaenligasti, Fms. i. 151 ; engan vaenligri mann, no finer man, Ld.
74 ; Eindri8i kveSsk eigi se8 hafa vaeniigra hest, Fms. vi. 99 ; enir vxn-
ligstu menn. Eg. 1 24 : of things, kvaS ^at annarr ur48 er iiftrum Jxitti
vaenligt, Fms. iv. 369 ; vxniigt r48, xi. 34 ; naetftu {)eir hana sem J)eim
{)6tti vaenligast, vi. 143 ; felask J)ar sem okkr J)ykkir vasnligast, Nj. 263 ;
vaenligt til saetta, Isl. ii. 384 ; Jxjtti ^k vaenligt um ^irra vinAttu, Fms.
ix. 292 ; skyra J)etta mal sem m6r {jykkir vzniigast, Sks. 307.
V.fflNN, adj. [van], />ro»»sm^, likely, to be expected ; er vxnst at liSnar
s6 minar lifs-stundir, Fms. ii. 2 ; segir ella vera vandrxda vznt, 11. 2.
bidding fair, likely to succeed; eigi l)ykki mer |)at vxnt, J)ar er faftir
\i\nn fekk eigi heimt, Nj. 31 ; eigi mundi i annat sinn vxnna at fara at
jarli, Fms. i. 54; {)a mundi vznast at leita atfara vid Gunnar, Nj. 107 ;
hvar er oss vxnst a brott at komask ? Eg. 235 ; J)4 er Jjat vxnst at v6r
gorim fi-lagskap, Fms. v. 253 ; leita ser hjalpar hverr ^ngat er vxnst
{)ykkir, i. 92 ; mun ek leggja til me8 {)t'r {jat er mix ^ykkir vxnst, Nj.
3 1 ; l)6tti {)eim um hit vznsta (they were very glad), er J)cir sa hann |>ar
kominn, Fms. vi. 21 1; hdr ferr vxnt at, here it goes well, Nj.
332. 3. of persons, of qualities, hopeful, promising ; Bjiim Jxitti
vxnn til hof8ingja, Fms. i. 11 ; vxnn til vits, vii. 279 ; manna vxnstr til
vits ok framkvxm8ar, ix. 480 ; \)tiT eru oss vxnstir til landvamar, er
svk er hattad, vi. 144; vxnir til skila, Js. 2 ; er mi leitad hverir vxnstir
s^ um sxttir at leita, Isl. ii. 384. 4k. fair to behold, fine, beautiful,
Lat. venustus; vxnn i andliti, Fms. x. 420; vxnn ma8r ok li8mannligr,
vii. 112 ; hann var inn vxnsti ma8r, 224; hon var kvenna vxnst ok niest,
i. 14, Eg. 2 ; vxn kona ok kurteis, Nj. I ; kvenna vitrust ok vxnust, Fms. vi.
1 19 (vxnst, V. 1.) ; {>orger8r var vxn kona, Eg. 598 ; hver l)eirra vxnust
vxri, Bret. 22 : of things, _/f««, kross vxnn med likneskjum, Vm. 54 : and
so in mod. usage, vxnn hestr, vxn kyr, vxnn sau8r, etc. 5. in
mod. usage, _/fns, good, of moral qualities ; hann er vxnn maSr, hun er
vxn kona, a fine woman ; hann er allra vxnsti ma8r, a most excellent
man, and the like, whereas the old sense of ' handsome' is well nigh
obsolete.
V^ffiNTA, t, and vsetta, the latter form being in old writers the most
frequent, and in poets, e. g. in rhymes, vcetA and hatti, satt, hitta, and
the like ; [Dan. vcente'] : — to expect, hope for, with gen. ; badu hann engrar
vindttu vaenta, Hkr. ii. 217; vxntum ver oss g68ra vi8takna, Fms. xi.
382 ; af l)^r vxttu ver miskunnar, 623. 34; ok vxttir l)u {)adan fulltings.
Bias. 48 ; ok vxttir t)angat Palnatoka, Fms. xi. 20 : vxtta, opp. to kvifta,
vxtta fagna8ar en kviSa vi8 harmi, SkAlda ; vxnta at . . ., vxnti ek, at
t)(Sr muni vel fara, Nj. 154; vxnti ek enn at koma muni betri dagar,
Bs. i ; dul vxttir ok vii, at ... , Skdlda ; J)eir vxttu at hann mundi
lifna, 623. 36 ; hon vxtti {suspected) at Grimr mundi eptir l)eim leiU,
Landn. 2 14, v. 1. ; vxtti ek (/ fear) at ^u {kit ekki rikit, Hkr. i.
195, 2. impers., vxntir mik enn at honum fan vel, Nj. 64 ; vxttir
mik, 54 ; vxttir mik at pur komi Halldorr fostbroftir {rinn, . . . vxttir mik,
at menn s^ forkunnar margir, Isl. ii. 322 ; fAr maftr vxttir mik at fri
\>vi kunni at segja, Edda i. I40. 3. to believe; ekki vxnti ek (/
think not) at Y\t se8 jafnir menn, Fms. vii. 168. 4. to hope; vzotum
r hans miskunn, Magn. 502 ; hverr vxnti um aldr i tiioni miskuno ok
hneyk8isk si8an, Th. 25.
720
VtENTANLIGR— V^TTUGI.
vsentan-ligr, adj. to be expected.
veenting, f. hope, expectation, Stj. 487; hafa v. til e-s, Bs. i. 138;
eptir-v., (3r-v., despair.
Veepnlingr, m. the name of a family descended from Vapni, Landn.
veepntr, part, [vapn], armed; ungir menn vel vaepntir, Stj. 205 ; vaepntr
til bardaga, 226, Thom. passim.
veer, pron. w/e, = ver, q. v.
vsera, u, f. snngness, warmlh ; en J)ar var gor8 laug til J)ess ef nokkverr
vildi saekja vaeru fiangat, 623. 33 ; at ^eir hefSi ne eiiia veru (i. e. vaeru)
af eldinum, Eb. 100 new Ed. 2. rest, a shelter ( = vaEri); ef hann a
ser i va veru, if he has hut a shelter in a nook, Hm. 25 . vseru-gjarn, adj .
fond of rest, warmth, and comfort ; ganga munu yit til hvilu okkarrar,
segir Njall, ok leggjask nidr, hefi ek lengi vseru-gjarn verit, Nj. 201.
V8er3, f. rest, tranquillity ; samfarar J)eirra voru eigi me6 vaerdum, not
quiet, Sturl. i. 115, v. 1. : freq. in mod. usage, of snngness, comfort, sofa
meS vsrS, to sleep softly ; u-vaerS, unrest, restlessness.
vseri, n. abode, shelter; J)eir attu hvarki vist ne vjeri i Vikinni, Fb. iii.
52; hvergi f4kk hann vist ne vaeri, Grett. 137 A; J)eir skulu her ekki
eiga vist ne vaeri, Fb. iii. 453 ; u-vaeri, unrest, from itch.
Vseringi, a, m. [from varar], prop, a confederate, but only remaining as
the name of the Warings or Northern warriors who served as body-guards
to the emperors of Constantinople, for whom see esp. Har. S. Har&. ch. 3
sqq., 0. H. ch. 267, Nj. ch. 82 ; Vaeringja-li6, the body of W., Nj. 121,
Fms. vi. 135; Vaeringja-log, the leagtte, guild of the W.; ganga i V.,
Grett. 158 A; Vaeringja-seta, the guard of the W., Ld. 314, Symb. 27,
Hrafn. 5 ; Jiar var mikill fjiildi Nor6manna er {)eir kalla Vaeringja, Fms.
vi. 135. 2. in {>i6r. S. = Scandinavians ; Fritila er Vicringjar kalla
Fri6sselu, J>i5r. 18; Velent er Vaeringjar kalla Volund, 82, 185 ; er {>ySeskir
menn kalla alpandyr, en Vseringjar fil, 177; Jjann mikla dreka er Vaer-
ingjar kalla FaSmi, 181 (Fafni, Fas. i. 173). II. [vaera, vaeri],
poet, fold-vaeringi, ' earth-dweller,' i. e. the snahe. Eg. (in a verse).
V8er-leikr, m. rest, tratiquillity, peace; huskarl })ungan ok {)rj6tlyndan,
var J)ar hvarki at sja til vaerleiks n^ til verknaSar, Bs. i. 341.
V-ffiMl, adj., prop. ' peacefid, safe,' snug, comfortable, tranquil;
samfarar Jjeirra voru eigi vaerar, Sturl. i. 115 C (of a wedded pair); sva
er morg vi5 ver sinn vaer, | at varla ser hon af honum naer, so fond of her
husband, that . . ., Skalda (Thorodd) ; drekka i vaeru ranni, in the snug
ball, Gm. 1 3 ; er J)er mi vaerra, dost thou feel inore at ease ? (of pain), Gisl.
Ill ; honum g6r6isk ekki mjok vaert, Ld. 152. II. neut. vaert,
living with, putting up with, sojourning ; eigi er ykkr saman vaert, ye
cannot live together, Fms. ii. 58. 2. putting up with ; sii vist er
honum vseri vaert vi6, that he could put up with, Grag. i. 191 ; nema
biiar beri ^zi, at barni vaeri eigi vaert at fostrinu, that the bairn could not
live there, of a child put out, 276; hon st66 upp ok maelti, verit er nu
meSan vaert er, Eb. 280; J)vi at J)er mun fyrir hvarigum vaert i Eyjum,
ef ^u gorir honum nokkut, Orkn. 436 ; J)er er ekki vel vaert her i landi
fyrir Haraldi konungi, Fms. vi. 218.
vserur, f. pl. = uveri, scab; vaerur i hof5i.
vsBskill, m. a weakling, a ' reckling ;' hann er mesti vseskill, a word of
contempt, vseskils-ligr, adj. weakly, wretched.
vsesoSr, part. = vaestr ; slo5ru3u |)eir af hei&inni, ok ur6u sem vaeso5stir,
Sturl. iii. 158; cp. eigi gora Hunar okkr vesaSa, Fas. i. 502, but see
vesask, p. 699, col. 2.
' vsestr, part, [vas], worn out by wet or toil ; J)eir toku land allmjok
vaestir, Grett. 1 1 6 A ; vaestir ok {)reka6ir, {>orf. Karl. 390.
V-fflTA, u, f. wet, sleet, rain, Stj. 17; vaeta var a mikil um daginn,
6. H. 107 ; voru vaetur miklar baeSi naetr ok daga, Fms. x. 14 ; vaeta ok
J)oka, Eg. 128; sem vaeta ma granda, K.A. 176; ma skira i hverskyns
vaetu er na ma, N. G. L. i. 12 ; ausa saur e6a vsetu, Jb. loi ; vaetu-lopt,
the atmosphere, Stj. 17 ; vaetu sumar, a wet summer, Ann. 1211.
V8Bta, t, [vatr], to wet, make wet; ef maftr fellir lik i vatn sva djupt at
vaeta verSr hofu6 sitt, N. G. L. i. 80 ; hann hefir vaett klx6i min, Fms.
i. 264; at vaeta allan senn diikinn, vi. 322; {)eir vaettu eitt tjald ok
aetluSu at slokva eldinn, x. 53 ; hvart vsettisk dyr&illinn? 315.
vsetki, see vaettki.
veetna or vetna, in hvat-vetna, hvar-vetna, hot-vetna, qq. v.
veetr, see vaettr C.
VJETT, f. [A. S. wiht; Engl, weight; Germ, ge-ivicbt; Dan. veegt] :
— prop, weight; J)at fe allt er at vaettum skal kaupa, Grag. (Kb.) i.
238 ; gora aflaga um tilnar e8r vaettir, measure or weight, i. 463 A ;
rei&a rangar vaettir, 499, ii. 19; einir pundarar ok einar vaettir, GJ)1. 522 ;
but II. mostly used of a definite weight, 1. in Norway =-5'jth
of a ' skippund ;' fjorar vaettir ok tuttugu skolu gijra skippund, })aer sem
hver J)eirra standi halfa niundu mork ok tuttugu ok atta ertogar,
N. G. L. ii. 166, D. N. passim ; sjau vaettir malts ok sex aurar silfrs, . . .
tveggja vaetta leigu ok eyrisbol, D.N. ii. 17 and passim; Kolnisk vaett,
D.N. 2. in Icel. = 8olbs. ; pat er liigpundari er atta fjorSungar
eru 1 vaett, Grag. i. 499 ; atta fj6r9unga vaett, 362, 383 ; jarnketill nyr
ok lieldr vegi halfa vaett, 501 ; J)rjar vaettir ullar, . . . \)im vaettir mjols
. . . vjett fiska, smjiJrs . . . vaett spiks, . . . {)rja tigi vaetta hvals, etc.,
Grag.; J)etta a kirkja, tvaer vaettir skreiSar, vxtt smjors, vaett kjots,.
' 1 ■
byttu skyrs, Pm. 34 ; hafa til tiu vaetta i skogi, ok svd timbr til at hiiu,
104, and so in mod. usage.
veett or v6tt, n. [from vega, because it moved on hinges], the lid of
a chest or shrine (mod. lok) ; skriiaa-kista vand me& lausu vaetti, Pm.
124; skrin ... en yfir uppi v^tt vaxit sem raefr, eru A vettinu laniar a
bak en hespur fyrir, 6. H. 235 ; niftr 1 kistuna, skellt aptr vett ok
settr lass fyrir, Pr. 412 ; hann tok upp vettit af hasaetis-kistunni, 6.T.
58 ; \)6t skuluS gora kistu ok skal ekki vaett yfir vera, Fb. iii. 300,
Mag. 113.
vsetta, t, to weigh as in weighing anchor, lift ; hand-vaetta, q. v.
vsetta, t, = vxnta, q.v.
vaetta, n., in ekki vaettna, see vaettr B.
veett-fangr, see vxttvangr.
VJETTI, n. [vattr] , witness, testitnony ; vattum er skylt at bera vaetti Jian f . ., ,
oil er J)eir hafa verit i nefndir, Grag. (Kb.) i. 58 ; nefndi vatta i Jiat vaetti, fr '''
at . . ., Nj. 217, 234, Grag. i. 17 ; enda skolu {jat allt verfta vaetti her,
er austr er vitni nefnd, i. e. the witnesses summoned in Norway are to be
lawful evidence here (in Icel.), 214; fsera fram vaetti sin e5a kviOu, 410;
sok saekja e6r verja, e6r vaetti bera, {)6r5. 94; hann skyldi vinna ei& at
baugi, nefna vatta i J)at vaetti, at . . ., id. compds : vsettis-bur&f,
m. a bearing witness, Grag. i. 39, Nj. 233. veettis-vsetti, n., Grag.
i. 90. 97-
vaettir, m. a weigher, holder. Lex. Poet. ; vaettir gulls ens vegna, GisL
(in a verse) ; in compds, vaetti-dxaagr, vaetti-njSrSr e-s, the wielder
of a thing. Lex. Poet.
vaettki, spelt vaet-ki, [vaettr, and sufBxed neg. -ki, qs. vaettr-gi, see -gi],
' no whit,' nobody, nothing, naught ; vegr er vaetki tro6r, Hm. 1 20 ; en
vaettki huggar, naught comforts. Harms. 38 ; hinn er vaetki veit, Hm. 74;
hinn er vetki veit, 26; sva ek J)6ttumk vaetki vita, methought I lay sense-
less, Sol. 42 ; vaetki of syti'k, / am naught concerned, Hallfred ; sa «r
vaetki laug. Ad. 1 1 ; telr ser vaetkis vant, Hsm. ; sa er vaetki spar&i fjiir,
who spared not life, Hallfred; vildir avalt vaegja, en vaetki halda. Am.
99 ; hraeSisk Gub en vaetki annat,/<?ars God, but naught else, Bs. i. (in a
verse) : dul&i J)ess vaetki, concealed it not, Am. 10 ; hafSa ek J)ess v. vifs,
I caught naught of her, missed her, Hm. 101.
V^TTB, f., dat. vaetti, Grett. 176 new Ed., Horn. 129 (Ed.); used
neut., Horn. 195, 1. 4 : [A.S. wiht; Engl, wight; Germ. bdse-wicbt]>-
a ' wight,' being ; Brynhildar, armrar vaettar, Gkv. 1.22; von se su vaettr
vers ok barna, 23 ; Brynhildar, armrar vaettar, 22 ; J)egi J)U, rog vaettr, Lt.
59, 61, 63; J)a segi ek J)er, vesol vettr, Hom. 152; mi sa |^6r hverjar
vaettir er pess hofSu neytt, myss ok ormar, 6. H. 109. 2. esp. of
supernatural beings ; sva brenna mik mi bxnir Olafs konungs, sag&i si
vaettr, O. H. 188 ; Gu3, hvi metr J)u J)ik J)ess, at syna afl J)itt vi3 jamn-
ustyrkt vaetr sem ek em, Hom. 195 ; ertu maSr e5a andi e6r onnur vzttr,
Art. 79 ; hollar vaettir, Frigg ok Freyja ok fleiri go6, Og, ; biota heiSnar
vaettir, K. J>. K. ;* hann haf6i kasta3 trii sinni ok gorSisk gu&niSingr ok
bl6ta6i mi heiSnar vaettir, Nj. 272 ; hann kva3 illar vaettir {)vi snemm*
styrt hafa, Korm. 240 ; kann vera nokkur ill vaettr hafi lagizk a fSft,
Fms. xi. 158; li-vaettr, an 'un-wight,' an evil wight; mein-vaettr, q.v.;
gorninga-vaettr, galdra-v., a sorceress; Jjeirri gorninga vaetti, Grett. 176;
land-vaettir, q. v. : vitta vettr, a ' witch wight' a sorceress, "?t.
B. vaetta or vetta, in the phrase, ekki vaetta, no whit, naught;
dat. engu vaetta, gen. enskis vaetta. Mr. Jon Thorkelsson, of Reykjavik,
suggests that vaetta is a nom. neut. (like auga), of which vaetna (see hvat-
vetna) is the gen. plur. (as augna from auga) ; ekki vaetta (nobody) m4
for6ask, Sks. 82 ; ok kemsk ekki vaetta yfir. Art. 28 ; ok skorti (ekki)
vaetta um vetrinn, Fms. v. 313; hof6u J)eir ekki vaetta at sok, viii. 18;
J)eim var nil ok ast a ongu vetti (vetta ?) nema a Gu5i einum, Hom. 129
(Ed., see foot-note) ; sem honum hef6i enskis vetta verit at grandi, 125
(Ed.) ; sva mikit kafa-fjiik me6 frosti at engu vetta var tit komanda, Fs.
54 ; ongu vaetta vildi hann eira, Fms. xi. 90 ; ok ongu vaetta vanat, Stj.
2 79 ; hann gefr ser ekki vaetta {naught, not a whit) um bans livitrleik, 22 ;
hann var ekki vaetta hrseddr, not a whit afraid, 154; anza ekki vaetta, to
heed not, 81 ; nokkut vaetta, aught, something, 164, 181, 280.
C vsetr, as an TtAvtrh'^naught, cp. Goth, ni-waibt or iuaibt-tu<»
ovhiv, firjSfy, the negative particle ne being dropped ; hyggsk vaetr hvatr
fyrir, Ls. 15 ; at vaetr Freyja, svaf vsetr Freyja, J)kv. ; vinna vaetr, Vkv. 39s
ser vaetr fyrir ^vi, Skv. I. 39; leyfi ek vaetr, I praise it not. Eg. (in a
verse). 2. with gen., vaetr manna, no man, Hbl. 22 ; vaetr veh,nofraud,
Am. 5 ; vaetr hjona, none of the household, 94; ey-vit (q.v.), aught.
vaett-rim or vett-rim, f. [vaett, n.], the 'lid-ridge,' i.e. the ridg0
which runs along the sword blade, leaving a hollow iu the middle ^u»
a scythe called smiSreim), Edda (Gl.); tok af oddinn af Hvitingi fyrir
framan vettrimina, Korm. 88 ; sumar a vetrimum, Sdm. 6.
vaettugi or vettugi, nothing, naught; glysi fiessu er vaettiigis er vert,
Fms. vi. 263 ; vettugis vert, ii. 46 ; eyjar skika jiann er vettugis er neytr.
Fas. ii. 299, Fb. i. 523; varr at vettogi. Am. 38; var J)eim vettu^J
vant, Vsp. 8 ; Jjeir verSa stundum at vettogi ok annars {jurfandi, tb^
often come to naught and to destruction, Barl. 70; niargr mundi vilja
opt u, einum degi at vettogi ver3a, wish to be annihilated, Horn. 69; SU
festning dxmisk at vettugi, J)6tt hon a komi, N. G. L. i. 300 ; eigi er
ViETTVANGR—VOLVA.
721.
|iin betri enn vaettugi, better than naught, Karl. 460; hafa at
'I, Gj)!. 254.
L-vangr or v6tt-vangr, later vett-fangr, changing v into /;
■,.uigr, Nj. 100, is simply an error; [frcm \^n^ = a field, spot; the
ner part, vett or vaett, is less clear, but prob. from v/ittr, vsetti, «=/Ae
:e of witness or evidence, or from vega = /ocws actionis T] : — a law term,
place of summons, locus actionis, where an act or deed, such as a
le, assault, manslaughter, has taken place, cp. Gr4g. i. 349, cited
)w; chiefly used of the summoning of witnesses; the vettvang was
space within a bow-shot (orskot) from the spot all around, sec
,g. ii. 19 (Vigsl. ch. 14); ef maSr hefnir sin u tiarum vettvangi en til
s var hlaupit a, 91 ; a fieim vettvangi, 9 ; hvart sem l)cir eru 4 vctt-
gi e3r annars-staSar, 23 ; bua skal kve6ja niu biia heiman fni vett-
gi, i. 349 (in case of adultery); J)a er naestir eru vctfangi, 461 ; a
um vettvangi, Kb. i. 158; skal kveSja heiman fra vettvangi, ii. 48;
voru f)a, liig, at vigsakar skyldi saekja a J)vi {)ingi er naest var
;vangi, Jb. 8 ; kveSja um alj6ts-ru.3 Jiau er a vettvangi eru raSin,
.g. ; a })eim vettvangi, Nj. 230 ; Helgi fc-kk bana d J)eim vettvangi,
vaettvangi, 218; vetfangi, 110; ef niaSr er vegiim a vetvangi,
J. L. i. 163 ; hann kemr a vettfanginn, ok s^r J)ar ny ti8endi, ok ^6
:il, Isl. ii. 371 ; {)6r8r kom a vaettfang, Sturl. ii. 92 C; sotti t)a Saul
n af vaetfanginuni {from the battle-place) med opi ok eggjan, Stj. 453
5am. xiv. 20) ; ri6r Samr austr a hei5ina ok at Jjar er vetfangit (sic)
5i verit, Hrafn. 28, and passim in the laws and Sagas. compds :
tvangs-bjargir, f. pi. the aiding or abetting an assault, on the very
', which was a fineable offence, Sturl. ii. 234 (Cod. C. vaettfang) ; um
-ni3 ok vetfangs-bjargir, i. 145. vettvangs-bui, a, m. a neigb-
r to the place of action, to be summoned as bui, Grag. ii. 17; vxtt-
jsbiiar, Nj. 100.
Sdla, a3, to twist up into a wisp; vo51a e-u saman.
ifluU, m. = va3all, in V63la-^ing.
ODVI, a,'m. [Germ, waden = calf of the leg"], a muscle; skal hann
butum baeta eyri ^ar sem vo9va skerr, N. G. L. i. 67; kykva-v(>3vi,
r. i. 99, j>idr. 187; hjo a laerit, sva at or tok ailan vodvann, Grctt.
A ; {)at er margra manna si6r at vinda vtiSva klaEflum ok kalia {)at
it. Fas. ii. 525, the word is very freq. in mod. usage; afl-vciSvi, the
ps-muscle ; vo5va-sar, a flesh-wouTid, N.G. L, i. 172, Grag. i. 18;
va-skcina, a flesh-iuonnd, Fbr. 212.
iflur, f. pi. stammering, confusion; J)a3 komu viiflur a hann, be be-
le confounded, from guilt.
jg, f., pi. vagar, vagir, plur. vegr, Fms. viii. 430; vogur (as from
a), see vagar.
3ggr, m. [see vagga], apparently much the same as voggu-barn, an
mt in the cradle ; a nickname, Landn. 314 ; a pr. name, Edda ; litlu
3r Viiggr feginn, 'with little are babies fain,' 81 (a saying which origi-
iy may have meant that children are easily pleased) ; cp. litil-J)aEg eru
nin.
jggu-, see vagga, a cradle.
OGN, f. (also vagna, u, f.), pi. vagnir, a kind of whale, delphinus
a ; plur. vagnir, Sks. (Gronl. Hist. M. iii. 291, v. 1.), Edda (Gl.), Lex.
t. ; vognu la6, the sea, Od. compds : v6gn-brafl, f. the blubber of
whale, Fsm. v6gn-hvalr or vOgnu-hvalr, m. = vogn, described
)ks. 29 new Ed.
OK, f., gen. vakar, n. pi. vakar and vakir, with art. vokna = vokina,
i. 346 ; [Dan. vadge'] : — a hole, opetiing iti ice ; hann hratt hcstinum
k eina, Fms. i. 211 ; J)eir riOu vakar nokkurar, x. 388 ; i vok J)i5ri,
2 ; hiiggva vakir a isinum, 272; storar vakir, Sks. 178; ef nicnn
a hval i viikum, Grag. ii. 386; vakum, Sks. 175 B; ok f«gja
ina eptir s(5r, Fms. viii. 416; i vokinni, vi. 337, Bs. i. 346; rekjald
:it i vok, Fs. 145; draga J)eir skipit milH vakanna, 180; passim in
d. usage.
Jkna, a6, to become wet; biia um sva at aldri matti vokna, Fms. vii.
; aSr hon viiknaSi, ii. 280 ; ek fleygSi mer a ana, voknafta ek \)k
, Karl. 167; {)at voknar allt ok kloknar, 545; freq. in mod. usage,
hefi vokna6 i faitrnar, / have got wet in the feet.
}k6ttr, ad], full of holes, of ice, Fms. i. 210.
ikr, adj. moist; vokvir eSa vatir, Stj. 98; viikva jor6, a moist soil,
; vera vcikrar nattiiru, MS. 732. 17-
iku-, see vaka.
ikull, adj. [vaka], wakeful, vigilant. Art. 76, v.l.
OKVA, ad, to moisten, water; ain Nilus vokvar J)at ok frjovar me3r
li doggvan, Stj. 77 ; vokva mun hann fot sinn i vi6smjorvi, 348 ;
6rse1i ok veykvi, fagi ok prySi, 677. 10, freq. in mod. usage; viikva
to water oneself, to drink, slake one's thirst. 2. viikva ser h\6b,
nake blood flow. Fas. iii. 376 ; see vekja.
ikva, u, f., gen. voku, moisture, juice ; vcikva reyfisins, Stj. 397;
va ok lihreinindi, MS. 677. 22; jarSligrar voku. 415. 5; (solin)
ofan voku sinni . . . skytr tunglit sinni voku a hafit, 732. 1,4; af
sins vokum ok vxtum, Stj. 18 ; kviSr tekr vi& veku sem sxr vi8
num, Eluc. 19 ; en sumt fell 4 hellu ok {iornafli, {)vi at \Ai fckk enga
kku (sic), Horn. 67. compds : v6ku-mikiU, adj. vioist, juicy,
Stj. 17. vOku-samr. adj. moitt; viikuiamt vitlendi, St}. 90l.
▼Oku-skortr, m. a lack €>f moisture, S«j. 391.
v6kvan, f. a moistening, watering, Stj, 88, Rb. 478 ; in mod. ofsge,
vokvan =» beverage, of milk.
vOkvi, a, m. - viikva, a moiilurt, fluid, Barl. 18. 1 18, H. E. L 480. Fm.
ii. 378, Fr. 474 ; and so in mod. usage.
vOldugleikr, m. prjwer, authority, Stj. 83 (r. I,), 198. 2. u a
title ; yfiar v., your highneu. Mar.
vfildugr, mod. voldugr ; that viJld- is the better fonii it shewn by
the old form valdugr, Barl., as also by the derivation from *aU ; [Ulf.
wulpags = iySo(o$ ; Germ, ge-waliig; see valda] : — mighty, poutrful;
J)rir voldugir konungar, Fms. i. 259; inn valdugasti, Uari. I03: viu ok
valdugr, 1 13; inn valdugi stjiirnari, 106; cigi mundi ham rera »v4
voldugr, at . . ., Orkn. 138; voUduga menu ok vcl guShrxdda, Stj. 398;
ins voldugasta manns, 185; voldugari, 163 (vijldugari, v.l.); mjok
voldugir ok mikils raftandi, Fb. ii. 535, Luke i. 5a.
v61dugskapr, m. authority, Stj. 83.
vdlduliga, adv. proudly ; lata v., Finnb. 300, v. I. ; konungr reift nu
V. at borginni, Fms. vii. 87 ; rikmannliga ok v., 94.
vOlduligr, spelt valduligr, adj. powerful, Barl. 187.
VOLLB, ni., gen. vallar, dat. velli ; pi. vcliir, gen. valla, ace, volb,
mod. velli; [Icel. vullr and Germ. wald = wood seem to be the same
word ; the change in the sense from wood to field being much the same
as in mork] : — a fleld; knattu Vanir vollu spoma, Vsp. 28; vaxinn
vijllum haeri, 36; vollu algraena, Akv. 13; J)ar v6ru vifta vellir sl«ttir,
Fms. vii. 56 ; J)eir s4tu uti at skemtan sinni 4 vollum nokkurum, ri.
141 ; |)ar var torfa ristin or velli . . . fastir i vcllinum, Ld. 58 ; kasta sir
niSr v'lb vellinum,_/fa/ on the ground, Nj. 58 ; leggja e-n vift vclli, to lay
one level with the ground, Fms. v, 236; or at vtlli, Nj. 117; hus min
liggja vift vein, lies on the ground, is demoliibed, F'ms. iii. 144 ; hasia c-m
vcill. Eg. 273 (see hasla) ; lauss a velli, loose in the ranks, not steady. Eg.
293 ; fastr a vclli,^rw, steady, Fms. xi. 246 ; vigligr a velli at sja, war-
like to look at. Eg. 475 ; so, fri8r, mikiil ... a velli, offlne, stout . . . ap-
pearance ; miklir at vallar-sy'n, big in outward appearance, Nj. 66, v. I. ;
vig-volh, a battlefleld ; J)ing-vollr, q. v. ; J)rcskj-oldr. 2. a close or
paddock; at lisanum ok librciddum vollum, unsown and unmanured
fields, Jb. 193; rei6a a vtill, Griig. ; sla 4tta stakka viill, Fb. i. 522;
tiin-vollr, Korm. II. freq. in local names, Vdllr and Vellir,
Rangar-vellir. compds: vaVLar-eaxSTfin. a paddock-fence; rettsyni
upp a fjall, ok ylir i vallar-gard fram a Skjaldar-sio&um, Dipl. v. 19.
VOIjII, m., gen. valar, dat. veli ; pi. velir, ace. viilu ; [Ulf. uialut »»
^PSos, Luke ix. 3 ; whence valtr, velta, cp. also vala ; the root word is
Goth, walwian ; Lat. volvere'\ : — a round slick, staff, Bev. 9 b ; bitaft {)eim
viipn ne (enn?) velir, Hm. ; Griftar voir, Edda; in many compds, snar-
vcJlr, riS-viJlr (q. v.), hjalmun-viilr, stjorn-volr, a helm, tiller; v4nar-volr,
a beggar's staff; vig-volr, a weapon ; torf-volr, q. v. 2. also of a
blunt, oval edge; in egg-viilr, q. v. ; cp. the mod. phrase, J)a6 er viilr
fyrir egginni, when the edge is not thin and keen, but thick and blunt.
vdlsa, ad, [akin to voldugr], to make a great bustle, pride oneself;
mcnn ^egar eg stolta s6 sem volsa mikid i veroldinni, eu vita bvorki d
nu be, Hallgr.
V61si, a, m. [evidently the same word as Or. ^>aAAot], the name of a
heathen phallus-idol, as to which see the curious story in Fb. ii. 331-
336 (called Vi)lsa-J)4ttr).
VOlsungr, m. the name of an ancient myth, king, whence ViiUungar,
see Viilsunga Saga, the Edda, Hkv. ; Volsunga drekka, to drink of the
Wolsungs, i.e. poison, Bragi ; the word is thought to be from a Slavonic
idol Wolos. VOlsunga-kvida, u, f. the lay of the ]Volsungs, Siem. 112.
v6lt or vdltiir, f. pi. [valtr, velta], a roller, a thing belonging to the
fittings of a ship, Edda (Gl.)
Veiundr, m. [A. S. Weland; Germ. Wieland; hence too comes Engl.
gallant, from Teut. Fr. galant; prop, an appellative (?), like hiifundrj :
— Wayland the Smith, Germ. Welant, a myth, hero common to all
Teutonic people, Edda, {ji6r. 82, 185; the legends about him arc con-
tained in the old lay V6lundar-kvi3a, Ssem. 88-94 (List of Authors
A. II), and the fcidr. S. ch. 57 sqq. 2. as appell. a master smith, a
great artist, = SaiSa\os; baekr J)inar ofnar voiundum, woven by Way-
lands, H8m. 7 (cp. Gr. vfirKos Saj'SoXos) ; Hrafn var vcilundr at hagleik,
baeai at tro ok at jarni, Bs. i. 640; Frodi konungr dtti tv4 smifti er
volundar voru at hagleik, Fms. i. 14; viilundr lotnu, the master of batde,
i. e. Odin, ix. (in a verse) ; and so in mod. usage, hann cr mesti Viilundr,
he is a great Viilund, a great master, of a smith. VOlundar-hiia, n.
• Wayland's bouse,' a labyrinth, Stj. 85 ; en fcti Jxi hvcrgi hurt tir
Vtilundar-hiisi, Lil. 92 ; this myth, word is still in use in Icel.
VOLVA, u, f., also spelt vOlfa, gen. viilu, pi. volur ; viilfu, or also
volfur or voluur; gen. pi. does not occur; the nom. Vala is erroneous:
[the etymology as well as the origin of this word is uncertain ; but may
not the Norse Viilva and the Gr. aifivXXa be relations? the idcntiiy in
sense at least is very striking ; the Gr, word first occurs in .\ristoph., and
then in Plato ; may it not have been adopted from some Scythian tribe,
for a word like this, if Greek, could hardly fail to occur in Homer? in
3A
722
VOLUSPA— VORR.
viilva an initial s, we suppose, has been lost (qs. svolva) ; in the Greek
the t would be an inserted vowel] : — a prophetess, sibyl, wise woman ;
vcilva, seiSkoaa, sptikona (qq. v.) are synonymous. The ancient Sagas
contain many remarkable records of the heathen wise-women or sibyls,
who were held in honour and reverence ; at the great feasts and sacri-
fices in the autumn, the volva (often a woman of rank) went with her
troop of maidens through the country, where she, so to say, crowned
the feast; she was seated on a high scat (seiShjallr) in the hall, where
she wrought her spells and sang her 'weird-songs' (var61okur), after
which the guests went past her one by one, and she told each his fate, or
whatever else one wanted to know, e. g. the course of the coming winter
and the like. The former part of the Voluspa is evidently conceived as
the inspired song of a vcilva, seated on her high seat, and addressing
Odin, while the gods listen to her words ; and the latter part of the
poem appears to be a kind of necromancy, or the raising of a dead
volva, as also is the lay Vegtamskvi6a ; su kona var f>ar i byg5 er
{)orbjorg hot, ok var kollu6 litil volva, hon haf6i attar ser niu systr, ok
voru allar spakonur, en hon var ein })a. a lifi, ^at var hattr Jjorbjargar
um vetrum, at hon for a veizlur ok bu6u J)eir menn henni mest heim er
forvitni var a at vita forlog sin e8a arfer9, {)orf. Karl. Names of such wise
women, Groa volva, Edda ; Heimlaug volva, Gull^.; Hei6r volva, Landn.
173; Huldr volva, Yngl. S., Hkr. i. 21; to which add the 'Weleda' of
Tacitus : class, passages are Jjorf. S. ch. 3 (exceedingly interesting),
Crvar-Odds S. ch. 3 (Fas. ii. 506), Vd. ch. 10 : vtilu vel-spa, Vsp. ; eru
volfur allar fra Vi861fi, Hdl. ; vcilva ok vis kona, Vtkv. ; pa. kom til
volva svi er Groa het, Edda 58 ; var a {jvi landi spakona sii er sag3i fyrir
orlog manna, . . . J)eir fara til mots vi3 voluuna, Fb. ii. 28 ; ek for i skog
til J)in i volvu liki, Fas. i. 135 ; JxSttusk menn vita at J)ar mundi verit
hafa volu-lei6i, Ld. 328 ; J)a reid OSinn fyrir austan dyrr {)ar er hann
vissi vcilu lei6i, Vtkv. ; lirsvol Gymis vcilva, of Ran the goddess, Edda
(in a verse) ; at has volva valdi pvi bolvi, Kormak ; in a bad sense, volva
and skollvis kona, Hkv. i. 34; Tacitus (Germ. ch. 8, 46, and Hist. iv.
61, 65, V. 22, 24) speaks of these practices, as also does Plutarch,
Caesar ch. 19, — toL fiavrfv/AaTa rwv Upaiy -yvvaina/y. compds : Volti-
spd, f. the song of the V., the name of an old lay, Edda; Voluspa in
skamma = Hyndlu-ljod, Edda i. 44. VOlvu-staSir, Icel. Ipcal name,
Gull^j. S.
VOMB, f., gen. vambar ; [\JK. wamba = KoiXia ; A.S.wamb; Engl.
•womb; Scot, ivame; Germ, wamme, wanst ; hat. venter ; Gr. 6 ficpaXus]:
— a womb, belly, but mostly in a low sense, especially of beasts (the
Engl, womb is in Icel. kvi6r) ; |)enja vombina, lojill the belly, Fms. viii.
436; kyla vomb sina a mi9i ok mungtiti, Fs. 4, Fas. i. 493 ; ok aum i
vomb, Bjarn. (in a verse) ; sau8ar-vomb, kyr-vomb, gor-vomb, Vambar-
lj66, the name of a lay, Maurer's Volksagen 317. compds : Vambar-
dalr, m. a local name, Bs. ii. Vambar-liolnir, m., Fms. vii.
vomm, f., gen. vammar, pi. vammir, for the references see vamm, n.
v6ndla, a6, to wind up into a vondull ; v. e-t upp, {jorst. Si6u H. I r.
VONDR, m., gen. vandar, dat. vendi, pi. vendir, ace. vondu, later and
mod. Vendi, Sks. 443 B ; [from vinda, as svigi from sveigja ; Ulf. wan-
dus = paPSos, 2 Cor. xi. 25; Engl, wand; Dan. vaand]: — a wand,
switch ; af korninu vex rot en vcindr af rotinni en af vendi aldin, Eluc.
14 ; Jacob tok graena vondu, . . . birkti hann suma vonduna . . . mislita
vonduna, Stj. 177, 178 (Genesis xxx) ; skjot at honum vendi {jessum,
Edda 37 ; J)a fxri fiit mer vondu retta 6r skogi, 656 C. 42 ; sma-vendi
(ace. pi.) af kvistum, Sks. 443 B ; ut mun ganga vondr af kyni Jesse,
686 B. 13 ; tarns vendi ek J>ik drep, Skm. ; vatn hljop or hellunni er
Moyses laust a vendi sinum, ... vondr Arons, Ver. 22; hann sat ok
telgdi vond einn me5 knifi, Horn. 116; hreinsa hveiti me3 vendi (vinza),
Stj- 397; rei8a vond ok staura til garSs, N.G. L. i. 241 ; mal-vondr, a
measuring-wand, yard ; poet, ben-vondr, a 'wound-wand;' hjalt-vondr, a
' hilt-wand,' i. e. a sword; bl68-v., mor8-v., sli8r-vondr, folk-vondr, hri6-
vcJndr, hvit-vondr, benja-, brynju-, hjaldrs-viindr, id.; rlkis-vondr, a
sceptre. Lex. Poiit. : a rod, for punishing, strykja me8 vendi, Ijosta mar
vendi, Kormak ; vondr hrokk, Mork. (in a verse) ; cp. vand-styggr,
vandar-hogg. 2. a roller, on which tapestries were hung; tjold um
miklu-stofu, abota-stofu, conventu ok malstofu, ok h(5r me6 vendir til
allra, Vm. 109 ; matum ver i skuldina, tvar baekr, vond, pall-kteSi, Dipl.
iii. 13' 3. in the phrase, smia vond i har e-m, a way of beheading
a culprit, by twisting a stick in his hair and holding the head steady to
receive the stroke (instead of laying it on the block), see 6. H. 191,
Jomsv. S. ch. 4,7, Fms. xi : cp. vand-balkr, vand-draga, vand-laupr, vand-
styggr. 4. metaph. a stripe, in cloth, Edda (Gl.) i. 584 ; segl stafat
vendi. Eg. 68, 6. H. 113, 124, 170 (see segl and stafaftr). compds:
vanda-lius, n. a wicker-hottse, 0. H. iso, Edda ii. 200 (where vandar-
htis). vandar-hogg, n. a ' wand-stroke,' flogging, Bs. i. 871 ; in
mod. usage a law term for flogging as a punishment for theft or other
such misdeeds ; M. N. a a6 saeta . . . vandar-hagga refsingu, a standing
law phrase in mod. Icel. sentences, vandat-leggr, m. a wand-stick,
Mar. 223. van^a^-veif, n. a wand's waving ; vera k vandarveifi,
Isl. ii. 317.
pr«i
,j.-,iJD(ii
■"-■-okk
f68ri hverju, Bs. i. 137 I ^oku Jjeir vondul heys fyrir hvern hest, Sturl.iij. I*'' ,j
164; hall vondul fyrir hross, Jb. 430; a kirkja vondul af sex sutum ''
heys hverjum of alia sveit. Am. 3^.
vbnn, f., pi. vannir (or vein?); [prob. some corruption for vin, f.
q. v.] : — a bimli/ig track; seldi ek J)eim . . . titan gar8s ok innan voiin ok
vei6i-sta6i er til hefir legit, D. N. ii. 159; en ef hann gorir aSrar van(ii)ir
yfir land manns Jiar sem ikorna-skogr er, bjeti mcirk silfrs ... ok landnam
a ofan, N. G. L. ii. 143. Jtitf'""
vdnsundr, m. the wind, Edda (Gl.) ■[ •"
v6nu3r, m. a waner, diminisher ; in vell-v., hodd-v.. Lex. Poet. *= •*''
v6r3, f., pi. var3ir and ver5r, [Engl, ward^, prop, a woinan under tute- '■ ''
lage, a wife; only in the allit. phrase, vcirQr and verr, wife and huuhand,
a wedded pair ; eigut pxx var6ir vera, these jvcmen have no husbands,
Gsp. ; mik veiztu verSa (i. e. var6a, gen.pl.) ver-gjarnasta, |)kv. 13 ; {ji'^tt
var3ir vers {wedded women) fai ser hos e3a hvars, Ls. 33 ; at ek J)atki
vannk er v6r3 (v6r3r Ed.) no ver vinna knatti, / had no intercourse of
wife and husband with him, i. e. no hjuskapar-far, Gkv. 3. 3 ; J)a er Var
ok Syn ver3r (ace. pi.) at nefna, then are V. and S. the fairies to hi
named, Edda (Gl.)
VORDK, m., gen. var3ar, dat. ver3i, pi. ver3ir, ace. vor3u (mod. verSi);
[varda ; Ulf. ivards, in dat/ra-%oards = 6vpx'p6s, and wardia = Kovarailia,
Matth. xxvii. 65 ; A. S. weard; Engl, ward, warden ; Germ, wart] : — a
warden, warder, Lat. ctistos ; vor3r go3a, of Heimdal, Gm. ; hann haf5i
fengit njosn hvar ver3ir Jjeirra voru, Fms. viii. 354; myrkvastofu-vor&r.
Post. 645. 89, Stj. 200 ; Heimdalr, hann er vor3r go3a, Edda ; vita-vcirftr,
hiis-v6r3r, dyra-vcirSr, land-vor3r, qq. v. 2. a guard, watch and
ward, Lat. custodia; ganga a vor3inn. Eg. 88; ef hundr er bundinn til
varSar, Gn'ig. ii. 119 ; halda v6r3, i. 32 (var3-hald) ; hafa vc)r3u ii e
of a prisoner. Fas. ii. 230; sva mikla vor3(u) helt hann a J)eim,
529; gefa v6r3 moti t-u, to give ward, protect, Sks. 300 B ; veita
vcirB, to keep, take care of, Grag. ii. 409 (hence var3-veita, q.v.)
v6r9-S8etr, adj. 'ivatch-sitting,' i.e. Jit to be ivatchman, G\i\. 86.
VORN, f., gen. varnar, pi. varnir, [from verja; Dan. vccr?i\'. — a de
fence; til varnar, /or /Z;e sake of defence, Sks. 397 B; me3 vcirn, 226:
Jieir hGf3u engan liSs-kost til varnar. Eg. 79 ; eigi mun J)ykkja of J)unii-
skipat til varnarinnar, . . . syna vaskliga vorn, Bs. i. 525, 526, 531; at
J)essi vorn hafi allfrseg verit, 532, Gisl. 72, Nj. 117, passim. II.
as a law phrase, defence, opp. to sokn, q. v. ; sokn skal fara fyrr fram
hvers mals en vtirn, Grag. i. 59 ; sa skal {)ess kvi3ar kveSja, er vorti
hefir fyrir hann, 41 ; mundi {)at Njiill fstla, at ek myndi hafa nokkura
vorn i malinu, Nj. 93 ; ek mun taka vl3 vcirn, 225 ; bj65a til varna, to
call on the defendant to begin his pleading (the plaintiff having done), 36 i
ef sakir ncikkurar gor3isk af vorninni, J)vi at {)at er opt annars mals viim
er annars er sokn, 225 ; fa;ra vcirn fram fyrir mal, to act for the defendant,
223. 2. a point for the defence, exception; ser J)u nokkura vcirn i nullum
J)essum, Nj. 231 ; Asgn'mi tc)ksk sva til sem sjaldan var vant, at vorn var
i mali bans (i. e. there was a flaw in his suit), en su var vcirnin at hann
haf3i nefnt fimm bua, fiar sem hann atti niu at nefna, nti hafa J)eir {)etta
til varna, 92, 93 ; verja mal meS logum, ef varnir ver3a til, 222 ; |)orgiis
gekk at dominum, hann leitaSi til varna i malinu, Grett. 64 new Ed.
COMPDS : varnar-aSili, a, m. the defendant in a suit, opp. to suknar-
a3ili (see a5ili), Grag., Nj., passim. varnar-ei3r, -g6gn, -kvi3r,
m. an oath, evidence, verdict for the defence, Grag. i. 55, 61, 78. Nj.
225. varnar-lauss, adj. defenceless, AI. 84. varnar-madr, m.
a defender, Fms. v. 273, xi. 32, Fb. iii. 445, N. G. L. i. 88, passim.
vornudr, m. a warning; bj63a vornu3, to bid one beware, Akv. 8,
Sighvat.
vorpuSr, m. a thrower, ofte who hurls. Lex. Poiit.
vorpti-ligr, adj. of stout, stately appearance ; v. ok mikilu31igr, Fms.
xi. 78 ; konungr spur3i hverr sii vxri inn vcirpuligi ma3r, Ld. 3H1
Finnb. 308 (v. 1.), 6. H. 155, fjorst. Si3u H. 15.
v6rpu-mannligr, adj. id., Isl. ii. 438, v. 1.
VORR, f., gen. varrar, pi. varrar, varrir ; in rhymes rr, vorr er hvoss
a harra, Sturl. (in a verse) ; sparri varra, Hkr. i. (in a verse) : the mod.
form is v6r, varar, dropping one r throughout : [Ulf. uses a diminutivCi
«/rt/ri/o = xe^^os ; A.S. iveleras — labia, a masc. formed by metathesis of «
r and I, qs. wsrelas; old Fris. were'] : — the lip, Lat. labium ; varrar jarls
voru okyrrar, Fms. viii. 98; vorr in ne3ri, the lower lip, Dropl. 25 >
vcirr in efri, the upper lip; bita a vorrinni, Nj. 68 ; hann belt varrarnar,
...rifja saman varrarnar, Edda 71 ; <?f varrar eru eigi heilar, Skalda;
skard i vor (vorr), Sd. 175; hverjum vcirrum skal ek bans blezaw
fulltings biSja, Th. 6 ; varra-skrap, Sks. 438 ; varrar J)in«r, Stj. 644*
badar varrirnar, Bs. i. 360 ; varrarnar, Sks. 560.
B. [Ivar Aasen vor; A.S. wcer ; Engl, weir], a fenced-in landing-
place; a steini Jjeim er naestr var vorum (vdorom Cod.), Bs. i. 337 > <^™'
f)at eptir skipinu i vcirina. Fas. iii. 317; Vermundr kom mi til Grims-
eyjar, ok dro upp skip i varir Askels, Rd. 250 ; varar fysir skip, a saying,
a ship longs for the vorr, Edda (Ht.) ; cp. njoti sva bauga, sem BragJ
auga, vagna vara, may he enjoy wealth, as Bragi [enjoys] the eye, or tbf
ship the haven, Hofu31. (fine) ; sigla or vcirum, to leave the harbour, Bs.
v6ndull, m., dat. vondli, a wisp, of hay; gefa vondul heys af kyr- 1 i. 460; ok er staddr i vorum um kveldit J)a er Hallr kom at landi, Ldi
VORR— YFIll.
723
X
(ex) commonly represents fc, gs (as in other languages), where both
^ are radical, 'thus, ax, fax, lax, sax, ox, vax, vaxa, sex, uxi, vcixtr,
ixl, cixl, qq.v. ; but hugsa from hugr ; lags from lag; loks from
' ks (gen.) from ok {jngum) ; rakstr, bakstr, from raka, baka, etc.
.cllunis use x in other cases, e.g. sterxti = sterksti, the strongest,
146; tax (gen.) from tak, N. G.L. i. 47; dux = duks, Clem. 127,
)X = loks, 134; vitrleix = vitrleiks, 142 ; almattex = almuttigs, 133;
vigsla, N.G.L. i. 9; fulltinx = fulltings, O. H. 242 ; vaxcliga =
'a, Mork. 178; lyxc = lyksk, tb. (fine) ; fexk = fekksk (from fu
lb), Bs. i. 351 ; ux = ups (q.v.), N.G.L. i. 368 : or again, vcgs =
(.the verb), Hm. 119; lags = lax (salmon), Saem. 212, 1. -20 (Bugge) ;
. = dags, N. G. L. i. 23 ; but on the whole the vellums distinguish gs,
and X, shewing the pronunciation in olden times to have been more
inct than it is now, when all three forms (gs, ks, x) represent the
te sound, no matter whether the s be inflexive or not ; thus in com-
ri modern spelling, both hugsa and huxa, dags and dax are used at
Jom. In vellums x and r are very much alike ; hence in the well-
twn passage in Vsp. the misreading of sacrum (sordibus) for sarxum
iibus), in all Editions, until Prof. Bugge noticed the stroke underneath
line in Cod. Reg.
: the word is freq. in mod. usage (at least in western Icel,), of a tmall^
' or creek where boats land, Icnda i vorinni, fara ofan i vor, ytta eg
iir Arnar-V(ir hann Olfar t63i, Olf. 6. 23 : hence mod. vora-sOngr
prayer said by fishermen when launching, Bjiirn. vara-seidi, n.
I fry, small fish, from being caught in creeks near the shore.
I )B.E, m., gen. varrar, dat. verri, pi. verrir, ace. viirru ; [different
the preceding word] :—a pull of the oar; er |)cir hofftu fa viirru
iiii landi, Fms. viii. 217; i einum verri brytr hann sundr bdftar
ir ok keipana, {jiflr. 313; slita rceSi or verri, to pull the oar
V, Fms. vi. (in a verse); halda sjau tigum dra til varra, to pull
i • seventy oars, Hkr. iii. 120 (in a verse); {)eysa viirru (ace. pi.),
I full so as to splash, Hornklofi : in poetry a ship is called lung, nial-
I \ arra, the steed pulled by oars, Lex. Poiit. ; varr-simi, the wake left
< oars; varr-nagli, q.v.; varrar Mr = gold; varrar ski3, poiit.—
ir (the oar of Odin being the sword). Glum, (in a verse).
isar, m. pi. the men from VOrs, a county in Norway, Landn. ;
-vangen, Fms. viii. 51; Vigfuss hersir & Viirs, Gltim. : hence
sa-bsor, later Ossa-basr, a local name in the south of Icel., Landn.,
V6rsa-krdkr, m. a nickname, Orkn. : VOrskr, adj. /rom Viirs,
I nlll. 263.
ji'u-, in compds, see vara.
5run, f., see varnan ; viS-vcirun.
jrzlu-, in compds, see varzla.
otnun, f. = vatnan, q.v.
OTTR, m., gen. vattar, dat. vetti, pi. vettir, ace. viittu ; contr. for
v.tr: [Fr. gant, whence Engl, gauntlet; Dan. vanterl^: — a glove;
1 (^i nia6r viittu a hcjndum, Lv. 100; staf ok vijttum, Fms. iii. 176;
1 111 dro Jaar a sik vottu sina, Grett. 160 new Ed., and passim in mod.
I ;',c ; the dimin. vetlingr has displaced the old word. 2. a pillow;
\ tu diins fulla, Hornklofi. II. a pr. name, Fas. 2. in local
1 lies, Vattar-nes, -tunga, -fj6r3r, Landn., map of Icel.; Band-
vtir, the name of horses, Gisl.
OXTH., m., gen. vaxtar, dat. vexti, pi. vextir, ace. voxtu, mod.
^:ti ; [Ulf. wahstus = av^r}ais, rjKiicia; Dan. vcext ; from vaxa, q.v.] :
■* tvaxing,' size, stature; mikil vexti, Bs. i. 646, Nj. 2 ; bergrisi at afli
xti, Eg. 22 ; menn litlir vexti, 25 ; viixt ok afl, 29 ; gcira klaeSi vi6
i-s, 516 : of size, till skip sem viJxtr var at, Sturl. ii. 177 ; skip vel
audi at vexti, Fms. iv. 255 ; J)at skip var giirt eptir vexti Orms ins
; i la, vi. 308 ; p^t vatn er vel mikit at vexti, Sks. 90 ; heimsins viixt,
at niikilleik ok vexti, O. H. 235 ; litils vaxtar, of small size,
r r. 2. growth, increase ; er tungi hefir t)rjar naetr vaxtar sins,
1 . 452 ; vera me3 vexti, to be increasitig, Barl. 169 ; ganga i viixt, to
i '-rase, Bs. i. 802 ; fara i viixt, to increase, Fms. ix. 430 ; fxra i viixt,
t xaggerate, vi. 14 : increase, interest, heimta fulgurnar me& voxtum,
. i. 270 ; taka viixtu a fe sinu, 180 ; taka fe til vaxta, 183 ; d-vi)Xtr,
3. way of groivth, shape; ritinn me3 lykkju a's en med ijllum
(S, Skalda; likr e-m a voxt ok vi(3brag&, Fms. vi. 12. 4.
/), produce; skog meS tupt ok vexti, crop, Vm. 1 14; a-vi>xtr,
II. metaph. standing, state, the circumstance of a case, esp.
r. ; eigi er sva vi8 viixt, it does not stand so, Fb. iii. 333 ; sjam
i vextir a eru, ii. 313, v. 20; hann sagSi honum alia viixtu sem a
V I! um J)eirra eyrendi, Ld. 46, Karl. 391 : the phrase, sva er mal meS
V ti, at . . ., the case stands so, that.. ., Lv. 43. vaxta-lauss, adj.
ihimt increase or interest, Grag. i. 251.
Jxtu-ligr, adj. big, of great size. Fas. iii. 627.
"y/.t, f., pi. vaztir (q.v.), the sing, being only used in Edda (Gl.)
Y is of later origin, and only found in drrived wordi, being an • umUot*
from «, (y from w, y from li) ; in the Runic alphabet it it placed at
the-cnd. and marked ^. see SkAlda (ii. 7a); it i> there called yr, a ytu-
Iree, — yr er vctrgrxntt viSa, 'yr' is tbt ' mnUr-grttntU' of trtn, Ruuic
poem.
B. The independent sound of y, y if now lott in Icel . being re-
placed respectively by the loundj 1, i, whereas in mod. Dau., Swed. and
Norse the old sound has been preserved ; the old Icel. MSS., as well as
the rhymes in old poemi, distinguish both, except in a few instances, see
Gramm. p. xxxv, col. 2 (17). The change from y to i seems to have
begun about the time of the Rcformation/put in the first printed book*,
e. g. the N. T. of 1540 and the Bible of 1584, the distinction is still well
kept, the remembrance of the old form and etymology being then still
alive. Later, the writing became very confused. Some transcribers of
the 1 7th century, e. g. Kctil Jiiruiidsson, a noted copter of old vellums,
took the better course, never writing y at all, but 1 throughout ; the
same may be observed in the handwritu)g of some Icelanders down to the
present day. In printed books of the 17th and 18th centuries the con-
fusion is great, till of late an accurate spelling has been re-established,
though even this fails in a few words ; e. g. the ancients spell \\ymt,
gymbr, qq. v. ; the mod. {irisvar, gimbr. The poets of the last three
centuries make i and y, ei and ey rhyme indifferently, according to the
usage of the living tongue,
as in yndi, yrSi, yrkja, etc.
II. an initial v is drop(>ed before y.
Y
' abbask, q. r.
ybbaak, a8, dcp. ; y. vi3 c-t, to worry, ■■
ybbinn, adj. worrying.
yflar, gen. pi. of you = Golh. izwara^ifiunt; til ySar, to you. Fms, x.
387, and passim.
YDDA, d, [oddr], to ibew the point on the other side, when a weapon
is run through ; gegnum fkjiild ok brjost sva at yddi um bakit. Eg. 380,
Fms. viii. 332 ; laust undir kverkina, sva at yddi lit um hnakkaim, vii.
211 ; [roa] svii langt vestr sem yddir baenhuss-krossiiyi heima & Sxvar-
landi, to pull westwards till the point of the cross at home at S. is just
seen, Dipl. iv. 9 ; ^ai yddir a e-u, the point is seen, c. g. of a steeple or
mountain seen at a distance.
YBB, dat. and ace. plur., and y0«r, gen, (thr original form iir) ;
[Goth, izwis = vfias and vfuv, and xzwara = liiS/v] : — you ; biSja ySr
(ace), segja y8r (dat.) ; but konia til yflar, in cndkss instances; as also
when addressing a person of rank, the plur. is used ; vil ek gjama vcita
ydr {)at, Fms. x. 387, passim : or even sing, and plur. promiscu-
ously. 2. hverr er su af yftr Islendingum, of you Icelanders, Fms.
ii. 32.
ydvarr, possess, pron., from ySur, n. y8vart, gen. ySvars, ySvarrar,
ySvars ; dat. y8rum, ySvarri, y8ru ; ace. ySvarn, yftra, ySvart ; pi, ySrir,
ySrar, ySur ; gen. ydvarra ; dat. yftrum ; ace. yflra, y6rar, ySur : the v
is often dropped, thus, y8arr, y8arn, ySars, yftart : in mod. speech and
partly in writing an indecl. ySar has been substituted: [Ulf. Izwar-^^
6 v/jut/v; A. S. eower; Engl, your; cp. provinc. Engl, yourn; Germ.
euer; Dan. 7>r] : — ymtr ; konungr ySarr. . .ydarr kraptr, Fms. x. 17;
ySarri brautferS, 289 ; ySarra manna, Al. 61 ; til J)akka ydvarra. Eg. 63 ;
hiifdingja yflvars, Nj. 8; konungum yftrum, id.; ySvarr vegr. Eg. 423;
fund y&varn, 424; y8ur fijr, Nj. 90; ydur tign, Fins. x. 367 ; yftvarri
tign, vi. 72, X. 234; ySars rikdoms, id.; y8vart riki, mc8 ySrum styrk,
i. 87; eyrindi y'dart, x. 218; konung y8arn. It; yflarn Kristinndym,
Horn. 33 ; ^raeli y8rum, 623. 30; skipti y8ur. Eg. 424; y8ur salkynni,
Skm. 2. hverr ySarr, who of you f Fms. ix. 330; tvA hesta skal
hafa hverr y8arr, Nj. 32. 3. ^a. kalla8i einn ma8r, hvi roa djoflar
yflrir fyrir oss i alia nott, ye devils (cp. {)inn), Fms. ix. 50,
yflngr, m. a kind of bird, = lifr (?), Edda (Gl.)
YFIB, prep, with dat, and ace, also ellipt. or even as adv. ; [in Golh,
there are two forms, «/=Lat. sub, and w/ar=Lat. super, which, as to
the form, answer to Icel. 'of and *yfir;' but in reality 'of is in the
old vellums used indiscriminately, sometimes = um (q. v.), sometimes-
yfir, see p. 462 and um (umb, of), p. 648 sqq. ; 'of as prep, is now
obsolete, having been replaced, according to the sense, by um or yfir :
Goth, vfar; A.S, ofer ; Engl, over; O. H.G. uhar ; Hel. obar; Germ,
uber; Dan. over; Swed. iifver ; Lat. super; Gr. tWp] : — over.
A WITH DAT. over, above; hvers manns alvaepni h^k yfir
nimi bans. Eg. 88 ; t>ri8ja stcndr yfir Niflheimi , . . brenn eldr yfir Bifrost,
Edda 10; yfir lokhvilu sinni. Nj. 183; spretta skiirura yfir s<5r. Fas, 11.
187; tjalda yfir skipi sinu, Eg. 373; jiir8 groin yfir vi8i e8r beinom,
Grag ii 354; sitjayfir bor8um, matborSi, dagverSi, drykkju . . ., tosi/o/
table over one's meat, drink, Nj. 6, 68, Eg. 63, 407. 577. P>«'m ' "»i» )fi'
3A»
724
YFIRAFLI— YFIRHOFN.
domuni yfir malum manna, to sit at, attend to cases, as judge, 6. H. 86 ;
Olafr konungr hafSi jafnan meO ser tolf ena spi;kustu meim, Jjeir satu yfir
domum nie5 honum ok re3u um vandamal, id.; sitja yfir e-ni, to sit over
one (a sick person), Fms. vii. l66, ix. 250; styrma yfir e-m, Ld,
40. II. metaph. usages ; gorask konungr hxb'i yfir Miirkinni ol<;
Halogalandi, Eg. 71; konungr yfir Englandi, 263; biskup yfir Jteini
fjordungi, Grag. i. 326; hafa vald yfir e-u, Fms. i. 227, x. 48; vera
hofdingi ok herra yfir e-u, id.; {jorgils er J)a. var yfir SkagafirOi, 61;
domandi allra mala yfir \ieim rikjum. Fas. i. 513 ; hann setti br69ur sinn
yfir Vikinni, Fms. i. 29 ; sektir yfir e-m, H. E. i. 420 ; til gaezlu yfir
e-m, custody over one, Edda 2 1 ; vaka yfir e-m, to wahe or watch over,
Fms. i. 9, iv. 299 ; voku ver her hverja nott a Aski yfir fo varu. Eg.
375 ; t^i v^'''^ *'''"' yfir litlu, gg va-an setja {)ig yfir miki6. Matt. xxv. 23 ;
vil ek eigi hafa flimtan hennar ne faryrSi yfir mor, Nj. 50 ; sitja yfir
hlut e-s, 89 (see sitja I. 2) ; ok liggi sii illska lengr yfir J)eim, threatening
them, Fms. x. 265; biia yfir brog6um. Fas. i. 290; hefi ek set marga
dyrliga hluti yfir honum, 623. 55 ; mor synisk sva mikit yfir J)cr, at mor
by'6r {)at eitt i skap at ^li verdir meira styrandi, Bs. i. 468 ; allir J)eir
cr nokkurr ]Drifna3r var yfir, leystu sik a ^rem vetrum, Fms. iii. 18 ; opt
hafa or6it ^vilikar jarteinir yfir heiSnum monnum, vii. 195; lata vel
ilia . . . yfir e-u, Ld. 168, Hkr. i. 213, ii. 32 (see lata B. I. 2) ; lata hljott
yfir e-n, Nj. 232; J)egja yfir e-u, Ld. 36; fognu3r yfir c-VL,joy over a
thing, MS. 623. 23; aumhjartaSr yfir liforum hvers manns, Sks. 687;
lysa yfir e-u, to declare, Eb. 20, 250, Nj. 93, Ld. 164, 306, Fs. 13, 24,
Eg. 141 new Ed., Gisl. 16, 6. H. 101, 179, Bs. i. 95, 203, 26S, 624, Fms.
ii. 25, xi. 6, 25 : hly5a e-m yfir, see hlyda. III. ellipt. or adverb,
usages ; eldr, ok katlar yfir, Eg. 238 ; setlar hann at gorask konungr yfir
nor6r JDar, 71 ; yfir a Espiholi, Sturl. iii. 261.
B. WITH ACC. over, above, denoting motion ; limar hans dreifask
yfir heim allan, Edda 10 ; drogu J)eir neti3 yfir hann, . . . hlaupa yfir netift
. . . hleypr hann yfir J>inulinn, 40 ; f)eir bundu yfir sik flaka af vi6i, Fms.
ix. 421 ; Ska6i tok eitr-orm ok festi yfir hann, Edda 40; hann tok yfir
sik skikkjuna, ' tooh clothes over himself,' put on the mantle, N]. I'jo;
binda bod yfir miQjar dyrr, GJjI. 434; leggja e-t yfir altari J)in, 655 xxiii;
lauf ok limar toku lit yfir skipit, 0. H. 36 ; hann felldi hvern yfir annan,
Hkr. i. 151 ; cp. hverr um annan (um C. V) ; er aldr for yfir hann, O. H.
123; slo miklum otta yfir hirSmennina, struck great terror into the
king's men. Fas. i. 68; skjota skjoli yfir e-n, Ld. 40; setja menn yfir
riki sitt. Eg. 7 ; at konungr mundi annan h6f6ingja setja yfir Nor9-
ymbra-land, Fms. i. 24 ; let hann taka Kmit til konungs yfir riki Jjat
allt, 112; komask yfir e-t, to come by a thing, Bar3. 175; lata litiS
yfir sik, Fms. vii. 29. 2. over, through, across; austr yfir Foldina,
Fms. i. 52; hann gokk yfir mark J)at, Eg. 490; fara yfir as nokkurn,
. . . klif bratt yfir at fara, 576; ri3a yfir flj6ti6, Nj. 82 ; hverr reiddi yfir
Markar-fljot, 142 ; yfir skoginn, Fms. v. 249 ; ri6u vestr yfir Lomagniips-
sand, Nj. 255 ; yfir hafit, Fms. vi. 21 ; er hann kom su6r yfir Fjalir,
iii. 36; sigla nor3r yfir Foldina, viii. 132 ; si5an foru ^eir yfir Nor3ra,
Eg. 134; fara at veizlum yfir riki sitt, Fms. i. 157; skogr er almanna-
vcgr liggr yfir, Fs. 4. II. metaph. over, beyond; hafa voxt
yfir e-n, to have growth over or above another, be taller. Fas. ii. 234;
hafa hofu9 ok her3ar yfir e-n ; fram yfir a5ra menn, beyond, above, i.
27; yfir J)at fram, beyond that, above that, Vm. 19; fram yfir Paska-
viku, Sturl. i. 121 ; fram yfir J61, Boll. 344; yfir h;ilf-J)ritugt, Fms. ix.
33- III. of direction, with another prep. ; yfir a H61, Hrafn. 9 ;
J)eir foru yfir a Katanes, Fms. ix. 424 ; Jjeir sigldu yfir undir Kaupmanna-
eyjar, 421 ; upp yfir ; fram yfir Grjotteigsa, Hrafn. 6. IV. ellipt.
and adverb, usages ; sa kvittr kom yfir, passed over. Eg. 164 ; lesa yfir,
to read, Dipl. iii. 10, Fms. x. i ; kveld kemr yfir, draws on, Finnb. 230;
skyfloki gengr yfir, Bar6. 169; um nottina J)ann tima er hringdi yfir,
Fms. X. 29 ; at hann myndi fljotara yfir bera ef hann riSi, Hrafn. 7 ;
hestrinn bar hann skjott yfir ok vi5a, id. ; undir at lei3a e6r yfir at
keyra, G{)1. 412 ; gora bni yfir, 411. 2. with verbs; bera, gnaefa,
taka yfir, to siirpass, passim ; vofa yfir, to impend; biia yfir e-u, see biia ;
hylma yfir, to conceal ; bxtr yfir, to mend ; verpa yfir, to calculate ; drepa
yfir e-t, to hush down; fara yfir, to pass over; lita, sja yfir, to oversee,
superintend ; li6a yfir, to pass over, also to faint ; stiga yfir, to overcome ;
staupla yfir, sjast yfir, to overlook, neglect, etc., see the verbs. 3.
var hann katr yfir fram, exceedingly, Sturl. iii. 267; bjargit skutti yfir
fram, Fms. vii. 81 ; sja yfir upp, Edda 30.
yfir-afli, n. a superior force, Sks. 198.
yflrafl-ligr, adj. over-strong, very strong, Sks. 607.
yfir-band, n. an ' over-band,' string to fasten the mouth of a bag,
Grett. 107 A.
yflr-bdtr, m. an 'over-boat,' but only used metaph. = a better man, as
opp. to eptirbatr (q. v.). Fas. i. (in a verse).
yfir-biskup, m. an over-bishop, high priest, Stj. 542, Ver. 106.
yfir-bjoSandi, part, a ruler, Lil. 1.52.
yflr-bo3, n. rrde, command, authority, Fms. i. 220, iii. 45, iv. 226,
x. 390, Stj. 167, Fas. iii. 98, D.N. i. 156, passim.
yfir-bo3ari, a, m. = yfirbo9i, Sks. 612, v. 1.
ylir-bo3i, a, m. a superior, master, of one in authority, in plur. the
authorities, Sks. 611, 612, K. A. 224, Bs. i. 196, 233, Stj. 35, N.Gf.,
and passim. j
yfir-bord, n. the ' upper-board,' surface. i
yfir-bot, f. redress, Ver. 27, Sks. 584; and eccl. repentance: inje
allit. phrase, iSran ok yfirbot ; yfirbot syndar, giira Gu6i yfirbot I'l
syndir, Mar., Hom. (St.); ganga til yfirbtJta. 2. plur. compe\-
tion; bj69a ^eim yfirbsetr, Isl. ii. 327; JEsh bu9u henni sxtt ok J-
bxtr, Edda 46; ef ma6r gorir til utleg6ar i Kristnum retti ok g(jr
hann til yfirbota, N. G. L. i. 156; yfirbxtr era hvers beztar, a sayi,
Karl. 496.
yflr-bragS, n. outward look, appearance, demeanour, bearing, Fm ;.
96 ; asja me3 bli3u ok bjortu yfirbragSi, 97 ; hans y. ok asjona, 2 ,;
me3 J)ungu yfirbrag3i, vii. 156; meft miklu yfirbrag6i, of very imp-
ing dejncanottr, 219; med ahyggju-yfirbrag3i, vi. 32 ; skoruligr i ;
brag3i, Ld. 18, Bs. i. 76, Fas. iii. 666 ; alh var Jjetfa fornt ok femikit
meS miklu yfirbragQi, magnificent, Fms. vi. 342 ; ymislegt y. mals-grc
Skalda 193. 2. a surface, Rb. 468, 470. 3. a shew, prete,\
outer appearance; gor6i hann \)zt y. fyrir al^y9u, at . . . , Orkn. 4;
svikliga . . . me3 sattgjarnligu yfirbrag5i, Fms. iii. 63 ; en gora hitt y
at sendimenn vaeri vel halduir, (3. H. 151 ; i yfirbrag&i til vinganar
J)a,/or appearance sake, Fms. x. 382 ; konungr gor6i a ser hryg9ar-s
at yfiTbriLgbi, feigned mourning, 625.96. compds : yfirbrag3s-lit
-mikill, adj. poor, grand of look or appearance, Isl. ii. 237, Sturl.
123.
yflr-breizl, n. a coverlet, Js. 78.
yflr-breizia, u, f. id., Stj. 343, H.E. i. 501.
yfir-buga, a3, to overcome, out-do. Fas. i. 115.
yfir-btirSr, m. a deck-cargo, of a ship ; nu hitta menn i storma,
skal ollum y. fyrst kasta, N. G. L. ii. 278 (Jb. 390, 391). 2. exec
y. um |)at er login segja, Fms. viii. 278. 3. mod., esp. in jl
superiority, superior strength or quality. II. yiir-burfla, geu.
as adv. very ; y. g63r, very good.
yflr-bseriliga, adv. surpassingly, Karl. 542.
yflr-bseriligr, adj. surpassing, Fms. x. 185, Fb. ii. 10.
yfir-domandi, a, m. an over-judge, chief justice, K.A. 218.
yflr-domari, a, m. id., Sks. 476, 634, Gd.
yfir-domr, m. an 'over-judgment,' high court, Stj. 440, v.I. : a cou
of appeal, (mod.)
yflr-drepskapr, m. [drepa yfir], dissimulation, Bs. i. 727, Mirm. 14;
yflr-drottning, f. a sovereign queen, of the Virgin Mary, Mar., Gd
yfir-dyna, u, f. an over-pillow, stuffed with down.
yfir-dssmi, n. a jurisdiction, Stj. 440, Stat. 308.
yfir-engill, m. an 'over-angel,' archangel, Barl. 28, Sturl. i. 21 1 C.
yfir-fa3ir, m. an ' over-father,' patriarch, Hom. 139, Eluc. 53, Hoi
(St.), Fas. iii. 671.
yflr-fer5, f. a passage over or through a country, esp. as a law term. ^
veizla, q. v. ; hafa land vart til yfirfer9ar, Fms. iv. 364; hann veil
Haraldi at veizlum ok y. Halland,vii. 180, xi. 343: of the poor, tetlaSis
hon til nokkurrar yfirferSar ok biSja ser matar, Bs. i. 198 : a visitaiioj
biskups y., N. G. L. i, 345, Bs. i. 84. yfirfer5ar-£llr, adj. ill to pfi<
Hrafn. 4.
yfir-fljotanligr, adj. [Dan. overflddig], overflowing, abundant, (mo(!.
yflr-f6eriligr, adj. passable, Stj. 353.
yfir-for, f. =yfirfer9 ; banna e-m y., Orkn. 4; land fsitaekt ok illt \fi:
farar, 0. H., K. |>. K. 70. 2. a visitation; biskup skal hafa y. v.r
sinn a tolf manu3um, K. J>. K. 60, Bs. i. 140.
yfir-fot, n. pi. over-clothing, Bev.
yfir-ganga, u, f. a transgression, Skalda 197: passing through, Hom. (St.
yflr-gangr, m. a passing through, Fms. x. 237. 2. overbearing
conduct, tyrantiy, Fms. ii. 183, vi. 26, xi. 81, Gisl. 11, Lv. i, passim
illr y., an evil, plague, Fms. x. 385. compds : yfirgangs-ma3r, m
an overbearing man. Fas. i. 383. yfirgangs-samr (-semi, f.), adj
overbearing.
yflr-gefa, gaf, [Germ, ubergeben'], to forsake, abandon. Fas. ii. 420 (a
vellum of the 15th century), freq. in mod. usage.
yfir-girnd, f. ambition, Fms. iii. 45, Sks. 453.
yfir-gjarn, adj. ambitious, Sks. 437.
jrfir-gjarnligr, adj. ambitious, Sks. 531, Fagrsk. II.
yfir-gnsefa, 9, to reach above, surpass.
yfir-Gy3ingr, m. an ' over-Jew,' ' thorough Jew,' Pharisee, Mar.,
Post., Greg. ( = Acts xxiii. 6, Luke xv. I, 2, xviii. 10).
yfir-h.eyra, 9, to hear, examine.
yfir-heyrsla, u, f. a hearing, examination, a school term.
yfir-hildingr, m. = yfirkonungr. Lex. Poet.
yfir-hlaup, n. an ' over-leaping,' skipping. Anal. 1 76.
yfir-buS, f. = Lat. praeputium, the foreskin.
yfir-bus, m an upper store (cp. Dan. hojen-loft), D. N. ii. 152.
yfir-hylma, d, to hide, cloak; see hylma.
yfir-liylming, f. a hiding, cloaking.
yfir-h6f3ingi, a, m. an over-captain, great chief, Fms. v. ^246.
yfir-hofn, f. an over-coat, Eg. 23, Fms. i. 16, vii. 201, 6. H. 70, fu
YFIRIIOKULL—YLFINGAR.
T25.
ko, Sks. 289. yfirhafnar.lauss, adj. without an over-cloai, Fms. ii."^ yflr-ataplan, f. [»cc .lopU], an ' overs fnUerimx: X meUpb. no.
47, Sks. 296
-hOkull, ni. an over-mantle, a surplice. Am. 11;.
-klerkr, in. an over-clerk, one of the higher clergy, Bs. i. 768.
-kltiefli, n.an over-cloth, ^^yRrhbt'n, Sturl. ii. 23i',Stj.424, 458, 595,
vi. 186; yfirklxain Unnar bid | oil i hrukkur dregr, of the wind
II the waves, Sig. Brei5f. 2. a table-cloth.
'.r v^fir-kominn, part, overcome, Fnis. x. 221, Fiiinb. 330; y. af jaruin
c mxbi, exhausted, 288 ; geta yfirkomit e-n, Fms. ii, 75 ; fd e-n yfir-
)minn, xi. 96.
5 rflr-konungr, m. an ' over-king,' supreme king; vera y. brxdra sinn;»,
ns. i. 8; y. li Irlandi, x. 415; y. flestra annarra at riki ok auftsefum,
i. 95; y. i Noregi, Fb. ii. 37 ; ^i') var Kiiiitr konungr y. allra J)cirra,
ns. xi. 201 ; Julius CiEsar var fyrstr Romverja y. alls heims, Ver. 39,
b. 398, 412.
fa» rflr-kussari, a, m. [for. word], an ' over-corsair,' corsair-chief, Fms.
86.
"Ijrflr-land, n. [Germ, uberland], the 'overland,' land on the other side;
ir sneru yfir til Muiika-bryggju naer yfirlaudinu, Fms. viii. 264.
k:|rflr-liit, n. a being made much of, honour, favour ; ^eir hof5u minnst
ii I {they were least made of) J)viat {)eir J)6ttu vera dragnialir ok tomlatir,
I lis. i. 382, Fms. vii. 219; |j6rr var i mi6ju hofi ok haffti mest yfirliU,
323, Hkr. i. 211, Eg. 256; hann hafSi ^ar gott yfirlat, Fms, xi. 206;
var minnstr fyrir mer um atgorvi ok y.. Fas. i, 151,
fir-le3r, m, the tipper-leather, of shoes, Fms. viii. 436.
'fir-lega, u, f. a painstaking, taking much time and pains; eg get
ki lesi6 J)a6 nema me& mestu yfirlegu.
'fir-lestr, m. a reading through.
■flr-li9, n. a swoon, fainting fit.
■flr-ligr, adj. lying-above, Lat. supernus, Horn,
fj-flr-lit, n. a survey.
N'flr-liti', m. look, personal appearance; y. hennar ok kurteisi, Nj.
f ; hvi ert \iu ^annig yfirlits sem Jjii ser at bana kominn, Fms. xi. 144;
I r fo5ur sinum bxbi yfirlits ok at skapferli. Eg. 3, Fas. i. 234; bla at
rlit, iii. 307 ; bniSirnar falda sitt ok sa ligcirla {jcirra y., Fms. xi.
6; at likams yfirliti, Pr. 440 : plur., likr fe8r sinum at yfirlitum
skaplyndi. Eg. 84, Fms. x. 226; hyggr vandliga at yfirlitum
irra systra, xi. 106 ; Kormakr heyrir hvat \>xi tala til yfirlita bans,
; ')rm. iS.
iSr-lseti, n.=yfirlat, Sks. 275, 463; Hnitr var me6 konungi um
f trinn i g66u y., Nj. 9, Eg. 170; hann haf3i it mesta y. af konungi
drottningu, Fms. i. 96 ; veitti hann mer gott (litiS) y., ii. 123, vi, 345 ;
I ! :tor6 ok y., x. 392 ; me6 riku y., MS. 4. 41.
fir-log, n. pi. = yfirs6kn; J>orvaldr vildi hafa y. Jorundar biskups, Bs,
^13 (MS.)
I flr-16gma3r, m. an 'over-lawman,' see logmaSr, Fms. iv. 156,
: fir-niaSr, m. an 'over-man,' superior, master; yfirma6r Vatnsdaela,
26 ; y. herads, 4 ; Olafr er betr til yfirmanns fallinn enn minir synir,
. 84 ; at alhn aldr siSan myndi Nor5mcnn vera yfirmenn Dana, Fms.
233; hann skal ver3a yfirma6r minn meSan hann lifir. Eg. 16: J)a
■|i um ver J)6 at vera yfirmenn J)eirra {be their betters) i olluin sto&um,
Sis. ix. 509; minn yfirmann (nom. sic), Fas. i. 103.
t fir-mannligr, adj. chief taiti-like, J>i3r. 100.
• t fir-mdta, adv. [Dan. overmaade^, exceedingly, (mod.)
I flr-meistari, a, m. an ' over-master,' bead-master, tp. Germ, alt-
*x/cr, Sij. 510, 537, Gd. 79.
f fir-mikill, adj. ' over-niickle' enormous, Art. 12.
■ I fir-port, n. an ' over-gate,' lintel, Stj. 415.
. 9 fir-ra3, n. rtde, dominion.
Br-reiS, f. a 'riding-over,' visitation, survey, H.E. i. 41 1, Bs. i. 879
irferO, 816, 1. c.)
fir-seta, u, f. a ' sitting-over,' sedulity ; m.^aask i vcikum ok yfirsetu,
xii. 3, H. E. i. 585 ; ekki setlaSa ek at J)at va;ri niin y. {my business)
tlaema milli J)eirra, Fms. ix. 334, 2. a holding back; y. a land-
Id, D.N. vi. 320. 3, medic, midwifery; in yflrsetu-kona,
«|f. a midwife, Stj. 189, as also in mod, usage,
tf.ar-sj6n, f. a survey; skoSan ok y., Dipl. iii. 4, Fms. v. 245, Sks.
i) B, 2. an oversight, blunder, passim in mod. usage,
? Sr-skikkja, u, f. an over-cloak, Karl. 89,
S 5r-skipan, f, 'over-rule,' authority; hafa vald ok y,, Stat, 234.
''i flr-skript, f. a superscription, N, T.
R fir-skyggja, 6, to overshadow, N. T,
'^r-skyn, f, ' over-shine,' pretence, hypocrisy. ^
r-sloppr, m, an outer-gown. Am, I ; prestar skryddir yfirsloppum,
• '• 473. Stat, passim,
fir-sokn, f. = yfirfor, mostly as a law term, almost the same as vcisla ;
5 inn konungr gaf honum jarldom ok Halland til yfirsoknar, Fms. vi.
:k Orkn. 66; len ok yfirsokn, Fms, i. 87; armenning, syslu, yfirsi'.kn,
<iH.i74, Fms. X. 196, passim, 2, a visitation, survey, K, {>. K,
■v. 1. ; yfirs6knar-ma6r, a surveyor, cccl., H. E. i, 255, and in a secular
,N.G.L. i. 18.
dcring of Lat. ' praevarieatio,' Horn. I9; y. C,\.J>\ lajn. Etoe. a8.
yflr-sterkari, adj., coinpaT, myeb ttromgtr . to get tbt ffftr
baud, Karl, 349, Bt, i, 804.
yfir-atiginn, part, overeomt, Rb, 412.
yflr-Btigning, f. an over-pawung, trantgrutiom, S9t4idt 197.
yfir-stig&ri, a, m. a conqueror, H.E. i. 7.
yfir-8t6rinorki, n. pi. great u/ondert, B». «. 571.
yfir.H:^n, f. a look, appearance, Hkr. iii, 364 : «te<v* jrfirbngS, Fon.
ix. 433 : " survey, intpection, nirta Jtctta f<- cptir y. )Kim nuuna Mm
biskup nefndi til, Dipl. i. 7 ; undir y. grcindt Hctra I'eturt, v, 18 ; epiir
bodfkap ok y. erkibiskups, on tb* order and under tbt uipmvUemdamet
o/. MS. 671. 17, H.E, i. 517.
yfir-s^d, f. = yfirsyn; mcirr i m6dur-ctt sina yfinyndar, Fou. ix.
531 ; Ijotr yiirsyndar, Orkn. 66, v. 1. ; fr4 yfiitjfndum manna ok bdaingi.
Fas. iii. 666,
yflr-saeng, f, = yfirdyna.
yfir-sOngr, ni. a singing, service; yfittongvi, 635. 164: o( a/mmirat
service, morg merki urdu at vatns-vig;slum hant ok yfirtungum. B«. i.
431 ; cr J)at cngi hdttr sem hit hcfir vcrit & Graeiitandi tiftaii Krittni
kom hur, at setja mcnn nidr i uvig&a mold v'lb litla yfirtiinfpra, |>orf.
Karl. 398 ; |)ar munu vera kcnni-mcnn at vcita mer yfir»oj»gva, Eb. 36a :
of visitation of the sick (mod.) : of excommunication, B». i. 853.
yfir-tak, n. an overtaking, surpassing; yfirtaks mikill, surpatstng
great. 2. a transgression, Eluc.
yfir-vald, n. 'over-rule,' power, rule; Sveinn jar! haf5i y. » Noregi, fbe
rule, the royal power, Grett. 97 A. 2, mod, perton,, the aulborities.
Pass. 26. 8, 28. 3, passim ; vera yfirvaldinu undir-geiinn, yfinriild og undir-
gefnir ; yfirvalds-dr(ittning, a sovereign queen. Art.
yflr-varp, n. ' over-warp,' outward show, Vigl, 34 ; mc8 yfirvarpi lang*
baena-halds, Luke xx. 46; y, laga og rettinda.
yfir-vega, aS, [Dan, over-veje'], to consider, (mod,)
yflr-vesanligr, adj. = cccl. Lat. superstantialis, Horn. (St.)
yfir-vinna, vanii, [Dan, over-vinde], to vanquish, overeonu, Edda
(pref.) 146, passim in mod. usage,
yflr-vajttis, adv. [Dan. over-vcettes'], ' over-weigbingly,' exceedingly ; y.
halt, Stj. 1 7 ; y. bjartr, Mar. ; y. ^ungi, frjolciki, Stj. 14, 1 55. 3 1 1 , Th, 1 3.
YFRINN, adj., so written in the uncotttracted cases, but in the con-
tracted cases the / is absorbed, ^rinn or oerinn, qq. v. ; [yfir, of] : —
over-great, abundant, large; yfrin (icrin, v. I.) var J)urft til, Fms. viii.
t;6, v. 1. ; yfrin nau3syn, 137, ix. 35, Hkr, i, 379; yfrin ginitt, Pms, viiL
18 ; hafi ^dr aflat mikit, ok cr J)at sumt cr yfrit er, overmuch, 330; era
ok yfrin efni til, 219; var |)eim yfrinn hugr undan at roa, 378; eldt-
neyti yfrit, xi. 239; yfrit afi, Sks. 198; yfrit dr, 613. 2. neut.
as adverb ; yfrift margir, very many, Fms. xi. 273 ; yfrit marga, Sks. 683,
692 ; yfrit mikill, very great, Fms. viii. 137 ; yfrit Icngi, very long, 430;
yfrit djarfr, very bold, 432.
ygla, 8, [ugla ; cp. Engl, ugly"], to frown ; hann yglir brynn, Sks. 338 ;
hann yglir augu, 227; but ygla briinum, 326; meft rciftum augum ok
ygldum briinum, Karl. 136 : reflex., konungrinn ygldisk a hann en tveinn-
inn sa upp i moti honum, (3. H. 63, Fas. iii. 178; Oddr var ygldr mjok,
Fb. i. 254 ; hann var ygldr mjok ok spurfti hvat komit vxri, Fms. iL 98.
ygli-brun, f. a 'frowning brow;' ekki er mer um y. ^ ! Sturl. ii. 78.
ykkarr, dual, pron. possess, contr. ykkrir, ykrar, ykrum, etc. ; [Ulf.
iggqwar, i. e. ingkwar = o i/fuuv ; A. S. incer; O. H. G. incbar] : — your;
skilning ykkur biskups ok bans, Fms. i. 362 ; fcrd ykkra, x. 202 ; skip
ykkat. Fas. ii. 521; ykkur kvdma, Fs. 84; kunnigt er mer um hag
ykkarn, Nj. 1 7. 2. giiri ck ekki \tM\n mun ykkarn Magniiss konungs,
at ek . . . , Fms. vi. 315; hvArngan ykkarn Hakonar jarls mun hann spara,
he will spare neither of you, neither Hacon nor thee, xi. 1 1 3 ; hvArtveggja
ykkat, Nj. 71; liggi til sinnar handar mer hviirr ykkarr, Mfi of yom,
one on each side, Fms. i. 9. 3. in mod. usage, indccl. ykkar, and
used instead of plural.
YKKB, dat. and ace. dual. [Ulf. iggqis = iifuv, and ykkar. gen. dnal-
Goth. iggqara=^ifuuv']: — you, passim in mod. usage, whttc the dual
ykkr has replaced the plur. ybr, hann beiddi ykkr alia aft koma.
ykva, [see vikja], to v«r, = vikja, q.v. ; \>&. mxlti Iklidorr til Jkm
manns er stvrfti. Mat ykva' (yqua Cod.) scgir hann . . . Halldorr ma:hi
oSru sinni, ''lat ykva,' Mork. 48; l>c$s get ckrum J)A Dani. at pcW ykvi
t)angat flotaimm til . . . stoSvask mi flotinn, Jiurfti vida til at ykva at
taka menu, 58; (vikja, Fms. vi. I.e.); ))cir g4tu ykvift d jarls-skirinu,
Fms. viii. 386, v. I. ; skiitan renndi langt fram, ok var icint at ykva,
Frissb. 323 ; ykviS cr hvel-vognum, Akv. 38.
ylfa, 8, [lilfr], to bully; as a law phrase, ylfa e-n rangs mAli or til
rangs mils, to bully, worry a person into an unnecessary lawsuit (?) ; tk
er ylfSi hann til rangs mills, N. G. L. ii. 18 ; gjalda kostnad halfu aukinn
J)cim er hann ylfSi til rangs mals.fiS ty^Si; y'}}''j f^K}- »?^' '•<^-5 T"*'
honum rangs niAli, D.N. vi. 6T'St«*s' ~-"'' ' '
Ylflngar, m. pi. [A.S. If;^//f^nsJ. the name of an ancient mythical
royal family, HdJ. II, lA)'-'^ 5, 34. 48, Edda 105, S«ni. 109, wheic-
Volsungar.
736
YLGJA— YRKJA.
ylgja, 11, f. [olga], a swelUn<^, rolling, as a naut. term ; J)a8 er ylgja
i sjonum, a heavy rolling ; litil bylgja ^a lag er ylgja, Stef. 01.
ylgjask, 6, = yglast (?), [ygla], to frown, look fiercely ; mi tekr ve9rit
at ylgjask i nordrit, ok dregr upp sky dokkt ok dimt, Fms. xi. 136.
yl-g63r, adj. warm; see ylr.
YLQIl, f., gen. ylgjar, dat. ace. ylgi ; pi. ylgjar : a sbe-wolf, Edda i.
478 ; ylgr gekk a na, Jd. ; kom {)ar ylgr ein, sja en sama ylgr . . .tungan
gekk or ylginni, P"as. i. 125, 126; ylgjar-barn, ylgjar-attbogi, a wolf's
brood, breed; ylgjar sultr, fyllr, tafu, Lex. Poet.; lata eigi ylgi (ace.
sing.) fasta, Km.; ala bloOi byrsta ylgi (ace. sing.), Edda (Ht.) 2.
metaph., einaga ylgr, the nickname of a termagant, or shrew, Bjarn. (in
a verse) ; er hann var grimmr sjalfr, en hann hafdi {)a konu fengit, er ek
veit mesta ylgi a Nor6rlond komi6 hafa, J)a var honum Jjess van, at
hann mundi ulf undir faeSa en ekki hera, Mirm. 159 (Ed. Mr. Kolbing,
1872).
ylja, a8, to warm, heat; hon (the sun) yljar ok vermir, Barl. 13,^.
yllir, m. [from ull = woo/], the name of a beam in the upright loom.;
jarn-var6r yllir, the iron-mounted beam, Darr.
yllr, adj. [ull], woollen; svartir menn ok illiligir ok hafa yllt har a
hoffli, |>orf. Karl. 422 (thus emended for ' illt').
YLMASK, 8, [qs. ylfask or from olnir?], to chafe, rage; gjarna
vilda ek ^er legQit eigi Qandskap til min, e9a y8arr kraptr ylm3isk eigi
til varrar tignar, Fms. x. 289 ; {)a ylm8isk (ulm{)is Cod.) hann i moti,
420 (Agrip, Mork. 228, I.e.); '^■a ylmSisk allr herr at moti J)eim, Post.
(Unger) 220; kalla |)eir J)etta allt hernaS ok ran ... en hinir ylm6usk
J)vi meirr, Bs. i. 496 (ylmask, ad ' ver8a olmari,' Sturl. ii. 8, I.e.)
yl-na3iiir, adj. susceptible of warmth, Sks. 758, v. 1.
YLR, m., gen. yljar, dat. yl, pi. ylir, warmth, esp. vital warmth, blood-
heat; heldr ver6r reykrinn af ylinum en af frostinu . . . heldr af yl en
kulda . . . nokkurn yl . . . allan verma ok yl, Sks. 48 new Ed. ; niikkurir
ylir e9a fiigr sulskin, 44; en eigi fyrir ylja (gen. pi.) sakir, id. ; svat af
kla;9a-yl (dat.) matti hann (king David) eigi heitr ver9a e9r varmr, Stj.
548; (kIaE9-yl, Sks. 165, v. 1.) ; {)egar i beinum ylr er, og ekki pinu
dupti minnr, Sig. Brei9f. ; solar-ylr, the sun's luarmth ; ka;rleiks ylr, the
warm'.h of love; also, hafa g69an yl til e-s, to feel ivarm affection
towards; or, mer er yl-gott til bans; yljar-au9aefi, abundance of warmth,
Sks. 40; bjarn-ylr (q. v.), '■bear-warmth!
yl-samligr, adj. warm, Sks. 48.
yl-sending, f. a tvarm message ; ylsending astar, Bjarni,
yl-varmr, adj. ivarm, Sks. 758.
YMJA, [? A.S. woma'\, pres. ym, ymr, pret. iim9i : to whine, cry ; hann
gret sarliga ok um9i, Hom. 116; sva. bar hann pru91iga sottina at engi
ma9r heyr9i hann ymja, O. H. L. 39; \>{i um9u J)eir er a heyr9u ok hlogu
at, 75 : io echo, resound, ymja mun i ba9um eyrum J)eim er a heyrir, Sij.
433; ymr it aldna tro, Vsp.; um9u olskalir, Akv. 34; um9u oddlar, Hkm.
8 ; ym&u Ulfhe&nar, howled, Fagrsk. 8, v. 1. 7 ; ymr J)j69ar-bol, Bs., Rafns
S. (in a verse) : in mod. usage ymja is obsolete, but emja (q. v.) is in use.
ymni, a, m. = hymni (q. v.), a hymn, Barl. 51, 181, Bs. i. 108, 382.
ympra, a9, = ymta, [Engl, whimper'], in the phrase, aS ympra a e-u, to
utter faintly.
ymr, m. a humming sound; var9 dra ymr, Hkv. i. 27; ymr var9
a bekkjum, Akv. 38 ; J)ar fylg9i ymr mikiU ok ill laeti, whining and
howling, Fms. vi. 150 ; J)a ver9r mikill ymr (htimming sound) i herinum,
Al. 125 ; me9 sva satum son ok iindarligum ym, a strange sound, Fb. ii.
26 ; matti lengi heyra yminn ni9ri i jorSina, i. 417 ; J)a. heyrSu J)au ym
niikinn ok gny, Edda 29.
ymta, t, iterative verb, [Dan. ymte ; from ymr], /a mutter, Nj. ill.
ymtr, m. a muttering, Fms. vi. 194, 332.
YNDI, older yii3i, n. [A.S. wyn; Germ, wonne ; Dan. ynde ; see
una, una9r] : — a charm, delight ; the primitive notion of an abode is still
visible in such phrases as, nema yndi, prop, to take up o?ie's abode, to stay
in a place, be fond of it; Kolskeggr tok skim i Danmorku, en nam J)ar
J)6 eigi yndi, ok for austr i Gar9a-riki, Nj. 121 ; ef hann vildi J)ar sta9-
fcstast ok nema yndi, Fms. i. 103 ; hann festi ekki yndi a Vindlandi
si9an, viz. {after her death) he could get no rest in Windland, 135 ; tok
m69ir hans sott ok anda9isk, eptir J)at festi Asmundr eigi yndi i Noregi,
Grett. 90 ; hann var9 aldri gla9r, sva Jjutti honum mikit frafall Olafs
konungs, ok hvarki nam hann yndi a Islandi n6 i Noregi, he found no
rest in Iceland or in Norway, Fms. iii. 26; liti9 yndi hefi ek haft i
konungdominum, little ease, viii. 219 ; J)eirra samfarar ur9u ekki at yndi,
their married life was not happy, Bs. i. 418 ; ver9r eigi mdr verr at yn9i
(yn^i MS.), Gkv. 2. 34. 2. in mod. usage, a charm, delight; yndi
a9 heyra, yndi a9. sja, a delight to hear, to behold. compds : yndi-
fall, n. a bereavement, Bs. i. 146, v. 1. yndis-bot, f. an increase of
bliss, Fb. ii. 14. yndis-hpt, n. pi. marks of love and joy, Eggert.
yndis-staSr, m. a place of bliss, Ver. 2 (of Eden).
yndi-liga, adv. charmingly ; e^m hugnar e-t vel ok y., Str. 67.
yndi-ligr (mod. yndis-ligr), adj. pleasurable, Str. 20.
yngi-, in compds, the young: yngis-folk, -maSr, a young man;.
-mey, a young damsel, etc.
ynglingr, m., mod. unglingr, [Dan. yugling ; Germ, jiuigling], a . yrkja kann ek viinu verr, Mkv. ; hann cr svd or9hagr at hann mun yrkj
young person, youth, Karl. 152. II. prob. frorn a different ric
the pr. name of a mythical family, believed to be descended from Oc
to which the kings of Norway traced back their pedigree, Edda, H'
Hkr. i. 16, 24, lb. (fine); Ynglinga tal, the pedigree of the. Ynglingt
poem, Hkr. i ; see List of Authors : Ynglinga-saga, the Saga of the
see Hkr. (the name of this Saga is not found in old vellums ; in H
(pref) it is called ' aefi Ynglinga;' ep. the Ingaevones of Tacitus).
Yngvi, Ynguni (qs. Yngwini), Yngvarr, pr. names ; cp. Yng
61dr, the name of a woman, Landn. ; Yngva aett, Yngva J)j69, the f am
people of Y., i. e. the Swedish people, Yt.
Yngvi-Freyr, m. the lord Yngvi, the ancestor of the Yngline
Yngl. S., Eyvind.
-ynja, see varg-ynja, ap-ynja, for-ynja.
ynkr, m. a din; stora heyr9i ynki, Ski9a R. 133 ; perh. a word m;
by the poet, to rhyme with ' dynki.' |
ynnask, t, to hope to have granted; ynnumk ekki annat gott, Lil. .
ynni-liga, adv. lovingly; elska y., to love well.
ynni-ligr, adj. [cp, Dzn. yndig ; from unna ; 'ynniligr' and 'yr
ligr ' are not etymologically akin] : — lovely, Th. 10; yndiligt ok ynnfl
til at hly9a, Str.; ein prestkona ung ok ytmilig, Bs. i. 321 ; y. Qi
sonr, sjalfr Kristr, Ni9rst. I ; fagrir ok ynmWgir, fair and lovely , Stj. 4
(2 Sam. i. 23) ; elskulegr ok y., 172 ; heyr J)u, enn ynniligsti, 623. 3
Gu9i ynnilig, acceptable to God, Hom. 17. 2. = yndisligr, lovely,
a place, Stj. 31, Al. 155 ; allskonar ynniligan avoxt, Barl. 23.
ynni-samligr, adj. = ynniligr, Barl. 159.
YPPA, t and 9, [upp], ' to up,' lift up ; with dat. to ' up with'' a thu
lit gekk hon si9an, yp9it litt hur&um. Am. 47 (see remarks s. hniga ]
2. Ii) ; hann ypti merki sinu, Karl. 296; a9r Bors synir bj69um of ypi
lifted the earth above the waters (in the creation), Vsp. 4 ; yppa svipu
to ' up with one's face,' look vp, Gm. 45 ; me9an Gillings gjoldum j^p
i.e. whilst I utter my song, Eyvind. II. metaph. to hold't
exalt, extol ; yppa ra9um y9ru kappi, Amor ; yppa hans lofi, Fms. x. 3J
Al. 71 ; engi vegr er at yppa her fyrir alj)y'9u ligaefu frcenda varra, 0
37 ; mann yptan ok saemdan, a man lifted up and praised, Barl. 170,
yppar-ligr, adj. [pa.d. ypperlig], excellent, only a mod. word.
yppi-mannliga, adv. like a great man, Mag.
yppi-runnr, -J)ollr, m. a praiser, extoller. Lex. Poet.
ypta, t, [formed from the pret. of yppa, q. v.], to lift a little; y[
hattinum, to lift the hat ; ypta oxlum, to shrug the shoulders.
yr3a, t, [or9], in yr9a a e-n, to speak to a person, perh. formed from t
pret. ' orti,' see yrkja : in compd, full'yr9a, to assure, say for certain.
-yr3i, n. words ; in compds, fagr-yr9i, ill--yr9i.
-yr3r, adj. worded, spoken, in compds. II. = ur3r, Yt.
yrja, yr, ur9i, urinn, [a mod. verb formed from erja, ar9i, by t
analogy of emja and ymja] : — to rub, scrape, scratch, esp. used in pn
part. ; jor9in er oil upp urin, J)a9 er allt upp uri9, of barren soil, as
shaven ; the word occurs in Run. Gramm. Island, of 1651.
yrja, u, f., qs. yrja, '[(iT^dewl, a drizzling rain; sand-yrja, a qtiio
sand, Safn i. 78 ; hence is again formed a verb yrja, J)a& yrjar
honum, // drizzles out of him, i. e. the sky; ep. yra.
Yrjar, f. pi. a local name in Norway, Fms., Munch's Norg. Beskr.
yrki, n. [see verk], a work; the simple word occurs only in the p5
sage, hogum ver hiiift yrkjum. Am. 61 (Bugge). 2. in compd
yrkis-efni, n. pi. the subject of a ' work,' as of a poein, song ; eigi e
ek jafngott skald sem {)j6961fr . . . ef ek em eigi vi9 staddr yrkis-efiii
Fms. vi. 362 ; slikt eru yrkisefni, Jd. II : in mod. usage also in sing., Jk
er gott yrkisefni.
YBKJA, 9 and t, pret. orti, part, yrt and ort ; [A. S. wyrcan, wrobli
En^. work, wrought; Goth, waurkj an ; O.W.G. wurchian; the initi
w being dropped, see orka] : — to work, but chiefly used in a sped
sense to till, cultivate; enn sa ma9r er engit a, hann skal Jjat lata fyr
yrkja ... en ef hann yrkir eigi sva engit, ... ok vili hann J)6 yrt hafi
Grag. ii. 280 ; ok sva Jjeir er a miJrkina ortu. Eg. 14 ; ok Drottinn Gx.w
tok manninn og setti hann i J)ann aldin-gar9 Eden, a9 hann skyldi yrki
hann og var9veita, Gen. ii. 15; at hann geti ortar vel engjar fyrir ^ |
sakir, Grag. ii. 335 ; yrkja j6r9ina e9r vinna, Stj. 29; yrkja holt ne hag ;
N. G. L. i. 249; yrkja raefrar ok borku til hiisa-Jjaks, to work (i.e./
scrape) bark for thatching, 242. II. to make verses (cp. G V.
troirjTris ; Old Engl. 7naker — poet) ; hvarki a ma9r at yrkja um mann 1( '
no lost . . . ef ma9r yrkir tvau or9 enn annarr onnur tvau, ok ra9a J)eir b48
samt um, ok var9ar skoggang hvarum-tveggja, . . .yrkja ni9 e8r ha8an ■
um e-n, Grag. ii. 147-149; si9an orti Olver morg mansongs-kvaedi, Ej
5 ; at J)ii vakir i nott ok yrkir lofkvaefti um Eirik konung, — hann or
drapu tvltuga, . . . yrkja lof um e-n, Jjd orti Egill alia drapuna, ok hafi S
fest sva at hann matti kve8a um morguninn, 419; J)essi visa er gO;
ok vel ort, ok skaltii yrkja a8ra visu, . . . |)essi visa var ilia ort ok ski|
ek kveSa a9ra betri, Fms. vi. 362, 416; hann var kaerr konungi ok ort
vel, he was a good poet, and wrought well, Orkn. 146, Fms. vii. ill
konungr maelti, ertii skaldit? — Hann svarar, kann ek at yrkja, ii. 39
hann tok at yrkja J)egar er hann var ungr, ok var ma9r namgjarn, Eg. 685
I
\
YRKJA— tMISS.
727
;,;in nlr-cmlaBa, Fbr. 82 new Ed.; and so in coiintless instances old andt
■ \. 2. generally, to make, compose; {)essi rit eru ort af afli Astar.
III. I ; Guds Sonr i \,chn b.-en er hann sjalfr orti (the Lord's Prayer)!
; i. 2. III. spec, usages ; hvarki eldr n6 jdrn orti d \,a.. neither
nor iron worked on them, wrought their hurt, Hkr. i. 1 1 ; en er beir
ndusk, ortu baendr Jiegar k til bardaga, the ' bonders' (peasant's) at once ul
,")« tbcm, O. H. 1 10 ; Erikr jarl orti Jjvi ekki A at bcrjask vid F.rling, at
nm var fr.-Endstorr ok fracndmargr, vinsaell ok rikr, earl E. made no'at-
;y tojight Erling, because . . ., 27 ; yrki (imperat.) h at Kyndilnicssu.
hail oil utt at Mi6fi)stu, begin at Candlemass and have all done at Mid-
If, G{>1. 106; en ef J)a skill a, hverr J)eir sem fyrr orti A. began, caused
Hspute, 455 ; hann svarajli stirt ok stritt, \>u, er menu ortu orfia A hann,
,7 people spoke to him, O. H. 69; en raeQu konungs svoruftu menn er
II orti or8a a,ic'hom he addressed, i-jS; hann var hljoftr ok fiiskiptinn
\}6 kiilr vi6 menu \>a, er orSa ortu a hann, Fms. vi. 109 ; hann svarafti
. orSum {)6tt orSa vaeri yrt a hann (1)6 at orSa yrti a hann, v. I.), vii.
;- ; yrkti (sic) J)a ok iiiia5a6i kynsmenn Sem, harangued and vexed
■::, Stj. 65. ^ IV. reflex, to take effect; ]^k tok at falla lift
iigs, ok J)cgar er a ortisk ok uppganga var greidd, viz. when the day
about decided, O. H. 183; hvcrsu sem at [a?] ortisk, however it so
;', Fas. ii. 482 ; Jiar er sva er at ort, when that reserve is made, GrCig.
04. 2. recipr., siiian fylktu J)cir li3i sinu, ok ortusk a {)cgar, ok
.^llsk, attacked one another and came to blows, Horn. 112: Jwir ortusk
i5ur, exchanged, capped verses, Lv. 24; sajttusk J)eir at kalla ok var
at engu haldit, ok ortusk J)eir um siSan, they capped verses (satirical)
•lit it, Sturl. i. 150.
yrkja, u, f. = yrki, a work: in yrkju-nautr, m. a fellow-workman,
s. G. L. i. 157.
yrkt, adj. n. = virkr, in the phrase, til J)ess er yrkt er, till there is a
vorking day (as opposed to a holiday), N. G. L. i. 39.
-yrmi, n., in ill-yrmi, a noxious reptile.
yrmlingr, m. [ormr], a 'wonnling,' little sn&Iee, young swke, Rm.,
;.>rm. 82, Fms. vi. 350, x. 325, Stj. 97. II. hence prob. is
I'rnipted the mod. yrlingr, a fox's cub; tim-yrlingr.
yrmt, adj. n. swarming, like a brood of snakes or maggots; .sva var
rmt fyrir a landinu af umsiitum Hakoiiar, Mork. 92 (Fb. iii. 376) ; her
r vi5a yrnit (swarming with vermin), ok aetla ek hon muni hafa solgit
Tiiiiing nokkurn litinn, Fb. iii. 355.
yr-l)j63, f. = ver-{)j(.'id, the human kind; hve hann (nom.) jrj)j68
c.) au3i gnegir, how he bestows bounties on men. Ad. ; allri yrj)j63, . . .
;nr varSi yrj)j65um gar3, Vellekla.
-heimr, m. the bustling world, poet., Gliim. (in a verse).
ja, u, f. the ' bustler,' noisy one, name of a bondwoman, Rm. : as a
name, Sturl. 2. poet, name of fire, Edda ii. 486.
iTSS, 111. the noise of a swarm, bustle of a crowd (v/hence the mod.
' i, t. = « crowd) ; Jja g6r5isk yss mikill a J)inginu, Eg. 350 ; si3an skulu
lylkja hviiru-tveggja liSjnu ... ok gorit sem mestan ysinnj Fms. viii.
' ; \>a varS yss mikill i skalanum, Hav. 31 ; her var yss u folki,
• r.iOa R. 130, Fas. iii. 532 ; hann sa ys folksins, Matt. ix. 23.
yssa, ill yssu = 6ESU, from assa (q. v.), Skald H. 2. 27.
YSTA, t, [ostr], to curdle ; ysfa mjylk, to ctirdle milk, in making cheese
skyr.' 2. impers., mjolkina ystir, the milk curdles, or, 3.
x., J)at ystisk sem mjolk, Pr. 472.
ystingr, m. curdled milk, curds.
YTKI, compar. [Germ, ausser ; Engl, outer'], outer, titter : yatr, superl.
n-most, uttermost; these words are now sounded and in the Editions spelt
1 a short vowel, but ytri, yztr are prob. the true old forms ; thus wy'tr,
rhyme in Fms. xi. 307, in a verse of the beginning of the 1 2th century,
rh. for Nord. Oldk. 186.6, p. 278) ; til Jjverj'ir innar ytri, Landn. 222 ;
jji'i hina ytri, Eg. 100; allt it efra, opp. to it ytra, 58; hann nam
111(1 allt it ytra, Landn. 253, Orkn. 6; a yztu si6u heimsins, Sks. 199;
liinu yzta skipinu, Fii;s. i. 158 ; yztu skipanna, outermost of the ships,
256 ; roit a litborSa hinum yztum, viii. 221 ; skalt \>u hafa vaskufl
i!i (of clothes), Nj. 32 ; hann haf6i yzta hcklu bla, Ld. 274 ; Jjorir
i sitja yztr virSinga manna, Nj. 50; cp. hin yztu saeti, hinn yzta scss,
c xiv. 9 ; hin yztu niyrkr, N. T. II. metaph., ens ytra
ins ok ens i6ra, Hom. 53; au3aefi en ytri, Greg. 25; au5gask med
iu gjcifum, outer, i.e. worldly, goods. Mar.
n, m. pi., see uxi.
na, u, f. a cow at beat; kyr yxna, kii yxna, Grog. i. 436, Stj. 250,
in mod. usage.
ui, n. oxen, Isl. ii. 330, Sd. 158 ; see uxi (B) : yxnis-fall, yxnisrhuS,
is-nia6j, yxnis-hvarf, Isl. ii. 71, Sd. 15S.
j'^t, better ^zt, adv. superl. frpm tit, q. v.
yztr, superl., see ytri.
Y
y-bogi, [yr], a, m. a yew-tree bow, Gkv. 2. 18, Hofu&l.
-y3gi, f. L-iiSigr], mind, disposition ; in compds, hara-ySgi, gruun-y3gi.
f-dT6ti, f. 'ytwnun,' bowitun. Lex. Poit,
"S'FA, ft, [lifr, lifiiinl. to optn, ripvp; yH lii,ioafm a mrt, rip »p m
wound; hvi »kulu v. • 1 . . : ... o.ra ©Ic ffa |)«tta nil. Fa*. 8. 489. U,
reflex, to be npptd ■., ruffltd; (jrnda mdir y&« miliar. 9wm.
■ko. 7 ; >utti nier v, ^ , r fyrir rar y(uk mjdk. «» rate l*# krktm,
Itl. II. 195. 2. iiiH.i(>ii.. tuk hrldr at >'iiuk met hdm ftaadvB. tkikt
frimdibip became niffled, troubled, Sturl. ii. 80 : yYaaic viA 9-m, J» • IrMt
up at,' to tease a fenon ; ef hann viUi yf4»k rid {Mrrald ok ImM
hann fyrir honum, Fni». i, 145 ; yfji»k mjok hugr ham vid |Mt, vfi. S;
Magnuss son haus yfftikk mjok vift Harald, 165 : t<iku ^ at jf^JH vid
hann ok vildu cigi Klja honum krikft- cfta vUtir. Laada. 346; vni
betra at yOr h<51dit trauiti vina yftvarra hcldr en ^fadc ri* 1)4. Fmr. »i.
36. III. in N. G. L. ii. 18. 155 (J». 8). yfbi U v. I. to ylfa, q.».
tflnn, adj. rttffled, briitling: mcuph. u/rolb, angry. Cbt <>k rfion.
Fins. xi. 392.
:^fia-orfl, n. pi. irritating ivordt, Ittunli, Valla I .
^gis-hj41mr, m.-xgi«-hj61mr, a helm of terror (ice hjfi!mr i). Ad.
4 (ygrs-hjiilmr Cd. less correctly).
^gjosk, 8, to grow viciout, of a bull ; cr hann (the bull) t6k at yg)»k*
Eb. 118 new Ed. (aegjask v. 1.)
^gligr, adj. terrible, awful, Fmi. xi. (in a verse).
tgr, adj.^CT-f«.* ygr, aefr ok fllr viftrcignar, Fmf. xl. 8; ygr ofkdgi,
vii. 114 (in a vcr&c) ; ygja menn, i. 179 (in a vcrte) ; griAuog ygian,
a vicious bull, Gri'ig. ii. 133; niann-jfgr, q. v.
^ja, pret. lifti, this is prob. the older form for lia, q. t. [ria may be a
kindred word, w-^]: — to nuarm; hvcrt vatn lifti af fiskuiQ. Eg. 134
(v. 1.), and in mod. usage.
■^KI, n. (mod. ^kjtir, f. pl.), [anka III. 0], 'eking,' exaggeration:
lygiliga sagt eftr tclr slikt mcft ykjvm, Al. 3 3. 2. a law term, ag-
gravation ; J)at er yki, ef maftr scgir Jjat fr4 iidrum manni cr ekki mk
vera ok giJrir {)at til haftungar honum, Grag. ii. 147 ; engi tkal yki fjan
um annau eftr tjolmaeii, N. G.L. i. 57. 8. meft yVi]vmi, fabultmUy,
Fas. iii. 333.
"S'LA, d, [Engl, bowl; Germ, beulen ; Dan. byle], to bowl, yelp, of dogi,
wolves ; hvelpa sina . . . |)eir yla, Al. 31 ; a?pa ok yla, Fb. ii. 35 ; ykhi
J)eir sem hundar efta vargar, Fms. vii. 193 ; toku Jwir at yia at honum »ri
sem vargar, Sks. 113; sva sem hundar yla, Fas. ii. 3 1 1 ; yla upp allir
mjok hatt, borf. Karl, (of the Indians) ; djuflamir toku at yU, Po«t. 645.
60 ; her er kAiin Gryla, hon er aft urra og yla, Snot.
^la, u, f. a howl, Fms. i. 138. ^lt^-8tr&» n. a icratuul-pipt, wbittU
made 0/ straw.
flda, u, f. [lildinn], decay, rotlentuss, stench, Fms. x. 379 ; <Uun ok
yldu, Fb. iii. 447.
;^Ifra, aft, to bowl piteously. ^Ifran. f. a bowling, wailing.
yling, f. boy/ling, Al. 31, Fb. i. 1 1 7.
"l^ir, ni. the name of one of the ancient months, answering to Decem-
ber; Ylir kemr annan dag viku, Rb. l8l3. 73; the word u prob. w-
lated to J(')l, q. v.
■J^ma, u, f. the name of a giantess, Fas. iii. 483 ; better txna,, q. v.
"fmir, m. the name of the huge giant of the Northern cosmogony,
Vsp., Edda ; Vmis-bloft, the blood of Y. = (be sea ; Vmts-hauss, ibt skmit
of Y., i. c. the heaven ; ^mis-hold, the flesh of Y., i. e. tb* eartb, Ed^a (in
a verse), Gm., VJ)m. ; '^mis-niftjar, the giants, id.
ymis-gjam, adj. wayward, [cp. Dan. veegel-sindef], Hsm. 10. 3.
^Tnis-leikr, m. fickleness, mutability, Stj. 53, 103, Fms. ii. 338.
ymis-liga (ymiss-liga), adv. = ymist, Stj. 189. .
^mis-ligr (ymiss-ligr), adj. various, diverse, Edda (pref.) I47, 159,
Skulda 193, Fms. viii. I, Sks. 3, Barl. 53, Stj. 3, 93, passim: ill mod.=:
sundry, tala um ymisligt.
■^MISS, a pronom. adj., esp. used in plur. ; in Norwegian MSS. often
spelt with I, imiss, imser, etc. ; imisir, N.G. L. ii. 391. [This word if a
compd, the latter part being the adverb miss or mis, for which see
p. 480; the pr<?fixed ."lyllablc y answers to Goth. aiw-=tinquam, wori;
O.U.G.eii,io; Qcrm.je; A.S.d; Engl.oytf; Hel./o; Icel.«; seeGrinun'i
Gramm. iii, 51]; hence the oldest form has a double ss, being a.
uncontracted, yniissir, ace. y'missa, Stj. ; y'missum, Orkn. (in a venc),
Skv. 3. 39 ; this uncontracted form still remains in the neut. ymist ^.
afterwards it was contracted and turned into a regular participial adjecttve
I (see Gramm. p. xix) ; thus, ymsir, y'msar, y'mis, ymsa. or eren dat.
y'msum ; ace. ymsa, y'msar, y'mis ; in the contracted forms the vovcl is
sometimes sounded short (ymsir). Y- '^ radical neut. pl. ymii, Edda
46. [Cp. Swed. ijmse, omsom, = alternately ; iimsa — to shtfi^
B. The Usages: alternate " Lit. vicissim; hann kraJ yroim
(gen. pl.) vandrsefti mundu verfta ef cigi reftisk bxtr k, lb. 8 ; mega
ormar J)ar ymsir meira ok ymsir ^ar undan leggja, Merl. a. 18 (of
the two serpents) ; HAkon jarl ok GunnhilUar-synir borftusk um Norcg
ok stukku ymsir Or landi, Fms. i. 89; fxrftn ymsir aftra ni&r,
ii. 269 ; hcifftu ymsir sigr, Yngl. S. ch. 4 ; Idgu ymsir undir, Fs. 43 ;
ok letu {)au ymsi eptir, ok skr.ckti hvArt-tveggja rift halt, and gape way
in turn, Edda 46; l>au satu i einu hdsxti, Olafr ok drottning, Dixin
taladi vift Jiau ymsi, D. addressed tbem both (the king and the queen) in
728
til— Z.
turn, Fms. x. 2.^6; flaug hann a ymsi Icind, Hkr. i. 24; herja a ymsi
lend, Fms. xi. 76, 89; hann falar til ymissa vista, en raE9r enga, Lv. 57;
|)eir hof3u Jiar dvalizk i ymsum hofnum, Eg. 93 ; hann seldi ymsum
monnum landnam sitt, Landn. 135; ^il y'msa ( = y'missa) skalda, p)orst.
SiSuH. 172; nie3 ymsum pislum (v.l. ymissum). Post. (Unger) 33;
Simon, ... hafSi y'msa manna alit, 656 C. 26. II. various;
ganga t)ar ymissar sagnir fia, Fms. ii. 105 ; fara ... til ymissa landa, i.
II, 77, Fb. i. 525; Orkn. 42; kvikenda liki ymissa, fugla e6a orma,
Clem. 133; fann hann til ^ess ymissa hluti, Fms. ii. 295; i ymissum
st()6um, Stj. 113. III. with another pronom. adj. ; einn ok ymiss,
owe and another, etc. ; um eina sta5i ok ymissa, Stj. 247 ; af einum ok
ymissum agaelum steinum, 204; unna einum no ymissum, Skv. 3. 39;
komu si6an upp 1 einum ok ymsum stciSum ok londum, Stj. ; margir or
ymissum attum, Orkn. (in a verse) ; af J)eim ba6um ok ymissum, Stj.
15 ; allir ok \)6 y'msir, all and sundry, i. e. each in turn, Skv. 3.
41. IV. proverbs; ymsir eiga hogg i annars gar6, a saying,
of dealing mutual blows ; verQa ymsir brog&um fegnir, Fms. ix. 494 (in
a verse) ; ymsar ver6r sa er margar ferr, Eg. (a saying). V.
neut. as adv.; y'mist hon hug6i, Skv. 3. 14; er ymist sagt hvarr
Tarquinius e6a son bans faeri um nott, Rom. 386 ; hann spurSi, hvi
hafa munkar laga skua ok rauSar hosur? — Jjeir sv6ru6u, ymist ti3isk
nil, Fms. viii. 358 ; hann gorSi y'mist, hjo e3a lag3i, thrust and smote
alternately, or, nciu he thrust, now he smote, Nj. 8 ; Bolli var ymist i
Tungu e3a at Helgafelli, Ld. 300 ; ymist augum litandi aptr e3a fram,
Mar. ; me3 smahringum ymist hvitum e5a svcirtum, Stj. 80 ; ymist Skota
e3r Bretzkar aldir, Orkn. 90 (in a verse); ymist ut e3a nidr, Nj. 104;
kallaSr ymist Dofrafostri e3a Liifa, Fs. 16; hann rennir ymist upp e6a
ofan, Fb. iii. 408 ; hann var ymist at Borg e6r at Gilsbakka, Isl. ii. 209.
;^r or yr, prep. = or (q. v.), a freq. spelling in vellums; slik duga betr
en spring! yr, Skalda (Thorodd).
YR, m., gen. ys, ace. dat. y; [A. S. eow and iw ; Engl, yew; O.H.G.
iwa; Germ, eibe'] : — the yew-tree ; menn kalla y einn vi9, Skalda 171 ;
ys angr, the yew's bale, i.e.^rc, O. H. (in a verse). The 'yew' has,
strange enough, been omitted from the list of trees in Edda ii. 482,
483. 2. the name of the Rune Y, see introduction. 3. metaph.
[cp. Gr. ra^us = a yew and ru^ov = a boiv], a bow ; yew-wood making
good bows, hence the Old Engl, custom of planting yew-trees in church-
yards to furnish bows for the parish ; sveigja y , to bend a bow, Hofu31. ;
yr dregsk, the bow is bent, Edda (Ht.) ; y bendum skutu, the shot from
the bent bow, Hallgr. ; ys bifvangr, the bow's shivering mansion, i. e. the
hand, Kormak : as also y-setr and y-st6tt, the bow-seat = the hand:
^-skelflr, the bow-shaker , i. e. an archer. Lex. Poet.: ^-glo9, f. the
' yeiv-glad,' poijt. the shaft, Edda ii. 494: y-bogi (q. v.), a yew-bow:
y-drog, the bow-string, pout. : y-drott (q. v.), archers : Y-dalir, m. pi.
Yeiu-dales, the home of the god Ullr, the great archer, Gm.
^r, f. =ur, a drizzling rain : a pr. name of a woman, Landn.
yra, 3, [lir, n.], to drizzle; yrSisk dogg a reifit, Stj. 397 ; ^a3 y'rir lir
honum, it drizzles, rains : the phrase, yra e-u lir ser, to dole out; or,
J)a3 yrir i e-t, to glitter, like drops of dew ; yranda full, a brimful beaker.
Ad. 6 : of the glittering particles in iron or other ore, yrt jam, corned
iron ; in the saying, yrt jarn kva5 kerling, atti knif deigan.
^ra, u, f. a squirt; tlluga y'rur skella einatt framan i Sveini, a ditty,
Espol. 175S.
yring, f. a drizzling, MS. Ii. 10; horna y'ring, the rain of the horns,
i. e. mead, Eg. (in a verse).
'Y'BINNj.-idj., contr. from yfrinn, q. v. ; y'rinn yl, Sks. 1 7 new Ed. ; mat
ok mungat yrit, N.G. L. i. 386; yrinn saum, 198; Jja mun ek yrna fa
a3ra, Al. 51 : skal smi3a til krefja unz yrnir eru, N.G. L. i. loi ; hafa
l)eir yrit at vinna, Fms. xi. 105. 2. as a verb, yrit stinnt, Hkr.
ii. 1 1 (oerit, 6. H. 20, 1. c.) ; see serinn.
^SA, u, f. [Ivar Aasen hysa ; but the long vowel is attested by the
Icel. pronunciation, as also by the alliteration in Fms. vi, see below] :
■ — a haddock, Edda (Gl.) ; ofiisa dro ek ysu, atta ek fong vi3 iongu,
Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; very freq. in mod. usage.
^skja, t, = aEskja, to wish, Al. 33.
yskra, a3, = oskra, eiskra, to groan from suppressed anger or fury.
YTA, t, [I'lt; Dan. yde = to give'], to puih out, launch; ok er hann
retti bond sina til var sem ytt vaeri stokkniim at honum. Mar. ; sizt
honum var ytt af hlunni, Fms. vi. (in a verse) ; Jarselarnir skolu roa
at vei3i-fangi, en {jorarinn bryti skal y'ta ok vera si3an hja |j6reyju, but
Th. shall help them to launch, but then remai7i with Th., Fs. 144 (yta Jjeim,
176, 1. c.) ; var J)a ytt skipinu, Sturl. iii. 56 ; freq. in mod. usage. 2.
absol. to launch, start on a voyage; hva3an ^ttu {)er (?), ver y'ttum fra
Gasum, Fms. vi. 360 ; ver ^ttum af Noregi, Ld. 80. II. metaph.,
yta gulli, to give gold, Edda (in a verse).
^tar, m. pi., prop. ' jnariners' {?), then men, poet., Edda (Gl.) ; yta
synir, the sons of men, Hm. 28, 6S, 167; yta kyn, mankind, Skalda (in
a verse), Mkv.
yti-blakkr, m. a 'launching horse,' i.e. a ship, Rekst. 16.
ytir, m. [Dan. yder], a giver, poet., Lex. Poet.
ytri, ytstr, see ytri, yztr.
*
II
Z (zet). The ancient language had two sibilant sounds, s and zj.f
which the z never stands at the beginning of a word, but is merely ,s
assimilated to a preceding dental, in the combinations Id, ud, nn, ll,\\
gd, t, see Gramm. p. xxxvi, col. i. /3 : its use in ancient vellums is 'y
extensive : 1. in genitives ; trollz, illz (illr), allz (allr), hi ,
Skm. 32 ; guUz, 22; ellz = elds, botz = botns, Gkv. 3. 9 ; vatz and ^
= vatns; keyptz, Hm. 107; motz, Kniitz or Knuz=Knuts; vitz (v ;
or3z, sver3z, bar3z, bor3z, gar3z, har3z, langbarz, Gkv. 2.19; Hjorva; ,
Hkv. Hjorv. 19; mor3z, brag3z, flagSz, Frissb. 107, 1. 19; or also i|,
Hm. I4i,etc. ; prestz, Christz, passim ; tjallz, Edda ii. 314 ; landzorhi,
passim; fjallz, Edda ii. 339; but tjalldz, 527 ; elldz.vindz, 317,318; gaii,
525 ; brandz, 529; valldz, 338 ; sver3z, bor3z, 331 ; but borz, 462, 1. ,;
garz, 529; loptz, 341 (twice); but lopz, 317; netz, 327; gautz, 3.;;
hugskozins, Post. 251. 2. in special forms ; stendz, Grag. i. 501 (fr '
standa); stennz, id.,O.H. 143; bitzt from binda, Post. (Unger) 154; vi
vizt, vatzk from vinda (II), q. v. ; but vinnz from vinna, q. v. ; biz = bi
from bi3ja, Post. (Unger) 240 : indeed bizt, bazt may be both from bii
and bi3ja : bletza and blezza {to bless), hiillzti, qq. v. ; beztr or baztr,
best; oeztr = oeSstr ; J)atz and J)az = pat es, Saem. passim ; Jjatztu, Am. ij
hvartz = hvart es, Grag. (Kb.) i. 161 : even }7iz (or mzt) for the older i\
J)6ttumz, Gkv. 2. 37. 3. when the z is due to a ^ following it ; in : j
reflex, -sk is the oldest form, whence -zt, -z, -zst; andask, andazt, and[
andazst : in the superl. zt, efztir, Frissb. 78, 1. 20 ; har3azta, 1. 33 ; sna j
azta, 1.16; rikaztr, 207,1. 18; fri3uzt, I.34; hagazt,Vkv. 18; grimmazt i
Edda ii. 530 ; mattkaztr, 280 ; hvitaz, 267 ; but st is the usual form, th
sarastr, grimmastr, hvassastr, Gh. 17: in Azt-ri3r = Ast-ri3r, 0. H. 1/
1. 12. 4. in such words as veizla, gaezla, reizla, leizla, hrxzla, gaez!
lyzka, sezka, aezli, vitzka or vizka, hirzla, varzia, hanzki, = veitsla, .
hirSsla, var3sla, handski, etc. : in reflex, neut. part., thus, hafa bori
komizt, farizt, tekizt, fundizt, glazt, sagzt, spurzt, kallazt, daemzt, at
. . . (from bera . . . eiga) : in reflex. 2nd pers. pi. pres. and pret., e. g. ]
segizt, {)er sogduzt, qs. segit-st, sogdut-st, so as to distinguish it frt
the 3rd pers., Jjeir sog3ust, qs. S(ig3u-st. 5. Gitzurr or Gizurr, |jja
Ozurr; afraz-kollr, O. H. (pref.) ; huliz-hjalmr ; Vitaz-gjafi, q. v. ; t
ala3s-festr, Grag. (Kb.) i. 88; viz, see vi3r II: in foreign names. Jar
leifr, Jariz-karr, Buriz-leifr, Gkv. 2. 19, Fms. vi. The etymology
words may often be decided by this ; e. g. in beisl, a bridle, beiskr, bitti
the s of the vellums shews that neither word is derived from bit
beiskr is in fact akin to Engl, beestings, Ulf. beist=^vfXTj, A. S. beos\
geiska fullr, Hkv. 2. 35, is not from geit, but from geisa : laz or la
(p. 376, col.i) is from Ft. lace, not= Icel. lass : misseri (q.v.)is norehitii
to mi3r, etc. : at lesti, at last, being spelt with s, not z, is not related
latr, but derived from leistr = a cobbler's last, at lesti = Lat. in calce, see M
Sweet's Ed. of Gregory's Pastoral Care, p. 474: again, vaztir is akin to va
= vatn : exceptional cases, — vissi, pret. from vita, and sess, a seat. I
after a single dental (unless it be t) s, not z, is written ; thus, gen. Giifi
bo3s, brau3s, au3s, g63s, 66s, va3s, li3s, iils, fals, hals, frjals, vins, eins, etc
passim : z is quite exceptional, e. g. Ii3z, Frissb. 106, 11. 16, 33 (but lid
Hbl. 33, Am. 43) : so also after rn, rl, nl, rn,fn, gn, barns, Clem. 134
karls, Hkv. 1. 2 ; jarls, Hm. 97 ; hrafns, segls, regns, tungls (regns, Edc
ii. 340). The vellums are very irregular in the distinction of a single c
double consonant, but the sibilant used shews the true form of the word
in 'Odz Colssonar,' O. H. (pref.) 1. 11, the z and s shew the names to b
Oddr and Kolr, not 03r, Kollr ; in a vellum els would be gen. of cl, ellz c
eldr ; in grunz, Edda ii. 287; lunz, 317; hlunz, ranz, lanz, 333; eli
Post. (Unger) 234 ; golz, 225, 1. 23 ; odz, 6. H. (pref.), 1. 11 ; alz, etc
the z shews that though there is only one n, I, etc. written, they wer
actually sounded double, grunnz, hlunnz, rannz, landz, eldz, gollz, odds
allz. 2. the s does not change into z if the word is a compd
as, skald-skapr, vind-svalr, tit-su3r, passim ; hir3-stj6ri, Edda ii. 335
shewing that in ancient times the pronunciation was more distinct thai
at the present day; the z in or3ztir (Edda ii. 344, orztir, 463) shew
that the word is qs. or3z-tirr ; yet we find such forms as innzigli, Post
238; gu3zspjall, 239 ; astzamliga, 243 ; handzceld, Barl. ; randzaka, Post
134,1.29; but rannsaka, 1.14; nauzyn = nau3syn, Skalda 167.21; nauznn
Edda 11.236; anzvara, annzkoti, = andsvara, andskoti, etc. Ill
about the 15th century (or earlier) the z sound began to disappear, and t
took its place, being at present the only sibilant used in Icel. In lata
vellums the z is therefore either little used or is misapplied, as in the ad-
ditions by the third hand in the Flatey-book, or it is used to excess a
in modern Dutch. In modern spelling, including Editions of Sagas, the
z has been disused, except in the instances coming under the rule given
in I. 4 : yet with exception of ds, for the moderns write lei3sla, hr8e3slai
bei3sla, na3st, old leizla, nazt, except in reisla (i.e. reizla) from rei6a;
hirzla qs. hir3sla. 2. zz is sounded as ss, blessa, Gissur, Ossur ; so
also vass, boss, = vatz, botz; even ors, gars, lans, sans, for orz, garz,
lanz, sanz (gen. of or3, gardr, land, sandr).
*
!•— i>AKNiEFRAR.
' ( {lorn) was adopted from the Runic alphabet ; its ancient name was
, {tborn),—\>^un staf cr flestir menn kaila {)orn, Skulda (Thorodd)
>, cp. Edda ii. 365, — and it is still so called in Icel. ; the ancients also
cd it ' \)UTS ' {giant), which was originally the name of a magical
ic, intended to cause love-madness, and in the Runic poem it is so
, J— purs veldr kvenna kvillu ; but in the poem Skm. 'J)uts' means
magical Rune, — 'J)urs' rist ek J)er ok J)rja stafi, ' ergi,' 'xfli,'ok
ilia,' Skm. 36. Thorodd proposed to call it 'pe' (like de, t<5,'b<'),
Ida 168. In the Runic inscriptions it is marked b, seldom K ; the
n is evidently derived from Gr.-Lat., being a A or D with the vertical
ke prolonged both ways.
B. Spelling, Pronunciation, Changes.— -For the spelling of the
cut vellums see introduction to letter D (p. 93, col. 2). In Icel. there
, lionetically a double tb sound, as in English, but subject to a diftcrent
; the hard tb, marked p, is only sounded as the initial letter of dis-
t syllables ; whereas the soft tb, marked 6, is only sounded as a medial
' iial; and that the case was the same in olden times, as early as the
!i century, is borne out by the statement of the second grammarian
imni. p. XV, col. i), who counts hard tb, or p, among the ' head-
rs,' as he calls them, whereas the soft 8 he counts among the *sub-
;crs' (p. XV, col. 2, 11. 4-6). That the initial tb had only one sound
Icelandic is also borne out by the mod. Faroe dialect, which has the
est affinity to the Icelandic ; for here the initial^ has, in pronouns and
:icles as well as in nouns, changed into t, as in ting, tu, teir. But in
I est of Scandinavia the case is different, for there (Dan., Swed., Norse)
initial p has been changed into d in all particles and pronouns, de, du,
. dem, den, dette, dig, deden, (or-di {ti is an exception) ; whilst, in all
r words, it has been changed into /, as in ting, taale, tre, etc., which
its to a hard and soft tb sound, used not as in Icelandic, but as in mo-
1 English. According to the views of a gradual and successive ' laut-
'hicbung,' as set forth in Mr. Sweet's essay ' On the Old English D'
;endixl. to Gregory's Pastoral Care, p. 496sqq.), the Icelandic and the
IC represent phonetically a later, the early Danish (old Scandinavian
i vnglish) an earlier stage in the development of this sound. It is curious
.e how in the Faroic the sound has come round to Gr.-Lat. again ; thus
lie trir, tu, = Lat. tres, tu, in Dan. tree, but du. II. in Icelandic
ird with initial Jb forming the latter part of a comppund, or even if spelt
iiately, is apt to be changed into 6 as soon as it loses its full sound, and
ronounced rapidly as an inflexive syllable, the latter part in questions
lining half enclitic, see introduction to letter D, p. 93, col. 2 (C. II).
VL-llunis this is very frequent in the words al-3ingi, Svi-3i66, al-3y&a
iljiiugi . . .) ; so also a flingi = a t)ingi, Js. 39 ; 6rvar-3ingi, id. ; Vaf-
Miir, Saem. (Bugge) ; hug-6ekkr, (3. H. 16, etc.; the pr. names Hall-
I, Hall-dora point to a Hall-36rr, Hall-66ra, = Hall-J)6rr, Hall-{)6ra ; so
Stein-dorr = Stein-56rr = Stcin-t)6rr, for a. p could tmly change into d
ugh.d; in Arnorr, qs. Arn-^orr, the p has been dropped (Arn-J^orr,
-56rr, Arn-orr?); litt-at = litt-J)at, hitt-6-heldr = hitt-j)6-heldr, flytt-
niake baste, already cited in Run. Gramm. ; cp. also the change of the
•Kpii into -du, -du, -tu, -ii, when suffixed. Quite different and much
r is the dropping of initial ^j (i.e. d) in the particles enn = ann = pann,
1. tban, and in at = J)at, Engl, tbat. Old Germ, daz : in the pronouns
. [nb, for ^r, iS, the p comes from the termination of the preceding verb.
the rest see the introduction to letter D, to which we may add that
igle Icelandic vellum, the later handwriting in Arna-Magn. 645, now
lished in Post. (Unger) 216-236, is interesting for its uncertain use of
:i<l d ; at the time it was written, the d was still a newly adopted letter,
' the transcriber uncertain as to its use, so that no conclusion may be
All from this isolated case; these are the instances, — upp 6u, 216. 11.
-:7, 219. 1. 39 ; skirj)r 6egar, 217. 1. 9 ; upp Segar, 220. 1. 1 ; blezo{)U
1,217.1.34; af 9eim, 223. 1. 10; fyrir deim, 224. 11. 14, 18 ; boJ)er
1, 228. 1. 19; vip 6a, 218. 1. 13, 235. 1. 5; J)a aaj)an, 235. 1. 17; af
. 219. 1. 15, 232.1. 21, 234. 1. II, 235.1. 13 ; ifer 3:1, 22a. 1. 31 ; firir
uil, 232. 1. 34; fra Ser at J)u (sic), 226. 1. 23; fra ^6x ef dn (four
s below) ; ek bi{) Sik, 227. 1. 17 ; vi{) flik, 236. 1. 7 : after a comma,
cr rett, 231. 1. 36; 3u laust, 233. 1. 32: with nouns and verbs, of
0 ok borgir, 217. 1. 35 ; ok SokkuJ)U, 224. 1. 25 ; firir 8ys alJjySo,
7. 1. 12. III. the Icel./J answers to Gr.-Lat. /, see e.g. the
1 tan (tuvod, tendo, tenuis), compared to the Icel. t)enja, t)unnr; ^rit
Lat. ires; prc)mr = Gr. Tipfia, Lat. terviitius ; J)efr, cp. Lat. tepidus,
., see the special words. 2. again. Germ, rf answers to lcel.J>,
ling, drei, denken ; in a few words the laut-verschiebung is irregular,
hus, Engl, tight, Icel. {)ettr ; J)urfa = Engl. dare. Only a few words with
nitial p have been adopted in later times, such are, {jenkja, Jjanki, Jjrykkja
= Germ. denken, ge-danke, driicken) ; these words were borrowed about
he time of the Reformation, probably from German, not Danish, i. e.
rom words with d; in these words the laut-verschiebung, strange to say,
las been duly observed, as if by instinct, which would hardly have been
He case had it been borrowed through the Danish /; but in /rfl'ss = Germ.
729
the tnic fotm lui not been
< aic beciooinfc lo uy Uth, tat
ini uwn (mUc, )Mkka: tandftMit
»ce )>oU (II) : trcnlD and ^nmill ;
^•: in Icel. ^\, tn^.jtUi ^ and UL
dratztn, mod. Gcrni. irotzen, I
restored ; »o alto in mud. uu
{'^Dikw. lak -^ lbanln),\x:- ■
unsettled in tyrnu and {
pcisti and teista : /and y. ,.
pilut, \>c\ and fjtil, and in a lew other word* :'( andJH in *a%\ (01 |»u»t.
f>ADAN, adv., in Nor»e vellumi ofien »pclt ^e&ui. N.G.L, i, J3;
tanan,Hb.(i865).6, 12,14: [A.S. |y>»ia*; Dm. d»d4m]i—atm€t./nm
there; skamt {jaftan, Nj. 9; koma Jaftan. V»p. 19, jo, V|im. 14; ^Aan
af falla ur \>xi er »vA heita. Kdda 24 ; fregna e-t tNiian. B«. L 65a :
kaftan ciga viitn oil vcga. Gm. 26 : without a Urlct notion of motion.
biirfluik ^ir \,»i)in urn daginn. Nj. 43: \,u tkalt rtela (nftan mat A fv4
hcsta, 74 ; bi»a Jiaftan, lo bide in a fJaee, Hkv. i . 2 J. 0. T. 6, MS '
60; hann hafdi f*. njutnir nordr I Noreg, ok f«kk |>. |>4 eioa fpurn. < ' Ii
300; annat kann ek ^t J), legja, Edda 24; ok v«ttir |>u b, fuUla>g^
Bias. 48. 2. metaph., )>a&an nidtti skilja. tbeiue ii could bt mrntUr-
stood, Fms. xi. 420; ]^»bin af aldir alask, thence, i.e. iberthy. Vpm. 48 ;
skulu vcr {laftaii at vera, i. c. we will be on that tide, Fnii. x. 322 ; )>a&aa
af vcit ek, therefrom I itnow, i. 97 ; allan helnung, efta ^btn af meira,
full half and even more, Sks. 63 ; jjaftan af s^r Sverrir. at . . ., Fm». viii.
14. 3. temp, thenceforth; |)adan cru tulf luetr til f>orliksnietMi.
K. {>. K. 106 ; t)a6an af, ^adan frii, since : gurdu»k }>aAan af morg ti&eudi,
Edda 6, Fb. i. 40; l)ad3n {r^ maeiti hann ekki hiifugt orA, B». i. 341 ;
mcirr ^adan, more thence = later on, Akv. ; {>. Icngi. long tinee, Hattfd.
l>adra, adv. [Ulf. paprob-^iKtiOtv, not = i«€r], there, an older iana^
{)ar ; sadr var ongr fyrir {ndra, Sighvat ; |)ar munu rer ikina »em nil, ok
j)a8ra men Kristr syna oss alia dy'rft sina, Horn. (St.) ; kurum land \>ibtx.
Am. 97 ; gtirisk svA brdtt, at i>a&ra eru konur i borginni, Fni». xi. 99 :
{)eir herja J)a8ra um eyjar ok anncs, F«r. 83 ; JxStti hann J)a6ra i tveitum
gildr bondi, Finnb. 360 : also in later poets for the uke of rhyme, dikt
eru brijgflin ^ibn, Skifta R. 39, 152.
J)af3r, part, stamped, of cloth, Bragi ; lec \stiz, Eb. 70 new Ed.
^aga, u, f. silence; in endr-{)aga, silence in return.
^agall, mod. Jjdg^ull, adj. (fern. J>ogul), silent, Hm. 15.
J>agat, see ^angat.
t>agga, a6, to silence; bctra er fyrr l)agat (from )>egja) en annarr hafi
' t^gg^ti' Skulda (Thorodd) : the word is freq. in mod. usage, t>agga nidr
i e-m, to bush one down, silence one.
l)ag-msDl8ka, u, f. a keeping silent.
J>ag-m8elskr, adj. sileut, discreet. Ad. i, and frcq. in mod. uuge.
j^agna, a6, to become silent ; konungr ^gnar vifl, Nj. 6 ; konungr {ngnar
hvert sinn er {xjrolfs er getifl, Eg. 54 ; \>a {)agna jieir, Ld, 78. Fm». W.
374 ; eptir ^t ^agnadi (^t)acnade Cod.) barnit, Bt. i. 342 ; sidan et hann
^agna8i, left speaking, lb. 7 ; hann sezt nidr ok {>agnar, SkiAa R. I45.
^agnar-, gen., see t>^g"> iHence.
J)agsi, adj. ; the parent-word of the mod. Dan. tavs (silent) hat hitherto
not been found in the old Icel. literature ; it should be ^gti, but most if not
all words of that form were obsolete at early as the 12th and 13th cen-
turies, and have disappeared in mod. Icel., as hugsi, staOsi, heitti . . . ;
we believe it is preserved in the corrupted ' J)egn varfi ' in the transcript
of the lb., where we propose to read, sva at allir menn myndi * t^S^
verOa ' ( = Dan. hlive tavse) medan hann mzlti at logbergi, so tbat all men
would become silent whilst he spoke on the Latv-hill, lb. 7. In an ancient
vellum a ft, with the upper end of the s faint or blotted out, and an n or
fj would be distinguished with difficulty ; and as to an Icel. transcriber
^agsi was quite an unknown word, while * J)egn,' 'Jwign' were familiar
syllables, he would choose the latter ; the vellum itself wat lost soon after
the copy had been taken in A. D. 1651. In Rb. (Is!, i. 385) the word
has been paraphrased into '{)egja;' see the Academy, vol. i. p. 378.
pAK, n. [A. S. Y'^c; Engl, ihack, thatch; Scot, thak; Germ, daeb;
Dan. tag; see J)ekja] : — thatch, roof, Edda 2, Nj. 1 15, Gkv. 3. 2, Fmt.
viii. 374; span-{>ak, torf-^ak, timbr-{>ak. 2. metaph. ^^ baug-^ok,
Grug. ii. 174.
{)akin-na)frar, f. pl. = |)aknsefrar, Hm. 159.
JjAKKA, aa, [A. S. \ancjan ; Engl, thank ; O. H. G. dankon ; Genn.
danken ; Dan. takke] : — to thank ; Jiakka e-m e-t ; p. J)eim [nrtta starf,
Stj. 496; konungr ^akkaSi honum kvx&it, Isl. ii. 230; godum ek fat
{)akka er ^t gengsk ilia. Am. 53 ; Rutr minntisk vift haiu ok |>akkadi
henni, Nj. 7 ; v^r viljum })akka hingat-kvumu iillum Entkum munnum.
Fms. viii. 250; bsendr l)okku3u vel fjorkatli liftreizlu, Orkn.; {nkka
e-m fyrir e-t, Fms. v. 194, and passim.
t>akkan, f. a thanking, Barl. 36.
J)akk-ldtr, adj. thankful, grateful, Fms. viii. 253, paisim in mod. otage.
takk-lseti, lu thankfulness, thanks, B$. i. 321. Th. 25, Karl. 132, 263.
I>akk-ii8emr, adj. [Dan. tak-nemmelig], thankful, grateful, hi. 36.
l>akk-samliga, adv. thankfully, gratefully. Eg. lo6, 162, 198, Sks. 702,
Al. 88 ; biaja ^., to beg hard, Fms. xi. 288.
I)akk-samligr, adj. thankful, grateful, Fnu. rii. 95, Stj. 496; morg
J)akksamlig ti&indi, good news, Fms. viii. lOO.
l)ak-lauss, adj. tbatcbless, roofless. Art. 17.
J»ak-na3frar, f. pi. bark used for thatching, N.G. L. ii. 138.
730
I'AKRADR— i'ARNASK.
f>ak-rd5r (f>akk-rd5r?), a pr. name = Germ. Tancred, Vkv.
Jiamb, n.; standa a pambi, with full belly, inflated or blown up, e.g.
from drinking.
Jiamba, a6, [{lomb], to drink in large draughts; J)amba vatn, {)amba
bliitt vatnid.
J)ambar-, gen. from J)6mb, q. v.
f>AM"a, n. [North. E. tangle; Dan., Scot., and Shetl. tang'], help or
bladder-wrack, a kind of sea-weed ; hann var folginn i J^angi, GuUJ). 72,
and passim; kl6-J)ang, b61u-|)ang, btlgja-Jjang, ^\xnn^-^?ing,=fucns vesi-
cidosus, Hjalt. ; seti-Jjang, edible sea-weed : the word is very freq. in mod.
usage. 2. poet., hUbzr-]pang = trees, "ft. ; hli6-J)ang, id., Aim. ; |)angs
hiis, kiS, ' tangle-house,' = the sep. Lex. Poet.
J)angat, also (like hingat, hegat, p. 262) spelt t^gat, Eg. 30, 38, 56,
123, Fms. iv. 159, 271, etc. ; J)iga.tj Stj. 35 ; or J)egat, Barl. 82, Stj. 27;
J)engat, Al. 14. 1. 9, N. G. L. i. ii ; J)ingat, Fms. viii. 219, Hkr. iii. 238,
Ni6rst. 5 : — thither, to that place, austr pangat, 6. H. 67; skip er pen
hof6u J)angat haft, Eg. 123 ; hann hleypr J)angat, 297 ; J)eir heyr3u J)angat
manna-mal, 234, Gisl. 15 ; nor6r J)agat, Eg. 30; hann bau6 Jjagat fjiil-
menni, 38; fara J)agat, 56; batinn er J)eir hofbu J)agat haft, 123; sackja
J)angat, Horn. 94; ganga J)angat, Ems. iv. 159; senda Jjagat menn sina,
id. ( Jjangat, 0. H. 67, 1. c.) ; liggja Jjangat undir, Stj. 367 : metaph., nema
J)angat so virt til elligar, Grag. i. 148, 466. 2. in the phrase, hingat
ok l)angat, hither and thither, to and fro; hegat ok f^gat, Stj. 27, Barl.
82 ; hingat ok J)ingat, id., Fms. viii. 219, Hkr. iii. 238 ; higat ok \>igat,
Stj- 35- 3- temp., J)angat til, ' thitber-to,' till that time; i9na annat
Jjangat til, Grag. i. 147; J)angat til var riim. Mar.; J)angat til, at . . .,
until that . . ., Fms. iii. 184.
B. CoMPDs : J)angat-f6r (-ferS, Fb. i. 166), f. a journey thither,
lb. 9, Stj. 335, Bs. i. 448. taJigat-kv^ma (-koma), u, f. a cotuing
thither, arrival, Fms. x. 19, 220, Horn. 207, passim.
J>ang-brandr, the Norse rendering of the name of the Saxon mis-
sionary, but it should have been if properly given, |jakk-brandr (cp. Jjak-
nVar), Fms.,0. T.
J)ang-floti, a, m. a 'tangle-float,' drift of sea-weed, Krok. 5?,
J)ang-skur3r, m. a cutting of tang or sea-weed, for feeding cattle ;
siilva-nam eiga Gaulverjar ok J>Angskur3, Vm. 18. <
J)anki, a, m. [a mod. word from Germ, ge-danke, whence Dan. tanke ;
appears about or shortly before the Reformation] : — a thought; hjarta,
J)ankar, hugr sinni, a hymn, freq. in mod. usage, the Bible, Pass., Vidal.
J)ann-ig, J)ann-og, J)ann-ok, tiim-Og, ^f.•G. L. i. 12 ; J)aiin-inn,
fb. iii. 258, Karl. 552, and in mod. usage; from J)ann and vegr, cp.
hinnug, p. 264; hvern-ig, einn-ig, qq. v. : [J)ann and vegr]: — that way,
thither; J)annug, Grag. i. 378; stunda J)annug, Sks. 112 new Ed.; halda
Jjannug, Hkr. iii. 381 ; ef konungr hef6j Jjannog skjotari or6it, Al. 20;
lifaert Jiannok, 51 ; ]pe\T hofdu J)ann veg farit kaupferS, Fms. iv. 352
(})angat, O. H. 1. c.) ; snyr aptr J)ann veg sem hafnir eru, Fms. iv. 365 ; sa
J)ar ba3 ok foru ^annig, i. 69 ; Jjessi tiSindi voru abi komin J)annig, viii.
233; hann for somu nott Jjannyg sem hann spur&i at Jamtr v6ru, 67;
fara tvivegis J)annig, Grag. ii. 367 ; at J)ennug horfi andlit sem hnakki
skyldi, N. G. L. i. 12. II. metaph. this way, thus, adverbially;
Jaannug biiinn, Al. 16 ; hann grunar hvart {)anneg mun farit hafa, Ld. 58 ;
Birkibeinar foru jafnan {)annin, Fms. viii. 350; fiannin, at saettask fyrst,
en . . ., Rd. 227, Krok. 36; ok afla |)annug {)ess er hann stundar ekki til,
Al. 88 ; e5a hvi J)annig er til skipt, Isl. ii. 346 ; and freq. in mod. usage,
in which sense Lis obsolete, 'JiangaS,' q. v., being used instead of it.
J)anns=t)ann es, Hm. 128, Hym. 39.
fiAB, adv. [U\C. lar = fKU, Matth. vi. 20, Luke ix. 4; and parub,
IVlatth. vi. 21 ; A. S. ])ar ; Engl, there; O. H. G. darot; Germ, dort ; Dan.
der] : — there, at that place; vera, standa, sitja, lifa, . . . {)ar, passim ; Jiar
var Rutr . . . J)ar var fjolmenni mikit, Nj. 2 ; ok sett {)ar yfir altari, Fms.
vi. 444; Jiar i Danmork, xi. 19 ; J)ar innan hir6ar, id.; koma J)ar, to be
come there, arrive. Eg. 43 ; hon kom aldri vestr J)ar {westward thither)
si6an, Nj. 14; skal par kirkju gcira sem biskup vill, K. Jj. K. 42; J)ar
er, Jjar sem, there luhere, wherei {)a er Jjeim rott at sitja J)ar er J)eir
Jjykkisk helzt mega liika domi sinuni, Grag. i. 68 ; Jjar er sa maSr ^r
i Jaingi, 151 ; belt af hondina J)ar er heitir ulfli6r, Edda 17, K. Jj.K. 42,
N. G. L. i. 98, Fms. xi. 19, and passim (see er, sem): of time, mi kemr
J)ar misserum, iiotu the seasons come to that point, Fms. xi. 19. 2.
metaph. usages; lykr J)ar vi&skiptum J)eirra, Eg. 750; brutu J)ar skipit,
• J)ar' var6 mann-bjcirg, Nj. 282 ; hiku vor fiar Brennu-Njals siigu, id.;
{)ar at eins er sa ma6r arfgengr, er . . ., Grag. i. 225 ; J)ar er, where, in
case, when; {)ar er menn selja hro&s sin, 139; J)ar er ma9r tekr sokn
e3a vtirn, 141; {)ykkjumk ver {)ar til mikils faerir, 655x1.3; {)ar
er J)eir msetti vel duga hvarir o6rum, 655 xxi. 3 ; lat sem J)u Jjykkisk
J)ar allt eiga er konungrinn er, make as though thou thoughtest that all thy
hope was there where the king is, Fms. xi. I12 ; eru menn her mi til vel
fallnir par sem vit Hallbjciri; erum, Nj. 225 ; par hefi ek set marga dy'rliga
hluti yfir honum, 623. 55 ; pii gorir pik g63an, par sem pu ert pjofr ok
morSingi, ' there that thou art,' i. e. thou who art ! Nj. 74. II. with
prep.; par af, therefrom, thence, Ld. 82 ; vil ek pass bi&ja at Egill nai par
.^f logum, Eg. 523 ; er pat skjotast par af at segja, 546 ; kunua mun ek
par af at segja, Edda 17 ; hiis sfendr par lit vi6 gar6inn, ok rykr pat
upp, Lv. 47 : par at, thereat, 623. 57 : par a, thereupon. Eg. 125 : pan
thereunto, until, till, Nj. 11, Fms. vi. 232 : par um, thereon, Ld. 164; ^
eigi par um hugsjukr, Fms. vii. 104 : par undir, there underneath, vi, 41
par yfir, there above, 444: par vi3. therewith, by that, 396, viii. 56: {
naest, there next. Eg. 512 : nefndi til pess skipstjornar-menn, ok par na
stafnbiia, 33: par a, thereon, thereupon, Edda 37; par a ofan, tbei
upon, i.e. moreover. Eg. 415; par upp a, thereupon, Dipl. ii. 13: ^
eptir, thereafter, Rd. 248 ; hugsaSi, at par eptir {accordingly) mun
fara hennar vit, Fms. vi. 71; par lit i hk, furthermore, vfi. 157: p
fyrir, therefore. Eg. 419, Fms. vii. 176, passim : par i, therein, Eg. ij;
par i mot, there against, in return, Grag. ii. 169: par me3, therewit
Fms. iv. no, Ld. 52; heita a Gii6 ok par meS a hinn heilaga 61
konung, therewith, u e. besides, Fms. vi. 145 ; seldi Arni Birni Ytri-Bor
ok par meS halft Asbjarnarnes, Dipl. v. 26: par a milli, there betwee.
Fms. xi. 85 ; ok eru menn alnir par a milli, in the mean time, Grag.
117 : par or (par or Ed.), therefrom, thereout of, Fms. vi. 378.
J)arfa, a3, [Germ. durfe?i], to need, want; impers., e-m parfar e-t; tori
skura eptir pvi sem peim parfar, . . .sem parfar biii a Grund, Dip), v. 1^|
pann kost er honum parfaSi, Fb. i. 21 1; sem honum potti s6r parf.l
208. 2. reflex., alia hluti pti er honum parfa6isk, Fms. ix. 501, v.l.'
sem jor6iinni parfast, Dipl. v. 5, 14 ; kost sem honum vel parfast, iii. 14.
jparfa-gangr, m. 'need-going,' urine, excrement, Stj. 642, Fs. 180.
J)arfi, adj. needing ; with gen., Ii6s parfi, Fms. xi. 24; ef hann pykkis
hrepps-fundar parfi, Grag. (Kb.) i. 173 ; mals parfi, Skv. I. 2.
Jjarflndi, n. pi. things needfid, useful things, H.E. ii. 72, Bs. i. 694
hve mcirg p. peir maetti hafa af Noregi, Fms. vii. loi ; honum til pari^
inda, /or Z)/s use, Finnb. 290; me6 ollum bunaai ok parfindum, Stj. 574
ef landsTdrottinn leyfir manni nokkur p. at vinna i miirku sinni, N. G. L
i. 244. J)arfincla-hus, n. a hospital, D.N. iii. 78 : a necessary, D.N.
jparf-lausa, u, f. = parfleysa.
t)arf-lausligr, adj. needless, H.E. i. 561.
J)arf-lauss, adj. needless; porflaust eyrendi, Stj. 521; at parflausul
needlessly, Hom. 13: in vain, 655 xiv. B. 2. \
J)arf-ldtliga, adv. meekly, humbly ; bi9ja p., Stj. 15 c, 580, Mar.
j)arf-latr, adj. humble, thankful, Rom. 26,6, Hom."(St.)
J>arf-leysa, u, f. Heedlessness, Gpl. 163 ; lata pat mart eptir bornum e
p. er, Fb. ii. 13 ; reikar hugrinn jafnan ti pvi er p. er i, 655 xi. 3 : gen
as adj., parfleysu-forvitni, -tal, -glens, useless, mischievous, Ld. 170, Fb
i. 312, 400, Grett. 87 new Ed. ; parfleysu upphlaup, Bs. i. 756.
;^arf-leysi, n. = parfleysa ; parfleysi sella ok pat vera, Isl. ii. 207.
jparf-liga, adv. usefully.
J)arf-ligr, adj. liseftd, Gpl. 161, H.E. i. 504, Jb. 187 B, passim.
J)arfna and J)arfnaji, see pama, parnan.
J)arfna5r, iri. a need, want, H. E. i. 562 (note) ; older form porf-
nu3r.
fiAIlFIl, adj., fem. piirf, neut. parft, sounded part (for it rhymes
with tnqrt); [see purfa] : — useful; maeli parft e5;i pegi, Hm. 19; vinna
pat er parft er, Grett. 94 ; parfr ma6r, 95 A ; hann var peim parfr 1 (illii
pvi er haiiin matti, pinnb. 216 ; er hann m».^r po ekki parfr, he brings no
good to me, Fs. 1 34; li-parfr, useless, mischievous ; alliparfr.
J)arf-saraliga, adv. gratefully ; eigi var p. pegit, Sol. 5.
J)arf-s8Dll, adj. tiseftd, profitable, Fms. v. 344.
J)arf-S8elligr, adj. useful, Fms. iii. 53, Jb. 187 C.
JjARI, a, m. [Dan. tarre ; Shetl. tarri- in tarricrook, a fork to gather ■
searweed with]: — sea-xueed, Lat. alga; pari and pang are almost
synonymous ; hann grefsk milli tveggja steina, ok berr a sik ofan
parann, Fbr. 103 new Ed., Grag. ii. 358; land eigandi a para allan.
359; beltis-Tpari =/wcws saccharius ; SkiSi datt er skyldi hann skjott a
paranum ganga, SkiSa R. ; brenna para, Frissb. 255. compds : J)ara-
belti, n. —fucus saccharius, Hjalt. J)ara-bru.k, n. a heap of sea-weed,
Landn. 44, Orkn. 420, Bs. i. 527 (in Arons S. in the foot-note it is fem.)
J)ara-nytjar, f. pi. the use of sea-weed ; kirkja a p., Vm. So.
J)ar-kvania, u, f. a coming-there, arrival, Fms. i. 67, vi. 192, Sks.
289, Barl.
J)ar-lands, gen. as adverb, there, in that land, Mork. -(in a verse).
J)arlands-rQa3r, m. a native of that land, Pr. 120, 408.
J)ar-lenzkr, adj. ' there-landish,' native, Fms. i. 192, Hkr. ii. 385, Slj.
86, 654.
J>AB,MIl, m. [A. S. \)earmas ; provinc. Engl. (Lincolnshire) thartn;
Germ, darm ; Dan.-Swed. tarm] : — the guts ; legg vi6 enda parms, Pr.
472 ; enda-parmr, the end-gut, colon, 473 ; ok rakti or hoAum parmar.a,
Nj. 275, Fb. i. 530; pii toku JEsn parma hans ok bundu Loka me3,
Edda i. 184; sma-parmar (q. v.), passim.
J)arna, adv. = par with suffixed -na (q. v.), there; mpnn fara parna,
kvaS hann, men go there, quoth be, Isl. ii. 356 ; this form is very freq.
in mod. usage.
paynan, f. (qs. J)arfnan), a want, need; af parnan peirrar tilliigu,
N. G. L. ii. 62.
tarnask, a9, (qs. J)arfna'ik), to want-, lack, be without; sva at vit
parnimk eigi alia g63a hlutr, Fms. i. 2C3 ; peir <?r parnask sina jartcin,
i«ARS— i»i^.
731
ldai6S; barnask bess scm Iiann bci&isk, *jo/ to f^*/ // K A tin- ^r.<?>«iu Ki ki.,.: -, «t, —i w ,,,... ,- _..
burnast hitter barf, Fb.ii. I,: nu U.k^'V^J^l^yL'lli'P.V
{jur.iast hitt er t)arf, Fb. ii. 13; nii I6bi Gufl honum Ijoss bcss cr
liu hafai lengi tamast, Horn, in ; sem hann l)arnask ok bans heinia-
nn, K. A. 78 ; alia biis-buhluti \,{i er \,it bu nm cigi J)arnask, GrAg.
.,2; nxr hann mil i frelsi bera hiitt cSa kvcif, cSa nxr hann skal
iiask, when be shall wear it and when be shall want it, Sks. 434 B :
i|icrs., tjaldstad ok hrossa-beit sem J)ciin {jarnast, Pm. 7,^1
j t)ars= j)ar es; see er, p. 131, col. 2, to which add, ^ars ck em nu til
tkominn. Fms. xi. 65 ; ]pars hann hafSi beran skallann fyrir, 152 • bars ck
; brxll \>\m\, Horn. (St.) '^
ir-seta, u, f. a 'there-sitting' remaining there, sojourn, GJ)!. 404,
;ir-vist, f. a sojourn (see vist), Nj. j6, Landn. 270, Fms. i. 280' x
7, Stj. iSo. ''
;i3-ramr, adj. a nickname, Fms.'ix. 54.
.AT, or mod. J)aS, neut. of a demonstr. pron. ; the nom. sing, is of a
crent root, sti, sxi (p. 516); the other cases are,— gen. |)ess, {)cirar,
■^icss; dat. Jjeini, \)C\x\, \)vi and ]pi ; ace. {)ann, {)d, J)at : plur. J)eir, {jxr,
|t)au; geii. jjcirra ; dat. ^^m\; ace. J)a, ^tcr, Jiau (mod. ^aug) : the mod.
■ rms have rr in J)eirrar, Jjeirri, {)eirra ; but for the olden time they are
. correct, as may be seen from rhymes: [Goth, jfjo/a ; Engl, that;
crni. dass, i. c. daz ; Dan. det.'\
A. That, in the various cases, see Gramm. p. xxi ; 6liifr tok J)vi
\ <■!, . . . kva8sk hennar forsja hlita urn J)at nuil, . . . J)at*sama haust, . . .
[ :inn dag svaf Unnr 1 lengra lagi, . . . nefni ek til t)ess Bjorn ok Helga,
. . cptir J)at st6a Unnr upp ok kva&sk ganga mundu t)eirrar skemmu,
;!i hon var von at sofa i, ba3 at {)at skyldi hverr hafa at skemtan sem
vxri naest skapi, Ld. 14 ; \,vi at t)eir {they) urSu eigi 4 annat siittir, ^c'.t
• - (/hose who) fyrir norOan voru, lb. 9 (J^eir is here repeated, first as personal,
then as demonstr. relat. pron.) ; land Jiat er kallat er GnEiiIand, . . . hann
kva6 menn J)at mundu fysa joangat farar, at landit setti nafn gott, . . .
iiest t)ann er het J>angbrandr, id. ; en J)at vas til l)ess haft. . . . i staS
' inn, ... log J)au es Kristninni skyldi fylgja, 1 1 ; J)eir menn voru er t)ess
•n, there were men that guessed ( = Lat. erant qui), Nj. 90; 4 J)eiri
Jii, Fms. xi. 360. 2. with the article; baeta Jiat skipit er minnr
var brotid, Fms. ii.'iaS ; yfir hafit {lat it djiipa, Edda 28 ; \z\m inn mikla
inaiin, Hkr. ii. 251. II. it (as that is used in provincial speech in
l-ngland), in indefinite phrases, it is, it was, it came to pass; t)at var siftr,
at . . ., Eg. 505 ; J)at var einhverju sinni at, Nj. 2 ; en Jjat vas er hann tok
lyggja landit fjortiin vetrum e5a fimtan fyrr, Jb. 9, and passim. III.
idenoting this, these, = '^essi; szgbi Egill at mj68drekku {)a vill hann hafa
'at afnams-f(3, Eg. 240 ; sag3i at sii var kona hans, er J)ar sat, ok sva at
[lau {they) attu husa-kot J)au {those cottages), 6. H. 152 ; this use is freq.
( '11 Runic stones, e. g. riinar J)Eer, kuml J)aun ( = {jau), etc. 2. denoting
.<uch; segja menn at J)au yr8i sefi-lok Flosa, at..., Nj. 282; harit J)at
,i h6f6i sem silki gult vaeri, the hair on his head was like yellow silk,
Fms. X. 381 ; J)eirrar einnar konu aetla ek at fa, at sii raeni J)ik hvArki
fe no radum, Ld. 14: ciUum Jieim hlutum er J;eim (pers.) likadi, and
passim. IV. in a diminutive sense, suffixed to the noun ; stund
{)4, a litde while, Fa;r. 169 ; jarl haf3i tjaldat upp fra stund {)a, see stund,
Fms. xi. 85; brosa litinn J)ann, Fb. ii. 78 (Fms. iv. loi); litt J)at and
litt-at, ' litde that,' i. c. a little, see p. 394, col. I ; lilla })a stund, 623. lo ;
glam J)at var6 af, a Hide tinkling sound, Fms. xi. 1 29 ; klumbu eina mikla
e&a hdif-roteldi Jjat, id. V. ellipt. {jann ; J)ykki mcr {)ann (viz. kost)
ver&a upp at taka, Nj. 222, Eg. 157 (see kosfr, p. 353, col. 2): i J)eiri
('viz. hriS), in that nick of time, in that moment, Fms. x. 384, 414, Flov.
, ; ar rau9 ungr i J)eiri, Od. ; {)ann fyrsla (viz. tima), Fms. vii. 20i.
B. The gen. fiess in special usages, resembling A. S. ^us, Engl, thus;
this may be simply ellipt., ' vegar,' 'konar,' or the like being under-
stood: 1. denoting mode, kind, manner, 50 that, thus that ; hvat
ser {)ii mi {)ess er {)er J)ykkir me3 undarligu m6ti ? Nj. 62; hvernog
hann skyli |)css bcrjask, in tvhat way he should fight, so that, AI. 70 ;
hvat er hann Jiess, at ek hlyia upp a hans tal, what kind of man that
J should listen to his talk? Stj. 263; hvat manni ertii ^ess, at ek
muna lata J)ik fyrri yfir fara? Karl. 16; hvern veg J)ess megi vera, Hom.
(St.); engi veg J)ess, Hom. 196 (Ed.); hve lyOrinn skyldi lifa J)ess es
Gu6i maeiti vel lika, Hom. ; hugsar hann, hversu hann maetti honum
haga {jess at honum yrSi sjalfum nokkur saemd i, Mar^; hvern veg skal
ek skiljask vi5 konung Jienna J)ess er y3r muni lika, O. H. 73 ; hugum
leiddi hann, hversu hann mxtti Jiess sitja i sva agaetu sxti, at hann vxt
cigi . . ., Sks. 623 ; hversu bar {)ess til, bow did it come to pass so? Stj.
166 ; hefi ek nokkut, br66ir, l)ess gort at \>6t misliki, have I done aught
that it should niislike thee? Gisl. 99 ; ekki var l)ess {nothing of the kind) i
Miiriu lifi er vandir menn hafa. Mar. ; ef kncikut er l)ess, at ix farit usigr,
Fb. i. 183 ; at (ilium hlutum J)ess er hann haf5i spurt, in all things so as
(:. e. in so far as) he had heard, J>i6r.'i 58. 2. t)ess \i6, yet so that, i. e.
only short of that, with but one reservation; vilda ek helzt hafa atfer& ok
hofSingskap Hrolfs kraka, J)ess ^6 {yet so that), at ek hclda allri Kristni
ok trii minni, Fms. v. 172 ; sem ^er likar, J)css ^6, at l)u frelsir oss fyrir
J)!na miskun, Stj. 404 : dropping 1)6, en hann vacgSi i tillu fyrir |)eim
brae&rum, J)ess er hann minka5i sik i engu, so that, yet so that ..., Ld. 2.^4 ;
Icita flestir at hafa h^ttu-minna, pess at ^eir ver3i sik fry'ju, Sturl. iii. 68 ;
-S"
I may,ytl to that it tbaJt not b*a tbanu lo nu. amytbimg thort o/ditbommr,
biftr. 194 ; »v& harfta »<ltt icm J»cir cf harftatt feagii, |im cr dci g«kk and ^
honum, Fb. ii. 1 44, II. )>cu at a locatire. tkcre prob. eUipl^ • ctsAar '
being understood ; Einarr »purfti F.gU hrar hann bflAi ^m Tcrit itaddr at
hann haf»i niest reynt .ik. Kg. 687 ; hvar k^a ieAr okkrir boa, at (adif
nunn vaeri eptirbitr foftur J)in«, hvar ncfna *"• ».v-r-;» f.i i\_ jj^j. j,y„
J)ess er {wbtresoever) aftrir taka fyrit arf ■ ' irig. |, 101 •
xtla&a ck t>4 at ek munda hvcrgi \)m k a ^eit g}Jkb.
at ek yasra of friftsamr, Orkn. 1 jo ; |)Ti at hann xtUdi at hann mao<U
l)c$$ viftar koma, at hann mundi njota foAur tint cnn rjalda, OW. 75 ;
hvar-vitna J>e$s er maftr tpyrr log«puniing. Orag. (Kb.) ir4l ; brar ^eu
er heilagr domr hant kom, Horn. (St.) ; J)cir megu hvrrgi |>et« icn^
vera, at . . ., Hom. 183 (Ed.) ; hver-vctna J>e« er ^ingmeon verfta Wttir
i Gula, N. G. L. i. 5. III. with a compar. tb* mort,m tmtb ih4
more, cp. Germ, desto; heldr var hon {nrst at litilutari, Horn. 169 (Ed.);
l)css meirr er hiim drckkr, \>e$s mcirr ^yrttir hann. tv4 Jwti flcira « ^
hafftir |)ess flcira girndisk J)u, 190 (Ed.) ; til Jictt meiri tu&feslu, Di|rf, r.
23 : t)yrstir x ^ss at nicirr, Eg. 605 ; {wit bctr cr t>zr eni gorrar djli|Mri
ok mj('iri, Sks. 426.
C. The dat. \>vi, prop, fyrir \)vi, and then dropping the prep., and
using the remaining dat. adverbially: — therefore ; prl cr ^ta gctid, at
^at |[>utti vera rausn mikil, Ld. 68: (nri and |>i, ibtrefore; ok |>vi iv4,
at .... Pr. 400 ; {)vi xtla ek hann . . . at . . ., 325 ; Jjvi mittd rirkjnoa
m^r, at mer {)ykkir f«Sit gott, GullJ). 7. II. brl-at, 'for thai,'
because; toksk eigi atreiftin, ))vi-at biScndr frettuSu, 6. H. 315; {ivi-at
livist er at vita, Hm. I ; {)vi-at tibrigdra vin fser maftr aldregi. 6; ^i-at
hon a allan arf cptir mik, Nj. 3; Jjvi-at allir v(Jru g<".rviligir tynir hint,
Ld. 68 ; ^vi-at ^at er ekki af manna viildum. Gull}). 5 ; |>vi-at ek em
broftir feftr J)ins, 6. 2. dropping the ' at ; ' J)v> ck hcfi ipurt, at ... ,
Fms. vi. 4; J)vi H&kon var broftur-son hans, Sturl. i. 140. III.
therefore ; ok varft J)Vi ekki af ferftinni, fsl. ii. 347 : fyrir-|>vi (Dan.
fordi; Early En^\. for tby), therefore, Fms, i. 335. IV. JjtJ at cint,
only on that condition, Fms. xi. 154 : af {)vi, therefore, pattim. V.
hvi, why, in later vellums (the l.sth century), and to in mod. usage;
]pvi riftu menn yftrir undan? Fms. iii. 183, Sd. 149. I. 9; J)vi mun ck p&
eigi vita mega at troll rtidi fyrir, Gull)). 5.
D. For the personal pronoun, which in plur. hat the tame deden*
sion, see J)eir, J)xr, Jiau, p. 732.
{)at-ki, • that not,' not even that ! J)atki J)u hafir brzkr |)inar ! HW. ;
))atki ck fii mdla minn falslausan ! Mork. 83 ; at )>atki t^, 677. 4 ; tec
-gi, p. 199, col. 3.
j)at-na, that there, see -na ; postulinn tegir, ' er {latna,' u thai there f
is it? 623. 19.
J>att& = ))at {)d, that then ! bvattu ? tcgir jarl, — )»tti I tegir Ogmundr,
at . . ., Fms. xi. 118.
J)atz = ^at es, that which, see cr, p. 131, col. 3 ; allt )atz hann gorir,
677. 6; J)atz maftrinn af lifir, 3.
j)atztu = {)at»es-pu, 'that which fbou,' what thou. Am. 83.
|)auf, n. [akin to \>6f, J)jEfa] : l>aufast, aft, dep. to grope otfumbU.
f>AULAB', f. pi. [the etymology and exact sense of this word it not
certain, perh. akin to J)ylja, referring to a lost strong prct.)>2ul, |)u!uj :
— a long-winded and complex thing ; it is, however, only used in nictapn.
phrases ; sva lizk mer sem miuir menn muni hafa mzlt sik { {laular um
{)etta mill meirr cnn ^\i, would have talked themselves into troubles, Fb. i.
348 ; rekum af oss tjoJdin, r6um lit 6t J)essum J)au)ar-rAgi, reisum viftn
ok siglum norftr undan, let us row out of this winding creek, hoist sail
and stand out northwards! Fms. viii. 130: the mod. phrase, Lrra, leta i
])aula = L'era i bclg, to learn, read by rote; as also, l>a'ul-l08ian, adj.;
hann er J)aullesinn, one who has read a thing through and through, got
through a weary task : ^atil-reid, f. a riding steadily on like a log, plod-
ding wearily on : l>aul-s8Qtinn, adj. sitting log-like without stirring.
|>A.USN", f. [cp. J)ysja, \>eyiz, Jjyss], a bustle, wild fray, milet;
margar J)ausnir ok J)raEtur, Rom. 290 ; nxr var ek {>ausnuni |)cira, / teas
present at their fray, Sighvat ; var nti eigi t)ausna-lau$t, there was no litllt
bustle. Fas. iii. 229 ; ))at ma kalla {)au5nar-vcrs, t>rjatigi at honum ganga.
that may be called a burly-burly song, Skifta R. : in mod. usage the word
remains in ^jOsnost, aft, to chafe, rage, rave wildly ; and tijOsna-legr,
adj. coarse, raving : t>jdsna-skapr, m. coarseness, raxnngs. From thit
same root, we believe, comes the mod. Norse ' lauta,' Dan. tot,''a roM^
ing girl, (hom 'pausa, M, f.?)
^au8na>lauss, adj. without tumult, quiet. Fat. iii. 129.
t)avi8nast, aft, or {jjOsnast. to rush on heedlessly.
J)ausiLir, n. a romping fellow, a nickname, Ann. 1 166.
f>A, adv. [Goth. /;n« and />a««i»; A.S. ho/i, |)fl«n#; Y.n^.then; Germ.
dann and denn; Dan. da; from the Germ.<ffl« it formed the mtxl. Dan. so-
dan, li<re-dan, ■— Germ, scdann, als-dann ; and hence again the mod. Dan.
verb danne = to form, see Grimm't Diet. ii. 740] : — then, at that time ; var
hdn t)A fjortan vetra gtimul, Nj. .fo : Jxi $4 ek, then I saw, Sk». i ; (>4 txmi,
II. 2. with er, es, when ; ^i cr hann haffti ly'st, Nj. 87 ; )>4 er Jetut
ndlgaftist Jerusalem, Greg. 39 ; t)4 es hami Ii i nAttranum, 56 ; jafnan, t»
732
M— MIMA.
cr, Nj. 6: or 'er' is dropped, eitt sinn }ja Sigur&r konungr for fyrir land
fram, Fms. vii. 165 ; J)a hon vildi seija, Dipl. v. 21. II. then, there-
upon, = Lat. deiiide ; iniiar fra sat {)rainn, f)a Olfr orgoSi, J)a ValgarQr, {3a
MorSr, J)a Sigfiissynir, \)a Grimr, J)a Hciskuldr, fia Hafr, J)a Ingjaldr, of a
row or rank of seats, Nj. 50 ; \>l\, um vig AuSiilfs, J)a uni vig Skamkels,
J)a lysli hann vigsok, . . . {)a let hann bera ly'siiigar-vaetti, fia . . . , 87 ; Jia
skal grafa leysingja, J)vi naest . . ., N. G. L. i. 345, and passim 2.
in phrases like, pii raeddi Hoskuldr vi9 Rut, Nj. 2 ; pa. reiddisk
Hoskuldr, id. ; {>orsteinn syndi J)a konungi hrossin, Fms. vi. 384; pa
svarar Hakon gamli, x. 221, and passim. III. as the conclusion
or apodosis of a sentence, then, so, accordingly, cp. Grag. ii. 362 ; nie&
J)vi at . . ., J)a voru Kalfi gri6 gefin, Fms. vi. 19 ; en af pvi at . . ., {jii
(then) \)d (received) hann miskunn af konunginum, x. 391 ; en ef um-
bo6smaSr dylr . . . , J)a, GJ)1. 375 (cp. ok A. II) : following a sentence be-
ginning with if, in case . . . , then, ef J)eir menn . . . , J)a eru Jieir, Grag. i.
99 ; en ef nokkurir girnask , . . ]pa er eigi nau6syn, Sks. 10 ; . . . {la rann-
saki, pA dsemi, J)a auki, etc., il ; villu-dyr fiau er fse6ask a fjollum . . .,
J)a kunnu pzu vel at skipta, 13 new Ed.; oil onnur kvikendi . . ., \>a,
fagna J)essum tima, id. ; Jjeir menu er sekir eru . . ., J)a eru fieir, Grag. i.
99. IV. pa ok pa, 'then and then,' at every vioinent ; at peir
myndi fara norSr pa ok pa um vetrinn, Fms. vii. 268 ; mi ok pa, tiow
and then, i. e. for ever ; ver6r lofaSr nu ok pa sa er manninn styrkir,
677. 7.
^a, f. [from the verb peyja ; Engl, thaw; Germ, thau, in thati-wind ;
Dan. to] : — a thaw, esp. in the sense of thawed ground; pat er einn eykr
ma draga a pa a slettum velli, Grag. ii. 362 ; peir rekja spor sem hundar
baeSi a pa ok a hjarni, Hkr. i. iii.
J)d-fjall, n. a ' thawed fell,' wet and slippery hill ; henda hrein i pafjalli, Hm.
J)dga, u, f. [piggja], a quittance, receipt; hviirki me3 gjofum no
pargum (sic), Anecd. 72 new Ed. : freq. in mod. usage, min er paga, it is
in my interest ; or gora e-t i pagu e-s ; pii skalt ekki gora pa6 i mina
pagu, thou shall not do it for my sale.
J)a-gi, not then, Sighvat.
J)d,-lei3is, adv. this way, thus, Stj. i, 67.
J)ain, m. [akin to pa, f.?], a thickness, mugginess, Bjiirn : J)£ma3r, part.
misty ; pama5 lopt, a misty sky : and J)aina, a6 ; pa6 pamar af.
J)&-inikill, adj. much thawed (?) ; or does pa mikla stand for ' mikla
pa' (see pat A. IV), Gisl. (in a verse).
J)a-na, interj. then ! yes, then ! er ek get pana, then I guess ! Hbl. 58 ;
pana is hardly a verb, although Egilsson (Lex. Poet.) explains it = peyja
= 7 thitik it will thaw.
J>ATTII, m., gen. pattar, dat. paetti, pi. pxttir, patta, ace. pattu, mod.
paetti ; [Germ, docht ; Dan. tot; cp. Lat. texo, textum] : — a single strand
of a rope ; ok skar i sundr atta pattuna i festinni, Bs. i. 599, ii. 1 1 1 ; sneru
paer af afli orlog-pattu, Hkv. 1.3; ofundar-pattr, Fms. xi. 442. II.
metaph. a section ; pa tva potto astarinnar, Hom. (St.) ; lifiS einir er, piltta
(gen. pi.) aettar minnar, H9m. 4 : esp. a section of law, segja iipp log-
pattu alia skal sva gorla pattu alia upp segja, Grag. i. 2 ; i pessum
pastti, ii. 345 ; i landabrigSis-paetti, id.; Kristinna laga pdtt, K. |). K. 140:
a short story, \ti\nz. pdOtt niSrstigningar Kristr, Nidrst. no; pattr Ey-
mundar, Fb. ii. 54 ; her hefr upp patt Styrbjarnar, 70 ; pattr Ornis Stor-
olfssunar, i. 521 ; Alfgeirs pattr, Isl. ii. 97, etc. J>atta-tal, n. the number
of sections i?i a code of laws, Rb. 4.
JiEFA, a6, to smell, sniff; pefaSi sem hann rekti spor sem hundar,
Faer. 170; matr sva litill at hon pefa&i af, Bar9. 175 : part., ilia pefa3r,
ill-smelling, fold, Fms. x. 208 ; vel pefa8r, Pr. 473.
^efan, f. a smelling, Stj. 93.
J)ef-g63r, adj. sweet-smelling, Grett. 96.
J)ef-illr, adj. ill-smelling.
pefja, pret. paf3i, = paefa, remains in the part. paf5r : — to stir, thicken;
hann haf3i pa eigi pafdan sinn graut, he had not cooked his porridge thick,
Eb. 70 new Ed. ; uri paf3r, ' wave-beaten,' of the sea-serpent, Bragi.
j^efja, a6, to smell, older form for pefa ; nasar skyldi pefja ok ilma,
Anecd. 4 : to emit a smell, min faezla pefjar betr hverjum ilm, Sks. 632 :
part. pefja3r, vel p., sweet-smelling, fragrant, 531 B.
pefja, u, f. a «»?«//, = pefr, Fms. vi. 164.
pefjan, in li-pefjan (q. v.), a stench.
J)ef ka, a3, to smell, = pefja ; nasar pefka daun, Anecd. 8.
J)ef-lauss, adj. smell-less, without scent, vapid.
J>EPil, m. a smell; ok kenna p6 eigi pef af reykinum, Barl. 49 ; illr
pefr, Bar&. 38 new Ed. ; li-pefr, q. v. ; hefir pat pef inest i munninum,
Stj. 293, and passim.
f>EGrAIl, adv., prop, a gen. of an obsolete noun ; \\J\L peihs = xpovos
and Kaipos'] : — at once, forthwith ; Hoskuldr kallar a hana, farSii hinga3 til
min, segir hann, Hon gokk pegar til bans, Nj. 2 ; pegar a morgun, to-mor-
row presently, Isl. ii. 147 ; hann var pa skir&r pegar, 645. 86 ; pa var hann
pegar hvar fjarri . . . , hann sofnaSi pegar, Fms. iv. 337 ; Jjorolfr bar merkit
pegar eptirhonum,/o//o/w'n^ immediately after him, i.e. next after him, Eg.
297 ; pegar fra oxlum ofan, Sks. 167, passim : the phrase, pegar-leiS-sem,
straightway, forthwith, Fms. x. 386, Stj. 94, 101, 267, Barl. 157; see
lei3. II. pegar-er, as soon as; peir eigu at gora orS crfmgjum
'pegar er peir koma hingat, . . . pegar er peir koma til, Grag. i. 215 ; A
pegar er Arnlj(jtr laust vi& geislinum, pa . . ., O. H. 153. 2. ellipti
leaving the 'er' out, and without the notion of immediate time; peg:
Skapti vissi petta, gokk hann til biiSar Snorra go&a, Nj. 247; en peg:!
Gregorius kom upp a, briggjurnar, pa hopu5u peir, Fms. vii. 254. ;
hence in mod. usage pegar has become a conj. when ; pegar eg hrasa he
pegar mcr ganga prautir naer, and so passim, where the ancients said ' er.'
J)egars = pegar es, as soon as, Griig. i. 97, Am. 30. :
J)egi, a, m. [piggja], a receiver, keeper; in arf-pegi, far-p., hei9-p., hcinii
p., qq.v. _ j
J>EG-JA, pres. pegi ; pret. pagSi ; subj. peg3i ; imperat. pegi, pegiSu <
with neg. suff. pegj-attu, Vtkv. ; part, pagat (pagt, Anecd. 10, Sks. 562 B) | -
[IJ\L pahaTi — aiamdu, aijdv ; Hel.pagjan; O.H.G. dagen ; lJa.n.tiei\
Swed. tiga; Lat. tdceo ; cp. also pagga and pagna] : — to be silent; Riif f!
pagOi vi6, Nj. 2 ; pegi, be silent ! Art. 22 ; pegi skjott (imperat.), Ld. 220 j
sitja pegjandi, Fms. vii. 160 ; sa er aeva pegir, whoever keeps silence, Hm. i
maeli parft e3r pegi (subj.) ... pa hefir hann betr ef hann pegir, ... fill j
gat ek pegjandi par, id., and passim. 2. with prep., pegja yfir e-u j
to conceal; leyn pessum glaep ok pegi, yfir systir min, Stj. 520; haf;!
pagat yfir fuadinum, Fms. vi. 273; hva3 hana holzti lengi hafa paga I
yfir sva g63ri sett, Ld. 36 ; mart pat er guQspjalla menniuir hafa pagt yfir
Sks. 1. c; pegja af songum, to leave off singing, Stj. 50. 3. with gen. i
pegi pii, jjorr, ^eirra or3a, keep silence from sttch words, Thar, i. e. d( \
not say so! Thor, fikv. 18 : the law phrase, pegja sik i fjorbaugs-garS '
Grag. i. 69. II. the saying, pungr er pegjanda r63r ; pegjanda
logn, a still calm, Sks. 52 new Ed.
J)egjandi, part, the silent, a nickname, Landn. (Orkn.)
JjEGN, m. [A. S. \>egn; Engl, thegn, thane; O.H.G. degan; Hel
pegan ; whence Germ, unter-than, Dan. under-dan (?) ; Gr. reKvov ; tht
root word remains in Germ, ge-deihen, answering to Gr. TtKiiv; Germ.
degeii (a sword) is quite a different word, being a Romance word, q^.
deger, akin to dagger, see Grimm's Diet. ii. 895, 896] : — a thane,
franklin, freeman, man ; sa pegn er penna gyr6il a. Post. 298 ; pegn kvaddi
pegn, Fms. vii. (in a verse); gamall pegn, Stor. 9 ; ungr pegn, Hm. 159;
ef mik saerir pegn, 152 ; pegns dottir, a man's daughter, O. H. (in a verse);
Mor3r kvaddi oss kviSar pegna niu, us nine franklins, nine neighbours,
Nj. 238; ek nefni pegn i fimmtardom, Grag. i. 73; hann lezk eigi vita
hverr pegn hann vaeri, he said he knew not what person he was, Fs. lOC :
(liti3 er mer um pat, veit ek eigi hverr pegn pii ert, Fms. ii. 81) ; hvat
pegna er sja enn orSfaeri ma6r? Post. (Unger) 221 ; priiSr pegn, a brave
yeoman, Eb. (in a verse) ; ondverOr pegn, a brave thane, a brave man,
Rafn 193 ; vigligr pegn. Am. 51 ; pegi6u |>6rir, pegn ertii ligegn, Fms. vi.
(in a verse): allit., pegn ok praell, thane and thrall, \.e.. freeman and bond-
man, i. e. all men, Hkr. i. 270, N. G. L. i. 45, ii. 35 ; bii-pegn, a franklin;
far-pegn, a traveller; ek ok minir pegnar, I and my men, Fms. v. 138;
Biia pegnar, x. 258 ; pegns hugr, pegns verk, = drengs hugr, drengs verk.
Lex. Po(3t. 2. a husbandjuan, good man, with the notion of libe-
rality ; sva er sagt at hann so ekki mikill pegn vi3 a3ra menn af fe sinu,
Isl. ii. 344 ; veit ek pat sjalfr at i syni minum var(at) ills pegns efni vaxit,
Stor. 1 1 ; au6igr ma5r ok illr pegn, a rich man, but a bad host, Hkr. i.
189 (illr biipegn, Fms. I.e.); hittu peir inn fjorSa bvianda, var sa beztr
pegn peirra, Fms. iv. 187. II. as a law term, a liegeman, subject;
skahii vera pegn bans, er pii tokt viS sver3i bans at hjiillunum, Fms. i. 15;
jatu5u skattgjofum ok gorSusk konungs pegnar, Hkr. i. 137; hann vill
vera y3arr Drottinn ef "per vilit vera haas pegnar, O. H. I 26 ; en mi et.
peir "gorvir pralar konungs pegna her i Noregi, Fms. vi. 38 ; Icind ok.
pegna, 92; svari6 konungi bnd ok pegnar a Islandi, Ann. 1281;
Magniiss konungr bau3 olluin sinum pegnum ok undir-monnum a Islandi.
Bs. i. 684; tekr konungr tjora tigu marka i pegngildi fyrir pa sem aLii.i
pegna sina, Sks. 253; per eigit g63an konung en hann pegna ilia, Fn;>.
iv. 341 ; Krists pegn, himins pegnar, ' Christ's-thanes,' heaven' s-ihanc .
Lex. Poet. ; pegngildi, badi pegn ok baelr, Gpl. 166 ; ba^ta fuUar bxtr ok
svti pegn ef hann deyr af bjargleysi, 272, D.N.
J)egna, a3, to serve as a pegn (II) ; ok pegnu3u honum, Stj. 568, v.l.
pegn-gildi, n. the weregildfor a pegn (II), Fms. iv. 313, v. 74, x. n .'
Gpl. 21, 130, N.G.L. i. 121, 384, Sks. 253. 2. a tribute to 1
paid to the king by a pegn ; pegngildi ok nefgildi, 6. H. 141.
J)egn-ligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), = Germ, under-thanig, (mod.)
]t)egii-skapr, m. an honour, = Germ. ehre, as a law phrase; in the law
phrase, leggja e-t undir p. sinn, to swear upon one's hojiour, Grtig. i. 29,
Nj. 150; pegnskapar lagning, and pegnskapar-Iagningar-ei3r, an oaih
upon one's honour, Grag. i. 30, 321. 2. liberality, generosity; en
er honum eyddisk f6 fyrir pegnskapar sakir, Vapn. (,begin.) ; hann var
vel fjar-eigandi en litill i pegnskap, Fbr. 35 ; fara til Svinafells ok reyna
pegnskap Flosa (hospitality), Nj. 282. 3. the allegiance of a pegn (11).
pegnskapar-maQr, m. a liberal, open-handed man, Grett. loD A.
pegn-skylda, u, f. the duty of a thane towards his liege-lord, allegiance i
hollosta, p., ok hly3ni vi3 konung, Gpl. 67 ; alia pa er i bans pegn-
skyldu eru, 62; jata e-m pegnskyldu, Fms. ix. 257; leggja krafir eSa,,
pegnskyldur (duties) a e-n, H.E. i. 465.
peima, dat., sing, and plur. to this, to them, see pessi ; a peima hlut,
i»EIMS— I»ELA.
733
,vii.l02; ajjeimabne, O.H.I 06, Fms. viii. 210 ; mc8 bcima atbiirft '
:; it)eimanokki,325; mcO J.cima cidstaf, G{)1. 14 ; nieft peima hxtti,
,. V. 336, X. I S3, 402 : plur., u J)cima mimudum, viii. 173 ; A bcima
vetrum, 219; gaiigvegum ^eima, Kormak; ^m monnum, Sla. 60
p;d.
^,oiras = {)eim es, Hm. 3, Fms. i. 100 (in a verse), vi. 38.
I JjEIB, \>sr, {)au. This is the plur. of the personal pron., answering to
hii^. hanii, hon, t)at ; gen. J)eira and mod. jjcirra ; dat. {xsim ; ace. bii,
, l)au ; in mod. speech J)au is sounded {jaug, which form occurs as
V as Run. Granim. of 1651, and often rhymes in mod. poets with words
ng in g, e.g.Jlaug,paug, Bb. 2. 17 : [the A.S. uses the forms bi.
!. btrn, hi, and so m early South. E., whereas the North. E. has (bay,
r, (bairn ; South. E. and Chaucer bii, bere, bem, Morris' Specimens!
v ; Dan. de, deres, early Dan. dercE, dat. dem.']
A. They, them, theirs (see Gramm. p. xxi); tolu5u ^t\r mart, riSa ])eir
' af l)ingi; J)eir komu i Flj6tshli6, Gunnarr tok vel viS {jeim ; Nj.ill
,:i til tieirra . . ., slikar fortiJlur haf6i hann fyrir J)eim, . . . J)eir spurftu
tiaenda, ba5u Jjser eigi leyna, |>9er sog6u sv4 vera skyldu; at ^\m
li ilia sxkjask at vinna oss, . . . ver getum {)a eigi mefl vapnum sotta,
SI) in endless instances. . 2. a peculiarity of the Iccl. is the con-
\ use of the neut. plur. ' J)au' as collective for a masc. and fem. ; si8an
u l)au inn baeSi (i. e. Njall and Bergthora), at hann skyldi breiSa yfir
hu6ina ; born ficirra {jjalfa ok Riisku, ok gorSusk l)au . . . {)a cr t)au
Vi gengit litla hri5, Edda 28 ; Ask ok Emblu . . . ond J)au ne dttu 6b
DC hofdu, Vsp. ; and so also of things, e.g. J)au pall og reka ; |)au
,1 og ftitr, and so on.
B. Special usages; this pronoun is used collectively before the
les of two or more persons, the neuter being used when the persons are
; (Jitlerent sexes : 1. where more than one are expressly named ;
lu Asger6r ok {jorsteinn, they, Asgerd and Tborslein, Eg. 703 ; J)eir
tiirkaSr ok JjorSr, ok Flosi, Nj. 282 ; biirn {)eirra Hildigunnar ok Kara,
■£• children of H. and K., id. ; synir {)eirra Starka3ar ok Hallberu voru
cir |)orgeirr ok Borkr ok fjorkell, 89 ; synir bans voru {)eir Kolr ok
)Uarr ok Haukr, id. ; brae5r Hallger5ar voru {)eir |)orleikr, faSir BoUa,
k Olafr fadir Kjartans, ok Barar, they, Thorleik, Olave, and Bard, 2 ;
I J)eirra fjorkels fo6ur Brands, ok f)orgiIs foSur mins, Jb. 20 (restored
M;uirer; the emendation in the Editions is an error; the passage is
...illel to that given above from Nj.); fjorr ok Jjeir lagsmenn, Tbor
nd they — bis followers, Edda 28. 2. ellipt., as it seems, where
.0 one part is understood, and not named ; in this case the neut.
au is used whenever the name un^derstood is different in gender;
im Oddi, to Odd and his men, Fms. vi. 379; t)eir Vagn, W. and
men ; peir Falnatoki, P. and his men, xi. 95 ; J)eir |>6roddr, . . .
Ill f)uroddi, Hkr. ii. 251 ; fra skiptum peirra {lorSar, the dealings of
oord {and Bjorn), Fms. iv. 1 10 ; {leir feSgar, they, father and son, Nj.
; {)au Asger6r, Asgerd and her son. Eg. 702 ; vinatta var me6 J)eim
•i;lum {)eirra, i.e. between him and their kinsmen, Grett. 132; J)eirra
')ra, Fms. xi. 160; {)eir 1 Orkneyjum, Nj. 270; af {jeim (those) fyrir
an urnar, 210. — This use of the pronoun J)eir, J)ser, fiau is peculiar to
old Scandin. and Icel. tongue, and is not found in any other Teut.
uage. We take it to be a remnant from an ancient time when the
le was still used detached and not suffixed, being, as in Homeric
k, used half as a demonstrative pronoun; thus Iliad viii. 457, aiS'
jJrjvaiT] re koX "llpy, sounds quite Icel., \>xt A{)ena og Hera; Icel.
<lcud it also to the other cases, J)eirra (gen.) AJ)enu og Heru, J)eim
' ■ uu og Heru; cp. also II. xiii. 496, 526; the usage of the neut., as
, e, seems peculiar to Icel. It is therefore an error to explain ' Jieir
iddr,' etc., as if a copula 'ok' had been dropped between the
oun and the pr. name, J)eir 'ok' {>6roddr; it is in fact an elliptical
. ijviated version of the usage in B. i : similar is the use of hann and
for the sing, (see hann B. II. p. 239, col. l), and of Gr. <5 as in Od.
181.
C. For this pronoun as demonstrative, see fiat, p. "j^l.
peirs = J)eir es, Hm. 165 (heilir peirs hly'ddu), |jd.
pEIST or J)eisti, a, m. a bird, uria grylle or colymhus grylle L., the
\a-pigeon, Edda (Gl.) : mod. teisti-kofa, or also J)oista, u, f., Pel. i. 19 ;
lod. Norse teiste, Edda (Gl.), passim in mod. usage.
pEKJA, pres. J)ek ; pret. pakbi and J)akti ; subj. \>ekbi ; part. J)aki3r,
liktr, {)akinn : [^A.S.peccan; Eng\. theek and tbalcb ; Scot, tback; Germ.
lai,dacb; O.H.G. dechan ; Dan./crWe]: — to thatch ; skjoldum er salr
iiV, Gm. 9 ; J)ar er J)aki8r kryplingr, Fms. v. 160 ; J)ekja sundit me&
inn, Nj. 273 ; guUi {)akaan sal, Vsp. 63 ; hann reid a briina, hon er
': lysi-gulli, kdda 38; allt annat, \>ii er isum J)akt, Sks. 43 new Ed.;
-1 reyr ear halmi, Fms. vi. 153 ; f^kit gull-spongum, Ver. 27. 2.
>ak. baug-J)ak], taka fullan bang ok {)ak8an, en eigi J)veiti, Grag. ii. 177.
pekja, u, f. a thatch, roof, Nj. 115, Fms. vi. 153, Stj. 60, Sks. 138
w Ed.
pekjull, m, a kind of tbatcbed shed, D. N. i. 477, 502.
pekki-liga, adv. with grace; veita J)., Bs. ; t>iggja t- 1*'' f<jrnir, 655
;iii. I.
oekki-ligr, adj. [Dan. tcehkelig], handsome, lovely, pleasant (Germ.
ifCl, Knts. i. 2j8: nicA
kL.l.i^, xi -Mt r,..i
anmulhig),\\t\\^\\.; \i'ibt t^c. \ "
(igurligr, (3.H. 33; maniis-ht>i
t)ckkiligu ynrbragfti, x. 23a ; \
J)., ill-favoured, vi. I43 ; ii.|>ckkiligi, id.
t>ekking, f. knowltdgi.
Jwkkinn, adj.™ jKkklligr, rendering of Lat. ' ddutabUU,' C^S »»*»i.
II- 2. keen, acute ; in glugg-b.
f>i:KKJA, d, and later t ; an older pret. ^kxA sonrcn to Ootb.
pagljan, pabta, and occur* in old poenit in fottr jftfHitf, whtdl Mv
below: \Go\h. pagkjan-'Xu^i^faOai; K.S.\>tHeam,^ibit: EocL tfM;
pret. thought : Hcl. fienhjan, pret. labia; O. H.O. dankjam: Qma.
denitn, pret. dacbte ; whence mod. Dan. lanh ; Swed. linia: whenM
mod. Icel. Jjcnkja. In the old Nor»c the sense of 'to think' i* ttfll bd-
devcloped, and only appears in the borrowed mod. form (wnkja; ep.
{)ykkja.]
A. To perceive, know : l.to perceivt, etpy, notiet, of the icntc* ;
l)ottu8 mer, er ek |)atta, {>orkeU liftar dvelja. wbtn I etpitd ibtm, O. H. L.
(in a poem of A. D. IOI3); ^\ cr vigligan vugna vuti, finn buM Utti,
Haustl. (middle of the loth century); {jutti liggja a sl<ttri rrondn tit l^sti,
be espied {bis sword) lying far off on the ground, Gcisli (Cod. Holm., in a
poem of A. D. 1 154) ; {id er bani Fufnit borg um pittti, wbtn tbt ilayer e/
F. espied (or visited) the burg. Og. 18 ; er hardhugaAr hanwr um \ttkbi,
when be espied bis hammer, {>kv. ; er ck htill Half* hufa ))ck&a'k, Okr.
2.13; ok er konungr Jjckkir at sveinninn er hcill, Fb. iii. 366 ; {w JwkSi
hann at tre flaut i lunni, be espied a tree footing in lb* turf. Mar. (prcf.
xl); heyra J)eir vapna-brakit ok t)ekkja jorcykina, Al. 31 ; kann vera at
pcir pckki eigi hvart t>ar cru karlar cda konur, Ld. 376: m4tt )>u nti
\>it {). (comprehend) cr fyrr sagfta ek J)cr, at . . ., Sk*. 476. This sense
is now obsolete. II. to know; ^ttisk hon )>ekkja bamit, Ktnnb.
314; engi madr var s& innan-bor&s at {)etta land ^kti, Fms. iii. 181 ;
sva voru ^ir likir at hvamgan matti t>ckkja fra (>drum, Bev. ; fa ^kt
{)a hluti, Sks. 119 new Ed. ; |)ckki ek ^ik goria, segir hann, Fas. ii. 339.
This sense is not of very frequent occurrence in old writers, but more so
in mod. usage, as it has almost displaced the old kenna, q. r. III.
rccipr. to know one another. Fas. iii. 535.
B. Dep. [J)okk], ^kkjask, to comply with; en konungrinn {tckdisk
meirr mcb einvilja sinum en mtft vitra manna radi, ibe king followed
more his own will (ban good men's counsel, Fms. x. 418. 2. to be
pleased ; ))a |>cktisk mer at Icita bans rada-gordar, Iwtis pUaied, I witbtd,
Sks.3; megi l)er milt lifjjckkjask, wfly»V/)/frtse/i<f*, Barl. 148. II,
to accept of consent to ; bau8 honum {)ar at vera, en hann {lekdisk J»at,
Eg. 23; ^eir J)okku8u Olfi J)etta bod sitt ok ^ktusk {)etta bob gjama,
FiEr. 46 ; ek mun fela yftr her. — |>cir ^kkjask ^tta, Pms. i. 8 ; Eirikr
konungr pektisk pann kost, 22; ^k eggjudu hufdingjar aptr>hvarfs, en
hann pekdisk eigi \>Sit, he refused, would not, x. 413; ef )>u vill mina
umsja pekkjask, vi. 104. 2. part., fam var l>ekkt i t>eirra lidi at
fara seint,/fw of them liked to go slowly, Lv. 95.
J)ekkr, adj. agreeable, pleasant, liked; \>ybr ok t>ekkr vid siru menu,
Fms. X. 420. 2. pliable, tractable, obedient, of a child ; hug-^kkr,
O. H. 16; vera J)ekkr og hly'Sinn ; u-{)ckkr, disobedient, refractory.
J)ekt, f. a liking; engi {>ckt mun m^r & l>eim vera, Fs. 88 ; ok bau6
peim mikla pekt (a pleasant sensation) er ^ir su likit, Bt. i. 308; <i)>ekt,
a dislike, nuisance : also the being refractory.
J>ekta, t, [from l)ekkja], to know, with the notion to reprove, chide, cp.
kenna A. II. 2 ; nema {>rainn hann J)ekti menn af orftum l)essum, Nj.
141 (l)ekdi, V. I.); \at faer engi giirt, at |>ekta \iik af J)vi scm J)u tekr
upp, ... en mi til {jess at J)u J>agnir, Bs. i. 567 : in a good sense, to knew ;
sa er hann heyrir fa or& varranna l>cktir ({)ekkir, v. I.) hann nuirg ord
hugrenningarinnar, Sks. 130 new Ed.; (u m4 hann vel pcku alia vegu,
121.
|>EL, n. [cp. A.S. and Engl./e//; Germ.//z; Lzt. piJus, Gr. mXot,
p=f, cp. Gr. eiip = <pT]p, Lit. ferus] : — the nap on woollen stuffi; })el er
a hnefa bundini cba. hlutr feldar, Skalda (Thorodd) : in mod. usage pel
is the soft fine wool, as opp. to the tog or kcmp, on Icel. mountain sheep ;
lir {)eli \x{\.b ab spinna, a ditty. 2. mctaph. the ' texture,' of the
mind, disposition; J)a var5 Pilati \>c\ib kalt. Pass. 19. 6; in the compds,
hugar-{)el, hjarta-J)el, disposidon of mind or heart; I J)eli niflri, in OHi't
heart's core; mer er vel vid hann i {)eli niftri, al lb* bottom of my btart
I do like him ; cp. Ivar Aasen « dae x godt tsel i den karen,' lb*ri it,
good stuff in that fellow, metaphor from the texture ; fagnaSar-tausir
nidr i {jel. Skald H. 3. 4. 3. in ndttar-Jwl, nigbt-tim*. I>el-g6dr,
adj. good in the ^e\, of wool ; J)elg6a ull : mctaph., mer er |>elgott til
e-s, to be well-disposed to one.
J>61, n. fresh-curded milk, compds : t>^la-ni7Ba, u, f.fretb wbey-mUi.
J>61-kerald, n. a cask with curded milk, Bjtim.
|>fili, f., mod. tJOl. gen- pjalar, [A.S.feol; Engl.yi/*; O. H.Q.JSbala;
Germ, feibel and feile; Dan.yf/; p=f]:—a file; >tl er smiftar-tol,
Skalda, Thoiodd, Stj. 160, Magn. 450, ^iftr. 79; pil hardari. Fms. vi.
84, Lex. Poiit., and passim.
l)ela, ad. [Ivar Aasen tela], in part, {nilaftr; refill ny-\>chbr, bangingt
new and thick (the nap not yet worn ofl), Dipl. v. 18 (sec p. 460, col. l).
731.
i>ELA— MSSLIGR.
|>61a, a8, to file, J)i3r. 79.
f>ela-m6rk, f. the Mark of the Thilir (f>ilir, q. v.), a county in Norway,
Thelemarken, Fms.
J)el-li6gg, n. = |)cla-hogo', B.K. 83.
J)eli, a, in. [akin to })el = «fl/>], frozen ground; vetr svii g65r at
cngi kom {)eli i jor5, Landn. (App.) 324; var yk allr J)eli or jor3u, ok
svii blautlent at . . ., Fms. ix. 511 ; sniElaust a jor3u, var sva6 a. J)elanum,
viii. 393; en ef jorSin vseri fyrir litan allan verma c6r yl, J)ii vaeri hon
(ill i einuni J)ela, Sks. 210; J)]6a J)ela or brjosti e-ni, Horn. 107. 2.
metaph. ohstrjiction in the chest, catarrh; hafa Jjela fyrir brjostinu.
coMPDS : J)ela-h6gg, n. an ice-hoe, Bs. i. 319 (freq. in church-inventories
for grave-digging), Vm. 65, 70, 87, 117, 124. Jiela-lauss, adj.
unfrozen, thawed, Fas. iii. 3.
JjELLA, u, f. [akin to J)ollr], a young pine, Norse telle. Lex. Poet.,
passim, esp. in circumlocutions of women ; au6ar-J)ella, hor-J)ella, mja8ar-
pella. Lex. Poet.
J)elli, n. a collect. = J)ella, Lex. Poet. compds : J)elli-safi, a, m.
the sap of young pine-trees, Fms. viii. 33. I)6lli-vi5r, m. pitie-wood,
B.K. 55.
J)einba, 8, to hloiv up, inflate the bowels ; J), sig upp ; upp-J)cmb3r,
puffed-up, inflated : — to ride at a didl pace.
J»omba, u, L flatulence ; upp-{)emba.
l)einbingr, m. = J)emba ; or upp-J)embingr ; cp. J)omb, J)amba.
J)8mbinn, adj. inflated, blown up. J)einbi-J)rj6tr, m. a puffed-up
rogue, charlatan, Orkn. (in a verse).
J)ena, t and a8, later form for J)j6na (q. v.), to serve; hann J)(5nti
hati8is-dag, Nik. 73 ; J)entu, Fas. iii. 358, Th. 4.
J)enari, a, m. [Germ, diener ; Dan. tjener], a servant, (mod. word.)
tengill, m. [A. S. \>engel, from ]>ing'], prop, captain of a J)ing(?), a
Ifing, prince, only in poets, Edda i. 516, Hkv. 1.22, Skv. 1. 25 ; manna-
J)engill, the peace-maker of man, of Heimdal, Grn.; st61-J)engill, Fms. vi.
(in a verse). II. a pr. name, Landn.
J)enja, u, f. a kind of axe, Edda (Gl.) : a nickname, Fms. xi. 369 ;
cp. |)ynna.
JjENJA, pres. Jjen ; pret. J)an8i, {jandi ; subj. J)endi ; part. J)ani3r,
{)andr, J)aninn : [A. S. [wz/'flw ; O.U.G. deiijan; Gtrm. dehncn ; Swed.
tdnja ; G:. Teivoi, Tauvcu ; Lzt. teneo, tendo']: — to stretch, extend ; hann
tok hinnu Jiunna ok J)an8i of andlit ser, Clem. I29; J)enja vtimbina, to
distend, fill the belly, Fms. viii. 436 ; J)eir flogu af skinn ok JjiJndu um
Klaufa, Sd. 154; J)enja hu8. Fas. i. 289; sem blaut hu3 vaeri J)ond um
sma-kvistu, Barl. 81 ; si8an let hann J), linu-streng miSil haela tveggja.
Bias. 46 ; J), milli tveggja trjii, ...{). e-n i stagli, Andr. 74, 76. II.
reflex., ok J)ensk upp sem hvoss hlj63s-grein, Skalda 175.
Jienking, f. a thinMng, (mod.) ; um-^enking, reflection.
JjENKJA, t; for the origin of this word see {jekkja, which is the
true old Norse form ; [J)enkja is a mod. word from Germ, denken,
whence Dan. t<Btihe'] : — to think ; this Word first appears at or shortly
before the Reformation ; hann kva3 ser Jsenkjast, Skiild H. 7. 5 ; in the
Osvalds S., since in the Bible, in hymns. Pass., Vidal. ; skal eg Jja {)urfa
a3 {)enkja, hann J)yrmi einum mer, Hallgr. : in Sturl. i. 83 (the Editions)
and in Lv. 48 this word is due to a mod. interpolation.
J)ensla, u, f. [J)enja], expansion.
t^nusta, u, f., a later form for J)j6nusta (q. v.), a service, Th. 3, H.E.
i. 561.
Jier, dat. from J)u = Lat. tibi, see Gramm. p. xxi. IT. plur. ye,
later form for ^r, see p. 132, col. 2 : in addressing, you; gj6ri& J)er svo
vel, please !
J)6ra, a3, to address by J)6r (ye) ; cp. J)Tia.
J)erfi-ligr, adj. useful, convenient; er-at mer J)erfiligt, it will not do for
me, Grett. (in a verse).
{)erflask, a3, = {)ermlask, Fms. v. 27 (in a verse).
J)ermlask, a3, [qj. J)erflask, from J)arfr, with m =/], to lack, miss, want ;
with gen., \>j. er nia8r J)ermlask sins gripar, Grag. ii. 190; hluti J)a er
Jjat bu ma j)ermlaz, 43 (J)arnask, v. 1.) ; lata e-n J), handa ok fota, Sighvat :
with dat., allt mal jiat er {)ermlask al^ySligu orStaki, a phrase not in
popular use, i. e. an obsolete phrase, Skalda 199 : with ace., at engi hlutr
{)ermliz ])xt ba3ar, Greg. 6.
^erms-ligr, adj. meet, fit; bj63a J)eim ollum heim til vistar, J)at vaeri
J)ermsligt, Isl. ii. 387.
J)erna, u, f. a tern or sea-stvallow, sterna hlrundo, Grag. ii. 347, £dda
(Gl.) ; spa-J)erna, Hkr. i. (in a verse), and in mod. tisage : in the local
name J>ern-ey, near Reykjavik. II. a servant, [Dan. tcerne ;
quite a different word, akin to J)irr]: — a maid-servant, Stj. 138, 172, 616,
and so in mod. uskge.
J>er-na, dat. = J)er (see -na), Fms. vi. 422 ( = tibi-met).
JiERIlA, 8, in mod. usage a8, [IJlf. ga-pairsan ; Da.n.torre; cp. Lat.
tergo ; Gr. npaiaOai ; see .J)urr] : — to dry, to wipe ; hann J)6 sik ok
J)err8i a hvitum diik, and wiped himself on a white towel, Fs. 5 ; er {)ii
|)errir Gram (the sword) a grasi, Fm. 25 ; hann J)err8i bl68it af andlitinu,
Fb. ii. 359 ; J)erra ser um bra meS hvitri hendi, Hallfred ; J)erra af ser sveita,
Kormak ; d |)^r munu J)au ,J)erra \>it, they will wipe it out on thyself, of
a blot, Ls. 4 ; griSkona J)in Jjerrir fa»tr sina a leiSi minu, Fms. 1. 35
\). af oss synda-dust me8 iSranar-hendi, Horn. (St.) ; hon J)6 faetr h^
tiirum ok fierrSi hari sinu, Greg. 45 ; Gu8 mun {)erra oil tar af Jjrii
augum, Rev. xxi. 4; J)erra bl68 ok sveita af e-m. Bias. 45; hon t
skikkjuna ok J)err3i me8 bl68it allt, Nj. 171 ; af {)errar ( = J)errir) kl
oil J)eirra tar, aslar koss margan gefr, Hallgr. ; hann maelti vi8 konu ]
er honum J)err8i, of bathing, Slurl. iii. III. 2. to dry; Jjcrra i
fot, K. p. K. 82 ; J)erra hey, Grag. ii. 276 ; solin hefir J)errt sanda J)es
me8 sinum hita, Al. 50. Mod. usage distinguishes between perra,
wipe, and {)urka to dry.
J)erra, u, f. a towel, Hm. 4, Nj. 176, Sturl. iii. 11 1, Hkr. iii. 129.
J)erri«dagr, m. a dry day, Eb. 260.
J)erri-leysa, u, f. want of dryness, a wet season, Ann. 131 2 ; perriley;
sumar, a wet summer, id.
J)errir, m. dryness, of weather, dry weather, esp. such as is wanted
summer for drying hay ; it is a household word in Icel. ; eptir {)at mi
ver6a gott til J)erra (gen. pi.) hinn naesta halfan munu3, Eb. 150; u
kveldit gor3i J)erri g63an ok JiornaSi heyit, 260; til J)crris, /o;r dryin,
Ld. 290; breiSa klaeSi til fierris, Fms. iii. 184; li-Jjerrir, wetness, aw
season; rifa-J)errir, a scorching dry day. ]^erra-leysi, n. a lack 1
J)errir, Bs. i. 144.
J)erri-sainr, adj. good for drying, of a season, Eb. 150 ; sumar li-Jwri
samt, a wet summer, 258.
J)erri-sumar, n. a dry summer, Sturl. ii. 81.
J)ess, gen., see {)at B.
J)ess-Mttar, gen. of that kind, Fms. i. 15, Edda 148.
JjESSI, fem. J)essi, neut. J)etta, a demonstr. pron.
A. The P^orms. — The Icel., like other Teut. languages, except tl
Goth., has two demonstr. prons., one simple, sa sii J)at, another emphati
or deictic, J)essi, J)etta (cp. Gr. 6 and oSe, Lat. hie and hicce); the latt<
is a compound word, the particle -si, sometimes changed into -sa, bein
suffixed to the cases of the simple pronoun ; Dr. Egilsson, in Lex. Poet
first explained that this suffix was the imperative ' see,' Goth, sai ; J)ess
as well as the Engl, this, these, those, is therefore qs. the-see, that-set
The forms vary much : I. the earliest declension is with th
suffixed particle, like -gi in eiu'-gi, q.v., indeclinable; it is mostly s
on the Runic stones, where we find the following forms, — dat. peim-i
{Imic-ce), Rafn I 78; ace. J)ann-si (hunc-ce), passim ; }3a-si (hanc-ce): plni
\)t\r-si (hi-ce) ; dat. J)eim-si {his-ce); ace. ^a:-s\{bos-ce); neut. plur. |)au-!
(haec<-ce), passim : of this declension the vellums have only preserved tli
dat. sing. neut. J)vi-sa, and the dat. masc. sing, and plur. peim-a. On th
Runic stones the ace. masc. sing, and plur., the ace. fem. plur., and the act
neut. plur. are, so to say, standing phrases — to raise 'this stone,' ' theS'
stones,' or ' these kumbls' (neut. plur.), or to carve ' these Runes ;' but Xh
other cases can only be assumed from later forms ; in the Runic ill'
scriptions they are wanting, because there was no occasion for them
thus J)vr-sa and {jeima are freq. in old Icel. vellums, but are hardly me
with in Runes. Even nom. sing. masc. and fem. sa-si (bic-ce) and sii-s
(haec-ce) are said to occur in two or three Runic inscriptions. II
the whole word was next turned into a regular adjective with the inflexiot
at the end, just like margr from manrr-gi, iingr from ein-gi, in which caa
the suffix became assimilated to the preceding pronoun, sometimes the ia
flexive s and sometimes the final letter of the pronoun prevailing ; henct
arose the forms as given in Gramm. p. xxi : a. the s prevailed in tht
forms Jjessi qs. J)er-si ; in J)es-sa ; in {jessum qs. J)eim-sum, ^em-sum ; runuii
{)imsum {hisce Uteris) occurs in Rafn 165, but is there erroneously ex-
plained ; in J)essu qs. J)vi-su : ace. plur. Jjessa qs. J)a-sa, J)essar qs. J)aer-sar,
J)essi qs. J)au-si. p. again, the final of the pronoun prevailed in {)enna
qs. J)ann-sa, fietta qs. J)at-sa ; so also in J)eima, which stands for ^eimma,
which again is an assimilation for J)eim-sa or Jjeim-si. 2. the oldei
form for gen. and dat. sing, fem., as also gen. plur., is bisyllabic (gea
|)essa, dat. J)essi, gen. plur. ^essa) ; J)essar messu, Horn. 41 ; pessar upp-
rasar, Fms. i. 166: i Jjessi utleg8, 78; af {)essi sott, ix. 390; til {)essai
saka, Grag. i. 324, and passim; hence, later, J)essarrar, J)essarri, J;essarra;
thus, J)essarrar, MS. 544. 151 ; Jjessarri, Sks. 672 B ; jpessarrar, 786 B,
and so in mod. usage. III. a spec, form is Jiessor (q. v.), formed
like nokkorr or engarr, but only used in nom. sing. fem. and nom
neut. phir. (J)essor baen, J)essor orS) ; it seems to be a Norse form : [.
]>es, pi. ])as; Engl, this, these; Hel. pese ; O. H. G. deser; Germ, diet
Dan.-Swed. denne is formed from the old ace. J)enna ; pi. disse^
B. The Sense. — This, pi. these. For the usages see the writers
passim ; it suffices to observe, that Jiessi is used both as adjective and as
substantive; as adjective it may J)e placed before or after its noun (J)essi
kona or kona Jiessi) : ellipt. usages are, i .{)cssu, in this moment, Fms. ii.
60; i.J)essi (viz. hri3), in this Jiick of time, x. 415. For its usage with
the article inn, see hinn, p. 263, col. i (IL 1); Jjessi inn skakk-bomi,
sveinn, Al. •29 ; J)enna inn unga dreng, 656 C. 32, and passim.
.J)ess-konar, gen. of that kind, such, Hkr. i. 119, fsl. ii. 391, lb. 9,
Sks. 97, Fms. X. 289. :■
J)ess-liga, adv. ' tbusly,' on this wise, thus, Fb. i. 280. ■ '
J>ess-ligr, adj. ' thns-like,'' of such appearance, Lv. 59. I
kl
?"'/'
'ft
■ Hi
iiiiii,
ti'fif
kri,
f»ESSLIKR— tILJA.
78S
^ 'S-likr, adj. such-like, Fnis. xi. 119. ^
Ifjesa-na, gen. t)ess with the suflixed -na, q. v., Fas. ii. 147.
!j)essor = l)essi, q. v. ; \es$ox sekt, Gpl. 194; eign Jjcssor, 28*); |)c$tor
, Horn. 157; l)CSsor tiSendi, Fnis. ix. 317, 3^4; Jjcssor nml, 378;
r annsviir, x. 392 (twice); J)essor o:b, 402, Honi. 157; jKssor
i, Sks. 475 ; Jsessor numn, Horn. 27.
ta, a8, to make thick or tight.
^.^Iti, a, m. thick curded milk.
|{)6tt-leiki, a, m. tightness, thickness.
']/>tt-ligr, adj. tight; skipin eigi l)ettlig, Fnis. ix. 380.
:;TTB, adj. [Engl, tight, taut; Dan. to/], tight, opp. to leaking;
bn en hiis eigi J)ett, Bs. i. 316; i skinnbrokuin ^6x\um, tveUer-tigbt,
: ok lykr fast ok {x-tt, {jiftr. 70; skip J)ett sem bytta, Kr6k! 25
i;d. ; iH)ettr, log-J)ettr, water-tight, of a cask. 2. fceniy, c/oi* ;
sviir, O. H. (in a verse) ; all-J)utt, J)6ttan, ace, as adverb, closely,
,', fs!. ii. (ill a verse).
;la, u, f. [Ivar Aasen teksla and tangsel], an adze, mod. skar-iix ;
rniii-oxum eftr Jiexlum, A. A. 270 (from the Hb.): as a nickname,
->.(App. 355)-
7, l>ey, or better Jioi, J)ei, interj., contr. qs. J)egi, Jwgi (tmpcrat,),
. tu&h ; freq. in mod. usage.
;,', n., also Jieyja, u, f. [t)egja], one's silent mood; in phrases such as,
. i iiiOri, or i t)eyju siniii, or i kyrr-J)ey, quietly, silently.
;ioy-bitra, u, f. a chilliness from thaw (Jon Gu9mundsson).
[>eygi, qs. t)(5-gi, or i)6-eigi, yet not, although not; \\i at Alfro6ull
Mr of alia daga, ok l)eygi at niinum niiinum, Skm. 4; t>eygi er sem
11 l)rju bii goS eigir, Hbl. 6; of fieygi of sanna scik, Hm. 119; t>eyg'
'■: hana at hcldr hefik, 95 ; fora faelt J)., Arn. 45 ; gliipnuSu ok griitu
'i. 73 ; t><=ygi vel glyjuS, Vsp. 39 ; ef niaSr faerir nieybarn fram, ok
:i sinn omaga, Grtig. i. 281 ; en Jieygi ver6a {>eir ohelgir fyrir
Lrkum er fyrir standa, ii. 14; veit hann {leygi hverjum hann sparir
it, 623. 21 ; ok kva3 Jiat J)eirra r<i3, en fieygi vil ek sitja y3r fryju,
' '■. iii. 397; stendr sa me6al y5ar, at ek v«era J)eygi verBr at leysa
' vciig hans, pott . . . , yet not . . . although . . ., Hom. (St.) ; sva es
t of eii illu verk, at peygi eru J)ess verk es vi5r . . . nema, yet not . . .
S id.; at t)eygi nytr Jiott viljandi vinni, id.; at hann vaeri 1 fri8i
i;xmisk ^. a braiit, that be sbotdd be left at peace, yet not at large,
. 231; Jiat man J)eygi sjatna, Orkn. (in a verse); l)eygi Gu5riin
I niatti, yet G. could not weep, Gkv. I. 2, 4, 10, Skv. 3. 40, 66;
I er \a, eigi iirvaent at {)eygi lesa ek vel, Skalda (Thorodd).
XI Y JA, this verb occurs only in the infinitive, except as a Sltt. \ey. in
. {w, Gh. 21 ; [A. S. ]>awan; Engl, thaw; in North and West Engl.
cd. tbow ; Germ, tbauen ; Dan. /tie] : — to thaw ; mi er marghattaS
\c6rin, Jiotti mer elligt vera ok ailkallt, en mi {lykki mor sem
.1 muni. — {ja mun avalt {leyja ef petta verdr at J)vi, Vdpn. 21 (the
!in). II. metaph. to cease; sva Jw'i GuSnin sinna harnia,
G^idrun appeased her woes, Gh. 21 ; ek fra huiigr varga peyja, the
;i;er of ivolves tvas appeased, O. H. (in a verse), where peyja rhymes
lii ey, and cannot therefore stand for {)egja = /o be silent.
JdEYK, m., gen. {seys, Band, (in a verse); dat. frey ; [Engl, thaw; Dan.
J :^a thaw ; g6r5i a J)ey me& regiii, J>6r3. 1 1 new Ed. ; gura pen vindar
:i vctrum guSan Jiey (stora fieyi ok miklar hhikur, v.l.), Sks. 49 new
'. ; Ipli var Jieyr ok snaelaust a jorSu, Fms. viii. 393 ; i bra&a-{)eyjum,
766 ; hlaer ok inn bezti Jieyr, Fms. ii. 22S ; peyr hafBi a verit, ok sa
iiis-sporin i snjonum, Fs. 41 : poijt. hjor-Jjeyr^ orva-Jieyr, egg-Jieyr,
r-Jieyr, vig-J)eyr, He5ins J)eyr, Giindlar {)eyr, the storm of sword or
tar, a ivar-stonn, i. e. battle of Hedin and G. (a Valkvriur), Lex. Poet.
i;r. coMPDS : J)ey-ld,3, Jiey-rann, n. = the heaven, sky, Lex. Poiit.
pEYSA, t, [answering J)j6sa, J)aus may be suggested, but is lost, cp.
lusnir and fiysja, Jjyss] : — to make to spirt out, gush forth ; J)eysti Egill
•p or s($r spyju mikla, Eg. 553 ; J)eysa vorru, to stir the water, in rowing,
ri.klofi. II. to make rush forth, to storm, of warfare ; ])a J)eysti
1 113 sitt at J)eim fram, Fms. viii. 376 ; Jieysa allan her til borgarinnar,
: |)a J)eysir hann herinn lit afsinu riki, J>iSr. 160; J)eysa rei&ina, /o nrfe
gallop, Rom. 287 ; Mauri Jieysa areidina, of an attack of horsemen,
! ; siSan Jieysa pair herinn allan upp me6 Rin, Karl. 390, Fms. vi. (in
: se) ; peysa flota at e-m, Ht. : with dat., Jieysa lit ovigum her or
iiini, j^iSr. 28 ; Jieir Jieystu pa, sem harSast at {)eim, rushed on them,
-■■ viii. 417, Barl. 53, th. 78. 2. absol. l)eysa, to ride furi-
v. III. reflex, to rush on ; J)eystisk of bekki, of a river, Am.
; pk fieystisk eptir allr miigrinn, Fms. viii. 201 ; er eigi {)eystisk allr
: })essi miigr a oss, 415. 2. = part., vera zub-ptysU, to be easy to stir,
. : folk-fieysandi, gunn-J)eysandi, a stormer, a warrior. Lex. PoiJt,
[leysir, m. a rusher, stormer ; in 6r-J)eysis, Lex. Poet.
bEYTA, t, a causal to J)j6ta, Jiaut :— /o make sound, Jieyta liiSr, to
pw the trumpet, Stj. 392, Al. 3.S ; p- horiium, to blow the born, Stj.
53; {leyta organ, to blow the organ, Konr. ; {jeyta roddina, to sbout
\t, Fms. i. 302, 303, Thorn. 409, passim. 2. to gallop, to ride
•'f, Fas. i. 93, and in mod. usage.
ieytari, a, m. a trumpeter; lu6r-|).
•eytir, m. = t)eytari, Lex. Poet, t^yti-spjald, ri. a top^.
^y-^unoT, adj. ibm/rom ibaw, of ice; ivelli tw7|>oiinti. Ilaltcr.
f.ID and tit, dual, yt, pawim ; th« ohkr form b 16 or ii, kc Oitmnm.
p. xxi; »cc t)it.
tiflit, part, (remnant of a itTonj; mb, t>Uk. beid. |«i»it>, thmmtd^fnt
from tet; v6ni aldrcgi tv4 mikil ii:d|^ at e^ var )MAit on tkipfai,
tiflna, aft, [Jjiftr], to Ibaw. null away; fyntniu lejrrti ok i)ir isU
at Jjidna, Orkn. 108; af »nji'> t>eifn er eigi kann |>,. Al. 155; <m «*•
snjor, noma {lat {lidni »vii at liar vcrfti vatn af. K. A. 6 ; )>iftna ok bilna,
Stj. 96 : metaph., hjaru ^dnar, 36J ; ^ibni wrgir. may tb* mrrvmt mult
away, Gh. ao.
I>iflrandi, a, m.. prop, a be-partridgt,~^bunCt), b«t oolj sm4 m
a nickname, and then as a pr. lume, Landn. ; |>idraiM)a-bwii, th« daytr
of Tb., a nickname, Njarft.
tiflurr, m., pi. ^iftrar; [mod. Norse tjur; Or. rtr^tW]: — a par-
Iridge, Lat. tetrao perdrix, Edda (01,); bi»ra (gau pj,), OJjI. 449: ia
poets. bcn-J)., val-J)., a carrion-bird. Lex. Poet.
J>IGGJA, prcs, Jiigg: pret. ^'i or l»g, l>4tt. bAtto, Band. JT;
pi. Jx'igu ; subj. \m ; part. >eginn ; imperat. |)igg. )»ggM : with tdt,
pi'kk, qs. ^igg'k, pik'k-ak, / receive not, Skm. aa; in mod. acage tbe
pret. is weak, )>uAi, Pass. 16. 1 : [Dan. tiggt=-to htg, Hgger — a biggm] :
— to receive, accept of; fannka ck mildan mann eAa sri matarg6Aao,
at el vjeri J)iggja Jicgit, Hm. 38 ; gcfa e-m e-t at l>iggja, Hdl. 3 ; orr ok
f<igjani, ok ^')tti baedi gott at {liggja ok veita. Fms. iv. 109; vift taka
no {)iggja, xi. 54 ; bauft ek ^i at vera ok J>ittu Jjat ok vart fcginn.
Band. 37 ; sselja er aft gefa enn l)iggja, N.T. 2. ellipt. (hds, gisting
understood), ^liggja, to take lodging, to receive boipitality for a mgbt ;
J)igg {)u h«5r, Sigurftr, en pu Geitir tak vift Grana ! Skv. 1. 5. 8.
with ace, })iggja e-t, or with prep., l>iggia c-t at e-m or af c-m ; \)knn
at o3ram, tbou wast tbe guest of others. Fas. i. 296 (in a verse) ; konnngr
{jii Jola-veizlu i f>randhtimi, Fms. i. 3 1 ; sinn vetr \>& hvArr heimboft at
oftrum fyrir viniittu sakir, Nj. 51 ; ef gofti |>iggr grift mcft priftjungt-
manni siiium, Gnig.i. 160; marga gofta gjiif htti ck af J)cr l>egit, Nj.
10; ok piig af J)eim mikla sxmd, 281 ; J), c-t at e-m, to receive at one'%
bands ; log J)au er lySir |)agu at J)cim nofnum, Sighvat ; at hann ))d gjof
af vin sinum, Sks. 659 ; gcstir ukunnir ok {ngu mat at m6r, Fms. x.
218; ok Jia af honum jarls-nafn, 406; leyfi vil ek J), af yftr, herra, ii.
79. 4. to accept a thing; baug ek |>ikkak, epli ellifu ek J)igg
aldrcgi, Skm.; t>at ^g hann, Nj. 46 ; {xjttisk hann \»k vita, at 6ftinn myndi
hafa {)cgit blotift, Fms. i. 131. 6. to get, Lat. impetrare; veizta
ef fiiggjum J)ann logvclli(?), Hym. 6 ; ef hann fjiir |>xgi. Am. 59 ; l>iggja
fostr, to receive care, to be fostered, Rckst. 2 ; hann gctr {)egil niiinnum
ar ok frid af Gudi, (). H. (in a verse) ; ^. jufts aftal, Yt. ; )>. hurft dxnii,
to have a bard life, undergo hardships, Hkr. a. 3 ; ok ^ hann |>ar fyTir
hofuft sitt. Eg. 419 ; hann beiddisk grifta ... ok Jw hvart-treggja, Fn«.
x. 408 ; J)a er hann miittigr at {). allt J)at cr hann vill, Magn. 433 ; )>a
voru '6\\ h(5r65 i frift t)egin, pacified, Fms. vi. 341 ; bift ek J)ik, haf {xi
mik undan J>eginn, / pray thee, have me excused, Greg. a8 (Luke xiv ;
eg bift, afsaka mig!); ef {>er vilit J)essa menn undan )>iggja, if yt wilt
get these men relieved, Fms. x. 298, xi. 152; ok Jx'igu jxir ^ alia undan,
they got them free, Nj. 163. II. pass., JiAsk (t>aaz) hans ban
Jiegar, Stj. 272.
^iggjandi, part, a receiver, Gr&g. ii. 169: apossessor, oumtr. Lex. Poet.
J)ik, ace. of the pers. pron. = Lat. /*; in later vellums and in mod.
usage, J)ig, see Gramm.
|>IKKJA, see pykkja.
^iklingr, m. a ' tbickling,' stout person, of a giant, Bragi (a av.Xry.)
J)il-blakkr, m., poiit. a deal-steed, i. e. a sbip. Lex. Poet.
Jjil-far, n. tbe deck of a ship, Fms. ix. 33, Fas. iii. 377, and in mod. uage.
I)il'-fj6l, f. a deal-hoard, Fms. iii. 196.
|>IIiI, n., mod. J)il. [A. S. \>il ; akin to fjiil, q.v.], a deal, vrainseof,
plank, partition; l)au J)ili heldusk, Fbr. 82 ; J)ilinn iiftrum {liljum. 44 new
Ed. ; |)eir brutu upp J)ilit, Eg. 335 ; siftan hneig hon upp at J)ilinu ok
mataftisk eigi, Lv. 38 ; Njall var komin i rekkjti, heyrfti hann at iix kom
vift l)ilit, N|. 68 : i dyri-stafi efta \i\\\, Bs. i. 508 (Sturl. ii. 49, I. c. |>il) {
milli l)ilis ok hans, Fs. 7 ; hviirt viltii hcldr liggja vift stokk eir ImKi),
Sturl. ii. 207 : bekk-Jjili, skjald-Jiili, vegg-Jjili.
J>ilir, m. pi. the name of a Norse people, tbt men of |»elA-mOrk (q. r.),
a county in southern Norway (Thulcnses ?), Fms. passim. Fas. i. 38a.
J>i]i-vi5r, m. tbe wainscot; voru markaftar AgaeUr sogur 4 |>ili-
viftinum ok sva A raefriUti, Ld. 1 14.
|>IIjJA, pres. J)il ; pret. Jiilfti ; part. I)ili8r, J)ilftr, t)ilinn : mod. |>il)afti,
Jjiljaft: [A.S. J>«7/rt«] :— /o cover with deals, to board, plank; tiiku fr4
vigin, hiiboruftu ok pMu a bitum. Fms. ix. 44 ; K-t J), skipin ok tjalda,
iv. 2^6; hann fi'fti alia veggi hiissins meft J)renmjm J)iljum, Stj. f 6« ;
fella "iftnan kofann ok t)ilja scni vandlegast, Bs. i. I94 : l»ilja allan gar&inn
af nvjn, D.N. iv. 283; hann (the skali) er Jiiliftr urn endilangt, Fbr. 67
new Ed. ; Jiilinn, 44. i. c. ; golf allt J)ilia meft marmara-stcini. Art. 6 ; \aiX
grjot er hiiUin var piWn meft, Karl. 60 ; pM\t ncftan vel, Sks. 88 new Ed.;
tvitog-sessa tjiilduft ok {liljuft, Hkr. ii. 394 (but better tjoldu* ok l»ili4,
6. H. 178, I.e.)
736
I'lLJA— i>INGA.
J>ilja, u, f. a deal, plank, platiMrig, esp. on a ship ; J)ilja Hrun2;nis ilja,
Edda (Ht.) ; en er hann kom fram um siglu, J)a skautzt ni5r |)ilja undir
fotuni honum, Fnis. viii. 74; J)iljo e6a J)6pto, Gn'ig. ii. 171 ; brjota arar
eSa t>iljiir, 356 ; sess-J)iljur, ' seat-deals,' the thwarts or benches in a boat or
galley, Hornklofi. 2. pi. the deck ; undir {)iljur ni6r, 6. H. 225, Fms.
vi. 446; ^11 var f>yri drotthing leidd upp undan J)iljum, iii. 1 1; far {)u
undir J)i]jur ni8r ok ligg eigi her fyrir fotum nionnum, Orkn. 148 ; hann
bjo a J)iljum framnii, Eb. 196 ; valr la J)ri5ngt a J)iljum, Sighvat.
J)il-tr6, n., better {jvertre, Sturl. ii. 109.
J>IND, f., not fiynd, as it is sometimes spelt by modern writers, the i
is determined by the old rhyme vitidx 1 sal ^indux, Edda 1. c. ; [from
{lenja, prop, what is stretched out; Lat. tent-orium, although different
in sense, seems really to be the same word] : — the diaphragm ; the
word is very freq. in mod. usage, although not recorded in old writers
except in this sole instance ; salr J)indar, the breast, Edda ii. 363 (in a
verse). J)indar-lauss, adj. without a diaphragm, one who is never out
of breath in running, esp. used as an epithet of the fox.
f>I]SrQ, n. [no Goth, jngg is recorded; A. S. and Hel. \>ing; Engl.
thing; O. H. G., Germ., and Dutch ding ; Dan.-Swed. ti/tg."]
A. A thing, Lat. res. In the Icel. this sense of the word is almost
unknown, although in full use in mod. Dan.-Swed. ting, where it may come
from a later Germ, influence. II. in plur. articles, objects, things,
esp. with the notion of costly articles : {)eir rannsaka allan bans rei5ing
ok allan bans kteSnaS ok {)ing, articles, Sturl. iii. 295 ; J)au J)ing (articles,
inventories) er hann keypti kirkjuniii innan sik, Vm. 20 ; ^essi J)ing
gaf Herra Vilkin kirkjunni i Klofa, — messu-klaeSi, kaleik, etc., 26. 2.
valuables, jewels (esp. of a married lady), the law often speaks of the
'J)ing' and the ' heimanfylgja ;' ef ma5r faer konu at lands-logum
rettum . . . J)a skulu liikask henni J)ing sin ok heimanfylgja, GJ)I. 231;
hann haf6i or undir-heimum J)au |)ing at eigi munu slik i Noregi, Fms.
iii. 178 ; si5an tok hon J)ing sin, 195 ; eptir samkvamu {marriage) J)eirra
J)a veitti Sveinn konungr ahald J)ingum {)eim er jat voru ok skilat me&
systur bans, x. 394 ; maSr skal skilja J)ing meS fraendkonu sinni ok sva
heiman-fylgju, N. G. L. ii ; skal Olafr liika Geirlaugu Jjing sin, sva mikil
sem hon faer loglig vitni til, D. N. i. 108 ; J3inga-ve6, a security for a
lady's paraphernalia, D. N. passim.
B. As a law phrase [see |jingvoIlr] : I. an assembly, meeting,
a general term for any public meeting, esp. for purposes of legislation, a
parliament, including courts of law ; in this sense Jiing is a standard word
throughout all Scandinavian countries (cp. the Tyn-wald, or meeting-place
of the Manx parliament) : technical phrases, blasa til ^ings, kve5ja t)ings,
stefna J)ing, setja J)ing, kenna J)ing (N. G. L. i. 63) ; helga J)ing, heyja
l^ing, eiga ^ing; slita {jingi, segja Jjing laust, to dissolve a meeting, see
the verbs : so also a J)ing 'er fast' when sitting, 'er laust' when dissolved
(fastr 1.7, lauss II. 7) ; Drottins-dag hinn fyrra i {)ingi, ri&a af J)ingi, ri&a
a t)ing, til {)ings, vera um nott af J)ingi, ondvert ^ing, ofanvert {>ing,
Grag. i. 24, 25 ; mi eru J)ar {)ing {parliaments') tvau a einum jDingvelli, ok
skulu J)eir ^a fara um J)au J)ing bae6i (in local sense), 127 ; um varit toku
baendr af t)iiigit ok vildu eigi hafa, Vapn. 22 ; hann hafSi tekit af Vo61a-
{)ing, skyldi {)ar eigi soknar-^ing heita, Sturl. i. 141 : in countless in-
stances in the Sagas and the Grag., esp. the Nj. passim, lb. ch. 7, Gisl.
54-57, Gliim. ch. 24, 27, Eb. ch. 9, 10, 56, Lv. ch. 4, 15-17: other
kinds of assemblies in Icel. were Lei6ar-J)ing, also called J)ri&ja-J)ing,
Grag. i. 148 ; or Lei6, q. v. ; hrcppstjornar-^ing (see p. 284) ; manntals-
t)ing; in Norway, bygSa-^ing, D.N. ii. 330; hus-J)ing, vapna-t)ing,
refsi-J)ing, v. sub voce. : — eccl. a council, H. E. i. 457, Ann. 1274 ; {''■^g
i Nicea, 415. 14. 2. a parish (opp. to a benefice); in Iceland
this word is still used of those parishes whose priest does not reside
by the church, no manse being appointed as his fixed residence; such a
parish is called J)ing or J)inga-brau6 (and he is called J)inga-prestr, q. v.),
as opp. to a ' beneficium,' Grag. i. 471, K. |). K. 30, 70, K. A. passim ;
bondi er skyldr at ala presti best til allra nauftsynja i J)ingin, Vm. 73 ;
tiundir af hverjum bonda i J)ingunum, 96, Bs. i. 330, H. E. ii. 48, 85,
128. 3. an interview, of lovers, H. E. i. 244; fiat var talat at
{>orbj6rn vaeri i J)ingum vi5 Jjordisi, Gisl. 5 ; n£er J)u a {)ingi mant nenna
NjarSar syni, Skm. 38 ; man-J)ing, laun-J)ing. II. loc. a district,
county, shire, a '^mg-community, like log (see p. 369, col. 2, B. II) ; a
' |)ing ' was the political division of a country ; hence the law phrase, vera
i t)ingi me6 go3a, to be in the district of such and such a godi, to be his
liegeman, cp. {)ingfesti ; or, segjask or J)ingi, see the Grag., Nj., and Sagas,
passim; full go6or& ok forn J3ing, Grag. i. 15 ; i J)vi t)ingi e3r um jiau
J)ing, 85. In later times Icel. was politically divided into twelve or thirteen
counties. In old days every community or ' law ' had its own assembly
or parliament, whence the double sense of ' log ' as well as of ' J)ing.'
C. Historical Remarks. — In Norway the later political division
and constitution of the country dates from king Hacon the Good and
his counsellors Thorleif the Wise and earl Sigurd. As king Harold Fair-
hair was the conqueror of Norway, so was his son Hacon her legislator
as also the founder of her constitution, and of her political division into
*f)ings;' for this is the true meaning of the classical passage, — hann
(king Hacon) lagSi mikinn hug a laga-setning i Noregi, hann setti i
GulaJ)ings-log ok FrostaJ)ings-log, ok Hei5saevis-Iog fyrst at uppha
en a5r hof3u ser hverir fylkis-inenn liig, O. H. 9; in Ilkr. I.e. t:
passage runs thus — hann setti Gula^ings-log me3 ra6i |)or!eifs spak
ok hann setti Frost afiings-log meS riih\ Sigur5ar jarls ok annara Jiraeni
J)eirra er vitrastir voru, en Hei5saevis-log hafdi sett Halfdan svarti, se
fyrr er ritaS, Hkr. 349 new Ed.; the account in Eg. ch. 57, therefoi
although no doubt true in substance, is, as is so often the case in tl
Sagas, an anachronism ; for in the reign of Eric ' Bloodaxe,' there we
only isolated fylkis-fiing, and no Gula-J)ing. In later times St. Ola'
added a fourth t)ing, Borgar-J)ing, to the three old ones of king Hacc
(those of Gula, Frosta, and HeiOsaevi) ; and as he became a saint, he gi
the name of legislator in the popular tradition, the credit of it w
taken from Hacon, the right man ; yet Sighvat the poet speaks, in h
Bersoglis-visur, of the laws of king Hacon the foster-son of Athelsta
Distinction is therefore to be made between the ancient ' county ' J«i
and the later ' united ' J)ing, called log-J)ing (Maurer's ' ding-bund ') ; al
almennilegt J)ing or almanna-J)ing, D. N. ii. 265, iii. 277 ; fjorSunga {>iit
ii. 282; al^ingi, alls-herjar-J)ing. The former in Norway was c^
fylkis-{)ing, or cotmty J)ing ; in Icel. var-J)ing, hera5s-J)ing, f]6r5ungs-]^
(cp. A. S. scirgemot, a shiremote). Many of the old pre-Haconian fylki
J)ing or shiremotes seem to have continued long afterwards, at least i
name, although their importance was much reduced ; such we believ
were the Hauga-fiing (the old fylkis-J)ing of the county Westfold), Fm
viii. 245, Fb. ii. 446, iii. 24; as also Jjr6ndarness-J)ing, Arnarheims-|Mnj.
Kefleyjar-J)ing, Mork. 179. II. in Iceland the united J)ing i
parliament was called Al-J)ingi ; for its connection with the legislation «
king Hacon, see lb. ch. 2-5 (the chronology seems to be confused) : agaii
the earlier Icel. spring J)ings (var-J)ing), also called heraSs-Jiing {coum
ping) or fj6r5unga-{)ing {quarter ping), answer to the Norse fylkis-})ing
such were the |)6rness-J)ing, Eb., Landn., Gisl., Sturl. ; Kjalarness-Jiinj
Landn. (App.) ; {)verar-{)ing, lb. ; also called J>ingness-J)ing, Sturl. i
94 ; Hunavatns-^ing, Vd. ; V661a-t)ing, Lv., Band. ; Skaptafells-f)ing, Nj.
Arness-J)ing, Floam. S. ; f)ingskala-J)ing, Nj. ; Hegraness-J)ing, Gliim
Lv., Grett. ; Mula-J)ing (two of that name), Jb. (begin.), cp. Grag. i. 127
Jjorskafjar6ar-{)ing, Gisl., Landn. ; |)ingeyjar-J)ing, Jb. ; further, Krak
Isekjar-Jjing, Dropl. (vellum, seeNy Fel. xxi. 125); Sunnudals-J)ing, Viipn,
{)ing viS Vallna-laug, Lv.; J)ing i StraumfirSi, Eb.; Hvalseyrar-^ing, Gisl
or J)ing i DyrafirSi, Sturl. ; Fjosatungu-^ing, Lv. III. in Swede
the chief fiings named were Uppsala-Jjing, O. H. ; and Mora-^ing (wrongl
called Miila-^ing, O.H. I.e., in all the numerous vellum MSS. of this Saga
the Icelandic chronicler or the transcriber probably had in mind th
Icel. p'mg of that name). IV. in Denmark, Vebjarga-J)ing
Knytl. S. ; Iseyrar-{)ing, Jomsv. S. V. in the Faroe Islands, th
fling in |)6rsh6fn, Faer. : in Greenland, the fiing in Gar5ar, Fbr. Vl
freq. in Icel. local names, J>ing-v6Ilr, J>ing-vellir {Y>\m.)=Tinguiah
in Shetland ; J>ing-nes, Jjing-eyrar, J)ing-ey, f>ing-eyri (sing. :
Jiing-nnili, J>ing-skalar, etc., Landn., map of Icel. ; J>iiig-holt (ne .
Reykjavik).
I). CoMPDs: J)ings-afgl6pun, f. contempt of court, a law phrase
Grag. i. 5, Nj. 150. ^ings-bo3, n. a summons to a t)ing, N. G. I.
i. 55. J)inga-brau3, n. a parish-vicarage, see B. I. 2. l>i^Sa
deild, f. litigation at a J)ing, lb. 8, J)inga-d6mr, m. a court at ,
J)ing, a public court, Grag. i. 127. J)inga-kv63, f. a summotun.
persons to an assembly, to perform public duties there ; vanda skal biia
J)ingakv66, Grag. i.142. J)inga-prestr, m. a vicar of a parish (B. I. 2)
Sturl. i. 125, H.E. ii. 215. ting^'-saga, u, f. = f)ingaf)attr, Mork. 174
J)inga-toUr, m. a church-toll, H.E. ii. 509, D. I. i. 276. tiJ^g*!
J)attr, m. (Hkr. 1. c), the name of the interesting record in Mork. 174.
l)inga, a6, to hold a meeting ; t)inga um mal manna. Eg. 340 ; konunga
toku J)ar veizlur ok t)inguSu vi5 baendr, Fms. vi. 191 ; konungr ferr sti8:
me3 landi ok dval8isk i hverju fylki ok J)inga6i vi6 baendr, en a hverju t)ing
lot hann upp lesa Kristin log, 6. H. 46 ; Satan hefir f)a f)ingat vi6 djoflij
helvitis ok maelt . . ., NiSrst. i ; J)at er si5r a Islandi a haustum,
baendr J)inga til fataekra manna (see hreppr), Fb. iii. 421. 2. meta]
to consult or parley about, consider ; menn sog6u at Jieir J)ingu3u o6ni-
megin arinnar, Fms. xi. 269; ekki veil ek hvat {)eir {)inga {what they an
discussing), en J)at hygg ek at fieir firaeti um, hvart Vosteinn hefSi at
daetr einar, eSa hef6i hann att son nokkurn, Gisl. 56 ; J)eir t)ingu6u u.:
hvat at skyldi gora, Fms. vi. 28 ; hvi aetlar {)u at Gudmundr fjingi sva
fast um {jetta, Lv. 51 ; var lengi ][)ingat, ok at lyktum festu baendr i dto
Erlings, Fms. vii. 302.
^inga3r, m., only po(3t., in heim-f)inga5r, q. v.
f>inga-li3, n. = |>ingamanna-li& ; sa er vestr sat i {jinga-li3i, Baut, 349.
J)inga-menn, m. pi. the name of the house-carles or body-guard of kinc
Canute and his successors in England ; it was a hired corps of soldiers
like the Waerings in Constantinople, Fb. i. 203, 205, (3. H. 21, 25, Fms.
vi. (in a verse). J>ingamanna-li3, n. id.. Valla L. 222, Orkn. 84 old
Ed., Fb. i. 1. c.
tingan, f. a debate, holding counsel, Bs. i. 350.
tingat, adv. thither ; see {)angat.
t>ing-d, f.=J)ingha (q. v.), Fb. ii. 184, Fms. viii. 183, v. 1. 4.
1
Phll
HNrrBTTR-tllsGAluT
737
ting-bitr, in. a nickname^ Fas. i. 314.
! ng-bofl, 11. [Swed. ting-ltafle\ an ' assemhly-clespatcb,' in the shape of
ak, cross, or axe; |)ar for urn landit |). nokkut, at allir menn skyldi
i iiigs koma, Fms. i. 149 ; skera (upp) \,., 6. H. 105, 1 21, 151, N. G. L.
;, : stefna {ling, ok hafa upp hafit J)- fyrir fimmt, G\>\. 451, J$. 41 •
1U55 eSr {). skal eigi yngri niadr bera enn t61f vettra, N. G. L. i. 139.
ting-borinn, part, presented at an assembly ; hvalr baiivjcnn af {)ing-
'oniu skoti, Gri'ig. ii. 371.
J)ing-b6k, f. a protocol, (mod.)
J)ing-brekka, u, f. the ' parlianient-hrink; a law term ; at ill old places
re parliament was held there was a ' brink' or high place where the
was read, speeches made, or proclamations and declarations issued to
assembled people (the Tytiivald in the Isle of Man is just such a spot),
place was called the 'thing-brink' (at the alj)ing it was called the
berg or ' Hill of laws') ; lysa 1 J)ingbrekku, . . . stefna urn i J)ingbrekku
'.oms, Grag. (Kb.) i. 99 ; ganga i t)ingbrekku ok nefna vjitta, 107 ;
11 skal til segja J)rju vor i J)ingbrekku, sva at meiri hlutr J)ing-heyjanda
cyri,ii. 158; Egill Skallagrimsson gekk i Jjingbrekku umdaginn eptir . . .,
! stoS Egill upp ok mselti sva..., Eg. 734; |)u, gengr Gliimr i J)ing-
kku ok nefnir vatta, Gliim. 387; at i)inglausnuni i J)ingbrekku stoS
leinn upp ok mselti, |jorst. SiSu H. 174; leida i brekku, to lead to
vrink or hill of laws, i. e. to proclaim ; ef Jjraeli er frelsi gefit ok er
iin eigi leiddr i log eSa brekku, Grag. i. 358.
t>ing-byr, m. a bouse or town where a meeting is held, D. N. i. 486.
[ling-dagr, m. a ' meeting-day,' a day on which a J)ing is held, GJ)1.
57 ; stefna e-m fiingdag, to summon. Mar.
t)ing-deila, u, f. a lawsuit in a public court, Hrafn. 12, Fb. i. 443.
[)ing-deild, f. = J)ingdeila, Nj. 86, Ld. 298.
t)ing-fastr, adj. belonging to a certain county {Y\ng), Grig, i. 159,
t)ing-fer9, f. a journey to a \>mg, Eg. 765.
' ing-festi, f. a law term, domicile in or allegiance to a {ling-com-
:!y. In the Icel. Commonwealth every franklin had to declare his
i.ince to one of the priests, and to say of what community he was
inber ; yet the word was political rather than strictly geographical,
! e ' J)ings,' like the ' godords,' were not strictly geographical divisions,
'. i. 164: hence the phrase, spyrja at J)ingfesti e-s, to specr after a
' t>i»gfesti, call on him to declare it, as also ganga viS J), e-s, to ac-
■ ivledge one's J), (of the priest), Grag. (Kb.) i. 3, 43, 132, Nj. 87 ; jjvi
linu er rett at hafa J)ingfesti 1 oSrum f]6r6ungi heldr enn er maSr byr, ef
.i3a er J)at lofat fieim at logbergi at taka J)ri6jungs-mann litan-fjorftungs,
[rag. i. 165, which last passage is evidently a ' novella.'
Ding-folk, n. an assembly, = \\n^timr, Hkr. i. 261.
ig-fserr, adj. able to go to the J)ing; J)a var Gizurr biskup eigi {>.,
. i. 204 (Bs. i. 69) ; J), hestr, Grag. i. 52 ; eiga J)ingfaert, referring
.tlaws (sekr ma3r) who were not allowed to appear at a J)ing (cp.
; i veum), Grag. ii. 78.
oing-f6r, f. = J>ingfer3, Grag. i. 46, ii. 34 ; um J)ingfarir, at the season
'alj)ing, Grett. 136 A (um J)ing Ed.) compds: J)ingfarar-balkr,
. the section of law referring to the parliament, Jb. 5, GJ)1. l)iDg-
rar-fe, n. = ]^ingfararkaup, GJ)1. 11. J)ingfarar-kaup, n. a fee for
ivelling to the parliament, as a law term, being a tax levied from every
';lin, out of which those were paid who had to go up to the parliament
iblic business, whether as jurors, judges, or otherwise ; every * J)ing-
mdi' received his fee from this source, the amount being regulated
iic distance from the place of the assembly, or by the number of
-journeys each man had to travel, Grag. i. 24, cp. Jb. 52. A census
iken (about A.D. Iioo) in Iceland of all the franklins who had to
he J)ing-tax, which shewed that there were at that time 4,500,
;;ers and proletarians not included, lb. 17 ; a man who paid no such
!)uld neither sit as 'neighbour' or judge, Grag. i. 50; ef bondi li
iiiinna, en hann eigi Jjingfarar-kaupi at gegna, ok . . ,, K. J>. K. 4. For
■rway see GJ>1. J)ingfarab. ch. 2.
)ing-ganga, u, f. = J)ingf6r, N. G. L. i. 62, Js. 39.
ling-gengt, n. adj., in the phrase, eiga p. = eiga |)ingfaErt, Js. 39.
ling-haugr, m. a ' Y\ng-bow,' bill of laws, a Norse local name, D. N.
957, pcrh. = J)ingbrekka.
>ing-hfi, f. (also spelt \,mgk ; see ha) i—a ^ing-district or community,
iginally a shire having a meeti?ig or parliament of its own, the word is esp.
'^q. in Norway (in Icel. abbreviated into '^ing')* ^kr. i. 147 ; konungr
illar t)inghar ok kristnaSi J)ar allan ly'S, 6. H. 102 ; krafdi leiaangrs
na nordstu t)ingha, 198; hann faer or t)ingha sinni sjau tigi manna,
.11; a Halogalandi i enni nyrztu pingha, Fms. viii. 183 ;^ her-
r a sjau nottum fra hinum svnnzta vita i hina norztu |). a Hiiloga-
-., Fagrsk. 20, D.N. passim; 'j)ingha thus chiefly refers to the old
lall J)ing-communities, almost synonymous to fylki. J)ingh&-ma8r,
= t^ingheyjandi, Grag. i. 51 (see ha).
mg-beimr, m. the assembly at a J)ing; lagSi sva naer at allr J).
'ndi berjask, Nj. 163, Eg. 765; ef J)ingheimrinn berSisk, Isl. 11. 172,
r. 145, Al. 156.
ing-helgi, f. the consecrated precincts or boundary of a public assembly ;
en ferS Tungu-Odds, riSr {>6r8r t)a i moti honum, ok vill eigi at hann I
' nai t»inghe!ginni. l»l. ii. 17, ; .t flokkr llaAtAa tmri kommii i V«llw» dH
ok xtlaft. at bifla \ar ok verja f igi ,|U |>ingbdgiM. 8l«i L 38. 1.
lb* ceremony of balloviing am autmhly at tb« inl mwlint (a. hrip
l»»g) : godi Ik er t>inghelKi 4 t>ar. hann rial l«r ^ng hdn «w fnSti
aptan. Grig. .. 100 ; gofii %i biiinn at ganga M ttl b- *> fnutd to dm
fo/i.wra/io« o//A« J)ing. K. {». K, 96.
J)ing-he8tr, m. a bortt uud om ajoumty ft> tht ]fiag, Oribj. <. 44 1 .
ting-heyjandl, part, a • ^lag-perforpur.' the law term lor any per-
son who visits a |)ing, on a summons to perform any pnMic doty:
every priest had to appear with a ctnain retinue of fruUtm, ia ordv
that there should always be present a sufficient number of ■^jgHwi.
judges, witnesses, etc. ; in return for such duty the penoot inrniliBt
received a fee, and were exempted from paying the |>tng-lajt (hiagfmt^
kaup). which was defrayed by the franklins who stayed at h<Mnc^Mg.
i. 24, 46, 116, (Kb.) ii. 158; a priest had a right, at the spring mectiiic,
to call on the ninth part of his licgc-franklins to follow him to ihc aitlfaM,
Grag. i. 1 1 6. 2. * Ecclesiastes ' is rcndtrcd by >ingheyjaoai, Orq{. 71.
J>ing-hringr, m. the assembly standing in a circle, N. G. L. I, 80.
t)ing.hus, 11. a bouse in which a meeting it beld, Kb. ii. 49 (where It il
an error for hus-l)ing, 6. H. 45, 1. c.) ; the word is rare in oM writtn,
because parliaments of old were held in the open air : the word it e<p.
used of the Jewish synagogue, Greg. 48, Mar. : also for ibe Romam frat'
torium or a judgment-ball, John xviii. 28 ; so also in mod. usage, q>.
Jb. 21.
J)ing-b6ttr, m. a nickname, Ann. Nord.Oldk. 171.
t>ing-kallandi, part, a herald, 655 iv. 3.
l>ing-kaup, n. = {)ingfarar-kaup. Grig. ii. 42.
J>ing-ko8tr, m. = J)iiigveizla, Eg. 733, v. 1.
J)ing-lag, n. the public standard of value, as fixed or proclaimed at a
' J)ing;' kyr ok aer at t)inglagi J)vi sem \>»t er i ^vi hvnbi, K. {>. K. i;s
(cp, fjar-lag, verd-Iag) ; jjinglags-eyrir. Grig. (Kb.) ii. 246 ; |nngUg»-
hestr, a horse of average value, D. I. i. 203.
t)inglausiia-dagr, the last day of the parliament. Grig. i. 6. Sturl. ii. 98 C.
J)ing-logi, a, m. a law tenu, a ' meeting-belter,' one who breaks bu tm-
gagement to attend a meeting or court when summoned (cp. A. S. war-
loga — a truce-breaker) : also used metaph., hann varft ok eigi |>inglogi,
be was no engagement-hreal-er, Fms. xi. 22, Sturl. i. 142 (in a verse) ; ok
er at nefnduni degi koin ()a vard jarl eigi ^., 48 ; varda hriinnum hofn
{)ingloga, i. e. the haven belied them not, ibey got safe into harbour, Hkv.
I. 29 ^Bugge).
J)ing-lok, n. pl. = {>inglau$nir. Eg, 353.
J)ing-l^flr, m. [Germ. dingleute\, = ^inghtani, D. N. ii. 282.
^ing-maflr, m. a person present at an assembly, a member of parlia-
ment; J)eir gengu til Jogbergs ok aftrir {)ingmenn, Nj. 15; ^ingmenn
ok domarinn, GJ)1. 172, Bs. i. 755 (the members of the aljjing). and
passim (see J)ingfesti) ; |)ingmanna dagleid, a day's journey for a man
travelling to the parliament, Jb. 10. 2. a liegeman belonging to
this or that ^mg-community ; a franklin is said to be the ' Jjingma&r' of
such and such a priest (godi) ; t>ar satu ^ingmenn Riinulfs i hverju hiisi,
Bs. i. 20 ; hann var J). Stymiis fra Asgeirsa, Band, (begin.) ; ek spyr go&a
alia hverr s^r kenni N. M. at t>ingnianni efta ^ridjungs-manni, Grig.
(Kb.) i. 40 ; J)eir voru {)ingmenn |)orgeir$ gofta, Lv. (begin.) ; GuSmundr
(the priest) var J)vi vanr, at ri5a norftr um h(;ruft a virin ok hitta t)ing-
menn sina, ok raSa um heraSs-stjorn, 17; |)ingmcnnGeitis, Vapn. 19;
sendir Geitir orS })ingmonnum sinum, 15, Eg. 724, passim ; ef gofti vill
segja J)ingmann sinn brott or l)ingi viS sik, Grag. i. 165, Nj. 261, Sturl.
ii. 35, passim ; see |)ingfesti. J)ingmauna-leid, f. a day s journey fw a
J)ingma8r, see the remarks s. v. {)ingfor and )>ingfarar-kaup ; but used in
icel. as a general measure of distance, answering to about twenty Engl.
miles ; distances on land are still measured so in Icel., c. g. a mounuin
is a j)ingmanna-lei5 milli bygSa, cp. Hrafn. 11; sec the map of Icel.,
where one * Jjingmanna-leift ' (or Icel. mile) is put at five geographical
miles.
J)ing-niark, n. the boundary or precincts of a public oisembly ( — J)m»-
helgi) ; ^h. eru ^'m af {jingi er J)eir cru 6r Jjingmarki, Grig. i. 25 ; goOt
skal kveSa a {)ingmork hver em, ok skal hann sva |)ing helga sem
all)ingi, ok skal hann kvefta i hve ^\ng heitir, lOO; gcfa nafn t>inginu
ok kvefta a {jingmorkin, 116; allar sakir sem i t)ingniarki giirask skal
lysa i |)ingbrekku, ii.96; meS })essum orfium ok J)ingnn>rkum helguAa
langfeSgar bans al>ingi, Landn. (App.) 2. ibe boundary of a diurict
OT jurisdiction : sa gofti er ^\ng a i enu sama J»iugmarki, Grig. i. 164;
ef niadr tekr hjii 6r iiftru })ingmaiki, 460.
ting-mdl, n. a case presented at a public court, N. G.L. i. 90.
|>mg-Marlu-me88a, u, f. the ' ping-Mary's-mass,' ~the 2nd July,
from the alt)ing being held at that time, Icel. Almanack.
|>ingmenii, m. pi., or f>ingmaima-lid, n. ibe Tbingmen. the kmg't
house-caries in England, Orkn. ch. 37, Hkr. ii. 15.
J)ing-m6t, n. a public meeting, MS. 656 B. 2.
3 B %
738
&INGNEST— I'JARFR.
J>ing-neat, ii. provisions on ajont-ney to the ^ing, Eg. ^33 B.
J)ing6tt, n. adj. an error for viiigott, Rd. 289, v. 1.
J)mg-rei3, f. = J)ingfor, a riding to attend parliament, Grag. i, 491,
Nj. 174, Ld. 236, Hrafn. 11, Landn. 330 (App.), passim.
J)ing-reitt, n. adj., eiga J)ingreitt = eiga Jjiiigfaert, Grag. ii. 17.
J)ing-rikr, adj. influential in the parliament, Sturl. ii. 126.
J)ing-rof, n. the dissolution of a public meetitig, N. G. L. i. 224.
|)ing-skaun, f. a nickname, Fms. ix. 419.
J)mg-skil, n. pi. a debate or business at a meeting ; Jjjaza J)., the speech
or counsel of Th., i. e. gold, Bm.
J)ing-skipaii (J)ing-skapan, f. = J)ingskop, Ann. 1271 A), f. the re-
gidation of a t>ing, Eg. 725.
J)ing-skotj n. an appeal to a J)ing ; oil J)au mal er hingat eru skotin
at J)ingskotum rettum, GJ)1. 18.
J)ing-sk6p, n. pi. the rules or regulations of a parliament; enda er
rett at lysa annan dag viku ef menn vilja J)at i {)ingsk6pum hafa, Grag.
i. 18; J)at er ok rett at ^eir hafi ^. J)au er Jjingheyendr ver9a a sattir,
103, Eg. 725; hann skal ok upp segja J)ingskop hvert sumar, ok a6ra
J)attu alia, Grag. i. 12. J)ingskapa-J)attr, m. the section of law refer-
ring to the {)ingsk6p, Grag. (Kb.) i. 38 sqq.
J)ing-s6kn, f. = ^ingha, Grag. i. 286, 461, Landn. 259, N. G. L.
passim. J)mgs6kiiar-ma3r, m. = J)ingha-ma8r, N. G. L. i.
J)ing-sta3r, m. a place where a parliament is held, Jb. 9, Fs. no : as
to a Runic stone erected in such a place, see Baut. 807.
J)ing-stefiia, u, f. a summons to a J)ing, G^l. 24, Fs. 9 ; J)ingstefnu-
vitni, -vattr, N.G. L. i. 32, 217, G|)l. 475.
J)ing-sto3, f. = J)ingstaSr, .Grag. i. 122, Eg. 74I, Faer. 17, Gliim. 394,
Isl. ii. 193, Fms. xi. 85.
J)ing-tak, n. the act of passing a law by ptiblic m.eeting (cp. vapna-
tak, lofa-tak) ; let hann i logr^ttu J)ann sama Kristin-rett logleiSa me6
rettu Jjingtaki, 671. 17, Rb. 62.
J)ing-taka, a9, to accept as law, of a public meeting, H.E. i. 422.
Jjingu-nautr, m. a member of a community or J)ing ; skyldu J)ingu-
nautar eiga hvar saksoknir saman, lb. 9, Grag. i. 84, loi, Fms. vii.
138. 2. a parishioner, Stat. 242, K. J). K. 170; men of the same
bishopric, Dipl. ii. 14.
J)ing-veizla, u, f. entertainment at an assembly (of the franklins by the
priest). Eg. 733.
l)ing-vika, u, f. the week during which the parliament sits, Grag. i. 245
(the aljiingi lasted two weeks).
J)ing-vist, f. a domicile in a '^ing-commtinity, Grag. i. 19, Eg. 733 ;
see J)ingfesti.
J)mg-viti, n. a fine for not appearing when summoned, N. G. L. i. 56,
Gt)l. 21.
J)ing-V8ert, n, adj., in the phrase, eiga {)ingvaert, to be allowed to be
present at a t)ing, of an outlaw, Grag. ii. 84.
J)ing-T611r, m. [cp. the Manx Tynwald, Shetland Tingwall] '. —
the ^parliament-field,' the place where a J)ing sat, it answers in sense
to mod. ' parliament-house' but parliaments and colirts of old time
were held in the open air on a plain, hence the name ; a,8r sol er komin
a Jjingvoll, Grag. i. 33 ; J)a er naestir biia J)ingvellinum, I15, Fb. i. 191 ;
J)at er forn rettr, at arma6r or fylkjum ollum skolo giira vebond her a
J)ingvelli, N. G. L. i. 127. II. a local name, Landn., Sturl.
J> 
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11